<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<DLPSTEXTCLASS>
<HEADER>
<FILEDESC>
<TITLESTMT>
<TITLE>
Title 17: Commodity and Securities Exchanges</TITLE>
<AUTHOR TYPE="nameinv">
</AUTHOR>
</TITLESTMT>
<PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<PUBLISHER>
</PUBLISHER>
<PUBPLACE>
</PUBPLACE>
<IDNO TYPE="title">
17</IDNO>

</PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<SERIESSTMT>
<TITLE>
</TITLE>
</SERIESSTMT>

</FILEDESC>

<PROFILEDESC>
<TEXTCLASS>
<KEYWORDS>
</KEYWORDS>
</TEXTCLASS>
</PROFILEDESC>
</HEADER>
<TEXT>
<BODY>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 8, 2026 
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="1" NODE="17:1" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges--Volume 1</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part 
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter i</E>—Commodity Futures Trading Commission
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="I" NODE="17:1.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER I—COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1—GENERAL REGULATIONS UNDER THE COMMODITY EXCHANGE ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h, 6i, 6k, 6l, 6m, 6n, 6o, 6p, 6r, 6s, 7, 7a-1, 7a-2, 7b, 7b-3, 8, 9, 10a, 12, 12a, 12c, 13a, 13a-1, 16, 16a, 19, 21, 23, and 24 (2012).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 3194, Jan. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted. </PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 1 appear at 89 FR 71805, Sept. 4, 2024.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV7 N="1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.2   Liability of principal for act of agent.</HEAD>
<P>The act, omission, or failure of any official, agent, or other person acting for any individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust, within the scope of his employment or office, shall be deemed the act, omission, or failure of such individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust as well as of such official, agent, or other person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Words used in the singular form in the rules and regulations in this chapter shall be deemed to import the plural and vice versa, as the context may require. The following terms, as used in the Commodity Exchange Act, or in the rules and regulations in this chapter, shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them, unless the context otherwise requires:
</P>
<P><I>Agricultural commodity.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) The following commodities specifically enumerated in the definition of a “commodity” found in section 1a of the Act: Wheat, cotton, rice, corn, oats, barley, rye, flaxseed, grain sorghums, mill feeds, butter, eggs, Solanum tuberosum (Irish potatoes), wool, wool tops, fats and oils (including lard, tallow, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, soybean oil and all other fats and oils), cottonseed meal, cottonseed, peanuts, soybeans, soybean meal, livestock, livestock products, and frozen concentrated orange juice, but not onions;
</P>
<P>(2) All other commodities that are, or once were, or are derived from, living organisms, including plant, animal and aquatic life, which are generally fungible, within their respective classes, and are used primarily for human food, shelter, animal feed or natural fiber;
</P>
<P>(3) Tobacco, products of horticulture, and such other commodities used or consumed by animals or humans as the Commission may by rule, regulation or order designate after notice and opportunity for hearing; and
</P>
<P>(4) Commodity-based indexes based wholly or principally on underlying agricultural commodities.
</P>
<P><I>Associated person.</I> This term means any natural person who is associated in any of the following capacities with:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures commission merchant as a partner, officer, or employee (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves (i) The solicitation or acceptance of customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity) or (ii) the supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(2) An introducing broker as a partner, officer, employee, or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves (i) The solicitation or acceptance of customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity) or (ii) the supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(3) A commodity pool operator as a partner, officer, employee, consultant, or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves (i) the solicitation of funds, securities, or property for a participation in a commodity pool or (ii) the supervision of any person or persons so engaged; or
</P>
<P>(4) A commodity trading advisor as a partner, officer, employee, consultant, or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves: (i) The solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account, or (ii) the supervision of any person or persons so engaged; and
</P>
<P>(5) A leverage transaction merchant as a partner, officer, employee, consultant, or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation or acceptance of leverage customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity) for leverage transactions as defined in § 31.4(x) of this chapter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) A swap dealer or major swap participant as a partner, officer, employee, agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity that involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation or acceptance of swaps (other than in a clerical or ministerial capacity); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged.
</P>
<P><I>Board of Trade.</I> This term means an organized exchange or other trading facility.
</P>
<P><I>Business day.</I> This term means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday. In all notices required by the Act or by the rules and regulations in this chapter to be given in terms of business days the rule for computing time shall be to exclude the day on which notice is given and include the day on which shall take place the act of which notice is given.
</P>
<P><I>Category of swaps; major swap category.</I> For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33), and the definition of <I>major swap participant</I> in this section, the terms <I>major swap category, category of swaps</I> and any similar terms mean any of the categories of swaps listed below. For the avoidance of doubt, the term <I>swap</I> as it is used in this definition has the meaning set forth in section 1a(47) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(47), and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Rate swaps.</I> Any swap which is primarily based on one or more reference rates, including but not limited to any swap of payments determined by fixed and floating interest rates, currency exchange rates, inflation rates or other monetary rates, any foreign exchange swap, as defined in section 1a(25) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(25), and any foreign exchange option other than an option to deliver currency.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Credit swaps.</I> Any swap that is primarily based on instruments of indebtedness, including but not limited to any swap primarily based on one or more broad-based indices related to debt instruments or loans, and any swap that is an index credit default swap or total return swap on one or more indices of debt instruments.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equity swaps.</I> Any swap that is primarily based on equity securities, including but not limited to any swap based on one or more broad-based indices of equity securities and any total return swap on one or more equity indices.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other commodity swaps.</I> Any swap that is not included in the rate swap, credit swap or equity swap categories.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer.</I> This term has the meaning provided in § 22.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer Account.</I> This term has the meaning provided in § 22.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</I> This term has the meaning provided in § 22.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing initial margin.</I> This term means initial margin posted by a clearing member with a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing member.</I> This term means any person that has clearing privileges such that it can process, clear and settle trades through a derivatives clearing organization on behalf of itself or others. The derivatives clearing organization need not be organized as a membership organization.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing organization or derivatives clearing organization.</I> This term means a clearinghouse, clearing association, clearing corporation, or similar entity, facility, system, or organization that, with respect to an agreement, contract, or transaction—
</P>
<P>(1) Enables each party to the agreement, contract, or transaction to substitute, through novation or otherwise, the credit of the derivatives clearing organization for the credit of the parties;
</P>
<P>(2) Arranges or provides, on a multilateral basis, for the settlement or netting of obligations resulting from such agreements, contracts, or transactions executed by participants in the derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise provides clearing services or arrangements that mutualize or transfer among participants in the derivatives clearing organization the credit risk arising from such agreements, contracts, or transactions executed by the participants.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exclusions.</I> The terms clearing organization and derivatives clearing organization do not include an entity, facility, system, or organization solely because it arranges or provides for—
</P>
<P>(i) Settlement, netting, or novation of obligations resulting from agreements, contracts or transactions, on a bilateral basis and without a central counterparty;
</P>
<P>(ii) Settlement or netting of cash payments through an interbank payment system; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Settlement, netting, or novation of obligations resulting from a sale of a commodity in a transaction in the spot market for the commodity.
</P>
<P><I>Commission.</I> This term means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity.</I> This term means and includes wheat, cotton, rice, corn, oats, barley, rye, flaxseed, grain sorghums, millfeeds, butter, eggs, Irish potatoes, wool, wool tops, fats and oils (including lard, tallow, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, soybean oil, and all other fats and oils), cottonseed meal, cottonseed, peanuts, soybeans, soybean meal, livestock, livestock products, and frozen concentrated orange juice, and all other goods and articles, except onions (as provided by the first section of Pub. L. 85-839) and motion picture box office receipts (or any index, measure, value or data related to such receipts), and all services, rights and interests (except motion picture box office receipts, or any index, measure, value or data related to such receipts) in which contracts for future delivery are presently or in the future dealt in.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity Exchange Act; the Act.</I> These terms mean the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Commodity interest.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
</P>
<P>(2) Any contract, agreement or transaction subject to a Commission regulation under section 4c or 19 of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) Any contract, agreement or transaction subject to Commission jurisdiction under section 2(c)(2) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any swap as defined in the Act, by the Commission, or jointly by the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity option transaction; commodity option.</I> These terms each mean any transaction or agreement in interstate commerce which is or is held out to be of the character of, or is commonly known to the trade as, an “option,” “privilege,” “indemnity,” “bid,” “offer,” “call,” “put,” “advance guaranty,” or “decline guaranty,” and which is subject to regulation under the Act and the regulations in this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity pool operator.</I> This term means any person engaged in a business which is of the nature of a commodity pool, investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise, and who, in connection therewith, solicits, accepts, or receives from others, funds, securities, or property, either directly or through capital contributions, the sale of stock or other forms of securities, or otherwise, for the purpose of trading in commodity interests, including any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; any agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; any leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act; or any person who is registered with the Commission as a commodity pool operator, but does not include such persons not within the intent of this definition as the Commission may specify by rule or regulation or by order.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity trading advisor.</I> (1) This term means any person who, for compensation or profit, engages in the business of advising others, either directly or through publications, writings or electronic media, as to the value of or the advisability of trading in any contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; any agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; any leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act; any person registered with the Commission as a commodity trading advisor; or any person, who, for compensation or profit, and as part of a regular business, issues or promulgates analyses or reports concerning any of the foregoing. The term does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any bank or trust company or any person acting as an employee thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any news reporter, news columnist, or news editor of the print or electronic media or any lawyer, accountant, or teacher;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any floor broker or futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(iv) The publisher or producer of any print or electronic data of general and regular dissemination, including its employees;
</P>
<P>(v) The named fiduciary, or trustee, of any defined benefit plan which is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or any fiduciary whose sole business is to advise that plan;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any contract market; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Such other persons not within the intent of this definition as the Commission may specify by rule, regulation or order: <I>Provided,</I> That the furnishing of such services by the foregoing persons is solely incidental to the conduct of their business or profession: <I>Provided further,</I> That the Commission, by rule or regulation, may include within this definition, any person advising as to the value of commodities or issuing reports or analyses concerning commodities, if the Commission determines that such rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this provision.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Client.</I> This term, as it relates to a commodity trading advisor, means any person:
</P>
<P>(i) To whom a commodity trading advisor provides advice, for compensation or profit, either directly or through publications, writings, or electronic media, as to the value of, or the advisability of trading in, any contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, security futures product or swap; any agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; any leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To whom, for compensation or profit, and as part of a regular business, the commodity trading advisor issues or promulgates analyses or reports concerning any of the activities referred to in the definition of commodity trading advisor in this section. The term client includes, without limitation, any subscriber of a commodity trading advisor.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmation.</I> When used in reference to a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, or commodity trading advisor, this term means documentation (electronic or otherwise) that memorializes specified terms of a transaction executed on behalf of a customer. When used in reference to a swap dealer or major swap participant, this term has the meaning set forth in § 23.500 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Contract market; designated contract market.</I> These terms mean a board of trade designated by the Commission as a contract market under the Act and in accordance with the provisions of part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Contract of sale.</I> This term includes sales, purchases, agreements of sale or purchase and agreements to sell or purchase.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled account.</I> An account shall be deemed to be controlled by a person if such person by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs trading for such account.
</P>
<P><I>Customer.</I> This term means any person who uses a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, or commodity pool operator as an agent in connection with trading in any commodity interest; <I>Provided, however,</I> an owner or holder of a proprietary account as defined in this section shall not be deemed to be a customer within the meaning of section 4d of the Act, the regulations that implement sections 4d and 4f of the Act and § 1.35, and such an owner or holder of such a proprietary account shall otherwise be deemed to be a customer within the meaning of the Act and §§ 1.37 and 1.46 and all other sections of these rules, regulations, and orders which do not implement sections 4d and 4f of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Customer account.</I> This term references both a Cleared Swaps Customer Account and a Futures Account, as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Customer funds.</I> This term means, collectively, Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and futures customer funds.
</P>
<P><I>Customer initial margin.</I> This term means initial margin posted by a customer with a futures commission merchant, or by a non-clearing member futures commission merchant with a clearing member.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery month.</I> This term means the month of delivery specified in a contract of sale of any commodity for future delivery.
</P>
<P><I>Designated self-regulatory organization.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) Self-regulatory organization of which a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a leverage transaction merchant, a retail foreign exchange dealer, a swap dealer, or a major swap participant is a member; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a Commission registrant other than a leverage transaction merchant is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization and such registrant is the subject of an approved plan under § 1.52, then a self-regulatory organization delegated the responsibility by such a plan for monitoring and auditing such registrant for compliance with the minimum financial and related reporting requirements of the self-regulatory organizations of which the registrant is a member, and for receiving the financial reports necessitated by such minimum financial and related reporting requirements from such registrant; or
</P>
<P>(3) If a leverage transaction merchant is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization and such leverage transaction merchant is the subject of an approved plan under § 31.28 of this chapter, then a self-regulatory organization delegated the responsibility by such a plan for monitoring and auditing such leverage transaction merchant for compliance with the minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements of the self-regulatory organizations of which the leverage transaction merchant is a member, and for receiving the reports necessitated by such minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements from such leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature.</I> This term means an electronic sounds, symbol, or process attached to or logically associated with a record and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the record.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic trading facility.</I> This term means a trading facility that—
</P>
<P>(1) Operates by means of an electronic or telecommunications network; and
</P>
<P>(2) Maintains an automated audit trail of bids, offers, and the matching of orders or the execution of transactions on the facility.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible contract participant.</I> This term has the meaning set forth in section 1a(18) of the Act, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) A major swap participant, as defined in section 1a(33) of the Act and in this section, is an eligible contract participant;
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer, as defined in section 1a(49) of the Act and in this section, is an eligible contract participant;
</P>
<P>(3) A major security-based swap participant, as defined in section 3(a)(67) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.3a67-1 of this title, is an eligible contract participant;
</P>
<P>(4) A security-based swap dealer, as defined in section 3(a)(71) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.3a71-1 of this title, is an eligible contract participant;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) A transaction-level commodity pool with one or more direct participants that is not an eligible contract participant is not itself an eligible contract participant under either section 1a(18)(A)(iv) or section 1a(18)(A)(v) of the Act for purposes of entering into transactions described in sections 2(c)(2)(B)(vi) and 2(c)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining whether a commodity pool that is a direct participant in a transaction-level commodity pool is an eligible contract participant for purposes of paragraph (5)(i) of this definition, the participants in the commodity pool that is a direct participant in the transaction-level commodity pool shall not be considered unless the transaction-level commodity pool, any commodity pool holding a direct or indirect interest in such transaction-level commodity pool, or any commodity pool in which such transaction-level commodity pool holds a direct or indirect interest, has been structured to evade subtitle A of Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act by permitting persons that are not eligible contract participants to participate in agreements, contracts, or transactions described in section 2(c)(2)(B)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(6) A commodity pool that does not have total assets exceeding $5,000,000 or that is not operated by a person described in subclause (A)(iv)(II) of section 1a(18) of the Act is not an eligible contract participant pursuant to clause (A)(v) of such section;
</P>
<P>(7)(i) For purposes of a swap (but not a security-based swap, security-based swap agreement or mixed swap) used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk, an entity may, in determining its net worth for purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(III) of the Act, include the net worth of any owner of such entity, provided that all the owners of such entity are eligible contract participants;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) For purposes of identifying the owners of an entity under paragraph (7)(i) of this definition, any person holding a direct ownership interest in such entity shall be considered to be an owner of such entity; provided, however, that any shell company shall be disregarded, and the owners of such shell company shall be considered to be the owners of any entity owned by such shell company;
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of paragraph (7)(ii)(A) of this definition, the term <I>shell company</I> means any entity that limits its holdings to direct or indirect interests in entities that are relying on this paragraph (7); and
</P>
<P>(C) In determining whether an owner of an entity is an eligible contract participant for purposes of paragraph (7)(i) of this definition, an individual may be considered to be a proprietorship eligible contract participant only if the individual—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has an active role in operating a business other than an entity;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Directly owns all of the assets of the business;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Directly is responsible for all of the liabilities of the business; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Acquires its interest in the entity seeking to qualify as an eligible contract participant under paragraph (7)(i) of this definition in connection with the operation of the individual's proprietorship or to manage the risk associated with an asset or liability owned or incurred or reasonably likely to be owned or incurred by the individual in the operation of the individual's proprietorship; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (7)(i) of this definition, a swap is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk if the swap complies with the conditions in the definition in this section of hedging or mitigating commercial risk; and
</P>
<P>(8) Notwithstanding section 1a(18)(A)(iv) of the Act and paragraph (5) of this definition, a commodity pool that enters into an agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(B)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(C)(i)(I) of the Act is an eligible contract participant with respect to such agreement, contract, or transaction, regardless of whether each participant in such commodity pool is an eligible contract participant, if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool is not formed for the purpose of evading regulation under section 2(c)(2)(B) or section 2(c)(2)(C) of the Act or related Commission rules, regulations or orders;
</P>
<P>(ii) The commodity pool has total assets exceeding $10,000,000; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The commodity pool is formed and operated by a registered commodity pool operator or by a commodity pool operator who is exempt from registration as such pursuant to § 4.13(a)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Financial entity; highly leveraged.</I> (1) For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33), and the definition of a <I>major swap participant</I> in this section, the term <I>financial entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(iii) A commodity pool as defined in section 1a(10) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(10);
</P>
<P>(iv) A private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a);
</P>
<P>(v) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. 1002; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking or financial in nature, as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1843(k).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33), and the definition of a major swap participant in this section, the term highly leveraged means the existence of a ratio of an entity's total liabilities to equity in excess of 12 to 1 as measured at the close of business on the last business day of the applicable fiscal quarter. For this purpose, liabilities and equity should each be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that a person that is an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. 1002, may exclude obligations to pay benefits to plan participants from the calculation of liabilities and substitute the total value of plan assets for equity.
</P>
<P><I>Floor broker.</I> This term means any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Who, in or surrounding any pit, ring, post or other place provided by a contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged, shall purchase or sell for any other person—
</P>
<P>(i) Any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who is registered with the Commission as a floor broker.
</P>
<P><I>Floor trader.</I> This term means any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Who, in or surrounding any pit, ring, post or other place provided by a contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged, purchases, or sells solely for such person's own account—
</P>
<P>(i) Any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who is registered with the Commission as a floor trader.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign board of trade.</I> This term means any board of trade, exchange or market located outside the United States, its territories or possessions, whether incorporated or unincorporated.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign broker.</I> This term means any person located outside the United States, its territories or possessions who is engaged in soliciting or in accepting orders only from persons located outside the United States, its territories or possessions for the purchase or sale of any commodity interest transaction on or subject to the rules of any designated contract market or swap execution facility and that, in or in connection with such solicitation or acceptance of orders, accepts any money, securities or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign futures or foreign options secured amount.</I> This term means all money, securities and property received by a futures commission merchant from, for, or on behalf of 30.7 customers as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) To margin, guarantee, or secure foreign futures contracts and all money accruing to such 30.7 customers as the result of such contracts;
</P>
<P>(2) In connection with foreign options transactions representing premiums payable or premiums received, or to guarantee or secure performance on such transactions; and
</P>
<P>(3) All money accruing to such 30.7 customers as the result of trading in foreign futures contracts or foreign options.
</P>
<P><I>Future delivery.</I> This term does not include any sale of a cash commodity for deferred shipment or delivery.
</P>
<P><I>Futures account.</I> This term means an account that is maintained in accordance with the segregation requirements of sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act and the rules thereunder. 
</P>
<P><I>Futures commission merchant.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust—
</P>
<P>(i) Who is engaged in soliciting or in accepting orders for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery; a security futures product; a swap; any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; a commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; a leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act; or acting as a counterparty in any agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Who, in connection with any of these activities accepts any money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any person that is registered as a futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P><I>Futures contracts on certain foreign sovereign debt.</I> The term <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 3(a)(68) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)), as incorporated in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act, does not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that is based on or references a qualifying foreign futures contract (as defined in rule 3a12-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.3a12-8)) on the debt securities of any one or more of the foreign governments enumerated in rule 3a12-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.3a12-8), provided that such agreement, contract, or transaction satisfies the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures contract that the agreement, contract, or transaction references or upon which the agreement, contract, or transaction is based is a qualifying foreign futures contract that satisfies the conditions of rule 3a12-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.3a12-8) applicable to qualifying foreign futures contracts;
</P>
<P>(2) The agreement, contract, or transaction is traded on or through a board of trade (as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act);
</P>
<P>(3) The debt securities upon which the qualifying foreign futures contract is based or referenced and any security used to determine the cash settlement amount pursuant to paragraph (4) of this definition were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77 <I>et seq.</I>) or the subject of any American depositary receipt registered under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(4) The agreement, contract, or transaction may only be cash settled; and
</P>
<P>(5) The agreement, contract or transaction is not entered into by the issuer of the debt securities upon which the qualifying foreign futures contract is based or referenced (including any security used to determine the cash payment due on settlement of such agreement, contract or transaction), an affiliate (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77 <I>et seq.</I>) and the rules and regulations thereunder) of the issuer, or an underwriter of such issuer's debt securities.
</P>
<P><I>Futures customer.</I> This term means any person who uses a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, or commodity pool operator as an agent in connection with trading in any contract for the purchase of sale of a commodity for future delivery or any option on such contract; <I>Provided, however,</I> an owner or holder of a proprietary account as defined in this section shall not be deemed to be a futures customer within the meaning of sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act, the regulations in this chapter that implement sections 4d and 4f of the Act and § 1.35, and such an owner or holder of such a proprietary account shall otherwise be deemed to be a futures customer within the meaning of the Act and §§ 1.37 and 1.46 and all other sections of these rules, regulations, and orders which do not implement sections 4d and 4f of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Futures customer funds.</I> This term means all money, securities, and property received by a futures commission merchant or by a derivatives clearing organization from, for, or on behalf of, futures customers:
</P>
<P>(1) To margin, guarantee, or secure contracts for future delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market or derivatives clearing organization, as the case may be, and all money accruing to such futures customers as the result of such contracts; and
</P>
<P>(2) In connection with a commodity option transaction on or subject to the rules of a contract market, or derivatives clearing organization, as the case may be:
</P>
<P>(i) To be used as a premium for the purchase of a commodity option transaction for a futures customer;
</P>
<P>(ii) As a premium payable to a futures customer;
</P>
<P>(iii) To guarantee or secure performance of a commodity option by a futures customer; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Representing accruals (including, for purchasers of a commodity option for which the full premium has been paid, the market value of such commodity option) to a futures customer.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition, the term “futures customer funds” shall exclude money, securities or property held to margin, guarantee or secure security futures products held in a securities account, and all money accruing as the result of such security futures products.
</P>
<P><I>Guarantee agreement.</I> This term means an agreement of guarantee in the form set forth in part B or C of Form 1-FR, executed by a registered futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer, as appropriate, and by an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker on behalf of an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker in satisfaction of the alternative adjusted net capital requirement set forth in § 1.17(a)(1)(iii).
</P>
<P><I>Hedging or mitigating commercial risk.</I> For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33) and the definition of a major swap participant in this section, a swap position is held for the purpose of hedging or mitigating commercial risk when:
</P>
<P>(1) Such position:
</P>
<P>(i) Is economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise (or of a majority-owned affiliate of the enterprise), where the risks arise from:
</P>
<P>(A) The potential change in the value of assets that a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or reasonably anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(B) The potential change in the value of liabilities that a person has incurred or reasonably anticipates incurring in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise; or
</P>
<P>(C) The potential change in the value of services that a person provides, purchases, or reasonably anticipates providing or purchasing in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(D) The potential change in the value of assets, services, inputs, products, or commodities that a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, merchandises, leases, or sells, or reasonably anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, merchandising, leasing, or selling in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(E) Any potential change in value related to any of the foregoing arising from interest, currency, or foreign exchange rate movements associated with such assets, liabilities, services, inputs, products, or commodities; or
</P>
<P>(F) Any fluctuation in interest, currency, or foreign exchange rate exposures arising from a person's current or anticipated assets or liabilities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Qualifies as bona fide hedging for purposes of an exemption from position limits under the Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Qualifies for hedging treatment under:
</P>
<P>(A) Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly known as Statement No. 133); or
</P>
<P>(B) Governmental Accounting Standards Board Statement 53, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Derivative Instruments; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such position is:
</P>
<P>(i) Not held for a purpose that is in the nature of speculation, investing or trading; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not held to hedge or mitigate the risk of another swap or security-based swap position, unless that other position itself is held for the purpose of hedging or mitigating commercial risk as defined by this definition or § 240.3a67-4 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Initial margin.</I> This term means money, securities, or property posted by a party to a futures, option, or swap as performance bond to cover potential future exposures arising from changes in the market value of the position.
</P>
<P><I>Institutional customer.</I> This term has the same meaning as “eligible contract participant” as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Introducing broker.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who, for compensation or profit, whether direct or indirect:
</P>
<P>(i) Is engaged in soliciting or in accepting orders (other than in a clerical capacity) for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; any agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; any commodity option transaction authorized under section 4c; or any leverage transaction authorized under section 19; or who is registered with the Commission as an introducing broker; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not accept any money, securities, or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom.
</P>
<P>(2) The term introducing broker shall not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any futures commission merchant, floor broker, associated person, or associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant acting in its capacity as such, regardless of whether that futures commission merchant, floor broker, or associated person is registered or exempt from registration in such capacity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity trading advisor, which, acting in its capacity as a commodity trading advisor, is not compensated on a per-trade basis or which solely manages discretionary accounts pursuant to a power of attorney, regardless of whether that commodity trading advisor is registered or exempt from registration in such capacity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any commodity pool operator which, acting in its capacity as a commodity pool operator, solely operates commodity pools, regardless of whether that commodity pool operator is registered or exempt from registration in such capacity.
</P>
<P><I>Leverage contract.</I> Shall have the same meaning as that set forth in § 31.4(w) of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Leverage customer funds.</I> This term means all money, securities and property received, directly or indirectly by a leverage transaction merchant from, for, or on behalf of leverage customers to margin, guarantee or secure leverage contracts and all money, securities and property accruing to such customers as the result of such contracts, or the customers' leverage equity. In the case of a long leverage transaction, profit or loss accruing to a leverage customer is the difference between the leverage transaction merchant's current bid price for the leverage contract and the ask price of the leverage contract when entered into. In the case of a short leverage transaction, profit or loss accruing to a leverage customer is the difference between the bid price of the leverage contract when entered into and the leverage transaction merchant's current ask price for the leverage contract.
</P>
<P><I>Leverage transaction merchant.</I> This term means and includes any individual, association, partnership, corporation, trust or other person that is engaged in the business of offering to enter into, entering into or confirming the execution of leverage contracts, or soliciting or accepting orders for leverage contracts, and who accepts leverage customer funds (or extends credit in lieu thereof) in connection therewith.
</P>
<P><I>Major swap participant</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term <I>major swap participant</I> means any person:
</P>
<P>(i) That is not a swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) That maintains a substantial position in swaps for any of the major swap categories, excluding both positions held for hedging or mitigating commercial risk, and positions maintained by any employee benefit plan (or any contract held by such a plan) as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. 1002, for the primary purpose of hedging or mitigating any risk directly associated with the operation of the plan;
</P>
<P>(B) Whose outstanding swaps create substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets; or
</P>
<P>(C) That is a financial entity that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is highly leveraged relative to the amount of capital such entity holds and that is not subject to capital requirements established by an appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1a(2) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(2)); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Maintains a substantial position in outstanding swaps in any major swap category.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Scope of designation.</I> A person that is a major swap participant shall be deemed to be a major swap participant with respect to each swap it enters into, regardless of the category of the swap or the person's activities in connection with the swap. However, if a person makes an application to limit its designation as a major swap participant to specified categories of swaps, the Commission shall determine whether the person's designation as a major swap participant shall be so limited. If the Commission grants such limited designation, such limited designation major swap participant shall be deemed to be a major swap participant with respect to each swap it enters into in the swap category or categories for which it is so designated, regardless of the person's activities in connection with such category or categories of swaps. A person may make such application to limit its designation at the same time as, or after, the person's initial registration as a major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Timing requirements.</I> A person that is not registered as a major swap participant, but that meets the criteria in this rule to be a major swap participant as a result of its swap activities in a fiscal quarter, will not be deemed to be a major swap participant until the earlier of the date on which it submits a complete application for registration as a major swap participant pursuant to section 4s(a)(2) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6s(a)(2), or two months after the end of that quarter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reevaluation period.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (3) of this definition, if a person that is not registered as a major swap participant meets the criteria in this rule to be a major swap participant in a fiscal quarter, but does not exceed any applicable threshold by more than twenty percent in that quarter:
</P>
<P>(i) That person will not be deemed a major swap participant pursuant to the timing requirements specified in paragraph (3) of this definition; but
</P>
<P>(ii) That person will be deemed a major swap participant pursuant to the timing requirements specified in paragraph (3) of this definition at the end of the next fiscal quarter if the person exceeds any of the applicable daily average thresholds in that next fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Termination of status.</I> A person that is deemed to be a major swap participant shall continue to be deemed a major swap participant until such time that its swap activities do not exceed any of the daily average thresholds set forth within this rule for four consecutive fiscal quarters after the date on which the person becomes registered as a major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Calculation of status.</I> A person shall not be deemed to be a “major swap participant,” regardless of whether the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition otherwise would cause the person to be a major swap participant, provided the person meets the conditions set forth in paragraphs (6)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Caps on uncollateralized exposure and notional positions</I>—(A) <I>Maximum potential uncollateralized exposure.</I> The express terms of the person's agreements or arrangements relating to swaps with its counterparties at no time would permit the person to maintain a total uncollateralized exposure of more than $100 million to all such counterparties, including any exposure that may result from thresholds or minimum transfer amounts established by credit support annexes or similar arrangements; and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Maximum notional amount of swap positions.</I> The person does not maintain swap positions in a notional amount of more than $2 billion in any major category of swaps, or more than $4 billion in the aggregate across all major categories; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Caps on uncollateralized exposure plus monthly calculation</I>—(A) <I>Maximum potential uncollateralized exposure.</I> The express terms of the person's agreements or arrangements relating to swaps with its counterparties at no time would permit the person to maintain a total uncollateralized exposure of more than $200 million to all such counterparties (with regard to swaps and any other instruments by which the person may have exposure to those counterparties), including any exposure that may result from thresholds or minimum transfer amounts established by credit support annexes or similar arrangements; and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Calculation of positions.</I> (<I>1</I>) At the end of each month, the person performs the calculations prescribed by the definition in this section of <I>substantial position</I> with regard to whether the aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure as of that day constitute a “substantial position” in a major category of swaps, or pose “substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets”; these calculations shall disregard provisions of those rules that provide for the analyses to be determined based on a daily average over a calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Each such analysis produces thresholds of no more than:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) $1 billion in aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure in any major category of swaps; if the person is subject to the definition in this section of <I>substantial position,</I> by virtue of being a highly leveraged financial entity that is not subject to capital requirements established by an appropriate Federal banking agency, this analysis shall account for all of the person's swap positions in that major category (without excluding hedging positions), otherwise this analysis shall exclude the same hedging and related positions that are excluded from consideration pursuant to paragraph (1)(i) of the definition in this section of <I>substantial position;</I> or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) $2 billion in aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure (without any positions excluded from the analysis) with regard to all of the person's swap positions.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Calculations based on certain information.</I> (A)(<I>1</I>) At the end of each month, the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure with respect to its swap positions in each major swap category is less than $1.5 billion with respect to the rate swap category and less than $500 million with respect to each of the other major swap categories; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) At the end of each month, the sum of the amount calculated under paragraph (6)(iii)(A)(1) of this definition with respect to each major swap category and the total notional principal amount of the person's swap positions in each such major swap category, adjusted by the multipliers set forth in paragraph (3)(ii)(1) of the definition in this section of <I>substantial position</I> on a position-by-position basis reflecting the type of swap, is less than $3 billion with respect to the rate swap category and less than $1 billion with respect to each of the other major swap categories; or
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) At the end of each month, the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure with respect to its swap positions across all major swap categories is less than $500 million; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The sum of the amount calculated under paragraph (6)(iii)(B)(1) of this definition and the product of the total effective notional principal amount of the person's swap positions in all major swap categories multiplied by 0.15 is less than $1 billion.
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of the calculations set forth in this paragraph (6)(iii) of the major swap participant definition:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for positions held with swap dealers shall be equal to such exposure reported on the most recent reports of such exposure received from such swap dealers; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for positions that are not reflected in any report of exposure from a swap dealer (including all swap positions it holds with persons other than swap dealers) shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph (2) of the definition in this section of <I>substantial position.</I>
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of the calculations set forth in paragraph (6) of this definition, the person shall use the effective notional amount of a position rather than the stated notional amount of the position if the stated notional amount is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the position.
</P>
<P>(v) No presumption shall arise that a person is required to perform the calculations needed to determine if it is a major swap participant, solely by reason that the person does not meet the conditions specified in paragraph (6)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exclusions.</I> A person who is registered as a derivatives clearing organization with the Commission pursuant to section 5b of the Act and regulations thereunder, shall not be deemed to be a major swap participant, regardless of whether the criteria in this definition otherwise would cause the person to be a major swap participant.
</P>
<P><I>Margin call.</I> This term means a request from a futures commission merchant to a customer to post customer initial margin; or a request by a derivatives clearing organization to a clearing member to post clearing initial margin or variation margin.
</P>
<P><I>Meaning of “issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index” as used in the definition of “security-based swap” as applied to index credit default swaps.</I> (1) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of the definition in this section of <I>narrow-based security index</I> as used in the definition of <I>security-based swap,</I> and solely for purposes of determining whether a credit default swap is a security-based swap under the definition of “security-based swap” in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III)), as incorporated in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act, the term <I>issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index</I> means issuers of securities included in an index (including an index referencing loan borrowers or loans of such borrowers) in which:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) There are nine or fewer non-affiliated issuers of securities that are reference entities included in the index, provided that an issuer of securities shall not be deemed a reference entity included in the index for purposes of this definition unless:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A credit event with respect to such reference entity would result in a payment by the credit protection seller to the credit protection buyer under the credit default swap based on the related notional amount allocated to such reference entity; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The fact of such credit event or the calculation in accordance with paragraph (1)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this definition of the amount owed with respect to such credit event is taken into account in determining whether to make any future payments under the credit default swap with respect to any future credit events;
</P>
<P>(B) The effective notional amount allocated to any reference entity included in the index comprises more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(C) The effective notional amount allocated to any five non-affiliated reference entities included in the index comprises more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; or
</P>
<P>(D) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, for each reference entity included in the index, none of the criteria in paragraphs (1)(i)(D)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>8</I>) of this definition is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The reference entity included in the index is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The reference entity included in the index is eligible to rely on the exemption provided in rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.12g3-2(b));
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The reference entity included in the index has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) has outstanding notes, bonds, debentures, loans, or evidences of indebtedness (other than revolving credit facilities) having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The reference entity included in the index is the issuer of an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)));
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The reference entity included in the index is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) If the reference entity included in the index is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)), such asset-backed security was issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and has publicly available distribution reports; and
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) For a credit default swap entered into solely between eligible contract participants as defined in section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) makes available to the public or otherwise makes available to such eligible contract participant information about the reference entity included in the index pursuant to rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.144A(d)(4));
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Financial information about the reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) is otherwise publicly available; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) In the case of a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)), information of the type and level included in publicly available distribution reports for similar asset-backed securities is publicly available about both the reference entity included in the index and such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The index is not composed solely of reference entities that are issuers of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982; and
</P>
<P>(B) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of reference entities that are issuers of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), the remaining portion of the index would be within the term <I>issuer of securities in a narrow-based security index</I> under (1)(i) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (1)(i)(D) of this definition will not apply with respect to a reference entity included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(i) The effective notional amounts allocated to such reference entity comprise less than five percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective notional amounts allocated to reference entities included in the index that satisfy paragraph (1)(i)(D) of this definition comprise at least 80 percent of the index's weighting.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) A reference entity included in the index is affiliated with another reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition) if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that other reference entity included in the index or other entity, as applicable; provided that each reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) will not be considered affiliated with any other reference entity included in the index or any other entity that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(ii) Control for purposes of this section means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of a reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition), or the ability to direct the voting of more than 50 percent of the voting equity of a reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition).
</P>
<P>(iii) In identifying a reference entity included in the index for purposes of this section, the term reference entity includes:
</P>
<P>(A) An issuer of securities;
</P>
<P>(B) An issuer of securities that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)); and
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer of securities that is a borrower with respect to any loan identified in an index of borrowers or loans.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of calculating the thresholds in paragraphs (1)(i)(A) through (1)(i)(C) of this definition, the term reference entity included in the index includes a single reference entity included in the index or a group of affiliated reference entities included in the index as determined in accordance with paragraph (3)(i) of this definition (with each reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) being considered a separate reference entity included in the index).
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of determining whether one of the criterion in either paragraphs (1)(i)(D)(<I>1</I>) through (1)(i)(D)(<I>4</I>) of this definition or paragraphs (1)(iv)(D)(<I>8</I>)(<I>i</I>) and (1)(iv)(D)(<I>8</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this definition is met, the term reference entity included in the index includes a single reference entity included in the index or a group of affiliated entities as determined in accordance with paragraph (3)(i) of this definition (with each issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) being considered a separate entity).
</P>
<P><I>Meaning of “narrow-based security index” used in the definition of “security-based swap” as applied to index credit default swaps.</I> (1) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of the definition in this section of narrow-based security index as used in the definition of “security-based swap,” and solely for purposes of determining whether a credit default swap is a security-based swap under the definition of “security-based swap” in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I)), as incorporated in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act, the term narrow-based security index means an index in which:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The index is composed of nine or fewer securities or securities that are issued by nine or fewer non-affiliated issuers, provided that a security shall not be deemed a component of the index for purposes of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A credit event with respect to the issuer of such security or a credit event with respect to such security would result in a payment by the credit protection seller to the credit protection buyer under the credit default swap based on the related notional amount allocated to such security; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The fact of such credit event or the calculation in accordance with paragraph (1)(i)(A)<I>(1)</I> of this definition of the amount owed with respect to such credit event is taken into account in determining whether to make any future payments under the credit default swap with respect to any future credit events;
</P>
<P>(B) The effective notional amount allocated to the securities of any issuer included in the index comprises more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(C) The effective notional amount allocated to the securities of any five non-affiliated issuers included in the index comprises more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; or
</P>
<P>(D) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, for each security included in the index, none of the criteria in paragraphs (1)(i)(D)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>8</I>) is satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index is eligible to rely on the exemption provided in rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.12g3-2(b));
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77))) has outstanding notes, bonds, debentures, loans or evidences of indebtedness (other than revolving credit facilities) having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The security included in the index is an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)));
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) If the security included in the index is an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)), the security was issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and has publicly available distribution reports; and
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) For a credit default swap entered into solely between eligible contract participants as defined in section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77))) makes available to the public or otherwise makes available to such eligible contract participant information about such issuer pursuant to rule 144A(d)(4) of the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.144A(d)(4));
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Financial information about the issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77))) is otherwise publicly available; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) In the case of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)), information of the type and level included in public distribution reports for similar asset-backed securities is publicly available about both the issuing entity and such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The index is not composed solely of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982; and
</P>
<P>(B) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), the remaining portion of the index would be within the term <I>narrow-based security index</I> under paragraph (1)(i) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (1)(i)(D) of this definition will not apply with respect to securities of an issuer included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(i) The effective notional amounts allocated to all securities of such issuer included in the index comprise less than five percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities that satisfy paragraph (1)(i)(D) of this definition comprise at least 80 percent of the index's weighting.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer of securities included in the index is affiliated with another issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition) if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that other issuer or other entity, as applicable; provided that each issuer of securities included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) will not be considered affiliated with any other issuer of securities included in the index or any other entity that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(ii) Control for purposes of this section means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of an issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition), or the ability to direct the voting of more than 50 percent of the voting equity an issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (3)(iv) of this definition) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (3)(v) of this definition).
</P>
<P>(iii) In identifying an issuer of securities included in the index for purposes of this section, the term issuer includes:
</P>
<P>(A) An issuer of securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) An issuer of securities that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)).
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of calculating the thresholds in paragraphs (1)(i)(A) through (1)(i)(C) of the definition of the meaning of <I>issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index</I> as used in the definition of <I>security-based swap</I> as applied to index credit default swaps, the term issuer of the security included in the index or a group of affiliated issuers of securities included in the index as determined in accordance with paragraph (3)(i) of this definition (with each issuer of securities included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) being considered a separate issuer of securities included in the index).
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of determining whether one of the criterion in either paragraphs (1)(i)(D)(<I>1</I>) through (1)(i)(D)(<I>4</I>) of this definition or paragraphs (1)(iv)(D)<I>(8)(i)</I> and (1)(iv)(D)<I>(8)(ii)</I> of this definition is met, the term issuer of the security included in the index includes a single issuer of securities included in the index or a group of affiliated entities as determined in accordance with paragraph (3)(i) of this definition (with each issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) being considered a separate entity).
</P>
<P><I>Member.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust—
</P>
<P>(i) Owning or holding membership in, or admitted to membership representation on, a registered entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Having trading privileges on a registered entity.
</P>
<P>(2) A participant in an alternative trading system that is designated as a contract market pursuant to section 5f of the Act is deemed a member of the contract market for purposes of transactions in security futures products through the contract market.
</P>
<P><I>Narrow-based security index as used in the definition of “security-based swap”</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in the definitions in this section for meaning of <I>issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index</I> as used in the definition of <I>security-based swap</I> as applied to index credit default swaps and meaning of <I>narrow-based security index</I> as used in the definition of <I>security-based swap</I> as applied to index credit default swaps, for purposes of section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act, the term <I>narrow-based security index</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(35) of the Commodity Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and orders of the Commission thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tolerance period for swaps traded on designated contract markets, swap execution facilities, and foreign boards of trade.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this definition, solely for purposes of swaps traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade, a security index underlying such swaps shall not be considered a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A swap on the index is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade for at least 30 days as a swap on an index that was not a narrow-based security index; or
</P>
<P>(B) Such index was not a narrow-based security index during every trading day of the six full calendar months preceding a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of a swap on such index on a market described in paragraph (2)(i)(A) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The index has been a narrow-based security index for no more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tolerance period for security-based swaps traded on national securities exchanges or security-based swap execution facilities.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this definition, solely for purposes of security-based swaps traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility, a security index underlying such security-based swaps shall be considered a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A security-based swap on the index is traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility for at least 30 days as a security-based swap on a narrow-based security index; or
</P>
<P>(B) Such index was a narrow-based security index during every trading day of the six full calendar months preceding a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of a security-based swap on such index on a market described in paragraph (3)(i)(A) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The index has been a security index that is not a narrow-based security index for no more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Grace period.</I> (i) Solely with respect to a swap that is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade, an index that becomes a narrow-based security index under paragraph (2) of this definition solely because it was a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months shall not be a narrow-based security index for the following three calendar months.
</P>
<P>(ii) Solely with respect to a security-based swap that is traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility, an index that becomes a security index that is not a narrow-based security index under paragraph (3) of this definition solely because it was not a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months shall be a narrow-based security index for the following three calendar months.
</P>
<P><I>Net deficit.</I> (1) For futures and commodity option positions, this term means the debit balance which would be obtained by combining the margin balance of any person with the net profit or loss, if any, accruing on the open futures or commodity option positions of such person.
</P>
<P>(2) For swap positions other than commodity option positions, this term means the debit balance which would be obtained by combining the margin balance of any person with the net profit or loss, if any, accruing on the open swap positions of such person.
</P>
<P><I>Net equity.</I> (1) For futures and commodity option positions, this term means the credit balance which would be obtained by combining the margin balance of any person with the net profit or loss, if any, accruing on the open futures or commodity option positions of such person.
</P>
<P>(2) For swap positions other than commodity option positions, this term means the credit balance which would be obtained by combining the margin balance of any person with the net profit or loss, if any, accruing on the open swap positions of such person.
</P>
<P><I>Open contracts.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) Positions in contracts of purchase or sale of any commodity made by or for any person on or subject to the rules of a board of trade for future delivery during a specified month or delivery period that have neither been fulfilled by delivery nor been offset by other contracts of purchase or sale in the same commodity and delivery month;
</P>
<P>(2) Positions in commodity option transactions that have not expired, been exercised, or offset; and
</P>
<P>(3) Positions in Cleared Swaps, as § 22.1 of this chapter defines that term, that have not been fulfilled by delivery; not been offset; not expired; and not been terminated. 
</P>
<P><I>Order.</I> This term means an instruction or authorization provided by a customer to a futures commission merchant, introducing broker or commodity trading advisor regarding trading in a commodity interest on behalf of the customer.
</P>
<P><I>Organized exchange.</I> This term means a trading facility that—
</P>
<P>(1) Permits trading—
</P>
<P>(i) By or on behalf of a person that is not an eligible contract participant; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By persons other than on a principal-to-principal basis; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has adopted (directly or through another nongovernmental entity) rules that—
</P>
<P>(i) Govern the conduct of participants, other than rules that govern the submission of orders or execution of transactions on the trading facility; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include disciplinary sanctions other than the exclusion of participants from trading.
</P>
<P><I>Person.</I> This term includes individuals, associations, partnerships, corporations, and trusts.
</P>
<P><I>Premium.</I> This term means the amount agreed upon between the purchaser and seller, or their agents, for the purchase or sale of a commodity option.
</P>
<P><I>Proprietary account.</I> This term means a commodity futures, commodity option, or swap trading account carried on the books and records of an individual, a partnership, corporation or other type of association:
</P>
<P>(1) For one of the following persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) Of which ten percent or more is owned by one of the following persons, or an aggregate of ten percent or more of which is owned by more than one of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) Such individual himself, or such partnership, corporation or association itself;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a partnership, a general partner in such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a limited partnership, a limited or special partner in such partnership whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the partnership business or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of the trades of customers or customer funds of such partnership,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to the trades of customers or customer funds of such partnership, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a corporation or association, an officer, director or owner of ten percent or more of the capital stock, of such organization;
</P>
<P>(v) An employee of such individual, partnership, corporation or association whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the business of such individual, partnership, corporation or association or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of the trades of customers or customer funds of such individual, partnership, corporation or association,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to the trades of customers or customer funds of such individual, partnership, corporation or association, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such individual, partnership, corporation or association;
</P>
<P>(vi) A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of any of the foregoing persons;
</P>
<P>(vii) A business affiliate that directly or indirectly controls such individual, partnership, corporation or association; or
</P>
<P>(viii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly is controlled by or is under common control with, such individual, partnership, corporation or association. <I>Provided, however,</I> That an account owned by any shareholder or member of a cooperative association of producers, within the meaning of section 6a of the Act, which association is registered as a futures commission merchant and carries such account on its records, shall be deemed to be an account of a customer and not a proprietary account of such association, unless the shareholder or member is an officer, director or manager of the association.
</P>
<P><I>Prudential regulator.</I> This term has the meaning given to the term in section 1a(39) of the Commodity Exchange Act and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Administration, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to the swap dealer or major swap participant. The term also includes the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, with respect to any financial company as defined in section 201 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any insured depository institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and with respect to each affiliate of any such company or institution.
</P>
<P><I>Registered entity.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) A board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization registered under section 5b of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) A board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5f of the Act;
</P>
<P>(4) A swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) A swap data repository registered under section 21 of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to a contract that the Commission determines is a significant price discovery contract, any electronic trading facility on which the contract is executed or traded.
</P>
<P><I>Registrant.</I> This term means: a commodity pool operator; commodity trading advisor; futures commission merchant; introducing broker; leverage transaction merchant; floor broker; floor trader; major swap participant; retail foreign exchange dealer; or swap dealer that is subject to these regulations; or an associated person of any of the foregoing other than an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P><I>Retail forex customer.</I> This term means a person, other than an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, acting on its own behalf and trading in any account, agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(B) or 2(c)(2)(C) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary of Agriculture.</I> This term means the Secretary of Agriculture or any person to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated to act in his stead.
</P>
<P><I>Securities account.</I> This term means an account that is maintained in accordance with the requirements of section 15(c)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 15c3-3 thereunder.
</P>
<P><I>Self-regulatory organization.</I> This term means a contract market (as defined in § 1.3(h)), a swap execution facility (as defined in § 1.3(rrrr)), or a registered futures association under section 17 of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Spread margin.</I> This term means reduced initial margin that takes into account correlations between certain related positions held in a single account.
</P>
<P><I>Strike price.</I> This term means the price, per unit, at which a person may purchase or sell the commodity, swap, or contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery that is the subject of a commodity option: <I>Provided,</I> That for purposes of § 1.17, the term strike price means the total price at which a person may purchase or sell the commodity, swap, or contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery that is the subject of a commodity option (<I>i.e.,</I> price per unit times the number of units).
</P>
<P><I>Substantial counterparty exposure</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33), and the definition in this section of <I>major swap participant,</I> the term <I>substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets</I> means a swap position that satisfies either of the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(i) $5 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) $8 billion in:
</P>
<P>(A) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus
</P>
<P>(B) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation methodology.</I> For these purposes, the terms <I>daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I> and <I>daily average aggregate potential outward exposure</I> shall be calculated the same way as is prescribed in the definition in this section of <I>substantial position,</I> except that these amounts shall be calculated by reference to all of the person's swap positions, rather than by reference to a specific major swap category.
</P>
<P><I>Substantial position</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> For purposes of section 1a(33) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(33), and the definition in this section of <I>major swap participant,</I> the term “substantial position” means swap positions that equal or exceed any of the following thresholds in the specified major category of swaps:
</P>
<P>(i) For rate swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) $3 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(B) $6 billion in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(ii) For credit swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) $1 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(B) $2 billion in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(iii) For equity swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) $1 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(B) $2 billion in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(iv) For other commodity swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) $1 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(B) $2 billion in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I>—(i) <I>In general. Aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I> in general means the sum of the current exposure, obtained by marking-to-market using industry standard practices, of each of the person's swap positions with negative value in a major swap category, less the value of the collateral the person has posted in connection with those positions.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Calculation of aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure.</I> In calculating this amount the person shall, with respect to each of its swap counterparties in a given major swap category, determine the dollar value of the aggregate current exposure arising from each of its swap positions with negative value (subject to the netting provisions described below) in that major category by marking-to-market using industry standard practices; and deduct from that dollar amount the aggregate value of the collateral the person has posted with respect to the swap positions. The aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure shall be the sum of those uncollateralized amounts across all of the person's swap counterparties in the applicable major category.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Relevance of netting agreements.</I> (A) If the person has one or more master netting agreement in effect with a particular counterparty, the person may measure the current exposure arising from its swaps in any major category on a net basis, applying the terms of those agreements. Calculation of net current exposure may take into account offsetting positions entered into with that particular counterparty involving swaps (in any swap category) as well as security-based swaps and securities financing transactions (consisting of securities lending and borrowing, securities margin lending and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), and other financial instruments that are subject to netting offsets for purposes of applicable bankruptcy law, to the extent these are consistent with the offsets permitted by the master netting agreements.
</P>
<P>(B) Such adjustments may not take into account any offset associated with positions that the person has with separate counterparties.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Allocation of uncollateralized outward exposure.</I> If a person calculates current exposure with a particular counterparty on a net basis, as provided by paragraph (2)(iii) of this definition, the portion of that current exposure that should be attributed to each “major” category of swaps for purposes of the substantial position analysis should be calculated according to the formula:


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23fe18.006.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I><E T="52">S(MC)</E> equals the amount of aggregate current exposure attributable to the entity's swap positions in the “major” swap category at issue; <I>E</I><E T="52">net total</E> equals the entity's aggregate current exposure to the counterparty at issue, after accounting for the netting of positions and the posting of collateral; <I>OTM</I><E T="52">S(MC)</E> equals the exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions in swaps in the “major” category at issue, subject to those netting arrangements; and <I>OTM</I><E T="52">S(O)</E> equals the exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions in the other “major” categories of swaps, subject to those netting arrangements; and <I>OTM</I><E T="52">non-S</E> equals the exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions associated with instruments, other than swaps, that are subject to those netting arrangements.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Aggregate potential outward exposure</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> Aggregate potential outward exposure in any major swap category means the sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate potential outward exposure for each of the person's swap positions in a major swap category that are not subject to daily mark-to-market margining and are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3)(ii) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate potential outward exposure for each of the person's swap positions in such major swap category that are either subject to daily mark-to-market margining or are cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3)(iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Calculation of potential outward exposure for swaps that are not subject to daily mark-to-market margining and are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization</I>—(A) <I>In general.</I> (<I>1</I>) For positions in swaps that are not subject to daily mark-to-market margining and are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or a derivatives clearing organization, potential outward exposure equals the total notional principal amount of those positions, multiplied by the following factors on a position-by-position basis reflecting the type of swap. For any swap that does not appropriately fall within any of the specified categories, the “other commodities” conversion factors set forth in the following Table 1 are to be used. If a swap is structured such that on specified dates any outstanding exposure is settled and the terms are reset so that the market value of the swap is zero, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next reset date.


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23fe18.007.gif"/>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Use of effective notional amounts.</I> If the stated notional amount on a position is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the position, the calculation in paragraph (3)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this definition shall be based on the effective notional amount of the position rather than on the stated notional amount.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Exclusion of certain positions.</I> The calculation in paragraph (3)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this definition shall exclude:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Positions that constitute the purchase of an option, if the purchaser has no additional payment obligations under the position;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Other positions for which the person has prepaid or otherwise satisfied all of its payment obligations; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Positions for which, pursuant to law or a regulatory requirement, the person has assigned an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities that is sufficient at all times to pay the person's maximum possible liability under the position, and the person may not use that cash or those Treasury securities for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>Adjustment for certain positions.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this definition, the potential outward exposure associated with a position by which a person buys credit protection using a credit default swap or index credit default swap, or associated with a position by which a person purchases an option for which the person retains additional payment obligations under the position, is capped at the net present value of the unpaid premiums.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Adjustment for netting agreements.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(ii)(A) of this definition, for positions subject to master netting agreements the potential outward exposure associated with the person's swaps with each counterparty equals a weighted average of the potential outward exposure for the person's swaps with that counterparty as calculated under paragraph (3)(ii)(A) of this definition, and that amount reduced by the ratio of net current exposure to gross current exposure, consistent with the following equation as calculated on a counterparty-by-counterparty basis:
</P>
<FP-2><I>P</I><E T="52">Net</E> <I>= 0.4 * P</I><E T="52">Gross</E> <I>+ 0.6 * NGR * P</I><E T="52">Gross</E>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I><E T="52">Net</E> is the potential outward exposure, adjusted for bilateral netting, of the person's swaps with a particular counterparty; <I>P</I><E T="52">Gross</E> is the potential outward exposure without adjustment for bilateral netting as calculated pursuant to paragraph (3)(ii)(A) of this definition; and <I>NGR</I> is the ratio of the current exposure arising from its swaps in the major category as calculated on a net basis according to paragraphs (2)(iii) and (iv) of this definition, divided by the current exposure arising from its swaps in the major category as calculated in the absence of those netting procedures.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) <I>Calculation of potential outward exposure for swaps that are either subject to daily mark-to-market margining or are cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization.</I> For positions in swaps that are subject to daily mark-to-market margining or that are cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(A) Potential outward exposure equals the potential exposure that would be attributed to such positions using the procedures in paragraph (3)(ii) of this definition multiplied by:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 0.1, in the case of positions cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 0.2, in the case of positions that are subject to daily mark-to-market margining but that are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(B) Solely for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A swap shall be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining if, and for so long as, the counterparties follow the daily practice of exchanging collateral to reflect changes in the current exposure arising from the swap (after taking into account any other financial positions addressed by a netting agreement between the counterparties).
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the person is permitted by agreement to maintain a threshold for which it is not required to post collateral, the position still will be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure, but the total amount of that threshold (regardless of the actual exposure at any time), less any initial margin posted up to the amount of that threshold, shall be added to the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for purposes of paragraph (1)(i)(B), (ii)(B), (iii)(B) or (iv)(B) of this definition, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the minimum transfer amount under the agreement is in excess of $1 million, the position still will be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure, but the entirety of the minimum transfer amount shall be added to the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for purposes of paragraph (1)(i)(B), (ii)(B), (iii)(B) or (iv)(B) of this definition, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A person may, at its discretion, calculate the potential outward exposure of positions in swaps that are subject to daily mark-to-market margining in accordance with paragraph (3)(ii) of this definition in lieu of calculating the potential outward exposure of such swap positions in accordance with paragraph (3)(iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Calculation of daily average.</I> Measures of daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure and daily average aggregate potential outward exposure shall equal the arithmetic mean of the applicable measure of exposure at the close of each business day, beginning the first business day of each calendar quarter and continuing through the last business day of that quarter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Inter-affiliate activities.</I> In calculating its aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure and its aggregate potential outward exposure, the person shall not consider its swap positions with counterparties that are majority-owned affiliates. For these purposes the counterparties to a swap are majority-owned affiliates if one counterparty directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the swap, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<P><I>Swap.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> The term swap has the meaning set forth in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Inclusion of particular products.</I> (i) The term swap includes, without limiting the meaning set forth in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, the following agreements, contracts, and transactions:
</P>
<P>(A) A cross-currency swap;
</P>
<P>(B) A currency option, foreign currency option, foreign exchange option and foreign exchange rate option;
</P>
<P>(C) A foreign exchange forward;
</P>
<P>(D) A foreign exchange swap;
</P>
<P>(E) A forward rate agreement; and
</P>
<P>(F) A non-deliverable forward involving foreign exchange.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term swap does not include an agreement, contract, or transaction described in paragraph (2)(i) of this definition that is otherwise excluded by section 1a(47)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) A foreign exchange forward or a foreign exchange swap shall not be considered a swap if the Secretary of the Treasury makes a determination described in section 1a(47)(E)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(i) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(A) The reporting requirements set forth in section 4r of the Commodity Exchange Act and regulations promulgated thereunder shall apply to a foreign exchange forward or foreign exchange swap; and
</P>
<P>(B) The business conduct standards set forth in section 4s(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act and regulations promulgated thereunder shall apply to a swap dealer or major swap participant that is a party to a foreign exchange forward or foreign exchange swap.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of section 1a(47)(E) of the Commodity Exchange Act and this definition, the term <I>foreign exchange forward</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of section 1a(47)(E) of the Commodity Exchange Act and this definition, the term <I>foreign exchange swap</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of sections 1a(24) and 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act and this definition, the following transactions are not foreign exchange forwards or foreign exchange swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) A currency swap or a cross-currency swap;
</P>
<P>(B) A currency option, foreign currency option, foreign exchange option, or foreign exchange rate option; and
</P>
<P>(C) A non-deliverable forward involving foreign exchange.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Insurance.</I> (i) This paragraph is a non-exclusive safe harbor. The terms <I>swap</I> as used in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act and <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act do not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that:
</P>
<P>(A) By its terms or by law, as a condition of performance on the agreement, contract, or transaction:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Requires the beneficiary of the agreement, contract, or transaction to have an insurable interest that is the subject of the agreement, contract, or transaction and thereby carry the risk of loss with respect to that interest continuously throughout the duration of the agreement, contract, or transaction;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Requires that loss to occur and to be proved, and that any payment or indemnification therefor be limited to the value of the insurable interest;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Is not traded, separately from the insured interest, on an organized market or over-the-counter; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) With respect to financial guaranty insurance only, in the event of payment default or insolvency of the obligor, any acceleration of payments under the policy is at the sole discretion of the insurer; and
</P>
<P>(B) Is provided:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) By a person that is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner (or similar official or agency) of any State or by the United States or an agency or instrumentality thereof; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Such agreement, contract, or transaction is regulated as insurance under applicable State law or the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) Directly or indirectly by the United States, any State or any of their respective agencies or instrumentalities; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Pursuant to a statutorily authorized program thereof; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of reinsurance only, by a person to another person that satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(B) of this definition, <I>provided that</I>:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Such person is not prohibited by applicable State law or the laws of the United States from offering such agreement, contract, or transaction to such person that satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(B) of this definition;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The agreement, contract, or transaction to be reinsured satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(A) or paragraph (4)(i)(C) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Except as otherwise permitted under applicable State law, the total amount reimbursable by all reinsurers for such agreement, contract, or transaction may not exceed the claims or losses paid by the person writing the risk being ceded or transferred by such person; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) In the case of non-admitted insurance, by a person who:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Is located outside of the United States and listed on the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers as maintained by the International Insurers Department of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Meets the eligibility criteria for non-admitted insurers under applicable State law; or
</P>
<P>(C) Is provided in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(B) of this definition and is one of the following types of products:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Surety bond;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Fidelity bond;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Life insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Health insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Long term care insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Title insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Property and casualty insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Annuity;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Disability insurance;
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Insurance against default on individual residential mortgages; and
</P>
<P>(<I>11</I>) Reinsurance of any of the foregoing products identified in paragraphs (4)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>10</I>) of this definition; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The terms <I>swap</I> as used in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act and <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act do not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that was entered into on or before the effective date of paragraph (4) of this defin<I>i</I>tion, and that, at such time that it was entered into, was provided in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(B) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>State.</I> For purposes of paragraph (4) of this definition, the term State means any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, or any other possession of the United States.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Anti-Evasion.</I> (i) An agreement, contract, or transaction that is willfully structured to evade any provision of Subtitle A of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, including any amendments made to the Commodity Exchange Act thereby (Subtitle A), shall be deemed a swap for purposes of Subtitle A and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(ii) An interest rate swap or currency swap, including but not limited to a transaction identified in paragraph (3)(v) of this definition, that is willfully structured as a foreign exchange forward or foreign exchange swap to evade any provision of Subtitle A shall be deemed a swap for purposes of Subtitle A and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(iii) An agreement, contract, or transaction of a bank that is not under the regulatory jurisdiction of an appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1a(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act), where the agreement, contract, or transaction is willfully structured as an identified banking product (as defined in section 402 of the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000) to evade the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, shall be deemed a swap for purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(iv) The form, label, and written documentation of an agreement, contract, or transaction shall not be dispositive in determining whether the agreement, contract, or transaction has been willfully structured to evade as provided in paragraphs (6)(i) through (6)(iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(v) An agreement, contract, or transaction that has been willfully structured to evade as provided in paragraphs (6)(i) through (6)(iii) of this definition shall be considered in determining whether a person that so willfully structured to evade is a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no agreement, contract, or transaction structured as a security (including a security-based swap) under the securities laws (as defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47))) shall be deemed a swap pursuant to this paragraph (6) or shall be considered for purposes of paragraph (6)(v) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Swap data repository.</I> This term means any person that collects and maintains information or records with respect to transactions or positions in, or the terms and conditions of, swaps entered into by third parties for the purpose of providing a centralized recordkeeping facility for swaps.










</P>
<P><I>Swap dealer.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> The term <I>swap dealer</I> means any person who:
</P>
<P>(i) Holds itself out as a dealer in swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Makes a market in swaps;
</P>
<P>(iii) Regularly enters into swaps with counterparties as an ordinary course of business for its own account; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Engages in any activity causing it to be commonly known in the trade as a dealer or market maker in swaps.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> The term <I>swap dealer</I> does not include a person that enters into swaps for such person's own account, either individually or in a fiduciary capacity, but not as a part of regular business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Scope of designation.</I> A person who is a swap dealer shall be deemed to be a swap dealer with respect to each swap it enters into, regardless of the category of the swap or the person's activities in connection with the swap. However, if a person makes an application to limit its designation as a swap dealer to specified categories of swaps or specified activities of the person in connection with swaps, the Commission shall determine whether the person's designation as a swap dealer shall be so limited. If the Commission grants such limited designation, such limited designation swap dealer shall be deemed to be a swap dealer with respect to each swap it enters into in the swap category or categories for which it is so designated, regardless of the person's activities in connection with such category or categories of swaps. A person may make such application to limit the categories of swaps or activities of the person that are subject to its swap dealer designation at the same time as, or after, the person's initial registration as a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>De minimis exception</I>—(i)(A) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (4)(vi) of this definition, a person that is not currently registered as a swap dealer shall be deemed not to be a swap dealer as a result of its swap dealing activity involving counterparties, so long as the swaps connected with those dealing activities into which the person—or any other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the person—enters over the course of the immediately preceding 12 months have an aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $8 billion, and an aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $25 million with regard to swaps in which the counterparty is a “special entity” (as that term is defined in section 4s(h)(2)(C) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6s(h)(2)(C), and § 23.401(c) of this chapter), except as provided in paragraph (4)(i)(B) of this definition. For purposes of this definition, if the stated notional amount of a swap is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the swap, the calculation shall be based on the effective notional amount of the swap rather than on the stated notional amount.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Utility special entities.</I> (<I>1</I>) Solely for purposes of determining whether a person's swap dealing activity has exceeded the $25 million aggregate gross notional amount threshold set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(A) of this definition for swaps in which the counterparty is a special entity, a person may exclude <I>utility operations-related swaps</I> in which the counterparty is a <I>utility special entity.</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this paragraph (4)(i)(B), a <I>utility special entity</I> is a special entity, as that term is defined in section 4s(h)(2)(C) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6s(h)(2)(C), and 23.401(c) of this chapter, that:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Owns or operates electric or natural gas facilities, electric or natural gas operations or anticipated electric or natural gas facilities or operations;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Supplies natural gas or electric energy to other utility special entities;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Has public service obligations or anticipated public service obligations under Federal, State or local law or regulation to deliver electric energy or natural gas service to utility customers; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Is a Federal power marketing agency as defined in section 3 of the Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 796(19).
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For purposes of this paragraph (4)(i)(B), a <I>utility operations-related swap</I> is a swap that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) A party to the swap is a utility special entity;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) A utility special entity is using the swap to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as defined in § 50.50(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The swap is related to an exempt commodity, as that term is defined in section 1a(20) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(20), or to an agricultural commodity insofar as such agricultural commodity is used for fuel for generation of electricity or is otherwise used in the normal operations of the utility special entity; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The swap is an electric energy or natural gas swap, or the swap is associated with: The generation, production, purchase or sale of natural gas or electric energy, the supply of natural gas or electric energy to a utility special entity, or the delivery of natural gas or electric energy service to customers of a utility special entity; fuel supply for the facilities or operations of a utility special entity; compliance with an electric system reliability obligation; or compliance with an energy, energy efficiency, conservation, or renewable energy or environmental statute, regulation, or government order applicable to a utility special entity.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A person seeking to rely on the exclusion in paragraph (4)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this definition may rely on the written representations of the utility special entity that it is a utility special entity and that the swap is a utility operations-related swap, as such terms are defined in paragraphs (4)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) and (<I>3</I>) of this definition, respectively, unless it has information that would cause a reasonable person to question the accuracy of the representation. The person must keep such representation in accordance with § 1.31.




</P>
<P>(C) <I>Insured depository institution swaps in connection with originating loans to customers.</I> Solely for purposes of determining whether an insured depository institution has exceeded the $8 billion aggregate gross notional amount threshold set forth in paragraph (4)(i)(A) of this definition, an insured depository institution may exclude swaps entered into by the insured depository institution with a customer in connection with originating a loan to that customer, subject to the requirements of paragraphs (4)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>6</I>) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Timing of execution of swap.</I> The insured depository institution enters into the swap with the customer no earlier than 90 days before execution of the applicable loan agreement, or no earlier than 90 days before transfer of principal to the customer by the insured depository institution pursuant to the loan, unless an executed commitment or forward agreement for the applicable loan exists, in which event the 90 day restriction does not apply;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Relationship of swap to loan.</I> (<I>i</I>) The rate, asset, liability or other term underlying such swap is, or is related to, a financial term of such loan, which includes, without limitation, the loan's duration, rate of interest, the currency or currencies in which it is made and its principal amount; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Such swap is permissible under the insured depository institution's loan underwriting criteria and is commercially appropriate in order to hedge risks incidental to the borrower's business (other than for risks associated with an excluded commodity) that may affect the borrower's ability to repay the loan;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Duration of swap.</I> The duration of the swap does not extend beyond termination of the loan;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>Level of funding of loan.</I> (<I>i</I>) The insured depository institution is committed to be, under the terms of the agreements related to the loan, the source of at least five percent of the maximum principal amount under the loan; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) If the insured depository institution is committed to be, under the terms of the agreements related to the loan, the source of less than five percent of the maximum principal amount under the loan, then the aggregate notional amount of all swaps entered by the insured depository institution with the customer in connection with the financial terms of the loan cannot exceed the principal amount of the insured depository institution's loan;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The swap is considered to have been entered into in connection with originating a loan with a customer if the insured depository institution:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Directly transfers the loan amount to the customer;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Is a part of a syndicate of lenders that is the source of the loan amount that is transferred to the customer;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Purchases or receives a participation in the loan; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Under the terms of the agreements related to the loan, is, or is intended to be, the source of funds for the loan; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The loan to which the swap relates shall not include:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Any transaction that is a sham, whether or not intended to qualify for the exception from the de minimis threshold in this definition; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Any synthetic loan.






</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registration period for persons that can no longer take advantage of the exception.</I> A person that has not registered as a swap dealer by virtue of satisfying the requirements of this paragraph (4) of the definition of swap dealer, but that no longer can take advantage of that <I>de minimis</I> exception, will be deemed not to be a swap dealer until the earlier of the date on which it submits a complete application for registration pursuant to section 4s(b) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6s(b), or two months after the end of the month in which that person becomes no longer able to take advantage of the exception.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Applicability to registered swap dealers.</I> A person who currently is registered as a swap dealer may apply to withdraw that registration, while continuing to engage in swap dealing activity in reliance on this section, so long as that person has been registered as a swap dealer for at least 12 months and satisfies the conditions of paragraph (4)(i) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Future adjustments to scope of the de minimis exception.</I> The Commission may by rule or regulation change the requirements of the <I>de minimis</I> exception described in paragraphs (4)(i) through (iv) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Voluntary registration.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (4)(i) of this definition, a person that chooses to register with the Commission as a swap dealer shall be deemed to be a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Insured depository institution swaps in connection with originating loans to customers.</I> Swaps entered into by an insured depository institution with a customer in connection with originating a loan with that customer shall not be considered in determining whether the insured depository institution is a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(i) An insured depository institution shall be considered to have entered into a swap with a customer in connection with originating a loan, as defined in paragraphs (5)(ii) and (iii) of this definition, with that customer only if:
</P>
<P>(A) The insured depository institution enters into the swap with the customer no earlier than 90 days before and no later than 180 days after the date of execution of the applicable loan agreement, or no earlier than 90 days before and no later than 180 days after any transfer of principal to the customer by the insured depository institution pursuant to the loan;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) The rate, asset, liability or other notional item underlying such swap is, or is directly related to, a financial term of such loan, which includes, without limitation, the loan's duration, rate of interest, the currency or currencies in which it is made and its principal amount;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such swap is required, as a condition of the loan under the insured depository institution's loan underwriting criteria, to be in place in order to hedge price risks incidental to the borrower's business and arising from potential changes in the price of a commodity (other than an excluded commodity);
</P>
<P>(C) The duration of the swap does not extend beyond termination of the loan;
</P>
<P>(D) The insured depository institution is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The sole source of funds to the customer under the loan;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Committed to be, under the terms of the agreements related to the loan, the source of at least 10 percent of the maximum principal amount under the loan; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Committed to be, under the terms of the agreements related to the loan, the source of a principal amount that is greater than or equal to the aggregate notional amount of all swaps entered into by the insured depository institution with the customer in connection with the financial terms of the loan;
</P>
<P>(E) The aggregate notional amount of all swaps entered into by the customer in connection with the financial terms of the loan is, at any time, not more than the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the loan at that time; and
</P>
<P>(F) If the swap is not accepted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization, the insured depository institution reports the swap as required by section 4r of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6r (except as otherwise provided in section 4r(a)(3)(A), 7 U.S.C. 6r(a)(3)(A), or section 4r(a)(3)(B), 7 U.S.C. 6r(a)(3)(B) of the Act).
</P>
<P>(ii) An insured depository institution shall be considered to have originated a loan with a customer if the insured depository institution:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly transfers the loan amount to the customer;
</P>
<P>(B) Is a part of a syndicate of lenders that is the source of the loan amount that is transferred to the customer;
</P>
<P>(C) Purchases or receives a participation in the loan; or
</P>
<P>(D) Otherwise is the source of funds that are transferred to the customer pursuant to the loan or any refinancing of the loan.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term loan shall not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Any transaction that is a sham, whether or not intended to qualify for the exclusion from the definition of the term <I>swap dealer</I> in this rule; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any synthetic loan, including, without limitation, a loan credit default swap or loan total return swap.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Swaps that are not considered in determining whether a person is a swap dealer</I>—(i) <I>Inter-affiliate activities.</I> In determining whether a person is a swap dealer, that person's swaps with majority-owned affiliates shall not be considered. For these purposes the counterparties to a swap are majority-owned affiliates if one counterparty directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the swap, where <I>majority interest</I> is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Activities of a cooperative.</I> (A) Any swap that is entered into by a cooperative with a member of such cooperative shall not be considered in determining whether the cooperative is a swap dealer, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The swap is subject to policies and procedures of the cooperative requiring that the cooperative monitors and manages the risk of such swap;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The cooperative reports the swap as required by section 4r of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6r (except as otherwise provided in section 4r(a)(3)(A) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6r(a)(3)(A) or section 4r(a)(3)(B) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 6r(a)(3)(B)); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the cooperative is a cooperative association of producers, the swap is primarily based on a commodity that is not an excluded commodity.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of this paragraph (6)(ii) of this definition, the term <I>cooperative</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A cooperative association of producers as defined in section 1a(14) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 1a(14), or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A person chartered under Federal law as a cooperative and predominantly engaged in activities that are financial in nature as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1843(k).
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of this paragraph (6)(ii) of this definition, a swap shall be deemed to be entered into by a cooperative association of producers with a member of such cooperative association of producers when the swap is between a cooperative association of producers and a person that is a member of a cooperative association of producers that is itself a member of the first cooperative association of producers.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Swaps entered into for the purpose of hedging physical positions.</I> In determining whether a person is a swap dealer, a swap that the person enters into shall not be considered, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The person enters into the swap for the purpose of offsetting or mitigating the person's price risks that arise from the potential change in the value of one or several—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Assets that the person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Liabilities that the person owns or anticipates incurring; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Services that the person provides, purchases, or anticipates providing or purchasing;
</P>
<P>(B) The swap represents a substitute for transactions made or to be made or positions taken or to be taken by the person at a later time in a physical marketing channel;
</P>
<P>(C) The swap is economically appropriate to the reduction of the person's risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise;
</P>
<P>(D) The swap is entered into in accordance with sound commercial practices; and
</P>
<P>(E) The person does not enter into the swap in connection with activity structured to evade designation as a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Swaps entered into by floor traders.</I> In determining whether a person is a swap dealer, each swap that the person enters into in its capacity as a floor trader as defined by section 1a(23) of the Act or on or subject to the rules of a swap execution facility shall not be considered for the purpose of determining whether the person is a swap dealer if the person:
</P>
<P>(A) Is registered with the Commission as a floor trader pursuant to § 3.11 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Enters into swaps with proprietary funds for that trader's own account solely on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or swap execution facility and submits each such swap for clearing to a derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(C) Is not an affiliated person of a registered swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(D) Does not directly, or through an affiliated person, negotiate the terms of swap agreements, other than price and quantity or to participate in a request for quote process subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(E) Does not directly or through an affiliated person offer or provide swap clearing services to third parties;
</P>
<P>(F) Does not directly or through an affiliated person enter into swaps that would qualify as hedging physical positions pursuant to paragraph (6)(iii) of this definition or <I>hedging or mitigating commercial risk</I> as defined in § 1.3 (except for any such swap executed opposite a counterparty for which the transaction would qualify as a bona fide hedging transaction);
</P>
<P>(G) Does not participate in any market making program offered by a designated contract market or swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(H) Notwithstanding the fact such person is not registered as a swap dealer, such person complies with §§ 23.201, 23.202, 23.203, and 23.600 of this chapter with respect to each such swap as if it were a swap dealer.




</P>
<P><I>Swap execution facility.</I> This term means a trading system or platform in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade swaps by accepting bids and offers made by multiple participants in the facility or system, through any means of interstate commerce, including any trading facility, that—
</P>
<P>(1) Facilitates the execution of swaps between persons; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not a designated contract market.
</P>
<P><I>Trading facility.</I> This term has the meaning set forth in section 1a(51) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Variation margin.</I> This term means a payment made by a party to a futures, option, or swap to cover the current exposure arising from changes in the market value of the position since the trade was executed or the previous time the position was marked to market.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3194, Jan. 21, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.4   Electronic signatures, acknowledgments and verifications.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of complying with any provision in the Commodity Exchange Act or the rules or regulations in this Chapter I that requires a swap transaction to be acknowledged by a swap dealer or major swap participant or a document to be signed or verified by a customer of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker, a retail forex customer of a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant, a pool participant or a client of a commodity trading advisor, or a counterparty of a swap dealer or major swap participant, an electronic signature executed by the customer, retail forex customer, participant, client, counterparty, swap dealer, or major swap participant will be sufficient, if the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, swap dealer, or major swap participant elects generally to accept electronic signatures, acknowledgments or verifications or another Commission rule permits the use of electronic signatures for the purposes listed above; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the electronic signature must comply with applicable Federal laws and other Commission rules; And, <I>Provided further,</I> That the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, swap dealer, or major swap participant must adopt and use reasonable safeguards regarding the use of electronic signatures, including at a minimum safeguards employed to prevent alteration of the electronic record with which the electronic signature is associated, after such record has been electronically signed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66320, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.6   Anti-evasion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful to conduct activities outside the United States, including entering into agreements, contracts, and transactions and structuring entities, to willfully evade or attempt to evade any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act as enacted by Subtitle A of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 or the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission promulgated thereunder (<I>Subtitle A</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) The form, label, and written documentation of an agreement, contract, or transaction, or an entity, shall not be dispositive in determining whether the agreement, contract, or transaction, or entity, has been entered into or structured to willfully evade as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An activity conducted outside the United States to evade as provided in paragraph (a) of this section shall be subject to the provisions of Subtitle A.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no agreement, contract, or transaction structured as a security (including a security-based swap) under the securities laws (as defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47))) shall be deemed a swap pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48354, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.7   Books and records requirements for security-based swap agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person registered as a swap data repository under section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not be required to keep and maintain additional books and records regarding security-based swap agreements other than the books and records regarding swaps required to be kept and maintained pursuant to section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not be required to collect and maintain additional data regarding security-based swap agreements other than the data regarding swaps required to be collected and maintained by such persons pursuant to section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A person shall not be required to keep and maintain additional books and records, including daily trading records, regarding security-based swap agreements other than the books and records regarding swaps required to be kept and maintained by such persons pursuant to section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder if such person is registered as:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap dealer under section 4s(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) A major swap participant under section 4s(a)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap dealer under section 15F(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(a)(1)) and the rules and regulations thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(4) a major security-based swap participant under section 15F(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(a)(2)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>security-based swap agreement</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48354, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.8   Requests for interpretation of swaps, security-based swaps, and mixed swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Any person may submit a request to the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission to provide a joint interpretation of whether a particular agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) is:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(42) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(3) A mixed swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47)(D) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Request process.</I> In making a request pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the requesting person must provide the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All material information regarding the terms of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof);
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the economic characteristics and purpose of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof);
</P>
<P>(3) The requesting person's determination as to whether the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) should be characterized as a swap, a security-based swap, or both, (<I>i.e.,</I> a mixed swap), including the basis for such determination; and
</P>
<P>(4) Such other information as may be requested by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Request withdrawal.</I> A person may withdraw a request made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section at any time prior to the issuance of a joint interpretation or joint proposed rule by the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission in response to the request; provided, however, that notwithstanding such withdrawal, the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission may provide a joint interpretation of whether the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) is a swap, a security-based swap, or both (<I>i.e.,</I> a mixed swap).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission.</I> In the absence of a request for a joint interpretation under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission receives a proposal to list, trade, or clear an agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) that raises questions as to the appropriate characterization of such agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) as a swap, a security-based swap, or both (<I>i.e.,</I> a mixed swap), the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable, promptly shall notify the other of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof); and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or their Chairmen jointly, may submit a request for a joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section; such submission shall be made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, and may be withdrawn pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Timeframe for joint interpretation.</I> (1) If the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission determine to issue a joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section, such joint interpretation shall be issued within 120 days after receipt of a complete submission requesting a joint interpretation under paragraph (a) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall consult with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System prior to issuing any joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission seek public comment with respect to a joint interpretation regarding an agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof), the 120-day period described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be stayed during the pendency of the comment period, but shall recommence with the business day after the public comment period ends.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section shall require the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue any joint interpretation.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission do not issue a joint interpretation within the time period described in paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(3) of this section, each of the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall publicly provide the reasons for not issuing such a joint interpretation within the applicable timeframes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Joint proposed rule.</I> (1) Rather than issue a joint interpretation pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission may issue a joint proposed rule, in consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to further define one or more of the terms swap, security-based swap, or mixed swap.
</P>
<P>(2) A joint proposed rule described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be issued within the timeframe for issuing a joint interpretation set forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48354, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.9   Regulation of mixed swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The term mixed swap has the meaning set forth in section 1a(47)(D) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulation of bilateral uncleared mixed swaps entered into by dually-registered dealers or major participants.</I> A mixed swap that is neither executed on nor subject to the rules of a designated contract market, national securities exchange, swap execution facility, security-based swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade; that will not be submitted to a derivatives clearing organization or registered or exempt clearing agency to be cleared; and where at least one party is registered with the Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant and also with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, shall be subject to:
</P>
<P>(1) The following provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder:
</P>
<P>(i) Examinations and information sharing: sections 4s(f) and 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Enforcement: sections 2(a)(1)(B), 4(b), 4b, 4c, 4s(h)(1)(A), 4s(h)(4)(A), 6(c), 6(d), 6c, 6d, 9, 13(a), 13(b), and 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) Reporting to a swap data repository: section 4r of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) Real-time reporting: section 2(a)(13) of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(v) Capital: section 4s(e) of the Commodity Exchange Act; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Position Limits: section 4a of the Commodity Exchange Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of the Federal securities laws, as defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47)), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Process for determining regulatory treatment for other mixed swaps</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Any person who desires or intends to list, trade, or clear a mixed swap (or class thereof) that is not subject to paragraph (b) of this section may request the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue a joint order permitting the requesting person (and any other person or persons that subsequently lists, trades, or clears that mixed swap) to comply, as to parallel provisions only, with specified parallel provisions of either the Commodity Exchange Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, <I>specified parallel provisions</I>), instead of being required to comply with parallel provisions of both the Commodity Exchange Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For purposes of this paragraph (c), <I>parallel provisions</I> means comparable provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that were added or amended by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 with respect to swaps and security-based swaps, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request Process.</I> A person submitting a request pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section must provide the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All material information regarding the terms of the specified, or specified class of, mixed swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The economic characteristics and purpose of the specified, or specified class of, mixed swap;
</P>
<P>(iii) The specified parallel provisions, and the reasons the person believes such specified parallel provisions would be appropriate for the mixed swap (or class thereof); and
</P>
<P>(iv) An analysis of:
</P>
<P>(A) The nature and purposes of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(B) The comparability of such parallel provisions;
</P>
<P>(C) The extent of any conflicts or differences between such parallel provisions; and
</P>
<P>(D) Such other information as may be requested by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Request withdrawal.</I> A person may withdraw a request made pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section at any time prior to the issuance of a joint order under paragraph (c)(4) of this section by the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission in response to the request.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuance of orders.</I> In response to a request under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission, as necessary to carry out the purposes of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, may issue a joint order, after notice and opportunity for comment, permitting the requesting person (and any other person or persons that subsequently lists, trades, or clears that mixed swap) to comply, as to parallel provisions only, with the specified parallel provisions (or another subset of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request, as the Commissions determine is appropriate), instead of being required to comply with parallel provisions of both the Commodity Exchange Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In determining the contents of such joint order, the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission may consider, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature and purposes of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The comparability of such parallel provisions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The extent of any conflicts or differences between such parallel provisions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Timeframe.</I> (i) If the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission determine to issue a joint order as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, such joint order shall be issued within 120 days after receipt of a complete request for a joint order under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, which time period shall be stayed during the pendency of the public comment period provided for in paragraph (c)(4) of this section and shall recommence with the business day after the public comment period ends.
</P>
<P>(ii) Nothing in this section shall require the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue any joint order.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission do not issue a joint order within the time period described in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, each of the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall publicly provide the reasons for not issuing such a joint order within that timeframe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48354, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Minimum Financial and Related Reporting Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.10   Financial reports of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for registration.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided, a futures commission merchant or an applicant for registration as a futures commission merchant, in order to satisfy any requirement in this part that it file a Form 1-FR, must file a Form 1-FR-FCM, and any reference in this part to Form 1-FR with respect to a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor shall be deemed to be a reference to Form 1-FR-FCM. Except as otherwise provided, an introducing broker or an applicant for registration as an introducing broker, in order to satisfy any requirement in this part that it file a Form 1-FR, must file a Form 1-FR-IB, and any reference in this part to Form 1-FR with respect to an introducing broker or applicant therefor shall be deemed to be a reference to Form 1-FR-IB.
</P>
<P>(2) (i) (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (h) of this section, each person who files an application for registration as a futures commission merchant and who is not so registered at the time of such filing, must, concurrently with the filing of such application, file either: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A Form 1-FR-FCM certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such report is filed; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A Form 1-FR-FCM as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which such report is filed and a Form 1-FR-FCM certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than one year prior to the date on which such report is filed. 
</P>
<P>(B) Each such person must include with such financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose. 
</P>
<P>(ii) (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (h) of this section, each person who files an application for registration as an introducing broker and who is not so registered at the time of such filing, must, concurrently with the filing of such application, file either: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such report is filed; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which such report is filed and a Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than one year prior to the date on which such report is filed; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which such report is filed, <I>Provided, however,</I> that such applicant shall be subject to a review by the applicant's designated self-regulatory organization within six months of registration; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A guarantee agreement. 
</P>
<P>(B) Each person filing in accordance with paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) (<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>) or (<I>3</I>) of this section must include with such financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section do not apply to any person succeeding to and continuing the business of another futures commission merchant. Each such person who files an application for registration as a futures commission merchant and who is not so registered in that capacity at the time of such filing must file a Form 1-FR-FCM as of the first month end following the date on which his registration is approved. Such report must be filed with the National Futures Association, the Commission and the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, not more than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(ii) The provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section do not apply to any person succeeding to and continuing the business of another introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(A) Each such person who succeeds to and continues the business of an introducing broker which was not operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement, or which was operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement and was also a securities broker or dealer at the time of succession, who files an application for registration as an introducing broker, and who is not so registered in that capacity at the time of such filing, must file with the National Futures Association either a guarantee agreement with his application for registration or a Form 1-FR-IB as of the first month end following the date on which his registration is approved. Such Form 1-FR-IB must be filed not more than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(B) Each such person who succeeds to and continues the business of an introducing broker which was operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement and which was not also a securities broker or dealer at the time of succession, who files an application for registration as an introducing broker, and who is not so registered in that capacity at the time of such filing, must file with the National Futures Association either a guarantee agreement or a Form 1-FR-IB with his application for registration. If such person files a Form 1-FR-IB with his application for registration, such person must also file a Form 1-FR-IB, certified by an independent public accountant, as of a date no later than the end of the month registration is granted. The Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant must be filed with the National Futures Association not more than 45 days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of financial reports.</I> (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (h) of this section, each person registered as a futures commission merchant must file a Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of business each month. Each Form 1-FR-FCM must be filed no later than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition to the monthly financial reports required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, each person registered as a futures commission merchant must file a Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of its fiscal year, which must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16, and must be filed no later than 60 days after the close of the futures commission merchant's fiscal year: <I>Provided, however,</I> that a registrant which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer must file this report not later than the time permitted for filing an annual audit report under § 240.17a-5(d)(5) of this title.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (h) of this section, and except for an introducing broker operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement which is not also a securities broker or dealer, each person registered as an introducing broker must file a Form 1-FR-IB semiannually as of the middle and the close of each fiscal year. Each Form 1-FR-IB must be filed no later than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) In addition to the financial reports required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, each person registered as an introducing broker must file a Form 1-FR-IB as of the close of its fiscal year which must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 no later than 90 days after the close of each introducing broker's fiscal year: <I>Provided, however</I>, that a registrant which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer must file this report not later than the time permitted for filing an annual audit report under § 240.17a-5(d)(5) of this title.
</P>
<P>(B) If an introducing broker has filed previously a Form 1-FR-IB, certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) or (j)(8) of this section and § 1.16 of this part, as of a date not more than one year prior to the close of such introducing broker's fiscal year, it need not have certified by an independent public accountant the Form 1-FR-IB filed as of the introducing broker's first fiscal year-end following the as of date of its initial certified Form 1-FR-IB. In such a case, the introducing broker's Form 1-FR-IB filed as of the close of the second fiscal year-end following the as of date of its initial certified Form 1-FR-IB must cover the period of time between those two dates and must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section may be met by any person registered as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker who is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum financial standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations, or resolutions and approved by the Commission pursuant to Section 4f(b) of the Act and § 1.52: <I>Provided, however</I>, That each such registrant shall promptly file with the Commission a true and exact copy of each financial report which it files with such designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receiving written notice from any representative of the National Futures Association, the Commission or any self-regulatory organization of which it is a member, an applicant or registrant, except an applicant for registration as an introducing broker which has filed concurrently with its application for registration a guarantee agreement and which is not also a securities broker or dealer, must, monthly or at such times as specified, furnish the National Futures Association, the Commission or the self-regulatory organization requesting such information a Form 1-FR or such other financial information as requested by the National Futures Association, the Commission or the self-regulatory organization. Each such Form 1-FR or such other information must be furnished within the time period specified in the written notice, and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Each futures commission merchant must file with the Commission the measure of the future commission merchant's leverage as of the close of the business each month. For purpose of this section, the term “leverage” shall be defined by a registered futures association of which the futures commission merchant is a member. The futures commission merchant is required to file the leverage information with the Commission within 17 business days of the close of the futures commission merchant's month end.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where to file reports.</I> (1) Form 1-FR filed by an introducing broker pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section need be filed only with, and will be considered filed when received by, the National Futures Association. Other reports or information provided for in this section will be considered filed when received by the Regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located (as set forth in § 140.02 of this chapter) and by the designated self-regulatory organization, if any; and reports or other information required to be filed by this section by an applicant for registration will be considered filed when received by the National Futures Association. Any report or information filed with the National Futures Association pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed for all purposes to be filed with, and to be the official record of, the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) All filings or other notices prepared by a futures commission merchant pursuant to this section must be submitted to the Commission in electronic form using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission, if the futures commission merchant or a designated self-regulatory organization has provided the Commission with the means necessary to read and to process the information contained in such report. A Form 1-FR required to be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 which is filed by a futures commission merchant must be filed electronically. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, all filings or other notices or applications prepared by an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker or futures commission merchant pursuant to this section must be filed electronically in accordance with electronic filing procedures established by the National Futures Association. In the case of a Form 1-FR-IB that is required to be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16, a paper copy of any such filing with the original manually signed certification must be maintained by the introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(3) Any information required of a registrant by a self-regulatory organization pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section need be furnished only to such self-regulatory organization and the Commission, and any information required of an applicant by the National Futures Association pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section need be furnished only to the National Futures Association and the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) Any guarantee agreement entered into between a futures commission merchant and an introducing broker in accordance with the provisions of this section need be filed only with, and will be considered filed when received by, the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contents of financial reports.</I> (1) Each Form 1-FR filed pursuant to this § 1.10 which is not required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements of income (loss) and a statement of changes in ownership equity for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17 as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(v) For a futures commission merchant only, the statements of segregation requirements and funds in segregation for customers trading on U.S. commodity exchanges and for customers' dealer options accounts, the statement of secured amounts and funds held in separate accounts for 30.7 customers (as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter) in accordance with § 30.7 of this chapter, and the statement of cleared swaps customer segregation requirements and funds in cleared swaps customer accounts under section 4d(f) of the Act as of the date for which the report is made; and
</P>
<P>(vi) In addition to the information expressly required, such futher material information as may be necessary to make the required statements and schedules not misleading.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Form 1-FR filed pursuant to this § 1.10 which is required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in ownership equity, and changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors, for the period between the date of the most recent certified statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made: <I>Provided,</I> That for an applicant filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section the period must be the year ending as of the date of the statement of financial condition;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17 as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iv) For a futures commission merchant only, the statements of segregation requirements and funds in segregation for customers trading on U.S. commodity exchanges and for customers' dealer options accounts, the statement of secured amounts and funds held in separate accounts for 30.7 customers (as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter) in accordance with § 30.7 of the chapter, and the statement of cleared swaps customers segregation requirements and funds in cleared swaps customer accounts under section 4d(f) of the Act as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(v) Appropriate footnote disclosures;
</P>
<P>(vi) A reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, of the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17 and, for a futures commission merchant only, the statements of segregation requirements and funds in segregation for customers trading on U.S. commodity exchanges and for customers' dealer option accounts, the statement of secured amounts and funds held in separate accounts for 30.7 customers (as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter) in accordance with § 30.7 of this chapter, and the statement of cleared swaps customer segregation requirements and funds in cleared swaps customer accounts under section 4d(f) of the Act, in the certified Form 1-FR with the applicant's or registrant's corresponding uncertified most recent Form 1-FR filing when material differences exist or, if no material differences exist, a statement so indicating; and
</P>
<P>(vii) In addition to the information expressly required, such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading.
</P>
<P>(3) The statements required by paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this section may be presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the certified reports filed as of the close of the registrant's fiscal year pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section or accompanying the application for registration pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, rather than in the format specifically prescribed by these regulations: <I>Provided,</I> the statement of financial condition is presented in a format as consistent as possible with the Form 1-FR and a reconciliation is provided reconciling such statement of financial condition to the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17. Such reconciliation must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16.
</P>
<P>(4) Attached to each Form 1-FR filed pursuant to this section must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained in the Form 1-FR is true and correct. The individual making such oath or affirmation must be:
</P>
<P>(i) If the registrant or applicant is a sole proprietorship, the proprietor; if a partnership, any general partner; if a corporation, the chief executive officer or chief financial officer; and, if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the registrant or applicant is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer, the representative authorized under § 240.17a-5 of this title to file for the securities broker or dealer its Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, part II, part IIA, or part II CSE.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a Form 1-FR filed via electronic transmission in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, such transmission must be accompanied by the user authentication assigned to the authorized signer under such procedures, and the use of such user authentication will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer for the purpose of making the oath or affirmation referred to in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Election of fiscal year.</I> (1) An applicant wishing to establish a fiscal year other than the calendar year may do so by notifying the National Futures Association of its election of such fiscal year, in writing, concurrently with the filing of the Form 1-FR pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, but in no event may such fiscal year end more than one year from the date of the Form 1-FR filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section. An applicant that does not so notify the National Futures Association will be deemed to have elected the calendar year as its fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) (i) A registrant must continue to use its elected fiscal year, calendar or otherwise, unless a change in such fiscal year has been approved pursuant to this paragraph (e)(2).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Futures commission merchant registrants.</I> (A) A futures commission merchant may file with its designated self-regulatory organization an application to change its fiscal year, a copy of which the registrant must file with the Commission. The application shall be approved or denied in writing by the designated self-regulatory organization. The registrant must file immediately with the Commission a copy of any notice it receives from the designated self-regulatory organization to approve or deny the registrant's application to change its fiscal year. A written notice of approval shall become effective upon the filing by the registrant of a copy with the Commission, and a written notice of denial shall be effective as of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with its designated self-regulatory organization copies of any notice or application filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17a-5(d)(1)(i) of this title, for a change in fiscal year or “as of” date for its annual audited financial statement. The registrant must also file immediately with the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the registrant's request for change in fiscal year or “as of” date. Upon the receipt by the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission of copies of any such notice of approval, the change in fiscal year or “as of” date referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (e)(2).
</P>
<P>(C) Any copy that under this paragraph (e)(2) is required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located, and any copy or application to be filed with the designated self-regulatory organization shall be filed at its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Introducing broker registrants.</I> (A) An introducing broker may file with the National Futures Association an application to change its fiscal year, which shall be approved or denied in writing.
</P>
<P>(B) An introducing broker that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with the National Futures Association copies of any notice or application filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17a-5(d)(1)(i) of this title, for a change in fiscal year or “as of” date for its annual audited financial statement. The registrant must also file immediately with the National Futures Association copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the registrant's request for change in fiscal year or “as of” date. Upon the receipt by the National Futures Association of copies of any such notice of approval, the change in fiscal year or “as of” date referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (e)(2).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Extension of time for filing uncertified reports.</I> (1) In the event a registrant finds that it cannot file its Form 1-FR, or, in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, its Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II, Part IIA, or Part IIC (FOCUS report), for any period within the time specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or (b)(2)(i) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may request approval for an extension of time, as follows:
















</P>
<P>(i) <I>Futures commission merchant registrants.</I> (A) A futures commission merchant may file with its designated self-regulatory organization an application for extension of time, a copy of which the registrant must file with the Commission. The application shall be approved or denied in writing by the designated self-regulatory organization. The registrant must file immediately with the Commission a copy of any notice it receives from the designated self-regulatory organization to approve or deny the registrant's request for extension of time. A written notice of approval shall become effective upon the filing by the registrant of a copy with the Commission, and a written notice of denial shall be effective as of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with its designated self-regulatory organization a copy of any application that the registrant has filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17-a5(l)(5) of this title, for an extension of time to file its FOCUS report. The registrant must also file immediately with the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the requested extension of time. Upon receipt by the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission of copies of any such notice of approval, the requested extension of time referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (f)(1).
</P>
<P>(C) Any copy that under this subparagraph (f)(1)(i) is required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Introducing broker registrants.</I> (A) An introducing broker may file with the National Futures Association an application for extension of the time, which shall be approved or denied in writing.
</P>
<P>(B) An introducing broker that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with the National Futures Association copies of any application that the registrant has filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17-a5(l)(5) of this title, for an extension of time to file its FOCUS report. The registrant must also file immediately with the National Futures Association copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the requested extension of time. Upon the receipt by the National Futures Association of a copy of any such notice of approval, the requested extension of time referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (f)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(2) In the event an applicant finds that it cannot file its report for any period within the time specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may file with the National Futures Association an application for an extension of time to a specified date which may not be more than 90 days after the date as of which the financial statements were to have been filed. The application must state the reasons for the requested extension and must contain an agreement to file the report on or before the specified date. The application must be received by the National Futures Association before the time specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section for filing the report. Notice of such application must be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the applicant's principal place of business is located concurrently with the filing of such application with the National Futures Association. Within ten calendar days after receipt of the application for an extension of time, the National Futures Association shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the applicant of the grant or denial of the requested extension; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate to the applicant that additional time is required to analyze the request, in which case the amount of time needed will be specified.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Public availability of reports.</I> (1) Forms 1-FR filed pursuant to this section, and FOCUS reports filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, will be treated as exempt from mandatory public disclosure for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act and the Government in the Sunshine Act and parts 145 and 147 of this chapter, except for the information described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The following information in Forms 1-FR, and the same or equivalent information in FOCUS reports filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR, will be publicly available:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of the applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital; the amount of its minimum net capital requirement under § 1.17 of this chapter; and the amount of its adjusted net capital in excess of its minimum net capital requirement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The following statements and footnote disclosures thereof: the Statement of Financial Condition in the certified annual financial reports of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers; the Statements (to be filed by a futures commission merchant only) of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for customers trading on U.S. commodity exchanges and for customers' dealer options accounts, the Statement (to be filed by a futures commission merchant only) of Secured Amounts and Funds held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers (as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter) in accordance with § 30.7 of this chapter, and the Statement (to be filed by futures commission merchants only) of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts under section 4d(f) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) All information that is exempt from mandatory public disclosure under paragraph (g)(1) of this section will, however, be available for official use by any official or employee of the United States or any State, by any self-regulatory organization of which the person filing such report is a member, by the National Futures Association in the case of an applicant, and by any other person to whom the Commission believes disclosure of such information is in the public interest. Nothing in this paragraph (g) will limit the authority of any self-regulatory organization to request or receive any information relative to its members' financial condition.
</P>
<P>(5) The independent accountant's opinion and a guarantee agreement filed pursuant to this section will be deemed public information.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Filing option available to a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker that is also a securities broker or dealer.</I> Any applicant or registrant which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer, a security-based swap dealer, or a major security-based market participant may comply with the requirements of this section by filing (in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (j) of this section) a copy, as applicable, of its Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II, Part IIA, Part IIC, or Part II CSE (FOCUS Report), in lieu of Form 1-FR; <I>Provided, however,</I> That all information which is required to be furnished on and submitted with Form 1-FR is provided with such FOCUS Report; and <I>Provided, further,</I> That a certified FOCUS Report filed by an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker in lieu of a certified Form 1-FR-IB must be filed according to National Futures Association rules, either in paper form or electronically, in accordance with procedures established by the National Futures Association, and if filed electronically, a paper copy of such filing with the original manually signed certification must be maintained by such introducing broker or applicant in accordance with § 1.31.


</P>
<P>(i) <I>Filing option available to an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker which is also a country elevator.</I> Any introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker which is also a country elevator but which is not also a securities broker or dealer may comply with the requirements of this section by filing (in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section) a copy of a financial report prepared by a grain commission firm which has been authorized by the Deputy Vice President of the Commodity Credit Corporation of the United States Department of Agriculture to provide a compilation report of financial statements of warehousemen for purposes of Uniform Grain Storage Agreements, and which complies with the standards for independence set forth in § 1.16(b)(2) with respect to the registrant or applicant: <I>Provided, however,</I> That all information which is required to be furnished on and submitted with Form 1-FR is provided with such financial report, including a statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17: <I>And, provided further,</I> That the balance sheet is presented in a format as consistent as possible with the Form 1-FR and a reconciliation is provided reconciling such balance sheet to the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 1.17. Attached to each financial report filed pursuant to this paragraph (i) must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained therein is true and correct. If the applicant or registrant is a sole proprietorship, then the oath or affirmation must be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; or if a corporation, by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Requirements for guarantee agreement.</I> (1) A guarantee agreement filed pursuant to this section must be signed in a manner sufficient to be a binding guarantee under local law by an appropriate person on behalf of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer and the introducing broker, and each signature must be accompanied by evidence that the signatory is authorized to enter the agreement on behalf of the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker and is such an appropriate person. For purposes of this paragraph (j), an appropriate person shall be the proprietor, if the firm is a sole proprietorship; a general partner, if the firm is a partnership; and either the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer, if the firm is a corporation; and, if the firm is a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, either the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(2) No futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer may enter into a guarantee agreement if:
</P>
<P>(i) It knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital is less than the amount set forth in § 1.12(b) of this part or § 5.6(b) of this chapter, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(ii) There is filed against the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer an adjudicatory proceeding brought by or before the Commission pursuant to the provisions of sections 6(c), 6(d), 6c, 6d, 8a or 9 of the Act or § 3.55, 3.56 or 3.60 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A retail foreign exchange dealer may enter into a guarantee agreement only with an introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this chapter. A retail foreign exchange dealer may not enter into a guarantee agreement with an introducing broker as defined in § 1.3 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) A guarantee agreement filed in connection with an application for initial registration as an introducing broker in accordance with the provisions of § 3.10(a) of this chapter shall become effective upon the granting of registration or, if appropriate, a temporary license, to the introducing broker. A guarantee agreement filed other than in connection with an application for initial registration as an introducing broker shall become effective as of the date agreed to by the parties.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) If the registration of the introducing broker is suspended, revoked, or withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, the guarantee agreement shall expire as of the date of such suspension, revocation or withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the registration of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer is suspended or revoked, the guarantee agreement shall expire 30 days after such suspension or revocation, or at such earlier time as may be approved by the Commission, the introducing broker, and the introducing broker's designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(6) A guarantee agreement may be terminated at any time during the term thereof:
</P>
<P>(i) By mutual written consent of the parties, signed by an appropriate person on behalf of each party, with prompt written notice thereof, signed by an appropriate person on behalf of each party, to the Commission and to the designated self-regulatory organizations of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer and the introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(ii) For good cause shown, by either party giving written notice of its intention to terminate the agreement, signed by an appropriate person, to the other party to the agreement, to the Commission, and to the designated self-regulatory organizations of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer and the introducing broker; or
</P>
<P>(iii) By either party giving written notice of its intention to terminate the agreement, signed by an appropriate person, at least 30 days prior to the proposed termination date, to the other party to the agreement, to the Commission, and to the designated self-regulatory organizations of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer and the introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(7) The termination of a guarantee agreement by a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or an introducing broker, or the expiration of such an agreement, shall not relieve any party from any liability or obligation arising from acts or omissions which occurred during the term of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(8) An introducing broker may not simultaneously be a party to more than one guarantee agreement: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the provisions of this paragraph (j)(8) shall not be deemed to preclude an introducing broker from entering into a guarantee agreement with another futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer if the introducing broker, futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer which is a party to the existing agreement has provided notice of termination of the existing agreement in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(6) of this section, and the new guarantee agreement does not become effective until the day following the date of termination of the existing agreement: <I>And, provided further,</I> That the provisions of this paragraph (j)(8) shall not be deemed to preclude an introducing broker from entering into a guarantee agreement with another futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer if the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer which is a party to the existing agreement ceases to remain registered and the existing agreement would therefore expire in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(6)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9)(i)(A) An introducing broker that is a party to a guarantee agreement that has been terminated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(6) of this section, or that is due to expire in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section, must cease doing business as an introducing broker on or before the effective date of such termination or expiration unless, on or before 10 days prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration or such other period of time as the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization may allow for good cause shown, the introducing broker files with its designated self-regulatory organization either a new guarantee agreement effective as of the day following the date of termination of the existing agreement, or, in the case of a guarantee agreement that is due to expire in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(4)(ii) of this section, a new guarantee agreement effective on or before such expiration, or either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which the report is filed; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which the report is filed and a Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than one year prior to the date on which the report is filed: <I>Provided, however,</I> that an introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this chapter that is party to a guarantee agreement that has been terminated or that has expired must cease doing business as an introducing broker on or before the effective date of such termination or expiration unless, on or before 10 days prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration or such other period of time as the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization may allow for good cause shown, the introducing broker files with its designated self-regulatory organization a new guarantee agreement effective on or before the termination or expiration date of the terminating or expiring guarantee agreement.
</P>
<P>(B) Each person filing a Form 1-FR-IB in accordance with this section must include with the financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (j)(9)(i) of this section or of § 1.17(a), an introducing broker that is a party to a guarantee agreement that has been terminated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (j)(6)(ii) of this section shall not be deemed to be in violation of the minimum adjusted net capital requirement of § 1.17(a)(1)(iii) or (a)(2) for 30 days following such termination. Such an introducing broker must cease doing business as an introducing broker on or after the effective date of such termination, and may not resume doing business as an introducing broker unless and until it files a new agreement or either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which the report is filed; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A Form 1-FR-IB as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which the report is filed and a Form 1-FR-IB certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 as of a date not more than one year prior to the date on which the report is filed: <I>Provided, however,</I> that an introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this chapter that is party to a guarantee agreement that has been terminated must cease doing business as an introducing broker from and after the effective date of such termination, and may not resume doing business as an introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this chapter unless and until it files a new guarantee agreement.
</P>
<P>(B) Each person filing a Form 1-FR-IB in accordance with this section must include with the financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Filing option available to an introducing broker.</I> (1) Any introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker which is not operating or intending to operate pursuant to a guarantee agreement may comply with the requirements of this section by filing (in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section) a Form 1-FR-IB in lieu of a Form 1-FR-FCM.
</P>
<P>(2) If an introducing broker or applicant therefor avails itself of the filing option available under paragraph (k)(1) of this section, the report required to be filed in accordance with § 1.16(c)(5) of this part must be filed as of the date of the Form 1-FR-IB being filed, and such an introducing broker or applicant therefor must maintain its financial records and make its monthly formal computation of its adjusted net capital, as required by § 1.18 of this part, in a manner consistent with Form 1-FR-IB.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(The information collection requirements contained in § 1.10 were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0024; in paragraphs (a) and (b) under control number 3038-0023; and in paragraph (f) under control number 3038-0003.)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39967, Sept. 8, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.11   Risk Management Program for futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Nothing in this section shall apply to a futures commission merchant that does not accept any money, securities, or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result from soliciting or accepting orders for the purchase or sale of any commodity interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Business unit</I> means any department, division, group, or personnel of a futures commission merchant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such that:
</P>
<P>(i) Engages in soliciting or in accepting orders for the purchase or sale of any commodity interest and that, in or in connection with such solicitation or acceptance of orders, accepts any money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Otherwise handles segregated funds, including managing, investing, and overseeing the custody of segregated funds, or any documentation in connection therewith, other than for risk management purposes; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any personnel exercising direct supervisory authority of the performance of the activities described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Customer</I> means a futures customer as defined in § 1.3, Cleared Swaps Customer as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, and 30.7 customer as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Governing body</I> means the proprietor, if the futures commission merchant is a sole proprietorship; a general partner, if the futures commission merchant is a partnership; the board of directors if the futures commission merchant is a corporation; the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority if the futures commission merchant is a limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Segregated funds</I> means money, securities, or other property held by a futures commission merchant in separate accounts pursuant to § 1.20 for futures customers, pursuant to § 22.2 of this chapter for Cleared Swaps Customers, and pursuant to § 30.7 of this chapter for 30.7 customers.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Senior management</I> means, any officer or officers specifically granted the authority and responsibility to fulfill the requirements of senior management by the governing body.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Risk Management Program.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant shall establish, maintain, and enforce a system of risk management policies and procedures designed to monitor and manage the risks associated with the activities of the futures commission merchant as such. For purposes of this section, such policies and procedures shall be referred to collectively as a “Risk Management Program.”
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant shall maintain written policies and procedures that describe the Risk Management Program of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(3) The Risk Management Program and the written risk management policies and procedures, and any material changes thereto, shall be approved in writing by the governing body of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(4) Each futures commission merchant shall furnish a copy of its written risk management policies and procedures to the Commission and its designated self-regulatory organization upon application for registration and thereafter upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Risk management unit.</I> As part of the Risk Management Program, each futures commission merchant shall establish and maintain a risk management unit with sufficient authority; qualified personnel; and financial, operational, and other resources to carry out the risk management program established pursuant to this section. The risk management unit shall report directly to senior management and shall be independent from the business unit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Elements of the Risk Management Program.</I> The Risk Management Program of each futures commission merchant shall include, at a minimum, the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Identification of risks and risk tolerance limits.</I> (i) The Risk Management Program shall take into account market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, settlement, segregation, technological, capital, and any other applicable risks together with a description of the risk tolerance limits set by the futures commission merchant and the underlying methodology in the written policies and procedures. The risk tolerance limits shall be reviewed and approved quarterly by senior management and annually by the governing body. Exceptions to risk tolerance limits shall be subject to written policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Risk Management Program shall take into account risks posed by affiliates, all lines of business of the futures commission merchant, and all other trading activity engaged in by the futures commission merchant. The Risk Management Program shall be integrated into risk management at the consolidated entity level.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Risk Management Program shall include policies and procedures for detecting breaches of risk tolerance limits set by the futures commission merchant, and alerting supervisors within the risk management unit and senior management, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Periodic Risk Exposure Reports.</I> (i) The risk management unit of each futures commission merchant shall provide to senior management and to its governing body quarterly written reports setting forth all applicable risk exposures of the futures commission merchant; any recommended or completed changes to the Risk Management Program; the recommended time frame for implementing recommended changes; and the status of any incomplete implementation of previously recommended changes to the Risk Management Program. For purposes of this section, such reports shall be referred to as “Risk Exposure Reports.” The Risk Exposure Reports also shall be provided to the senior management and the governing body immediately upon detection of any material change in the risk exposure of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Furnishing to the Commission.</I> Each futures commission merchant shall furnish copies of its Risk Exposure Reports to the Commission within five (5) business days of providing such reports to its senior management.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Specific risk management considerations.</I> The Risk Management Program of each futures commission merchant shall include, but not be limited to, policies and procedures necessary to monitor and manage the following risks:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Segregation risk.</I> The written policies and procedures shall be reasonably designed to ensure that segregated funds are separately accounted for and segregated or secured as belonging to customers as required by the Act and Commission regulations and must, at a minimum, include or address the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A process for the evaluation of depositories of segregated funds, including, at a minimum, documented criteria that any depository that will hold segregated funds, including an entity affiliated with the futures commission merchant, must meet, including criteria addressing the depository's capitalization, creditworthiness, operational reliability, and access to liquidity. The criteria should further consider the extent to which segregated funds are concentrated with any depository or group of depositories. The criteria also should include the availability of deposit insurance and the extent of the regulation and supervision of the depository;
</P>
<P>(B) A program to monitor an approved depository on an ongoing basis to assess its continued satisfaction of the futures commission merchant's established criteria, including a thorough due diligence review of each depository at least annually;
</P>
<P>(C) An account opening process for depositories, including documented authorization requirements, procedures that ensure that segregated funds are not deposited with a depository prior to the futures commission merchant receiving the acknowledgment letter required from such depository pursuant to §§ 1.20, and 22.2 and 30.7 of this chapter, and procedures that ensure that such account is properly titled to reflect that it is holding segregated funds pursuant to the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(D) A process for establishing a targeted amount of residual interest that the futures commission merchant seeks to maintain as its residual interest in the segregated funds accounts and such process must be designed to reasonably ensure that the futures commission merchant maintains the targeted residual amounts and remains in compliance with the segregated funds requirements at all times. The policies and procedures must require that senior management, in establishing the total amount of the targeted residual interest in the segregated funds accounts, perform appropriate due diligence and consider various factors, as applicable, relating to the nature of the futures commission merchant's business including, but not limited to, the composition of the futures commission merchant's customer base, the general creditworthiness of the customer base, the general trading activity of the customers, the types of markets and products traded by the customers, the proprietary trading of the futures commission merchant, the general volatility and liquidity of the markets and products traded by customers, the futures commission merchant's own liquidity and capital needs, and the historical trends in customer segregated fund balances, including undermargined amounts and net deficit balances in customers' accounts. The analysis and calculation of the targeted amount of the future commission merchant's residual interest must be described in writing with the specificity necessary to allow the Commission and the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization to duplicate the analysis and calculation and test the assumptions made by the futures commission merchant. The adequacy of the targeted residual interest and the process for establishing the targeted residual interest must be reassessed periodically by Senior Management and revised as necessary;
</P>
<P>(E) A process for the withdrawal of cash, securities, or other property from accounts holding segregated funds, where the withdrawal is not for the purpose of payments to or on behalf of the futures commission merchant's customers. Such policies and procedures must satisfy the requirements of § 1.23, § 22.17 of this chapter, or § 30.7 of this chapter, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(F) A process for assessing the appropriateness of specific investments of segregated funds in permitted investments in accordance with § 1.25. Such policies and procedures must take into consideration the market, credit, counterparty, operational, and liquidity risks associated with such investments, and assess whether such investments comply with the requirements in § 1.25 including that the futures commission merchant manage the permitted investments consistent with the objectives of preserving principal and maintaining liquidity;
</P>
<P>(G) Procedures requiring the appropriate separation of duties among individuals responsible for compliance with the Act and Commission regulations relating to the protection and financial reporting of segregated funds, including the separation of duties among personnel that are responsible for advising customers on trading activities, approving or overseeing cash receipts and disbursements (including investment operations), and recording and reporting financial transactions. The policies and procedures must require that any movement of funds to affiliated companies and parties are properly approved and documented;
</P>
<P>(H) A process for the timely recording of all transactions, including transactions impacting customers' accounts, in the firm's books of record;
</P>
<P>(I) A program for conducting annual training of all finance, treasury, operations, regulatory, compliance, settlement, and other relevant officers and employees regarding the segregation requirements for segregated funds required by the Act and regulations, the requirements for notices under § 1.12, procedures for reporting suspected breaches of the policies and procedures required by this section to the chief compliance officer, without fear of retaliation, and the consequences of failing to comply with the segregation requirements of the Act and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(J) Policies and procedures for assessing the liquidity, marketability and mark-to-market valuation of all securities or other non-cash assets held as segregated funds, including permitted investments under § 1.25, to ensure that all non-cash assets held in the customer segregated accounts, both customer-owned securities and investments in accordance with § 1.25, are readily marketable and highly liquid. Such policies and procedures must require daily measurement of liquidity needs with respect to customers; assessment of procedures to liquidate all non-cash collateral in a timely manner and without significant effect on price; and application of appropriate collateral haircuts that accurately reflect market and credit risk.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Operational risk.</I> The Risk Management Program shall include automated financial risk management controls reasonably designed to prevent the placing of erroneous orders, including those that exceed pre-set capital, credit, or volume thresholds. The Risk Management Program shall ensure that the use of automated trading programs is subject to policies and procedures governing the use, supervision, maintenance, testing, and inspection of such programs.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Capital risk.</I> The written policies and procedures shall be reasonably designed to ensure that the futures commission merchant has sufficient capital to be in compliance with the Act and the regulations, and sufficient capital and liquidity to meet the reasonably foreseeable needs of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Supervision of the Risk Management Program.</I> The Risk Management Program shall include a supervisory system that is reasonably designed to ensure that the policies and procedures required by this section are diligently followed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review and testing.</I> (1) The Risk Management Program of each futures commission merchant shall be reviewed and tested on at least an annual basis, or upon any material change in the business of the futures commission merchant that is reasonably likely to alter the risk profile of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual reviews of the Risk Management Program shall include an analysis of adherence to, and the effectiveness of, the risk management policies and procedures, and any recommendations for modifications to the Risk Management Program. The annual testing shall be performed by qualified internal audit staff that are independent of the business unit, or by a qualified third party audit service reporting to staff that are independent of the business unit. The results of the annual review of the Risk Management Program shall be promptly reported to and reviewed by the chief compliance officer, senior management, and governing body of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(3) Each futures commission merchant shall document all internal and external reviews and testing of its Risk Management Program and written risk management policies and procedures including the date of the review or test; the results; any deficiencies identified; the corrective action taken; and the date that corrective action was taken. Such documentation shall be provided to Commission staff, upon request.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Distribution of risk management policies and procedures.</I> The Risk Management Program shall include procedures for the timely distribution of its written risk management policies and procedures to relevant supervisory personnel. Each futures commission merchant shall maintain records of the persons to whom the risk management policies and procedures were distributed and when they were distributed.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant shall maintain copies of all written approvals required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) All records or reports, including, but not limited to, the written policies and procedures and any changes thereto that a futures commission merchant is required to maintain pursuant to this regulation shall be maintained in accordance with § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68620, Nov. 14, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.12   Maintenance of minimum financial requirements by futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person registered as a futures commission merchant or who files an application for registration as a futures commission merchant, and each person registered as an introducing broker or who files an application for registration as an introducing broker (except for an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker operating pursuant to, or who has filed concurrently with its application for registration, a guarantee agreement and who is not also a securities broker or dealer), who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than the minimum required by § 1.17 or by the capital rule of any self-regulatory organization to which such person is subject, or the minimum net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission if the applicant or registrant is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Give notice, as set forth in paragraph (n) of this section that the applicant's or registrant's capital is below the applicable minimum requirement. Such notice must be given immediately after the applicant or registrant knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital or net capital, as applicable, is less than minimum required amount; and










</P>
<P>(2) Provide together with such notice documentation, in such form as necessary, to adequately reflect the applicant's or registrant's capital condition as of any date on which such person's adjusted net capital is less than the minimum required; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the applicant or registrant cannot calculate or otherwise immediately determine its financial condition, it must provide the notice required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section and include in such notice a statement that the entity cannot presently calculate its financial condition. The applicant or registrant must provide similar documentation of its financial condition for other days as the Commission may request.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person registered as a futures commission merchant, or who files an application for registration as a futures commission merchant, who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(1) 150 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 1.17(a)(1)(i)(A);
</P>
<P>(2) 110 percent of the amount required by § 1.17(a)(1)(i)(B);
</P>
<P>(3) 150 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member, unless such amount has been determined by a margin-based capital computation set forth in the rules of the registered futures association, and such amount meets or exceeds the amount of adjusted net capital required under the margin-based capital computation set forth in § 1.17(a)(1)(i)(B), in which case the required percentage is 110 percent;
</P>
<P>(4) For securities brokers or dealers, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 17a-11(b) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.17a-11(b)); or
</P>
<P>(5) For security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 18a-8(b) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.18a-8(b)), must file notice to that effect, as soon as possible and no later than twenty-four (24) hours of such event.


</P>
<P>(c) If an applicant or registrant at any time fails to make or keep current the books and records required by these regulations, such applicant or registrant must, on the same day such event occurs, provide notice of such fact as specified in paragraph (n) of this section, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current, and as soon as possible, but not later than forty-eight (48) hours after giving such notice, file a report as required by paragraph (n) of this section stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever any applicant or registrant discovers or is notified by an independent public accountant, pursuant to § 1.16(e)(2), of the existence of any material inadequacy, as specified in § 1.16(d)(2), such applicant or registrant must give notice of such material inadequacy, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, as soon as possible but not later than twenty-four (24) hours of discovering or being notified of the material inadequacy. The applicant or registrant must file, in the manner provided for under paragraph (n) of this section, a report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the material inadequacy within forty-eight (48) hours of filing its notice of the material inadequacy.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever any self-regulatory organization learns that a member registrant has failed to file a notice or report as required by this section, that self-regulatory organization must immediately report this failure by notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever a registered futures commission merchant determines that any position it carries for another registered futures commission merchant or for a registered leverage transaction merchant must be liquidated immediately, transferred immediately or that the trading of any account of such futures commission merchant or leverage transaction merchant shall be only for purposes of liquidation, because the other futures commission merchant or the leverage transaction merchant has failed to meet a call for margin or to make other required deposits, the carrying futures commission merchant must immediately give notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, of such a determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever a registered futures commission merchant determines that an account which it is carrying is undermargined by an amount which exceeds the futures commission merchant's adjusted net capital determined in accordance with § 1.17, the futures commission merchant must immediately provide notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, of such a determination to the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission. This paragraph (f)(3) shall apply to any account carried by the futures commission merchant, whether a customer, noncustomer, omnibus or proprietary account. For purposes of this paragraph, if any person has an interest of 10 percent or more in ownership or equity in, or guarantees, more than one account, or has guaranteed an account in addition to its own account, all such accounts shall be combined.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant shall provide immediate notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever any commodity interest account it carries is subject to a margin call, or call for other deposits required by the futures commission merchant, that exceeds the futures commission merchant's excess adjusted net capital, determined in accordance with § 1.17, and such call has not been answered by the close of business on the day following the issuance of the call. This applies to all accounts carried by the futures commission merchant, whether customer, noncustomer, or omnibus, that are subject to margining, including commodity futures, cleared swaps, and options. In addition to actual margin deposits by an account owner, a futures commission merchant may also take account of favorable market moves in determining whether the margin call is required to be reported under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) A futures commission merchant shall provide immediate notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever its excess adjusted net capital is less than six percent of the maintenance margin required by the futures commission merchant on all positions held in accounts of a noncustomer other than a noncustomer who is subject to the minimum financial requirements of:
</P>
<P>(A) A futures commission merchant, or
</P>
<P>(B) The Securities and Exchange Commission for a securities broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section, maintenance margin shall include all deposits which the futures commission merchant requires the noncustomer to maintain in order to carry its positions at the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(g) A futures commission merchant shall provide notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, of a substantial reduction in capital as compared to that last reported in a financial report filed with the Commission pursuant to § 1.10. This notice shall be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If any event or series of events, including any withdrawal, advance, loan or loss cause, on a net basis, a reduction in net capital (or, if the futures commission merchant is qualified to use the filing option available under § 1.10(h), tentative net capital as defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission) of 20 percent or more, notice must be provided as provided in paragraph (n) of this section within two business days of the event or series of events causing the reduction stating the reason for the reduction and steps the futures commission merchant will be taking to ensure an appropriate level of net capital is maintained by the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(2) If equity capital of the futures commission merchant or a subsidiary or affiliate of the futures commission merchant consolidated pursuant to § 1.17(f) (or 17 CFR 240.15c3-1e) would be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or a limited liability company member or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, or an unsecured advance or loan would be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, limited liability company member, employee or affiliate, such that the withdrawal, advance or loan would cause, on a net basis, a reduction in excess adjusted net capital (or, if the futures commission merchant is qualified to use the filing option available under § 1.10(h), excess net capital as defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission) of 30 percent or more, notice must be provided as provided in paragraph (n) of this section at least two business days prior to the withdrawal, advance or loan that would cause the reduction: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the provisions of paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section do not apply to any futures or securities transaction in the ordinary course of business between a futures commission merchant and any affiliate where the futures commission merchant makes payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment from such affiliate for such transaction within two business days from the date of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of such notice from a futures commission merchant, or upon a reasonable belief that a substantial reduction in capital has occurred or will occur, the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director's designee may require that the futures commission merchant provide or cause a Material Affiliated Person (as that term is defined in § 1.14(a)(2)) to provide, within three business days from the date of request or such shorter period as the Division Director or designee may specify, such other information as the Division Director or designee determines to be necessary based upon market conditions, reports provided by the futures commission merchant, or other available information.
</P>
<P>(h) Whenever a person registered as a futures commission merchant knows or should know that the total amount of its funds on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of customers trading on designated contract markets, or the amount of funds on deposit in segregated accounts for customers transacting in Cleared Swaps under part 22 of this chapter, or the total amount set aside on behalf of customers trading on non-United States markets under part 30 of this chapter, is less than the total amount of such funds required by the Act and the regulations to be on deposit in segregated or secured amount accounts on behalf of such customers, the registrant must report such deficiency immediately by notice to the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A futures commission merchant must provide immediate notice, as set forth in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever it discovers or is informed that it has invested funds held for futures customers trading on designated contract markets pursuant to § 1.20, Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, or 30.7 customer funds, as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter, in instruments that are not permitted investments under § 1.25, or has otherwise violated the requirements governing the investment of funds belonging to customers under § 1.25.
</P>
<P>(j) A futures commission merchant must provide immediate notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever the futures commission merchant does not hold a sufficient amount of funds in segregated accounts for futures customers under § 1.20, in segregated accounts for Cleared Swaps Customers under part 22 of this chapter, or in secured amount accounts for customers trading on foreign markets under part 30 of this chapter to meet the futures commission merchant's targeted residual interest in the segregated or secured amount accounts pursuant to its policies and procedures required under § 1.11, or whenever the futures commission merchant's amount of residual interest is less than the sum of the undermargined amounts in its customer accounts as determined at the point in time that the firm is required to maintain the undermargined amounts under § 1.22, and §§ 22.2 and 30.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) A futures commission merchant must provide immediate notice, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever the futures commission merchant, or the futures commission merchant's parent or material affiliate, experiences a material adverse impact to its creditworthiness or ability to fund its obligations, including any change that could adversely impact the firm's liquidity resources.
</P>
<P>(l) A futures commission merchant must provide prompt notice, but in no event later than 24 hours, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, whenever the futures commission merchant experiences a material change in its operations or risk profile, including a change in the senior management of the futures commission merchant, the establishment or termination of a line of business, or a material adverse change in the futures commission merchant's clearing arrangements.
</P>
<P>(m) A futures commission merchant must provide notice, if the futures commission merchant has been notified by the Securities and Exchange Commission, a securities self-regulatory organization, or a futures self-regulatory organization, that it is the subject of a formal investigation. A futures commission merchant must provide a copy of any examination report issued to the futures commission merchant by the Securities and Exchange Commission or a securities self-regulatory organization. A futures commission merchant must provide the Commission with notice of any correspondence received from the Securities and Exchange Commission or a securities self-regulatory organization that raises issues with the adequacy of the futures commission merchant's capital position, liquidity to meet its obligations or otherwise operate its business, or internal controls. The notices and examination reports required by this section must be filed in a prompt manner, but in no event later than 24 hours of the reportable event, and must be filed in accordance with paragraph (n) of the section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant is not required to file a notice or copy of an examination report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a securities self-regulatory organization, or a futures self-regulatory organization if such entity originally provided the communication or report to the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Notice.</I> (1) Every notice and report required to be filed by this section by a futures commission merchant or a self-regulatory organization must be filed with the Commission, with the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if such registrant is a securities broker or dealer. Every notice and report required to be filed by this section by an applicant for registration as a futures commission merchant must be filed with the National Futures Association (on behalf of the Commission), with the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if such applicant is a securities broker or dealer. Every notice or report that is required to be filed by this section by a futures commission merchant or a self-regulatory organization must include a discussion of how the reporting event originated and what steps have been, or are being taken, to address the reporting event.
</P>
<P>(2) Every notice and report which an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker is required to file by paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this section must be filed with the National Futures Association (on behalf of the Commission), with the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and with every futures commission merchant carrying or intending to carry customer accounts for the introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker. Any notice or report filed with the National Futures Association pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed for all purposes to be filed with, and to be the official record of, the Commission. Every notice or report that is required to be filed by this section by an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker must include a discussion of how the reporting event originated and what steps have been, or are being taken, to address the reporting event.
</P>
<P>(3) Every notice or report that is required to be filed by a futures commission merchant with the Commission or with a designated self-regulatory organization under this section must be in writing and must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the registered futures commission merchant cannot file the notice or report using the electronic transmission approved by the Commission due to a transmission or systems failure, the futures commission merchant must immediately contact the Commission's regional office with jurisdiction over the futures commission merchant as provided in § 140.02 of this chapter, and by email to <I>FCMNotice@CFTC.gov.</I> Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the futures commission merchant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39969, Sept. 8, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.13   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.14   Risk assessment recordkeeping requirements for futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to maintain and preserve information.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 4d of the Act, unless exempt pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, shall prepare, maintain and preserve the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) An organizational chart which includes the futures commission merchant and each of its affiliated persons. Included in the organizational chart shall be a designation of which affiliated persons are “Material Affiliated Persons” as that term is used in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, which Material Affiliated Persons file routine financial or risk exposure reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a federal banking agency, an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, or a foreign regulatory authority, and which Material Affiliated Persons are dealers in financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk and, if a Material Affiliated Person is such a dealer, whether it is also an end-user of such instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) Written policies, procedures, or systems concerning the futures commission merchant's:
</P>
<P>(A) Method(s) for monitoring and controlling financial and operational risks to it resulting from the activities of any of its affiliated persons;
</P>
<P>(B) Financing and capital adequacy, including information regarding sources of funding, together with a narrative discussion by management of the liquidity of the material assets of the futures commission merchant, the structure of debt capital, and sources of alternative funding;
</P>
<P>(C) Establishing and maintaining internal controls with respect to market risk, credit risk, and other risks created by the futures commission merchant's proprietary and noncustomer clearing activities, including systems and policies for supervising, monitoring, reporting and reviewing trading activities in securities, futures contracts, commodity options, forward contracts and financial instruments; policies for hedging or managing risks created by trading activities or supervising accounts carried for noncustomer affiliates, including a description of the types of reviews conducted to monitor positions; and policies relating to restrictions or limitations on trading activities: <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the futures commission merchant has no such written policies, procedures or systems, it must so state in writing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating balance sheets for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the futures commission merchant's organizational structure, which shall include the futures commission merchant and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated balance sheets shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating balance sheets may be those prepared by the futures commission merchant's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process. Any additional information required to be filed under § 1.15(a)(2)(iii) shall also be maintained and preserved; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the futures commission merchant's organizational structure, which shall include the futures commission merchant and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated statements shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating statements may be those prepared by the futures commission merchant's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process. Any additional information required to be filed under § 1.15(a)(2)(iii) shall also be maintained and preserved.
</P>
<P>(2) The determination of whether an affiliated person of a futures commission merchant is a Material Affiliated Person shall involve consideration of all aspects of the activities of, and the relationship between, both entities, including without limitation, the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal relationship between the futures commission merchant and the affiliated person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The overall financing requirements of the futures commission merchant and the affiliated person, and the degree, if any, to which the futures commission merchant and the affiliated person are financially dependent on each other;
</P>
<P>(iii) The degree, if any, to which the futures commission merchant or its customers rely on the affiliated person for operational support or services in connection with the futures commission merchant's business; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The level of market, credit or other risk present in the activities of the affiliated person; and
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the affiliated person has the authority or the ability to cause a withdrawal of capital from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section and § 1.15, the term Material Affiliated Person does not include a natural person.
</P>
<P>(4) The information, reports and records required by this section shall be maintained and preserved, and made readily available for inspection, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant is required, or that Material Affiliated Person is required, to maintain and preserve information, or such information is maintained and preserved by the futures commission merchant on behalf of the Material Affiliated Person, pursuant to § 240.17h-1T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt, and maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the records and reports maintained and filed on Form 17-H (or such other forms or reports as may be required) by such futures commission merchant or its Material Affiliated Person with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person (including a foreign banking organization) that is subject to examination by, or the reporting requirements of, a Federal banking agency, the futures commission merchant or such Material Affiliated Person maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of all reports submitted by such Material Associated Person to the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, the futures commission merchant or such Material Affiliated Person maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the annual statements with schedules and exhibits prepared by the Material Affiliated Person on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or by a state insurance commissioner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of a Foreign Regulatory Authority.</I> A futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if such futures commission merchant maintains and makes available, or causes such Material Affiliated Person to make available, for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of any financial or risk exposure reports filed by such Material Affiliated Person with a foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, provided that: (1) the futures commission merchant agrees to use its best efforts to obtain from the Material Affiliated Person and to cause the Material Affiliated Person to provide, directly or through its foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, any supplemental information the Commission may request and there is no statute or other bar in the foreign jurisdiction that would preclude the futures commission merchant, the Material Affiliated Person, the foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority from providing such information to the Commission; or (2) the foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority with whom the Material Affiliated Person files such reports has entered into an information-sharing agreement with the Commission which is in effect as of the futures commission merchant's fiscal year-end and which will allow the Commission to obtain the type of information required herein. The futures commission merchant shall maintain a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term “Foreign Futures Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(10) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any futures commission merchant which holds funds or property of or for futures customers of less than $6,250,000 and has less than $5,000,000 in adjusted net capital as of the futures commission merchant's current fiscal year-end; provided, however, that such futures commission merchant is not a clearing member of an exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, upon written application by a Reporting Futures Commission Merchant, exempt from the provisions of this section, other than paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any futures commission merchant affiliated with such Reporting Futures Commission Merchant. The term “Reporting Futures Commission Merchant” shall mean, in the case of a futures commission merchant that is affiliated with another registered futures commission merchant, the futures commission merchant which maintains the greater amount of adjusted net capital as last reported on financial reports filed with the Commission pursuant to § 1.10 unless another futures commission merchant is acting as the Reporting Broker or Dealer under § 240.17h-2T of this title, or the Commission permits another futures commission merchant to act as the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant. In granting exemptions under this section, the Commission shall consider, among other factors, whether the records required by this section concerning the Material Affiliated Persons of the futures commission merchant affiliated with the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant will be available to the Commission pursuant to this section or § 1.15. A request for exemption filed under this paragraph (d)(2) shall explain the basis for the designation of a particular futures commission merchant as the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant and will become effective on the thirtieth day after receipt of such request by the Commission unless the Commission objects to the request by that date.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may exempt any futures commission merchant from any provision of this section if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provisions from which the exemption is sought. The Commission may grant the exemption subject to such terms and conditions as it may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Location of records.</I> A futures commission merchant required to maintain records concerning Material Affiliated Persons pursuant to this section may maintain those records either at the principal office of the Material Affiliated Person or at a records storage facility, provided that, except as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, the records are located within the boundaries of the United States and the records are kept and available for inspection in accordance with § 1.31. If such records are maintained at a place other than the futures commission merchant's principal place of business, the Material Affiliated Person or other entity maintaining the records shall file with the Commission a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that the records will be treated as if the futures commission merchant were maintaining the records pursuant to this section and that the entity maintaining the records will permit examination of such records at any time, or from time to time during business hours, by representatives or designees of the Commission and promptly furnish the Commission representative or its designee true, correct, complete and current hard copy of all or any part of such records. The election to maintain records at the principal place of business of the Material Affiliated Person or at a records storage facility pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve the futures commission merchant required to maintain and preserve such records from any of its responsibilities under this section or § 1.15.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a futures commission merchant concerning a Material Affiliated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant registered as of December 31, 1994 and subject to the requirements of this section shall maintain and preserve the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section commencing April 30, 1995 and the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(1)(iv) of this section commencing May 15, 1995 or, if December 31, 1994 is not the futures commission merchant's fiscal year-end, 135 calendar days following the first fiscal year-end occurring after December 31, 1994.
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant whose registration becomes effective after December 31, 1994 and is subject to the requirements of this section shall maintain and preserve the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section commencing 60 calendar days after registration become effective and the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(1)(iv) of this section commencing 105 calendar days following the first fiscal year-end occurring after registration becomes effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 66688, Dec. 28, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.15   Risk assessment reporting requirements for futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting requirements with respect to information required to be maintained by § 1.14.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 4d of the Act, unless exempt pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, shall file the following with the regional office with which it files periodic financial reports by no later than April 30, 1995, provided that in the case of a futures commission merchant whose registration becomes effective after December 31, 1994, such futures commission merchant shall file the following within 60 calendar days after the effective date of such registration, or by April 30, 1995, whichever comes later:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the organizational chart maintained by the futures commission merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(l)(i) of § 1.14. Where there is a material change in information provided, an updated organizational chart shall be filed within sixty calendar days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which the change has occurred; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of the financial, operational, and risk management policies, procedures and systems maintained by the futures commission merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(l)(ii) of § 1.14. If the futures commission merchant has no such written policies, procedures or systems, it must file a statement so indicating. Where there is a material change in information provided, such change shall be reported within sixty calendar days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which the change has occurred.
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 4d of the Act, unless exempt pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, shall file the following with the regional office with which it files periodic financial reports within 105 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year or, if a filing is made pursuant to a written notice issued under paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, within the time period specified in the written notice:
</P>
<P>(i) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating balance sheets for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the futures commission merchant's organizational structure, which shall include the futures commission merchant and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated balance sheets shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which consolidated balance sheets shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating balance sheets may be those prepared by the futures commission merchant's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiscal year-end annual consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the futures commission merchant's organizational structure, which shall include the futures commission merchant and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated statements shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which consolidated statements shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating statements may be those prepared by the futures commission merchant's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon receiving written notice from any representative of the Commission and within the time period specified in the written notice, such additional information which the Commission determines is necessary for a complete understanding of a particular affiliate's financial impact on the futures commission merchant's organizational structure.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of this section, the term Material Affiliated Person shall have the meaning used in § 1.14.
</P>
<P>(4) The reports required to be filed pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any futures commission merchant which holds funds or property of or for futures customers of less than $6,250,000 and has less than $5,000,000 in adjusted net capital as of the futures commission merchant's fiscal year-end; provided, however, that such futures commission merchant is not a clearing member of an exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, upon written application by a Reporting Futures Commission Merchant, exempt from the provisions of this section, other than paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any futures commission merchant affiliated with such Reporting Futures Commission Merchant. The term “Reporting Futures Commission Merchant” shall mean, in the case of a futures commission merchant that is affiliated with another registered futures commission merchant, the futures commission merchant which maintains the greater amount of net capital as last reported on its financial reports filed with the Commission pursuant to § 1.10 unless another futures commission merchant is acting as the Reporting Broker or Dealer under § 240.17h-2T of this title or the Commission permits another futures commission merchant to act as the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant. In granting exemptions under this section, the Commission shall consider, among other factors, whether the records and other information required to be maintained pursuant to § 1.14 concerning the Material Affiliated Persons of the futures commission merchant affiliated with the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant will be available to the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section. A request for exemption filed under this paragraph (c)(2) shall explain the basis for the designation of a particular futures commission merchant as the Reporting Futures Commission Merchant and will become effective on the thirtieth day after receipt of such request by the Commission unless the Commission objects to the request by that date. The Reporting Futures Commission Merchant must submit the information required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on behalf of its affiliated futures commission merchants.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may exempt any futures commission merchant from any provision of this section if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provisions from which the exemption is sought. The Commission may grant the exemption subject to such terms and conditions as it may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> (1) In the case of a futures commission merchant which is required to file, or has a Material Affiliated Person which is required to file, Form 17-H (or such other forms or reports as may be required) with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 240.17h-2T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt, such futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(2) of this section if the futures commission merchant furnishes, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a copy of the most recent Form 17-H filed by the futures commission merchant or its Material Affiliated Person with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided however, that if the futures commission merchant has designated any of its affiliated persons as Material Affiliated Persons for purposes of this section and § 1.14 which are not designated as Material Associated Persons for purposes of the Form 17-H filed pursuant to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title, the futures commission must also designate any such affiliated person as a Material Affiliated Person on the organizational chart required as Item 1 of part I of Form 17-H. To comply with paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(2) of this section, such futures commission merchant may, at its option, file Form 17-H in its entirety or file such form without the information required under part II of Form 17-H.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person (including a foreign banking organization) that is subject to examination by, or the reporting requirements of, a Federal banking agency, the futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to such Material Affiliated Person if the futures commission merchant or such Material Affiliated Person maintains in accordance with § 1.14 copies of all reports filed by the Material Affiliated Person with the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a futures commission merchant that has a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, such futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to the Material Affiliated Person if:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a Material Affiliated Person organized as a mutual insurance company or a non-public stock company, the futures commission merchant or such Material Affiliated Person maintains in accordance with § 1.14 copies of the annual statements with schedules and exhibits prepared by the Material Affiliated Person on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or by a state insurance commissioner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a Material Affiliated Person organized as a public stock company, the futures commission merchant or such Material Affiliated Person maintains, in addition to the annual statements with schedules and exhibits required to be maintained pursuant to § 1.14, copies of the filings made by the Material Affiliated Person pursuant to sections 13 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(4) No futures commission merchant shall be required to furnish to the Commission any examination report of any Federal banking agency or any supervisory recommendations or analyses contained therein with respect to a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the regulation of a Federal banking agency. All information received by the Commission pursuant to this section concerning a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to examination by or the reporting requirements of a Federal banking agency shall be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) The furnishing of any information or documents by a futures commission merchant pursuant to this section shall not constitute an admission for any purpose that a Material Affiliated Person is otherwise subject to the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of a Foreign Regulatory Authority.</I> A futures commission merchant shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if such futures commission merchant furnishes, or causes such Material Affiliated Person to make available, in accordance with the provisions of this section, copies of any financial or risk exposure reports filed by such Material Affiliated Person with a foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant agrees to use its best efforts to obtain from the Material Affiliated Person and to cause the Material Affiliated Person to provide, directly or through its foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, any supplemental information the Commission may request and there is no statute or other bar in the foreign jurisdiction that would preclude the futures commission merchant, the Material Affiliated Person, the foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority from providing such information to the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority with whom the Material Affiliated Person files such reports has entered into an information sharing agreement with the Commission which is in effect as of the futures commission merchant's fiscal year-end and which will allow the Commission to obtain the type of information required herein. The futures commission merchant shall file a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term “Foreign Futures Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(10) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a futures commission merchant concerning a Material Associated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Each futures commission merchant registered as of December 31, 1994 and subject to the requirements of this section shall file the information required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section no later than April 30, 1995 and the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section no later than May 15, 1995. Each futures commission merchant whose registration becomes effective after December 31, 1994 and is subject to the requirements of this section shall file the information required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 60 calendar days after registration is granted, or by April 30, 1995, whichever comes later and the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section within 105 calendar days after registration is granted or by May 15, 1995, whichever comes later.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 66690, Dec. 28, 1994; 60 FR 13901, Mar. 15, 1995, as amended at 78 FR 68625, Nov. 14, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.16   Qualifications and reports of accountants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions—</I>(1) <I>Accountant's report.</I> The term “accountant's report,” when used in regard to financial statements and schedules, means a document in which an independent licensed or certified public accountant indicates the scope of the audit (or examination) which he has made and sets forth his opinion regarding the financial statements and schedules taken as a whole or an assertion to the fact that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed, the reasons therefore must be stated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Audit or examination.</I> The terms “audit” and “examination,” when used in regard to financial statements and schedules, mean an examination of the statements and schedules by an accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards for the purposes of expressing an opinion thereon.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certified.</I> The term “certified,” when used in regard to financial statements and schedules, means audited and reported upon with an opinion expressed by an independent certified public accountant or independent licensed public accountant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Customer.</I> The term “customer” means customer, as defined in §§ 1.3, and 30.7 customer, as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualifications of accountants.</I> (1) The Commission will recognize any person as a certified public accountant who is duly registered and in good standing as such under the laws of the place of his residence or principal office; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a certified public accountant engaged to conduct an examination of a futures commission merchant must be registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and must have undergone an examination by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and may not be subject to a permanent or temporary bar to engage in the examination of public issuers or brokers or dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a result of a Public Company Accounting Oversight Board disciplinary hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission will not recognize any certified public accountant or licensed public accountant as independent who is not in fact independent. For example, an accountant will not be considered independent with respect to any applicant or registrant or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of such applicant or registrant (i) in which, during the period of his professional engagement to examine the financial statements and schedules being reported on or at the date of his report, he or his firm or a member thereof had, or was committed to acquire, any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest, or (ii) with which, during the period of his professional engagement to examine the financial statements and schedules being reported on, at the date of his report or during the period covered by the financial statements, he or his firm or a member thereof was connected as a promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee, except that a firm will be deemed independent with respect to an applicant or registrant and its affiliates if a former employee or officer of such applicant or registrant or any such affiliate is employed by the firm and such individual has completely disassociated himself from the applicant or registrant and its affiliates and does not participate in auditing financial statements and schedules of the applicant or registrant or its affiliates covering any period of his employment by the applicant or registrant or its affiliates. An accountant will not be considered independent if he or his firm or a member thereof performs manual or automated bookkeeping services or assumes responsibility for maintenance of the accounting records, including accounting classification decisions, of such applicant or registrant or any of its affiliates. For the purposes of this § 1.16(b), the term “member” means all partners in the firm and all professional employees participating in the audit or located in the office of the firm participating in a significant portion of the audit.
</P>
<P>(3) In determining whether an accountant may in fact not be independent with respect to a particular applicant or registrant, the Commission will give appropriate consideration to all relevant circumstances, including evidence bearing on all relationships between the accountant and that applicant or registrant or any affiliate thereof, and will not confine itself to the relationship existing in connection with the filing of reports with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) The governing body of each futures commission merchant must ensure that the certified public accountant engaged is duly qualified to perform an audit of the futures commission merchant. Such an evaluation of the qualifications of the certified public accountant should include, among other issues, the certified public accountant's experience in auditing futures commission merchants, the depth of the certified public accountant's staff, the certified public accountant's knowledge of the Act and Regulations, the size and geographic location of the futures commission merchant, and the independence of the certified public accountant. The governing body should also review and consider the inspection reports issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as part of the assessment of the qualifications of the public accountant to perform an audit of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Accountant's reports</I>—(1) <I>Technical requirements.</I> The accountant's report must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be dated;
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate the city and State where issued; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify without detailed enumeration the financial statements covered by the report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representations as to the audit.</I> The accountant's report must state whether the audit was made in accordance with the auditing standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and must designate any auditing procedures deemed necessary by the accountant under the circumstances of the particular case which have been omitted and the reasons for their omission. However, nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to imply authority for the omission of any procedure which independent accountants would ordinarily employ in the course of an audit made for the purposes of expressing the opinion required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opinion to be expressed.</I> The accountant's report must state clearly: (i) The opinion of the accountant with respect to the financial statements and schedules covered by the report and the accounting principles and practices reflected therein and (ii) the opinion of the accountant as to the consistency of the application of the accounting principles, or as to any changes in such principles which have material effect on the financial statements and schedules.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exceptions.</I> Any matters to which the accountant takes exception must be clearly identified, such exceptions specifically and clearly stated, and to the extent practicable, the effect of each exception on related financial statements and schedules given.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Accountant's report on material inadequacies.</I> A registrant must file concurrently with the annual audit report a supplemental report by the accountant describing any material inadequacies found to exist or found to have existed since the date of the previous audit. An applicant must file concurrently with the audit report a supplemental report by the accountant describing any material inadequacies found to exist as of the date of the Form 1-FR being filed: <I>Provided, however</I>, That if such applicant is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer, and it files (in accordance with § 1.10(h)) a copy of its Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II, Part IIA, or Part II CSE, in lieu of Form 1-FR, the accountant's supplemental report must be made as of the date of such report. The supplemental report must indicate any corrective action taken or proposed by the applicant or registrant in regard thereto. If the audit did not disclose any material inadequacies, the supplemental report must so state.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Audit objectives.</I> (1) The audit must be made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and must include a review and appropriate tests of the accounting system, the internal accounting control, and the procedures for safeguarding customer and firm assets in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the regulations thereunder, since the prior examination date. The audit must include all procedures necessary under the circumstances to enable the independent licensed or certified public accountant to express an opinion on the financial statements and schedules. The scope of the audit and review of the accounting system, the internal controls, and procedures for safeguarding customer and firm assets must be sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies existing at the date of the examination in (i) the accounting system, (ii) the internal accounting controls, and (iii) the procedures for safeguarding customer and firm assets (including, in the case of a futures commission merchant, the segregation requirements of section 4d(a)(2) of the Act and these regulations and the secured amount requirements of the Act and these regulations) will be discovered. Additionally, as specified objectives the audit must include reviews of the practices and procedures followed by the registrant in making (A) periodic computations of the minimum financial requirements pursuant to § 1.17 and (B) in the case of a futures commission merchant, daily computations of the segregation requirements of section 4d(a)(2) of the Act and these regulations and the secured amount requirements of the Act and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) A material inadequacy in the accounting system, the internal accounting controls, the procedures for safeguarding customer and firm assets, and the practices and procedures referred to in paragraph (d)(1) of this section which is to be reported in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section includes any conditions which contributed substantially to or, if appropriate corrective action is not taken, could reasonably be expected to:
</P>
<P>(i) Inhibit an applicant or registrant from promptly completing transactions or promptly discharging his responsibilities to customers or other creditors;
</P>
<P>(ii) Result in material financial loss;
</P>
<P>(iii) Result in material misstatement of the applicant's or registrant's financial statements and schedules; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Result in violations of the Commission's segregation or secured amount (in the case of a futures commission merchant), recordkeeping or financial reporting requirements to the extent that could reasonably be expected to result in the conditions described in paragraph (d)(2) (i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extent and timing of audit procedures.</I> (1) The extent and timing of audit procedures are matters for the independent public accountant to determine on the basis of his review and evaluation of existing internal controls and other audit procedures performed in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the audit objectives set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. In determining the extent of testing, consideration must be given to the materiality of an area and to the possible effect on the financial statements and schedules of a material misstatement in a related account.
</P>
<P>(2) If during the course of an audit or interim work, the independent public accountant determines that any material inadequacies exist in the accounting system, in the internal accounting control, in the procedures for safeguarding customer or firm assets, or as otherwise defined in paragraph (d) of this section, he must call such inadequacies to the attention of the applicant or registrant, which has the responsibility to give notice to the National Futures Association and, if an applicant, or the Commission and the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, if a registrant, in accordance with paragraphs (d) and (g) of § 1.12: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the applicant or registrant is an introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker, it also has the responsibility to give notice to the National Futures Association, the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and every futures commission merchant carrying or intending to carry customer accounts for the introducing broker or applicant for registration as an introducing broker. The applicant or registrant must also furnish the accountant with a copy of said notice within three (3) business days. If the accountant fails to receive such notice from the applicant or registrant within three (3) business days, or if he disagrees with the statements contained in the notice of the applicant or registrant, the accountant must inform the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or the Commission and the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, in the case of a registrant, by reporting the material inadequacy and, in the case of an applicant or registrant which is an introducing broker or applicant for registration as in introducing broker, the accountant must also inform the National Futures Association, the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and every futures commission merchant carrying or intending to carry customer accounts for the introducing an introducing broker, within three (3) business days thereafter. Such report from the accountant must, if the applicant or registrant failed to file a notice, describe the material inadequacies found to exist. If the applicant or registrant filed a notice, the accountant must file a report detailing the aspects, if any, of the applicant's or registrant's notice with which the accountant does not agree.






</P>
<P>(f)(1) <I>Extension of time for filing audited reports.</I> In the event a registered futures commission merchant or a registered introducing broker finds that it cannot file, without substantial undue hardship, its certified financial statements and schedules for any year within the time specified in § 1.10 (b)(1)(ii) or § 1.10 (b)(2)(ii) of this part, as applicable, such registrants may request approval for an extension of time, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Futures commission merchant registrants.</I> (A) A futures commission merchant may file with its designated self-regulatory organization an application for an extension of time, a copy of which the registrant must file with the Commission. The application shall be approved or denied in writing by the designated self-regulatory organization. The registrant must file immediately with the Commission a copy of any notice it receives from the designated self-regulatory organization to approve or deny the registrant's request for extension of time. A written notice of approval shall become effective upon the filing by the registrant of a copy with the Commission, and a written notice of denial shall be effective as of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with its designated self-regulatory organization a copy of any application that the registrant has filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17a-5(m) of this title, for an extension of time to file annual reports. The registrant must also promptly file with the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the requested extension of time. Upon receipt by the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission of copies of any such notice of approval, the requested extension of time referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (f)(1)(i).










</P>
<P>(C) Any copy that under this paragraph is required to be filed with the Commission must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Introducing broker registrants.</I> (A) An introducing broker may file with the National Futures Association an application for extension of time, which shall be approved or denied in writing.
</P>
<P>(B) An introducing broker that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may file with the National Futures Association copies of any application that the registrant has filed with its designated examining authority, pursuant to § 240.17a-5(m) of this title, for an extension of time to file annual reports. The registrant must also file promptly with the National Futures Association copies of any notice it receives from its designated examining authority to approve or deny the requested extension of time. Upon the receipt by the National Futures Association of a copy of any such notice of approval, the requested extension of time referenced in the notice shall be deemed approved under this paragraph (f)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemption requests.</I> On the written request of any designated self-regulatory organization or registrant, or on its own motion, the Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of the certified financial reporting requirements of this chapter either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Replacement of accountant.</I> (1) In the event (i) the independent public accountant who was previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit an applicant's or registrant's financial statements resigns (or indicates he declines to stand for re-election after the completion of the current audit) or is dismissed as the applicant's or registrant's principal accountant, (ii) another independent accountant is engaged as principal accountant, or (iii) an independent accountant on whom the principal accountant expresses reliance in his report regarding a subsidiary resigns (or formally indicates he declines to stand for re-election after completion of the current audit) or is dismissed or another independent public accountant is engaged to audit that subsidiary, an applicant shall file written notice of such occurrence with the National Futures Association, and a registrant shall file written notice of such occurrence with the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, and with the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, not more than 15 business days after such occurrence.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice must state (i) the date of such resignation (or declination to stand for re-election, dismissal or engagement) and (ii) whether, in connection with the audit of the two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period preceding such resignation, dismissal or engagement, there were any disagreements with the former accountant on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statements disclosure, auditing scope or procedures, or compliance with the applicable rules of the Commission, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant, would have caused him to make reference in connection with his report to the subject matter of the disagreements (if so, describe such disagreements). The disagreements required to be reported in this paragraph (g)(2) include both those resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction. Disagreements contemplated by this paragraph (g)(2) are those which occur at the decision-making level, <I>i.e.,</I> between personnel of the applicant or registrant responsible for presentation of its financial statements and schedules and personnel of the accounting firm responsible for rendering its report. The notice must also state whether the accountant's report on the financial statements and schedules for any of the past two years contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion or was qualified as to uncertainties, audit scope, or accounting principles (if so, describe the nature of each such adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or qualification). An applicant must also request the former accountant to furnish the applicant with a letter addressed to the National Futures Association, and a registrant must also request the former accountant to furnish the registrant with a letter addressed to the Commission, stating whether he agrees with the statements contained in the notice of the applicant or registrant and, if not, stating the respects in which he does not agree. Each copy of the notice and accountant's letter must be manually signed by the sole proprietor or a general partner or a duly authorized corporate officer of the applicant or registrant, as appropriate, and by the accountant.
</P>
<P>(3) If (i) within the 24 months prior to the date of the most recent audited financial statement, a notice has been filed pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section reporting a change of accountants, (ii) included in such filing there is a reported disagreement on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statements disclosure, auditing scope, or noncompliance with the applicable rules of the Commission, (iii) during the fiscal year in which the change in accountants took place or during the subsequent fiscal year, there have been any transactions or events similar to those which involved a reported disagreement, and (iv) such transactions or events are material and were accounted for or disclosed in a manner different from that which the former accountant apparently would have concluded was required, the existence and nature of the disagreements and also the effect on the financial statements must be stated in a written notice to the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or to the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, and the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, in the case of a registrant, if the method which the former accountant apparently would have concluded was required had been followed. These disclosures need not be made if the method asserted by the former accountant ceases to be generally accepted because of authoritative standards or interpretations subsequently issued. The notice required by this paragraph (g)(3) must be filed by the applicant or registrant concurrently with the financial statements and schedules to which it pertains.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exemption for introducing broker or applicant therefor.</I> The provisions of this section do not apply to an introducing broker which is operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement, nor do such provisions apply to an applicant for registration as an introducing broker who files concurrently with such application a guarantee agreement, provided such introducing broker or applicant therefor is not also a securities broker or dealer.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007, 3038-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39970, Sept. 8, 1978, as amended at 46 FR 54516, Nov. 3, 1981; 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 48 FR 35284, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 39526, Oct. 9, 1984; 52 FR 28995, Aug. 5, 1987; 53 FR 4612, Feb. 17, 1988; 69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004; 69 FR 49798, Aug. 12, 2004; 71 FR 5593, Feb. 2, 2006; 77 FR 66320, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 68625, Nov. 14, 2013; 85 FR 57543, Sept. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.17   Minimum financial requirements for futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, each person registered as a futures commission merchant must maintain adjusted net capital equal to or in excess of the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(A) $1,000,000, <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the futures commission merchant also is a swap dealer, the minimum amount shall be $20,000,000;
</P>
<P>(B) The futures commission merchant's risk-based capital requirement, computed as the sum of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Eight percent of the total risk margin requirement (as defined in § 1.17(b)(8) of this section) for positions carried by the futures commission merchant in customer accounts and noncustomer accounts; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a futures commission merchant that is also a registered swap dealer, two percent of the total uncleared swap margin, as that term is defined in paragraph (b)(11) of this section.


</P>
<P>(C) The amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(D) For securities brokers and dealers, the amount of net capital required by Rule 15c3-1(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(a)).
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant that is registered as a swap dealer and has received approval to use internal models to compute market risk and credit risk charges for uncleared swaps must maintain net capital equal to or in excess of $100 million and adjusted net capital equal to or in excess of $20 million.


</P>
<P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each person registered as an introducing broker must maintain adjusted net capital equal to or in excess of the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(A) $45,000;
</P>
<P>(B) The amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(C) For securities brokers and dealers, the amount of net capital required by Rule 15c3-1(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(a)).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not be applicable if the registrant is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum financial standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations or resolutions approved by the Commission pursuant to section 4f(b) of the Act and § 1.52.
</P>
<P>(ii) The minimum requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section shall not be applicable to an introducing broker which elects to meet the alternative adjusted net capital requirement for introducing brokers by operation pursuant to a guarantee agreement which meets the requirements set forth in § 1.10(j). Such an introducing broker shall be deemed to meet the adjusted net capital requirement under this section so long as such agreement is binding and in full force and effect, and, if the introducing broker is also a securities broker or dealer, it maintains the amount of net capital required by Rule 15c3-1(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(a)).
</P>
<P>(3) No person applying for registration as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker shall be so registered unless such person affirmatively demonstrates to the satisfaction of the National Futures Association that it complies with the financial requirements of this section. Each registrant must be in compliance with this section at all times and must be able to demonstrate such compliance to the satisfaction of the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant who is not in compliance with this section, or is unable to demonstrate such compliance as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, or who cannot certify to the Commission immediately upon request and demonstrate with verifiable evidence that it has sufficient access to liquidity to continue operating as a going concern, must transfer all customer accounts and immediately cease doing business as a futures commission merchant until such time as the firm is able to demonstrate such compliance; <I>Provided, however,</I> The registrant may trade for liquidation purposes only unless otherwise directed by the Commission and/or the designated self-regulatory organization; <I>And, Provided further,</I> That if such registrant immediately demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization the ability to achieve compliance, the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization may in its discretion allow such registrant up to a maximum of 10 business days in which to achieve compliance without having to transfer accounts and cease doing business as required above. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as preventing the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization from taking action against a registrant for non-compliance with any of the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) An introducing broker who is not in compliance with this section, or is unable to demonstrate such compliance as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must immediately cease doing business as an introducing broker until such time as the registrant is able to demonstrate such compliance: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if such registrant immediately demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization the ability to achieve compliance, the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization may in its discretion allow such registrant up to a maximum of 10 business days in which to achieve compliance without having to cease doing business as required above. If the introducing broker is required to cease doing business in accordance with this paragraph (a)(5), the introducing broker must immediately notify each of its customers and the futures commission merchants carrying the account of each customer that it has ceased doing business. Nothing in this paragraph (a)(5) shall be construed as preventing the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization from taking action against a registrant for non-compliance with any of the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Where the applicant or registrant has an asset or liability which is defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this title) the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of adjusted net capital shall be in accordance with § 240.15c3-1 of this title, unless specifically stated otherwise in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Customer.</I> This term means a futures customer as defined in § 1.3, a cleared over the counter customer as defined in paragraph (b)(10) of this section, and a 30.7 customer as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Proprietary account</I> means an account in which commodity futures, options or cleared over the counter derivative positions are carried on the books of the applicant or registrant for the applicant or registrant itself, or for general partners in the applicant or registrant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Noncustomer account</I> means an account in which commodity futures, options or cleared over the counter derivative positions are carried on the books of the applicant or registrant which is either:
</P>
<P>(i) An account that is not included in the definition of customer (as defined in § 1.17(b)(2)) or proprietary account (as defined in § 1.17(b)(3)), or
</P>
<P>(ii) An account for a foreign-domiciled person trading futures or options on a foreign board of trade, and such account is a proprietary account as defined in § 1.3 of this title, but is not a proprietary account as defined in § 1.17(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Clearing organization</I> means clearing organization (as defined in § 1.3) and includes a clearing organization of any board of trade.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Customer account.</I> This term means an account in which commodity futures, options or cleared over the counter derivative positions are carried on the books of the applicant or registrant which is an account that is included in the definition of customer as defined in § 1.17(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Risk margin</I> for an account means the level of maintenance margin or performance bond required for the customer and noncustomer positions by the applicable exchanges or clearing organizations, and, where margin or performance bond is required only for accounts at the clearing organization, for purposes of the futures commission merchant's risk-based capital calculations applying the same margin or performance bond requirements to customer and noncustomer positions in accounts carried by the futures commission merchant, subject to the following.
</P>
<P>(i) Risk margin does not include the equity component of short or long option positions maintained in an account;
</P>
<P>(ii) The maintenance margin or performance bond requirement associated with a long option position may be excluded from risk margin to the extent that the value of such long option position does not reduce the total risk maintenance or performance bond requirement of the account that holds the long option position;
</P>
<P>(iii) The risk margin for an account carried by a futures commission merchant which is not a member of the exchange or the clearing organization that requires collection of such margin should be calculated as if the futures commission merchant were such a member; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If a futures commission merchant does not possess sufficient information to determine what portion of an account's total margin requirement represents risk margin, all of the margin required by the exchange or the clearing organization that requires collection of such margin for that account, shall be treated as risk margin.
</P>
<P>(v) If a futures commission merchant carries separate accounts for separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44, the futures commission merchant shall calculate the risk margin pursuant to this section as if the separate accounts are owned by separate entities.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Cleared over the counter derivative positions</I> means a swap cleared by a derivatives clearing organization or a clearing organization exempted by the Commission from registering as a derivatives clearing organization, and further includes positions cleared by any organization permitted to clear such positions under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Cleared over the counter customer</I> means any person for whom the futures commission merchant carries on its books one or more accounts for the cleared over the counter derivative positions of such person, and such account or accounts are not proprietary accounts as defined in § 1.3 of this part.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Uncleared swap margin:</I> This term means the amount of initial margin, computed in accordance with § 23.154 of this chapter, that a dually-registered futures commission merchant and swap dealer would be required to collect from each counterparty for each outstanding swap position of the dually-registered futures commission merchant and swap dealer. A dually-registered futures commission merchant and swap dealer must include all swap positions in the calculation of the uncleared swap margin amount, including swaps that are exempt or excluded from the scope of the Commission's margin regulations for uncleared swaps pursuant to § 23.150 of this chapter, exempt foreign exchange swaps or foreign exchange forwards, or netting set of swaps or foreign exchange swaps, for each counterparty, as if the counterparty was an unaffiliated swap dealer. Furthermore, in computing the uncleared swap margin amount, a dually-registered futures commission merchant and swap dealer may not exclude the <I>initial margin threshold amount</I> or the <I>minimum transfer amount</I> as such terms are defined in § 23.151 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(c) Definitions: For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Net capital</I> means the amount by which current assets exceed liabilities. In determining “net capital”:
</P>
<P>(i) Unrealized profits shall be added and unrealized losses shall be deducted in the accounts of the applicant or registrant, including unrealized profits and losses on fixed price commitments, uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, and forward contracts;
</P>
<P>(ii) All long and all short positions in commodity options which are traded on a contract market and listed security options shall be marked to their market value and all long and all short securities and commodities positions shall be marked to their market value;
</P>
<P>(iii) The value attributed to any commodity option which is not traded on a contract market shall be the difference between the option's strike price and the market value for the commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option. In the case of a call commodity option which is not traded on a contract market, if the market value for the commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option, it shall be given no value. In the case of a put commodity option which is not traded on a contract market, if the market value for the commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is more than the strike price of the option, it shall be given no value; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The value attributed to any unlisted security option shall be the difference between the option's exercise value or striking value and the market value of the underlying security. In the case of an unlisted call, if the market value of the underlying security is less than the exercise value or striking value of such call, it shall be given no value; and, in the case of an unlisted put, if the market value of the underlying security is more than the exercise value or striking value of the unlisted put, it shall be given no value.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>current assets</I> means cash and other assets or resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold during the next 12 months. “Current assets” shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude any unsecured commodity futures, options, cleared swaps, or other Commission regulated account containing a ledger balance and open trades, the combination of which liquidates to a deficit or containing a debit ledger balance only. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(2)(i), a futures commission merchant that carries separate accounts for separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44 shall treat each separate account as if it is the account of a separate entity, apply only margin collateral held for the particular separate account in determining if the deficit or debit ledger balance is secured, and exclude from current assets a separate account that liquidates to a deficit or contains a debit ledger balance only. <I>Provided, however,</I> that any deficit or debit ledger balance in an account listed above, including a separate account, which is the subject of a call for margin or other required deposits may be included in current assets until the close of business on the business day following the date on which such deficit or debit ledger balance originated provided that the account had timely satisfied, through the deposit of new funds, the previous day's deficit or debit ledger balance, if any, in its entirety.
</P>
<P>(ii) Exclude all unsecured receivables, advances and loans except for:
</P>
<P>(A) Receivables resulting from the marketing of inventories commonly associated with the business activities of the applicant or registrant and advances on fixed price purchases commitments: <I>Provided,</I> Such receivables or advances are outstanding no longer than 3 calendar months from the date that they are accrued;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Interest receivable, floor brokerage receivable, commissions receivable from other brokers or dealers (other than syndicate profits), mutual fund concessions receivable and management fees receivable from registered investment companies and commodity pools that are not outstanding more than thirty (30) days from the date they are due;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Dividends receivable that are not outstanding more than thirty (30) days from the payable date; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Commissions or fees receivable, including from other brokers or dealers, resulting from swap transactions that are not outstanding more than sixty (60) days from the month end accrual date provided they are billed promptly after the close of the month of their inception;
</P>
<P>(C) Receivables from clearing organizations and securities clearing organizations;
</P>
<P>(D) Receivables from registered futures commission merchants or brokers, resulting from commodity futures, options, cleared swaps, foreign futures or foreign options transactions, except those specifically excluded under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(E) Insurance claims which arise from a reportable segment of the applicant's or registrant's overall business activities, as defined in generally accepted accounting principles, other than in the commodity futures, commodity option, security and security option segments of the applicant's or registrant's business activities which are not outstanding more than 3 calendar months after the date they are recorded as a receivable;
</P>
<P>(F) All other insurance claims not subject to paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(E) of this section, which are not older than seven (7) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered; insurance claims which are not older than twenty (20) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered and which are covered by an option of outside counsel that the claim is valid and is covered by insurance policies presently in effect; insurance claims which are older than twenty (20) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered and which are covered by an opinion of outside counsel that the claim is valid and is covered by insurance policies presently in effect and which have been acknowledged in writing by the insurance carrier as due and payable: <I>Provided,</I> Such claims are not outstanding longer than twenty (20) business days from the date they are so acknowledged by the carrier;
</P>
<P>(G) Receivables from third-party custodians that maintain the futures commission merchant's initial margin deposits associated with uncleared swap and security-based swap transactions pursuant to the margin rules of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, a prudential regulator, as defined in section 1a(39) of the Act, or a foreign jurisdiction that has received a Comparability Determination under § 23.160 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) Exclude all prepaid expenses and deferred charges;
</P>
<P>(iv) Exclude all inventories except for:
</P>
<P>(A) Readily marketable spot commodities; or spot commodities which “adequately collateralize” indebtedness under paragraph (c)(7) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities which are considered “readily marketable” (as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(11) of this title) or which “adequately collateralize” indebtedness under paragraph (c)(7) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Work in process and finished goods which result from the processing of commodities at market value;
</P>
<P>(D) Raw materials at market value which will be combined with spot commodities to produce a finished proc- essed commodity; and
</P>
<P>(E) Inventories held for resale commonly associated with the business activities of the applicant or registrant;
</P>
<P>(v) Include fixed assets and assets which otherwise would be considered noncurrent to the extent of any long-term debt adequately collateralized by assets acquired for use in the ordinary course of the trade or business of an applicant or registrant and any other long-term debt adequately collateralized by assets of the applicant or registrant if the sole recourse of the creditor for nonpayment of such liability is to such asset: <I>Provided,</I> Such liabilities are not excluded from liabilities in the computation of net capital under paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) Exclude all assets doubtful of collection or realization less any reserves established therefor;
</P>
<P>(vii) Include, in the case of future income tax benefits arising as a result of unrealized losses, the amount of such benefits not exceeding the amount of income tax liabilities accrued on the books and records of the applicant or registrant, but only to the extent such benefits could have been applied to reduce accrued tax liabilities on the date of the capital computation, had the related unrealized losses been realized on that date;
</P>
<P>(viii) Include guarantee deposits with clearing organizations and stock in clearing organizations to the extent of its margin value;
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of an introducing broker or an applicant for registration as an introducing broker, include 50 percent of the value of a guarantee or security deposit with a futures commission merchant which carries or intends to carry accounts for the customers of the introducing broker; and
</P>
<P>(x) Exclude exchange memberships.
</P>
<P>(3) A loan or advance or any other form of receivable shall not be considered “secured” for the purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section unless the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(i) The receivable is secured by readily marketable collateral which is otherwise unencumbered and which can be readily converted into cash: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the receivable will be considered secured only to the extent of the market value of such collateral after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (c)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The readily marketable collateral is in the possession or control of the applicant or registrant; or
</P>
<P>(B) The applicant or registrant has a legally enforceable, written security agreement, signed by the debtor, and has a perfected security interest in the readily marketable collateral within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the readily marketable collateral is located.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>liabilities</I> means the total money liabilities of an applicant or registrant arising in connection with any transaction whatsoever, including economic obligations of an applicant or registrant that are recognized and measured in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. “Liabilities” also include certain deferred credits that are not obligations but that are recognized and measured in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. For the purposes of computing “net capital”, the term “liabilities”:
</P>
<P>(i) Excludes liabilities of an applicant or registrant which are subordi- nated to the claims of all general creditors of the applicant or registrant pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement, as defined in paragraph (h) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Excludes, in the case of a futures commission merchant, the amount of money, securities and property due to customers which is held in segregated accounts in compliance with the requirements of the Act and these regulations. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(4)(ii), a futures commission merchant that carries separate accounts of a separate account customer pursuant to § 1.44 shall compute the amount of money, securities and property due to the separate account customer as if the separate accounts were accounts of separate entities. A futures commission merchant may exclude money, securities and property due to customers, including separate account customers, only if such money, securities and property held in segregated accounts have been excluded from current assets in computing net capital;
</P>
<P>(iii) Includes, in the case of an applicant or registrant who is a sole proprietor, the excess of liabilities which have not been incurred in the course of business as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker over assets not used in the business;
</P>
<P>(iv) Excludes the lesser of any deferred income tax liability related to the items in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (A), (B), and (C) below, or the sum of paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (A), (B), and (C) below:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate amount resulting from applying to the amount of the deductions computed in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section the appropriate Federal and State tax rate(s) applicable to any unrealized gain on the asset on which the deduction was computed;
</P>
<P>(B) Any deferred tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Any deferred tax liability related to unrealized appreciation in value of any asset(s) which has been otherwise excluded from current assets in accordance with the provisions of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Excludes any current tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Excludes liabilities which would be classified as long term in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to the extent of the net book value of plant, property and equipment which is used in the ordinary course of any trade or business of the applicant or registrant which is a reportable segment of the applicant's or registrant's overall business activities, as defined in generally accepted accounting principles, other than in the commodity futures, commodity option, security and security option segments of the applicant's or registrant's business activities: <I>Provided,</I> That such plant, property and equipment is not included in current assets pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>adjusted net capital</I> means net capital less:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount by which any advances paid by the applicant or registrant on cash commodity contracts and used in computing net capital exceeds 95 percent of the market value of the commodities covered by such contracts;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of all inventory, fixed price commitments and forward contracts, the applicable percentage of the net position specified below:
</P>
<P>(A) Inventory which is currently registered as deliverable on a contract market and covered by an open futures contract or by a commodity option on a physical commodity—No charge.
</P>
<P>(B) Inventory which is covered by an open futures contract or commodity option.—5 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(C) Inventory which is not covered.—20 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(D) Inventory and forward contracts in those foreign currencies that are purchased or sold for future delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market, and which are covered by an open futures contract.—No charge
</P>
<P>(E) Inventory and forward contracts in euros, British pounds, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, or Swiss francs, and which are not covered by an open futures contract or commodity option.—6 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(F) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are covered by an open futures contract or commodity option.—10 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(G) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are not covered by an open futures contract or commodity option.—20 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(iii) Swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Uncleared swaps that are credit-default swaps referencing broad-based securities indices.</I> (<I>1</I>) <I>Short positions (selling protection).</I> In the case of an uncleared short credit default swap that references a broad-based securities index, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to § 1.17(c)(5)(iii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>)—Market Risk Charges for Uncleared Credit Default Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Length of time to maturity


<br/>of CDS contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Basis point spread


<br/>(%)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">100 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">101-300
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">301-400
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">401-500
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">501-699
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">700 or more
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 12 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 months but less than 24 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 months but less than 36 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 months but less than 48 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 months but less than 60 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 months but less than 72 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72 months but less than 84 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84 months but less than 120 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 months and longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.33</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Long positions (purchasing protection).</I> In the case of an uncleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section if the swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Long and short positions.</I> (<I>i</I>) <I>Long and short uncleared credit default swaps referencing the same broad-based security index.</I> In the case of uncleared swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same broad-based security index, have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of protection, have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in the same or adjacent spread category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category, deducting the percentage of the notional amounts specified in the higher maturity category under paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A)(<I>1</I>) or (c)(5)(iii)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section on the excess of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) <I>Long basket of obligors and uncleared long credit default swap referencing a broad-based securities index.</I> In the case of an uncleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the futures commission merchant is long a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of this title for the component of securities, provided the futures commission merchant can deliver the component securities to satisfy the obligation of the futures commission merchant on the credit default swap.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) <I>Short basket of obligors and uncleared short credit default swap referencing a broad-based securities index.</I> In the case of an uncleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the futures commission merchant is short a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of this title for the component securities.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Interest rate swaps.</I> In the case of an uncleared interest rate swap, deducting the percentage deduction specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(A) of this title based on the maturity of the interest rate swap, provided that the percentage deduction must be no less than one eighth of 1 percent of the amount of a long position that is netted against a short position in the case of an uncleared interest rate swap with a maturity of three months or more;
</P>
<P>(C) <I>All other uncleared swaps.</I> (<I>1</I>) In the case of any uncleared swap that is not a credit default swap or interest rate swap, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional value of the uncleared swap by:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The percentage specified in § 240.15c3-1 of this title applicable to the reference asset if § 240.15c3-1 of this title specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset and this section does not specify a percentage deduction;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Six percent in the case of a currency swap that references euros, British pounds, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, or Swiss francs, and twenty percent in the case of currency swaps that reference any other foreign currencies; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) In the case of over-the-counter swap transactions involving commodities, 20 percent of the market value of the amount of the underlying commodities.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Netting of Swap Market Risk Charges.</I> The deductions under paragraphs (c)(5)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section may be reduced by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference asset or interest rate under this section or in § 240.15c3-1 of this title.
</P>
<P>(iv) Security-based Swaps: In the case of security-based swaps as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), the percentage as specified in § 240.15c3-1 of this title.
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of securities and obligations used by the applicant or registrant in computing net capital, and in the case of a futures commission merchant that invests funds deposited by futures customers as defined in § 1.3, Cleared Swaps Customers as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, and 30.7 customers as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter in securities as permitted investments under § 1.25, the deductions specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) or Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vii) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and 17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vii)) (“securities haircuts”). Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments. Futures commission merchants must maintain their written policies and procedures in accordance with § 1.31; 
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of securities options and/or other options for which a haircut has been specified for the option or for the underlying instrument in § 240.15c3-1 appendix A of this title, the treatment specified in, or under, § 240.15c3-1 appendix A, after effecting certain adjustments to net capital for listed and unlisted options as set forth in such appendix;
</P>
<P>(vii) In the case of an applicant or registrant who has open contractual commitments, as hereinafter defined, the deductions specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(viii) of this title;
</P>
<P>(viii)(A) In the case of a futures commission merchant, for undermargined customer accounts, the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade, or if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin or other required deposits which are outstanding no more than one business day. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements, then the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary, after application of calls for margin or other required deposits outstanding no more than one business day, to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. If, however, a call for margin or other required deposits for an undermargined customer account is outstanding for more than one business day, then no such call for that undermargined customer account shall be applied until all such calls for margin have been met in full.
</P>
<P>(B) If a futures commission merchant carries separate accounts for one or more separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44, the futures commission merchant shall compute the amount of funds required under paragraph (c)(5)(viii)(A) of this section to meet maintenance margin requirements for each separate account as if the account is owned by a separate entity, after application of calls for margin or other required deposits which are outstanding no more than one business day. If, however, a call for margin or other required deposits for any separate account of a particular separate account customer is outstanding for more than one business day, then all outstanding margin calls for that separate account shall be treated as if the margin calls are outstanding for more than one business day, and shall be deducted from net capital until all such calls have been met in full.
</P>
<P>(C) If a customer account or a customer separate account deficit or debit ledger balance is excluded from current assets in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, such deficit or debit ledger balance amount shall not also be deducted from current assets under this paragraph (c)(5)(viii).
</P>
<P>(D) In the event that an owner of a customer account, or a customer separate account pursuant to § 1.44, has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure the account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph (c)(5)(viii) shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The value attributable to the asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The market value of the asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in this paragraph (c)(5);
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of a futures commission merchant, for undermargined noncustomer and omnibus accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin or other required deposits which are outstanding no more than one business day. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements, then the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin or other required deposits outstanding no more than one business day to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more: <I>Provided,</I> to the extent a deficit is excluded from current assets in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph. In the event that an owner of a noncustomer or omnibus account has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure his account the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of the value attributable to such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or the market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (c)(5) of this section;
</P>
<P>(x) In the case of open futures contracts, cleared swaps, and granted (sold) commodity options held in proprietary accounts carried by the applicant or registrant which are not covered by a position held by the applicant or registrant or which are not the result of a “changer trade” made in accordance with the rules of a contract market:
</P>
<P>(A) For an applicant or registrant which is a clearing member of a clearing organization for the positions cleared by such member, the applicable margin requirement of the applicable clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) For an applicant or registrant which is a member of a self-regulatory organization, 150 percent of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board of trade, or clearing organization, whichever is greater;
</P>
<P>(C) For all other applicants or registrants, 200 percent of the applicable maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(D) For open contracts or granted (sold) commodity options for which there are no applicable maintenance margin requirements, 200 percent of the applicable initial margin requirement: <I>Provided,</I> the equity in any such proprietary account shall reduce the deduction required by this paragraph (c)(5)(x) if such equity is not otherwise includable in adjusted net capital;
</P>
<P>(xi) In the case of an applicant or registrant which is a purchaser of a commodity option not traded on a contract market which has value and such value is used to increase adjusted net capital, ten percent of the market value of the commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option but in no event more than the value attributed to such option;
</P>
<P>(xii) In the case of an applicant or registrant which is a purchaser of a commodity option which is traded on a contract market the same safety factor as if the applicant or registrant were the grantor of such option in accordance with paragraph (c)(5)(x) of this section, but in no event shall the safety factor be greater than the market value attributed to such option;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Five percent of all unsecured receivables includable under paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(D) of this section used by the applicant or registrant in computing “net capital” and which are not due from:
</P>
<P>(A) A registered futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(B) A broker or dealer that is registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(C) A foreign broker that has been granted comparability relief pursuant to § 30.10 of this chapter, <I>Provided, however,</I> that the amount of the unsecured receivable not subject to the five percent capital charge is no greater than 150 percent of the current amount required to maintain futures and options positions in accounts with the foreign broker, or 100 percent of such greater amount required to maintain futures and option positions in the accounts at any time during the previous six-month period, and <I>Provided, that,</I> in the case of the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, as § 1.3 defines such term, such account is treated in accordance with the special requirements of the applicable Commission order issued under § 30.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(xiv) For securities brokers and dealers, all other deductions specified in § 240.15c3-1 of this title;
</P>
<P>(xv) In the case of a futures commission merchant that is also a registered swap dealer, the amount of funds required from each swap counterparty and security-based swap counterparty to meet initial margin requirements of the Commission or Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable, after application of calls for margin or other required deposits which are outstanding within the required time frame to collect margin or other required deposits;
</P>
<P>(xvi) In the case of a futures commission merchant that is also a registered swap dealer, the amount of initial margin calculated pursuant to § 23.154 of this chapter for the account of a swap counterparty that is subject to a margin exception or exemption under § 23.150 of this chapter, less any margin posted on such account, and the amount of initial margin calculated pursuant to § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B) of this title for the account of a security-based swap counterparty that is subject to a margin exception or exemption under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, less any margin posted on such account.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) <I>Election of alternative capital deductions that have received approval of Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(7) of this title.</I> Any futures commission merchant that is also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer, and who also satisfies the other requirements of this paragraph (c)(6), may elect to compute its adjusted net capital using the alternative capital deductions that, under § 240.15c3-1(a)(7) of this title, the Securities and Exchange Commission has approved by written order in lieu of the deductions that would otherwise be required under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Notifications of election or of changes to election.</I> (A) No election to use the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section shall be effective unless and until the futures commission merchant has filed with the Commission, addressed to the Director of the Market Participants Division, a notice that is to include a copy of the approval order of the Securities and Exchange Commission referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, and to include also a statement that identifies the amount of tentative net capital below which the futures commission merchant is required to provide notice to the Securities and Exchange Commission, and which also provides the following information: a list of the categories of positions that the futures commission merchant holds in its proprietary accounts, and, for each such category, a description of the methods that the futures commission merchant will use to calculate its deductions for market risk and credit risk, and also, if calculated separately, deductions for specific risk; a description of the value at risk (VaR) models to be used for its market risk and credit risk deductions, and an overview of the integration of the models into the internal risk management control system of the futures commission merchant; a description of how the futures commission merchant will calculate current exposure and maximum potential exposure for its deductions for credit risk; a description of how the futures commission merchant will determine internal credit ratings of counterparties and internal credit risk weights of counterparties, if applicable; and a description of the estimated effect of the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions on the amounts reported by the futures commission merchant as net capital and adjusted net capital.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant must also, upon the request of the Commission at any time, supplement the statement described in paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(A) of this section, by providing any other explanatory information regarding the computation of its alternative market risk and credit risk deductions as the Commission may require at its discretion.
</P>
<P>(C) A futures commission merchant must also file the following supplemental notices with the Director of the Market Participants Division:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A notice advising that the Securities and Exchange Commission has imposed additional or revised conditions for the approval evidenced by the order referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, and which describes the new or revised conditions in full, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A notice which attaches a copy of any approval by the Securities and Exchange Commission of amendments that a futures commission merchant has requested for its application, filed under 17 CFR 240.15c3-1e, to use alternative market risk and credit risk deductions approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(D) A futures commission merchant may voluntarily change its election to use the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, by filing with the Director of the Market Participants Division a written notice specifying a future date as of which it will no longer use the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions, and will instead compute such deductions in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section for unsecured receivables from over-the-counter derivatives transactions; by paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section for proprietary positions in forward contracts; by paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section for proprietary positions in securities; and by paragraph (c)(5)(x) of this section for proprietary positions in futures contracts.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Conditions under which election terminated.</I> A futures commission merchant may no longer elect to use the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, and shall instead compute the deductions otherwise required under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section for unsecured receivables from over-the-counter derivatives transactions; by paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section for proprietary positions in forward contracts; by paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section for proprietary positions in securities; and by paragraph (c)(5)(x) of this section for proprietary positions in futures contracts, upon the occurrence of any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The Securities and Exchange Commission revokes its approval of the market risk and credit risk deductions for such futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant fails to come into compliance with its filing requirements under this paragraph (c)(6), after having received from the Director of the Market Participants Division written notification that the firm is not in compliance with its filing requirements, and must cease using alternative capital deductions permitted under this paragraph (c)(6) if it has not come into compliance by a date specified in the notice; or
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission by written order finds that permitting the futures commission merchant to continue to use such alternative market risk and credit risk deductions is no longer necessary or appropriate for the protection of customers of the futures commission merchant or of the integrity of the futures or options markets.




</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Additional filing requirements.</I> Any futures commission merchant that elects to use the alternative market risk and credit risk deductions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section must file with the Commission, in addition to the filings required by paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section, copies of any and all of the following documents, at such time as the originals are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission:
</P>
<P>(A) Information that the futures commission merchant files on a monthly basis with its designated examining authority or the Securities and Exchange Commission, whether by way of schedules to its FOCUS reports or by other filings, in satisfaction of § 240.17a-5(a)(5) of this title;


</P>
<P>(B) The quarterly reports required by 17 CFR 240.17a-5(a)(5)(ii);
</P>
<P>(C) The supplemental annual filings as required by 17 CFR 240.17a-5(k);
</P>
<P>(D) Any notification to the Securities and Exchange Commission or the futures commission merchant's designated examining authority of planned withdrawals of excess net capital; and
</P>
<P>(E) Any notification that the futures commission merchant is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission when its tentative net capital is below an amount specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Election of alternative market risk and credit risk capital deductions for a futures commission merchant that is registered as a swap dealer and has received approval of the Commission or a registered futures association for which the futures commission merchant is a member.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c)(6)(v) only, all references to futures commission merchant means a futures commission merchant that is also registered as a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(A) A futures commission merchant may apply in writing to the Commission or a registered futures association of which it is a member for approval to compute deductions for market risk and credit risk using internal models in lieu of the standardized deductions otherwise required under this section; <I>Provided however,</I> that the Commission must issue a determination that the registered futures association's model requirements and review process are comparable to the Commission's requirements and review process in order for the registered futures association's model approval to be accepted as an alternative means of compliance with this section. The futures commission merchant must file the application in accordance with instructions approved by the Commission and specified on the website of the registered futures association.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant's application must include the information set forth in Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 23 and the market risk and credit risk charges must be computed in accordance with § 23.102 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission or registered futures association upon obtaining the Commission's determination that its requirements and model approval process are comparable to the Commission's requirements and process, may approve or deny the application, in whole or in part, or approve or deny an amendment to the application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission or registered futures association may require, if the Commission or registered futures association finds the approval to be appropriate in the public interest, after determining, among other things, whether the applicant has met the requirements of § 23.102 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(7) <I>Liabilities</I> are “adequately collateralized” when, pursuant to a legally enforceable written instrument, such liabilities are secured by identified assets that are otherwise unencumbered and the market value of which exceeds the amount of such liabilities.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>contractual commitments</I> shall include underwriting, when issued, when distributed, and delayed delivery contracts; and the writing or endorsement of security puts and calls and combinations thereof; but shall not include uncleared regular way purchases and sales of securities. A series of contracts of purchase or sale of the same security, conditioned, if at all, only upon issuance, may be treated as an individual commitment.


</P>
<P>(d) Each applicant or registrant shall have equity capital (inclusive of satisfactory subordination agreements which qualify under this paragraph (d) as equity capital) of not less than 30 percent of the debt-equity total, provided, an applicant or registrant may be exempted from the provisions of this paragraph (d) for a period not to exceed 90 days or for such longer period which the Commission may, upon application of the applicant or registrant, grant in the public interest or for the protection of investors. For the purposes of this paragraph (d):
</P>
<P>(1) Equity capital means a satisfactory subordination agreement entered into by a partner or stockholder or limited liability company member which has an initial term of at least 3 years and has a remaining term of not less than 12 months if:
</P>
<P>(i) It does not have any of the provisions for accelerated maturity provided for by paragraphs (h)(2)(ix)(A), (x)(A), or (x)(B) of this section, or the provisions allowing for special prepayment provided for by paragraph (h)(2)(vii)(B) of this section, and is maintained as capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The partnership agreement provides that capital contributed pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined in paragraph (h) of this section shall in all respects be partnership capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of a corporation, the sum of its par or stated value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings, unrealized profit and loss, and other capital accounts.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a partnership, the sum of its capital accounts of partners (inclusive of such partners' commodities, options and securities accounts subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section), and unrealized profit and loss.
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of a sole proprietorship, the sum of its capital accounts of the sole proprietorship and unrealized profit and loss.
</P>
<P>(D) In the case of a limited liability company, the sum of its capital accounts of limited liability company members, and unrealized profit and loss.
</P>
<P>(2) Debt-equity total means equity capital as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section plus the outstanding principal amount of satisfactory subordination agreements.
</P>
<P>(e) No equity capital of the applicant or registrant or a subsidiary's or affiliate's equity capital consolidated pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, whether in the form of capital contributions by partners (including amounts in the commodities, options and securities trading accounts of partners which are treated as equity capital but excluding amounts in such trading accounts which are not equity capital and excluding balances in limited partners' capital accounts in excess of their stated capital contributions), par or stated value of capital stock, paid-in capital in excess of par or stated value, retained earnings or other capital accounts, may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or partner or limited liability company member or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, limited liability company member, or employee if, after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances, or loans and any payments of payment obligations (as defined in paragraph (h) of this section) under satisfactory subordination agreements and any payments of liabilities excluded pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of this section which are scheduled to occur within six months following such withdrawal, advance or loan:
</P>
<P>(1) Either adjusted net capital of any of the consolidated entities would be less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(i) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(iv) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1(e) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(e)); or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of any applicant or registrant included within such consolidation, if equity capital of the applicant or registrant (inclusive of satisfactory subordination agreements which qualify as equity under paragraph (d) of this section) would be less than 30 percent of the required debt-equity total as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<FP><I>Provided,</I> That this paragraph (e) shall not preclude an applicant or registrant from making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners of reasonable compensation. The Commission may, upon application of the applicant or registrant, grant relief from this paragraph (e) if the Commission deems it to be in the public interest or for the protection of nonproprietary accounts.
</FP>
<P>(f)(1) Every applicant or registrant, in computing its net capital pursuant to this section must, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(4) of this section, consolidate in a single computation, assets and liabilities of any subsidiary or affiliate for which it guarantees, endorses, or assumes directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities. The assets and liabilities of a subsidiary or affiliate whose liabilities and obligations have not been guaranteed, endorsed, or assumed directly or indirectly by the applicant or registrant may also be so consolidated if an opinion of counsel is obtained as provided for in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the consolidation, provided for in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, of any such subsidiary or affiliate results in the increase of the applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital or decreases the minimum adjusted net capital requirement, and an opinion of counsel called for in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section has not been obtained, such benefits shall not be recognized in the applicant's or registrant's computation required by this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided for in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, consolidation shall be permitted with respect to any subsidiaries or affiliates which are majority owned and controlled by the applicant or registrant, and for which the applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the National Futures Association, or for which the registrant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission and the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, by an opinion of counsel, that the net asset values or the portion thereof related to the parent's ownership interest in the subsidiary or affiliate, may be caused by the applicant or registrant or an appointed trustee to be distributed to the applicant or registrant within 30 calendar days. Such opinion must also set forth the actions necessary to cause such a distribution to be made, identify the parties having the authority to take such actions, identify and describe the rights of other parties or classes of parties, including but not limited to customers, general creditors, subordinated lenders, minority shareholders, employees, litigants, and governmental or regulatory authorities, who may delay or prevent such a distribution and such other assurances as the National Futures Association, the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization by rule or interpretation may require. Such opinion must be current and periodically renewed in connection with the applicant's or registrant's annual audit pursuant to § 1.10 or upon any material change in circumstances.
</P>
<P>(3) In preparing a consolidated computation of adjusted net capital pursuant to this section, the following minimum and non-exclusive requirements shall be observed;
</P>
<P>(i) Consolidated adjusted net capital shall be reduced by the estimated amount of any tax reasonably anticipated to be incurred upon distribution of the assets of the subsidiary or affiliate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate which are subordinated to the claims of present and future creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement shall be deducted from consolidated adjusted net capital unless such subordination extends also to the claims of present or future creditors of the parent applicant or registrant and all consolidated subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>(iii) Subordinated liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate which are consolidated in accordance with paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section may not be prepaid, repaid, or accelerated if any of the entities included in such consolidation would otherwise be unable to comply with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Each applicant or registrant included within the consolidation shall at all times be in compliance with the adjusted net capital requirement to which it is subject.
</P>
<P>(4) No applicant or registrant shall guarantee, endorse, or assume directly or indirectly any obligation or liability of a subsidiary or affiliate unless the obligation or liability is reflected in the computation of adjusted net capital pursuant to this section except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) The Commission may by order restrict, for a period of up to twenty business days, any withdrawal by a futures commission merchant of equity capital, or any unsecured advance or loan to a stockholder, partner, limited liability company member, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate if the Commission, based on the facts and information available, concludes that any such withdrawal, advance or loan may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the futures commission merchant, or may unduly jeopardize its ability to meet customer obligations or other liabilities that may cause a significant impact on the markets.
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant may file with the Secretary of the Commission a written petition to request rescission of the order issued under paragraph (g)(1) of this section. The petition filed by the futures commission merchant must specify the facts and circumstances supporting its request for rescission. The Commission shall respond in writing to deny the futures commission merchant's petition for rescission, or, if the Commission determines that the order issued under paragraph (g)(1) of this section should not remain in effect, the order shall be rescinded.
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>satisfactory subordination agreement</I> (“subordination agreement”) means an agreement which contains the minimum and nonexclusive requirements set forth below.
</P>
<P>(1) Certain definitions for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A subordination agreement may be either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>subordinated loan agreement</I> means the agreement or agreements evidencing or governing a subordinated borrowing of cash.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term “collateral value” of any securities pledged to secure a secured demand note means the market value of such securities after giving effect to the percentage deductions specified in Rule 240.15c3-1d(a)(2)(iii) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(a)(2)(iii)).
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>payment obligation</I> means the obligation of an applicant or registrant in respect to any subordination agreement: 
</P>
<P>(A) To repay cash loaned to the applicant or registrant pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement; or 
</P>
<P>(B) To return a secured demand note contributed to the applicant or registrant or to reduce the unpaid principal amount thereof and to return cash or securities pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note; and (C) “payment” shall mean the performance by an applicant or registrant of a payment obligation.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) The term <I>secured demand note agreement</I> means an agreement (including the related secured demand note) evidencing or governing the contribution of a secured demand note to an applicant or registrant and the pledge of securities and/or cash with the applicant or registrant as collateral to secure payment of such secured demand note. The secured demand note agreement may provide that neither the lender, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns shall be personally liable on such note and that in the event of default the applicant or registrant shall look for payment of such note solely to the collateral then pledged to secure the same.
</P>
<P>(B) The secured demand note shall be a promissory note executed by the lender and shall be payable on the demand of the applicant or registrant to which it is contributed: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the making of such demand may be conditioned upon the occurrence of any of certain events which are acceptable to the designated self-regultory organization and the Commission.
</P>
<P>(C) If such note is not paid upon presentment and demand as provided for therein, the applicant or registrant shall have the right to liquidate all or any part of the securities then pledged as collateral to secure payment of the same and to apply the net proceeds of such liquidation, together with any cash then included in the collateral, in payment of such note. Subject to the prior rights of the applicant or registrant as pledgee, the lender, as defined in paragraph (h)(i)(v)(F) of this section may retain ownership of the collateral and have the benefit of any increases and bear the risks fo any decreases in the value of the collateral and may retain the right to vote securities contained within the collateral and any right to income therefrom or distributions thereon, except the applicant or registrant shall have the right to receive and hold as pledgee all dividends payable in securities and all partial and complete liquidating dividends.
</P>
<P>(D) Subject to the prior rights of the applicant or registrant as pledgee, the lender may have the right to direct the sale of any securities included in the collateral, to direct the purchase of securities with any cash included therein, to withdraw excess collateral or to substitute cash or other securities as collateral: <I>Provided,</I> That the net proceeds of any such sale and the cash so substituted and the securities so purchased or substituted are held by the applicant or registrant as pledgee, and are included within the collateral to secure payment of the secured demand note: <I>And provided further,</I> That no such transaction shall be permitted, if, after giving effect therto, the sum of the amount of any cash, plus the collateral value of the securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note would be less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note.
</P>
<P>(E) Upon payment by the lender, as distinguished from a reduction by the lender which is provided for in paragraph (h)(2)(vi)(C) of this section or reduction by the applicant or registrant as provided for in paragraph (h)(2)(vii) of this section, of all or any part of the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note, the applicant or registrant shall issue to the lender a subordinated loan agreement in the amount of such payment (or in the case of an applicant or registrant that is a partnership, credit a capital account of the lender), or issue preferred or common stock of the applicant or registrant in the amount of such payment, or any combination of the foregoing, as provided for in the secured demand note agreement.
</P>
<P>(F) The term <I>lender</I> means the person who lends cash to an applicant or registrant pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement and the person who contributes a secured demand note to an applicant or registrant pursuant to a secured demand note agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum requirements for subordination agreements:
</P>
<P>(i) Subject to paragraph (h)(1) of this section, a subordination agreement shall mean a written agreement between the applicant or registrant and the lender, which:
</P>
<P>(A) Has a minimum term of 1 year, except for temporary subordination agreements provided for in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(B) Is a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject as to enforcement to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other similar laws) against the applicant or registrant and the lender and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Specific amount.</I> All subordination agreements shall be for a specific dollar amount which shall not be reduced for the duration of the agreement except by installments as specifically provided for therein and except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Effective subordination.</I> The subordination agreement shall effectively subordinate any right of the lender to receive any payment with respect thereto, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the applicant or registrant arising out of any matter occurring prior to the date on which the related payment obligation matures, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or junior to the claim of the lender under such subordination agreements.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Proceeds of subordinated loan agreements.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall provide that the cash proceeds thereof shall be used and dealt with by the applicant or registrant as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of the business.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Certain rights of the borrower.</I> The subordination agreement shall provide that the applicant or registrant shall have the right to:
</P>
<P>(A) Deposit any cash proceeds of a subordinated loan agreement and any cash pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company;
</P>
<P>(B) Pledge, repledge, hypothecate and rehypothecate, any or all of the securities pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note, without notice, separately or in common with other securities or property for the purpose of securing any indebtedness of the applicant or registrant; and
</P>
<P>(C) Lend to itself or others any or all of the securities and cash pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Collateral for secured demand notes.</I> Only cash and securities which are fully paid for and which may be publicly offered or sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, and the offer, sale, and transfer of which are not otherwise restricted, may be pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note. The secured demand note agreement shall provide that if at any time the sum of the amount of any cash, plus the collateral value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note is less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note, the applicant or registrant must immediately transmit written notice to that effect to the lender. The secured demand note agreement shall also provide that if the borrower is an applicant, such notice must also be transmitted immediately to the National Futures Association, and if the borrower is a registrant, such notice must also be transmitted immediately to the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and the Commission. The secured demand note agreement shall also require that following such transmittal:
</P>
<P>(A) The lender, prior to noon of the business day next succeeding the transmittal of such notice, may pledge as collateral additional cash or securities sufficient, after giving effect to such pledge, to bring the sum of the amount of any cash plus the collateral value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note, up to an amount not less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note; and
</P>
<P>(B) Unless additional cash or securities are pledged by the lender as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(vi)(A) above, the applicant or registrant at noon on the business day next succeeding the transmittal of notice to the lender must commence sale, for the account of the lender, of such of the securities then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note and apply so much of the net proceeds thereof, together with such of the cash then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note as may be necessary to eliminate the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note need not be reduced below the sum of the amount of any remaining cash, plus the collateral value of the remaining securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note. The applicant or registrant may not purchase for its own account any securities subject to such a sale; and
</P>
<P>(C) The secured demand note agreement may also provide that, in lieu of the procedures specified in the provisions required by paragraph (h)(2)(vi)(B) of this section, the lender, with the prior written consent of the applicant and the National Futures Association, or with the prior written consent of the registrant and the designated self-regulatory organization or, if the registrant is not a member of a designated self-regulatory organization, the Commission, may reduce the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note: <I>Provided,</I> That after giving effect to such reduction the adjusted net capital of the applicant or registrant would not be less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(6)(iii) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(b)(6)(iii)): <I>Provided, further,</I> That no single secured demand note shall be permitted to be reduced by more than 15 percent of its original principal amount and after such reduction no excess collateral may be withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Permissive prepayments and special prepayments.</I> (A) An applicant or registrant at its option, but not at the option of the lender, may, if the subordination agreement so provides, make a payment of all or any portion of the payment obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such payment obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “prepayment”), but in no event may any prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date such subordination agreement became effective: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the foregoing restriction shall not apply to temporary subordination agreements which comply with the provisions of paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section nor shall it apply to “special prepayments” made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(vii)(B) of this section. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the applicant or registrant, the adjusted net capital of the applicant or registrant is less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(7) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(b)(7)).
</P>
<P>(B) An applicant or registrant at its option, but not at the option of the lender, may, if the subordination agreement so provides, make a payment at any time of all or any portion of the payment obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such payment obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “special prepayment”). No special prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such special prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such special prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the applicant or registrant, the adjusted net capital of the applicant or registrant is less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 200 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 125 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii)): <I>Provided, however,</I> That no special prepayment shall be made if pre-tax losses during the latest three-month period were greater than 15 percent of current excess adjusted net capital.
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (h)(2)(vii)(A) and (h)(2)(vii)(B) of this section, in the case of an applicant, no prepayment or special prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the National Futures Association; in the case of a registrant, no prepayment or special prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, or of the Commission if the registrant is not a member of a self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A registrant may make a prepayment or special prepayment without the prior written approval of the designated self-regulatory organization: Provided, That the registrant: Is a securities broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission; files a request to make a prepayment or special prepayment with its applicable securities designated examining authority, as defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(12) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(12)), in the form and manner prescribed by the designated examining authority; files a copy of the prepayment request or special prepayment request with the designated self-regulatory organization at the time it files such request with the designated examining authority in the form and manner prescribed by the designated self-regulatory organization; and files a copy of the designated examining authority's approval of the prepayment or special prepayment with the designated self-regulatory organization immediately upon receipt of such approval. The approval of the prepayment or special prepayment by the designated examining authority will be deemed approval by the designated self-regulatory organization, unless the designated self-regulatory organization notifies the registrant that the designated examining authority's approval shall not constitute designated self-regulatory organization approval. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The designated self-regulatory organization shall immediately provide the Commission with a copy of any notice of approval issued where the requested prepayment or special prepayment will result in the reduction of the registrant's net capital by 20 percent or more or the registrant's excess adjusted net capital by 30 percent or more.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Suspended repayment.</I> (A) The payment obligation of the applicant or registrant in respect of any subordination agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to payment of such payment obligation (and to all payments of payment obligations of the applicant or registrant under any other subordination agreement(s) then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such payment obligation), the adjusted net capital of the applicant or registrant would be less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(8)(i) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(b)(8)(i)): <I>Provided,</I> That the subordination agreement may provide that if the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant thereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirement of this paragraph (h)(2)(viii) for a period of not less than six months, the applicant or registrant shall then commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its business, but the right of the lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Accelerated maturity.</I> Obligation to repay to remain subordinate:
</P>
<P>(A) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(viii) of this section, a subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the applicant and the National Futures Association, or upon prior written notice to the registrant and the designated self-regulatory organization or, if the registrant is not a member of a designated self-regulatory organization, the Commission, given not earlier than six months after the effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the borrower, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after giving of such notice, but the right of the lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(viii) of this section, the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant with respect to a subordination agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the applicant or registrant, but the right of the lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Accelerated maturity of subordination agreements on event of default and event of acceleration.</I> Obligation to repay to remain subordinate:
</P>
<P>(A) A subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the applicant and the National Futures Association, or upon prior written notice to the registrant and the designated self-regulatory organization or, if the registrant is not a member of a designated self-regulatory organization, the Commission, of the occurrence of any event of acceleration (as hereinafter defined) given no sooner than six months after the effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature, to the last business day of a calendar month which is not less than six months after notice of acceleration is received by the applicant and by the National Futures Association, or by the registrant and the designated self-regulatory organization or, if the registrant is not a member of a designated self-regulatory organization, the Commission. Any subordination agreement containing such events of acceleration may also provide that, if upon such accelerated maturity date the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant is suspended as required by paragraph (h)(2)(viii) of this section and liquidation of the applicant or registrant has not commenced on or prior to such accelerated maturity date, notwithstanding paragraph (h)(2)(viii) of this section, the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant with respect to such subordination agreement shall mature on the day immediately following such accelerated maturity date and in any such event the payment obligations of the applicant or registrant with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall also mature at the same time but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this section. Events of acceleration which may be included in a subordination agreement complying with this paragraph (h)(2)(x) of this section shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on a subordination agreement as scheduled;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified material amount;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty of the applicant or registrant which is included in the subordination agreement and on which the subordination agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the time made;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any specified and clearly measurable event which is included in the subordination agreement and which the lender and the applicant or registrant agree, (a) is a significant indication that the financial position of the applicant or registrant has changed materially and adversely from agreed upon specified norms; or (b) could materially and adversely affect the ability of the applicant or registrant to conduct its business as conducted on the date the subordination agreement was made; or (c) is a significant change in the senior management of the applicant or registrant or in the general business conducted by the applicant or registrant from that which obtained on the date the subordination agreement became effective;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any continued failure to perform agreed covenants included in the subordination agreement relating to the conduct of the business of the applicant or registrant or relating to the maintenance and reporting of its financial position; and
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(viii) of this section, a subordination agreement may provide that, if liquidation of the business of the applicant or registrant has not already commenced, the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant shall mature, together with accrued interest or compensation, upon the occurrence of an event of default (as hereinafter defined). Such agreement may also provide that, if liquidation of the business of the applicant or registrant has not already commenced, the rapid and orderly liquidation of the business of the applicant or registrant shall then commence upon the happening of an event of default. Any subordination agreement which so provides for maturity of the payment obligation upon the occurrence of an event of default shall also provide that the date on which such event of default occurs shall, if liquidation of the applicant or registrant has not already commenced, be the date on which the payment obligation of the applicant or registrant with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall mature but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this section. Events of default which may be included in a subordination agreement shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The making of an application by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation for a decree adjudicating that customers of the applicant or registrant are in need of protection under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 and the failure of the applicant or registrant to obtain the dismissal of such application within 30 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements of the designated self-regulatory organization, or of the Commission, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business days, commencing on the day the borrower first determines and notifies the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, of which he is a member and the Commission, in the case of a registrant, or the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or commencing on the day any self-regulatory organization, the Commission or the National Futures Association first determines and notifies the applicant or registrant of such fact;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The Commission shall revoke the registration of the applicant or registrant;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The self-regulatory organization shall suspend (and not reinstate within 10 days) or revoke the applicant or registrant's status as a member thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the applicant or registrant. A subordination agreement which contains any of the provisions permitted by this subparagraph (2)(x) shall not contain the provision otherwise permitted by paragraph (h)(2)(ix)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Miscellaneous provisions—</I>(i) <I>Prohibited cancellation.</I> The subordination agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no payment shall be made with respect thereto and the agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Notice of maturity or accelerated maturity.</I> Every applicant or registrant shall immediately notify the National Futures Association, and the registrant shall immediately notify the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, and the Commission if, after giving effect to all payments of payment obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the applicant or registrant, its adjusted net capital would be less than:
</P>
<P>(A) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member; or
</P>
<P>(D) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(c)(2)).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Certain legends.</I> If all the provisions of a satisfactory subordination agreement do not appear in a single instrument, then the debenture or other evidence of indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that it is issued subject to the provisions of a satisfactory subordination agreement which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Legal title to securities.</I> All securities pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note must be in bearer form, or registered in the name of the applicant or registrant or the name of its nominee or custodian.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Temporary subordinations.</I> To enable an applicant or registrant to participate as an underwriter of securities or undertake other extraordinary activities and remain in compliance with the adjusted net capital requirements of this section, an applicant or registrant shall be permitted, on no more than three occasions in any 12-month period, to enter into a subordination agreement on a temporary basis which has a stated term of no more than 45 days from the date the subordination agreement became effective: <I>Provided,</I> That this temporary relief shall not apply to any applicant or registrant if the adjusted net capital of the applicant or registrant is less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(A) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor, 120 percent of the amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which it is a member;
</P>
<P>(D) For an applicant or registrant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(i) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d(c)(5)(i)); or
</P>
<P>(E) The amount of equity capital as defined in paragraph (d) of this section is less than the limits specified in paragraph (d) of this section. Such temporary subordination agreement shall be subject to all the other provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Filing.</I> An applicant shall file a signed copy of any proposed subordination agreement (including nonconforming subordination agreements) with the National Futures Association at least ten days prior to the proposed effective date of the agreement or at such other time as the National Futures Association for good cause shall accept such filing. A registrant that is not a member of any designated self-regulatory organization shall file two signed copies of any proposed subordination agreement (including nonconforming subordination agreements) with the regional office of the Commission nearest the principal place of business of the registrant at least ten days prior to the proposed effective date of the agreement or at such other time as the Commission for good cause shall accept such filing. A registrant that is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization shall file signed copies of any proposed subordination agreement (including nonconforming subordination agreements) with the designated self-regulatory organization in such quantities and at such time as the designated self-regulatory organization may require prior to the effective date. The applicant or registrant shall also file with said parties a statement setting forth the name and address of the lender, the business relationship of the lender to the applicant or registrant and whether the applicant or registrant carried funds or securities for the lender at or about the time the proposed agreement was so filed. A proposed agreement filed by an applicant with the National Futures Association shall be reviewed by the National Futures Association, and no such agreement shall be a satisfactory subordination agreement for the purposes of this section unless and until the National Futures Association has found the agreement acceptable and such agreement has become effective in the form found acceptable. A proposed agreement filed by a registrant shall be reviewed by the designated self-regulatory organization with whom such an agreement is required to be filed prior to its becoming effective or, if the registrant is not a member of any designated self-regulatory organization, by the regional office of the Commission where the agreement is required to be filed prior to its becoming effective. No proposed agreement shall be a satisfactory subordination agreement for the purposes of this section unless and until the designated self-regulatory organization or, if a registrant is not a member of any designated self-regulatory organization, the Commission, has found the agreement acceptable and such agreement has become effective in the form found acceptable: Provided, however, That a proposed agreement shall be a satisfactory subordination agreement for purpose of this section if the registrant: is a securities broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission; files signed copies of the proposed subordination agreement with the applicable securities designated examining authority, as defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(12) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(12)), in the form and manner prescribed by the designated examining authority; files signed copies of the proposed subordination agreement with the designated self-regulatory organization at the time it files such copies with the designated examining authority in the form and manner prescribed by the designated self-regulatory organization; and files a copy of the designated examining authority's approval of the proposed subordination agreement with the designated self-regulatory organization immediately upon receipt of such approval. The designated examining authority's determination that the proposed subordination agreement satisfies the requirements for a satisfactory subordination agreement will be deemed a like finding by the designated self-regulatory organization, unless the designated self-regulatory organization notifies the registrant that the designated examining authority's determination shall not constitute a like finding by the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Subordination agreements that incorporate adjusted net capital requirements in effect prior to September 30, 2004.</I> Any subordination agreement that incorporates the adjusted net capital requirements in paragraphs (h)(2)(vi)(C)(<I>2</I>), (h)(2)(vii)(A)(<I>2</I>) and (B)(<I>2</I>), (h)(2)(viii)(A)(<I>2</I>), (h)(3)(ii)(B), and (h)(3)(v)(B) of this section, as in effect prior to September 30, 2004, and which has been deemed to be satisfactorily subordinated pursuant to this section prior to September 30, 2004, shall continue to be deemed a satisfactory subordination agreement until the maturity of such agreement. In the event, however, that such agreement is amended or renewed for any reason, then such agreement shall not be deemed a satisfactory subordination agreement unless the amended or renewed agreement meets the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission may allow debt with a maturity date of 1 year or more to be treated as meeting the provisions of this paragraph (h): <I>Provided,</I> (i) Such exemption shall only be given when the registrant's adjusted net capital is less than the minimum required by this section or by the capital rule of the designated self-regulatory organization to which such registrant is subject;
</P>
<P>(ii) That such debt did not exist prior to its use under this paragraph (h)(4);
</P>
<P>(iii) Such exemption shall be for a period of 30 days or such lesser period as the designated self-regulatory organization and the Commission may determine;
</P>
<P>(iv) Such exemption shall not be allowed more than once in any 12 month period; and
</P>
<P>(v) At all times during such exemption the registrant shall make a good faith effort to comply with the provisions of this section or the capital rule of the designated self-regulatory organization to which such registrant is subject exclusive of any benefits derived from this paragraph (h)(4).
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) For the purposes of this section <I>cover</I> is defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General definition.</I> Cover shall mean transactions or positions in a contract for future delivery on a board of trade or a commodity option where such transactions or positions normally represent a substitute for transactions to be made or positions to be taken at a later time in a physical marketing channel, and where they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise, and where they arise from:
</P>
<P>(i) The potential change in the value of assets which a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising.
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential change in the value of liabilities which a person owes or anticipates incurring, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The potential change in the value of services which a person provides, purchases or anticipates providing or purchasing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transactions or positions shall be classified as cover for the purposes of this section unless their purpose is to offset price risks incidental to commercial cash or spot operations and such positions are established and liquidated in accordance with sound commercial practices and unless the provisions of paragraphs (j) (2) and (3) of this section have been satisfied.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Enumerated cover transactions.</I> The definition of covered transactions and positions in paragraph (j)(1) of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following specific transactions and positions:
</P>
<P>(i) Ownership or fixed-price purchase of any commodity which does not exceed in quantity (A) the sales of the same commodity for future delivery on a board of trade or (B) the purchase of a put commodity option of the same commodity for which the market value for the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option or (C) the ownership of a commodity option position established by the sale (grant) of a call commodity option of the same commodity for which the market value for the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is more than the strike price of the option: <I>Provided,</I> That for purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(x) of this section the market value for the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option need not be more than the strike price of that option;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fixed-price sale of any commodity which does not exceed in quantity (A) the purchase of the same commodity for future delivery on a board of trade or (B) the purchase of a call commodity option of the same commodity for which the market value for the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option is more than the strike price of the option or (C) ownership of a commodity option position established by the sale (grant) of a put commodity option of the same commodity for which the market value for the actual commodity or futures comtract which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option: <I>Provided,</I> That for purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(x) of this section the market value for the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option need not be less than the strike price of that option; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ownership or fixed-price contracts of a commodity described in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(ii) of this section may also be covered other than by the same quantity of the same cash commodity, provided that the fluctuations in value of the position for future delivery or commodity option are substantially related to the fluctuations in value of the actual cash position.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Nonenumerated cases.</I> Upon specific request, the Commission may recognize transactions and positions other than those enumerated in paragraph (j)(2) of this section as cover in amounts and under the terms and conditions as it may specify. Any applicant or registrant who wishes to avail itself of the provisions of this paragraph (j)(3) must apply to the Commission in writing at its principal office in Washington, DC giving full details of the transaction including detailed information which will demonstrate that the transaction is economically appropriate to the reduction of risk exposure attendant to the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39972, Sept. 8, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.17, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.2.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.18   Records for and relating to financial reporting and monthly computation by futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person shall be registered as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker under the Act unless, commencing on the date his application for such registration is filed, he prepares and keeps current ledgers or other similar records which show or summarize, with appropriate references to supporting documents, each transaction affecting his asset, liability, income, expense and capital accounts, and in which (except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Commission) all his asset, liability and capital accounts are classified into either the account classification subdivisions specified on Form 1-FR-FCM or Form 1-FR-IB, respectively, or, if such person is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer and he files (in accordance with § 1.10(h)) a copy of his Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II, Part IIA, or Part II CSE (FOCUS report) in lieu of Form 1-FR-FCM or Form 1-FR-IB, the account classification subdivisions specified on such FOCUS report, or categories that are in accord with generally accepted accounting principles. Each person so registered shall prepare and keep current such records.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each applicant or registrant must make and keep as a record in accordance with § 1.31 formal computations of its adjusted net capital and of its minimum financial requirements pursuant to § 1.17 or the requirements of the designated self-regulatory organization to which it is subject as of the close of business each month. Such computations must be completed and made available for inspection by any representative of the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or of the Commission or designated self-regulatory organization, if any, in the case of a registrant, within 17 business days after the date for which the computations are made, commencing the first month end after the date the application for registration is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant or registrant that has filed a monthly Form 1-FR or Statement of Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II, Part IIA, or Part II CSE (FOCUS report) in accordance with the requirements of § 1.10(b) will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section for such month.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this section do not apply to an introducing broker which is operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement, nor do such provisions apply to an applicant for registration as an introducing broker who files concurrently with such application a guarantee agreement, provided such introducing broker or applicant therefor is not also a securities broker or dealer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35288, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 39530, Oct. 9, 1984; 62 FR 4641, Jan. 31, 1997; 69 FR 49800, Aug. 12, 2004; 71 FR 5594, Feb. 2, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.3" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Prohibited Trading in Commodity Options</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.19   Prohibited trading in certain “puts” and “calls”.</HEAD>
<P>No futures commission merchant or introducing broker may make, underwrite, issue, or otherwise assume any financial responsibility for the fulfillment of, any commodity option except:
</P>
<P>(a) Commodity options traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market in accordance with the requirements of part 33 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(b) Commodity options traded on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade in accordance with the requirements of part 30 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(c) For futures commission merchants, any option permitted under § 32.4 of this chapter, <I>provided however,</I> that a capital treatment for such options is referenced in § 1.17(c)(5)(vi).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28997, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 58 FR 68520, Dec. 28, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Customers' Money, Securities, and Property</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.20   Futures customer funds to be segregated and separately accounted for.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A futures commission merchant must separately account for all futures customer funds and segregate such funds as belonging to its futures customers. A futures commission merchant shall deposit futures customer funds under an account name that clearly identifies them as futures customer funds and shows that such funds are segregated as required by sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act and by this part. A futures commission merchant must at all times maintain in the separate account or accounts money, securities and property in an amount at least sufficient in the aggregate to cover its total obligations to all futures customers as computed under paragraph (i) of this section. The futures commission merchant must perform appropriate due diligence as required by § 1.11 on any and all locations of futures customer funds, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, to ensure that the location in which the futures commission merchant has deposited such funds is a financially sound entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location of futures customer funds.</I> A futures commission merchant may deposit futures customer funds, subject to the risk management policies and procedures of the futures commission merchant required by § 1.11, with the following depositories:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank or trust company;
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(3) Another futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation on the holding of futures customer funds outside of the United States.</I> A futures commission merchant may hold futures customer funds with a depository outside of the United States only in accordance with § 1.49.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Written acknowledgment from depositories.</I> 

(1) A futures commission merchant must obtain a written acknowledgment from each bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization, or futures commission merchant prior to or contemporaneously with the opening of an account by the futures commission merchant with such depositories; <I>provided, however,</I> that a written acknowledgment need not be obtained from a derivatives clearing organization that has adopted and submitted to the Commission rules that provide for the segregation of futures customer funds in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Act and the rules in this chapter, and orders promulgated thereunder, and in such cases, the requirements set forth in paragraphs (d)(3) through (6) of this section shall not apply to the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) The written acknowledgement must be in the form as set out in appendix C to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant shall deposit futures customer funds only with a depository that agrees to provide the Commission and the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization with a copy of the executed written acknowledgment no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable. The Commission must receive the written acknowledgment from the depository via electronic means, in a format and manner determined by the Commission. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to provide the written acknowledgment to the Commission and to the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(5) A futures commission merchant shall deposit futures customer funds only with a depository that agrees that accounts containing customer funds may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to permit any such examination to take place without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(6) A futures commission merchant shall deposit futures customer funds only with a depository that agrees to reply promptly and directly to any request from the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to an account. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to reply promptly and directly as required by this paragraph without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(7) Where a written acknowledgment is required, the futures commission merchant shall promptly file a copy of the written acknowledgment with the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(8) Where a written acknowledgment is required, a futures commission merchant shall obtain a new written acknowledgment within 120 days of any changes in the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The name or business address of the futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name or business address of the bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization or futures commission merchant receiving futures customer funds; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The account number(s) under which futures customer funds are held.
</P>
<P>(9) A futures commission merchant shall maintain each written acknowledgment readily accessible in its files in accordance with § 1.31, for as long as the account remains open, and thereafter for the period provided in § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commingling.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant may for convenience commingle the futures customer funds that it receives from, or on behalf of, multiple futures customers in a single account or multiple accounts with one or more of the depositories listed in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant shall not commingle futures customer funds with the money, securities or property of such futures commission merchant, or with any proprietary account of such futures commission merchant, or use such funds to secure or guarantee the obligation of, or extend credit to, such futures commission merchant or any proprietary account of such futures commission merchant; <I>provided, however,</I> a futures commission merchant may deposit proprietary funds in segregated accounts as permitted under § 1.23.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant may not commingle futures customer funds with funds deposited by 30.7 customers as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter and set aside in separate accounts as required by part 30 of this chapter, or with funds deposited by Cleared Swaps Customers as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter and held in segregated accounts pursuant to section 4d(f) of the Act; <I>provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant may commingle futures customer funds with funds deposited by 30.7 customers or Cleared Swaps Customers if expressly permitted by a Commission regulation or order, or by a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limitation on use of futures customer funds.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant shall treat and deal with the funds of a futures customer as belonging to such futures customer. A futures commission merchant shall not use the funds of a futures customer to secure or guarantee the commodity interests, or to secure or extend the credit, of any person other than the futures customer for whom the funds are held.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant shall obligate futures customer funds to a derivatives clearing organization, a futures commission merchant, or any depository solely to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust or settle trades, contracts or commodity option transactions of futures customers; <I>provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant is permitted to use the funds belonging to a futures customer that are necessary in the normal course of business to pay lawfully accruing fees or expenses on behalf of the futures customer's positions including commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage and other fees and charges.
</P>
<P>(3) No person, including any derivatives clearing organization or any depository, that has received futures customer funds for deposit in a segregated account, as provided in this section, may hold, dispose of, or use any such funds as belonging to any person other than the futures customers of the futures commission merchant which deposited such funds.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Derivatives clearing organizations</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> All futures customer funds received by a derivatives clearing organization from a member to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure or settle the trades, contracts or commodity options of the clearing member's futures customers and all money accruing to such futures customers as the result of trades, contracts or commodity options so carried shall be separately accounted for and segregated as belonging to such futures customers, and a derivatives clearing organization shall not hold, use or dispose of such futures customer funds except as belonging to such futures customers. A derivatives clearing organization shall deposit futures customer funds under an account name that clearly identifies them as futures customer funds and shows that such funds are segregated as required by sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act and by this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location of futures customer funds.</I> A derivatives clearing organization may deposit futures customer funds with a bank or trust company, which may include a Federal Reserve Bank with respect to deposits of a derivatives clearing organization that is designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council to be systemically important.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limitation on the holding of futures customer funds outside of the United States.</I> A derivatives clearing organization may hold futures customer funds with a depository outside of the United States only in accordance with § 1.49.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Written acknowledgment from depositories.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization must obtain a written acknowledgment from each depository prior to or contemporaneously with the opening of a futures customer funds account; <I>provided, however,</I> that a derivatives clearing organization is not required to obtain a written acknowledgment from a Federal Reserve Bank with which it has opened a futures customer funds account.
</P>
<P>(ii) The written acknowledgement must be in the form as set out in appendix D to this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall deposit futures customer funds only with a depository that agrees to provide the Commission with a copy of the executed written acknowledgment no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable. The Commission must receive the written acknowledgment from the depository via electronic means, in a format and manner determined by the Commission. The written acknowledgment must contain the derivatives clearing organization's authorization to the depository to provide the written acknowledgment to the Commission without further notice to or consent from the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization shall deposit futures customer funds only with a depository that agrees to reply promptly and directly to any request from the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director of the Market Participants Division, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to an account. The written acknowledgment must contain the derivatives clearing organization's authorization to the depository to reply promptly and directly as required by this paragraph without further notice to or consent from the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(v) A derivatives clearing organization shall promptly file a copy of the written acknowledgment with the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(vi) A derivatives clearing organization shall obtain a new written acknowledgment within 120 days of any changes in the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The name or business address of the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) The name or business address of the depository receiving futures customer funds; or
</P>
<P>(C) The account number(s) under which futures customer funds are held.
</P>
<P>(vii) A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain each written acknowledgment readily accessible in its files in accordance with § 1.31, for as long as the account remains open, and thereafter for the period provided in § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commingling.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization may for convenience commingle the futures customer funds that it receives from, or on behalf of, multiple futures commission merchants in a single account or multiple accounts with one or more of the depositories listed in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall not commingle futures customer funds with the money, securities or property of such derivatives clearing organization or with any proprietary account of any of its clearing members, or use such funds to secure or guarantee the obligations of, or extend credit to, such derivatives clearing organization or any proprietary account of any of its clearing members.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization may not commingle funds held for futures customers with funds deposited by clearing members on behalf of their 30.7 customers as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter and set aside in separate accounts as required by part 30 of this chapter, or with funds deposited by clearing members on behalf of their Cleared Swaps Customers as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter and held in segregated accounts pursuant section 4d(f) of the Act; <I>provided, however,</I> that a derivatives clearing organization may commingle futures customer funds with funds deposited by clearing members on behalf of their 30.7 customers or Cleared Swaps Customers if expressly permitted by a Commission regulation or order, or by a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Immediate availability of bank and trust company deposits.</I> All futures customer funds deposited by a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization with a bank or trust company must be immediately available for withdrawal upon the demand of the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Requirements as to amount.</I> (1) For purposes of this paragraph (i), the term “account” shall mean the entries on the books and records of a futures commission merchant pertaining to the futures customer funds of a particular futures customer.
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant must reflect in the account that it maintains for each futures customer the net liquidating equity for each such customer, calculated as follows: The market value of any futures customer funds that it receives from such customer, as adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(i) Any uses permitted under paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any accruals on permitted investments of such collateral under § 1.25 that, pursuant to the futures commission merchant's customer agreement with that customer, are creditable to such customer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any gains and losses with respect to contracts for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery and any options on such contracts;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any charges lawfully accruing to the futures customer, including any commission, brokerage fee, interest, tax, or storage fee; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any appropriately authorized distribution or transfer of such collateral.
</P>
<P>(3) If the market value of futures customer funds in the account of a futures customer is positive after adjustments, then that account has a credit balance. If the market value of futures customer funds in the account of a futures customer is negative after adjustments, then that account has a debit balance.
</P>
<P>(4) The futures commission merchant must, at all times, maintain in segregation an amount equal to the sum of any credit and debit balances that the futures customers of the futures commission merchant have in their accounts. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a futures commission merchant must add back to the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation any futures customer accounts with debit balances in the amounts calculated in accordance with paragraph (i)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The futures commission merchant, in calculating the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation pursuant to paragraph (i)(4) of this section, must include any debit balance, as calculated pursuant to this paragraph (i)(5), that a futures customer has in its account, to the extent that such debit balance is not secured by “readily marketable securities” that the particular futures customer deposited with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of calculating the amount of a futures account's debit balance that the futures commission merchant is required to include in its calculation of its total segregation requirement pursuant to this paragraph (i)(5), the futures commission merchant shall calculate the net liquidating equity of each futures account in accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this section, except that the futures commission merchant shall exclude from the calculation any noncash collateral held in the futures customer account as margin collateral. The futures commission merchant may offset the debit balance computed under this paragraph (i)(5) to the extent of any “readily marketable securities,” subject to percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as specified in paragraph (f)(5)(iv) of this section, held for the particular futures customer to secure its debit balance.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, “readily marketable” shall be defined as having a “ready market” as such latter term is defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(11) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)).
</P>
<P>(iii) In order for a debit balance to be deemed secured by “readily marketable securities,” the futures commission merchant must maintain a security interest in such securities, and must hold a written authorization to liquidate the securities at the discretion of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(iv) To determine the amount of such debit balance secured by “readily marketable securities,” the futures commission merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Determine the market value of such securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) Reduce such market value by applicable percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as set forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)). Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68627, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 26832, May 12, 2014; 81 FR 53267, Aug. 12, 2016; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020; 90 FR 7867, 7933, Jan. 22, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.21   Care of money and equities accruing to futures customers.</HEAD>
<P>All money received directly or indirectly by, and all money and equities accruing to, a futures commission merchant from any derivatives clearing organization or from any clearing member or from any member of a contract market incident to or resulting from any trade, contract or commodity option made by or through such futures commission merchant on behalf of any futures customer shall be considered as accruing to such futures customer within the meaning of the Act and these regulations. Such money and equities shall be treated and dealt with as belonging to such futures customer in accordance with the provisions of the Act and these regulations. Money and equities accruing in connection with futures customers' open trades, contracts, or commodity options need not be separately credited to individual accounts but may be treated and dealt with as belonging undivided to all futures customers having open trades, contracts, or commodity option positions which if closed would result in a credit to such futures customers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66321, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.22   Use of futures customer funds restricted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No futures commission merchant shall use, or permit the use of, the futures customer funds of one futures customer to purchase, margin, or settle the trades, contracts, or commodity options of, or to secure or extend the credit of, any person other than such futures customer.
</P>
<P>(b) Futures customer funds shall not be used to carry trades or positions of the same futures customer other than in contracts for the purchase of sale of any commodity for future delivery or for options thereon traded through the facilities of a designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The undermargined amount for a futures customer's account is the amount, if any, by which:
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of collateral required for that futures customer's positions in that account, at the time or times referred to in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, exceeds
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of the futures customer funds for that account, as calculated in § 1.20(i)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant must compute, based on the information available to the futures commission merchant as of the close of each business day,
</P>
<P>(i) The undermargined amounts, based on the clearing initial margin that will be required to be maintained by that futures commission merchant for its futures customers, at each derivatives clearing organization of which the futures commission merchant is a member, at the point of the daily settlement (as described in § 39.14 of this chapter) that will complete during the following business day for each such derivatives clearing organization less
</P>
<P>(ii) Any debit balances referred to in § 1.20(i)(4) included in such undermargined amounts.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Prior to the Residual Interest Deadline, such futures commission merchant must maintain residual interest in segregated funds that is at least equal to the computation set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Where a futures commission merchant is subject to multiple Residual Interest Deadlines, prior to each Residual Interest Deadline, such futures commission merchant must maintain residual interest in segregated funds that is at least equal to the portion of the computation set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section attributable to the clearing initial margin required by the derivatives clearing organization making such settlement.
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant may reduce the amount of residual interest required in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section to account for payments received from or on behalf of undermargined futures customers (less the sum of any disbursements made to or on behalf of such customers) between the close of the previous business day and the Residual Interest Deadline.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a futures commission merchant should include, as clearing initial margin, customer initial margin that the futures commission merchant will be required to maintain, for that futures commission merchant's futures customers, at another futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Residual Interest Deadline defined.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, the Residual Interest Deadline shall be the time of the settlement referenced in paragraph (c)(2)(i) or, as appropriate, (c)(4), of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Starting on November 14, 2014 and during the phase-in period described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section, the Residual Interest Deadline shall be 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of the settlement referenced in paragraph (c)(2)(i) or, as appropriate, (c)(4), of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) No later than May 16, 2016, the staff of the Commission shall complete and publish for public comment a report addressing, to the extent information is practically available, the practicability (for both futures commission merchants and customers) of moving that deadline from 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of the settlement referenced in paragraph (c)(2)(i) or, as appropriate, (c)(4), of this section to the time of that settlement (or to some other time of day), including whether and on what schedule it would be feasible to do so, and the costs and benefits of such potential requirements. Staff shall, using the Commission's Web site, solicit public comment and shall conduct a public roundtable regarding specific issues to be covered by such report.
</P>
<P>(B) Nine months after publication of the report required by paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A) of this section, the Commission may (but shall not be required to) do either of the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Terminate the phase-in period through rulemaking, in which case the phase-in period shall end as of a date established by a final rule published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> which date shall be no less than one year after the date such rule is published; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Determine that it is necessary or appropriate in the public interest to propose through rulemaking a different Residual Interest Deadline. In that event, the Commission shall establish, if necessary, a phase-in schedule in the final rule published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(C) If the phase-in schedule has not been terminated or revised pursuant to paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(B) of this section, then the Residual Interest Deadline shall remain 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of the settlement referenced in paragraph (c)(2)(i) or, as appropriate, (c)(4) of this section until such time that the Commission takes further action through rulemaking.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68631, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 80 FR 15509, Mar. 24, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.23   Interest of futures commission merchant in segregated futures customer funds; additions and withdrawals.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The provision in sections 4d(a)(2) and 4d(b) of the Act and the provision in § 1.20 that prohibit the commingling of futures customer funds with the funds of a futures commission merchant, shall not be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from having a residual financial interest in the futures customer funds segregated as required by the Act and the regulations in this part and set apart for the benefit of futures customers; nor shall such provisions be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from adding to such segregated futures customer funds such amount or amounts of money, from its own funds or unencumbered securities from its own inventory, of the type set forth in § 1.25 of this part, as it may deem necessary to ensure any and all futures customers' accounts from becoming undersegregated at any time.
</P>
<P>(2) If a futures commission merchant discovers at any time that it is holding insufficient funds in segregated accounts to meet its obligations under §§ 1.20 and 1.22, the futures commission merchant shall immediately deposit sufficient funds into segregation to bring the account into compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) A futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, except withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of futures customers, from an account or accounts holding futures customer funds unless the futures commission merchant has prepared the daily segregation calculation required by § 1.32 as of the close of business on the previous business day. A futures commission merchant that has completed its daily segregation calculation may make withdrawals, in addition to withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of futures customers, to the extent of its actual residual financial interest in funds held in segregated futures accounts, adjusted to reflect market activity and other events that may have decreased the amount of the firm's residual financial interest since the close of business on the previous business day, including the withdrawal of securities held in segregated safekeeping accounts held by a bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization or other futures commission merchant. Such withdrawal(s), <I>however,</I> shall not result in the funds of one futures customer being used to purchase, margin or carry the trades, contracts or commodity options, or extend the credit of any other futures customer or other person.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, each futures commission merchant shall establish a targeted residual interest (<I>i.e.,</I> excess funds) that is in an amount that, when maintained as its residual interest in the segregated funds accounts, reasonably ensures that the futures commission merchant shall remain in compliance with the segregated funds requirements at all times. Each futures commission merchant shall establish policies and procedures designed to reasonably ensure that the futures commission merchant maintains the targeted residual amounts in segregated funds at all times. The futures commission merchant shall maintain sufficient capital and liquidity, and take such other appropriate steps as are necessary, to reasonably ensure that such amount of targeted residual interest is maintained as the futures commission merchant's residual interest in the segregated funds accounts at all times. In determining the amount of the targeted residual interest, the futures commission merchant shall analyze all relevant factors affecting the amounts in segregated funds from time to time, including without limitation various factors, as applicable, relating to the nature of the futures commission merchant's business including, but not limited to, the composition of the futures commission merchant's customer base, the general creditworthiness of the customer base, the general trading activity of the customers, the types of markets and products traded by the customers, the proprietary trading of the futures commission merchant, the general volatility and liquidity of the markets and products traded by customers, the futures commission merchant's own liquidity and capital needs, and the historical trends in customer segregated fund balances and debit balances in customers' and undermargined accounts. The analysis and calculation of the targeted amount of the future commission merchant's residual interest must be described in writing with the specificity necessary to allow the Commission and the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization to duplicate the analysis and calculation and test the assumptions made by the futures commission merchant. The adequacy of the targeted residual interest and the process for establishing the targeted residual interest must be reassessed periodically by the futures commission merchant and revised as necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other paragraph of this section, a futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, in a single transaction or a series of transactions, that are not made to or for the benefit of futures customers from futures accounts if such withdrawal(s) would exceed 25 percent of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in such accounts as reported on the daily segregation calculation required by § 1.32 and computed as of the close of business on the previous business day, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant's chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that is listed as a principal of the futures commission merchant on its Form 7-R and is knowledgeable about the futures commission merchant's financial requirements and financial position pre-approves in writing the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals;
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant files written notice of the withdrawal or series of withdrawals, with the Commission and with its designated self-regulatory organization immediately after the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section pre-approves the withdrawal or series of withdrawals. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section that pre-approved the withdrawal, and give notice that the futures commission merchant has withdrawn or intends to withdraw more than 25 percent of its residual interest in segregated accounts holding futures customer funds;
</P>
<P>(ii) Include a description of the reasons for the withdrawal or series of withdrawals;
</P>
<P>(iii) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and each recipient's name;
</P>
<P>(iv) Include the current estimate of the amount of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in the futures accounts after the withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(v) Contain a representation by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section that pre-approved the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals, that, after due diligence, to such person's knowledge and reasonable belief, the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the segregation requirements after the withdrawal. The chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section must consider the daily segregation calculation as of the close of business on the previous business day and any other factors that may cause a material change in the futures commission merchant's residual interest since the close of business the previous business day, including known unsecured futures customer debits or deficits, current day market activity and any other withdrawals made from the futures accounts; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any such written notice filed with the Commission must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instruction issued by or approved by the Commission. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. Any written notice filed must be followed up with direct communication to the Regional office of the Commission that has supervisory authority over the futures commission merchant whereby the Commission acknowledges receipt of the notice; and
</P>
<P>(3) After making a withdrawal requiring the approval and notice required in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section, and before the completion of its next daily segregated funds calculation, no futures commission merchant may make any further withdrawals from accounts holding futures customer funds, except to or for the benefit of futures customers, without, for each withdrawal, obtaining the approval required under paragraph (d)(1) of this section and filing a written notice in the manner specified under paragraph (d)(2) of this section with the Commission and its designated self-regulatory organization signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and each recipient's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the reason for each withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Confirm that the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official (and identify of the person if different from the person who signed the notice) pre-approved the withdrawal in writing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclose the current estimate of the futures commission merchant's remaining total residual interest in the segregated accounts holding futures customer funds after the withdrawal; and
</P>
<P>(v) Include a representation that, after due diligence, to the best of the notice signatory's knowledge and reasonable belief the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the segregation requirements after the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(e) If a futures commission merchant withdraws funds from futures accounts that are not made to or for the benefit of futures customers, and the withdrawal causes the futures commission merchant to not hold sufficient funds in the futures accounts to meet its targeted residual interest, as required to be computed under § 1.11, the futures commission merchant should deposit its own funds into the futures accounts to restore the account balance to the targeted residual interest amount by the close of business on the next business day, or, if appropriate, revise the futures commission merchant's targeted amount of residual interest pursuant to the policies and procedures required by § 1.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a the futures commission merchant's residual interest in customer accounts is less than the amount required by § 1.22 at any particular point in time, the futures commission merchant must immediately restore the residual interest to exceed the sum of such amounts. Any proprietary funds deposited in the futures accounts must be unencumbered and otherwise compliant with § 1.25, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68632, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 44126, July 30, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.24   Segregated funds; exclusions therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>Money held in a segregated account by a futures commission merchant shall not include: (a) Money invested in obligations or stocks of any derivatives clearing organization or in memberships in or obligations of any contract market; or
</P>
<P>(b) Money held by any derivatives clearing organization which it may use for any purpose other than to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust, or settle the contracts, trades, or commodity options of the futures customers of such futures commission merchant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66322, Nov. 2, 2012]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.25   Investment of customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted investments.</I> (1) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this section, a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization may invest customer money in the following instruments (permitted investments):


</P>
<P>(i) Obligations of the United States and obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States (U.S. government securities);
</P>
<P>(ii) General obligations of any State or of any political subdivision thereof (municipal securities);
</P>
<P>(iii) Obligations of any United States government corporation or enterprise sponsored by the United States government (U.S. agency obligations);
</P>
<P>(iv) Interests in government money market funds as defined in § 270.2a-7 of this title, provided that the government money market funds do not choose to rely on the ability to impose discretionary liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i)(government money market fund);
</P>
<P>(v) Interests in exchange-traded funds, as defined in 17 CFR 270.6c-11, which seek to replicate the performance of a published short-term U.S. Treasury security index composed of bonds, notes, and bills with a remaining maturity of 12 months or less, issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the U.S. Department of the Treasury (U.S. Treasury exchange-traded fund); and
</P>
<P>(vi) General obligations of Canada, France, Germany, Japan, and the United Kingdom (permitted foreign sovereign debt), subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A futures commission merchant may invest in the permitted foreign sovereign debt of a country to the extent the futures commission merchant has balances in segregated accounts owed to its customers denominated in that country's currency; and
</P>
<P>(B) A derivatives clearing organization may invest in the permitted foreign sovereign debt of a country to the extent the derivatives clearing organization has balances in segregated accounts owed to its clearing members that are futures commission merchants denominated in that country's currency.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) In addition, a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may buy and sell the permitted investments listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section pursuant to agreements for resale or repurchase of the instruments, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization may sell securities deposited by customers as margin pursuant to agreements to repurchase subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities subject to such repurchase agreements must be “highly liquid” as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Securities subject to such repurchase agreements must not be “specifically identifiable property” as defined in § 190.01 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(C) The terms and conditions of such an agreement to repurchase must be in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(D) Upon the default by a counterparty to a repurchase agreement, the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall act promptly to ensure that the default does not result in any direct or indirect cost or expense to the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) Obligations issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association are permitted while these entities operate under the conservatorship or receivership of the Federal Housing Finance Authority with capital support from the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General terms and conditions.</I> A futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization is required to manage the permitted investments consistent with the objectives of preserving principal and maintaining liquidity and according to the following specific requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Liquidity.</I> Investments must be “highly liquid” such that they have the ability to be converted into cash within one business day without material discount in value.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Restrictions on instrument features.</I> (i) With the exception of government money market funds and U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds, no permitted investment may contain an embedded derivative of any kind, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer of an instrument otherwise permitted by this section may have an option to call, in whole or in part, at par, the principal amount of the instrument before its stated maturity date; or
</P>
<P>(B) An instrument that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section may provide for a cap, floor, or collar on the interest paid; <I>provided, however,</I> that the terms of such instrument obligate the issuer to repay the principal amount of the instrument at not less than par value upon maturity.
</P>
<P>(ii) No instrument may contain interest-only payment features.
</P>
<P>(iii) No instrument may provide payments linked to a commodity, currency, reference instrument, index, or benchmark except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, and it may not otherwise constitute a derivative instrument.
</P>
<P>(iv)(A) Adjustable rate securities are permitted, subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The interest payments on variable rate securities must correlate closely and on an unleveraged basis to a benchmark of either the Federal Funds target or effective rate, the prime rate, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, a Secured Overnight Financing Rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or a CME Term SOFR Rate published by the CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited, or the interest rate of any fixed rate instrument that is a permitted investment listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The interest payment, in any period, on floating rate securities must be determined solely by reference, on an unleveraged basis, to a benchmark of either the Federal Funds target or effective rate, the prime rate, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, a Secured Overnight Financing Rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or a CME Term SOFR Rate published by the CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited, or the interest rate of any fixed rate instrument that is a permitted investment listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Benchmark rates must be expressed in the same currency as the adjustable rate securities that reference them; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) No interest payment on an adjustable rate security, in any period, can be a negative amount.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The term <I>adjustable rate security</I> means, a floating rate security, a variable rate security, or both.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The term <I>floating rate security</I> means a security, the terms of which provide for the adjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes and that, at any time until the final maturity of the instrument or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand, can reasonably be expected to have market value that approximates its amortized cost.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The term <I>variable rate security</I> means a security, the terms of which provide for the adjustment of its interest rate on set dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter) and that, upon each adjustment until the final maturity of the instrument or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its amortized cost.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Concentration</I>—(i) <I>Asset-based concentration limits for direct investments.</I> (A) Investments in U.S. government securities shall not be subject to a concentration limit.
</P>
<P>(B) Investments in U.S. agency obligations may not exceed 50 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(C) Investments in municipal securities may not exceed 10 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(D) Investments in government money market funds or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds with $1 billion or more in assets and whose management company manages $25 billion or more in assets may not exceed 50 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(E) Investments in government money market funds or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds with less than $1 billion in assets or which have a management company managing less than $25 billion in assets, may not exceed 10 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Issuer-based concentration limits for direct investments.</I> (A) Securities of any single issuer of U.S. agency obligations held by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may not exceed 25 percent of total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(B) Securities of any single issuer of municipal securities held by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may not exceed 5 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(C) Interests in any single family of government money market funds or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds may not exceed 25 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(D) Interests in any individual government money market fund or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded fund may not exceed 10 percent of the total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(E) For purposes of determining compliance with the issuer-based concentration limits set forth in this section, securities issued by entities that are affiliated, as defined in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, shall be aggregated and deemed the securities of a single issuer. An interest in a permitted government money market fund or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded fund is not deemed to be a security issued by its sponsoring entity.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Concentration limits for agreements to repurchase</I>—(A) <I>Repurchase agreements.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with the asset-based and issuer-based concentration limits set forth in this section, securities sold by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization subject to agreements to repurchase shall be combined with securities held by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization as direct investments.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Reverse repurchase agreements.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with the asset-based and issuer-based concentration limits set forth in this section, securities purchased by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization subject to agreements to resell shall be combined with securities held by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization as direct investments.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Treatment of customer-owned securities.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with the asset-based and issuer-based concentration limits set forth in this section, securities owned by the customers of a futures commission merchant and posted as margin collateral are not included in total assets held in segregation by the futures commission merchant, and securities posted by a futures commission merchant with a derivatives clearing organization are not included in total assets held in segregation by the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Counterparty concentration limits.</I> Securities purchased by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization from a single counterparty, or from one or more counterparties under common ownership or control, subject to an agreement to resell the securities to the counterparty or counterparties, shall not exceed 25 percent of total assets held in segregation or under § 30.7 of this chapter by the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.


</P>
<P>(4) <I>Time-to-maturity.</I> (i) Except for investments in government money market funds, U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds, and permitted foreign sovereign debt subject to the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section, the dollar-weighted average of the time-to-maturity of the portfolio, as that average is computed pursuant to 17 CFR 270.2a-7, may not exceed 24 months.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of determining the time-to-maturity of the portfolio, an instrument that is set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section may be treated as having a one-day time-to-maturity if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The instrument is deposited solely on an overnight basis with a derivatives clearing organization pursuant to the terms and conditions of a collateral management program that has become effective in accordance with § 39.4 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) The instrument is one that the futures commission merchant owns or has an unqualified right to pledge, is not subject to any lien, and is deposited by the futures commission merchant into a segregated account at a derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(C) The derivatives clearing organization prices the instrument each day based on the current mark-to-market value; and
</P>
<P>(D) The derivatives clearing organization reduces the assigned value of the instrument each day by a haircut of at least 2 percent.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Investments in instruments issued by affiliates.</I> (i) A futures commission merchant shall not invest customer funds in obligations of an entity affiliated with the futures commission merchant, and a derivatives clearing organization shall not invest customer funds in obligations of an entity affiliated with the derivatives clearing organization. An affiliate includes parent companies, including all entities through the ultimate holding company, subsidiaries to the lowest level, and companies under common ownership of such parent company or affiliates.
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may invest customer funds in a fund affiliated with that futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Government money market funds and U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds.</I> The following provisions will apply to the investment of customer funds in government money market funds or U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds (the fund).
</P>
<P>(1) The fund must be an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that holds itself out to investors as a government money market fund, in accordance with 17 CFR 270.2a-7, or an exchange-traded fund, in accordance with 17 CFR 270.6c-11.
</P>
<P>(2) The fund must be sponsored by a federally-regulated financial institution, a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or a domestic branch of a foreign bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall maintain the confirmation relating to the purchase in its records in accordance with § 1.31 and note the ownership of fund shares (by book-entry or otherwise) in a custody account of the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization in accordance with § 1.26. The futures commission merchant or the derivatives clearing organization shall obtain the acknowledgment letter required by § 1.26 from an entity that has substantial control over the fund shares purchased with customer funds and has the knowledge and authority to facilitate redemption and payment or transfer of the customer funds. Such entity may include the fund sponsor or depository acting as custodian for fund shares.
</P>
<P>(4) The net asset value of the fund must be computed by 9 a.m. of the business day following each business day and made available to the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization by that time.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) General requirement for redemption of interests. A fund shall be legally obligated to redeem an interest and to make payment in satisfaction thereof by the business day following a redemption request, and the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall retain documentation demonstrating compliance with this requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Exception. A fund may provide for the postponement of redemption and payment due to any of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(A) For any period during which there is a non-routine closure of the Fedwire or applicable Federal Reserve Banks;
</P>
<P>(B) For any period:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) During which the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary week-end and holiday closings; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) During which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
</P>
<P>(C) For any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Disposal by the company of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) It is not reasonably practicable for such company fairly to determine the value of its net assets;
</P>
<P>(D) For any period as the Securities and Exchange Commission may by order permit for the protection of security holders of the company;
</P>
<P>(E) For any period during which the Securities and Exchange Commission has, by rule or regulation, deemed that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Trading shall be restricted; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An emergency exists; or
</P>
<P>(F) For any period during which each of the conditions of § 270.22e-3(a)(1) through (3) of this title are met.
</P>
<P>(6) The agreement pursuant to which the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization has acquired and is holding its interest in a fund must contain no provision that would prevent the pledging or transferring of shares.
</P>
<P>(7) Appendix E to this part sets forth language that will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may invest in interests in U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds if:
</P>
<P>(i) The U.S. Treasury exchange-traded fund invests at least 95 percent of its assets in securities comprising the short-term U.S. Treasury index whose performance the fund seeks to replicate and cash; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase and liquidation of interests in the fund conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Primary market transactions.</I> The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization purchases or redeems interests in the fund on a delivery versus payment basis at a price based on the net asset value computed in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940 and regulations thereunder. A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization that is an authorized participant of the fund may redeem interests in the fund in kind, provided that the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization is able to convert the securities received pursuant to the in-kind redemption into cash within one business day of the redemption request. A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization that transacts with the fund through an authorized participant acting as an agent for the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization must have a contractual agreement obligating the authorized participant to pay the futures commission merchant's or derivatives clearing organization's redemption of interests in the fund in cash within one business day of the redemption request.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Secondary market transactions.</I> The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization acquires or sells interests in the fund on a national securities exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.</I> A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may buy and sell the permitted investments listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section pursuant to agreements for resale or repurchase of the securities (agreements to repurchase or resell), provided the agreements to repurchase or resell conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities are specifically identified by coupon rate, par amount, market value, maturity date, and CUSIP or ISIN number.
</P>
<P>(2) Permitted counterparties are limited to a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a domestic branch of a foreign bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a securities broker or dealer, or a government securities dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or which has filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Government Securities Act of 1986. In addition, with respect to agreements to repurchase or resell permitted foreign sovereign debt, the following entities are also permitted counterparties: a foreign bank that qualifies as a depository under § 1.49(d)(3) and that is located in a money center country as the term is defined in § 1.49(a)(1) or in another jurisdiction that has adopted the currency in which the permitted foreign sovereign debt is denominated as its currency; a securities broker or dealer located in a money center country as the term is defined in § 1.49(a)(1) and that is regulated by a national financial regulator or a provincial financial regulator with respect to a Canadian securities broker or dealer; and the Bank of Canada, the Bank of England, the Banque de France, the Bank of Japan, the Deutsche Bundesbank, or the European Central Bank.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall not enter into an agreement to repurchase or resell with a counterparty that is an affiliate of the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization, respectively. An affiliate includes parent companies, including all entities through the ultimate holding company, subsidiaries to the lowest level, and companies under common ownership of such parent company or affiliates.
</P>
<P>(4) The transaction is executed in compliance with the concentration limit requirements applicable to the securities transferred to the customer segregated custodial account in connection with the agreements to repurchase referred to in paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The transaction is made pursuant to a written agreement signed by the parties to the agreement, which is consistent with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) through (13) of this section and which states that the parties thereto intend the transaction to be treated as a purchase and sale of securities.
</P>
<P>(6) The term of the agreement is no more than one business day, or reversal of the transaction is possible on demand.
</P>
<P>(7) Securities transferred to the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization under the agreement are held in a safekeeping account with a bank as referred to in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a Federal Reserve Bank, a derivatives clearing organization, or the Depository Trust Company in an account that complies with the requirements of § 1.26. Securities transferred to the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization under an agreement related to permitted foreign sovereign debt may also be held in a safekeeping account that complies with the requirements of § 1.26 at a foreign bank that meets the location and qualification requirements in § 1.49(c) and (d), or with the Bank of Canada, the Bank of England, the Banque de France, the Bank of Japan, the Deutsche Bundesbank, or the European Central Bank.
</P>
<P>(8) The futures commission merchant or the derivatives clearing organization may not use securities received under the agreement in another similar transaction and may not otherwise hypothecate or pledge such securities, except securities may be pledged on behalf of customers at another futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization. Substitution of securities is allowed, <I>provided, however,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) The qualifying securities being substituted and original securities are specifically identified by date of substitution, market values substituted, coupon rates, par amounts, maturity dates and CUSIP or ISIN numbers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Substitution is made on a “delivery versus delivery” basis; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The market value of the substituted securities is at least equal to that of the original securities.
</P>
<P>(9) The transfer of securities to the customer segregated custodial account is made on a delivery versus payment basis in immediately available funds. The transfer of funds to the customer segregated cash account is made on a payment versus delivery basis. The transfer is not recognized as accomplished until the funds and/or securities are actually received by the custodian of the futures commission merchant's or derivatives clearing organization's customer funds or securities purchased on behalf of customers. The transfer or credit of securities covered by the agreement to the futures commission merchant's or derivatives clearing organization's customer segregated custodial account is made simultaneously with the disbursement of funds from the futures commission merchant's or derivatives clearing organization's customer segregated cash account at the custodian bank. On the sale or resale of securities, the futures commission merchant's or derivatives clearing organization's customer segregated cash account at the custodian bank must receive same-day funds credited to such segregated account simultaneously with the delivery or transfer of securities from the customer segregated custodial account.
</P>
<P>(10) A written confirmation to the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization specifying the terms of the agreement and a safekeeping receipt are issued immediately upon entering into the transaction and a confirmation to the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization is issued once the transaction is reversed.
</P>
<P>(11) The transactions effecting the agreement are recorded in the record required to be maintained under § 1.27 of investments of customer funds, and the securities subject to such transactions are specifically identified in such record as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section and further identified in such record as being subject to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.
</P>
<P>(12) An actual transfer of securities to the customer segregated custodial account by book entry is made consistent with Federal or State commercial law, as applicable. At all times, securities received subject to an agreement are reflected as “customer property.”
</P>
<P>(13) The agreement makes clear that, in the event of the bankruptcy of the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization, any securities purchased with customer funds that are subject to an agreement may be immediately transferred. The agreement also makes clear that, in the event of a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization bankruptcy, the counterparty has no right to compel liquidation of securities subject to an agreement or to make a priority claim for the difference between current market value of the securities and the price agreed upon for resale of the securities to the counterparty, if the former exceeds the latter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Deposit of firm-owned securities into segregation.</I> A futures commission merchant may deposit unencumbered securities of the type specified in this section, which it owns for its own account, into a customer account. A futures commission merchant must include such securities, transfers of securities, and disposition of proceeds from the sale or maturity of such securities in the record of investments required to be maintained by § 1.27. All such securities may be segregated in safekeeping only with a bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization, or other registered futures commission merchant in accordance with the provisions of § 1.20 part. For purposes of this section and §§ 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, and 1.32, securities of the type specified by this section that are owned by the futures commission merchant and deposited into a customer account shall be considered customer funds until such investments are withdrawn from segregation in accordance with the provisions of § 1.23. Investments permitted by § 1.25 that are owned by the futures commission merchant and deposited into a futures customer account pursuant to § 1.26 shall be considered futures customer funds until such investments are withdrawn from segregation in accordance with § 1.23. Investments permitted by § 1.25 that are owned by the futures commission merchant and deposited into a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, shall be considered Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, until such investments are withdrawn from segregation in accordance with § 22.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Permitted foreign sovereign debt.</I> The following provisions will apply to investments of customer funds in permitted foreign sovereign debt.
</P>
<P>(1) The dollar-weighted average of the remaining time-to-maturity of the portfolio of investments in permitted foreign sovereign debt, as that average is computed pursuant to 17 CFR 270.2a-7 on a country-by-country basis, may not exceed 60 calendar days. Permitted foreign sovereign debt instruments acquired under an agreement to resell shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the date on which the resale of the underlying instruments is scheduled to occur, or, where the agreement is subject to demand, the notice period applicable to a demand for the resale of the securities. Permitted foreign sovereign debt instruments sold under an agreement to repurchase shall be included in the calculation of the dollar-weighted average based on the remaining time-to-maturity of each instrument sold.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization may not invest customer funds in any permitted foreign sovereign debt that has a remaining maturity greater than 180 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(3) If the two-year credit default spread, computed as the average of the bid and ask prices between willing buyers and sellers, of an issuing sovereign of permitted foreign sovereign debt is greater than 45 basis points:
</P>
<P>(i) The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall not make any new investments in that sovereign's debt using customer funds.
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization must discontinue investing customer funds in that sovereign's debt through agreements to resell as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 78798, Dec. 19, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 66322, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 68633, Nov. 14, 2013; 86 FR 19419, Apr. 13, 2021; 90 FR 7867, Jan. 22, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.26   Deposit of instruments purchased with futures customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant who invests futures customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25, except for investments in government money market funds, shall separately account for such instruments as futures customer funds and segregate such instruments as funds belonging to such futures customers in accordance with the requirements of § 1.20. Each derivatives clearing organization which invests money belonging or accruing to futures customers of its clearing members in instruments described in § 1.25, except for investments in government money market funds, shall separately account for such instruments as customer funds and segregate such instruments as customer funds belonging to such futures customers in accordance with § 1.20.
</P>
<P>(b) Each futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization which invests futures customer funds in government money market funds, as permitted by § 1.25, shall separately account for such funds and segregate such funds as belonging to such futures customers. Such funds shall be deposited under an account name that clearly shows that they belong to futures customers and are segregated as required by sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act and by this part. Each futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization, upon opening such an account, shall obtain and maintain readily accessible in its files in accordance with § 1.31, for as long as the account remains open, and thereafter for the period provided in § 1.31, a written acknowledgment and shall file such acknowledgment in accordance with the requirements of § 1.20. In the event such funds are held directly with the government money market fund or its affiliate, the written acknowledgment shall be in the form as set out in appendix F or G to this part. In the event such funds are held with a depository, the written acknowledgment shall be in the form as set out in appendix C or D to this part. In either case, the written acknowledgment shall be obtained, provided to the Commission and designated self-regulatory organizations, and retained as required under § 1.20.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68634, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 26833, May 12, 2014; 90 FR 7869, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.27" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.27   Record of investments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant which invests customer funds, and each derivatives clearing organization which invests customer funds of its clearing members' customers, shall keep a record showing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which such investments were made;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the person through whom such investments were made;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of money or current market value of securities so invested;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the instruments in which such investments were made, including the CUSIP or ISIN numbers;
</P>
<P>(5) The identity of the depositories or other places where such instruments are segregated;
</P>
<P>(6) The date on which such investments were liquidated or otherwise disposed of and the amount of money or current market value of securities received on such disposition, if any; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The name of the person to or through whom such investments were disposed of; and
</P>
<P>(8) Daily valuation for each instrument and readily available documentation supporting the daily valuation for each instrument. Such supporting documentation must be sufficient to enable auditors to verify the valuations and the accuracy of any information from external sources used in those valuations.
</P>
<P>(b) Each derivatives clearing organization which receives documents from its clearing members representing investment of customer funds shall keep a record showing separately for each clearing member the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which such documents were received from the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of such documents, including the CUSIP or ISIN numbers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The date on which such documents were returned to the clearing member or the details of disposition by other means.
</P>
<P>(c) Such records shall be retained in accordance with § 1.31. No such investments shall be made except in instruments described in § 1.25.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54520, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 62 FR 42401, Aug. 7, 1997; 65 FR 78013, Dec. 13, 2000; 70 FR 28204, May 17, 2005; 77 FR 66322, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.28" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.28   Appraisal of instruments purchased with customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>Futures commission merchants who invest customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25 of this part shall include such instruments in segregated account records and reports at values which at no time exceed current market value, determined as of the close of the market on the date for which such computation is made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 10953, Feb. 23, 1993, as amended at 65 FR 78013, Dec. 13, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.29" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.29   Gains and losses resulting from investment of customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The investment of customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25 shall not prevent the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization so investing such funds from receiving and retaining as its own any incremental income or interest income resulting therefrom.
</P>
<P>(b) The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization, as applicable, shall bear sole responsibility for any losses resulting from the investment of customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25. No investment losses shall be borne or otherwise allocated to the customers of the futures commission merchant and, if customer funds are invested by a derivatives clearing organization in its discretion, to the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68637, Nov. 14, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.4.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.30   Loans by futures commission merchants; treatment of proceeds.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in the regulations in this chapter shall prevent a futures commission merchant from lending its own funds to customers on securities and property pledged by such customers, or from repledging or selling such securities and property pursuant to specific written agreement with such customers. The proceeds of such loans used to purchase, margin, guarantee, or secure the trades, contracts, or commodity options of customers shall be treated and dealt with by a futures commission merchant as belonging to such customers, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act and these regulations. A futures commission merchant may not loan funds on an unsecured basis to finance customers' trading, nor may a futures commission merchant loan funds to customers secured by the customer accounts of such customers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68637, Nov. 14, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Recordkeeping</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.31   Regulatory records; retention and production.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Electronic regulatory records</I> means all regulatory records other than regulatory records exclusively created and maintained by a records entity on paper.
</P>
<P><I>Records entity</I> means any person required by the Act or Commission regulations in this chapter to keep regulatory records.
</P>
<P><I>Regulatory records</I> means all books and records required to be kept by the Act or Commission regulations in this chapter, including any record of any correction or other amendment to such books and records, provided that, with respect to such books and records stored electronically, regulatory records shall also include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any data necessary to access, search, or display any such books and records; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All data produced and stored electronically describing how and when such books and records were created, formatted, or modified.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of retention.</I> Unless specified elsewhere in the Act or Commission regulations in this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) A records entity shall keep regulatory records of any swap or related cash or forward transaction (as defined in § 23.200(i) of this chapter), other than regulatory records required by § 23.202(a)(1) and (b)(1)-(3) of this chapter, from the date the regulatory record was created until the termination, maturity, expiration, transfer, assignment, or novation date of the transaction and for a period of not less than five years after such date.
</P>
<P>(2) A records entity that is required to retain oral communications, shall keep regulatory records of oral communications for a period of not less than one year from the date of such communication.
</P>
<P>(3) A records entity shall keep each regulatory record other than the records described in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section for a period of not less than five years from the date on which the record was created.
</P>
<P>(4) A records entity shall keep regulatory records exclusively created and maintained on paper readily accessible for no less than two years. A records entity shall keep electronic regulatory records readily accessible for the duration of the required record keeping period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and manner of retention.</I> Unless specified elsewhere in the Act or Commission regulations in this chapter, all regulatory records must be created and retained by a records entity in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Generally.</I> Each records entity shall retain regulatory records in a form and manner that ensures the authenticity and reliability of such regulatory records in accordance with the Act and Commission regulations in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Electronic regulatory records.</I> Each records entity maintaining electronic regulatory records shall establish appropriate systems and controls that ensure the authenticity and reliability of electronic regulatory records, including, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) Systems that maintain the security, signature, and data as necessary to ensure the authenticity of the information contained in electronic regulatory records and to monitor compliance with the Act and Commission regulations in this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Systems that ensure the records entity is able to produce electronic regulatory records in accordance with this section, and ensure the availability of such regulatory records in the event of an emergency or other disruption of the records entity's electronic record retention systems; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The creation and maintenance of an up-to-date inventory that identifies and describes each system that maintains information necessary for accessing or producing electronic regulatory records.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Inspection and production of regulatory records.</I> Unless specified elsewhere in the Act or Commission regulations in this chapter, a records entity, at its own expense, must produce or make accessible for inspection all regulatory records in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection.</I> All regulatory records shall be open to inspection by any representative of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Production of paper regulatory records.</I> A records entity must produce regulatory records exclusively created and maintained on paper promptly upon request of a Commission representative.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Production of electronic regulatory records.</I> (i) A request from a Commission representative for electronic regulatory records will specify a reasonable form and medium in which a records entity must produce such regulatory records.
</P>
<P>(ii) A records entity must produce such regulatory records in the form and medium requested promptly, upon request, unless otherwise directed by the Commission representative.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Production of original regulatory records.</I> A records entity may provide an original regulatory record for reproduction, which a Commission representative may temporarily remove from such entity's premises for this purpose. Upon request of the records entity, the Commission representative shall issue a receipt for any original regulatory record received. At the request of a Commission representative, a records entity shall, upon the return thereof, issue a receipt for the original regulatory record returned by such representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24486, May 30, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.32   Reporting of segregated account computation and details regarding the holding of futures customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant must compute as of the close of each business day, on a currency-by-currency basis: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total amount of futures customer funds on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of futures customers;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of such futures customer funds required by the Act and these regulations to be on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of such futures customers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in such futures customer funds.


</P>
<P>(b) In computing the amount of futures customer funds required to be in segregated accounts, a futures commission merchant may offset any net deficit in a particular futures customer's account against the current market value of readily marketable securities, less applicable deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as set forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)), held for the same futures customer's account. Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments. The futures commission merchant must maintain a security interest in the securities, including a written authorization to liquidate the securities at the futures commission merchant's discretion, and must segregate the securities in a safekeeping account with a bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization, or another futures commission merchant. For purposes of this section, a security will be considered readily marketable if it is traded on a “ready market” as defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(11)(i) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)(i)).
</P>
<P>(c) Each futures commission merchant is required to document its segregation computation required by paragraph (a) of this section by preparing a Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Commodity Exchanges contained in the Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of each business day. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the requirement that a futures commission merchant at all times maintain sufficient money, securities and property to cover its total obligations to all futures customers, in accordance with § 1.20.
</P>
<P>(d) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization the daily Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Commodity Exchanges required by paragraph (c) of this section by noon the following business day.
</P>
<P>(e) Each futures commission merchant shall file the Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Commodity Exchanges required by paragraph (c) of this section in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization a report listing the names of all banks, trust companies, futures commission merchants, derivatives clearing organizations, or any other depository or custodian holding futures customer funds as of the fifteenth day of the month, or the first business day thereafter, and the last business day of each month. This report must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and location of each entity holding futures customer funds;
</P>
<P>(2) The total amount of futures customer funds held by each entity listed in paragraph (f)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The total amount of cash and investments that each entity listed in paragraph (f)(1) of this section holds for the futures commission merchant. The futures commission merchant must report the following investments:
</P>
<P>(i) Obligations of the United States and obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States (U.S. government securities);
</P>
<P>(ii) General obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of a State (municipal securities);
</P>
<P>(iii) General obligation issued by any enterprise sponsored by the United States (government sponsored enterprise securities);
</P>
<P>(iv) Permitted foreign sovereign debt by country:
</P>
<P>(A) Canada;
</P>
<P>(B) France;
</P>
<P>(C) Germany;
</P>
<P>(D) Japan;
</P>
<P>(E) United Kingdom;
</P>
<P>(v) Interests in U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Interests in government money market funds.


</P>
<P>(g) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of futures customer-owned securities held by the futures commission merchant as margin collateral and must list the names and locations of the depositories holding such margin collateral.
</P>
<P>(h) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of futures customer funds that have been used to purchase securities under agreements to resell the securities (reverse repurchase transactions).
</P>
<P>(i) Each futures commission merchant must report which, if any, of the depositories holding futures customer funds under paragraph (f)(1) of this section are affiliated with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(j) Each futures commission merchant shall file the detailed list of depositories required by paragraph (f) of this section by 11:59 p.m. the next business day in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k) Each futures commission merchant shall retain its daily segregation computation and the Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Commodity Exchanges required by paragraph (c) of this section, and its detailed list of depositories required by paragraph (f) of this section, together with all supporting documentation, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(l) A futures commission merchant that carries futures accounts for futures customers as separate accounts for separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44 shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculate the total amount of futures customer funds on deposit in segregated accounts carried as separate accounts of separate account customers on behalf of such futures customers pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the total amount of futures customer funds required to be on deposit in segregated accounts carried as separate accounts of separate account customers on behalf of such futures customers pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section by including the separate accounts of the separate account customers as if the separate accounts were accounts of separate entities;
</P>
<P>(2) Offset a net deficit in a particular futures account carried as a separate account of a separate account customer in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section against the current market value of readily marketable securities held only for the particular separate account of such separate account customer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Document its segregation computation in the Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation of Customers Trading on U.S. Commodity Exchanges required by paragraph (c) of this section by incorporating and reflecting the futures accounts carried as separate accounts of separate account customers as accounts of separate entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41133, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 5551, Feb. 4, 2003; 77 FR 66323, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 68637, Nov. 14, 2013; 90 FR 7870, 7934, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.33   Monthly and confirmation statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Monthly statements.</I> Each futures commission merchant must promptly furnish in writing to each customer, and to each foreign futures or foreign options customer, as defined by § 30.1 of this chapter, as of the close of the last business day of each month or as of any regular monthly date selected, except for accounts in which there are neither open contracts at the end of the statement period nor any changes to the account balance since the prior statement period, but in any event not less frequently than once every three months, a statement which clearly shows:
</P>
<P>(1) For each commodity futures customer and foreign futures or foreign options customer position—
</P>
<P>(i) The open contracts with prices at which acquired;
</P>
<P>(ii) The net unrealized profits or losses in all open contracts marked to the market; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any futures customer funds or foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, as defined by § 1.3, carried with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) For each commodity option position and foreign option position—
</P>
<P>(i) All commodity options and foreign options purchased, sold, exercised, or expired during the monthly reporting period, identified by underlying futures contract or underlying commodity, strike price, transaction date, and expiration date;
</P>
<P>(ii) The open commodity option and foreign option positions carried for such customer or foreign futures or foreign options customer as of the end of the monthly reporting period, identified by underlying futures contract or underlying commodity, strike price, transaction date, and expiration date;
</P>
<P>(iii) All open commodity option and foreign option positions marked to the market and the amount each position is in the money, if any; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any related customer funds carried in such customer's account(s) or any related foreign futures or foreign options secured amount carried in the account(s) of a foreign futures or foreign options customer.
</P>
<P>(3) For each Cleared Swaps Customer position—
</P>
<P>(i) The Cleared Swaps, as § 22.1 of this chapter defines that term, carried by the futures commission merchant for the Cleared Swaps Customer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The net unrealized profits or losses in all Cleared Swaps marked to the market;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral carried with the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(4) A detailed accounting of all financial charges and credits to customers and foreign futures or foreign options customers, during the monthly reporting period, including all customer funds and any foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, received from or disbursed to customers or foreign futures or foreign options customers, as well as realized profits and losses.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confirmation statement.</I> Each futures commission merchant must, not later than the next business day after any commodity interest or commodity option transaction, including any foreign futures or foreign options transactions, furnish to each customer or foreign futures or foreign options customer:
</P>
<P>(1) A written confirmation of each commodity futures transaction caused to be executed by it for the customer.
</P>
<P>(2) A written confirmation of each Cleared Swap carried by the futures commission merchant, containing at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The unique swap identifier, as required by § 45.4(a) of this chapter, for each Cleared Swap and the date each Cleared Swap was executed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The product name of each Cleared Swap;
</P>
<P>(iii) The price at which the Cleared Swap was executed;
</P>
<P>(iv) The date of maturity for each Cleared Swap; and
</P>
<P>(v) The derivatives clearing organization through which it is cleared.
</P>
<P>(3) A written confirmation of each commodity option transaction, containing at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The customer's account identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) A separate listing of the actual amount of the premium, as well as each mark-up thereon, if applicable, and all other commissions, costs, fees and other charges incurred in connection with the commodity option transaction;
</P>
<P>(iii) The strike price;
</P>
<P>(iv) The underlying futures contract or underlying commodity;
</P>
<P>(v) The final exercise date of the commodity option purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The date the commodity option transaction was executed.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon the expiration or exercise of any commodity option, a written confirmation statement thereof, which statement shall include the date of such occurrence, a description of the option involved, and, in the case of exercise, the details of the futures or physical position which resulted therefrom including, if applicable, the final trading date of the contract for future delivery underlying the option.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, a commodity interest transaction that is caused to be executed for a commodity pool need be confirmed only to the operator of the commodity pool.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions.</I> The requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), and (b)(1) of this section shall not apply to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any account carried for a person who is a member of any contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) Any omnibus account carried for another futures commission merchant; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any account containing only bona fide hedge positions, except that confirmations must be furnished to accounts containing only bona fide hedge positions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Controlled accounts.</I> With respect to any account controlled by any person other than the customer for whom such account is carried, each futures commission merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly furnish in writing to such other person the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Promptly furnish in writing to such other person a copy of the statement required by § 1.46: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall not apply to an account controlled by the spouse, parent or child of the customer for whom such account is carried.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Each futures commission merchant shall retain, in accordance with § 1.31, a copy of each monthly statement and confirmation required by this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Introduced accounts.</I> Each statement provided pursuant to the provisions of this section must, if applicable, show that the account for which the futures commission merchant is providing the statement was introduced by an introducing broker and the names of the futures commission merchant and introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Electronic transmission of statements.</I> (1) The statements required by this section, and by § 1.46, may be furnished to any customer by means of electronic media if the customer so consents, <I>Provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant must, prior to the transmission of any statement by means of electronic media, disclose the electronic medium or source through which statements will be delivered, the duration, whether indefinite or not, of the period during which consent will be effective, any charges for such service, the information that will be delivered by such means, and that consent to electronic delivery may be revoked at any time. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a customer who does not qualify as an “institutional customer” as defined in § 1.3, a futures commission merchant must obtain the customer's signed consent acknowledging disclosure of the information set forth in paragraph (g)(1) of this section prior to the transmission of any statement by means of electronic media. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any statement required to be furnished to a person other than a customer in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section may be furnished by electronic media. 
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant who furnishes statements to any customer by means of electronic media must retain a daily confirmation statement for such customer as of the end of the trading session, reflecting all transactions made during that session for the customer, in accordance with § 1.31. 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0024; the information collection requirements in paragraph (c) were approved under control number 3038-0005)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54520, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57008, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 1185, Jan. 11, 1983; 48 FR 35289, Aug. 3, 1983; 52 FR 28997, Aug. 5, 1987; 66 FR 53517, Oct. 23, 2001; 77 FR 66323, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 83 FR 30534, June 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.34   Monthly record, “point balance”.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to commodity futures transactions, each futures commission merchant shall prepare, and retain in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31, a statement commonly known as a “point balance,” which accrues or brings to the official closing price, or settlement price fixed by the clearing organization, all open contracts of customers as of the last business day of each month or of any regular monthly date selected: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a futures commission merchant who carries part or all of customers' open contracts with other futures commission merchants on an “instruct basis” will be deemed to have met the requirements of this section as to open contracts so carried if a monthly statement is prepared which shows that the prices and amounts of such contracts long and short in the customers' accounts are in balance with those in the carrying futures commission merchants' accounts, and such statements are retained in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to commodity option transactions, each futures commission merchant shall prepare, and retain in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31, a listing in which all open commodity option positions carried for customers are marked to the market. Such listing shall be prepared as of the last business day of each month, or as of any regular monthly date selected, and shall be by put or by call, by underlying contract for future delivery (by delivery month) or underlying commodity (by option expiration date), and by strike price.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66324, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.35   Records of commodity interest and related cash or forward transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, introducing brokers, and members of designated contract markets or swap execution facilities</I>—(1) <I>Futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, and certain introducing brokers.</I> Each futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, and introducing broker that has generated over the preceding three years more than $5 million in aggregate gross revenues from its activities as an introducing broker, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Keep full, complete, and systematic records (including all pertinent data and memoranda) of all transactions relating to its business of dealing in commodity interests and related cash or forward transactions, which shall include all orders (filled, unfilled, or canceled), trading cards, signature cards, street books, journals, ledgers, canceled checks, copies of confirmations, copies of statements of purchase and sale, and all other records, which have been prepared in the course of its business of dealing in commodity interests and related cash or forward transactions (for purposes of this section, all records described in this paragraph (a)(1)(i) are referred to as “<I>commodity interest and related records</I>”);
</P>
<P>(ii) If such person is a member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility, retain and produce for inspection all documents on which trade information is originally recorded, whether or not such documents must be prepared pursuant to the rules or regulations of either the Commission, the designated contract market or the swap execution facility (for purposes of this section, all records described in this paragraph (a)(1)(ii) are referred to as “<I>original source documents,</I>” and, together with commodity interest and related records, “<I>transaction records</I>”); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Keep all oral and written communications provided or received concerning quotes, solicitations, bids, offers, instructions, trading, and prices that lead to the execution of a transaction in a commodity interest and any related cash or forward transactions (but not oral communications that lead solely to the execution of a related cash or forward transaction), whether transmitted by telephone, voicemail, facsimile, instant messaging, chat rooms, electronic mail, mobile device, or other digital or electronic media (for purposes of this section, all communications described in this paragraph (a)(1)(iii) are referred to as “<I>oral pre-trade communications</I>” if transmitted orally or as “<I>written pre-trade communications</I>” if transmitted in writing, and all such communications are referred to collectively as “<I>pre-trade communications</I>”).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Registered members of designated contract markets or swap execution facilities.</I> Each introducing broker that is not subject to paragraph (a)(1) of this section and is a member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility, and each member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is registered or required to be registered with the Commission as a floor trader, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, swap dealer, or major swap participant, shall keep:
</P>
<P>(i) All transaction records; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All written pre-trade communications.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other introducing brokers.</I> Each introducing broker that is not subject to paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section shall keep:
</P>
<P>(i) All commodity interest and related records; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All written pre-trade communications.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Floor broker members of designated contract markets or swap execution facilities.</I> Each member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is registered or required to be registered with the Commission as a floor broker shall keep:
</P>
<P>(i) All transaction records;
</P>
<P>(ii) All written pre-trade communications; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All oral pre-trade communications that lead to the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, swap, or commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Commodity Exchange Act for the account of any person other than such floor broker.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Form and manner.</I> All records required to be kept pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of this section, other than pre-trade communications, shall be kept in a form and manner that allows for the identification of a particular transaction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Unregistered members of designated contract markets or swap execution facilities.</I> Each member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is not registered or required to be registered with the Commission in any capacity, shall keep all transaction records; <I>provided</I> that such records need not include transmissions by short message service (SMS) or multimedia messaging service (MMS).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Definition of related cash or forward transaction.</I> For purposes of this section, “<I>related cash or forward transaction</I>” means a purchase or sale for immediate or deferred physical shipment or delivery of an asset related to a commodity interest transaction where the commodity interest transaction and the related cash or forward transaction are used to hedge, mitigate the risk of, or offset one another.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Other requirements.</I> Each futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, and member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall retain the records required to be kept by this section in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31, and produce them for inspection and furnish true and correct information and reports as to the contents or the meaning thereof, when and as requested by an authorized representative of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Alternative Compliance Schedule.</I> (i) The Commission may in its discretion establish an alternative compliance schedule for the requirement to record oral communications under paragraph (a)(1) or (4) of this section that is found to be technologically or economically impracticable for an affected entity that seeks, in good faith, to comply with the requirement to record oral communications under paragraph (a)(1) or (4) of this section within a reasonable time period beyond the date on which compliance by such affected entity is otherwise required.
</P>
<P>(ii) A request for an alternative compliance schedule under paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section shall be acted upon within 30 days from the time such a request is received, or it shall be deemed approved.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to exercise the discretion. Notwithstanding such delegation, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this paragraph believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether an alternative compliance schedule should be established. The delegation of authority in this paragraph shall not prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority set forth in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Relief granted under paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section shall not cause an affected entity to be out of compliance or deemed in violation of any recordkeeping requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, introducing brokers, and members of designated contract markets and swap execution facilities: Recording of customers' orders.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant, each retail foreign exchange dealer, each introducing broker, and each member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility receiving a customer's order that cannot immediately be entered into a trade matching engine shall immediately upon receipt thereof prepare a written record of the order including the account identification, except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and order number, and shall record thereon, by timestamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, the order is received, and in addition, for commodity option orders, the time, to the nearest minute, the order is transmitted for execution.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Each member of a designated contract market who on the floor of such designated contract market receives a customer's order which is not in the form of a written record including the account identification, order number, and the date and time, to the nearest minute, the order was transmitted or received on the floor of such designated contract market, shall immediately upon receipt thereof prepare a written record of the order in non-erasable ink, including the account identification, except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and order number and shall record thereon, by timestamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, the order is received.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Each member of a designated contract market who on the floor of such designated contract market receives an order from another member present on the floor which is not in the form of a written record shall, immediately upon receipt of such order, prepare a written record of the order or obtain from the member who placed the order a written record of the order, in non-erasable ink including the account identification and order number and shall record thereon, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, the order is received; or
</P>
<P>(B) When a member of a designated contract market present on the floor places an order, which is not in the form of a written record, for his own account or an account over which he has control, with another member of such designated contract market for execution:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The member placing such order immediately upon placement of the order shall record the order and time of placement to the nearest minute on a sequentially-numbered trading card maintained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The member receiving and executing such order immediately upon execution of the order shall record the time of execution to the nearest minute on a trading card or other record maintained pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The member receiving and executing the order shall return such trading card or other record to the member placing the order. The member placing the order then must submit together both of the trading cards or other records documenting such trade to designated contract market personnel or the clearing member.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section will not apply if a designated contract market maintains in effect rules which provide for an exemption where:
</P>
<P>(A) A member of a designated contract market places with another member of such designated contract market an order that is part of a spread transaction;
</P>
<P>(B) The member placing the order personally executes one or more legs of the spread; and
</P>
<P>(C) The member receiving and executing such order immediately upon execution of the order records the time of execution to the nearest minute on his trading card or other record maintained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each contract market shall, as part of its trade practice surveillance program, conduct surveillance for compliance with the recordkeeping and other requirements under paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section, and for trading abuses related to the execution of orders for members present on the floor of the contract market.
</P>
<P>(4) Each member of a designated contract market reporting the execution from the floor of the designated contract market of a customer's order or the order of another member of the designated contract market received in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, shall record on a written record of the order, including the account identification, except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and order number, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time to the nearest minute such report of execution is made. Each member of a designated contract market shall submit the written records of customer orders or orders from other designated contract market members to designated contract market personnel or to the clearing member responsible for the collection of orders prepared pursuant to this paragraph. The execution price and other information reported on the order tickets must be written in non-erasable ink.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Post-execution allocation of bunched orders.</I> Specific customer account identifiers for accounts included in bunched orders executed on designated contract markets or swap execution facilities need not be recorded at time of order placement or upon report of execution if the requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (v) of this section are met. Specific customer account identifiers for accounts included in bunched orders involving swaps need not be included in confirmations or acknowledgments provided by swap dealers or major swap participants pursuant to § 23.501(a) of this chapter if the requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (v) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Eligible account managers for orders executed on designated contract markets or swap execution facilities.</I> The person placing and directing the allocation of an order eligible for post-execution allocation must have been granted written investment discretion with regard to participating customer accounts. The following persons shall qualify as eligible account managers for trades executed on designated contract markets or swap execution facilities:
</P>
<P>(A) A commodity trading advisor registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act or excluded or exempt from registration under the Act or the Commission's rules, except for entities exempt under § 4.14(a)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) An investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or with a state pursuant to applicable state law or excluded or exempt from registration under such Act or applicable state law or rule;
</P>
<P>(C) A bank, insurance company, trust company, or savings and loan association subject to federal or state regulation;
</P>
<P>(D) A foreign adviser that exercises discretionary trading authority solely over the accounts of non-U.S. persons, as defined in § 4.7(a)(4) of this chapter;




</P>
<P>(E) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act; or
</P>
<P>(F) An introducing broker registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Eligible account managers for orders executed bilaterally.</I> The person placing and directing the allocation of an order eligible for post-execution allocation must have been granted written investment discretion with regard to participating customer accounts. The following persons shall qualify as eligible account managers for trades executed bilaterally:
</P>
<P>(A) A commodity trading advisor registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act or excluded or exempt from registration under the Act or the Commission's rules, except for entities exempt under § 4.14(a)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act; or
</P>
<P>(C) An introducing broker registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Information.</I> Eligible account managers shall make the following information available to customers upon request:
</P>
<P>(A) The general nature of the allocation methodology the account manager will use;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether accounts in which the account manager may have any interest may be included with customer accounts in bunched orders eligible for post-execution allocation; and
</P>
<P>(C) Summary or composite data sufficient for that customer to compare its results with those of other comparable customers and, if applicable and consistent with §§ 155.3(a)(1) and 155.4(a)(1) of this chapter, any account in which the account manager has an interest.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Allocation.</I> Orders eligible for post-execution allocation must be allocated by an eligible account manager in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Allocations must be made as soon as practicable after the entire transaction is executed, but in any event no later than the following times: For cleared trades, account managers must provide allocation information to futures commission merchants no later than a time sufficiently before the end of the day the order is executed to ensure that clearing records identify the ultimate customer for each trade. For uncleared trades, account managers must provide allocation information to the counterparty no later than the end of the calendar day that the swap was executed.
</P>
<P>(B) Allocations must be fair and equitable. No account or group of accounts may receive consistently favorable or unfavorable treatment.
</P>
<P>(C) The allocation methodology must be sufficiently objective and specific to permit independent verification of the fairness of the allocations using that methodology by appropriate regulatory and self-regulatory authorities and by outside auditors.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Records.</I> (A) Eligible account managers shall keep and must make available upon request of any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or other appropriate regulatory agency, the information specified in paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Eligible account managers shall keep and must make available upon request of any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or other appropriate regulatory agency, records sufficient to demonstrate that all allocations meet the standards of paragraph (b)(5)(iv) of this section and to permit the reconstruction of the handling of the order from the time of placement by the account manager to the allocation to individual accounts.
</P>
<P>(C) Futures commission merchants, introducing brokers, or commodity trading advisors that execute orders or that carry accounts eligible for post-execution allocation, and members of designated contract markets or swap execution facilities that execute such orders, must maintain records that, as applicable, identify each order subject to post-execution allocation and the accounts to which contracts executed for such order are allocated.
</P>
<P>(D) In addition to any other remedies that may be available under the Act or otherwise, if the Commission has reason to believe that an account manager has failed to provide information requested pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(v)(A) or (b)(5)(v)(B) of this section, the Commission may inform in writing any designated contract market, swap execution facility, swap dealer, or major swap participant, and that designated contract market, swap execution facility, swap dealer, or major swap participant shall prohibit the account manager from submitting orders for execution except for liquidation of open positions and no futures commission merchant shall accept orders for execution on any designated contract market, swap execution facility, or bilaterally from the account manager except for liquidation of open positions.
</P>
<P>(E) Any account manager that believes he or she is or may be adversely affected or aggrieved by action taken by the Commission under paragraph (b)(5)(v)(D) of this section shall have the opportunity for a prompt hearing in accordance with the provisions of § 21.03(g) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Futures commission merchants, introducing brokers, and members of designated contract markets and swap execution facilities.</I> Upon request of the designated contract market or swap execution facility, the Commission, or the United States Department of Justice, each futures commission merchant, introducing broker, and member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall request from its customers and, upon receipt thereof, provide to the requesting body documentation of cash transactions underlying exchanges of futures or swaps for cash commodities or exchanges of futures or swaps in connection with cash commodity transactions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Customers.</I> Each customer of a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, or member of a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall create, retain, and produce upon request of the designated contract market or swap execution facility, the Commission, or the United States Department of Justice documentation of cash transactions underlying exchanges of futures or swaps for cash commodities or exchanges of futures or swaps in connection with cash commodity transactions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contract markets.</I> Every contract market shall adopt rules which require its members to provide documentation of cash transactions underlying exchanges of futures for cash commodities or exchanges of futures in connection with cash commodity transactions upon request of the contract market.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Documentation.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph (c), documentation means those documents customarily generated in accordance with cash market practices which demonstrate the existence and nature of the underlying cash transactions, including, but not limited to, contracts, confirmation statements, telex printouts, invoices, and warehouse receipts or other documents of title.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, introducing brokers, and members of derivatives clearing organizations clearing trades executed on designated contract markets and swap execution facilities.</I> Each futures commission merchant, each retail foreign exchange dealer, and each member of a derivatives clearing organization clearing trades executed on a designated contract market or swap execution facility and, for purposes of paragraph (d)(3) of this section, each introducing broker, shall, as a minimum requirement, prepare regularly and promptly, and keep systematically and in permanent form, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A financial ledger record which will show separately for each customer all charges against and credits to such customer's account, including but not limited to customer funds deposited, withdrawn, or transferred, and charges or credits resulting from losses or gains on closed transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) A record of transactions which will show separately for each account (including proprietary accounts):
</P>
<P>(i) All commodity futures transactions executed for such account, including the date, price, quantity, market, commodity and future;
</P>
<P>(ii) All retail forex transactions executed for such account, including the date, price, quantity, and currency;
</P>
<P>(iii) All commodity option transactions executed for such account, including the date, whether the transaction involved a put or call, expiration date, quantity, underlying contract for future delivery or underlying commodity, strike price, and details of the purchase price of the option, including premium, mark-up, commission and fees; and
</P>
<P>(iv) All swap transactions executed for such account, including the date, price, quantity, market, commodity, swap, and, if cleared, the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(3) A record or journal which will separately show for each business day complete details of:
</P>
<P>(i) All commodity futures transactions executed on that day, including the date, price, quantity, market, commodity, future and the person for whom such transaction was made;
</P>
<P>(ii) All retail forex transactions executed on that day for such account, including the date, price, quantity, currency and the person who whom such transaction was made;
</P>
<P>(iii) All commodity option transactions executed on that day, including the date, whether the transaction involved a put or call, the expiration date, quantity, underlying contract for future delivery or underlying commodity, strike price, details of the purchase price of the option, including premium, mark-up, commission and fees, and the person for whom the transaction was made;
</P>
<P>(iv) All swap transactions executed on that day, including the date, price, quantity, market, commodity, swap, the person for whom such transaction was made, and, if cleared, the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of an introducing broker, the record or journal required by this paragraph (d)(3) shall also include the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer carrying the account for which each commodity futures, retail forex, commodity option, and swap transaction was executed on that day. <I>Provided, however,</I> that where reproductions on microfilm, microfiche or optical disk are substituted for hard copy in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31(b), the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section will be considered met if the person required to keep such records is ready at all times to provide, and immediately provides in the same city as that in which such person's commodity futures, retail forex, commodity option, or swap books and records are maintained, at the expense of such person, reproduced copies which show the records as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, on request of any representatives of the Commission or the U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Members of derivatives clearing organizations clearing trades executed on designated contract markets and swap execution facilities.</I> In the daily record or journal required to be kept under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, each member of a derivatives clearing organization clearing trades executed on a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall also show the floor broker or floor trader executing each transaction, the opposite floor broker or floor trader, and the opposite clearing member with whom it was made.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Members of designated contract markets.</I> (1) Each member of a designated contract market who, in the place provided by the designated contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged, executes purchases or sales of any commodity for future delivery, commodity option, or swap on or subject to the rules of such designated contract market, shall prepare regularly and promptly a trading card or other record showing such purchases and sales. Such trading card or record shall show the member's name, the name of the clearing member, transaction date, time, quantity, and, as applicable, underlying commodity, contract for future delivery, or swap, price or premium, delivery month or expiration date, whether the transaction involved a put or a call, and strike price. Such trading card or other record shall also clearly identify the opposite floor broker or floor trader with whom the transaction was executed, and the opposite clearing member (if such opposite clearing member is made known to the member).
</P>
<P>(2) Each member of a designated contract market recording purchases and sales on trading cards must record such purchases and sales in exact chronological order of execution on sequential lines of the trading card without skipping lines between trades; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if lines remain after the last execution recorded on a trading card, the remaining lines must be marked through.
</P>
<P>(3) Each member of a designated contract market must identify on his or her trading cards the purchases and sales executed during the opening and closing periods designated by the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(4) Trading cards prepared by a member of a designated contract market must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) Pre-printed member identification or other unique identifying information which would permit the trading cards of one member to be distinguished from those of all other members;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pre-printed sequence numbers to permit the intra-day sequencing of the cards; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Unique and pre-printed identifying information which would distinguish each of the trading cards prepared by the member from other such trading cards for no less than a one-week period.
</P>
<P>(5) Trading cards prepared by a member of a designated contract market and submitted pursuant to paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section must be time-stamped promptly to the nearest minute upon collection by either the designated contract market or the relevant clearing member.
</P>
<P>(6) Each member of a designated contract market shall be accountable for all trading cards prepared in exact numerical sequence, whether or not such trading cards are relied on as original source documents.
</P>
<P>(7) Trading records prepared by a member of a designated contract market must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to designated contract market personnel or the clearing member within 15 minutes of designated intervals not to exceed 30 minutes, commencing with the beginning of each trading session. The time period for submission of trading records after the close of trading in each market shall not exceed 15 minutes from the close. Such documents should nevertheless be submitted as often as is practicable to the designated contract market or relevant clearing member; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Be completed in non-erasable ink. A member may correct any errors by crossing out erroneous information without obliterating or otherwise making illegible any of the originally recorded information. With regard to trading cards only, a member may correct erroneous information by rewriting the trading card; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the member must submit a ply of the trading card, or in the absence of plies the original trading card, that is subsequently rewritten in accordance with the collection schedule for trading cards and <I>provided further,</I> that the member is accountable for any trading card that subsequently is rewritten pursuant to paragraph (f)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Each member of a designated contract market must use a new trading card at the beginning of each designated 30-minute interval (or such lesser interval as may be determined appropriate) or as may be required pursuant hereto.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Members of derivatives clearing organizations clearing trades executed on designated contract markets and swap execution facilities.</I> (1) Each member of a derivatives clearing organization clearing trades executed on a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall maintain a single record which shall show for each futures, option, or swap trade: the transaction date, time, quantity, and, as applicable, underlying commodity, contract for future delivery, or swap, price or premium, delivery month or expiration date, whether the transaction involved a put or a call, strike price, floor broker or floor trader buying, clearing member buying, floor broker or floor trader selling, clearing member selling, and symbols indicating the buying and selling customer types. The customer type indicator shall show, with respect to each person executing the trade, whether such person:
</P>
<P>(i) Was trading for his or her own account, or an account for which he or she has discretion;
</P>
<P>(ii) Was trading for his or her clearing member's house account;
</P>
<P>(iii) Was trading for another member present on the exchange floor, or an account controlled by such other member; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Was trading for any other type of customer.
</P>
<P>(2) The record required by this paragraph (g) shall also show, by appropriate and uniform symbols, any transaction which is made non-competitively in accordance with the provisions of subpart J of part 38 of this chapter, and trades cleared on dates other than the date of execution. Except as otherwise approved by the Commission for good cause shown, the record required by this paragraph (g) shall be maintained in a format and coding structure approved by the Commission—
</P>
<P>(i) In hard copy or on microfilm as specified in § 1.31, and
</P>
<P>(ii) For 60 days in computer-readable form on compatible magnetic tapes or discs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66324, Nov. 2, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75541, Dec. 21, 2012; 80 FR 80255, Dec. 24, 2015; 82 FR 24487, May 30, 2017; 89 FR 78810, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.36   Record of securities and property received from customers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant and each retail foreign exchange dealer shall maintain, as provided in § 1.31, a record of all securities and property received from customers or retail forex customers in lieu of money to margin, purchase, guarantee, or secure the commodity interests of such customers or retail forex customers. Such record shall show separately for each customer or retail forex customer: A description of the securities or property received; the name and address of such customer or retail forex customer; the dates when the securities or property were received; the identity of the depositories or other places where such securities or property are segregated or held; the dates of deposits and withdrawals from such depositories; and the dates of return of such securities or property to such customer or retail forex customer, or other disposition thereof, together with the facts and circumstances of such other disposition. In the event any futures commission merchant deposits with a derivatives clearing organization, directly or with a bank or trust company acting as custodian for such derivatives clearing organization, securities and/or property which belong to a particular customer, such futures commission merchant shall obtain written acknowledgment from such derivatives clearing organization that it was informed that such securities or property belong to customers of the futures commission merchant making the deposit. Such acknowledgment shall be retained as provided in § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(b) Each derivatives clearing organization which receives from members securities or property belonging to particular customers of such members in lieu of money to margin, purchase, guarantee, or secure the commodity interests of such customers, or receives notice that any such securities or property have been received by a bank or trust company acting as custodian for such derivatives clearing organization, shall maintain, as provided in § 1.31, a record which will show separately for each member, the dates when such securities or property were received, the identity of the depositories or other places where such securities or property are segregated, the dates such securities or property were returned to the member, or otherwise disposed of, together with the facts and circumstances of such other disposition including the authorization therefor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66328, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.37" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.37   Customer's name, address, and occupation recorded; record of guarantor or controller of account.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, and member of a contract market shall keep a record in permanent form which shall show for each commodity interest account carried or introduced by it the true name and address of the person for whom such account is carried or introduced and the principal occupation or business of such person as well as the name of any other person guaranteeing such account or exercising any trading control with respect to such account. For each such commodity option account, the records kept by such futures commission merchant, introducing broker, and member of a contract market must also show the name of the person who has solicited and is responsible for each customer's account or assign account numbers in such a manner to identify that person.
</P>
<P>(b) As of the close of the market each day, each futures commission merchant which carries an account for another futures commission merchant, foreign broker (as defined in § 15.00 of this chapter), member of a contract market, or other person, on an omnibus basis shall maintain a daily record for each such omnibus account of the total open long contracts and the total open short contracts in each future and in each swap and, for commodity option transactions, the total open put options purchased, the total open put options granted, the total open call options purchased, and the total open call options granted for each commodity option expiration date.
</P>
<P>(c) Each designated contract market and swap execution facility shall keep a record in permanent form, which shall show the true name, address, and principal occupation or business of any foreign trader executing transactions on the facility or exchange. In addition, upon request, a designated contract market or swap execution facility shall provide to the Commission information regarding the name of any person guaranteeing such transactions or exercising any control over the trading of such foreign trader.
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraph (c) of this section shall not apply to a designated contract market or swap execution facility on which transactions in futures, swaps or options (other than swaps) contracts of foreign traders are executed through, or the resulting transactions are maintained in, accounts carried by a registered futures commission merchant or introduced by a registered introducing broker subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66328, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.38" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.38   Execution of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Competitive execution required; exceptions.</I> All purchases and sales of any commodity for future delivery, and of any commodity option, on or subject to the rules of a contract market shall be executed openly and competitively by open outcry or posting of bids and offers or by other equally open and competitive methods, in the trading pit or ring or similar place provided by the contract market, during the regular hours prescribed by the contract market for trading in such commodity or commodity option: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this requirement shall not apply to transactions which are executed non-competitively in accordance with written rules of the contract market which have been submitted to and approved by the Commission, specifically providing for the non-competitive execution of such transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Noncompetitive trades; exchange of futures, etc.; requirements.</I> Every person handling, executing, clearing, or carrying trades, transactions or positions which are not competitively executed, including transfer trades or office trades, or trades involving the exchange of futures for cash commodities or the exchange of futures in connection with cash commodity transactions, shall identify and mark by appropriate symbol or designation all such transactions or contracts and all orders, records, and memoranda pertaining thereto.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0022)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54523, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.39" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.5.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.39   Simultaneous buying and selling orders of different principals; execution of, for and between principals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions and requirements.</I> A member of a contract market or a swap execution facility who shall have at the same time both buying and selling orders of different principals for the same swap, commodity for future delivery in the same delivery month or the same option (both puts or both calls, with the same underlying contract for future delivery or the same underlying commodity, expiration date and strike price) may execute such orders for and directly between such principals at the market price, if in conformity with written rules of such contract market or swap execution facility which have been approved by or self-certified to the Commission, and:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) When trading is conducted in a trading pit or ring, such orders are first offered openly and competitively by open outcry in such trading pit or ring (A) by both bidding and offering at the same price, and neither such bid nor offer is accepted, or (B) by bidding and offering to a point where such offer is higher than such bid by not more than the minimum permissible price fluctuation applicable to such futures contract or commodity option on such contract market, and neither such bid nor offer is accepted; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When in non-pit trading in swaps or contracts of sale for future delivery, bids and offers are posted on a board, such member:
</P>
<P>(A) Pursuant to such buying order posts a bid on the board and, incident to the execution of such selling order, accepts such bid and all other bids posted at equal to or higher than the bid posted by him; or
</P>
<P>(B) Pursuant to such selling order posts an offer on the board and, incident to the execution of such buying order, accepts such offer and all other offers posted at prices equal to or lower than the offer posted by him;
</P>
<P>(2) Such member executes such orders in the presence of an official representative of such contract market or swap execution facility designated to observe such transactions and, by appropriate descriptive words or symbol, clearly identifies all such transactions on his trading card or other record, made at the time of execution, and notes thereon the exact time of execution and promptly presents or makes available said record to such official representative for verification and initialing, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(3) Such swap execution facility or contract market keeps a record in permanent form of each such transaction showing all transaction details required to be captured by the Act, Commission rule or regulation; and
</P>
<P>(4) Neither the futures commission merchant, other registrant receiving nor the member executing such orders has any interest therein, directly or indirectly, except as a fiduciary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Large order execution procedures.</I> (1) A member of a contract market or a swap execution facility may execute simultaneous buying and selling orders of different principals directly between the principals in compliance with Commission regulations and large order execution procedures established by written rules of the contract market or swap execution facility that have been approved by or self-certified to the Commission: <I>Provided,</I> That, to the extent such large order execution procedures do not meet the conditions and requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the contract market or swap execution facility has petitioned the Commission for, and the Commission has granted, an exemption from the conditions and requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. Any such petition must be accompanied by proposed contract market or swap execution facility rules to implement the large order execution procedures. The petition shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) An explanation of why the proposed large order execution rules do not comply with paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of a special surveillance program that would be followed by the contract market or swap execution facility in monitoring the large order execution procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, in its discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, grant such petition for exemption if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purpose of the provision from which explanation is sought. The petition shall be considered concurrently with the proposed large order execution rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Not deemed filling orders by offset.</I> The execution of orders in compliance with the conditions herein set forth will not be deemed to constitute the filling of orders by offset within the meaning of section 4b(a) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3194, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57008, Dec. 22, 1982; 56 FR 12344, Mar. 25, 1991; 59 FR 5525, Feb. 7, 1994; 77 FR 66329, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Miscellaneous</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.40   Crop, market information letters, reports; copies required.</HEAD>
<P>Each futures commission merchant, each retail foreign exchange dealer, each introducing broker, and each member of a contract market or a swap execution facility shall, upon request, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Commission a true copy of any letter, circular, telecommunication, or report published or given general circulation by such futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, member or eligible contract participant which concerns crop or market information or conditions that affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity, including any exchange rate, and the true source of or authority for the information contained therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66329, Nov. 2, 2012]














</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.41" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.41   Designation of hedging accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A futures commission merchant must provide an opportunity to each customer, when it first opens a futures account, foreign futures account or cleared swaps account with such futures commission merchant, to designate such account as a hedging account. The futures commission merchant must indicate prominently in the accounting records in which it maintains open trade balances whether, for each customer account, the account is designated as a hedging account.
</P>
<P>(b) A futures commission merchant may permit the customer to open an account as a hedging account only if it obtains the customer's written representation that the customer's trading of futures or options on futures, foreign futures or options on foreign futures, or cleared swaps (as applicable) in the account constitutes hedging as such term may be defined under any relevant Commission regulation or rule of any clearing organization, designated contract market, swap execution facility or foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply to a futures commission merchant with respect to any commodity contract account that the futures commission merchant opened prior to May 13, 2021. The futures commission merchant may continue to designate as a hedging account any account with respect to which the futures commission merchant received written hedging instructions from the customer in accordance with former § 190.06(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A futures commission merchant may designate an existing futures account, foreign futures account or cleared swaps account of a particular customer as a hedging account, provided that it has obtained the representation set out in paragraph (b) of this section from such customer.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 19419, Apr. 13, 2021]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.42" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.42   Delivery accounts.</HEAD>
<P>In connection with the making or taking of delivery of a commodity under a commodity contract whose terms require settlement via physical delivery, if a futures commission merchant facilitates or effects the transfer of the physical delivery property and payment therefor on behalf of the customer, and does so outside the futures account, foreign futures account or cleared swaps account in which the commodity contract was held, the futures commission merchant must do so in a delivery account, <I>provided, however,</I> that when the commodity subject to delivery is a security, a futures commission merchant may, consistent with any applicable regulatory requirements, do so in a securities account.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 19419, Apr. 13, 2021]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.43" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.43   Letters of credit as collateral.</HEAD>
<P>A futures commission merchant shall not accept a letter of credit as collateral unless such letter of credit may be exercised, through its stated date of expiry, under the following conditions, regardless of whether the customer posting that letter of credit is in default in any obligation:
</P>
<P>(a) In the event that an order for relief under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or a protective decree pursuant to section 5(b)(1) of SIPA is entered with respect to the futures commission merchant, or if the FDIC is appointed as receiver for the futures commission merchant pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382(a), the trustee for that futures commission merchant (or, as applicable, FDIC) may draw upon such letter of credit, in full or in part, in accordance with § 190.04(d)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) If the letter of credit is passed through to a clearing organization, then in the event that an order for relief under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is entered with respect to the clearing organization, or if the FDIC is appointed as receiver for the clearing organization pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382(a), the trustee for that clearing organization (or, as applicable, FDIC) may draw upon such letter of credit, in full or in part, in accordance with § 190.04(d)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant shall not accept a letter of credit from a customer as collateral if it has any agreement with the customer that is inconsistent with this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 19419, Apr. 13, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.44" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.44   Margin adequacy and treatment of separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> These following definitions apply only for purposes of this section, except to the extent explicitly noted:
</P>
<P><I>Account</I> means a futures account as defined in § 1.3, a Cleared Swaps Customer Account as defined in § 1.3, or a 30.7 account as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> has the meaning set forth in § 1.3, with the clarification that “holiday” has the meaning defined in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Holiday</I> means Federal holidays as established by 5 U.S.C. 6103.
</P>
<P><I>One business day margin call</I> means a margin call that is issued and met in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Ordinary course of business</I> means the operation of the futures commission merchant's business relationship with its separate account customer absent the occurrence of one or more of the events specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Separate account</I> means any one of multiple accounts of the same separate account customer that are carried by the same futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P><I>Separate account customer</I> means a customer for which the futures commission merchant has made the election set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Undermargined amount</I> for an account means the amount, if any, by which the customer margin requirements with respect to all products held in that account exceed the net liquidating value plus the margin deposits currently remaining in that account. For purposes of this definition, “margin requirements” shall mean the level of maintenance margin or performance bond required for the positions in the account by the applicable exchanges or clearing organizations. Market risk collateral haircuts based on Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1) and § 1.17(c)(5) shall be applied to the value of the margin deposits held by a futures commission merchant. With respect to positions for which maintenance margin is not specified, “margin requirements” shall refer to the clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ensuring adequacy of customer initial margin.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant shall ensure that a customer does not withdraw funds from its accounts with such futures commission merchant unless the net liquidating value (calculated as of the close of business on the previous business day) plus the margin deposits remaining in the customer's account after such withdrawal are sufficient to meet the customer initial margin requirements with respect to all products held in such customer's account, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, where the previous day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) is a holiday, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, where any designated contract market or other board of trade on which the futures commission merchant trades is open for trading, and where an account of any of the futures commission merchant's customers includes positions traded on such a market, the net liquidating value for such an account should instead be calculated as of the close of business on such holiday.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Separate account treatment with respect to withdrawal of customer initial margin.</I> A futures commission merchant may, only during the “ordinary course of business” as that term is defined in this section, treat the separate accounts of a separate account customer as accounts of separate entities for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section if such futures commission merchant elects to do so as specified in paragraph (d) of this section. A futures commission merchant that has made such an election shall comply with the requirements set forth in this section, and maintain written internal controls and procedures designed to ensure such compliance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Election to treat a customer's accounts as separate accounts.</I> (1) To elect to treat the separate accounts of a customer as accounts of separate entities for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, the futures commission merchant shall include the customer on a list of separate account customers maintained in its books and records. This list shall include the identity of each separate account customer, identify each separate account of such customer, and be kept current.
</P>
<P>(2) The first time that the futures commission merchant includes a customer on the list of separate account customers, it shall, within one business day, provide notification of the election to allow separate account treatment for customers to its designated self-regulatory organization and to the Commission. The notice shall be provided in accordance with the process specified in § 1.12(n)(3).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Events inconsistent with the ordinary course of business.</I> (1) The following events are inconsistent with the ordinary course of business with respect to the separate accounts of a particular separate account customer, and the occurrence of any such event would require the futures commission merchant to cease permitting disbursements on a separate account basis with respect to all accounts of the relevant separate account customer:
</P>
<P>(i) The separate account customer, including any separate account of such customer, fails to deposit initial margin or maintain maintenance margin or make payment of variation margin or option premium as specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The occurrence and declaration by the futures commission merchant of an event of default as defined in the account documentation executed between the futures commission merchant and the separate account customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) A good faith determination by the futures commission merchant's chief compliance officer, one of its senior risk managers, or other senior manager, following such futures commission merchant's own internal escalation procedures, that the separate account customer is in financial distress, or there is significant and bona fide risk that the separate account customer will be unable promptly to perform its financial obligations to the futures commission merchant, whether due to operational reasons or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(iv) The insolvency or bankruptcy of the separate account customer or a parent company of such customer.
</P>
<P>(v) The futures commission merchant receives notification that a board of trade, a derivatives clearing organization, a self-regulatory organization as defined in § 1.3 or section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Commission, or another regulator with jurisdiction over the separate account customer, has initiated an action with respect to such customer based on an allegation that the customer is in financial distress.
</P>
<P>(vi) The futures commission merchant is directed to cease permitting disbursements on a separate account basis, with respect to the separate account customer, by a board of trade, a derivatives clearing organization, a self-regulatory organization, the Commission, or another regulator with jurisdiction over the futures commission merchant, pursuant to, as applicable, board of trade, derivatives clearing organization or self-regulatory organization rules, government regulations, or law.
</P>
<P>(2) The following events are inconsistent with the ordinary course of business with respect to the separate accounts of all separate account customers of the futures commission merchant, and the occurrence of any such event would require the futures commission merchant to cease permitting disbursements on a separate account basis with respect to any of its customers:
</P>
<P>(i) The futures commission merchant is notified by a board of trade, a derivatives clearing organization, a self-regulatory organization, the Commission, or another regulator with jurisdiction over the futures commission merchant, that the board of trade, the derivatives clearing organization, the self-regulatory organization, the Commission, or other regulator, as applicable, believes the futures commission merchant is in financial or other distress.
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant is under financial or other distress as determined in good faith by its chief compliance officer, senior risk managers, or other senior management.
</P>
<P>(iii) The insolvency or bankruptcy of the futures commission merchant or a parent company of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(3) The futures commission merchant must provide notice to its designated self-regulatory organization and to the Commission of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section. The notice must identify the event and (if applicable) the customer, and be provided promptly in writing, and in any case no later than the next business day following the date on which the futures commission merchant identifies or has been informed that such event has occurred. Such notice must be provided in accordance with the process specified in § 1.12(n)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant that has ceased permitting disbursements on a separate account basis to a separate account customer due to the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph (e)(1) of this section with respect to a specific separate account customer (or in paragraph (e)(2) with respect to all of its separate account customers) may resume permitting disbursements on a separate account basis to that customer (or, respectively, all customers) if such futures commission merchant reasonably believes, based on new information, that those circumstances have been cured, and such futures commission merchant documents in writing the factual basis and rationale for that conclusion. If the circumstances triggering cessation of disbursements on a separate account basis were an action or direction by one of the entities described in paragraph (e)(1)(v) or (vi) or (e)(2)(i) of this section, then the cure of those circumstances would require the withdrawal or other appropriate termination of such action or direction by that entity.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Requirements: One business day margin call.</I> Each separate account must be on a one business day margin call. The following provisions apply solely for purposes of this paragraph (f):
</P>
<P>(1) Except as explicitly provided in this paragraph (f), if, as a result of market movements or changes in positions on the previous business day, a separate account is undermargined (<I>i.e.,</I> the undermargined amount for that account is greater than zero), the futures commission merchant shall issue a margin call for the separate account for at least the amount necessary for the separate account to meet the initial margin required by the applicable exchanges or clearing organizations (including, as appropriate, the equity component or premium for long or short option positions) for the positions in the separate account, and that call must be met by the applicable separate account customer no later than the close of the Fedwire Funds Service on the same business day.
</P>
<P>(2) Payment of margin in currencies listed in appendix A to this part shall be considered in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (f) if received by the applicable futures commission merchant no later than the end of the second business day after the day on which the margin call is issued.
</P>
<P>(3) Payment of margin in fiat currencies other than U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, or currencies listed in Appendix A to this part shall be considered in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (f) if received by the applicable futures commission merchant no later than the end of the business day after the day on which the margin call is issued.
</P>
<P>(4) The relevant deadline for payment of margin in fiat currencies other than U.S. Dollars may be extended to the next business day following any banking holiday in the jurisdiction of issue of the currency, and still be considered in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (f) if payment is delayed due to such banking holiday.
</P>
<P>(5) A failure with respect to a specific separate account to deposit, maintain, or pay margin or option premium that was called pursuant to this paragraph (f), due to administrative error or operational constraints, does not constitute a failure to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (f). For these purposes, a futures commission merchant's determination that the failure to deposit, maintain, or pay margin or option premium is due to such administrative error or operational constraints must be based on the futures commission merchant's reasonable belief in light of information known to the futures commission merchant at the time the futures commission merchant learns of the relevant administrative error or operational constraint.
</P>
<P>(6) A futures commission merchant would not be in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (f) if it contractually agrees to provide separate account customers with periods of time to meet margin calls that extend beyond the time periods specified in this paragraph (f), or engages in practices that are designed to circumvent this paragraph (f).
</P>
<P>(7) In the case of a holiday where any designated contract market or other board of trade on which the futures commission merchant trades is open for trading, or any derivatives clearing organization that clears the Cleared Swaps of such futures commission merchant's Cleared Swaps Customers is open for clearing such swaps, and where a separate account of any of the futures commission merchant's separate account customers includes positions traded on such a market or cleared at such a derivatives clearing organization, then for any such separate account:
</P>
<P>(i) If, as a result of market movements or changes in positions on the business day before the holiday, a separate account is undermargined, the futures commission merchant shall issue a margin call for the separate account for at least the undermargined amount, and that call must be met by the applicable separate account customer no later than the close of the Fedwire Funds Service on the next business day after the holiday, and,
</P>
<P>(ii) If, as a result of market movements or changes in positions on the holiday, a separate account is undermargined by an amount greater than the amount it was undermargined as a result of market movements or changes in positions on the business day before the holiday, the futures commission merchant shall issue a margin call for the separate account for at least the incremental undermargined amount, and that call must be met by the applicable separate account customer no later than the close of the Fedwire Funds Service on the next business day after the holiday.
</P>
<P>(8) Any person may submit to the Commission any currency that such person proposes should be added to or removed from appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(i) A submission pursuant to this paragraph (f)(8) shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that margin payments in the relevant currency cannot, in the case of a proposed addition, or can, in the case of a proposed removal, practicably be received by the futures commission merchant issuing a margin call no later than the end of the first business day after the day on which the margin call is issued;
</P>
<P>(B) Documentation or other information sufficient to support the statement contemplated by paragraph (f)(8)(i)(A) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any additional information specifically requested by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) A submitter pursuant to paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section that wishes to request confidential treatment for portions of its submission may do so in accordance with the procedures set out in § 145.9(d).
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission shall review a submission made pursuant to this paragraph (f)(8) and determine whether to propose to add the relevant currency to, or remove the relevant currency from, appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the Commission proposes to add a currency to or remove a currency from appendix A to this part, the Commission shall issue such determination through notice and comment rulemaking, and shall provide a public comment period of no less than thirty days.
</P>
<P>(v) The Commission may, of its own accord and absent a submission pursuant to this paragraph (f)(8), propose to issue a determination to add a currency to or remove a currency from appendix A to this part pursuant to the procedure set forth in paragraph (f)(8)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Requirements: Calculations for capital, risk management, and segregation.</I> (1) The futures commission merchant's internal risk management policies and procedures shall provide for stress testing and credit limits as set forth in § 1.73 for separate account customers. Such stress testing must be performed, and the credit limits must be applied, both on an individual separate account and on a combined account basis.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant shall calculate the margin requirement for each separate account of a separate account customer independently from such margin requirement for all other separate accounts of the same customer with no offsets or spreads recognized across the separate accounts.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant shall, in computing its adjusted net capital for purposes of § 1.17, record each separate account of a separate account customer in the books and records of the futures commission merchant as a distinct account of a customer. This includes recording each separate account with a net debit balance or a deficit as a receivable from the separate account customer, with no offsets between the other separate accounts of the same separate account customer.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant shall, in calculating the amount of its own funds it is required to maintain in segregated accounts to cover deficits or debit ledger balances pursuant to § 1.20(i), § 22.2(f), or § 30.7(f)(2) of this chapter in any futures customer accounts, Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts, or 30.7 accounts, respectively, include any deficits or debit ledger balances of any separate accounts as if the accounts are accounts of separate entities.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of its residual interest and legally segregated operationally commingled compliance calculations, as applicable under §§ 1.22(c), 22.2(f)(6), and 30.7(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter, a futures commission merchant shall treat the separate accounts of a separate account customer as if the accounts were accounts of separate entities and include the undermargined amount of each separate account, and cover such undermargined amount with its own funds.
</P>
<P>(6) In determining its residual interest target for purposes of §§ 1.11(e)(3)(i)(D) and 1.23(c), the futures commission merchant must consider the impact of calculating customer receivables for separate account customers on a separate account basis.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Requirements: information and disclosures.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant shall obtain from each separate account customer or, as applicable, the manager of a separate account, information sufficient for the futures commission merchant to:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess the value of the assets dedicated to such separate account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify the direct or indirect parent company of the separate account customer, as applicable, if such customer has a direct or indirect parent company.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a separate account customer has appointed a third-party as the primary contact to the futures commission merchant, the futures commission merchant must obtain and maintain current contact information of an authorized representative of the customer, and take reasonable steps to verify that such contact information is and remains accurate, and that the person is in fact an authorized representative of the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant must provide each separate account customer a disclosure that, pursuant to part 190 of the Commission's regulations (17 CFR part 190), all separate accounts of the customer in each account class will be combined in the event of the futures commission merchant's bankruptcy.
</P>
<P>(i) The disclosure statement required by this paragraph (h)(3) must be delivered directly to the customer via electronic means, in writing or in such other manner as the futures commission merchant customarily delivers disclosures pursuant to applicable Commission regulations, and as permissible under the futures commission merchant's customer documentation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant must maintain documentation demonstrating that the disclosure statement required by this paragraph (h)(3) was delivered directly to the customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) The futures commission merchant must include the disclosure statement required by this paragraph (h)(3) on its website or within its Disclosure Document required by paragraph 1.55(i).
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant that has made an election pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section shall disclose in the Disclosure Document required under § 1.55(i) that it permits the separate treatment of accounts for the same customer pursuant to the requirements of this section and that, in the event that separate account treatment for some customers were to contribute to a loss that exceeds the futures commission merchant's ability to cover, that loss may affect the segregated funds of all of the futures commission merchant's customers in one or more account classes.
</P>
<P>(i) A futures commission merchant that applies separate account treatment pursuant to this section shall apply such treatment in a consistent manner over time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7934, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.45" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.45   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.46" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.46   Application and closing out of offsetting long and short positions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of purchases and sales.</I> (1) Except with respect to purchases or sales which are for omnibus accounts, or where the customer or account controller has instructed otherwise, any futures commission merchant who, on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market:
</P>
<P>(i) Purchases any commodity for future delivery for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such purchase has a short position in the same future of the same commodity on the same market;
</P>
<P>(ii) Sells any commodity for future delivery for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such sale has a long position in the same future of the same commodity on the same market;
</P>
<P>(iii) Purchases a put or call option for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such purchase has a short put or call option position with the same underlying futures contract or same underlying commodity, strike price, expiration date and contract market as that purchased; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Sells a put or call option for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such sale has a long put or call option position with the same underlying futures contract or same underlying commodity, strike price, expiration date and contract market as that sold—shall on the same day apply such purchase or sale against such previously held short or long futures or option position, as the case may be, and shall, for futures transactions, promptly furnish such customer a statement showing the financial result of the transactions involved and, if applicable, that the account was introduced to the futures commission merchant by an introducing broker and the names of the futures commission merchant and introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(2) Any futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer who:
</P>
<P>(i) Engages in a retail forex transaction involving the purchase of any currency for the account of any retail forex customer when the account of such retail forex customer at the time of such purchase has an open retail forex transaction for the sale of the same currency;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engages in a retail forex transaction involving the sale of any currency for the account of any retail forex customer when the account of such retail forex customer at the time of such sale has an open retail forex transaction for the purchase of the same currency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Purchases a put or call option involving foreign currency for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such purchase has a short put or call option position with the same underlying currency, strike price, and expiration date as that purchased; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Sells a put or call option involving foreign currency for the account of any customer when the account of such customer at the time of such sale has a long put or call option position with the same underlying currency, strike price, and expiration date as that sold—shall immediately apply such purchase or sale against such previously held opposite transaction, and shall promptly furnish such retail forex customer a statement showing the financial result of the transactions involved and, if applicable, that the account was introduced to the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer by an introducing broker and the names of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer, and the introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Close-out against oldest open position.</I> In all instances wherein the short or long futures, retail forex transaction or option position in such customer's or retail forex customer's account immediately prior to such offsetting purchase or sale is greater than the quantity purchased or sold, the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer shall apply such offsetting purchase or sale to the oldest portion of the previously held short or long position: <I>Provided,</I> That upon specific instructions from the customer the offsetting transaction shall be applied as specified by the customer without regard to the date of acquisition of the previously held position; and <I>Provided, further,</I> that a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer, if permitted by the rules of a registered futures association, may offset, at the customer's request, retail forex transactions of the same size, even if the customer holds other transactions of a different size, but in each case must offset the transaction against the oldest transaction of the same size. Such instructions may also be accepted from any person who, by power of attorney or otherwise, actually directs trading in the customer's or retail forex customer's account unless the person directing the trading is the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer (including any partner thereof), or is an officer, employee, or agent of the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer. With respect to every such offsetting transaction that, in accordance with such specific instructions, is not applied to the oldest portion of the previously held position, the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer shall clearly show on the statement issued to the customer or retail forex customer in connection with the transaction, that because of the specific instructions given by or on behalf of the customer or retail forex customer the transaction was not applied in the usual manner, <I>i.e.,</I> against the oldest portion of the previously held position. However, no such showing need be made if the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer has received such specific instructions in writing from the customer or retail forex customer for whom such account is carried.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In-and-out trades; day trades.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not be deemed to require the application of purchases or sales closed out during the same day (commonly known as “in-and-out trades” or “day trades”) against short or long positions carried forward from a prior date.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Purchases or sales of commodity options constituting “bona fide hedging transactions” pursuant to rules of the contract market which have been adopted in accordance with the requirements of § 1.61(b) and approved by the Commission pursuant to; section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act <I>Provided,</I> That no contract market or futures commission merchant shall permit such option positions to be offset other than by open and competitive execution in the trading pit or ring provided by the contract market, during the regular hours prescribed by the contract market for trading in such commodity option.
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases or sales constituting “bona fide hedging transactions” as defined in § 1.3; nor
</P>
<P>(3) Sales during a delivery period for the purpose of making delivery during such delivery period if such sales are accompanied by instructions to make delivery thereon, together with warehouse receipts or other documents necessary to effectuate such delivery.
</P>
<P>(4)-(7) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(8) Purchases or sales held in error accounts, including but not limited to floor broker error accounts, and purchases or sales identified as errors at the time they are assigned to an account that contains other purchases or sales not identified as errors and held in that account (“error trades”), provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Each error trade does not offset another error trade held in the same account;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each error trade is offset by open and competitive means on or subject to the rules of a contract market by not later than the close of business on the business day following the day the error trade is discovered and assigned to an error account or identified as an error trade, unless at the close of business on the business day following the discovery of the error trade, the relevant market has reached a daily price fluctuation limit and the trader is unable to offset the error trade, in which case the error trade must be offset as soon as practicable thereafter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No error trade is closed out by transferring such an open position to another account also controlled by that same trader.
</P>
<P>(e) The statements required by paragraph (a) of this section may be furnished to the customer or the person described in § 1.33(d) by means of electronic transmission, in accordance with § 1.33(g). 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007)
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4g, 5, 42 Stat. 1000, 49 Stat. 1496; 7 U.S.C. 6g, 7; secs. 4g, 5, 8a; 7 U.S.C. 6g, 7, 12a) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3194, Jan. 21, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.46, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1.47-1.48" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1.47-1.48   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.49" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.49   Denomination of customer funds and location of depositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Money center country.</I> This term means Canada, France, Italy, Germany, Japan, and the United Kingdom. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Money center currency.</I> This term means the currency of any money center country and the Euro. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permissible denominations of obligations.</I> (1) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this section, a futures commission merchant's obligations to a customer shall be denominated: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the United States dollar; 
</P>
<P>(ii) In a currency in which funds were deposited by the customer or were converted at the request of the customer, to the extent of such deposits and conversions; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) In a currency in which funds have accrued to the customer as a result of trading conducted on a designated contract market, to the extent of such accruals. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A futures commission merchant shall prepare and maintain a written record of each transaction converting customer funds from one currency to another. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A written record prepared under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section must include the date the transaction was executed, the currencies converted, the amount converted, and the resulting amount. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The information required under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section must be provided to the customer upon the customer's request. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permissible locations of depositories.</I> (1) Unless a customer provides instructions to the contrary, a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization may hold customer funds: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) In a money center country; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) In the country of origin of the currency. 
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization may hold customer funds outside the United States, in a jurisdiction that is not a money center country, or the country of origin of the currency only to the extent authorized by the customer, <I>provided,</I> that the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization must make and maintain a written record of such authorization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization hold customer funds in a restricted country subject to sanctions by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Qualifications for depositories.</I> (1) To hold customer funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Act and §§ 1.20 through 1.30, 1.32 and 1.36, a depository must provide the depositing futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization with the appropriate written acknowledgment as required under §§ 1.20 and 1.26. 
</P>
<P>(2) A depository, if located in the United States, must be: 
</P>
<P>(i) A bank or trust company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant registered as such with the Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization. 
</P>
<P>(3) A depository, if located outside the United States, must be:
</P>
<P>(i) A bank or trust company that has in excess of $1 billion of regulatory capital;
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant that is registered as such with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Segregation requirements.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant and each derivatives clearing organization must, as of the close of each business day, hold in segregated accounts on behalf of commodity or option customers: 
</P>
<P>(i) Sufficient United States dollars, held in the United States, to meet all United States dollar obligations; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Sufficient funds in each other currency to meet obligations in such currency. 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, assets denominated in one currency may be held to meet obligations denominated in another currency as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) United States dollars may be held in the United States or in money center countries to meet obligations denominated in any other currency; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Funds in money center currencies may be held in the United States or in money center countries to meet obligations denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each futures commission merchant and each derivatives clearing organization shall make and maintain records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with this paragraph (e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 5551, Feb. 4, 2003, as amended at 76 FR 44264, July 25, 2011; 77 FR 66330, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1.50-1.51" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1.50-1.51   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.52" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.52   Self-regulatory organization adoption and surveillance of minimum financial requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Examinations expert</I> is defined as a Nationally recognized accounting and auditing firm with substantial expertise in audits of futures commission merchants, risk assessment and internal control reviews, and is an accounting and auditing firm that is acceptable to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means a contract market (as defined in § 1.3) or a registered futures association under section 17 of the Act. The term “self-regulatory organization” for purpose of this section does not include a swap execution facility (as defined in § 1.3).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each self-regulatory organization must adopt rules prescribing minimum financial and related reporting requirements for members who are registered futures commission merchants or registered retail foreign exchange dealers. Each self-regulatory organization other than a contract market must adopt rules prescribing minimum financial and related reporting requirements for members who are registered introducing brokers. The self-regulatory organization's minimum financial and related reporting requirements must be the same as, or more stringent than, the requirements contained in §§ 1.10 and 1.17, for futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, and §§ 5.7 and 5.12 of this chapter for retail foreign exchange dealers; <I>provided, however,</I> that a self-regulatory organization may permit its member registrants that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as securities brokers or dealers to file (in accordance with § 1.10(h)) a copy of their Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“FOCUS Report”), Part II, Part IIA, or Part II CSE, as applicable, in lieu of Form 1-FR; <I>provided, further,</I> that such self-regulatory organization must require such member registrants to provide all information in Form 1-FR that is not included in the FOCUS Report Part II, Part IIA, or Part CSE provided by such member registrant. The definition of adjusted net capital must be the same as that prescribed in § 1.17(c) for futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, and § 5.7(b)(2) of this chapter for futures commission merchants offering or engaging in retail forex transactions and for retail foreign exchange dealers.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, each self-regulatory organization that has a futures commission merchant member registrant must adopt rules prescribing risk management requirements for futures commission merchant member registrants that shall be the same as, or more stringent than, the requirements contained in § 1.11.


</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each self-regulatory organization must establish and operate a supervisory program that includes written policies and procedures concerning the application of such supervisory program in the examination of its member registrants for the purpose of assessing whether each member registrant is in compliance with the applicable self-regulatory organization and Commission regulations governing minimum net capital and related financial requirements, the obligation to segregate customer funds, risk management requirements, financial reporting requirements, recordkeeping requirements, and sales practice and other compliance requirements. The supervisory program also must address the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Adequate levels and independence of examination staff.</I> A self-regulatory organization must maintain staff of an adequate size, training, and experience to effectively implement a supervisory program. Staff of the self-regulatory organization, including officers, directors, and supervising committee members, must maintain independent judgment and its actions must not impair its independence nor appear to impair its independence in matters related to the supervisory program. The self-regulatory organization must provide annual ethics training to all staff with responsibilities for the supervisory program.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Ongoing surveillance.</I> A self-regulatory organization's ongoing surveillance of member registrants must include the review and analysis of financial reports and regulatory notices filed by member registrants with the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>High-risk firms.</I> A self-regulatory organization's supervisory program must include procedures for identifying member registrants that are determined to pose a high degree of potential financial risk, including the potential risk of loss of customer funds. High-risk member registrants must include firms experiencing financial or operational difficulties, failing to meet segregation or net capital requirements, failing to maintain current books and records, or experiencing material inadequacies in internal controls. Enhanced monitoring for high risk firms should include, as appropriate, daily review of net capital, segregation, and secured calculations, to assess compliance with self-regulatory organization and Commission requirements.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>On-site examinations.</I> (A) A self-regulatory organization must conduct routine periodic on-site examinations of member registrants. Member futures commission merchants and retail foreign exchange dealers must be subject to on-site examinations no less frequently than once every eighteen months. A self-regulatory organization shall establish a risk-based method of establishing the scope of each on-site examination; <I>provided, however,</I> that the scope of each on-site examination of a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer must include an assessment of whether the registrant is in compliance with applicable Commission and self-regulatory organization minimum capital, customer fund protection, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(B) A self-regulatory organization other than a contract market must establish the frequency of on-site examinations of member introducing brokers that do not operate pursuant to guarantee agreements with futures commission merchants or retail foreign exchange dealers using a risk-based approach, which takes into consideration the time elapsed since the self-regulatory organization's previous examination of the introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(C) A self-regulatory organization must conduct on-site examinations of member registrants in accordance with uniform examination programs and procedures that have been submitted to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Adequate documentation.</I> A self-regulatory organization must adequately document all aspects of the operation of the supervisory program, including the conduct of risk-based scope setting and the risk-based surveillance of high-risk member registrants, and the imposition of remedial and punitive action(s) for material violations.




</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the supervisory program of a self-regulatory organization that has a registered futures commission merchant member must satisfy the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The supervisory program must set forth in writing the examination standards that the self-regulatory organization must apply in its examination of its registered futures commission merchant member. The supervisory program must be based on controls testing and substantive testing, and must address all areas of risk to which the futures commission merchant can reasonably be foreseen to be subject. The supervisory program must be based on an understanding of the internal control environment to determine the nature, timing and extent of the controls and substantive testing to be performed. The determination as to which elements of the supervisory program are to be performed on any examination must be based on the risk profile of each registered futures commission merchant member.










</P>
<P>(ii) The supervisory program must, at a minimum, have examination standards addressing the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The ethics of an examiner;
</P>
<P>(B) The independence of an examiner;
</P>
<P>(C) The supervision, review, and quality control of an examiner's work product;
</P>
<P>(D) The evidence and documentation to be reviewed and retained in connection with an examination;
</P>
<P>(E) The sampling size and techniques used in an examination;
</P>
<P>(F) The examination risk assessment process;
</P>
<P>(G) The examination planning process;
</P>
<P>(H) Materiality assessment;
</P>
<P>(I) Quality control procedures to ensure that the examinations maintain the level of quality expected;
</P>
<P>(J) Communications between an examiner and the regulatory oversight committee, or the functional equivalent of the regulatory oversight committee, of the self-regulatory organization of which the futures commission merchant is a member;
</P>
<P>(K) Communications between an examiner and a futures commission merchant's audit committee of the board of directors or other similar governing body;
</P>
<P>(L) Analytical review procedures;
</P>
<P>(M) Record retention; and
</P>
<P>(N) Required items for inclusion in the examination report, such as repeat violations, material items, and high risk issues. The examination report is intended solely for the information and use of the self-regulatory organizations and the Commission, and is not intended to be and should not be used by any other person or entity.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) Prior to the initial implementation of the supervisory program, a self-regulatory organization must engage an examinations expert to evaluate the examination standards for consistency with auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as such auditing standards are applicable in the context of the self-regulatory organization's examination of its futures commission merchant members. At least once every five years after the initial implementation of the supervisory program, a self-regulatory organization must engage an examinations expert to evaluate the examination standards for consistency with any new or amended auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board since the previous review performed by the examinations expert. At the conclusion of each evaluation, a self-regulatory organization must obtain a written report from the examinations expert in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, a self-regulatory organization must review any new or amended auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and must revise its examination standards promptly to reflect any changes in such auditing standards that are applicable in the context of the self-regulatory organization's examination of its futures commission merchant members. A self-regulatory organization must engage an examinations expert to evaluate any material revisions that the self-regulatory organization makes to the examination standards to conform such standards with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's auditing standards, or if directed to engage an examinations expert by the Director of the Market Participants Division. At the conclusion of each review, a self-regulatory organization must obtain a written report from the examinations expert in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) At the conclusion of the examinations expert's engagement pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section, the self-regulatory organization must obtain from the examinations expert a written report on findings and recommendations issued under the consulting services standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The self-regulatory organization must provide the Director of the Market Participants Division with a copy of the examinations expert's written report, and the self-regulatory organization's written responses to any of the examinations expert's findings and recommendations, within thirty days of the receipt thereof. Upon resolution of any questions or comments raised by the Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight, and upon written notice from the Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight that it has no further comments or questions on the examinations standards as amended (by reason of the examinations expert's proposals, consideration of the Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight's questions or comments, or otherwise), the self-regulatory organization shall commence applying such examinations standards for examining its registered futures commission merchant members for all examinations conducted with an “as of” date later than the date of the Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary's written notification.
</P>
<P>(iv) The supervisory program must require the self-regulatory organization to report to its risk and/or audit committee of the board of directors, or a functional equivalent committee, with timely reports of the activities and findings of the supervisory program to assist the risk and/or audit committee of the board of directors, or a functional equivalent committee, to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the examination function.
</P>
<P>(v) The examinations expert's written report, the self-regulatory organization's response, if any, as well as any information concerning the supervisory program is confidential.
















</P>
<P>(d)(1) Any two or more self-regulatory organizations may file with the Commission a plan for delegating to a designated self-regulatory organization, for any registered futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker that is a member of more than one such self-regulatory organization, the function of:
</P>
<P>(i) Monitoring and examining for compliance with the minimum financial and related reporting requirements and risk management requirements, including policies and procedures relating to the receipt, holding, investing and disbursement of customer funds, adopted by such self-regulatory organizations and the Commission in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Receiving the financial reports and notices necessitated by such minimum financial and related reporting requirements; <I>provided, however,</I> that the self-regulatory organization that delegates the functions set forth in this paragraph (d)(1) shall remain responsible for its member registrants' compliance with the regulatory obligations, and if such self-regulatory organization becomes aware that a delegated function is not being performed as required under this section, the self-regulatory organization shall promptly take any necessary steps to address any noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(2) If a plan established pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section applies to any registered futures commission merchant, then such plan must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>The Joint Audit Committee.</I> The self-regulatory organizations that choose to participate in the plan shall form a Joint Audit Committee, consisting of all self-regulatory organizations in the plan as members. The members of the Joint Audit Committee shall establish, operate and maintain a Joint Audit Program in accordance with the requirements of this section to ensure an effective and a high quality program for examining futures commission merchants, to designate the designated self-regulatory organizations that will be responsible for the examinations of futures commission merchants pursuant to the Joint Audit Program, and to satisfy such additional obligations set forth in this section in order to facilitate the examinations of futures commission merchants by their respective designated self-regulatory organizations.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>The Joint Audit Program.</I> The Joint Audit Program must, at minimum, satisfy the following requirements.
</P>
<P>(A) The purpose of the Joint Audit Program must be to assess whether each registered futures commission merchant member of the Joint Audit Committee self-regulatory organization members is in compliance with the Joint Audit Program and Commission regulations governing minimum net capital and related financial requirements, the obligation to segregate customer funds, risk management requirements, including policies and procedures relating to the receipt, holding, investment, and disbursement of customer funds, financial reporting requirements, recordkeeping requirements, and sales practice and other compliance requirements.
</P>
<P>(B) The Joint Audit Program must include written policies and procedures concerning the application of the Joint Audit Program in the examination of the registered futures commission merchant members of the Joint Audit Committee self-regulatory organization members.
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) <I>Adequate levels and independence of examination staff.</I> A designated self-regulatory organization must maintain staff of an adequate size, training, and experience to effectively implement the Joint Audit Program. Staff of the designated self-regulatory organization, including officers, directors, and supervising committee members, must maintain independent judgment and its actions must not impair its independence nor appear to impair its independence in matters related to the Joint Audit Program. The designated self-regulatory organization must provide annual ethics training to all staff with responsibilities for the Joint Audit Program.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Ongoing surveillance.</I> A designated self-regulatory organization's ongoing surveillance of futures commission merchant member registrants over which it has oversight responsibilities must include the review and analysis of financial reports and regulatory notices filed by such member registrants with the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>High-risk firms.</I> The Joint Audit Program must include procedures for identifying futures commission merchant member registrants over which it has oversight responsibilities that are determined to pose a high degree of potential financial risk, including the potential risk of loss of customer funds. High-risk member registrants must include firms experiencing financial or operational difficulties, failing to meet segregation or net capital requirements, failing to maintain current books and records, or experiencing material inadequacies in internal controls. Enhanced monitoring for high risk firms should include, as appropriate, daily review of net capital, segregation, and secured calculations, to assess compliance with self-regulatory and Commission requirements.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>On-site examinations.</I> A designated self-regulatory organization must conduct routine periodic on-site examinations of futures commission merchant member registrants over which it has oversight responsibilities. Such member registrants must be subject to on-site examinations no less frequently than once every eighteen months. A designated self-regulatory organization shall establish a risk-based method of establishing the scope of each on-site examination, <I>provided, however,</I> that the scope of each on-site examination of a futures commission merchant must include an assessment of whether the registrant is in compliance with applicable Commission and self-regulatory organization minimum capital, customer fund protection, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements. A designated self-regulatory organization must conduct on-site examinations of futures commission merchant registrants in accordance with the Joint Audit Program.
</P>
<P>(D) The Joint Audit Committee members must adequately document all aspects of the operation of the Joint Audit Program, including the conduct of risk-based scope setting and the risk-based surveillance of high-risk member registrants, and the imposition of remedial and punitive action(s) for material violations.
</P>
<P>(E) The Joint Audit Program must set forth in writing the examination standards that a designated self-regulatory organization must apply in its examination of a registered futures commission merchant. The Joint Audit Program must be based on controls testing and substantive testing, and must address all areas of risk to which the futures commission merchant can reasonably be foreseen to be subject. The Joint Audit Program must be based on an understanding of the internal control environment to determine the nature, timing and extent of the controls and substantive testing to be performed. The determination as to which elements of the Joint Audit Program are to be performed on any examination must be based on the risk profile of each registered futures commission merchant.














</P>
<P>(F) The Joint Audit Program must include examination standards addressing the items listed in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(G)(<I>1</I>) Prior to the initial implementation of the Joint Audit Program, the Joint Audit Committee must engage an examinations expert to evaluate the examination standards for consistency with auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as such auditing standards are applicable in the context of the Joint Audit Committee's examination of its futures commission merchant members. At least once every five years after the initial implementation of the Joint Audit Program, the Joint Audit Committee must engage an examinations expert to evaluate the examination standards for consistency with any new or amended auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board since the previous review performed by the examinations expert. At the conclusion of each review, the Joint Audit Committee must obtain a written report from the examinations expert in accordance with paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(G)(<I>3</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(G)(<I>1</I>) of this section, the Joint Audit Committee must review any new or amended auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and must revise its examination standards promptly to reflect any changes in such auditing standards that are applicable in the context of the Joint Audit Committee's examination of its futures commission merchant members. The Joint Audit Committee must engage an examinations expert to evaluate any material revisions that the Joint Audit Committee makes to the examination standards to conform such standards with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's auditing standards, or if directed to engage an examinations expert by the Director of the Market Participants Division. The Joint Audit Committee must obtain a written report from the examinations expert in accordance with paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(G)(<I>3</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) At the conclusion of the examinations expert's engagement pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(G)(<I>1</I>) or (<I>2</I>) of this section, the Joint Audit Committee must obtain from the examinations expert a written report on findings and recommendations issued under the consulting services standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The Joint Audit Committee must provide the Director of the Market Participants Division with a copy of the examinations expert's written report, and the Joint Audit Committee's written responses to any of the examinations expert's findings and recommendations, within thirty days of the receipt thereof. Upon resolution of any questions or comments raised by the Market Participants Division, and upon written notice from the Market Participants Division that it has no further comments or questions on the examinations standards as amended (by reason of the examinations expert's proposals, consideration of the Market Participants Division's questions or comments, or otherwise), the Joint Audit Committee shall commence applying such examinations standards for examining its registered futures commission merchant members for all examinations conducted with an “as of” date later than the date of the Market Participants Division's written notification.
</P>
<P>(H) The Joint Audit Program must require the Joint Audit Committee members to report to their respective risk and/or audit committee of their respective board of directors, or a functional equivalent committee, with timely reports of the activities and findings of the Joint Audit Program to assist the risk and/or audit committee of the board of directors, or a functional equivalent committee, to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the examination function.
</P>
<P>(I) The examinations expert's written report, the Joint Audit Committee's response, if any, as well as any information concerning the supervisory program is confidential.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Meetings of the Joint Audit Committee.</I> (A) The Joint Audit Committee members must meet at least once each year. During such meetings, the Joint Audit Committee members shall consider revisions to the Joint Audit Program as a result of regulatory changes, revisions to the examination standards resulting from new or amended auditing standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the results of an examinations expert's review.
</P>
<P>(B) In addition to the items considered in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, the Joint Audit Committee members must consider the following items during the meetings:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Coordinating and sharing information between the Joint Audit Committee members, including issues and industry concerns in connection with examinations of futures commission merchants;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Identifying industry regulatory reporting issues and financial and operational internal control issues and modifying the Joint Audit Program accordingly;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Issuing risk alerts for futures commission merchants and/or designated self-regulatory organization examiners on an as-needed basis;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Responding to industry issues; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Providing industry feedback to Commission proposals.
</P>
<P>(C) Minutes must be taken of all meetings and distributed to all members on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(D) The Director of the Market Participants Division must receive timely prior notice of each meeting, have the right to attend and participate in each meeting and receive written copies of the minutes required pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, respectively.




















</P>
<P>(3) The plan referenced in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not be effective without Commission approval pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section.




</P>
<P>(e) Any plan filed under this section may contain provisions for the allocation of expenses reasonably incurred by designated self-regulatory organizations among the self-regulatory organizations participating in such a plan.
</P>
<P>(f) A plan's designated self-regulatory organizations must report to:
</P>
<P>(1) That plan's other self-regulatory organizations any violation of such other self-regulatory organizations' rules and regulations for which the responsibility to monitor or examine has been delegated to such designated self-regulatory organization under this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Market Participants Division of the Commission any violation of a self-regulatory organization's rules and regulations or any violation of the Commission's regulations for which the responsibility to monitor, audit, or examine has been delegated to such designated self-regulatory organization under this section.
</P>
<P>(g) The Joint Audit Committee members may, among themselves, establish programs to provide access to any necessary financial or related information.
</P>
<P>(h) After appropriate notice and opportunity for comment, the Commission may, by written notice, approve such a plan, or any part of the plan, if it finds that the plan, or any part of it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is necessary or appropriate to serve the public interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Is for the protection and in the interest of customers;
</P>
<P>(3) Reduces multiple monitoring and multiple examining for compliance with the minimum financial rules of the Commission and of the self-regulatory organizations submitting the plan of any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker that is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(4) Reduces multiple reporting of the financial information necessitated by such minimum financial and related reporting requirements by any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker that is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(5) Fosters cooperation and coordination among the self-regulatory organizations; and
</P>
<P>(6) Does not hinder the development of a registered futures association under section 17 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(i) After the Commission has approved a plan, or part thereof, under paragraph (h) of this section, a self-regulatory organization delegating the functions described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section must notify each of its members that are subject to such a plan:
</P>
<P>(1) Of the limited scope of the delegating self-regulatory organization's responsibility for such a member's compliance with the Commission's and self-regulatory organization's minimum financial and related reporting requirements; and
</P>
<P>(2) Of the identity of the designated self-regulatory organization that has been delegated responsibility for such a member; <I>provided, however,</I> that the self-regulatory organization that delegates, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the functions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall remain responsible for its member registrants' compliance with the regulatory obligations, and if such self-regulatory organization becomes aware that a delegated function is not being performed as required under this section, the self-regulatory organization shall promptly take any necessary steps to address any noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(j) The Commission may at any time, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing, withdraw its approval of any plan, or part thereof, established under this section, if such plan, or part thereof, ceases to adequately effectuate the purposes of section 4f(b) of the Act or of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) Whenever a registered futures commission merchant, a registered retail foreign exchange dealer, or a registered introducing broker holding membership in a self-regulatory organization ceases to be a member in good standing of that self-regulatory organization, such self-regulatory organization must, on the same day that event takes place, give electronic notice of that event to the Commission at its Washington, DC, headquarters and send a copy of that notification to such futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(l) Nothing in this section shall preclude the Commission from examining any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker for compliance with the minimum financial and related reporting requirements, and the risk management requirements, as applicable, to which such futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker is subject.
</P>
<P>(m) In the event a plan is not filed and/or approved for each registered futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, or introducing broker that is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization, the Commission may design and, after notice and opportunity for comment, approve a plan for those futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, or introducing brokers that are not the subject of an approved plan (under paragraph (h) of this section), delegating to a designated self-regulatory organization the responsibilities described in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68638, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 84 FR 12892, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.53" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.53   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.54" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.54   Contract market rules submitted to and approved or not disapproved by the Secretary of Agriculture.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any provision of these rules, any bylaw, rule, regulation, or resolution of a contract market that was submitted to the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant or § 1.38(a) or § 1.39(a) of these rules, and was either approved by the Secretary or not disapproved by him, as of April 21, 1975, shall continue in full force and effect unless and until disapproved, altered or supplemented by or with the approval of the Commission. The adoption of this rule does not constitute approval by the Commission of any contract market bylaw, rule, regulation or resolution.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 411, Pub. L. 93-463, 88 Stat. 1414; 7 U.S.C. 4a note) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 2314, Jan. 11, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.55" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.55   Public disclosures by futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in 1.65, no futures commission merchant, or in the case of an introduced account no introducing broker, may open a commodity futures account for a customer, other than for a customer specified in paragraph (f) of this section, unless the futures commission merchant or introducing broker first:
</P>
<P>(i) Furnishes the customer with a separate written disclosure statement containing only the language set forth in paragraph (b) of this section (except for nonsubstantive additions such as captions) or as otherwise approved under paragraph (c) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the disclosure statement may be attached to other documents as the cover page or the first page of such documents and as the only material on such page; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Receives from the customer an acknowledgment signed and dated by the customer that he received and understood the disclosure statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The language set forth in the written disclosure document required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Risk Disclosure Statement
</HD1>
<P>The risk of loss in trading commodity futures contracts can be substantial. You should, therefore, carefully consider whether such trading is suitable for you in light of your circumstances and financial resources. You should be aware of the following points:
</P>
<P>(1) You may sustain a total loss of the funds that you deposit with your broker to establish or maintain a position in the commodity futures market, and you may incur losses beyond these amounts. If the market moves against your position, you may be called upon by your broker to deposit a substantial amount of additional margin funds, on short notice, in order to maintain your position. If you do not provide the required funds within the time required by your broker, your position may be liquidated at a loss, and you will be liable for any resulting deficit in your account.
</P>
<P>(2) The funds you deposit with a futures commission merchant for trading futures positions are not protected by insurance in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the futures commission merchant, or in the event your funds are misappropriated.
</P>
<P>(3) The funds you deposit with a futures commission merchant for trading futures positions are not protected by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation even if the futures commission merchant is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) The funds you deposit with a futures commission merchant are generally not guaranteed or insured by a derivatives clearing organization in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the futures commission merchant, or if the futures commission merchant is otherwise unable to refund your funds. Certain derivatives clearing organizations, however, may have programs that provide limited insurance to customers. You should inquire of your futures commission merchant whether your funds will be insured by a derivatives clearing organization and you should understand the benefits and limitations of such insurance programs.
</P>
<P>(5) The funds you deposit with a futures commission merchant are not held by the futures commission merchant in a separate account for your individual benefit. Futures commission merchants commingle the funds received from customers in one or more accounts and you may be exposed to losses incurred by other customers if the futures commission merchant does not have sufficient capital to cover such other customers' trading losses.
</P>
<P>(6) The funds you deposit with a futures commission merchant may be invested by the futures commission merchant in certain types of financial instruments that have been approved by the Commission for the purpose of such investments. Permitted investments are listed in Commission Regulation 1.25 (17 CFR 1.25) and include: U.S. government securities; municipal securities; certain money market funds; certain foreign sovereign debt; and U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds. The futures commission merchant may retain the interest and other earnings realized from its investment of customer funds. You should be familiar with the types of financial instruments that a futures commission merchant may invest customer funds in.












</P>
<P>(7) Futures commission merchants are permitted to deposit customer funds with affiliated entities, such as affiliated banks, securities brokers or dealers, or foreign brokers. You should inquire as to whether your futures commission merchant deposits funds with affiliates and assess whether such deposits by the futures commission merchant with its affiliates increases the risks to your funds.
</P>
<P>(8) You should consult your futures commission merchant concerning the nature of the protections available to safeguard funds or property deposited for your account.
</P>
<P>(9) Under certain market conditions, you may find it difficult or impossible to liquidate a position. This can occur, for example, when the market reaches a daily price fluctuation limit (“limit move”).
</P>
<P>(10) All futures positions involve risk, and a “spread” position may not be less risky than an outright “long” or “short” position.
</P>
<P>(11) The high degree of leverage (gearing) that is often obtainable in futures trading because of the small margin requirements can work against you as well as for you. Leverage (gearing) can lead to large losses as well as gains.
</P>
<P>(12) In addition to the risks noted in the paragraphs enumerated above, you should be familiar with the futures commission merchant you select to entrust your funds for trading futures positions. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission requires each futures commission merchant to make publicly available on its Web site firm specific disclosures and financial information to assist you with your assessment and selection of a futures commission merchant. Information regarding this futures commission merchant may be obtained by visiting our Web site, www.[Web site address].
</P>
<FP>ALL OF THE POINTS NOTED ABOVE APPLY TO ALL FUTURES TRADING WHETHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC. IN ADDITION, IF YOU ARE CONTEMPLATING TRADING FOREIGN FUTURES OR OPTIONS CONTRACTS, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL RISKS:
</FP>
<P>(13) Foreign futures transactions involve executing and clearing trades on a foreign exchange. This is the case even if the foreign exchange is formally “linked” to a domestic exchange, whereby a trade executed on one exchange liquidates or establishes a position on the other exchange. No domestic organization regulates the activities of a foreign exchange, including the execution, delivery, and clearing of transactions on such an exchange, and no domestic regulator has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of the foreign exchange or the laws of the foreign country. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the transaction occurs. For these reasons, customers who trade on foreign exchanges may not be afforded certain of the protections which apply to domestic transactions, including the right to use domestic alternative dispute resolution procedures. In particular, funds received from customers to margin foreign futures transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received to margin futures transactions on domestic exchanges. Before you trade, you should familiarize yourself with the foreign rules which will apply to your particular transaction.
</P>
<P>(14) Finally, you should be aware that the price of any foreign futures or option contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss resulting therefrom, may be affected by any fluctuation in the foreign exchange rate between the time the order is placed and the foreign futures contract is liquidated or the foreign option contract is liquidated or exercised.
</P>
<FP>THIS BRIEF STATEMENT CANNOT, OF COURSE, DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE COMMODITY MARKETS.
</FP>
<P>I hereby acknowledge that I have received and understood this risk disclosure statement.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Date
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Signature of Customer</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The Commission may approve for use in lieu of the risk disclosure document required by paragraph (b) of this section a risk disclosure statement approved by one or more foreign regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations if the Commission determines that such risk disclosure statement is reasonably calculated to provide the disclosure required by paragraph (b) of this section. Notice of risk disclosure statements that may be used to satisfy Commission disclosure requirements, what requirements such statements meet and the jurisdictions which accept each format will be set forth in appendix A to this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that an FCM also provides a customer with the risk disclosure statement required by paragraph (b) of this section and obtains the customer's acknowledgment that it has read and understands the disclosure document.
</P>
<P>(d) Any futures commission merchant, or (in the case of an introduced account) any introducing broker, may open a commodity futures account for a customer without obtaining the separate acknowledgments of disclosure and elections required by this section and by §§ 1.33(g) and 33.7 of this chapter, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to the opening of such account, the futures commission merchant or introducing broker obtains an acknowledgement from the customer, which may consist of a single signature at the end of the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's customer account agreement, or on a separate page, of the disclosure statements, consents, and elections specified in this section and § 1.33(g), and in §§ 33.7, 155.3(b)(2), and 155.4(b)(2) of this chapter, and which may include authorization for the transfer of funds from a segregated customer account to another account of such customer, as listed directly above the signature line, provided the customer has acknowledged by check or other indication next to a description of each specified disclosure statement, consent, or election that the customer has received and understood such disclosure statement or made such consent or election; and
</P>
<P>(2) The acknowledgment referred to in paragraph (d)(1) of this section is accompanied by and executed contemporaneously with delivery of the disclosures and elective provisions required by this section and § 1.33(g), and by § 33.7 of this chapter.




</P>
<P>(e) The acknowledgment required by paragraph (a) of this section must be retained by the futures commission merchant or introducing broker in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(f) A futures commission merchant or, in the case of an introduced account, an introducing broker, may open a commodity futures account for an “institutional customer” as defined in § 1.3 without furnishing such institutional customer the disclosure statements or obtaining the acknowledgments required under paragraph (a) of this section, or §§ 1.33(g), 1.55(p), and 1.65(a)(3), and §§ 30.6(a), 33.7(a), 155.3(b)(2), and 155.4(b)(2) of this chapter.






</P>
<P>(g) This section does not relieve a futures commission merchant or introducing broker from any other disclosure obligation it may have under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section or § 1.65, a person registered or required to be registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant pursuant to sections 4f(a)(1) or 4f(a)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act and registered or required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer pursuant to sections 15(b)(1) or 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder must provide to a customer or prospective customer, prior to the acceptance of any order for, or otherwise handling any transaction in or in connection with, a security futures product for a customer, the disclosures set forth in § 41.41(b)(1) of this chapter.












</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec05oc91.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec05oc91.029.gif"/><STARS/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>[The following language should be printed on a page other than the pages containing the disclosure language above and may be omitted from the required disclosure statement]
</FP>
<P>This disclosure document meets the risk disclosure requirements in the jurisdictions identified below ONLY for those instruments which are specified.
</P>
<FP-1>United States: Commodity futures, options on commodity futures and options on commodities subject to the Commodity Exchange Act.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>United Kingdom: Futures, options on futures, options on commodities and options on equities traded by members of the United Kingdom Securities and Futures Authority pursuant to the Financial Services Act, 1986.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ireland: Financial futures and options on financial futures traded by members of futures exchanges on exchanges whose rules have been approved by the Central Bank of Ireland under Chapter VIII of the Central Bank Act, 1989.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no futures commission merchant may enter into a customer account agreement or first accept funds from a customer, unless the futures commission merchant discloses to the customer all information about the futures commission merchant, including its business, operations, risk profile, and affiliates, that would be material to the customer's decision to entrust such funds to and otherwise do business with the futures commission merchant and that is otherwise necessary for full and fair disclosure. In connection with the disclosure of such information, the futures commission merchant shall provide material information about the topics described in paragraph (k) of this section, expanding upon such information as necessary to keep such disclosure from being misleading, whether through omission or otherwise. The futures commission merchant shall also disclose the same information required by this paragraph to all customers existing on the effective date of this paragraph even if the futures commission merchant and such existing customers have previously entered into a customer account agreement or the futures commission merchant has already accepted funds from such existing customers. The futures commission merchant shall update the information required by this section as and when necessary, but at least annually, to keep such information accurate and complete and shall promptly disclose such updated information to all of its customers. In connection with such obligation to update information, the futures commission merchant shall take into account any material change to its business operation, financial condition and other factors material to the customer's decision to entrust the customer's funds and otherwise do business with the futures commission merchant since its most recent disclosure pursuant to this paragraph, and for this purpose shall without limitation consider events that require periodic reporting required to be filed pursuant to § 1.12. For purposes of this section, the disclosures required pursuant to this paragraph will be referred to as the “Disclosure Documents.” The Disclosure Documents shall provide a detailed table of contents referencing and describing the Disclosure Documents.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) Each futures commission merchant shall make the Disclosure Documents available to each customer to whom disclosure is required pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section (for purposes of this section, its “FCM Customers”) and to the general public.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant shall make the Disclosure Documents available to FCM Customers and to the general public by posting a copy of the Disclosure Documents on the futures commission merchant's Web site. A futures commission merchant, <I>however,</I> may use an electronic means other than its Web site to make the Disclosure Documents available to its FCM Customers; <I>provided</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) The electronic version of the Disclosure Documents shall be presented in a format that is readily communicated to the FCM Customers. Information is readily communicated to the FCM Customers if it is accessible to the ordinary computer user by means of commonly available hardware and software and if the electronically delivered document is organized in substantially the same manner as would be required for a paper document with respect to the order of presentation and the relative prominence of information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A complete paper copy of the Disclosure Documents shall be provided to an FCM Customer upon request.




</P>
<P>(k) The futures commission merchant shall provide material information about the following specific topics:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant's name, address of its principal place of business, phone number, fax number, and email address;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, title, business address, business background, areas of responsibility, and the nature of the duties of each person that is defined as a principal of the futures commission merchant pursuant to § 3.1 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The significant types of business activities and product lines engaged in by the futures commission merchant, and the approximate percentage of the futures commission merchant's assets and capital that are used in each type of activity;
</P>
<P>(4) The futures commission merchant's business on behalf of its customers, including types of customers, markets traded, international businesses, and clearinghouses and carrying brokers used, and the futures commission merchant's policies and procedures concerning the choice of bank depositories, custodians, and counterparties to permitted transactions under § 1.25;
</P>
<P>(5) The material risks, accompanied by an explanation of how such risks may be material to its customers, of entrusting funds to the futures commission merchant, including, without limitation, the nature of investments made by the futures commission merchant (including credit quality, weighted average maturity, and weighted average coupon); the futures commission merchant's creditworthiness, leverage, capital, liquidity, principal liabilities, balance sheet leverage and other lines of business; risks to the futures commission merchant created by its affiliates and their activities, including investment of customer funds in an affiliated entity; and any significant liabilities, contingent or otherwise, and material commitments;
</P>
<P>(6) The name of the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization and its Web site address and the location where the annual audited financial statements of the futures commission merchant is made available;
</P>
<P>(7) Any material administrative, civil, enforcement, or criminal complaints or actions filed against the FCM where such complaints or actions have not concluded, and any enforcement complaints or actions filed against the FCM during the last three years;
</P>
<P>(8) A basic overview of customer fund segregation, futures commission merchant collateral management and investments, futures commission merchants, and joint futures commission merchant/broker dealers;
</P>
<P>(9) Information on how a customer may obtain information regarding filing a complaint about the futures commission merchant with the Commission or with the firm's designated self-regulatory organization; and
</P>
<P>(10) The following financial data as of the most recent month-end when the Disclosure Document is prepared:
</P>
<P>(i) The futures commission merchant's total equity, regulatory capital, and net worth, all computed in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and § 1.17, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dollar value of the futures commission merchant's proprietary margin requirements as a percentage of the aggregate margin requirement for futures customers, Cleared Swaps Customers, and 30.7 customers;
</P>
<P>(iii) The smallest number of futures customers, Cleared Swaps Customers, and 30.7 customers that comprise 50 percent of the futures commission merchant's total funds held for futures customers, Cleared Swaps Customers, and 30.7 customers, respectively;
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate notional value, by asset class, of all non-hedged, principal over-the-counter transactions into which the futures commission merchant has entered;
</P>
<P>(v) The amount, generic source and purpose of any committed unsecured lines of credit (or similar short-term funding) the futures commission merchant has obtained but not yet drawn upon;
</P>
<P>(vi) The aggregated amount of financing the futures commission merchant provides for customer transactions involving illiquid financial products for which it is difficult to obtain timely and accurate prices; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The percentage of futures customer, Cleared Swaps Customer, and 30.7 customer receivable balances that the futures commission merchant had to write-off as uncollectable during the past 12-month period, as compared to the current balance of funds held for futures customers, Cleared Swaps Customers, and 30.7 customers; and
</P>
<P>(11) A summary of the futures commission merchant's current risk practices, controls and procedures.
</P>
<P>(l) In addition to the foregoing, each futures commission merchant shall adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that advertising and solicitation activities by each such futures commission merchant and any introducing brokers associated with such futures commission merchant are not misleading to its FCM Customers in connection with their decision to entrust funds to and otherwise do business with such futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(m) The Disclosure Document required by paragraph (i) of this section is in addition to the Risk Disclosure Statement required under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(n) All Disclosure Documents, with each Disclosure Document dated the date of first use, shall be maintained in accordance with § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of its designated self-regulatory organization, representatives of the Commission, and representatives of applicable prudential regulators.
</P>
<P>(o)(1) Each futures commission merchant shall make the following financial information publicly available on its Web site:
</P>
<P>(i) The daily Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Exchanges for the most current 12-month period;
</P>
<P>(ii) The daily Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers Pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 for the most current 12-month period;
</P>
<P>(iii) The daily Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under Section 4d(f) of the Act for the most current 12-month period;
</P>
<P>(iv) A summary schedule of the futures commission merchant's adjusted net capital, net capital, and excess net capital, all computed in accordance with § 1.17 and reflecting balances as of the month-end for the 12 most recent months;
</P>
<P>(v) The Statement of Financial Condition, the Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Exchanges, the Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers Pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7, the Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under Section 4d(f) of the Act, an all related footnotes to the above schedules that are part of the futures commission merchant's most current certified annual report pursuant to § 1.16; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The Statement of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation for Customers Trading on U.S. Exchanges, the Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers Pursuant to Commission Regulation30.7, and the Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under Section 4d(f) of the Act that are part of the futures commission merchant's unaudited Form 1-FR-FCM or Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“FOCUS Report”) for the most current 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent any of the financial data identified in paragraph (1) of this section is amended, the FCM must clearly notate that the data has been amended.
</P>
<P>(3) Each futures commission merchant must include a statement on its Web site that is available to the public that financial information regarding the futures commission merchant, including how the futures commission merchant invests and holds customer funds, may be obtained from the National Futures Association and include a link to the Web site of the National Futures Association's Basic System where information regarding the futures commission merchant's investment of customer funds is maintained.
</P>
<P>(4) Each futures commission merchant must include a statement on its Web site that is available to the public that additional financial information on all futures commission merchants is available from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and include a link to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission's Web page for financial data for futures commission merchants.
</P>
<P>(p)(1) Except as provided in § 1.65, no commodity broker (other than a clearing organization) may accept property other than cash from or for the account of a customer, other than a customer specified in paragraph (f) of this section, to margin, guarantee, or secure a commodity contract unless the commodity broker first furnishes the customer with the disclosure statement set forth in paragraph (p)(2) of this section in boldface print in at least 10 point type which may be provided as either a separate, written document or incorporated into the customer agreement, or with another statement approved under paragraph (c) of this section and set forth in appendix A to this section which the Commission finds satisfies the requirement of this paragraph (p)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure statement required by paragraph (p)(1) of this section is as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>THIS STATEMENT IS FURNISHED TO YOU BECAUSE REGULATION 1.55(p) OF THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION REQUIRES IT FOR REASONS OF FAIR NOTICE UNRELATED TO THIS COMPANY'S CURRENT FINANCIAL CONDITION.
</P>
<P>1. YOU SHOULD KNOW THAT IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF THIS COMPANY'S BANKRUPTCY, PROPERTY, INCLUDING PROPERTY SPECIFICALLY TRACEABLE TO YOU, WILL BE RETURNED, TRANSFERRED OR DISTRIBUTED TO YOU, OR ON YOUR BEHALF, ONLY TO THE EXTENT OF YOUR PRO RATA SHARE OF ALL PROPERTY AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO CUSTOMERS.
</P>
<P>2. THE COMMISSION'S REGULATIONS CONCERNING BANKRUPTCIES OF COMMODITY BROKERS CAN BE FOUND AT 17 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 190.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) The statement contained in paragraph (p)(2) of this section need be furnished only once to each customer to whom it is required to be furnished by this section.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 31890, July 24, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1.55, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.56" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.56   Prohibition of guarantees against loss.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) No futures commission merchant or introducing broker may in any way represent that it will, with respect to any commodity interest in any account carried by the futures commission merchant for or on behalf of any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Guarantee such person against loss;
</P>
<P>(2) Limit the loss of such person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Not call for or attempt to collect initial and maintenance margin as established by the rules of the applicable board of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may in any way represent that a futures commission merchant or introducing broker will engage in any of the acts or practices described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant or introducing broker from:
</P>
<P>(1) Assuming or sharing in the losses resulting from an error or mishandling of an order; or
</P>
<P>(2) Participating as a general partner in a commodity pool which is a limited partnership.
</P>
<P>(e) This section shall not affect any guarantee entered into prior to January 28, 1982, but this section shall apply to any extension, modification or renewal thereof entered into after such date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 62844, Dec. 29, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 35291, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.57" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.57   Operations and activities of introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each introducing broker must:
</P>
<P>(1) Open and carry each customer's account with a carrying futures commission merchant on a fully-disclosed basis: <I>Provided, however,</I> That an introducing broker which has entered into a guarantee agreement with a futures commission merchant in accordance with the provisions of § 1.10(j) must open and carry such customer's account with such guarantor futures commission merchant on a fully-disclosed basis; and
</P>
<P>(2) Transmit promptly for execution all customer orders to: 
</P>
<P>(i) A carrying futures commission merchant; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A floor broker, if the introducing broker identifies its carrying futures commission merchant and that carrying futures commission merchant is also the clearing member with respect to the customer's order.
</P>
<P>(b) An introducing broker may not carry proprietary accounts, nor may an introducing broker carry accounts in foreign futures.
</P>
<P>(c) An introducing broker may not accept any money, securities or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee or secure any trades or contracts of customers, or any money, securities or property accruing as a result of such trades or contracts: <I>Provided, however,</I> That an introducing broker may deposit a check in a qualifying account or forward a check drawn by a customer if:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant carrying the customer's account authorizes the introducing broker, in writing, to receive a check in the name of the futures commission merchant, and the introducing broker retains such written authorization in its files in accordance with § 1.31;
</P>
<P>(2) The check is payable to the futures commission merchant carrying the customer's account;
</P>
<P>(3) The check is deposited by the introducing broker, on the same day upon which it is received, in a bank or trust company located in the United States in a qualifying account, or the check is mailed or otherwise transmitted by the introducing broker to the futures commission merchant on the same day upon which it is received;
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (c), a qualifying account shall be deemed to be an account:
</P>
<P>(i) Which is maintained in an account name which clearly identifies the funds therein as belonging to customers of the futures commission merchant carrying the customer's account;
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the bank or trust company restricts withdrawals to withdrawals by the carrying futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(iii) For which the bank or trust company prohibits the introducing broker or anyone acting upon its behalf from withdrawing funds; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For which the bank or trust company provides the futures commission merchant carrying the customer's account with a written acknowledgment, which the futures commission merchant must retain in its files in accordance with § 1.31, that it was informed that the funds deposited therein are those of customers and are being held in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the regulations in this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35291, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 23143, June 2, 1992; 77 FR 66330, Nov. 2, 2012]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.58" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.58   Gross collection of exchange-set margins.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant which carries a futures, options on futures, or Cleared Swaps position for another futures commission merchant or for a foreign broker on an omnibus basis must collect, and each futures commission merchant and foreign broker for which an omnibus account is being carried must deposit, initial and maintenance margin on each position so carried at a level no less than that established for customer accounts by the rules of the applicable contract market or other board of trade. If the contract market or other board of trade does not specify any such margin level, the level required will be that specified by the relevant clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(b) If the futures commission merchant which carries a futures, options on futures, or Cleared Swaps position for another futures commission merchant or for a foreign broker on an omnibus basis allows a position to be margined as a spread position or as a hedged position in accordance with the rules of the applicable contract market, the carrying futures commission merchant must obtain and retain a written representation from the futures commission merchant or from the foreign broker for which the omnibus account is being carried that each such position is entitled to be so margined.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a futures commission merchant has established an omnibus account that is carried by another futures commission merchant, and the depositing futures commission merchant has elected to treat the separate accounts of a futures customer or a Cleared Swaps Customer as accounts of separate entities for purposes of § 1.44, the depositing futures commission merchant shall calculate the required initial and maintenance margin for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section separately for each such separate account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7937, Jan. 22, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.59" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.59   Activities of self-regulatory organization employees, governing board members, committee members, and consultants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means a “self-regulatory organization,” as defined in § 1.3.




</P>
<P>(2) <I>Governing board member</I> means a member, or functional equivalent thereof, of the board of governors of a self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Committee member</I> means a member, or functional equivalent thereof, of any committee of a self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Employee</I> means any person hired or otherwise employed on a salaried or contract basis by a self-regulatory organization, but does not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any governing board member compensated by a self-regulatory organization solely for governing board activities; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any committee member compensated by a self-regulatory organization solely for committee activities; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any consultant hired by a self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Material information</I> means information which, if such information were publicly known, would be considered important by a reasonable person in deciding whether to trade a particular commodity interest on a contract market or a swap execution facility, or to clear a swap contract through a derivatives clearing organization. As used in this section, “material information” includes, but is not limited to, information relating to present or anticipated cash positions, commodity interests, trading strategies, the financial condition of members of self-regulatory organizations or members of linked exchanges or their customers, or the regulatory actions or proposed regulatory actions of a self-regulatory organization or a linked exchange.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Non-public information</I> means information which has not been disseminated in a manner which makes it generally available to the trading public.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Linked exchange</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any board of trade, exchange or market outside the United States, its territories or possessions, which has an agreement with a contract market or swap execution facility in the United States that permits positions in a commodity interest which have been established on one of the two markets to be liquidated on the other market;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any board of trade, exchange or market outside the United States, its territories or possessions, the products of which are listed on a United States contract market, swap execution facility, or a trading facility thereof;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any securities exchange, the products of which are held as margin in a commodity account or cleared by a securities clearing organization pursuant to a cross-margining arrangement with a futures clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any clearing organization which clears the products of any of the foregoing markets.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Commodity interest</I> means any commodity futures, commodity option or swap contract traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market, a swap execution facility or linked exchange, or cleared by a derivatives clearing organization, or cash commodities traded on or subject to the rules of a board of trade which has been designated as a contract market.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Related commodity interest</I> means any commodity interest which is traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market, swap execution facility, linked exchange, or other board of trade, exchange, or market, or cleared by a derivatives clearing organization, other than the self-regulatory organization by which a person is employed, and with respect to which:
</P>
<P>(i) Such employing self-regulatory organization has recognized or established intermarket spread margins or other special margin treatment between that other commodity interest and a commodity interest which is traded on or subject to the rules of the employing self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such other self-regulatory organization has recognized or established intermarket spread margins or other special margin treatment with another commodity interest as to which the person has access to material, nonpublic information.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Pooled investment vehicle</I> means a trading vehicle organized and operated as a commodity pool within the meaning of § 4.10(d) of this chapter, and whose units of participation have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, or a trading vehicle for which § 4.5 of this chapter makes available relief from regulation as a commodity pool operator, <I>i.e.,</I> registered investment companies, insurance company separate accounts, bank trust funds, and certain pension plans.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employees of self-regulatory organizations; Self-regulatory organization rules.</I> (1) Each self-regulatory organization must maintain in effect rules which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of this chapter (or, pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act in the case of a registered futures association) that, at a minimum, prohibit: 
</P>
<P>(i) Employees of the self-regulatory organization from: 
</P>
<P>(A) Trading, directly or indirectly, in any commodity interest traded on or cleared by the employing contract market, swap execution facility, or clearing organization; 
</P>
<P>(B) Trading, directly or indirectly, in any related commodity interest; 
</P>
<P>(C) Trading, directly or indirectly, in a commodity interest traded on contract markets or swap execution facilities or cleared by derivatives clearing organizations other than the employing self-regulatory organization if the employee has access to material, non-public information concerning such commodity interest; 
</P>
<P>(D) Trading, directly or indirectly, in a commodity interest traded on or cleared by a linked exchange if the employee has access to material, non-public information concerning such commodity interest; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees of the self-regulatory organization from disclosing to any other person any material, non-public information which such employee obtains as a result of his or her employment at the self-regulatory organization where such employee has or should have a reasonable expectation that the information disclosed may assist another person in trading any commodity interest; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such rules shall not prohibit disclosures made in the course of an employee's duties, or disclosures made to another self-regulatory organization, linked exchange, court of competent jurisdiction or representative of any agency or department of the federal or state government acting in his or her official capacity.
</P>
<P>(2) Each self-regulatory organization may adopt rules, which must be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and Commission regulation 1.41 (or, pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act in the case of a registered futures association), which set forth circumstances under which exemptions from the trading prohibition contained in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section may be granted; such exemptions are to be administered by the self-regulatory organization on a case-by-case basis. Specifically, such circumstances may include:
</P>
<P>(i) Participation by an employee in pooled investment vehicles where the employee has no direct or indirect control with respect to transactions executed for or on behalf of such vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Trading by an employee under circumstances enumerated by the self-regulatory organization in rules which the self-regulatory organization determines are not contrary to the purposes of this regulation, the Commodity Exchange Act, the public interest, or just and equitable principles of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Governing board members, committee members, and consultants; Registered futures association rules.</I> Each registered futures association must maintain in effect rules which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act which provide that no governing board member, committee member, or consultant shall use or disclose—for any purpose other than the performance of official duties as a governing board member, committee member, or consultant—material, non-public information obtained as a result of the performance of such person's official duties. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prohibited conduct.</I> (1) No employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Trade for such person's own account, or for or on behalf of any other account, in any commodity interest, on the basis of any material, non-public information obtained through special access related to the performance of such person's official duties as an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose for any purpose inconsistent with the performance of such person's official duties as an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant any material, non-public information obtained through special access related to the performance of such duties. 
</P>
<P>(2) No person shall trade for such person's own account, or for or on behalf of any other account, in any commodity interest, on the basis of any material, non-public information that such person knows was obtained in violation of paragraph (d)(1) of this section from an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 54973, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 65 FR 47847, Aug. 4, 2000; 77 FR 66330, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.60" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.60   Pending legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every contract market shall submit to the Commission copies of the complaint, any dispositive or partially dispositive decision, any notice of appeal filed concerning such decisions and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding to which the contract market is a party or its property or assets is subject.
</P>
<P>(b) Every futures commission merchant shall sumit to the Commission copies of any dispositive or partially dispositive decision for which a notice of appeal has been filed, the notice of appeal and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding to which the futures commission merchant is a party or its property or assets is subjects. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every contract market shall submit to the Commission copies of the complaint, any dispositive or partially dispositive decision, any notice of appeal filed concerning such decisions and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding instituted against any officer, director, or other official of the contract market arising from conduct in such person's capacity as a contract market official and alleging violations of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The act or any rule, regulation, or order thereunder; 
</P>
<P>(2) the constitution, bylaws or rules of the contract market; or 
</P>
<P>(3) the applicable provisions of state law relating to the duties of officers, directors, or other officials of business organizations.
</P>
<P>(d) Every futures commission merchant shall submit to the Commission copies of any dispositive or partially dispositive decision concerning which a notice of appeal has been filed, the notice of appeal, and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding instituted against any person who is a principal of the futures commission merchant (as that term is defined in § 3.1(a) of this chapter) arising from conduct in such person's capacity as a principal of the futures commission merchant and alleging violations of: (1) The Act or any rule, regulation, or order thereunder; or (2) provisions of state law relating to a duty or obligation owed by such a principal.
</P>
<P>(e) All documents required by this section to be submitted to the Commission shall be mailed via first-class or submitted by other more expeditious means to the Commission's headquarters office in Washington, DC, Attention: Office of the General Counsel. All documents required by this section to be submitted to the Commission as to matters pending on the effective date of the section (May 25, 1984), shall be mailed to the Commission within 45 days of that effective date. Thereafter, all complaints required by this section to be submitted to the Commission by contract markets shall be mailed to the Commission within 10 days after the initiation of the legal proceedings to which they relate, all decisions required to be submitted by contract markets shall be mailed within 10 days of their date of issuance, all notices of appeal required to be submitted by contract markets shall be mailed within 10 days of the filing or receipt by the contract market of the notice of appeal, and all decisions and notices of appeal required to be submitted by futures commission merchants shall be mailed within 10 days of the filing or receipt by the futures commission merchant of the relevant notice of appeal. For purposes of paragraph (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this rule, a “material legal proceeding” includes but is not limited to actions involving alleged violations of the Commodity Exchange Act or the Commission's regulations. However, a legal proceeding is not “material” for the purposes of this rule if the proceeding is not in a federal or state court or if the Commission is a party.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 17750, Apr. 25, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1.61-1.62" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1.61-1.62   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.63" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.63   Service on self-regulatory organization governing boards or committees by persons with disciplinary histories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means a “self-regulatory organization,” as defined in § 1.3, except as defined in paragraph (b)(6) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disciplinary committee</I> means any person or committee of persons, or any subcommittee thereof, that is authorized by a self-regulatory organization to issue disciplinary charges, to conduct disciplinary proceedings, to settle disciplinary charges, to impose disciplinary sanctions or to hear appeals thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Arbitration panel</I> means any person or panel empowered by a self-regulatory organization to arbitrate disputes involving such organization's members or their customers.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Oversight panel</I> means any panel authorized by a self-regulatory organization to review, recommend or establish policies or procedures with respect to the self-regulatory organization's surveillance, compliance, rule enforcement or disciplinary responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Final decision</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A decision of a self-regulatory organization which cannot be further appealed within the self-regulatory organization, is not subject to the stay of the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction, and has not been reversed by the Commission or any court of competent jurisdiction; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) Any decision by an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction or the Commission which has not been stayed or reversed.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Disciplinary offense</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any violation of the rules of a self-regulatory organization except those rules related to
</P>
<P>(A) Decorum or attire,
</P>
<P>(B) Financial requirements, or
</P>
<P>(C) Reporting or recordkeeping unless resulting in fines aggregating more than $5,000 within any calendar year;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any rule violation described in subparagraphs (a)(6)(i) (A) through (C) of this regulation which involves fraud, deceit or conversion or results in a suspension or expulsion;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any violation of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder; or,
</P>
<P>(iv) Any failure to exercise supervisory responsibility with respect to acts described in paragraphs (a)(6) (i) through (iii) of this section when such failure is itself a violation of either the rules of a self-regulatory organization, the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(v) A disciplinary offense must arise out of a proceeding or action which is brought by a self-regulatory organization, the Commission, any federal or state agency, or other governmental body.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Settlement agreement</I> means any agreement consenting to the imposition of sanctions by a self-regulatory organization, a court of competent jurisdiction or the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Each self-regulatory organization must maintain in effect rules which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of this chapter or, in the case of a registered futures association, pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act, that render a person ineligible to serve on its disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels or governing board who:
</P>
<P>(1) Was found within the prior three years by a final decision of a self-regulatory organization, an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction or the Commission to have committed a disciplinary offense;
</P>
<P>(2) Entered into a settlement agreement within the prior three years in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense;
</P>
<P>(3) Currently is suspended from trading on any contract market, is suspended or expelled from membership with any self-regulatory organization, is serving any sentence of probation or owes any portion of a fine imposed pursuant to either:
</P>
<P>(i) A finding by a final decision of a self-regulatory organization, an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction or the Commission that such person committed a disciplinary offense; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) A settlement agreement in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense.
</P>
<P>(4) Currently is subject to an agreement with the Commission or any self-regulatory organization not to apply for registration with the Commission or membership in any self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(5) Currently is subject to or has had imposed on him within the prior three years a Commission registration revocation or suspension in any capacity for any reason, or has been convicted within the prior three years of any of the felonies listed in section 8a(2)(D) (ii) through (iv) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(6) Currently is subject to a denial, suspension or disqualification from serving on the disciplinary committee, arbitration panel or governing board of any self-regulatory organization as that term is defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may serve on a disciplinary committee, arbitration panel, oversight panel or governing board of a self-regulatory organization if such person is subject to any of the conditions listed in paragraphs (b) (1) through (6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Each self-regulatory organization shall submit to the Commission a schedule listing all those rule violations which constitute disciplinary offenses as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section and to the extent necessary to reflect revisions shall submit an amended schedule within thirty days of the end of each calendar year. Each self-regulatory organization must maintain and keep current the schedule required by this section, and post the schedule on the self-regulatory organization's Web site so that it is in a public place designed to provide notice to members and otherwise ensure its availability to the general public.
</P>
<P>(e) Each self-regulatory organization shall submit to the Commission within thirty days of the end of each calendar year a certified list of any persons who have been removed from its disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels or governing board pursuant to the requirements of this regulation during the prior year.
</P>
<P>(f) Whenever a self-regulatory organization finds by final decision that a person has committed a disciplinary offense and such finding makes such person ineligible to serve on that self-regulatory organization's disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels or governing board, the self-regulatory organization shall inform the Commission of that finding and the length of the ineligibility in any notice it is required to provide to the Commission pursuant to either section 17(h)(1) of the Act or Commission regulation 9.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 7890, Mar. 6, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 37653, July 13, 1993; 64 FR 23, Jan. 4, 1999; 77 FR 66331, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.64" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.64   Composition of various self-regulatory organization governing boards and major disciplinary committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:


</P>
<P>(1) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means “self-regulatory organization,” as defined in § 1.3.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major disciplinary committee</I> means a committee of persons who are authorized by a self-regulatory organization to conduct disciplinary hearings, to settle disciplinary charges, to impose disciplinary sanctions or to hear appeals thereof in cases involving any violation of the rules of the self-regulatory organization except those which:
</P>
<P>(i) Are related to:
</P>
<P>(A) Decorum or attire,
</P>
<P>(B) Financial requirements, or
</P>
<P>(C) Reporting or recordkeeping; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Do not involve fraud, deceit or conversion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regular voting member of a governing board</I> means any person who is eligible to vote routinely on matters being considered by the board and excludes those members who are only eligible to vote in the case of a tie vote by the board.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Membership interest</I> (i) In the case of a contract market, each of the following will be considered a different membership interest:
</P>
<P>(A) Floor brokers,
</P>
<P>(B) Floor traders,
</P>
<P>(C) Futures commission merchants,
</P>
<P>(D) Producers, consumers, processors, distributors, and merchandisers of commodities traded on the particular contract market,
</P>
<P>(E) Participants in a variety of pits or principal groups of commodities traded on the particular contract market; and,
</P>
<P>(F) Other market users or participants; except that with respect to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a contract market may define membership interests according to the different pits or principal groups of commodities traded on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a registered futures association, each of the following will be considered a different membership interest:
</P>
<P>(A) Futures commission merchants,
</P>
<P>(B) Introducing brokers,
</P>
<P>(C) Commodity pool operators,
</P>
<P>(D) Commodity trading advisors; and,
</P>
<P>(E) Associated persons, except that under paragraph (c)(3) of this section an associated person will be deemed to represent the same membership interest as its sponsor.
</P>
<P>(b) Each self-regulatory organization must maintain in effect standards and procedures with respect to its governing board which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and § 1.41 or, when applicable to a registered futures association, pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act, that ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) That twenty percent or more of the regular voting members of the board are persons who:
</P>
<P>(i) Are knowledgeable of futures trading or financial regulation or are otherwise capable of contributing to governing board deliberations; and,
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Are not members of the self-regulatory organization,
</P>
<P>(B) Are not currently salaried employees of the self-regulatory organization,
</P>
<P>(C) Are not primarily performing services for the self-regulatory organization in a capacity other than as a member of the self-regulatory organization's governing board, or
</P>
<P>(D) Are not officers, principals or employees of a firm which holds a membership at the self-regulatory organization either in its own name or through an employee on behalf of the firm;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a contract market, that ten percent or more of the regular voting members of the governing board be comprised where applicable of persons representing farmers, producers, merchants or exporters of principal commodities underlying a commodity futures or commodity option traded on the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(3) That the board's membership includes a diversity of membership interests. The self-regulatory organization must be able to demonstrate that the board membership fairly represents the diversity of interests at such self-regulatory organization and is otherwise consistent with this regulation's composition requirements;
</P>
<P>(c) Each self-regulatory organization must maintain in effect rules with respect to its major disciplinary committees which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and § 1.41 or, when applicable to a registered futures association, pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act, that ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) That at least one member of each major disciplinary committee or hearing panel thereof be a person who is not a member of the self-regulatory organization whenever such committee or panel is acting with respect to a disciplinary action in which:
</P>
<P>(i) The subject of the action is a member of the self-regulatory organization's:
</P>
<P>(A) Governing board, or
</P>
<P>(B) Major disciplinary committee; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the charged, alleged or adjudicated contract market rule violations involve:
</P>
<P>(A) Manipulation or attempted manipulation of the price of a commodity, a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, or
</P>
<P>(B) Conduct which directly results in financial harm to a non-member of the contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a contract market, that more than fifty percent of each major disciplinary committee or hearing panel thereof include persons representing membership interests other than that of the subject of the disciplinary proceeding being considered;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a registered futures association, that each major disciplinary committee or hearing panel thereof include persons representing membership interests other than that of the subject of the disciplinary proceeding being considered; and,
</P>
<P>(4) That each major disciplinary committee or hearing panel thereof include sufficient different membership interests so as to ensure fairness and to prevent special treatment or preference for any person in the conduct of a committee's or the panel's responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(d) Each self-regulatory organization must submit to the Commission within thirty days after each governing board election a list of the governing board's members, the membership interests they represent and how the composition of the governing board otherwise meets the requirements of § 1.64(b) and the self-regulatory organization's implementing standards and procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 37654, July 13, 1993; 59 FR 5082, Feb. 3, 1994, as amended at 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.65" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.65   Notice of bulk transfers and disclosure obligations to customers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice and Disclosure to Customers.</I> (1) Prior to transferring a customer account to another futures commission merchant or introducing broker other than at the request of the customer, a futures commission merchant or introducing broker must obtain the customer's specific consent to the transfer.
</P>
<P>(2) If the customer account agreement contains a valid consent by the customer to prospective transfers of the account, the transferor futures commission merchant or introducing broker may transfer the account if the customer is provided with written notice of, and a reasonable opportunity to object to, the transfer and the customer has not asserted an objection to the transfer or given other instructions as to the disposition of the account. The notice to the customer must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A clear statement of the reason(s) for the transfer, the name, address and telephone number of the proposed transferee firm and other information material to the transfer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the customer is not required to accept the proposed transfer and may direct the transfer or firm to liquidate the account or ransfer the account to a firm of the customer's selection;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name, telephone number and address of a contact person at the transferor firm to whom the customer may give instructions as to the disposition of the account;
</P>
<P>(iv) Notice that a failure to respond to the letter within a specified time period, which must be a reasonable period in the circumstances, will be deemed consent to the transfer; and
</P>
<P>(v) A clear statement as to the means by which the customer may object to or otherwise respond to the notice of proposed transfer.








</P>
<P>(3) Where customer accounts are transferred to a futures commission merchant or introducing broker, other than at the customer's request, the transferee introducing broker or futures commission merchant must provide each customer whose account is transferred with the risk disclosure statements and acknowledgments required by § 1.55 (domestic futures and foreign futures and options trading) and § 33.7 of this chapter (domestic exchange-traded commodity options) and receive the required acknowledgments within sixty days of the transfer of accounts. This paragraph (a)(3) shall not apply:




</P>
<P>(i) As to customers owning transferred accounts for which the transferee futures commission merchant or introducing broker has clear written evidence that the customer has received and acknowledged the required disclosure documents; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As to customers for which the transferee futures commission merchant or introducing broker has clear evidence that such customer was at the time the account was opened by the transferring futures commission merchant or introducing broker, or is at the time the account is being transferred, a customer listed in § 1.55(f); or


</P>
<P>(iii) If the transfer of accounts is made from one introducing broker to another introducing broker guaranteed by the same futures commission merchant pursuant to a guarantee agreement in accordance with the requirements of § 1.10(j) and such futures commission merchant maintains the relevant acknowledgments required by §§ 1.55(a)(1)(ii) and 33.7(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter and can establish compliance with § 1.55(p).








</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to the Commission.</I> Each futures commission merchant or introducing broker shall file with the Commission, at least ten business days in advance of the transfer, notice of any transfer of customer accounts carried or introduced by such futures commission merchant or introducing broker that is not initiated at the request of the customer, where the transfer involves the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(1) 25 percent of the total number of customer accounts carried or introduced by such firm if that percentage represents at least 100 accounts; or
</P>
<P>(2) 50 percent or more of the total number of customer accounts carried or introduced by such firm. The computation of the percentage and number of accounts must be based on the total number of accounts carried by the transferor futures commission merchant or introduced by the introducing broker, irrespective of whether such accounts are transferred to a single or multiple transferees.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice required by paragraph (b) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, principal business address and telephone number of the transferor futures commission merchant or introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, principal business address and telephone number of each transferee futures commission merchant or introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(3) The designated self-regulatory organization for the transferor and transferee firms;
</P>
<P>(4) A brief statement as to the reasons for the transfer;
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of the notice to customers informing them of the proposed transfer and providing an opportunity to object to such transfer; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the number of accounts to be transferred and the estimated liquidating equity of the accounts to be transferred.
</P>
<P>(d) The notice required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be considered filed when submitted to the Director of the Market Participants Division, in electronic form using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) In the event that the notice required by paragraph (b) of this section cannot be filed with the Commission at least ten days prior to the account transfer, the Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to accept a lesser time period for such notification at the Director's or designee's discretion. In any event, however, the transferee futures commission merchant or introducing broker shall file such notice as soon as practicable and no later than the day of the transfer. Such notice shall include a brief statement explaining the circumstances necessitating the delay in filing.


</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of this section shall not affect the obligations of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker under the rules of a self-regulatory organization or applicable customer account agreement with respect to transfer of accounts.
</P>
<P>(g) If a proposed transfer is not completed in accordance with the notice required to be filed by paragraph (b) of this section, a corrective notice shall be filed within five business days of the date such proposed transfer was to occur explaining why the proposed transfer was not completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 17504, Apr. 5, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995; 63 FR 8571, Feb. 20, 1998; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 85 FR 57547, Sept. 15, 2020; 86 FR 19420, Apr. 13, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.66" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.66   No-action positions with respect to floor traders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if a contract market submits to the National Futures Association by April 26, 1993 a list of floor traders who were granted trading privileges on that contract market on or before April 26, 1993, and whose floor trading privileges remain in effect, which includes the name, date of birth and social security number of such floor traders, as well as facts regarding such floor traders which are set forth as statutory disqualifications in section 8a(2) of the Act if the contract market knows of such facts, and such list is signed by the chief operating officer of the contract market, the Commission will not commence an enforcement proceeding against a floor trader on that list based solely upon the floor trader's failure to register or receive a temporary license under section 4f of the Act and § 3.11 of this chapter, nor will the Commission commence an enforcement proceeding against the contract market under § 1.62 for failing to bar such floor trader from operating as such: <I>Provided, however,</I> That for those floor traders listed as to whom the contract market knows of facts set forth as statutory disqualifications in section 8a(2) of the Act, the no-action position contained in paragraph (a) of this section will only apply if the contract market submits a supplemental statement signed by the chief operating officer of the contract market stating that, in light of the Congressional mandate requiring registration of floor traders under the Act, the contract market acknowledges its responsibility to take affirmative action to conduct appropriate surveillance of such floor traders. These no-action positions shall expire upon the floor's trader being granted or denied registration under the Act, or on June 11, 1993, whichever comes earliest: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the floor trader files an application for registration in accordance with § 3.11 of this chapter with the National Futures Association by June 11, 1993, the no-action positions for the floor trader and the contract market as to the registration of such floor trader will be extended until the floor trader is granted or denied registration under the Act, unless an Administrative Law Judge issues an interim order suspending the no-action position as to such floor trader in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section or the application for registration is withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension of no-action position under paragraph (a) of this section pursuant to section 8a(2) of the Act</I>—(1) <I>Notice.</I> On the basis of information obtained by the Commission, the Commission may at any time serve notice upon a floor trader whose name appears on a list submitted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission alleges and is prepared to prove that such floor trader is subject to one or more of the statutory disqualifications set forth in section 8a(2) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) An Administrative Law Judge shall make a determination, based upon written evidence, as to whether the floor trader is subject to such statutory disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the floor trader is found to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the no-action status of the floor trader under paragraph (a) of this section may be suspended and the floor trader ordered to show cause why registration should not be denied.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Written submission.</I> If the floor trader wishes to challenge the accuracy of the allegations set forth in the notice, the floor trader may submit written evidence limited to the type described in § 3.60(b)(1) of this chapter. Such written submission must be served upon the Division of Enforcement and filed with the Proceedings Clerk within twenty days of the date of service of notice to the floor trader.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reply.</I> Within ten days of receipt of any written submission filed by the floor trader, the Division of Enforcement may serve upon the floor trader and file with the Proceedings Clerk a reply.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Determination by Administrative Law Judge.</I> A determination by the Administrative Law Judge as to whether the floor trader is subject to a statutory disqualification must be based upon the evidence of the statutory disqualification, notice with proof of service, the written submission, if any, filed by the floor trader in response thereto, any written reply submitted by the Division of Enforcement and such other papers as the Administrative Law Judge may require or permit.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Suspension and order to show cause.</I> (i) If the floor trader is found to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the Administrative Law Judge, within thirty days after receipt of the floor trader's written submission, if any, and any reply thereto, shall issue an interim order suspending the no-action status of the floor trader under paragraph (a) of this section and requiring the floor trader to show cause within twenty days of the date of the order why, notwithstanding the existence of the statutory disqualification, the registration of the floor trader should not be denied. The no-action status of the floor trader shall be suspended, effective five days after the order to show cause is served upon the floor trader in accordance with § 3.50(a) of this chapter, until a final order with respect to the order to show cause has been issued: <I>Provided, That</I> if the sole basis upon which the floor trader is subject to statutory disqualification is the existence of a temporary order, judgment or decree of the type described in section 8a(2)(C) of the Act, the order to show cause shall not be issued and the floor trader shall be suspended until such time as the temporary order, judgment or decree shall have expired: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in no event shall the floor trader's no-action status be suspended for a period to exceed six months.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the floor trader is found not to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue an order to that effect and the Proceedings Clerk shall promptly serve a copy of such order on the floor trader, the Market Participants Division and the Division of Enforcement. Such order shall be effective as a final order of the Commission fifteen days after the date it is served upon the floor trader in accordance with the provisions of § 3.50(a) of this chapter unless a timely application for review is filed in accordance with § 10.102 of this chapter. The appellate procedures set forth in §§ 10.102, 10.103, 10.104, 10.106, 10.107 and 10.109 of this chapter shall apply to any appeal brought under paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Further proceedings.</I> If an order to show cause is issued pursuant to paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, further proceedings on such order shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of § 3.60(b) through (j) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19589, Apr. 15, 1993; 58 FR 21776, Apr. 23, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.67" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.67   Notification of final disciplinary action involving financial harm to a customer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Final disciplinary action</I> means any decision by or settlement with a contract market or swap execution facility in a disciplinary matter which cannot be further appealed at the contract market or swap execution facility, is not subject to the stay of the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction, and has not been reversed by the Commission or any court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon any final disciplinary action in which a contract market or swap execution facility finds that a member has committed a rule violation that involved a transaction for a customer, whether executed or not, and that resulted in financial harm to the customer:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The contract market or swap execution facility shall promptly provide written notice of the disciplinary action to the futures commission merchant or other registrant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant or other registrant that receives a notice, under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section shall promptly provide written notice of the disciplinary action to the customer as disclosed on its books and records. If the customer is another futures commission merchant or other registrant, such futures commission merchant or other registrant shall promptly provide notice to the customer.
</P>
<P>(2) A written notice required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section must include the principal facts of the disciplinary action and a statement that the contract market or swap execution facility has found that the member has committed a rule violation that involved a transaction for the customer, whether executed or not, and that resulted in financial harm to the customer. For the purposes of this paragraph, a notice which includes the information listed in § 9.11(b) of this chapter shall be deemed to include the principal facts of the disciplinary action thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66331, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.68" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.68   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.69" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.69   Voting by interested members of self-regulatory organization governing boards and various committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Disciplinary committee</I> means any person or committee of persons, or any subcommittee thereof, that is authorized by a self-regulatory organization to issue disciplinary charges, to conduct disciplinary proceedings, to settle disciplinary charges, to impose disciplinary sanctions, or to hear appeals thereof in cases involving any violation of the rules of the self-regulatory organization except those cases where the person or committee is authorized summarily to impose minor penalties for violating rules regarding decorum, attire, the timely submission of accurate records for clearing or verifying each day's transactions or other similar activities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Family relationship</I> of a person means the person's spouse, former spouse, parent, stepparent, child, stepchild, sibling, stepbrother, stepsister, grandparent, grandchild, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece or in-law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Governing board</I> means a self-regulatory organization's board of directors, board of governors, board of managers, or similar body, or any subcommittee thereof, duly authorized, pursuant to a rule of the self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission or has become effective pursuant to either Section 5a(a)(12)(A) or 17(j) of the Act to take action or to recommend the taking of action on behalf of the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Oversight panel</I> means any panel, or any subcommittee thereof, authorized by a self-regulatory organization to recommend or establish policies or procedures with respect to the self-regulatory organization's surveillance, compliance, rule enforcement, or disciplinary responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Member's affiliated firm</I> is a firm in which the member is a “principal,” as defined in § 3.1(a), or an employee.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Named party in interest</I> means a person or entity that is identified by name as a subject of any matter being considered by a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel.






</P>
<P>(7) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means a “self-regulatory organization,” as defined in § 1.3, but excludes registered futures associations for the purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.




</P>
<P>(8) <I>Significant action</I> includes any of the following types of self-regulatory organization actions or rule changes that can be implemented without the Commission's prior approval:
</P>
<P>(i) Any actions or rule changes which address an “emergency” as defined in § 1.41(a)(4)(i) through (iv) and (vi) through (viii); and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Any changes in margin levels that are designed to respond to extraordinary market conditions such as an actual or attempted corner, squeeze, congestion or undue concentration of positions, or that otherwise are likely to have a substantial effect on prices in any contract traded or cleared at such self-regulatory organization; but does not include any rule not submitted for prior Commission approval because such rule is unrelated to the terms and conditions of any contract traded at such self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Self-regulatory organization rules.</I> Each self-regulatory organization shall maintain in effect rules that have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to Section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and § 1.41 or, in the case of a registered futures association, pursuant to Section 17(j) of the Act, to address the avoidance of conflicts of interest in the execution of its self-regulatory functions. Such rules must provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Relationship with named party in interest—</I>(i) <I>Nature of relationship.</I> A member of a self-regulatory organization's governing board, disciplinary committee or oversight panel must abstain from such body's deliberations and voting on any matter involving a named party in interest where such member:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a named party in interest;
</P>
<P>(B) Is an employer, employee, or fellow employee of a named party in interest;
</P>
<P>(C) Is associated with a named party in interest through a “broker association” as defined in § 156.1;
</P>
<P>(D) Has any other significant, ongoing business relationship with a named party in interest, not including relationships limited to executing futures or option transactions opposite of each other or to clearing futures or option transactions through the same clearing member; or,
</P>
<P>(E) Has a family relationship with a named party in interest.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Disclosure of relationship.</I> Prior to the consideration of any matter involving a named party in interest, each member of a self-regulatory organization governing board, disciplinary committee or oversight panel must disclose to the appropriate self-regulatory organization staff whether he or she has one of the relationships listed in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with a named party in interest.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Procedure for determination.</I> Each self-regulatory organization must establish procedures for determining whether any member of its governing board, disciplinary committees or oversight committees is subject to a conflicts restriction in any matter involving a named party in interest. Taking into consideration the exigency of the committee action, such determinations should be based upon:
</P>
<P>(A) Information provided by the member pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any other source of information that is held by and reasonably available to the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial interest in a significant action—</I>(i) <I>Nature of interest.</I> A member of a self-regulatory organization's governing board, disciplinary committee or oversight panel must abstain from such body's deliberations and voting on any significant action if the member knowingly has a direct and substantial financial interest in the result of the vote based upon either exchange or non-exchange positions that could reasonably be expected to be affected by the action.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Disclosure of interest.</I> Prior to the consideration of any significant action, each member of a self-regulatory organization governing board, disciplinary committee or oversight panel must disclose to the appropriate self-regulatory organization staff the position information referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section that is known to him or her. This requirement does not apply to members who choose to abstain from deliberations and voting on the subject significant action.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Procedure for determination.</I> Each self-regulatory organization must establish procedures for determining whether any member of its governing board, disciplinary committees or oversight committees is subject to a conflicts restriction under this section in any significant action. Such determination must include a review of:
</P>
<P>(A) Gross positions held at that self-regulatory organization in the member's personal accounts or “controlled accounts,” as defined in § 1.3(j);
</P>
<P>(B) Gross positions held at that self-regulatory organization in proprietary accounts, as defined in § 1.17(b)(3), at the member's affiliated firm;
</P>
<P>(C) Gross positions held at that self-regulatory organization in accounts in which the member is a principal, as defined in § 3.1(a);
</P>
<P>(D) Net positions held at that self-regulatory organization in “customer” accounts, as defined in § 1.17(b)(2), at the member's affiliated firm; and,
</P>
<P>(E) Any other types of positions, whether maintained at that self-regulatory organization or elsewhere, held in the member's personal accounts or the proprietary accounts of the member's affiliated firm that the self-regulatory organization reasonably expects could be affected by the significant action. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Bases for determination.</I> Taking into consideration the exigency of the significant action, such determinations should be based upon: 
</P>
<P>(A) The most recent large trader reports and clearing records available to the self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(B) Information provided by the member with respect to positions pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section; and, 
</P>
<P>(C) Any other source of information that is held by and reasonably available to the self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Participation in deliberations.</I> (i) Under the rules required by this section, a self-regulatory organization governing board, disciplinary committee or oversight panel may permit a member to participate in deliberations prior to a vote on a significant action for which he or she otherwise would be required to abstain, pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, if such participation would be consistent with the public interest and the member recuses himself or herself from voting on such action. 
</P>
<P>(ii) In making a determination as to whether to permit a member to participate in deliberations on a significant action for which he or she otherwise would be required to abstain, the deliberating body shall consider the following factors: 
</P>
<P>(A) Wwhether the member's participation in deliberations is necessary for the deliberating body to achieve a quorum in the matter; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the member has unique or special expertise, knowledge or experience in the matter under consideration. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to any determination pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, the deliberating body must fully consider the position information which is the basis for the member's direct and substantial financial interest in the result of a vote on a significant action pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Documentation of determination.</I> Self-regulatory organization governing boards, disciplinary committees, and oversight panels must reflect in their minutes or otherwise document that the conflicts determination procedures required by this section have been followed. Such records also must include: 
</P>
<P>(i) The names of all members who attended the meeting in person or who otherwise were present by electronic means; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of any member who voluntarily recused himself or herself or was required to abstain from deliberations and/or voting on a matter and the reason for the recusal or abstention, if stated; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Information on the position information that was reviewed for each member.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 23, Jan. 4, 1999; 64 FR 3340, Jan. 21, 1999, as amended at 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.70" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.70   Notification of State enforcement actions brought under the Commodity Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Immediately upon instituting any proceeding in any Federal district court for violation of the Act or any rule, regulation or order thereunder against any person who is subject to suit pursuant to sections 6d(1)-(6) of the Act, the authorized State official of the State instituting the proceeding shall submit to the Commission a copy of the complaint filed in the proceeding, together with a written notice which:
</P>
<P>(1) Indicates the names of parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicates the provision of the Act or the rule, regulation or order thereunder which is alleged to have been violated.
</P>
<FP>The complaint and written notice must be sent by first-class U.S. mail or personally delivered to the Secretary, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</FP>
<P>(b) Prior to instituting any proceeding in a State court for the alleged violation of any antifraud provisions of the Act or any antifraud rule, regulation or order thereunder against any person registered with the Commission who is subject to suit pursuant to the provisions of section 6d(8) of the Act, the authorized State official of the State intending to institute the proceeding shall submit to the Commission written notice which:
</P>
<P>(1) Indicates the names of parties to the proposed proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicates the provision of the Act or the rule, regulation or order thereunder which will be alleged to have been violated;
</P>
<P>(3) Contains a brief statement of the facts on which the proposed action will be based.
</P>
<FP>Except as provided in paragraph (c), this written notice must be sent by first-class U.S. mail or personally delivered to the Secretary, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters not less than 5 business days prior to instituting the proceeding in State court.
</FP>
<P>(c) Where it is impracticable to provide the Commission with written notice within the time period specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the authorized state official must inform the Secretary of the Commission by telephone as soon as practicable to institute a proceeding in state court and must send the written notice required in paragraph (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section by facsimile or other similarly expeditious means of written communication to the Secretary of the Commission, prior to instituting the proceeding in state court.
</P>
<P>(d) Immediately upon instituting any proceeding in a State court pursuant to the provisions of section 6d(8) of the Act for alleged violation of any antifraud provisions of the Act or any antifraud rule, regulation or order thereunder, the authorized State official instituting the proceeding shall submit to the Commission a copy of the complaint filed in the proceeding. The copy of the complaint must be sent by first class U.S. mail or personally delivered to the Secretary, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 49503, Oct. 26, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.71" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.71   Conflicts of interest policies and procedures by futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following terms shall be defined as provided.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate.</I> This term means, with respect to any person, a person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business trading unit.</I> This term means any department, division, group, or personnel of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of, any pricing (excluding price verification for risk management purposes), trading, sales, marketing, advertising, solicitation, structuring, or brokerage activities on behalf of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker or any of its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Clearing unit.</I> This term means any department, division, group, or personnel of a futures commission merchant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of, any proprietary or customer clearing activities on behalf of a futures commission merchant or any of its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Derivative.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(i) A contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) A security futures product;
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; and (vi) any leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Non-research personnel.</I> This term means any employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit, or any other employee of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker, other than an employee performing a legal or compliance function, who is not directly responsible for, or otherwise not directly involved in, research or analysis intended for inclusion in a research report.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Public appearance.</I> This term means any participation in a conference call, seminar, forum (including an interactive electronic forum) or other public speaking activity before 15 or more persons (individuals or entities), or interview or appearance before one or more representatives of the media, radio, television or print media, or the writing of a print media article, in which a research analyst makes a recommendation or offers an opinion concerning a derivatives transaction. This term does not include a password-protected Webcast, conference call or similar event with 15 or more existing customers, provided that all of the event participants previously received the most current research report or other documentation that contains the required applicable disclosures, and that the research analyst appearing at the event corrects and updates during the public appearance any disclosures in the research report that are inaccurate, misleading, or no longer applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Research analyst.</I> This term means the employee of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker who is primarily responsible for, and any employee who reports directly or indirectly to such research analyst in connection with, preparation of the substance of a research report relating to any derivative, whether or not any such person has the job title of “research analyst.”
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Research department.</I> This term means any department or division that is principally responsible for preparing the substance of a research report relating to any derivative on behalf of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker, including a department or division contained in an affiliate of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Research report.</I> This term means any written communication (including electronic) that includes an analysis of the price or market for any derivative, and that provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base a decision to enter into a derivatives transaction. This term does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Communications distributed to fewer than 15 persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) Commentaries on economic, political or market conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Statistical summaries of multiple companies' financial data, including listings of current ratings;
</P>
<P>(iv) Periodic reports or other communications prepared for investment company shareholders or commodity pool participants that discuss individual derivatives positions in the context of a fund's past performance or the basis for previously-made discretionary decisions;
</P>
<P>(v) Any communications generated by an employee of the business trading unit that is conveyed as a solicitation for entering into a derivatives transaction, and is conspicuously identified as such; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Internal communications that are not given to current or prospective customers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, each futures commission merchant and introducing broker subject to this rule must adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the futures commission merchant or introducing broker and its employees comply with the provisions of this rule.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Small Introducing Brokers.</I> An introducing broker that has generated, over the preceding 3 years, $5 million or less in aggregate gross revenues from its activities as an introducing broker must establish structural and institutional safeguards reasonably designed to ensure that the activities of any person within the firm relating to research or analysis of the price or market for any commodity or derivative are separated by appropriate informational partitions within the firm from the review, pressure, or oversight of persons whose involvement in trading or clearing activities might potentially bias the judgment or supervision of the persons.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Research analysts and research reports</I>—(1) <I>Restrictions on relationship with research department.</I> (i) Non-research personnel shall not direct a research analyst's decision to publish a research report of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker, and non-research personnel shall not direct the views and opinions expressed in a research report of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(ii) No research analyst may be subject to the supervision or control of any employee of the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's business trading unit or clearing unit, and no employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit may have any influence or control over the evaluation or compensation of a research analyst.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, non-research personnel, other than the board of directors and any committee thereof, shall not review or approve a research report of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker before its publication.
</P>
<P>(iv) Non-research personnel may review a research report before its publication as necessary only to verify the factual accuracy of information in the research report, to provide for non-substantive editing, to format the layout or style of the research report, or to identify any potential conflicts of interest, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Any written communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker or in a transmission copied to such personnel; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any oral communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be documented and made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel acting as an intermediary or in a conversation conducted in the presence of such personnel.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Restrictions on communications.</I> Any written or oral communication by a research analyst to a current or prospective customer relating to any derivative must not omit any material fact or qualification that would cause the communication to be misleading to a reasonable person.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Restrictions on research analyst compensation.</I> A futures commission merchant or introducing broker may not consider as a factor in reviewing or approving a research analyst's compensation his or her contributions to the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's trading or clearing business. Except for communicating client or customer feedback, ratings and other indicators of research analyst performance to research department management, no employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit of the futures commission merchant or introducing broker may influence the review or approval of a research analyst's compensation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prohibition of promise of favorable research.</I> No futures commission merchant or introducing broker may directly or indirectly offer favorable research, or threaten to change research, to an existing or prospective customer as consideration or inducement for the receipt of business or compensation.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Disclosure requirements</I>—(i) <I>Ownership and material conflicts of interest.</I> A futures commission merchant or introducing broker must disclose in research reports and a research analyst must disclose in public appearances whether the research analyst maintains a financial interest in any derivative of a type, class, or category that the research analyst follows, and the general nature of the financial interest.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prominence of disclosure.</I> Disclosures and references to disclosures must be clear, comprehensive, and prominent. With respect to public appearances by research analysts, the disclosures required by paragraph (c)(5) of this section must be conspicuous.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Records of public appearances.</I> Each futures commission merchant and introducing broker must maintain records of public appearances by research analysts sufficient to demonstrate compliance by those research analysts with the applicable disclosure requirements under paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Third-party research reports.</I> (A) For the purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(iv) of this section, “independent third-party research report” shall mean a research report, in respect of which the person or entity producing the report:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has no affiliation or business or contractual relationship with the distributing futures commission merchant or introducing broker, or that futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's affiliates, that is reasonably likely to inform the content of its research reports; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Makes content determinations without any input from the distributing futures commission merchant or introducing broker or from the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's affiliates.
</P>
<P>(B) Subject to paragraph (c)(5)(iv)(C) of this section, if a futures commission merchant or introducing broker distributes or makes available any independent third-party research report, the futures commission merchant or introducing broker must accompany the research report with, or provide a web address that directs the recipient to, the current applicable disclosures, as they pertain to the futures commission merchant or introducing broker, required by this section. Each futures commission merchant and introducing broker must establish written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure the completeness and accuracy of all applicable disclosures.
</P>
<P>(C) The requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(iv)(B) of this section shall not apply to independent third-party research reports made available by a futures commission merchant or introducing broker to its customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Upon request; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Through a Web site maintained by the futures commission merchant or introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Prohibition of retaliation against research analysts.</I> No futures commission merchant or introducing broker, and no employee of a futures commission merchant or introducing broker who is involved with the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's trading or clearing activities, may, directly or indirectly, retaliate against or threaten to retaliate against any research analyst employed by the futures commission merchant or introducing broker or its affiliates as a result of an adverse, negative, or otherwise unfavorable research report or public appearance written or made, in good faith, by the research analyst that may adversely affect the futures commission merchant's or introducing broker's present or prospective trading or clearing activities.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Small Introducing Brokers.</I> An introducing broker that has generated, over the preceding 3 years, $5 million or less in aggregate gross revenues from its activities as an introducing broker is exempt from the requirements set forth in this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Clearing activities.</I> (1) No futures commission merchant shall permit any affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant to directly or indirectly interfere with, or attempt to influence, the decision of the clearing unit personnel of the futures commission merchant to provide clearing services and activities to a particular customer, including but not limited to a decision relating to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether to offer clearing services and activities to a particular customer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether to accept a particular customer for the purposes of clearing derivatives;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether to submit a customer's transaction to a particular derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether to set or adjust risk tolerance levels for a particular customer;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether to accept certain forms of collateral from a particular customer; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether to set a particular customer's fees for clearing services based upon criteria that are not generally available and applicable to other customers of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant shall create and maintain an appropriate informational partition between business trading units of an affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant and clearing unit personnel of the futures commission merchant to reasonably ensure compliance with the Act and the prohibitions specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. At a minimum, such informational partitions shall require that:
</P>
<P>(i) No employee of a business trading unit of an affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant may review or approve the provision of clearing services and activities by clearing unit personnel of the futures commission merchant, make any determination regarding whether the futures commission merchant accepts clearing customers, or in any way condition or tie the provision of trading services upon or to the provision of clearing services or otherwise participate in the provision of clearing services by improperly incentivizing or encouraging the use of the affiliated futures commission merchant. Any employee of a business trading unit of an affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant may participate in the activities of the futures commission merchant as necessary for (A) participating in default management undertaken by a derivatives clearing organization during an event of default; and (B) transferring, liquidating, or hedging any proprietary or customer positions during an event of default;
</P>
<P>(ii) No employee of a business trading unit of an affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant shall supervise, control, or influence any employee of a clearing unit of the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No employee of the business trading unit of an affiliated swap dealer or major swap participant shall influence or control compensation or evaluation of any employee of the clearing unit of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Undue influence on customers.</I> Each futures commission merchant and introducing broker must adopt and implement written policies and procedures that mandate the disclosure to its customers of any material incentives and any material conflicts of interest regarding the decision of a customer as to the trade execution and/or clearing of the derivatives transaction.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records.</I> All records that a futures commission merchant or introducing broker is required to maintain pursuant to this regulation shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20198, Apr. 3, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.72" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.72   Restrictions on customer clearing arrangements.</HEAD>
<P>No futures commission merchant providing clearing services to customers shall enter into an arrangement that:
</P>
<P>(a) Discloses to the futures commission merchant or any swap dealer or major swap participant the identity of a customer's original executing counterparty;
</P>
<P>(b) Limits the number of counterparties with whom a customer may enter into a trade;
</P>
<P>(c) Restricts the size of the position a customer may take with any individual counterparty, apart from an overall limit for all positions held by the customer at the futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(d) Impairs a customer's access to execution of a trade on terms that have a reasonable relationship to the best terms available; or
</P>
<P>(e) Prevents compliance with the timeframes set forth in § 1.74(b), § 23.610(b), or § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21306, Apr. 9, 2012]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.73" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.73   Clearing futures commission merchant risk management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish risk-based limits in the proprietary account and in each customer account based on position size, order size, margin requirements, or similar factors;
</P>
<P>(2) Screen orders for compliance with the risk-based limits in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) When a clearing futures commission merchant provides electronic market access or accepts orders for automated execution, it shall use automated means to screen orders for compliance with the limits;
</P>
<P>(ii) When a clearing futures commission merchant accepts orders for non-automated execution, it shall establish and maintain systems of risk controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the limits;
</P>
<P>(iii) When a clearing futures commission merchant accepts transactions that were executed bilaterally and then submitted for clearing, it shall establish and maintain systems of risk management controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the limits;
</P>
<P>(iv) When a firm executes an order on behalf of a customer but gives it up to another firm for clearing,
</P>
<P>(A) The clearing futures commission merchant shall establish risk-based limits for the customer, and enter into an agreement in advance with the executing firm that requires the executing firm to screen orders for compliance with those limits in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (ii) as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(B) The clearing futures commission merchant shall establish and maintain systems of risk management controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the limits.
</P>
<P>(v) When an account manager bunches orders on behalf of multiple customers for execution as a block and post-trade allocation to individual accounts for clearing:
</P>
<P>(A) The futures commission merchant that initially clears the block shall establish risk-based limits for the block account and screen the order in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (ii) as applicable;
</P>
<P>(B) The futures commission merchants that clear the allocated trades on behalf of customers shall establish risk-based limits for each customer and enter into an agreement in advance with the account manager that requires the account manager to screen orders for compliance with those limits; and
</P>
<P>(C) The futures commission merchants that clear the allocated trades on behalf of customers shall establish and maintain systems of risk management controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the limits.
</P>
<P>(3) Monitor for adherence to the risk-based limits intra-day and overnight;
</P>
<P>(4) Conduct stress tests under extreme but plausible conditions of all positions in the proprietary account and in each customer account that could pose material risk to the futures commission merchant at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(5) Evaluate its ability to meet initial margin requirements at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(6) Evaluate its ability to meet variation margin requirements in cash at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluate its ability to liquidate, in an orderly manner, the positions in the proprietary and customer accounts and estimate the cost of the liquidation at least once per quarter; and
</P>
<P>(8) Test all lines of credit at least once per year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each futures commission merchant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish written procedures to comply with this regulation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Keep full, complete, and systematic records documenting its compliance with this regulation.
</P>
<P>(3) All records required to be maintained pursuant to these regulations shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation 1.31 (17 CFR 1.31) and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant that is not a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization, but that treats the separate accounts of a customer as accounts of separate entities for purposes of § 1.44, shall comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section with respect to the accounts and separate accounts of separate account customers as if it were a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21306, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 90 FR 7937, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.74" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.74   Futures commission merchant acceptance for clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall coordinate with each derivatives clearing organization on which it clears to establish systems that enable the futures commission merchant, or the derivatives clearing organization acting on its behalf, to accept or reject each trade submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing by or for the futures commission merchant or a customer of the futures commission merchant as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each futures commission merchant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall accept or reject each trade submitted by or for it or its customers as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used; a clearing futures commission merchant may meet this requirement by:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishing systems to pre-screen orders for compliance with criteria specified by the clearing futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing systems that authorize a derivatives clearing organization to accept or reject on its behalf trades that meet, or fail to meet, criteria specified by the clearing futures commission merchant; or
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing systems that enable the clearing futures commission merchant to communicate to the derivatives clearing organization acceptance or rejection of each trade as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21307, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.75" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.6.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.75   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk to establish an alternative compliance schedule to comply with futures commission merchant acceptance for clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to establish an alternative compliance schedule for requirements of § 1.74 for swaps that are found to be technologically or economically impracticable for an affected futures commission merchant that seeks, in good faith, to comply with the requirements of § 1.74 within a reasonable time period beyond the date on which compliance by such futures commission merchant is otherwise required.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for an alternative compliance schedule under this section shall be acted upon by the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk within 30 days from the time such a request is received, or it shall be deemed approved.
</P>
<P>(c) An exception granted under this section shall not cause a registrant to be out of compliance or deemed in violation of any registration requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this section believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether an alternative compliance schedule should be established. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21307, Apr. 9, 2012]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1—Treatment of Certain Foreign Currencies for Margin Adequacy Requirements Under Regulation 1.44
</HEAD>
<P>Payment of margin in currencies listed in this Appendix A shall be considered in compliance with the requirements of Regulation 1.44(f) of Part 1 of the Commission's regulations (17 CFR 1.44(f)) if received by the applicable futures commission merchant no later than the end of the second business day after the day on which the margin call is issued.
</P>
<HD1>Currency
</HD1>
<FP-1>Australian dollar (AUD)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chinese renminbi (CNY)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hong Kong dollar (HKD)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hungarian forint (HUF)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Israeli new shekel (ILS)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Japanese yen (JPY)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New Zealand dollar (NZD)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Singapore dollar (SGD)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>South African rand (ZAR)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Turkish lira (TRY)
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7937, Jan. 22, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1—Fees for Contract Market Rule Enforcement Reviews and Financial Reviews
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 60 days of the effective date of a final fee schedule for each fiscal year, each board of trade which has been designated as a contract market for at least one actively trading contract shall submit a check or money order, made payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, to cover the Commission's actual costs in conducting contract market rule enforcement reviews and financial reviews.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission determines fees charged to exchanges based upon a formula that considers both actual costs and trading volume.
</P>
<P>(c) Checks should be sent to the attention of the Office of the Secretariat, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 930, Jan. 8, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 46072, Dec. 4, 1987; 58 FR 42645, Aug. 11, 1993; 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995; 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 1—Futures Commission Merchant Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 1.20 Customer Segregated Account
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name and Address of Bank, Trust Company, Derivatives Clearing Organization or Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<P>We refer to the Segregated Account(s) which [Name of Futures Commission Merchant] (“we” or “our”) have opened or will open with [Name of Bank, Trust Company, Derivatives Clearing Organization or Futures Commission Merchant] (“you” or “your”) entitled:
</P>
<P>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant] [if applicable, add “FCM Customer Omnibus Account”] CFTC Regulation 1.20 Customer Segregated Account under sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</P>
<FP-1>Account Number(s): [ ]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP-1>
<P>You acknowledge that we have opened or will open the above-referenced Account(s) for the purpose of depositing, as applicable, money, securities and other property (collectively the “Funds”) of customers who trade commodities, options, swaps, and other products, as required by Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulations, including Regulation 1.20, as amended; that the Funds held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be separately accounted for and segregated on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and part 1 of the CFTC's regulations, as amended; and that the Funds must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of section 4d of the Act and CFTC regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Funds may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Funds in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you. This prohibition does not affect your right to recover funds advanced in the form of cash transfers, lines of credit, repurchase agreements or other similar liquidity arrangements you make in lieu of liquidating non-cash assets held in the Account(s) or in lieu of converting cash held in the Account(s) to cash in a different currency.
</P>
<P>In addition, you agree that the Account(s) may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of our designated self-regulatory organization (“DSRO”), [Name of DSRO], and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to permit any such examination to take place without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information request will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such usual and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s). We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event that we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Funds held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not Funds maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason, and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or the CFTC regulations that relates to the segregation of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to any such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to section 4d of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC) and to [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO. We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copies without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of Bank, Trust Company, Derivatives Clearing Organization or Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DATE:
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7870, Jan. 22, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 1—Derivatives Clearing Organization Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 1.20 Customer Segregated Account
</HEAD>
<FP>[Date]
</FP>
<FP>[Name and Address of Bank or Trust Company]
</FP>
<P>We refer to the Segregated Account(s) which [Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization] (“we” or “our”) have opened or will open with [Name of Bank or Trust Company] (“you” or “your”) entitled:
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization] Futures Customer Omnibus Account, CFTC Regulation 1.20 Customer Segregated Account under Sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</FP-1>
<FP>Account Number(s): [ ]
</FP>
<FP>(collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP>
<P>You acknowledge that we have opened or will open the above-referenced Account(s) for the purpose of depositing, as applicable, money, securities and other property (collectively the “Funds”) of customers who trade commodities, options, swaps, and other products, as required by Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulations, including Regulation 1.20, as amended; that the Funds held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be separately accounted for and segregated on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and part 1 of the CFTC's regulations, as amended; and that the Funds must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4d of the Act and CFTC regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Funds may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Funds in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you. This prohibition does not affect your right to recover funds advanced in the form of cash transfers, lines of credit, repurchase agreements or other similar liquidity arrangements you make in lieu of liquidating non-cash assets held in the Account(s) or in lieu of converting cash held in the Account(s) to cash in a different currency.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information requests will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such usual and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s).
</P>
<P>We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC or the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event that we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Funds held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not Funds maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason, and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or the CFTC regulations that relates to the segregation of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to any such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to Section 4d of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC). We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copy without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP>[Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization]
</FP>
<FP>By:
</FP>
<FP>Print Name:
</FP>
<FP>Title:
</FP>
<FP>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP>
<FP>[Name of Bank or Trust Company]
</FP>
<FP>By:
</FP>
<FP>Print Name:
</FP>
<FP>Title:
</FP>
<FP>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP>
<FP>DATE:
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68627, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 26832, May 12, 2014; 81 FR 53267, Aug. 12, 2016; 85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020.  Redesignated at 90 FR 7867, Jan. 22, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 1—Government Money Market Fund Prospectus Provisions Acceptable for Compliance with § 1.25(c)(5)


</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a proper redemption request submitted in a timely manner and otherwise in accordance with the redemption procedures set forth in this prospectus, the [Name of Fund] will redeem the requested shares and make a payment to you in satisfaction thereof no later than the business day following the redemption request. The [Name of Fund] may postpone and/or suspend redemption and payment beyond one business day only as follows:
</P>
<P>a. For any period during which there is a non-routine closure of the Fedwire or applicable Federal Reserve Banks;
</P>
<P>b. For any period (1) during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary week-end and holiday closings or (2) during which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
</P>
<P>c. For any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which (1) disposal of securities owned by the [Name of Fund] is not reasonably practicable or (2) it is not reasonably practicable for the [Name of Fund] to fairly determine the net asset value of shares of the [Name of Fund];
</P>
<P>d. For any period during which the Securities and Exchange Commission has, by rule or regulation, deemed that (1) trading shall be restricted or (2) an emergency exists;
</P>
<P>e. For any period that the Securities and Exchange Commission, may by order permit for your protection; or
</P>
<P>f. For any period during which the [Name of Fund,] as part of a necessary liquidation of the fund, has properly postponed and/or suspended redemption of shares and payment in accordance with federal securities laws.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 78798, Dec. 19, 2011. Redesignated and amended at 90 FR 7869, 7871, Jan. 22, 2025]














</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 1—Futures Commission Merchant Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 1.26 Customer Segregated Government Money Market Fund Account
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name and Address of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<P>We propose to invest funds held by [Name of Futures Commission Merchant] (“we” or “our”) on behalf of our customers in shares of [Name of Government Money Market Fund] (“you” or “your”) under account(s) entitled (or shares issued to):
</P>
<P>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant] [if applicable, add “FCM Customer Omnibus Account”] CFTC Regulation 1.26 Customer Segregated Government Money Market Fund Account under sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</P>
<FP-1>Account Number(s): [ ]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP-1>
<P>You acknowledge that we are holding these funds, including any shares issued and amounts accruing in connection therewith (collectively, the “Shares”), for the benefit of customers who trade commodities, options, swaps and other products (“Commodity Customers”), as required by Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulation 1.26, as amended; that the Shares held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be separately accounted for and segregated on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and part 1 of the CFTC's regulations, as amended; and that the Shares must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of section 4d of the Act and CFTC regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that holds itself out to investors as a government money market fund, in accordance with 17 CFR 270.2a-7. In addition, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that does not choose to rely on the ability to impose discretionary liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Shares may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Shares in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you.
</P>
<P>In addition, you agree that the Account(s) may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of our designated self-regulatory organization (“DSRO”), [Name of DSRO], and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to permit any such examination to take place without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other account information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information request will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such usual and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s).
</P>
<P>We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Shares held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not Shares maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or the CFTC regulations that relates to the segregation of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>We are permitted to invest customers' funds in government money market funds pursuant to CFTC Regulation 1.25. That rule sets forth the following conditions, among others, with respect to any investment in a government money market fund:
</P>
<P>(1) The net asset value of the fund must be computed by 9 a.m. of the business day following each business day and be made available to us by that time;
</P>
<P>(2) The fund must be legally obligated to redeem an interest in the fund and make payment in satisfaction thereof by the close of the business day following the day on which we make a redemption request except as otherwise specified in CFTC Regulation 1.25(c)(5)(ii); and,
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement under which we invest customers' funds must not contain any provision that would prevent us from pledging or transferring fund shares.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns, and for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to section 4d of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC) and to [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, in accordance with CFTC Regulation 1.20. We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copies without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Date:


</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7869, 7871, Jan. 22, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.1.0.7.72.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 1—Derivatives Clearing Organization Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 1.26 Customer Segregated Government Money Market Fund Account
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name and Address of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<P>We propose to invest funds held by [Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization] (“we” or “our”) on behalf of customers in shares of [Name of Government Money Market Fund] (“you” or “your”) under account(s) entitled (or shares issued to):
</P>
<P>[Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization] Futures Customer Omnibus Account, CFTC Regulation 1.26 Customer Segregated Government Money Market Fund Account under sections 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</P>
<FP-1>Account Number(s): [ ]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP-1>
<P>You acknowledge that we are holding these funds, including any shares issued and amounts accruing in connection therewith (collectively, the “Shares”), for the benefit of customers who trade commodities, options, swaps and other products, as required by Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulation 1.26, as amended; that the Shares held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be separately accounted for and segregated on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and part 1 of the CFTC's regulations, as amended; and that the Shares must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of section 4d of the Act and CFTC regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that holds itself out to investors as a government money market fund, in accordance with 17 CFR 270.2a-7. In addition, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that does not choose to rely on the ability to impose discretionary liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Shares may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Shares in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC or the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information requests will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such usual and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s).
</P>
<P>We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC or the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event that we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Shares held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not Shares maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason, and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or the CFTC regulations that relates to the segregation of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to any such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>We are permitted to invest customers' funds in government money market funds pursuant to CFTC Regulation 1.25. That rule sets forth the following conditions, among others, with respect to any investment in a government money market fund:
</P>
<P>(1) The net asset value of the fund must be computed by 9 a.m. of the business day following each business day and be made available to us by that time;
</P>
<P>(2) The fund must be legally obligated to redeem an interest in the fund and make payment in satisfaction thereof by the close of the business day following the day on which we make a redemption request except as otherwise specified in CFTC Regulation 1.25(c)(5)(ii); and,
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement under which we invest customers' funds must not contain any provision that would prevent us from pledging or transferring fund shares.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to section 4d of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC) in accordance with CFTC Regulation 1.20. We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copy without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Derivatives Clearing Organization]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DATE:


</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7870, 7872, Jan. 22, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 2—OFFICIAL SEAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(a)(11).








</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 2.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.2.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.1   Description.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to section 2(a)(11) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(11), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has adopted an official seal (the “Seal”), the description of which is as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Beneath an arch of nine stars, the seal has a navy background with a stylized white American eagle and a navy and white emblazoned shield with 5 stripes and three stars. The eagle is holding in its left talon an olive branch and in its right talon the scale of balanced justice, both in gold. These symbols are enclosed within two golden rings. Between the two rings, spanning the top, the words, in all capitals, “COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION”, and, spanning the bottom, the words, in all capitals, “UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.”
</P>
<P>(b) The Seal of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission is illustrated as follows:


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11my26.001.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 25491, May 11, 2026]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 2.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.2.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.2   Authority to affix seal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following officials of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission are authorized to affix the Seal to appropriate documents and other materials of the Commission for all purposes including those authorized by 28 U.S.C. 1733(b) (relating to authenticated copies of agency documents used as evidence): The Chairman and all Commissioners, the General Counsel, the Executive Director, the Directors of Divisions, and the Secretariat.
</P>
<P>(b) The officials named in paragraph (a) of this section, may redelegate, and authorize redelegation of this authority, except that the Secretary may redelegate this authority only to the Deputy Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 9552, Mar. 5, 1976, as amended at 51 FR 37177, Oct. 20, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 2.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.2.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.3   Prohibitions against misuse of seal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fraudulently or wrongfully affixing or impressing the Seal to or upon any certificate, instrument, document or paper or with knowledge of its fraudulent character, or with wrongful or fraudulent intent, using, buying, procuring, selling or transferring to another any such paper is punishable under section 1017 of title 18, U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>(b) Falsely making, forging, counterfeiting, mutilating, or altering the Seal, or knowingly using a fraudulent or altered Seal or possessing any such Seal knowingly is punishable under section 506 of title 18, U.S. Code. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 2.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.2.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 2.4   Employee Recreation Association's use of Commission seal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a specific exception to the provisions of 17 CFR 2.2 and 2.3, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Employee Recreation Association (“Association”) is hereby authorized to use the Commission seal as an imprint upon sport apparel (e.g., hats, clothing, accessories, etc.) and novelty items (e.g., office mugs, lanyards, badge holders, stationary items, among other);
</P>
<P>(b) The Association may sell or distribute above said items imprinted with the Commission seal to members of the Association or others to meet its fundraising goals and/or in conjunction with its sports, social or similar events.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 29247, May 25, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 3—REGISTRATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552, 552b; 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6a, 6b, 6b-1, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h, 6<I>i,</I> 6k, 6m, 6n, 6<I>o,</I> 6p, 6s, 8, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a, 18, 19, 21, and 23.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 80491, Dec. 5, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 3 appear at 89 FR 71806, Sept. 4, 2024.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Principal.</I> Principal means, with respect to an entity that is an applicant for registration, a registrant or a person required to be registered under the Act or the regulations in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) If the entity is organized as a sole proprietorship, the proprietor and chief compliance officer; if a partnership, any general partner and chief compliance officer; if a corporation, any director, the president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, and any person in charge of a principal business unit, division or function subject to regulation by the Commission; if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, any director, the president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, the manager, managing member or those members vested with the management authority for the entity, and any person in charge of a principal business unit, division or function subject to regulation by the Commission; and, in addition, any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions, having the power, directly or indirectly, through agreement or otherwise, to exercise a controlling influence over the entity's activities that are subject to regulation by the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Any individual who directly or indirectly, through agreement, holding company, nominee, trust or otherwise, is either the owner of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities, other than non-voting securities, is entitled to vote or has the power to sell or direct the sale of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities, other than non-voting securities, is entitled to receive ten percent or more of the profits of the entity, or has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the entity's activities that are subject to regulation by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person other than an individual that is the direct owner of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities, other than non-voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any person that has contributed ten percent or more of the capital of the entity, provided, however, that if such capital contribution consists of subordinated debt contributed by either:
</P>
<P>(i) An unaffiliated bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
</P>
<P>(ii) An unaffiliated “foreign bank,” as defined in 12 CFR 211.21(n) that currently operates an “office of a foreign bank,” as defined in 12 CFR 211.21(t), which is licensed under 12 CFR 211.24(a),
</P>
<P>(iii) Such unaffiliated office of a foreign bank that is licensed, or
</P>
<P>(iv) An insurance company subject to regulation by any State, such bank, foreign bank, office of a foreign bank, or insurance company will not be deemed to be a principal for purposes of this section, provided such debt is not guaranteed by another party not listed as a principal.
</P>
<P>(4) Any individual who, directly or indirectly, creates or uses a trust, proxy, power of attorney, pooling arrangement or any other contract, arrangement, or device with the purpose or effect of divesting such person of direct or indirect ownership of an equity security of the entity, other than a non-voting security, or preventing the vesting of such ownership, or of avoiding making a contribution of ten percent or more of the capital of the entity, as part of a plan or scheme to evade being deemed a principal of the entity, shall be deemed to be a principal of the entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Current.</I> As used in this subpart, a Form 8-R is current if, subsequent to the filing of that form and continuously thereafter, the registrant or principal has been either registered or affiliated with a registrant as a principal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sponsor.</I> Sponsor means the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or leverage transaction merchant which makes the certification required by § 3.12 of this part for the registration of an associated person of such sponsor.
</P>
<P>(d)-(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Section 4s Implementing Regulation.</I> Section 4s Implementing Regulation means a regulation the Commission issues pursuant to section 4s(e), 4s(f), 4s(g), 4s(h), 4s(<I>i</I>), 4s(j), 4s(k) or 4s(<I>l</I>) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Swap Definitional Regulation.</I> Swap Definitional Regulation means a regulation the Commission issues to further define the term “swap dealer,” “major swap participant” or “swap” in section 1a(49), 1a(33) or 1a(47) of the Act, respectively, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Swaps activities.</I> Swaps activities means, with respect to a registrant, such registrant's activities related to swaps and any product used to hedge such swaps, including, but not limited to, futures, options, other swaps or security-based swaps, debt or equity securities, foreign currency, physical commodities, and other derivatives.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Board of directors.</I> Board of directors means the board of directors, board of governors, or equivalent governing body of a registrant.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Senior officer.</I> Senior officer means the chief executive officer or other equivalent officer of a registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5521, Feb. 13, 1984, and 49 FR 8217, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 39530, Oct. 9, 1984; 57 FR 23144, June 2, 1992; 66 FR 53518, Oct. 23, 2001; 72 FR 63979, Nov. 14, 2007; 75 FR 55424, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 2626, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 3590, Jan. 25, 2012; 77 FR 20200, Apr. 3, 2012; 77 FR 51903, Aug. 28, 2012; 83 FR 43522, Aug. 27, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.2   Registration processing by the National Futures Association; notification and duration of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in any rule, regulation or order of the Commission, the registration functions of the Commission set forth in subpart A, subpart B and subpart C of this part shall be performed by the National Futures Association, in accordance with such rules, consistent with the provisions of the Act and this part, applicable to registrations granted under the Act that the National Futures Association may adopt and are approved by the Commission pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the original of any registration form, any schedule or supplement thereto, any fingerprint card or other document required by this part to be filed with both the Commission and the National Futures Association, may be filed with either the Commission or the National Futures Association if:
</P>
<P>(1) A legible, accurate, and complete photocopy of that form, schedule, supplement, fingerprint card, or other document is filed simultaneously with the National Futures Association or the Commission, respectively, and
</P>
<P>(2) Such photocopy contains an original signature and date in each place where such signature and date is required on the original form, schedule, supplement, fingerprint card, or other document.
</P>
<P>(c) The National Futures Association shall notify the registrant, or the sponsor in the case of an applicant for registration as an associated person, and each designated contract market and swap execution facility that has granted the applicant trading privileges in the case of an applicant for registration as a floor broker or floor trader, if registration has been granted under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(1) If an applicant for registration as an associated person receives a temporary license in accordance with § 3.40, the National Futures Association shall notify the sponsor that only a temporary license has been granted.
</P>
<P>(2) If an applicant for registration as a floor broker or floor trader receives a temporary license in accordance with § 3.40, the National Futures Association shall notify the designated contract market or swap execution facility that has granted the applicant trading privileges that only a temporary license has been granted. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If an applicant for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to § 3.10(a)(1)(v) files a Form 7-R and a Form 8-R and fingerprint card for each natural person who is a principal of the applicant, accompanied by such documentation as may be required to demonstrate compliance with each of the Section 4s Implementing Regulations, as defined in § 3.1(f), as are applicable to it, in accordance with the terms of the Section 4s Implementing Regulations, the National Futures Association shall notify the swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be, that it is provisionally registered.
</P>
<P>(ii) Subsequent to providing notice of provisional registration to an applicant for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant, the National Futures Association shall determine whether the documentation submitted pursuant to § 3.10(a)(1)(v) by the applicant demonstrates compliance with the Section 4s Implementing Regulation to which it pertains; <I>Provided,</I> that where the National Futures Association has notified the applicant that it is provisionally registered, the applicant must supplement its registration application by providing such documentation as may be required to demonstrate compliance with each Section 4s Implementing Regulation that the Commission issues subsequent to the date the National Futures Association notifies the applicant that it is provisionally registered.
</P>
<P>(iii) On and after the date on which the National Futures Association confirms that the applicant for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant has demonstrated its initial compliance with the applicable requirements of each of the Section 4s Implementing Regulations and all other applicable registration requirements under the Act and Commission regulations, the provisional registration of the applicant shall cease and it shall be registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(d) Any registration form, any schedule or supplement thereto, any fingerprint card or other document required by this part or any rule of the National Futures Assocation to be filed with the National Futures Association shall be deemed for all purposes to have been filed with, and to be the official record of, the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 39530, Oct. 9, 1984, as amended at 53 FR 8431, Mar. 15, 1988; 54 FR 19558, May 8, 1989; 67 FR 38874, June 6, 2002; 77 FR 2626, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 51904, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.3   Chief compliance officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation.</I> Each futures commission merchant, swap dealer, and major swap participant shall designate an individual to serve as its chief compliance officer, and provide the chief compliance officer with the responsibility and authority to develop, in consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer, appropriate policies and procedures to fulfill the duties set forth in the Act and Commission regulations relating to the swap dealer's or major swap participant's swaps activities, or to the futures commission merchant's business as a futures commission merchant and to ensure compliance with the Act and Commission regulations relating to the swap dealer's or major swap participant's swaps activities, or to the futures commission merchant's business as a futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(1) The chief compliance officer shall report to the board of directors or the senior officer of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant. The board of directors or the senior officer shall appoint the chief compliance officer, shall approve the compensation of the chief compliance officer, and shall meet with the chief compliance officer at least once a year and at the election of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) Only the board of directors or the senior officer of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant may remove the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualifications.</I> The individual designated to serve as chief compliance officer shall have the background and skills appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the position. No individual disqualified, or subject to disqualification, from registration under section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act may serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission with registration.</I> Each application for registration as a futures commission merchant under § 3.10, a swap dealer under § 23.21, or a major swap participant under § 23.21, must include a designation of a chief compliance officer by submitting a Form 8-R for the chief compliance officer as a principal of the applicant pursuant to § 3.10(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Chief compliance officer duties.</I> The chief compliance officer's duties shall include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Administering each of the registrant's policies and procedures relating to its business as a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant that are required to be established pursuant to the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) In consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer, taking reasonable steps to resolve material conflicts of interest relating to the registrant's business as a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant that may arise;
</P>
<P>(3) Taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and Commission regulations relating to the registrant's business as a futures commission merchant, swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(4) Taking reasonable steps to ensure the registrant establishes, maintains, and reviews written policies and procedures reasonably designed to remediate noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any means, including any compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reporting to the Commission and other appropriate authorities, or complaint that can be validated;
</P>
<P>(5) Taking reasonable steps to ensure the registrant establishes written procedures reasonably designed for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and resolution of noncompliance issues; and
</P>
<P>(6) Preparing and signing the annual report required under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual report.</I> The chief compliance officer annually shall prepare a written report that covers the most recently completed fiscal year of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant. The annual report shall, at a minimum, contain a description of:
</P>
<P>(1) The written policies and procedures of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant described in paragraph (d) of this section, including the code of ethics and conflicts of interest policies;
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant's, swap dealer's, or major swap participant's assessment of the effectiveness of its policies and procedures relating to its business as a futures commission merchant, swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(3) Areas for improvement, and recommended potential or prospective changes or improvements to its compliance program and resources devoted to compliance;
</P>
<P>(4) The financial, managerial, operational, and staffing resources set aside for compliance with respect to the Act and Commission regulations relating to its business as a futures commission merchant, swap dealer or major swap participant, including any material deficiencies in such resources;
</P>
<P>(5) Any material noncompliance issues identified and the corresponding action taken; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any material changes to compliance policies and procedures during the coverage period for the report.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Furnishing the annual report and related matters</I>—(1) <I>Furnishing the annual report.</I> (i) Prior to furnishing the annual report to the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall provide the annual report to the board of directors or senior officer of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant for its review.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant has established an audit committee (or an equivalent body), then the chief compliance officer shall furnish the annual report to the audit committee (or equivalent body) not later than its next scheduled meeting after the annual report is furnished to the Commission, but in no event more than 90 days after the applicable date specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section for furnishing the annual report to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(iii) A written record of transmittal of the annual report to the board of directors or the senior officer, and audit committee, if applicable, shall be made and maintained in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Furnishing the annual report to the Commission.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, the annual report shall be furnished electronically to the Commission not more than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year of the futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(ii) The annual report of a swap dealer or major swap participant that is eligible to comply with a substituted compliance regime for paragraph (e) of this section pursuant to a comparability determination of the Commission may be furnished to the Commission electronically up to 15 days after the date on which the comparable annual report must be completed under the requirements of the applicable substituted compliance regime. If the substituted compliance regime does not specify a date by which the comparable annual report must be completed, then the annual report shall be furnished to the Commission by the date specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certification.</I> The report shall include a certification by the chief compliance officer or chief executive officer of the registrant that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the information contained in the annual report is accurate and complete in all material respects.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Amending the annual report.</I> The futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant shall promptly furnish an amended annual report if material errors or omissions in the report are identified. An amendment must contain the certification required under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Extensions.</I> A futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant may request from the Commission an extension of time to furnish its annual report, provided the registrant's failure to timely furnish the report could not be eliminated by the registrant without unreasonable effort or expense. Extensions of the deadline will be granted at the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Incorporation by reference and related registrants</I>—(i) <I>Prior reports.</I> A futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant may incorporate by reference sections of an annual report that has been furnished within the current or immediately preceding reporting period to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Dual registrants.</I> If a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant is registered in more than one capacity with the Commission, an annual report submitted as one registrant may incorporate by reference sections in the annual report furnished within the current or immediately preceding reporting period as the other registrant. A dual registrant may submit one annual report that addresses the requirements set forth in paragraphs (e), (f)(1) and (f)(3) of this section with respect to each registration capacity.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Affiliated registrants.</I> If a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, one or more other futures commission merchants, swap dealers, or major swap participants, and each of the affiliated registrants must submit an annual report, an affiliated registrant may incorporate by reference in its annual report sections from an annual report prepared by any of its affiliated registrants furnished within the current or immediately preceding reporting period. Affiliated registrants may submit one annual report that addresses the requirements set forth in paragraphs (e), (f)(1) and (f)(3) of this section with respect to each affiliated registrant.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) The futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant shall maintain:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the registrant's policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of materials, including written reports provided to the board of directors or the senior officer in connection with the review of the annual report under paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any records relevant to the annual report, including, but not limited to, work papers and other documents that form the basis of the report, and memoranda, correspondence, other documents, and records that are created, sent or received in connection with the annual report and contain conclusions, opinions, analyses, or financial data related to the annual report.
</P>
<P>(2) All records or reports that a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant are required to maintain pursuant to this section shall be maintained in accordance with § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of the applicable prudential regulator, as defined in 1a(39) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to grant extensions of time, as set forth in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. Notwithstanding such delegation, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this paragraph believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether an extension of time should be granted. The delegation of authority in this paragraph shall not prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority set forth in paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20200, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 68645, Nov. 14, 2013; 81 FR 80566, Nov. 16, 2016; 83 FR 43522, Aug. 27, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.4   Registration in one capacity not included in registration in any other capacity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in the Act or in any rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, each futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, floor broker, floor trader of any commodity for future delivery, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, leverage transaction merchant, and associated person (other than an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant) must register as such under the Act. Except as may be otherwise provided in the Act or in any rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, registration in one capacity under the Act shall not include registration in any other capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as may be provided in any rule, regulation or order of the Commission, registration as an associated person in one capacity shall not include registration as an associated person in any other capacity: <I>Provided, however,</I> That an associated person who is sponsored by a registrant, which itself is registered in more than one capacity, need register only once to act as an associated person of the registrant, and shall be deemed to be an associated person of such registrant, in each such capacity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 39530, Oct. 9, 1984, as amended at 58 FR 19590, Apr. 15, 1993; 75 FR 55424, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 2626, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 51904, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 3.5-3.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 3.5-3.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.10   Registration of futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, introducing brokers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, swap dealers, major swap participants and leverage transaction merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for</I> <I>registration.</I> (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, application for registration as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant must be on Form 7-R, completed and filed with the National Futures Association in accordance with the instructions thereto.
</P>
<P>(ii) Applicants for registration as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or introducing broker must accompany their Form 7-R with a Form 1-FR-FCM or Form 1-FR-IB, respectively, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.10 of this chapter: <I>Provided, however,</I> That an applicant for registration as a futures commission merchant or introducing broker which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a securities broker or dealer may accompany its Form 7-R with a copy of its Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Part II or Part II A, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.10(h) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Applicants for registration as a commodity pool operator must accompany their Form 7-R with the financial statements described in § 4.13(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iv) Applicants for registration as a leverage transaction merchant must accompany their Form 7-R with a Form 2-FR in accordance with the provisions of § 31.13 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Applicants for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant must accompany their Form 7-R with such documentation as may be required to demonstrate compliance with each Section 4s Implementing Regulation, as defined in § 3.1(f), applicable to them, in accordance with the terms of the Section 4s Implementing Regulation; <I>Provided, however,</I> <I>that</I> for the purposes of this paragraph (a)(1)(v) the term “compliance” includes the term “the ability to comply,” to the extent that a particular Section 4s Implementing Regulation may require demonstration of the ability to comply with a requirement thereunder.
</P>
<P>(B) The filing of the Form 7-R and accompanying documentation by the applicant swap dealer or major swap participant authorizes the Commission to conduct on-site inspection of the applicant to determine compliance with the Section 4s Implementing Regulations applicable to it.
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) At any time prior to the latest effective date of the Swap Definitional Regulations, defined in § 3.1(g), any person may apply to be registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) By no later than the latest effective date of the Swap Definitional Regulations, each person who is a swap dealer or major swap participant on that date must apply to be registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) From and after the latest effective date of the Swap Definitional Regulations, each person who intends to engage in business as a swap dealer or major swap participant must apply to be registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) Where an applicant for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant to whom the National Futures Association has provided notice of provisional registration under § 3.2(c)(3) fails to demonstrate compliance with a Section 4s Implementing Regulation, the National Futures Association will notify the applicant that its application is deficient, whereupon the applicant must withdraw its registration application, it must not engage in any new activity as a swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be, and the applicant shall cease to be provisionally registered; <I>Provided,</I> that in the event the applicant fails to withdraw its registration application or cure the deficiency within 90 days following receipt of notice from the National Futures Association that its application is deficient, the application will be deemed withdrawn and thereupon its provisional registration shall cease; <I>Provided further,</I> that upon written request by the applicant submitted to the Commission, the Commission may in its discretion extend the time by which the applicant must cure the deficiency.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a)(1)(v)(D)(<I>1</I>) of this section shall supplement and be in addition to any other activities in which the National Futures Association engages under the Act and Commission regulations in connection with processing an application for registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(E) Unless specifically reserved in the applicable swap documentation, no withdrawal, deemed withdrawal, cessation or revocation of registration as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(v), (b), or (d) of this section shall constitute a termination event, force majeure, an illegality, increased costs, a regulatory change, or a similar event under a swap (including any related credit support arrangement) that would permit a party to terminate, renegotiate, modify, amend or supplement one or more transactions under the swap.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Form 7-R filed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section must be accompanied by a Form 8-R, completed in accordance with the instructions thereto and executed by each natural person who is a principal of the applicant, and must be accompanied by the fingerprints of that principal on a fingerprint card provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose: <I>Provided, however,</I> that if such principal is a director who qualifies for the exemption from the fingerprint requirement pursuant to § 3.21(c) or has a current Form 8-R on file with the Commission or the National Futures Association, the fingerprints of that principal do not need to accompany the Form 7-R. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice registration as a futures commission merchant or introducing broker for certain securities brokers or dealers.</I> (i) Any broker or dealer that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission may be registered as a futures commission merchant or introducing broker, as applicable, by following such procedures for notice registration as may be specified by the National Futures Association, if—
</P>
<P>(A) The broker or dealer limits its solicitation of orders, acceptance of orders, or execution of orders, or placing of orders on behalf of others involving any contracts of sale of any commodity for future delivery, on or subject to the rules of any contract market, to security futures products as defined in section 1a(44) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) The registration of the broker or dealer is not suspended pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
</P>
<P>(C) The broker or dealer is a member of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(ii) The registration will be effective upon the filing of the notice prescribed by the National Futures Association in accordance with the instructions thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of</I> <I>registration.</I> (1) A person registered as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section will continue to be so registered until the effective date of any revocation or withdrawal of such registration. Upon effectiveness of any revocation or withdrawal of registration, such person will immediately be prohibited from engaging in new activities requiring registration under the Act or from representing himself to be a registrant under the Act or the representative or agent of any registrant during the pendency of any suspension of such registration.
</P>
<P>(2) A person registered as an introducing broker who was a party to a guarantee agreement with a futures commission merchant in accordance with § 1.10(j) of this chapter will have its registration cease thirty days after the termination of such guarantee agreement unless the procedures set forth in § 1.10(j)(8) of this chapter are followed.






</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption from registration for certain persons</I>—(1) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Covered transaction</I> means a commodity interest transaction, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, executed bilaterally or made on or subject to the rules of any designated contract market or registered swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Foreign located person</I> means a person located outside the United States, its territories, or possessions.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>International financial institution</I> means the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, the European Stability Mechanism, the North American Development Bank, those institutions defined as “international financial institutions” in 22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2), those institutions defined as “multilateral development banks” in Article 1(5(a)) of Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council on OTC Derivative Transactions, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories, their agencies and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, and their agencies and pension plans.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exempt futures commission merchants</I>—(i) <I>Proprietary accounts.</I> A person trading solely for proprietary accounts, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, is not required to register as a futures commission merchant; <I>provided,</I> that such person remains subject to all other provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Foreign located persons.</I> (A) A foreign located person engaging in the activity of a futures commission merchant, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, in connection with any covered transaction only on behalf of foreign located persons or international financial institutions is not required to register in such capacity; <I>provided,</I> that if any such covered transaction is required or intended to be cleared on a registered derivatives clearing organization and the foreign located person or international financial institution that is party to the covered transaction is not a clearing member of such registered derivatives clearing organization, the covered transaction is submitted for clearing through a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with section 4d of the Act.
</P>
<P>(B) A foreign located person acting in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section is not required to comply with those provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder applicable solely to any registered futures commission merchant or any person required to be so registered.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exempt introducing brokers</I>—(i) <I>Foreign located persons.</I> (A) A foreign located person engaged in the activity of an introducing broker, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, in connection with any covered transaction only on behalf of foreign located persons or international financial institutions is not required to register in such capacity; <I>provided,</I> that if any such covered transaction is required or intended to be cleared on a registered derivatives clearing organization and the foreign located person or international financial institution that is party to the covered transaction is not a clearing member of such registered derivatives clearing organization, the covered transaction is submitted for clearing through a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with section 4d of the Act.
</P>
<P>(B) A foreign located person acting in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section is not required to comply with those provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder applicable solely to any registered introducing broker or any person required to be so registered.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exempt foreign brokers.</I> (A) A foreign located person that is exempt from registration as a futures commission merchant in accordance with § 30.10 of this chapter is not required to register as an introducing broker in accordance with section 4d of the Act if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Such person is affiliated with a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with section 4d of the Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such person introduces, on a fully-disclosed basis in accordance with § 1.57 of this chapter, any institutional customer, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, to a registered futures commission merchant for the purpose of trading on a designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Such person's affiliated futures commission merchant has filed with the National Futures Association (Attn: Vice President, Compliance) an acknowledgement that the affiliated futures commission merchant will be jointly and severally liable for any violations of the Act or the Commission's regulations committed by such person in connection with those introducing activities, whether or not the affiliated futures commission merchant submits for clearing any trades resulting from those introducing activities; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Such person does not solicit any person located in the United States, its territories or possessions for trading on a designated contract market, nor does such person handle the customer funds of any person located in the United States, its territories or possessions for the purpose of trading on any designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(B) For the purposes of this paragraph, a person shall be affiliated with a futures commission merchant if such a person owns 50 percent or more of the futures commission merchant, is owned 50 percent or more by the futures commission merchant, or is owned 50 percent or more by a third person that also owns 50 percent or more of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exempt commodity trading advisors.</I> (i) A foreign located person engaging in the activity of a commodity trading advisor, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, in connection with any covered transaction only on behalf of foreign located persons or international financial institutions is not required to register in such capacity; <I>provided,</I> that if any such covered transaction is required or intended to be cleared on a registered derivatives clearing organization and the foreign located person or international financial institution that is party to the covered transaction is not a clearing member of such registered derivatives clearing organization, the covered transaction is submitted for clearing through a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with section 4d of the Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign located person acting in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section remains subject to section 4<I>o</I> of the Act, but otherwise is not required to comply with those provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder applicable solely to any registered commodity trading advisor or any person required to be so registered.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exempt commodity pool operators.</I> (i) A foreign located person engaged in the activity of a commodity pool operator, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, in connection with any covered transaction is not required to register in such capacity, when such covered transactions are executed on behalf of a commodity pool, the participants of which are all foreign located persons or international financial institutions; <I>provided,</I> that if any such covered transaction is required or intended to be cleared on a registered derivatives clearing organization and the commodity pool that is party to the covered transaction is not a clearing member of such registered derivatives clearing organization, the covered transaction is submitted for clearing through a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with section 4d of the Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, initial capital contributed to a commodity pool by an affiliate, as defined by § 4.7(a)(1) of this chapter, of the pool's commodity pool operator shall not be considered for purposes of determining whether such commodity pool operator is executing commodity interest transactions on behalf of a commodity pool, the participants of which are all foreign located persons; <I>provided,</I> that:




</P>
<P>(A) The affiliate is not a natural person;
</P>
<P>(B) The affiliate and its principals are not barred or suspended from participating in commodity interest markets in the United States, its territories or possessions; and
</P>
<P>(C) Interests in the affiliate are not marketed as providing access to trading in commodity interest markets in the United States, its territories or possessions.
</P>
<P>(iii) A commodity pool operated by a foreign located person shall be considered to be operated in accordance with the terms of paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The commodity pool is organized and operated outside of the United States, its territories or possessions;
</P>
<P>(B) The commodity pool's offering materials and any underwriting or distribution agreements include clear, written prohibitions on the commodity pool's offering to participants located in the United States and on U.S. ownership of the commodity pool's participation units;
</P>
<P>(C) The commodity pool's constitutional documents and offering materials:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) are reasonably designed to preclude persons located in the United States from participating therein; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) include mechanisms reasonably designed to enable its operator to exclude any persons located in the United States that attempt to participate in the offshore pool, notwithstanding those prohibitions;
</P>
<P>(D) The commodity pool operator exclusively uses non-U.S. intermediaries for the distribution of participations in the commodity pool;
</P>
<P>(E) The commodity pool operator uses reasonable investor due diligence methods at the time of sale to preclude persons located in the United States from participating in the commodity pool; and
</P>
<P>(F) The commodity pool's participation units are directed and distributed to participants outside the United States, including by means of listing and trading such units on secondary markets organized and operated outside of the United States, and in which the commodity pool operator has reasonably determined participation by persons located in the United States is unlikely.
</P>
<P>(iv) Utilizing the relief under paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section for a qualifying commodity pool will not affect the ability of a person to register with the Commission as a commodity pool operator, or to qualify for, rely upon, or claim other relief from regulation as such by the Commission, with respect to the operation of commodity pools or trading vehicles not otherwise eligible for the relief offered in this section.
</P>
<P>(v) A person acting in accordance with paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section remains subject to section 4<I>o</I> of the Act, but otherwise is not required to comply with those provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder applicable solely to any person registered in such capacity, or any person required to be so registered.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Associated persons of swap dealers.</I> In determining whether a person is a swap dealer, the activities of a registered swap dealer with respect to which such person is an associated person shall not be considered.


</P>
<P>(d) On a date to be established by the National Futures Association, and in accordance with procedures established by the National Futures Association, each registrant as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant shall, on an annual basis, review and update registration information maintained with the National Futures Association. The failure to complete the review and update within thirty days following the date established by the National Futures Association shall be deemed to be a request for withdrawal from registration, which shall be processed in accordance with the provisions of § 3.33(f).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0023)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 80491, Dec. 5, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 27551, June 25, 1982; 49 FR 5522, Feb. 13, 1984; 49 FR 39530, Oct. 9, 1984; 57 FR 23144, June 2, 1992; 66 FR 43082, Aug. 17, 2001; 66 FR 53518, Oct. 23, 2001; 67 FR 38874, June 6, 2002; 67 FR 41166, June 17, 2002; 72 FR 35920, July 2, 2007; 72 FR 63979, Nov. 14, 2007; 73 FR 54071, Sept. 18, 2008; 75 FR 55424, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 2626, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 51904, Aug. 28, 2012; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 78738, Dec. 7, 2020; 89 FR 78810, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.11   Registration of floor brokers and floor traders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for registration.</I> (1) Application for registration as a floor broker or floor trader must be on Form 8-R, if as an individual, or Form 7-R, if as a non-natural person, and must be completed and filed with the National Futures Association in accordance with the instructions thereto. Each Form 7-R filed in accordance with this paragraph (a) must be accompanied by a Form 8-R, completed in accordance with the instructions thereto and executed by each individual who is a principal of the applicant, and each individual responsible for entry of orders from that applicant's own account. Each Form 8-R filed in accordance with this paragraph (a) must be accompanied by the fingerprints of the applicant on a fingerprint card provided for that purpose by the National Futures Association, except that a fingerprint card need not be filed by any applicant who has a current Form 8-R on file with the Commission or the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant for registration as a floor broker or floor trader will not be registered or issued a temporary license as a floor broker or floor trader unless the applicant has been granted trading privileges by a board of trade designated as a contract market or registered as a swap execution facility by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) When the Commission or the National Futures Association determines that an applicant for registration as a floor broker or floor trader is not disqualified from such registration or temporary license, the National Futures Association will notify the applicant and any contract market or swap execution facility that has granted the applicant trading privileges that the applicant's registration or temporary license as a floor broker or floor trader is granted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of registration.</I> A person registered as a floor broker or floor trader in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, and whose registration has neither been revoked nor withdrawn, will continue to be so registered unless such person's trading privileges on all contract markets and swap execution facilities have ceased: Provided, that if a floor broker or floor trader whose trading privileges on all contract markets and swap execution facilities have ceased for reasons unrelated to any Commission action or any contract market or swap execution facility disciplinary proceeding and whose registration is not revoked, suspended or withdrawn is granted trading privileges as a floor broker or floor trader, respectively, by any contract market or swap execution facility where such person held such privileges within the preceding sixty days, such registration as a floor broker or floor trader, respectively, shall be deemed to continue and no new Form 7-R, Form 8-R or change to Form 7-R or Form 8-R need be filed solely on the basis of the resumption of trading privileges. A floor broker or floor trader is prohibited from engaging in activities requiring registration under the Act or from representing such person to be a registrant under the Act or the representative or agent of any registrant during the pendency of any suspension of such registration or of all such trading privileges. Each contract market and swap execution facility that has granted trading privileges to a person who is registered, or has applied for registration, as a floor broker or floor trader, must provide notice in accordance with § 3.31(d) after such person's trading privileges on such contract market or swap execution facility have ceased.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> A registered floor broker need not also register as a floor trader in order to engage in activity as a floor trader.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 51905, Aug. 28, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 1545, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.12   Registration of associated persons of futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, introducing brokers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators and leverage transaction merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration required.</I> It shall be unlawful for any person to be associated with a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or leverage transaction merchant as an associated person unless that person shall have registered under the Act as an associated person of that sponsoring futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or leverage transaction merchant in accordance with the procedures in paragraphs (c), (d), (f), or (i), of this section or is exempt from such registration pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of registration.</I> A person registered in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d), (f), or (i) of this section and whose registration has not been revoked will continue to be so registered until the revocation or withdrawal of the registration of each of the registrant's sponsors, or until the cessation of the association of the registrant with each of the registrant's sponsors. Such person will be prohibited from engaging in activities requiring registration under the Act or from representing himself or herself to be a registrant under the Act or the representative or agent of any registrant during the pendency of any suspension of his or her registration, or his or her sponsor's registration. Each of the registrant's sponsors must file a notice in accordance with § 3.31(c) reporting the termination of the association of the associated person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application for registration.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (d), (f), and (i) of this section, application for registration as an associated person in any capacity must be on Form 8-R, completed and filed in accordance with the instructions thereto.
</P>
<P>(1) No person will be registered as an associated person in accordance with this paragraph (c) unless a person duly authorized by the sponsor certifies that: 
</P>
<P>(i) It is the intention of the sponsor to hire or otherwise employ the applicant as an associated person and that it will do so within thirty days after the receipt of the notification provided in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section and that the applicant will not be permitted to engage in any activity requiring registration as an associated person until the applicant is registered as such in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sponsor has verified the information supplied by the applicant in response to the questions on Form 8-R which relate to the applicant's education and employment history during the preceding three years.
</P>
<P>(iii) To the best of the sponsor's knowledge, information, and belief, all of the publicly available information supplied by the applicant on Form 8-R is accurate and complete: <I>Provided,</I> That it is unlawful for the sponsor to make the certification required by this paragraph (c)(1)(iii) if the sponsor knew or should have known that any of that information is not accurate and complete; and
</P>
<P>(2) The certification required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be submitted concurrently with the Form 8-R.
</P>
<P>(3) Each Form 8-R filed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section must be accompanied by the fingerprints of the applicant on a fingerprint card provided for that purpose by the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(4) When the Commission or the National Futures Association determines that an applicant for registration as an associated person is not unfit for such registration, it will notify the sponsor that has made the certifications required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section that the applicant's registration as an associated person is granted contingent upon the sponsor hiring or otherwise employing the applicant as such within thirty days. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special temporary licensing and registration procedures for certain persons</I>—(1) <I>Registration terminated within the preceding 60 days.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (f) and (i) of this section, any person whose registration as an associated person in any capacity has terminated within the preceding 60 days and who becomes associated with a new sponsor will be granted a temporary license to act in the capacity of an associated person of such sponsor upon filing by that sponsor with the National Futures Association a Form 8-R, completed in accordance with the instructions thereto and, if applicable, a Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement filed on behalf of the new sponsor (who must meet the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B)) stating that the new sponsor will supervise the applicant in accordance with conditions identical to those agreed to by the previous sponsor, which includes certifications stating: 
</P>
<P>(i) That such person has been hired or is otherwise employed by that sponsor;
</P>
<P>(ii) That such person's registration as an associated person in any capacity is not suspended or revoked;
</P>
<P>(iii) That such person is eligible to be registered or temporarily licensed in accordance with this paragraph (d);
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether there is a pending adjudicatory proceeding under sections 6(c), 6(d), 6c, 6d, 8a or 9 of the Act or § 3.55, § 3.56 or § 3.60 or if, within the preceding 12 months, the Commission has permitted the withdrawal of an application for registration in any capacity after instituting the procedures provided in § 3.51 and, if so, that the sponsor has been given a copy of the notice of the institution of a proceeding in connection therewith; and 
</P>
<P>(v) That the sponsor has received a copy of the notice of the institution of a proceeding if the applicant has certified, in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, that there is a proceeding pending against the applicant as described in that paragraph or that the Commission has permitted the withdrawal of an application for registration as described in that paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any temporary license granted pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be terminated immediately upon notice to the sponsor of the person granted the temporary license that, within 20 days following the date the temporary license was issued, the National Futures Association has not received the applicant's fingerprints. 
</P>
<P>(3) A temporary license received in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be subject to the provisions of §§ 3.42 and 3.43. 
</P>
<P>(4) The certifications permitted by paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (v) of this section must be filed by a person duly authorized by the sponsor. The certifications permitted by paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)-(iv) must be filed by the applicant for registration as an associated person. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Retention of records.</I> The sponsor must retain in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter such records as are necessary to support the certifications required by this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reporting of dual and multiple associations.</I> (1)(i) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a person who is already registered as an associated person in any capacity whose registration is not subject to conditions or restrictions may become associated as an associated person with another sponsor if the new sponsor (who must meet the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i) (A) and (B)) files with the National Futures Association a Form 8-R in accordance with the instructions thereto. 
</P>
<P>(ii) NFA shall notify each sponsor of the associated person that the associated person has applied to become associated with another sponsor. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Each sponsor of the associated person shall supervise that associated person and each sponsor is jointly and severally responsible for the conduct of the associated person with respect to the: 
</P>
<P>(A) Solicitation or acceptance of customers' orders,
</P>
<P>(B) Solicitation of funds, securities, or property for a participation in a commodity pool, 
</P>
<P>(C) Solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account, 
</P>
<P>(D) Solicitation or acceptance of leverage customers' orders for leverage transactions, and 
</P>
<P>(E) Associated person's supervision of any person or persons engaged in any of the foregoing solicitations or acceptances, with respect to any customers common to it and any other futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or leverage transaction merchant with which the associated person is associated. 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt by the National Futures Association of a Form 8-R filed in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section from an associated person, the associated person named therein shall be registered as an associated person of the new sponsor. 
</P>
<P>(3) A person who is simultaneously associated with more than one sponsor in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section shall be required, upon receipt of notice from the National Futures Association, to file with the National Futures Association his fingerprints on a fingerprint card provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose as well as such other information as the National Futures Association may require. The National Futures Association may require such a filing every two years, or at such greater period of time as the National Futures Association may deem appropriate, after the associated person has become associated with a new sponsor in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a person is associated with a futures commission merchant, with a retail foreign exchange dealer, or with an introducing broker and he directs customers seeking a managed account to use the services of a commodity trading advisor(s) approved by the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or introducing broker and all such customers' accounts solicited or accepted by the associated person are carried by the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or introduced by the introducing broker with which the associated person is associated, such a person shall be deemed to be associated solely with the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or introducing broker and may not also register as an associated person of the commodity trading advisor(s).
</P>
<P>(5)(i)(A) A person who is already registered as an associated person in any capacity whose registration is not subject to conditions or restrictions may become associated as an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant if the swap dealer or major swap participant meets the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i)(A).
</P>
<P>(B) A person who is already associated as an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant may become registered as an associated person of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or leverage transaction merchant if the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or leverage transaction merchant with which the person intends to associate meets the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B).
</P>
<P>(ii) Each sponsor and each swap dealer and/or major swap participant with whom the person is associated shall supervise that associated person, and each sponsor and each swap dealer and/or major swap participant is jointly and severally responsible for the conduct of the associated person with respect to the:
</P>
<P>(A) Solicitation or acceptance of customer orders,
</P>
<P>(B) Solicitation of funds, securities or property for a participation in a commodity pool,
</P>
<P>(C) Solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account,
</P>
<P>(D) Solicitation or acceptance of leverage customers' orders for leverage transactions,
</P>
<P>(E) Solicitation or acceptance of swaps, and
</P>
<P>(F) Associated person's supervision of any person or persons engaged in any of the foregoing solicitations or acceptances, with respect to any customers common to it and any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, leverage transaction merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant with which the associated person is associated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Petitions for exemption.</I> Any person adversely affected by the operation of this section may file a petition with the Secretary of the Commission, which petition must set forth with particularity the reasons why that person believes that an applicant should be exempted from the requirements of this section and why such an exemption would not be contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provision from which exemption is sought. The petition will be granted or denied by the Commission on the basis of the papers filed. The Commission may grant such a petition if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provision from which exemption is sought. The petition may be granted subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exemption from registration.</I> (1) A person is not required to register as an associated person in any capacity if that person is:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered under the Act as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, floor broker, or as an introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engaged in the solicitation of funds, securities, or property for a participation in a commodity pool, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, pursuant to registration with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority as a registered representative, registered principal, limited representative or limited principal, and that person does not engage in any other activity subject to regulation by the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The chief operating officer, general partner or other person in the supervisory chain-of-command, <I>provided</I> the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or leverage transaction merchant engages in commodity interest related activity for customers as no more than ten percent of its total revenue on an annual basis, the firm is not subject to a pending proceeding brought by the Commission or a self-regulatory organization alleging fraud or failure to supervise, and has not been found in such a proceeding to have committed fraud or failed to supervise, as required by the Act, the rules promulgated thereunder or the rules of a self-regulatory organization, the person for whom exemption is sought and the person designated in accordance with paragraphs (h)(1)(iii)(C) or (h)(1)(iii)(D) of this section are listed as principals of the firm, the fitness examination conducted by the National Futures Association with respect to these persons discloses no derogatory information that would disqualify any of such persons as a principal or as an associated person, and the firm files with the National Futures Association corporate or partnership resolutions stating that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such supervisory person is not authorized to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Solicit or accept customers', retail forex customers', or leverage customers' orders,
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Solicit a client's or prospective client's discretionary account,
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Solicit funds, securities or property for a participation in a commodity pool, or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Exercise any line supervisory authority over those persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(B) Such supervisory person has no authority with respect to hiring, firing or other personnel matters involving persons engaged in activities subject to regulation under the Act;
</P>
<P>(C) Another person (or persons) designated therein, who is registered as an associated person(s) or who has applied for registration as an associated person(s) and is not subject to a pending proceeding brought by the Commission or a self-regulatory organization alleging fraud or failure to supervise, and has not been found in such a proceeding to have committed fraud or failed to supervise, as required by the Act, the rules promulgated thereunder or the rules of a self-regulatory organization, holds and exercises full and final supervisory authority, including authority to hire and fire personnel, over the customer commodity interest related activities of the firm; and
</P>
<P>(D) If the person (or persons) so designated in accordance with paragraph (h)(1)(iii)(C) of this section ceases to have the authority referred to therein, the firm will notify the National Futures Association within twenty days of such occurrence by means of a subsequent resolution which resolution must also include the name of another associated person (or persons) who has been vested with full supervisory authority, including authority to hire and fire personnel, over the customer commodity interest related activities of the firm in the event that all of those previously designated in accordance with paragraph (h)(1)(iii)(C) of this section have been relieved of such authority. Subsequent changes in supervisory authority shall be reported in the same manner; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Engaged in any activity as an associated person, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, from a location outside the United States, its territories or possessions, and limits such activities to customers located outside the United States, its territories or possessions.
</P>
<P>(2) A person is not required to register as an associated person of a commodity trading advisor if that person is:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered as a commodity trading advisor, if that person is associated with a commodity trading advisor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Exempt from registration as a commodity trading advisor pursuant to the provisions of § 4.14(a)(1), § 4.14(a)(2) or § 4.14(a) (8) of this chapter or is associated with a person who is so exempt from registration: <I>Provided,</I> That the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section shall not apply to the solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, by, for or on behalf of a commodity trading advisor which is:
</P>
<P>(A) Not exempt from registration pursuant to the provisions of § 4.14(a)(1), § 4.14(a)(2) or § 4.14(a)(8) of this chapter or
</P>
<P>(B) Registered as a commodity trading advisor notwithstanding the availability of that exemption.
</P>
<P>(3) A person is not required to register as an associated person of a commodity pool operator if that person is:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered as a commodity pool operator, if that person is associated with a commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator pursuant to the provisions of § 4.13 of this chapter or is associated with a person who is so exempt from registration: <I>Provided,</I> That the provisions of paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section shall not apply to the solicitation of funds, securities, or property for a participation in a commodity pool, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, by, for, or on behalf of a commodity pool operator which is
</P>
<P>(A) Not exempt from registration pursuant to the provisions of § 4.13 of this chapter or
</P>
<P>(B) Registered as a commodity pool operator notwithstanding the availability of that exemption; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Where a commodity pool is operated or to be operated by two or more commodity pool operators, registered as an associated person of one of the pool operators of the commodity pool in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), (f), or (i) of this section: <I>Provided,</I> That each such commodity pool operator shall be jointly and severally liable for the conduct of that associated person in the solicitation of funds, securities, or property for participation in the commodity pool, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, regardless of whether that associated person is registered as an associated person of each such commodity pool operator.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Special registration or temporary licensing procedures when previous sponsor's registration ceases.</I> (1) Any person whose registration as an associated person in any capacity was not subject to conditions or restrictions, and was terminated within the preceding sixty days because the previous sponsor's registration was revoked or withdrawn, and who becomes associated with a new sponsor, will be registered as an associated person of such new sponsor upon the mailing by that new sponsor to the National Futures Association of written certifications stating:
</P>
<P>(i) That such person has been hired or is otherwise employed by that sponsor;
</P>
<P>(ii) That such person's registration as an associated person in any capacity is not suspended or revoked;
</P>
<P>(iii) That such person is eligible to be registered in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether there is a pending adjudicatory proceeding under sections 6(c), 6(d), 6c, 6d, 8a or 9 of the Act or § 3.55, 3.56 or 3.60 or if, within the preceding twelve months, the Commission has permitted the withdrawal of an application for registration in any capacity after instituting the procedures provided in § 3.51 and, if so, that the sponsor has been given a copy of the notice of the institution of a proceeding in connection therewith;
</P>
<P>(v) That the new sponsor has received a copy of the notice of the institution of a proceeding if the applicant for registration has certified, in accordance with paragraph (i)(1)(iv) of this section, that there is a proceeding pending against the applicant as described in that paragraph or that the Commission has permitted the withdrawal of an application for registration as described in that paragraph; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) That the new sponsor will be responsible for supervising all activities of the person in connection with the sponsor's business as a registrant under the Act. <I>Provided, however,</I> That if such person's prior registration as an associated person was subject to conditions or restrictions, the new sponsor (who must meet the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i) (A) and (B) of this part) must also file a signed Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement that contains conditions identical to those agreed to by the original sponsor and, in such case, the person will be granted a temporary license, subject to the provisions of §§ 3.41, 3.42 and 3.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The certifications required by paragraphs (i)(1)(i), (i)(1)(v), and (i)(1)(vi) of this section must be signed and dated by an officer, if the sponsor is a corporation, a general partner, if a partnership, or the proprietor, if a sole proprietorship. The certifications required by paragraphs (i)(1)(ii)-(iv) of this section must be signed and dated by the applicant for registration as an associated person. 
</P>
<P>(3) A person who is registered in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i)(1) of this section shall be required, upon receipt of notice from the National Futures Association, to file with the National Futures Association his fingerprints on a fingerprint card provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose as well as such other information as the National Futures Association may require. The National Futures Association may require such a filing every two years, or at such greater period of time as the National Futures Association may deem appropriate, after the associated person has become associated with a new sponsor in connection with the requirements of paragraph (i)(1) of this section.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0023)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 80491, Dec. 5, 1980]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 3.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 3.13-3.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 3.13-3.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.21   Exemption from fingerprinting requirement in certain cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who is required by this part to submit a fingerprint card may file, or cause to be filed, in lieu of such card:
</P>
<P>(1) A legible, accurate and complete photocopy of a fingerprint card that has been submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for identification and appropriate processing and of each report, record, and notation made available by the Federal Bureau of Investigation with respect to that fingerprint card if such identification and processing has been completed satisfactorily by the Federal Bureau of Investigation not more than ninety days prior to the filing with the National Futures Association of the photocopy;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that such person's application for initial registration in any capacity was granted within the preceding ninety days, provided that the provisions of this paragraph (a)(2) shall not be applicable to any person who, by Commission rule, regulation, or order, was not required to file a fingerprint card in connection with such application for initial registration; or
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that such person has a current Form 8-R on file with the Commission or the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(b) Each photocopy and statement filed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section must be signed and dated. Such signature shall constitute a certification by that individual that the photocopy or statement is accurate and complete and must be made by:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the fingerprints of an associated person: An officer, if the sponsor is a corporation; a general partner, if a partnership; or the sole proprietor, if a sole proprietorship;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to fingerprints of a floor broker or individual floor trader: The applicant for registration; and with respect to fingerprints of each individual who is responsible for entry of orders from the account of a floor trader that is a non-natural person, the applicant for registration, or
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to the fingerprints of a principal: An officer, if the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant with which the principal will be affiliated is a corporation; a general partner, if a partnership; or the sole proprietor, if a sole proprietorship.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Outside directors.</I> Any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant that has a principal who is a director but is not also an officer or employee of the firm may, in lieu of submitting a fingerprint card in accordance with the provisions of § 3.10(a)(2), file a “Notice Pursuant to Rule 3.21(c)” with the National Futures Association. Such notice shall state, if true, that such outside director:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not engaged in:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation or acceptance of customers' orders or retail forex customers' orders,
</P>
<P>(ii) The solicitation of funds, securities or property for a participation in a commodity pool,
</P>
<P>(iii) The solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account,
</P>
<P>(iv) The solicitation of leverage customers' orders for leverage transactions,
</P>
<P>(v) The solicitation or acceptance of a swap agreement;
</P>
<P>(2) Does not regularly have access to the keeping, handling or processing of:
</P>
<P>(i) Transactions involving “commodity interests,” as that term is defined in § 1.3;
</P>
<P>(ii) Customer funds, retail forex customer funds, leverage customer funds, foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, or adjusted net capital; or
</P>
<P>(3) Does not have direct supervisory responsibility over persons engaged in the activities referred to in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The Notice Pursuant to Rule 3.21(c) shall also include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor trader that is a non-natural person, leverage transaction merchant, or applicant for registration in any of these capacities of which the person is an outside director;
</P>
<P>(ii) The nature of the duties of the outside director for whom exemption under paragraph (c) of this section is sought;
</P>
<P>(iii) The internal controls used to ensure that the outside director for whom exemption under this paragraph (c) is sought does not have access to the keeping, handling or processing of the items described in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The reasons why the outside director believes he should be exempted from the fingerprint requirement and why such an exemption would not be contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provision from which exemption is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) A firm that has filed a Notice Pursuant to Rule 3.21(c) with respect to an outside director described therein must file with the National Futures Association on behalf of such outside director a Form 8-R, completed in accordance with the instructions thereto and executed by the outside director. The exemption provided for in paragraph (c) of this section is limited solely to the outside director's fingerprint requirement and does not affect any other duties or responsibilities of the firm or the outside director under the Act or the rules set forth in this chapter. In appropriate cases, the Commission and the National Futures Association may require further information from the firm with respect to any outside director referred to in a Notice Pursuant to Rule 3.21(c).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Foreign natural persons.</I> (1) For purposes of this paragraph (e):
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>foreign natural person</I> means any natural person who has not resided in the United States since reaching the age of 18 years.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>certifying firm</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) For any natural person that is a principal or associated person of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, leverage transaction merchant, floor broker, or floor trader, such futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, leverage transaction merchant, floor broker, or floor trader; and
</P>
<P>(B) For any natural person that is responsible for, or directs, the entry of orders from a floor broker's or floor trader's own account, such floor broker or floor trader.
</P>
<P>(2) Any obligation in this part to provide a fingerprint card for a foreign natural person shall be deemed satisfied with respect to a certifying firm if:
</P>
<P>(i) Such certifying firm causes a criminal history background check of such foreign natural person to be performed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The criminal history background check:
</P>
<P>(A) Is of a type that would reveal all matters listed under Sections 8a(2)(D) or 8a(3)(D), (E), or (H) of the Act relating to such foreign natural person;
</P>
<P>(B) Does not reveal any matters that constitute a disqualification under Sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act, other than those disclosed to the National Futures Association; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is completed not more than one calendar year prior to the date that such certifying firm submits the certification described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) A person authorized by such certifying firm submits, in reliance on such criminal history background check, a certification by such certifying firm to the National Futures Association, that:
</P>
<P>(A) States that the conditions of paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section have been satisfied; and
</P>
<P>(B) Is signed by a person authorized by such certifying firm to make such certification.
</P>
<P>(3) The certifying firm shall maintain, in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, records documenting that the criminal history background check performed pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section was completed and the results thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35297, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 5525, Feb. 13, 1984; 54 FR 19558, May 8, 1989; 57 FR 23148, June 2, 1992; 58 FR 19592, Apr. 15, 1993; 66 FR 53518, Oct. 23, 2001; 75 FR 55425, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 2627, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 51906, Aug. 28, 2012; 81 FR 18747, Apr. 1, 2016; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.22   Supplemental filings.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Commission, the Directors of the Market Participants Division or Division of Enforcement or either Director's designee, or the National Futures Association may, at any time, give written notice to any registrant, applicant for registration, or person required to be registered:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) That derogatory information has come to the attention of the staff of the Commission or the National Futures Association which, if true, could constitute grounds upon which to base a determination that the person is unfit to become, or to remain, registered or temporarily licensed in accordance with the Act or the regulations thereunder and setting forth such information in the notice and requesting the person to provide evidence mitigating the seriousness of the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice and evidence that the person has undergone rehabilitation, or
</P>
<P>(2) That the Commission or the National Futures Association has undertaken a routine or periodic review of the registrant's fitness to remain registered or temporarily licensed; and
</P>
<P>(b) That the person, or any individual who, based upon his or her relationship with that person is required to file a Form 8-R in accordance with the requirements of this part, as applicable, must, within such period of time as the Commission or the National Futures Association may specify, complete and file with the Commission or the National Futures Association a current Form 7-R, or if appropriate, a Form 8-R, in accordance with the instructions thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure to provide the information required under paragraph (b) of this section is a violation of the Commission's regulations which itself constitutes grounds upon which to base a determination that the person is unfit to become or to remain so registered.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0023)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8049, Dec. 5, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 27551, June 25, 1982; 49 FR 39532, Oct. 9, 1984; 53 FR 8433, Mar. 15, 1988; 57 FR 23148, June 2, 1992; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 77 FR 51906, Aug. 28, 2012; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 3.23-3.29" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 3.23-3.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.30   Current address for purpose of delivery of communications from the Commission or the National Futures Association.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The address of each registrant, applicant for registration, and principal, as submitted on the application for registration (Form 7-R or Form 8-R) or as submitted on the biographical supplement (Form 8-R) shall be deemed to be the address for delivery to the registrant, applicant or principal for any communications from the Commission or the National Futures Association, including any summons, complaint, reparation claim, order, subpoena, special call, request for information, notice, and other written documents or correspondence, unless the registrant, applicant or principal specifies another address for this purpose: Provided that the Commission or the National Futures Association may address any correspondence relating to a biographical supplement submitted for or on behalf of a principal to the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant with which the principal is affiliated and may address any correspondence relating to an associated person to the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant with which the associated person or the applicant for registration is or will be associated as an associated person.
</P>
<P>(b) Each registrant, while registered and for two years after termination of registration, and each principal, while affiliated and for two years after termination of affiliation, must notify in writing the National Futures Association of any change of the address on the application for registration, biographical supplement, or other address filed with the National Futures Association for the purpose of receiving communications from the Commission or the National Futures Association. Failure to file a required response to any communication sent to the latest such address filed with the National Futures Association that is caused by a failure to notify in writing the National Futures Association of an address change may result in an order of default and award of claimed monetary damages or other appropriate order in any National Futures Association or Commission proceeding, including a reparation proceeding brought under part 12 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 51906, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.31   Deficiencies, inaccuracies, and changes, to be reported.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each applicant or registrant as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, floor trader that is a non-natural person or leverage transaction merchant shall, in accordance with the instructions thereto, promptly correct any deficiency or inaccuracy in Form 7-R or Form 8-R that no longer renders accurate and current the information contained therein, with the exception of any change that requires withdrawal from registration under § 3.33 or any change resulting from an exchange disciplinary or access denial action. Each such correction shall be prepared and filed in accordance with the instructions thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a registrant has changed its form of organization to or from a sole proprietorship, the registrant must request withdrawal from registration in accordance with § 3.33.
</P>
<P>(3) Where any person becomes a principal of an applicant or registrant subsequent to the filing of the applicant's or registrant's current Form 7-R:
</P>
<P>(i) If the new principal is not a natural person, the registrant shall update such Form 7-R.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the new principal is a natural person, the registrant shall file a Form 8-R, completed in accordance with the instructions thereto and executed by such person who is a principal of the registrant and who was not listed on the registrant's initial application for registration or any amendment thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Each applicant or registrant as a floor broker, floor trader or associated person, and each principal of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant must, in accordance with the instructions thereto, promptly correct any deficiency or inaccuracy in the Form 8-R or supplemental statement thereto.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) After the filing of a Form 8-R or updating a Form 8-R by or on behalf of any person for the purpose of permitting that person to be an associated person of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, or a leverage transaction merchant, that futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker or leverage transaction merchant must, within thirty days after the occurrence of either of the following, file a notice thereof with the National Futures Association indicating:
</P>
<P>(i) The failure of that person to become associated with the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, or leverage transaction merchant, and the reasons therefor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The termination of the association of the associated person with the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, or leverage transaction merchant, and the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(2) Each person registered as, or applying for registration as, a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant must, within thirty days after the termination of the affiliation of a principal with the registrant or applicant, file a notice thereof with the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(3) Any notice required by paragraph (c) of this section must be filed on Form 8-T or on a Uniform Termination Notice for Securities Industry Registration.
</P>
<P>(d) Each contract market or swap execution facility that has granted trading privileges to a person who is registered, has received a temporary license, or has applied for registration as a floor broker or floor trader, must notify the National Futures Association within sixty days after such person has ceased having trading privileges on such contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0023)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 80491, Dec. 5, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 27551, June 25, 1982; 48 FR 35297, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 5525, Feb. 13, 1984; 49 FR 39533, Oct. 9, 1984; 51 FR 34460, Sept. 29, 1986; 53 FR 8433, Mar. 15, 1988; 54 FR 19558, May 8, 1989; 58 FR 19592, Apr. 15, 1993; 66 FR 53518, Oct. 23, 2001; 67 FR 38875, June 6, 2002; 72 FR 63104, Nov. 8, 2007; 75 FR 55426, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 2628, Jan. 19, 2012; 77 FR 51907, Aug. 28, 2012; 83 FR 1545, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.1.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.33   Withdrawal from registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant must request that its registration be withdrawn prior to any voluntary resolution to file articles (or a certificate) of dissolution (or cancellation), and upon notice of any involuntary dissolution initiated by a third-party. A futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, leverage transaction merchant, floor broker or floor trader may request that its registration be withdrawn in accordance with the requirements of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant has ceased, or has not commenced, engaging in activities requiring registration in such capacity;
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant is exempt from registration in such capacity; or
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant is excluded from the persons or any class of persons required to be registered in such capacity: <I>Provided,</I> That the National Futures Association or the Commission, as appropriate, may consider separately each capacity for which withdrawal is requested in acting upon such a request.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for withdrawal from registration as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant must be made on Form 7-W, and a request for withdrawal from registration as a floor broker or individual floor trader must be made on Form 8-W, completed and filed with the National Futures Association in accordance with the instructions thereto. The request for withdrawal must be made by a person duly authorized by the registrant and must specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the registrant for which withdrawal is being requested;
</P>
<P>(2) The registration capacities for which withdrawal is being requested;
</P>
<P>(3) The name, address, and telephone number of the person who will have custody of the books and records of the registrant; the address where such books and records will be located; and a statement that such person is authorized to make them available in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) The applicable basis under paragraph (a) of this section for requesting withdrawal for each capacity for which withdrawal is requested.
</P>
<P>(5) If withdrawal is requested under paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, then, with respect to each capacity for which withdrawal is requested, the section of the Act, regulations, or other authority permitting the exemption or exclusion, and the circumstances which entitle the registrant to claim such exemption or exclusion.
</P>
<P>(6) If a basis for withdrawal from registration under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is that the registrant has ceased engaging in activities requiring registration, then, with respect to each capacity for which the registrant has ceased such activities:
</P>
<P>(i) That all customer, retail forex customer or option customer agreements, if any, have been terminated;
</P>
<P>(ii) That all customer, retail forex customer or option customer positions, if any, have been transferred on behalf of customers or option customers or closed;
</P>
<P>(iii) That all customer, retail forex customer or option customer cash balances, securities, or other property, if any, have been transferred on behalf of customers, retail forex customers or option customers or returned, and that there are no obligations to customers, retail forex customers or option customers outstanding;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a commodity pool operator, that all interests in, and assets of, any commodity pool have been redeemed, distributed, or transferred, on behalf of the participants therein, and that there are no obligations to such participants outstanding;
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of a leverage transaction merchant:
</P>
<P>(A) Either that all leverage customer agreements, if any, and all leverage contracts have been terminated, and that all leverage customer cash balances, securities or other property, if any, have been returned, or
</P>
<P>(B) Alternatively, that pursuant to Commission approval, the leverage contract obligations of the leverage transaction merchant have been assumed by another leverage transaction merchant and all leverage customer cash balances, securities or other property, if any, have been transferred to such leverage transaction merchant on behalf of leverage customers or returned, and that there are no obligations to leverage customers outstanding;
</P>
<P>(vi) The nature and extent of any pending customer, retail forex customer, option customer, leverage customer, swap counterparty or commodity pool participant claims against the registrant, and, to the best of the registrant's knowledge and belief, the nature and extent of any anticipated or threatened customer, option customer, leverage customer, swap counterparty or commodity pool participant claims against the registrant;
</P>
<P>(vii) In the case of a futures commission merchant or a retail foreign exchange dealer which is a party to a guarantee agreement, that all such agreements have been or will be terminated in accordance with the provisions of § 1.10(j) of this chapter not more than thirty days after the filing of the request for withdrawal from registration;
</P>
<P>(viii) In the case of a swap dealer, that the person will not engage in any new activity described in the definition of the term “swap dealer” in section 1a(49) of the Act, as such term may be further defined by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of a major swap participant, that the person will not engage in any new activity described in the definition of the term “major swap participant” in section 1a(33) of the Act, as such term may be further defined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a leverage transaction merchant is requesting withdrawal from registration in that capacity and the basis for withdrawal under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is that it has ceased engaging in activities requiring registration, the request for withdrawal must be accompanied by a form 2-FR which contains the information specified in § 31.13(f) of this chapter as of a date not more than 30 days prior to the date of the withdrawal request.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) A request for withdrawal from registration as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, major swap participant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, floor trader that is a non-natural person, or leverage transaction merchant on Form 7-W, and a request for withdrawal from registration as a floor broker or individual floor trader on Form 8-W, must be filed with the National Futures Association and a copy of such request must be sent by the National Futures Association within three business days of the receipt of such withdrawal request to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Market Participants Division, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. In addition, any floor broker or individual floor trader requesting withdrawal from registration must file a copy of his or her Form 8-W with each contract market or swap execution facility that has granted him or her trading privileges, and any floor trader that is a non-natural person requesting withdrawal from registration must file a copy of its Form 7-W with each contract market or swap execution facility that has granted it trading privileges. Within three business days of any determination by the National Futures Association under § 3.10(d) to treat the failure by a registrant to file an annual Form 7-R as a request for withdrawal, the National Futures Association shall send the Commission notice of that determination.
</P>
<P>(f) A request for withdrawal from registration will become effective on the thirtieth day after receipt of such request by the National Futures Association, or earlier upon written notice from the National Futures Association (with the written concurrence of the Commission) of the granting of such request, unless prior to the effective date:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission or the National Futures Association has instituted a proceeding to suspend or revoke such registration;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission or the National Futures Association imposes, or gives notice by mail which notice shall be complete upon mailing, that it intends to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal from registration;
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission or the National Futures Association notifies the registrant by mail, which notice shall be complete upon mailing, or the registrant otherwise is notified that it is the subject of an investigation to determine, among other things, whether such registrant has violated, is violating, or is about to violate the Act, rules, regulations or orders adopted thereunder;
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission or the National Futures Association requests from the registrant further information pertaining to its request for withdrawal from registration; or
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission or National Futures Association determines that it would be contrary to the requirements of the Act, or of any rule, regulation or order thereunder, or to the public interest to permit such withdrawal from registration.
</P>
<P>(g) Withdrawal from registration in one capacity does not constitute withdrawal from registration in any other capacity.
</P>
<P>(h) Withdrawal from registration does not constitute a release from liability for any violation of the Act or of any rule, regulation, or order thereunder.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0008) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48917, Oct. 5, 1981]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 3.33, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Temporary Licenses</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.40   Temporary licensing of applicants for associated person, floor broker or floor trader registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of these regulations and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The National Futures Association may grant a temporary license to any applicant for registration as an associated person upon the contemporaneous filing with the National Futures Association of: 
</P>
<P>(i) A Form 8-R, properly completed in accordance with the instructions thereto; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The sponsor's certification required by § 3.12(c): <I>Provided, however,</I> that the fingerprints of the applicant on a fingerprint card provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose must be filed with the National Futures Association within 20 days following the date the temporary license is issued; <I>and, provided further,</I> that failure to file the fingerprints within this period will result in the termination of the temporary license immediately upon notice to the applicant's sponsor that the National Futures Association has not received the applicant's fingerprints. 
</P>
<P>(2) The National Futures Association may grant a temporary license to any applicant for registration as a floor broker or individual floor trader upon the contemporaneous filing with the National Futures Association of: 
</P>
<P>(i) A Form 8-R, properly completed in accordance with the instructions thereto; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The fingerprints of the applicant on a fingerprint card provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement executed by a sponsor meeting the requirements under § 3.60(b)(2)(i), if the applicant is subject to an order imposing conditions on the applicant's registration; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Evidence that the applicant has been granted trading privileges by a contract market or swap execution facility that has filed with the National Futures Association a certification signed by its chief operating officer with respect to the review of an applicant's employment, credit and other history in connection with the granting of trading privileges. 
</P>
<P>(b) The failure of an applicant or the applicant's sponsor to respond to a request by the Commission or the National Futures Association for clarification of any information set forth in the application of the applicant or for the resubmission of fingerprints in accordance with such request will be deemed to constitute a withdrawal of the applicant's registration application and shall result in the immediate termination of the applicant's temporary license. 
</P>
<P>(c) Subject to the provisions of § 3.42 and all of the obligations imposed on such registrants under the Act (in particular, section 14 thereof) and the rules, regulations, and orders thereunder, an applicant for registration as an associated person who has received notification that a temporary license has been granted may act in the capacity of an associated person, an applicant for registration as a floor trader who has received written notification that a temporary license has been granted may act in the capacity of a floor trader, and an applicant for registration as a floor broker who has received written notification that a temporary license has been granted may act in the capacity of a floor broker.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 38876, June 6, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.42" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.42   Termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A temporary license issued pursuant to § 3.40 shall terminate:
</P>
<P>(1) Five days after service upon the applicant of a notice by the Commission or the National Futures Association pursuant to § 3.60 of this part that the applicant for registration may be found subject to a statutory disqualification from registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately upon termination of the association of the applicant for registration as an associated person with the registrant which filed the sponsorship certification, or immediately upon loss of trading privileges by an applicant for registration as a floor broker or floor trader on all contract markets and swap execution facilities which filed the certification described in § 3.40; 
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately upon the withdrawal of the registration application pursuant to § 3.40; 
</P>
<P>(4) Immediately upon failure to comply with an order to pay a civil monetary penalty, restitution, or disgorgement within the time permitted under sections 6(e), 6b, or 6c(d) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(5) Immediately upon failure to pay the full amount of a reparation order within the time permitted under section 14(f) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(6) Immediately upon failure to comply with an award in an arbitration proceeding conducted pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility or registered futures association within the time specified in section 10(g) of the National Futures Association's Code of Arbitration or the comparable time period specified in the rules of a contract market or other appropriate arbitration forum. 
</P>
<P>(7) Immediately upon the revocation or withdrawal of the registration of the applicant's sponsor; or
</P>
<P>(8) Immediately upon notice to the applicant and the applicant's sponsor or the contract market or swap execution facility that has granted the applicant trading privileges that:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant failed to disclose relevant disciplinary history information on the applicant's Form 8-R; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An event has occurred leading to a required disclosure on the applicant's Form 8-R.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon termination, the applicant may not engage in any activity which requires registration with the Commission as an associated person, floor broker or floor trader.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8219, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23151, June 2, 1992; 58 FR 19594, Apr. 15, 1993; 67 FR 38876, June 6, 2002; 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.43" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.43   Relationship to registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A temporary license shall not be deemed to be a registration or to confer any right to such registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless a temporary license has terminated pursuant to § 3.42, a temporary license shall become a registration with the Commission upon the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination by the National Futures Association that the applicant is qualified for registration as an associated person, floor broker or floor trader; or
</P>
<P>(2) The expiration of six months from the date of issuance unless a notice has been issued under § 3.60 of the initiation of a proceeding to deny registration under section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8219, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 39534, Oct. 9, 1984; 54 FR 19559, May 8, 1989; 58 FR 19595, Apr. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.44" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.44   Temporary licensing of applicants for guaranteed introducing broker registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these regulations, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this subpart, the National Futures Association may grant a temporary license to any applicant for registration as an introducing broker upon the contemporaneous filing with the National Futures Association of:
</P>
<P>(1) A properly completed guarantee agreement (Form 1-FR part B) from a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer which is eligible to enter into such an agreement pursuant to § 1.10(j)(2) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A Form 7-R properly completed in accordance with the instructions thereto;
</P>
<P>(3) A Form 8-R for the applicant, if a sole proprietor, and each principal (including each branch office manager) thereof, properly completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, all of whom would be eligible for a temporary license if they had applied as associated persons.
</P>
<P>(4) A certification executed by a person duly authorized by the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer that has executed the guarantee agreement required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, stating that:
</P>
<P>(i) The futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer has verified the information on the Forms 8-R filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section which relate to education and employment history of the applicant's principals (including each branch office manager) thereof during the preceding three years; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the best of the futures commission merchant's or retail foreign exchange dealer's knowledge, information, and belief, all of the publicly available information supplied by the applicant and its principals and each branch office manager of the applicant on the Form 7-R and Forms 8-R, as appropriate, is accurate and complete; and
</P>
<P>(5) The fingerprints of the applicant, if a sole proprietor, and of each principal (including each branch office manager) thereof on fingerprint cards provided by the National Futures Association for that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(b) The effective date of a guarantee agreement filed in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section is the date upon which the temporary license is granted by the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant that fails to respond in accordance with a written request by the Commission or the National Futures Association for clarification of any information set forth in the application of the applicant or any principal (including any branch office manager) thereof or for the resubmission of a fingerprint card will be deemed to have withdrawn its registration application and the temporary license issued to such applicant and any associated person thereof shall terminate immediately.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 45760, Dec. 22, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8435, Mar. 15, 1988; 57 FR 23151, June 2, 1992; 64 FR 1728, Jan. 12, 1999; 67 FR 38876, June 6, 2002; 75 FR 55427, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.45" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.45   Restrictions upon activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the provisions of § 3.46 of this subpart and all of the obligations imposed on such registrants under the Act (in particular, section 14 thereof) and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, an applicant for registration as an introducing broker who has received written notification that a temporary license has been granted may act in the capacity of a guaranteed introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant for registration as an introducing broker who has received a temporary license may be guaranteed by a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer other than the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer which provided the initial guarantee agreement described in § 3.44(a)(1) of this subpart: <I>Provided,</I> That, at least 10 days prior to the effective date of the termination of the existing guarantee agreement in accordance with the provisions of § 1.10 (j)(5) of this chapter, or such other period of time as the National Futures Association may allow for good cause shown, the applicant files with the National Futures Association—
</P>
<P>(1) Written notice of such termination and
</P>
<P>(2) A new guarantee agreement with another futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer effective the day following the last effective date of the existing guarantee agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 45761, Dec. 22, 1986, as amended at 75 FR 55427, Sept. 10, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.46" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.46   Termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A temporary license issued pursuant to § 3.44 shall terminate:
</P>
<P>(1) Five days after service upon the applicant of a notice by the National Futures Association that the applicant for registration may be found subject to a statutory disqualification from registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately upon termination of the applicant's guarantee agreement in accordance with § 1.10(j)(4)(ii) or (j)(5) of this chapter, unless a new guarantee agreement is filed in accordance with § 3.45(b);
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately upon the failure of an applicant to respond to a written request by the Commission or the National Futures Association for clarification of information set forth in the application of the applicant or any principal (including any branch office manager) thereof or for the resubmission of a fingerprint card pursuant to § 3.44(c) in accordance with such request;
</P>
<P>(4) Immediately upon the revocation or withdrawal of the guarantor futures commission merchant's registration;
</P>
<P>(5) Immediately upon the withdrawal of the registration application pursuant to § 3.44(c);
</P>
<P>(6) Immediately upon failure to comply with an order to pay a civil monetary penalty, restitution, or disgorgement within the time permitted under section 6(e), 6b, or 6c(d) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(7) Immediately upon failure to pay the full amount of a reparation order within the time permitted under section 14(f) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(8) Immediately upon failure to comply with an award in an arbitration proceeding conducted pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or registered futures association within the time specified in section 10(g) of the National Futures Association's Code of Arbitration or the comparable time period specified in the rules of a contract market, swap execution facility, or other appropriate arbitration forum. 
</P>
<P>(9) Whenever a person not listed as a principal on the applicant's initial registration application becomes a principal under § 3.1(a); or
</P>
<P>(10) Immediately upon notice to the applicant and the guarantor futures commission merchant that:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant or any principal (including any branch officer manager) failed to disclose relevant disciplinary history information on the applicant's Form 7-R or on a principal's Form 8-R; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An event has occurred leading to a required disclosure on the applicant's Form 7-R or on a principal's Form 8-R.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon termination, the applicant may not engage in any activity which requires registration as an introducing broker.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 45761, Dec. 22, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8435, Mar. 15, 1988; 58 FR 19595, Apr. 15, 1993; 67 FR 38876, June 6, 2002; 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.47" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.47   Relationship to registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A temporary license shall not be deemed to be a registration or to confer any right to such registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless a temporary license has terminated, a temporary license shall become a registration upon the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination by the National Futures Association that the applicant is qualified for registration as an introducing broker; or
</P>
<P>(2) The expiration of six months from the date of issuance unless a notice has been issued under § 3.60 of the initiation of a proceeding to deny registration under sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 45761, Dec. 22, 1986, as amended at 58 FR 19595, Apr. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Denial, Suspension or Revocation of Registration</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 8220, Mar. 5, 1984, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 3.50" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.50   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this subpart, service upon an applicant or registrant will be sufficient if mailed by registered mail or certified mail return receipt requested properly addressed to the applicant or registrant at the address shown on his application or any amendment thereto, and will be complete upon mailing. Where a party effects service by mail, the time within which the person served may respond thereto shall be increased by three days.
</P>
<P>(b) A copy of any notice served in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall also be served upon:
</P>
<P>(1) Any registrant sponsoring the applicant or registrant pursuant to the provisions of § 3.12 of this part if the applicant or registrant is an individual registered as or applying for registration as an associated person; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer which has entered into a guarantee agreement in accordance with § 1.10(j) of this chapter, if the applicant or registrant is registered as or applying for registration as an introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(c) Documents served upon the Market Participants Division or upon the Division of Enforcement or filed with the Commission under this subpart shall be considered served or filed only upon actual receipt at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. 
</P>
<P>(d) Except for the documents which may be served under § 3.51, any documents served upon an applicant or registrant or upon the Market Participants Division or the Division of Enforcement or filed with the Commission under this subpart shall be concurrently filed with the Proceedings Clerk, together with proof of service, in accordance with the provisions of § 10.12 (d) and (e) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8220, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23151, June 2, 1992; 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995; 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 75 FR 55427, Sept. 10, 2010; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.51" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.51   Withdrawal of application for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> Whenever information comes to the attention of the Commission that an applicant for initial registration in any capacity under the Act may be found subject to a statutory disqualification under sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act, the Commission may serve written notice upon the applicant, which notice shall specify the statutory disqualifications to which the applicant may be subject and advise the applicant that:
</P>
<P>(1) The information, if true, is a basis upon which the applicant's registration may be denied;
</P>
<P>(2) Unless the applicant voluntarily withdraws the application, it may be necessary to institute the denial procedures described in this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the applicant does not confirm in writing that the applicant wishes to have the application given further consideration, the application of the applicant will be deemed to have been withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant must serve the written confirmation referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section upon the Secretary of the Commission on or before twenty days after the date the notice described in paragraph (a) of this section is served.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8220, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23151, June 2, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 3.52-3.54" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 3.52-3.54   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.55" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.55   Suspension and revocation of registration pursuant to section 8a(2) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> On the basis of information obtained by the Commission, the Commission may at any time serve notice upon a registrant in any capacity under the Act that:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission alleges and is prepared to prove that the registrant is subject to one or more of the statutory disqualifications set forth in section 8a(2) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) An Administrative Law Judge shall make a determination, based upon written evidence, as to whether the registrant is subject to such statutory disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the registrant is found to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the registration of the registrant may be suspended and the registrant ordered to show cause why such registration should not be revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written submission.</I> If the registrant wishes to challenge the accuracy of the allegations set forth in the notice, the registrant may submit written evidence limited to the type described in § 3.60(b)(1) of this part. Such written submission must be served upon the Division of Enforcement and filed with the Proceedings Clerk within twenty days of the date of service of notice to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply.</I> Within ten days of receipt of any written submission filed by the registrant, the Division of Enforcement may serve upon the registrant and file with the Proceedings Clerk a reply.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination by Administrative Law Judge.</I> A determination by the Administrative Law Judge as to whether the registrant is subject to a statutory disqualification must be based upon the evidence of the statutory disqualification, notice with proof of service, the written submission, if any, filed by the registrant in response thereto, any written reply submitted by the Division of Enforcement and such other papers as the Administrative Law Judge may require or permit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Suspension and order to show cause.</I> (1) If the registrant is found to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the Administrative Law Judge, within thirty days after receipt of the registrant's written submission, if any, and any reply thereto, shall issue an interim order suspending the registration of the registrant and requiring the registrant to show cause within twenty days of the date of the order why, notwithstanding the existence of the statutory disqualification, the registration of the registrant should not be revoked. The registration of the registrant shall be suspended, effective five days after the order to show cause is served upon the registrant in accordance with § 3.50(a), until a final order with respect to the order to show cause has been issued: <I>Provided, That</I> if the sole basis upon which the registrant is subject to statutory disqualification is the existence of a temporary order, judgment or decree of the type described in section 8a(2)(C) of the Act, the order to show cause shall not be issued and the registrant shall be suspended until such time as the temporary order, judgment or decree shall have expired: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in no event shall the registrant be suspended for a period to exceed six months.
</P>
<P>(2) If the registrant is found not to be subject to a statutory disqualification, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue an order to that effect and the Proceedings Clerk shall promptly serve a copy of such order on the registrant, the Market Participants Division and the Division of Enforcement. Such order shall be effective as a final order of the Commission fifteen days after the date it is served upon the registrant in accordance with the provisions of § 3.50(a) of this part unless a timely application for review is filed in accordance with § 10.102 of this chapter. The appellate procedures set forth in §§ 10.102, 10.103, 10.104, 10.106, 10.107 and 10.109 of this chapter shall apply to any appeal brought under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Further proceedings.</I> If an order to show cause is issued pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, further proceedings on such order shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of § 3.60(b)-(j) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8220, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23151, June 2, 1992; 58 FR 19595, Apr. 15, 1993; 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.56" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.56   Suspension or modification of registration pursuant to section 8a(11) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> (1) On the basis of information obtained by the Commission, the Commission may at any time serve written notice upon a registrant in any capacity under the Act that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission alleges and is prepared to prove, by reference to an information, indictment or complaint authorized by a United States Attorney or an appropriate official of any State that the registrant is charged with the commission of or participation in a crime involving a violation of the Act or a violation of any other provision of Federal or State law that would reflect on the honesty or the fitness of the person to act as a fiduciary that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, and that continued registration of the person may pose a threat to the public interest or may threaten to impair public confidence in any market regulated by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) An Administrative Law Judge shall make a determination, based upon written evidence and any oral hearing granted, as to whether the registrant is charged with the Commission of or participation in such a crime and whether the continued registration of the person may pose a threat to the public interest or may threaten to impair public confidence in any market regulated by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the registrant is found to be charged with the commission of or participation in such a crime and it is found that the continued registration of the person may pose a threat to the public interest or may threaten to impair public confidence in any market regulated by the Commission, the registration of the registrant shall be suspended or modified.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall include a short and plain statement that the continued registration of the registrant may pose a threat to the public interest or may threaten to impair public confidence in any market regulated by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response.</I> (1) If the registrant wishes to challenge the accuracy of the allegations in the notice, the registrant may submit written evidence as to:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant's identity;
</P>
<P>(ii) The existence of a clerical error in any record documenting the information, indictment or complaint;
</P>
<P>(iii) The nature of the information, indictment or complaint; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The statement accompanying the notice referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and, in an effort to have his registration modified rather than suspended, the Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement signed by a sponsor, supervising floor broker or, in the case of a floor trader, a supervising registrant, principal, contract market, or swap execution facility, as appropriate for the registrant in accordance with § 3.60(b)(2)(i) and who meets the standards set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i)(A) and (C).
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant may also request an oral hearing, which shall include a statement of the issues to be addressed, a list of any witnesses to be called, a summary of the testimony to be elicited and copies of any documents to be introduced. An oral hearing shall be granted upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) Such written submissions must be served upon the Division of Enforcement and filed with the Proceedings Clerk within twenty days of the date of service of notice to the registrant under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply.</I> Within ten days of receipt of any written submission filed by the registrant, the Division of Enforcement may serve upon the registrant and file with the Proceedings Clerk a reply.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral hearing.</I> An oral hearing shall be conducted pursuant to such sections of the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR part 10, as the Administrative Law Judge deems necessary and in a manner which shall ensure that the proceeding is resolved expeditiously.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Determination by Administrative Law Judge.</I> (1) A determination by the Administrative Law Judge as to whether the Division of Enforcement has shown by a preponderance of the evidence that the registrant is charged with the commission of or participation in a crime as set forth in the notice and that the continued registration of the registrant may pose a threat to the public interest or may threaten to impair public confidence in any market regulated by the Commission must be based upon the evidence of service, the response, if any, filed by the registrant, any written reply submitted by the Division of Enforcement and such other papers as the Administrative Law Judge may require or permit, and the oral hearing, if any. If the Division of Enforcement has made the required showings, the Administrative Law Judge, within thirty days after the last written submission or the oral hearing, shall issue an order suspending or modifying the registration of the registrant. If the Division of Enforcement has not made the required showings, the Administrative Law Judge, within thirty days after the last written submission or the oral hearing, shall issue an order to that effect. The Administrative Law Judge's order shall include a written determination setting forth the basis for his ruling.
</P>
<P>(2) The Proceedings Clerk shall promptly serve a copy of such order on the registrant, the Market Participants Division and the Division of Enforcement. Such Order shall be effective as a final order of the Commission fifteen days after the date it is served upon the registrant in accordance with the provisions of § 3.50(a) unless a timely application for review is filed in accordance with § 10.102 of this chapter. The appellate procedures set forth in §§ 10.102, 10.103, 10.104, 10.106, 10.107 and 10.109 of this chapter shall apply to any appeal brought under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Any order of suspension or modification issued under this section shall remain in effect until such information, indictment, or complaint is disposed of or until terminated by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(g) On disposition of such information, indictment, or complaint, the Commission may issue and serve on such registrant a notice under § 3.55 or § 3.60 to suspend, restrict, or revoke the registration of such person.
</P>
<P>(h) A finding of not guilty or other disposition of the charge shall not preclude the Commission from thereafter instituting any other proceedings under the Act or its rules.
</P>
<P>(i) A person aggrieved by an order issued under this section may obtain review of such order in the same manner and on the same terms and conditions as are provided in section 6(c) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19595, Apr. 15, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.57" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.57   Proceedings under section 8a(2)(E) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission will not initiate a proceeding under section 8a(2)(E) of the Act, if <I>respondeat superior</I> is the sole basis upon which the registrant may be found subject to a statutory disqualification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.60" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.60   Procedure to deny, condition, suspend, revoke or place restrictions upon registration pursuant to sections 8a(2), 8a(3) and 8a(4) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> On the basis of information obtained by the Commission, the Commission may at any time give written notice to any applicant for registration or any registrant in any capacity under the Act that:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission alleges and is prepared to prove that the registrant or applicant is subject to one or more of the statutory disqualifications set forth in section 8a(2), 8a(3) or 8a(4) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The allegations set forth in the notice, if true, constitute a basis upon which registration may be denied, granted upon conditions, suspended, revoked or restricted;
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant or registrant is entitled to file a response within thirty days of the date of service of the notice to challenge the evidentiary basis of the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice or show cause why, notwithstanding the accuracy of those allegations, registration should nevertheless be granted, or granted upon condition, or should not be conditioned, suspended, revoked or restricted; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant or registrant does not file a timely response to the notice:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant or registrant will be deemed to have waived his right to a hearing on all issues and the facts stated in the notice shall be deemed to be true and conclusive for the purpose of finding that the applicant or registrant is subject to a statutory disqualification under sections 8a(2), 8a(3) or 8a(4) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A presiding officer may thereafter decide whether to issue an order of default in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section to deny, condition, suspend, revoke, or place restrictions upon registration based solely upon the facts set forth in the notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response.</I> Within thirty days after service upon the applicant or registrant of a notice issued in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the applicant or registrant shall file a response with the Proceedings Clerk and serve a copy of the response on the Division of Enforcement.
</P>
<P>(1) In the response, the applicant or registrant shall state whether he challenges the evidentiary basis of the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice. The grounds for such a challenge shall include evidence as to:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant's or registrant's identity,
</P>
<P>(ii) The existence of a clerical error in any record documenting the statutory disqualification,
</P>
<P>(iii) The nature or date of the statutory disqualification,
</P>
<P>(iv) The post-conviction modification of any record of conviction, or
</P>
<P>(v) The favorable disposition of any appeal.
</P>
<FP>The applicant or registrant shall state the nature of each challenge and submit a verified statement or affidavit to support facts material to each challenge raised in the response.
</FP>
<P>(2)(i) In the response, if the person is not an associated person, a floor broker or a floor trader or an applicant for registration in any of those capacities, the applicant or registrant shall also state whether he or she intends to show that registration would not pose a substantial risk to the public despite the existence of the disqualification set forth in the notice. If the person is an associated person, a floor broker or a floor trader or an applicant for registration in any of those capacities, the applicant or registrant shall also state whether he or she intends to show that full, conditioned or restricted registration would not pose a substantial risk to the public despite the existence of the disqualification set forth in the notice. If the person is an associated person or an applicant for registration as an associated person and intends to make such a showing, he or she must also submit a letter signed by an officer or general partner authorized to bind the sponsor whereby the sponsor agrees to sign a Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement and supervise compliance with any conditions or restrictions that may be imposed on the applicant or registrant as a result of a statutory disqualification proceeding under this section; if the person is a floor broker or a floor trader or an applicant for registration in either capacity and intends to make such a showing, he or she must, in the case of a floor broker or applicant for registration as a floor broker, also submit a letter signed by his employer or if he or she has no employer by another floor broker or, in the case of a floor trader or applicant for registration as a floor trader, also submit a letter signed by an officer of the floor trader's clearing member, if such officer is a registrant or a principal of a registrant, or the chief operating officer of each contract market or swap execution facility that has granted trading privileges, whereby the employer or floor broker, appropriate registrant, principal or chief operating officer (on behalf of the contract market or swap execution facility) agrees to sign a Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement and supervise compliance with any conditions or restrictions that may be imposed on the applicant or registrant as a result of a statutory disqualification proceeding under this section; provided, that, with respect to such sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, supervising registrant or principal:
</P>
<P>(A) An adjudicatory proceeding pursuant to the provisions of sections 6(c), 6(d), 6c, 6d, 8a or 9 of the Act is not pending; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a sponsor which is a futures commission merchant, a retail foreign exchange dealer or a leverage transaction merchant, the sponsor is not subject to the reporting requirements of § 1.12(b), § 5.6(b) or § 31.7(b) of this chapter, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such person is not barred from service on self-regulatory organization governing boards or committees based on disciplinary history in accordance with § 1.63 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) If, in the response, the applicant or registrant states that he intends to make the showing referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, he shall also, within fifteen days after filing his initial response under paragraph (b) of this section, file with the Proceedings Clerk and serve a copy on the Division of Enforcement a submission which includes a statement of the applicant, registrant or his attorney identifying and summarizing the testimony of each witness whom the applicant or registrant intends to have testify in support of facts material to his showing, and copies of all documents which the applicant or registrant intends to introduce to support facts material to his showing. The factors forming the basis for a disqualified applicant's or registrant's showing referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(A) Evidence mitigating the seriousness of the wrongdoing underlying the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice;
</P>
<P>(B) Evidence that the applicant or registrant has undergone rehabilitation since the time of the wrongdoing underlying the statutory disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(C) If the person is an associated person, floor broker or floor trader or an applicant for registration in any of those capacities, evidence that the applicant's or registrant's registration on a conditioned or restricted basis would be subject to supervisory controls likely both to detect future wrongdoing by the applicant or registrant and protect the public from any harm arising from the applicant's or registrant's future wrongdoing, including proposed conditions or restrictions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply.</I> Within thirty days after the latter of the date the applicant or registrant serves a copy of the response on the Division of Enforcement (if no further submission is to be made in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section), or the date the applicant or registrant serves a copy of the further submission made in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section on the Division of Enforcement, the Division of Enforcement shall file a reply thereto with the Proceedings Clerk and serve a copy of the reply on the applicant or registrant. The Division of Enforcement's reply shall include either:
</P>
<P>(1) A motion for summary disposition stating that there are no genuine issues of material fact to be determined and that registration should be denied or revoked, based upon the applicant's or registrant's response and further submission, if any, and any other materials which are attached to the reply and would be admissible under § 10.91 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) A description of factual issues raised in the applicant's or registrant's response and further submission, if any, that the Division of Enforcement regards as material and disputed. Such a reply shall also include the identity and a summary of the expected testimony of each witness whom the Division intends to have testify, and copies of all documents which the Division intends to introduce.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral Presentation.</I> Within thirty days of the date the Division of Enforcement files its reply in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section to the applicant's or registrant's response and further submission, if any, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue an order:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrative Law Judge finds, based on the motion for summary disposition, that a party is entitled to judgment as a matter of law, granting, denying, suspending, or revoking the registration of an applicant or registrant, or dismissing the notice issued in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, and such order shall be made in accordance with the standards set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Notifying the parties of a time and place of hearing. At such hearing, the parties shall be limited to presentation of witnesses and documents listed in previous filings except, for good cause shown, the parties may request that the witness and document lists be supplemented for purposes of rebuttal. Such oral hearing shall be conducted in accordance with §§ 10.61-10.81 and 10.83 of this chapter. The Administrative Law Judge shall file an initial decision after completion of the oral hearing in accordance with the standards set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon notice that the Administrative Law Judge has concluded that an oral presentation is appropriate, the parties may elect to participate by telephone in accordance with the terms set forth in § 12.209(b) of this chapter. To effect such an election, the party shall file a notice with the Proceedings Clerk and serve a copy on all opposing parties within fifteen days of the date the Administrative Law Judge's notice is served. The filing of an election to participate by telephone will be deemed a waiver of the party's right to a full oral hearing on the parties' material disputes of fact. The Administrative Law Judge shall schedule a telephonic hearing only if all parties to the proceeding elect such a procedure. The Administrative Law Judge shall conduct such a hearing in accordance with § 12.209(b) of this chapter. Following the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue a written decision in accordance with the standards set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Determination by Administrative Law Judge—Standards of Proof.</I> The Administrative Law Judge's written determination shall specifically consider whether the Division of Enforcement has shown by a preponderance of the evidence that the applicant or registrant is subject to the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice issued by the Commission and, where appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) In actions involving statutory disqualifications set forth in section 8a(2) of the Act, whether the applicant or registrant has made a clear and convincing showing that full, conditioned or restricted registration would not pose a substantial risk to the public despite the existence of the statutory disqualification; or
</P>
<P>(2) In actions involving statutory disqualifications set forth in sections 8a(3) or 8a(4) of the Act, whether the applicant or registrant has shown by a preponderance of the evidence that full, conditioned or restricted registration would not pose a substantial risk to the public despite the existence of the statutory disqualification.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Determination of Administrative Law Judge—Findings.</I> In making his written determination, the Administrative Law Judge shall set forth the facts material to his conclusion and provide an explanation of his decision in light of the statutory disqualification set forth in the notice and, where appropriate, his findings regarding:
</P>
<P>(1) Evidence mitigating the seriousness of the wrongdoing underlying the applicant's or registrant's statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(2) Evidence that the applicant or registrant has undergone rehabilitation since the time of the wrongdoing underlying the statutory disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the person is an associated person, a floor broker or a floor trader or an applicant for registration in any of those capacities, evidence that the applicant's or registrant's registration on a conditioned or restricted basis would be subject to supervisory controls likely both to detect future wrongdoing by the applicant or registrant and protect the public from any harm arising from future wrongdoing by the applicant or registrant. Any decision providing for a conditioned or restricted registration shall take into consideration the applicant's or registrant's statutory disqualification and the time period remaining on such statutory disqualification, and shall fix a time period after which the registrant and his or her sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, or supervising registrant, principal, contract market, or swap execution facility may petition to lift or modify the conditions or restrictions in accordance with § 3.64.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Default.</I> The procedures for obtaining a default order and the setting aside of a default order in a proceeding instituted under this section shall follow the procedures set forth in §§ 10.93 and 10.94 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Settlements</I>—(1) <I>When offers may be made.</I> Parties may, at any time during the course of the proceeding, propose offers of settlement. All offers of settlement shall be in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Content of offer.</I> Each offer of settlement made by a respondent shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Acknowledge service of the notice;
</P>
<P>(ii) Admit the jurisdiction of the Commission with respect to the matters set forth in the notice;
</P>
<P>(iii) Include a waiver of:
</P>
<P>(A) A hearing,
</P>
<P>(B) All post-hearing procedures,
</P>
<P>(C) Judicial review, and
</P>
<P>(D) Any objection to the staff's participation in the Commission's consideration of the offer;
</P>
<P>(iv) Stipulate the record basis on which an order may be entered, which may consist solely of the notice and any findings contained in the offer of settlement; and
</P>
<P>(v) Consent to the entry of an order reflecting the terms of settlement agreed upon, including, where appropriate:
</P>
<P>(A) Findings that the respondent is subject to statutory disqualification under sections 8a(2), 8a(3), or 8a(4) of the Act, and
</P>
<P>(B) The revocation, suspension, denial or granting of full registration or imposition of conditioned or restricted registration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission of offer.</I> Offers of settlement made by a respondent shall be submitted in writing to the Division of Enforcement, which shall present them to the Commission with the Division's recommendation. The respondent will be informed if the recommendation will be unfavorable, in which event the offer shall not be presented to the Commission unless the respondent so requests. Any offer of settlement not presented to the Commission shall be null and void with respect to any acknowledgment, admission, waiver, stipulation or consent contained in the offer and shall not be used in any manner in the proceeding by any party thereto.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Acceptance of offer.</I> The offer of settlement will only be deemed accepted upon issuance by the Commission of an opinion and order based on the offer. Upon issuance of the opinion and order, the proceeding shall be terminated as to the respondent involved and so noted on the docket by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Rejection of offer.</I> When an offer of settlement is rejected, the party making the offer shall be notified by the Division of Enforcement and the offer of settlement shall be deemed withdrawn. A rejected offer of settlement and any documents relating thereto shall not constitute a part of the record in the proceeding; and the offer will be null and void with respect to any acknowledgment, admission, waiver, stipulation or consent contained in the offer and shall not be used in any manner in the proceeding by any party thereto.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Effect of the Administrative Law Judge's Determination.</I> The Administrative Law Judge's written determination shall become the final decision of the Commission thirty days following the date the Proceedings Clerk serves the determination on the parties unless:
</P>
<P>(1) One or more of the parties files and serves a timely notice of appeal in accordance with § 10.102 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission issues an order staying the effective date of the determination and notifying the parties of its intention to undertake sua sponte review in accordance with § 10.105 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Appeal.</I> Following the filing of a notice of appeal, the rules of appellate procedure set forth in §§ 10.102, 10.103, 10.104, 10.106, 10.107 and 10.109 of this chapter shall apply to any proceeding brought under this section.
</P>
<P>(k) With the exception of §§ 10.2 through 10.5, 10.7 through 10.12(a) (1), 10.12(a) (3) through 10.12(g), 10.26(a)-(d), 10.34, 10.43, 10.44 and 10.84 of this chapter, or unless otherwise provided in §§ 3.50 through 3.64 of this part, the provisions of the Commission's Rules of Practice in part 10 of this chapter shall not apply in any proceeding brought under this part to deny, suspend, revoke, restrict or condition registration pursuant to sections 8a(2), 8a(3) or 8a(4) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(l) The failure of any sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, or supervising registrant, principal, contract market, or swap execution facility to fulfill its obligations with respect to supervision or monitoring of a conditioned or restricted registrant as agreed to in the Supplemental Sponsor Certification Statement shall be deemed a violation of this rule under the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23152, June 2, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 19596, Apr. 15, 1993; 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 51908, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.61" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.61   Extensions of time for proceedings brought under § 3.55, § 3.56, and § 3.60 of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided by law or by these rules, for good cause shown, the Commission or an Administrative Law Judge before whom a proceeding brought under § 3.55, § 3.56 or § 3.60 is then pending, on their own motion or the motion of a party, may at any time extend or shorten the time limit prescribed by those rules for filing any document. In any instance in which a time limit is not prescribed for an action to be taken concerning any matter, the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge may set a time limit for that action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motions for extension of time.</I> Absent extraordinary circumstances, in any instance in which a time limit that has been prescribed for an action to be taken concerning any matter exceeds seven days from the date of the order establishing the time limit, requests for extension of time shall be filed at least five (5) days prior to the expiration of the time limit and shall explain why an extension of time is necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23154, June 2, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 19597, Apr. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.62" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.62   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.63" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.63   Service of order issued by an Administrative Law Judge or the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>A copy of any order issued pursuant to § 3.60 of this part shall be served promptly upon the applicant or registrant, the Market Participants Division, the Division of Enforcement, the National Futures Association, and any contract markets where the applicant or registrant is a member or has trading privileges in accordance with the provisions of § 3.50(a) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23154, June 2, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 62351, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.64" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.3.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.64   Procedure to lift or modify conditions or restrictions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition.</I> The registrant and his sponsor or supervising floor broker may file a petition with the Proceedings Clerk and serve a copy of the petition on the Division of Enforcement to lift or modify conditions or restrictions on the registrant's registration.
</P>
<P>(1) The petition may be filed after the period specified in the order imposing the conditioned or restricted registration.
</P>
<P>(2) In the petition, the registrant and his or her sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, or supervising registrant, principal, contract market, or swap execution facility shall be limited to a showing, by affidavit, that the conditions or restrictions have been satisfied pursuant to the order which imposed them. The affidavit must be sworn to by a person with actual knowledge of the registrant's activities on behalf of the sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, or supervising registrant, principal, contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response.</I> (1) Within thirty days of receipt of the petition, pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the Division of Enforcement shall file a response with the Proceedings Clerk. The response must include a recommendation by the Division of Enforcement as to whether to continue the conditions or restrictions, modify the conditions or restrictions, or to allow for a full registration.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Division of Enforcement agrees with the petitioner's request to lift or modify conditions or restrictions on the petitioner's registration, it shall so recommend to the Commission. Such recommendation will only be deemed accepted upon issuance by the Commission of an order lifting or modifying conditions or restrictions on the petitioner's registration. Such order shall be so noted on the docket by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oral presentation.</I> If the Division of Enforcement requests a continuation, or a modification other than in accordance with the terms of the petition, of the restrictions or conditions on the registration, the Administrative Law Judge shall, within thirty days of the date that the response is filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, determine whether an oral presentation is appropriate to the reliable resolution of the registrant's petition.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrative Law Judge determines that an oral presentation is appropriate, he shall notify the parties of his determination and shall schedule and conduct an oral hearing in accordance with §§ 10.61 through 10.81 of this chapter. Following the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue a written decision or an order.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrative Law Judge concludes that an oral presentation is unnecessary, he shall notify the parties and issue a written decision or an order.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of the Administrative Law Judge's determination.</I> The Administrative Law Judge's written determination shall become the final decision of the Commission thirty days following the date the Proceedings Clerk serves the determination on the registrant, the registrant's sponsor, supervising employer or floor broker, or supervising registrant, principal or contract market, and the Division of Enforcement unless one or more of the parties files a timely notice of appeal in accordance with § 10.102 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal.</I> Following the filing of a notice of appeal, the rules of appellate procedure set forth in §§ 10.102, 10.103, 10.104, 10.106, 10.107 and 10.109 of this chapter shall apply to any proceeding brought under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23154, June 2, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 19597, Apr. 15, 1993; 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 77 FR 51909, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Notice Under Section 4k(5) of the Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.70" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.70   Notification of certain information regarding associated persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> A registrant must notify the Commission under section 4k(5) of the Act of any facts regarding an associated person of the registrant or an applicant for registration as an associated person whom it has sponsored pursuant to the provisions of § 3.12 of this part or whom it intends to hire or otherwise employ as an associated person which are set forth as statutory disqualifications in section 8a(2) of the Act within ten business days of the date upon which the registrant first knows or should have known such facts. Notice to the Commission shall be sufficient if the registrant gives notice to the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director's designee by telephone and confirms such notice in writing by certified or registered mail or equivalent means to the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters (Attn: Deputy Director, Registration and Compliance Branch, Market Participants Division).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unlawful to act as an associated person.</I> Upon the earlier of notification to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or actual receipt of notice to the registrant pursuant to § 3.50(b)(1) of this part, that an associated person of the registrant or an applicant for registration as an associated person may be subject to a statutory disqualification as set forth in section 8a(2) of the Act, it shall be unlawful for the registrant to permit such person to act in the capacity of an associated person of the registrant until the Commission determines that such person should nonetheless be registered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proceedings under subpart C.</I> Upon notification to the Commission by the registrant under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission may promptly issue notice under § 3.55 or § 3.60 of this part, as appropriate, to suspend and revoke the registration of the associated person of the registrant or to deny the registration of the applicant for registration as an associated person of the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8223, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23155, June 2, 1992; 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995; 67 FR 62351, 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Delegation and Reservation of Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 3.75" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.75   Delegation and reservation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Market Participants Division 

or his or her designee the authority to grant or deny requests filed pursuant to § 3.12(g). The Director of the Market Participants Division 

may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated to them pursuant to § 3.12(g). The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as it orders otherwise, the authority to perform all functions specified in subparts B through D of this part to the persons authorized to perform them thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this subpart shall prevent the Commission from exercising the authority delegated therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission reserves to itself the decision in any case to proceed by order, upon notice and hearing, to deny, suspend, condition or restrict the registration of any person pursuant to sections 8a(2), 8a(3) and 8a(4) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall affect the authority of the Commission to institute a proceeding pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may, by order of delegation, authorize a futures association registered pursuant to section 17 of the Act to perform all or any portion of the registration functions under subparts B through D in accordance with rules or procedures adopted by such futures association and submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act and subject to the applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8224, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 23155, June 2, 1992; 59 FR 5315, Feb. 4, 1994; 77 FR 51909, Aug. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.7.7.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 3—Interpretative Statement With Respect to Section 8<E T="01">a</E>(2)(C) and (E) and Section 8<E T="01">a</E>(3)(J) and (M) of the Commodity Exchange Act
</HEAD>
<HD2>Section 8a(2) (C) and (E)
</HD2>
<P>The provisions of sections 8a(2)-8a(4) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”) establish a system of statutory disqualifications pursuant to which the Commission may find an applicant or registrant unfit for registration and vest the Commission with wide discretion to deny, condition, suspend, restrict or revoke the registration of any person subject to one or more of the disqualifications set forth therein. The Commission recognizes that the full exercise of its authority under these provisions of the Act may have unintended results. In particular, the exercise of such authority may, in certain cases, impede the efficient enforcement of the Act and the various federal and state securities acts.
</P>
<P>At this time, the Commission cannot anticipate all of the circumstances under which it may elect not to exercise its authority under sections 8a(2)-8a(4). Until the Commission has gained experience with these provisions of the Act, such determinations generally must be made on a case-by-case basis. Nonetheless, the Commission has identified two paragraphs of section 8a(2) of the Act which it has determined to interpret more narrowly than required.
</P>
<P><I>Section 8a(2)(C).</I> Section 8a(2) of the Act authorizes the Commission to deny, condition, suspend or restrict the registration of any person “upon notice, but without a hearing” and to revoke the registration of any person “with such hearing as may be appropriate,” if such person is subject to one or more of the disqualifications described in paragraphs (A)-(H). Section 8a(2)(C) authorizes the Commission to affect the registration of any person:
</P>
<P>“if such person is permanently or temporarily enjoined by order, judgment, or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction * * * , including an order entered pursuant to an agreement of settlement to which the Commission or any Federal or State agency or other governmental body is a party, from (i) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, floor broker, floor trader, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, associated person of any registrant under the Act, securities broker, securities dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, transfer agent, clearing agency, securities information processor, investment advisor, investment company, or affiliated person or employee of any of the foregoing or (ii) engaging in or continuing any activity involving any transaction in or advice concerning contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery, concerning matters subject to Commission regulation under section 4c or 19 of the Act, or concerning securities;”
</P>
<P>The Commission believes that a person enjoined from acting in a certain capacity as described in section 8a(2)(C)(i), even if the order of injunction is entered into pursuant to an agreement of settlement, similarly should be prohibited from acting in any other capacity which requires registration with the Commission. Therefore, the Commission does not intend to limit its authority under section 8a(2)(C)(i) of the Act.
</P>
<P>However, the Commission is also aware that it has often initiated proceedings in which the sole relief sought was an injunction from engaging in certain conduct. In such circumstances, the Commission has accepted offers of settlement which provide that the findings set forth in the settlement will not form the sole basis for the denial, suspension or revocation of such person's registration with the Commission. The Commission does not wish to impede the resolution by negotiated settlement of such proceedings. Therefore, the Commission has determined that it will not exercise its authority under section 8a(2)(C)(ii) of the Act with respect to any person temporarily or permanently enjoined by agreement of settlement from engaging in any conduct described in that paragraph, if the agreement of settlement clearly restricts the use of such order of injunction or any findings set forth therein in subsequent or collateral proceedings.
</P>
<P>Thus, a provision in the agreement of settlement to the effect, <I>inter alia,</I> that the findings set forth in the agreement will not form the <I>sole basis</I> upon which the registration of such person may be affected will preclude a collateral proceeding under section 8a(2)(C)(ii) where the sole basis for such proceeding is the agreement of settlement. Unless otherwise precluded in the agreement of settlement, however, the person will be collaterally estopped from denying the findings set forth therein, whether or not admitted, in any other subsequent or collateral proceeding and such findings may, in conjunction with the findings in such subsequent or collateral proceeding, form a basis for affecting the registration of that person or imposing such other sanctions as may be deemed appropriate.
</P>
<P>Section 8a(2)(E) of the Act authorizes the Commission to affect the registration of any person:
</P>
<P>If such person, within ten years preceding the filing of the application or at any time thereafter, has been found in a proceeding brought by the Commission or any Federal or State agency or other governmental body, or by agreement of settlement to which the Commission or any Federal or State agency or other governmental body is a party, (i) to have violated any provision of this Act, [the securities acts], chapter 96 of title 18 of the United States Code, or any similar statute of a State or foreign jurisdiction, or any rule, regulation, or order under any such statutes, or the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board where such violation involves embezzlement, theft, extortion, fraud, fraudulent conversion, misappropriation of funds, securities or property, forgery, counterfeiting, false pretenses, bribery, or gambling, or (ii) to have willfully aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, or procured such violation by any other person;
</P>
<P>As in section 8a(2)(C)(ii), the Commission will not exercise its authority under section 8a(2)(E) of the Act with respect to any person subject to a statutory disqualification thereunder, if the findings are part of an agreement of settlement which clearly restricts the use of such findings by inclusion of a provision to the effect, <I>inter alia,</I> that the findings set forth in the agreement will not form the <I>sole basis</I> upon which the registration of such person may be affected.
</P>
<P>Section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Act, <I>inter alia,</I> codifies the legal concept of <I>respondant superior</I> by providing that a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or leverage transaction merchant may be held liable for the conduct of an associated person sponsored by such registrant. *
<FTREF/> Thus, findings of the type described in paragraph (E) may be entered against a registrant solely because such registrant is responsible, under section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Act, for the conduct of its associated persons. As prescribed in § 3.57 of the Commission's regulations, however, the Commission will not exercise its authority under section 8a(2)(E) to affect the registration of such registrant, if <I>respondant superior</I> is the sole basis for finding that the registrant is subject to a statutory disqualification.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>* Specifically, section 2(a)(1)(A)(iii) of the Act provides in part, that the “act, omission or failure of any official, agent, or other person acting for any individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust within the scope of his employment or office shall be deemed the act, omission, or failure of such individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust as well as of such official, agent, or other person.” 7 U.S.C. 4 (1982).</P></FTNT>
<P>The Commission notes that section 8a(3)(C) and 8a(4) authorize the Commission to affect the registration of a person if it is found, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that such person “failed reasonably to supervise another person, who is subject to such person's supervision, with a view to preventing violations of this Act or [the securities acts], or of any of the rules, regulation or orders thereunder, and the person subject to supervision committed such a violation * * *” In this connection, the Commission believes that any proceeding to affect the registration of a registrant against which findings have been made solely pursuant to section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Act is more appropriately initiated under the provisions of section 8a(3)(C) and 8a(4).
</P>
<P>Section 8a(2)(E) may also be interpreted to authorize the Commission to affect the registration of any person if the findings described therein are made in a proceeding initiated by a private party either in a court of law or in a reparations proceeding under section 14 of the Act. At the present time, however, the Commission does not intend to exercise its authority under section 8a(2)(E) on the basis of such findings. The Commission believes that such proceedings are intended primarily to provide restitution to the customer and are not intended to be punitive in nature. Therefore, it may not be appropriate to use findings in such proceedings to affect the registration of any person under section 8a(2)(E).
</P>
<P>At the same time, however, such findings may form the basis of a proceeding against a person under the provisions of section 8a(3)(M) and 8a(4), which authorize the Commission, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, to deny, condition, suspend, restrict or revoke the registration of any person if “there is other good cause.” Similarly, such findings may form the basis for a proceeding against a registrant under sections 8a(3)(C) and 8a(4) for the failure of such registrant “reasonably to supervise another person, who is subject to such person's supervision, with a view to preventing violations of this Act * * * or of any of the rules, regulations or orders thereunder * * *” Moreover, because the Commission views actions by private parties as an important adjunct to the Commission's own enforcement proceedings, the Commission intends to monitor carefully decisions in such proceedings and may amend this interpretation if deemed appropriate.
</P>
<HD2>Section 8a(3) (J) and (M)
</HD2>
<P>Section 8a(3) authorizes the Commission to refuse to register an applicant for registration if, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, the applicant is found subject to one or more of the disqualifications described in paragraphs (A)-(M). Section 8a(4) authorizes the Commission, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, to condition, suspend, restrict, or revoke the registration of any person subject to a disqualification under section 8a(3).
</P>
<P>Section 8a(3)(J) authorizes the Commission to affect the registration of any person if:
</P>
<P>If such person is subject to an outstanding order denying, suspending, or expelling such person from membership in a contract market, a registered futures association, any other self-regulatory organization or any foreign regulatory body that the Commission recognizes as having a comparable regulatory program, or barring or suspending such person from being associated with any member or members of such contract market, association, self-regulatory organization, or foreign regulatory body.
</P>
<P>The Commission interprets the term “self-regulatory organization” to include, in addition to a contract market and a registered futures association, any self-regulatory organization as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Thus, a self-regulatory organization includes any national securities exchange, any registered securities association, any registered clearing agency and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.
</P>
<P><I>Section 8a(3)(M).</I> Section 8a(3)(M) authorizes the Commission to affect the registration of any person if “there is other good cause”. Specifically, the Commission interprets paragraph (M) to authorize the Commission to refuse to register such person in any new capacity, if such person, or any principal of such person, is the subject of an administrative proceeding brought by the Commission to revoke the existing registration of such person in any other capacity, pending a final decision in such administrative proceeding. The Commission believes it would be inconsistent to register a person in a new capacity, thereby determining that such person is qualified to be registered, while simultaneously seeking to revoke such person's registration in a different capacity because such person's conduct disqualifies him from registration.
</P>
<P>Similarly, the Commission interprets paragraph (M) to authorize the Commission to refuse to register, register conditionally or otherwise affect the registration of any person if such person has consented, in connection with an agreement of settlement with a contract market, a registered futures association, or any other self-regulatory organization, to comply with an undertaking to withdraw all forms of existing or pending registration and/or not to apply for registration with the National Futures Association or the Commission in any capacity. Such person's effort to violate his or her prior undertaking to withdraw from and/or not to apply for registration shall be considered to constitute “other good cause” under paragraph (M). The Commission believes that allowing such a person to be registered would be inappropriate and inconsistent with the intention of parties to the prior settlement agreement. The failure to withdraw or the attempt to register in the face of such an undertaking would indicate the lack of fair and honest dealing which the Commission believes constitutes “other good cause” for denying, revoking or conditioning registration under the Act. The Commission also believes that allowing registration in such a situation would be inconsistent with both Section 8a(2)(A), which authorizes the Commission to refuse to register, to register conditionally, or to revoke, suspend or place restrictions upon the registration of any person if such person's prior registration has been suspended (and the period of such suspension has not expired) or has been revoked, and Section 8a(3)(J), which authorizes the Commission to refuse to register or to register conditionally any person if he or she is subject to an outstanding order denying, suspending, or expelling such person from membership in a contract market, a registered futures association, or any other self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>Good cause to affect a person's registration also exists: (1) If the operations of such person disrupt or would tend to disrupt orderly market conditions, or cause or would tend to cause sudden or unreasonable fluctuations or unwarranted changes in the price of commodities or contracts for future delivery of commodities or commodity options; (2) if such person has used or is using in its name a term such as “board of trade”, “clearing corporation” or “exchange” in a misleading context, or uses any terms in its representations to the public which may indicate that the person is a contract market or a member of a contract market when such is not the case, or has used or is using a misleading name which would tend to suggest to the public that the person is affiliated with another person when that is not the case or that the person is engaged in a commodity-related business when the person is not in fact substantially so engaged, or has failed to disclose to the public an agency relationship with another person when such failure could mislead the public; (3) if such person is subject to an outstanding order denying, suspending or revoking the license of such person by a licensing authority, such as a state real estate or insurance commission; and (4) if such person has failed to answer the inquiries or requests for further information concerning an application for registration filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>This listing, of course, is not exclusive. In general, the Commission interprets paragraph (M) to authorize the Commission to affect the registration of any person if, as a result of any act or pattern of conduct attributable to such person, although never the subject of formal action or proceeding before either a court or governmental agency, such person's potential disregard of or inability to comply with the requirements of the Act or the rules, regulations or order thereunder, or such person's moral turpitude, or lack of honesty or financial responsibility is demonstrated to the Commission.
</P>
<P>Any inability to deal fairly with the public and consistent with just and equitable principles of trade may render an applicant or registrant unfit for registration, given the high ethical standards which must prevail in the industry.
</P>
<P>The Commission has further addressed “other good cause” under Section 8a(3)(M) of the Act in issuing guidance letters on assessing the fitness of floor brokers, floor traders or applicants in either category: 
</P>
<FP>[First guidance letter] 
</FP>
<FP-2>December 4, 1997 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Robert K. Wilmouth, President, National Futures Association, 200 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60606-3447 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Re: Adverse Registration Actions with Respect to Floor Brokers, Floor Traders and Applicants for Registration in Either Category 
</FP-2>
<P>Dear Mr. Wilmouth: As you know, the Commission on June 26, 1997, approved for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a Notice and Order concerning adverse registration actions by the National Futures Association (“NFA”) with respect to registered floor brokers (“FBs”), registered floor traders (“FTs”) and applicants for registration in either category. 62 Fed. Reg. 36050 (July 3, 1997). The Notice and Order authorized NFA to grant or to maintain, either with or without conditions or restrictions, FB or FT registration where NFA previously would have forwarded the case to the Commission for review of disciplinary history. The Commission has worked with its staff to determine which of the pending matters could efficiently be returned to NFA for handling, and such matters have been forwarded to NFA. The Commission will continue to accept or to act upon requests for exemption, and the Commission staff will consider requests for “no-action” opinions with respect to applicable registration requirements. 
</P>
<P>By this correspondence, the Commission is issuing guidance that provides NFA further direction on how it expects NFA to exercise its delegated power, based upon the experience of the Commission and the staff with the registration review process during the past three years. This guidance will help ensure that NFA exercises its delegated power in a manner consistent with Commission precedent. 
</P>
<P>In exercising its delegated authority, NFA, of course, needs to apply all of the provisions of Sections 8a(2) and (3) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”). 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> In that regard, NFA should consider the matters in which the Commission has taken action in the past and endeavor to seek similar registration restrictions, conditions, suspensions, denials, or revocations under similar circumstances. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> 7 U.S.C. 12a(2) and (3) (1994). The letter is intended to supplement, not to supersede, other guidance provided in the past to NFA. In this regard, the NFA should continue to follow other guidance provided by the Commission or its staff.</P></FTNT>
<P>One of the areas in which NFA appears to have had the most uncertainty is with regard to previous self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) disciplinary actions. Commission Rule 1.63 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> provides clear guidelines for determining whether a person's history of “disciplinary offenses” should preclude service on SRO governing boards or committees. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> In determining whether to grant or to maintain, either with or without conditions or restrictions, FB or FT registration, NFA should, as an initial matter, apply the Rule 1.63(a)(6) criteria to those registered FBs, registered FTs and applicants for registration in either category. However, NFA should be acting based upon any such offenses that occurred within the previous five years, rather than the three years provided for in Rule 1.63(c). NFA should consider disciplinary actions taken by an SRO as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 no differently from disciplinary actions taken by an SRO in the futures industry as defined in Rule 1.3(ee). 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> Application of the Rule 1.63 criteria, as modified, to these matters will aid NFA in making registration determinations that are reasonably consonant with Commission views. 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> NFA should focus on the nature of the underlying conduct rather than the sanction imposed by an SRO. Thus, if a disciplinary action would not come within the coverage of Rule 1.63 but for the imposition of a short suspension of trading privileges (such as for a matter involving fighting, use of profane language or minor recordkeeping violations), NFA could exercise discretion, as has the Commission, not to institute a statutory disqualification case. On the other hand, conduct that falls clearly within the terms of Rule 1.63, such as violations of rules involving potential harm to customers of the exchange, should not be exempt from review simply because the exchange imposed a relatively minor sanction. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Commission rules referred to herein are found at 17 CFR Ch. I.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Rule 1.63(c) provides that a person is ineligible from serving on an SRO's disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels or governing board if, as provided in Rule 1.63(b), the person, inter alia: (1) within the past three years has been found by a final decision of an SRO, an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction or the Commission to have committed a disciplinary offense; or (2) within the past three years has entered into a settlement agreement in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense. 
</P>
<P>Rule 1.63(a)(6) provides that a “disciplinary offense” includes: (i) any violation of the rules of an SRO except those rules related to (A) decorum or attire, (B) financial requirements, or (C) reporting or record-keeping unless resulting in fines aggregating more than $5,000 within any calendar year; (ii) any rule violation described in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above that involves fraud, deceit or conversion or results in a suspension or expulsion; (iii) any violation of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder; or (iv) any failure to exercise supervisory responsibility with respect to an act described in paragraphs (i) through (iii) above when such failure is itself a violation of either the rules of an SRO, the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Thus, for example, a disciplinary action taken by the Chicago Board Options Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. should be considered in a manner similar to a disciplinary action of the Chicago Board of Trade or NFA.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> In reviewing these matters, the NFA should bear in mind recent Commission precedent which allows for reliance on settled disciplinary proceedings in some circumstances. <I>See In the Matter of Michael J. Clark,</I> [1996-1998 Transfer Binder] Comm. Fut. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 27,032 (Apr. 22, 1997) (“other good cause” under Section 8a(3)(M) of the Act exists based upon a pattern of exchange disciplinary actions resulting in significant sanctions for serious rule violations—whether settlements or adjudications), <I>aff'd sub nom., Clark</I> v. <I>Commodity Futures Trading Commission,</I> No. 97-4228 (2d Cir. June 4, 1999) (unpublished).</P></FTNT>
<P>The Commission has treated the registration process and the SRO disciplinary process as separate matters involving separate considerations. The fact that the Commission has not pursued its own enforcement case in a particular situation does not necessarily mean that the Commission considers the situation to be a minor matter for which no registration sanctions are appropriate. Further, the Commission believes that it and NFA, entities with industry-wide perspective and responsibilities, are the appropriate bodies, rather than any individual exchange, to decide issues relating to registration status, which can affect a person's ability to function in the industry well beyond the jurisdiction of a particular exchange. Thus, NFA's role is in no way related to review of exchange sanctions for particular conduct, but rather it is the entirely separate task of determining whether an FB's or FT's conduct should impact his or her registration. 
</P>
<P>NFA also should look to Commission precedent in selecting conditions or restrictions to be imposed, such as a dual trading ban where a person has been involved in disciplinary offenses involving customer abuse. Where conditions or restrictions are imposed, or agreed upon, NFA also should follow Commission precedent, under which such conditions or restrictions generally have been imposed for a two-year period. 
</P>
<P>The Commission has required sponsorship for conditioned FBs and FTs when their disciplinary offenses have involved noncompetitive trading and fraud irrespective of the level of sanctions imposed by an SRO. Indeed, but for a sponsorship requirement there would be no one routinely watching and responsible for the activities of these registrants. Absent sponsorship, such FBs and FTs would only be subject to routine Commission and exchange surveillance. The Commission's rules are premised upon the judgment that requiring FTs and FBs to have sponsors to ensure their compliance with conditions is both appropriate and useful. See Rule 3.60(b)(2)(i). 
</P>
<P>A question has arisen whether, if NFA is required to prove up the underlying facts of an SRO disciplinary action, the exchanges can provide information on exchange disciplinary proceedings directly to NFA. Although Section 8c(a)(2) of the Act states that an exchange shall not disclose the evidence for a disciplinary action except to the person disciplined and to the Commission, Section 8a(10) of the Act allows the Commission to authorize any person to perform any portion of the registration functions under the Act, notwithstanding any other provision of law. The effective discharge of the delegated registration function requires NFA to have access to the exchange evidence. Thus, the Commission believes that Section 8a(10) may reasonably be interpreted to allow the disclosure of information from exchange disciplinary proceedings directly to NFA despite the provisions of Section 8c(a)(2). 
</P>
<P>Nothing in the Notice and Order affects the Commission's authority to review the granting of a registration application by NFA in the performance of Commission registration functions, including review of the sufficiency of conditions or restrictions imposed by NFA, to review the determination by NFA not to take action to affect an existing registration, or to take its own action to address a statutory disqualification. Moreover, the Commission Order contemplates that to allow for appropriate Commission oversight of NFA's exercise of this delegated authority, NFA will provide for the Commission's review quarterly schedules of all applicants cleared for registration and all registrants whose registrations are maintained without adverse action by NFA's Registration, Compliance, Legal Committee despite potential statutory disqualifications. 
</P>
<P>The Commission will continue to monitor NFA activities through periodic rule enforcement reviews, and NFA remains subject to the present requirement that it monitor compliance with the conditions and restrictions imposed on conditioned and restricted registrants. 
</P>
<P>Sincerely, 
</P>
<FP-2>Jean A. Webb, Secretary of the Commission
</FP-2>
<FP-2>[Second guidance letter] 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>April 13, 2000 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Robert K. Wilmouth, President, National Futures Association, 200 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60606-3447 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Re: Use of Exchange Disciplinary Actions as “Other Good <I>Cause” to Affect Floor Broker/Floor Trader Registration</I> 
</FP-2>
<P>Dear Mr. Wilmouth: 
</P>
<HD2>I. Introduction and Background 
</HD2>
<P>In July 1997, the Commission issued a Notice and Order authorizing the National Futures Association (“NFA”) to grant or to maintain, either with or without conditions or restrictions, floor broker (“FB”) or floor trader (“FT”) registration where NFA previously would have forwarded the case to the Commission for review of disciplinary history. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> By letter dated December 4, 1997 (“Guidance Letter”), the Commission provided further direction on how the Commission expected NFA to exercise its delegated power and to ensure that NFA exercised its delegated power in a manner consistent with Commission precedent. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Registration Actions by National Futures Association With Respect to Floor Brokers, Floor Traders and Applicants for Registration in Either Category, 62 FR 36050 (July 3, 1997).</P></FTNT>
<P>The Commission has determined to revise the Guidance Letter. Specifically, the Commission is revising the portion of the Guidance Letter that addresses the use of exchange disciplinary actions as “other good cause” to affect FB and FT registrations. The Commission has made this determination following its own reconsideration of the issue and at the urging of industry members. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> <I>See</I> letters submitted by James Bowe, former president of the New York Board of Trade (“NYBOT”), dated October 13, 1999, Christopher Bowen, general counsel of the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”), dated October 18, 1999, and the Joint Compliance Committee (“JCC”), dated February 2, 2000. The JCC consists of senior compliance officials from all domestic futures exchanges and the NFA (<I>i.e.,</I> the domestic self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”)). In addition, Commission staff attend the JCC meetings as observers. The JCC was established to aid in the development of improved compliance systems through joint efforts and information-sharing among the SROs. Commission staff have also discussed this issue with SRO staff.</P></FTNT>
<P>The Guidance Letter pointed out that, in exercising its delegated authority, NFA must apply all of the provisions of Sections 8a(2) and (3) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”). 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> In particular, Section 8a(3)(M) of the Act authorizes the Commission to refuse to register or to register conditionally any person if it is found, after opportunity for hearing, that there is other good cause for statutory disqualification from registration beyond the specifically listed grounds in Sections 8a(2) and 8a(3) of the Act. The Commission held in <I>In the Matter of Clark</I> that statutory disqualification under the “other good cause” provision of Section 8a(3)(M) may arise on the basis of, among other things, a pattern of exchange disciplinary actions alleging serious rule violations that result in significant sanctions, and that it is immaterial whether the sanctions imposed resulted from a fully-adjudicated disciplinary action or an action that was taken following a settlement. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> 7 U.S.C. 12a(2) and (3) (1994).</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> <I>In the Matter of Clark,</I> [1996-1998 Transfer Binder] Comm. Fut. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 27,032 (Apr. 22, 1997), <I>aff'd sub nom., Clark</I> v. <I>Commodity Futures Trading Commission,</I> No. 97-4228 (2d Cir. June 4, 1999) (unpublished).</P></FTNT>
<P>The Guidance Letter recommended the application of the provisions of Commission Rule 1.63 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> as criteria to aid in assessing the impact of an FB or FT applicant's or registrant's previous disciplinary history on the person's fitness to be registered, with the exception that NFA should be acting based on disciplinary history from the previous five years, rather than the three years provided for in Rule 1.63. 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/> The Guidance Letter also noted that NFA should consider disciplinary actions taken not only by futures industry SROs but also those taken by SROs as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), including settled disciplinary actions. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> Commission rules referred to in this letter are found at 17 CFR Ch. 1.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Rule 1.63 provides, among other things, that a person is ineligible from serving on SRO disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels or governing boards if that person, <I>inter alia,</I> entered into a settlement agreement within the past three years in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense. 
</P>
<P>Rule 1.63(a)(6) defines a “disciplinary offense” to include:
</P>
<P>(i) any violation of the rules of an SRO except those rules related to (A) decorum or attire, (B) financial requirements, or (C) reporting or record-keeping unless resulting in fines aggregating more than $5,000 within any calendar year; (ii) any rule violation described in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above that involves fraud, deceit or conversion or results in a suspension or expulsion; (iii) any violation of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder; or (iv) any failure to exercise supervisory responsibility with respect to an act described in paragraphs (i) through (iii) above when such failure is itself a violation of either the rules of an SRO, the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder.</P></FTNT>
<HD1>II. Revised Guidance 
</HD1>
<P>As stated above, the Commission has determined to revise the Guidance Letter. From this point forward, NFA should cease using Rule 1.63 as the basis to evaluate the impact of an FB or FT applicant's or registrant's disciplinary history on his or her fitness to be registered. Instead, as <I>Clark</I> stated, when reviewing disciplinary history to assess the fitness to be registered of an FB, FT, or applicant in either category, a pattern of exchange disciplinary actions alleging serious rule violations that result in significant sanctions will trigger the “other good cause” provision of Section 8a(3)(M). The “pattern” should consist of at least two final exchange disciplinary actions, whether settled or adjudicated. 
</P>
<P>NFA also should consider initiating proceedings to affect the registration of the FB or FT, even if there is only a single exchange action against the FB or FT, if the exchange action was based on allegations of particularly egregious misconduct or involved numerous instances of misconduct occurring over a long period of time. If, however, a proceeding is initiated based on a single exchange action that was disposed of by settlement, NFA may have to prove up the underlying misconduct. Furthermore, traditional principles of collateral estoppel apply to adjudicated actions, whether they are being considered individually or as part of a pattern. 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> <I>Clark</I> at 44,929.</P></FTNT>
<P>As provided by the Guidance Letter, “exchange disciplinary actions” would continue to include disciplinary actions taken by both futures industry SROs and SROs as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the 1934 Exchange Act. Furthermore, NFA should review an applicant's or registrant's disciplinary history for the past five years. 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/> At least one of the actions forming the pattern, however, must have become final after <I>Clark</I> was decided by the Commission on April 22, 1997. Finally, “serious rule violations” consist of, or are substantially related to, charges of fraud, customer abuse, other illicit trading practices, or the obstruction of an exchange investigation. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> The Commission generally looked at a five-year period of disciplinary history. On occasion, however, the Commission examined a longer period of an applicant's or registrant's disciplinary history. For example, the Commission revoked the registration of one FB on the basis of exchange disciplinary cases that extended back six years, <I>see Clark,</I> 2 Comm. Fut. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 27,032, and denied an application for registration as an FT on the basis of exchange disciplinary cases that extended back seven years, <I>see In the Matter of Castellano,</I> [1987-1990 Transfer Binder] Comm. Fut. L. Rep. (CCH) ¶ 24,360 (Nov. 23, 1988), <I>summarily aff'd</I> (May 29, 1990), <I>reh. denied</I> [1990-1992 Transfer Binder] Comm. Fut. L. Rep. ¶ 24,870 (June 26, 1990), <I>aff'd sub nom. Castellano v. CFTC,</I> Docket No. 90-2298 (7th Cir. Nov. 20, 1991).</P></FTNT>
<P>Congress, the courts and the Commission have indicated the importance of considering an applicant's history of exchange disciplinary actions in assessing that person's fitness to register. 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> Furthermore, NFA's review of exchange disciplinary actions within the context of the registration process should not simply mirror the disciplinary actions undertaken by the exchanges. The two processes are separate matters that involve separate considerations. As part of their ongoing self-regulatory obligations, exchanges must take disciplinary action 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/> and such disciplinary matters necessarily focus on the specific misconduct that forms the allegation. In a statutory disqualification action, however, NFA must determine whether the disciplinary history of an FB, FT or applicant over the preceding five years should impact his or her registration. Additionally, NFA possesses industry-wide perspective and responsibilities. As such, NFA, rather than an individual exchange, should decide registration status issues, since those issues affect an individual's status within the industry as a whole, well beyond the jurisdiction of a particular exchange. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> Letter dated July 14, 1995, from Mary L. Schapiro to R. Patrick Thompson, President, New York Mercantile Exchange (unpublished). <I>See also Castellano, supra</I> note 8.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> <I>See</I> Rule 1.51(a)(7).</P></FTNT>
<P>The Commission also wants to clarify to the fullest extent possible that its power to delegate the authority to deny or condition the registration of an FB, FT, or an applicant for registration in either category permits exchanges to disclose to NFA all evidence underlying exchange disciplinary actions, notwithstanding the language of Section 8c(a)(2) of the Act. 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/> The Commission's power to delegate stems from Section 8a(10) of the Act, which permits delegation of registration functions, including statutory disqualification actions, to any person in accordance with rules adopted by such person and submitted to the Commission for approval or for review under Section 17(j) of the Act, “notwithstanding any other provision of law.” Certainly, Section 8c(a)(2) qualifies as “any other provision of law.” Furthermore, the effective discharge of the delegated function requires NFA to have access to the exchange evidence. Thus, the exercise of the delegated authority pursuant to Section 8a(10) permits the exchanges to disclose all evidence underlying disciplinary actions to NFA. 
<SU>12</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> Section 8c(a)(2) states, in relevant part, that “[A]n exchange * * * shall not disclose the evidence therefor, except to the person who is suspended, expelled, disciplined, or denied access, and to the Commission.”</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>12</SU> Of course, the Commission could request records from the exchange and forward them to NFA. The Commission believes that this is an unnecessary administrative process and that NFA should obtain the records it needs to carry out the delegated function of conducting disciplinary history reviews directly from the exchanges. In this context and pursuant to Commission orders authorizing NFA to institute adverse registration actions, NFA should be viewed as standing in the shoes of the Commission.</P></FTNT>
<P>This letter supersedes the Guidance Letter to the extent discussed above. In all other aspects, the Guidance Letter and other guidance provided by the Commission or its staff remain in effect. Therefore, NFA should continue to follow Commission precedent when selecting conditions or restrictions to be imposed. For example, NFA should impose a dual trading ban where customer abuse is involved and any conditions or restrictions imposed should be for a two-year period. Furthermore, NFA should require sponsorship for conditioned FBs or FTs when their disciplinary offenses involve noncompetitive trading and fraud. 
</P>
<P>Nothing in the Notice and Order or this letter affects the Commission's authority to review the granting of a registration application by NFA in the performance of Commission registration functions, including review of the sufficiency of conditions or restrictions imposed by NFA, to review the determination by NFA not to take action to affect an existing registration, or to take its own action to address a statutory disqualification. Moreover, the Commission Order contemplates that to allow for appropriate Commission oversight of NFA's exercise of this delegated authority, NFA will provide for the Commission's review quarterly schedules of all applicants cleared for registration and all registrants whose registrations are maintained without adverse action by NFA's Registration, Compliance, Legal Committee despite potential statutory disqualifications. 
</P>
<P>The Commission will continue to monitor NFA activities through periodic rule enforcement reviews, and NFA remains subject to the present requirement that it monitor compliance with the conditions and restrictions imposed on conditioned and restricted registrants. 
</P>
<P>Sincerely, 
</P>
<FP>Jean A. Webb, 
</FP>
<FP><I>Secretary of the Commission.</I>
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8224, Mar. 5, 1984, as amended at 58 FR 19597, Apr. 15, 1993; 59 FR 5315, Feb. 4, 1994; 61 FR 58628, Nov. 18, 1996; 66 FR 53518, Oct. 23, 2001; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.7.7.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 3—Statement of Acceptable Practices With Respect to Ethics Training 
</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of Section 4p(b) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 6p(b) (1994)) set forth requirements regarding training of registrants as to their responsibilities to the public. This section requires the Commission to issue regulations requiring new registrants to attend ethics training sessions within six months of registration, and all registrants to attend such training on a periodic basis. The awareness and maintenance of professional ethical standards are essential elements of a registrant's fitness. Further, the use of ethics training programs is relevant to a registrant's maintenance of adequate supervision, a requirement under Rule 166.3. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Commission recognizes that technology has provided new, faster means of sharing and distributing information. In view of the foregoing, the Commission has chosen to allow registrants to develop their own ethics training programs. Nevertheless, futures industry professionals may want guidance as to the role of ethics training. Registrants may wish to consider what ethics training should be retained, its format, and how it might best be implemented. Therefore, the Commission finds it appropriate to issue this Statement of Acceptable Practices regarding appropriate training for registrants, as interpretative guidance for intermediaries on fitness and supervision. Commission registrants may look to this Statement of Acceptable Practices as a “safe harbor” concerning acceptable procedures in this area. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission believes that section 4p(b) of the Act reflects an intent by Congress that industry professionals be aware, and remain abreast, of their continuing obligations to the public under the Act and the regulations thereunder. The text of the Act provides guidance as to the nature of these responsibilities. As expressed in section 4p(b) of the Act, personnel in the industry have an obligation to the public to observe the Act, the rules of the Commission, the rules of any appropriate self-regulatory organizations or contract markets (which would also include registered derivatives transaction execution facilities), or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. Further, section 4p(b) acknowledges that registrants have an obligation to the public to observe “just and equitable principles of trade.” 
</P>
<P>(3) Additionally, section 4p(b) reflects Congress' intent that registrants and their personnel retain an up-to-date knowledge of these requirements. The Act requires that registrants receive training on a periodic basis. Thus, it is the intent of Congress that Commission registrants remain current with regard to the ethical ramifications of new technology, commercial practices, regulations, or other changes. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission believes that training should be focused to some extent on a person's registration category, although there will obviously be certain principles and issues common to all registrants and certain general subjects that should be taught. Topics to be addressed include: 
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of the applicable laws and regulations, and the rules of self-regulatory organizations or contract markets and registered derivatives transaction execution facilities; 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant's obligation to the public to observe just and equitable principles of trade; 
</P>
<P>(3) How to act honestly and fairly and with due skill, care and diligence in the best interests of customers and the integrity of the market; 
</P>
<P>(4) How to establish effective supervisory systems and internal controls; 
</P>
<P>(5) Obtaining and assessing the financial situation and investment experience of customers; 
</P>
<P>(6) Disclosure of material information to customers; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Avoidance, proper disclosure and handling of conflicts of interest. 
</P>
<P>(d) An acceptable ethics training program would apply to all of a firm's associated persons and its principals to the extent they are required to register as associated persons. Additionally, personnel of firms that rely on their registration with other regulators, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission, should be provided with ethics training to the extent the Act and the Commission's regulations apply to their business. 
</P>
<P>(e) As to the providers of such training, the Commission believes that classes sponsored by independent persons, firms, or industry associations would be acceptable. It would also be permissible to conduct in-house training programs. Further, registrants should ascertain the credentials of any ethics training providers they retain. Thus, persons who provide ethics training should be required to provide proof of satisfactory completion of the proficiency testing requirements applicable to the registrant and evidence of three years of relevant industry or pedagogical experience in the field. This industry experience might include the practice of law in the fields of futures or securities, or employment as a trader or risk manager at a brokerage or end-user firm. Likewise, the Commission believes that registrants should employ as ethics training providers only those persons they reasonably believe in good faith are not subject to any investigations or to bars to registration or to service on a self-regulatory organization governing board or disciplinary panel. 
</P>
<P>(f)(1) With regard to the frequency and duration of ethics training, it is permissible for a firm to require training on whatever periodic basis and duration the registrant (and relevant self-regulatory organizations) deems appropriate. It may even be appropriate not to require any such specific requirements as, for example, where ethics training could be termed ongoing. For instance, a small entity, sole proprietorship, or even a small section in an otherwise large firm, might satisfy its obligation to remain current with regard to ethics obligations by distribution of periodicals, legal cases, or advisories. Use of the latest information technology, such as Internet websites, can be useful in this regard. In such a context, there would be no structured classes, but the goal should be a continuous awareness of changing industry standards. A corporate culture to maintain high ethical standards should be established on a continuing basis. 
</P>
<P>(2) On the other hand, larger firms which transact business with a larger segment of the public may wish to implement a training program that requires periodic classwork. In such a situation, the Commission believes it appropriate for registrants to maintain such records as evidence of attendance and of the materials used for training. In the case of a floor broker or floor trader, the applicable contract market or registered derivatives transaction execution facility should maintain such evidence on behalf of its member. This evidence of ethics training could be offered to demonstrate fitness and overall compliance during audits by self-regulatory organizations, and during reviews of contract market or registered derivatives transaction execution facility operations. 
</P>
<P>(g) The methodology of such training may also be flexible. Recent innovations in information technology have made possible new, fast, and cost-efficient ways for registrants to maintain their awareness of events and changes in the commodity interest markets. In this regard, the Commission recognizes that the needs of a firm will vary according to its size, personnel, and activities. No format of classes will be required. Rather, such training could be in the form of formal class lectures, video presentation, Internet transmission, or by simple distribution of written materials. These options should provide sufficiently flexible means for adherence to Congressional intent in this area. 
</P>
<P>(h) Finally, it should be noted that self-regulatory organizations and industry associations will have a significant role in this area. Such organizations may have separate ethics and proficiency standards, including ethics training and testing programs, for their own members.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 53521, Oct. 23, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.3.7.7.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 3—Guidance on the Application of § 3.3(e), Chief Compliance Officer Annual Report Form and Content
</HEAD>
<HD2>A. Description of the Registrant's WPPs (§ 3.3(e)(1))
</HD2>
<P>In acknowledgment of the large number of WPPs that a Registrant implements to comply with CFTC regulations, the Commission understands that for purposes of the CCO Annual Report, specific WPP descriptions may be appropriately brief while still identifying the basic purpose of the policy or procedure and how the policy or procedure operates to achieve that purpose. The CCO Annual Report should include a summary overview that describes the general forms and types of WPPs the Registrant has, such as a compliance manual specific to the Registrant, global corporate manuals or policies, and/or business-unit-specific WPPs that support the applicable regulatory requirements. This summary overview would provide a narrative of the Registrant's system or program of WPPs, how they work as a whole, and how the Registrant generally puts the WPPs into practice as part of its compliance activities. With respect to the COI policy, it is the Commission's view that the CCO should describe the COI policy specific to the Registrant, addressing the specific requirements of § 1.71 or § 23.605 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<HD2>B. Assessment of the Effectiveness of the Policies and Procedures (§ 3.3(e)(2))
</HD2>
<P>The Commission expects a CCO Annual Report to contain a comprehensive discussion of: the assessment process; and the results of the effectiveness assessment. The regulation does not dictate the form or manner for the effectiveness assessment. Rather, the Commission would expect each Registrant to follow a process and present the resulting assessment in a form and manner that is appropriate for the size and complexity of the Registrant's applicable business activities and structure. While § 3.3(e)(2) no longer has a “requirement-by-requirement” standard, the CCO Annual Report should address all of the general areas of regulation applicable to the Registrant.
</P>
<HD2>C. Areas for Improvement and Recommended Changes (§ 3.3(e)(3))
</HD2>
<P>1. Section 3.3(e)(3) requires two components in the CCO Annual Report: an identification and discussion of each area that needs improvement; and a discussion of what changes are recommended to address each area needing improvement. In addressing these two elements, the CCO Annual Report should include, as applicable: A discussion of why the particular area needs improvement; a discussion of the proposed improvements and the time frame for their implementation; and a cross-reference to the regulation that a recommended change would address.
</P>
<P>2. In general, identifying areas in need of improvement and recommending steps to effect those improvements should be a core function of compliance. Accordingly, a CCO Annual Report that makes no recommendations for changes or improvements to the compliance program may raise concerns about the adequacy of the compliance program review intended by the CCO Annual Report process. Moreover, there should be continuity from one reporting cycle to the next, such that where a previous CCO Annual Report discussed future changes or improvements that were being considered or planned, subsequent CCO Annual Reports should discuss the outcomes of the changes that were implemented during the most recent scope period, any monitoring or testing of those changes, whether any compliance issues arose from the changes and, if there were any issues, how those issues were handled. While this section may address improvements to the compliance program that have already been completed, the Commission believes that this section primarily should discuss recommended improvements in process and/or future plans to improve the Registrant's compliance program or resources devoted to compliance.
</P>
<HD2>D. Resources Set Aside for Compliance (§ 3.3(e)(4))
</HD2>
<P>1. The resources description required by § 3.3(e)(4) should be appropriate for assisting the Registrant's senior management and the CFTC in assessing whether sufficient resources are dedicated to compliance. Accordingly, the description should include the following types of information: the budget allocated to the compliance department of the Registrant for compliance with the CEA and Commission regulations; full-time compliance staffing levels for such compliance activities; partially allocated staff counts (if applicable), with information on how much of such employees' time is devoted to the Registrant's compliance matters that are subject to CFTC oversight; an explanation of managerial resources (the explanation should clearly identify the division between staffing resources and management resources devoted to compliance); general infrastructure information (<I>e.g.,</I> computers, compliance-oriented software, technology infrastructure, etc.); and if applicable, a description of the use of third party vendors or outsourcing for compliance activities. In most cases, to effectively inform the board of directors or senior officer and the Commission, the description should include quantifiable information for the financial, managerial, operational, and staffing resources allocated to compliance with the CEA and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>2. The Commission understands that a discussion of specific compliance budget allocations may not be as straightforward as described above depending on the size and complexity of the Registrant's compliance program and the extent to which the Registrant's compliance resources may be shared for other non-CFTC regulated business activities. The purpose of the CCO Annual Report requirement is to convey to senior management and the CFTC a clear understanding of the resources the Registrant has set aside for compliance with the CEA and Commission regulations. While some of the compliance resources used in a Registrant's CFTC compliance-related program may be used for compliance activities in other parts of a larger corporate enterprise, this sharing of resources does not negate the Registrant's obligation to discuss how the Registrant's compliance program is being resourced. For those instances where compliance resources are shared, it is recognized that the description of the shared resources may reasonably be more general in nature, providing approximations and estimates based on expected needs. However, the Commission expects that the CCO Annual Report will still address shared resources in as much detail as is necessary to convey the information needed to assess the overall compliance activities of the Registrant.
</P>
<P>3. Section 3.3(e)(4) also requires that the CCO Annual Report include a discussion of any material deficiencies in compliance resources. If there have been reductions in the compliance program of the Registrant since the prior reporting period, for example, if there has been a reduction in compliance staff, a significant compliance budget decrease, or the Registrant initiated significant new business activities without a corresponding increase in compliance resources, the CCO Annual Report should include an explanation of why the compliance resources are not deficient in light of the changes. If there are no material deficiencies in the resources devoted to compliance, the Commission recommends that the CCO Annual Report contain an express statement to that effect so that the recipients of the report can see that the requirement was assessed.
</P>
<HD2>E. Material Noncompliance Issues (§ 3.3(e)(5))
</HD2>
<P>The CCO Annual Report should include an explanation of the standard the Registrant used to determine a non-compliance event's materiality. In addition, this section of the CCO Annual Report should contain a description of each material non-compliance issue identified either through self-assessment procedures conducted within the Registrant, or noted by any external entities which conducted a review of the Registrant (such as a designated self-regulatory organization). The description should also include the corresponding actions taken, described in reasonable detail, as well as specific references to the Commission regulation or regulations that are implicated by the non-compliance event. Specifically, the Commission recommends that the CCO Annual Report include a discussion of the Registrant's deliberations on a course of remediation, how the implementation of the remediation is being or was executed, any follow-up testing of the remediation, and any noteworthy results from such testing. Additionally, the Commission recommends that CCOs consider including an overview of how the CCO or compliance department handles and tracks non-compliance events in general.
</P>
<HD2>F. Material Changes to WPPs (§ 3.3(e)(6))
</HD2>
<P>When describing any material changes to the WPPs, a description of the standard of materiality used should be provided. This description will provide meaningful context for any reported changes to the WPPs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 43523, Aug. 27, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 4—COMMODITY POOL OPERATORS AND COMMODITY TRADING ADVISORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6(c), 6b, 6c, 6l, 6m, 6n, 6o, 12a, and 23.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions, Definitions and Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.1   Requirements as to form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each document distributed pursuant to this part 4 must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Clear and legible;
</P>
<P>(2) Paginated; and
</P>
<P>(3) Fastened in a secure manner.
</P>
<P>(b) Information that is required to be “prominently” disclosed under this part 4 must be displayed in capital letters and in boldface type.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a document is distributed through an electronic medium:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of paragraphs (a) of this section shall mean that required information must be presented in a format that is readily communicated to the recipient. For purposes of this paragraph (c), information is readily communicated to the recipient if it is accessible to the ordinary user by means of commonly available hardware and software and if the electronically delivered document is organized in substantially the same manner as would be required for a paper document with respect to the order of presentation and the relative prominence of information. Where a table of contents is required, the electronic document must either include page numbers in the text or employ a substantially equivalent cross-reference or indexing method or tool;
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall mean that such information must be presented in capital letters and boldface type or, as warranted in the context, another manner reasonably calculated to draw the recipient's attention to the information and accord it greater prominence than the surrounding text; and
</P>
<P>(3) A complete paper version of the document that complies with the applicable provisions of this part 4 must be provided to the recipient upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) If graphic, image or audio material is included in a document delivered to a prospective or existing client or pool participant, and such material cannot be reproduced in an electronic filing, a fair and accurate narrative description, tabular representation or transcript of the omitted material must be included in the filed version of the document. Inclusion of such material in a Disclosure Document shall be subject to the requirements of § 4.24(v) in the case of pool Disclosure Documents, and § 4.34(n) in the case of commodity trading advisor Disclosure Documents.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 62 FR 39115, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 4.2-4.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 4.2-4.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.5   Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of this section, the following persons, and any principal or employee thereof, shall be excluded from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” with respect to the operation of a qualifying entity specified in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) An investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;


</P>
<P>(2) An insurance company subject to regulation by any State;
</P>
<P>(3) A bank, trust company or any other such financial depository institution subject to regulation by any State or the United States; and
</P>
<P>(4) A trustee of, a named fiduciary of (or a person designated or acting as a fiduciary pursuant to a written delegation from or other written agreement with the named fiduciary) or an employer maintaining a pension plan that is subject to title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; <I>Provided, however,</I> That for purposes of this § 4.5 the following employee benefit plans shall not be construed to be pools:
</P>
<P>(i) A noncontributory plan, whether defined benefit or defined contribution, covered under title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;
</P>
<P>(ii) A contributory defined benefit plan covered under title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; <I>Provided, however,</I> That with respect to any such plan to which an employee may voluntarily contribute, no portion of an employee's contribution is committed as margin or premiums for futures or options contracts; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A plan defined as a governmental plan in section 3(32) of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any employee welfare benefit plan that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and
</P>
<P>(v) A plan defined as a church plan in Section 3(33) of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to which no election has been made under 26 U.S.C. 410(d).
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, the term “qualifying entity” means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any person specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a business development company that elected an exemption from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940;




</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any person specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a separate account established and maintained or offered by an insurance company pursuant to the laws of any State or territory of the United States, under which income gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such account, are, in accordance with the applicable contract, credited to or charged against such account, without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the insurance company;
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any person specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the assets of any trust, custodial account or other separate unit of investment for which it is acting as a fiduciary and for which it is vested with investment authority; and
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to any person specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, and subject to the proviso thereof, a pension plan that is subject to title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such entity will be operated in the manner specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.


</P>
<P>(c) Any person who desires to claim the exclusion provided by this section shall file electronically a notice of eligibility with the National Futures Association through its electronic exemption filing system; <I>Provided, however</I>, That a plan fiduciary who is not a named fiduciary as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section may claim the exclusion through the notice filed by the named fiduciary.
</P>
<P>(1) The notice of eligibility must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of such person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicable subparagraph of paragraph (a) of this section pursuant to which such person is claiming exclusion;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the qualifying entity which such person intends to operate pursuant to the exclusion; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The applicable subparagraph of paragraph (b) of this section pursuant to which such entity is a qualifying entity.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice of eligibility must contain representations that such person will operate the qualifying entity specified therein in the following ways, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The person will disclose in writing to each participant, whether existing or prospective, that the qualifying entity is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Act; Provided, that such disclosure is made in accordance with the requirements of any other federal or state regulatory authority to which the qualifying entity is subject. The qualifying entity may make such disclosure by including the information in any document that its other Federal or State regulator requires to be furnished routinely to participants or, if no such document is furnished routinely, the information may be disclosed in any instrument establishing the entity's investment policies and objectives that the other regulator requires to be made available to the entity's participants; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The person will submit to such special calls as the Commission may make to require the qualifying entity to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this paragraph (c); Provided, however, that the making of such representations shall not be deemed a substitute for compliance with any criteria applicable to commodity futures or commodity options trading established by any regulator to which such person or qualifying entity is subject; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the person is an investment adviser claiming an exclusion with respect to the operation of a qualifying entity under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, then the notice of eligibility must also contain representations that such person will operate that qualifying entity in a manner such that the qualifying entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Will use commodity futures or commodity options contracts, or swaps solely for bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning and intent of the definition of bona fide hedging transactions and positions for excluded commodities in §§ 1.3 and 151.5 of this chapter; Provided however, That, in addition, with respect to positions in commodity futures or commodity options contracts, or swaps which do not come within the meaning and intent of the definition of bona fide hedging transactions and positions for excluded commodities in §§ 1.3 and 151.5 of this chapter, a qualifying entity may represent that the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions will not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of the qualifying entity's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; and, Provided further, That in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount as defined in § 190.01of this chapter may be excluded in computing such five percent; or




























</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate net notional value of commodity futures, commodity options contracts, or swaps positions not used solely for bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning and intent of the definition of bona fide hedging transactions and positions for excluded commodities in §§ 1.3 and 151.5 of this chapter determined at the time the most recent position was established, does not exceed 100 percent of the liquidation value of the pool's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The term “notional value” shall be calculated for each futures position by multiplying the number of contracts by the size of the contract, in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), by the current market price per unit, for each such option position by multiplying the number of contracts by the size of the contract, adjusted by its delta, in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), by the strike price per unit, for each such retail forex transaction, by calculating the value in U.S. Dollars for such transaction, at the time the transaction was established, excluding for this purpose the value in U.S. Dollars of offsetting long and short transactions, if any, and for any cleared swap by the value as determined consistent with the terms of 17 CFR part 45; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The person may net futures contracts with the same underlying commodity across designated contract markets and foreign boards of trade; and swaps cleared on the same designated clearing organization where appropriate; and (C) Will not be, and has not been, marketing participations to the public as or in a commodity pool or otherwise as or in a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options, or swaps markets.
</P>
<P>(3) The notice of eligibility must be filed with the National Futures Association prior to the date upon which such person intends to operate the qualifying entity pursuant to the exclusion provided by this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The notice of eligibility shall be effective upon filing.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Annual notice.</I> Each person who has filed a notice of exclusion under this section must affirm on an annual basis the notice of exemption from registration, withdraw such exemption due to the cessation of activities requiring registration or exemption therefrom, or withdraw such exemption and apply for registration within 60 days of the calendar year end through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Each person who has claimed an exclusion hereunder must, in the event that any of the information contained or representations made in the notice of eligibility becomes inaccurate or incomplete, amend the notice electronically through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system as may be necessary to render the notice of eligibility accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(2) This amendment required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be filed within fifteen business days after the occurrence of such event.
</P>
<P>(e) An exclusion claimed hereunder shall cease to be effective upon any change which would render:
</P>
<P>(1) A person as to whom such exclusion has been claimed ineligible under paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The entity for which such exclusion has been claimed ineligible under paragraph (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Either the representations made pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section inaccurate or the continuation of such representations false or misleading.
</P>
<P>(f) Any notice required to be filed hereunder must be filed by a representative duly authorized to bind the person specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) The filing of a notice of eligibility or the application of “non-pool status” under this section will not affect the ability of a person to qualify for an exemption from registration as a commodity pool operator under § 4.13 in connection with the operation of another trading vehicle that is not covered under this § 4.5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 15882, Apr. 23, 1985; 50 FR 18859, May 3, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 6374, Jan. 28, 1993; 58 FR 43793, Aug. 18, 1993; 65 FR 24128, Apr. 25, 2000; 65 FR 25980, May 4, 2000; 67 FR 77410, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 47230, Aug. 8, 2003; 72 FR 1662, Jan. 16, 2007; 77 FR 11283, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17328, Mar. 26, 2012; 83 FR 7995, Feb. 23, 2018; 84 FR 67353, Dec. 10, 2019; 86 FR 19420, Apr. 13, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.6   Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity trading advisor.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of this section, the following persons, and any principal or employee thereof, shall be excluded from the definition of the term “commodity trading advisor:”
</P>
<P>(1) An insurance company subject to regulation by any State, or any wholly-owned subsidiary or employee thereof; <I>Provided, however,</I> That its commodity interest advisory activities are solely incidental to the conduct of the insurance business of the insurance company as such; and
</P>
<P>(2) A person who is excluded from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” by § 4.5; <I>Provided, however,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(i) Its commodity interest advisory activities are solely incidental to its operation of those trading vehicles for which § 4.5 provides relief; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where necessary, prior to providing any commodity interest trading advice to any such trading vehicle the person files a notice of eligibility as specified in § 4.5 to claim the relief available under that section.
</P>
<P>(3) A swap dealer registered with the Commission as such pursuant to the Act or excluded or exempt from registration under the Act or the Commission's regulations; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the commodity interest and swap advisory activities of the swap dealer are solely incidental to the conduct of its business as a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who has claimed an exclusion under this § 4.6 must submit to such special calls as the Commission may make to require the person to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An exclusion claimed under this § 4.6 shall cease to be effective upon any change which would render the person claiming the exclusion ineligible under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 41984, Nov. 2, 1987, as amended at 77 FR 9822, Feb. 17, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.7   Exemption from certain part 4 requirements for commodity pool operators with respect to offerings to qualified eligible persons and for commodity trading advisors with respect to advising qualified eligible persons.</HEAD>
<P>This section is organized as follows: Paragraph (a) contains definitions for the purposes of § 4.7; paragraph (b) contains the relief available to commodity pool operators under § 4.7; paragraph (c) contains the relief available to commodity trading advisors under § 4.7; paragraph (d) concerns the Notice of Claim for Exemption under § 4.7; and paragraph (e) addresses the effect of an insignificant deviation from a term, condition or requirement of § 4.7. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Affiliate</I> of, or a person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specified person means a person that directly or indirectly through one or more persons, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exempt account</I> means the account of a qualified eligible person that is directed or guided by a commodity trading advisor pursuant to an effective claim for exemption under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exempt pool</I> means a pool that is operated pursuant to an effective claim for exemption under this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Non-United States person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A natural person who is not a resident of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) A partnership, corporation or other entity, other than an entity organized principally for passive investment, organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and which has its principal place of business in a foreign jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(iii) An estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to United States income tax regardless of source;
</P>
<P>(iv) An entity organized principally for passive investment such as a pool, investment company or other similar entity; <I>Provided,</I> That units of participation in the entity held by persons who do not qualify as Non-United States persons or otherwise as qualified eligible persons represent in the aggregate less than 10% of the beneficial interest in the entity, and that such entity was not formed principally for the purpose of facilitating investment by persons who do not qualify as Non-United States persons in a pool with respect to which the operator is exempt from certain requirements of this part by virtue of its participants being Non-United States persons; and
</P>
<P>(v) A pension plan for the employees, officers or principals of an entity organized and with its principal place of business outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Portfolio Requirement</I> means that a person:
</P>
<P>(i) Owns securities (including pool participations) of issuers not affiliated with such person and other investments with an aggregate market value of at least $4,000,000;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has had on deposit with a futures commission merchant, for its own account at any time during the six-month period preceding either the date of sale to that person of a pool participation in the exempt pool or the date that the person opens an exempt account with the commodity trading advisor, at least $400,000 in exchange-specified initial margin and option premiums, together with any required minimum security deposits for retail forex transactions (defined in § 5.1(m) of this chapter), for commodity interest transactions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Owns a portfolio comprised of a combination of the funds or property specified in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section, in which the sum of the funds or property includable under paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, expressed as a percentage of the minimum amount required thereunder, and the amount of initial margin, option premiums, and minimum security deposits includable under paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, expressed as a percentage of the minimum amount required thereunder, equals at least one hundred percent. An example of a composite portfolio acceptable under this paragraph (a)(5)(iii) would consist of $2,000,000 in securities and other property (50% of paragraph (a)(5)(i)) and $200,000 in initial margin, option premiums, and minimum security deposits (50% of paragraph (a)(5)(ii)).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Qualified eligible person</I> means any person, acting for its own account or for the account of a qualified eligible person, who the commodity pool operator reasonably believes, at the time of the sale to that person of a pool participation in the exempt pool, or who the commodity trading advisor reasonably believes, at the time that person opens an exempt account, is included in the following list of persons that is divided into two categories: Persons who are not required to satisfy the Portfolio Requirement defined in paragraph (a)(5) of this section to be qualified eligible persons, and those persons who must satisfy the Portfolio Requirement in paragraph (a)(5) to be qualified eligible persons.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Persons who need not satisfy the Portfolio Requirement to be qualified eligible persons.</I> (A) A futures commission merchant registered pursuant to section 4d of the Act, or a principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) A retail foreign exchange dealer registered pursuant to section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)(gg) of the Act, or a principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(C) A swap dealer registered pursuant to section 4s(a)(1) of the Act, or a principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(D) A broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(E) A commodity pool operator registered pursuant to section 4m of the Act, or a principal thereof; <I>Provided,</I> That the pool operator:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has been registered and active as such for two years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Operates pools which, in the aggregate, have total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(F) A commodity trading advisor registered pursuant to section 4m of the Act, or a principal thereof; <I>Provided,</I> That the trading advisor:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has been registered and active as such for two years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Provides commodity interest trading advice to commodity accounts which, in the aggregate, have total assets in excess of $5,000,000 deposited at one or more futures commission merchants;
</P>
<P>(G) An investment adviser registered pursuant to section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Investment Advisers Act”) or pursuant to the laws of any state, or a principal thereof; <I>Provided,</I> That the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has been registered and active as such for two years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Provides securities investment advice to securities accounts which, in the aggregate, have total assets in excess of $5,000,000 deposited at one or more registered securities brokers;
</P>
<P>(H) A “qualified purchaser” as defined in section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”);
</P>
<P>(I) A “knowledgeable employee” as defined in § 270.3c-5 of this title;
</P>
<P>(J) With respect to an exempt pool:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor or investment adviser of the exempt pool offered or sold, or an affiliate of any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A principal of the exempt pool or the commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor or investment adviser of the exempt pool, or an affiliate of any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) An employee of the exempt pool or the commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor or investment adviser of the exempt pool, or of an affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than an employee performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to such person or its investments) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, participates in the investment activities of the exempt pool, other commodity pools operated by the pool operator of the exempt pool or other accounts advised by the trading advisor or the investment adviser of the exempt pool, or by the affiliate; <I>Provided,</I> That such employee has been performing such functions and duties for or on behalf of the exempt pool, pool operator, trading advisor, investment adviser or affiliate, or substantially similar functions or duties for or on behalf of another person engaged in providing commodity interest, securities or other financial services, for at least 12 months;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any other employee of, or an agent engaged to perform legal, accounting, auditing or other financial services for, the exempt pool or the commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor or investment adviser of the exempt pool, or any other employee of, or agent so engaged by, an affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than an employee or agent performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to such person or its investments); <I>Provided,</I> That such employee or agent:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Is an accredited investor as defined in § 230.501(a)(5) or (6) of this title; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Has been employed or engaged by the exempt pool, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, investment adviser or affiliate, or by another person engaged in providing commodity interest, securities or other financial services, for at least 24 months;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The spouse, child, sibling or parent of a person who satisfies the criteria of paragraph (a)(6)(i)(J)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), or (<I>4</I>) of this section; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) An investment in the exempt pool by any such family member is made with the knowledge and at the direction of the person; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The family member is not a qualified eligible person for the purposes of paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(K) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Any person who acquires a participation in the exempt pool by gift, bequest or pursuant to an agreement relating to a legal separation or divorce from a person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(J)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) The estate of any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(J)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) A company established by any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(J)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section exclusively for the benefit of (or owned exclusively by) that person and any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(J)(<I>6</I>) or (<I>7</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(K) With respect to an exempt account:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An affiliate of the commodity trading advisor of the exempt account;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A principal of the commodity trading advisor of the exempt account or of an affiliate of the commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) An employee of the commodity trading advisor of the exempt account or of an affiliate of the trading advisor (other than an employee performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to such person or its investments) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, participates in the investment activities of the trading advisor or the affiliate; <I>Provided,</I> That such employee has been performing such functions and duties for or on behalf of the trading advisor or the affiliate, or substantially similar functions or duties for or on behalf of another person engaged in providing commodity interest, securities or other financial services, for at least 12 months;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any other employee of, or an agent engaged to perform legal, accounting, auditing or other financial services for, the commodity trading advisor of the exempt account or any other employee of, or agent so engaged by, an affiliate of the trading advisor (other than an employee or agent performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to such person or its investments); <I>Provided,</I> That such employee or agent:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Is an accredited investor as defined in § 230.501(a)(5) or (6) of this title; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Has been employed or engaged by the commodity trading advisor or the affiliate, or by another person engaged in providing commodity interest, securities or other financial services, for at least 24 months;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The spouse, child, sibling or parent of the commodity trading advisor of the exempt account or of a person who satisfies the criteria of paragraph (a)(6)(i)(K)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), or (<I>4</I>) of this section; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The establishment of an exempt account by any such family member is made with the knowledge and at the direction of the person; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The family member is not a qualified eligible person for the purposes of paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(K) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Any person who acquires an interest in an exempt account by gift, bequest or pursuant to an agreement relating to a legal separation or divorce from a person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(K)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) The estate of any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(K)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) A company established by any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(K)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>), (<I>4</I>), or (<I>5</I>) of this section exclusively for the benefit of (or owned exclusively by) that person and any person listed in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(K)(<I>6</I>) or (<I>7</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(L) A trust; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The trust was not formed for the specific purpose of either participating in the exempt pool or opening an exempt account; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The trustee or other person authorized to make investment decisions with respect to the trust, and each settlor or other person who has contributed assets to the trust, is a qualified eligible person;
</P>
<P>(M) An organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “IRC”); <I>Provided,</I> That the trustee or other person authorized to make investment decisions with respect to the organization, and the person who has established the organization, is a qualified eligible person;
</P>
<P>(N) A Non-United States person;
</P>
<P>(O) An entity in which all of the unit owners or participants, other than the commodity trading advisor claiming relief under this section, are qualified eligible persons;
</P>
<P>(P) An exempt pool; or
</P>
<P>(Q) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section, an entity as to which a notice of eligibility has been filed pursuant to § 4.5 which is operated in accordance with such rule and in which all unit owners or participants, other than the commodity trading advisor claiming relief under this section, are qualified eligible persons.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Persons who must satisfy the Portfolio Requirement to be qualified eligible persons.</I> With respect to the persons listed in paragraphs (a)(6)(ii)(A) through (L) of this section, the commodity pool operator must reasonably believe, at the time of the sale to such person of a participation in the exempt pool, or the commodity trading advisor must reasonably believe, at the time such person opens an exempt account, that such person satisfies the Portfolio Requirement in paragraph (a)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of such Act not formed for the specific purpose of either investing in the exempt pool or opening an exempt account;
</P>
<P>(B) A bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act acting for its own account or for the account of a qualified eligible person;
</P>
<P>(C) An insurance company as defined in section 2(13) of the Securities Act acting for its own account or for the account of a qualified eligible person;
</P>
<P>(D) A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(E) An employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; <I>Provided,</I> That the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such Act, which is a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser; or that the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or, if the plan is self-directed, that investment decisions are made solely by persons that are qualified eligible persons;
</P>
<P>(F) A private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act;
</P>
<P>(G) An organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the IRC, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(H) A corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, limited liability company or similar business venture, other than a pool, which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000, and is not formed for the specific purpose of either participating in the exempt pool or opening an exempt account;
</P>
<P>(I) A natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, at the time of either his purchase in the exempt pool or his opening of an exempt account would qualify him as an accredited investor as defined in § 230.501(a)(5) of this title;
</P>
<P>(J) A natural person who would qualify as an accredited investor as defined in § 230.501(a)(6) of this title;
</P>
<P>(K) A pool, trust, insurance company separate account or bank collective trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of either participating in the exempt pool or opening an exempt account, and whose participation in the exempt pool or investment in the exempt account is directed by a qualified eligible person; or
</P>
<P>(L) Except as provided for the governmental entities referenced in paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(D) of this section, if otherwise authorized by law to engage in such transactions, a governmental entity (including the United States, a state, or a foreign government) or political subdivision thereof, or a multinational or supranational entity or an instrumentality, agency, or department of any of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>United States</I> means the United States, its states, territories or possessions, or an enclave of the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Relief available to commodity pool operators</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility.</I> Relief from specific compliance obligations is available to certain registered commodity pool operators with respect to the pool(s) they operate, provided that the registered commodity pool operator files the required notice under paragraph (d) of this section and otherwise complies with the conditions of paragraph (d) of this section in operating the exempt pool(s).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Types of commodity pools.</I>  (A) Regarding an offering that is exempt from registration under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, any registered commodity pool operator who offers or sells participations in such a pool solely to qualified eligible persons, without marketing to the public, may claim any or all of the relief described in this paragraph (b) with respect to such pool; Provided, that the prohibition on marketing to the public shall not apply to a registered commodity pool operator who offers or sells participations in a pool offered pursuant to § 230.506(c) of this title.
</P>
<P>(B) Regarding an offering that is offered and sold pursuant to Regulation S, §§ 230.901 through 230.905 of this title, any registered commodity pool operator who offers or sells participations in such a pool solely to qualified eligible persons, without marketing to the public, may claim any or all of the relief described in this paragraph (b) with respect to such pool.
</P>
<P>(C) Regarding a pool that is a collective trust fund, the securities of which are exempt from registration pursuant to section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, any bank registered as a commodity pool operator that offers or sells participations in such a pool solely to qualified eligible persons, without marketing to the public, may claim any or all of the relief described in this paragraph (b) with respect to such pool.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Resales.</I> A registered commodity pool operator may claim any or all of the relief described in this paragraph (b) with respect to the pools described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, if participations in such pools are resold pursuant to Rule 144A (§ 230.144A of this title).




</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosure relief.</I> (i) Exemption from the specific requirements of §§ 4.21, 4.24, 4.25 and 4.26 with respect to each exempt pool; <I>Provided,</I> That if an offering memorandum is distributed in connection with soliciting prospective participants in the exempt pool, such offering memorandum must include all disclosures necessary to make the information contained therein, in the context in which it is furnished, not misleading; and that the following statement is prominently disclosed on the cover page of the offering memorandum, or, if none is provided, immediately above the signature line on the subscription agreement or other document that the prospective participant must execute to become a participant in the pool:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH POOLS WHOSE PARTICIPANTS ARE LIMITED TO QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, AN OFFERING MEMORANDUM FOR THIS POOL IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A POOL OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF AN OFFERING MEMORANDUM. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS OFFERING OR ANY OFFERING MEMORANDUM FOR THIS POOL.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Exemption from disclosing the past performance of exempt pools in the Disclosure Document of non-exempt pools except to the extent that such past performance is material to the non-exempt pool being offered; <I>Provided,</I> That a pool operator that has claimed exemption hereunder and elects not to disclose any such performance in the Disclosure Document of non-exempt pools shall state in a footnote to the performance disclosure therein that the operator is operating or has operated exempt pools whose performance is not disclosed in this Disclosure Document. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic reporting relief.</I> (i) Exemption from the specific requirements of § 4.22(a) and (b), provided, that a statement signed and affirmed in accordance with § 4.22(h) is prepared and distributed to pool participants no less frequently than quarterly within 30 calendar days after the end of the reporting period.  This statement must be presented and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and indicate:
</P>
<P>(A) The net asset value of the exempt pool as of the end of the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(B) The change in net asset value from the end of the previous reporting period; and
</P>
<P>(C) Either the net asset value per outstanding participation unit in the exempt pool as of the end of the reporting period, or the total value of the participant's interest or share in the exempt pool as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the pool is comprised of more than one ownership class or series, the net asset value of the series or class on which the account statement is reporting, and the net asset value per unit or value of the participant's share, also must be included in the statement required by this paragraph (b)(3); except that, for a pool that is a series fund structured with limitation on liability among the different series, the account statement required by this paragraph (b)(3) is not required to include the consolidated net asset value of all series of the pool.
</P>
<P>(iii) A commodity pool operator that meets the conditions specified in § 4.22(d)(2)(i) to present and compute the pool's financial statements contained in the Annual Report other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and has filed notice pursuant to § 4.22(d)(2)(iii), may also use the alternative accounting principles, standards or practices identified in that notice with respect to the computation and presentation of the account statement.
</P>
<P>(iv) Where the exempt pool is invested in one or more other pools or funds operated by third parties, the commodity pool operator may choose instead to prepare and distribute to its pool participants statements signed and affirmed in accordance with § 4.22(h) on a monthly basis within 45 days of the month-end; <I>Provided,</I> that the statements otherwise meet the conditions of paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, and that the commodity pool operator notifies its pool participants of this alternate distribution schedule in the exempt pool's offering memorandum distributed prior to the initial investment, or upon its adoption of this reporting schedule, for then existing pool participants.








</P>
<P>(4) <I>Annual report relief.</I> (i) Exemption from the specific requirements of § 4.22(c) of this part; <I>Provided,</I> that within 90 calendar days after the end of the exempt pool's fiscal year or the permanent cessation of trading, whichever is earlier, the commodity pool operator electronically files with the National Futures Association and distributes to each participant in lieu of the financial information and statements specified by that section, an annual report for the exempt pool, affirmed in accordance with § 4.22(h) which contains, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) A Statement of Financial Condition as of the close of the exempt pool's fiscal year (elected in accordance with § 4.22(g));
</P>
<P>(B) A Statement of Operations for that year;
</P>
<P>(C) Appropriate footnote disclosure and such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading. For a pool that invests in other funds, this information must include, but is not limited to, separately disclosing the amounts of income, management and incentive fees associated with each investment in an investee fund that exceeds five percent of the pool's net assets. The income, management and incentive fees associated with an investment in an investee fund that is less than five percent of the pool's net assets may be combined and reported in the aggregate with the income, management and incentive fees of other investee funds that, individually, represent an investment of less than five percent of the pool's net assets. If the commodity pool operator is not able to obtain the specific amounts of management and incentive fees charged by an investee fund, the commodity pool operator must disclose the percentage amounts and computational basis for each such fee and include a statement that the CPO is not able to obtain the specific fee amounts for this fund;
</P>
<P>(D) Where the pool is comprised of more than one ownership class or series, information for the series or class on which the financial statements are reporting should be presented in addition to the information presented for the pool as a whole; except that, for a pool that is a series fund structured with a limitation on liability among the different series, the financial statements are not required to include consolidated information for all series.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Legend.</I> If a claim for exemption has been made pursuant to this section, the commodity pool operator must make a statement to that effect on the cover page of each annual report. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Recordkeeping relief.</I> Exemption from the specific requirements of § 4.23; <I>Provided,</I> That the commodity pool operator must maintain the offering memoranda and reports referred to in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, and all other books and records prepared in connection with its activities as the pool operator of the exempt pool (including, without limitation, records relating to the qualifications of qualified eligible persons and substantiating any performance representations). Books and records that are not maintained at the pool operator's main business office shall be maintained by one or more of the following: the pool's administrator, distributor, or custodian, or a bank or registered broker or dealer acting in a similar capacity with respect to the pool. Such books and records must be made available to any representative of the Commission, the National Futures Association and the United States Department of Justice in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(6) If the pool operator does not maintain its books and records at its main business office, the pool operator shall:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time it registers with the Commission or delegates its recordkeeping obligations, whichever is later, file a statement that:
</P>
<P>(A) Identifies the name, main business address, and main business telephone number of the person(s) who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(B) Sets forth the name and telephone number of a contact for each person who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(C) Specifies, by reference to the respective paragraph of this section, the books and records that such person will be keeping; and
</P>
<P>(D) Contains representations from the pool operator that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) It will promptly amend the statement if the contact information or location of any of the books and records required to be kept by this section changes, by identifying in such amendment the new location and any other information that has changed;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) It remains responsible for ensuring that all books and records required by this section are kept in accordance with § 1.31;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Within 48 hours after a request by a representative of the Commission, it will obtain the original books and records from the location at which they are maintained, and provide them for inspection at the pool operator's main business office; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the original books and records are permitted to be, and are maintained, at a location outside the United States, its territories or possessions, the pool operator will obtain and provide such original books and records for inspection at the pool operator's main business office within 72 hours of such a request; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) It will disclose in the pool's Disclosure Document the location of its books and records that are required under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pool operator shall also file electronically with the National Futures Association a statement from each person who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator wherein such person:
</P>
<P>(A) Acknowledges that the pool operator intends that the person keep and maintain required pool books and records;
</P>
<P>(B) Agrees to keep and maintain such records required in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(C) Agrees to keep such required books and records open to inspection by any representative of the Commission, the National Futures Association, or the United States Department of Justice in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relief available to commodity trading advisors.</I> Upon filing the notice required by paragraph (d) of this section, and subject to compliance with the conditions specified in paragraph (d) of this section, any registered commodity trading advisor who anticipates directing or guiding the commodity interest accounts of qualified eligible persons may claim any or all of the following relief with respect to the accounts of qualified eligible persons who have given due consent to their account being an exempt account under § 4.7: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Disclosure relief.</I> (i) Exemption from the specific requirements of §§ 4.31, 4.34, 4.35 and 4.36; <I>Provided,</I> That if the commodity trading advisor delivers a brochure or other disclosure statement to such qualified eligible persons, such brochure or statement shall include all additional disclosures necessary to make the information contained therein, in the context in which it is furnished, not misleading; and that the following statement is prominently displayed on the cover page of the brochure or statement or, if none is provided, immediately above the signature line of the agreement that the client must execute before it opens an account with the commodity trading advisor:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Exemption from disclosing the past performance of exempt accounts in the Disclosure Document for non-exempt accounts except to the extent that such past performance is material to the non-exempt account being offered; <I>Provided,</I> That a commodity trading advisor that has claimed exemption hereunder and elects not to disclose any such performance in the Disclosure Document for non-exempt accounts shall state in a footnote to the performance disclosure therein that the advisor is advising or has advised exempt accounts for qualified eligible persons whose performance is not disclosed in this Disclosure Document. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Recordkeeping relief.</I> Exemption from the specific requirements of § 4.33; <I>Provided,</I> That the commodity trading advisor must maintain, at its main business office, all books and records prepared in connection with his activities as the commodity trading advisor of qualified eligible persons (including, without limitation, records relating to the qualifications of such qualified eligible persons and substantiating any performance representations) and must make such books and records available to any representative of the Commission, the National Futures Association and the United States Department of Justice in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of claim for exemption.</I> (1) A notice of a claim for exemption under this section must:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the name, main business address, main business telephone number and the National Futures Association commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor identification number of the person claiming the exemption;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Where the claimant is a commodity pool operator, provide the name(s) of the pool(s) for which the request is made; Provided, That a single notice representing that the pool operator anticipates operating single-investor pools may be filed to claim exemption for single-investor pools and such notice need not name each such pool;
</P>
<P>(B) Where the claimant is a commodity trading advisor, contain a representation that the trading advisor anticipates providing commodity interest trading advice to qualified eligible persons;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain representations that:
</P>
<P>(A) Neither the commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor nor any of its principals is subject to any statutory disqualification under section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act unless such disqualification arises from a matter which was previously disclosed in connection with a previous application for registration if such registration was granted or which was disclosed more than thirty days prior to the filing of the notice under this paragraph (d);
</P>
<P>(B) The commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor will comply with the applicable requirements of § 4.7; and
</P>
<P>(C) Where the claimant is a commodity pool operator, that the exempt pool will be offered and operated in compliance with the applicable requirements of § 4.7;
</P>
<P>(iv) Specify the relief claimed under § 4.7;
</P>
<P>(v) Where the claimant is a commodity pool operator, state the closing date of the offering or that the offering will be continuous;
</P>
<P>(vi) Be filed by a representative duly authorized to bind the commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(vii) Be filed electronically with the National Futures Association through its electronic exemption filing system; and
</P>
<P>(viii)(A)(<I>1</I>) Where the claimant is a commodity pool operator, except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section with respect to single-investor pools and in paragraph (d)(1)(viii)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section, be received by the National Futures Association:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Before the date the pool first enters into a commodity interest transaction, if the relief claimed is limited to that provided under paragraphs (b)(2), (3) and (4) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Prior to any offer or sale of any participation in the exempt pool if the claimed relief includes that provided under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Where participations in a pool have been offered or sold in full compliance with part 4, the notice of a claim for exemption may be filed with the National Futures Association at any time; Provided, That the claim for exemption is otherwise consistent with the duties of the commodity pool operator and the rights of pool participants and that the commodity pool operator notifies the pool participants of his intention, absent objection by the holders of a majority of the units of participation in the pool who are unaffiliated with the commodity pool operator within twenty-one days after the date of the notification, to file a notice of claim for exemption under § 4.7 and such holders have not objected within such period. A commodity pool operator filing a notice under this paragraph (d)(1)(viii)(A)(<I>2</I>) shall either provide disclosure and reporting in accordance with the requirements of part 4 to those participants objecting to the filing of such notice or allow such participants to redeem their units of participation in the pool within three months of the filing of such notice.
</P>
<P>(B) Where the claimant is a commodity trading advisor, be received by the Commission before the date the trading advisor first enters into an agreement to direct or guide the commodity interest account of a qualified eligible person pursuant to § 4.7.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice will be effective upon receipt by the National Futures Association with respect to each pool for which it was made where the claimant is a commodity pool operator and otherwise generally where the claimant is a commodity trading advisor; <I>Provided,</I> That any notice which does not include all the required information shall not be effective, and that if at the time the National Futures Association receives the notice an enforcement proceeding brought by the Commission under the Act or the regulations is pending against the pool operator or trading advisor or any of its principals, the exemption will not be effective until twenty-one calendar days after receipt of the notice by the National Futures Association and that in such case an exemption may be denied by the Commission or the National Futures Association or made subject to such conditions as the Commission or the National Futures Association may impose. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any exemption claimed hereunder shall cease to be effective upon any change which would cause the commodity pool operator of an exempt pool to be ineligible for the relief claimed with respect to such pool or which would cause a commodity trading advisor to be ineligible for the relief claimed. The pool operator or trading advisor must promptly file a notice advising the National Futures Association of such change. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Any exemption from the requirements of § 4.21, § 4.22, § 4.23, § 4.24, § 4.25 or § 4.26 claimed hereunder with respect to a pool shall not affect the obligation of the commodity pool operator to comply with all other applicable provisions of part 4, the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations, with respect to the pool and any other pool the pool operator operates or intends to operate. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any exemption from the requirements of § 4.31, § 4.33, § 4.34, § 4.35 or § 4.36 claimed hereunder shall not affect the obligation of the commodity trading advisor to comply with all other applicable provisions of part 4, the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations, with respect to any qualified eligible person and any other client to which the commodity trading advisor provides or intends to provide commodity interest trading advice. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Insignificant deviations from a term, condition or requirement of § 4.7.</I> (1) A failure to comply with a term or condition of § 4.7 will not result in the loss of the exemption with respect to a particular pool or client if the commodity pool operator or the commodity trading advisor relying on the exemption shows that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The failure to comply did not pertain to a term, condition or requirement directly intended to protect that particular qualified eligible person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The failure to comply was insignificant with respect to the exempt pool as a whole or to the particular exempt account; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) A good faith and reasonable attempt was made to comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of § 4.7. 
</P>
<P>(2) A transaction made in reliance on § 4.7 must comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of § 4.7. Where an exemption is established only through reliance upon paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the failure to comply shall nonetheless be actionable by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 47854, Aug. 4, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 47231, Aug. 8, 2003; 71 FR 8942, Feb. 22, 2006; 72 FR 1662, Jan. 16, 2007; 74 FR 57590, Nov. 9, 2009; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 11284, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17329, Mar. 26, 2012; 77 FR 54358, Sept. 5, 2012; 78 FR 52333, Aug. 22, 2013; 81 FR 85154, Nov. 25, 2016; 84 FR 67367, Dec. 10, 2019; 89 FR 78810, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.8   Exemption from certain requirements of rule 4.26 with respect to pools offered or sold in certain offerings exempt from registration under the Securities Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of § 4.26 and subject to the conditions specified herein, the registered commodity pool operator of a pool offered or sold solely to “accredited investors” as defined in 17 CFR 230.501 in an offering exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 505 or 506 of Regulation D, 17 CFR 230.505 or 230.506, may solicit, accept and receive funds, securities and other property from prospective participants in that pool upon filing with the National Futures Association and providing to such participants the Disclosure Document for the pool.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of § 4.26 and subject to the conditions specified herein, the registered commodity pool operator of a pool offered or sold in an offering exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 505 or 506 of Regulation D, 17 CFR 230.505 or 230.506, that is operated in compliance with, and has filed the notice required by § 4.12(b) may solicit, accept and receive funds, securities and other property from prospective participants in that pool upon filing with the National Futures Association and providing to such participants the Disclosure Document for the pool.
</P>
<P>(c) The relief provided under § 4.8 is not available if an enforcement proceeding brought by the Commission under the Act or the regulations is pending against the commodity pool operator or any of its principals or if the commodity pool operator or any of its principals is subject to any statutory disqualification under §§ 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 34865, Aug. 7, 1992; 57 FR 41173, Sept. 9, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 38182, July 25, 1995; 72 FR 1662, Jan. 16, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.10   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Net asset value</I> means total assets minus total liabilities, determined in accord with generally accepted accounting principles, with each position in a commodity interest accounted for at fair market value.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Participant</I> means any person that has any direct financial interest in a pool (e.g., a limited partner).
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Pool</I> means any investment trust, syndicate or similar form of enterprise operated for the purpose of trading commodity interests.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multi-advisor pool</I> means a pool in which:
</P>
<P>(i) No commodity trading advisor is allocated or intended to be allocated more than twenty-five percent of the pool's funds available for commodity interest trading; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No investee pool is allocated or intended to be allocated more than twenty-five percent of the pool's net asset value.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Principal-protected pool</I> means a pool (commonly referred to as a “guaranteed pool”) that is designed to limit the loss of the initial investment of its participants.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Investee pool</I> means any pool in which another pool or account participates or invests, e.g., as a limited partner thereof.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Major investee pool</I> means, with respect to a pool, any investee pool that is allocated or intended to be allocated at least ten percent of the net asset value of the pool.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Principal,</I> when referring to a person that is a principal of a particular entity, shall have the same meaning as the term “principal” under § 3.1(a) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trading principal</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a commodity pool operator, a principal who participates in making trading decisions for a pool, or who supervises, or has authority to allocate pool assets to, persons so engaged; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a commodity trading advisor, a principal who participates in making trading decisions for the account of a client or who supervises or selects persons so engaged.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Direct,</I> as used in the context of trading commodity interest accounts, refers to agreements whereby a person is authorized to cause transactions to be effected for a client's commodity interest account without the client's specific authorization.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Trading program</I> refers to the program pursuant to which a person (1) directs a client's commodity interest account, or (2) guides the client's commodity interest trading by means of a systematic program that recommends specific transactions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Trading manager</I> means, with respect to a pool, any person, other than the commodity pool operator of the pool, having sole or partial authority to allocate pool assets to commodity trading advisors or investee pools.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Major commodity trading advisor</I> means, with respect to a pool, any commodity trading advisor that is allocated or is intended to be allocated at least ten percent of the pool's funds available for commodity interest trading. For this purpose, the percentage allocation shall be the amount of funds allocated to the trading advisor by agreement with the commodity pool operator (or trading manager) on behalf of the pool, expressed as a percentage of the lesser of the aggregate value of the assets allocated to the pool's trading advisors or the net assets of the pool at the time of allocation.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Break-even point</I>—(1) Means the trading profit that a pool must realize in the first year of a participant's investment to equal all fees and expenses such that such participant will recoup its initial investment, as calculated pursuant to rules promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) Must be expressed both as a dollar amount and as a percentage of the minimum unit of initial investment and assume redemption of the initial investment at the end of the first year of investment.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Draw-down</I> means losses experienced by a pool or account over a specified period.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Worst peak-to-valley draw-down</I> means the greatest cumulative percentage decline in month-end net asset value due to losses sustained by a pool, account or trading program during any period in which the initial month-end net asset value is not equaled or exceeded by a subsequent month-end net asset value. Such decline must be expressed as a percentage of the initial month-end net asset value, together with an indication of the months and year(s) of such decline from the initial month-end net asset value to the lowest month-end net asset value of such decline. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> For purposes of §§ 4.25 and 4.35, a peak-to-valley draw-down which began prior to the beginning of the most recent five calendar years is deemed to have occurred during such five- calendar-year period.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> For example, a worst peak-to-valley draw-down of “4 to 8-92/25%” means that the peak-to-valley draw-down lasted from April to August of 1992 and resulted in a twenty-five percent cumulative draw-down.</P></FTNT>
<P>(m) <I>Partially-funded account</I> means a client participation in the program of a commodity trading advisor in which the amount of funds in the client's commodity interest account over which such commodity trading advisor has trading authority is less than the account size that establishes the client's level of trading in a commodity trading advisor's program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 9, 1981, as amended at 49 FR 8225, Mar. 5, 1984; 60 FR 38182, July 25, 1995; 66 FR 53522, Oct. 23, 2001; 68 FR 42967, July 21, 2003; 72 FR 63979, Nov. 14, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.11   Exemption from section 4n(3)(B).</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of section 4n(3)(B) of the Act shall not apply to any commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor that is registered under the Act as such or that is exempt from such registration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.12   Exemption from provisions of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1) The Commission may exempt any person or any class or classes of persons from any provision of this part 4 if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provisions from which the exemption is sought.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may grant the exemption subject to such terms and conditions as it may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption from subpart B for certain commodity pool operators based on amount and nature of commodity interest trading</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility.</I> Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, any person who is registered as a commodity pool operator, or has applied for such registration, may claim any or all of the relief available under paragraph (b)(2) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The pool for which it makes such claim:
</P>
<P>(A) Will be offered and sold pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to an exemption from said Act;
</P>
<P>(B) Will generally and routinely engage in the buying and selling of securities and securities derived instruments;
</P>
<P>(C) Will not enter into commodity interest transactions for which the aggregate initial margin and premiums, and required minimum security deposit for retail forex transactions (as defined in § 5.1(m) of this chapter) exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of the pool's assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; <I>Provided, however,</I> That in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount as defined in § 190.01 of this chapter may be excluded in computing such 10 percent; and


</P>
<P>(D) Will trade such commodity interests in a manner solely incidental to its securities trading activities.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each existing participant and prospective participant in the pool for which it makes such request is informed in writing of the restrictions set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(i) (C) and (D) of this section prior to the date the pool commences trading commodity interests. The pool operator may furnish this information by way of the pool's Disclosure Document, Account Statement, a separate notice or other similar means, including written communication delivered through electronic transmission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Relief available to pool operator.</I> The commodity pool operator of a pool which meets the criteria of paragraph (b)(1) of this section may claim the following relief:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of § 4.21, that the Commission accept in lieu and in satisfaction of the Disclosure Document specified by that section an offering memorandum for the pool which does not contain the information required by §§ 4.24(a), 4.24(b), and 4.24(n); <I>Provided, however,</I> that the offering memorandum:
</P>
<P>(A) Is prepared pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the exemption from said Act pursuant to which the pool is being offered and sold;
</P>
<P>(B) Contains the information required by §§ 4.24(c) through (m) and (o) through (u); and
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the requirements of §§ 4.24(v) and (w).
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of § 4.22 (a) and (b), that the Commission accept in lieu and in satisfaction of the Account Statement and prescribed frequency respectively specified by those sections a statement which indicates the net asset value of the pool as of the end of the reporting period and the change in net asset value from the end of the previous reporting period, to be prepared and distributed no less frequently than quarterly; <I>Provided, however,</I> That each such statement complies with the other requirements of § 4.22 (a) and (b), including the references in those sections to § 4.22 (g) and (h).
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of § 4.22 (c) through (e), that the Commission accept in lieu and in satisfaction of the financial information and statements in the Annual Report specified by those sections an annual report for the pool which contains, at a minimum, a Statement of Financial Condition as of the close of the pool's fiscal year and a Statement of Income (Loss) for that year; <I>Provided, however,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(A) Each such annual report complies with the other requirements of § 4.22(c), including the reference in that section to § 4.22(h) and the requirement in § 4.22(c)(5) that the annual report must contain appropriate footnote disclosure and further material information; and
</P>
<P>(B) The financial statements in such annual report must be presented and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and must be certified by an independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of § 4.23(a) (10) and (11), to exempt the pool operator from the requirements of those sections with respect to the pool.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption from subpart B for certain commodity pool operators based on registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility.</I> Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, any person who is registered as a commodity pool operator, or has applied for such registration, may claim any or all of the relief available under paragraph (c)(2) of this section if, with respect to the pool for which it makes such claim:
</P>
<P>(i) The units of participation will be offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The pool is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Relief available to pool operator claiming relief under paragraph (c)(1)(i).</I> The commodity pool operator of a pool whose units of participation meet the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(i) if this section may claim the following relief:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of § 4.21, exemption from the Disclosure Document delivery and acknowledgment requirements of that section, <I>Provided, however,</I> that the pool operator:
</P>
<P>(A) Cause the pool's Disclosure Document to be readily accessible on an Internet Web site maintained by the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(B) Cause the Disclosure Document to be kept current in accordance with the requirements of § 4.26(a);
</P>
<P>(C) Clearly inform prospective pool participants with whom it has contact of the Internet address of such Web site and direct any broker, dealer or other selling agent to whom the pool operator sells units of participation in the pool to so inform prospective pool participants; and
</P>
<P>(D) Comply with all other requirements applicable to pool Disclosure Documents under part 4. The pool operator may satisfy the requirement of § 4.26(b) to attach to the Disclosure Document a copy of the pool's most current Account Statement and Annual Report if the pool operator makes such Account Statement and Annual Report readily accessible on an Internet Web site maintained by the pool operator.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of § 4.22, exemption from the Account Statement distribution requirement of that section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the pool operator:
</P>
<P>(A) Cause the pool's Account Statements, including the certification required by § 4.22(h), to be readily accessible on an Internet Web site maintained by the pool operator within 30 calendar days after the last day of the applicable reporting period and continuing for a period of not less than 30 calendar days; and
</P>
<P>(B) Cause the Disclosure Document for the pool to clearly indicate:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That the information required to be included in the Account Statements will be readily accessible on an Internet Web site maintained by the pool operator; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Internet address of such Web site.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Relief available to pool operator claiming relief under paragraph (c)(1)(ii).</I> The commodity pool operator of a pool whose units of participation meet the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section may claim the following relief:
</P>
<P>(i) The pool operator of an offered pool will be exempt from the requirements of §§ 4.21, 4.24, 4.25, and 4.26; <I>Provided, that</I>
</P>
<P>(A) The pool operator of an offered pool with less than a three-year operating history discloses the performance of all accounts and pools that are managed by the pool operator and that have investment objectives, policies, and strategies substantially similar to those of the offered pool; and,
</P>
<P>(B) The disclosure provided with respect to the offered pool complies with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and any guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any division thereof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Exemption from the Account Statement distribution requirement of §§ 4.22(a) and (b); <I>Provided, however,</I> that the pool operator:
</P>
<P>(A) Causes the current net asset value per share to be available to participants;
</P>
<P>(B) Causes the pool to clearly disclose:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That the information will be readily accessible on an Internet Web site maintained by the pool operator or its designee or otherwise made available to participants and the means through which the information will be made available; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Internet address of such Web site, if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Exemption from the provisions of § 4.23 that require that a pool operator's books and records be made available to participants for inspection and/or copying at the request of the participant.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Notice of claim for exemption.</I> Any registered commodity pool operator, or applicant for commodity pool operator registration, who desires to claim the relief available under paragraph (b) or (c) of this § 4.12 must file electronically a claim of exemption with the National Futures Association through its electronic exemption filing system. Such claim must:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the name, main business address and main business telephone number of the registered commodity pool operator, or applicant for such registration, making the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the name of the commodity pool for which the request is being made;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain representations that:
</P>
<P>(A) The pool will be operated in compliance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section and the pool operator will comply with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The pool will be operated in compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section and the pool operator will comply with the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(C) The pool will be operated in compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section and the pool operator will comply with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Specify the relief sought under paragraph (b)(2), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this section, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(v) Be filed by a representative duly authorized to bind the pool operator.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The claim of exemption must be filed before the date the commodity pool first enters into a commodity interest transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) The claim of exemption shall be effective upon filing; <I>Provided, however,</I> That any exemption claimed hereunder:
</P>
<P>(A) Will not be effective unless and until the notice required by this paragraph (d) contains all information called for herein and any statements required under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) have been provided; and
</P>
<P>(B) Will cease to be effective upon any change which would render the representations made pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section inaccurate or the continuation of such representations false or misleading.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If a claim of exemption has been made under § 4.12(b)(2)(i), the commodity pool operator must make a statement to that effect on the cover page of each offering memorandum, or amendment thereto, that it is required to file with the National Futures Association pursuant to § 4.26.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a claim of exemption has been made with respect to paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, the pool operator must make a statement to that effect on the cover page of each annual report that it is required to file with the National Futures Association pursuant to § 4.22(c).
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Any claim of exemption effective hereunder shall be effective only with respect to the pool for which it has been made.
</P>
<P>(ii) The effectiveness of such claim shall not affect the obligations of the commodity pool operator to comply with all other applicable provisions of this part 4, the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations issued thereunder with respect to the pool and any other pool the pool operator operates or intends to operate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 41984, Nov. 2, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 38183, July 25, 1995; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 72 FR 1663, Jan. 16, 2007; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 76 FR 28644, May 18, 2011; 78 FR 52333, Aug. 22, 2013; 86 FR 19420, Apr. 13, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.13   Exemption from registration as a commodity pool operator.</HEAD>
<P>This section is organized as follows: Paragraph (a) of this section specifies the criteria that must be met to qualify for exemption from registration under this section; paragraph (b) of this section governs the notice that must be filed to claim exemption from registration; paragraph (c) of this section sets forth the continuing obligations of a person who has claimed exemption under this section; paragraph (d) of this section specifies information certain persons must provide if they subsequently register; paragraph (e) of this section specifies the effect of registration on a person who has claimed an exemption from registration under this section or who is eligible to claim an exemption from registration hereunder; and paragraph (f) of this section specifies the effect of this section on § 4.5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(a) A person is not required to register under the Act as a commodity pool operator if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) It does not receive any compensation or other payment, directly or indirectly, for operating the pool, except reimbursement for the ordinary administrative expenses of operating the pool;
</P>
<P>(ii) It operates only one commodity pool at any time;
</P>
<P>(iii) It is not otherwise required to register with the Commission and is not a business affiliate of any person required to register with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Neither the person nor any other person involved with the pool does any advertising in connection with the pool (for purposes of this section, advertising includes the systematic solicitation of prospective participants by telephone or seminar presentation); 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) None of the pools operated by it has more than 15 participants at any time; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The total gross capital contributions it receives for units of participation in all of the pools it operates or that it intends to operate do not in the aggregate exceed $400,000. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of determining eligibility for exemption under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the person may exclude the following participants and their contributions: 
</P>
<P>(A) The pool's operator, commodity trading advisor, and the principals thereof; 
</P>
<P>(B) A child, sibling or parent of any of these participants; 
</P>
<P>(C) The spouse of any participant specified in paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Any relative of a participant specified in paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A), (B) or (C) of this section, its spouse or a relative of its spouse, who has the same principal residence as such participant; 


</P>
<P>(3) For each pool for which the person claims exemption from registration under this paragraph (a)(3): 
</P>
<P>(i) Interests in the pool are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, and the interests are marketed and advertised to the public in the United States solely, if at all, in compliance with § 230.506(c) of this title, or with Rule 144A, § 230.144A of this title, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) At all times, the pool meets one or the other of the following tests with respect to its commodity interest positions, including positions in security futures products, whether entered into for <I>bona fide</I> hedging purposes or otherwise: 
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate initial margin, premiums, and required minimum security deposit for retail forex transactions (as defined in § 5.1(m) of this chapter) required to establish such positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, will not exceed 5 percent of the liquidation value of the pool's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into; <I>Provided,</I> That in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount as defined in § 190.01 of this chapter may be excluded in computing such 5 percent; or


</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate net notional value of such positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, does not exceed 100 percent of the liquidation value of the pool's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions it has entered into. For the purpose of this paragraph: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The term “notional value” shall be calculated for each futures position by multiplying the number of contracts by the size of the contract, in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), by the current market price per unit, for each such option position by multiplying the number of contracts by the size of the contract, adjusted by its delta, in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), by the strike price per unit, for each such retail forex transaction, by calculating the value in U.S. Dollars of such transaction, at the time the transaction was established, excluding for this purpose the value in U.S. Dollars of offsetting long and short transactions, if any, and for any cleared swap by the value as determined consistent with the terms of 17 CFR part 45; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The person may net futures contracts with the same underlying commodity across designated contract markets and foreign boards of trade; and swaps cleared on the same derivatives clearing organization where appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The person reasonably believes, at the time of investment (or, in the case of an existing pool, at the time of conversion to a pool meeting the criteria of paragraph (a)(3) of this section), that each person who participates in the pool is: 
</P>
<P>(A) An “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in § 230.501 of this title; 
</P>
<P>(B) A trust that is not an accredited investor but that was formed by an accredited investor for the benefit of a family member; 


</P>
<P>(C) A “knowledgeable employee,” as that term is defined in § 270.3c-5 of this title; or
</P>
<P>(D) A “qualified eligible person,” as that term is defined in § 4.7; and


</P>
<P>(iv) Participations in the pool are not marketed as or in a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures or commodity options markets; <I>Provided,</I> That nothing in paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall prohibit the person from claiming an exemption under this section if it additionally operates one or more pools for which it meets the criteria of paragraph (a)(4) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(5) The person is acting as a director or trustee with respect to a pool whose operator is registered as a commodity pool operator and is eligible to claim relief under § 4.12(c) of this chapter, <I>Provided, however,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) The person acts in such capacity solely to comply with the requirements under section 10A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any Securities and Exchange Commission rules and exchange listing requirements adopted pursuant thereto, that the pool have an audit committee comprised exclusively of independent directors or trustees;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person has no power or authority to manage or control the operations or activities of the pool except as necessary to comply with such requirement; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The registered pool operator of the pool is and will be liable for any violation of the Act or the Commission's regulations by the person in connection with the person's serving as a director or trustee with respect to the pool.
</P>
<P>(6) For each pool for which the person claims exemption under this paragraph (a)(6):
</P>
<P>(i) Interests in the pool are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, and such interests are offered and sold only to “family clients,” as defined in § 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1 of this title;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person qualifies as a “family office,” as defined in § 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The person reasonably believes, at the time of investment, or in the case of an existing pool, at the time of conversion to a pool meeting the criteria of this paragraph (a)(6) of this section, that each person who participates in the pool is a “family client” of the “family office,” as defined in § 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1 of this title.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Eligibility for exemption under paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(4) of this section is subject to the person furnishing in written communication physically delivered or delivered through electronic transmission to each prospective participant in the pool: 
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that the person is exempt from registration with the Commission as a commodity pool operator and that therefore, unlike a registered commodity pool operator, it is not required to deliver a Disclosure Document and a certified annual report to participants in the pool; and
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the criteria pursuant to which it qualifies for such exemption from registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) The person must make these disclosures by no later than the time it delivers a subscription agreement for the pool to a prospective participant in the pool.


</P>
<P>(b)(1) Any person who desires to claim the relief from registration provided by this section, except for any person claiming the exemption for family offices in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, must file electronically a notice of exemption from commodity pool operator registration with the National Futures Association through its electronic exemption filing system.  The notice must:


</P>
<P>(i) Provide the name, main business address, main business telephone number, main facsimile number and main email address of the person claiming the exemption and the name of the pool for which it is claiming exemption; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify the paragraph number pursuant to which the person is filing the notice (<I>i.e.,</I> § 4.13(a)(1), (2), (3), or (5)) and represent that the pool will be operated in accordance with the criteria of that paragraph;
</P>
<P>(iii) Represent that neither the person nor any of its principals has in its background a statutory disqualification that would require disclosure under section 8a(2) of the Act if such person sought registration, unless such disqualification arises from a matter which was disclosed in connection with a previous application for registration, where such registration was granted; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Be filed by a representative duly authorized to bind the person.
</P>
<P>(2) The person must file the notice by no later than the time that the pool operator delivers a subscription agreement for the pool to a prospective participant in the pool; <I>Provided, however,</I> that in the case of a claim for relief under § 4.13(a)(5), the person must file the notice by the later of the effective date of the pool's registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or the date on which the person first becomes a director or trustee; and <I>Provided, further,</I> that where a person registered with the Commission as a commodity pool operator intends to withdraw from registration in order to claim exemption hereunder, the person must notify its pool's participants in written communication physically delivered or delivered through electronic transmission that it intends to withdraw from registration and claim the exemption, and it must provide each such participant with a right to redeem its interest in the pool prior to the person filing a notice of exemption from registration
</P>
<P>(3) The notice will be effective upon filing, provided the notice is materially complete. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Annual notice.</I> Each person who has filed a notice of exemption from registration under this section must affirm on an annual basis the notice of exemption from registration, withdraw such exemption due to the cessation of activities requiring registration or exemption therefrom, or withdraw such exemption and apply for registration within 60 days of the calendar year end through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system.
</P>
<P>(5) Each person who has filed a notice of exemption from registration under this section must, in the event that any of the information contained or representations made in the notice becomes inaccurate or incomplete, amend the notice through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system as may be necessary to render the notice accurate and complete. This amendment must be filed electronically within 15 business days after the pool operator becomes aware of the occurrence of such event.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each person who has claimed an exemption from registration under this section must:


</P>
<P>(i) Make and keep all books and records prepared in connection with its activities as a pool operator for a period of five years from the date of preparation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Keep such books and records readily accessible during the first two years of the five-year period. All such books and records must be available for inspection upon the request of any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or any other appropriate regulatory agency; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Submit to such special calls as the Commission may make to demonstrate eligibility for and compliance with the applicable criteria for exemption under this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each person who has filed a notice of exemption from registration pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Promptly furnish to each participant in the pool a copy of each monthly statement for the pool that the pool operator received from a futures commission merchant pursuant to § 1.33 of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly show on such statement, or on an accompanying supplemental statement, the net profit or loss on all commodity interests closed since the date of the previous statement. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each person who applies for registration as a commodity pool operator subsequent to claiming relief under paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section must include with its application the financial statements and other information required by § 4.22(c)(1) through (5) for each pool that it has operated as an operator exempt from registration. That information must be presented and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. If the person is granted registration as a commodity pool operator, it must comply with the provisions of this part with respect to each such pool. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (e)(2) of this section, if a person who is eligible for exemption from registration as a commodity pool operator under this section nonetheless registers as a commodity pool operator, the person must comply with the provisions of this part with respect to each commodity pool identified on its registration application or supplement thereto. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a person operates one or more commodity pools described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and one or more commodity pools for which it must be, and is, registered as a commodity pool operator, the person is exempt from the requirements applicable to a registered commodity pool operator with respect to the pool or pools described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section; <I>Provided,</I> That the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Furnishes in written communication physically delivered or delivered through electronic transmission to each prospective participant in a pool described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section that it operates:
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that it will operate the pool as if the person was exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the criteria pursuant to which it will so operate the pool;
</P>
<P>(ii) Complies with paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides each existing participant in a pool that the person elects to operate as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section a right to redeem the participant's interest in the pool, and informs each such participant of that right no later than the time the person commences to operate the pool as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The filing of a notice of exemption from registration under this section will not affect the ability of a person to qualify for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under § 4.5 in connection with its operation of another trading vehicle that is not covered under this § 4.13.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57011, Dec. 22, 1982; 50 FR 15883, Apr. 23, 1985; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 47231, Aug. 8, 2003; 68 FR 59113, Oct. 14, 2003; 69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004; 72 FR 1663, Jan. 16, 2007; 74 FR 57590, Nov. 9, 2009; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 76 FR 28645, May 18, 2011; 77 FR 11284, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17329, Mar. 26, 2012; 84 FR 67368, Dec. 10, 2019; 85 FR 40890, July 8, 2020; 86 FR 19421, Apr. 13, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.14   Exemption from registration as a commodity trading advisor.</HEAD>
<P>This section is organized as follows: Paragraph (a) of this section specifies the criteria that must be met to qualify for exemption from registration under this section, including the notice of exemption from registration and continuing obligations of persons who have claimed exemption under paragraph (a)(8) of this section; paragraph (b) of this section concerns “cash market transactions”; and paragraph (c) of this section specifies the effect of registration on a person who has claimed an exemption from registration under this section or who is eligible to claim an exemption from registration hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(a) A person is not required to register under the Act as a commodity trading advisor if:
</P>
<P>(1) It is a dealer, processor, broker, or seller in cash market transactions of any commodity (or product thereof) and the person's commodity trading advice is solely incidental to the conduct of its cash market business;
</P>
<P>(2) It is a non-profit, voluntary membership, trade association or farm organization and the person's commodity trading advice is solely incidental to the conduct of its business as such association or organization;
</P>
<P>(3) It is registered under the Act as an associated person and the person's commodity trading advice is issued solely in connection with its employment as an associated person;
</P>
<P>(4) It is registered under the Act as a commodity pool operator and the person's commodity trading advice is directed solely to, and for the sole use of, the pool or pools for which it is so registered;
</P>
<P>(5) It is exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator and the person's commodity trading advice is directed solely to, and for the sole use of, the pool or pools for which it is so exempt; 
</P>
<P>(6) It is registered under the Act as an introducing broker and the person's trading advice is solely in connection with its business as an introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(7)(i) It is registered under the Act as a leverage transaction merchant and the person's trading advice is solely in connection with its business as a leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(ii) It is registered under the Act as a retail foreign exchange dealer and the person's trading advice is solely in connection with its business as a retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(8) It is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or with the applicable securities regulatory agency of any State, or it is exempt from such registration, or it is excluded from the definition of the term “investment adviser” pursuant to the provisions of sections 202(a)(2) and 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) The person's commodity interest trading advice is directed solely to, and for the sole use of, one or more of the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) “Qualifying entities,” as that term is defined in § 4.5(b), for which a notice of eligibility has been filed; 
</P>
<P>(B) Collective investment vehicles that are excluded from the definition of the term commodity “pool” under § 4.5(a)(4); and 
</P>
<P>(C) Commodity pools that are organized and operated outside of the United States, its territories or possessions, where: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The commodity pool operator of each such pool has not so organized and is not so operating the pool for the purpose of avoiding commodity pool operator registration; 


</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With the exception of the pool's operator, advisor, and their principals, solely “Non-United States persons,” as that term is defined in § 4.7(a)(4), will contribute funds or other capital to, and will own beneficial interests in, the pool; <I>Provided,</I> That units of participation in the pool held by persons who do not qualify as Non-United States persons or otherwise qualified eligible persons represent in the aggregate less than 10 percent of the beneficial interest of the pool;




</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) No person affiliated with the pool conducts any marketing activity for the purpose of, or that could reasonably have the effect of, soliciting participation from other than Non-United States persons; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) No person affiliated with the pool conducts any marketing activity from within the United States, its territories or possessions; and 
</P>
<P>(D) A commodity pool operator who has claimed an exemption from registration under § 4.13(a)(3), or, if registered as a commodity pool operator, who may treat each pool it operates that meets the criteria of § 4.13(a)(3) as if it were not so registered; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The person: 
</P>
<P>(A) Provides commodity interest trading advice solely incidental to its business of providing securities or other investment advice to qualifying entities, collective investment vehicles and commodity pools as described in paragraph (a)(8)(i) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Is not otherwise holding itself out as a commodity trading advisor. 
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) A person who desires to claim the relief from registration provided by this § 4.14(a)(8) must file electronically a notice of exemption from commodity trading advisor registration with the National Futures Association through its electronic exemption filing system. The notice must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Provide the name, main business address, main business telephone number, main facsimile number and main email address of the trading advisor claiming the exemption; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Contain the section number pursuant to which the advisor is filing the notice (<I>i.e.,</I> under § 4.14(a)(8)(i)) and represent that it will provide commodity interest advice to its clients in accordance with the criteria of that paragraph or paragraphs; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Be filed by a representative duly authorized to bind the person.
</P>
<P>(B) The person must file the notice by no later than the time it delivers an advisory agreement for the trading program pursuant to which it will offer commodity interest advice to a client; <I>Provided</I>, That where the advisor is registered with the Commission as a commodity trading advisor, it must notify its clients in written communication physically delivered or delivered through electronic transmission that it intends to withdraw from registration and claim the exemption and must provide each such client with a right to terminate its advisory agreement prior to the person filing a notice of exemption from registration.
</P>
<P>(C) The notice will be effective upon filing, provided the notice is materially complete. 
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Annual notice.</I> Each person who has filed a notice of exemption from registration under this section must affirm on an annual basis the notice of exemption from registration, withdraw such exemption due to the cessation of activities requiring registration or exemption therefrom, or withdraw such exemption and apply for registration within 60 days of the calendar year end through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system.
</P>
<P>(E) Each person who has filed a notice of exemption from registration under this section must, in the event that any of the information contained or representations made in the notice becomes inaccurate or incomplete, amend the notice electronically through National Futures Association's electronic exemption filing system as may be necessary to render the notice accurate and complete. This amendment must be filed within 15 business days after the trading advisor becomes aware of the occurrence of such event.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each person who has filed a notice of registration exemption under this § 4.14(a)(8) must: 
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Make and keep all books and records prepared in connection with its activities as a trading advisor, including all books and records demonstrating eligibility for and compliance with the applicable criteria for exemption under this section, for a period of five years from the date of preparation; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Keep such books and records readily accessible during the first two years of the five-year period. All such books and records must be available for inspection upon the request of any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or any other appropriate regulatory agency; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Submit to such special calls as the Commission may make to demonstrate eligibility for and compliance with the applicable criteria for exemption under this section; 
</P>
<P>(9) It does not engage in any of the following activities:
</P>
<P>(i) Directing client accounts; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing commodity trading advice based on, or tailored to, the commodity interest or cash market positions or other circumstances or characteristics of particular clients; or
</P>
<P>(10) If, as provided for in section 4m(1) of the Act, during the course of the preceding 12 months, it has not furnished commodity trading advice to more than 15 persons and it does not hold itself out generally to the public as a commodity trading advisor. 
</P>
<P>(i) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(10) of this section, the following are deemed a single person: 
</P>
<P>(A) A natural person, and: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any minor child of the natural person; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any relative, spouse, or relative of the spouse of the natural person who has the same principal residence; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) All accounts of which the natural person and/or the persons referred to in paragraph (a)(10)(i)(A) of this section are the only primary beneficiaries; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) All trusts of which the natural person and/or the persons referred to in paragraph (a)(10)(i)(A) of this section are the only primary beneficiaries; 
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) A corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust (other than a trust referred to in paragraph (a)(10)(i)(A)(<I>4</I>) of this section), or other legal organization (any of which are referred to hereinafter as a “legal organization”) that receives commodity interest trading advice based on its investment objectives rather than the individual investment objectives of its shareholders, partners, limited partners, members, or beneficiaries (any of which are referred to hereinafter as an “owner”); and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Two or more legal organizations referred to in paragraph (a)(10)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section that have identical owners. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Special Rules.</I> For the purpose of paragraph (a)(10) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(A) An owner must be counted in its own capacity as a person if the commodity trading advisor provides advisory services to the owner separate and apart from the advisory services provided to the legal organization; <I>Provided,</I> That the determination that an owner is a client will not affect the applicability of paragraph (a)(10) of this section with regard to any other owner; 
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) A general partner of a limited partnership, or other person acting as a commodity trading advisor to the partnership, may count the limited partnership as one person; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A manager or managing member of a limited liability company, or any other person acting as a commodity trading advisor to the company, may count the limited liability company as one person. 
</P>
<P>(C) A commodity trading advisor that has its principal office and place of business outside of the United States, its territories or possessions must count only clients that are residents of the United States, its territories and possessions; a commodity trading advisor that has its principal office and place of business in the United States or in any territory or possession thereof must count all clients. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Holding Out.</I> Any commodity trading advisor relying on paragraph (a)(10) of this section shall not be deemed to be holding itself out generally to the public as a commodity trading advisor, within the meaning of section 4m(1) of the Act, solely because it participates in a non-public offering of interests in a collective investment vehicle under the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<P>(11) The person's commodity trading advice is solely directed to, and is for the sole use of, “family clients,” as defined in § 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, “cash market transactions” shall not include transactions involving contracts for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery or transactions subject to Commission regulation under section 4c or 19 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, if a person who is eligible for exemption from registration as a commodity trading advisor under this section nonetheless registers as a commodity trading advisor, the person must comply with the provisions of this part with respect to those clients for which it could have claimed an exemption from registration hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a person provides commodity interest trading advice to a client described in paragraph (a) of this section and to a client for which it must be, and is, registered as a commodity trading advisor, the person is exempt from the requirements applicable to a registered commodity trading advisor with respect to the clients so described; <I>Provided,</I> That the person furnishes in writing to each prospective client described in paragraph (a) of this section a statement that it will provide commodity interest trading advice to the client as if it was exempt from registration as a commodity trading advisor; <I>Provided Further,</I> That the person provides to each existing client described in paragraph (a) of this section a right to terminate its advisory agreement, and informs such client of that right no later than the time the person commences to provide commodity interest trading advice to the client as if the person was exempt from registration.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981; 46 FR 26761, May 15, 1981; 48 FR 35298, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 5526, Feb. 13, 1984; 52 FR 41985, Nov. 2, 1987; 52 FR 43827, Nov. 16, 1987; 65 FR 12943, Mar. 10, 2000; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 47233, Aug. 8, 2003; 68 FR 52837, Sept. 8, 2003; 68 FR 59114, Oct. 14, 2003; 72 FR 1664, Jan. 16, 2007; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 11284, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17330, Mar. 26, 2012; 84 FR 67368, Dec. 10, 2019; 89 FR 78813, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.15   Continued applicability of antifraud section.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of section 4<I>o</I> of the Act shall apply to any person even though such person is exempt from registration under this part 4, and it shall continue to be unlawful for any such person to violate section 4<I>o</I> of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 15884, Apr. 23, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.16   Prohibited representations.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, principal thereof or person who solicits therefor to represent or imply in any manner whatsoever that such commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor has been sponsored, recommended or approved, or that its abilities or qualifications have in any respect been passed upon, by the Commission, the Federal government or any agency thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.1.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.17   Severability.</HEAD>
<P>If any provision of this part, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or application of such provision to other persons or circumstances which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 52333, Aug. 22, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Commodity Pool Operators</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.20   Prohibited activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a commodity pool operator must operate its pool as an entity cognizable as a legal entity separate from that of the pool operator.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may exempt a corporation from the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section if;
</P>
<P>(i) The corporation represents in writing to the Commission that each participant in its pool will be issued stock or other evidences of ownership in the corporation for all funds, securities or other property that the participant contributes for the purchase of an ownership interest in the pool;
</P>
<P>(ii) The corporation demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission that it has established procedures adequate to assure compliance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and to the purposes of the provision from which the exemption is sought.
</P>
<P>(b) All funds, securities or other property received by a commodity pool operator from an existing or prospective pool participant for the purchase of an interest or as an assessment (whether voluntary or involuntary) on an interest in a pool that it operates or that it intends to operate must be received in the pool's name.
</P>
<P>(c) No commodity pool operator may commingle the property of any pool that it operates or that it intends to operate with the property of any other person.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 34311, July 1, 1981; 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.21   Required delivery of pool Disclosure Document.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under the Act must deliver or cause to be delivered to a prospective participant in a pool that it operates or intends to operate a Disclosure Document for the pool prepared in accordance with §§ 4.24 and 4.25 by no later than the time it delivers to the prospective participant a subscription agreement for the pool; <I>Provided,</I> That any information distributed in advance of the delivery of the Disclosure Document to a prospective participant is consistent with or amended by the information contained in the Disclosure Document and with the obligations of the commodity pool operator under the Act, the Commission's regulations issued thereunder, and the laws of any other applicable federal or state authority; <I>Provided, further,</I> That in the event such previously distributed information is amended by the Disclosure Document in any material respect, the prospective participant must be in receipt of the Disclosure Document at least 48 hours prior to its subscription being accepted by the pool operator. 

 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of the Disclosure Document delivery requirement in this part, including any offering memorandum delivered pursuant to § 4.7(b)(2)(i) or § 4.12(b)(2)(i), the term “prospective pool participant” does not include a commodity pool operated by a pool operator that is the same as, or that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the pool operator of the offered pool.




</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38183, July 25, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 39115, July 22, 1997; 65 FR 58649, Oct. 2, 2000; 68 FR 47234, Aug. 8, 2003; 78 FR 52333, Aug. 22, 2013; 89 FR 78813, Sept. 26, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.22   Reporting to pool participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) or (a)(6) of this section, each commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under the Act must periodically distribute to each participant in each pool that it operates, within 30 calendar days after the last date of the reporting period prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, an Account Statement, which shall be presented in the form of a Statement of Operations and a Statement of Changes in Net Assets, for the prescribed period. These financial statements must be presented and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. The Account Statement must be signed in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The portion of the Account Statement which must be presented in the form of a Statement of Operations must separately itemize the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of realized net gain or loss on commodity interest positions liquidated during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(ii) The change in unrealized net gain or loss on commodity interest positions during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total amount of net gain or loss from all other transactions in which the pool engaged during the reporting period, including interest and dividends earned on funds not paid as premiums or used to margin the pool's commodity interest positions;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total amount of all management fees during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(v) The total amount of all advisory fees during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(vi) The total amount of all brokerage commissions during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(vii) The total amount of other fees for commodity interest and other investment transactions during the reporting period; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The total amount of all other expenses incurred or accrued by the pool during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) The portion of the Account Statement that must be presented in the form of a Statement of Changes in Net Assets must separately itemize the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The net asset value of the pool as of the beginning of the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total amount of additions to the pool, whether voluntary or involuntary, made during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total amount of withdrawals from and redemption of participation units in the pool, whether voluntary or involuntary, for the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total net income or loss of the pool during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(v) The net asset value of the pool as of the end of the reporting period; and
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) The net asset value per outstanding participation unit in the pool as of the end of the reporting period, or
</P>
<P>(B) The total value of the participant's interest or share in the pool as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(3) The Account Statement must also disclose any material business dealings between the pool, the pool's operator, commodity trading advisor, futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, or the principals thereof that previously have not been disclosed in the pool's Disclosure Document or any amendment thereto, other Account Statements or Annual Reports.


</P>
<P>(4) For the purpose of the Account Statement delivery requirement in this part, including any Account Statement distributed pursuant to § 4.7(b)(3) or § 4.12(b)(2)(ii), the term “participant” does not include a commodity pool operated by a pool operator that is the same as, or that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the pool operator of a pool in which the commodity pool has invested.

 
</P>
<P>(5) Where the pool is comprised of more than one ownership class or series, information for the series or class on which the account statement is reporting should be presented in addition to the information presented for the pool as a whole; except that, for a pool that is a series fund structured with a limitation on liability among the different series, the account statement is not required to include consolidated information for all series.
</P>
<P>(6) A commodity pool operator of a pool that meets the conditions specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and has filed notice pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section may elect to follow the same accounting treatment with respect to the computation and presentation of the account statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The Account Statement must be distributed at least monthly in the case of pools with net assets of more than $500,000 at the beginning of the pool's fiscal year, and otherwise at least quarterly; <I>Provided, however,</I> That an Account Statement for the last reporting period of the pool's fiscal year need not be distributed if the Annual Report required by paragraph (c) of this section is sent to pool participants within 45 calendar days after the end of the fiscal year. The requirement to distribute an Account Statement shall commence as of the date the pool is formed as specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) or (c)(8) of this section, each commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under the Act must distribute an Annual Report to each participant in each pool that it operates, and must electronically submit a copy of the Report and key financial balances from the Report to the National Futures Association pursuant to the electronic filing procedures of the National Futures Association, within 90 calendar days after the end of the pool's fiscal year or the permanent cessation of trading, whichever is earlier; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if during any calendar year the commodity pool operator did not operate a commodity pool, the pool operator must so notify the National Futures Association within 30 calendar days after the end of such calendar year. The Annual Report must be affirmed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The net asset value of the pool as of the end of each of the pool's two preceding fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The net asset value per outstanding participation unit in the pool as of the end of each of the pool's two preceding fiscal years, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The total value of the participant's interest or share in the pool as of the end of each of the pool's two preceding fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(3) A Statement of Financial Condition as of the close of the pool's fiscal year and preceding fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(4) Statements of Operations, and Changes in Net Assets, for the period between—
</P>
<P>(i) The later of:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of the most recent Statement of Financial Condition delivered to the National Futures Association pursuant to this paragraph (c); or
</P>
<P>(B) The date of the formation of the pool; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The close of the pool's fiscal year, together with Statements of Operations, and Changes in Net Assets for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) Appropriate footnote disclosure and such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading. For a pool that invests in other funds, this information must include, but is not limited to, separately disclosing the amounts of income, management and incentive fees associated with each investment in an investee fund that exceeds five percent of the pool's net assets. The management and incentive fees associated with an investment in an investee fund that is less than five percent of the pool's net assets may be combined and reported in the aggregate with the income, management and incentive fees of other investee funds that, individually, represent an investment of less than five percent of the pool's net assets. If the commodity pool operator is not able to obtain the specific amounts of management and incentive fees charged by an investee fund, the commodity pool operator must disclose the percentage amounts and computational basis for each such fee and include a statement that the CPO is not able to obtain the specific fee amounts for this fund;
</P>
<P>(6) Where the pool is comprised of more than one ownership class or series, information for the series or class on which the financial statements are reporting should be presented in addition to the information presented for the pool as a whole; except that, for a pool that is a series fund structured with a limitation on liability among the different series, the financial statements are not required to include consolidated information for all series.


</P>
<P>(7) For a pool that has ceased operation prior to, or as of, the end of the fiscal year, the commodity pool operator may provide the following, within 90 days of the permanent cessation of trading, in lieu of the annual report that would otherwise be required by this paragraph (c) or § 4.7(b)(4):








</P>
<P>(i) Statements of Operations and Changes in Net Assets for the period between—
</P>
<P>(A) The later of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The date of the most recent Statement of Financial Condition filed with the National Futures Association pursuant to this paragraph (c); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The date of the formation of the pool; and
</P>
<P>(B) The close of the pool's fiscal year or the date of the cessation of trading, whichever is earlier; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) An explanation of the winding down of the pool's operations and written disclosure that all interests in, and assets of, the pool have been redeemed, distributed or transferred on behalf of the participants;
</P>
<P>(B) If all funds have not been distributed or transferred to participants by the time that the final report is issued, disclosure of the value of assets remaining to be distributed and an approximate timeframe of when the distribution will occur. If the commodity pool operator does not distribute the remaining pool assets within the timeframe specified, the commodity pool operator must provide written notice to each participant and to the National Futures Association that the distribution of the remaining assets of the pool has not been completed, the value of assets remaining to be distributed, and a time frame of when the final distribution will occur.
</P>
<P>(C) If the commodity pool operator will not be able to liquidate the pool's assets in sufficient time to prepare, file and distribute the final annual report for the pool within 90 days of the permanent cessation of trading, the commodity pool operator must provide written notice to each participant and to National Futures Association disclosing:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The value of investments remaining to be liquidated, the timeframe within which liquidation is expected to occur, any impediments to liquidation, and the nature and amount of any fees and expenses that will be charged to the pool prior to the final distribution of the pool's funds;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Which financial reports the commodity pool operator will continue to provide to pool participants from the time that trading ceased until the final annual report is distributed, and the frequency with which such reports will be provided, pursuant to the pool's operative documents; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The timeframe within which the commodity pool operator will provide the final report.
</P>
<P>(iii) A report filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(7) of this section that would otherwise be required by paragraph (c) of this section is not required to be audited in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section if the commodity pool operator:
</P>
<P>(A) Obtains a written waiver of their right to receive an audited Annual Report from each participant other than the pool operator, the pool's commodity trading advisor, any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the pool operator or trading advisor, and any principal of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(B) At the time of filing the Annual Report with the National Futures Association, certifies that it has received a written waiver from each participant from whom it is required to obtain a waiver to qualify for the relief available under this paragraph (c)(7). The commodity pool operator must maintain the waivers in accordance with § 4.23 and must make the waivers available to the Commission or National Futures Association upon request. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, the relief made available by this paragraph (c)(7)(iii) will not be available where the commodity pool operator has not previously distributed an audited Annual Report to pool participants and submitted an audited Annual Report to the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(8) For the purpose of the Annual Report distribution requirement in this part, including any annual report distributed pursuant to § 4.7(b)(4) or § 4.12(b)(2)(iii), the term “participant” does not include a commodity pool operated by a pool operator that is the same as, or that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the pool operator of a pool in which the commodity pool has invested; <I>Provided,</I> That the Annual Report of such investing pool contains financial statements that include such information as the Commission may specify concerning the operations of the pool in which the commodity pool has invested.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2) and (g)(2) of this section, the financial statements in the Annual Report required by this section or by § 4.7(b)(4) must be presented and computed in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and must be audited by an independent public accountant; <I>Provided, however,</I> and subject to the exception in paragraph (c)(7)(iii)(B) of this section, that the requirement that the Annual Report be audited by an independent public accountant does not apply for any fiscal year during which the only participants in the pool are one or more of the pool operator, the pool's commodity trading advisor, any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the pool operator or trading advisor, and any principal of the foregoing; and <I>Provided further,</I> that the commodity pool operator obtains a written waiver from each such pool participant of their right to receive an audited Annual Report for such fiscal year, maintains such waivers in accordance with § 4.23, and makes such waivers available to the Commission or National Futures Association upon request. The requirements of § 1.16(g) of this chapter shall apply with respect to the engagement of such independent public accountants, except that any related notifications to be made may be made solely to the National Futures Association, and the certification must be in accordance with § 1.16 of this chapter, except that the following requirements of § 1.16 shall not apply:










</P>
<P>(i) The audit objectives of § 1.16(d)(1) concerning the periodic computation of minimum capital and property in segregation;
</P>
<P>(ii) All other references in § 1.16 to the segregation requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Section 1.16(c)(5), (d)(2), (e)(2), and (f).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Where a pool is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the financial statements in the Annual Report required by this section or by § 4.7(b)(4) may be presented and computed in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, standards or practices followed in such other jurisdiction; <I>Provided,</I> That:


</P>
<P>(A) The other jurisdiction follows accounting principles, standards or practices set forth in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section and the Annual Report presents and computes the financial statements of the pool in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, standards or practices followed by such other jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(B) The Annual Report includes a condensed schedule of investments, or, if required by the applicable accounting principles, standards or practices followed by such other jurisdiction, a full schedule of investments;
</P>
<P>(C) The Annual Report reports special allocations of ownership equity in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) The Disclosure Document or offering memorandum for the pool identifies the accounting principles, standards or practices of the other jurisdiction pursuant to which the Annual Report presents and computes the financial statements of the pool; and
</P>
<P>(E) Where the accounting principles, standards or practices of the other jurisdiction require consolidated financial statements for the pool, such as a feeder fund consolidating with its master fund, all applicable disclosures required by United States generally accepted accounting principles for the feeder fund must be presented with the reporting pool's consolidated financial statements.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, the following alternative accounting principles, standards or practices may be employed in the preparation and computation of the financial statements in the Annual Report of the commodity pool; <I>Provided,</I> That any such alternative accounting principles, standards or practices so employed are those followed by the jurisdiction other than the United States in which the commodity pool is organized:
</P>
<P>(A) International Financial Reporting Standards;
</P>
<P>(B) Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in the United Kingdom;
</P>
<P>(C) New Irish Generally Accepted Accounting Practice;
</P>
<P>(D) Luxembourg Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; or
</P>
<P>(E) Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
</P>
<P>(iii) To claim the relief available under this paragraph (d)(2), a commodity pool operator must file a notice with the National Futures Association within 90 calendar days after the end of the pool's first fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(A) The notice must contain: The name, main business address, main telephone number and National Futures Association registration identification number of the commodity pool operator; the name and identification number of the commodity pool for which the pool operator is claiming relief; and the alternative accounting principles, standards or practices pursuant to which the financial statements in the Annual Report will be presented and computed;
</P>
<P>(B) The notice must include a representation that the commodity pool operator complies with each of the conditions specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section and, if applicable, paragraph (d)(2)(i)(E) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) The notice must be signed by the commodity pool operator in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The Statement of Operations required by this section must itemize brokerage commissions, management fees, advisory fees, incentive fees, interest income and expense, total realized net gain or loss from commodity interest trading, and change in unrealized net gain or loss on commodity interest positions during the pool's fiscal year. Gains and losses on commodity interests need not be itemized by commodity or by specific delivery or expiration date.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Any share of a pool's profits or transfer of a pool's equity which exceeds the general partner's or any other class's share of profits computed on the general partner's or other class's pro rata capital contribution are “special allocations.” Special allocations of partnership equity or other interests must be recognized in the pool's Statement of Operations in the same period as the net income, interest income, or other basis of computation of the special allocation is recognized. Special allocations must be recognized and classified either as an expense of the pool or, if not recognized as an expense of the pool, presented in the Statement of Operations as a separate, itemized allocation of the pool's net income to arrive at net income available for pro rata distribution to all partners.
</P>
<P>(ii) Special allocations of ownership interest also must be reported separately in the Statement of Partners' Equity, in addition to the pro-rata allocations of net income, as to each class of ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(3) Realized gains or losses on regulated commodities transactions presented in the Statement of Operations of a commodity pool may be combined with realized gains or losses from trading in non-commodity interest transactions, provided that the gains or losses to be combined are part of a related trading strategy. Unrealized gains or losses on open regulated commodity positions presented in the Statement of Operations of a commodity pool may be combined with unrealized gains or losses from open positions in non-commodity positions, provided that the gains or losses to be combined are part of a related trading strategy.
</P>
<P>(f)(1)(i) In the event the commodity pool operator finds that it cannot distribute the Annual Report for a pool that it operates within the time specified in paragraph (c) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may file with the National Futures Association an application for extension of time to a specified date not more than 90 calendar days after the date as of which the Annual Report was to have been distributed. The application must be made by the pool operator and must:
</P>
<P>(A) State the name of the pool for which the application is being made;
</P>
<P>(B) State the reasons for the requested extension;
</P>
<P>(C) Indicate that the inability to make a timely filing is due to circumstances beyond the control of the pool operator, if such is the case, and describe briefly the nature of such circumstances;
</P>
<P>(D) Contain an undertaking to file the Annual Report on or before the date specified in the application; and
</P>
<P>(E) Be filed with the National Futures Association prior to the date on which the Annual Report is due.
</P>
<P>(ii) The application must be accompanied by a letter from the independent public accountant answering the following questions:
</P>
<P>(A) What specifically are the reasons for the extension request?
</P>
<P>(B) Do you have any indication from the part of your audit completed to date that would lead you to believe that the commodity pool operator was or is not meeting the recordkeeping requirements of this part 4 or was or is not complying with the § 4.20(c) prohibition on commingling of property of any pool with the property of any other person? 
</P>
<P>(iii) Within ten calendar days after receipt of an application for an extension of time, the National Futures Association shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Notify the commodity pool operator of the grant or denial of the requested extension, or
</P>
<P>(B) Indicate to the pool operator that additional time is required to analyze the request, in which case the amount of time needed will be specified.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event a commodity pool operator finds that it cannot obtain information necessary to prepare annual financial statements for a pool that it operates within the time specified in paragraph (c) of this section or § 4.7(b)(4)(i), as a result of the pool investing in another collective investment vehicle, it may claim an extension of time under the following conditions:


</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool operator must, within 90 calendar days of the end of the pool's fiscal year, file a notice with the National Futures Association, except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The notice must contain the name, main business address, main telephone number and the National Futures Association registration identification number of the commodity pool operator, and name and the identification number of the commodity pool.
</P>
<P>(iii) The notice must state the date by which the Annual Report will be distributed and filed (the “Extended Date”), which must be no more than 180 calendar days after the end of the pool's fiscal year. The Annual Report must be distributed and filed by the Extended Date.
</P>
<P>(iv) The notice must include representations by the commodity pool operator that:
</P>
<P>(A) The pool for which the Annual Report is being prepared has investments in one or more collective investment vehicles (the “Investments”);
</P>
<P>(B) For all reports prepared under paragraph (c) of this section and for reports prepared under § 4.7(b)(4)(i) that are audited by an independent public accountant, the commodity pool operator has been informed by the independent public accountant engaged to audit the commodity pool's financial statements that specified information required to complete the pool's Annual Report is necessary in order for the accountant to render an opinion on the commodity pool's financial statements. The notice must include the name, main business address, main telephone number, and contact person of the accountant; and


</P>
<P>(C) The information specified by the accountant cannot be obtained in sufficient time for the Annual Report to be prepared, audited, and distributed before the Extended Date.
</P>
<P>(v) For each fiscal year following the filing of the notice described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, for a particular pool, it shall be presumed that the particular pool continues to invest in another collective investment vehicle and the commodity pool operator may claim the extension of time; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the particular pool is no longer investing in another collective investment vehicle, then the commodity pool operator must file electronically with the National Futures Association an Annual Report within 90 days after the pool's fiscal year-end accompanied by a notice indicating the change in the pool's status.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any notice or statement filed pursuant to this paragraph (f)(2) must be signed by the commodity pool operator in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) A commodity pool operator may initially elect any fiscal year for a pool, but the first fiscal year may not end more than one year after the pool's formation. For purposes of this section, a pool shall be deemed to be formed as of the date the pool operator first receives funds, securities or other property for the purchase of an interest in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If a commodity pool operator elects a fiscal year other than the calendar year, it must give written notice of the election to all participants and must file the notice with the National Futures Association within 90 calendar days after the date of the pool's formation. If this notice is not given, the pool operator will be deemed to have elected the calendar year as the pool's fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (g)(2), the time period from the date on which the commodity pool operator first receives funds, securities or other property from a participant in the pool that is not a person listed in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) through (g)(2)(ii)(A)(<I>5</I>) of this section to the end of the pool's first fiscal year is the stub period of the pool. Where the stub period is four months or less, the first Annual Report for the pool may be unaudited; <I>Provided, however,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(A) Throughout the stub period, the pool had no more than fifteen participants and no more than $3,000,000 in aggregate gross capital contributions. For the purpose of satisfying these criteria, the commodity pool operator may exclude the following persons and their contributions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The pool operator, the pool's commodity trading advisor, any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the pool operator or trading advisor, and any principal of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A child, sibling, or parent of any of these participants;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The spouse of any participant specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) or (<I>2</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any relative of a participant specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>) or (<I>3</I>) of this section, their spouse or a relative of their spouse, who has the same principal residence as such participant; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) An entity that is wholly-owned by one or more participants specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>) or (<I>4</I>) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The next Annual Report for the pool is audited and covers the stub period plus the pool's first 12-month fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(C) To claim the relief available under paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, a commodity pool operator must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Prior to the date upon which it is required to distribute and submit an audited Annual Report for the pool's first fiscal year, obtain a written waiver of the pool participant's right to receive an audited Annual Report for the pool's first fiscal year from each participant other than a participant who is the pool operator, the pool's commodity trading advisor, any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the pool operator or trading advisor, or any principal of the foregoing. The waiver may be included in the subscription agreement for the pool or other agreement with the participant; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the waiver is a separate page in the agreement and the pool operator requires the participant to separately sign and date it. The waiver must be in a form substantially as follows: “[Name of participant], a participant in [Name of pool], voluntarily waives the right under CFTC Regulation 4.22(d) to receive an audited Annual Report for the fiscal year ended [end date of the pool's first fiscal year] and will accept in lieu thereof an unaudited Annual Report covering [the stub period] and an audited Annual Report covering [the start date of the stub period] through [the end date of the pool's first twelve-month fiscal year].”; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) On or before the date upon which it is required to distribute and submit the Annual Report for the pool's first fiscal year, file a notice with the National Futures Association, along with a certification that it has received the required written waiver from each participant who is not the pool operator, the pool's commodity trading advisor, any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the pool operator or trading advisor, or any principal of the foregoing, and who has been a participant in the pool for its first fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The notice must contain: The name, main business address, main telephone number and National Futures Association registration identification number of the commodity pool operator; the name and identification number of the commodity pool for which the pool operator is claiming relief; and the beginning and end dates of the stub period of the pool;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The notice must include a representation that the commodity pool operator meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A) of this section and that it will comply with the condition of paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The notice must be signed by the commodity pool operator in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) Each unaudited Annual Report for which the relief available under paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section has been claimed must prominently disclose on the cover page thereof: “Pursuant to an exemption from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, this unaudited Annual Report covers the period from [beginning date of the stub period of the pool] to the end of the pool's first fiscal year, a period of [number] months.”
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The next Annual Report for the pool must prominently disclose on the cover page thereof: “Pursuant to an exemption from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, this audited Annual Report covers the period from [beginning date of the stub period of the pool] to the end of the pool's first 12-month fiscal year, a period of [number] months.”
</P>
<P>(E) The commodity pool operator must maintain in accordance with § 4.23 of this chapter each waiver it has obtained to claim the relief available under paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The commodity pool operator must continue to use the elected fiscal year for the pool unless it provides written notice of any proposed change to all participants and files such notice with the National Futures Association at least 90 days before the change and the National Futures Association does not disapprove the change within 30 days after the filing of the notice.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Each Account Statement and Annual Report, including an Account Statement or Annual Report provided pursuant to § 4.7(b) or 4.12(b), must contain an oath or affirmation that, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the individual making the oath or affirmation, the information contained in the document is accurate and complete; <I>Provided, however,</I> That it shall be unlawful for the individual to make such oath or affirmation if the individual knows or should know that any of the information in the document is not accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(2) Each oath or affirmation must be made by a representative duly authorized to bind the pool operator, and
</P>
<P>(i) for the copy of a commodity pool's Annual Report submitted to the National Futures Association, such representative shall satisfy the required oath or affirmation through compliance with the National Futures Association's electronic filing procedures, and
</P>
<P>(ii) for a commodity pool Account Statement or Annual Report distributed to participants, a facsimile of the manually signed oath or affirmation of such representative may be used so long as the manually signed original is retained in accordance with § 4.23.
</P>
<P>(3) For each manually signed oath or affirmation, there must be typed beneath the signed oath or affirmation:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the individual signing the document;
</P>
<P>(ii) The capacity in which he is signing;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the commodity pool operator for whom he is signing; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The name of the commodity pool for which the document is being distributed.
</P>
<P>(i) The Account Statement or Annual Report may be distributed to a pool participant by means of electronic media if the participant so consents; <I>Provided,</I> That prior to the transmission of any Account Statement or Annual Report by means of electronic media, a commodity pool operator must disclose to the participant that it intends to distribute electronically the Account Statement or Annual Report or both documents, as the case may be, absent objection from the participant, which objection, if any, the participant must make no later than 10 business days following its receipt of the disclosure. 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57011, Dec. 22, 1982; 52 FR 41986, Nov. 2, 1987; 65 FR 81334, Dec. 26, 2000; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 47234, Aug. 8, 2003; 68 FR 52837, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 8942, Feb. 22, 2006; 74 FR 57590, Nov. 9, 2009; 77 FR 54358, Sept. 5, 2012; 81 FR 85154, Nov. 25, 2016; 89 FR 78813, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.23   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under the Act must make and keep the following books and records in an accurate, current and orderly manner. Books and records that are not maintained at the pool operator's main business office shall be maintained by one or more of the following: the pool's administrator, distributor or custodian, or a bank or registered broker or dealer acting in a similar capacity with respect to the pool. All books and records shall be maintained in accordance with § 1.31. All books and records required by this section except those required by paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), (b)(1), (b)(2) and (b)(3) must be made available to participants for inspection and copying during normal business hours. Upon request, copies must be sent by mail to any participant within five business days if reasonable reproduction and distribution costs are paid by the pool participant. If the books and records are maintained at the commodity pool operator's main business office that is outside the United States, its territories or possessions, then upon the request of a Commission representative, the pool operator must provide such books and records as requested at the place in the United States, its territories or possessions designated by the representative within 72 hours after the pool operator receives the request.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Concerning the commodity pool:</I> (1) An itemized daily record of each commodity interest transaction of the pool, showing the transaction date, quantity, commodity interest, and, as applicable, price or premium, delivery month or expiration date, whether a put or a call, strike price, underlying contract for future delivery or underlying commodity, swap type and counterparty, the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer carrying the account and the introducing broker, if any, whether the commodity interest was purchased, sold (including, in the case of a retail forex transaction, offset), exercised, expired (including, in the case of a retail forex transaction, whether it was rolled forward), and the gain or loss realized.
</P>
<P>(2) A journal of original entry or other equivalent record showing all receipts and disbursements of money, securities and other property.
</P>
<P>(3) The acknowledgement specified by § 4.21(b) for each participant in the pool.
</P>
<P>(4) A subsidiary ledger or other equivalent record for each participant in the pool showing the participant's name and address and all funds, securities and other property that the pool received from or distributed to the participant. This requirement may be satisfied through a transfer agent's maintenance of records or through a list of relevant intermediaries where shares are held in an omnibus account or through intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(5) Adjusting entries and any other records of original entry or their equivalent forming the basis of entries in any ledger.
</P>
<P>(6) A general ledger or other equivalent record containing details of all asset, liability, capital, income and expense accounts.
</P>
<P>(7) Copies of each confirmation or acknowledgment of a commodity interest transaction of the pool, and each purchase and sale statement and each monthly statement for the pool received from a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(8) Cancelled checks, bank statements, journals, ledgers, invoices, computer generated records, and all other records, data and memoranda prepared or received in connection with the operation of the pool.
</P>
<P>(9) The original or a copy of each report, letter, circular, memorandum, publication, writing, advertisement or other literature or advice (including the texts of standardized oral presentations and of radio, television, seminar or similar mass media presentations) distributed or caused to be distributed by the commodity pool operator to any existing or prospective pool participant or received by the pool operator from any commodity trading advisor of the pool, showing the first date of distribution or receipt if not otherwise shown on the document.
</P>
<P>(10) A Statement of Financial Condition as of the close of (i) each regular monthly period if the pool had net assets of $500,000 or more at the beginning of the pool's fiscal year, or (ii) each regular quarterly period for all other pools. The Statement must be completed within 30 days after the end of that period.
</P>
<P>(11) A Statement of Income (Loss) for the period between (i) the later of: (A) the date of the most recent Statement of Financial Condition furnished to the Commission pursuant to § 4.22(c), (B) April 1, 1979 or (C) the formation of the pool, and (ii) the date of the Statement of Financial Condition required by paragraph (a)(10) of this section. The Statement must be completed within 30 days after the end of that period.
</P>
<P>(12) A manually signed copy of each Account Statement and Annual Report provided pursuant to § 4.22, 4.7(b) or 4.12(b), and records of the key financial balances submitted to the National Futures Association for each commodity pool Annual Report, which records must clearly demonstrate how the key financial balances were compiled from the Annual Report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Concerning the commodity pool operator:</I> (1) An itemized daily record of each commodity interest transaction of the commodity pool operator and each principal thereof, showing the transaction date, quantity, commodity interest, and, as applicable, price or premium, delivery month or expiration date, whether a put or a call, strike price, underlying contract for future delivery or underlying commodity, swap type and counterparty, the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer carrying the account and the introducing broker, if any, whether the commodity interest was purchased, sold, exercised, or expired, and the gain or loss realized; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the pool operator is a counterparty to a swap, it must comply with the swap data recordkeeping and reporting requirements of part 45 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Each confirmation of a commodity interest transaction, each purchase and sale statement and each monthly statement furnished by a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer to:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool operator relating to a personal account of the pool operator; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each principal of the pool operator relating to a personal account of such principal.
</P>
<P>(3) Books and records of all other transactions in all other activities in which the pool operator engages. Those books and records must include cancelled checks, bank statements, journals, ledgers, invoices, computer generated records and all other records, data and memoranda which have been prepared in the course of engaging in those activities.
</P>
<P>(c) If the pool operator does not maintain its books and records at its main business office, the pool operator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) At the time it registers with the Commission or delegates its recordkeeping obligations, whichever is later, file a statement that:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifies the name, main business address, and main business telephone number of the person(s) who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Sets forth the name and telephone number of a contact for each person who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(iii) Specifies, by reference to the respective paragraph of this section, the books and records that such person will be keeping; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Contains representations from the pool operator that:
</P>
<P>(A) It will promptly amend the statement if the contact information or location of any of the books and records required to be kept by this section changes, by identifying in such amendment the new location and any other information that has changed;
</P>
<P>(B) It remains responsible for ensuring that all books and records required by this section are kept in accordance with § 1.31;
</P>
<P>(C) Within 48 hours after a request by a representative of the Commission, it will obtain the original books and records from the location at which they are maintained, and provide them for inspection at the pool operator's main business office; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the original books and records are permitted to be, and are maintained, at a location outside the United States, its territories or possessions, the pool operator will obtain and provide such original books and records for inspection at the pool operator's main business office within 72 hours of such a request; and
</P>
<P>(D) It will disclose in the pool's Disclosure Document the location of its books and records that are required under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The pool operator shall also file electronically with the National Futures Association a statement from each person who will be keeping required books and records in lieu of the pool operator wherein such person:
</P>
<P>(i) Acknowledges that the pool operator intends that the person keep and maintain required pool books and records;
</P>
<P>(ii) Agrees to keep and maintain such records required in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Agrees to keep such required books and records open to inspection by any representative of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter and to make such required books and records available to pool participants in accordance with this section.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57011, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 35299, Aug. 3, 1983; 60 FR 38183, July 25, 1995; 71 FR 8943, Feb. 22, 2006; 75 FR 55428, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 54358, Sept. 5, 2012; 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 52334, Aug. 22, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.24   General disclosures required.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided herein, a Disclosure Document must include the following information.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cautionary Statement.</I> The following Cautionary Statement must be prominently displayed on the cover page of the Disclosure Document.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN THIS POOL NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Risk Disclosure Statement.</I> (1) The following Risk Disclosure Statement must be prominently displayed immediately following any disclosures required to appear on the cover page of the Disclosure Document as provided by the Commission, by any applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations or by any applicable laws of non-United States jurisdictions.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>RISK DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
</HD1>
<P>YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER WHETHER YOUR FINANCIAL CONDITION PERMITS YOU TO PARTICIPATE IN A COMMODITY POOL. IN SO DOING, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT COMMODITY INTEREST TRADING CAN QUICKLY LEAD TO LARGE LOSSES AS WELL AS GAINS. SUCH TRADING LOSSES CAN SHARPLY REDUCE THE NET ASSET VALUE OF THE POOL AND CONSEQUENTLY THE VALUE OF YOUR INTEREST IN THE POOL. IN ADDITION, RESTRICTIONS ON REDEMPTIONS MAY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THE POOL. IN ADDITION, RESTRICTIONS ON REDEMPTIONS MAY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THE POOL.
</P>
<P>FURTHER, COMMODITY POOLS MAY BE SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CHARGES FOR MANAGEMENT, AND ADVISORY AND BROKERAGE FEES. IT MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THOSE POOLS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THESE CHARGES TO MAKE SUBSTANTIAL TRADING PROFITS TO AVOID DEPLETION OR EXHAUSTION OF THEIR ASSETS. THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT CONTAINS A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF EACH EXPENSE TO BE CHARGED THIS POOL AT PAGE (insert page number) AND A STATEMENT OF THE PERCENTAGE RETURN NECESSARY TO BREAK EVEN, THAT IS, TO RECOVER THE AMOUNT OF YOUR INITIAL INVESTMENT, AT PAGE (insert page number).
</P>
<P>THIS BRIEF STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS COMMODITY POOL. THEREFORE, BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS COMMODITY POOL, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY STUDY THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS OF THIS INVESTMENT, AT PAGE (insert page number).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) If the pool may trade foreign futures or options contracts, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT THIS COMMODITY POOL MAY TRADE FOREIGN FUTURES OR OPTIONS CONTRACTS. TRANSACTIONS ON MARKETS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING MARKETS FORMALLY LINKED TO A UNITED STATES MARKET, MAY BE SUBJECT TO REGULATIONS WHICH OFFER DIFFERENT OR DIMINISHED PROTECTION TO THE POOL AND ITS PARTICIPANTS. FURTHER, UNITED STATES REGULATORY AUTHORITIES MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPEL THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RULES OF REGULATORY AUTHORITIES OR MARKETS IN NON-UNITED STATES JURISDICTIONS WHERE TRANSACTIONS FOR THE POOL MAY BE EFFECTED.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) If the potential liability of a participant in the pool is greater than the amount of the participant's contribution for the purchase of an interest in the pool and the profits earned thereon, whether distributed or not, the commodity pool operator must make the following additional statement in the Risk Disclosure Statement, to be prominently disclosed as the last paragraph thereof:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>ALSO, BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS POOL, YOU SHOULD NOTE THAT YOUR POTENTIAL LIABILITY AS A PARTICIPANT IN THIS POOL FOR TRADING LOSSES AND OTHER EXPENSES OF THE POOL IS NOT LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF YOUR CONTRIBUTION FOR THE PURCHASE OF AN INTEREST IN THE POOL AND ANY PROFITS EARNED THEREON. A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE LIABILITY OF A PARTICIPANT IN THIS POOL IS EXPLAINED MORE FULLY IN THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) If the pool may engage in retail Forex transactions, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT THIS COMMODITY POOL MAY ENGAGE IN OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRADING. SUCH TRADING IS NOT CONDUCTED IN THE INTERBANK MARKET. THE FUNDS THAT THE POOL USES FOR OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRADING WILL NOT RECEIVE THE SAME PROTECTIONS AS FUNDS USED TO MARGIN OR GUARANTEE EXCHANGE-TRADED FUTURES AND OPTION CONTRACTS. IF THE POOL DEPOSITS SUCH FUNDS WITH A COUNTERPARTY AND THAT COUNTERPARTY BECOMES INSOLVENT, THE POOL'S CLAIM FOR AMOUNTS DEPOSITED OR PROFITS EARNED ON TRANSACTIONS WITH THE COUNTERPARTY MAY NOT BE TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER. THE POOL MAY BE A GENERAL CREDITOR AND ITS CLAIM MAY BE PAID, ALONG WITH THE CLAIMS OF OTHER GENERAL CREDITORS, FROM ANY MONIES STILL AVAILABLE AFTER PRIORITY CLAIMS ARE PAID. EVEN POOL FUNDS THAT THE COUNTERPARTY KEEPS SEPARATE FROM ITS OWN FUNDS MAY NOT BE SAFE FROM THE CLAIMS OF PRIORITY AND OTHER GENERAL CREDITORS.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) If the pool may engage in swaps, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>SWAPS TRANSACTIONS, LIKE OTHER FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS, INVOLVE A VARIETY OF SIGNIFICANT RISKS. THE SPECIFIC RISKS PRESENTED BY A PARTICULAR SWAP TRANSACTION NECESSARILY DEPEND UPON THE TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION AND YOUR CIRCUMSTANCES. IN GENERAL, HOWEVER, ALL SWAPS TRANSACTIONS INVOLVE SOME COMBINATION OF MARKET RISK, CREDIT RISK, COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK, FUNDING RISK, LIQUIDITY RISK, AND OPERATIONAL RISK.
</P>
<P>HIGHLY CUSTOMIZED SWAPS TRANSACTIONS IN PARTICULAR MAY INCREASE LIQUIDITY RISK, WHICH MAY RESULT IN A SUSPENSION OF REDEMPTIONS. HIGHLY LEVERAGED TRANSACTIONS MAY EXPERIENCE SUBSTANTIAL GAINS OR LOSSES IN VALUE AS A RESULT OF RELATIVELY SMALL CHANGES IN THE VALUE OR LEVEL OF AN UNDERLYING OR RELATED MARKET FACTOR.
</P>
<P>IN EVALUATING THE RISKS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH A PARTICULAR SWAP TRANSACTION, IT IS IMPORTANT TO CONSIDER THAT A SWAP TRANSACTION MAY BE MODIFIED OR TERMINATED ONLY BY MUTUAL CONSENT OF THE ORIGINAL PARTIES AND SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT ON INDIVIDUALLY NEGOTIATED TERMS. THEREFORE, IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE FOR THE COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR TO MODIFY, TERMINATE, OR OFFSET THE POOL'S OBLIGATIONS OR THE POOL'S EXPOSURE TO THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH A TRANSACTION PRIOR TO ITS SCHEDULED TERMINATION DATE. </P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Table of contents.</I> A table of contents showing, by subject matter, the location of the disclosures made in the Disclosure Document must appear immediately following the Risk Disclosure Statement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information required in the forepart of the Disclosure Document.</I> (1) The name, address of the main business office, main business telephone number and form of organization of the pool. If the mailing address of the main business office is a post office box number or is not within the United States, its territories or possessions, the pool operator must state where the pool's books and records will be kept and made available for inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, address of the main business office, main business telephone number and form of organization of the commodity pool operator. If the mailing address of the main business office is a post office box number or is not within the United States, its territories or possessions, the pool operator must state where its books and records will be kept and made available for inspection;
</P>
<P>(3) As applicable, a statement that the pool is:
</P>
<P>(i) Privately offered pursuant to section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)), or pursuant to Regulation D thereunder (17 CFR 230.501 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(ii) A multi-advisor pool as defined in § 4.10(d)(2);
</P>
<P>(iii) A principal-protected pool as defined in § 4.10(d)(3); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Continuously offered. If the pool is not continuously offered, the closing date of the offering must be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(4) The date when the commodity pool operator first intends to use the Disclosure Document; and
</P>
<P>(5) The break-even point per unit of initial investment, as specified in § 4.10(j).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Persons to be identified.</I> The names of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(1) Each principal of the pool operator;
</P>
<P>(2) The pool's trading manager, if any, and each principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(3) Each major investee pool, the operator of such investee pool, and each principal of the operator thereof;
</P>
<P>(4) Each major commodity trading advisor and each principal thereof;
</P>
<P>(5) Which of the foregoing persons will make trading decisions for the pool; and
</P>
<P>(6) If known, the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer through which the pool will execute its trades, and, if applicable, the introducing broker through which the pool will introduce its trades to the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Business background.</I> (1) The business background, for the five years preceding the date of the Disclosure Document, of:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pool's trading manager, if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each major commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(iv) The operator of each major investee pool; and
</P>
<P>(v) Each principal of the persons referred to in this paragraph (f)(1) who participates in making trading or operational decisions for the pool or who supervises persons so engaged. 
</P>
<P>(2) The pool operator must include in the description of the business background of each person identified in § 4.24(f)(1) the name and main business of that person's employers, business associations or business ventures and the nature of the duties performed by such person for such employers or in connection with such business associations or business ventures. The location in the Disclosure Document of any required past performance disclosure for such person must be indicated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Principal risk factors.</I> A discussion of the principal risk factors of participation in the offered pool. This discussion must include, without limitation, risks relating to volatility, leverage, liquidity, counterparty creditworthiness, as applicable to the types of trading programs to be followed, trading structures to be employed and investment activity (including retail forex and swap transactions) expected to be engaged in by the offered pool.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Investment program and use of proceeds.</I> The pool operator must disclose the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The types of commodity interests and other interests which the pool will trade, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The approximate percentage of the pool's assets that will be used to trade commodity interests, securities and other types of interests, categorized by type of commodity or market sector, type of swap, type of security (debt, equity, preferred equity), whether traded or listed on a regulated exchange market, maturity ranges and investment rating, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) The extent to which such interests are subject to state or federal regulation, regulation by a non-United States jurisdiction or rules of a self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) The custodian or other entity (e.g., bank or broker-dealer) which will hold such interests; and
</P>
<P>(B) If such interests will be held or if pool assets will be invested in a non-United States jurisdiction, the jurisdiction in which such interests or assets will be held or invested.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the trading and investment programs and policies that will be followed by the offered pool, including the method chosen by the pool operator concerning how futures commission merchants and/or retail foreign exchange dealers carrying the pool's accounts shall treat offsetting positions pursuant to § 1.46 of this chapter, if the method is other than to close out all offsetting positions or to close out offsetting positions on other than a first-in, first-out basis, and any material restrictions or limitations on trading required by the pool's organizational documents or otherwise. This description must include, if applicable, an explanation of the systems used to select commodity trading advisors, investee pools and types of investment activity to which pool assets will be committed;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A summary description of the pool's major commodity trading advisors, including their respective percentage allocations of pool assets, a description of the nature and operation of the trading programs such advisors will follow, including the types of interests traded pursuant to such programs, and each advisor's historical experience trading such program including material information as to volatility, leverage and rates of return and the length of time during which the advisor has traded such program;
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary description of the pool's major investee pools or funds, including their respective percentage allocations of pool assets and a description of the nature and operation of such investee pools and funds, including for each investee pool or fund the types of interests traded, material information as to volatility, leverage and rates of return for such investee pool or fund and the period of its operation; and
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The manner in which the pool will fulfill its margin requirements and the approximate percentage of the pool's assets that will be held in segregation pursuant to the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the pool will fulfill its margin requirements with other than cash deposits, the nature of such deposits; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If assets deposited by the pool as margin or as security deposit generate income, to whom that income will be paid.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fees and expenses.</I> (1) The Disclosure Document must include a complete description of each fee, commission and other expense which the commodity pool operator knows or should know has been incurred by the pool for its preceding fiscal year and is expected to be incurred by the pool in its current fiscal year, including fees or other expenses incurred in connection with the pool's participation in investee pools and funds.
</P>
<P>(2) This description must include, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) Management fees;
</P>
<P>(ii) Brokerage fees and commissions, including interest income paid to futures commission merchants, and any fees incurred to maintain an open position in retail forex transactions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Fees and commissions paid in connection with trading advice provided to the pool;
</P>
<P>(iv) Fees and expenses incurred within investments in investee pools, investee funds and other collective investment vehicles, which fees and expenses must be disclosed separately for each investment tier;
</P>
<P>(v) Incentive fees;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any allocation to the commodity pool operator, or any agreement or understanding which provides the commodity pool operator with the right to receive a distribution, where such allocation or distribution is greater than a pro rata share of the pool's profits based on the percentage of capital contributions made by the commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(vii) Commissions or other benefits, including trailing commissions paid or that may be paid or accrue, directly or indirectly, to any person in connection with the solicitation of participations in the pool;
</P>
<P>(viii) Professional and general administrative fees and expenses, including legal and accounting fees and office supplies expenses;
</P>
<P>(ix) Organizational and offering expenses;
</P>
<P>(x) Clearance fees and fees paid to national exchanges and self-regulatory organizations;
</P>
<P>(xi) For principal-protected pools, any direct or indirect costs to the pool associated with providing the protection feature, as referred to in paragraph (o)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(xii) Any costs or fees included in the spread between bid and asked prices for retail forex or, if known, swap transactions; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) Any other direct or indirect cost.
</P>
<P>(3) Where any fee, commission or other expense is determined by reference to a base amount including, but not limited to, “net assets,” “allocation of assets,” “gross profits,” “net profits,” or “net gains,” the pool operator must explain how such base amount will be calculated, in a manner consistent with calculation of the break-even point.
</P>
<P>(4) Where any fee, commission or other expense is based on an increase in the value of the pool, the pool operator must specify how the increase is calculated, the period of time during which the increase is calculated, the fee, commission or other expense to be charged at the end of that period and the value of the pool at which payment of the fee, commission or other expense commences.
</P>
<P>(5) Where any fee, commission or other expense of the pool has been paid or is to be paid by a person other than the pool, the pool operator must disclose the nature and amount thereof and the person who paid or who is expected to pay it.
</P>
<P>(6) The pool operator must provide, in a tabular format, an analysis setting forth how the break-even point for the pool was calculated. The analysis must include all fees, commissions and other expenses of the pool, as set forth in § 4.24(i)(2).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> (1) A full description of any actual or potential conflicts of interest regarding any aspect of the pool on the part of:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pool's trading manager, if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any major commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(iv) The commodity pool operator of any major investee pool;
</P>
<P>(v) Any principal of the persons described in paragraphs (j)(1) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any other person providing services to the pool, soliciting participants for the pool, acting as a counterparty to the pool's retail forex or swap transactions, or acting as a swap dealer with respect to the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Any other material conflict involving the pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Included in the description of such conflicts must be any arrangement whereby a person may benefit, directly or indirectly, from the maintenance of the pool's account with the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer and/or from the maintenance of the pool's swap positions with a swap dealer, or from the introduction of the pool's account to a futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer and/or swap dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements) or from an investment of pool assets in investee pools or funds or other investments.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Related party transactions.</I> A full description, including a discussion of the costs thereof to the pool, of any material transactions or arrangements for which there is no publicly disseminated price between the pool and any person affiliated with a person providing services to the pool.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Litigation.</I> (1) Subject to the provisions of § 4.24(l)(2), any material administrative, civil or criminal action, whether pending or concluded, within five years preceding the date of the Document, against any of the following persons; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a concluded action that resulted in an adjudication on the merits in favor of such person need not be disclosed:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity pool operator, the pool's trading manager, if any, the pool's major commodity trading advisors, and the operators of the pool's major investee pools;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any principal of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The pool's futures commission merchants and/or retail foreign exchange dealers and/or swap dealers and its introducing brokers, if any.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer and/or swap dealer or an introducing broker, an action will be considered material if:
</P>
<P>(i) The action would be required to be disclosed in the notes to the futures commission merchant's, retail foreign exchange dealer's, swap dealer's or introducing broker's financial statements prepared pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles;
</P>
<P>(ii) The action was brought by the Commission; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a concluded action that did not result in civil monetary penalties exceeding $50,000 need not be disclosed unless it involved allegations of fraud or other willful misconduct; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The action was brought by any other federal or state regulatory agency, a non-United States regulatory agency or a self-regulatory organization and involved allegations of fraud or other willful misconduct.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Trading for own account.</I> If the commodity pool operator, the pool's trading manager, any of the pool's commodity trading advisors or any principal thereof trades or intends to trade commodity interests for its own account, the pool operator must disclose whether participants will be permitted to inspect the records of such person's trades and any written policies related to such trading.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Performance disclosures.</I> Past performance must be disclosed as set forth in § 4.25.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Principal-protected pools.</I> If the pool is a principal-protected pool as defined in § 4.10(d)(3), the commodity pool operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the nature of the principal protection feature intended to be provided, the manner by which such protection will be achieved, including sources of funding, and what conditions must be satisfied for participants to receive the benefits of such protection;
</P>
<P>(2) Specify when the protection feature becomes operative; and
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose, in the break-even analysis required by § 4.24(i)(6), the costs of purchasing and carrying the assets to fund the principal protection feature or other limitation on risk, expressed as a percentage of the price of a unit of participation.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Transferability and redemption.</I> (1) A complete description of any restrictions upon the transferability of a participant's interest in the pool; and
</P>
<P>(2) A complete description of the frequency, timing and manner in which a participant may redeem interests in the pool. Such description must specify:
</P>
<P>(i) How the redemption value of a participant's interest will be calculated;
</P>
<P>(ii) The conditions under which a participant may redeem its interest, including the cost associated therewith, the terms of any notification required and the time between the request for redemption and payment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any restrictions on the redemption of a participant's interest, including any restrictions associated with the pool's investments; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any liquidity risks relative to the pool's redemption capabilities.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Liability of pool participants.</I> The extent to which a participant may be held liable for obligations of the pool in excess of the funds contributed by the participant for the purchase of an interest in the pool.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Distribution of profits and taxation.</I> (1) The pool's policies with respect to the payment of distributions from profits or capital and the frequency of such payments;
</P>
<P>(2) The federal income tax effects of such payments for a participant, including a discussion of the federal income tax laws applicable to the form of organization of the pool and to such payments therefrom; and
</P>
<P>(3) If a pool is specifically structured to accomplish certain federal income tax objectives, the commodity pool operator must explain those objectives, the manner in which they will be achieved and any risks relative thereto.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Inception of trading and other information.</I> (1) The minimum aggregate subscriptions that will be necessary for the pool to commence trading commodity interests;
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum and maximum aggregate subscriptions that may be contributed to the pool;
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum period of time the pool will hold funds prior to the commencement of trading commodity interests;
</P>
<P>(4) The disposition of funds received if the pool does not receive the necessary amount to commence trading, including the period of time within which the disposition will be made; and
</P>
<P>(5) Where the pool operator will deposit funds received prior to the commencement of trading by the pool, and a statement specifying to whom any income from such deposits will be paid.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Ownership in pool.</I> The extent of any ownership or beneficial interest in the pool held by the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(2) The pool's trading manager, if any;
</P>
<P>(3) The pool's major commodity trading advisors;
</P>
<P>(4) The operators of the pool's major investee pools; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any principal of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Reporting to pool participants.</I> A statement that the commodity pool operator is required to provide all participants with monthly or quarterly (whichever applies) statements of account and with an annual report containing financial statements certified by an independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Supplemental information.</I> If any information, other than that required by Commission rules, the antifraud provisions of the Act, other federal or state laws or regulations, rules of a self-regulatory agency or laws of a non-United States jurisdiction, is provided, such information:
</P>
<P>(1) May not be misleading in content or presentation or inconsistent with required disclosures;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to the antifraud provisions of the Act and Commission rules and to rules regarding the use of promotional material promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Must be placed as follows, unless otherwise specified by Commission rules, provided that where a two-part document is used pursuant to rules promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to Section 17(j) of the Act, all supplemental information must be provided in the second part of the two-part document:
</P>
<P>(i) Supplemental performance information (not including proprietary trading results as defined in § 4.25(a)(8), or hypothetical, extracted, pro forma or simulated trading results) must be placed after all specifically required performance information; <I>Provided, however,</I> that required volatility disclosure may be included with the related required performance disclosure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Supplemental non-performance information relating to a required disclosure may be included with the related required disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Other supplemental information may be included after all required disclosures; <I>Provided, however,</I> that any proprietary trading results as defined in § 4.25(a)(8), and any hypothetical, extracted, pro forma or simulated trading results included in the Disclosure Document must appear as the last disclosure therein following all required and non-required disclosures.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Material information.</I> Nothing set forth in §§ 4.21, 4.24, 4.25 or § 4.26 shall relieve a commodity pool operator from any obligation under the Act or the regulations thereunder, including the obligation to disclose all material information to existing or prospective pool participants even if the information is not specifically required by such sections.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38183, July 25, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 58303, Oct. 30, 1998; 66 FR 53522, Oct. 23, 2001; 75 FR 55429, Sept. 10, 2010; 76 FR 44264, July 25, 2011; 77 FR 11285, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17330, Mar. 26, 2012; 77 FR 54358, Sept. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.25   Performance disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General principles</I>—(1) <I>Capsule performance information</I>—(i) <I>For pools.</I> Unless otherwise specified, disclosure of the past performance of a pool must include the following information. Amounts shown must be net of any fees, expenses or allocations to the commodity pool operator.
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the pool;
</P>
<P>(B) A statement as to whether the pool is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Privately offered pursuant to section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)), or pursuant to Regulation D thereunder (17 CFR 230.501 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A multi-advisor pool as defined in § 4.10(d)(2); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A principal-protected pool as defined in § 4.10(d)(3);
</P>
<P>(C) The date of inception of trading;
</P>
<P>(D) The aggregate gross capital subscriptions to the pool;
</P>
<P>(E) The pool's current net asset value;
</P>
<P>(F) The largest monthly draw-down during the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date, expressed as a percentage of the pool's net asset value and indicating the month and year of the draw-down (the capsule must include a definition of “draw-down” that is consistent with § 4.10(k));
</P>
<P>(G) The worst peak-to-valley draw-down during the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date, expressed as a percentage of the pool's net asset value and indicating the months and year of the draw-down; and
</P>
<P>(H) Subject to § 4.25(a)(2) for the offered pool, the annual and year-to-date rate of return for the pool for the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date, computed on a compounded monthly basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>For accounts.</I> Disclosure of the past performance of an account required under this § 4.25 must include the following capsule performance information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account and the name of the trading program;
</P>
<P>(B) The date on which the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account began trading client accounts and the date when client funds began being traded pursuant to the trading program;
</P>
<P>(C) The number of accounts directed by the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account pursuant to the trading program specified, as of the date of the Disclosure Document;
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) The total assets under the management of the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account, as of the date of the Disclosure Document; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The total assets traded pursuant to the trading program specified, as of the date of the Disclosure Document;
</P>
<P>(E) The largest monthly draw-down for the trading program specified during the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date expressed as a percentage of client funds, and indicating the month and year of the draw-down;
</P>
<P>(F) The worst peak-to-valley draw-down for the trading program specified during the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date, expressed as a percentage of net asset value and indicating the months and year of the draw-down; and
</P>
<P>(G) The annual and year-to-date rate-of-return for the program specified, computed on a compounded monthly basis.
</P>
<P>(H) Partially-funded accounts directed by a commodity trading advisor may be presented in accordance with § 4.35(a)(7). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional requirements with respect to the offered pool.</I> (i) The performance of the offered pool must be identified as such and separately presented first;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rate of return of the offered pool must be presented on a monthly basis for the period specified in § 4.25(a)(5), either in a numerical table or in a bar graph;
</P>
<P>(iii) A bar graph used to present monthly rates of return for the offered pool:
</P>
<P>(A) Must show percentage rate of return on the vertical axis and one-month increments on the horizontal axis;
</P>
<P>(B) Must be scaled in such a way as to clearly show month-to-month differences in rates of return; and
</P>
<P>(C) Must separately display numerical percentage annual rates of return for the period covered by the bar graph; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The pool operator must make available upon request to prospective and existing participants all supporting data necessary to calculate monthly rates of return for the offered pool as specified in § 4.25(a)(7), for the period specified in § 4.25(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional requirements with respect to pools other than the offered pool.</I> With respect to pools other than the offered pool for which past performance is required to be presented under this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Performance data for pools of the same class as the offered pool must be presented following the performance of the offered pool, on a pool-by-pool basis.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pools of a different class than the offered pool must be presented less prominently and, unless such presentation would be misleading, may be presented in composite form; <I>Provided, however,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(A) The Disclosure Document must disclose how the composite was developed;
</P>
<P>(B) Pools of different classes or pools with materially different rates of return may not be presented in the same composite.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of § 4.25(a)(3)(ii), the following, without limitation, shall be considered pools of different classes: Pools privately offered pursuant to section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)), or pursuant to Regulation D thereunder (17 CFR 230.501 <I>et seq.</I>), and public offerings; and principal-protected and non-principal-protected pools. Multi-advisor pools as defined in § 4.10(d)(2) will be presumed to have materially different rates of return from those of non-multi-advisor pools absent evidence sufficient to demonstrate otherwise.
</P>
<P>(iv) Material differences among the pools for which past performance is disclosed, including, without limitation, differences in leverage and use of different trading programs, must be described.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Additional requirements with respect to accounts.</I> (i) Unless such presentation would be misleading, past performance of accounts required to be presented under this section may be presented in composite form on a program-by-program basis using the format set forth in § 4.25(a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) Accounts that differ materially with respect to rates of return may not be presented in the same composite.
</P>
<P>(iii) The commodity pool operator must disclose all material differences among accounts included in a composite.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Time period for required performance.</I> All required performance information must be presented for the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date or for the life of the pool, account or trading program, if less than five years.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Trading programs.</I> If the offered pool will use any of the trading programs for which past performance is required to be presented, the Disclosure Document must so indicate.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Calculation of, and recordkeeping concerning, performance information.</I> (i) All performance information presented in a Disclosure Document, including performance information contained in any capsule and performance information not specifically required by Commission rules, must be current as of a date not more than three months preceding the date of the Document, and must be supported by the following amounts, calculated on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as specified below or by a method otherwise approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(A) The beginning net asset value for the period, which shall be the same as the previous period's ending net asset value;
</P>
<P>(B) All additions, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the period;
</P>
<P>(C) All withdrawals and redemptions, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the period;
</P>
<P>(D) The net performance for the period, which shall represent the change in the net asset value net of additions, withdrawals, and redemptions;
</P>
<P>(E) The ending net asset value for the period, which shall represent the beginning net asset value plus or minus additions, withdrawals, redemptions and net performance;
</P>
<P>(F) The rate of return for the period, which shall be calculated by dividing the net performance by the beginning net asset value or by a method otherwise approved by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(G) The number of units outstanding at the end of the period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) All supporting documents necessary to substantiate the computation of such amounts must be maintained in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Proprietary trading results.</I> (i) Proprietary trading results may not be included in a Disclosure Document unless such performance is prominently labeled as proprietary and is set forth separately after all disclosures in accordance with § 4.24(v), together with a discussion of any differences between such performance and the performance of the offered pool, including, but not limited to, differences in costs, leverage and trading methodology.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purposes of § 4.24(v) and this § 4.25(a), proprietary trading results means the performance of any pool or account in which fifty percent or more of the beneficial interest is owned or controlled by:
</P>
<P>(A) The commodity pool operator, trading manager (if any), commodity trading advisor or any principal thereof
</P>
<P>(B) An affiliate or family member of the commodity pool operator, trading manager (if any) or commodity trading advisor; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any person providing services to the pool.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Required legend.</I> Any past performance presentation, whether or not required by Commission rules, must be preceded by the following statement, prominently displayed:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>PAST PERFORMANCE IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF FUTURE RESULTS.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Performance disclosure when the offered pool has at least a three-year operating history.</I> The commodity pool operator must disclose the performance of the offered pool, in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1)(i) (A) through (H) and (a)(2) of this § 4.25, where:
</P>
<P>(1) The offered pool has traded commodity interests for three years or more; and
</P>
<P>(2) For at least such three-year period, seventy-five percent or more of the contributions to the pool were made by persons unaffiliated with the commodity pool operator, the trading manager (if any), the pool's commodity trading advisors, or the principals of any of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance disclosure when the offered pool has less than a three-year operating history—</I>(1) <I>Offered pool performance.</I> (i) The commodity pool operator must disclose the performance of the offered pool, in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) through (H) and (a)(2) of this § 4.25; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the offered pool has no operating history, the pool operator must prominently display the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>THIS POOL HAS NOT COMMENCED TRADING AND DOES NOT HAVE ANY PERFORMANCE HISTORY.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Other performance of commodity pool operator.</I> (i)(A) Except as provided in § 4.25(a)(8), the commodity pool operator must disclose, for the period specified by § 4.25(a)(5), the performance of each other pool operated by the pool operator (and by the trading manager if the offered pool has a trading manager) in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1)(i) (C) through (H) and (a)(3) of this § 4.25, and the performance of each other account traded by the pool operator (and by the trading manager if the offered pool has a trading manager) in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (C) through (G) of this § 4.25. If the trading manager has been delegated complete authority for the offered pool's trading, and the trading manager's performance is not materially different from that of the pool operator, the performance of the other pools operated by and accounts traded by the pool operator is not required to be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(B) In addition, if the pool operator, or if applicable, the trading manager, has not operated for at least three years any commodity pool in which seventy-five percent or more of the contributions to the pool were made by persons unaffiliated with the commodity pool operator, the trading manager, the pool's commodity trading advisors or their respective principals, the pool operator must also disclose the performance of each other pool operated by and account traded by the trading principals of the pool operator (and of the trading manager, as applicable) unless such performance does not differ in any material respect from the performance of the offered pool and the pool operator (and trading manager, if any) disclosed in the Disclosure Document.
</P>
<P>(ii) If neither the pool operator or trading manager (if any), nor any of its trading principals has operated any other pools or traded any other accounts, the pool operator must prominently display the following statement: NEITHER THIS POOL OPERATOR (TRADING MANAGER, IF APPLICABLE) NOR ANY OF ITS TRADING PRINCIPALS HAS PREVIOUSLY OPERATED ANY OTHER POOLS OR TRADED ANY OTHER ACCOUNTS. If the commodity pool operator or trading manager, if applicable, is a sole proprietorship, reference to its trading principals may be deleted from the prescribed statement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Major commodity trading advisor performance.</I> (i) The commodity pool operator must disclose the perfor- mance of any accounts (including pools) directed by a major commodity trading advisor in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (C) through (G) of this § 4.25.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a major commodity trading advisor has not previously traded accounts, the pool operator must prominently display the following statement:
</P>
<P>(name of the major commodity trading advisor), A COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR THAT HAS DISCRETIONARY TRADING AUTHORITY OVER (percentage of the pool's funds available for commodity interest trading allocated to that trading advisor) PERCENT OF THE POOL'S COMMODITY INTEREST TRADING HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED ANY ACCOUNTS.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Major investee pool performance.</I> (i) The commodity pool operator must disclose the performance of any major investee pool.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a major investee pool has not commenced trading, the pool operator must prominently display the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>(name of the major investee pool), AN INVESTEE POOL THAT IS ALLOCATED (percentage of the pool assets allocated to that investee pool) PERCENT OF THE POOL'S ASSETS HAS NOT COMMENCED TRADING.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) With respect to commodity trading advisors and investee pools for which performance is not required to be disclosed pursuant to § 4.25(c) (3) and (4), the pool operator must provide a summary description of the performance history of each of such advisors and pools including the following information, provided that where the pool operator uses a two-part document pursuant to the rules promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to Section 17(j) of the Act, such summary description may be provided in the second part of the two-part document:
</P>
<P>(i) Monthly return parameters (highs and lows);
</P>
<P>(ii) Historical volatility and degree of leverage; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any material differences between the performance of such advisors and pools as compared to that of the offered pool's major trading advisors and major investee pools.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38186, July 25, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 58303, Oct. 30, 1998; 68 FR 42967, July 21, 2003; 75 FR 55429, Sept. 10, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.26   Use, amendment and filing of Disclosure Document.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, all information contained in the Disclosure Document and, where used, profile document, must be current as of the date of the Document; Provided, however, that performance information may be current as of a date not more than three months prior to the date of the Document.
</P>
<P>(2) No commodity pool operator may use a Disclosure Document or profile document dated more than twelve months prior to the date of its use.
</P>
<P>(b) The commodity pool operator must attach to the Disclosure Document the most current Account Statement and Annual Report for the pool required to be distributed in accordance with § 4.22; provided, however, that in lieu of the most current Account Statement the commodity pool operator may provide performance information for the pool current as of a date not more than sixty days prior to the date on which the Disclosure Document is distributed and covering the period since the most recent performance information contained in the Disclosure Document.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If the commodity pool operator knows or should know that the Disclosure Document or profile document is materially inaccurate or incomplete in any respect, it must correct that defect and must distribute the correction to:
</P>
<P>(i) All existing pool participants within 21 calendar days of the date upon which the pool operator first knows or has reason to know of the defect; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each previously solicited prospective pool participant prior to accepting or receiving funds, securities or other property from any such prospective participant.
</P>
<P>(2) The pool operator may furnish the correction by any of the following means:
</P>
<P>(i) An amended Disclosure Document or profile document;
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a hard copy of the Disclosure Document, a sticker affixed to the Disclosure Document; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Other similar means.
</P>
<P>(3) The pool operator may not use the Disclosure Document or profile document until such correction has been made.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided by § 4.8: 
</P>
<P>(1) The commodity pool operator must electronically file with the National Futures Association, pursuant to the electronic filing procedures of the National Futures Association, the Disclosure Document and, where used, profile document for each pool that it operates or that it intends to operate not less than 21 calendar days prior to the date the pool operator first intends to deliver such Document or documents to a prospective participant in the pool; and
</P>
<P>(2) The commodity pool operator must electronically file with the National Futures Association, pursuant to the electronic filing procedures of the National Futures Association, the subsequent amendments to the Disclosure Document and, where used, profile document for each pool that it operates or that it intends to operate within 21 calendar days of the date upon which the pool operator first knows or has reason to know of the defect requiring the amendment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38188, July 25, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 18268, Apr. 15, 1997; 65 FR 58649, Oct. 2, 2000; 67 FR 42710, June 25, 2002; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 68 FR 12584, Mar. 17, 2003; 74 FR 9569, Mar. 5, 2009; 78 FR 52335, Aug. 22, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.27" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.27   Additional reporting by commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commodity pool operator</I> or <I>CPO</I> has the same meaning as commodity pool operator defined in section 1a(11) of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Commodity trading advisor</I> or <I>CTA</I> has the same meaning as defined in section 1a(12);
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Direct</I> has the same meaning as defined in section 4.10(f);
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Net asset value</I> or <I>NAV</I> has the same meaning as net asset value as defined in section 4.10(b);
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Pool</I> has the same meaning as defined in section 1(a)(10) of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Reporting period</I> means the reporting period as defined in the forms promulgated hereunder;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Persons required to report.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a reporting person is:
</P>
<P>(i) Any commodity pool operator that is registered or required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity trading advisor that is registered or required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) The following categories of persons shall not be considered reporting persons, as that term is defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A commodity pool operator that is registered, but operates only pools for which it maintains an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in § 4.5 and/or an exemption from registration as a commodity pool operator in § 4.13;
</P>
<P>(ii) A commodity trading advisor that is registered, but does not direct, as that term is defined in § 4.10(f), the trading of any commodity interest accounts;
</P>
<P>(iii) A commodity trading advisor that is registered, but directs only the accounts of commodity pools for which it is registered as a commodity pool operator and, though registered, complies with § 4.14(a)(4); and
</P>
<P>(iv) A commodity trading advisor that is registered, but directs only the accounts of commodity pools for which it is exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator, and though registered, complies with § 4.14(a)(5).




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting.</I> (1) Each reporting person shall file with the National Futures Association, a report with respect to the directed assets of each pool under the advisement of a commodity pool operator consistent with appendix A to this part, or a commodity trading advisor consistent with appendix C to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A reporting person required to file NFA Form PQR with the National Futures Association for the reporting period may make such filing in lieu of the report required under paragraph (c)(1) of this section; <I>provided that,</I> the Commission has determined that NFA Form PQR is substantively consistent with appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this provision restricts the National Futures Association's ability to require reporting beyond that required by the Commission; <I>provided that,</I> such additional requirements are consistent with the Commodity Exchange Act and 17 CFR chapter I.
</P>
<P>(4) All financial information shall be reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. A reporting person operating a pool that meets the conditions specified in § 4.22(d)(2)(i) to present and compute the commodity pool's financial statements contained in the Annual Report other than in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and has filed notice pursuant to § 4.22(d)(2)(iii) may also use the alternative accounting principles, standards, or practices identified in that notice in reporting information required to be reported pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investment advisers to private funds.</I> Commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors that are dually registered as investment advisers with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that are required to file Form PF under the rules promulgated under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, shall file Form PF with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in addition to filings made pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section. Dually registered commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors that file Form PF with the Securities and Exchange Commission will be deemed to have filed Form PF with the Commission, for purposes of any enforcement action regarding any false or misleading statement of material fact in Form PF.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Filing requirements.</I> Each report required to be filed with the National Futures Association under this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Contain an oath and affirmation that, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the individual making the oath and affirmation, the information contained in the document is accurate and complete; <I>Provided, however,</I> That it shall be unlawful for the individual to make such oath or affirmation if the individual knows or should know that any of the information in the document is not accurate and complete and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each oath or affirmation must be made by a representative duly authorized to bind the CPO or CTA.
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted consistent with the National Futures Association's electronic filing procedures.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Termination of reporting requirement.</I> All reporting persons shall continue to file such reports as are required under this section until the effective date of a Form 7W filed in accordance with the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Public records.</I> Reports filed pursuant to this section shall not be considered Public Records as defined in § 145.0 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 17330, Mar. 26, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 85155, Nov. 25, 2016; 84 FR 67354, Dec. 10, 2019; 85 FR 71789, Nov. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Commodity Trading Advisors</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.30   Prohibited activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no commodity trading advisor may solicit, accept or receive from an existing or prospective client funds, securities or other property in the trading advisor's name (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to purchase, margin, guarantee or secure any commodity interest of the client.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures commission merchant that is registered as such under the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) A leverage transaction merchant that is registered as a commodity trading advisor under the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) A retail foreign exchange dealer that is registered as such under the Act; or
</P>
<P>(4) A swap dealer that is registered as such under the Act, with respect to funds, securities or other property accepted to purchase, margin, guarantee or secure any swap that is not cleared through a derivatives clearing organization. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 54359, Sept. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.31   Required delivery of Disclosure Document to prospective clients.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each commodity trading advisor registered or required to be registered under the Act must deliver or cause to be delivered to a prospective client a Disclosure Document containing the information set forth in §§ 4.34 and 4.35 for the trading program pursuant to which the trading advisor seeks to direct the client's commodity interest account or to guide the client's commodity interest trading by means of a systematic program that recommends specific transactions by no later than the time the trading advisor delivers to the prospective client an advisory agreement to direct or guide the client's account; <I>Provided,</I> That any information distributed in advance of the delivery of the Disclosure Document to a prospective client is consistent with or amended by the information contained in the Disclosure Document and with the obligations of the commodity trading advisor under the Act, the Commission's regulations issued thereunder, and the laws of any other applicable federal or state authority; <I>Provided further,</I> That in the event such previously distributed information is amended by the Disclosure Document in any material respect, the prospective participant must be in receipt of the Disclosure Document at least 48 hours prior to the advisory agreement being accepted by the trading advisor. 
</P>
<P>(b) The commodity trading advisor may not enter into an agreement with a prospective client to direct the client's commodity interest account or to guide the client's commodity interest trading unless the trading advisor first receives from the prospective client an acknowledgment signed and dated by the prospective client stating that the client received a Disclosure Document for the trading program pursuant to which the trading advisor will direct his account or will guide his trading. Where a Disclosure Document is delivered to a prospective client by electronic means, in lieu of a manually signed and dated acknowledgment the trading advisor may establish receipt by electronic means that use a unique identifier to confirm the identity of the recipient of such Disclosure Document, <I>Provided, however,</I> That the requirement of § 4.33(a)(2) to retain the acknowledgment specified in this paragraph (b) applies equally to such substitute evidence of receipt, which must be retained either in hard copy form or in another form approved by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38189, July 25, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 39115, July 22, 1997; 68 FR 47235, Aug. 8, 2003; 68 FR 59114, Oct. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.33   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each commodity trading advisor registered or required to be registered under the Act must make and keep the following books and records in an accurate, current and orderly manner at its main business office and in accordance with § 1.31. If the commodity trading advisor's main business office is located outside the United States, its territories or possessions, then upon the request of a Commission representative the trading advisor must provide such books and records as requested at the place designated by the representative in the United States, its territories or possessions within 72 hours after receipt of the request.
</P>
<P>(a) Concerning the clients and subscribers of the commodity trading advisor:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of each client and each subscriber.
</P>
<P>(2) The acknowledgement specified in § 4.31(b). 
</P>
<P>(3) All powers of attorney and other documents, or copies thereof, authorizing the commodity trading advisor to direct the commodity interest account of a client or subscriber.
</P>
<P>(4) All other written agreements, or copies thereof, entered into by the commodity trading advisor with any client or subscriber.
</P>
<P>(5) A list or other record of all commodity interest accounts of clients directed by the commodity trading advisor and of all transactions effected therefor.
</P>
<P>(6) Copies of each confirmation or acknowledgment of a commodity interest transaction, and each purchase and sale statement and each monthly statement received from a futures commission merchant, a retail foreign exchange dealer or a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(7) The original or a copy of each report, letter, circular, memorandum, publication, writing, advertisement or other literature or advice (including the texts of standardized oral presentations and of radio, television, seminar or similar mass media presentations) distributed or caused to be distributed by the commodity trading advisor to any existing or prospective client or subscriber, showing the first date of distribution if not otherwise shown on the document.
</P>
<P>(b) Concerning the commodity trading advisor:
</P>
<P>(1) An itemized daily record of each commodity interest transaction of the commodity trading advisor, showing the transaction date, quantity, commodity interest, and, as applicable, price or premium, delivery month or expiration date, whether a put or a call, strike price, underlying contract for future delivery or underlying commodity, swap type and counterparty, the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer carrying the account and the introducing broker, if any, whether the commodity interest was purchased, sold (including, in the case of a retail forex transaction, offset), exercised, expired (including, in the case of a retail forex transaction, whether it was rolled forward), and the gain or loss realized; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the trading advisor is a counterparty to a swap, it must comply with the swap data recordkeeping and reporting requirements of part 45 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Each confirmation of a commodity interest transaction, each purchase and sale statement and each monthly statement furnished by a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer to:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity trading advisor relating to a personal account of the trading advisor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each principal of the trading advisor relating to a personal account of such principal.
</P>
<P>(3) Books and records of all other transactions in all other business dealings in trading commodity interests and of all cash market transactions in which the commodity trading advisor and each principal thereof engages. Those books and records must include, as applicable, books and records of the type specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(7) of this section and in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(8) of § 4.23.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57012, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 35299, Aug. 3, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 60 FR 38189, July 25, 1995; 75 FR 55430, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 54359, Sept. 5, 2012; 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.34   General disclosures required.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided herein, a Disclosure Document must include the following information.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cautionary Statement.</I> The following Cautionary Statement must be prominently displayed on the cover page of the Disclosure Document: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN THIS TRADING PROGRAM NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Risk Disclosure Statement.</I> (1) The following Risk Disclosure Statement must be prominently displayed immediately following any disclosures required to appear on the cover page of the Disclosure Document as provided by the Commission, by any applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations or by any applicable laws of non-United States jurisdictions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>RISK DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
</HD3>
<P>THE RISK OF LOSS IN TRADING COMMODITY INTERESTS CAN BE SUBSTANTIAL. YOU SHOULD THEREFORE CAREFULLY CONSIDER WHETHER SUCH TRADING IS SUITABLE FOR YOU IN LIGHT OF YOUR FINANCIAL CONDITION. IN CONSIDERING WHETHER TO TRADE OR TO AUTHORIZE SOMEONE ELSE TO TRADE FOR YOU, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE FOLLOWING:
</P>
<P>IF YOU PURCHASE A COMMODITY OPTION YOU MAY SUSTAIN A TOTAL LOSS OF THE PREMIUM AND OF ALL TRANSACTION COSTS.
</P>
<P>IF YOU PURCHASE OR SELL A COMMODITY FUTURES CONTRACT OR SELL A COMMODITY OPTION OR ENGAGE IN OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRADING YOU MAY SUSTAIN A TOTAL LOSS OF THE INITIAL MARGIN FUNDS OR SECURITY DEPOSIT AND ANY ADDITIONAL FUNDS THAT YOU DEPOSIT WITH YOUR BROKER TO ESTABLISH OR MAINTAIN YOUR POSITION. IF THE MARKET MOVES AGAINST YOUR POSITION, YOU MAY BE CALLED UPON BY YOUR BROKER TO DEPOSIT A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL MARGIN FUNDS, ON SHORT NOTICE, IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN YOUR POSITION. IF YOU DO NOT PROVIDE THE REQUESTED FUNDS WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME, YOUR POSITION MAY BE LIQUIDATED AT A LOSS, AND YOU WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY RESULTING DEFICIT IN YOUR ACCOUNT.
</P>
<P>UNDER CERTAIN MARKET CONDITIONS, YOU MAY FIND IT DIFFICULT OR IMPOSSIBLE TO LIQUIDATE A POSITION. THIS CAN OCCUR, FOR EXAMPLE, WHEN THE MARKET MAKES A “LIMIT MOVE.”
</P>
<P>THE PLACEMENT OF CONTINGENT ORDERS BY YOU OR YOUR TRADING ADVISOR, SUCH AS A “STOP-LOSS” OR “STOP-LIMIT” ORDER, WILL NOT NECESSARILY LIMIT YOUR LOSSES TO THE INTENDED AMOUNTS, SINCE MARKET CONDITIONS MAY MAKE IT IMPOSSIBLE TO EXECUTE SUCH ORDERS.
</P>
<P>A “SPREAD” POSITION MAY NOT BE LESS RISKY THAN A SIMPLE “LONG” OR “SHORT” POSITION.
</P>
<P>THE HIGH DEGREE OF LEVERAGE THAT IS OFTEN OBTAINABLE IN COMMODITY INTEREST TRADING CAN WORK AGAINST YOU AS WELL AS FOR YOU. THE USE OF LEVERAGE CAN LEAD TO LARGE LOSSES AS WELL AS GAINS.
</P>
<P>IN SOME CASES, MANAGED COMMODITY ACCOUNTS ARE SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CHARGES FOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORY FEES. IT MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THOSE ACCOUNTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THESE CHARGES TO MAKE SUBSTANTIAL TRADING PROFITS TO AVOID DEPLETION OR EXHAUSTION OF THEIR ASSETS. THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT CONTAINS, AT PAGE (insert page number), A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF EACH FEE TO BE CHARGED TO YOUR ACCOUNT BY THE COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR.
</P>
<P>THIS BRIEF STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT ASPECTS OF THE COMMODITY INTEREST MARKETS. YOU SHOULD THEREFORE CAREFULLY STUDY THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT AND COMMODITY INTEREST TRADING BEFORE YOU TRADE, INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS OF THIS INVESTMENT, AT PAGE (insert page number).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2)(i) If the commodity trading advisor may trade foreign futures or options contracts pursuant to the offered trading program, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state the following:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT THIS COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR MAY ENGAGE IN TRADING FOREIGN FUTURES OR OPTIONS CONTRACTS. TRANSACTIONS ON MARKETS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING MARKETS FORMALLY LINKED TO A UNITED STATES MARKET MAY BE SUBJECT TO REGULATIONS WHICH OFFER DIFFERENT OR DIMINISHED PROTECTION. FURTHER, UNITED STATES REGULATORY AUTHORITIES MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPEL THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RULES OF REGULATORY AUTHORITIES OR MARKETS IN NON-UNITED STATES JURISDICTIONS WHERE YOUR TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED. BEFORE YOU TRADE YOU SHOULD INQUIRE ABOUT ANY RULES RELEVANT TO YOUR PARTICULAR CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS AND ASK THE FIRM WITH WHICH YOU INTEND TO TRADE FOR DETAILS ABOUT THE TYPES OF REDRESS AVAILABLE IN BOTH YOUR LOCAL AND OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) If the commodity trading advisor may engage in retail forex transactions pursuant to the offered trading program, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state the following:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT THIS COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR MAY ENGAGE IN OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRADING. SUCH TRADING IS NOT CONDUCTED IN THE INTERBANK MARKET. THE FUNDS DEPOSITED WITH A COUNTERPARTY FOR SUCH TRANSACTIONS WILL NOT RECEIVE THE SAME PROTECTIONS AS FUNDS USED TO MARGIN OR GUARANTEE EXCHANGE-TRADED FUTURES AND OPTION CONTRACTS. IF THE COUNTERPARTY BECOMES INSOLVENT AND YOU HAVE A CLAIM FOR AMOUNTS DEPOSITED OR PROFITS EARNED ON TRANSACTIONS WITH THE COUNTERPARTY, YOUR CLAIM MAY NOT BE TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER. YOU MAY BE A GENERAL CREDITOR AND YOUR CLAIM MAY BE PAID, ALONG WITH THE CLAIMS OF OTHER GENERAL CREDITORS, FROM ANY MONIES STILL AVAILABLE AFTER PRIORITY CLAIMS ARE PAID. EVEN FUNDS THAT THE COUNTERPARTY KEEPS SEPARATE FROM ITS OWN FUNDS MAY NOT BE SAFE FROM THE CLAIMS OF PRIORITY AND OTHER GENERAL CREDITORS.
</P>
<P>FURTHER, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE RISK DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OF THE FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT OR RETAIL FOREIGN EXCHANGE DEALER THAT YOU SELECT TO CARRY YOUR ACCOUNT.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) If the commodity trading advisor is not also a registered futures commission merchant or a registered retail foreign exchange dealer, the trading advisor must make the additional following statement in the Risk Disclosure Statement, to be included as the last paragraph thereof:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>THIS COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR IS PROHIBITED BY LAW FROM ACCEPTING FUNDS IN THE TRADING ADVISOR'S NAME FROM A CLIENT FOR TRADING COMMODITY INTERESTS. YOU MUST PLACE ALL FUNDS FOR TRADING IN THIS TRADING PROGRAM DIRECTLY WITH A FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT OR RETAIL FOREIGN EXCHANGE DEALER, AS APPLICABLE.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) If the commodity trading advisor may engage in swaps, the Risk Disclosure Statement must further state:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>SWAPS TRANSACTIONS, LIKE OTHER FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS, INVOLVE A VARIETY OF SIGNIFICANT RISKS. THE SPECIFIC RISKS PRESENTED BY A PARTICULAR SWAP TRANSACTION NECESSARILY DEPEND UPON THE TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION AND YOUR CIRCUMSTANCES. IN GENERAL, HOWEVER, ALL SWAPS TRANSACTIONS INVOLVE SOME COMBINATION OF MARKET RISK, CREDIT RISK, FUNDING RISK, AND OPERATIONAL RISK.
</P>
<P>HIGHLY CUSTOMIZED SWAPS TRANSACTIONS IN PARTICULAR MAY INCREASE LIQUIDITY RISK, WHICH MAY RESULT IN YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW YOUR FUNDS BEING LIMITED. HIGHLY LEVERAGED TRANSACTIONS MAY EXPERIENCE SUBSTANTIAL GAINS OR LOSSES IN VALUE AS A RESULT OF RELATIVELY SMALL CHANGES IN THE VALUE OR LEVEL OF AN UNDERLYING OR RELATED MARKET FACTOR.
</P>
<P>IN EVALUATING THE RISKS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH A PARTICULAR SWAP TRANSACTION, IT IS IMPORTANT TO CONSIDER THAT A SWAP TRANSACTION MAY BE MODIFIED OR TERMINATED ONLY BY MUTUAL CONSENT OF THE ORIGINAL PARTIES AND SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT ON INDIVIDUALLY NEGOTIATED TERMS. THEREFORE, IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE TO MODIFY, TERMINATE, OR OFFSET YOUR OBLIGATIONS OR YOUR EXPOSURE TO THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH A TRANSACTION PRIOR TO ITS SCHEDULED TERMINATION DATE.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Table of contents.</I> A table of contents showing, by subject matter, the location of the disclosures made in the Disclosure Document, must appear immediately following the Risk Disclosure Statement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information required in the forepart of the Disclosure Document.</I> (1) The name, address of the main business office, main business telephone number and form of organization of the commodity trading advisor. If the mailing address of the main business office is a post office box number or is not within the United States, its territories or possessions, the trading advisor must state where its books and records will be kept and made available for inspection; and
</P>
<P>(2) The date when the commodity trading advisor first intends to use the Disclosure Document.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Persons to be identified.</I> The names of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(1) Each principal of the trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer with which the commodity trading advisor will require the client to maintain its account or, if the client is free to choose the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer with which it will maintain its account, the trading advisor must make a statement to that effect; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The introducing broker through which the commodity trading advisor will require the client to introduce its account or, if the client is free to choose the introducing broker through which it will introduce its account, the trading advisor must make a statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Business background.</I> (1) The business background, for the five years preceding the date of the Disclosure Document, of:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity trading advisor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each principal of the trading advisor who participates in making trading or operational decisions for the trading advisor or supervises persons so engaged. 
</P>
<P>(2) The trading advisor must include in the description of the business background of each person identified in § 4.34(f)(1) the name and main business of that person's employers, business associations or business ventures and the nature of the duties performed by such person for such employers or in connection with such business associations or business ventures. The location in the Disclosure Document of any required past performance disclosure for such person must be indicated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Principal risk factors.</I> A discussion of the principal risk factors of this trading program. This discussion must include, without limitation, risks due to volatility, leverage, liquidity, and counterparty creditworthiness, as applicable to the trading program and the types of transactions and investment activity expected to be engaged in pursuant to such program (including retail forex and swap transactions, if any).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Trading program.</I> A description of the trading program, which must include the method chosen by the commodity trading advisor concerning how futures commission merchants and/or retail foreign exchange dealers carrying accounts it manages shall treat offsetting positions pursuant to § 1.46 of this chapter, if the method is other than to close out all offsetting positions or to close out offsetting positions on other than a first-in, first-out basis, and the types of commodity interests and other interests the commodity trading advisor intends to trade, with a description of any restrictions or limitations on such trading established by the trading advisor or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fees.</I> A complete description of each fee which the commodity trading advisor will charge the client.
</P>
<P>(1) Wherever possible, the trading advisor must specify the dollar amount of each such fee.
</P>
<P>(2) Where any fee is determined by reference to a base amount including, but not limited to, “net assets,” “gross profits,” “net profits,” “net gains,” “pips” or “bid-asked spread,” the trading advisor must explain how such base amount will be calculated. Where any fee is based on the difference between bid and asked prices on retail forex or swap transactions, the trading advisor must explain how such fee will be calculated;
</P>
<P>(3) Where any fee is based on an increase in the value of the client's commodity interest account, the trading advisor must specify how that increase is calculated, the period of time during which the increase is calculated, the fee to be charged at the end of that period and the value of the account at which payment of the fee commences.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> (1) A full description of any actual or potential conflicts of interest regarding any aspect of the trading program on the part of:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer with which the client will be required to maintain its commodity interest account;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any introducing broker through which the client will be required to introduce its account to a futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any principal of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(2) Any other material conflict involving any aspect of the offered trading program.
</P>
<P>(3) Included in the description of any such conflict must be any arrangement whereby the trading advisor or any principal thereof may benefit, directly or indirectly, from the maintenance of the client's commodity interest account with a futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer, and/or from the maintenance of the client's swap positions with a swap dealer or from the introduction of such account through an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Litigation.</I> (1) Subject to the provisions of § 4.34(k)(2), any material administrative, civil or criminal action, whether pending or concluded, within five years preceding the date of the Document, against any of the following persons; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a concluded action that resulted in an adjudication on the merits in favor of such person need not be disclosed:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity trading advisor and any principal thereof:
</P>
<P>(ii) Any futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer with which the client will be required to maintain its commodity interest account; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any introducing broker through which the client will be required to introduce its account to the futures commission merchant and/or retail foreign exchange dealer and/or swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer or introducing broker, an action will be considered material if:
</P>
<P>(i) The action would be required to be disclosed in the notes to the futures commission merchant's, retail foreign exchange dealer's, swap dealer's or introducing broker's financial statements prepared pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The action was brought by the Commission; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a concluded action that did not result in civil monetary penalties exceeding $50,000 need not be disclosed unless it involved allegations of fraud or other willful misconduct; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The action was brought by any other federal or state regulatory agency, a non-United States regulatory agency or a self-regulatory organization and involved allegations of fraud or other willful misconduct.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Trading for own account.</I> If the commodity trading advisor or any principal thereof trades or intends to trade commodity interests for its own account, the trading advisor must disclose whether clients will be permitted to inspect the records of such person's trading and any written policies related to such trading.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Performance disclosures.</I> Past performance must be disclosed as set forth in § 4.35.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Supplemental information.</I> If any information, other than that required by Commission rules, the antifraud provisions of the Act, other federal or state laws and regulations, any rules of a self-regulatory agency or laws of a non-United States jurisdiction, is provided, such information:
</P>
<P>(1) May not be misleading in content or presentation or inconsistent with the required disclosures;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to the antifraud provisions of the Act and Commission rules, and to rules regarding the use of promotional material promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Must be placed as follows, unless otherwise specified by Commission rules:
</P>
<P>(i) Supplemental performance information (not including proprietary trading results as defined in § 4.35(a)(7), or hypothetical, extracted, pro forma or simulated trading results) must be placed after all required performance information;
</P>
<P>(ii) Supplemental non-performance information relating to a required disclosure may be included with the related required disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Other supplemental information may be included after all required disclosures; <I>Provided, however,</I> That any proprietary trading results as defined in § 4.35(a)(7), and any hypothetical, extracted, pro forma or simulated trading results included in the Disclosure Document must appear as the last disclosure therein following all required and non-required disclosures.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Material information.</I> Nothing set forth in § 4.31, § 4.34, § 4.35 or § 4.36 shall relieve a commodity trading advisor from any obligation under the Act or the regulations thereunder, including the obligation to disclose all material information to existing or prospective clients even if the information is not specifically required by such sections.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38189, July 25, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 53522, Oct. 23, 2001; 75 FR 55430, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 11285, Feb. 24, 2012; 77 FR 17330, Mar. 26, 2012; 77 FR 54359, Sept. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.35   Performance disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General principles</I>—(1) <I>Capsule performance information.</I> Unless otherwise specified, disclosure of the past performance of an account or trading program required under this § 4.35 must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account and the name of the trading program;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date on which the commodity trading advisor or other person trading the account began trading client accounts and the date when client funds began being traded pursuant to the trading program;
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of accounts directed by the trading advisor or other person trading the account pursuant to the trading program specified, as of the date of the Disclosure Document;
</P>
<P>(iv)(A) The total assets under the management of the trading advisor or other person trading the account, as of the date of the Disclosure Document; and
</P>
<P>(B) The total assets traded pursuant to the trading program specified, as of the date of the Disclosure Document;
</P>
<P>(v) The largest monthly draw-down for the account or trading program specified during the most recent five calendar year and year-to-date expressed as a percentage of client funds and indicating the month and year of the draw-down (the capsule must include a definition of “draw-down” that is consistent with § 4.10(k));
</P>
<P>(vi) The worst peak-to-valley draw-down for the trading program specified during the most recent five calendar year and year-to-date, expressed as a percentage of net asset value and indicating the months and year of the draw-down;
</P>
<P>(vii) Subject to § 4.35(a)(2) for the offered trading program, the annual and year-to-date rate-of-return for the program specified for the five most recent calendar years and year-to-date, computed on a compounded monthly basis; <I>Provided, however,</I> That performance of the offered trading program must include monthly rates of return for such period; and
</P>
<P>(viii) In the case of the offered trading program: 
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) The number of accounts traded pursuant to the offered trading program that were opened and closed during the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5) with a positive net lifetime rate of return as of the date the account was closed; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A measure of the variability of returns for accounts that were both opened and closed during the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5) and closed with positive net lifetime rates of return; and 
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) The number of accounts traded pursuant to the offered trading program that were opened and closed during the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5) with negative net lifetime rates of return as of the date the account was closed; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A measure of the variability of returns for accounts that were both opened and closed during the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5) and closed with negative net lifetime rates of return. 
</P>
<P>(C) The measure of variability required by §§ 4.35(a)(1)(viii)(A)(<I>2</I>) and (B)(<I>2</I>) may be provided as a range of both positive and negative net lifetime returns, or by any other form of disclosure that meets the objective of disclosure of the variability of returns experienced by clients in the trading program whose accounts were opened and closed during the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5). The net lifetime rate of return shall be calculated as the compounded product of the monthly rates of return for each month the account is open. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional requirements with respect to the offered trading program.</I> (i) The performance of the offered trading program must be identified as such and separately presented first;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rate of return of the offered trading program must be presented on a monthly basis for the period specified in § 4.35(a)(5), either in a numerical table or in a bar graph;
</P>
<P>(iii) A bar graph used to present monthly rates of return for the offered trading program:
</P>
<P>(A) Must show percentage rate of return on the vertical axis and one-month increments on the horizontal axis;
</P>
<P>(B) Must be scaled in such a way as to clearly show month-to-month differences in rates of return; and
</P>
<P>(C) Must separately display numerical percentage annual rates of return for the period covered by the bar graph; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The commodity trading advisor must make available to prospective and existing clients upon request a table showing at least quarterly the information required to be calculated pursuant to § 4.35(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Composite presentation.</I> (i) Unless such presentation would be misleading, the performance of accounts traded pursuant to the same trading program may be presented in composite form on a program-by-program basis, using the format set forth in § 4.35(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) Accounts that differ materially with respect to rates of return may not be presented in the same composite.
</P>
<P>(iii) The commodity trading advisor must discuss all material differences among the accounts included in a composite.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current information.</I> All performance information presented in the Disclosure Document must be current as of a date not more than three months preceding the date of the Document. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Time period for required performance.</I> All required performance information must be presented for the most recent five calendar years and year-to-date or for the life of the trading program or account, if less than five years.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Calculation of, and recordkeeping concerning, performance information.</I> (i) All performance information presented in a Disclosure Document, including performance information contained in any capsule and performance information not specifically required by Commission rules, must be current as of a date not more than three months preceding the date of the Document, and must be supported by the following amounts, calculated on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as specified below or by a method otherwise approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(A) The beginning net asset value for the period, which shall represent the previous period's ending net asset value;
</P>
<P>(B) All additions, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the period;
</P>
<P>(C) All withdrawals and redemptions, whether voluntary or involuntary, during the period;
</P>
<P>(D) The net performance for the period, which shall represent the change in the net asset value net of additions, withdrawals, redemptions, fees and expenses;
</P>
<P>(E) The ending net asset value for the period, which shall represent the beginning net asset value plus or minus additions, withdrawals and redemptions, and net performance; and
</P>
<P>(F) The rate of return for the period, computed on a compounded monthly basis, which shall be calculated by dividing the net performance by the beginning net asset value.
</P>
<P>(ii) All supporting documents necessary to substantiate the computation of such amounts must be maintained in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Performance of partially-funded accounts.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing, a commodity trading advisor will be deemed in compliance with this § 4.35(a) concerning the performance of partially-funded accounts if the commodity trading advisor presents the performance of such accounts in a manner that is balanced and is not in violation of the antifraud provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act or the Commission's regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Proprietary trading results.</I> (i) Proprietary trading results shall not be included in a Disclosure Document unless such performance is prominently labeled as proprietary and is set forth separately after all disclosures in accordance with § 4.34(n), together with a discussion of any differences between such performance and the performance of the offered trading program, including, but not limited to, differences in costs, leverage and trading.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purposes of § 4.34(n) and this § 4.35(a), proprietary trading results means the performance of any account in which fifty percent or more of the beneficial interest is owned or controlled by:
</P>
<P>(A) The commodity trading advisor or any of its principals;
</P>
<P>(B) An affiliate or family member of the commodity trading advisor; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any person providing services to the account.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Required legend.</I> Any past performance presentation, whether or not required by Commission rules, must be preceded with the following statement, prominently displayed: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>PAST PERFORMANCE IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF FUTURE RESULTS.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Performance to be disclosed.</I> Except as provided in § 4.35(a)(7), the commodity trading advisor must disclose the actual performance of all accounts directed by the commodity trading advisor and by each of its trading principals; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the trading advisor or its trading principals previously have not directed any accounts, the trading advisor must prominently disclose this fact with one of the following statements, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) THIS TRADING ADVISOR PREVIOUSLY HAS NOT DIRECTED ANY ACCOUNTS; or
</P>
<P>(2) NONE OF THE TRADING PRINCIPALS OF THIS TRADING ADVISOR HAS PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED ANY ACCOUNTS; or
</P>
<P>(3) NEITHER THIS TRADING ADVISOR NOR ANY OF ITS TRADING PRINCIPALS HAVE PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED ANY ACCOUNTS. 
</P>
<FP>If the commodity trading advisor is a sole proprietorship, reference to its trading principals need not be included in the prescribed statement.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38191, July 25, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 42967, July 21, 2003; 68 FR 47235, Aug. 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.36   Use, amendment and filing of Disclosure Document.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, all information contained in the Disclosure Document must be current as of the date of the Document; <I>Provided, however,</I> that performance information must be current as of a date not more than three months preceding the date of the Document.
</P>
<P>(b) No commodity trading advisor may use a Disclosure Document dated more than twelve months prior to the date of its use.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If the commodity trading advisor knows or should know that the Disclosure Document is materially inaccurate or incomplete in any respect, it must correct that defect and must distribute the correction to:
</P>
<P>(i) All existing clients in the trading program within 21 calendar days of the date upon which the trading advisor first knows or has reason to know of the defect; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each previously solicited prospective client for the trading program prior to entering into an agreement to direct or to guide such prospective client's commodity interest account pursuant to the program. The trading advisor may furnish the correction by way of an amended Disclosure Document, a sticker on the Document, or other similar means.
</P>
<P>(2) The trading advisor may not use the Disclosure Document until such correction is made.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The commodity trading advisor must electronically file with the National Futures Association, pursuant to the electronic filing procedures of the National Futures Association, the Disclosure Document for each trading program that it offers or that it intends to offer not less than 21 calendar days prior to the date the trading advisor first intends to deliver the Document to a prospective client in the trading program; and
</P>
<P>(2) The commodity trading advisor must electronically file with the National Futures Association, pursuant to the electronic filing procedures of the National Futures Association, the subsequent amendments to the Disclosure Document for each trading program that it offers or that it intends to offer within 21 calendar days of the date upon which the trading advisor first knows or has reason to know of the defect requiring the amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38192, July 25, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 18268, Apr. 15, 1997; 65 FR 58650, Oct. 2, 2000; 67 FR 77411, Dec. 18, 2002; 74 FR 9569, Mar. 5, 2009; 78 FR 52335, Aug. 22, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Advertising</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.40   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 4.41" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 4.41   Advertising by commodity pool operators, commodity trading advisors, and the principals thereof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or any principal thereof, may advertise in a manner which:
</P>
<P>(1) Employs any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any participant or client or prospective participant or client;
</P>
<P>(2) Involves any transaction, practice or course of business which operates as a fraud or deceit upon any participant or client or any prospective participant or client; or
</P>
<P>(3) Refers to any testimonial, unless the advertisement or sales literature providing the testimonial prominently discloses:
</P>
<P>(i) That the testimonial may not be representative of the experience of other clients;
</P>
<P>(ii) That the testimonial is no guarantee of future performance or success; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If, more than a nominal sum is paid, the fact that it is a paid testimonial.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) No person may present the performance of any simulated or hypothetical commodity interest account, transaction in a commodity interest or series of transactions in a commodity interest of a commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or any principal thereof, unless such performance is accompanied by one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The following statement: “These results are based on simulated or hypothetical performance results that have certain inherent limitations. Unlike the results shown in an actual performance record, these results do not represent actual trading. Also, because these trades have not actually been executed, these results may have under-or over-compensated for the impact, if any, of certain market factors, such as lack of liquidity. Simulated or hypothetical trading programs in general are also subject to the fact that they are designed with the benefit of hindsight. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to these being shown.” ; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement prescribed pursuant to rules promulgated by a registered futures association pursuant to section 17(j) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) If the presentation of such simulated or hypothetical performance is other than oral, the prescribed statement must be prominently disclosed and in immediate proximity to the simulated or hypothetical performance being presented.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this section shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) To any publication, distribution or broadcast of any report, letter, circular, memorandum, publication, writing, advertisement or other literature or advice, whether by electronic media or otherwise, including information provided via internet or e-mail, the texts of standardized oral presentations and of radio, television, seminar or similar mass media presentations; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Regardless of whether the commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor is exempt from registration under the Act.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0005) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26013, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63035, Dec. 30, 1981; 60 FR 38192, July 25, 1995; 72 FR 8109, Feb. 23, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.6.7.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 4—Form CPO-PQR 


</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10no20.022.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 71789, Nov. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.6.7.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 4—Adjustments for Additions and Withdrawals in the Computation of Rate of Return 
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix provides guidance concerning alternate methods by which commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors may calculate the rate of return information required by Rules 4.25(a)(7)(i)(F) and 4.35(a)(6)(i)(F). The methods described herein are illustrative of calculation methods the Commission has reviewed and determined may be appropriate to address potential material distortions in the computation of rate of return due to additions and withdrawals that occur during a performance reporting period. A commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor may present to the Commission proposals regarding any alternative method of addressing the effect of additions and withdrawals on the rate of return computation, including documentation supporting the rationale for use of that alternate method. 
</P>
<HD2>1. Compounded Rate of Return Method 
</HD2>
<P>Rate of return for a period may be calculated by computing the net performance divided by the beginning net asset value for each trading day in the period and compounding each daily rate of return to determine the rate of return for the period. If daily compounding is not practicable, the rate of return may be compounded on the basis of each sub-period within which an addition or withdrawal occurs during a month. For example: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account value 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Change in value 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start of month</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10% ($1,000 profit). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">End of 1st acct. period</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000 addition. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start of 2nd acct. period</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20% ($3,000 loss). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">End of 2nd acct. period</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000 withdrawal. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start of 3rd acct. period</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+25% ($2,500 profit). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">End of month</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,500 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Compounded ROR = [(1 + .1)(1 − .2)(1 + .25)] − 1 = 10%.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>2. Time-weighted method 
</HD2>
<P>Time-weighting allows for adjustment to the denominator of the rate of return calculation for additions and withdrawals, weighted for the amount of time such funds were available during the period. Several methods exist for time-weighting, all of which will have the same arithmetic result. These methods include: dividing the net performance by the average weighted account sizes for the month; dividing the net performance by the arithmetic mean of the account sizes for each trading day during the period; and taking the number of days funds were available for trading divided by the total number of days in the period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 47236, Aug. 8, 2003; 68 FR 53430, Sept. 10, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.4.6.7.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 4—Form CTA-PR

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er24fe12.052.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24fe12.053.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24fe12.054.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24fe12.055.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24fe12.056.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11337, Feb. 24, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 5—OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h, 6i, 6k, 6m, 6n, 6o, 8, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a, 18, 19, 21, and 23.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 5.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliated person of a futures commission merchant</I> means a person described in section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)(cc)(BB) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aggregate retail forex assets</I> means an amount of liquid assets held in accordance with § 5.8 of this part;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Associated person of an affiliated person of a futures commission merchant</I> means any natural person associated with an affiliated person of a futures commission merchant as a partner, officer or employee (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(1) The solicitation or acceptance of retail forex customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity); or
</P>
<P>(2) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Commodity pool operator,</I> for purposes of this part, means any person who operates or solicits funds, securities, or property for a pooled investment vehicle that is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, and that engages in retail forex transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Associated person of a commodity pool operator,</I> for purposes of this part, means any natural person associated with a commodity pool operator as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section as a partner, officer, employee, consultant or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation of funds, securities, or property for a participation in a pooled investment vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Commodity trading advisor,</I> for purposes of this part, means any person who exercises discretionary trading authority or obtains written authorization to exercise discretionary trading authority over any account for or on behalf of any person that is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, in connection with retail forex transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Associated person of a commodity trading advisor,</I> for purposes of this part, means any natural person associated with a commodity trading advisor as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this section as a partner, officer, employee, consultant or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(f)(1) <I>Introducing broker,</I> for purposes of this part, means any person who solicits or accepts orders from a customer that is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, in connection with retail forex transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Associated person of an introducing broker,</I> for purposes of this part, means any natural person associated with an introducing broker as defined in paragraph (g)(1) of this section as a partner, officer, employee, or agent (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation or acceptance of retail forex customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Primarily or substantially</I> means, when used to describe the extent of a futures commission merchant's engagement in the activities described in section 1a(28)(A)(i)(I)(aa)(AA) of the Act and section 1a(28)(A)(i)(II) of the Act insofar as that section references the activities described in section 1a(28)(A)(i)(I)(aa)(AA), that:
</P>
<P>(1) Such activities account for more than fifty percent of the futures commission merchant's gross revenues, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, on an annual basis;
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant receives gross revenues, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, from such activities in excess of $500,000 in any twelve month period; or
</P>
<P>(3) The futures commission merchant is a clearing member of a registered derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) <I>Retail foreign exchange dealer</I> means any person that is, or that offers to be, the counterparty to a retail forex transaction, except for a person described in item (aa), (bb), (cc)(AA) or (dd) of section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Associated person of a retail foreign exchange dealer</I> means any natural person associated with a retail foreign exchange dealer as defined in paragraph (i)(1) of this section as a partner, officer or employee (or any natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), in any capacity which involves:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation or acceptance of retail forex customers' orders (other than in a clerical capacity); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The supervision of any person or persons so engaged;
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Retail forex account</I> means the account of a person who is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, established with a retail foreign exchange dealer or a futures commission merchant, in which account retail forex transactions (including options on contracts for the purchase or sale of foreign currency) with such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant as counterparty are undertaken, or which account is established in order to enter into such transactions.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Retail forex account agreement</I> means the contractual agreement between a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer and any person who is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, which agreement contains the terms governing the person's retail forex account with such futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Retail forex customer</I> means a person, other than an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, acting on its own behalf and trading in any account, agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(B) or 2(c)(2)(C) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Retail forex obligation</I> means the net credit balance at a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant that would be obtained by combining all money, securities and property deposited by a retail forex customer into a retail forex account or accounts, adjusted for the realized and unrealized net profit or loss, if any, accruing on the open trades, contracts or transactions in the retail forex account or accounts, without including any retail forex customers' accounts that contain negative net liquidating balances.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Retail forex transaction</I> means any account, agreement, contract or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(B) or 2(c)(2)(C) of the Act. A retail forex transaction does not include an account, agreement, contract or transaction in foreign currency that is a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or an option thereon) that is executed, traded on or otherwise subject to the rules of a contract market designated pursuant to section 5(a) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.2   Prohibited transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The provisions of this section shall be applicable to any retail forex transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fraudulent conduct prohibited.</I> It shall be unlawful for any person, by use of the mails or by any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, directly or indirectly, in or in connection with any retail forex transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) To cheat or defraud or attempt to cheat or defraud any person;
</P>
<P>(2) Willfully to make or cause to be made to any person any false report or statement or cause to be entered for any person any false record; or
</P>
<P>(3) Willfully to deceive or attempt to deceive any person by any means whatsoever.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acting as counterparty and exercising discretion prohibited.</I> (1) No person who acts as the counterparty for any retail forex transaction may do so for an account for which the person or any affiliate of the person is authorized (by contract, power of attorney or otherwise) to cause transactions to be effected without the client's specific authorization.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (c), an “affiliate” of a person means a person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, the first person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.3   Registration of persons engaged in retail forex transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, each of the following is subject to the registration provisions under the Act and to part 3 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Any affiliated person of a futures commission merchant, as defined in § 5.1(a) of this part, which affiliated person:
</P>
<P>(A) Solicits or accepts orders from any person that is not an eligible contract participant in connection with any retail forex transaction; or
</P>
<P>(B) Accepts money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) in connection with such solicitation or acceptance of orders in order to engage in any retail forex transaction, is required to register as a retail foreign exchange dealer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of an affiliated person of a futures commission merchant, as defined in § 5.1(c) of this part, is required to register as an associated person of an affiliated person of a futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Any commodity pool operator, as defined in § 5.1(d)(1) of this part, is required to register as a commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of a commodity pool operator, as defined in § 5.1(d)(2) of this part, is required to register as an associated person of a commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Any commodity trading advisor, as defined in § 5.1(e)(1) of this part, is required to register as a commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of a commodity trading advisor, as defined in § 5.1(e)(2) of this part, is required to register as an associated person of a commodity trading advisor;
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Any person registered as a futures commission merchant:
</P>
<P>(A) That is not primarily or substantially engaged in the business activities described in section 1a(28)(A)(i)(I)(aa)(AA) of the Act and section 1a(28)(A)(i)(II) of the Act insofar as that section references the activities described in section 1a(28)(A)(i)(I)(aa)(AA);
</P>
<P>(B) That solicits or accepts orders from any person that is not an eligible contract participant in connection with any retail forex transaction; and
</P>
<P>(C) That accepts money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) in connection with such solicitation or acceptance of orders in order to engage in retail forex transactions, is required to register as a retail foreign exchange dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of a futures commission merchant described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section is required to register as an associated person of a futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Any introducing broker, as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this part, is required to register as an introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of an introducing broker, as defined in § 5.1(f)(2) of this part, is required to register as an associated person of an introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Any retail foreign exchange dealer, as defined in § 5.1(h)(1) of this part is required to register as a retail foreign exchange dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated person of a retail foreign exchange dealer, as defined in § 5.1(h)(2) of this part, is required to register as an associated person of a retail foreign exchange dealer;
</P>
<P>(b) Any person described in paragraph (a) of this section that is already registered in the required capacity specified in paragraph (a) is not required under this section to register twice in the same capacity; Provided, however, that a person already registered as an associated person of one class of registrant may also be required to register as an associated person of another class of registrant in order to comply with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 56106, Sept. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.4   Applicability of part 4 of this chapter to commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors.</HEAD>
<P>Part 4 of this chapter applies to any person required pursuant to the provisions of this part 5 to register as a commodity pool operator or as a commodity trading advisor. Failure by any such person to comply with the requirements of part 4 will constitute a violation of this section and the relevant section of part 4.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.5   Distribution of “Risk Disclosure Statement” by retail foreign exchange dealers, futures commission merchants and introducing brokers regarding retail forex transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 5.23 of this part, no retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, or in the case of an introduced account no introducing broker, may open an account that will engage in retail forex transactions for a retail forex customer, unless the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker first:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) In the case of a retail foreign exchange dealer or a person required to register as an introducing broker solely by reason of this part, furnishes the retail forex customer with a separate written disclosure statement containing only the language set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and the disclosure required by paragraph (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a futures commission merchant or a person required to register as an introducing broker because it engages in the activities described in § 1.3 of this chapter, furnishes the retail forex customer with a separate written disclosure statement containing only the language set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and the disclosure required by paragraph (e) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the disclosure statement may be attached to other documents as the initial page(s) of such documents and as the only material on such page(s); and
</P>
<P>(2) Receives from the retail forex customer an acknowledgment signed and dated by the retail forex customer that he received and understood the disclosure statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The language set forth in the written disclosure statement required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>RISK DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
</HD3>
<P>OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVE THE LEVERAGED TRADING OF CONTRACTS DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCY CONDUCTED WITH A FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT OR A RETAIL FOREIGN EXCHANGE DEALER AS YOUR COUNTERPARTY. BECAUSE OF THE LEVERAGE AND THE OTHER RISKS DISCLOSED HERE, YOU CAN RAPIDLY LOSE ALL OF THE FUNDS YOU DEPOSIT FOR SUCH TRADING AND YOU MAY LOSE MORE THAN YOU DEPOSIT.
</P>
<P>YOU SHOULD BE AWARE OF AND CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING POINTS BEFORE DETERMINING WHETHER SUCH TRADING IS APPROPRIATE FOR YOU.
</P>
<P>(1) TRADING IS NOT ON A REGULATED MARKET OR EXCHANGE—YOUR DEALER IS YOUR TRADING PARTNER WHICH IS A DIRECT CONFLICT OF INTEREST. BEFORE YOU ENGAGE IN ANY RETAIL FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRADING, YOU SHOULD CONFIRM THE REGISTRATION STATUS OF YOUR COUNTERPARTY.
</P>
<P>The off-exchange foreign currency trading you are entering into is not conducted on an interbank market, nor is it conducted on a futures exchange subject to regulation as a designated contract market by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. The foreign currency trades you transact are trades with the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer as your counterparty. WHEN YOU SELL, THE DEALER IS THE BUYER. WHEN YOU BUY, THE DEALER IS THE SELLER. As a result, when you lose money trading, your dealer is making money on such trades, in addition to any fees, commissions, or spreads the dealer may charge.
</P>
<P>(2) AN ELECTRONIC TRADING PLATFORM FOR RETAIL FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS IS NOT AN EXCHANGE. IT IS AN ELECTRONIC CONNECTION FOR ACCESSING YOUR DEALER. THE TERMS OF AVAILABILITY OF SUCH A PLATFORM ARE GOVERNED ONLY BY YOUR CONTRACT WITH YOUR DEALER.
</P>
<P>Any trading platform that you may use to enter off-exchange foreign currency transactions is only connected to your futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer. You are accessing that trading platform only to transact with your dealer. You are not trading with any other entities or customers of the dealer by accessing such platform. The availability and operation of any such platform, including the consequences of the unavailability of the trading platform for any reason, is governed only by the terms of your account agreement with the dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) YOUR DEPOSITS WITH THE DEALER HAVE NO REGULATORY PROTECTIONS.
</P>
<P>All of your rights associated with your retail forex trading, including the manner and denomination of any payments made to you, are governed by the contract terms established in your account agreement with the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer. Funds deposited by you with a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer for trading off-exchange foreign currency transactions are not subject to the customer funds protections provided to customers trading on a contract market that is designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Your dealer may commingle your funds with its own operating funds or use them for other purposes. In the event your dealer becomes bankrupt, any funds the dealer is holding for you in addition to any amounts owed to you resulting from trading, whether or not any assets are maintained in separate deposit accounts by the dealer, may be treated as an unsecured creditor's claim.
</P>
<P>(4) YOU ARE LIMITED TO YOUR DEALER TO OFFSET OR LIQUIDATE ANY TRADING POSITIONS SINCE THE TRANSACTIONS ARE NOT MADE ON AN EXCHANGE OR MARKET, AND YOUR DEALER MAY SET ITS OWN PRICES.
</P>
<P>Your ability to close your transactions or offset positions is limited to what your dealer will offer to you, as there is no other market for these transactions. Your dealer may offer any prices it wishes, and it may offer prices derived from outside sources or not in its discretion. Your dealer may establish its prices by offering spreads from third party prices, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so. Your dealer may offer different prices to different customers at any point in time on its own terms. The terms of your account agreement alone govern the obligations your dealer has to you to offer prices and offer offset or liquidating transactions in your account and make any payments to you. The prices offered by your dealer may or may not reflect prices available elsewhere at any exchange, interbank, or other market for foreign currency.
</P>
<P>(5) PAID SOLICITORS MAY HAVE UNDISCLOSED CONFLICTS
</P>
<P>The futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer may compensate introducing brokers for introducing your account in ways which are not disclosed to you. Such paid solicitors are not required to have, and may not have, any special expertise in trading, and may have conflicts of interest based on the method by which they are compensated. Solicitors working on behalf of futures commission merchants and retail foreign exchange dealers are required to register. You should confirm that they are, in fact registered. You should thoroughly investigate the manner in which all such solicitors are compensated and be very cautious in granting any person or entity authority to trade on your behalf. You should always consider obtaining dated written confirmation of any information you are relying on from your dealer or a solicitor in making any trading or account decisions.
</P>
<P>FINALLY, YOU SHOULD THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE ANY STATEMENTS BY ANY DEALERS OR SALES REPRESENTATIVES WHICH MINIMIZE THE IMPORTANCE OF, OR CONTRADICT, ANY OF THE TERMS OF THIS RISK DISCLOSURE. SUCH STATEMENTS MAY INDICATE POTENTIAL SALES FRAUD.
</P>
<P>THIS BRIEF STATEMENT CANNOT, OF COURSE, DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF TRADING OFF-EXCHANGE FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS WITH A FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT OR RETAIL FOREIGN EXCHANGE DEALER.
</P>
<P>I hereby acknowledge that I have received and understood this risk disclosure statement.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Date
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature of Customer</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The acknowledgment required by paragraph (a) of this section must be retained by the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not relieve a retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker from any other disclosure obligation it may have under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Immediately following the language set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the statement required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include, for each of the most recent four calendar quarters during which the counterparty maintained retail forex customer accounts:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of non discretionary retail forex customer accounts maintained by the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(ii) The percentage of such accounts that were profitable during the quarter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The percentage of such accounts that were not profitable during the quarter.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of retail forex customer accounts for the purpose of this disclosure and the calculation in determining whether each such account was profitable or not profitable must be made in accordance with § 5.18(i) of this part. Such statement of profitable trades shall include the following legend: PAST PERFORMANCE IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF FUTURE RESULTS. Each retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant shall provide, upon request, to any retail forex customer or prospective retail forex customer the total number of non discretionary retail forex accounts maintained by such foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant, the percentage of such accounts that were profitable and the percentage of such accounts that were not profitable, calculated in accordance with § 5.18(i) of this part, for each calendar quarter during the most recent five year period during which such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant maintained non discretionary retail forex customer accounts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.6   Maintenance of minimum financial requirements by retail foreign exchange dealers and futures commission merchants offering or engaging in retail forex transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions or who files an application for registration as a futures commission merchant that will offer or engage in retail forex transactions and each person registered as a retail foreign exchange dealer or who files an application for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer, who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than the minimum required by § 5.7 of this part or by the capital rule of a registered futures association of which it is a member, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Give telephonic notice, to be confirmed in writing by facsimile notice, that the applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital is less than that required by § 5.7 of this part. The notice must be given immediately after the applicant or registrant knows or should know that its adjusted net capital is less than that required by any of the aforesaid rules to which the applicant or registrant is subject; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide together with such notice documentation in such form as necessary to adequately reflect the applicant's or registrant's capital condition as of any date such person's adjusted net capital is less than the minimum required. The applicant or registrant must provide similar documentation for other days as the Commission may request.
</P>
<P>(b) Each applicant or registrant, who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(1) $22,000,000;
</P>
<P>(2) 110 percent of the amount required by § 5.7(a)(1)(i)(B) of this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) 110 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer is a member, must file written notice to that effect within 24 hours of such event.
</P>
<P>(c) If an applicant or registrant at any time fails to make or keep current the books and records required by these regulations, such applicant or registrant must, on the same day such event occurs, provide facsimile notice of such fact, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current, and within 48 hours after giving such notice file a written report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever any applicant or registrant discovers or is notified by an independent public accountant, pursuant to § 1.16(e)(2) of this chapter, of the existence of any material inadequacy, as specified in § 1.16(d)(2) of this chapter, such applicant or registrant must give facsimile notice of such material inadequacy within 24 hours, and within 48 hours after giving such notice file a written report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the material inadequacy.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever any self-regulatory organization learns that a member registrant has failed to file a notice or written report as required by § 5.6 of this part, that self-regulatory organization must immediately report this failure by telephone, confirmed in writing immediately by facsimile notice, as provided in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A retail foreign exchange dealer or a futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions shall provide written notice of a substantial reduction in capital as compared to that last reported in a financial report filed with the Commission pursuant to § 5.12 of this part. This notice shall be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If any event or series of events, including any withdrawal, advance, loan or loss cause, on a net basis, a reduction in net capital of 20 percent or more, notice must be provided within two business days of the event or series of events causing the reduction; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the equity capital of the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions or the equity capital of a subsidiary or affiliate of the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions consolidated pursuant to § 1.17(f) of this chapter would be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or a limited liability company member or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, or an unsecured advance or loan would be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, limited liability company member, employee or affiliate, such that the withdrawal, advance or loan would cause, on a net basis, a reduction in excess adjusted net capital of 30 percent or more, notice must be provided at least two business days prior to the withdrawal, advance or loan that would cause the reduction: Provided, however, That the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section do not apply to any retail foreign exchange transaction in the ordinary course of business between a retail foreign exchange dealer and any affiliate where the retail foreign exchange dealer makes payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment from such affiliate for such transaction within two business days from the date of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of such notice from a futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions or a retail foreign exchange dealer, the Market Participants Division or the Director's designee may require that the futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions or retail foreign exchange dealer provide or cause a Material Affiliated Person (as that term is defined in § 5.10(a)(2) of this part) to provide, within three business days from the date of the request or such shorter period as the Director or designee may specify, such other information as the Director or designee determines to be necessary based upon market conditions, reports provided by the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions, or other available information.
</P>
<P>(g) Whenever a person registered as a futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions or a retail foreign exchange dealer knows or should know that the total amount of its retail forex obligation exceeds the amount of the aggregate retail forex assets the registrant maintains in accordance with the provisions of § 5.8 of this chapter, the registrant must report such deficiency immediately by telephone notice, confirmed immediately in writing by facsimile notice.
</P>
<P>(h) Every notice and written report required to be given or filed with the Commission by this section by an applicant must be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the applicant's principal place of business is located, and with the National Futures Association. Every notice and written report required to be given or filed with the Commission by this section by a registrant or self-regulatory organization must be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located, and with the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization. In addition, every notice and written report required to be given by this section must also be filed with the Chief Accountant of the Market Participants Division at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. 
</P>
<P>(i) In lieu of filing paper copies with the Commission, all filings or other notices prepared by a futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer pursuant to this section may be submitted to the Commission in electronic form using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission, if the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or a designated self-regulatory organization has provided the Commission with the means necessary to read and to process the information contained in such report. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant or applicant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.7   Minimum financial requirements for retail foreign exchange dealers and futures commission merchants offering or engaging in retail forex transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1)(i) Each futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions and each retail foreign exchange dealer must maintain adjusted net capital equal to or in excess of the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(A) $20,000,000;
</P>
<P>(B) $20,000,000 plus five percent of the futures commission merchant's or retail foreign exchange dealer's total retail forex obligation in excess of $10,000,000;
</P>
<P>(C) any amount required under § 1.17 of this chapter, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(D) the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association of which the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer is a member.
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 1.17 of this chapter shall apply to retail foreign exchange dealers as if such retail foreign exchange dealers were futures commission merchants, or as applicable, applicants or registrants, as stated in § 1.17 for the purpose of determining the adjusted net capital under this section. For the purpose of applying this section, “applicant” or “registrant” shall include retail foreign exchange dealers and futures commission merchants offering or engaging in retail forex transactions and applicants therefore.
</P>
<P>(2) No person applying for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer or a futures commission merchant that will engage in retail forex transactions shall be so registered unless such person affirmatively demonstrates to the satisfaction of a registered futures association that it complies with the financial requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Each registrant must be in compliance with this section at all times and must be able to demonstrate such compliance to the satisfaction of the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) A registrant who is not in compliance with this section, or is unable to demonstrate such compliance as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, shall, as directed by and under the supervision of the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization, either liquidate or transfer all retail forex accounts (including the novation of retail forex contracts) and refund or transfer all funds associated with such retail forex accounts and immediately cease offering or engaging in retail forex transactions until such time as the firm is able to demonstrate to the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization such compliance: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if such registrant immediately demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization the ability to achieve compliance, the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization may in its discretion allow such registrant up to a maximum of 10 business days, or such additional time as determined by the Commission, in which to achieve compliance without having to liquidate positions or transfer accounts and cease doing business as required above. Nothing in this paragraph (a)(4) shall be construed as preventing the Commission or the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization from taking action against a registrant for non-compliance with any of the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Where the applicant or registrant has an asset or liability which is defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this title) the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of adjusted net capital shall be in accordance with § 240.15c3-1 of this title, unless specifically stated otherwise in this section or in § 1.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The adjusted net capital of an applicant or registrant for the purpose of this section shall be determined by the application of § 1.17 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, with the following additions:
</P>
<P>(i) All positions in retail forex accounts and other financial positions and instruments of the applicant or registrant must be marked to market and adjusted daily by referencing to current market prices or rates of exchange.
</P>
<P>(ii) Current assets must exclude any retail forex account which liquidates to a deficit or contains a debit ledger balance only and is not secured in accordance with § 1.17(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(iii) Current assets must exclude any unsecured receivable accrued from any over-the-counter transaction in foreign currency, options on foreign currency or options on contracts for the purchase or sale of foreign currency, or arising from the deposit of collateral or compensating balances with respect to such transactions, unless such unsecured receivable is from a person who is an eligible contract participant that also is:
</P>
<P>(A) A bank or trust company regulated by a United States banking regulator;
</P>
<P>(B) A broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;
</P>
<P>(C) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commission and a member of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(D) A retail foreign exchange dealer registered with the Commission and a member of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(E) An entity regulated as a foreign equivalent of any of the persons listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(A) through (D) of this section, if such person is regulated in a money center country as defined in § 1.49 of this chapter and recognized by the futures commission merchant's or retail foreign exchange dealer's designated self-regulatory organization as a foreign equivalent;
</P>
<P>(F) Any other entity approved by the futures commission merchant's or retail foreign exchange dealer's designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(iv) The value attributed to any retail forex transaction that is an option shall be the difference between the option's exercise value or striking value and the market value of the underlying. In the case of a call, if the market value of the underlying is less than the exercise value or striking value of such call, it shall be given no value; and, in the case of a put, if the market value of the underlying is more than the exercise value or striking value of the put, it shall be given no value.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) In computing adjusted net capital, the capital deductions set forth in § 1.17(c)(5)(ii) of this chapter shall apply to retail forex transactions other than options. The capital deductions which apply are six percent for net positions in Euros, British pounds, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, or Swiss francs and 20 percent for net positions in all other foreign currencies, <I>Provided, however,</I> That there shall be no capital deductions for retail forex transactions covered (as defined in § 1.17(j) of this chapter) by the applicant or registrant by open futures contracts to the extent such futures contracts are not otherwise designated as cover for any other net capital purposes. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(v)(A), such retail forex transactions shall be treated as if they were inventory and cover were therefore applicable. A retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant may not use an affiliate (unless approved by the firm's designated self-regulatory organization) or any person that is considered unregulated under the rules of the firm's designated self-regulatory organization to cover its currency positions for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) In computing adjusted net capital, the capital deductions set forth in § 1.17(c)(5)(vi) of this chapter shall apply to all retail forex transactions that are options.
</P>
<P>(C) For the purpose of applying capital deductions on open proprietary futures positions under § 1.17(c)(5)(x) of this chapter, net or individual positions in retail forex transactions shall not constitute cover under § 1.17(j) for the purpose of applying such charges.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant or registrant must prepare, and keep current, ledgers or other similar records which show or summarize, with appropriate references to supporting documents, each transaction affecting the applicant's or registrant's asset, liability, income, expense and capital accounts, and in which (except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Commission) all the applicant's or registrant's asset, liability and capital accounts are classified into the account classification subdivisions specified on Form 1-FR-FCM. Each applicant or registrant shall prepare and keep current such records.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant or registrant must make and keep as a record in accordance with § 5.14 of this part formal computations of its adjusted net capital and of its minimum financial requirements pursuant to this section as of the close of business each month and on other such dates called for by the Commission, the National Futures Association, or another self-regulatory organization of which the firm is a member. Such computations must be completed and made available for inspection by any representative of the Commission, the National Futures Association, a self-regulatory organization of which the firm is a member, or the United States Department of Justice commencing the first month-end after the date the application for registration is filed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.8   Aggregate retail forex assets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each retail foreign exchange dealer and futures commission merchant offering or engaging in retail forex transactions shall calculate its total retail forex obligation and shall at all times hold assets solely of the type permissible under § 1.25 of this chapter equal to or in excess of the total retail forex obligation at one or more qualifying institutions in the United States or money center countries as defined in § 1.49 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) For assets held in the United States, a qualifying institution is:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank or trust company regulated by a United States banking regulator;
</P>
<P>(2) A broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; or
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commission and a member of the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(c) For assets held in a money center country, a qualifying institution is:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank or trust company regulated in a money center country, <I>Provided</I> that the bank or trust company has regulatory capital in excess of $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(2) An entity regulated in a money center country as an equivalent of a broker-dealer or futures commission merchant as determined by the retail foreign exchange dealer's or futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization, <I>Provided</I> that the entity maintains regulatory capital in excess of $100 million; or
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commission and a member of the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(d) Assets held in a money center country are not eligible to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section unless the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant has entered into an agreement that is acceptable to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization and that authorizes the qualifying institution to provide account information to the Commission and the firm's designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(e) In computing its adjusted net capital pursuant to § 5.7 of this part, a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant may not include aggregate retail forex assets as current assets or otherwise record any property received from retail forex customers as an asset without recording a corresponding liability to the retail forex customers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.9   Security deposits for retail forex transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant engaging, or offering to engage, in retail forex transactions and each retail foreign exchange dealer must collect from each retail forex customer a minimum security deposit for each retail forex transaction equal to the applicable percentage as set by the registered futures association of which they are a member; <I>Provided,</I> that the registered futures association's security deposit requirement cannot be less than:
</P>
<P>(1) 2% of the notional value of the retail forex transaction for major currency pairs and 5% of the notional value of the retail forex transaction for all other currency pairs;
</P>
<P>(2) For short options, 2% for major currency pairs and 5% for all other currency pairs of the notional value of the retail forex transaction, plus the premium received by the retail forex customer; or
</P>
<P>(3) For long options, the full premium charged and received by the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer from the retail forex customer.
</P>
<P>(b) Security deposits must be made in the form of cash or other financial instruments that comply with the requirements specified in § 1.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer is required to collect additional security deposits from a retail forex customer, or liquidate the retail forex customer's positions, if the amount of the retail forex customer's security deposits maintained with the futures commission merchant or retail foreign exchange dealer are not sufficient to meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) A major currency pair security deposit percentage is only applicable when both sides of a retail over-the-counter foreign exchange transaction involve major currencies.
</P>
<P>(e) Any registered futures association whose members serve as counterparties to retail forex transaction shall designate which currencies are “major currencies”, and shall review, no less frequently than annually, major currency designations and security deposit requirements, and shall adjust the designations and requirements as necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.10   Risk assessment recordkeeping requirements for retail foreign exchange dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to maintain and preserve information.</I> (1) Each retail foreign exchange dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)(ff) of the Act shall prepare, maintain and preserve the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) An organizational chart which includes the retail foreign exchange dealer and each of its affiliated persons. Included in the organizational chart shall be a designation of which affiliated persons are “Material Affiliated Persons” as that term is used in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, which Material Affiliated Persons file routine financial or risk exposure reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a federal banking agency, an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, or a foreign regulatory authority, and which Material Affiliated Persons are dealers in financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk and, if a Material Affiliated Person is such a dealer, whether it is also an end-user of such instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) Written policies, procedures, or systems concerning the retail foreign exchange dealer's:
</P>
<P>(A) Method(s) for monitoring and controlling financial and operational risks to it resulting from the activities of any of its affiliated persons;
</P>
<P>(B) Financing and capital adequacy, including information regarding sources of funding, together with a narrative discussion by management of the liquidity of the material assets of the retail foreign exchange dealer, the structure of debt capital, and sources of alternative funding;
</P>
<P>(C) Establishing and maintaining internal controls with respect to market risk, credit risk, and other risks created by the retail foreign exchange dealer's trading activities, including systems and policies for supervising, monitoring, reporting and reviewing trading activities in forex transactions, securities, futures contracts, commodity options, forward contracts and financial instruments; policies for hedging or managing risks created by trading activities or supervising accounts carried for affiliates, including a description of the types of reviews conducted to monitor positions; and policies relating to restrictions or limitations on trading activities: <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the retail foreign exchange dealer has no such written policies, procedures or systems, it must so state in writing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating balance sheets for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the retail foreign exchange dealer's organizational structure, which shall include the retail foreign exchange dealer and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated balance sheets shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating balance sheets may be those prepared by the retail foreign exchange dealer's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process. Any additional information required to be filed under § 5.11(a)(2)(iii) of this part shall also be maintained and preserved; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the retail foreign exchange dealer's organizational structure, which shall include the retail foreign exchange dealer and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated statements shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating statements may be those prepared by the retail foreign exchange dealer's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process. Any additional information required to be filed under § 5.11(a)(2)(iii) shall also be maintained and preserved.
</P>
<P>(2) The determination of whether an affiliated person of a retail foreign exchange dealer is a Material Affiliated Person shall involve consideration of all aspects of the activities of, and the relationship between, both entities, including without limitation, the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal relationship between the retail foreign exchange dealer and the affiliated person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The overall financing requirements of the retail foreign exchange dealer and the affiliated person, and the degree, if any, to which the retail foreign exchange dealer and the affiliated person are financially dependent on each other;
</P>
<P>(iii) The degree to which the retail foreign exchange dealer and the affiliated person directly or indirectly engage in over-the-counter transactions with each other;
</P>
<P>(iv) The degree, if any, to which the retail foreign exchange dealer or its customers rely on the affiliated person for operational support or services in connection with the retail foreign exchange dealer's business;
</P>
<P>(v) The level of market, credit or other risk present in the activities of the affiliated person; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The extent to which the affiliated person has the authority or the ability to cause a withdrawal of capital from the retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section and § 5.11 of this part, the term Material Affiliated Person does not include a natural person.
</P>
<P>(4) The information, reports and records required by this section shall be maintained and preserved, and made readily available for inspection, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (iii) and (iv) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if:
</P>
<P>(1) The Material Affiliated Person is required to maintain and preserve information pursuant to § 240.17h-1T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt, and the retail foreign exchange dealer maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the records and reports maintained and filed on Form 17-H (or such other forms or reports as may be required) by the Material Affiliated Person with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person (including a foreign banking organization) that is subject to examination by, or the reporting requirements of, a Federal banking agency, the retail foreign exchange dealer or such Material Affiliated Person maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of all reports submitted by such Material Associated Person to the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, the retail foreign exchange dealer or such Material Affiliated Person maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the annual statements with schedules and exhibits prepared by the Material Affiliated Person on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or by a state insurance commissioner.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of a Foreign Regulatory Authority.</I> A retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if such retail foreign exchange dealer maintains and makes available, or causes such Material Affiliated Person to make available, for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of any financial or risk exposure reports filed by such Material Affiliated Person with a foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The retail foreign exchange dealer agrees to use its best efforts to obtain from the Material Affiliated Person and to cause the Material Affiliated Person to provide, directly or through its foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, any supplemental information the Commission may request and there is no statute or other bar in the foreign jurisdiction that would preclude the retail foreign exchange dealer, the Material Affiliated Person, the foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority from providing such information to the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority with whom the Material Affiliated Person files such reports has entered into an information-sharing agreement with the Commission which is in effect as of the retail foreign exchange dealer's fiscal year-end and which will allow the Commission to obtain the type of information required herein.
</P>
<P>(2) The retail foreign exchange dealer shall maintain a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term “Foreign Futures Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(26) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt any retail foreign exchange dealer from any provision of this section if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provisions from which the exemption is sought. The Commission may grant the exemption subject to such terms and conditions as it may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Location of records.</I> A retail foreign exchange dealer required to maintain records concerning Material Affiliated Persons pursuant to this section may maintain those records either at the principal office of the Material Affiliated Person or at a records storage facility, provided that, except as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, the records are located within the boundaries of the United States and the records are kept and available for inspection in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter. If such records are maintained at a place other than the retail foreign exchange dealer's principal place of business, the Material Affiliated Person or other entity maintaining the records shall file with the Commission a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that the records will be treated as if the retail foreign exchange dealer were maintaining the records pursuant to this section and that the entity maintaining the records will permit examination of such records at any time, or from time to time during business hours, by representatives or designees of the Commission and promptly furnish the Commission representative or its designee true, correct, complete and current hard copy of all or any part of such records. The election to maintain records at the principal place of business of the Material Affiliated Person or at a records storage facility pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve the retail foreign exchange dealer required to maintain and preserve such records from any of its responsibilities under this section or § 5.11 of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a retail foreign exchange dealer concerning a Material Affiliated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer who is subject to the requirements of this section shall maintain and preserve the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section commencing 60 calendar days after registration becomes effective and the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section commencing 105 calendar days following the first fiscal year-end occurring after registration becomes effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 56106, Sept. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.11   Risk assessment reporting requirements for retail foreign exchange dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting requirements with respect to information required to be maintained by § 5.10 of this part.</I> (1) Each retail foreign exchange dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)(ff) of the Act shall file the following with the regional office of the Commission with which it files periodic financial reports within 60 calendar days after the effective date of such registration:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the organizational chart maintained by the retail foreign exchange dealer pursuant to § 5.10(a)(l)(i) of this part. Where there is a material change in information provided, an updated organizational chart shall be filed within sixty calendar days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which the change has occurred; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of the financial, operational, and risk management policies, procedures and systems maintained by the retail foreign exchange dealer pursuant to § 5.10(a)(l)(ii) of this part. If the retail foreign exchange dealer has no such written policies, procedures or systems, it must file a statement so indicating. Where there is a material change in information provided, such change shall be reported within sixty calendar days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which the change has occurred.
</P>
<P>(2) Each retail foreign exchange dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)(ff) of the Act shall file the following with the regional office with which it files periodic financial reports within 105 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year or, if a filing is made pursuant to a written notice issued under paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, within the time period specified in the written notice:
</P>
<P>(i) Fiscal year-end consolidated and consolidating balance sheets for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the retail foreign exchange dealer's organizational structure, which shall include the retail foreign exchange dealer and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated balance sheets shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which consolidated balance sheets shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating balance sheets may be those prepared by the retail foreign exchange dealer's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiscal year-end annual consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements for the highest level Material Affiliated Person within the retail foreign exchange dealer's organizational structure, which shall include the retail foreign exchange dealer and its other Material Affiliated Persons, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which consolidated statements shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant if an annual audit is performed in the ordinary course of business, but which otherwise may be unaudited, and which consolidated statements shall include appropriate explanatory notes. The consolidating statements may be those prepared by the retail foreign exchange dealer's highest level Material Affiliated Person as part of its internal financial reporting process; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon receiving written notice from any representative of the Commission and within the time period specified in the written notice, such additional information which the Commission determines is necessary for a complete understanding of a particular affiliate's financial impact on the retail foreign exchange dealer's organizational structure.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of this section, the term Material Affiliated Person shall have the meaning used in § 5.10 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) The reports required to be filed pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section shall be considered filed when received by the regional office of the Commission with whom the retail foreign exchange dealer files financial reports pursuant to § 5.12 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt any retail foreign exchange dealer from any provision of this section if it finds that the exemption is not contrary to the public interest and the purposes of the provisions from which the exemption is sought. The Commission may grant the exemption subject to such terms and conditions as it may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> (1) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person that is required to maintain and preserve information pursuant to § 240.17h-1T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt, the retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to such Material Affiliated Person if the retail foreign exchange dealer maintains and makes available for inspection by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the records and reports maintained and filed on Form 17-H (or such other forms or reports as may be required) by the Material Affiliated Person with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title, or such other risk assessment regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may adopt;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a Material Affiliated Person (including a foreign banking organization) that is subject to examination by, or the reporting requirements of, a Federal banking agency, the retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to such Material Affiliated Person if the retail foreign exchange dealer or such Material Affiliated Person maintains in accordance with § 5.10 of this part copies of all reports filed by the Material Affiliated Person with the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a retail foreign exchange dealer that has a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, such retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to the Material Affiliated Person if:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a Material Affiliated Person organized as a mutual insurance company or a non-public stock company, the retail foreign exchange dealer or such Material Affiliated Person maintains in accordance with § 5.14 of this part copies of the annual statements with schedules and exhibits prepared by the Material Affiliated Person on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or by a state insurance commissioner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a Material Affiliated Person organized as a public stock company, the retail foreign exchange dealer or such Material Affiliated Person maintains, in addition to the annual statements with schedules and exhibits required to be maintained pursuant to § 1.14 of this chapter, copies of the filings made by the Material Affiliated Person pursuant to sections 13 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(4) No retail foreign exchange dealer shall be required to furnish to the Commission any examination report of any Federal banking agency or any supervisory recommendations or analyses contained therein with respect to a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to the regulation of a Federal banking agency. All information received by the Commission pursuant to this section concerning a Material Affiliated Person that is subject to examination by or the reporting requirements of a Federal banking agency shall be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) The furnishing of any information or documents by a retail foreign exchange dealer pursuant to this section shall not constitute an admission for any purpose that a Material Affiliated Person is otherwise subject to the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Affiliated Persons subject to the supervision of a Foreign Regulatory Authority.</I> A retail foreign exchange dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to a Material Affiliated Person if such retail foreign exchange dealer furnishes, or causes such Material Affiliated Person to make available, in accordance with the provisions of this section, copies of any financial or risk exposure reports filed by such Material Affiliated Person with a foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The retail foreign exchange dealer agrees to use its best efforts to obtain from the Material Affiliated Person and to cause the Material Affiliated Person to provide, directly or through its foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority, any supplemental information the Commission may request and there is no statute or other bar in the foreign jurisdiction that would preclude the retail foreign exchange dealer, the Material Affiliated Person, the foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority from providing such information to the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign futures authority or other foreign regulatory authority with whom the Material Affiliated Person files such reports has entered into an information sharing agreement with the Commission which is in effect as of the retail foreign exchange dealer's fiscal year-end and which will allow the Commission to obtain the type of information required herein. The retail foreign exchange dealer shall file a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term “Foreign Futures Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(26) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a retail foreign exchange dealer concerning a Material Associated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 8 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer who is subject to the requirements of this section shall file the information required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 60 calendar days after registration is granted, and the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section within 105 calendar days after registration is granted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 56106, Sept. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.12   Financial reports of retail foreign exchange dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each person who files an application for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer with the National Futures Association shall submit, concurrently with the filing of such application, either:
</P>
<P>(i) A Form 1-FR-FCM certified by an independent public accountant as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such report is filed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A Form 1-FR-FCM as of a date not more than 17 business days prior to the date on which such report is filed and a Form 1-FR-FCM certified by an independent public accountant as of a date not more than one year prior to the date on which such report is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such person must include with such financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose.
</P>
<P>(3) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section do not apply to any person succeeding to and continuing the business of another retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each person registered as a retail foreign exchange dealer must file a Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of business each month. Each Form 1-FR must be filed no later than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the monthly financial reports required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, each person registered as a retail foreign exchange dealer must file a Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of its fiscal year, which must be certified by an independent public accountant and must be filed no later than 90 days after the close of the retail foreign exchange dealer's fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) A Form 1-FR-FCM required to be certified by an independent public accountant which is filed by a retail foreign exchange dealer must be filed in paper form and may not be filed electronically with the Commission. A Form 1-FR-FCM required to be certified by an independent public accountant which is filed by an applicant for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer with the National Futures Association must be filed electronically in accordance with electronic filing procedures established by the National Futures Association, however a paper copy of any such filing with the original manually signed certification must be maintained by the applicant for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Form 1-FR-FCM required by the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(2) of this section to be certified by an independent public accountant must be certified in accordance with § 1.16 of this chapter, and must be accompanied by the accountant's report on material inadequacies in accordance with the provisions of § 1.16(c)(5) of this chapter. In all other respects, the independent public accountant shall act in accordance with the provisions of § 1.16 (except paragraph (f)) of this chapter: Provided, however, that the term “§ 5.7” shall be substituted for the term “§ 1.17,” and the term “retail foreign exchange dealer” shall be substituted for the term “futures commission merchant.”
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receiving written notice from any representative of the Commission, National Futures Association, or any self-regulatory organization of which the firm is a member, a retail foreign exchange dealer or applicant for such registration, must, monthly or at such times as specified, furnish the Commission, National Futures Association, or self-regulatory organization a Form 1-FR-FCM or such other financial information requested in the written notice. Each such Form 1-FR-FCM or such other information must be furnished within the time period specified in the written notice, and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Each Form 1-FR-FCM filed pursuant to this § 5.12 which is not required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of income (loss) for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of changes in ownership equity for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(v) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 5.7 of this part as of the date for which the report is made; and
</P>
<P>(vi) In addition to the information expressly required, such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements and schedules not misleading.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Form 1-FR-FCM filed pursuant to this § 5.12 which is required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in ownership equity, and changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors, for the period between the date of the most recent certified statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made: Provided, That for an applicant filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section the period must be the year ending as of the date of the statement of financial condition;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 5.7 of this part as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(iv) Appropriate footnote disclosures;
</P>
<P>(v) A reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, of the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 5.7 of this part, in the certified Form 1-FR-FCM with the applicant's or registrant's corresponding uncertified most recent Form 1-FR-FCM filing when material differences exist or, if no material differences exist, a statement so indicating; and
</P>
<P>(vi) In addition to the information expressly required, such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading.
</P>
<P>(3) The statements required by paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section may be presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the certified reports filed as of the close of the registrant's fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section or accompanying the application for registration pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, rather than in the format specifically prescribed by these regulations: Provided, the statement of financial condition is presented in a format as consistent as possible with the Form 1-FR-FCM and a reconciliation is provided reconciling such statement of financial condition to the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 5.7 of this part. Such reconciliation must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Attached to each Form 1-FR-FCM filed pursuant to this section must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained in the Form 1-FR-FCM is true and correct. The individual making such oath or affirmation must be: If the registrant or applicant is a sole proprietorship, the proprietor; if a partnership, any general partner; if a corporation, the chief executive officer or chief financial officer; and, if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Election of fiscal year.</I> (1) An applicant wishing to establish a fiscal year other than the calendar year may do so by notifying the National Futures Association of its election of such fiscal year, in writing, concurrently with the filing of the Form 1-FR-FCM pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but in no event may such fiscal year end more than one year from the date of the Form 1-FR-FCM filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section. An applicant that does not so notify the National Futures Association will be deemed to have elected the calendar year as its fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A registrant must continue to use its elected fiscal year, calendar or otherwise, unless a change in such fiscal year has been approved pursuant to this paragraph (f)(2).
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant may file with its designated self-regulatory organization an application to change its fiscal year, a copy of which the registrant must file with the Commission. The application shall be approved or denied in writing by the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization. The registrant must file immediately with the Commission a copy of any notice it receives from its designated self-regulatory organization to approve or deny the registrant's application to change its fiscal year. A written notice of approval shall become effective upon the filing by the registrant of a copy with the Commission, and a written notice of denial shall be effective as of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(g) In the event a retail foreign exchange dealer or applicant for registration as a retail foreign exchange dealer finds that it cannot file its Form 1-FR-FCM for any period within the time specified in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may request approval for an extension of time by filing an application for an extension of time with, in the case of a registrant, its designated self-regulatory organization, or, in the case of an applicant, the National Futures Association. The registrant or applicant also must file a copy of its application for an extension of time with the Commission. The application shall be approved or denied in writing by the National Futures Association or designated self-regulatory organization, as applicable. The registrant or applicant must file immediately with the Commission a copy of any notice it receives approving or denying the request for extension of time. A written notice of approval shall become effective upon the filing by the registrant or applicant of a copy with the Commission, and a written notice of denial shall be effective as of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Public availability of reports.</I> (1) Forms 1-FR-FCM filed pursuant to this section will be treated as exempt from mandatory public disclosure for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act and the Government in the Sunshine Act and parts 145 and 147 of this chapter, except for the information described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The following information in Forms 1-FR-FCM will be publicly available:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of the applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital; the amount of its minimum net capital requirement under § 5.7 of this chapter; the amount of its adjusted net capital in excess of its minimum net capital requirement; and the amount of the retail forex obligation owed to its retail forex customers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Statement of Financial Condition and the opinion of the independent public accountant in the certified annual financial reports of retail foreign exchange dealers.
</P>
<P>(3) All information that is exempt from mandatory public disclosure under paragraph (h)(1) of this section will, however, be available for official use by any official or employee of the United States or any State, by the National Futures Association or any other self-regulatory organization of which the person filing such report is a member, and by any other person to whom the Commission believes disclosure of such information is in the public interest. Nothing in this paragraph (h) will limit the authority of any self-regulatory organization to request or receive any information relative to its members' financial condition.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) In the case of an applicant, all filings or other notices provided for in this section will be considered filed when received by the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the applicant's principal place of business is located and by the National Futures Association. In the case of a registrant, all filings or other notices provided for in this section will be considered filed when received by the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located and by the registrant's designated self-regulatory organization. Any copy that under paragraph (f)(2) or (g) of this section is required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state in which the registrant's principal place of business is located.
</P>
<P>(2) All filings or other notices filed pursuant to this section which need not be certified in accordance with § 1.16 may be submitted to the Commission in electronic form using a a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission, if the retail foreign exchange dealer or a designated self-regulatory organization has provided the Commission with the means necessary to read and to process the information contained in such report. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant or applicant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. In the case of a Form 1-FR filed via electronic transmission in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, such transmission must be accompanied by the user authentication assigned to the authorized signer under such procedures, and the use of such user authentication will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer for the purpose of making the oath or affirmation referred to in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.13   Reporting to customers of retail foreign exchange dealers and futures commission merchants; monthly and confirmation statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Monthly statements.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant must promptly furnish in writing to each retail forex customer, as of the close of the last business day of each month or as of any regular monthly date selected, except for accounts in which there are neither open positions at the end of the statement period nor any changes to the account balance since the prior statement period, but in any event not less frequently than once every three months, a statement which clearly shows:
</P>
<P>(1) For each retail forex customer:
</P>
<P>(i) The open retail forex transactions with prices at which acquired;
</P>
<P>(ii) The net unrealized profits or losses in all open retail forex transactions marked to the market; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any money, securities or other property carried with the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A detailed accounting of all financial charges and credits to such retail forex accounts during the monthly reporting period, including money, securities or property received from or disbursed to such customer and realized profits and losses; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each retail forex customer engaging in forex options transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) All forex options purchased, sold, exercised, or expired during the monthly reporting period, identified by underlying retail forex transaction or underlying currency, strike price, transaction date, and expiration date;
</P>
<P>(ii) The open forex option positions carried for such customer as of the end of the monthly reporting period, identified by underlying retail forex transaction or underlying currency, strike price, transaction date, and expiration date;
</P>
<P>(iii) All open forex option positions marked to the market and the amount each position is in the money, if any;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any money, securities or other property carried with the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(v) A detailed accounting of all financial charges and credits to such retail forex account(s) during the monthly reporting period, including money, securities and property received from or disbursed to such customer, premiums charged and received, and realized profits and losses.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confirmation statement.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant must, not later than the next business day after any retail forex or forex option transaction, furnish:
</P>
<P>(1) To each retail forex customer, a written confirmation of each retail forex transaction caused to be executed by it for the customer, including offsetting transactions executed during the same business day and the rollover of an open retail forex transaction to the next business day.
</P>
<P>(2) To each retail forex customer engaging in forex option transactions, a written confirmation of each forex option transaction, containing at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The retail forex customer's account identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) A separate listing of the actual amount of the premium, as well as each mark-up thereon, if applicable, and all other commissions, costs, fees and other charges incurred in connection with the forex option transaction;
</P>
<P>(iii) The strike price;
</P>
<P>(iv) The underlying retail forex transaction or underlying currency;
</P>
<P>(v) The final exercise date of the forex option purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The date the forex option transaction was executed.
</P>
<P>(3) To each retail forex customer engaging in forex option transactions, upon the expiration or exercise of any forex option, a written confirmation statement thereof, which statement shall include the date of such occurrence, a description of the forex option involved, and, in the case of exercise, the details of the retail forex or physical currency position which resulted therefrom including, if applicable, the final trading date of the retail forex transaction underlying the option.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, a retail forex transaction or forex option transaction that is caused to be executed for a pooled investment vehicle that engages in retail forex transactions need be confirmed only to the operator of such pooled investment vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Controlled accounts.</I> With respect to any account controlled by any person other than the retail forex customer or forex option customer for whom such account is carried, each retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant shall promptly furnish in writing to such other person the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant shall retain, in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, a copy of each monthly statement and confirmation required by this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Introduced accounts.</I> Each statement provided pursuant to the provisions of this section must, if applicable, show that the account for which the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant is providing the statement was introduced by an introducing broker and the names of the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant and introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic transmission of statements.</I> (1) The statements required by this section may be furnished to a retail forex customer by means of electronic media if the retail forex customer so consents, <I>Provided, however,</I> that a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant must, prior to the transmission of any statement by means of electronic media, disclose the electronic medium or source through which statements will be delivered, the duration, whether indefinite or not, of the period during which consent will be effective, any charges for such service, the information that will be delivered by such means, and that consent to electronic delivery may be revoked at any time, and provided, further, that a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant must obtain the retail forex customer's signed consent acknowledging such disclosure prior to the transmission of any statement by means of electronic media.
</P>
<P>(2) Any statement required to be furnished to a person other than a retail forex customer in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section may be furnished by electronic media.
</P>
<P>(3) A retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant who furnishes statements to a retail forex customer by means of electronic media must retain a daily confirmation statement for such retail forex customer as of the end of the trading session, reflecting all transactions made during that session for the customer, in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Combination with other statements.</I> Any futures commission merchant required to deliver statements to retail forex customers in accordance with § 1.33 of this chapter may combine into one monthly statement or confirmation statement, as the case may be, the information required by this section and the information required by § 1.33, provided that retail forex account information is separately identified from any other trading or account activity of the retail forex customer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.14   Records to be kept by retail foreign exchange dealers and futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person shall be registered as a retail foreign exchange dealer under the Act unless, commencing on the date his application for such registration is filed, he prepares and keeps current ledgers or other similar records which show or summarize, with appropriate references to supporting documents, each transaction affecting his asset, liability, income, expense and capital accounts, and in which (except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Commission) all his asset, liability and capital accounts are classified into either the account classification subdivisions specified on Form 1-FR-FCM or categories that are in accord with generally accepted accounting principles as applicable. Each person so registered shall prepare and keep current such records.
</P>
<P>(b) Each applicant or registrant must make and keep as a record in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter formal computations of its adjusted net capital and of its minimum financial requirements pursuant to § 1.17 or § 5.7 of this chapter, or the requirements of the designated self-regulatory organization to which it is subject, as applicable, as of the close of business each month. Such computations must be completed and made available for inspection by any representative of the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or of the Commission or designated self-regulatory organization, if any, in the case of a registrant, within 17 business days after the date for which the computations are made, commencing the first month end after the date the application for registration is filed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.15   Unlawful representations.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person registered pursuant to the requirements of this part to represent or imply in any manner whatsoever that such person has been sponsored, recommended or approved, or that its abilities or qualifications have been reviewed or evaluated, by the Commission, the Federal government or any agency thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.16   Prohibition of guarantees against loss.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker may in any way represent that it will, with respect to any retail foreign exchange transaction in any account carried by a retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant for or on behalf of any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Guarantee such person against loss;
</P>
<P>(2) Limit the loss of such person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Not call for or attempt to collect security deposits, margin, or other deposits as established for retail forex customers.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may in any way represent that a retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker will engage in any of the acts or practices described in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not be construed to prevent a retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker from assuming or sharing in the losses resulting from an error or mishandling of an order.
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not affect any guarantee entered into prior to October 18, 2010, but this section shall apply to any extension, modification or renewal thereof entered into after such date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.17   Authorization to trade.</HEAD>
<P>No retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, introducing broker or any of their associated persons may directly or indirectly effect a retail forex transaction for the account of any customer unless before the transaction the customer, or person designated by the customer to control the account specifically authorized the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, introducing broker or any of their associated persons to effect the transaction. A transaction is “specifically authorized” if the customer or person designated by the customer to control the account specifies:
</P>
<P>(a) The precise retail forex transaction to be effected;
</P>
<P>(b) The exact amount of the foreign currency to be purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of an option, the identity of the foreign currency or contract that underlies the option.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.18   Trading and operational standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>retail forex counterparty</I> includes, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) A retail foreign exchange dealer as defined in § 5.1 of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) A futures commission merchant as defined in section 1a(28) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An affiliated person of a futures commission merchant as defined in § 5.1 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>related person</I> when used in reference to a retail forex counterparty means any general partner, officer, director, owner of more than ten percent of the equity interest, associated person or employee of the retail forex counterparty, and any relative or spouse of any of the foregoing persons, or any relative of such spouse, who shares the same home as any of the foregoing persons.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to engaging in a retail forex transaction, each retail forex counterparty shall, at a minimum, establish and enforce internal rules, procedures and controls to:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure, to the extent possible, that each order received from a retail forex customer which order is executable at or near the price that the retail forex counterparty has quoted to the customer is entered for execution before any order in any retail forex transaction for any proprietary account, any other account in which a related person of the retail forex counterparty has an interest, or any account for which such a related person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner (if such related person has gained knowledge of the retail forex customer's order prior to the transmission of an order for a proprietary account), an account in which such a related person has an interest, or an account in which such a related person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner; and
</P>
<P>(2) Prevent related persons of forex counterparties from placing orders, directly or indirectly, with another person in a manner designed to circumvent the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Fairly and objectively establish settlement prices for retail forex transactions; and
</P>
<P>(4) Record and maintain essential information regarding customer orders and account activity, and to provide such information to customers upon request. Such information shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Transaction records for the customer's account, including:
</P>
<P>(A) The date and time each order is received by the retail forex counterparty;
</P>
<P>(B) The price at which each order is placed, or, in the case of an option, the premium paid
</P>
<P>(C) If the transaction was entered into by means of a trading platform, the price quoted on the trading platform when the order was placed, or, in the case of an option, the premium quoted;
</P>
<P>(D) The customer account identification information;
</P>
<P>(E) The currency pair;
</P>
<P>(F) The size of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(G) Whether the order was a buy or sell order;
</P>
<P>(H) The type of order, if the order was not a market order;
</P>
<P>(I) If a trading platform is used, the date and time the order is transmitted to the trading platform;
</P>
<P>(J) If a trading platform is used, the date and time the order is executed;
</P>
<P>(K) The size and price at which the order is executed, or in the case of an option, the amount of the premium paid for each option purchased, or the amount credited for each option sold; and
</P>
<P>(L) For options, whether the option is a put or call, the strike price, and expiration date.
</P>
<P>(ii) Account records that contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The funds in the account, net of any commissions and fees;
</P>
<P>(B) The net profits and losses on open trades; and
</P>
<P>(C) The funds in the account plus or minus the net profits and losses on open trades. (In the case of open option positions, the account balance should be adjusted for the net option value);
</P>
<P>(iii) If a trading platform is used, daily logs showing each price change on the platform, the time of the change to the nearest second, and the trading volume at that time and price; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any method or algorithm used to determine the bid or asked price for any retail forex transaction or the prices at which customer orders are executed, including, but not limited to, any markups, fees, commissions or other items which affect the profitability or risk of loss of a retail forex customer's transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) No retail forex counterparty shall disclose that an order of another person is being held by the retail forex counterparty, unless such disclosure is necessary to the effective execution of such order or is made at the request of an authorized representative of the Commission, or a futures association registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) No retail forex counterparty shall knowingly handle the account of any related person of another retail forex counterparty unless it:
</P>
<P>(1) Receives written authorization from a person designated by such other retail forex counterparty with responsibility for the surveillance over such account pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Prepares immediately upon receipt of an order for such account a written record of such order, including the account identification and order number, and records thereon to the nearest minute, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time the order is received; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmits on a regular basis to such other retail forex counterparty copies of all statements for such account and of all written records prepared upon the receipt of orders for such account pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) No related person of a retail forex counterparty shall have an account, directly or indirectly, with another retail forex counterparty unless:
</P>
<P>(1) It receives written authorization to maintain such an account from a person designated by the retail forex counterparty of which it is a related person with responsibility for the surveillance over such account pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all statements for such account and of all written records prepared by such other retail forex counterparty upon receipt of orders for such account pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section are transmitted on a regular basis to the retail forex counterparty of which it is a related person.
</P>
<P>(f) No retail forex counterparty shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Enter into a retail forex transaction, to be executed pursuant to a market or limit order at a price that is not at or near the price at which other retail forex customers, during that same time period, have executed retail forex transactions with the retail forex counterparty; <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (f)(1) shall not prohibit such practice if done in accordance with the rules of a registered futures association, and of which such retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or affiliated person of a futures commission merchant is a member;
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust or alter prices for a retail forex transaction after the transaction has been confirmed to the retail forex customer; <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (f)(2) shall not prohibit such practice if in accordance with the rules of a registered futures association, and of which such retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or affiliated person of a futures commission merchant is a member;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Provide a retail forex customer a new bid price for a retail forex transaction that is higher than its previous bid without providing a new asked price that is also higher than its previous asked price by a similar amount;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a retail forex customer a new bid price for a retail forex transaction that is lower than its previous bid without providing a new asked price that is also lower than its previous asked price by a similar amount; or
</P>
<P>(4) Establish a new position for a retail forex customer (except one that offsets an existing position for that retail forex customer) where the retail forex counterparty holds outstanding orders of other retail forex customers for the same currency pair at a comparable price.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Each retail forex counterparty and each CPO, CTA and IB subject to this part 5 shall maintain a record of all communications received by such person concerning facts giving rise to possible violations of the Act, rules, regulations or orders thereunder, related to their retail forex business. The record shall contain the name of the complainant, if provided, the date of the communication, the agreement, contract or transaction, the substance of the communication, and the name of the person who received the communication.
</P>
<P>(2) Each retail forex counterparty and each CPO, CTA and IB subject to this part 5 shall provide to the Division of Enforcement of the Commission, electronically, a copy of the record of each communication received pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section. Such copy shall be provided to the Division of Enforcement of the Commission no later than 30 calendar days after the communication is received: <I>Provided, however,</I> that in the case of a communication concerning facts giving rise to possible fraud under the Act or Commission regulations, such copy shall be provided to the Division of Enforcement of the Commission within three business days after the communication is received.
</P>
<P>(h) An introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this part, applicant for registration as an introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this part, or person succeeding to and continuing the business of another introducing broker as defined in § 5.1(f)(1) of this part must comply with all provisions applicable to an introducing broker under this chapter; <I>Provided, however,</I> that an introducing broker operating pursuant to, or an applicant for registration as an introducing broker who has filed concurrently with its application for registration, a guarantee agreement meeting the requirements of § 1.10(j) of this chapter is not subject to the minimum capital and related financial reporting requirements of §§ 1.10, 1.12 and 1.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) Each retail forex counterparty shall prepare and maintain on a quarterly basis (calendar quarter) a calculation of the percentage of nondiscretionary retail forex customer accounts open for any period of time during the quarter that were profitable, and the percentage of such accounts that were not profitable. In calculating whether a retail forex account was profitable or not profitable during the quarter, the FCM or RFED must compute the realized and unrealized gains and/or losses on all retail forex transactions carried in the retail forex account at any time during the quarter, and subtract all fees, commissions, and any other charges posted to the retail forex account during the quarter, and add any interest income and other income or rebates credited to the retail forex account during the quarter. All deposits and/or withdrawals of funds made by a retail forex customer during the quarter must be excluded from the computation of whether the retail forex account was profitable or not profitable during the quarter. Computations that result in a zero or negative number shall be considered a retail forex account that was not profitable. Computations that result in a positive number shall be considered a retail forex account that was profitable. RFEDs and FCMs shall maintain such calculations along with data supporting such calculations for five years in accordance with § 1.31.
</P>
<P>(2) In calculating its percentages of nondiscretionary retail forex customer accounts that were profitable or not profitable, the retail forex counterparty may only use those retail forex accounts, as defined in § 5.1(i) of this part, that are nondiscretionary accounts; provided, that the retail forex account is not a proprietary account, as defined in paragraph (i)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Proprietary account for this section means a retail forex account carried on the books of a retail foreign exchange dealer or a futures commission merchant for one of the following persons, or of which ten percent or more is owned by one of the following persons, or of which an aggregate of ten percent or more of which is owned by more than one of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) Such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant itself;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant is a partnership, a general partner in such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant is a limited partnership, a limited or special partner in such partnership whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the partnership business or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of retail forex transactions of such partnership,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to retail forex transactions, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant is a corporation or association, an officer, director or owner of ten percent or more of the capital stock, of such organization;
</P>
<P>(v) An employee of such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the business of such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of retail forex transactions of such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to retail forex transactions of such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(vi) A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of any of the foregoing persons;
</P>
<P>(vii) A business affiliate that directly or indirectly controls such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant; or
</P>
<P>(viii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly is controlled by or is under common control with, such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(j) Each retail forex counterparty shall designate one or more principals to serve as a chief compliance officer(s). The chief compliance officer(s) shall certify to the Commission and a registered national futures association annually that the retail forex counterparty has in place processes to establish, maintain, review, modify and test policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Act, rules, regulations and orders thereunder. The certification shall include a statement that the counterparty has in place compliance processes, and that the chief compliance officer(s) has apprised the chief executive officer of the compliance efforts to date and identify and address significant compliance problems and plans to address those problems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 56106, Sept. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.19   Pending legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant and each CPO, CTA or IB subject to this part 5 shall submit to the Commission copies of any dispositive or partially dispositive decision for which a notice of appeal has been filed, the notice of appeal and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding to which the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, CPO, CTA or IB is a party or to which its property or assets is subject with respect to retail forex transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) Every retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant and each CPO, CTA or IB subject to this part 5 shall submit to the Commission copies of any dispositive or partially dispositive decision concerning which a notice of appeal has been filed, the notice of appeal, and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding instituted against any person who is a principal of the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant CPO, CTA or IB (as the term “principal” is defined in § 3.1(a) of this chapter) arising from conduct in such person's capacity as a principal of the retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, CPO, CTA or IB and alleging violations, with regard to retail forex transactions, of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Act or any rule, regulation, or order thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(2) Provisions of state law relating to a duty or obligation owed by such a principal.
</P>
<P>(c) All documents required by this section to be submitted to the Commission shall be mailed via first-class or submitted by other more expeditious means to the Commission's headquarters office in Washington, DC, Attention: Director, Division of Enforcement. All documents required by this section to be submitted to the Commission as to matters pending on October 18, 2010 shall be mailed to the Commission within 45 days of that effective date. Thereafter, all decisions and notices of appeal required to be submitted by retail foreign exchange dealers, futures commission merchants, CPOs, CTAs or IBs shall be mailed within 10 days of the filing or receipt by the retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant of the relevant notice of appeal. For purposes of paragraph (a) and (b) of this section, a “material legal proceeding” includes but is not limited to actions involving alleged violations of the Commodity Exchange Act or the Commission's regulations. However, a legal proceeding is not “material” for the purposes of this rule if the proceeding is not in a federal or state court or if the Commission is a party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.20   Special calls for account and transaction information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preparation and transmission of information upon special call.</I> All information required upon special call shall be prepared in such form and manner and in accordance with such instructions, and shall be transmitted at such time and to such office of the Commission, as may be specified in the call.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special calls for information on controlled accounts from retail foreign exchange dealers, futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</I> Upon call by the Commission, each retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant and introducing broker shall file with the Commission the names and addresses of all persons who, by power of attorney or otherwise, exercise trading control over any customer's account in retail forex transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special calls for information on open transactions in accounts carried or introduced by retail foreign exchange dealers, futures commission merchants, and introducing brokers.</I> Upon special call by the Commission for information relating to retail forex transactions held or introduced on the dates specified in the call, each retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant, or introducing broker shall furnish to the Commission the following information concerning accounts of traders owning or controlling such retail forex transaction positions, as may be specified in the call:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the person for whom each account is carried;
</P>
<P>(2) The principal business or occupation of the person for whom each account is introduced or carried, as specified in the call;
</P>
<P>(3) The name, address and principal business or occupation of any person who controls the trading of each account;
</P>
<P>(4) The name and address of any person having a financial interest of ten percent or more in each account;
</P>
<P>(5) The number of open retail forex transaction positions introduced or carried in each account, as specified in the call; and
</P>
<P>(6) The total number of retail forex transactions against which delivery has been made.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delegation of authority to the Market Participants Division and the Director of the Division of Enforcement.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Market Participants Division and the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or to the respective Director's designees, the authority set forth in this section to make special calls for information on controlled accounts from retail foreign exchange dealers, futures commission merchants and from introducing brokers, and to make special calls for information on open contracts in accounts carried or introduced by futures commission merchants, introducing brokers, and foreign brokers. Either Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated pursuant to this section. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section to the Directors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 82 FR 28767, June 26, 2017; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.21   Supervision.</HEAD>
<P>Each Commission registrant subject to this part 5, except an associated person who has no supervisory duties, must diligently supervise the handling by its partners, officers, employees and agents (or persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) of all retail forex accounts carried, operated, advised or introduced by the registrant and all other activities of its partners, officers, employees and agents (or persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) relating to its business as a Commission registrant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.22   Registered futures association membership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person registered as a retail foreign exchange dealer must become and remain a member of at least one futures association that is registered under section 17 of the Act and that provides for the membership therein of such retail foreign exchange dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person required to register as:
</P>
<P>(1) An introducing broker, because the person solicits or accepts orders for retail forex transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) A commodity pool operator because the person operates, or solicits funds, securities, or property for, a pooled investment vehicle that engages in retail forex transactions; or
</P>
<P>(3) A commodity trading advisor because the person exercises discretionary trading authority, or obtains written authorization to exercise discretionary trading authority over, an account in connection with retail forex transactions, must become and remain a member of at least one futures association that is registered under section 17 of the Act and that provides for the membership therein of such person.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.23   Notice of bulk transfers and bulk liquidations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice and disclosure to retail forex customers of a bulk transfer.</I> (1) A retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker must obtain the written prior and specific consent of its retail forex customer to the assignment of any position or transfer of any account of the retail forex customer to another retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker, unless made at the retail forex customer's request.
</P>
<P>(2) Absent a request of the retail forex customer or the consent described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, assignments of positions and transfers of accounts of retail forex customers may be permitted under rules of the retail forex dealer's, futures commission merchant's, or introducing broker's designated self-regulatory organization that establish notice and other requirements with respect to the assignment of positions and transfers of accounts of retail forex customers. If such rules permit implied consent as a result of the failure of the retail forex customer to object after having received notice of the proposed assignment or transfer, such rules must provide that the notice must include a statement that the retail forex customer is not required to accept the proposed assignment or transfer and may direct the transferor firm to liquidate the positions of the retail forex customer or transfer the account to a firm of the retail forex customer's selection.
</P>
<P>(3) For assignments and transfers made under this section, other than at the retail forex customer's request, the transferee retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker must provide to the retail forex customer the risk disclosure statements and forms of acknowledgment required by part 5 of this chapter and receive the required signed acknowledgments within sixty days of such assignments or transfers. This requirement shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If the transferee retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker has clear written evidence that the retail forex customer has received and acknowledged receipt of the required disclosure statements; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the transfer of accounts is made from one introducing broker to another introducing broker guaranteed by the same retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant pursuant to a guarantee agreement in accordance with the requirements of § 1.10(j) of this chapter and such retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant maintains the relevant acknowledgments required by part 5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to the Commission.</I> Each retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker shall file with the Commission prior notice of any transfer of accounts of any retail forex customer that is not initiated at the request of the customer, where the transfer involves 50 percent or more of the transferor's total number of retail forex customer accounts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of notice to the Commission.</I> The notice required by paragraph (b) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, principal business address and telephone number of the transferor futures retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, principal business address and telephone number of each transferee retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(3) The designated self-regulatory organization for the transferor and transferee firms;
</P>
<P>(4) A brief statement as to the reasons for the transfer;
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of any notices to customers regarding the transfers; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the number of accounts to be transferred.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of the bulk liquidation of retail forex transactions.</I> A retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant may not initiate the bulk liquidation of properly margined retail forex transactions unless such liquidation complies with the rules and procedures of the retail forex dealer's or futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization and the retail forex dealer or futures commission merchant provides the Commission with prior written notice of the liquidation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Contents of notice of bulk liquidation.</I> The notice required by paragraph (d) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, principal business address and telephone number of the initiating retail foreign exchange dealer or futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) A brief statement of the reasons for the liquidation;
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of any notices to customers regarding the liquidation; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the number of accounts to be liquidated.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing of notices.</I> The notice required by paragraph (b) and (d) of this section shall be filed five business days prior to the transfer or liquidation of the retail forex transaction with the Deputy Director, Registration and Compliance Branch, Market Participants Division, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters; the National Futures Association Attn: Vice President-Compliance; and the designated self-regulatory organization for the transferor firm.


</P>
<P>(g) <I>No effect on other obligations.</I> The requirements of this section shall not affect the obligations of a retail foreign exchange dealer, futures commission merchant or introducing broker under the rules of a self-regulatory organization or applicable customer account agreement with respect to assignments of positions or transfers of accounts or liquidation of positions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Corrective notice.</I> If a proposed transfer is not completed in accordance with the notice required to be filed by paragraph (b) of this section, a corrective notice shall be filed within five business days of the date such proposed transfer was to occur explaining why the proposed transfer was not completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55432, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.24   Applicability of other parts of this chapter</HEAD>
<P>Insofar as it is consistent with the requirements of this part, all other provisions of this chapter that apply to a person shall apply to such person as though such provisions were expressly set forth in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.5.0.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.25   Applicability of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specified in this part and unless the context otherwise requires, the provisions of Sections 4b, 4c(b), 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 4o, 6(c)-(e), 6b, 6c, 8(a)-(e), 8a and 12(f) of the Act shall apply to retail forex transactions that are subject to the requirements of this part as though such provisions were set forth herein and included specific references to retail forex transactions and the persons defined in § 5.1 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 7—REGISTERED ENTITY RULES ALTERED OR SUPPLEMENTED BY THE COMMISSION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c) and 12a(7), as amended by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.6.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.1   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth registered entity rules altered or supplemented by the Commission pursuant to section 8a(7) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts B-C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 8 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 9—RULES RELATING TO REVIEW OF EXCHANGE DISCIPLINARY, ACCESS DENIAL OR OTHER ADVERSE ACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6b-1, 6c, 7, 7a-2, 7b-3, 8, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 12c, 13b, 16a, 18, 19, and 21.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.1   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Matters included.</I> This part governs the review by the Commission, pursuant to section 8c of the Act, as amended, of any suspension, expulsion, disciplinary or access denial action, or other adverse action by an exchange.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Matters excluded.</I> This part does not apply to and the Commission will not accept notices of appeal, or petitions for stay pending review, of:
</P>
<P>(1) Any arbitration proceeding, regardless of whether the proceeding involved a controversy between members of an exchange;
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in §§ 9.11(a), (b)(3)(i) through (v), and (c), and 9.12(a) and 9.13 (concerning the notice, effective date and publication of a disciplinary or access denial action), any summary action permitted under the provisions of part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(13) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(6) of this chapter imposing a minor penalty for the violation of exchange rules relating to decorum or attire, or relating to the timely submission of accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions or other similar activities; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any exchange action arising from a claim, grievance, or dispute involving cash market transactions which are not a part of, or directly connected with, any transaction for the purchase, sale, delivery or exercise of a commodity for future delivery, a commodity option, or a swap.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission will, upon its own motion or upon motion filed pursuant to § 9.21(b), promptly notify the appellant and the exchange that it will not accept the notice of appeal or petition for stay of matters specified in this paragraph. The determination to decline to accept a notice of appeal will be without prejudice to the appellant's right to seek alternate forms of relief that may be available in any other forum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability of these part 9 rules.</I> Unless otherwise ordered, these rules will apply in their entirety to all appeals, and matters relating thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 5701, Feb. 8, 1994; 83 FR 1546, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Access denial action</I> means any proceeding other than a disciplinary action by an exchange that denies or limits the privileges of membership, but excludes any exchange action that solely limits the ability of a member of an exchange to participate in the internal corporate affairs of the exchange.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disciplinary action</I> means any suspension, expulsion or other penalty imposed on a person by an exchange for violations of rules of the exchange, including summary actions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exchange</I> means a swap execution facility or any board of trade which has been designated as a contract market.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exchange proceeding</I> means any formal or informal proceeding by an exchange which results in a disciplinary action, access denial action or other adverse action.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Mail</I> means properly addressed and postpaid first class mail, and includes overnight delivery service.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Member of an exchange</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who is admitted to membership or has been granted membership privileges on an exchange; any employee, officer, partner, director or affiliate of such member or person with membership privileges including any associated person; and any other person under the supervision or control of such member or person with membership privileges; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who has trading privileges on an exchange.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Other adverse action</I> and <I>adverse action</I> include any exchange action, other than an access denial action or disciplinary action, that adversely affects any person, whether or not a member of the exchange, but exclude any exchange action that solely involves the internal corporate affairs of the exchange.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Party</I> includes the person filing a notice of appeal or petition for stay who has been the subject of a disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action by an exchange; that exchange; any person participating in a proceeding under this part pursuant to § 9.25; and the Division of Market Oversight and/or the  Market Participants Division and/or the Division of Clearing and Risk when participating in a proceeding under this part pursuant to § 9.26.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Record of the exchange proceeding</I> means all testimony, exhibits, papers and records produced at or filed in an exchange disciplinary or access denial proceeding or served on a party to that proceeding; all documents, minutes or other exchange records serving as a basis for or reflecting the findings, rationale and conclusions concerning the adverse action taken by an exchange; a transcript of any proceeding before any body of the exchange in connection with the exchange proceeding; and a copy of all exchange rules which form the basis for the exchange proceeding.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Rules of the exchange</I> means any constitutional provision, article of incorporation, bylaw, rule, regulation, resolution, or written and publicly available interpretation or stated policy of the exchange, or instrument corresponding thereto.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Summary action</I> means a disciplinary action resulting in the imposition of a penalty on a person for violation of rules of the exchange permitted under the provisions of part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(10)(vi) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(4) of this chapter (penalty for impeding progress of hearing); part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(14) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(7) of this chapter (emergency disciplinary actions); part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(13) of this chapter (summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records); or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(6) of this chapter (summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records, decorum, or other similar activities).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987; 52 FR 27286, July 20, 1987, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 83 FR 1546, Jan. 12, 2018; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.3   Provisions referenced.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this part, the following provisions of the Commission's rules relating to reparations contained in part 12 of this chapter apply to this part: § 12.3 (Business address; hours); § 12.5 (Computation of time); § 12.6 (Extensions of time; adjournments; postponements); § 12.7 (Ex parte communications in reparation proceedings); and § 12.12 (Signature).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 1546, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.4   Filing and service; official docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing with the Proceedings Clerk; proof of filing; proof of service.</I> Any document that is required by this part to be filed with the Proceedings Clerk must be filed by delivering it in person or by mail to the Proceedings Clerk, Office of Proceedings at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. To be timely filed under this part, a document must be delivered or mailed to the Proceedings Clerk within the time prescribed for filing. A party must use a means of filing which is at least as expeditious as that used in serving that document upon the other parties. Proof of filing must be made by attaching to the document for filing a statement of service as provided in § 10.12(a)(6) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Formalities of filing</I>—(1) <I>Number of copies.</I> Unless otherwise specifically provided, an original and one conformed copy of all documents filed with the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this part must be filed with the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Title page.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must include at the head thereof, or on a title page, the name of the Commission, the title of the proceeding, the docket number (if one has been assigned by the Proceedings Clerk), the subject of the particular document and the name of the person on whose behalf the document is being filed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Paper, spacing, type.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must be typewritten, must be on one grade of good white paper no less than 8 or more than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and no less than 10
<FR>1/2</FR> or more than 11
<FR>1/2</FR> inches long, and must be bound on the top only. They must be double-spaced, except for long quotations (3 or more lines) and footnotes which should be single-spaced.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Signature.</I> The original copy of all papers must be signed in ink by the person filing the same or by his or her duly authorized agent or attorney.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service</I>—(1) <I>General requirements.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must, at or before the time of filing, be served upon all parties. A party must use a means of service which is at least as expeditious as that used in filing that document with the Proceedings Clerk. One copy of all motions, petitions or applications made in the course of the proceeding, all notices of appeal, all briefs, and letters to the Commission or an employee thereof must be served by a party upon all other parties.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Manner of service.</I> Service may be either personal or by mail. Service by mail is complete upon deposit of the document in the mail. Where service is effected by mail, the time within which the person served may respond thereto will be increased by three days.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The first document filed in a proceeding by or on behalf of any party must state on the first page the name and postal address of the person who is authorized to receive service for the party of all documents filed in the proceeding. Thereafter, service of documents must be made upon the person authorized unless service on a different authorized person or on the party himself or herself is ordered by the Commission, or unless pursuant to § 9.8 the person authorized is changed by the party upon due notice to all other parties. Parties must file and serve notification of any changes in the information provided pursuant to this subparagraph as soon as practicable after the change occurs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Official docket.</I> Upon receipt of a notice of appeal filed in accordance with § 9.20, or a petition for stay pending review filed in accordance with § 9.24, the Proceedings Clerk will establish and thereafter maintain the official docket of that proceeding and will assign a docket number to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 49334, Sept. 25, 1995; 83 FR 1546, Mar. 13, 2018; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.5   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An application for a form of relief not otherwise specifically provided for in this part must be made by a written motion, filed with the Proceedings Clerk. The motion must state the relief sought and the basis for the relief and may set forth the authority relied upon.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to motions.</I> Any party may serve and file a written response to a motion within ten days after service of the motion, or within such longer or shorter period as established by these rules, or as the Commission may direct.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motions for procedural orders.</I> Motions for procedural orders, including motions for extensions of time, may be acted on at any time, without awaiting a response thereto. Any party adversely affected by such action may request reconsideration, vacation or modification of the action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dilatory motions.</I> Frivolous or repetitive motions dealing with the same subject matter will not be permitted and such motions will summarily be denied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.6   Sanctions for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>In the event that any party fails to file any document or make any appearance which is required under this part, the Commission may, in its discretion, and upon its own motion or upon the motion of any party to the proceeding, dismiss the proceeding before it, or, based on the record before it, affirm, modify, set aside, or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, the decision of the exchange.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.7   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>At any time before there has been a final determination by the Commission with respect to any notice of appeal filed in accordance with § 9.20, the parties may file a stipulation for dismissal based on a settlement agreement. Thereupon, the Commission may issue an order terminating the proceeding before the Commission as to the parties to the settlement agreement. The entry of such an order does not affect the Commission's authority under the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.8   Practice before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Practice</I>—(1) <I>By non-attorneys.</I> An individual may appear pro se (on his or her own behalf); a general partner may represent the partnership; a bona fide officer of a corporation, trust or association may represent the corporation, trust or association.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By attorneys.</I> An attorney-at-law who is admitted to practice before the highest Court in any State or territory, or of the District of Columbia, who has not been suspended or disbarred from appearance and practice before the Commission in accordance with provisions of part 14 of this chapter may represent parties as an attorney in proceedings before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Debarment of counsel or representative during the course of a proceeding.</I> Whenever, while a proceeding is pending before the Commission, the Commission finds that a person acting as counsel or representative for any party to the proceeding is guilty of contemptuous conduct, the Commission may order that such person be precluded from further acting as counsel or representative in the proceeding. The proceeding will not be delayed or suspended pending disposition of the appeal; <I>Provided,</I> That the Commission may suspend the proceedings for a reasonable time for the purpose of enabling the party to obtain other counsel or representative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal of representation.</I> Withdrawal from representation of a party will be only by leave of the Commission. Such leave to withdraw may be conditioned on the attorney's (or representative's) submission of an affidavit averring that the party represented has actual knowledge of the withdrawal, and such affidavit must include the name and address of a successor counsel (or representative) or a statement that the represented party has determined to proceed <I>pro se,</I> in which case, the statement must include the address where that party can thereafter be served.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 83 FR 1547, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.9   Waiver of rules; delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Standards for waiver; notice to parties.</I> To prevent undue hardship on any party or for other good cause shown the Commission may waive any rule in this part in a particular case and may order proceedings in accordance with its direction upon a determination that no party will be prejudiced thereby and that the ends of justice will be served. Reasonable notice will be given to all parties of any action taken pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, to the General Counsel, or to any employee under the General Counsel's supervision as the General Counsel may designate, the authority:
</P>
<P>(i) To waive or modify any of the requirements of §§ 9.20-9.25 and to waive or modify the requirements of the Commission's rules relating to reparations incorporated by § 9.3 insofar as such requirements pertain to changes in time permitted for filing, and to the form, execution, service and filing of documents;
</P>
<P>(ii) To enter orders under §§ 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7;
</P>
<P>(iii) To decline to accept any notice of appeal, or petition for stay pending review, of matters excluded from this part by §§ 9.1(b), 9.2(a) and 9.2(b), and to so notify the appellant and the exchange;
</P>
<P>(iv) To stay the effective date of a disciplinary action for a period of time, not to exceed four days, to enable the Commission to rule on a petition for stay filed under § 9.24;
</P>
<P>(v) To decline to accept any document which has not been timely filed or perfected, as specified in these rules;
</P>
<P>(vi) To order the filing of the record of the exchange proceeding notwithstanding the submission of a motion under § 9.21(b) that the Commission not accept a notice of appeal; and
</P>
<P>(vii) To enter any order which will facilitate or expedite Commission review.
</P>
<P>(2) Within seven days after service of a ruling issued pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a petition for Commission reconsideration of the ruling. Unless the Commission orders otherwise, the filing of a petition for reconsideration will not operate to stay the effective date of such ruling.
</P>
<P>(3) The General Counsel, or his or her designee, may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section will be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the General Counsel, or his or her designee, under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 64 FR 46270, Aug. 25, 1999; 78 FR 1145, Jan. 8, 2013; 83 FR 1547, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Notice and Effective Date of Disciplinary Action or Access Denial Action</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.11   Form, contents and delivery of notice of disciplinary or access denial action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> Whenever an exchange decision pursuant to which a disciplinary action or access denial action is to be imposed has become final, the exchange must, within thirty days thereafter, provide written notice of such action to the person against whom the action was taken and notice to the National Futures Association (“NFA”) through the NFA's Background Affiliation Status Information Center (“BASIC”) system: <I>Provided,</I> That a designated contract market is not required to notify the NFA of any summary action, as permitted under the provisions of part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(6) of this chapter, which results in the imposition of minor penalties for the violation of exchange rules relating to decorum or attire. No final disciplinary or access denial action may be made effective by the exchange except as provided in § 9.12.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of notice.</I> For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) The written notice of a disciplinary action or access denial action provided to the person against whom the action was taken by a designated contract market must be a copy of a written decision which accords with:
</P>
<P>(i) Part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(3) of this chapter in the case of settlement offers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 38.708 of this chapter in the case of decisions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this chapter in the case of appeal decisions (including copies of any materials incorporated by reference) or other written notice which must include items listed in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)—(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The written notice of a disciplinary action or access denial action provided to the person against whom the action was taken by a swap execution facility must be a copy of a written decision which accords with:
</P>
<P>(i) Part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(9) of this chapter in the case of settlement offers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 37.206(d) of this chapter in the case of decisions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(11)(iv) of this chapter in the case of appeal decisions (including copies of any materials incorporated by reference) or other written notice which must include items listed in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The notice of a disciplinary action or access denial action provided to the NFA must include only the items listed in the following paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v):
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the person against whom the disciplinary action or access denial action was taken;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the reasons for the disciplinary action or access denial action, detailing the exchange product which was involved, as applicable, and whether the violation that resulted in the action also resulted in financial harm to any customers together with a listing of any rules which the person who was the subject of the disciplinary action or access denial action was charged with having violated or which otherwise serve as the basis of the exchange action;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the conclusions and findings made by the exchange with regard to each rule violation charged or, in the event of settlement, a statement specifying those rule violations which the exchange has reason to believe were committed;
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms of the disciplinary action or access denial action;
</P>
<P>(v) The date on which the action was taken and the date the exchange intends to make the disciplinary or access denial action effective; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Except as otherwise provided in § 9.1(b), a statement informing the party subject to the disciplinary action or access denial action of the availability of Commission review of the exchange action pursuant to section 8c of the Act and this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery and filing of the notice.</I> Delivery of the notice must be made personally to the person who was the subject of the disciplinary action or access denial action, by mail to such person at that person's last known address, or by email to the person's last known email address. Filing of the notice with the NFA is accomplished when an authorized exchange employee verifies the accuracy of the information entered into BASIC.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of delivery by mail or email.</I> Delivery by mail to the person disciplined or denied access will be complete upon deposit in the mail of a properly addressed and postpaid document. Where delivery to the person disciplined or denied access is effected by such mail, the time within which a notice of appeal or petition for stay may be filed will be increased by three days. Delivery by email will be complete upon transmission of the email.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> Copies of the notice and the submission of any additional information provided pursuant to this section must be certified as true and correct by a duly authorized officer, agent or employee of the exchange. Notice filed with the NFA is deemed certified when an authorized exchange employee verifies the accuracy of the information entered into BASIC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 1547, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.12   Effective date of disciplinary or access denial action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effective date.</I> Any disciplinary or access denial action taken by an exchange will not become effective until at least fifteen days after the written notice prescribed by § 9.11 is delivered to the person disciplined or denied access; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the exchange may cause a disciplinary action to become effective prior to that time if:
</P>
<P>(1) As permitted by part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(14) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(7) of this chapter (emergency disciplinary actions), the exchange reasonably believes, and so states in its written decision, that immediate action is necessary to protect the best interests of the marketplace; or
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted by part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(10)(vi) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(4) of this chapter (hearings), the exchange determines, and so states in its written decision, that the actions of a person who is within the exchange's jurisdiction has impeded the progress of a disciplinary hearing; or
</P>
<P>(3) As permitted by part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(13) of this chapter (summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records) or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(6) of this chapter (summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records, decorum, or other similar activities), the exchange determines that a person has violated exchange rules relating to decorum or attire, or timely submission of accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions or other similar activities; or
</P>
<P>(4) The person against whom the action is taken has consented to the penalty to be imposed and to the timing of its effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of early effective date.</I> If the exchange determines in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section that a disciplinary action will become effective prior to the expiration of fifteen days after written notice thereof, it must notify the person disciplined in writing, either personally or by email to the person's last known email address, stating the reasons for the determination. The exchange must also immediately notify the Commission by email to <I>secretary@cftc.gov.</I> Where notice is delivered by email, the time within which the person so notified may file a petition for stay pursuant to § 9.24(a)(2) will be increased by one day.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 1547, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.13   Publication of notice.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever an exchange suspends, expels or otherwise disciplines, or denies any person access to the exchange, it must make public its findings by disclosing at least the information contained in the notice required by § 9.11(b). An exchange must make such findings public as soon as the disciplinary action or access denial action becomes effective in accordance with the provisions of § 9.12 by posting a notice on its website to which its members and the public regularly have access. Such notice must be maintained and readily available on the exchange's website.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 1548, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 9.14-9.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 9.14-9.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Initial Procedure With Respect to Appeals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.20   Notice of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Except as provided in § 9.1(b), any person who is the subject of disciplinary or access denial action by an exchange or any person who is otherwise adversely affected by any other action of an exchange may, at any time within thirty days after notice of the disciplinary or access denial action has been delivered to the person disciplined or denied access in accordance with § 9.11, or within thirty days after notice of another adverse action, file a notice of appeal of such disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action. The Commission may dismiss any appeal for which a notice of appeal is not timely filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The notice of appeal need consist only of a brief statement indicating that the party is requesting Commission review of the exchange action, and must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the appellant, and any duly authorized agent or officer of the appellant;
</P>
<P>(2) The name and docket number of the exchange proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) The date on which the disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action was imposed by the exchange or the date on which the final exchange decision was rendered, and the dates upon which the exchange action has or will become final and effective;
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of the notice provided to the appellant by the exchange in accordance with the provisions of § 9.11, in the case of a disciplinary or access denial action, or otherwise, in the case of any other adverse exchange action;
</P>
<P>(5) The relief sought from the action of the exchange;
</P>
<P>(6) The appellant's request for a copy of the record of the exchange proceeding, or portions of the record not in the appellant's possession, and a representation that the appellant agrees to pay the exchange reasonable fees, as provided in the rules of the exchange, for printing that copy; and
</P>
<P>(7) A nonrefundable filing fee of $100 remitted by check, bank draft or money order, payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987; 52 FR 27286, July 20, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.21   Record of exchange proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of record.</I> Within thirty days after service of the notice of appeal, the exchange must file two copies of the record of the exchange proceeding (as defined in § 9.2(i)) with the Proceedings Clerk, and serve a copy on the appellant and any other party to the proceeding, provided that such person has agreed to pay the exchange reasonable fees, as provided in the rules of the exchange, for printing the copy. The record must be bound as a unit, must be chronologically indexed and tabbed, must be certified as correct by a duly authorized official, agent or employee of the exchange, and must contain a certificate of service on the appellant or any other party to the proceeding (or waiver of service for failure to pay costs pursuant to this rule).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion that the Commission not accept notice of appeal.</I> Within fifteen days after service of the notice of appeal, the exchange may file a motion that the Commission not accept a notice of appeal of any matter that the exchange contends is excluded from this part by §§ 9.1(b), 9.2(a) and 9.2(g). Such motion must be accompanied by an affidavit averring facts in support of the motion. The filing of such motion will operate to stay the filing of the record and subsequent submissions pending the Commission's ruling on such motion. The appellant may serve and file a written response to such motion within ten days after service of the motion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.22   Appeal brief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Any person who has filed a notice of appeal in accordance with the provisions of § 9.20 must perfect the appeal by filing an appeal brief with the Proceedings Clerk within thirty days after service of the record of the exchange proceeding. The Commission may dismiss any appeal for which an appeal brief is not timely filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> Each appeal brief submitted to the Commission pursuant to this section must include, in the order indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the issues presented for review;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>A statement of the case.</I> The statement must first indicate briefly the nature of the case and include a full description of the disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action. There must follow a clear and concise statement of all facts relevant to the consideration of the appeal, including, if known, each alleged act or omission forming the basis of the exchange action, with appropriate references to the record of the exchange proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>An argument.</I> The argument may be preceded by a summary. The argument must contain the contentions of the appellant with respect to the issues presented, and the reasons therefor, and citations to relevant authorities and to parts of the record of the exchange proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(4) A conclusion stating the precise relief sought.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length of appeal brief.</I> Without prior leave of the Commission, the appeal brief may not exceed thirty-five pages, exclusive of any table of contents, table of cases, index and appendix containing transcripts of testimony, exhibits, statutes, rules, regulations or similar materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.23   Answering brief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time for filing answering brief.</I> Within thirty days after service of the appeal brief, the exchange must file with the Commission an answering brief.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of answering brief.</I> The answering brief generally must follow the same style as prescribed for the appeal brief but may omit a statement of the issues or of the case if the exchange does not dispute the issues or the statement of the case contained in the appeal brief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length of answering brief.</I> Without prior leave of the Commission, the answering brief may not exceed thirty-five pages, exclusive of any table of contents, table of cases, index and appendix containing transcripts of testimony, exhibits, statutes, rules, regulations or similar materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.24   Petition for stay pending review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> (1) Within ten days after the notice of the disciplinary or access denial action has been delivered in accordance with § 9.11 to a person disciplined or denied access, that person may petition the Commission to stay the disciplinary or access denial action pending consideration by the Commission of the notice of appeal and, if granted, the appeal underlying the notice of appeal. The petition for stay must be accompanied by the notice of appeal.
</P>
<P>(2) Within ten days after a notice of summary action has been delivered in accordance with § 9.12(b) to a person who is the subject of a summary action permitted by part 37, appendix B, Core Principle 2, paragraph (a)(14) of this chapter or part 38, appendix B, Core Principle 13, paragraph (a)(7) of this chapter (emergency disciplinary actions), that person may petition the Commission to stay the effectiveness of the summary action pending completion of the exchange proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may deny any petition for stay which is not timely filed or which is not otherwise in accord with these rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of petition for stay.</I> A petition filed under this section must state the reasons that the stay is requested and the facts relied upon, as specified in § 9.20. Averments of the petition must be supported by affidavits, other sworn statements or copies thereof, or a stipulation as to those facts which are not in dispute. Based upon the petition, the Commission, in its discretion, may order a stay of the disciplinary action or access denial action.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to petition.</I> The exchange may serve and file a written response to any petition for a stay within five days after service of the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Standards for granting petition for stay.</I> The Commission will promptly determine whether to grant or deny a petition for stay and may act upon a petition at any time, without waiting for a response thereto. In determining whether to grant or deny the petition for stay, the Commission will consider, among other things, whether the petitioner has established:
</P>
<P>(1) Petitioner's likelihood of success on the merits; and
</P>
<P>(2) That denial of the stay would cause irreparable harm to the petitioner; and
</P>
<P>(3) That granting the stay would not endanger orderly trading or otherwise cause substantial harm to the exchange or market participants; and
</P>
<P>(4) That granting the stay would not be contrary to the Act, and the rules, regulations and orders of the Commission thereunder or otherwise contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ex parte stays.</I> The Commission may act upon a petition for stay, without waiting for the exchange's response thereto only where petitioner:
</P>
<P>(1) Expressly requests an <I>ex parte</I> stay;
</P>
<P>(2) Files a proof of service; and
</P>
<P>(3) Clearly establishes by affidavit that immediate and irreparable injury, loss or damage will result to the petitioner before the exchange can be heard in opposition.
</P>
<FP>Any order granting a stay prior to the filing of the exchange's reply will expire by its terms within such time after service of the Commission's ruling on the petition, not to exceed ten days, as the Commission fixes, unless within the time so fixed the order, for good cause shown, is extended for a like period or unless the exchange consents that it may be extended for a longer period. In any case, the exchange may move for dissolution or modification of the stay, and the Commission will proceed to determine such motion as expeditiously as the ends of justice require.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 27286, July 20, 1987; 83 FR 1548, Jan. 12, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.25   Limited participation of interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>On its own motion or upon motion of any person asserting a direct and substantial interest in the outcome of a proceeding conducted under this part, the Commission, in its discretion, may permit the limited participation by such interested person in the proceeding. A motion for leave to participate in the proceeding must identify the interest of that person and must state the reasons why participation in the proceeding by that person is desirable, and must state whether that person requests a copy of the record of the exchange proceeding to the extent permitted by section 8c(a)(2) of the Act and that such person agrees to pay the exchange reasonable fees, as provided in the rules of the exchange, for printing the copy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 5701, Feb. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.26   Participation of Commission staff.</HEAD>
<P>Within twenty days after receipt of the answering brief, the Division of Market Oversight, Market Participants Division, and the Division of Clearing and Risk may file with the Proceedings Clerk a notice of intention to participate in the proceedings as <I>amicus curiae.</I> Within thirty days after filing the notice of intention to participate, the Division may file a brief as <I>amicus curiae.</I> Without prior leave of the Commission, the brief may not exceed thirty-five pages. The brief must be filed and served on the appellant, exchange and any other parties to the proceeding in the manner specified by these rules. Within ten days after service of the Division's brief, any party may file a reply to the Division's brief. After the filing of the notice of intent to participate, no employee of the Division(s) filing the notice may thereafter make any communication relating to the proceeding, other than on the record of the proceeding before the Commission, to any Commissioner or Commission decisional employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 25366, July 7, 1987, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 9.27-9.29" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 9.27-9.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Commission Review of Disciplinary, Access Denial or Other Adverse Action</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.30   Scope of review.</HEAD>
<P>On review, the Commission may, in its discretion, consider <I>sua sponte</I> any issues arising from the record before it and may base its determination thereon, or limit the issues to those presented in the statement of issues in the briefs, treating those issues not raised as waived. If the Commission determines to consider any issue not raised by the parties, it may issue an order that notifies the parties of such determination and provides an opportunity for the parties to address any issue considered <I>sua sponte</I> by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.31   Commission review of disciplinary or access denial action on its own motion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for additional information.</I> Where a person disciplined or denied access has not appealed the exchange decision to the Commission, upon review of the notice specified in § 9.11, the Division of Market Oversight or the Market Participants Division may request that the exchange file with the Division the record of the exchange proceeding, or designated portions of the record, a brief statement of the evidence and testimony adduced to support the exchange's findings that a rule or rules of the exchange were violated and such recordings, transcripts and other documents applicable to the particular exchange proceeding as the Division may specify. The exchange must promptly advise the person who is the subject of the disciplinary or access denial action of the Division's request. Within thirty days after service of the Division's request, the exchange must file the information requested with the Division in the manner requested by the Division and, upon request, deliver that information to the person who is the subject of the disciplinary or access denial action. Delivery to the person who is the subject of the disciplinary or access denial action must be in the manner prescribed by § 9.11(c). A person subject to the disciplinary action or access denial action requesting a copy of the information furnished to the Division must, if the exchange rules so provide, agree to pay the exchange reasonable fees for printing the copy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review on motion of the Commission.</I> The Commission may institute review of an exchange disciplinary or access denial action on its own motion. Other than in extraordinary circumstances, such review will be initiated within 180 days after the NFA has received the notice of exchange action provided for in § 9.11. If the Commission should institute review on its own motion, it will issue an order permitting the person who is the subject of the disciplinary or access denial action an opportunity to file an appropriate submission, and the exchange an opportunity to file a reply thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 1548, Jan. 12, 2018, as amended at 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.32   Oral argument.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On motion of Commission.</I> On its own motion, the Commission may, in its discretion, hear oral argument by the parties any time before the decision of the Commission is filed with the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On request of party.</I> Any party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a request in writing for the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, which the Commission may, in its discretion, grant or deny. A request under this paragraph must be filed concurrently with the party's brief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting and transcription.</I> Oral argument before the Commission will be recorded and transcribed unless the Commission directs otherwise. In the event the Commission affords the parties the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, the oral argument will proceed in accordance with the provisions of § 10.103 (b) and (d) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.8.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.33   Final decision by the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opinion and order.</I> Upon review, the Commission may affirm, modify, set aside, or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, the decision of the exchange. The Commission's decision will be contained in its opinion and order which will be based upon the record before it, including the record of the exchange proceeding, and any oral argument made in accordance with § 9.32. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the opinion and order will constitute the final decision of the Commission, effective upon service on the parties. In the event the Commission is equally divided as to its decision, the Commission will affirm without opinion the decision of the exchange, which will constitute the Commission's final decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Order of summary affirmance.</I> If the Commission finds that the result reached in the decision of the exchange is substantially correct and that none of the arguments on appeal made by the appellant raise important questions of law or policy, the Commission may, by appropriate order, summarily affirm the decision of the exchange without opinion, which will constitute the Commission's final decision. Unless the Commission expressly indicates otherwise in its order, an order of summary affirmance does not reflect a Commission determination to adopt the exchange final decision, including any rationale contained therein, as its opinion and order, and neither the exchange's final decision nor the Commission's order of summary affirmance will serve as a Commission precedent in other proceedings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standards of review.</I> In reviewing an exchange disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action, the Commission will consider whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The exchange disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action was taken in accordance with the rules of the exchange;
</P>
<P>(2) Fundamental fairness was observed in the conduct of the proceeding resulting in the disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) In the case of a disciplinary action, the record contains substantial evidence of a violation of the rules of the exchange, or (ii) in the case of an access denial or other adverse action, the record contains substantial evidence supporting the exchange action; and
</P>
<P>(4) The disciplinary, access denial or other adverse action otherwise accords with the Act and the rules, regulations and orders of the Commission thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 10—RULES OF PRACTICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 93-463, sec. 101(a)(11), 88 Stat. 1391; 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.1   Scope and applicability of rules of practice.</HEAD>
<P>These rules of practice are generally applicable to adjudicatory proceedings before the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act. These include proceedings for:
</P>
<P>(a) Denial, suspension, revocation, conditioning, restricting or modifying of registration as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, or associated person, floor broker, floor trader, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor or leverage transaction merchant pursuant to sections 6(c), 8a(2), 8a(3), 8a(4) and 8a(11) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 9 and 15, 12a(2), 12a(3), 12a(4) and 12(a)(11), or denial, suspension, or revocation of designation as a contract market pursuant to sections 6(a) and 6(b) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 8;
</P>
<P>(b) The issuance of cease and desist orders pursuant to sections 6b and 6(d) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 13a and 13b;
</P>
<P>(c) Denial of trading privileges pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 9 and 15;
</P>
<P>(d) The assessment of civil penalties pursuant to sections 6(c) and 6b of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 9 and 15 and 13a;
</P>
<P>(e) The issuance of restitution orders pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 9; and
</P>
<P>(f) Any other proceedings where the Commission declares them to be applicable.
</P>
<FP>These rules do not apply to:
</FP>
<P>(g) Investigations conducted pursuant to sections 8 and 16(a) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 12 and 20(a), except as specifically made applicable by the Rules Relating to Investigations set forth in part 11 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(h) Reparation proceedings under section 14 of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 18, except as specifically made applicable by the Rules Relating to Reparation Proceedings set forth in part 12 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(i) Public rulemaking, except as specifically made applicable by the Rules Relating to Public Rulemaking Procedures.
</P>
<FP>The rules shall be construed to secure the just, speedy and inexpensive determination of every proceeding with full protection for the rights of all parties therein.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 49 FR 8225, Mar. 5, 1984; 57 FR 19597, Apr. 15, 1993; 59 FR 5701, Feb. 8, 1994; 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999; 75 FR 55449, Sept. 10, 2010; 90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.;</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adjudicatory proceeding</I> means a judicial-type proceeding leading to the formulation of a final order, including an order by the Commission instituting proceedings pursuant to the Act, making findings, and imposing remedial sanctions; 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative Law Judge</I> means an administrative law judge appointed pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 3105 (provisions of the rules in this part which refer to Administrative Law Judges may be applicable to other Presiding Officers as well, as set forth in § 10.8);
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Administrative Procedure Act</I> means those provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act, as codified, which are contained in 5 U.S.C. 551 through 559;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commission</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Complaint</I> means any document initiating an adjudicatory proceeding, whether designated a complaint or an order for proceeding or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Division of Enforcement</I> means that office in the Commission that prosecutes a complaint issued by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Hearing</I> means that part of a proceeding which involves the submission of evidence, either by oral presentation or written submission;
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Proceedings Clerk</I> means any member of the Commission's staff designated as such by the Director of the Office of Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Order</I> means the whole or any part of a final procedural or substantive disposition of a matter by the Commission or by the Presiding Officer in a matter other than rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Party</I> includes a person or agency named or admitted as a party to a proceeding;
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Person</I> includes an individual, partnership, corporation, association, exchange or other entity or organization;
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Pleading</I> means the complaint, the answer to the complaint, any supplement or amendment thereto, and any reply that may be permitted to any answer, supplement or amendment;
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Presiding Officer</I> means a member of the Commission, and Administrative Law Judge, or a hearing officer designated by the Commission to conduct a hearing on a specific matter, or the Commission itself, if it is to preside at or accept the introduction of evidence in a particular proceeding (provisions of the rules in this part which refer to Administrative Law Judges may be applicable to other Presiding Officers as well, as set forth in § 10.8);
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Respondent</I> means a party to an adjudicatory proceeding against whom findings may be made or relief or remedial action may be taken.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024; 90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.3   Suspension, amendment, revocation and waiver of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These rules may, from time to time, be suspended, amended or revoked in whole or in part. Notice of such action will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) In the interest of expediting decision or to prevent undue hardship on any party or for other good cause the Commission may order the adoption of expedited procedures and may waive any rule in subparts A through H of this part in a particular case and may order proceedings in accordance with its direction upon a determination that no party will be prejudiced and that the ends of justice will be served. Reasonable notice shall be given to all parties of any action taken pursuant to this provision.
</P>
<P>(c) The Presiding Officer, to expedite decision or to prevent undue hardship on any party, may waive any rule in subparts A through G of this part when neither party is prejudiced thereby. Reasonable notice shall be given to all parties of any action taken pursuant to this provision.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this part, the Commission may in any proceeding commenced pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act require a respondent to show cause why an order should not be entered against the respondent and may specify a day and place for the hearing not less than three days after service upon the respondent of the Commission's complaint and notice of hearing in such proceeding.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a), 6(b) and 8a, 42 Stat. 1001, as amended, 49 Stat. 1498, 1499, as amended 88 Stat.; 49 Stat. 1500, as amended, 88 Stat. 1392; 88 Stat. 1389, 1391; 7 U.S.C. 4a, 9 and 12a) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 61327, Oct. 25, 1979; 59 FR 5701, Feb. 8, 1994] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.4   Business address; hours.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Proceedings is located at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. Emails must be sent to <I>PROC__filings@cftc.gov.</I> The office is open from 8:15 a.m. to 4:45 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except on federal holidays.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.5   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>In computing any period of time prescribed by these rules or allowed by the Commission or the Presiding Officer, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed is to be included unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday; in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation only when the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than seven days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.6   Changes in time permitted for filing.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided by law or by these rules, for good cause shown the Commission or the Presiding Officer before whom a matter is then pending, on their own motion or the motion of a party, at any time may extend or shorten the time limit prescribed by the rules for filing any document. In any instance in which a time limit is not prescribed for an action to be taken in a proceeding, the Commission or the Presiding Officer may set a time limit for that action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.7   Date of entry of orders.</HEAD>
<P>In computing any period of time involving the date of the entry of an order the date of entry shall be the date the order is served by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.8   Presiding officers.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, all proceedings within the scope of this part shall be assigned to an Administrative Law Judge for hearing. If the Commission determines that a proceeding within the scope of this part shall be conducted before a Presiding Officer who is not an Administrative Law Judge, all provisions of this part or of part 3 of this chapter that refer to and grant authority to or impose obligations upon an Administrative Law Judge shall be read as referring to and granting authority to and imposing obligations upon the designated Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Functions and responsibilities of Administrative Law Judge.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall be responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the proceeding and shall have the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas;
</P>
<P>(3) Rule on offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(4) Receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(5) Examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(6) Regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Hold prehearing conferences;
</P>
<P>(8) Consider and rule upon all motions;
</P>
<P>(9) Make decisions in accordance with § 10.84 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(10) Certify interlocutory matters to the Commission for its determination in accordance with § 10.101 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(11) Take such action as is just or appropriate, if a party or agent of a party fails to comply with an order issued by the Administrative Law Judge;
</P>
<P>(12) Take any other action required to give effect to these Rules of Practice, including but not limited to requesting the parties to file briefs and statements of position with respect to any issue in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disqualification of Administrative Law Judge</I>—(1) <I>At his own request.</I> An Administrative Law Judge may withdraw from any proceeding when he considers himself to be disqualified. In such event he immediately shall notify the Commission and each of the parties of his withdrawal and of his reason for such action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Upon the request of a party.</I> Any party or person who has been granted leave to be heard pursuant to these rules may request an Administrative Law Judge to disqualify himself on the grounds of personal bias, conflict or similar bases. Interlocutory review of an adverse ruling by the Administrative Law Judge may be sought without certification of the matter by the Administrative Law Judge, in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 10.101.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 78 FR 12934, Feb. 26, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.9   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An Administrative Law Judge will not be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of any officer, employee, or agent of the Commission engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions for the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) No officer, employee or agent of the Commission who is engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecuting functions in connection with any proceeding shall, in that proceeding or any factually related proceeding, participate or advise in the decision of the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission except as witness or counsel in the proceeding, without the express written consent of the respondents in the proceeding. This provision shall not apply to the members of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.10   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commission decisional employee</I> means employees of the Commission who are or may reasonably be expected to be involved in the decisionmaking process in any proceeding, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Members of the personal staffs of the Commissioners;
</P>
<P>(ii) Members of the staffs of the Administrative Law Judges;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Deputy General Counsel for Litigation, Enforcement, and Adjudication and staff of the Office of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(iv) Members of the staff of the Office of Proceedings; and
</P>
<P>(v) Other Commission employees who may be assigned to hear or to participate in the decision of a particular matter;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ex parte communication</I> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but does not include requests for status reports on any matter or proceeding covered by this part;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interested person</I> includes parties and other persons who might be adversely affected or aggrieved by the outcome of a proceeding; their officers, agents, employees, associates, affiliates, attorneys, accountants or other representatives; and any other person having a direct or indirect pecuniary or other interest in the outcome of a proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Party</I> includes a person or agency named or admitted as a party, or properly seeking and entitled as of right to be admitted as a party, to a proceeding, and a person or agency permitted limited participation or to state views in a proceeding by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions against ex parte communications.</I> (1) No interested person outside the Commission shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge or Commission decisional employee an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) No Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge or Commission decisional employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the Commission an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for handling ex parte communications.</I> A Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge or Commission decisional employee who receives, or who makes or knowingly causes to be made, an ex parte communication prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Place on the public record of the proceeding:
</P>
<P>(i) All such written communications;
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the materials described in paragraphs (c) (1)(i) and (1)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly give written notice of such communication and responses thereto to all parties to the proceedings to which the communication or responses relate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sanctions.</I> (1) Upon receipt of an ex parte communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of the prohibition contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Commission, Administrative Law Judge or other Commission employee presiding at the hearing may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the Act, require the party to show cause why his claim or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Any attorney or accountant who knowingly makes or knowingly causes to be made, or who knowingly solicits or knowingly causes the solicitation of, an ex parte communication which violates the prohibitions contained in paragraph (b) of this section may, on that basis alone, be deemed to have engaged in unprofessional conduct of the type proscribed by 17 CFR 14.8(c).
</P>
<P>(3) Any Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge or Commission decisional employee who knowingly makes or knowingly cause to be made, or who knowingly solicits or knowingly causes the solicitation of, an ex parte communication which violates the prohibitions contained in paragraph (b) of this section may, on that basis alone, be deemed to have engaged in conduct of the type proscribed by 17 CFR 140.735-3(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicability of prohibitions and sanctions against ex parte communications.</I> (1) The prohibitions of this section against ex parte communications shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) To any person who has actual knowledge that a proceeding has been or will be commenced by order of the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To all persons after public notice has been given that a proceeding has been or will be commenced by order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibitions of this section shall remain in effect until a final order has been entered in the proceeding which is no longer subject to review or reconsideration by the Commission or to review by any court.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section shall constitute authority to withhold information from Congress.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 4, Pub. L. 94-409, 90 Stat. 1246, 1247 (5 U.S.C. 551(14), 556(d) and 557(d)); sec. 101(a)(11), Pub. L. 93-463, 88 Stat. 1391 (7 U.S.C. 4a(j) (Supp. V, 1975)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13700, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 54801, Oct. 26, 1995; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.11   Appearance in adjudicatory proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appearance</I>—(1) <I>By non-attorneys.</I> An individual may appear pro se (in his own behalf), a member of a partnership may represent the partnership, a bona fide officer of a corporation, trust or association may represent the corporation, trust or association, an officer or employee of a State Commission or of a department or political subdivision of a State may represent the State Commission or the department or political subdivision of the State in any proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By attorneys.</I> An attorney-at-law who is admitted to practice before the highest Court in any State or territory, or of the District of Columbia, who has not been suspended or disbarred from appearance and practice before the Commission in accordance with the provisions of part 14 of this title, may represent parties in proceedings before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Debarment of counsel or representative by administrative law judge during the course of a proceeding.</I> (1) Whenever, while a proceeding is pending before him, the Administrative Law Judge finds that a person acting as counsel or representative for any party to the proceeding is guilty of contemptuous conduct, the Administrative Law Judge may order that such person be precluded from further acting as counsel or representative in such proceeding. An immediate appeal to the Commission may be sought from any such order, pursuant to the terms of § 10.101, but the proceeding shall not be delayed or suspended pending disposition of the appeal: <I>Provided,</I> That the Administrative Law Judge may suspend the proceedings for a reasonable time for the purpose of enabling the party to obtain other counsel or representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever the Administrative Law Judge has issued an order precluding a person from further acting as counsel for representative in the proceeding, the Administrative Law Judge within a reasonable time thereafter, shall submit to the Commission a report of the facts and circumstances surrounding the issuance of the order and shall recommend what action the Commission should take respecting the appearance of such person as counsel or representative in other proceedings before the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.12   Service and filing of documents; form and execution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service by a party or other participant in a proceeding.</I> (1) When one party serves another with documents under these rules, a copy must be served on all other parties as well as filed with the Proceedings Clerk. Similarly, when a person files a document with the Office of Proceedings, the person must serve a copy of the document on all other parties.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>How service is made.</I> Service shall be made by:
</P>
<P>(i) Personal service;
</P>
<P>(ii) First-class or a more expeditious form of United States mail or an overnight or similar commercial delivery service;
</P>
<P>(iii) Facsimile (“fax”); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Electronic mail (“email”).
</P>
<P>(v) Service shall be complete at the time of personal service; upon deposit in the mail or with a similar commercial package delivery service of a properly addressed document for which all postage or delivery service fees have been paid; or upon transmission by fax or email. Where a party effects service by mail or similar package delivery service (but not by fax or email), the time within which the party being served may respond shall be extended by five (5) days. Service by fax or email shall be permitted at the discretion of the Presiding Officer, with the parties' consent. Signed documents that are served by email must be in PDF or other non-alterable form.
</P>
<P>(3) Service by email or fax shall be permitted at the discretion of the Presiding Officer, with the parties' consent. The consent of a party must specify the email address or fax number to be used. Signed documents that are served by email must be in PDF or other non-alterable form.
</P>
<P>(4) Service will be complete at the time of personal service; upon deposit in the mail or with an overnight or similar commercial delivery service of a properly addressed document for which all postage or delivery service fees have been paid; or upon transmission by fax or email. Service by email or by fax will not be effective if the party making service learns that the attempted service did not reach the person to be served.
</P>
<P>(5) Where service is effected by mail or a commercial delivery service (but not by fax or email), the time within which the person being served may respond shall be extended by five (5) days.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Statement of service.</I> A statement of service shall be made by filing with the Proceedings Clerk, simultaneously with the filing of the document, a statement signed by the party making service or by his attorney or representative that:
</P>
<P>(i) Confirms that service has been made,
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies each person served,
</P>
<P>(iii) Sets forth the date of service, and
</P>
<P>(iv) Recites the manner of service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of decisions and orders.</I> A copy of all rulings, opinions and orders shall be served by the Proceedings Clerk on each of the parties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The first page of the first document filed in a proceeding by a party or participant must include the name and contact information of a person authorized to receive service on the party or participant's behalf. Contact information must include a post office address and daytime telephone number, and should also include the person's fax or email. Thereafter service of documents shall be made upon the person authorized unless service on the party himself is ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission, or unless no person authorized to receive service can be found, or unless the person authorized to receive service is changed by the party upon due notice to all other parties.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing of documents with the Proceedings Clerk.</I> (1) All documents which are required to be served upon a party shall be filed concurrently with the Proceedings Clerk. A document shall be filed by delivering it in person or by first-class mail or a more expeditious form of United States mail or by overnight or similar commercial delivery service to Proceedings Clerk, Office of Proceedings at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters; or emailing it to <I>PROC__Filings@cftc.gov</I> in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) To be timely filed under this part, a document must be delivered in person; mailed by first-class or a more expeditious form of United States mail or by an overnight or similar commercial delivery service; or faxed or emailed to the Proceedings Clerk within the time prescribed for filing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Formalities of filing.</I> (1) An original of all documents shall be filed with the Proceedings Clerk. If a party files a document with the Proceedings Clerk by fax or email, they should not also send paper copies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>First page.</I> The first page of all documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must include the Commission's name, the docket number, the title of proceeding, the subject of the document, and the name of the person on whose behalf the document is being filed. In subsequent filings, the case title may be abbreviated by listing the name of the first respondent, followed by “et al.” In the complaint, the title of the action shall include the names of all the respondents, but in documents subsequently filed it is sufficient to state the name of the first respondent named in the complaint with an appropriate indication of other parties.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Format.</I> Documents must be legible and printed on normal white paper of eight and one half by eleven inches. The typeface, margins, and spacing of all documents presented for filing must meet the following requirements: all text must be 12-point type or larger, except for text in footnotes which may be 10-point type; all documents must have at least one-inch margins on all sides; all text must be double-spaced, except for headings, text in footnotes, or block quotations, which may be single-spaced. Emailed documents must be in PDF or other non-alterable form.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Signatures.</I> (i) The original of all documents must be signed by the person filing the same or by his duly authorized agent or attorney.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Effect.</I> The signature on any document of any person acting either for himself or as attorney or agent for another constitutes certification by him that:
</P>
<P>(A) He has read the document and knows the contents thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) If executed in any representative capacity, it was done with full power and authority to do so;
</P>
<P>(C) To the best of his knowledge, information, and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(D) The document is not being interposed for delay.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Length and form of briefs.</I> All briefs of more than fifteen pages shall include an index and a table of cases and other authorities cited. No brief shall exceed 50 pages in length without prior permission of the Presiding Officer or the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Official docket.</I> The Proceedings Clerk will maintain the official docket for each proceeding. The official docket is available for public inspection in the Commission's Office of Proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28260, July 9, 1976; 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998; 73 FR 63360, Oct. 24, 2008; 78 FR 12935, Feb. 26, 2013; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024; 90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Institution of Adjudica- tory Proceedings; Pleadings; Motions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.21   Commencement of the proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>An adjudicatory proceeding is commenced when a complaint and notice of hearing is filed with the Office of Proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.22   Complaint and notice of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Content.</I> The complaint and notice of hearing shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is held;
</P>
<P>(2) The matters of fact and law to be considered and determined.
</P>
<FP>The complaint shall set forth the matters of fact alleged therein in such manner as will permit a specific response to each allegation. The notice shall notify the respondent of his right to a hearing and shall specify the time required by § 10.23 of these rules for the filing of an answer and the consequence of failure to file an answer.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Service.</I> The Proceedings Clerk shall give appropriate notice to each respondent by serving them with a copy of the complaint and notice of hearing. Service may be made in person, by confirmed telegraphic notice, or by registered mail or certified mail, addressed to the last known business or residence address of the person to be served or the address of his duly authorized agent for service. If a respondent is not found at his last known business or residence address and no forwarding address is available, additional service may be made, at the discretion of the Commission, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) By publishing a notice of the filing of the proceeding and a summary of the complaint, approved by the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge, once a week for three consecutive weeks in one or more newspapers having a general circulation where the respondent's last known business or residence address was located and, if ascertainable, where the respondent is believed to reside or be doing business currently; and
</P>
<P>(2) By continuously displaying the complaint on the Commission's Internet web site during the period referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.23   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> Following service of a complaint and notice of hearing as set forth in § 10.22 of these rules, unless otherwise specified in the notice of hearing, each respondent shall file an answer with the Proceedings Clerk within 20 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of answer.</I> The answer shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the respondent admits, denies, or does not have and is unable to obtain sufficient information to admit or deny each allegation; a statement of a lack of information shall have the effect of a denial; any allegation not expressly denied shall be deemed to be admitted;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the facts supporting each affirmative defense.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of failure to file answer.</I> A party who fails to file an answer within 20 days shall be in default and, pursuant to procedures set forth in § 10.93 of these rules, the proceeding may be determined against him by the Administrative Law Judge upon his consideration of the complaint, the allegations of which shall then be deemed to be true.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Admission of all allegations of fact.</I> If a respondent's answer admits the truth of all the material allegations of fact contained in the complaint, it shall constitute a waiver of hearing on those allegations. However, the Administrative Law Judge may conduct a hearing, if so requested, by any of the parties. Following waiver, the parties may submit proposed findings and conclusions and briefs, as provided in § 10.82 and may appeal any initial decision to the Commission as provided in § 10.102 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Motion for more definite statement.</I> Where a reasonable showing is made by a respondent that he cannot frame a responsive answer based on the allegations in the complaint, he may move for a more definite statement of the charges against him before filing an answer. A motion for a more definite statement shall be filed within ten days after service of the complaint and shall specify the defects complained of and the particular allegation as to which a more definite statement is sought.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.24   Amendments and supplemental pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint and notice of hearing.</I> The Commission may, at any time, amend the complaint and notice of hearing in any proceeding. If the Commission so amends the complaint and notice of hearing, the Administrative Law Judge shall adjust the scheduling of the proceeding to the extent necessary to avoid any prejudice to any of the parties to the proceeding. Upon motion to the Administrative Law Judge and with notice to all other parties and the Commission, the Division of Enforcement may amend a complaint to correct typographical and clerical errors or to make other technical, non-substantive revisions within the scope of the original complaint.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other pleadings.</I> Except for the complaint and notice of hearing, a party may amend any pleading once as a matter of course at any time before a responsive pleading is served or, if the pleading is one to which no responsive pleading is permitted, he may amend it within 20 days after it is served. Otherwise a party may amend a pleading only by leave of the Administrative Law Judge, which shall be freely given when justice so requires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to amended pleadings.</I> Any party may file a response to any amendment to any pleading, including the complaint, within ten days after the date of service upon him of the amendment or within the time provided to respond to the original pleading, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pleadings to conform to the evidence.</I> When issues not raised by the pleadings but reasonably within the scope of a proceeding initiated by the complaint are tried with the express or implied consent of the parties, they shall be treated in all respects as if they had been raised in the pleadings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.25   Form of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>All averments of claim and defense shall be made in consecutively numbered paragraphs. The contents of each paragraph shall be limited as far as practicable to a single set of circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.26   Motions and other papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Presentation.</I> An application for a form of relief not otherwise specifically provided for in these rules shall be made by motion, filed with the Proceedings Clerk, which shall be in writing unless made on the record during a hearing. The motion shall state: (1) The relief sought; (2) the basis for relief; and (3) the authority relied upon. If a motion is supported by briefs, affidavits or other papers, they shall be served and filed with the motion. All motions and applications, unless otherwise provided in these rules, shall be directed to the Administrative Law Judge prior to the filing of an initial decision in a proceeding, and to the Commission after the initial decision has been filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answers to motions.</I> Any party may serve and file a written response to a motion within ten days after service of the motion upon him or within such longer or shorter period as established by these rules or as the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission may direct. The absence of a response to a motion may be considered by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission in deciding whether to grant the requested relief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motions for procedural orders.</I> Motions for procedural orders, including motions for extension of time, may be acted on at any time, without awaiting a response thereto. Any party adversely affected by such order may request reconsideration, vacation or modification of the order.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dilatory motions.</I> Repetitive or numerous motions dealing with the same subject matter shall not be permitted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review by the Commission.</I> Interloctory review by the Commission of a ruling on a motion by an Administrative Law Judge may be sought in accordance with the procedures and under the circumstances set forth in § 10.101 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Parties and Limited Participation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.31   Parties.</HEAD>
<P>The parties to an adjudicatory proceeding shall include the Division of Enforcement, each respondent named in the complaint and each person permitted to intervene pursuant to § 10.33 of these rules. A respondent shall cease to be a party or purposes of a pending proceeding when (a) a default order is entered against him pursuant to § 10.93; or (b) the Commission accepts an offer of settlement pursuant to § 10.108 of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.32   Substitution of parties.</HEAD>
<P>Upon motion and for good cause shown the Administrative Law Judge may order a substitution of parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.33   Intervention as a party.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition for Leave to Intervene.</I> Any person whose interests may be affected substantially by the matters to be considered in a proceeding may petition the Administrative Law Judge for leave to intervene as a party in the proceeding any time after the institution of a proceeding and before such proceeding has been submitted for final consideration. Petitions for leave to intervene shall be in writing and shall set forth with specificity the nature of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding and the manner in which his interests may be affected substantially. The Administrative Law Judge may direct a petitioner requesting intervention to submit himself for examination as to his interest in the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response to petition.</I> A petition for leave to intervene shall be served by the petitioner upon all parties to the proceeding, who may support or oppose the petition in a document filed within ten days after service of the petition upon them or within such other period as the Administrative Law Judge may direct in a particular case.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leave to intervene—when granted.</I> No person shall be admitted as a party to a proceeding by intervention unless the Administrative Law Judge is satisfied that (1) a substantial interest of the person seeking to intervene may be adversely affected by the matter to be considered in the proceeding; (2) that his intervention will not materially prejudice the rights of any party, through delay or otherwise; (3) that his participation as a party will otherwise be consistent with the public interest; and (4) that leave to be heard pursuant to § 10.34 would be inadequate for the protection of his interests. The burden shall be upon the petitioner to satisfy the Administrative Law Judge on these issues.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rights of intervenor.</I> A person who has been granted leave to intervene shall from that time forward have all the rights and responsibilities of a party to the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.34   Limited participation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions for leave to be heard.</I> Any person may, in the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, be given leave to be heard in any proceeding as to any matter affecting his interests. Petitions for leave to be heard shall be in writing, shall set forth (1) the nature and extent of the applicant's interest in the proceeding; (2) the issues on which he wishes to participate; and (3) in what manner he wishes to participate. The Administrative Law Judge may direct any person requesting leave to be heard to submit himself to examination as to his interest in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rights of a participant.</I> Leave to be heard pursuant to § 10.34(a) may include such rights of a party as the Administrative Law Judge may deem appropriate, except that oral argument before the Commission may be permitted only by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.35   Permission to state views.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may, in the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge be permitted to file a memorandum or make an oral statement of his views, and the Administrative Law Judge may, in his discretion, accept for the record written communications received from any person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.36   Commission review of rulings.</HEAD>
<P>Interlocutory review by the Commission of a ruling as to matters within the scope of § 10.33, § 10.34 or § 10.35 may be sought in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 10.101 of these rules without certification by the Administrative Law Judge.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Prehearing Procedures; Prehearing Conferences; Discovery; Depositions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.41" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.41   Prehearing conferences; procedural matters.</HEAD>
<P>In any proceeding the Administrative Law Judge may direct that one or more conferences be held for the purpose of:
</P>
<P>(a) Clarifying issues;
</P>
<P>(b) Examining the possibility of obtaining stipulations, admissions of fact and of authenticity or contents of documents;
</P>
<P>(c) Determining matters of which official notice may be taken;
</P>
<P>(d) Discussing amendments to pleadings;
</P>
<P>(e) Limiting the number of witnesses;
</P>
<P>(f) Considering objections to the introduction of documentary evidence and the testimony of witnesses identified in prehearing materials filed or otherwise furnished by the parties pursuant to § 10.42;
</P>
<P>(g) Discussing adoption of shortened procedures pursuant to § 10.92;
</P>
<P>(h) Promoting a fair and expeditious hearing.
</P>
<FP>At or following the conclusion of a prehearing conference, the Administrative Law Judge shall serve a prehearing memorandum containing agreements reached and any procedural determinations made by him, unless the conference shall have been recorded and transcribed in written form and a copy of the transcript has been made available to each party.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55791, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.42" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.42   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prehearing materials—</I>(1) <I>In general.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by an Administrative Law Judge, the parties to a proceeding shall furnish to all other parties to the proceeding on or before a date set by the Administrative Law Judge in the form of a prehearing memorandum or otherwise:
</P>
<P>(i) An outline of its case or defense;
</P>
<P>(ii) The legal theories upon which it will rely;
</P>
<P>(iii) The identity, and the city and state of residence, of each witness, other than an expert witness, who is expected to testify on its behalf, along with a brief summary of the matters to be covered by the witness's expected testimony;
</P>
<P>(iv) A list of documents which it intends to introduce at the hearing, along with copies of any such documents which the other parties do not already have in their possession and to which they do not have reasonably ready access.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Expert witnesses.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, in addition to the information described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, any party who intends to call an expert witness shall also furnish to all other parties to the proceeding on or before a date set by the Administrative Law Judge:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement identifying the witness and setting forth his or her qualifications;
</P>
<P>(ii) A list of any publications authored by the witness within the preceding ten years;
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of all cases in which the witness has testified as an expert, at trial or in deposition, within the preceding four years;
</P>
<P>(iv) A complete statement of all opinions to be expressed by the witness and the basis or reasons for those opinions; and
</P>
<P>(v) A list of any documents, data or other written information which were considered by the witness in forming his or her opinions, along with copies of any such documents, data or information which the other parties do not already have in their possession and to which they do not have reasonably ready access.
</P>
<P>(3) The foregoing procedures shall not be deemed applicable to rebuttal evidence submitted by any party at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) In any action where a party fails to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (a), the Administrative Law Judge may make such orders in regard to the failure as are just, taking into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances of the failure to comply.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investigatory materials—</I>(1) <I>In general.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge, the Division of Enforcement shall make available for inspection and copying by the respondents, prior to the scheduled hearing date, any of the following documents that were obtained by the Division prior to the institution of proceedings in connection with the investigation that led to the complaint and notice of hearing:
</P>
<P>(i) All documents that were produced pursuant to subpoenas issued by the Division or otherwise obtained from persons not employed by the Commission, together with each subpoena or written request, or relevant portion thereof, that resulted in the furnishing of such documents to the Division; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All transcripts of investigative testimony and all exhibits to those transcripts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Documents that may be withheld.</I> The Division of Enforcement may withhold any document that would disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of a confidential source;
</P>
<P>(ii) Confidential investigatory techniques or procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) Separately the market positions, business transactions, trade secrets or names of customers of any persons other than the respondents, unless such information is relevant to the resolution of the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(iv) Information relating to, or obtained with regard to, another matter of continuing investigatory interest to the Commission or another domestic or foreign governmental entity, unless such information is relevant to the resolution of the proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(v) Information obtained from a domestic or foreign governmental entity or from a foreign futures authority that either is not relevant to the resolution of the proceeding or was provided on condition that the information not be disclosed or that it only be disclosed by the Commission or a representative of the Commission as evidence in an enforcement or other proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section shall limit the ability of the Division of Enforcement to withhold documents or other information on the grounds of privilege, the work product doctrine or other protection from disclosure under applicable law. When the investigation by the Division of Enforcement that led to the pending proceeding encompasses transactions, conduct or persons other than those involved in the proceeding, the requirements of (b)(1) of this section shall apply only to the particular transaction, conduct and persons involved in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Index of withheld documents.</I> When documents are made available for inspection and copying pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Division of Enforcement shall furnish the respondents with an index of all documents that are withheld pursuant to paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, except for any documents that are being withheld because they disclose information obtained from a domestic or foreign governmental entity or from a foreign futures authority on condition that the information not be disclosed or that it only be disclosed by the Commission or a representative of the Commission as evidence in an enforcement or other proceeding, in which case the Division shall inform the other parties of the fact that such documents are being withheld at the time it furnishes its index under this paragraph, but no further disclosures regarding those documents shall be required. This index shall describe the nature of the withheld documents in a manner that, to the extent practicable without revealing any information that itself is privileged or protected from disclosure by law or these rules, will enable the other parties to assess the applicability of the privilege or protection claimed.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Arrangements for inspection and copying.</I> Upon request by the respondents, all documents subject to inspection and copying pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be made available to the respondents at the Commission office nearest the location where the respondents or their counsel live or work. Otherwise, the documents shall be made available at the Commission office where they are ordinarily maintained or at any other location agreed upon by the parties in writing. Upon payment of the appropriate fees set forth in appendix B to part 145 of this chapter, any respondent may obtain a photocopy of any document made available for inspection. Without the prior written consent of the Division of Enforcement, no respondent shall have the right to take custody of any documents that are made available for inspection and copying, or to remove them from Commission premises.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Failure to make documents available.</I> In the event that the Division of Enforcement fails to make available documents subject to inspection and copying pursuant to this paragraph (b), no rehearing or reconsideration of a matter already heard or decided shall be required, unless the respondent demonstrates prejudice caused by the failure to make the documents available.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Requests for confidential treatment; protective orders.</I> If a person has requested confidential treatment of information submitted by him or her, either pursuant to rules adopted by the Commission under the Freedom of Information Act (part 145 of this chapter) or under the Commission's Rules Relating to Investigations (part 11 of this chapter), the Division of Enforcement shall notify him or her, if possible, that the information is to be disclosed to parties to the proceeding and he or she may apply to the Administrative Law Judge for an order protecting the information from disclosure, consideration of which shall be governed by § 10.68(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Witness statements</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Each party to an adjudicatory proceeding shall make available to the other parties any statement of any person whom the party calls, or expects to call, as a witness that relates to the anticipated testimony of the witness and is in the party's possession. Such statements shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Transcripts of investigative, deposition, trial or similar testimony given by the witness,
</P>
<P>(ii) Written statements signed by the witness, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Substantially verbatim notes of interviews with the witness, and all exhibits to such transcripts, statements and notes. For purposes of this paragraph (c), “substantially verbatim notes” means notes that fairly record the exact words of the witness, subject to minor, inconsequential deviations. Such statements shall include memoranda and other writings authored by the witness that contain information relating to his anticipated testimony. The Division of Enforcement shall produce witness statements pursuant to this paragraph prior to the scheduled hearing date, at a time to be designated by the Administrative Law Judge. Respondents shall produce witness statements pursuant to this paragraph at the close of the Division's case in chief during the hearing. If necessary, the Administrative Law Judge shall, upon request, grant the Division a continuance of the hearing in order to review and analyze any witness statements produced by the respondents.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall limit the ability of a party to withhold documents or other information on the grounds of privilege, the work product doctrine or other protection from disclosure under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Index of withheld documents.</I> When a party makes witness statements available pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, he or she shall furnish each of the other parties with an index of all documents that the party is withholding on the grounds of privilege or work product. This index shall describe the nature of the withheld documents in a manner that, to the extent practicable without revealing information that itself is privileged or protected from disclosure by law or these rules, will enable the other parties to assess the applicability of the privilege or protection claimed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Failure to produce witness statements.</I> In the event that a party fails to make available witness statements subject to production pursuant to this section, no rehearing or reconsideration of a matter already heard or decided shall be required, unless another party demonstrates prejudice caused by the failure to make the witness statements available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification of production requirements.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall modify any of the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section that any party can show is unduly burdensome or is otherwise inappropriate under all the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Admissions</I>—(1) <I>Request for admissions.</I> Any party may serve upon any other party, with a copy to the Proceedings Clerk, a written request for admission of the truth of any facts relevant to the pending proceeding set forth in the request. Each matter of which an admission is requested shall be separately set forth. Unless prior written approval is obtained from the Administrative Law Judge, the number of requests shall not exceed 50 in number including all discrete parts and subparts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response.</I> A matter shall be considered to be admitted unless, within 15 days after service of the request, or within such other time as the Administrative Law Judge may allow, the party upon whom the request is directed serves upon the requesting party a sworn written answer or objection to the matter. If objection is made, the reasons therefor shall be stated. The response shall specifically deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. A denial shall fairly meet the substance of the requested admission and when good faith requires that a party qualify his answer and deny only a part of the matter, he shall specify so much of it as is true and qualify or deny the remainder. An answering party may not give a lack of information or knowledge as a reason for failure to admit or deny unless he states that he has made reasonable inquiry and that the information known or reasonably available to him is insufficient to enable him to admit or deny. A party who considers that a matter of which an admission has been requested presents a genuine issue for trial may not, on that ground alone, object to the request; he may deny the matter or set forth reasons why he cannot admit or deny it.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Determining sufficiency of answers or objections.</I> The party who has requested the admissions may move to determine the sufficiency of the answers or objections. Unless the objecting party sustains his burden of showing that the objection is justified, the Administrative Law Judge shall order that an answer be served. If the Administrative Law Judge determines that an answer does not comply with the requirements of this rule, he may order either that the matter is admitted or that an amended answer be served.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted under this rule is conclusively established and may be used at a hearing as against the party who made the admission. However, the Administrative Law Judge may permit withdrawal or amendment when the presentation on the merits of the proceeding will be served thereby and the party who obtains the admission fails to satisfy the Administrative Law Judge that withdrawal or amendment will prejudice him in maintaining his action or defense on the merits.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Objections to authenticity or admissibility of documents</I>—(1) <I>Identification of documents.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, acting on his or her own initiative or upon motion by any party, may direct each party to serve upon the other parties, with a copy to the Proceedings Clerk, a list identifying the documents that it intends to introduce at the hearing and requesting the other parties to file and serve a response disclosing any objection, together with the factual or legal grounds therefor, to the authenticity or admissibility of each document identified on the list. A copy of each document identified on the list shall be served with the request, unless the party being served already has the document in his possession or has reasonably ready access to it.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Objections to authenticity or admissibility.</I> Within 20 days after service or at such other time as may be designated by the Administrative Law Judge, each party upon whom the list described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section was served shall file a response disclosing any objection, together with the factual or legal grounds therefor, to the authenticity or admissibility of each document identified on the list. Except for relevance, waste of time or needless presentation of cumulative evidence, all objections not raised may be deemed waived.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rulings on objections.</I> In his or her discretion, the Administrative Law Judge may treat as a motion in limine any list served by a party pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section, where any other party has filed a response objecting to the authenticity or the admissibility on any item listed. In that event, after affording the parties an opportunity to file briefs containing arguments on the motion to the degree necessary for a decision, the ALJ may rule on any objection to the authenticity or admissibility of any document identified on the list in advance of trial, to the extent appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 63 FR 55792, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.43" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.43   Stipulations.</HEAD>
<P>The parties may by stipulation in writing at any stage of the proceeding, or orally made at hearing, agree upon any pertinent facts in the proceeding. It is desirable that the facts be thus agreed upon so far as and whenever practicable. Stipulations may be received in evidence at a hearing and when received in evidence shall be binding on the parties thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.44" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.44   Depositions and interrogatories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When permitted.</I> If it appears that:
</P>
<P>(1) A prospective witness will be unable to attend or testify at a hearing on the basis of age, illness, infirmity, imprisonment or on the basis that he is or will be outside of the United States at the time of the hearing (unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party seeking to take the deposition),
</P>
<P>(2) His testimony is material,
</P>
<P>(3) It is necessary to take his deposition in the interest of Justice, the Administrative Law Judge may by order direct that his deposition be taken either orally or in the form of written interrogatories, and may issue a subpoena to compel the attendance of the witness for deposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application for deposition.</I> Any party desiring to take the deposition of a witness shall make application in writing to the Administrative Law Judge for an order to take deposition. In addition to the showing required in § 10.44(a), the application shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and post office address of the witness;
</P>
<P>(2) The specific matters concerning which the witness is expected to testify and their relevance;
</P>
<P>(3) The reasons why the deposition should be taken, supported by affidavits and a physician's certificate, where appropriate;
</P>
<P>(4) The time when, the place where, and the name and address of the person before whom the deposition is to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) A specification of the documents and materials which the deponent is requested to produce;
</P>
<P>(6) Application for any subpoenas.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service and reply.</I> A copy of the application to take deposition shall be served upon every other party to the proceeding and upon the person sought to be deposed. Any party or the deponent may serve and file an opposition to the application within seven days after the application is filed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time when, place where, and officer before whom deposition is taken—</I>(1) <I>Where the deposition is taken.</I> Unless otherwise ordered or agreed to by stipulation, depositions shall be taken in the city or municipality where the deponent is located.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Officer before whom taken.</I> (i) Within the United States or a territory of the United States, depositions shall be taken before an officer authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the examination is held.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within a foreign country, depositions may be taken before an officer or person designated by the Administrative Law Judge or agreed upon by the parties by a stipulation in writing to be filed with the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Procedures for taking oral depositions.</I> (1) Oral examination and crossexamination of witnesses shall be conducted in a manner similar to that permitted at a formal hearing. All questions and testimony shall be recorded verbatim, except to the extent that all parties present or represented may agree that a matter shall be off the record.
</P>
<P>(2) All objections made at the time of the examination to the qualifications of the officer taking the deposition, or to the manner of taking it, or to the evidence presented, or to the conduct of any party, or any other objection to the proceeding shall be noted by the officer upon the deposition, and shall subsequently be determined by the Administrative Law Judge. Evidence objected to shall be taken subject to the objections. However, the parties may stipulate that, except as to objections to the form of questions, all objections to the matters testified to in a deposition are preserved for the hearing, whether or not raised at the time of deposition.
</P>
<P>(3) During the taking of a deposition a party or deponent may request and obtain an adjournment to permit an application to be made to the Administrative Law Judge for an order suspending the deposition on grounds of bad faith in the conduct of the examination, annoyance, embarrassment, oppression of a deponent or party, or improper questions. An attorney who requests and obtains an adjournment for this purpose but fails, without good cause, promptly to apply for relief to the Administrative Law Judge may be found guilty of contemptuous conduct in accordance with § 10.11(b) of these rules.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Procedures for use of interrogatories.</I> (1) If depositions are to be taken and submitted on written interrogatories, the interrogatories shall be filed in triplicate with the application for deposition and served on the parties. Within ten days after service, any party may file, in triplicate, with the Proceedings Clerk, his objections, if any, to such interrogatories and may file such cross-interrogatories as he desires to submit. Other parties shall have ten days to file their objections to cross-interrogatories. Objections shall be settled by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(2) When a deposition is taken upon written interrogatories and cross-interrogatories, no party shall be present or represented and no person other than the witness, a stenographic reporter, and the officer shall be present. The officer shall propound the interrogatories and cross-interrogatories to the witness, and the interrogatories and responses thereto shall be transcribed and reduced to writing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Use of depositions at hearing.</I> (1) Any part or all of a deposition, to the extent admissible under rules of evidence applied as though the witness were then present and testifying at the hearing, may be used against any party who had reasonable notice of the taking of the deposition, if the Administrative Law Judge finds that:
</P>
<P>(i) The witness is dead;
</P>
<P>(ii) The witness is unable to attend or testify because of age, illness, infirmity, or imprisonment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The witness is out of the United States at the time of the hearing, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the deposition.
</P>
<P>(2) If only part of a deposition is offered in evidence by a party, an adverse party may require him to introduce any other part which ought in fairness to be considered with the part introduced, and any party may introduce any other parts.
</P>
<P>(3) Objection may be made at a hearing to receiving in evidence any deposition or part thereof for any reason which would require the exclusion of the evidence if the witness were then present and testifying.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.61" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.61   Time and place of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> All parties shall be notified of the time and place of hearing, which shall be fixed with due regard for the public interest and the convenience and necessity of the parties and their representatives.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for change.</I> A request for postponement of a hearing or for a change in the place assigned for hearing will be granted by the Administrative Law Judge only for good cause shown.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.62" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.62   Appearances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may appear.</I> The parties may appear in person, by counsel or by other representatives of their choosing, subject to the provisions of § 10.11 of these rules and part 14 of this chapter, dealing with appearance and practice before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of failure to appear.</I> (1) If any party to the proceeding, after filing an answer fails to appear at the hearing or any part thereof, he shall to that extent be deemed to have waived the right to an oral hearing in the proceeding. In the event that a party appears at the hearing and no party appears for the opposing side, the party who is present may present his evidence, in whole or in part, in the form of affidavits or by oral testimony, before the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(2) A failure to appear at a hearing shall not constitute a waiver of a party's right to propose findings of fact based on the record in the proceeding, to propose conclusions of law or to submit briefs, in the manner provided in § 10.82, if the non-appearing party submits prior to the scheduled hearing or within three days thereafter, a notice of appearance indicating his intent to continue to participate in the proceeding. Otherwise, his failure to appear will constitute a default, and a default order may be sought in accordance with procedures set forth in § 10.93 of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.63" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.63   Consolidation; separate hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consolidation.</I> Two or more proceedings involving a common question of law or fact may be joined for hearing of any or all the matters in issue or may be consolidated by order of the Administrative Law Judge. The Administrative Law Judge may make such rulings concerning the conduct of such proceedings as may tend to avoid unnecessary costs or delay.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separate Hearings.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, for the convenience of the parties, to avoid prejudice, or to expedite final resolution of the issues, may order a separate hearing of any claim or issue, or grant a separate hearing to any respondent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.64" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.64   Public hearings.</HEAD>
<P>All hearings shall be public, except that upon application of a respondent or affected witness the Administrative Law Judge may direct that specific documents or testimony be received and retained non-publicly in order to prevent unwarranted disclosure of trade secrets or sensitive commercial or financial information or an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.65" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.65   Record of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting and transcription.</I> Hearings for the purpose of taking evidence shall be recorded and transcribed in written form under the supervision of the Administrative Law Judge by a reporter employed by the Commission for that purpose. The original transcript shall be a part of the record and shall be the sole official transcript. Copies of transcripts, except those portions granted non-public treatment, shall be available from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by the contract between the Commission and the reporter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrections.</I> Any party may submit a timely request to the Administrative Law Judge to correct the transcript. Corrections may be submitted to the Administrative Law Judge by stipulation of the parties, or by motion by any party, and upon notice to all parties to the proceeding, the Administrative Law Judge may specify corrections of the transcript. A copy of such specification shall be furnished to all parties and made a part of the record. Corrections shall be made by the official reporter, who shall furnish substitute pages of the transcript, under the usual certificate of the reporter, for insertion in the official record. The original uncorrected pages shall be retained in the files of the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.66" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.66   Conduct of the hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Expedition.</I> Hearings shall proceed expeditiously and insofar as practicable hearings shall be held at one place and shall continue, without suspension, until concluded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rights of parties.</I> Every party shall be entitled to due notice of hearings, the right to be represented by counsel, and the right to cross-examine witnesses, present oral and documentary evidence, submit rebuttal evidence, raise objections, make arguments and move for appropriate relief. Nothing in this paragraph limits the authority of the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge to exercise authority under other provisions of the Commission's rules, to enforce the requirement that evidence presented be relevant to the proceeding or to limit cross-examination to the subject matter of the direct examination and matters affecting the credibility of the witness.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examination of witnesses.</I> All witnesses at a hearing for the purpose of taking evidence shall testify under oath or affirmation, which shall be administered by the Administrative Law Judge. A witness may be cross-examined by each adverse party and, in the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, may be cross-examined, without regard to the scope of direct examination, as to any matter which is relevant to the issues in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Expert witnesses.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, at his discretion, may order that direct testimony of expert witnesses be made by verified written statement rather than presented orally at the hearing. Any expert witness whose testimony is presented in this manner shall be available for oral cross-examination, and may be examined orally upon re-direct following cross-examination.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exhibits.</I> The original of each exhibit introduced in evidence or marked for identification shall be filed and retained in the docket of the proceeding, unless the Administrative Law Judge permits the substitution of copies for the original documents. A copy of each exhibit introduced by a party or marked for identification at his request shall be supplied by him to the Administrative Law Judge and to each other party to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55793, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.67" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.67   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Admissibility.</I> Relevant, material and reliable evidence shall be admitted. Irrelevant, immaterial, unreliable and unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Official notice.</I> (1) Official notice may be taken of
</P>
<P>(i) Any material fact which might be judicially noticed by a district court of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any matter in the public official records of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) If official notice is requested or taken of a material fact, any party, upon timely request, shall be afforded an opportunity to establish the contrary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Objections.</I> A party shall timely and briefly state the grounds relied upon for any objection made to the introduction of evidence. If a party has had no opportunity to object to a ruling at the time it is made, he shall not thereafter be prejudiced by the absence of an objection.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> Formal exception to an adverse ruling is not required. It shall be sufficient that a party, at the time the ruling is sought or entered, makes known to the Administrative Law Judge the action he wishes the Administrative Law Judge to take or his objection to the action being taken and his grounds therefor.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Excluded evidence.</I> When an objection to a question propounded to a witness is sustained, the examining attorney may make a specific offer of what he expects to prove by the answer of the witness, or the Administrative Law Judge may, in his discretion, receive the evidence in full. Rejected exhibits, adequately marked for identification, shall be retained in the record so as to be available for consideration by any reviewing authority.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Affidavits.</I> Affidavits may be admitted by the Administrative Law Judge only if the evidence is otherwise admissible and the parties agree that affidavits may be used.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Official government records.</I> An official government record or any entry therein, when admissible for any purpose, may be evidenced by an official publication thereof or by a copy attested by the officer having legal custody of the record or by his deputy, accompanied by a certificate that such officer has custody. If the office in which the record is kept is within the United States the certificate may be made by a judge of a court of record in the district or political subdivision in which the record is kept, authenticated by the seal of his office. If the office in which the record is kept is in a foreign state or country, the certificate may be made by any officer in the Foreign Service of the United States stationed in the foreign state or country in which the record is kept and authenticated by the seal of his office. A written statement signed by an officer having custody of an official record or by his deputy, that after diligent search, no record or entry dealing with a specific matter is found to exist, accompanied by a certificate as provided above, is admissible as evidence that the records of his office contain no such record or entry.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Entries in the regular course of business.</I> Any writing or record, whether in the form of an entry in a book or otherwise, made as a memorandum or record of any act, transaction, occurrence, or event, will be admissible as evidence thereof if it shall appear that it was made in the regular course of business by a person who had a duty to report or record it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.68" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.68   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for and issuance of subpoenas</I>—(1) <I>Application for and issuance of subpoena ad testificandum.</I> Any party may apply to the Administrative Law Judge for the issuance of a subpoena requiring a person to appear and testify (subpoena ad testificandum) at the hearing. All requests for the issuance of a subpoena ad testificandum shall be submitted in duplicate and in writing and shall be served upon all other parties to the proceeding, unless the request is made on the record at the hearing or the requesting party can demonstrate why, in the interest of fairness or justice, the requirement of a written submission or service on one or more of the other parties is not appropriate. A subpoena ad testificandum shall be issued upon a showing by the requesting party of the general relevance of the testimony being sought and the tender of an original and two copies of the subpoena being requested, except in those situations described in paragraph (b) of this section, where additional requirements are set forth.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application for subpoena duces tecum.</I> An application for a subpoena requiring a person to produce specified documentary or tangible evidence (subpoena duces tecum) at any designated time or place may be made by any party to the Administrative Law Judge. All requests for the issuance of a subpoena duces tecum shall be submitted in duplicate and in writing and shall be served upon all other parties to the proceeding, unless the request is made on the record at the hearing or the requesting party can demonstrate why, in the interest of fairness or justice, the requirement of a written submission or service on one or more of the other parties is not appropriate. Except in those situations described in paragraph (b) of this section, where additional requirements are set forth, each application for the issuance of a subpoena duces tecum shall contain a statement or showing of general relevance and reasonable scope of the evidence being sought and be accompanied by an original and two copies of the subpoena being requested, which shall describe the documentary or tangible evidence to be subpoenaed with as much particularity as is feasible.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Standards for issuance of subpoena duces tecum.</I> The Administrative Law Judge considering any application for a subpoena duces tecum shall issue the subpoena requested if he is satisfied the application complies with this section and the request is not unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope or unduly burdensome. No attempt shall be made to determine the admissibility of evidence in passing upon an application for a subpoena duces tecum and no detailed or burdensome showing shall be required as a condition to the issuance of any subpoena.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Denial of application.</I> In the event the Administrative Law Judge determines that a requested subpoena or any of its terms are unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he may refuse to issue the subpoena, or may issue it only upon such conditions as he determines fairness requires.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special requirements relating to application for and issuance of subpoenas for commission records and for the appearance of commission employees or employees of other agencies</I>—(1) <I>Form.</I> An application for the issuance of subpoena shall be made in the form of a written motion served upon all other parties, if the subpoena would require
</P>
<P>(i) The production of documents, papers, books, physical exhibits, or other material in the records of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) The appearance of a Commissioner or an official or employee of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iii) The appearance of a Commissioner or an official or employee of any other state or federal agency in his official capacity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Content.</I> The motion shall specifically describe the material to be produced, the information to be disclosed, or the testimony to be elicited from the witness, and shall show
</P>
<P>(i) The relevance of the material, information, or testimony to the matters at issue in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasonableness of the scope of the proposed subpoena; and
</P>
<P>(iii) That such material, information, or testimony is not available from other sources.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rulings.</I> The motion shall be decided by the Administrative Law Judge and shall provide such terms or conditions for the production of the material, the disclosure of the information or the appearance of the witness as may appear necessary and appropriate for the protection of the public interest.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commission review of rulings.</I> Interlocutory review by the Commission of a ruling made under this section may be sought in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 10.101 without certification by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motions to quash subpoenas; protective orders</I>—(1) <I>Application.</I> Within 10 days after a subpoena has been served or at any time prior to the return date thereof, a motion to quash or modify the subpoena or for a protective order limiting the use or disclosure of any information, documents or testimony covered by the subpoena may be filed with the Administrative Law Judge who issued it. At the same time, a copy of the motion shall be served on the party who requested the subpoena and all other parties to the proceeding. The motion shall include a brief statement setting forth the basis for the requested relief. If the Administrative Law Judge to whom the motion has been directed has not acted upon the motion by the return date, the subpoena shall be stayed pending his or her final action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disposition.</I> After due notice to the person upon whose request the subpoena was issued, and after opportunity for response by that person, the Administrative Law Judge may (i) quash or modify the subpoena, or (ii) condition denial of the application to quash or modify the subpoena upon just and reasonable terms, including, in the case of a subpoena duces tecum, a requirement that the person in whose behalf the subpoena was issued shall advance the reasonable cost of producing documentary or other tangible evidence. The Administrative Law Judge may issue a protective order sought under paragraph (c)(1) of this section or under any other section of these rules upon a showing of good cause. In considering whether good cause exists to issue a protective order, the Administrative Law Judge shall weigh the harm resulting from disclosure against the benefits of disclosure. Good cause shall only be established upon a showing that the person seeking the protective order will suffer a clearly defined and serious injury if the order is not issued, provided, however, that any such injury shall be balanced against the public's right of access to judicial records. No protective order shall be granted that will prevent the Division of Enforcement or any respondent from adequate presenting its case.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attendance and mileage fees.</I> Persons summoned to testify either by deposition or at a hearing under requirement of subpoena are entitled to the same fees and mileage as are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States. Fees and mileage are paid by the party at whose instance the persons are called.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of subpoenas</I>—(1) <I>How effected.</I> Service of a subpoena upon a party shall be made in accordance with § 10.12(a) of these rules except that only one copy of a subpoena need be served. Service of a subpoena upon any other person shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to him as provided in paragraphs (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this section, as applicable, and by tendering to him or her the fees for one day's attendance and mileage as specified in paragraph (d) of this section. When the subpoena is issued at the instance of the Commission, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service upon a natural person.</I> Delivery of a copy of a subpoena and tender of the fees to a natural person may be effected by
</P>
<P>(i) Handing them to the person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Leaving them at his office with the person in charge thereof or, if there is no one in charge, by leaving them in a conspicuous place therein;
</P>
<P>(iii) Leaving them at his dwelling place or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein;
</P>
<P>(iv) Mailing them by registered or certified mail to him at his last known address; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any other method whereby actual notice is given to him and the fees and mileage are timely made available.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Service upon other persons.</I> When the person to be served is not a natural person, delivery of a copy of the subpoena and tender of the fees and mileage may be effected by
</P>
<P>(i) Handing them to a registered agent for service, or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of such person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Mailing them by registered or certified mail to any such representative at his last known address; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other method whereby actual notice is given to any such representative and the fees and mileage are timely made available.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Enforcement of subpoenas.</I> Upon failure of any person to comply with a subpoena issued at the request of a party, that party may petition the Commission in its discretion to institute an action in an appropriate U.S. District Court for enforcement of that subpoena. When instituting an action to enforce a subpoena requested by the Division of Enforcement, the Commission, in its discretion, may delegate to the Director of the Division or any Commission employee designated by the Director and acting under his or her direction, or to any other employee of the Commission, authority to serve as the Commission's counsel in such subpoena enforcement action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 63 FR 55794, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.69" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.69   Reopening hearings.</HEAD>
<P>Any party may petition the Administrative Law Judge to reopen a hearing to adduce additional evidence at any time prior to issuance of the initial decision. The petition shall show that the evidence sought to be adduced is relevant and material and that there were reasonable grounds for failure to adduce such evidence at the time of the original hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Post Hearing Procedures; Initial Decisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.81" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.81   Filing the transcript of evidence.</HEAD>
<P>As soon as practicable after the close of the hearing, the reporter shall transmit to the Proceedings Clerk the transcript of the testimony and the exhibits introduced in evidence at the hearing, except such portions of the transcript and exhibits as shall have been delivered to the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.82" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.82   Proposed findings and conclusions; briefs.</HEAD>
<P>In any proceeding involving a hearing or an opportunity for hearing, the parties may file written proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law. Briefs may be filed in support of proposed findings and conclusions either as part of the same document or in a separate document. Any proposed finding or conclusion not briefed may be regarded as waived.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Proposed findings and briefs; time for filing.</I> Where the parties file proposed findings and briefs, the following schedule shall apply, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Law Judge:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial submission.</I> Proposed findings, conclusions and an initial brief shall be served and filed by the Division of Enforcement and intervenors on the side of the Division of Enforcement within 45 days of the close of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Answering submission.</I> Proposed findings, conclusions, and an answering brief shall be served and filed by the respondents and intervenors on the side of the respondents within 30 days after service of the initial findings, conclusions and briefs upon the respondents;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reply.</I> A reply brief may be filed by the Division of Enforcement and intervenors on the side of the Division of Enforcement within 15 days after filing of the answering submission;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Submissions by limited participants.</I> Submissions by a person admitted as a limited participant pursuant to § 10.34 of these rules, are permitted under such terms as determined by the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative procedures for submissions.</I> In his discretion the Administrative Law Judge may lengthen or shorten the periods for the filing of submissions, may direct simultaneous filings, may direct that respondents make the first filing, or may otherwise modify the procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for purposes of a particular proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Briefs.</I> (1) The initial brief should include:
</P>
<P>(i) A short, clear and concise statement of the case;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specification of the questions to be resolved; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The argument, presenting clearly the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position taken on each question.
</P>
<P>(2) The answering brief shall generally follow the same style as prescribed for the initial brief but may omit a statement of the case if the party does not dispute the statement of the case contained in the initial brief;
</P>
<P>(3) Reply briefs should be limited to rebuttal of matters in the prior briefs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Content and form of proposed findings and conclusions.</I> (1) The findings of fact shall be confined to the material issues of fact presented on the record, with exact citations to the transcripts of record and exhibits in support of each proposed finding.
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed findings and conclusions of the party filing initially shall be set forth in consecutively numbered paragraphs and all counter-statement of proposed findings and conclusions shall, in addition to any other matter, indicate which paragraphs of initial proposals are not disputed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.83" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.83   Oral arguments.</HEAD>
<P>In his discretion the Administrative Law Judge may hear oral arguments by the parties any time before he files his initial decision with the Proceedings Clerk. The argument shall be recorded and transcribed in written form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.84" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.84   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When initial decision is required.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall make an initial decision in any proceeding in which a hearing is required to be conducted in conformity with the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act, as codified, 5 U.S.C. 557. He shall make an initial decision in other proceedings in which the Commission directs him to make such a decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of initial decision.</I> After the parties have been afforded an opportunity to file their proposed findings of fact, proposed conclusions of law and supporting briefs pursuant to § 10.82, the Administrative Law Judge shall prepare upon the basis of the record in the proceeding and shall file with the Proceedings Clerk his or her decision, a copy of which shall be served by the Proceedings Clerk upon each of the parties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of initial decision.</I> The initial decision shall become the decision of the Commission 30 days after service thereof, except:
</P>
<P>(1) The decision shall not become final as to any party who shall have filed a notice of appeal pursuant to § 10.102 of these rules; and
</P>
<P>(2) The decision shall not become final as to any party to the proceeding if, within 30 days after the initial decision and order, the Commission itself shall have placed the case on its own docket for review or stayed the effective date of the decision.
</P>
<FP>In the event that the initial decision becomes the final decision of the Commission with respect to a party, that party shall be duly notified thereof by the Proceedings Clerk. The notice shall state that the time for filing a notice of appeal by the party has expired, that the Commission has determined not to review the initial decision on its own initiative and shall specify the date on which a final order in the proceeding shall become effective as against that party.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 61 FR 21954, May 13, 1996; 63 FR 55794, Oct. 19, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Disposition Without Full Hearing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.91" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.91   Summary disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of motions, answers.</I> Any party who believes that there is no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that he is entitled to a decision as a matter of law may move for a summary disposition in his favor of all or any part of the proceeding. Such motion shall be filed at or before the first prehearing conference or at such later time as may be allowed by the Administrative Law Judge. Any adverse party within 20 days after service of the motion, may serve opposing papers or may countermove for summary disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting papers.</I> A motion for summary judgment shall include a statement of material facts as to which the moving party contends there is no genuine issue, supported by the pleadings, and by affidavits, other verified statements, including investigative transcripts, admissions, stipulations, and depositions. The motion may also be supported by briefs containing points and authorities in support of the contention of the party making the motion. When a motion is made and supported as provided in this section, an adverse party may not rest upon the mere allegations, but shall serve and file in response a statement setting forth those material facts as to which he contends a genuine issue exists, supported by affidavits or otherwise. He may also submit a brief of points and authorities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form of affidavits.</I> Supporting and opposing affidavits shall be made upon personal knowledge, shall set forth such facts as would be admissible in evidence, and shall show affirmatively that the affiant is competent to testify on the matters stated therein. Sworn or certified copies of all papers or parts thereof referred to in an affidavit shall be attached thereto or served therewith. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral argument.</I> Oral argument may be granted at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ruling on motion.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall grant a motion for summary disposition if the undisputed pleaded facts, affidavits, other verified statements, admissions, stipulations, and depositions, and matters of official notice show that (1) there is no genuine issue as to any material fact, (2) there is no necessity that further facts be developed in the record, and (3) such party is entitled to a decision as a matter of law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review of ruling; appeal.</I> An order denying a motion for summary disposition is subject to interlocutory review under the provisions of § 10.101 on the same terms as a ruling on any other motion. An order granting a motion for summary disposition is reviewable by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of § 10.102 relating to appeals of initial decisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.92" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.7.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.92   Shortened procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How initiated.</I> With the consent of the parties, in lieu of a full oral hearing, the Administrative Law Judge may order a shortened procedure as to the submission of direct evidence may be ordered in a proceeding. An order for shortened procedure shall list the names and addresses of all persons who are parties to the proceeding and shall direct compliance with the procedures established in this section. The order shall be served by the Proceedings Clerk upon all parties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of statements</I>—(1) <I>Opening statement.</I> Within 20 days after receipt of notice that the shortened procedure will be used, the Division of Enforcement shall serve upon all other parties and file with the Proceedings Clerk, in triplicate, an opening statement, in support of the complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Answering statement.</I> Within 20 days after receipt of the opening statement of the Division, each respondent may serve upon all other parties and file with the Proceedings Clerk, in triplicate, in support of his answer, an answering statement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Statement in reply.</I> Within ten days after receipt of all answering statements, or within ten days after the expiration of the period within which answering statements may be served, the Division of Enforcement may serve upon all other parties and file with the Proceedings Clerk, in triplicate, a statement in reply, which shall be confined strictly to replying to the facts and arguments set forth in the answering statements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Joint statements.</I> Parties having a common interest may serve and file joint statements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to file statement.</I> Any party who, without the express permission of the Administrative Law Judge, should fail to file a statement within the time prescribed by this section after service upon him of an order for shortened procedures shall be in default and shall be deemed to have waived any further hearing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of statements.</I> As used in this section, the term “statement” includes
</P>
<P>(1) Statements of fact signed and sworn to by persons having knowledge of those facts;
</P>
<P>(2) Documents filed as part of the proof of the alleged facts (which shall be duly authenticated under oath or otherwise in a manner that would render them admissible in evidence at an oral hearing under the rules in this part); and
</P>
<P>(3) Briefs containing argument to sustain the contentions of the party submitting the statement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Verification.</I> The facts asserted in any statement filed under shortened procedure must be sworn to by persons having knowledge thereof and, except under unusual circumstances, the persons should be those who would appear as witnesses to substantiate the facts asserted should a full oral hearing become necessary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hearings</I>—(1) <I>Request for cross-examination or other hearings.</I> If cross-examination is desired of any witness whose affidavit or other verified statement has been submitted, the name of the witness and the subject matter of the desired cross-examination shall be stated at the end of the answering statement or statement in reply as the case may be. Oral hearings under other circumstances may also be requested but will be granted only under exceptional circumstances. Any request filed under this subparagraph shall include a justification of the need for oral hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hearings issues limited.</I> The order setting the proceeding for oral hearing, if hearing is found necessary, will specify the matters upon which the parties are not in agreement and concerning which oral evidence is to be introduced. Unless material facts are in dispute, oral hearing will not be held.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Subsequent procedure.</I> Post-hearing procedures shall be the same as those in proceedings in which the shortened procedures have not been followed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.93" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.7.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.93   Obtaining default order.</HEAD>
<P>When a respondent has failed to (a) file an answer as provided in § 10.23 of these rules or (b) failed to appear or file a notice of appearance as provided in § 10.62 of these rules or (c) failed to file a statement under the shortened procedures as provided in § 10.92 of these rules, the Division of Enforcement may move the Administrative Law Judge to enter findings and conclusions and a default order against that respondent based upon the matters set forth in the complaint, which shall be deemed to be true for purposes of this determination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.94" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.7.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.94   Setting aside of default.</HEAD>
<P>In order to prevent injustice and on such conditions as may be appropriate, (a) the Commission may at any time set aside a default order obtained under § 10.93; and (b) the Administrative Law Judge may set aside a default order obtained under § 10.93 at any time prior to filing of his initial decision in a proceeding in which there are remaining respondents. Any motion to set aside a default shall be made within a reasonable time, and shall state the reasons for the failure to file or appear and specify the nature of the proposed defense in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Appeals to the Commission; Settlements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.101" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.101   Interlocutory appeals.</HEAD>
<P>Interlocutory review by the Commission of a ruling on a motion by an Administrative Law Judge may be sought in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of review.</I> The Commission will not review a ruling of the Administrative Law Judge prior to the Commission's consideration of the entire proceeding in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. An interlocutory appeal may be permitted, in the discretion of the Commission, under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) Appeal from an adverse ruling pursuant to § 10.8(b) on a motion to disqualify an Administrative Law Judge;
</P>
<P>(2) Appeal from a ruling pursuant to § 10.11(b) suspending an attorney from participation in a particular proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) Appeal from a ruling pursuant to §§ 10.33 and 10.34 denying intervention or limited participation;
</P>
<P>(4) Appeal from a ruling pursuant to § 10.68(b) requiring the appearance of an officer or employee of the Commission or another government agency or the production of Commission records;
</P>
<P>(5) Upon a determination by the Administrative Law Judge, certified to the Commission either in writing or on the record, that
</P>
<P>(i) A ruling sought to be appealed involves a controlling question of law or policy;
</P>
<P>(ii) An immediate appeal may materially advance the ultimate resolution of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Subsequent reversal of the ruling would cause unnecessary delay or expense to the parties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure to obtain interlocutory review</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> An application for interlocutory review may be filed within five days after notice of the Administrative Law Judge's ruling on a matter described in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(4) of this section, except if a request for certification under paragraph (a)(5) of this section has been filed with the Administrative Law Judge within five days after notice of the Administrative Law Judge's ruling on the matter. If a request for certification has been filed, an Application for interlocutory review under paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section may be filed within five days after notification of the Administrative Law Judge's ruling on such request.
</P>
<P>(2) An application for review shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Designate the ruling or part thereof from which appeal is being taken;
</P>
<P>(ii) Present the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position taken; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Not exceed 15 pages. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any party that opposes the application may file a response, not to exceed 15 pages, within five days after service of the application.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission will determine whether to grant a review based upon the application for review and the response thereto, without oral argument or further written presentation, unless the Commission shall otherwise direct.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proceedings not stayed.</I> The filing of an application for review and the grant of review shall not stay proceedings before an Administrative Law Judge unless the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission shall so order. The Commission will not consider a motion for a stay unless the motion shall have first been made to the Administrative Law Judge and denied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55794, Oct. 19, 1998; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.102" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.102   Review of initial decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of appeal</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Any party to a proceeding may appeal to the Commission an initial decision or a dismissal or other final disposition of the proceeding by the Administrative Law Judge as to any party. The appeal shall be initiated by serving and filing with the Proceedings Clerk a notice of appeal within 15 days after service of the initial decision or other order terminating the proceeding; where service of the initial decision or other order terminating the proceeding is effected by mail or commercial carrier, the time within which the party served may file a notice of appeal shall be increased by 3 days.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cross appeals.</I> If a timely notice of appeal is filed by one party, any other party may file a notice of appeal within 15 days after service of the first notice or within 15 days after service of the initial decision or other order terminating the proceeding, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Confirmation of filing.</I> The Proceedings Clerk shall confirm the filing of a notice of appeal by mailing a copy thereof to each other party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Briefs: Time for filing.</I> The appeal shall be perfected through the filing of an appeal brief.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Appeal brief.</I> The appeal brief shall be filed within 30 days after filing of the notice of appeal.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Answering brief.</I> Within 30 days after service of the appeal brief upon any other party that party may file an answering brief.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reply brief.</I> Within 14 days after service of an answering brief, the party that filed the first brief may file a reply brief.
</P>
<P>(4) No further briefs shall be permitted, unless so ordered by the Commission on its own motion.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cross appeals.</I> In the event that any party files a notice of cross appeal pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the Commission shall, to the extent practicable, adjust the briefing schedule and any page limitations otherwise applicable under this section so as to accommodate consolidated briefing by the parties.
</P>
<FP>If the appeal brief is not filed within the time specified the opposing party may move for dismissal of the appeal.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Briefs.</I> An original of all briefs submitted under this section shall be filed with the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Briefs: Content and form.</I> (1) The appeal brief should include, in the order indicated:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the issues presented for review.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the case. The statement shall first indicate briefly the nature of the case. There shall follow a statement of the facts relevant to the issues presented for review, with appropriate references to the record.
</P>
<P>(iii) An argument. The argument may be preceded by a summary. The argument shall contain the contentions of the party to the appeal with respect to the issues presented, and the reasons therefor, and citations to supporting authorities, statutes and parts of the record.
</P>
<P>(iv) A conclusion stating the precise relief sought.
</P>
<P>(2) The answering brief generally shall follow the same style as prescribed for the appeal brief but may omit a statement of the issues or of the case if the party does not dispute the issues and statement of the case contained in the appeal brief. Any reply brief shall be confined to matters raised in the answering brief and shall be limited to 15 pages in length.
</P>
<P>(3) Any matter not briefed shall be deemed waived, and may not be argued before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appendix to briefs—</I>(1) <I>Designation of contents of appendix.</I> At the time an appellant serves and files its appeal brief, it shall also serve and file a designation of those specific parts of the record to which it wishes to direct the particular attention of the Commission and that it wishes to have included in the appendix, including, but not necessarily limited to, particular pages of the transcript and portions of exhibits filed in the proceeding. The designation shall be set forth in a document wholly separate and apart from the brief, shall enumerate those specific parts of the record that the appellant wishes to have included in the appendix and shall not incorporate by reference citations to the record contained in its brief or in any other document. If an appellee deems it necessary to direct the particular attention of the Commission to specific parts of the record not designated by any appellant, it shall serve and file with its answering brief a designation of additional portions of the record for inclusion in the appendix. Any reply brief filed by the appellant may, if necessary, supplement the appellant's previous designation. In designating parts of the record for inclusion in the appendix, the principal parts of the record relied upon should be designated, but the parties shall have regard to the fact that the entire record is always available to the Commission for reference and examinations and shall not engage in unnecessary designation. The fact that a part of the record is not included in an appendix shall not prevent any party or the Commission from relying thereon.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Preparation of the appendix.</I> Within 15 days after the last answering brief or reply brief of a party was due to be filed, the Office of Proceedings shall prepare an appendix to the briefs which will contain a list of the relevant docket entries filed in the proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge, the initial decision and order of the Administrative Law Judge, the pleadings filed on behalf of the parties who are participating in the appeal and such other parts of the record designated by the parties to the appeal in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. The Proceedings Clerk shall cause one copy of the appendix to be served on each of the parties to the appeal and shall cause ten copies of the appendix to be placed in the docket of the proceeding for the use of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Objections to appendix.</I> Any party who believes that an error or omission has been made in the preparation of the appendix or that the appendix is misleading, prejudicial or otherwise inadequate may on that basis file a motion with the Commission to amend or supplement the appendix within 30 days of the date of the mailing of the appendix.
</P>
<FP>The Commission has determined that once an appeal goes to the Commission, it is in a better position than the Chief Administrative Law Judge to review motions objecting to the appendix or seeking to supplement the appendix. Consequently, upon the adoption of this amendment, the Commission and not the Chief Administrative Law Judge will consider any objection to the appendix pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section. As provided by the amendment, a motion raising objections to the appendix must be filed within 30 days after the date of the mailing of the appendix.
</FP>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of failure to file an appeal.</I> Timely appeal to the Commission for review of an initial decision is mandatory as a prerequisite to seeking judicial review of a final decision entered pursuant to these Rules of Practice.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(7 U.S.C. Secs. 4a, 12a; 5 U.S.C. Sec. 10) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 18071, Apr. 30, 1976; 41 FR 19932, May 14, 1976; 47 FR 5999, Feb. 10, 1982; 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 61 FR 21954, May 13, 1996; 63 FR 55794, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999; 78 FR 12935, Feb. 26, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.103" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.103   Oral argument before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request.</I> Any party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a request in writing for the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, which the Commission may in its discretion grant or deny. A request for oral argument must be made within the time provided for filing the initial briefs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time allowed.</I> Unless otherwise directed by the Commission, not more than one-half hour will be allowed for oral argument by any participant. Where the same or similar interests are represented by more than one participant, an aggregate of not more than one-half hour will be allowed the interests so represented irrespective of the number of participants, the time to be divided equally among such participants or as they may agree among themselves. In appropriate cases the Commission may, in its discretion, extend, shorten or reallocate the time prescribed herein.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting and transcription.</I> Oral arguments before the Commission shall be reported and transcribed in written form unless the Commission shall direct otherwise.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commissioners not present at oral argument.</I> A member of the Commission who was not present at the oral argument may participate in the decision of the proceeding. Any Commissioner participating in the decision who was not present at the argument will review the transcript of argument.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.104" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.104   Scope of review; Commission decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of review.</I> The Commission will ordinarily consider the whole record on review, and base its determination thereon. However, it may limit the issues to those presented in the statement of issues in the brief.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Decision on review.</I> On review, the Commission may affirm, reverse, modify, set aside or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, the initial decision by the Administrative Law Judge and make any findings or conclusions which in its judgment are proper based on the record in the proceeding. The Commission's decision shall be contained in its opinion and order. In the event the Commission is equally divided as to its decision the initial decision will be affirmed, without opinion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of record.</I> The record of the proceeding before the Commission for final decision shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The complaint, notice of hearing, answers and any amendments thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) Any application, motion or objection made during the course of the proceeding, briefs in support thereof, rulings thereon and exceptions thereto;
</P>
<P>(3) Any admission or stipulations between the parties, and documents or papers filed in connection with prehearing conferences; and the record of prehearing conferences, if recorded;
</P>
<P>(4) The transcript of testimony taken at the hearing, together with exhibits received at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Any statements filed under the shortened procedure;
</P>
<P>(6) Portions of the official public records of the Commission specified in any of the above;
</P>
<P>(7) Any proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and briefs in support thereof, which were filed in connection with the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Any written communication accepted by the Administrative Law Judge pursuant to §§ 10.34 and 10.35 relating to limited participation;
</P>
<P>(9) The initial decision and the petition for review;
</P>
<P>(10) Any other documents which appear on the docket of the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.105" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.105   Review by Commission on its own initiative.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may on its own initiative, within 30 days after the initial decision has been served on all parties, direct review of any initial decision of an Administrative Law Judge. The Commission shall determine the scope of the review and the issues which will be considered and make provisions for the filing of briefs and oral argument, if deemed appropriate by the Commission. Notice that the Commission has directed review on its own initiative shall be served on all parties by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.106" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.106   Reconsideration; stay pending judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reconsideration.</I> Within 15 days after service of a Commission opinion and order any party may file with the Commission a petition for reconsideration of the opinion and order, setting forth the relief desired and the grounds in support thereof. Any petition filed under this section must be confined to new questions raised by the opinion or order and concerning which the petitioner had no opportunity to argue before the Commission. The filing of a petition for reconsideration shall not operate to stay the effective date of the Commission's order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stay pending judicial appeal—</I>(1) <I>Application for stay.</I> Within 15 days after service of a Commission opinion and order imposing upon any party any of the sanctions listed in §§ 10.1(a) through 10.1(e), that party may file an application with the Commission requesting that the effective date of the order be stayed pending judicial review. The application shall state the reasons why a stay is warranted and the facts relied upon in support of the stay. Any averments contained in the application must be supported by affidavits or other sworn statements or verified statements made under penalty of perjury in accordance with the provisions of 28 U.S.C. 1746.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standards for issuance of stay.</I> The Commission may grant an application for a stay pending judicial appeal upon a showing that:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant is likely to succeed on the merits of his appeal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Denial of the stay would cause irreparable harm to the applicant; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Neither the public interest nor the interest of any other party will be adversely affected if the stay is granted.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Civil monetary penalties and restitution.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the Commission shall grant any application to stay the imposition of a civil monetary penalty or an order to pay a specific sum as restitution if the applicant has filed with the Proceedings Clerk a surety bond guaranteeing full payment of the penalty or restitution plus interest in the event that the Commission's opinion and order is sustained or the applicant's appeal is not perfected or is dismissed for any reason and the Commission has determined that neither the public interest nor the interest of any other party will be affected by granting the application. The required surety bond shall be in the form of an undertaking by a surety company on the approved list of sureties issued by the Treasury Department of the United States, and the amount of interest shall be calculated in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1961(a) and (b), beginning on the date 30 days after the Commission's opinion and order was served on the applicant. In the event the Commission denies the applicant's motion for a stay, the Proceedings Clerk shall return the surety bond to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Unless otherwise requested by the Commission, no response to a petition for reconsideration pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or an application for a stay pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be filed. The Commission shall set the time for filing any response at the time it asks for a response. the Commission shall not grant any such petition or application without providing other parties to the proceeding with an opportunity to respond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 63 FR 55795, Oct. 19, 1998; 63 FR 68829, Dec. 14, 1998; 64 FR 30903, June 9, 1999; 89 FR 71807, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.107" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.107   Leave to adduce additional evidence.</HEAD>
<P>Any time prior to issuance of the final decision the Commission may, upon its own motion or upon application in writing by any party, after notice to the parties and an opportunity for them to be heard, reopen the hearing for the reception of further evidence. The application shall show to the satisfaction of the Commission that the additional evidence is material, and that there were reasonable grounds for failure to adduce such evidence at the hearing. The Commission may hear the additional evidence or may refer the proceeding to the Administrative Law Judge for the taking of the additional evidence. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.108" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.108   Settlements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When offers may be made.</I> Parties may at any time during the course of the proceeding propose offers of settlement. All offers of settlement shall be in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of offer of settlement.</I> Each offer of settlement made by a respondent shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Acknowledge service of the Complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) Admit the jurisdiction of the Commission with respect to the matters set forth in the Complaint;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a waiver of:
</P>
<P>(i) A hearing,
</P>
<P>(ii) All post-hearing procedures,
</P>
<P>(iii) Judicial review, and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any objection to the staff's participation in the Commission's consideration of the offer;
</P>
<P>(4) Stipulate the record basis on which an order may be entered, which may consist solely of the complaint and the findings contained in the offer of settlement; and
</P>
<P>(5) Consent to the entry of an order reflecting the terms of settlement agreed upon, including, where appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) Findings by the Commission that the respondent has violated specified provisions of the Act, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The imposition of sanctions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of offer of settlement.</I> Offers of settlement made by a respondent shall be submitted in writing to the Division of Enforcement, which shall present them to the Commission with the Division's recommendation. The respondent will be informed if the recommendation will be unfavorable, in which event the offer shall not be presented to the Commission unless the respondent so requests. Any offer of settlement not presented to the Commission shall be null and void with respect to any acknowledgement, admission, waiver, stipulation or consent contained in the offer and shall not be used in any manner in the proceeding by any party thereto.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acceptance of offer by the Commission.</I> The Commission will accept an offer of settlement only by issuing its opinion and order based on the offer. Upon issuance of the opinion and order, the proceeding shall be terminated as to the respondent involved and so noted on the docket by the Proceedings Clerk. In lieu of the procedure to institute adjudicatory proceedings set forth in subpart B of this part, the Commission may determine to accept an offer of settlement by order instituting proceedings pursuant to the Act, making findings, and imposing remedial sanctions, whether by Commission meeting or by disposition of business by seriatim Commission consideration as set forth in § 140.12 of this chapter. The Division's recommendation to accept an offer of settlement shall be set forth in an objective memorandum to the Commission that adheres to the applicable rules of professional conduct and provides a comprehensive explanation of the recommendation's factual and legal foundation and distinguishes unfavorable facts or legal precedent. To ensure an accurate and complete administrative record, the statement of facts must be supported by citations to evidence in the investigative record or stipulations by the parties, and the legal argument must be supported by points and authorities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rejection of offer of settlement; effect of rejection.</I> When the Commission rejects an offer of settlement, the party making the offer shall be notified of the Commission's action and the offer of settlement shall be deemed withdrawn. A rejected offer of settlement and any documents relating thereto shall not constitute a part of the record in the proceeding; and the offer will be null and void with respect to any acknowledgment, admission, waiver, stipulation or consent contained in the offer and shall not be used in any manner in the proceeding by any party thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 2511, Jan. 16, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.109" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.8.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.109   Delegation of authority to Chief of the Opinions Section.</HEAD>
<P>The Commodity Futures Trading Commission hereby delegates, until such time as it orders otherwise, the following function to the General Counsel, to be performed by him or by such person or persons under his direction as he may designate from time to time:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> and subject to the Commission's Rules of Practice as set forth in part 10 of this chapter, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Consider and decide miscellaneous motions for procedural orders that may be directed to the Commission pursuant to part 10 of these rules after the initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding has been filed; such motions may be acted upon at anytime, without awaiting a response;
</P>
<P>(2) Remand, with or without specific instructions, initial decisions or other orders disposing of the entire proceeding to the appropriate officer in the following situations:
</P>
<P>(i) Where a default order has been made pursuant to § 10.93 of these rules and a motion to vacate the default or equivalent request has been directed to the Commission under § 10.94 without the benefit of a prior ruling by the Administrative Law Judge;
</P>
<P>(ii) Where, in his judgment, clarification or supplementation of the initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding prior to Commission review is appropriate; however, the General Counsel or his designee may not direct that the record be reopened;
</P>
<P>(iii) Where, in his judgment, a ministerial act necessary to the proper conduct of the proceeding has not been performed;
</P>
<P>(3) Deny applications for interlocutory Commission review of a ruling of the Administrative Law Judge in cases in which the Administrative Law Judge has not certified the ruling to the Commission in the manner prescribed by § 10.101(a) of the rules; and the ruling does not concern the disqualification of, or a motion to disqualify, an Administrative Law Judge; and the ruling does not concern the suspension of, or failure to suspend, an attorney from participation in a particular proceeding, or the denial of intervention or limited participation;
</P>
<P>(4) Deny any application for interlocutory review in a proceeding if it is not filed in accordance with § 10.101(b) of these rules;
</P>
<P>(5) Dismiss any appeal from an initial decision or other disposition of the entire proceeding by an Administrative Law Judge, where such appeal is not filed and perfected in accordance with § 10.102 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(6) Strike any filing that does not meet the requirements of, or is not perfected in accordance with, part 10 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(7) Stay, for a limited period of time not to exceed ten working days, any order of the Commission entered in a proceeding subject to these rules;
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any case in which the General Counsel or his designee believes it appropriate, he may submit the matter to the Commission for its consideration;
</P>
<P>(c) Within seven (7) days after service of a ruling issued pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a petition for Commission reconsideration of the ruling. Unless the Commission orders otherwise, the filing of a petition for reconsideration shall not operate to stay the effective date of such ruling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 33515, Aug. 20, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 64 FR 43071, Aug. 9, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Restitution Orders</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 55795, Oct. 19, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 10.110" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.110   Basis for issuance of restitution orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appropriateness of restitution as a remedy.</I> In any proceeding in which an order requiring restitution may be entered, the Administrative Law Judge shall, as part of his or her initial decision, determine whether restitution is appropriate. In deciding whether restitution is appropriate, the Administrative Law Judge, in his or her discretion, may consider the degree of complexity likely to be involved in establishing claims, the likelihood that claimants can obtain compensation through their own efforts, the ability of the respondent to pay claimants damages that his or her violations have caused, the availability of resources to administer restitution and any other matters that justice may require.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restitution order.</I> If the Administrative Law Judge determines that restitution is an appropriate remedy in a proceeding, he or she shall issue an order specifying the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All violations that form the basis for restitution;
</P>
<P>(2) The particular persons, or class or classes of persons, who suffered damages proximately caused by each such violation;
</P>
<P>(3) The method of calculating the amount of damages to be paid as restitution; and
</P>
<P>(4) If then determinable, the amount of restitution the respondent shall be required to pay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.111" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.111   Recommendation of procedure for implementing restitution.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided by § 10.114, after such time as any order requiring restitution becomes effective (<I>i.e.,</I> becomes final and is not stayed), the Division of Enforcement shall petition the Commission for an order directing the Division to recommend to the Commission or, in the Commission's discretion, the Administrative Law Judge a procedure for implementing restitution. Each party that has been ordered to pay restitution shall be afforded an opportunity to review the Division of Enforcement's recommendations and be heard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.112" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.112   Administration of restitution.</HEAD>
<P>Based on the recommendations submitted pursuant to § 10.111, the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge, as applicable, shall establish in writing a procedure for identifying and notifying individual persons who may be entitled to restitution, receiving and evaluating claims, obtaining funds to be paid as restitution from the party and distributing such funds to qualified claimants. As necessary or appropriate, the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge may appoint any person, including an employee of the Commission, to administer, or assist in administering, such restitution procedure. Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, all costs incurred in administering an order of restitution shall be paid from the restitution funds obtained from the party who was so sanctioned; provided, however, that if the administrator is a Commission employee, no fee shall be charged for his or her services or for services performed by any other Commission employee working under his or her direction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.113" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.113   Right to challenge distribution of funds to customers.</HEAD>
<P>Any order of an Administrative Law Judge directing or authorizing the distribution of funds paid as restitution to individual customers shall be considered a final order for appeal purposes to be subject to Commission review pursuant to § 10.102.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.114" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.9.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.114   Acceleration of establishment of restitution procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures provided for by §§ 10.111 through 10.113 may be initiated prior to the issuance of the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge and may be combined with the hearing in the proceeding, either upon motion by the Division of Enforcement or if the Administrative Law Judge, acting on his own initiative or upon motion by a respondent, concludes that the presentation, consideration and resolution of the issues relating to the restitution procedure will not materially delay the conclusion of the hearing or the issuance of the initial decision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.9.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 11—RULES RELATING TO INVESTIGATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 4a(j), 9, 12, 12a(5) and 15.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 29799, July 19, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 11.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.1   Scope and applicability of rules.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of this part apply to investigatory proceedings conducted by the Commission or its staff pursuant to sections 6(c) and 8 and 12(f) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 9 and 15 and 12 and 16(f) (Supp. IV, 1974), to determine whether there have been violations of that Act, or the rules, regulations or orders adopted thereunder, or, in accordance with the provisions of section 12(f) of the Act, whether there have been violations of the laws, rules or regulations relating to futures or options matters administered or enforced by a foreign futures authority, or whether an application for designation or registration under the Act should be denied. Except as otherwise specified herein, the rules will apply to the conduct of investigation whether or not the Commission has authorized the use of subpoenas in the particular matter to compel the production of evidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 5233, Feb. 2, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.2   Authority to conduct investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Director of the Division of Enforcement and members of the Commission staff acting pursuant to his authority and under his direction may conduct such investigations as he deems appropriate to determine whether any persons have violated, are violating, or are about to violate the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or the rules, regulations or orders adopted by the Commission pursuant to that Act, or, in accordance with the provisions of section 12(f) of the Act, whether any persons have violated, are violating or are about to violate the laws, rules or regulations relating to futures or options matters administered or enforced by a foreign futures authority, or whether an applicant for registration or designation meets the requisite statutory criteria. For this purpose, the Director may obtain evidence through voluntary statements and submissions, through exercise of inspection powers over boards of trade, reporting traders, and persons required by law to register with the Commission, or when authorized by order of the Commission, through the issuance of subpoenas. The Director shall report to the Commission the results of his investigations and recommend to the Commission such enforcement action as he deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, to its Regional Directors and to the Director, the Deputy Directors, the Program Coordinator, the Chief Counsel, the Associate Directors, and the Deputy Regional Counsel of the Division of Enforcement the authority to grant to any employee of the Division of Enforcement all or a portion of the authority which the Commission, by order, has authorized specified employees of the Commission to perform in connection with a Commission investigation conducted by the Division of Enforcement. With the approval of the Executive Director, the Director of the Division of Enforcement may also grant such authority to any Commission employee under the direction of the Executive Director. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2a(11) and 6(b) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 15 (1976), as amended by the Futures Trading Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-405, sec. 13, 92 Stat. 871 (1978)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29799, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 FR 55348, Nov. 28, 1978; 60 FR 54802, Oct. 26, 1995; 61 FR 1709, Jan. 23, 1996; 62 FR 17702, Apr. 11, 1997; 63 FR 5233, Feb. 2, 1998; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 82 FR 28767, June 26, 2017; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.3   Confidentiality of investigations.</HEAD>
<P>All information and documents obtained during the course of an investigation, whether or not obtained pursuant to subpoena, and all investigative proceedings shall be treated as non-public by the Commission and its staff except to the extent that (a) the Commission directs or authorizes the public disclosure of the investigation; (b) the information or documents are made a matter of public record during the course of an adjudicatory proceeding; or (c) disclosure is required by the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and the rules adopted by the Commission thereunder, 17 CFR part 145. Procedures by which persons submitting information to the Commission during the course of an investigation may specifically seek confidential treatment of information for purposes of Freedom of Information Act disclosure are set forth in 17 CFR 145.9. A request for confidential treatment of information for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act shall not, however, prevent disclosure for law enforcement purposes or when disclosure is otherwise found appropriate in the public interest and permitted by law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.4   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance of subpoenas.</I> The Commission or any member of the Commission or of its staff who, by order of the Commission, has been authorized to issue subpoenas in the course of a particular investigation may issue a subpoena directing the person named therein to appear before a designated person at a specified time and place to testify or to produce documentary evidence, or both, relating to any matter under investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorization to issue subpoenas.</I> An order of the Commission authorizing one or more members of the Commission or of its staff to issue subpoenas in the course of a particular investigation shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A general description of the scope of the investigation;
</P>
<P>(2) The authority under which the investigation is being conducted; and
</P>
<P>(3) A designation of the members of the Commission or of its staff authorized by the Commission to issue subpoenas.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service.</I> Service of subpoenas issued for investigative purposes shall be effected in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Service upon a natural person.</I> Delivery of a copy of a subpoena to a natural person may be effected by
</P>
<P>(i) Handing it to the person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Leaving it at his office with the person in charge thereof or, if there is no one in charge, by leaving it in a conspicuous place therein;
</P>
<P>(iii) Leaving it at his dwelling place or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein;
</P>
<P>(iv) Mailing it by registered or certified mail to him at his last known address; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any other method whereby actual notice is given to him.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service upon other persons.</I> When the person to be served is not a natural person, delivery of a copy of the subpoena may be effected by (i) handing it to a registered agent for service, or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of such person; (ii) mailing it by registered or certified mail to any such representative at his last known address; or (iii) any other method whereby actual notice is given to any such representative.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Witness fees and mileage.</I> Witnesses appearing pursuant to subpoena shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) Pursuant to the authority granted under Sections 2(a)(11) and 8a(5) of the Act, the Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or General Counsel's delegee, and until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the authority to invoke, in case of contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpoena issued to, any person, the aid of any court of the United States within the jurisdiction in which the investigation or proceeding is conducted, or where such person resides or transacts business, in requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of books, papers, correspondence, memoranda and other records pursuant to subpoenas issued in accordance with section 6(c) of the Act for the purpose of securing effective enforcement of the provisions of this Act, for the purpose of any investigation or proceeding under this Act, and for the purpose of any action taken under section 12(f) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the delegation of authority to the Director set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, in any case in which the Director believes it appropriate the matter may be submitted to the Commission for its consideration. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Commission from exercising the authority delegated in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29799, July 19, 1976, as amended at 67 FR 37322, May 29, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.5   Transcripts.</HEAD>
<P>Transcripts of testimony taken in the course of an investigative proceeding shall be recorded solely by an official reporter or other person or by other means authorized by the Commission or by a member of the Commission or its staff conducting the investigation for the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.6   Oath; false statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Oath.</I> At the discretion of the member of the Commission or staff member conducting the investigation, testimony of a witness may be taken under oath.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Penalties for false statements and other false information.</I> Any person making false statements under oath during the course of a Commission investigation is subject to the criminal penalties for perjury in 18 U.S.C. 1621. Any person who knowingly and willfully makes false or fraudulent statements, whether under oath or otherwise, or who falsifies, conceals or covers up a material fact, or submits any false writing or document, knowing it to contain false, fictitious or fraudulent information, is subject to the criminal penalties set forth in 18 U.S.C. 1001.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.7   Rights of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Orders authorizing issuance of subpoenas.</I> Any person upon whom a subpoena has been served compelling him to furnish documentary evidence or testimony in an investigation shall, upon his request, be permitted to examine a copy of the Commission's order pursuant to which the subpoena has been issued. However, a copy of the order shall not be furnished for his retention except with the express approval of either the Director, a Deputy Director, the Principal Deputy Director, the Chief Counsel, an Associate Director, or a Deputy Regional Counsel of the Division of Enforcement; approval shall not be given unless it has been shown by the person seeking to retain a copy that his retention of a copy would be consistent both with the protection of privacy of persons involved in the investigation and with the unimpeded conduct of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Copies of testimony or data.</I> A person compelled to submit data or evidence in the course of an investigatory proceeding shall be entitled to retain or, upon payment of appropriate fees as set forth in the Schedule of Fees for records services, 17 CFR part 145b, procure a copy or transcript thereof, except that the witness may for good cause be limited to inspection of the official transcript of his testimony.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right to counsel.</I> A person compelled to appear, or who appears in person by request or permission of the Commission or its staff during an investigation, may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel. Subject to the provisions of § 11.8(b) of this part, he may be represented by any attorney-at-law who is admitted to practice before the highest court in any State or territory or the District of Columbia, who has not been suspended or disbarred from appearance and practice before the Commission in accordance with the provisions of part 14 of this title, and who has not been excluded from further participation in the particular investigatory proceeding for good cause established in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The right to be accompanied, represented and advised by counsel shall mean the right of a person testifying to have an attorney present with him during any aspect of an investigative proceeding and to have this attorney advise his client before, during and after the conclusion of such examination. At the conclusion of the examination, counsel may request the person presiding to permit the witness to clarify any of his answers which may need clarification in order that his answers not be left equivocal or incomplete on the record. For his use in protecting the interests of his client with respect to that examination counsel may make summary notes during the examination.
</P>
<P>(2) With due regard for the rights of a witness, the Commission may for good cause exclude a particular attorney from further participation in any investigation in which the Commission has found the attorney to have engaged in dilatory, obstructionist or contumacious conduct. The person conducting an investigation may report to the Commission instances of apparently dilatory, obstructionist or contumacious conduct on the part of an attorney. After due notice to the attorney, the Commission may take such action as the circumstances warrant based upon a written transcript evidencing the conduct of the attorney in that investigation or such other or additional written or oral presentation as the Commission may permit or direct.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Self-Incrimination; immunity—</I>(1) <I>Self-Incrimination.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a witness testifying or otherwise giving information in an investigation may refuse to answer questions on the basis of the right against self-incrimination granted by the Fifth Amendment of the Constitution of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Immunity.</I> 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> If the Commission believes that the testimony or other information sought to be obtained from any individual may be necessary to the public interest and that individual has refused or is likely to refuse to testify or provide other information on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination, the Commission, with the approval of the Attorney General, may issue an order requiring the individual to give testimony or provide other information which he previously refused to give on the basis of self-incrimination. Whenever a witness refuses, on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination, to testify or provide other information in an investigation under this part, and the person presiding over the investigation communicates to the witness an order issued by the Commission requiring the witness to give testimony or provide other information, the witness may not refuse to comply with the order on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination; but no testimony or other information compelled under the order (or any information directly or indirectly derived from such testimony or other information) may be used against the witness in any criminal case, except a prosecution for perjury, giving a false statement, or otherwise failing to comply with the order.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> This subsection shall be effective on and after such date as section 6001 of Title 18 of the United States Code has been amended to include the Commodity Futures Trading Commission among those agencies which may, with the approval of the Attorney General, grant immunity to witnesses to the extent and in the manner prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 6001 <I>et seq.</I></P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29799, July 19, 1976, as amended at 61 FR 1709, Jan. 23, 1996; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.8   Sequestration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Sequestration of witnesses.</I> All witnesses and potential witnesses shall be sequestered and prohibited from being present during the examination of any other witness unless otherwise permitted in the discretion of the person conducting the investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sequestration of counsel.</I> When a reasonable basis exists to believe that an investigation may be obstructed or impeded, directly or indirectly, by an attorney's representation of more than one witness during the course of an investigation, the member of the Commission or of the Commission's staff conducting the investigation may prohibit that attorney from being present during the testimony of any witness other than the witness in whose behalf counsel first appeared in the investigatory proceeding. To the extent practicable, consistent with the integrity of the investigation, the attorney will be advised of the reasons for his having been sequestered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.10.0.7.9.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 11—Informal Procedure Relating to the Recommendation of Enforcement Proceedings
</HEAD>
<P>The Division of Enforcement (“Division”), in its discretion, may inform persons who may be named in a proposed enforcement proceeding of the nature of the allegations pertaining to them. Such notice should be in writing when possible, and if given orally, it should be followed promptly by a written confirmation. The written notice or written confirmation of an oral notice should identify the specific charges the Division has made a preliminary determination to recommend to the Commission. The Division may also refer to specific evidence regarding the facts and circumstances that form the basis for the Division's recommendation. The Division, in its discretion, may advise such persons that they may submit a written statement prior to the consideration by the Commission of any staff recommendation for the commencement of such proceeding. Unless for good cause, and otherwise provided for by either the Director or a Deputy Director of the Division, such written statements shall have at least 30 days for submission after persons are informed by the Division of Enforcement of the nature of the proposed allegations pertaining to them and shall be no more than 20 pages, double spaced on 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inch paper, setting forth their views of factual, legal or policy matters relevant to the commencement of an enforcement proceeding. Any statement of fact included in the submission must be sworn to by a person with personal knowledge of such fact. Statements shall be forwarded to the Director, Division of Enforcement, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, with copies to the staff conducting the investigation, shall clearly identify the specific investigation, and, if desired, may request that the statement be forwarded to the Commission promptly. Similarly, persons who become involved in an investigation, and submit a written statement on their initiative, should follow the relevant procedures described in this appendix. In the event the Division recommends the commencement of an enforcement proceeding to the Commission, the Division shall forward any such written statement to the Commission promptly. The Commission may, in its discretion, consider all, any portion or none of the submission when it considers the staff recommendation to commence an enforcement proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 55645, Dec. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 12—RULES RELATING TO REPARATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12), 12a(5), and 18.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information and Preliminary Consideration of Pleadings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.1   Scope and applicability of rules of practice relating to reparations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Part 12 Reparation Rules.</I> These rules of practice are applicable to reparation applications filed pursuant to section 14 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. section 18. The rules in this part shall be construed liberally so as to secure the just, speedy and inexpensive determination of the issues presented with full protection for the rights of all parties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other rules of practice.</I> Unless specifically made applicable, other Rules of Practice promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, shall not apply to reparation matters.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability of these part 12 Reparation Rules.</I> These rules shall apply in their entirety to all reparation complaints and matters relating thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9635, Mar. 1, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Administrative Judge</I> means an employee of the Commission who is authorized to conduct all reparations proceedings. In appropriate circumstances, the functions of an Administrative Judge may be performed by an Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative Law Judge</I> means an administrative law judge appointed pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 3105.
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Commission decisional employee</I> means an employee or employees of the Commission who are or may reasonably be expected to be involved in the decisionmaking process in any proceeding, including, but not limited to: An Administrative Judge; members of the personal staffs of the Commissioners, but not the Commissioners themselves; members of the staffs of the Administrative Law Judges, but not an Administrative Law Judge; members of the staffs of the Administrative Judges; members of the Office of the General Counsel; members of the staff of the Office of Proceedings; and other Commission employees who may be assigned to hear or to participate in the decision of a particular matter.
</P>
<P><I>Complainant</I> means a person who, individually or jointly with others, has applied to the Commission for a reparation award pursuant to section 14(a) of the Act, but shall not include a cross claimant or any other type of third-party claimant. The term “complainant” under this part applies equally to two or more persons who have applied jointly for a reparation award.
</P>
<P><I>Complaint</I> means any document which constitutes an application for a reparation award pursuant to section 14(a) of the Act, regardless of whether it is denominated as such.
</P>
<P><I>Counterclaim</I> means an application for a reparation award by a respondent against a complainant which satisfies the requirements of § 12.19. A counterclaim does not mean a cross claim or other type of third party claim.
</P>
<P><I>Director of the Office of Proceedings</I> means an employee of the Commission who serves as the administrative head of that Office, with responsibility and authority to assure that the rules in this part are administered in a manner which will effectuate the purposes of section 14(b) of the Act. The Director is authorized to convene meetings of all personnel in the Office of Proceedings, including Administrative Judges, Administrative Law Judges, and the Judges' personally assigned law clerks. The Director shall have the authority to delegate their duties to administer §§ 12.15, 12.24, 12.26, and 12.27, and, shall have the authority to assign and, if necessary, reassign the duties of, and set reasonable standards for performance for, all personnel in the Office, including the Administrative Judges, but not including Administrative Law Judges and their personally assigned law clerks.
</P>
<P><I>Ex parte communication</I> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) A discussion, after consent has been obtained from all of the named parties, between a party and an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge, or the staffs of the foregoing, pertaining solely to the possibility of settling the case without the need for a decision;
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for status reports, including questions relating to service of the complaint, and the registration status of any persons, on any matter or proceeding covered by this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Requests made to the Office of Proceedings or the Office of the General Counsel for interpretation of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Formal decisional procedure</I> means, where the amount of total damages claimed exceeds $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs, a procedure elected by the complainant or a respondent where the parties may be granted an oral hearing. A formal decisional proceeding is governed by subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Hearing</I> means that part of a proceeding which involves the submission of proof, either by oral presentation or written submission.
</P>
<P><I>Interested person</I> means any party, and includes any person or agency permitted limited participation or to state views in a reparation proceeding, or other person who might be adversely affected or aggrieved by the outcome of a proceeding (including the officers, agents, employees, associates, affiliates, attorneys, accountants or other representatives of such persons), and any other person having a direct or indirect pecuniary or other interest in the outcome of a proceeding.
</P>
<P><I>Office of the General Counsel</I> refers to the members of the Commission's staff who provide assistance to the Commission in its direct review of any proceeding conducted pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Office of Proceedings</I> means that Office within the Commission comprised of the Administrative Law Judges, Administrative Judges, the Director of that Office, the Proceedings Clerk, and members of the staffs of the foregoing, which administers the rules in this part, other than the rules in this part authorizing direct review by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Order</I> means the whole or any part of a final procedural or substantive disposition of a reparation proceeding by the Commission, an Administrative Law Judge, an Administrative Judge, or the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P><I>Party</I> means a complainant, respondent or any other person or agency named or admitted as a party in a reparation matter.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, association, partnership, corporation or trust.
</P>
<P><I>Pleading</I> means the complaint, the answer to the complaint, any supplement or amendment thereto, and any reply to the foregoing.
</P>
<P><I>Proceeding</I> means a case in which the pleadings have been forwarded and in which a procedure has been commenced pursuant to § 12.26.
</P>
<P><I>Proceedings Clerk</I> means any member of the Commission's staff designated as such by the Director of the Office of Proceedings;


</P>
<P><I>Punitive damages</I> means damages awarded (no more than two times the amount of actual damages) in the case of any action arising from a willful and intentional violation in the execution of an order on the floor of a contract market. An order does not have to be actually executed to render a violation subject to punitive damages. As a prerequisite to an award of punitive damages, a complainant must claim actual and punitive damages, prove actual damages, and demonstrate that punitive damages are appropriate.
</P>
<P><I>Registrant</I> means any person who—
</P>
<P>(1) Was registered under the Act at the time of the alleged violation;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to reparation proceedings by virtue of section 4m of the Commodity Exchange Act, regardless of whether such person was ever registered under the Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is otherwise subject to reparation proceedings under the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Reparation award</I> means the amount of monetary damages a party may be ordered to pay.
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means any person or persons against whom a complainant seeks a reparation award pursuant to section 14(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Summary decisional procedure</I> means, where the amount of total damages claimed does not exceed $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs, a procedure elected by the complainant or the respondent wherein an oral hearing need not be held and proof in support of each party's case may be supplied in the form and manner prescribed by § 12.208. A summary decisional proceeding is governed by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Voluntary decisional procedure</I> means, regardless of the amount of damages claimed, a procedure which the complainant and the respondent have chosen voluntarily to submit their claims and counterclaims, allowable under this part, for an expeditious resolution by an Administrative Judge. By electing the voluntary decisional procedure, parties agree that a decision issued by an Administrative Judge shall be without accompanying findings of fact and shall be final without right of Commission review or judicial review. A voluntary decisional proceeding is governed by subpart C of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64350, Nov. 18, 2021, as amended at 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.3   Business address; hours.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Proceedings is located at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. Faxes must be sent to (202) 418-5532, and emails must be sent to <I>PROC__filings@cftc.gov.</I> The office is open from 8:15 a.m. to 4:45 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday except on federal holidays.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 12936, Feb. 26, 2013, as amended at 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.4   Suspension, amendment, revocation and waiver of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Suspension or change of rules.</I> These rules may, from time to time, be suspended, amended or revoked in whole or in part. Notice of such action will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission waiver of procedures.</I> In the interest of expediting decision or to prevent undue hardship on any party or for other good cause the Commission may order the adoption of expedited procedures, may waive any rule in this part in a particular case, and may order proceedings in accordance with its direction upon a determination that no party will be prejudiced thereby, and that the ends of justice will be served. Reasonable notice shall be given to all parties of any action taken pursuant to this provision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.5   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed by the rules in this part or allowed by the Commission, the Director of the Office of Proceedings, an Administrative Judge, or an Administrative Law Judge, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included. The last day of the period so computed is to be included unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation only when the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than seven (7) days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date of service of orders.</I> In computing any period of time involving the date of service of an order, the date of service shall be the date the order is served by the Proceedings Clerk, which, unless otherwise indicated, shall be the date stamped on the order by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 86 FR 64351, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.6   Extensions of time; adjournments; postponements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided by law or by the rules in this part, for good cause shown, the Commission, or an Administrative Judge, Administrative Law Judge, or the Director of the Office of Proceedings, before whom a matter is then pending, on their own motion or the motion of a party, may at any time extend or shorten the time limit prescribed by the rules in this part for filing any document. In any instance in which a time limit is not prescribed for an action to be taken concerning any matter, the Commission or one of the other officials mentioned above may set a time limit for that action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motions for extension of time.</I> Absent extraordinary circumstances, in any instance in which a time limit that has been prescribed for an action to be taken concerning any matter exceeds seven days from the date of the order establishing the time limit, requests for extension of time shall be filed at least five (5) days prior to the expiration of the time limit and shall explain why an extension of time is necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 59 FR 9636, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.7   Ex parte communications in reparation proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitions against ex parte communications.</I> (1) No interested person outside the Commission shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge, or Commission decisional employee an <I>ex parte</I> communication relevant to the merits of a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) No Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge, or Commission decisional employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the Commission an <I>ex parte</I> communication relevant to the merits of a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for handling ex parte communications.</I> A Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge or Commission decisional employee who receives, or who makes or knowingly causes to be made, an <I>ex parte</I> communication prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Place on the public record of the proceeding:
</P>
<P>(i) All such written communications;
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the materials described in paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly give written notice of such communication and responses thereto to all parties to the proceedings to which the communication or responses relate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sanctions.</I> (1) Upon receipt of an <I>ex parte</I> communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of the prohibition contained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Commission, Administrative Law Judge, or an Administrative Judge may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the Act, require the parties to show cause why their claims or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Any attorney or accountant who knowingly makes or knowingly causes to be made, or who knowingly solicits or knowingly causes the solicitation of, an <I>ex parte</I> communication which violates the prohibitions contained in paragraph (a) of this section may be deemed to have engaged in unprofessional conduct of the type proscribed by 17 CFR 14.8(c).
</P>
<P>(3) Any Commissioner, Administrative Law Judge, or Commission decisional employee who knowingly makes or knowingly causes to be made, or who knowingly solicits or knowingly causes the solicitation of, an <I>ex parte</I> communication which violates the prohibitions contained in paragraph (a) of this section may be deemed to have engaged in conduct of the type proscribed by 5 CFR 2635.101(b).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicability of prohibitions and sanctions against ex parte communications.</I> (1) The prohibitions of this section against <I>ex parte</I> communications shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) To any person who has actual knowledge that a proceeding has been or will be commenced by order of the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To all persons after public notice has been given that a proceeding has been or will be commenced by order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibitions of this section shall remain in effect until a final order has been entered in the proceeding which is no longer subject to review by the Commission or to appellate review by a court.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9636, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.8   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An Administrative Judge, or Administrative Law Judge, will not be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of any officer, employee, or agent of the Commission engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions for the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) No officer, employee, or agent of the Federal Government engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions in connection with any proceeding shall, in that proceeding or a factually related proceeding, participate or advise in the decision of an Administrative Judge, or Administrative Law Judge, except as a witness in the proceeding, without the express written consent of the parties to the proceeding. This paragraph (b) shall not apply to the Commissioners.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.9   Practice before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Practice</I>—(1) <I>By non-attorneys.</I> Individuals may appear <I>pro se</I> (on their own behalf); a general partner may represent the partnership; a <I>bona fide</I> officer of a corporation, trust, or association may represent the corporation, trust, or association.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By attorneys.</I> An attorney-at-law who is admitted to practice before the highest Court in any State or territory, or of the District of Columbia, who has not been suspended or disbarred from appearance and practice before the Commission in accordance with provisions of part 14 of this chapter may represent parties as an attorney in proceedings before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Debarment of counsel or representative during the course of a proceeding.</I> (1) Whenever, while a proceeding is pending before them, an Administrative Judge or an Administrative Law Judge finds that a person acting as counsel or representative for any party to the proceeding is guilty of contemptuous conduct, such official may order that such person be precluded from further acting as counsel or representative in the proceeding. An immediate appeal to the Commission may be taken from any such order, pursuant to the provisions of § 12.309, but the proceeding shall not be delayed or suspended pending disposition of the appeal; <I>Provided,</I> that the official may suspend the proceedings for a reasonable time for the purpose of enabling the party to obtain other counsel or representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever the Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge has issued an order precluding a person from further acting as counsel or representative in a proceeding, such official, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall submit to the Commission a report of the facts and circumstances surrounding the issuance of the order and shall recommend what action the Commission should take respecting the appearance of such person as counsel or representative in other proceedings before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal of representation.</I> Withdrawal from representation of a party shall be only by leave of the decisionmaking official (or the Commission) before whom the proceeding is then pending. Such leave to withdraw may be conditioned on the attorney's (or representative's) submission of an affidavit averring that the party represented has actual knowledge of the withdrawal, and such affidavit shall include the name and address of a successor counsel (or representative) or a statement that the represented party has determined to proceed <I>pro se,</I> in which case, the statement shall include the address where that party can thereafter be served.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.10   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements</I>—(1) <I>When service is required; number of copies.</I> When one party serves another with documents under these rules, a copy must be served on all other parties as well as filed with the Proceedings Clerk. Similarly, when a person files a document with the Office of Proceedings, the person must serve a copy of the document on all other parties. This rule does not apply to a complaint filed pursuant to § 12.13 of these rules, which shall only be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>How service is made.</I> Service shall be made by:
</P>
<P>(i) Personal service;
</P>
<P>(ii) First-class or a more expeditious form of United States mail or an overnight or similar commercial delivery service;
</P>
<P>(iii) Facsimile (“fax”); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Electronic mail (“email”).
</P>
<P>(3) Service by fax or email shall be permitted at the discretion of the Presiding Officer, with the parties' consent. The consent of a party must specify the email address or fax number to be used. Signed documents that are served by email attachment must be in PDF or other non-alterable form.
</P>
<P>(4) Service will be complete at the time of personal service; upon deposit in the mail or with an overnight or similar commercial delivery service of a properly addressed document for which all postage or delivery service fees have been paid; or upon transmission by fax or email. Service by email or by fax will not be effective if the party making service learns that the attempted service did not reach the person to be served.
</P>
<P>(5) Where service is effected by mail or commercial delivery service (but not by fax or email), the time within which the person served may respond thereto shall be extended by five (5) days.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Statement of Service.</I> A statement of service shall be made by filing with the Proceedings Clerk, simultaneously with the filing of the document, a statement signed by the party making service or by his attorney or representative that:
</P>
<P>(i) Confirms that service has been made;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies each person served;
</P>
<P>(iii) Sets forth the date of service; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Recites the manner of service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of orders and decisions.</I> A copy of all notices, rulings, opinions, and orders of the Proceedings Clerk, the Director of the Office of Proceedings, an Administrative Judge, an Administrative Law Judge, the General Counsel or any employee under the General Counsel's supervision as the General Counsel may designate, or the Commission shall be served by the Proceedings Clerk on each of the parties. The Commission, in its discretion and with due consideration for the convenience of the parties, may serve the aforementioned documents to the parties by electronic means.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The first page of the first document filed in a proceeding by a party or participant shall include the contact information of a person authorized to receive service on their behalf. Thereafter, service of documents shall be made upon the person authorized unless service on the party is ordered by an Administrative Judge, an Administrative Law Judge or the Commission, or unless no person authorized to receive service can be found, or unless the person authorized to receive service is changed by the party upon due notice to all other parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 12936, Feb. 26, 2013, as amended at 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.11   Formalities of filing of documents with the Proceedings Clerk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a party files by personal delivery or mail, an original of all documents shall be filed with the Proceedings Clerk. If a party files a document by fax or email in accordance with § 12.10(a)(2), they should not also send paper copies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>First page.</I> The first page of all documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must include the Commission's name, the docket number, the title of the proceeding, the subject of the document and the name of the person on whose behalf the document is being filed. In the complaint, the title of the proceeding shall include the names of all the complainants and respondents, but in documents subsequently filed it is sufficient to state the name of the first complainant and first respondent named in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Format.</I> Documents must be legible and printed on normal white paper of eight and one half by eleven inches. Documents emailed in accordance with the requirements of § 12.10(a)(2) must be in PDF or other non-alterable form. The typeface, margins, and spacing of all typed documents presented for filing should meet the following requirements: all text should be 12-point type or larger, except for text in footnotes which may be 10-point type; all documents should have at least one-inch margins on all sides; all text must be double-spaced, except for headings, text in footnotes, or block quotations, which may be single-spaced.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signature</I>—(1) <I>Manner.</I> The original of all papers must be signed in ink by persons filing the same or by their duly authorized agents or attorneys.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Effect.</I> The signature on any document of persons acting either for themselves or as attorney or agent for another constitutes certification by them that:
</P>
<P>(i) They have read the document and know the contents thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) If executed in any representative capacity, it was done with full power and authority to do so;
</P>
<P>(iii) To the best of their knowledge, information and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The document has been filed in good faith and has not been filed to cause delay.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Length and form of briefs.</I> All briefs filed containing more than 15 pages shall include an index and a table of cases and other authorities cited. No brief shall exceed 25 pages in length without prior permission of the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(f) All documents which are required to be served upon a party shall be filed concurrently with the Proceedings Clerk. A document shall be filed by delivering it in person or by first-class mail or a more expeditious form of United States mail or by overnight or similar commercial delivery service to Proceedings Clerk, Office of Proceedings, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters; or faxing the document to (202) 418-5532; or emailing it to <I>PROC__Filings@cftc.gov</I> in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) To be timely filed under this part, a document must be delivered in person; mailed by first-class or a more expeditious form of United States mail or by an overnight or similar commercial delivery service; or faxed or emailed to the Proceedings Clerk within the time prescribed for filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 12936, Feb. 26, 2013, as amended at 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.12   Signature.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By whom.</I> All documents filed with the Commission shall be signed personally:
</P>
<P>(1) By the person or persons on whose behalf they are tendered for filing;
</P>
<P>(2) By a general partner, officer or director of a partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity; or
</P>
<P>(3) By an attorney-at-law having authority with respect thereto.
</P>
<FP>The Proceedings Clerk may require appropriate evidence of the authority of a person subscribing a document on behalf of another person.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Effect.</I> The signature on any document of any persons acting either for themselves or as attorney or agent for another constitutes certification by them that:
</P>
<P>(1) They have read the document subscribed and know the contents thereof;
</P>
<P>(2) If executed in any representative capacity, it was done with full power and authority to do so;
</P>
<P>(3) To the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(4) The document is not being interposed for delay.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64352, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.13   Complaint; election of procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Any person complaining of a violation of any provision of the Act or a rule, regulation or order of the Commission thereunder by any person who is a registrant (as defined in § 12.2) may, at any time within two years after the cause of action accrues, apply to the Commission for a reparation award by filing a written complaint which satisfies the requirements of this rule.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form of complaint.</I> The form of each complaint filed under paragraph (a) of this section shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Content.</I> Each complaint shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, residence address, and telephone number (during business hours) of the complainant;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name, address, and telephone number, if known, of each person alleged in the complaint to have violated the Act or any rule, regulation or order thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iii) If known, the specific provisions of the Act, rule, regulation, or order claimed to have been violated;
</P>
<P>(iv) A complete description of complainant's case, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of all relevant facts concerning each and every act or omission which it is claimed constitutes a violation of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(B) A description of all facts which show or tend to show the manner in which it is claimed that the complainant was injured by the alleged violations;
</P>
<P>(v) The amount of damages the complainant claims to have suffered and the method by which those damages have been computed, the amount of punitive damages (no more than two times the amount of such actual damages) the complainant claims, if any, and how complainant plans to demonstrate that punitive damages are appropriate;
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement indicating whether an arbitration proceeding or civil court litigation, based on the same set of facts set forth and involving any party named as a respondent in the complaint, has been instituted, and whether such a proceeding has reached a final disposition or is presently pending;
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement indicating whether any of the respondents is the subject of receivership or bankruptcy proceedings that are presently pending;
</P>
<P>(viii) An election of a decisional procedure pursuant to subpart C, D, or E. (A procedure pursuant to subpart D may be elected only if the total amount of damages claimed, exclusive of interest and costs, does not exceed $30,000. A procedure pursuant to subpart E may be elected only if the total amount claimed as damages, exclusive of interest and costs, exceeds $30,000); and
</P>
<P>(ix) A filing fee in the amount prescribed by § 12.25 of these rules shall be submitted with the complaint at the time of its filing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subscription and verification of the complaint.</I> Each complaint shall be signed personally by an individual complainant or by a duly authorized officer or agent of a complainant who is not a natural person. Complainant's signature shall be given under oath or affirmation under penalty of law attesting either that complainant knows the facts set forth in the complaint to be true, or believes the facts set forth to be true, in which event the information upon which complainant formed that belief shall be set forth with particularity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Time and place of filing of complaint.</I> A complaint shall be filed by delivering a copy thereof, in proper form to the Office of Proceedings at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. The complaint may be filed in person, during normal business hours, or by certified mail, or registered mail with return receipt requested. The complaint shall not be served on any person or party named therein. Upon the filing of the complaint and the appropriate filing fee, the Proceedings Clerk shall assign a docket number to the matter and shall maintain the official docket.


</P>
<P>(4) <I>Bond required if complainant is nonresident; filing date of nonresident's complaint.</I> (i) If a complaint in reparations is filed by a nonresident of the United States, the complaint shall not be considered duly filed in proper form unless it is accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(A) A bond in double the amount of the claim either with a surety company approved by the Treasury Department of the United States or two personal sureties, each of whom shall be a citizen of the United States and shall qualify as financially responsible for the entire amount of the bond, which bond shall run to the respondent and be conditioned upon the payment of costs (including reasonable attorney's fees, for the respondent if the respondent shall prevail) and any reparation award that may be issued by the Commission against the complainant on any counterclaim asserted by respondent; or
</P>
<P>(B) A written request that the bond requirement be waived in accordance with section 14(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act, accompanied by sufficient proof that the country of which the complainant is a resident permits the filing of a complaint by a resident of the United States against a citizen of that country without the furnishing of a bond.
</P>
<P>(ii) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) or (b)(4)(i)(B) of this section must be satisfied within two years after the complainant's cause of action accrues.
</P>
<P>(iii) When mailed from a foreign country, a nonresident's complaint shall be deemed filed on the date that it is received in proper form by the Commission's Proceedings Clerk, not on the date of mailing from the country of origin.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 35507, Oct. 6, 1986; 59 FR 9636, Mar. 1, 1994; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.14   Withdrawal of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>At any time prior to service of notification to the complainant pursuant to § 12.15(a) of the Director of the Office of Proceedings' determination to forward the complaint to a registrant, complainant may file a written notice of withdrawal of the complaint which shall terminate the Commission's consideration of the complaint without prejudice to complainant's right to re-file a reparations complaint based upon the same set of facts within two years after the cause of action accrues. If the complainant has previously filed a notice of withdrawal of a complaint based upon the same set of facts, the notice of withdrawal of complaint shall terminate the case with prejudice to complainant's rights to re-file a complaint in reparations based on the same set of facts, but such termination shall be regarded by the Commission as without prejudice to complainant's right to seek redress in such alternative forums as may be available for adjudication of the claims.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.15   Notification of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forwarding of complaint to registrant.</I> If, in the opinion of the Director of the Office of Proceedings, the facts set forth in a complaint warrant such action as to any of the registrants, a copy of the complaint, together with any attachments thereto, shall be forwarded by serving by registered mail or certified mail any such registrant named therein at an address previously designated with the Commission by the registrant for receipt of reparation complaints, as provided in Commission Regulation 17 CFR 3.30, or, if no such designation has been filed with the Commission, at such address as will accomplish actual notice to the respondent. Should the Director determine to forward the complaint, the complainant shall be notified of this determination at the time the complaint is forwarded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination not to forward complaint.</I> The Director may, in their discretion, refuse to forward a complaint as to a particular respondent if it appears that the matters alleged therein are not cognizable in reparations, or that grounds exist pursuant to § 12.24(c) or (d) for refusing to forward the complaint. If the Director of the Office of Proceedings should determine not to forward the complaint to all registrants named in the complaint in accordance with this section, no proceeding shall be held thereon and the complainant shall be notified to that effect. If the Director determines to forward the complaint as to less than all of the registrants, the complainant shall be so notified. A termination of the complaint as to any registrant shall be regarded by the Commission as without prejudice to the right of the complainant to seek such alternative forms of relief as may be available.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.16   Response to complaint.</HEAD>
<P>Within 25 days after the complaint has been served by the Office of Proceedings on the registrant, or within such additional time (not to exceed 10 days absent extraordinary circumstances) as the Director of the Office of Proceedings, or his/her delegee may grant, for good cause shown, each registrant shall either—
</P>
<P>(a) Satisfy the complaint in accordance with § 12.17 of these rules; or
</P>
<P>(b) Answer the complaint in the manner prescribed by § 12.18 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 9636, Mar. 1, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.17   Satisfaction of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>A respondent may satisfy the complaint:
</P>
<P>(a) By paying to the complainant either the amount to which the complainant claims to be entitled as set forth in the complaint or such other amount as the complainant will accept in satisfaction of the claim; and
</P>
<P>(b) By submitting to the Commission notice of satisfaction and withdrawal of the complaint, duly executed by the complainant and the respondent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.18   Answer; election of procedure.</HEAD>
<P>An answer filed pursuant to § 12.16 of these rules shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content.</I> Each answer shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The full name, current address and telephone number (during business hours) of each respondent on whose behalf the answer is filed;
</P>
<P>(2) A complete description of each registrant's case, including but not limited to, a precise and detailed statement of the facts which constitute each registrant's ground for defense;
</P>
<P>(3) Admissions, if any, as to the registrant's liability for the amount (or any portion thereof) claimed as damages;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement indicating whether the registrant is (and if the answer is filed on behalf of two or more registrants, which if any of them are) in receivership or subject to bankruptcy proceedings;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement indicating whether an arbitration or civil court litigation, based on the same set of facts set forth in the complaint (involving any or all of the parties named therein), is pending;
</P>
<P>(6) A counterclaim which the registrant wishes to pursue under § 12.19 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(7) An election of an alternative decisional procedure pursuant to subparts C, D, or E of these rules. (A proceeding pursuant to subpart D may be elected only if the amount of actual damages claimed in the complaint or as counterclaims, exclusive of interest, costs, and punitive damages, does not exceed $30,000. A procedure pursuant to subpart E may be elected only if the amount of actual damages claimed in the complaint or as counterclaims, exclusive of interest, costs, and punitive damages exceeds $30,000;
</P>
<P>(8) If appropriate, a filing fee in the amount prescribed by § 12.25 shall be submitted with an answer at the time of its filing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion for reconsideration of determination to forward the complaint.</I> An answer may include a motion for reconsideration of the determination to forward the complaint, specifying the grounds therefor, which the Director of the Office of Proceedings, in their discretion, may grant by terminating the case pursuant to § 12.27, or deny by forwarding the pleadings and matters of record for an elected decisional proceeding pursuant to § 12.26. The inclusion in an answer of a motion for reconsideration shall not preclude a respondent, if the motion is denied, from moving for dismissal at a later stage of the proceeding for the same reasons cited in a motion for reconsideration pursuant to this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subscription and verification of the answer.</I> An answer shall be signed personally by each registrant on behalf of whom it is filed or by a duly authorized officer or agent of any such registrant who is not a natural person. Each registrant's signature shall be given under oath, or by affirmation under penalty of law, attesting that the signer has read the answer; that to the best of the signer's knowledge all of the statements in the answer, the counterclaim (if any), and the materials required by this part to be appended thereto, are accurate and true, and that the answer (and counterclaim, if any) has not been interposed for delay.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Affidavit of service.</I> The registrant shall file with the answer an affidavit showing that a true copy of the answer has been served upon the complainant, either personally or by first-class mail addressed to the complainant at the address set forth in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Time and place of filing an answer.</I> An answer shall be filed by delivering a copy thereof, in proper form to the Office of Proceedings at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. The answer may be filed in person, during normal business hours, or by certified mail, or registered mail with return receipt requested.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.19   Counterclaim.</HEAD>
<P>A registrant may, at the time of filing an answer to a complaint, set forth as a counterclaim: (a) Facts alleging a violation and a request for a reparation award that would be a proper subject for a complaint under § 12.13 of these rules; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Any claim which at the time the complaint is served the registrant has against the complainant if it arises out of the transaction or occurrence or series of transactions or occurrences set forth in the complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.20   Response to counterclaim; reply; election of procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Response to counterclaim.</I> If an answer asserts a counterclaim, the complainant shall, within thirty (30) days after service of the answer by the respondent:
</P>
<P>(1) Satisfy the counterclaim as if it were a complaint, in the manner prescribed by § 12.17; or
</P>
<P>(2) File a reply to the counterclaim with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of reply.</I> Should the complainant, under this paragraph, elect to file a reply to a counterclaim, the reply shall be strictly confined to the matters alleged in the counterclaim and shall conform to the form and content and other requirements set forth in § 12.18 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Election of decisional procedure.</I> If neither the complainant nor the respondent, in the complaint or answer respectively, has previously made an election of the summary decisional procedure or the formal decisional procedure, the complainant may make such an election in the reply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.21   Voluntary dismissal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time after the Director of the Office of Proceedings has served notification to the parties pursuant to § 12.15 of the Director's determination to forward the complaint to the respondent for a response, either the complainant or the respondent may obtain dismissal of the complaint (or the proceeding, if one has commenced) by filing a stipulation of dismissal, duly executed by all of the complainants and each respondent against whom the complaint has been forwarded (or added as a party in the course of a proceeding); <I>provided however,</I> that if the stipulation is filed after any respondent has filed an answer, the terms of the stipulation shall include a dismissal of any counterclaims in the answer.
</P>
<P>(b) A dismissal of a complaint pursuant to this paragraph shall be with prejudice to complainant's right to re-file a claim in reparations based upon the same set of facts as alleged in the dismissed complaint. Unless otherwise stated in the stipulation, a dismissal ordered pursuant to this paragraph shall be regarded by the Commission as without prejudice to the parties' right to seek redress in such alternative forums as may be available for adjudication of their claims.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon receiving a written stipulation of dismissal which satisfies the requirements of this rule, the official before whom the matter or proceeding is pending shall issue an order of dismissal, and serve a copy thereof upon each of the parties.
</P>
<P>(d) This rule shall be applicable at all stages of a reparation proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.22   Default proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Institution of a default proceeding.</I> Failure timely to respond to a complaint or a counterclaim, as required by §§ 12.16 and 12.20 of these rules, or, if applicable, to pay a filing fee required by § 12.25(b) or (c), shall be treated as an admission of the allegations of the complaint or counterclaim by the non-responding party, shall constitute a waiver by such party of any decisional procedure afforded by these Rules on the facts set forth in the complaint or counterclaim, and shall result in the institution of a default proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Default procedure.</I> Upon a party's failure to respond timely to a complaint or counterclaim as prescribed in §§ 12.16 and 12.20, or timely to comply with § 12.25(b) or (c), the Director of the Office of Proceedings shall forward the pleadings, and other materials then of record, to an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge who may thereafter enter findings and conclusions concerning the questions of violations and damages and, if warranted, enter a reparation award against the non-responding party. If the facts which are treated as admitted are considered insufficient to support a violation or the amount of reparations sought, the Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge may order production of supplementary evidence from the party not in default and may enter a default order and an award based thereon.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Finality.</I> A default order issued pursuant to this rule, or pursuant to any other provisions of these part 12 Reparation Rules, shall become the final decision and order of the Commission thirty (30) days after service thereof, unless the order is set aside pursuant to § 12.23(a) of these rules, or unless the Commission takes review of such order on its own motion on or before the thirtieth day.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 86 FR 64353, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.23   Setting aside of default.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Default order not final.</I> In order to prevent injustice or for good cause shown, and on such conditions as may be appropriate, a non-final default order (including any award therein) may be set aside by the official who issued the order.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Procedure for setting aside non-final default order.</I> Any party or person who is the subject of a default order issued pursuant to these rules may, at any time before the order becomes final pursuant to § 12.22(c), file and serve a motion to set aside the default, which shall set forth reasons why the act or omission for which the party was defaulted was not willful, why there is a reasonable likelihood of success for the party's claim or defense if heard on the merits, and why no prejudice will be sustained by other parties if the default is set aside. A motion to set aside a default order filed pursuant to this paragraph (a)(1) shall be decided, in the first instance, by the official who issued the default order.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Review.</I> A denial of a motion to set aside a non-final default order by the official who issued the order shall be treated as an initial decision, which may be appealed to the Commission in accordance with the requirements of § 12.401 of these rules. A grant of a motion to set aside a non-final default order may be appealed only in accordance with the requirements of § 12.309 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Default order final.</I> A default order that has become final pursuant to § 12.22(c) shall not be set aside except upon a motion filed and served by the defaulted party showing that the defaulted party should be relieved from the default order because of fraud perpetrated on a decisionmaking official or the Commission, mistake, excusable neglect, or because the order is void for want of jurisdiction. Such a motion shall also show that, if the default order were set aside, there would be a reasonable likelihood of success for the defaulted party's claim or defense on the merits and that no party would be prejudiced thereby. Motions to set aside a final default order for fraud, mistake, or excusable neglect shall be filed within one year after the order was issued. All motions to set aside default orders shall be decided, in the first instance, by the official who issued the order. A denial of a motion to set aside a default order that has become final shall be treated as an initial decision, which may be appealed to the Commission in accordance with the requirements of § 12.401. A grant of a motion to set aside a final default order shall be treated as a nonfinal order which may be appealed only in accordance with the requirements of § 12.309.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64354, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.24   Parallel proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, a parallel proceeding shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) An arbitration proceeding or civil court proceeding, involving one or more of the respondents as a party, which is pending at the time the reparation complaint is filed and involves claims or counterclaims that are based on the same set of facts which serve as a basis for all of the claims in the reparations complaint, and which either:
</P>
<P>(i) Was commenced at the instance of the complainant in reparations; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Involves counterclaims by the complainant in reparations alleging violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, or any regulation or order issued thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Is governed by a compulsory counterclaim rule of Federal court procedure which required the complainant in reparations to assert all of complainant's claims (including those based on alleged violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, and any regulation or order issued thereunder) as counterclaims in that proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) The appointment by a court of a receivership over the assets, property or proceeds of a respondent named in a reparation complaint where the responsibility of the receivership includes the resolution of claims made by customers; or
</P>
<P>(3) A petition filed under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 <I>et seq.,</I> as amended, commenced pursuant to 11 U.S.C. 301 or 302 by a respondent in a reparation proceeding, or the issuance by a bankruptcy court of an order for relief after the filing against a respondent in a reparation proceeding of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy pursuant to 11 U.S.C. 303.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice.</I> At the time a complaint in reparations is filed pursuant to these rules, or at any time thereafter, any party, receiver or trustee, or counsel to any of the foregoing with knowledge of a parallel proceeding shall promptly notify the Commission, by first-class mail addressed to the Office of Proceedings, attention of the Proceedings Clerk, and serve notice on all other parties, including the receiver or trustee. The notice shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The caption of the parallel proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the court or the arbitration tribunal (including address and phone number, if known);
</P>
<P>(3) The docket number or numbers;
</P>
<P>(4) The date the parallel proceeding was filed (and the current status if known); and
</P>
<P>(5) If a proceeding in bankruptcy or receivership is pending, the date of the appointment and name and address of the receiver or trustee.
</P>
<FP>A copy of any relevant complaint, petition or order shall be attached to the notice.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of pending arbitration or civil court litigation.</I> (1) The Director of the Office of Proceedings shall refuse to institute an elected decisional procedure concerning a reparation complaint filed under this part in which there is a parallel proceeding described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and shall return the complaint to the complaining person. The effective date of the Director's termination of the complaint without prejudice shall be fifteen (15) days from the date of service of notice of the action taken pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) If notice of a parallel proceeding described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is received before the initial decision is filed (or before a final decision under § 12.106 of the rules is entered), a proceeding in which a decisional procedure has been commenced shall be dismissed, without prejudice. The effective date of the order of dismissal shall be fifteen (15) days from the date of service of the order by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of receivership or bankruptcy proceedings.</I> (1) The Director of the Office of Proceedings shall refuse to institute an elected decisional procedure as to a respondent in any reparation complaint filed pursuant to this part who is the subject of a parallel proceeding described in paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, and shall notify all parties, including the receiver or trustee, that as to that respondent a reparation proceeding shall not be instituted. The effective date of the Director's action shall be fifteen (15) days from the date of service of the notice thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) A proceeding in which an elected decisional procedure has been commenced shall be ordered dismissed, without prejudice, as to any respondent who becomes the subject of a parallel proceeding described in paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section if notice pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section is received before the filing of an initial decision (or before a final decision is issued pursuant to § 12.106) as to that respondent. The Proceedings Clerk shall notify all parties, including the receiver or trustee, of the order. The effective date of the order shall be fifteen (15) days from the date of the service of the order by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions.</I> At the time notice of a parallel proceeding is filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, or any time thereafter, any party, or the receiver or trustee, may file and serve upon other parties a statement in support of or in opposition to any action taken or to be taken pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this section. This statement shall be addressed to the Office of Proceedings, attention of the Proceedings Clerk. Upon receipt of any such statement, the Proceedings Clerk shall immediately forward the statement to the official with responsibility over the case. The notice and the statements filed by the parties shall be reviewed by that official who, on or before the effective date of action taken pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) and (d)(1) and (2) of this section, may take such actions as, in the official's opinion, are necessary to ensure that the parties to the matter or proceedings are not unduly prejudiced.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>No right of appeal to the Commission.</I> Any action taken, or order issued, pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (d)(1), or (d)(2), of this section that has become effective shall be deemed a final order which is not subject to appeal pursuant to subpart F of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64354, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.25   Filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fees payable upon filing a complaint.</I> (1) A complainant who, in the complaint, has elected the voluntary decisional procedure shall, at the time of filing the complaint, pay a filing fee of $50.00;
</P>
<P>(2) A complainant who, in the complaint wherein the amount of damages claimed does not exceed $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs, has not elected the voluntary decisional procedure shall, at the time of filing the complaint, pay a filing fee of $125.00.
</P>
<P>(3) A complainant who, in the complaint wherein the amount of damages claimed exceeds $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs, has not elected the voluntary decisional procedure shall, at the time of filing the complaint, pay a filing fee of $250.00.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fees payable upon filing an answer.</I> (1) If a complainant, in the complaint, has elected the voluntary decisional procedure, a respondent who, in the answer, elects the summary decisional procedure (available only where the amount of damages claimed in the complaint or as counterclaims does not exceed $30,000) shall, at the time of filing the answer, pay a filing fee of $75.00.
</P>
<P>(2) If a complainant, in the complaint, has elected the voluntary decisional procedure, a respondent who, in the answer, elects the formal decisional procedure (available only where the amount of damages claimed in the complaint or as counterclaims exceeds $30,000) shall, at the time of filing the answer, pay a filing fee of $200.00.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees payable upon filing a reply.</I> In any case in which a counterclaim has been made, unless a complainant in the complaint, or the respondent in an answer, has elected the summary decisional procedure or the formal decisional procedure a complainant, who in the reply elects either of these procedures, shall, at the time of filing the reply, pay a filing fee of $75.00 or $200.00, respectively, depending whether the procedure elected by complainant is pursuant to subpart D or E of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64354, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.26   Commencement of a reparation proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commencement of voluntary decisional proceeding.</I> Where complainant and respondent in the complaint and answer have elected the voluntary decisional procedure pursuant to subpart C of this part and the complainant has paid the filing fee required by § 12.25, the Director of the Office of Proceedings shall, if in the Director's opinion the facts warrant taking such action, forward the pleadings and all materials of record to the Proceedings Clerk for a proceeding to be conducted in accordance with subpart C of this part. The Proceedings Clerk shall forthwith notify the parties of such action. Such notification shall be accompanied by an order issued by the Proceedings Clerk requiring the parties to complete all discovery, as provided in subpart B of this part, within 50 days thereafter. A voluntary decisional proceeding commences upon service of such notification and order. As soon as practicable after service of such notification, the Proceedings Clerk shall assign the case to an Administrative Judge for a final decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of summary decisional proceeding.</I> Where the amount claimed as damages, exclusive of interest and costs, in the complaint or in counterclaim does not exceed $30,000, and either a complainant or a respondent in the complaint, answer, or reply, has elected the summary decisional procedure pursuant to subpart D of this part, and has paid the filing fee required by § 12.25, the Director of the Office of Proceedings shall, if in the Director's opinion the facts warrant taking such action, forward the pleadings and all materials of record to the Proceedings Clerk for a proceeding to be conducted in accordance with subpart D of this part. The Proceedings Clerk shall forthwith notify the parties of such action. Such notification shall be accompanied by an order issued by the Proceedings Clerk requiring the parties to complete all discovery, as provided in subpart B of this part, within 50 days thereafter. A summary decisional proceeding commences upon service of such notification. As soon as practicable after service of such notification, the Proceedings Clerk shall assign the case to an Administrative Judge for disposition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commencement of formal decisional proceeding.</I> Where the amount claimed as damages in the complaint or as counterclaims exceeds $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs, and either a complainant or a respondent in the complaint, answer or reply, has elected the formal decisional procedure pursuant to subpart E of this part, and has paid the filing fee required by § 12.25, the Director of the Office of Proceedings shall, if in the Director's opinion the facts warrant taking such action, forward the pleadings and the materials of record to the Proceedings Clerk for a proceeding to be conducted in accordance with subpart E of this part. The Proceedings Clerk shall forthwith notify the parties of such action. Such notification shall be accompanied by an order issued by the Proceedings Clerk requiring the parties to complete all discovery, as provided in subpart B of this part, within 50 days thereafter. A formal decisional proceeding commences upon service of such notification and order. As soon as practicable after service of such notification, the Proceedings Clerk shall assign the case to an Administrative Judge. All provisions of this part that refer to and grant authority to or impose obligations upon an Administrative Law Judge shall be read as referring to and granting authority to and imposing obligations upon the Administrative Judge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64354, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.27" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.1.7.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.27   Termination of consideration of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>If the Director of the Office of Proceedings should determine not to proceed in a manner set forth in § 12.26 (a), (b), or (c), consideration of the complaint and the answer (and reply, if any) shall terminate, and no proceeding shall be held on the allegations in any such pleadings. Such termination shall be regarded by the Commission as without prejudice to the right of the parties to seek such alternative forms of relief as may be available to them. If the consideration of the pleadings should be terminated, the Proceedings Clerk shall immediately notify the parties to that effect by registered or certified mail. A determination by the Director not to proceed in the manner set forth in § 12.26 (a), (b), or (c) of these rules is not subject to appeal pursuant to subpart F of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Discovery</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.30   Methods of discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Parties may obtain discovery by the following methods in accordance with the procedures and limitations set forth in the section indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) Production of documents or other items (§ 12.31);
</P>
<P>(2) Deposition on written interrogatories (§ 12.32);
</P>
<P>(3) Admissions (§ 12.33).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of discovery.</I> The scope of discovery is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Relevancy.</I> Except as provided below, discovery may be obtained regarding any matter not privileged, which is relevant to the subject matter in the pending proceeding, including the existence, description, nature, custody, condition and location of any books, documents, or other tangible items, and the identity and location of persons having knowledge of any discoverable matters. Tax returns and personal bank account records shall not be discoverable, except upon motion by the party seeking discovery showing the need for disclosure of information contained therein, and that the same information could not be obtained through other means.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Protective orders.</I> Upon motion by a party or the person from whom discovery is sought, filed within twenty days after the objectionable discovery notice or request is served, and for good cause shown, the official presiding over discovery may issue any order to protect a party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, or to prevent the raising of issues untimely or inappropriate to the proceeding, or the inappropriate disclosure of trade secrets or sensitive commercial or financial information. Relief through a protective order may include one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) That discovery not be had;
</P>
<P>(ii) That discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) That certain matters not be inquired into, or that the scope of the discovery be limited to certain matters;
</P>
<P>(iv) That a trade secret or other confidential commercial information not be disclosed or be disclosed only in a designated way; and
</P>
<P>(v) That the parties simultaniously file specified documents or information in sealed envelopes to be opened only as directed by the decisionmaking official.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Motions for order compelling discovery.</I> It shall be the duty of a party to obtain an order compelling discovery from another party if the latter party fails to comply with a discovery notice, by filing a motion therefor within twenty days after the time allowed by these rules for compliance with the notice has expired.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sanctions for abuse of discovery.</I> If an Administrative Law Judge or an Administrative Judge finds that any party, without substantial justification, has necessitated the filing of a motion for a protective order or for an order compelling discovery, or any other discovery-related motions, that party shall, if the motion is granted, be ordered to pay, at the termination of the proceeding, the reasonable expenses of the moving party incurred in filing the motion, unless the decisionmaking official finds that circumstances exist which would make an award of such expenses unjust. If a decisionmaking official finds that any party, without substantial justification, has filed a motion for a protective order or for an order compelling discovery, or any discovery-related motions, that party shall, if the motion is denied, be ordered to pay, at the termination of the proceeding, the reasonable expenses of an adverse party incurred in opposing the motion, unless the decisionmaker finds that circumstances exist which would make an award of such expenses unjust.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limit.</I> Absent an extension of time, all discovery notices or requests shall be served within (30) days (and all discovery shall be completed within (50) days) after the notification and the order required by § 12.26 (a), (b), or (c) has been served on the parties. Upon motion by a party and for good cause shown, the time allowed for discovery may be enlarged for one additional period not to exceed thirty (30) days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984; 49 FR 17750, Apr. 25, 1984; 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64355, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.31   Production of documents and tangible items.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By a party.</I> Any party, within the time prescribed in § 12.30(d) and subject to the limitations in § 12.30(a), may serve on any other party, a notice to produce copies of specifically designated categories of documents, papers, books, accounts, letters, photographs, objects, or tangible things which are in the party's possession, custody or control. A copy of the notice shall be served on all other parties to the proceeding. All documents requested in the notice to produce shall be served on the party seeking the discovery within twenty (20) days after service of the notice to produce.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>By a non-party.</I> Any party may, by filing an appropriate motion showing the need for the materials and an application for a subpoena in accordance with the procedure precribed in § 12.313 and within the time prescribed by § 12.30(d) of these rules, seek leave to serve upon a non-party a notice to produce copies of any specifically designated categories of materials as are described in paragraph (a) of this section. After an appropriate order and subpoena has been issued, such party may serve upon a non-party a notice to produce such materials. All materials requested in the notice to produce, and, if applicable, a detailed explanation of why any of the specified materials cannot be produced, shall be served on the party seeking discovery within such time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) as the subpoena shall specify. Enforcement of the order and subpoena may be sought in accordance with § 12.313.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.32   Depositions on written interrogatories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> Any party, within the time prescribed by § 12.30(d), may serve on any other party or any officer or agent of a party a notice of the taking of a deposition on written interrogatories.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number.</I> The number of written interrogatories served upon any one party shall not exceed thirty. For the purpose of this rule, each sub-interrogatory or divisible part of an interrogatory shall be regarded as one interrogatory. Leave to serve additional interrogatories shall not be granted absent extraordinary circumstances.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply.</I> (1) Each interrogatory served shall be answered by the party served or if the party is a corporation, partnership, association, or government agency, by any officer or agent thereof selected by the responding party.
</P>
<P>(2) Each interrogatory shall be answered separately and fully in writing, unless objected to, in which event the reasons for objection shall be stated in lieu of an answer. For the purposes of this rule, an evasive or incomplete answer shall be treated as a failure to answer. The answers are to be signed and verified by the person making them. The person upon whom a notice to take a deposition on written interrogatories has been served shall serve a copy of the answers and objections within twenty (20) days after service of the interrogatories.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Deposition of a non-party.</I> The deposition on written interrogatories of a non-party may be taken only within the time prescribed by § 12.30(d), and only pursuant to an order entered and subpoena issued in accordance with the provisions of § 12.313 of these rules; provided however, that the deposition on written interrogatories of a Commission member or employee may only be taken upon a showing that the Commission member or employee has personal knowledge of the matters sought to be discovered (<I>i.e.,</I> not obtained pursuant to a Commission investigation), that the information sought to be discovered is material and that the information sought to be discovered is not available from other sources.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Filing of depositions on written interrogatories in a voluntary or summary decisional proceeding.</I> In proceedings commenced pursuant to § 12.26 (a) and (b) of these rules, copies of all depositions on written interrogatories shall be filed by the party on whose behalf the discovery was obtained.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.33   Admissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for admissions.</I> Any party may, within the time permitted by § 12.30(d) of these rules, serve upon any other party a written request for admissions of the truth of any matters set forth in the request that relate to statements or opinions of fact or of the application of law to fact, including the genuineness of any document described in the request. Copies of documents shall be served with the request unless they have been or are otherwise furnished or made available for inspection and copying. A copy of the request shall be filed with the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reply.</I> Each matter of which an admission is requested shall be separately set forth. The matter is admitted unless within twenty (20) days after service of the request, the party upon whom the request is directed files and serves upon the party requesting a verified written answer or objection to the matter. If objection is made, the reasons therefor shall be stated. The answer shall specifically deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. A denial shall fairly meet the substance of the requested admission and when good faith requires that an answering party qualify the answer and deny only a part of the matter of which an admission is requested, the answering party shall specify so much of it as is true and qualify or deny the remainder. Answering parties may not give a lack of information or knowledge as a reason for failure to admit or deny unless they state that they have made reasonable inquiry and that the information known or reasonably available to them is insufficient to enable them to admit or deny. Parties who consider that a matter of which an admission has been requested presents a genuine issue for trial may not, on that ground alone, object to the request; they may deny the matter or set forth reasons why they cannot admit or deny it.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining sufficiency of answers or objections.</I> The party who has requested the admissions may move to determine the sufficiency of the answers or objections. Unless the objecting party sustains the burden of showing that the objection is justified, the official presiding over discovery shall order that an answer be served. If such official determines that an answer does not comply with the requirements of this section, that official may order either that the matter is admitted or that an amended answer be served.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted under this section is conclusively established and may be used as proof against the party who made the admission. However, the discovery or decisionmaking official may permit withdrawal or amendment when the presentation of the merits of the proceeding will be served thereby and the party who obtains the admission fails to satisfy such official that withdrawal or amendments will prejudice them in maintaining an action or defense on the merits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64355, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.34   Discovery by a decisionmaking official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The provisions of this section shall apply to all decisional proceedings commenced pursuant to § 12.26. For the purposes of this section, the term “decisionmaking official” shall mean an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge assigned to render a decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Production of documents and tangible things</I>—(1) <I>Order for production.</I> A decisionmaking official may, upon the official's own motion, order a party or non-party to produce copies of specifically designated documents, papers, books, accounts, or tangible things (or categories of any of the foregoing) which are in the possession, custody or control of the party, non-party or agent thereof, against whom the order is directed. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a party or nonparty ordered to produce documents or any of the items under this paragraph (b)(1) shall file and serve the documents and items listed in the order within twenty (20) days from the date of service of the order, or within such period of time as the decisionmaking official may direct. The decisionmaking official may issue subpoenas to compel the production by parties or non-parties of such documents and tangible things as are described in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trade secrets, commercially sensitive or confidential information.</I> If any party or person against whom an order to produce has been directed acting in good faith has reason to believe that any documents or other tangible thing ordered to be produced contains a trade secret, or commercially sensitive or other confidential information, the party or person may, in lieu of serving any such document, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, file and serve a written request for confidential treatment of such documents. Any such request for confidential treatment shall be accompanied by a verified statement identifying with particularity the information on those documents considered to be trade secrets, commercially sensitive or confidential information, with reasons therefor, and indicating which portions, if any, of those documents may be served on other parties without disclosure of such information. Upon considering a request for confidential treatment in accordance with this paragraph (b)(2), the decisionmaking official may, if upon a finding that the information identified in the request warrants confidential treatment and is not probative of any material fact in controversy, make copies of the documents produced, delete such information from the copies, and serve the copies as modified upon the other parties, with or without an appropriate protective order limiting dissemination to the parties and their counsel, if any.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Inability to produce.</I> Any party or person who cannot produce documents or other tangible things called for in an order for production, because those documents or things are not in their possession, custody, or control, shall file and serve within the time provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section a verified statement identifying the documents which cannot be produced and setting forth with particularity the reasons for non-production.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Order for written testimony.</I> The decisionmaking official may, upon the official's own motion, order a party or non-party witness to submit verified statements or written responses to interrogatories, or both, as to all relevant matters within the party's personal knowledge which are required in response to the order. A party or person ordered to file affidavits and/or verified written responses to interrogatories shall file and serve the documents within such period of time as the decisionmaking official may direct. The official may issue subpoenas to compel the filing by parties or non-parties of such verified statements and written responses as are described in this paragraph (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64355, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.35   Consequences of a party's failure to comply with a discovery order.</HEAD>
<P>If a party fails to comply with an order compelling discovery, or an order issued pursuant to § 12.34, the official assigned to render the decision in the case may, upon motion by a party or on the official's own motion, take such action in regard thereto as is just, including but not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Infer that the documents or things not produced would have been adverse to the party;
</P>
<P>(b) Rule that for the purposes of the proceeding the information in or contents of the documents or things not produced be taken as established adversely to the party;
</P>
<P>(c) Rule that the party may not be heard to object to introduction and use of secondary evidence to show what the withheld documents or other evidence would have shown;
</P>
<P>(d) Rule that a pleading, or part of a pleading, or a motion or other submission by the party, to which the order for production related, be stricken;
</P>
<P>(e) Dismiss the entire proceeding with prejudice to matters alleged in the complaint, but without prejudice to counterclaims; and
</P>
<P>(f) Issue a default order and render a decision against the party, whose rights shall thereafter be determined by §§ 12.22 and 12.23 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.36   Subpoenas to compel discovery.</HEAD>
<P>An application for a subpoena requiring a party or non-party to comply with a discovery order issued pursuant to §§ 12.31 and 12.32, may be made, in writing, by any party without notice to other parties, and may be filed simultaneously with the motion for the discovery order. The standards for issuance or denial of such an application, the service requirement, and the method for enforcing such subpoenas shall be determined by the provisions of § 12.313 of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Rules Applicable to Voluntary Decisional Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.100   Scope and applicability of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The rules set forth in this subpart are applicable only to proceedings forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(a) of the Reparation Rules. The rules of subpart B permitting discovery are applicable in a voluntary decisional proceeding. Unless specifically made applicable, the rules prescribed in subparts D, E, and F shall not apply in a voluntary decisional proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver by electing the voluntary decisional procedure.</I> By electing the voluntary decisional procedure, parties waive the opportunity for an oral hearing and whatever rights they may have otherwise had: to receive a written statement of the findings of fact upon which the final decision is based; to prejudgment interest in connection with a reparation award; to appeal to the Commission the final decision; and to appeal the final decision to a U.S. Court of Appeals pursuant to section 14(e) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.101" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.101   Functions and responsibilities of the Administrative Judge.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrative Judge shall be responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the proceeding and shall have the authority:
</P>
<P>(a) To rule upon discovery-related motions, and to take such action pursuant to § 12.35 as is appropriate if a party fails to comply with a discovery order;
</P>
<P>(b) To issue orders for the production of documents and tangible things and orders for written testimony, as provided in § 12.34;
</P>
<P>(c) To issue subpoenas pursuant to § 12.34 and § 12.36; 
</P>
<P>(d) To issue orders of default for good cause shown against any party who fails to participate in the proceeding, or to comply with any provisions of these rules;
</P>
<P>(e) To receive submissions of proof;
</P>
<P>(f) Make the final decision in accordance with § 12.106 of these rules; and
</P>
<P>(g) Issue such orders as are necessary and appropriate to effectuate the orderly conduct of the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 78 FR 12937, Feb. 26, 2013; 86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.102" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.102   Disqualification of Administrative Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>At their own request.</I> An Administrative Judge may withdraw from a voluntary decisional proceeding when they consider themselves to be disqualified on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. In such event the Administrative Judge shall immediately notify the Commission and each of the parties of the withdrawal and of the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Upon the request of a party.</I> Any party may request an Administrative Judge to disqualify themselves on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. Interlocutory review of an adverse ruling by the Administrative Judge may be sought without certification of the matter by the Administrative Judge only in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 12.309.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.103" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.103   Filing of documents; subscription; service.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specifically provided in these rules, all documents filed in a voluntary decisional proceeding, including (but not limited to) amended or supplemental pleadings, motions, discovery requests and responses thereto, and submissions of proof, shall meet the requirements of §§ 12.11 and 12.12 of the Reparation Rules as to form, and shall be filed and served in accordance with § 12.10 of the Reparation Rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.104" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.104   Amendments to pleadings; motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amendments and supplemental pleadings.</I> At any time prior to the issuance of the final decision, the parties may, by unanimous express written consent, amend or supplement the pleadings. Supplemental pleadings may set forth transactions or occurrences or events which have happened since the date of the pleadings to be amended or supplemented, and which are relevant to any of the issues involved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motions.</I> Except as specifically permitted by rule in this subpart, motions, other than discovery-related motions and motions relating to procedural orders, shall be prohibited. Motions for procedural orders, including motions for extension of time, may be acted upon at any time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.105" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.105   Submission of proof only in documentary or tangible form.</HEAD>
<P>Proof in support of the complaint and in support of the respondent's answer (including counterclaims, if any), and any reply thereto, may be found in those verified documents, in verified statements of non-party witnesses, in other verified statements of fact, and in other documents and tangible evidence. No oral testimony by, or examination of, the parties or their witnesses shall be permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.106" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.106   Final decision and order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When a final decision is required.</I> After all submissions of proof have been received, the Administrative Judge shall make the final decision. Upon its issuance, the final decision shall forthwith be filed with the Proceedings Clerk, and immediately served on the parties. The Proceedings Clerk shall also serve a notice, to accompany the final decision, of the effect of a failure by a party ordered to pay a reparation award to file the documents required by § 12.407(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of final decision.</I> The final decision shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A briefly stated conclusion, not accompanied by findings of fact, as to whether the respondent violated any provision of the Act, Commission's regulations or orders, resulting in damages to the complainant; and
</P>
<P>(2) If one or more counterclaims have been permitted in the proceeding, a brief conclusion, not accompanied by findings of fact, as to whether the complainant is liable to the respondent for such counterclaims; and
</P>
<P>(3) A determination of the amount of damages, if any, sustained by complainant or respondent in connection with reparation claims or counterclaims, and an order against a party found liable for damages directing that party to pay an award. An award in favor of the complainant shall not exceed the amount of damages in the complaint (including any amendment thereto), and an award in favor of a respondent shall not exceed the amount of damages claimed in a counterclaim (including any amendment thereto).
</P>
<FP>A conclusion made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall not be deemed a finding of the Commission for the purposes of Section 8a of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>No assessment of prejudgment interest or costs; assessment of post-judgment interest.</I> A party found liable for damages in a voluntary decisional proceeding shall not be assessed prejudgment interest, attorney's fees, or costs (other than the filing fee and costs assessed as a sanction for abuse of discovery). Post-judgment interest shall be awarded at a rate determined in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1961(a).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of final decision and order: No appeal.</I> A party may not appeal to the Commission a final decision issued pursuant to subpart C of these rules. In accordance with the election and waivers described in § 12.100(b), a final decision may not be appealed to a U.S. Court of Appeals pursuant to section 14(e) of the Commodity Exchange Act, but a final decision shall be recognized as a final order of the Commission for all other purposes including the judicial enforcement of an award made in connection with the final decision pursuant to section 14(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective date of final decision.</I> A final decision and order shall become effective thirty (30) days after service, unless the Commission pursuant to § 12.403 takes review of the decision on its own motion on or before the thirtieth day. Any reparation award ordered in a final decision pursuant to this rule shall be satisfied in full within forty-five (45) days after service thereof, unless the Commission pursuant to § 12.403(b) stays the duty of satisfaction. Any party who fails timely to satisfy such an award is subject to the automatic suspension provisions of § 12.407(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 73 FR 70275, Nov. 20, 2008; 86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Rules Applicable to Summary Decisional Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.200   Scope and applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The rules set forth in this subpart are applicable only to proceedings forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(b). The rules in subpart B of this part permitting discovery are applicable in a summary decisional proceeding. Unless specifically made applicable, the rules prescribed in subparts C and E of this part shall not apply to such proceedings. Parties to a proceeding forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(b) may, by signed agreement filed at any time prior to the issuance of the initial decision, or of any other order disposing of all issues in the proceeding, elect to have all of the issues in the proceeding decided pursuant to the voluntary decisional procedure. Upon receiving a timely filed stipulation signed by all parties evidencing such an election, the Administrative Judge shall conduct the proceeding and render a decision pursuant to subpart C of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.201" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.201   Functions and responsibilities of the Administrative Judge.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrative Judge shall be responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the proceeding and shall have the authority—
</P>
<P>(a) In the Administrative Judge's discretion, to conduct pre-decision conferences in accordance with § 12.206;
</P>
<P>(b) To rule upon all discovery-related motions, and to take such action pursuant to § 12.35 as is appropriate if a party fails to comply with a discovery order;
</P>
<P>(c) To issue orders for the production of documents and tangible things and orders for written testimony, as provided in § 12.34 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(d) To take such action as is appropriate under § 12.35, if a party fails to comply with an order issued by the Administrative Judge pursuant to § 12.34;
</P>
<P>(e) To rule on all motions permitted pursuant to § 12.205;
</P>
<P>(f) To issue default orders for good cause against parties who fail to participate in the proceeding or to comply with these rules;
</P>
<P>(g) If an oral hearing is ordered, to preside at the hearing, which shall include the authority to receive relevant evidence, to administer oaths and affirmations, to examine witnesses, and to rule on offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(h) To issue subpoenas in accordance with the provisions of §§ 12.34, 12.36 and 12.209 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(i) To make the initial decision in accordance with § 12.210 of these rules; and
</P>
<P>(j) To issue such orders as are necessary and appropriate to effectuate the orderly conduct of the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.202" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.202   Disqualification of Administrative Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>At their own request.</I> An Administrative Judge may withdraw from a summary decisional proceeding when they consider themselves to be disqualified on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. In such event, the Administrative Judge shall immediately notify the Commission and each of the parties of the withdrawal and of the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Upon the request of a party.</I> Any party may request an Administrative Judge to disqualify themselves on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. Interlocutory review of an order denying such a request may be sought without certification of the matter by the Administrative Judge only in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 12.309.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.203" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.203   Filing of documents; subscription; service.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specifically provided in these rules, all documents filed in a summary decisional proceeding, including (but not limited to) amended or supplemental pleadings, motions, discovery notices and responses thereto, documents produced or filed pursuant to § 12.34 of these rules, and submissions of proof, shall meet the requirements of §§ 12.11 and 12.12 of these rules as to form, and shall be filed and served in accordance with § 12.10 of the Reparation Rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.204" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.204   Amended and supplemental pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amendments to pleadings.</I> At any time before the parties have concluded their submission of proof, the Administrative Judge may allow amendments of the pleadings either upon written consent of the parties, or for good cause shown, provided however, that any pleading as amended shall not contain an allegation of damages in excess of $30,000. Any party may file a response to a motion to amend the pleadings within ten (10) days after the date of service upon that party of the motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental pleadings.</I> At any time before the parties have concluded their submissions of proof, and upon such terms as are just, the Administrative Judge may, upon motion by a party, permit a party to serve a supplemental pleading setting forth transactions, occurrences or events which have happened since the date of the pleadings sought to be supplemented and which are relevant to any of the issues in the proceeding: <I>Provided however,</I> that any pleading as supplemented may not contain an allegation of damages in excess of $30,000. Any party may file a response to a motion to supplement the pleadings within ten (10) days after the date of service upon that party of the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pleadings to conform to the evidence.</I> When issues not raised by the pleadings but reasonably within the scope of a summary decisional proceeding are tried with the express or implied consent of the parties, they shall be treated in all respects as if they had been raised in the pleadings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64356, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.205" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.205   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Motions for relief not otherwise specifically provided for in this subpart (§§ 12.200 through 12.210), other than discovery-related motions and motions for extensions of time and similar procedural orders, shall not be allowed. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this subpart, all motions permitted under the provisions of this subpart shall be directed to the Administrative Judge prior to the filing of the initial decision, and to the Commission after the initial decision has been filed. Motions for extensions of time and similar procedural orders may be acted upon at any time, without awaiting a response thereto. Any party adversely affected by such action may request reconsideration, vacation or modification of such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to motions.</I> Any party may serve and file a written response to a motion within ten (10) days after service of the motion, or within such longer or shorter period as is established by the provisions of this part, or as the Administrative Judge or the Commission may direct.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dismissal</I>—(1) <I>By the Administrative Judge.</I> An Administrative Judge, acting upon their own motion, may:
</P>
<P>(i) Dismiss the entire proceeding without prejudice to counterclaims, if the Administrative Judge finds that the matters alleged in the complaint fail to state a claim cognizable in reparations; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Order dismissal of any claim, counterclaim, or party from the proceeding if the Administrative Judge finds, after review of the record, that such claim or counterclaim (by itself or as applied to any party) is not cognizable in reparations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motion for dismissal by a party.</I> Any party who believes that grounds exist for dismissal of the entire complaint, or of any claim therein, or of any counterclaim or party from the proceeding, may file a motion for dismissal specifying the claims or parties to be dismissed and the reasons therefor. Upon consideration of the whole record, the Administrative Judge may grant or deny such motion, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content and effect of order of dismissal.</I> Any order of dismissal entered pursuant to this rule shall contain a brief statement of the findings and conclusions which serve as the basis for the order. An order of dismissal of the entire proceeding pursuant to this rule shall have the effect of an initial decision (see § 12.213(d)), and may be appealed to the Commission in accordance with the requirements of § 12.401 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64357, Nov. 18, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.206" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.206   Pre-decision conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time after a summary decisional proceeding has been commenced pursuant to § 12.26(b), the Administrative Judge may, in their discretion, conduct one or more pre-decision conferences to be held in Washington, DC, or by telephone, with all parties, for the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(1) Discussing the advisability of electing the voluntary decisional procedure;
</P>
<P>(2) Encouraging settlement of the entire case, or any part thereof, (such discussions may be <I>ex parte</I> with the consent of all parties);
</P>
<P>(3) Simplifying or clarifying issues;
</P>
<P>(4) Obtaining stipulations, admissions of fact and of authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(5) Discussing amendments or supplements to the pleadings;
</P>
<P>(6) Encouraging an early settlement of disputes relating to discovery; and
</P>
<P>(7) Discussing any matters of relevance in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) At or following the conclusion of such a conference, the Administrative Judge may serve a pre-decision memorandum and order setting forth the agreements, if any, reached by the parties, any procedural determinations made by the Administrative Judge, and the issues for resolution not disposed of by the admissions or agreements by the parties. Such order, when issued, shall control the subsequent course of the proceeding unless modified to prevent injustice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64357, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.207" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.207   Summary disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of motions, answers.</I> Any parties who believe that there is no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that they are entitled to a decision as a matter of law concerning all issues of liability in the proceeding may file a motion for summary disposition at any time until the parties have concluded their submissions of proof. Any adverse party, within ten (10) days after service of the motion, may file and serve opposing papers or may countermove for summary disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting papers.</I> A motion for summary disposition shall include a statement of the material facts as to which the moving party contends there is no genuine issue, supported by the pleadings, and by affidavits, other verified statements, admissions, stipulations, and interrogatories. The motion may also be supported by briefs containing points and authorities in support of the contention of the party making the motion. When a motion is made and supported as provided in this section, unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Judge, adverse parties may not rest upon the mere allegations, but shall serve and file in response a statement setting forth those material facts as to which they contend a genuine issue exists, supported by affidavits and other verified material. They may also submit a brief of points and authorities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Summary disposition upon motion of the Administrative Judge.</I> If the Administrative Judge believes that there may be no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that one of the parties may be entitled to a decision as a matter of law, the Administrative Judge may direct the parties to submit papers in support of and in opposition to summary disposition, substantially as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Ruling on summary disposition.</I> The Administrative Judge may grant summary disposition if the undisputed pleaded facts, affidavits, other verified statements, admissions, stipulations, and matters of official notice show that:
</P>
<P>(1) There is no genuine issue as to any material fact;
</P>
<P>(2) There is no necessity that further facts be developed in the record; and
</P>
<P>(3) A party is entitled to a decision in that party's favor as a matter of law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review of ruling; appeal.</I> An application for interlocutory review of an order denying a motion for summary disposition shall not be allowed. An order granting summary disposition as to all of the issues and all of the parties in the proceeding shall have the same effect as an initial decision (see § 12.210(d)), and may be appealed to the Commission, in accordance with § 12.401 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64357, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.208" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.208   Submissions of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Documentary evidence.</I> Each party may file and serve verified statements of fact and affidavits of non-party witnesses with personal knowledge of the facts which they aver to be true. Proof in support of the complaint and in support of the respondent's answer may be found in those verified documents, in affidavits of non-party witnesses, in other verified statements of fact, and in other documents and tangible exhibits.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Oral testimony and examination.</I> The Administrative Judge may order an oral hearing for the presentation of testimony and examination of the parties and their witnesses when appropriate and necessary for the resolution of factual issues, upon motion by either a party or the Administrative Judge. An oral hearing held under this section will be convened by conference telephone call as provided in § 12.209(b), except that an in-person hearing may be held in Washington, DC, under the circumstances set forth in § 12.209(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9637, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64357, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.209" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.209   Oral testimony.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> When the Administrative Judge determines that an oral hearing is necessary and appropriate, such oral hearing will be held either by telephone or in person in Washington, DC, as set forth in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section. The Administrative Judge, in their discretion with consideration for the convenience of the parties and their witnesses, will determine the time and date of such hearing. During an oral hearing, in their discretion, the Administrative Judge may regulate appropriately the course and sequence of testimony and examination of the parties and their witnesses and limit the issues.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Telephonic hearings.</I> When an Administrative Judge has determined to hold an oral hearing by telephone, an order to that effect will be issued at least 15 days prior to the hearing notifying the parties of the date and time of the hearing. The order will direct the parties to confirm, at least 48 hours in advance of the hearing, that the correct telephone numbers for the parties and their witnesses are on file with the Office of Proceedings, and warn that failure to provide correct telephone numbers may be deemed waiver of that party's right to participate in the hearing, to present evidence, or to cross-examine other witnesses. If a party is unavailable by telephone at the appointed time, any other party in attendance may present testimony, and the Administrative Judge also may impose any appropriate sanction listed in § 12.35. All telephonic hearings will be recorded electronically but will be transcribed only upon direction of the Administrative Judge (if necessary) or in the event of Commission review. The parties may secure a copy of the recording of the hearing from the Proceedings Clerk upon written request and payment of the cost of the recording.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Washington, DC, hearings.</I> In exceptional circumstances and when an in-person hearing is determined to be necessary in resolving the issues, the Administrative Judge may order an in-person hearing in Washington, DC, upon written request by a party and the agreement of at least one opposing party. The Administrative Judge will issue notice of the time, date, and location of an in-person hearing to the parties at least 30 days in advance of the hearing. Except as otherwise provided in this section, an in-person hearing will be held and recorded in the manner prescribed in § 12.312(c) through (f). A party not agreeing to appear at the hearing in Washington, DC, may be ordered to participate by telephone. Any party not appearing in person or by telephone will be deemed to have waived the right to participate in the hearing, to present evidence, or to cross-examine other witnesses; further, that party may be subject to such action under § 12.35 as the Administrative Judge may find appropriate. The Administrative Judge may order any party who requests or agrees to appear at a hearing in Washington, DC, and fails to appear without good cause, to pay any reasonable costs unnecessarily incurred by parties appearing at such a hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compulsory process.</I> An application for a subpoena requiring a non-party to participate in a telephonic hearing or to appear at an in-person hearing in Washington, DC, may be made in writing to the Administrative Judge without notice to the other parties. The standards for issuance or denial of an application for a subpoena, the service and travel fee requirements, and the method for enforcing such subpoenas are set forth at § 12.313.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64358, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.210" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.4.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.210   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law briefs shall not be allowed. As soon as practicable after all submissions of proof have been received, the Administrative Judge shall make the initial decision, which will be filed forthwith with the Proceedings Clerk. Upon filing of an initial decision, the Proceedings Clerk shall immediately serve upon the parties a copy of the initial decision and a notification of the effect of a party's failure timely to appeal the initial decision to the Commission, as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, as well as the effect of a failure by a party who has been ordered to pay a reparation award timely to file the documents required by § 12.407(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of initial decision.</I> In the initial decision in a summary decisional proceeding, the Administrative Judge shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include a brief statement of the findings as to the facts, with reference to those portions of the record which support those findings;
</P>
<P>(2) Make a determination whether or not the respondent has violated any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act, or rule, regulation or order thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) Make a determination whether the complainant is liable to any respondent who has made a counterclaim in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine the amount of damages, if any, that the complainant has sustained as a result of respondent's violations, the amount of punitive damages, if any, for which respondent is liable to complainant, which shall not exceed $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs; and the amount, if any, for which complainant is liable to respondents based on counterclaims, which, in aggregate, shall not exceed $30,000, exclusive of interest and costs; and
</P>
<P>(5) Include an order directing either the respondent or the complainant, depending upon whose liability is greater, to pay an amount based on the difference in the amounts determined pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, on or before a date fixed in the order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Costs; prejudgment interest.</I> The Administrative Judge may, in the initial decision, award costs (including the costs of instituting the proceeding, and if appropriate, reasonable attorneys' fees) and, if warranted as a matter of law under the circumstances of the particular case, prejudgment interest to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of initial decision.</I> The initial decision shall become the final decision and order of the Commission thirty (30) days after service thereof, except:
</P>
<P>(1) The initial decision shall not become the final decision as to a party who shall have timely filed and perfected an appeal thereof to the Commission in accordance with § 12.401 of these rules; and
</P>
<P>(2) The initial decision shall not become final as to any party to the proceeding if, within thirty (30) days after service of the initial decision, the Commission itself shall have placed the case on its own docket for review or stayed the effective date of the initial decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effect of failure to file and perfect an appeal to the Commission.</I> Unless the Commission takes review on its own motion, the timely filing and perfection of an appeal to the Commission of the initial decision is mandatory as a prerequisite to appellate judicial review of a final decision and order entered pursuant to these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9638, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64358, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Rules Applicable to Formal Decisional Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.300" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.300   Scope and applicability of rules.</HEAD>
<P>The rules set forth in this subpart are applicable to proceedings forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(c) of the Reparation Rules. The rules in subpart B permitting discovery are applicable in a formal decisional proceeding, as supplemented by § 12.301. Unless specifically made applicable, the rules prescribed in subparts C and D shall not apply to formal decisional proceedings. Parties to a proceeding forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(c) may, by written agreement filed at any time prior to the issuance of an initial decision, or of any other order disposing of all issues in the proceeding, elect to have all issues in the proceeding decided pursuant to the voluntary decisional procedure. Upon receiving a timely filed stipulation signed by all parties evidencing such an election, the Administrative Law Judge shall conduct the proceeding and render a decision pursuant to subpart C of these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 12.301-12.302" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 12.301-12.302   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.303" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.303   Pre-decision conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During the time period permitted for discovery pursuant to § 12.30(d), and thereafter, Administrative Law Judges may, in their discretion, conduct one or more pre-decision conferences to be held in Washington, DC, or by telephone, with all parties for the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(1) Discussing the advisability of electing the voluntary decisional procedure;
</P>
<P>(2) Encouraging a settlement of the entire case, or any part thereof (such discussions may be <I>ex parte</I> with the consent of all parties);
</P>
<P>(3) Simplifying or clarifying issues;
</P>
<P>(4) Obtaining stipulations, admissions of fact and of authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(5) Discussing amendments or supplements to the pleadings;
</P>
<P>(6) Encouraging an early settlement of disputes relating to discovery; and
</P>
<P>(7) Discussing any matters of relevance in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) At or following the conclusion of a pre-decision conference, Administrative Law Judges may serve a pre-decision memorandum and order setting forth the agreements reached by the parties, any procedural determinations made by them, and the issues for resolution not disposed of by admissions or agreements by the parties. Such an order shall control the subsequent course of the proceeding unless modified to prevent injustice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 86 FR 64358, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.304" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.304   Functions and responsibilities of the Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>Once an Administrative Law Judge has been assigned the case, the Administrative Law Judge shall be responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of a formal decisional proceeding and shall have the authority:
</P>
<P>(a) To issue such orders as are described in § 12.34 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(b) To issue subpoenas pursuant to §§ 12.34, 12.36, and 12.313 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(c) To take such action as is appropriate pursuant to § 12.35 if a party fails to comply with a discovery order, or an order issued pursuant to § 12.34 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) In the Administrative Law Judge's discretion, to conduct pre-decision conferences, for the purposes prescribed in § 12.303, at any time after a proceeding has commenced pursuant to § 12.26(c);
</P>
<P>(f) To issue pre-hearing orders as required by § 12.312(a);
</P>
<P>(g) To certify interlocutory matters to the Commission for its determination in accordance with § 12.309;
</P>
<P>(h) To issue orders of dismissal pursuant to § 12.308;
</P>
<P>(i) To issue default orders for good cause against parties who fail to participate in the proceeding, or to comply with these rules;
</P>
<P>(j) If appropriate, to issue orders for summary disposition in the manner prescribed by § 12.310;
</P>
<P>(k) If an oral hearing is ordered, to preside at the oral hearing, which shall include the authority to receive relevant evidence, to administer oaths and affirmations, to examine witnesses, and to rule on offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(l) To make the initial decision; and
</P>
<P>(m) To issue such orders, and take any other actions as are required to give effect to these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984; 49 FR 17750, Apr. 25, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20637, May 14, 1992; 86 FR 64358, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.305" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.305   Disqualification of Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>At their own request.</I> An Administrative Law Judge may withdraw from a formal decisional proceeding when they consider themselves to be disqualified on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. In such event, they shall immediately notify the Commission and each of the parties of the withdrawal and of the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Upon the request of a party.</I> Any party may request an Administrative Law Judge to disqualify themselves on the grounds of personal bias, conflict of interest, or similar bases. Interlocutory review of an order denying such a request may be sought without certification of the matter by an Administrative Law Judge, only in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 12.309.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.306" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.306   Filing of documents; subscription; service.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specifically provided in these rules, all documents filed in a formal decisional proceeding including, but not limited to, amended or supplemental pleadings, motions, discovery notices or requests, and responses thereto, documents filed or produced pursuant to § 12.34 of these rules, and submissions of proof, shall meet the requirements of §§ 12.11 and 12.12 of the rules as to form, and shall be filed and served in accordance with § 12.10 of the Reparation Rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.307" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.307   Amended and supplemental pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amendments to pleadings.</I> At any time before the parties have concluded their submissions of proof, the Administrative Law Judge may allow amendments of the pleadings either upon written consent of the parties or for good cause shown. Any party may file a response to a motion to amend the pleadings within ten (10) days after the date of service upon that party of the motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental pleadings.</I> At any time before the parties have concluded their submissions of proof, and upon such terms as are just, an Administrative Law Judge may, upon motion by a party, permit a party to serve a supplemental pleading setting forth transactions, occurrences or events which have happened since the date of the pleadings sought to be supplemented and which are relevant to the issues in the proceeding. Any party may file a response to a motion to supplement the pleadings within ten (10) days after the date of service upon that party of the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pleadings to conform to the evidence.</I> When issues not raised by the pleadings but reasonably within the scope of a formal decisional proceeding are tried with the express or implied consent of the parties, they shall be treated in all respects as if they had been raised in the pleadings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.308" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.308   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An application for a form of relief not otherwise specifically provided for in this subpart E shall be made by a motion, which shall be in writing (unless made on the record during an oral hearing). The motion shall state the relief sought and the basis for the relief and may set forth the authority relied upon. All motions, unless otherwise provided in these rules, shall be directed to the Administrative Law Judge before the initial decision is filed, and to the Commission after the initial decision is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to motions.</I> Any party may serve and file a written response to a motion within ten (10) days after service of the motion upon that party, or within such longer or shorter period as established by this part, or as the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission may direct.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dismissal</I>—(1) <I>By the Administrative Law Judge.</I> The Administrative Law Judge, acting on their own motion, may, at any time after they have been assigned the case:
</P>
<P>(i) Dismiss the entire proceeding, without prejudice to counterclaims, if they find that none of the matters alleged in the complaint state a claim that is cognizable in reparations; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Order dismissal of any claim, counterclaim, or party from the proceeding if they find that such claim or counterclaim (by itself, or as applied to a party) is not cognizable in reparations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motion for dismissal by a party.</I> Any party who believes that grounds exist for dismissal of the entire complaint, of any claim therein, of any counterclaim, or of a party from the proceeding, may file a motion for dismissal specifying the claims, counterclaims, or parties to be dismissed and the reasons therefor. Upon consideration of the whole record, the Administrative Law Judge may grant or deny such motion, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content and effect of order of dismissal.</I> Any order of dismissal entered pursuant to this rule shall contain a brief statement of the findings and conclusions which serve as the basis for the order. An order of dismissal of the entire proceeding pursuant to this rule shall have the effect of an initial decision which may be appealed to the Commission in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 12.401 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motions for procedural orders.</I> Motions for procedural orders, including motions for extensions of time, may be acted on at any time, without awaiting a response thereto. Any party adversely affected by such action may request reconsideration, vacation or modification of such action.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dilatory motions.</I> Repetitive or numerous motions dealing with the same subject matter shall not be permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.309" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.309   Interlocutory review by the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Interlocutory review by the Commission of a ruling on a motion by an Administrative Law Judge may be sought only as prescribed in this rule:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>When interlocutory appeal may be taken.</I> An interlocutory appeal may be permitted, in the discretion of the Commission, under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The appeal is from a ruling pursuant to § 12.102, § 12.202, or § 12.305 refusing to grant a motion to disqualify an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge;
</P>
<P>(2) The appeal is from a ruling pursuant to § 12.9 suspending an attorney from participation in a reparation proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Upon a determination by the Administrative Law Judge certified to the Commission either in writing or on the record, that
</P>
<P>(i) A ruling sought to be appealed involves a controlling question of law or policy;
</P>
<P>(ii) An immediate appeal may materially advance the ultimate resolution of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Subsequent reversal of the ruling would cause unnecessary delay or expense to the parties; or
</P>
<P>(4) The appeal is from a ruling which satisfies the conditions of paragraphs (a)(3) (i)-(iii) of this section, despite the absence of certification, and extraordinary circumstances are shown to exist.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure to obtain interlocutory review.</I> An application for interlocutory review may be served and filed within ten (10) days after service of a ruling described in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(4) of this section or of notice that a determination has been made pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The application for interlocutory review shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the facts necessary to an understanding of the controlling questions determined by the Administrative Law Judge, and to an understanding of the extraordinary circumstances warranting interlocutory review by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the question or issue involved in the ruling upon which the application for review is based;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the reasons why, in the opinion of the party requesting review, the ruling was erroneous and should be reversed or modified; and
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of all papers filed by the parties that relate to the subject matter of the ruling at issue, including the order containing the ruling.
</P>
<FP>Within seven (7) days after service of the application for interlocutory review, any party may file a response in opposition to the application.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Standard for review.</I> In the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the Commission will not review a ruling of an Administrative Law Judge prior to the Commission's consideration of the proceeding pursuant to subpart F of these rules. A Commission denial of an application for interlocutory review shall be without prejudice to the applying party's right to raise any argument made in the application as an issue in an appeal taken pursuant to subpart F of these rules.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Proceedings not stayed.</I> The filing of an application for interlocutory review and a grant of review shall not stay proceedings before an Administrative Law Judge (or an Administrative Judge, if applicable) unless that official or the Commission shall so order. The Commission will not consider a motion for a stay unless the motion shall have first been made to the Administrative Law Judge (or, if applicable, the Administrative Judge) and denied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interlocutory review by the Commission on its own motion.</I> Nothing in this section should be construed as restricting the Commission from acting on its own motion to review on an interlocutory basis any ruling of an Administrative Law Judge, Proceedings Officer or an Administrative Judge in any proceeding commenced pursuant to § 12.26.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.310" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.310   Summary disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of motions, answers.</I> Any parties who believe that there is no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that they are entitled to a decision as a matter of law concerning all issues of liability in the proceeding may file a motion for summary disposition at any time before a determination is made by the Administrative Law Judge to order an oral hearing in the proceeding. Any adverse party, within ten (10) days after service of the motion, may file and serve opposing papers or may countermove for summary disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting papers.</I> A motion for summary disposition shall include a statement of all material facts as to which the moving party contends that there is no genuine issue, supported by the pleadings, and by affidavits, other verified statements, admissions, stipulations, and interrogatories. The motion may also be supported by briefs containing points and authorities in support of the contention of the party making the motion. When a motion is made and supported as provided in this section, unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, an adverse party may not rest upon the mere allegations, but shall serve and file in response a statement setting forth those material facts as to which the adverse party contends a genuine issue exists, supported by affidavits and other verified material. The adverse party may also submit a brief of points and authorities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oral argument.</I> Oral argument may be heard at the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge and shall be heard in Washington, DC, or by telephonic conference call. Such argument shall be recorded, and written transcripts shall be made in the event that a grant or denial of summary disposition is reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Summary disposition upon motion of the Administrative Law Judge.</I> If the Administrative Law Judge believes that there may be no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that one of the parties may be entitled to a decision as a matter of law, the Administrative Law Judge may direct the parties to submit papers in support of and in opposition to summary disposition, and may hear oral argument, substantially as provided in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ruling on summary disposition.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall grant summary disposition if the undisputed pleaded facts, affidavits, other verified statements, admissions, stipulations, and matters of official notice, show that (1) there is no genuine issue as to any material fact; (2) there is no necessity that further facts be developed in the record; and (3) a party is entitled to a decision as a matter of law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review of ruling; appeal.</I> An application for interlocutory review of an order denying a motion for summary disposition shall not be allowed. Interlocutory review of an order granting summary disposition which disposes of less than all of the issues in the proceeding may be sought only in accordance with § 12.309 of these rules. An order granting summary disposition which is dispositive of all issues, and as to all parties, in the proceeding may be appealed to the Commission in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 12.401 of these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.311" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.311   Disposing of proceeding or issues without oral hearing.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrative Law Judge determines that the documentary proof and other tangible forms of proof submitted by the parties are sufficient to permit resolution of some or all of the factual issues in the proceeding without the need for oral testimony, the Administrative Law Judge may order that all proof relating to such issues be submitted in documentary and tangible form, and dispose of such issues without an oral hearing. In such an event, proof in support of the complaint, answer, and reply, may be found in those verified documents, in depositions on written interrogatories, in admissible documents obtained through discovery, in other verified statements of fact, documents, and tangible evidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64359, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.312" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.312   Oral hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification; prehearing order.</I> If and when the proceeding has reached the stage of an oral hearing, the Administrative Law Judge, giving due regard for the convenience of the parties, shall set a time for hearing, as well as a location prescribed by paragraph (b) of this section, and shall file with the Proceedings Clerk, for immediate service upon the parties:
</P>
<P>(1) An order requiring the parties to file and serve, within fifteen days after service of the order, a prehearing memorandum setting forth briefly:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of all issues to be tried at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(ii) An identification of each witness expected to be called by that party;
</P>
<P>(iii) A summary of the testimony each witness is expected to provide; and
</P>
<P>(2) A notice stating the time and location of the hearing.
</P>
<FP>Prior to the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge may issue an order based on the contents of the parties' memoranda filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, which, unless modified to prevent injustice, shall control the scope of matters to be tried at the oral hearing. If any change in the time or place of the hearing becomes necessary, it shall be made by the Administrative Law Judge, who, in such event, shall file with the Proceedings Clerk a notice of the change. Such notice shall be served upon the parties, unless it is made during the course of an oral hearing and made a part of the transcript. Hearings shall proceed expeditiously and, absent extraordinary circumstances, shall be held in one location and shall continue, without suspension, until concluded.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Location of hearing.</I> Unless the Director of the Office of Proceedings for reasons of administrative economy or practical necessity determines otherwise, and except as provided in this paragraph (b), the location of an oral hearing shall be in one of the following cities: Albuquerque, N.M.; Atlanta, Ga.; Boston, Mass.; Chicago, Ill.; Cincinnati, Ohio; Columbia, S.C.; Denver, Colo.; Houston, Tex.; Kansas City, Mo.; Los Angeles, Cal.; Minneapolis, Minn.; New Orleans, La.; New York, N.Y.; Oklahoma City, Okla.; Phoenix, Ariz.; San Diego, Cal.; San Francisco, Cal.; Seattle, Wash.; St. Petersburg, Fla.; and Washington, DC. The Administrative Law Judge may, in any case where a party avers, in an affidavit, that none of the foregoing cities is located within 300 miles of the party's principal residence, waive this paragraph (b) and, upon giving due regard for the convenience of all of the parties, order that the hearing be held in a more convenient locale.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Who may appear.</I> The parties may appear in person, by counsel, or by other representatives of their choosing, subject to the provisions of § 12.9 of these rules concerning practice before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Effect of failure to appear.</I> If any party to the proceeding fails to appear at the hearing, or at any part thereof, the non-appearing party shall to that extent be deemed to have waived the opportunity for an oral hearing in the proceeding. The Administrative Law Judge, for just cause, may take such action as is appropriate pursuant to § 12.35 against a party who fails to appear at the hearing. In the event that a party appears at the hearing and no party appears for the opposing side, the party who is present may present evidence, in whole or in part, in the form of affidavits or by oral testimony, before the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public hearings.</I> All oral hearings shall be public except that upon application of a party or affected witness the Administrative Law Judge may direct that specific documents or testimony be received and retained non-publicly in order to prevent unwarranted disclosure of trade secrets or sensitive commercial or financial information or an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conduct of the hearing.</I> Subject to paragraph (e) of this section, and except as otherwise provided, at an oral hearing every party shall be entitled to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conduct direct and cross-examination of parties and witnesses.</I> All witnesses at a hearing for the purpose of taking evidence shall testify under oath or affirmation, which shall be administered by the Administrative Law Judge. Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, parties shall be entitled to present oral direct testimony and other documentary proof, and to conduct direct examination and cross examine adverse parties and witnesses. To expedite the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge may, in their discretion, order that the direct testimony of the parties and their witnesses be presented in documentary form, by affidavit, interrogatory, and other documents. In any event, the Administrative Law Judge, in their discretion, may permit cross examination, without regard to the scope of direct testimony, as to any matter which is relevant to the issues in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Introduce exhibits.</I> The original of each exhibit introduced in evidence or marked for identification shall be filed unless the Administrative Law Judge permits the substitution of copies for the original documents. A copy of each exhibit introduced by a party or marked for identification shall be supplied by the introducing party to the Administrative Law Judge and to each other party to the proceeding. Exhibits shall be maintained by the reporter who shall serve as custodian of the exhibits until they are transmitted to the Proceedings Clerk pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Make objections.</I> A party shall timely and briefly state the grounds relied upon for any objection made to the introduction of evidence. Formal exception to an adverse ruling shall not be required; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Make offers of proof.</I> When an objection to a question propounded to a witness is sustained, examiners may make a specific offer of what they expect to prove by the answer of the witness. Rejected exhibits, adequately marked for identification, shall be retained in the record so as to be available for consideration by any reviewing authority.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Admissibility of evidence.</I> Relevant, material and reliable evidence shall be admitted. Irrelevant, immaterial, unreliable and unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Record of an oral hearing.</I> Oral hearings for the purpose of taking evidence shall be recorded and shall be transcribed in written form under the supervision of the Administrative Law Judge by a reporter employed by the Commission for that purpose. The original transcript shall be a part of the record and shall be the sole official transcript. Copies of transcripts, except those portions granted non-public treatment, shall be available from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by the contract between the Commission and the reporter. As soon as practicable after the close of the hearing, the reporter shall transmit to the Proceedings Clerk the transcript of the testimony and the exhibits introduced in evidence at the hearing, except such portions of the transcript and exhibits as shall have already been delivered to the Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law; briefs.</I> An Administrative Law Judge, upon their own motion or upon motion of a party, may permit the filing of post-hearing proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law. Absent an order permitting such findings and conclusions, none shall be allowed. Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge and for good cause shown, the proposed findings and conclusions (including briefs in support thereof), shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pages and shall be filed not later than forty-five (45) days after the close of the oral hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 86 FR 64360, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.313" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.313   Subpoenas for attendance at an oral hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general—</I>(1) <I>Application for issuance of subpoenas.</I> An application for a subpoena requiring a party or other person to appear and testify at an oral hearing (subpoena <I>ad testificandum</I>) or to appear and testify and to produce specified documentary or tangible evidence at the hearing (subpoena <I>duces tecum</I>), shall (unless made orally at a hearing) be filed in writing and in duplicate, but need not be served upon other parties. The application shall be accompanied by the original and one copy of the subpoena.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standards for issuance or denial of subpoenas.</I> The Administrative Law Judge considering any application for a subpoena shall issue the subpoena if they are satisfied the application complies with this section and the request is not unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope or unduly burdensome. In the event they determine that a requested subpoena or any of its terms is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, the Administrative Law Judge may refuse to issue the subpoena, or may issue it only upon such conditions as they determine fairness requires.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special requirements relating to application for an issuance of subpoenas for the appearance of commission employees—</I>(1) <I>Form.</I> An application for the issuance of a subpoena shall be made in the form of a written motion served upon all other parties, if the subpoena would require the appearance of a Commissioner or an official or employee of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Content.</I> The motion shall specifically describe the material to be produced, the information to be disclosed, or the testimony to be elicited from the witness, and shall show
</P>
<P>(i) The relevance of the material, information, or testimony to the matters at issue in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasonableness of the scope of the proposed subpoena; and
</P>
<P>(iii) That such material, information, or testimony is not available from other sources.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rulings.</I> The motion shall be decided by the Administrative Law Judge and the order shall provide such terms and conditions for the production of the material, the disclosure of the information, or the appearance of the witnesses as may appear necessary and appropriate for the protection of the public interest.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of subpoenas</I>—(1) <I>How effected.</I> Service of a subpoena upon a party shall be made in accordance with § 12.10. Service of a subpoena upon any other person shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to them as provided in paragraph (c)(2) or (3) of this section, and by tendering to them the fees for one day's attendance and the mileage as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. When the subpoena is issued at the instance of any officer or agency of the United States, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service upon a natural person.</I> Delivery of a copy of a subpoena and tender of fees and mileage to a natural person may be effected by:
</P>
<P>(i) Handing them to the person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Leaving them at the person's office with the person in charge thereof or, if there is no one in charge, by leaving the subpoena in a conspicuous place therein;
</P>
<P>(iii) Leaving them at the person's dwelling place or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein;
</P>
<P>(iv) Mailing them by registered or certified mail to them at their last known address; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any other method whereby actual notice is given to the person and the fees and mileage are timely made available.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Service upon other persons.</I> When the person to be served is not a natural person, delivery of a copy of the subpoena and tender of the fees and mileage may be effected by
</P>
<P>(i) Handing them to a registered agent for service, or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of such person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Mailing them by registered or certified mail to any such representative at the person's last known address; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other method whereby actual notice is given to any such representative and the fees and mileage are timely made available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motion to quash subpoena.</I> At or any time before the time specified in the subpoena for compliance therewith, a person upon whom a subpoena has been served may file a motion to quash or modify the subpoena with the Administrative Law Judge who issued the subpoena, and serve a copy of the motion on the party who requested the subpoena. Such motion shall include a brief statement of the reasons therefor. After due notice to the person upon whose request the subpoena was issued, and an opportunity for that person to respond, the Administrative Law Judge may (1) quash or modify the subpoena, or (2) condition denial of the application to quash or modify the subpoena upon just and reasonable terms, including, on the case of a subpoena <I>duces tecum,</I> a requirement that the person on whose behalf the subpoena was issued shall advance the reasonable cost of producing documentary or other tangible evidence.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Attendance and mileage fees.</I> Persons summoned to testify at a hearing under requirement of subpoenas are entitled to the same fees and mileage as are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States. Fees and mileage shall be paid by the party at whose instance the persons are subpoenaed or called.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Enforcement of subpoenas.</I> Upon failure of any person to comply with a subpoena issued at the request of a party, that party may petition the Commission, in its discretion, to institute an action in an appropriate U.S. District Court for enforcement of the subpoena.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984; 86 FR 64360, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.314" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.314   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The Administrative Law Judge as soon as practicable after the parties have completed their submissions of proof, or after the conclusion of an oral hearing if one is held, shall render the initial decision, which shall forthwith be filed with the Proceedings Clerk, and a copy of which shall be served immediately by the Proceedings Clerk upon each of the parties. The Proceedings Clerk shall also serve a notice, to accompany the initial decision, of the effect of a party's failure timely to appeal to the Commission the initial decision, as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, and the effect of a failure of a party who has been ordered to pay a reparation award timely to file the documents required by § 12.407(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of initial decision.</I> In the initial decision the Administrative Law Judge shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include a brief statement of findings as to the facts, with references to those portions of the record which support those findings;
</P>
<P>(2) Make a determination whether or not the respondent has violated any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act, or rule, regulation or order thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) Make a determination whether the complainant is liable to any respondent who has made a counterclaim in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine the amount of damages, if any, that the complainant has sustained as a result of respondent's violations, the amount of punitive damages if warranted, and the amount, if any, for which complainant is liable to a respondent based on a counterclaim; and
</P>
<P>(5) Include an order directing either the respondent or the complainant, depending upon whose liability is greater, to pay an amount based on the difference in the amounts determined pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, on or before a date fixed in the order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Costs, prejudgment interest.</I> Except as provided in §§ 12.30(c) and 12.315 of these rules, the Administrative Law Judge may, in the initial decision, award costs (including the cost of instituting the proceeding and, if appropriate, reasonable attorney's fees) and, if warranted as a matter of law under the cirumstances of the particular case, prejudgment interest, to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of initial decision.</I> The initial decision and order shall become the final decision and order of the Commission, without further order by the Commission, thirty (30) days after service thereof, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) The initial decision shall not become the final decision as to a party who shall have timely filed and perfected an appeal thereof to the Commission, in accordance with § 12.401 of these rules; and
</P>
<P>(2) The initial decision shall not become final as to any party to the proceeding if, within thirty (30) days after service of the initial decision, the Commission itself shall have placed the case on its own docket for review or stayed the effective date of the initial decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effect of failure to file and perfect an appeal to the Commission.</I> Unless the Commission takes review of an initial decision on its own motion, the timely filing and perfection of an appeal to the Commission of the initial decision is mandatory as a prerequisite to appellate judicial review of a final decision and order entered pursuant to these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9638, Mar. 1, 1994; 86 FR 64361, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.315" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.5.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.315   Consequences of overstating damages claims not in excess of $30,000.</HEAD>
<P>If a party, who has claimed damages in excess of $30,000, is adjudged to be entitled to recover less than the sum or value of $30,000, computed without regard to a damage award to which an opposing party may be adjudged to be entitled, and exclusive of interest and costs, the Administrative Law Judge may assess such party the cost of the transcript of an oral hearing, if such a hearing is held, and, depending upon whether such party paid any part of the filing fee for the proceeding, deny the party such costs or impose such costs on that party.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9638, Mar. 1, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Commission Review of Decisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.400" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.400   Scope and applicability of rules.</HEAD>
<P>The rules set forth in this subpart are applicable to proceedings forwarded pursuant to § 12.26 (b) and (c) of these rules. Except as provided in §§ 12.106(e) and 12.403(b) of these rules, the rules set forth in this subpart are not applicable to proceedings forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(a) of the Reparation Rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.401" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.401   Appeal to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How effected.</I> Any aggrieved party to a proceeding forwarded pursuant to § 12.26 (b) or (c) of these rules may appeal to the Commission an initial decision or other disposition of the entire proceeding by complying with the requirements of this section. An appealing party shall serve upon all parties and file with the Proceedings Clerk a notice of appeal within fifteen (15) days after service of the initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding. The notice need consist only of a brief statement indicating the filing party's intent to appeal the initial decision, and shall include the date upon which the initial decision was rendered, the names of all parties, and the docket number of the proceeding. A non-refundable appellate filing fee in the amount of $50 shall be paid at the time of filing a notice of appeal. The failure of a party timely to file and serve a notice of appeal, and to pay the appellate filing fee, in accordance with this paragraph, or to perfect the appeal in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall constitute a voluntary waiver of any objection to the initial decision, or other order disposing of the proceeding, and of all further administrative or judicial review under these rules and the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Perfecting the appeal; appeal brief.</I> An appeal shall be perfected by the appealing party by timely filing with the Proceedings Clerk an appeal brief which meets the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section. An original and one copy of the appeal brief shall be filed within thirty (30) days after filing of the notice of appeal. By motion of the appealing party, the Commission may, for good cause shown, extend the time for filing the appeal brief. If the appeal brief is not filed within the time prescribed in this subparagraph, the Commission may, upon its own motion or upon motion by a party, dismiss the appeal, in which event the initial decision shall become the final decision and order of the Commission, effective upon service of the order of dismissal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Answering brief.</I> Any party upon whom the appealing party serves a brief may, within thirty (30) days after service of the appeal brief, file an original and one copy of an answering brief, and serve one copy thereof, unless the time limit is extended by the Commission upon motion of the party and for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Briefs.</I> Parties filing an appeal brief or answering brief pursuant to this section shall meet the requirements of § 12.11 of these rules as to form. The content of briefs shall satisfy the requirements of § 10.102(d) of the Commission's regulations, 17 CFR 10.102(d), except that any party, with leave of the Commission, may file an informal document in lieu of a brief. No brief shall exceed thirty-five (35) pages in length without leave of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Oral argument.</I> Any party may request, in writing and within the time provided for filing the initial briefs, the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, which the Commission may, in its discretion, grant or deny. In the event the Commission affords the parties the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, the oral argument shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of § 10.103 of the Commission's regulations, 17 CFR 10.103.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Scope of review.</I> On review, the Commission may, in its discretion, consider <I>sua sponte</I> any issues arising from the record and may base its determination thereon, or limit the issues to those presented in the statement of issues in the briefs, treating those issues not raised as waived.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 7, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.402" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.402   Appeal of disposition of less than all claims or parties in a proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Where two or more different claims for relief are presented, or where multiple parties are involved, in a proceeding forwarded pursuant to § 12.26(b) or (c), the Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge, may upon the Judge's own motion or by motion of a party, direct that an initial decision or other order disposing of one or more, but fewer than all of the claims or parties, shall be final and immediately appealable to the Commission. Such a direction may be made only upon an express determination that there is no just reason for delay. When such a direction is made, a party may appeal the initial decision or order in accordance with the procedure prescribed by § 12.401.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When decision is not appealable.</I> In the absence of such a direction by the Administrative Judge or an Administrative Law Judge, an initial decision or order disposing of fewer than all of the claims or all of the parties shall be subject to revision by the decisionmaker at any time before a disposition is made of all remaining claims or parties, and no appeal may be taken to the Commission pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64361, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.403" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.403   Commission review on its own motion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The Commission may on its own motion, within 30 days after it has been served on all parties, determine to review an initial decision, or other order disposing of all issues in the proceeding as to all claims and all parties, in a proceeding forwarded pursuant to § 12.26 (b) and (c) of these rules. In such event, the Commission may determine the scope of the issues on review, and make provisions for the filing of briefs or, if deemed appropriate, such other means for the parties to present their views. The parties shall be duly notified thereof by the Proceedings Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission review of a final decision in a voluntary decisional proceeding.</I> If such action is necessary to prevent manifest injustice, the Commission may, upon its own motion, review a final decision issued pursuant to § 12.106 of these rules by appropriate order filed with the Proceedings Clerk within 30 days after service upon the parties of the final decision. In such event, the Commission may determine the scope of the issue on review, make provisions for the filing of briefs (or, if deemed appropriate, such other means for the parties to present their views). The parties shall be duly notified thereof by the Proceedings Clerk.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.404" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.404   The record of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The record of proceedings on appeal before the Commission shall include: The pleadings; motions and requests filed, and rulings thereon; the transcript of the testimony taken at an oral hearing, together with the exhibits filed therein; the transcript of testimony taken during an oral examination by telephone; any statements or stipulations filed in any proceeding; any documents or papers filed in connection with prehearing conferences; such proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and orders and briefs as may have been permitted to be filed in connection with an oral hearing; such statements of objections, and briefs in support thereof, as may have been filed in the proceedings; and the initial (or final) decision, or other order disposing of issues in the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 9638, Mar. 1, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.405" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.405   Leave to adduce additional evidence.</HEAD>
<P>Any time prior to issuance of its final decision pursuant to § 12.406, the Commission may, after notice to the parties and an opportunity for them to present their views, reopen the hearing to receive further evidence. The application shall show to the satisfaction of the Commission that the additional evidence is material, and that there were reasonable grounds for failure to adduce such evidence at the hearing. The Commission may receive the additional evidence or may remand the proceeding to the Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge to receive the additional evidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 64361, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.406" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.406   Final decision of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opinion and order.</I> Unless the Commission, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, orders summary affirmance of the initial decision, the Commission's opinion and order in a proceeding appealed pursuant to § 12.401 of these rules shall constitute the Commission's final decision, effective upon service. On review, the Commission may affirm, reverse, modify, set aside or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, the initial decision and make any findings or conclusions which in its judgment are warranted based on the record in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Order on summary affirmance.</I> If the Commission, in its opinion, finds that the result reached in the initial decision is substantially correct and that none of the arguments on appeal made by the appealing party raise any important question of law or policy, the Commission may, by appropriate order, summarily affirm the initial decision and order without opinion, which shall constitute the Commission's final decision, effective upon service. Unless the Commission expressly indicates otherwise in its order, an order of summary affirmance does not reflect a Commission determination to adopt the initial decision, including any rationale contained therein, as its opinion and order, and neither initial decision nor the Commission's order of summary affirmance shall serve as a Commission precedent in other proceedings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing and service of final decision.</I> The Commission shall, upon issuance of a final decision pursuant to this § 12.406, file the final decision with the Proceeding's Clerk, who shall forthwith serve upon each of the parties a copy of the final decision as well as notice of the effect of a party's failure to pay a reparation award as provided in § 12.407 of these rules, and of an aggrieved party's right to obtain judicial review of the final decision pursuant to section 14(e) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(e).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Date of the reparation order.</I> For purposes of computing the 30-day period for filing the appeal bond required by section 14(e) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(e), “the date of the reparation order” shall be the date that the Commission's opinion and order (or order of summary affirmance, as the case may be) is filed with the Proceedings Clerk. This date shall be reflected by the date stamp on the first page of the Commission's order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984, as amended at 53 FR 17692, May 18, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.407" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.407   Satisfaction of reparation award; enforcement; sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Satisfaction of reparation award</I>—(1) <I>Where initial decision has become the final decision.</I> Any reparation award ordered in an initial decision, or similar dispositive order (but not a final decision issued pursuant to § 12.106 of these rules), shall be satisfied in full within forty-five (45) days after service of the initial decision, unless a timely appeal thereof has been perfected pursuant to § 12.401, or unless the Commission, pursuant to § 12.403(a), has stayed the effective date of the initial decision.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Final decision pursuant to § 12.406.</I> Any reparation award ordered in a final decision of the Commission issued pursuant to § 12.406 of these rules shall be satisfied in full within fifteen (15) days after service of the final decision, or such other longer period of time as may be specified in the final decision, unless a petition for review is filed in accordance with section 14(e) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enforcement of reparation award.</I> If any person against whom a reparation award has been made does not timely comply with paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the party in whose favor the award is made is entitled to seek enforcement of award in accordance with the procedure prescribed in section 14(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automatic suspension.</I> A person required to pay a reparation award shall be prohibited from trading on all contract markets and if such person is registered, the registration shall be suspended automatically, without further notice, unless such person shall, within fifteen (15) days after the time limit for satisfaction of an award (as prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section) expires, file with the Proceedings Clerk and serve on the other parties:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of a certified check or the equivalent showing Satisfaction of the award; or
</P>
<P>(2) A sworn release executed by each recipient of a reparation award, which has not been satisfied by payment with a certified check or the equivalent; or
</P>
<P>(3) A verified statement that a judicial appeal has been filed and perfected in accordance with section 14(e) of the Act, 7 U.S.C. 18(e). (This paragraph is applicable only in proceedings commenced pursuant to § 12.26 (b) or (c), and only if the person has timely filed and perfected an appeal to the Commission as prescribed in § 12.401.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reinstatement.</I> The sanctions imposed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section shall remain in effect until the person required to pay the reparation award demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission that the amount required has been paid in full including prejudgment interest if awarded and post-judgment interest at the prevailing rate computed in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1961 from the date directed in the final order to the date of payment, compounded annually. In the event an award of post-judgment interest is inadvertently omitted, such interest nevertheless shall run as calculated in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1961 and the rules in this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Automatic suspension after appeal.</I> If on appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals the appellee prevails, or if the appeal is dismissed, the automatic prohibition against trading and suspension of registration shall become effective at the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of judgment on the appeal, but if the judgment is stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction, the suspension shall become effective ten (10) days after the expiration of such stay, unless prior thereto the judgment of the court or the final order of the Commission has been satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 40332, Oct. 3, 1985; 73 FR 70275, Nov. 20, 2008; 86 FR 64361, Nov. 18, 2021; 89 FR 71808, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 12.408" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.11.6.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 12.408   Delegation of authority to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the authority granted under section 2(a)(4) and 2(a)(11) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 4a(c) and 4a(j), the Commission hereby delegates, until such time as it orders otherwise, the following functions to the General Counsel, to be performed by them, or such person or persons under their direction as they may designate from time to time:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to reparation proceedings conducted pursuant to section 14 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 18, and subject to the Commission's Reparation Rules as set forth in part 12 of this chapter, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Consider and decide miscellaneous procedural motions that may be directed to the Commission pursuant to part 12 of these rules after the initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding has been filed;
</P>
<P>(2) Remand, with or without specific instructions, initial decisions or other orders disposing of the entire proceeding to the appropriate officer (Director of the Office of Proceedings, Administrative Judge, or Administrative Law Judge) in the following situations—
</P>
<P>(i) Where a default order or award has been made pursuant to part 12 of these rules and a motion to vacate the default or an equivalent request has been made; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Where, in their judgment, clarification or supplementation of an initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding prior to Commission review is appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Where, in their judgment, a ministerial act necessary to the proper conduct of the proceeding has not been performed;
</P>
<P>(3) Deny applications for interlocutory review by the Commission of a ruling of an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge in cases in which the Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge has not certified the ruling to the Commission in the manner prescribed by § 12.309, and the ruling does not concern the disqualification of, or a motion to disqualify, an Administrative Judge or Administrative Law Judge, or the suspension of, or failure to suspend, an attorney from participating in reparation proceedings;
</P>
<P>(4) Dismiss any appeal from an initial decision or other disposition of the entire proceeding by an Administrative Law Judge (or Administrative Judge), in a proceeding where such appeal is not filed or perfected in accordance with § 12.401, and deny any application for interlocutory review if it is not filed in accordance with § 12.309;
</P>
<P>(5) Strike any filing that does not meet the requirements of, or is not perfected in accordance with, these part 12 rules; and
</P>
<P>(6) Enter any order that, in their judgment, will facilitate or expedite Commission review of an initial decision or other order disposing of the entire proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any case in which the General Counsel believes it appropriate, the General Counsel or their designee may submit the matter to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Within seven (7) days after service of a ruling issued pursuant to this § 12.408, a party may file with the Commission a petition for reconsideration of the ruling. Unless the Commission orders otherwise, the filing of a petition for reconsideration shall not operate to stay the effective date of such ruling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6621, Feb. 22, 1984; 49 FR 15070, Apr. 17, 1984; 49 FR 17750, Apr. 25, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 59 FR 9638, Mar. 1, 1994; 64 FR 43071, Aug. 9, 1999; 78 FR 1145, Jan. 8, 2013; 86 FR 64361, Nov. 18, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 13—PROCEDURES FOR PETITIONS FOR RULEMAKING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>84 FR 68789, Dec. 17, 2019, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 13.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.12.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.1   Petition for issuance, amendment, or repeal of a rule.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may file a petition with the Secretariat of the Commission, by mail or electronically through the Commission website, for the issuance, amendment or repeal of a rule of general application. The petition shall be directed to Secretariat, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, and shall set forth the text of any final rule or amendment or shall specify the rule the repeal of which is sought. The petition shall further state the nature of the petitioner's interest and may state arguments in support of the issuance, amendment or repeal of the rule. The Secretariat shall acknowledge receipt of the petition, refer it to the Commission for such action as the Commission deems appropriate, and notify the petitioner of the action taken by the Commission. Except in affirming a prior denial or when the denial is self-explanatory, notice of a denial in whole or in part of a petition shall be accompanied by a brief statement of the grounds of denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68789, Dec. 17, 2019, as amended at 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 13.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.12.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 13.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 14—RULES RELATING TO SUSPENSION OR DISBARMENT FROM APPEARANCE AND PRACTICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 93-463, sec. 101(a)(11), 88 Stat. 1391, 7 U.S.C. 4a(j).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 28472, July 12, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 14.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of this part describe the circumstances under which persons may be denied, either temporarily or permanently, the privilege of appearing or practicing before the Commission as an attorney or accountant. An attorney may also be excluded from further participation in a particular adjudicatory proceeding in accordance with the provisions of § 10.11(b) of this chapter or from further participation in a particular investigatory proceeding in accordance with the provisions of § 11.7(c)(2) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.2   Definitions of appearance and practice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appearance.</I> For the purpose of this part, “appearance” refers to the representation of a person by another who appears in his behalf at any adjudicatory, investigatory or rulemaking proceeding conducted before the Commission, including but not limited to those proceedings encompassed in parts 10 through 13 of the Commission's rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Practice.</I> For the purpose of this part, practicing before the Commission shall include but shall not be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The preparation of any statement, opinion or other paper by any attorney or accountant filed with or submitted to the Commission on behalf of another person in or in connection with any application, notification, report or other document; and
</P>
<P>(2) Transacting any other formal business with the Commission, on behalf of another person, in the capacity of an attorney or accountant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.3   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>Hearings required or permitted to be held under provisions of this part shall be held before an Administrative Law Judge, utilizing the procedures established in the rules of practice (part 10) for adjudicatory proceedings. Any proceeding brought under provisions of this part shall, unless otherwise determined by the Commission, be prosecuted by the General Counsel of the Commission or by such attorneys in his office as he may assign.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.4   Violation of Commodity Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may deny, temporarily or permanently, the privilege of appearing or practicing before it in any way to any person who is found by the Commission, after notice of and opportunity for hearing in the matter, to have violated, caused, or aided and abetted any violation of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> or the rules and regulations adopted thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.5   Criminal conviction.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who after licensing or certification to practice his profession by any competent authority has been convicted of any felony or of a misdemeanor involving fraud or involving moral turpitude in matters related to the regulatory responsibilities of the Commission, and whose conviction has not been reversed by an appellate court, may not appear or practice before the Commission. A conviction within the meaning of this section shall be deemed to have occurred when the convicting court enters its judgment or order, regardless of whether an appeal is pending or could be taken, and includes a judgment on a plea of nolo contendere.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.6   Disbarment or suspension by licensing authority.</HEAD>
<P>Any attorney who has been suspended or disbarred by a Court of the United States or any state or territory or the District of Columbia and any person whose license to practice as an accountant has been revoked or suspended in any state or territory or the District of Columbia may not appear or practice before the Commission during the period when such suspension or revocation is in effect. A suspension or revocation shall be deemed to have occurred when the disbarring, suspending or revoking agency or tribunal enters its order, regardless of whether appeal is pending or could be taken, and includes a judgment or order on a plea of nolo contendere or the procedural equivalent of such a plea. For purposes of this section it shall be irrelevant that any attorney or accountant who has been suspended, disbarred, or otherwise disqualified from practice before a court or in a jurisdiction continues in professional good standing before other courts or in other jurisdictions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.7   Finding of violation of Commodity Exchange Act or Federal securities laws in another proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Temporary suspension.</I> The Commission, with due regard to the public interest, and without preliminary hearing, may by order temporarily suspend from appearing or practicing before it any person who, on or after the effective date of this rule has been by name:
</P>
<P>(1) Permanently enjoined by reason of his misconduct by any court of competent jurisdiction (i) whether by consent, default, upon summary judgment or after trial, in any action brought by the Commission based upon violations of any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or of the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, or (ii) after trial or upon summary judgment in any action brought by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission based upon any violation of the federal securities laws (15 U.S.C. 77a to 80b-20) or of rules and regulations adopted thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) Found by any court of competent jurisdiction (whether by consent, default, upon summary judgment or after trial) in any action brought by the Commission to which he is a party, or found by the Commission (whether by consent, default, upon summary disposition or after hearing) in any administrative proceeding in which the Commission is a complainant and to which he is a party, to have committed, caused, or aided and abetted a violation of any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or of the rules and regulations promulgated under any of those statutes;
</P>
<P>(3) Found upon summary judgment or after trial by any court of competent jurisdiction in any action brought by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to which he is a party, or found by the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon summary disposition or after hearing, in any administrative proceeding in which the Securities and Exchange Commission is a complainant and to which he is a party, to have committed, caused, or aided or abetted a violation of any provision of the federal securities laws (15 U.S.C. 77a to 80b-20) or of the rules and regulations adopted thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petition to lift suspension.</I> Any person temporarily suspended from appearing and practicing before the Commission in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section may, within 30 days after service upon him of temporary suspension, petition the Commission to lift the temporary suspension. If no petition has been received by the Commission within 30 days after service of the order by mail the suspension shall become permanent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consideration of petition.</I> Within 30 days after the filing of the petition described in paragraph (b) of this section the Commission shall either lift the temporary suspension or set the matter down for hearing or both. After opportunity for hearing, the Commission may censure the petitioner or may disqualify the petitioner from appearing or practicing before the Commission for a period of time or permanently or may determine that no action is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hearing.</I> A showing that the petitioner has been enjoined or has been found to have committed, caused or aided or abetted violations as described in paragraph (a) of this section, without more, may be a basis for censure or disqualification; that showing having been made, the burden shall then be on the petitioner to show why he should not be censured or disqualified. A petitioner will not be heard to contest any findings against him or admissions made by him in the judicial or administrative proceedings upon which the proposed censure or disqualification is based. A petitioner who has consented to the entry of a permanent injunction as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section without admitting the facts set forth in the complaint shall nevertheless be presumed for all purposes under this section to have been enjoined by reason of the misconduct alleged in the complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.8   Lack of requisite qualifications, character and integrity.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to those matters specifically referred to in §§ 14.4 through 14.7, the Commission may, after notice and opportunity for hearing in the matter, deny, temporarily or permanently, the privilege of appearing or practicing before it to any person who is found by the Commission by a preponderance of the evidence:
</P>
<P>(a) Not to possess the requisite qualifications to represent others; or
</P>
<P>(b) To be lacking in character or integrity; or
</P>
<P>(c) To have engaged in unethical or improper professional conduct either in the course of any adjudicatory, investigative or rulemaking or other proceeding before the Commission or otherwise. With respect to the professional conduct of persons licensed to practice as accountants, “unethical or improper professional conduct” means:
</P>
<P>(1) Intentional or knowing conduct, including reckless conduct, that results in a violation of applicable professional principles or standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) Either of the following two types of negligent conduct:
</P>
<P>(i) A single instance of highly unreasonable conduct that results in a violation of applicable professional principles or standards in circumstances in which an accountant knows, or should know, that heightened scrutiny is warranted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Repeated instances of unreasonable conduct, each resulting in a violation of applicable professional principles or standards, which indicate a lack of competence to practice before the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28472, July 12, 1976, as amended at 80 FR 32857, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.9   Duty to file information concerning adverse judicial or administrative action.</HEAD>
<P>Any person appearing or practicing before the Commission who has been the subject of a conviction, suspension, disbarment, revocation, injunction or finding of the kind described in §§ 14.5 through 14.7, unless based on action instituted by the Commission, shall promptly file a copy of the relevant order, judgment or decree with the Secretariat of the Commission at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, together with any related opinion or statement of the agency or tribunal involved. Any person who has been the subject of administrative or judicial action of the kind described in §§ 14.5 through 14.7 and who has not filed a copy of the order, judgment or decree within thirty days after its entry shall for that reason alone be disqualified from appearing or practicing before the Commission until such time as the appropriate filing shall be made, but neither the filing of these documents nor the failure of a person to file them shall in any way affect the operations of any other provision of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28472, July 12, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 14.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.13.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 14.10   Reinstatement.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who is disqualified from appearing or practicing before the Commission under any of the provisions of this part may at any time file an application of reinstatement and the applicant may, in the Commission's discretion, be afforded a hearing on the application. However, denial of the privilege of appearing or practicing before the Commission shall continue unless and until the applicant has been reinstated by order of the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 15—REPORTS—GENERAL PROVISIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 5, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6k, 6m, 6n, 7, 7a, 9, 12a, 19, and 21, as amended by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 15.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.00   Definitions of terms used in parts 15 to 19, and 21 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>As used in parts 15 to 19, and 21 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cash or Spot,</I> when used in connection with any commodity, means the actual commodity as distinguished from a futures or options contract in such commodity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clearing member</I> means any person who is a member of, or enjoys the privilege of clearing trades in his own name through, the clearing organization of a designated contract market, registered derivatives transaction execution facility, or registered entity under section 1a(29) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clearing organization</I> means the person or organization which acts as a medium for clearing transactions in commodities for future delivery or commodity option transactions, or for effecting settlements of contracts for future delivery or commodity option transactions, for and between members of any designated contract market, registered derivatives transaction execution facility or registered entity under section 1a(29) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compatible data processing media</I> means data processing media approved by the Commission or its designee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Customer means</I> “customer” (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter) and “options customer” (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Customer trading program</I> means any system of trading offered, sponsored, promoted, managed or in any other way supported by, or affiliated with, a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a commodity trading advisor, a commodity pool operator, or other trader, or any of its officers, partners or employees, and which by agreement, recommendations, advice or otherwise, directly or indirectly controls trading done and positions held by any other person. The term includes, but is not limited to, arrangements where a program participant enters into an expressed or implied agreement not obtained from other customers and makes a minimum deposit in excess of that required of other customers for the purpose of receiving specific advice or recommendations which are not made available to other customers. The term includes any program which is of the character of, or is commonly known to the trade as, a managed account, guided account, discretionary account, commodity pool or partnership account.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Discretionary account</I> means a commodity futures or commodity option trading account for which buying or selling orders can be placed or originated, or for which transactions can be effected, under a general authorization and without the specific consent of the customer, whether the general authorization for such orders or transactions is pursuant to a written agreement, power of attorney, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exclusively self-cleared contract</I> means a cleared contract for which no persons, other than a reporting market and its clearing organization, are permitted to accept any money, securities, or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trade.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Foreign clearing member</I> means a “clearing member” (as defined by paragraph (b) of this section) who resides or is domiciled outside of the United States, its territories or possessions.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Foreign trader</I> means any trader (as defined in paragraph (s) of this section) who resides or is domiciled outside of the United States, its territories or possessions.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Futures, futures contract, future delivery or contract for future delivery,</I> means any contract for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery that is executed on or subject to the rules of a reporting market, including all agreements, contracts and transactions that are treated by a clearing organization as fungible with such contracts.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Guided account program</I> means any customer trading program which limits trading to the purchase or sale of a particular contract for future delivery of a commodity or a particular commodity option that is advised or recommended to the participant in the program.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Managed account program</I> means a customer trading program which includes two or more discretionary accounts traded pursuant to a common plan, advice or recommendations.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Open contracts means</I> “open contracts” (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter) and commodity option positions held by any person on or subject to the rules of a board of trade which have not expired, been exercised, or offset.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Option, options, option contract, or options contract,</I> unless specifically provided otherwise, means any contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity option that is executed on or subject to the rules of a reporting market, including all agreements, contracts and transactions that are treated by a clearing organization as fungible with such contracts.






</P>
<P>(p) <I>Reportable position</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For reports specified in parts 17 and 18 and in § 19.00(a) and (b) of this chapter, any open contract position that at the close of the market on any business day equals or exceeds the quantity specified in § 15.03 in either:
</P>
<P>(i) Any one futures of any commodity on any one reporting market, excluding futures contracts against which notices of delivery have been stopped by a trader or issued by the clearing organization of the reporting market; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Long or short put or call options that exercise into the same futures contract of any commodity, or other long or short put or call commodity options that have identical expirations and exercise into the same commodity, on any one reporting market.






</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of reports specified in § 19.00(a)(1) of this chapter, any combined futures and futures-equivalent option open contract position as defined in part 150 of this chapter in any one month or in all months combined, either net long or net short in any commodity on any one reporting market, excluding futures positions against which notices of delivery have been stopped by a trader or issued by the clearing organization of a reporting market, which at the close of the market on the last business day of the week exceeds the net quantity limit in spot, single or in all-months fixed in § 150.2 of this chapter for the particular commodity and reporting market.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Reporting market</I> means a designated contract market or a registered entity under section 1a(40) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Special account</I> means any commodity futures or option account in which there is a reportable position.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Trader</I> means a person who, for his own account or for an account which he controls, makes transactions in commodity futures or options, or has such transactions made.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Control</I> means to actually direct, by power of attorney or otherwise, the trading of a special account or a consolidated account. A special account or a consolidated account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Reportable trading volume</I> means contract trading volume that meets or exceeds the level specified in § 15.04.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Omnibus account</I> means any trading account that one futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker carries for another and in which the transactions of multiple individual accounts are combined. The identities of the holders of the individual accounts are not generally known or disclosed to the carrying firm.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Omnibus account originator</I> means any futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker that executes trades for one or more customers via one or more accounts that are part of an omnibus account carried by another futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Volume threshold account</I> means any trading account that carries reportable trading volume on or subject to the rules of a reporting market that is a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act or a swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Omnibus volume threshold account</I> means any trading account that, on an omnibus basis, carries reportable trading volume on or subject to the rules of a reporting market that is a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act or a swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Omnibus reportable sub-account</I> means any trading sub-account of an omnibus volume threshold account, which sub-account executes reportable trading volume on an omnibus basis. Omnibus reportable sub-account also means any trading account that is itself an omnibus account, executes reportable trading volume, and is a sub-account of another omnibus reportable sub-account.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Reportable sub-account</I> means any trading sub-account of an omnibus volume threshold account or omnibus reportable sub-account, which sub-account executes reportable trading volume.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Trading account controller</I> means, for reports specified in § 17.01(a) of this chapter, a natural person who by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs the trading of a trading account. A trading account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Volume threshold account controller</I> means a natural person who by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs the trading of a volume threshold account. A volume threshold account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Reportable sub-account controller</I> means a natural person who by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs the trading of a reportable sub-account. A reportable sub-account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 12188, Mar. 23, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 43862, July 22, 2011; 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 69230, Nov. 18, 2013; 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018; 86 FR 3454, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.01   Persons required to report.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of the Act, the following persons shall file reports with the Commission with respect to such commodities, on such forms, at such time, and in accordance with such directions as are hereinafter set forth:
</P>
<P>(a) Reporting markets—as specified in parts 16, 17, and 21 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Futures commission merchants, clearing members, foreign brokers, introducing brokers, and traders—as specified in parts 17 and 21 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) As specified in part 18 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Traders who own, hold, or control reportable positions;
</P>
<P>(2) Volume threshold account controllers;
</P>
<P>(3) Persons who own volume threshold accounts;
</P>
<P>(4) Reportable sub-account controllers; and
</P>
<P>(5) Persons who own reportable sub-accounts.






</P>
<P>(d) Persons, as specified in part 19 of this chapter, who:
</P>
<P>(1) Are merchants or dealers of cotton holding or controlling positions for future delivery in cotton that equal or exceed the amount set forth in § 15.03; or
</P>
<P>(2) Are persons who have received a special call from the Commission or its designee under § 19.00(b) of this chapter.


</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0009) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3206, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 48112, Nov. 2, 1976; 43 FR 45827, Oct. 4, 1978; 46 FR 59964, Dec. 8, 1981; 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57013, Dec. 22, 1982; 56 FR 14194, Apr. 8, 1991; 62 FR 6113, Feb. 11, 1997; 62 FR 13301, Mar. 20, 1997; 71 FR 37817, July 3, 2006; 74 FR 12189, Mar. 23, 2009; 78 FR 69230, Nov. 18, 2013; 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018; 86 FR 3454, Jan. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.02   Reporting forms.</HEAD>
<P>Forms on which to report may be obtained from any office of the Commission or via <I>https://www.cftc.gov</I>. Listed below are the forms to be used for the filing of reports. To determine who shall file these forms, refer to the Commission rule listed in the column opposite the form number.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.015.gif"/>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007, 3038-0009, and 3038-0103.)


</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3454, Jan. 14, 2021]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.03" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.03   Reporting levels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Broad-based security index</I> is a group or index of securities that does not constitute a narrow-based security index.
</P>
<P><I>HedgeStreet products</I> are contracts offered by HedgeStreet, Inc., a designated contract market, that pay up to $10.00 if in the money upon expiration.
</P>
<P><I>Major foreign currency</I> is the currency, and the cross-rates between the currencies, of Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Switzerland, Sweden and the European Monetary Union.
</P>
<P><I>Narrow-based security index</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P><I>Security futures product</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(32) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The quantities for the purpose of reports filed under parts 17 and 18 of this chapter are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of contracts 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Agricultural:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Cocoa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Coffee</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Corn</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Cotton</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Feeder Cattle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Lean Hogs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Live Cattle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Milk, Class III</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Oats</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Rough Rice</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Soybeans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Soybean Meal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Soybean Oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sugar No. 11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sugar No. 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Wheat</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Broad-Based Security Indexes:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Municipal Bond Index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">S&amp;P 500 Stock Price Index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Other Broad-Based Securities Indexes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Financial:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">30-Day Fed Funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">3-Month (13-Week) U.S. Treasury Bills</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">2-Year U.S. Treasury Notes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">3-Year U.S. Treasury Notes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">5-Year U.S. Treasury Notes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10-Year U.S. Treasury Notes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">30-Year U.S. Treasury Bonds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">1-Month LIBOR Rates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">3-Month Eurodollar Time Deposit Rates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">3-Month Euroyen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">2-Year German Federal Government Debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">5-Year German Federal Government Debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10-Year German Federal Government Debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Goldman Sachs Commodity Index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Major Foreign Currencies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Other Foreign Currencies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">U.S. Dollar Index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Natural Resources:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Copper</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crude Oil, Sweet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crude Oil, Sweet—No. 2 Heating Oil Crack Spread</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crude Oil, Sweet—Unleaded Gasoline Crack Spread</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gold</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Natural Gas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">No. 2 Heating Oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Platinum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Silver Bullion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Unleaded Gasoline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Unleaded Gasoline—No. 2 Heating Oil Spread Swap</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Futures Products:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Individual Equity Security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Narrow-Based Security Index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hedge Street Products</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 125,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TRAKRS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 50,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All Other Commodities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For purposes of part 17, positions in HedgeStreet Products and TRAKRS should be reported by rounding down to the nearest 1,000 contracts and dividing by 1,000.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76397, Dec. 21, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 37817, July 3, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.04" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.04   Reportable trading volume level.</HEAD>
<P>The volume quantity for the purpose of reports filed under parts 17 and 18 of this chapter is trading volume of 50 or more contracts, during a single trading day, on a single reporting market that is a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act or a swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act, in all instruments that such reporting market designates with the same product identifier (including purchases and sales, and inclusive of all expiration months).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69230, Nov. 18, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.05" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.05   Designation of agent for foreign persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term “futures contract” means any contract for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery, traded or executed on or subject to the rules of any designated contract market, or for the purposes of paragraph (i) of this section, a reporting market (including all agreements, contracts and transactions that are treated by a clearing organization as fungible with such contracts); the term “option contract” means any contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity option, or as applicable, any other instrument subject to the Act, traded or executed on or subject to the rules of any designated contract market, or for the purposes of paragraph (i) of this section, a reporting market (including all agreements, contracts and transactions that are treated by a clearing organization as fungible with such contracts); the term “customer” means any person for whose benefit a foreign broker makes or causes to be made any futures contract or option contract; and the term “communication” means any summons, complaint, order, subpoena, special call, request for information, or notice, as well as any other written document or correspondence.
</P>
<P>(b) Any futures commission merchant who makes or causes to be made any futures contract or option contract for the account of any foreign broker or foreign trader, and any introducing broker who introduces such an account to a futures commission merchant, shall thereupon be deemed to be the agent of the foreign broker or the foreign trader for purposes of accepting delivery and service of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the foreign broker or the foreign trader with respect to any futures or option contracts which are or have been maintained in such accounts carried by the futures commission merchant. In the case of a futures commission merchant who makes or causes to be made any futures or option contract for the account of a foreign broker, the futures commission merchant and the introducing broker, if any, shall also be the agent of the customers of the foreign broker (including any customer who is also a foreign broker and its customers) who have positions in the foreign broker's futures or option contract account carried by the futures commission merchant for purposes of accepting delivery and service of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the customer with respect to any futures or option contracts which are or have been maintained in such accounts carried by the futures commission merchant. Service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a futures commission merchant or to an introducing broker pursuant to such agency shall constitute valid and effective service or delivery upon the foreign broker, a customer of the foreign broker or the foreign trader. A futures commission merchant or an introducing broker who has been served with, or to whom there has been delivered, a communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a foreign broker, a customer of the foreign broker or the foreign trader shall transmit the communication promptly and in a manner which is reasonable under the circumstances, or in a manner specified by the Commission in the communication, to the foreign broker, a customer of the foreign broker or the foreign trader.
</P>
<P>(c) It shall be unlawful for any futures commission merchant and for any introducing broker to open or cause to be opened a futures or options contract account for, or to effect or cause to be effected transactions in futures contracts or option contracts for an existing account of, a foreign broker or foreign trader unless the futures commission merchant or introducing broker informs the foreign broker or foreign trader prior thereto, in any reasonable manner which the futures commission merchant or introducing broker deems to be appropriate, of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall not apply to any account carried by a futures commission merchant or introduced by an introducing broker if the foreign broker, customer of a foreign broker, or foreign trader for whose benefit such account is carried or introduced has duly executed and maintains in effect a written agency agreement in compliance with this paragraph with a person domiciled in the United States and has provided a copy of the agreement to the futures commission merchant and to the introducing broker, if any, prior to the opening of an account, or placing orders for transactions in futures contracts or option contracts of an existing account, with the futures commission merchant or introducing broker. This agreement must authorize the person domiciled in the United States to serve as the agent of the foreign broker and customers of the foreign broker or the foreign trader for purposes of accepting delivery and service of all communications issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the foreign broker, customers of the foreign broker, or foreign trader and must provide an address in the United States where the agent will accept delivery and service of communications from the Commission. This agreement must be filed with the Commission by the futures commission merchant or introducing broker prior to the opening of an account for the foreign broker or foreign trader or the effecting of a transaction in futures or option contracts for an existing account of a foreign broker or foreign trader. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission, the agreements required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. A foreign broker, customer of a foreign broker, or foreign trader shall notify the Commission immediately if the written agency agreement is terminated, revoked or is otherwise no longer in effect. If a futures commission merchant carrying, or an introducing broker introducing, an account for a foreign broker or foreign trader knows or should know that the agreement has expired, has been terminated or is otherwise no longer in effect, the futures commission merchant or introducing broker shall notify the Secretary of the Commission immediately. If the written agency agreement expires, terminates or is not in effect, the futures commission merchant, introducing broker, and the foreign broker, customers of the foreign broker, or foreign trader are subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Any designated contract market that permits a foreign broker to intermediate contracts, agreements or transactions, or permits a foreign trader to effect contracts, agreements or transactions on the facility or exchange, shall be deemed to be the agent of the foreign broker and any of its customers for whom the transactions were executed, or the foreign trader, for purposes of accepting delivery and service of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader with respect to any contracts, agreements or transactions executed by the foreign broker or the foreign trader on the designated contract market. Service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a designated contract market shall constitute valid and effective service upon the foreign broker, any of its customers, or the foreign trader. A designated contract market which has been served with, or to which there has been delivered, a communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a foreign broker, any of its customers, or a foreign trader shall transmit the communication promptly and in a manner which is reasonable under the circumstances, or in a manner specified by the Commission in the communication, to the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader.
</P>
<P>(f) It shall be unlawful for any designated contract market to permit a foreign broker, any of its customers or a foreign trader to effect contracts, agreements or transactions on the facility unless the designated contract market prior thereto informs the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader, in any reasonable manner the facility deems to be appropriate, of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) The requirements of paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section shall not apply to any contracts, transactions or agreements traded on any designated contract market if the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader has duly executed and maintains in effect a written agency agreement in compliance with this paragraph with a person domiciled in the United States and has provided a copy of the agreement to the designated contract market prior to effecting any contract, agreement or transaction on the facility. This agreement must authorize the person domiciled in the United States to serve as the agent of the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader for purposes of accepting delivery and service of all communications issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader and must provide an address in the United States where the agent will accept delivery and service of communications from the Commission. This agreement must be filed with the Commission by the designated contract market prior to permitting the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader to effect any transactions in futures or option contracts. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission, the agreements required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. A foreign broker, any of its customers or a foreign trader shall notify the Commission immediately if the written agency agreement is terminated, revoked, or is otherwise no longer in effect. If the designated contract market knows or should know that the agreement has expired, been terminated, or is no longer in effect, the designated contract market shall notify the Secretary of the Commission immediately. If the written agency agreement expires, terminates, or is not in effect, the designated contract market and the foreign broker, any of its customers or the foreign trader are subject to the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) The provisions of paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) of this section shall not apply to a designated contract market on which all transactions of foreign brokers, their customers or foreign traders in futures or option contracts are executed through, or the resulting transactions are maintained in, accounts carried by a registered futures commission merchant or introduced by a registered introducing broker subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Any reporting market that is a registered entity under section 1a(29)(E) of the Act that permits a foreign clearing member or foreign trader to clear or effect contracts, agreements or transactions on the trading facility or its clearing organization, shall be deemed to be the agent of the foreign clearing member or foreign trader with respect to any such contracts, agreements or transactions cleared or executed by the foreign clearing member or the foreign trader. Service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the reporting market shall constitute valid and effective service upon the foreign clearing member or foreign trader. The reporting market which has been served with, or to which there has been delivered, a communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a foreign clearing member or foreign trader shall transmit the communication promptly and in a manner which is reasonable under the circumstances, or in a manner specified by the Commission in the communication, to the foreign clearing member or foreign trader.
</P>
<P>(1) It shall be unlawful for any such reporting market to permit a foreign clearing member or a foreign trader to clear or effect contracts, agreements or transactions on the facility or its clearing organization unless the reporting market prior thereto informs the foreign clearing member or foreign trader of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraphs (i) and (i)(1) of this section shall not apply to any contracts, transactions or agreements if the foreign clearing member or foreign trader has duly executed and maintains in effect a written agency agreement in compliance with this paragraph with a person domiciled in the United States and has provided a copy of the agreement to the reporting market prior to effecting or clearing any contract, agreement or transaction on the trading facility or its clearing organization. This agreement must authorize the person domiciled in the United States to serve as the agent of the foreign clearing member or foreign trader for the purposes of accepting delivery and service of all communications issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the foreign clearing member or the foreign trader and must provide an address in the United States where the agent will accept delivery and service of communications from the Commission. This agreement must be filed with the Commission by the reporting market prior to permitting the foreign clearing member or the foreign trader to clear or effect any transactions in futures or option contracts. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission, the agreements required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(3) A foreign clearing member or a foreign trader shall notify the Commission immediately if the written agency agreement is terminated, revoked, or is otherwise no longer in effect. If the reporting market knows or should know that the agreement has expired, been terminated, or is no longer in effect, the reporting market shall notify the Secretary of the Commission immediately. If the written agency agreement expires, terminates, or is not in effect, the reporting market, the foreign clearing member and the foreign trader shall be subject to the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (i)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981, and 47 FR 57013, Dec. 22, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 35300, Aug. 3, 1983; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 66 FR 42269, Aug. 10, 2001; 71 FR 37818, July 3, 2006; 74 FR 12189, Mar. 23, 2009; 77 FR 66332, Nov. 2, 2012; 80 FR 59577, Oct. 2, 2015; 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.06" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.14.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.06   Delegations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority to approve data processing media, as referenced in § 15.00(d), for data submissions to the Director of the Division of Data, to be exercised by such Director or by such other employee or employees of such Director as designated, and in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight. The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 12190, Mar. 23, 2009, as amended at 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 16—REPORTS BY CONTRACT MARKETS AND SWAP EXECUTION FACILITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 6a, 6c, 6g, 6i, 7, and 7b-3.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 16.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.00   Clearing member reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information to be provided.</I> Each reporting market shall submit to the Commission, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, a report for each business day, showing for each clearing member, by proprietary and customer account, the following information separately for futures by commodity and by future, and, for options, by underlying futures contract (for options on futures contracts) or by underlying commodity (for other commodity options), and by put, by call, by expiration date and by strike price:
</P>
<P>(1) The total of all long open contracts and the total of all short open contracts carried at the end of the day covered by the report, excluding from open futures contracts the number of contracts against which delivery notices have been stopped or against which delivery notices have been issued by the clearing organization of the reporting market;
</P>
<P>(2) The quantity of contracts bought and the quantity of contracts sold during the day covered by the report;
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) The quantity of purchases of futures for commodities or for derivatives positions and the quantity of sales of futures for commodities or for derivatives positions which are included in the total quantity of contracts bought and sold during the day covered by the report, and the names of the clearing members who made the purchases or sales;
</P>
<P>(5) For futures, the quantity of the commodity for which delivery notices have been issued by the clearing organization of the reporting market and the quantity for which notices have been stopped during the day covered by the report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form, manner and time of filing reports.</I> Unless otherwise approved by the Commission or its designee, reporting markets shall submit the information required by paragraph (a) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission or its designee; <I>provided however</I>, the information shall be made available to the Commission or its designee in hard copy upon request; and
</P>
<P>(2) When such data is first available but not later than 12:00 p.m. on the business day following the day to which the information pertains. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is eastern time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and central time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusively self-cleared contracts.</I> Unless determined otherwise by the Commission, paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to transactions involving exclusively self-cleared contracts.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0009) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54526, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57014, Dec. 22, 1982; 51 FR 4717, Feb. 7, 1986; 52 FR 18910, May 20, 1987; 62 FR 24031, May 2, 1997; 69 FR 76398, Dec. 21, 2004; 71 FR 37818, July 3, 2006; 77 FR 66333, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.01   Publication of market data on futures, swaps and options thereon: trading volume, open contracts, prices, and critical dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trading volume and open contracts.</I> (1) Each reporting market, as defined in part 15 of this chapter, must separately record for each business day the information prescribed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section for each of the following contract categories:
</P>
<P>(i) For futures, by commodity and by futures expiration date;
</P>
<P>(ii) For options, by underlying futures contracts for options on futures contracts or by underlying commodity for options on commodities, and by put, by call, by expiration date and by strike price;
</P>
<P>(iii) For swaps or class of swaps, by product type and by term life of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For options on swaps or classes of options on swaps, by underlying swap contracts for options on swap contracts or by underlying commodity for options on swaps on commodities, and by put, by call, by expiration date and by strike price.
</P>
<P>(2) Each reporting market must record for each trading session the following trading volume and open interest summary data:
</P>
<P>(i) The option delta, where a delta system is used;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total gross open contracts for futures, excluding those contracts against which delivery notices have been stopped;
</P>
<P>(iii) For futures products that specify delivery, open contracts against which delivery notices have been issued on that business day;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total volume of trading, excluding transfer trades or office trades:
</P>
<P>(A) For swaps and options on swaps, trading volume shall be reported in terms of the number of contracts traded for standard-sized contracts (<I>i.e.</I>, contracts with a set contract size for all transactions) or in terms of notional value for non-standard-sized contracts (<I>i.e.</I>, contracts whose contract size is not set and can vary for each transaction).
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(v) The total volume of futures/options/swaps/swaptions exchanged for commodities or for derivatives positions that are included in the total volume of trading; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The total volume of block trades included in the total volume of trading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prices.</I> (1) Each reporting market must record the following contract types separately
</P>
<P>(i) For futures, by commodity and by futures expiration;
</P>
<P>(ii) For options, by underlying futures contracts for options on futures contracts or by underlying commodity for options on commodities, and by put, by call, by expiration date and by strike price;
</P>
<P>(iii) For swaps, by product type and contract month or term life of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For options on swaps or classes of options on swaps, by underlying swap contracts for options on swap contracts or by underlying commodity for options on swaps on commodities, and by put, by call, by expiration date and by strike price.
</P>
<P>(2) Each reporting market must record for the trading session and for the opening and closing periods of trading as determined by each reporting market:
</P>
<P>(i) The opening and closing prices of each futures, option, swap or swaption;
</P>
<P>(ii) The price that is used for settlement purposes, if different from the closing price; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The lowest price of a sale or offer, whichever is lower, and the highest price of a sale or bid, whichever is higher, that the reporting market reasonably determines accurately reflects market conditions. Bids and offers vacated or withdrawn shall not be used in making this determination. A bid is vacated if followed by a higher bid or price and an offer is vacated if followed by a lower offer or price.
</P>
<P>(3) If there are no transactions, bids, or offers during the opening or closing periods, the reporting market may record as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) The first price (in lieu of opening price data) or the last price (in lieu of closing price data) occurring during the trading session, clearly indicating that such prices are the first and last prices; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Nominal opening or nominal closing prices that the reporting market reasonably determines to accurately reflect market conditions, clearly indicating that such prices are nominal.
</P>
<P>(4) Additional information. Each reporting market must record the following information with respect to transactions in commodity futures, commodity options, swaps or options on swaps on that reporting market:
</P>
<P>(i) The method used by the reporting market in determining nominal prices and settlement prices; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If discretion is used by the reporting market in determining the opening and/or closing ranges or the settlement prices, an explanation that certain discretion may be employed by the reporting market and a description of the manner in which that discretion may be employed. Discretionary authority must be noted explicitly in each case in which it is applied (for example, by use of an asterisk or footnote).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Critical dates.</I> Each reporting market must report to the Commission, for each futures contract, the first notice date and the last trading date, and for each option contract, the expiration date in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form, manner and time of filing reports.</I> Unless otherwise approved by the Commission or its designee, reporting markets must submit to the Commission the information specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using the format, coding structure and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission or its designee; provided however, that the information must be made available to the Commission or its designee in hard copy upon request;
</P>
<P>(2) When each such form of the data is first available, but not later than 7:00 a.m. on the business day following the day to which the information pertains for the delta factor and settlement price and not later than 12:00 p.m. for the remainder of the information. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is U.S. eastern standard time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and U.S. central time for information concerning all other markets; and
</P>
<P>(3) For information on reports to the Commission for swap or options on swap contracts, refer to part 20 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Publication of recorded information.</I> (1) Reporting markets must make the information in paragraph (a) of this section readily available to the news media and the general public without charge, in a format that readily enables the consideration of such data, no later than the business day following the day to which the information pertains. The information in paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) through (vi) of this section shall be made readily available in a format that presents the information together.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting markets must make the information in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section readily available to the news media and the general public, and the information in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section readily available to the general public, in a format that readily enables the consideration of such data, no later than the business day following the day to which the information pertains. Information in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section must be made available in the registered entity's rulebook, which is publicly accessible on its Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36696, June 19, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66333, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.02   Daily trade and supporting data reports.</HEAD>
<P>Reporting markets shall provide trade and supporting data reports to the Commission on a daily basis. Such reports shall include transaction-level trade data and related order information for each futures or options contract. Reports shall also include time and sales data, reference files and other information as the Commission or its designee may require. All reports must be submitted at the time, and in the manner and format, and with the specific content specified by the Commission or its designee. Upon request, such information shall be accompanied by data that identifies or facilitates the identification of each trader for each transaction or order included in a submitted trade and supporting data report if the reporting market maintains such data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 12190, Mar. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 16.03-16.05" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 16.03-16.05   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.06" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.06   Errors or omissions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise approved by the Commission or its designee, reporting markets shall file corrections to errors or omissions in data previously filed with the Commission pursuant to §§ 16.00 and 16.01 in the format and using the coding structure and electronic data submission procedures approved in writing by the Commission or its designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 37819, July 3, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 16.07" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.15.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 16.07   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Data and to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section to the Director of the Division of Data, with the concurrence of the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate. The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in paragraph (d) of this section to the Director of the Division of Data, to be exercised by such Director or by such other employee or employees of such Director as may be designated by the Director. The Directors may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to §§ 16.00(b) and 16.01(d), as applicable, the authority to determine whether reporting markets must submit data in hard copy, and the time that such data may be submitted where the Director determines that a reporting market is unable to meet the requirements set forth in the regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to §§ 16.00(b)(1), 16.01(d)(1), and 16.06, the authority to approve the format, coding structure and electronic data transmission procedures used by reporting markets.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to § 16.02, the authority to determine the specific content of any daily trade and supporting data report, request that such reports be accompanied by data that identifies or facilitates the identification of each trader for each transaction or order included in a submitted trade and supporting data report, and establish the time for the submission of and the manner and format of such reports.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28767, June 26, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 17—REPORTS BY REPORTING MARKETS, FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANTS, CLEARING MEMBERS, AND FOREIGN BROKERS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 6a, 6c, 6d, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6t, 7, 7a, and 12a.






</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 17.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.00   Information to be furnished by futures commission merchants, clearing members and foreign brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Special accounts—reportable futures and options positions, delivery notices, and exchanges of futures.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant, clearing member and foreign broker shall submit a report to the Commission for each business day with respect to all special accounts carried by the futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker, except for accounts carried on the books of another futures commission merchant or clearing member on a fully-disclosed basis. Except as otherwise authorized by the Commission or its designee, such report shall be made pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The report shall show each futures position, separately for each reporting market and for each future, and each put and call options position separately for each reporting market, expiration and strike price in each special account as of the close of market on the day covered by the report and, in addition, the number of futures and options contracts bought and sold, the quantity of exchanges of futures or options for commodities or for derivatives positions, the number of delivery notices issued for each such account by the clearing organization of a reporting market and the number stopped by the account, the number of long and short options expired and exercised, the number of long and short futures assigned, and the number of long and short transfers sent and received. The report shall also show all positions in all contract months and option expirations of that same commodity on the same reporting market for which the special account is reportable.
























</P>
<P>(2) A report covering the first day upon which a special account is no longer reportable shall also be filed showing the information specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interest in or control of several accounts.</I> Except as otherwise instructed by the Commission or its designee and as specifically provided in § 150.4 of this chapter, if any person holds or has a financial interest in or controls more than one account, all such accounts shall be considered by the futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker as a single account for the purpose of determining special account status and for reporting purposes.




</P>
<P>(1) <I>Accounts of eligible entities</I>—Accounts of eligible entities as defined in § 150.1 of this chapter that are traded by an independent account controller shall, together with other accounts traded by the independent account controller or in which the independent controller has a financial interest, be considered a single account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accounts controlled by two or more persons</I>—Accounts that are subject to day-to-day trading control by two or more persons shall, together with other accounts subject to control by exactly the same persons, be considered a single account.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Account ownership.</I> Multiple accounts owned by a trader shall be considered a single account as provided under §§ 150.4(b), (c) and (d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Net positions.</I> Futures commission merchants, clearing members and foreign brokers shall report positions net long or short in each future of a commodity and each strike price of a put or call option for each expiration month in all special accounts, except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Gross positions.</I> In the following cases, the futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker shall report gross long and short positions in each future of a commodity and each strike price of a put or call option for each expiration month in all special accounts:
</P>
<P>(1) Positions which are reported to an exchange or the clearinghouse of an exchange on a gross basis, which the exchange uses for calculating total open interest in a commodity;
</P>
<P>(2) Positions in accounts owned or held jointly with another person or persons;
</P>
<P>(3) Positions in multiple accounts subject to trading control by the same trader; and
</P>
<P>(4) Positions in omnibus accounts.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Omnibus accounts.</I> If the total open long positions or the total open short positions for any future of a commodity carried in an omnibus account is a reportable position, the omnibus account is in Special Account status and shall be reported by the futures commission merchant or foreign broker carrying the account in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Media and file characteristics.</I> Except as otherwise approved by the Commission or its designee, all of the applicable data elements set forth in appendix C to this part shall be included in a report required by paragraph (a) of this section and shall be submitted together in a single file. The report shall be submitted in the form and manner published by the Commission or its designee pursuant to § 17.03.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Correction of errors and omissions.</I> Except as otherwise approved by the Commission or its designee, corrections to errors and omissions in data provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted in the form and manner published by the Commission or its designee pursuant to § 17.03.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exclusively self-cleared contracts.</I> Unless determined otherwise by the Commission, reporting markets that list exclusively self-cleared contracts shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section, as they apply to trading in such contracts by all clearing members, on behalf of all clearing members.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0009) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3207, Jan. 21, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 17.00, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.01   Identification of special accounts, volume threshold accounts, and omnibus accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identification of special accounts.</I> When a special account is reported for the first time, the futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker shall identify the special account to the Commission on Form 102, in accordance with the form instructions and as specified in § 17.02(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification of volume threshold accounts.</I> Each clearing member shall identify and report its volume threshold accounts to the Commission on Form 102, in accordance with the form instructions and as specified in § 17.02(c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of omnibus accounts and sub-accounts.</I> Each originator of an omnibus volume threshold account identified in Form 102 or an omnibus reportable sub-account identified in Form 71 shall, after a special call upon such originator by the Commission or its designee, file with the Commission an “Identification of Omnibus Accounts and Sub-Accounts” on Form 71, to be completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, at such time and place as directed in the call.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exclusively self-cleared contracts.</I> Unless determined otherwise by the Commission, reporting markets that list exclusively self-cleared contracts shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, as they apply to trading in such contracts by all clearing members, on behalf of all clearing members.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special call provision.</I> Upon a call by the Commission or its designee, the reports required to be filed by futures commission merchants, clearing members, foreign brokers, and reporting markets under paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section shall be submitted within 24 hours of the Commission or its designee's request in accordance with the instructions accompanying the request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69231, Nov. 18, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.02   Form, manner and time of filing reports.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission or its designee, the reports required to be filed by reporting markets, futures commission merchants, clearing members, and foreign brokers under §§ 17.00 and 17.01 shall be filed as specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Section 17.00(a) reports.</I> Reports filed under § 17.00(a) shall be submitted through electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission or its designee not later than 9 a.m. on the business day following that to which the information pertains. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is eastern time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and central time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Section 17.01(a) reports.</I> For data submitted pursuant to § 17.01(a) on Form 102:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Form of submission.</I> Form 102 must be submitted to the Commission in the form and manner provided on <I>www.cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time of submission.</I> For each account that becomes reportable as a special account, the futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker, as appropriate, shall submit a Form 102 to the Commission, in accordance with the instructions thereto, and in the manner specified by the Commission or its designee. Such form shall be submitted in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicable reporting party shall submit a completed Form 102 to the Commission no later than 9 a.m. on the business day following the date on which the special account becomes reportable, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission or its designee, and as periodically required thereafter by paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section. Such form shall include all required information, including the names of the owner(s) and controller(s) of each trading account that is not an omnibus account, and that comprises a special account reported on the form, <I>provided that,</I> with respect to such owners(s) and controller(s), information other than the names of such parties may be reported in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is Eastern Time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and Central Time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to the owner(s) and controller(s) of each trading account that is not an omnibus account, and that comprises a special account reported on Form 102, information other than the names of such parties must be provided on Form 102 no later than 9 a.m. on the third business day following the date on which the special account becomes reportable, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission or its designee, and as periodically required thereafter by paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is Eastern Time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and Central Time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Change updates.</I> If any change causes the information filed by a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker on a Form 102 for a special account to no longer be accurate, then such futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker shall file an updated Form 102 with the Commission in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission, <I>provided that,</I> a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker may stop providing change updates for a Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for any special account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the account in question is no longer reportable as a special account and has not been reportable as a special account for the past six months.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Refresh updates.</I> For Special Accounts—Starting on a date specified by the Commission or its designee and at the end of each annual increment thereafter (or such other date specified by the Commission or its designee that is equal to or greater than six months), each futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker shall resubmit every Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for each of its special accounts, <I>provided that,</I> a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker may stop providing refresh updates for a Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for any special account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the account in question is no longer reportable as a special account and has not been reportable as a special account for the past six months.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Section 17.01(b) reports.</I> For data submitted pursuant to § 17.01(b) on Form 102:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Form of submission.</I> Form 102 must be submitted to the Commission in the form and manner provided on <I>www.cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time of submission.</I> For each account that becomes reportable as a volume threshold account, the clearing member shall submit a Form 102 to the Commission, in accordance with the instructions thereto, and in the manner specified by the Commission or its designee. Such form shall be submitted in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The clearing member shall submit a completed Form 102 to the Commission no later than 9 a.m. on the business day following the date on which the volume threshold account becomes reportable, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission or its designee, and as periodically required thereafter by paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this section. Such form shall include all required information, including the names of the owner(s) and controller(s) of each volume threshold account reported on the form that is not an omnibus account, <I>provided that,</I> with respect to such owners(s) and controller(s), information other than the names of such parties may be reported in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is Eastern Time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and Central Time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to the owner(s) and controller(s) of each volume threshold account reported on Form 102 that is not an omnibus account, information other than the names of such parties must be provided on Form 102 no later than 9 a.m. on the third business day following the date on which the volume threshold account becomes reportable, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission or its designee, and as periodically required thereafter by paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this section. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is Eastern Time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and Central Time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Change updates.</I> If any change causes the information filed by a clearing member on a Form 102 for a volume threshold account to no longer be accurate, then such clearing member shall file an updated Form 102 with the Commission in accordance with the instructions and schedule set forth in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission, <I>provided that,</I> a clearing member may stop providing Form 102 change updates for a volume threshold account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the volume threshold account executed no trades in any product in the past six months on the reporting market at which the volume threshold account reached the reportable trading volume level.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Refresh updates.</I> For Volume Threshold Accounts—Starting on a date specified by the Commission or its designee and at the end of each annual increment thereafter (or such other date specified by the Commission or its designee that is equal to or greater than six months), each clearing member shall resubmit every Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for each of its volume threshold accounts, <I>provided that,</I> a clearing member may stop providing refresh updates for a Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for any volume threshold account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the volume threshold account executed no trades in any product in the past six months on the reporting market at which the volume threshold account reached the reportable trading volume level.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 37820, July 3, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 69231, Nov. 18, 2013; 82 FR 28767, June 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.03" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.03   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Data or the Director of the Division of Market Oversight.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in the paragraphs below to either the Director of the Division of Data or the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, as indicated below, to be exercised by such Director or by such other employee or employees of such Director as designated by such Director. The Director of the Division of Data or the Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated to such Director in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(a) Pursuant to § 17.00(a) and (h), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to determine whether futures commission merchants, clearing members, and foreign brokers may report the information required under § 17.00(a) and (h) using some format other than that required under § 17.00(g) upon a determination that such person is unable to report the information using the format, coding structure, or electronic data transmission procedures otherwise required.


</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to § 17.02, the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to instruct or approve the time at which the information required under §§ 17.00 and 17.01(a) and (b) must be submitted by futures commission merchants, clearing members and foreign brokers provided that such persons are unable to meet the requirements set forth in § 17.02.
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to § 17.01, the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to determine whether to permit an authorized representative of a firm filing the Form 102 or person filing the Form 71 to use a means of authenticating the report other than by signing the Form 102 or Form 71 and, if so, to determine the alternative means of authentication that shall be used.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to § 17.00(a), (g), and (h), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to determine the form, manner, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for reporting the data elements in appendix C to this part and to determine whether to permit or require one or more particular data standards.


</P>
<P>(e) Pursuant to § 17.01(c), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data, in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate, to make special calls on Form 71 for omnibus volume threshold account originators and omnibus reportable sub-account originators information as set forth in § 17.01(c).
</P>
<P>(f) Pursuant to § 17.01(e), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data, in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate, to request information required to be filed by futures commission merchants, clearing members, foreign brokers, and reporting markets as set forth in § 17.01.
</P>
<P>(g) Pursuant to § 17.02(b)(4), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to determine the date on which each futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker shall update or otherwise resubmit every Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for each of its special accounts.
</P>
<P>(h) Pursuant to § 17.02(c)(4), the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to determine the date on which each clearing member shall update or otherwise resubmit every Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for each of its volume threshold accounts.
</P>
<P>(i) Pursuant to § 17.00(b), and as specifically provided in § 150.4 of this chapter, the authority shall be designated to the Director of the Division of Data to instruct a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker to consider otherwise than as a single account for the purpose of determining special account status and for reporting purposes all accounts one person holds or controls, or in which the person has a financial interest.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69232, Nov. 18, 2013, as amended at 82 FR 28768, June 26, 2017; 86 FR 3455, Jan. 14, 2021; 89 FR 47457, June 3, 2024; 89 FR 71809, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.04" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.04   Reporting omnibus accounts to reporting firms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker who establishes an omnibus account with another futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker shall report to that futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker the total open long positions and the total open short positions in each future of a commodity and, for commodity options transactions, the total open long put options, the total open short put options, the total open long call options, and the total open short call options for each commodity options expiration date and each strike price in such account at the close of trading each day. The information required by this section shall be reported in sufficient time to enable the futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker with whom the omnibus account is established to comply with the regulations of this part and the reporting requirements established by the reporting markets.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining open long and open short futures positions, and open purchased long and open granted short option positions, in an omnibus account for purposes of complying with §§ 17.00(f), 1.37(b) and 1.58 of this chapter, a futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker shall total the open long positions of all traders and the open short positions of all traders in each future of a commodity and, for commodity options transactions, shall total the open long put options, the open short put options, the open long call options, and the open short call options of all traders for each commodity option expiration date and each strike price. The futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker shall, if both open long and short positions in the same future or option are carried for the same trader, compute open long or open short positions as instructed in this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(1) Include both the total open long and the total open short positions of the trader if:
</P>
<P>(i) The positions represent transactions on a reporting market which requires long and short positions in the same future or option held in accounts for the same trader to be recorded and reported on a gross basis; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The account is an omnibus account of another futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker; or
</P>
<P>(2) Include only the net long or net short positions of the trader if the positions represent transactions on a reporting market which does not require long and short positions in the same future or option held in accounts for the same trader to be recorded and reported on a gross basis.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0009) 







</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981, and 47 FR 21028, May 17, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 24034, May 2, 1997; 69 FR 76400, Dec. 21, 2004; 71 FR 37820, July 3, 2006; 74 FR 12191, Mar. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.6.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 17—Form 102
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This Appendix is a representation of the final reporting form, which will be submitted in an electronic format pursuant to the rules in part 17, either via the Commission's web portal or via XML-based, secure FTP transmission.</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.022.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69232, Nov. 18, 2013]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.6.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 17—Form 71
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This Appendix is a representation of the final reporting form, which will be submitted in an electronic format pursuant to the rules in part 17, either via the Commission's web portal or via XML-based, secure FTP transmission.</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.029.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69252, Nov. 18, 2013]





</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.16.0.7.6.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 17—Data Elements






</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Appendix C to Part 17—Data Elements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data element name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition for data element
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of position reports included in the file.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Message report type.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued reporting firm identifier assigned to the firm submitting the position report.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the position report was submitted to the CFTC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Message, Transmit, Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file was created.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned to each position report.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Record Type (Action)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the action that triggered the position report.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date of the information being reported.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reporting Firm ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for the reporting firm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Special Account Controller LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The Legal Entity Identifier (“LEI”) issued to the special account controller.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Account ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique account identifier, assigned by the reporting firm to each special account. Assignment of the account number is subject to the provisions of § 17.00(b) and appendix A of this part (Form 102).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The exchange where the contract is traded.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Commodity Clearing Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The clearinghouse-assigned commodity code for the futures or options contract.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of product.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ticker Symbol</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ticker symbol of the product traded.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the delivery or maturity of the contract, as applicable. Day must be provided when necessary to characterize a contract.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maturity Time</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The expiration time of an option or last trading time of a future.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Listing Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Product listing date.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First Exercise Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The earliest time at which notice of exercise can be given.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strike Level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Numeric option moneyness criterion.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alpha Strike</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-numeric option moneyness criterion.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cap Level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ceiling value of a capped option or bounded future.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floor Level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floor value of a capped option or bounded future.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bound or Barrier Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Behavior of the product when it hits the bound or barrier.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bound or Barrier Level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bound or barrier level of a contingent option.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Put or Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nature of the option exercise.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of exercise of an option.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payout Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cash amount indicating the payout associated with the contract.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payout Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of valuation method or payout trigger.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying Contract ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The instrument that forms the basis of an option.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying delivery year and month (and day where applicable).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total of long open contracts carried at the end of the day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total of short open contracts carried at the end of the day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contracts Bought</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total quantity of contracts bought (gross) during the day associated with a special account, including all block trades and contracts claimed for clearing as a result of trade allocations such as give-ups. Do not include exchanges of derivatives for related positions EDRPs (EFP, EFS or EFR, EOO) or transfers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contracts Sold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total quantity of contracts sold (gross) during the day associated with a special account, including all block trades and contracts claimed for clearing as a result of trade allocations such as give-ups. Do not include exchanges of derivatives for related positions EDRPs (EFP, EFS or EFR, EOO) or transfers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EDRPs Bought</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The quantity of purchases of futures or options in connection with exchanges of futures or options for related positions (“EDRPs”) done pursuant to a DCM's rules, disaggregated into quantity of purchases of futures or options in connection with EDRPs by type of EDRP, including exchanges of futures for physical, exchanges of futures for risk, exchanges of options for options, and any other EDRP offered pursuant to a DCM's rules.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EDRPs Sold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The quantity of sales of futures or options in connection with EDRPs done pursuant to a DCM's rules, disaggregated into quantity of sales of futures or options in connection with EDRPs by type of EDRP, including exchanges of futures for physical, exchanges of futures for risk, exchanges of options for options, and any other EDRP offered pursuant to a DCM's rules.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delivery Notices Stopped</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The number of futures contracts for which delivery notices have been stopped during a day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delivery Notices Issued</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The number of futures contracts for which delivery notices have been issued during a day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Options Expired</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long options positions expired without being exercised.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Options Expired</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short options positions expired without being exercised.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Options Exercised</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long options positions exercised during the day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Options Exercised</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short options positions exercised during the day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Futures Assigned</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long futures assigned as the result of an option exercise.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Futures Assigned</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short futures assigned as the result of an option exercise.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Transfers Sent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long positions sent through other transfers during the day. (Do not include give-ups).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long Transfers Received</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long positions received through other transfers during the day. (Do not include give-ups).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Transfers Sent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short positions sent through other transfers during the day. (Do not include give-ups).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short Transfers Received</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short positions received through other transfers during the day. (Do not include give-ups).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Product-Specific Terms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terms of the contract that are economically material to the contract, maintained in the ordinary course of business by the reporting market listing the contract, and not otherwise reported under the data elements in this appendix.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 47457, June 3, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 18—REPORTS BY TRADERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 5, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6k, 6m, 6n, 6t, 12a, and 19.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 18.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.00   Information to be furnished by traders.</HEAD>
<P>Every trader who owns, holds or controls, or has held, owned or controlled, a reportable futures or options position in a commodity shall within one business day after a special call upon such trader by the Commission or its designee file reports to the Commission concerning transactions and positions in such futures or options. Reports shall be filed for the period of time that the trader held or controlled a reportable position and shall be prepared and submitted as instructed in the call. The report shall show for each day covered by the report the following information, as specified in the call, separately for each future or option and for each reporting market:
</P>
<P>(a) Open contracts;
</P>
<P>(b) Purchases and sales;
</P>
<P>(c) Delivery notices issued and stopped;
</P>
<P>(d) Purchases and sales of futures for commodities or for derivatives positions; and
</P>
<P>(e) Options exercised. 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0009)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76400, Dec. 21, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 37821, July 3, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.01   Interest in or control of several accounts.</HEAD>
<P>If any trader holds, has a financial interest in or controls positions in more than one account, whether carried with the same or with different futures commission merchants or foreign brokers, all such positions and accounts shall be considered as a single account for the purpose of determining whether such trader has a reportable position and, unless instructed otherwise in the special call to report under § 18.00 for the purpose of reporting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 12191, Mar. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.02   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.03" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.03   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority to make special calls on traders for information as set forth in §§ 18.00 and 18.05 to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority to make special calls for information as set forth in § 18.04 to the Director of the Division of Data to be exercised by the Director, in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate.
</P>
<P>(c) The Directors of the Division of Enforcement and  Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28768, June 26, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.04" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.04   Statement of reporting trader.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every trader who owns, holds, or controls a reportable futures and option position shall after a special call upon such trader by the Commission or its designee file with the Commission a “Statement of Reporting Trader” on the Form 40, to be completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, at such time and place as directed in the call.
</P>
<P>(b) Every volume threshold account controller, person who owns a volume threshold account, reportable sub-account controller, and person who owns a reportable sub-account shall after a special call upon such person by the Commission or its designee file with the Commission a “Statement of Reporting Trader” on the Form 40, to be completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, at such time and place as directed in the call.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69259, Nov. 18, 2013


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.05" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.05   Maintenance of books and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every volume threshold account controller; person who owns a volume threshold account; reportable sub-account controller; person who owns a reportable sub-account; and trader who owns, holds, or controls a reportable futures or option position shall keep books and records showing all details concerning all positions and transactions in the commodity or swap:
</P>
<P>(1) On all reporting markets;
</P>
<P>(2) Executed over the counter or pursuant to part 35 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) On foreign boards of trade.
</P>
<P>(b) Every such volume threshold account controller; person who owns a volume threshold account; reportable sub-account controller; person who owns a reportable sub-account; and trader who owns, holds, or controls a reportable futures or option position shall also keep books and records showing all details concerning all positions and transactions in the cash commodity or swap, its products and byproducts, and all commercial activities that it hedges in the futures, option, or swap contract in which it is reportable.
</P>
<P>(c) Every volume threshold account controller; person who owns a volume threshold account; reportable sub-account controller; person who owns a reportable sub-account; and trader who owns, holds, or controls a reportable futures or option position shall upon request furnish to the Commission any pertinent information concerning such positions, transactions, or activities in a form acceptable to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 60771, Oct. 26, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 12192, Mar. 23, 2009; 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 69259, Nov. 18, 2013; 80 FR 59577, Oct. 2, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 18.06" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 18.06   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.17.0.7.8.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 18—Form 40
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This Appendix is a representation of the final reporting form, which will be submitted in an electronic format pursuant to the rules in part 18, either via the Commission's web portal or via XML-based, secure FTP transmission.</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/er18no13.030.gif"/>
<HD1>General Instructions
</HD1>
<P>Who Must File a Form 40—17 CFR 18.04(a) requires every person who owns or controls a reportable position to file a Form 40—Statement of Reporting Trader with the Commission. 17 CFR 18.04(b) requires every volume threshold account controller, person who owns a volume threshold account, reportable sub-account controller, and person who owns a reportable sub-account to file a Form 40—Statement of Reporting Trader with the Commission. 17 CFR 20.5 requires every person subject to books or records under 17 CFR 20.6 to file a 40S filing 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> with the Commission.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> As used in this document, “Form 40” may refer to either a Form 40—Statement of Reporting Trader or a 40S Filing, as appropriate, and as the context may require.</P></FTNT>
<P>When to file—A reporting trader must file a Form 40 on call by the Commission or its designee.
</P>
<P>Where to file—The Form 40 should be submitted (a) via the CFTC's web-based Form 40 submission process at <I>www.cftc.gov,</I> (b) via a secure FTP data feed to the Commission, or (c) as otherwise instructed by the Commission or its designee. If electronic submission attempts fail, the reporting trader shall contact the Commission at <I>techsupport@cftc.gov</I> for further technical support.
</P>
<P>When to update—A reporting trader required to complete a Form 40 will be under a continuing obligation, per direction in the special call, to update and maintain the accuracy of the information it provides. Reporting traders can update this information by either visiting the CFTC's web-based Form 40 portal to review, verify, and/or update their information, or by submitting updated information via FTP.
</P>
<P>Signature—Each Form 40 submitted to the Commission must be signed or otherwise authenticated by either (1) the reporting trader submitting the form or (2) an individual that is duly authorized by the reporting trader to provide the information and representations contained in the form.
</P>
<P>What to File—All reporting traders that are filing a Form 40 pursuant to either 17 CFR 18.04(a) (<I>i.e.</I> reportable position reporting traders) or 17 CFR 20.5 (<I>i.e.</I> swaps books and records reporting traders) must complete all questions. All reporting traders that are filing a Form 40 pursuant to 17 CFR 18.04(b) (<I>i.e.</I> volume threshold account controllers, persons who own a volume threshold account, reportable sub-account controllers, and persons who own a reportable sub-account reporting trader) must complete all questions <I>unless they are natural persons.</I> Reporting traders that are filing a Form 40 pursuant to 17 CFR 18.04(b) who are natural persons shall mark not applicable for questions 7 and 8.
</P>
<P>Please be advised that pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.5(b)(2)(i), you are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
</P>
<HD1>Table of Contents
</HD1>
<FP-2>1. General information for Reporting Trader
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2. Contact Information for Individual Responsible for Trading Activities
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3. Contact Information for Individual Responsible for Risk Management Operations
</FP-2>
<FP-2>4. Contact information for Individual Responsible for Information on the Form 40
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5. Omnibus Account Identification
</FP-2>
<FP-2>6. Foreign Government Affiliation
</FP-2>
<FP-2>7. Non-Domestic Entity Indicator
</FP-2>
<FP-2>8. Ownership Structure (Parent/Parents)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>9. Ownership Structure (Subsidiary/Subsidiaries)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>10. Control of Reporting Trader's Trading Activities by Others
</FP-2>
<FP-2>11. Control of Other's Trading Activities by Reporting Trader
</FP-2>
<FP-2>12. Other Parties Influencing Trading of Reporting Trader
</FP-2>
<FP-2>13. Trading Subject to Express or Implied Agreement
</FP-2>
<FP-2>14. Commodity Index Trading Indicator
</FP-2>
<FP-2>15. Swap Dealer Identification
</FP-2>
<FP-2>16. Major Swap Participant Identification
</FP-2>
<FP-2>17. Business Sectors, Subsectors and Occupation
</FP-2>
<FP-2>18. Commodities Being Traded in Derivative Markets
</FP-2>
<FP-2>19. Business Purpose for Trading in Derivative Markets
</FP-2>
<FP-2>20. Signature/Authentication, Name, and Date
</FP-2>
<HD1>Acknowledgement of Definitions
</HD1>
<P>Before proceeding with your submission, please check this box to indicate that you have read the definitions for the following terms—as they are used in the Form 40:
</P>
<P>Commodity (or commodities)—generally, all goods and articles (except onions and motion picture box office receipts, or any index, measure, value, or data related to such receipts), and all services, rights, and interests (except motion picture box office receipts, or any index, measure, value, or data related to such receipts) in which contracts for future delivery are presently or in the future dealt in (<I>see</I> 7 U.S.C. 1a(9)).
</P>
<P>Commodity Index Trading (“CIT”)—means:</P>
<P>a. An investment strategy that consists of investing in an instrument (e.g., a commodity index fund, exchange-traded fund for commodities, or exchange-traded note for commodities) that enters into one or more derivative contracts to track the performance of a published index that is based on the price of one or more commodities, or commodities in combination with other securities; or
</P>
<P>b. An investment strategy that consists of entering into one or more derivative contracts to track the performance of a published index that is based on the price of one or more commodities, or commodities in combination with other securities.
</P>
<P>Control—as used in this Form, “control” means to actually direct, by power of attorney or otherwise, the trading of a special account or a consolidated account. A special account or a consolidated account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<P>Derivatives—futures, options on futures, and swaps.
</P>
<P>Omnibus volume threshold account—means any trading account that, on an omnibus basis, carries reportable trading volume on or subject to the rules of a reporting market that is a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act or a swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act.
</P>
<P>Parent—for purposes of Form 40, a person is a parent of a reporting trader if it has a direct or indirect controlling interest in the reporting trader; and a person has a controlling interest if such person has the ability to control the reporting trader through the ownership of voting equity, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>Person—an individual, association, partnership, corporation, trust, or government agency and/or department.
</P>
<P>Reportable sub-account—means any trading sub-account of an omnibus volume threshold account or omnibus reportable sub-account, which sub-account executes reportable trading volume.
</P>
<P>Reportable sub-account controller—means a natural person who by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs the trading of a reportable sub-account. A reportable sub-account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<P>Reportable trading volume—means contract trading volume that meets or exceeds the level specified in 17 CFR 15.04.
</P>
<P>Reporting trader—a person who must file a Form 40, whether pursuant to 17 CFR 18.04(a), 17 CFR 18.04(b), or 17 CFR 20.05.
</P>
<P>Subsidiary—for purposes of Form 40, a person is a subsidiary of a reporting trader if the reporting trader has a direct or indirect controlling interest in the person; and a reporting trader has a controlling interest if such reporting trader has the ability to control the person through the ownership of voting equity, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>Volume threshold account—means any trading account that carries reportable trading volume on or subject to the rules of a reporting market that is a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5 of the Act or a swap execution facility registered under section 5h of the Act.
</P>
<P>Volume threshold account controller—means a natural person who by power of attorney or otherwise actually directs the trading of a volume threshold account. A volume threshold account may have more than one controller.
</P>
<HD1>CFTC Form 40
</HD1>
<HD3>General Information for Reporting Trader:
</HD3>
<P>For question 1, please provide the name, contact information and other requested information regarding the reporting trader. If the reporting trader is an individual, provide their full legal name and the name of the reporting trader's employer.
</P>
<P>1. Indicate whether the reporting trader is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name of Reporting Trader
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Web site
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Name of Employer
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Employer NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Employer Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<HD3>Contact Information
</HD3>
<P>For questions 2, 3, and 4, provide the name and contact information as requested.
</P>
<P>2. Individual to contact regarding the derivatives trading of the reporting trader (this individual should be able to answer specific questions about the reporting trader's trading activity when contacted by Commission staff):
</P>
<P>Check here if this individual has the same contact information as that of the reporting trader.
</P>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<P>3. Individual to contact regarding the risk management operations of the reporting trader (this individual should be able to answer specific questions about the reporting trader's risk management operations, including account margining, when contacted by Commission staff):
</P>
<P>Check here if this individual has the same contact information as that of the reporting trader.
</P>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<P>4. Individual responsible for the information on the Form 40 (this individual should be able to verify, clarify, and explain the answers submitted by a reporting trader on the Form 40):
</P>
<P>Check here if this individual has the same contact information as that of the reporting trader.
</P>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<HD3>Omnibus Account Identification
</HD3>
<P>For question 5, indicate whether the reporting trader has a customer omnibus account with a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker (NOTE: For the purpose of this question, an omnibus account is an account that one futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker carries for another in which the transactions of multiple individual accounts are combined. The identities of the holders of the individual accounts are not generally known or disclosed to the carrying firm. In addition, the Commission has traditionally identified omnibus accounts as either <I>house</I> or <I>customer</I> omnibus accounts. House omnibus accounts exclusively contain the proprietary accounts of the omnibus account originator. Customer omnibus accounts contain the accounts of customers of the omnibus account originator. It is the obligation of the omnibus account originator to correctly identify the omnibus account type to the reporting entity):
</P>
<P>5. Does the reporting trader have a customer omnibus account with a futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker? YES/NO
</P>
<P>IF YES, Give the name(s) of the futures commission merchant, clearing member, or foreign broker carrying the account(s) of the reporting trader.
</P>
<HD3>Foreign Government Affiliation
</HD3>
<P>For question 6, please complete the following (NOTE: For the purpose of this question, affiliation can include, but is not limited to, a situation (1) where the foreign government directly or indirectly controls the reporting trader's assets, operations, and/or derivatives trading, or (2) where the reporting trader operates as a direct or indirect subsidiary of a foreign government, its agencies or departments, or any investment program of the foreign government):
</P>
<P>6. Is the reporting trader directly or indirectly affiliated with a government other than that of the United States? YES/NO
</P>
<P>IF YES, give the name of the government(s).
</P>
<P>IF YES, explain the nature of the affiliation between the reporting trader and the government(s) listed above.
</P>
<HD3>Non-Domestic Entity Indicator
</HD3>
<P>For question 7, if the Reporting Trader is a legal entity, please complete the following.
</P>
<P>7. Is the reporting trader organized under the laws of a country other than the United States? YES/NO
</P>
<P>IF YES, give the name of the country or countries under whose laws the reporting trader is organized.
</P>
<HD3>Ownership Structure of the Reporting Trader
</HD3>
<P>For questions 8 and 9, provide the requested ownership information only as applicable.
</P>
<P>If the Reporting Trader is a commodity pool, also provide the requested information in questions 8i, 8ii, and 8iii. If the Reporting Trader is reporting commodity pools in which it has an ownership interest, also provide the requested information in questions 9i, 9ii, and 9iii.
</P>
<P>8. List all the parents of the reporting trader (including the immediate parent and any parent(s) of its parent) and, separately, all persons that have a 10 percent or greater ownership interest in the reporting trader (commodity pool investors are deemed to have an ownership interest in the pool). For each such parent or 10 percent or greater owner include the following information:
</P>
<P>Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Parent Company/10% Owner/or Both Indicator
</FP-1>
<P>8i. For each person identified in question 8 that is a limited partner, shareholder, or other similar type of pool participant, indicate if they are a principal or affiliate of the operator of the commodity pool.
</P>
<HD3>Principal/Affiliate Indicator
</HD3>
<P>8ii. For each person identified in question 8 that is a limited partner, shareholder, or other similar type of pool participant, indicate if they are also a commodity pool operator of the pool.
</P>
<HD3>Commodity Pool Operator Indicator
</HD3>
<P>8iii. For each person identified in question 8 that is a limited partner, shareholder, or other similar type of pool participant and where the operator of the commodity pool is exempt from registration under § 4.13 of the Commission's regulations, indicate if that person has an ownership or equity interest of 25 percent or greater in the commodity pool.
</P>
<HD3>25% Ownership Indicator
</HD3>
<P>9. List all the subsidiaries of the reporting trader (including the immediate subsidiary and any subsidiaries of those subsidiaries) and, separately, all persons in which the reporting trader has a 10 percent or greater ownership interest (including a 10 percent or greater interest in a commodity pool(s)). Only list subsidiaries and persons that engage in derivatives trading. For each such subsidiary and/or person include the following information:
</P>
<P>Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Subsidiary/10% Ownership/or Both Indicator
</FP-1>
<P>9i. For each person identified in question 9 that is a commodity pool and for which you are a limited partner, shareholder or other similar type of pool participant, indicate if you are a principal or affiliate of the operator of the commodity pool.
</P>
<HD3>Principal/Affiliate Indicator
</HD3>
<P>9ii. For each person identified in question 9 that is a commodity pool and for which you are a limited partner, shareholder or other similar type of pool participant, indicate if you are the commodity pool operator for the pool.
</P>
<HD3>Commodity Pool Operator Indicator
</HD3>
<P>9iii. For each person identified in question 9 that is a commodity pool and for which you are a limited partner, shareholder or other similar type of pool participant and for which the operator of the commodity pool is exempt from registration under § 4.13 of the Commission's regulations, indicate if you have an ownership or equity interest of 25 percent or greater in the commodity pool.
</P>
<HD3>25% Ownership Indicator
</HD3>
<HD3>Control of Trading
</HD3>
<P>For questions 10, 11, 12, and 13 provide the requested control information only as applicable.
</P>
<P>10. List all persons outside of the reporting trader that control some or all of the derivatives trading of the reporting trader (including persons that may have been previously identified as a parent, above):
</P>
<P>Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>12</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>12</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>13</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>13</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Some/All Indicator
</FP-1>
<P>11. List all persons for which the reporting trader controls some or all of the derivatives trading (including persons that may have been previously identified as a subsidiary, above):
</P>
<P>Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>14</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>14</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>15</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>15</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Some/All Indicator
</FP-1>
<P>12. List any other person(s) that directly or indirectly influence, or exercise authority over, some or all of the trading of the reporting trader, but who do not exercise “control” as defined in this Form: Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>16</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>16</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>17</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>17</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Some/All Indicator
</FP-1>
<P>13. Is some or all of the derivatives trading of the reporting trader subject to an express or implied agreement or understanding with any other person(s) not addressed in questions 10, 11, or 12, above? YES/NO
</P>
<P>If yes, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>Indicate whether the party identified below is a legal entity or a natural person:
</P>
<FP>Legal entity: 
</FP>
<FP>Natural person:
</FP>
<FP-1>Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>City
</FP-1>
<FP-1>State
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zip/Postal Code
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phone Number 
<SU>18</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>18</SU> Please provide a direct number, without any telephone extension. Non-U.S. respondents should also provide the applicable international area code.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Web site 
<SU>19</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-1>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>19</SU> The Web site and NFA ID requested in this question are only required to be reported to the extent the respondent has this information available in its records. Respondents are not required to poll customers or other parties for the Web site and NFA ID if this information has not been previously collected.</P></FTNT>
<FP-1>Email Address
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NFA ID (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Legal Entity Identifier (if any)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Some/All Indicator
</FP-1>
<HD3>Commodity Index Trading Indicator
</HD3>
<P>For question 14, please answer the following:
</P>
<P>14i. Is the reporting trader engaged in commodity index trading as defined in paragraph (a) of the definition of CIT above? YES/NO
</P>
<P>14ii. Is the reporting trader engaged in commodity index trading as defined in paragraph (b) of the definition of CIT above? YES/NO
</P>
<P>a. If the reporting trader is engaged in CIT (as defined in paragraph (b)) with respect to one or more commodities or commodity groups appearing on Supplemental List II, indicate whether the reporting trader is, in the aggregate, pursuing long exposure or short exposure with respect to such commodities or commodity groups. It is not necessary to respond to this question with respect to CIT that tracks the performance of multiple unrelated commodities or commodity groups (e.g., an investment in an exchange-traded fund that tracks the performance of an index representing commodities spanning multiple commodity groups).
</P>
<P>14iii. If the reporting trader is currently engaged in commodity index trading as defined in paragraphs (a) or (b) of the CIT definition above, indicate the month and year on which the reporting trader first became engaged in commodity index trading.
</P>
<HD3>Swaps Participation Indicators
</HD3>
<P>For questions 15 and 16, please indicate if the reporting trader meets the specified definition:
</P>
<P>15. Is the reporting trader a Swap Dealer, as defined in § 1.3 of regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act? YES/NO
</P>
<P>16. Is the reporting trader a Major Swap Participant, as defined in § 1.3 of regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act? YES/NO
</P>
<HD3>Nature of Business and of Derivatives Trading Activities
</HD3>
<P>For questions 17, 18, and 19 provide the requested information only as applicable.
</P>
<P>17. Select all business sectors and subsectors that pertain to the business activities or occupation of the reporting trader. If more than one business subsector is selected, indicate which business subsector primarily describes the nature of the reporting trader's business.
</P>
<HD3>Choose From Supplemental List I
</HD3>
<P>18. Select all commodity groups and individual commodities that the reporting trader presently trades or expects to trade in the near future in derivative markets.
</P>
<HD3>Choose From Supplemental List II
</HD3>
<P>19. For each selected individual commodity identified in question 18, indicate the business purpose(s) for which the reporting trader uses derivative markets. If the reporting trader has more than one business purpose for trading in an individual commodity, also indicate the predominant business purpose.
</P>
<HD3>Choose From Supplemental List III
</HD3>
<HD3>Signature/Authentication, Name, and Date
</HD3>
<P>20. Please sign/authenticate the Form 40 prior to submitting.
</P>
<P>Signature/Electronic Authentication:
</P>
<FP> By checking this box and submitting this form (or by clicking “submit,” “send,” or any other analogous transmission command if transmitting electronically), I certify that I am duly authorized by the reporting trader identified below to provide the information and representations submitted on this Form 40, and that the information and representations are true and correct.
</FP>
<FP>Reporting Trader Authorized Representative (Name and Position):
</FP>
<FP> ____________________ (Name)
</FP>
<FP> ____________________ (Position)
</FP>
<FP>Submitted on behalf of:
</FP>
<FP> __________ (Reporting Trader Name)
</FP>
<FP>Date of Submission:
</FP>
<FP> ____________________
</FP>
<HD1>Supplemental List I: List of Business Sectors and Subsectors
</HD1>
<HD2><I>Business Sector</I>
</HD2>
<HD3>Subsector
</HD3>
<FP-2><I>Agriculture and Forestry</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Oilseed Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Grain Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fruit and Tree Nut Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other Crop Farming (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cattle Ranching and Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hog and Pig Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Poultry and Egg Production
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sheep and Goat Farming
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other Animal Production
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Forestry, Logging, or Timber Production
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cooperative
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Mining, Oil and Natural Gas Extraction
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Oil Exploration/Production
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Natural Gas Exploration/Production
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Coal Mining
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Precious Metal Mining
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Non-Precious Metal Mining
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Utilities
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Utility/Cooperative
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Electric Power Generation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Local Distribution Company
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Natural Gas Distribution
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Construction
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Building Construction
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Heavy and Civil Engineering Construction
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Manufacturing, Refining and Processing
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Animal Food Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Grain Milling
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Oilseed Milling
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sugar and Confectionery Product Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fruit and Vegetable Preserving and Specialty Food Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Dairy Product Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Animal Slaughtering and Processing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Bakeries
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other Food Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Beverage Manufacturing Textile Mills
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Textile Product Mills
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Apparel Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Wood Product Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Paper Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Petroleum and Coal Products Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Renewable Fuels Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Petrochemical/Chemical Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Plastics and Rubber Products Manufacturing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Natural Gas Processing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Precious Metal Processor/Smelter
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Non-Precious Metal Processor
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Metals Fabricator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Wholesale Trade
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Lumber and Other Construction Materials Merchant Wholesalers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Metal and Mineral Merchant Dealer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Grocery and Related Product Merchant Wholesaler
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Farm Product Raw Material Merchant Wholesalers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Chemical and Allied Products Merchant Wholesalers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Petroleum and Petroleum Products Merchant Wholesalers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Natural Gas, Power Marketer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Importer/Exporter (specify commodities)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Retail Trade
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Building Materials and Supplies Dealers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Food and Beverage Stores
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Jeweler/Precious Metals Retailer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Vehicle Fuel Retailer/Convenience Store Operator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fuel Dealers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Transportation and Warehousing
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Air Transport
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Trucking
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pipeline Transportation of Crude Oil
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pipeline Transportation of Natural Gas
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Farm Product Warehousing and Storage
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Energy Distributor (warehousing, storage)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>End User (NOTE: May not be the only/primary subsector selected)</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Metals End User (Construction Co., Brass Mill, Steel Mill)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Emissions End User (Factory, Industrial Cos.)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Petroleum End User (Airline Cos. Municipalities, Industrial Cos., Trucking Cos.)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Information
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Financial Institutions and Investment Management
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Dealers and Financial Intermediaries
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Broker/Dealer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Bank Holding Company
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Investment/Merchant Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Non-US Commercial Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>US Commercial Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Swaps/Derivatives Dealer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Universal Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Asset/Investment/Fund Management:</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Asset/Investment Manager
</FP1-2>
<FP>  Institutional Clients
</FP>
<FP>  Retail Clients
</FP>
<FP1-2>Managed Accounts and Pools (CTAs, CPOs, etc.)
</FP1-2>
<FP>  Institutional Clients
</FP>
<FP>  Retail Clients
</FP>
<FP1-2>College Endowment, Trust, Foundation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fund of Hedge Funds
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hedge Fund
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Mutual Fund
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pension Fund
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Private Wealth Management
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Private Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Exchange Traded Fund Issuer
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Exchange Traded Note Issuer
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Government Financial Institution</I>:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Central Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sovereign Wealth Fund
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other Governmental Entity (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Other Financial or Trading Entities:</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Arbitrageur
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Individual Trader/Investor
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Floor Broker
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Floor Trader
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Market Maker
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Proprietary Trader
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Corporate Treasury
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Mortgage Originator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Savings Bank
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Credit Union
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Insurance Company
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Real Estate</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Performing Arts Companies
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Promoters of Performing Arts
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Agents and Managers for Artists and Entertainers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Independent Artists, Writers, Performers
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Accommodation and Food Services</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Food Services
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Public Administration</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Administration of Environmental Quality Programs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Administration of Economic Programs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (Specify)
</FP1-2>
<HD1>Supplemental List II: Commodity Groups and Individual Commodities
</HD1>
<HD2>Commodity Group
</HD2>
<HD3>Individual Commodity
</HD3>
<FP-2>GRAINS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>OATS
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>WHEAT
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>CORN
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>RICE
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>LIVESTOCK/MEAT PRODUCTS</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>LIVE CATTLE
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>PORK BELLIES
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FEEDER CATTLE
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>LEAN HOGS
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>DAIRY PRODUCTS</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>MILK
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>BUTTER
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>CHEESE
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>OILSEED AND PRODUCTS</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>SOYBEAN OIL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>SOYBEAN MEAL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>SOYBEANS
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>FIBER
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>COTTON
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>FOODSTUFFS/SOFTS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>COFFEE
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FROZEN CONCENTRATED ORANGE JUICE
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>SUGAR
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>COCOA
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>OTHER AGRICULTURAL
</FP-2>
<FP-2>REAL ESTATE
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CURRENCY
</FP-2>
<FP-2>EQUITIES AND EQUITY INDICIES
</FP-2>
<FP-2>INTEREST RATES
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>TREASURY COMPLEX
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>OTHER INTEREST RATE PRODUCTS
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PETROLEUM AND PRODUCTS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>JET FUEL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>ETHANOL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>BIODIESEL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FUEL OIL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>HEATING OIL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>GASOLINE
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>NAPHTHA
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>CRUDE OIL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>DIESEL
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>NATURAL GAS AND PRODUCTS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>NATURAL GAS LIQUIDS
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>NATURAL GAS
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>ELECTRICITY AND SOURCES
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>COAL
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>ELECTRICITY
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>URANIUM
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>PRECIOUS METALS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>PALLADIUM
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>PLATINUM
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>SILVER
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>GOLD
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>BASE METALS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>STEEL
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>COPPER
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>WOOD PRODUCTS
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>LUMBER
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>PULP
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>CHEMICALS
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PLASTICS
</FP-2>
<FP-2>EMISSIONS
</FP-2>
<FP-2>WEATHER
</FP-2>
<FP-2>OTHER (SPECIFY)
</FP-2>
<HD1>Supplemental List III: Business Purposes of Commodity Derivatives Trading
</HD1>
<HD2>Business Purpose
</HD2>
<HD3>Definition
</HD3>
<HD3>Example
</HD3>
<HD2><I>Offsetting Cash or Spot Market Input Price Risk</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivative markets for commodities that are direct inputs or purchases for your business so as to offset price risk associated with your purchase of these inputs.
</P>
<P>E.g. You are a grain processor, so you use wheat futures to offset the price risk incidental to your cash purchases of wheat.
</P>
<HD2><I>Offsetting Cash or Spot Market Output Price Risk</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivative markets for commodities that are direct outputs or sales of your business so as to offset price risk associated with your sale of these outputs.
</P>
<P>E.g. You are a gasoline refiner, so you use gasoline futures to offset price risk associated with your production of gasoline.
</P>
<HD2><I>Offsetting Other Cash or Spot Market Price Risks (Cross Price Risk)</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivative markets for a commodity that is not a direct input or output of your business, but which has significant price correlations with the direct inputs or outputs of your business.
</P>
<P>E.g. You manufacture ethanol which is used as an additive in and competitor for gasoline as a combustive fuel. While you neither directly consume nor produce gasoline, you may find that the price you receive for your ethanol product is highly correlated with the price of gasoline, and therefore you reduce ethanol price risk by using gasoline futures contracts.
</P>
<HD2><I>Other Physical Risk Management Strategies</I>
</HD2>
<P>Managing other price risks incidental to the operation of your business or physical assets through the use of commodity derivative markets.
</P>
<P>E.g. You are a manufacturer with significant international sales, so you use foreign currency futures to offset risks associated with changes in the competitiveness of your exports and therefore the value of your physical assets such as production plants, land, machinery, etc.
</P>
<HD2><I>Client Futures/Options on Futures Trading</I>
</HD2>
<P>Fulfilling customer/client desire for portfolio diversification or exposure to various asset classes through your activity as a Commodity Pool Operator, Commodity Trading Advisor, or other similar role.
</P>
<P>E.g. You collect funds and execute trading strategies through the use of futures/options on futures markets at the expressed intent and for the sole benefit of clients.
</P>
<HD2><I>Managing Client Swaps Exposure</I>
</HD2>
<P>Reducing risk stemming from holding or executing swaps contracts on behalf of clients or customers through the use of futures/options on futures markets.
</P>
<P>E.g. You sell crude oil swaps to a client and agree to accept the risk inherent in the index price. You offset this risk through purchases of crude oil futures, in effect transferring price risk from the client to another market participant.
</P>
<HD2><I>Making Markets/Providing Liquidity</I>
</HD2>
<P>Engaging in derivatives transactions to assume risk and help transfer ownership of derivative positions from one market participant to another, realizing the bid-ask spread as the return.
</P>
<P>E.g. You accept risk by buying and selling futures/options on futures contracts so that other traders can move into and out of positions when they wish. You then find other traders willing to take the other side of those transactions.
</P>
<HD2><I>Arbitrage</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivative markets as part of a strategy designed to realize risk-free profit from pricing anomalies.
</P>
<P>E.g. You realize that the wheat futures contract is trading at a discount (even after considering storage, transport, etc.) relative to the wheat cash price, and therefore find it profitable to purchase the wheat futures contract, take delivery, and then resell the wheat in the cash market for a risk-free profit.
</P>
<HD2><I>Establishing Price Exposure</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivative markets as a way to express your belief in the future movement of market prices. This strategy does not involve offsetting risks incidental to your business, but instead involves directional trading.
</P>
<P>E.g. You conduct research and believe that crude oil prices are due to rise, so you take long futures positions in crude oil to profit from your predictions.
</P>
<HD2><I>Financial Asset Management</I>
</HD2>
<P>Using derivatives to diversify, rebalance, or otherwise allocate financial assets so that risks to the value of the investment portfolio are reduced. This strategy is used by entities such as pension funds and endowments to manage overall risk to their financial portfolios.
</P>
<P>E.g. You hold Treasury bonds as a component of your investment portfolio, and use futures contracts to reduce overall portfolio risk that would result from falling bond prices.
</P>
<HD2><I>Managing Proprietary Swaps Exposure</I>
</HD2>
<P>Reducing risk stemming from your proprietary holding or execution of swaps contracts through the use of futures/options on futures markets.
</P>
<P>E.g. You trade interest rate swaps as part of your business or investment strategy, and offset some of the risk inherent in those swaps through your use of Eurodollar futures markets.
</P>
<HD2><I>Other: Specify</I>
</HD2>
<P>List and explain your business purpose if the above categories do not adequately describe the reason you trade in a particular commodity derivative market.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 69259, Nov. 18, 2013, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 19—REPORTS BY PERSONS HOLDING REPORTABLE POSITIONS IN EXCESS OF POSITION LIMITS, AND BY MERCHANTS AND DEALERS IN COTTON
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6g, 6c(b), 6i, and 12a(5).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>86 FR 3455, Jan. 14, 2021, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 19.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.00   Who shall furnish information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Persons filing cotton-on-call reports.</I> Merchants and dealers of cotton holding or controlling positions for future delivery in cotton that are reportable pursuant to § 15.00(p)(1)(i) of this chapter shall file CFTC Form 304.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Persons responding to a special call.</I> All persons: Exceeding speculative position limits under § 150.2 of this chapter; or holding or controlling positions for future delivery that are reportable pursuant to § 15.00(p)(1) of this chapter and who have received a special call from the Commission or its designee shall file any pertinent information as instructed in the special call. Filings in response to a special call shall be made within one business day of receipt of the special call unless otherwise specified in the call. Such filing shall be transmitted using the format, coding structure, and electronic data submission procedures approved in writing by the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.01   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.02   Reports pertaining to cotton on call purchases and sales.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information required.</I> Persons required to file CFTC Form 304 reports under § 19.00(a) shall file CFTC Form 304 reports showing the quantity of call cotton bought or sold on which the price has not been fixed, together with the respective futures on which the purchase or sale is based. As used herein, call cotton refers to spot cotton bought or sold, or contracted for purchase or sale at a price to be fixed later based upon a specified future.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of filing reports.</I> Each CFTC Form 304 report shall be made weekly, dated as of the close of business on Friday, and filed not later than 9 a.m. Eastern Time on the third business day following that Friday using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 19.03" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 19.03   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, the authority in § 19.00(b) to issue special calls to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority in § 19.00(b) to provide instructions or to determine the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting data records and any other information required under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The Director of the Division of Enforcement may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 19.04—19.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 19.04--19.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.18.0.7.6.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 19—Form 304
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.022.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 20—LARGE TRADER REPORTING FOR PHYSICAL COMMODITY SWAPS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6t, 12a, 19.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 43862, July 22, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 20.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in, and solely for the purposes of, this part:
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means “business day” as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared product</I> means a paired swap or swaption that a clearing organization offers or accepts for clearing.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing member</I> means any person who is a member of, or enjoys the privilege of, clearing trades in its own name through a clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing organization</I> means the person or organization that acts as a medium between clearing members for the purpose of clearing swaps or swaptions or effecting settlements of swaps or swaptions.
</P>
<P><I>Closed swap or closed swaption</I> means a swap or swaption that has been settled, exercised, closed out or terminated.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity reference price</I> means the price series (including derivatives contract and cash market prices or price indices) used by the parties to a swap or swaption to determine payments made, exchanged, or accrued under the terms of the contracts.
</P>
<P><I>Counterparty</I> means, from the perspective of one side to a contract, the person that is the direct legal counterparty corresponding to the other side of the contract.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing member customer</I> means any person for whom a reporting entity clears a swap or swaption position.
</P>
<P><I>Futures equivalent</I> means an economically equivalent amount of one or more futures contracts that represents a position or transaction in one or more paired swaps or swaptions consistent with the conversion guidelines in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Open swap or swaption</I> means a swap or swaption that has not been closed.
</P>
<P><I>Paired swap or paired swaption</I> means an open swap or swaption that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Directly or indirectly linked, including being partially or fully settled on, or priced at a differential to, the price of any commodity futures contract listed in § 20.2; or
</P>
<P>(2) Directly or indirectly linked, including being partially or fully settled on, or priced at a differential to, the price of the same commodity for delivery at the same location or locations.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any “person” as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Reportable account or consolidated account that is reportable</I> means a consolidated account that includes a reportable position.
</P>
<P><I>Reportable position</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A position, in any one futures equivalent month, comprised of 50 or more futures equivalent paired swaps or swaptions based on the same commodity underlying a futures contract listed in § 20.2, grouped separately by swaps and swaptions, then grouped by gross long contracts on a futures equivalent basis or gross short contracts on a futures equivalent basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) For a consolidated account (described in § 20.4(a)) that includes a reportable position as defined in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition, all other positions in that account that are based on the commodity that renders the account reportable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The first reporting day on which a consolidated account (described in § 20.4(a)) no longer includes a reportable position as described in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition (because on such day, the reporting entity's consolidated account shall continue to be considered and treated as if it in fact included reportable positions as described in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition); or
</P>
<P>(2) At the discretion of a reporting entity, and as an alternative to paragraph (1) of this definition, so long as the same method is consistently applied to all consolidated accounts (as described in § 20.4(a)) of the reporting entity, all positions on a gross basis in a consolidated account that are based on the same commodity.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting day</I> means the period of time between a clearing organization or reporting entity's usual and customary last internal valuation of paired swaps or swaptions and the next such period, so long as the period of time is consistently observed on a daily basis and the Commission is notified, upon its request, of the manner by which such period is calculated and any subsequent changes thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A clearing member; or
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer in one or more paired swaps or swaptions as that term is defined in section 1a of the Act and any Commission definitional regulations adopted thereunder.
</P>
<P><I>Swap</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Until the effective date of any definitional rulemaking regarding “swap” by the Commission under section 1a of the Act, an agreement (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference therein) which is a commodity swap (including any option to enter into such swap) within the meaning of “swap agreement” under § 35.1(b)(1) of this chapter, or a master agreement for a commodity swap together with all supplements thereto; or
</P>
<P>(2) “Swap” as defined in section 1a of the Act and any Commission definitional regulations adopted thereunder, upon the effective date of such regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Swaption</I> means an option to enter into a swap or a swap that is an option.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.2   Covered contracts.</HEAD>
<P>The futures and option contracts listed by designated contract markets for the purpose of reports filed and information provided under this part are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Covered Agricultural and Exempt Futures Contracts
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicago Board of Trade (“CBOT”) Corn.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Ethanol.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Oats.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Rough Rice.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Soybean Meal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Soybean Oil.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Soybeans.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CBOT Wheat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) Butter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Cheese.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Dry Whey.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Feeder Cattle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Hardwood Pulp.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Lean Hogs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Live Cattle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Milk Class III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Non Fat Dry Milk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Random Length Lumber.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CME Softwood Pulp.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">COMEX (“CMX”) Copper Grade #1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CMX Gold.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CMX Silver.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICE Futures U.S. (“ICUS”) Cocoa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICUS Coffee C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICUS Cotton No. 2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICUS Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICUS Sugar No. 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICUS Sugar No. 16.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kansas City Board of Trade (“KCBT”) Wheat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minneapolis Grain Exchange (“MGEX”) Wheat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYSELiffe (“NYL”) Gold, 100 Troy Oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYL Silver, 5000 Troy Oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) Cocoa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Brent Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Central Appalachian Coal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Coffee.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Cotton.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Crude Oil, Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Gasoline Blendstock (RBOB).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Hot Rolled Coil Steel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Natural Gas.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX No. 2 Heating Oil, New York Harbor.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Palladium.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Platinum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Sugar No. 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NYMEX Uranium.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diversified Commodity Index (See § 20.11).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.3   Clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting data records.</I> For each reporting day, with respect to paired swaps or swaptions, clearing organizations shall report to the Commission, separately for each clearing member's proprietary and clearing member customer account, unique groupings of the data elements in paragraph (b) of this section (to the extent that there are such corresponding elements), in a single data record, so that each reported record is distinguishable from every other reported record (because of differing data values, as opposed to the arrangement of the elements).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Populating reported data records with data elements.</I> Data records reported under paragraph (a) of this section shall include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) An identifier assigned by the Commission to the clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(2) The identifier assigned by the clearing organization to the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(3) The identifier assigned by the clearing organization for a cleared product;
</P>
<P>(4) The reporting day;
</P>
<P>(5) A proprietary or clearing member customer account indicator;
</P>
<P>(6) The futures equivalent month;
</P>
<P>(7) The commodity reference price;
</P>
<P>(8) Gross long swap positions;
</P>
<P>(9) Gross short swap positions;
</P>
<P>(10) A swaption put or call side indicator;
</P>
<P>(11) A swaption expiration date;
</P>
<P>(12) A swaption strike price;
</P>
<P>(13) Gross long non-delta-adjusted swaption positions; and
</P>
<P>(14) Gross short non-delta-adjusted swaption positions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>End of reporting day data.</I> For all futures equivalent months, clearing organizations shall report end of reporting day settlement prices for each cleared product and deltas for every unique swaption put and call, expiration date, and strike price.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.4   Reporting entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consolidated accounts.</I> Each reporting entity shall combine all paired swap and swaption positions:
</P>
<P>(1) That are principal positions (swaps and swaptions to which the reporting entity is a direct legal counterparty), in a single consolidated account that it shall attribute to itself; and
</P>
<P>(2) That are positions of the reporting entity's counterparty in a single consolidated account that it shall attribute to that specific counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting data records.</I> Reporting entities shall report to the Commission, for each reporting day, and separately for each reportable position in a consolidated account described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, unique groupings of the data elements in paragraph (c) of this section (to the extent that there are such corresponding elements), in a single data record, so that each reported record is distinguishable from every other reported record (because of differing data values, as opposed to the arrangement of the elements).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Populating reported data records with data elements.</I> Data records reported under paragraph (b) of this section shall include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) An identifier assigned by the Commission to the reporting entity;
</P>
<P>(2) An identifier indicating that a principal or counterparty position is being reported;
</P>
<P>(3) A 102S identifier assigned by the reporting entity to its counterparty;
</P>
<P>(4) The name of the counterparty whose position is being reported;
</P>
<P>(5) The reporting day;
</P>
<P>(6) If cleared, the identifier for the cleared product assigned by the clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(7) The commodity underlying the reportable positions;
</P>
<P>(8) The futures equivalent month;
</P>
<P>(9) A cleared or uncleared indicator;
</P>
<P>(10) A clearing organization identifier;
</P>
<P>(11) The commodity reference price;
</P>
<P>(12) An execution facility indicator;
</P>
<P>(13) Long paired swap positions;
</P>
<P>(14) Short paired swap positions;
</P>
<P>(15) A swaption put or call side indicator;
</P>
<P>(16) A swaption expiration date;
</P>
<P>(17) A swaption strike price;
</P>
<P>(18) Long non-delta-adjusted paired swaption positions;
</P>
<P>(19) Short non-delta-adjusted paired swaption positions;
</P>
<P>(20) Long delta-adjusted paired swaption positions (using economically reasonable and analytically supported deltas);
</P>
<P>(21) Short delta-adjusted paired swaption positions (using economically reasonable and analytically supported deltas);
</P>
<P>(22) Long paired swap or swaption notional value; and
</P>
<P>(23) Short paired swap or swaption notional value.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.5   Series S filings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>102S filing.</I> (1) When a counterparty consolidated account first becomes reportable, the reporting entity shall submit a 102S filing, in accordance with the form instructions and as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A reporting entity may submit a 102S filing only once for each counterparty, even if such persons at various times have multiple reportable positions in the same or different paired swaps or swaptions.
</P>
<P>(3) Reporting entities shall submit a 102S filing within three days following the first day a consolidated account first becomes reportable or at such time as instructed by the Commission upon special call.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Change updates.</I> If any change causes the information filed by a clearing member or swap dealer on a Form 102 for a consolidated account to no longer be accurate, then such clearing member or swap dealer shall file an updated Form 102 with the Commission no later than 9 a.m. on the business day after such change occurs, or on such other date as directed by special call of the Commission, <I>provided that,</I> a clearing member or swap dealer may stop providing change updates for a Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for any consolidated account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the account in question is no longer reportable as a consolidated account and has not been reportable as a consolidated account for the past six months. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, the stated time is Eastern Time for information concerning markets located in that time zone, and Central Time for information concerning all other markets.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Refresh updates.</I> For Consolidated Accounts—Starting on a date specified by the Commission or its designee and at the end of each annual increment thereafter (or such other date specified by the Commission or its designee that is equal to or greater than six months), each clearing member or swap dealer shall resubmit every Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for each of its consolidated accounts, <I>provided that,</I> a clearing member or swap dealer may stop providing refresh updates for a Form 102 that it has submitted to the Commission for any consolidated account upon notifying the Commission or its designee that the account in question is no longer reportable as a consolidated account and has not been reportable as a consolidated account for the past six months.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>40S filing.</I> Every person subject to books or records requirement under § 20.6 shall after a special call upon such person by the Commission file with the Commission a 40S filing at such time and place as directed in the call. A 40S filing shall consist of the submission of a Form 40, which shall be completed by such person as if any references to futures or option contracts were references to paired swaps or swaptions as defined in § 20.1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43862, July 22, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 69265, Nov. 18, 2013; 82 FR 28768, June 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.6   Maintenance of books and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every clearing organization shall keep all records of transactions in paired swaps or swaptions, and methods used to convert paired swaps or swaptions into futures equivalents, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Every reporting entity shall keep all records of transactions in paired swaps or swaptions, and methods used to convert paired swaps or swaptions into futures equivalents, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Every person with equal to or greater than 50 gross all-months-combined futures equivalent positions in paired swaps or swaptions on the same commodity shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Keep books and records showing all records for transactions resulting in such positions, which may be kept and reproduced for Commission inspection in the record retention format that such person has developed in the normal course of its business operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Keep books and records showing transactions in the cash commodity underlying such positions or its products and byproducts, and all commercial activities that are hedged or which have risks that are mitigated by such positions, which may be kept in accordance with the recordkeeping schedule and reproduced for Commission inspection in the record retention format that such person has developed in the normal course of its business operations.
</P>
<P>(d) All books and records required to be kept by paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section shall be furnished upon request to the Commission along with any pertinent information concerning such positions, transactions, or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.7   Form and manner of reporting and submitting information or filings.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a clearing organization or reporting entity shall submit data records and any other information required under this part to the Commission as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(b) For clearing organizations, not later than 9:00 a.m. eastern time on the next business day following the reporting day or at such other time as instructed by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(c) For clearing members and swap dealers, not later than 12:00 p.m. eastern time on the second (T+2) business day following the reporting day or at such other time as instructed by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.8   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority in § 20.6(d) for issuing a special call.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Data, in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may  designate, the authority in § 20.10 for determining the described compliance schedules.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Data, in consultation with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate, the authority:
</P>
<P>(1) In § 20.5(a)(3) for issuing a special call for a 102S filing; and
</P>
<P>(2) In § 20.5(b) for issuing a special call for a 40S filing.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the  Division of Data, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority, in § 20.7, for providing instructions or determining the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting data records and any other information required under this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The Directors of the Division of Enforcement, Division of Market Oversight, and the Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28769, June 26, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.9   Sunset provision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the sections of this part shall become ineffective and unenforceable upon a Commission finding that, through the issuance of an order, operating swap data repositories are processing positional data and that such processing will enable the Commission to effectively surveil trading in paired swaps and swaptions and paired swap and swaption markets.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may determine, in its discretion, to maintain the effectiveness and enforceability of any section of this part, or any requirement therein, in an order issued under paragraph (a) of this section, upon finding that such sections, or requirements therein, provide the Commission with positional data or data elements that materially improves the accuracy and surveillance utility of the positional data processed by swap data repositories.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.10   Compliance schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Clearinghouses, clearing members and persons with books and records obligations shall comply with the requirements of this part upon the effective date of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Swap dealers that are not clearing members shall comply with the requirements of this part upon the effective date of final regulations further defining the term swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may permit, for a period not to exceed six calendar months following the effective date specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the submission of reports pursuant to §§ 20.3 and 20.4 that differ in content, or are submitted in a form and manner which is other than prescribed by the provisions of this part, provided that the submitter is making a good faith attempt to comply with all of the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless determined otherwise by the Commission, paired swap and swaption position and market reports submitted under parts 15 through 19, or 21 of this chapter, or any order of the Commission, shall continue to be submitted under those parts or orders until swap dealers are required to comply with § 20.4.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may extend the compliance date established in paragraph (b) of this section by an additional six calendar months based on resource limitations or lack of experience in reporting transactions to the Commission for a swap dealer that is not an affiliate of a bank holding company and:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant and is not an affiliate of a futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) Is not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer and is not an affiliate of a broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not supervised by any Federal prudential regulator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.11   Diversified commodity indices.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of reporting in futures equivalents, paired swaps and swaptions using commodity reference prices that are commonly known diversified indices with publicly available weightings may be reported as if such indices underlie a single futures contract with monthly expirations for each calendar month and year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.12.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 20—Guidelines on Futures Equivalency
</HEAD>
<P>The following examples illustrate how swaps should be converted into futures equivalents. In general the total notional quantity for each swap should be apportioned to referent futures months based on the fraction of days remaining in the life of the swap during each referent futures month to the total duration of the swap, measured in days. The terms used in the examples are to be understood in a manner that is consistent with industry practice.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 1—Fixed for Floating WTI Crude Oil Swap Linked to a DCM Contract
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daily official next to expire contract price for the NYMEX Light Sweet Crude Oil Futures Contract (“WTI”) in $/bbl through the NYMEX spot month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$80.00 per barrel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The arithmetic average of the reference price during the pricing period.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000 bbls/month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six full months from January 1 to June 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX WTI trading in the next to expire futures contract ceases on the third business day prior to the 25th of the calendar month preceding the contract month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each WTI futures contract is shown as the 22nd of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 6 months * 100,000 bbls/month = 600,000 bbls
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1,000 bbl = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 600,000 bbls/1,000 bbls/contract = 600 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days in swap term = 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 = 181
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position (long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position (short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1—January 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 23—February 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February 23—March 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March 23—April 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April 23—May 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 23—June 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 23—June 30th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−601
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Futures equivalent position on January 2
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = Remaining swap term * 100,000 bbls/month = 596,685 bbls
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1,000 bbl = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 596,685 bbls/1,000 bbls/contract = 597 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 30 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 = 180
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 2 (Example 1 Continued)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 2—January 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 23—February 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February 23—March 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March 23—April 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April 23—May 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 23—June 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 23—June 30th</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180/180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">597</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−597
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 2—Fixed for Floating Corn Swap
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daily official next to expire contract price for the CBOT Corn Futures Contract in $/bushel through the CBOT spot month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5.00 per bushel per month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The arithmetic average of the reference price during the pricing period.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000 bushels/month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six full months from January 1 to June 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Last trading day in the nearby CBOT Corn futures contract is the business day preceding the 15th of the contract month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each Corn futures contract is shown as the 14th of the month. Futures contract months for corn are March, May, July, September, and December.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 6 contract months * 1,000,000 bushels/month = 6,000,000 bushels
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5,000 bushels = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 6,000,000 bushels/5,000 bushels/contract = 1,200 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total days = 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 = 181
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1-March 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">483</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−483
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March 15-May 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 15-June 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−311
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−1,198
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 3—Fixed for Floating NY RBOB (Platts) Calendar Swap Futures
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platts Oilgram next to expire contract Price Report for New York RBOB (Barge) through the NYMEX spot month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1.8894 per gallon.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each contract month, the floating price is equal to the arithmetic average of the high and low quotations from Platts Oilgram Price Report for New York RBOB (Barge) for each business day that it is determined during the contract month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One quarter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 million gallons/quarter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six full months from January 1 to June 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX NY RBOB (Platts) Calendar Swap Futures Contract month ends on the final business day of the contract month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each futures contract is shown as the final day of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 2 quarters * 84 million = 168 million gallons
</FP-2>
<FP-2>42,000 gallons = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 168 million/42,000 gallons/futures contract = 4,000 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 = 181
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1-March 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−1989
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April 1-June 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−2011
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181/181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 4—Calendar Spread Swap
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The difference between the next to expire contract price for the NYMEX WTI Futures contract and the deferred contract price for the NYMEX WTI Futures contract.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$80 per barrel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The arithmetic average of the reference price during the pricing period.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000 bbls/month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six full months from January 1 to June 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX WTI trading in the next to expire futures contract ceases on the third business day prior to the 25th of the calendar month preceding the contract month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each WTI futures contract is shown as the 22nd of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 6 months * 100,000 bbls/month = 600,000 bbls
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1,000 bbl = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 600,000 bbls/1,000 bbls/contract = 600 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 = 181
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Applicable
<br/>next to
<br/>expire
<br/>futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Applicable deferred futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1—January 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 23—February 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">February 23—March 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">March 23—April 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">April 23—May 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">May 23—June 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 23—June 30th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181/181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−601</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 5—Columbia Gulf, Mainline Midpoint (“Midpoint') Basis Swap
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The Platts Gas Daily Columbia Gulf, Mainline Midpoint (“Midpoint”) and the next to expire NYMEX (Henry Hub) Natural Gas Futures contract.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.05 per MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The Floating Price will be equal to the arithmetic average of the daily value of the Platts Gas Daily Columbia Gulf, Mainline Midpoint (“Midpoint”) minus the NYMEX (Henry Hub) Natural Gas Futures contract daily settlement price.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Monthly.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000 MMBtu/calendar day.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price Payer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month from January 1 to January 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity * calendar days in the month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity * calendar days in the month.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas Futures Contract trading ceases three business days prior to the first day of the delivery month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in the futures contract is shown as the 28th of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity for each leg = 1 month * 31 days/month * 10,000 MMBtu/day = 310,000 MMBtu
</FP-2>
<FP-2>10,000 MMBtu = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 310,000 MMBtu/10,000 MMBtu/contract = 31 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 31
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position of Swap on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction
<br/>of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent
<br/>futures
<br/>month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position in
<br/>Columbia
<br/>Gulf,
<br/>Mainline
<br/>Midpoint
<br/>(“Midpoint”)
<br/>natural gas
<br/>(long) MMBtu
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>Position in
<br/>NYMEX
<br/>(Henry Hub)
<br/>natural gas
<br/>futures
<br/>(short)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position in
<br/>Columbia
<br/>Gulf,
<br/>Mainline
<br/>Midpoint
<br/>(“Midpoint”)
<br/>natural gas
<br/>(short) MMBtu
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position in
<br/>NYMEX
<br/>(Henry Hub)
<br/>natural gas
<br/>futures
<br/>(long)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1—January 28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28/31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="51">†††</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="51">†††</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 29—January 31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3/31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†††</E> Note: Because there is no underlying position taken in a basis contract, for reporting purposes, only enter the futures equivalent contract quantities into the corresponding futures.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 6—WTI Swaption (Call)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">American.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Call.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan 1 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption End Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 30 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$80.50/bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000 bbl/month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daily official next to expire contract price for WTI NYMEX Crude Oil Futures Contract in $/bbl through the NYMEX spot month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$80.00 per barrel per month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The arithmetic average of the reference price during the pricing period.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month from July 1 to July 31 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX WTI trading ceases on the third business day prior to the 25th of the calendar month preceding the delivery month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each WTI futures contract is shown as the 22nd of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 1 month * 100,000 bbls/month = 100,000 bbls
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1,000 bbl = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 100,000 bbls/1,000 bbls/contract = 100 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 31
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Gross Position on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fraction of
<br/>days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
<br/>(long) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
<br/>(short) <E T="51">†</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July 1 -July 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July 23—July 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−99
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Delta<E T="51">††</E> Adjusted Position and Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">August
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">September
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">††</E> Deltas should be calculated in an economically reasonable and analytically supportable basis.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Example 7—WTI Collar Swap
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">American.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan 1 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swaption End Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 30 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Call strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$70.00 per bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Put strike price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$90.00 per bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000 barrels per month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation Period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daily official next to expire contract price for WTI NYMEX Crude Oil in $/bbl through the NYMEX spot month.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$80.00 per barrel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The arithmetic average of the reference price during the pricing period.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Term</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One month from July 1 to July 31 of the current year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating Price * Notional Quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed Price * Notional Quantity.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>NYMEX WTI trading ceases on the third business day prior to the 25th of the calendar month preceding the delivery month. For simplicity in this example, the last trading day in each WTI futures contract is shown as the 22nd of the month.
</P>
<HD2>Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</HD2>
<FP-2>Total Notional Quantity = 1 month * 100,000 bbls/month = 100,000 bbls
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1,000 bbl = 1 futures contract
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Therefore 100,000 bbls/1,000 bbls/contract = 100 futures equivalent contracts
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total number of days = 31
</FP-2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Gross Position on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Dates swap in force
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Referent futures month
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Fraction
<br/>of days
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Company A
<br/>position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Company B
<br/>position
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Call
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Call
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July 1-July 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−70.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−70.97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">July 23-July 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−29.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−29.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31/31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−100</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Company (A) Delta<E T="51">†</E> Adjusted Position on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">August
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">September
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Long call
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Short put
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Long call
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Short put
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−8
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">†</E> Deltas should be calculated in an economically reasonable and analytically supportable basis.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Futures Equivalent Position on January 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">August <E T="51">††</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">September <E T="51">††</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">January 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">††</E> Contracts rounded to the nearest integer.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.19.0.7.12.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 20—Explanatory Guidance on Data Record Layouts
</HEAD>
<HD1>Record Layout Examples for § 20.3
</HD1>
<P>The following example (in Tables 1, 2 and 3) covers reporting for a particular clearing organization. “Clearing Organization One” would report, for the 27th of September 2010, the following eleven unique data record submissions. Each data record submission represents a unique position, as indicated by § 20.3, held by a clearing member of Clearing Organization One. Paragraph (a) of § 20.3 broadly outlines the data elements that determine unique positions for reports on clearing member positions. Paragraphs (b) of § 20.3 present all of the data elements that should be submitted in reference to a particular data record for a particular clearing member (in Table 1). Paragraph (c) identifies data elements that would comprise end of day record data on cleared products (in Tables 2 and 3). Therefore, paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 20.3 present all of the data elements that should be submitted in reference to a particular data record.
</P>
<P>Because CFTC designated Clearing Organization One (in this example) currently has two clearing members, “Clearing Member One” and “Clearing Member Two,” positions cleared for these two distinct clearing members would be subdivided.
</P>
<P>In the following example it is assumed that the clearing member accounts are either proprietary or customer (but not both) and therefore data record submissions do not have to be delineated by these account types. However, if clearing members did have both proprietary and customer accounts, then a clearing organization would have to further subdivide these clearing member data records by these two account types.
</P>
<P>Clearing Member One currently has five positions with multiple cleared product IDs and futures equivalent months/years, and therefore these positions also constitute separate data records.
</P>
<P>Clearing Member Two currently has six positions with the following varying characteristics: Cleared product IDs; futures equivalent months/years; commodity reference prices; swaption positions that involve both puts and calls; and multiple strike prices. Accordingly, these positions must be reported in separate data records. An illustration of how these records would appear is included in Table 1 below. Clearing Organization One would also have to report the corresponding swaption position deltas, strike prices, expiration dates, and settlement prices and swap settlement prices. An illustration of these submissions is included in Tables 2 and 3 below.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Data Records Reported Under Paragraphs (<E T="01">a</E>) and (<E T="01">b</E>) of § 20.3
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org clearing member ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org cleared product ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proprietary/
<br/>customer
<br/>account indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures equivalent month and year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CM__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long swap position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short swap position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Put/call indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swaption expiration date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swaption strike price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-delta adjusted long swaption position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-delta adjusted short swaption position 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">429</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1286
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2281</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6843
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1290</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3871
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The bottom row of Table 1 indicates whether data elements for which any difference in one of the elements constitutes a reason for a new data record (NDR).</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Example of Data Records Required Under § 20.3(<E T="01">c</E>) for Cleared Swaption Products
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org cleared product ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures equivalent month and year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption expiration
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption strike price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put/call indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption daily settlement price
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7/29/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.78</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Example of Data Records Required Under § 20.3(<E T="01">c</E>) for Cleared Swap Products
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org cleared product ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures equivalent month and year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swap daily settlement price
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No. 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No. 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>First Record Layout Example for § 20.4:
</HD1>
<P>This first example shows the data records generated under § 20.4 by a single reporting firm for report date September 27, 2011. Each data record represents a unique part of a reportable position in heating oil and natural gas by the reporting entity and its counterparties. Paragraph (b) of § 20.4 outlines the data elements that determine unique positions.
</P>
<P>In this example, the reporting entity clears with one clearing organization and therefore the data records do not have to be delineated by clearing organization (there is a reportable position stemming from an uncleared transaction included as well). However, if the reporting entity in this example used multiple clearing organizations, then it would have to further subdivide its data submissions by each clearing organization.
</P>
<P>The reporting entity reports fifteen records; six principal positions and nine counterparty positions. The reported positions constitute separate data records because they vary by the following characteristics: swap counterparties; futures equivalent months/years; clearing organization cleared products; swaptions that were either cleared or uncleared; commodity reference prices; and whether the trade was entered into on or off execution facilities. An illustration of how these records would be reported is included in Table 4 below.
</P>
<P>For the calculation of notional values, assume for simplicity that the price of heating oil, for all contract months and for both reference prices, is $3/gal. Similarly, assume that the price of natural gas for all contract months is $4.25/MMBtu.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The bottom two rows in Table 4 indicate whether, for uncleared and cleared swaps and swaptions, data elements for which any difference in one of the elements constitutes a reason for a new data record (NDR).</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Example of Data Records Reported Under § 20.4(<E T="01">c</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commission reporting entity ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Principal/counterparty position indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">102S Swap counterparty ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Counterparty name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org
<br/>cleared
<br/>product ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures
<br/>equivalent month and year
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC__Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XYZ__Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WVU__Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MNO__Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDIP__07</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UNCL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRE__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UNCL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Uncleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Cleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cleared/uncleared indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org identifier
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Execution facility
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long swap position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short swap position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platts Oilgram Price Report for New York No. 2 (Barge)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platts Oilgram Price Report for New York No. 2 (Barge)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platts Oilgram Price Report for New York No. 2 (Barge)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">350
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">350
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX NY Harbor No.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NOEX
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Henry Hub</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NOEX
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Uncleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Cleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put/call
<br/>indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption
<br/>expiration date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption strike price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted short swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
<br/>adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta
<br/>adjusted short swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long swap or swaption
<br/>notional value
<br/>position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short swap or swaption
<br/>notional value
<br/>position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$25,200,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$18,900,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$44,100,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$44,100,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,600,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,600,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,500,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,250,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,312,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,187,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,250,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2/27/2012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,400,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2/27/2012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,037,500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/27/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,037,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Uncleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NDR Cleared</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Second Record Layout Example for § 20.4:
</HD1>
<P>In this second example, the data records generated by § 20.4(c) are displayed for a hypothetical swap, as detailed in Example 1 of appendix A. In contrast to the above example, this second example of a § 20.4(c) data record is simplistic in that it displays a situation where the position records arise from a single swap transaction, in one commodity, with a single counterparty.
</P>
<P>For the sake of this example, assume the swap dealer gained long exposure from the swap, and that the swap was cleared. The price of crude is assumed to be $100/bbl for all contract months on January 1 and $95/bbl for all contract months on January 2. An illustration of the data records generated for January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2011 as a result of this hypothetical swap can be found in Tables 5 and 6, respectively.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Example of Data Records Reported Under § 20.4(<E T="01">c</E>) for January 1, 2011 (Appx A, Example 1)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commission reporting entity ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Principal/counterparty position indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">102S swap counterparty ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Counterparty Name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org
<br/>cleared
<br/>product ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures equivalent month and year
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP__01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy__Firm____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/1/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug-11</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cleared/uncleared indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org identifier
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Execution facility
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long
<br/>swap position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short
<br/>swap position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put/call indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption expiration date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption strike price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted short swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long swap or swaption notional value position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short swap or swaption notional value position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,300,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,900,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,700,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,900,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,700,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6—Example of Data Records Reported Under § 20.4(<E T="01">c</E>) for January 2, 2011 (Appx A, Example 1)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commission reporting entity ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Principal/counterparty position indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">102S Swap counterparty ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Counterparty name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting day
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing org
<br/>cleared
<br/>product
<br/>ID
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Futures equivalent month and year
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PRIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jun-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jul-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SD__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COUNT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty____1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Energy Firm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2/2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CPID__03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug-11</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cleared/uncleared indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CFTC clearing org identifier
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity reference price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Execution facility
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long swap position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short swap position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CCO__ID__1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NYMEX Light Sweet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EX1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Put/call indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption expiration date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swaption strike price
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-delta adjusted short swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delta adjusted long swaption position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Long swap or swaption notional value position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Short swap or swaption notional value position
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,650,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,835,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,405,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,565,000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,650,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,835,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,405,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,785,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Data record 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,565,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 21—SPECIAL CALLS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 2a, 4, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6k, 6m, 6n, 7, 7a, 12a, 19 and 21.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 3210, Jan. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 21.00" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.00   Preparation and transmission of information upon special call.</HEAD>
<P>All information required upon special call shall be prepared in such form and manner and in accordance with such instructions, and shall be transmitted at such time and to such office of the Commission, as may be specified in the call.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.01" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.01   Special calls for information on controlled accounts from futures commission merchants, clearing members and introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>Upon call by the Commission, each futures commission merchant, clearing member and introducing broker shall file with the Commission the names and addresses of all persons who, by power of attorney or otherwise, exercise trading control over any customer's account in commodity futures or commodity options on any reporting market.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 12192, Mar. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.02" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.02   Special calls for information on open contracts in accounts carried or introduced by futures commission merchants, clearing members, members of reporting markets, introducing brokers, and foreign brokers.</HEAD>
<P>Upon special call by the Commission for information relating to futures or option positions held or introduced on the dates specified in the call, each futures commission merchant, clearing member, member of a reporting market, introducing broker, or foreign broker, and, in addition, for option information, each reporting market, shall furnish to the Commission the following information concerning accounts of traders owning or controlling such futures or option positions, except for accounts carried on a fully disclosed basis by another futures commission merchant or clearing member, as may be specified in the call:
</P>
<P>(a) The name, address, and telephone number of the person for whom each account is carried;
</P>
<P>(b) The principal business or occupation of the person for whom each account is introduced or carried, as specified in the call;
</P>
<P>(c) The type of each such account;
</P>
<P>(d) The name, address and principal business or occupation of any person who controls the trading of each account;
</P>
<P>(e) The name and address of any person having a financial interest of ten percent or more in each account;
</P>
<P>(f) The number of open futures or option positions introduced or carried in each account, as specified in the call;
</P>
<P>(g) The total number of futures contracts exchanged for commodities or for derivatives positions;
</P>
<P>(h) The total number of futures contracts against which delivery notices have been issued or received; and
</P>
<P>(i) As applicable, the following identifying information:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether a trader who holds commodity futures or option positions is classified as a commercial or as a noncommercial trader for each commodity futures or option contract;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the open commodity futures or option contracts are classified as speculative, spreading (straddling), or hedging; and
</P>
<P>(3) Whether any of the accounts in question are omnibus accounts and, if so, whether the originator of the omnibus account is another futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0017) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981, and 47 FR 57016, Dec. 22, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 35301, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 1339, Jan. 11, 1984; 51 FR 4720, Feb. 7, 1986; 71 FR 37821, July 3, 2006; 72 FR 50211, Aug. 31, 2007; 74 FR 12192, Mar. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.03" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.03   Selected special calls-duties of foreign brokers, domestic and foreign traders, futures commission merchants, clearing members, introducing brokers, and reporting markets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term “accounts of a futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker” means all open contracts and transactions in futures and options on the records of the futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker; the term “beneficial interest” means having or sharing in any rights, obligations or financial interest in any futures or options account; the term “customer” means any futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, foreign broker, or trader for whom a futures commission merchant, clearing member or reporting market that is a registered entity under section 1a(29) of the Act makes or causes to be made a futures or options contract. Paragraphs (e), (g) and (h) of this section shall not apply to any futures commission merchant, clearing member or customer whose books and records are open at all times to inspection in the United States by any representative of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for a futures commission merchant to open a futures or options account or to effect transactions in futures or options contracts for an existing account, or for an introducing broker to introduce such an account, for any customer for whom the futures commission merchant or introducing broker is required to provide the explanation provided for in § 15.05(c) of this chapter, or for a reporting market that is a registered entity under section 1a(40)(F) of the Act, to cause to open an account, or to cause transactions to be effected, in a contract traded in reliance on a Commission grandfather relief order issued pursuant to Section 723(c)(2)(B) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010)), for an existing account for any person that is a foreign clearing member or foreign trader, until the futures commission merchant, introducing broker, clearing member or reporting market has explained fully to the customer, in any manner that such person deems appropriate, the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon a determination by the Commission that information concerning accounts may be relevant information in enabling the Commission to determine whether the threat of a market manipulation, corner, squeeze, or other market disorder exists on any reporting market, the Commission may issue a call for information from a futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker or customer pursuant to the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event the call is issued to a foreign broker, foreign clearing member or foreign trader, its agent, designated pursuant to § 15.05 of this chapter, shall, if directed, promptly transmit calls made by the Commission pursuant to this section by electronic mail or a similarly expeditious means of communication.
</P>
<P>(e) The futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, or customer to whom the special call is issued must provide to the Commission the information specified below for the commodity, reporting market and delivery months or option expiration dates named in the call. Such information shall be filed at the place and within the time specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(1) For each account of a futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, or foreign broker, including those accounts in the name of the futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker, on the dates specified in the call issued pursuant to this section, such persons shall provide the Commission with the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the person in whose name the account is carried or introduced and, if the person is not an individual, the name of the individual to contact regarding the account;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total open futures and options contracts in the account;
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of futures contracts against which delivery notices have been issued or received and the number against which exchanges of futures for cash have been transacted during the period of time specified in the call;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the account is carried for and in the name of another futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, or foreign broker; and
</P>
<P>(v) For the accounts which are not carried for and in the name of another futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, or foreign broker, the name and address of any other person who controls the trading of the account, and the name and address of any person who has a ten percent or more beneficial interest in the account.
</P>
<P>(2) Each trader shall provide the Commission with the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The total open futures and options contracts owned or controlled on the dates specified in the call;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of any person having a ten percent or more beneficial interest in the open futures or options contracts reported pursuant to this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address of any other person who controls the trading of the open futures or options contracts reported pursuant to this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The cash commodity transaction and position information required to be maintained pursuant to § 18.05 of this chapter as specified in the call which relates to futures or options positions of the trader in the United States.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Commission has reason to believe that any person has not responded as required to a call made pursuant to this section, the Commission in writing may inform the reporting market specified in the call and that reporting market shall prohibit the execution of, and no futures commission merchant, clearing member, introducing broker, or foreign broker shall effect a transaction in connection with trades on the reporting market and in the months or expiration dates specified in the call for or on behalf of the futures commission merchant or customer named in the call, unless such trades offset existing open contracts of such futures commission merchant or customer.
</P>
<P>(g) Any person named in a special call that believes he or she is or may be adversely affected or aggrieved by action taken by the Commission under paragraph (f) of this section shall have the opportunity for a prompt hearing after the Commission acts. That person may immediately present in writing to the Commission for its consideration any comments or arguments concerning the Commission's action and may present for Commission consideration any documentary or other evidence that person deems appropriate. Upon request, the Commission may, in its discretion, determine that an oral hearing be conducted to permit the further presentation of information and views concerning any matters by any or all such persons. The oral hearing may be held before the Commission or any person designated by the Commission, which person shall cause all evidence to be reduced to writing and forthwith transmit the same and a recommended decision to the Commission. The Commission's directive under paragraph (f) of this section shall remain in effect unless and until modified or withdrawn by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) If, during the course of or after the Commission acts pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, the Commission determines that it is appropriate to undertake a proceeding pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act, the Commission shall issue a complaint in accordance with the requirements of section 6(c), and, upon further determination by the Commission that the conditions described in paragraph (c) of this section still exist, a hearing pursuant to section 6(c) of the Act shall commence no later than five business days after service of the complaint. In the event the person served with the complaint under section 6(c) of the Act has, prior to the commencement of the hearing under section 6(c) of the Act, sought a hearing pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section and the Commission has determined to accord him such a hearing, the two hearings shall be conducted simultaneously. Nothing in this section shall preclude the Commission from taking other appropriate action under the Act or the Commission's regulations thereunder, including action under section 6(c) of the Act, regardless of whether the conditions described in paragraph (c) of this section still exist, and no ruling issued in the course of a hearing pursuant to paragraph (g) or this paragraph shall constitute an estoppel against the Commission in any other action.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0009) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981, and 47 FR 45001, Oct. 13, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 35301, Aug. 3, 1983; 59 FR 5702, Feb. 8, 1994; 71 FR 37821, July 3, 2006; 74 FR 12192, Mar. 23, 2009; 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.04" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.04   Special calls for information on customer accounts or related cleared positions.</HEAD>
<P>Upon special call by the Commission, each futures commission merchant, clearing member or foreign broker shall provide information to the Commission concerning customer accounts or related positions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization in the format and manner and within the time provided by the Commission in the special call.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.05" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.05   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the special call authority set forth in §§ 21.01 and 21.02 to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time. The Director of the Division of Enforcement may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28769, June 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.06" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.20.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.06   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the special call authority set forth in § 21.04 to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk to be exercised by such Director or by such other employee or employees of such Director as designated from time to time by the Director. The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section to the Director.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 22—CLEARED SWAPS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 6d, 7a-1 as amended by Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 22.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swap.</I> This term refers to a transaction constituting a “cleared swap” within the meaning of section 1a(7) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) This term shall exclude any swap (along with money, securities, or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such a swap) that, pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or order, is (along with such money, securities, or other property) commingled with a commodity future or option (along with money, securities, or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such a future or option) that is segregated pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) This term shall include any trade or contract (along with money, securities or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such a trade or contract), that
</P>
<P>(i) Would be required to be segregated pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Would be subject to § 30.7 of this chapter, but which is, in either case, pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or order (or a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter), commingled with a swap (along with money, securities, or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such a swap) in an account segregated pursuant to section 4d(f) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer.</I> This term refers to any person entering into a Cleared Swap, but shall exclude:
</P>
<P>(1) Any owner or holder of a Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account with respect to the Cleared Swaps in such account; and
</P>
<P>(2) A clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization with respect to Cleared Swaps cleared on that derivatives clearing organization. A person shall be a Cleared Swaps Customer only with respect to its Cleared Swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer Account.</I> This term refers to any account for the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers and associated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures commission merchant maintains on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers (including, in the case of a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, the Cleared Swaps Customers of a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant) or
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization maintains for futures commission merchants on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</I> (1) This term means all money, securities, or other property received by a futures commission merchant or by a derivatives clearing organization from, for, or on behalf of a Cleared Swaps Customer, which money, securities, or other property:
</P>
<P>(i) Is intended to or does margin, guarantee, or secure a Cleared Swap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Constitutes, if a Cleared Swap is in the form or nature of an option, the settlement value of such option.
</P>
<P>(2) This term shall also include accruals, <I>i.e.,</I> all money, securities, or other property that a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization receives, directly or indirectly, which is incident to or results from a Cleared Swap that a futures commission merchant intermediates for a Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account.</I> (1) This term means an account for Cleared Swaps and associated collateral that is carried on the books and records of a futures commission merchant for persons with certain relationships with that futures commission merchant, specifically:
</P>
<P>(i) Where such account is carried for a person falling within one of the categories specified in paragraph (2) of this definition, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Where ten percent or more of such account is owned by a person falling within one of the categories specified in paragraph (2) of this definition, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Where an aggregate of ten percent or more of such account is owned by more than one person falling within one or more of the categories specified in paragraph (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(2) The relationships to the futures commission merchant referred to in paragraph (1) of this definition are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Such individual himself, or such partnership, corporation or association itself;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a partnership, a general partner in such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a limited partnership, a limited or special partner in such partnership whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the partnership business or any part thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) The handling, on behalf of such partnership, of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral;
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping, on behalf of such partnership, of records pertaining to
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral; or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a corporation or association, an officer, director, or owner of ten percent or more of the capital stock of such organization;
</P>
<P>(v) An employee of such individual, partnership, corporation or association whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the business of such individual, partnership, corporation or association or any part thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) The handling, on behalf of such individual, partnership, corporation, or association, of the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral;
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records, on behalf of such individual, partnership, corporation, or association, pertaining to the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral; or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such individual, partnership, corporation, or association;
</P>
<P>(vi) A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of any of the foregoing persons;
</P>
<P>(vii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, controls such individual, partnership, corporation, or association; or
</P>
<P>(viii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by or is under common control with, such individual, partnership, corporation or association. <I>Provided, however,</I> that an account owned by any shareholder or member of a cooperative association of producers, within the meaning of section 6a of the Act, which association is registered as a futures commission merchant and carries such account on its records, shall be deemed to be a Cleared Swaps Customer Account and not a Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account of such association, unless the shareholder or member is an officer, director, or manager of the association.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing Member.</I> This term means any person that has clearing privileges such that it can process, clear and settle trades through a derivatives clearing organization on behalf of itself or others. The derivatives clearing organization need not be organized as a membership organization.
</P>
<P><I>Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.</I> A futures commission merchant that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of another futures commission merchant and the Cleared Swaps Customers of the latter futures commission merchant, and as part of carrying such Cleared Swaps, collects Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.
</P>
<P><I>Commingle.</I> To commingle two or more items means to hold such items in the same account, or to combine such items in a transfer between accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Depositing Futures Commission Merchant.</I> A futures commission merchant that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of its Cleared Swaps Customers through another futures commission merchant and, as part of carrying such Cleared Swaps, deposits Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral with such futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P><I>Permitted Depository.</I> This term shall have the meaning set forth in § 22.4 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Segregate.</I> To segregate two or more items is to keep them in separate accounts, and to avoid combining them in the same transfer between two accounts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.2   Futures Commission Merchants: Treatment of Cleared Swaps and Associated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A futures commission merchant shall treat and deal with the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers and associated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as belonging to Cleared Swaps Customers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant must segregate all Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives, and must either hold such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral itself as set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or deposit such collateral into one or more Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts held at a Permitted Depository, as set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If a futures commission merchant holds Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral itself, then the futures commission merchant must:
</P>
<P>(i) Physically separate such collateral from its own property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly identify each physical location in which it holds such collateral as a “Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral” (the “FCM Physical Location”);
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that the FCM Physical Location provides appropriate protection for such collateral; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Record in its books and records the amount of such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral separately from its own funds.
</P>
<P>(3) If a futures commission merchant holds Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in a Permitted Depository, then:
</P>
<P>(i) The Permitted Depository must qualify pursuant to the requirements set forth in § 22.4 of this part, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant must maintain a Cleared Swaps Customer Account with each such Permitted Depository.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commingling.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant may commingle the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from, for, or on behalf of multiple Cleared Swaps Customers.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant shall not commingle Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral with either of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Funds belonging to the futures commission merchant, except as expressly permitted in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Other categories of funds belonging to Futures Customers (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines that term), or Foreign Futures or Foreign Options Customers (as § 30.1 of this chapter defines that term) of the futures commission merchant, including Futures Customer Funds (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term) or the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term), except as expressly permitted by Commission rule, regulation, or order, or by a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations on use.</I> (1) No futures commission merchant shall use, or permit the use of, the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of one Cleared Swaps Customer to purchase, margin, or settle the Cleared Swaps or any other trade or contract of, or to secure or extend the credit of, any person other than such Cleared Swaps Customer. Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral shall not be used to margin, guarantee, or secure trades or contracts of the entity constituting a Cleared Swaps Customer other than in Cleared Swaps, except to the extent permitted by a Commission rule, regulation or order.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant may not impose or permit the imposition of a lien on Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, including any residual financial interest of the futures commission merchant in such collateral, as described in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant may not include, as Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral,
</P>
<P>(i) Money invested in the securities, memberships, or obligations of any derivatives clearing organization, designated contract market, swap execution facility, or swap data repository, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Money, securities, or other property that any derivatives clearing organization holds and may use for a purpose other than those set forth in § 22.3 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Permitted investments.</I> A futures commission merchant may invest money, securities, or other property constituting Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in accordance with § 1.25 of this chapter, which shall apply to such money, securities, or other property as if they comprised customer funds or customer money subject to segregation pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act and the regulations thereunder; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the futures commission merchant shall bear sole responsibility for any losses resulting from the investment of customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25 of this chapter. No investment losses shall be borne or otherwise allocated to Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Permitted withdrawals.</I> Such share of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as in the normal course of business shall be necessary to margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust, or settle a Cleared Swaps Customer's Cleared Swaps with a derivatives clearing organization, or with a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, may be withdrawn and applied to such purposes, including the payment of commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, and other charges, lawfully accruing in connection with such Cleared Swaps.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deposits of own money, securities, or other property.</I> (i) In order to ensure that it is always in compliance with paragraph (f) of this section, a futures commission merchant may place in an FCM Physical Location or deposit in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account its own money, securities, or other property (<I>provided, that</I> such securities or other property are unencumbered and are of the types specified in § 1.25 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Money, securities, or other property deposited by a futures commission merchant pursuant to 22.13(b) and available to a derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant to meet the obligations of the futures commission merchant's Cleared Swaps Customers collectively, shall be maintained in an account separate from the Cleared Swaps Customer Account.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Residual financial interest.</I> (i) If, in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section, a futures commission merchant places in an FCM Physical Location or deposits in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account its own money, securities, or other property, then such money, securities, or other property (including accruals thereon) shall constitute Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant shall have a residual financial interest in any portion of such money, securities, or other property in excess of that necessary for compliance with paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) The futures commission merchant may withdraw money, securities, or other property from the FCM Physical Location or Cleared Swaps Customer Account, to the extent of its residual financial interest therein. At the time of such withdrawal, the futures commission merchant shall ensure that the withdrawal does not cause its residual financial interest to become less than zero.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Requirements as to amount.</I> (1) For purposes of this § 22.2(f), the term “account” shall reference the entries on the books and records of a futures commission merchant pertaining to the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of a particular Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant must reflect in the account that it maintains for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the net liquidating equity for each such Cleared Swaps Customer, calculated as follows: The market value of any Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from such customer, as adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(i) Any uses permitted under paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any accruals on permitted investments of such collateral under paragraph (e) of this section that, pursuant to the futures commission merchant's customer agreement with that customer, are creditable to such customer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any gains and losses with respect to Cleared Swaps;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any charges lawfully accruing to the Cleared Swaps Customer, including any commission, brokerage fee, interest, tax, or storage fee; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any appropriately authorized distribution or transfer of such collateral.
</P>
<P>(3) If the market value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the account of a Cleared Swaps Customer is positive after adjustments, then that account has a credit balance. If the market value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the account of a Cleared Swaps Customer is negative after adjustments, then that account has a debit balance.
</P>
<P>(4) The futures commission merchant must, at all times, maintain in segregation, in its FCM Physical Locations and/or its Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts at Permitted Depositories, an amount equal to the sum of any credit and debit balances that the Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchant have in their accounts. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a futures commission merchant must add back to the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation any Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts with debit balances in the amounts calculated in accordance with paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The futures commission merchant, in calculating the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of this section, must include any debit balance, as calculated pursuant to this paragraph (f)(5), that a Cleared Swaps Customer has in its account, to the extent that such debit balance is not secured by “readily marketable securities” that the particular Cleared Swaps Customer deposited with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of calculating the amount of a Cleared Swaps Customer Account's debit balance that the futures commission merchant is required to include in its calculation of its total segregation requirement pursuant to this paragraph (f)(5), the futures commission merchant shall calculate the net liquidating equity of each Cleared Swaps Customer Account in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section, except that the futures commission merchant shall exclude from the calculation any noncash collateral held in the Cleared Swaps Customer Account as margin collateral. The futures commission merchant may offset the debit balance computed under this paragraph (f)(5) to the extent of any “readily marketable securities,” subject to percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as specified in paragraph (f)(5)(iv) of this section, held for the particular Cleared Swaps Customer to secure its debit balance.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, “readily marketable” shall be defined as having a “ready market” as such latter term is defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(11) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)).
</P>
<P>(iii) In order for a debit balance to be deemed secured by “readily marketable securities,” the futures commission merchant must maintain a security interest in such securities, and must hold a written authorization to liquidate the securities at the discretion of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(iv) To determine the amount of such debit balance secured by “readily marketable securities,” the futures commission merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Determine the market value of such securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) Reduce such market value by applicable percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as set forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)). Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) The undermargined amount for a Cleared Swaps Customer Account is the amount, if any, by which:
</P>
<P>(A) The total amount of collateral required for that Cleared Swaps Customer's Cleared Swaps, at the time or times referred to in paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section, exceeds—
</P>
<P>(B) The value of the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral for that account, as calculated in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each futures commission merchant must compute, based on the information available to the futures commission merchant as of the close of each business day,
</P>
<P>(A) The undermargined amounts, based on the clearing initial margin that will be required to be maintained by that futures commission merchant for its Cleared Swaps Customers, at each derivatives clearing organization of which the futures commission merchant is a member, at the point of the daily settlement (as described in § 39.14 of this chapter) that will complete during the following business day for each such derivatives clearing organization less
</P>
<P>(B) Any debit balances referred to in paragraph (f)(4) of this section included in such undermargined amounts.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) Prior to the time of settlement referenced in paragraph (f)(6)(ii)(A) of this section such futures commission merchant must maintain residual interest in segregated funds that is equal to or exceeds the portion of the computation set forth in paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section attributable to the clearing initial margin required by the derivatives clearing organization making such settlement.
</P>
<P>(B) A futures commission merchant may reduce the amount of residual interest required in paragraph (f)(6)(iii)(A) of this section to account for payments received from or on behalf of undermargined Cleared Swaps Customers (less the sum of any disbursements made to or on behalf of such customers) between the close of the previous business day and the time of settlement.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section, a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant should include, as clearing initial margin, customer initial margin that the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant will be required to maintain, for that Depositing Futures Commission Merchant's Cleared Swaps Customers, at a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, and, for purposes of paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this section, must do so prior to the time it must settle with that Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Segregated account; Daily computation and record.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant must compute as of the close of each business day, on a currency-by-currency basis:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate market value of the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in all FCM Physical Locations and all Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts held at Permitted Depositories (the “Collateral Value”);
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum referenced in paragraph (f)(4) of this section (the “Collateral Requirement”); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the residual financial interest that the futures commission merchant holds in such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, which shall equal the difference between the Collateral Value and the Collateral Requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant is required to document its segregation computation required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section by preparing a Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under 4d(f) of the CEA contained in the Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of business each business day.
</P>
<P>(3) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization the daily Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under 4d(f) of the CEA required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section by noon the following business day.
</P>
<P>(4) Each futures commission merchant shall file the Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts Under 4d(f) of the CEA required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization a report listing the names of all banks, trust companies, futures commission merchants, derivatives clearing organizations, or any other depository or custodian holding Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as of the fifteenth day of the month, or the first business day thereafter, and the last business day of each month. This report must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and location of each entity holding Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total amount of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral held by each entity listed in paragraph (g)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The total amount of cash and investments that each entity listed in paragraph (g)(5) of this section holds for the futures commission merchant. The futures commission merchant must report the following investments:
</P>
<P>(A) Obligations of the United States and obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States (U.S. government securities);
</P>
<P>(B) General obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of a State (municipal securities);
</P>
<P>(C) General obligation issued by any enterprise sponsored by the United States (government sponsored enterprise securities);
</P>
<P>(D) Permitted foreign sovereign debt by country:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Canada;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) France;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Germany;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Japan;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) United Kingdom;
</P>
<P>(E) Interests in U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds; and
</P>
<P>(F) Interests in government money market funds.


</P>
<P>(6) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of customer owned securities held by the futures commission merchant as Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and must list the names and locations of the depositories holding customer owned securities.
</P>
<P>(7) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that has been used to purchase securities under agreements to resell the securities (reverse repurchase transactions).
</P>
<P>(8) Each futures commission merchant must report which, if any, of the depositories holding Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral under paragraph (g)(5) of this section are affiliated with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(9) Each futures commission merchant shall file the detailed list of depositories required by paragraph (g)(5) of this section by 11:59 p.m. the next business day in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(10) Each futures commission merchant shall retain its daily segregation computation and the Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts under section 4d(f) of the CEA required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the detailed listing of depositories required by paragraph (g)(5) of this section, together with all supporting documentation, in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) A futures commission merchant that carries Cleared Swaps Accounts for Cleared Swaps Customers as separate accounts for separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44 of this chapter shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Calculate the total amount of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section and the total amount of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral required to be on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section by including the separate accounts of the separate account customers as if the separate accounts were accounts of separate entities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Offset a net deficit in a particular Cleared Swaps Customer Account carried as a separate account of a separate account customer in accordance with paragraphs (f)(4) and (5) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section against the current market value of readily marketable securities held only for the particular separate account of such separate account customer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Document its segregation computation in the Statement of Cleared Swaps Customer Segregation Requirements and Funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts under 4d(f) of the CEA required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section by incorporating and reflecting the Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts carried as separate accounts of separate account customers as accounts of separate entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 68645, Nov. 14, 2013; 90 FR 7873, 7937, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.3   Derivatives clearing organizations: Treatment of cleared swaps customer collateral.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall treat and deal with the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral deposited by a futures commission merchant as belonging to the Cleared Swaps Customers of such futures commission merchant and not other persons, including, without limitation, the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</I> (1) The derivatives clearing organization must segregate all Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from futures commission merchants, and must either hold such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral itself as set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or deposit such collateral into one or more Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts held at a Permitted Depository, as set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If a derivatives clearing organization holds Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral itself, then the derivatives clearing organization must:
</P>
<P>(i) Physically separate such collateral from its own property, the property of any futures commission merchant, and the property of any other person that is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of a futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly identify each physical location in which it holds such collateral as “Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral” (the “DCO Physical Location”);
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that the DCO Physical Location provides appropriate protection for such collateral; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Record in its books and records the amount of such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral separately from its own funds, the funds of any futures commission merchant, and the funds of any other person that is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of a futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(3) If a derivatives clearing organization holds Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in a Permitted Depository, then:
</P>
<P>(i) The Permitted Depository must qualify pursuant to the requirements set forth in § 22.4 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization must maintain a Cleared Swaps Customer Account with each such Permitted Depository.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commingling.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization may commingle the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from multiple futures commission merchants on behalf of their Cleared Swaps Customers.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall not commingle the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from a futures commission merchant on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers with any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The money, securities, or other property belonging to the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) The money, securities, or other property belonging to any futures commission merchant; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Futures Customer Funds (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term) or the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term), except as expressly permitted by Commission rule, regulation, or order, (or by a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions; permitted investments.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing and § 22.15, a derivatives clearing organization may invest the money, securities, or other property constituting Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in accordance with § 1.25 of this chapter. A derivative clearing organization shall bear sole responsibility for any losses resulting from the investment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in instruments described in § 1.25 of this chapter. No investment losses shall be borne or otherwise allocated to a futures commission merchant.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012;  90 FR 7873, Jan. 22, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.4   Futures Commission Merchants and derivatives clearing organizations: Permitted Depositories.</HEAD>
<P>In order for a depository to be a Permitted Depository:
</P>
<P>(a) The depository must (subject to § 22.9) be one of the following types of entities:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) A trust company located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) A Collecting Futures Commission Merchant registered with the Commission (but only with respect to a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant providing Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral); or
</P>
<P>(4) A derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(b) The futures commission merchant or the derivatives clearing organization must hold a written acknowledgment letter from the depository as required by § 22.5 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.5   Futures commission merchants and derivatives clearing organizations: Written acknowledgement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before depositing Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, the futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall obtain and retain in its files a separate written acknowledgement letter from each depository in accordance with §§ 1.20 and 1.26 of this chapter, with all references to “Futures Customer Funds” modified to apply to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, and with all references to section 4d(a) or 4d(b) of the Act and the regulations thereunder modified to apply to section 4d(f) of the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall adhere to all requirements specified in §§ 1.20 and 1.26 of this chapter regarding retaining, permitting access to, filing, or amending the written acknowledgement letter, in all cases as if the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral comprised Futures Customer Funds subject to segregation pursuant to section 4d(a) or 4d(b) of the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, an acknowledgement letter need not be obtained from a derivatives clearing organization that has made effective, pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act and the regulations thereunder, rules that provide for the segregation of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.6   Futures commission merchants and derivatives clearing organizations: Naming of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts.</HEAD>
<P>The name of each Cleared Swaps Customer Account that a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization maintains with a Permitted Depository shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Clearly identify the account as a “Cleared Swaps Customer Account” and
</P>
<P>(b) Clearly indicate that the collateral therein is “Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral” subject to segregation in accordance with the Act and this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.7   Permitted depositories: Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</HEAD>
<P>A Permitted Depository shall treat all funds in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account as Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. A Permitted Depository shall not hold, dispose of, or use any such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as belonging to any person other than:
</P>
<P>(a) The Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchant maintaining such Cleared Swaps Customer Account or;
</P>
<P>(b) The Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchants for which the derivatives clearing organization maintains such Cleared Swaps Customer Account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.8   Situs of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts.</HEAD>
<P>The situs of each of the following shall be located in the United States:
</P>
<P>(a) Each FCM Physical Location or DCO Physical Location;
</P>
<P>(b) Each “account,” within the meaning of § 22.2(f)(1), that a futures commission merchant maintains for each Cleared Swaps Customer; and
</P>
<P>(c) Each Cleared Swaps Customer Account on the books and records of a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the Cleared Swaps Customers of a futures commission merchant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.9   Denomination of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and location of depositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, futures commission merchants and derivatives clearing organizations may hold Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the denominations, at the locations and depositories, and subject to the segregation requirements specified in § 1.49 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the requirements in § 1.49 of this chapter, a futures commission merchant's obligations to a Cleared Swaps Customer may be denominated in a currency in which funds have accrued to the Cleared Swaps Customer as a result of a Cleared Swap carried through such futures commission merchant, to the extent of such accruals.
</P>
<P>(c) Each depository referenced in paragraph (a) of this section shall be considered a Permitted Depository for purposes of this part. <I>Provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant shall only be considered a Permitted Depository to the extent that it is acting as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant (as § 22.1 of this part defines such term).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66334, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.10   Application of other regulatory provisions.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, and 1.30 of this chapter shall apply to the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in accordance with the terms therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.11   Information to be provided regarding Cleared Swaps Customers and their Cleared Swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Depositing Futures Commission Merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) The first time that the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant intermediates a Cleared Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer with a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, provide information sufficient to identify such Cleared Swaps Customer to the relevant Collection Futures Commission Merchant; and
</P>
<P>(2) At least once each business day thereafter, provide information to the relevant Collecting Futures Commission Merchant sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant intermediates for such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(b) If an entity serves as both a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant and a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:
</P>
<P>(1) The information that such entity must provide to its Collecting Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall also include information sufficient to identify each Cleared Swaps Customer of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity serves as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant; and
</P>
<P>(2) The information that such entity must provide to its Collecting Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall also include information sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that such entity intermediates as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, on behalf of its Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, for such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(c) Each futures commission merchant that intermediates a Cleared Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer, on or subject to the rules of a derivatives clearing organization, directly as a Clearing Member shall:
</P>
<P>(1) The first time that such futures commission merchant intermediates a Cleared Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer, provide information to the relevant derivatives clearing organization sufficient to identify such Cleared Swaps Customer; and
</P>
<P>(2) At least once each business day thereafter, provide information to the relevant derivatives clearing organization sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that such futures commission merchant intermediates for such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c) of this section is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:
</P>
<P>(1) The information that it must provide to the derivatives clearing organization pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall also include information sufficient to identify each Cleared Swaps Customer of any entity that acts as a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant in relation to the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant (including, without limitation, each Cleared Swaps Customer of any Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity also serves as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant); and
</P>
<P>(2) The information that it must provide to the derivatives clearing organization pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall also include information sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant intermediates, on behalf of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, for such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(e) Each derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Take appropriate steps to confirm that the information it receives pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section is accurate and complete, and
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the futures commission merchant is providing the derivatives clearing organization the information required by paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section on a timely basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.12   Information to be maintained regarding Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant receiving Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral from an entity serving as a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant shall, no less frequently than once each business day, calculate and record:
</P>
<P>(1) the amount of collateral required at such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant for each Cleared Swaps Customer of the entity acting as Depositing Futures Commission Merchant (including, without limitation, each Cleared Swaps Customer of any Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity also serves as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant); and
</P>
<P>(2) the sum of the individual collateral amounts referenced in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall calculate the collateral amounts referenced in paragraph (a) of this section with respect to the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant intermediates, on behalf of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, for each Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each derivatives clearing organization receiving Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral from a futures commission merchant shall, no less frequently than once each business day, calculate and record:
</P>
<P>(1) the amount of collateral required at such derivatives clearing organization for each Cleared Swaps Customer of the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(2) the sum of the individual collateral amounts referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c) of this section is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then the derivatives clearing organization shall also perform and record the results of the calculation required in paragraph (c) of this section for each Cleared Swaps Customer of an entity acting as a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant in relation to the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant (including, without limitation, any Cleared Swaps Customer for which such entity is also acting as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant).
</P>
<P>(e) Each futures commission merchant shall calculate the collateral amounts referenced in paragraph (c) of this section with respect to the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that the futures commission merchant intermediates (including, without limitation, as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant on behalf of a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant), for each Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraphs (c)(1) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The collateral requirement referenced in paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall be no less than that imposed by the relevant derivatives clearing organization with respect to the same portfolio of rights and obligations for each relevant Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.13   Additions to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) At the election of the derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, the collateral requirement referred to in § 22.12(a), (c), and (d) applicable to a particular Cleared Swaps Customer or group of Cleared Swaps Customers may be increased based on an evaluation of the credit risk posed by such Cleared Swaps Customer or group, in which case the derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall collect and record such higher amount as provided in § 22.12.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is intended to interfere with the right of a futures commission merchant to increase the collateral requirements at such futures commission merchant with respect to any of its Cleared Swaps Customers, Futures Customers (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines that term), or Foreign Futures or Foreign Options Customers (as § 30.1 of this chapter defines that term).
</P>
<P>(b) Any collateral deposited by a futures commission merchant (including a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant) pursuant to § 22.2(e)(3)(ii) of this part, which collateral is identified as such futures commission merchant's own property may be used by the derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, as applicable, to margin, guarantee or secure the Cleared Swaps of any or all of such Cleared Swaps Customers.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant may transmit to a derivatives clearing organization any collateral posted by a Cleared Swaps Customer in excess of the amount required by the derivatives clearing organization if:
</P>
<P>(1) the rules of the derivatives clearing organization expressly permit the futures commission merchant to transmit collateral in excess of the amount required by the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(2) the derivatives clearing organization provides a mechanism by which the futures commission merchant is able to, and maintains rules pursuant to which the futures commission merchant is required to, identify each Business Day, for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the amount of collateral posted in excess of the amount required by the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.14   Futures Commission Merchant failure to meet a Cleared Swaps Customer Margin Call in full.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Depositing Futures Commission Merchant which receives a call for either initial margin or variation margin with respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account from a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, which call such Depositing Futures Commission Merchant does not meet in full, shall, with respect to each Cleared Swaps Customer of such Depositing Futures Commission Merchant whose Cleared Swaps contribute to such margin call,
</P>
<P>(1) Transmit to the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant an amount equal to the lesser of
</P>
<P>(i) The amount called for; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The remaining Cleared Swaps Collateral on deposit at such Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for that Cleared Swaps Customer; and
</P>
<P>(2) Advise the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant of the identity of each such Cleared Swaps Customer, and the amount transmitted on behalf of each such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(b) If the entity acting as Depositing Futures Commission Merchant referenced in paragraph (a) of this section is also a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:
</P>
<P>(1) Such entity shall include in the transmission required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section any amount that it receives, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity acts as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such entity shall present its Collecting Futures Commission Merchant with the information that it receives, pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity acts as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant which receives a call for either initial or variation margin with respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account from a derivatives clearing organization, which call such futures commission merchant does not meet in full, shall, with respect to each Cleared Swaps Customer of such futures commission merchant whose Cleared Swaps contribute to such margin call:
</P>
<P>(1) Transmit to the derivatives clearing organization an amount equal to the lesser of
</P>
<P>(i) The amount called for; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The remaining Cleared Swaps Collateral on deposit at such futures commission merchant for each such Cleared Swaps Customer; and
</P>
<P>(2) Advise the derivatives clearing organization of the identity of each such Cleared Swaps Customer, and the amount transmitted on behalf of each such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<P>(d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c) is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:
</P>
<P>(1) Such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall include in the transmission required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section any amount that it receives from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such Collecting Futures Commission shall present the derivatives clearing organization with the information that it receives from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If,
</P>
<P>(1) On the business day prior to the business day on which the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant fails to meet a margin call with respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant referenced in paragraph (a) of this section held, with respect to such account, Cleared Swaps Collateral of a value no less than the amount specified in § 22.12(a)(2) of this part, after the application of haircuts specified by policies applied by such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant in its relationship with the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, and
</P>
<P>(2) As of the close of business on the business day on which the margin call is not met, the market value of the Cleared Swaps Collateral held by the derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant is, due to changes in such market value, less than the amount specified in § 22.12(a)(2) of this part, then the amount of such collateral attributable to each Cleared Swaps Customer pursuant to § 22.12(a)(1) of this part shall be reduced by the percentage difference between the amount specified in § 22.12(a)(2) of this part and such market value.
</P>
<P>(f) If:
</P>
<P>(1) On the business day prior to the business day on which the futures commission merchant fails to meet a margin call with respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, the derivatives clearing organization referenced in paragraph (c) of this section held, with respect to such account, Cleared Swaps Collateral of a value no less than the amount specified in § 22.12(c)(2) of this part, after the application of haircuts specified by the rules and procedures of such derivatives clearing organization, and
</P>
<P>(2) As of the close of business on the business day on which the margin call is not met, the market value of the Cleared Swaps Collateral held by the derivatives clearing organization is, due to changes in such market value, less than the amount specified in § 22.12(c)(2) of this part, then the amount of collateral attributable to each Cleared Swaps Customer pursuant to § 22.12(c)(1) of this part shall be reduced by the percentage difference between the amount specified in § 22.12(c)(2) and such market value.
</P>
<P>(g) A derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant is entitled to reasonably rely upon any information provided by a defaulting futures commission merchant under § 22.14. If the defaulting futures commission merchant does not provide such information on the date of the futures commission merchant's default, a derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant may rely on the information previously provided to it by the defaulting futures commission merchant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.15   Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral on an individual basis.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 22.3(d), each derivatives clearing organization and each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant receiving Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral from a futures commission merchant shall treat the value of collateral required with respect to the portfolio of rights and obligations arising out of the Cleared Swaps intermediated for each Cleared Swaps Customer, and collected from the futures commission merchant, as belonging to such Cleared Swaps Customer, and such amount shall not be used to margin, guarantee, or secure the Cleared Swaps or other obligations of the futures commission merchant, or of any other Cleared Swaps Customer, Futures Customer (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines that term), or Foreign Futures or Foreign Options Customer (as § 30.1 of this chapter defines that term). Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit, in any way, the right of a derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant to liquidate any or all positions in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account in the event of a default of a clearing member or Depositing Futures Commission Merchant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66335, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.16   Disclosures to Cleared Swaps Customers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A futures commission merchant shall disclose, to each of its Cleared Swaps Customers, the governing provisions, as described in paragraph (c) of this section, relating to use of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, transfer, neutralization of the risks, or liquidation of Cleared Swaps in the event of a default by the futures commission merchant relating to the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as well as any change in such governing provisions.
</P>
<P>(b) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (a) of this section is a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, then such futures commission merchant shall disclose, to each of its Cleared Swaps Customers, the governing provisions, as described in paragraph (c) of this section, relating to use of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, transfer, neutralization of the risks, or liquidation of Cleared Swaps in the event of a default by:
</P>
<P>(1) Such futures commission merchant or
</P>
<P>(2) Any relevant Collecting Futures Commission Merchant relating to the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as well as any change in such governing provisions.
</P>
<P>(c) The governing provisions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are the rules of each derivatives clearing organization, or the provisions of the customer agreement between the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant and the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, on or through which the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant will intermediate Cleared Swaps for such Cleared Swaps Customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 6371, Feb. 7, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.21.0.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.17   Policies and procedures governing disbursements of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral from Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provision in section 4d(f)(2) of the Act that prohibits the commingling of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral with the funds of a futures commission merchant, shall not be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from having a residual financial interest in the funds segregated as required by the Act and the regulations in this part and set apart for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers; nor shall such provisions be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from adding to such segregated funds such amount or amounts of money, from its own funds or unencumbered securities from its own inventory, of the type set forth in § 1.25 of this chapter, as it may deem necessary to ensure any and all Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts are not undersegregated at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) A futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, except withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers, from a Cleared Swaps Customer Account unless the futures commission merchant has prepared the daily segregation calculation required by § 22.2 as of the close of business on the previous business day. A futures commission merchant that has completed its daily segregation calculation may make withdrawals, in addition to withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers, to the extent of its actual residual financial interest in funds held in segregated accounts, including the withdrawal of securities held in segregated safekeeping accounts held by a bank, trust company, derivatives clearing organization or other futures commission merchant. Such withdrawal(s) shall not result in the funds of one Cleared Swaps Customer being used to purchase, margin or carry the trades, contracts or swaps positions, or extend the credit of any other Cleared Swaps Customer or other person.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, in a single transaction or a series of transactions, that are not made to or for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers from Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts if such withdrawal(s) would exceed 25 percent of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in such accounts as reported on the daily segregation calculation required by § 22.2 and computed as of the close of business on the previous business day, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant's chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that is listed as a principal of the futures commission merchant on its Form 7-R and is knowledgeable about the futures commission merchant's financial requirements and financial position pre-approves in writing the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals;
</P>
<P>(2) The futures commission merchant files written notice of the withdrawal or series of withdrawals, with the Commission and with its designated self-regulatory organization immediately after the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official pre-approves the withdrawal or series of withdrawals. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that pre-approved the withdrawal, and give notice that the futures commission merchant has withdrawn or intends to withdraw more than 25 percent of its residual interest in such accounts holding Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts funds;
</P>
<P>(ii) Include a description of the reasons for the withdrawal or series of withdrawals;
</P>
<P>(iii) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and the name of each recipient;
</P>
<P>(iv) Include the current estimate of the amount of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in the swaps customer funds after the withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(v) Contain a representation by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that pre-approved the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals, that, after due diligence, to such person's knowledge and reasonable belief, the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the segregation requirements after the withdrawal. The chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official must consider the daily segregation calculation as of the close of business on the previous business day and any other factors that may cause a material change in the futures commission's residual interest since the close of business the previous business day, including known unsecured customer debits or deficits, current day market activity and any other withdrawals made from the Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any such written notice filed with the Commission must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instruction issued by or approved by the Commission. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. Any written notice filed must be followed up with direct communication to the Regional office of Commission which has supervisory authority over the futures commission merchant whereby the Commission acknowledges receipt of the notice; and
</P>
<P>(3) After making a withdrawal requiring the approval and notice required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, and before the next daily segregated funds calculation, no futures commission merchant may make any further withdrawals from accounts holding Cleared Swaps Customer Account funds, except to or for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers, without complying with paragraph (c)(1) of this section and filing a written notice with the Commission under paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and its designated self-regulatory organization signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and each recipient's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the reason for each withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Confirm that the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official (and identify of the person if different from the person who signed the notice) pre-approved the withdrawal in writing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclose the current estimate of the futures commission merchant's remaining total residual interest in the segregated accounts holding Cleared Swaps Customer Account funds after the withdrawal; and
</P>
<P>(v) Include a representation that to the best of the notice signatory's knowledge and reasonable belief the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the segregation requirements after the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(d) If a futures commission merchant withdraws funds that are not for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers from Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts, and the withdrawal causes the futures commission merchant to not hold sufficient funds in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts to meet its targeted residual interest, as required to be computed under § 1.11 of this chapter, the futures commission merchant must deposit its own funds into the Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts to restore the targeted amount of residual interest on the next business day, or, if appropriate, revise the futures commission merchant's targeted amount of residual interest pursuant to the policies and procedures required by § 1.11 of this chapter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the futures commission merchant's residual interest in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts is less than the amount required to be maintained by § 22.2 at any particular point in time, the futures commission merchant must immediately restore the residual interest to exceed the sum of such amounts. Any proprietary funds deposited in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts must be unencumbered and otherwise compliant with § 1.25 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, a futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds that are not for the benefit of Cleared Swaps Customers from a Cleared Swaps Customer Account unless the futures commission merchant follows its policies and procedures required by § 1.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68647, Nov. 14, 2013]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 23—SWAP DEALERS AND MAJOR SWAP PARTICIPANTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6b, 6b-1, 6c, 6p, 6r, 6s, 6t, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a, 18, 19, 21.
</PSPACE><P>Section 23.160 also issued under 7 U.S.C. 2(i); Sec. 721(b), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1641 (2010).
</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 2628, Jan. 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.1-23.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.1-23.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.21   Registration of swap dealers and major swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who comes within the definition of the term “swap dealer” in section 1a(49) of the Act, as such term may be further defined by the Commission, is subject to the registration provisions under the Act and to part 3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who comes within the definition of the term “major swap participant” in section 1a(33) of the Act, as such term may be further defined by the Commission, is subject to the registration provisions under the Act and to part 3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Each affiliate of an insured depository institution described in section 716(c) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203 section 716(c), 124 Stat. 1376 (2010)) is required to be registered as a swap dealer if the affiliate is a swap dealer or as a major swap participant if the affiliate is a major swap participant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.22   Prohibition against statutory disqualification in the case of an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, the term “person” means an “associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant” as defined in section 1a(4) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, but does not include an individual employed in a clerical or ministerial capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fitness.</I> No swap dealer or major swap participant may permit a person who is subject to a statutory disqualification under section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act to effect or be involved in effecting swaps on behalf of the swap dealer or major swap participant, if the swap dealer or major swap participant knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, of the statutory disqualification; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the prohibition set forth in this paragraph (b) shall not apply to any person listed as a principal or registered as an associated person of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant, or any person registered as a floor broker or floor trader, notwithstanding that the person is subject to a disqualification from registration under section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dual and multiple associations.</I> (1) A person who is already associated as an associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant may become associated as an associated person of another swap dealer or major swap participant if the other swap dealer or major swap participant meets the requirements set forth in § 3.60(b)(2)(i)(A) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant associated with such associated person shall supervise that associated person, and each swap dealer and major swap participant is jointly and severally responsible for the conduct of the associated person with respect to the:
</P>
<P>(i) Solicitation or acceptance of customer orders,
</P>
<P>(ii) Solicitation of funds, securities or property for a participation in a commodity pool,
</P>
<P>(iii) Solicitation of a client's or prospective client's discretionary account,
</P>
<P>(iv) Solicitation or acceptance of leverage customers' orders for leverage transactions,
</P>
<P>(v) Solicitation or acceptance of swaps, and
</P>
<P>(vi) Associated person's supervision of any person or persons engaged in any of the foregoing solicitations or acceptances, with respect to any customers common to it and any other swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 2628, Jan. 19, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 20792, Apr. 8, 2013; 78 FR 64175, Oct. 28, 2013; 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.23   Cross-border application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Solely for purposes of this section the terms listed in this paragraph (a) have the meanings set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (24) of this section. A person may rely on a written representation from its counterparty that the counterparty does or does not satisfy the criteria for one or more of the definitions listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (24) of this section, unless such person knows or has reason to know that the representation is not accurate; for the purposes of this rule a person would have reason to know the representation is not accurate if a reasonable person should know, under all of the facts of which the person is aware, that it is not accurate.
</P>
<P>(1) An <I>affiliate of,</I> or a <I>person affiliated with a specific person,</I> means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Control</I> including the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Foreign branch</I> means any office of a U.S. bank that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is located outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operates for valid business reasons;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintains accounts independently of the home office and of the accounts of other foreign branches, with the profit or loss accrued at each branch determined as a separate item for each foreign branch; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Is engaged in the business of banking and is subject to substantive regulation in banking or financing in the jurisdiction where it is located.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign-based swap</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A swap by a non-U.S. swap entity, except for a swap booked in a U.S. branch; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap conducted through a foreign branch.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Foreign counterparty</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A non-U.S. person, except with respect to a swap booked in a U.S. branch of that non-U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign branch where it enters into a swap in a manner that satisfies the definition of a swap conducted through a foreign branch.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Group A requirements</I> mean the requirements set forth in § 3.3 of this chapter, §§ 23.201, 23.203, 23.600, 23.601, 23.602, 23.603, 23.605, 23.606, 23.607, 23.609 and, to the extent it duplicates § 23.201, § 45.2(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Group B requirements</I> mean the requirements set forth in §§ 23.202 and 23.501 through 23.504.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Group C requirements</I> mean the requirements set forth in §§ 23.400 through 23.451 and 23.700 through 23.704.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Guarantee</I> means an arrangement pursuant to which one party to a swap has rights of recourse against a guarantor, with respect to its counterparty's obligations under the swap. For these purposes, a party to a swap has rights of recourse against a guarantor if the party has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right to receive or otherwise collect, in whole or in part, payments from the guarantor with respect to its counterparty's obligations under the swap. In addition, in the case of any arrangement pursuant to which the guarantor has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right to receive or otherwise collect, in whole or in part, payments from any other guarantor with respect to the counterparty's obligations under the swap, such arrangement will be deemed a guarantee of the counterparty's obligations under the swap by the other guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until December 31, 2027, a person may continue to classify counterparties based on:
</P>
<P>(i) Representations that were made pursuant to the “guarantee” definition in § 23.160(a)(2) prior to the effective date of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Representations made pursuant to the interpretation of the term “guarantee” in the Interpretive Guidance and Policy Statement Regarding Compliance With Certain Swap Regulations, 78 FR 45292 (Jul. 26, 2013), prior to the effective date of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Non-U.S. person</I> means any person that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Non-U.S. swap entity</I> means a swap entity that is not a U.S. swap entity.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Parent entity</I> means any entity in a consolidated group that has one or more subsidiaries in which the entity has a controlling interest, as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Significant risk subsidiary</I> means any non-U.S. significant subsidiary of an ultimate U.S. parent entity where the ultimate U.S. parent entity has more than $50 billion in global consolidated assets, as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP at the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, but excluding non-U.S. subsidiaries that are:
</P>
<P>(i) Subject to consolidated supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a subsidiary of a U.S. bank holding company or an intermediate holding company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to capital standards and oversight by the subsidiary's home country supervisor that are consistent with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's “International Regulatory Framework for Banks” and subject to margin requirements for uncleared swaps in a jurisdiction that the Commission has found comparable pursuant to a published comparability determination with respect to uncleared swap margin requirements.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The three year rolling average of the subsidiary's equity capital is equal to or greater than five percent of the three year rolling average of the ultimate U.S. parent entity's consolidated equity capital, as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(ii) The three year rolling average of the subsidiary's total revenue is equal to or greater than ten percent of the three year rolling average of the ultimate U.S. parent entity's total consolidated revenue, as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The three year rolling average of the subsidiary's total assets is equal to or greater than ten percent of the three year rolling average of the ultimate U.S. parent entity's total consolidated assets, as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Subsidiary</I> means an affiliate of a person controlled by such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Swap booked in a U.S. branch</I> means a swap entered into by a U.S. branch where the swap is reflected in the local accounts of the U.S. branch.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Swap conducted through a foreign branch</I> means a swap entered into by a foreign branch where:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign branch or another foreign branch is the office through which the U.S. person makes and receives payments and deliveries under the swap pursuant to a master netting or similar trading agreement, and the documentation of the swap specifies that the office for the U.S. person is such foreign branch;
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap is entered into by such foreign branch in its normal course of business; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap is reflected in the local accounts of the foreign branch.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Swap entity</I> means a person that is registered with the Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to the Act.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Ultimate U.S. parent entity</I> means the U.S. parent entity that is not a subsidiary of any other U.S. parent entity.
</P>
<P>(20) <I>United States and U.S.</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(21) <I>U.S. branch</I> means a branch or agency of a non-U.S. banking organization where such branch or agency:
</P>
<P>(i) Is located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintains accounts independently of the home office and other U.S. branches, with the profit or loss accrued at each branch determined as a separate item for each U.S. branch; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Engages in the business of banking and is subject to substantive banking regulation in the state or district where located.
</P>
<P>(22) <I>U.S. GAAP</I> means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(23) <I>U.S. person:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(23)(iii) of this section, U.S. person means any person that is:
</P>
<P>(A) A natural person resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) A partnership, corporation, trust, investment vehicle, or other legal person organized, incorporated, or established under the laws of the United States or having its principal place of business in the United States;
</P>
<P>(C) An account (whether discretionary or non-discretionary) of a U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(D) An estate of a decedent who was a resident of the United States at the time of death.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, principal place of business means the location from which the officers, partners, or managers of the legal person primarily direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the legal person. With respect to an externally managed investment vehicle, this location is the office from which the manager of the vehicle primarily directs, controls, and coordinates the investment activities of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term U.S. person does not include the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, and their agencies and pension plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section, until December 31, 2027, a person may continue to classify counterparties as U.S. persons based on:
</P>
<P>(A) Representations made pursuant to the “U.S. person” definition in § 23.160(a)(10) prior to the effective date of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) Representations made pursuant to the interpretation of the term “U.S. person” in the Interpretive Guidance and Policy Statement Regarding Compliance With Certain Swap Regulations, 78 FR 45292 (Jul. 26, 2013), prior to the effective date of this section.
</P>
<P>(24) <I>U.S. swap entity</I> means a swap entity that is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cross-border application of swap dealer de minimis registration threshold calculation.</I> For purposes of determining whether an entity engages in more than a de minimis quantity of swap dealing activity under paragraph (4)(i) of the swap dealer definition in § 1.3 of this chapter, a person shall include the following swaps (subject to paragraph (d) of this section and paragraph (6) of the swap dealer definition in § 1.3 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) If such person is a U.S. person or a significant risk subsidiary, all swaps connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages.
</P>
<P>(2) If such person is a non-U.S. person (other than a significant risk subsidiary), all of the following swaps connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages:
</P>
<P>(i) Swaps with a counterparty that is a U.S. person, other than swaps conducted through a foreign branch of a registered swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Swaps where the obligations of such person under the swaps are subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(iii) Swaps with a counterparty that is a non-U.S. person where the counterparty's obligations under the swaps are subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person, except when:
</P>
<P>(A) The counterparty is registered as a swap dealer; or
</P>
<P>(B) The counterparty's swaps are subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person that is a non-financial entity; or
</P>
<P>(C) The counterparty is itself below the swap dealer de minimis threshold under paragraph (4)(i) of the swap dealer definition in § 1.3, and is affiliated with a registered swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cross-border application of major swap participant tests.</I> For purposes of determining a person's status as a major swap participant, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, a person shall include the following swap positions (subject to paragraph (d) of this section and the major swap participant definition in § 1.3 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) If such person is a U.S. person or a significant risk subsidiary, all swap positions that are entered into by the person.
</P>
<P>(2) If such person is a non-U.S. person (other than a significant risk subsidiary), all of the following swap positions of such person:
</P>
<P>(i) Swap positions where the counterparty is a U.S. person, other than swaps conducted through a foreign branch of a registered swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Swap positions where the obligations of such person under the swaps are subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(iii) Swap positions with a counterparty that is a non-U.S. person where the counterparty's obligations under the swaps are subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person, except when the counterparty is registered as a swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception from counting for certain exchange-traded and cleared swaps.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of § 23.23, for purposes of determining whether a non-U.S. person (other than a significant risk subsidiary or a non-U.S. person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person) engages in more than a de minimis quantity of swap dealing activity under paragraph (4)(i) of the swap dealer definition in § 1.3 of this chapter or for determining the non-U.S. person's status as a major swap participant as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, such non-U.S. person does not need to count any swaps or swap positions, as applicable, that are entered into by such non-U.S. person on a designated contract market, a registered swap execution facility or a swap execution facility exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act, or a registered foreign board of trade, and cleared through a registered derivatives clearing organization or a clearing organization that has been exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act, where the non-U.S. person does not know the identity of the counterparty to the swap prior to execution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions from certain swap requirements for certain foreign swaps.</I> (1) With respect to its foreign-based swaps, each non-U.S. swap entity and foreign branch of a U.S. swap entity shall be excepted from:
</P>
<P>(i) The group B requirements (other than § 23.202(a) introductory text and (a)(1)) and the group C requirements with respect to any swap—
</P>
<P>(A) Entered into on a designated contract market, a registered swap execution facility or a swap execution facility exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act, or a registered foreign board of trade;
</P>
<P>(B) Cleared through a registered derivatives clearing organization or a clearing organization that has been exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(C) Where the swap entity does not know the identity of the counterparty to the swap prior to execution; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The group C requirements with respect to any swap with a foreign counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) A non-U.S. swap entity shall be excepted from the group C requirements with respect to any swap booked in a U.S. branch with a foreign counterparty that is neither a foreign branch nor a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to its foreign-based swaps, each non-U.S. swap entity that is neither a significant risk subsidiary nor a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person shall be excepted from the group B requirements with respect to any swap with a foreign counterparty (other than a foreign branch) that is neither—
</P>
<P>(i) A significant risk subsidiary that is a swap entity nor
</P>
<P>(ii) A person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to its foreign-based swaps, each foreign branch of a U.S. swap entity shall be excepted from the group B requirements with respect to any swap with a foreign counterparty (other than a foreign branch) that is neither a swap entity nor a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) A group B requirement is not eligible for the exception if the requirement, as applicable to the swap, is eligible for substituted compliance pursuant to a comparability determination issued by the Commission prior to the execution of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In any calendar quarter, the aggregate gross notional amount of swaps conducted by a swap entity in reliance on this exception does not exceed five percent (5%) of the aggregate gross notional amount of all its swaps.
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to its foreign-based swaps, each non-U.S. swap entity that is a significant risk subsidiary (an “SRS SE”) or a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person (a “Guaranteed SE”) shall be excepted from the group B requirements with respect to any swap with a foreign counterparty (other than a foreign branch) that is neither a swap entity nor a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) A group B requirement is not eligible for the exception if the requirement, as applicable to the swap, is eligible for substituted compliance pursuant to a comparability determination issued by the Commission prior to the execution of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In any calendar quarter, the aggregate gross notional amount of swaps conducted by an SRS SE or a Guaranteed SE in reliance on this exception aggregated with the gross notional amount of swaps conducted by all affiliated SRS SEs and Guaranteed SEs in reliance on this exception does not exceed five percent (5%) of the aggregate gross notional amount of all swaps entered into by the SRS SE or Guaranteed SE and all affiliated swap entities.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Substituted Compliance.</I> (1) A non-U.S. swap entity may satisfy any applicable group A requirement by complying with the applicable standards of a foreign jurisdiction to the extent permitted by, and subject to any conditions specified in, a comparability determination issued by the Commission under paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to its foreign-based swaps, a non-U.S. swap entity or foreign branch of a U.S. swap entity may satisfy any applicable group B requirement for a swap with a foreign counterparty by complying with the applicable standards of a foreign jurisdiction to the extent permitted by, and subject to any conditions specified in, a comparability determination issued by the Commission under paragraph (g) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) A non-U.S. swap entity may satisfy any applicable group B requirement for any swap booked in a U.S. branch with a foreign counterparty that is neither a foreign branch nor a person whose performance under the swap is subject to a guarantee by a U.S. person by complying with the applicable standards of a foreign jurisdiction to the extent permitted by, and subject to any conditions specified in, a comparability determination issued by the Commission under paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Comparability determinations.</I> (1) The Commission may issue comparability determinations under this section on its own initiative.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligibility requirements.</I> The following persons may, either individually or collectively, request a comparability determination with respect to some or all of the group A requirements and group B requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) A swap entity that is eligible, in whole or in part, for substituted compliance under this section or a trade association or other similar group on behalf of its members who are such swap entities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign regulatory authority that has direct supervisory authority over one or more swap entities subject to the group A requirements and/or group B requirements and that is responsible for administering the relevant foreign jurisdiction's swap standards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission requirements.</I> Persons requesting a comparability determination pursuant to this section shall electronically provide the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the objectives of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards and the products and entities subject to such standards;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of how the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards address, at minimum, the elements or goals of the Commission's corresponding requirements or group of requirements. Such description should identify the specific legal and regulatory provisions that correspond to each element or goal and, if necessary, whether the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards do not address a particular element or goal;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the differences between the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards and the Commission's corresponding requirements, and an explanation regarding how such differing approaches achieve comparable outcomes;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the ability of the relevant foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards. Such description should discuss the powers of the foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise, investigate, and discipline entities for compliance with the standards and the ongoing efforts of the regulatory authority or authorities to detect and deter violations of, and ensure compliance with, the standards;
</P>
<P>(v) Copies of the foreign jurisdiction's relevant standards (including an English translation of any foreign language document); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any other information and documentation that the Commission deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Standard of review.</I> The Commission may issue a comparability determination pursuant to this section to the extent that it determines that some or all of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards are comparable to the Commission's corresponding requirements or group of requirements, or would result in comparable outcomes as the Commission's corresponding requirements or group of requirements, after taking into account such factors as the Commission determines are appropriate, which may include:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope and objectives of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards achieve comparable outcomes to the Commission's corresponding requirements;
</P>
<P>(iii) The ability of the relevant regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's standards; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the relevant regulatory authority or authorities has entered into a memorandum of understanding or other arrangement with the Commission addressing information sharing, oversight, examination, and supervision of swap entities relying on such comparability determination.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reliance.</I> Any swap entity that, in accordance with a comparability determination issued under this section, complies with a foreign jurisdiction's standards, would be deemed to be in compliance with the Commission's corresponding requirements. Accordingly, if a swap entity has failed to comply with the foreign jurisdiction's standards or a comparability determination, the Commission may initiate an action for a violation of the Commission's corresponding requirements. All swap entities, regardless of whether they rely on a comparability determination, remain subject to the Commission's examination and enforcement authority.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Discretion and Conditions.</I> The Commission may issue or decline to issue comparability determinations under this section in its sole discretion. In issuing such a comparability determination, the Commission may impose any terms and conditions it deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Modifications.</I> The Commission reserves the right to further condition, modify, suspend, terminate, or otherwise restrict a comparability determination issued under this section in the Commission's discretion.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to request information and/or documentation in connection with the Commission's issuance of a comparability determination under this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Records, scope of application, effective and compliance dates</I>—(1) <I>Records.</I> Swap dealers and major swap participants shall create a record of their compliance with this section and shall retain records in accordance with § 23.203.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Scope of Application.</I> The requirements of this section shall not apply to swaps executed prior to September 14, 2021.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective date and compliance date.</I> (i) This section shall be effective on November 13, 2020.


</P>
<P>(ii) Provided that swap dealers and major swap participants comply with the recordkeeping requirements in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the exceptions in paragraph (e) of this section are effective upon the effective date of the rule.
</P>
<P>(iii) Swap dealers and major swap participants must comply with the requirements of this section no later than September 14, 2021.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 56997, Sept. 14, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 69499, Nov. 3, 2020; 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.24-23.40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.24-23.40   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Capital and Margin Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.100   Definitions applicable to capital requirements.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of §§ 23.101 through 23.106 of subpart E, the following terms are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Actual daily net trading profit and loss.</I> This term is used in assessing the performance of a swap dealer's VaR measure and refers to changes in the swap dealer's portfolio value that would have occurred were end-of-day positions to remain unchanged (therefore, excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading).
</P>
<P><I>Advanced approaches Board-regulated institution.</I> The term shall have the meaning ascribed to it in 12 CFR part 217.
</P>
<P><I>BHC equivalent risk-weighted assets.</I> This term means the risk-weighted assets of a swap dealer that elects to meet the capital requirements in § 23.101(a)(1)(i) calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If the swap dealer is not approved to use internal models to calculate credit risk exposure under § 23.102, it shall calculate its credit risk-weighted assets using the bank holding company regulations in subpart D of 12 CFR part 217, as if the swap dealer itself were a bank holding company, with the swap dealer permitted to calculate its exposure amount for OTC derivative contracts using either the current exposure method or the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk, without regard to the status of any affiliate of the swap dealer as an advanced approaches Board-regulated institution;
</P>
<P>(2) If the swap dealer is approved to use internal models to calculate credit risk exposure under § 23.102, it shall calculate its credit risk-weighted assets using the bank holding company regulations in subpart E of 12 CFR part 217, as if the swap dealer itself were a bank holding company, with the swap dealer permitted to calculate its exposure amount for OTC derivative contracts using either the internal models methodology or the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk, without regard to the status of any affiliate of the swap dealer as an advanced approaches Board-regulated institution;
</P>
<P>(3) If the swap dealer is not approved to use internal models to calculate market risk exposure under § 23.102, it shall compute a market risk capital charge for the positions that the swap dealer holds in its proprietary accounts using the applicable standardized market risk charges set forth in § 240.18a-1 of this title and § 1.17 of this chapter for such positions, and multiplying that amount by a factor of 12.5;
</P>
<P>(4) If the swap dealer is approved to use internal models to calculate market risk exposure under § 23.102, it shall calculate its market risk-weighted assets using subpart F of 12 CFR part 217; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the swap dealer may elect to apply either the provisions of such sections that are applicable to advanced approaches Board-regulated institutions or those that are applicable to Board-regulated institutions that are not advanced approaches Board-regulated institutions.
</P>
<P><I>Call Report.</I> This term means the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Form 031 that a swap dealer or major swap participant for which there is a prudential regulator is required to file with its applicable prudential regulator.


</P>
<P><I>Credit risk.</I> This term refers to the risk that the counterparty to an uncleared swap transaction could default before the final settlement of the transaction's cash flows.
</P>
<P><I>Credit risk exposure requirement.</I> This term refers to the amount that the swap dealer (other than a swap dealer subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 23.101(a)(1)(i)) is required to compute under § 23.102 if approved to use internal credit risk models, or to compute under § 23.103 if not approved to use internal credit risk models.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forwards</I> are those foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forwards that were exempted from the definition of a swap by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Market risk exposure.</I> This term means the risk of loss in a position or portfolio of positions resulting from movements in market prices and other factors. Market risk exposure is the sum of:
</P>
<P>(1) General market risks including changes in the market value of a particular assets that result from broad market movements, such as a changes in market interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and commodity prices;
</P>
<P>(2) Specific risk, which includes risks that affect the market value of a specific instrument, such as the credit risk of the issuer of the particular instrument, but do not materially alter broad market conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Incremental risk, which means the risk of loss on a position that could result from the failure of an obligor to make timely payments of principal and interest; and
</P>
<P>(4) Comprehensive risk, which is the measure of all material price risks of one or more portfolios of correlation trading positions.
</P>
<P><I>Market risk exposure requirement.</I> This term refers to the amount that the swap dealer (other than a swap dealer subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 23.101(a)(1)(i)) is required to compute under § 23.102 if approved to use internal market risk models, or § 23.103 if not approved to use internal market risk models.
</P>
<P><I>OTC derivative contract.</I> This term shall have the meaning ascribed to it in 12 CFR part 217.
</P>
<P><I>Predominantly engaged in non-financial activities.</I> A swap dealer is predominantly engaged in non-financial activities if:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap dealer's consolidated annual gross financial revenues, or if the swap dealer is a wholly owned subsidiary, then the swap dealer's consolidated parent's annual gross financial revenues, in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years represents less than 15 percent of the swap dealer's or the swap dealer's consolidated parent's consolidated gross revenue in that fiscal year (“15% revenue test”), and
</P>
<P>(2) The consolidated total financial assets of the swap dealer, or if the swap dealer is wholly owned subsidiary, then the consolidated total financial assets of the swap dealer's parent, at the end of its two most recently completed fiscal years represents less than 15 percent of the swap dealer's or the swap dealer's consolidated parent's consolidated total assets as of the end of the fiscal year (“15% asset test”).
</P>
<P>(3) For purpose of computing the 15% revenue test or the 15% asset test, a swap dealer's activities or swap dealer's parent's activities shall be deemed financial activities if such activities are defined as financial activities under 12 CFR 242.3 and appendix A to 12 CFR part 242, including lending, investing for others, safeguarding money or securities for others, providing financial or investment advisory services, underwriting or making markets in securities, providing securities brokerage services, and engaging as principal in investing and trading activities; <I>provided, however,</I> a swap dealer or a swap dealer's consolidated parent may exclude from its financial activities accounts receivable resulting from non-financial activities.












</P>
<P><I>Prudential regulator.</I> This term has the same meaning as set forth in section 1a(39) of the Act, and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Administration, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P><I>Regulatory capital.</I> This term shall mean:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the capital requirement under § 23.101(a)(1)(i), the amount of common equity tier 1 capital, additional tier 1 capital, and tier 2 capital maintained by a covered SD, computed in accordance with § 23.101(a)(1)(i);
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to the capital requirement under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii), the amount of tentative net capital and net capital maintained by a covered SD, computed in accordance with § 23.101(a)(1)(ii);
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to the capital requirement under § 23.101(a)(2)(i), the amount of tangible net worth as defined in this section and maintained by a covered SD; and
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to the capital requirement under 23.101(b), the amount of tangible net worth as defined in this section and maintained by a major swap participant.
</P>
<P><I>Regulatory capital requirement.</I> This term refers to each of the capital requirements that § 23.101 applies to a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P><I>Tangible net worth.</I> This term means the net worth of a swap dealer or major swap participant as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board if the swap dealer or major swap participant is permitted under § 23.105(b) to prepare and maintain books and records in accordance with such standards, but in either case, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. In determining net worth, all long and short positions in swaps, security-based swaps and related positions must be marked to their market value. A swap dealer or major swap participant must include in its computation of tangible net worth all liabilities or obligations of a subsidiary or affiliate that the swap dealer or major swap participant guarantees, endorses, or assumes either directly or indirectly.








</P>
<P><I>Uncleared swap margin.</I> This term means the amount of initial margin, computed in accordance with § 23.154, that a swap dealer would be required to collect from each counterparty for each outstanding swap position of the swap dealer. A swap dealer must include all swap positions in the calculation of the uncleared swap margin amount, including swaps that are exempt or excluded from the scope of the Commission's margin regulations for uncleared swaps pursuant to § 23.150, exempt foreign exchange swaps or foreign exchange forwards, or netting set of swaps or foreign exchange swaps, for each counterparty, as if that counterparty was an unaffiliated swap dealer. Furthermore, in computing the uncleared swap margin amount, a swap dealer may not exclude the <I>initial margin threshold amount</I> or <I>minimum transfer amount</I> as such terms are defined in § 23.151.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57547, Sept. 15, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 45585, May 23, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.101" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.101   Minimum financial requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(5) of this section, each swap dealer must elect to be subject to the minimum capital requirements set forth in either paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A swap dealer that elects to meet the capital requirements in this paragraph (a)(1)(i) must at all times maintain regulatory capital that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(A) $20 million of common equity tier 1 capital, as defined under the bank holding company regulations in 12 CFR 217.20, as if the swap dealer itself were a bank holding company subject to 12 CFR part 217;
</P>
<P>(B) An aggregate of common equity tier 1 capital, additional tier 1 capital, and tier 2 capital, all as defined under the bank holding company regulations in 12 CFR 217.20, equal to or greater than eight percent of the swap dealer's BHC equivalent risk-weighted assets; <I>provided, however,</I> that the swap dealer must maintain a minimum of common equity tier 1 capital equal to six point five percent of its BHC equivalent risk-weighted assets; <I>provided further,</I> that any capital that is subordinated debt under 12 CFR 217.20 and that is included in the swap dealer's capital for purposes of this paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) must qualify as subordinated debt under § 240.18a-1d of this title in accordance with a qualification determination of the Commission or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member;


</P>
<P>(C) An aggregate of common equity tier 1 capital, additional tier 1 capital, and tier 2 capital, all as defined under the bank holding company regulations in 12 CFR 217.20, equal to or greater than eight percent of the amount of uncleared swap margin, as that term is defined in § 23.100 of this part, for each uncleared swap position open on the books of the swap dealer, computed on a counterparty by counterparty basis pursuant to § 23.154 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of capital required by a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A swap dealer that elects to meet the capital requirements in this paragraph (a)(1)(ii) must at all times maintain net capital, as defined and computed in accordance with § 240.18a-1 of this title as if the swap dealer were a security-based swap dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and subject to § 240.18a-1 of this title, that equals or exceeds the greater of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) $20 million; <I>provided however,</I> that if the swap dealer is approved under § 23.102 of this part to use internal models to compute market risk capital charges or credit risk capital charges it must maintain tentative net capital, as defined and computed in accordance with § 240.18a-1 of this title as if the swap dealer were a security-based swap dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and subject to § 240.18a-1 of this title, of not less than $100 million and net capital of $20 million;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Two percent of the uncleared swap margin, as defined in § 23.100 of this part; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The amount of capital required by a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member.










</P>
<P>(B) A swap dealer that uses internal models to compute market risk for its proprietary positions under § 240.18a-1(d) of this title must calculate the total market risk as the sum of the VaR measure, stressed VaR measure, specific risk measure, comprehensive risk measure, and incremental risk measure of the portfolio of proprietary positions in accordance with § 23.102 and appendix A to subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(C) A swap dealer may recognize as a current asset, receivables from third-party custodians that maintain the swap dealer's initial margin deposits associated with uncleared swap and security-based swap transactions pursuant to the margin rules of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, a prudential regulator, as defined in section 1a(39) of the Act, or a foreign jurisdiction that has received a margin Comparability Determination under § 23.160; and
</P>
<P>(D) The qualification of any subordinated debt used to meet any capital requirements shall be as determined by the Commission or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member.




</P>
<P>(2)(i) A swap dealer that is “predominantly engaged in non-financial activities” as defined in § 23.100 of this part may elect to meet the minimum capital requirements in this paragraph (a)(2) in lieu of the capital requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap dealer that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and elects to meet the requirements of this paragraph (a)(2) must maintain tangible net worth, as defined in § 23.100 of this part, equal to or in excess of the greatest of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) $20 million plus the amount of the swap dealer's market risk exposure requirement (as defined in § 23.100 of this part) and its credit risk exposure requirement (as defined in § 23.100 of this part) associated with the swap dealer's swap and related hedge positions that are part of the swap dealer's swap dealing activities. The swap dealer shall compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement for its swap positions in accordance with § 23.102 of this part if the swap dealer has obtained approval to use internal capital models. The swap dealer shall compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement in accordance with the standardized approach of paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) of § 23.103 of this part if it has not been approved to use internal capital models;
</P>
<P>(B) Eight percent of the amount of uncleared swap margin, as that term is defined in § 23.100 of this part, for each uncleared swap positions open on the books of the swap dealer, computed on a counterparty by counterparty basis pursuant to § 23.154 of this part; or
</P>
<P>(C) The amount of capital required by a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member.
</P>
<P>(3) A swap dealer that is subject to minimum capital requirements established by the rules or regulations of a prudential regulator pursuant to section 4s(e) of the Act is not subject to the regulatory capital requirements set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A swap dealer that is a futures commission merchant is subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 1.17 of this title, and is not subject to the regulatory capital requirements set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) A swap dealer that is organized and domiciled outside of the United States, including a swap dealer that is an affiliate of a person organized and domiciled in the United States, may satisfy its requirements for capital adequacy under paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this section by substituted compliance with the capital adequacy requirement of its home country jurisdiction. In order to qualify for substituted compliance, a swap dealer's home country jurisdiction must receive from the Commission a Capital Comparability Determination under § 23.106 of this part. A swap dealer that is a registered futures commission merchant may not apply for a Capital Comparability Determination and must comply with the minimum capital requirements set forth in § 1.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) A swap dealer that elects to meet the capital requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(2) of this section may not subsequently change its election without the prior written approval of the Commission. A swap dealer that wishes to change its election must submit a written request to the Commission and must provide any additional information and documentation requested by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Every major swap participant for which there is not a prudential regulator must at all time have and maintain positive tangible net worth.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, each major swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must meet the minimum capital requirements established by a registered futures association of which the major swap participant is a member.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, a major swap participant that is a futures commission merchant is subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 1.17 of this chapter, and is not subject to the regulatory capital requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A major swap participant that is organized and domiciled outside of the United States, including a major swap participant that is an affiliate of a person organized and domiciled in the United States, may satisfy its requirements for capital adequacy under paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section by substituted compliance with the capital adequacy requirement of its home country jurisdiction. In order to qualify for substituted compliance, a major swap participant's home country jurisdiction must receive from the Commission a Capital Comparability Determination under § 23.106 of this part. A major swap participant that is a registered futures commission merchant may not apply for a Capital Comparability Determination and must comply with the minimum capital requirements set forth in § 1.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Before any applicant may be registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant, the applicant must demonstrate to the satisfaction of a registered futures association of which it is a member, or applying for membership, one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) That the applicant complies with the applicable regulatory capital requirements in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (b)(1), or (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) That the applicant is a futures commission merchant that complies with § 1.17 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) That the applicant is subject to minimum capital requirements established by the rules or regulations of a prudential regulator under paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) That the applicant is organized and domiciled in a non-U.S. jurisdiction and is regulated in a jurisdiction for which the Commission has issued a Capital Comparability Determination under § 23.106 of this part, and the non-U.S. person has obtained confirmation from the Commission that it may rely upon the Commission's Comparability Determination under § 23.106 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant subject to the minimum capital requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be in compliance with such requirements at all times, and must be able to demonstrate such compliance to the satisfaction of the Commission and to the registered futures association of which the swap dealer or major swap participant is a member.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57548, Sept. 15, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 45586, May 23, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.102" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.102   Calculation of market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement using internal models.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap dealer may apply to the Commission or to a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member to obtain approval to use internal models under terms and conditions required by the Commission or the registered futures association and by these regulations, when calculating the swap dealer's market risk exposure and credit risk exposure under §§ 23.101(a)(1)(i)(B), 23.101(a)(1)(ii)(A), or 23.101(a)(2)(ii)(A); <I>Provided however,</I> that the Commission must issue a determination that the registered futures association's model requirements and review process are comparable to the Commission's requirements and review process in order for the registered futures association's model approval to be accepted as an alternative means of compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The swap dealer's application to use internal models to compute market risk exposure and credit risk exposure must be in writing and must be filed with the Commission and with a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member. The swap dealer must file the application in accordance with instructions established by the Commission and the registered futures association.
</P>
<P>(c) A swap dealer's application must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a swap dealer subject to the minimum capital requirements in § 23.101(a)(1)(i) applying to use internal models to compute market risk exposure, the information required under subpart F of 12 CFR part 217, as if the swap dealer were itself a bank holding company subject to 12 CFR part 217.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a swap dealer subject to the minimum capital requirements in § 23.101(a)(1)(i) applying to use internal models to compute credit risk exposure, the information required under subpart E of 12 CFR part 217 in order to calculate credit risk-weighted assets in accordance with sections 217.131 through 217.155 of that subpart, as if the swap dealer were itself a bank holding company subject to 12 CFR part 217.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a swap dealer subject to the minimum capital requirements in § 23.101(a)(ii) or § 23.101(a)(2), the information set forth in Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 23.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission, or registered futures association upon obtaining the Commission's determination that its requirements and model approval process are comparable to the Commission's requirements and process, may approve or deny the application, or approve or deny an amendment to the application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission or registered futures association may require, if the Commission or registered futures association finds the approval to be appropriate in the public interest, after determining, among other things, whether the applicant has met the requirements of this section. A swap dealer that has received Commission or registered futures association approval to compute market risk exposure requirements and credit risk exposure requirements pursuant to internal models must compute such charges in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.










</P>
<P>(e) A swap dealer must cease using internal models to compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement, upon the occurrence of any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap dealer has materially changed a mathematical model described in the application or materially changed its internal risk management control system without first submitting amendments identifying such changes and obtaining the approval of the Commission or the registered futures association for such changes;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission or the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member determines that the internal models are no longer sufficient for purposes of the capital calculations of the swap dealer as a result of changes in the operations of the swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(3) The swap dealer fails to come into compliance with its requirements under this section, after having received from the Director of the Commission's Market Participants Division, or from the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, written notification that the swap dealer is not in compliance with its requirements, and must come into compliance by a date specified in the notice; or
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission by written order finds that permitting the swap dealer to continue to use the internal models is no longer appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, a swap dealer may use internal market risk or credit risk models upon the submission to the Commission and the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member a certification, signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or other appropriate official with knowledge of the swap dealer's capital requirements and the capital models, that such models are in substantial compliance with Commission's model requirements and have been approved for use in computing capital by the swap dealer, or an affiliate of the swap dealer, by the Securities and Exchange Commission, a prudential regulator (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter), a foreign regulatory authority in a jurisdiction that the Commission has found to be eligible for substituted compliance under § 23.106, or a foreign regulatory authority whose capital adequacy requirements are consistent with the capital requirements issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. A swap dealer also must file an application containing the information required under paragraph (c) of this section with the Commission with its certification. A swap dealer may use such models pending the subsequent approval or denial of the swap dealer's capital model application by the Commission or the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer shall revise the certification required under paragraph (f)(1) of this section to address any material changes or revisions to the models, or to reflect any regulatory restrictions placed on the models since the certification was submitted.
</P>
<P>(3) A swap dealer shall cease using capital models subject to the certification under paragraph (f)(1) of this section if the regulatory authority that previously approved the models for use by the swap dealer, or by the swap dealer's affiliate, has withdrawn its approval and the Commission or a registered futures association has not approved the models.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57550, Sept. 15, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 45586, May 23, 2024; 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.103" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.103   Calculation of market risk exposure requirement and credit risk requirement when models are not approved.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Non-model approach.</I> A swap dealer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Computes its regulatory capital requirements under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii) or (a)(2), and


</P>
<P>(2) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) has not received approval from the Commission or from a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member to compute its market risk exposure requirement and/or credit risk exposure requirement pursuant to internal models under § 23.102, or
</P>
<P>(B) has had its approval to compute its market risk exposure requirement and/or credit risk exposure requirement pursuant to internal models under § 23.102 revoked by the Commission or registered futures association must compute its market risk exposure requirement and/or credit risk exposure requirement pursuant to paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market risk exposure requirements.</I> (1) A swap dealer that computes its regulatory capital under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii) or (a)(2) shall compute a market risk capital charge for the positions that the swap dealer holds in its proprietary accounts using the applicable standardized market risk charges set forth in § 240.18a-1 of this title and § 1.17 of this chapter for such positions.
</P>
<P>(2) In computing its net capital under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii), a swap dealer shall deduct from its tentative net capital the sum of the market risk capital charges computed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In computing its minimum capital requirement under § 23.101(a)(2), a swap dealer must add the amount of the market risk capital charge computed under this section to the $20 million minimum capital requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Credit risk charges.</I> 

(1) A swap dealer that computes regulatory capital under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii) or (a)(2) shall compute counterparty credit risk charges using the applicable standardized credit risk charges set forth in § 240.18a-1 of this title and § 1.17 of this chapter for such positions.


</P>
<P>(2) In computing its net capital under § 23.101(a)(1)(ii), a swap dealer shall reduce its tentative net capital by the sum of the counterparty credit risk charges computed under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In computing its minimum capital requirement under § 23.101(a)(2), a swap dealer must add the amount of the credit risk charge computed under this section to the $20 million minimum capital requirement.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57551, Sept. 15, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 45586, May 23, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.104" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.104   Equity Withdrawal Restrictions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Equity withdrawal restrictions.</I> The capital of a swap dealer, including the capital of any affiliate or subsidiary whose liabilities or obligations are guaranteed, endorsed, or assumed by the swap dealer may not be withdrawn by action of the swap dealer or its equity holders, or by redemption of shares of stock by the swap dealer or by such affiliates or subsidiaries, or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to an equity holder or employee if, after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances, or loans which are scheduled to occur within six months following such withdrawal, advance or loan, the swap dealer's regulatory capital is less than 120 percent of the minimum regulatory capital required under § 23.101 of this part. The equity withdrawal restrictions, however, do not preclude a swap dealer from making required tax payments or from paying reasonable compensation to equity holders. The Commission may, upon application by the swap dealer, grant relief from this paragraph (a) if the Commission deems such relief to be in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Temporary equity withdrawal restrictions by Commission order.</I> (1) The Commission may by order restrict, for a period of up to twenty business days, any withdrawal by a swap dealer of capital or any unsecured loan or advance to a stockholder, partner, member, employee or affiliate under such terms and conditions as the Commission deems appropriate in the public interest if the Commission, based on the information available, concludes that such withdrawal, loan or advance may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the swap dealer, or may unduly jeopardize the swap dealer's ability to meet its financial obligations to counterparties or to pay other liabilities which may cause a significant impact on the markets or expose the counterparties and creditors of the swap dealer to loss.
</P>
<P>(2) An order temporarily prohibiting the withdrawal of capital shall be rescinded if the Commission determines that the restriction on capital withdrawal should not remain in effect. A hearing on an order temporarily prohibiting withdrawal of capital will be held within two business days from the date of the request in writing by the swap dealer.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57551, Sept. 15, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.105" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.105   Financial recordkeeping, reporting and notification requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section, a swap dealer or major swap participant must comply with the applicable requirements set forth in paragraphs (b) through (p) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements in paragraphs (b) through (o) of this section do not apply to any swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital requirements of a prudential regulator.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements in paragraph (p) of this section do not apply to any swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital requirements of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Current books and records.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant shall prepare and keep current ledgers or other similar records which show or summarize, with appropriate references to supporting documents, each transaction affecting its asset, liability, income, expense, and capital accounts, and in which all its asset, liability, and capital accounts are classified in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and as otherwise may be necessary for the capital calculations required under § 23.101 of this part: <I>Provided, however,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant that is not otherwise required to prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, may prepare and keep records required by this section in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Such records must be maintained in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notices.</I> (1) A swap dealer or major swap participant who knows or should have known that its regulatory capital at any time is less than the minimum required by § 23.101 of this part, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide immediate written notice to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member that the swap dealer's or major swap participant's regulatory capital is less than that required by § 23.101 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide together with such notice, documentation in such form as necessary to adequately reflect the swap dealer's or major swap participant's regulatory capital condition as of any date such person's regulatory capital is less than the minimum required. The swap dealer or major swap participant must provide similar documentation for other days as the Commission or registered futures association may request.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer or major swap participant who knows or should have known that its regulatory capital at any time is less than 120 percent of its minimum regulatory capital requirement as determined under § 23.101, or less than the amounts identified in § 1.12(b) of this chapter for a swap dealer or major swap participant that is also a futures commission merchant, must provide written notice to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member to that effect within 24 hours of such event.




</P>
<P>(3) If a swap dealer or major swap participant at any time fails to make or to keep current the books and records required by these regulations, such swap dealer or major swap participant must, on the same day such event occurs, provide written notice to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member of such fact, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current, and within 48 hours after giving such notice file a written report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(4) A swap dealer or major swap participant must provide written notice within two business days to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member of a substantial reduction in capital as compared to that last reported in a financial report filed with the Commission pursuant to this section. The notice shall be provided if the swap dealer or major swap participant experiences a 30 percent or more decrease in the amount of capital that the swap dealer or major swap participant holds in excess of its regulatory capital requirement as computed under § 23.101.


</P>
<P>(5) A swap dealer or major swap participant must provide written notice to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member two business days prior to the withdrawal of capital by action of the equity holders of the swap dealer or major swap participant where the withdrawal exceeds 30 percent of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's excess regulatory capital as computed under § 23.101 of this part.
</P>
<P>(6) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a security-based swap dealer or as a major security-based swap participant and files a notice with the Securities and Exchange Commission under 17 CFR 240.18a-8 or 17 CFR 240.17a-11, as applicable, must file a copy of such notice with the Commission and with the registered futures association of which it is a member at the time the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant files the notice with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(7) A swap dealer or major swap participant must submit a written notice to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member within 24 hours of the occurrence of any of the following events:
</P>
<P>(i) A single counterparty, or group of counterparties that are under common ownership or control, fails to post initial margin or pay variation margin to the swap dealer or major swap participant for swap positions in compliance with § 23.152 and § 23.153 of this part and security-based swap positions in compliance with 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(1)(ii) and 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(2)(ii), and such initial margin and variation margin, in the aggregate, is equal to or greater than 25 percent of the swap dealer's minimum capital requirement or 25 percent of the major swap participant's tangible net worth;
</P>
<P>(ii) Counterparties fail to post initial margin or pay variation margin to the swap dealer or major swap participant for swap positions in compliance with § 23.152 and § 23.153 of this part and security-based swap positions in compliance with 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(1)(ii) and 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(2)(ii) in an amount that, in the aggregate, exceeds 50 percent of the swap dealer's minimum capital requirement or 50 percent of the major swap participant's tangible net worth;
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap dealer or major swap participant fails to post initial margin or pay variation margin to a single counterparty or group of counterparties under common ownership and control for swap positions in compliance with § 23.152 and § 23.153 of this part and security-based swap positions in compliance with 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(1)(ii) and 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(2)(ii), and such initial margin and variation margin, in the aggregate, exceeds 25 percent of the swap dealer's minimum capital requirement or 25 percent of the major swap participant's tangible net worth; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A swap dealer or major swap participant fails to post initial margin or pay variation margin to counterparties for swap positions in compliance with § 23.152 and § 23.153 of this part and security-based swap positions in compliance with 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(1)(ii) and 17 CFR 240.18a-3(c)(2)(ii) in an amount that, in the aggregate, exceeds 50 percent of the swap dealer's s minimum capital requirement or 50 percent of the major swap participants tangible net worth.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unaudited financial reports.</I> (1) A swap dealer or major swap participant shall file with the Commission and with a registered futures association of which it is a member monthly financial reports meeting the requirements in paragraph (d)(2) of this section as of the close of business each month; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant who is subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 23.101(a)(2) or (b), respectively, may file quarterly financial reports meeting the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section as of the close of business each quarter end. Such financial reports must be filed no later than 17 business days after the date for which the report is made.
</P>
<P>(2) The financial reports required by this section must be prepared in the English language and be denominated in United States dollars. The financial reports shall include a statement of financial condition, a statement of income/loss, a statement of changes in liabilities subordinated to the claims of general creditors, a statement of changes in ownership equity, a statement demonstrating compliance with and calculation of the applicable regulatory capital requirement under § 23.101, and such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading. The monthly or quarterly report and schedules must be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as established in the United States<I>; provided, however,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant that is not otherwise required to prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, may prepare the monthly or quarterly report and schedules required by this section in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
</P>
<P>(3) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer, security-based swap dealer, or a major security-based swap participant and files a monthly Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part II with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 240.18a-7 or 240.17a-5 of this title, as applicable, must file such Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part II with the Commission and with the registered futures association in lieu of the financial reports required under paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. The swap dealer or major swap participant must file the form with the Commission and registered futures association when it files the Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part II with the Securities and Exchange Commission; <I>provided, however,</I> that the swap dealer or major swap participant must file the Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part II with the Commission and registered futures association no later than 17 business days after the end of each month.
</P>
<P>(4) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is also registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant must file a Form 1-FR-FCM or such other form as the futures commission merchant is permitted to file under § 1.10 of this chapter, in lieu of the monthly financial reports required under paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual audited financial report.</I> (1) A swap dealer or major swap participant shall file with the Commission and with a registered futures association of which it is a member an annual financial report as of the close of its fiscal year, certified in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section, and including the information specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section no later than 60 days after the close of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's fiscal year-end: <I>Provided, however,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant who is subject to the minimum capital requirements of § 23.101(a)(2) or (b), respectively, of this part may file an annual financial report no later than 90 days after the close of the swap dealer's and major swap participant's fiscal year-end.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual financial report shall be audited and reported upon with an opinion expressed by an independent certified public accountant or independent licensed accountant that is in good standing in the accountant's home jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) The annual financial reports shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as established in the United States, be prepared in the English language, and denominated in United States dollars: <I>Provided, however,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant that does not otherwise prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, may prepare the annual financial report required by this section in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
</P>
<P>(4) The annual financial report must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in ownership equity for the period between the date of the most recent certified statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and registered futures association and the date for which the report is made, and changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors;
</P>
<P>(iii) Appropriate footnote disclosures;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement demonstrating the swap dealer's or major swap participant's compliance with and calculation of the applicable regulatory capital requirement under § 23.101 of this part;
</P>
<P>(v) A reconciliation of any material differences from the unaudited financial report prepared as of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's year-end date under paragraph (d) of this section and the swap dealer's or major swap participant's annual financial report prepared under this paragraph (e) or, if no material differences exist, a statement so indicating; and




</P>
<P>(vi) Such further material information as may be necessary to make the required statements not misleading.
</P>
<P>(5) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer, security-based swap dealer, or a major security-based swap participant and files an annual financial report with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to 17 CFR 240.18a-7 or 17 CFR 240.17a-5, as applicable, may file such annual financial report with the Commission and the registered futures association in lieu of the annual financial report required under this paragraph (e). The swap dealer or major swap participant must file its annual financial report with the Commission and the registered futures association at the same time that it files the annual financial report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided that the annual financial report is filed with the Commission and registered futures association no later than 60 days from the swap dealer's or major swap participant's fiscal year-end date.
</P>
<P>(6) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is also registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant must file an audited Form 1-FR-FCM or such other form as the futures commission merchant is permitted to file under § 1.10 of this chapter, and must comply with the requirements of § 1.16 of this chapter, including filing a supplemental accountant's report on material inadequacies concurrently with the audited annual report, in lieu of the annual financial report required under this paragraph (e).






</P>
<P>(f) <I>Oath or affirmation.</I> Attached to each unaudited and audited financial report must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained in the financial report is true and correct. The individual making such oath or affirmation must be: If the swap dealer or major swap participant is a sole proprietorship, the proprietor; if a partnership, any general partner; if a corporation, the duly authorized officer; and, if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Change of fiscal year-end.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant may not change the date of its fiscal year-end from that used in its most recent annual financial report filed under paragraph (e) of this section unless the swap dealer or major swap participant has requested and received written approval for the change from a registered futures association of which it is a member.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Additional information requirements.</I> From time to time the Commission or a registered futures association, may, by written notice, require any swap dealer or major swap participant to file financial or operational information on a daily basis or at such other times as may be specified by the Commission or registered futures association. Such information must be furnished in accordance with the requirements included in the written Commission or registered futures association notice.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Public disclosure and nonpublic treatment of reports.</I> (1) A swap dealer or major swap participant must no less than six months after the date of the most recent annual audited financial report make publicly available on its website the following unaudited information:
</P>
<P>(i) The statement of financial condition including applicable footnotes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amounts of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's regulatory capital and minimum regulatory capital requirement, computed in accordance with § 23.101.


</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer or major swap participant must no less than annually make publicly available on its website the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The statement of financial condition from the swap dealer or major swap participant's audited annual financial report including applicable footnotes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amounts of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's regulatory capital as of the fiscal year-end and its minimum regulatory capital requirement, computed in accordance with § 23.101.


</P>
<P>(3) Financial information required to be made publicly available pursuant to paragraph (i)(2) of this section must be posted within 10 business days after the firm is required to file with the Commission the reports required under paragraph (e)(1).
</P>
<P>(4) Financial information required to be made publicly available pursuant to paragraph (i)(1) of this section must be posted within 30 calendar days of the date of the statements required under paragraph (d)(1).
</P>
<P>(5) Financial information required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this section, and not otherwise publicly available, will be treated as exempt from mandatory public disclosure for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act and the Government in the Sunshine Act and parts 145 and 147 of this chapter; <I>Provided, however,</I> that all information that is exempt from mandatory public disclosure will be available for official use by any official or employee of the United States or any State, by the National Futures Association and by any other person to whom the Commission believes disclosure of such information is in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Extension of time to file financial reports.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant may file a request with the registered futures association of which it is a member for an extension of time to file a monthly unaudited financial report or an annual audited financial report required under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. Such request will be approved, conditionally or unconditionally, or disapproved by the registered futures association.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Additional reporting requirements for swap dealers approved to use models to calculate market risk and credit risk for computing capital requirements.</I> 

(1) A swap dealer that has received approval or filed an application for provisional approval under § 23.102(d) from the Commission, or from a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, to use internal models to compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement in computing its regulatory capital under § 23.101 must file with the Commission and with the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member the specific information contained in appendix B to subpart E of this part and the following information within 17 business days of the end of each month or quarter as applicable:










</P>
<P>(i) For each product for which the swap dealer calculates a deduction for market risk other than in accordance with a model approved or for which an application of provisional approval has been filed pursuant to § 23.102(d), the product category and the amount of the deduction for market risk;
</P>
<P>(ii) A graph reflecting, for each business line, the daily intra-month VaR;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate VaR for the swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(iv) For each product for which the swap dealer uses scenario analysis, the product category and the deduction for market risk;
</P>
<P>(v) Credit risk information on swap, mixed swap and security-based swap exposures including:
</P>
<P>(A) Overall current exposure;
</P>
<P>(B) Current exposure (including commitments) listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(C) The 10 largest commitments listed by counterparty;
</P>
<P>(D) The swap dealer's maximum potential exposure listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(E) The swap dealer's aggregate maximum potential exposure;
</P>
<P>(F) A summary report reflecting the swap dealer's current and maximum potential exposures by credit rating category; and
</P>
<P>(G) A summary report reflecting the swap dealer's current exposure for each of the top ten countries to which the swap dealer is exposed (by residence of the main operating group of the counterparty).
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer that has received approval or filed an application of provisional approval under § 23.102(d) from the Commission or from a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member to use internal models to compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement in computing its regulatory capital under § 23.101 must file with the Commission and with the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is member the following information within 17 business days of the end of each calendar quarter:
</P>
<P>(i) A report identifying the number of business days for which the actual daily net trading loss exceeded the corresponding daily VaR; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of back-testing of all internal models used to compute allowable capital, including VaR, and credit risk models, indicating the number of back-testing exceptions.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Additional position and counterparty reporting requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants not approved to use models.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant which is not subject to paragraph (k) of this section must provide the Commission and the registered futures association of which the swap dealer or major swap participant is a member, the additional specific information contained in appendix B to subpart E of this part on a monthly or quarterly basis as applicable to its required frequency of financial reporting under paragraph (d) of this section.


</P>
<P>(m) <I>Margin reporting.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant must file with the Commission and with the registered futures association of which the swap dealer or major swap participant is a member the following information as of the end of each month within 17 business days of the end of each month:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of each custodian holding initial margin or variation margin collected by the swap dealer or major swap participant for uncleared swap transactions pursuant to §§ 23.152 and 23.153;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of initial margin and variation margin collected by the swap dealer or major swap participant that is held by each custodian listed in paragraph (m)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The aggregate amount of initial margin that the swap dealer or major swap participant is required to collect from swap counterparties pursuant to § 23.152(a);
</P>
<P>(4) The name and address of each custodian holding initial margin or variation margin posted by the swap dealer or major swap participant for uncleared swap transaction pursuant to §§ 23.152 and 23.153;
</P>
<P>(5) The amount of initial margin and variation margin posted by the swap dealer or major swap participant that is held by each custodian listed in paragraph (m)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(6) The aggregate amount of initial margin that the swap dealer or majors swap participant is required to post to its swap counterparties pursuant to § 23.152(b).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Electronic filing.</I> All filings of financial reports, notices and other information required to be submitted to the Commission or registered futures association under paragraphs (b) through (m) of this section must be filed in electronic form using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission or registered futures association, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission or registered futures association.
</P>
<P>A swap dealer or major swap participant must provide the Commission or registered futures association with the means necessary to read and to process the information contained in such report. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the swap dealer or major swap participant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. In the case of a financial report required under paragraphs (d), (e), or (h) of this section and filed via electronic transmission in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission or registered futures association, such transmission must be accompanied by the user authentication assigned to the authorized signer under such procedures, and the use of such user authentication will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer for the purpose of making the oath or affirmation referred to in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Comparability determination for certain financial reporting.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the monthly financial reporting requirements of paragraph (d) of this section and the annual financial reporting requirements of paragraph (e) of this section may petition the Commission for a Capital Comparability Determination under § 23.106 to file monthly financial reports and/or annual financial reports prepared in accordance with the rules a foreign regulatory authority in lieu of the requirements contained in this section.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Quarterly financial reporting and notification provisions for swap dealers and major swap participants that are subject to the capital requirements of a prudential regulator.</I> (1) <I>Scope.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital requirements of a prudential regulator must comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial report and position information.</I> (i) A swap dealer or major swap participant that files a Call Report with its applicable prudential regulator shall file Schedule RC—Balance Sheet and Schedule RC—R Regulatory Capital from its Call Report filed with the prudential regulator, and schedule 1 of appendix C to subpart E of this part, with the Commission on a quarterly basis. The swap dealer or major swap participant shall file the schedules with the Commission on the date the Call Report is due to be filed with the swap dealer's or major swap participant's prudential regulator.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap dealer or major swap participant domiciled in a non-U.S. jurisdiction that is not required to file a Call Report by its applicable prudential regulator shall file a statement of financial condition and regulatory capital information containing comparable financial information as required by Schedule RC—Balance Sheet and Schedule RC—R Regulatory Capital of the Call Report, and shall file schedule 1 of appendix C to subpart E of this part, with the Commission on a quarterly basis. The statement of financial condition, regulatory capital information, and schedule 1 of appendix C to subpart E of this part shall be prepared and presented in accordance with the accounting standards permitted by the swap dealer's or major swap participant's home country regulatory authorities; <I>provided, however,</I> that the schedules and information must be in the English language with balances converted to U.S. dollars. The swap dealer or major swap participant shall file the statement of financial condition, regulatory capital information, and schedule 1 of appendix C to subpart E of this part with the Commission no later than 90 calendar days after the end of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's fiscal quarter.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notices.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital requirements of a prudential regulator must comply with the following written notice provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) A swap dealer or major swap participant that files a notice of adjustment of its reported capital category with the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or files a similar notice with its home country supervisor(s), must give written notice of this fact that same day by transmitting a copy of the notice of the adjustment of reported capital category, or the similar notice provided to its home country supervisor(s), to the Commission and with a registered futures association of which it is a member.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap dealer or major swap participant must provide immediate written notice to the Commission and with a registered futures association of which it is a member that the swap dealer's or major swap participant's regulatory capital is less than the applicable minimum capital requirements set forth in 12 CFR 217.10, 12 CFR 3.10, or 12 CFR 324.10, or the minimum capital requirements established by its home country supervisor(s).
</P>
<P>(iii) If a swap dealer or major swap participant at any time fails to make or to keep current the books and records necessary to produce reports required under paragraph (p)(2) of this section, such swap dealer or major swap participant must, on the same day such event occurs, provide written notice to the Commission and with a registered futures association of which it is a member of such fact, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current, and within 48 hours after giving such notice file a written report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Additional information.</I> From time to time the Commission may, by written notice, require a swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital rules of a prudential regulator to file financial or operational information on a daily basis or at such other times as may be specified by the Commission. Such information must be furnished in accordance with the requirements included in the written Commission notice.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Oath or affirmation.</I> Attached to each financial report, must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained in the filing is true and correct. The individual making such oath or affirmation must be: If the swap dealer or major swap participant is a sole proprietorship, the proprietor; if a partnership, any general partner; if a corporation, the duly authorized officer; and, if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the manager, the managing member, or those members vested with the management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Electronic filing.</I> All filings of financial reports, notices, and other information made pursuant to this paragraph (p) must be submitted to the Commission in electronic form using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instructions issued by or approved by the Commission. Each swap dealer and major swap participant must provide the Commission with the means necessary to read and to process the information contained in such report. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the swap dealer or major swap participant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. In the case of a financial report required under this paragraph (p) and filed via electronic transmission in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, such transmission must be accompanied by the user authentication assigned to the authorized signer under such procedures, and the use of such user authentication will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer for the purpose of making the oath or affirmation referred to in paragraph (p)(5) of this paragraph. Every notice or report required to be transmitted to the Commission pursuant to this paragraph (p) must also be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission if the swap dealer or major swap participant also is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(7) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the capital requirements of a prudential regulator and is also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant and files a quarterly Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part IIC with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 240.18a-7 of this title, must file such Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part IIC with the Commission in lieu of the financial reports required under paragraph (p)(2) of this section. The swap dealer or major swap participant must file the form with the Commission when it files the Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part IIC with the Securities and Exchange Commission; <I>provided, however,</I> that the swap dealer or major swap participant must file the Form X-17A-5 FOCUS Report Part IIC with the Commission no later than 35 calendar days from the date the report is made.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57551, Sept. 15, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 45586, May 23, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.106" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.106   Substituted compliance for swap dealer's and major swap participant's capital and financial reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Eligibility requirements.</I> The following persons may, either individually or collectively, request a Capital Comparability Determination with respect to the Commission's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements for swap dealers or major swap participants:
</P>
<P>(i) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is eligible for substituted compliance under § 23.101 or a trade association or other similar group on behalf of its members who are swap dealers or major swap participants; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign regulatory authority that has direct supervisory authority over one or more swap dealers or major swap participants that are eligible for substituted compliance under § 23.101, and such foreign regulatory authority is responsible for administering the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements over the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submission requirements.</I> A person requesting a Capital Comparability Determination must electronically submit to the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the objectives of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements over entities that are subject to the Commission's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements in this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description (including specific legal and regulatory provisions) of how the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements address the elements of the Commission's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants, including, at a minimum, the methodologies for establishing and calculating capital adequacy requirements and whether such methodologies comport with any international standards, including Basel-based capital requirements for banking institutions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the ability of the relevant foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements. Such description should discuss the powers of the foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise, investigate, and discipline entities for compliance with capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements, and the ongoing efforts of the regulatory authority or authorities to detect and deter violations, and ensure compliance with capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements. The description should address how foreign authorities and foreign laws and regulations address situations where a swap dealer or major swap participant is unable to comply with the foreign jurisdictions capital adequacy or financial reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(iv) Upon request, such other information and documentation that the Commission deems necessary to evaluate the comparability of the capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements of the foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(v) All supplied documents shall be provided in English, or provided translated to the English language, with currency amounts stated in or converted to USD (conversions to be noted with applicable date).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Standard of Review.</I> The Commission will issue a Capital Comparability Determination to the extent that it determines that some or all of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements and related financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements for swap dealing financial intermediaries are comparable to the Commission's corresponding capital adequacy and financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements. In determining whether the requirements are comparable, the Commission may consider all relevant factors, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope and objectives of the foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements achieve comparable outcomes to the Commission's corresponding capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants;
</P>
<P>(iii) The ability of the relevant regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other facts or circumstances the Commission deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reliance.</I> (i) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is subject to the supervision of a foreign jurisdiction that has received a Capital Comparability Determination from the Commission must file a notice of its intent to comply with the capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements of the foreign jurisdiction with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any swap dealer or major swap participant that has filed the notice set forth in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section and has received confirmation from the Commission that it may comply with a foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements will be deemed to be in compliance with the Commission's corresponding capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements. Accordingly, if a swap dealer or major swap participant has failed to comply with the foreign jurisdiction's capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements, the Commission may initiate an action for a violation of the Commission's corresponding requirements. All swap dealers and major swap participants, regardless of whether they rely on a Capital Comparability Determination, remain subject to the Commission's examination and enforcement authority.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Conditions.</I> In issuing a Capital Comparability Determination, the Commission may impose any terms and conditions it deems appropriate, including certain capital adequacy and financial reporting requirements on swap dealers or major swap participants. The violation of such terms and conditions may constitute a violation of the Commission's capital adequacy or financial reporting requirements and/or result in the modification or revocation of the Capital Comparability Determination.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Modifications.</I> The Commission reserves the right to further condition, modify, suspend or terminate or otherwise restrict a Capital Comparability Determination in the Commission's discretion.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57556, Sept. 15, 2020]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.107-23.149" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.107-23.149   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.150" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.150   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The margin requirements set forth in §§ 23.150 through 23.161 shall apply to uncleared swaps, as defined in § 23.151, that are executed after the applicable compliance dates set forth in § 23.161.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements set forth in §§ 23.150 through 23.161 shall not apply to a swap if the counterparty:
</P>
<P>(1) Qualifies for an exception from clearing under section 2(h)(7)(A) of the Act and implementing regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) Qualifies for an exemption from clearing under a rule, regulation, or order issued by the Commission pursuant to section 4(c)(1) of the Act concerning cooperative entities that would otherwise be subject to the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) Satisfies the criteria in section 2(h)(7)(D) of the Act and implementing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.151" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.151   Definitions applicable to margin requirements.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of §§ 23.150 through 23.161:
</P>
<P><I>Bank holding company</I> has the meaning specified in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
</P>
<P><I>Broker</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(4) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)).
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P><I>Company</I> means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, special purpose entity, association, or similar organization.
</P>
<P><I>Counterparty</I> means the other party to a swap to which a covered swap entity is a party.
</P>
<P><I>Covered counterparty</I> means a financial end user with material swaps exposure or a swap entity that enters into a swap with a covered swap entity.
</P>
<P><I>Covered swap entity</I> means a swap dealer or major swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator.
</P>
<P><I>Cross-currency swap</I> means a swap in which one party exchanges with another party principal and interest rate payments in one currency for principal and interest rate payments in another currency, and the exchange of principal occurs on the date the swap is entered into, with a reversal of the exchange of principal at a later date that is agreed upon when the swap is entered into.
</P>
<P><I>Currency of Settlement</I> means a currency in which a party has agreed to discharge payment obligations related to an uncleared swap or a group of uncleared swaps subject to a master netting agreement at the regularly occurring dates on which such payments are due in the ordinary course.
</P>
<P><I>Data source</I> means an entity and/or method from which or by which a covered swap entity obtains prices for swaps or values for other inputs used in a margin calculation.
</P>
<P><I>Day of execution</I> means the calendar day at the time the parties enter into an uncleared swap, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) If each party is in a different calendar day at the time the parties enter into the uncleared swap, the day of execution is deemed the latter of the two dates; and
</P>
<P>(2) If an uncleared swap is—
</P>
<P>(i) Entered into after 4:00 p.m. in the location of a party; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Entered into on a day that is not a business day in the location of a party, then the uncleared swap is deemed to have been entered into on the immediately succeeding day that is a business day for both parties, and both parties shall determine the day of execution with reference to that business day.
</P>
<P><I>Dealer</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)).
</P>
<P><I>Depository institution</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible collateral</I> means collateral described in § 23.156.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible master netting agreement</I> means a written, legally enforceable agreement provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The agreement creates a single legal obligation for all individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of default following any stay permitted by paragraph (2) of this definition, including upon an event of receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(2) The agreement provides the covered swap entity the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case,
</P>
<P>(i) Any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
</P>
<P>(A) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 <I>et seq.</I>), Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5381 <I>et seq.</I>), the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended (12 U.S.C. 4617), or the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended (12 U.S.C. 2183 and 2279cc), or laws of foreign jurisdictions that are substantially similar to the U.S. laws referenced in this paragraph in order to facilitate the orderly resolution of the defaulting counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(B) Where the agreement is subject by its terms to, or incorporates, any of the laws referenced in paragraph (2)(i)(A) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The agreement may limit the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty to the extent necessary for the counterparty to comply with the requirements of 12 CFR part 47; 12 CFR part 252, subpart I; or 12 CFR part 382, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement does not contain a walkaway clause (that is, a provision that permits a non-defaulting counterparty to make a lower payment than it otherwise would make under the agreement, or no payment at all, to a defaulter or the estate of a defaulter, even if the defaulter or the estate of the defaulter is a net creditor under the agreement); and
</P>
<P>(4) A covered swap entity that relies on the agreement for purposes of calculating the margin required by this part must:
</P>
<P>(i) Conduct sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis (and maintain sufficient written documentation of that legal review) that:
</P>
<P>(A) The agreement meets the requirements of paragraph (2) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the event of a legal challenge (including one resulting from default or from receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding) the relevant court and administrative authorities would find the agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under the law of the relevant jurisdictions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish and maintain written procedures to monitor possible changes in relevant law and to ensure that the agreement continues to satisfy the requirements of this definition.


</P>
<P><I>Financial end user</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A counterparty that is not a swap entity and that is:
</P>
<P>(i) A bank holding company or a margin affiliate thereof; a savings and loan holding company; a U.S. intermediate holding company established or designated for purposes of compliance with 12 CFR 252.153; or a nonbank financial institution supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323);
</P>
<P>(ii) A depository institution; a foreign bank; a Federal credit union or State credit union as defined in section 2 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752(1) and (6)); an institution that functions solely in a trust or fiduciary capacity as described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)); an industrial loan company, an industrial bank, or other similar institution described in section 2(c)(2)(H) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(H));
</P>
<P>(iii) An entity that is state-licensed or registered as:
</P>
<P>(A) A credit or lending entity, including a finance company; money lender; installment lender; consumer lender or lending company; mortgage lender, broker, or bank; motor vehicle title pledge lender; payday or deferred deposit lender; premium finance company; commercial finance or lending company; or commercial mortgage company; except entities registered or licensed solely on account of financing the entity's direct sales of goods or services to customers;
</P>
<P>(B) A money services business, including a check casher; money transmitter; currency dealer or exchange; or money order or traveler's check issuer;
</P>
<P>(iv) A regulated entity as defined in section 1303(20) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4502(20)) or any entity for which the Federal Housing Finance Agency or its successor is the primary federal regulator;
</P>
<P>(v) Any institution chartered in accordance with the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I> that is regulated by the Farm Credit Administration;
</P>
<P>(vi) A securities holding company; a broker or dealer; an investment adviser as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)); an investment company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), a company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53(a)), or a person that is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(vii) A private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80-b-2(a)); an entity that would be an investment company under section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3) but for section 3(c)(5)(C); or an entity that is deemed not to be an investment company under section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 pursuant to Investment Company Act Rule 3a-7 (§ 270.3a-7 of this title) of the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(viii) A commodity pool, a commodity pool operator, a commodity trading advisor, a floor broker, a floor trader, an introducing broker or a futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(ix) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002);
</P>
<P>(x) An entity that is organized as an insurance company, primarily engaged in writing insurance or reinsuring risks underwritten by insurance companies, or is subject to supervision as such by a State insurance regulator or foreign insurance regulator;
</P>
<P>(xi) An entity, person, or arrangement that is, or holds itself out as being, an entity, person, or arrangement that raises money from investors, accepts money from clients, or uses its own money primarily for investing or trading or facilitating the investing or trading in loans, securities, swaps, funds, or other assets; or
</P>
<P>(xii) An entity that would be a financial end user described in paragraph (1) of this definition or a swap entity if it were organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.




</P>
<P>(2) The term “financial end user” does not include any counterparty that is:
</P>
<P>(i) A sovereign entity;
</P>
<P>(ii) A multilateral development bank;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Bank for International Settlements and the European Stability Mechanism;


</P>
<P>(iv) An entity that is exempt from the definition of financial entity pursuant to section 2(h)(7)(C)(iii) of the Act and implementing regulations;
</P>
<P>(v) An affiliate that qualifies for the exemption from clearing pursuant to section 2(h)(7)(D) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(vi) An eligible treasury affiliate that the Commission exempts from the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 by rule.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign bank</I> means an organization that is organized under the laws of a foreign country and that engages directly in the business of banking outside the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign exchange forward</I> has the meaning specified in section 1a(24) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign exchange swap</I> has the meaning specified in section 1a(25) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Initial margin</I> means the collateral, as calculated in accordance with § 23.154 that is collected or posted in connection with one or more uncleared swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Initial margin model</I> means an internal risk management model that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has been developed and designed to identify an appropriate, risk-based amount of initial margin that the covered swap entity must collect with respect to one or more non-cleared swaps to which the covered swap entity is a party; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has been approved by the Commission or a registered futures association pursuant to § 23.154(b).
</P>
<P><I>Initial margin threshold amount</I> means an aggregate credit exposure of $50 million resulting from all uncleared swaps between a covered swap entity and its margin affiliates on the one hand, and a covered counterparty and its margin affiliates on the other. For purposes of this calculation, an entity shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b).
</P>
<P><I>Major currencies</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) United States Dollar (USD);
</P>
<P>(2) Canadian Dollar (CAD);
</P>
<P>(3) Euro (EUR);
</P>
<P>(4) United Kingdom Pound (GBP);
</P>
<P>(5) Japanese Yen (JPY);
</P>
<P>(6) Swiss Franc (CHF);
</P>
<P>(7) New Zealand Dollar (NZD);
</P>
<P>(8) Australian Dollar (AUD);
</P>
<P>(9) Swedish Kronor (SEK);
</P>
<P>(10) Danish Kroner (DKK);
</P>
<P>(11) Norwegian Krone (NOK); and
</P>
<P>(12) Any other currency designated by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Margin affiliate.</I> A company is a margin affiliate of another company if:
</P>
<P>(1) Either company consolidates the other on a financial statement prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the International Financial Reporting Standards, or other similar standards,
</P>
<P>(2) Both companies are consolidated with a third company on a financial statement prepared in accordance with such principles or standards, or
</P>
<P>(3) For a company that is not subject to such principles or standards, if consolidation as described in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition would have occurred if such principles or standards had applied.
</P>
<P><I>Market intermediary</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A securities holding company;
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(4) A swap dealer; or
</P>
<P>(5) A security-based swap dealer.






</P>
<P><I>Material swaps exposure</I> for an entity means that, as of September 1 of any year, the entity and its margin affiliates have an average month-end aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps with all counterparties for March, April, and May of that year that exceeds $8 billion, where such amount is calculated only for the last business day of the month. Activities not carried out in the regular course of business and willfully designed to circumvent calculation at month-end to evade meeting the definition of material swaps exposure shall be prohibited. An entity shall count the average month-end aggregate notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time. For purposes of this calculation, an entity shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that qualifies for an exemption under section 3C(g)(10) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(g)(4)) and implementing regulations or that satisfies the criteria in section 3C(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78-c3(g)(4)) and implementing regulations.


</P>
<P><I>Minimum transfer amount</I> means a combined initial and variation margin amount under which no actual transfer of funds is required. The minimum transfer amount shall be $500,000. Where a counterparty to a covered swap entity owns two or more separately managed accounts, a minimum transfer amount of up to $50,000 may be applied for each separately managed account.


</P>
<P><I>Multilateral development bank</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
</P>
<P>(2) The Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency;
</P>
<P>(3) The International Finance Corporation;
</P>
<P>(4) The Inter-American Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(5) The Asian Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(6) The African Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(7) The European Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
</P>
<P>(8) The European Investment Bank;
</P>
<P>(9) The European Investment Fund;
</P>
<P>(10) The Nordic Investment Bank;
</P>
<P>(11) The Caribbean Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(12) The Islamic Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(13) The Council of Europe Development Bank; and
</P>
<P>(14) Any other entity that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. government is a shareholder or contributing member or which the Commission determines poses comparable credit risk.
</P>
<P><I>Non-financial end user</I> means a counterparty that is not a swap dealer, a major swap participant, or a financial end user.
</P>
<P><I>Prudential regulator</I> has the meaning specified in section 1a(39) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Savings and loan holding company</I> has the meaning specified in section 10(n) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(n)).
</P>
<P><I>Securities holding company</I> has the meaning specified in section 618 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 1850a).
</P>
<P><I>Security-based swap</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(68) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)).


</P>
<P><I>Separately managed account</I> means an account of a counterparty to a covered swap entity that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The account is managed by an asset manager and governed by an investment management agreement, pursuant to which the counterparty grants the asset manager authority with respect to a specified amount of the counterparty's assets;
</P>
<P>(2) Swaps are entered into between the counterparty and the covered swap entity by the asset manager on behalf of the account pursuant to authority granted by the counterparty through an investment management agreement; and
</P>
<P>(3) The swaps of such account are subject to a master netting agreement that does not provide for the netting of initial or variation margin obligations across all such accounts of the counterparty that have swaps outstanding with the covered swap entity.


</P>
<P><I>Sovereign entity</I> means a central government (including the U.S. government) or an agency, department, ministry, or central bank of a central government.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any State, commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or the United States Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>Swap entity</I> means a person that is registered with the Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Uncleared security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap that is not, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-1) or by a clearing agency that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-1).
</P>
<P><I>Uncleared swap</I> means a swap that is not cleared by a registered derivatives clearing organization, or by a clearing organization that the Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise</I> means an entity established or chartered by the U.S. government to serve public purposes specified by federal statute but whose debt obligations are not explicitly guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
</P>
<P><I>Variation margin</I> means collateral provided by a party to its counterparty to meet the performance of its obligation under one or more uncleared swaps between the parties as a result of a change in value of such obligations since the trade was executed or the last time such collateral was provided.
</P>
<P><I>Variation margin amount</I> means the cumulative mark-to-market change in value to a covered swap entity of an uncleared swap, as measured from the date it is entered into (or in the case of an uncleared swap that has a positive or negative value to a covered swap entity on the date it is entered into, such positive or negative value plus any cumulative mark-to-market change in value to the covered swap entity of an uncleared swap after such date), less the value of all variation margin previously collected, plus the value of all variation margin previously posted with respect to such uncleared swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 60346, Nov. 26, 2018; 85 FR 27678, May 11, 2020; 86 FR 246, Jan. 5, 2021; 86 FR 6857, Jan. 25, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.152" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.152   Collection and posting of initial margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Collection</I>—(1) <I>Initial obligation.</I> On or before the business day after execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity and a covered counterparty, the covered swap entity shall collect initial margin from the covered counterparty in an amount equal to or greater than an amount calculated pursuant to § 23.154, in a form that complies with § 23.156, and pursuant to custodial arrangements that comply with § 23.157.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Continuing obligation.</I> The covered swap entity shall continue to hold initial margin from the covered counterparty in an amount equal to or greater than an amount calculated each business day pursuant to § 23.154, in a form that complies with § 23.156, and pursuant to custodial arrangements that comply with § 23.157, until such uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Posting</I>—(1) <I>Initial obligation.</I> On or before the business day after execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity and a financial end user with material swaps exposure, the covered swap entity shall post initial margin with the counterparty in an amount equal to or greater than an amount calculated pursuant to § 23.154, in a form that complies with § 23.156, and pursuant to custodial arrangements that comply with § 23.157.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Continuing obligation.</I> The covered swap entity shall continue to post initial margin with the counterparty in an amount equal to or greater than an amount calculated each business day pursuant to § 23.154, in a form that complies with § 23.156, and pursuant to custodial arrangements that comply with § 23.157, until such uncleared swap is terminated or expires.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Minimum transfer amount.</I> A covered swap entity is not required to collect or to post initial margin pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161 with respect to a particular counterparty unless and until the combined amount of initial margin and variation margin that is required pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161 to be collected or posted and that has not been collected or posted with respect to the counterparty is greater than the minimum transfer amount, as the term is defined in § 23.151.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Netting.</I> (1) To the extent that one or more uncleared swaps are executed pursuant to an eligible master netting agreement between a covered swap entity and covered counterparty, a covered swap entity may calculate and comply with the applicable initial margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 on an aggregate net basis with respect to all uncleared swaps governed by such agreement, subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as permitted in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if an eligible master netting agreement covers uncleared swaps entered into on or after the applicable compliance date set forth in § 23.161, all the uncleared swaps covered by that agreement are subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 and included in the aggregate netting portfolio for the purposes of calculating and complying with the margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(ii) An eligible master netting agreement may identify one or more separate netting portfolios that independently meet the requirements in paragraph (1) of the definition of “eligible master netting agreement” in § 23.151 and to which collection and posting of margin applies on an aggregate net basis separate from and exclusive of any other uncleared swaps covered by the eligible master netting agreement. Any such netting portfolio that contains any uncleared swap entered into on or after the applicable compliance date set forth in § 23.161 is subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161. Any such netting portfolio that contains only uncleared swaps entered into before the applicable compliance date is not subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Satisfaction of collection and posting requirements.</I> A covered swap entity shall not be deemed to have violated its obligation to collect or to post initial margin from a covered counterparty if:
</P>
<P>(1) The covered counterparty has refused or otherwise failed to provide, or to accept, the required initial margin to, or from, the covered swap entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) The covered swap entity has:
</P>
<P>(i) Made the necessary efforts to collect or to post the required initial margin, including the timely initiation and continued pursuit of formal dispute resolution mechanisms, including pursuant to § 23.504(b)(4), if applicable, or has otherwise demonstrated upon request to the satisfaction of the Commission that it has made appropriate efforts to collect or to post the required initial margin; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Commenced termination of the uncleared swap with the covered counterparty promptly following the applicable cure period and notification requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 6857, Jan. 25, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.153" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.153   Collection and posting of variation margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial obligation.</I> On or before the business day after the day of execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity and a counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user, the covered swap entity shall collect the variation margin amount from the counterparty when the amount is positive, or post the variation margin amount with the counterparty when the amount is negative as calculated pursuant to § 23.155 and in a form that complies with § 23.156.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuing obligation.</I> The covered swap entity shall continue to collect the variation margin amount from, or to post the variation margin amount with, the counterparty as calculated each business day pursuant to § 23.155 and in a form that complies with § 23.156 each business day until such uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum transfer amount.</I> A covered swap entity is not required to collect or to post variation margin pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161 with respect to a particular counterparty unless and until the combined amount of initial margin and variation margin that is required pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161 to be collected or posted and that has not been collected or posted with respect to the counterparty is greater than the minimum transfer amount, as the term is defined in § 23.151.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Netting.</I> (1) To the extent that more than one uncleared swap is executed pursuant to an eligible master netting agreement between a covered swap entity and a counterparty, a covered swap entity may calculate and comply with the applicable variation margin requirements of this section on an aggregate basis with respect to all uncleared swaps governed by such agreement subject to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as permitted in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, if an eligible master netting agreement covers uncleared swaps entered into on or after the applicable compliance date set forth in § 23.161, all the uncleared swaps covered by that agreement are subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 and included in the aggregate netting portfolio for the purposes of calculating and complying with the margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(ii) An eligible master netting agreement may identify one or more separate netting portfolios that independently meet the requirements in paragraph (1) of the definition of “eligible master netting agreement” in § 23.151 and to which collection and posting of margin applies on an aggregate net basis separate from and exclusive of any other uncleared swaps covered by the eligible master netting agreement. Any such netting portfolio that contains any uncleared swap entered into on or after the applicable compliance date set forth in § 23.161 is subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161. Any such netting portfolio that contains only uncleared swaps entered into before the applicable compliance date is not subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Satisfaction of collection and payment requirements.</I> A covered swap entity shall not be deemed to have violated its obligation to collect or to pay variation margin from a counterparty if:
</P>
<P>(1) The counterparty has refused or otherwise failed to provide or to accept the required variation margin to or from the covered swap entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) The covered swap entity has:
</P>
<P>(i) Made the necessary efforts to collect or to post the required variation margin, including the timely initiation and continued pursuit of formal dispute resolution mechanisms, including pursuant to § 23.504(b)(4), if applicable, or has otherwise demonstrated upon request to the satisfaction of the Commission that it has made appropriate efforts to collect or to post the required variation margin; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Commenced termination of the uncleared swap with the counterparty promptly following the applicable cure period and notification requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 6857, Jan. 25, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.154" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.154   Calculation of initial margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Means of calculation.</I> (1) Each business day each covered swap entity shall calculate an initial margin amount to be collected from each covered counterparty using:
</P>
<P>(i) A risk-based model that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The table-based method set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each business day each covered swap entity shall calculate an initial margin amount to be posted with each financial end user with material swaps exposure using:
</P>
<P>(i) A risk-based model that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The table-based method set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Each covered swap entity may reduce the amounts calculated pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section by the initial margin threshold amount provided that the reduction does not include any portion of the initial margin threshold amount already applied by the covered swap entity or its margin affiliates in connection with other uncleared swaps with the counterparty or its margin affiliates.
</P>
<P>(4) The amounts calculated pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall not be less than zero.


</P>
<P>(5) A covered swap entity would be deemed to calculate initial margin as required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section if it uses the amount of initial margin calculated by a counterparty that is a swap entity and the initial margin amount is calculated using the swap entity's risk-based model that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section or is approved by a prudential regulator, provided that initial margin calculated in such manner is used only with respect to uncleared swaps entered into by the covered swap entity and the swap entity for the purpose of hedging the covered swap entity's swaps with non-swap entity counterparties.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk-based models</I>—(1) <I>Commission or registered futures association approval.</I> (i) A covered swap entity shall obtain the written approval of the Commission or a registered futures association to use a model to calculate the initial margin required in §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(ii) A covered swap entity shall demonstrate that the model satisfies all of the requirements of this section on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(iii) A covered swap entity shall notify the Commission and the registered futures association in writing 60 days prior to:
</P>
<P>(A) Extending the use of an initial margin model that has been approved to an additional product type;
</P>
<P>(B) Making any change to any initial margin model that has been approved that would result in a material change in the covered swap entity's assessment of initial margin requirements; or
</P>
<P>(C) Making any material change to modeling assumptions used by the initial margin model.
</P>
<P>(iv) The Commission or the registered futures association may rescind approval of the use of any initial margin model, in whole or in part, or may impose additional conditions or requirements if the Commission or the registered futures association determines, in its discretion, that the model no longer complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elements of the model.</I> (i) The initial margin model shall calculate an amount of initial margin that is equal to the potential future exposure of the uncleared swap or netting portfolio of uncleared swaps covered by an eligible master netting agreement. Potential future exposure is an estimate of the one-tailed 99 percent confidence interval for an increase in the value of the uncleared swap or netting portfolio of uncleared swaps due to an instantaneous price shock that is equivalent to a movement in all material underlying risk factors, including prices, rates, and spreads, over a holding period equal to the shorter of ten business days or the maturity of the swap or netting portfolio.
</P>
<P>(ii) All data used to calibrate the initial margin model shall be based on an equally weighted historical observation period of at least one year and not more than five years and must incorporate a period of significant financial stress for each broad asset class that is appropriate to the uncleared swaps to which the initial margin model is applied.
</P>
<P>(iii) The initial margin model shall use risk factors sufficient to measure all material price risks inherent in the transactions for which initial margin is being calculated. The risk categories shall include, but should not be limited to, foreign exchange or interest rate risk, credit risk, equity risk, and commodity risk, as appropriate. For material exposures in significant currencies and markets, modeling techniques shall capture spread and basis risk and shall incorporate a sufficient number of segments of the yield curve to capture differences in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of an uncleared cross-currency swap, the initial margin model need not recognize any risks or risk factors associated with the fixed, physically-settled foreign exchange transactions associated with the exchange of principal embedded in the uncleared cross-currency swap. The initial margin model must recognize all material risks and risk factors associated with all other payments and cash flows that occur during the life of the uncleared cross-currency swap.
</P>
<P>(v) The initial margin model may calculate initial margin for an uncleared swap or netting portfolio of uncleared swaps covered by an eligible master netting agreement. It may reflect offsetting exposures, diversification, and other hedging benefits for uncleared swaps that are governed by the same eligible master netting agreement by incorporating empirical correlations within the following broad risk categories, provided the covered swap entity validates and demonstrates the reasonableness of its process for modeling and measuring hedging benefits: Commodity, credit, equity, and foreign exchange or interest rate. Empirical correlations under an eligible master netting agreement may be recognized by the model within each broad risk category, but not across broad risk categories.
</P>
<P>(vi) If the initial margin model does not explicitly reflect offsetting exposures, diversification, and hedging benefits between subsets of uncleared swaps within a broad risk category, the covered swap entity shall calculate an amount of initial margin separately for each subset of uncleared swaps for which such relationships are explicitly recognized by the model. The sum of the initial margin amounts calculated for each subset of uncleared swaps within a broad risk category will be used to determine the aggregate initial margin due from the counterparty for the portfolio of uncleared swaps within the broad risk category.
</P>
<P>(vii) The sum of the initial margin calculated for each broad risk category shall be used to determine the aggregate initial margin due from the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(viii) The initial margin model shall not permit the calculation of any initial margin to be offset by, or otherwise take into account, any initial margin that may be owed or otherwise payable by the covered swap entity to the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(ix) The initial margin model shall include all material risks arising from the nonlinear price characteristics of option positions or positions with embedded optionality and the sensitivity of the market value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying rates, prices, or other material risk factors.
</P>
<P>(x) The covered swap entity shall not omit any risk factor from the calculation of its initial margin that the covered swap entity uses in its model unless it has first demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Commission or the registered futures association that such omission is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(xi) The covered swap entity shall not incorporate any proxy or approximation used to capture the risks of the covered swap entity's uncleared swaps unless it has first demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Commission or the registered futures association that such proxy or approximation is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(xii) The covered swap entity shall have a rigorous and well-defined process for re-estimating, re-evaluating, and updating its internal margin models to ensure continued applicability and relevance.
</P>
<P>(xiii) The covered swap entity shall review and, as necessary, revise the data used to calibrate the initial margin model at least annually, and more frequently as market conditions warrant, to ensure that the data incorporate a period of significant financial stress appropriate to the uncleared swaps to which the initial margin model is applied.
</P>
<P>(xiv) The level of sophistication of the initial margin model shall be commensurate with the complexity of the swaps to which it is applied. In calculating an initial margin amount, the initial margin model may make use of any of the generally accepted approaches for modeling the risk of a single instrument or portfolio of instruments.
</P>
<P>(xv) The Commission or the registered futures association may in its discretion require a covered swap entity using an initial margin model to collect a greater amount of initial margin than that determined by the covered swap entity's initial margin model if the Commission or the registered futures association determines that the additional collateral is appropriate due to the nature, structure, or characteristics of the covered swap entity's transaction(s) or is commensurate with the risks associated with the transaction(s).
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Periodic review.</I> A covered swap entity shall periodically, but no less frequently than annually, review its initial margin model in light of developments in financial markets and modeling technologies, and enhance the initial margin model as appropriate to ensure that it continues to meet the requirements for approval in this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Control, oversight, and validation mechanisms.</I> (i) The covered swap entity shall maintain a risk management unit in accordance with § 23.600(c)(4)(i) that is independent from the business trading unit (as defined in § 23.600).
</P>
<P>(ii) The covered swap entity's risk control unit shall validate its initial margin model prior to implementation and on an ongoing basis. The covered swap entity's validation process shall be independent of the development, implementation, and operation of the initial margin model, or the validation process shall be subject to an independent review of its adequacy and effectiveness. The validation process shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) An evaluation of the conceptual soundness of (including developmental evidence supporting) the initial margin model;
</P>
<P>(B) An ongoing monitoring process that includes verification of processes and benchmarking by comparing the covered swap entity's initial margin model outputs (estimation of initial margin) with relevant alternative internal and external data sources or estimation techniques. The benchmark(s) must address the model's limitations. When applicable the covered swap entity should consider benchmarks that allow for non-normal distributions such as historical and Monte Carlo simulations. When applicable validation shall include benchmarking against observable margin standards to ensure that the initial margin required is not less than what a derivatives clearing organization would require for similar cleared transactions; and
</P>
<P>(C) An outcomes analysis process that includes back testing the model. This analysis shall recognize and compensate for the challenges inherent in back testing over periods that do not contain significant financial stress.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the validation process reveals any material problems with the model, the covered swap entity must promptly notify the Commission and the registered futures association of the problems, describe to the Commission and the registered futures association any remedial actions being taken, and adjust the model to ensure an appropriately conservative amount of required initial margin is being calculated.
</P>
<P>(iv) In accordance with § 23.600(e)(2), the covered swap entity shall have an internal audit function independent of the business trading unit and the risk management unit that at least annually assesses the effectiveness of the controls supporting the initial margin model measurement systems, including the activities of the business trading units and risk control unit, compliance with policies and procedures, and calculation of the covered swap entity's initial margin requirements under this part. At least annually, the internal audit function shall report its findings to the covered swap entity's governing body, senior management, and chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Documentation.</I> The covered swap entity shall adequately document all material aspects of its model, including management and valuation of uncleared swaps to which it applies, the control, oversight, and validation of the initial margin model, any review processes and the results of such processes.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Escalation procedures.</I> The covered swap entity must adequately document—
</P>
<P>(i) Internal authorization procedures, including escalation procedures, that require review and approval of any change to the initial margin calculation under the initial margin model;
</P>
<P>(ii) Demonstrable analysis that any basis for any such change is consistent with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Table-based method.</I> If a model meeting the standards set forth in paragraph (b) of this section is not used, initial margin shall be calculated in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Standardized initial margin schedule.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Asset class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross initial margin
<br/>(% of notional
<br/>exposure)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit: 0-2 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit: 2-5 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit: 5+ year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commodity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Foreign Exchange/Currency</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cross Currency Swaps: 0-2 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cross Currency Swaps: 2-5 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cross Currency Swaps: 5+ year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate: 0-2 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate: 2-5 year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate: 5+ year duration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Net to gross ratio adjustment.</I> (i) For multiple uncleared swaps subject to an eligible master netting agreement, the initial margin amount under the standardized table shall be computed according to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(ii) Initial Margin = 0.4 × Gross Initial Margin + 0.6 × Net-to-Gross Ratio × Gross Initial Margin, where:
</P>
<P>(A) Gross Initial Margin = the sum of the product of each uncleared swap's effective notional amount and the gross initial margin requirement for all uncleared swaps subject to the eligible master netting agreement;
</P>
<P>(B) Net-to-Gross Ratio = the ratio of the net current replacement cost to the gross current replacement cost;
</P>
<P>(C) Gross Current Replacement cost = the sum of the replacement cost for each uncleared swap subject to the eligible master netting agreement for which the cost is positive; and
</P>
<P>(D) Net Current Replacement Cost = the total replacement cost for all uncleared swaps subject to the eligible master netting agreement.
</P>
<P>(E) In cases where the gross replacement cost is zero, the Net-to-Gross Ratio shall be set to 1.0.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 246, Jan. 5, 2021]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.155" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.155   Calculation of variation margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Means of calculation.</I> (1) Each business day each covered swap entity shall calculate variation margin for itself and for each counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user using methods, procedures, rules, and inputs that to the maximum extent practicable rely on recently-executed transactions, valuations provided by independent third parties, or other objective criteria.
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered swap entity shall have in place alternative methods for determining the value of an uncleared swap in the event of the unavailability or other failure of any input required to value a swap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Control mechanisms.</I> (1) Each covered swap entity shall create and maintain documentation setting forth the variation methodology with sufficient specificity to allow the counterparty, the Commission, the registered futures association, and any applicable prudential regulator to calculate a reasonable approximation of the margin requirement independently.
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered swap entity shall evaluate the reliability of its data sources at least annually, and make adjustments, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission or the registered futures association at any time may require a covered swap entity to provide further data or analysis concerning the methodology or a data source, including:
</P>
<P>(i) An explanation of the manner in which the methodology meets the requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the mechanics of the methodology;
</P>
<P>(iii) The conceptual basis of the methodology;
</P>
<P>(iv) The empirical support for the methodology; and
</P>
<P>(v) The empirical support for the assessment of the data sources.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.156" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.156   Forms of margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial margin</I>—(1) <I>Eligible collateral.</I> A covered swap entity shall collect and post as initial margin for trades with a covered counterparty only the following types of collateral:
</P>
<P>(i) Immediately available cash funds denominated in:
</P>
<P>(A) U.S. dollars;
</P>
<P>(B) A major currency;
</P>
<P>(C) A currency of settlement for the uncleared swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) A security that is issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the U.S. Department of Treasury;
</P>
<P>(iii) A security that is issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, a U.S. government agency (other than the U.S. Department of Treasury) whose obligations are fully guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government;
</P>
<P>(iv) A security that is issued by, or fully guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by, the European Central Bank or a sovereign entity that is assigned no higher than a 20 percent risk weight under the capital rules applicable to swap dealers subject to regulation by a prudential regulator;
</P>
<P>(v) A publicly traded debt security issued by, or an asset-backed security fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, a U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise that is operating with capital support or another form of direct financial assistance received from the U.S. government that enables the repayments of the U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise's eligible securities;
</P>
<P>(vi) A security that is issued by, or fully guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, or a multilateral development bank;
</P>
<P>(vii) Other publicly-traded debt that has been deemed acceptable as initial margin by a prudential regulator;
</P>
<P>(viii) A publicly traded common equity security that is included in:
</P>
<P>(A) The Standard &amp; Poor's Composite 1500 Index or any other similar index of liquid and readily marketable equity securities as determined by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(B) An index that a covered swap entity's supervisor in a foreign jurisdiction recognizes for purposes of including publicly traded common equity as initial margin under applicable regulatory policy, if held in that foreign jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(ix) Securities in the form of redeemable securities in a pooled investment fund representing the security-holder's proportional interest in the fund's net assets and that are issued and redeemed only on the basis of the market value of the fund's net assets prepared each business day after the security-holder makes its investment commitment or redemption request to the fund, if the fund's investments are limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities that are issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and immediately-available cash funds denominated in U.S. dollars; or
</P>
<P>(B) Securities denominated in a common currency and issued by, or fully guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by, the European Central Bank or a sovereign entity that is assigned no higher than a 20 percent risk weight under the capital rules applicable to swap dealers subject to regulation by a prudential regulator, and immediately-available cash funds denominated in the same currency; and
</P>
<P>(C) Assets of the fund may not be transferred through securities lending, securities borrowing, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, or other means that involve the fund having rights to acquire the same or similar assets from the transferee, or
</P>
<P>(x) Gold.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prohibition of certain assets.</I> A covered swap entity may not collect or post as initial margin any asset that is a security issued by:
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity or a margin affiliate of the covered swap entity (in the case of posting) or the counterparty or any margin affiliate of the counterparty (in the case of collection);
</P>
<P>(ii) A bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company, a U.S. intermediate holding company established or designated for purposes of compliance with 12 CFR 252.153, a foreign bank, a depository institution, a market intermediary, a company that would be any of the foregoing if it were organized under the laws of the United States or any State, or a margin affiliate of any of the foregoing institutions, or
</P>
<P>(iii) A nonbank financial institution supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Haircuts.</I> (i) The value of any eligible collateral collected or posted to satisfy initial margin requirements shall be subject to the sum of the following discounts, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) An 8 percent discount for initial margin collateral denominated in a currency that is not the currency of settlement for the uncleared swap, except for eligible types of collateral denominated in a single termination currency designated as payable to the non-posting counterparty as part of the eligible master netting agreement; and
</P>
<P>(B) The discounts set forth in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Standardized Haircut Schedule
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cash in same currency as swap obligation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible government and related debt (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity less than one-year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible government and related debt (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity between one and five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible government and related debt (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity greater than five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity less than one-year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity between one and five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section): Residual maturity greater than five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equities included in S&amp;P 500 or related index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equities included in S&amp;P 1500 Composite or related index but not S&amp;P 500 or related index</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional (additive) haircut on asset in which the currency of the swap obligation differs from that of the collateral asset</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) The value of initial margin collateral shall be computed as the product of the cash or market value of the eligible collateral asset times one minus the applicable haircut expressed in percentage terms. The total value of all initial margin collateral is calculated as the sum of those values for each eligible collateral asset.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Variation margin</I>—(1) <I>Eligible collateral</I>—(i) <I>Swaps with a swap entity.</I> (A) A covered swap entity shall post and collect as variation margin to or from a counterparty that is a swap entity only immediately available cash funds that are denominated in: U.S. dollars;
</P>
<P>(B) Another major currency; or
</P>
<P>(C) The currency of settlement of the uncleared swap.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Swaps with a financial end user.</I> A covered swap entity may post and collect as variation margin to or from a counterparty that is a financial end user any asset that is eligible to be posted or collected as initial margin under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Haircuts.</I> (i) The value of any eligible collateral collected or posted to satisfy variation margin requirements shall be subject to the sum of the following discounts, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) An 8% discount for variation margin collateral denominated in a currency that is not the currency of settlement for the uncleared swap except for immediately available cash funds denominated in U.S. cash funds or another major currency; and
</P>
<P>(B) The discounts for initial margin set forth in the table in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of variation margin collateral shall be computed as the product of the cash or market value of the eligible collateral asset times one minus the applicable haircut expressed in percentage terms. The total value of all variation margin collateral shall be calculated as the sum of those values of each eligible collateral asset.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Monitoring obligation.</I> A covered swap entity shall monitor the market value and eligibility of all collateral collected and posted to satisfy the margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161. To the extent that the market value of such collateral has declined, the covered swap entity shall promptly collect or post such additional eligible collateral as is necessary to maintain compliance with the margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161. To the extent that the collateral is no longer eligible, the covered swap entity shall promptly collect or post sufficient eligible replacement collateral to comply with the margin requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Excess margin.</I> A covered swap entity may collect or post initial margin or variation margin that is not required pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161 in any form of collateral.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 56169, Nov. 28, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.157" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.157   Custodial arrangements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial margin posted by covered swap entities.</I> Each covered swap entity that posts initial margin with respect to an uncleared swap shall require that all funds or other property that the covered swap entity provides as initial margin be held by one or more custodians that are not the covered swap entity, the counterparty, or margin affiliates of the covered swap entity or the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial margin collected by covered swap entities.</I> Each covered swap entity that collects initial margin required by § 23.152 with respect to an uncleared swap shall require that such initial margin be held by one or more custodians that are not the covered swap entity, the counterparty, or margin affiliates of the covered swap entity or the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Custodial agreement.</I> Each covered swap entity shall enter into an agreement with each custodian that holds funds pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that:




</P>
<P>(1) Prohibits the custodian from rehypothecating, repledging, reusing, or otherwise transferring (through securities lending, securities borrowing, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement or other means) the collateral held by the custodian except that cash collateral may be held in a general deposit account with the custodian if the funds in the account are used to purchase an asset described in § 23.156(a)(1)(ii) through (x), such asset is held in compliance with this section, and such purchase takes place within a time period reasonably necessary to consummate such purchase after the cash collateral is posted as initial margin; and


</P>
<P>(2) Is a legal, valid, binding, and enforceable agreement under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions including in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a custody agreement may permit the posting party to substitute or direct any reinvestment of posted collateral held by the custodian, provided that, with respect to collateral posted or collected pursuant to § 23.152, the agreement requires the posting party, when it substitutes or directs the reinvestment of posted collateral held by the custodian.
</P>
<P>(i) To substitute only funds or other property that would qualify as eligible collateral under § 23.156, and for which the amount net of applicable discounts described in § 23.156 would be sufficient to meet the requirements of § 23.152; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To direct reinvestment of funds only in assets that would qualify as eligible collateral under § 23.156, and for which the amount net of applicable discounts described in § 23.156 would be sufficient to meet the requirements of § 23.152.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 27678, May 11, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.158" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.158   Margin documentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each covered swap entity shall execute documentation with each counterparty that complies with the requirements of § 23.504 and that complies with this section, as applicable. For uncleared swaps between a covered swap entity and a counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user, the documentation shall provide the covered swap entity with the contractual right and obligation to exchange initial margin and variation margin in such amounts, in such form, and under such circumstances as are required by §§ 23.150 through 23.161. With respect to the minimum transfer amount, if a covered swap entity and a counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user agree to have separate minimum transfer amounts for initial and variation margin, the documentation shall specify the amounts to be allocated for initial margin and variation margin. Such amounts, on a combined basis, must not exceed the minimum transfer amount, as the term is defined in § 23.151.








</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of the documentation.</I> The margin documentation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the methods, procedures, rules, inputs, and data sources to be used for determining the value of uncleared swaps for purposes of calculating variation margin;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the methods, procedures, rules, inputs, and data sources to be used to calculate initial margin for uncleared swaps entered into between the covered swap entity and the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the procedures by which any disputes concerning the valuation of uncleared swaps, or the valuation of assets collected or posted as initial margin or variation margin may be resolved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 6858, Jan. 25, 2021]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.159" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.159   Special rules for affiliates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial margin.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a covered swap entity shall not be required to collect initial margin from a margin affiliate provided that the covered swap entity meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The swaps are subject to a centralized risk management program that is reasonably designed to monitor and to manage the risks associated with the inter-affiliate swaps; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The covered swap entity exchanges variation margin with the margin affiliate in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A covered swap entity shall post initial margin to any margin affiliate that is a swap entity subject to the rules of a Prudential Regulator in an amount equal to the amount that the swap entity is required to collect from the covered swap entity pursuant to the rules of the Prudential Regulator.
</P>
<P>(ii) A covered swap entity shall not be required to post initial margin to any other margin affiliate pursuant to §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Variation margin.</I> Each covered swap entity shall post and collect variation margin with each margin affiliate that is a swap entity or a financial end user in accordance with all applicable provisions of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Foreign margin affiliates.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, the term outward facing margin affiliate means a margin affiliate that enters into swaps with third parties.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, each covered swap entity shall collect initial margin in accordance with all applicable provisions of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 from each margin affiliate that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The margin affiliate is a financial end user;
</P>
<P>(ii) The margin affiliate enters into swaps with third parties, or enters into swaps with any other margin affiliate that, directly or indirectly (including through a series of transactions), enters into swaps with third parties, for which the provisions of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 would apply if any such margin affiliate were a swap entity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any such outward facing margin affiliate is located in a jurisdiction that the Commission has not found to be eligible for substituted compliance with regard to the provisions of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 and does not collect initial margin for such swaps in a manner that would comply with the provisions of §§ 23.150 through 23.161.
</P>
<P>(3) The custodian for initial margin collected pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section may be the covered swap entity or a margin affiliate of the covered swap entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.160" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.160   Cross-border application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section only:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Foreign Consolidated Subsidiary</I> means a non-U.S. CSE in which an ultimate parent entity that is a U.S. person has a controlling financial interest, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, such that the U.S. ultimate parent entity includes the non-U.S. CSE's operating results, financial position and statement of cash flows in the U.S. ultimate parent entity's consolidated financial statements, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guarantee</I> means an arrangement pursuant to which one party to an uncleared swap has rights of recourse against a guarantor, with respect to its counterparty's obligations under the uncleared swap. For these purposes, a party to an uncleared swap has rights of recourse against a guarantor if the party has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right to receive or otherwise collect, in whole or in part, payments from the guarantor with respect to its counterparty's obligations under the uncleared swap. In addition, in the case of any arrangement pursuant to which the guarantor has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right to receive or otherwise collect, in whole or in part, payments from any other guarantor with respect to the counterparty's obligations under the uncleared swap, such arrangement will be deemed a guarantee of the counterparty's obligations under the uncleared swap by the other guarantor.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>International standards</I> mean the margin policy framework for non-cleared, bilateral derivatives issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and the International Organization of Securities in September 2013, as subsequently updated, revised, or otherwise amended, or any other international standards, principles or guidance relating to margin requirements for non-cleared, bilateral derivatives that the Commission may in the future recognize, to the extent that they are consistent with United States law (including the margin requirements in the Commodity Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Non-U.S. CSE</I> means a covered swap entity that is not a U.S. person. The term “non-U.S. CSE” includes a “Foreign Consolidated Subsidiary” or a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. CSE.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Non-U.S. person</I> means any person that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Ultimate parent entity</I> means the parent entity in a consolidated group in which none of the other entities in the consolidated group has a controlling interest, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>U.S. CSE</I> means a covered swap entity that is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>U.S. GAAP</I> means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>U.S. person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A natural person who is a resident of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) An estate of a decedent who was a resident of the United States at the time of death;
</P>
<P>(iii) A corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business or other trust, association, joint-stock company, fund or any form of entity similar to any of the foregoing (other than an entity described in paragraph (a)(10)(iv) or (v) of this section) (a “legal entity”), in each case that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States or that has its principal place of business in the United States, including any branch of such legal entity;
</P>
<P>(iv) A pension plan for the employees, officers or principals of a legal entity described in paragraph (a)(10)(iii) of this section, unless the pension plan is primarily for foreign employees of such entity;
</P>
<P>(v) A trust governed by the laws of a state or other jurisdiction in the United States, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust;
</P>
<P>(vi) A legal entity (other than a limited liability company, limited liability partnership or similar entity where all of the owners of the entity have limited liability) that is owned by one or more persons described in paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through (v) of this section and for which such person(s) bears unlimited responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of the legal entity, including any branch of the legal entity; or
</P>
<P>(vii) An individual account or joint account (discretionary or not) where the beneficial owner (or one of the beneficial owners in the case of a joint account) is a person described in paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through (vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability of margin requirements.</I> The requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 apply as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Uncleared swaps of U.S. CSEs or Non-U.S. CSEs whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person</I>—(i) <I>Applicability of U.S. margin requirements; availability of substituted compliance for requirement to post initial margin.</I> With respect to each uncleared swap entered into by a U.S. CSE or a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person, the U.S. CSE or non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person shall comply with the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 of this part, provided that the U.S. CSE or non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person may satisfy its requirement to post initial margin to certain counterparties to the extent provided in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Compliance with foreign initial margin collection requirement.</I> A covered swap entity that is covered by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section may satisfy its requirement to post initial margin under this part by posting initial margin in the form and amount, and at such times, that its counterparty is required to collect initial margin pursuant to a foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements, but only to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(A) The counterparty is neither a U.S. person nor a non-U.S. person whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(B) The counterparty is subject to such foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements; and
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission has issued a comparability determination under paragraph (c) of this section (“Comparability Determination”) with respect to such foreign jurisdiction's requirements regarding the posting of initial margin by the covered swap entity (that is covered in paragraph (b)(1) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Uncleared swaps of Non-U.S. CSEs whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person</I>—(i) <I>Applicability of U.S. Margin requirements except where an exclusion applies; Availability of substituted compliance.</I> With respect to each uncleared swap entered into by a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person, the non-U.S. CSE shall comply with the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 except to the extent that an exclusion is available under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, provided that a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person may satisfy its margin requirements under this part to the extent provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii) and (b)(2)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exclusion.</I> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a non-U.S. CSE shall not be required to comply with the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 with respect to each uncleared swap it enters into to the extent that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The non-U.S. CSE's obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The non-U.S. CSE is not a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. CSE;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The non-U.S. CSE is not a Foreign Consolidated Subsidiary; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The counterparty to the uncleared swap is a non-U.S. person (excluding a Foreign Consolidated Subsidiary or the U.S. branch of a non-U.S. CSE), whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, any uncleared swap of a non-U.S. CSE that meets the conditions for the Exclusion set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) must nevertheless comply with §§ 23.150 through 23.161 if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The uncleared swap of the non-U.S. CSE is not covered by a Comparability Determination with respect to the initial margin collection requirements in the relevant foreign jurisdiction in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The non-U.S. CSE enters into an inter-affiliate swap(s), transferring any risk arising out of the uncleared swap described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section directly or indirectly, to a margin affiliate (as the term “margin affiliate” is defined in § 23.151 of this part) that is a U.S. CSE or a U.S. Guaranteed CSE.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Availability of substituted compliance where the counterparty is not a U.S. CSE or a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person.</I> Except to the extent that an exclusion is available under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, with respect to each uncleared swap entered into by a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person with a counterparty (except where the counterparty is either a U.S. CSE or a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person), the non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person may satisfy margin requirements under this part by complying with the margin requirements of a foreign jurisdiction to which such non-U.S. CSE (whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person) is subject, but only to the extent that the Commission has issued a Comparability Determination under paragraph (c) of this section for such foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Availability of substituted compliance where the counterparty is a U.S. CSE or a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person.</I> With respect to each uncleared swap entered into by a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person with a counterparty that is a U.S. CSE or a non-U.S. CSE whose obligations under the relevant swap are guaranteed by a U.S. person, the non-U.S. CSE (whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person) may satisfy its requirement to collect initial margin under this part by collecting initial margin in the form and amount, and at such times and under such arrangements, that the non-U.S. CSE (whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. Person) is required to collect initial margin pursuant to a foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The non-U.S. CSE (whose obligations under the relevant swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person) is subject to the foreign jurisdiction's regulatory requirements; and
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission has issued a Comparability Determination with respect to such foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Comparability determinations</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility requirements.</I> The following persons may, either individually or collectively, request a Comparability Determination with respect to some or all of the Commission's margin requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) A covered swap entity that is eligible for substituted compliance under this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign regulatory authority that has direct supervisory authority over one or more covered swap entities and that is responsible for administering the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submission requirements.</I> Persons requesting a Comparability Determination should provide the Commission (either by hard copy or electronically):
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the objectives of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of how the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements address, at minimum, each of the following elements of the Commission's margin requirements. Such description should identify the specific legal and regulatory provisions that correspond to each element and, if necessary, whether the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements do not address a particular element:
</P>
<P>(A) The products subject to the foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(B) The entities subject to the foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(C) The treatment of inter-affiliate derivative transactions;
</P>
<P>(D) The methodologies for calculating the amounts of initial and variation margin;
</P>
<P>(E) The process and standards for approving models for calculating initial and variation margin models;
</P>
<P>(F) The timing and manner in which initial and variation margin must be collected and/or paid;
</P>
<P>(G) Any threshold levels or amounts;
</P>
<P>(H) Risk management controls for the calculation of initial and variation margin;
</P>
<P>(I) Eligible collateral for initial and variation margin;
</P>
<P>(J) The requirements of custodial arrangements, including segregation of margin and rehypothecation;
</P>
<P>(K) Margin documentation requirements; and
</P>
<P>(L) The cross-border application of the foreign jurisdiction's margin regime.
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the differences between the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements and the International Standards;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the ability of the relevant foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements. Such description should discuss the powers of the foreign regulatory authority or authorities to supervise, investigate, and discipline entities for compliance with the margin requirements and the ongoing efforts of the regulatory authority or authorities to detect and deter violations of, and ensure compliance with, the margin requirements; and
</P>
<P>(v) Copies of the foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements (including an English translation of any foreign language document);
</P>
<P>(vi) Any other information and documentation that the Commission deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Standard of review.</I> The Commission will issue a Comparability Determination to the extent that it determines that some or all of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements are comparable to the Commission's corresponding margin requirements. In determining whether the requirements are comparable, the Commission will consider all relevant factors, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope and objectives of the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements achieve comparable outcomes to the Commission's corresponding margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(iii) The ability of the relevant regulatory authority or authorities to supervise and enforce compliance with the relevant foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other facts and circumstances the Commission deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reliance.</I> Any covered swap entity that, in accordance with a Comparability Determination, complies with a foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements, would be deemed to be in compliance with the Commission's corresponding margin requirements. Accordingly, if the Commission determines that a covered swap entity has failed to comply with the foreign jurisdiction's margin requirements, it could initiate an action for a violation of the Commission's margin requirements. All covered swap entities, regardless of whether they rely on a Comparability Determination, remain subject to the Commission's examination and enforcement authority.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Conditions.</I> In issuing a Comparability Determination, the Commission may impose any terms and conditions it deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Modifications.</I> The Commission reserves the right to further condition, modify, suspend, terminate or otherwise restrict a Comparability Determination in the Commission's discretion.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to request information and/or documentation in connection with the Commission's issuance of a Comparability Determination.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-netting jurisdiction requirements.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if a CSE cannot conclude after sufficient legal review with a well-founded basis that the netting agreement described in § 23.152(c) meets the definition of “eligible master netting agreement” set forth in § 23.151, the CSE must treat the uncleared swaps covered by the agreement on a gross basis for the purposes of calculating and complying with the requirements of § 23.152(a) and § 23.153(a) to collect margin, but the CSE may net those uncleared swaps in accordance with § 23.152(c) and § 23.153(d) for the purposes of calculating and complying with the requirements of this part to post margin. A CSE that relies on this paragraph (d) must have policies and procedures ensuring that it is in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, and maintain books and records properly documenting that all of the requirements of this paragraph (d) are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Jurisdictions Where Compliance with Custodial Arrangement Requirements is Unavailable.</I> Sections 23.152(b), 23.157(b), and paragraph (d) of this section do not apply to an uncleared swap entered into by a Foreign Consolidated Subsidiary or a foreign branch of a U.S. CSE if:
</P>
<P>(1) Inherent limitations in the legal or operational infrastructure in the applicable foreign jurisdiction make it impracticable for the CSE and its counterparty to post any form of eligible initial margin collateral recognized pursuant to § 23.156 in compliance with the custodial arrangement requirements of § 23.157;
</P>
<P>(2) The CSE is subject to foreign regulatory restrictions that require the CSE to transact in uncleared swaps with the counterparty through an establishment within the foreign jurisdiction and do not accommodate the posting of collateral for the uncleared swap in compliance with the custodial arrangements of § 23.157 in the United States or a jurisdiction for which the Commission has issued a comparability determination under paragraph (c) of this section with respect to § 23.157;
</P>
<P>(3) The counterparty to the uncleared swap is a non-U.S. person that is not a CSE, and the counterparty's obligations under the uncleared swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(4) The CSE collects initial margin for the uncleared swap in accordance with § 23.152(a) in the form of cash pursuant to § 23.156(a)(1)(i), and posts and collects variation margin in accordance with § 23.153(a) in the form of cash pursuant to § 23.156(a)(1)(i);
</P>
<P>(5) For each broad risk category, as set out in § 23.154(b)(2)(v), the total outstanding notional value of all uncleared swaps in that broad risk category, as to which the CSE is relying on this paragraph (e), may not exceed 5% of the CSE's total outstanding notional value for all uncleared swaps in the same broad risk category;
</P>
<P>(6) The CSE has policies and procedures ensuring that it is in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (e); and
</P>
<P>(7) The CSE maintains books and records properly documenting that all of the requirements of this paragraph (e) are satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 34847, May 31, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.161" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.161   Compliance dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Covered swap entities shall comply with the minimum margin requirements for uncleared swaps on or before the following dates for uncleared swaps entered into on or after the following dates:
</P>
<P>(1) September 1, 2016 for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin and in § 23.153 for variation margin for any uncleared swaps where both—
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity combined with all its margin affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its counterparty combined with all its margin affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in March, April, and May 2016 that exceeds $3 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days; and where
</P>
<P>(iii) In calculating the amounts in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, an entity shall count the average daily notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign-exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time and shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that is exempt pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)).
</P>
<P>(2) March 1, 2017 for the requirements in § 23.153 for variation margin for any other covered swap entity for uncleared swaps entered into with any other counterparty.
</P>
<P>(3) September 1, 2017 for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both—
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity combined with all its margin affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its counterparty combined with all its margin affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in March, April, and May 2017 that exceeds $2.25 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days; and where
</P>
<P>(iii) In calculating the amounts in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, an entity shall count the average daily notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign-exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time and shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that is exempt pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)).
</P>
<P>(4) September 1, 2018, for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both—
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity combined with all its margin affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its counterparty combined with all its margin affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in March, April, and May 2018 that exceeds $1.5 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days; and where


</P>
<P>(iii) In calculating the amounts in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section, an entity shall count the average daily notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign-exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time and shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that is exempt pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)).
</P>
<P>(5) September 1, 2019 for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both—
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity combined with all its margin affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its counterparty combined with all its margin affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in March, April, and May 2019 that exceeds $0.75 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days; and where
</P>
<P>(iii) In calculating the amounts in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section, an entity shall count the average daily notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign-exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time and shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that is exempt pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)).
</P>
<P>(6) September 1, 2021 for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both—
</P>
<P>(i) The covered swap entity combined with all its margin affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its counterparty combined with all its margin affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in March, April, and May 2021 that exceeds $50 billion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days; and where
</P>
<P>(iii) In calculating the amounts in paragraphs (a)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section, an entity shall count the average daily notional amount of an uncleared swap, an uncleared security-based swap, a foreign exchange forward, or a foreign exchange swap between the entity and a margin affiliate only one time and shall not count a swap that is exempt pursuant to § 23.150(b) or a security-based swap that is exempt pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o.10(e)).




</P>
<P>(7) September 1, 2022 for the requirements in § 23.152 for initial margin for any other covered swap entity for uncleared swaps entered into with any other counterparty.


</P>
<P>(b) Once a covered swap entity and its counterparty must comply with the margin requirements for uncleared swaps based on the compliance dates in paragraph (a) of this section, the covered swap entity and its counterparty shall remain subject to the requirements of §§ 23.150 through 23.161 with respect to that counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If a covered swap entity's counterparty changes its status such that an uncleared swap with that counterparty becomes subject to a stricter margin requirement under §§ 23.150 through 23.161 (for example, if the counterparty's status changes from a financial end user without material swaps exposure to a financial end user with material swaps exposure), then the covered swap entity shall comply with the stricter margin requirements for any uncleared swaps entered into with that counterparty after the counterparty changes its status.
</P>
<P>(2) If a covered swap entity's counterparty changes its status such that an uncleared swap with that counterparty becomes subject to less strict margin requirement under §§ 23.150 through 23.161 (for example, if the counterparty's status changes from a financial end user with material swaps exposure to a financial end user without material swaps exposure), then the covered swap entity may comply with the less strict margin requirements for any uncleared swaps entered into with that counterparty after the counterparty changes its status as well as for any outstanding uncleared swap entered into after the applicable compliance date under paragraph (a) of this section and before the counterparty changed its status.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of determining whether an uncleared swap was entered into prior to the applicable compliance date under this section, a covered swap entity may disregard:
</P>
<P>(1) Amendments to the uncleared swap that were entered into solely to comply with the requirements of 12 CFR part 47; 12 CFR part 252, subpart I; or 12 CFR part 382, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(2) Amendments to the uncleared swap that were entered into in compliance with each of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The law of the European Union ceases to apply to the United Kingdom pursuant to Article 50(3) of the Treaty on European Union, without conclusion of a withdrawal agreement between the United Kingdom and the European Union pursuant to Article 50(2) thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Solely in connection with a party to the swap's planning for or response to the event described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, one or both parties to the swap transfers the swap to its margin affiliate, or a branch or other authorized form of establishment of the transferor, and the parties make no other transfers of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(A) A covered swap entity is a transferee from a party to the swap; or
</P>
<P>(B) A covered swap entity is a remaining party to the swap, and the transferor represents to the covered swap entity that the transferee is a margin affiliate, or a branch or other authorized form of establishment of the transferor, and the transfer was made solely in connection with the transferor's planning for or response to the event described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The amendments do not modify any of the following: the payment amount calculation methods, the maturity date, or the notional amount of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The amendments take effect no earlier than the date of the event described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section transpires; and
</P>
<P>(v) The amendments take effect no later than:
</P>
<P>(A) The date that is one year after the date of the event described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) Such other date permitted by transitional provisions under Article 35 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2016/2251, as amended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 695, Jan. 6, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 60346, Nov. 26, 2018; 84 FR 12071, Apr. 1, 2019; 85 FR 19882, Apr. 9, 2020; 85 FR 41352, July 10, 2020; 85 FR 71251, Nov. 9, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.162-23.199" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.162-23.199   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.22.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 23—Application for Internal Models To Compute Market Risk Exposure Requirement and Credit Risk Exposure Requirement
</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap dealer that is requesting the approval of the Commission or the approval of a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member to use internal models to compute its market risk exposure requirement and credit risk exposure requirement under § 23.102 must include the following information as part of its application:
</P>
<P>(1) An executive summary of the information within its application and, if applicable, an identification of the ultimate holding company of the swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) A list of the categories of positions that the swap dealer holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the methods that the swap dealer will use to calculate deductions for market risk and credit risk on those categories of positions;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the mathematical models used by the swap dealer under this Appendix A to compute the VaR of the swap dealer's positions; the stressed VaR of the swap dealer's positions; the specific risk of the swap dealer's positions subject to specific risk; comprehensive risk of the swap dealer's positions; and the incremental risk of the swap dealer's positions, and deductions for credit risk exposure. The description should encompass the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a description of the swap dealer's internal risk management controls over the models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the back-testing procedures the swap dealer will use to back-test the mathematical models; a description of how each mathematical model satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in this Appendix A and a statement describing the extent to which each mathematical model used to compute deductions for market risk exposures and credit risk exposures will be used as part of the risk analyses and reports presented to senior management;
</P>
<P>(4) If the swap dealer is applying to the Commission for approval or a registered futures association to use scenario analysis to calculate deductions for market risk for certain positions, a list of those types of positions, a description of how those deductions will be calculated using scenario analysis, and an explanation of why each scenario analysis is appropriate to calculate deductions for market risk on those types of positions;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of how the swap dealer will calculate current exposure;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of how the swap dealer will determine internal credit ratings of counterparties and internal credit risk-weights of counterparties, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(7) For each instance in which a mathematical model to be used by the swap dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk exposure or to calculate maximum potential exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical model used by the swap dealer's ultimate holding company or the swap dealer's affiliates (if applicable) to calculate an allowance for market risk exposure or to calculate maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description of the difference(s) between the mathematical models;
</P>
<P>(8) A description of the swap dealer's process of re-estimating, re-evaluating, and updating internal models to ensure continued applicability and relevance; and
</P>
<P>(9) Sample risk reports that are provided to management at the swap dealer who are responsible for managing the swap dealer's risk.
</P>
<P>(b) The application of the swap dealer shall be supplemented by other information relating to the internal risk management control system, mathematical models, and financial position of the swap dealer that the Commission or a registered futures association may request to complete its review of the application.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who files an application with the Commission pursuant to this appendix for which it seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested.” All information submitted in connection with the application will be accorded confidential treatment by the Commission, to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(d) If any of the information filed with the Commission or a registered futures association as part of the application of the swap dealer is found to be or becomes inaccurate before the Commission or a registered futures association approves the application, the swap dealer must notify the Commission or the registered futures association promptly and provide the Commission or the registered futures association with a description of the circumstances in which the information was found to be or has become inaccurate along with updated, accurate information.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission or the registered futures association may approve the application or an amendment to the application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission or the registered futures association may require if the Commission or the registered futures association finds the approval to be appropriate in the public interest, after determining, among other things, whether the swap dealer has met all the requirements of this Appendix A.
</P>
<P>(f) A swap dealer shall amend its application under this Appendix A and submit the amendment to the Commission and the registered futures association for approval before it may materially change a mathematical model used to calculate market risk exposure requirements or credit risk exposure requirements or before it may materially change its internal risk management control system with respect to such model.
</P>
<P>(g) As a condition for a swap dealer to use internal models to compute deductions for market risk exposure and credit risk exposure under this Appendix A, the swap dealer agrees that:
</P>
<P>(1) It will notify the Commission and the registered futures association 45 days before it ceases to use internal models to compute deductions for market risk exposure and credit risk exposure under this Appendix A; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission or the registered futures association may determine that the notice will become effective after a shorter or longer period of time if the swap dealer consents or if the Commission determines that a shorter or longer period of time is appropriate in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(h) The Commission or the registered futures association may by written order revoke a swap dealer's approval to use internal models to compute market risk exposures and credit risk exposures on certain credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments if the Commission or the registered futures association finds that such approval is no longer appropriate in the public interest. In making its finding, the Commission or the registered futures association will consider the compliance history of the swap dealer related to its use of models and the swap dealer's compliance with its internal risk management controls. If the Commission or the registered futures association withdraws all or part of a swap dealer's approval to use internal models, the swap dealer shall compute market risk exposure requirements and credit risk exposure requirements in accordance with § 23.103.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>VaR models.</I> A value-at-risk (“VaR”) model must meet the following minimum requirements in order to be approved:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualitative requirements.</I> (i) The VaR model used to calculate market risk exposure or credit risk exposure for a position must be integrated into the daily internal risk management system of the swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The VaR model must be reviewed both periodically and annually. The periodic review may be conducted by personnel of the swap dealer that are independent from the personnel that perform the VaR model calculations. The annual review must be conducted by a qualified third party service. The review must include:
</P>
<P>(A) An evaluation of the conceptual soundness of, and empirical support for, the internal models;
</P>
<P>(B) An ongoing monitoring process that includes verification of processes and the comparison of the swap dealer's model outputs with relevant internal and external data sources or estimation techniques; and
</P>
<P>(C) An outcomes analysis process that includes back-testing. This process must include a comparison of the changes in the swap dealer's portfolio value that would have occurred were end-of-day positions to remain unchanged (therefore, excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading) with VaR-based measures during a sample period not used in model development.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of computing market risk, the swap dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning three months after the swap dealer begins using the VaR model to calculate the market risk exposure, the swap dealer must conduct monthly back-testing of the model by comparing its actual daily net trading profit or loss with the corresponding VaR measure generated by the VaR model, using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one business-day movement in rates and prices, for each of the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use;
</P>
<P>(B) On the last business day of each quarter, the swap dealer must identify the number of back-testing exceptions of the VaR model using actual daily net trading profit and loss, as that term is defined in §§ 23.100. An exception has occurred when for a business day the actual net trading loss, if any, exceeds the corresponding VaR measure. The counting period shall be for the prior 250 business days except that during the first year of use of the model another appropriate period may be used; and
</P>
<P>(C) The swap dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in Table 1 of this Appendix A in determining its market risk until it obtains the next quarter's back-testing results;
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Multiplication Factor Based on the Number of Back-Testing Exceptions of the VaR Model
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of exceptions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplication factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 or fewer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) For purposes of computing the credit equivalent amount of the swap dealer's exposures to a counterparty, the swap dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning three months after it begins using the VaR model to calculate maximum potential exposure, the swap dealer must conduct back-testing of the model by comparing, for at least 80 counterparties (or the actual number of counterparties if the swap dealer does not have 80 counterparties) with widely varying types and sizes of positions with the firm, the ten business day change in its current exposure to the counterparty based on its positions held at the beginning of the ten-business day period with the corresponding ten-business day maximum potential exposure for the counterparty generated by the VaR model;
</P>
<P>(B) As of the last business day of each quarter, the swap dealer must identify the number of back-testing exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of ten-business day periods in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the change in current exposure to a counterparty, assuming the portfolio remains static for the ten-business day period, exceeds the corresponding maximum potential exposure; and
</P>
<P>(C) The swap dealer will propose, as part of its application, a schedule of multiplication factors, which must be approved by the Commission, or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, based on the number of back-testing exceptions of the VaR model. The swap dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in the approved schedule in determining the credit equivalent amount of its exposures to a counterparty until it obtains the next quarter's back-testing results, unless the Commission or the registered futures association determines, based on, among other relevant factors, a review of the swap dealer's internal risk management control system, including a review of the VaR model, that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Quantitative requirements.</I> (i) For purposes of determining market risk exposure, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a ten business-day movement in rates and prices;
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of determining maximum potential exposure, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one-year movement in rates and prices; or based on a review of the swap dealer's procedures for managing collateral and if the collateral is marked to market daily and the swap dealer has the ability to call for additional collateral daily, the Commission, or the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, may approve a time horizon of not less than ten business days;
</P>
<P>(iii) The VaR model must use an effective historical observation period of at least one year. The swap dealer must consider the effects of market stress in its construction of the model. Historical data sets must be updated at least monthly and reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities change significantly or portfolio composition warrant; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The VaR model must take into account and incorporate all significant, identifiable market risk factors applicable to positions in the accounts of the swap dealer, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of derivatives and the sensitivity of the fair value of those positions to changes in the volatility of the derivatives' underlying rates, prices, or other material risk factors. A swap dealer with a large or complex portfolio with non-linear derivatives (such as options or positions with embedded optionality) must measure the volatility of these positions at different maturities and/or strike prices, where material;
</P>
<P>(B) Empirical correlations within and across risk factors provided that the swap dealer validates and demonstrates the reasonableness of its process for measuring correlations, if the VaR-based measure does not incorporate empirical correlations across risk categories, the swap dealer must add the separate measures from its internal models used to calculate the VaR-based measure for the appropriate risk categories (interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange rate risk, and/or commodity price risk) to determine its aggregate VaR-based measure, or, alternatively, risk factors sufficient to cover all the market risk inherent in the positions in the proprietary or other trading accounts of the swap dealer, including interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange risk, and commodity price risk; and
</P>
<P>(C) Spread risk, where applicable, and segments of the yield curve sufficient to capture differences in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve for securities and derivatives that are sensitive to different interest rates. For material positions in major currencies and markets, modeling techniques must incorporate enough segments of the yield curve—in no case less than six—to capture differences in volatility and less than perfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Stressed VaR-based Measure.</I> A stressed VaR model must meet the following minimum requirements in order to be approved:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Requirements for stressed VaR-based measure.</I> (i) A swap dealer must calculate a stressed VaR-based measure for its positions using the same model(s) used to calculate the VaR-based measure under paragraph (i) of this appendix, subject to the same confidence level and holding period applicable to the VaR-based measure, but with model inputs calibrated to historical data from a continuous 12-month period that reflects a period of significant financial stress appropriate to the swap dealer's current portfolio.
</P>
<P>(ii) The stressed VaR-based measure must be calculated at least weekly and be no less than the swap dealer's VaR-based measure.
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap dealer must have policies and procedures that describe how it determines the period of significant financial stress used to calculate the swap dealer's stressed VaR-based measure under this appendix and must be able to provide empirical support for the period used. The swap dealer must obtain the prior approval of the Commission, or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, if the swap dealer makes any material changes to these policies and procedures. The policies and procedures must address:
</P>
<P>(A) How the swap dealer links the period of significant financial stress used to calculate the stressed VaR-based measure to the composition and directional bias of its current portfolio; and
</P>
<P>(B) The swap dealer's process for selecting, reviewing, and updating the period of significant financial stress used to calculate the stressed VaR-based measure and for monitoring the appropriateness of the period to the swap dealer's current portfolio.
</P>
<P>(iv) Nothing in this appendix prevents the Commission or the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member from requiring a swap dealer to use a different period of significant financial stress in the calculation of the stressed VaR-based measure.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Specific Risk.</I> A specific risk model must meet the following minimum requirements in order to be approved:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirement.</I> A swap dealer must use one of the methods in this paragraph (k) to measure the specific risk for each of its debt, equity, and securitization positions with specific risk.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Modeled specific risk.</I> A swap dealer may use models to measure the specific risk of its proprietary positions. A swap dealer must use models to measure the specific risk of correlation trading positions that are modeled under paragraph (m) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Requirements for specific risk modeling.</I> (A) If a swap dealer uses internal models to measure the specific risk of a portfolio, the internal models must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Explain the historical price variation in the portfolio;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Be responsive to changes in market conditions;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Be robust to an adverse environment, including signaling rising risk in an adverse environment; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Capture all material components of specific risk for the debt and equity positions in the portfolio. Specifically, the internal models must:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Capture name-related basis risk;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Capture event risk and idiosyncratic risk; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Capture and demonstrate sensitivity to material differences between positions that are similar but not identical and to changes in portfolio composition and concentrations.
</P>
<P>(B) If a swap dealer calculates an incremental risk measure for a portfolio of debt or equity positions under paragraph (l) of this appendix, the swap dealer is not required to capture default and credit migration risks in its internal models used to measure the specific risk of those portfolios.
</P>
<P>(C) A swap dealer shall validate a specific risk model through back-testing.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Specific risk fully modeled for one or more portfolios.</I> If the swap dealer's VaR-based measure captures all material aspects of specific risk for one or more of its portfolios of debt, equity, or correlation trading positions, the swap dealer has no specific risk add-on for those portfolios.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Specific risk not modeled.</I> (i) If the swap dealer's VaR-based measure does not capture all material aspects of specific risk for a portfolio of debt, equity, or correlation trading positions, the swap dealer must calculate a specific-risk add-on for the portfolio under the standardized measurement method as described in 12 CFR 217.210.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap dealer must calculate a specific risk add-on under the standardized measurement method as described in 12 CFR 217.200 for all of its securitization positions that are not modeled under this paragraph (k).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Incremental Risk.</I> An incremental risk model must meet the following minimum requirements in order to be approved:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirement.</I> A swap dealer that measures the specific risk of a portfolio of debt positions under paragraph (k) of this appendix using internal models must calculate at least weekly an incremental risk measure for that portfolio according to the requirements in this appendix. The incremental risk measure is the swap dealer's measure of potential losses due to incremental risk over a one-year time horizon at a one-tail, 99.9 percent confidence level, either under the assumption of a constant level of risk, or under the assumption of constant positions. With the prior approval of the Commission or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, a swap dealer may choose to include portfolios of equity positions in its incremental risk model, provided that it consistently includes such equity positions in a manner that is consistent with how the swap dealer internally measures and manages the incremental risk of such positions at the portfolio level. If equity positions are included in the model, for modeling purposes default is considered to have occurred upon the default of any debt of the issuer of the equity position. A swap dealer may not include correlation trading positions or securitization positions in its incremental risk measure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements for incremental risk modeling.</I> For purposes of calculating the incremental risk measure, the incremental risk model must:
</P>
<P>(i) Measure incremental risk over a one-year time horizon and at a one-tail, 99.9 percent confidence level, either under the assumption of a constant level of risk, or under the assumption of constant positions.
</P>
<P>(A) A constant level of risk assumption means that the swap dealer rebalances, or rolls over, the swap dealer's trading positions at the beginning of each liquidity horizon over the one-year horizon in a manner that maintains the swap dealer's initial risk level. The swap dealer must determine the frequency of rebalancing in a manner consistent with the liquidity horizons of the positions in the portfolio. The liquidity horizon of a position or set of positions is the time required for a swap dealer to reduce its exposure to, or hedge all of its material risks of, the position(s) in a stressed market. The liquidity horizon for a position or set of positions may not be less than the shorter of three months or the contractual maturity of the position.
</P>
<P>(B) A constant position assumption means that the swap dealer maintains the same set of positions throughout the one-year horizon. If a swap dealer uses this assumption, it must do so consistently across all portfolios.
</P>
<P>(C) A swap dealer's selection of a constant position or a constant risk assumption must be consistent between the swap dealer's incremental risk model and its comprehensive risk model described in paragraph (m) of this appendix, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(D) A swap dealer's treatment of liquidity horizons must be consistent between the swap dealer's incremental risk model and its comprehensive risk model described in paragraph (m) of this appendix, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) Recognize the impact of correlations between default and migration events among obligors.
</P>
<P>(iii) Reflect the effect of issuer and market concentrations, as well as concentrations that can arise within and across product classes during stressed conditions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Reflect netting only of long and short positions that reference the same financial instrument.
</P>
<P>(v) Reflect any material mismatch between a position and its hedge.
</P>
<P>(vi) Recognize the effect that liquidity horizons have on dynamic hedging strategies. In such cases, a swap dealer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Choose to model the rebalancing of the hedge consistently over the relevant set of trading positions;
</P>
<P>(B) Demonstrate that including rebalancing results in a more appropriate risk measurement;
</P>
<P>(C) Demonstrate that the market for the hedge is sufficiently liquid to permit rebalancing during periods of stress; and
</P>
<P>(D) Capture in the incremental risk model any residual risks arising from such hedging strategies.
</P>
<P>(vii) Reflect the nonlinear impact of options and other positions with material nonlinear behavior with respect to default and migration changes.
</P>
<P>(viii) Maintain consistency with the swap dealer's internal risk management methodologies for identifying, measuring, and managing risk.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Comprehensive Risk.</I> A comprehensive risk model must meet the following minimum requirements in order to be approved:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirement.</I> (i) Subject to the prior approval of the Commission or a registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, a swap dealer may use the method in this paragraph to measure comprehensive risk, that is, all price risk, for one or more portfolios of correlation trading positions.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap dealer that measures the price risk of a portfolio of correlation trading positions using internal models must calculate at least weekly a comprehensive risk measure that captures all price risk according to the requirements of this paragraph (m). The comprehensive risk measure is either:
</P>
<P>(A) The sum of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The swap dealer's modeled measure of all price risk determined according to the requirements in paragraph (m)(2) of this appendix; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A surcharge for the swap dealer's modeled correlation trading positions equal to the total specific risk add-on for such positions as calculated under paragraph (k) of this appendix multiplied by 8.0 percent; or
</P>
<P>(B) With approval of the Commission, or the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, and provided the swap dealer has met the requirements of this paragraph (m) for a period of at least one year and can demonstrate the effectiveness of the model through the results of ongoing model validation efforts including robust benchmarking, the greater of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The swap dealer's modeled measure of all price risk determined according to the requirements in paragraph (b) of this appendix; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The total specific risk add-on that would apply to the swap dealer's modeled correlation trading positions as calculated under paragraph (k) of this appendix multiplied by 8.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements for modeling all price risk.</I> If a swap dealer uses an internal model to measure the price risk of a portfolio of correlation trading positions:
</P>
<P>(i) The internal model must measure comprehensive risk over a one-year time horizon at a one-tail, 99.9 percent confidence level, either under the assumption of a constant level of risk, or under the assumption of constant positions.
</P>
<P>(ii) The model must capture all material price risk, including but not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The risks associated with the contractual structure of cash flows of the position, its issuer, and its underlying exposures;
</P>
<P>(B) Credit spread risk, including nonlinear price risks;
</P>
<P>(C) The volatility of implied correlations, including nonlinear price risks such as the cross-effect between spreads and correlations;
</P>
<P>(D) Basis risk;
</P>
<P>(E) Recovery rate volatility as it relates to the propensity for recovery rates to affect tranche prices; and
</P>
<P>(F) To the extent the comprehensive risk measure incorporates the benefits of dynamic hedging, the static nature of the hedge over the liquidity horizon must be recognized. In such cases, a swap dealer must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Choose to model the rebalancing of the hedge consistently over the relevant set of trading positions;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Demonstrate that including rebalancing results in a more appropriate risk measurement;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Demonstrate that the market for the hedge is sufficiently liquid to permit rebalancing during periods of stress; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Capture in the comprehensive risk model any residual risks arising from such hedging strategies;
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap dealer must use market data that are relevant in representing the risk profile of the swap dealer's correlation trading positions in order to ensure that the swap dealer fully captures the material risks of the correlation trading positions in its comprehensive risk measure in accordance with this appendix; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The swap dealer must be able to demonstrate that its model is an appropriate representation of comprehensive risk in light of the historical price variation of its correlation trading positions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for stress testing.</I> (i) A swap dealer must at least weekly apply specific, supervisory stress scenarios to its portfolio of correlation trading positions that capture changes in:
</P>
<P>(A) Default rates;
</P>
<P>(B) Recovery rates;
</P>
<P>(C) Credit spreads;
</P>
<P>(D) Correlations of underlying exposures; and
</P>
<P>(E) Correlations of a correlation trading position and its hedge.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Other requirements.</I> (A) A swap dealer must retain and make available to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member the results and all assumptions and parameters of the supervisory stress testing, including comparisons with the capital requirements generated by the swap dealer's comprehensive risk model.
</P>
<P>(B) A swap dealer must report promptly to the Commission and to the registered futures association of which it is a member any instances where the stress tests indicate any material deficiencies in the comprehensive risk model.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Securitization Exposures.</I> (1) To use the simplified supervisory formula approach (SSFA) to determine the specific risk-weighting factor for a securitization position, a swap dealer must have data that enables it to assign accurately the parameters described in paragraph (n)(2) of this appendix. Data used to assign the parameters described in paragraph (n)(2) of this appendix must be the most currently available data; if the contracts governing the underlying exposures of the securitization require payments on a monthly or quarterly basis, the data used to assign the parameters described in paragraph (n)(2) of this appendix must be no more than 91 calendar days old. A swap dealer that does not have the appropriate data to assign the parameters described in paragraph (n)(2) of this appendix must assign a specific risk-weighting of 100 percent to the position.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>SSFA parameters.</I> To calculate the specific risk-weighting factor for a securitization position using the SSFA, a swap dealer must have accurate information on the five inputs to the SSFA calculation described in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) through (n)(2)(v) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(i) K<E T="52">G</E> is the weighted-average (with unpaid principal used as the weight for each exposure) total capital requirement of the underlying exposures calculated for a swap dealer's credit risk. K<E T="52">G</E> is expressed as a decimal value between zero and one (that is, an average risk weight of 100 percent presents a value of K<E T="52">G</E> equal to 0.08).
</P>
<P>(ii) Parameter W is expressed as a decimal value between zero and one. Parameter W is the ratio of the sum of the dollar amounts of any underlying exposures of the securitization that meet any of the criteria as set forth in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) of this appendix to the balance, measured in dollars, of underlying exposures:
</P>
<P>(A) Ninety days or more past due;
</P>
<P>(B) Subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;
</P>
<P>(C) In the process of foreclosure;
</P>
<P>(D) Held as real estate owned;
</P>
<P>(E) Has contractually deferred payments for 90 days or more, other than principal or interest payments deferred on;
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Federally-guaranteed student loans, in accordance with the terms of those guarantee programs; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Consumer loans, including non-federally guaranteed student loans, provided that such payments are deferred pursuant to provisions included in the contract at the time funds are disbursed that provide for period(s) of deferral that are not initiated based on changes in the creditworthiness of the borrower; or
</P>
<P>(F) Is in default.
</P>
<P>(iii) Parameter A is the attachment point for the position, which represents the threshold at which credit losses will first be allocated to the position. Except as provided in 12 CFR 217.210(b)(2)(vii)(D) for nth to default derivatives, parameter A equals the ratio of the current dollar amount of underlying exposures that are subordinated to the position of the swap dealer to the current dollar amount of underlying exposures. Any reserve account funded by the accumulated cash flows from the underlying exposures that is subordinated to the position that contains the swap dealer's securitization exposure may be included in the calculation of parameter A to the extent that cash is present in the account. Parameter A is expressed as a decimal value between zero and one.
</P>
<P>(iv) Parameter D is the detachment point for the position, which represents the threshold at which credit losses of principal allocated to the position would result in a total loss of principal. Except as provided in 12 CFR 210(b)(2)(vii)(D) for nth-to-default credit derivatives, parameter D equals parameter A plus the ratio of the current dollar amount of the securitization positions that are pari passu with the position (that is, have equal seniority with respect to credit risk) to the current dollar amount of the underlying exposures. Parameter D is expressed as a decimal value between zero and one.
</P>
<P>(v) A supervisory calibration parameter, p, is equal to 0.5 for securitization positions that are not resecuritization positions and equal to 1.5 for resecuritization positions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mechanics of the SSFA.</I> K<E T="52">G</E> and W are used to calculate K<E T="52">A</E>, the augmented value of K<E T="52">G</E>, which reflects the observed credit quality of the underlying exposures. K<E T="52">A</E> is defined in paragraph (n)(4) of this appendix. The values of parameters A and D, relative to K<E T="52">A</E> determine the specific risk-weighting factor assigned to a securitization position, or portion of a position, as appropriate, is the larger of the specific risk-weighting factor determined in accordance with this paragraph (n)(3), paragraph (n)(4) of this appendix, and a specific risk-weighting factor of 1.6 percent.
</P>
<P>(i) When the detachment point, parameter D, for a securitization position is less than or equal to K<E T="52">A</E>, the position must be assigned a specific risk-weighting factor of 100 percent.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the attachment point, parameter A, for a securitization position is greater than or equal to K<E T="52">A</E>, the swap dealer must calculate the specific risk-weighting factor in accordance with paragraph (n)(4) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(iii) When A is less than K<E T="52">A</E> and D is greater than K<E T="52">A</E>, the specific risk-weighting factor is a weighted-average of 1.00 and K<E T="52">SSFA</E> calculated under paragraphs (n)(3)(iii)(A) and (3)(iii)(B) of this appendix. For the purpose of this calculation:
</P>
<P>(A) The weight assigned to 1.00 equals
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15se20.014.gif"/>
<P>(iii) The specific risk-weighting factor for the position (expressed as a percent) is equal to K<E T="52">SSFA</E> × 100.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Additional conditions.</I> As a condition for the swap dealer to use this Appendix A to calculate certain of its capital charges, the Commission, or registered futures association of which the swap dealer is a member, may impose additional conditions on the swap dealer, which may include, but are not limited to restricting the swap dealer's business on a product-specific, category-specific, or general basis; submitting to the Commission or the registered futures association a plan to increase the swap dealer's regulatory capital; filing more frequent reports with the Commission or the registered futures association; modifying the swap dealer's internal risk management control procedures; or computing the swap dealer's deductions for market and credit risk in accordance with §§ 23.102 as appropriate. If the Commission or registered futures association finds it is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, the Commission or registered futures association may impose additional conditions on the swap dealer, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap dealer is required to provide notice to the Commission or the registered futures association that the swap dealer's regulatory capital is less than $100 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The swap dealer fails to meet the reporting requirements set forth in § 23.105;
</P>
<P>(3) Any event specified in § 23.105 occurs;
</P>
<P>(4) There is a material deficiency in the internal risk management control system or in the mathematical models used to price securities or to calculate deductions for market and credit risk or allowances for market and credit risk, as applicable, of the swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(5) The swap dealer fails to comply with this Appendix A; or
</P>
<P>(6) The Commission finds that imposition of other conditions is necessary or appropriate in the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57556, Sept. 15, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.22.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Subpart E of Part 23—Swap Dealer and Major Swap Participant Position Information





</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er23my24.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23my24.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23my24.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23my24.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 45588, May 23, 2024]







 

</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.3.7.22.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Subpart E of Part 23—Specific Position Information for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants Subjects to the Capital Requirements of a Prudential Regulator







</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er23my24.007.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 45592, May 23, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Daily Trading Records Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 20202, Apr. 3, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.200   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of subpart F, the following terms shall be defined as provided.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Business trading unit</I> means any department, division, group, or personnel of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or exercises supervisory authority over the performance of, any pricing (excluding price verification for risk management purposes), trading, sales, purchasing, marketing, advertising, solicitation, structuring, or brokerage activities on behalf of a registrant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clearing unit</I> means any department, division, group, or personnel of a registrant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs any proprietary or customer clearing activities on behalf of a registrant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Complaint</I> means any formal or informal complaint, grievance, criticism, or concern communicated to the swap dealer or major swap participant in any format relating to, arising from, or in connection with, any trading conduct or behavior or with the swap dealer or major swap participant's performance (or failure to perform) any of its regulatory obligations, and includes any and all observations, comments, remarks, interpretations, clarifications, notes, and examinations as to such conduct or behavior communicated or documented by the complainant, swap dealer, or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Executed</I> means the completion of the execution process.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Execution</I> means, with respect to a swap, an agreement by the parties (whether orally, in writing, electronically, or otherwise) to the terms of a swap that legally binds the parties to such swap terms under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Governing body.</I> This term means:
</P>
<P>(1) A board of directors;
</P>
<P>(2) A body performing a function similar to a board of directors;
</P>
<P>(3) Any committee of a board or body; or
</P>
<P>(4) The chief executive officer of a registrant, or any such board, body, committee, or officer of a division of a registrant, provided that the registrant's swaps activities for which registration with the Commission is required are wholly contained in a separately identifiable division.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Prudential regulator</I> has the meaning given to such term in section 1a(39) of the Commodity Exchange Act and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Association, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Registered entity</I> has the meaning given to such term in section 1a(40) of the Commodity Exchange Act, and includes boards of trade designated as contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap execution facilities, and swap data repositories.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Related cash or forward transaction</I> means a purchase or sale for immediate or deferred physical shipment or delivery of an asset related to a swap where the swap and the related cash or forward transaction are used to hedge, mitigate the risk of, or offset one another.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Swaps activities</I> means, with respect to a registrant, such registrant's activities related to swaps and any product used to hedge such swaps, including, but not limited to, futures, options, other swaps or security-based swaps, debt or equity securities, foreign currency, physical commodities, and other derivatives.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Swap confirmation</I> means the consummation (electronically or otherwise) of legally binding documentation (electronic or otherwise) that memorializes the agreement of the parties to all the terms of the swap. A confirmation must be in writing (whether electronic or otherwise) and must legally supersede any previous agreement (electronically or otherwise).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.201" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.201   Required records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transaction and position records.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, of all its swaps activities. Such records shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Transaction records.</I> Records of each transaction, including all documents on which transaction information is originally recorded. Such records shall be kept in a form and manner identifiable and searchable by transaction and by counterparty, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) All documents customarily generated in accordance with market practice that demonstrate the existence and nature of an order or transaction, including, but not limited to, records of all orders (filled, unfilled, or cancelled); correspondence; journals; memoranda; ledgers; confirmations; risk disclosure documents; statements of purchase and sale; contracts; invoices; warehouse receipts; documents of title; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The daily trading records required to be kept in accordance with § 23.202.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Position records.</I> Records of each position held by each swap dealer and major swap participant, identified by product and counterparty, including records reflecting whether each position is “long” or “short” and whether the position is cleared. Position records shall be linked to transaction records in a manner that permits identification of the transactions that established the position.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Records of transactions executed on a swap execution facility or designated contract market or cleared by a derivatives clearing organization.</I> Records of each transaction executed on a swap execution facility or designated contract market or cleared by a derivatives clearing organization maintained in compliance with the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Business records.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall keep full, complete, and systematic records of all activities related to its business as a swap dealer or major swap participant, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Governance.</I> (i) Minutes of meetings of the governing body and relevant committee minutes, including handouts and presentation materials;
</P>
<P>(ii) Organizational charts for its governing body and relevant committees, business trading unit, clearing unit, risk management unit, and all other relevant units or divisions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Biographies or resumes of managers, senior supervisors, officers, and directors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Job descriptions for manager, senior supervisor, officer, and director positions, including job responsibilities and scope of authority;
</P>
<P>(v) Internal and external audit, risk management, compliance, and consultant reports (including management responses); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Business and strategic plans for the business trading unit.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial records.</I> (i) Records reflecting all assets and liabilities, income and expenses, and capital accounts as required by the Act and Commission regulations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All other financial records required to be kept under the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Complaints.</I> (i) A record of each complaint received by the swap dealer or major swap participant concerning any partner, member, officer, employee, or agent. The record shall include the complainant's name, address, and account number; the date the complaint was received; the name of all persons identified in the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; the disposition of the complaint, and the date the complaint was resolved.
</P>
<P>(ii) A record indicating that each counterparty of the swap dealer or major swap participant has been provided with a notice containing the physical address, email or other widely available electronic address, and telephone number of the department of the swap dealer or major swap participant to which any complaints may be directed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Marketing and sales materials.</I> All marketing and sales presentations, advertisements, literature, and communications, and a record documenting that the swap dealer or major swap participant has complied with, or adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to establish compliance with, all applicable Federal requirements, Commission regulations, and the rules of any self-regulatory organization of which the swap dealer or major swap participant is a member.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records of data reported to a swap data repository.</I> With respect to each swap, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall identify, retain, and produce for inspection all information and data required to be reported in accordance with part 45 of this chapter, along with a record of the date and time the swap dealer or major swap participant made the report.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records of real-time reporting data.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall identify, retain, and produce for inspection all information and data required to be reported in accordance with part 43 of this chapter, along with a record of the date and time the swap dealer or major swap participant made the report.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.202" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.202   Daily trading records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Daily trading records for swaps.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep daily trading records of all swaps it executes, including all documents on which transaction information is originally recorded. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall ensure that its records include all information necessary to conduct a comprehensive and accurate trade reconstruction for each swap. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain each transaction record in a manner identifiable and searchable by transaction and counterparty.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pre-execution trade information.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep pre-execution trade information, including, at a minimum, records of all oral and written communications provided or received concerning quotes, solicitations, bids, offers, instructions, trading, and prices, that lead to the execution of a swap, whether communicated by telephone, voicemail, facsimile, instant messaging, chat rooms, electronic mail, mobile device, or other digital or electronic media. Such records shall include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Reliable timing data for the initiation of the trade that would permit complete and accurate trade reconstruction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record of the date and time, to the nearest minute, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by timestamp or other timing device, for each quotation provided to, or received from, the counterparty prior to execution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution trade information.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep trade execution records, including:
</P>
<P>(i) All terms of each swap, including all terms regarding payment or settlement instructions, initial and variation margin requirements, option premiums, payment dates, and any other cash flows;
</P>
<P>(ii) The trade ticket for each swap (which, together with the time of execution of each swap, shall be immediately recorded electronically for further processing);
</P>
<P>(iii) The unique transaction identifier, as required by § 45.5 of this chapter, for each swap;


</P>
<P>(iv) A record of the date and time of execution of each swap, to the nearest minute, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by timestamp or other timing device;
</P>
<P>(v) The name of the counterparty with which each such swap was executed, including its legal entity identifier or alternate identifier, as required by § 45.6 of this chapter;






</P>
<P>(vi) The date and title of the agreement to which each swap is subject, including but not limited to, any swap trading relationship documentation and credit support arrangements;


</P>
<P>(vii) The product name of each swap, including its unique product identifier and description using the product classification system, as required by § 45.7 of this chapter;




</P>
<P>(viii) The price at which the swap was executed;
</P>
<P>(ix) Fees or commissions and other expenses, identified by transaction; and
</P>
<P>(x) Any other information relevant to the swap.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Post-execution trade information.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep records of post-execution trade information containing an itemized record of all relevant post-trade processing and events.
</P>
<P>(i) Records of post-trade processing and events shall include all of the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) Confirmation;
</P>
<P>(B) Termination;
</P>
<P>(C) Novation;
</P>
<P>(D) Amendment;
</P>
<P>(E) Assignment;
</P>
<P>(F) Netting;
</P>
<P>(G) Compression;
</P>
<P>(H) Reconciliation;
</P>
<P>(I) Valuation;
</P>
<P>(J) Margining;
</P>
<P>(K) Collateralization; and
</P>
<P>(L) Central clearing.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep a record of all swap confirmations, along with the date and time, to the nearest minute, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by timestamp or other timing device; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep a record of each swap portfolio reconciliation, including the number of portfolio reconciliation discrepancies and the number of swap valuation disputes (including the time-to-resolution of each valuation dispute and the age of outstanding valuation disputes, categorized by transaction and counterparty);
</P>
<P>(iv) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep a record of each swap portfolio compression exercise in which it participates, including the dates of the compression, the swaps included in the compression, the identity of the counterparties participating in the exercise, the results of the compression, and the name of the third-party entity performing the compression, if any; and
</P>
<P>(v) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep a record of each swap that it centrally clears, categorized by transaction and counterparty.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ledgers.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep ledgers (or other records) reflecting the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Payments and interest received;
</P>
<P>(ii) Moneys borrowed and moneys loaned;
</P>
<P>(iii) The daily calculation of the value of each outstanding swap;
</P>
<P>(iv) The daily calculation of current and potential future exposure for each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(v) The daily calculation of initial margin to be posted by the swap dealer or major swap participant for each counterparty and the daily calculation of initial margin to be posted by each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(vi) The daily calculation of variation margin payable to or receivable from each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(vii) The daily calculation of the value of all collateral, before and after haircuts, held by or posted by the swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(viii) All transfers of collateral, including any substitutions of collateral, identifying in sufficient detail the amounts and types of collateral transferred; and
</P>
<P>(ix) All charges against and credits to each counterparty's account, including funds deposited, withdrawn, or transferred, and charges or credits resulting from losses or gains on transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Daily trading records for related cash and forward transactions.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and keep daily trading records of all related cash or forward transactions it executes, including all documents on which the related cash or forward transaction information is originally recorded. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall ensure that its records include all information necessary to conduct a comprehensive and accurate trade reconstruction for each related cash or forward transaction. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain each transaction record in a manner identifiable and searchable by transaction and by counterparty. Such records shall include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A record of all oral and written communications provided or received concerning quotes, solicitations, bids, offers, instructions, trading, and prices, that lead to the conclusion of a related cash or forward transaction, whether communicated by telephone, voicemail, facsimile, instant messaging, chat rooms, electronic mail, mobile device, or other digital or electronic media;
</P>
<P>(2) Reliable timing data for the initiation of the transaction that would permit complete and accurate trade reconstruction;
</P>
<P>(3) A record of the date and time, to the nearest minute, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by timestamp or other timing device, for each quotation provided to, or received from, the counterparty prior to execution;
</P>
<P>(4) A record of the date and time of execution of each related cash or forward transaction, to the nearest minute, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), by timestamp or other timing device;
</P>
<P>(5) All terms of each related cash or forward transaction;
</P>
<P>(6) The price at which the related cash or forward transaction was executed; and
</P>
<P>(7) A record of the daily calculation of the value of the related cash or forward transaction and any other relevant financial information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20202, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 88 FR 8753, Feb. 10, 2023]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.203" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.203   Records; retention and inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Location of records</I>—(1) <I>Records.</I> All records required to be kept by a swap dealer or major swap participant by the Act and by Commission regulations shall be kept at the principal place of business of the swap dealer or major swap participant or such other principal office as shall be designated by the swap dealer or major swap participant. If the principal place of business is outside of the United States, its territories or possessions, then upon the request of a Commission representative, the swap dealer or major swap participant must provide such records as requested at the place in the United States, its territories, or possessions designated by the representative within 72 hours after receiving the request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contact information.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain for each of its offices a listing, by name or title, of each person at that office who, without delay, can explain the types of records the swap dealer or major swap participant maintains at that office and the information contained in those records.</P>
<P>(b) <I>Record retention.</I> (1) The records required to be maintained by this chapter shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. All such records shall be open to inspection by any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or any applicable prudential regulator. Records relating to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) shall be open to inspection by any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Records of any swap data reported in accordance with part 45 of this chapter shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of § 45.2 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20202, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 82 FR 24487, May 30, 2017]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.204" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.204   Reports to swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting of swap transaction data to swap data repositories.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall report all information and data in accordance with part 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic reporting of swap transaction data.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall have the electronic systems and procedures necessary to transmit electronically all information and data required to be reported in accordance with part 45 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.205" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.205   Real-time public reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Real-time public reporting of swap transaction and pricing data.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall report all information and swap transaction and pricing data required to be reported in accordance with the real-time public reporting requirements in part 43 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic reporting of swap transaction data.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall have the electronic systems and procedures necessary to transmit electronically all information and data required to be reported in accordance with part 43 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20202, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 88 FR 8753, Feb. 10, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.206" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.206   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Market Participants Division to establish an alternative compliance schedule to comply with daily trading records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority to establish an alternative compliance schedule for requirements of § 23.202 that are found to be technologically or economically impracticable for an affected swap dealer or major swap participant that seeks, in good faith, to comply with the requirements of § 23.202 within a reasonable time period beyond the date on which compliance by such swap dealer or major swap participant is otherwise required.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for an alternative compliance schedule under this section shall be acted upon by the Director of the Market Participants Division within 30 days from the time such a request is received, or it shall be deemed approved.
</P>
<P>(c) Relief granted under this section shall not cause a registrant to be out of compliance or deemed in violation of any registration requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this section believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether an alternative compliance schedule should be established. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20202, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 89 FR 71810, Sept. 4, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Business Conduct Standards for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants Dealing With Counterparties, Including Special Entities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>90 FR 61252, Dec. 30, 2025, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.400" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.400   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The sections of this subpart shall apply to swap dealers and, unless otherwise indicated, major swap participants. These rules are not intended to limit or restrict the applicability of other provisions of the Act and rules and regulations thereunder, or other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The provisions of this subpart shall apply in connection with transactions in swaps as well as in connection with swaps that are offered but not entered into.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.401" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Solely for purposes of this subpart, the terms listed in this section have the meanings set forth below.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>A-ITBC Swap.</I> The term “Anonymous ITBC Swap” or “A-ITBC Swap” means an ITBC Swap (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) where the swap entity does not know the identity of the counterparty prior to execution of the swap. An A-ITBC Swap may be executed bilaterally between the parties or may be executed on or pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or a trading facility exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Counterparty.</I> The term “counterparty,” as appropriate in this subpart, includes any person who is a prospective party to a swap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Covered Transaction.</I> The term “Covered Transaction” means a swap, as defined in section 1a(47) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter (other than swaps subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act and part 50 of this chapter), and physically-settled foreign exchange forwards and swaps that have been exempted from the definition of swap by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>ITBC Swap.</I> The term “Intended to be Cleared Swap” or “ITBC Swap” means a swap that meets the following conditions, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) At least one of the parties to the swap is a swap entity;
</P>
<P>(2) The swap is of a type accepted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commission (“DCO”) or a clearing organization that is currently exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act (“Exempt DCO”);
</P>
<P>(3) The swap is intended by the parties to be cleared contemporaneously with execution;
</P>
<P>(4) If the swap is intended to be cleared on a DCO, the swap entity and its counterparty are either clearing members of the DCO to which the swap will be submitted, or have entered into an agreement with a clearing member of such DCO for clearing of swaps of the same type as the swap intended to be cleared;
</P>
<P>(5) If the swap is intended to be cleared on an Exempt DCO, the swap entity and its counterparty must be eligible to clear the swap on the Exempt DCO pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Order of Exemption from Registration issued by the Commission regarding such Exempt DCO;
</P>
<P>(6) The swap entity does not require its counterparty or its clearing member (if any) to enter into a breakage agreement or similar agreement as a condition to executing the swap;
</P>
<P>(7) If the swap is not executed on or pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market (“DCM”), swap execution facility (“SEF”), or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act (“Exempt SEF”), the swap entity takes reasonable measures to ensure that both parties submit the swap for clearing to a DCO or Exempt DCO as quickly after execution as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used, and either:
</P>
<P>(i) The parties have agreed prior to or at execution that if such swap is rejected from clearing, the swap is deemed to be void <I>ab initio,</I> or
</P>
<P>(ii) The parties, prior to execution, have entered into a breakage agreement or similar arrangement that addresses the disposition of such rejected swap and includes arrangements that will permit a Swap Entity to comply with the requirements of subparts H and I of this part with respect to the rejected swap;
</P>
<P>(8) If the swap is executed on or pursuant to the rules of a DCM, SEF, or Exempt SEF, the rules of the DCM, SEF, or Exempt SEF provide that if the swap is rejected from clearing, such swap is deemed to be void <I>ab initio;</I> provided that if the swap is executed on or pursuant to the rules of an Exempt SEF and the rules of the Exempt SEF do not provide for a swap rejected from clearing to be deemed void <I>ab initio:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The parties have agreed prior to or at execution that if such swap is rejected from clearing, the swap is deemed to be void <I>ab initio,</I> or
</P>
<P>(ii) The parties, prior to execution, have entered into a breakage agreement or similar arrangement that addresses the disposition of such rejected swap and includes arrangements that will permit a Swap Entity to comply with the requirements of subparts H and I of this part with respect to the rejected swap.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Major swap participant.</I> The term “major swap participant” means any person defined in section 1a(33) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter and, as appropriate in this subpart, any person acting for or on behalf of a major swap participant, including an associated person defined in section 1a(4) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Prime Broker Arrangement.</I> The term “Prime Broker Arrangement” means any arrangement sometimes known in the trade as “swap prime brokerage” or “swap credit intermediation” among at least one swap dealer acting as a prime broker (the “Prime Broker”) and two or more other parties evidenced by a written agreement or agreements pursuant to which the Prime Broker, subject to any applicable conditions, is contractually obligated to enter into (whether pursuant to a “give-up” arrangement, novation, or otherwise):
</P>
<P>(1) A Covered Transaction (the “Trigger Transaction”) for which the Prime Broker has not determined the material economic terms and price with a counterparty (the “Trigger CP”); and
</P>
<P>(2) One or more additional Covered Transactions with one or more other counterparties that are not the Trigger CP, resulting in the Prime Broker being party to equal but offsetting transactions as a credit intermediary; provided that one or more of the Covered Transactions may include a spread or fee to be paid to the Prime Broker and/or an intermediary that has arranged the transactions (or a portion thereof) as compensation for the Prime Broker's credit intermediation services and/or the services of the intermediary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Qualified Prime Broker Arrangement.</I> The term “Qualified Prime Broker Arrangement” means a Prime Broker Arrangement that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The Prime Broker (as defined under the definition of Prime Broker Arrangement) and a counterparty that is not a swap entity that has entered into a Prime Broker Arrangement with the Prime Broker (the “PB Counterparty”) have agreed in writing on the type, parameters, and limits of each potential Covered Transaction that may be entered into by the PB Counterparty with the Prime Broker pursuant to such Prime Broker Arrangement (each, a “Permitted PB Transaction”); and
</P>
<P>(2) The PB Counterparty has received from the Prime Broker all disclosures regarding the Permitted PB Transactions that, to the best of the Prime Broker's knowledge and reasonable belief, would be necessary for the Prime Broker to comply with § 23.431(a), other than the pre-trade disclosure of the material economic terms and the price of the Permitted PB Transaction;
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Special Entity.</I> The term “Special Entity” means:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal agency;
</P>
<P>(2) A State, State agency, city, county, municipality, other political subdivision of a State, or any instrumentality, department, or a corporation of or established by a State or political subdivision of a State;
</P>
<P>(3) Any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002);
</P>
<P>(4) Any governmental plan, as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002);
</P>
<P>(5) Any endowment, including an endowment that is an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)); or
</P>
<P>(6) Any employee benefit plan defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002), not otherwise defined as a Special Entity, that elects to be a Special Entity by notifying a swap entity of its election prior to entering into a swap with the particular swap entity.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Swap dealer.</I> The term “swap dealer” means any person defined in section 1a(49) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter and, as appropriate in this subpart, any person acting for or on behalf of a swap dealer, including an associated person defined in section 1a(4) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Swap entity.</I> The term “swap entity” means a swap dealer or major swap participant.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.402" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.402   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policies and procedures to ensure compliance and prevent evasion.</I> (1) Swap entities shall have written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure compliance with the requirements of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prevent a swap entity from evading or participating in or facilitating an evasion of any provision of the Act or any regulation promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) Swap entities shall implement and monitor compliance with such policies and procedures as part of their supervision and risk management requirements specified in subpart J of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Know your counterparty.</I> Each swap dealer shall implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to obtain and retain a record of the essential facts concerning each counterparty whose identity is known to the swap dealer prior to the execution of the transaction that are necessary for conducting business with such counterparty. For purposes of this section, the essential facts concerning a counterparty are:
</P>
<P>(1) Facts required to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Facts required to implement the swap dealer's credit and operational risk management policies in connection with transactions entered into with such counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information regarding the authority of any person acting for such counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>True name and owner.</I> Each swap entity shall obtain and retain a record which shall show the true name and address of each counterparty whose identity is known to the swap entity prior to the execution of the transaction, the principal occupation or business of such counterparty as well as the name and address of any other person guaranteeing the performance of such counterparty and any person exercising any control with respect to the positions of such counterparty.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reasonable reliance on representations.</I> A swap entity may rely on the written representations of a counterparty to satisfy its due diligence requirements under this subpart, unless it has information that would cause a reasonable person to question the accuracy of the representation. If agreed to by the counterparties, such representations may be contained in counterparty relationship documentation and may satisfy the relevant requirements of this subpart for subsequent swaps offered to or entered into with a counterparty, provided however, that such counterparty undertakes to timely update any material changes to the representations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Manner of disclosure.</I> A swap entity may provide the information required by this subpart by any reliable means agreed to in writing by the counterparty; provided however, for transactions initiated on a designated contract market or swap execution facility, written agreement by the counterparty regarding the reliable means of disclosure is not required.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disclosures in a standard format.</I> If agreed to by a counterparty, the disclosure of material information that is applicable to multiple swaps between a swap entity and a counterparty may be made in counterparty relationship documentation or other written agreement between the counterparties.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Record retention.</I> Swap entities shall create a record of their compliance with the requirements of this subpart and shall retain records in accordance with subpart F of this part and § 1.31 of this chapter and make them available to applicable prudential regulators upon request.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall not apply to an ITBC Swap.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.403-23.409" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.403-23.409   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.410" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.410   Prohibition on fraud, manipulation, and other abusive practices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> It shall be unlawful for a swap entity—
</P>
<P>(1) To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any Special Entity or prospective customer who is a Special Entity;
</P>
<P>(2) To engage in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit on any Special Entity or prospective customer who is a Special Entity; or
</P>
<P>(3) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affirmative defense.</I> It shall be an affirmative defense to an alleged violation of paragraph (a)(2) or (3) of this section for failure to comply with any requirement in this subpart if a swap entity establishes that the swap entity:
</P>
<P>(1) Did not act intentionally or recklessly in connection with such alleged violation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Complied in good faith with written policies and procedures reasonably designed to meet the particular requirement that is the basis for the alleged violation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidential treatment of counterparty information.</I> (1) It shall be unlawful for any swap entity to:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose to any other person any material confidential information provided by or on behalf of a counterparty to the swap entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Use for its own purposes in any way that would tend to be materially adverse to the interests of a counterparty, any material confidential information provided by or on behalf of a counterparty to the swap entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a swap entity may disclose or use material confidential information provided by or on behalf of a counterparty to the swap entity if such disclosure or use is authorized in writing by the counterparty, or is necessary:
</P>
<P>(i) For the effective execution of any swap for or with the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(ii) To hedge or mitigate any exposure created by such swap; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To comply with a request of the Commission, Department of Justice, any self-regulatory organization designated by the Commission, or an applicable prudential regulator, or is otherwise required by law.
</P>
<P>(3) Each swap entity shall implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to protect material confidential information provided by or on behalf of a counterparty from disclosure and use in violation of this section by any person acting for or on behalf of the swap entity.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.411-23.429" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.411-23.429   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.430" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.430   Verification of counterparty eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> A swap entity shall verify that a counterparty meets the eligibility standards for an eligible contract participant, as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, before offering to enter into or entering into a swap with that counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special Entity.</I> In verifying the eligibility of a counterparty pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a swap entity shall also verify whether the counterparty is a Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special Entity election.</I> In verifying the eligibility of a counterparty pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a swap entity shall verify whether a counterparty is eligible to elect to be a Special Entity under § 23.401(h)(6) and, if so, notify such counterparty of its right to make such an election.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safe harbor.</I> A swap entity may rely on written representations of a counterparty to satisfy the requirements of this section as provided in § 23.402(d). A swap entity will have a reasonable basis to rely on such written representations for purposes of the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section if the counterparty specifies in such representations the provision(s) of section 1a(18) of the Act or paragraph(s) of § 1.3 of this chapter that describe its status as an eligible contract participant and, in the case of a Special Entity, the paragraph(s) of the Special Entity definition in § 23.401(h) that define its status as a Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Initiated on a designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiated with a counterparty whose identity is not known to the swap entity prior to execution on a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) An A-ITBC Swap; or
</P>
<P>(4) An ITBC Swap initiated on a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.431" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.431   Disclosures of material information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosures of material information.</I> At a reasonably sufficient time prior to entering into a swap, a swap entity shall disclose to any counterparty to the swap (other than a swap entity, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant) material information concerning the swap in a manner reasonably designed to allow the counterparty to assess:
</P>
<P>(1) The material risks of the particular swap, which may include market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, and any other applicable risks;
</P>
<P>(2) The material characteristics of the particular swap, which shall include the price of the swap, the material economic terms of the swap, the terms relating to the operation of the swap, and the rights and obligations of the parties during the term of the swap to the extent that such characteristics are not reflected in transaction documentation with which the counterparty has been provided prior to entering into the swap; and
</P>
<P>(3) The material incentives and conflicts of interest that the swap entity may have in connection with a particular swap, which shall include any compensation or other incentive from any source other than the counterparty that the swap entity may receive in connection with the swap.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Initiated on a designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiated with a counterparty whose identity is not known to the swap entity prior to execution on a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) An A-ITBC Swap;
</P>
<P>(4) An ITBC Swap initiated on a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(5) A Permitted PB Transaction entered into pursuant to a Qualified Prime Broker Arrangement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Daily mark.</I> A swap entity shall:
</P>
<P>(1) For cleared swaps, notify each counterparty (other than a swap entity, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant) of the counterparty's right to receive, upon request, the daily mark for each cleared swap from the appropriate derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(i) An ITBC Swap that is initiated on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act or;
</P>
<P>(ii) An A-ITBC Swap.
</P>
<P>(3) For uncleared swaps not subject to daily variation margining, provide the counterparty (other than a swap entity, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant) with a daily mark for each uncleared swap. The daily mark shall be provided to the counterparty during the term of the swap as of the close of business or such other time as the parties agree in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) For uncleared swaps not subject to daily variation margining, disclose to the counterparty:
</P>
<P>(i) The methodology and assumptions used to prepare the daily mark and any material changes during the term of the swap; provided however, that the swap entity is not required to disclose to the counterparty confidential, proprietary information about any model it may use to prepare the daily mark; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Additional information concerning the daily mark to ensure a fair and balanced communication, including, as appropriate, that:
</P>
<P>(A) The daily mark is an estimate and may not necessarily be a price at which either the counterparty or the swap entity would agree to replace or terminate the swap;
</P>
<P>(B) Depending upon the agreement of the parties, calls for margin may be based on considerations other than the estimated daily mark provided to the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(C) The daily mark is an estimate and may not necessarily be the value of the swap that is marked on the books of the swap entity.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.432" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.432   Clearing disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>For swaps required to be cleared—right to select derivatives clearing organization.</I> A swap entity shall notify any counterparty (other than a swap entity, securities-based swap dealer, or major securities-based swap participant) prior to entering into a swap that is subject to mandatory clearing under section 2(h) of the Act, that the counterparty has the sole right to select the derivatives clearing organization at which the swap will be cleared.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For swaps not required to be cleared—right to clearing.</I> A swap entity shall notify any counterparty (other than a swap entity, securities-based swap dealer, or major securities-based swap participant) prior to entering into a swap that is not subject to the mandatory clearing requirements under section 2(h) of the Act that the counterparty:
</P>
<P>(1) May elect to require clearing of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall have the sole right to select the derivatives clearing organization at which the swap will be cleared.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(1) An ITBC Swap that is initiated on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) An A-ITBC Swap.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.433" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.433   Communications—fair dealing.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to any communication between a swap entity and any counterparty, the swap entity shall communicate in a fair and balanced manner based on principles of fair dealing and good faith.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.434" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.434   Recommendations to counterparties—institutional suitability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> A swap dealer that recommends a swap or trading strategy involving a swap to a counterparty, other than a swap entity, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Undertake reasonable diligence to understand the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap is suitable for the counterparty. To establish a reasonable basis for a recommendation, a swap dealer must have or obtain information about the counterparty, including the counterparty's investment profile, trading objectives, and ability to absorb potential losses associated with the recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safe harbor.</I> A swap dealer may fulfill its obligations under paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to a particular counterparty if:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap dealer reasonably determines that the counterparty, or an agent to which the counterparty has delegated decision-making authority, is capable of independently evaluating investment risks with regard to the relevant swap or trading strategy involving a swap;
</P>
<P>(2) The counterparty or its agent represents in writing that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the recommendations of the swap dealer with regard to the relevant swap or trading strategy involving a swap;
</P>
<P>(3) The swap dealer discloses in writing that it is acting in its capacity as a counterparty and is not undertaking to assess the suitability of the swap or trading strategy involving a swap for the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a counterparty that is a Special Entity, the swap dealer complies with § 23.440 where the recommendation would cause the swap dealer to act as an advisor to a Special Entity within the meaning of § 23.440(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written representations.</I> A swap dealer will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section if it receives written representations, as provided in § 23.402(d), that:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a counterparty that is not a Special Entity, the counterparty has complied in good faith with written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the persons responsible for evaluating the recommendation and making trading decisions on behalf of the counterparty are capable of doing so; or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a counterparty that is a Special Entity, satisfy the terms of the safe harbor in § 23.450(d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(i) An A-ITBC Swap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An ITBC Swap initiated on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.435-23.439" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.435-23.439   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.440" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.440   Requirements for swap dealers acting as advisors to Special Entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Acts as an advisor to a Special Entity.</I> For purposes of this section, a swap dealer “acts as an advisor to a Special Entity” when the swap dealer recommends a swap or trading strategy involving a swap that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safe harbors.</I> A swap dealer will not “act as an advisor to a Special Entity” within the meaning of paragraph (a) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a Special Entity that is an employee benefit plan as defined in § 23.401(h)(3):
</P>
<P>(i) The Special Entity represents in writing that it has a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002) that is responsible for representing the Special Entity in connection with the swap transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fiduciary represents in writing that it will not rely on recommendations provided by the swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Special Entity represents in writing:
</P>
<P>(A) That it will comply in good faith with written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that any recommendation the Special Entity receives from the swap dealer materially affecting a swap transaction is evaluated by a fiduciary before the transaction occurs; or
</P>
<P>(B) That any recommendation the Special Entity receives from the swap dealer materially affecting a swap transaction will be evaluated by a fiduciary before that transaction occurs; or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any Special Entity:
</P>
<P>(i) The swap dealer does not express an opinion as to whether the Special Entity should enter into a recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Special Entity represents in writing that:
</P>
<P>(A) The Special Entity will not rely on recommendations provided by the swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(B) The Special Entity will rely on advice from a qualified independent representative within the meaning of § 23.450; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap dealer discloses to the Special Entity that it is not undertaking to act in the best interests of the Special Entity as otherwise required by this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirements.</I> A swap dealer that acts as an advisor to a Special Entity shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Duty.</I> Any swap dealer that acts as an advisor to a Special Entity shall have a duty to make a reasonable determination that any swap or trading strategy involving a swap recommended by the swap dealer is in the best interests of the Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reasonable efforts.</I> Any swap dealer that acts as an advisor to a Special Entity shall make reasonable efforts to obtain such information as is necessary to make a reasonable determination that any swap or trading strategy involving a swap recommended by the swap dealer is in the best interests of the Special Entity, including information relating to:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial status of the Special Entity, as well as the Special Entity's future funding needs;
</P>
<P>(ii) The tax status of the Special Entity;
</P>
<P>(iii) The hedging, investment, financing, or other objectives of the Special Entity;
</P>
<P>(iv) The experience of the Special Entity with respect to entering into swaps, generally, and swaps of the type and complexity being recommended;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the Special Entity has the financial capability to withstand changes in market conditions during the term of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Such other information as is relevant to the particular facts and circumstances of the Special Entity, market conditions, and the type of swap or trading strategy involving a swap being recommended.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reasonable reliance on representations of the Special Entity.</I> As provided in § 23.402(d), the swap dealer may rely on written representations of the Special Entity to satisfy its requirement in paragraph (c)(2) of this section to make “reasonable efforts” to obtain necessary information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Initiated with a counterparty whose identity is not known to the swap dealer prior to execution on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) An A-ITBC Swap; or
</P>
<P>(3) An ITBC Swap initiated by a Special Entity on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act, in each case with a swap dealer who does not know the Special Entity status of its counterparty prior to execution.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 23.441-23.449" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 23.441-23.449   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.450" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.450   Requirements for swap entities acting as counterparties to Special Entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term “principal relationship” means where a swap entity is a principal of the representative of a Special Entity or the representative of a Special Entity is a principal of the swap entity. The term “principal” means any person listed in § 3.1(a)(1) through (3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The term “statutory disqualification” means, with respect to a person that is not a registrant with the Commission, grounds for refusal to register or to revoke, condition, or restrict the registration of any registrant or applicant for registration as set forth in sections 8a(2) and 8a(3) of the Act, or, with respect to a person that is a registrant with the Commission, the Commission has refused registration or revoked, conditioned, or restricted the registration of such registrant or applicant for registration pursuant to sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable basis.</I> (1) Any swap entity that offers to enter or enters into a swap with a Special Entity, other than a Special Entity defined in § 23.401(h)(3), shall have a reasonable basis to believe that the Special Entity has a representative that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has sufficient knowledge to evaluate the transaction and risks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not subject to a statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is independent of the swap entity;
</P>
<P>(iv) Undertakes a duty to act in the best interests of the Special Entity it represents;
</P>
<P>(v) Makes appropriate and timely disclosures to the Special Entity;
</P>
<P>(vi) Evaluates, consistent with any guidelines provided by the Special Entity, fair pricing and the appropriateness of the swap; and
</P>
<P>(vii) In the case of a Special Entity, as defined in § 23.401(h)(2) or (4), is subject to restrictions on certain political contributions imposed by the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or a self-regulatory organization subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided however, that this paragraph (b)(1)(vii) shall not apply if the representative is an employee of the Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Any swap entity that offers to enter or enters into a swap with a Special Entity as defined in § 23.401(h)(3) shall have a reasonable basis to believe that the Special Entity has a representative that is a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Independent.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, a representative of a Special Entity will be deemed to be independent of the swap entity if:
</P>
<P>(1) The representative is not and, within one year of representing the Special Entity in connection with the swap, was not an associated person of the swap entity within the meaning of section 1a(4) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) There is no principal relationship between the representative of the Special Entity and the swap entity;
</P>
<P>(3) The representative:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides timely and effective disclosures to the Special Entity of all material conflicts of interest that could reasonably affect the judgment or decision making of the representative with respect to its obligations to the Special Entity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Complies with policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage and mitigate such material conflicts of interest;
</P>
<P>(4) The representative is not directly or indirectly, through one or more persons, controlled by, in control of, or under common control with the swap entity; and
</P>
<P>(5) The swap entity did not refer, recommend, or introduce the representative to the Special Entity within one year of the representative's representation of the Special Entity in connection with the swap.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safe harbor.</I> (1) A swap entity shall be deemed to have a reasonable basis to believe that the Special Entity, other than a Special Entity defined in § 23.401(h)(3), has a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Special Entity represents in writing to the swap entity that it has complied in good faith with written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it has selected a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, and that such policies and procedures provide for ongoing monitoring of the performance of such representative consistent with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The representative represents in writing to the Special Entity and swap entity that the representative:
</P>
<P>(A) Has policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Meets the independence test in paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is legally obligated to comply with the applicable requirements of paragraph (b) of this section by agreement, condition of employment, law, rule, regulation, or other enforceable duty.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap entity shall be deemed to have a reasonable basis to believe that a Special Entity defined in § 23.401(h)(3) has a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, provided that the Special Entity provides in writing to the swap entity the representative's name and contact information, and represents in writing that the representative is a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reasonable reliance on representations of the Special Entity.</I> A swap entity may rely on written representations of a Special Entity and, as applicable under this section, the Special Entity's representative to satisfy any requirement of this section as provided in § 23.402(d).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Chief compliance officer review.</I> If a swap entity initially determines that it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the representative of a Special Entity meets the criteria established in this Section, the swap entity shall make a written record of the basis for such determination and submit such determination to its chief compliance officer for review to ensure that the swap entity has a substantial, unbiased basis for the determination.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disclosures.</I> Before the initiation of a swap, a swap entity shall disclose to the Special Entity in writing:
</P>
<P>(1) The capacity in which it is acting in connection with the swap; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the swap entity engages in business with the Special Entity in more than one capacity, the swap entity shall disclose the material differences between such capacities.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply with respect to a transaction that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Initiated with a counterparty whose identity is not known to the swap entity prior to execution on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) An A-ITBC Swap; or
</P>
<P>(3) An ITBC Swap initiated on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.451" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.451   Political contributions by certain swap dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term “contribution” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made:
</P>
<P>(i) For the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state, or local office;
</P>
<P>(ii) For payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For transition or inaugural expenses incurred by the successful candidate for state or local office.
</P>
<P>(2) The term “covered associate” means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any general partner, managing member, or executive officer, or other person with a similar status or function;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any employee who solicits a governmental Special Entity for the swap dealer and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any political action committee controlled by the swap dealer or by any person described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The term “governmental Special Entity” means any Special Entity defined in § 23.401(h)(2) or (4).
</P>
<P>(4) The term “official” of a governmental Special Entity means any person (including any election committee for such person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate, or successful candidate for elective office of a governmental Special Entity, if the office:
</P>
<P>(i) Is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the selection of a swap dealer by a governmental Special Entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the selection of a swap dealer by a governmental Special Entity.
</P>
<P>(5) The term “payment” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value.
</P>
<P>(6) The term “regulated person” means:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that is subject to restrictions on certain political contributions imposed by the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or a self-regulatory agency subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) A general partner, managing member, or executive officer of such person, or other individual with a similar status or function; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An employee of such person who solicits a governmental Special Entity for the swap dealer and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee.
</P>
<P>(7) The term “solicit” means a direct or indirect communication by any person with a governmental Special Entity for the purpose of obtaining or retaining an engagement related to a swap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions and exceptions.</I> (1) As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraud, no swap dealer shall offer to enter into or enter into a swap or a trading strategy involving a swap with a governmental Special Entity within two years after any contribution to an official of such governmental Special Entity was made by the swap dealer or by any covered associate of the swap dealer; provided however, that:
</P>
<P>(2) This prohibition does not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If the only contributions made by the swap dealer to an official of such governmental Special Entity were made by a covered associate:
</P>
<P>(A) To officials for whom the covered associate was entitled to vote at the time of the contributions, provided that the contributions in the aggregate do not exceed $350 to any one official per election; or
</P>
<P>(B) To officials for whom the covered associate was not entitled to vote at the time of the contributions, provided that the contributions in the aggregate do not exceed $150 to any one official per election;
</P>
<P>(ii) To a swap dealer as a result of a contribution made by a natural person more than six months prior to becoming a covered associate of the swap dealer, provided that this exclusion shall not apply if the natural person, after becoming a covered associate, solicits the governmental Special Entity on behalf of the swap dealer to offer to enter into or to enter into a swap or trading strategy involving a swap; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To a swap that is:
</P>
<P>(A) Initiated on a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a trading facility currently exempted from registration as a swap execution facility by the Commission pursuant to section 5h(g) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(B) An A-ITBC Swap.
</P>
<P>(3) No swap dealer or any covered associate of the swap dealer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide or agree to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any person to solicit a governmental Special Entity to offer to enter into, or to enter into, a swap with that swap dealer unless such person is a regulated person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Coordinate, or solicit any person or political action committee to make, any:
</P>
<P>(A) Contribution to an official of a governmental Special Entity with which the swap dealer is offering to enter into, or has entered into, a swap; or
</P>
<P>(B) Payment to a political party of a state or locality with which the swap dealer is offering to enter into or has entered into a swap or a trading strategy involving a swap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Circumvention of rule.</I> No swap dealer shall, directly or indirectly, through or by any other person or means, do any act that would result in a violation of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requests for exemption.</I> The Commission, upon application, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt a swap dealer from the prohibition under paragraph (b) of this section. In determining whether to grant an exemption, the Commission will consider, among other factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the swap dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Before the contribution resulting in the prohibition was made, implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to or at the time the contribution which resulted in such prohibition was made, had no actual knowledge of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After learning of the contribution:
</P>
<P>(A) Has taken all available steps to cause the contributor involved in making the contribution which resulted in such prohibition to obtain a return of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(B) Has taken such other remedial or preventive measures as may be appropriate under the circumstances;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether, at the time of the contribution, the contributor was a covered associate or otherwise an employee of the swap dealer, or was seeking such employment;
</P>
<P>(4) The timing and amount of the contribution which resulted in the prohibition;
</P>
<P>(5) The nature of the election (<I>e.g.,</I> federal, state or local); and
</P>
<P>(6) The contributor's apparent intent or motive in making the contribution that resulted in the prohibition, as evidenced by the facts and circumstances surrounding the contribution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibitions inapplicable.</I> (1) The prohibitions under paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply to a contribution made by a covered associate of the swap dealer if:
</P>
<P>(i) The swap dealer discovered the contribution within 120 calendar days of the date of such contribution;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contribution did not exceed the amounts permitted by paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The covered associate obtained a return of the contribution within 60 calendar days of the date of discovery of the contribution by the swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap dealer may not rely on paragraph (e)(1) of this section more than twice in any 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(3) A swap dealer may not rely on paragraph (e)(1) of this section more than once for any covered associate, regardless of the time between contributions.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.5.7.17.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart H of Part 23— Guidance on the Application of §§ 23.434 and 23.440 for Swap Dealers That Make Recommendations to Counterparties or Special Entities
</HEAD>
<P>The following provides guidance on the application of §§ 23.434 and 23.440 to swap dealers that make recommendations to counterparties or Special Entities.
</P>
<HD1>Section 23.434—Recommendations to Counterparties—Institutional Suitability
</HD1>
<P>A swap dealer that recommends a swap or trading strategy involving a swap to a counterparty, other than a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, must undertake reasonable diligence to understand the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap—general suitability (§ 23.434(a)(1))—and have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommended swap or trading strategy involving a swap is suitable for the counterparty—specific suitability (§ 23.434(a)(2)). To satisfy the general suitability obligation, a swap dealer must undertake reasonable diligence that will vary depending on, among other things, the complexity of and risks associated with the swap or swap trading strategy and the swap dealer's familiarity with the swap or swap trading strategy. At a minimum, a swap dealer's reasonable diligence must provide it with an understanding of the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended swap or swap trading strategy.
</P>
<P><I>Recommendation.</I> Whether a communication between a swap dealer and a counterparty is a recommendation will turn on the facts and circumstances of the particular situation. There are, however, certain factors the Commission will consider in reaching such a determination. The facts and circumstances determination of whether a communication is a “recommendation” requires an analysis of the content, context, and presentation of the particular communication or set of communications. The determination of whether a “recommendation” has been made, moreover, is an objective rather than a subjective inquiry. An important factor in this regard is whether, given its content, context, and manner of presentation, a particular communication from a swap dealer to a counterparty reasonably would be viewed as a “call to action,” or suggestion that the counterparty enter into a swap. An analysis of the content, context, and manner of presentation of a communication requires examination of the underlying substantive information transmitted to the counterparty and consideration of any other facts and circumstances, such as any accompanying explanatory message from the swap dealer. Additionally, the more individually tailored the communication to a specific counterparty or a targeted group of counterparties about a swap, group of swaps or trading strategy involving the use of a swap, the greater the likelihood that the communication may be viewed as a “recommendation.”
</P>
<P><I>Safe harbor.</I> A swap dealer may satisfy the safe harbor requirements of § 23.434(b) to fulfill its counterparty-specific suitability duty under § 23.434(a)(2) if: (1) The swap dealer reasonably determines that the counterparty, or an agent to which the counterparty has delegated decision-making authority, is capable of independently evaluating investment risks with regard to the relevant swap or trading strategy involving a swap; (2) the counterparty or its agent represents in writing that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the recommendations of the swap dealer; (3) the swap dealer discloses in writing that it is acting in its capacity as a counterparty and is not undertaking to assess the suitability of the recommendation; and (4) in the case of a counterparty that is a Special Entity, the swap dealer complies with § 23.440 where the recommendation would cause the swap dealer to act as an advisor to a Special Entity within the meaning of § 23.440(a).
</P>
<P>To reasonably determine that the counterparty, or an agent to which the counterparty has delegated decision-making authority, is capable of independently evaluating investment risks of a recommendation, the swap dealer can rely on the written representations of the counterparty, as provided in § 23.434(c). Section 23.434(c)(1) provides that a swap dealer will satisfy § 23.434(b)(1)'s requirement with respect to a counterparty other than a Special Entity if it receives representations that the counterparty has complied in good faith with the counterparty's policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the persons responsible for evaluating the recommendation and making trading decisions on behalf of the counterparty are capable of doing so. Section § 23.434(c)(2) provides that a swap dealer will satisfy § 23.434(b)(1)'s requirement with respect to a Special Entity if it receives representations that satisfy the terms of § 23.450(d) regarding a Special Entity's qualified independent representative.
</P>
<P>Prong (4) of the safe harbor clarifies that § 23.434's application is broader than § 23.440—Requirements for Swap Dealers Acting as Advisors to Special Entities. Section 23.434 is triggered when a swap dealer recommends any swap or trading strategy that involves a swap to any counterparty. However, § 23.440 is limited to a swap dealer's recommendations (1) to a Special Entity (2) of swaps that are tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity. Thus, a swap dealer that recommends a swap to a Special Entity that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity may comply with its suitability obligation by satisfying the safe harbor in § 23.434(b); however, the swap dealer must also comply with § 23.440 in such circumstances.
</P>
<HD1>Section 23.440—Requirements for Swap Dealers Acting as Advisors to Special Entities
</HD1>
<P>A swap dealer “acts as an advisor to a Special Entity” under § 23.440 when the swap dealer recommends a swap or trading strategy involving a swap that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity. A swap dealer that “acts as an advisor to a Special Entity” has a duty to make a reasonable determination that a recommendation is in the “best interests” of the Special Entities and must undertake “reasonable efforts” to obtain information necessary to make such a determination.
</P>
<P>Whether a swap dealer “acts as an advisor to a Special Entity” will depend on: (1) Whether the swap dealer has made a recommendation to a Special Entity; and (2) whether the recommendation concerns a swap or trading strategy involving a swap that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity. To determine whether a communication between a swap dealer and counterparty is a recommendation, the Commission will apply the same factors as under § 23.434, the suitability rule. However, unlike the suitability rule, which covers recommendations regarding any type of swap or trading strategy involving a swap, the “acts as an advisor rule” and “best interests” duty will be triggered only if the recommendation is of a swap or trading strategy involving a swap that is “tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity.”
</P>
<P>Whether a swap is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity will depend on the facts and circumstances. Swaps with terms that are tailored or customized to a specific Special Entity's needs or objectives, or swaps with terms that are designed for a targeted group of Special Entities that share common characteristics, <I>e.g.,</I> school districts, are likely to be viewed as tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity. Generally, however, the Commission would not view a swap that is “made available for trading” on a designated contract market or swap execution facility, as provided in Section 2(h)(8) of the Act, as tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity.
</P>
<P><I>Safe harbor.</I> Under § 23.440(b)(2), when dealing with a Special Entity (including a Special Entity that is an employee benefit plan as defined in § 23.401(c)(3)),
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> a swap dealer will not “act as an advisor to a Special Entity” if: (1) The swap dealer does not express an opinion as to whether the Special Entity should enter into a recommended swap or swap trading strategy that is tailored to the particular needs or characteristics of the Special Entity; (2) the Special Entity represents in writing, in accordance with § 23.402(d), that it will not rely on the swap dealer's recommendations and will rely on advice from a qualified independent representative within the meaning of § 23.450; and (3) the swap dealer discloses that it is not undertaking to act in the best interests of the Special Entity.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The guidance in this appendix regarding the safe harbor to § 23.440 is limited to the safe harbor for any Special Entity under § 23.440(b)(2). A swap dealer may separately comply with the safe harbor under § 23.440(b)(1) for its communications to a Special Entity that is an employee benefit plan as defined in § 23.401(c)(3).</P></FTNT>
<P>A swap dealer that elects to communicate within the safe harbor to avoid triggering the “best interests” duty must appropriately manage its communications. To clarify the type of communications that they will make under the safe harbor, the Commission expects that swap dealers may specifically represent that they will not express an opinion as to whether the Special Entity should enter into a recommended swap or trading strategy, and that for such advice the Special Entity should consult its own advisor. Nothing in the final rule would preclude such a representation from being included in counterparty relationship documentation. However, such a representation would not act as a safe harbor under the rule where, contrary to the representation, the swap dealer does express an opinion to the Special Entity as to whether it should enter into a recommended swap or trading strategy.
</P>
<P>If a swap dealer complies with the terms of the safe harbor, the following types of communications would not be subject to the “best interests” duty: 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> (1) Providing information that is general transaction, financial, educational, or market information; (2) offering a swap or trading strategy involving a swap, including swaps that are tailored to the needs or characteristics of a Special Entity; (3) providing a term sheet, including terms for swaps that are tailored to the needs or characteristics of a Special Entity; (4) responding to a request for a quote from a Special Entity; (5) providing trading ideas for swaps or swap trading strategies, including swaps that are tailored to the needs or characteristics of a Special Entity; and (6) providing marketing materials upon request or on an unsolicited basis about swaps or swap trading strategies, including swaps that are tailored to the needs or characteristics of a Special Entity. This list of communications is not exclusive and should not create a negative implication that other types of communications are subject to a “best interests” duty.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Communications on the list that are not within the meaning of the term “acts as an advisor to a Special Entity” are outside the requirements of § 23.440. By including such communications on the list, the Commission does not intend to suggest that they are “recommendations.” Thus, a swap dealer that does not “act as an advisor to a Special Entity” within the meaning of § 23.440(a) is not required to comply with the safe harbor to avoid the “best interests” duty with respect to its communications.</P></FTNT>
<P>The safe harbor in § 23.440(b)(2) allows a wide range of communications and interactions between swap dealers and Special Entities without invoking the “best interests” duty, including discussions of the advantages or disadvantages of different swaps or trading strategies. The Commission notes, however, that depending on the facts and circumstances, some of the examples on the list could be “recommendations” that would trigger a suitability obligation under § 23.434. However, the Commission has determined that such activities would not, by themselves, prompt the “best interests” duty in § 23.440, provided that the parties comply with the other requirements of § 23.440(b)(2). All of the swap dealer's communications, however, must be made in a fair and balanced manner based on principles of fair dealing and good faith in compliance with § 23.433.
</P>
<P>Swap dealers engage in a wide variety of communications with counterparties in the normal course of business, including but not limited to the six types of communications listed above. Whether any particular communication will be deemed to be a “recommendation” within the meaning of §§ 23.434 or 23.440 will depend on the facts and circumstances of the particular communication considered in light of the guidance in this appendix with respect to the meaning of the term “recommendation.” Swap dealers that choose to manage their communications to comply with the safe harbors provided in §§ 23.434 and 23.440 will be able to limit the duty they owe to counterparties, including Special Entities, provided that the parties exchange the appropriate representations.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 3641, Jan. 28, 2026]










</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Swap Documentation</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 21307, Apr. 9, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.500" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.500   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart I, the following terms shall be defined as provided.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Acknowledgment</I> means a written or electronic record of all of the terms of a swap signed and sent by one counterparty to the other.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bilateral portfolio compression exercise</I> means an exercise in which two swap counterparties wholly terminate or change the notional value of some or all of the swaps submitted by the counterparties for inclusion in the portfolio compression exercise and, depending on the methodology employed, replace the terminated swaps with other swaps whose combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) is less than the combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) of the terminated swaps in the exercise.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confirmation</I> means the consummation (electronically or otherwise) of legally binding documentation (electronic or otherwise) that memorializes the agreement of the counterparties to all of the terms of a swap transaction. A confirmation must be in writing (whether electronic or otherwise) and must legally supersede any previous agreement (electronically or otherwise). A confirmation is created when an acknowledgment is manually, electronically, or by some other legally equivalent means, signed by the receiving counterparty.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Execution</I> means, with respect to a swap transaction, an agreement by the counterparties (whether orally, in writing, electronically, or otherwise) to the terms of the swap transaction that legally binds the counterparties to such terms under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Financial entity</I> means a counterparty that is not a swap dealer or a major swap participant and that is one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A commodity pool as defined in Section 1a(5) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) A private fund as defined in Section 202(a) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940;
</P>
<P>(3) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974;
</P>
<P>(4) A person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking, or in activities that are financial in nature as defined in Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956; and
</P>
<P>(5) A security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fully offsetting swaps</I> means swaps of equivalent terms where no net cash flow would be owed to either counterparty after the offset of payment obligations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Material terms</I>  means the minimum primary economic terms as defined in appendix 1 of subpart I of part 23 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Multilateral portfolio compression exercise</I> means an exercise in which multiple swap counterparties wholly terminate or change the notional value of some or all of the swaps submitted by the counterparties for inclusion in the portfolio compression exercise and, depending on the methodology employed, replace the terminated swaps with other swaps whose combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) is less than the combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) of the terminated swaps in the compression exercise.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Portfolio reconciliation</I> means any process by which the two parties to one or more swaps:
</P>
<P>(1) Exchange the material terms of all swaps in the swap portfolio between the counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Exchange each counterparty's valuation of each swap in the swap portfolio between the counterparties as of the close of business on the immediately preceding business day; and
</P>
<P>(3) Resolve any discrepancy in material terms and valuations.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Prudential regulator</I> has the meaning given to the term in section 1a(39) of the Commodity Exchange Act and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Association, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Swap portfolio</I> means all swaps currently in effect between a particular swap dealer or major swap participant and a particular counterparty.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Swap transaction</I> means any event that results in a new swap or in a change to the terms of a swap, including execution, termination, assignment, novation, exchange, transfer, amendment, conveyance, or extinguishing of rights or obligations of a swap.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Valuation</I> means the current market value or net present value of a swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sept. 11, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 27314, May 6, 2016; 86 FR 225, Jan. 5, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.501" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.501   Swap confirmation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Confirmation.</I> Subject to the compliance schedule in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction with a counterparty that is a swap dealer or major swap participant shall execute a confirmation for the swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by the end of first business day following the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer or a major swap participant shall send an acknowledgment of such swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by the end of the first business day following the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(3) (i) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that it enters into with a counterparty that is a financial entity as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by the end of the first business day following the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that it enters into with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or a financial entity not later than the end of the second business day following the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(iii) Such procedures shall include a requirement that, upon a request by a prospective counterparty prior to execution of any such swap, the swap dealer or major swap participant furnish to the prospective counterparty prior to execution a draft acknowledgment specifying all terms of the swap transaction other than the applicable pricing and other relevant terms that are to be expressly agreed at execution.
</P>
<P>(4) Swaps executed on a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or submitted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(i) Any swap transaction executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this section, provided that the rules of the swap execution facility or designated contract market establish that confirmation of all terms of the transaction shall take place as soon as technologically practicable after execution.








</P>
<P>(ii) Any swap transaction submitted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The swap transaction is submitted for clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event no later than the times established for confirmation under paragraphs (a)(1) or (3) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(B) Confirmation of all terms of the transaction takes place at the same time as the swap transaction is accepted for clearing pursuant to the rules of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a swap dealer or major swap participant receives notice that a swap transaction has not been confirmed by a swap execution facility or a designated contract market, or accepted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall execute a confirmation for such swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event no later than the times established for confirmation under paragraphs (a)(1) or (3) of this section as if such swap transaction were executed at the time the swap dealer or major swap participant receives such notice.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) “Day of execution” means the calendar day of the party to the swap transaction that ends latest, provided that if a swap transaction is—
</P>
<P>(A) Entered into after 4:00 p.m. in the place of a party; or
</P>
<P>(B) Entered into on a day that is not a business day in the place of a party, then such swap transaction shall be deemed to have been entered into by that party on the immediately succeeding business day of that party, and the day of execution shall be determined with reference to such business day; and
</P>
<P>(ii) “Business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and retain a record of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date and time of transmission to, or receipt from, a counterparty of any acknowledgment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The date and time of transmission to, or receipt from, a counterparty of any confirmation.
</P>
<P>(2) All records required to be maintained pursuant to this section shall be maintained in accordance with § 23.203 and shall be made available promptly upon request to any representative of the Commission or any applicable prudential regulator, or with regard to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v), to any representative of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance schedule.</I> The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are subject to the following compliance schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction that is or involves a credit swap or interest rate swap with a counterparty that is a swap dealer or major swap participant shall execute a confirmation for the swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to February 28, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after March 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction that is or involves an equity swap, foreign exchange swap, or other commodity swap with a counterparty that is a swap dealer or major swap participant shall execute a confirmation for the swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the third business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to August 31, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction that is or involves a credit swap or interest rate swap with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer or a major swap participant shall send an acknowledgment of such swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to February 28, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after March 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant entering into a swap transaction that is or involves an equity swap, foreign exchange swap, or other commodity swap with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer or a major swap participant shall send an acknowledgment of such swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the third business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to August 31, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that is or involves a credit swap or interest rate swap that it enters into with a counterparty that is a financial entity as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to February 28, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after March 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that is or involves an equity swap, foreign exchange swap, or other commodity swap that it enters into with a counterparty that is a financial entity as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event by:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the third business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to August 31, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the second business day following the day of execution for the period from September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The end of the first business day following the day of execution from and after September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(7) For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that is or involves a credit swap or interest rate swap that it enters into with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or a financial entity not later than:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the fifth business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to August 31, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the third business day following the day of execution for the period from September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The end of the second business day following the day of execution from and after September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(8) For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it executes a confirmation for each swap transaction that is or involves an equity swap, foreign exchange swap, or other commodity swap that it enters into with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or a financial entity not later than:
</P>
<P>(i) The end of the seventh business day following the day of execution for the period from the effective date of this section to August 31, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) The end of the fourth business day following the day of execution for the period from September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The end of the second business following the day of execution from and after September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(9) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) “Credit swap” means any swap that is primarily based on instruments of indebtedness, including, without limitation: Any swap primarily based on one or more broad-based indices related to instruments of indebtedness; and any swap that is an index credit swap or total return swap on one or more indices of debt instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) “Equity swap” means any swap that is primarily based on equity securities, including, without limitation: Any swap primarily based on one or more broad-based indices of equity securities; and any total return swap on one or more equity indices;
</P>
<P>(iii) “Foreign exchange swap” has the meaning set forth in section 1a(25) of the CEA. It does not include swaps primarily based on rates of exchange between different currencies, changes in such rates, or other aspects of such rates (sometimes known as “cross-currency swaps”);
</P>
<P>(iv) “Interest rate swap” means any swap which is primarily based on one or more interest rates, such as swaps of payments determined by fixed and floating interest rates; or any swap which is primarily based on rates of exchange between different currencies, changes in such rates, or other aspects of such rates (sometimes known as “cross-currency swaps”); and
</P>
<P>(v) “Other commodity swap” means any swap not included in the credit, equity, foreign exchange, or interest rate asset classes, including, without limitation, any swap for which the primary underlying item is a physical commodity or the price or any other aspect of a physical commodity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sept. 11, 2012, as amended at 89 FR 35001, May 1, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.502" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.502   Portfolio reconciliation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Swaps with swap dealers or major swap participants.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall engage in portfolio reconciliation as follows for all swaps in which its counterparty is also a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(1) Each swap dealer or major swap participant shall agree in writing with each of its counterparties on the terms of the portfolio reconciliation.
</P>
<P>(2) The portfolio reconciliation may be performed on a bilateral basis by the counterparties or by a qualified third party.
</P>
<P>(3) The portfolio reconciliation shall be performed no less frequently than:
</P>
<P>(i) Once each business day for each swap portfolio that includes 500 or more swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Once each week for each swap portfolio that includes more than 50 but fewer than 500 swaps on any business day during any week; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Once each calendar quarter for each swap portfolio that includes no more than 50 swaps at any time during the calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(4) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall resolve immediately any discrepancy in a material term of a swap identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(5) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to resolve any discrepancy in a valuation identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise as soon as possible, but in any event within five business days, provided that the swap dealer and major swap participant establishes, maintains, and follows written policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify how the swap dealer or major swap participant will comply with any variation margin requirements under section 4s(e) of the Act and regulations under this part pending resolution of the discrepancy in valuation. A difference between the lower valuation and the higher valuation of less than 10 percent of the higher valuation need not be deemed a discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Swaps with entities other than swap dealers or major swap participants.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it engages in portfolio reconciliation as follows for all swaps in which its counterparty is neither a swap dealer nor a major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(1) Each swap dealer or major swap participant shall agree in writing with each of its counterparties on the terms of the portfolio reconciliation, including agreement on the selection of any third-party service provider.
</P>
<P>(2) The portfolio reconciliation may be performed on a bilateral basis by the counterparties or by one or more third parties selected by the counterparties in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The required policies and procedures shall provide that portfolio reconciliation will be performed no less frequently than:
</P>
<P>(i) Once each calendar quarter for each swap portfolio that includes more than 100 swaps at any time during the calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Once annually for each swap portfolio that includes no more than 100 swaps at any time during the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) Each swap dealer or major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written procedures reasonably designed to resolve any discrepancies in the material terms or valuation of each swap identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise with a counterparty that is neither a swap dealer nor major swap participant in a timely fashion. A difference between the lower valuation and the higher valuation of less than 10 percent of the higher valuation need not be deemed a discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall promptly notify the Commission and any applicable prudential regulator, or with regard to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act, the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any applicable prudential regulator, of any swap valuation dispute in excess of $20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) if not resolved within:
</P>
<P>(1) Three (3) business days, if the dispute is with a counterparty that is a swap dealer or major swap participant; or
</P>
<P>(2) Five (5) business days, if the dispute is with a counterparty that is not a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconciliation of cleared swaps.</I> Nothing in this section shall apply to a swap that is cleared by a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> A record of each swap portfolio reconciliation consistent with § 23.202(a)(3)(iii) shall be maintained in accordance with § 23.203.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sept. 11, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.503" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.503   Portfolio compression.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Portfolio compression with swap dealers and major swap participants</I>—(1) <I>Bilateral offset.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for terminating each fully offsetting swap between a swap dealer or major swap participant and another swap dealer or major swap participant in a timely fashion, when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bilateral compression.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically engaging in bilateral portfolio compression exercises, when appropriate, with each counterparty that is also a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Multilateral compression.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically engaging in multilateral portfolio compression exercises, when appropriate, with each counterparty that is also a swap dealer or major swap participant. Such policies and procedures shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Policies and procedures for participation in all multilateral portfolio compression exercises required by Commission regulation or order; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Evaluation of multilateral portfolio compression exercises that are initiated, offered, or sponsored by any third party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Portfolio compression with counterparties other than swap dealers and major swap participants.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically terminating fully offsetting swaps and for engaging in portfolio compression exercises with respect to swaps in which its counterparty is an entity other than a swap dealer or major swap participant, to the extent requested by any such counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portfolio compression of cleared swaps.</I> Nothing in this section shall apply to a swap that is cleared by a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make and maintain a complete and accurate record of each bilateral offset and each bilateral or multilateral portfolio compression exercise in which it participates.
</P>
<P>(2) All records required to be maintained pursuant to this section shall be maintained in accordance with § 23.203 and shall be made available promptly upon request to any representative of the Commission or any applicable prudential regulator, or with regard to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act, to any representative of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sept. 11, 2012]
















</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.504" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.504   Swap trading relationship documentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general</I>—(1) <I>Applicability.</I> The requirements of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Swaps executed prior to the date on which a swap dealer or major swap participant is required to be in compliance with this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Swaps that have been cleared on a derivatives clearing organization or cleared on a clearing organization that is currently exempted from registration by the Commission pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An ITBC Swap as defined in § 23.401(d).


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the swap dealer or major swap participant executes written swap trading relationship documentation with its counterparty that complies with the requirements of this section. The policies and procedures shall be approved in writing by senior management of the swap dealer and major swap participant, and a record of the approval shall be retained. Other than confirmations of swap transactions under § 23.501, the swap trading relationship documentation shall be executed prior to or contemporaneously with entering into a swap transaction with any counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Swap trading relationship documentation.</I> (1) The swap trading relationship documentation shall be in writing and shall include all terms governing the trading relationship between the swap dealer or major swap participant and its counterparty, including, without limitation, terms addressing payment obligations, netting of payments, events of default or other termination events, calculation and netting of obligations upon termination, transfer of rights and obligations, governing law, valuation, and dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>(2) The swap trading relationship documentation shall include all confirmations of swap transactions under § 23.501.
</P>
<P>(3) The swap trading relationship documentation shall include credit support arrangements, which shall contain, in accordance with applicable requirements under Commission regulations or regulations adopted by prudential regulators and without limitation, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Initial and variation margin requirements, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) Types of assets that may be used as margin and asset valuation haircuts, if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) Investment and rehypothecation terms for assets used as margin for uncleared swaps, if any; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Custodial arrangements for margin assets, including whether margin assets are to be segregated with an independent third party, in accordance with § 23.701(e), if any.
</P>
<P>(4) (i) The swap trading relationship documentation between swap dealers, between major swap participants, between a swap dealer and major swap participant, between a swap dealer or major swap participant and a financial entity, and, if requested by any other counterparty, between a swap dealer or major swap participant and such counterparty, shall include written documentation in which the parties agree on the process, which may include any agreed upon methods, procedures, rules, and inputs, for determining the value of each swap at any time from execution to the termination, maturity, or expiration of such swap for the purposes of complying with the margin requirements under section 4s(e) of the Act and regulations under this part, and the risk management requirements under section 4s(j) of the Act and regulations under this part. To the maximum extent practicable, the valuation of each swap shall be based on recently-executed transactions, valuations provided by independent third parties, or other objective criteria.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such documentation shall include either:
</P>
<P>(A) Alternative methods for determining the value of the swap for the purposes of complying with this paragraph in the event of the unavailability or other failure of any input required to value the swap for such purposes; or
</P>
<P>(B) A valuation dispute resolution process by which the value of the swap shall be determined for the purposes of complying with this paragraph (b)(4).
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap dealer or major swap participant is not required to disclose to the counterparty confidential, proprietary information about any model it may use to value a swap.
</P>
<P>(iv) The parties may agree on changes or procedures for modifying or amending the documentation required by this paragraph at any time.
</P>
<P>(5) The swap trading relationship documentation of a swap dealer or major swap participant shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of whether the swap dealer or major swap participant is an insured depository institution (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813) or a financial company (as defined in section 201(a)(11) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(11));
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of whether the counterparty is an insured depository institution or financial company;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that in the event either the swap dealer or major swap participant or its counterparty is a covered financial company (as defined in section 201(a)(8) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(8)) or an insured depository institution for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) has been appointed as a receiver (the “covered party”), certain limitations under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act or the Federal Deposit Insurance Act may apply to the right of the non-covered party to terminate, liquidate, or net any swap by reason of the appointment of the FDIC as receiver, notwithstanding the agreement of the parties in the swap trading relationship documentation, and that the FDIC may have certain rights to transfer swaps of the covered party under section 210(c)(9)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(9)(A), or 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)(A); and
</P>
<P>(iv) An agreement between the swap dealer or major swap participant and its counterparty to provide notice if either it or its counterparty becomes or ceases to be an insured depository institution or a financial company.
</P>
<P>(6) The swap trading relationship documentation of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall contain a notice that, upon acceptance of a swap by a derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(i) The original swap is extinguished;
</P>
<P>(ii) The original swap is replaced by equal and opposite swaps with the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All terms of the swap shall conform to the product specifications of the cleared swap established under the derivatives clearing organization's rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Audit of swap trading relationship documentation.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall have an independent internal or external auditor conduct periodic audits sufficient to identify any material weakness in its documentation policies and procedures required by this section and Commission regulations. A record of the results of each audit shall be retained.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain all documents required to be created pursuant to this section in accordance with § 23.203 and shall make them available promptly upon request to any representative of the Commission or any applicable prudential regulator, or with regard to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act, to any representative of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sept. 11, 2012, as amended at 90 FR 61259, Dec. 30, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.505" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.505   End user exception documentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>For swaps excepted from a mandatory clearing requirement.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall obtain documentation sufficient to provide a reasonable basis on which to believe that its counterparty meets the statutory conditions required for an exception from a mandatory clearing requirement, as defined in section 2h(7) of the Act and § 50.50 of this chapter. Such documentation shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(2) That the counterparty has elected not to clear a particular swap under section 2h(7) of the Act and § 50.50 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) That the counterparty is a non-financial entity, as defined in section 2h(7)(C) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(4) That the counterparty is hedging or mitigating a commercial risk; and
</P>
<P>(5) That the counterparty generally meets its financial obligations associated with non-cleared swaps. <I>Provided,</I> that a swap dealer or major swap participant need not obtain documentation of paragraphs (a)(3), (4), or (5) of this section if it obtains documentation that its counterparty has reported the information listed in § 50.50(b)(1)(iii) in accordance with § 50.50(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain all documents required to be obtained pursuant to this section in accordance with § 23.203 and shall make them available promptly upon request to any representative of the Commission or any applicable prudential regulator, or with regard to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act, to any representative of the Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 55960, Sep. 11, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 21046, Apr. 9, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.506" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.506   Swap processing and clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Swap processing.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall ensure that it has the capacity to route swap transactions not executed on a swap execution facility or designated contract market to a derivatives clearing organization in a manner acceptable to the derivatives clearing organization for the purposes of clearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall coordinate with each derivatives clearing organization to which the swap dealer, major swap participant, or its clearing member submits transactions for clearing, to facilitate prompt and efficient swap transaction processing in accordance with the requirements of § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Swap clearing.</I> With respect to each swap that is not executed on a swap execution facility or a designated contract market, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) If such swap is subject to a mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h)(1) of the Act and an exception pursuant to 2(h)(7) is not applicable, submit such swap for clearing to a derivatives clearing organization as soon as technologically practicable after execution of the swap, but no later than the close of business on the day of execution; or
</P>
<P>(2) If such swap is not subject to a mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h)(1) of the Act but is accepted for clearing by any derivatives clearing organization and the swap dealer or major swap participant and its counterparty agree that such swap will be submitted for clearing, submit such swap for clearing not later than the next business day after execution of the swap, or the agreement to clear, if later than execution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix 1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.6.7.8.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Part 23, Subpart I, Appendix 1—Exhibits A-D 






</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit A—Minimum Primary Economic Terms Data—Credit Swaps and Equity Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data categories and fields for all swaps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Comment
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: Credit, equity, FX, interest rates, other commodities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Transaction Identifier for the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The UTI is a unique identifier assigned to all swap transactions which identifies the transaction (the swap and its counterparties) uniquely throughout its duration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.












</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of whether the reporting counterparty is a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes/No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the non-reporting party</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Product Identifier assigned to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no Unique Product Identifier is available for the swap because the swap is not sufficiently standardized, the taxonomic description of the swap pursuant to the CFTC-approved product classification system
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no CFTC-approved UPI and product classification system is yet available, the internal product identifier or product description used by the swap data repository
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of the counterparty purchasing protection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: LEI, or alternate identifier.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of the counterparty selling protection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: LEI, or alternate identifier.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Information identifying the reference entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The entity that is the subject of the protection being purchased and sold in the swap. Field values: LEI, or alternate identifier.




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contract type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> swap, swaption, forward, option, basis swap, index swap, basket swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Execution venue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The swap execution facility or designated contract market on or pursuant to the rules of which the swap was executed. Field values: LEI of the swap execution facility or designated contract market, or “off-facility” if not so executed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap starts or goes into effect.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity, termination or end date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap expires.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> strike price, initial price, spread.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The notional amount, and the currency in which the notional amount is expressed
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The amount and currency (or currencies) of any up-front payment
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment frequency of the reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A description of the payment stream of the reporting counterparty, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> coupon.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment frequency of the non-reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A description of the payment stream of the non-reporting counterparty, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> coupon.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing exception or exemption type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of clearing exception or exemption being claimed. Field values: End user, Inter-affiliate or Cooperative.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indication of collateralization</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is the swap collateralized, and if so to what extent? Field values: Uncollateralized, partially collateralized, one-way collateralized, fully collateralized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other term(s) of the swap matched or affirmed by the counterparties in verifying the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use as many fields as required to report each such term.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit B—Minimum Primary Economic Terms Data—Foreign Exchange Transactions
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Other than cross-currency swaps]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data fields for all swaps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Comment
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: Credit, equity, FX, interest rates, other commodities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Transaction Identifier for the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The UTI is a unique identifier assigned to all swap transactions which identifies the transaction (the swap and its counterparties) uniquely throughout its duration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.










</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of whether the reporting counterparty is a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes/No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the non-reporting party</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Product Identifier assigned to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no Unique Product Identifier is available for the swap because the swap is not sufficiently standardized, the taxonomic description of the swap pursuant to the CFTC-approved product classification system
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no CFTC-approved UPI and product classification system is yet available, the internal product identifier or product description used by the swap data repository
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contract type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> forward, non-deliverable forward (NDF), non-deliverable option (NDO), vanilla option, simple exotic option, complex exotic option.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Execution venue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The swap execution facility or designated contract market on or pursuant to the rules of which the swap was executed. Field values: LEI of the swap execution facility or designated contract market, or “off-facility” if not so executed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO code.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO code.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional amount 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For currency 1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional amount 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For currency 2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contractual rate of exchange of the currencies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delivery type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Physical (deliverable) or cash (non-deliverable).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement or expiration date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement date, or for an option the contract expiration date.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing exception or exemption type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of clearing exception or exemption being claimed. Field values: End user, Inter-affiliate or Cooperative.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indication of collateralization</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is the trade collateralized, and if so to what extent? Field values: Uncollateralized, partially collateralized, one-way collateralized, fully collateralized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other term(s) of the trade matched or affirmed by the counterparties in verifying the trade</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> for options, premium, premium currency, premium payment date; for non-deliverable trades, settlement currency, valuation (fixing) date; indication of the economic obligations of the counterparties. Use as many fields as required to report each such term.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit C—Minimum Primary Economic Terms Data—Interest Rate Swaps
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Including cross-currency swaps]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data fields for all swaps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Comment
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: Credit, equity, FX, interest rates, other commodities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Transaction Identifier for the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The UTI is a unique identifier assigned to all swap transactions which identifies the transaction (the swap and its counterparties) uniquely throughout its duration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.














</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of whether the reporting counterparty is a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes/No.






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the non-reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Product Identifier assigned to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no Unique Product Identifier is available for the swap because the swap is not sufficiently standardized, the taxonomic description of the swap pursuant to the CFTC-approved product classification system
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no CFTC-approved UPI and product classification system is yet available, the internal product identifier or product description used by the swap data repository
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contract type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> swap, swaption, option, basis swap, index swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Execution venue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The swap execution facility or designated contract market on or pursuant to the rules of which the swap was executed. Field values: LEI of the swap execution facility or designated contract market, or “off-facility” if not so executed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap starts or goes into effect.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity, termination or end date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap expires or ends.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day count convention
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional amount (leg 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The current active notional amount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional currency (leg 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO code.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional amount (leg 2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The current active notional amount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional currency (leg 2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO code.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payer (fixed rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is the reporting party a fixed rate payer? Yes/No/Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payer (floating rate leg 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If two floating legs, the payer for leg 1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payer (floating rate leg 2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If two floating legs, the payer for leg 2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Direction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For swaps: Whether the principal is paying or receiving the fixed rate. For float-to-float and fixed-to-fixed swaps: Indicate N/A.


<br/>For non-swap instruments and swaptions: Indicate the instrument that was bought or sold.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> put, call, straddle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed rate
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed rate day count fraction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> actual 360.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating rate payment frequency
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating rate reset frequency












</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating rate index name/rate period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> Fed Funds.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing exception or exemption type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of clearing exception or exemption being claimed. Field values: End user, Inter-affiliate or Cooperative.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indication of collateralization</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is the swap collateralized, and if so to what extent? Field values: Uncollateralized, partially collateralized, one-way collateralized, fully collateralized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other term(s) of the swap matched or affirmed by the counterparties in verifying the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> early termination option clause. Use as many fields as required to report each such term.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit D—Minimum Primary Economic Terms Data—Other Commodity Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data field for all swaps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Comment
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Field values: Credit, equity, FX, interest rates, other commodities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Transaction Identifier for the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The UTI is a unique identifier assigned to all swap transactions which identifies the transaction (the swap and its counterparties) uniquely throughout its duration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the reporting counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">An indication of whether the reporting counterparty is a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes/No.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Legal Entity Identifier or alternate identifier of the non-reporting party</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.6 of this chapter.






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Unique Product Identifier assigned to the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As provided in § 45.7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no Unique Product Identifier is available for the swap because the swap is not sufficiently standardized, the taxonomic description of the swap pursuant to the CFTC-approved product classification system
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If no CFTC-approved UPI and product classification system is yet available, the internal product identifier or product description used by the swap data repository
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contract type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> swap, swaption, option, basis swap, index swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Execution venue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The swap execution facility or designated contract market on or pursuant to the rules of which the swap was executed. Field values: LEI of the swap execution facility or designated contract market, or “off-facility” if not so executed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap commences or goes into effect (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> in physical oil, the pricing start date).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity, termination, or end date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the swap expires or ends (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> in physical oil, the pricing end date).


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Buyer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The counterparty purchasing the product: (<E T="03">E.g.,</E> the payer of the fixed price (for a swap), or the payer of the floating price on the underlying swap (for a put swaption), or the payer of the fixed price on the underlying swap (for a call swaption). Field values: LEI, if available, or alternate identifier.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The counterparty offering the product: (<E T="03">E.g.,</E> the payer of the floating price (for a swap), the payer of the fixed price on the underlying swap (for a put swaption), or the payer of the floating price on the underlying swap (for a call swaption). Field values: LEI, or alternate identifier.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quantity unit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The unit of measure applicable for the quantity on the swap. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> barrels, bushels, gallons, pounds, tons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The amount of the commodity (the number of quantity units) quoted on the swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quantity frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The rate at which the quantity is quoted on the swap. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> hourly, daily, weekly, monthly.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The quantity of the commodity for the entire term of the swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Physical delivery or cash.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The price of the swap. For options, the strike price.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price unit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The unit of measure applicable for the price of the swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO code.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Buyer pay index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The published price as paid by the buyer (if applicable). For swaptions, applies to the underlying swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Buyer pay averaging method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The averaging method used to calculate the index of the buyer pay index. For swaptions, applies to the underlying swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seller pay index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The published price as paid by the seller (if applicable). For swaptions, applies to the underlying swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seller pay averaging method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The averaging method used to calculate the index of the seller pay index. For swaptions, applies to the underlying swap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Grade</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If applicable, the grade of the commodity to be delivered, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> the grade of oil or refined product.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Descriptor for the type of option transaction. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> put, call, straddle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">E.g.,</E> American, European, European Daily, European Monthly, Asian.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total amount paid by the option buyer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hours from through</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For electric power, the hours of the day for which the swap is effective.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hours from through time zone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For electric power, the time zone prevailing for the hours during which electricity is transmitted.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Days of week</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For electric power, the profile applicable for the delivery of power.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For electric power, the load profile for the delivery of power.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing exception or exemption type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of clearing exception or exemption being claimed. Field values: End user, Inter-affiliate or Cooperative.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indication of collateralization</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is the swap collateralized, and if so to what extent? Field values: Uncollateralized, partially collateralized, one-way collateralized, fully collateralized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other term(s) of the swap matched or affirmed by the counterparties in verifying the swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use as many fields as required to report each such term.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 225, Jan. 5, 2021, as amended at 88 FR 8753, Feb. 10, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Duties of Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 20205, Apr. 3, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.600" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.600   Risk Management Program for swap dealers and major swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of subpart J, the following terms shall be defined as provided.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate. This term means,</I> with respect to any person, a person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business trading unit. This term means</I> any department, division, group, or personnel of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of any pricing (excluding price verification for risk management purposes), trading, sales, marketing, advertising, solicitation, structuring, or brokerage activities on behalf of a registrant.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Clearing unit. This term means</I> any department, division, group, or personnel of a registrant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of any proprietary or customer clearing activities on behalf of a registrant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Governing body. This term means:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) A board of directors;
</P>
<P>(2) A body performing a function similar to a board of directors;
</P>
<P>(3) Any committee of a board or body; or
</P>
<P>(4) The chief executive officer of a registrant, or any such board, body, committee, or officer of a division of a registrant, provided that the registrant's swaps activities for which registration with the Commission is required are wholly contained in a separately identifiable division.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Prudential regulator.</I> This term has the same meaning as section 1a(39) of the Commodity Exchange Act and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Association, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Senior management. This term means,</I> with respect to a registrant, any officer or officers specifically granted the authority and responsibility to fulfill the requirements of senior management by the registrant's governing body.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Swaps activities. This term means,</I> with respect to a registrant, such registrant's activities related to swaps and any product used to hedge such swaps, including, but not limited to, futures, options, other swaps or security-based swaps, debt or equity securities, foreign currency, physical commodities, and other derivatives.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk management program</I>—(1) <I>Purpose.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, document, maintain, and enforce a system of risk management policies and procedures designed to monitor and manage the risks associated with the swaps activities of the swap dealer or major swap participant. For purposes of this regulation, such policies and procedures shall be referred to collectively as a “Risk Management Program.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Written policies and procedures.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain written policies and procedures that describe the Risk Management Program of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Approval by governing body.</I> The Risk Management Program and the written risk management policies and procedures shall be approved, in writing, by the governing body of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Furnishing to the Commission.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall furnish a copy of its written risk management policies and procedures to the Commission, or to a futures association registered under section 17 of the Act, if directed by the Commission, upon application for registration and thereafter upon request.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Risk management unit.</I> As part of its Risk Management Program, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish and maintain a risk management unit with sufficient authority; qualified personnel; and financial, operational, and other resources to carry out the risk management program established pursuant to this regulation. The risk management unit shall report directly to senior management and shall be independent from the business trading unit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Elements of the Risk Management Program.</I> The Risk Management Program of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall include, at a minimum, the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Identification of risks and risk tolerance limits.</I> (i) The Risk Management Program should take into account market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, settlement, and any other applicable risks together with a description of the risk tolerance limits set by the swap dealer or major swap participant and the underlying methodology in written policies and procedures. The risk tolerance limits shall be reviewed and approved quarterly by senior management and annually by the governing body. Exceptions to risk tolerance limits shall be subject to written policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Risk Management Program shall take into account risks posed by affiliates and the Risk Management Program shall be integrated into risk management at the consolidated entity level.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Risk Management Program shall include policies and procedures for detecting breaches of risk tolerance limits set by the swap dealer or major swap participant, and alerting supervisors within the risk management unit and senior management, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Periodic Risk Exposure Reports.</I> (i) The risk management unit of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall provide to senior management and to its governing body quarterly written reports setting forth the market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, settlement, and any other applicable risk exposures of the swap dealer or major swap participant; any recommended or completed changes to the Risk Management Program; the recommended time frame for implementing recommended changes; and the status of any incomplete implementation of previously recommended changes to the Risk Management Program. For purposes of this regulation, such reports shall be referred to as “Risk Exposure Reports.” The Risk Exposure Reports also shall be provided to the senior management and the governing body immediately upon detection of any material change in the risk exposure of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Furnishing to the Commission.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall furnish copies of its Risk Exposure Reports to the Commission within five (5) business days of providing such reports to its senior management.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>New product policy.</I> The Risk Management Program of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall include a new product policy that is designed to identify and take into account the risks of any new product prior to engaging in transactions involving the new product. The new product policy should include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Consideration of the type of counterparty with which the new product will be transacted; the product's characteristics and economic function; and whether the product requires a novel pricing methodology or presents novel legal and regulatory issues.
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification and analysis of all relevant risks associated with the new product and how they will be managed. The risk analysis should include an assessment, if relevant, of any product, market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, settlement, and any other risks associated with the new product. Product risk characteristics may include, if relevant, volatility, non-linear price characteristics, jump-to-default risk, and any correlation between the value of the product and the counterparty's creditworthiness.
</P>
<P>(iii) An assessment, signed by a supervisor in the risk management unit, as to whether the new product would materially alter the overall entity-wide risk profile of the swap dealer or major swap participant. If the new product would materially alter the overall risk profile of the swap dealer or major swap participant, the new product must be pre-approved by the governing body before any transactions are effectuated.
</P>
<P>(iv) A requirement that the risk management unit review the risk analysis to identify any necessary modifications to the Risk Management Program and implement such modifications prior to engaging in transactions involving the new product.
</P>
<P>(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a swap dealer's or major swap participant's new product policy may include provisions permitting limited preliminary approval of new products—
</P>
<P>(A) At a risk level that would not be material to the swap dealer or major swap participant; and
</P>
<P>(B) Solely in order to provide the swap dealer or major swap participant with the opportunity to facilitate development of appropriate operational and risk management processes for such product.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Specific risk management considerations.</I> The Risk Management Program of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall include, but not be limited to, policies and procedures necessary to monitor and manage the following risks:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Market risk.</I> Market risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Daily measurement of market exposure, including exposure due to unique product characteristics, volatility of prices, basis and correlation risks, leverage, sensitivity of option positions, and position concentration, to comply with market risk tolerance limits;
</P>
<P>(B) Timely and reliable valuation data derived from, or verified by, sources that are independent of the business trading unit, and if derived from pricing models, that the models have been independently validated by qualified, independent external or internal persons; and
</P>
<P>(C) Periodic reconciliation of profits and losses resulting from valuations with the general ledger.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Credit risk.</I> Credit risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Daily measurement of overall credit exposure to comply with counterparty credit limits;
</P>
<P>(B) Monitoring and reporting of violations of counterparty credit limits performed by personnel that are independent of the business trading unit; and
</P>
<P>(C) Regular valuation of collateral used to cover credit exposures and safeguarding of collateral to prevent loss, disposal, rehypothecation, or use unless appropriately authorized.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Liquidity risk.</I> Liquidity risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Daily measurement of liquidity needs;
</P>
<P>(B) Assessing procedures to liquidate all non-cash collateral in a timely manner and without significant effect on price; and
</P>
<P>(C) Application of appropriate collateral haircuts that accurately reflect market and credit risk.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Foreign currency risk.</I> Foreign currency risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Daily measurement of the amount of capital exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency to comply with applicable limits; and
</P>
<P>(B) Establishment of safeguards against adverse currency fluctuations.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Legal risk.</I> Legal risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Determinations that transactions and netting arrangements entered into have a sound legal basis; and
</P>
<P>(B) Establishment of documentation tracking procedures designed to ensure the completeness of relevant documentation and to resolve any documentation exceptions on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Operational risk.</I> Operational risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Secure and reliable operating and information systems with adequate, scalable capacity, and independence from the business trading unit;
</P>
<P>(B) Safeguards to detect, identify, and promptly correct deficiencies in operating and information systems; and
</P>
<P>(C) Reconciliation of all data and information in operating and information systems.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Settlement risk.</I> Settlement risk policies and procedures shall take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Establishment of standard settlement instructions with each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(B) Procedures to track outstanding settlement items and aging information in all accounts, including nostro and suspense accounts; and
</P>
<P>(C) Procedures to ensure timely payments to counterparties and to resolve any late payments.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Use of central counterparties.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish policies and procedures relating to its use of central counterparties. Such policies and procedures shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Require the use of central counterparties where clearing is required pursuant to Commission regulation or order, unless the counterparty has properly invoked a clearing exemption under Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Set forth the conditions for the voluntary use of central counterparties for clearing when available as a means of mitigating counterparty credit risk; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Require diligent investigation into the adequacy of the financial resources and risk management procedures of any central counterparty through which the swap dealer or major swap participant clears.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Compliance with margin and capital requirements.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall satisfy all capital and margin requirements established by the Commission or prudential regulator, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Monitoring of compliance with Risk Management Program.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish policies and procedures to detect violations of the Risk Management Program; to encourage employees to report such violations to senior management, without fear of retaliation; and to take specified disciplinary action against employees who violate the Risk Management Program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Business trading unit.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish policies and procedures that, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Require all trading policies be approved by the governing body of the swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(2) Require that traders execute transactions only with counterparties for whom credit limits have been established;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide specific quantitative or qualitative limits for traders and personnel able to commit the capital of the swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(4) Monitor each trader throughout the trading day to prevent the trader from exceeding any limit to which the trader is subject, or from otherwise incurring unauthorized risk;
</P>
<P>(5) Require each trader to follow established policies and procedures for executing and confirming all transactions;
</P>
<P>(6) Establish means to detect unauthorized trading activities or any other violation of policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(7) Ensure that all trade discrepancies are documented and, other than immaterial, clerical errors, are brought to the immediate attention of management of the business trading unit;
</P>
<P>(8) Ensure that broker statements and payments to brokers are periodically audited by persons independent of the business trading unit;
</P>
<P>(9) Ensure that use of trading programs is subject to policies and procedures governing the use, supervision, maintenance, testing, and inspection of the program; and
</P>
<P>(10) Require the separation of personnel in the business trading unit from personnel in the risk management unit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review and testing.</I> (1) Risk Management Programs shall be reviewed and tested on at least an annual basis, or upon any material change in the business of the swap dealer or major swap participant that is reasonably likely to alter the risk profile of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual reviews of the Risk Management Program shall include an analysis of adherence to, and the effectiveness of, the risk management policies and procedures, and any recommendations for modifications to the Risk Management Program. The annual testing shall be performed by qualified internal audit staff that are independent of the business trading unit being audited or by a qualified third party audit service reporting to staff that are independent of the business trading unit. The results of the annual review of the Risk Management Program shall be promptly reported to, and reviewed by, the chief compliance officer, senior management, and governing body of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(3) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall document all internal and external reviews and testing of its Risk Management Program and written risk management policies and procedures including the date of the review or test; the results; any deficiencies identified; the corrective action taken; and the date that corrective action was taken. Such documentation shall be provided to Commission staff, upon request.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Distribution of risk management policies and procedures.</I> The Risk Management Program shall include procedures for the timely distribution of its written risk management policies and procedures to relevant supervisory personnel. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain records of the persons to whom the risk management policies and procedures were distributed and when they were distributed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain copies of all written approvals required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) All records or reports that a swap dealer or major swap participant is required to maintain pursuant to this regulation shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20205, Apr. 3, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 41126, July 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.601" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.601   Monitoring of position limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor for and prevent violations of applicable position limits established by the Commission, a designated contract market, or a swap execution facility, and to monitor for and prevent improper reliance upon any exemptions or exclusions from such position limits. For purposes of this regulation, such policies and procedures shall be referred to as “Position Limit Procedures.” The Position Limit Procedures shall be incorporated into the Risk Management Program of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of the Position Limit Procedures, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall convert all swap positions into equivalent futures positions using the methodology set forth in Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall provide training to all relevant personnel on applicable position limits on an annual basis and shall promptly notify personnel upon any change to applicable position limits. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain records of such training and notifications including the substance of the training, the identity of those receiving training, and the identity of those notified of changes to applicable position limits.
</P>
<P>(d) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall diligently monitor its trading activities and diligently supervise the actions of its partners, officers, employees, and agents to ensure compliance with the Position Limit Procedures of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(e) The Position Limit Procedures of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall implement an early warning system designed to detect and alert its senior management when position limits are in danger of being breached (such as when trading has reached a percentage threshold of the applicable position limit, and when position limits have been exceeded). Any detected violation of applicable position limits shall be reported promptly to the firm's governing body. Any detected violation of applicable position limits, other than on-exchange violations reported to the Commission by a designated contract market or a swap execution facility, shall be reported promptly to the Commission. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain a record of any early warning received, any position limit violation detected, any action taken as a result of either, and the date action was taken.
</P>
<P>(f) Each swap dealer and major swap participant that transacts in instruments for which position limits have been established by the Commission, a designated contract market, or a swap execution facility shall test its Position Limit Procedures for adequacy and effectiveness at least once each calendar quarter and maintain records of such tests; the results thereof; any action that is taken as a result thereof including, without limitation, any recommendations for modifications to the firm's Position Limit Procedures; and the date action was taken.
</P>
<P>(g) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall document its compliance with applicable position limits established by the Commission, a designated contract market, or a swap execution facility in a written report on a quarterly basis. Such report shall be promptly reported to and reviewed by the chief compliance officer, senior management, and governing body of the swap dealer or major swap participant, and shall include, without limitation, a list of all early warnings received, all position limit violations, the action taken in response, the results of the quarterly position limit testing required by this regulation, any deficiencies in the Position Limit Procedures, the status of any pending amendments to the Position Limit Procedures, and any action taken to amend the Position Limit Procedures to ensure compliance with all applicable position limits. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall retain a copy of this report.
</P>
<P>(h) On an annual basis, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall audit its Position Limit Procedures as part of the audit of its Risk Management Program required by Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(i) All records required to be maintained pursuant to these regulations shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.602" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.602   Diligent supervision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Supervision.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish and maintain a system to supervise, and shall diligently supervise, all activities relating to its business performed by its partners, members, officers, employees, and agents (or persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function). Such system shall be reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supervisory System.</I> Such supervisory system shall provide, at a minimum, for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The designation, where applicable, of at least one person with authority to carry out the supervisory responsibilities of the swap dealer or major swap participant for all activities relating to its business as a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) The use of reasonable efforts to determine that all supervisors are qualified and meet such standards of training, experience, competence, and such other qualification standards as the Commission finds necessary or appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.603" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.603   Business continuity and disaster recovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Business continuity and disaster recovery plan required.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish and maintain a written business continuity and disaster recovery plan that outlines the procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency or other disruption of its normal business activities. The business continuity and disaster recovery plan shall be designed to enable the swap dealer or major swap participant to continue or to resume any operations by the next business day with minimal disturbance to its counterparties and the market, and to recover all documentation and data required to be maintained by applicable law and regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Essential components.</I> The business continuity and disaster recovery plan of a swap dealer or major swap participant shall include the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the documents, data, facilities, infrastructure, personnel and competencies essential to the continued operations of the swap dealer or major swap participant and to fulfill the obligations of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of the supervisory personnel responsible for implementing each aspect of the business continuity and disaster recovery plan and the emergency contacts required to be provided pursuant to this regulation.
</P>
<P>(3) A plan to communicate with the following persons in the event of an emergency or other disruption, to the extent applicable to the operations of the swap dealer or major swap participant: employees; counterparties; swap data repositories; execution facilities; trading facilities; clearing facilities; regulatory authorities; data, communications and infrastructure providers and other vendors; disaster recovery specialists and other persons essential to the recovery of documentation and data, the resumption of operations, and compliance with the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for, and the maintenance of, back-up facilities, systems, infrastructure, alternative staffing and other resources to achieve the timely recovery of data and documentation and to resume operations as soon as reasonably possible and generally within the next business day.
</P>
<P>(5) Maintenance of back-up facilities, systems, infrastructure and alternative staffing arrangements in one or more areas that are geographically separate from the swap dealer's or major swap participant's primary facilities, systems, infrastructure and personnel (which may include contractual arrangements for the use of facilities, systems and infrastructure provided by third parties).
</P>
<P>(6) Back-up or copying, with sufficient frequency, of documents and data essential to the operations of the swap dealer or major swap participant or to fulfill the regulatory obligations of the swap dealer or major swap participant and storing the information off-site in either hard-copy or electronic format.
</P>
<P>(7) Identification of potential business interruptions encountered by third parties that are necessary to the continued operations of the swap dealer or major swap participant and a plan to minimize the impact of such disruptions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution to employees.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall distribute a copy of its business continuity and disaster recovery plan to relevant employees and promptly provide any significant revision thereto. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain copies of the business continuity and disaster recovery plan at one or more accessible off-site locations. Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall train relevant employees on applicable components of the business continuity and disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission notification.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall promptly notify the Commission of any emergency or other disruption that may affect the ability of the swap dealer or major swap participant to fulfill its regulatory obligations or would have a significant adverse effect on the swap dealer or major swap participant, its counterparties, or the market.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency contacts.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall provide to the Commission the name and contact information of two employees who the Commission can contact in the event of an emergency or other disruption. The individuals identified shall be authorized to make key decisions on behalf of the swap dealer or major swap participant and have knowledge of the firm's business continuity and disaster recovery plan. The swap dealer or major swap participant shall provide the Commission with any updates to this information promptly.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review and modification.</I> A member of the senior management of each swap dealer and major swap participant shall review the business continuity and disaster recovery plan annually or upon any material change to the business. Any deficiencies found or corrective action taken shall be documented.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Testing and audit.</I> Each business continuity and disaster recovery plan shall be tested annually by qualified, independent internal personnel or a qualified third party service. The date the testing was performed shall be documented, together with the nature and scope of the testing, any deficiencies found, any corrective action taken, and the date that corrective action was taken. Each business continuity and disaster recovery plan shall be audited at least once every three years by a qualified third party service. The date the audit was performed shall be documented, together with the nature and scope of the audit, any deficiencies found, any corrective action taken, and the date that corrective action was taken.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Business continuity and disaster recovery plans required by other regulatory authorities.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant shall comply with the requirements of this regulation in addition to any business continuity and disaster recovery requirements that are imposed upon the swap dealer or major swap participant by its prudential regulator or any other regulatory or self-regulatory authority.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The business continuity and disaster recovery plan of the swap dealer and major swap participant and all other records required to be maintained pursuant to this section shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.604" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.604   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.605" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.605   Conflicts of interest policies and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following terms shall be defined as provided.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate. This term means,</I> with respect to any person, a person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business trading unit. This term means</I> any department, division, group, or personnel of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of, any pricing (excluding price verification for risk management purposes), trading, sales, marketing, advertising, solicitation, structuring, or brokerage activities on behalf of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Clearing unit. This term means</I> any department, division, group, or personnel of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates, whether or not identified as such, that performs, or personnel exercising direct supervisory authority over the performance of, any proprietary or customer clearing activities on behalf of a swap dealer or major swap participant or any of its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Derivative. This term means:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) A contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) A security futures product;
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(v) Any commodity option authorized under section 4c of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any leverage transaction authorized under section 19 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Non-research personnel.</I> This term means any employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit, or any other employee of the swap dealer or major swap participant, other than an employee performing a legal or compliance function, who is not directly responsible for, or otherwise not involved in, research or analysis intended for inclusion in a research report.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Public appearance. This term means</I> any participation in a conference call, seminar, forum (including an interactive electronic forum) or other public speaking activity before 15 or more persons (individuals or entities), or interview or appearance before one or more representatives of the media, radio, television or print media, or the writing of a print media article, in which a research analyst makes a recommendation or offers an opinion concerning a derivatives transaction. This term does not include a password-protected Webcast, conference call or similar event with 15 or more existing customers, provided that all of the event participants previously received the most current research report or other documentation that contains the required applicable disclosures, and that the research analyst appearing at the event corrects and updates during the public appearance any disclosures in the research report that are inaccurate, misleading, or no longer applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Research analyst. This term means</I> the employee of a swap dealer or major swap participant who is primarily responsible for, and any employee who reports directly or indirectly to such research analyst in connection with, preparation of the substance of a research report relating to any derivative, whether or not any such person has the job title of “research analyst.”
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Research department. This term means</I> any department or division that is principally responsible for preparing the substance of a research report relating to any derivative on behalf of a swap dealer or major swap participant, including a department or division contained in an affiliate of a swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Research report. This term means</I> any written communication (including electronic) that includes an analysis of the price or market for any derivative, and that provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base a decision to enter into a derivatives transaction. This term does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Communications distributed to fewer than 15 persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) Commentaries on economic, political, or market conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Statistical summaries of multiple companies' financial data, including listings of current ratings;
</P>
<P>(iv) Periodic reports or other communications prepared for investment company shareholders or commodity pool participants that discuss individual derivatives positions in the context of a fund's past performance or the basis for previously-made discretionary decisions;
</P>
<P>(v) Any communications generated by an employee of the business trading unit that is conveyed as a solicitation for entering into a derivatives transaction, and is conspicuously identified as such; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Internal communications that are not given to current or prospective customers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant subject to this rule must adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the swap dealer or major swap participant and its employees comply with the provisions of this rule.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Research analysts and research reports</I>—(1) <I>Restrictions on relationship with research department.</I> (i) Non-research personnel shall not direct a research analyst's decision to publish a research report of the swap dealer or major swap participant, and non-research personnel shall not direct the views and opinions expressed in a research report of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(ii) No research analyst may be subject to the supervision or control of any employee of the swap dealer's or major swap participant's business trading unit or clearing unit, and no employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit may have any influence or control over the evaluation or compensation of a research analyst.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, non-research personnel, other than the board of directors and any committee thereof, shall not review or approve a research report of the swap dealer or major swap participant before its publication.
</P>
<P>(iv) Non-research personnel may review a research report before its publication as necessary only to verify the factual accuracy of information in the research report, to provide for non-substantive editing, to format the layout or style of the research report, or to identify any potential conflicts of interest, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Any written communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel of the swap dealer or major swap participant or in a transmission copied to such personnel; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any oral communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be documented and made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel acting as an intermediary or in a conversation conducted in the presence of such personnel.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Restrictions on communications.</I> Any written or oral communication by a research analyst to a current or prospective counterparty relating to any derivative must not omit any material fact or qualification that would cause the communication to be misleading to a reasonable person.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Restrictions on research analyst compensation.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant may not consider as a factor in reviewing or approving a research analyst's compensation his or her contributions to the swap dealer's or major swap participant's trading or clearing business. Except for communicating client or customer feedback, ratings, and other indicators of research analyst performance to research department management, no employee of the business trading unit or clearing unit of the swap dealer or major swap participant may influence the review or approval of a research analyst's compensation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prohibition of promise of favorable research.</I> No swap dealer or major swap participant may directly or indirectly offer favorable research, or threaten to change research, to an existing or prospective counterparty as consideration or inducement for the receipt of business or compensation.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Disclosure requirements</I>—(i) <I>Ownership and material conflicts of interest.</I> A swap dealer or major swap participant must disclose in research reports and a research analyst must disclose in public appearances:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the research analyst maintains a financial interest in any derivative of a type, class, or, category that the research analyst follows, and the general nature of the financial interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any other actual, material conflicts of interest of the research analyst or swap dealer or major swap participant of which the research analyst has knowledge at the time of publication of the research report or at the time of the public appearance.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prominence of disclosure.</I> Disclosures and references to disclosures must be clear, comprehensive, and prominent. With respect to public appearances by research analysts, the disclosures required by this paragraph (c)(5) must be conspicuous.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Records of public appearances.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant must maintain records of public appearances by research analysts sufficient to demonstrate compliance by those research analysts with the applicable disclosure requirements under this paragraph (c)(5).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Third-party research reports.</I> (A) For the purposes of this paragraph (c)(5)(iv), “independent third-party research report” shall mean a research report, in respect of which the person or entity producing the report:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has no affiliation or business or contractual relationship with the distributing swap dealer or major swap participant, or that swap dealer's or major swap participant's affiliates, that is reasonably likely to inform the content of its research reports; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Makes content determinations without any input from the distributing swap dealer or major swap participant or that swap dealer's or major swap participant's affiliates.
</P>
<P>(B) Subject to paragraph (c)(5)(iv)(C) of this section, if a swap dealer or major swap participant distributes or makes available any independent third-party research report, the swap dealer or major swap participant must accompany the research report with, or provide a Web address that directs the recipient to, the current applicable disclosures, as they pertain to the swap dealer or major swap participant, required by this section. Each swap dealer and major swap participant must establish written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure the completeness and accuracy of all applicable disclosures.
</P>
<P>(C) The requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(iv)(B) of this section shall not apply to independent third-party research reports made available by a swap dealer or major swap participant to its customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Upon request; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Through a Web site maintained by the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Prohibition of retaliation against research analysts.</I> No swap dealer or major swap participant, and no employee of a swap dealer or major swap participant who is involved with the swap dealer's or major swap participant's pricing, trading, or clearing activities, may, directly or indirectly, retaliate against or threaten to retaliate against any research analyst employed by the swap dealer or major swap participant or its affiliates as a result of an adverse, negative, or otherwise unfavorable research report or public appearance written or made, in good faith, by the research analyst that may adversely affect the swap dealer's or major swap participant's present or prospective pricing, trading, or clearing activities.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Clearing activities.</I> (1) No swap dealer or major swap participant shall directly or indirectly interfere with or attempt to influence the decision of the clearing unit of any affiliated clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization to provide clearing services and activities to a particular customer, including but not limited to a decision relating to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether to offer clearing services and activities to a particular customer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether to accept a particular customer for the purposes of clearing derivatives;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether to submit a customer's transaction to a particular derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether to set or adjust risk tolerance levels for a particular customer;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether to accept certain forms of collateral from a particular customer; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether to set a particular customer's fees for clearing services based upon criteria that are not generally available and applicable to other customers of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall create and maintain an appropriate informational partition, as specified in section 4s(j)(5)(A) of the Act, between business trading units of the swap dealer or major swap participant and clearing units of any affiliated clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization to reasonably ensure compliance with the Act and the prohibitions specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. At a minimum, such informational partitions shall require that no employee of a business trading unit of a swap dealer or major swap participant shall supervise, control, or influence any employee of the clearing unit of any affiliated clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Undue influence on counterparties.</I> Each swap dealer and major swap participant must adopt and implement written policies and procedures that mandate the disclosure to its counterparties of any material incentives and any material conflicts of interest regarding the decision of a counterparty:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether to execute a derivative on a swap execution facility or designated contract market; or
</P>
<P>(2) Whether to clear a derivative through a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(f) All records that a swap dealer or major swap participant is required to maintain pursuant to this regulation shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of the applicable prudential regulator, as defined in 7 U.S.C. 1a(39).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.606" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.606   General information: availability for disclosure and inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosure of information.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall make available for disclosure to and inspection by the Commission and its prudential regulator, as applicable, all information required by, or related to, the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The terms and condition of its swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Its swaps trading operations, mechanisms, and practices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Financial integrity and risk management protections relating to swaps; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other information relevant to its trading in swaps.
</P>
<P>(2) Such information shall be made available promptly, upon request, to Commission staff and the staff of the applicable prudential regulator, at such frequency and in such manner as is set forth in the Commodity Exchange Act, Commission regulations, or the regulations of the applicable prudential regulator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ability to provide information.</I> (1) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish and maintain reliable internal data capture, processing, storage, and other operational systems sufficient to capture, process, record, store, and produce all information necessary to satisfy its duties under the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations. Such systems shall be designed to produce the information within the time frames set forth in the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations or upon request, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written procedures for the capture, processing, recording, storage, and production of all information necessary to satisfy its duties under the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record retention.</I> All records or reports that a swap dealer or major swap participant is required to maintain pursuant to this regulation shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.607" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.607   Antitrust considerations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No swap dealer or major swap participant shall adopt any process or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade, or impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing, unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Consistent with its obligations under paragraph (a) of this section, each swap dealer and major swap participant shall adopt policies and procedures to prevent actions that result in unreasonable restraint of trade, or impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.608" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.608   Restrictions on counterparty clearing relationships.</HEAD>
<P>No swap dealer or major swap participant entering into a swap to be submitted for clearing with a counterparty that is a customer of a futures commission merchant shall enter into an arrangement that:
</P>
<P>(a) Discloses to the futures commission merchant or any swap dealer or major swap participant the identity of a customer's original executing counterparty;
</P>
<P>(b) Limits the number of counterparties with whom a customer may enter into a trade;
</P>
<P>(c) Restricts the size of the position a customer may take with any individual counterparty, apart from an overall limit for all positions held by the customer with the swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(d) Impairs a customer's access to execution of a trade on terms that have a reasonable relationship to the best terms available; or
</P>
<P>(e) Prevents compliance with the timeframes set forth in § 1.74(b), § 23.610(b), or § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21308, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.609" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.609   Clearing member risk management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to clearing activities in futures, security futures products, swaps, agreements, contracts, or transactions described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Act, commodity options authorized under section 4c of the Act, or leveraged transactions authorized under section 19 of the Act, each swap dealer or major swap participant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish risk-based limits based on position size, order size, margin requirements, or similar factors;
</P>
<P>(2) Screen orders for compliance with the risk-based limits in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) For transactions subject to automated execution, the clearing member shall use automated means to screen orders for compliance with the risk-based limits; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For transactions subject to non-automated execution, the clearing member shall establish and maintain systems of risk controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the limits.
</P>
<P>(3) Monitor for adherence to the risk-based limits intra-day and overnight;
</P>
<P>(4) Conduct stress tests under extreme but plausible conditions of all positions at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(5) Evaluate its ability to meet initial margin requirements at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(6) Evaluate its ability to meet variation margin requirements in cash at least once per week;
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluate its ability to liquidate the positions it clears in an orderly manner, and estimate the cost of the liquidation; and
</P>
<P>(8) Test all lines of credit at least once per year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each swap dealer or major swap participant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish written procedures to comply with this regulation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Keep full, complete, and systematic records documenting its compliance with this regulation.
</P>
<P>(3) All records required to be maintained pursuant to these regulations shall be maintained in accordance with Commission Regulation § 1.31 and shall be made available promptly upon request to representatives of the Commission and to representatives of applicable prudential regulators.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21308, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.610" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.610   Clearing member acceptance for clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap dealer or major swap participant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall coordinate with each derivatives clearing organization on which it clears to establish systems that enable the clearing member, or the derivatives clearing organization acting on its behalf, to accept or reject each trade submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing by or for the clearing member as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each swap dealer or major swap participant that is a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization shall accept or reject each trade submitted by or for it as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used; a clearing member may meet this requirement by:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishing systems to pre-screen orders for compliance with criteria specified by the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing systems that authorize a derivatives clearing organization to accept or reject on its behalf trades that meet, or fail to meet, criteria specified by the clearing member; or
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing systems that enable the clearing member to communicate to the derivatives clearing organization acceptance or rejection of each trade as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21308, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.611" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.7.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.611   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk to establish an alternative compliance schedule to comply with clearing member acceptance for clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to establish an alternative compliance schedule for requirements of § 23.610 for swaps that are found to be technologically or economically impracticable for an affected swap dealer or major swap participant that seeks, in good faith, to comply with the requirements of § 23.610 within a reasonable time period beyond the date on which compliance by such swap dealer or major swap participant is otherwise required.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for an alternative compliance schedule under this section shall be acted upon by the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk within 30 days from the time such a request is received, or it shall be deemed approved.
</P>
<P>(c) An exception granted under this section shall not cause a registrant to be out of compliance or deemed in violation of any registration requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this section believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether an alternative compliance schedule should be established. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21308, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Segregation of Assets Held as Collateral in Uncleared Swap Transactions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>84 FR 12905, Apr. 3, 2019, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 23.700" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.700   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Initial Margin</I> means money, securities, or property posted by a party to a swap as performance bond to cover potential future exposures arising from changes in the market value of the position.
</P>
<P><I>Segregate</I> means to keep two or more items in separate accounts, and to avoid combining them in the same transfer between two accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Variation Margin</I> means a payment made by or collateral posted by a party to a swap to cover the current exposure arising from changes in the market value of the position since the trade was executed or the previous time the position was marked to market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.701" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.701   Notification of right to segregation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the beginning of the first swap transaction that provides for the exchange of Initial Margin, a swap dealer or major swap participant must notify the counterparty that the counterparty has the right to require that any Initial Margin the counterparty provides in connection with such transaction be segregated in accordance with §§ 23.702 and 23.703, except in those circumstances where segregation is mandatory pursuant to § 23.157 or rules adopted by the prudential regulators pursuant to section 4s(e)(2)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The right referred to in paragraph (a) of this section does not extend to Variation Margin.
</P>
<P>(c) If the counterparty elects to segregate Initial Margin, the terms of segregation shall be established by written agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) A counterparty's election, if applicable, to require segregation of Initial Margin or not to require such segregation, may be changed at the discretion of the counterparty upon written notice delivered to the swap dealer or major swap participant, which changed election shall be applicable to all swaps entered into between the parties after such delivery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.702" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.702   Requirements for segregated initial margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The custodian of Initial Margin, segregated pursuant to an election under § 23.701, must be a legal entity independent of both the swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial Margin that is segregated pursuant to an election under § 23.701 must be held in an account segregated for, and on behalf of, the counterparty, and designated as such. Such an account may, if the swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty agree, also hold Variation Margin.
</P>
<P>(c) Any agreement for the segregation of Initial Margin pursuant to this section shall be in writing, shall include the custodian as a party, and shall provide that any instruction to withdraw Initial Margin shall be in writing and that notification of the withdrawal shall be given immediately to the non-withdrawing party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.703" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.703   Investment of segregated initial margin.</HEAD>
<P>The swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty may enter into any commercial arrangement, in writing, regarding the investment of Initial Margin segregated pursuant to § 23.701 and the related allocation of gains and losses resulting from such investment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.704" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.22.9.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.704   Requirements for non-segregated margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap dealer or major swap participant shall report to each counterparty that does not choose to require segregation of Initial Margin pursuant to § 23.701(a), on a quarterly basis, no later than the fifteenth business day after the end of the quarter, that the back office procedures of the swap dealer or major swap participant relating to margin and collateral requirements are in compliance with the agreement of the counterparties.
</P>
<P>(b) The obligation specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall apply no earlier than the 90th calendar day after the date on which the first swap is transacted between the counterparty and the swap dealer or major swap participant.


















</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 30—FOREIGN FUTURES AND FOREIGN OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6c, and 12a, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 30.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Foreign futures</I> means any contract for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery made, or to be made, on or subject to the rules of any foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign option</I> means any transaction or agreement which is or is held out to be of the character of, or is commonly known to the trade as, an “option”, “privilege”, “indemnity”, “bid”, “offer”, “put”, “call”, “advance guaranty” or “decline guaranty”, made or to be made on or subject to the rules of any foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Foreign futures or foreign options customer</I> means any person located in the United States, its territories or possessions who trades in foreign futures or foreign options: <I>Provided,</I> That an owner or holder of a proprietary account as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter shall not be deemed to be a foreign futures or foreign options customer within the meaning of §§ 30.6 and 30.7 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign futures and options customer omnibus account</I> is defined as an account in which the transactions of one or more foreign futures and foreign options customers are combined and carried in the name of the originating futures commission merchant rather than in the name of each individual foreign futures or foreign options customer. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Foreign futures and options broker</I> (FFOB) is defined as a non-U.S. person that is a member of a foreign board of trade, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, licensed, authorized or otherwise subject to regulation in the jurisdiction in which the foreign board of trade is located; or a foreign affiliate of a U.S. futures commission merchant, licensed, authorized or otherwise subject to regulation in the jurisdiction in which the affiliate is located.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>30.7 customer</I> means any foreign futures or foreign options customer as defined in paragraph (c) of this section as well as any foreign-domiciled person who trades in foreign futures or foreign options through a futures commission merchant; <I>Provided, however,</I> that an owner or holder of a proprietary account as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter shall not be deemed to be a 30.7 customer.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>30.7 account</I> means any account maintained by a futures commission merchant for or on behalf of 30.7 customers to hold money, securities, or other property to margin, guarantee, or secure foreign futures or foreign option positions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>30.7 customer funds</I> means any money, securities, or other property received by a futures commission merchant from, for, or on behalf of 30.7 customers to margin, guarantee, or secure foreign futures or foreign option positions, or money, securities, or other property accruing to 30.7 customers as a result of foreign futures and foreign option positions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 65 FR 47280, Aug. 2, 2000; 78 FR 68648, Nov. 14, 2013; 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.2   Applicability of the Act and rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specified in this part or unless the context otherwise requires, the provisions of sections 1a, 2, 4, 4c, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 4p, 6, 6c, 8, 8a, 9, 12, 13, and 14 of the Act and parts 1, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 21, 155, 166 and 190 of this chapter shall apply to the persons and transactions that are subject to the requirements of this part as though they were set forth herein and included specific references to foreign board of trade, foreign futures, foreign options, foreign futures and foreign options customers, and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of §§ 1.20 through 1.30, 1.32, 1.35(a)(2) through (4) and (c) through (i), 1.36(b), 1.38, 1.39, 1.40, 1.45 through 1.51, 1.53, 1.54, 1.55, 1.58, 1.59, 33.2 through 33.6, and parts 15 through 20 of this chapter shall not be applicable to the persons and transactions that are subject to the requirements of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 5703, Feb. 8, 1994; 90 FR 7938, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.3   Prohibited transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the offer and sale of any foreign futures contract or foreign options transaction for or on behalf of a foreign futures or foreign options customer, except in accordance with the provisions of this part: Provided, that, with the exception of the disclosure and antifraud provisions set forth in §§ 30.6 and 30.9 of this part, the provisions of this part shall not apply to transactions executed on a foreign board of trade, and carried for or on behalf of a customer at a designated contract market, subject to an agreement with and rules of a contract market which permit positions in a commodity interest which have been established on one market to be liquidated on another market.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in § 30.4 of this part or pursuant to an exemption granted under § 30.10 of this part, it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the offer and sale of any foreign futures contract or foreign option transaction for or on behalf of any foreign futures or foreign options customer other than by or through a futures commission merchant on a fully-disclosed basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 61 FR 10895, Mar. 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.4   Registration required.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 30.5 of this part, it shall be unlawful for any person, with respect to a foreign futures or foreign options customer:
</P>
<P>(a) To solicit or accept orders for or involving any foreign futures contract or foreign options transaction and, in connection therewith, to accept any money, securities or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom, unless such person shall have registered, under the Act, with the Commission as a futures commission merchant and such registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked; <I>provided that,</I> a foreign futures and options broker (as defined in § 30.1(e)) is not required to register as a futures commission merchant: one, in order to accept orders from or to carry a U.S. futures commission merchant's foreign futures and options customer omnibus account, as that term is defined in § 30.1(d); two, in order to accept orders from or to carry a U.S. futures commission merchant's proprietary account, as that term is defined in paragraph (y) of § 1.3 of this chapter; and/or three, in order to accept orders from or carry a U.S. affiliate account which is proprietary to the foreign futures and options broker, as “proprietary account” is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter. Such foreign futures and options broker remains subject to all other applicable provisions of the Act and of the rules, regulations and orders thereunder. Foreign futures and options brokers that have U.S. bank branches, offices or divisions engaging in the activity listed in this paragraph are not required to register as futures commission merchants if they comply with the conditions listed in § 30.10(b)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P>(b) Except an individual who elects to be and is registered as an associated person of a futures commission merchant, to solicit or accept orders for or involving any foreign futures contract or foreign options transaction, and who in connection therewith, does not accept any money, securities, or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trade or contracts that result or may result therefrom, unless such person shall have registered, under the Act, with the Commission as an introducing broker and such registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked;
</P>
<P>(c) To engage in a business which is of the nature of an investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise, and, in connection therewith, to solicit, accept, or receive funds, securities, or property, either directly or through capital contributions, the sale of stock or other forms of securities, or otherwise, for the purpose of trading, directly or indirectly, in any foreign futures contract or foreign options transaction unless such person shall have registered, under the Act, with the Commission as a commodity pool operator and such registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the registration requirement set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise located outside the United States, its territories or possessions which is registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and whose securities are registered in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, or which is otherwise exempt from such registration requirements: <I>And, provided further,</I> That no more than 10% of the participants in, and the value of the assets of, such investment trust, syndicate or similar form of enterprise located outside the United States, its territories or possessions, are held by or on behalf of foreign futures and foreign options customers.
</P>
<P>(d) To solicit or enter into an agreement to direct, or to guide such customer's account by means of a systematic program that recommends specific transactions in any foreign option or foreign futures contract unless such person shall have registered, under the Act, with the Commission as a commodity trading advisor and such registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked: <I>Provided,</I> That the term “commodity trading advisor” does not include 
</P>
<P>(1) Any bank or trust company or any person acting as an employee thereof,
</P>
<P>(2) Any news reporter, news columnist, or news editor of the print or electronic media, or any lawyer, accountant, or teacher, 
</P>
<P>(3) The publisher or producer of any print or electronic data of general and regular dissemination, including its employees, 
</P>
<P>(4) The named fiduciary, or trustee, of any defined benefit plan which is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or any fiduciary whose sole business is to advise that plan, 
</P>
<P>(5) Any foreign board of trade or clearing organization of such board of trade, 
</P>
<P>(6) An insurance company subject to regulation by any State, or any wholly-owned subsidiary or employee thereof, and 
</P>
<P>(7) Such other persons not within the intent of the term “commodity trading advisor” as the Commission may specify by rule, regulation, or order: 
</P>
<FP><I>And, provided further,</I> That the furnishing of such services by the foregoing persons is solely incidental to the conduct of their business or profession. Registration as a commodity trading advisor shall not be required if such person is registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator or associated person, or is otherwise exempt from registration pursuant to § 30.5.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 69 FR 49803, Aug. 12, 2004; 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.5   Alternative procedures for non-domestic persons.</HEAD>
<P>Any person not located in the United States, its territories or possessions, who is required in accordance with the provisions of this part to be registered with the Commission, other than a person required to be registered as a futures commission merchant, may apply for an exemption from registration under this part by filing with the National Futures Association a Form 7-R completed and filed in accordance with the instructions thereto and designating an agent for service of process, as specified below. A person who receives confirmation of an exemption pursuant to this section must engage in all transactions subject to regulation under part 30 through a registered futures commission merchant or a foreign broker who has received confirmation of an exemption pursuant to § 30.10 in accordance with the provisions of § 30.3(b). 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agent for service of process.</I> Any person who seeks exemption from registration under this part shall enter into a written agency agreement with the futures commission merchant located in the United States through which business is done, with any registered futures association, or any other person located in the United States in the business of providing services as an agent for service of process, pursuant to which agreement such futures commission merchant or other person is authorized to serve as the agent of such person for purposes of accepting delivery and service of communications issued by or on behalf of the Commission, U.S. Department of Justice, any self-regulatory organization, or any foreign futures or foreign options customer. If the written agency agreement is entered into with any person other than the futures commission merchant through which business is done, the futures commission merchant or foreign broker who has received confirmation of an exemption pursuant to § 30.10 with whom business is conducted must be expressly identified in such agency agreement. Service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission, U.S. Department of Justice, any self-regulatory organization or any foreign futures or foreign options customer, pursuant to such agreement, shall constitute valid and effective service or delivery upon such person. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission, the agreement required by this section shall be filed with the National Futures Association. For the purposes of this section, the term “communication” includes any summons, complaint, order, subpoena, request for information, or notice, as well as any other written document or correspondence relating to any activities of such person subject to regulation under this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Termination of agreement.</I> Whenever the agreement referred to in paragraph (a) of this section is terminated or is otherwise no longer in effect, the futures commission merchant or any other person that is party to the agreement shall immediately notify the National Futures Association and the futures commission merchant through which business is done, as appropriate. Upon notice, a futures commission merchant shall not accept from the person that has entered into such agreement any order, other than liquidating order(s), for, or on behalf of a foreign futures or foreign options customer. Notwithstanding the termination of the agreement referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission, U.S. Department of Justice, any self-regulatory organization, or any foreign futures or foreign options customer pursuant to the agreement shall nonetheless constitute valid and effective service or delivery upon such person with respect to any transaction entered into on or before the date of the termination of the agreement. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability of other rules.</I> Any person who is located outside of the United States, its territories or possessions, and who, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, is exempt from registration as an introducing broker, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor under this part, shall nonetheless comply with the provisions of § 30.6 of this part and §§ 1.37 and 1.57 of this chapter as if registered in such capacity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Access to records.</I> Any person exempt from registration with the Commission in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section must, upon the request of any representative of the Commission or U.S. Department of Justice, provide such records as such person is required to maintain under this part as requested at the place in the United States designated by the representative within 72 hours after the person receives the request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 64 FR 28914, May 28, 1999; 68 FR 40499, July 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.6   Disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Future commission merchants and introducing brokers.</I> Except as provided in § 1.65 of this chapter, no futures commission merchant, or in the case of an introduced account no introducing broker, may open a foreign futures or option account for a foreign futures or option customer, other than for a customer specified in § 1.55(f) of this chapter, unless the futures commission merchant or introducing broker first furnishes the customer with a separate written disclosure statement containing only the language set forth in § 1.55(b) of this chapter or as otherwise approved under § 155(c) of this chapter (except for nonsubstantive additions such as captions), which has been acknowledged in accordance with § 1.55 of this chapter: <I>Provided, however,</I> that the risk disclosure statement may be attached to other documents as the cover page or the first page of such documents and as the only material on such page.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors.</I> (1) With respect to persons who satisfy the requirements of qualified eligible persons, as defined in § 4.7(a) of this chapter: 


</P>
<P>(i) A commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under this part, or exempt from registration pursuant to § 30.5, may not, directly or indirectly, engage in any of the activities described in § 30.4(c) unless the pool operator, at or before the time it engages in such activities, first provides each prospective qualified eligible person with the Risk Disclosure Statement set forth in § 4.24(b)(2) of this chapter and the statement in § 4.7(b)(2)(i) of this chapter;






</P>
<P>(ii) A commodity trading advisor registered or required to be registered under this part, or exempt from registration pursuant to § 30.5, may not, directly or indirectly, engage in any of the activities described in § 30.4(d) unless the trading advisor, at or before the time it engages in such activities, first provides each qualified eligible person with the Risk Disclosure Statement set forth in § 4.34(b)(2) of this chapter and the statement in § 4.7(c)(1)(i) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to persons who do not satisfy the requirements of qualified eligible persons, as defined in § 4.7(a) of this chapter: 
</P>
<P>(i) A commodity pool operator registered or required to be registered under this part, or exempt from registration pursuant to § 30.5, may not, directly or indirectly, engage in any of the activities described in § 30.4(c) unless the pool operator, at or before the time it engages in such activities, first provides each prospective participant with the Disclosure Document required to be furnished to customers or potential customers pursuant to § 4.21 of this chapter and files the Disclosure Document in accordance with § 4.26 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A commodity trading advisor registered or required to be registered under this part, or exempt from registration pursuant to § 30.5, may not, directly or indirectly, engage in any of the activities described in § 30.4(d) unless the trading advisor, at or before the time it engages in such activities, first provides each prospective client with the Disclosure Document required to be furnished customers or potential customers pursuant to § 4.31 of this chapter and files the Disclosure Document in accordance with § 4.36 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The acknowledgment required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be retained by the futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not relieve a futures commission merchant or introducing broker from its obligations under § 33.7 of this chapter: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a new disclosure statement is not required to be furnished if the futures commission merchant or introducing broker has previously delivered such statement to the foreign options customer in connection with the opening of a commodity option account under part 33 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) This section does not relieve a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor from any other disclosure obligation it may have under applicable law or regulation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 58 FR 17505, Apr. 5, 1993; 60 FR 38193, July 25, 1995; 63 FR 8571, Feb. 20, 1998; 64 FR 28914, May 28, 1999; 65 FR 47859, Aug. 4, 2000; 89 FR 78814, Sept. 26, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.7   Treatment of foreign futures or foreign options secured amount.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in this section, a futures commission merchant must at all times maintain in a separate account or accounts money, securities and property in an amount at least sufficient to cover or satisfy all of its obligations to 30.7 customers denominated as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount. In computing the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, a futures commission merchant may offset any net deficit in a particular 30.7 customer's account against the current market value of readily marketable securities held for the same particular 30.7 customer's account as provided for in paragraph (l) of this section. The amount that must be deposited in such separate account or accounts for 30.7 customers must be no less than the amount required to be held in a separate account or accounts for or on behalf of 30.7 customers pursuant to any law, or rule, regulation or order thereunder, or any rule of any self-regulatory organization authorized thereunder, in the jurisdiction in which the depository or the 30.7 customer, as appropriate, is located.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location of 30.7 customer funds.</I> A futures commission merchant shall deposit the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount under an account name that clearly identifies the funds as belonging to 30.7 customers and shows that the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount is set aside as required by this part. A futures commission merchant may deposit funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount with the following depositories:
</P>
<P>(1) A bank or trust company located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) A bank or trust company located outside the United States that has in excess of $1 billion of regulatory capital;
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant registered as such with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(4) A derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(5) The clearing organization of any foreign board of trade;
</P>
<P>(6) A member of any foreign board of trade; or
</P>
<P>(7) Such member's or clearing organization's designated depositories.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation on holding foreign futures or foreign options secured amount outside of the United States.</I> A futures commission merchant may not deposit or hold the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount in accounts maintained outside of the United States with any of the depositories listed in paragraph (b) of this section except to meet margin requirements, including prefunding margin requirements, established by rule, regulation, or order of foreign boards of trade or foreign clearing organizations, or to meet margin calls issued by foreign brokers carrying the 30.7 customers' foreign futures and foreign option positions; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant may deposit an additional amount of up to 20 percent of the total amount of funds necessary to meet margin and prefunding margin requirements to avoid daily transfers of funds between the futures commission merchant's 30.7 accounts maintained in the United States and those maintained outside of the United States. A futures commission merchant must deposit 30.7 customer funds under the laws and regulations of the foreign jurisdiction that provide the greatest degree of protection to such funds. A futures commission merchant may not by contract or otherwise waive any of the protections afforded customer funds under the laws of the foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Written acknowledgment from depositories.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant must obtain a written acknowledgment from each depository prior to or contemporaneously with the opening of an account by the futures commission merchant with such depository; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a written acknowledgment need not be obtained from a derivatives clearing organization that has adopted and submitted to the Commission rules that provide for the separate holding of foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Act, this part and the regulations and orders promulgated thereunder, of all funds held on behalf of 30.7 customers and all instruments purchased with funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount as provided for under paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The written acknowledgment must be in the form as set out in appendix E to this part; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the futures commission merchant invests funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount in government money market funds as a permitted investment under paragraph (h) of this section and in accordance with the terms and conditions of § 1.25(c) of this chapter, the written acknowledgment with respect to such investment must be in the form as set out in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A futures commission merchant shall deposit 30.7 customer funds only with a depository that agrees to provide the Director of the Market Participants Division, or any successor division, or such Director's designees, with account balance information for 30.7 customer accounts.
</P>
<P>(ii) The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to provide account balance information to the Director of the Market Participants Division, or any successor division, or such Director's designees, without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant shall deposit 30.7 customer funds only with a depository that agrees to provide the Commission and the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization with a copy of the executed written acknowledgment no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable. The Commission must receive the written acknowledgment from the depository via electronic means, in a format and manner determined by the Commission. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to provide the written acknowledgment to the Commission and to the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(5) A futures commission merchant shall deposit 30.7 customer funds only with a depository that agrees that accounts containing 30.7 customer funds may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to permit any such examination to take place without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(6) A futures commission merchant shall deposit 30.7 customer funds only with a depository that agrees to reply promptly and directly to any request from the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of the futures commission merchant's designated self-regulatory organization for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to an account. The written acknowledgment must contain the futures commission merchant's authorization to the depository to reply promptly and directly as required by this paragraph without further notice to or consent from the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(7) A futures commission merchant shall promptly file a copy of the written acknowledgment with the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission no later than three business days after the opening of the account or the execution of a new written acknowledgment for an existing account, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(8) A futures commission merchant shall obtain a new written acknowledgment within 120 days of any changes in the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The name or business address of the futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name or business address of the depository; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The account number(s) under which the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount are held.
</P>
<P>(9) A futures commission merchant shall maintain each written acknowledgment readily accessible in its files in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, for as long as the account remains open, and thereafter for the period provided in § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commingling.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant may commingle the funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount that it receives from, or on behalf of, multiple 30.7 customers in a single account or multiple accounts with one or more of the depositories listed in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant may not commingle the funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount held for 30.7 customers with the money, securities or property of such futures commission merchant, with any proprietary account of such futures commission merchant, or use such funds to secure or guarantee the obligations of, or extend credit to, such futures commission merchant or any proprietary account of such futures commission merchant; <I>Provided, however,</I> a futures commission merchant may deposit proprietary funds into 30.7 customer accounts as permitted under paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant may not commingle 30.7 customer funds with funds deposited by futures customers as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter and held in segregated accounts pursuant to section 4d(a) and 4d(b) of the Act or with funds deposited by Cleared Swap Customers as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter and held in segregated accounts pursuant to section 4d(f) of the Act, or with funds of any account holders of the futures commission merchant unrelated to trading foreign futures or foreign options; <I>Provided, however,</I> that a futures commission merchant may commingle 30.7 customer funds with funds deposited by futures customers or Cleared Swaps Customers pursuant to the terms of a Commission regulation or order authorizing such commingling.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limitations on use of 30.7 customer funds.</I> (1)(i) A futures commission merchant shall not use, or permit the use of, the funds of one 30.7 customer to purchase, margin or settle the trades, contracts, or commodity options of, or to secure or extend credit to, any person other than such 30.7 customer.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The undermargined amount for a 30.7 customer's account is the amount, if any, by which
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The total amount of collateral required for that 30.7 customer's positions in that account, at the time or times referred to in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, exceeds
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The value of the 30.7 customer funds for that account, as calculated in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Each futures commission merchant must compute, based on the information available to the futures commission merchant as of the close of each business day,
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The undermargined amounts, based on the clearing initial margin that will be required to be maintained by that futures commission merchant for its 30.7 customers, at each clearing organization of which the futures commission merchant is a member, at 6:00 p.m. Eastern on the following business day for each such clearing organization less
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any debit balances referred to in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section included in such undermargined amounts.
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) Prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of the settlement referenced in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, such futures commission merchant must maintain residual interest in segregated funds that is at least equal to the computation set forth in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A futures commission merchant may reduce the amount of residual interest required in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C)(<I>1</I>) of this section to account for payments received from or on behalf of undermargined 30.7 customers (less the sum of any disbursements made to or on behalf of such customers) between the close of the previous business day and 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the following business day.
</P>
<P>(D) For purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, a futures commission merchant should include, as clearing initial margin, customer initial margin that the futures commission merchant will be required to maintain, for that futures commission merchant's 30.7 customers, at a foreign broker, and, for purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C) of this section, must do so prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date referenced in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements as to amount.</I> (i) For purposes of this paragraph (f)(2), the term “account” shall mean the entries on the books and records of a futures commission merchant pertaining to the 30.7 customer funds of a particular 30.7 customer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant must reflect in the account that it maintains for each 30.7 customer the net liquidating equity for each such customer, calculated as follows: The market value of any 30.7 customer funds it receives from such customer, as adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(A) Any uses permitted under paragraph (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Any accruals on permitted investments of such collateral under § 1.25 of this chapter that, pursuant to the futures commission merchant's customer agreement with that customer, are creditable to such customer;
</P>
<P>(C) Any gains and losses with respect to contracts for the purchase or sale of foreign futures or foreign option positions;
</P>
<P>(D) Any charges lawfully accruing to the 30.7 customer, including any commission, brokerage fee, interest, tax, or storage fee; and
</P>
<P>(E) Any appropriately authorized distribution or transfer of such collateral.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the market value of 30.7 customer funds in the account of a 30.7 customer is positive after adjustments, then that account has a credit balance. If the market value of 30.7 customer funds in the account of a 30.7 customer is negative after adjustments, then that account has a debit balance.
</P>
<P>(iv) The futures commission merchant must, at all times, maintain in segregation an amount equal to the sum of any credit and debit balances that 30.7 customers of the futures commission merchant have in their accounts. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a futures commission merchant must add back to the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation any 30.7 accounts with debit balances in the amounts calculated in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) The futures commission merchant, in calculating the total amount of funds required to be maintained in segregation pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section, must include any debit balance, as calculated pursuant to this paragraph (f)(2)(v), that a 30.7 customer has in its account, to the extent that such debit balance is not secured by “readily marketable securities” that the particular 30.7 customer deposited with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(A) For purposes of calculating the amount of a 30.7 account's debit balance that the futures commission merchant is required to include in its calculation of its total segregation requirement pursuant to this paragraph (f)(2)(v), the futures commission merchant shall calculate the net liquidating equity of each 30.7 account in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, except that the futures commission merchant shall exclude from the calculation any noncash collateral held in the 30.7 account as margin collateral. The futures commission merchant may offset the debit balance computed under this paragraph (f)(2)(v) to the extent of any “readily marketable securities,” subject to percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as specified in paragraph (f)(2)(v)(D) of this section, held for the particular 30.7 customer to secure its debit balance.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of this section, “readily marketable” shall be defined as having a “ready market” as such latter term is defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(11) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)).
</P>
<P>(C) In order for a debit balance to be deemed secured by “readily marketable securities,” the futures commission merchant must maintain a security interest in such securities, and must hold a written authorization to liquidate the securities at the discretion of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(D) To determine the amount of such debit balance secured by “readily marketable securities.” To do so, the futures commission merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Determine the market value of such securities; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Reduce such market value by applicable percentage deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as set forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)). Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant may not impose or permit the imposition of a lien on any funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, including any residual financial interest of the futures commission merchant in such funds.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant may not include in funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount any money invested in securities, memberships, or obligations of any clearing organization or board of trade. A futures commission merchant may not include in funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount any other money, securities, or property held by a member of a foreign board of trade, board of trade, or clearing organization, except if the funds are deposited to margin, secure, or guarantee 30.7 customers' foreign futures or foreign options positions and the futures commission merchant obtains the written acknowledgment from the member of the foreign board of trade, board of trade, or clearing organization as required by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Futures commission merchant's residual financial interest and withdrawal of funds.</I> (1) The provision in paragraph (e) of this section, which prohibits the commingling of funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount with the funds of a futures commission merchant, shall not be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from having a residual financial interest in the funds set aside as required by the regulations in this part for the benefit of 30.7 customers; nor shall such provisions be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from adding to such set aside funds such amount or amounts of money, from its own funds or unencumbered securities from its own inventory, of the type set forth in § 1.25 of this chapter, as it may deem necessary to ensure any and all 30.7 accounts from becoming undersecured at any time.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, except withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of 30.7 customers, from an account or accounts holding the foreign futures and foreign options secured amount unless the futures commission merchant has prepared the daily 30.7 calculation required by paragraph (l) of this section as of the close of business on the previous business day. A futures commission merchant that has completed its daily 30.7 calculation may make withdrawals, in addition to withdrawals that are made to or for the benefit of 30.7 customers, to the extent of its actual residual financial interest in funds held in 30.7 accounts, including the withdrawal of securities held in secured amount safekeeping accounts held by a bank, trust company, contract market, clearing organization, member of a foreign board of trade, or other futures commission merchant. Such withdrawal(s) shall not result in the funds of one 30.7 customer being used to purchase, margin or guarantee the foreign futures or foreign options positions, or extend the credit of any other 30.7 customer or other person.
</P>
<P>(3) A futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds, in a single transaction or a series of transactions, that are not made for the benefit of 30.7 customers from an account or accounts holding 30.7 customer funds if such withdrawal(s) would exceed 25 percent of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in such accounts as reported on the daily secured amount calculation required by paragraph (l) of this section and computed as of the close of business on the previous business day, unless the futures commission merchant's chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that is listed as a principal of the futures commission merchant on its Form 7-R and is knowledgeable about the futures commission merchant's financial requirements and financial position pre-approves in writing the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals.
</P>
<P>(4) A futures commission merchant must file written notice of the withdrawal or series of withdrawals that exceed 25 percent of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in 30.7 customer funds as computed under paragraph (l) of this section with the Commission and with its designated self-regulatory organization immediately after the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section pre-approves the withdrawal or series of withdrawals. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official that pre-approved the withdrawal, and give notice that the futures commission merchant has withdrawn or intends to withdraw more than 25 percent of its residual interest in accounts holding 30.7 customer funds;
</P>
<P>(ii) Include a description of the reasons for the withdrawal or series of withdrawals;
</P>
<P>(iii) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and the name of each recipient;
</P>
<P>(iv) Include the current estimate of the amount of the futures commission merchant's residual interest in the 30.7 customer funds after the withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(v) Contain a representation by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other senior official as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section that pre-approved the withdrawal, or series of withdrawals, that to such person's knowledge and reasonable belief, the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the secured amount requirements after the withdrawal. The chief executive officer, chief finance officer or other appropriate senior official as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section must consider the daily 30.7 calculation as of the close of business on the previous business day and any other factors that may cause a material change in the futures commission's residual interest since the close of business the previous business day, including known unsecured customer debits or deficits, current day market activity and any other withdrawals made from the 30.7 customer accounts; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any such written notice filed with the Commission must be filed via electronic transmission using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established by or approved by the Commission, and otherwise in accordance with instruction issued by or approved by the Commission. Any such electronic submission must clearly indicate the registrant on whose behalf such filing is made and the use of such user authentication in submitting such filing will constitute and become a substitute for the manual signature of the authorized signer. Any written notice filed must be followed up with direct communication to the regional office of Commission which has supervisory authority over the futures commission merchant whereby the Commission acknowledges receipt of the notice.
</P>
<P>(5) After making a withdrawal requiring the approval and notice required in paragraphs (g)(3) and (4) of this section, and before the next daily secured amount calculation, no futures commission merchant may make any further withdrawals from accounts holding 30.7 customer funds, except to or for the benefit of 30.7 customers, without, for each withdrawal, obtaining the approval required under paragraph (g)(3) of this section and filing a written notice with the Commission under paragraph (g)(4)(vi) of this section and its designated self-regulatory organization signed by the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official. The written notice must:
</P>
<P>(i) List the amount of funds provided to each recipient and each recipient's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the reason for each withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Confirm that the chief executive officer, chief finance officer, or other senior official (and the identity of the person if different from the person who signed the notice) pre-approved the withdrawal in writing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclose the current estimate of the futures commission merchant's remaining total residual interest in the secured accounts holding 30.7 customer funds after the withdrawal; and
</P>
<P>(v) Include a representation that to the best of the notice signatory's knowledge and reasonable belief the futures commission merchant remains in compliance with the secured amount requirements after the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(6) If a futures commission merchant withdraws funds that are not for the benefit of 30.7 customers from the separate accounts holding 30.7 customer funds, and the withdrawal causes the futures commission merchant to not hold sufficient funds in the separate accounts for the benefit of the 30.7 customers to meet its targeted residual interest, as required to be computed under § 1.11 of this chapter, the futures commission merchant must deposit its own funds into the separate accounts for the benefit of 30.7 customers to restore the account balance to the targeted residual interest amount on the next business day, or, if appropriate, revise the futures commission merchant's targeted amount of residual interest pursuant to the policies and procedures required by § 1.11 of this chapter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the futures commission merchant's residual interest in separate accounts for the benefit of 30.7 customers is less than the amount required to be maintained by paragraph (f) of this section at any particular point in time, the futures commission merchant must immediately restore the residual interest to exceed the sum of such amounts. Any proprietary funds deposited in the 30.7 customer accounts must be unencumbered and otherwise compliant with § 1.25 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, a futures commission merchant may not withdraw funds from 30.7 accounts, except withdrawals that are made for the benefit of 30.7 customers, unless the futures commission merchant follows its policies and procedures required by § 1.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Permitted investments and deposits of 30.7 customer funds.</I> (1) A futures commission merchant may invest 30.7 customer funds subject to, and in compliance with, the terms and conditions of § 1.25 of this chapter. Regulation 1.25 of this chapter shall apply to the investment of 30.7 customer funds as if such funds comprised customer funds or customer money subject to segregation pursuant to section 4d of the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) Each futures commission merchant that invests money, securities or property on behalf of 30.7 customers must keep a record showing the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The date on which such investments were made;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the person through whom such investments were made;
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of money or current market value of securities so invested;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the obligations in which such investments were made, including CUSIP or ISIN numbers;
</P>
<P>(v) The identity of the depositories or other places where such investments are maintained;
</P>
<P>(vi) The date on which such investments were liquidated or otherwise disposed of and the amount of money received or current market value of securities received as a result of such disposition;
</P>
<P>(vii) The name of the person to or through whom such investments were disposed of; and
</P>
<P>(viii) A daily valuation for each instrument and readily available documentation supporting the daily valuation for each instrument. Such supporting documentation must be sufficient to enable third parties to verify the valuations and the accuracy of any information from external sources used in those valuations.
</P>
<P>(3) Any 30.7 customer funds deposited in a bank or trust company located in the United States or in a foreign jurisdiction must be available for immediate withdrawal upon the demand of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(4) Futures commission merchants that invest 30.7 customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25 of this chapter shall include such instruments in the computation of its secured amount requirements, required under paragraph (l) of this section, at values that at no time exceed current market value, determined as of the close of the market on the date for which such computation is made.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Responsibility for § 1.25 investment losses.</I> A futures commission merchant shall bear sole financial responsibility for any losses resulting from the investment of 30.7 customer funds in instruments described in § 1.25 of this chapter. No investment losses shall be borne or otherwise allocated to the 30.7 customers of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Loans by futures commission merchants; treatment of proceeds.</I> A futures commission merchant may lend its own funds to 30.7 customers on securities and property pledged, or from repledging or selling such securities and property pursuant to specific written agreement with such 30.7 customers. The proceeds of such loans used to purchase, margin, guarantee, or secure the trades, contracts, or commodity options of 30.7 customers shall be treated and dealt with by a futures commission merchant as belonging to such 30.7 customers. A futures commission merchant may not loan funds on an unsecured basis to finance a 30.7 customer's foreign futures and foreign options trading, nor may a futures commission merchant loan funds to a 30.7 customer secured by the 30.7 customer's trading account.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Permitted withdrawals.</I> A futures commission merchant may withdraw funds from 30.7 customer accounts in an amount necessary in the normal course of business to margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, or settle 30.7 customers' foreign futures or foreign option positions with a foreign broker or clearing organization. A futures commission merchant also may withdraw funds from 30.7 customer accounts to pay commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, and other charges lawfully accruing in connection with the 30.7 customers' foreign futures and foreign options positions.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Daily computation of 30.7 customer secured amount requirement and details regarding the holding and investing of 30.7 customer funds.</I> (1) Each futures commission merchant is required to prepare a Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers Pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 contained in the Form 1-FR-FCM as of the close of each business day. Futures commission merchants that invest funds set aside as the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount in instruments described in § 1.25 of this chapter shall include such instruments in the computation of its secured amount requirements at values that at no time exceed current market value, determined as of the close of the market on the date for which such computation is made. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the requirement that a futures commission merchant at all times maintain sufficient money, securities and property to cover its total obligations to all 30.7 customers, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures commission merchant may offset any net deficit in a particular 30.7 customer's account against the current market value of readily marketable securities, less deductions (<I>i.e.,</I> “securities haircuts”) as set forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)), held for the same particular 30.7 customer's account in computing the daily Foreign Futures and Foreign Options Secured Amount. Futures commission merchants that establish and enforce written policies and procedures to assess the credit risk of commercial paper, convertible debt instruments, or nonconvertible debt instruments in accordance with Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)) may apply the lower haircut percentages specified in Rule 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for such commercial paper, convertible debt instruments and nonconvertible debt instruments. The futures commission merchant must maintain a security interest in the securities, including a written authorization to liquidate the securities at the futures commission merchant's discretion, and must set aside the securities in a safekeeping account compliant with paragraph (c) of this section. For purposes of this section, a security will be considered “readily marketable” if it is traded on a “ready market” as defined in Rule 15c3-1(c)(11)(i) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)(i)).
</P>
<P>(3) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization the daily Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 required by paragraph (l)(1) of this section by noon the following business day.
</P>
<P>(4) Each futures commission merchant shall file the Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 required by paragraph (l)(1) of this section in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) Each futures commission merchant is required to submit to the Commission and to the firm's designated self-regulatory organization a report listing the names of all banks, trust companies, futures commission merchants, derivatives clearing organizations, foreign brokers, foreign clearing organizations, or any other depository or custodian holding 30.7 customer funds as of the fifteenth day of the month, or the first business day thereafter, and the last business day of each month. This report must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and location of each depository holding 30.7 customer funds;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total amount of 30.7 customer funds held by each depository listed in paragraph (l)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The total amount of cash and investments that each depository listed in paragraph (l)(5) of this section holds for the futures commission merchant. The futures commission merchant must report the following investments:
</P>
<P>(A) Obligations of the United States and obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States (U.S. government securities);
</P>
<P>(B) General obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of a State (municipal securities);
</P>
<P>(C) General obligation issued by any enterprise sponsored by the United States (government sponsored enterprise securities);
</P>
<P>(D) Permitted foreign sovereign debt by country:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Canada;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) France;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Germany;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Japan;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) United Kingdom;
</P>
<P>(E) Interests in U.S. Treasury exchange-traded funds; and
</P>
<P>(F) Interests in government money market funds.
</P>
<P>(6) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of customer-owned securities held by the futures commission merchant as 30.7 customer funds and must list the names and locations of the depositories holding customer-owned securities.
</P>
<P>(7) Each futures commission merchant must report the total amount of 30.7 customer funds that have been used to purchase securities under agreements to resell the securities (reverse repurchase transactions).
</P>
<P>(8) Each futures commission merchant must report which, if any, of the depositories holding 30.7 customer funds under paragraph (l)(5) of this section are affiliated with the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(9) Each futures commission merchant shall file the detailed list of depositories required by paragraph (l)(5) of this section by 11:59 p.m. the next business day in an electronic format using a form of user authentication assigned in accordance with procedures established or approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(10) Each futures commission merchant shall retain its daily secured amount computation, the Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 required by paragraph (l)(1) of this section, and the detailed list of depositories required by paragraph (l)(5) of this section, together with all supporting documentation, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) A futures commission merchant that carries 30.7 accounts for 30.7 customers as separate accounts for separate account customers pursuant to § 1.44 of this chapter shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Calculate the total amount of 30.7 customer funds on deposit in 30.7 accounts on behalf of 30.7 customers pursuant to paragraph (l)(1) of this section and the total amount of 30.7 customer funds required to be on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of 30.7 customers pursuant to paragraph (l)(1) of this section by including the separate accounts of the separate account customers as if the separate accounts were accounts of separate entities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Offset a net deficit in a particular 30.7 account carried as a separate account of a separate account customer in accordance with this paragraph (l) against the current market value of readily marketable securities held only for the particular separate account of such separate account customer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Document its segregation computation in the Statement of Secured Amounts and Funds Held in Separate Accounts for 30.7 Customers pursuant to Commission Regulation 30.7 required by paragraph (l)(3) of this section by incorporating and reflecting the 30.7 accounts carried as separate accounts of separate account customers as accounts of separate entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 68648, Nov. 14, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 44126, July 30, 2014; 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024; 90 FR 7873, 7938, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.8   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.9   Fraudulent transactions prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person, by use of the mails or by any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, directly or indirectly, in or in connection with any account, agreement or transaction involving any foreign futures contract or foreign options transaction:
</P>
<P>(a) To cheat or defraud or attempt to cheat or defraud any other person;
</P>
<P>(b) To make or cause to be made to any other person any false report or statement thereof or to enter or cause to be entered for any person any false record thereof;
</P>
<P>(c) To deceive or attempt to deceive any other person by any means whatsoever in regard to any such account, agreement or transaction or the disposition or execution of any such account, agreement or transaction or in regard to any act of agency performed with respect to such account, agreement or transaction; or
</P>
<P>(d) To bucket any order, or to fill any order by offset against the order or orders of any other person or without the prior consent of any person to become the buyer in respect to any selling order of such person, or become the seller in respect to any buying order of such person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.10   Petitions for exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person adversely affected by any requirement of this part may file a petition with the Secretary of the Commission, which petition must set forth with particularity the reasons why that person believes that he should be exempt from such requirement. The Commission may, in its discretion, grant such an exemption if that person demonstrates to the Commission's satisfaction that the exemption is not otherwise contrary to the public interest or to the purposes of the provision from which exemption is sought. The petition will be granted or denied on the basis of the papers filed. The petition may be granted subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) Any foreign person that files a petition for an exemption under this section shall be eligible for such an exemption notwithstanding its presence in the United States through U.S. bank branches or divisions if, in conjunction with a petition for confirmation of relief granted under an existing Commission order issued pursuant to this section, it complies with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) No U.S. bank branch, office or division will engage in the trading of futures or options on futures within or from the United States, except for its own proprietary account;
</P>
<P>(2) No U.S. bank branch, office or division will refer any foreign futures or foreign options customer to the foreign person or otherwise be involved in the foreign person's business in foreign futures or foreign option transactions;
</P>
<P>(3) No U.S. bank branch, office or division will solicit any foreign futures or foreign option business or purchase or sell foreign futures or foreign option contracts on behalf of any foreign futures or foreign option customers or otherwise engage in any activity subject to regulation under this part or engage in any clerical duties related thereto. If any U.S. division, office or branch desires to engage in such activities, it will only do so through an appropriate Commission registrant;
</P>
<P>(4) The foreign person will maintain outside the United States all contract documents, books and records regarding foreign futures and foreign option transactions;
</P>
<P>(5) The foreign person and each of its U.S. bank branches, offices or divisions agree to provide upon request of the Commission, the National Futures Association or the U.S. Department of Justice, access to their books and records for the purpose of ensuring compliance with the foregoing undertakings and consent to make such records available for inspection at a location in the United States within 72 hours after service of the request; and
</P>
<P>(6) Although it will continue to engage in normal commercial activities, no U.S. bank branch, office or division of the foreign person will establish relationships in the United States with the applicant's foreign futures or foreign option customers for the purpose of facilitating or effecting transactions in foreign futures or foreign option contracts.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Commission may, in its discretion and upon its own initiative, terminate the exemptive relief granted to any person pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, if the Commission determines that:
</P>
<P>(i) There is a material change or omission in the facts and circumstances pursuant to which relief was granted that demonstrate that the standards set forth in appendix A to this part forming the basis for granting such relief are no longer met; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The continued effectiveness of any such exemptive relief would be contrary to the public interest or inconsistent with the purposes of the exemption under paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The arrangements in place for the sharing of information with the Commission do not warrant continuation of the exemptive relief granted.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall provide written notification to the affected party of its intention to terminate an exemption pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and the basis for that intention. Such written notification also shall be published prominently on the Commission's website.
</P>
<P>(3) The affected party may respond to the notification in writing no later than 30 business days following the receipt of the notification, or at such time as the Commission permits in writing. Any other person may respond to the notification in writing no later than 30 business days following the publication on the Commission's website of the written notice issued to the affected party, or at such time as the Commission permits in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) If, after providing any affected person appropriate notice and opportunity to respond, the Commission determines that relief pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section is no longer warranted, the Commission shall notify the person of such determination in writing, including the particular reasons why relief is no longer warranted, and issue an Order Terminating Exemptive Relief. Any Order Terminating Exemptive Relief shall provide an appropriate timeframe for the orderly transfer or close out of any accounts held by U.S. customers impacted by such an Order.
</P>
<P>(5) Any person whose relief has been terminated may apply for exemptive relief 360 days after the issuance of the Order Terminating Exemptive Relief if the deficiency causing the revocation has been cured or relevant facts and circumstances have changed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 69 FR 49803, Aug. 12, 2004; 85 FR 15363, Mar. 18, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.11   Applicability of state law.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to section 12(e)(2) of the Act, the provisions of any state law, including any rule or regulation thereunder, may be applicable to any person required to be registered under this part who solicits foreign futures and foreign options customers and who shall fail or refuse to obtain such registration, unless such person is exempt from such registration in accordance with the provisions of § 30.4, § 30.5 or § 30.10 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.12   Direct foreign order transmittal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized customers defined.</I> For the purposes of this section, an “authorized customer” of a futures commission merchant shall mean any foreign futures or foreign options customer, as defined in § 30.1(c), or its designated representative, that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant has authorized to place orders for the account of the futures commission merchant's foreign futures and options customer omnibus account; and 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Is an eligible swap participant, as defined in § 35.1(b)(2) of this chapter, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose investment decisions with respect to foreign futures and foreign option transactions are made by a commodity trading advisor subject to regulation under the Act, including any investment adviser registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission that is exempt from regulation as a commodity trading advisor under the Act or Commission regulations, or a foreign person performing a similar role or function subject as such to foreign regulation, <I>provided</I> that the commodity trading advisor has total assets under management exceeding $50,000,000 and that the commodity trading advisor places the foreign futures or foreign options order. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for futures commission merchants.</I> It shall be unlawful for any futures commission merchant to permit an authorized customer to place orders for execution in the futures commission merchant's foreign futures and options customer omnibus account directly with a person exempt from registration under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, unless, such futures commission merchant: 
</P>
<P>(1) Meets one of the following capital requirements, as determined by the futures commission merchant's most recent required filing of a Form 1-FR-FCM with the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(i) Possesses $20,000,000 in adjusted net capital, as defined by § 1.17(c)(5) of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Possesses the greater of three times the amount of adjusted net capital required by § 1.17(a)(1)(i)(A) of this chapter or three times the amount of adjusted net capital required by § 1.17(a)(1)(i)(B) of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Has established control procedures that will serve as guidelines for permitting direct contacts between any authorized customer of the futures commission merchant and any person exempt from registration under paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section, and has in place appropriate risk management procedures to monitor its own risk relative to its authorized customers' risk aggregated across all markets, including, but not limited to, procedures to ensure that each authorized customer satisfies the participation criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and to specify the manner in which trades may be executed through its customer omnibus account pursuant to this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) Furnishes a written disclosure statement to each such authorized customer advising the customer of the additional risks the customer may be assuming in placing orders directly with the foreign broker. The disclosure statement must read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Direct Order Transmittal Client Disclosure Statement
</HD3>
<P>This statement applies to the ability of authorized customers 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> of [FCM] to place orders for foreign futures and options transactions directly with non-US entities (each, an “Executing Firm”) that execute transactions on behalf of [FCM's] foreign futures and options customer omnibus accounts. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> You should contact your account executive regarding your eligibility to participate in the direct order transmittal process.</P></FTNT>
<P>Please be aware of the following should you be permitted to place the type of orders specified above. 
</P>
<P>• The orders you place with an Executing Firm are for [FCM's] foreign futures and options customer omnibus account maintained with a foreign clearing firm. Consequently, [FCM] may limit or otherwise condition the orders you place with the Executing Firm. 
</P>
<P>• You should be aware of the relationship of the Executing Firm and [FCM]. [FCM] may not be responsible for the acts, omissions, or errors of the Executing Firm, or its representatives, with which you place your orders. In addition, the Executing Firm may not be affiliated with [FCM]. If you choose to place orders directly with an Executing Firm, you may be doing so at your own risk. 
</P>
<P>• It is your responsibility to inquire about the applicable laws and regulations that govern the foreign exchanges on which transactions will be executed on your behalf. Any orders placed by you for execution on that exchange will be subject to such rules and regulations, its customs and usages, as well as any local laws that may govern transactions on that exchange. These laws, rules, regulations, customs and usages may offer different or diminished protection from those that govern transactions on US exchanges. In particular, funds received from customers to margin foreign futures transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received to margin futures transactions on domestic exchanges. Before you trade, you should familiarize yourself with the foreign rules which will apply to your particular transaction. United States regulatory authorities may be unable to compel the enforcement of the rules of regulatory authorities or markets in non-US jurisdictions where transactions may be effected. 
</P>
<P>• It is your responsibility to determine whether the Executing Firm has consented to the jurisdiction of the courts in the United States. In general, neither the Executing Firm nor any individuals associated with the Executing Firm will be registered in any capacity with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Similarly, your contacts with the Executing Firm may not be sufficient to subject the Executing Firm to the jurisdiction of courts in the United States in the absence of the Executing Firm's consent. Accordingly, neither the courts of the United States nor the Commission's reparations program may be available as a forum for resolution of any disagreements you may have with the Executing Firm, and your recourse may be limited to actions outside the United States. 
</P>
<P>• Unless you object within five (5) days, by giving notice as provided in your customer agreement after receipt of this disclosure, [FCM] will assume your consent to the aforementioned conditions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for foreign futures and options brokers.</I> Any person not located in the United States, its territories or possessions, who is otherwise required in accordance with this part to be registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker will be exempt from such registration, notwithstanding that such person accepts orders for foreign futures and foreign options transactions from authorized customers of a registered futures commission merchant that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, provided, that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The orders are executed for or on behalf of the foreign futures and options customer omnibus account of a registered futures commission merchant; 
</P>
<P>(2) The person does not solicit or accept any money, securities or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) directly from any U.S. foreign futures and options customer to margin, guarantee or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The person is a foreign futures and options broker, as defined by § 30.1(e). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption for foreign futures and options brokers carrying a foreign futures and options customer omnibus account.</I> Any person not located in the United States, its territories or possessions, who is otherwise required in accordance with this part to be registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant will be exempt from such registration, notwithstanding that such person: 
</P>
<P>(1) Carries the foreign futures and options customer omnibus account of a futures commission merchant that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) Accepts orders for foreign futures and foreign options transactions from authorized customers for the execution of the trades for or on behalf of the foreign futures and options customer omnibus account of a registered futures commission merchant either directly or pursuant to a give-up arrangement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The person is a foreign futures and options broker, as defined by § 30.1(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 47280, Aug. 2, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.13   Commission certification.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to foreign futures and options contracts on a non-narrow-based security index:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Request for certification.</I> A foreign board of trade may request that the Commission certify that a futures contract on a non-narrow-based security index that trades, or is proposed to be traded thereon, conforms to the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act and therefore, that futures contract may be offered or sold to persons located within the United States in accordance with section 2(a)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act. A submission requesting such certification must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Include the following information in English:
</P>
<P>(i) The terms and conditions of the contract and all other relevant rules of the exchange and, if applicable, of the foreign board of trade on which the underlying securities are traded, which have an effect on the over-all trading of the contract, including circuit breakers, price limits, position limits or other controls on trading;
</P>
<P>(ii) Surveillance agreements between the foreign board of trade and the exchange(s) on which the underlying securities are traded;
</P>
<P>(iii) Assurances from the foreign board of trade of its ability and willingness to share information with the Commission, either directly or indirectly;
</P>
<P>(iv) When applicable, information regarding foreign blocking statutes and their impact on the ability of United States government agencies to obtain information concerning the trading of such contracts;
</P>
<P>(v) Information and data denoted in U.S. dollars where appropriate (and the conversion date and rate used) relating to:
</P>
<P>(A) The method of computation, availability, and timeliness of the index;
</P>
<P>(B) The total capitalization, number of stocks (including the number of unaffiliated issuers if different from the number of stocks), and weighting of the stocks by capitalization and, if applicable, by price in the index as well as the combined weighting of the five highest-weighted stocks in the index;
</P>
<P>(C) Procedures and criteria for selection of individual securities for inclusion in, or removal from, the index, how often the index is regularly reviewed, and any procedures for changes in the index between regularly scheduled reviews;
</P>
<P>(D) Method of calculation of the cash-settlement price and the timing of its public release;
</P>
<P>(E) Average daily volume of trading, measured by share turnover and dollar value, in each of the underlying securities for a six-month period of time and, separately, the dollar value of the average daily trading volume of the securities comprising the lowest weighted 25% of the index for the past six calendar months, calculated pursuant to § 41.11 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A written statement that the contract conforms to the criteria enumerated in section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act, including:
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that the contract is cash-settled;
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of why the contract is not readily subject to manipulation or to be used to manipulate the underlying security;
</P>
<P>(C) A statement that the index is not a narrow-based security index as defined in section 1a(25) of the Act and the analysis supporting that statement;
</P>
<P>(vii) A written representation that the foreign board of trade will notify the Commission of any material changes in any of the above information;
</P>
<P>(viii) When applicable, a request to make the futures contract available for trading in accordance with the terms and conditions of, and through the electronic trading devices identified in, a Commission staff no-action letter stating, subject to compliance with certain conditions, that it will not recommend that the Commission take enforcement action if the foreign board of trade provides its members or participants in the U.S. access to its electronic trading system without seeking designation as a designated contract market (“Foreign Board of Trade No-Action Letter”), or pursuant to any foreign board of trade registration order issued by the Commission (“Foreign Board of Trade Registration Order”), and a certification from the foreign board of trade that it is in compliance with the terms and conditions of that no-action letter or Foreign Board of Trade Registration Order; and
</P>
<P>(ix) An explanation of the means by which U.S. persons may access these products on the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Termination of review.</I> The Commission, at any time during its review, may notify the requesting foreign board of trade that it is terminating its review under this section if it appears to the Commission that the submission is materially incomplete or fails in form or content to meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Such termination shall not prejudice the foreign board of trade from resubmitting a revised version of the contract, which addresses the deficiencies or issues identified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall also terminate review under this section if requested in writing to do so by the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of denial of certification.</I> The Commission, at any time during its review under paragraph (a) of this section, may notify the requesting foreign board of trade that it has determined that the security index futures contract or underlying index does not conform with the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific requirement of subsections 2(a)(1)(C)(ii)(I)-(III) of the Act with which the security index futures contract does not conform or to which it appears not to conform or the conformance to which cannot be ascertained from the submission.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notification shall not prejudice the foreign board of trade from resubmitting a revised version of the contract, which addresses the deficiencies or issues identified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of certification.</I> Upon review, if the Commission determines that the futures contract and the underlying index meet the requirements enumerated in section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii), the Commission will issue a letter to the foreign board of trade certifying that the security index contract traded on that board conforms to the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act and therefore, that futures contract may be offered or sold to persons located within the U.S. in accordance with section 2(a)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act and, if applicable, may be made available for trading in accordance with the terms and conditions of, and through the electronic trading devices identified in, the Foreign Board of Trade No-Action Letter or the Foreign Board of Trade Registration Order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Expedited review.</I> A foreign board of trade may request an expedited Commission review and determination of whether a futures contract on a security index that trades, or is proposed to be traded thereon, conforms to the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act and therefore, may be offered or sold to persons in the U.S. under section 2(a)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act. A submission requesting such expedited consideration should be filed in English with the Commission and should include: Information, statements and data complying with the form and content requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Eligibility for expedited review.</I> In order to qualify for expedited review under paragraph (e) of this section, the foreign board of trade must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Have previously requested, and received, at least one no-action letter from the Office of the General Counsel (“Foreign Security Index No-Action Letter”) or Commission certification regarding a non-narrow based security index futures contract traded on that foreign board of trade and submit a written statement representing that the board remains fully compliant with the terms and conditions of such letter or certification; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have received a Foreign Board of Trade No-Action Letter or Foreign Board of Trade Registration Order and submit a written statement representing that the board remains fully compliant with the terms and conditions of such letter or order.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Deemed to be in conformance.</I> Unless notified pursuant to paragraph (h), (i), or (j) of this section, any non-narrow-based foreign security index futures contract submitted for expedited review under paragraph (e) of this section shall be deemed to be in conformance with the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act and therefore, such futures contract may be offered or sold to persons located in the U.S. in accordance with section 2(a)(1)(C)(iv) forty-five days after receipt by the Commission, or at the conclusion of such extended period as described under paragraph (h) of this section, provided that the foreign board of trade does not amend the terms or conditions of the contract or supplement the request for expedited consideration, except as requested by the Commission or for correction of typographical errors. Any voluntary substantive amendment by the foreign board of trade will be treated as a new submission under this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Extension of review.</I> The Commission may extend the forty-five day review period set forth in paragraph (g) of this section for:
</P>
<P>(1) An additional period up to forty-five days, if the request raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review, in which case, the Commission will notify the foreign board of trade within the initial forty-five day review period and will briefly describe the nature of the specific issues for which additional time for review will be required; or
</P>
<P>(2) Such extended period as the requesting foreign board of trade requests of the Commission in writing.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Termination of review.</I> The Commission, at any time during its review under paragraph (e) of this section or extension thereof as described under paragraph (h) of this section, may notify the requesting foreign board of trade that it is terminating its review under paragraph (e) of this section if it appears to the Commission that the submission is materially incomplete or fails in form or substance to meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Such termination shall not prejudice the foreign board of trade from resubmitting a revised version of the contract, which addresses the deficiencies or issues identified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall also terminate review under this section if requested in writing to do so by the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Notice of denial of certification.</I> The Commission, at any time during its review pursuant to paragraph (e), may notify the requesting foreign board of trade that it has determined that the security index futures contracts or underlying index does not conform with the requirements of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific requirement of subsections 2(a)(1)(C)(ii)(I)-(III) of the Act with which the security index futures contract does not conform or to which it appears not to conform or the conformance to which cannot be ascertained from the submission.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notification shall not prejudice the foreign board of trade from resubmitting a revised version of the contract, which addresses the deficiencies or issues identified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Foreign trading systems.</I> A foreign board of trade, who is a recipient of a Foreign of Trade No-Action Letter (and is compliant with the requirements of such letter) or Foreign Board of Trade Registration Order and is requesting Commission certification of its non-narrow-based security index futures contract, may request that such contract submitted under paragraph (e) of this section be made available for trading under that letter or pursuant to the registration order, upon expiration of the applicable review period provided for under either paragraph (g) or (h) of this section. Absent Commission notification to the contrary, the foreign board of trade may make that contract available for trading on the Foreign Trading System upon expiration of the review period provided under paragraph (g) or (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Changes in facts and circumstances.</I> Any certification of a non-narrow based security index futures contracts submitted under paragraph (a) or (e) of this section shall be considered to be based on the facts and representations contained in the foreign board of trade's submissions to the Commission. Accordingly, the foreign board of trade shall promptly notify the Commission of any changes in material facts or representations.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Additional contracts on previously-reviewed index:</I> A new non-narrow-based security index futures contract may be offered or sold in the U.S. in reliance on a prior Foreign Security Index No-Action Letter or Commission certification, provided that the new contract is based on an index that was the subject of such Foreign Security Index No-Action Letter or Commission certification; and substantially identical to the contract overlying such index. In this context, the foreign board of trade may submit the contract to the Commission for an accelerated review of fifteen business days for confirmation that the subject contract is substantially identical to the existing contract. Unless the Commission notifies the foreign board of trade within those fifteen business days that the review will be conducted pursuant to either the full or expedited review procedure, the foreign board of trade may make available such contract for offer or sale within the U.S.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Grandfathered no-action letters.</I> Any non-narrow based security index futures contract that is the subject of an existing no-action letter issued by the Office of the General Counsel, as of the date of the adoption of rule 30.13, shall be deemed to be in conformance with the criteria of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act, provided that the foreign board of trade submits a written statement representing that the contract remains fully compliant with the requirements of such letter.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Delegation.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or their designee, in consultation with the General Counsel or their designee, the authority reserved to the Commission under paragraph (m) of this section. The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated pursuant to this paragraph (o).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 59245, Sept. 26, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 30—Interpretative Statement With Respect to the Commission's Exemptive Authority Under § 30.10 of Its Rules
</HEAD>
<P>Part 30 of the Commission's regulations establishes the regulatory structure governing the offer and sale in the United States of futures and options contracts made or to be made on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Section 30.10 of these regulations provides that, upon petition, the Commission may exempt any person from any requirement of this part. Specifically, section 30.10 states:
</P>
<P>Any person adversely affected by any requirement of this part may file a petition with the Secretary of the Commission, which petition must set forth with particularity the reasons why that person believes that he should be exempt from such requirement. The Commission may, in its discretion, grant such an exemption if that person demonstrates to the Commission's satisfaction that the exemption is not otherwise contrary to the public interest or to the purposes of the provision from which exemption is sought. The petition will be granted or denied on the basis of the papers filed. The petition may be granted subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission may find appropriate.
</P>
<P>As the provisions of this section make clear, any person subject to regulation under part 30 may petition the Commission for an exemption. In adopting these regulations, however, the Commission noted in particular that persons located outside the United States that solicit or accept orders directly from United States customers for foreign futures or options transactions and that are subject to a comparable regulatory scheme in the country in which they are located may apply under section 30.10 for exemption from some or all of the requirements that would otherwise be applicable to such persons. This interpretative statement sets forth the elements that the Commission intends to evaluate in determining whether a particular regulatory program may be found to be comparable to the Commission's program.
</P>
<P>The Commission wishes to emphasize, however, that this interpretative statement is not all inclusive, and that information with respect to other aspects of a particular regulatory program may be submitted by a petitioner or requested by the Commission. In this connection, the Commission would have broad discretion to determine that the policies of any program element generally are met, notwithstanding the fact that the offshore program does not contain an element identical to that of the Commission's regulatory program and conversely may assess how particular elements are in fact applied by offshore authorities. Thus, for example, in order to find that a particular program is comparable, the regulations thereunder would have to be applicable to all United States customers, notwithstanding any exemptions that might otherwise be available to particular classes of customer located offshore. A petitioner, therefore, must set forth with particularity the factual basis for a finding of comparability and the reasons why such policies and purposes are met, notwithstanding differences of degree and kind in its regulatory program.
</P>
<P>No exemptions of a general nature will be granted unless the persons to which the exemption is to be applied consent to submit to jurisdiction in the United States by designating an agent for service of process pursuant to the provisions of rule 30.5 with respect to any activities of such persons otherwise subject to regulation under this part and to notify the National Futures Association of the commencement or termination of business in the United States. In this connection, to be exempted, such person must further agree to respond to a request to confirm that it continues to do business in the United States.
</P>
<P>Persons located outside the United States may seek an exemption on their own behalf or an exemption may be sought on a general basis through the governmental agency responsible for the implementation and enforcement of the regulatory program in question, or the self-regulatory organizations of which such persons are members. The appropriate petitioner is a matter of judgment and may be determined by the parties seeking the exemption. The Commission, however, notes that it will be able to address petitions more efficiently if they are filed by the governmental agency or self-regulatory organization responsible for the regulatory program.
</P>
<P>In this connection, as will be discussed in more detail below, any exemption of a general nature based on comparability will be conditioned upon appropriate information sharing arrangements between the Commission and the relevant governmental agency and/or self-regulatory organization. Representations from the appropriate governmental agency with respect to the applicability of any blocking statutes that may prevent the sharing of information requested under private arrangements would also be considered. Finally, in considering an exemption request, the Commission will take into account the extent to which United States persons or contracts regulated by the Commission are permitted to engage in futures-related activities or be offered in the country from which an exemption is sought.
</P>
<P>In the Commission's review, the minimum elements of a comparable regulatory program would include: (1) Registration, authorization or other form of licensing, fitness review or qualification of persons through which customer orders are solicited and accepted; (2) minimum financial requirements for those persons that accept customer funds; (3) protection of customer funds from misapplication; (4) recordkeeping and reporting requirements; (5) minimum sales practice standards, including disclosure of the risks of futures and opotions transactions and, in particular, the risk of transactions undertaken outside the jurisdiction of domestic law; and (6) compliance.
</P>
<P><I>Qualification.</I> Under domestic law, registration identifies to the Commission, the public and other governmental agencies the individuals and entities that are properly authorized to solicit and accept customer orders and are in good standing. Equally important, the procedure provides the Commission, through the National Futures Association, the opportunity to determine whether applicants are unfit to deal with the public. In this connection, the standards for determining whether a person through its principals is fit for registration with the Commission are set forth in section 8a(2)-8a(4) of the Act. Timely access to information as to a firm's good standing and the application by relevant authorities of membership and licensing criteria, as well as the criteria themselves, will be considered by the Commission in assessing comparability.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum Financial Requirements.</I> Minimum financial requirements for persons that handle customer funds serve at least three critical functions. First, they provide a cushion together with margin such that in the event of a default of a customer, the losses of that customer need not adversely affect the funds held on behalf of other customers. Second, they help ensure that the person has sufficient funds to operate its business and, therefore, is less likely to be tempted to misapply customer funds for its own purposes. Third, they ensure that the person holding customer funds has some financial stake in its business and, therefore, is serious in its intent. In assessing comparability, capital rules or their equivalent will be considered together with any provisions made for insuring customer losses, the scope of clearing guarantees and segregation or customer trust calculation and accounting requirements which, to the extent they cover undermargined accounts, can provide significant protection of one customer from another customer's losses.
</P>
<P><I>Customer Funds.</I> The Act requires the strict segregation of customer funds from those of the person holding such funds. One of the primary purposes of this requirement is to prevent the misapplication of those funds for purposes other than those intended by the customer, which may affect not only the customer but the market as a whole. The purpose of segregation is also to identify customer deposits as assets of the customer, rather than the firm, in order that in bankruptcy such funds are payable only to satisfy the carrying firm's obligations to such customers and not other obligations of the firm. In assessing comparability of protection of customer funds, the Commission will consider protections accorded customer funds in a bankruptcy under applicable law, as well as protection from fraud.
</P>
<P><I>Recordkeeping and Reporting.</I> Recordkeeping requirements have long been recognized as the linchpin of the Commission's regulatory scheme. Reporting and recordkeeping requirements assist in determining that a registrant is acting in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the rules, regulations and orders of the Commission thereunder. Similarly, reporting requirements ensure that customers are timely advised of the transactions that have been executed on their behalf, thus ensuring that they are aware of their positions in the markets and may object to any transactions that they believe are in error. The Commission will consider the types of records maintained, the ability through those records to trace funds and transactions, and the period of retention and accessibility of records under the information sharing arrangements discussed below in considering comparability.
</P>
<P><I>Sales Practice Standards.</I> In 1982, Congress reaffirmed the importance of minimum sales practice standards to protect customers from fraud or misrepresentation by requiring any futures association registered by the Commission to adopt and enforce rules governing the sales practices of its members. The Commission has consistently provided that written disclosure of the risks of futures and options trading is essential to ensure that potential customers are aware of these risks and are not otherwise misled and that other appropriate disclosure is made. The Commission will review the type and manner of disclosure given and the mechanisms for assuring the disclosure requirements are met and, in particular, the treatment of discretionary accounts for which, for example, Commission rule 166.2 requires particularized documentation of intent to confer discretion in the case of foreign futures and options transactions.
</P>
<P><I>Compliance.</I> Finally, in assessing comparability of a program, the Commission will examine the procedures employed by the governmental authority or the appropriate self-regulatory organization to audit for compliance with, and to take action as appropriate against those persons that violate, the requirements of that program.
</P>
<P><I>Information Sharing.</I> As noted above, any exemption of a general nature would also require an information sharing arrangement between the Commission and the appropriate governmental or self-regulatory organization to ensure Commission access to information on an as needed basis as may be necessary to fulfill its regulatory responsibilities. The information subject to these arrangements generally would be of a type necessary in the first instance to monitor domestic markets and to protect domestic customers trading on foreign markets.
</P>
<P>Firm-specific information that is potentially relevant to protection of domestic customers engaged in foreign transactions could include the following: (1) Registration qualification status; (2) names of principals; (3) current capital; (4) location of customer funds; (5) address of main office and branches; (6) exchange and self-regulatory organization memberships; (7) the existence of any derogatory information such as that required to be disclosed on the Commission's Form 7-R; (8) notice of limitations imposed on activities; (9) notice of undersegregation or undercapitalization; (10) notice of misuse of customer funds; and (11) notice of sanctions or of expulsion from exchange or self-regulatory organization membership. The Commission believes that much of the above information would be public in the ordinary course in most jurisdictions. From time to time, the Commission also may need immediate access to financial information concerning risks posed to domestic firms by the carrying of foreign positions.
</P>
<P>In addition to information that relates to the financial stability and creditworthiness of the firm, the Commission should have access to transaction-specific information that confirms the execution of orders and prices and facilitates tracing of customer funds. Such data could include records reflecting: (1) That an order has been received by a firm on behalf of one or more United States customers; (2) that an order has been executed on an exchange on behalf of one or more United States customers; (3) that funds to margin, guarantee or secure United States customer transactions have been received by a firm and deposited in an appropriate depository; and (4) the price at which a transaction was executed and general access to pricing information.
</P>
<P>Again, such information is likely to be maintained in the ordinary course of business. Tracing of customer funds would be most essential in cases of insolvency where repatriation of funds is at issue.
</P>
<P>The Commission may also seek relevant position data information, including the identity of the position holder and related positions, in connection with surveillance of a potential “market disruption.” This is particularly true in the case of integrated markets.
</P>
<P>The Commission wishes to emphasize that the information sharing arrangements discussed herein are not necessarily a substitute for, nor would they preclude, a more formal agreement or arrangement with respect to the sharing of information.
</P>
<HD2>Marketing Activities by Firms Granted Rule 30.10 Relief
</HD2>
<P>FR date and citation: November 3, 1992, 57 FR 49644; August 17, 1994, 59 FR 42158.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 28998, Aug. 5, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 42158, Aug. 17, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 30—Interpretative Statement With Respect to the Secured Amount Requirement Set Forth in § 30.7
</HEAD>
<P>1. Rule 30.7 requires FCMs who accept money, securities or property from foreign futures and foreign options customers to maintain in a separate account or accounts such money, securities and property in an amount at least sufficient to cover or satisfy all of its current obligations to those customers. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> This amount is denominated as the “foreign futures or foreign options secured amount” and that term is defined in § 1.3. The separate accounts must be maintained under an account name that clearly identifies the funds as belonging to foreign futures and foreign options customers at a depository that meets the requirements of Rule 30.7(c). Further, each FCM must obtain and retain in its files for the period provided in Rule 1.31 an acknowledgment from the depository that the depository was informed that such money, securities or property are held for or on behalf of foreign futures and foreign options customers and are being held in accordance with the provisions of these regulations.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> “Foreign futures or foreign options customer” means “any person located in the United States, its territories or possessions who trades in foreign futures or foreign options: Provided, That an owner or holder of a proprietary account as defined in § 1.3 shall not be deemed to be a foreign futures or foreign options customer within the meaning of [Rules 30.6 and 30.7].” Rule 30.1(c). “Foreign futures” means “any contract for the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery made, or to be made, on or subject to the rules of any foreign board of trade.” Rule 30.1(a). “Foreign option” means “any transaction or agreement which is or is held out to be of the character of, or is commonly known to the trade as, an ‘option,’ ‘privilege,’ ‘indemnity,’ ‘bid,’ ‘offer,’ ‘put,’ ‘call,’ ‘advance guaranty,’ or ‘decline guaranty,’ made or to be made on or subject to the rules of any foreign board of trade.” Rule 30.1(b).</P></FTNT>
<P>2. In a series of orders issued pursuant to Rule 30.10, the Commission required that certain foreign firms exempt from registration as FCMs essentially comply with the standards of Rule 30.7. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> Specifically, the Commission stated that “[the secured amount] requirement is intended to ensure that funds provided by U.S. customers for foreign futures and options transactions, whether held at a U.S. FCM under Rule 30.7(c) or a firm exempted from registration as an FCM under CFTC Rule 30.10, will receive equivalent protection at <I>all</I> intermediaries and exchange clearing organizations.” 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> The Commission further interpreted Rule 30.7 to require each FCM and Rule 30.10 firm to take appropriate action (<I>i.e.</I>, set aside funds in a “mirror” account) in the event that it becomes aware of facts leading it to conclude that foreign futures and foreign options customer funds are not being handled consistent with the requirements of Commission rules or relevant order for relief by any subsequent intermediary or exchange clearing organization.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Under Rule 30.10, the Commission may exempt a foreign firm acting in the capacity of an FCM from registration under the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”) and compliance with certain Commission rules based upon the firm's compliance with comparable regulatory requirements imposed by the firm's home-country regulator or self-regulatory organization (“SRO”). Once the Commission determines that the foreign jurisdiction's regulatory structure offers comparable regulatory oversight, the Commission may issue an Order granting general relief subject to certain conditions. Firms seeking confirmation of relief (referred to herein as “Rule 30.10 firms”) must make certain representations set forth in the Rule 30.10 order issued to the regulator or SRO from the firm's home country. For a list of those foreign regulators and SROs that have been issued a Rule 30.10 order, see appendix C to part 30. In certain cases, where a foreign regulator or SRO has requested that firms subject to its jurisdiction be granted broader relief to engage in transactions on exchanges other than in its home jurisdiction (referred to herein as “expanded relief”), the relief has been granted where the relevant authority has represented that it will monitor its firms for compliance with the terms of the order in connection with such offshore transactions. Although Rule 30.10 orders generally exempt foreign intermediaries from compliance with the secured amount requirement under Rule 30.7, firms seeking confirmation of the expanded relief must represent that, with respect to transactions entered into on behalf of U.S. customers on any non-U.S. exchange located outside their home country, they will treat U.S. customer funds in a manner consistent with the provisions of Rule 30.7. For the most recent order granting expanded relief, see 64 FR 50248 (September 16, 1999) (Singapore Exchange Derivatives Trading Limited).</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> 64 FR 50248, 50251, n.19 (emphasis added).</P></FTNT>
<P>3. Upon further analysis and reconsideration of this matter, the Commission has determined to revise its prior interpretation of the Rule 30.7 secured amount requirement. The Commission notes that the initial depository's ability to identify customer funds affords foreign futures and foreign options customers a measure of protection in the event that the intermediating FMC or foreign firm becomes insolvent. Moreover, Rule 30.6(a) requires that foreign futures and foreign options customers receive a Rule 1.55 written disclosure explaining that the treatment of customer funds outside the U.S. may not afford the same level of protection offered in the U.S. These protections exist whetehr the intermediating firm is a U.S. FCM or a firm exempt from such registration under Rule 30.10. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Although orders for expanded relief exempt foreign firms from compliance with Rule 1.55, sales practice standards and the treatment of customer funds constitute two of the specific elements examined in evaluating whether the particular foreign regulatory program provides a basis for permitting substituted compliance for purposes of exemptive relief pursuant to Rule 30.10. appendix A to part 30.</P></FTNT>
<P>4. The Commission further notes, however, that, in February 1998, Rule 30.6 was amended to permit an FCM to open a commodity account for a foreign futures or foreign options customer without providing the Rule 1.55 risk disclosure statement or obtaining an acknowledgment of receipt of such statement, provided that the customer is, at the time at which the account is opened, one of several types of sophisticated customers enumerated in Rule 1.55(f) (“Rule 1.55(f) customers”). 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> While the amendment to Rule 30.6(a) extinguished the obligation to provide a standardized risk disclosure statement to Rule 1.55(f) customers at the time of the account opening, the Commission stated that FCMs have obligations to these customers independent of such a duty that would be material in the circumstances of a given transactions. 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> 63 FR 8566 (February 20, 1998). The list of sophisticated customers referenced in Rule 1.55(f) closely tracks, with one exception, the list of “eligible swap participants” in Rule 35.1.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> <I>Id.</I> at 8569.</P></FTNT>
<P>5. After careful consideration of the issue, the Commission has determined that intermediaries should advise all customers (regardless of their level of sophistication) to consider making appropriate inquiries relating to the treatment of customer funds by depositories located outside the jurisdiction of the intermediating firm. Accordingly, the Commission has determined that an FCM, at a minimum, must provide each foreign futures or foreign option customer with a written disclosure tracking the language in either: (1) Rule 1.55(b)(7), 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/> or (2) Paragraphs 6 and 8 of appendix A to Rule 1.55(c). 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/> Rule 30.10 firms must provide each foreign futures or foreign options customer with a written disclosure tracking the language in either Rule 1.55(b)(7) or paragraphs 6 and 8 of appendix A to Rule 1.55(c), or a comparable disclosure statement prescribed by the firm's home country regulator. The Commission further encourages all firms, whether domestic or foreign, to provide a Rule 1.55 written risk disclosure to all customers, regardless of each customer's respective level of experience. The Commission notes that, in any instance where a firm provides a Rule 1.55(f) customer with a written disclosure, it is not necessary for the firm to obtain an acknowledgment of receipt. In addition, those FCMs that already have provided customers with a disclosure tracking either Rule 1.55(b)(7) or paragraphs 6 and 8 of appendix A to Rule 1.55(c) (or in the case of Rule 30.10 firm, a comparable disclosure statement prescribed by its home country regulatory) need not provide those same customers with an additional written disclosure.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> Rule 1.55(b)(7) reads as follows: Foreign futures transactions involve executing and clearing trades on a foreign exchange. This is the case even if the foreign exchange is formally “linked” to a domestic exchange whereby a trade executed on one exchange liquidates or establishes a position on the other exchange. No domestic organization regulates the activities of a foreign exchange, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions on such exchange, and no domestic regulator has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of the foreign exchange or the laws of the foreign country. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the transaction occurs. For these reasons, customers who trade on foreign exchanges may not be afforded certain of the protections which apply to domestic transactions, including the right to use alternative dispute resolution. In particular, funds received from customers to margin foreign futures transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received to margin futures transactions on domestic exchanges. Before you trade, you should familiarize yourself with the foreign rules which will apply to your particular transaction.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> Appendix A to Rule 1.55(c) is the Generic Risk Disclosure Statement, which FCMs may use as an alternative to the Risk Disclosure Statement prescribed in Rule 1.55(b). The Commission understands that most FCMs, in particular those that are most active in international markets, use the Generic Risk Disclosure Statement.
</P>
<P>Paragraphs 6 and 8 of appendix A to Rule 1.55(c) read as follows:
</P>
<P>6. Deposited cash and property.
</P>
<P>You should familiarize yourself with the protections accorded money or property you deposit for domestic and foreign transactions, particularly in the event of a firm insolvency or bankruptcy. The extent to which you may recover your money or property may be governed by specified legislation or local rules. In some jurisdictions, property which has been specifically identifiable as your own will be pro-rated in the same manner as cash for purposes of distribution in the event of a shortfall.
</P>
<P>8. Transactions in other jurisdictions.
</P>
<P>Transactions on markets in other jurisdictions, including markets formally linked to a domestic market, may expose you to additional risk. Such markets may be subject to regulation which may offer different or diminished investor protection. Before you trade you should enquire about any rules relevant to your particular transactions. Your local regulatory authority will be unable to compel the enforcement of the rules of the regulatory authorities or markets in other jurisdictions where your transactions have been effected. You should ask the firm with which you deal for details about the types of redress available in both your home jurisdiction and other relevant jurisdictions before you start to trade.</P></FTNT>
<P>6. For the reasons set forth above, the Commission is revising its interpretation of the secured amount requirement set forth in Rule 30.7. The Commission believes that the Rule 30.7 acknowledgment required of FCMs, or other appropriate acknowledgment required by Rule 30.10 firms, only applies to the maintenance of the account or accounts containing foreign futures and foreign options customer funds by the initial depository, and not to the manner in which any subsequent depository holds or subsequently transmits those funds. If an FCM receives from the initial depository the acknowledgment described in Rule 30,7, furnishes to each foreign futures or foreign options customer a written disclosure statement tracking the language set forth in Rule 1.55(b)(7) or paragraphs 6 and 8 of appendix A of Rule 1.55(c) and otherwise complies with the provisions of Rule 30.7, then it may include all funds maintained in the separate account or accounts in calculating its secured amount requirement. A Rule 30.10 firm must satisfy the same requirements, except that it may provide each foreign futures or foreign options customer with a comparable disclosure statement prescribed by is home regulator.
</P>
<P>7. IF an FCM or Rule 30.10 firm fails to receive the required acknowledgment from the initial depository or provide the above written disclosure statement (and in certain circumstances, receive from customers and acknowledgment of receipt), then it must set aside funds with an acceptable depository and receive from such depository the required acknowledgment.
</P>
<P>8. The Commission's interpretation of the Rule 30.7 secured amount requirement will apply to all regulated activities with all new and existing foreign futures and foreign options customers as of October 11, 2000. The Commission's interpretation does not alter any other requirement set forth in Rule 30.7 or any other section of part 30.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 60558, Oct. 11, 2000, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 30—Foreign Petitioners Granted Relief From the Application of Certain of the Part 30 Rules Pursuant to § 30.10
</HEAD>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Sydney Futures Exchange Limited.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: November 7, 1988, 53 FR 44856.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: April 13, 1993, 58 FR 19210.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: March 7, 1997, 62 FR 10447.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: 70 FR 40395, July 17, 2006.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Singapore Derivatives Trading Limited.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: January 10, 1989, 54 FR 809.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: September 16, 1999, 64 FR 50251.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: September 4, 2007, 72 FR 50645.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Montreal Exchange.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: March 17, 1989, 54 FR 11182.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: February 27, 1997, 62 FR 8877.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Toronto Futures Exchange.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: March 22, 1990, 55 FR 10614.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Authorized Persons as designated in Annex E to the Mutual Recognition Memorandum of Understanding
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: June 13, 1990, 55 FR 2390; December 23, 1991, 56 FR 66345.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Tokyo Grain Exchange.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: February 23, 1993, 58 FR 10957; May 2, 1994, 59 FR 22506.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the MEFF Sociedad Rectora de Productos Financieros Derivados de Renta Fija (“MEFF Renta Fija”).
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: June 9, 1995, 60 FR 30466.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the New Zealand Futures and Options Exchange (“NZFOE”).
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: December 10, 1996, 61 FR 64989.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the MEFF Sociedad Rectora de Productos Financieros Derivados de Renta Variable (“MEFF Rental Variable.”)
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: April 8, 1997, 62 FR 16690.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”).
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: October 10, 2003, 68 FR 58587.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Australian Stock Exchange Limited (“ASXL”).
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: 68 FR 39006, July 1, 2003.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: 70 FR 75937, December 22, 2005.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Taiwan Futures Exchange.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: March 28, 2007, 72 FR 14413.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Tokyo Commodity Exchange.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: February 9, 2006, 71 FR 6759.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by the Bolsa de Mercadorias &amp; Futuros.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: July 8, 2002, 67 FR 45056.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>Firms designated by Eurex Deutschland.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>FR date and citation: May 8, 2002, 67 FR 30785.
</FP1-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 809, Jan. 10, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix C to part 30, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 30—Commission Certification With Respect to Foreign Futures and Options Contracts on a Non-Narrow-Based Security Index
</HEAD>
<P>In its analysis of a request for certification by a foreign board of trade relating to a security index futures contract traded on that foreign board of trade pursuant to § 30.13, the Commission will evaluate the contract to ensure that it complies with the three criteria of section 2(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) Because security index futures contracts are cash settled, the Commission also evaluates the contract terms and conditions relating to cash settlement. In that regard, the Commission examines, among other things, whether the cash price series is reliable, acceptable, publicly available and timely; that the cash settlement price is reflective of the underlying cash market; and that the cash settlement price is not readily susceptible to manipulation. In making its determination, the Commission considers the design and maintenance of the index, the method of index calculation, the nature of the component security prices used to calculate the index, the breadth and frequency of index dissemination, and any other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(2) In considering the susceptibility of an index to manipulation, the Commission examines several factors, including the structure of the primary and secondary markets for the component equities, the liquidity of the component stocks, the method of index calculation, the total capitalization of stocks underlying the index, the number, weighting and capitalization of individual stocks in the index, and the existence of surveillance sharing agreements between the board of trade and the securities exchange(s) on which the underlying securities are traded.
</P>
<P>(3) To verify that the index is not narrow-based, the Commission considers the number and weighting of the component securities and the aggregate value of average daily trading volume of the lowest weighted quartile of securities. Under the Act, a security index is narrow-based if it meets any one of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The index is composed of fewer than 10 securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any single security comprises more than 30% of the total index weight;
</P>
<P>(iii) The five largest securities comprise more than 60% of the total index weight; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The lowest-weighted securities that together account for 25% of the total weight of the index have an aggregate dollar value of average daily trading volume of less than US$30 million (or US$50 million if the index includes fewer than 15 securities).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 59245, Sept. 26, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.31" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 30—

Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 30.7 Customer Secured Account
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name and Address of Depository]
</FP-1>
<P>We refer to the Secured Amount Account(s) which [Name of Futures Commission Merchant] (“we” or “our”) have opened or will open with [Name of Depository] (“you” or “your”) entitled:
</P>
<P>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant] [if applicable, add “FCM Customer Omnibus Account”] CFTC Regulation 30.7 Customer Secured Account under section 4(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</P>
<FP-1>Account Number(s): [ ] (collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP-1>
<P>You acknowledge that we have opened or will open the above-referenced Account(s) for the purpose of depositing, as applicable, money, securities and other property (collectively “Funds”) of customers who trade foreign futures and/or foreign options (as such terms are defined in U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulation 30.1, as amended; that the Funds held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be kept separate and apart and separately accounted for on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us, in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and part 30 of the CFTC's regulations, as amended; that the Funds may not be commingled with our own funds in any proprietary account we maintain with you; and that the Funds must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of section 4(b) of the Act and CFTC Regulation 30.7.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Funds may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Funds in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you. This prohibition does not affect your right to recover funds advanced in the form of cash transfers, lines of credit, repurchase agreements or other similar liquidity arrangements you make in lieu of liquidating non-cash assets held in the Account(s) or in lieu of converting cash held in the Account(s) to cash in a different currency.
</P>
<P>In addition, you agree that the Account(s) may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of our designated self-regulatory organization (“DSRO”), [Name of DSRO], and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to permit any such examination to take place without further notice or consent from us.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information request will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such usual and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s).
</P>
<P>We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Funds held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not 30.7 customer funds maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason, and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or part 30 of the CFTC regulations that relates to the holding of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to any such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to section 4(b) of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC) and to [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO. We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copies without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of Depository]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DATE:


</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7874, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.23.0.7.14.32" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 30—





Acknowledgment Letter for CFTC Regulation 30.7 Customer Secured Government Money Market Fund Account
</HEAD>
<FP-1>[Date]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name and Address of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<P>We propose to invest funds held by [Name of Futures Commission Merchant] (“we” or “our”) on behalf of our customers in shares of [Name of Government Money Market Fund] (“you” or “your”) under account(s) entitled (or shares issued to):
</P>
<P>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant] [if applicable, add “FCM Customer Omnibus Account”] CFTC Regulation 30.7 Customer Secured Government Money Market Fund Account under section 4(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act [and, if applicable, “, Abbreviated as [short title reflected in the depository's electronic system]”]
</P>
<FP-1>Account Number(s): [ ]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(collectively, the “Account(s)”).
</FP-1>
<P>You acknowledge that we are holding these funds, including any shares issued and amounts accruing in connection therewith (collectively, the “Shares”), for the benefit of customers who trade foreign futures and/or foreign options (as such terms are defined in U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulation 30.1, as amended); that the Shares held by you, hereafter deposited in the Account(s) or accruing to the credit of the Account(s), will be kept separate and apart and separately accounted for on your books from our own funds and from any other funds or accounts held by us in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “Act”), and this part, as amended; and that the Shares must otherwise be treated in accordance with the provisions of section 4(b) of the Act and CFTC Regulations 1.25 and 30.7.
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that holds itself out to investors as a government money market fund, in accordance with 17 CFR 270.2a-7. In addition, you acknowledge and agree that the Shares are in a fund that does not choose to rely on the ability to impose discretionary liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>Furthermore, you acknowledge and agree that such Shares may not be used by you or by us to secure or guarantee any obligations that we might owe to you, and they may not be used by us to secure or obtain credit from you. You further acknowledge and agree that the Shares in the Account(s) shall not be subject to any right of offset or lien for or on account of any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities we may now or in the future have owing to you.
</P>
<P>In addition, you agree that the Account(s) may be examined at any reasonable time by the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent or employee of our designated self-regulatory organization (“DSRO”), [Name of DSRO], and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to permit any such examination to take place without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>You agree to reply promptly and directly to any request for confirmation of account balances or provision of any other information regarding or related to the Account(s) from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, and this letter constitutes the authorization and direction of the undersigned on our behalf to release the requested information, without further notice to or consent from us.
</P>
<P>The parties agree that all actions on your part to respond to the above information request will be made in accordance with, and subject to, such reasonable and customary authorization verification and authentication policies and procedures as may be employed by you to verify the authority of, and authenticate the identity of, the individual making any such information request, in order to provide for the secure transmission and delivery of the requested information to the appropriate recipient(s).
</P>
<P>We will not hold you responsible for acting pursuant to any information request from the Director of the Market Participants Division of the CFTC or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk of the CFTC, or any successor divisions, or such Directors' designees, or an appropriate officer, agent, or employee of [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO, upon which you have relied after having taken measures in accordance with your applicable policies and procedures to assure that such request was provided to you by an individual authorized to make such a request.
</P>
<P>In the event we become subject to either a voluntary or involuntary petition for relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we acknowledge that you will have no obligation to release the Shares held in the Account(s), except upon instruction of the Trustee in Bankruptcy or pursuant to the Order of the respective U.S. Bankruptcy Court.
</P>
<P>Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting your right to assert any right of offset or lien on assets that are not Shares maintained in the Account(s), or to impose such charges against us or any proprietary account maintained by us with you. Further, it is understood that amounts represented by checks, drafts or other items shall not be considered to be part of the Account(s) until finally collected. Accordingly, checks, drafts and other items credited to the Account(s) and subsequently dishonored or otherwise returned to you or reversed, for any reason and any claims relating thereto, including but not limited to claims of alteration or forgery, may be charged back to the Account(s), and we shall be responsible to you as a general endorser of all such items whether or not actually so endorsed.
</P>
<P>You may conclusively presume that any withdrawal from the Account(s) and the balances maintained therein are in conformity with the Act and CFTC regulations without any further inquiry, provided that, in the ordinary course of your business as a depository, you have no notice of or actual knowledge of a potential violation by us of any provision of the Act or part 30 of the CFTC regulations that relates to the holding of customer funds; and you shall not in any manner not expressly agreed to herein be responsible to us for ensuring compliance by us with such provisions of the Act and CFTC regulations; however, the aforementioned presumption does not affect any obligation you may otherwise have under the Act or CFTC regulations.
</P>
<P>You may, and are hereby authorized to, obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental agency with jurisdiction, which order, judgment, decree or levy relates in whole or in part to the Account(s). In any event, you shall not be liable by reason of any action or omission to act pursuant to any such order, judgment, decree or levy, to us or to any other person, firm, association or corporation even if thereafter any such order, decree, judgment or levy shall be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.
</P>
<P>We are permitted to invest customers' funds in government money market funds pursuant to CFTC Regulation 1.25. That rule sets forth the following conditions, among others, with respect to any investment in a government money market fund:
</P>
<P>(1) The net asset value of the fund must be computed by 9 a.m. of the business day following each business day and be made available to us by that time;
</P>
<P>(2) The fund must be legally obligated to redeem an interest in the fund and make payment in satisfaction thereof by the close of the business day following the day on which we make a redemption request except as otherwise specified in CFTC Regulation 1.25(c)(5)(ii); and,
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement under which we invest customers' funds must not contain any provision that would prevent us from pledging or transferring fund shares.
</P>
<P>The terms of this letter agreement shall remain binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of a change in the name of either party. This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), including but not limited to any prior acknowledgment letter agreement, to the extent that such prior agreement is inconsistent with the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and any other agreement between the parties in connection with the Account(s), this letter agreement shall govern with respect to matters specific to section 4(b) of the Act and the CFTC's regulations thereunder, as amended.
</P>
<P>This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [Insert governing law] without regard to the principles of choice of law.
</P>
<P>Please acknowledge that you agree to abide by the requirements and conditions set forth above by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter agreement, and that you further agree to provide a copy of this fully executed letter agreement directly to the CFTC (via electronic means in a format and manner determined by the CFTC) and to [Name of DSRO], acting in its capacity as our DSRO. We hereby authorize and direct you to provide such copies without further notice to or consent from us, no later than three business days after opening the Account(s) or revising this letter agreement, as applicable.
</P>
<FP-1>[Name of Futures Commission Merchant]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Name of Government Money Market Fund]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Print Name:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Title:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Contact Information: [Insert phone number and email address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DATE:




</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7875, Jan. 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 31—LEVERAGE TRANSACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 12a and 23, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§§ 31.1-31.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 31.1-31.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.3   Fraud in connection with certain transactions in silver or gold bullion or bulk coins, or other commodities.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person, by use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(a) To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud,
</P>
<P>(b) To make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or
</P>
<P>(c) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person, in, or in connection with (1) an offer to make or the making of, any transaction for the purchase, sale or delivery of silver bullion, gold bullion, bulk silver coins, bulk gold coins, or any other commodity pursuant to a standardized contract commonly known to the trade as a margin account, margin contract, leverage account, or leverage contract, or pursuant to any contract, account, arrangement, scheme, or device that serves the same function or functions as such a standardized contract, or is marketed or managed in substantially the same manner as such a standardized contract, or (2) the maintenance or carrying of any such contract.
</P>
<FP>The provisions of this section shall not apply to any transaction expressly prohibited by section 19(a) of the Act.
</FP>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a), 8a, and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act and secs. 2 and 23 of Pub. L. 95-405 (92 Stat. 865, 870-871); 7 U.S.C. 2 and 12a) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 58554, Dec. 15, 1978. Redesignated at 49 FR 5526, Feb. 13, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a)-(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Promotional material</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any text of a standard oral presentation, or any communication for publication in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or for broadcast over television, radio, or other electronic medium which is disseminated or directed to a leverage customer or prospective leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(2) Any standardized form of report, letter, circular, memorandum, or publication which is disseminated or directed to a leverage customer or prospective leverage customer; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other written literature or advice disseminated or directed to a leverage customer or prospective leverage customer for the purpose of soliciting the entry into a leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Leverage customer</I> means any person who, directly or indirectly, enters into, purchases, sells, or otherwise acquires for value any interest in a leverage contract with, from or to a leverage transaction merchant: <I>Provided, however,</I> That an owner or holder of a proprietary leverage account as defined in paragraph (e) of this section shall not be deemed to be a customer within the meaning of §§ 31.11(a)-(j) and (l), 31.12 and 31.26, and such an owner or holder of such a proprietary leverage account shall otherwise be deemed to be a leverage customer within the meaning of all other sections of these rules.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Proprietary leverage account</I> means a leverage account carried on the books and records of an individual, a partnership, corporation or other type association (1) for one of the following persons, or (2) of which ten percent or more is owned by one of the following persons, or an aggregate of ten percent or more of which is owned by more than one of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) Such individual himself, or such partnership, corporation or association itself;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a partnership, a general partner in such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a limited partnership, a limited or special partner in such partnership whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the partnership business or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of the trades of leverage customers or of the leverage customer funds of such partnership,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to the trades of leverage customers or to the leverage customer funds of such partnership, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a corporation or association, an officer, director or owner of ten percent or more of the capital stock, of such organization;
</P>
<P>(v) An employee of such individual, partnership, corporation or association whose duties include:
</P>
<P>(A) The management of the business of such individual, partnership, corporation or association or any part thereof,
</P>
<P>(B) The handling of the trades of leverage customers or of the leverage customer funds of such individual, partnership, corporation or association,
</P>
<P>(C) The keeping of records pertaining to the trades of leverage customers or to the leverage customer funds of such individual, partnership, corporation or association, or
</P>
<P>(D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such individual, partnership, corporation or association;
</P>
<P>(vi) A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of any of the foregoing persons;
</P>
<P>(vii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, controls such individual, partnership, corporation or association;
</P>
<P>(viii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by or is under common control with, such individual, partnership, corporation or association.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commercial leverage account</I> means an account of a commercial enterprise, such as a producer, processor, dealer or end user of a leverage commodity which is the subject of a leverage contract, or the products or by-products thereof;
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Leverage commodity</I> means a commodity (gold bullion, silver bullion, bulk gold coins, bulk silver coins, or platinum) which is the subject of a leverage contract offered for purchase or sale, or purchased or sold, by a particular leverage transaction merchant, the value of which is reflected in a widely accepted and broadly disseminated commercial or retail cash price series for cash market transactions, which price series reasonably reflects the price for the leverage commodity which the customer can expect to pay or receive in normal commercial or retail market channels, including, if applicable, specified premiums or discounts; each leverage commodity is defined by reference to the following distinguishing characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) The nominal size, composition and tolerable ranges of the delivery pack or the actual size, composition and tolerable range of the component of the delivery pack;
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum guaranteed quality, deliverable countries of origin, deliverable markings or imprints, and deliverable refiners or mints;
</P>
<P>(3) The method of pricing; and
</P>
<P>(4) The delivery specifications or alternatives including type and location of delivery facilities, packaging, transportation, registration and associated costs.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Ask price of a leverage contract</I> means the price at which a leverage transaction merchant sells or is willing to sell a long leverage contract to a leverage customer or the price at which a leverage transaction merchant resells or is willing to resell a short leverage contract to a leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Bid price of a leverage contract</I> means the price at which a leverage transaction merchant purchases or is willing to purchase a short leverage contract from a leverage customer, or the price at which a leverage transaction merchant repurchases or is willing to repurchase a long leverage contract from a leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Bid-ask spread of a leverage contract</I> means the difference between a leverage transaction merchant's ask price and bid price;
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Initial charges for a leverage contract</I> includes all fees and commissions payable to a leverage transaction merchant which are incurred when a leverage contract is initially entered into by a leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Carrying charges for a leverage contract</I> includes all service and interest changes paid periodically by a leverage customer to a leverage transaction merchant, or accrued by a leverage transaction merchant, while a long leverage contract remains open, or all service and interest charges paid periodically by a leverage transaction merchant to a leverage customer, or accrued by a leverage customer, while a short leverage contract remains open;
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Termination charges for a leverage contract</I> includes all fees and commission payable to a leverage transaction merchant which are associated with the liquidation, repurchase, resale or settlement by delivery on a leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Liquidation of a leverage contract</I> means the unilateral termination of a leverage contract by a leverage transaction merchant due to a leverage customer's failure to meet one or more margin calls or to make other required deposits on a timely basis or as otherwise permitted under § 31.18;
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Repurchase or resale of a leverage contract</I> means the voluntary termination of a leverage contract by mutual agreement between the leverage customer and the leverage transaction merchant, which agreement is effected by entering into a transaction which is the opposite of the initial transaction. A repurchase by a leverage transaction merchant takes place if the initial transaction by the leverage customer was a purchase of a long leverage contract from the leverage transaction merchant, and a resale by a leverage transaction merchant takes place if the initial transaction by the leverage customer was a sale of a short leverage contract to the leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Delivery on a leverage contract</I> means the making (in the case of an initial sale by a leverage customer) or taking (in the case of an initial purchase by a leverage customer) of delivery by a leverage customer of the commodity subject to a leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Initial leverage margin</I> means the amount of funds, excluding initial charges, which a leverage customer is required to deposit with a leverage transaction merchant when entering into a leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Minimum leverage margin</I> means the amount of funds which a leverage transaction merchant requires a leverage customer to maintain on deposit for each open leverage contract in the leverage customer's account.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Maintenance leverage margin</I> means the level to which the funds in a leverage customer's account must be restored after a margin call to the leverage customer has been effected by the leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Leverage account equity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For all long leverage contracts in a leverage customer's account, the amount equal to the aggregate value of such leverage contracts in the leverage customer's account, based on the leverage transaction merchant's current bid prices for such contracts, less the amount owed to the leverage transaction merchant by the leverage customer pursuant to such contracts; and
</P>
<P>(2) For all short leverage contracts in a leverage customer's account, the aggregate amount owed to the leverage customer by the leverage transaction merchant pursuant to all such contracts less the amount equal to the value of all such leverage contracts in the leverage customer's account, based on the leverage transaction merchant's current ask prices for such contracts;
</P>
<P>(u)-(v) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Leverage contract</I> means a contract, standardized as to terms and conditions, for the long-term (ten years or longer) purchase (“long leverage contract”) or sale (“short leverage contract”) by a leverage customer of a leverage commodity which provides for:
</P>
<P>(1) Participation by the leverage transaction merchant as a principal in each leverage transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Initial and maintenance margin payments by the leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(3) Periodic payment by the leverage customer or accrual by the leverage transaction merchant of a variable carrying charge or fee on the unpaid balance of a long leverage contract, and periodic payment or crediting by the leverage transaction merchant to the leverage customer of a variable carrying charge or fee on the initial value of the contract plus any margin deposits made by the leverage customer in connection with a short leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(4) Delivery of a commodity in an amount and form which can be readily purchased and sold in normal commercial or retail channels;
</P>
<P>(5) Delivery of the leverage commodity after satisfaction of the balance due on the contract; and
</P>
<P>(6) Determination of the contract purchase and repurchase, or sale and resale prices by the leverage transaction merchant; and
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Leverage transaction</I> means the purchase or sale of any leverage contract, the repurchase or resale of any leverage contract, the delivery of the leverage commodity, or the liquidation or rescission of any such leverage contract by or to the leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5527, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 25428, June 21, 1984; 50 FR 26, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 36414, Sept. 6, 1985; 54 FR 41078, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.5   Unlawful conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On and after April 13, 1984, it shall be unlawful for any person:
</P>
<P>(1) To offer to enter into, enter into or confirm the execution of a leverage contract to or with a leverage customer, or to solicit or accept a leverage customer's order for a leverage contract, or to accept any leverage customer funds from a leverage customer to enter into or maintain a leverage contract, unless the leverage commodity which is the subject of the leverage contract has been registered with the Commission in accordance with § 31.6;
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, to offer to enter into, enter into or confirm the execution of a leverage contract to or with a leverage customer, or to solicit or accept a leverage customer's order for a leverage contract, or to accept any leverage customer funds from a leverage customer to enter into or maintain a leverage contract, unless that person is registered with the Commission in accordance with § 3.17 of this chapter and that registration has not expired, been suspended (and the period of suspension has not expired) or been revoked; or
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if such person is a natural person, to offer to enter into, enter into or confirm the execution of a leverage contract to or with a leverage customer, or to solicit or accept a leverage customer's order (other than in a clerical capacity) for a leverage contract, or to supervise any person or persons so engaged, unless that person is registered with the Commission in accordance with § 3.18 of this chapter and that registration has not expired, been suspended (and the period of suspension has not expired) or been revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) On and after April 13, 1984, it shall be unlawful for any leverage transaction merchant to permit any natural person to become or remain associated with it as a partner, officer or employee (or in any similar status or position involving similar functions) in any capacity which involves the offering to enter into, the entry into, or the confirmation of the execution of a leverage contract with a leverage customer, or the solicitation or acceptance of a leverage customer's order (other than in a clerical capacity) for a leverage contract, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, if the leverage transaction merchant knew or should have known that the person was not registered with the Commission in accordance with § 3.18 of this chapter or that the person's registration had expired, been suspended (and the period of suspension had not expired) or been revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) On and after November 10, 1986, it shall be unlawful for any person to offer to enter into, enter into or confirm the execution of a leverage contract to or with a leverage customer, or to solicit or accept a leverage customer's order for a leverage contract, or to accept any leverage customer funds from a leverage customer to enter into or maintain a leverage contract, unless the leverage commodity which is the subject of the leverage contract has been registered with the Commission in accordance with § 31.6 of this part and involves silver bullion, gold bullion, bulk silver coins, bulk gold coins, or platinum. This paragraph shall not affect any rights or obligations arising out of any leverage contract involving any other leverage commodity that was entered into, or the execution of which was confirmed, before November 10, 1986.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Denial, suspension, or revocation of registration of a leverage commodity.</I> The failure or refusal of any leverage transaction merchant to comply with any of the provisions of the Act or any of the Commission's rules, regulations, or orders thereunder shall be cause for refusing to register a leverage commodity, for suspending registration of a leverage commodity for a period not to exceed six months, and for revoking registration of such leverage commodity with respect to that leverage transaction merchant. Any such denial, suspension, or revocation proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in sections 6 and 6(b) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5528, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 54 FR 41078, Oct. 5, 1989; 59 FR 5703, Feb. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.6   Registration of leverage commodities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration of leverage commodities.</I> Each leverage commodity upon which a leverage contract is offered for sale or purchase or is sold or purchased by a particular leverage transaction merchant must be separately registered with the Commission. Registration will be granted only when the following conditions are, and continue to be, met:
</P>
<P>(1) The person requesting registration of a leverage commodity is a registered leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) The commodity to be registered is a leverage commodity as defined in § 31.4(g);
</P>
<P>(3) There exists a widely accepted and broadly disseminated commercial or retail cash price series for the commodity;
</P>
<P>(4) The commodity can be readily purchased or sold in normal commercial or retail channels by leverage customers making or taking delivery on a leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(5) The terms and conditions of the leverage contracts based on the leverage commodity are consistent with the Act and the regulations thereunder, and are not contrary to the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(6) The terms and conditions of the leverage contracts based on the leverage commodity do not include substantial characteristics of other interests, such as options, certificates of deposit, or other regulated instruments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application for registration.</I> Applications to register leverage commodities should be filed with the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters. Attn: Secretariat. Three copies of each such submission should be filed. The Commission may return any application which does not comply with the form and content requirements of this section. Each applicant must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide evidence that the person applying for registration of the leverage commodity is registered or has applied to the National Futures Association for registration as a leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide an explanation of the distinguishing characteristics of the leverage commodity for which registration is sought, including a complete description of the cash market for the leverage commodity, and for the spot, forward, and futures markets for the generic commodity;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify a commercial or retail cash price series including prevailing premiums or discounts governing cash market transactions in the quantities specified by the leverage contract and justify the use of such price series with respect to the particular leverage commodity for which registration is sought;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide evidence and a complete evaluation of how the distinguishing characteristics of the leverage commodity would be expected to affect the ability of leverage customers electing to make or take delivery of the commodity at an economic price in normal cash market channels;
</P>
<P>(5) Include a description of the commodity inspection and/or certification procedures typically required for commercial or retail sales of the specified commodity. Such description must be accompanied by information regarding the availability of any normally required certification or inspection service at the delivery points including those of the leverage transaction merchant; and
</P>
<P>(6) Include copies of all leverage contracts which are to be offered by the leverage transaction merchant on the leverage commodity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuing registration of leverage commodities.</I> A registered leverage transaction merchant must submit to the Commission for its review, at least forty-five (45) days before their effective date, any proposed changes in the specifications of the leverage commodity and the terms and conditions of the leverage contract from those submitted as part of the registration application unless such contract specifically provides that such terms and conditions are subject to change. Three copies of each such submission must be furnished to the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters. Attn: Secretariat. The Commission may return any submission which does not comply with the form and content requirements of this section. Each such submission must, in the following order:
</P>
<P>(1) Explain how any such changes might affect the ability of leverage customers to realize the leverage commodity's economic value and how such amendments might affect the ability of leverage customers making or taking delivery to buy or sell the leverage commodity;
</P>
<P>(2) Explain the effect of such changes upon the continued appropriateness of the commercial or retail cash price series submitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, or, as an alternative, submit a new price series and a justification of its use; and
</P>
<P>(3) Indicate whether, if such changes are applied to existing leverage commodities, there will be a change in the economic value of such commodities and, if so, quantify the extent of such changes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authority to disapprove amendments.</I> The Commission may disapprove, alter, or amend changes to the distinguishing characteristics of the registered leverage commodity, or to the terms and conditions of the leverage contracts offered thereon, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing, when the Commission determines that such a change is in violation of any of the provisions of the Act or any of the regulations thereunder, or that it is necessary or appropriate to ensure the financial solvency of leverage transactions or prevent manipulation or fraud. Upon notification by the Commission of its determination to disapprove, alter or amend such changes, the proposed changes will not become effective pending a final determination by the Commission to disapprove, alter, or amend such changes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Authority to alter or amend specifications of the registered leverage commodity or the terms and conditions of leverage contract.</I> The Commission may alter or amend specific distinguishing characteristics of the registered leverage commodity or the terms and conditions of leverage contracts after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing when the Commission determines that, in light of intervening events, such alterations or amendments would be necessary or appropriate to ensure the financial solvency of leverage transactions or prevent manipulation or fraud.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, all functions reserved to the Commission in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit any matter which has been delegated to the Director under paragraph (f)(1) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5529, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 27, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 2283, Jan. 16, 1985; 54 FR 41079, Oct. 5, 1989; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.7   Maintenance of minimum financial, cover and segregation requirements by leverage transaction merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person registered as a leverage transaction merchant or who files an application for registration as a leverage transaction merchant, who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than the minimum required by § 31.9, or that its cover at any time is less than the minimum required by § 31.8, or that the amount of leverage customer funds in segregation is less than is required by § 31.12 or by the capital, cover or segregation rules of any designated self-regulatory organization to which such person is subject, if any, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Give telegraphic notice as set forth in § 1.12(g) of this chapter that such applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital is less than is required by § 31.9, or its cover is less than is required by § 31.8, or the amount of leverage customer funds in segregation is less than is required by § 31.12 or by such other capital, cover or segregation rule, identifying the applicable capital, cover or segregation rule. This notice must be given within 24 hours after such applicant or registrant knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital or its cover or the amount of leverage customer funds in segregation is less than is required by any of the aforesaid rules to which such applicant or registrant is subject; and
</P>
<P>(2) Within 24 hours after giving such notice file a statement of financial condition, a statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 31.9 (computed in accordance with the applicable capital rule), a schedule of coverage requirements and coverage provided, and a schedule of segregation requirements and funds on deposit in segregation, all as of the date such applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital or its cover or the amount of leverage customer funds in segregation became less than the minimum required.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person registered as a leverage transaction merchant, or who files an application for registration as a leverage transaction merchant, who knows or should have known that its adjusted net capital at any time is less than 120 percent of the amount required by § 31.9 must file written notice to that effect as set forth in § 1.12(g) of this chapter within five business days of such event. Such applicant or registrant must also file a Form 2-FR or such other financial statement designated by the Commission and/or the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, as of the close of business for the month during which such event takes place and as of the close of business for each month thereafter until three successive months have elapsed during which the applicant's or registrant's adjusted net capital is at all times equal to or in excess of the minimums set forth in this paragraph (b). Each financial report required by this paragraph (b) must be filed within 30 calendar days after the end of the month for which such report is being made.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of §§ 1.12(c), 1.12(d), 1.12(e) and 1.12(g) of this chapter shall apply to registered leverage transaction merchants and to persons who have applied for registration as leverage transaction merchants, as if in those paragraphs the term “leverage transaction merchant or applicant therefor” were substituted for the phrase “applicant or registrant.”
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5530, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 28, Jan. 2, 1985; 54 FR 41079, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.8   Cover of leverage contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each leverage transaction merchant must at all times maintain cover of at least 90 percent of the amount of physical commodities subject to open long leverage contracts entered into with leverage customers, and must at all times also maintain cover of at least 90 percent of the amount of physical commodities subject to open short leverage contracts entered into with leverage customers. At least 25 percent of the amount of physical commodities subject to open long leverage contracts must be covered by the types of permissible cover set forth in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Permissible cover for a long leverage contract is limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Warehouse receipts for the leverage commodity subject to the leverage contract held in commercial banks located in the United States or in approved contract market depositories: <I>Provided,</I> That the balance of the principal and accrued interest on any loan against such warehouse receipts does not exceed 70 percent of the current market value of the commodity represented by each receipt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Warehouse receipts for gold bullion in the case of leverage contracts on bulk gold coins, bulk gold coins in the case of leverage contracts on gold bullion, silver bullion in the case of leverage contracts on bulk silver coins, bulk silver coins in the case of leverage contracts on silver bullion, one type of bulk gold coins for leverage contracts involving another type of bulk gold coins on an ounce-for-ounce basis if each type of bulk gold coins used as cover is the subject of a leverage contract offered by the leverage transaction merchant pursuant to registration under § 31.6 of this part, and one type of bulk silver coins for leverage contracts involving another type of bulk silver coins on an ounce-for-ounce basis if each type of bulk silver coins used as cover is the subject of a leverage contract offered by the leverage transaction merchant pursuant to registration under § 31.6 of this part, which are held in commercial banks located in the United States or in approved contract market depositories: <I>Provided,</I> That the balance of the principal and accrued interest on any loans against such warehouse receipts does not exceed 70 percent of the current market value of the commodity for which it represents cover.
</P>
<P>(iii) Purchase, in physical form, of the leverage commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, with settlement within two business days shall be considered permissible cover from the time the purchase order is confirmed, even though the leverage transaction merchant does not have possession or control of a warehouse receipt until settlement: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such purchases are not made from an affiliated firm, and such purchases at no time constitute more than 10 percent of the amount of physical commodities subject to open long leverage contracts entered into with leverage customers: <I>And, provided further,</I> That the leverage transaction merchant maintains, in accordance with § 31.14 of this part, detailed records of these transactions which will be subject to inspection, copying and audit by the Commission and a designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(iv) A long spot futures contract on the leverage commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, if the leverage transaction merchant has stopped a delivery notice which is non-transferable with respect to that futures contract and has otherwise complied with any procedures, including payment, necessary for taking delivery, even though the leverage transaction merchant does not have possession or control of a warehouse receipt for two business days: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the amount of physical commodities subject to such long spot futures contracts at no time constitutes more than 10 percent of the amount of physical commodities subject to open long leverage contracts entered into with leverage customers: <I>And, provided further,</I> That the leverage transaction merchant maintains, in accordance with § 31.14 of this part, detailed records of its deliveries on futures contracts, which will be subject to inspection, copying and audit by the Commission and a designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Purchases for future delivery on or subject to the rules of the contract market of the same generic commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) Purchases of call commodity options for the same generic commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, on or subject to the rules of a contract market in accordance with the provisions of part 33 of this chapter: <I>Provided,</I> That the market value of the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option is more than the value of the underlying commodity based on the strike price of the option.
</P>
<P>(3) Permissible cover for a short leverage contract is limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Sales for future delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market of the same generic commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Purchases of put commodity options for the same generic commodity subject to the leverage contract, or of the same alternative commodities provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, on or subject to the rules of a contract market in accordance with the provisions of part 33 of this chapter: <I>Provided,</I> That the market value of the actual commodity or futures contract which is the subject of such option is less than the value of the underlying commodity based on the strike price of the option.
</P>
<P>(b) Such leverage transaction merchant must be in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section at all times and must be able to demonstrate such compliance to the satisfaction of the Commission and/or the designated self-regulatory organization. A leverage transaction merchant who is not in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section or in unable to demonstrate such compliance must immediately cease engaging in the business of offering to enter into, entering into, or confirming the execution of, any leverage contract until such time as the leverage transaction merchant is able to demonstrate such compliance. Nothing in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as preventing the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization from taking action against a leverage transaction merchant for non-compliance with any of the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of cover which is actually maintained by a leverage transaction merchant, and the amount of cover which must be maintained by a leverage transaction merchant in order to comply with the requirements of this section, shall be computed as of the close of each business day by the leverage transaction merchant. A written record of this computation shall be made and kept, together with all supporting data, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter. This daily computation shall be made by noon on the next business day and shall be computed in a format identical to the Schedule of Coverage Requirements and Coverage Provided contained in Form 2-FR. In computing the amount of cover actually maintained, the leverage transaction merchant shall include only those warehouse receipts which are unencumbered or against which the balance of the principal and accrued interest on cash loans for which such receipts serve as collateral does not exceed 70 percent of the current market value of the commodities underlying such receipts.
</P>
<P>(d) A leverage transaction merchant who uses as collateral for cash loans warehouse receipts held as cover for leverage contracts shall maintain a separate record for such loans which contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the loan was made;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the commercial bank or futures commission merchant making such loan;
</P>
<P>(3) The purpose for which the loan was made;
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of the loan;
</P>
<P>(5) The interest rate on the loan;
</P>
<P>(6) The loan's maturity date;
</P>
<P>(7) The date of any partial or complete liquidation of the loan; and
</P>
<P>(8) A description of the warehouse receipt collateralizing such loan including the receipt number, the issuer's name, and the total quantity of the commodity covered by the warehouse receipt. Such loans shall be evidenced in a written agreement executed by the leverage transaction merchant and the lender. The leverage transaction merchant shall retain such agreement and any related notes in accordance with the requirements of § 31.14 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section shall not be applicable if the leverage transaction merchant is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum cover standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations or resolutions approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19 of the Act and § 31.28 of this part.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5531, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 28, Jan. 2, 1985; 54 FR 41079, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.9   Minimum financial requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each leverage transaction merchant must at all times maintain adjusted net capital equal to or in excess of $2,500,000, plus 20 percent of the market value of the amount of physical commodities subject to leverage contracts entered into by the leverage transaction merchant which are uncovered, plus 2
<FR>1/2</FR> percent of the market value of the amount of physical commodities subject to short leverage contracts entered into by the leverage transaction merchant which are covered.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, each leverage transaction merchant must compute the market value of the physical commodities subject to leverage contracts which it has entered into by using the widely accepted and broadly disseminated commercial or retail cash price series submitted with the leverage transaction merchant's application for registration of the leverage commodity in accordance with § 31.6, and cannot include any mark-ups or discounts of the leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall not be applicable if the applicant or registrant is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum financial standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations or resolutions approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19 of the Act and § 31.28 of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) No person applying for registration as a leverage transaction merchant shall be so registered unless such person affirmatively demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Commission that it complies with the financial requirements of this section. Each leverage transaction merchant must be in compliance with this section at all times and must be able to demonstrate such compliance to the satisfaction of the Commission and/or the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) A leverage transaction merchant who is not in compliance with this section, or is unable to demonstrate such compliance as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must immediately cease engaging in the business of offering to enter into, entering into, or confirming the execution of, any leverage contract until such time as the leverage transaction merchant is able to demonstrate such compliance. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as preventing the Commission or the designated self-regulatory organization from taking action against a leverage transaction merchant for non-compliance with any of the provisions of this section. Any leverage transaction merchant required immediately to cease doing business under this paragraph shall remain liable on all leverage contracts previously entered into until all rights of and obligations owing to the customers thereunder have been fulfilled.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Where the applicant or registrant has an asset or liability which is defined in Securities Exchange Act rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this title), the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of adjusted net capital shall be in accordance with § 240.15c3-1 of this title, unless specifically stated otherwise in this section;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The term “customer” means customer as defined in § 31.4(d);
</P>
<P>(ii) The term “proprietary account” means a commodity futures, option or leverage account carried on the books of the applicant or registrant itself, or for general partners of the applicant or registrant; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The term “noncustomer account” means a leverage account carried on the books of the applicant or registrant for a person which is not included in the definition of customer (as defined in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section) or proprietary account (as defined in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section);
</P>
<P>(3) The term “Business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday;
</P>
<P>(4) The term “net capital” has the same meaning as in § 1.17 of this chapter: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term “leverage transaction merchant” shall be substituted for the term “futures commission merchant” in § 1.17 of this chapter. In determining net capital, the provisions set forth in § 1.17(c)(1) of this chapter shall apply;
</P>
<P>(5) The term “current assets” has the same meaning as in § 1.17(c)(2) of this chapter: <I>Provided,</I> That the provisions of § 1.17(c)(2)(i) of this chapter shall apply to leverage contract accounts as well as commodity futures and option accounts;
</P>
<P>(6) The provisions set forth in § 1.17(c)(3) of this chapter shall apply;
</P>
<P>(7) The term “liabilities” has the same meaning as in § 1.17(c)(4) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(8) In computing adjusted net capital, the safety factors set forth in § 1.17(c)(5) of this chapter shall apply: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the safety factors set forth in § 1.17(c)(5)(ii) (B) and (C) of this chapter shall not apply to inventory, to the extent such inventory represents cover for leverage contracts entered into by a leverage transaction merchant; <I>And, provided further,</I> That the safety factors set forth in § 1.17(c)(5) (x) and (xii) of this chapter shall not apply to any futures contracts or commodity options traded on contract markets held in proprietary accounts which represent cover for leverage contracts entered into by a leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(9) The safety factors set forth in § 1.17(c)(5) (viii) and (ix) of this chapter for undermargined commodity futures and commodity option customer and noncustomer accounts shall apply in a like manner to undermargined leverage customer and noncustomer accounts, respectively, and the term “leverage transaction merchant” shall be substituted for the terms “applicable boards of trade” or “clearing organization”; and
</P>
<P>(10) The provisions set forth in § 1.17 (d), (e), (f), (h) and (j) of this chapter shall apply.
</P>
<P>(c) No person shall be registered as a leverage transaction merchant unless, commencing on the date the person applies for such registration, the person prepares, and keeps current, ledgers or other similar records which show or summarize, with appropriate references to supporting documents, each transaction affecting his asset, liability, income, expense and capital accounts, and in which (except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Commission) all his asset, liability and capital accounts are classified into either the account classification subdivisions specified on Form 2-FR or categories that are in accord with generally accepted accounting principles. Each person so registered shall prepare and keep current such records.
</P>
<P>(d) Each registered leverage transaction merchant, and each person who has applied for registration as a leverage transaction merchant, must make and keep as a record in accordance with § 31.14 of this part formal computations of its adjusted net capital and of its minimum financial requirements pursuant to this section as of the close of business each month. Such computations must be completed and made available for inspection by any representative of the National Futures Association, in the case of an applicant, or of the Commission, the designated self-regulatory organization, if any, or the United States Department of Justice in the case of a registrant, within 30 days after the date for which the computations are made, commencing the first month-end after the date the application for registration is filed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5531, Feb. 13, 1984; 49 FR 25427, June 21, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 36414, Sept. 6, 1985; 54 FR 41079, Oct. 5, 1989] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.10   Repurchase and resale of leverage contracts by leverage transaction merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No leverage transaction merchant shall offer to sell or sell a long leverage contract involving a leverage commodity to any leverage customer at any time when such leverage transaction merchant is not offering to repurchase from any of its leverage customers any long leverage contract, and is not offering to resell to any of its leverage customers any short leverage contract, involving the same leverage commodity previously sold or purchased by the leverage transaction merchant to or from a leverage customer.
</P>
<P>(b) No leverage transaction merchant shall offer to purchase or purchase a short leverage contract involving a leverage commodity from any leverage customer at any time when such leverage transaction merchant is not offering to resell to any of its leverage customers any short leverage contract, and is not offering to repurchase from any of its leverage customers any long leverage contract, involving the same leverage commodity previously purchased or sold by the leverage transaction merchant from or to a leverage customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 36414, Sept. 6, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.11   Disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, prior to the opening of a leverage customer account, a leverage transaction merchant soliciting an order for any leverage contract shall furnish to the prospective leverage customer a dated Disclosure Document and receive from such prospective leverage customer a signed and dated copy of the risk disclosure statement contained in such document which acknowledges that the customer received and understood the Disclosure Document. The Disclosure Document shall contain then current information with respect to the leverage contract being offered by the person soliciting the order therefor, and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The following bold-faced risk disclosure statement in at least ten-point type on the first page of the Disclosure Document: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>BECAUSE OF THE UNPREDICTABLE NATURE OF THE PRICES OF PRECIOUS AND OTHER METALS, LEVERAGE CONTRACTS INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR MANY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC. THE LEVERAGE CUSTOMER SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE VALUE OF A LEVERAGE CONTRACT ORIGINALLY PURCHASED BY A CUSTOMER (“LONG LEVERAGE CONTRACT”) MUST EXCEED THE BREAK-EVEN PRICE BEFORE IT IS POSSIBLE TO REALIZE A PROFIT ON THE CONTRACT. SIMILARLY, THE VALUE OF A LEVERAGE CONTRACT ORIGINALLY SOLD BY A LEVERAGE CUSTOMER (“SHORT LEVERAGE CONTRACT”) MUST BE LESS THAN THE BREAK-EVEN PRICE BEFORE IT IS POSSIBLE TO REALIZE A PROFIT ON THE CONTRACT. A FILLED IN VERSION OF THE CUSTOMER CONFIRMATION STATEMENT REFLECTING A SINGLE TRANSACTION IN A REPRESENTATIVE LEVERAGE COMMODITY FOR A LONG LEVERAGE TRANSACTION AND A SHORT LEVERAGE TRANSACTION WHICH INCLUDES A FORMULA FOR CALCULATING AN ESTIMATE OF THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT'S BREAK-EVEN VALUE IS ATTACHED TO THIS DOCUMENT. THIS IS IN THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONFIRMATION STATEMENT YOU WILL RECEIVE TO CONFIRM YOUR ACTUAL TRANSACTION. BE CERTAIN THAT YOU UNDERSTAND THE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THIS STATEMENT BEFORE YOU ENTER INTO A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION.
</P>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT THE CHARGES FOR SIMILAR LEVERAGE CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFLECTED ON THE FILLED-IN CONFIRMATION STATEMENT AS ESTIMATED MAY VARY AMONG LEVERAGE FIRMS, AND THAT SUCH FIRMS HAVE COMPLETE DISCRETION IN SETTING THEIR CHARGES AND THE PRICE OF THE LEVERAGE CONTRACTS THEY OFFER. PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO ANY LEVERAGE CONTRACT A PROSPECTIVE LEVERAGE CUSTOMER SHOULD COMPARE THE CHARGES AND PRICES OF SUCH FIRMS WITH EACH OTHER AND WITH THE COMMISSIONS FOR AND PRICES OF FUTURES CONTRACTS TRADED ON DESIGNATED EXCHANGES.
</P>
<P>YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT YOU ARE SUBJECT TO MARGIN CALLS. THE LEVERAGE FIRM RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIQUIDATE YOUR POSITION IF YOU DO NOT RESPOND TO A MARGIN CALL WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED IN YOUR LEVERAGE AGREEMENT. IN ANY EVENT, IF THE EQUITY IN YOUR CONTRACT AT ANY TIME FALLS BELOW 50% OF THE MINIMUM MARGIN, YOUR CONTRACT MAY BE LIQUIDATED WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. YOU MUST, HOWEVER, BE NOTIFIED OF LIQUIDATION WITHIN NO MORE THAN 24 HOURS THEREAFTER AND PERMITTED TO REESTABLISH YOUR CONTRACT FOR A PERIOD OF 5 BUSINESS DAYS. LEVERAGE CONTRACTS PURCHASED FROM A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT ARE RE-ESTABLISHED AT THE THEN PREVAILING BID PRICE AND LEVERAGE CONTRACTS SOLD TO A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT ARE RE-ESTABLISHED AT THE THEN PREVAILING ASK PRICE WITHOUT COMMISSIONS, FEES OR OTHER MARK-UPS OR CHARGES UNDER RULES SET BY THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION, AS MORE COMPLETELY DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT. IN CASE OF LIQUIDATION, ALL OF YOUR FUNDS MAY BE USED TO SETTLE THE DEFICIT IN THE ACCOUNT, AND YOU MAY BE LIABLE FOR ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO SETTLE IN FULL.
</P>
<P>IF YOU ARE A FIRST-TIME LEVERAGE CUSTOMER, YOU MAY RESCIND YOUR FIRST LEVERAGE TRANSACTION SUBJECT ONLY TO ACTUAL PRICE LOSSES BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT PENALTY FOR THREE BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING AND INCLUDING THE DAY OF RECEIPT OF THE CONFIRMATION.
</P>
<P>YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT IN ORDER TO REALIZE ANY VALUE FROM A LONG LEVERAGE CONTRACT, THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT WHICH SOLD YOU THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT MUST REPURCHASE IT, OR YOU MUST PAY THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT THE FULL PURCHASE PRICE FOR THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT, TAKE DELIVERY OF THE LEVERAGE COMMODITY, AND THEN SELL THE LEVERAGE COMMODITY, POSSIBLY AT A LOWER PRICE THAN THE PRICE PAID TO PURCHASE THE LEVERAGE COMMODITY FROM THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT. YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT IN ORDER TO REALIZE ANY VALUE FROM A SHORT LEVERAGE CONTRACT, THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT TO WHICH YOU SOLD THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT MUST RESELL IT TO YOU, OR YOU MUST ACQUIRE THE LEVERAGE COMMODITY IN ORDER TO MAKE DELIVERY TO THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT, POSSIBLY AT A HIGHER PRICE THAN THE PRICE YOU WILL RECEIVE FROM THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT.
</P>
<P>THERE IS NO MARKET FOR THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT ITSELF OTHER THAN TO HAVE IT REPURCHASED BY OR RESOLD TO THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT. A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT IS UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO OFFER TO REPURCHASE OR RESELL A LEVERAGE CONTRACT AT ALL TIMES, ALTHOUGH THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT MUST OFFER TO REPURCHASE ANY LONG LEVERAGE CONTRACT PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED BY A LEVERAGE CUSTOMER AND MUST ALSO OFFER TO RESELL ANY SHORT LEVERAGE CONTRACT PREVIOUSLY SOLD BY A LEVERAGE CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME DURING WHICH THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT IS OFFERING TO ENTER INTO NEW LONG OR SHORT LEVERAGE CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS INVOLVING THE SAME LEVERAGE COMMODITY. AS NOTED ABOVE, HOWEVER, A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION IN SETTING THE PRICE AND ANY CHARGES RELATED THERETO.
</P>
<P>THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THESE LEVERAGE CONTRACTS AS AN INVESTMENT VEHICLE NOR UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A VIOLATION OF THE COMMODITY EXCHANGE ACT AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Immediately following the statement required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a section, captioned “Provisions of Leverage Contract” in at least ten point type, containing the terms and conditions of the leverage contract being offered. This information must be provided in the order specified in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through (xi) of this section, with a clear demarcation or separation between each item according to the paragraph of the section to which it corresponds, and include:
</P>
<P>(i) The duration or expiration date of the leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(ii) The distinguishing characteristics of the contract and of the leverage commodity, including, in particular, those characteristics of the leverage commodity enumerated in § 31.4(g)(1)-(4) of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the following charges for each leverage contract:
</P>
<P>(A) Initial charges;
</P>
<P>(B) Carrying charges;
</P>
<P>(C) Termination charges;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the bid and ask prices of each leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation of the margins applicable to each leverage contract, including, as required, initial margins, minimum margins and maintenance margins;
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of the leverage customer's responsibilities with respect to margin calls, including the timing of such calls and, if applicable, the circumstances under which, time after which, and the order in which the leverage transaction merchant may, consistent with § 31.18 liquidate a customer's position in the leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of the manner in which a leverage customer may seek to have a leverage contract repurchased or resold by the leverage transaction merchant, including an explanation of the procedure to be followed by the leverage transaction merchant to effect such repurchase or resale and the manner in which the repurchase or resale price is determined;
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement to the effect that other persons may be unwilling to buy from the leverage customer the leverage commodity that is deliverable on the leverage contract without first requiring an inspection or assay at the expense of the leverage customer; a statement to the effect that the leverage transaction merchant may be unwilling to accept delivery and pay for such leverage commodity without first requiring an inspection or assay at the expense of the leverage customer; and a description of any other requirements for the delivery of a leverage commodity by a leverage customer to a leverage transaction merchant in connection with a short leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(ix) A clear explanation of any <I>force majeure</I> clauses pertaining to each leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(x) A description of any material risks not included in the statements required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(xi) An identification of the commercial or retail cash price series filed in accordance with § 31.6, along with clearly specified premiums and discounts, if applicable, which the leverage customer or prospective leverage customer can use to evaluate a leverage contract and a widely available source from which such price quotes may be obtained on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(3) A filled-in version of the customer Confirmation Statement in the format specified by the Commission for a representative single long leverage contract and a representative single short leverage contract which includes a formula which can be used to estimate the break-even price.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The name, address of the main business office, main business telephone number and form of organization of the leverage transaction merchant. If the address of the main business office is a post office box number, the leverage transaction merchant must state where its books and records will be kept;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of each principal of the leverage transaction merchant;
</P>
<P>(iii) The business background, for the five years preceding the date of the statement, of:
</P>
<P>(A) The leverage transaction merchant; and
</P>
<P>(B) Each principal of the leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<FP>The leverage transaction merchant must include in the description of the business background of each such person the name and main business of that person's employers, business associations or business ventures and the nature of the person's duties performed for the employers or in connection with the associations or ventures.
</FP>
<P>(5)(i) A statement whether any principal of the leverage transaction merchant has entered into or intends to enter into long or short leverage contracts for his own account and, if so, whether leverage customers will be permitted to inspect the records of that person's trades; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If principals of the leverage transaction merchant will not enter into or do not intend to enter into long or short leverage contracts for their own account, the leverage transaction merchant must so state with respect to each principal.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Any material administrative or civil action involving any activity or conduct, or related to any statute, set forth in sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act, or any material criminal action brought within the five years preceding the date of the document against the leverage transaction merchant or any principal of the leverage transaction merchant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If there has been no such action against any of the foregoing persons, the leverage transaction merchant must make a statement to that effect with respect to each such person.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If the leverage transaction merchant knows or should know that the Disclosure Document is materially inaccurate or incomplete in any respect, it must correct that defect and must distribute the correction to:
</P>
<P>(i) All existing leverage customers within 30 calendar days after the date upon which the leverage transaction merchant first knows or has reason to know of the defect; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each prospective leverage customer prior to opening an account for such person.
</P>
<FP>The leverage transaction merchant may furnish the correction by means of an amended document, a sticker on the document, a notice in a monthly statement or by other similar means.
</FP>
<P>(2) The leverage transaction merchant may not use the document until such correction is made.
</P>
<P>(c) The leverage transaction merchant must date each document and amendment thereto as of the date it is first used.
</P>
<P>(d) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, all information contained in the document must be current as of the date of the document.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The leverage transaction merchant must file with the National Futures Association three copies and with the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: Secretariat, one copy of the document for each leverage contract that it offers or that it intends to offer not less than 21 calendar days prior to the date the leverage transaction merchant first intends to furnish the document to a prospective leverage customer. The leverage transaction merchant must specify with the filing the date it first intends to deliver the document to a prospective leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to paragraphs (h) and (m) of this section, the leverage transaction merchant must file with the National Futures Association three copies and with the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: Secretariat, one copy of all subsequent amendments to the document for each leverage contract that it offers or that it intends to offer within 30 calendar days after the date upon which the leverage transaction merchant first knows or has reason to know of the defect requiring the amendment.
</P>
<P>(f) This section does not relieve a leverage transaction merchant from any obligation under the Act or the regulations thereunder, including the obligation to disclose all material information to existing or prospective leverage customers even if the information is not specifically required by this section.
</P>
<P>(g) If any contract term set forth in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section provides that such term is subject to change, the leverage transaction merchant must ensure that this fact, the conditions under which the change may take place, and the foreseeable consequences of the change are clearly stated in the Disclosure Document, in describing that contract term.
</P>
<P>(h) A leverage transaction merchant must transmit a notification to each leverage customer within 24 hours of making any change not otherwise permitted under the contract terms set forth in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section. A notification of any change in the interest rate charged by the leverage transaction merchant must also be transmitted to each leverage customer within twenty-four hours of each change: <I>Provided, however,</I> That no notification is required if the change in interest rate is one percent or less as compared to the rate charged at the prior month-end and the new interest rate is made available to customers by means of a toll-free telephone call, and such availability is set forth in the Disclosure Document. The notification required by this paragraph must be transmitted by first class mail or other, at least equivalent, means of communication.
</P>
<P>(i) A person soliciting or accepting an order for a leverage contract is not required to deliver a Disclosure Document leverage to a leverage customer, as required by paragraph (a) of this section, if a disclosure document meeting all of the requirements of this section previously has been delivered by the person to the leverage customer: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such a Disclosure Document must be delivered:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the request of a leverage customer, or
</P>
<P>(2) If the previously delivered Disclosure Document has become outdated or has become inaccurate in any material respect.
</P>
<P>(j) Prior to the entry into a leverage contract, the person soliciting the order therefor shall inform the leverage customer or the prospective leverage customer, to the extent these amounts are known or can reasonably be approximated, of all charges for the initiation, carrying and termination of a leverage contract and the leverage transaction merchant's bid-ask spread on the leverage contract as set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) and (a)(2)(iv), respectively, of this section and the margins applicable to such contracts as set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(v) and (a)(2)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Not later than the next business day after the entry into a long leverage contract with a customer, each leverage transaction merchant shall furnish to such customer, by first-class mail or other, at least equivalent, means of communication, a written Confirmation Statement in a format specified by the Commission containing:
</P>
<P>(i) For a leverage customer's first leverage transaction, the following bold-faced statement in at least ten-point type: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>IF YOU ARE A FIRST-TIME LEVERAGE CUSTOMER, YOU MAY RESCIND YOUR FIRST LEVERAGE TRANSACTION SUBJECT ONLY TO ACTUAL PRICE LOSSES BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT PENALTY FOR THREE BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING AND INCLUDING RECEIPT OF THIS CONFIRMATION. ACTUAL LOSSES ON A LEVERAGE CONTRACT PURCHASED FROM A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT ARE CALCULATED BY SUBTRACTING THE ASK PRICE OF THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT AT THE TIME OF THE CUSTOMER'S RESCISSION FROM THE ASK PRICE AT WHICH THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT WAS PURCHASED AND WHICH APPEARS ON THIS CONFIRMATION. TO RESCIND THIS CONTRACT SEND A TELEGRAM TO (name and address of LTM) OR YOU MAY TELEPHONE (name of LTM) AT (telephone number). IF YOU RESCIND BY TELEPHONE, YOU MUST ALSO SEND IMMEDIATE WRITTEN AFFIRMATION BY TELEGRAM, CERTIFIED LETTER OR BY AT LEAST EQUIVALENT MEANS TO THE ADDRESS PROVIDED ABOVE; and</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) For every leverage transaction, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The date the leverage contract was entered into;
</P>
<P>(B) The transaction identification number;
</P>
<P>(C) The name of the leverage commodity;
</P>
<P>(D) The expiration date of the leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(E) The total cost of the leverage contracts covered in the Confirmation Statement, which equals the leverage transaction merchant's ask price in dollars per unit multiplied by the number of units multiplied by the number of contracts;
</P>
<P>(F) The total unpaid balance for this transaction;
</P>
<P>(G) The total initial charges for the transaction;
</P>
<P>(H) The total initial margin for the transaction, in dollars and as a percentage of the contract price;
</P>
<P>(I) The total amount due (or paid) to initiate the transaction, which equals the total initial charges plus the total initial margin in dollars;
</P>
<P>(J) The current equity in the individual customer's account as of the date of this transaction, but excluding this transaction;
</P>
<P>(K) The total variable carrying charges to be billed each period, in dollars and as an annual percentage rate, based on the carrying charge rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(L) The total bid/ask spread, based on prices prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(M) The total termination charges incurred if the contract is repurchased, liquidated by the leverage transaction merchant or settled by delivery, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(N) Any other charges associated with terminating the transaction, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(O) Any special charges associated with liquidating the transaction, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(P) The total delivery charges incurred if the customer takes delivery on the contract, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(Q) The following formula enabling a customer to calculate the estimated total contract value to break-even: Initial contract value plus the bid-ask spread plus the intitial charges plus any other charges plus the termination charges plus the carrying charges for the period the contract is intended to be held open;
</P>
<P>(R) The total minimum margin, in dollars and as a percentage of contract price, based on the rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(S) The total maintenance margin, in dollars and as a percentage of contract price, based on the rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(T) The commercial or retail cash price series filed in accordance with § 31.6 available to the leverage customer to evaluate the leverage contract (including any applicable premiums or discounts), and where quotes of this series can be obtained on a timely basis; and
</P>
<P>(2) Not later than the next business day after entry into a short leverage contract with a customer, each leverage transaction merchant shall furnish to such customer by first-class mail or other, at least equivalent, means of communication, a written Confirmation Statement in a format specified by the Commission containing:
</P>
<P>(i) For a leverage customer's first leverage transaction, the following bold-faced statement in at least ten-point type:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>IF YOU ARE A FIRST-TIME LEVERAGE CUSTOMER, YOU MAY RESCIND YOUR FIRST LEVERAGE TRANSACTION SUBJECT ONLY TO ACTUAL PRICE LOSSES BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT PENALTY FOR THREE BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING AND INCLUDING RECEIPT OF THIS CONFIRMATION. ACTUAL LOSSES ON A LEVERAGE CONTRACT SOLD TO A LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT ARE CALCULATED BY SUBTRACTING THE BID PRICE AT WHICH THE CONTRACT WAS SOLD TO THE LEVERAGE TRANSACTION MERCHANT AND WHICH APPEARS ON THIS CONFIRMATION FROM THE BID PRICE OF THE LEVERAGE CONTRACT AT THE TIME OF THE CUSTOMER'S RESCISSION. TO RESCIND THIS CONTRACT SEND A TELEGRAM TO (name and address of LTM) OR YOU MAY TELEPHONE (name of LTM) AT (telephone number). IF YOU RESCIND BY TELEPHONE, YOU MUST ALSO SEND IMMEDIATE WRITTEN AFFIRMATION BY TELEGRAM, CERTIFIED LETTER OR BY AT LEAST EQUIVALENT MEANS TO THE ADDRESS PROVIDED ABOVE: and</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) For every leverage transaction, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The date the leverage contract was entered into;
</P>
<P>(B) The transaction identification number;
</P>
<P>(C) The name of the leverage commodity;
</P>
<P>(D) The expiration date of the leverage contract;
</P>
<P>(E) The total cost of the leverage contracts covered in the Confirmation Statement, which equals the leverage transaction merchant's bid price in dollars per unit multiplied by the number of units multiplied by the number of contracts;
</P>
<P>(F) The total initial charges for the transaction;
</P>
<P>(G) The total initial margin for the transaction, in dollars and as a percentage of the contract price;
</P>
<P>(H) The total amount due (or paid) to initiate the transaction, which equals the total initial charges plus the total initial margin in dollars;
</P>
<P>(I) The current equity in the individual customer's account as of the date of this transaction, but excluding this transaction;
</P>
<P>(J) The total variable carrying charges to be credited each period, in dollars and as an annual percentage rate, based on the carrying charge rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(K) The total bid/ask spread, based on prices prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(L) The total termination charges incurred if the contract is resold, liquidated by the leverage transaction merchant or settled by delivery, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(M) Any other charges associated with terminating the transaction, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(N) Any special charges associated with liquidating the transaction, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(O) The total delivery (including assay) charges incurred if the customer makes delivery on the contract, based on charges prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(P) The following formula enabling a customer to calculate the estimated total contract value to break-even: Initial contract value plus carrying charges for the period the contract is intended to be held open, minus the bid-ask spread, minus the initial charges, minus any other charges, minus the termination charges;
</P>
<P>(Q) The total minimum margin, in dollars and as a percentage of contract price, based on the rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(R) The total maintenance margin, in dollars and as a percentage of contract price, based on the rate prevailing at the time the contract is entered into;
</P>
<P>(S) The commercial or retail cash price series filed in accordance with § 31.6 available to the leverage customer to evaluate the leverage contract (including any applicable premiums or discounts), and where quotes of this series can be obtained on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(l) Each leverage transaction merchant shall furnish, upon request, by first-class mail or other generally accepted means of communication, to all leverage customers with open leverage contracts and to prospective leverage customers who are being solicited to enter leverage contracts with it, a true copy of portions of the quarterly unaudited or annual audited financial statement most recently filed with the Commission pursuant to § 31.13, except that the portions of those statements which will generally be accorded non-public treatment by the Commission need not be so furnished.
</P>
<P>(m)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, if a leverage transaction merchant is not offering to enter into, entering into or confirming the execution of, soliciting or accepting a leverage customer's order for, or accepting any leverage customer funds from a leverage customer to enter into or maintain any short leverage contract, the leverage transaction merchant may delete or disregard references to short leverage contracts in its Disclosure Document as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The third sentence of the first paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “and a short leverage transaction” in the fourth sentence of the first paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) The words “and leverage contracts sold to a leverage transaction merchant are re-established at the then prevailing ask price” in the fifth sentence of the third paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) The second sentence of the fifth paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The words “or resold to” in the first sentence of the sixth paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) The words “or resell,” “and must also offer to resell any short leverage contract previously sold by a leverage customer,” and “or short” in the second sentence of the sixth paragraph of the required bold-faced risk disclosure statement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vii) The words “or resold” and “or resale” (twice) in paragraph (a)(2)(vii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(viii) All of the words following the first semicolon in paragraph (a)(2)(viii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ix) The words “and a representative single short leverage contract” in paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(x) The words “or short” in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (a)(5)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Any leverage transaction merchant using a Disclosure Document that deletes or disregards references to short leverage contracts as permitted by paragraph (m)(1) of this section must file, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e)(2) of this section, a new Disclosure Document meeting all of the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section at least 30 calendar days before it begins to offer any short leverage contract.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5532, Feb. 13, 1984; 49 FR 25427, June 21, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 29, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 36415, Sept. 6, 1985; 54 FR 41080, Oct. 5, 1989; 54 FR 46503, Nov. 3, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.12   Segregation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person that accepts leverage customer funds from a leverage customer to enter into or maintain a leverage contract shall treat and deal with such leverage customer funds as belonging to that leverage customer. Such leverage customer funds: (1) Shall be separately accounted for and segregated as belonging to the leverage customer, (2) shall be kept in the United States, (3) shall not be commingled with the funds of any other person, and (4) shall not be used to secure or extend the credit of any leverage customer or person other than the one for whom the leverage customer funds are held: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the leverage customer funds treated as belonging to a leverage customer may for convenience be commingled with other leverage customer funds and deposited in the same account or accounts with a futures commission merchant or with a bank or trust company located in the United States under conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. Any leverage customer funds when so deposited with a futures commission merchant, bank or trust company, shall be deposited under an account name which clearly indicates that the account contains leverage customer funds that are segregated as required by this section. Each person so depositing any leverage customer funds shall obtain and retain in its files for the period provided in § 1.31 of this chapter an acknowledgment from the futures commission merchant, bank or trust company wherein the leverage customer funds have been deposited that the futures commission merchant, bank or trust company has been informed that the leverage customer funds deposited with it are being treated by the depositing person as belonging to leverage customers and are being held in accordance with the provisions of this section. The futures commission merchant, bank or trust company shall allow inspection of such segregated accounts, including all documents pertaining thereto, at any reasonable time by any representative of the Commission or designated self-regulatory organization, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leverage transaction merchant may exclude from its segregation requirements commissions and other charges lawfully accruing in connection with leverage contracts provided such charges have actually been made to leverage customers' accounts and are shown on the customers' statements.
</P>
<P>(b) No leverage customer funds deposited in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be held, disposed of, used or treated as belonging to the depositing person or any person other than the leverage customers from whom the leverage customer funds were received: <I>Provided, however,</I> That leverage customer funds may be used to purchase obligations of the United States, general obligations of any state or of any political subdivision thereof, obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, or unencumbered warehouse receipts for inventory held in approved contract market depositories or in commercial banks located in the United States which represent cover for leverage contracts purchased by such leverage customers, or may be deposited in a commodity account with a futures commission merchant to margin futures contracts or to purchase commodity options traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market which are permissible cover as described in § 31.8(a) (2) and (3) for leverage contracts entered into by such leverage customers. Any use of leverage customer funds as described in this paragraph (b) shall be made through an account or accounts used for the deposit of leverage customer funds, and proceeds from any sale, liquidation or other disposition of obligations or warehouse receipts obtained by such use shall be redeposited in these accounts. Each person that uses leverage customer funds to purchase obligations or warehouse receipts of the type described in this paragraph (b) shall separately account for and segregate the obligations or warehouse receipts as belonging to leverage customers. The obligations or warehouse receipts shall be deposited with a futures commission merchant, bank or trust company in the United States and shall be deposited under an account name which clearly indicates that it contains obligations or warehouse receipts treated as belonging to leverage customers, segregated as required by this section. Each person so depositing any obligations or warehouse receipts shall obtain and retain in its files for the period provided in § 1.31 of this chapter an acknowledgment from the futures commission merchant, bank or trust company wherein the obligations or warehouse receipts have been deposited that the futures commission merchant, bank or trust company has been informed that the obligations or warehouse receipts are being treated by the depositing person as belonging to leverage customers and are being held in accordance with the provisions of this section. The futures commission merchant, bank or trust company shall allow inspection of such obligations or warehouse receipts at any reasonable time by any representative of the Commission or designated self-regulatory organization, if any. Each person that uses leverage customer funds to margin futures contracts or to purchase commodity options traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market which represent permissible cover for leverage contracts entered into by such leverage customers shall use a commodity account separate from any other commodity account containing futures contracts which do not represent cover. The leverage customer funds deposited in a commodity account with a futures commission merchant to margin futures contracts or to purchase commodity options traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market which represent permissible cover for leverage contracts entered into by such leverage customers shall be deposited under an account name which clearly indicates that it contains obligations treated as belonging to leverage customers, segregated as required by this section. Each person so depositing any leverage customer funds shall obtain and retain in its files for the period provided in § 1.31 of this chapter an acknowledgment from the futures commission merchant wherein the leverage customer funds have been deposited that:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant has been informed that the commodity account is being treated by the depositing person as belonging to leverage customers and is being held in accordance with the provisions of this section,
</P>
<P>(2) The customers on whose behalf the account is maintained by the leverage transaction merchant shall not be liable for any margin calls or other required deposits related to such account, and
</P>
<P>(3) Upon liquidation of the open contracts in the account the futures commission merchant's claim in the account balance will be subordinate to that of leverage customers.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person that uses leverage customer funds to purchase obligations or unencumbered warehouse receipts as permitted by paragraph (b) of this section shall keep a written record which includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the purchase was made;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the person through which the purchase was made;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of funds so used;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of such obligations or warehouse receipts, including the receipt number and the issuer's name;
</P>
<P>(5) The identity of the futures commission merchant, bank or trust company wherein the obligations or warehouse receipts are segregated;
</P>
<P>(6) The date on which the obligation, warehouse receipt, or portion thereof, is liquidated or otherwise disposed of;
</P>
<P>(7) The amount of money, if any, received upon such liquidation or disposition; and
</P>
<P>(8) The name of the person to or through which the obligation or warehouse receipt was disposed.
</P>
<P>(d) Persons that use leverage customer funds to purchase obligations or unencumbered warehouse receipts described in paragraph (b) of this section shall include such obligations or unencumbered warehouse receipts in segregated accounts at values which do not exceed the lesser of current market value or a value calculated on the basis of a commercial or retail cash price series used to compute the market value of the physical commodities subject to leverage contracts in accordance with § 31.9(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(e) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not operate to prevent any person that uses leverage customer funds to purchase government obligations as described therein from receiving and retaining as its own any increment or interest resulting from such government obligations: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the leverage transaction merchant fulfills its obligation to pay carrying charges on a short leverage contract, including any margin deposit made in connection with such a contract, in accordance with § 31.25(b).
</P>
<P>(f) The amount of leverage customer funds which are and which must be in a segregated account in order to comply with the requirements of this section shall be computed as of the close of each business day by each person required to segregate such leverage customer funds. A written record of this computation shall be made and kept, together with all supporting data, in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter. This daily computation shall be made by noon on the next business day and shall be identical in format to the Schedule of Segregation Requirements and Funds in Segregation contained in Form 2-FR.
</P>
<P>(g) Each leverage transaction merchant shall maintain, as provided in § 1.31, a record of all securities and property received from leverage customers in lieu of money to purchase, guarantee or secure the entry into a leverage contract. Such record shall show separately for each leverage customer a description of the securities or property received; the name and address of such leverage customer; the dates when the securities or property were received; the identity of the depositories or other places where such securities or property are segregated; the dates of deposits and withdrawals from such depositories; and the date of return of such securities or property to such leverage customer, or other disposition thereof, together with the facts and circumstances of such other disposition.
</P>
<P>(h) The requirements of paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section shall not be applicable if the leverage transaction merchant is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum segregation standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations or resolutions approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19 of the Act and § 31.28 of this part.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5535, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 31, Jan. 2, 1985, 50 FR 34616, Sept. 6, 1985; 50 FR 40964, Oct. 8, 1985; 54 FR 41081, Oct. 5, 1989; 54 FR 46503, Nov. 3, 1989]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.13   Financial reports of leverage transaction merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each leverage transaction merchant who files an application for registration with the National Futures Association under § 3.17 of this chapter shall submit concurrently with the filing of such application either:
</P>
<P>(1) A Form 2-FR certified by an independent public accountant as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such report is filed; or
</P>
<P>(2) A Form 2-FR as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such report is filed and an Form 2-FR certified by an independent public accountant as of a date not more than 1 year prior to the date on which such report is filed. Each such person must include with such financial report a statement describing the source of his current assets and representing that his capital has been contributed for the purpose of operating his business and will continue to be used for such purpose.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each leverage transaction merchant must file, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, a Form 2-FR for each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year. The Form 2-FR filed as of the close of the leverage transaction merchant's fiscal year must be certified by an independent public accountant. Each Form 2-FR must be filed no later than 45 days after the date for which the report is made: <I>Provided, however,</I> That any Form 2-FR which must be certified by an independent public accountant must be filed no later than 90 days after the close of the leverage transaction merchant's fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be met by any person registered as a leverage transaction merchant who is a member of a designated self-regulatory organization and conforms to minimum financial standards and related reporting requirements set by such designated self-regulatory organization in its bylaws, rules, regulations, or resolutions and approved after April 13, 1984, by the Commission pursuant to section 19 of the Act and § 31.28 of this part: <I>Provided, however,</I> That each such registrant shall promptly file with the Commission a true and exact copy of each financial report which it files with such designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Form 2-FR which must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2) and (b)(1) of this section, must be certified in accordance with § 1.16 of this chapter, and must be accompanied by the accountant's report on material inadequacies in accordance with the provisions of § 1.16(c)(5) of this chapter. In all other respects, the independent public accountant shall act in accordance with the provisions of § 1.16 (except paragraph (f)) of this chapter: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term “Form 2-FR” shall be substituted for “Form 1-FR” in § 1.16(c)(5) of this chapter, the term “§ 31.9” shall be substituted for the term “§ 1.17,” the term “leverage transaction merchant” shall be substituted for the term “futures commission merchant,” and “the segregation requirements of § 31.12” shall be substituted for “the segregation requirements of section 4d(a)(2) of the Act and these regulations and the secured amount requirement of the Act and these regulations.”
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receiving written notice from any representative of the Commission or any self-regulatory organization of which it is a member, a leverage transaction merchant shall, on a monthly basis or at such other times as specified, furnish the Commission and the self-regulatory organization, if any, with a Form 2-FR or such other financial information as requested by the representative of the Commission or the self-regulatory organization. Each such Form 2-FR or such other information must be furnished within the time specified in the written notice.
</P>
<P>(e) The reports provided for in this section will be considered filed when received by the regional office of the Commission with jurisdiction over the state wherein the principal place of business of the leverage transaction merchant is located, in accordance with § 140.2 of this chapter, and by the designated self-regulatory organization, if any. 
</P>
<P>(f) Each Form 2-FR filed pursuant to this section which is not required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of changes in ownership equity for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 31.9, a schedule of coverage requirements and coverage provided, and a schedule of segregation requirements and funds on deposit in segregation, as of the date for which the report is made; and
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to the information expressly required, such further information as may be necessary to make the required statements and schedules not misleading.
</P>
<P>(g) Each Form 2-FR filed pursuant to this § 31.13 which is required to be certified by an independent public accountant must be completed in accordance with the instructions to the form and contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of financial condition as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of: income (loss); cash flows; changes in ownership equity; and changes in liabilities subordinated to claims of general creditors, for the period between the date of the most recent statement of financial condition filed with the Commission and the date for which the report is made: <I>Provided, however,</I> That for an applicant filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the period must be the year ending as of the date of the statement of financial condition;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 31.9, a schedule of coverage requirements and coverage provided, and a schedule of segregation requirements and funds on deposit in segregation, as of the date for which the report is made;
</P>
<P>(4) Appropriate footnote disclosures; and
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to the information expressly required, such further information as may be necessary to make the required statements and schedules not misleading.
</P>
<P>(h) The statements required by paragraphs (g) (1) and (2) of this section may be presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the certified reports filed as of the close of the registrant's fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, or accompanying the application for registration pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, rather than in the format specifically prescribed by these regulations: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the statement of financial condition is presented in a format as consistent as possible with the Form 2-FR and a reconciliation is provided reconciling such statement of financial condition to the statement of the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 31.9. Such reconciliation must be certified by an independent public accountant in accordance with § 1.16 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) Attached to each Form 2-FR filed pursuant to this section must be an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the individual making such oath or affirmation the information contained in the Form 2-FR is true and correct. If the leverage transaction merchant is a sole proprietorship, then the oath or affirmation must be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; or, if a corporation, by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer.
</P>
<P>(j) Any leverage transaction merchant wishing to establish a fiscal year other than the calendar year may do so by notifying the National Futures Association of its election of such fiscal year in writing, concurrently with the filing of Form 2-FR pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, but in no event may such fiscal year end more than one year from the date of the Form 2-FR filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. A leverage transaction merchant which does not so notify the National Futures Association will be deemed to have elected the calendar year as its fiscal year. A leverage transaction merchant must continue to use its elected fiscal year, calendar or otherwise, unless a change in such fiscal year is approved upon written application to the designated self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(k) In the event any leverage transaction merchant finds that it cannot file its report for any period within the time specified in paragraphs (b) or (d) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may file with the designated self-regulatory organization an application for an extension of time to a specified date which may not be more than 90 days after the date as of which the financial report was to have been filed. The application must state the reasons for the requested extension and must contain an agreement to file the report on or before the specified date. The application must be received by the designated self-regulatory organization before the time specified in paragraphs (b) or (d) of this section for filing the report. Within 10 calendar days after receipt of the application for an extension of time, the designated self-regulatory organization shall: (1) Notify the leverage transaction merchant of the grant or denial of the requested extension; or (2) indicate that additional time is required to analyze the request, in which case the amount of time needed will be specified.
</P>
<P>(l)(1) In the event a leverage transaction merchant finds that it cannot file its certified financial report and schedules for any year within the time specified in paragraph (b) of this section without substantial undue hardship, it may file with the designated self-regulatory organization an application for an extension of time to a specified date not more than 90 days after the date as of which the certified financial report and schedules were to have been filed. The application must be submitted by the leverage transaction merchant and must:
</P>
<P>(i) State the reasons for the requested extension;
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate that the inability to make a timely filing is due to circumstances beyond the control of the leverage transaction merchant, if such is the case, and describe briefly the nature of such circumstances;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be accompanied by the latest available formal computation of its adjusted net capital and minimum financial requirements computed in accordance with § 31.9;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be accompanied by the latest available computation of required segregation and by a computation of the amount of leverage customer funds segregated pursuant to § 31.12 as of the date of the latest available computation;
</P>
<P>(v) Be accompanied by the latest available computation of required cover and by a computation of cover provided pursuant to § 31.8 as of the date of the latest available computation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Contain an agreement to file the report on or before the date specified by the leverage transaction merchant in the application;
</P>
<P>(vii) Be received by the designated self-regulatory organization prior to the date on which the report is due; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Be accompanied by a letter from the independent public accountant answering the following questions:
</P>
<P>(A) What specifically are the reasons for the extension request?
</P>
<P>(B) On the basis of that part of your audit to date, do you have any indication that may cause you to consider commenting on any material inadequacies in the accounting system, internal accounting controls or procedures for safeguarding customer or firm assets?
</P>
<P>(C) Do you have any indication from the part of your audit completed to date that would lead you to believe that the firm was or is not meeting the minimum capital requirements specified in § 31.9 or the cover or segregation requirements of these regulations, or has any significant financial or recordkeeping problems?
</P>
<P>(2) Within 10 calendar days after receipt of an application for extension of time, the designated self-regulatory organization shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the leverage transaction merchant of the grant or denial of the requested extension; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate that additional time is required to analyze the request, in which case the amount of time needed will be specified.
</P>
<P>(3) On the written request of a leverage transaction merchant, or on its own motion, the designated self-regulatory organization may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of the certified financial reporting requirements of this section either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(m) The following portions of Form 2-FR filed pursuant to this section will be public: The statement of financial condition, the computation of the minimum capital requirements pursuant to § 31.9, the schedule of coverage requirements and cover provided, and the schedule of segregation requirements and funds on deposit in segregation. The other financial statements (including the statement of income (loss)), footnote disclosures and schedules of Form 2-FR, trade secrets and certain other commercial or financial information on such other statements and schedules, will be treated as nonpublic for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act and the Government in the Sunshine Act and parts 145 and 147 of this chapter. All information on such other statements, footnote disclosures and schedules will, however, be available for official use by any official or employee of the United States or any State, by any self-regulatory organization of which the person filing such report is a member, by the National Futures Association in the case of an applicant, and by any other person to whom the Commission believes disclosure of such information is in the public interest. The independent public accountant's opinion filed pursuant to this section will be deemed to be public information.
</P>
<P>(n)(1) Until such time as the Commission orders, otherwise, the Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Market Participants Division or their designee the authority to perform all functions reserved to the Commission in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Market Participants Division may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated to them pursuant to paragraph (n)(1) of this section.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5536, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 54 FR 41081, Oct. 5, 1989; 62 FR 10445, Mar. 7, 1997; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.14   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All books, records and other documents required to be kept by this part shall be kept in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter. In addition, information concerning leverage transactions shall be made available upon request of the Executive Director, the Director of the Market Participants Division, the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or other designees, at a time and place and in such form and manner as may be specified in the request.
</P>
<P>(b) Each leverage transaction merchant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, of all transactions relating to leverage contracts, commodity futures, commodity options and cash commodities and furnish true and correct information and reports as to the contents or the meaning thereof when and as requested by any authorized representative of the Commission, designated self-regulatory organization, if any, or the U.S. Department of Justice. Included among such records shall be: All leverage contract orders; signature cards; journals; ledgers; canceled checks; bank statements; loan agreements; invoices; copies of confirmations; copies of statements of purchase, sale, repurchase, resale, liquidation, rescission and delivery; copies of month-end statements; monthly trial balances, and a monthly listing as described in paragraph (d) of this section; reports, letters and copies of disclosure statements signed by leverage customers as described in § 31.11; promotional material, circulars, memoranda, publications, writings, and all other literature or written advice distributed to leverage customers or prospective leverage customers; and all other records, data and memoranda which have been prepared in the course of the business of the leverage transaction merchant concerning leverage contracts, commodity futures, commodity options, and cash commodities;
</P>
<P>(2) Keep a record in permanent form which shall show for each leverage customer's account carried by such leverage transaction merchant:
</P>
<P>(i) The true name and address of the person for whom such account is carried;
</P>
<P>(ii) The principal occupation and/or type of business of the person for whom such account is carried;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address of any other person who assumes or purports to assume any financial responsibility for or operational control of such account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The names of the persons who have solicited and are responsible for each leverage customer's account.
</P>
<P>(c) Each leverage transaction merchant shall, as a minimum requirement, prepare regularly and promptly, and keep systematically and in permanent form, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A financial ledger which will show separately for each leverage customer's account all charges against and credits to such leverage customer's account, including but not limited to all charges and credits for purchases, repurchases, sales, resales, liquidations, rescissions and settlements by delivery of leverage contracts (including the corresponding transaction identification numbers) and all funds transferred, desposited into, or withdrawn from the leverage customer's account.
</P>
<P>(2) A record of transactions which will show separately for each leverage customer's account in chronological sequence all leverage contracts entered into with such customer. This record will show for each transaction: The date of the transaction; the commodity involved; a transaction identification number; the maturity date; the number of contracts; whether the transaction represents an initial purchase, initial sale, closing repurchase, closing resale, a liquidating transaction, a rescission or a delivery; and, if a closing or liquidating transaction or a rescission, the total amount realized.
</P>
<P>(3) A daily record or journal which will show separately by leverage commodity complete details of all leverage transactions executed on that day, including the person for whom such transaction was made, the leverage commodity and contract involved, the number of leverage contracts, the transaction identification number for each leverage contract, whether the transaction was an initial purchase, repurchase, initial sale, resale, liquidating transaction, rescission or delivery, and the total value of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) The acknowledgement specified in § 31.11(a).
</P>
<P>(5) A record of all notifications under § 31.11(h).
</P>
<P>(6) Where reproductions on microfilm of the records required by this paragraph (c) are substituted for hard copy in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the requirement of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section will be considered met if the person required to keep such records is ready at all times to provide, and immediately provides at such time and place as required by the Commission and at the expense of such person, reproduced copies which show the records as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, on request by any representative of the Commission, designated self-regulatory organization or the U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(d) Each leverage transaction merchant shall prepare, as of the close of the last business day of each calendar month, a listing of all open leverage contracts carried for leverage customs. Such listing shall be by leverage commodity and contract and separately by long leverage contracts and short leverage contracts, and shall include the following details with respect to each leverage contract:
</P>
<P>(1) The customer account identification number;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the leverage commodity and contract;
</P>
<P>(3) The date of execution and the maturity date;
</P>
<P>(4) The transaction identification number;
</P>
<P>(5) The value of the leverage contract when initiated; and
</P>
<P>(6) The unrealized profit or loss on each open leverage contract marked to the market on the basis of the leverage transaction merchant's bid price for a long leverage contract and ask price for a short leverage contract.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 32, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 2283, Jan. 16, 1985, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.15   Reporting to leverage customers.</HEAD>
<P>Each leverage transaction merchant shall furnish in writing directly to each leverage customer:
</P>
<P>(a) Promptly upon the repurchase, resale, liquidation, rescission or delivery of a leverage contract, a statement showing the financial result of the transactions involved, including the gain or loss on the leverage contract as well as the commission and other charges;
</P>
<P>(b) As of the close of the last business day of each calendar month or as of any regular monthly date selected a statement which clearly shows:
</P>
<P>(1) All leverage contracts which were terminated for or by the leverage customer during the monthly reporting period by leverage commodity and contract, the number of contracts involved, the transaction identification number for each leverage contract, whether the terminating transaction involved repurchase, resale, liquidation, rescission, or delivery, the date the contract was initially entered into, the value of the contract when initiated, the date the contract was terminated, the value of the contract when terminated, and the realized profit or loss on the contract;
</P>
<P>(2) The open leverage contract positions carried for the leverage customer by leverage commodity and contract, whether the position is a long or short leverage contract, the dates on which such contracts were executed and their maturity dates, the number of contracts, the total value of the contracts when initiated, and the unrealized profit or loss on each such contract marked to the market on the basis of the leverage transaction merchant's bid price for a long leverage contract and ask price for a short leverage contract.
</P>
<P>(3) The net ledger balance carried in the leverage customer's account as of the monthly closing date and a complete accounting of any leverage customer funds held for the leverage customer;
</P>
<P>(4) A detailed accounting of all financial charges and credits to the previous ledger balance during the monthly reporting period, including all leverage customer funds received from or disbursed to the leverage customer, and all commissions and fees incidental to the contract which have been charged and received, as well as all realized profits and losses; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any securities or other property which the leverage customer has deposited with the leverage transaction merchant that represent leverage customer funds.
</P>
<FP>The monthly statement must also contain the following bold-faced legend in at least ten-point type: IF YOU BELIEVE YOUR MONTHLY STATEMENT IS INACCURATE YOU SHOULD PROMPTLY CONTACT (<I>name of LTM</I>) AT (<I>telephone number</I>).
</FP>
<P>(c) With respect to any leverage account controlled by any person other than the leverage customer for whom the account is carried, except such leverage customer's spouse, parent or child, a copy of the statements required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be sent to the controller of the account as well as to the leverage customer for whom such account is carried.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5539, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 33, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 2283, Jan. 16, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.16   Monthly reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Monthly activity.</I> Each leverage transaction merchant shall file written monthly reports with the National Futures Association in the format specified by the National Futures Association, by the tenth business day of the month following the month covered by the report and shall include the following information separately for each leverage commodity and each long and short leverage contract:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of leverage contracts that are open as of the close of business on the last business day of the month for:
</P>
<P>(i) All customer accounts, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Separately for commercial leverage accounts.
</P>
<P>(2) The total number of leverage contracts entered into by leverage customers during the month for:
</P>
<P>(i) All customer accounts, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Separately for commercial leverage accounts.
</P>
<P>(3) The total number of leverage contracts which were repurchased or resold by the leverage transaction merchant during the month.
</P>
<P>(4) The total number of leverage contracts which were liquidated by the leverage transaction merchant during the month (<I>i.e.,</I> as a result of overdue or unanswered margin calls).
</P>
<P>(5) The total number of deliveries on leverage contracts during the month.
</P>
<P>(6) The total number of leverage contracts which were rescinded during the month.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prices.</I> The monthly report shall also show the following information separately for each leverage commodity and each long and short leverage contract: the leverage transaction merchant's last bid price offered and last ask price offered as of the close of business on each business day.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41082, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.17   Records of leverage transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each leverage transaction merchant receiving a leverage customer's order shall immediately upon receipt thereof prepare a written record of such order, including the account identification and order number, and shall record thereon, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, such order is received.
</P>
<P>(b) Each leverage transaction merchant executing the order of a leverage customer shall record on a written record of such order, including the account identification and order number, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, such order is executed.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section, the term “order” shall include, but not be limited to, any order for the purchase, sale, repurchase, resale, rescission, settlement by delivery, or liquidation of a leverage contract.
</P>
<P>(d) Each leverage transaction merchant shall establish and maintain a record of the bid and ask prices of each leverage contract on each leverage commodity that the leverage transaction merchant offers to sell or sells, or offers to purchase or purchases. The record shall include the times these prices were in effect to the nearest ten seconds.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5540, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 34, Jan. 2, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.18   Margin calls.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No leverage transaction merchant shall liquidate a leverage contract because of a margin deficiency without effecting personal contact with the leverage customer. If a leverage transaction merchant is unable to effect personal contact with a leverage customer, a telegram sent to the leverage customer at the address furnished by the customer to the leverage transaction merchant shall be sufficient contact.
</P>
<P>(b) A leverage transaction merchant shall allow a leverage customer a reasonable time after contact is effected in which to respond to a margin call. Twenty-four hours, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, will be a reasonable time: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in the event the leverage customer's leverage account equity falls below 50 percent of aggregate minimum margin with respect to the leverage contracts therein, the leverage transaction merchant may liquidate sufficient contracts to restore minimum margin without prior notice: <I>Provided, further,</I> That the leverage customer must be notified of such liquidation within no more than 24 hours thereafter and must be permitted to re-establish his contract for a period of 5 business days at the then prevailing bid price in the case of a long leverage contract and at the then prevailing ask price in the case of a short leverage contract, without commissions, fees or other mark-ups or charges. If a termination charge was assessed by the leverage transaction merchant upon liquidation of a contract in accordance with the first proviso of this paragraph, such a charge must be rescinded upon re-establishment of the contract in accordance with the second proviso of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) A record of all margin calls, including all contacts with leverage customers and attempts to contact leverage customers with respect to such calls, shall be kept by the leverage transaction merchant in accordance with the provisions of § 31.14.
</P>
<P>(d) Leverage contracts liquidated by a leverage transaction merchant because of a margin deficiency must be liquidated in declining order of loss, commencing with the leverage contract with the greatest loss.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5540, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 34, Jan. 2, 1985; 50 FR 36416, Sept. 6, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.19   Unlawful representations.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person:
</P>
<P>(a) Required to be registered with the Commission in accordance with §§ 3.17 and 3.18 of this chapter expressly or impliedly to represent that the commission, by registering that person or by registering the leverage commodity which underlies contracts offered for sale or purchase, or sold or purchased by that person, or otherwise, has directly or indirectly approved that person, the person's method of operation, or any leverage commodity or leverage contract solicited or accepted by that person;
</P>
<P>(b) To represent in writing that it is registered with the Commission or that it is offering any leverage commodity registered with the Commission without also stating in writing in connection with that representation that the Commission, by registering that person or the leverage commodity which underlies contracts offered for sale or purchase or sold or purchased by that person, has not directly or indirectly approved the person, the person's method of operation, or any leverage commodity or contract solicited or accepted by that person; or
</P>
<P>(c) In or in connection with an offer to enter into, the entry into, the confirmation of the execution of, or the maintenance of any leverage contract, expressly or impliedly to represent that compliance with the provisions of the Act and these regulations constitutes a guarantee of the fulfillment of the leverage contract.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5540, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 34, Jan. 2, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.20   Prohibition of guarantees against loss.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No leverage transaction merchant shall in any way represent that it will, with respect to any leverage contract in any account carried by the leverage transaction merchant for or on behalf of any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Guarantee such person against loss;
</P>
<P>(2) Limit the loss of such person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Not call for or attempt to collect initial, minimum or maintenance leverage margin established for customers.
</P>
<P>(b) No person shall in any way represent that a leverage transaction merchant will engage in any of the acts or practices described in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not be construed to prevent a leverage transaction merchant from assuming or sharing in the losses resulting from an error or mishandling of an order.
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not affect any guarantee entered into prior to the effective date of this section, but this section shall apply to any extension, modification or renewal thereof entered into after such date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5540, Feb. 13, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.21   Leverage contracts entered into prior to April 13, 1984; subsequent transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in these regulations shall be construed to affect any lawful activities that occurred prior to April 13, 1984. All leverage contracts offered or entered into on or after April 13, 1984 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of these regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41082, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.22   Prohibited trading in leverage contracts.</HEAD>
<P>No futures commission merchant or introducing broker shall offer to enter into, enter into, confirm the execution of, or solicit or accept orders for any leverage contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41082, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.23   Limited right to rescind first leverage contract.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A leverage customer who is entering a leverage contract or contracts for the first time with a particular leverage transaction merchant may rescind such contract or contracts during a period of not less than three business days from and including the day on which the leverage customer receives the Confirmation Statement pursuant to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Such customer may be assessed actual price losses accruing to the customer's position from the time at which the customer entered into a leverage contract to the time that the leverage contract was rescinded. Such losses do not extend to any other charges or fees, such as account initiation, carrying, margin or account termination;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a leverage customer whose initial leverage transaction was a purchase of a leverage contract from a leverage transaction merchant (long leverage contract), actual losses accruing to the position may be calculated only by subtracting the ask price of the leverage contract offered by the leverage transaction merchant at the time when the leverage contract was rescinded from the ask price at which the leverage contract was purchased by the leverage customer and which appears on the Confirmation Statement. In the case of a leverage customer whose initial leverage transaction was a sale of a leverage contract to a leverage transaction merchant (short leverage contract), actual losses are calculated by subtracting the bid price at which the leverage contract was sold by the leverage customer and which appears on the Confirmation Statement from the bid price of the leverage contract offered by the leverage transaction merchant at the time when the leverage contract was rescinded.
</P>
<P>(3) Such customer may rescind the contract by telegram sent to the leverage transaction merchant at the address provided on the confirmation statement, or by telephone to a telephone number provided by the leverage transaction merchant on the Confirmation Statement with immediate written affirmation of rescission by telegram, certified letter or at least equivalent means.
</P>
<P>(b) A leverage transaction merchant must make complete refund of all monies received except for actual price losses as calculated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to the leverage customer who has rescinded a contract pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section within 24 hours of notification of rescission.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5540, Feb. 13, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 34, Jan. 2, 1985] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.25   Bid and ask prices; carrying charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A leverage transaction merchant must use the same bid price at any particular point in time to purchase a leverage contract from a leverage customer (initiation of a short transaction) and to repurchase a leverage contract from a leverage customer (close-out of a long transaction), and a leverage transaction merchant must use the same ask price at any particular point in time to sell a leverage contract to a leverage customer (initiation of a long transaction) and to resell a leverage contract to a leverage customer (close-out of a short transaction), with respect to contracts involving the same leverage commodity.
</P>
<P>(b) A leverage transaction merchant must apply a carrying charge rate on a short leverage contract that is within one percent per annum of the carrying charge rate that it applies to a long leverage contract. In the case of a short leverage contract, the leverage customer must be credited with carrying charges computed on the total initial value of the contract, using the bid price when the contract was executed, plus any margin deposits made by the leverage customer in connection with the contract, and the same carrying charge rate must be applied to the total initial value of the contract and to the margin deposits. In the case of a long leverage contract, the leverage customer must be assessed carrying charges only on the unpaid balance of the contract, which is the total initial value of the contract, using the ask price when the contract was executed, minus any margin deposits made in connection with the contract: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in the case of a long leverage contract, interest on unpaid carrying charges may be assessed at the same rate as the interest rate component of the carrying charges and, if such an assessment were made and if the leverage transaction merchant offers short leverage contracts, payment of interest on carrying charges that have been credited to the leverage customer's account and not withdrawn must be made at the same rate as the interest rate component of the carrying charges.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 36416, Sept. 6, 1985, as amended at 54 FR 41082, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.26   Quarterly reporting requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Each leverage transaction merchant must file, in accordance with the instructions of, and in the format specified by, the National Furtures Association a quarterly report with the National Futures Association by the fifteenth business day of the month following the quarter covered by the report. The report must list all leverage contracts which were either repurchased, resold, liquidated or settled by delivery by or to the leverage transaction merchant during the quarter and, with respect to each leverage contract, must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The leverage commodity and contract involved;
</P>
<P>(b) Whether a long or short leverage contract was involved;
</P>
<P>(c) The date the leverage contract was entered into;
</P>
<P>(d) The maturity date of the leverage contract at initiation;
</P>
<P>(e) The price at which the leverage contract was entered into;
</P>
<P>(f) Whether the leverage contract was repurchased, resold, liquidated or settled by delivery;
</P>
<P>(g) The date the leverage contract was repurchased, resold, liquidated or settled by delivery;
</P>
<P>(h) The price at which the leverage contract was repurchased, resold or liquidated;
</P>
<P>(i) The leverage customer account identification number;
</P>
<P>(j) Whether the leverage customer had a commercial or noncommercial leverage account;
</P>
<P>(k) Whether the leverage customer was the owner or holder of a proprietary leverage account as defined in § 31.4(e); and
</P>
<P>(l) The profit or loss incurred by the leverage customer on the contract. In the case of a long leverage contract, profit or loss shall be determined by subtracting, from the total value of the contract based on the leverage transaction merchant's bid price at the time of repurchase or liquidation, the total value of the contract based on the ask price at which the contract was entered into, minus any amounts paid or owed by the leverage customer to the leverage transaction merchant, including initial, carrying and termination charges, plus any amounts paid or credited by the leverage transaction merchant to the leverage customer, in connection with the leverage contract. In the case of a short leverage contract, profit or loss shall be determined by subtracting, from the total value of the contract based on the bid price at which the contract was entered into, the total value of the contract based on the leverage transaction merchant's ask price at the time of resale or liquidation, minus any amounts paid or owed by the leverage customer to the leverage transaction merchant, including initial and termination charges, plus any amounts paid or credited by the leverage transaction merchant to the leverage customer, including carrying charges, in connection with the leverage contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 36416, Sept. 6, 1985; 50 FR 37519, Sept. 16, 1985, as amended at 54 FR 41083, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.27" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.27   Registered futures association membership.</HEAD>
<P>Each person registered or required to register as a leverage transaction merchant must become and remain a member of at least one futures association which is registered under section 17 of the Act and which provides for the membership therein of such leverage transaction merchant, unless no such futures association is so registered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41083, Oct. 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.28" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.28   Self-regulatory organization adoption and surveillance of minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each self-regulatory organization must adopt, and submit for Commission approval, rules prescribing minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements for all its members who are registered leverage transaction merchants. Each self-regulatory organization shall submit for Commission approval any modification or other amendments to such rules. Such requirements must be the same as, or more stringent than, those contained in this part 31 and the definition of adjusted net capital must be the same as that prescribed in § 31.9(b)(4) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each self-regulatory organization which has members who are registered leverage transaction merchants shall have in effect and enforce rules submitted to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) Any two or more self-regulatory organizations may file with the Commission a plan for delegating to a designated self-regulatory organization, for any registered leverage transaction merchant which is a member of more than one such self-regulatory organization, the responsibility of:
</P>
<P>(1) Monitoring and auditing for compliance with the minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements adopted by such self-regulatory organizations in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Receiving the reports necessitated by such minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) Any plan filed under this section may contain provisions for the allocation of expenses reasonably incurred by the designated self-regulatory organization among the self-regulatory organizations participating in such a plan.
</P>
<P>(e) A plan's designated self-regulatory organization must report to that plan's other self-regulatory organizations any violation of such other self-regulatory organizations' rules and regulations for which the responsibility to monitor, audit or examine has been delegated to such designated self-regulatory organization under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The self-regulatory organizations may, among themselves, establish programs to provide access to any necessary information.
</P>
<P>(g) After appropriate notice and opportunity for comment, the Commission may, by written notice, approve such a plan, or any part of the plan, if it finds that the plan, or any part of it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is necessary or appropriate to serve the public interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Is for the protection and in the interest of leverage customers;
</P>
<P>(3) Reduces multiple monitoring and auditing for compliance with the minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements of the self-regulatory organizations submitting the plan for any leverage transaction merchant which is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(4) Reduces multiple reporting of the information necessitated by such minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements by any leverage transaction merchant which is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(5) Fosters cooperation and coordination among the self-regulatory organizations; and
</P>
<P>(6) Does not hinder the development of a registered futures association under section 17 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(h) After the Commission has approved a plan or part of one under paragraph (g) of this section, a self-regulatory organization relieved of responsibility must notify each of its members which is subject to such a plan:
</P>
<P>(1) Of the limited nature of its responsibility for such a member's compliance with its minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements; and
</P>
<P>(2) Of the identity of the designated self-regulatory organization which has been delegated responsibility for such a member.
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission may at any time, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing, withdraw its approval of any plan or part of one established under this section, if such plan or part of one ceases to effectuate adequately the purposes of section 19 of the Act or of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Whenever a registered leverage transaction merchant holding membership in a self-regulatory organization ceases to be a member in good standing of that self-regulatory organization, such self-regulatory organization must, on the same day that event takes place, give electronic notice of that event to <I>MPDAlerts@cftc.gov</I> and send a copy of that notification to such leverage transaction merchant.
</P>
<P>(k) Nothing in this section shall preclude the Commission from examining any leverage transaction merchant for compliance with the minimum financial, cover, segregation and sales practice, and related reporting requirements to which such leverage transaction merchant is subject.
</P>
<P>(l) In the event a plan is not filed and/or approved for each registered leverage transaction merchant which is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization, the Commission may design and, after notice and opportunity for comment, approve a plan for those leverage transaction merchants which are not the subject of an approved plan (under paragraph (g) of this section), delegating to a designated self-regulatory organization the responsibilities described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41083, Oct. 5, 1989, as amended at 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.29" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.29   Arbitration or other dispute settlement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Each self-regulatory organization which has members who are registered as leverage transaction merchants must be able to demonstrate its capability to promulgate rules and to conduct proceedings which provide a fair, equitable and expeditious procedure, through arbitration or otherwise, for the voluntary settlement of a leverage customer's claim or grievance brought against any member leverage transaction merchant or any employee of a member leverage transaction merchant. Such rules shall be consistent with the rules set forth in part 180 of this chapter governing contract market arbitration and dispute settlement procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 41084, Oct. 5, 1989; 54 FR 46503, Nov. 3, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.24.0.7.29.33" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 31—Schedule of Fees for Registration of Leverage Commodities
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application for registration of a leverage commodity must be accompanied by a check or money order made payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in an amount to be determined annually by the Commission and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Checks or money orders should be sent to the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: Financial Management Branch. No checks or money orders may be accepted by personnel other than those in the Office of the Secretariat.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure to submit the fee with an application for registration of a leverage commodity will result in the return of the application. Fees will not be returned after receipt.
</P>
<P>(d) Any firm with an application for registration of a leverage commodity pending on the date that this fee schedule becomes effective must submit its application fee within 10 days of that date. Otherwise, the application shall be deemed withdrawn without prejudice and shall be returned to the applicant.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 5, 5a, 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7, 7a, 12, 12a(5), and 23), sec. 26 of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (7 U.S.C. 16a), Independent Offices Appropriation Act of 1952, as amended by Pub. L. 97-258, 96 Stat. 1051 (Sept. 13, 1982))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 25835, June 25, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 22635, June 15, 1987; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 32—REGULATION OF COMMODITY OPTION TRANSACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6c, and 12a, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 25338, Apr. 27, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 32.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall apply to all commodity option transactions, except for commodity option transactions on a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery conducted or executed on or subject to the rules of either a designated contract market or a foreign board of trade.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.2   Commodity option transactions; general authorization.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to §§ 32.1, 32.4, and 32.5, which shall in any event apply to all commodity option transactions, it shall be unlawful for any person or group of persons to offer to enter into, enter into, confirm the execution of, maintain a position in, or otherwise conduct activity related to any transaction in interstate commerce that is a commodity option transaction, unless:
</P>
<P>(a) Such transaction is conducted in compliance with and subject to the provisions of the Act, including any Commission rule, regulation, or order thereunder, otherwise applicable to any other swap, or
</P>
<P>(b) Such transaction is conducted pursuant to § 32.3.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.3   Trade options.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the provisions of the Act, including any Commission rule, regulation, or order thereunder, otherwise applicable to any other swap shall not apply to, and any person or group of persons may offer to enter into, enter into, confirm the execution of, maintain a position in, or otherwise conduct activity related to, any transaction in interstate commerce that is a commodity option transaction, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Such commodity option transaction must be offered by a person that has a reasonable basis to believe that the transaction is offered to an offeree as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. In addition, the offeror must be either:
</P>
<P>(i) An eligible contract participant, as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act, as further jointly defined or interpreted by the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission or expanded by the Commission pursuant to section 1a(18)(C) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A producer, processor, or commercial user of, or a merchant handling the commodity that is the subject of the commodity option transaction, or the products or by-products thereof, and such offeror is offering or entering into the commodity option transaction solely for purposes related to its business as such;
</P>
<P>(2) The offeree must be a producer, processor, or commercial user of, or a merchant handling the commodity that is the subject of the commodity option transaction, or the products or by-products thereof, and such offeree is offered or entering into the commodity option transaction solely for purposes related to its business as such; and
</P>
<P>(3) The commodity option must be intended to be physically settled, so that, if exercised, the option would result in the sale of an exempt or agricultural commodity for immediate or deferred shipment or delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) In connection with any commodity option transaction entered into pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, every counterparty that is not a swap dealer or major swap participant shall obtain a legal entity identifier pursuant to § 45.6 of this chapter if the counterparty to the transaction involved is a swap dealer or major swap participant, and provide such legal entity identifier to the swap dealer or major swap participant counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) In connection with any commodity option transaction entered into pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the following provisions shall apply to every trade option counterparty to the same extent that such provisions would apply to such person in connection with any other swap:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 20 (Swaps Large Trader Reporting) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Subpart J of part 23 (Duties of Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Sections 23.200, 23.201, 23.203, and 23.204 of subpart F of part 23 (Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Section 4s(e) of the Act (Capital and Margin Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants).
</P>
<P>(d) Any person or group of persons offering to enter into, entering into, confirming the execution of, maintaining a position in, or otherwise conducting activity related to a commodity option transaction in interstate commerce pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall remain subject to part 180 (Prohibition Against Manipulation) and § 23.410 (Prohibition on Fraud, Manipulation, and other Abusive Practices) of this chapter and the antifraud, anti-manipulation, and enforcement provisions of sections 2, 4b, 4c, 4o, 4s(h)(1)(A), 4s(h)(4)(A), 6, 6c, 6d, 9, and 13 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may, by order, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempt any person, either unconditionally or on a temporary or other conditional basis, from any provisions of this part, and the provisions of the Act, including any Commission rule, regulation, or order thereunder, otherwise applicable to any other swap, other than § 32.4, part 180 (Prohibition Against Manipulation), and § 23.410 (Prohibition on Fraud, Manipulation, and other Abusive Practices) of this chapter, and the antifraud, anti-manipulation, and enforcement provisions of sections 2, 4b, 4c, 4o, 4s(h)(1)(A), 4s(h)(4)(A), 6, 6c, 6d, 9, and 13 of the Act, if it finds, in its discretion, that it would not be contrary to the public interest to grant such exemption.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 14974, Mar. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.4   Fraud in connection with commodity option transactions.</HEAD>
<P>In or in connection with an offer to enter into, the entry into, or the confirmation of the execution of, any commodity option transaction, it shall be unlawful for any person directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(a) To cheat or defraud or attempt to cheat or defraud any other person;
</P>
<P>(b) To make or cause to be made to any other person any false report or statement thereof or cause to be entered for any person any false record thereof; or
</P>
<P>(c) To deceive or attempt to deceive any other person by any means whatsoever.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.25.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.5   Option transactions entered into prior to the effective date of this part.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in this part shall be construed to affect any lawful activities that occurred prior to the effective date of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 33—REGULATION OF COMMODITY OPTION TRANSACTIONS THAT ARE OPTIONS ON CONTRACTS OF SALE OF A COMMODITY FOR FUTURE DELIVERY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 4, 6, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h, 6i, 6j, 6k, 6l, 6m, 6n, 6o, 7, 7a, 7b, 8, 9, 11, 12a, 12c, 13a, 13a-1, 13b, 19, and 21, otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 33.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Purchase price</I> means the total amount paid or to be paid, directly or indirectly, by a person to acquire a commodity option.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Promotional material</I> includes: (1) Any text of a standardized oral presentation, or any communication for publication in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium, or for broadcast over television, radio, or other electronic medium, which is disseminated or directed to an option customer or prospective option customer concerning a commodity option transaction; (2) any standardized form of report, letter, circular, memorandum, or publication which is disseminated or directed to an option customer or prospective option customer; and (3) any other written material disseminated or directed to an option customer or prospective option customer for the purpose of soliciting an option transaction, including any disclosure statement required by § 33.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.2   Applicability of Act and rules; scope of part 33.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise specified in this part and unless the context otherwise requires:
</P>
<P>(1) Each board of trade designated, or applying for designation, by the Commission as a contract market for the purpose of trading commodity options pursuant to this part shall be deemed for such purpose to be a “board of trade,” “exchange,” and a “contract market” and, with respect to commodity option transactions conducted pursuant to such designation, shall comply with and be subject to all of the provisions of the Act relating to boards of trade, exchanges, or contract markets as though such provisions were set forth herein; and
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of sections 1a, 2(a)(1), 2(a)(8)(B), 4, 4a, 4c(a), 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4j, 4k, 4m, 4n, 5, 5a(a), 5b, 6, 6a, 6b, 6c, 7, 8(a)-(e), 8a, 8b, 8c, and 16 of the Act shall apply to commodity option transactions that are subject to the requirements of this part as though such provisions were set forth herein and included specific references to commodity option transactions. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to confer designation as a contract market absent issuance of an order of the Commission so designating an applicant board of trade.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this part apply to commodity option transactions that are options on contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery except for commodity option transactions that are options on contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery conducted or executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57016, Dec. 22, 1982; 59 FR 5526, Feb. 7, 1994; 77 FR 25343, Apr. 27, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.3   Unlawful commodity option transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person to offer to enter into, enter into, confirm the execution of, or maintain a position in, any commodity option transaction subject to the provisions of this part unless the commodity option involved is traded (1) on or subject to the rules of a contract market which has been designated to trade commodity options pursuant to this part and (2) by or through a member thereof in accordance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person to solicit or accept orders from an option customer (other than in a clerical capacity) for any commodity option transaction, or to supervise any person or persons so engaged, unless such person is:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered as a futures commission merchant under the Act, and either:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a member of the contract market on which the option is traded, or
</P>
<P>(B) Is a member of a futures association registered under section 17 of the Act which has adopted rules which the Commission has approved under section 17(j) of the Act and, in addition to the requirements of that section, has determined to provide for the regulation of the commodity option related activity of its member futures commission merchants in a manner equivalent to that required of contract markets under these regulations; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Registered as an introducing broker under the Act, and either:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a member of a futures association registered under section 17 of the Act which has adopted rules which the Commission has approved under section 17(j) of the Act, or is a member of a contract market which has adopted rules which the Commission has approved under section 5a(a)(12) of the Act, and which, in addition to the requirements of those sections, has determined to provide for the regulation of the commodity option related activity of its member introducing brokers in a manner equivalent to that required of contract markets with respect to their member futures commission merchants under these regulations; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is operating pursuant to a guarantee agreement, and the futures commission merchant which has signed such agreement is a member of a self-regulatory organization that has adopted rules which the Commission has approved that provide for the regulation of the commodity option related activity of the introducing broker in a manner equivalent to that required of contract markets with respect to their member futures commission merchants under these regulations; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An individual registered as an associated person of a specified person registered as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker under the Act who meets the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii), respectively, of this section, and such registration shall not have expired, been suspended (and the period of suspension has not expired) or been revoked.
</P>
<P>(2) Any person registered or required to be registered as a futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker under the Act to permit another person to become or remain associated with such person as a partner, officer, employee, agent or representative (or in any status or position involving similar functions) in any capacity involving the solicitation or acceptance of an order from an option customer (other than in a clerical capacity) for any commodity option transaction, or the supervision of any person or persons so engaged, if such person knows or should have known that such other person is or was not registered as required by this part or that such registration has expired, been suspended (and the period of suspension has not expired) or been revoked.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57016, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 35301, Aug. 3, 1983; 59 FR 5526, Feb. 7, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.4   Designation as a contract market for the trading of commodity options.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may designate any board of trade located in the United States as a contract market for the trading of options on contracts of sale for future delivery, when the applicant complies with and carries out the requirements of the Act (as provided in § 33.2), the regulations in this part, and the following conditions and requirements with respect to the commodity option for which the designation is sought:
</P>
<P>(a) Such board of trade—
</P>
<P>(1) Applies for designation as a contract market for the purpose of trading “put” and/or “call” options which:
</P>
<P>(i) Are not capable of being transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than on or subject to the rules of the board of trade; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to options on futures contracts, may be exercised only by the establishment, by book entry, in the clearing organization of positions in the underlying futures contract.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) If designation for the trading of options on futures contracts is sought, is designated as a contract market for the underlying contract of sale for future delivery which is the subject of the option for which designation is sought, and submits, if so requested by the Commission, the information called for by § 1.50 of this chapter (relating to continued compliance with the conditions and requirements for designation as a contract market) for the specified futures contract underlying the option for which the designation is sought, and the applicant complies with the conditions and requirements for designation as a contract market for such contract for future delivery as set forth in sections 5 and 5a(a) of the Act and as set forth in these regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) Demonstrates that:
</P>
<P>(i) The commodity option for which it is requesting designation is likely to serve a legitimate economic purpose;
</P>
<P>(ii)-(iv) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Such board of trade adopts rules which:
</P>
<P>(1) Prescribe in regard to strike prices:
</P>
<P>(i) The dollar amount of the intervals between strike prices;
</P>
<P>(ii) The strike prices at which trading in a new option expiration will be introduced;
</P>
<P>(iii) The point, in terms of the price of the underlying futures contract, at which a new strike price will be introduced in any option which is already trading;
</P>
<P>(iv) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Prescribe an expiration date of the option that is not less than one business day before the earlier of the last trading day or the first notice day of any futures contract on the same or a related commodity; <I>Provided, however,</I> That where the underlying futures contract is cash-settled, the option may expire simultaneously with the expiration of the futures contract.
</P>
<P>(3) Require that upon exercise of each option, notification thereof be given to the option grantor.
</P>
<P>(4) Require, with respect to all written option customer complaints, that each member futures commission merchant which engages in the offer or sale of commodity options regulated under this part:
</P>
<P>(i) Retain all such complaints;
</P>
<P>(ii) Make and retain a record of the date the complaint was received, the associated person who serviced, or the introducing broker who introduced, the account, a general description of the matter complained of, and what, if any, action was taken by the futures commission merchant in regard to the complaint; and
</P>
<P>(5) Require each member futures commission merchant which engages in the offer or sale of option contracts regulated under this part to adopt and enforce written procedures pursuant to which it will be able to supervise adequately each option customer's account, including but not limited to, the solicitation of any such account: <I>Provided,</I> That as used in this paragraph (b)(5), the term “option customer” does not include another futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(6) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(7) Require each member futures commission merchant which engages in the offer or sale of option contracts regulated under this part to enforce the disclosure requirements set forth in § 33.7.
</P>
<P>(8)-(9) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(10) Prohibit fraudulent or high-pressure sales communications by member futures commission merchants relating to the offer or sale of option contracts regulated under this part.
</P>
<P>(11) Establish appropriate criteria which are reasonably designed to secure performance, upon exercise, of the option contracts.
</P>
<P>(c) Such board of trade establishes procedures and conducts sales practice audits of member futures commission merchants which engage in the offer or sale of option contracts regulated under this part. These sales practice audits must be of sufficient scope to enforce the contract market's rules, including imvestigation for the improper handling of discretionary accounts, inadequate internal supervision, fraudulent or high-pressure sales communications, compliance with disclosure requirements, improper handling and disposition of option customer complaints, and, where applicable, the futures commission merchant's offer or sale of deep-out-of-the-money options.
</P>
<P>(d) A board of trade must submit an analysis and justification of the individual terms and conditions of the option contract. In determining whether to approve option contract terms and conditions, the Commission may consider the analysis and justification submitted for such terms and conditions, including, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The conditions precedent to the exercise of the commodity option and the method by which the option may be exercised;
</P>
<P>(3) The nature of the clearing mechanism to be utilized for the commodity option, and the differences, if any, among the clearing mechanisms for options on futures contracts, and futures contracts;
</P>
<P>(4) Specific notice periods, including the periods from the date notice of intent to exercise an option is given until exercise is accomplished;
</P>
<P>(5) The default provisions and procedures of the commodity option, if any; and
</P>
<P>(6) Permitted deviations from or substitutes for compliance with the terms and conditions set forth in paragraphs (d) (1) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Such board of trade provides for the general quotation and dissemination of volume and last sale price information on a timely basis with respect to the commodity option for which designation is sought and with respect to the underlying futures contract.
</P>
<P>(f) Such board of trade demonstrates that clearance and processing of option transactions on or subject to the rules of the board of trade will not adversely affect the clearance and processing of any transactions for future delivery on or subject to the rules of the board of trade.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1)(A), 4c(b), 4c(c), and 8a of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 2, 6c(b), 6c(c) and 12a; secs. 2(a)(1)(A), 4c, 4d, 4f, and 8a(5) (7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(A), 6c, 6d, 6f and 12a(5) (1982))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 33.4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.5   Application for designation as a contract market for the trading of commodity options.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any board of trade desiring to be designated as a contract market for a particular commodity option contract shall make application to the Commission and accompany the same with a written showing that it meets the conditions set forth in, and provides all the information and materials required by, these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these regulations, in the event of a refusal to designate any board of trade as a contract market for a particular commodity option, such board of trade shall be afforded notice and an opportunity for a hearing on the record: <I>Provided,</I> That pending the conclusion of any such hearing, such designation shall not be granted.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 52 FR 779, Jan. 9, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.6   Suspension or revocation of designation as a contract market for the trading of commodity options.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may, after notice and opportunity for a hearing on the record, suspend or revoke the designation of any board of trade as a contract market in a commodity option for which it is designated if the Commission determines that:
</P>
<P>(a) The board of trade, or any director, officer, agent, or employee thereof, is violating or has violated any of the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Cause exists which, under § 33.2 or § 33.4, would warrant the denial of a designation;
</P>
<P>(c) The option market is not used on more than an occasional basis for other than speculative purposes by producers, processors, merchants or commercial users engaged in handling or utilizing the commodity (including the products, by-products or source commodity thereof) underlying an option, in interstate commerce; or
</P>
<P>(d) Option trading on the contract market in that contract is contrary to the protection of option customers or the underlying futures or cash markets, or is otherwise contrary to the public interest: <I>Provided,</I> That pending completion of any proceeding under this section, the Commission may suspend such designation for the duration of the proceedings, if in the Commission's judgment, the continuation of such trading presents a substantial risk to the public interest.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57018, Dec. 22, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.7   Disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in § 1.65 of this chapter, no futures commission merchant, or in the case of an introduced account no introducing broker, may open or cause the opening of a commodity option account for an option customer, other than for a customer specified in § 1.55(f) of this chapter, unless the futures commission merchant or introducing broker first:
</P>
<P>(i) Furnishes the option customer with a separate written disclosure statement as set forth in this section or another statement approved under § 1.55(c) of this chapter and set forth in appendix A to § 1.55 which the Commission finds satisfies this requirement, or includes either such statement in a booklet containing the customer account agreement and other disclosure statements required by Commission rules; <I>provided, however,</I> that if the statement contained in § 33.7 is used it must follow the statement required by § 1.55; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to the provisions of § 1.55(d) of this chapter, receives from the option customer an acknowledgment signed and dated by the option customer that he received and understood the disclosure statement.
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure statement and the acknowledgment shall be retained by the futures commission merchant or the introducing broker in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter. The disclosure statement must be as set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, typed or printed in type of not less than 10-point size, and, where indicated, in all capital letters.
</P>
<P>(b) The disclosure statement must read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Options Disclosure Statement
</HD3>
<P>BECAUSE OF THE VOLATILE NATURE OF THE COMMODITIES MARKETS, THE PURCHASE AND GRANTING OF COMMODITY OPTIONS INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. COMMODITY OPTION TRANSACTIONS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR MANY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC. SUCH TRANSACTIONS SHOULD BE ENTERED INTO ONLY BY PERSONS WHO HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND WHO UNDERSTAND THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF THEIR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS AND OF THE RISKS INVOLVED IN THE OPTION TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
</P>
<FP>BOTH THE PURCHASER AND THE GRANTOR SHOULD KNOW THAT THE OPTION IF EXERCISED, RESULTS IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A FUTURES CONTRACT (AN “OPTION ON A FUTURES CONTRACT”).
</FP>
<P>BOTH THE PURCHASER AND THE GRANTOR SHOULD KNOW WHETHER THE PARTICULAR OPTION IN WHICH THEY CONTEMPLATE TRADING IS SUBJECT TO A “STOCK-STYLE” OR “FUTURES-STYLE” SYSTEM OF MARGINING. UNDER A STOCK-STYLE MARGINING SYSTEM, A PURCHASER IS REQUIRED TO PAY THE FULL PURCHASE PRICE OF THE OPTION AT THE INITIATION OF THE TRANSACTION. THE PURCHASER HAS NO FURTHER OBLIGATION ON THE OPTION POSITION. UNDER A FUTURES-STYLE MARGINING SYSTEM, THE PURCHASER DEPOSITS INITIAL MARGIN AND MAY BE REQUIRED TO DEPOSIT ADDITIONAL MARGIN IF THE MARKET MOVES AGAINST THE OPTION POSITION. THE PURCHASER'S TOTAL SETTLEMENT VARIATION MARGIN OBLIGATION OVER THE LIFE OF THE OPTION, HOWEVER, WILL NOT EXCEED THE ORIGINAL OPTION PREMIUM, ALTHOUGH SOME INDIVIDUAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS AND/OR RISK MARGIN REQUIREMENTS MAY AT TIMES EXCEED THE ORIGINAL OPTION PREMIUM. IF THE PURCHASER OR GRANTOR DOES NOT UNDERSTAND HOW OPTIONS ARE MARGINED UNDER A STOCK-STYLE OR FUTURES-STYLE MARGINING SYSTEM, HE OR SHE SHOULD REQUEST AN EXPLANATION FROM THE FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT (“FCM”) OR INTRODUCING BROKER (“IB”).
</P>
<P>A PERSON SHOULD NOT PURCHASE ANY COMMODITY OPTION UNLESS HE OR SHE IS ABLE TO SUSTAIN A TOTAL LOSS OF THE PREMIUM AND TRANSACTION COSTS OF PURCHASING THE OPTION. A PERSON SHOULD NOT GRANT ANY COMMODITY OPTION UNLESS HE OR SHE IS ABLE TO MEET ADDITIONAL CALLS FOR MARGIN WHEN THE MARKET MOVES AGAINST HIS OR HER POSITION AND, IN SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES, TO SUSTAIN A VERY LARGE FINANCIAL LOSS.
</P>
<P>A PERSON WHO PURCHASES AN OPTION SUBJECT TO STOCK-STYLE MARGINING SHOULD BE AWARE THAT, IN ORDER TO REALIZE ANY VALUE FROM THE OPTION, IT WILL BE NECESSARY EITHER TO OFFSET THE OPTION POSITION OR TO EXERCISE THE OPTION. OPTIONS SUBJECT TO FUTURES-STYLE MARGINING ARE MARKED TO MARKET, AND GAINS AND LOSSES ARE PAID AND COLLECTED DAILY. IF AN OPTION PURCHASER DOES NOT UNDERSTAND HOW TO OFFSET OR EXERCISE AN OPTION, THE PURCHASER SHOULD REQUEST AN EXPLANATION FROM THE FCM OR IB. CUSTOMERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT IN A NUMBER OF CIRCUMSTANCES, SOME OF WHICH WILL BE DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, IT MAY BE DIFFICULT OR IMPOSSIBLE TO OFFSET AN EXISTING OPTION POSITION ON AN EXCHANGE.
</P>
<P>THE GRANTOR OF AN OPTION SHOULD BE AWARE THAT, IN MOST CASES, A COMMODITY OPTION MAY BE EXERCISED AT ANY TIME FROM THE TIME IT IS GRANTED UNTIL IT EXPIRES. THE PURCHASER OF AN OPTION SHOULD BE AWARE THAT SOME OPTION CONTRACTS MAY PROVIDE ONLY A LIMITED PERIOD OF TIME FOR EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.
</P>
<P>THE PURCHASER OF A PUT OR CALL SUBJECT TO STOCK-STYLE OR FUTURES-STYLE MARGINING IS SUBJECT TO THE RISK OF LOSING THE ENTIRE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE OPTION—THAT IS, THE PREMIUM CHARGED FOR THE OPTION PLUS ALL TRANSACTION COSTS.
</P>
<P>THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION REQUIRES THAT ALL CUSTOMERS RECEIVE AND ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT BUT DOES NOT INTEND THIS STATEMENT AS A RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF EXCHANGE-TRADED COMMODITY OPTIONS.
</P>
<P>(1) Some of the risks of option trading.
</P>
<P>Specific market movements of the underlying future cannot be predicted accurately.
</P>
<P>The grantor of a call option who does not have a long position in the underlying futures contract is subject to risk of loss should the price of the underlying futures contract be higher than the strike price upon exercise or expiration of the option by an amount greater than the premium received for granting the call option.
</P>
<P>The grantor of a call option who has a long position in the underlying futures contract is subject to the full risk of a decline in price of the underlying position reduced by the premium received for granting the call. In exchange for the premium received for granting a call option, the option grantor gives up all of the potential gain resulting from an increase in the price of the underlying futures contract above the option strike price upon exercise or expiration of the option.
</P>
<P>The grantor of a put option who does not have a short position in the underlying futures contract is subject to risk of loss should the price of the underlying futures contract decrease below the strike price upon exercise or expiration of the option by an amount in excess of the premium received for granting the put option.
</P>
<P>The grantor of a put option on a futures contract who has a short position in the underlying futures contract is subject to the full risk of a rise in the price in the underlying position reduced by the premium received for granting the put. In exchange for the premium received for granting a put option on a futures contract, the option grantor gives up all of the potential gain resulting from a decrease in the price of the underlying futures contract below the option strike price upon exercise or expiration of the option.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Description of commodity options.</I> Prior to entering into any transaction involving a commodity option, an individual should thoroughly understand the nature and type of option involved and the underlying futures contract. The futures commission merchant or introducing broker is required to provide, and the individual contemplating an option transaction should obtain:
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of the futures contract underlying the option and which may be purchased or sold upon exercise of the option or, if applicable, whether exercise of the option will be settled in cash;
</P>
<P>(ii) The procedure for exercise of the option contract, including the expiration date and latest time on that date for exercise. (The latest time on an expiration date when an option may be exercised may vary; therefore, option market participants should ascertain from their futures commission merchant or their introducing broker the latest time the firm accepts exercise instructions with respect to a particular option.);
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the purchase price of the option including the premium, commissions, costs, fees and other charges. (Since commissions and other charges may vary widely among futures commission merchants and among introducing brokers, option customers may find it advisable to consult more than one firm when opening an option account.);
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of all costs in addition to the purchase price which may be incurred if the commodity option is exercised, including the amount of commissions (whether termed sales commissions or otherwise), storage, interest, and all similar fees and charges which may be incurred;
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation and understanding of the option margining system;
</P>
<P>(vi) A clear explanation and understanding of any clauses in the option contract and of any items included in the option contract explicitly or by reference which might affect the customer's obligations under the contract. This would include any policy of the futures commission merchant or the introducing broker or rule of the exchange on which the option is traded that might affect the customer's ability to fulfill the option contract or to offset the option position in a closing purchase or closing sale transaction (for example, due to unforeseen circumstances that require suspension or termination of trading); and
</P>
<P>(vii) If applicable, a description of the effect upon the value of the option position that could result from limit moves in the underlying futures contract.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>The mechanics of option trading.</I> Before entering into any exchange-traded option transaction, an individual should obtain a description of how commodity options are traded.
</P>
<P>Option customers should clearly understand that there is no guarantee that option positions may be offset by either a closing purchase or closing sale transaction on an exchange. In this circumstance, option grantors could be subject to the full risk of their positions until the option position expires, and the purchaser of a profitable option might have to exercise the option to realize a profit.
</P>
<P>For an option on a futures contract, an individual should clearly understand the relationship between exchange rules governing option transactions and exchange rules governing the underlying futures contract. For example, an individual should understand what action, if any, the exchange will take in the option market if trading in the underlying futures market is restricted or the futures prices have made a “limit move.”
</P>
<P>The individual should understand that the option may not be subject to daily price fluctuation limits while the underlying futures may have such limits, and, as a result, normal pricing relationships between options and the underlying future may not exist when the future is trading at its price limit. Also, underlying futures positions resulting from exercise of options may not be capable of being offset if the underlying future is at a price limit.
</P>
<P>(4) Margin requirements. An individual should know and understand whether the option he or she is contemplating trading is subject to a stock-style or futures-style system of margining. Stock-style margining requires the purchaser to pay the full option premium at the time of purchase. The purchaser has no further financial obligations, and the risk of loss is limited to the purchase price and transaction costs. Futures-style margining requires the purchaser to pay initial margin only at the time of purchase. The option position is marked to market, and gains and losses are collected and paid daily. The purchaser's risk of loss is limited to the initial option premium and transaction costs.
</P>
<P>An individual granting options under either a stock-style or futures-style system of margining should understand that he or she may be required to pay additional margin in the case of adverse market movements.
</P>
<P>(5) Profit potential of an option position. An option customer should carefully calculate the price which the underlying futures contract would have to reach for the option position to become profitable. Under a stock-style margining system, this price would include the amount by which the underlying futures contract would have to rise above or fall below the strike price to cover the sum of the premium and all other costs incurred in entering into and exercising or closing (offsetting) the commodity option position. Under a future-style margining system, option positions would be marked to market, and gains and losses would be paid and collected daily, and an option position would become profitable once the variation margin collected exceeded the cost of entering the contract position.
</P>
<P>Also, an option customer should be aware of the risk that the futures price prevailing at the opening of the next trading day may be substantially different from the futures price which prevailed when the option was exercised.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Deep-out-of-the-money options.</I> A person contemplating purchasing a deep-out-of-the-money option (that is, an option with a strike price significantly above, in the case of a call, or significantly below, in the case of a put, the current price of the underlying futures contract) should be aware that the chance of such an option becoming profitable is ordinarily remote.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, a potential grantor of a deep-out-of-the-money option should be aware that such options normally provide small premiums while exposing the grantor to all of the potential losses described in section (1) of this disclosure statement.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Glossary of terms</I>—(i) <I>Contract market.</I> Any board of trade (exchange) located in the United States which has been designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to list a futures contract or commodity option for trading.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exchange-traded option; put option; call option.</I> The options discussed in this disclosure statement are limited to those which may be traded on a contract market. These options (subject to certain exceptions) give an option purchaser the right to buy in the case of a call option, or to sell in the case of a put option, a futures contract underlying the option at the stated strike price prior to the expiration date of the option. Each exchange-traded option is distinguished by the underlying futures contract, strike price, expiration date, and whether the option is a put or a call.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Underlying futures contract.</I> The futures contract which may be purchased or sold upon the exercise of an option on a futures contract.
</P>
<P>(iv) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Class of options.</I> A put or a call covering the same underlying futures contract.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Series of options.</I> Options of the same class having the same strike price and expiration date.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Exercise price. See</I> strike price.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Expiration date.</I> The last day when an option may be exercised.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Premium.</I> The amount agreed upon between the purchaser and seller for the purchase or sale of a commodity option.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Strike price.</I> The price at which a person may purchase or sell the underlying futures contract upon exercise of a commodity option. This term has the same meaning as the term “exercise price.”
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Short option position. See</I> opening sale transaction.
</P>
<P>(xii) <I>Long option position. See</I> opening purchase transaction.
</P>
<P>(xiii) <I>Types of options transactions—</I>(A) <I>Opening purchase transaction.</I> A transaction in which an individual purchases an option and thereby obtains a long option position.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Opening sale transaction.</I> A transaction in which an individual grants an option and thereby obtains a short option position.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Closing purchase transaction.</I> A transaction in which an individual with a short option position liquidates the position. This is accomplished by a closing purchase transaction for an option of the same series as the option previously granted. Such a transaction may be referred to as an offset transaction.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Closing sale transaction.</I> A transaction in which an individual with a long option position liquidates the position. This is accomplished by a closing sale transaction for an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. Such a transaction may be referred to as an offset transaction.
</P>
<P>(xiv) <I>Purchase price.</I> The total actual cost paid or to be paid, directly or indirectly, by a person to acquire a commodity option. This price includes all commissions and other fees, in addition to the option premium.
</P>
<P>(xv) <I>Grantor, writer, seller.</I> An individual who sells an option. Such a person is said to have a short position.
</P>
<P>(xvi) <I>Purchaser.</I> An individual who buys an option. Such a person is said to have a long position.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Prior to the entry of the first commodity option transaction for the account of an option customer, a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker, or the person soliciting or accepting the order therefor, must provide an option customer with all of the information required under the disclosure statement, including the commissions, costs, fees and other charges to be incurred in connection with the commodity option transaction and all costs to be incurred by the option customer if the commodity option is exercised: <I>Provided,</I> That the futures commission merchant or the introducing broker, or the person soliciting or accepting the order therefor, must provide current information to an option customer if information provided previously has become inaccurate.
</P>
<P>(d) Prior to the entry into a commodity option transaction on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each option customer or prospective option customer shall, to the extent the following amounts are known or can reasonably be approximated, be informed by the person soliciting or accepting the order therefor of the amount of the strike price and the premium (and any mark-ups thereon, if applicable).
</P>
<P>(e) A futures commission merchant and an introducing broker must establish the necessary procedures and supervision to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) This section does not relieve a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker from any obligation under the Act or the regulations thereunder, including the obligation to disclose all material information to existing or prospective option customers even if the information is not specifically required by this section.
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of this section, neither a futures commission merchant nor an introducing broker shall be deemed to be an option customer.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0007) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 48 FR 35302, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 44893, Nov. 13, 1984; 51 FR 17475, May 13, 1986; 58 FR 17505, Apr. 5, 1993; 59 FR 34381, July 5, 1994; 63 FR 8571, Feb. 20, 1998; 63 FR 32732, June 16, 1998; 77 FR 25343, Apr. 27, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.8   Promotional material.</HEAD>
<P>Each futures commission merchant and each introducing broker shall retain, in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, all promotional material it provides, directly or indirectly, to option customers as well as the true source of authority for the information contained therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35303, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.9   Unlawful activities.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person:
</P>
<P>(a) Required to be registered with the Commission in accordance with the Act or these regulations expressly or impliedly to represent that the Commission, by declaring effective the registration of such person or otherwise, has directly or indirectly approved such person, or any commodity option transaction solicited or accepted by such person;
</P>
<P>(b) In or in connection with an offer to enter into, the entry into, the confirmation of the execution of, or the maintenance of any commodity option transaction, expressly or impliedly to represent that compliance with the provisions of the Act or these regulations constitutes a guarantee of the fulfillment of the commodity option transaction;
</P>
<P>(c) Upon acceptance of an order for a commodity option transaction, to fail unreasonably to secure prompt execution of such order or upon rejection of an order to fail to notify the person whose order has been rejected of such rejection;
</P>
<P>(d) To manipulate or attempt to manipulate the market price of any commodity option on or subject to the rules of any contract market: <I>Provided, however,</I> That for purposes of this paragraph (d), any action taken by a contract market pursuant to a rule approved by the Commission or any emergency action which a contract market is permitted to take pursuant to the Act or these regulations shall not be deemed to be a manipulation; and
</P>
<P>(e) Upon acceptance of an order for a commodity option transaction to bucket such order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54529, Nov. 3, 1981; 46 FR 55925, Nov. 13, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.10   Fraud in connection with commodity option transactions.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(a) To cheat or defraud or attempt to cheat or defraud any other person;
</P>
<P>(b) To make or cause to be made to any other person any false report or statement thereof or cause to be entered for any person any false record thereof;
</P>
<P>(c) To deceive or attempt to deceive any other person by any means whatsoever
</P>
<FP>in or in connection with an offer to enter into, the entry into, the confirmation of the execution of, or the maintenance of, any commodity option transaction.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.26.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.11   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may, by order, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempt any person, either unconditionally or on a temporary or other conditional basis, from any provisions of this part, other than §§ 33.9 and 33.10, if it finds, in its discretion, that it would not be contrary to the public interest to grant such exemption.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 29508, Aug. 10, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 34—REGULATION OF HYBRID INSTRUMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 6, 6c and 12a.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 5586, Jan. 22, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 34.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.27.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall apply to any hybrid instrument which may be subject to the Act, and which has been entered into on or after October 23, 1974.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.27.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hybrid instruments.</I> Hybrid instrument means an equity or debt security or depository instrument as defined in § 34.3(a)(1) with one or more commodity-dependent components that have payment features similar to commodity futures or commodity option contracts or combinations thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commodity-independent component.</I> Commodity-independent component means the component of a hybrid instrument, the payments of which do not result from indexing to, or calculation by reference to, the price of a commodity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commodity-independent value.</I> Commodity-independent value means the present value of the payments attributable to the commodity-independent component calculated as of the time of issuance of the hybrid instrument.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commodity-dependent component.</I> A commodity-dependent component means a component of a hybrid instrument, the payment of which results from indexing to, or calculation by reference to, the price of a commodity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commodity-dependent value.</I> For purposes of application of Rule 34.3(a)(2), a commodity-dependent value means the value of a commodity dependent-component, which when decomposed into an option payout or payouts, is measured by the absolute net value of the put option premia with strike prices less than or equal to the reference price plus the absolute net value of the call option premia with strike prices greater than or equal to the reference price, calculated as of the time of issuance of the hybrid instrument.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Option premium.</I> Option premium means the value of an option on the referenced commodity of the hybrid instrument, and calculated using the same method as that used to determine the issue price of the instrument, or where such premia are not explicitly calculated in determining the issue price of the instrument, the value of such options calculated using a commercially reasonable method appropriate to the instrument being priced.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Reference price.</I> A reference price means a price nearest the current spot or forward price, whichever is used to price instrument, at which a commodity-dependent payment becomes non-zero, or, in the case where two potential reference prices exist, the price that results in the greatest commodity-dependent value.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 34.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.27.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 34.3   Hybrid instrument exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hybrid instrument is exempt from all provisions of the Act and any person or class of persons offering, entering into, rendering advice or rendering other services with respect to such exempt hybrid instrument is exempt for such activity from all provisions of the Act (except in each case section 2(a)(1)(B)), provided the following terms and conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The instrument is:
</P>
<P>(i) An equity or debt security within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A demand deposit, time deposit or transaction account within the meaning of 12 CFR 204.2 (b)(1), (c)(1) and (e), respectively, offered by an insured depository institution as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; an insured credit union as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act; or a Federal or State branch or agency of a foreign bank as defined in section 1 of the International Banking Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The sum of the commodity-dependent values of the commodity-dependent components is less than the commodity-independent value of the commodity-independent component;
</P>
<P>(3) Provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer must receive full payment of the hybrid instrument's purchase price, and a purchaser or holder of a hybrid instrument may not be required to make additional out-of-pocket payments to the issuer during the life of the instrument or at maturity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The instrument is not marketed as a futures contract or a commodity option, or, except to the extent necessary to describe the functioning of the instrument or to comply with applicable disclosure requirements, as having the characteristics of a futures contract or a commodity option; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The instrument does not provide for settlement in the form of a delivery instrument that is specified as such in the rules of a designed contract market;
</P>
<P>(4) The instrument is initially issued or sold subject to applicable federal or state securities or banking laws to persons permitted thereunder to purchase or enter into the hybrid instrument.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 35—SWAPS IN AN AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY (AGRICULTURAL SWAPS)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 6(c), and 6c(b); and title VII, sec. 723(c)(3), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 49299, Aug. 10, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 35.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.28.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 35.1   Agricultural swaps, generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person or group of persons may offer to enter into, enter into, confirm the execution of, maintain a position in, or otherwise conduct activity related to, any transaction in interstate commerce that is a swap in an agricultural commodity subject to all provisions of the Act, including any Commission rule, regulation, or order thereunder, otherwise applicable to any other swap; and
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to paragraph (a) of this section, any transaction in interstate commerce that is a swap in an agricultural commodity may be transacted on a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or otherwise in accordance with all provisions of the Act, including any Commission rule, regulation, or order thereunder, applicable to any other swap eligible to be transacted on a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or otherwise.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 36—TRADE EXECUTION REQUIREMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6c, 7, 7a-2, and 7b-3, as amended by Titles VII and VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 82328, Dec. 18, 2020, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 36.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.29.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 36.1   Exemptions to trade execution requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that also includes a component transaction that is the issuance of a bond in a primary market is exempt from the trade execution requirement in section 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, a package transaction consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) At least one component transaction is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 2(h)(8) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Section 2(h)(8) of the Act does not apply to a swap transaction that qualifies for the exception under section 2(h)(7) of the Act or an exception or exemption under part 50 of this chapter, and for which the associated requirements are met.
</P>
<P>(c) Section 2(h)(8) of the Act does not apply to a swap transaction that is executed between counterparties that have eligible affiliate counterparty status pursuant to § 50.52(a) of this chapter even if the eligible affiliate counterparties clear the swap transaction.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 82328, Dec. 18, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 9001, Feb. 11, 2021]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="37" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 37—SWAP EXECUTION FACILITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6c, 7, 7a-2, 7b-3, and 12a, as amended by Titles VII and VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall apply to every swap execution facility that is registered or is applying to become registered as a swap execution facility under section 5h of the Commodity Exchange Act (“the Act”); provided, however, nothing in this provision affects the eligibility of swap execution facilities to operate under the provisions of parts 38 or 49 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.2   Applicable provisions.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall comply with the requirements of this part and all other applicable Commission regulations, including § 1.60 and part 9 of this chapter, and including any related definitions and cross-referenced sections.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.3   Requirements and procedures for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for registration.</I> (1) Any person operating a facility that offers a trading system or platform in which more than one market participant has the ability to execute or trade swaps with more than one other market participant on the system or platform shall register the facility as a swap execution facility under this part or as a designated contract market under part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minimum trading functionality.</I> A swap execution facility shall, at a minimum, offer an Order Book as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order book</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An electronic trading facility, as that term is defined in section 1a(16) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) A trading facility, as that term is defined in section 1a(51) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A trading system or platform in which all market participants in the trading system or platform have the ability to enter multiple bids and offers, observe or receive bids and offers entered by other market participants, and transact on such bids and offers.
</P>
<P>(4) A swap execution facility is not required to provide an order book under this section for transactions defined in § 37.9(d)(2), (3), and (4), except that a swap execution facility must provide an order book under this section for Required Transactions that are components of transactions defined in § 37.9(d)(2), (3), and (4) of this part when such Required Transactions are not executed as components of transactions defined in § 37.9(d)(2), (3), and (4).






</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for full registration.</I> (1) An applicant requesting registration as a swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(i) File electronically a complete Form SEF as set forth in appendix A to this part, or any successor forms, and all information and documentation described in such forms with the Secretary of the Commission in the form and manner specified by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide to the Commission, upon the Commission's request, any additional information and documentation necessary to review an application; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Request from the Commission a unique, extensible, alphanumeric code for the purpose of identifying the swap execution facility pursuant to part 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for confidential treatment.</I> (i) An applicant requesting registration as a swap execution facility shall identify with particularity any information in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 40.8 of this chapter sets forth those sections of the application that will be made publicly available, notwithstanding a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amendment of application prior or subsequent to full registration.</I> An applicant amending a pending application for registration as a swap execution facility or requesting an amendment to an order of registration shall file an amended application electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the manner specified by the Commission. A swap execution facility shall file any amendment to an application subsequent to registration as a submission under part 40 of this chapter or as specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of incomplete application.</I> If an application is incomplete pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Commission shall notify the applicant that its application will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of the Commission's review.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commission review period.</I> For an applicant who submits its application for registration as a swap execution facility on or after August 5, 2015 the Commission shall review such application pursuant to the 180-day timeframe and procedures specified in section 6(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission determination.</I> (i) The Commission shall issue an order granting registration upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the applicant has demonstrated compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations applicable to swap execution facilities. If deemed appropriate, the Commission may issue an order granting registration subject to conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may issue an order denying registration upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the applicant has not demonstrated compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations applicable to swap execution facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Temporary registration.</I> An applicant seeking registration as a swap execution facility may request that the Commission grant the applicant temporary registration by complying with the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Requirements for temporary registration.</I> The Commission shall grant a request for temporary registration upon a Commission determination that the applicant has:
</P>
<P>(i) Completed all of the requirements under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submitted a notice to the Commission, concurrent with the filing of the application under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, requesting that the Commission grant the applicant temporary registration. An applicant that is currently operating a swaps-trading platform in reliance upon either an exemption granted by the Commission or some form of no-action relief granted by the Commission staff shall include in such notice a certification that the applicant is operating pursuant to such exemption or no-action relief.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission may deny a request for temporary registration upon a Commission determination that the applicant has not met the requirements under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Operation pursuant to a grant of temporary registration.</I> An applicant may operate as a swap execution facility under temporary registration upon receipt of a notice from the Commission granting such temporary registration, but in no case may begin operating as a temporarily registered swap execution facility before August 5, 2013.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expiration of temporary registration.</I> The temporary registration for a swap execution facility shall expire on the earlier of the date that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission grants or denies registration of the swap execution facility as provided under paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap execution facility withdraws its application for registration pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Temporary registration terminates pursuant to paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of temporary registration.</I> A grant of temporary registration by the Commission does not affect the right of the Commission to grant or deny registration as provided under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Termination of temporary registration.</I> Paragraph (c) of this section shall terminate two years from the effective date of this regulation except as provided for under paragraph (c)(6) of this section and except for an applicant who requested that the Commission grant the applicant temporary registration by complying with the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section before the termination of paragraph (c) of this section and has not been granted or denied registration under paragraph (b)(6) of this section by the time of the termination of paragraph (c) of this section. Such an applicant may operate as a swap execution facility under temporary registration upon receipt of a notice from the Commission granting such temporary registration until the Commission grants or denies registration pursuant to paragraph (b)(6) of this section. On the termination date of paragraph (c) of this section, the Commission shall review such applicant's application pursuant to the time period and procedures in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Temporary registration for applicants that are operational designated contract markets.</I> An applicant that is an operational designated contract market and is also seeking to register as a swap execution facility in order to transfer one or more of its contracts may request that the Commission grant the applicant temporary registration by complying with the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The termination of temporary registration provision in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall not apply to an applicant that is a non-dormant designated contract market as described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reinstatement of dormant registration.</I> A dormant swap execution facility as defined in section 40.1 of this chapter may reinstate its registration under the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section. The applicant may rely upon previously submitted materials if such materials accurately describe the dormant swap execution facility's conditions at the time that it applies for reinstatement of its registration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for transfer of registration.</I> (1) A swap execution facility seeking to transfer its registration from its current legal entity to a new legal entity as a result of a corporate change shall file a request for approval to transfer such registration with the Secretary of the Commission in the form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timeline for filing a request for transfer of registration.</I> A request for transfer of registration shall be filed no later than three months prior to the anticipated corporate change; or in the event that the swap execution facility could not have known of the anticipated change three months prior to the anticipated change, as soon as it knows of such change.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Required information.</I> The request for transfer of registration shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The underlying agreement that governs the corporate change;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the corporate change, including the reason for the change and its impact on the swap execution facility, including its governance and operations, and its impact on the rights and obligations of market participants;
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of the transferee's ability to comply with the Act, including the core principles applicable to swap execution facilities, and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iv) The governing documents of the transferee, including, but not limited to, articles of incorporation and bylaws;
</P>
<P>(v) The transferee's rules marked to show changes from the current rules of the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(vi) A representation by the transferee that it:
</P>
<P>(A) Will be the surviving entity and successor-in-interest to the transferor swap execution facility and will retain and assume, without limitation, all of the assets and liabilities of the transferor;
</P>
<P>(B) Will assume responsibility for complying with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Commission's regulations promulgated thereunder, including this part and appendices thereto;
</P>
<P>(C) Will assume, maintain, and enforce all rules implementing and complying with the core principles applicable to swap execution facilities, including the adoption of the transferor's rulebook, as amended in the request, and that any such amendments will be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) Will comply with all self-regulatory responsibilities except if otherwise indicated in the request, and will maintain and enforce all self-regulatory programs; and
</P>
<P>(E) Will notify market participants of all changes to the transferor's rulebook prior to the transfer and will further notify market participants of the concurrent transfer of the registration to the transferee upon Commission approval and issuance of an order permitting this transfer.
</P>
<P>(vii) A representation by the transferee that upon the transfer:
</P>
<P>(A) It will assume responsibility for and maintain compliance with core principles for all swaps previously made available for trading through the transferor, whether by certification or approval; and
</P>
<P>(B) None of the proposed rule changes will affect the rights and obligations of any market participant.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commission determination.</I> Upon review of a request for transfer of registration, the Commission, as soon as practicable, shall issue an order either approving or denying the request.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Request for withdrawal of application for registration.</I> An applicant for registration as a swap execution facility may withdraw its application submitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section by filing a withdrawal request electronically with the Secretary of the Commission. Withdrawal of an application for registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the application was pending with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Request for vacation of registration.</I> A swap execution facility may request that its registration be vacated under section 7 of the Act by filing a vacation request electronically with the Secretary of the Commission. Vacation of registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the swap execution facility was registered by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, upon consultation with the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, authority to notify an applicant seeking registration that its application is incomplete and that it will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of the Commission's review, to notify an applicant seeking registration under section 6(a) of the Act that its application is materially incomplete and the running of the 180-day period is stayed, and to notify an applicant seeking temporary registration that its request is granted or denied. The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 82329, Dec. 18, 2020; 89 FR 71811, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.4   Procedures for listing products and implementing rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant for registration as a swap execution facility may submit a swap's terms and conditions prior to listing the product as part of its application for registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Any swap terms and conditions or rules submitted as part of a swap execution facility's application for registration shall be considered for approval by the Commission at the time the Commission issues the swap execution facility's order of registration.
</P>
<P>(c) After the Commission issues the order of registration, a swap execution facility shall submit a swap's terms and conditions, including amendments to such terms and conditions, new rules, or rule amendments pursuant to the procedures under part 40 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Any swap terms and conditions or rules submitted as part of an application to reinstate the registration of a dormant swap execution facility, as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter, shall be considered for approval by the Commission at the time the Commission approves the dormant swap execution facility's reinstatement of registration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.5   Information relating to swap execution facility compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for information.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a swap execution facility shall file with the Commission information related to its business as a swap execution facility in the form and manner and within the time period as the Commission specifies in its request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demonstration of compliance.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a swap execution facility shall file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing supporting data, information, and documents that it is in compliance with one or more core principles or with its other obligations under the Act or the Commission's regulations as the Commission specifies in its request. The swap execution facility shall file such written demonstration in the form and manner and within the time period as the Commission specifies in its request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equity interest transfer</I>—(1) <I>Equity interest transfer notification.</I> A swap execution facility shall file with the Commission a notification of each transaction that the swap execution facility enters into involving the transfer of fifty percent or more of the equity interest in the swap execution facility. The Commission may, upon receiving such notification, request supporting documentation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of notification.</I> The equity interest transfer notice described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov,</I> at the earliest possible time but in no event later than the open of business ten business days following the date upon which the swap execution facility enters into a firm obligation to transfer the equity interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rule filing.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any aspect of an equity interest transfer described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section requires a swap execution facility to file a rule as defined in part 40 of this chapter, then the swap execution facility shall comply with the requirements of section 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of this chapter, and all other applicable Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certification.</I> Upon a transfer of an equity interest of fifty percent or more in a swap execution facility, the swap execution facility shall file electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov,</I> a certification that the swap execution facility meets all of the requirements of section 5h of the Act and the Commission regulations adopted thereunder, no later than two business days following the date on which the equity interest of fifty percent or more was acquired.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, the authority set forth in this section to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time. The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.6   Enforceability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transaction executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility shall not be void, voidable, subject to rescission, otherwise invalidated, or rendered unenforceable as a result of:
</P>
<P>(1) A violation by the swap execution facility of the provisions of section 5h of the Act or this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Any Commission proceeding to alter or supplement a rule, term, or condition under section 8a(7) of the Act or to declare an emergency under section 8a(9) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other proceeding the effect of which is to:
</P>
<P>(i) Alter or supplement a specific term or condition or trading rule or procedure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Require a swap execution facility to adopt a specific term or condition, trading rule or procedure, or to take or refrain from taking a specific action.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap execution facility shall provide each counterparty to a transaction that is executed on or pursuant to the rules of the swap execution facility with a written record of all of the terms of the transaction which shall legally supersede any conflicting terms of a previous agreement and serve as a confirmation of the transaction. The confirmation of all terms of the transaction shall take place as soon as technologically practicable after execution; provided that specific customer identifiers for accounts included in bunched orders involving swaps need not be included in confirmations provided by a swap execution facility if the applicable requirements of § 1.35(b)(5) of this chapter are met.
</P>
<P>(1) For a confirmation of an uncleared swap transaction, the swap execution facility may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (b) by incorporating by reference terms from underlying, previously negotiated agreements governing such transaction between the counterparties, without obtaining such incorporated agreements except as otherwise necessary to fully perform its operational, risk management, governance, or regulatory functions, or any requirements under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 35001, May 1, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.7   Prohibited use of data collected for regulatory purposes.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall not use for business or marketing purposes any proprietary data or personal information it collects or receives, from or on behalf of any person, for the purpose of fulfilling its regulatory obligations; <I>provided, however,</I> that a swap execution facility may use such data or information for business or marketing purposes if the person from whom it collects or receives such data or information clearly consents to the swap execution facility's use of such data or information in such manner. A swap execution facility shall not condition access to its market(s) or market services on a person's consent to the swap execution facility's use of proprietary data or personal information for business or marketing purposes. A swap execution facility, where necessary for regulatory purposes, may share such data or information with one or more swap execution facilities or designated contract markets registered with the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.8   Boards of trade operating both a designated contract market and a swap execution facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An entity that intends to operate both a designated contract market and a swap execution facility shall separately register the two entities pursuant to the designated contract market designation procedures set forth in part 38 of this chapter and the swap execution facility registration procedures set forth in this part. On an ongoing basis, the entity shall comply with the core principles for designated contract markets under section 5(d) of the Act and the regulations under part 38 of this chapter and the core principles for swap execution facilities under section 5h of the Act and the regulations under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A board of trade, as defined in section 1a(6) of the Act, that operates both a designated contract market and a swap execution facility and that uses the same electronic trade execution system for executing and trading swaps on the designated contract market and on the swap execution facility shall clearly identify to market participants for each swap whether the execution or trading of such swaps is taking place on the designated contract market or on the swap execution facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.9   Methods of execution for required and permitted transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Execution methods for required transactions.</I> (1) <I>Required transaction</I> means any transaction involving a swap that is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution methods.</I> (i)  Each Required Transaction that is not a block trade as defined in § 43.2 of this chapter shall be executed on a swap execution facility in accordance with one of the following methods of execution except as provided in paragraph (d) or (e) of this section:


</P>
<P>(A) An Order Book as defined in § 37.3(a)(3); or
</P>
<P>(B) A Request for Quote System, as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that operates in conjunction with an Order Book as defined in § 37.3(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(ii) In providing either one of the execution methods set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, a swap execution facility may for purposes of execution and communication use any means of interstate commerce, including, but not limited to, the mail, internet, email, and telephone, provided that the chosen execution method satisfies the requirements provided in § 37.3(a)(3) for Order Books or in paragraph (a)(3) of this section for Request for Quote Systems.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Request for quote system</I> means a trading system or platform in which a market participant transmits a request for a quote to buy or sell a specific instrument to no less than three market participants in the trading system or platform, to which all such market participants may respond. The three market participants shall not be affiliates of or controlled by the requester and shall not be affiliates of or controlled by each other. A swap execution facility that offers a request for quote system in connection with Required Transactions shall provide the following functionality:
</P>
<P>(i) At the same time that the requester receives the first responsive bid or offer, the swap execution facility shall communicate to the requester any firm bid or offer pertaining to the same instrument resting on any of the swap execution facility's Order Books, as defined in § 37.3(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap execution facility shall provide the requester with the ability to execute against such firm resting bids or offers along with any responsive orders; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap execution facility shall ensure that its trading protocols provide each of its market participants with equal priority in receiving requests for quotes and in transmitting and displaying for execution responsive orders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time delay requirement for required transactions on an order book</I>—(1) <I>Time delay requirement.</I> A swap execution facility shall require that a broker or dealer who seeks to either execute against its customer's order or execute two of its customers' orders against each other through the swap execution facility's Order Book, following some form of pre-arrangement or pre-negotiation of such orders, be subject to at least a 15 second time delay between the entry of those two orders into the Order Book, such that one side of the potential transaction is disclosed and made available to other market participants before the second side of the potential transaction, whether for the broker's or dealer's own account or for a second customer, is submitted for execution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjustment of time delay requirement.</I> A swap execution facility may adjust the time period of the 15 second time delay requirement described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, based upon a swap's liquidity or other product-specific considerations; however, the time delay shall be set for a sufficient period of time so that an order is exposed to the market and other market participants have a meaningful opportunity to execute against such order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Execution methods for permitted transactions.</I> (1) <I>Permitted transaction</I> means any transaction not involving a swap that is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution methods.</I> A swap execution facility may offer any method of execution for each Permitted Transaction.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions to required methods of execution for package transactions.</I> (1) For purposes of this paragraph, a package transaction consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) At least one component transaction is a Required Transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.
</P>
<P>(2) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component swap that is subject exclusively to the Commission's jurisdiction, but is not subject to the clearing requirement under section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act, may be executed on a swap execution facility in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component that is not a swap, as defined under section 1a(47) of the Act, may be executed on a swap execution facility in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction. This provision shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-swap components are U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-swap components are contracts for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
</P>
<P>(iii) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-swap components are agency mortgage-backed securities; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component transaction that is the issuance of a bond in a primary market.
</P>
<P>(4) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component swap that is not exclusively subject to the Commission's jurisdiction may be executed on a swap execution facility in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Resolution of operational and clerical error trades.</I> (1) As used in this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Correcting trade</I> means a trade executed and submitted for clearing to a registered derivatives clearing organization, or a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has determined is exempt from registration, with the same terms and conditions as an error trade other than any corrections to any operational or clerical error and the time of execution.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Error trade</I> means any trade executed on or subject to the rules of a swap execution facility that contains an operational or clerical error.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Offsetting trade</I> means a trade executed and submitted for clearing to a registered derivatives clearing organization, or a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has determined is exempt from registration, with terms and conditions that economically reverse an error trade that was accepted for clearing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution of correcting trades and offsetting trades.</I> (i) A swap execution facility shall maintain rules and procedures that facilitate the resolution of error trades. Such rules shall be fair, transparent, and consistent; allow for timely resolution; require market participants to provide prompt notice of an error trade—and, as applicable, offsetting and correcting trades—to the swap execution facility; and permit market participants to:
</P>
<P>(A) Execute a correcting trade, in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, regardless of whether it is a Required or Permitted Transaction, for an error trade that has been rejected from clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but no later than one hour after a registered derivatives clearing organization, or a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has determined is exempt from registration, provides notice of the rejection; or
</P>
<P>(B) Execute an offsetting trade and a correcting trade, in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, regardless of whether it is a Required or Permitted Transaction, for an error trade that was accepted for clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but no later than three days after the error trade was accepted for clearing at a derivatives clearing organization or a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has determined is exempt from registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a correcting trade is rejected from clearing, then a swap execution facility shall not allow the counterparties to execute another correcting trade.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Counterparty anonymity.</I> (1) Except as otherwise required under the Act or the Commission's regulations, a swap execution facility shall not directly or indirectly, including through a third-party service provider, disclose the identity of a counterparty to a swap that is executed anonymously and intended to be cleared.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules that prohibit any person from directly or indirectly, including through a third-party service provider, disclosing the identity of a counterparty to a swap that is executed anonymously and intended to be cleared.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section, “executed anonymously” shall include a swap that is pre-arranged or pre-negotiated anonymously, including by a participant of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(4) For a package transaction that includes a component transaction that is not a swap intended to be cleared, disclosing the identity of a counterparty shall not violate paragraph (f)(1) or (2) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph, a “package transaction” consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.








</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 44707, July 24, 2020; 85 FR 82329, Dec. 18, 2020]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.10   Process for a swap execution facility to make a swap available to trade.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Required submission.</I> A swap execution facility that makes a swap available to trade in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall submit to the Commission its determination with respect to such swap as a rule, as that term is defined by § 40.1 of this chapter, pursuant to the procedures under part 40 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Listing requirement.</I> A swap execution facility that makes a swap available to trade must demonstrate that it lists or offers that swap for trading on its trading system or platform.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors to consider.</I> To make a swap available to trade, for purposes of section 2(h)(8) of the Act, a swap execution facility shall consider, as appropriate, the following factors with respect to such swap:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether there are ready and willing buyers and sellers;
</P>
<P>(2) The frequency or size of transactions;
</P>
<P>(3) The trading volume;
</P>
<P>(4) The number and types of market participants;
</P>
<P>(5) The bid/ask spread; or
</P>
<P>(6) The usual number of resting firm or indicative bids and offers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability.</I> Upon a determination that a swap is available to trade on any swap execution facility or designated contract market pursuant to part 40 of this chapter, all other swap execution facilities and designated contract markets shall comply with the requirements of section 2(h)(8)(A) of the Act in listing or offering such swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Removal</I>—(1) <I>Determination.</I> The Commission may issue a determination that a swap is no longer available to trade upon determining that no swap execution facility or designated contract market lists such swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delegation of Authority.</I> (i) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to issue a determination that a swap is no longer available to trade.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33630, June 4, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.12   Trade execution compliance schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap transaction shall be subject to the requirements of section 2(h)(8) of the Act upon the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicable deadline established under the compliance schedule provided under § 50.25(b) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty days after the available-to-trade determination submission or certification for that swap is, respectively, deemed approved under § 40.5 of this chapter or deemed certified under § 40.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall prohibit any counterparty from complying voluntarily with the requirements of section 2(h)(8) of the Act sooner than as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33630, June 4, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Compliance With Core Principles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.100   Core Principle 1—Compliance with core principles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> To be registered, and maintain registration, as a swap execution facility, the swap execution facility shall comply with—
</P>
<P>(1) The core principles described in section 5h of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable discretion of a swap execution facility.</I> Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a swap execution facility described in paragraph (a) of this section shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the swap execution facility complies with the core principles described in section 5h of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Compliance With Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.200   Core Principle 2—Compliance with rules.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and enforce compliance with any rule of the swap execution facility, including the terms and conditions of the swaps traded or processed on or through the swap execution facility and any limitation on access to the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(b) Establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules, including means to provide market participants with impartial access to the market and to capture information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred;
</P>
<P>(c) Establish rules governing the operation of the facility, including rules specifying trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded or posted on the facility, including block trades; and
</P>
<P>(d) Provide by its rules that when a swap dealer or major swap participant enters into or facilitates a swap that is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement of section 2(h) of the Act, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall be responsible for compliance with the mandatory trading requirement under section 2(h)(8) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.201" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.201   Operation of swap execution facility and compliance with rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap execution facility shall establish rules governing the operation of the swap execution facility, including, but not limited to, rules specifying trading procedures to be followed by members and market participants when entering and executing orders traded or posted on the swap execution facility, including block trades, as defined in part 43 of this chapter, if offered.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap execution facility shall establish and impartially enforce compliance with the rules of the swap execution facility, including, but not limited to—
</P>
<P>(1) The terms and conditions of any swaps traded or processed on or through the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Access to the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(3) Trade practice rules;
</P>
<P>(4) Audit trail requirements;
</P>
<P>(5) Disciplinary rules; and
</P>
<P>(6) Mandatory trading requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.202" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.202   Access requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Impartial access to markets and market services.</I> A swap execution facility shall provide any eligible contract participant and any independent software vendor with impartial access to its market(s) and market services, including any indicative quote screens or any similar pricing data displays, provided that the facility has:
</P>
<P>(1) Criteria governing such access that are impartial, transparent, and applied in a fair and nondiscriminatory manner;
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures whereby eligible contract participants provide the swap execution facility with written or electronic confirmation of their status as eligible contract participants, as defined by the Act and Commission regulations, prior to obtaining access; and
</P>
<P>(3) Comparable fee structures for eligible contract participants and independent software vendors receiving comparable access to, or services from, the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Jurisdiction.</I> Prior to granting any eligible contract participant access to its facilities, a swap execution facility shall require that the eligible contract participant consent to its jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitations on access.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish and impartially enforce rules governing any decision to allow, deny, suspend, or permanently bar eligible contract participants' access to the swap execution facility, including when such decisions are made as part of a disciplinary or emergency action taken by the swap execution facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.203" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.203   Rule enforcement program.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and it shall have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Abusive trading practices prohibited.</I> A swap execution facility shall prohibit abusive trading practices on its markets by members and market participants. Swap execution facilities that permit intermediation shall prohibit customer-related abuses including, but not limited to, trading ahead of customer orders, trading against customer orders, accommodation trading, and improper cross trading. Specific trading practices that shall be prohibited include front-running, wash trading, pre-arranged trading (except for block trades permitted by part 43 of this chapter or other types of transactions certified to or approved by the Commission pursuant to the procedures under part 40 of this chapter), fraudulent trading, money passes, and any other trading practices that a swap execution facility deems to be abusive. A swap execution facility shall also prohibit any other manipulative or disruptive trading practices prohibited by the Act or by the Commission pursuant to Commission regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Capacity to detect and investigate rule violations.</I> A swap execution facility shall have arrangements and resources for effective enforcement of its rules. Such arrangements shall include the authority to collect information and documents on both a routine and non-routine basis, including the authority to examine books and records kept by the swap execution facility's members and by persons under investigation. A swap execution facility's arrangements and resources shall also facilitate the direct supervision of the market and the analysis of data collected to determine whether a rule violation has occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance staff and resources.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish and maintain sufficient compliance staff and resources to ensure that it can conduct effective audit trail reviews, trade practice surveillance, market surveillance, and real-time market monitoring. The swap execution facility's compliance staff shall also be sufficient to address unusual market or trading events as they arise, and to conduct and complete investigations in a timely manner, as set forth in § 37.203(f).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Automated trade surveillance system.</I> A swap execution facility shall maintain an automated trade surveillance system capable of detecting potential trade practice violations. The automated trade surveillance system shall load and process daily orders and trades no later than 24 hours after the completion of the trading day. The automated trade surveillance system shall have the capability to detect and flag specific trade execution patterns and trade anomalies; compute, retain, and compare trading statistics; compute trade gains, losses, and swap-equivalent positions; reconstruct the sequence of market activity; perform market analyses; and support system users to perform in-depth analyses and ad hoc queries of trade-related data.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Real-time market monitoring.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct real-time market monitoring of all trading activity on its system(s) or platform(s) to identify disorderly trading and any market or system anomalies. A swap execution facility shall have the authority to adjust trade prices or cancel trades when necessary to mitigate market disrupting events caused by malfunctions in its system(s) or platform(s) or errors in orders submitted by members and market participants. Any trade price adjustments or trade cancellations shall be transparent to the market and subject to standards that are clear, fair, and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Investigations and investigation reports</I>—(1) <I>Procedures.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish and maintain procedures that require its compliance staff to conduct investigations of possible rule violations. An investigation shall be commenced upon the receipt of a request from Commission staff or upon the discovery or receipt of information by the swap execution facility that indicates a reasonable basis for finding that a violation may have occurred or will occur.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timeliness.</I> Each compliance staff investigation shall be completed in a timely manner. Absent mitigating factors, a timely manner is no later than 12 months after the date that an investigation is opened. Mitigating factors that may reasonably justify an investigation taking longer than 12 months to complete include the complexity of the investigation, the number of firms or individuals involved as potential wrongdoers, the number of potential violations to be investigated, and the volume of documents and data to be examined and analyzed by compliance staff.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Investigation reports when a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> Compliance staff shall submit a written investigation report for disciplinary action in every instance in which compliance staff determines from surveillance or from an investigation that a reasonable basis exists for finding a rule violation. The investigation report shall include the reason the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; compliance staff's analysis and conclusions; and a recommendation as to whether disciplinary action should be pursued.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Investigation reports when no reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> If after conducting an investigation, compliance staff determines that no reasonable basis exists for finding a rule violation, it shall prepare a written report including the reason the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; and compliance staff's analysis and conclusions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Warning letters.</I> No more than one warning letter may be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same rule violation within a rolling twelve month period.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional sources for compliance.</I> A swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.203.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.204" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.204   Regulatory services provided by a third party.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of regulatory service provider permitted.</I> A swap execution facility may choose to contract with a registered futures association or another registered entity, as such terms are defined under the Act, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (collectively, “regulatory service providers”), for the provision of services to assist in complying with the Act and Commission regulations thereunder, as approved by the Commission. Any swap execution facility that chooses to contract with a regulatory service provider shall ensure that such provider has the capacity and resources necessary to provide timely and effective regulatory services, including adequate staff and automated surveillance systems. A swap execution facility shall at all times remain responsible for the performance of any regulatory services received, for compliance with the swap execution facility's obligations under the Act and Commission regulations, and for the regulatory service provider's performance on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to supervise regulatory service provider.</I> A swap execution facility that elects to use the service of a regulatory service provider shall retain sufficient compliance staff to supervise the quality and effectiveness of the regulatory services provided on its behalf. Compliance staff of the swap execution facility shall hold regular meetings with the regulatory service provider to discuss ongoing investigations, trading patterns, market participants, and any other matters of regulatory concern. A swap execution facility shall also conduct periodic reviews of the adequacy and effectiveness of services provided on its behalf. Such reviews shall be documented carefully and made available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulatory decisions required from the swap execution facility.</I> A swap execution facility that elects to use the service of a regulatory service provider shall retain exclusive authority in all substantive decisions made by its regulatory service provider, including, but not limited to, decisions involving the cancellation of trades, the issuance of disciplinary charges against members or market participants, and denials of access to the trading platform for disciplinary reasons. A swap execution facility shall document any instances where its actions differ from those recommended by its regulatory service provider, including the reasons for the course of action recommended by the regulatory service provider and the reasons why the swap execution facility chose a different course of action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.205" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.205   Audit trail.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall establish procedures to capture and retain information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred.


</P>
<P>(a) <I>Audit trail required.</I> A swap execution facility shall capture and retain all audit trail data necessary to detect, investigate, and prevent customer and market abuses. Such data shall be sufficient to reconstruct all indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades within a reasonable period of time and to provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the swap execution facility. An acceptable audit trail shall also permit the swap execution facility to track a customer order from the time of receipt through execution on the swap execution facility.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Elements of an acceptable audit trail program</I>—(1) <I>Original source documents.</I> A swap execution facility's audit trail shall include original source documents. Original source documents include unalterable, sequentially-identified records on which trade execution information is originally recorded, whether recorded manually or electronically. Records for customer orders (whether filled, unfilled, or cancelled, each of which shall be retained or electronically captured) shall reflect the terms of the order, an account identifier that relates back to the account(s) owner(s), the time of order entry, and the time of trade execution. Swap execution facilities shall require that all orders, indications of interest, and requests for quotes be immediately captured in the audit trail.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transaction history database.</I> A swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include an electronic transaction history database. An adequate transaction history database includes a history of all indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades entered into a swap execution facility's trading system or platform, including all order modifications and cancellations. An adequate transaction history database also includes:
</P>
<P>(i) All data that are input into the trade entry or matching system for the transaction to match and clear;
</P>
<P>(ii) The customer type indicator code;
</P>
<P>(iii) Timing and sequencing data adequate to reconstruct trading; and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Electronic analysis capability.</I> A swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include electronic analysis capability with respect to all audit trail data in the transaction history database. Such electronic analysis capability shall ensure that the swap execution facility has the ability to reconstruct indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades, and identify possible trading violations with respect to both customer and market abuse.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Safe storage capability.</I> A swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include the capability to safely store all audit trail data retained in its transaction history database. Such safe storage capability shall include the capability to store all data in the database in a manner that protects it from unauthorized alteration, as well as from accidental erasure or other loss. Data shall be retained in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements of Core Principle 10 for swap execution facilities and the associated regulations in subpart K of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Enforcement of audit trail requirements</I>—(1) <I>Annual audit trail and recordkeeping reviews.</I> A swap execution facility shall enforce its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements through at least annual reviews of all members and persons and firms subject to the swap execution facility's recordkeeping rules to verify their compliance with the swap execution facility's audit trail and recordkeeping requirements. Such reviews shall include, but are not limited to, reviews of randomly selected samples of front-end audit trail data for order routing systems; a review of the process by which user identifications are assigned and user identification records are maintained; a review of usage patterns associated with user identifications to monitor for violations of user identification rules; and reviews of account numbers and customer type indicator codes in trade records to test for accuracy and improper use.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Enforcement program required.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish a program for effective enforcement of its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements. An effective program shall identify members and persons and firms subject to the swap execution facility's recordkeeping rules that have failed to maintain high levels of compliance with such requirements, and impose meaningful sanctions when deficiencies are found. Sanctions shall be sufficient to deter recidivist behavior. No more than one warning letter shall be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same violation of audit trail or recordkeeping requirements within a rolling twelve month period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, as amended at 86 FR 9247, Feb. 11, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.206" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.206   Disciplinary procedures and sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall establish trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to enforce such rules through prompt and effective disciplinary action, including suspension or expulsion of members or market participants that violate the rules of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Enforcement staff.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish and maintain sufficient enforcement staff and resources to effectively and promptly prosecute possible rule violations within the disciplinary jurisdiction of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disciplinary panels.</I> A swap execution facility shall establish one or more disciplinary panels that are authorized to fulfill their obligations under the rules of this subpart. Disciplinary panels shall meet the composition requirements of part 40 of this chapter, and shall not include any members of the swap execution facility's compliance staff or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hearings.</I> A swap execution facility shall adopt rules that provide for the following minimum requirements for any hearing:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing shall be fair, shall be conducted before members of the disciplinary panel, and shall be promptly convened after reasonable notice to the respondent; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the respondent has requested a hearing, a copy of the hearing shall be made and shall become a part of the record of the proceeding. The record shall not be required to be transcribed unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The transcript is requested by Commission staff or the respondent;
</P>
<P>(ii) The decision is appealed pursuant to the rules of the swap execution facility; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The decision is reviewed by the Commission pursuant to section 8c of the Act or part 9 of this chapter. In all other instances, a summary record of a hearing is permitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Decisions.</I> Promptly following a hearing conducted in accordance with the rules of the swap execution facility, the disciplinary panel shall render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and shall provide a copy to the respondent. The decision shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The notice of charges or a summary of the charges;
</P>
<P>(2) The answer, if any, or a summary of the answer;
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of the evidence produced at the hearing or, where appropriate, incorporation by reference of the investigation report;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of findings and conclusions with respect to each charge, and a complete explanation of the evidentiary and other basis for such findings and conclusions with respect to each charge;
</P>
<P>(5) An indication of each specific rule that the respondent was found to have violated; and
</P>
<P>(6) A declaration of all sanctions imposed against the respondent, including the basis for such sanctions and the effective date of such sanctions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disciplinary sanctions.</I> All disciplinary sanctions imposed by a swap execution facility or its disciplinary panels shall be commensurate with the violations committed and shall be clearly sufficient to deter recidivism or similar violations by other market participants. All disciplinary sanctions, including sanctions imposed pursuant to an accepted settlement offer, shall take into account the respondent's disciplinary history. In the event of demonstrated customer harm, any disciplinary sanction shall also include full customer restitution, except where the amount of restitution or to whom it should be provided cannot be reasonably determined.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Warning letters.</I> Where a rule violation is found to have occurred, no more than one warning letter may be issued per rolling twelve month period for the same violation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional sources for compliance.</I> A swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.206.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Swaps Not Readily Susceptible to Manipulation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.300" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.300   Core Principle 3—Swaps not readily susceptible to manipulation.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall permit trading only in swaps that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.301" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.301   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>To demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.300, a swap execution facility shall, at the time it submits a new swap contract in advance to the Commission pursuant to part 40 of this chapter, provide the applicable information as set forth in appendix C to part 38 of this chapter—Demonstration of Compliance That a Contract is not Readily Susceptible to Manipulation. A swap execution facility may also refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Monitoring of Trading and Trade Processing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.400" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.400   Core Principle 4—Monitoring of trading and trade processing.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and enforce rules or terms and conditions defining, or specifications detailing:
</P>
<P>(1) Trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for trade processing of swaps on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(b) Monitor trading in swaps to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash settlement process through surveillance, compliance, and disciplinary practices and procedures, including methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading and comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.401" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.401   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Collect and evaluate data on its market participants' market activity on an ongoing basis in order to detect and prevent manipulation, price distortions, and, where possible, disruptions of the physical-delivery or cash-settlement process;
</P>
<P>(b) Monitor and evaluate general market data in order to detect and prevent manipulative activity that would result in the failure of the market price to reflect the normal forces of supply and demand;
</P>
<P>(c) Demonstrate an effective program for conducting real-time monitoring of trading for the purpose of detecting and resolving abnormalities; and
</P>
<P>(d) Demonstrate the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct daily trading activity for the purpose of detecting instances or threats of manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.402" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.402   Additional requirements for physical-delivery swaps.</HEAD>
<P>For physical-delivery swaps, the swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitors a swap's terms and conditions as they relate to the underlying commodity market; and
</P>
<P>(b) Monitors the availability of the supply of the commodity specified by the delivery requirements of the swap.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.403" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.403   Additional requirements for cash-settled swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For cash-settled swaps, the swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors the pricing of the reference price used to determine cash flows or settlement;
</P>
<P>(b) For cash-settled swaps listed on the swap execution facility where the reference price is formulated and computed by the swap execution facility, the swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors the continued appropriateness of its methodology for deriving that price; and
</P>
<P>(c) For cash-settled swaps listed on the swap execution facility where the reference price relies on a third-party index or instrument, including an index or instrument traded on another venue, the swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors the continued appropriateness of the index or instrument.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.404" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.404   Ability to obtain information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it has access to sufficient information to assess whether trading in swaps listed on its market, in the index or instrument used as a reference price, or in the underlying commodity for its listed swaps is being used to affect prices on its market.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap execution facility shall have rules that require its market participants to keep records of their trading, including records of their activity in the index or instrument used as a reference price, the underlying commodity, and related derivatives markets, and make such records available, upon request, to the swap execution facility or, if applicable, to its regulatory service provider, and the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.405" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.405   Risk controls for trading.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall establish and maintain risk control mechanisms to prevent and reduce the potential risk of market disruptions, including, but not limited to, market restrictions that pause or halt trading under market conditions prescribed by the swap execution facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.406" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.406   Trade reconstruction.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall have the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct all trading on its facility. All audit-trail data and reconstructions shall be made available to the Commission in a form, manner, and time that is acceptable to the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.407" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.407   Regulatory service provider.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall comply with the regulations in this subpart through a dedicated regulatory department or by contracting with a regulatory service provider pursuant to § 37.204.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.408" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.408   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.400.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Ability to Obtain Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.500" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.500   Core Principle 5—Ability to obtain information.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and enforce rules that will allow the facility to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in section 5h of the Act;
</P>
<P>(b) Provide the information to the Commission on request; and
</P>
<P>(c) Have the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.501" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.501   Establish and enforce rules.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules that will allow the swap execution facility to have the ability and authority to obtain sufficient information to allow it to fully perform its operational, risk management, governance, and regulatory functions and any requirements under this part, including the capacity to carry out international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.502" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.502   Collection of information.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall have rules that allow it to collect information on a routine basis, allow for the collection of non-routine data from its market participants, and allow for its examination of books and records kept by the market participants on its facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.503" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.503   Provide information to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall provide information in its possession to the Commission upon request, in a form and manner that the Commission approves.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.504" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.6.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.504   Information-sharing agreements.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall share information with other regulatory organizations, data repositories, and third-party data reporting services as required by the Commission or as otherwise necessary and appropriate to fulfill its self-regulatory and reporting responsibilities. Appropriate information-sharing agreements can be established with such entities or the Commission can act in conjunction with the swap execution facility to carry out such information sharing.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Position Limits or Accountability</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.600" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.600   Core Principle 6—Position limits or accountability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion, especially during trading in the delivery month, a swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall adopt for each of the contracts of the facility, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Position limits.</I> For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a) of the Act, the swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set its position limitation at a level no higher than the Commission limitation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor positions established on or through the swap execution facility for compliance with the limit set by the Commission and the limit, if any, set by the swap execution facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.601" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.7.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.601   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Until such time that compliance is required under part 151 of this chapter, a swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.600.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Financial Integrity of Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.700" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.8.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.700   Core Principle 7—Financial integrity of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of swaps entered on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility, including the clearance and settlement of the swaps pursuant to section 2(h)(1) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.701" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.8.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.701   Required clearing.</HEAD>
<P>Transactions executed on or through the swap execution facility that are required to be cleared under section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act or are voluntarily cleared by the counterparties shall be cleared through a Commission-registered derivatives clearing organization, or a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has determined is exempt from registration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.702" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.8.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.702   General financial integrity.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall provide for the financial integrity of its transactions:
</P>
<P>(a) By establishing minimum financial standards for its members, which shall, at a minimum, require that members qualify as an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(b) For transactions cleared by a derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(1) By ensuring that the swap execution facility has the capacity to route transactions to the derivatives clearing organization in a manner acceptable to the derivatives clearing organization for purposes of clearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) By coordinating with each derivatives clearing organization to which it submits transactions for clearing, in the development of rules and procedures to facilitate prompt and efficient transaction processing in accordance with the requirements of § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.703" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.8.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.703   Monitoring for financial soundness.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall monitor its members to ensure that they continue to qualify as eligible contract participants as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Emergency Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.800" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.9.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.800   Core Principle 8—Emergency authority.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in any swap or to suspend or curtail trading in a swap.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.801" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.9.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.801   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.800.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Timely Publication of Trading Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.900" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.10.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.900   Core Principle 9—Timely publication of trading information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The swap execution facility shall make public timely information on price, trading volume, and other trading data on swaps to the extent prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Capacity of swap execution facility.</I> The swap execution facility shall be required to have the capacity to electronically capture and transmit trade information with respect to transactions executed on the facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.901" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.10.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.901   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to swaps traded on or through a swap execution facility, each swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Report specified swap data as provided under part 43 and part 45 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) Meet the requirements of part 16 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Recordkeeping and Reporting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1000" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.11.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1000   Core Principle 10—Recordkeeping and reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, including a complete audit trail, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission for a period of five years;
</P>
<P>(2) Report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Keep any such records relating to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act open to inspection and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> The Commission shall adopt data collection and reporting requirements for swap execution facilities that are comparable to corresponding requirements for derivatives clearing organizations and swap data repositories.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1001" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.11.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1001   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, for a period of at least five years. A swap execution facility shall maintain such records, including a complete audit trail for all swaps executed on or subject to the rules of the swap execution facility, investigatory files, and disciplinary files, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 and part 45 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Antitrust Considerations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.12.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1100   Core Principle 11—Antitrust considerations.</HEAD>
<P>Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act, the swap execution facility shall not:
</P>
<P>(a) Adopt any rules or take any actions that result in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
</P>
<P>(b) Impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1101" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.12.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1101   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 37.1100.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Conflicts of Interest</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.13.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1200   Core Principle 12—Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in its decision-making process; and
</P>
<P>(b) Establish a process for resolving the conflicts of interest.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Financial Resources</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>86 FR 9247, Feb. 11, 2021, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 37.1300" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1300   Core Principle 13—Financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The swap execution facility shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of resource adequacy.</I> The financial resources of a swap execution facility shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the swap execution facility to cover the operating costs of the swap execution facility for a one-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1301" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1301   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap execution facility shall maintain financial resources on an ongoing basis that are adequate to enable it to comply with the core principles set forth in section 5h of the Act and any applicable Commission regulations. Financial resources shall be considered adequate if their value exceeds the total amount that would enable the swap execution facility to cover its projected operating costs necessary for the swap execution facility to comply with section 5h of the Act and applicable Commission regulations for a one-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis pursuant to § 37.1304.
</P>
<P>(b) An entity that operates as both a swap execution facility and a derivatives clearing organization shall also comply with the financial resource requirements of § 39.11 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1302" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1302   Types of financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of § 37.1301 may include:
</P>
<P>(a) The swap execution facility's own capital, meaning its assets minus its liabilities calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(b) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1303" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1303   Liquidity of financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>The financial resources allocated by the swap execution facility to meet the ongoing requirements of § 37.1301 shall include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) equal to at least the greater of three months of projected operating costs, as calculated on a rolling basis, or the projected costs needed to wind down the swap execution facility's operations, in each case as determined under § 37.1304. If a swap execution facility lacks sufficient unencumbered, liquid financial assets to satisfy its obligations under this section, the swap execution facility may satisfy this requirement by obtaining a committed line of credit or similar facility in an amount at least equal to such deficiency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1304" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1304   Computation of costs to meet financial resources requirement.</HEAD>
<P>A swap execution facility shall each fiscal quarter, make a reasonable calculation of its projected operating costs and wind-down costs in order to determine its applicable obligations under §§ 37.1301 and 37.1303. The swap execution facility shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodologies used to compute such amounts. The Commission may review the methodologies and require changes as appropriate.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1305" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1305   Valuation of financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>No less than each fiscal quarter, a swap execution facility shall compute the current market value of each financial resource used to meet its obligations under §§ 37.1301 and 37.1303. Reductions in value to reflect market and credit risk (“haircuts”) shall be applied as appropriate.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1306" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1306   Reporting to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a swap execution facility shall provide a report to the Commission that includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of financial resources necessary to meet the requirements of §§ 37.1301 and 37.1303, computed in accordance with the requirements of § 37.1304, and the market value of each available financial resource, computed in accordance with the requirements of § 37.1305; and
</P>
<P>(2) Financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(i) The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, prepared in English, and denominated in U.S. dollars.
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial statements of a swap execution facility that is not domiciled in the United States, and is not otherwise required to prepare financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, may satisfy the requirement in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section if such financial statements are prepared in accordance with either International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or a comparable international standard as the Commission may otherwise accept in its discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) The calculations required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be made as of the last business day of the swap execution facility's applicable fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(c) With each report required under paragraph (a) of this section, the swap execution facility shall also provide the Commission with sufficient documentation explaining the methodology used to compute its financial requirements under §§ 37.1301 and 37.1303. Such documentation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Allow the Commission to reliably determine, without additional requests for information, that the swap execution facility has made reasonable calculations pursuant to § 37.1304; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) A total list of all expenses, without any exclusion;
</P>
<P>(ii) All expenses and the corresponding amounts, if any, that the swap execution facility excluded or prorated when determining its operating costs, calculated on a rolling basis, required under §§ 37.1301 and 37.1303, and the basis for any determination to exclude or prorate any such expenses;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation demonstrating the existence of any committed line of credit or similar facility relied upon for the purpose of meeting the requirements of § 37.1303 (e.g., copies of agreements establishing or amending a credit facility or similar facility); and
</P>
<P>(iv) All costs that a swap execution facility would incur to wind down the swap execution facility's operations, the projected amount of time for any such wind-down period, and the basis of its determination for the estimation of its costs and timing.
</P>
<P>(d) The reports and supporting documentation required by this section shall be filed not later than 40 calendar days after the end of the swap execution facility's first three fiscal quarters, and not later than 90 calendar days after the end of the swap execution facility's fourth fiscal quarter, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(e) A swap execution facility shall provide notice to the Commission no later than 48 hours after it knows or reasonably should know that it no longer meets its obligations under § 37.1301 or 37.1303.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1307" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.14.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1307   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether a particular financial resource under § 37.1302 may be used to satisfy the requirements of § 37.1301;
</P>
<P>(2) Review and make changes to the methodology used to compute projected operating costs and wind-down costs under § 37.1304 and the valuation of financial resources under § 37.1305;
</P>
<P>(3) Request reports, in addition to those required in § 37.1306, or additional documentation or information under § 37.1306(a), (c), and (e); and
</P>
<P>(4) Grant an extension of time to file fiscal quarter reports under § 37.1306(d).
</P>
<P>(b) The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—System Safeguards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1400" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.15.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1400   Core Principle 14—System safeguards.</HEAD>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and automated systems, that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are reliable and secure; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have adequate scalable capacity;
</P>
<P>(b) Establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allow for:
</P>
<P>(1) The timely recovery and resumption of operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) The fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(c) Periodically conduct tests to verify that the backup resources of the swap execution facility are sufficient to ensure continued:
</P>
<P>(1) Order processing and trade matching;
</P>
<P>(2) Price reporting;
</P>
<P>(3) Market surveillance; and
</P>
<P>(4) Maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1401" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.15.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1401   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap execution facility's program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems shall address each of the following categories of risk analysis and oversight:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Enterprise risk management and governance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Assessment, mitigation, and monitoring of security and technology risk; security and technology capital planning and investment; board of directors and management oversight of technology and security; information technology audit and controls assessments; remediation of deficiencies; and any other elements of enterprise risk management and governance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information security.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to, controls relating to: Access to systems and data (including least privilege, separation of duties, account monitoring and control); user and device identification and authentication; security awareness training; audit log maintenance, monitoring, and analysis; media protection; personnel security and screening; automated system and communications protection (including network port control, boundary defenses, encryption); system and information integrity (including malware defenses, software integrity monitoring); vulnerability management; penetration testing; security incident response and management; and any other elements of information security included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Regular, periodic testing and review of business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities, the controls and capabilities described in paragraph (c), (d), (j), and (k) of this section; and any other elements of business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capacity and performance planning.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Controls for monitoring the swap execution facility's systems to ensure adequate scalable capacity (including testing, monitoring, and analysis of current and projected future capacity and performance, and of possible capacity degradation due to planned automated system changes); and any other elements of capacity and performance planning included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Systems operations.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: System maintenance; configuration management (including baseline configuration, configuration change and patch management, least functionality, inventory of authorized and unauthorized devices and software); event and problem response and management; and any other elements of system operations included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Systems development and quality assurance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Requirements development; pre-production and regression testing; change management procedures and approvals; outsourcing and vendor management; training in secure coding practices; and any other elements of systems development and quality assurance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Physical security and environmental controls.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Physical access and monitoring; power, telecommunication, and environmental controls; fire protection; and any other elements of physical security and environmental controls included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(b) In addressing the categories of risk analysis and oversight required under paragraph (a) of this section, a swap execution facility shall follow generally accepted standards and best practices with respect to the development, operation, reliability, security, and capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P>(c) A swap execution facility shall maintain a business continuity-disaster recovery plan and business continuity-disaster recovery resources, emergency procedures, and backup facilities sufficient to enable timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a swap execution facility following any disruption of its operations. Such responsibilities and obligations include, without limitation: Order processing and trade matching; transmission of matched orders to a designated clearing organization for clearing, where appropriate; price reporting; market surveillance; and maintenance of a comprehensive audit trail. A swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan and resources generally should enable resumption of trading and clearing of swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of the swap execution facility during the next business day following the disruption. Swap execution facilities determined by the Commission to be critical financial markets are subject to more stringent requirements in this regard, set forth in § 40.9 of this chapter. A swap execution facility shall update its business continuity-disaster recovery plan and emergency procedures at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but at a minimum no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(d) A swap execution facility that is not determined by the Commission to be a critical financial market satisfies the requirement to be able to resume its operations and resume its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations during the next business day following any disruption of its operations by maintaining either:
</P>
<P>(1) Infrastructure and personnel resources of its own that are sufficient to ensure timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a swap execution facility following any disruption of its operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) Contractual arrangements with other swap execution facilities or disaster recovery service providers, as appropriate, that are sufficient to ensure continued trading and clearing of swaps executed on the swap execution facility, and ongoing fulfillment of all of the swap execution facility's responsibilities and obligations with respect to such swaps, in the event that a disruption renders the swap execution facility temporarily or permanently unable to satisfy this requirement on its own behalf.
</P>
<P>(e) A swap execution facility shall notify Commission staff promptly of all:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic trading halts and material system malfunctions;
</P>
<P>(2) Cyber security incidents or targeted threats that actually or potentially jeopardize automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Activations of the swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(f) A swap execution facility shall provide Commission staff timely advance notice of all material:
</P>
<P>(1) Planned changes to automated systems that may impact the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of such systems; and
</P>
<P>(2) Planned changes to the swap execution facility's program of risk analysis and oversight.
</P>
<P>(g) As part of a swap execution facility's obligation to produce books and records in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, Core Principle 10 (Recordkeeping and Reporting), and §§ 37.1000 and 37.1001, a swap execution facility shall provide to the Commission the following system safeguards-related books and records, promptly upon the request of any Commission representative:
</P>
<P>(1) Current copies of its business continuity-disaster recovery plans and other emergency procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) All assessments of its operational risks or system safeguards-related controls;
</P>
<P>(3) All reports concerning system safeguards testing and assessment required by this chapter, whether performed by independent contractors or by employees of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(4) All other books and records requested by Commission staff in connection with Commission oversight of system safeguards pursuant to the Act or Commission regulations, or in connection with Commission maintenance of a current profile of the swap execution facility's automated systems.
</P>
<P>(5) Nothing in § 37.1401(g) shall be interpreted as reducing or limiting in any way a swap execution facility's obligation to comply with Core Principle 10 (Recordkeeping and Reporting) or with § 1.31 of this chapter or with § 37.1000 or § 37.1001.
</P>
<P>(h) A swap execution facility shall conduct regular, periodic, objective testing and review of its automated systems to ensure that they are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity. It shall also conduct regular, periodic testing and review of its business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities. Such testing and review shall include, without limitation, all of the types of testing set forth in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this paragraph (h):
</P>
<P><I>Controls</I> means the safeguards or countermeasures employed by the swap execution facility in order to protect the reliability, security, or capacity of its automated systems or the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its data and information, and in order to enable the swap execution facility to fulfill its statutory and regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Controls testing</I> means assessment of the swap execution facility's controls to determine whether such controls are implemented correctly, are operating as intended, and are enabling the swap execution facility to meet the requirements established by this section.
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise technology risk assessment</I> means a written assessment that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of threats and vulnerabilities in the context of mitigating controls. An enterprise technology risk assessment identifies, estimates, and prioritizes risks to swap execution facility operations or assets, or to market participants, individuals, or other entities, resulting from impairment of the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and information or the reliability, security, or capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P><I>External penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the swap execution facility's automated systems from outside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting external penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Internal penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the swap execution facility's automated systems from inside the systems' boundaries, to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting internal penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Key controls</I> means those controls that an appropriate risk analysis determines are either critically important for effective system safeguards or intended to address risks that evolve or change more frequently and therefore require more frequent review to ensure their continuing effectiveness in addressing such risks.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident</I> means a cyber security or physical security event that actually jeopardizes or has a significant likelihood of jeopardizing automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity, or the availability, confidentiality or integrity of data.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan</I> means a written plan documenting the swap execution facility's policies, controls, procedures, and resources for identifying, responding to, mitigating, and recovering from security incidents, and the roles and responsibilities of its management, staff and independent contractors in responding to security incidents. A security incident response plan may be a separate document or a business continuity-disaster recovery plan section or appendix dedicated to security incident response.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan testing</I> means testing of a swap execution facility's security incident response plan to determine the plan's effectiveness, identify its potential weaknesses or deficiencies, enable regular plan updating and improvement, and maintain organizational preparedness and resiliency with respect to security incidents. Methods of conducting security incident response plan testing may include, but are not limited to, checklist completion, walk-through or table-top exercises, simulations, and comprehensive exercises.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability testing</I> means testing of a swap execution facility's automated systems to determine what information may be discoverable through a reconnaissance analysis of those systems and what vulnerabilities may be present on those systems.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vulnerability testing.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct vulnerability testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct such vulnerability testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such vulnerability testing shall include automated vulnerability scanning, which shall follow generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap execution facility shall conduct vulnerability testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>External penetration testing.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct external penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct such external penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap execution facility shall conduct external penetration testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Internal penetration testing.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct internal penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct such internal penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap execution facility shall conduct internal penetration testing by engaging independent contractors, or by using employees of the swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Controls testing.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing, which includes testing of each control included in its program of risk analysis and oversight, at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. Such testing may be conducted on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security incident response plan testing.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct security incident response plan testing sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct such security incident response plan testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap execution facility's security incident response plan shall include, without limitation, the swap execution facility's definition and classification of security incidents, its policies and procedures for reporting security incidents and for internal and external communication and information sharing regarding security incidents, and the hand-off and escalation points in its security incident response process.
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap execution facility may coordinate its security incident response plan testing with other testing required by this section or with testing of its other business continuity-disaster recovery and crisis management plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) A swap execution facility may conduct security incident response plan testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Enterprise technology risk assessment.</I> A swap execution facility shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap execution facility shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. A swap execution facility that has conducted an enterprise technology risk assessment that complies with this section may conduct subsequent assessments by updating the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap execution facility may conduct enterprise technology risk assessments by using independent contractors or employees of the swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being assessed.
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent practicable, a swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Coordinate its business continuity-disaster recovery plan with those of the market participants it depends upon to provide liquidity, in a manner adequate to enable effective resumption of activity in its markets following a disruption causing activation of the swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate and coordinate periodic, synchronized testing of its business continuity-disaster recovery plan with those of the market participants it depends upon to provide liquidity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that its business continuity-disaster recovery plan takes into account the business continuity-disaster recovery plans of its telecommunications, power, water, and other essential service providers.
</P>
<P>(j) Part 40 of this chapter governs the obligations of those registered entities that the Commission has determined to be critical financial markets, with respect to maintenance and geographic dispersal of disaster recovery resources sufficient to meet a same-day recovery time objective in the event of a wide-scale disruption. Section 40.9 establishes the requirements for core principle compliance in that respect.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Scope of testing and assessment.</I> The scope for all system safeguards testing and assessment required by this part shall be broad enough to include the testing of automated systems and controls that the swap execution facility's required program of risk analysis and oversight and its current cybersecurity threat analysis indicate is necessary to identify risks and vulnerabilities that could enable an intruder or unauthorized user or insider to:
</P>
<P>(1) Interfere with the swap execution facility's operations or with fulfillment of its statutory and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Impair or degrade the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of the swap execution facility's automated systems;
</P>
<P>(3) Add to, delete, modify, exfiltrate, or compromise the integrity of any data related to the swap execution facility's regulated activities; or
</P>
<P>(4) Undertake any other unauthorized action affecting the swap execution facility's regulated activities or the hardware or software used in connection with those activities.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Internal reporting and review.</I> Both the senior management and the Board of Directors of a swap execution facility shall receive and review reports setting forth the results of the testing and assessment required by this section. A swap execution facility shall establish and follow appropriate procedures for the remediation of issues identified through such review, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, and for evaluation of the effectiveness of testing and assessment protocols.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Remediation.</I> A swap execution facility shall identify and document the vulnerabilities and deficiencies in its systems revealed by the testing and assessment required by this section. The swap execution facility shall conduct and document an appropriate analysis of the risks presented by such vulnerabilities and deficiencies, to determine and document whether to remediate or accept the associated risk. When the swap execution facility determines to remediate a vulnerability or deficiency, it must remediate in a timely manner given the nature and magnitude of the associated risk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 64310, Sept. 19, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Designation of Chief Compliance Officer</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1500" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.16.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1500   Core Principle 15—Designation of chief compliance officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Each swap execution facility shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Review compliance with the core principles in this subsection;
</P>
<P>(3) In consultation with the board of the facility, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior officer of the facility, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
</P>
<P>(4) Be responsible for establishing and administering the policies and procedures required to be established pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations issued under the Act, including rules prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 5h of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) Establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues found during compliance office reviews, look backs, internal or external audit findings, self-reported errors, or through validated complaints.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirements for procedures.</I> In establishing procedures under paragraph (b)(6) of this section, the chief compliance officer shall design the procedures to establish the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual reports</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) The compliance of the swap execution facility with the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Submit each report described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section with the appropriate financial report of the swap execution facility that is required to be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5h of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include in the report a certification that, under penalty of law, the report is accurate and complete.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1501" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.16.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1501   Chief compliance officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this part, the term—
</P>
<P><I>Board of directors</I> means the board of directors of a swap execution facility, or for those swap execution facilities whose organizational structure does not include a board of directors, a body performing a function similar to a board of directors.
</P>
<P><I>Senior officer</I> means the chief executive officer or other equivalent officer of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Chief compliance officer</I>—(1) <I>Authority of chief compliance officer.</I> (i) The position of chief compliance officer shall carry with it the authority and resources to develop, in consultation with the board of directors or senior officer, the policies and procedures of the swap execution facility and enforce such policies and procedures to fulfill the duties set forth for chief compliance officers in the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(ii) The chief compliance officer shall have supervisory authority over all staff acting at the direction of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Qualifications of chief compliance officer.</I> (i) The individual designated to serve as chief compliance officer shall have the background and skills appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the position.
</P>
<P>(ii) No individual disqualified from registration pursuant to sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act may serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Appointment and removal of chief compliance officer.</I> (i) Only the board of directors or the senior officer may appoint or remove the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap execution facility shall notify the Commission within two business days of the appointment or removal, whether interim or permanent, of a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compensation of the chief compliance officer.</I> The board of directors or the senior officer shall approve the compensation of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Annual meeting with the chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer shall meet with the board of directors or senior officer of the swap execution facility at least annually.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Information requested of the chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer shall provide any information regarding the self-regulatory program of the swap execution facility as requested by the board of directors or the senior officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties of chief compliance officer.</I> The duties of the chief compliance officer shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Overseeing and reviewing compliance of the swap execution facility with section 5h of the Act and any related rules adopted by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Taking reasonable steps, in consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer of the swap execution facility, to resolve any material conflicts of interest that may arise, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Conflicts between business considerations and compliance requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conflicts between business considerations and the requirement that the swap execution facility provide fair, open, and impartial access as set forth in § 37.202; and;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conflicts between a swap execution facility's management and members of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing and administering written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Act and the rules of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(4) Taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and the rules of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(5) Establishing procedures reasonably designed to handle, respond, remediate, retest, and resolve noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any means, including any compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reported error, or validated complaint;
</P>
<P>(6) Establishing and administering a compliance manual designed to promote compliance with the applicable laws, rules, and regulations and a written code of ethics for the swap execution facility designed to prevent ethical violations and to promote honesty and ethical conduct by personnel of the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(7) Supervising the self-regulatory program of the swap execution facility with respect to trade practice surveillance; market surveillance; real time market monitoring; compliance with audit trail requirements; enforcement and disciplinary proceedings; audits, examinations, and other regulatory responsibilities (including taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with, if applicable, financial integrity, financial reporting, sales practice, recordkeeping, and other requirements); and
</P>
<P>(8) Supervising the effectiveness and sufficiency of any regulatory services provided to the swap execution facility by a regulatory service provider in accordance with § 37.204.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Preparation of annual compliance report.</I> The chief compliance officer shall, not less than annually, prepare and sign an annual compliance report that covers the prior fiscal year. The report shall, at a minimum, contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A description and self-assessment of the effectiveness of the written policies and procedures of the swap execution facility, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, to reasonably ensure compliance with the Act and applicable Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) Any material changes made to compliance policies and procedures during the coverage period for the report and any areas of improvement or recommended changes to the compliance program;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the financial, managerial, and operational resources set aside for compliance with the Act and applicable Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(4) Any material non-compliance matters identified and an explanation of the corresponding action taken to resolve such non-compliance matters; and
</P>
<P>(5) A certification by the chief compliance officer that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the annual compliance report is accurate and complete in all material respects.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Submission of annual compliance report and related matters</I>—(1) <I>Furnishing the annual compliance report prior to submission to the Commission.</I> Prior to submission to the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall provide the annual compliance report for review to the board of directors of the swap execution facility or, in the absence of a board of directors, to the senior officer of the swap execution facility. Members of the board of directors and the senior officer shall not require the chief compliance officer to make any changes to the report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submission of annual compliance report to the Commission.</I> The annual compliance report shall be submitted electronically to the Commission not later than 90 calendar days after the end of the swap execution facility's fiscal year. The swap execution facility shall concurrently file the annual compliance report with the fourth-quarter financial report pursuant to § 37.1306.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amendments to annual compliance report.</I> (i) Promptly upon discovery of any material error or omission made in a previously filed annual compliance report, the chief compliance officer shall file an amendment with the Commission to correct the material error or omission. The chief compliance officer shall submit the amended annual compliance report to the board of directors, or in the absence of a board of directors, to the senior officer of the swap execution facility, pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An amendment shall contain the certification required under paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Request for extension.</I> A swap execution facility may request an extension of time to file its annual compliance report from the Commission. Reasonable and valid requests for extensions of the filing deadline may be granted at the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The swap execution facility shall maintain all records demonstrating compliance with the duties of the chief compliance officer and the preparation and submission of annual compliance reports consistent with §§ 37.1000 and 37.1001.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to grant or deny a request for an extension of time for a swap execution facility to file its annual compliance report under paragraph (e)(4) of this section. The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9248, Feb. 11, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.16.7.3.34" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 37—Form SEF
</HEAD>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HD1>
<HD1>FORM SEF
</HD1>
<HD1>SWAP EXECUTION FACILITY APPLICATION OR AMENDMENT TO APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
</HD1>
<HD2>Registration Instructions
</HD2>
<P>Intentional misstatements or omissions of material fact may constitute federal criminal violations (7 U.S.C. § 13 and 18 U.S.C. § 1001) or grounds for disqualification from registration.
</P>
<HD1>DEFINITIONS
</HD1>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise, all terms used in this Form SEF have the same meaning as in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“Act”), and in the General Rules and Regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission”) thereunder.
</P>
<P>For the purposes of this Form SEF, the term “Applicant” shall include any applicant for registration as a swap execution facility, any applicant amending a pending application, or any registered swap execution facility that is applying for an amendment to its order of registration.
</P>
<HD1>GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. This Form SEF, which includes instructions, a Cover Sheet, and required Exhibits (together, “Form SEF”), is to be filed with the Commission by all Applicants, pursuant to section 5h of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder. Applicants may prepare their own Form SEF but must follow the format prescribed herein. Upon the filing of an application for registration or a registration amendment in accordance with the instructions provided herein, the Commission will publish notice of the filing and afford interested persons an opportunity to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning such application. No application for registration or registration amendment shall be effective unless the Commission, by order, grants such registration or amended registration.
</P>
<P>2. Individuals' names, except the executing signature, shall be given in full (Last Name, First Name, Middle Name).
</P>
<P>3. Signatures on all copies of the Form SEF filed with the Commission can be executed electronically. If this Form SEF is filed by a corporation, it shall be signed in the name of the corporation by a principal officer duly authorized; if filed by a limited liability company, it shall be signed in the name of the limited liability company by a manager or member duly authorized to sign on the limited liability company's behalf; if filed by a partnership, it shall be signed in the name of the partnership by a general partner duly authorized; if filed by an unincorporated organization or association which is not a partnership, it shall be signed in the name of such organization or association by the managing agent, i.e., a duly authorized person who directs or manages or who participates in the directing or managing of its affairs.
</P>
<P>4. If this Form SEF is being filed as an application for registration, all applicable items must be answered in full. If any item is inapplicable, indicate by “none,” “not applicable,” or “N/A,” as appropriate.
</P>
<P>5. Under section 5h of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this Form SEF from any Applicant seeking registration as a swap execution facility and from any registered swap execution facility. Disclosure by the Applicant of the information specified on this Form SEF is mandatory prior to the start of the processing of an application for, or an amendment to, registration as a swap execution facility. The information provided in this Form SEF will be used for the principal purpose of determining whether the Commission should grant or deny registration to an Applicant. The Commission may determine that additional information is required from the Applicant in order to process its application. A Form SEF which is not prepared and executed in compliance with applicable requirements and instructions may be returned as not acceptable for filing. Acceptance of this Form SEF, however, shall not constitute a finding that the Form SEF has been filed as required or that the information submitted is true, current, or complete.
</P>
<P>6. Except in cases where confidential treatment is requested by the Applicant and granted by the Commission pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and the rules of the Commission thereunder, information supplied on this Form SEF will be included routinely in the public files of the Commission and will be available for inspection by any interested person.
</P>
<HD1>APPLICATION AMENDMENTS
</HD1>
<P>1. An Applicant amending a pending application for registration as a swap execution facility or requesting an amendment to an order of registration shall file an amended Form SEF electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the manner specified by the Commission. Otherwise, a swap execution facility shall file any amendment to this Form SEF as a submission under part 40 of the Commission's regulations or as specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>2. When filing this Form SEF for purposes of amending a pending application or requesting an amendment to an order of registration, Applicants must re-file the Cover Sheet, amended if necessary and including an executing signature, and attach thereto revised Exhibits or other materials marked to show changes, as applicable. The submission of an amendment represents that the remaining items and Exhibits that are not amended remain true, current, and complete as previously filed.
</P>
<HD1>WHERE TO FILE
</HD1>
<P>This Form SEF must be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HD1>
<HD1>FORM SEF
</HD1>
<HD1>SWAP EXECUTION FACILITY APPLICATION OR AMENDMENT TO APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
</HD1>
<HD2>Cover Sheet
</HD2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Exact name of Applicant as specified in charter
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Address of principal executive offices
</FP>
<P>If this is an APPLICATION for registration, complete in full and check here.
</P>
<P>If this is an AMENDMENT to an application, or to an existing order of registration, list all items that are amended and check here.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<HD1>GENERAL INFORMATION
</HD1>
<P>1. Name under which the business of the swap execution facility is or will be conducted, if different than name specified above (include acronyms, if any):
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>2. If name of swap execution facility is being amended, state previous swap execution facility name:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>3. Contact information, including mailing address if different than address specified above:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Number and Street
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>City  State  Country  Zip Code
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Main   Phone Number   Fax
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Web site URL   Email Address
</FP>
<P>4. List of principal office(s) and address(es) where swap execution facility activities are/will be conducted:
</P>
<FP><I>Office</I>
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP><I>Address</I>
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>5. If the Applicant is a successor to a previously registered swap execution facility, please complete the following:
</P>
<P>a. Date of succession
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>b. Full name and address of predecessor registrant
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Number and Street
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>City  State  Country  Zip Code
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Main Phone Number   Web site URL
</FP>
<HD1>BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
</HD1>
<P>6. Applicant is a:
</P>
<FP> Corporation
</FP>
<FP> Partnership
</FP>
<FP> Limited Liability Company
</FP>
<FP> Other form of organization (specify) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>7. Date of incorporation or formation:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>8. State of incorporation or jurisdiction of organization:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>9. The Applicant agrees and consents that the notice of any proceeding before the Commission in connection with this application may be given by sending such notice by certified mail to the person named below at the address given.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Print Name and Title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name of Applicant
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Number and Street
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>City   State   Zip Code
</FP>
<HD1>SIGNATURES
</HD1>
<P>10. The Applicant has duly caused this application or amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, this ______ day of ____________, 20____. The Applicant and the undersigned represent hereby that all information contained herein is true, current, and complete. It is understood that all required items and Exhibits are considered integral parts of this Form SEF and that the submission of any amendment represents that all unamended items and Exhibits remain true, current, and complete as previously filed.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name of Applicant
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature of Duly Authorized Person
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Print Name and Title of Signatory
</FP>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HD1>
<HD1>FORM SEF
</HD1>
<HD1>SWAP EXECUTION FACILITY APPLICATION OR AMENDMENT TO APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
</HD1>
<HD2>Exhibits Instructions
</HD2>
<P>The following Exhibits must be filed with the Commission by each Applicant applying for registration as a swap execution facility, or by a registered swap execution facility amending its registration, pursuant to section 5h of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder. The Exhibits must be labeled according to the items specified in this Form SEF.
</P>
<P>The application must include a Table of Contents listing each Exhibit required by this Form SEF and indicating which, if any, Exhibits are inapplicable. For any Exhibit that is inapplicable, next to the Exhibit letter specify “none,” “not applicable,” or “N/A,” as appropriate.
</P>
<P>If the Applicant is a newly formed enterprise and does not have the financial statements required pursuant to Items 9 and 10 (Exhibits I and J) of this Form SEF, the Applicant should provide <I>pro forma</I> financial statements for the most recent six months or since inception, whichever is less.
</P>
<HD2>List of Exhibits
</HD2>
<HD1>EXHIBITS—BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
</HD1>
<P>1. Attach as Exhibit A, the name of any person who owns ten percent (10%) or more of the Applicant's stock or who, either directly or indirectly, through agreement or otherwise, in any other manner, may control or direct the management or policies of the Applicant.
</P>
<P>Provide as part of Exhibit A the full name and address of each such person and attach a copy of the agreement or, if there is none written, describe the agreement or basis upon which such person exercises or may exercise such control or direction.
</P>
<P>2. Attach as Exhibit B, a list of the present officers, directors, governors (and, in the case of an Applicant that is not a corporation, the members of all standing committees, grouped by committee), or persons performing functions similar to any of the foregoing, of the swap execution facility or of any entity that performs the regulatory activities of the Applicant, indicating for each:
</P>
<FP-1>a. Name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>b. Title
</FP-1>
<FP-1>c. Dates of commencement and termination of present term of office or position
</FP-1>
<FP-1>d. Length of time each present officer, director, or governor has held the same office or position
</FP-1>
<FP-1>e. Brief account of the business experience of each officer and director over the last five (5) years
</FP-1>
<FP-1>f. Any other business affiliations in the derivatives and securities industry
</FP-1>
<FP-1>g. For directors, list any committees on which they serve and any compensation received by virtue of their directorship
</FP-1>
<FP-1>h. A description of:
</FP-1>
<P>(1) Any order of the Commission with respect to such person pursuant to section 5e of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Any conviction or injunction against such person within the past ten (10) years;
</P>
<P>(3) Any disciplinary action with respect to such person within the last five (5) years;
</P>
<P>(4) Any disqualification under sections 8b and 8d of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) Any disciplinary action under section 8c of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any violation pursuant to section 9 of the Act.
</P>
<P>3. Attach as Exhibit C, a narrative that sets forth the fitness standards for the Board of Directors and its composition including the number and percentage of public directors.
</P>
<P>4. Attach as Exhibit D, a narrative or graphic description of the organizational structure of the Applicant. Include a list of all affiliates of the Applicant and indicate the general nature of the affiliation. Note: If the swap execution facility activities of the Applicant are or will be conducted primarily by a division, subdivision, or other separate entity within the Applicant, corporation, or organization, describe the relationship of such entity within the overall organizational structure and attach as Exhibit D a description only as it applies to the division, subdivision, or separate entity, as applicable. Additionally, provide any relevant jurisdictional information, including any and all jurisdictions in which the Applicant or any affiliated entity are doing business, and registration status, including pending applications (e.g., country, regulator, registration category, date of registration). Provide the address for legal service of process for each jurisdiction, which cannot be a post office box.
</P>
<P>5. Attach as Exhibit E, a description of the personnel qualifications for each category of professional employees employed by the Applicant or the division, subdivision, or other separate entity within the Applicant as described in Item 4.
</P>
<P>6. Attach as Exhibit F, an analysis of staffing requirements necessary to carry out the operations of the Applicant as a swap execution facility and the name and qualifications of each key staff person.
</P>
<P>7. Attach as Exhibit G, a copy of the constitution, articles of incorporation, formation, or association with all amendments thereto, partnership or limited liability agreements, and existing by-laws, operating agreement, rules or instruments corresponding thereto, of the Applicant. Include any additional governance fitness information not included in Exhibit C. Provide a certificate of good standing dated within one week of the date of this Form SEF.
</P>
<P>8. Attach as Exhibit H, a brief description of any material pending legal proceeding(s), other than ordinary and routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Applicant or any of its affiliates is a party or to which any of its or their property is the subject. Include the name of the court or agency where the proceeding(s) are pending, the date(s) instituted, the principal parties involved, a description of the factual basis alleged to underlie the proceeding(s), and the relief sought. Include similar information as to any proceeding(s) known to be contemplated by the governmental agencies.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
</HD1>
<P>9. Attach as Exhibit I:
</P>
<P>a. (i) Balance sheet, (ii) Statement of income and expenses, (iii) Statement of cash flows, and (iv) Statement of sources and application of revenues and all notes or schedules thereto, as of the most recent fiscal year of the Applicant, or of its parent company, if applicable. If a balance sheet and any statement(s) certified by an independent public accountant are available, that balance sheet and statement(s) should be submitted as Exhibit I.
</P>
<P>b. Provide a narrative of how the value of the financial resources of the Applicant is at least equal to a total amount that would enable the Applicant to cover its operating costs for a period of at least one year, calculated on a rolling basis, and whether such financial resources include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) equal to at least six months' operating costs.
</P>
<P>c. Attach copies of any agreements establishing or amending a credit facility, insurance coverage, or other arrangement evidencing or otherwise supporting the Applicant's conclusions regarding the liquidity of its financial assets.
</P>
<P>d. Representations regarding sources and estimates for future ongoing operational resources.
</P>
<P>10. Attach as Exhibit J, a balance sheet and an income and expense statement for each affiliate of the swap execution facility that also engages in swap execution facility activities or that engages in designated contract market activities as of the end of the most recent fiscal year of each such affiliate.
</P>
<P>11. Attach as Exhibit K, the following:
</P>
<P>a. A complete list of all dues, fees, and other charges imposed, or to be imposed, by or on behalf of the Applicant for its swap execution facility services that are provided on an exclusive basis and identify the service or services provided for each such due, fee, or other charge.
</P>
<P>b. A description of the basis and methods used in determining the level and structure of the dues, fees, and other charges listed in paragraph (a) of this item.
</P>
<P>c. If the Applicant differentiates, or proposes to differentiate, among its customers or classes of customers in the amount of any dues, fees, or other charges imposed for the same or similar exclusive services, describe and indicate the amount of each differential. In addition, identify and describe any differences in the cost of providing such services and any other factors that account for such differentiations.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS—COMPLIANCE
</HD1>
<P>12. Attach as Exhibit L, a narrative and any other form of documentation that may be provided under other Exhibits herein, that describes the manner in which the Applicant is able to comply with each core principle. Such documentation must include a regulatory compliance chart setting forth each core principle and providing citations to the Applicant's relevant rules, policies, and procedures that address each core principle. To the extent that the application raises issues that are novel or for which compliance with a core principle is not self-evident, include an explanation of how that item and the application satisfy the core principles.
</P>
<P>13. Attach as Exhibit M, a copy of the Applicant's rules (as defined in § 40.1 of the Commission's regulations) and any technical manuals, other guides, or instructions for users of, or participants in, the market, including minimum financial standards for members or market participants. Include rules citing applicable federal position limits and aggregation standards in part 151 of the Commission's regulations and any facility set position limit rules. Include rules on publication of daily trading information with regards to the requirements of part 16 of the Commission's regulations. The Applicant should include an explanation and any other form of documentation that the Applicant thinks will be helpful to its explanation, demonstrating how its rules, technical manuals, other guides, or instructions for users of, or participants in, the market, or minimum financial standards for members or market participants as provided in this Exhibit M help support the swap execution facility's compliance with the core principles.
</P>
<P>14. Attach as Exhibit N, executed or executable copies of any agreements or contracts entered into or to be entered into by the Applicant, including third party regulatory service provider or member or user agreements that enable or empower the Applicant to comply with applicable core principles. Identify: (1) the services that will be provided; and (2) the core principles addressed by such agreement.
</P>
<P>15. Attach as Exhibit O, a copy of any compliance manual and any other documents that describe with specificity the manner in which the Applicant will conduct trade practice, market, and financial surveillance.
</P>
<P>16. Attach as Exhibit P, a description of the Applicant's disciplinary and enforcement protocols, tools, and procedures and, if applicable, the arrangements for alternative dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>17. Attach as Exhibit Q, an explanation regarding the operation of the Applicant's trading system(s) or platform(s) and the manner in which the system(s) or platform(s) satisfy any Commission rules, interpretations, or guidelines regarding a swap execution facility's execution methods, including the minimum trading functionality requirement in § 37.3(a)(2) of the Commission's regulations. This explanation should include, as applicable, the following:
</P>
<P>a. For trading systems or platforms that enable market participants to engage in transactions through an order book:
</P>
<P>(1) How the trading system or platform displays all orders and trades in an electronic or other form, and the timeliness in which the trading system or platform does so;
</P>
<P>(2) How all market participants have the ability to see and have the ability to transact on all bids and offers; and
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of the trade matching algorithm, if applicable, and examples of how that algorithm works in various trading scenarios involving various types of orders.
</P>
<P>b. For trading systems or platforms that enable market participants to engage in transactions through a request for quote system:
</P>
<P>(1) How a market participant transmits a request for a quote to buy or sell a specific instrument to no less than three market participants in the trading system or platform, to which all such market participants may respond;
</P>
<P>(2) How resting bids or offers from the Applicant's Order Book are communicated to the requester; and
</P>
<P>(3) How a requester may transact on resting bids or offers along with the responsive orders.
</P>
<P>c. How the timing delay described under § 37.9 of the Commission's regulations is incorporated into the trading system or platform.
</P>
<P>18. Attach as Exhibit R, a list of rules prohibiting specific trade practice violations.
</P>
<P>19. Attach as Exhibit S, a discussion of how trading data will be maintained by the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>20. Attach as Exhibit T, a list of the name of the clearing organization(s) that will be clearing the Applicant's trades, and a representation that clearing members of that organization will be guaranteeing such trades.
</P>
<P>21. Attach as Exhibit U, any information (described with particularity) included in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9 of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS—OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY
</HD1>
<P>22. Attach as Exhibit V, information responsive to the Technology Questionnaire. This questionnaire focuses on information pertaining to the Applicant's program of risk analysis and oversight. Main topic areas include: information security; business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources; capacity and performance planning; systems operations; systems development and quality assurance; and physical security and environmental controls. The questionnaire will be provided to Applicants on the Commission's Web site.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.30.16.7.3.35" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 37—Guidance on, and Acceptable Practices in, Compliance with Core Principles
</HEAD>
<P>1. This appendix provides guidance on complying with core principles, both initially and on an ongoing basis, to maintain registration under section 5h of the Act and this part 37. Where provided, guidance is set forth in paragraph (a) following the relevant heading and can be used to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the selected requirements of a core principle of this part 37. The guidance for the core principle is illustrative only of the types of matters a swap execution facility may address, as applicable, and is not intended to be used as a mandatory checklist. Addressing the issues set forth in this appendix would help the Commission in its consideration of whether the swap execution facility is in compliance with the selected requirements of a core principle; provided however, that the guidance is not intended to diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of applicants and swap execution facilities to comply with the regulations provided under this part 37.
</P>
<P>2. Where provided, acceptable practices meeting selected requirements of core principles are set forth in paragraph (b) following the guidance. Swap execution facilities that follow specific practices outlined in the acceptable practices for a core principle in this appendix will meet the selected requirements of the applicable core principle; provided however, that the acceptable practice is not intended to diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of applicants and swap execution facilities to comply with the regulations provided under this part 37. The acceptable practices are for illustrative purposes only and do not state the exclusive means for satisfying a core principle.
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 1 of Section 5h of the Act—Compliance With Core Principles
</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> To be registered, and maintain registration, as a swap execution facility, the swap execution facility shall comply with—the core principles described in section 5h of the Act; and any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Reasonable discretion of swap execution facility.</I> Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a swap execution facility described in paragraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the swap execution facility complies with the core principles described in section 5h of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 2 of Section 5h of the Act—Compliance With Rules
</HD1>
<P>A swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish and enforce compliance with any rule of the swap execution facility, including the terms and conditions of the swaps traded or processed on or through the swap execution facility and any limitation on access to the swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(B) Establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules, including means to provide market participants with impartial access to the market and to capture information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred;
</P>
<P>(C) Establish rules governing the operation of the facility, including rules specifying trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded or posted on the facility, including block trades; and
</P>
<P>(D) Provide by its rules that when a swap dealer or major swap participant enters into or facilitates a swap that is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement of section 2(h) of the Act, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall be responsible for compliance with the mandatory trading requirement under section 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) <I>Investigations and investigation reports—Warning letters.</I> The rules of a swap execution facility may authorize its compliance staff to issue a warning letter to a person or entity under investigation or to recommend that a disciplinary panel take such an action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional rules required.</I> A swap execution facility should adopt and enforce any additional rules that it believes are necessary to comply with the requirements of § 37.203.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Enforcement staff.</I> A swap execution facility's enforcement staff should not include either members of the swap execution facility or persons whose interests conflict with their enforcement duties. A member of the enforcement staff should not operate under the direction or control of any person or persons with trading privileges at the swap execution facility. A swap execution facility's enforcement staff may operate as part of the swap execution facility's compliance department.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notice of charges.</I> If compliance staff authorized by a swap execution facility or a swap execution facility disciplinary panel determines, based upon reviewing an investigation report pursuant to § 37.203(f)(3), that a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation and adjudication is warranted, it should direct that the person or entity alleged to have committed the violation be served with a notice of charges and should proceed in accordance with this guidance. A notice of charges should adequately state the acts, conduct, or practices in which the respondent is alleged to have engaged; state the rule, or rules, alleged to have been violated (or about to be violated); advise the respondent that it is entitled, upon request, to a hearing on the charges; and prescribe the period within which a hearing on the charges may be requested. If the rules of the swap execution facility so provide, a notice may also advise:
</P>
<P>(i) That failure to request a hearing within the period prescribed in the notice, except for good cause, may be deemed a waiver of the right to a hearing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That failure to answer or to deny expressly a charge may be deemed to be an admission of such charge.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Right to representation.</I> Upon being served with a notice of charges, a respondent should have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all succeeding stages of the disciplinary process, except by any member of the swap execution facility's board of directors or disciplinary panel, any employee of the swap execution facility, or any person substantially related to the underlying investigations, such as a material witness or respondent.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Answer to charges.</I> A respondent should be given a reasonable period of time to file an answer to a notice of charges. The rules of a swap execution facility governing the requirements and timeliness of a respondent's answer to a notice of charges should be fair, equitable, and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Admission or failure to deny charges.</I> The rules of a swap execution facility may provide that if a respondent admits or fails to deny any of the charges, a disciplinary panel may find that the violations alleged in the notice of charges for which the respondent admitted or failed to deny any of the charges have been committed. If the swap execution facility's rules so provide, then:
</P>
<P>(i) The disciplinary panel should impose a sanction for each violation found to have been committed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The disciplinary panel should promptly notify the respondent in writing of any sanction to be imposed pursuant to paragraph (7)(i) of this guidance and shall advise the respondent that it may request a hearing on such sanction within the period of time, which shall be stated in the notice;
</P>
<P>(iii) The rules of a swap execution facility may provide that if a respondent fails to request a hearing within the period of time stated in the notice, the respondent will be deemed to have accepted the sanction.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Denial of charges and right to hearing.</I> In every instance where a respondent has requested a hearing on a charge that is denied, or on a sanction set by the disciplinary panel, the respondent should be given an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with the rules of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Settlement offers.</I> (i) The rules of a swap execution facility may permit a respondent to submit a written offer of settlement at any time after an investigation report is completed. The disciplinary panel presiding over the matter may accept the offer of settlement, but may not alter the terms of a settlement offer unless the respondent agrees.
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules of a swap execution facility may provide that, in its discretion, a disciplinary panel may permit the respondent to accept a sanction without either admitting or denying the rule violations upon which the sanction is based.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an offer of settlement is accepted, the panel accepting the offer should issue a written decision specifying the rule violations it has reason to believe were committed, including the basis or reasons for the panel's conclusions, and any sanction to be imposed, which should include full customer restitution where customer harm is demonstrated, except where the amount of restitution or to whom it should be provided cannot be reasonably determined. If an offer of settlement is accepted without the agreement of the enforcement staff, the decision should adequately support the disciplinary panel's acceptance of the settlement. Where applicable, the decision should also include a statement that the respondent has accepted the sanctions imposed without either admitting or denying the rule violations.
</P>
<P>(iv) The respondent may withdraw his or her offer of settlement at any time before final acceptance by a disciplinary panel. If an offer is withdrawn after submission, or is rejected by a disciplinary panel, the respondent should not be deemed to have made any admissions by reason of the offer of settlement and should not be otherwise prejudiced by having submitted the offer of settlement.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Hearings.</I> (i) The swap execution facility need not apply the formal rules of evidence for a hearing; nevertheless, the procedures for the hearing may not be so informal as to deny a fair hearing. No member of the disciplinary panel for the matter may have a financial, personal, or other direct interest in the matter under consideration.
</P>
<P>(ii) In advance of the hearing, the respondent should be entitled to examine all books, documents, or other evidence in the possession or under the control of the swap execution facility. The swap execution facility may withhold documents that: Are privileged or constitute attorney work product; were prepared by an employee of the swap execution facility but will not be offered in evidence in the disciplinary proceedings; may disclose a technique or guideline used in examinations, investigations, or enforcement proceedings; or disclose the identity of a confidential source.
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap execution facility's enforcement and compliance staffs should be parties to the hearing, and the enforcement staff should present their case on those charges and sanctions that are the subject of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(iv) The respondent should be entitled to appear personally at the hearing, should be entitled to cross-examine any persons appearing as witnesses at the hearing, and should be entitled to call witnesses and to present such evidence as may be relevant to the charges.
</P>
<P>(v) The swap execution facility should require persons within its jurisdiction who are called as witnesses to participate in the hearing and produce evidence. The swap execution facility should make reasonable efforts to secure the presence of all other persons called as witnesses whose testimony would be relevant.
</P>
<P>(vi) The rules of a swap execution facility may provide that a sanction may be summarily imposed upon any person within its jurisdiction whose actions impede the progress of a hearing.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Right to appeal.</I> The rules of a swap execution facility may permit the parties to a proceeding to appeal promptly an adverse decision of a disciplinary panel in all or in certain classes of cases. Such rules may require a party's notice of appeal to be in writing and to specify the findings, conclusions, or sanctions to which objection are taken. If the rules of a swap execution facility permit appeals, then both the respondent and the enforcement staff should have the opportunity to appeal and the swap execution facility should provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The swap execution facility should establish an appellate panel that should be authorized to hear appeals of respondents. In addition, the rules of a swap execution facility may provide that the appellate panel may, on its own initiative, order review of a decision by a disciplinary panel within a reasonable period of time after the decision has been rendered.
</P>
<P>(ii) The composition of the appellate panel should be consistent with part 40 of this chapter, and should not include any members of the swap execution facility's compliance staff or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding. The rules of a swap execution facility should provide for the appeal proceeding to be conducted before all of the members of the appellate panel or a panel thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for good cause shown, the appeal or review should be conducted solely on the record before the disciplinary panel, the written exceptions filed by the parties, and the oral or written arguments of the parties.
</P>
<P>(iv) Promptly following the appeal or review proceeding, the appellate panel should issue a written decision and should provide a copy to the respondent. The decision issued by the appellate panel should adhere to all the requirements of § 37.206(d) to the extent that a different conclusion is reached from that issued by the disciplinary panel.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Final decisions.</I> Each swap execution facility should establish rules setting forth when a decision rendered pursuant to its rules will become the final decision of such swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records.</I> A swap execution facility may adopt a summary fine schedule for violations of rules relating to the failure to timely submit accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions. A swap execution facility may permit its compliance staff, or a designated panel of swap execution facility officials, to summarily impose minor sanctions against persons within the swap execution facility's jurisdiction for violating such rules. A swap execution facility's summary fine schedule may allow for warning letters to be issued for first-time violations or violators. If adopted, a summary fine schedule should provide for progressively larger fines for recurring violations.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Emergency disciplinary actions.</I> (i) A swap execution facility may impose a sanction, including suspension, or take other summary action against a person or entity subject to its jurisdiction upon a reasonable belief that such immediate action is necessary to protect the best interest of the marketplace.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any emergency disciplinary action should be taken in accordance with a swap execution facility's procedures that provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(A) If practicable, a respondent should be served with a notice before the action is taken, or otherwise at the earliest possible opportunity. The notice should state the action, briefly state the reasons for the action, and state the effective time and date, and the duration of the action.
</P>
<P>(B) The respondent should have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all proceedings subsequent to the emergency action taken. The respondent should be given the opportunity for a hearing as soon as reasonably practicable and the hearing should be conducted before the disciplinary panel pursuant to the rules of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(C) Promptly following the hearing provided for in paragraph (14)(ii)(B) of this guidance, the swap execution facility should render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and should provide a copy to the respondent. The decision should include a description of the summary action taken; the reasons for the summary action; a summary of the evidence produced at the hearing; a statement of findings and conclusions; a determination that the summary action should be affirmed, modified, or reversed; and a declaration of any action to be taken pursuant to the determination, and the effective date and duration of such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 3 of Section 5h of the Act—Swaps Not Readily Susceptible to Manipulation
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall permit trading only in swaps that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) In general, a swap contract is an agreement to exchange a series of cash flows over a period of time based on some reference price, which could be a single price, such as an absolute level or a differential, or a price index calculated based on multiple observations. Moreover, such a reference price may be reported by the swap execution facility itself or by an independent third party. When listing a swap for trading, a swap execution facility shall ensure a swap's compliance with Core Principle 3, paying special attention to the reference price used to determine the cash flow exchanges. Specifically, Core Principle 3 requires that the reference price used by a swap not be readily susceptible to manipulation. As a result, when identifying a reference price, a swap execution facility should either: Calculate its own reference price using suitable and well-established acceptable methods or carefully select a reliable third-party index.
</P>
<P>(2) The importance of the reference price's suitability for a given swap is similar to that of the final settlement price for a cash-settled futures contract. If the final settlement price is manipulated, then the futures contract does not serve its intended price discovery and risk management functions. Similarly, inappropriate reference prices cause the cash flows between the buyer and seller to differ from the proper amounts, thus benefitting one party and disadvantaging the other. Thus, careful consideration should be given to the potential for manipulation or distortion of the reference price.
</P>
<P>(3) For swaps that are settled by physical delivery or by cash settlement refer to the guidance in appendix C to part 38 of this chapter—Demonstration of Compliance That a Contract is not Readily Susceptible to Manipulation, section b(2) and section c(4), respectively.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 4 of Section 5h of the Act—Monitoring of Trading and Trade Processing
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish and enforce rules or terms and conditions defining, or specifications detailing:
</P>
<P>(1) Trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for trade processing of swaps on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(B) Monitor trading in swaps to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash settlement process through surveillance, compliance, and disciplinary practices and procedures, including methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading and comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> The monitoring of trading activity in listed swaps should be designed to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the physical-delivery and cash settlement processes. The swap execution facility should have rules in place that allow it to intervene to prevent or reduce such market disruptions. Once a threatened or actual disruption is detected, the swap execution facility should take steps to prevent the market disruption or reduce its severity.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirements.</I> Real-time monitoring for market anomalies is the most effective, but the swap execution facility may also demonstrate that it has an acceptable program if some of the monitoring is accomplished on a T+1 basis. The monitoring of trading should use automated alerts to detect abnormal price movements and unusual trading volumes in real-time and instances or threats of manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions on at least a T+1 basis. The T+1 detection and analysis should incorporate any additional data that becomes available on a T+1 basis, including the trade reconstruction data. In some cases, a swap execution facility may demonstrate that its manual processes are effective. The swap execution facility should continually monitor the appropriateness of its swaps' terms and conditions, including the physical-delivery requirements or reference prices used to determine cash flows or settlement. The swap execution facility should act promptly to address the conditions that are causing price distortions or market disruptions, including, when appropriate, changes to contract terms. The swap execution facility should be mindful that changes to contract terms may affect whether a product is subject to the trade execution and clearing requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Physical-delivery swaps.</I> For physical-delivery swaps, the swap execution facility should monitor for conditions that may cause the swap to become susceptible to price manipulation or distortion, including: The general availability of the commodity specified by the swap, the commodity's characteristics, and the delivery locations; and if available, information related to the size and ownership of deliverable supplies.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cash-settled swaps.</I> For cash-settled swaps, the swap execution facility should monitor for pricing abnormalities in the index or instrument used to calculate the reference price. If the swap execution facility computes its own reference price used for cash flows or settlement, it should promptly amend any methodologies that result, or are likely to result, in manipulation, price distortions, or market disruptions, or impose new methodologies to resolve the threat of disruptions or distortions. If the swap execution facility relies upon a third-party index or instrument, including an index or instrument traded on another venue for the swap reference price, it should conduct due diligence to ensure that the reference price is not susceptible to manipulation and that the terms and conditions of the swap continue to comply with § 37.300.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ability to obtain information.</I> The swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it has access to sufficient information to assess whether trading in swaps listed on its market, in the index or instrument used as a reference price, or the underlying commodity for its listed swaps is being used to affect prices on its market. The swap execution facility should demonstrate that it can obtain position and trading information directly from the market participants that conduct substantial trading on its facility or through an information sharing agreement with other venues or a third-party regulatory service provider. If the position and trading information is not available directly from the market participants in its markets, but is available through information sharing agreements with other trading venues or a third-party regulatory service provider, the swap execution facility should cooperate in such information sharing agreements. The swap execution facility may limit the application of the requirement for market participants to keep and provide records of their activity in the index or instrument used as a reference price, the underlying commodity, and related derivatives markets, to only those market participants that conduct substantial trading on its facility.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Risk controls for trading.</I> An acceptable program for preventing market disruptions shall demonstrate appropriate trading risk controls, in addition to pauses and halts. Risk controls should be adapted to the unique characteristics of the trading platform and of the markets to which they apply and should be designed to avoid market disruptions without unduly interfering with that market's price discovery function. The swap execution facility may choose from among controls that include: pre-trade limits on order size, price collars or bands around the current price, message throttles, daily price limits, and intraday position limits related to financial risk to the clearing member, or design other types of controls, as well as clear error-trade and order-cancellation policies. Within the specific array of controls that are selected, the swap execution facility should set the parameters for those controls, so that the specific parameters are reasonably likely to serve the purpose of preventing market disruptions and price distortions. If a swap is fungible with, linked to, or a substitute for other swaps on the swap execution facility or on other trading venues, such risk controls should, to the extent practicable, be coordinated with any similar controls placed on those other swaps. If a swap is based on the level of an equity index, such risk controls should, to the extent practicable, be coordinated with any similar controls placed on national security exchanges.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 5 of Section 5h of the Act—Ability To Obtain Information
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish and enforce rules that will allow the facility to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in section 5h of the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) Provide the information to the Commission on request; and
</P>
<P>(C) Have the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 6 of Section 5h of the Act—Position Limits or Accountability
</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion, especially during trading in the delivery month, a swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall adopt for each of the contracts of the facility, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Position limits.</I> For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a) of the Act, the swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set its position limitation at a level no higher than the Commission limitation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor positions established on or through the swap execution facility for compliance with the limit set by the Commission and the limit, if any, set by the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> Until such time that compliance is required under part 151 of this chapter, a swap execution facility should have reasonable discretion to comply with § 37.600, including considering part 150 of this chapter. For Required Transactions as defined in § 37.9, a swap execution facility may demonstrate compliance with § 37.600 by setting and enforcing position limitations or position accountability levels only with respect to trading on the swap execution facility's own market. For Permitted Transactions as defined in § 37.9, a swap execution facility may demonstrate compliance with § 37.600 by setting and enforcing position accountability levels or sending the Commission a list of Permitted Transactions traded on the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 7 of Section 5h of the Act—Financial Integrity of Transactions
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of swaps entered on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility, including the clearance and settlement of the swaps pursuant to section 2(h)(1) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 8 of Section 5h of the Act—Emergency Authority
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in any swap or to suspend or curtail trading in a swap.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) A swap execution facility should have rules that authorize it to take certain actions in the event of an emergency, as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter. A swap execution facility should have the authority to intervene as necessary to maintain markets with fair and orderly trading and to prevent or address manipulation or disruptive trading practices, whether the need for intervention arises exclusively from the swap execution facility's market or as part of a coordinated, cross-market intervention. A swap execution facility should have the flexibility and independence to address market emergencies in an effective and timely manner consistent with the nature of the emergency, as long as all such actions taken by the swap execution facility are made in good faith to protect the integrity of the markets. However, the swap execution facility should also have rules that allow it to take market actions as may be directed by the Commission. Additionally, in situations where a swap is traded on more than one platform, emergency action to liquidate or transfer open interest shall be as directed, or agreed to, by the Commission or the Commission's staff. Swap execution facility rules should include procedures and guidelines for decision-making and implementation of emergency intervention that avoid conflicts of interest in accordance with the provisions of section 40.9 of this chapter, and include alternate lines of communication and approval procedures to address emergencies associated with real time events. To address perceived market threats, the swap execution facility should have rules that allow it to take emergency actions, including imposing or modifying position limits, imposing or modifying price limits, imposing or modifying intraday market restrictions, imposing special margin requirements, ordering the liquidation or transfer of open positions in any contract, ordering the fixing of a settlement price, extending or shortening the expiration date or the trading hours, suspending or curtailing trading in any contract, transferring customer contracts and the margin, or altering any contract's settlement terms or conditions, or, if applicable, providing for the carrying out of such actions through its agreements with its third-party provider of clearing or regulatory services.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap execution facility should promptly notify the Commission of its exercise of emergency action, explaining its decision-making process, the reasons for using its emergency authority, and how conflicts of interest were minimized, including the extent to which the swap execution facility considered the effect of its emergency action on the underlying markets and on markets that are linked or referenced to the contracts traded on its facility, including similar markets on other trading venues. Information on all regulatory actions carried out pursuant to a swap execution facility's emergency authority should be included in a timely submission of a certified rule pursuant to part 40 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 9 of Section 5h of the Act—Timely Publication of Trading Information
</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> The swap execution facility shall make public timely information on price, trading volume, and other trading data on swaps to the extent prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Capacity of swap execution facility.</I> The swap execution facility shall be required to have the capacity to electronically capture and transmit trade information with respect to transactions executed on the facility.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 10 of Section 5h of the Act—Recordkeeping and Reporting
</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> A swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, including a complete audit trail, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission for a period of five years;
</P>
<P>(2) Report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Keep any such records relating to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act open to inspection and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Requirements.</I> The Commission shall adopt data collection and reporting requirements for swap execution facilities that are comparable to corresponding requirements for derivatives clearing organizations and swap data repositories.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 11 of Section 5h of the Act—Antitrust Considerations
</HD1>
<P>Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act, the swap execution facility shall not:
</P>
<P>(A) Adopt any rules or take any actions that result in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
</P>
<P>(B) Impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> An entity seeking registration as a swap execution facility may request that the Commission consider under the provisions of section 15(b) of the Act, any of the entity's rules, including trading protocols or policies, and including both operational rules and the terms or conditions of products listed for trading, at the time of registration or thereafter. The Commission intends to apply section 15(b) of the Act to its consideration of issues under this core principle in a manner consistent with that previously applied to contract markets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 12 of Section 5h of the Act—Conflicts of Interest:
</HD1>
<P>The swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in its decision-making process; and
</P>
<P>(B) Establish a process for resolving the conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 13 of Section 5h of the Act—Financial Resources
</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> The swap execution facility shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Determination of resource adequacy.</I> The financial resources of a swap execution facility shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the swap execution facility to cover the operating costs of the swap execution facility for a one-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices</I>—(1) <I>Reasonable calculation of projected operating costs.</I> In connection with a swap execution facility calculating its projected operating costs, the Commission has determined that a reasonable calculation should include all expenses necessary for the swap execution facility to comply with the core principles set forth in section 5h of the Act and any applicable Commission regulations. This calculation should be based on the swap execution facility's current level of business and business model, and should take into account any projected modification to its business model (e.g., the addition or subtraction of business lines or operations or other changes), and any projected increase or decrease in its level of business over the next 12 months. The Commission believes, however, that it may be reasonable for a swap execution facility to exclude the following expenses (“excludable expenses”) from its projected operating cost calculations:
</P>
<P>(i) Costs attributable solely to sales, marketing, business development, product development, or recruitment and any related travel, entertainment, event, or conference costs;
</P>
<P>(ii) Compensation and related taxes and benefits for swap execution facility personnel who are not necessary to ensure that the swap execution facility is able to comply with the core principles set forth in section 5h of the Act and any applicable Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Costs for acquiring and defending patents and trademarks for swap execution facility products and related intellectual property;
</P>
<P>(iv) Magazine, newspaper, and online periodical subscription fees;
</P>
<P>(v) Tax preparation and audit fees;
</P>
<P>(vi) To the extent not covered by paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this Core Principle 13 of Section 5h of the Act—Financial Resources, the variable commissions that a voice-based swap execution facility may pay to its SEF trading specialists (as defined under § 37.201(c)), calculated as a percentage of transaction revenue generated by the voice-based swap execution facility. Unlike fixed salaries or compensation, such variable commissions are not payable unless and until revenue is collected by the swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Any non-cash costs, including depreciation and amortization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prorated expenses.</I> The Commission recognizes that, in the normal course of a swap execution facility's business, there may be an expense (e.g., typically related to overhead) that is only partially attributable to a swap execution facility's ability to comply with the core principles set forth in section 5h of the Act and any applicable Commission regulations; accordingly, such expense may need to be only partially attributed to the swap execution facility's projected operating costs. For example, if a swap execution facility's office rental space includes marketing personnel and compliance personnel, the swap execution facility may exclude the prorated office rental expense attributable to the marketing personnel. In order to prorate an expense, a swap execution facility should:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain sufficient documentation that reasonably shows the extent to which an expense is partially attributable to an excludable expense;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify any prorated expense in the financial reports that it submits to the Commission pursuant to § 37.1306; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Sufficiently explain why it prorated any expense. Common allocation methodologies that can be used include actual use, headcount, or square footage. A swap execution facility may provide documentation, such as copies of service agreements, other legal documents, firm policies, audit statements, or allocation methodologies to support its determination to prorate an expense.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expenses allocated among affiliates.</I> The Commission recognizes that a swap execution facility may share certain expenses with affiliated entities, such as parent entities or other subsidiaries of the parent. For example, a swap execution facility may share employees (including employees on secondment from an affiliate) that perform similar tasks for the affiliated entities or may share office space with its affiliated entities. Accordingly, the Commission believes that it would be reasonable, for purposes of calculating its projected operating costs, for a swap execution facility to prorate any shared expense that the swap execution facility pays for, but only to the extent that such shared expense is actually attributable to the affiliate and for which the swap execution facility is reimbursed. Similarly, a reasonable calculation of a swap execution facility's projected operating costs must include the prorated amount of any expense paid for by an affiliated entity to the extent that the shared expense is attributable to the swap execution facility. In order to prorate a shared expense, the swap execution facility should:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain sufficient documentation that reasonably shows the extent to which the shared expense is attributable to and paid for by the swap execution facility and/or affiliated entity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify any shared expense in the financial reports that it submits to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Sufficiently explain why it prorated any shared expense. A swap execution facility may provide documentation, such as copies of service agreements, other legal documents, firm policies, audit statements, or allocation methodologies, that reasonably shows how expenses are attributable to, and paid for by, the swap execution facility and/or its affiliated entities to support its determination to prorate an expense.






</P>
<HD1>Core Principle 14 of Section 5h of the Act—System Safeguards [Reserved]


</HD1>
<HD1>Core Principle 15 of Section 5h of the Act—Designation of Chief Compliance Officer


</HD1>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> Each swap execution facility shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Duties.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Review compliance with the core principles in this subsection;
</P>
<P>(3) In consultation with the board of the facility, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior officer of the facility, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
</P>
<P>(4) Be responsible for establishing and administering the policies and procedures required to be established pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations issued under the Act, including rules prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 5h of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) Establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues found during compliance office reviews, look backs, internal or external audit findings, self-reported errors, or through validated complaints.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Requirements for procedures.</I> In establishing procedures under paragraph (B)(6) of this section, the chief compliance officer shall design the procedures to establish the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Annual reports</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) The compliance of the swap execution facility with the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, of the swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Submit each report described in clause (1) with the appropriate financial report of the swap execution facility that is required to be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5h of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include in the report a certification that, under penalty of law, the report is accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices</I>—(1) <I>Qualifications of chief compliance officer.</I> In determining whether the background and skills of a potential chief compliance officer are appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the role of the chief compliance officer, the swap execution facility has the discretion to base its determination on the totality of the qualifications of the potential chief compliance officer, including, but not limited to, compliance experience, related career experience, training, and any other relevant factors to the position. A swap execution facility should be especially vigilant regarding potential conflicts of interest when appointing a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33582, June 4, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 47154, Aug. 5, 2013; 81 FR 64312, Sept. 19, 2016; 86 FR 9249, Feb. 11, 2021; 89 FR 88622, Nov. 7, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="38" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 38—DESIGNATED CONTRACT MARKETS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6j, 6k, 6l, 6m, 6n, 7, 7a-2, 7b, 7b-1, 7b-3, 8, 9, 15, and 21, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 42277, Aug. 10, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part 38 shall apply to every board of trade that has been designated or is applying to become designated as a contract market under Sections 5 and 6 of the Act. <I>Provided, however,</I> nothing in this provision affects the eligibility of designated contract markets to operate under the provisions of parts 37 or 49 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 1964, Jan. 12, 2006, as amended at 77 FR 36697, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.2   Exempt provisions.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market, the designated contract market's operator and transactions traded on or through a designated contract market under section 5 of the Act shall comply with all applicable regulations under Title 17 of the Code of Federal Regulations, except for the requirements of § 1.39(b), § 1.44, § 1.53, § 1.54, § 1.59(b) and (c), § 1.62, § 1.63(a) and (b) and (d) through (f), § 1.64, § 1.69, part 8, § 100.1, § 155.2, and part 156.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66343, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.3   Procedures for designation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application procedures.</I> (1) A board of trade seeking designation as a contract market must file electronically, in a format and manner specified by the Secretary of the Commission, the Form DCM provided in appendix A of this part, with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov.</I> The Commission will review the application for designation as a contract market pursuant to the 180-day timeframe and procedures specified in section 6(a) of the Act. The Commission shall approve or deny the application or, if deemed appropriate, designate the applicant as a contract market subject to conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) The application must include information sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the core principles specified in section 5(d) of the Act. Form DCM consists of instructions, general questions and a list of exhibits (documents, information and evidence) required by the Commission in order to determine whether an applicant is able to comply with the core principles. An application will not be considered to be materially complete unless the applicant has submitted, at a minimum, the exhibits required in Form DCM. If the application is not materially complete, the Commission shall notify the applicant that the application will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of starting the 180-day review period set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant must identify with particularity any information in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 40.8 of this chapter sets forth those sections of the application that will be made publicly available, notwithstanding a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) If any information contained in the application or in any exhibit is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, an amendment to the application or a submission filed under part 40 of this chapter must be filed promptly correcting such information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reinstatement of dormant designation.</I> Before listing or relisting products for trading, a dormant designated contract market as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter must reinstate its designation under the procedures of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section; provided, however, that an application for reinstatement may rely upon previously submitted materials that still pertain to, and accurately describe, current conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, upon consultation with the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, authority to notify the applicant seeking designation under section 6(a) of the Act that the application is materially incomplete and the running of the 180-day period is stayed.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for transfer of designation</I>—(1) <I>Request for transfer of designation, listed contracts and open interest.</I> A designated contract market that wants to request the transfer of its designation from its current legal entity to a new legal entity, as a result of a corporate reorganization or otherwise, must file a request with the Commission for approval to transfer the designation, listed contracts and positions comprising all associated open interest. Such request must be filed electronically, in a format and manner specified by the Secretary of the Commission, with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of submission.</I> The request must be filed no later than three months prior to the anticipated corporate change; provided that the designated contract market may file a request with the Commission later than three months prior to the anticipated corporate change if the designated contract market does not know and reasonably could not have known of the anticipated change three months prior to the anticipated corporate change. In such event, the designated contract market shall be required to immediately file the request with the Commission as soon as it knows of such change, with an explanation as to the timing of the request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Required information.</I> The request shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The underlying agreement that governs the corporate change;
</P>
<P>(ii) A narrative description of the corporate change, including the reason for the change and its impact on the designated contract market, including its governance and operations, and its impact on the rights and obligations of market participants holding the open interest positions;
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of the transferee's ability to comply with the Act, including the core principles applicable to designated contract markets, and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iv) The governing documents of the transferee including, but not limited to, articles of incorporation and bylaws;
</P>
<P>(v) The transferee's rules marked to show changes from the current rules of the designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of contracts, agreements, transactions or swaps for which the designated contract market requests transfer of open interest;
</P>
<P>(vii) A representation by the transferee that it:
</P>
<P>(A) Will be the surviving legal entity and successor-in-interest to the transferor designated contract market and will retain and assume, without limitation, all the assets and liabilities of the transferor;
</P>
<P>(B) Will assume responsibility for complying with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder, including part 38 and Appendices thereto;
</P>
<P>(C) Will assume, maintain and enforce all rules implementing and complying with these core principles, including the adoption of the transferor's rulebook, as amended in the request, and that any such amendments will be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of the Commission's regulations; and
</P>
<P>(D) Will comply with all self-regulatory responsibilities except if otherwise indicated in the request, and will maintain and enforce all self-regulatory programs.
</P>
<P>(viii) A representation by the transferee that upon the transfer:
</P>
<P>(A) All open interest in all contracts listed on the transferor will be transferred to and represent equivalent open interest in all such contracts listed on the transferee;
</P>
<P>(B) It will assume responsibility for and maintain compliance with the core principles for all contracts previously listed for trading through the transferor, whether by certification or approval; and
</P>
<P>(C) That none of the proposed rule changes will affect the rights and obligations of any market participant with open positions transferred to it and that the proposed rule changes do not modify the manner in which such contracts are settled or cleared.
</P>
<P>(ix) A representation by the transferee that market participants will be notified of all changes to the transferor's rulebook prior to the transfer and will be further notified of the concurrent transfer of the contract market designation, and the related transfer of all listed contracts and all associated open interest, to the transferee upon Commission approval and issuance of an order permitting this transfer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commission determination.</I> The Commission will review a request as soon as practicable and such request will be approved or denied pursuant to a Commission order and based on the Commission's determination as to the transferee's ability to continue to operate the designated contract market in compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for withdrawal of application for designation.</I> An applicant for designation may withdraw its application submitted pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section by filing such a request with the Commission. Such request must be filed electronically, in a format and manner specified by the Secretary of the Commission, with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, at <I>submissions@cftc.gov,</I> and the Division of Market Oversight, at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov.</I> Withdrawal of an application for designation shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities or events occurring during the time that the application for designation was pending with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Request for vacation of designation.</I> A designated contract market may vacate its designation under section 7 of the Act by filing a request electronically, in a format and manner specified by the Secretary of the Commission, with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov.</I> Vacation of designation shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities or events occurring during the time that the facility was designated by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36697, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.4   Procedures for listing products and implementing contract market rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for Commission approval of rules and products.</I> (1) An applicant for designation, or a designated contract market, may request that the Commission approve under section 5c(c) of the Act, any or all of its rules and contract terms and conditions, and subsequent amendments thereto, prior to their implementation or, notwithstanding the provisions of section 5c(c)(4) of the Act, at any time thereafter, under the procedures of § 40.3 or § 40.5 of this chapter, as applicable. A designated contract market may label a future, swap or options product in its rules as “Listed for trading pursuant to Commission approval,” if the future, swap or options product and its terms or conditions have been approved by the Commission, and it may label as “Approved by the Commission” only those rules that have been so approved.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the timeline under §§ 40.3(c) and 40.5(c) of this chapter, the operating rules, and terms and conditions of futures, swaps and option products that have been submitted for Commission approval at the same time as an application for contract market designation or an application under § 38.3(b) of this part to reinstate the designation of a dormant designated contract market, as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter, or while one of the foregoing is pending, will be deemed approved by the Commission no earlier than when the facility is deemed to be designated or reinstated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Self-certification of rules and products.</I> Rules of a designated contract market and subsequent amendments thereto, including both operational rules and the terms or conditions of futures, swaps and option products listed for trading on the facility, not voluntarily submitted for prior Commission approval pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, must be submitted to the Commission with a certification that the rule, rule amendment or futures, swap or options product complies with the Act or rules thereunder pursuant to the procedures of § 40.6 of this chapter, as applicable. Provided, however, any rule or rule amendment that would, for a delivery month having open interest, materially change a term or condition of a swap or a contract for future delivery in an agricultural commodity enumerated in section 1a(9) of the Act, or of an option on such contract or commodity, must be submitted to the Commission prior to its implementation for review and approval under § 40.4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant for designation, or a designated contract market, may request that the Commission consider under the provisions of section 15(b) of the Act any of the contract market's rules or policies, including both operational rules and the terms or conditions of products listed for trading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42277, Aug. 10, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 62878, Oct. 9, 2002; 77 FR 36698, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.5   Information relating to contract market compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requests for information.</I> Upon request by the Commission, a designated contract market must file with the Commission information related to its business as a designated contract market, including information relating to data entry and trade details, in the form and manner and within the time specified by the Commission in its request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demonstration of compliance.</I> Upon request by the Commission, a designated contract market must file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing supporting data, information and documents, in the form and manner and within the time specified by the Commission, that the designated contract market is in compliance with one or more core principles as specified in the request, or that is requested by the Commission to show that the designated contract market satisfies its obligations under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equity interest transfers</I>—(1) <I>Equity interest transfer notification.</I> A designated contract market shall file with the Commission a notification of each transaction that the designated contract market enters into involving the transfer of ten percent or more of the equity interest in the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of Notification.</I> The equity transfer notice described in paragraph (1) shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov,</I> at the earliest possible time but in no event later than the open of business ten business days following the date upon which the designated contract market enters into a firm obligation to transfer the equity interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rule filing.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing, any aspect of an equity interest transfer described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section that necessitates the filing of a rule as defined in part 40 of this chapter shall comply with the requirements of 5c(c) of the Act and part 40 of this chapter, and all other applicable Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, the authority set forth in paragraph (b) of this section to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time. The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36698, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.6   Enforceability.</HEAD>
<P>An agreement, contract or transaction entered into on or pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market shall not be void, voidable, subject to rescission or otherwise invalidated or rendered unenforceable as a result of:
</P>
<P>(a) A violation by the designated contract market of the provisions of section 5 of the Act or this part 38; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any Commission proceeding to alter or supplement a rule, term or condition under section 8a(7) of the Act, to declare an emergency under section 8a(9) of the Act, or any other proceeding the effect of which is to alter, supplement, or require a designated contract market to adopt a specific term or condition, trading rule or procedure, or to take or refrain from taking a specific action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.7   Prohibited use of data collected for regulatory purposes.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market may not use for business or marketing purposes any proprietary data or personal information it collects or receives, from or on behalf of any person, for the purpose of fulfilling its regulatory obligations; provided however, that a designated contract market may use such data or information for business or marketing purposes if the person from whom it collects or receives such data or information clearly consents to the designated contract market's use of such data or information in such manner. A designated contract market, where necessary, for regulatory purposes, may share such data or information with one or more designated contract markets or swap execution facilities registered with the Commission. A designated contract market may not condition access to its trading facility on a market participant's consent to the use of proprietary data or personal information for business or marketing purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36699, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.8   Listing of swaps on a designated contract market.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A designated contract market that lists for the first time a swap contract for trading on its contract market must, either prior to or at the time of such listing, file with the Commission a written demonstration detailing how the designated contract market is addressing its self-regulatory obligations and is fulfilling its statutory and regulatory obligations with respect to swap transactions.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Prior to listing swaps for trading on or through a designated contract market, each designated contract market must obtain from the Commission a unique, alphanumeric code assigned to the designated contract market by the Commission for the purpose of identifying the designated contract market with respect to unique swap identifier creation. (2) Each designated contract market must generate and assign a unique swap identifier at, or as soon as technologically practicable following, the time of execution of the swap, in a manner consistent with the requirements of part 45.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36699, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.9   Boards of trade operating both a designated contract market and a swap execution facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A board of trade that operates a designated contract market and that intends to also operate a swap execution facility must separately register, pursuant to the swap execution facility registration requirements set forth in part 37 of this chapter, and on an ongoing basis, comply with the core principles under section 5h of the Act, and the swap execution facility rules under part 37 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A board of trade that operates both a designated contract market and a swap execution facility, and that uses the same electronic trade execution system for executing and trading swaps that it uses in its capacity as a designated contract market, must clearly identify to market participants for each swap whether the execution or trading of such swap is taking place on the designated contract market or on the swap execution facility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36699, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.10   Reporting of swaps traded on a designated contract market.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to swaps traded on and/or pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market, each designated contract market must maintain and report specified swap data as provided under parts 43 and 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.11   Trade execution compliance schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A swap transaction shall be subject to the requirements of section 2(h)(8) of the Act upon the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicable deadline established under the compliance schedule provided under § 50.25(b) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty days after the available-to-trade determination submission or certification for that swap is, respectively, deemed approved under § 40.5 of this chapter or deemed certified under § 40.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall prohibit any counterparty from complying voluntarily with the requirements of section 2(h)(8) of the Act sooner than as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33630, June 4, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.12   Process for a designated contract market to make a swap available to trade.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Required submission.</I> A designated contract market that makes a swap available to trade in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall submit to the Commission its determination with respect to such swap as a rule, as that term is defined by § 40.1 of this chapter, pursuant to the procedures under part 40 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Listing requirement.</I> A designated contract market that makes a swap available to trade must demonstrate that it lists or offers that swap for trading on its trading system or platform.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors to consider.</I> To make a swap available to trade, for purposes of section 2(h)(8) of the Act, a designated contract market shall consider, as appropriate, the following factors with respect to such swap:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether there are ready and willing buyers and sellers;
</P>
<P>(2) The frequency or size of transactions;
</P>
<P>(3) The trading volume;
</P>
<P>(4) The number and types of market participants;
</P>
<P>(5) The bid/ask spread; or
</P>
<P>(6) The usual number of resting firm or indicative bids and offers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) Upon a determination that a swap is available to trade on any designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to part 40 of this chapter, all other designated contract markets and swap execution facilities shall comply with the requirements of section 2(h)(8)(A) of the Act in listing or offering such swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Removal</I>—(1) <I>Determination.</I> The Commission may issue a determination that a swap is no longer available to trade upon determining that no swap execution facility or designated contract market lists such swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delegation of Authority.</I> (i) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to issue a determination that a swap is no longer available to trade.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 33631, June 4, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Designation as Contract Market</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.100   Core Principle 1.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> To be designated, and maintain a designation, as a contract market, a board of trade shall comply with:
</P>
<P>(1) Any core principle described in section 5(d) of the Act, and
</P>
<P>(2) Any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable discretion of the contract market.</I> Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a board of trade described in paragraph (a) of this section shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the board of trade complies with the core principles described in this subsection.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Compliance With Rules</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.150" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.150   Core Principle 2.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The board of trade shall establish, monitor, and enforce compliance with the rules of the contract market, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Access requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) The terms and conditions of any contracts to be traded on the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(3) Rules prohibiting abusive trade practices on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Capacity of contract market.</I> The board of trade shall have the capacity to detect, investigate, and apply appropriate sanctions to any person that violates any rule of the contract market.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirement of rules.</I> The rules of the contract market shall provide the board of trade with the ability and authority to obtain any necessary information to perform any function described in this section, including the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements, as the Commission may require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.151" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.151   Access requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Jurisdiction.</I> Prior to granting any member or market participant access to its markets, a designated contract market must require that the member or market participant consent to its jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Impartial access by members, persons with trading privileges and independent software vendors.</I> A designated contract market must provide its members, persons with trading privileges, and independent software vendors with impartial access to its markets and services, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Access criteria that are impartial, transparent, and applied in a non-discriminatory manner; and
</P>
<P>(2) Comparable fee structures for members, persons with trading privileges and independent software vendors receiving equal access to, or services from, the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitations on access.</I> A designated contract market must establish and impartially enforce rules governing denials, suspensions, and revocations of a member's and a person with trading privileges' access privileges to the designated contract market, including when such actions are part of a disciplinary or emergency action by the designated contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.152" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.152   Abusive trading practices prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must prohibit abusive trading practices on its markets by members and market participants. Designated contract markets that permit intermediation must prohibit customer-related abuses including, but not limited to, trading ahead of customer orders, trading against customer orders, accommodation trading, and improper cross trading. Specific trading practices that must be prohibited by all designated contract markets include front-running, wash trading, pre-arranged trading (except for certain transactions specifically permitted under part 38 of this chapter), fraudulent trading, money passes, and any other trading practices that a designated contract market deems to be abusive. In addition, a designated contract market also must prohibit any other manipulative or disruptive trading practices prohibited by the Act or by the Commission pursuant to Commission regulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.153" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.153   Capacity to detect and investigate rule violations.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must have arrangements and resources for effective enforcement of its rules. Such arrangements must include the authority to collect information and documents on both a routine and non-routine basis, including the authority to examine books and records kept by the designated contract market's members and by persons under investigation. A designated contract market's arrangements and resources must also facilitate the direct supervision of the market and the analysis of data collected to determine whether a rule violation occurred.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.154" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.154   Regulatory services provided by a third party.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of third-party provider permitted.</I> A designated contract market may choose to utilize a registered futures association or another registered entity, as such terms are defined under the Act, (collectively, “regulatory service provider”), for the provision of services to assist in complying with the core principles, as approved by the Commission. Any designated contract market that chooses to utilize a regulatory service provider must ensure that its regulatory service provider has the capacity and resources necessary to provide timely and effective regulatory services, including adequate staff and automated surveillance systems. A designated contract market will at all times remain responsible for the performance of any regulatory services received, for compliance with the designated contract market's obligations under the Act and Commission regulations, and for the regulatory service provider's performance on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to supervise third party.</I> A designated contract market that elects to utilize a regulatory service provider must retain sufficient compliance staff to supervise the quality and effectiveness of the services provided on its behalf. Compliance staff of the designated contract market must hold regular meetings with the regulatory service provider to discuss ongoing investigations, trading patterns, market participants, and any other matters of regulatory concern. A designated contract market also must conduct periodic reviews of the adequacy and effectiveness of services provided on its behalf. Such reviews must be documented carefully and made available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulatory decisions required from the designated contract market.</I> A designated contract market that elects to utilize a regulatory service provider must retain exclusive authority in decisions involving the cancellation of trades, the issuance of disciplinary charges against members or market participants, and the denials of access to the trading platform for disciplinary reasons. A designated contract market may also retain exclusive authority in other areas of its choosing. A designated contract market must document any instances where its actions differ from those recommended by its regulatory service provider, including the reasons for the course of action recommended by the regulatory service provider and the reasons why the designated contract market chose a different course of action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.155" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.155   Compliance staff and resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Sufficient compliance staff.</I> A designated contract market must establish and maintain sufficient compliance department resources and staff to ensure that it can conduct effective audit trail reviews, trade practice surveillance, market surveillance, and real-time market monitoring. The designated contract market's compliance staff also must be sufficient to address unusual market or trading events as they arise, and to conduct and complete investigations in a timely manner, as set forth in § 38.158(b) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ongoing monitoring of compliance staff resources.</I> A designated contract market must monitor the size and workload of its compliance staff annually, and ensure that its compliance resources and staff are at appropriate levels. In determining the appropriate level of compliance resources and staff, the designated contract market should consider trading volume increases, the number of new products or contracts to be listed for trading, any new responsibilities to be assigned to compliance staff, the results of any internal review demonstrating that work is not completed in an effective or timely manner, and any other factors suggesting the need for increased resources and staff.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.156" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.156   Automated trade surveillance system.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must maintain an automated trade surveillance system capable of detecting and investigating potential trade practice violations. The automated system must load and process daily orders and trades no later than 24 hours after the completion of the trading day. In addition, the automated trade surveillance system must have the capability to detect and flag specific trade execution patterns and trade anomalies; compute, retain, and compare trading statistics; compute trade gains, losses, and futures-equivalent positions; reconstruct the sequence of market activity; perform market analyses; and support system users to perform in-depth analyses and ad hoc queries of trade-related data.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.157" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.157   Real-time market monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must conduct real-time market monitoring of all trading activity on its electronic trading platform(s) to identify disorderly trading and any market or system anomalies. A designated contract market must have the authority to adjust trade prices or cancel trades when necessary to mitigate market disrupting events caused by malfunctions in its electronic trading platform(s) or errors in orders submitted by members and market participants. Any trade price adjustments or trade cancellations must be transparent to the market and subject to standards that are clear, fair, and publicly available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.158" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.158   Investigations and investigation reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedures.</I> A designated contract market must establish and maintain procedures that require its compliance staff to conduct investigations of possible rule violations. An investigation must be commenced upon the receipt of a request from Commission staff or upon the discovery or receipt of information by the designated contract market that indicates a reasonable basis for finding that a violation may have occurred or will occur.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timeliness.</I> Each compliance staff investigation must be completed in a timely manner. Absent mitigating factors, a timely manner is no later than 12 months after the date that an investigation is opened. Mitigating factors that may reasonably justify an investigation taking longer than 12 months to complete include the complexity of the investigation, the number of firms or individuals involved as potential wrongdoers, the number of potential violations to be investigated, and the volume of documents and data to be examined and analyzed by compliance staff.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigation reports when a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> Compliance staff must submit a written investigation report for disciplinary action in every instance in which compliance staff determines from surveillance or from an investigation that a reasonable basis exists for finding a rule violation. The investigation report must include the reason the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; compliance staff's analysis and conclusions; and a recommendation as to whether disciplinary action should be pursued.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investigation reports when no reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> If after conducting an investigation, compliance staff determines that no reasonable basis exists for finding a violation, it must prepare a written report including the reason(s) the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; and compliance staff's analysis and conclusions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Warning letters.</I> No more than one warning letter may be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same rule violation within a rolling twelve month period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.159" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.159   Ability to obtain information.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must have the ability and authority to obtain any necessary information to perform any function required under this subpart C of the Commission's regulations, including the capacity to carry out international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require. Appropriate information-sharing agreements can be established with other designated contract markets and swap execution facilities, or the Commission can act in conjunction with the designated contract market to carry out such information sharing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.160" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.3.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.160   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.150 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Contracts Not Readily Subject to Manipulation</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.200   Core Principle 3.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall list on the contract market only contracts that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.201" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.201   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance in appendix C of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.200 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Prevention of Market Disruption</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.250" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.250   Core Principle 4.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall have the capacity and responsibility to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash-settlement process through market surveillance, compliance, and enforcement practices and procedures, including:
</P>
<P>(a) Methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading; and
</P>
<P>(b) Comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.251" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.251   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must:




</P>
<P>(a) Collect and evaluate data on individual traders' market activity on an ongoing basis in order to detect and prevent manipulation, price distortions and, where possible, disruptions of the physical-delivery or cash-settlement process;
</P>
<P>(b) Monitor and evaluate general market data in order to detect and prevent manipulative activity that would result in the failure of the market price to reflect the normal forces of supply and demand;
</P>
<P>(c) Demonstrate an effective program for conducting real-time monitoring of market conditions, price movements and volumes, in order to detect abnormalities and, when necessary, make a good-faith effort to resolve conditions that are, or threaten to be, disruptive to the market; and
</P>
<P>(d) Demonstrate the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct daily trading activity for the purposes of detecting trading abuses and violations of exchange-set position limits, including those that may have occurred intraday.
</P>
<P>(e) Adopt and implement rules governing market participants subject to its jurisdiction to prevent, detect, and mitigate market disruptions or system anomalies associated with electronic trading;
</P>
<P>(f) Subject all electronic orders to exchange-based pre-trade risk controls to prevent, detect, and mitigate market disruptions or system anomalies associated with electronic trading; and
</P>
<P>(g) Promptly notify Commission staff of any significant market disruptions on its electronic trading platform(s) and provide timely information on the causes and remediation.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, as amended at 86 FR 2071, Jan. 11, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.252" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.252   Additional requirements for physical-delivery contracts.</HEAD>
<P>For physical-delivery contracts, the designated contract market must demonstrate that it:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitors a contract's terms and conditions as they relate to the underlying commodity market and to the convergence between the contract price and the price of the underlying commodity and show a good-faith effort to resolve conditions that are interfering with convergence; and
</P>
<P>(b) Monitors the supply of the commodity and its adequacy to satisfy the delivery requirements and make a good-faith effort to resolve conditions that threaten the adequacy of supplies or the delivery process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.253" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.253   Additional requirements for cash-settled contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For cash-settled contracts, the designated contract market must demonstrate that it:
</P>
<P>(1) Monitors the pricing of the index to which the contract will be settled; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitors the continued appropriateness of the methodology for deriving the index and makes a good-faith effort to resolve conditions, including amending contract terms where necessary, where there is a threat of market manipulation, disruptions, or distortions.
</P>
<P>(b) If a contract listed on a designated contract market is settled by reference to the price of a contract or commodity traded in another venue, including a price or index derived from prices on another designated contract market, the designated contract market must have rules or agreements that allow the designated contract market access to information on the activities of its traders in the reference market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.254" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.254   Ability to obtain information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The designated contract market must have rules that require traders in its contracts to keep records of their trading, including records of their activity in the underlying commodity and related derivatives markets, and make such records available, upon request, to the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(b) A designated contract market with participants trading through intermediaries must either use a comprehensive large-trader reporting system (LTRS) or be able to demonstrate that it can obtain position data from other sources in order to conduct an effective surveillance program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.255" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.255   Risk controls for trading.</HEAD>
<P>The designated contract market must establish and maintain risk control mechanisms to prevent and reduce the potential risk of price distortions and market disruptions, including, but not limited to, market restrictions that pause or halt trading in market conditions prescribed by the designated contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.256" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.256   Trade reconstruction.</HEAD>
<P>The designated contract market must have the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct all trading on its trading facility. All audit-trail data and reconstructions must be made available to the Commission in a form, manner, and time that is acceptable to the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.257" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.257   Regulatory service provider.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must comply with the regulations in this subpart through a dedicated regulatory department, or by delegation of that function to a registered futures association or a registered entity (collectively, “regulatory service provider”), as such terms are defined in the Act and over which the designated contract market has supervisory authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.258" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.5.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.258   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.250 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Position Limitations or Accountability</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.300" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.300   Core Principle 5.</HEAD>
<P>To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion (especially during trading in the delivery month), the board of trade shall adopt for each contract of the board of trade, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators. For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission, pursuant to section 4a(a), the board of trade shall set the position limitation of the board of trade at a level not higher than the position limitation established by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.301" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.6.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.301   Position limitations and accountability.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must meet the requirements of parts 150 and 151 of this chapter, as applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Emergency Authority</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.350" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.350   Core Principle 6.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority:
</P>
<P>(a) To liquidate or transfer open positions in any contract;
</P>
<P>(b) To suspend or curtail trading in any contract; and
</P>
<P>(c) To require market participants in any contract to meet special margin requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.351" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.7.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.351   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.350.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Availability of General Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.400" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.8.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.400   Core Principle 7.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall make available to market authorities, market participants, and the public accurate information concerning:
</P>
<P>(a) The terms and conditions of the contracts of the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The rules, regulations and mechanisms for executing transactions on or through the facilities of the contract market, and
</P>
<P>(2) The rules and specifications describing the operation of the contract market's:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronic matching platform, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Trade execution facility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.401" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.8.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.401   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A designated contract market must have procedures, arrangements and resources for disclosing to the Commission, market participants and the public accurate information pertaining to:
</P>
<P>(i) Contract terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rules and regulations pertaining to the trading mechanisms; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Rules and specifications pertaining to operation of the electronic matching platform or trade execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) Through the procedures, arrangements and resources required in paragraph (a) of this section, the designated contract market must ensure public dissemination of information pertaining to new product listings, new rules, rule amendments or other changes to previously-disclosed information, in accordance with the timeline provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A designated contract market shall meet the requirements of this paragraph (a), by placing the information described in this paragraph (a) on the designated contract market's Web site within the time prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accuracy requirement.</I> With respect to any communication with the Commission, and any information required to be transmitted or made available to market participants and the public, including on its Web site or otherwise, a designated contract market must provide information that it believes, to the best of its knowledge, is accurate and complete, and must not omit material information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of regulatory submissions.</I> (1) A designated contract market, in making available on its Web site information pertaining to new product listings, new rules, rule amendments or other changes to previously-disclosed information, must place such information and submissions on its Web site concurrent with the filing of such information or submissions with the Secretary of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent that a designated contract market requests confidential treatment of any information filed with the Secretary of the Commission, the designated contract market must post on its Web site the public version of such filing or submission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulebook.</I> A designated contract market must ensure that the rulebook posted on its Web site is accurate, complete, current and readily accessible to the public. A designated contract market must publish or post in its rulebook all new or amended rules, both substantive and non-substantive, on the date of implementation of such new or amended rule, on the date a new product is listed, or on the date any changes to previously-disclosed information take effect.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Daily Publication of Trading Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.450" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.9.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.450   Core Principle 8.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall make public daily information on settlement prices, volume, open interest, and opening and closing ranges for actively traded contracts on the contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.451" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.9.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.451   Reporting of trade information.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must meet the reporting requirements set forth in part 16 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Execution of Transactions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.500" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.10.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.500   Core Principle 9.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall provide a competitive, open, and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions that protects the price discovery process of trading in the centralized market of the board of trade. The rules of the board of trade may authorize, for bona fide business purposes:
</P>
<P>(a) Transfer trades or office trades;
</P>
<P>(b) An exchange of:
</P>
<P>(1) Futures in connection with a cash commodity transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Futures for cash commodities; or
</P>
<P>(3) Futures for swaps; or
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant, acting as principal or agent, to enter into or confirm the execution of a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery if the contract is reported, recorded, or cleared in accordance with the rules of the contract market or a derivatives clearing organization.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Trade Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.550" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.11.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.550   Core Principle 10.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall maintain rules and procedures to provide for the recording and safe storage of all identifying trade information in a manner that enables the contract market to use the information:
</P>
<P>(a) To assist in the prevention of customer and market abuses; and
</P>
<P>(b) To provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.551" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.11.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.551   Audit trail required.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must capture and retain all audit trail data necessary to detect, investigate, and prevent customer and market abuses. Such data must be sufficient to reconstruct all transactions within a reasonable period of time and to provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the designated contract market. An acceptable audit trail must also permit the designated contract market to track a customer order from the time of receipt through fill, allocation, or other disposition, and must include both order and trade data.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.552" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.11.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.552   Elements of an acceptable audit trail program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original source documents.</I> A designated contract market's audit trail must include original source documents. Original source documents include unalterable, sequentially identified records on which trade execution information is originally recorded, whether recorded manually or electronically. Records for customer orders (whether filled, unfilled, or cancelled, each of which shall be retained or electronically captured) must reflect the terms of the order, an account identifier that relates back to the account(s) owner(s), and the time of order entry. For open-outcry trades, the time of report of execution of the order shall also be captured.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transaction history database.</I> A designated contract market's audit trail program must include an electronic transaction history database. An adequate transaction history database includes a history of all trades executed via open outcry or via entry into an electronic trading system, and all orders entered into an electronic trading system, including all order modifications and cancellations. An adequate transaction history database also includes:
</P>
<P>(1) All data that are input into the trade entry or matching system for the transaction to match and clear;
</P>
<P>(2) The customer type indicator code;
</P>
<P>(3) Timing and sequencing data adequate to reconstruct trading; and
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of each account to which fills are allocated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic analysis capability.</I> A designated contract market's audit trail program must include electronic analysis capability with respect to all audit trail data in the transaction history database. Such electronic analysis capability must ensure that the designated contract market has the ability to reconstruct trading and identify possible trading violations with respect to both customer and market abuse.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safe storage capability.</I> A designated contract market's audit trail program must include the capability to safely store all audit trail data retained in its transaction history database. Such safe storage capability must include the capability to store all data in the database in a manner that protects it from unauthorized alteration, as well as from accidental erasure or other loss. Data must be retained in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements of Core Principle 18 and the associated regulations in subpart S of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.553" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.11.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.553   Enforcement of audit trail requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Annual audit trail and recordkeeping reviews.</I> A designated contract market must enforce its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements through at least annual reviews of all members and persons and firms subject to designated contract market recordkeeping rules to verify their compliance with the contract market's audit trail and recordkeeping requirements. Such reviews must include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For electronic trading, audit trail and recordkeeping reviews must include reviews of randomly selected samples of front-end audit trail data for order routing systems; a review of the process by which user identifications are assigned and user identification records are maintained; a review of usage patterns associated with user identifications to monitor for violations of user identification rules; and reviews of account numbers and customer type indicator codes in trade records to test for accuracy and improper use.
</P>
<P>(2) For open outcry trading, audit trail and recordkeeping reviews must include reviews of members' and market participants' compliance with the designated contract market's trade timing, order ticket, and trading card requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enforcement program required.</I> A designated contract market must establish a program for effective enforcement of its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements for both electronic and open-outcry trading, as applicable. An effective program must identify members and persons and firms subject to designated contract market recordkeeping rules that have failed to maintain high levels of compliance with such requirements, and levy meaningful sanctions when deficiencies are found. Sanctions must be sufficient to deter recidivist behavior. No more than one warning letter may be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same rule violation within a rolling twelve month period.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Financial Integrity of Transactions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.600" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.600   Core Principle 11.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce:
</P>
<P>(a) Rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of transactions entered into on or through the facilities of the contract market (including the clearance and settlement of the transactions with a derivatives clearing organization); and
</P>
<P>(b) Rules to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) The financial integrity of any:
</P>
<P>(i) Futures commission merchant, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Introducing broker; and
</P>
<P>(2) The protection of customer funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.601" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.601   Mandatory clearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transactions executed on or through the designated contract market must be cleared through a Commission-registered derivatives clearing organization, in accordance with the provisions of part 39 of this chapter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, transactions in security futures products executed on or through the designated contract market may alternatively be cleared through a clearing agency, registered pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) A designated contract market must coordinate with each derivatives clearing organization to which it submits transactions for clearing, in the development of rules and procedures to facilitate prompt and efficient transaction processing in accordance with the requirements of § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 37803, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.602" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.602   General financial integrity.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must provide for the financial integrity of its transactions by establishing and maintaining appropriate minimum financial standards for its members and non-intermediated market participants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.603" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.603   Protection of customer funds.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must have rules concerning the protection of customer funds. These rules shall address appropriate minimum financial standards for intermediaries, the segregation of customer and proprietary funds, the custody of customer funds, the investment standards for customer funds, intermediary default procedures and related recordkeeping. A designated contract market must review the default rules and procedures of the derivatives clearing organization that clears for such designated contract market to wind down operations, transfer customers, or otherwise protect customers in the event of a default of a clearing member or the derivatives clearing organization.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.604" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.604   Financial surveillance.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must monitor members' compliance with the designated contract market's minimum financial standards and, therefore, must routinely receive and promptly review financial and related information from its members, as well as continuously monitor the positions of members and their customers. A designated contract market must have rules that prescribe minimum capital requirements for member futures commission merchants and introducing brokers. A designated contract market must:
</P>
<P>(a) Continually survey the obligations of each futures commission merchant created by the positions of its customers;
</P>
<P>(b) As appropriate, compare those obligations to the financial resources of the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(c) Take appropriate steps to use this information to protect customer funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.605" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.605   Requirements for financial surveillance program.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market's financial surveillance program for futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, and introducing brokers must comply with the requirements of § 1.52 of this chapter to assess the compliance of such entities with applicable contract market rules and Commission regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.606" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.606   Financial regulatory services provided by a third party.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market may comply with the requirements of § 38.604 (Financial Surveillance) and § 38.605 (Requirements for Financial Surveillance Program) of this part through the regulatory services of a registered futures association or a registered entity (collectively, “regulatory service provider”), as such terms are defined under the Act. A designated contract market must ensure that its regulatory service provider has the capacity and resources necessary to provide timely and effective regulatory services, including adequate staff and appropriate surveillance systems. A designated contract market will at all times remain responsible for compliance with its obligations under the Act and Commission regulations, and for the regulatory service provider's performance on its behalf. Regulatory services must be provided under a written agreement with a regulatory services provider that shall specifically document the services to be performed as well as the capacity and resources of the regulatory service provider with respect to the services to be performed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.607" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.12.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.607   Direct access.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market that permits direct electronic access by customers (<I>i.e.</I>, allowing customers of futures commission merchants to enter orders directly into a designated contract market's trade matching system for execution) must have in place effective systems and controls reasonably designed to facilitate the FCM's management of financial risk, such as automated pre-trade controls that enable member futures commission merchants to implement appropriate financial risk limits. A designated contract market must implement and enforce rules requiring the member futures commission merchants to use the provided systems and controls.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Protection of Markets and Market Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.650" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.13.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.650   Core Principle 12.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules:
</P>
<P>(a) To protect markets and market participants from abusive practices committed by any party, including abusive practices committed by a party acting as an agent for a participant; and
</P>
<P>(b) To promote fair and equitable trading on the contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.651" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.13.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.651   Protection of markets and market participants.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must have and enforce rules that are designed to promote fair and equitable trading and to protect the market and market participants from abusive practices including fraudulent, noncompetitive or unfair actions, committed by any party. The designated contract market must have methods and resources appropriate to the nature of the trading system and the structure of the market to detect trade practice and market abuses and to discipline such behavior, in accordance with Core Principles 2 and 4, and the associated regulations in subparts C and E of this part, respectively. The designated contract market also must provide a competitive, open and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions in accordance with Core Principle 9 and the associated regulations under subpart J of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Disciplinary Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.700" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.700   Core Principle 13.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce disciplinary procedures that authorize the board of trade to discipline, suspend, or expel members or market participants that violate the rules of the board of trade, or similar methods for performing the same functions, including delegation of the functions to third parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.701" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.701   Enforcement staff.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must establish and maintain sufficient enforcement staff and resources to effectively and promptly prosecute possible rule violations within the disciplinary jurisdiction of the contract market. A designated contract market must also monitor the size and workload of its enforcement staff annually, and ensure that its enforcement resources and staff are at appropriate levels. The enforcement staff may not include either members of the designated contract market or persons whose interests conflict with their enforcement duties. A member of the enforcement staff may not operate under the direction or control of any person or persons with trading privileges at the contract market. A designated contract market's enforcement staff may operate as part of the designated contract market's compliance department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.702" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.702   Disciplinary panels.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must establish one or more disciplinary panels that are authorized to fulfill their obligations under the rules of this subpart. Disciplinary panels must meet the composition requirements of part 40 of this chapter, and must not include any members of the designated contract market's compliance staff or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.703" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.703   Notice of charges.</HEAD>
<P>If compliance staff authorized by a designated contract market or a designated contract market disciplinary panel determines that a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation and that adjudication is warranted, it must direct that the person or entity alleged to have committed the violation be served with a notice of charges and must proceed in accordance with the rules of this section. A notice of charges must adequately state the acts, conduct, or practices in which the respondent is alleged to have engaged; state the rule, or rules, alleged to have been violated (or about to be violated); and prescribe the period within which a hearing on the charges may be requested. The notice must also advise that the charged respondent is entitled, upon request, to a hearing on the charges.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.704" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.704   Right to representation.</HEAD>
<P>Upon being served with a notice of charges, a respondent must have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all succeeding stages of the disciplinary process, except any member of the designated contract market's board of directors or disciplinary panel, any employee of the designated contract market, or any person substantially related to the underlying investigations, such as material witness or respondent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.705" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.705   Answer to charges.</HEAD>
<P>A respondent must be given a reasonable period of time to file an answer to a notice of charges. The rules of a designated contract market governing the requirements and timeliness of a respondent's answer to charges must be fair, equitable, and publicly available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.706" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.706   Denial of charges and right to hearing.</HEAD>
<P>In every instance where a respondent has requested a hearing on a charge that is denied, or on a sanction set by the disciplinary panel, the respondent must be given an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with the requirements of § 38.707 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.707" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.707   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A designated contract market must adopt rules that provide for the following minimum requirements for any hearing conducted pursuant to a notice of charges:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing must be fair, must be conducted before members of the disciplinary panel, and must be promptly convened after reasonable notice to the respondent. The formal rules of evidence need not apply; nevertheless, the procedures for the hearing may not be so informal as to deny a fair hearing. No member of the disciplinary panel for the matter may have a financial, personal, or other direct interest in the matter under consideration.
</P>
<P>(2) In advance of the hearing, the respondent must be entitled to examine all books, documents, or other evidence in the possession or under the control of the designated contract market. The designated contract market may withhold documents that are privileged or constitute attorney work product, documents that were prepared by an employee of the designated contract market but will not be offered in evidence in the disciplinary proceedings, documents that may disclose a technique or guideline used in examinations, investigations, or enforcements proceedings, and documents that disclose the identity of a confidential source.
</P>
<P>(3) The designated contract market's enforcement and compliance staffs must be parties to the hearing, and the enforcement staff must present their case on those charges and sanctions that are the subject of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) The respondent must be entitled to appear personally at the hearing, must be entitled to cross-examine any persons appearing as witnesses at the hearing, and must be entitled to call witnesses and to present such evidence as may be relevant to the charges.
</P>
<P>(5) The designated contract market must require persons within its jurisdiction who are called as witnesses to participate in the hearing and to produce evidence. It must make reasonable efforts to secure the presence of all other persons called as witnesses whose testimony would be relevant.
</P>
<P>(6) If the respondent has requested a hearing, a copy of the hearing must be made and must become a part of the record of the proceeding. The record must be one that is capable of being accurately transcribed; however, it need not be transcribed unless the transcript is requested by Commission staff or the respondent, the decision is appealed pursuant to the rules of the designated contract market, or is reviewed by the Commission pursuant to section 8c of the Act or part 9 of this chapter. In all other instances a summary record of a hearing is permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.708" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.708   Decisions.</HEAD>
<P>Promptly following a hearing conducted in accordance with § 38.707 of this part, the disciplinary panel must render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and must provide a copy to the respondent. The decision must include:
</P>
<P>(a) The notice of charges or a summary of the charges;
</P>
<P>(b) The answer, if any, or a summary of the answer;
</P>
<P>(c) A summary of the evidence produced at the hearing or, where appropriate, incorporation by reference of the investigation report;
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of findings and conclusions with respect to each charge, and a complete explanation of the evidentiary and other basis for such findings and conclusions with respect to each charge;
</P>
<P>(e) An indication of each specific rule that the respondent was found to have violated; and
</P>
<P>(f) A declaration of all sanctions imposed against the respondent, including the basis for such sanctions and the effective date of such sanctions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.709" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.709   Final decisions.</HEAD>
<P>Each designated contract market must establish rules setting forth when a decision rendered pursuant to this section will become the final decision of such designated contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.710" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.710   Disciplinary sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>All disciplinary sanctions imposed by a designated contract market or its disciplinary panels must be commensurate with the violations committed and must be clearly sufficient to deter recidivism or similar violations by other market participants. All disciplinary sanctions, including sanctions imposed pursuant to an accepted settlement offer, must take into account the respondent's disciplinary history. In the event of demonstrated customer harm, any disciplinary sanction must also include full customer restitution, except where the amount of restitution, or to whom it should be provided, cannot be reasonably determined.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.711" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.711   Warning letters.</HEAD>
<P>Where a rule violation is found to have occurred, no more than one warning letter may be issued per rolling 12-month period for the same violation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.712" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.14.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.712   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.700 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Dispute Resolution</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.750" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.15.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.750   Core Principle 14.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules regarding, and provide facilities for alternative dispute resolution as appropriate for, market participants and any market intermediaries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.751" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.15.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.751   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.750 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Governance Fitness Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.800" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.16.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.800   Core Principle 15.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce appropriate fitness standards for directors, members of any disciplinary committee, members of the contract market, and any other person with direct access to the facility (including any party affiliated with any person described in this paragraph).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.801" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.16.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.801   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.800 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="Q" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart Q—Conflicts of Interest</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.850" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.17.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.850   Core Principle 16.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules:
</P>
<P>(a) To minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(b) To establish a process for resolving conflicts of interest described in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.851" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.17.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.851   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.850 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="R" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.18" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart R—Composition of Governing Boards of Contract Markets</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.900" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.18.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.900   Core Principle 17.</HEAD>
<P>The governance arrangements of the board of trade shall be designed to permit consideration of the views of market participants.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="S" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.19" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart S—Recordkeeping</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.950" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.19.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.950   Core Principle 18.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the contract market:
</P>
<P>(a) In a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(b) For a period of at least 5 years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.951" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.19.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.951   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market must maintain such records, including trade records and investigatory and disciplinary files, in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter, and in accordance with part 45 of this chapter, if applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="T" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.20" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart T—Antitrust Considerations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.1000" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.20.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1000   Core Principle 19.</HEAD>
<P>Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, the board of trade shall not:
</P>
<P>(a) Adopt any rule or taking any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
</P>
<P>(b) Impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading on the contract market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1001" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.20.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1001   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.1000 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="U" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.21" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart U—System Safeguards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.1050" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.21.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1050   Core Principle 20.</HEAD>
<P>Each designated contract market shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and the development of automated systems, that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity;
</P>
<P>(b) Establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allow for the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the board of trade; and
</P>
<P>(c) Periodically conduct tests to verify that backup resources are sufficient to ensure continued order processing and trade matching, transmission of matched orders to a designated clearing organization for clearing, price reporting, market surveillance, and maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1051" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.21.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1051   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A designated contract market's program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems shall address each of the following categories of risk analysis and oversight:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Enterprise risk management and governance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Assessment, mitigation, and monitoring of security and technology risk; security and technology capital planning and investment; board of directors and management oversight of technology and security; information technology audit and controls assessments; remediation of deficiencies; and any other elements of enterprise risk management and governance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information security.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to, controls relating to: Access to systems and data (including least privilege, separation of duties, account monitoring and control); user and device identification and authentication; security awareness training; audit log maintenance, monitoring, and analysis; media protection; personnel security and screening; automated system and communications protection (including network port control, boundary defenses, encryption); system and information integrity (including malware defenses, software integrity monitoring); vulnerability management; penetration testing; security incident response and management; and any other elements of information security included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Regular, periodic testing and review of business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities, the controls and capabilities described in paragraphs (c), (d), (j), and (k) of this section; and any other elements of business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capacity and performance planning.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Controls for monitoring the designated contract market's systems to ensure adequate scalable capacity (including testing, monitoring, and analysis of current and projected future capacity and performance, and of possible capacity degradation due to planned automated system changes); and any other elements of capacity and performance planning included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Systems operations.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: System maintenance; configuration management (including baseline configuration, configuration change and patch management, least functionality, inventory of authorized and unauthorized devices and software); event and problem response and management; and any other elements of system operations included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Systems development and quality assurance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Requirements development; pre-production and regression testing; change management procedures and approvals; outsourcing and vendor management; training in secure coding practices; and any other elements of systems development and quality assurance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Physical security and environmental controls.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Physical access and monitoring; power, telecommunication, and environmental controls; fire protection; and any other elements of physical security and environmental controls included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(b) In addressing the categories of risk analysis and oversight required under paragraph (a) of this section, a designated contract market shall follow generally accepted standards and best practices with respect to the development, operation, reliability, security, and capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P>(c) A designated contract market shall maintain a business continuity-disaster recovery plan and business continuity-disaster recovery resources, emergency procedures, and backup facilities sufficient to enable timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a designated contract market following any disruption of its operations. Such responsibilities and obligations include, without limitation: Order processing and trade matching; transmission of matched orders to a designated clearing organization for clearing; price reporting; market surveillance; and maintenance of a comprehensive audit trail. The designated contract market's business continuity-disaster recovery plan and resources generally should enable resumption of trading and clearing of the designated contract market's products during the next business day following the disruption. Designated contract markets determined by the Commission to be critical financial markets are subject to more stringent requirements in this regard, set forth in § 40.9 of this chapter. Electronic trading is an acceptable backup for open outcry trading in the event of a disruption. A designated contract market shall update its business continuity-disaster recovery plan and emergency procedures at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but at a minimum no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(d) A designated contract market that is not determined by the Commission to be a critical financial market satisfies the requirement to be able to resume trading and clearing during the next business day following a disruption by maintaining either:
</P>
<P>(1) Infrastructure and personnel resources of its own that are sufficient to ensure timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a designated contract market following any disruption of its operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) Contractual arrangements with other designated contract markets or disaster recovery service providers, as appropriate, that are sufficient to ensure continued trading and clearing of the designated contract market's products, and ongoing fulfillment of all of the designated contract market's responsibilities and obligations with respect to those products, in the event that a disruption renders the designated contract market temporarily or permanently unable to satisfy this requirement on its own behalf.
</P>
<P>(e) A designated contract market must notify Commission staff promptly of all:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic trading halts and significant systems malfunctions;
</P>
<P>(2) Cyber security incidents or targeted threats that actually or potentially jeopardize automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Activation of the designated contract market's business continuity-disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(f) A designated contract market must give Commission staff timely advance notice of all material:
</P>
<P>(1) Planned changes to automated systems that may impact the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of such systems; and
</P>
<P>(2) Planned changes to the designated contract market's program of risk analysis and oversight.
</P>
<P>(g) As part of a designated contract market's obligation to produce books and records in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, Core Principle 18 (Recordkeeping), and §§ 38.950 and 38.951, a designated contract market shall provide to the Commission the following system safeguards-related books and records, promptly upon the request of any Commission representative:
</P>
<P>(1) Current copies of its business continuity-disaster recovery plans and other emergency procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) All assessments of its operational risks or system safeguards-related controls;
</P>
<P>(3) All reports concerning system safeguards testing and assessment required by this chapter, whether performed by independent contractors or by employees of the designated contract market; and
</P>
<P>(4) All other books and records requested by Commission staff in connection with Commission oversight of system safeguards pursuant to the Act or Commission regulations, or in connection with Commission maintenance of a current profile of the designated contract market's automated systems.
</P>
<P>(5) Nothing in this paragraph (g) shall be interpreted as reducing or limiting in any way a designated contract market's obligation to comply with Core Principle 18 (Recordkeeping) or with § 1.31 of this chapter, or with § 38.950 or § 38.951.
</P>
<P>(h) A designated contract market shall conduct regular, periodic, objective testing and review of its automated systems to ensure that they are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity. It shall also conduct regular, periodic testing and review of its business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities. Such testing and review shall include, without limitation, all of the types of testing set forth in this paragraph (h). A covered designated contract market, as defined in this section, shall be subject to the additional requirements regarding minimum testing frequency and independent contractor testing set forth in this paragraph (h).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in paragraph (h) of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Controls</I> means the safeguards or countermeasures employed by the designated contract market in order to protect the reliability, security, or capacity of its automated systems or the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its data and information, and in order to enable the designated contract market to fulfill its statutory and regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Controls testing</I> means assessment of the designated contract market's controls to determine whether such controls are implemented correctly, are operating as intended, and are enabling the designated contract market to meet the requirements established by this section.
</P>
<P><I>Covered designated contract market</I> means a designated contract market whose annual total trading volume in calendar year 2015, or in any subsequent calendar year, is five percent (5%) or more of the combined annual total trading volume of all designated contract markets regulated by the Commission for the year in question, based on annual total trading volume information provided to the Commission by each designated contract market pursuant to the procedure set forth in this chapter. A covered designated contract market that has annual total trading volume of less than five percent (5%) of the combined annual total trading volume of all designated contract markets regulated by the Commission for three consecutive calendar years ceases to be a covered designated contract market as of March 1 of the calendar year following such three consecutive calendar years.
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise technology risk assessment</I> means a written assessment that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of threats and vulnerabilities in the context of mitigating controls. An enterprise technology risk assessment identifies, estimates, and prioritizes risks to designated contract market operations or assets, or to market participants, individuals, or other entities, resulting from impairment of the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and information or the reliability, security, or capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P><I>External penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the designated contract market's automated systems from outside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting external penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Internal penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the designated contract market's automated systems from inside the systems' boundaries, to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting internal penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Key controls</I> means those controls that an appropriate risk analysis determines are either critically important for effective system safeguards or intended to address risks that evolve or change more frequently and therefore require more frequent review to ensure their continuing effectiveness in addressing such risks.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident</I> means a cyber security or physical security event that actually jeopardizes or has a significant likelihood of jeopardizing automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity, or the availability, confidentiality or integrity of data.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan</I> means a written plan documenting the designated contract market's policies, controls, procedures, and resources for identifying, responding to, mitigating, and recovering from security incidents, and the roles and responsibilities of its management, staff and independent contractors in responding to security incidents. A security incident response plan may be a separate document or a business continuity-disaster recovery plan section or appendix dedicated to security incident response.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan testing</I> means testing of a designated contract market's security incident response plan to determine the plan's effectiveness, identify its potential weaknesses or deficiencies, enable regular plan updating and improvement, and maintain organizational preparedness and resiliency with respect to security incidents. Methods of conducting security incident response plan testing may include, but are not limited to, checklist completion, walk-through or table-top exercises, simulations, and comprehensive exercises.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability testing</I> means testing of a designated contract market's automated systems to determine what information may be discoverable through a reconnaissance analysis of those systems and what vulnerabilities may be present on those systems.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vulnerability testing.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct vulnerability testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct such vulnerability testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct such vulnerability testing no less frequently than quarterly.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such vulnerability testing shall include automated vulnerability scanning, which shall follow generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iii) A designated contract market shall conduct vulnerability testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>External penetration testing.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct external penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct such external penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct such external penetration testing no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A covered designated contract market shall engage independent contractors to conduct the required annual external penetration test. The covered designated contract market may conduct other external penetration testing by using employees of the covered designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(iii) A designated contract market which is not a covered designated contract market shall conduct external penetration testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Internal penetration testing.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct internal penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct such internal penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct such internal penetration testing no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated contract market shall conduct internal penetration testing by engaging independent contractors, or by using employees of the designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Controls testing.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct controls testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct controls testing, which includes testing of each control included in its program of risk analysis and oversight, at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. Such testing may be conducted on a rolling basis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct testing of its key controls no less frequently than every three years. The covered designated contract market may conduct testing of its key controls on a rolling basis over the course of three years or the period determined by such risk analysis, whichever is shorter.
</P>
<P>(ii) A covered designated contract market shall engage independent contractors to test and assess the key controls included in its program of risk analysis and oversight no less frequently than every three years. The covered designated contract market may conduct any other controls testing required by this section by using independent contractors or employees of the covered designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(iii) A designated contract market which is not a covered designated contract market shall conduct controls testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security incident response plan testing.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct security incident response plan testing sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct such security incident response plan testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct such security incident response plan testing no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated contract market's security incident response plan shall include, without limitation, the designated contract market's definition and classification of security incidents, its policies and procedures for reporting security incidents and for internal and external communication and information sharing regarding security incidents, and the hand-off and escalation points in its security incident response process.
</P>
<P>(iii) A designated contract market may coordinate its security incident response plan testing with other testing required by this section or with testing of its other business continuity-disaster recovery and crisis management plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) A designated contract market may conduct security incident response plan testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Enterprise technology risk assessment.</I> A designated contract market shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A designated contract market shall conduct an enterprise technology risk assessment at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. At a minimum, a covered designated contract market shall conduct an enterprise technology risk assessment no less frequently than annually. A designated contract market that has conducted an enterprise technology risk assessment that complies with this section may conduct subsequent assessments by updating the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated contract market may conduct enterprise technology risk assessments by using independent contractors or employees of the designated contract market who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being assessed.
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent practicable, a designated contract market shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Coordinate its business continuity-disaster recovery plan with those of the members and other market participants upon whom it depends to provide liquidity, in a manner adequate to enable effective resumption of activity in its markets following a disruption causing activation of the designated contract market's business continuity-disaster recovery plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate and coordinate periodic, synchronized testing of its business continuity-disaster recovery plan and the business continuity-disaster recovery plans of the members and other market participants upon whom it depends to provide liquidity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that its business continuity-disaster recovery plan takes into account the business continuity-disaster recovery plans of its telecommunications, power, water, and other essential service providers.
</P>
<P>(j) Part 46 of this chapter governs the obligations of those registered entities that the Commission has determined to be critical financial markets, with respect to maintenance and geographic dispersal of disaster recovery resources sufficient to meet a same-day recovery time objective in the event of a wide-scale disruption. Section 40.9 of this chapter establishes the requirements for core principle compliance in that respect.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Scope of testing and assessment.</I> The scope for all system safeguards testing and assessment required by this part shall be broad enough to include the testing of automated systems and controls that the designated contract market's required program of risk analysis and oversight and its current cybersecurity threat analysis indicate is necessary to identify risks and vulnerabilities that could enable an intruder or unauthorized user or insider to:
</P>
<P>(1) Interfere with the designated contract market's operations or with fulfillment of its statutory and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Impair or degrade the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of the designated contract market's automated systems;
</P>
<P>(3) Add to, delete, modify, exfiltrate, or compromise the integrity of any data related to the designated contract market's regulated activities; or
</P>
<P>(4) Undertake any other unauthorized action affecting the designated contract market's regulated activities or the hardware or software used in connection with those activities.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Internal reporting and review.</I> Both the senior management and the Board of Directors of a designated contract market shall receive and review reports setting forth the results of the testing and assessment required by this section. A designated contract market shall establish and follow appropriate procedures for the remediation of issues identified through such review, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, and for evaluation of the effectiveness of testing and assessment protocols.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Remediation.</I> A designated contract market shall identify and document the vulnerabilities and deficiencies in its systems revealed by the testing and assessment required by this section. The designated contract market shall conduct and document an appropriate analysis of the risks presented by such vulnerabilities and deficiencies, to determine and document whether to remediate or accept the associated risk. When the designated contract market determines to remediate a vulnerability or deficiency, it must remediate in a timely manner given the nature and magnitude of the associated risk.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Required production of annual total trading volume.</I> (1) As used in this paragraph, <I>annual total trading volume</I> means the total number of all contracts traded on or pursuant to the rules of a designated contract market during a calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) Each designated contract market shall provide to the Commission for calendar year 2015 and each calendar year thereafter its annual total trading volume, providing this information for 2015 within 30 calendar days of the effective date of the final version of this rule, and for 2016 and subsequent years by January 31 of the following calendar year. For calendar year 2015 and each calendar year thereafter, the Commission shall provide to each designated contract market the percentage of the combined annual total trading volume of all designated contract markets regulated by the Commission which is constituted by that designated contract market's annual total trading volume, providing this information for 2015 within 60 calendar days of the effective date of the final version of this rule, and for 2016 and subsequent years by February 28 of the following calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to provide each designated contract market with its percentage of the total annual trading volume of all designated contract markets regulated by the Commission, as set forth in paragraph (n)(2) of this section. The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated pursuant to this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 64312, Sept. 19, 2016; 82 FR 45434, Sept. 29, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="V" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.22" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart V—Financial Resources</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.1100" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.22.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1100   Core Principle 21.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In General.</I> The board of trade shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the board of trade.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of adequacy.</I> The financial resources of the board of trade shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the contract market to cover the operating costs of the contract market for a 1-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1101" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.22.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1101   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) A designated contract market must maintain financial resources sufficient to enable it to perform its functions in compliance with the core principles set forth in section 5 of the Act and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) Financial resources shall be considered sufficient if their value is at least equal to a total amount that would enable the designated contract market, or applicant for designation as such, to cover its operating costs for a period of at least one year, calculated on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(3) An entity that is registered with the Commission as both a designated contract market and a derivatives clearing organization also shall comply with the financial resource requirements of § 39.11 of this chapter, demonstrating that it has sufficient financial resources to operate the single, combined entity as both a designated contract market and a derivatives clearing organization. In lieu of filing separate quarterly reports under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and § 39.11(f) of this chapter, such entity shall file single quarterly reports in accordance with § 39.11.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Types of financial resources.</I> Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated contract market's own capital, calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Computation of financial resource requirement.</I> A designated contract market must, on a quarterly basis, based upon its fiscal year, make a reasonable calculation of its projected operating costs over a 12-month period in order to determine the amount needed to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. The designated contract market shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodology used to compute such projected operating costs. The Commission may review the methodology and require changes as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation of financial resources.</I> At appropriate intervals, but not less than quarterly, a designated contract market must compute the current market value of each financial resource used to meet its obligations under paragraph (a) of this section. Reductions in value to reflect market and credit risk (“haircuts”) must be applied as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquidity of financial resources.</I> The financial resources allocated by the designated contract market to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section must include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) equal to at least six months' operating costs. If any portion of such financial resources is not sufficiently liquid, the designated contract market may take into account a committed line of credit or similar facility for the purpose of meeting this requirement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> (1) Each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a designated contract market must:
</P>
<P>(i) Report to the Commission:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount of financial resources necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The value of each financial resource available, computed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the Commission with a financial statement, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows of the designated contract market or of its parent company.
</P>
<P>(2) The calculations required by this paragraph shall be made as of the last business day of the designated contract market's fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(3) The designated contract market must provide the Commission with:
</P>
<P>(i) Sufficient documentation explaining the methodology used to compute its financial requirements under paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Sufficient documentation explaining the basis for its determinations regarding the valuation and liquidity requirements set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Copies of any agreements establishing or amending a credit facility, insurance coverage, or other arrangement evidencing or otherwise supporting the designated contract market's conclusions.
</P>
<P>(4) The reports shall be filed not later than 40 calendar days after the end of the designated contract market's first three fiscal quarters, and not later than 60 calendar days after the end of the designated contract market's fourth fiscal quarter, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, the authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, to:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine whether a particular financial resource under paragraph (b)(2) may be used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) and (2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Review and make changes to the methodology used to compute the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Request financial reporting from a designated contract market (in addition to quarterly reports) under paragraph (f)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Grant an extension of time for a designated contract market to file its quarterly financial report under paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="W" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.23" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart W—Diversity of Board of Directors</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.1150" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.23.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1150   Core Principle 22.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade, if a publicly traded company, shall endeavor to recruit individuals to serve on the board of directors and the other decision-making bodies (as determined by the Commission) of the board of trade from among, and to have the composition of the bodies reflect, a broad and culturally diverse pool of qualified candidates.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="X" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.24" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart X—Securities and Exchange Commission</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 36700, June 19, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 38.1200" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.24.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1200   Core Principle 23.</HEAD>
<P>The board of trade shall keep any such records relating to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act open to inspection and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1201" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.24.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1201   Additional sources for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants and designated contract markets may refer to the guidance and/or acceptable practices in appendix B of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of § 38.1200 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.25" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.26.7.1.36" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 38—Form DCM
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.067.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.068.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.069.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.070.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.071.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.072.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.073.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19jn12.074.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36709, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.26.7.1.37" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 38—Guidance on, and Acceptable Practices in, Compliance With Core Principles
</HEAD>
<P>1. This appendix provides guidance on complying with core principles, both initially and on an ongoing basis, to obtain and maintain designation under section 5(d) of the Act and this part 38. Where provided, guidance is set forth in paragraph (a) following the relevant heading and can be used to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the selected requirements of a core principle, under §§ 38.3 and 38.5 of this part. The guidance for the core principle is illustrative only of the types of matters a designated contract market may address, as applicable, and is not intended to be used as a mandatory checklist. Addressing the issues set forth in this appendix would help the Commission in its consideration of whether the designated contract market is in compliance with the selected requirements of a core principle; provided however, that the guidance is not intended to diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of applicants and designated contract markets to comply with the regulations provided under this part.
</P>
<P>2. Where provided, acceptable practices meeting selected requirements of core principles are set forth in paragraph (b) following guidance. Designated contract markets that follow specific practices outlined in the acceptable practices for a core principle in this appendix will meet the selected requirements of the applicable core principle; provided however, that the acceptable practice is not intended to diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of applicants and designated contract markets to comply with the regulations provided under this part 38. The acceptable practices are for illustrative purposes only and do not state the exclusive means for satisfying a core principle.
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 1 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> DESIGNATION AS CONTRACT MARKET.—(A) IN GENERAL.—To be designated, and maintain a designation, as a contract market, a board of trade shall comply with—
</P>
<P>(i) Any core principle described in this subsection; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
</P>
<P>(B) REASONABLE DISCRETION OF CONTRACT MARKET.—Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a board of trade described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the board of trade complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 2 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> COMPLIANCE WITH RULES—(A) IN GENERAL.—The board of trade shall establish, monitor, and enforce compliance with the rules of the contract market, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Access requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) The terms and conditions of any contracts to be traded on the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Rules prohibiting abusive trade practices on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(B) CAPACITY OF CONTRACT MARKET.—The board of trade shall have the capacity to detect, investigate, and apply appropriate sanctions to any person that violates any rule of the contract market.
</P>
<P>(C) REQUIREMENT OF RULES.—The rules of the contract market shall provide the board of trade with the ability and authority to obtain any necessary information to perform any function described in this subsection, including the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance</I>—(1) <I>Investigations and investigation reports—Warning letters.</I> The rules of a designated contract market may authorize compliance staff to issue a warning letter to a person or entity under investigation or to recommend that a disciplinary panel take such an action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional rules required.</I> A designated contract market should adopt and enforce any additional rules that it believes are necessary to comply with the requirements of subpart C of this chapter
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 3 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> CONTRACTS NOT READILY SUBJECT TO MANIPULATION.—The board of trade shall list on the contract market only contracts that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) Designated contract markets may list new products for trading by self-certification under § 40.2 of this chapter or may submit products for Commission approval under § 40.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Guidance in appendix C to this part may be used as guidance in meeting this core principle for both new products listings and existing listed contracts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 4 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> PREVENTION OF MARKET DISRUPTION.—The board of trade shall have the capacity and responsibility to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash-settlement process through market surveillance, compliance, and enforcement practices and procedures, including—
</P>
<P>(A) Methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading; and
</P>
<P>(B) Comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> The detection and prevention of market manipulation, disruptions, and distortions should be incorporated into the design of programs for monitoring trading activity. Monitoring of intraday trading should include the capacity to detect developing market anomalies, including abnormal price movements and unusual trading volumes, and position-limit violations. The designated contract market should have rules in place that allow it broad powers to intervene to prevent or reduce market disruptions. Once a threatened or actual disruption is detected, the designated contract market should take steps to prevent the disruption or reduce its severity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional rules required.</I> A designated contract market should adopt and enforce any additional rules that it believes are necessary to comply with the requirements of subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices</I>—(1) <I>General Requirements.</I> Real-time monitoring for market anomalies and position-limit violations are the most effective, but the designated contract market may also demonstrate that it has an acceptable program if some of the monitoring is accomplished on a T+1 basis. An acceptable program must include automated trading alerts to detect market anomalies and position-limit violations as they develop and before market disruptions occur or become more serious. In some cases, a designated contract market may demonstrate that its manual processes are effective.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Physical-delivery contracts.</I> For physical-delivery contracts, the designated contract market must demonstrate that it is monitoring the adequacy and availability of the deliverable supply, which, if such information is available, includes the size and ownership of those supplies and whether such supplies are likely to be available to short traders and saleable by long traders at the market value of those supplies under normal cash marketing conditions. Further, for physical-delivery contracts, the designated contract market must continually monitor the appropriateness of a contract's terms and conditions, including the delivery instrument, the delivery locations and location differentials, and the commodity characteristics and related differentials. The designated contract market must demonstrate that it is making a good-faith effort to resolve conditions that are interfering with convergence of its physical-delivery contract to the price of the underlying commodity or causing price distortions or market disruptions, including, when appropriate, changes to contract terms.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cash-settled contracts.</I> At a minimum, an acceptable program for monitoring cash-settled contracts must include access, either directly or through an information-sharing agreement, to traders' positions and transactions in the reference market for traders of a significant size in the designated contract market near the settlement of the contract.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ability to obtain information.</I> With respect to the designated contract market's ability to obtain information, a designated contract market may limit the application of the requirement to keep and provide such records only to those that are reportable under its large-trader reporting system or otherwise hold substantial positions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Risk controls for trading.</I> An acceptable program for preventing market disruptions must demonstrate appropriate trade risk controls, in addition to pauses and halts. Such controls must be adapted to the unique characteristics of the markets to which they apply and must be designed to avoid market disruptions without unduly interfering with that market's price discovery function. The designated contract market may choose from among controls that include: pre-trade limits on order size, price collars or bands around the current price, message throttles, and daily price limits, or design other types of controls. Within the specific array of controls that are selected, the designated contract market also must set the parameters for those controls, so long as the types of controls and their specific parameters are reasonably likely to serve the purpose of preventing market disruptions and price distortions. If a contract is linked to, or is a substitute for, other contracts, either listed on its market or on other trading venues, the designated contract market must, to the extent practicable, coordinate its risk controls with any similar controls placed on those other contracts. If a contract is based on the price of an equity security or the level of an equity index, such risk controls must, to the extent practicable, be coordinated with any similar controls placed on national security exchanges.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Market disruptions and system anomalies associated with electronic trading.</I> To comply with § 38.251(e), the contract market must adopt and implement rules that are reasonably designed to prevent, detect, and mitigate market disruptions or system anomalies associated with electronic trading. To comply with § 38.251(f), the contract market must subject all electronic orders to exchange-based pre-trade risk controls that are reasonably designed to prevent, detect, and mitigate market disruptions or system anomalies.




</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 5 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> POSITION LIMITATIONS OR ACCOUNTABILITY—(A) IN GENERAL.—To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion (especially during trading in the delivery month), the board of trade shall adopt for each contract of the board of trade, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
</P>
<P>(B) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POSITION LIMITATION.—For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a), the board of trade shall set the position limitation of the board of trade at a level not higher than the position limitation established by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 6 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> EMERGENCY AUTHORITY—The board of trade, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority—
</P>
<P>(A) To liquidate or transfer open positions in any contract;
</P>
<P>(B) To suspend or curtail trading in any contract; and
</P>
<P>(C) To require market participants in any contract to meet special margin requirements.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> In consultation and cooperation with the Commission, a designated contract market should have the authority to intervene as necessary to maintain markets with fair and orderly trading and to prevent or address manipulation or disruptive trading practices, whether the need for intervention arises exclusively from the DCM's market or as part of a coordinated, cross-market intervention. DCM rules should include procedures and guidelines to avoid conflicts of interest in accordance with the provisions of § 40.9 of this chapter, and include alternate lines of communication and approval procedures to address emergencies associated with real-time events. To address perceived market threats, the designated contract market should have rules that allow it to take certain actions in the event of an emergency, as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter, including: imposing or modifying position limits, price limits, and intraday market restrictions; imposing special margin requirements; ordering the liquidation or transfer of open positions in any contract; ordering the fixing of a settlement price; extending or shortening the expiration date or the trading hours; suspending or curtailing trading in any contract; transferring customer contracts and the margin or altering any contract's settlement terms or conditions; and, where applicable, providing for the carrying out of such actions through its agreements with its third-party provider of clearing or regulatory services. In situations where a contract is fungible with a contract on another platform, emergency action to liquidate or transfer open interest must be as directed, or agreed to, by the Commission or the Commission's staff. The DCM has the authority to independently respond to emergencies in an effective and timely manner consistent with the nature of the emergency, as long as all such actions taken by the DCM are made in good faith to protect the integrity of the markets. The Commission should be notified promptly of the DCM's exercise of emergency action, explaining how conflicts of interest were minimized, including the extent to which the DCM considered the effect of its emergency action on the underlying markets and on markets that are linked or referenced to the contract market and similar markets on other trading venues. Information on all regulatory actions carried out pursuant to a DCM's emergency authority should be included in a timely submission of a certified rule pursuant to part 40 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> A designated contract market must have procedures and guidelines for decision-making and implementation of emergency intervention in the market. At a minimum, the DCM must have the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in the market, suspend or curtail trading in any contract, and require market participants in any contract to meet special margin requirements. In situations where a contract is fungible with a contract on another platform, emergency action to liquidate or transfer open interest must be directed, or agreed to, by the Commission or the Commission's staff. The DCM must promptly notify the Commission of the exercise of its emergency authority, documenting its decision-making process, including how conflicts of interest were minimized, and the reasons for using its emergency authority. The DCM must also have rules that allow it to take such market actions as may be directed by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 7 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> AVAILABILITY OF GENERAL INFORMATION.—The board of trade shall make available to market authorities, market participants, and the public accurate information concerning—
</P>
<P>(A) The terms and conditions of the contracts of the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(B)(i) The rules, regulations, and mechanisms for executing transactions on or through the facilities of the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules and specifications describing the operation of the contract market's—
</P>
<P>(I) Electronic matching platform; or
</P>
<P>(II) Trade execution facility.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 8 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> DAILY PUBLICATION OF TRADING INFORMATION.—The board of trade shall make public daily information on settlement prices, volume, open interest, and opening and closing ranges for actively traded contracts on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 9 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> EXECUTION OF TRANSACTIONS.—“(A) IN GENERAL.—The board of trade shall provide a competitive, open, and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions that protects the price discovery process of trading in the centralized market of the board of trade.
</P>
<P>(B) RULES.—The rules of the board of trade may authorize, for bona fide business purposes—
</P>
<P>(i) Transfer trades or office trades;
</P>
<P>(ii) An exchange of—
</P>
<P>(I) Futures in connection with a cash commodity transaction;
</P>
<P>(II) Futures for cash commodities; or
</P>
<P>(III) Futures for swaps; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A futures commission merchant, acting as principal or agent, to enter into or confirm the execution of a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery if the contract is reported, recorded, or cleared in accordance with the rules of the contract market or a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 10 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> TRADE INFORMATION.—The board of trade shall maintain rules and procedures to provide for the recording and safe storage of all identifying trade information in a manner that enables the contract market to use the information—
</P>
<P>(A) To assist in the prevention of customer and market abuses; and
</P>
<P>(B) To provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the contract market.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 11 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> FINANCIAL INTEGRITY OF TRANSACTIONS.—The board of trade shall establish and enforce—
</P>
<P>(A) Rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of transactions entered into on or through the facilities of the contract market (including the clearance and settlement of the transactions with a derivatives clearing organization); and
</P>
<P>(B) Rules to ensure—
</P>
<P>(i) The financial integrity of any—
</P>
<P>(I) Futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(II) Introducing broker; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The protection of customer funds.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 12 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> PROTECTION OF MARKETS AND MARKET PARTICIPANTS—The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules—
</P>
<P>(A) To protect markets and market participants from abusive practices committed by any party, including abusive practices committed by a party acting as an agent for a participant; and
</P>
<P>(B) To promote fair and equitable trading on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 13 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES.—The board of trade shall establish and enforce disciplinary procedures that authorize the board of trade to discipline, suspend, or expel members or market participants that violate the rules of the board of trade, or similar methods for performing the same functions, including delegation of the functions to third parties.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance</I>—(1) <I>Notice of charges.</I> If the rules of the designated contract market so provide, a notice may also advise: (i) That failure to request a hearing within the period prescribed in the notice, except for good cause, may be deemed a waiver of the right to a hearing; and (ii) That failure to answer or to deny expressly a charge may be deemed to be an admission of such charge.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Admission or failure to deny charges.</I> The rules of a designated contract market may provide that if a respondent admits or fails to deny any of the charges, a disciplinary panel may find that the violations alleged in the notice of charges for which the respondent admitted or failed to deny any of the charges have been committed. If the designated contract market's rules so provide, then:
</P>
<P>(i) The disciplinary panel should impose a sanction for each violation found to have been committed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The disciplinary panel should promptly notify the respondent in writing of any sanction to be imposed pursuant to paragraph (2)(i) of this section and shall advise the respondent that it may request a hearing on such sanction within the period of time, which shall be stated in the notice;
</P>
<P>(iii) The rules of a designated contract market may provide that if a respondent fails to request a hearing within the period of time stated in the notice, the respondent will be deemed to have accepted the sanction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Settlement offers.</I> (i) The rules of a designated contract market may permit a respondent to submit a written offer of settlement at any time after an investigation report is completed. The disciplinary panel presiding over the matter may accept the offer of settlement, but may not alter the terms of a settlement offer unless the respondent agrees.
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules of a designated contract market may provide that, in its discretion, a disciplinary panel may permit the respondent to accept a sanction without either admitting or denying the rule violations upon which the sanction is based.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an offer of settlement is accepted, the panel accepting the offer should issue a written decision specifying the rule violations it has reason to believe were committed, including the basis or reasons for the panel's conclusions, and any sanction to be imposed, which should include full customer restitution where customer harm is demonstrated, except where the amount of restitution and to whom it should be provided cannot be reasonably determined. If an offer of settlement is accepted without the agreement of the enforcement staff, the decision should adequately support the disciplinary panel's acceptance of the settlement. Where applicable, the decision should also include a statement that the respondent has accepted the sanctions imposed without either admitting or denying the rule violations.
</P>
<P>(iv) The respondent may withdraw his or her offer of settlement at any time before final acceptance by a disciplinary panel. If an offer is withdrawn after submission, or is rejected by a disciplinary panel, the respondent should not be deemed to have made any admissions by reason of the offer of settlement and should not be otherwise prejudiced by having submitted the offer of settlement.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Hearings.</I> The rules of a designated contract market may provide that a sanction may be summarily imposed upon any person within its jurisdiction whose actions impede the progress of a hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Right to appeal.</I> The rules of a designated contract market may permit the parties to a proceeding to appeal promptly an adverse decision of a disciplinary panel in all or in certain classes of cases. Such rules may require a party's notice of appeal to be in writing and to specify the findings, conclusions, or sanctions to which objection are taken. If the rules of a designated contract market permit appeals, then both the respondent and the enforcement staff should have the opportunity to appeal and the designated contract market should provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The designated contract market should establish an appellate panel that should be authorized to hear appeals of respondents. In addition, the rules of a designated contract market may provide that the appellate panel may, on its own initiative, order review of a decision by a disciplinary panel within a reasonable period of time after the decision has been rendered.
</P>
<P>(ii) The composition of the appellate panel should be consistent with the requirements set forth in part 40 of this chapter and paragraph (4) of the acceptable practices for Core Principle 16, and should not include any members of the designated contract market's compliance staff, or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding. The rules of a designated contract market should provide for the appeal proceeding to be conducted before all of the members of the appellate panel or a panel thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for good cause shown, the appeal or review should be conducted solely on the record before the disciplinary panel, the written exceptions filed by the parties, and the oral or written arguments of the parties.
</P>
<P>(iv) Promptly following the appeal or review proceeding, the appellate panel should issue a written decision and should provide a copy to the respondent. The decision issued by the appellate panel should adhere to all the requirements of § 38.708 of this part, to the extent that a different conclusion is reached from that issued by the disciplinary panel.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records, decorum, or other similar activities.</I> A designated contract market may adopt a summary fine schedule for violations of rules relating to the timely submission of accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions, decorum, attire, or other similar activities. A designated contract market may permit its compliance staff, or a designated panel of contract market officials, to summarily impose minor sanctions against persons within the designated contract market's jurisdiction for violating such rules. A designated contract market's summary fine schedule may allow for warning letters to be issued for first-time violations or violators. If adopted, a summary fine schedule should provide for progressively larger fines for recurring violations.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Emergency disciplinary actions.</I> (i) A designated contract market may impose a sanction, including suspension, or take other summary action against a person or entity subject to its jurisdiction upon a reasonable belief that such immediate action is necessary to protect the best interest of the marketplace.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any emergency disciplinary action should be taken in accordance with a designated contract market's procedures that provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(A) If practicable, a respondent should be served with a notice before the action is taken, or otherwise at the earliest possible opportunity. The notice should state the action, briefly state the reasons for the action, and state the effective time and date, and the duration of the action.
</P>
<P>(B) The respondent should have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all proceedings subsequent to the emergency action taken. The respondent should be given the opportunity for a hearing as soon as reasonably practicable and the hearing should be conducted before the disciplinary panel pursuant to the requirements of § 38.707 of this part.
</P>
<P>(C) Promptly following the hearing provided for in this rule, the designated contract market should render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and should provide a copy to the respondent. The decision should include a description of the summary action taken; the reasons for the summary action; a summary of the evidence produced at the hearing; a statement of findings and conclusions; a determination that the summary action should be affirmed, modified, or reversed; and a declaration of any action to be taken pursuant to the determination, and the effective date and duration of such action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 14 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> DISPUTE RESOLUTION.—The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules regarding, and provide facilities for alternative dispute resolution as appropriate for, market participants and any market intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> A designated contract market should provide customer dispute resolution procedures that are: appropriate to the nature of the market; fair and equitable; and available on a voluntary basis, either directly or through another self-regulatory organization, to customers that are non-eligible contract participants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> (1) <I>Fair and equitable procedure.</I> Every contract market shall provide customer dispute resolution procedures that are fair and equitable. An acceptable customer dispute resolution mechanism would:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the customer with an opportunity to have his or her claim decided by an objective and impartial decisionmaker;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide each party with the right to be represented by counsel at the commencement of the procedure, at the party's own expense;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide each party with adequate notice of the claims presented against such party, an opportunity to be heard on all claims, defenses and permitted counterclaims, and an opportunity for a prompt hearing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Authorize prompt, written, final settlement awards that are not subject to appeal within the designated contract market; and
</P>
<P>(v) Notify the parties of the fees and costs that may be assessed.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Voluntary Procedures.</I> The use of dispute settlement procedures shall be voluntary for customers other than eligible contract participants as defined in section 1a(18) of the Dodd-Frank Act, and may permit counterclaims as provided in § 166.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Member-to-Member Procedures.</I> If the designated contract market also provides procedures for the resolution of disputes that do not involve customers (<I>i.e.</I>, member-to-member disputes), the procedures for resolving such disputes must be independent of and shall not interfere with or delay the resolution of customers' claims or grievances.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Delegation.</I> A designated contract market may delegate to another self-regulatory organization or to a registered futures association its responsibility to provide for customer dispute resolution mechanisms, provided, however, that in the event of such delegation, the designated contract market shall in all respects treat any decision issued by such other organization or association with respect to such dispute as if the decision were its own, including providing for the appropriate enforcement of any award issued against a delinquent member.
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 15 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> GOVERNANCE FITNESS STANDARDS.—The board of trade shall establish and enforce appropriate fitness standards for directors, members of any disciplinary committee, members of the contract market, and any other person with direct access to the facility (including any party affiliated with any person described in this paragraph).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) A designated contract market should have appropriate eligibility criteria for the categories of persons set forth in the Core Principle that should include standards for fitness and for the collection and verification of information supporting compliance with such standards. Minimum standards of fitness for persons who have member voting privileges, governing obligations or responsibilities, or who exercise disciplinary authority are those bases for refusal to register a person under section 8a(2) of the Act. In addition, persons who have governing obligations or responsibilities, or who exercise disciplinary authority, should not have a significant history of serious disciplinary offenses, such as those that would be disqualifying under § 1.63 of this chapter. Members with trading privileges but having no, or only nominal, equity, in the facility and non-member market participants who are not intermediated and do not have these privileges, obligations, responsibilities or disciplinary authority could satisfy minimum fitness standards by meeting the standards that they must meet to qualify as a “market participant.” Natural persons who directly or indirectly have greater than a ten percent ownership interest in a designated contract market should meet the fitness standards applicable to members with voting rights.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission believes that such standards should include providing the Commission with fitness information for such persons, whether registration information, certification to the fitness of such persons, an affidavit of such persons' fitness by the contract market's counsel or other information substantiating the fitness of such persons. If a contract market provides certification of the fitness of such a person, the Commission believes that such certification should be based on verified information that the person is fit to be in his or her position.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 16 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.—The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules—
</P>
<P>(A) to minimize conflicts of interest in the decisionmaking process of the contract market; and
</P>
<P>(B) to establish a process for resolving conflicts of interest described in subparagraph (A).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> The means to address conflicts of interest in decisionmaking of a contract market should include methods to ascertain the presence of conflicts of interest and to make decisions in the event of such a conflict. In addition, the Commission believes that the contract market should provide for appropriate limitations on the use or disclosure of material non-public information gained through the performance of official duties by board members, committee members and contract market employees or gained through an ownership interest in the contract market.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> All designated contract markets (“DCMs” or “contract markets”) bear special responsibility to regulate effectively, impartially, and with due consideration of the public interest, as provided for in section 3 of the Act. Under Core Principle 15, they are also required to minimize conflicts of interest in their decisionmaking processes. To comply with this Core Principle, contract markets should be particularly vigilant for such conflicts between and among any of their self-regulatory responsibilities, their commercial interests, and the several interests of their management, members, owners, customers and market participants, other industry participants, and other constituencies. Acceptable practices for minimizing conflicts of interest shall include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Board composition for contract markets
</P>
<P>(i) At least thirty-five percent of the directors on a contract market's board of directors shall be public directors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The executive committees (or similarly empowered bodies) shall be at least thirty-five percent public.
</P>
<P>(2) Public director
</P>
<P>(i) To qualify as a public director of a contract market, an individual must first be found, by the board of directors, on the record, to have no material relationship with the contract market. A “material relationship” is one that reasonably could affect the independent judgment or decisionmaking of the director.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition, a director shall be considered to have a “material relationship” with the contract market if any of the following circumstances exist:
</P>
<P>(A) The director is an officer or employee of the contract market or an officer or employee of its affiliate. In this context, “affiliate” includes parents or subsidiaries of the contract market or entities that share a common parent with the contract market;
</P>
<P>(B) The director is a member of the contract market, or an officer or director of a member. “Member” is defined according to section 1a(34) of the Commodity Exchange Act and Commission Regulation 1.3;
</P>
<P>(C) The director, or a firm with which the director is an officer, director, or partner, receives more than $100,000 in combined annual payments from the contract market, or any affiliate of the contract market (as defined in subsection (2)(ii)(A)), for legal, accounting, or consulting services. Compensation for services as a director of the contract market or as a director of an affiliate of the contract market does not count toward the $100,000 payment limit, nor does deferred compensation for services prior to becoming a director, so long as such compensation is in no way contingent, conditioned, or revocable;
</P>
<P>(D) Any of the relationships above apply to a member of the director's “immediate family,” i.e., spouse, parents, children and siblings.
</P>
<P>(iii) All of the disqualifying circumstances described in subsection (2)(ii) shall be subject to a one-year look back.
</P>
<P>(iv) A contract market's public directors may also serve as directors of the contract market's affiliate (as defined in subsection (2)(ii)(A)) if they otherwise meet the definition of public director in this section (2).
</P>
<P>(v) A contract market shall disclose to the Commission which members of its board are public directors, and the basis for those determinations.
</P>
<P>(3) Regulatory oversight committee
</P>
<P>(i) A board of directors of any contract market shall establish a Regulatory Oversight Committee (“ROC”) as a standing committee, consisting of only public directors as defined in section (2), to assist it in minimizing actual and potential conflicts of interest. The ROC shall oversee the contract market's regulatory program on behalf of the board. The board shall delegate sufficient authority, dedicate sufficient resources, and allow sufficient time for the ROC to fulfill its mandate.
</P>
<P>(ii) The ROC shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Monitor the contract market's regulatory program for sufficiency, effectiveness, and independence;
</P>
<P>(B) Oversee all facets of the program, including trade practice and market surveillance; audits, examinations, and other regulatory responsibilities with respect to member firms (including ensuring compliance with financial integrity, financial reporting, sales practice, recordkeeping, and other requirements); and the conduct of investigations;
</P>
<P>(C) Review the size and allocation of the regulatory budget and resources; and the number, hiring and termination, and compensation of regulatory personnel;
</P>
<P>(D) Supervise the contract market's chief regulatory officer, who will report directly to the ROC;
</P>
<P>(E) Prepare an annual report assessing the contract market's self-regulatory program for the board of directors and the Commission, which sets forth the regulatory program's expenses, describes its staffing and structure, catalogues disciplinary actions taken during the year, and reviews the performance of disciplinary committees and panels;
</P>
<P>(F) Recommend changes that would ensure fair, vigorous, and effective regulation; and
</P>
<P>(G) Review regulatory proposals and advise the board as to whether and how such changes may impact regulation.
</P>
<P>(4) Disciplinary panels
</P>
<P>All contract markets shall minimize conflicts of interest in their disciplinary processes through disciplinary panel composition rules that preclude any group or class of industry participants from dominating or exercising disproportionate influence on such panels. Contract markets can further minimize conflicts of interest by including in all disciplinary panels at least one person who would qualify as a public director, as defined in subsections (2)(ii) and (2)(iii) above, except in cases limited to decorum, attire, or the timely submission of accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions. If contract market rules provide for appeal to the board of directors, or to a committee of the board, then that appellate body shall also include at least one person who would qualify as a public director as defined in subsections (2)(ii) and (2)(iii) above.
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 17 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> COMPOSITION OF GOVERNING BOARDS OF CONTRACT MARKETS.—The governance arrangements of the board of trade shall be designed to permit consideration of the views of market participants.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 18 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> RECORDKEEPING.—The board of trade shall maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the contract market—
</P>
<P>(A) In a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(B) For a period of at least 5 years.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 19 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> ANTITRUST CONSIDERATIONS.—Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, the board of trade shall not—
</P>
<P>(A) Adopt any rule or taking any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
</P>
<P>(B) Impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading on the contract market.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> An entity seeking designation as a contract market may request that the Commission consider under the provisions of section 15(b) of the Act, any of the entity's rules, including trading protocols or policies, and including both operational rules and the terms or conditions of products listed for trading, at the time of designation or thereafter. The Commission intends to apply section 15(b) of the Act to its consideration of issues under this core principle in a manner consistent with that previously applied to contract markets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 20 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> SYSTEM SAFEGUARDS.—The board of trade shall—
</P>
<P>(A) Establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and the development of automated systems, that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity;
</P>
<P>(B) Establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allow for the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the board of trade; and
</P>
<P>(C) Periodically conduct tests to verify that backup resources are sufficient to ensure continued order processing and trade matching, price reporting, market surveillance, and maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 21 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> FINANCIAL RESOURCES.—
</P>
<P>(A) IN GENERAL.—The board of trade shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the board of trade.
</P>
<P>(B) DETERMINATION OF ADEQUACY.—The financial resources of the board of trade shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the contract market to cover the operating costs of the contract market for a 1-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 22 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> DIVERSITY OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS.—The board of trade, if a publicly traded company, shall endeavor to recruit individuals to serve on the board of directors and the other decision-making bodies (as determined by the Commission) of the board of trade from among, and to have the composition of the bodies reflect, a broad and culturally diverse pool of qualified candidates.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Core Principle 23 of section 5(d) of the Act:</I> SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.—The board of trade shall keep any such records relating to swaps defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) open to inspection and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> A designated contract market should have arrangements and resources for collecting and maintaining accurate records pertaining to any swaps agreements defined in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the Act, and should leave them open to inspection and examination for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable Practices.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36717, June 19, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018; 86 FR 2072, Jan. 11, 2021; 89 FR 88622, Nov. 7, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.31.26.7.1.38" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 38—Demonstration of Compliance That a Contract Is Not Readily Susceptible to Manipulation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Futures Contracts</I>—<I>General Information.</I> When a designated contract market certifies or submits for approval contract terms and conditions for a new futures contract, that submission should include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A narrative describing the contract, including data and information to support the contract's terms and conditions, as set by the designated contract market. When designing a futures contract, the designated contract market should conduct market research so that the contract design meets the risk management needs of prospective users and promotes price discovery of the underlying commodity. The designated contract market should consult with market users to obtain their views and opinions during the contract design process to ensure the contract's term and conditions reflect the underlying cash market and that the futures contract will perform the intended risk management and/or price discovery functions. A designated contract market should provide a statement indicating that it took such steps to ensure the usefulness of the submitted contract.
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed cash market description for physical and cash-settled contracts. Such descriptions should be based on government and/or other publicly-available data whenever possible and be formulated for both the national and regional/local market relevant to the underlying commodity. For tangible commodities, the cash market descriptions for the relevant market (<I>i.e.</I>, national and regional/local) should incorporate at least three full years of data that may include, among other factors, production, consumption, stocks, imports, exports, and prices. Each of those cash market variables should be fully defined and the data sources should be fully specified and documented to permit Commission staff to replicate the estimates of deliverable supply (defined in paragraph (b)(1)(A) of this appendix C). Whenever possible, the Commission requests that monthly or daily prices (depending on the contract) underlying the cash settlement index be submitted for the most recent three full calendar years and for as many of the current year's months for which data are available. For contracts that are cash settled to an index, the index's methodology should be provided along with supporting information showing how the index is reflective of the underlying cash market, is not readily subject to manipulation or distortion, and is based on a cash price series that is reliable, acceptable, publicly available and timely (defined in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this appendix C). The Commission recognizes that the data necessary for accurate and cogent cash market analyses for an underlying commodity vary with the nature of the underlying commodity. The Commission may require that the designated contract market submit a detailed report on commodity definitions and uses.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Futures Contracts Settled by Physical Delivery.</I> (1) For listed contracts that are settled by physical delivery, the terms and conditions of the contract should conform to the most common commercial practices and conditions in the cash market for the commodity underlying the futures contract. The terms and conditions should be designed to avoid any impediments to the delivery of the commodity so as to promote convergence between the price of the futures contract and the cash market value of the commodity at the expiration of a futures contract.
</P>
<P>(i) Estimating Deliverable Supplies.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>General definition.</I> The specified terms and conditions, considered as a whole, should result in a “deliverable supply” that is sufficient to ensure that the contract is not susceptible to price manipulation or distortion. In general, the term “deliverable supply” means the quantity of the commodity meeting the contract's delivery specifications that reasonably can be expected to be readily available to short traders and salable by long traders at its market value in normal cash marketing channels at the contract's delivery points during the specified delivery period, barring abnormal movement in interstate commerce. Typically, deliverable supply reflects the quantity of the commodity that potentially could be made available for sale on a spot basis at current prices at the contract's delivery points. For a non-financial physical-delivery commodity contract, this estimate might represent product which is in storage at the delivery point(s) specified in the futures contract or can be moved economically into or through such points consistent with the delivery procedures set forth in the contract and which is available for sale on a spot basis within the marketing channels that normally are tributary to the delivery point(s). Furthermore, an estimate of deliverable supply would not include supply that is committed for long-term agreements (<I>i.e.</I>, the amount of deliverable supply that would not be available to fulfill the delivery obligations arising from current trading). The size of commodity supplies that are committed to long-term agreements may be estimated by consulting with market participants. However, if the estimated deliverable supply that is committed for long-term agreements, or significant portion thereof, can be demonstrated by the designated contract market to be consistently and regularly made available to the spot market for shorts to acquire at prevailing economic values, then those “available” supplies committed for long-term contracts may be included in the designated contract market's estimate of deliverable supply for that commodity. An adequate measure of deliverable supply would be an amount of the commodity that would meet the normal or expected range of delivery demand without causing futures prices to become distorted relative to cash market prices. Given the availability of acceptable data, deliverable supply should be estimated on a monthly basis for at least the most recent three years for which data are available. To the extent possible and that data resources permit, deliverable supply estimates should be constructed such that the data reflect, as close as possible, the market defined by the contract's terms and conditions, and should be formulated, whenever possible, with government or publicly available data. All deliverable supply estimates should be fully defined, have all underlying assumptions explicitly stated, and have documentation of all data/information sources in order to permit estimate replication by Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Accounting for variations in deliverable supplies.</I> To assure the availability of adequate deliverable supplies and acceptable levels of commercial risk management utility, contract terms and conditions should account for variations in the patterns of production, consumption and supply over a period of years of sufficient length to assess adequately the potential range of deliverable supplies. This assessment also should consider seasonality, growth, and market concentration in the production/consumption of the underlying cash commodity. Deliverable supply implications of seasonal effects are more straightforwardly delineated when deliverable supply estimates are calculated on a monthly basis and when such monthly estimates are provided for at least the most recent three years for which data resources permit. In addition, consideration should be given to the relative roles of producers, merchants, and consumers in the production, distribution, and consumption of the cash commodity and whether the underlying commodity exhibits a domestic or international export focus. Careful consideration also should be given to the quality of the cash commodity and to the movement or flow of the cash commodity in normal commercial channels and whether there exist external factors or regulatory controls that could affect the price or supply of the cash commodity.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Calculation of deliverable supplies.</I> Designated contract markets should derive a quantitative estimate of the deliverable supplies for the delivery period specified in the proposed contract. For commodities with seasonal supply or demand characteristics, the deliverable supply analysis should include that period when potential supplies typically are at their lowest levels. The estimate should be based on statistical data, when reasonably available, covering a period of time that is representative of the underlying commodity's actual patterns of production, patterns of consumption, and patterns of seasonal effects (if relevant). Often, such a relevant time period should include at least three years of monthly deliverable supply estimates permitted by available data resources. Deliverable supply estimates should also exclude the amount of the commodity that would not be otherwise deliverable on the futures contract. For example, deliverable supplies should exclude quantities that at current price levels are not economically obtainable or deliverable or were previously committed for long-term agreements.
</P>
<P>(2) Contract terms and conditions requirements for futures contracts settled by physical delivery.
</P>
<P>(i) For physical delivery contracts, an acceptable specification of terms and conditions would include, but may not be limited to, rules that address, as appropriate, the following criteria and comply with the associated standards:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Quality Standards.</I> The terms and conditions of a commodity contract should describe or define all of the economically significant characteristics or attributes of the commodity underlying the contract. In particular, the quality standards should be described or defined so that such standards reflect those used in transactions in the commodity in normal cash marketing channels. Documentation establishing that the quality standards of the contract's underlying commodity comply with those accepted/established by the industry, by government regulations, and/or by relevant laws should also be submitted. For any particular commodity contract, the specific attributes that should be enumerated depend upon the individual characteristics of the underlying commodity. These may include, for example, the following items: grade, quality, purity, weight, class, origin, growth, issuer, originator, maturity window, coupon rate, source, hours of trading, etc. If the terms of the contract provide for the delivery of multiple qualities of a specific attribute of the commodity having different cash market values, then a “par” quality should be specified with price differentials applicable to the “non-par” qualities that reflect discounts or premiums commonly observed or expected to occur in the cash market for that commodity.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Delivery Points and Facilities.</I> Delivery point/area specifications should provide for futures delivery at a single location or at multiple locations where the underlying cash commodity is normally transacted or stored and where there exists a viable cash market(s). If multiple delivery points are specified and the value of the commodity differs between these locations, contract terms should include price differentials that reflect usual differences in value between the different delivery locations. If the price relationships among the delivery points are unstable and a designated contract market chooses to adopt fixed locational price differentials, such differentials should fall within the range of commonly observed or expected commercial price differences. In this regard, any price differentials should be supported with cash price data for the delivery location(s). The terms and conditions of the contracts also should specify, as appropriate, any conditions the delivery facilities and/or delivery facility operators should meet in order to be eligible for delivery. Specification of any requirements for delivery facilities also should consider the extent to which ownership of such facilities is concentrated and whether the level of concentration would be susceptible to manipulation of the futures contract's prices. Commodity contracts also should specify appropriately detailed delivery procedures that describe the responsibilities of deliverers, receivers and any required third parties in carrying out the delivery process. Such responsibilities could include allocation between buyer and seller of all associated costs such as load-out, document preparation, sampling, grading, weighing, storage, taxes, duties, fees, drayage, stevedoring, demurrage, dispatch, etc. Required accreditation for third-parties also should be detailed. These procedures should seek to minimize or eliminate any impediments to making or taking delivery by both deliverers and takers of delivery to help ensure convergence of cash and futures at the expiration of a futures delivery month.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Delivery Period and Last Trading Day.</I> An acceptable specification of the delivery period would allow for sufficient time for deliverers to acquire the deliverable commodity and make it available for delivery, considering any restrictions or requirements imposed by the designated contract market. Specification of the last trading day for expiring contracts should consider whether adequate time remains after the last trading day to allow for delivery on the contract.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Contract Size and Trading Unit.</I> An acceptable specification of the delivery unit and/or trading unit would be a contract size that is consistent with customary transactions, transportation or storage amounts in the cash market (e.g., the contract size may be reflective of the amount of the commodity that represents a pipeline, truckload or railcar shipment). For purposes of increasing market liquidity, a designated contract market may elect to specify a contract size that is smaller than the typical commercial transaction size, storage unit or transportation size. In such cases, the commodity contract should include procedures that allow futures traders to easily take or make delivery on such a contract with a smaller size, or, alternatively, the designated contract market may adopt special provisions requiring that delivery be made only in multiple contracts to accommodate reselling the commodity in the cash market. If the latter provision is adopted, contract terms should be adopted to minimize the potential for default in the delivery process by ensuring that all contracts remaining open at the close of trading in expiring delivery months can be combined to meet the required delivery unit size. Generally, contract sizes and trading units should be determined after a careful analysis of relevant cash market trading practices, conditions and deliverable supply estimates, so as to ensure that the underlying market commodity market and available supply sources are able to support the contract sizes and trading units at all times.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Delivery Pack.</I> The term “delivery pack” refers to the packaging standards (e.g., product may be delivered in burlap or polyethylene bags stacked on wooden pallets) or non-quality related standards regarding the composition of commodity within a delivery unit (e.g., product must all be imported from the same country or origin). An acceptable specification of the delivery pack or composition of a contract's delivery unit should reflect, to the extent possible, specifications commonly applied to the commodity traded or transacted in the cash market.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Delivery Instrument.</I> An acceptable specification of the delivery instrument (e.g., warehouse receipt, depository certificate or receipt, shipping certificate, bill of lading, in-line transfer, book transfer of securities, etc.) would provide for its conversion into the cash commodity at a commercially-reasonable cost. Transportation terms (e.g., FOB, CIF, freight prepaid to destination) as well as any limits on storage or certificate daily premium fees should be specified. These terms should reflect cash market practices and the customary provision for allocating delivery costs between buyer and seller.
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Inspection Provisions.</I> Any inspection/certification procedures for verifying compliance with quality requirements or any other related delivery requirements (e.g., discounts relating to the age of the commodity, etc.) should be specified in the contract rules. An acceptable specification of inspection procedures would include the establishment of formal procedures that are consistent with procedures used in the cash market. To the extent that formal inspection procedures are not used in the cash market, an acceptable specification would contain provisions that assure accuracy in assessing the commodity, that are available at a low cost, that do not pose an obstacle to delivery on the contract and that are performed by a reputable, disinterested third party or by qualified designated contract market employees. Inspection terms also should detail which party pays for the service, particularly in light of the possibility of varying inspection results.
</P>
<P>(H) <I>Delivery (Trading) Months.</I> Delivery months should be established based on the risk management needs of commercial entities as well as the availability of deliverable supplies in the specified months.
</P>
<P>(I) <I>Minimum Price Fluctuation (Minimum Tick).</I> The minimum price increment (tick) should be set at a level that is equal to, or less than, the minimum price increment commonly observed in cash market transactions for the underlying commodity. Specifying a futures' minimum tick that is greater than the minimum price increment in the cash market can undermine the risk management utility of the futures contract by preventing hedgers from efficiently establishing and liquidating futures positions that are used to hedge anticipated cash market transactions or cash market positions.
</P>
<P>(J) <I>Maximum Price Fluctuation Limits.</I> Designated contract markets may adopt price limits to: (<I>1</I>) Reduce or constrain price movements in a trading day that may not be reflective of true market conditions but might be caused by traders overreacting to news; (<I>2</I>) Allow additional time for the collection of margins in times of large price movements; and (<I>3</I>) Provide a “cooling-off” period for futures market participants to respond to bona fide changes in market supply and demand fundamentals that would lead to large cash and futures price changes. If price limit provisions are adopted, the limits should be set at levels that are not overly restrictive in relation to price movements in the cash market for the commodity underlying the futures contract.
</P>
<P>(K) <I>Speculative Limits.</I> Specific information regarding the establishment of speculative position limits are set forth in part 150, and/or part 151, as applicable, of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(L) <I>Reportable Levels.</I> Refer to § 15.03 of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(M) <I>Trading Hours.</I> Should be set by the designated contract market to delineate each trading day.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Futures Contracts Settled by Cash Settlement.</I> (1) Cash settlement is a method of settling certain futures or option contracts whereby, at contract expiration, the contract is settled by cash payment in lieu of physical delivery of the commodity or instrument underlying the contract. An acceptable specification of the cash settlement price for commodity futures and option contracts would include rules that fully describe the essential economic characteristics of the underlying commodity (e.g., grade, quality, weight, class, growth, issuer, maturity, source, rating, description of the underlying index and index's calculation methodology, etc.), as well as how the final settlement price is calculated. In addition, the rules should clearly specify the trading months and hours of trading, the last trading day, contract size, minimum price change (tick size) and any limitations on price movements (e.g., price limits or trading halts).
</P>
<P>(2) Cash settled contracts may be susceptible to manipulation or price distortion. In evaluating the susceptibility of a cash-settled contract to manipulation, a designated contract market should consider the size and liquidity of the cash market that underlies the listed contract in a manner that follows the determination of deliverable supply as noted above in (b)(1). In particular, situations susceptible to manipulation include those in which the volume of cash market transactions and/or the number of participants contacted in determining the cash-settlement price are very low. Cash-settled contracts may create an incentive to manipulate or artificially influence the data from which the cash-settlement price is derived or to exert undue influence on the cash-settlement price's computation in order to profit on a futures position in that commodity. The utility of a cash-settled contract for risk management and price discovery would be significantly impaired if the cash settlement price is not a reliable or robust indicator of the value of the underlying commodity or instrument. Accordingly, careful consideration should be given to the potential for manipulation or distortion of the cash settlement price, as well as the reliability of that price as an indicator of cash market values. Appropriate consideration also should be given to the commercial acceptability, public availability, and timeliness of the price series that is used to calculate the cash settlement price. Documentation demonstrating that the settlement price index is a reliable indicator of market values and conditions and is commonly used as a reference index by industry/market agents should be provided. Such documentation may take on various forms, including carefully documented interview results with knowledgeable agents.
</P>
<P>(3) Where an independent, private-sector third party calculates the cash settlement price series, a designated contract market should consider the need for a licensing agreement that will ensure the designated contract market's rights to the use of the price series to settle the listed contract.
</P>
<P>(i) Where an independent, private-sector third party calculates the cash settlement price series, the designated contract market should verify that the third party utilizes business practices that minimize the opportunity or incentive to manipulate the cash-settlement price series. Such safeguards may include lock-downs, prohibitions against derivatives trading by employees, or public dissemination of the names of sources and the price quotes they provide. Because a cash-settled contract may create an incentive to manipulate or artificially influence the underlying market from which the cash-settlement price is derived or to exert undue influence on the cash-settlement computation in order to profit on a futures position in that commodity, a designated contract market should, whenever practicable, enter into an information-sharing agreement with the third-party provider which would enable the designated contract market to better detect and prevent manipulative behavior.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a designated contract market itself generates the cash settlement price series, the designated contract market should establish calculation procedures that safeguard against potential attempts to artificially influence the price. For example, if the cash settlement price is derived by the designated contract market based on a survey of cash market sources, the designated contract market should maintain a list of such entities which all should be reputable sources with knowledge of the cash market. In addition, the sample of sources polled should be representative of the cash market, and the poll should be conducted at a time when trading in the cash market is active.
</P>
<P>(iii) The cash-settlement calculation should involve computational procedures that eliminate or reduce the impact of potentially unrepresentative data.
</P>
<P>(iv) The cash settlement price should be an accurate and reliable indicator of prices in the underlying cash market. The cash settlement price also should be acceptable to commercial users of the commodity contract. The registered entity should fully document that the settlement price is accurate, reliable, highly regarded by industry/market agents, and fully reflects the economic and commercial conditions of the relevant designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(v) To the extent possible, the cash settlement price should be based on cash price series that are publicly available and available on a timely basis for purposes of calculating the cash settlement price at the expiration of a commodity contract. A designated contract market should make the final cash settlement price and any other supporting information that is appropriate for release to the public, available to the public when cash settlement is accomplished by the derivatives clearing organization. If the cash settlement price is based on cash prices that are obtained from non-public sources (e.g., cash market surveys conducted by the designated contract market or by third parties on behalf of the designated contract market), a designated contract market should make available to the public as soon as possible after a contract month's expiration the final cash settlement price as well as any other supporting information that is appropriate or feasible to make available to the public.
</P>
<P>(4) Contract terms and conditions requirements for futures contracts settled by cash settlement.
</P>
<P>(i) An acceptable specification of the terms and conditions of a cash-settled commodity contract will also set forth the trading months, last trading day, contract size, minimum price change (tick size) and daily price limits, if any.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Commodity Characteristics:</I> The terms and conditions of a commodity contract should describe the commodity underlying the contract.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Contract Size and Trading Unit:</I> An acceptable specification of the trading unit would be a contract size that is consistent with customary transactions in the cash market. A designated contract market may opt to set the contract size smaller than that of standard cash market transactions.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Cash Settlement Procedure:</I> The cash settlement price should be reliable, acceptable, publicly available, and reported in a timely manner as described in paragraphs (c)(3)(iv) and (c)(3)(v) of this appendix C.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Pricing Basis and Minimum Price Fluctuation (Minimum Tick):</I> The minimum price increment (tick) should be set a level that is equal to, or less than, the minimum price increment commonly observed in cash market transactions for the underlying commodity. Specifying a futures' minimum tick that is greater than the minimum price increment in the cash market can undermine the risk management utility of the futures contract by preventing hedgers from efficiently establishing and liquidating futures positions that are used to hedge anticipated cash market transactions or cash market positions.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Maximum Price Fluctuation Limits:</I> Designated contract markets may adopt price limits to: (1) Reduce or constrain price movements in a trading day that may not be reflective of true market conditions but might be caused by traders overreacting to news; (2) Allow additional time for the collection of margins in times of large price movements; and (3) Provide a “cooling-off” period for futures market participants to respond to bona fide changes in market supply and demand fundamentals that would lead to large cash and futures price changes. If price-limit provisions are adopted, the limits should be set at levels that are not overly restrictive in relation to price movements in the cash market for the commodity underlying the futures contract. For broad-based stock index futures contracts, rules should be adopted that coordinate with New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) declared Circuit Breaker Trading Halts (or other market coordinated Circuit Breaker mechanism) and would recommence trading in the futures contract only after trading in the majority of the stocks underlying the index has recommenced.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Last Trading Day:</I> Specification of the last trading day for expiring contracts should be established such that it occurs before publication of the underlying third-party price index or determination of the final settlement price. If the designated contract market chooses to allow trading to occur through the determination of the final settlement price, then the designated contract market should show that futures trading would not distort the final settlement price calculation.
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Trading Months:</I> Trading months should be established based on the risk management needs of commercial entities as well as the availability of price and other data needed to calculate the cash settlement price in the specified months. Specification of the last trading day should take into consideration whether the volume of transactions underlying the cash settlement price would be unduly limited by occurrence of holidays or traditional holiday periods in the cash market. Moreover, a contract should not be listed past the date for which the designated contract market has access to use a proprietary price index for cash settlement.
</P>
<P>(H) <I>Speculative Limits:</I> Specific rules and policies for speculative position limits are set forth in part 150 and/or part 151, as applicable, of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(I) <I>Reportable Levels:</I> Refer to § 15.03 of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(J) <I>Trading Hours:</I> Should be set by the designated contract market to delineate each trading day.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Options on a Futures Contract.</I> (1) The Commission's experience with the oversight of trading in futures option contracts indicates that most of the terms and conditions associated with such trading do not raise any regulatory concerns or issues. The Commission has found that the following terms do not affect an option contract's susceptible to manipulation or its utility for risk management. Thus, the Commission believes that, in most cases, any specification of the following terms would be acceptable; the only requirement is that such terms be specified in an automatic and objective manner in the option contract's rules:
</P>
<P>○ Exercise method;
</P>
<P>○ Exercise procedure (if positions in the underlying futures contract are established via book entry);
</P>
<P>○ Strike price listing provisions, including provisions for listing strike prices on a discretionary basis;
</P>
<P>○ Strike price intervals;
</P>
<P>○ Automatic exercise provisions;
</P>
<P>○ Contract size (unless not set equal to the size of the underlying futures contract); and
</P>
<P>○ Option minimum tick should be equal to or smaller than that of the underlying futures contract.
</P>
<P>(2) Option Expiration &amp; Last Trading Day. For options on futures contracts, specification of expiration dates should consider the relationship of the option expiration date to the delivery period for the underlying futures contract. In particular, an assessment should be made of liquidity in the underlying futures market to assure that any futures contracts acquired through exercise can be liquidated without adversely affecting the orderly liquidation of futures positions or increasing the underlying futures contract's susceptibility to manipulation. When the underlying futures contract exhibits a very low trading activity during an expiring delivery month's final trading days or has a greater risk of price manipulation than other contracts, the last trading day and expiration day of the option should occur prior to the delivery period or the settlement date of the underlying future. For example, the last trading day and option expiration day might appropriately be established prior to first delivery notice day for option contracts with underlying futures contracts that have very limited deliverable supplies. Similarly, if the futures contract underlying an option contract is cash settled using cash prices from a very limited number of underlying cash market transactions, the last trading and option expiration days for the option contract might appropriately be established prior to the last trading day for the futures contract.
</P>
<P>(3) Speculative Limits. In cases where the terms of an underlying futures contract specify a spot-month speculative position limit and the option contract expires during, or at the close of, the futures contract's delivery period, the option contract should include a spot-month speculative position limit provision that requires traders to combine their futures and option position and be subject to the limit established for the futures contract. Specific rules and policies for speculative position limits are set forth in part 150 and/or part 151, as applicable, of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) Options on Physicals Contracts.
</P>
<P>(i) Under the Commission's regulations, the term “option on physicals” refers to option contracts that do not provide for exercise into an underlying futures contract. Upon exercise, options on physicals can be settled via physical delivery of the underlying commodity or by a cash payment. Thus, options on physicals raise many of the same issues associated with trading in futures contracts regarding adequacy of deliverable supplies or acceptability of the cash settlement price series. In this regard, an option that is cash settled based on the settlement price of a futures contract would be considered an “option on physicals” and the futures settlement price would be considered the cash price series.
</P>
<P>(ii) In view of the above, acceptable practices for the terms and conditions of options on physicals contracts include, as appropriate, those practices set forth above for physical-delivery or cash-settled futures contracts plus the practices set forth for options on futures contracts.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Security Futures Products.</I> The listing of security futures products are governed by the special requirements of part 41 of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Non-Price Based Futures Contracts.</I> (1) Non-price based contracts are typically construed as binary options, but also may be designed to function similar to traditional futures or option contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the contract is settled to a third party cash-settlement series, the designated contract market should consider the nature and sources of the data comprising the cash-settlement calculation, the computational procedures, and the mechanisms in place to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the index value. The evaluation also considers the extent to which the third party has, or will adopt, safeguards against unauthorized or premature release of the index value itself or any key data used in deriving the index value.
</P>
<P>(3) The designated contract market should follow the guidance in paragraph (c)(4) (Contract Terms and Conditions Requirements for Futures Contracts Settled by Cash Settlement) of this appendix C to meet compliance.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Swap Contracts.</I> (1) In general, swap contracts are an agreement to exchange a series of cash flows over a period of time based on reference price indices. When listing a swap for trading, a swap execution facility or designated contract market should determine that the reference price indices used for its contracts are not readily susceptible to manipulation. Accordingly, careful consideration should be given to the potential for manipulation or distortion of the cash settlement price, as well as the reliability of that price as an indicator of cash market values. Appropriate consideration also should be given to the commercial acceptability, public availability, and timeliness of the price series that is used to calculate the cash settlement price. Documentation demonstrating that the settlement price index is a reliable indicator of market values and conditions and is highly regarded by industry/market agents should be provided. Such documentation may take on various forms, including carefully documented interviews with principal market trading agents, pricing experts, marketing agents, etc. Appropriate consideration also should be given to the commercial acceptability, public availability, and timeliness of the price series that is used to calculate the cash flows of the swap.
</P>
<P>(i) Where an independent, private-sector third party calculates the referenced price index, the designated contract market should verify that the third party utilizes business practices that minimize the opportunity or incentive to manipulate the cash-settlement price series. Such safeguards may include lock-downs, prohibitions against derivatives trading by employees, or public dissemination of the names of sources and the price quotes they provide. Because a cash-settled contract may create an incentive to manipulate or artificially influence the underlying market from which the cash-settlement price is derived or to exert undue influence on the cash-settlement computation in order to profit on a futures position in that commodity, a designated contract market should, whenever practicable, enter into an information-sharing agreement with the third-party provider which would enable the designated contract market to better detect and prevent manipulative behavior.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a designated contract market itself generates the cash settlement price series, the designated contract market should establish calculation procedures that safeguard against potential attempts to artificially influence the price. For example, if the cash settlement price is derived by the designated contract market based on a survey of cash market sources, the designated contract market should maintain a list of such entities which all should be reputable sources with knowledge of the cash market. In addition, the sample of sources polled should be representative of the cash market, and the poll should be conducted at a time when trading in the cash market is active.
</P>
<P>(iii) The cash-settlement calculation should involve appropriate computational procedures that eliminate or reduce the impact of potentially unrepresentative data.
</P>
<P>(2) Speculative Limits: Specific rules and policies for speculative position limits are set forth in part 151 and/or part 151, as applicable, of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) Intraday Market Restrictions: Designated contract markets or swap execution facilities should have in place intraday market restrictions that pause or halt trading in the event of extraordinary price moves that may result in distorted prices. Such restrictions need to be coordinated with other markets that may be a proxy or a substitute for the contracts traded on their facility. For example, coordination with NYSE rule 80.B Circuit Breaker Trading Halts. The designated contract market or swap execution facility should adopt rules to specifically address who is authorized to declare an emergency; how the designated contract market or swap execution facility will notify the Commission of its decision that an emergency exists; how it will address conflicts of interest in the exercise of emergency authority; and how it will coordinate trading halts with markets that trade the underlying price reference index or product.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Settlement Method.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility should follow the guidance in paragraph (c)(4) (Contract Terms and Conditions Requirements for Futures Contracts Settled by Cash Settlement) of this appendix C to meet compliance, or paragraph (b)(2) (Contract Terms and Conditions Requirements for Futures Contracts Settled by Physical Delivery) of this appendix C, as appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36717, June 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="39" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 39—DERIVATIVES CLEARING ORGANIZATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 6(c), 7a-1, and 12a(5); 12 U.S.C. 5464; 15 U.S.C. 8325; Section 752 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, title VII, sec. 752, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1749.






</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions Applicable to Derivatives Clearing Organizations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart A apply to any derivatives clearing organization, as defined under section 1a(15) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, that is registered or is required to register with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization pursuant to section 5b(a) of the Act, or that is applying for an exemption from registration pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 965, Jan. 7, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Activity with a more complex risk profile</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Clearing credit default swaps, credit default futures, or derivatives that reference either credit default swaps or credit default futures and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other activity designated as such by the Commission pursuant to § 39.33(a)(3).
</P>
<P><I>Backtest</I> means a test that compares a derivatives clearing organization's initial margin requirements with historical price changes to determine the extent of actual margin coverage.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means the intraday period of time starting at the business hour of 8:15 a.m. and ending at the business hour of 4:45 p.m., on all days except Saturdays, Sundays, and any holiday on which a derivatives clearing organization and its domestic financial markets are closed, including a Federal holiday in the United States, as established under 5 U.S.C. 6103.
</P>
<P><I>Customer account or customer origin</I> means “customer account” as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Depository institution</I> has the meaning set forth in section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)).
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise risk management</I> means an enterprise-wide strategic business process intended to identify potential events that may affect the enterprise and to manage the probability or impact of those events on the enterprise as a whole, such that the overall risk remains within the enterprise's risk appetite and provides reasonable assurance that the derivatives clearing organization can continue to achieve its objectives.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt derivatives clearing organization</I> means a derivatives clearing organization that the Commission has exempted from registration under section 5b(a) of the Act, pursuant to section 5b(h) of the Act and § 39.6.
</P>
<P><I>Fully collateralized position</I> means a contract cleared by a derivatives clearing organization that requires the derivatives clearing organization to hold, at all times, funds in the form of the required payment sufficient to cover the maximum possible loss that a party or counterparty could incur upon liquidation or expiration of the contract.


</P>
<P><I>Good regulatory standing</I> means, with respect to a derivatives clearing organization that is organized outside of the United States, and is licensed, registered, or otherwise authorized to act as a clearing organization in its home country, that:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an exempt derivatives clearing organization, either there has been no finding by the home country regulator of material non-observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures or other relevant home country legal requirements, or there has been a finding by the home country regulator of material non-observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures or other relevant home country legal requirements but any such finding has been or is being resolved to the satisfaction of the home country regulator by means of corrective action taken by the derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a derivatives clearing organization registered subject to compliance with subpart D of this part, either there has been no finding by the home country regulator of material non-observance of the relevant home country legal requirements, or there has been a finding by the home country regulator of material non-observance of the relevant home country legal requirements but any such finding has been or is being resolved to the satisfaction of the home country regulator by means of corrective action taken by the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Home country</I> means, with respect to a derivatives clearing organization that is organized outside of the United States, the jurisdiction in which the derivatives clearing organization is organized.
</P>
<P><I>Home country regulator</I> means, with respect to a derivatives clearing organization that is organized outside of the United States, an appropriate government authority which licenses, regulates, supervises, or oversees the derivatives clearing organization's clearing activities in the home country.




</P>
<P><I>House account or house origin</I> means a clearing member account which is not subject to section 4d(a) or 4d(f) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Key personnel</I> means derivatives clearing organization personnel who play a significant role in the operations of the derivatives clearing organization, the provision of clearing and settlement services, risk management, or oversight of compliance with the Act and Commission regulations in this chapter, and orders promulgated thereunder. Key personnel include, but are not limited to, those persons who are or perform the functions of any of the following: Chief executive officer; president; chief compliance officer; chief operating officer; chief risk officer; chief financial officer; chief technology officer; chief information security officer; and emergency contacts or persons who are responsible for business continuity or disaster recovery planning or program execution.
</P>
<P><I>Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures</I> means the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures jointly published by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions in April 2012.


</P>
<P><I>Stress test</I> means a test that compares the impact of potential extreme price moves, changes in option volatility, and/or changes in other inputs that affect the value of a position, to the financial resources of a derivatives clearing organization, clearing member, or large trader, to determine the adequacy of the financial resources of such entities.
</P>
<P><I>Subpart C derivatives clearing organization</I> means any derivatives clearing organization, as defined in section 1a(15) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, which:
</P>
<P>(1) Is registered as a derivatives clearing organization under section 5b of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Is not a systemically important derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(3) Has become subject to the provisions of subpart C of this part, pursuant to § 39.31.


</P>
<P><I>Substantial risk to the U.S. financial system</I> means, with respect to a derivatives clearing organization organized outside of the United States, that—
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization holds 20% or more of the required initial margin of U.S. clearing members for swaps across all registered and exempt derivatives clearing organizations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Twenty percent or more of the initial margin requirements for swaps at that derivatives clearing organization is attributable to U.S. clearing members; <I>provided, however,</I> where one or both of these thresholds are identified as being close to 20%, the Commission may exercise discretion in determining whether an identified threshold is satisfied for the purpose of determining whether the derivatives clearing organization poses substantial risk to the U.S. financial system. For purposes of this definition and § 39.51, <I>U.S. clearing member</I> means a clearing member organized in the United States, a clearing member whose ultimate parent company is organized in the United States, or a futures commission merchant.








</P>
<P><I>Systemically important derivatives clearing organization</I> means a financial market utility that is a derivatives clearing organization registered under section 5b of the Act, which is currently designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council to be systemically important and for which the Commission acts as the Supervisory Agency pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5462(8).
</P>
<P><I>Trust company</I> means a trust company that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, under section 1 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 221), but that does not meet the definition of depository institution as set out in this section.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking organization</I> means the U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking organization as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4850, Jan. 27, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 67186, Oct. 21, 2020; 86 FR 965, Jan. 7, 2021; 88 FR 53682, Aug. 8, 2023]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.3   Procedures for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for registration</I>—(1) <I>General procedure.</I> An entity seeking to register as a derivatives clearing organization shall file an application for registration with the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission. The Commission will review the application for registration as a derivatives clearing organization pursuant to the 180-day timeframe and procedures specified in section 6(a) of the Act, and may approve or deny the application. If the Commission approves the application, the Commission will register the applicant as a derivatives clearing organization subject to conditions as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application.</I> Any entity seeking to register as a derivatives clearing organization shall submit to the Commission a completed Form DCO, which shall include a cover sheet, all applicable exhibits, and any supplemental materials, as provided in appendix A to this part (application). The Commission will not commence processing an application unless the applicant has filed the application as required by this section. Failure to file a completed application will preclude the Commission from determining that an application is materially complete, as provided in section 6(a) of the Act. Upon its own initiative, an applicant may file with its completed application additional information that may be necessary or helpful to the Commission in processing the application.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternative application procedures.</I> An entity that is organized outside of the United States, is seeking to register as a derivatives clearing organization for the clearing of swaps, and does not pose substantial risk to the U.S. financial system may apply for registration in accordance with the terms of this paragraph in lieu of filing the application described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. If the application is approved by the Commission, the derivatives clearing organization's compliance with its home country regulatory regime would satisfy the core principles set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act, subject to the requirements of subpart D of this part. The applicant shall submit to the Commission the following sections of Form DCO, as provided in appendix A to this part: Cover sheet, Exhibit A-1 (regulatory compliance chart), Exhibit A-2 (proposed rulebook), Exhibit A-3 (narrative summary of proposed clearing activities), Exhibit A-4 (detailed business plan), Exhibit A-7 (documents setting forth the applicant's corporate organizational structure), Exhibit A-8 (documents establishing the applicant's legal status and certificate(s) of good standing or its equivalent), Exhibit A-9 (description of pending legal proceedings or governmental investigations), Exhibit A-10 (agreements with outside service providers with respect to the treatment of customer funds), Exhibits F-1 through F-3 (documents that demonstrate compliance with the treatment of funds requirements with respect to customers of futures commission merchants), and Exhibit R (ring-fencing memorandum). For purposes of this paragraph, the applicant must demonstrate to the Commission, in Exhibit A-1, the extent to which compliance with the applicable legal requirements in its home country would constitute compliance with the core principles set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act. To satisfy this requirement, the applicant shall provide in Exhibit A-1 the citation and full text of each applicable legal requirement in its home country that corresponds with each core principle and an explanation of how the applicant satisfies those requirements. If there is no applicable legal requirement for a particular core principle, the applicant shall provide an explanation of how it would satisfy the core principle.






</P>
<P>(4) <I>Submission of supplemental information.</I> The filing of a completed application is a minimum requirement and does not create a presumption that the application is materially complete or that supplemental information will not be required. At any time during the application review process, the Commission may request that the applicant provide supplemental information in order for the Commission to process the application. The applicant shall provide supplemental information in the format and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Application amendments.</I> An applicant shall promptly amend its application if it discovers a material omission or error, or if there is a material change in the information provided to the Commission in the application or other information provided in connection with the application. An applicant is only required to submit exhibits and other information that are relevant to the application amendment.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Public information.</I> The following sections of an application for registration as a derivatives clearing organization will be public: First page of the Form DCO cover sheet (up to and including the General Information section), Exhibit A-1 (regulatory compliance chart), Exhibit A-2 (proposed rulebook), Exhibit A-3 (narrative summary of proposed clearing activities), Exhibit A-7 (documents setting forth the applicant's corporate organizational structure), Exhibit A-8 (documents establishing the applicant's legal status and certificate(s) of good standing or its equivalent), and any other part of the application not covered by a request for confidential treatment, subject to § 145.9 of this chapter.






</P>
<P>(7) <I>Extension of time for review.</I> The Commission may further extend the review period in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for any period of time to which the applicant agrees in writing.






</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stay of application review.</I> (1) The Commission may stay the running of the 180-day review period if an application is materially incomplete, in accordance with section 6(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> 

(i) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director's designee, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, the authority to notify an applicant seeking registration as a derivatives clearing organization that the application is materially incomplete and the running of the 180-day period under section 6(a) of the Act is stayed.




</P>
<P>(ii) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iii) Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal of application for registration.</I> An applicant for registration may withdraw its application submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by filing such a request with the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission. Withdrawal of an application for registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the application for registration was pending with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendment of an order of registration.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization requesting an amendment to an order of registration shall file the request with the Secretary of the Commission in the form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission, upon the Commission's request, any additional information and documentation necessary to review a request to amend an order of registration.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall issue an amended order of registration upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the derivatives clearing organization would maintain compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations in this chapter upon amendment to the order. If deemed appropriate, the Commission may issue an amended order of registration subject to conditions.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission may decline to issue an amended order based upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the derivatives clearing organization would not continue to maintain compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations in this chapter upon amendment to the order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reinstatement of dormant registration.</I> Before accepting products for clearing, a dormant derivatives clearing organization as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter must reinstate its registration under the procedures of paragraph (a) of this section; provided, however, that an application for reinstatement may rely upon previously submitted materials that still pertain to, and accurately describe, current conditions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Vacation of registration</I>—(1) <I>Request.</I> A derivatives clearing organization may have its registration vacated pursuant to section 7 of the Act by submitting a request to the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission. A vacation of registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities or events occurring during the time that the derivatives clearing organization was registered with the Commission. The request shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The date that the vacation should take effect, which must be at least ninety days after the request was submitted;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of how the derivatives clearing organization intends to transfer or otherwise unwind all open positions at the derivatives clearing organization and how such actions reflect the interests of affected clearing members and their customers;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that the derivatives clearing organization will continue to maintain its books and records for the requisite statutory and regulatory retention periods after its registration has been vacated; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that the derivatives clearing organization will continue to make its books and records available for inspection by any representative of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice after its registration has been vacated, as required by § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to registered entities.</I> The Commission shall fulfill its obligation to send a copy of the request and the order of vacation to all other registered entities by posting the documents on the Commission website.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Request for transfer of open interest</I>—(1) <I>Submission.</I> A derivatives clearing organization seeking to transfer its positions comprising open interest for clearing and settlement to another clearing organization shall submit rules for Commission approval pursuant to § 40.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Required information.</I> The rule submission shall include, at a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The underlying agreement that governs the transfer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the transfer, including the reason for the transfer and the impact of the transfer on the rights and obligations of clearing members and market participants holding the positions that comprise the derivatives clearing organization's open interest;
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of the transferee's ability to comply with the Act, including the core principles applicable to derivatives clearing organizations, and the Commission's regulations in this chapter, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(iv) The transferee's rules marked to show changes that would result from acceptance of the transferred positions;
</P>
<P>(v) A list of products for which the derivatives clearing organization requests transfer of open interest; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A representation by the transferee that it is in and will maintain compliance with any applicable provisions of the Act, including the core principles applicable to derivatives clearing organizations, and the Commission's regulations upon the transfer of the open interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commission action.</I> The Commission may request additional information in support of a rule submission filed under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, and may grant approval of the rules in accordance with § 40.5 of this chapter.






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4851, Jan. 27, 2020; 85 FR 67186, Oct. 21, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.4   Procedures for implementing derivatives clearing organization rules and clearing new products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval of rules.</I> A registered derivatives clearing organization may request, pursuant to the procedures of § 40.5 of this chapter, that the Commission approve any or all of its rules and subsequent amendments thereto, including operational rules, prior to their implementation or, notwithstanding the provisions of section 5c(c)(2) of the Act, at any time thereafter, under the procedures of § 40.5 of this chapter. A derivatives clearing organization may label as “approved by the Commission” only those rules that have been so approved.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Self-certification of rules.</I> Proposed new or amended rules of a derivatives clearing organization not voluntarily submitted for prior Commission approval pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted to the Commission with a certification that the proposed new rule or rule amendment complies with the Act and rules thereunder pursuant to the procedures of § 40.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption from self-certification of rules.</I> Notwithstanding the rule certification requirements of section 5c(c)(1) of the Act and § 40.6 of this chapter, a derivatives clearing organization that is subject to subpart D of this part is not required to certify a rule unless the rule relates to the requirements under section 4d(f) of the Act, parts 1, 22, or 45 of this chapter, or § 39.15.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acceptance of new products for clearing.</I> (1) A dormant derivatives clearing organization within the meaning of § 40.1 of this chapter may not accept for clearing a new product until its registration as a derivatives clearing organization is reinstated under the procedures of § 39.3 of this part; provided however, that an application for reinstatement may rely upon previously submitted materials that still pertain to, and accurately describe, current conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization that accepts for clearing a new product that is a swap shall comply with the requirements of § 39.5 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Orders regarding competition.</I> An applicant for registration or a registered derivatives clearing organization may request that the Commission issue an order concerning whether a rule or practice of the organization is the least anticompetitive means of achieving the objectives, purposes, and policies of the Act.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Holding securities in a futures portfolio margining account.</I> A derivatives clearing organization seeking to provide a portfolio margining program under which securities would be held in a futures account as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, shall submit rules to implement such portfolio margining program for Commission approval in accordance with § 40.5 of this chapter. Concurrent with the submission of such rules for Commission approval, the derivatives clearing organization shall petition the Commission for an order under section 4d(a) of the Act.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4852, Jan. 27, 2020; 85 FR 67187, Oct. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.5   Review of swaps for Commission determination on clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility to clear swaps.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall be presumed eligible to accept for clearing any swap that is within a group, category, type, or class of swaps that the derivatives clearing organization already clears. Such presumption of eligibility, however, is subject to review by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization that wishes to accept for clearing any swap that is not within a group, category, type, or class of swaps that the derivatives clearing organization already clears shall request a determination by the Commission of the derivatives clearing organization's eligibility to clear such a swap before accepting the swap for clearing. The request, which shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission, shall address the derivatives clearing organization's ability, if it accepts the swap for clearing, to maintain compliance with section 5b(c)(2) of the Act, specifically:
</P>
<P>(i) The sufficiency of the derivatives clearing organization's financial resources; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivative clearing organization's ability to manage the risks associated with clearing the swap, especially if the Commission determines that the swap is required to be cleared.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Swap submissions.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall submit to the Commission each swap, or any group, category, type, or class of swaps that it plans to accept for clearing. The derivatives clearing organization making the submission must be eligible under paragraph (a) of this section to accept for clearing the submitted swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall submit swaps to the Commission, to the extent reasonable and practicable to do so, by group, category, type, or class of swaps. The Commission may in its reasonable discretion consolidate multiple submissions from one derivatives clearing organization or subdivide a derivatives clearing organization's submission as appropriate for review.
</P>
<P>(3) The submission shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission and shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the derivatives clearing organization is eligible to accept the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps for clearing and describes the extent to which, if the Commission were to determine that the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps is required to be cleared, the derivatives clearing organization will be able to maintain compliance with section 5b(c)(2) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that includes, but is not limited to, information that will assist the Commission in making a quantitative and qualitative assessment of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(A) The existence of significant outstanding notional exposures, trading liquidity, and adequate pricing data;
</P>
<P>(B) The availability of rule framework, capacity, operational expertise and resources, and credit support infrastructure to clear the contract on terms that are consistent with the material terms and trading conventions on which the contract is then traded;
</P>
<P>(C) The effect on the mitigation of systemic risk, taking into account the size of the market for such contract and the resources of the derivatives clearing organization available to clear the contract;
</P>
<P>(D) The effect on competition, including appropriate fees and charges applied to clearing; and
</P>
<P>(E) The existence of reasonable legal certainty in the event of the insolvency of the relevant derivatives clearing organization or one or more of its clearing members with regard to the treatment of customer and swap counterparty positions, funds, and property;
</P>
<P>(iii) Product specifications, including copies of any standardized legal documentation, generally accepted contract terms, standard practices for managing any life cycle events associated with the swap, and the extent to which the swap is electronically confirmable;
</P>
<P>(iv) Participant eligibility standards, if different from the derivatives clearing organization's general participant eligibility standards;
</P>
<P>(v) Pricing sources, models, and procedures, demonstrating an ability to obtain sufficient price data to measure credit exposures in a timely and accurate manner, including any agreements with clearing members to provide price data and copies of executed agreements with third-party price vendors, and information about any price reference index used, such as the name of the index, the source that calculates it, the methodology used to calculate the price reference index and how often it is calculated, and when and where it is published publicly;
</P>
<P>(vi) Risk management procedures, including measurement and monitoring of credit exposures, initial and variation margin methodology, methodologies for stress testing and backtesting, settlement procedures, and default management procedures;
</P>
<P>(vii) Applicable rules, manuals, policies, or procedures;
</P>
<P>(viii) A description of the manner in which the derivatives clearing organization has provided notice of the submission to its members and a summary of any views on the submission expressed by the members (a copy of the notice to members shall be included with the submission); and
</P>
<P>(ix) Any additional information specifically requested by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission must have received the submission by the open of business on the business day preceding the acceptance of the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps for clearing.
</P>
<P>(5) The submission will be made available to the public and posted on the Commission Web site for a 30-day public comment period. A derivatives clearing organization that wishes to request confidential treatment for portions of its submission may do so in accordance with the procedures set out in § 145.9(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) The Commission will review the submission and determine whether the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps described in the submission is required to be cleared. The Commission will make its determination not later than 90 days after a complete submission has been received, unless the submitting derivatives clearing organization agrees to an extension. The determination of when such submission is complete shall be at the sole discretion of the Commission. In making a determination that a clearing requirement shall apply, the Commission may impose such terms and conditions to the clearing requirement as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission-initiated reviews.</I> (1) The Commission, on an ongoing basis, will review swaps that have not been accepted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization to make a determination as to whether the swaps should be required to be cleared. In undertaking such reviews, the Commission will use information obtained pursuant to Commission regulations from swap data repositories, swap dealers, and major swap participants, and any other available information.
</P>
<P>(2) Notice regarding any determination made under paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be made available to the public and posted on the Commission Web site for a 30-day public comment period.
</P>
<P>(3) If no derivatives clearing organization has accepted for clearing a particular swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps that the Commission finds would otherwise be subject to a clearing requirement, the Commission will:
</P>
<P>(i) Investigate the relevant facts and circumstances;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 30 days of the completion of its investigation, issue a public report containing the results of the investigation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Take such actions as the Commission determines to be necessary and in the public interest, which may include requiring the retaining of adequate margin or capital by parties to the swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stay of clearing requirement.</I> (1) After making a determination that a swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps is required to be cleared, the Commission, on application of a counterparty to a swap or on its own initiative, may stay the clearing requirement until the Commission completes a review of the terms of the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps and the clearing arrangement.
</P>
<P>(2) A counterparty to a swap that wishes to apply for a stay of the clearing requirement for that swap shall submit a written request to the Secretary of the Commission that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity and contact information of the counterparty to the swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The terms of the swap subject to the clearing requirement;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the derivatives clearing organization clearing the swap;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the clearing arrangement; and
</P>
<P>(v) A statement explaining why the swap should not be subject to a clearing requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization that has accepted for clearing a swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps that is subject to a stay of the clearing requirement shall provide any information requested by the Commission in the course of its review.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission will complete its review not later than 90 days after issuance of the stay, unless the derivatives clearing organization that clears the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps agrees to an extension.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon completion of its review, the Commission may:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine, subject to any terms and conditions as the Commission determines to be appropriate, that the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps must be cleared; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine that the clearing requirement will not apply to the swap, or group, category, type, or class of swaps, but clearing may continue on a non-mandatory basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 88 FR 53682, Aug. 8, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.6   Exemption from derivatives clearing organization registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility for exemption.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that is organized outside of the United States shall be eligible for an exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization for the clearing of swaps for U.S. persons, and thereby exempt from compliance with provisions of the Act and Commission regulations applicable to derivatives clearing organizations, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation by a home country regulator as demonstrated by the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization is organized in a jurisdiction in which a home country regulator applies to the derivatives clearing organization, on an ongoing basis, statutes, rules, regulations, policies, or a combination thereof that, taken together, are consistent with the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures;
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization observes the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization is in good regulatory standing in its home country; and
</P>
<P>(2) A memorandum of understanding or similar arrangement satisfactory to the Commission is in effect between the Commission and the derivatives clearing organization's home country regulator, pursuant to which, among other things, the home country regulator agrees to provide to the Commission any information that the Commission deems necessary to evaluate the initial and continued eligibility of the derivatives clearing organization for exemption from registration or to review its compliance with any conditions of such exemption.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions of exemption.</I> An exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization shall be subject to any conditions the Commission may prescribe including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Clearing by or for U.S. persons and futures commission merchants.</I> The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that limit swaps clearing services for U.S. persons and futures commission merchants to the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) A U.S. person that is a clearing member of the exempt derivatives clearing organization may clear swaps for itself and those persons identified in the definition of “proprietary account” set forth in § 1.3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) A non-U.S. person that is a clearing member of the exempt derivatives clearing organization may clear swaps for any affiliated U.S. person identified in the definition of “proprietary” account set forth in § 1.3 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An entity that is registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant may be a clearing member of the exempt derivatives clearing organization, or otherwise maintain an account with an affiliated broker that is a clearing member, for the purpose of clearing swaps only for itself and those persons identified in the definition of “proprietary account” set forth in § 1.3 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Open access.</I> The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall have rules with respect to swaps to which one or more of the counterparties is a U.S. person that shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide that all swaps with the same terms and conditions, as defined by product specifications established under the exempt derivatives clearing organization's rules, submitted to the exempt derivatives clearing organization for clearing are economically equivalent within the exempt derivatives clearing organization and may be offset with each other within the exempt derivatives clearing organization, to the extent offsetting is permitted by the exempt derivatives clearing organization's rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide that there shall be non-discriminatory clearing of a swap executed bilaterally or on or subject to the rules of an unaffiliated electronic matching platform or trade execution facility.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consent to jurisdiction; designation of agent for service of process.</I> The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Consent to jurisdiction in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Designate, authorize, and identify to the Commission, an agent in the United States who shall accept any notice or service of process, pleadings, or other documents, including any summons, complaint, order, subpoena, request for information, or any other written or electronic documentation or correspondence issued by or on behalf of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice to the exempt derivatives clearing organization, in connection with any actions or proceedings brought against, or investigations relating to, the exempt derivatives clearing organization or any U.S. person or futures commission merchant that is a clearing member, or that clears swaps through a clearing member, of the exempt derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Promptly inform the Commission of any change in its designated and authorized agent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compliance.</I> The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall comply, and shall demonstrate compliance as requested by the Commission, with any condition of its exemption.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Inspection of books and records.</I> The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall make all documents, books, records, reports, and other information related to its operation as an exempt derivatives clearing organization open to inspection and copying by any representative of the Commission; and in response to a request by any representative of the Commission, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall, promptly and in the form specified, make the requested books and records available and provide them directly to Commission representatives.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures.</I> On an annual basis, within 60 days following the end of its fiscal year, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission a certification that it continues to observe the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures in all material respects. To the extent the exempt derivatives clearing organization is unable to provide to the Commission an unconditional certification, it must identify the underlying material non-observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures and identify whether and how such non-observance has been or is being resolved by means of corrective action taken by the exempt derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Representation of good regulatory standing.</I> On an annual basis, within 60 days following the end of its fiscal year, an exempt derivatives clearing organization shall request and the Commission must receive from a home country regulator a written representation that the exempt derivatives clearing organization is in good regulatory standing.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Other conditions.</I> The Commission may condition an exemption on any other facts and circumstances it deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> (1) An exempt derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission the information specified in this paragraph and any other information that the Commission deems necessary, including, but not limited to, information for the purpose of the Commission evaluating the continued eligibility of the exempt derivatives clearing organization for exemption from registration, reviewing compliance by the exempt derivatives clearing organization with any conditions of the exemption, or conducting oversight of U.S. persons and their affiliates, and the swaps that are cleared by such persons through the exempt derivatives clearing organization. Information provided to the Commission under this paragraph shall be submitted in accordance with § 39.19(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Each exempt derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) A report compiled as of the end of each trading day and submitted to the Commission by 10:00 a.m. U.S. Central time on the following business day, containing:
</P>
<P>(A) Initial margin requirements and initial margin on deposit for each U.S. person, with respect to swaps, <I>provided however</I> if a clearing member margins on a portfolio basis its own positions and the positions of its affiliates, and either the clearing member or any of its affiliates is a U.S. person, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall report initial margin on deposit for all such positions on a combined basis for each such clearing member; and
</P>
<P>(B) Daily variation margin, separately listing the mark-to-market amount collected from or paid to each U.S. person, with respect to swaps; <I>provided, however,</I> if a clearing member margins on a portfolio basis its own positions and the positions of its affiliates, and either the clearing member or any of its affiliates is a U.S. person, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall separately list the mark-to-market amount collected from or paid to each such clearing member, on a combined basis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A report compiled as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the exempt derivatives clearing organization and submitted to the Commission no later than 17 business days after the end of the exempt derivatives clearing organization's fiscal quarter, containing:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate clearing volume of U.S. persons during the fiscal quarter, with respect to swaps. If a clearing member is a U.S. person, the volume figure shall include the transactions of the clearing member and all affiliates. If a clearing member is not a U.S. person, the volume figure shall include only transactions of affiliates that are U.S. persons.
</P>
<P>(B) The average open interest of U.S. persons during the fiscal quarter, with respect to swaps. If a clearing member is a U.S. person, the open interest figure shall include the positions of the clearing member and all affiliates. If a clearing member is not a U.S. person, the open interest figure shall include only positions of affiliates that are U.S. persons.
</P>
<P>(C) A list of U.S. persons and futures commission merchants that are either clearing members or affiliates of any clearing member, with respect to the clearing of swaps, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prompt notice regarding any change in the home country regulatory regime that is material to the exempt derivatives clearing organization's continuing observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures or compliance with any of the requirements set forth in this section or in the order of exemption issued by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iv) As available to the exempt derivatives clearing organization, any assessment of the exempt derivatives clearing organization's or the home country regulator's observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, or any portion thereof, by a home country regulator or other national authority, or an international financial institution or international organization;
</P>
<P>(v) As available to the exempt derivatives clearing organization, any examination report, examination findings, or notification of the commencement of any enforcement or disciplinary action by a home country regulator;
</P>
<P>(vi) Immediate notice of any change with respect to the exempt derivatives clearing organization's licensure, registration, or other authorization to act as a derivatives clearing organization in its home country;
</P>
<P>(vii) In the event of a default by a U.S. person or futures commission merchant clearing swaps, with such event of default determined in accordance with the rules of the exempt derivatives clearing organization, immediate notice of the default including the name of the U.S. person or futures commission merchant clearing swaps, a list of the positions held by the U.S. person or futures commission merchant, and the amount of the U.S. person's or futures commission merchant's financial obligation; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Notice of action taken against a U.S. person or futures commission merchant clearing swaps by an exempt derivatives clearing organization, no later than two business days after the exempt derivatives clearing organization takes such action against a U.S. person or futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Swap data reporting requirements.</I> If an exempt derivatives clearing organization accepts for clearing a swap that has been reported to a swap data repository pursuant to part 45 of this chapter, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall report to a swap data repository data regarding the two swaps resulting from the novation of the original swap. The exempt derivatives clearing organization shall also report the termination of the original swap to the swap data repository to which the original swap was reported. In order to avoid duplicative reporting for such transactions, the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that prohibit the reporting, pursuant to part 45 of this chapter, of the two new swaps by the counterparties to the original swap.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Application procedures.</I> (1) An entity seeking to be exempt from registration as a derivatives clearing organization shall file an application for exemption with the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission. The Commission will review the application for exemption and may approve or deny the application or, if deemed appropriate, exempt the applicant from registration as a derivatives clearing organization subject to conditions in addition to those set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application.</I> An applicant for exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization shall submit to the Commission the information and documentation described in this section. Such information and documentation shall be clearly labeled as outlined in this section. The Commission will not commence processing an application unless the applicant has filed a complete application. Upon its own initiative, an applicant may file with its completed application for exemption additional information that may be necessary or helpful to the Commission in processing the application. The application shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A cover letter containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) Exact name of applicant as specified in its charter, and the name under which business will be conducted (including acronyms);
</P>
<P>(B) Address of applicant's principal office;
</P>
<P>(C) List of principal office(s) and address(es) where clearing activities are/will be conducted;
</P>
<P>(D) A list of all regulatory licenses or registrations of the applicant (or exemptions from any licensing requirement) and the regulator granting such license or registration;
</P>
<P>(E) Date of the applicant's fiscal year end;
</P>
<P>(F) Contact information for the person or persons to whom the Commission should address questions and correspondence regarding the application; and
</P>
<P>(G) A signature and date by a duly authorized representative of the applicant.
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the applicant's business plan for providing clearing services as an exempt derivatives clearing organization, including information as to the classes of swaps that will be cleared and whether the swaps are subject to a clearing requirement issued by the Commission or the applicant's home country regulator;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents that demonstrate that the applicant is organized in a jurisdiction in which its home country regulator applies to the applicant, on an ongoing basis, statutes, rules, regulations, policies, or a combination thereof that, taken together, are consistent with the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures;
</P>
<P>(iv) A written representation from the applicant's home country regulator that the applicant is in good regulatory standing;
</P>
<P>(v) Copies of the applicant's most recent disclosures that are necessary to observe the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, including the financial market infrastructure disclosure template set forth in Annex A to the Disclosure Framework and Assessment Methodology for the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, any other such disclosure framework issued under the authority of the International Organization of Securities Commissions that is required for observance of the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, and the URL to the specific page(s) on the applicant's website where such disclosures may be found;
</P>
<P>(vi) A representation that the applicant will comply with each of the requirements and conditions of exemption set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, and the terms and conditions of its order of exemption as issued by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(vii) A copy of the applicant's rules that meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The applicant's consent to jurisdiction in the United States, and the name and address of the applicant's designated agent in the United States, pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission of supplemental information.</I> At any time during its review of the application for exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization, the Commission may request that the applicant submit supplemental information in order for the Commission to process the application, and the applicant shall file such supplemental information in the format and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Amendments to pending application.</I> An applicant for exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization shall promptly amend its application if it discovers a material omission or error, or if there is a material change in the information provided to the Commission in the application or other information provided in connection with the application.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Public information.</I> The following sections of an application for exemption from registration as a derivatives clearing organization will be public: The cover letter set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section; the documentation required in paragraphs (e)(2)(iii) and (e)(2)(v) of this section; rules that meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section, as applicable; and any other part of the application not covered by a request for confidential treatment, subject to § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Modification or termination of exemption upon Commission initiative.</I> (1) The Commission may, in its discretion and upon its own initiative, terminate or modify the terms and conditions of an order of exemption from derivatives clearing organization registration if the Commission determines that there are changes to or omissions in material facts or circumstances pursuant to which the order of exemption was issued, or that any of the terms and conditions of its order of exemption have not been met, including, but not limited to, the requirement that:
</P>
<P>(i) The exempt derivatives clearing organization observes the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures in all material respects; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The exempt derivatives clearing organization is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation by its home country regulator.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall provide written notification to an exempt derivatives clearing organization that it is considering whether to terminate or modify an exemption pursuant to this paragraph and the basis for that consideration.
</P>
<P>(3) The exempt derivatives clearing organization may respond to the notification in writing no later than 30 business days following receipt of the notification, or at such later time as the Commission permits in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) Following receipt of a response from the exempt derivatives clearing organization, or after expiration of the time permitted for a response, the Commission may:
</P>
<P>(i) Issue an order of termination, effective as of a date to be specified therein. Such specified date shall be intended to provide the exempt derivatives clearing organization with a reasonable amount of time to wind down its swap clearing services for U.S. persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue an amended order of exemption that modifies the terms and conditions of the exemption; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide written notification to the exempt derivatives clearing organization that the exemption will remain in effect without modification to the terms and conditions of the exemption.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Termination of exemption upon request by an exempt derivatives clearing organization.</I> (1) An exempt derivatives clearing organization may petition the Commission to terminate its exemption if:
</P>
<P>(i) Changed circumstances result in the exempt derivatives clearing organization no longer qualifying for an exemption;
</P>
<P>(ii) The exempt derivatives clearing organization intends to cease clearing swaps for U.S. persons; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In conjunction with the petition, the exempt derivatives clearing organization submits an application for registration in accordance with § 39.3(a)(2) or § 39.3(a)(3), as applicable, to become a registered derivatives clearing organization pursuant to section 5b(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The petition for termination of exemption shall include a detailed explanation of the facts and circumstances supporting the request and the exempt derivatives clearing organization's plans for, as may be applicable, the liquidation or transfer of the swaps positions and related collateral of U.S. persons.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall issue an order of termination within a reasonable time appropriate to the circumstances or, as applicable, in conjunction with the issuance of an order of registration.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notice to clearing members of termination of exemption.</I> Following the Commission's issuance of an order of termination (unless issued in conjunction with the issuance of an order of registration), the exempt derivatives clearing organization shall provide immediate notice of such termination to its clearing members. Such notice shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the Commission's order of termination;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the procedures for orderly disposition of any open swaps positions that were cleared for U.S. persons; and
</P>
<P>(3) An instruction to clearing members, requiring that they provide the exempt derivatives clearing organization's notice of such termination to all U.S. persons clearing swaps through such clearing members.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 965, Jan. 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.7   Enforceability.</HEAD>
<P>An agreement, contract or transaction submitted to a derivatives clearing organization for clearing shall not be void, voidable, subject to rescission, or otherwise invalidated or rendered unenforceable as a result of:
</P>
<P>(a) A violation by the derivatives clearing organization of the provisions of the Act or of Commission regulations; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any Commission proceeding to alter or supplement a rule under section 8a(7) of the Act, to declare an emergency under section 8a(9) of the Act, or any other proceeding the effect of which is to alter, supplement, or require a derivatives clearing organization to adopt a specific rule or procedure, or to take or refrain from taking a specific action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.8   Fraud in connection with the clearing of transactions on a derivatives clearing organization.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, in or in connection with the clearing of transactions by a derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(a) To cheat or defraud or attempt to cheat or defraud any person;
</P>
<P>(b) Willfully to make or cause to be made to any person any false report or statement or cause to be entered for any person any false record; or
</P>
<P>(c) Willfully to deceive or attempt to deceive any person by any means whatsoever.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Compliance with Core Principles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.9   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided by Commission order, the provisions of this subpart B apply to any derivatives clearing organization, as defined under section 1a(15) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, that is registered with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization pursuant to section 5b of the Act. The provisions of this subpart B do not apply to any exempt derivatives clearing organization, as defined under § 39.2.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 968, Jan. 7, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.10   Compliance with core principles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be registered and to maintain registration as a derivatives clearing organization, a derivatives clearing organization shall comply with each core principle set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act and any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to any rule or regulation prescribed by the Commission, a registered derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner by which it complies with each core principle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chief compliance officer</I>—(1) <I>Designation.</I> Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish the position of chief compliance officer, designate an individual to serve as the chief compliance officer, and provide the chief compliance officer with the full responsibility and authority to develop and enforce, in consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer, appropriate compliance policies and procedures, to fulfill the duties set forth in the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(i) The individual designated to serve as chief compliance officer shall have the background and skills appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the position. No individual who would be disqualified from registration under sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act may serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The chief compliance officer shall report to the board of directors or the senior officer of the derivatives clearing organization or, if the derivatives clearing organization engages in substantial activities not related to clearing, the senior officer responsible for the derivatives clearing organization's clearing activities. The board of directors or the senior officer shall approve the compensation of the chief compliance officer.


</P>
<P>(iii) The chief compliance officer shall meet with the board of directors or the senior officer at least once a year.
</P>
<P>(iv) A change in the designation of the individual serving as the chief compliance officer of the derivatives clearing organization shall be reported to the Commission in accordance with the requirements of § 39.19(c)(4)(x).


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Chief compliance officer duties.</I> The chief compliance officer's duties shall include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Reviewing the derivatives clearing organization's compliance with the core principles set forth in section 5b of the Act, and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) In consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer, resolving any conflicts of interest that may arise;
</P>
<P>(iii) Establishing and administering written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) Taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and Commission regulations relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, and with Commission regulations prescribed under section 5b of the Act;
</P>
<P>(v) Establishing procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reported error, or validated complaint; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Establishing and following appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Annual report.</I> The chief compliance officer shall, not less than annually, prepare and sign a written report that covers the most recently completed fiscal year of the derivatives clearing organization. The annual report shall, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain a description of the derivatives clearing organization's written policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies; provided that, to the extent that the derivatives clearing organization's written policies and procedures have not materially changed since they were most recently described in an annual report to the Commission, and if the annual report containing the most recent description was submitted within the last five years, the annual report may instead incorporate by reference the relevant descriptions from the most recent annual report containing the description;
</P>
<P>(ii) Review each core principle and applicable Commission regulation in this chapter including, in the case of systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations, regulations in subpart C of this part, and with respect to each:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify, by name, rule number, or other identifier, the compliance policies and procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with each core principle and applicable regulation in this chapter;














</P>
<P>(B) Provide an assessment as to the effectiveness of these policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(C) Discuss areas for improvement, and recommend potential or prospective changes or improvements to the derivatives clearing organization's compliance program and resources allocated to compliance;
</P>
<P>(iii) List any material changes to compliance policies and procedures since the last annual report;
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe the financial, managerial, and operational resources set aside for compliance with the Act and Commission regulations; and
</P>
<P>(v) Describe any material compliance matters, including incidents of noncompliance, since the date of the last annual report, and describe the corresponding action taken.




</P>
<P>(4) <I>Submission of annual report to the Commission.</I> (i) Prior to submitting the annual report to the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall provide the annual report to the board of directors or the senior officer of the derivatives clearing organization or, if the derivatives clearing organization engages in substantial activities not related to clearing, the senior officer responsible for the derivatives clearing organization's clearing activities, for review. Submission of the report to the board of directors or the senior officer shall be recorded in the board minutes or otherwise, as evidence of compliance with the requirement in this paragraph (c)(4)(i). The annual report shall describe the process by which it was submitted to the board of directors or the senior officer. When submitted to the Commission, the annual report shall be accompanied by a cover letter, notice, or other document that specifies the date on which it was submitted to the board of directors or the senior officer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The annual report shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission not more than 90 days after the end of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal year. The report shall include a certification by the chief compliance officer that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the annual report is accurate and complete.


</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization shall promptly submit an amended annual report if material errors or omissions in the report are identified after submission. An amendment must contain the certification required under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization may request from the Commission an extension of time to submit its annual report in accordance with § 39.19(c)(3) of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (i) The derivatives clearing organization shall maintain:
</P>
<P>(A) A copy of all compliance policies and procedures and all other policies and procedures adopted in furtherance of compliance with the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(B) Copies of materials, including written reports provided to the board of directors or the senior officer in connection with the review of the annual report under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any records relevant to the annual report, including, but not limited to, work papers and other documents that form the basis of the report, and memoranda, correspondence, other documents, and records that are created, sent, or received in connection with the annual report and contain conclusions, opinions, analyses, or financial data related to the annual report.
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization shall maintain records in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter and § 39.20 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Enterprise risk management</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have an enterprise risk management program that identifies and assesses sources of risk and their potential impact on the operations and services of the derivatives clearing organization. The derivatives clearing organization shall measure, monitor, and manage identified sources of risk on an ongoing basis, including through the development and use of appropriate information systems. The derivatives clearing organization shall test the effectiveness of any mitigating controls employed to reduce identified sources of risk to ensure that the risks are properly mitigated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Enterprise risk management framework.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and maintain written policies and procedures, approved by its board of directors or a committee of the board of directors that establish an appropriate enterprise risk management framework. The framework shall be reviewed at least annually by the board of directors or committee of the board of directors and updated as necessary.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Standards for enterprise risk management framework.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall follow generally accepted standards and industry best practices in the development and review of its enterprise risk management framework, assessment of the performance of its enterprise risk management program, and management and mitigation of risk to the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Enterprise risk officer.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall identify as its enterprise risk officer an appropriate individual that exercises the full responsibility and authority to manage the enterprise risk management program of the derivatives clearing organization. The enterprise risk officer shall have the authority, independence, resources, expertise, and access to relevant information necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of the position, including access to the board of directors of the organization for which the enterprise risk officer is responsible for managing the risks or an appropriate committee thereof, consistent with the requirements of this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4852, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.11   Financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources, as determined by the Commission, to discharge each responsibility of the derivatives clearing organization. A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain sufficient financial resources to cover its exposures with a high degree of confidence. At a minimum, each derivatives clearing organization shall possess financial resources that exceed the total amount that would:








</P>
<P>(1) Enable the derivatives clearing organization to meet its financial obligations to its clearing members notwithstanding a default by the clearing member creating the largest financial exposure for the derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market conditions; Provided that if a clearing member controls another clearing member or is under common control with another clearing member, the affiliated clearing members shall be deemed to be a single clearing member for purposes of this provision; and
</P>
<P>(2) Enable the derivatives clearing organization to cover its operating costs for a period of at least one year, calculated on a rolling basis. A derivatives clearing organization shall identify and adequately manage its general business risks and hold sufficient liquid resources to cover potential business losses that are not related to clearing members' defaults, so that the derivatives clearing organization can continue to provide services as a going concern.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Types of financial resources.</I> (1) Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization's own capital;
</P>
<P>(ii) Guaranty fund deposits;
</P>
<P>(iii) Default insurance;
</P>
<P>(iv) Potential assessments for additional guaranty fund contributions, if permitted by the derivatives clearing organization's rules; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.




</P>
<P>(2) Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization's own capital; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) A financial resource may be allocated, in whole or in part, to satisfy the requirements of either paragraph (a)(1) or paragraph (a)(2) of this section, but not both paragraphs, and only to the extent the use of such financial resource is not otherwise limited by the Act, Commission regulations, the derivatives clearing organization's rules, or any contractual arrangements to which the derivatives clearing organization is a party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Calculation of financial resources requirements.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall, on a monthly basis, perform stress tests that will allow it to make a reasonable calculation of the financial resources needed to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodology used to calculate the requirements, subject to the limitations identified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and provided that the methodology must take into account both historical data and hypothetical scenarios. The Commission may review the methodology and require changes as appropriate. The requirements of this paragraph (c) do not apply to fully collateralized positions.
</P>
<P>(2) When calculating its largest financial exposure, a derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(i) In netting its exposure against the clearing member's initial margin, shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Use only that portion of the margin amount on deposit (including initial margin and any add-ons) that is required; and
</P>
<P>(B) Use customer margin (including initial margin and any add-ons) only to the extent permitted by parts 1 and 22 of this chapter, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall combine the customer and house stress test losses of each clearing member using the same stress test scenarios;
</P>
<P>(iii) May net any gains in the house account with losses in the customer account, if permitted by the derivatives clearing organization's rules, but shall not net losses in the house account with gains in the customer account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to a clearing member's cleared swaps customer account, may net customer gains against customer losses only to the extent permitted by the derivatives clearing organization's rules.
</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization shall, on a monthly basis, make a reasonable calculation of its projected operating costs over a 12-month period in order to determine the amount needed to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodology used to compute such projected operating costs. The Commission may review the methodology and require changes as appropriate.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation of financial resources.</I> (1) At appropriate intervals, but not less than monthly, a derivatives clearing organization shall compute the current market value of each financial resource used to meet its obligations under paragraph (a) of this section. Reductions in value to reflect credit, market, and liquidity risks (haircuts) shall be applied as appropriate and evaluated on a monthly basis.
</P>
<P>(2) If assessments for additional guaranty fund contributions are permitted by the derivatives clearing organization's rules, in calculating the financial resources available to meet its obligations under paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization shall have rules requiring that its clearing members have the ability to meet an assessment within the time frame of a normal end-of-day variation settlement cycle;
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization shall monitor the financial and operational capacity of its clearing members to meet potential assessments;
</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization shall apply a 30 percent haircut to the value of potential assessments, and
</P>
<P>(iv) The derivatives clearing organization shall only count the value of assessments, after the haircut, to meet up to 20 percent of the total amount required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The value of the assessments may be determined by using the largest financial exposure in extreme but plausible market conditions prior to netting against required initial margin on deposit.








</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquidity of financial resources.</I> (1) (i) The derivatives clearing organization shall effectively measure, monitor, and manage its liquidity risks, maintaining sufficient liquid resources such that it can, at a minimum, fulfill its cash obligations when due. The derivatives clearing organization shall hold assets in a manner where the risk of loss or of delay in its access to them is minimized.
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial resources allocated by the derivatives clearing organization to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be sufficiently liquid to enable the derivatives clearing organization to fulfill its obligations as a central counterparty during a one-day settlement cycle. The derivatives clearing organization shall maintain cash, U.S. Treasury obligations, or high quality, liquid, general obligations of a sovereign nation, in an amount greater than or equal to an amount calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Calculate the average daily settlement variation pay for each clearing member over the last fiscal quarter;
</P>
<P>(B) Calculate the sum of those average daily settlement variation pays; and
</P>
<P>(C) Using that sum, calculate the average of its clearing members' average daily settlement variation pays.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the total amount of the financial resources required pursuant to the calculation set forth in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section is insufficient to enable the derivatives clearing organization to fulfill its obligations during a one-day settlement cycle, the derivatives clearing organization may take into account a committed line of credit or similar facility for the purpose of meeting the remainder of the requirement of this paragraph (e) (subject to the limitation in paragraph (e)(3) of this section).
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization is not subject to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section for fully collateralized positions.
</P>
<P>(2) The financial resources allocated by the derivatives clearing organization to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section must include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) sufficient to enable the derivatives clearing organization to cover its operating costs for a period of at least six months. If the financial resources allocated to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section do not include such assets in a sufficient amount, the derivatives clearing organization may take into account a committed line of credit or similar facility for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this paragraph (subject to the limitation in paragraph (e)(3) of this section).
</P>
<P>(3) A committed line of credit or similar facility may be allocated, in whole or in part, to satisfy the requirements of either paragraph (e)(1)(ii) or (e)(2) of this section, but not both paragraphs.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Assets in a guaranty fund shall have minimal credit, market, and liquidity risks and shall be readily accessible on a same-day basis;






















</P>
<P>(ii) Cash balances shall be invested or placed in safekeeping in a manner that bears little or no principal risk; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Letters of credit shall not be a permissible asset for a guaranty fund.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> (1) <I>Quarterly reporting.</I> Each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a derivatives clearing organization shall:


</P>
<P>(i) Report to the Commission;


</P>
<P>(A) The amount of financial resources necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and §§ 39.33(a) and 39.39(d), if applicable;




</P>
<P>(B) The value of each financial resource available, computed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) The manner in which the derivatives clearing organization meets the liquidity requirements of paragraph (e) of this section;


</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the Commission with a financial statement, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, of the derivatives clearing organization; <I>provided, however,</I> that for a derivatives clearing organization that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country, the financial statement may be prepared in accordance with either U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Report to the Commission the value of each individual clearing member's guaranty fund deposit, if the derivatives clearing organization reports having guaranty fund deposits as a financial resource available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section and §§ 39.33(a) and 39.39(d), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(iv) The calculations required by this paragraph (f) shall be made as of the last business day of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal quarter. The report shall be submitted not later than 17 business days after the end of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal quarter, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Annual reporting.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization shall submit to the Commission an audited year-end financial statement of the derivatives clearing organization calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that for a derivatives clearing organization that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country, the financial statement may be prepared in accordance with either U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
</P>
<P>(ii) The report required by paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be submitted not later than 90 days after the end of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal year, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall submit concurrently with the audited year-end financial statement required by paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) A reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, of its balance sheet in the audited year-end financial statement with the balance sheet in the derivatives clearing organization's financial statement for the last quarter of the fiscal year when material differences exist or, if no material differences exist, a statement so indicating; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such further information as may be necessary to make the statements not misleading.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other reporting.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission as part of its first report under paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and in the event of any change thereafter:
</P>
<P>(A) Sufficient documentation explaining the methodology used to compute its financial resources requirements under paragraph (a) of this section and §§ 39.33(a) and 39.39(d), if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(B) Sufficient documentation explaining the basis for its determinations regarding the valuation and liquidity requirements set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission copies of any agreements establishing or amending a credit facility, insurance coverage, or other arrangement evidencing or otherwise supporting the derivatives clearing organization's conclusions regarding its:
</P>
<P>(A) Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and §§ 39.33(a) and 39.39(d), if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(B) Liquidity resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section and § 39.33(c), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certification.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide with each report submitted pursuant to this section a certification by the person responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the report that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the information contained in the report is accurate and complete.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4852, Jan. 27, 2020; 85 FR 35805, June 12, 2020]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.12   Participant and product eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Participant eligibility.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have appropriate admission and continuing participation requirements for clearing members of the derivatives clearing organization that are objective, publicly disclosed, and risk-based.


</P>
<P>(1) Fair and open access for participation. The participation requirements shall permit fair and open access;
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall not have restrictive clearing member standards if less restrictive requirements that achieve the same objective and that would not materially increase risk to the derivatives clearing organization or clearing members could be adopted;








</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall allow all market participants who satisfy participation requirements to become clearing members;
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall not exclude or limit clearing membership of certain types of market participants unless the derivatives clearing organization can demonstrate that the restriction is necessary to address credit risk or deficiencies in the participants' operational capabilities that would prevent them from fulfilling their obligations as clearing members.
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization shall not require that clearing members be swap dealers.
</P>
<P>(v) A derivatives clearing organization shall not require that clearing members maintain a swap portfolio of any particular size, or that clearing members meet a swap transaction volume threshold.
</P>
<P>(vi) No derivatives clearing organization shall require as a condition of accepting a swap for clearing that a futures commission merchant enter into an arrangement with a customer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Discloses to the futures commission merchant or any swap dealer or major swap participant the identity of a customer's original executing counterparty;
</P>
<P>(B) Limits the number of counterparties with whom a customer may enter into trades;
</P>
<P>(C) Restricts the size of the position a customer may take with any individual counterparty, apart from an overall limit for all positions held by the customer at the futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(D) Impairs a customer's access to execution of a trade on terms that have a reasonable relationship to the best terms available; or
</P>
<P>(E) Prevents compliance with the time frames set forth in § 1.74(b), § 23.610(b), or § 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial resources.</I> (i) The participation requirements shall require clearing members to have access to sufficient financial resources to meet obligations arising from participation in the derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market conditions. A derivatives clearing organization may permit such financial resources to include, without limitation, a clearing member's capital, a guarantee from the clearing member's parent, or a credit facility funding arrangement. For purposes of this paragraph, “capital” means adjusted net capital as defined in § 1.17 of this chapter, for futures commission merchants, and net capital as defined in § 240.15c3-1of this title, for broker-dealers, or any similar risk adjusted capital calculation for all other clearing members.
</P>
<P>(ii) The participation requirements shall set forth capital requirements that are based on objective, transparent, and commonly accepted standards that appropriately match capital to risk. Capital requirements shall be scalable to the risks posed by clearing members.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall not set a minimum capital requirement of more than $50 million for any person that seeks to become a clearing member in order to clear swaps.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Operational requirements.</I> The participation requirements shall require clearing members to have adequate operational capacity to meet obligations arising from participation in the derivatives clearing organization. The requirements shall include, but are not limited to: the ability to process expected volumes and values of transactions cleared by a clearing member within required time frames, including at peak times and on peak days; the ability to fulfill collateral, payment, and delivery obligations imposed by the derivatives clearing organization; and the ability to participate in default management activities under the rules of the derivatives clearing organization and in accordance with § 39.16 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Monitoring.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have procedures to verify, on an ongoing basis, the compliance of each clearing member with each participation requirement of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reporting.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization shall require all clearing members, including non-futures commission merchants, to provide to the derivatives clearing organization periodic financial reports that contain any financial information that the derivatives clearing organization determines is necessary to assess whether participation requirements are being met on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall require clearing members that are futures commission merchants to provide the financial reports that are specified in § 1.10 of this chapter to the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall require clearing members that are not futures commission merchants to make the periodic financial reports provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section available to the Commission upon the Commission's request or, in lieu of imposing the requirement in this paragraph (a)(5)(iii), a derivatives clearing organization may provide such financial reports directly to the Commission upon the Commission's request.
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that require clearing members to provide to the derivatives clearing organization, in a timely manner, information that concerns any financial or business developments that may materially affect the clearing members' ability to continue to comply with participation requirements under this section.
</P>
<P>(v) The requirements in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (iii) of this section shall not apply with respect to non-futures commission merchant clearing members of a derivatives clearing organization that only clear fully collateralized positions.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Enforcement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have the ability to enforce compliance with its participation requirements and shall have procedures for the suspension and orderly removal of clearing members that no longer meet the requirements.






















</P>
<P>(b) <I>Product eligibility.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall have appropriate requirements for determining the eligibility of agreements, contracts, or transactions submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing, taking into account the derivatives clearing organization's ability to manage the risks associated with such agreements, contracts, or transactions. Factors to be considered in determining product eligibility include, but are not limited to:


</P>
<P>(i) Trading volume;
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquidity;
</P>
<P>(iii) Availability of reliable prices;
</P>
<P>(iv) Ability of market participants to use portfolio compression with respect to a particular swap product;
</P>
<P>(v) Ability of the derivatives clearing organization and clearing members to gain access to the relevant market for purposes of creating, liquidating, transferring, auctioning, and/or allocating positions;
</P>
<P>(vi) Ability of the derivatives clearing organization to measure risk for purposes of setting margin requirements; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Operational capacity of the derivatives clearing organization and clearing members to address any unusual risk characteristics of a product.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps shall have rules providing that all swaps with the same terms and conditions, as defined by product specifications established under derivatives clearing organization rules, submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing are economically equivalent within the derivatives clearing organization and may be offset with each other within the derivatives clearing organization.


</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization shall provide for non-discriminatory clearing of a swap executed bilaterally or on or subject to the rules of an unaffiliated swap execution facility or designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(4) A derivatives clearing organization shall not require that one of the original executing parties be a clearing member in order for a product to be eligible for clearing.
</P>
<P>(5) A derivatives clearing organization shall select product unit sizes and other terms and conditions that maximize liquidity, facilitate transparency in pricing, promote open access, and allow for effective risk management. To the extent appropriate to further these objectives, a derivatives clearing organization shall select product units for clearing purposes that are smaller than the product units in which trades submitted for clearing were executed.
</P>
<P>(6) A derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps shall have rules providing that, upon acceptance of a swap by the derivatives clearing organization for clearing:
</P>
<P>(i) The original swap is extinguished;
</P>
<P>(ii) The original swap is replaced by an equal and opposite swap between the derivatives clearing organization and each clearing member acting as principal for a house trade or acting as agent for a customer trade;
</P>
<P>(iii) All terms of a cleared swap must conform to product specifications established under derivatives clearing organization rules; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If a swap is cleared by a clearing member on behalf of a customer, all terms of the swap, as carried in the customer account on the books of the clearing member, must conform to the terms of the cleared swap established under the derivatives clearing organization's rules.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Time frame for clearing</I>—(i) <I>Coordination with markets and clearing members.</I> (A) Each derivatives clearing organization shall coordinate with each designated contract market and swap execution facility that lists for trading a product that is cleared by the derivatives clearing organization in developing rules and procedures to facilitate prompt, efficient, and accurate processing of all transactions submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing.
</P>
<P>(B) Each derivatives clearing organization shall coordinate with each clearing member that is a futures commission merchant, swap dealer, or major swap participant to establish systems that enable the clearing member, or the derivatives clearing organization acting on its behalf, to accept or reject each trade submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing by or for the clearing member or a customer of the clearing member as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Transactions executed competitively on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or swap execution facility.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that provide that the derivatives clearing organization will accept or reject for clearing as quickly after execution as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used, all contracts that are listed for clearing by the derivatives clearing organization and are executed competitively on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility. The derivatives clearing organization shall accept all trades:
</P>
<P>(A) For which the executing parties have clearing arrangements in place with clearing members of the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) For which the executing parties identify the derivatives clearing organization as the intended clearinghouse; and
</P>
<P>(C) That satisfy the criteria of the derivatives clearing organization, including but not limited to applicable risk filters; provided that such criteria are non-discriminatory across trading venues and are applied as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Swaps not executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility or executed non-competitively on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that provide that the derivatives clearing organization will accept or reject for clearing as quickly after submission to the derivatives clearing organization as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used, all swaps that are listed for clearing by the derivatives clearing organization and are not executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility or executed non-competitively on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility. The derivatives clearing organization shall accept all trades:
</P>
<P>(A) That are submitted by the parties to the derivatives clearing organization, in accordance with § 23.506 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) For which the executing parties have clearing arrangements in place with clearing members of the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(C) For which the executing parties identify the derivatives clearing organization as the intended clearinghouse; and
</P>
<P>(D) That satisfy the criteria of the derivatives clearing organization, including but not limited to applicable risk filters; provided that such criteria are non-discriminatory across trading venues and are applied as quickly as would be technologically practicable if fully automated systems were used.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Confirmation.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide each clearing member carrying a cleared swap with a definitive written record of the terms of the transaction which shall legally supersede any previous agreement and serve as a confirmation of the swap. The confirmation of all terms of the transaction shall take place at the same time as the swap is accepted for clearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 21309, Apr. 9, 2012; 85 FR 4855, Jan. 27, 2020]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.13" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.13   Risk management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that it possesses the ability to manage the risks associated with discharging the responsibilities of the derivatives clearing organization through the use of appropriate tools and procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk management framework.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have and implement written policies, procedures, and controls, approved by its board of directors, that establish an appropriate risk management framework that, at a minimum, clearly identifies and documents the range of risks to which the derivatives clearing organization is exposed, addresses the monitoring and management of the entirety of those risks, and provides a mechanism for internal audit. The risk management framework shall be regularly reviewed and updated as necessary.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chief risk officer.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have a chief risk officer who shall be responsible for implementing the risk management framework, including the procedures, policies and controls described in paragraph (b) of this section, and for making appropriate recommendations to the derivatives clearing organization's risk management committee or board of directors, as applicable, regarding the derivatives clearing organization's risk management functions.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Measurement of credit exposure.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Measure its credit exposure to each clearing member and mark to market such clearing member's open house and customer positions at least once each business day; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor its credit exposure to each clearing member periodically during each business day.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limitation of exposure to potential losses from defaults.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall limit its exposure to potential losses from defaults by its clearing members through margin requirements and other risk control mechanisms reasonably designed to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The operations of the derivatives clearing organization would not be disrupted; and
</P>
<P>(2) Non-defaulting clearing members would not be exposed to losses that non-defaulting clearing members cannot anticipate or control.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Margin requirements</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Each model and parameter used in setting initial margin requirements shall be risk-based and reviewed on a regular basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Methodology and coverage.</I> 

(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall have initial margin requirements that are commensurate with the risks of each product and portfolio, including any unusual characteristics of, or risks associated with, particular products or portfolios.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall use models that generate initial margin requirements sufficient to cover the derivatives clearing organization's potential future exposures to clearing members based on price movements in the interval between the last collection of variation margin and the time within which the derivatives clearing organization estimates that it would be able to liquidate a defaulting clearing member's positions (liquidation time); <I>provided, however,</I> that a derivatives clearing organization shall use:
</P>
<P>(A) A minimum liquidation time that is one day for futures and options;
</P>
<P>(B) A minimum liquidation time that is one day for swaps on agricultural commodities, energy commodities, and metals;
</P>
<P>(C) A minimum liquidation time that is five days for all other swaps; or
</P>
<P>(D) Such longer liquidation time as is appropriate based on the specific characteristics of a particular product or portfolio; <I>provided further</I> that the Commission, by order, may establish shorter or longer liquidation times for particular products or portfolios.
</P>
<P>(iii) The actual coverage of the initial margin requirements produced by such models, along with projected measures of the models' performance, shall meet an established confidence level of at least 99 percent, based on data from an appropriate historic time period, for:
</P>
<P>(A) Each product for which the derivatives clearing organization uses a product-based margin methodology;
</P>
<P>(B) Each spread within or between products for which there is a defined spread margin rate;
</P>
<P>(C) Each account held by a clearing member at the derivatives clearing organization, by house origin and by each customer origin; and
</P>
<P>(D) Each swap portfolio, including any portfolio containing futures and/or options and held in a commingled account pursuant to § 39.15(b)(2) of this part, by beneficial owner.
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization shall determine the appropriate historic time period based on the characteristics, including volatility patterns, as applicable, of each product, spread, account, or portfolio.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Independent validation.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have its systems for generating initial margin requirements, including its theoretical models, reviewed and validated by a qualified and independent party on an annual basis. Where no material changes to the margin model have occurred, previous validations can be reviewed and affirmed as part of the annual review process. Qualified and independent parties may be independent contractors or employees of the derivatives clearing organization, or of an affiliate of the derivatives clearing organization, but shall not be persons responsible for development or operation of the systems and models being tested.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Spread and portfolio margins.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization may allow reductions in initial margin requirements for related positions if the price risks with respect to such positions are significantly and reliably correlated. The price risks of different positions will only be considered to be reliably correlated if there is a conceptual basis for the correlation in addition to an exhibited statistical correlation. That conceptual basis may include, but is not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The products on which the positions are based are complements of, or substitutes for, each other;
</P>
<P>(B) One product is a significant input into the other product(s);
</P>
<P>(C) The products share a significant common input; or
</P>
<P>(D) The prices of the products are influenced by common external factors.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall regularly review its margin reductions and the correlations on which they are based.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Price data.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have a reliable source of timely price data in order to measure the derivatives clearing organization's credit exposure accurately. A derivatives clearing organization shall also have written procedures and sound valuation models for addressing circumstances where pricing data is not readily available or reliable.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Daily review.</I> On a daily basis, a derivatives clearing organization shall determine the adequacy of its initial margin requirements.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Backtests.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct backtests, as defined in § 39.2 of this part, using an appropriate time period but not less than the previous 30 days, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) On a daily basis, a derivatives clearing organization shall conduct backtests with respect to products or swap portfolios that are experiencing significant market volatility, to test the adequacy of its initial margin requirements, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For that product if the derivatives clearing organization uses a product-based margin methodology;
</P>
<P>(B) For each spread involving that product if there is a defined spread margin rate;
</P>
<P>(C) For each account held by a clearing member at the derivatives clearing organization that contains a significant position in that product, by house origin and by each customer origin; and
</P>
<P>(D) For each such swap portfolio, including any portfolio containing futures and/or options and held in a commingled account pursuant to § 39.15(b)(2) of this part, by beneficial owner.
</P>
<P>(ii) On at least a monthly basis, a derivatives clearing organization shall conduct backtests to test the adequacy of its initial margin requirements, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For each product for which the derivatives clearing organization uses a product-based margin methodology;
</P>
<P>(B) For each spread for which there is a defined spread margin rate;
</P>
<P>(C) For each account held by a clearing member at the derivatives clearing organization, by house origin and by each customer origin; and
</P>
<P>(D) For each swap portfolio, including any portfolio containing futures and/or options and held in a commingled account pursuant to § 39.15(b)(2) of this part, by beneficial owner.
</P>
<P>(iii) In conducting backtests of initial margin requirements, a derivatives clearing organization shall compare portfolio losses only to those components of initial margin that capture changes in market risk factors.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Customer margin</I>—(i) <I>Gross margin.</I> (A) During the end-of-day settlement cycle, a derivatives clearing organization shall collect initial margin on a gross basis for each clearing member's customer account(s) equal to the sum of the initial margin amounts that would be required by the derivatives clearing organization for each individual customer within that account if each individual customer were a clearing member.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of calculating the gross initial margin requirement for each clearing member's customer account(s), a derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that require its clearing members to provide to the derivatives clearing organization reports each day setting forth end-of-day gross positions of each individual customer account within each customer origin of the clearing member.
</P>
<P>(C) A derivatives clearing organization may not, and may not permit its clearing members to, net positions of different customers against one another.
</P>
<P>(D) A derivatives clearing organization may collect initial margin for its clearing members' house accounts on a net basis.
</P>
<P>(E) For purposes of this paragraph (g)(8)(i), each separate account of a separate account customer (as such terms are defined in § 1.44 of this chapter) shall be treated as an account of a separate individual customer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Customer initial margin requirements.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall require its clearing members to collect customer initial margin at a level that is not less than 100 percent of the derivatives clearing organization's clearing initial margin requirements with respect to each product and portfolio and commensurate with the risk presented by each customer account. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining clearing initial margin requirements for products or portfolios. The derivatives clearing organization shall also have reasonable discretion in determining whether and by how much customer initial margin requirements shall, at a minimum, exceed clearing initial margin requirements for categories of customers determined by the clearing member to have heightened risk profiles. The Commission may review such customer initial margin levels and require different levels if the Commission deems the levels insufficient to protect the financial integrity of the derivatives clearing organization or its clearing members.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Withdrawal of customer initial margin.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall require its clearing members to ensure that their customers do not withdraw funds from their accounts with such clearing members unless the net liquidating value plus the margin deposits remaining in a customer's account after such withdrawal are sufficient to meet the customer initial margin requirements with respect to all products and swap portfolios held in such customer's account which are cleared by the derivatives clearing organization, except as provided for in § 1.44 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Time deadlines.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and enforce time deadlines for initial and variation margin payments to the derivatives clearing organization by its clearing members.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Types of assets.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall limit the assets it accepts as initial margin to those that have minimal credit, market, and liquidity risks. A derivatives clearing organization may take into account the specific risk-reducing properties that particular assets have in a particular portfolio. A derivatives clearing organization may accept letters of credit as initial margin for futures and options on futures but shall not accept letters of credit as initial margin for swaps.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Valuation.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall use prudent valuation practices to value assets posted as initial margin on a daily basis.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Haircuts.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall apply appropriate reductions in value to reflect credit, market, and liquidity risks (haircuts), to the assets that it accepts in satisfaction of initial margin obligations, taking into consideration stressed market conditions, and shall evaluate the appropriateness of the haircuts on at least a monthly basis.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Concentration limits or charges.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall apply appropriate limitations or charges on the concentration of assets posted as initial margin, as necessary, in order to ensure its ability to liquidate such assets quickly with minimal adverse price effects, and shall evaluate the appropriateness of any such concentration limits or charges, on at least a monthly basis.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Pledged assets.</I> If a derivatives clearing organization permits its clearing members to pledge assets for initial margin while retaining such assets in accounts in the names of such clearing members, the derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that such assets are unencumbered and that such a pledge has been validly created and validly perfected in the relevant jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Other risk control mechanisms</I>—(1) <I>Risk limits.</I> 

(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall impose risk limits on each clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin, in order to prevent a clearing member from carrying positions for which the risk exposure exceeds a specified threshold relative to the clearing member's and/or the derivatives clearing organization's financial resources. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining:
</P>
<P>(A) The method of computing risk exposure;
</P>
<P>(B) The applicable threshold(s); and
</P>
<P>(C) The applicable financial resources under this provision; provided however, that the ratio of exposure to capital must remain the same across all capital levels. The Commission may review such methods, thresholds, and financial resources and require the application of different methods, thresholds, or financial resources, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization may permit a clearing member to exceed the threshold(s) applied pursuant to paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section provided that the derivatives clearing organization requires the clearing member to post additional initial margin that the derivatives clearing organization deems sufficient to appropriately eliminate excessive risk exposure at the clearing member. The Commission may review the amount of additional initial margin and require a different amount of additional initial margin, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Large trader reports.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall obtain from its clearing members or from a relevant designated contract market or swap execution facility, copies of all reports that are required to be filed with the Commission by, or on behalf of, such clearing members pursuant to parts 17 and 20 of this chapter. A derivatives clearing organization shall review such reports on a daily basis to ascertain the risk of the overall portfolio of each large trader, including futures, options, and swaps cleared by the derivatives clearing organization, which are held by all clearing members carrying accounts for each such large trader, and shall take additional actions with respect to such clearing members, when appropriate, as specified in paragraph (h)(6) of this section, in order to address any risks posed by any such large trader.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Stress tests.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct stress tests, as defined in § 39.2 of this part, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) On a daily basis, a derivatives clearing organization shall conduct stress tests with respect to each large trader who poses significant risk to a clearing member or the derivatives clearing organization, including futures, options, and swaps cleared by the derivatives clearing organization, which are held by all clearing members carrying accounts for each such large trader. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining which traders to test and the methodology used to conduct such stress tests. The Commission may review the selection of accounts and the methodology and require changes, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) On at least a weekly basis, a derivatives clearing organization shall conduct stress tests with respect to each clearing member account, by house origin and by each customer origin, and each swap portfolio, including any portfolio containing futures and/or options and held in a commingled account pursuant to § 39.15(b)(2) of this part, by beneficial owner, under extreme but plausible market conditions. The derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodology used to conduct such stress tests. The Commission may review the methodology and require changes, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) The requirements in paragraphs (h)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section do not apply with respect to clearing member accounts that hold only fully collateralized positions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Portfolio compression.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall make portfolio compression exercises available, on a regular and voluntary basis, for its clearing members that clear swaps, to the extent that such exercises are appropriate for those swaps that it clears; <I>provided, however,</I> a derivatives clearing organization is not required to develop its own portfolio compression services, and is only required to make such portfolio compression exercises available, if applicable portfolio compression services have been developed by a third party.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Clearing members' risk management policies and procedures.</I> 

(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that:
</P>
<P>(A) Require its clearing members to maintain current written risk management policies and procedures, which address the risks that such clearing members may pose to the derivatives clearing organization; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Require its clearing members to provide to the derivatives clearing organization or the Commission, upon request, information and documents regarding their risk management policies, procedures, and practices, including, but not limited to, information and documents relating to the liquidity of their financial resources and their settlement procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall review the risk management policies, procedures, and practices of each of its clearing members, which address the risks that such clearing members may pose to the derivatives clearing organization, on a periodic basis, take appropriate action to address concerns identified in such reviews, and document such reviews and the basis for determining what action was appropriate to take.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization that clears fully collateralized positions may exclude from the requirements of paragraphs (h)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section those clearing members that clear only fully collateralized positions.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Additional authority.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall take additional actions with respect to particular clearing members, when appropriate, based on the application of objective and prudent risk management standards including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Imposing enhanced capital requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Imposing enhanced margin requirements;
</P>
<P>(iii) Imposing position limits;
</P>
<P>(iv) Prohibiting an increase in positions;
</P>
<P>(v) Requiring a reduction of positions;
</P>
<P>(vi) Liquidating or transferring positions; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Suspending or revoking clearing membership.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cross-margining.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization that seeks to implement or modify a cross-margining program with one or more clearing organizations shall submit rules for Commission approval pursuant to § 40.5 of this chapter. The submission shall include information sufficient for the Commission to understand the risks that would be posed by the program and the means by which the derivatives clearing organization would address and mitigate those risks.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may request additional information in support of a rule submission filed under this paragraph (i), and may approve such rules in accordance with § 40.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4855, Jan. 27, 2020; 85 FR 35805, June 12, 2020; 88 FR 53682, Aug. 8, 2023; 90 FR 7939, Jan. 22, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.14" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.14   Settlement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Settlement.</I> For purposes of this section, “settlement” means:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment and receipt of variation margin for futures, options, and swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Payment and receipt of option premiums;
</P>
<P>(iii) Deposit and withdrawal of initial margin for futures, options, and swaps;
</P>
<P>(iv) All payments due in final settlement of futures, options, and swaps on the final settlement date with respect to such positions; and
</P>
<P>(v) All other cash flows collected from or paid to each clearing member, including but not limited to, payments related to swaps such as coupon amounts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Settlement bank.</I> For purposes of this section, “settlement bank” means a bank that maintains an account either for the derivatives clearing organization or for any of its clearing members, which is used for the purpose of any settlement described in paragraph (a)(1) above.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Daily settlements.</I> Except as otherwise provided by Commission order, a derivatives clearing organization shall effect a settlement with each clearing member at least once each business day, and shall have the authority and operational capacity to effect a settlement with each clearing member, on an intraday basis, either routinely, when thresholds specified by the derivatives clearing organization are breached, or in times of extreme market volatility.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Settlement banks.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall employ settlement arrangements that eliminate or strictly limit its exposure to settlement bank risks, including the credit and liquidity risks arising from the use of such bank(s) to effect settlements with its clearing members, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A derivatives clearing organization shall have documented criteria that must be met by any settlement bank used by the derivatives clearing organization or its clearing members, including criteria addressing the capitalization, creditworthiness, access to liquidity, operational reliability, and regulation or supervision of such bank(s).
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall monitor each approved settlement bank on an ongoing basis to ensure that such bank continues to meet the criteria established pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization shall monitor the full range and concentration of its exposures to its own and its clearing members' settlement bank(s) and assess its own and its clearing members' potential losses and liquidity pressures in the event that the settlement bank with the largest share of settlement activity were to fail. A derivatives clearing organization shall take any one or more of the following actions, to the extent that any such action or actions are reasonably necessary in order to eliminate or strictly limit such exposures:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain settlement accounts at one or more additional settlement banks; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) Approve one or more additional settlement banks that its clearing members could choose to use; and/or
</P>
<P>(iii) Impose concentration limits with respect to one or more of its own or its clearing members' settlement banks; and/or
</P>
<P>(iv) Take any other appropriate actions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Settlement finality.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that settlements are final when effected by ensuring that it has entered into legal agreements that state that settlement fund transfers are irrevocable and unconditional no later than when the derivatives clearing organization's accounts are debited or credited; provided, however, a derivatives clearing organization's legal agreements with its settlement banks may provide for the correction of errors. A derivatives clearing organization's legal agreements with its settlement banks shall state clearly when settlement fund transfers will occur and a derivatives clearing organization shall routinely confirm that its settlement banks are effecting fund transfers as and when required by such legal agreements.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain an accurate record of the flow of funds associated with each settlement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Netting arrangements.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall possess the ability to comply with each term and condition of any permitted netting or offset arrangement with any other clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Physical delivery.</I> With respect to products that are settled by physical transfers of the underlying instruments or commodities, a derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish rules that clearly state each obligation that the derivatives clearing organization has assumed with respect to physical deliveries, including whether it has an obligation to make or receive delivery of a physical instrument or commodity, or whether it indemnifies clearing members for losses incurred in the delivery process; and
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the risks of each such obligation are identified and managed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.15" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.15   Treatment of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Required standards and procedures.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish standards and procedures that are designed to protect and ensure the safety of funds and assets belonging to clearing members and their customers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Customer funds</I>— (1) <I>Segregation.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall comply with the applicable segregation requirements of section 4d of the Act and Commission regulations in this part, or any other applicable Commission regulation in this chapter or order requiring that customer funds and assets, including money, securities, and property, be segregated, set aside, or held in a separate account.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Commingling.</I> In order for a derivatives clearing organization and its clearing members to commingle customer positions in futures, options, foreign futures, foreign options, and swaps, or any combination thereof, and any money, securities, or property received to margin, guarantee or secure such positions, in an account subject to the requirements of sections 4d(a) or 4d(f) of the Act, the derivatives clearing organization shall file rules for Commission approval pursuant to the requirements and standard of review of § 40.5 of this chapter. Such rule submission shall include, at a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of the products that would be commingled, including product specifications or the criteria that would be used to define eligible products;
</P>
<P>(ii) Analysis of the risk characteristics of the eligible products and of the derivatives clearing organization's ability to manage those risks, addressing any characteristics that are unusual in relation to the other products cleared by the derivatives clearing organization, such as margining, liquidity, default management, pricing, or other risk characteristics;
</P>
<P>(iii) Analysis of the liquidity of the respective markets for the eligible products, the ability of clearing members and the derivatives clearing organization to offset or mitigate the risk of such eligible products in a timely manner, without compromising the financial integrity of the account, and, as appropriate, proposed means for addressing insufficient liquidity;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of any additional requirements that would apply to clearing members permitted to commingle eligible products;
</P>
<P>(v) A description of any risk management changes that the derivatives clearing organization will implement to oversee its clearing members' risk management of eligible products, or an analysis of why existing risk management systems and procedures are adequate in connection with the proposed commingling;
</P>
<P>(vi) An analysis of the ability of the derivatives clearing organization to manage a potential default with respect to any of the eligible products that would be commingled, including a discussion of any default management procedures that are unique to the products eligible for commingling;
</P>
<P>(vii) A discussion of the extent to which the derivatives clearing organization anticipates allowing portfolio margining of commingled positions, including a description and analysis of any margin reduction applied to correlated positions and the language of any applicable clearing rules or procedures, and an express confirmation that any portfolio margining will be allowed only as permitted under § 39.13(g)(4); and
</P>
<P>(viii) Any other information necessary for the Commission to determine the rule submission's compliance with the Act and the Commission's regulations in this chapter, which the Commission may request as supplemental information if not provided in the initial submission. The Commission may extend the review period for the rule submission in accordance with § 40.5(d) of this chapter in order to request and obtain supplemental information as necessary.












</P>
<P>(c) <I>Holding of funds and assets.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall hold funds and assets belonging to clearing members and their customers in a manner which minimizes the risk of loss or of delay in the access by the derivatives clearing organization to such funds and assets.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transfer of customer positions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules providing that the derivatives clearing organization will promptly transfer all or a portion of a customer's portfolio of positions, and related funds as necessary, from the carrying clearing member of the derivatives clearing organization to another clearing member of the derivatives clearing organization, without requiring the close-out and re-booking of the positions prior to the requested transfer, subject to the following conditions:


</P>
<P>(1) The customer has instructed the carrying clearing member to make the transfer;
</P>
<P>(2) The customer is not currently in default to the carrying clearing member;
</P>
<P>(3) The transferred positions will have appropriate margin at the receiving clearing member;
</P>
<P>(4) Any remaining positions will have appropriate margin at the carrying clearing member; and
</P>
<P>(5) The receiving clearing member has consented to the transfer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permitted investments.</I> Funds and assets belonging to clearing members and their customers that are invested by a derivatives clearing organization shall be held in instruments with minimal credit, market, and liquidity risks. Any investment of customer funds or assets, including cleared swaps customer collateral, as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter, by a derivatives clearing organization shall comply with § 1.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4856, Jan. 27, 2020; 88 FR 53683, Aug. 8, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.16" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.16   Default rules and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules and procedures designed to allow for the efficient, fair, and safe management of events during which clearing members become insolvent or default on the obligations of such clearing members to the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Default management plan.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain a current written default management plan that delineates the roles and responsibilities of its board of directors, its risk management committee, any other committee that a derivatives clearing organization may have that has responsibilities for default management, and the derivatives clearing organization's management, in addressing a default, including any necessary coordination with, or notification of, other entities and regulators. Such plan shall address any differences in procedures with respect to highly liquid products and less liquid products. A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct and document a test of its default management plan at least on an annual basis. The derivatives clearing organization shall include clearing members and participants in a test of its default management plan at least on an annual basis to the extent the plan relies on their participation.






</P>
<P>(c) <I>Default procedures.</I>(1) A derivatives clearing organization shall have procedures that would permit the derivatives clearing organization to take timely action to contain losses and liquidity pressures and to continue meeting its obligations in the event of a default on the obligations of a clearing member to the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that set forth its default procedures, including:




























</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization's definition of a default;
</P>
<P>(ii) The actions that the derivatives clearing organization may take upon a default, which shall include public notice of a declaration of default on its website and the prompt transfer, liquidation, or hedging of the customer or house positions of the defaulting clearing member, as applicable, and which may include, in the discretion of the derivatives clearing organization, the auctioning or allocation of such positions to other clearing members;




</P>
<P>(iii) Any obligations that the derivatives clearing organization imposes on its clearing members to participate in auctions, or to accept allocations, of the customer or house positions of the defaulting clearing member, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(A) The derivatives clearing organization shall permit a clearing member to outsource to a qualified third party, authority to act in the clearing member's place in any auction, subject to appropriate safeguards imposed by the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) The derivatives clearing organization shall permit a clearing member to outsource to a qualified third party, authority to act in the clearing member's place in any allocations, subject to appropriate safeguards imposed by the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(C) The derivatives clearing organization shall not require a clearing member to bid for a portion of, or accept an allocation of, the defaulting clearing member's positions that is not proportional to the size of the bidding or accepting clearing member's positions in the same product class at the derivatives clearing organization;




</P>
<P>(iv) The sequence in which the funds and assets of the defaulting clearing member and its customers and the financial resources maintained by the derivatives clearing organization would be applied in the event of a default;
</P>
<P>(v) A provision that the funds and assets of a defaulting clearing member's customers shall not be applied to cover losses with respect to a house default;
</P>
<P>(vi) A provision that the excess house funds and assets of a defaulting clearing member shall be applied to cover losses with respect to a customer default, if the relevant customer funds and assets are insufficient to cover the shortfall; and
</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization shall make its default rules publicly available as provided in § 39.21 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Insolvency of a clearing member.</I> 

(1) A derivatives clearing organization shall have rules that require a clearing member to provide prompt notice to the derivatives clearing organization if it becomes the subject of a bankruptcy petition, receivership proceeding, or the equivalent;


</P>
<P>(2) No later than upon receipt of such notice, a derivatives clearing organization shall review the continuing eligibility of the clearing member for clearing membership; and
</P>
<P>(3) No later than upon receipt of such notice, a derivatives clearing organization shall take any appropriate action, in its discretion, with respect to such clearing member or its house or customer positions, including but not limited to liquidation or transfer of positions, suspension, or revocation of clearing membership.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fully collateralized positions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization may satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section by having rules that permit it to clear only fully collateralized positions.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4857, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.17" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.17   Rule enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain adequate arrangements and resources for the effective monitoring and enforcement of compliance (by itself and its clearing members) with the rules of the derivatives clearing organization and the resolution of disputes;






</P>
<P>(2) Have the authority and ability to discipline, limit, suspend, or terminate the activities of a clearing member due to a violation by the clearing member of any rule of the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(3) Report to the Commission regarding rule enforcement activities and sanctions imposed against clearing members as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, in accordance with § 39.19(c)(4)(xvi).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to enforce rules.</I> The board of directors of the derivatives clearing organization may delegate responsibility for compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section to an appropriate committee, unless the responsibilities are otherwise required to be carried out by the chief compliance officer pursuant to the Act or this part.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4858, Jan. 27, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.18" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.18   System safeguards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section and § 39.34:
</P>
<P><I>Controls</I> mean the safeguards or countermeasures employed by the derivatives clearing organization in order to protect the reliability, security, or capacity of its automated systems or the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of its data and information, and in order to enable the derivatives clearing organization to fulfill its statutory and regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Controls testing</I> means assessment of the derivatives clearing organization's controls to determine whether such controls are implemented correctly, are operating as intended, and are enabling the derivatives clearing organization to meet the requirements established by this section.
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise technology risk assessment</I> means a written assessment that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of threats and vulnerabilities in the context of mitigating controls. An enterprise technology risk assessment identifies, estimates, and prioritizes risks to a derivatives clearing organization's operations or assets, or to market participants, individuals, or other entities, resulting from impairment of the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of data and information or the reliability, security, or capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P><I>External penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate a derivatives clearing organization's automated systems from outside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting external penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Internal penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate a derivatives clearing organization's automated systems from inside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting internal penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Key controls</I> means those controls that an appropriate risk analysis determines are either critically important for effective system safeguards or intended to address risks that evolve or change more frequently and therefore require more frequent review to ensure their continuing effectiveness in addressing such risks.
</P>
<P><I>Recovery time objective</I> means the time period within which a derivatives clearing organization should be able to achieve recovery and resumption of processing, clearing, and settlement of transactions, after those capabilities become temporarily inoperable for any reason up to or including a wide-scale disruption.
</P>
<P><I>Relevant area</I> means the metropolitan or other geographic area within which a derivatives clearing organization has physical infrastructure or personnel necessary for it to conduct activities necessary to the processing, clearing, and settlement of transactions. The term “relevant area” also includes communities economically integrated with, adjacent to, or within normal commuting distance of that metropolitan or other geographic area.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident</I> means a cybersecurity or physical security event that actually jeopardizes or has a significant likelihood of jeopardizing automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity, or the availability, confidentiality or integrity of data.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan</I> means a written plan documenting the derivatives clearing organization's policies, controls, procedures, and resources for identifying, responding to, mitigating, and recovering from security incidents, and the roles and responsibilities of its management, staff, and independent contractors in responding to security incidents. A security incident response plan may be a separate document or a business continuity-disaster recovery plan section or appendix dedicated to security incident response.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan testing</I> means testing of a derivatives clearing organization's security incident response plan to determine the plan's effectiveness, identify its potential weaknesses or deficiencies, enable regular plan updating and improvement, and maintain organizational preparedness and resiliency with respect to security incidents. Methods of conducting security incident response plan testing may include, but are not limited to, checklist completion, walk-through or table-top exercises, simulations, and comprehensive exercises.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability testing</I> means testing of a derivatives clearing organization's automated systems to determine what information may be discoverable through a reconnaissance analysis of those systems and what vulnerabilities may be present on those systems.
</P>
<P><I>Wide-scale disruption</I> means an event that causes a severe disruption or destruction of transportation, telecommunications, power, water, or other critical infrastructure components in a relevant area, or an event that results in an evacuation or unavailability of the population in a relevant area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Program of risk analysis and oversight</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems to identify and minimize sources of operational risk through:
</P>
<P>(i) The development of appropriate controls and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The development of automated systems that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elements of program.</I> A derivatives clearing organization's program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems, as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall address each of the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Information security, including, but not limited to, controls relating to: Access to systems and data (including, least privilege, separation of duties, account monitoring and control); user and device identification and authentication; security awareness training; audit log maintenance, monitoring, and analysis; media protection; personnel security and screening; automated system and communications protection (including, network port control, boundary defenses, encryption); system and information integrity (including, malware defenses, software integrity monitoring); vulnerability management; penetration testing; security incident response and management; and any other elements of information security included in generally accepted best practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Business continuity and disaster recovery planning and resources, including, but not limited to the controls and capabilities described in paragraph (c) of this section; and any other elements of business continuity and disaster recovery planning and resources included in generally accepted best practices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Capacity and performance planning, including, but not limited to, controls for monitoring the derivatives clearing organization's systems to ensure adequate scalable capacity (including, testing, monitoring, and analysis of current and projected future capacity and performance, and of possible capacity degradation due to planned automated system changes); and any other elements of capacity and performance planning included in generally accepted best practices;
</P>
<P>(iv) Systems operations, including, but not limited to, system maintenance; configuration management (including, baseline configuration, configuration change and patch management, least functionality, inventory of authorized and unauthorized devices and software); event and problem response and management; and any other elements of system operations included in generally accepted best practices;
</P>
<P>(v) Systems development and quality assurance, including, but not limited to, requirements development; pre-production and regression testing; change management procedures and approvals; outsourcing and vendor management; training in secure coding practices; and any other elements of systems development and quality assurance included in generally accepted best practices; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Physical security and environmental controls, including, but not limited to, physical access and monitoring; power, telecommunication, and environmental controls; fire protection; and any other elements of physical security and environmental controls included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Standards for program.</I> In addressing the elements listed under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a derivatives clearing organization shall follow generally accepted standards and industry best practices with respect to the development, operation, reliability, security, and capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Resources.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and maintain resources that allow for the fulfillment of each obligation and responsibility of the derivatives clearing organization, including the daily processing, clearing, and settlement of transactions, in light of any risk to its operations and automated systems. The derivatives clearing organization shall periodically verify the adequacy of such resources.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Business continuity and disaster recovery</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and maintain a business continuity and disaster recovery plan, emergency procedures, and physical, technological, and personnel resources sufficient to enable the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of each obligation and responsibility of the derivatives clearing organization, including, but not limited to, the daily processing, clearing, and settlement of transactions, following any disruption of its operations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Recovery time objective.</I> A derivatives clearing organization's business continuity and disaster recovery plan, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall have, and the derivatives clearing organization shall maintain physical, technological, and personnel resources sufficient to meet, a recovery time objective of no later than the next business day following a disruption.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Coordination of plans.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall, to the extent practicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Coordinate its business continuity and disaster recovery plan with those of its clearing members, in a manner adequate to enable effective resumption of daily processing, clearing, and settlement of transactions following a disruption;
</P>
<P>(ii) Initiate and coordinate periodic, synchronized testing of its business continuity and disaster recovery plan with those of its clearing members; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that its business continuity and disaster recovery plan takes into account the plans of its providers of essential services, including telecommunications, power, and water.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Outsourcing.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain the resources required under paragraphs (b)(4) and (c)(1) of this section either:
</P>
<P>(i) Using its own employees as personnel, and property that it owns, licenses, or leases; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Through written contractual arrangements with another derivatives clearing organization or other service provider.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retention of responsibility.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that enters into a contractual outsourcing arrangement shall retain complete responsibility for any failure to meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The derivatives clearing organization must employ personnel with the expertise necessary to enable it to supervise the service provider's delivery of the services.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Testing of resources.</I> The testing referred to in paragraph (e) of this section shall apply to all of the derivatives clearing organization's own and outsourced resources, and shall verify that all such resources will work together effectively. Where testing is required to be conducted by an independent contractor, the derivatives clearing organization shall engage a contractor that is independent from both the derivatives clearing organization and any outside service provider used to design, develop, or maintain the resources being tested.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Testing</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct regular, periodic, and objective testing and review of:
</P>
<P>(i) Its automated systems to ensure that they are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Its business continuity and disaster recovery capabilities, using testing protocols adequate to ensure that the derivatives clearing organization's backup resources are sufficient to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vulnerability testing.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct vulnerability testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct such vulnerability testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than quarterly.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such vulnerability testing shall include automated vulnerability scanning, which shall follow generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iii) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct vulnerability testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the derivatives clearing organization who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>External penetration testing.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct external penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct such external penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall engage independent contractors to conduct the required annual external penetration test. A derivatives clearing organization may conduct other external penetration testing by using employees of the derivatives clearing organization who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Internal penetration testing.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct internal penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct such internal penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct internal penetration testing by engaging independent contractors, or by using employees of the derivatives clearing organization who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Controls testing.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct controls testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct controls testing, which includes testing of each control included in its program of risk analysis and oversight, at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but shall test and assess key controls no less frequently than every three years. A derivatives clearing organization may conduct such testing on a rolling basis over the course of the required period.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization shall engage independent contractors to test and assess the key controls included in the derivatives clearing organization's program of risk analysis and oversight no less frequently than every three years. A derivatives clearing organization may conduct any other controls testing required by this section by using independent contractors or employees of the derivatives clearing organization who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security incident response plan testing.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct security incident response plan testing sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The derivatives clearing organization shall conduct such security incident response plan testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization's security incident response plan shall include, without limitation, the derivatives clearing organization's definition and classification of security incidents, its policies and procedures for reporting security incidents and for internal and external communication and information sharing regarding security incidents, and the hand-off and escalation points in its security incident response process.
</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization may coordinate its security incident response plan testing with other testing required by this section or with testing of its other business continuity-disaster recovery and crisis management plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) The derivatives clearing organization may conduct security incident response plan testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Enterprise technology risk assessment.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessments of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization shall conduct an enterprise technology risk assessment at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually. A derivatives clearing organization that has conducted an enterprise technology risk assessment that complies with this section may conduct subsequent assessments by updating the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization may conduct enterprise technology risk assessments by using independent contractors or employees of the derivatives clearing organization who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being assessed.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Scope of testing and assessment.</I> The scope of testing and assessment required by this section shall be broad enough to include the testing of automated systems and controls that a derivatives clearing organization's required program of risk analysis and oversight and its current cybersecurity threat analysis indicate is necessary to identify risks and vulnerabilities that could enable an intruder or unauthorized user or insider to:
</P>
<P>(i) Interfere with the derivatives clearing organization's operations or with fulfillment of its statutory and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Impair or degrade the reliability, security, or capacity of the derivatives clearing organization's automated systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Add to, delete, modify, exfiltrate, or compromise the integrity of any data related to the derivatives clearing organization's regulated activities; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Undertake any other unauthorized action affecting the derivatives clearing organization's regulated activities or the hardware or software used in connection with those activities.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Internal reporting and review.</I> Both the senior management and the board of directors of the derivatives clearing organization shall receive and review reports setting forth the results of the testing and assessment required by this section. The derivatives clearing organization shall establish and follow appropriate procedures for the remediation of issues identified through such review, as provided in paragraph (e)(10) of this section, and for evaluation of the effectiveness of testing and assessment protocols.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Remediation.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall identify and document the vulnerabilities and deficiencies in its systems revealed by the testing and assessment required by this section. The derivatives clearing organization shall conduct and document an appropriate analysis of the risks presented by each vulnerability or deficiency to determine and document whether to remediate the vulnerability or deficiency or accept the associated risk. When a derivatives clearing organization determines to remediate a vulnerability or deficiency, it must remediate in a timely manner given the nature and magnitude of the associated risk.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain, and provide to staff of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor division, promptly upon request, pursuant to § 1.31 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Current copies of the derivatives clearing organization's business continuity and disaster recovery plan and other emergency procedures. Such plan and procedures shall be updated at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually;
</P>
<P>(2) All assessments of the derivatives clearing organization's operational risks or system safeguards-related controls;
</P>
<P>(3) All reports concerning testing and assessment required by this section, whether conducted by independent contractors or by employees of the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(4) All other documents requested by staff of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor division, in connection with Commission oversight of system safeguards pursuant to the Act or Commission regulations, or in connection with Commission maintenance of a current profile of the derivatives clearing organization's automated systems.
</P>
<P>(5) Nothing in paragraph (f) of this section shall be interpreted as reducing or limiting in any way a derivatives clearing organization's obligation to comply with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of exceptional events.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify staff of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor division, promptly of:
</P>
<P>(1) Any hardware or software malfunction, security incident, or targeted threat that materially impairs, or creates a significant likelihood of material impairment, of automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any activation of the derivatives clearing organization's business continuity and disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notice of planned changes.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide staff of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or any successor division, timely advance notice of all material:
</P>
<P>(1) Planned changes to the derivatives clearing organization's automated systems that may impact the reliability, security, or capacity of such systems; and
</P>
<P>(2) Planned changes to the derivatives clearing organization's program of risk analysis and oversight.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 64336, Sept. 19, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.19" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.19   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission the information specified in this section and any other information that the Commission determines to be necessary to conduct oversight of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of reports</I>—(1) <I>General requirement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall submit the information required by this section to the Commission in a format and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certification.</I> When making a submission pursuant to this section, an employee of the derivatives clearing organization must certify that he or she is duly authorized to make such a submission on behalf of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Time zones.</I> Unless otherwise specified by the Commission or its designee, any stated time in this section is Central time for information concerning derivatives clearing organizations located in that time zone, and Eastern time for information concerning all other derivatives clearing organizations.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> Each registered derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission or other person as may be required or permitted by this paragraph (c) the information specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Daily reporting.</I> (i) A derivatives clearing organization shall compile as of the end of each trading day, and submit to the Commission by 10 a.m. on the next business day, a report containing the results of the backtesting required under § 39.13(g)(7)(i), and the following information related to all positions, other than fully collateralized positions, in accordance with the data fields set forth in appendix C to this part:
</P>
<P>(A) Initial margin requirements and initial margin on deposit for each clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin, and by each individual customer account. The derivatives clearing organization shall identify each individual customer account, using both a legal entity identifier, where available, and any internally-generated identifier, within each customer origin for each clearing member;
</P>
<P>(B) Daily variation margin, separately listing the mark-to-market amount collected from or paid to each clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin;
</P>
<P>(C) All other daily cash flows relating to clearing and settlement including, but not limited to, option premiums and payments related to swaps such as coupon amounts, collected from or paid to each clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin; and
</P>
<P>(D) End-of-day positions, including as appropriate the risk sensitivities and valuation data that the derivatives clearing organization generates, creates, or calculates in connection with managing the risks associated with such positions, for each clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin, and by each individual customer account. The derivatives clearing organization shall identify each individual customer account, using both a legal entity identifier, where available, and any internally-generated identifier, within each customer origin for each clearing member.
</P>
<P>(ii) The report shall contain the information required by paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) through (D) of this section for each of the following, other than fully collateralized positions:










</P>
<P>(A) All futures positions, and options positions, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(B) All swaps positions; and










</P>
<P>(C) All securities positions that are:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Held in a customer account subject to section 4d of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Subject to a cross-margining agreement.


</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding the specific fields set forth in appendix C to this part, a derivatives clearing organization may choose to submit, after consultation with staff of the Division of Clearing and Risk, any additional data field that is necessary or appropriate to better capture the information that is being reported.










</P>
<P>(2) <I>Quarterly reporting.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a report of the derivatives clearing organization's financial resources as required by § 39.11(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Annual reporting.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission each year:
</P>
<P>(i) The annual report of the chief compliance officer required by § 39.10; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Audited year-end financial statements of the derivatives clearing organization as required by § 39.11(f)(2).
</P>
<P>(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) The reports required by this paragraph (c)(3) shall be filed not later than 90 days after the end of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal year, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the derivatives clearing organization.


</P>
<P>(4) <I>Event-specific reporting</I>—(i) <I>Decrease in financial resources.</I> If there is a decrease of 25 percent or more in the total value of the financial resources available to satisfy the requirements under § 39.11(a)(1) or § 39.33(a), as applicable, either from the last quarterly report submitted under § 39.11(f) or from the value as of the close of the previous business day, a derivatives clearing organization shall report such decrease to the Commission no later than one business day following the day the 25 percent threshold was reached. The report shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The total value of the financial resources as of the close of business the day the 25 percent threshold was reached;
</P>
<P>(B) If reporting a decrease in value from the previous business day, the total value of the financial resources immediately prior to the 25 percent decline;
</P>
<P>(C) A breakdown of the value of each financial resource reported in each of paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, calculated in accordance with the requirements of § 39.11(d) or § 39.33(b), as applicable, including the value of each individual clearing member's guaranty fund deposit if the derivatives clearing organization reports guaranty fund deposits as a financial resource; and
</P>
<P>(D) A detailed explanation for the decrease.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Decrease in liquidity resources.</I> If there is a decrease of 25 percent or more in the total value of the liquidity resources available to satisfy the requirements under § 39.11(e) or § 39.33(c), as applicable, either from the last quarterly report submitted under § 39.11(f) or from the value as of the close of the previous business day, a derivatives clearing organization shall report such decrease to the Commission no later than one business day following the day the 25 percent threshold was reached. The report shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The total value of the liquidity resources as of the close of business the day the 25 percent threshold was reached;
</P>
<P>(B) If reporting a decrease in value from the previous business day, the total value of the liquidity resources immediately prior to the 25 percent decline;
</P>
<P>(C) A breakdown of the value of each liquidity resource reported in each of paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, calculated in accordance with the requirements of § 39.11(e) or § 39.33(c), as applicable, including the value of each individual clearing member's guaranty fund deposit if the derivatives clearing organization reports guaranty fund deposits as a liquidity resource; and
</P>
<P>(D) A detailed explanation for the decrease.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Decrease in ownership equity.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than two business days prior to an event which the derivatives clearing organization knows or reasonably should know will cause a decrease of 20 percent or more in ownership equity from the last reported ownership equity balance as reported on a quarterly or audited financial statement required to be submitted by paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3)(ii), respectively, of this section; but in any event no later than two business days after such decrease in ownership equity for events that caused the decrease about which the derivatives clearing organization did not know and reasonably could not have known prior to the event. The report shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) Pro forma financial statements reflecting the derivatives clearing organization's estimated future financial condition following the anticipated decrease for reports submitted prior to the anticipated decrease and current financial statements for reports submitted after such a decrease; and
</P>
<P>(B) A detailed explanation for the decrease or anticipated decrease in the balance.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Six-month liquid asset requirement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify the Commission immediately when the derivatives clearing organization knows or reasonably should know of a deficit in the six-month liquid asset requirement of § 39.11(e)(2).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Change in current assets.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify the Commission no later than two business days after the derivatives clearing organization's current liabilities exceed its current assets. The notice shall include a balance sheet that reflects the derivatives clearing organization's current assets and current liabilities and an explanation as to the reason for the negative balance.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Request to clearing member to reduce its positions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify the Commission immediately of a request by the derivatives clearing organization to one of its clearing members to reduce the clearing member's positions. The notice shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(B) The time the clearing member was contacted;
</P>
<P>(C) The number of positions for futures and options, and for swaps, the number of outstanding trades and notional amount, by which the derivatives clearing organization requested the reduction;
</P>
<P>(D) All products that are the subject of the request; and
</P>
<P>(E) The reason for the request.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Determination to transfer or liquidate positions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify the Commission immediately of a determination by the derivatives clearing organization that a position it carries for one of its clearing members must be liquidated immediately or transferred immediately, or that the trading of any account of a clearing member shall be only for the purpose of liquidation because that clearing member has failed to meet an initial or variation margin call or has failed to fulfill any other financial obligation to the derivatives clearing organization. The notice shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(B) The time the clearing member was contacted;
</P>
<P>(C) The products that are subject to the determination;
</P>
<P>(D) The number of positions for futures and options, and for swaps, the number of outstanding trades and notional amount, that are subject to the determination; and
</P>
<P>(E) The reason for the determination.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Default of a clearing member.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall notify the Commission immediately of the default of a clearing member. An event of default shall be determined in accordance with the rules of the derivatives clearing organization. The notice of default shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the clearing member;
</P>
<P>(B) The products the clearing member defaulted upon;
</P>
<P>(C) The number of positions for futures and options, and for swaps, the number of outstanding trades and notional amount, the clearing member defaulted upon; and
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of the financial obligation.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Change in ownership or corporate or organizational structure</I>—(A) <I>Reporting requirement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission any anticipated change in the ownership or corporate or organizational structure of the derivatives clearing organization or its parent(s) that would:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Result in at least a 10 percent change of ownership of the derivatives clearing organization or a change to the entity or person holding a controlling interest in the derivatives clearing organization, whether through an increase in direct ownership or voting interest in the derivatives clearing organization or in a direct or indirect corporate parent entity of the derivatives clearing organization;






</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Create a new subsidiary or eliminate a current subsidiary of the derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Result in the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the derivatives clearing organization to another legal entity.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Required information.</I> The report shall include: A chart outlining the new ownership or corporate or organizational structure; a brief description of the purpose and impact of the change; and any relevant agreements effecting the change and corporate documents such as articles of incorporation and bylaws.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Time of report.</I> The report shall be submitted to the Commission no later than three months prior to the anticipated change, provided that the derivatives clearing organization may report the anticipated change to the Commission later than three months prior to the anticipated change if the derivatives clearing organization does not know and reasonably could not have known of the anticipated change three months prior to the anticipated change. In such event, the derivatives clearing organization shall immediately report such change to the Commission as soon as it knows of such change.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Confirmation of change report.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission the consummation of the change no later than two business days following the effective date of the change.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Change in key personnel.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than two business days following the departure or addition of persons who are key personnel as defined in § 39.2. The report shall include, as applicable, the name and contact information of the person who will assume the duties of the position permanently or the person who will assume the duties on a temporary basis until a permanent replacement fills the position.
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Change in legal name.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than two business days following a legal name change of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(xii) <I>Change in credit facility funding arrangement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than one business day after the derivatives clearing organization enters into, terminates, or changes a credit facility funding arrangement, or is notified that such arrangement has changed, including but not limited to a change in lender, change in the size of the facility, change in expiration date, or any other material changes or conditions.
</P>
<P>(xiii) <I>Change in liquidity funding arrangement.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than one business day after the derivatives clearing organization enters into, terminates, or changes a liquidity funding arrangement, or is notified that such arrangement has changed, including but not limited to a change in provider, change in the size of the arrangement, change in expiration date, or any other material changes or conditions.


</P>
<P>(xiv) <I>Change in settlement bank arrangements.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than three business days after the derivatives clearing organization enters into a new relationship with, or terminates a relationship with, any settlement bank used by the derivatives clearing organization or approved for use by the derivatives clearing organization's clearing members.
</P>
<P>(xv) <I>Issues with credit facility funding arrangements, liquidity funding arrangements, custodian banks, or settlement banks.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than one business day after it becomes aware of any material issues or concerns regarding the performance, stability, liquidity, or financial resources of any credit facility funding arrangement, liquidity funding arrangement, custodian bank, or settlement bank used by the derivatives clearing organization or approved for use by the derivatives clearing organization's clearing members.


</P>
<P>(xvi) <I>Sanctions against a clearing member.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide notice to the Commission no later than two business days after the derivatives clearing organization imposes sanctions against a clearing member.
</P>
<P>(xvii) <I>Financial condition and events.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission immediate notice after the derivatives clearing organization knows or reasonably should have known of:
</P>
<P>(A) The institution of any legal proceedings which may have a material adverse financial impact on the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) Any event, circumstance or situation that materially impedes the derivatives clearing organization's ability to comply with this part and is not otherwise required to be reported under this section; or
</P>
<P>(C) A material adverse change in the financial condition of any clearing member that is not otherwise required to be reported under this section.
</P>
<P>(xviii) <I>Financial statements material inadequacies.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide notice to the Commission within 24 hours if the derivatives clearing organization discovers or is notified by an independent public accountant of the existence of any material inadequacy in a financial statement, and within 48 hours after giving such notice provide a written report stating what steps have been and are being taken to correct the material inadequacy.
</P>
<P>(xix) <I>Change in fiscal year.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than two business days after any change to the start and end dates of its fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(xx) <I>Change in independent accounting firm.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than 15 days after any change in the derivatives clearing organization's independent public accounting firm. The report shall include the date of such change, the name and contact information of the new firm, and the reason for the change.
</P>
<P>(xxi) <I>Major decision of the board of directors.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission any major decision of the derivatives clearing organization's board of directors as required by § 39.24(a)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(xxii) <I>System safeguards.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission:
</P>
<P>(A) Exceptional events as required by § 39.18(g); or
</P>
<P>(B) Planned changes as required by § 39.18(h).
</P>
<P>(xxiii) <I>Margin model issues.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall report to the Commission no later than one business day after any issue occurs with a DCO's margin model, including margin models for cross-margined portfolios, that materially affects the DCO's ability to calculate or collect initial margin or variation margin.
</P>
<P>(xxiv) <I>Recovery and wind-down plans.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that is required to maintain recovery and wind-down plans pursuant to § 39.39(b) shall submit its plans to the Commission no later than the date on which the derivatives clearing organization is required to have the plans. A derivatives clearing organization that is not required to maintain recovery and wind-down plans pursuant to § 39.39(b), but which nonetheless maintains such plans, may choose to submit its plans to the Commission. A derivatives clearing organization that has submitted its recovery and wind-down plans to the Commission shall, upon making any revisions to the plans, submit the revised plans to the Commission along with a description of the changes and the reason for those changes.


</P>
<P>(xxv) <I>Updates to responses to the Disclosure Framework for Financial Market Infrastructures.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization or a subpart C derivatives clearing organization that updates its responses to the Disclosure Framework for Financial Market Infrastructures published by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Board of the International Organization of Securities Commissions pursuant to § 39.37(b)(1) must provide to the Commission, within ten business days after such update, a copy of the text of the responses that shows all deletions and additions made to the immediately preceding version of the responses, as required by § 39.37(b)(2).


</P>
<P>(5) <I>Requested reporting.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide upon request by the Commission and within the time specified in the request:
</P>
<P>(i) Any information related to its business as a clearing organization, including information relating to trade and clearing details.
</P>
<P>(ii) A written demonstration, containing supporting data, information and documents, that the derivatives clearing organization is in compliance with one or more core principles and relevant provisions of this part.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4858, Jan. 27, 2020; 88 FR 53683, Aug. 8, 2023]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.20" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.20   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to maintain information.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain records of all activities related to its business as a derivatives clearing organization. Such records shall include, but are not limited to, records of:




</P>
<P>(1) All cleared transactions, including swaps;
</P>
<P>(2) All information necessary to record allocation of bunched orders for cleared swaps;
</P>
<P>(3) All information required to be created, generated, or reported under this part 39, including but not limited to the results of and methodology used for all tests, reviews, and calculations in connection with setting and evaluating margin levels, determining the value and adequacy of financial resources, and establishing settlement prices;
</P>
<P>(4) All rules and procedures required to be submitted pursuant to this part 39 and part 40 of this chapter, including all proposed changes in rules, procedures or operations subject to § 40.10 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any data or documentation required by the Commission or by the derivatives clearing organization to be submitted to the derivatives clearing organization by its clearing members, or by any other person in connection with the derivatives clearing organization's clearing and settlement activities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and manner of maintaining information</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The records required to be maintained by this chapter shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter, for a period of not less than 5 years, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception for swap data.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps must maintain swap data in accordance with the requirements of part 45 of this chapter.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4860, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.21" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.21   Public information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to market participants sufficient information to enable the market participants to identify and evaluate accurately the risks and costs associated with using the services of the derivatives clearing organization. In furtherance of the objective in this paragraph (a), a derivatives clearing organization shall have clear and comprehensive rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability of information.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall make information concerning the rules and the operating and default procedures governing the clearing and settlement systems of the derivatives clearing organization available to market participants.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public disclosure.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall make the following information readily available to the general public, in a timely manner, by posting such information on the derivatives clearing organization's website, unless otherwise permitted by the Commission:


</P>
<P>(1) The terms and conditions of each contract, agreement, and transaction cleared and settled by the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(2) Each clearing and other fee that the derivatives clearing organization charges its clearing members;




</P>
<P>(3) Information concerning its margin-setting methodology, except that a derivatives clearing organization that clears only fully collateralized positions instead may disclose that it does not employ a margin-setting methodology because it clears only fully collateralized positions;
</P>
<P>(4) The size and composition of the financial resource package available in the event of a clearing member default, updated as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter or upon Commission request and posted as promptly as practicable after submission of the report to the Commission under § 39.11(f)(1)(i)(A), except that a derivatives clearing organization that clears only fully collateralized positions instead may disclose that it does not maintain a financial resource package to be used in the event of a clearing member default because it clears only fully collateralized positions;


</P>
<P>(5) Daily settlement prices, volume, and open interest for each contract, agreement, or transaction cleared or settled by the derivatives clearing organization, posted no later than the business day following the day to which the information pertains;
</P>
<P>(6) The derivatives clearing organization's rulebook, including rules and procedures for defaults in accordance with § 39.16;
</P>
<P>(7) A current list of all clearing members, except that a derivatives clearing organization may omit any clearing member that clears only fully collateralized positions and is not a futures commission merchant;


</P>
<P>(8) A list of all swaps that the derivatives clearing organization will accept for clearing that identifies which swaps on the list are required to be cleared, in accordance with § 50.3(a) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(9) Any other information that is relevant to participation in the clearing and settlement activities of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4861, Jan. 27, 2020; 88 FR 53684, Aug. 8, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.22" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.22   Information sharing.</HEAD>
<P>A derivatives clearing organization shall enter into, and abide by the terms of, each appropriate and applicable domestic and international information-sharing agreement, and shall use relevant information obtained from each such agreement in carrying out the risk management program of the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4861, Jan. 27, 2020]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.23" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.23   Antitrust considerations.</HEAD>
<P>Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act, a derivatives clearing organization shall not adopt any rule or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade, or impose any material anticompetitive burden.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.24" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.24   Governance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall have governance arrangements that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are written;
</P>
<P>(ii) Are clear and transparent;
</P>
<P>(iii) Place a high priority on the safety and efficiency of the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Explicitly support the stability of the broader financial system and other relevant public interest considerations of clearing members, customers of clearing members, and other relevant stakeholders.
</P>
<P>(2) The board of directors shall make certain that the derivatives clearing organization's design, rules, overall strategy, and major decisions appropriately reflect the legitimate interests of clearing members, customers of clearing members, and other relevant stakeholders.
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent consistent with other statutory and regulatory requirements on confidentiality and disclosure:
</P>
<P>(i) Major decisions of the board of directors shall be clearly disclosed to clearing members, other relevant stakeholders, and to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Major decisions of the board of directors having a broad market impact shall be clearly disclosed to the public.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Governance arrangement requirements.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall have governance arrangements that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are clear and documented;
</P>
<P>(2) To an extent consistent with other statutory and regulatory requirements on confidentiality and disclosure, are disclosed, as appropriate, to the Commission, other relevant authorities, clearing members, customers of clearing members, owners of the derivatives clearing organization, and to the public;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the structure pursuant to which the board of directors, committees, and management operate;
</P>
<P>(4) Include clear and direct lines of responsibility and accountability;
</P>
<P>(5) Clearly specify the roles and responsibilities of the board of directors and its committees, including the establishment of a clear and documented risk management framework;
</P>
<P>(6) Clearly specify the roles and responsibilities of management;
</P>
<P>(7) Describe procedures pursuant to which the board of directors oversees the chief risk officer, risk management committee, and material risk decisions;
</P>
<P>(8) Provide risk management and internal control personnel with sufficient independence, authority, resources, and access to the board of directors so that the operations of the derivatives clearing organization are consistent with the risk management framework established by the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(9) Assign responsibility and accountability for risk decisions, including in crises and emergencies;


</P>
<P>(10) Assign responsibility for implementing the:
</P>
<P>(i) Default rules and procedures required by §§ 39.16 and 39.35, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) System safeguard rules and procedures required by §§ 39.18 and 39.34, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Recovery and wind-down plans required by § 39.39, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(11) Establish one or more risk management committees and require the board of directors to consult with, and consider and respond to input from, the risk management committee(s) on all matters that could materially affect the risk profile of the derivatives clearing organization, including any material change to the derivatives clearing organization's margin model, default procedures, participation requirements, and risk monitoring practices, as well as the clearing of new products that could materially affect the risk profile of the derivatives clearing organization. A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain written policies and procedures to make certain that:
</P>
<P>(i) The risk management committee consultation process is described in detail, and includes requirements for the derivatives clearing organization to document the board's consideration of and response to risk management committee input and create and maintain minutes of each risk management committee meeting;
</P>
<P>(ii) A risk management committee includes at least two clearing member representatives and, if applicable, at least two representatives of customers of clearing members; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Membership of a risk management committee is rotated on a regular basis; and
</P>
<P>(12) Establish one or more market participant risk advisory working groups as a forum to seek risk-based input from a broad array of market participants, such that a diverse cross-section of the derivatives clearing organization's clearing members and customers of clearing members are represented, regarding all matters that could materially affect the risk profile of the derivatives clearing organization. A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain written policies and procedures related to the formation and role of each risk advisory working group, and include requirements for the derivatives clearing organization to document and provide to the risk management committee, at a minimum, a summary of the topics discussed and the main points raised during each meeting of the risk advisory working group. Each market participant risk advisory working group shall convene at least two times per year.




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fitness standards.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall establish and enforce appropriate fitness standards for:
</P>
<P>(i) Directors;
</P>
<P>(ii) Members of any disciplinary committee;
</P>
<P>(iii) Members of the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(iv) Members of risk management committee(s);




</P>
<P>(v) Any other individual or entity with direct access to the settlement or clearing activities of the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any other party affiliated with any individual or entity described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain policies to make certain that:
</P>
<P>(i) The board of directors consists of suitable individuals having appropriate skills and incentives;
</P>
<P>(ii) The performance of the board of directors and the performance of individual directors is reviewed on a regular basis; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Managers have the appropriate experience, skills, and integrity necessary to discharge operational and risk management responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(3) A derivatives clearing organization shall maintain policies designed to enable members of risk management committee(s) to provide informed opinions in the form of risk-based input on all matters presented to the risk management committee for consideration, and perform their duties in a manner that supports the safety and efficiency of the derivatives clearing organization and the stability of the broader financial system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fully collateralized positions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization may satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (b)(11), (b)(12), (c)(1)(iv), and (c)(3) of this section by having rules that permit it to clear only fully collateralized positions.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4861, Jan. 27, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 44690, July 13, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.25" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.25   Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>A derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(b) Establish a process for resolving such conflicts of interest; and
</P>
<P>(c) Have procedures for identifying, addressing, and managing conflicts of interest involving members of the board of directors.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 53684, Aug. 8, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.26" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.26   Composition of governing boards.</HEAD>
<P>A derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that the composition of the governing board or board-level committee of the derivatives clearing organization includes market participants and individuals who are not executives, officers, or employees of the derivatives clearing organization or an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.27" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.27   Legal risk considerations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Legal authorization.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall be duly organized, legally authorized to conduct business, and remain in good standing at all times in the relevant jurisdictions. If the derivatives clearing organization provides clearing services outside the United States, it shall be duly organized to conduct business and remain in good standing at all times in the relevant jurisdictions, and be authorized by the appropriate foreign licensing authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Legal framework.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall operate pursuant to a well-founded, transparent, and enforceable legal framework that addresses each aspect of the activities of the derivatives clearing organization. As applicable, the framework shall provide for:
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization to act as a counterparty, including novation;
</P>
<P>(2) Netting arrangements;
</P>
<P>(3) The derivatives clearing organization's interest in collateral;
</P>
<P>(4) The steps that a derivatives clearing organization would take to address a default of a clearing member, including but not limited to, the unimpeded ability to liquidate collateral and close out or transfer positions in a timely manner;
</P>
<P>(5) Finality of settlement and funds transfers that are irrevocable and unconditional when effected (no later than when a derivatives clearing organization's accounts are debited and credited); and
</P>
<P>(6) Other significant aspects of the derivatives clearing organization's operations, risk management procedures, and related requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conflict of laws.</I> If a derivatives clearing organization provides clearing services outside the United States:
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization shall identify and address any material conflict of law issues. The derivatives clearing organization's contractual agreements shall specify a choice of law.
</P>
<P>(2) The derivatives clearing organization shall be able to demonstrate the enforceability of its choice of law in relevant jurisdictions and that its rules, procedures, and contracts are enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.
</P>
<P>(3) The derivatives clearing organization shall ensure on an ongoing basis that the memorandum required in paragraph (b) of Exhibit R to appendix A to this part is accurate and up to date and shall submit an updated memorandum to the Commission promptly following all material changes to the analysis or content contained in the memorandum.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 39.28-39.29" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.2.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 39.28-39.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Provisions Applicable to Systemically Important Derivatives Clearing Organizations and Derivatives Clearing Organizations That Elect To Be Subject to the Provisions of This Subpart</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 72514, Dec. 2, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 39.30" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.30   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following: a subpart C derivatives clearing organization, a systemically important derivatives clearing organization, and any derivatives clearing organization, as defined under section 1a(15) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, seeking to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization pursuant to § 39.31.
</P>
<P>(b) A systemically important derivatives clearing organization is subject to the provisions of subparts A and B of this part in addition to the provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) A subpart C derivatives clearing organization is subject to the provisions of subparts A and B of this part in addition to the provisions of this subpart except for §§ 39.41 and 39.42.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 72514, Dec. 2, 2013, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.31" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.31   Election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Election eligibility.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization that is registered with the Commission and that is not a systemically important derivatives clearing organization may elect to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization subject to the provisions of this subpart, using the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant for registration as a derivatives clearing organization pursuant to § 39.3 may elect to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization subject to the provisions of this subpart as part of its application for registration using the procedures set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Election and withdrawal procedures applicable to registered derivatives clearing organizations</I>—(1) <I>Election.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that is registered with the Commission and that is not a systemically important derivatives clearing organization may request that the Commission accept its election to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization by filing with the Commission a completed Subpart C Election Form. The Subpart C Election Form shall include the election and all certifications, disclosures and exhibits, as provided in appendix B to this part and any amendments or supplements thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submission of supplemental information.</I> The filing of a Subpart C Election Form does not create a presumption that the Subpart C Election Form is materially complete or that supplemental information will not be required. The Commission, at any time prior to the effective date, as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, may request that the derivatives clearing organization submit supplemental information in order for the Commission to process the Subpart C Election Form, and the derivatives clearing organization shall file such supplemental information with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amendments.</I> A derivatives clearing organization shall promptly amend its Subpart C Election Form if it discovers a material omission or error in, or if there is a material change in, the information provided to the Commission in the Subpart C Election Form or other information provided in connection with the Subpart C Election Form.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effective date.</I> A derivatives clearing organization's election to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall become effective:
</P>
<P>(i) Upon the later of the following, provided the Commission has neither stayed nor denied such election as set forth in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) The effective date specified by the derivatives clearing organization in its Subpart C Election Form; or
</P>
<P>(B) Ten business days after the derivatives clearing organization files its Subpart C Election Form with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Or upon the effective date set forth in written notification from the Commission that it shall permit the election to take effect after a stay issued pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Stay or denial of election.</I> Prior to the effective date set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, the Commission may stay or deny a derivatives clearing organization's election to become a subpart C derivatives clearing organization by issuing a written notification thereof to the derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission acknowledgement.</I> The Commission may acknowledge, in writing, that it has received a Subpart C Election Form filed by a derivatives clearing organization and that it has permitted the derivatives clearing organization's election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart to take effect, and the effective date of such election.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Withdrawal of election.</I> A derivatives clearing organization that has filed a Subpart C Election Form may withdraw an election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart at any time prior to the date that the election is permitted to take effect by filing with the Commission a notice of the withdrawal of election.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Election and withdrawal procedures applicable to applicants for registration as derivatives clearing organization</I>—(1) <I>Election.</I> An applicant for registration as a derivatives clearing organization that requests an election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart may make that request by attaching a completed Subpart C Election Form to the Form DCO that it files pursuant to § 39.3. The Subpart C Election Form shall include the election and all certifications, disclosures and exhibits, as provided in appendix B of this part, and any amendments or supplements thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraphs (c)(3) or (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Election review and effective date.</I> The Commission shall review the applicant's Subpart C Election Form as part of the Commission's review of its application for registration pursuant to § 39.3(a). The Commission may permit the applicant's election to take effect at the time it approves the applicant's application for registration by providing written notice thereof to the applicant. The Commission shall not approve any application for registration filed pursuant to § 39.3(a) for which a Subpart C Election Form is pending, if the Commission determines that the applicant's election to become subject to this subpart should not become effective because the applicant has not demonstrated its ability to comply with the applicable provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission of supplemental information.</I> The filing of a Subpart C Election Form does not create a presumption that the Subpart C Election Form is materially complete or that supplemental information will not be required. At any time during the Commission's review of the Subpart C Election Form, the Commission may request that the applicant submit supplemental information in order for the Commission to process the Subpart C Election Form and the applicant shall file such supplemental information with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Amendments.</I> An applicant for registration as a derivatives clearing organization shall promptly amend its Subpart C Election Form if it discovers a material omission or error in, or if there is a material change in, the information provided to the Commission in the Subpart C Election Form or other information provided in connection with the Subpart C Election Form.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Withdrawal of election.</I> An applicant for registration as a derivatives clearing organization may withdraw an election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart by filing with the Commission a notice of the withdrawal of its Subpart C Election Form at any time prior to the date that the Commission approves its application for registration as a derivatives clearing organization. The applicant may withdraw its Subpart C Election Form without withdrawing its Form DCO.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Public information.</I> The following portions of the Subpart C Election Form will be public: The Elections and Certifications and Disclosures in the Subpart C Election Form, the rules of the derivatives clearing organization, the regulatory compliance chart, and any other portion of the Subpart C Election Form not covered by a request for confidential treatment complying with the requirements of § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rescission of election.</I> (1) <I>Notice of intent to rescind.</I> A subpart C derivatives clearing organization may rescind its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart and terminate its status as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization by filing with the Commission a notice of its intent to rescind such election. The notice of intent to rescind the election shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The effective date of the rescission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification signed by the relevant duly authorized representative of the subpart C derivatives clearing organization, as specified in paragraph three of the General Instructions to the Subpart C Election Form, stating that the subpart C derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(A) Has provided the notice to its clearing members required by paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Will provide the notice to its clearing members required by paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Has provided the notice to the general public required by paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Will provide notice to the general public required by paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(E) Has removed all references to the organization as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization and a qualifying central counterparty on its Web site and in all other material that it provides to its clearing members and customers, other market participants or members of the public, as required by paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Effective date.</I> The rescission of the election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart shall become effective on the date set forth in the notice of intent to rescind the election filed by the subpart C derivatives clearing organization pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, provided that the rescission may become effective no earlier than 180 days after the notice of intent to rescind the election is filed with the Commission. The subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall continue to comply with all of the provisions of this subpart until such effective date.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional notice requirements.</I> (i) A subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall provide the following notices, at the following times, to each of its clearing members and shall have rules in place requiring each of its clearing members to provide the following notices to each of the clearing member's customers:
</P>
<P>(A) No later than the filing of a notice of its intent to rescind its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart, written notice that it intends to file such notice with the Commission and the effective date thereof; and
</P>
<P>(B) On the effective date of the rescission of its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart, written notice that the rescission has become effective.
</P>
<P>(ii) A subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(A) No later than the filing of a notice of its intent to rescind its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart, provide notice to the general public, displayed prominently on its Web site, of its intent to rescind its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(B) On and after the effective date of the rescission of its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart, provide notice to the general public, displayed prominently on its Web site, that the rescission has become effective; and
</P>
<P>(C) Prior to the filing of a notice of its intent to rescind its election to become subject to the provisions of this subpart, remove all references to the derivatives clearing organization's status as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization and a qualifying central counterparty on its Web site and in all other materials that it provides to its clearing members and customers, other market participants, or the general public.
</P>
<P>(iii) The employees and representatives of a derivatives clearing organization that has filed a notice of its intent to rescind its election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart shall refrain from referring to the organization as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization and a qualifying central counterparty on and after the date that the notice of intent to rescind the election is filed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of rescission.</I> The rescission of a subpart C derivatives clearing organization's election to be subject to the provisions of this subpart shall not affect the authority of the Commission concerning any activities or events occurring during the time that the derivatives clearing organization maintained its status as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Loss of designation as a systemically important derivatives clearing organization.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization whose designation of systemic importance is rescinded by the Financial Stability Oversight Council, shall immediately be deemed to be a subpart C derivatives clearing organization and shall continue to comply with the provisions of this subpart unless such derivatives clearing organization elects to rescind its status as a subpart C derivatives clearing organization in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) All forms and notices required by this section shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the format and manner specified by the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.32" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.33" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.33   Financial resources requirements for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the requirements of § 39.11(a)(1), each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization that, in either case, is systemically important in multiple jurisdictions or is involved in activities with a more complex risk profile shall maintain financial resources sufficient to enable it to meet its financial obligations to its clearing members notwithstanding a default by the two clearing members creating the largest combined financial exposure to the derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market conditions.


</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall, if it deems appropriate, determine whether a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization is systemically important in multiple jurisdictions. In determining whether a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization is systemically important in multiple jurisdictions, the Commission shall consider whether the derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(i) Is a systemically important derivatives clearing organization, as defined by § 39.2; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has been determined to be systemically important by one or more jurisdictions other than the United States pursuant to a designation process that considers whether the foreseeable effects of a failure or disruption of the derivatives clearing organization could threaten the stability of each relevant jurisdiction's financial system.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall, if it deems appropriate, determine whether any of the activities of a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or a subpart C derivatives clearing organization, in addition to clearing credit default swaps, credit default futures, and any derivatives that reference either credit default swaps or credit default futures, has a more complex risk profile. In determining whether an activity has a more complex risk profile, the Commission will consider characteristics such as discrete jump-to-default price changes or high correlations with potential participant defaults as factors supporting (though not necessary for) a finding of a more complex risk profile.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, if a clearing member controls another clearing member or is under common control with another clearing member, such affiliated clearing members shall be deemed to be a single clearing member.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Valuation of financial resources.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of § 39.11(d)(2), assessments for additional guaranty fund contributions (<I>i.e.,</I> guaranty fund contributions that are not pre-funded) shall not be included in calculating the financial resources available to meet a systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's obligations under paragraph (a) of this section or § 39.11(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Liquidity resources</I>—(1) <I>Minimum amount of liquidity resources.</I> 



(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 39.11(e)(1)(ii), each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall maintain eligible liquidity resources, in all relevant currencies, that, at a minimum, will enable it to meet its intraday, same-day, and multiday obligations to perform settlements, as defined in § 39.14(a)(1), with a high degree of confidence under a wide range of stress scenarios that should include, but not be limited to, a default by the clearing member creating the largest aggregate liquidity obligation for the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market conditions.


</P>
<P>(ii) A systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization that is subject to § 39.33(a)(1) shall <I>consider</I> maintaining eligible liquidity resources that, at a minimum, will enable it to meet its intraday, same-day, and multiday obligations to perform settlements, as defined in § 39.14(a)(1), with a high degree of confidence under a wide range of stress scenarios that should include, but not be limited to, a default of the two clearing members creating the largest aggregate liquidity obligation for the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Satisfaction of settlement in all relevant currencies.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient to satisfy the obligations required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section in all relevant currencies for which the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization has obligations to perform settlements, as defined in § 39.14(a)(1), to its clearing members.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Qualifying liquidity resources.</I> (i) Only the following liquidity resources are eligible for the purpose of meeting the requirement of paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Cash in the currency of the requisite obligations, held either at the central bank of issue or at a creditworthy commercial bank;
</P>
<P>(B) Committed lines of credit;
</P>
<P>(C) Committed foreign exchange swaps;
</P>
<P>(D) Committed repurchase agreements; or
</P>
<P>(E) (<I>1</I>) Highly marketable collateral, including high quality, liquid, general obligations of a sovereign nation.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The assets described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(E)(<I>1</I>) of this section must be readily available and convertible into cash pursuant to prearranged and highly reliable funding arrangements, even in extreme but plausible market conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to the arrangements described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization must take appropriate steps to verify that such arrangements do not include material adverse change conditions and are enforceable, and will be highly reliable, in extreme but plausible market conditions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Additional liquidity resources.</I> If a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization maintains financial resources in addition to those required to satisfy paragraph (c)(1) of this section, then those resources should be in the form of assets that are likely to be saleable with proceeds available promptly or acceptable as collateral for lines of credit, swaps, or repurchase agreements on an <I>ad hoc</I> basis. A systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization should consider maintaining collateral with low credit, liquidity, and market risks that is typically accepted by a central bank of issue for any currency in which it may have settlement obligations, but shall not assume the availability of emergency central bank credit as a part of its liquidity plan.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquidity providers.</I> (1) For the purposes of this paragraph, a liquidity provider means:
</P>
<P>(i) A depository institution, a U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking organization, a trust company, or a syndicate of depository institutions, U.S. branches or agencies of foreign banking organizations, or trust companies providing a line of credit, foreign exchange swap facility or repurchase facility to a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other counterparty relied upon by a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization to meet its minimum liquidity resources requirement under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) In fulfilling its obligations under paragraph (c) of this section, each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall undertake due diligence to confirm that each of its liquidity providers, whether or not such liquidity provider is a clearing member, has:
</P>
<P>(i) Sufficient information to understand and manage the liquidity provider's liquidity risks; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The capacity to perform as required under its commitments to provide liquidity to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(3) Where relevant to a liquidity provider's ability reliably to perform its commitments with respect to a particular currency, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization may take into account the liquidity provider's access to the central bank of issue of that currency.
</P>
<P>(4) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall regularly test its procedures for accessing its liquidity resources under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, including testing its arrangements under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) and its relevant liquidity provider(s) under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) A systemically important derivatives clearing organization with access to accounts and services at a Federal Reserve Bank, pursuant to section 806(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5465(a), shall use such accounts and services where practical.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Documentation of financial resources and liquidity resources.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall document its supporting rationale for, and have appropriate governance arrangements relating to, the amount of total financial resources it maintains pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and the amount of total liquidity resources it maintains pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.34" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.34   System safeguards for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding § 39.18(c)(2), the business continuity and disaster recovery plan described in § 39.18(c)(1) for each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall have the objective of enabling, and the physical, technological, and personnel resources described in § 39.18(c)(1) shall be sufficient to enable, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization to recover its operations and resume daily processing, clearing, and settlement no later than two hours following the disruption, for any disruption including a wide-scale disruption.
</P>
<P>(b) To facilitate its ability to achieve the recovery time objective specified in paragraph (a) of this section in the event of a wide-scale disruption, each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization must maintain a degree of geographic dispersal of physical, technological and personnel resources consistent with the following for each activity necessary for the daily processing, clearing, and settlement of existing and new contracts:
</P>
<P>(1) Physical and technological resources (including a secondary site), sufficient to enable the entity to meet the recovery time objective after interruption of normal clearing by a wide-scale disruption, must be located outside the relevant area of the physical and technological resources the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization normally relies upon to conduct that activity, and must not rely on the same critical transportation, telecommunications, power, water, or other critical infrastructure components the entity normally relies upon for such activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Personnel, who live and work outside that relevant area, sufficient to enable the entity to meet the recovery time objective after interruption of normal clearing by a wide-scale disruption affecting the relevant area in which the personnel the entity normally relies upon to engage in such activities are located;
</P>
<P>(3) The provisions of § 39.18(d) shall apply to these resource requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization must conduct regular, periodic tests of its business continuity and disaster recovery plans and resources and its capacity to achieve the required recovery time objective in the event of a wide-scale disruption. The provisions of § 39.18(e) shall apply to such testing.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission may, upon request, grant an entity, which has been designated as a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or that has elected to become subject to subpart C, up to one year to comply with any provision of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 72514, Dec. 2, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 64339, Sept. 19, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.35" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.35   Default rules and procedures for uncovered credit losses or liquidity shortfalls (recovery) for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Allocation of uncovered credit losses.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall adopt explicit rules and procedures that address fully any loss arising from any individual or combined default relating to any clearing members' obligations to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization. Such rules and procedures shall address how the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization would:
</P>
<P>(1) Allocate losses exceeding the financial resources available to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(2) Repay any funds it may borrow; and
</P>
<P>(3) Replenish any financial resources it may employ during such a stress event, so that the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization can continue to operate in a safe and sound manner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Allocation of uncovered liquidity shortfalls.</I> (1) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall establish rules and/or procedures that enable it promptly to meet all of its settlement obligations, on a same day and, as appropriate, intraday and multiday basis, in the context of the occurrence of either or both of the following scenarios:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual or combined default involving one or more clearing members' obligations to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A liquidity shortfall exceeding the financial resources of the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules and procedures described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Enable the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization promptly to meet its payment obligations in all relevant currencies;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be designed to enable the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization to avoid unwinding, revoking, or delaying the same-day settlement of payment obligations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Address the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's process to replenish any liquidity resources it may employ during a stress event so that it can continue to operate in a safe and sound manner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.36" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.36   Risk management for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Stress tests of financial resources.</I> In addition to conducting stress tests pursuant to § 39.13(h)(3), each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall conduct stress tests of its financial resources in accordance with the following standards and practices:
</P>
<P>(1) Perform, on a daily basis, stress testing of its financial resources using predetermined parameters and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(2) Perform comprehensive analyses of stress testing scenarios and underlying parameters to ascertain their appropriateness for determining the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's required level of financial resources in current and evolving market conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Perform the analyses required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section at least monthly and when products cleared or markets served display high volatility or become less liquid, when the size or concentration of positions held by clearing members increases significantly, or as otherwise appropriate, evaluate the stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters more frequently than once a month;
</P>
<P>(4) For the analyses required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, include a range of relevant stress scenarios, in terms of both defaulting clearing members' positions and possible price changes in liquidation periods. The scenarios considered shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Relevant peak historic price volatilities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shifts in other market factors including, as appropriate, price determinants and yield curves;
</P>
<P>(iii) Multiple defaults over various time horizons;
</P>
<P>(iv) Simultaneous pressures in funding and asset markets; and
</P>
<P>(v) A range of forward-looking stress scenarios in a variety of extreme but plausible market conditions.
</P>
<P>(5) Establish procedures for:
</P>
<P>(i) Reporting stress test results to its risk management committee or board of directors, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Using the results to assess the adequacy of, and to adjust, its total amount of financial resources; and
</P>
<P>(6) Use the results of stress tests to support compliance with the minimum financial resources requirement set forth in § 39.11(a)(1) or § 39.33(a), as applicable.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sensitivity analysis of margin model.</I> (1) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall, at least monthly and more frequently as appropriate, conduct a sensitivity analysis of its margin models to analyze and monitor model performance and overall margin coverage. Sensitivity analysis shall be conducted on both actual and hypothetical positions.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this paragraph (b), a sensitivity analysis of a margin model includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Reviewing a wide range of parameter settings and assumptions that reflect possible market conditions in order to understand how the level of margin coverage might be affected by highly stressed market conditions. The range of parameters and assumptions should capture a variety of historical and hypothetical conditions, including the most volatile periods that have been experienced by the markets served by the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization and extreme changes in the correlations between prices. The parameters and assumptions should be appropriate in light of the specific characteristics, considered on a current basis, of particular products and portfolios cleared.
</P>
<P>(ii) Testing of the ability of the models or model components to react appropriately using actual or hypothetical datasets and assessing the impact of different model parameter settings.


</P>
<P>(iii) Evaluating potential losses in clearing members' proprietary positions and, where appropriate, customer positions.
</P>
<P>(3) A systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization involved in activities with a more complex risk profile shall take into consideration parameter settings that reflect the potential impact of the simultaneous default of clearing members and, where applicable, the underlying credit instruments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stress tests of liquidity resources.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall conduct stress tests of its liquidity resources in accordance with the following standards and practices:
</P>
<P>(1) Perform, on a daily basis, stress testing of its liquidity resources using predetermined parameters and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(2) Perform comprehensive analyses of stress testing scenarios and underlying parameters to ascertain their appropriateness for determining the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's required level of liquidity resources in current and evolving market conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Perform the analyses required by paragraph (c)(2) of this section at least monthly and when products cleared or markets served display high volatility or become less liquid, when the size or concentration of positions held by clearing members increases significantly, or as otherwise appropriate, evaluate its stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters more frequently than once a month;
</P>
<P>(4) For the analyses required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, include a range of relevant stress scenarios, in terms of both defaulting clearing members' positions and possible price changes in liquidation periods. The scenarios considered shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Relevant peak historic price volatilities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shifts in other market factors including, as appropriate, price determinants and yield curves;
</P>
<P>(iii) Multiple defaults over various time horizons;
</P>
<P>(iv) Simultaneous pressures in funding and asset markets; and
</P>
<P>(v) A range of forward-looking stress scenarios in a variety of extreme but plausible market conditions.
</P>
<P>(5) For the scenarios enumerated in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, consider the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All entities that might pose material liquidity risks to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization, including settlement banks, permitted depositories, liquidity providers, and other entities,
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiday scenarios as appropriate,
</P>
<P>(iii) Inter-linkages between its clearing members and the multiple roles that they may play in the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's risk management; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The probability of multiple failures and contagion effect among clearing members.
</P>
<P>(6) Establish procedures for:
</P>
<P>(i) Reporting stress test results to its risk management committee or board of directors, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Using the results to assess the adequacy of, and to adjust its total amount of liquidity resources.
</P>
<P>(7) Use the results of stress tests to support compliance with the liquidity resources requirement set forth in § 39.33(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Margin model assessment.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall conduct, on at least an annual basis (or more frequently if there are material relevant market developments), an assessment of the theoretical and empirical properties of its margin model for all products it clears.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Independent validation.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall perform, on an annual basis, a full validation of its financial risk management model and its liquidity risk management model.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Custody and investment risk.</I> Custody and investment arrangements of a systemically important derivatives clearing organization's and subpart C derivatives clearing organization's own funds and assets shall be subject to the same requirements as those specified in § 39.15 for the funds and assets of clearing members, and shall apply to the derivatives clearing organization's own funds and assets to the same extent as if such funds and assets belonged to clearing members.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Settlement banks.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Monitor, manage, and limit its credit and liquidity risks arising from its settlement banks;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish, and monitor adherence to, strict criteria for its settlement banks that take account of, among other things, their regulation and supervision, creditworthiness, capitalization, access to liquidity, and operational reliability; and
</P>
<P>(3) Monitor and manage the concentration of credit and liquidity exposures to its settlement banks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.37" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.37   Additional disclosure for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the requirements of § 39.21, each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Complete and publicly disclose its responses to the Disclosure Framework for Financial Market Infrastructures published by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Board of the International Organization of Securities Commissions;
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Review and update its responses disclosed as required by paragraph (a) of this section at least every two years and following material changes to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's system or the environment in which it operates. A material change to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's system or the environment in which it operates is a change that would significantly change the accuracy and usefulness of the existing responses; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide notice to the Commission of updates to its responses required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section following material changes no later than ten business days after the updates are made. Such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the text of the responses that shows all deletions and additions made to the immediately preceding version of the responses;








</P>
<P>(c) Publicly disclose relevant basic data on transaction volume and values consistent with the standards set forth in the Public Quantitative Disclosure Standards for Central Counterparties published by the Committee on Payments and Market Infrastructures and the International Organization of Securities Commissions;
</P>
<P>(d) Publicly disclose rules, policies, and procedures concerning segregation and portability of customers' positions and funds, including whether each of:




</P>
<P>(1) Futures customer funds, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter is:
</P>
<P>(i) Protected on an individual or omnibus basis or
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to any constraints, including any legal or operational constraints that may impair the ability of the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization to segregate or transfer the positions and related collateral of a clearing member's customers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 72514, Dec. 2, 2013, as amended at 83 FR 7996, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020; 88 FR 53684, Aug. 8, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.38" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.38   Efficiency for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> In order to meet the needs of clearing members and markets, each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization should efficiently and effectively design its:
</P>
<P>(1) Clearing and settlement arrangements;
</P>
<P>(2) Operating structure and procedures;
</P>
<P>(3) Scope of products cleared; and
</P>
<P>(4) Use of technology.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review of efficiency.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization should establish a mechanism to review, on a regular basis, its compliance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clear goals and objectives.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization should have clearly defined goals and objectives that are measurable and achievable, including in the areas of minimum service levels, risk management expectations, and business priorities.
</P>
<P>(d) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall facilitate efficient payment, clearing and settlement by accommodating internationally accepted communication procedures and standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.39" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.39   Recovery and wind-down for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General business risk</I> means any potential impairment of a systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's financial position, as a business concern, as a consequence of a decline in its revenues or an increase in its expenses, such that expenses exceed revenues and result in a loss that the derivatives clearing organization must charge against capital.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Wind-down</I> means the actions of a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization to effect the permanent cessation or sale or transfer of one or more services.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recovery</I> means the actions of a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization, consistent with its rules, procedures, and other <I>ex</I>-<I>ante</I> contractual arrangements, to address any uncovered credit loss, liquidity shortfall, capital inadequacy, or business, operational or other structural weakness, including the replenishment of any depleted pre-funded financial resources and liquidity arrangements, as necessary to maintain the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's viability as a going concern.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Operational risk</I> means the risk that deficiencies in information systems or internal processes, human errors, management failures or disruptions from external events will result in the reduction, deterioration, or breakdown of services provided by a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Unencumbered liquid financial assets</I> include cash and highly liquid securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recovery and wind-down plan.</I> Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall maintain viable plans for:
</P>
<P>(1) Recovery or orderly wind-down, necessitated by uncovered credit losses or liquidity shortfalls; and, separately,
</P>
<P>(2) Recovery or orderly wind-down necessitated by general business risk, operational risk, or any other risk that threatens the derivatives clearing organization's viability as a going concern.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) In developing the plans specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall identify scenarios that may potentially prevent it from being able to meet its obligations, provide its critical operations and services as a going concern and assess the effectiveness of a full range of options for recovery or orderly wind-down. The plans shall include procedures for informing the Commission, as soon as practicable, when the recovery plan is initiated or wind-down is pending.
</P>
<P>(2) A systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall have procedures for providing the Commission and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with information needed for purposes of resolution planning.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Financial resources to support the recovery and wind-down plan.</I> (1) In evaluating the resources available to cover an uncovered credit loss or liquidity shortfall as part of its recovery plans pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization may consider, among other things, assessments of additional resources provided for under its rules that it reasonably expects to collect from non-defaulting clearing members.
</P>
<P>(2) Each systemically important derivatives clearing organization and subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall maintain sufficient unencumbered liquid financial assets, funded by the equity of its owners, to implement its recovery or wind-down plans pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. In general, the financial resources required by § 39.11(a)(2) may be sufficient, but the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall analyze its particular circumstances and risks and maintain any additional resources that may be necessary to implement the plans. In allocating sufficient financial resources to implement the plans, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization shall comply with § 39.11(e)(2). The plan shall include evidence and analysis to support the conclusion that the amount considered necessary is, in fact, sufficient to implement the plans.
</P>
<P>(3) Resources counted in meeting the requirements of §§ 39.11(a)(1) and 39.33 may not be allocated, in whole or in part, to the recovery plans required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Other resources may be allocated, in whole or in part, to the recovery plans required by either paragraphs (b)(1) or (2) of this section, but not both paragraphs, and only to the extent the use of such resources is not otherwise limited by the Act, Commission regulations, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's or subpart C derivatives clearing organization's rules, or any contractual arrangements to which the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization is a party.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Plan for raising additional financial resources.</I> All systemically important derivatives clearing organizations and subpart C derivatives clearing organizations shall maintain viable plans for raising additional financial resources, including, where appropriate, capital, in a scenario in which the systemically important derivatives clearing organization or subpart C derivatives clearing organization is unable, or virtually unable, to comply with any financial resources requirements set forth in this part. This plan shall be approved by the board of directors and be updated regularly.
</P>
<P>(f) The Commission may, upon request, grant an entity, which has been designated as a systemically important derivatives clearing organization or that has elected to become subject to subpart C, up to one year to comply with any provision of this section or of § 39.35.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69430, Nov. 8, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 4862, Jan. 27, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.40   Consistency with the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart C is intended to establish standards which, together with subparts A and B of this part, are consistent with section 5b(c) of the Act and the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures published by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Board of the International Organization of Securities Commissions and should be interpreted in that context.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.41" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.41   Special enforcement authority for systemically important derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of enforcing the provisions of Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Act, a systemically important derivatives clearing organization shall be subject to, and the Commission has authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the systemically important derivatives clearing organization were an insured depository institution and the Commission were the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.42" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.42   Advance notice of material risk-related rule changes by systemically important derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>A systemically important derivatives clearing organization shall provide notice to the Commission in advance of any proposed change to its rules, procedures, or operations that could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by the systemically important derivatives clearing organization, in accordance with the requirements of § 40.10 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 39.43-39.49" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.3.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 39.43-39.49   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Provisions Applicable to Derivatives Clearing Organizations Subject to Compliance with Core Principles Through Compliance with Home Country Regulatory Regime</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 67187, Oct. 21, 2020, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 39.50" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.50   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart D apply to any derivatives clearing organization that is registered through the process described in § 39.3(a)(3) of this part or as otherwise provided by order of the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.51" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.51   Compliance with the core principles through compliance with home country regulatory regime.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall be eligible for registration for the clearing of swaps subject to compliance with this subpart if:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission determines that compliance by the derivatives clearing organization with its home country regulatory regime constitutes compliance with the core principles set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization is in good regulatory standing in its home country;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission determines the derivatives clearing organization does not pose substantial risk to the U.S. financial system; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A memorandum of understanding or similar arrangement satisfactory to the Commission is in effect between the Commission and the derivatives clearing organization's home country regulator, pursuant to which, among other things, the home country regulator agrees to provide to the Commission any information that the Commission deems appropriate to evaluate the initial and continued eligibility of the derivatives clearing organization for registration or to review its compliance with any conditions of such registration.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent that the derivatives clearing organization's home country regulatory regime lacks legal requirements that correspond to those core principles less related to risk, the Commission may, in its discretion, grant registration subject to conditions that would address the relevant core principles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> A derivatives clearing organization subject to compliance with this subpart shall be subject to any conditions the Commission may prescribe including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Applicable requirements under the Act and Commission regulations.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall comply with: The core principles set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act through its compliance with applicable legal requirements in its home country; and other requirements applicable to derivatives clearing organizations as specified in the derivatives clearing organization's registration order including, but not limited to, section 4d(f) of the Act, parts 1, 22, and 45 of this chapter, subpart A of this part and § 39.15.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Open access.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall have rules with respect to swaps to which one or more of the counterparties is a U.S. person that:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide that all swaps with the same terms and conditions, as defined by product specifications established under the derivatives clearing organization's rules, submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing are economically equivalent within the derivatives clearing organization and may be offset with each other within the derivatives clearing organization, to the extent offsetting is permitted by the derivatives clearing organization's rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide that there shall be non-discriminatory clearing of a swap executed bilaterally or on or subject to the rules of an unaffiliated electronic matching platform or trade execution facility.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consent to jurisdiction; designation of agent for service of process.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Consent to jurisdiction in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Designate, authorize, and identify to the Commission, an agent in the United States who shall accept any notice or service of process, pleadings, or other documents, including any summons, complaint, order, subpoena, request for information, or any other written or electronic documentation or correspondence issued by or on behalf of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice to the derivatives clearing organization, in connection with any actions or proceedings brought against, or investigations relating to, the derivatives clearing organization or any of its U.S. clearing members; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Promptly inform the Commission of any change in its designated and authorized agent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compliance.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall comply, and shall demonstrate compliance as requested by the Commission, with any condition of its registration.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Inspection of books and records.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall make all documents, books, records, reports, and other information related to its operation as a derivatives clearing organization open to inspection and copying by any representative of the Commission; and in response to a request by any representative of the Commission, the derivatives clearing organization shall, promptly and in the form specified, make the requested books and records available and provide them directly to Commission representatives.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Representation of good regulatory standing.</I> On an annual basis, within 60 days following the end of its fiscal year, a derivatives clearing organization shall request and the Commission must receive from a home country regulator a written representation that the derivatives clearing organization is in good regulatory standing.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Other conditions.</I> The Commission may condition compliance with this subpart on any other facts and circumstances it deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> (1) A derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission the information specified in this paragraph and any other information that the Commission deems necessary, including, but not limited to, information for the purpose of the Commission evaluating the continued eligibility of the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with this subpart, reviewing compliance by the derivatives clearing organization with any conditions of its registration, or conducting oversight of U.S. clearing members, and the swaps that are cleared by such persons through the derivatives clearing organization. Information provided to the Commission under this paragraph shall be submitted in accordance with § 39.19(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Each derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) A report compiled as of the end of each trading day and submitted to the Commission by 10 a.m. U.S. central time on the following business day, containing with respect to swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) Total initial margin requirements for all clearing members;
</P>
<P>(B) Initial margin requirements and initial margin on deposit for each U.S. clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin, and by each individual customer account; and
</P>
<P>(C) Daily variation margin, separately listing the mark-to-market amount collected from or paid to each U.S. clearing member, by house origin and by each customer origin, and by each individual customer account.
</P>
<P>(ii) A report compiled as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the derivatives clearing organization and submitted to the Commission no later than 17 business days after the end of the derivatives clearing organization's fiscal quarter, containing a list of U.S. clearing members, with respect to the clearing of swaps, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prompt notice regarding any change in the home country regulatory regime;
</P>
<P>(iv) As available to the derivatives clearing organization, any examination report or examination findings by a home country regulator, and notify the Commission within five business days after it becomes aware of the commencement of any enforcement or disciplinary action or investigation by a home country regulator;
</P>
<P>(v) Immediate notice of any change with respect to the derivatives clearing organization's licensure, registration, or other authorization to act as a derivatives clearing organization in its home country;
</P>
<P>(vi) In the event of a default by a clearing member, with such event of default determined in accordance with the rules of the derivatives clearing organization, immediate notice of the default including the amount of the clearing member's financial obligation; <I>provided, however,</I> if the defaulting clearing member is a U.S. clearing member, the notice shall also include the name of the U.S. clearing member and a list of the positions held by the U.S. clearing member; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Notice of action taken against a U.S. clearing member by a derivatives clearing organization, no later than two business days after the derivatives clearing organization takes such action against a U.S. clearing member.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification of registration upon Commission initiative.</I> (1) The Commission may, in its discretion and upon its own initiative, modify the terms and conditions of an order of registration subject to compliance with this subpart if the Commission determines that there are changes to or omissions in facts or circumstances pursuant to which the order was issued, or that any of the terms and conditions of its order have not been met, including, but not limited to, the requirement that:
</P>
<P>(i) Compliance with the derivatives clearing organization's home country regulatory regime satisfies the core principles set forth in section 5b(c)(2) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivatives clearing organization is in good regulatory standing in its home country; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization does not pose substantial risk to the U.S. financial system.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall provide written notification to a derivatives clearing organization that it is considering whether to modify an order of registration pursuant to this paragraph and the basis for that consideration.
</P>
<P>(3) The derivatives clearing organization may respond to the notification in writing no later than 30 business days following receipt of the notification, or at such later time as the Commission permits in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) Following receipt of a response from the derivatives clearing organization, or after expiration of the time permitted for a response, the Commission may:
</P>
<P>(i) Issue an order requiring the derivatives clearing organization to comply with all requirements applicable to derivatives clearing organizations in the Act and this chapter, effective as of a date to be specified therein. The specified date shall be intended to provide the derivatives clearing organization with a reasonable amount of time to come into compliance with the Act and Commission regulations or request a vacation of registration in accordance with § 39.3(f);
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue an amended order of registration that modifies the terms and conditions of the order; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide written notification to the derivatives clearing organization that the order of registration will remain in effect without modification to its terms and conditions.





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4.7.3.39" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 39—Form DCO Derivatives Clearing Organization Application for Registration



 
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.027.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4863, Jan. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4.7.3.40" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 39—Subpart C Election Form





</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.033.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.034.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27ja20.035.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 4891, Jan. 27, 2020]










</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.32.4.7.3.41" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 39—Daily Reporting Data Fields



</HEAD>
<HD2>A. Daily Cash Flow Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">House &amp;


<br/>customer

<br/>origin
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Individual


<br/>customer

<br/>account
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Common Fields (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Financial Information eXchange Markup Language (FIXML) account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued derivatives clearing organization (DCO) identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to each clearing member report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The business date of the information being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Base Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Base currency referenced throughout report; provide exchange rate against this currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Time (Message Create Time)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The report “as of” or information cut-off time</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for a DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DCO-assigned identifier for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name of the clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fund Segregation Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearing fund segregation type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal entity identifier (LEI) for a particular clearing member per International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 17442</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the clearing member LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer position account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer position identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Account Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of account used for reporting</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular customer; provide if available</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the customer position LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Account</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin account identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer margin identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that uniquely identifies the margin account. This field is used to identify associated positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Account Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Account type indicator</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Futures and Options (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Concentration Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture costs associated with the liquidation of a large position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delivery Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin collected to cover delivery risk</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquidity Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk component to capture bid/offer costs associated with the liquidation of a large portfolio.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Market Move Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin amount associated with market move risk</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Savings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The margin savings amount for the clearing member where there is a cross-margining agreement with another DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Option Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The credit or debit amount based on the long or short options positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The profit and loss (P&amp;L) attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark-to-market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Omnibus Parent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The margin identifier for the omnibus account associated with the customer margin identifier. (Conditional on reported customer position being part of a separately reported omnibus account position.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Commodity Swaps (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). E.g., profit/loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark to market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Credit Default Swaps (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Concentration Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture costs associated with the liquidation of a large position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquidity Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk component to capture bid/offer costs associated with the liquidation of a large portfolio.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spread Response Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component associated with credit spread level changes and credit term structure shape changes</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Systemic Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture parallel shift of credit spreads</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor that captures curve shifts based on portfolio</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index Spread Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component associated with risks due to widening/tightening spreads of credit default swap (CDS) indices relative to each other</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sector Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture sector risk</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jump to Default Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture most extreme up/down move of a reference entity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Basis Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture basis risk between index and index constituent reference entities</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component associated with parallel shift movements in interest rates</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jump to Health Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture extreme narrowing of credit spreads of a reference entity; also known as “idiosyncratic risk”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any other risk factors included in the margin model</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Recovery Rate Sensitivity Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk factor component to capture fluctuations of recovery rate assumptions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wrong Way Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk that occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty. It arises when default risk and credit exposure increase together</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of coupon premium amount accrued from the start of the current coupon period through the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upfront Payment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The difference in market value between the standard coupon and the market spread as well as the coupon accrued through the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trade Cash Adjustment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Additional cash amount on trades. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quarterly Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regular payment of quarterly coupon premium amounts. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Event Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cash settlement of credit events. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupon obligation from the first day of the coupon period through the current clearing trade date. The sum of accrued coupon for each position in the clearing member's portfolio (by origin).</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Determined by marking the end-of-day position from par (100%) to the end-of-day settlement price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark-to-market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Previous Accrued Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's accrued coupon</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Previous Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's mark to market</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Foreign Exchange (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes any upfront and/or final/settlement payments made/received for the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark-to-market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Interest Rate Swaps (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cross-Margined Products Profit/Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P&amp;L resulting from changes in value due to changes in the futures price. This P&amp;L should only include changes to the cross-margined futures in the account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes any upfront and/or final/settlement payments made/received for the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Coupon Payment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net amount of any coupon cash flows recognized on report date but actually occurring on currency's settlement convention date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net present value (NPV) of all positions by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value Previous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's NPV by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PV of Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes the present value of any upfront and/or final/settlement payments that will be settled after the report date. Only include amounts that are affecting the NPV of current trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupon obligation from the first day of the coupon period through the current clearing trade date. The sum of accrued coupon for each position in the clearing member's portfolio (by origin)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark-to-market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L).</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Equity Cross Margin (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons resulting from liquidity/concentration charges</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquidity Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Risk component to capture bid/offer costs associated with the liquidation of a large portfolio</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total margin requirement for the origin. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Option Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The credit or debit amount based on the long or short options positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark to market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Consolidated (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The consolidated non-U.S. margin requirement for the origin. The consolidated non-U.S. margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backdated Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to positions added that were novated on a prior date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Day Trading Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L attributed to the day's trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The P&amp;L of the previous day's position with today's price movement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark-to-market value of position(s) including change in mark to market (Total P&amp;L = Position P&amp;L + Day Trading P&amp;L + Backdated P&amp;L)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Exempt DCO (Daily Cash Flow Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Additional Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any additional margin required in excess of initial margin. For example, this figure should include any liquidity/concentration charge if the charge is not included in the initial margin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Calls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any outstanding margin call that has been issued but not collected as of the end of the trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The U.S. person margin requirement for the origin by currency contribution. If the traded currency's swaps (i.e., JY) offset risk of other currencies, include an amount of zero for that currency. This margin requirement should include the initial margin requirement plus any additional margin required by the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Variation Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variation margin should include the net sum of all cash flows between the DCO and clearing members by origin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Collateral on Deposit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The collateral on deposit for an origin. This amount should include all collateral after all haircuts that have been deposited to cover the total margin requirement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mark-to-Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Determined by marking the end of day position(s) from par (100%) to the end of day settlement price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>B. Daily Position Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Use
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Common Fields (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FIXML account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued DCO identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned by the CFTC to each clearing member report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The business date of the information being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Base Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Base currency referenced throughout report; provide exchange rate against this currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Time (Message Create Time)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The report “as of” or information cut-off time</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The event source being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Market Segment ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market segment associated with the position report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for a DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DCO-assigned identifier for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name of the clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fund Segregation Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearing fund segregation type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the clearing member LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer position account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer position identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position Account Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of account used for reporting</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular customer; must be provided when available</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Position LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the Customer Position LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer margin identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that uniquely identifies the margin account. This field is used to identify associated positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Futures and Options (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cross-Margin Entity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of the entity associated with a cross-margined account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contract commodity code issued by the exchange; <E T="03">e.g.,</E> ticker symbol, the human recognizable trading identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. The code is for the contract as if it was traded in the form it is cleared. For example, if the contract was traded as a spread but cleared as an outright, the outright symbol should be used</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product with which the security is associated</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates type of security</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subtype</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Group (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A name assigned to a group of related instruments which may be concurrently affected by market events and actions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unit Leverage Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The multiplier needed to convert a change of one point of the quoted index into local currency P&amp;L for a 1-unit long position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Units</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unit of measure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Method of settlement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Identifier (MIC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange where the instrument is traded, per ISO 10383</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that uniquely identifies a given product. All positions with this identifier will have the same price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alternate Product Identifier—Spread Underlying Long</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When a contract represents a differential between two products, the product code that represents the long position in the spread for long position in the combined contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alternate Product Identifier—Spread Underlying Short</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When a contract represents a differential between two products, the product code that represents the long position in the spread for short position in the combined contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Last Trading Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The last day of trading in a futures contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First Notice Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The first date on which delivery notices are issued</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Long)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long position size. If a position is quoted in a unit of measure (UOM) different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Short)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement FX Info</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price foreign exchange conversion rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Change in Settlement Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The quoted price change between the prior trading day's settlement and today's settlement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unit Currency P&amp;L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The local currency P&amp;L between the prior trading day's settlement and today's settlement for a 1-unit long position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Outright Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Initial margin for the position as if it were a stand-alone outright position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise style</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option strike price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Put/Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying Contract code issued by the exchange</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. The code is for the contract as if it was traded in the form it is cleared. For example, if the contract was traded as a spread but cleared as an outright, the outright symbol should be used</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product the security is associated with</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the underlying derivative type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Group (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A name assigned to a group of related instruments which may be concurrently affected by market events and actions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subtype</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset type.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Code (MIC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange where the underlying instrument is traded</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Underlying Product Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that is the result of concatenating relevant fields that create a unique product ID that is associated with a unique price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Primary Options Exchange Code—Implied Volatility Quote</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">This field identifies the main options chain for the future that provides the implied volatility quote</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DELTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delta is the measure of how the option's value varies with changes in the underlying price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Implied Volatility</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The implied volatility and quotation style for the contract, typically in natural log percent or index points</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Margin Omnibus Parent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The margin identifier for the omnibus account associated with the customer margin identifier. (Conditional on reported customer position being part of a separately reported omnibus account position)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Commodity Swaps (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contract commodity code issued by the exchange; <E T="03">e.g.,</E> ticker symbol, the human recognizable trading identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. The code is for the contract as if it was traded in the form it is cleared. For example, if the contract was traded as a spread but cleared as an outright, the outright symbol should be used</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product with which the security is associated</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Group (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A name assigned to a group of related instruments which may be concurrently affected by market events and actions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unit Leverage Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The multiplier needed to convert a change of one point of the quoted index into local currency P&amp;L for a 1-unit long position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum Tick</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum price tick increment</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Units</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unit of measure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swap settlement method</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Identifier (MIC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange where the instrument is traded</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates type of security</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Long)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Short)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). <E T="03">E.g.,</E> profit/loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement FX Info</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price foreign exchange conversion rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. The USI namespace and the USI should be separated by a pipe “|” character</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise style</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Put/Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option strike price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying Contract code issued by the exchange</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. The code is for the contract as if it was traded in the form it is cleared. For example, if the contract was traded as a spread but cleared as an outright, the outright symbol should be used</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product the security is associated with</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Group (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A name assigned to a group of related instruments which may be concurrently affected by market events and actions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Code (MIC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange where the underlying instrument is traded</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates type of security</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DELTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delta is the measure of how the option's value varies with changes in the underlying price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Credit Default Swaps (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contract code issued by the exchange</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Redcode</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The code assigned to the CDS by Markit that identifies the referenced entity or the index, series and version. (Underlying instrument is required for Security Type = SWAPTION.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to Commission regulation 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the derivative type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Restructuring Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">This field is used if the index has been restructured due to a credit event</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seniority Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The class of debt</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Entity Type (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the type of reference entity for first-to-default CDS basket contracts. The Markit sector code should be provided when available</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coupon Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The coupon rate associated with this CDS transaction stated in Basis Points</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description (Reference Entity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of CDS index or single-name or sovereign debt</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Recovery Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The assumed recovery rate used to determine the CDS price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Long)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Short)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 YR Equivalent Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The five-year equivalent notional amount for each risk factor/reference entity CDS contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupon obligation from the first day of the coupon period through the current clearing trade date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Profit and Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized P&amp;L or mark to market value of position(s) including change in mark to market plus change in accrued coupon plus change in unsettled upfront fees. Does not include cash flows related to quarterly coupon payments, credit event payments, or price alignment interest</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Exposure (CS01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The credit exposure of the swap at a given point in time. CS01 = Spread DV01 = “dollar” value of a basis point = In currency (not percentage) terms, the change in fair value of the leg, transaction, position, or portfolio (as appropriate) commensurate with a 1 basis point (0.01 percent) instantaneous, hypothetical increase in the related credit spread curves. CS01/Spread DV01 may refer to non-dollar currencies and related curves. From the DCO's point of view: positive CS01 = gain in value resulting from 1 basis point increase, negative CS01 = loss of value resulting from 1 basis point increase</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Determined by marking the end of day position(s) from par (100%) to the end of day settlement price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Value of a Basis Point (PV01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in P&amp;L of a position given a one basis point move in CDS spread value. May also be referred to as DV01, Sprd DV01</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Previous Accrued Coupon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's accrued coupon</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Previous Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's mark to market</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. The USI namespace and the USI should be separated by a pipe “|” character</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option strike price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Method of settlement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise style</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Put/Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The option adjusted start date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Expiration Date—Adjusted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CDS option adjusted expiration date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying contract alias used by outside vendors to uniquely identify the contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Security Identifier (Red Code)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying code assigned to the CDS by Markit that identifies the referenced entity or the index, series and version</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to Commission regulation 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the underlying derivative type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Restructuring Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">This field is used if the underlying index has been restructured due to a credit event</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Seniority Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying class of debt</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Reference Entity Type (Sector)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the type of underlying reference entity for first-to-default CDS basket contracts</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Coupon Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying coupon rate associated with this CDS transaction stated in basis points</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Recovery Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The assumed recovery rate used to determine the underlying CDS price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DELTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delta is the measure of how the option's value varies with changes in the underlying price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GAMMA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gamma is the rate of change for delta with respect to the underlying asset's price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RHO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rho measures the sensitivity of an option's price to a variation in the risk-free interest rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">THETA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theta is the rate at which an option loses value as time passes</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VEGA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vega is the measurement of an option's sensitivity to changes in the volatility of the underlying asset</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date swaption premium is paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Foreign Exchange (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settle Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settle date of the position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Price/Fixing Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price of the position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Discount Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Discount factor for the position. Use the factor for the Mark to Market (MTM) currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Valuation Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Valuation date of the position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delivery Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delivery date of the position</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for a particular contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to Commission regulation 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. (Underlying instrument is required for Security Type = FXOPT | FXNDO.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date (Expiration)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies date of maturity (a calendar date). Used for FXFWD/FXNDF. For non-deliverable forwards (NDFs), this represents the fixing date of the contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Time (Expiration)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The contract expiration time. (Used for FXFWD/FXNDF.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Valuation Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the type of valuation method applied</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Foreign Exchange Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identifies the type of FX contract. Use Typ = 7 for direct FX (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> EUR/USD). Use Typ = 16 for NDFWD contracts (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> THB/INR settled in USD)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency One</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the first or only reference currency of the trade</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency Two</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the second reference currency of the trade</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quote Basis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For foreign exchange quanto option feature</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(FXFWD or FXNDF only). Specifies the forward FX rate alternative</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spot Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the FX spot rates the first or only reference currency of the trade</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Forward Points</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(FXFWD or FXNDF only) The interest rate differential in basis points between the base and quote currencies in a forward rate quote. May be a negative value. (The number of basis points added to or subtracted from the current spot rate of a currency pair to determine the forward rate for delivery on a specific value date.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delivery Type Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delivery type indicator</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position—Long</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gross long position. An affirmative zero value should be reported for the long position. (Both long and short positions are required.) For FXNDF use Typ = DLV for settlement currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position—Short</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gross short position. An affirmative zero value should be reported for the short position. (Both long and short positions are required.) For FXNDF use Typ = DLV for settlement currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mark to market which includes the discount factor</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dollar Value of a Basis Point (DV01)—Long Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The dollar value of a one basis point change (DV01) in the yield of the underlying security and that of the hedging vehicle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dollar Value of a Basis Point (DV01)—Short Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The dollar value of a one basis point change (DV01) in the yield of the underlying security and that of the hedging vehicle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). <E T="03">E.g.,</E> profit/loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Undiscounted Mark to Market</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mark to market, which does not include the discount factor</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. The USI namespace and the USI should be separated by a pipe “|” character</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Put/Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strike Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option strike rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise style</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Cut Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The code by which the expiry time is known in the market</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Settlement Price/Fixing Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price for the position. (Underlying settlement is required for FXOPT, FXNDO.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Security Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Security code issued by the exchange; <E T="03">e.g.,</E> ticker symbol, the human recognizable trading identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for the underlying contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to Commission regulation 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the underlying derivative</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Date (Expiration)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For FXFWD/FXNDF, the date on which the principal amount becomes due. For NDFs, this represents the fixing date of the contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Identifier (MIC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange where the underlying instrument is traded</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Long/Short Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates whether the option is short or long</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Expiration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adjusted option expiration date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Long/Short</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX currency notional long or short</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Implied Volatility</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The implied volatility and quotation style for the contract, typically in natural log percent or index points</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DELTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delta is the measure of how the option's value varies with changes in the underlying price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GAMMA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gamma is the rate of change for delta with respect to the underlying asset's price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RHO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rho measures the sensitivity of an option's price to a variation in the risk-free interest rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">THETA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theta is the rate at which an option loses value as time passes</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VEGA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vega is the measurement of an option's sensitivity to changes in the volatility of the underlying asset</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium MTM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium mark to market, which includes the discount factor</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Interest Rate Swaps (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cleared Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date on which the trade was cleared at the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Position status: active, or terminated. Terminated positions should only be reported on the day of termination</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the DCO pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the DCO receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the clearing member pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the clearing member receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for a particular contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to Commission regulation 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The classification or type of swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The sub-classification or notional schedule type of the swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identifies if the leg is fixed or floating</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount associated with leg</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Notional Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Currency of the leg's notional amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Start Date Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If start date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines how to adjust actual start date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leg's effective date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If the maturity date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines how to adjust actual maturity date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the leg's principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the maturity date, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calculation Period Adjusted Business Day Convention</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If a date defining the calculation period falls on a holiday, this adjusts the actual dates based on the definition of the input</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calculation Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calculation frequency, also known as the compounding frequency for compounded swaps</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg First Reg Per Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If there is a beginning stub, this indicates the date when the usual payment periods will begin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Last Reg Per End Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If there is an ending stub, this indicates the date when the usual payment periods will end</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Roll Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the day of the month when the payment is made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calc Per Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the calculation period, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Daycount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defines how interest is accrued/calculated</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Comp Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If payments are made on one timeframe but calculations are made on a shorter timeframe, this describes how to compound interest</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pay Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If cash flow pay or receive date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines actual date payment is made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pay Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Frequency at which payments are made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pay Relative To</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payment relative to the beginning or end of the period</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Payment Lag</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of business days after payment due date on which the payment is actually made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pay Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding dates on which cash flow payments/receipts are scheduled, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Relative To</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies whether reset dates are determined with respect to each adjusted calculation period start date or adjusted calculation period end date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Date Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Business day convention to apply to each reset date if the reset date falls on a holiday</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Frequency at which resets occur. If the Leg Reset Frequency is greater than the calculation per frequency, more than 1 reset date should be established for each calculation per frequency and some form of rate averaging is applicable</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Date Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Business day convention to apply to each fixing date if the fixing date falls on a holiday</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Date Offset</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the fixing date relative to the reset date in terms of a business days offset</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Day Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of days to use to find the fixing date (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> business days, calendar days, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Date Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding reset dates, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Date Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the fixing date, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixed Rate or Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only populate if Leg1 is Type “Fixed”. This should be expressed in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If Stream is floating rate, this gives the index applicable to the floating rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Index Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For the floating rate leg, the tenor of the leg. For the fixed rate leg, NULL</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Spread</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Describes if there is a spread (typically an add-on) applied to the coupon rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pmt Sched Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variable notional swap notional values</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The interest rate applicable to the Initial Stub Period in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Rate Index 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the first index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Rate Index 2 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the second index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The interest rate applicable to the final stub period in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Rate Index 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the first index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Rate Index 2 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the second index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued Coupon (Interest)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net accrued coupon amount since the last payment in the leg currency. If reported by leg, indicate the associated stream (leg) description (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> “FIXED/FLOAT,” “FLOAT1/FLOAT2”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Profit/Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Profit/loss resulting from changes in value due to changes in underlying curve movements or floating index rate resets. This should exclude impacts to NPVs from extraneous cash flows (price alignment interest, fees, and coupons)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Current Period Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If leg is a floating leg, this indicates the current rate used to calculate the next floating Leg coupon in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Coupon Payment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupon amount for T + 1 in the leg currency. This should reflect the net cash flow that will actually occur on the following business day. Negative number indicates that a payment was made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dollar Value of Basis Point (DV01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in value in USD if the relevant pricing curve is shifted up by 1 basis point. DV01 = “dollar” value of a basis point in currency (not percentage) terms, the change in fair value of the leg, transaction, position, or portfolio (as appropriate) commensurate with a 1 basis point (0.01 percent) instantaneous, hypothetical increase in the related zero-coupon curves. DV01 may refer to non-dollar currencies and related curves. From the DCO's point of view: positive DV01 = profit/gain resulting from 1 basis point increase, negative DV01 = loss resulting from 1 basis point increase</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). <E T="03">E.g.,</E> Profit/Loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net present value (NPV) of all positions by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Present Value of Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes the present value of any upfront and/or final/settlement payments that will be settled after the report date. Only include amounts that are affecting the NPV of current trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value Previous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's NPV by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes any upfront and/or final/settlement payments made/received for the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. The USI namespace and the USI should be separated by a pipe “|” character</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Exchange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of any exchange of cash flow at initiation of trade being cleared</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Exchange Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date that the initial exchange is set to occur</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Exchange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of any exchange of cash flow at maturity of trade</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Exchange Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date that the final exchange is set to occur</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Exercise Style</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise style</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The option adjusted start date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Adjusted Expiration Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The IRS swaption adjusted expiration date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Buy/Sell Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the buyer or seller of a swap stream</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for the underlying contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the underlying derivative</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Swap Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The classification or type of swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Swap Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The sub-classification or notional schedule type of the swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identifies if the leg is fixed or floating</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount associated with leg</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Currency of this leg's notional amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If stream is floating rate, this gives the index applicable to the floating rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Index Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For the floating rate leg, the tenor of the leg. For the fixed rate leg, NULL</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Fixed Rate Or Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only populate if Leg1 is type “Fixed”. This should be in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Leg Spread</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates whether there is a spread (typically an add-on) applied to the coupon rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DELTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delta is the measure of how the option's value varies with changes in the underlying price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GAMMA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gamma is the rate of change for delta with respect to the underlying asset's price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RHO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rho measures the sensitivity of an option's price to a variation in the risk-free interest rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">THETA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theta is the rate at which an option loses value as time passes</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VEGA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vega is the measurement of an option's sensitivity to changes in the volatility of the underlying asset</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premium registered on the given trading date. The amount of money that the options buyer must pay the options seller</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Premium Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date option premium is paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trade Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date a transaction was originally executed, resulting in the generation of a new USI. For clearing swaps, the date when the DCO accepts the original swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Event Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description for each position record</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Forward Rate Agreements (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Previous Business Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous business date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Position status: active or terminated. Terminated positions should only be reported on the day of termination</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates which cash flow the DCO pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates which cash flow the DCO receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates which cash flow the clearing member pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates which cash flow the clearing member receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for a particular contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FRA Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of swap stream</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stream notional amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Notional Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Currency of leg notional amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date the position was established</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Day Count Convention</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defines how interest is accrued/calculated</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Accrual Days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of accrual days between the effective date and maturity date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First Payment Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date on which the payment is made. Always report the adjusted date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reset Date Bus Day Convention</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Business day convention to apply to each fixing date if the fixing date falls on a holiday</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reset Date Fixing Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date on which the payment is fixed. Always report the adjusted date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The fixed amount in decimal terms</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Float Index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The index for the floating portion of the Forward Rate Agreement (FRA)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Float First Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First tenor associated with the index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Float Second Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Second tenor associated with the index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Float Spread</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In basis point terms</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Float Reference Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The fixed floating rate in decimal terms</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PV01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in value in native currency if the relevant pricing curve is shifted up by 1 basis point</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dollar Value of Basis Point (DV01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in value in USD if the relevant pricing curve is shifted up by 1 basis point. DV01 = “dollar” value of a basis point in currency (not percentage) terms, the change in fair value of the leg, transaction, position, or portfolio (as appropriate) commensurate with a 1 basis point (0.01 percent) instantaneous, hypothetical increase in the related zero-coupon curves. DV01 may refer to non-dollar currencies and related curves. From the DCO's point of view: positive DV01 = profit/gain resulting from 1 basis point increase, negative DV01 = loss resulting from 1 basis point increase</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net present value (NPV) of all positions by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement FX Info</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price foreign exchange conversion rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value Previous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's NPV by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. The USI namespace and the USI should be separated by a pipe “|” character</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The amount paid/received on the Payment Date. Always report adjusted date. (The position pays on a negative amount.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes any upfront and/or final/settlement payments made/received for the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). <E T="03">E.g.,</E> profit/loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Profit/Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Profit/Loss resulting from changes in value due to changes in underlying curve movements or floating index rate resets. Should exclude impacts to NPVs from extraneous cash flows (price alignment interest, fees, and coupons)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Present Value of Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes the present value of any upfront and/or final/settlement payments that will be settled after the report date. Only include amounts that are affecting the NPV of current trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trade Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual trade date for each position record (including specifically, the cleared date and the trade date)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Event Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description for each position record</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Inflation Index Swaps (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cleared Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date on which the trade was cleared at the DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position Status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Position's status: active or terminated. Terminated positions should only be reported on the day of termination</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the DCO pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the DCO receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Pays Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the clearing member pays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Receives Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate which cash flow the clearing member receives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for a particular contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Product Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique set of characters that represents a particular swap. The Commission will designate a UPI pursuant to 17 CFR 45.7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The classification or type of swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Swap Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The sub-classification or notional schedule type of the swap</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identifies if the leg is fixed or floating</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount associated with leg</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Notional Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Currency of the leg's notional amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Start Date Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If start date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines how to adjust actual start date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leg's effective date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If the maturity date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines how to adjust actual maturity date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the leg's principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Maturity Date Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the maturity date, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calc Per Adj Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If a date defining the calculation period falls on a holiday, this adjusts the actual dates based on the definition of the input</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calc Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calculation frequency, also known as the compounding frequency for compounded swaps</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Roll Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Describes the day of the month when the payment is made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Calc Per Adj Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the calculation period, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Stream Daycount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defines how interest is accrued/calculated</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream Comp Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If payments are made on one timeframe but calculations are made on a shorter timeframe, this describes how to compound interest</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream Business Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If cash flow pay or receive date falls on a weekend or holiday, value defines actual date payment is made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Frequency at which payments are made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream Relative To</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the anchor date when the payment date is relative to that date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream First Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The unadjusted first payment date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Stream Last Regular Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The unadjusted last regular payment date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Payment Leg Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding dates on which cash flow payments/receipts are scheduled, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Date Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Business day convention to apply to each reset date if the reset date falls on a holiday</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Date Relative To</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the anchor date when reset date is relative to that date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Frequency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Frequency at which resets occur. If the Leg Reset Frequency is greater than the calculation per frequency, more than 1 reset date should be established for each calculation per frequency and some form of rate averaging is applicable</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Fixing Date Offset</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specifies the fixing date relative to the reset date in terms of a business days offset</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Day Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The type of days to use to find the fixing date (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> business days, calendar days, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Reset Date Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding reset dates, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Date Bus Day Conv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Business day convention to apply to each fixing date if the fixing date falls on a holiday</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Fixing Date Calendar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regarding the fixing date, this specifies which dates are considered holidays</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Leg Rate or Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only populate if Leg1 is Type “Fixed”. This should be expressed in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as .04)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Inflation Index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If leg is floating rate, this gives the index applicable to the floating rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Spread</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Describes if there is a spread (typically an add-on) applied to the coupon rate</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Payment Inflation Lag</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of business days after payment due date on which the payment is actually made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Payment Inflation Interpolation Method</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The method used when calculating the inflation index level from multiple points. The most common is the linear method</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Inflation Index Initial Level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Initial known index level for the first calculation period</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating Leg Inflation Index Fallback Bond Ind</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates whether a fallback bond as defined in the 2006 International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Inflation Derivatives Definitions, sections 1.3 and 1.8, is applicable or not. If not specified, the default value is “Y” (True/Yes)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Pmt Sched Notional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Variable notional swap notional values</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Stub Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stubs apply to initial or ending periods that are shorter than the usual interval between payments</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Fixed Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The interest rate applicable to the Initial Stub Period in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Fixed Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The interest rate applicable to the final stub period in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Floating Rate Index 1 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the first index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Initial Stub Floating Rate Index 2 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the second index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Floating Rate Index 1 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the first index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Final Stub Rate Floating Index 2 Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stub rate can be a linear interpolation between two floating rate tenors. <E T="03">E.g.,</E> if the stub period is 2 months, rate is linear interpolation of 1-month and 3-month reference rates. Specify the second index</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg First Reg Per Start Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If there is a beginning stub, this describes the date when the usual payment periods will begin</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Last Reg Per End Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If there is an ending stub, this describes the date when the usual payment periods will end</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Accrued Interest (Coupon)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The net accrued coupon amount since the last payment in the leg currency. If reported by leg, indicate the associated stream (leg) description (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> “FIXED/FLOAT,” “FLOAT1/FLOAT2”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Profit/Loss</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Profit/Loss resulting from changes in value due to changes in underlying curve movements or floating index rate resets. This should exclude impacts to NPVs from extraneous cash flows (price alignment interest, fees, and coupons)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Coupon Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupon amount for T + 1 in the leg currency. This should reflect the net cash flow that will actually occur on the following business day. A negative number indicates payment was made</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Current Period Coupon Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If leg is a floating leg, this indicates the current rate used to calculate the next floating leg coupon in decimal form (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 4% should be input as “.04”)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in value in native currency if the relevant pricing curve is shifted up by 1 basis point</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dollar Value of Basis Point (DV01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Change in value in native currency of the swap/swaption/floor/cap if relevant pricing curve is shifted up by 1 basis point. DV01 = “dollar” value of a basis point in currency (not percentage) terms, the change in fair value of the leg, transaction, position, or portfolio (as appropriate) commensurate with a 1 basis point (0.01 percent) instantaneous, hypothetical increase in the related zero-coupon curves. DV01 may refer to non-dollar currencies and related curves. From the DCO's point of view: positive DV01 = profit/gain resulting from 1 basis point increase, negative DV01 = loss resulting from 1 basis point increase</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Cash Flow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net cash flow recognized on report date (with actual settlements occurring according to the currency's settlement conventions). <E T="03">E.g.,</E> profit/loss, price alignment interest, cash payments (fees, coupons, etc.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net present value (NPV) of all positions by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Present Value Of Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes the present value of any upfront and/or final/settlement payments that will be settled after the report date. Only include amounts that are affecting the NPV of current trades</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net Present Value Previous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previous day's NPV by currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Alignment Interest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To minimize the impact of daily cash variation margin payments on the pricing of swaps, the DCO will charge interest on cumulative variation margin received and pay interest on cumulative variation margin paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Universal or Unique) Swap Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Universal (or Unique) Swap Identifier (USI) namespace and USI. Enter the USI Namespace and the USI separated by a pipe “|” character.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stream Initial Exchange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of any exchange of cash flow at initiation of trade being cleared</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stream Initial Exchange Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date that the initial exchange is set to occur</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stream Final Exchange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of any exchange of cash flow at maturity of trade</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stream Final Exchange Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date that the final exchange is set to occur</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes any upfront and/or final/settlement payments made/received for the trade date. (Indicate gross pay/collect amounts.)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trade Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual trade date for each position record (including specifically, the cleared date and the trade date)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Event Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description for each position record</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Equity Cross Margin (Daily Position Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exchange Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contract code issued by the exchange</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Security Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Code assigned by the DCO for a particular contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product the security is associated with</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates type of security</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due. For NDFs, this represents the fixing date of the contract</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Security Description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used to provide a textual description of a financial instrument</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Long)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Long position size. If a position is quoted in a unit of measure (UOM) different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Position (Short)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Short position size. If a position is quoted in a UOM different from the contract, specify the UOM. If a position is measured in a currency, specify the currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Strike Price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option strike price</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option Put/Call Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Option type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Exchange Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Underlying Contract code issued by the exchange</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Clearing Commodity Code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Registered commodity clearing identifier. The code is for the contract as if it were traded in the form it is cleared. For example, if the contract was traded as a spread but cleared as an outright, the outright symbol should be used</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Product Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of product the security is associated with</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Security Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator which identifies the underlying derivative</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Month Year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Month and year of the maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The underlying broad asset category for assessing risk exposure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Subclass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The subcategory description of the asset class</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Asset Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provides a more specific description of the asset subclass</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying Settlement Price/Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement price, prior settlement price, settlement currency, and final settlement date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>C. Risk Metric Ladder Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Use
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Common Fields (Risk Metric Ladder Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FIXML account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued DCO identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned by the CFTC to each clearing member report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The business date of the information being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Base Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Base currency referenced throughout report; provide exchange rate against this currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Time (Message Create Time)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The report “as of” or information cut-off time</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The event source being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ladder Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicator that identifies the type of risk metric ladder</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for a DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DCO-assigned identifier for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name of the clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fund Segregation Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearing fund segregation type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the clearing member LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer position account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer position identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Account Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of account used for reporting</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular customer; provide if available</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the customer position LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that uniquely identifies the margin account. This field us used to identify associated positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Delta Ladder (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO 4217 currency code</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FX Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rate used to convert the currency to USD</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of the reference curve</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of days from the report date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sensitivity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theoretical profit and loss with a single upward basis point shift</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Gamma Ladder (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO 4217 currency code</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FX Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rate used to convert the currency to USD</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of the reference curve</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of days from the report date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sensitivity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theoretical profit and loss with a single upward basis point shift</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Vega Ladder (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO 4217 currency code</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FX Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rate used to convert the currency to USD</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of the reference curve</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of days from the report date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sensitivity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Theoretical profit and loss with a single upward basis point shift</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>D. Curve Reference Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Use
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Common Fields (Curve Reference Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FIXML account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued DCO identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned by the CFTC to each clearing member report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The business date of the information being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Base Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Base currency referenced throughout report; provide exchange rate against this currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Time (Message Create Time)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The report “as of” or information cut-off time</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The event source being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for a DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Currency Curve (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reference curve name</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO 4217 currency code</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Par Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rate such that the maturity will pay in order to sell at par today</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Zero Rate Curve (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ISO 4217 currency code</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curve</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reference curve name</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maturity Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date on which the principal amount becomes due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Offset</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The difference in days between the maturity date and reporting date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrual Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The difference in years between the maturity date and reporting date</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Discount Factor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value used to compute the present value of future cash flows values</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zero Rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Averages of the one-period forward rates up to their maturity</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>E. Backtesting Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Use
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Common Fields (Backtesting Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FIXML account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued DCO identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A unique identifier assigned by the CFTC to each clearing member report</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The business date of the information being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Base Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Base currency referenced throughout report; provide exchange rate against this currency</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report Time (Message Create Time)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The report “as of” or information cut-off time</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The event source being reported</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Breach Indicator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the breach file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DCO Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CFTC-assigned identifier for a DCO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DCO-assigned identifier for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name of the clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fund Segregation Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearing fund segregation type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular clearing member</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing Participant LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the clearing member LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proprietary identifier for a particular customer position account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The name associated with the customer position identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer Account Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type of account used for reporting</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LEI for a particular customer; provide if available</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Customer LEI Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The LEI name associated with the customer position LEI</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unique Margin Identifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A single field that uniquely identifies the margin account. This field us used to identify associated positions</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Breach Details (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Initial Margin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Margin requirement calculated by the DCO's margin methodology. Unless an integral part of the margin methodology, this figure should not include any additional margin add-ons</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backtesting Metric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicates the type of profit and loss calculation used for backtesting:


<br/>• VM—Variation Margin

<br/>• STATIC—Static Portfolio P/L (Clean P/L)

<br/>• DIRTY—Dirty P/L

<br/>• MTMA—Mark to Market P/L

<br/>• MTMO—Mark to Model P/L

<br/>• OTHER</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backtesting Metric Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount on the positions for which Initial Margin is computed</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Breach Amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Difference between the Initial Margin and Backtesting Metric Amount</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Margin Period of Risk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Holding period for which the Backtesting Metric is calculated in days</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Breach Summary (Daily Reporting)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Instance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total number of testing dates for the account</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Number of Breaches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total number of breaches in the testing period</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Test Range Start</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beginning date of the test</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Test Range End</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">End date of the test</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>F. Manifest Reporting
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Use
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Manifest Reporting</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Message Count</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The total number of reports included in the file</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FIXML Message Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FIXML account summary report type</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sender ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The CFTC-issued DCO identifier</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indicate “CFTC”</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Message Transmit Datetime</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The date and time the file is transmitted</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Filenames</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">List of files to be sent</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">M = mandatory C = conditional O = optional.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 53684, Aug. 8, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="40" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 40—PROVISIONS COMMON TO REGISTERED ENTITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 12, as amended by Titles VII and VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Public Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 40.1" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means the intraday period of time starting at 8:15 a.m. and ending at 4:45 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time, whichever is currently in effect in Washington, DC, on all days except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant designated contract market</I> means any designated contract market on which no trading has occurred for a period of 365 days; <I>provided, however,</I> no designated contract market shall be considered dormant if its initial and original Commission order of designation was issued within the preceding 1,095 days.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant derivatives clearing organization</I> means any derivatives clearing organization registered pursuant to section 5b of the Act that has not accepted for clearing any agreement, contract or transaction that is required or permitted to be cleared by a derivatives clearing organization under sections 5b(a) and 5b(b) of the Act, respectively, for a period of 365 days; <I>provided, however,</I> no derivatives clearing organization shall be considered dormant if its initial and original Commission order of registration was issued within the preceding 1,095 days.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant swap data repository</I> means any registered swap data repository on which no data has resided for a period of 365 days.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant swap execution facility</I> means any swap execution facility on which no trading has occurred for a period of 365 days; <I>provided, however,</I> no swap execution facility shall be considered dormant if its initial and original Commission order of registration was issued within the preceding 1,095 days.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means any occurrence or circumstance that, in the opinion of the governing board of a registered entity, or a person or persons duly authorized to issue such an opinion on behalf of the governing board of a registered entity under circumstances and pursuant to procedures that are specified by rule, requires immediate action and threatens or may threaten such things as the fair and orderly trading in, or the liquidation of or delivery pursuant to, any agreements, contracts, swaps or transactions or the timely collection and payment of funds in connection with clearing and settlement by a derivatives clearing organization, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Any manipulative or attempted manipulative activity;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actual, attempted, or threatened corner, squeeze, congestion, or undue concentration of positions;
</P>
<P>(3) Any circumstances which may materially affect the performance of agreements, contracts, swaps or transactions, including failure of the payment system or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any participant;
</P>
<P>(4) Any action taken by any governmental body, or any other registered entity, board of trade, market or facility which may have a direct impact on trading or clearing and settlement; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other circumstance which may have a severe, adverse effect upon the functioning of a registered entity.
</P>
<P><I>Rule</I> means any constitutional provision, article of incorporation, bylaw, rule, regulation, resolution, interpretation, stated policy, advisory, terms and conditions, trading protocol, margin methodology, agreement or instrument corresponding thereto, including those that authorize a response or establish standards for responding to a specific emergency, and any amendment or addition thereto or repeal thereof, made or issued by a registered entity or by the governing board thereof or any committee thereof, in whatever form adopted.
</P>
<P><I>Terms and conditions</I> means any definition of the trading unit or the specific commodity underlying a contract for the future delivery of a commodity or commodity option contract, description of the payments to be exchanged under a swap, specification of cash settlement or delivery standards and procedures, and establishment of buyers' and sellers' rights and obligations under the swap or contract. Terms and conditions include provisions relating to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery or an option on such a contract or an option on a commodity (other than a swap):
</P>
<P>(i) Quality and other standards that define the commodity or instrument underlying the contract;
</P>
<P>(ii) Quantity standards or other provisions related to contract size;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any applicable premiums or discounts for delivery of nonpar products;
</P>
<P>(iv) Trading hours, trading months and the listing of contracts;
</P>
<P>(v) The pricing basis, minimum price fluctuations, and maximum price fluctuations;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any price limits, no cancellation ranges, trading halts, or circuit breaker provisions, and procedures for the establishment of daily settlement prices;
</P>
<P>(vii) Speculative position limits, position accountability standards, and position reporting requirements, including an indication as to whether the contract meets the definition of a referenced contract as defined in § 150.1 of this chapter, and if so, the name of either the core referenced futures contract or other referenced contract upon which the new referenced contract submitted under this part is based.
</P>
<P>(viii) Delivery points and locational price differentials;
</P>
<P>(ix) Delivery standards and procedures, including fees related to delivery or the delivery process; alternatives to delivery and applicable penalties or sanctions for failure to perform;
</P>
<P>(x) If cash settled; the definition, composition, calculation and revision of the cash settlement price or index;
</P>
<P>(xi) [Reserved];
</P>
<P>(xii) Option exercise price, if it is constant, and method for calculating the exercise price, if it is variable;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Threshold prices for an option contract, the existence of which is contingent upon those prices; and
</P>
<P>(xiv) Any restrictions or requirements for exercising an option; and
</P>
<P>(2) For a swap:
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of the major group, category, type or class in which the swap falls (such as an interest rate, commodity, credit or equity swap) and of any further sub-group, category, type or class that further describes the swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) Notional amounts, quantity standards, or other unit size characteristics;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any applicable premiums or discounts for delivery of nonpar products;
</P>
<P>(iv) Trading hours and the listing of swaps;
</P>
<P>(v) Pricing basis for establishing the payment obligations under, and mark-to-market value of, the swap including, as applicable, the accrual start dates, termination or maturity dates, and, for each leg of the swap, the initial cash flow components, spreads, and points, and the relevant indexes, prices, rates, coupons, or other price reference measures;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any price limits, trading halts, or circuit breaker provisions, and procedures for the establishment of daily settlement prices;
</P>
<P>(vii) Speculative position limits, position accountability standards, and position reporting requirements, including an indication as to whether the contract meets the definition of economically equivalent swap as defined in § 150.1 of this chapter, and, if so, the name of either the core referenced futures contract or referenced contract, as applicable, to which the swap submitted under this part is economically equivalent.
</P>
<P>(viii) Payment and reset frequency, day count conventions, business calendars, and accrual features;
</P>
<P>(ix) If physical delivery applies, delivery standards and procedures, including fees related to delivery or the delivery process, alternatives to delivery and applicable penalties or sanctions for failure to perform;
</P>
<P>(x) If cash settled, the definition, composition, calculation and revision of the cash settlement price, and the settlement currency;
</P>
<P>(xi) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xii) Option exercise price, if it is constant, and method for calculating the exercise price, if it is variable;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Threshold prices for an option, the existence of which is contingent upon those prices;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Any restrictions or requirements for exercising an option; and
</P>
<P>(xv) Life cycle events.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 88622, Nov. 7, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.2" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.2   Listing products for trading by certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission requirements.</I> A designated contract market or a swap execution facility must comply with the submission requirements of this section prior to listing a product for trading that has not been approved under § 40.3. A submission shall comply with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated contract market or the swap execution facility has filed its submission electronically in a format and manner specified by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission has received the submission by the open of business on the business day preceding the product's listing; and
</P>
<P>(3) The submission includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by appendix D to this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the rules that set forth the contract's terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) The intended listing date;
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification by the designated contract market or the swap execution facility that the product to be listed complies with the Act and Commission regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(v) A concise explanation and analysis that is complete with respect to the product's terms and conditions, the underlying commodity, and the product's compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles, and the Commission's regulations thereunder. This explanation and analysis shall either be accompanied by the documentation relied upon to establish the basis for compliance with applicable law, or incorporate information contained in such documentation, with appropriate citations to data sources;
</P>
<P>(vi) A certification that the registered entity posted a notice of a pending product certification with the Commission and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the registered entity's website. Information that the registered entity seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the registered entity's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 40.8(c)(4); and
</P>
<P>(vii) A request for confidential treatment, if appropriate, as permitted under § 40.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional information.</I> If requested by Commission staff, a registered entity shall provide any additional evidence, information or data that demonstrates that the contract meets, initially or on a continuing basis, the requirements of the Act or the Commission's regulations or policies thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay.</I> The Commission may stay the listing of a contract pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section during the pendency of Commission proceedings for filing a false certification or during the pendency of a petition to alter or amend the contract terms and conditions pursuant to Section 8a(7) of the Act. The decision to stay the listing of a contract in such circumstances shall not be delegable to any employee of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Class certification of swaps.</I> (1) A designated contract market or swap execution facility may list or facilitate trading in any swap or number of swaps based upon an “excluded commodity,” as defined in section 1a(19)(i) of the Act, not including any security, security index, and currency other than the United States Dollar and a “major foreign currency,” as defined in § 15.03(a) of this chapter, or an “excluded commodity,” as defined in section 1a(19)(ii)-(iv) of the Act, provided the designated contract market or swap execution facility certifies, under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) and (a)(3)(i), (iv), and (vi) of this section, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each particular swap within the certified class of swaps is based upon an excluded commodity specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each particular swap within the certified class of swaps is based upon an excluded commodity with an identical pricing source, formula, procedure, and methodology for calculating reference prices and payment obligations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pricing source, formula, procedure, and methodology for calculating reference prices and payment obligations in each particular swap within the certified class of swaps is identical to a pricing source, formula, procedure, and methodology for calculating reference prices and payment obligations in a product previously submitted to the Commission and certified or approved pursuant to this section or § 40.3; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Each particular swap within the certified class of swaps is based upon an excluded commodity involving an identical currency or identical currencies.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may in its discretion require a registered entity to withdraw its certification under paragraph (d)(1) of this section and to submit each individual swap or certain individual swaps within the submission for Commission review pursuant to this section or § 40.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 88623, Nov. 7, 2024; 89 FR 96897, Dec. 6, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.3" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.3   Voluntary submission of new products for Commission review and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval.</I> Pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act, a designated contract market, a swap execution facility, or a derivatives clearing organization may request that the Commission approve a new product prior to listing the product for trading or accepting the product for clearing, or if a product was initially submitted under § 40.2 or § 39.5 of this chapter, subsequent to listing the product for trading or accepting the product for clearing. A submission requesting approval shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed electronically in a format and manner specified by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Include the information required by appendix D to this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a copy of the rules that set forth the contract's terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(4) Include an explanation and analysis that is complete with respect to the product's terms and conditions, the underlying commodity, and the product's compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles, and the Commission's regulations thereunder. This explanation and analysis shall either be accompanied by the documentation relied upon to establish the basis for compliance with the applicable law, or incorporate information contained in such documentation, with appropriate citations to data sources;
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any agreements or contracts entered into with other parties that enable the registered entity to carry out its responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(6) Include the certifications required in § 41.22 for product approval of a commodity that is a security future or a security futures product as defined in Sections 1a(44) or 1a(45) of the Act, respectively;
</P>
<P>(7) Include, if appropriate, a request for confidential treatment as permitted under § 40.8;
</P>
<P>(8) Include the filing fee required under appendix A to this part;
</P>
<P>(9) Certify that the registered entity posted a notice of its request for Commission approval of the new product and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the registered entity's website. Information the registered entity seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the registered entity's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 40.8(c)(4); and
</P>
<P>(10) Include, if requested by Commission staff, additional evidence, information or data demonstrating that the contract meets, initially or on a continuing basis, the requirements of the Act, or other requirement for designation or registration under the Act, or the Commission's regulations or policies thereunder. The registered entity shall submit the requested information by the time specified by Commission staff, or at the conclusion of any extended period agreed to by Commission staff after timely receipt of a written request from the registered entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard for review and approval.</I> The Commission shall approve a new product unless the terms and conditions of the product violate the Act or the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission review.</I> (1) All products submitted for Commission approval pursuant to, and in compliance with the submission requirements of, paragraph (a) of this section shall be subject to review by the Commission for a period of 45 days after receipt by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may extend the initial 45-day review period for up to an additional 45 days if the product raises novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, the submission is incomplete or the requestor does not respond completely to Commission questions in a timely manner, in which case the Commission shall notify the submitting registered entity within the initial 45-day review period and shall briefly describe the nature of the specific issues for which additional time for review shall be required.
</P>
<P>(3) At any time during its review of a proposed product under this section, the Commission may extend the review period for any period of time to which the registered entity agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) Any amendment or supplementation made by the registered entity to the submission will be treated as the filing of a new submission under this section and be subject to the initial 45-day review period in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless the amendment or supplementation is requested by the Commission or is made for correction of typographical errors, renumbering or other non-substantive revisions.
</P>
<P>(5) If the review period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section would end on a day that is not a business day, such review period shall instead be extended to end on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission Determination</I>—(1) <I>Approval.</I> Any product submitted for Commission approval in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed approved by the Commission under section 5c(c) of the Act at the conclusion of the applicable review period under paragraph (c) of this section, unless the Commission issues a notice of non-approval to the registered entity under paragraph (d)(2) of this section within the applicable review period.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice of non-approval.</I> Any time during its review under this section, the Commission may notify the registered entity that it will not, or is unable to, approve the new product. This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's regulations, including the form or content requirements of this section, with which the new product is inconsistent or appears to be inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effect of non-approval.</I> (1) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (d)(2) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a product does not prevent the entity from subsequently submitting a revised version of the product for Commission approval, or from submitting the product as initially proposed, in a supplemented submission; the revised or supplemented submission will be reviewed without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(2) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (d)(2) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a product shall be presumptive evidence that the entity may not truthfully certify under § 40.2 that the same, or substantially the same, product complies with the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 88623, Nov. 7, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.4" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.4   Amendments to terms or conditions of enumerated agricultural products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this part, a designated contract market must submit for Commission approval under the procedures of § 40.5, prior to its implementation, any rule that, for a delivery month having open interest, would materially change a product's term or condition, as defined in § 40.1, of a contract for future delivery in an agricultural commodity enumerated in section 1a(9) of the Act, or of an option on such a contract or commodity.
</P>
<P>(b) The following rules or rule amendments are not material and are not required by this section to be submitted for Commission approval under the procedures of § 40.5:
</P>
<P>(1) Rules or rule amendments that are enumerated in § 40.6(d)(2) may be implemented without prior approval or certification, provided that they are implemented pursuant to the notification procedures of § 40.6(d);
</P>
<P>(2) Rules or rule amendments that are enumerated in § 40.6(e)(2) may be implemented without prior approval or certification or notification as permitted pursuant to § 40.6(e);
</P>
<P>(3) Rules or rule amendments governing trading hours may be implemented without prior approval, provided that they are implemented pursuant to the procedures of sect; 40.6(a);
</P>
<P>(4) Rules or rule amendments that are required to comply with a binding order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or a rule, regulation or order of the Commission or of another Federal regulatory authority, may be implemented without prior approval, provided that they are implemented pursuant to the procedures of § 40.6(a); or
</P>
<P>(5) Any rule or rule amendment:
</P>
<P>(i) The text of which has been submitted pursuant to the procedures of paragraph (b)(5) of this section and § 40.6(a) at least ten business days prior to its implementation and that has been labeled “Non-Material Agricultural Rule Change;”
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the designated contract market has provided an explanation as to why it considers the rule “non-material,” and any other information that may be beneficial to the Commission in analyzing the merits of the entity's claim of non-materiality including, if applicable, a copy of a previously approved rule or rule amendment that is, in substance, the same as the non-material rule or rule amendment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to which the Commission has not notified the contract market during the review period that the rule appears to require or does require prior approval under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 88624, Nov. 7, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.5" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.5   Voluntary submission of rules for Commission review and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval of rules.</I> Pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Act, a registered entity may request that the Commission approve a new rule or rule amendment prior to implementation of the rule, or if the rule or rule amendment was initially submitted under § 40.2 or 40.6, subsequent to implementation of the rule. A request for approval shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed electronically in a format and manner specified by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Include the information required by appendix D to this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the text of the rule or rule amendment (in the case of a rule amendment, deletions and additions must be indicated);
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the proposed effective date of the rule or rule amendment and any action taken or anticipated to be taken to adopt the proposed rule by the registered entity or by its governing board or by any committee thereof, and cite the rules of the entity that authorize the adoption of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide an explanation and analysis that is complete with respect to the operation, purpose, and effect of the proposed rule or rule amendment and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles, and the Commission's regulations thereunder, including, as applicable, a description of the anticipated benefits to market participants or others, any potential anticompetitive effects on market participants or others, and how the rule fits into the registered entity's framework of self-regulation;
</P>
<P>(6) Certify that the registered entity posted a notice of its request for Commission approval of the new rule or rule amendment and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the registered entity's website. Information the registered entity seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the registered entity's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 40.8(c)(4);
</P>
<P>(7) Provide additional information which may be beneficial to the Commission in analyzing the new rule or rule amendment. If a proposed rule affects, directly or indirectly, the application of any other rule of the registered entity, the pertinent text of any such rule must be set forth and the anticipated effect described;
</P>
<P>(8) Provide a brief explanation of any substantive opposing views expressed to the registered entity by governing board or committee members, members of the entity or market participants that were not incorporated into the rule, or a statement that no such opposing views were expressed;
</P>
<P>(9) Identify any Commission regulation that the Commission may need to amend, or sections of the Act or the Commission's regulations that the Commission may need to interpret, in order to approve the new rule or rule amendment. To the extent that such an amendment or interpretation is necessary to accommodate a new rule or rule amendment, the submission should include a reasoned analysis supporting the amendment to the Commission's regulation or the interpretation; and
</P>
<P>(10) As appropriate, include a request for confidential treatment as permitted under the procedures of § 40.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard for review and approval.</I> The Commission shall approve a new rule or rule amendment unless the rule or rule amendment is inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission review.</I> (1) Any rule submitted for Commission approval pursuant to, and in compliance with the submission requirements of, paragraph (a) of this section shall be subject to review by the Commission for a period of 45 days after receipt by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may extend the initial 45-day review period for up to an additional 45 days if the proposed rule raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review or is of major economic significance, the submission is incomplete or the requestor does not respond completely to Commission questions in a timely manner, in which case the Commission shall notify the submitting registered entity within the initial 45-day review period and shall briefly describe the nature of the specific issues for which additional time for review shall be required.
</P>
<P>(3) At any time during its review of a proposed rule under this section, the Commission may extend the review period for any period of time to which the registered entity agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(4) Any amendment or supplementation made by the registered entity to the submission will be treated as the filing of a new submission under this section and be subject to the initial 45-day review period in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless the amendment or supplementation is requested by the Commission or is made for correction of typographical errors, renumbering or other non-substantive revisions.
</P>
<P>(5) If a rule or rule amendment that is submitted for Commission approval under paragraph (a) of this section is also submitted and labeled as a “Non-Material Agricultural Rule Change” in accordance with § 40.4(b)(5), the Commission shall commence the 45-day review period in paragraph (c)(1) of this section ten business days after receiving the submission.
</P>
<P>(6) If the review period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section would end on a day that is not a business day, such review period shall instead be extended to end on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission determination</I>—(1) <I>Approval.</I> Any rule submitted for Commission approval in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed approved by the Commission under section 5c(c) of the Act at the conclusion of the applicable review period under paragraph (c) of this section, unless the Commission issues a notice of non-approval to the registered entity under paragraph (d)(3) of this section within the applicable review period.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Expedited approval.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, a proposed rule or rule amendment, including changes to terms and conditions of a product that are consistent with the Act and Commission regulations, may be approved by the Commission at such time and under such conditions as the Commission shall specify in a written notification.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of non-approval.</I> Any time during its review under this section, the Commission may notify the registered entity that it will not, or is unable to, approve the new rule or rule amendment. This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's regulations, including the form or content requirements of this section, with which the new rule or rule amendment is inconsistent or appears to be inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's regulations.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effect of non-approval.</I> (1) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (d)(3) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a new rule or rule amendment does not prevent the registered entity from subsequently submitting a revised version of the proposed rule or rule amendment for Commission review and approval, or from submitting the new rule or rule amendment as initially proposed, in a supplemented submission; the revised or supplemented submission will be reviewed without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(2) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (d)(3) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a proposed rule or rule amendment of a registered entity shall be presumptive evidence that the entity may not truthfully certify under § 40.6 that the same, or substantially the same, proposed rule or rule amendment complies with the Act and 17 CFR chapter I.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 88625, Nov. 7, 2024; 89 FR 96897, Dec. 6, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.6" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.6   Self-certification of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission requirements.</I> A registered entity shall comply with the certification and submission requirements of this section prior to implementing any rule that has not obtained Commission approval under § 40.5, or that is submitted under § 40.10, except as otherwise provided by § 40.10(a). A submission shall comply with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The registered entity has filed its submission electronically in a format and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The registered entity has provided a certification that the registered entity posted a notice of pending certification with the Commission and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the registered entity's website. Information that the registered entity seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the registered entity's website but it must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 40.8(c)(4).
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission has received the submission not later than the open of business on the business day that is 10 business days prior to the registered entity's implementation of the rule or rule amendment.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission has not stayed the submission pursuant to § 40.6(c).
</P>
<P>(5) The rule or rule amendment is not a rule or rule amendment of a designated contract market that materially changes a term or condition of a contract for future delivery of an agricultural commodity enumerated in section 1a(9) of the Act or an option on such a contract or commodity in a delivery month having open interest.
</P>
<P>(6) Rule certifications implemented in response to an emergency.
</P>
<P>(i) Rules or rule amendments implemented under procedures of the governing board to respond to an emergency as defined in § 40.1, shall, if practicable, be filed with the Commission prior to the implementation or, if not practicable, be filed with the Commission at the earliest possible time after implementation, but in no event more than twenty-four hours after implementation. Such rules shall be subject to the review and stay provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) New rules or rule amendments that establish standards for responding to an emergency must be submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or may be submitted pursuant to § 40.5.
</P>
<P>(7) The rule submission shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by appendix D to this part (“Emergency Rule Certification” should be noted in the Description section in the case of a rule or rule amendment that responds to an emergency);
</P>
<P>(ii) The text of the rule (in the case of a rule amendment, deletions and additions must be indicated);
</P>
<P>(iii) The date of intended implementation;
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification by the registered entity that the rule complies with the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(v) A concise explanation and analysis that is complete with respect to the operation, purpose, and effect of the proposed rule or rule amendment and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles, and the Commission's regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(vi) A brief explanation of any substantive opposing views expressed to the registered entity by governing board or committee members, members of the entity or market participants, that were not incorporated into the rule, or a statement that no such opposing views were expressed; and
</P>
<P>(vii) As appropriate, a request for confidential treatment pursuant to the procedures provided in § 40.8;
</P>
<P>(8) The registered entity shall provide, if requested by Commission staff, additional evidence, information or data that may be beneficial to the Commission in conducting a due diligence assessment of the filing and the registered entity's compliance with any of the requirements of the Act or the Commission's regulations or policies thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(9) Notwithstanding the 10 business day filing requirement of paragraphs (a)(3) and (b)(1) of this section, a registered entity may file a submission and certification of a new rule or a rule amendment that delists, or withdraws the certification of, a product that has no open interest and may make the delisting or withdrawal of the product with no open interest effective immediately upon filing the submission, provided that the submission is made in compliance with paragraphs (a)(1), (2) and (7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review by the Commission.</I> (1) The Commission shall have 10 business days to review the new rule or rule amendment before the new rule or rule amendment is deemed certified and can be made effective, unless the Commission notifies the registered entity during the 10-business day review period that it intends to issue a stay of the certification under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Any amendment or supplementation made by the registered entity to the submission will be treated as the filing of a new submission under this section and be subject to the initial 10-business day review period in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, unless the amendment or supplementation is requested by the Commission or is made for correction of typographical errors, renumbering or other non-substantive revisions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay</I>—(1) <I>Stay of certification of new rule or rule amendment.</I> The Commission may stay the certification of a new rule or rule amendment submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by issuing a notification informing the registered entity that the Commission is staying the certification of the rule or rule amendment on the grounds that the rule or rule amendment presents novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, the rule or rule amendment is accompanied by an inadequate explanation or the rule or rule amendment is potentially inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's regulations thereunder. The Commission will have an additional 90 days from the date of the notification to conduct the review. The decision to stay the certification of a rule in such circumstances shall be delegable pursuant to § 40.7 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public comment.</I> The Commission shall provide a 30-day comment period within the 90-day period in which the stay is in effect as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The Commission shall publish a notice of the 30-day comment period on the Commission website. Comments from the public shall be submitted as specified in that notice.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expiration of a stay of certification of new rule or rule amendment.</I> A new rule or rule amendment subject to a stay pursuant to this paragraph (c)(3) shall become effective and can be implemented, pursuant to the certification, at the expiration of the 90-day review period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section unless the Commission withdraws the stay prior to that time, or the Commission notifies the registered entity during the 90-day time period that it objects to the certification on the grounds that the proposed rule or rule amendment is inconsistent with the Act or 17 CFR chapter I.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Stay of effectiveness of rules or rule amendments already implemented.</I> The Commission may stay the effectiveness of an implemented rule during the pendency of Commission proceedings for filing a false certification or during the pendency of a petition to alter or amend the rule pursuant to section 8a(7) of the Act. The decision to stay the effectiveness of a rule in such circumstances shall not be delegable to any employee of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Effect of objection.</I> (i) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (c) of this section of the Commission's objection to a certification by a registered entity on the grounds that the proposed rule or rule amendment is inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's regulations does not prevent the registered entity from subsequently submitting a revised version of the proposed rule or rule amendment for certification or Commission review and approval, or from submitting the new rule or rule amendment as initially proposed, in a supplemented submission; the revised or supplemented submission will be reviewed without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notification to a registered entity under paragraph (c) of this section of the Commission's objection to a certification by a registered entity shall be presumptive evidence that the entity may not truthfully certify under this part that the same, or substantially the same, proposed rule or rule amendment complies with the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification of rule amendments.</I> Notwithstanding the rule certification requirement of Section 5c(c)(1) of the Act and paragraph (a) of this section, a registered entity may place the following rules or rule amendments into effect without certification to the Commission if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The registered entity provides to the Commission at least weekly a summary notice of all rule amendments made effective pursuant to this paragraph (d)(1) during the preceding week. Such notice must be labeled “Weekly Notification of Rule Amendments” and need not be filed for weeks during which no such actions have been taken. One copy of each such submission shall be furnished electronically in a format and manner specified by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(2) The rule governs:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Non-substantive revisions.</I> Corrections of typographical errors, renumbering, periodic routine updates to identifying information about registered entities and other such non-substantive revisions of a product's terms and conditions that have no effect on the economic characteristics of the product;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Delivery standards set by third parties.</I> Changes to grades or standards of commodities deliverable on a product that are established by an independent third party and that are incorporated by reference as product terms, provided that the grade or standard is not established, selected or calculated solely for use in connection with futures or option trading and such changes do not affect deliverable supplies or the pricing basis for the product;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Index products.</I> Routine changes in the composition, computation, or method of selection of component entities of an index (other than routine changes to securities indexes to the extent that such changes are not described in paragraph (e)(2)(vi) of this section) referenced and defined in the product's terms, that do not affect the pricing basis of the index, which are made by an independent third party whose business relates to the collection or dissemination of price information and which was not formed solely for the purpose of compiling an index for use in connection with a futures or option product;
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Option contract terms.</I> Changes to option contract rules, which may qualify for implementation without notice pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(vii) of this section, relating to the strike price listing procedures, strike price intervals, and the listing of strike prices on a discretionary basis;
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Fees.</I> Fees or fee changes, other than fees or fee changes associated with market making or trading incentive programs, that:
</P>
<P>(A) Total $1.00 or more per contract, and
</P>
<P>(B) Are established by an independent third party or are unrelated to delivery, trading, clearing or dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Survey lists.</I> Changes to lists of banks, brokers, dealers, or other entities that provide price or cash market information to an independent third party and that are incorporated by reference as product terms;
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Approved brands.</I> Changes in lists of approved brands or markings pursuant to previously certified or Commission approved standards or criteria;
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Delivery facilities and delivery service providers.</I> Changes in lists of approved delivery facilities and delivery service providers (including weigh masters, assayers, and inspectors) at a delivery location, pursuant to previously certified or Commission approved standards or criteria;
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Trading months.</I> The initial listing of trading months, or an amendment to existing trading months, which may qualify for implementation without notice pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(viii) of this section, within the currently established cycle of trading months;
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Minimum tick.</I> Reductions in the minimum price fluctuation (or “tick”).
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Contact information.</I> Updates of email addresses or other contact information that market participants use to submit block trades;
</P>
<P>(xii) <I>Changes to no cancellation ranges.</I> For a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery or an option on such a contract or an option on a commodity (other than a swap), changes to no cancellation ranges (which are the price ranges within which a trade will not be cancelled); or
</P>
<P>(xiii) <I>Option premiums or margins.</I> For a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery or an option on such a contract or an option on a commodity (other than a swap), payment or collection of commodity options premiums or margins; or for a swap, payment or collection of option premiums or margins.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification of rule amendments not required.</I> Notwithstanding the rule certification requirements of section 5c(c)(1) of the Act and paragraph (a) of this section, a registered entity may place the following rules or rule amendments into effect without certification or notice to the Commission if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The registered entity maintains documentation regarding all changes to rules; and
</P>
<P>(2) The rule governs:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transfer of membership or ownership.</I> Procedures and forms for the purchase, sale or transfer of membership or ownership, but not including qualifications for membership or ownership, any right or obligation of membership or ownership or dues or assessments;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Administrative procedures.</I> The organization and administrative procedures of a registered entity governing bodies such as a Board of Directors, Officers and Committees, but not voting requirements, Board of Directors or Committee composition requirements or procedures, decision making procedures, use or disclosure of material non-public information gained through the performance of official duties, or requirements relating to conflicts of interest;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Administration.</I> The routine, daily administration, direction and control of employees, requirements relating to gratuity and similar funds, but not guaranty, reserves, or similar funds; declaration of holidays, and changes to facilities housing the market, trading floor or trading area;
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Standards of decorum.</I> Standards of decorum or attire or similar provisions relating to admission to the floor, badges, or visitors, but not the establishment of penalties for violations of such rules; and
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Fees.</I> Fees or fee changes, other than fees or fee changes associated with market making or trading incentive programs, that:
</P>
<P>(A) Are less than $1.00 per contract; or
</P>
<P>(B) Relate to matters such as dues, badges, telecommunication services, booth space, real time quotations, historical information, publications, software licenses or other matters that are administrative in nature.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Securities indexes.</I> Routine changes to the composition, computation or method of security selection of an index that is referenced and defined in the product's rules, and which is made by an independent third party.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Option contract terms.</I> For registered entities that are in compliance with the daily reporting requirements of § 16.01 of this chapter, changes to option contract rules relating to the strike price listing procedures, strike price intervals, and the listing of strike prices on a discretionary basis.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Trading months.</I> For registered entities that are in compliance with the daily reporting requirements of § 16.01 of this chapter, the initial listing of trading months which are within the currently established cycle of trading months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 45666, Aug. 1, 2011; 89 FR 88626, Nov. 7, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.7" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.7   Delegations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedural matters.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, the following authorities, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's delegate:
</P>
<P>(i) To request, pursuant to § 40.3(c)(2) or § 40.5(c)(1)(ii) of this part, that the registered entity requesting approval amend the proposed product, rule or rule amendment, or supplement the submission to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) To notify the registered entity, pursuant to § 40.3(e) or § 40.5(e) of this part, that the Commission is not approving, or is unable to approve, the proposed product, rule or rule amendment;
</P>
<P>(iii) To make all determinations reserved to the Commission in § 40.10.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, the following authorities, after consultation with the Office of General Counsel or the General Counsel's delegate to notify a registered entity:
</P>
<P>(i) Pursuant to § 40.3(d) of this part, that the time for review of the submission has been extended because the product raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to § 40.5(d) of this part, that the time for review of the submission has been extended because the proposed rule or rule amendment raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review or is of major economic significance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pursuant to § 40.6(c) of this part, that the proposed rule or rule amendment has been stayed because there exist novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, or there is potential inconsistency with the Act or the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, the authority to notify a registered entity, pursuant to § 40.3(d) or § 40.5(d) of this part, that the time for review of the submission has been extended, or that a rule certified pursuant to § 40.6(c) has been stayed, because the submission is incomplete or provides an inadequate explanation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Emergency rules.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such other employee or employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, authority to receive notification of emergency rules under § 40.6(a)(6)(ii) of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by the Director or by such employees of the Commission that the Director may designate from time to time, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's delegate, the authority to determine whether a rule or rule amendment submitted by a designated contract market is material under § 40.4(b)(5), and to notify the designated contract market of such determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's delegate, the authority to approve, pursuant to section 5c(c)(3) of the Act and § 40.5 of this part, rules or rule amendments of a registered entity that:
</P>
<P>(1) Relate to, but do not substantially change, the quantity, quality, or other delivery specifications, procedures, or obligations for delivery, cash settlement, or exercise under an agreement, contract or transaction approved for trading by the Commission; daily settlement prices; clearing position limits; requirements or procedures for governance of a registered entity; procedures for transfer trades; trading hours; minimum price fluctuations; and maximum price limit and trading suspension provisions;
</P>
<P>(2) Reflect routine modifications that are required or anticipated by the terms of the rule of a registered entity;
</P>
<P>(3) Establish or amend or relate to speculative limits or position accountability provisions that are in compliance with the requirements of the Act and17 CFR chapter I;
</P>
<P>(4) Are in substance the same as a rule of the same or another registered entity which has been approved previously by the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c)(3) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) Are consistent with a specific, stated policy or interpretation of the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(6) Relate to the listing of additional trading months of approved contracts.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, the Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising any of the authority delegated pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and, separately, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, to be exercised by either Director, as appropriate, or by such employees of the Commission that either Director may designate from time to time, the authority to specify the format and manner to be used by a registered entity when filing a submission pursuant to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 88628, Nov. 7, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.8" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.8   Availability of public information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following sections of all applications to become a designated contract market, swap execution facility, derivatives clearing organization, or swap data repository shall be made publicly available: Transmittal letter and first page of the application cover sheet, proposed rules, narrative summary of the applicant's proposed activities and regulatory compliance chart, documents establishing the applicant's legal status, documents setting forth the applicant's corporate and governance structure and any other part of the application not covered by a request for confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) A registered entity's filing of new products pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 40.2 of this part, new products for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 40.3 of this part, new rules and rule amendments for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 40.4 or § 40.5 of this part, and new rules and rule amendments pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 40.6 and § 40.10 of this part shall be treated as public information unless accompanied by a request for confidential treatment. If a registered entity files a request for confidential treatment, the following procedures shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed written justification of the confidential treatment request must be filed simultaneously with the request for confidential treatment. The form and content of the detailed written justification shall be governed by § 145.9 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) All material for which confidential treatment is requested must be segregated in an appendix to the submission;
</P>
<P>(3) The submission itself must indicate that material has been segregated and, as appropriate, an additional redacted version provided;
</P>
<P>(4) Commission staff may make an initial determination with respect to the request for confidential treatment without regard to whether a request for the information has been sought under the Freedom of Information Act;
</P>
<P>(5) All requests for confidential treatment shall be subject to the process provided by § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) A submitter of information under this part may appeal an adverse decision by staff to the Commission's Office of General Counsel. The form and content of such appeal shall be governed by § 145.9(g) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) The grant of any part of a request for confidential treatment under this section may be reconsidered if a subsequent request under the Freedom of Information Act is made for the information.
</P>
<P>(d) Commission staff will not consider confidential treatment requests for information that is required to be made public under the Act. The terms and conditions of a product submitted to the Commission pursuant to §§ 40.2, 40.3, 40.5 and 40.6 of this part shall be made publicly available at the time of submission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 80 FR 59578, Oct. 2, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.9" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.10" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.10   Special certification procedures for submission of rules by systemically important derivatives clearing organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Advance notice.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization, as defined in § 39.2 of this chapter, shall provide notice to the Commission not less than 60 days in advance of any proposed change to its rules, procedures, or operations that could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by the systemically important derivatives clearing organization. A notice submitted under this section shall be subject to the filing requirements of § 40.6(a)(1) and the website publication requirements of § 40.6(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(1) The notice of a proposed change shall provide the information required to be submitted under § 40.6(a)(7) and shall specifically describe:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature of the change and expected effects on risks to the systemically important derivatives clearing organization, its clearing members, or the market; and
</P>
<P>(ii) How the systemically important derivatives clearing organization plans to manage any identified risks.
</P>
<P>(2) Concurrent with providing the Commission with the advance notice or any request or other information related to the advance notice, the systemically important derivatives clearing organization shall provide the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with a copy of such notice, request or other information in the same format and manner as required by the Board of Governors for those designated financial market utilities for which it is the Supervisory Agency pursuant to section 803(8) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(3) The systemically important derivatives clearing organization may request that the Commission expedite the review on the grounds that the change would materially decrease risk. The Commission, in its discretion, may expedite the review and, pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, notify the systemically important derivatives clearing organization in less than 60 days from the date the Commission receives the notice of proposed change in writing that it does not object to the proposed change and authorizes implementation of the change on an earlier date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Changes requiring advance notice.</I> Changes to a systemically important derivatives clearing organization's rules, procedures, or operations that could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by the systemically important derivatives clearing organization may include, but are not limited to: material changes to its default management plan or default rules or procedures required under § 39.16 or 39.35 of this chapter, program of risk analysis and oversight required under § 39.18 of this chapter, or recovery and wind down plans required under § 39.39 of this chapter; the adoption of a new or materially revised margin methodology; the establishment of a cross-margining program or similar arrangement with another clearing organization; and material changes to its approach to the stress testing required under § 39.13(h)(3) or 39.36(a) or (c) of this chapter. If a systemically important derivatives clearing organization determines that a proposed change could not materially affect the nature or level of risks it presents and therefore does not file an advance notice, the Commission may determine otherwise and require the systemically important derivatives clearing organization to withdraw the proposed change and provide notice pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Further information.</I> The Commission may require the systemically important derivatives clearing organization to provide any further information necessary to assess the effect the proposed change would have on the nature or level of risks associated with the systemically important derivatives clearing organization's payment, clearing, or settlement activities and the sufficiency of any proposed risk management techniques.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of objection.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization shall not implement a change to which the Commission has an objection on the grounds that the proposed change is not consistent with the Act or 17 CFR chapter I, or any applicable rules, orders, or standards prescribed under section 805(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Commission will notify the systemically important derivatives clearing organization in writing of any objection regarding the proposed change within 60 days from the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date that the notice of the proposed change was received; or
</P>
<P>(2) The date the Commission received any further information it had requested for consideration of the notice.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Implementation of change absent Commission objection.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization may implement a change if it has not received an objection to the proposed change within 60 days from the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date that the Commission received the notice of proposed change; or
</P>
<P>(2) The date the Commission received any further information it had requested for consideration of the notice.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Extended review.</I> The Commission may, during the 60-day review period, extend the review period if the proposed change raises novel or complex issues. A notification by the Commission pursuant to this paragraph will extend the review for an additional 60 days. Any extension under this paragraph will extend the time periods under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section for an additional 60 days.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Change allowed earlier if notified of no objection.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization may implement a change in less than 60 days from the date the Commission receives the notice of proposed change or the date the Commission receives any further information it has requested, if the Commission notifies the systemically important derivatives clearing organization in writing that it does not object to the proposed change and authorizes implementation of the change on an earlier date, subject to any conditions imposed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Emergency changes.</I> A systemically important derivatives clearing organization may implement a change that would otherwise require advance notice under this section if it determines that an emergency exists and immediate implementation of the change is necessary for the systemically important derivatives clearing organization to continue to provide its services in a safe and sound manner.
</P>
<P>(1) The systemically important derivatives clearing organization shall provide notice of any such emergency change to the Commission as soon as practicable, which shall be no later than 24 hours after implementation of the change.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice of an emergency change shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the information required for advance notice as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe the nature of the emergency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the reason the change was necessary for the systemically important derivatives clearing organization to continue to provide its services in a safe and sound manner.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may require modification or rescission of the emergency change if it finds that the change is not consistent with the Act or 17 CFR chapter I, or any applicable rules, orders, or standards prescribed under section 805(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
</P>
<P>(i) Where in §§ 39.3(g), 39.4(f), 39.13(i), and 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter a derivatives clearing organization is required to submit rules for approval pursuant to § 40.5, a systemically important derivatives clearing organization instead shall submit such rules pursuant to this section if the rules could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by the systemically important derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 44790, July 27, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 88628, Nov. 7, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.11" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.11   Review of event contracts based upon certain excluded commodities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> A registered entity shall not list for trading or accept for clearing on or through the registered entity any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An agreement, contract, transaction, or swap based upon an excluded commodity, as defined in Section 1a(19)(iv) of the Act, that involves, relates to, or references terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or an activity that is unlawful under any State or Federal law; or
</P>
<P>(2) An agreement, contract, transaction, or swap based upon an excluded commodity, as defined in Section 1a(19)(iv) of the Act, which involves, relates to, or references an activity that is similar to an activity enumerated in § 40.11(a)(1) of this part, and that the Commission determines, by rule or regulation, to be contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>90-day review and approval of certain event contracts.</I> The Commission may determine, based upon a review of the terms or conditions of a submission under § 40.2 or § 40.3, that an agreement, contract, transaction, or swap based on an excluded commodity, as defined in Section 1a(19)(iv) of the Act, which may involve, relate to, or reference an activity enumerated in § 40.11(a)(1) or § 40.11(a)(2), be subject to a 90-day review. The 90-day review shall commence from the date the Commission notifies the registered entity of a potential violation of § 40.11(a).
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission shall request that a registered entity suspend the listing or trading of any agreement, contract, transaction, or swap based on an excluded commodity, as defined in Section 1a(19)(iv) of the Act, which may involve, relate to, or reference an activity enumerated in § 40.11(a)(1) or § 40.11(a)(2), during the Commission's 90-day review period. The Commission shall post on the Web site a notification of the intent to carry out a 90-day review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Final determination.</I> The Commission shall issue an order approving or disapproving an agreement, contract, transaction, or swap that is subject to a 90-day review under § 40.11(c) not later than 90 days subsequent to the date that the Commission commences review, or if applicable, at the conclusion of such extended period agreed to or requested by the registered entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.12" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.12   Staying of certification and tolling of review period pending jurisdictional determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of novel derivative products.</I> (1) A registered entity certifying, submitting for approval, or otherwise filing a proposal to list, trade, or clear a novel derivative product (other than a product subject to the provisions of § 1.8 of this chapter) having elements of both a security and a contract for the sale of a commodity for future delivery (or an option on such contract or an option on a commodity) may provide notice of its proposal to the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission with a statement that written notice has been provided to both agencies through an appropriate means provided in each Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) If concurrent notice is not provided pursuant to § 40.12(a)(1), the Commission shall notify the Securities and Exchange Commission of the registered entity's submission of a novel derivative product described in § 40.12(a)(1) and accompany such notice with a copy of the submission. The Commission shall determine whether a particular submission is a novel derivative product requiring notice to the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than five business days subsequent to the date that the registered entity submits the product for Commission review.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tolling of review period.</I> Upon receipt of a request for a jurisdictional determination, pursuant to Section 718(a)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act, by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, the product certification shall be stayed or the approval review period shall be tolled until a final determination order is issued.
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission will provide the registered entity with a written notice of stay pending issuance of a final determination order by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The stay shall be withdrawn or the approval review period shall resume upon the Commission's or the Securities and Exchange Commission's issuance of a final determination order finding that the Commission has jurisdiction over the submission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Determination order.</I> A final determination, for purposes of § 40.12(b) of this part, shall be a determination order issued by the Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 718(a)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Judicial review of determination order.</I> The filing of a petition by a complaining Commission, pursuant to Section 718(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act, shall operate as a stay of the agency order.
</P>
<P>(1) The stay shall remain in effect until the date on which the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issues a final determination pursuant to Section 718(b)(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act, or until such date that there is a final disposition of an appeal of that determination.
</P>
<P>(2) The submission review period shall resume upon issuance of a final determination, as described in § 40.12(c)(1), that the Commission has jurisdiction over the submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.13.42" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 40—Schedule of Fees
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applications for product approval.</I> Each application for product approval under § 40.3 must be accompanied by a check or money order made payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in an amount to be determined annually by the Commission and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Checks and applications should be sent to the attention of the Office of the Secretariat, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20581. No checks or money orders may be accepted by personnel other than those in the Office of the Secretariat.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure to submit the fee with an application for product approval will result in return of the application. Fees will not be returned after receipt.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.13.43" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendixes B-C to Part 40 [Reserved]






</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.13.44" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 40—Submission Instructions for Rules and Products
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rule and product submissions shall be submitted electronically to the Commission by a registered entity in a format and manner specified by the Commission, and shall include all of the following information:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Date</I>—The date of the filing.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Organization</I>—The name of the organization filing the submission (e.g., CBOT).
</P>
<P>3. <I>Type of Registered Entity</I>—An indication as to whether the rule or product is being submitted by a designated contract market (DCM), derivatives clearing organization (DCO), swap execution facility (SEF), or swap data repository (SDR).
</P>
<P>4. <I>Type of Filing</I>—An indication as to whether the filing is a new rule, rule amendment or new product and the section of this part under which the filing is submitted. For a new product to be listed by a DCM or a SEF, an indication whether the new product meets the definition of referenced contract as such term is defined in § 150.1 of this chapter and is described in appendix C to part 150 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Rule Numbers</I>—For rule filings, the rule number(s) being adopted or modified in the case of rule amendment filings.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Description</I>—For rule or rule amendment filings, a description of the new rule or rule amendment, including a discussion of its expected impact on the registered entity, market participants, and the overall market. The narrative should describe the substance of the submission with enough specificity to characterize all material aspects of the filing.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Identifier Code (optional)</I>—A registered entity Identifier Code, if applicable. Such codes are commonly generated by registered entities to provide an identifier that is unique to each filing (e.g., NYMEX Submission 03-116).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other Requirements</I>—A submission shall comply with all applicable filing requirements for proposed rules, rule amendments, or products. The entry of the information required by paragraph (a) of this appendix does not obviate the registered entity's responsibility to comply with applicable filing requirements (e.g., rules submitted for Commission approval under § 40.5 must be accompanied by an explanation of the purpose and effect of the proposed rule along with a description of any substantive opposing views).
</P>
<P>(c) An indication of “confidential treatment requested” does not obviate the submitter's responsibility to comply with all applicable requirements for requesting confidential treatment in § 40.8 and, where appropriate, § 145.9 of this chapter, and will not substitute for notice or full compliance with such requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 88628, Nov. 7, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="17:1.0.1.1.33.0.7.13.45" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 40—Guidance on Compliance With the Materiality Assessment in § 40.4
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix provides guidance on complying with the requirement in § 40.4(a) that a DCM must submit rule changes that would materially change a term or condition of a contract on an agricultural product enumerated in section 1a(9) of the CEA with open interest for Commission approval under the procedures of § 40.5. Section 40.4(a) applies strictly to rules that materially change a product's economic terms and conditions, and does not apply to other rules. Guidance is set forth below to assist a DCM in assessing whether a change to the terms and conditions is material pursuant to § 40.4(a) and in explaining why it considers a rule to be non-material when § 40.4(b)(5) is applicable. The guidance below can be used to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirement in § 40.4(b)(5)(ii) that the DCM explain why it considers a rule to be non-material when applicable.
</P>
<HD2>Materiality of a Change of a Term or Condition
</HD2>
<P>Any change that is enumerated by the Commission in § 40.4(b)(1) through (4) is not material for purposes of § 40.4(a) and may be submitted under the applicable § 40.6 provision that is specified in the applicable § 40.4(b). For any other rule that the DCM believes to be non-material, § 40.4(b)(5) sets forth a process for the DCM to implement the change through self-certification pursuant to § 40.6(a).
</P>
<P>In order for a DCM to self-certify a change to a term or condition of a contract on an agricultural product enumerated in CEA section 1a(9) with open interest that the DCM believes to be non-material, § 40.4(b)(5) requires the DCM to make a non-materiality filing and explain why it considers the rule change to be “non-material.” To assist an exchange in assessing and explaining whether a change to the terms and conditions is non-material pursuant to § 40.4(b)(5), paragraphs (1) through (4) of the following paragraph are the criteria that the Commission generally considers as evidence that an enumerated agricultural product rule change is non-material under § 40.4(a) pursuant to § 40.4(b)(5). A DCM may address these criteria in its assessment and explanation to demonstrate compliance with § 40.4(b)(5).
</P>
<P>The Commission considers a change to the terms and conditions of a contract on an agricultural product enumerated in CEA section 1a(9) that has open interest as a non-material change if:
</P>
<P>(1) The change should not affect a reasonable trader's decision to enter into, or maintain, a position;
</P>
<P>(2) The change should not affect a reasonable trader's decision to make or take delivery on the contract or to exercise an option on the contract; and
</P>
<P>(3) The change should not have an effect on the value of existing positions, including, but not limited to, a change affecting the price of the contract due to a change in the commodity quality characteristics of the existing contract, a change to the size of the existing contract, or a change to a cost of effecting delivery for the existing contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 88629, Nov. 7, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 25, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="2" NODE="17:2" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges--Volume 2</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part 
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter i</E>—Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Continued)
</SUBJECT>
<PG>41


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="I" NODE="17:2.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER I—COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="41" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 41—SECURITY FUTURES PRODUCTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 206, 251 and 252, Pub. L. 106-554, 114 Stat. 2763, 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6f, 6j, 7a-2, 12a; 15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(2). 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) Alternative trading system shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(1) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Board of trade shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(2) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Broad-based security index</I> means a group or index of securities that does not constitute a narrow-based security index.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign board of trade</I> means a board of trade located outside of the United States, its territories or possessions, whether incorporated or unincorporated, where foreign futures or foreign options are entered into.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Narrow-based security index</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(35) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(f) National securities association means a board of trade registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(g) National securities exchange means a board of trade registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(h) Rule shall have the meaning set forth in Commission regulation 40.1. 
</P>
<P>(i) Security futures product shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(32) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Opening price</I> means the price at which a security opened for trading, or a price that fairly reflects the price at which a security opened for trading, during the regular trading session of the national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security. If the security is not listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association, then <I>opening price</I> shall mean the price at which a security opened for trading, or a price that fairly reflects the price at which a security opened for trading, on the primary market for the security.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Regular trading session</I> of a security means the normal hours for business of a national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Regulatory halt</I> means a delay, halt, or suspension in the trading of a security, that is instituted by the national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security, as a result of: 
</P>
<P>(1) A determination that there are matters relating to the security or issuer that have not been adequately disclosed to the public, or that there are regulatory problems relating to the security which should be clarified before trading is permitted to continue; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The operation of circuit breaker procedures to halt or suspend trading in all equity securities trading on that national securities exchange or national securities association.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 44965, Aug. 27, 2001; 67 FR 36761, May 24, 2002; 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.2   Required records.</HEAD>
<P>A designated contract market that trades a security index or security futures product shall maintain in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter books and records of all activities related to the trading of such products, including: Records related to any determination under subpart B of this part whether or not a futures contract on a security index is a narrow-based security index or a broad-based security index.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.3   Application for an exemptive order pursuant to section 4f(a)(4)(B) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any futures commission merchant or introducing broker registered in accordance with the notice registration provisions of § 3.10 of this chapter, or any broker or dealer exempt from floor broker or floor trader registration pursuant to section 4f(a)(3) of the Act, may apply to the Commission for an order pursuant to section 4f(a)(4)(B) of the Act granting exemption to such person from any provision of the Act or the Commission's regulations other than sections 4c(b), 4c(d), 4c(e), 4c(g), 4d, 4e, 4h, 4f(b), 4f(c), 4j, 4k(1), 4p, 6d, 8(d), 8(g), and 16 of the Act and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) An application pursuant to this section must set forth in writing or in an electronic mail message the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, main business address and main business telephone number of the person applying for an order;
</P>
<P>(2) The capacity in which the person is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the person's CRD number (if a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) or equivalent self-regulatory organization identification, together with a certification, if true, that the person's registration is not suspended pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(3) The particular section(s) of the Act and/or provision(s) of the Commission's regulations with respect to which the person seeks exemption;
</P>
<P>(4) Any provision(s) of the securities laws or rules, or of the rules of a securities self-regulatory organization analogous to the provision(s);
</P>
<P>(5) A clear explanation of the facts and circumstances under which the person believes that the requested exemptive relief is necessary or appropriate in the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(6) A clear explanation of the extent to which the requested exemptive relief is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(c) A national securities exchange or other securities industry self-regulatory organization may submit an application for an order pursuant to this section on behalf of its members.
</P>
<P>(d) An application for an order must be submitted to the Director of the Market Participants Division, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters if in paper form, or to <I>MPDletters@cftc.gov</I> if submitted via electronic mail.


</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may, in its sole discretion, grant the application, deny the application, decline to entertain the application, or grant the application subject to one or more conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43086, Aug. 17, 2001. Redesignated at 67 FR 53171, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71812, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 41.4-41.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 41.4-41.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Narrow-Based Security Indexes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.11   Method for determining market capitalization and dollar value of average daily trading volume; application of the definition of narrow-based security index.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Market capitalization.</I> For purposes of section 1a(35)(B) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)(B)):
</P>
<P>(1) On a particular day, a security shall be 1 of 750 securities with the largest market capitalization as of the preceding 6 full calendar months when it is included on a list of such securities designated by the Commission and the SEC as applicable for that day.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that the Commission and the SEC have not designated a list under paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The method to be used to determine market capitalization of a security as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the values of the market capitalization of such security for each U.S. trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(ii) The 750 securities with the largest market capitalization shall be identified from the universe of all NMS securities as defined in § 242.600 that are common stock or depositary shares.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dollar value of ADTV.</I> (1) For purposes of section 1a(35)(A) and (B) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)(A) and (B)):
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV of a security is to sum the dollar value of ADTV of all reported transactions in such security in each jurisdiction as calculated pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The dollar value of ADTV of a security shall include the value of all reported transactions for such security and for any depositary share that represents such security.
</P>
<P>(C) The dollar value of ADTV of a depositary share shall include the value of all reported transactions for such depositary share and for the security that is represented by such depositary share.
</P>
<P>(ii) For trading in a security in the United States, the method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value of all reported transactions in such security for each U.S. trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) For trading in a security in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value in U.S. dollars of all reported transactions in such security in such jurisdiction for each trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of trading days in such jurisdiction during the preceding 6 full calendar months.
</P>
<P>(B) If the value of reported transactions used in calculating the ADTV of securities under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the total value of each day's transactions in such currency shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange for that day obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of ADTV of the lowest weighted 25% of an index is the sum of the dollar value of ADTV of each of the component securities comprising the lowest weighted 25% of such index.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of section 1a(35)(B)(III)(cc) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)(B)(III)(cc)):
</P>
<P>(i) On a particular day, a security shall be 1 of 675 securities with the largest dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months when it is included on a list of such securities designated by the Commission and the SEC as applicable for that day.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the Commission and the SEC have not designated a list under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV of a security as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value of all reported transactions in such security in the United States for each U.S. trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(B) The 675 securities with the largest dollar value of ADTV shall be identified from the universe of all NMS securities as defined in § 242.600 that are common stock or depositary shares.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Depositary Shares and Section 12 Registration.</I> For purposes of section 1a(35)(B)(III)(aa) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)(B)(III)(aa)), the requirement that each component security of an index be registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) shall be satisfied with respect to any security that is a depositary share if the deposited securities underlying the depositary share are registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the depositary share is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) on Form F-6 (17 CFR 239.36).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>SEC</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Closing price</I> of a security means:
</P>
<P>(i) If reported transactions in the security have taken place in the United States, the price at which the last transaction in such security took place in the regular trading session of the principal market for the security in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) If no reported transactions in a security have taken place in the United States, the closing price of such security shall be the closing price of any depositary share representing such security divided by the number of shares represented by such depositary share.
</P>
<P>(iii) If no reported transactions in a security or in a depositary share representing such security have taken place in the United States, the closing price of such security shall be the price at which the last transaction in such security took place in the regular trading session of the principal market for the security. If such price is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such price shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange relevant for the time of the transaction obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Depositary share</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.12b-2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign financial regulatory authority</I> has the same meaning as in Section 3(a)(52) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(52)).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Lowest weighted 25% of an index.</I> With respect to any particular day, the lowest weighted component securities comprising, in the aggregate, 25% of an index's weighting for purposes of section 1a(35)(A)(iv) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)(A)(iv)) (“lowest weighted 25% of an index”) means those securities:
</P>
<P>(i) That are the lowest weighted securities when all the securities in such index are ranked from lowest to highest based on the index's weighting methodology; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the sum of the weight of such securities is equal to, or less than, 25% of the index's total weighting.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Market capitalization</I> of a security on a particular day:
</P>
<P>(i) If the security is not a depositary share, is the product of:
</P>
<P>(A) The closing price of such security on that same day; and
</P>
<P>(B) The number of outstanding shares of such security on that same day.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the security is a depositary share, is the product of:
</P>
<P>(A) The closing price of the depositary share on that same day divided by the number of deposited securities represented by such depositary share; and
</P>
<P>(B) The number of outstanding shares of the security represented by the depositary share on that same day.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Outstanding shares</I> of a security means the number of outstanding shares of such security as reported on the most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 10-KSB, Form 10-QSB, or Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.310, 249.308a, 249.310b, 249.308b, or 249.220f) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the issuer of such security, including any change to such number of outstanding shares subsequently reported by the issuer on a Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Preceding 6 full calendar months</I> means, with respect to a particular day, the period of time beginning on the same day of the month 6 months before and ending on the day prior to such day.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Principal market</I> for a security means the single securities market with the largest reported trading volume for the security during the preceding 6 full calendar months.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Reported transaction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to securities transactions in the United States, any transaction for which a transaction report is collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan, or for which a transaction report, last sale data, or quotation information is disseminated through an automated quotation system as described in Section 3(a)(51)(A)(ii) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(51)(A)(ii)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to securities transactions outside the United States, any transaction that has been reported to a foreign financial regulatory authority in the jurisdiction where such transaction has taken place.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>U.S. trading day</I> means any day on which a national securities exchange is open for trading.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Weighting</I> of a component security of an index means the percentage of such index's value represented, or accounted for, by such component security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 43750, July 29, 2005; 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.12   Indexes underlying futures contracts trading for fewer than 30 days.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An index on which a contract of sale for future delivery is trading on a designated contract market or foreign board of trade is not a narrow-based security index under section 1a(35) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(35)) for the first 30 days of trading, if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such index would not have been a narrow-based security index on each trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months with respect to a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of such contract;
</P>
<P>(2) On each trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months with respect to a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading such contract:
</P>
<P>(i) Such index had more than 9 component securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) No component security in such index comprised more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(iii) The 5 highest weighted component securities in such index did not comprise, in the aggregate, more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of the trading volume of the lowest weighted 25% of such index was not less than $50 million (or in the case of an index with 15 or more component securities, $30 million); or
</P>
<P>(3) On each trading day of the 6 full calendar months preceding a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading such contract:
</P>
<P>(i) Such index had at least 9 component securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) No component security in such index comprised more than 30 percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each component security in such index was:
</P>
<P>(A) Registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78) or was a depositary share representing a security registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(B) 1 of 750 securities with the largest market capitalization that day; and
</P>
<P>(C) 1 of 675 securities with the largest dollar value of trading volume that day.
</P>
<P>(b) An index that is not a narrow-based security index for the first 30 days of trading pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, shall become a narrow-based security index if such index has been a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(c) An index that becomes a narrow-based security index solely because it was a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall not be a narrow-based security index for the following 3 calendar months.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Market capitalization</I> has the same meaning as in § 41.11(d)(6) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dollar value of trading volume</I> of a security on a particular day is the value in U.S. dollars of all reported transactions in such security on that day. If the value of reported transactions used in calculating dollar value of trading volume is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the total value of each day's transactions shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange for that day obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Lowest weighted 25% of an index</I> has the same meaning as in § 41.11(d)(5) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Preceding 6 full calendar months</I> has the same meaning as in § 41.11(d)(8) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reported transaction</I> has the same meaning as in § 41.11(d)(10) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.13   Futures contracts on security indexes trading on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade.</HEAD>
<P>When a contract of sale for future delivery on a security index is traded on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade, such index shall not be a narrow-based security index if it would not be a narrow-based security index if a futures contract on such index were traded on a designated contract market.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.14   Transition period for indexes that cease being narrow-based security indexes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Forty-five day tolerance provision. An index that is a narrow-based security index that becomes a broad-based security index for no more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months shall be a narrow-based security index.
</P>
<P>(b) Transition period for indexes that cease being narrow-based security indexes for more than forty-five days. An index that is a narrow-based security index that becomes a broad-based security index for more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months shall continue to be a narrow-based security index for the following 3 calendar months.
</P>
<P>(c) Trading in months with open interest following transition period. After the transition period provided for in paragraph (b) of this section ends, a national securities exchange may continue to trade only in those months in the security futures product that had open interest on the date the transition period ended.
</P>
<P>(d) Definition of calendar month. Calendar month means, with respect to a particular day, the period of time beginning on a calendar date and ending during another month on a day prior to such date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.15   Exclusion from definition of narrow-based security index for indexes composed of debt securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An index is not a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Each of the securities of an issuer included in the index is a security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 3 (a)(10) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the respective rules promulgated thereunder, that is a note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness;
</P>
<P>(ii) None of the securities of an issuer included in the index is an equity security, as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iii) The index is comprised of more than nine securities that are issued by more than nine non-affiliated issuers;
</P>
<P>(iv) The securities of any issuer included in the index do not comprise more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(v) The securities of any five non-affiliated issuers included in the index do not comprise more than 60 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(viii) of this section, for each security of an issuer included in the index one of the following criteria is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer of the security is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer of the security has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer of the security has outstanding securities that are notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(D) The security is an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(E) The issuer of the security is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(viii) of this section, for each security of an issuer included in the index one of the following criteria is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The security has a total remaining principal amount of at least $250,000,000; or
</P>
<P>(B) The security is a municipal security (as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder) that has a total remaining principal amount of at least $200,000,000 and the issuer of such municipal security has outstanding securities that are notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) and (a)(1)(vii) of this section will not apply to securities of an issuer included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(A) All securities of such issuer included in the index represent less than five percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(B) Securities comprising at least 80 percent of the index's weighting satisfy the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) and (a)(1)(vii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The index includes exempted securities, other than municipal securities as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder, that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness; and
</P>
<P>(B) Not equity securities, as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of such exempted securities, other than municipal securities, the remaining portion of the index would not be a narrow-based security index meeting all the conditions under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer is affiliated with another issuer if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, “control” means ownership of 20 percent or more of an issuer's equity, or the ability to direct the voting of 20 percent or more of the issuer's voting equity.
</P>
<P>(3) The term “issuer” includes a single issuer or group of affiliated issuers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 39541, July 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements and Standards for Listing Security Futures Products</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 55083, Nov. 1, 2001, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 41.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.21   Requirements for underlying securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security futures products based on a single security.</I> A futures contract on a single security is eligible to be traded as a security futures product only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The underlying security is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(2) The underlying security is:
</P>
<P>(i) Common stock, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Such other equity security as the Commission and the SEC jointly deem appropriate, or
</P>
<P>(iii) A note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The underlying security conforms with the listing standards for the security futures product that the designated contract market has filed with the SEC under section 19(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security futures product based on two or more securities.</I> A futures contract on an index of two or more securities is eligible to be traded as a security futures product only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The index is a narrow-based security index as defined in section 1a(35) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The securities in the index are registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(3) The securities in the index are:
</P>
<P>(i) Common stock, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Such other equity securities as the Commission and the SEC jointly deem appropriate, or
</P>
<P>(iii) A note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The index conforms with the listing standards for the security futures product that the designated contract market has filed with the SEC under section 19(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 55083, Nov. 1, 2001, as amended at 71 FR 39542, July 13, 2006; 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.22" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.22   Required certifications.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for a designated contract market to list for trading or execution a security futures product unless the designated contract market has provided the Commission with a certification that the specific security futures product or products and the designated contract market meet, as applicable, the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(a) The underlying security or securities satisfy the requirements of § 41.21;
</P>
<P>(b) If the security futures product is not cash settled, arrangements are in place with a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the payment and delivery of the securities underlying the security futures product;
</P>
<P>(c) Common clearing. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Only futures commission merchants, introducing brokers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators or associated persons subject to suitability rules comparable to those of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except to the extent otherwise permitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, may solicit, accept any order for, or otherwise deal in any transaction in or in connection with security futures products;
</P>
<P>(e) If the board of trade is a designated contract market pursuant to section 5 of the Act, dual trading in these security futures products is restricted in accordance with § 41.27;
</P>
<P>(f) Trading in the security futures products is not readily susceptible to manipulation of the price of such security futures product, nor to causing or being used in the manipulation of the price of any underlying security, option on such security, or option on a group or index including such securities, consistent with the conditions for trading of § 41.25;
</P>
<P>(g) Procedures are in place for coordinated surveillance among the board of trade, any market on which any security underlying a security futures product is traded, and other markets on which any related security is traded to detect manipulation and insider trading. A board of trade that is an alternative trading system does not need to make this certification, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The alternative trading system is a member of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(2) The national securities association or national securities exchange of which the alternative trading system is a member has in place such procedures;
</P>
<P>(h) An audit trail is in place to facilitate coordinated surveillance among the board of trade, any market on which any security underlying a security futures product is traded, and any market on which any related security is traded. A board of trade that is an alternative trading system does not need to make this certification, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The alternative trading system is a member of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(2) The national securities association or national securities exchange of which the alternative trading system is a member has in place such procedures;
</P>
<P>(i) Procedures are in place to coordinate regulatory trading halts between the board of trade and markets on which any security underlying the security futures product is traded and other markets on which any related security is traded. A board of trade that is an alternative trading system does not need to make this certification, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The alternative trading system is a member of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(2) The national securities association or national securities exchange of which the alternative trading system is a member has in place such procedures; and
</P>
<P>(j) The margin requirements for the security futures product will comply with the provisions specified in § 41.43 through § 41.48.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.23" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.23   Listing of security futures products for trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial listing of products for trading.</I> To list new security futures products for trading, a designated contract market shall submit to the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, either in electronic or hard-copy form, to be received by the Commission no later than the day prior to the initiation of trading, a filing that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is labeled “Listing of Security Futures Product;”
</P>
<P>(2) Includes a copy of the product's rules, including its terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Includes the certifications required by § 41.22;
</P>
<P>(4) Includes a certification that the terms and conditions of the contract comply with the additional conditions for trading of § 41.25;
</P>
<P>(5) If the board of trade is a designated contract market pursuant to section 5 of the Act, it includes a certification that the security futures product complies with the Act and rules thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(6) Includes a copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions in appendix D of part 40.
</P>
<P>(7) Includes a request for confidential treatment as permitted under the procedures of § 40.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntary submission of security futures products for Commission approval.</I> A designated contract market may request that the Commission approve any security futures product under the procedures of § 40.5 of this chapter, <I>provided however,</I> that the registered entity shall include the certification required by § 41.22 with its submission under § 40.5 of this chapter. Notice designated contract markets may not request Commission approval of security futures products.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 55083, Nov. 1, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004; 74 FR 17394, Apr. 15, 2009; 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.24   Rule amendments to security futures products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Self-certification of rules and rule amendments by designated contract markets and registered derivatives clearing organizations.</I> A designated contract market or registered derivatives clearing organization may implement any new rule or rule amendment relating to a security futures product by submitting to the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters, either in electronic or hard-copy form, to be received by the Commission no later than the day prior to the implementation of the rule or rule amendment, a filing that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is labeled “Security Futures Product Rule Submission;'
</P>
<P>(2) Includes a copy of the new rule or rule amendment;
</P>
<P>(3) Includes a certification that the designated contract market or registered derivatives clearing organization has filed the rule or rule amendment with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if such a filing is required;
</P>
<P>(4) If the board of trade is a designated contract market pursuant to section 5 of the Act or is a registered derivatives clearing organization pursuant to section 5b of the Act, it includes the documents and certifications required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 40.6 of this chapter, including a certification that the security futures product complies with the Act and rules thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(5) Includes a copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions in appendix D of part 40.
</P>
<P>(6) Includes a request for confidential treatment as permitted under the procedures of § 40.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntary submission of rules for Commission review and approval.</I> A designated contract market or a registered derivatives clearing organization clearing security futures products may request that the Commission approve any rule or proposed rule or rule amendment relating to a security futures product under the procedures of § 40.5 of this chapter, <I>provided however,</I> that the registered entity shall include the certifications required by § 41.22 with its submission under § 40.5 of this chapter. Notice designated contract markets may not request Commission approval of rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 55083, Nov. 1, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004; 74 FR 17394, Apr. 15, 2009; 77 FR 66344, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.25" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.25   Additional conditions for trading for security futures products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Estimated deliverable supply</I> means the quantity of the security underlying a security futures product that reasonably can be expected to be readily available to short traders and salable by long traders at its market value in normal cash marketing channels during the specified delivery period. For guidance on estimating deliverable supply, designated contract markets may refer to appendix A of this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Same side of the market</I> means the aggregate of long positions in physically-delivered security futures products and cash-settled security futures products, in the same security, and, separately, the aggregate of short positions in physically-delivered security futures products and cash-settled security futures products, in the same security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Common provisions</I>—(1) <I>Reporting of data.</I> The designated contract market shall comply with part 16 of this chapter requiring the daily reporting of market data.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Regulatory trading halts.</I> The rules of a designated contract market that lists or trades one or more security futures products must include the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(i) Trading of a security futures product based on a single security shall be halted at all times that a regulatory halt has been instituted for the underlying security; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Trading of a security futures product based on a narrow-based security index shall be halted at all times that a regulatory halt has been instituted for one or more underlying securities that constitute 50 percent or more of the market capitalization of the narrow-based security index. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Speculative position limits.</I> A designated contract market shall have rules in place establishing position limits or position accountability procedures for the expiring futures contract month as specified in this paragraph (b)(3).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Limits for equity security futures products.</I> For a security futures product on a single equity security, including a security futures product on an underlying security that represents ownership in a group of securities, e.g., an exchange traded fund, a designated contract market shall adopt a position limit no greater than 25,000 100-share contracts (or the equivalent if the contract size is different than 100 shares), either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month; except where:
</P>
<P>(A) For a security futures product on a single equity security where the estimated deliverable supply of the underlying security exceeds 20 million shares, a designated contract market may adopt, if appropriate in light of the liquidity of trading in the underlying security, a position limit no greater than the equivalent of 12.5 percent of the estimated deliverable supply of the underlying security, either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month; or
</P>
<P>(B) For a security futures product on a single equity security where the six-month total trading volume in the underlying security exceeds 2.5 billion shares and there are more than 40 million shares of estimated deliverable supply, a designated contract market may adopt a position accountability rule in lieu of a position limit, either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month. Upon request by a designated contract market, traders who hold positions greater than 25,000 100-share contracts (or the equivalent if the contract size is different than 100 shares), or such lower level specified pursuant to the rules of the designated contract market, must provide information to the designated contract market and consent to halt increasing their positions when so ordered by the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Limits for physically-delivered basket equity security futures products.</I> For a physically-delivered security futures product on more than one equity security, e.g., a basket of deliverable securities, a designated contract market shall adopt a position limit, either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month and the criteria in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section must apply to the underlying security with the lowest estimated deliverable supply. For a physically-delivered security futures product on more than one equity security with a contract size different than 100 shares per underlying security, an appropriate adjustment to the limit must be made. If each of the underlying equity securities in the basket of deliverable securities is eligible for a position accountability level under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section, then the security futures product is eligible for a position accountability level in lieu of position limits.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Limits for cash-settled equity index security futures products.</I> For a security futures product cash settled to a narrow-based security index of equity securities, a designated contract market shall adopt a position limit, either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month. For guidance on setting limits for a cash-settled equity index security futures product, designated contract markets may refer to paragraph (b) of appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Limits for debt security futures products.</I> For a security futures product on one or more debt securities, a designated contract market shall adopt a position limit, either net or on the same side of the market, applicable to positions held during the last three trading days of an expiring contract month. For guidance on setting limits for a debt security futures product, designated contract markets may refer to paragraph (c) of appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Required minimum position limit time period.</I> For position limits required under this section where the security futures product permits delivery before the termination of trading, a designated contract market shall apply such position limits for a period beginning no later than the first day that long position holders may be assigned delivery notices, if such period is longer than the last three trading days of an expiring contract month.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Requirements for resetting levels of position limits.</I> A designated contract market shall calculate estimated deliverable supply and six-month total trading volume no less frequently than semi-annually.
</P>
<P>(A) If the estimated deliverable supply data supports a lower speculative limit for a security futures product, then the designated contract market shall lower the position limit for that security futures product pursuant to the submission requirements of § 41.24. If the data require imposition of a reduced position limit for a security futures product, the designated contract market may permit any trader holding a position in compliance with the previous position limit, but in excess of the reduced limit, to maintain such position through the expiration of the security futures contract; provided, that the designated contract market does not find that the position poses a threat to the orderly expiration of such contract.
</P>
<P>(B) If the estimated deliverable supply or six-month total trading volume data no longer supports a position accountability rule in lieu of a position limit for a security futures product, then the designated contract market shall establish a position limit for that security futures product pursuant to the submission requirements of § 41.24.
</P>
<P>(C) If the estimated deliverable supply data supports a higher speculative limit for a security futures product, as provided under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section, then the designated contract market may raise the position limit for that security futures product pursuant to the submission requirements of § 41.24.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Restriction on netting of positions.</I> If the designated contract market lists both physically-delivered contracts and cash-settled contracts in the same security, it shall not permit netting of positions in the physically-delivered contract with that of the cash-settled contract for purposes of determining applicability of position limits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final settlement prices for security futures products.</I> (1) The final settlement price of a cash-settled security futures product must fairly reflect the opening price of the underlying security or securities; 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, if an opening price for one or more securities underlying a security futures product is not readily available, the final settlement price of the security futures product shall fairly reflect:
</P>
<P>(i) The price of the underlying security or securities during the most recent regular trading session for such security or securities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The next available opening price of the underlying security or securities.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section, if a derivatives clearing organization registered under section 5b of the Act or a clearing agency exempt from registration pursuant to section 5b(a)(2) of the Act, to which the final settlement price of a security futures product is or would be reported determines, pursuant to its rules, that such final settlement price is not consistent with the protection of customers and the public interest, taking into account such factors as fairness to buyers and sellers of the affected security futures product, the maintenance of a fair and orderly market in such security futures product, and consistency of interpretation and practice, the clearing organization shall have the authority to determine, under its rules, a final settlement price for such security futures product.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special requirements for physical delivery contracts.</I> For security futures products settled by actual delivery of the underlying security or securities, payment and delivery of the underlying security or securities must be effected through a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt a designated contract market from the provisions of paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of customers. An exemption granted pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall not operate as an exemption from any Securities and Exchange Commission rule. Any exemption that may be required from such rules must be obtained separately from the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 55083, Nov. 1, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 36761, May 24, 2002; 77 FR 66345, Nov. 2, 2012; 84 FR 51021, Sept. 27, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.27" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.27   Prohibition of dual trading in security futures products by floor brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Trading session means hours during which a designated contract market is scheduled to trade continuously during a trading day, as set forth in its rules, including any related post settlement trading session. A designated contract market may have more than one trading session during a trading day. 
</P>
<P>(2) Member shall have the meaning set forth in section 1a(24) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(3) Broker association includes two or more designated contract market members with floor trading privileges of whom at least one is acting as a floor broker who: 
</P>
<P>(i) Engage in floor brokerage activity on behalf of the same employer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Have an employer and employee relationship which relates to floor brokerage activity; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Share profits and losses associated with their brokerage or trading activity; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Regularly share a deck of orders. 
</P>
<P>(4) Customer means an account owner for which a trade is executed other than: 
</P>
<P>(i) An account in which such floor broker has any interest; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An account for which a floor broker has discretion; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An account controlled by a person with whom a floor broker has a relationship through membership in a broker association; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A house account of the floor broker's clearing member; or 
</P>
<P>(v) An account for another member present on the floor of a designated contract market or an account controlled by such other member.
</P>
<P>(5) Dual trading means the execution of customer orders by a floor broker through open outcry during the same trading session in which the floor broker executes directly or by initiating and passing to another member, either through open outcry or through a trading system that electronically matches bids and offers pursuant to a predetermined algorithm, a transaction for the same security futures product on the same designated contract market for an account described in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dual trading prohibition.</I> (1) No floor broker shall engage in dual trading in a security futures product on a designated contract market, except as otherwise provided under paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A designated contract market operating an electronic market or electronic trading system that provides market participants with a time or place advantage or the ability to override a predetermined algorithm must submit an appropriate rule proposal to the Commission consistent with the procedures set forth in § 40.5. The proposed rule must prohibit electronic market participants with a time or place advantage or the ability to override a predetermined algorithm from trading a security futures product for accounts in which these same participants have any interest during the same trading session that they also trade the same security futures product for other accounts. This paragraph, however, is not applicable with respect to execution priorities or quantity guarantees granted to market makers who perform that function, or to market participants who receive execution priorities based on price improvement activity, in accordance with the rules governing the designated contract market. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rules prohibiting dual trading</I>—(1) <I>Designated contract markets.</I> Prior to listing a security futures product for trading on a trading floor where bids and offers are executed through open outcry, a designated contract market: 
</P>
<P>(i) Must submit to the Commission in accordance with § 40.6, a rule prohibiting dual trading, together with a written certification that the rule complies with the Act and the regulations thereunder, including this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Must obtain Commission approval of such rule pursuant to § 40.5. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific permitted exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding the applicability of a dual trading prohibition under paragraph (b) of this section, dual trading may be permitted on a designated contract market pursuant to one or more of the following specific exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Correction of errors.</I> To offset trading errors resulting from the execution of customer orders, <I>provided,</I> that the floor broker must liquidate the position in his or her personal error account resulting from that error through open outcry or through a trading system that electronically matches bids and offers as soon as practicable, but, except as provided herein, not later than the close of business on the business day following the discovery of error. In the event that a floor broker is unable to offset the error trade because the daily price fluctuation limit is reached, a trading halt is imposed by the designated contract market, or an emergency is declared pursuant to the rules of the designated contract market, the floor broker must liquidate the position in his or her personal error account resulting from that error as soon as practicable thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Customer consent.</I> To permit a customer to designate in writing not less than once annually a specifically identified floor broker to dual trade while executing orders for such customer's account. An account controller acting pursuant to a power of attorney may designate a dual trading broker on behalf of its customer, provided, that the customer explicitly grants in writing to the individual account controller the authority to select a dual trading broker. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Spread transactions.</I> To permit a broker who unsuccessfully attempts to leg into a spread transaction for a customer to take the executed leg into his or her personal account and to offset such position, provided, that a record is prepared and maintained to demonstrate that the customer order was for a spread. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Market emergencies.</I> To address emergency market conditions resulting in a temporary emergency action as determined by a designated contract market. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rules permitting specific exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Designated contract markets.</I> Prior to permitting dual trading under any of the exceptions provided in paragraphs (d)(1)-(4) of this section, a designated contract market: 
</P>
<P>(i) Must submit to the Commission in accordance with § 40.6, a rule permitting the exception(s), together with a written certification that the rule complies with the Act and the regulations thereunder, including this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Must obtain Commission approval of such rule pursuant to § 40.5. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Unique or special characteristics of agreements, contracts or transactions, or of designated contract markets.</I> Notwithstanding the applicability of a dual trading prohibition under paragraph (b) of this section, dual trading may be permitted on a designated contract market to address unique or special characteristics of agreements, contracts, or transactions, or of the designated contract market as provided herein. Any rule of a designated contract market that would permit dual trading when it would otherwise be prohibited, based on a unique or special characteristic of agreements, contracts, or transactions, or of the designated contract market must be submitted to the Commission for prior approval under the procedures set forth in § 40.5. The rule submission must include a detailed demonstration of why an exception is warranted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11227, Mar. 13, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 66345, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.3.1.7.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 41—Guidance on and Acceptable Practices for Position Limits and Position Accountability for Security Futures Products
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance for estimating deliverable supply.</I> (1) For an equity security, deliverable supply should be no greater than the free float of the security.
</P>
<P>(2) For a debt security, deliverable supply should not include securities that are committed for long-term agreements (e.g., closed-end investment companies, structured products, or similar securities).
</P>
<P>(3) Further guidance on estimating deliverable supply, including consideration of whether the underlying security is readily available, is found in appendix C to part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Guidance and acceptable practices for setting limits on cash-settled equity index security futures products</I>—(1) <I>Guidance for setting limits on cash-settled equity index security futures products.</I> For a security futures product cash settled to a narrow-based security index of equity securities, a designated contract market:
</P>
<P>(i) May set the level of a position limit to that of a similar narrow-based equity index option listed on a national security exchange or association; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Should consider the deliverable supply of equity securities underlying the index, and should consider the index weighting and contract multiplier.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Acceptable practices for setting limits on cash-settled equity index security futures products.</I> For a security futures product cash settled to a narrow-based security index of equity securities weighted by the number of shares outstanding, a designated contract market may set a position limit as follows: First, determine the limit on a security futures product on each underlying equity security pursuant to § 41.25(b)(3)(i); second, multiply each such limit by the ratio of the 100-share contract size and the shares of the equity securities in the index; and third, determine the minimum level from step two and set the limit to that level, given a contract size of one U.S. dollar times the index, or for a larger contract size, reduce the level proportionately. If under these procedures each of the equity securities underlying the index is determined to be eligible for position accountability levels, the security futures product on the index itself is eligible for a position accountability level.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Guidance and acceptable practices for setting limits on debt security futures products</I>—(1) <I>Guidance for setting limits on debt security futures products.</I> A designated contract market should set the level of a position limit to no greater than the equivalent of 12.5 percent of the par value of the estimated deliverable supply of the underlying debt security. For a security futures product on more than one debt security, the limit should be based on the underlying debt security with the lowest estimated deliverable supply.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Acceptable practices for setting limits on debt security futures products.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Guidance on position accountability.</I> A designated contract market may adopt a position accountability rule for any security futures product, in addition to a position limit rule required or adopted under § 41.25. Upon request by the designated contract market, traders who hold positions, either net or on the same side of the market, greater than such level specified pursuant to the rules of the designated contract market must provide information to the designated contract market and consent to halt increasing their positions when so ordered by the designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Guidance on exemptions from position limits.</I> A designated contract market may approve exemptions from these position limits pursuant to rules that are consistent with § 150.5 of this chapter, or to rules that are consistent with rules of a national securities exchange or association regarding exemptions to securities option position limits or exercise limits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 51022, Sept. 27, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Notice-Designated Contract Markets in Security Futures Products</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 44965, Aug. 27, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 41.31" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.31   Notice-designation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any board of trade that is a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or an alternative trading system, and that seeks to operate as a designated contract market in security futures products under section 5f of the Act, shall so notify the Commission. Such notification shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, D.C. headquarters, in either electronic or hard copy form, shall be labeled as “Notice of Designation as a Contract Market in Security Futures Products,” and shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the board of trade; 
</P>
<P>(2) The name and telephone number of a contact person designated to receive communications from the Commission on behalf of the board of trade; 
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the security futures products that the board of trade intends to make available for trading, including an identification of all facilities that would clear transactions in security futures products on behalf of the board of trade; 
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of the current rules of the board of trade; and 
</P>
<P>(5) A certification that the board of trade— 
</P>
<P>(i) Will not list or trade any contracts of sale for future delivery, except for security futures products;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a national securities exchange, national securities association, or alternative trading system, and such registration is not suspended pursuant to an order by the Securities and Exchange Commission; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Will meet the criteria specified in subclauses (I) through (XI) of section 2(a)(1)(D)(i) of the Act, except as otherwise provided in section 2(a)(1)(D)(vi) of the Act, for each specific security futures product that the board of trade intends to make available for trading; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Will comply with the conditions for designation under this section and section 5f of the Act, including a specific representation by any alternative trading system that it is a member of a futures association registered under section 17 of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Will comply with the continuing obligations of regulation 41.32. 
</P>
<P>(b) A board of trade which files notice with the Commission under this section shall be deemed a designated contract market in security futures products upon the Commission's receipt of such notice. Accordingly, the Commission shall send prompt acknowledgment of receipt to the filer. 
</P>
<P>(c) Designation as a contract market in security futures products pursuant to this section shall be deemed suspended if the board of trade: 
</P>
<P>(1) Lists or trades any contracts of sale for future delivery, except for security futures products; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Has its registration as a national securities exchange, national securities association, or alternative trading system suspended pursuant to an order by the Securities and Exchange Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.32" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.32   Continuing obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A board of trade designated as a contract market in security futures products pursuant to § 41.31 of this chapter shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the Commission of any change in its regulatory status with the Securities and Exchange Commission or with a futures association registered under section 17 of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with the filing requirements of section 2(a)(1)(D)(vii) of the Act each time the board of trade lists a security futures product for trading; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide the Commission with any new rules or rule amendments that relate to the trading of security futures products, including both operational rules and the terms and conditions of products listed for trading on the facility, promptly after final implementation of such rules or rule amendments; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Upon request, file promptly with the Commission— 
</P>
<P>(A) Such information related to its business as a designated contract market in security futures products as the Commission may request; and 
</P>
<P>(B) A written demonstration, containing such supporting data and other information and documents as the Commission may specify, that the board of trade is in compliance with one or more applicable provisions of the Act or regulations thereunder as specified in the request. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any information filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, D.C. headquarters, shall be labeled “SFPCM Continuing Obligations,” and may be transmitted in either electronic or hard copy form. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as exempted under section 5f(b) of the Act or under §§ 41.33 and 41.34 of this chapter, any board of trade designated as a contract market in security futures products pursuant to § 41.31 of this chapter shall be subject to all applicable requirements of the Act and regulations thereunder. Failure to comply shall subject the board of trade to Commission action under, among other provisions, sections 5e and 6(b) of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.33" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.33   Applications for exemptive orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any board of trade designated as a contract market in security futures products pursuant to § 41.31 of this chapter may apply to the Commission for an exemption from any provision of the Act or regulations thereunder. Except as provided in sections 5f(b)(1) and 5f(b)(2) of the Act, the Commission shall have sole discretion to exempt a board of trade, conditionally or unconditionally, from any provision of the Act or regulations thereunder pursuant to this section. The Commission may issue such an exemptive order in response to an application only to the extent it finds, after review, that the issuance of an exemptive order is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and is consistent with the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each application for exemptive relief must comply with the requirements of this section. The Commission may, in its sole discretion, decline to entertain any application for an exemptive order under this section without explanation; <I>provided, however,</I> that the Commission shall notify the board of trade of such a decision in writing. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application requirements.</I> (1) Each application for an exemptive order made pursuant to this section must include: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the board of trade requesting relief, and the name and telephone number of a person whom Commission staff may contact to obtain additional information regarding the request; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification that the registration of the board of trade is not suspended pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The provision(s) of the Act or regulations thereunder from which the board of trade seeks relief and, if applicable, whether the board of trade is otherwise subject to similar provisions as a result of Securities and Exchange Commission jurisdiction; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The type of relief requested and the order sought; an explanation of the need for relief, including all material facts and circumstances giving rise to the request; and the extent to which such relief is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each application must be filed with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, D.C. headquarters, in either electronic or hard copy form, signed by an authorized representative of the board of trade, and labeled “Application for an Exemptive Order pursuant to Commission regulation 41.33.” 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review Period.</I> (1) The Commission shall have 90 days upon receipt of an application for an exemptive order in which to make a determination as to whether such relief should be granted or denied. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may request additional information from the applicant at any time prior to the end of the review period. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may stay the review period if it determines that an application is materially incomplete; <I>provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (d) does not limit the Commission's authority, under paragraph (b) of this section, to decline to entertain an application. 
</P>
<P>(e) Upon conclusion of the review period, the Commission shall issue an order granting or denying relief, or granting relief subject to conditions; <I>provided, however,</I> that the Commission's obligations under this paragraph shall not limit its authority, under paragraph (b) of this section, to decline to entertain an application. The Commission shall notify the board of trade in writing of its decision to grant or deny relief under this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(f) An application for an exemptive order may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time, without explanation, by filing with the Secretary of the Commission a written request for withdrawal, signed by an authorized representative of the board of trade. 
</P>
<P>(g) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Division of Market Oversight, with the concurrence of the General Counsel, authority to make determinations on applications for exemptive orders pursuant to this section; <I>provided, however,</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight under paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44511, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.34" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.34   Exempt Provisions.</HEAD>
<P>Any board of trade notice-designated as a contract market in security futures products pursuant to § 41.31 also shall be exempt from: 
</P>
<P>(a) The following provisions of the Act, pursuant to section 5f(b)(1) of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(1) Section 4(c)(c); 
</P>
<P>(2) Section 4(c)(e); 
</P>
<P>(3) Section 4(c)(g); 
</P>
<P>(4) Section 4j; 
</P>
<P>(5) Section 5; 
</P>
<P>(6) Section 5c; 
</P>
<P>(7) Section 6a; 
</P>
<P>(8) Section 8(d); 
</P>
<P>(9) Section 9(f); 
</P>
<P>(10) Section 16 and; 
</P>
<P>(b) The following provisions, pursuant to section 5f(b)(4) of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(1) Section 6(a); 
</P>
<P>(2) Part 38 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(3) Part 40 of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Section 41.27.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11229, Mar. 13, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Customer Accounts and Margin Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 53171, Aug. 14, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 41.41" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.41   Security futures products accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Where security futures products may be held.</I> (1) A person registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as a broker or dealer pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Securities Exchange Act”) (“Full FCM/Full BD”) may hold all of a customer's security futures products in a futures account, all of a customer's security futures products in a securities account, or some of a customer's security futures products in a futures account and other security futures products of the same customer in a securities account. A person registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant pursuant to section 4f(a)(2) of the CEA (a notice-registered FCM) may hold a customer's security futures products only in a securities account. A person registered with the SEC as a broker or dealer pursuant to section 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act (a notice-registered broker-dealer) may hold a customer's security futures products only in a futures account. 
</P>
<P>(2) A Full FCM/Full BD shall establish written policies or procedures for determining whether customer security futures products will be placed in a futures account and/or a securities account and, if applicable, the process by which a customer may elect the type or types of account in which security futures products will be held (including the procedure to be followed if a customer fails to make an election of account type). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure requirements.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2), before a futures commission merchant accepts the first order for a security futures product from or on behalf of a customer, the firm shall furnish the customer with a disclosure document containing the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set forth under section 4d of the CEA applicable to a futures account; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set forth under Securities Exchange Act Rule 15c3-3 and the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 applicable to a securities account; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement indicating whether the customer's security futures products will be held in a futures account and/or a securities account, or whether the firm permits customers to make or change an election of account type; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that, with respect to holding the customer's security futures products in a securities account or a futures account, the alternative regulatory scheme is not available to the customer in connection with that account. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where a customer account containing an open security futures product position is transferred to a futures commission merchant, that futures commission merchant may instead provide the statements described in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) above no later than ten business days after the date the account is transferred. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in account type.</I> A Full FCM/Full BD may change the type of account in which a customer's security futures products will be held; provided, that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The firm creates a record of each change in account type, including the name of the customer, the account number, the date the firm received the customer's request to change the account type, if applicable, and the date the change in account type became effective; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The firm, at least ten business days before the customer's account type is changed: 
</P>
<P>(i) Notifies the customer in writing of the date that the change will become effective; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides the customer with the disclosures described in paragraph (b)(1) above. 


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> The Commission's recordkeeping rules set forth in §§ 1.31, 1.32, 1.35, 1.36, 1.37, 4.23, 4.33, and 18.05 of this chapter shall apply to security futures product transactions and positions in a futures account (as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter). The rules in the preceding sentence shall not apply to security futures product transactions and positions in a securities account (as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter); provided, that the SEC's recordkeeping rules apply to those transactions and positions.






</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reports to customers.</I> The Commission's reporting requirements set forth in §§ 1.33 and 1.46 of this chapter shall apply to security futures product transactions and positions in a futures account (as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter). These rules shall not apply to security futures product transactions and positions in a securities account (as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter); <I>provided,</I> that the SEC's rules set forth in §§ 240.10b-10 and 240.15c3-2 of this chapter regarding delivery of confirmations and account statements apply to those transactions and positions. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Segregation of customer funds.</I> All money, securities, or property held to margin, guarantee or secure security futures products held in a futures account, or accruing to customers as a result of such products, are subject to the segregation requirements of section 4d of the CEA and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 58297, Sept. 13, 2002, as amended at 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018; 86 FR 19421, Apr. 13, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.42" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.42   Customer margin requirements for security futures—authority, purpose, interpretation, and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and purpose.</I> Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49, and 17 CFR 242.400 through 242.406 (“this Regulation”) are issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission”) jointly with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), pursuant to authority delegated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 7(c)(2)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The principal purpose of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) is to regulate customer margin collected by brokers, dealers, and members of national securities exchanges, including futures commission merchants required to register as brokers or dealers under section 15(b)(11) of the Exchange Act, relating to security futures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interpretation.</I> This Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) shall be jointly interpreted by the SEC and the Commission, consistent with the criteria set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act and the provisions of Regulation T (12 CFR part 220).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) does not preclude a self-regulatory authority, under rules that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act or section 19(b)(7) of the Exchange Act and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”), or a security futures intermediary from imposing additional margin requirements on security futures, including higher initial or maintenance margin levels, consistent with this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), or from taking appropriate action to preserve its financial integrity.
</P>
<P>(2) This Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Financial relations between a customer and a security futures intermediary to the extent that they comply with a portfolio margining system under rules that meet the criteria set forth in section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act and that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a foreign person involving security futures traded on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade;
</P>
<P>(iii) Margin requirements that clearing agencies registered under section 17A of the Exchange Act or derivatives clearing organizations registered under section 5b of the Act impose on their members; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a person based on a good faith determination by the security futures intermediary that such person is an exempted person; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and, or arranged by a security futures intermediary for, a person relating to trading in security futures by such person for its own account, if such person: 
</P>
<P>(A) Is a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Is registered with such exchange or such association as a security futures dealer pursuant to rules that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the Act, that: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Require such member to be registered as a floor trader or a floor broker with the Commission under section 4f(a)(1) of the Act, or as a dealer with the SEC under section 15(b) of the Exchange Act; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Require such member to maintain records sufficient to prove compliance with this paragraph (c)(2)(v) and the rules of the exchange or association of which it is a member; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Require such member to hold itself out as being willing to buy and sell security futures for its own account on a regular or continuous basis; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Provide for disciplinary action, including revocation of such member's registration as a security futures dealer, for such member's failure to comply with this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) or the rules of the exchange or association. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption.</I> The Commission may exempt, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, financial relations involving any security futures intermediary, customer, position, or transaction, or any class of security futures intermediaries, customers, positions, or transactions, from one or more requirements of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of customers. An exemption granted pursuant to this paragraph shall not operate as an exemption from any SEC rules. Any exemption that may be required from such rules must be obtained separately from the SEC. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.43" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.43   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) only, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Applicable margin rules</I> and <I>margin rules applicable to an account</I> mean the rules and regulations applicable to financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a customer with respect to security futures and related positions carried in a securities account or futures account as provided in § 41.44(a) of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Broker</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(4) of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contract multiplier</I> means the number of units of a narrow-based security index expressed as a dollar amount, in accordance with the terms of the security future contract. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current market value</I> means, on any day: 
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a security future: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the instrument underlying such security future is a stock, the product of the daily settlement price of such security future as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service, and the applicable number of shares per contract; or 
</P>
<P>(B) If the instrument underlying such security future is a narrow-based security index, as defined in section 1a(35)(A) of the Act, the product of the daily settlement price of such security future as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service, and the applicable contract multiplier. 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a security other than a security future, the most recent closing sale price of the security, as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service. If there is no recent closing sale price, the security futures intermediary may use any reasonable estimate of the market value of the security as of the most recent close of business. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Customer</I> excludes an exempted person and includes: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any person or persons acting jointly: 
</P>
<P>(A) On whose behalf a security futures intermediary effects a security futures transaction or carries a security futures position; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Who would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary according to the ordinary usage of the trade; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any partner in a security futures intermediary that is organized as a partnership who would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary absent the partnership relationship; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any joint venture in which a security futures intermediary participates and which would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary if the security futures intermediary were not a participant. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Daily settlement price</I> means, with respect to a security future, the settlement price of such security future determined at the close of trading each day, under the rules of the applicable exchange, clearing agency, or derivatives clearing organization. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Dealer</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(5) of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Equity</I> means the equity or margin equity in a securities or futures account, as computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account and subject to adjustment under § 41.46(c), (d) and (e) of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Exempted person</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) A member of a national securities exchange, a registered broker or dealer, or a registered futures commission merchant, a substantial portion of whose business consists of transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, or floor traders, and includes a person who: 
</P>
<P>(A) Maintains at least 1000 active accounts on an annual basis for persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader that are effecting transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options; 
</P>
<P>(B) Earns at least $10 million in gross revenues on an annual basis from transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Earns at least 10 percent of its gross revenues on an annual basis from transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section only, <I>persons affiliated with</I> a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader means any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader, or any employee of such a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A member of a national securities exchange, a registered broker or dealer, or a registered futures commission merchant that has been in existence for less than one year may meet the definition of exempted person based on a six-month period. 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Exempted security</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Floor broker</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 1a(16) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Floor trader</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 1a(17) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Futures account</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 1.3 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Futures commission merchant</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 1a(20) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Good faith,</I> with respect to making a determination or accepting a statement concerning financial relations with a person, means that the security futures intermediary is alert to the circumstances surrounding such financial relations, and if in possession of information that would cause a prudent person not to make the determination or accept the notice or certification without inquiry, investigates and is satisfied that it is correct. 
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Listed option</I> means a put or call option that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Exchange Act or cleared and guaranteed by a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under section 5b of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Traded on or subject to the rules of a self-regulatory authority. 
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Margin call</I> means a demand by a security futures intermediary to a customer for a deposit of cash, securities or other assets to satisfy the required margin for security futures or related positions or a special margin requirement. 
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Margin deficiency</I> means the amount by which the required margin in an account is not satisfied by the equity in the account, as computed in accordance with § 41.46 of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Margin equity security</I> shall have the meaning provided in Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Margin security</I> shall have the meaning provided in Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Member</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(3) of the Exchange Act, and shall include persons registered under section 15(b)(11) of the Exchange Act that are permitted to effect transactions on a national securities exchange without the services of another person acting as executing broker. 
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Money market mutual fund</I> means any security issued by an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that is considered a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Persons associated with a broker or dealer</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(18) of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Regulation T</I> means Regulation T promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 CFR part 220, as amended from time to time. 
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Regulation T collateral value,</I> with respect to a security, means the current market value of the security reduced by the percentage of required margin for a position in the security held in a margin account under Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(26) <I>Related position,</I> with respect to a security future, means any position in an account that is combined with the security future to create an offsetting position as provided in § 41.45(b)(2) of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(27) <I>Related transaction,</I> with respect to a position or transaction in a security future, means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any transaction that creates, eliminates, increases or reduces an offsetting position involving a security future and a related position, as provided in § 41.45(b)(2) of this subpart; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any deposit or withdrawal of margin for the security future or a related position, except as provided in § 41.47(b) of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(28) <I>Securities account</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 1.3 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(29) <I>Security futures intermediary</I> means any creditor as defined in Regulation T with respect to its financial relations with any person involving security futures, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any futures commission merchant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any partner, officer, director, or branch manager (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of a futures commission merchant; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with (except for business entities controlling or under common control with) a futures commission merchant; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any employee of a futures commission merchant (except an employee whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial). 
</P>
<P>(30) <I>Self-regulatory authority</I> means a national securities exchange registered under section 6 of the Exchange Act, a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Exchange Act, or a contract market registered under section 5 of the Act or section 5f of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(31) <I>Special margin requirement</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 41.46(e)(1)(ii) of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(32) <I>Variation settlement</I> means any credit or debit to a customer account, made on a daily or intraday basis, for the purpose of marking to market a security future or any other contract that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Exchange Act or cleared and guaranteed by a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under section 5b of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Traded on or subject to the rules of a self-regulatory authority. 
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) and not otherwise defined in this section shall have the meaning set forth in the margin rules applicable to the account. 
</P>
<P>(c) Terms used in this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) and not otherwise defined in this section or in the margin rules applicable to the account shall have the meaning set forth in the Exchange Act and the Act; if the definitions of a term in the Exchange Act and the Act are inconsistent as applied in particular circumstances, such term shall have the meaning set forth in rules, regulations, or interpretations jointly promulgated by the SEC and the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53171, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 66346, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.44" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.44   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicable margin rules.</I> Except to the extent inconsistent with this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49): 
</P>
<P>(1) A security futures intermediary that carries a security future on behalf of a customer in a securities account shall record and conduct all financial relations with respect to such security future and related positions in accordance with Regulation T and the margin rules of the self-regulatory authorities of which the security futures intermediary is a member. 
</P>
<P>(2) A security futures intermediary that carries a security future on behalf of a customer in a futures account shall record and conduct all financial relations with respect to such security future and related positions in accordance with the margin rules of the self-regulatory authorities of which the security futures intermediary is a member. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separation and consolidation of accounts.</I> (1) The requirements for security futures and related positions in one account may not be met by considering items in any other account, except as permitted or required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section or applicable margin rules. If withdrawals of cash, securities or other assets deposited as margin are permitted under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), bookkeeping entries shall be made when such cash, securities, or assets are used for purposes of meeting requirements in another account. 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the security futures intermediary shall consider all futures accounts in which security futures and related positions are held that are within the same regulatory classification or account type and are owned by the same customer to be a single account for purposes of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). The security futures intermediary may combine such accounts with other futures accounts that are within the same regulatory classification or account type and are owned by the same customer for purposes of computing a customer's overall margin requirement, as permitted or required by applicable margin rules. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Accounts of partners.</I> If a partner of the security futures intermediary has an account with the security futures intermediary in which security futures or related positions are held, the security futures intermediary shall disregard the partner's financial relations with the firm (as shown in the partner's capital and ordinary drawing accounts) in calculating the margin or equity of any such account. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contribution to joint venture.</I> If an account in which security futures or related positions are held is the account of a joint venture in which the security futures intermediary participates, any interest of the security futures intermediary in the joint account in excess of the interest which the security futures intermediary would have on the basis of its right to share in the profits shall be margined in accordance with this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extensions of credit.</I> (1) No security futures intermediary may extend or maintain credit to or for any customer for the purpose of evading or circumventing any requirement under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). 
</P>
<P>(2) A security futures intermediary may arrange for the extension or maintenance of credit to or for any customer by any person, provided that the security futures intermediary does not willfully arrange credit that would constitute a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR parts 220, 221, and 224) by such person. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Change in exempted person status.</I> Once a person ceases to qualify as an exempted person, it shall notify the security futures intermediary of this fact before entering into any new security futures transaction or related transaction that would require additional margin to be deposited under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). Financial relations with respect to any such transactions shall be subject to the provisions of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.45" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.45   Required margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Each security futures intermediary shall determine the required margin for the security futures and related positions held on behalf of a customer in a securities account or futures account as set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required margin</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> The required margin for each long or short position in a security future shall be fifteen (15) percent of the current market value of such security future.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Offsetting positions.</I> Notwithstanding the margin levels specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a self-regulatory authority may set the required initial or maintenance margin level for an offsetting position involving security futures and related positions at a level lower than the level that would be required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section if such positions were margined separately, pursuant to rules that meet the criteria set forth in section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act and are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for certain margin level adjustments.</I> An exchange registered under section 6(g) of the Exchange Act, or a national securities association registered under section 15A(k) of the Exchange Act, may raise or lower the required margin level for a security future to a level not lower than that specified in this section, in accordance with section 19(b)(7) of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53171, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 85 FR 75146, Nov. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.46" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.46   Type, form and use of margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When margin is required.</I> Margin is required to be deposited whenever the required margin for security futures and related positions in an account is not satisfied by the equity in the account, subject to adjustment under paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable margin deposits.</I> (1) The required margin may be satisfied by a deposit of cash, margin securities (subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section), exempted securities, any other asset permitted under Regulation T to satisfy a margin deficiency in a securities margin account, or any combination thereof, each as valued in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Shares of a money market mutual fund may be accepted as a margin deposit for purposes of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), <I>Provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) The customer waives any right to redeem the shares without the consent of the security futures intermediary and instructs the fund or its transfer agent accordingly; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The security futures intermediary (or clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the shares are deposited as margin) obtains the right to redeem the shares in cash, promptly upon request; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The fund agrees to satisfy any conditions necessary or appropriate to ensure that the shares may be redeemed in cash, promptly upon request. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Adjustments</I>—(1) <I>Futures accounts.</I> For purposes of this section, the equity in a futures account shall be computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account, subject to the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A security future shall have no value; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each net long or short position in a listed option on a contract for future delivery shall be valued in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as permitted in paragraph (e) of this section, each margin equity security shall be valued at an amount no greater than its Regulation T collateral value; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Each other security shall be valued at an amount no greater than its current market value reduced by the percentage specified for such security in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of this title; 
</P>
<P>(v) Freely convertible foreign currency may be valued at an amount no greater than its daily marked-to-market U.S. dollar equivalent; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Variation settlement receivable (or payable) by an account at the close of trading on any day shall be treated as a credit (or debit) to the account on that day; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Each other acceptable margin deposit or component of equity shall be valued at an amount no greater than its value under Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securities accounts.</I> For purposes of this section, the equity in a securities account shall be computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account, subject to the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A security future shall have no value; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Freely convertible foreign currency may be valued at an amount no greater than its daily mark-to-market U.S. dollar equivalent; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Variation settlement receivable (or payable) by an account at the close of trading on any day shall be treated as a credit (or debit) to the account on that day. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Satisfaction restriction.</I> Any transaction, position or deposit that is used to satisfy the required margin for security futures or related positions under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), including a related position, shall be unavailable to satisfy the required margin for any other position or transaction or any other requirement. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alternative collateral valuation for margin equity securities in a futures account.</I> (1) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, a security futures intermediary need not value a margin equity security at its Regulation T collateral value when determining whether the required margin for the security futures and related positions in a futures account is satisfied, <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) The margin equity security is valued at an amount no greater than the current market value of the security reduced by the lowest percentage level of margin required for a long position in the security held in a margin account under the rules of a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Additional margin is required to be deposited on any day when the day's security futures transactions and related transactions would create or increase a margin deficiency in the account if the margin equity securities were valued at their Regulation T collateral value, and shall be for the amount of the margin deficiency so created or increased (a “special margin requirement”); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Cash, securities, or other assets deposited as margin for the positions in an account are not permitted to be withdrawn from the account at any time that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Additional cash, securities, or other assets are required to be deposited as margin under this section for a transaction in the account on the same or a previous day; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The withdrawal, together with other transactions, deposits, and withdrawals on the same day, would create or increase a margin deficiency if the margin equity securities were valued at their Regulation T collateral value. 
</P>
<P>(2) All security futures transactions and related transactions on any day shall be combined to determine the amount of a special margin requirement. Additional margin deposited to satisfy a special margin requirement shall be valued at an amount no greater than its Regulation T collateral value. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the alternative collateral valuation method set forth in paragraph (e) of this section is used with respect to an account in which security futures or related positions are carried: 
</P>
<P>(i) An account that is transferred from one security futures intermediary to another may be treated as if it had been maintained by the transferee from the date of its origin, if the transferee accepts, in good faith, a signed statement of the transferor (or, if that is not practicable, of the customer), that any margin call issued under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) has been satisfied; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) An account that is transferred from one customer to another as part of a transaction, not undertaken to avoid the requirements of this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49), may be treated as if it had been maintained for the transferee from the date of its origin, if the security futures intermediary accepts in good faith and keeps with the transferee account a signed statement of the transferor describing the circumstances for the transfer. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guarantee of accounts.</I> No guarantee of a customer's account shall be given any effect for purposes of determining whether the required margin in an account is satisfied, except as permitted under applicable margin rules. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.47" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.47   Withdrawal of margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By the customer.</I> Except as otherwise provided in § 41.46(e)(1)(ii) of this subpart, cash, securities, or other assets deposited as margin for positions in an account may be withdrawn, provided that the equity in the account after such withdrawal is sufficient to satisfy the required margin for the security futures and related positions in the account under this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>By the security futures intermediary.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the security futures intermediary, in its usual practice, may deduct the following items from an account in which security futures or related positions are held if they are considered in computing the balance of such account: 
</P>
<P>(1) Variation settlement payable, directly or indirectly, to a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Exchange Act or a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under section 5b of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(2) Interest charged on credit maintained in the account; 
</P>
<P>(3) Communication or shipping charges with respect to transactions in the account; 
</P>
<P>(4) Payment of commissions, brokerage, taxes, storage and other charges lawfully accruing in connection with the positions and transactions in the account; 
</P>
<P>(5) Any service charges that the security futures intermediary may impose; or 
</P>
<P>(6) Any other withdrawals that are permitted from a securities margin account under Regulation T, to the extent permitted under applicable margin rules. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.48" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.48   Undermargined accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Failure to satisfy margin call.</I> If any margin call required by this Regulation (Subpart E, §§ 41.42 through 41.49) is not met in full, the security futures intermediary shall take the deduction required with respect to an undermargined account in computing its net capital under SEC or Commission rules. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounts that liquidate to a deficit.</I> If at any time there is a liquidating deficit in an account in which security futures are held, the security futures intermediary shall take steps to liquidate positions in the account promptly and in an orderly manner. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Liquidation of undermargined accounts not required.</I> Notwithstanding § 41.44(a)(1) of this subpart, § 220.4(d) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4(d)) respecting liquidation of positions in lieu of deposit shall not apply with respect to security futures carried in a securities account. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.49" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.1.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.49   Filing proposed margin rule changes with the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification requirement for notice-designated contract markets.</I> Any self-regulatory authority that is registered with the Commission as a designated contract market under section 5f of the Act shall, when filing a proposed rule change regarding customer margin for security futures with the SEC for approval in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act, concurrently provide to the Commission a copy of such proposed rule change and any accompanying documentation filed with the SEC. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing requirements under the Act.</I> Any self-regulatory authority that is registered with the Commission as a designated contract market under section 5 of the Act shall, when filing a proposed rule change regarding customer margin for security futures with the SEC for approval in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act, submit such proposed rule change to the Commission as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If the self-regulatory authority elects to request the Commission's prior approval for the proposed rule change pursuant to section 5c(c)(2) of the Act, it shall concurrently file the proposed rule change with the Commission in accordance with § 40.5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the self-regulatory authority elects to implement a proposed rule change by written certification pursuant to section 5c(c)(1) of the Act, it shall concurrently provide to the Commission a copy of the proposed rule change and any accompanying documentation filed with the SEC. Promptly after obtaining SEC approval for the proposed rule change, such self-regulatory authority shall file its written certification with the Commission in accordance with § 40.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53171, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 66346, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="42" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 42—ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING, TERRORIST FINANCING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6b, 6d, 6f, 6g, 7, 7a, 7a-1, 7a-2, 7b, 7b-1, 7b-2, 9, 12, 12a, 12c, 13a, 13a-1, 13c, 16 and 21; 12 U.S.C. 1786(q), 1818, 1829b and 1951-1959; 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314 and 5316-5332; title III, secs. 312-314, 319, 321, 326, 352, Pub. L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 307. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 25159, May 9, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 42.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 42.1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 42.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 42.2   Compliance with Bank Secrecy Act.</HEAD>
<P>Every futures commission merchant and introducing broker shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and the regulations promulgated by the Department of the Treasury under that Act at 31 CFR chapter X, and with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 5318(l) and the implementing regulation jointly promulgated by the Commission and the Department of the Treasury at 31 CFR 1026.220, which require that a customer identification program be adopted as part of the firm's Bank Secrecy Act compliance program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 2371, Jan. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="43" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 43—REAL-TIME PUBLIC REPORTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(a), 12a(5) and 24a, as amended by Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 1243, Jan. 9, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 43.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.1   Purpose, scope, and rules of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This part implements rules relating to the reporting and public dissemination of certain swap transaction and pricing data to enhance transparency and price discovery pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rules of construction.</I> The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with a particular example or application of a sample clause, to the extent applicable, shall constitute compliance with the particular portion of the rule to which the example relates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 1243, Jan. 9, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75476, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Appropriate minimum block size</I> means the minimum notional or principal amount for a category of swaps that qualifies a swap within such category as a block trade or large notional off-facility swap.
</P>
<P><I>As soon as technologically practicable</I> means as soon as possible, taking into consideration the prevalence, implementation, and use of technology by comparable market participants.
</P>
<P><I>Asset class</I> means a broad category of commodities including, without limitation, any “excluded commodity” as defined in section 1a(19) of the Act, with common characteristics underlying a swap. The asset classes include interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, equity, other commodity, and such other asset classes as may be determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Block trade</I> means a publicly reportable swap transaction that:
</P>
<P>(1) Involves a swap that is listed on a swap execution facility or designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) Is executed on a swap execution facility's trading system or platform that is not an order book as defined in § 37.3(a)(3) of this chapter, or occurs away from the swap execution facility's or designated contract market's trading system or platform and is executed pursuant to the swap execution facility's or designated contract market's rules and procedures;
</P>
<P>(3) Has a notional or principal amount at or above the appropriate minimum block size applicable to such swap; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is reported subject to the rules and procedures of the swap execution facility or designated contract market and the rules described in this part, including the appropriate time delay requirements set forth in § 43.5.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means the twenty-four hour day, on all days except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, in the location of the reporting party or registered entity reporting data for the swap.
</P>
<P><I>Business hours</I> means the consecutive hours of one or more consecutive business days.
</P>
<P><I>Cap size</I> means, for each swap category, the maximum notional or principal amount of a publicly reportable swap transaction that is publicly disseminated.
</P>
<P><I>Economically related</I> means a direct or indirect reference to the same commodity at the same delivery location or locations, or with the same or a substantially similar cash market price series.
</P>
<P><I>Embedded option</I> means any right, but not an obligation, provided to one party of a swap by the other party to the swap that provides the party holding the option with the ability to change any one or more of the economic terms of the swap.
</P>
<P><I>Execution</I> means an agreement by the parties, by any method, to the terms of a swap that legally binds the parties to such swap terms under applicable law.
</P>
<P><I>Execution date</I> means the date of execution of a particular swap.
</P>
<P><I>Futures-related swap</I> means a swap (as defined in section 1a(47) of the Act and as further defined by the Commission in implementing regulations) that is economically related to a futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Large notional off-facility swap</I> means an off-facility swap that has a notional or principal amount at or above the appropriate minimum block size applicable to such publicly reportable swap transaction and is not a block trade as defined in § 43.2.
</P>
<P><I>Major currencies</I> means the currencies, and the cross-rates between the currencies, of Australia, Canada, Denmark, New Zealand, Norway, South Africa, South Korea, Sweden, and Switzerland.
</P>
<P><I>Mirror swap</I> means a swap:
</P>
<P>(1) To which—
</P>
<P>(i) A prime broker is a counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Both counterparties are prime brokers;
</P>
<P>(2) That is executed contemporaneously with a corresponding trigger swap;
</P>
<P>(3) That has identical terms and pricing as the contemporaneously executed trigger swap, except:
</P>
<P>(i) That a mirror swap, but not the corresponding trigger swap, may include any associated prime brokerage service fees agreed to by the parties; and
</P>
<P>(ii) As provided in paragraph (5) of this “mirror swap” definition;
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to which the sole price forming event is the occurrence of the contemporaneously executed trigger swap; and
</P>
<P>(5) The execution of which is contingent on, or is triggered by, the execution of the contemporaneously executed trigger swap. The contractually agreed payments and delivery amounts under a mirror swap may differ from those amounts of the corresponding trigger swap if:
</P>
<P>(i) Under all such mirror swaps to which the prime broker that is a counterparty to the trigger swap is also a counterparty, the aggregate contractually agreed payments and delivery amounts shall be equal to the aggregate of the contractually agreed payments and delivery amounts under the corresponding trigger swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The market risk and contractually agreed payments and delivery amounts of all such mirror swaps to which a prime broker that is not a counterparty to the corresponding trigger swap is a party will offset each other, resulting in such prime broker having a flat market risk position at the execution of such mirror swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Non-major currencies</I> means all other currencies that are not super-major currencies or major currencies.
</P>
<P><I>Novation</I> means the process by which a party to a swap legally transfers all or part of its rights, liabilities, duties, and obligations under the swap to a new legal party other than the counterparty to the swap under applicable law.
</P>
<P><I>Off-facility swap</I> means any swap transaction that is not executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.
</P>
<P><I>Other commodity</I> means any commodity that is not categorized in the interest rate, credit, foreign exchange, equity, or other asset classes as may be determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Physical commodity swap</I> means a swap in the other commodity asset class that is based on a tangible commodity.
</P>
<P><I>Post-priced swap</I> means an off-facility swap for which the price is not determined as of the time of execution.
</P>
<P><I>Pricing event</I> means the completion of the negotiation of the material economic terms and pricing of a trigger swap.
</P>
<P><I>Prime broker</I> means, with respect to a mirror swap and its related trigger swap, a swap dealer acting in the capacity of a prime broker with respect to such swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Prime broker swap</I> means any swap to which a swap dealer acting in the capacity as prime broker is a party.
</P>
<P><I>Prime brokerage agency arrangement</I> means an arrangement pursuant to which a prime broker authorizes one of its clients, acting as agent for such prime broker, to cause the execution of a prime broker swap.
</P>
<P><I>Prime brokerage agent</I> means a client of a prime broker who causes the execution of one or more prime broker swap(s) acting pursuant to a prime brokerage agency arrangement.
</P>
<P><I>Public dissemination and publicly disseminate</I> means to make freely available and readily accessible to the public swap transaction and pricing data in a non-discriminatory manner, through the internet or other electronic data feed that is widely published. Such public dissemination shall be made in a consistent, usable, and machine-readable electronic format that allows the data to be downloaded, saved, and analyzed.
</P>
<P><I>Publicly reportable swap transaction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Unless otherwise provided in this part—
</P>
<P>(i) Any executed swap that is an arm's-length transaction between two parties that results in a corresponding change in the market risk position between the two parties; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any termination, assignment, novation, exchange, transfer, amendment, conveyance, or extinguishing of rights or obligations of a swap that changes the pricing of the swap.
</P>
<P>(2) Examples of executed swaps that do not fall within the definition of publicly reportable swap may include:
</P>
<P>(i) Internal swaps between one-hundred percent owned subsidiaries of the same parent entity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Portfolio compression exercises; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Swaps entered into by a derivatives clearing organization as part of managing the default of a clearing member.
</P>
<P>(3) These examples represent swaps that are not at arm's length and thus are not publicly reportable swap transactions, notwithstanding that they do result in a corresponding change in the market risk position between two parties.
</P>
<P><I>Reference price</I> means a floating price series (including derivatives contract prices and cash market prices or price indices) used by the parties to a swap or swaption to determine payments made, exchanged, or accrued under the terms of a swap contract.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting counterparty</I> means the party to a swap with the duty to report a publicly reportable swap transaction in accordance with this part and section 2(a)(13)(F) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Super-major currencies</I> means the currencies of the European Monetary Union, Japan, the United Kingdom, and United States.
</P>
<P><I>Swap execution facility</I> means a trading system or platform that is a swap execution facility as defined in CEA section 1a(50) and in § 1.3 of this chapter and that is registered with the Commission pursuant to CEA section 5h and part 37 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Swap transaction and pricing data</I> means all data elements for a swap in appendix A of this part that are required to be reported or publicly disseminated pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Swaps with composite reference prices</I> means swaps based on reference prices that are composed of more than one reference price from more than one swap category.
</P>
<P><I>Trigger swap</I> means a swap:
</P>
<P>(1) That is executed pursuant to one or more prime brokerage agency arrangements;
</P>
<P>(2) To which one counterparty or both counterparties are prime brokers;
</P>
<P>(3) That serves as the contingency for, or triggers, the execution of one or more corresponding mirror swaps; and
</P>
<P>(4) That is a publicly reportable swap transaction that is required to be reported to a swap data repository pursuant to this part and part 45 of this chapter. A prime broker swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall be treated as the trigger swap for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Trimmed data set</I> means a data set that has had extraordinarily large notional transactions removed by transforming the data into a logarithm with a base of 10, computing the mean, and excluding transactions that are beyond two standard deviations above the mean for the other commodity asset class and three standard deviations above the mean for all other asset classes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other defined terms.</I> Terms not defined in this part have the meanings assigned to the terms in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75476, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.3   Method and timing for real-time public reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Responsibilities to report swap transaction and pricing data in real-time</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market responsible for reporting a swap as determined by this section shall report the publicly reportable swap transaction to a swap data repository as soon as technologically practicable after execution, subject to paragraphs (a)(2) through (6) of this section. Such reporting shall be done in the manner set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> For each swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the swap execution facility or designated contract market shall report swap transaction and pricing data to a swap data repository as soon as technologically practicable after execution.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Off-facility swaps.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a)(4) through (6) of this section, a reporting counterparty shall report all publicly reportable swap transactions that are off-facility swaps to a swap data repository for the appropriate asset class in accordance with the rules set forth in this part as soon as technologically practicable after execution. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties prior to execution, the following shall be the reporting counterparty for a publicly reportable swap transaction that is an off-facility swap:
</P>
<P>(i) If only one party is a swap dealer or major swap participant, then the swap dealer or major swap participant shall be the reporting counterparty;
</P>
<P>(ii) If one party is a swap dealer and the other party is a major swap participant, then the swap dealer shall be the reporting counterparty;
</P>
<P>(iii) If both parties are swap dealers, then the swap dealers shall designate which party shall be the reporting counterparty prior to execution of such swap;
</P>
<P>(iv) If both parties are major swap participants, then the major swap participants shall designate which party shall be the reporting counterparty prior to execution of such swap; and
</P>
<P>(v) If neither party is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, then the parties shall designate which party shall be the reporting counterparty prior to execution of such swap.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Post-priced swaps</I>—(i) <I>Post-priced swaps reporting delays.</I> The reporting counterparty may delay reporting a post-priced swap to a swap data repository until the earlier of the price being determined and 11:59:59 p.m. eastern time on the execution date. If the price of a publicly reportable swap transaction that is a post-priced swap is not determined by 11:59:59 p.m. eastern time on the execution date, the reporting counterparty shall report to a swap data repository by 11:59:59 p.m. eastern time on the execution date all swap transaction and pricing data for such post-priced swap other than the price and any other then-undetermined swap transaction and pricing data and shall report each such item of previously undetermined swap transaction and pricing data as soon as technologically practicable after such item is determined.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Other economic terms.</I> The post-priced swap reporting delay set forth in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section does not apply to publicly reportable swap transactions with respect to which the price is known at execution, but one or more other economic or other terms are not yet known at the time of execution.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Clearing swaps.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, if a clearing swap, as defined in § 45.1(a) of this chapter, is a publicly reportable swap transaction, the derivatives clearing organization that is a party to such swap shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all reporting counterparty obligations for such swap as soon as technologically practicable after execution.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Prime broker swaps.</I> (i) A mirror swap is not a publicly reportable swap transaction. Execution of a trigger swap, for purposes of determining when execution occurs under paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, shall be deemed to occur at the time of the pricing event for such trigger swap.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a given set of swaps, if it is unclear which is, or are the mirror swap(s) and which is the related trigger swap (including, but not limited to, situations where there is more than one prime broker counterparty within such set of swaps and situations where the pricing event for each set of swaps occurs between prime brokerage agents of a common prime broker), or if under the prime brokerage agency arrangement, the trigger swap would occur between two prime brokers, the prime broker(s) shall determine which of the prime broker swaps shall be treated as the trigger swap and which are mirror swaps.
</P>
<P>(iii) Trigger swaps shall be reported in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Trigger swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall be reported pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Off-facility trigger swaps shall be reported pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, except that if a counterparty to a trigger swap is a swap dealer that is not a prime broker with respect to that trigger swap, then that swap dealer counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty for the trigger swap.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Third-party facilitation of data reporting.</I> Any person required by this part to report swap transaction and pricing data, while remaining fully responsible for reporting as required by this part, may contract with a third-party service provider to facilitate reporting.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data by swap data repositories in real-time</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A swap data repository shall publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data as soon as technologically practicable after such data is received from a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty, unless such swap transaction and pricing data is subject to a time delay described in § 43.5, in which case the swap transaction and pricing data shall be publicly disseminated in the manner described in § 43.5.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compliance with 17 CFR part 49.</I> Any swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time shall comply with part 49 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Prohibitions on disclosure of data.</I> (i) If there is a swap data repository for an asset class, a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall not disclose swap transaction and pricing data relating to publicly reportable swap transactions in such asset class, prior to the public dissemination of such data by a swap data repository unless:
</P>
<P>(A) Such disclosure is made no earlier than the transmittal of such data to a swap data repository for public dissemination;
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is only made to market participants on such swap execution facility or designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(C) Market participants are provided advance notice of such disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any such disclosure by the swap execution facility or designated contract market is non-discriminatory.
</P>
<P>(ii) If there is a swap data repository for an asset class, a swap dealer or major swap participant shall not disclose swap transaction and pricing data relating to publicly reportable swap transactions in such asset class, prior to the public dissemination of such data by a swap data repository unless:
</P>
<P>(A) Such disclosure is made no earlier than the transmittal of such data to a swap data repository for public dissemination;
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is only made to the customer base of such swap dealer or major swap participant, including parties who maintain accounts with or have been swap counterparties with such swap dealer or major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(C) Swap counterparties are provided advance notice of such disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any such disclosure by the swap dealer or major swap participant is non-discriminatory.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Acceptance and public dissemination of all swaps in an asset class.</I> Any swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time for swaps in its selected asset class shall accept and publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data in real-time for all publicly reportable swap transactions within such asset class, unless otherwise prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Annual independent review.</I> Any swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time shall perform, on an annual basis, an independent review in accordance with established audit procedures and standards of the swap data repository's security and other system controls for the purpose of ensuring compliance with the requirements in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability of swap transaction and pricing data to the public.</I> (1) Swap data repositories shall make swap transaction and pricing data available on their websites for a period of time that is at least one year after the initial public dissemination of such data and shall make instructions freely available on their websites on how to download, save, and search such data.
</P>
<P>(2) Swap transaction and pricing data that is publicly disseminated pursuant to this paragraph shall be made available free of charge.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Data reported to swap data repositories.</I> (1) In reporting swap transaction and pricing data to a swap data repository, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market shall report the swap transaction and pricing data as described in the elements in appendix A of this part in the form and manner provided in the technical specification published by the Commission pursuant to § 43.7.
</P>
<P>(2) In reporting swap transaction and pricing data to a swap data repository, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market making such report shall satisfy the data validation procedures of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(3) In reporting swap transaction and pricing data to a swap data repository, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market shall use the facilities, methods, or data standards provided or required by the swap data repository to which the entity or reporting counterparty reports the data.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Correction of errors</I>—(1) <I>Swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, and reporting counterparties.</I> Any swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty that by any means becomes aware of any error relating to swap transaction and pricing data that it was required to report under this part shall correct the error. To correct an error, the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall submit complete and accurate swap transaction and pricing data to the swap data repository that maintains the swap transaction and pricing data for the relevant swap, or completely and accurately report swap transaction and pricing data for a swap that was not previously reported to a swap data repository as required under this part, as applicable. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the requirement to correct any error applies regardless of the state of the swap that is the subject of the swap transaction and pricing data, including a swap that has terminated, matured, or otherwise is no longer considered to be an open swap.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timing requirement for correcting errors.</I> The swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall correct any error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery of the error. In all cases, errors shall be corrected within seven business days after discovery. Any error that a reporting counterparty discovers or could have discovered during the verification process required under § 45.14(b) of this chapter is considered discovered for the purposes of this section as of the moment the reporting counterparty began the verification process during which the error was first discovered or discoverable.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Notification of failure to timely correct.</I> If the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty will, for any reason, fail to timely correct an error, the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall notify the Director of the Division of Data, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the Director may designate. The notification shall be in the form and manner, and according to the instructions, specified by the Director of the Division of Data in concurrence with the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the respective Director may designate. Unless otherwise instructed by the Director of the Division of Data, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the Director may designate from time to time, the notification shall include an initial assessment of the scope of the error or errors that were discovered, and shall include any initial remediation plan for correcting the error or errors, if an initial remediation plan exists. This notification shall be made within 12 hours of the swap execution facility's, designated contract market's, or reporting counterparty's determination that it will fail to timely correct the error.


</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Form and manner for error correction.</I> In order to satisfy the requirements of this section, a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall conform to a swap data repository's policies and procedures created pursuant to § 49.10 of this chapter for correction of errors.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-reporting counterparties.</I> Any non-reporting counterparty that by any means becomes aware of any error in the swap transaction and pricing data for a swap to which it is the non-reporting counterparty, shall notify the reporting counterparty for the swap of the error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery, but not later than three business days following discovery of the error. If the non-reporting counterparty does not know the identity of the reporting counterparty, the non-reporting counterparty shall notify the swap execution facility or designated contract market where the swap was executed of the error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery, but no later than three business days following the discovery. Such notice from the non-reporting counterparty to the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty constitutes discovery under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements to correct errors set forth in paragraph (e) of this section only apply to errors in swap transaction and pricing data relating to swaps for which the record retention period under § 45.2 of this chapter has not expired as of the time the error is discovered. Errors in swap transaction and pricing data relating to swaps for which the record retention periods under § 45.2 of this chapter have expired at the time that the errors are discovered are not subject to the requirements to correct errors set forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Error defined</I>—(i) <I>Errors.</I> For the purposes of this part, there is an error when swap transaction and pricing data is not completely and accurately reported. This includes, but is not limited to, the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(A) Any of the swap transaction and pricing data for a swap reported to a swap data repository is incorrect or any of the swap transaction and pricing data that is maintained by a swap data repository differs from any of the relevant swap transaction and pricing data contained in the books and records of a party to the swap.
</P>
<P>(B) Any of the swap transaction and pricing data for a swap that is required to be reported to a swap data repository or to be maintained by a swap data repository is not reported to a swap data repository or is not maintained by the swap data repository as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(C) None of the swap transaction and pricing data for a swap that is required to be reported to a swap data repository or to be maintained by a swap data repository is reported to a swap data repository or is maintained by a swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(D) Any of the swap transaction and pricing data for a swap that is no longer an open swap is maintained by the swap data repository as if the swap is still an open swap.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Presumption.</I> For the purposes of this section, there is a presumption that an error exists if the swap data or the swap transaction and pricing data that is maintained and disseminated by an SDR for a swap is not complete and accurate. This includes, but is not limited to, the swap data that the SDR makes available to the reporting counterparty for verification under § 49.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Data validation acceptance message.</I> (1) A swap data repository shall validate each swap transaction and pricing data report submitted to the swap data repository and notify the reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market submitting the report whether the report satisfied the data validation procedures of the swap data repository as soon as technologically practicable after accepting the swap transaction and pricing data report. A swap data repository may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by making available data validation acceptance messages as required by § 49.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) If a swap transaction and pricing data report submitted to a swap data repository does not satisfy the data validation procedures of the swap data repository, the reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market required to submit the report has not satisfied its obligation to report swap transaction and pricing data in the manner provided by paragraph (d) of this section. The reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market has not satisfied its obligation until it submits the swap transaction and pricing data report in the manner provided by paragraph (d) of this section, which includes the requirement to satisfy the data validation procedures of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fees.</I> Any fee or charge assessed on a reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market by a swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time for the collection of such data shall be equitable and non-discriminatory. If such swap data repository allows a fee discount based on the volume of data reported to it for public dissemination, then such discount shall be made available to all reporting counterparties, swap execution facilities, and designated contract markets in an equitable and non-discriminatory manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 1243, Jan. 9, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75478, 75653, Nov. 25, 2020; 89 FR 71812, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.4   Swap transaction and pricing data to be publicly disseminated in real-time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public dissemination of data fields.</I> Any swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time shall publicly disseminate the information described in appendix A of this part for the swap transaction and pricing data, as applicable, in the form and manner provided in the technical specification published by the Commission pursuant to § 43.7.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional swap information.</I> A swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time may require reporting counterparties, swap execution facilities, and designated contract markets to report to such swap data repository information that is necessary to compare the swap transaction and pricing data that was publicly disseminated in real-time to the data reported to a swap data repository pursuant to section 2(a)(13)(G) of the Act or to confirm that parties to a swap have reported in a timely manner pursuant to § 43.3. Such additional information shall not be publicly disseminated by the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Anonymity of the parties to a publicly reportable swap transaction</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Swap transaction and pricing data that is publicly disseminated in real-time shall not disclose the identities of the parties to the swap or otherwise facilitate the identification of a party to a swap. A swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time shall not publicly disseminate such data in a manner that discloses or otherwise facilitates the identification of a party to a swap.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Actual product description reported to swap data repository.</I> Reporting counterparties, swap execution facilities, and designated contract markets shall provide a swap data repository with swap transaction and pricing data that includes an actual description of the underlying asset(s). This requirement is separate from the requirement that a reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, or designated contract market shall report swap data to a swap data repository pursuant to section 2(a)(13)(G) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public dissemination of the actual description of underlying asset(s).</I> Notwithstanding the anonymity protection for certain swaps in the other commodity asset class in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a swap data repository shall publicly disseminate the actual underlying asset(s) of all publicly reportable swap transactions in the interest rate, credit, equity, and foreign exchange asset classes.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Public dissemination of the underlying asset(s) for certain swaps in the other commodity asset class.</I> A swap data repository shall publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data in the other commodity asset class as described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data for publicly reportable swap transactions in the other commodity asset class in the manner described in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The actual underlying asset(s) shall be publicly disseminated for the following publicly reportable swap transactions in the other commodity asset class:
</P>
<P>(A) Any publicly reportable swap transaction that references one of the contracts described in appendix B to this part;
</P>
<P>(B) Any publicly reportable swap transaction that is economically related to one of the contracts described in appendix B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any publicly reportable swap transaction executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(iii) The underlying assets of swaps in the other commodity asset class that are not described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section shall be publicly disseminated by limiting the geographic detail of the underlying asset(s). The identification of any specific delivery point or pricing point associated with the underlying asset of such other commodity swap shall be publicly disseminated pursuant to appendix E of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting of notional or principal amounts to a swap data repository</I>—(1) <I>Off-facility swaps.</I> The reporting counterparty shall report the actual notional or principal amount of any publicly reportable swap transaction that is an off-facility swap to a swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates such data pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> (i) A swap execution facility or designated contract market shall report the actual notional or principal amount for all swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of such swap execution facility or designated contract market to a swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates such data pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) The actual notional or principal amount for any block trade executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall be reported to the swap execution facility or designated contract market pursuant to the rules of the swap execution facility of designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public dissemination of notional or principal amounts.</I> The notional or principal amount of a publicly reportable swap transaction shall be publicly disseminated by a swap data repository subject to rounding as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section, and the cap size as set forth in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Process to determine appropriate rounded notional or principal amounts.</I> (1) If the notional or principal amount is less than one thousand, round to nearest five, but in no case shall a publicly disseminated notional or principal amount be less than five;
</P>
<P>(2) If the notional or principal amount is less than 10 thousand but equal to or greater than one thousand, round to nearest one hundred;
</P>
<P>(3) If the notional or principal amount is less than 100 thousand but equal to or greater than 10 thousand, round to nearest one thousand;
</P>
<P>(4) If the notional or principal amount is less than one million but equal to or greater than 100 thousand, round to nearest 10 thousand;
</P>
<P>(5) If the notional or principal amount is less than 100 million but equal to or greater than one million, round to the nearest one million;
</P>
<P>(6) If the notional or principal amount is less than 500 million but equal to or greater than 100 million, round to the nearest 10 million;
</P>
<P>(7) If the notional or principal amount is less than one billion but equal to or greater than 500 million, round to the nearest 50 million;
</P>
<P>(8) If the notional or principal amount is less than 100 billion but equal to or greater than one billion, round to the nearest 100 million;
</P>
<P>(9) If the notional or principal amount is equal to or greater than 100 billion, round to the nearest 10 billion.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Initial cap sizes.</I> Prior to the effective date of a Commission determination to establish an applicable post-initial cap size for a swap category as determined pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, the initial cap sizes for each swap category shall be equal to the greater of the initial appropriate minimum block size for the respective swap category in appendix F of this part or the respective cap sizes in paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) of this section. If appendix F of this part does not provide an initial appropriate minimum block size for a particular swap category, the initial cap size for such swap category shall be equal to the appropriate cap size as set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) through (5) of this section.—
</P>
<P>(1) For swaps in the interest rate asset class, the publicly disseminated notional or principal amount for a swap subject to the rules in this part shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) USD 250 million for swaps with a tenor greater than zero up to and including two years;
</P>
<P>(ii) USD 100 million for swaps with a tenor greater than two years up to and including ten years; and
</P>
<P>(iii) USD 75 million for swaps with a tenor greater than ten years.
</P>
<P>(2) For swaps in the credit asset class, the publicly disseminated notional or principal amount for a swap subject to the rules in this part shall be USD 100 million.
</P>
<P>(3) For swaps in the equity asset class, the publicly disseminated notional or principal amount for a swap subject to the rules in this part shall be USD 250 million.
</P>
<P>(4) For swaps in the foreign exchange asset class, the publicly disseminated notional or principal amount for a swap subject to the rules in this part shall be USD 250 million.
</P>
<P>(5) For swaps in the other commodity asset class, the publicly disseminated notional or principal amount for a swap subject to the rules in this part shall be USD 25 million.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Post-initial cap sizes.</I> (1) The Commission shall establish, by swap categories, post-initial cap sizes as described in paragraphs (h)(2) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall determine post-initial cap sizes for the swap categories described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (c)(2)(i) through (xii), (c)(4)(i), and (c)(5)(i) of § 43.6 by utilizing reliable data collected by swap data repositories, as determined by the Commission, based on paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section. If the Commission is unable to determine a cap size for any swap category described in § 43.6(c)(1)(i), the Commission shall assign a cap size of USD 100 million to such category.
</P>
<P>(i) A one-year window of swap transaction and pricing data corresponding to each relevant swap category recalculated no less than once each calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The 75-percent notional amount calculation described in § 43.6(d)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall determine the post-initial cap size for a swap category in the foreign exchange asset class described in § 43.6(c)(4)(ii) as the lower of the notional amount of either currency's cap size for the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(4)(i).
</P>
<P>(4) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(1)(ii) shall have a cap size of USD 100 million.
</P>
<P>(5) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(2)(xiii) shall have a cap size of USD 400 million.
</P>
<P>(6) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(3) shall have a cap size of USD 250 million.
</P>
<P>(7) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(4)(iii) shall have a cap size of USD 150 million.
</P>
<P>(8) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in § 43.6(c)(5)(ii) shall have a cap size of USD 100 million.
</P>
<P>(9) The Commission shall publish post-initial cap sizes on its website at <I>http://www.cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(10) Unless otherwise indicated on the Commission's website, the post-initial cap sizes shall be effective on the first day of the second month following the date of publication of the revised cap size.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75479, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.5   Time delays for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The time delay for the real-time public reporting of a block trade or large notional off-facility swap begins upon execution, as defined in § 43.2. It is the responsibility of the swap data repository that accepts and publicly disseminates swap transaction and pricing data in real-time to ensure that the block trade or large notional off-facility swap transaction and pricing data is publicly disseminated pursuant to this part upon the expiration of the appropriate time delay described in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public dissemination of publicly reportable swap transactions subject to a time delay.</I> A swap data repository shall publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data that is subject to a time delay pursuant to this paragraph, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) No later than the prescribed time delay period described in this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(2) No sooner than the prescribed time delay period described in this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(3) Precisely upon the expiration of the time delay period described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time delay for block trades executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> Any block trade that is executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market shall receive a time delay in the public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The time delay for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data for all publicly reportable swap transactions described in this paragraph (d) shall be 15 minutes immediately after execution of such publicly reportable swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Time delay for large notional off-facility swaps subject to the mandatory clearing requirement</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> This paragraph shall not apply to off-facility swaps that are excepted from the mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h)(7) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I, and this paragraph shall not apply to those swaps that are required to be cleared under section 2(h)(2) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I but are not cleared.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Swaps subject to the mandatory clearing requirement where at least one party is a swap dealer or major swap participant.</I> Any large notional off-facility swap that is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in section 2(h)(1) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I, in which at least one party is a swap dealer or major swap participant, shall receive a time delay as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) The time delay for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data for all swaps described in this paragraph (e)(2) shall be 15 minutes immediately after execution of such swap.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Swaps subject to the mandatory clearing requirement where neither party is a swap dealer or major swap participant.</I> Any large notional off-facility swap that is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in section 2(h)(1) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I, in which neither party is a swap dealer or major swap participant, shall receive a time delay as follows:
</P>
<P>(i)-(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iii) The time delay for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data for all swaps described in this paragraph (e)(3) shall be one hour immediately after execution of such swap.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Time delay for large notional off-facility swaps in the interest rate, credit, foreign exchange or equity asset classes not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement with at least one swap dealer or major swap participant counterparty.</I> Any large notional off-facility swap in the interest rate, credit, foreign exchange or equity asset classes where at least one party is a swap dealer or major swap participant, that is not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or is excepted from such mandatory clearing requirement, shall receive a time delay in the public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
</P>
<P>(1)-(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The time delay for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data for all swaps described in this paragraph (f) shall be 30 minutes immediately after execution of such swap.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Time delay for large notional off-facility swaps in the other commodity asset class not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement with at least one swap dealer or major swap participant counterparty.</I> Any large notional off-facility swap in the other commodity asset class where at least one party is a swap dealer or major swap participant, that is not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or is exempt from such mandatory clearing requirement, shall receive a time delay in the public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
</P>
<P>(1)-(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The time delay for public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data for all swaps described in this paragraph (g) shall be two hours after the execution of such swap.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Time delay for large notional off-facility swaps in all asset classes not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement in which neither counterparty is a swap dealer or a major swap participant.</I> Any large notional off-facility swap in which neither party is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, which is not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or is exempt from such mandatory clearing requirement, shall receive a time delay in the public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
</P>
<P>(1)-(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The time delay for public dissemination transaction and pricing data for all swaps described in this paragraph (h) shall be 24 business hours immediately after the execution of such swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75481, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.6   Block trades and large notional off-facility swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commission determination.</I> The Commission shall establish the appropriate minimum block size for publicly reportable swap transactions based on the swap categories set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions set forth in paragraph (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial swap categories.</I> Swap categories shall be established for all swaps, by asset class, in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest rates asset class.</I> Interest rate asset class swap categories shall be based on unique combinations of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Currency by:
</P>
<P>(A) Super-major currency;
</P>
<P>(B) Major currency; or
</P>
<P>(C) Non-major currency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Tenor of swap as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Zero to 46 days;
</P>
<P>(B) Greater than 46 days to three months (47 to 107 days);
</P>
<P>(C) Greater than three months to six months (108 to 198 days);
</P>
<P>(D) Greater than six months to one year (199 to 381 days);
</P>
<P>(E) Greater than one to two years (382 to 746 days);
</P>
<P>(F) Greater than two to five years (747 to 1,842 days);
</P>
<P>(G) Greater than five to ten years (1,843 to 3,668 days);
</P>
<P>(H) Greater than ten to 30 years (3,669 to 10,973 days); or
</P>
<P>(I) Greater than 30 years (10,974 days and above).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Credit asset class.</I> Credit asset class swap categories shall be based on unique combinations of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Traded Spread rounded to the nearest basis point (0.01) as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) 0 to 175 points;
</P>
<P>(B) 176 to 350 points; or
</P>
<P>(C) 351 points and above;
</P>
<P>(ii) Tenor of swap as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Zero to two years (0-746 days);
</P>
<P>(B) Greater than two to four years (747-1,476 days);
</P>
<P>(C) Greater than four to six years (1,477-2,207 days);
</P>
<P>(D) Greater than six to eight-and-a-half years (2,208-3,120 days);
</P>
<P>(E) Greater than eight-and-a-half to 12.5 years (3,121-4,581 days); and
</P>
<P>(F) Greater than 12.5 years (4,582 days and above).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equity asset class.</I> There shall be one swap category consisting of all swaps in the equity asset class.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign exchange asset class.</I> Swap categories in the foreign exchange asset class shall be grouped as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) By the unique currency combinations of one super-major currency paired with one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Another super major currency;
</P>
<P>(B) A major currency; or
</P>
<P>(C) A currency of Brazil, China, Czech Republic, Hungary, Israel, Mexico, Poland, Russia, and Turkey; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By unique currency combinations not included in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other commodity asset class.</I> Swap contracts in the other commodity asset class shall be grouped into swap categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For swaps that are economically related to contracts in appendix B of this part, by the relevant contract as referenced in appendix B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For swaps that are not economically related to contracts in appendix B of this part, by the following futures-related swaps:
</P>
<P>(A) CME Cheese;
</P>
<P>(B) CBOT Distillers' Dried Grain;
</P>
<P>(C) CBOT Dow Jones-UBS Commodity Index;
</P>
<P>(D) CBOT Ethanol;
</P>
<P>(E) CME Frost Index;
</P>
<P>(F) CME Goldman Sachs Commodity Index (GSCI), (GSCI Excess Return Index);
</P>
<P>(G) NYMEX Gulf Coast Sour Crude Oil;
</P>
<P>(H) CME Hurricane Index;
</P>
<P>(I) CME Rainfall Index;
</P>
<P>(J) CME Snowfall Index;
</P>
<P>(K) CME Temperature Index;
</P>
<P>(L) CME U.S. Dollar Cash Settled Crude Palm Oil; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For swaps that are not covered in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(5)(ii) of this section, the relevant product type as referenced in appendix D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post-initial swap categories.</I> Swap categories shall be established for all swaps, by asset class, in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Interest rate asset class.</I> Swaps in the interest rate asset class shall be grouped into swap categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Based on a unique combination of the following currencies and tenors:
</P>
<P>(A) A currency of one of the following countries or union:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Australia;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Brazil;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Canada;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Chile;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Czech Republic;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The European Union;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Great Britain;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) India;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Japan;
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Mexico;
</P>
<P>(<I>11</I>) New Zealand;
</P>
<P>(<I>12</I>) South Africa;
</P>
<P>(<I>13</I>) South Korea;
</P>
<P>(<I>14</I>) Sweden; or
</P>
<P>(<I>15</I>) The United States; and
</P>
<P>(B) One of the following tenors:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Zero to 46 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Greater than 46 and less than or equal to 107 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Greater than 107 and less than or equal to 198 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Greater than 198 and less than or equal to 381 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Greater than 381 and less than or equal to 746 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Greater than 746 and less than or equal to 1,842 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Greater than 1,842 and less than or equal to 3,668 days;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Greater than 3,668 and less than or equal to 10,973 days; or
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Greater than 10,973 days.
</P>
<P>(ii) Other interest rate swaps not covered in the paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Credit asset class.</I> Swaps in the credit asset class shall be grouped into swap categories as follows.
</P>
<P>(i) Based on the CDXHY product type, without options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on the CDXHY product type, with only options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(iii) Based on the iTraxx Europe product type, without options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(iv) Based on the iTraxx Europe product type, with only options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(v) Based on the iTraxx Crossover product type, without options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(vi) Based on the iTraxx Crossover product type, with only options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(vii) Based on the iTraxx Senior Financials product type, without options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(viii) Based on the iTraxx Senior Financials product type, with only options and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(ix) Based on the CDXIG product type and a tenor greater, without options than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(x) Based on the CDXIG product type with only options and a tenor greater, than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(xi) Based on the CDXEmergingMarkets product type and a tenor greater than 1,477 days and less than or equal to 2,207 days;
</P>
<P>(xii) Based on the CMBX product type; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) Other credit swaps not covered in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)-(xii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equity asset class.</I> There shall be one swap category consisting of all swaps in the equity asset class.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign exchange asset class.</I> Swaps in the foreign exchange asset class shall be grouped into swap categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) By the unique currency combinations of the United States currency paired with a currency of one of the following countries or union: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, the European Union, Great Britain, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Peru, Philippines, Russia, South Korea, or Taiwan.
</P>
<P>(ii) By the unique currency pair consisting of two separate currencies from the following countries or union: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, the European Union, Great Britain, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Peru, Philippines, Russia, South Korea, and Taiwan.
</P>
<P>(iii) Other swap categories in the foreign exchange asset class not covered in paragraph (c)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other commodity asset class.</I> Swaps in the other commodity asset class shall be grouped into swap categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For swaps that have a physical commodity underlier listed in appendix D of this part, by the relevant physical commodity underlier; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Other commodity swaps that are not covered in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Methodologies to determine appropriate minimum block sizes and cap sizes.</I> In determining appropriate minimum block sizes and cap sizes for publicly reportable swap transactions, the Commission shall utilize the following statistical calculations—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>67-percent notional amount calculation.</I> The Commission shall use the following procedure in determining the 67-percent notional amount calculation:
</P>
<P>(i) For each relevant swap category, select all reliable SDR data for at least a one-year period;
</P>
<P>(ii) Convert the notional amount to the same currency or units and use a trimmed data set;
</P>
<P>(iii) Determine the sum of the notional amounts of swaps in the trimmed data set;
</P>
<P>(iv) Multiply the sum of the notional amount by 67 percent;
</P>
<P>(v) Rank order the observations by notional amount from least to greatest;
</P>
<P>(vi) Calculate the cumulative sum of the observations until the cumulative sum is equal to or greater than the 67-percent notional amount calculated in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vii) Select the notional amount associated with that observation;
</P>
<P>(viii) Round the notional amount of that observation up to two significant digits, or if the notional amount associated with that observation is already significant to only two digits, increase that notional amount to the next highest rounding point of two significant digits; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Set the appropriate minimum block size at the amount calculated in paragraph (d)(1)(viii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>75-percent notional amount calculation.</I> The Commission shall use the procedure set out in paragraph (d)(1) of this section with 75-percent in place of 67-percent.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>50-percent notional amount calculation.</I> The Commission shall use the procedure set out in paragraph (d)(1) of this section with 50-percent in place of 67-percent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>No appropriate minimum block sizes for swaps in the equity asset class.</I> Publicly reportable swap transactions in the equity asset class shall not be treated as block trades or large notional off-facility swaps.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Initial appropriate minimum block sizes.</I> Prior to the Commission making a determination as described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the following initial appropriate minimum block sizes shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Prescribed appropriate minimum block sizes.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, for any publicly reportable swap transaction that falls within the swap categories described in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(4)(i), (b)(5)(i), or (b)(5)(ii) of this section, the initial appropriate minimum block size for such publicly reportable swap transaction shall be the appropriate minimum block size that is in appendix F of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain swaps in the foreign exchange and other commodity asset classes.</I> All swaps or instruments in the swap categories described in paragraphs (b)(4)(ii) and (b)(5)(iii) of this section shall be eligible to be treated as a block trade or large notional off-facility swap, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Publicly reportable swap transactions described in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section that are economically related to a futures contract in appendix B of this part shall not qualify to be treated as block trades or large notional off-facility swaps (as applicable), if such futures contract is not subject to a designated contract market's block trading rules.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post-initial process to determine appropriate minimum block sizes</I>—(1) <I>Post-initial period.</I> The Commission shall establish, by swap categories, the appropriate minimum block sizes as described in paragraphs (g)(2) through (6) of this section. No less than once each calendar year thereafter, the Commission shall update the post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes for certain swaps.</I> The Commission shall determine post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes for the swap categories described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (c)(2)(i) through (xii), (c)(4)(i), and (c)(5)(i) of this section by utilizing a one-year window of swap transaction and pricing data corresponding to each relevant swap category reviewed no less than once each calendar year, and by applying the 67-percent notional amount calculation to such data. If the Commission is unable to determine an appropriate minimum block size for any swap category described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the Commission shall assign a block size of zero to such swap category.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certain swaps in the foreign exchange asset class.</I> The parties to a swap in the foreign exchange asset class described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section may elect to receive block treatment if the notional amount of either currency in the exchange is greater than the minimum block size for a swap in the foreign exchange asset class between the respective currency, in the same amount, and U.S. dollars described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) All swaps or instruments in the swap category described in paragraphs (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)(xiii), (c)(4)(iii), and (c)(5)(ii) of this section shall have a block size of zero and be eligible to be treated as a block trade or large notional off-facility swap, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commission publication of post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes.</I> The Commission shall publish the appropriate minimum block sizes determined pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section on its website at <I>http://www.cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Effective date of post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes.</I> Unless otherwise indicated on the Commission's website, the post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall be effective on the first day of the second month following the date of publication.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Required notification</I>—(1) <I>Block trades entered into on a trading system or platform, that is not an order book as defined in § 37.3(a)(3) of a swap execution facility, or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> (i) If the parties make such an election, the reporting counterparty shall notify the swap execution facility or designated contract market, as applicable, of the parties' election. The parties to a publicly reportable swap transaction may elect to have a publicly reportable swap transaction treated as a block trade if such swap:
</P>
<P>(A) Is executed on the trading system or platform, that is not an order book as defined in § 37.3(a)(3) of this chapter of a swap execution facility, or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market; and
</P>
<P>(B) That has a notional amount at or above the appropriate minimum block size.
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap execution facility or designated contract market, as applicable, shall notify the swap data repository of such a block trade election when reporting the swap transaction and pricing data to such swap data repository in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap execution facility or designated contract market, as applicable, shall not disclose swap transaction and pricing data relating to a block trade subject to the block trade election prior to the expiration of the applicable delay set forth in § 43.5(d).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Large notional off-facility swap election.</I> The parties to a publicly reportable swap transaction that is an off-facility swap and that has a notional amount at or above the appropriate minimum block size may elect to have the publicly reportable swap transaction treated as a large notional off-facility swap. If the parties make such an election, the reporting counterparty for such publicly reportable swap transaction shall notify the applicable swap data repository of the reporting counterparty's election when reporting the swap transaction and pricing data in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Special provisions relating to appropriate minimum block sizes and cap sizes.</I> The following special rules shall apply to the determination of appropriate minimum block sizes and cap sizes—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Swaps with optionality.</I> The notional amount of a swap with optionality shall equal the notional amount of the component of the swap that does not include the option component.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Swaps with composite reference prices.</I> The parties to a swap transaction with composite reference prices may elect to apply the lowest appropriate minimum block size or cap size applicable to one component reference price's swap category of such publicly reportable swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notional amounts for physical commodity swaps.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this part, the notional amount for a physical commodity swap shall be based on the notional unit measure utilized in the related futures contract or the predominant notional unit measure used to determine notional quantities in the cash market for the relevant, underlying physical commodity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Currency conversion.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this part, when the appropriate minimum block size or cap size for a publicly reportable swap transaction is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, parties to a swap and registered entities may use a currency exchange rate that is widely published within the preceding two business days from the date of execution of the swap transaction in order to determine such qualification.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Successor currencies.</I> For currencies that succeed a super-major currency, the appropriate currency classification for such currency shall be based on the corresponding nominal gross domestic product classification (in U.S. dollars) as determined in the most recent World Bank, World Development Indicator at the time of succession. If the gross domestic product of the country or nation utilizing the successor currency is:
</P>
<P>(i) Greater than $2 trillion, then the successor currency shall be included among the super-major currencies;
</P>
<P>(ii) Greater than $500 billion but less than $2 trillion, then the successor currency shall be included among the major currencies; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Less than $500 billion, then the successor currency shall be included among the non-major currencies.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Aggregation.</I> The aggregation of orders for different accounts in order to satisfy the minimum block trade size or the cap size requirement is permitted for publicly reportable swap transactions only if each of the following conditions is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregation of orders is done by a person who:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a commodity trading advisor registered pursuant to section 4n of the Act, or exempt from such registration under the Act, or a principal thereof, and who has discretionary trading authority or directs client accounts;
</P>
<P>(B) Is an investment adviser who has discretionary trading authority or directs client accounts and satisfies the criteria of § 4.7(a)(6)(i)(G) of this chapter; or


</P>
<P>(C) Is a foreign person who performs a similar role or function as the persons described in paragraph (i)(6)(i)(A) or (B) of this section and is subject as such to foreign regulation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregated transaction is reported pursuant to this part and part 45 of this chapter as a block trade or large notional off-facility swap, as applicable, subject to the cap size thresholds;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregated orders are executed as one swap transaction; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Aggregation occurs on a designated contract market or swap execution facility if the swap is listed for trading by a designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Eligible block trade parties.</I> (1) Parties to a block trade shall be “eligible contract participants,” as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act and 17 CFR chapter I. However, a designated contract market may allow:
</P>
<P>(i) A commodity trading advisor registered pursuant to section 4n of the Act, or exempt from registration under the Act, or a principal thereof, and who has discretionary trading authority or directs client accounts,
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment adviser who has discretionary trading authority or directs client accounts and satisfies the criteria of § 4.7(a)(6)(i)(G) of this chapter, or


</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign person who performs a similar role or function as the persons described in paragraph (j)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section and is subject as such to foreign regulation, to transact block trades for customers who are not eligible contract participants.
</P>
<P>(2) A person transacting a block trade on behalf of a customer shall receive prior written instruction or consent from the customer to do so. Such instruction or consent may be provided in the power of attorney or similar document by which the customer provides the person with discretionary trading authority or the authority to direct the trading in its account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75482, Nov. 25, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 78814, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 43.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 43.7   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Data or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority:
</P>
<P>(1) To publish the technical specification providing the form and manner for reporting and publicly disseminating the swap transaction and pricing data elements in appendix A of this part as described in §§ 43.3(d)(1) and 43.4(a);
</P>
<P>(2) To determine cap sizes as described in § 43.4(g) and (h);
</P>
<P>(3) To determine whether swaps fall within specific swap categories as described in § 43.6(b) and (c); and
</P>
<P>(4) To determine and publish post-initial appropriate minimum block sizes as described in § 43.6(g).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission for Commission consideration.</I> The Director of the Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission reserves authority.</I> Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 32940, May 31, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 75485, Nov. 25, 2020; 89 FR 71812, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 43—Swap Transaction and Pricing Data Elements 





</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.010.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75485, Nov. 25, 2020]





</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 43—Enumerated Physical Commodity Contracts and Other Contracts
</HEAD>
<HD1>Enumerated Physical Commodity Contracts
</HD1>
<HD2>Agriculture
</HD2>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. Cocoa
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. Coffee C
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Corn
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. Cotton No. 2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. FCOJ-A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Live Cattle
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Oats
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Rough Rice
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Soybeans
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Soybean Meal
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Soybean Oil
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. Sugar No. 11
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures U.S. Sugar No. 16
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Board of Trade Wheat
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Minneapolis Grain Exchange Hard Red Spring Wheat
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Kansas City Board of Trade Hard Winter Wheat
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Class III Milk
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Feeder Cattle
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Lean Hogs
</FP-1>
<HD2>Metals
</HD2>
<FP-1>Commodity Exchange, Inc. Copper
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange Palladium
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange Platinum
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Commodity Exchange, Inc. Gold
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Commodity Exchange, Inc. Silver
</FP-1>
<HD2>Energy
</HD2>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange Light Sweet Crude Oil
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange New York Harbor Gasoline Blendstock
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange Henry Hub Natural Gas
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York Mercantile Exchange New York Harbor Heating Oil
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures SP-15 Day-Ahead Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures SP-15 Day-Ahead Off-Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures PJM Western Hub Real Time Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures PJM Western Hub Real Time Off-Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures Mid-Columbia Day-Ahead Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures Mid-Columbia Day-Ahead Off-Peak Fixed Price
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chicago Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>HSC Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Socal Border Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Waha Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICE Futures AB NIT Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>NWP Rockies Basis
</FP-1>
<FP-1>PG&amp;E Citygate Basis
</FP-1>
<HD1>Other Contracts
</HD1>
<FP-1>Brent Crude Oil (ICE)
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 1243, Jan. 9, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 32940, May 31, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 43—Time Delays for Public Dissemination
</HEAD>
<P>The tables below provide clarification of the time delays for public dissemination set forth in § 43.5. The first row of each table describes the asset classes to which each chart applies. The column entitled “Time Delay for Public Dissemination” indicates the precise length of time delay, starting upon execution, for the public dissemination of such swap transaction and pricing data by a swap data repository.
</P>
<HD2>Table C1. Block Trades Executed on or Pursuant to the Rules of a Swap Execution Facility or Designated Contract Market (Illustrating § 43.5(d))
</HD2>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">All Asset Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 minutes.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Table C2. Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps Subject to the Mandatory Clearing Requirement With at Least One Swap Dealer or Major Swap Participant Counterparty (Illustrating § 43.5(e)(2))
</HD2>
<P>Table C2 excludes off-facility swaps that are excepted from the mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act and Commission regulations and those off-facility swaps that are required to be cleared under Section 2(h)(2) of the Act and Commission regulations but are not cleared.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">All Asset Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 minutes.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Table C3. Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps Subject to the Mandatory Clearing Requirement in Which Neither Counterparty Is a Swap Dealer or Major Swap Participant (Illustrating § 43.5(e)(3))
</HD2>
<P>Table C3 excludes off-facility swaps that are excepted from the mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act and Commission regulations and those swaps that are required to be cleared under Section 2(h)(2) of the Act and Commission regulations but are not cleared.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">All Asset Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 hour.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Table C4. Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps Not Subject to the Mandatory Clearing Requirement With at Least One Swap Dealer or Major Swap Participant Counterparty (Illustrating § 43.5(f))
</HD2>
<P>Table C4 includes large notional off-facility swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or are exempt from such mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Interest Rates, Credit, Foreign Exchange, Equity Asset Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 minutes.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Table C5. Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps Not Subject to the Mandatory Clearing Requirement With at Least One Swap Dealer or Major Swap Participant Counterparty (Illustrating § 43.5(g))
</HD2>
<P>Table C5 includes large notional off-facility swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or are excepted from such mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Other Commodity Asset Class
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 hours.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Table C6. Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps Not Subject to the Mandatory Clearing Requirement in Which Neither Counterparty Is a Swap Dealer or Major Swap Participant (Illustrating § 43.5(h))
</HD2>
<P>Table C6 includes large notional off-facility swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement or are exempt from such mandatory clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">All Asset Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time delay for public dissemination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 business hours.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75495, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 43—Other Commodity Swap Categories
</HEAD>
<FP-2><I>Commodity: Metals</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Aluminum
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Copper
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Gold
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Lead
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Nickel
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Silver
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Virtual
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Zinc
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Commodity: Energy</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Electricity
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fuel Oil
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Gasoline—RBOB
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Heating Oil
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Natural Gas
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Oil
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Commodity: Agricultural</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Corn
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soybean
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Coffee
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Wheat
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cocoa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sugar
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cotton
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soymeal
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soybean oil
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cattle
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hogs
</FP1-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75496, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 43—Other Commodity Geographic Identification for Public Dissemination Pursuant to § 43.4(<E T="01">c</E>)(4)(<E T="01">iii</E>)
</HEAD>
<P>Swap data repositories are required by § 43.4(c)(4)(iii) to publicly disseminate any specific delivery point or pricing point associated with publicly reportable swap transactions in the “other commodity” asset class pursuant to Tables E1 and E2 in this appendix. If the underlying asset of a publicly reportable swap transaction described in § 43.4(c)(4)(iii) has a delivery or pricing point that is located in the United States, such information shall be publicly disseminated pursuant to the regions described in Table E1 in this appendix. If the underlying asset of a publicly reportable swap transaction described in § 43.4(c)(4)(iii) has a delivery or pricing point that is not located in the United States, such information shall be publicly disseminated pursuant to the countries or sub-regions, or if no country or sub-region, by the other commodity region, described in Table E2 in this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>Table E1. U.S. Delivery or Pricing Points
</HD2>
<FP-2><I>Other Commodity Group</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Region
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Natural Gas and Related Products</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Midwest
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Northeast
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Gulf
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Southeast
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Western
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other—U.S.
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Petroleum and Products</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>New England (PADD 1A)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Central Atlantic (PADD 1B)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Lower Atlantic (PADD 1C)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Midwest (PADD 2)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Gulf Coast (PADD 3)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Rocky Mountains (PADD 4)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>West Coast (PADD 5)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other—U.S.
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Electricity and Sources</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Florida Reliability Coordinating Council (FRCC)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Midwest Reliability Organization (MRO)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Northeast Power Coordinating Council (NPCC)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Reliability First Corporation (RFC)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>SERC Reliability Corporation (SERC)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Southwest Power Pool, RE (SPP)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Texas Regional Entity (TRE)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Western Electricity Coordinating Council (WECC)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other—U.S.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>All Remaining Other Commodities (Publicly disseminate the region. If pricing or delivery point is not region-specific, indicate “U.S.”)</I>
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Region 1—(Includes Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 2—(Includes New Jersey, New York)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 3—(Includes Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 4—(Includes Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 5—(Includes Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 6—(Includes Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 7—(Includes Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 8—(Includes Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 9—(Includes Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Region 10—(Includes Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington)


</FP1-2>
<HD2>Table E2. Non-U.S. Delivery or Pricing Points
</HD2>
<FP><I>Other Commodity Regions</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Country or Sub-Region
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>North America (Other than U.S.)</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Canada
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Mexico
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Central America</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>South America</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Brazil
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other South America
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Europe</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Western Europe
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Northern Europe
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Southern Europe
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Eastern Europe (excluding Russia)
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Russia</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>Africa</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Northern Africa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Western Africa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Eastern Africa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Central Africa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Southern Africa
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Asia-Pacific</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Northern Asia (excluding Russia)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Central Asia
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Eastern Asia
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Western Asia
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Southeast Asia
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Australia/New Zealand/Pacific Islands
</FP1-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75496, Nov. 25, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.3.2.1.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 43—Initial Appropriate Minimum Block Sizes by Asset Class for Block Trades and Large Notional Off-Facility Swaps

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Currency group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Currencies
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">United States dollar (USD), European Union Euro Area euro (EUR), United Kingdom pound sterling (GBP), and Japan yen (JPY).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australia dollar (AUD), Switzerland franc (CHF), Canada dollar (CAD), Republic of South Africa rand (ZAR), Republic of Korea won (KRW), Kingdom of Sweden krona (SEK), New Zealand dollar (NZD), Kingdom of Norway krone (NOK), and Denmark krone (DKK).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All other currencies.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Interest Rate Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Currency group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tenor greater than
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tenor less than or equal to
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50% Notional
<br/>(in millions)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">460
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">440
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three months (107 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six months (198 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One year (381 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five years (1,842 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ten years (3,668 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Major</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 years (10,973 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Credit Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Spread group
<br/>(basis points)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Traded tenor greater than
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Traded tenor less than or equal to
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50% Notional
<br/>(in millions)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 175 and less than or equal to 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two years (746 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four years (1,477 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six years (2,207 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eight years and six months (3,120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twelve years and six months (4,581 days)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Foreign Exchange Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Super-major currencies
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">EUR
<br/>(Euro)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">GBP
<br/>(British pound)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">JPY
<br/>(Japanese yen)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">USD
<br/>(U.S. dollar)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Super-major currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EUR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18,750,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GBP</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,250,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">JPY</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,875,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">USD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 18,750,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 1,875,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Major currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AUD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CAD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CHF</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,500,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,500,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DKK</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">KRW</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,250,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SEK</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NOK</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NZD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZAR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-major currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BRL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CZK</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HUF</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ILS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MXN</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PLN</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RMB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RUB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TRY</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 6,250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">* 10,000,000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">All values that do not have an asterisk are denominated in the currency of the left hand side.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">All values that have an asterisk (*) are denominated in the currency indicated on the top of the table.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Other Commodity Swaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Related futures contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial appropriate minimum block size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Units
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AB NIT Basis (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brent Crude (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cheese (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class III Milk (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cocoa (ICE and NYSE LIFFE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">metric tons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coffee (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,750,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper (COMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">625,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corn (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">bushels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cotton No. 2 (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Distillers' Dried Grain (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">short tons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dow Jones-UBS Commodity Index (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">dollars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanol (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">290,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">gallons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Feeder Cattle (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frost Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">euros.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold (COMEX and NYSE Liffe)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">troy oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Goldman Sachs Commodity Index (GSCI), GSCI Excess Return Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">dollars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gulf Coast Sour Crude Oil (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hard Red Spring Wheat (MGEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hard Winter Wheat (KCBT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Henry Hub Natural Gas (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">500,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HSC Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hurricane Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">dollars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicago Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lean Hogs (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light Sweet Crude Oil (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">bbl.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Live Cattle (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid-Columbia Day-Ahead Off-Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">625</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid-Columbia Day-Ahead Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York Harbor RBOB (Blendstock) Gasoline (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,050,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">gallons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York Harbor No. 2 Heating Oil (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,050,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">gallons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NWP Rockies Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oats (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">troy oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PG&amp;E Citygate Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PJM Western Hub Real Time Off-Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PJM Western Hub Real Time Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum (NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">troy oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rainfall Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">dollars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rough Rice (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver (COMEX and NYSE Liffe)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">troy oz.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snowfall Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">dollars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Socal Border Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Soybean (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Soybean Meal (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Soybean Oil (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SP-15 Day-Ahead Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SP-15 Day-Ahead Off-Peak Fixed Price (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">625</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mwh.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sugar #11 (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">metric tons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sugar #16 (ICE)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Temperature Index (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">400 times index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">currency units.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U.S. Dollar Cash Settled Crude Palm Oil (CME)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">metric tons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Waha Basis (ICE and NYMEX)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62,500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MMBtu.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wheat (CBOT)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NO BLOCKS.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 32942, May 31, 2013; 78 FR 42436, July 16, 2013]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="44" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 44—INTERIM FINAL RULE FOR PRE-ENACTMENT SWAP TRANSACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(h)(5), 4r, and 12a(5), as amended by Title VII of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act of 2010), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 63084, Oct. 14, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 44.00" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.4.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 44.00   Definition of terms used in part 44 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Major swap participant</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1a(33) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and any rules or regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-enactment unexpired swap</I> means any swap entered into prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010) the terms of which had not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act;
</P>
<P>(c) Transition swap means any swap entered into after the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010) and prior to the effective date of the swap data reporting and recordkeeping rule implemented under Section 2(h)(5)(B) of the CEA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting entity,</I> when used in this part, means any counterparty referenced or identified in Section 4r(a)(3)(A)-(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Swap Data Repository</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1a(48) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and any rules or regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Swap Dealer</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1(a)(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and any rules or regulations thereunder;
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 63084, Oct. 14, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 78896, Dec. 17, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 44.01" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.4.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 44.01   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part are effective immediately on publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 44.02" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.4.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 44.02   Reporting pre-enactment swaps to a swap data repository or the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A counterparty to a pre-enactment unexpired swap transaction shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report to a registered swap data repository or the Commission by the compliance date established in the reporting rules required under Section 2(h)(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act, or within 60 days after a swap data repository becomes registered with the Commission and commences operations to receive and maintain data related to such swap, whichever occurs first, the following information with respect to the swap transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the transaction confirmation, in electronic form if available, or in written form if there is no electronic copy; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The time, if available, that the transaction was executed; and
</P>
<P>(2) Report to the Commission on request, in a form and manner prescribed by the Commission, any information relating to the swap transaction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (<E T="01">a</E>)(1) and (<E T="01">a</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>In order to comply with the reporting requirements contained in paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, each counterparty to a pre-enactment unexpired swap transaction that may be required to report such transaction should retain, in its existing format, all information and documents, to the extent and in such form as they presently exist, relating to the terms of a swap transaction, including but not limited to any information necessary to identify and value the transaction; the date and time of execution of the transaction; information relevant to the price of the transaction; whether the transaction was accepted for clearing and, if so, the identity of such clearing organization; any modification(s) to the terms of the transaction; and the final confirmation of the transaction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting party.</I> The counterparties to a swap transaction shall report the information required under paragraph (a) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where only one counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall report the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Where one counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer and the other counterparty is a major swap participant, the swap dealer shall report the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(3) Where neither counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, the counterparties to the transaction shall select the counterparty who will report the transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 44.03" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.4.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 44.03   Reporting transition swaps to a swap data repository or to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A counterparty to a post-enactment pre-effective swap transaction shall:
</P>
<P>(1) As required by the reporting rules required to be adopted pursuant to Section 2(h)(5)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act, report data related to a transition swap to a registered swap data repository or the Commission by the compliance date established in such reporting rules or within 60 days after an appropriate swap data repository becomes registered with the Commission and commences operations to receive and maintain data related to such swap, whichever occurs first, the following information with respect to the swap transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the transaction confirmation, in electronic form if available, or in written form if there is no electronic copy;
</P>
<P>(ii) The time, if available, that the transaction was executed; and
</P>
<P>(2) Report to the Commission on request, in the form and manner prescribed by the Commission, any information relating to the swap transaction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).</HED>
<P>In order to comply with the reporting requirements contained in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, each counterparty to a post-enactment pre-effective swap transaction that may be required to report such transaction should retain, in its existing format, all information and documents, to the extent and in such form as they exist on the effective date of this section, relating to: the terms of a swap transaction, including but not limited to any information necessary to identify and value the transaction (e.g., underlying asset and tenor); the date and time of execution of the transaction; volume (e.g., notional or principal amount); information relevant to the price and payment for the transaction until the swap is terminated, reaches maturity or is novated; whether the transaction was accepted for clearing and, if so, the identity of such clearing organization; any modification(s) to the terms of the transaction; and the final confirmation of the transaction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting party.</I> The counterparties to a swap transaction shall report the information required under paragraph (a) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where only one counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall report the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Where one counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer and the other counterparty is a major swap participant, the swap dealer shall report the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(3) Where neither counterparty to a swap transaction is a swap dealer or a major swap participant, the counterparties to the transaction shall select the counterparty who will report the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 78896, Dec. 17, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="45" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 45—SWAP DATA RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6r, 7, 7a-1, 7b-3, 12a, and 24a, as amended by Title VII of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 2197, Jan. 13, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 45.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Allocation</I> means the process by which an agent, having facilitated a single swap transaction on behalf of several clients, allocates a portion of the executed swap to the clients.
</P>
<P><I>As soon as technologically practicable</I> means as soon as possible, taking into consideration the prevalence, implementation, and use of technology by comparable market participants.
</P>
<P><I>Asset class</I> means a broad category of commodities, including, without limitation, any “excluded commodity” as defined in section 1a(19) of the Act, with common characteristics underlying a swap. The asset classes include interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, equity, other commodity, and such other asset classes as may be determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means the twenty-four-hour day, on all days except Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in the location of the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty reporting data for the swap.
</P>
<P><I>Business hours</I> means consecutive hours during one or more consecutive business days.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing swap</I> means a swap created pursuant to the rules of a derivatives clearing organization that has a derivatives clearing organization as a counterparty, including any swap that replaces an original swap that was extinguished upon acceptance of such original swap by the derivatives clearing organization for clearing.
</P>
<P><I>Collateral data</I> means the data elements necessary to report information about the money, securities, or other property posted or received by a swap counterparty to margin, guarantee, or secure a swap, as specified in appendix 1 to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives clearing organization</I> means a derivatives clearing organization, as defined by § 1.3 of this chapter, that is registered with the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic reporting</I> (“report electronically”) means the reporting of data normalized in data elements as required by the data standard or standards used by the swap data repository to which the data is reported. Except where specifically otherwise provided in this chapter, electronic reporting does not include submission of an image of a document or text file.
</P>
<P><I>Execution</I> means an agreement by the parties, by any method, to the terms of a swap that legally binds the parties to such swap terms under applicable law.
</P>
<P><I>Execution date</I> means the date of execution of a particular swap. The execution date for a clearing swap that replaces an original swap is the date on which the original swap has been accepted for clearing.
</P>
<P><I>Financial entity</I> has the meaning set forth in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C).
</P>
<P><I>Global Legal Entity Identifier System</I> means the system established and overseen by the Legal Entity Identifier Regulatory Oversight Committee for the unique identification of legal entities and individuals.
</P>
<P><I>Legal entity identifier</I> or <I>LEI</I> means a unique code assigned to swap counterparties and entities in accordance with the standards set by the Global Legal Entity Identifier System.
</P>
<P><I>Legal Entity Identifier Regulatory Oversight Committee</I> means the group charged with the oversight of the Global Legal Entity Identifier System that was established by the Finance Ministers and the Central Bank Governors of the Group of Twenty nations and the Financial Stability Board, under the Charter of the Regulatory Oversight Committee for the Global Legal Entity Identifier System dated November 5, 2012, or any successor thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Life-cycle event</I> means any event that would result in a change to required swap creation data previously reported to a swap data repository in connection with a swap. Examples of such events include, without limitation, a counterparty change resulting from an assignment or novation; a partial or full termination of the swap; a change to the end date for the swap; a change in the cash flows or rates originally reported; availability of a legal entity identifier for a swap counterparty previously identified by some other identifier; or a corporate action affecting a security or securities on which the swap is based (e.g., a merger, dividend, stock split, or bankruptcy).
</P>
<P><I>Life-cycle-event data</I> means all of the data elements necessary to fully report any life cycle event.
</P>
<P><I>Mixed swap</I> has the meaning set forth in CEA section 1a(47)(D), and refers to an instrument that is in part a swap subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission, and in part a security-based swap subject to the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-asset swap</I> means a swap that does not have one easily identifiable primary underlying notional item, but instead involves multiple underlying notional items within the Commission's jurisdiction that belong to different asset classes.
</P>
<P><I>Non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty</I> means a swap counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Non-SD/MSP/DCO reporting counterparty</I> means a reporting counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Novation</I> means the process by which a party to a swap legally transfers all or part of its rights, liabilities, duties, and obligations under the swap to a new legal party other than the counterparty to the swap under applicable law.
</P>
<P><I>Off-facility swap</I> means any swap transaction that is not executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.
</P>
<P><I>Open swap</I> means an executed swap transaction that has not reached maturity or expiration, and has not been fully exercised, closed out, or terminated.
</P>
<P><I>Original swap</I> means a swap that has been accepted for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting counterparty</I> means the counterparty required to report swap data pursuant to this part, selected as provided in § 45.8.
</P>
<P><I>Required swap continuation data</I> means all of the data elements that must be reported during the existence of a swap to ensure that all swap data concerning the swap in the swap data repository remains current and accurate, and includes all changes to the required swap creation data occurring during the existence of the swap. For this purpose, required swap continuation data includes:
</P>
<P>(i) All life-cycle-event data for the swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All swap valuation, margin, and collateral data for the swap.
</P>
<P><I>Required swap creation data</I> means all data for a swap required to be reported pursuant to § 45.3 for the swap data elements in appendix 1 to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Swap</I> means any swap, as defined by § 1.3 of this chapter, as well as any foreign exchange forward, as defined by section 1a(24) of the Act, or foreign exchange swap, as defined by section 1a(25) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Swap data</I> means the specific data elements in appendix 1 to this part required to be reported to a swap data repository pursuant to this part or made available to the Commission pursuant to part 49 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Swap data validation procedures</I> means procedures established by a swap data repository pursuant to § 49.10 of this chapter to accept, validate, and process swap data reported to the swap data repository pursuant to part 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Swap execution facility</I> means a trading system or platform that is a swap execution facility as defined in CEA section 1a(50) and in § 1.3 of this chapter and that is registered with the Commission pursuant to CEA section 5h and part 37 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Swap transaction and pricing data</I> means all data elements for a swap in appendix A to part 43 of this chapter that are required to be reported or publicly disseminated pursuant to part 43 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Unique transaction identifier</I> means a unique alphanumeric identifier with a maximum length of 52 characters constructed solely from the upper-case alphabetic characters A to Z or the digits 0 to 9, inclusive in both cases, generated for each swap pursuant to § 45.5.
</P>
<P><I>Valuation data</I> means the data elements necessary to report information about the daily mark of the transaction, pursuant to section 4s(h)(3)(B)(iii) of the Act, and to § 23.431 of this chapter, if applicable, as specified in appendix 1 to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other defined terms.</I> Terms not defined in this part have the meanings assigned to the terms in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75559, Nov. 25, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 75654, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.2   Swap recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordkeeping by swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap dealers, and major swap participants.</I> Each swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap dealer, and major swap participant shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to the business of such entity or person with respect to swaps, as prescribed by the Commission. Such records shall include, without limitation, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For swap execution facilities, all records required by part 37 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) For designated contract markets, all records required by part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) For derivatives clearing organizations, all records required by part 39 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) For swap dealers and major swap participants, all records required by part 23 of this chapter, and all records demonstrating that they are entitled, with respect to any swap, to elect the clearing requirement exception pursuant to CEA section 2(h)(7).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping by non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties.</I> All non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, with respect to each swap in which they are a counterparty, including, without limitation, all records demonstrating that they are entitled, with respect to any swap, to electany clearing requirement exception or exemption pursuant to section 2(h)(7) of the Act or part 50 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record retention.</I> All records required to be kept pursuant to this section shall be retained with respect to each swap throughout the life of the swap and for a period of at least five years following the final termination of the swap.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retention form.</I> Records required to be kept pursuant to this section must be kept as required by paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) Records required to be kept by swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap dealers, or major swap participants may be kept in electronic form, or kept in paper form if originally created and exclusively maintained in paper form, so long as they are retrievable, and information in them is reportable, as required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Records required to be kept by non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties may be kept in either electronic or paper form, so long as they are retrievable, and information in them is reportable, as required by this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Record retrievability.</I> Records required to be kept by swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, or swap counterparties pursuant to this section shall be retrievable as provided in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) Each record required by this section or any other section of the CEA to be kept by a swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap dealer, or major swap participant shall be readily accessible via real time electronic access by the registrant throughout the life of the swap and for two years following the final termination of the swap, and shall be retrievable by the registrant within three business days through the remainder of the period following final termination of the swap during which it is required to be kept.
</P>
<P>(2) Each record required by this section or any other section of the CEA to be kept by a non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty shall be retrievable by that counterparty within five business days throughout the period during which it is required to be kept.
</P>
<P>(f)-(g) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Record inspection.</I> All records required to be kept pursuant to this section by any registrant or its affiliates or by any non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty shall be open to inspection upon request by any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any representative of a prudential regulator as authorized by the Commission. Copies of all such records shall be provided, at the expense of the entity or person required to keep the record, to any representative of the Commission upon request. Copies of records required to be kept by any registrant shall be provided either by electronic means, in hard copy, or both, as requested by the Commission, with the sole exception that copies of records originally created and exclusively maintained in paper form may be provided in hard copy only. Copies of records required to be kept by any non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty that is not a Commission registrant shall be provided in the form, whether electronic or paper, in which the records are kept.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 2197, Jan. 13, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75560, 75654, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.3   Swap data reporting: Creation data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> For each swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the swap execution facility or designated contract market shall report required swap creation data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the next business day following the execution date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Off-facility swaps.</I> For each off-facility swap, the reporting counterparty shall report required swap creation data electronically to a swap data repository as provided by paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) If the reporting counterparty is a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization, the reporting counterparty shall report required swap creation data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the next business day following the execution date.
</P>
<P>(2) If the reporting counterparty is a non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty, the reporting counterparty shall report required swap creation data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the second business day following the execution date.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Allocations.</I> For swaps involving allocation, required swap creation data shall be reported electronically to a single swap data repository as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial swap between reporting counterparty and agent.</I> The initial swap transaction between the reporting counterparty and the agent shall be reported as required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as applicable. A unique transaction identifier for the initial swap transaction shall be created as provided in § 45.5.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Post-allocation swaps</I>—(i) <I>Duties of the agent.</I> In accordance with this section, the agent shall inform the reporting counterparty of the identities of the reporting counterparty's actual counterparties resulting from allocation, as soon as technologically practicable after execution, but no later than eight business hours after execution.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Duties of the reporting counterparty.</I> The reporting counterparty shall report required swap creation data, as required by paragraph (b) of this section, for each swap resulting from allocation to the same swap data repository to which the initial swap transaction is reported. The reporting counterparty shall create a unique transaction identifier for each such swap as required in § 45.5.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multi-asset swaps.</I> For each multi-asset swap, required swap creation data and required swap continuation data shall be reported to a single swap data repository that accepts swaps in the asset class treated as the primary asset class involved in the swap by the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty reporting required swap creation data pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Mixed swaps.</I> (1) For each mixed swap, required swap creation data and required swap continuation data shall be reported to a swap data repository and to a security-based swap data repository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This requirement may be satisfied by reporting the mixed swap to a swap data repository or security-based swap data repository registered with both Commissions.
</P>
<P>(2) The registered entity or reporting counterparty reporting required swap creation data pursuant to this section shall ensure that the same unique transaction identifier is recorded for the swap in both the swap data repository and the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Choice of swap data repository.</I> The entity with the obligation to choose the swap data repository to which all required swap creation data for the swap is reported shall be the entity that is required to make the first report of all data pursuant to this section, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the swap execution facility or designated contract market shall choose the swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(2) For all other swaps, the reporting counterparty, as determined in § 45.8, shall choose the swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75561, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.4   Swap data reporting: Continuation data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Continuation data reporting method generally.</I> For each swap, regardless of asset class, reporting counterparties and derivatives clearing organizations required to report required swap continuation data shall report life-cycle-event data for the swap electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) within the applicable deadlines set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuation data reporting for original swaps.</I> For each original swap, the derivatives clearing organization shall report required swap continuation data, including terminations, electronically to the swap data repository to which the swap that was accepted for clearing was reported pursuant to § 45.3 in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) and in this section, and such required swap continuation data shall be accepted and recorded by such swap data repository as provided in § 49.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization that accepted the swap for clearing shall report all life-cycle-event data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the next business day following the day that any life cycle event occurs with respect to the swap.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to all other required swap continuation data, life-cycle-event data shall include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the swap data repository to which all required swap creation data for each clearing swap was reported by the derivatives clearing organization pursuant to § 45.3(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) The unique transaction identifier of the original swap that was replaced by the clearing swaps; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The unique transaction identifier of each clearing swap that replaces a particular original swap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuation data reporting for swaps other than original swaps.</I> For each swap that is not an original swap, including clearing swaps and swaps not cleared by a derivatives clearing organization, the reporting counterparty shall report all required swap continuation data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) as provided in this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Life-cycle-event data reporting.</I> (i) If the reporting counterparty is a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization, the reporting counterparty shall report life-cycle-event data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the next business day following the day that any life cycle event occurred, with the sole exception that life-cycle-event data relating to a corporate event of the non-reporting counterparty shall be reported in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the second business day following the day that such corporate event occurred.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the reporting counterparty is a non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty, the reporting counterparty shall report life-cycle-event data electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(a) not later than the end of the second business day following the day that any life cycle event occurred.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Valuation, margin, and collateral data reporting.</I> (i) If the reporting counterparty is a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization, swap valuation data shall be reported electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(b) each business day.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the reporting counterparty is a swap dealer or major swap participant, collateral data shall be reported electronically to a swap data repository in the manner provided in § 45.13(b) each business day.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75561, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.5   Unique transaction identifiers.</HEAD>
<P>Each swap shall be identified in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part by the use of a unique transaction identifier, which shall be created, transmitted, and used for each swap as provided in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> For each swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the swap execution facility or designated contract market shall create and transmit a unique transaction identifier as provided in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Creation.</I> The swap execution facility or designated contract market shall generate and assign a unique transaction identifier at, or as soon as technologically practicable following, the time of execution of the swap, and prior to the reporting of required swap creation data. The unique transaction identifier shall consist of a single data element with a maximum length of 52 characters that contains two components:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the swap execution facility or designated contract market; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphanumeric code generated and assigned to that swap by the automated systems of the swap execution facility or designated contract market, which shall be unique with respect to all such codes generated and assigned by that swap execution facility or designated contract market.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transmission.</I> The swap execution facility or designated contract market shall transmit the unique transaction identifier electronically as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) To the swap data repository to which the swap execution facility or designated contract market reports required swap creation data for the swap, as part of that report;
</P>
<P>(ii) To each counterparty to the swap, as soon as technologically practicable after execution of the swap;
</P>
<P>(iii) To the derivatives clearing organization, if any, to which the swap is submitted for clearing, as part of the required swap creation data transmitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Off-facility swaps with a financial entity reporting counterparty.</I> For each off-facility swap where the reporting counterparty is a financial entity, the reporting counterparty shall create and transmit a unique transaction identifier as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Creation.</I> The reporting counterparty shall generate and assign a unique transaction identifier as soon as technologically practicable after execution of the swap and prior to both the reporting of required swap creation data and the transmission of swap data to a derivatives clearing organization if the swap is to be cleared. The unique transaction identifier shall consist of a single data element with a maximum length of 52 characters that contains two components:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the reporting counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphanumeric code generated and assigned to that swap by the automated systems of the reporting counterparty, which shall be unique with respect to all such codes generated and assigned by that reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transmission.</I> The reporting counterparty shall transmit the unique transaction identifier electronically as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) To the swap data repository to which the reporting counterparty reports required swap creation data for the swap, as part of that report;
</P>
<P>(ii) To the non-reporting counterparty to the swap, no later than the applicable deadline in § 45.3(b) for reporting required swap creation data; and
</P>
<P>(iii) To the derivatives clearing organization, if any, to which the swap is submitted for clearing, as part of the required swap creation data transmitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Off-facility swaps with a non-SD/MSP/DCO reporting counterparty that is not a financial entity.</I> For each off-facility swap for which the reporting counterparty is a non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty that is not a financial entity, the reporting counterparty shall either: Create and transmit a unique transaction identifier as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section; or request that the swap data repository to which required swap creation data will be reported create and transmit a unique transaction identifier as provided in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Creation.</I> The swap data repository shall generate and assign a unique transaction identifier as soon as technologically practicable following receipt of the request from the reporting counterparty. The unique transaction identifier shall consist of a single data element with a maximum length of 52 characters that contains two components:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphanumeric code generated and assigned to that swap by the automated systems of the swap data repository, which shall be unique with respect to all such codes generated and assigned by that swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transmission.</I> The swap data repository shall transmit the unique transaction identifier electronically as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) To the counterparties to the swap, as soon as technologically practicable following creation of the unique transaction identifier; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the derivatives clearing organization, if any, to which the swap is submitted for clearing, as soon as technologically practicable following creation of the unique transaction identifier.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Off-facility swaps with a derivatives clearing organization reporting counterparty.</I> For each off-facility swap where the reporting counterparty is a derivatives clearing organization, the reporting counterparty shall create and transmit a unique transaction identifier as provided in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Creation.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall generate and assign a unique transaction identifier upon, or as soon as technologically practicable after, acceptance of an original swap by the derivatives clearing organization for clearing or execution of a clearing swap that does not replace an original swap, and prior to the reporting of required swap creation data for the clearing swap. The unique transaction identifier shall consist of a single data element with a maximum length of 52 characters that contains two components:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the derivatives clearing organization; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphanumeric code generated and assigned to that clearing swap by the automated systems of the derivatives clearing organization, which shall be unique with respect to all such codes generated and assigned by that derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transmission.</I> The derivatives clearing organization shall transmit the unique transaction identifier electronically as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) To the swap data repository to which the derivatives clearing organization reports required swap creation data for the clearing swap, as part of that report; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To its counterparty to the clearing swap, as soon as technologically practicable after acceptance of a swap by the derivatives clearing organization for clearing or execution of a clearing swap that does not replace an original swap.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Allocations.</I> For swaps involving allocation, unique transaction identifiers shall be created and transmitted as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial swap between reporting counterparty and agent.</I> The unique transaction identifier for the initial swap transaction between the reporting counterparty and the agent shall be created as required by paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, as applicable, and shall be transmitted as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If the unique transaction identifier is created by a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the swap execution facility or designated contract market must include the unique transaction identifier in its swap creation data report to the swap data repository, and must transmit the unique identifier to the reporting counterparty and to the agent.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the unique transaction identifier is created by the reporting counterparty, the reporting counterparty must include the unique transaction identifier in its swap creation data report to the swap data repository, and must transmit the unique identifier to the agent.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Post-allocation swaps.</I> The reporting counterparty must create a unique transaction identifier for each of the individual swaps resulting from allocation, as soon as technologically practicable after it is informed by the agent of the identities of its actual counterparties, and must transmit each such unique transaction identifier to:
</P>
<P>(i) The non-reporting counterparty for the swap in question.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agent; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The derivatives clearing organization, if any, to which the swap is submitted for clearing, as part of the required swap creation data transmitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing purposes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Use.</I> Each registered entity and swap counterparty shall include the unique transaction identifier for a swap in all of its records and all of its swap data reporting concerning that swap, from the time it creates or receives the unique transaction identifier as provided in this section, throughout the existence of the swap and for as long as any records are required by the Act or Commission regulations to be kept concerning the swap, regardless of any life cycle events concerning the swap, including, without limitation, any changes with respect to the counterparties to the swap.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Third-party service provider.</I> If a registered entity or reporting counterparty required by this part to report required swap creation data or required swap continuation data contracts with a third-party service provider to facilitate reporting pursuant to § 45.9, the registered entity or reporting counterparty shall ensure that such third-party service provider creates and transmits the unique transaction identifier as otherwise required for such category of swap by paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. The unique transaction identifier shall consist of a single data element with a maximum length of 52 characters that contains two components:
</P>
<P>(1) The legal entity identifier of the third-party service provider; and
</P>
<P>(2) An alphanumeric code generated and assigned to that swap by the automated systems of the third-party service provider, which shall be unique with respect to all such codes generated and assigned by that third-party service provider.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Cross-jurisdictional swaps.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section, if a swap is also reportable to one or more other jurisdictions with a regulatory reporting deadline earlier than the deadline set forth in § 45.3 or in part 43 of this chapter, the same unique transaction identifier generated according to the rules of the jurisdiction with the earliest regulatory reporting deadline shall be transmitted pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section and used in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 41775, June 27, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 75562, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.6   Legal entity identifiers.</HEAD>
<P>Each swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap data repository, entity reporting pursuant to § 45.9, and counterparty to any swap that is eligible to receive a legal entity identifier shall obtain, maintain, and be identified in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part by a single legal entity identifier as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Local operating unit</I> means an entity authorized under the standards of the Global Legal Entity Identifier System to issue legal entity identifiers.
</P>
<P><I>Reference data</I> means all identification and relationship information, as set forth in the standards of the Global Legal Entity Identifier System, of the legal entity or individual to which a legal entity identifier is assigned.
</P>
<P><I>Self-registration</I> means submission by a legal entity or individual of its own reference data.
</P>
<P><I>Third-party registration</I> means submission of reference data for a legal entity or individual that is or may become a swap counterparty, made by an entity or organization other than the legal entity or individual identified by the submitted reference data. Examples of third-party registration include, without limitation, submission by a swap dealer or major swap participant of reference data for its swap counterparties, and submission by a national numbering agency, national registration agency, or data service provider of reference data concerning legal entities or individuals with respect to which the agency or service provider maintains information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>International standard for the legal entity identifier.</I> The legal entity identifier used in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting required by this part shall be issued under, and shall conform to, ISO Standard 17442, Legal Entity Identifier (LEI), issued by the International Organization for Standardization.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reference data reporting.</I> Reference data for each swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap data repository, entity reporting pursuant to § 45.9, and counterparty to any swap shall be reported, by self-registration, third-party registration, or both, to a local operating unit in accordance with the standards set by the Global Legal Entity Identifier System. All subsequent changes and corrections to reference data previously reported shall be reported, by self-registration, third-party registration, or both, to a local operating unit as soon as technologically practicable following occurrence of any such change or discovery of the need for a correction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use of the legal entity identifier.</I> (1) Each swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap data repository, entity reporting pursuant to § 45.9, and swap counterparty shall use legal entity identifiers to identify itself and swap counterparties in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part. If a swap counterparty is not eligible to receive a legal entity identifier as determined by the Global Legal Entity Identifier System, such counterparty shall be identified in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part with an alternate identifier as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to § 45.13(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap dealer, major swap participant, swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, and swap data repository shall maintain and renew its legal identity identifier in accordance with the standards set by the Global Legal Entity Identifier System.
</P>
<P>(3) Each financial entity reporting counterparty executing a swap with a counterparty that is eligible to receive a legal entity identifier, but has not been assigned a legal entity identifier, shall, prior to reporting any required swap creation data for such swap, use best efforts to cause a legal entity identifier to be assigned to the counterparty. If these efforts do not result in a legal entity identifier being assigned to the counterparty prior to the reporting of required swap creation data, the financial entity reporting counterparty shall promptly provide the identity and contact information of the counterparty to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) For swaps previously reported pursuant to this part using substitute counterparty identifiers assigned by a swap data repository prior to Commission designation of a legal entity identifier system, each swap data repository shall map the legal entity identifiers for the counterparties to the substitute counterparty identifiers in the record for each such swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75563, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.7   Unique product identifiers.</HEAD>
<P>Each swap shall be identified in all recordkeeping and all swap data reporting pursuant to this part by means of a unique product identifier and product classification system as specified in this section. Each swap sufficiently standardized to receive a unique product identifier shall be identified by a unique product identifier. Each swap not sufficiently standardized for this purpose shall be identified by its description using the product classification system.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for the unique product identifier and product classification system.</I> The unique product identifier and product classification system shall identify and describe the swap asset class and the sub-type within that asset class to which the swap belongs, and the underlying product for the swap, with sufficient distinctiveness and specificity to enable the Commission and other financial regulators to fulfill their regulatory responsibilities and to assist in real time reporting of swaps as provided in the Act and part 43 of this chapter. The level of distinctiveness and specificity which the unique product identifier will provide shall be determined separately for each swap asset class.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Designation of the unique product identifier and product classification system.</I> (1) The Commission shall determine when a unique product identifier and product classification system that is acceptable to the Commission and satisfies the requirements set forth in this section is available for use in compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When the Commission determines that such a unique product identifier and product classification system is available, the Commission shall designate the unique product identifier and product classification system to be used in recordkeeping and swap data reporting pursuant to this part, by means of a Commission order that is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the Web site of the Commission, as soon as practicable after such determination is made. The order shall include notice of this designation, the contact information of the issuer of such unique product identifiers, and information concerning the procedure and requirements for obtaining unique product identifiers and using the product classification system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use of the unique product identifier and product classification system by registered entities and swap counterparties.</I> (1) When a unique product identifier and product classification system has been designated by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, each registered entity and swap counterparty shall use the unique product identifier and product classification system in all recordkeeping and swap data reporting pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Before a unique product identifier and product classification system has been designated by the Commission, each registered entity and swap counterparty shall use the internal product identifier or product description used by the swap data repository to which a swap is reported in all recordkeeping and swap data reporting pursuant to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 2197, Jan. 13, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75563, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.8   Determination of which counterparty shall report.</HEAD>
<P>The determination of which counterparty is the reporting counterparty for each swap shall be made as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) If only one counterparty is a swap dealer, the swap dealer shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) If neither counterparty is a swap dealer, and only one counterparty is a major swap participant, the major swap participant shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) If both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties, and only one counterparty is a financial entity as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C), the counterparty that is a financial entity shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(d) If both counterparties are swap dealers, or both counterparties are major swap participants, or both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties that are financial entities as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C), or both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties and neither counterparty is a financial entity as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C):
</P>
<P>(1) For a swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the counterparties shall agree which counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) For an off-facility swap, the counterparties shall agree as one term of their swap which counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, if both counterparties to a swap are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties and only one counterparty is a U.S. person, that counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, if neither counterparty to a swap is a U.S. person, but the swap is executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market or otherwise executed in the United States, or is cleared by a derivatives clearing organization:
</P>
<P>(1) For such a swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the counterparties shall agree which counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) For an off-facility swap, the counterparties shall agree as one term of their swap which counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(g) If a reporting counterparty selected pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section ceases to be a counterparty to a swap due to an assignment or novation, the reporting counterparty for reporting of required swap continuation data following the assignment or novation shall be selected from the two current counterparties as provided in paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If only one counterparty is a swap dealer, the swap dealer shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(2) If neither counterparty is a swap dealer, and only one counterparty is a major swap participant, the major swap participant shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) If both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties, and only one counterparty is a U.S. person, that counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(4) In all other cases, the counterparty that replaced the previous reporting counterparty by reason of the assignment or novation shall be the reporting counterparty, unless otherwise agreed by the counterparties.
</P>
<P>(h) For all swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market, the rules of the swap execution facility or designated contract market must require each swap counterparty to provide sufficient information to the swap execution facility or designated contract market to enable the swap execution facility or designated contract market to report all required swap creation data as provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(1) To comply with paragraph (h) of this section, the rules of the swap execution facility or designated contract market must require each market participant placing an order with respect to any swap traded on the swap execution facility or designated contract market to include in the order, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal entity identifier of the market participant placing the order.
</P>
<P>(ii) A yes/no indication of whether the market participant is a swap dealer with respect to the product with respect to which the order is placed.
</P>
<P>(iii) A yes/no indication of whether the market participant is a major swap participant with respect to the product with respect to which the order is placed.
</P>
<P>(iv) A yes/no indication of whether the market participant is a financial entity as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C).
</P>
<P>(v) A yes/no indication of whether the market participant is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(vi) If applicable, an indication that the market participant will elect an exception to, or an exemption from, the clearing requirement under part 50 of this chapter for any swap resulting from the order.
</P>
<P>(vii) If the swap will be allocated:
</P>
<P>(A) An indication that the swap will be allocated.
</P>
<P>(B) The legal entity identifier of the agent.
</P>
<P>(C) An indication of whether the swap is a post-allocation swap.
</P>
<P>(D) If the swap is a post-allocation swap, the unique transaction identifier of the initial swap transaction between the reporting counterparty and the agent.
</P>
<P>(2) To comply with paragraph (h) of this section, the swap execution facility or designated contract market must use the information obtained pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) of this section to identify the counterparty that is the reporting counterparty pursuant to the CEA and this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Clearing swaps.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section, if the swap is a clearing swap, the derivatives clearing organization that is a counterparty to such swap shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all reporting counterparty obligations for such swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 41777, June 27, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 75563, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.9   Third-party facilitation of data reporting.</HEAD>
<P>Registered entities and reporting counterparties required by this part to report required swap creation data or required swap continuation data, while remaining fully responsible for reporting as required by this part, may contract with third-party service providers to facilitate reporting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 2197, Jan. 13, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75564, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.10   Reporting to a single swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>All swap transaction and pricing data and swap data for a given swap shall be reported to a single swap data repository, which shall be the swap data repository to which the first report of such data is made, unless the reporting counterparty changes the swap data repository to which such data is reported pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market.</I> To ensure that all swap transaction and pricing data and swap data for a swap executed on or pursuant to the rules of a swap execution facility or designated contract market is reported to a single swap data repository:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap execution facility or designated contract market shall report all swap transaction and pricing data and required swap creation data for a swap to a single swap data repository. As soon as technologically practicable after execution of the swap, the swap execution facility or designated contract market shall transmit to both counterparties to the swap, and to the derivatives clearing organization, if any, that will clear the swap, the identity of the swap data repository to which such data is reported.
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter, all swap transaction and pricing data, required swap creation data, and required swap continuation data for the swap shall be reported to that same swap data repository, unless the reporting counterparty changes the swap data repository to which such data is reported pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Off-facility swaps that are not clearing swaps.</I> To ensure that all swap transaction and pricing data and swap data for an off-facility swap that is not a clearing swap is reported to a single swap data repository:
</P>
<P>(1) The reporting counterparty shall report all swap transaction and pricing data and required swap creation data to a single swap data repository. As soon as technologically practicable after execution, the reporting counterparty shall transmit to the other counterparty to the swap, and to the derivatives clearing organization, if any, that will clear the swap, the identity of the swap data repository to which such data is reported.
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter, all swap transaction and pricing data, required swap creation data, and required swap continuation data for the swap shall be reported to the same swap data repository, unless the reporting counterparty changes the swap data repository to which such data is reported pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clearing swaps.</I> To ensure that all swap transaction and pricing data and swap data for a given clearing swap, including clearing swaps that replace a particular original swap or that are created upon execution of the same transaction and that do not replace an original swap, is reported to a single swap data repository:
</P>
<P>(1) The derivatives clearing organization that is a counterparty to such clearing swap shall report all swap transaction and pricing data and required swap creation data for that clearing swap to a single swap data repository. As soon as technologically practicable after acceptance of an original swap for clearing, or execution of a clearing swap that does not replace an original swap, the derivatives clearing organization shall transmit to the counterparty to each clearing swap the identity of the swap data repository to which such data is reported.
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter, all swap transaction and pricing data, required swap creation data and required swap continuation data for that clearing swap shall be reported by the derivatives clearing organization to the same swap data repository to which swap data has been reported pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless the reporting counterparty changes the swap data repository to which such data is reported pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For clearing swaps that replace a particular original swap, and for equal and opposite clearing swaps that are created upon execution of the same transaction and that do not replace an original swap, the derivatives clearing organization shall report all swap transaction and pricing data, required swap creation data, and required swap continuation data for such clearing swaps to a single swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Change of swap data repository for swap transaction and pricing data and swap data reporting.</I> A reporting counterparty may change the swap data repository to which swap transaction and pricing data and swap data is reported as set forth in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notifications.</I> At least five business days prior to changing the swap data repository to which the reporting counterparty reports swap transaction and pricing data and swap data for a swap, the reporting counterparty shall provide notice of such change to the other counterparty to the swap, the swap data repository to which swap transaction and pricing data and swap data is currently reported, and the swap data repository to which swap transaction and pricing data and swap data will be reported going forward. Such notification shall include the unique transaction identifier of the swap and the date on which the reporting counterparty will begin reporting such swap transaction and pricing data and swap data to a different swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> After providing the notifications required in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the reporting counterparty shall follow paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section to complete the change of swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting counterparty shall report the change of swap data repository to the swap data repository to which the reporting counterparty is currently reporting swap transaction and pricing data and swap data as a life cycle event for such swap pursuant to § 45.4.
</P>
<P>(ii) On the same day that the reporting counterparty reports required swap continuation data as required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, the reporting counterparty shall also report the change of swap data repository to the swap data repository to which swap transaction and pricing data and swap data will be reported going forward as a life cycle event for such swap pursuant to § 45.4. The required swap continuation data report shall identify the swap using the same unique transaction identifier used to identify the swap at the previous swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(iii) Thereafter, all swap transaction and pricing data, required swap creation data, and required swap continuation data for the swap shall be reported to the same swap data repository, unless the reporting counterparty for the swap makes another change to the swap data repository to which such data is reported pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75564, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.11   Data reporting for swaps in a swap asset class not accepted by any swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Should there be a swap asset class for which no swap data repository currently accepts swap data, each swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, or reporting counterparty required by this part to report any required swap creation data or required swap continuation data with respect to a swap in that asset class must report that same data to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Data subject to this section shall be reported at times announced by the Commission and in an electronic file in a format acceptable to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75565, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.13   Required data standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Data reported to swap data repositories.</I> (1) In reporting required swap creation data and required swap continuation data to a swap data repository, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, and derivatives clearing organization shall report the swap data elements in appendix 1 to this part in the form and manner provided in the technical specifications published by the Commission pursuant to § 45.15.
</P>
<P>(2) In reporting required swap creation data and required swap continuation data to a swap data repository, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, and derivatives clearing organization making such report shall satisfy the swap data validation procedures of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(3) In reporting swap data to a swap data repository as required by this part, each reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, and derivatives clearing organization shall use the facilities, methods, or data standards provided or required by the swap data repository to which the entity or counterparty reports the data.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Data validation acceptance message.</I> (1) For each required swap creation data or required swap continuation data report submitted to a swap data repository, a swap data repository shall notify the reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, or third-party service provider submitting the report whether the report satisfied the swap data validation procedures of the swap data repository. The swap data repository shall provide such notification as soon as technologically practicable after accepting the required swap creation data or required swap continuation data report. A swap data repository may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by transmitting data validation acceptance messages as required by § 49.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) If a required swap creation data or required swap continuation data report to a swap data repository does not satisfy the data validation procedures of the swap data repository, the reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, or derivatives clearing organization required to submit the report has not yet satisfied its obligation to report required swap creation or continuation data in the manner provided by paragraph (a) of this section within the timelines set forth in §§ 45.3 and 45.4. The reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, or derivatives clearing organization has not satisfied its obligation until it submits the required swap data report in the manner provided by paragraph (a) of this section, which includes the requirement to satisfy the data validation procedures of the swap data repository, within the applicable time deadline set forth in §§ 45.3 and 45.4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75565, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.14   Correcting errors in swap data and verification of swap data accuracy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Correction of errors</I>—(1) <I>Swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, and reporting counterparties.</I> Any swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty that by any means becomes aware of any error relating to swap data that it was required to report under this part shall correct the error. To correct an error, the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall submit complete and accurate swap data to the swap data repository that maintains the swap data for the relevant swap, or completely and accurately report swap data for a swap that was not previously reported to a swap data repository as required under this part, as applicable. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the requirement to correct any error applies regardless of the state of the swap that is the subject of the swap data, including a swap that has terminated, matured, or otherwise is no longer considered to be an open swap.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timing requirement for correcting errors.</I> The swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall correct any error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery of the error. In all cases, errors shall be corrected within seven business days after discovery. Any error that a reporting counterparty discovers or could have discovered during the verification process required under paragraph (b) of this section is considered discovered for the purposes of this section as of the moment the reporting counterparty began the verification process during which the error was first discovered or discoverable.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Notification of failure to timely correct.</I> If the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty will, for any reason, fail to timely correct an error, the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall notify the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the Director may designate from time to time. The notification shall be in the form and manner, and according to the instructions, specified by the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the Director may designate from time to time. Unless otherwise instructed by the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees of the Commission as the Director may designate from time to time, the notification shall include an initial assessment of the scope of the error or errors that were discovered, and shall include any initial remediation plan for correcting the error or errors, if an initial remediation plan exists. This notification shall be made within 12 hours of the swap execution facility's, designated contract market's, or reporting counterparty's determination that it will fail to timely correct the error.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Form and manner for error correction.</I> In order to satisfy the requirements of this section, a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty shall conform to a swap data repository's policies and procedures created pursuant to § 49.10 of this chapter for correction of errors.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-reporting counterparties.</I> Any non-reporting counterparty that by any means becomes aware of any error in the swap data for a swap to which it is the non-reporting counterparty, shall notify the reporting counterparty for the swap of the error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery, but not later than three business days following discovery of the error. If the non-reporting counterparty does not know the identity of the reporting counterparty, the non-reporting counterparty shall notify the swap execution facility or designated contract market where the swap was executed of the error as soon as technologically practicable after discovery, but no later than three business days following the discovery. Such notice from the non-reporting counterparty to the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty constitutes discovery under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements to correct errors set forth in paragraph (a) of this section only apply to errors in swap data relating to swaps for which the record retention period under § 45.2 has not expired as of the time the error is discovered. Errors in swap data relating to swaps for which the record retention periods under § 45.2 have expired at the time that the errors are discovered are not subject to the requirements to correct errors set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Verification that swap data is complete and accurate.</I> Each reporting counterparty shall verify that there are no errors in the swap data for all open swaps that the reporting counterparty reported, or was required to report, to a swap data repository under the requirements of this part, in accordance with this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Method of verification.</I> Each reporting counterparty shall utilize the mechanism for verification that each swap data repository to which the reporting counterparty reports swap data adopts under § 49.11 of this chapter. Each reporting counterparty shall utilize the relevant mechanism(s) to compare all swap data for each open swap for which it serves as the reporting counterparty maintained by the relevant swap data repository or repositories with all swap data contained in the reporting counterparty's internal books and records for each swap, to verify that there are no errors in the relevant swap data maintained by the swap data repository. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a reporting counterparty is not required to verify the accuracy and completeness of any swap data to which the reporting counterparty is not permitted access under the Act or Commission regulations, including, but not limited to, § 49.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Verification policies and procedures.</I> In performing verification as required by this paragraph, each reporting counterparty shall conform to each relevant swap data repository's verification policies and procedures created pursuant to § 49.11 of this chapter. If a reporting counterparty utilizes a third-party service provider to perform verification, the reporting counterparty shall conform to each relevant swap data repository's third-party service provider verification policies and procedures created pursuant to § 49.11 of this chapter and shall require the third-party service provider to conform to the same policies and procedures while performing verification on behalf of the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Correcting errors.</I> Any and all errors discovered during the verification process shall be corrected in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Frequency.</I> Each reporting counterparty shall perform verification at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) If the reporting counterparty is a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization, once every thirty calendar days; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the reporting counterparty is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or a derivatives clearing organization, once every calendar quarter, provided that there are at least two calendar months between verifications.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Verification log.</I> Each reporting counterparty shall keep a log of each verification that it performs. For each verification, the log shall include all errors discovered during the verification, and the corrections performed under paragraph (a) of this section. This requirement is in addition to any other applicable reporting counterparty recordkeeping requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Error defined</I>—(1) <I>Errors.</I> For the purposes of this part, there is an error when swap data is not completely and accurately reported. This includes, but is not limited to, the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of the swap data for a swap reported to a swap data repository is incorrect or any of the swap data that is maintained by a swap data repository differs from any of the relevant swap data contained in the books and records of a party to the swap.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the swap data for a swap that is required to be reported to a swap data repository or to be maintained by a swap data repository is not reported to a swap data repository or is not maintained by the swap data repository as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) None of the swap data for a swap that is required to be reported to a swap data repository or to be maintained by a swap data repository is reported to a swap data repository or is maintained by a swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any of the swap data for a swap that is no longer an open swap is maintained by the swap data repository as if the swap is still an open swap.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Presumption.</I> For the purposes of this section, there is a presumption that an error exists if the swap data that is maintained and disseminated by an SDR for a swap is not complete and accurate. This includes, but is not limited to, the swap data that the SDR makes available to the reporting counterparty for verification under § 49.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75654, Nov. 25, 2020]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 89 FR 71812, Sept. 4, 2024, § 45.14 was amended by revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii). However, the amendment could not be incorporated due to an error in the amendatory instruction that misidentified the section.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 45.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 45.15   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Delegation of authority to the chief information officer.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to its chief information officer, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, to be exercised by the chief information officer or by such other employee or employees of the Commission as may be designated from time to time by the chief information officer. The chief information officer may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph. The authority delegated to the chief information officer by this paragraph (a) shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The authority to determine the manner, format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission standards and procedures acceptable to the Commission for the purposes of § 45.11;
</P>
<P>(2) The authority to determine whether the Commission may permit or require use by swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, or reporting counterparties in reporting pursuant to § 45.11 of one or more particular data standards (such as FIX, FpML, ISO 20022, or some other standard), to accommodate the needs of different communities of users;
</P>
<P>(3) The dates and times at which required swap creation data or required swap continuation data shall be reported pursuant to § 45.11; and
</P>
<P>(4) The chief information officer shall publish from time to time in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the website of the Commission the format, data schema, electronic data transmission methods and procedures, and dates and times for reporting acceptable to the Commission with respect to swap data reporting pursuant to § 45.11.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight.</I> The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in § 45.13(a)(1), to be exercised by the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or by such other employee or employees of the Commission as may be designated from time to time by the Director of the Division of Market Oversight. The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated pursuant to this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph. The authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight by this paragraph (b) shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The authority to publish the technical specifications providing the form and manner for reporting the swap data elements in appendix 1 to this part to swap data repositories as provided in § 45.13(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(2) The authority to determine whether the Commission may permit or require use by swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, or reporting counterparties in reporting pursuant to § 45.13(a)(1) of one or more particular data standards (such as FIX, FpML, ISO 20022, or some other standard), to accommodate the needs of different communities of users;
</P>
<P>(3) The dates and times at which required swap creation data or required swap continuation data shall be reported pursuant to § 45.13(a)(1); and
</P>
<P>(4) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight shall publish from time to time in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the website of the Commission the technical specifications for swap data reporting pursuant to § 45.13(a)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75565, Nov. 25, 2020]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 89 FR 71812, Sept. 4, 2024, § 45.15 was amended by revising paragraphs (a) introductory text, (a)(4), (b) introductory text, and (b)(4). However, the amendment could not be incorporated due to an error in the amendatory instruction that misidentified the section.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix 1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.5.0.1.16.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix 1 to Part 45—Swap Data Elements

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.033.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.034.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.035.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.036.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.037.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75566, Nov. 25, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="46" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 46—SWAP DATA RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: PRE-ENACTMENT AND TRANSITION SWAPS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Title VII, sections 723 and 729, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1738.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 46.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Asset class</I> means a broad category of commodities, including, without limitation, any “excluded commodity” as defined in section 1a(19) of the Act, with common characteristics underlying a swap. The asset classes include interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, equity, other commodity, and such other asset classes as may be determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Compliance date</I> means the applicable date, as specified in part 45 of this chapter, on which a registered entity or swap counterparty subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission is required to commence full compliance with all provisions of this part and with all applicable provisions of part 45 of this chapter, as set forth in the preamble to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmation</I> (<I>confirming</I>) means the consummation (electronically or otherwise) of legally binding documentation (electronic or otherwise) that memorializes the agreement of the parties to all terms of a swap. A confirmation must be in writing (whether electronic or otherwise) and must legally supersede any previous agreement (electronically or otherwise).
</P>
<P><I>Confirmation data</I> means all of the terms of a swap matched and agreed upon by the counterparties in confirming the swap.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic reporting</I> (“report electronically”) means the reporting of data normalized in data fields as required by the data standard or standards used by the swap data repository to which the data is reported. Except where specifically otherwise provided in this chapter, electronic reporting does not include submission of an image of a document or text file.
</P>
<P><I>Equity swap</I> means any swap that is primarily based on equity securities, including, without limitation: any swap primarily based on one or more broad-based indices of equity securities; and any total return swap on one or more equity indices.
</P>
<P><I>Financial entity</I> has the meaning set forth in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C).
</P>
<P><I>Historical swap</I> means pre-enactment swaps and transition swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum primary economic terms</I> means, with respect to a historical swap, the terms included in the list of minimum primary economic terms for swaps in each swap asset class found in appendix 1 to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum primary economic terms data</I> means all of the data elements necessary to fully report all of the minimum primary economic terms required by this part to be reported for a swap in the swap asset class of the swap in question.
</P>
<P><I>Mixed swap</I> has the meaning set forth in CEA section 1a(47)(D), and refers to an instrument that is in part a swap subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission, and in part a security-based swap subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-asset swap</I> means a swap that does not have one easily identifiable primary underlying notional item, but instead involves multiple underlying notional items within the Commission's jurisdiction that belong to different asset classes.
</P>
<P><I>Non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty</I> means a swap counterparty that is not a swap dealer, major swap participant, or derivatives clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-enactment swap</I> means any swap entered into prior to enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010), the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting counterparty</I> means the counterparty required to report data for a pre-enactment swap or a transition swap pursuant to this part, selected as provided in § 46.5.
</P>
<P><I>Required swap continuation data</I> means all of the data elements that shall be reported during the existence of a swap as required by part 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Substitute counterparty identifier</I> means a unique alphanumeric code assigned by a swap data repository to a swap counterparty prior to the Commission designation of a legal entity identifier system on July 23, 2012.
</P>
<P><I>Transition swap</I> means any swap entered into on or after the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010) and prior to the applicable compliance date on which a registered entity or swap counterparty subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission is required to commence full compliance with all provisions of this part, as set forth in the preamble to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other defined terms.</I> Terms not defined in this part have the meanings assigned to the terms in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.2   Recordkeeping for pre-enactment swaps and transition swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordkeeping for pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011.</I> Each counterparty subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission that is a counterparty to any pre-enactment swap or transition swap that is in existence on or after April 25, 2011 shall keep the following records concerning each such swap:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Minimum records required.</I> Each counterparty shall keep records of all of the minimum primary economic terms data specified in appendix 1 to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional records required to be kept if possessed by a counterparty.</I> In addition to the minimum records required pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this part, a counterparty that is in possession at any time on or after April 25, 2011 of any of the following documentation shall keep copies thereof:
</P>
<P>(i) Any confirmation of the swap executed by the counterparties.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any master agreement governing the swap, and any modification or amendment thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any credit support agreement, or other agreement between the counterparties having the same function as a credit support agreement, relating to the swap, and any modification or amendment thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Records created or available after the compliance date.</I> In addition to the records required to be kept pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, each counterparty to any pre-enactment swap or transition swap that remains in existence on the compliance date shall keep for each such swap, from the compliance date forward, all of the records required to be kept by section 45.2 of this chapter, to the extent that any such records are created by or become available to the counterparty on or after the compliance date.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Retention form.</I> Records required to be kept pursuant to this section with respect to historical swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011, must be kept as required by paragraph (a)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) Records required to be kept by swap dealers or major swap participants may be kept in electronic form, or kept in paper form if originally created and exclusively maintained in paper form, so long as they are retrievable, and information in them is reportable as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Records required to be kept by non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties may be kept in either electronic or paper form, so long as they are retrievable, and information in them is reportable, as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping for pre-enactment and transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011.</I> Each counterparty subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission that is a counterparty to any pre-enactment swap or transition swap that is expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011 shall keep the following records concerning each such swap:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pre-enactment swaps expired prior to April 25, 2011.</I> Each counterparty to any pre-enactment swap that expired or was terminated prior to April 25, 2011 shall retain the information and documents relating to the terms of the transaction that were possessed by the counterparty on or after October 14, 2010 (17 CFR 44.00 through 44.02). Such information may be retained in the format in which it existed on or after October 14, 2010, or in such other format as the counterparty chooses to retain it. This paragraph (b)(1) does not require the counterparty to create or retain records of information not in its possession on or after October 14, 2010, or to alter the format, <I>i.e.,</I> the method by which the information is organized and stored.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transition swaps expired prior to April 25, 2011.</I> Each counterparty to any transition swap that expired or was terminated prior to April 25, 2011 shall retain the information and documents relating to the terms of the transaction that were possessed by the counterparty on or after December 17, 2010 (17 CFR 44.03). Such information may be retained in the format in which it existed on or after December 17, 2010, or in such other format as the counterparty chooses to retain it. This paragraph (b)(2) does not require the counterparty to create or retain records of information not in its possession on or after December 17, 2010, or to alter the format, <I>i.e.,</I> the method by which the information is organized and stored.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retention period.</I> All records required to be kept by this section shall be kept from the applicable dates specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section through the life of the swap, and for a period of at least five years from the final termination of the swap.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retrieval.</I> Records required to be kept pursuant to this section shall be retrievable as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Retrieval for pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011.</I> Records concerning pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011, shall be retrievable as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Each record required to be kept by a counterparty that is a swap dealer or major swap participant shall be readily accessible via real time electronic access by the counterparty throughout the life of the swap and for two years following the final termination of the swap, and shall be retrievable by the registrant or its affiliates within three business days through the remainder of the period following final termination of the swap during which it is required to be kept.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each record required to be kept by a non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty shall be retrievable by the counterparty within five business days throughout the period during which it is required to be kept.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retrieval for pre-enactment and transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011.</I> Records concerning pre-enactment and transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011, shall be retrievable by the counterparty within five business days throughout the period during which they are required to be kept.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection.</I> All records required to be kept pursuant to this section by any registrant or its affiliates or by any counterparty subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission shall be open to inspection upon request by any representative of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any representative of a prudential regulator as authorized by the Commission. Copies of all such records shall be provided, at the expense of the entity or person required to keep the record, to any representative of the Commission upon request. With respect to historical swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011, copies of records required to be kept by any swap dealer or major swap participant shall be provided either by electronic means, in hard copy, or both, as requested by the Commission, with the sole exception that copies of records originally created and exclusively maintained in paper form may be provided in hard copy only; and copies of records required to be kept by any non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparty shall be provided in the form, whether electronic or paper, in which the records are kept. With respect to historical swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011, records shall be provided in the form, whether electronic or paper, in which the records are kept.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.3   Data reporting for pre-enactment swaps and transition swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting for pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011</I>—(1) <I>Initial data report.</I> For each pre-enactment swap or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, the reporting counterparty shall report electronically to a swap data repository (or to the Commission if no swap data repository for swaps in the asset class in question is available), on the compliance date, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All of the minimum primary economic terms data specified in appendix 1 to this part that were in the possession of the reporting counterparty on or after April 25, 2011;
</P>
<P>(ii) The legal entity identifier of the reporting counterparty required pursuant to § 46.4; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The following additional identifiers:
</P>
<P>(A) The internal counterparty identifier or legal entity identifier used by the reporting counterparty to identify the non-reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(B) The internal transaction identifier used by the reporting counterparty to identify the swap.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reporting of required swap continuation data.</I> (i) For each uncleared pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, throughout the existence of the swap following the compliance date, the reporting counterparty must report all required swap continuation data as required by part 45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Swap continuation data reporting is not required for a pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, that has been cleared by a designated clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Data reporting for multi-asset swaps and mixed swaps.</I> (i) For each pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, that is a multi-asset swap, all data required to be reported by this part shall be reported to a single swap data repository that accepts swaps in the asset class treated as the primary asset class involved in the swap by the reporting counterparty making the first report of such data pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) For each pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, that is a mixed swap, all data required to be reported pursuant to this part shall be reported to a swap data repository registered with the Commission and to a security-based swap data repository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This requirement may be satisfied by reporting the mixed swap to a swap data repository or security-based swap data repository registered with both Commissions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting for pre-enactment and transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011</I>—(1) <I>Pre-enactment swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011.</I> For each pre-enactment swap which expired or was terminated prior to April 25, 2011, the reporting counterparty shall report to a swap data repository (or to the Commission if no swap data repository for swaps in the asset class in question is available), on the compliance date, such information relating to the terms of the transaction as was in the reporting counterparty's possession on or after October 14, 2010 (17 CFR 44.00 through 44.02). This information may be reported via any method selected by the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011.</I> For each transition swap which expired or was terminated prior to April 25, 2011, the reporting counterparty shall report to a swap data repository (or to the Commission if no swap data repository for swaps in the asset class in question is available), on the compliance date, such information relating to the terms of the transaction as was in the reporting counterparty's possession on or after December 17, 2010 (17 CFR 44.03). This information may be reported via any method selected by the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Voluntary early submission of initial data report.</I> For all pre-enactment and transition swaps required to be reported pursuant to this part, the reporting counterparty may make the initial data report required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or the data report required by paragraph (b) of this section, prior to the applicable compliance date, if a swap data repository accepting swaps in the asset class in question is prepared to accept the report. The obligation to report continuation data as required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section with respect to a swap for which a voluntary early submission is made commences on the applicable compliance date. However, the reporting counterparty may submit continuation data at any time after a voluntary early submission made pursuant to this paragraph, if the swap data repository is prepared to accept such continuation data, and if that repository has registered with the Commission as a swap data repository as of the applicable compliance date.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-duplication of previous reporting.</I> If the reporting counterparty for a pre-enactment or transition swap has reported any of the information required as paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section to a trade repository prior to the compliance date, and if as of the compliance date that repository has registered with the Commission as a swap data repository, then:
</P>
<P>(1) The counterparty shall not be required to report such previously reported information to the swap data repository again;
</P>
<P>(2) The counterparty shall be required to report to the swap data repository on the compliance date any information required as part of the initial data report by paragraph (a) of this section that has not been reported prior to the compliance date: and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011, the initial data report required by paragraph (a) of this section and all subsequent data reporting concerning the swap shall be made to the same swap data repository to which data concerning the swap was first reported prior to the compliance date (or to its successor in the event that it ceases to operate, as provided in part 49 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.4   Unique identifiers.</HEAD>
<P>The unique identifier requirements for data reporting with respect to pre-enactment or transition swaps shall be as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) By the compliance date, the reporting counterparty (as defined by part 45 of this chapter) for each pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, for which an initial data report is required by this part 46, shall obtain for itself a legal entity identifier as provided in § 45.6 of this chapter (or if the Commission has not yet designated a legal entity identifier system, a substitute counterparty identifier), and shall include its own legal entity identifier (or substitute counterparty identifier) in the initial data report concerning the swap. With respect to the legal entity identifier (or substitute counterparty identifier) of the reporting counterparty, the reporting counterparty and the swap data repository to which the swap is reported shall comply thereafter with all unique identifier requirements of § 45.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 180 days after the compliance date, the non-reporting counterparty for each pre-enactment or transition swap in existence on or after April 25, 2011, for which an initial data report is required by this part 46, shall obtain a legal entity identifier as provided in § 45.6 of this chapter (or if the Commission has not yet designated a legal entity identifier system, a substitute counterparty identifier as provided in § 45.6(f) of this chapter), and shall provide its legal entity identifier (or substitute counterparty identifier) to the reporting counterparty. Upon receipt of the non-reporting counterparty's legal entity identifier (or substitute counterparty identifier), the reporting counterparty shall provide it to the swap data repository to which swap data for the swap was reported. Thereafter, with respect to the legal entity identifier (or substitute counterparty identifier) of the non-reporting counterparty, the counterparties to the swap and the swap data repository to which it is reported shall comply with all requirements of § 45.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The legal entity identifier requirements of parts 46 and 45 of this chapter shall not apply to pre-enactment or transition swaps expired or terminated prior to April 25, 2011.
</P>
<P>(d) The unique swap identifier, unique transaction identifier, and unique product identifier requirements of part 45 of this chapter shall not apply to pre-enactment or transition swaps.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.5   Determination of which counterparty must report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Determination of which counterparty must report data concerning each pre-enactment or transition swap shall be made as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If only one counterparty is a swap dealer, the swap dealer shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(2) If neither party is an swap dealer, and only one counterparty is an major swap participant, the major swap participant shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) If both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties, and only one counterparty is a financial entity as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C), the counterparty that is a financial entity shall be the reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(4) For each pre-enactment swap or transition swap for which both counterparties are swap dealers, or both counterparties are major swap participants, or both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties that are financial entities as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C), or both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties and neither counterparty is a financial entity as defined in CEA section 2(h)(7)(C), the counterparties shall agree which counterparty shall fulfill reporting obligations with respect to that swap; and the counterparty so selected shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, for pre-enactment or transition swaps for which both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties, if only one counterparty is a U.S. person, that counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) For pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence as of the compliance date, determination of the reporting counterparty shall be made by applying the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to the current counterparties to the swap as of the compliance date, regardless of whether either or both were original counterparties to the swap when it was first executed.
</P>
<P>(c) For pre-enactment and transition swaps for which reporting is required, but which have expired or been terminated prior to the compliance date, determination of the reporting counterparty shall be made by applying the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section to the counterparties to the swap as of the date of its expiration or termination (except for determination of a counterparty's status as an SD or MSP, which shall be made as of the compliance date), regardless of whether either or both were original counterparties to the swap when it was first executed.
</P>
<P>(d) After the initial report required by § 46.3 is made, if a reporting counterparty selected pursuant to this section ceases to be a counterparty to a swap due to an assignment or novation, the reporting counterparty for reporting of required swap continuation data following the assignment or novation shall be selected from the two current counterparties as provided in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If only one counterparty is a swap dealer, the swap dealer shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(2) If neither counterparty is a swap dealer, and only one counterparty is a major swap participant, the major swap participant shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) If both counterparties are non-SD/MSP/DCO counterparties, and only one counterparty is a U.S. person, that counterparty shall be the reporting counterparty and shall fulfill all counterparty reporting obligations.
</P>
<P>(4) In all other cases, the counterparty that replaced the previous reporting counterparty by reason of the assignment or novation shall be the reporting counterparty, unless otherwise agreed by the counterparties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.6   Third-party facilitation of data reporting.</HEAD>
<P>Counterparties required by this part 46 to report data for any pre-enactment or transition swap, while remaining fully responsible for reporting as required by this part 46, may contract with third-party service providers to facilitate reporting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.7   Reporting to a single swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>All data reported for each pre-enactment or transition swap pursuant to this part 46, and all corrections of errors and omissions in previously reported data for the swap, shall be reported to the same swap data repository to which the initial data report concerning the swap is made (or to its successor in the event that it ceases to operate, as provided in part 49 of this chapter).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.8   Data reporting for swaps in a swap asset class not accepted by any swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Should there be a swap asset class for which no swap data repository registered with the Commission currently accepts data for pre-enactment and transition swaps, each registered entity or counterparty required by this part to report any such data with respect to a swap in that asset class must report that same data to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Data reported to the Commission pursuant to this section shall be reported at times announced by the Commission. Data reported to the Commission pursuant to this section with respect to pre-enactment and transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011 shall be reported in an electronic format acceptable to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Data: The Commission hereby delegates to its Director of the Division of Data, until the Commission orders otherwise, the authority set forth in this paragraph (c), to be exercised by the Director of the Division of Data or by such other employee or employees of the Commission as may be designated by the Director of the Division of Data. The Director of the Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this paragraph. The authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Data by paragraph (c) of this section shall include:


</P>
<P>(1) With respect to all pre-enactment and transition swaps required to be reported by this part, the authority to determine the dates and times at which data concerning such swaps shall be reported pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to all pre-enactment swaps or transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011:
</P>
<P>(i) The authority to determine the manner, format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission standards and procedures acceptable to the Commission for the purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The authority to determine whether the Commission may permit or require use by registered entities or counterparties in reporting pre-enactment or transition swaps in existence on or after April 25, 2011, of one or more particular data standards (such as FIX, FpML, ISO 20022, or some other standard), in order to accommodate the needs of different communities of users.
</P>
<P>(d) The Director of the Division of Data shall publish from time to time in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the Web site of the Commission the dates and times, format, data schema, and electronic data transmission methods and procedures for reporting acceptable to the Commission with respect to reporting data for pre-enactment and transition swaps pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.9   Voluntary supplemental reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term <I>voluntary, supplemental report</I> means any report of data for a pre-enactment or transition swap to a swap data repository that is not required to be made pursuant to this part or any other part in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A voluntary, supplemental report for a pre-enactment or transition swap may be made only by a counterparty to the swap in connection with which the voluntary, supplemental report is made, or by a third-party service provider acting on behalf of a counterparty to the swap.
</P>
<P>(c) A voluntary, supplemental report for a pre-enactment or transition swap may be made only after the initial data report for the swap required by section 46.3(a) or the report required by section 46.3(b), as applicable, has been made.
</P>
<P>(d) A voluntary, supplemental report for a pre-enactment or transition swap may be made either to the swap data repository to which the initial data report for the swap required by section 46.3(a) or the report required by section 46.3(b), as applicable, has been made, or to a different swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(e) A voluntary, supplemental report for a pre-enactment or transition swap must contain:
</P>
<P>(1) An indication that the report is a voluntary, supplemental report.
</P>
<P>(2) The swap data repository identifier created for the swap by the automated systems of the swap data repository to which the initial data report required by section 46.3(a) or the report required by section 46.3(b), as applicable, has been made.
</P>
<P>(3) An indication of the identity of the swap data repository to which the initial data report required by section 46.3(a) or the report required by section 46.3(b), as applicable, has been made, if the voluntary supplemental report is made to a different swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(4) If the pre-enactment or transition swap was in existence on or after April 25, 2011, the legal entity identifier (or substitute identifier) of the counterparty making the voluntary, supplemental report.
</P>
<P>(5) If applicable, an indication that the voluntary, supplemental report is made pursuant to the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(f) If a counterparty that has made a voluntary, supplemental report discovers any errors in the data for a pre-enactment or a transition swap included in the voluntary, supplemental report, the counterparty must report a correction of each such error to the swap data repository to which the voluntary, supplemental report was made, as soon as technologically practicable after discovery of any such error.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.10   Required data standards.</HEAD>
<P>In reporting data for a pre-enactment or a transition swap to a swap data repository as required by this part 46, each reporting counterparty shall use the facilities, methods, or data standards provided or required by the swap data repository to which counterparty reports the data. In reporting required swap continuation data as required by this part, each reporting counterparty shall comply with the required data standards set forth in part 45 of this chapter, including those set forth in § 45.13(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75594, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 46.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 46.11   Reporting of errors and omissions in previously reported data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap counterparty required by this part 46 to report data for a pre-enactment or a transition swap shall report any errors and omissions in the data so reported. Corrections of errors or omissions shall be reported as soon as technologically practicable after discovery of any such error or omission.
</P>
<P>(b) Each counterparty to a pre-enactment or transition swap that is not the reporting counterparty as determined pursuant to § 46.5, and that discovers any error or omission with respect to any data for a pre-enactment or transition swap reported to a swap data repository for that swap, shall promptly notify the reporting counterparty of each such error or omission. As soon as technologically practicable after receiving such notice, the reporting counterparty shall report a correction of each such error or omission to the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(c) Each swap counterparty reporting corrections to errors or omissions in data previously reported as required by this part shall report such corrections in the same format as it reported the erroneous or omitted data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35226, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 75595, Nov. 25, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix 1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.6.0.1.12.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix 1 to Part 46—Tables of Minimum Primary Economic Terms Data For Pre-Enactment and Transition Swaps

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn12.017.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="48" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 48—REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN BOARDS OF TRADE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 5, 6 and 12a, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 80698, Dec. 23, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 48.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part apply to any foreign board of trade that is registered, required to be registered, or applying to become registered with the Commission in order to provide its identified members or other participants located in the United States with direct access to its electronic trading and order matching system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Foreign board of trade.</I> Foreign board of trade means any board of trade, exchange or market located outside the United States, its territories or possessions, whether incorporated or unincorporated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign board of trade eligible to be registered.</I> A foreign board of trade eligible to be registered means a foreign board of trade that satisfies the requirements for registration specified in § 48.7 and:
</P>
<P>(1) Possesses the attributes of an established, organized exchange,
</P>
<P>(2) Adheres to appropriate rules prohibiting abusive trading practices,
</P>
<P>(3) Enforces appropriate rules to maintain market and financial integrity,
</P>
<P>(4) Has been authorized by a regulatory process that examines customer and market protections, and
</P>
<P>(5) Is subject to continued oversight by a regulator that has power to intervene in the market and the authority to share information with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Direct access.</I> Direct access means an explicit grant of authority by a foreign board of trade to an identified member or other participant located in the United States to enter trades directly into the trade matching system of the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Linked contract.</I> Linked contract means a futures, option or swap contract that is made available for trading by direct access by a registered foreign board of trade that settles against any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of one or more contracts listed for trading on a registered entity as defined in section 1a(40) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Communications.</I> Communications means any written or electronic documentation or correspondence issued by or on behalf of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Material change.</I> Material change means a material change in the information provided to the Commission in support of an application for registration under this part. Subsequent to registration, material change also includes a material change in the operations of the foreign board of trade or its clearing organization and, without limitation, a change in any of the following: The membership or participant criteria of the foreign board of trade or its clearing organization; the location of the management, personnel or operations of the foreign board of trade or its clearing organization; the structure, nature, or operation of the trading or clearing systems; the regulatory or self-regulatory regime applicable to the foreign board of trade, its clearing organization, or their respective members and other participants; the authorization, licensure, registration or recognition of the foreign board of trade or clearing organization; and the ability of the clearing organization to observe the Recommendations for Central Counterparties.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Clearing organization.</I> Clearing organization means the foreign board of trade, affiliate of the foreign board of trade or any third party clearing house, clearing association, clearing corporation or similar entity, facility or organization that, with respect to any agreement, contract or transaction executed on or through the foreign board of trade, would be:
</P>
<P>(1) Defined as a derivatives clearing organization under section 1a(15) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) Defined as a central counterparty by the Recommendations for Central Counterparties.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Swap.</I> Swap means a swap as defined in section 1a(47) of the Act and any Commission regulation further defining the term adopted thereunder.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Recommendations for Central Counterparties.</I> Recommendations for Central Counterparties means:
</P>
<P>(1) The current Recommendations for Central Counterparties issued jointly by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions as updated, revised or otherwise amended; or
</P>
<P>(2) Successor standards, principles and guidance for central counterparties or financial market infrastructures adopted jointly by the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions and the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Affiliate.</I> An affiliate of a registered foreign board of trade member or other participant means any person, as that term is defined in section 1a(38) of the Act, that:
</P>
<P>(1) Owns 50% or more of the member or other participant;
</P>
<P>(2) Is owned 50% or more by the member or other participant; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is owned 50% or more by a third person that also owns 50% or more of the member or other participant.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Member or other participant.</I> Member or other participant means a member or other participant of a foreign board of trade that is registered under this part and any affiliate thereof that has been granted direct access by the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 80698, Dec. 23, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 66208, Aug. 15, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.3   Registration required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specified in this part, it shall be unlawful for a foreign board of trade to permit direct access to its electronic trading and order matching system unless and until the Commission has issued a valid and current Order of Registration to the foreign board of trade pursuant to the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for a foreign board of trade or the clearing organization to make false or misleading statements in or in connection with any application for registration under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.4   Registration eligibility and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only foreign boards of trade eligible to be registered, as defined in § 48.2(b) of this part, are eligible for registration with the Commission pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A foreign board of trade may apply for registration under this part in order to permit the members and other participants of the foreign board of trade that are located in the United States to enter trades directly into the trading and order matching system of the foreign board of trade, to the extent that such members or other participants are:
</P>
<P>(1) Entering orders for the member's or other participant's proprietary accounts;
</P>
<P>(2) Registered with the Commission as futures commission merchants and are submitting customer orders to the trading system for execution;
</P>
<P>(3) Registered with the Commission as a commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor, or are exempt from such registration pursuant to § 4.13 or § 4.14 of this chapter, and are submitting orders for execution on behalf of a United States pool that the member or other participant operates or an account of a United States customer for which the member or other participant has discretionary authority, respectively, provided that a futures commission merchant registered with the Commission as such or a firm exempt from such registration pursuant to § 30.10 of this chapter acts as clearing firm and guarantees, without limitation, all such trades of the commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor effected through submission of orders to the trading system; or
</P>
<P>(4) Registered with the Commission as introducing brokers and are submitting customer orders to the trading system for execution, provided that a futures commission merchant registered with the Commission as such or a firm exempt from such registration pursuant to § 30.10 of this chapter acts as a clearing firm and guarantees, without limitation, all trades of the introducing broker effected through submission of orders for United States customers to the trading system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 80698, Dec. 23, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 66208, Aug. 15, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.5   Registration procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A foreign board of trade seeking registration with the Commission pursuant to this part must electronically file an application for registration with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington DC headquarters at <I>FBOTapplications@cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) A complete application for registration must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A completed Form FBOT and Form Supplement S-1, as set forth in the appendix to this part, or any successor forms, and all information and documentation described in such forms; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any additional information and documentation necessary, in the discretion of the Commission, to supplement the application including, but not limited to, documentation and information provided during the course of an on-site visit, as applicable, to the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization and the regulatory authority or authorities, to effectively demonstrate that the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization satisfy the registration requirements set forth in § 48.7.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant for registration must identify with particularity any information in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment and must provide support for any request for confidential treatment pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 145.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) If, upon review, the Commission finds the application for registration to be complete, the Commission may approve or deny the application. In reviewing the application, the Commission will consider, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the foreign board of trade is eligible to be registered as defined in § 48.2(b) and;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization are subject to comprehensive supervision and regulation by the appropriate governmental authorities in their home country or countries that is comparable to the comprehensive supervision and regulation to which designated contract markets and derivatives clearing organizations are respectively subject under the Act, Commission regulations, and other applicable United States laws and regulations, if any, and;
</P>
<P>(3) Any previous Commission findings that the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization are subject to comprehensive supervision and regulation by the appropriate government authorities in their home country or countries that is comparable to the comprehensive supervision and regulation to which designated contract markets and derivatives clearing organizations are subject under the Act, Commission regulations, and other applicable United States laws and regulations, if any; and
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have adequately demonstrated that they meet the requirements for registration specified in § 48.7.
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission's determination that the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization are subject to comprehensive supervision and regulation by the appropriate government authorities in their home country or countries that is comparable to the comprehensive supervision and regulation to which designated contract markets and derivatives clearing organizations are subject will be based upon a principles-based review conducted in a manner consistent with this part 48 pursuant to which the Commission will look to determine if the government authorities support and enforce regulatory objectives in the oversight of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization that are substantially equivalent to the regulatory objectives supported and enforced by the Commission in its oversight of designated contract markets and derivatives clearing organizations.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Commission approves the application, the Commission will issue an Order of Registration. If the Commission does not approve the application, the Commission will, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, issue a Notice of Action specifying that the application was not approved and setting forth the reasons therefor. The Commission, in its discretion, may impose conditions in the Order of Registration and may, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, amend, suspend, or otherwise restrict the terms of an issued Order of Registration or issue an Order revoking registration.
</P>
<P>(f) A foreign board of trade whose application is not approved may reapply for registration 360 days after the issuance of the Notice of Action if the foreign board of trade has addressed any deficiencies in its original application or facts and circumstances relevant to the Commission's review of the application have changed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.7   Requirements for registration.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for registration must demonstrate that it and, where applicable, its clearing organization meet the following requirements. The registration requirements applicable to clearing organizations may alternatively be met by demonstrating that the clearing organization is registered and in good standing with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization. The Commission, in its discretion, may request additional information and documentation in connection with an application for registration and an applicant for registration must provide promptly any such additional information or documentation. The Commission, in its discretion, also may impose additional registration requirements that the Commission deems necessary after appropriate notice and opportunity to respond.
</P>
<P>(a) Foreign Board of Trade and Clearing Membership:
</P>
<P>(1) The members and other participants of the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization are fit and proper and meet appropriate financial and professional standards;
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have and enforce provisions to minimize and resolve conflicts of interest; and
</P>
<P>(3) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have and enforce rules prohibiting the disclosure, both during and subsequent to service on a board or committee, of material non-public information obtained as a result of a member's or other participant's performance of duties as a member of their respective governing boards and significant committees.
</P>
<P>(b) The Automated Trading System:
</P>
<P>(1) The trading system complies with Principles for the Oversight of Screen-Based Trading Systems for Derivative Products developed by the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions,
</P>
<P>(2) The trade matching algorithm matches trades fairly and timely,
</P>
<P>(3) The audit trail captures all relevant data, including changes to orders, and audit trail data is securely maintained and available for an adequate time period,
</P>
<P>(4) Adequate and appropriate trade data is made available to users and the public,
</P>
<P>(5) The trading system has demonstrated reliability,
</P>
<P>(6) Access to the trading system is secure and protected,
</P>
<P>(7) There are adequate provisions for emergency operations and disaster recovery,
</P>
<P>(8) Trading data is backed up to prevent loss of data, and
</P>
<P>(9) Only those futures, option or swap contracts that have been identified to the Commission in the foreign board of trade's application for registration or permitted to be made available for trading by direct access pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 48.10 of this part are made available for trading by direct access.
</P>
<P>(c) Terms and Conditions of Contracts to Be Made Available in the United States.
</P>
<P>(1) Contracts must meet the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) Contracts must be futures, option or swap contracts that would be eligible to be traded on a designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(ii) Contracts must be cleared;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contracts must not be prohibited from being traded by United States persons; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Contracts must not be readily susceptible to manipulation.
</P>
<P>(2) Foreign futures and option contracts on non-narrow-based security indexes must have been certified by the Commission pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 30.13 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Contracts that have the following characteristics must be specifically identified as having such characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) Contracts that are linked to a contract listed for trading on a registered entity as defined in section 1a(40) of the Act, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Contracts that have any other relationship with a contract listed for trading on a registered entity (for example, if both the foreign board of trade's and the registered entity's contract settle to the price of the same third party-constructed index).
</P>
<P>(d) Settlement and Clearing:
</P>
<P>(1) The clearing organization observes the Recommendations for Central Counterparties or is registered with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization, and
</P>
<P>(2) The clearing organization is in good regulatory standing in its home country jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(e) The Regulatory Regimes Governing the Foreign Board of Trade and the Clearing Organization:
</P>
<P>(1) The regulatory authorities provide comprehensive supervision and regulation of the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization, and the type of contracts to be made available through direct access that is comparable to the comprehensive supervision and regulation provided by the Commission to designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations and such contracts. That is, the regulatory authorities support and enforce regulatory objectives in the oversight of the foreign board of trade, clearing organization and the type of contracts that the foreign board of trade wishes to make available through direct access that are substantially equivalent to the regulatory objectives supported and enforced by the Commission in its oversight of designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, and such products.
</P>
<P>(2) The regulatory authorities engage in ongoing regulatory supervision and oversight of the foreign board of trade and its trading system, the clearing organization and its clearing system, and the members, intermediaries and other participants of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization, with respect to, among other things, market integrity, customer protection, clearing and settlement and the enforcement of the rules of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(3) The regulatory authorities have the power to share information directly with the Commission, upon request, including information necessary to evaluate the continued eligibility of the foreign board of trade for registration and to audit for compliance with the terms and conditions of the registration.
</P>
<P>(4) The regulatory authorities have the power to intervene in the market.
</P>
<P>(f) The Rules of the Foreign Board of Trade and the Clearing Organization and Enforcement Thereof:
</P>
<P>(1) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have implemented and enforce rules to ensure compliance with the requirements of registration contained in this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have the capacity to detect, investigate, and sanction persons who violate their respective rules;
</P>
<P>(3) The foreign board of trade and the clearing organization (or their respective regulatory authorities) have implemented and enforce disciplinary procedures that empower them to recommend and prosecute disciplinary actions for suspected rule violations, impose adequate sanctions for such violations, and provide adequate protections to charged parties pursuant to fair and clear standards;
</P>
<P>(4) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization are authorized by rule or by contractual agreement to obtain, from members and other participants, any information and cooperation necessary to conduct investigations, to effectively enforce their respective rules, and to ensure compliance with the conditions of registration;
</P>
<P>(5) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization have sufficient compliance staff and resources, including by delegation and/or outsourcing to a third party, to fulfill their respective regulatory responsibilities, including appropriate trade practice surveillance, real time market monitoring, market surveillance, financial surveillance, protection of customer funds, enforcement of clearing and settlement provisions and other compliance and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(6) The foreign board of trade has implemented and enforces rules with respect to access to the trading system and the means by which the connection thereto is accomplished;
</P>
<P>(7) The foreign board of trade's audit trail captures and retains sufficient order and trade-related data to allow its compliance staff to detect trading and market abuses and to reconstruct all transactions within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(8) The foreign board of trade has implemented and enforces rules prohibiting fraud and abusive trading practices including, but not limited to, wash sales and trading ahead;
</P>
<P>(9) The foreign board of trade has the capacity to detect and deter, and has implemented and enforces rules relating to, market manipulation, attempted manipulation, price distortion, and other disruptions of the market; and
</P>
<P>(10) The foreign board of trade has and enforces rules and procedures that ensure a competitive, open and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions.
</P>
<P>(g) Information Sharing:
</P>
<P>(1) The regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization are signatories to the International Organization of Securities Commissions Multilateral Memorandum of Understanding, or otherwise ensure that substitute information sharing arrangements that are satisfactory to the Commission are in place;
</P>
<P>(2) The regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization are signatories to the Declaration on Cooperation and Supervision of International Futures Exchanges and Clearing Organizations or otherwise commit, in writing, to share the types of information contemplated by the International Information Sharing Memorandum of Understanding and Agreement with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(3) The foreign board of trade has executed the International Information Sharing Memorandum of Understanding and Agreement; and
</P>
<P>(4) Pursuant to the conditions described in § 48.8(a)(6), the foreign board of trade and clearing organization agree to provide directly to the Commission, upon request, any information necessary, in the discretion of the Commission, to evaluate the continued eligibility and appropriateness of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization, or their respective members or other participants for registration, to audit for and enforce compliance with the requirements and conditions of the registration, or to enable the Commission to carry out its duties under the Act and Commission regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.8   Conditions of registration.</HEAD>
<P>Upon registration under this part, and on an ongoing basis thereafter, the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization shall comply with the applicable conditions of registration set forth in this section and any additional conditions that the Commission deems necessary and may impose, in its discretion, and after appropriate notice and opportunity to respond. Such conditions could include, but are not limited to, additional conditions applicable to the listing of swap contracts. Continued registration is expressly conditioned upon satisfaction of these conditions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Specified conditions for maintaining registration.</I> (1) Registration Requirements: The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization shall continue to satisfy all of the requirements for registration set forth in § 48.7.
</P>
<P>(2) Regulatory Regime:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will continue to satisfy the criteria for a regulated market or licensed exchange pursuant to the regulatory regime described in its application and will continue to be subject to oversight by the regulatory authorities described in its application.
</P>
<P>(ii) The clearing organization will continue to satisfy the criteria for a regulated clearing organization pursuant to the regulatory regime described in the application for registration and will continue to be in good standing with the relevant regulatory authority.
</P>
<P>(iii) The laws, systems, rules, and compliance mechanisms of the regulatory regime applicable to the foreign board of trade will continue to require the foreign board of trade to maintain fair and orderly markets; prohibit fraud, abuse, and market manipulation and other disruptions of the market; and provide that such requirements are subject to the oversight of appropriate regulatory authorities.
</P>
<P>(3) Satisfaction of International Standards:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will continue to comply with the Principles for the Oversight of Screen-Based Trading Systems for Derivative Products developed by the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions, as updated, revised, or otherwise amended, to the extent such principles do not contravene United States law.
</P>
<P>(ii) The clearing organization will continue to:
</P>
<P>(A) Be registered with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization and be in compliance with the laws and regulations related thereto; or
</P>
<P>(B) Observe the Recommendations for Central Counterparties.
</P>
<P>(4) Restrictions on Direct Access:
</P>
<P>(i) Only the foreign board of trade's identified members or other participants will have direct access to the foreign board of trade's trading system from the United States and the foreign board of trade will not provide, and will take reasonable steps to prevent, third parties from providing direct access to persons other than the identified members or other participants.
</P>
<P>(ii) All orders that are transmitted to the foreign board of trade's trading system by a foreign board of trade's identified member or other participant that is operating pursuant to the foreign board of trade's registration will be solely for the member's or trading participant's own account unless such member or other participant is registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant or such member or other participant is registered with the Commission as an introducing broker, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor, or is exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor pursuant to § 4.13 or § 4.14 of this chapter, provided that a futures commission merchant registered with the Commission as such or a firm exempt from such registration pursuant to § 30.10 of this chapter acts as clearing firm and guarantees, without limitation, all trades of the introducing broker, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor effected through submission of orders for United States pools or customers to the trading system.
</P>
<P>(5) Submission to Commission Jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(i) Prior to operating pursuant to registration under this part and on a continuing basis thereafter, a registered foreign board of trade will require that each current and prospective member or other participant that is granted direct access to the foreign board of trade's trading system and that is not registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a commodity trading advisor or a commodity pool operator, file with the foreign board of trade a written representation, executed by a person with the authority to bind the member or other participant, stating that as long as the member or other participant is authorized to enter orders directly into the trade matching system of the foreign board of trade, the member or other participant agrees to and submits to the jurisdiction of the Commission with respect to activities conducted pursuant to the registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization will file with the Commission a valid and binding appointment of an agent for service of process in the United States pursuant to which the agent is authorized to accept delivery and service of communications, as defined in § 48.2(e) issued by or on behalf of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice, or the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(iii) The foreign board of trade, clearing organization, and each current and prospective member or other participant that is granted direct access to the foreign board of trade's trading system and that is not registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a commodity trading advisor, or a commodity pool operator will maintain with the foreign board of trade written representations, executed by persons with the authority to bind the entity making them, stating that as long as the foreign board of trade is registered under this part, the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization or member of either or other participant granted direct access pursuant to this part will provide, upon the request of the Commission, the United States Department of Justice and, if appropriate, the National Futures Association, prompt access to the entity's, member's, or other participant's original books and records or, at the election of the requesting agency, a copy of specified information containing such books and records, as well as access to the premises where the trading system is available in the United States.
</P>
<P>(iv) The foreign board of trade will maintain all representations required pursuant to § 48.8(a)(5) as part of its books and records and make them available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(6) Information Sharing:
</P>
<P>(i) Information-sharing arrangements satisfactory to the Commission, including but not limited to those set forth in § 48.7(g), are in effect between the Commission and the regulatory authorities that govern the activities of both the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission is, in fact, able to obtain sufficient information regarding the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization, their respective members and participants and the activities related to the foreign board of trade's registration.
</P>
<P>(iii) The foreign board of trade and its clearing organization, as applicable, will provide directly to the Commission any information necessary to evaluate the continued eligibility and appropriateness of the foreign board of trade for registration, the capability and determination to enforce compliance with the requirements and conditions of the registration, or to enable the Commission to carry out its duties under the Act and Commission regulations and to provide adequate protection to the public or United States registered entities.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the event that the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization are separate entities, the foreign board of trade will require the clearing organization to enter into a written agreement in which the clearing organization is contractually obligated to promptly provide any and all information and documentation that may be required of the clearing organization under this regulation and such agreement shall be made available to the Commission, upon request.
</P>
<P>(7) Monitoring for Compliance: The foreign board of trade and the clearing organization will employ reasonable procedures for monitoring and enforcing compliance with the specified conditions of its registration.
</P>
<P>(8) On-Site Visits: The foreign board of trade and the clearing organization will permit and will cooperate with Commission staff with respect to on-site visits for the purpose of overseeing ongoing compliance of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization with registration requirements and conditions of registration.
</P>
<P>(9) Conditions Applicable to Swap Trading:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will ensure that all transaction data relating to each swap transaction, including price and volume, are reported as soon as technologically practicable after execution of the swap transaction to a swap data repository that is either registered with the Commission or has an information sharing arrangement with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign board of trade will agree to coordinate with the Commission with respect to arrangements established to address cross market oversight issues involving swap trading, including surveillance, emergency actions and the monitoring of trading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other continuing obligations.</I> (1) Registered foreign boards of trade and their clearing organizations will continue to comply with the following obligations on an ongoing basis:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will maintain the following updated information and submit such information to the Commission on at least a quarterly basis, not later than 30 days following the end of the quarter, and at any time promptly upon the request of a Commission representative, computed based upon separating buy sides and sell sides, in a format as determined by the Commission:
</P>
<P>(A) For each contract available to be traded through the foreign board of trade's trading system;
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The total trade volume originating from electronic trading devices providing direct access;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The total trade volume for such contracts traded through the trading system worldwide;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The total trade volume for such contracts traded on the foreign board of trade generally; and
</P>
<P>(B) A listing of the names, National Futures Association identification numbers (if applicable), and main business addresses in the United States of all members and other participants that have direct access.
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign board of trade will promptly provide to the Commission written notice of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Any material change to the information provided in the foreign board of trade's registration application.
</P>
<P>(B) Any material change in the rules of the foreign board of trade or clearing organization or the laws, rules, or regulations in the home country jurisdictions of the foreign board of trade or clearing organization relevant to futures, option or swap contracts made available by direct access.
</P>
<P>(C) Any matter known to the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization or its representatives that, in the judgment of the foreign board of trade or clearing organization, may affect the financial or operational viability of the foreign board of trade or its clearing organization with respect to contracts traded by direct access, including, but not limited to, any significant system failure or interruption.
</P>
<P>(D) Any default, insolvency, or bankruptcy of any foreign board of trade member or other participant that is or should be known to the foreign board of trade or its representatives or the clearing organization or its representatives that may have a material, adverse impact upon the condition of the foreign board of trade as it relates to trading by direct access, its clearing organization or upon any United States customer or firm or any default, insolvency or bankruptcy of any member of the foreign board of trade's clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(E) Any violation of any specified conditions of the foreign board of trade's registration or failure to satisfy the requirements for registration under this part that is known or should be known by the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization or any of their respective members or participants.
</P>
<P>(F) Any disciplinary action by the foreign board of trade or its clearing organization, or any regulatory authority that governs their respective activities, taken against any of their respective members or participants with respect to any contract available to be traded by direct access that involves any market manipulation, abuse, fraud, deceit, or conversion or that results in suspension or expulsion.
</P>
<P>(iii) The foreign board of trade and the clearing organization, or their respective regulatory authorities, as applicable, will provide the following to the Commission annually as of June 30 and not later than July 31.
</P>
<P>(A) A certification from the foreign board of trade's regulatory authority confirming that the foreign board of trade retains its authorization, licensure or registration, as applicable, as a regulated market and/or exchange under the authorization, licensing, recognition or other registration methodology used by the foreign board of trade's regulatory authority and that the foreign board of trade is in continued good standing.
</P>
<P>(B) If the clearing organization is not a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commission, a certification from the clearing organization's regulatory authority confirming that the clearing organization retains its authorization, licensure or registration, as applicable, as a clearing organization under the authorization, licensing or other registration methodology used by the clearing organization's regulatory authority and is in continued good standing.
</P>
<P>(C) If the clearing organization is not a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commission, a recertification of the clearing organization's observance of the Recommendations for Central Counterparties.
</P>
<P>(D) A certification that affiliates, as defined in § 48.2(k), continue to be required to comply with the rules of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization and that the members or other participants to which they are affiliated remain responsible to the foreign board of trade for ensuring their affiliates' compliance.
</P>
<P>(E) A description of any material changes regarding the foreign board of trade or clearing organization that have not been previously disclosed, in writing, to the Commission, or a certification that no such material changes have occurred.
</P>
<P>(F) A description of any significant disciplinary or enforcement actions that have been instituted by or against the foreign board of trade or the clearing organization or the senior officers of either during the prior year.
</P>
<P>(G) A written description of any material changes to the regulatory regime to which the foreign board of trade or the clearing organization are subject that have not been previously disclosed, in writing, to the Commission, or a certification that no material changes have occurred.
</P>
<P>(2) The above-referenced annual reports must be signed by an officer of the foreign board of trade or the clearing organization who maintains the authority to bind the foreign board of trade or clearing organization, as applicable, and must be based on the officer's personal knowledge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional specified conditions for foreign boards of trade with linked contacts.</I> If a registered foreign board of trade grants members or other participants direct access and makes available for trading a linked contract, the following additional conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Statutory Conditions.
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will make public daily trading information regarding the linked contract that is comparable to the daily trading information published by the registered entity for the contract to which the foreign board of trade's contract is linked, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign board of trade (or its regulatory authority) will:
</P>
<P>(A) Adopt position limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) applicable to all market participants for the linked contract that are comparable to the position limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) adopted by the registered entity for the contract to which it is linked;
</P>
<P>(B) Have the authority to require or direct any market participant to limit, reduce, or liquidate any position the foreign board of trade (or its regulatory authority) determines to be necessary to prevent or reduce the threat of price manipulation, excessive speculation as described in section 4a of the Act, price distortion, or disruption of delivery on the cash settlement process;
</P>
<P>(C) Agree to promptly notify the Commission, with regard to the linked contract, of any change regarding—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The information that the foreign board of trade will make publicly available,
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The position limits that foreign board of trade or its regulatory authority will adopt and enforce,
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The position reductions required to prevent manipulation, excessive speculation as described in section 4a of the Act, price distortion, or disruption of delivery or the cash settlement process, and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any other area of interest expressed by the Commission to the foreign board of trade or its regulatory authority;
</P>
<P>(D) Provide information to the Commission regarding large trader positions in the linked contract that is comparable to the large trader position information collected by the Commission for the contract to which it is linked; and
</P>
<P>(E) Provide the Commission such information as is necessary to publish reports on aggregate trader positions for the linked contract that are comparable to such reports on aggregate trader positions for the contract to which it is linked.
</P>
<P>(2) Other Conditions on Linked Contracts.
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign board of trade will inform the Commission in a quarterly report of any member that had positions in a linked contract above the applicable foreign board of trade position limit, whether a hedge exemption was granted, and if not, whether a disciplinary action was taken.
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign board of trade will provide the Commission, either directly or through its agent, with trade execution and audit trail data for the Commission's Trade Surveillance System on a trade-date plus one basis and in a form, content and manner acceptable to the Commission for all linked contracts.
</P>
<P>(iii) The foreign board of trade will provide to the Commission, at least one day prior to the effective date thereof, except in the event of an emergency market situation, copies of, or hyperlinks to, all rules, rule amendments, circulars and other notices published by the foreign board of trade with respect to all linked contracts.
</P>
<P>(iv) The foreign board of trade will provide to the Commission copies of all reports of disciplinary action involving the foreign board of trade's linked contracts upon closure of the action. Such reports should include the reason the action was undertaken, the results of the investigation that led to the disciplinary action, and any sanctions imposed.
</P>
<P>(v) In the event that the Commission, pursuant to its emergency powers authority, directs that the registered entity which lists the contract to which the foreign board of trade's contract is linked to take emergency action with respect to a linked contract (for example, to cease trading in the contract), the foreign board of trade, subject to information-sharing arrangements between the Commission and its regulatory authority, will promptly take similar action with respect to the its linked contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 80698, Dec. 23, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 66209, Aug. 15, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.9   Revocation of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Failure to Satisfy Registration Requirements or Conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Commission determines that a registered foreign board of trade or the clearing organization has failed to satisfy any registration requirements or conditions for registration, the Commission shall notify the foreign board of trade of such determination, including the particular requirements or conditions that are not being satisfied, and shall afford the foreign board of trade or clearing organization an opportunity to make appropriate changes to bring it into compliance.
</P>
<P>(2) If, not later than 30 days after receiving a notification under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the foreign board of trade or clearing organization fails to make changes that, in the opinion of the Commission, are necessary to comply with the registration requirements or conditions of registration, the Commission may revoke the foreign board of trade's registration, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, by issuing an Order Revoking Registration which sets forth the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(3) A foreign board of trade whose registration has been revoked for failure to satisfy a registration requirement or condition of registration may apply for re-registration 360 days after the issuance of the Order Revoking Registration if the deficiency causing the revocation has been cured or relevant facts and circumstances have changed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other events that could result in revocation.</I> Notwithstanding § 48.9(a), revocation under these circumstances will be handled by the Commission as relevant facts or circumstances warrant.
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, if the Commission determines that a representation made in the foreign board of trade's application for registration is found to be untrue or materially misleading or if the foreign board of trade failed to include information in the application that would have been material to the Commission's determination as to whether to issue an Order of Registration.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, if there is a material change in the regulatory regime applicable to the foreign board of trade or clearing organization such that the regulatory regime no longer satisfies any registration requirement or condition for registration applicable to the regulatory regime.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration in the event of an emergency or in a circumstance where the Commission determines that revocation would be necessary or appropriate in the public interest. Following revocation, the Commission will provide notice and an opportunity to respond.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration in the event the foreign board of trade or the clearing organization is no longer authorized, licensed or registered, as applicable, as a regulated market and/or exchange or clearing organization or ceases to operate as a foreign board of trade or clearing organization, subject to notice and an opportunity to respond.
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration in response to a voluntary request by the foreign board of trade to vacate its registration. A foreign board of trade may file a request to vacate its registration with the Secretary of the Commission at <I>FBOTapplications@cftc.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) Upon request by the Commission, a registered foreign board of trade must file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing such supporting data, information, and documents, in such form and manner and within such timeframe as the Commission may specify, that the foreign board of trade or clearing organization is in compliance with the registration requirements and/or conditions for registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 80698, Dec. 23, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 66209, Aug. 15, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.10   Additional contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> A registered foreign board of trade that wishes to make an additional futures, option or swap contract available for trading by identified members or other participants located in the United States with direct access to its electronic trading and order matching system must submit a written request prior to offering the contracts from within the United States. Such a written request must include the terms and conditions of the additional futures, option or swap contracts and a certification that the additional contracts meet the requirements of § 48.8(c), if applicable, and that the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization continue to satisfy the requirements and conditions of registration. The foreign board of trade can make available for trading by direct access the additional contracts ten business days after the date of receipt by the Commission of the written request, unless the Commission notifies the foreign board of trade that additional time is needed to complete its review of policy or other issues pertinent to the additional contracts. A registered foreign board of trade may list for trading by direct access an additional futures or option contract on a non-narrow-based security index pursuant to the Commission certification procedures set forth in § 30.13(d) and appendix D to part 30 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Option contracts on previously approved futures contracts.</I> (1) If the option is on a futures contract that is not a linked contract, the option contract may be made available for trading by direct access by filing with the Commission no later than the business day preceding the initial listing of the contract:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the terms and conditions of the additional contract and
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification that the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization continue to satisfy the conditions of its registration.
</P>
<P>(2) If the option is on a futures contract that is a linked contract, the option contract may be made available for trading by direct access by filing with the Commission no later than the business day preceding the initial listing of the contract:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the terms and conditions of the additional contract; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification that the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization continue to satisfy the conditions of its registration, including the conditions specifically applicable to linked contracts set forth in § 48.8(c).
</P>
<P>(3) If the option is on a non-narrow-based security index futures contract which may be offered or sold in the United States pursuant to a Commission certification issued pursuant to § 30.13 of this chapter, the option contract may be listed for trading by direct access without further action by either the registered foreign board of trade or the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 48.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 48.11   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority:
</P>
<P>(1) In § 48.7, to request additional information and documentation in connection with an application for registration;
</P>
<P>(2) In § 48.9(a)(1), to notify a registered foreign board of trade that it or the clearing organization has failed to satisfy any registration requirements or conditions for registration;
</P>
<P>(3) In § 48.9(c), to request that a registered foreign board of trade file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing such supporting data, information, and documents, in such form and manner and within such timeframe as the Commission may specify, that the foreign board of trade or clearing organization is in compliance with the registration requirements and/or conditions for registration; and
</P>
<P>(4) In § 48.10, to notify a foreign board of trade whether additional time is needed for staff to complete its review of policy or other issues pertinent to the additional contracts, or that the contract can be made available for trading by direct access.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28769, June 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.7.0.1.12.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 48—Form FBOT
</HEAD>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HD1>
<HD1>FORM FBOT
</HD1>
<HD1>FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION (IN ORDER TO PERMIT DIRECT ACCESS TO MEMBERS AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS)
</HD1>
<HD2>APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
</HD2>
<HD1>DEFINITIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. Unless the context requires otherwise, all terms used in this application have the same meaning as in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA or Act),
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> and in the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Commission
<FTREF/> or CFTC).
<SU>2</SU>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I></P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> 17 CFR chapter I.</P></FTNT>
<P>2. For the purposes of this Form FBOT, the term “applicant” refers to the foreign board of trade applying for registration pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of the Commission's regulations. The term “clearing organization” refers to the clearing organization that will be clearing trades executed on the trading system of such foreign board of trade.
</P>
<HD1>GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. A Form FBOT (including exhibits) shall be completed by any foreign board of trade applying for registration with the Commission pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>2. Form FBOT (including exhibits and any supplement thereto) (collectively, the “application” or “application for registration”) must be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at <I>FBOTapplications@cftc.gov.</I> Applicants may prepare their own Form FBOT, but must follow the format prescribed herein.
</P>
<P>3. The name of any individual listed in Form FBOT shall be provided in full (Last Name, First Name and Middle Name or Initial).
</P>
<P>4. Form FBOT must be signed by the Chief Executive Officer (or the functional equivalent) of the foreign board of trade who must possess the authority to bind the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>5. If this Form FBOT is being filed as a new application for registration, all applicable items on the Form FBOT must be answered in full. Non-applicable items should be indicated by marking “none” or “N/A.”
</P>
<P>6. Submission of a complete Form FBOT (including all information, documentation and exhibits requested therein, and any required supplement) is mandatory and must be received by the Commission before it will begin to process a foreign board of trade's application for registration. The information provided with a Form FBOT (including exhibits and any supplement thereto) will be used to determine whether the Commission should approve or deny registration to an applicant. Pursuant to its regulations, the Commission may determine that information and/or documentation in addition to that requested in the Form FBOT is required from the applicant in order to process the application for registration or to determine whether registration is appropriate.
</P>
<P>7. Pursuant to Commission regulations, an applicant or its clearing organization must identify with particularity any information in the application (including, but not limited to, any information contained in this Form FBOT) that will be the subject of a request for confidential treatment and must provide support for any request for confidential treatment pursuant to the procedures set forth in Commission regulation 145.9.
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> Except in cases where confidential treatment is granted by the Commission pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and Commission regulations, information supplied in the Form FBOT (including exhibits and any supplement thereto) will be included routinely in the public files of the Commission and will be available for inspection and comment by any interested person.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> 17 CFR 145.9.</P></FTNT>
<P>8. A Form FBOT that is not prepared and executed in compliance with applicable requirements and instructions may be returned as not acceptable for filing.
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> Acceptance of a Form FBOT by the Commission, however, shall not constitute a finding that the Form FBOT has been filed as required or that the information submitted is verified to be true, current, or complete. The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, if the Commission determines that a representation made in this Form FBOT is found to be untrue or materially misleading or if the foreign board of trade failed to include information in this Form FBOT that would have been material to the Commission's determination as to whether to issue an Order of Registration.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Applicants and their clearing organizations are encouraged to correspond with the Commission's Division of Market Oversight regarding any content, procedural, or formatting questions encountered in connection with the preparation of a Form FBOT, or any exhibits or supplements thereto, prior to formally submitting those documents to the Commission. When appropriate, potential applicants and clearing organizations, as applicable, may provide a complete draft Form FBOT (including exhibits and any required supplement) to the Division of Market Oversight for early review to minimize the risk of having a submission returned or otherwise denied as not acceptable for filing. Review of draft submissions by any division of the Commission and any comments provided by a division of the Commission are for consultation purposes only and do not bind the Commission. To obtain instructions for submitting drafts, please contact the Division of Market Oversight.</P></FTNT>
<P>9. In addition to this Form FBOT, the clearing organization associated with the foreign board of trade must complete and submit Supplement S-1 to this Form FBOT in accordance with the instructions thereto. To the extent a single document or description is responsive to more than one request for the same information in either the Form FBOT or the Supplement S-1, the document or description need only be provided once and may be cross-referenced elsewhere.
</P>
<P>10. All documents submitted as part of this Form FBOT (or exhibits thereto) must be written in English or accompanied by a certified English translation.
</P>
<HD1>UPDATING INFORMATION ON THE FORM FBOT
</HD1>
<P>Pursuant to the Commission's regulations, if any information or documentation contained in this Form FBOT (including exhibits or any supplement or amendment thereto) is or becomes inaccurate for any reason prior to the issuance of an Order of Registration, an amendment correcting such information must be filed promptly with the Commission. A registered foreign board of trade also may submit an amendment to this Form FBOT to correct information that has become inaccurate subsequent to the receipt of an Order of Registration.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.051.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.052.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.053.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.054.gif"/>
<HD2>INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXHIBITS TO FORM FBOT
</HD2>
<P>1. The following exhibits must be filed with the Commission by any foreign board of trade (1) seeking registration for purposes of granting direct access to its members and other participants or (2) amending a previously submitted application, pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of the Commission's regulations. The information and documentation requested relates to the activities of the foreign board of trade, unless otherwise stated.
</P>
<P>2. The exhibits should be filed in accordance with the General Instructions to this Form FBOT and labeled as specified herein. If any exhibit is not applicable, please specify the exhibit letter and number and indicate by marking “none” or “N/A.” If any exhibit may be satisfied by documentation or information submitted in a different exhibit, the documentation or information need not be submitted more than once—please use internal cross-references where appropriate.
</P>
<HD2>GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
</HD2>
<P>A foreign board of trade applying for registration must submit sufficient information and documentation to successfully demonstrate to Commission staff that the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization satisfy all of the requirements of Commission regulation 48.7. With respect to its review of the foreign board of trade, the Commission anticipates that such information and documentation would necessarily include, but not be limited to, the following:
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT A—GENERAL INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-1,</E> a description of the following for the foreign board of trade: Location, history, size, ownership and corporate structure, governance and committee structure, current or anticipated presence of offices or staff in the United States, and anticipated volume of business emanating from members and other participants that will be provided direct access to the foreign board of trade's trading system.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-2,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>Articles of association, constitution, or other similar organizational documents.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-3,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Membership and trading participant agreements.
</P>
<P>(2) Clearing agreements.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-4,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>Terms and conditions of contracts to be available through direct access (as specified in Exhibit E).
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-5,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>The national statutes, laws and regulations governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and its respective participants.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-6,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>The current rules, regulations, guidelines and bylaws of the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-7,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>Evidence of the authorization, licensure or registration of the foreign board of trade pursuant to the regulatory regime in its home country jurisdiction and a representation by its regulator(s) that it is in good regulatory standing in the capacity in which it is authorized, licensed or registered.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-8,</E> the following document:
</P>
<P>A summary of any disciplinary or enforcement actions or proceedings that have been brought against the foreign board of trade, or any of the senior officers thereof, in the past five years and the resolution of those actions or proceedings.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-9,</E> the following document:
</P>
<P>An undertaking by the chief executive officer(s) (or functional equivalent[s]) of the foreign board of trade to notify Commission staff promptly if any of the representations made in connection with or related to the foreign board of trade's application for registration cease to be true or correct, or become incomplete or misleading.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT B—MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit B,</E> the following, separately labeling each description:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the categories of membership and participation in the foreign board of trade and the access and trading privileges provided by the foreign board of trade. The description should include any restrictions applicable to members and other participants to which the foreign board of trade intends to grant direct access to its trading system.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of all requirements for each category of membership and participation on the trading system and the manner in which members and other participants are required to demonstrate their compliance with these requirements. The description should include, but not be limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Professional Qualification. A description of the specific professional requirements, qualifications, and/or competencies required of members or other participants and/or their staff and a description of the process by which the foreign board of trade confirms compliance with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Authorization, Licensure and Registration. A description of any regulatory and self-regulatory authorization, licensure or registration requirements that the foreign board of trade imposes upon, or enforces against, its members and other participants including, but not limited to any authorization, licensure or registration requirements imposed by the regulatory regime/authority in the home country jurisdiction(s) of the foreign board of trade. Please also include a description of the process by which the foreign board of trade confirms compliance with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(iii) Financial Integrity. A description of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial resource requirements, standards, guides or thresholds required of members and other participants.
</P>
<P>(B) The manner in which the foreign board of trade evaluates the financial resources/holdings of its members or participants.
</P>
<P>(C) The process by which applicants demonstrate compliance with financial requirements for membership or participation including, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Working capital and collateral requirements, and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Risk management mechanisms for members allowing customers to place orders.
</P>
<P>(iv) Fit and Proper Standards. A description of how the foreign board of trade ensures that potential members/other participants meet fit and proper standards.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT C—BOARD AND/OR COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit C,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the requirements applicable to membership on the governing board and significant committees of the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the process by which the foreign board of trade ensures that potential governing board and committee members/other participants meet these standards.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the provisions to minimize and resolve conflicts of interest with respect to membership on the governing board and significant committees of the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the rules with respect to the disclosure of material non-public information obtained as a result of a member's or other participant's performance on the governing board or significant committee.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT D—THE AUTOMATED TRADING SYSTEM
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit D-1,</E> a description of (or where appropriate, documentation addressing) the following, separately labeling each description:
</P>
<P>(1) The order matching/trade execution system, including a complete description of all permitted ways in which members or other participants (or their customers) may connect to the trade matching/execution system and the related requirements (for example, authorization agreements).
</P>
<P>(2) The architecture of the systems, including hardware and distribution network, as well as any pre- and post-trade risk-management controls that are made available to system users.
</P>
<P>(3) The security features of the systems.
</P>
<P>(4) The length of time such systems have been operating.
</P>
<P>(5) Any significant system failures or interruptions.
</P>
<P>(6) The nature of any technical review of the order matching/trade execution system performed by the foreign board of trade, the home country regulator, or a third party.
</P>
<P>(7) Trading hours.
</P>
<P>(8) Types and duration of orders accepted.
</P>
<P>(9) Information that must be included on orders.
</P>
<P>(10) Trade confirmation and error trade procedures.
</P>
<P>(11) Anonymity of participants.
</P>
<P>(12) Trading system connectivity with clearing system.
</P>
<P>(13) Response time.
</P>
<P>(14) Ability to determine depth of market.
</P>
<P>(15) Market continuity provisions.
</P>
<P>(16) Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit D-2,</E> a description of the manner in which the foreign board of trade assures the following with respect to the trading system, separately labeling each description:
</P>
<P>(1) Algorithm. The trade matching algorithm matches trades fairly and timely.
</P>
<P>(2) IOSCO Principles. The trading system complies with the Principles for the Oversight of Screen-Based Trading Systems for Derivative Products developed by the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO Principles). Provide a copy of any independent certification received or self-certification performed and identify any system deficiencies with respect to the IOSCO Principles.
</P>
<P>(3) Audit Trail.
</P>
<P>(i) The audit trail timely captures all relevant data, including changes to orders.
</P>
<P>(ii) Audit trail data is securely maintained and available for an adequate time period.
</P>
<P>(4) Public Data. Adequate and appropriate trade data is available to users and the public.
</P>
<P>(5) Reliability. The trading system has demonstrated reliability.
</P>
<P>(6) Secure Access. Access to the trading system is secure and protected.
</P>
<P>(7) Emergency Provisions. There are adequate provisions for emergency operations and disaster recovery.
</P>
<P>(8) Data Loss Prevention. Trading data is backed up to prevent loss of data.
</P>
<P>(9) Contracts Available. Mechanisms are available to ensure that only those futures, option or swap contracts that have been identified to the Commission as part of the application or permitted to be made available for trading by direct access pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 48.10 are made available for trading by direct access.
</P>
<P>(10) Predominance of the Centralized Market. Mechanisms are available that ensure a competitive, open, and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT E—THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTS PROPOSED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE IN THE UNITED STATES
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit E-1,</E> a description of the terms and conditions of futures, option or swap contracts intended to be made available for direct access. With respect to each contract, indicate whether the contract is regulated or otherwise treated as a futures, option or swap contract in the regulatory regime(s) of the foreign board of trade's home country.
</P>
<P>As <E T="05">Exhibit E-2,</E> demonstrate that the contracts are not prohibited from being traded by United States persons, <I>i.e.,</I> the contracts are not prohibited security futures or single stock contracts or narrow-based index contracts. For non-narrow based stock index futures contracts, demonstrate that the contracts have received Commission certification pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 30.13 and appendix D to part 30 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>As <E T="05">Exhibit E-3,</E> demonstrate that the contracts are required to be cleared.
</P>
<P>As <E T="05">Exhibit E-4,</E> identify any contracts that are linked to a contract listed for trading on a United States-registered entity, as defined in section 1a(40) of the Act. A linked contract is a contract that settles against any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of one or more contracts listed for trading on such registered entity.
</P>
<P>As <E T="05">Exhibit E-5,</E> identify any contracts that have any other relationship with a contract listed for trading on a registered entity, <I>i.e.,</I> both the foreign board of trade's and the registered entity's contract settle to the price of the same third party-constructed index.
</P>
<P>As <E T="05">Exhibit E-6,</E> demonstrate that the contracts are not readily susceptible to manipulation. In addition, for each contract to be listed, describe each investigation, action, proceeding or case involving manipulation and involving such contract in the three years preceding the application date, whether initiated by the foreign board of trade, a regulatory or self-regulatory authority or agency or other government or prosecutorial agency. For each such action, proceeding or case, describe the alleged manipulative activity and the current status or resolution thereof.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT F—THE REGULATORY REGIME GOVERNING THE FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE IN ITS HOME COUNTRY 
<SU>5</SU> OR COUNTRIES
</HD1>
<P>With respect
<FTREF/> to each relevant regulatory regime or authority governing the foreign board of trade, attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit F,</E> the following (including, where appropriate, an indication as to whether the applicable regulatory regime is dependent on the home country's classification of the product being traded on the foreign board of trade as a future, option, swap, or otherwise, and a description of any difference between the applicable regulatory regime for each product classification type):
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> Where multiple foreign boards of trade subject to the same regulatory regime/authority and are similarly regulated are applying for registration <I>at the same time,</I> a single Exhibit E-1 may be submitted as part of the application for all such foreign boards of trade either by one of the applicant foreign boards of trade or by the regulatory regime/authority with responsibility to oversee each of the multiple foreign boards of trade applying for registration. Where an FBOT applying for registration is located in the same jurisdiction and subject to the same regulatory regime as a registered FBOT, the FBOT applying for registration may include by reference, as part of its application, information about the regulatory regime that is posted on the Commission's Web site. The FBOT applying for registration must certify that the information thus included in the application is directly applicable to it and remains current and valid.</P></FTNT>
<P>(1) A description of the regulatory regime/authority's structure, resources, staff, and scope of authority; the regulatory regime/authority's authorizing statutes, including the source of its authority to supervise the foreign board of trade; the rules and policy statements issued by the regulator with respect to the authorization and continuing oversight of markets, electronic trading systems, and clearing organizations; and the financial protections afforded customer funds.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of and, where applicable, copies of the laws, rules, regulations and policies applicable
<FTREF/> to: 
<SU>6</SU>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> To the extent that any such laws, rules, regulations or policies were provided as part of Exhibit A-5, they need not be duplicated. They may be cross-referenced.</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) The authorization, licensure or registration of the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(ii) The regulatory regime/authority's program for the ongoing supervision and oversight of the foreign board of trade and the enforcement of its trading rules.
</P>
<P>(iii) The financial resource requirements applicable to the authorization, licensure or registration of the foreign board of trade and the continued operations thereof.
</P>
<P>(iv) The extent to which the IOSCO Principles are used or applied by the regulatory regime/authority in its supervision and oversight of the foreign board of trade or are incorporated into its rules and regulations and the extent to which the regulatory regime/authority reviews the applicable trading systems for compliance therewith.
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the regulatory regime/authority reviews and/or approves the trading rules of the foreign board of trade prior to their implementation.
</P>
<P>(vi) The extent to which the regulatory regime/authority reviews and/or approves futures, option or swap contracts prior to their being listed for trading.
</P>
<P>(vii) The regulatory regime/authority's approach to the detection and deterrence of abusive trading practices, market manipulation, and other unfair trading practices or disruptions of the market.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the laws, rules, regulations and policies that govern the authorization and ongoing supervision and oversight of market intermediaries who may deal with members and other participants located in the United States participants, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Recordkeeping requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) The protection of customer funds.
</P>
<P>(iii) Procedures for dealing with the failure of a market intermediary in order to minimize damage and loss to investors and to contain systemic risk.
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the regulatory regime/authority's inspection, investigation and surveillance powers; and the program pursuant to which the regulatory regime/authority uses those powers to inspect, investigate, and enforce rules applicable to the foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(5) For both the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization (unless addressed in Supplement S-1), a report confirming that the foreign board of trade and clearing organization are in regulatory good standing, which report should be prepared subsequent to consulting with the regulatory regime/authority governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and any associated clearing organization. The report should include:
</P>
<P>(i) Confirmation of regulatory status (including proper authorization, licensure and registration) of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any recent oversight reports generated by the regulatory regime/authority that are, in the judgment of the regulatory regime/authority, relevant to the foreign board of trade's status as a registered foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclosure of any significant regulatory concerns, inquiries or investigations by the regulatory regime/authority, including any concerns, inquiries or investigations with regard to the foreign board of trade's arrangements to monitor trading by members or other participants located in the United States or the adequacy of the risk management controls of the trading or of the clearing system.
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of any investigations (formal or informal) or disciplinary actions initiated by the regulatory regime/authority or any other self-regulatory, regulatory or governmental entity against the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization or any of their respective senior officers during the past year.
</P>
<P>(6) For both the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization (unless addressed in Supplement S-1), a confirmation that the regulatory regime/authority governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and the clearing organization agree to cooperate with a Commission staff visit subsequent to submission of the application on an “as needed basis,” the objectives of which will be to, among other things, familiarize Commission staff with supervisory staff of the regulatory regime/authority; discuss the laws, rules and regulations that formed the basis of the application and any changes thereto; discuss the cooperation and coordination between the authorities, including, without limitation, information sharing arrangements; and discuss issues of concern as they may develop from time to time (for example, linked contracts or unusual trading that may be of concern to Commission surveillance staff).
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT G—THE RULES OF THE FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit G-1,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the foreign board of trade's regulatory or compliance department, including its size, experience level, competencies, duties and responsibilities.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit G-2,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the foreign board of trade's trade practice rules, including but not limited to rules that address the following—
</P>
<P>(1) Capacity of the foreign board of trade to detect, investigate, and sanction persons who violate foreign board of trade rules.
</P>
<P>(2) Prohibition of fraud and abuse, as well as abusive trading practices including, but not limited to, wash sales and trading ahead, and other market abuses.
</P>
<P>(3) A trade surveillance system appropriate to the foreign board of trade and capable of detecting and investigating potential trade practice violations.
</P>
<P>(4) An audit trail that captures and retains sufficient order and trade-related data to allow the compliance staff to detect trading and market abuses and to reconstruct all transactions within a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(5) Appropriate resources to conduct real-time supervision of trading.
</P>
<P>(6) Sufficient compliance staff and resources, including those outsourced or delegated to third parties, to fulfill regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(7) Rules that authorize compliance staff to obtain, from market participants, information and cooperation necessary to conduct effective rule enforcement and investigations.
</P>
<P>(8) Staff investigations and investigation reports demonstrating that the compliance staff investigates suspected rule violations and prepares reports of their finding and recommendations.
</P>
<P>(9) Rules determining access requirements with respect to the persons that may trade on the foreign board of trade, and the means by which they connect to it.
</P>
<P>(10) The requirement that market participants submit to the foreign board of trade's jurisdiction as a condition of access to the market.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit G-3,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the foreign board of trade's disciplinary rules, including but not limited to rules that address the following—
</P>
<P>(1) Disciplinary authority and procedures that empower staff to recommend and prosecute disciplinary actions for suspected rule violations and that provide the authority to fine, suspend, or expel any market participant pursuant to fair and clear standards.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuance of warning letters and/or summary fines for specified rule violations.
</P>
<P>(3) The review of investigation reports by a disciplinary panel or other authority for issuance of charges or instructions to investigate further, or findings that an insufficient basis exists to issue charges.
</P>
<P>(4) Disciplinary committees of the foreign board of trade that take disciplinary action via formal disciplinary processes.
</P>
<P>(5) Whether and how the foreign board of trade articulates its rationale for disciplinary decisions.
</P>
<P>(6) The sanctions for particular violations and a discussion of the adequacy of sanctions with respect to the violations committed and their effectiveness as a deterrent to future violations.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit G-4,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the market surveillance program (and any related rules), addressing the following—
</P>
<P>The dedicated market surveillance department or the delegation or outsourcing of that function, including a general description of the staff; the data collected on traders' market activity; data collected to determine whether prices are responding to supply and demand; data on the size and ownership of deliverable supplies; a description of the manner in which the foreign board of trade detects and deters market manipulation; for cash-settled contracts, methods of monitoring the settlement price or value; and any foreign board of trade position limit, position management, large trader or other position reporting system.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT H—INFORMATION SHARING AGREEMENTS AMONG THE COMMISSION, THE FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE, THE CLEARING ORGANIZATION, AND RELEVANT REGULATORY AUTHORITIES
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit H,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the arrangements among the Commission, the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization, and the relevant foreign regulatory authorities that govern the sharing of information regarding the transactions that will be executed pursuant to the foreign board of trade's registration with the Commission and the clearing and settlement of those transactions. This description should address or identify whether and how the foreign board of trade, clearing organization, and the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization agree to provide directly to the Commission information and documentation requested by Commission staff that Commission staff determines is needed:
</P>
<P>(i) To evaluate the continued eligibility of the foreign board of trade for registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) To enforce compliance with the specified conditions of the registration.
</P>
<P>(iii) To enable the CFTC to carry out its duties under the Act and Commission regulations and to provide adequate protection to the public or registered entities.
</P>
<P>(iv) To respond to potential market abuse associated with trading by direct access on the registered foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(v) To enable Commission staff to effectively accomplish its surveillance responsibilities with respect to a registered entity where Commission staff, in its discretion, determines that a contract traded on a registered foreign board of trade may affect such ability.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement as to whether and how the foreign board of trade has executed the International Information Sharing Memorandum of Understanding and Agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement as to whether the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization are signatories to the International Organization of Securities Commissions Multilateral Memorandum of Understanding. If not, describe any substitute information-sharing arrangements that are in place.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement as to whether the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization are signatories to the Declaration on Cooperation and Supervision of International Futures Exchanges and Clearing Organizations. If not, a statement as to whether and how they have committed to share the types of information contemplated by the International Information Sharing Memorandum of Understanding and Agreement with the Commission, whether pursuant to an existing memorandum of understanding or some other arrangement.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT I—ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit I,</E> any additional information or documentation necessary to demonstrate that the requirements for registration applicable to the foreign board of trade set forth in Commission regulation 48.7 are satisfied.
</P>
<HD1>Continuation of Appendix to Part 48—Supplement S-1 to Form FBOT
</HD1>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HD1>
<HD1>SUPPLEMENT S-1 to FORM FBOT
</HD1>
<HD1>CLEARING ORGANIZATION SUPPLEMENT TO FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
</HD1>
<HD2>SUPPLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
</HD2>
<HD1>DEFINITIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. Unless the context requires otherwise, all terms used in this supplement have the same meaning as in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA or Act),
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/> and in the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Commission or CFTC).
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I></P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> 17 CFR chapter I.</P></FTNT>
<P>2. For the purposes of this Supplement S-1, the term “applicant” refers to the foreign board of trade applying for registration pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of the Commission's regulations. The term “clearing organization” refers to the clearing organization that will be clearing trades executed on the trading system of such foreign board of trade.
</P>
<HD1>GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. A Supplement S-1 (including exhibits) shall be completed by each clearing organization that will be clearing trades executed on the trading system of a foreign board of trade applying for registration with the Commission pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of the Commission's regulations. Each clearing organization shall submit a separate Supplement S-1.
</P>
<P>2. In the event that the clearing functions of the foreign board of trade applying for registration will be performed by the foreign board of trade itself, the foreign board of trade shall complete this Supplement S-1, but need not duplicate information provided on its Form FBOT. Specific reference to or incorporation of information or documentation (including exhibits) on the associated Form FBOT, where appropriate, is acceptable. To the extent a singular document or description is responsive to more than one request for information in this Supplement S-1, the document or description need only be provided once and may be cross-referenced elsewhere.
</P>
<P>3. Supplement S-1, including exhibits, should accompany the foreign board of trade's Form FBOT and must be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at <I>FBOTapplications@cftc.gov.</I> Clearing organizations may prepare their own Supplement S-1, but must follow the format prescribed herein.
</P>
<P>4. The name of any individual listed in Supplement S-1 shall be provided in full (Last Name, First Name and Middle Name or Initial).
</P>
<P>5. Supplement S-1 must be signed by the Chief Executive Officer (or the functional equivalent) of the clearing organization who must possess the authority to bind the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>6. If this Supplement S-1 is being filed in connection with a new application for registration, all applicable items must be answered in full. If any item is not applicable, indicate by marking “none” or “N/A.”
</P>
<P>7. Submission of a complete Form FBOT and Supplement S-1 (including all information, documentation and exhibits requested therein) is mandatory and must be received by the Commission before it will begin to process a foreign board of trade's application for registration. The information provided with a Form FBOT and Supplement S-1 will be used to determine whether the Commission should approve or deny registration to an applicant. Pursuant to its regulations, the Commission may determine that information and/or documentation in addition to that requested in the Form FBOT and Supplement S-1 is required from the applicant and/or its clearing organization(s) in order to process the application for registration or to determine whether registration is appropriate.
</P>
<P>8. Pursuant to Commission regulations, an applicant or its clearing organization must identify with particularity any information in the application (including, but not limited to, any information contained in this Supplement S-1), that will be the subject of a request for confidential treatment and must provide support for any request for confidential treatment pursuant to the procedures set forth in Commission regulation 145.9.
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> Except in cases where confidential treatment is granted by the Commission, pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and Commission regulations, information supplied in the Supplement S-1 will be included routinely in the public files of the Commission and will be available for inspection by any interested person.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> 17 CFR 145.9.</P></FTNT>
<P>9. A Supplement S-1 that is not prepared and executed in compliance with applicable requirements and instructions may be returned as not acceptable for filing.
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/> Acceptance of either a Form FBOT or Supplement S-1 by the Commission, however, shall not constitute a finding that the either have been filed as required or that the information submitted is verified to be true, current, or complete. The Commission may revoke a foreign board of trade's registration, after appropriate notice and an opportunity to respond, if the Commission determines that a representation made in this Supplement S-1 is found to be untrue or materially misleading or if the foreign board of trade and/or clearing organization failed to include information in this Supplement S-1 that would have been material to the Commission's determination as to whether to issue an Order of Registration.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> Applicants and their clearing organizations are encouraged to correspond with the Commission's Division of Market Oversight regarding any content, procedural, or formatting questions encountered in connection with the preparation of a Form FBOT, Supplement S-1, or exhibits thereto prior to formally submitting those documents to the Commission. When appropriate, potential applicants and clearing organizations, as applicable, may provide a complete draft Form FBOT and Supplement S-1 to the Division of Market Oversight for early review to minimize the risk of having a submission returned or otherwise denied as not acceptable for filing. Review of draft submissions by any division of the Commission and any comments provided by a division of the Commission are for consultation purposes only and do not bind the Commission. To obtain instructions for submitting drafts, please contact the Division of Market Oversight.</P></FTNT>
<P>10. All documents submitted as part of this Supplement S-1 (or exhibits thereto) must be written in English or accompanied by a certified English translation.
</P>
<HD1>UPDATING INFORMATION
</HD1>
<P>Pursuant to the Commission's regulations, if any information or documentation contained in this Supplement S-1 (including exhibits) is or becomes inaccurate for any reason prior to the issuance of an Order of Registration, an amendment correcting such information must be filed promptly with the Commission. A clearing organization also may submit an amendment to this Supplement S-1 to correct information that has become inaccurate subsequent to the issuance of an Order of Registration.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.055.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.056.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.057.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.058.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23de11.059.gif"/>
<HD2>INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXHIBITS TO SUPPLEMENT S-1
</HD2>
<P>1. The following exhibits must be filed with the Commission by the clearing organization(s) that will be clearing trades executed on the trading system of a foreign board of trade applying for registration with the Commission pursuant to CEA section 4(b) and part 48 of Commission's regulations. The information and documentation requested relates to the activities of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>2. The exhibits should be filed in accordance with the General Instructions to this Supplement S-1 and labeled as specified herein. If any exhibit is not applicable, please specify the exhibit letter and number and indicate by marking “none” or “N/A.” If any exhibit may be satisfied by documentation or information submitted in a different exhibit, the documentation or information need not be submitted more than once—please use internal cross-references where appropriate.
</P>
<HD2>GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
</HD2>
<P>A foreign board of trade applying for registration must submit sufficient information and documentation to successfully demonstrate to Commission staff that the foreign board of trade and its clearing organization satisfy all of the requirements of Commission regulation 48.7. With respect to its review of the foreign board of trade's clearing organization, the Commission anticipates that such information and documentation would necessarily include, but not be limited to, the following:
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT A—GENERAL INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-1,</E> a description of the following for the clearing organization:
</P>
<P>Location, history, size, ownership and corporate structure, governance and committee structure, and current or anticipated presence of staff in the United States.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-2,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>Articles of association, constitution, or other similar organizational documents.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-3,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Membership and participation agreements.
</P>
<P>(2) Clearing agreements.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-4,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>The national statutes, laws and regulations governing the activities of the clearing organization and its members.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-5,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>The current rules, regulations, guidelines and bylaws of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-6,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>Evidence of the authorization, licensure or registration of the clearing organization pursuant to the regulatory regime in its home country jurisdiction(s) and a representation by its regulator(s) that it is in good regulatory standing in the capacity in which it is authorized, licensed or registered.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-7,</E> the following document:
</P>
<P>A summary of any disciplinary or enforcement actions or proceedings that have been brought against the clearing organization, or any of the senior officers thereof, in the past five years and the resolution of those actions or proceedings.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit A-8,</E> the following document:
</P>
<P>An undertaking by the chief executive officer(s) (or functional equivalent[s]) of the clearing organization to notify Commission staff promptly if any of the representations made in connection with this supplement cease to be true or correct, or become incomplete or misleading.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT B—MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit B,</E> the following, separately labeling each description:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the categories of membership and participation in the clearing organization and the access and clearing privileges provided to each by the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of all requirements for each category of membership and participation and the manner in which members and other participants are required to demonstrate their compliance with these requirements. The description should include, but not be limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Professional Qualification. A description of the specific professional requirements, qualifications, and/or competencies required of members or other participants and/or their staff and a description of the process by which the clearing organization confirms compliance with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Authorization, Licensure and Registration. A description of any regulatory or self-regulatory authorization, licensure or registration requirements that the clearing organization imposes upon, or enforces against, its members and other participants including, but not limited to any authorization, licensure or registration requirements imposed by the regulatory regime/authority in the home country jurisdiction(s) of the clearing organization, and a description of the process by which the clearing organization confirms compliance with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(iii) Financial Integrity. A description of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial resource requirements, standards, guides or thresholds required of members and other participants.
</P>
<P>(B) The manner in which the clearing organization evaluates the financial resources/holdings of its members or other participants.
</P>
<P>(C) The process by which applicants for clearing membership or participation demonstrate compliance with financial requirements including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Working capital and collateral requirements, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Risk management mechanisms.
</P>
<P>(iv) Fit and Proper Standards. A description of any other ways in which the clearing organization ensures that potential members/other participants meet fit and proper standards.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT C—BOARD AND/OR COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit C,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the requirements applicable to membership on the governing board and significant committees of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of how the clearing organization ensures that potential governing board and committee members meet these standards.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the clearing organization's provisions to minimize and resolve conflicts of interest with respect to membership on the governing board and significant committees of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the clearing organization's rules with respect to the disclosure of material non-public information obtained as a result of a member's performance on the governing board or on a significant committee.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT D—SETTLEMENT AND CLEARING
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit D-1,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the clearing and settlement systems, including, but not limited to, the manner in which such systems interface with the foreign board of trade's trading system and its members and other participants.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit D-2,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A certification, signed by the chief executive offer (or functional equivalent) of the clearing organization, that the clearing system observes (1) the current Recommendations for Central Counterparties that have been issued jointly by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems and the Technical Committee of the International Organization of Securities Commissions, as updated, revised or otherwise amended, or (2) successor standards, principles and guidance for central counterparties or financial market infrastructures adopted jointly by the Committee on Payment and Settlement Systems or the International Organization of Securities Commissions (RCCPs).
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit D-3,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A detailed description of the manner in which the clearing organization observes each of the RCCPs or successor standards and documentation supporting the representations made, including any relevant rules or written policies or procedures of the clearing organization. Each RCCP should be addressed separately within the exhibit.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT E—THE REGULATORY REGIME GOVERNING THE CLEARING ORGANIZATION IN ITS HOME COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES
</HD1>
<P>With respect to each relevant regulatory regime or authority governing the clearing organization, attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit E,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the regulatory regime/authority's structure, resources, staff and scope of authority.
</P>
<P>(2) The regulatory regime/authority's authorizing statutes, including the source of its authority to supervise the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of and, where applicable, copies of the laws, rules, regulations and policies applicable to: 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> To the extent that any such laws, rules, regulations or policies were provided as part of Exhibit A-4, they need not be duplicated. They may be cross-referenced.</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) The authorization, licensure or registration of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial resource requirements applicable to the authorization, licensure or registration of the clearing organization and the continued operations thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) The regulatory regime/authority's program for the ongoing supervision and oversight of the clearing organization and the enforcement of its clearing rules.
</P>
<P>(iv) The extent to which the current RCCPs are used or applied by the regulatory regime/authority in its supervision and oversight of the clearing organization or are incorporated into its rules and regulations and the extent to which the regulatory regime/authority reviews the clearing systems for compliance therewith.
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the regulatory regime/authority reviews and/or approves the rules of the clearing organization prior to their implementation.
</P>
<P>(vi) The regulatory regime/authority's inspection, investigation and surveillance powers; and the program pursuant to which the regulatory regime/authority uses those powers to inspect, investigate, sanction, and enforce rules applicable to the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(vii) The financial protection afforded customer funds.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT F—THE RULES OF THE CLEARING ORGANIZATION AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit F-1,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the clearing organization's regulatory or compliance department, including its size, experience level, competencies, duties and responsibilities of staff.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit F-2,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>A description of the clearing organization's rules and how they are enforced, with reference to any rules provided as part of Exhibit A-5 that require the clearing organization to comply with one or more of the RCCPs.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit F-3,</E> the following, to the extent not included in Exhibit F-2:
</P>
<P>A description of the clearing organization's disciplinary rules, including but not limited to rules that address the following—
</P>
<P>(1) Disciplinary authority and procedures that empower staff to recommend and prosecute disciplinary actions for suspected rule violations and that provide the authority to fine, suspend, or expel any clearing participant pursuant to fair and clear standards.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuance of warning letters and/or summary fines for specified rule violations.
</P>
<P>(3) The review of investigation reports by a disciplinary panel or other authority for issuance of charges or instructions to investigate further, or findings that an insufficient basis exists to issue charges.
</P>
<P>(4) Disciplinary committees of the clearing organization that take disciplinary action via formal disciplinary processes.
</P>
<P>(5) Whether and how the clearing organization articulates its rationale for disciplinary decisions.
</P>
<P>(6) The sanctions for particular violations and a discussion of the adequacy of sanctions with respect to the violations committed and their effectiveness as deterrents to future violations.
</P>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit F-4,</E> the following, to the extent not provided in Exhibit F-2:
</P>
<P>A demonstration that the clearing organization is authorized by rule or contractual agreement to obtain, from members and other participants, any information and cooperation necessary to conduct investigations, to effectively enforce its rules, and to ensure compliance with the conditions of registration.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT G—INFORMATION SHARING AGREEMENTS AMONG THE COMMISSION, THE FOREIGN BOARD OF TRADE, THE CLEARING ORGANIZATION, AND RELEVANT REGULATORY AUTHORITIES
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit G,</E> the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the arrangements among the Commission, the foreign board of trade, the clearing organization, and the relevant foreign regulatory authorities that govern the sharing of information regarding the transactions that will be executed pursuant to the foreign board of trade's registration with the Commission and the clearing and settlement of those transactions. This description should address or identify whether and how the foreign board of trade, clearing organization, and the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization agree to provide directly to the Commission information and documentation requested by Commission staff that Commission staff determines is needed:
</P>
<P>(i) To evaluate the continued eligibility of the foreign board of trade for registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) To enforce compliance with the specified conditions of the registration.
</P>
<P>(iii) To enable the CFTC to carry out its duties under the Act and Commission regulations and to provide adequate protection to the public or registered entities.
</P>
<P>(iv) To respond to potential market abuse associated with trading by direct access on the registered foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P>(v) To enable Commission staff to effectively accomplish its surveillance responsibilities with respect to a registered entity where Commission staff, in its discretion, determines that a contract traded on a registered foreign board of trade may affect such ability.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement as to whether the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization are signatories to the International Organization of Securities Commissions Multilateral Memorandum of Understanding. If not, describe any substitute information-sharing arrangements that are in place.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement as to whether the regulatory authorities governing the activities of the foreign board of trade and clearing organization are signatories to the Declaration on Cooperation and Supervision of International Futures Exchanges and Clearing Organizations. If not, a statement as to whether and how they have committed to share the types of information contemplated by the International Information Sharing Memorandum of Understanding and Agreement with the Commission, whether pursuant to an existing memorandum of understanding or some other arrangement.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBIT H—ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
</HD1>
<P>Attach, as <E T="05">Exhibit H,</E> any additional information or documentation necessary to demonstrate that the requirements for registration applicable to the clearing organization or clearing system set forth in Commission regulation 48.7 are satisfied.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="49" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 49—SWAP DATA REPOSITORIES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2(a), 6r, 12a, and 24a, as amended by Title VII of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (Jul. 21, 2010), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 49 appear at 85 FR 75672, Nov. 25, 2020.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 49.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part apply to any swap data repository as defined under Section 1a(48) of the Act which is registered or is required to register as such with the Commission pursuant to Section 21(a) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate</I> means a person that directly, or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the swap data repository.
</P>
<P><I>As soon as technologically practicable</I> means as soon as possible, taking into consideration the prevalence, implementation, and use of technology by comparable market participants.
</P>
<P><I>Asset class</I> means a broad category of commodities including, without limitation, any “excluded commodity” as defined in section 1a(19) of the Act, with common characteristics underlying a swap. The asset classes include interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, equity, other commodity, and such other asset classes as may be determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial use</I> means the use of SDR data held and maintained by a swap data repository for a profit or business purposes. A swap data repository's use of SDR data for regulatory purposes and/or to perform its regulatory responsibilities would not be considered a commercial use regardless of whether the swap data repository charges a fee for reporting such SDR data.
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> (including the terms “<I>controlled by”</I> and “<I>under common control with”</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Data validation acceptance message</I> means a notification that SDR data satisfied the data validation procedures applied by a swap data repository.
</P>
<P><I>Data validation error</I> means that a specific data element of SDR data did not satisfy the data validation procedures applied by a swap data repository.
</P>
<P><I>Data validation error message</I> means a notification that SDR data contained one or more data validation error(s).
</P>
<P><I>Data validation procedures</I> procedures established by a swap data repository pursuant to § 49.10 to validate SDR data reported to the swap data repository.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign regulator</I> means a foreign futures authority as defined in section 1a(26) of the Act, foreign financial supervisors, foreign central banks, foreign ministries, and other foreign authorities.
</P>
<P><I>Independent perspective</I> means a viewpoint that is impartial regarding competitive, commercial, or industry concerns and contemplates the effect of a decision on all constituencies involved.
</P>
<P><I>Market participant</I> means any person participating in the swap market, including, but not limited to, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap execution facilities, swap dealers, major swap participants, and any other counterparty to a swap transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Non-affiliated third party</I> means any person except:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(2) The swap data repository's affiliate; or
</P>
<P>(3) A person jointly employed by a swap data repository and any entity that is not the swap data repository's affiliate (the term “non-affiliated third party” includes such entity that jointly employs the person).
</P>
<P><I>Open swap</I> means an executed swap transaction that has not reached maturity or expiration, and has not been fully exercised, closed out, or terminated.
</P>
<P><I>Person associated with a swap data repository</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any partner, officer, or director of such swap data repository (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
</P>
<P>(2) Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such swap data repository; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any person employed by such swap data repository, including a jointly employed person.
</P>
<P><I>Position</I> means the gross and net notional amounts of open swap transactions aggregated by one or more attributes, including, but not limited to, the:
</P>
<P>(1) Underlying instrument;
</P>
<P>(2) Index, or reference entity;
</P>
<P>(3) Counterparty;
</P>
<P>(4) Asset class;
</P>
<P>(5) Long risk of the underlying instrument, index, or reference entity; and
</P>
<P>(6) Short risk of the underlying instrument, index, or reference entity.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting counterparty</I> means the counterparty required to report SDR data pursuant to part 43, 45, or 46 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>SDR data</I> means the specific data elements and information required to be reported to a swap data repository or disseminated by a swap data repository pursuant to two or more of parts 43, 45, 46, and/or 49 of this chapter, as applicable in the context.
</P>
<P><I>SDR information</I> means any information that the swap data repository receives or maintains related to the business of the swap data repository that is not SDR data.
</P>
<P><I>Section 8 material</I> means the business transactions, SDR data, or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers.
</P>
<P><I>Swap data</I> means the specific data elements and information required to be reported to a swap data repository pursuant to part 45 of this chapter or made available to the Commission pursuant to this part, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Swap transaction and pricing data</I> means the specific data elements and information required to be reported to a swap data repository or publicly disseminated by a swap data repository pursuant to part 43 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other defined terms.</I> Terms not defined in this part have the meanings assigned to the terms in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 27436, June 12, 2018; 85 FR 75595, 75656, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.3   Procedures for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application procedures.</I> (1) An applicant, person or entity desiring to be registered as a swap data repository shall file electronically an application for registration on Form SDR provided in appendix A to this part, with the Secretary of the Commission at its headquarters in Washington, DC in a format and in the manner specified by the Secretary of the Commission in accordance with the instructions contained therein.
</P>
<P>(2) The application shall include information sufficient to demonstrate compliance with core principles specified in Section 21 of the Act and the regulations thereunder. Form SDR consists of instructions, general questions and a list of Exhibits (documents, information and evidence) required by the Commission in order to determine whether an applicant is able to comply with the core principles. An application will not be considered to be materially complete unless the applicant has submitted, at a minimum, the exhibits as required in Form SDR. If the application is not materially complete, the Commission shall notify the applicant that the application will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of the 180-day review procedures.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>180-Day review procedures.</I> The Commission will review the application for registration as a swap data repository within 180 days of the date of the filing of such application. In considering an application for registration as a swap data repository, the staff of the Commission shall include in its review, an applicant's past relevant submissions and compliance history. At or prior to the conclusion of the 180-day period, the Commission will either by order grant registration; extend, by order, the 180-day review period for good cause; or deny the application for registration as a swap data repository. The 180-day review period shall commence once a completed submission on Form SDR is submitted to the Commission. The determination of when such submission on Form SDR is complete shall be at the sole discretion of the Commission. If deemed appropriate, the Commission may grant registration as a swap data repository subject to conditions. If the Commission denies an application for registration as a swap data repository, it shall specify the grounds for such denial. In the event of a denial of registration for a swap data repository, any person so denied shall be afforded an opportunity for a hearing before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Standard for approval.</I> The Commission shall grant the registration of a swap data repository if the Commission finds that such swap data repository is appropriately organized, and has the capacity: to ensure the prompt, accurate and reliable performance of its functions as a swap data repository; comply with any applicable provisions of the Act and regulations thereunder; carry out its functions in a manner consistent with the purposes of Section 21 of the Act and the regulations thereunder; and operate in a fair, equitable and consistent manner. The Commission shall deny registration of a swap data repository if it appears that the application is materially incomplete; fails in form or substance to meet the requirements of Section 21 of the Act and part 49; or is amended or supplemented in a manner that is inconsistent with this § 49.3. The Commission shall notify the applicant seeking registration that the Commission is denying the application setting forth the deficiencies in the application, and/or the manner in which the application fails to meet the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Amendments.</I> If any information reported on Form SDR or in any amendment thereto is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, whether before or after the application for registration has been granted under this paragraph (a), the swap data repository shall promptly file an amendment on Form SDR updating such information.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Service of process.</I> Each swap data repository shall designate and authorize on Form SDR an agent in the United States, other than a Commission official, who shall accept any notice or service of process, pleadings, or other documents in any action or proceedings brought against the swap data repository to enforce the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provisional registration.</I> The Commission, upon the request of an applicant, may grant provisional registration of a swap data repository if such applicant is in substantial compliance with the standards set forth in paragraph (a)(4) of this section and is able to demonstrate operational capability, real-time processing, multiple redundancy and robust security controls. Such provisional registration of a swap data repository shall expire on the earlier of: the date that the Commission grants or denies registration of the swap data repository; or the date that the Commission rescinds the temporary registration of the swap data repository. This paragraph (b) shall terminate within such time as determined by the Commission. A provisional registration granted by the Commission does not affect the right of the Commission to grant or deny permanent registration as provided under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal of application for registration.</I> An applicant for registration may withdraw its application submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by filing with the Commission such a request. Withdrawal of an application for registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the application for registration was pending with the Commission, and shall not prejudice the filing of a new application by such applicant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reinstatement of dormant registration.</I> Before accepting or re-accepting SDR data, a dormant swap data repository as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter shall reinstate its registration under the procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this section; provided, however, that an application for reinstatement may rely upon previously submitted materials that still pertain to, and accurately describe, current conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director's delegates, with the consultation of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's delegates, the authority to notify an applicant seeking registration as a swap data repository pursuant to Section 21 of the Act that the application is materially incomplete and the 180-day period review period is extended.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this paragraph prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Request for confidential treatment.</I> An applicant for registration may request confidential treatment for materials submitted in its application as set forth in §§ 40.8 and 145.9 of this chapter. The applicant shall identify with particularity information in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.4   Withdrawal from registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A swap data repository may withdraw its registration by giving notice in writing to the Commission requesting that its registration as a swap data repository be withdrawn. Such notice shall be served at least 60 days prior to the date named therein as the date when the withdrawal of registration shall take effect. The request to withdraw shall be made by a person duly authorized by the swap data repository and shall specify:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the swap data repository for which withdrawal of registration is being requested;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name, address and telephone number of the swap data repository that will have custody of data and records of the swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The address where such data and records will be located.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to filing a request to withdraw, a swap data repository shall execute an agreement with the custodial swap data repository governing the custody of the withdrawing swap data repository's data and records. The custodial swap data repository shall retain such records for at least as long as the remaining period of time the swap data repository withdrawing from registration would have been required to retain such records pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of withdrawal from registration filed by a swap data repository shall become effective for all matters (except as provided in this paragraph (b)) on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission, within such longer period of time as to which such swap data repository consents or which the Commission, by order, may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Revocation of registration for false application.</I> If, after notice and opportunity for hearing, the Commission finds that any swap data repository has obtained its registration by making any false or misleading statements with respect to any material fact or has violated or failed to comply with any provision of the Act and regulations thereunder, the Commission, by order, may revoke the registration. Pending final determination whether any registration shall be revoked, the Commission, by order, may suspend such registration, if such suspension appears to the Commission, after notice and opportunity for hearing, to be necessary or appropriate and in the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75595, 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.5   Equity interest transfers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Equity interest transfer notification.</I> A swap data repository shall file with the Commission a notification of each transaction involving the direct or indirect transfer of ten percent or more of the equity interest in the swap data repository. The Commission may, upon receiving such notification, request that the swap data repository provide supporting documentation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing of notification.</I> The equity interest transfer notice described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov,</I> at the earliest possible time but in no event later than the open of business ten business days following the date upon which a firm obligation is made to transfer, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of the equity interest in the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certification.</I> Upon a transfer, whether directly or indirectly, of an equity interest of ten percent or more in a swap data repository, the swap data repository shall file electronically with the Secretary of the Commission at its Washington, DC headquarters at <I>submissions@cftc.gov</I> and the Division of Market Oversight at <I>DMOSubmissions@cftc.gov,</I> a certification that the swap data repository meets all of the requirements of section 21 of the Act and the Commission regulations in 17 CFR chapter I, no later than two business days following the date on which the equity interest of ten percent or more was acquired.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.6   Request for transfer of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval.</I> A swap data repository seeking to transfer its registration from its current legal entity to a new legal entity as a result of a corporate change shall file a request for approval to transfer such registration with the Secretary of the Commission in the form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing for filing a request for transfer of registration.</I> A swap data repository shall file a request for transfer of registration as soon as practicable prior to the anticipated corporate change.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required information.</I> The request for transfer of registration shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The underlying documentation that governs the corporate change;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the corporate change, including the reason for the change and its impact on the swap data repository, including the swap data repository's governance and operations, and its impact on the rights and obligations of market participants;
</P>
<P>(3) A discussion of the transferee's ability to comply with the Act, including the core principles applicable to swap data repositories and the Commission's regulations;
</P>
<P>(4) The governance documents adopted by the transferee, including a copy of any constitution; articles or certificate of incorporation, organization, formation, or association with all amendments thereto; partnership or limited liability agreements; and any existing bylaws, operating agreement, or rules or instruments corresponding thereto;
</P>
<P>(5) The transferee's rules marked to show changes from the current rules of the swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(6) A representation by the transferee that it:
</P>
<P>(i) Will be the surviving entity and successor-in-interest to the transferor swap data repository and will retain and assume the assets and liabilities of the transferor, except if otherwise indicated in the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) Will assume responsibility for complying with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Commission's regulations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Will notify market participants of all changes to the transferor's rulebook prior to the transfer, including those changes that may affect the rights and obligations of market participants, and will further notify market participants of the concurrent transfer of the registration to the transferee upon Commission approval and issuance of an order permitting the transfer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission determination.</I> Upon review of a request for transfer of registration, the Commission, as soon as practicable, shall issue an order either approving or denying the request for transfer of registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.7   Swap data repositories located in foreign jurisdictions.</HEAD>
<P>Any swap data repository located outside of the United States applying for registration pursuant to § 49.3 of this part shall certify on Form SDR and provide an opinion of counsel that the swap data repository, as a matter of law, is able to provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such swap data repository and that the swap data repository can submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.8   Procedures for implementing swap data repository rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for Commission approval of rules.</I> An applicant for registration as a swap data repository may request that the Commission approve under Section 5c(c) of the Act, any or all of its rules and subsequent amendments thereto, prior to their implementation or, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5c(c)(2) of the Act, at anytime thereafter, under the procedures of § 40.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the timeline under § 40.5(c) of this chapter, the rules of a swap data repository that have been submitted for Commission approval at the same time as an application for registration under § 49.3 of this part or to reinstate the registration of a dormant swap data repository, as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter, will be deemed approved by the Commission no earlier than when the swap data repository is deemed to be registered or reinstated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Self-certification of rules.</I> Rules of a swap data repository not voluntarily submitted for prior Commission approval pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted to the Commission with a certification that the rule or rule amendment complies with the Act or rules thereunder pursuant to the procedures of § 40.6 of this chapter, as applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.9   Open swaps reports provided to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Each swap data repository shall provide reports of open swaps to the Commission in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content of the open swaps report.</I> In order to satisfy the requirements of this section, each swap data repository shall provide the Commission with open swaps reports that contain an accurate reflection, as of the time the swap data repository compiles the open swaps report, of the swap data maintained by the swap data repository for every swap data field required to be reported for swaps pursuant to part 45 of this chapter for every open swap. The report shall be organized by the unique identifier created pursuant to § 45.5 of this chapter that is associated with each open swap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transmission of the open swaps report.</I> Each swap data repository shall transmit all open swaps reports to the Commission as instructed by the Commission. Such instructions may include, but are not limited to, the method, timing, and frequency of transmission, as well as the format of the swap data to be transmitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.10   Acceptance and validation of data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> A swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to facilitate the complete and accurate reporting of SDR data. A swap data repository shall promptly accept, validate, and record SDR data.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Electronic connectivity.</I> For the purpose of accepting SDR data, the swap data repository shall adopt policies and procedures, including technological protocols, which provide for electronic connectivity between the swap data repository and designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap execution facilities, swap dealers, major swap participants and non-SD/MSP/DCO reporting counterparties who report such data. The technological protocols established by a swap data repository shall provide for the receipt of SDR data. The swap data repository shall ensure that its mechanisms for SDR data acceptance are reliable and secure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to accept SDR data.</I> A swap data repository shall set forth in its application for registration as described in § 49.3 the specific asset class or classes for which it will accept SDR data. If a swap data repository accepts SDR data of a particular asset class, then it shall accept SDR data from all swaps of that asset class, unless otherwise prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty to validate SDR data.</I> A swap data repository shall validate SDR data as soon as technologically practicable after such data is accepted according to the validation conditions approved in writing by the Commission. A swap data repository shall validate SDR data by providing data validation acceptance messages and data validation error messages, as provided in this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data validation acceptance message.</I> A swap data repository shall validate each SDR data report submitted to the swap data repository and notify the reporting counterparty, swap execution facility, designated contract market, or third-party service provider submitting the report whether the report satisfied the data validation procedures of the swap data repository as soon as technologically practicable after accepting the SDR data report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Data validation error message.</I> If SDR data contains one or more data validation errors, the swap data repository shall distribute a data validation error message to the designated contract market, swap execution facility, reporting counterparty, or third-party service provider that submitted such SDR data as soon as technologically practicable after acceptance of such data. Each data validation error message shall indicate which specific data validation error(s) was identified in the SDR data.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Swap transaction and pricing data submitted with swap data.</I> If a swap data repository allows for the joint submission of swap transaction and pricing data and swap data, the swap data repository shall validate the swap transaction and pricing data and swap data separately. Swap transaction and pricing data that satisfies the data validation procedures applied by a swap data repository shall not be deemed to contain a data validation error because it was submitted to the swap data repository jointly with swap data that contained a data validation error.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Policies and procedures to prevent invalidation or modification.</I> A swap data repository shall establish policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent any provision in a valid swap from being invalidated or modified through the verification or recording process of the swap data repository. The policies and procedures shall ensure that the swap data repository's user agreements are designed to prevent any such invalidation or modification.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Error corrections</I>—(1) <I>Accepting corrections.</I> A swap data repository shall accept error corrections for SDR data. Error corrections include corrections to errors and omissions in SDR data previously reported to the swap data repository pursuant to part 43, 45, or 46 of this chapter, as well as omissions in reporting SDR data for swaps that were not previously reported to a swap data repository as required under part 43, 45, or 46 of this chapter. The requirement to accept error corrections applies for all swaps, regardless of the state of the swap that is the subject of the SDR data. This includes swaps that have terminated, matured, or are otherwise no longer considered to be open swaps, provided that the record retention period under § 49.12(b)(2) has not expired as of the time the error correction is reported.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Recording corrections.</I> A swap data repository shall record the corrections, as soon as technologically practicable after the swap data repository accepts the error correction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Dissemination.</I> A swap data repository shall disseminate corrected SDR data to the public and the Commission, as applicable, in accordance with this chapter, as soon as technologically practicable after the swap data repository records the corrected SDR data.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> A swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce policies and procedures designed for the swap data repository to accept error corrections, to record the error corrections as soon as technologically practicable after the swap data repository accepts the error correction, and to disseminate corrected SDR data to the public and to the Commission, as applicable, in accordance with this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Policies and procedures for resolving disputes regarding data accuracy.</I> A swap data repository shall establish procedures and provide facilities for effectively resolving disputes over the accuracy of the SDR data and positions that are recorded in the swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75595, Nov. 25, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 75657, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.11   Verification of swap data accuracy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each swap data repository shall verify the accuracy and completeness of swap data that it receives from swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, reporting counterparties, or third-party service providers acting on their behalf, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Verifying swap data accuracy and completeness</I>—(1) <I>Swap data access.</I> Each swap data repository shall provide a mechanism that allows each reporting counterparty that is a user of the swap data repository to access all swap data maintained by the swap data repository for each open swap for which the reporting counterparty is serving as the reporting counterparty, as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. This mechanism shall allow sufficient access, provide sufficient information, and be in a form and manner to enable each reporting counterparty to perform swap data verification as required under § 45.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Scope of swap data access.</I> The swap data accessible through the mechanism provided by each swap data repository shall accurately reflect the most current swap data maintained by the swap data repository, as of the time the reporting counterparty accesses the swap data using the provided mechanism, for each data field that the reporting counterparty was required to report for each relevant open swap pursuant to part 45 of this chapter, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The swap data accessible through the mechanism provided by each swap data repository shall include sufficient information to allow reporting counterparties to successfully perform the swap data verification required under § 45.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Confidentiality.</I> The swap data access each swap data repository shall provide pursuant to this section is subject to all applicable confidentiality requirements of the Act and this chapter, including, but not limited to, § 49.17. The swap data accessible to any reporting counterparty shall not include any swap data that the relevant reporting counterparty is prohibited to access under any Commission regulation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Frequency of swap data access.</I> Each swap data repository shall allow each reporting counterparty that is a user of the relevant swap data repository to utilize the mechanism as required under this section with at least sufficient frequency to allow each relevant reporting counterparty to perform the swap data verification required under § 45.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Third-party service providers.</I> If a reporting counterparty informs a swap data repository that the reporting counterparty will utilize a third-party service provider to perform verification as required pursuant to § 45.14 of this chapter, the swap data repository will satisfy its requirements under this section by providing the third-party service provider with the same access to the mechanism and the relevant swap data for the reporting counterparty under this section, as if the third-party service provider was the reporting counterparty. The access for the third-party service provider shall be in addition to the access for the reporting counterparty required under this section. The access for the third-party service provider under this paragraph shall continue until the reporting counterparty informs the swap data repository that the third-party service provider should no longer have access on behalf of the reporting counterparty. The policies and procedures each swap data repository adopts under paragraph (c) of this section shall include instructions detailing how each reporting counterparty can successfully inform the swap data repository regarding a third-party service provider.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Policies and procedures</I>—(1) <I>Contents.</I> Each swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section. Such policies and procedures shall include, but are not limited to, instructions detailing how each reporting counterparty, or third-party service provider acting on behalf of a reporting counterparty, can successfully utilize the mechanism provided pursuant to this section to perform each reporting counterparty's verification responsibilities under § 45.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amendments.</I> Each swap data repository shall comply with the requirements under part 40 of this chapter in adopting or amending the policies and procedures required by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75658, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.12   Swap data repository recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> A swap data repository shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to the business of the swap data repository, including, but not limited to, all SDR information and all SDR data that is reported to the swap data repository pursuant to this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance of records.</I> A swap data repository shall maintain all records required to be kept by this section in accordance with this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) A swap data repository shall maintain all SDR information, including, but not limited to, all documents, policies, and procedures required by the Act and the Commission's regulations, correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, and other such records made or received by the swap data repository in the course of its business. All SDR information shall be maintained in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap data repository shall maintain all SDR data and timestamps reported to or created by the swap data repository pursuant to this chapter, and all messages related to such reporting, throughout the existence of the swap that is the subject of the SDR data and for five years following final termination of the swap, during which time the records shall be readily accessible by the swap data repository and available to the Commission via real-time electronic access, and for a period of at least ten additional years in archival storage from which such records are retrievable by the swap data repository within three business days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records of data errors and omissions.</I> A swap data repository shall create and maintain records of data validation errors and SDR data reporting errors and omissions in accordance with this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(1) A swap data repository shall create and maintain an accurate record of all reported SDR data that fails to satisfy the swap data repository's data validation procedures including, but not limited to, all SDR data reported to the swap data repository that fails to satisfy the data validation procedures, all data validation errors, and all related messages and timestamps. A swap data repository shall make these records available to the Commission on request.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap data repository shall create and maintain an accurate record of all SDR data errors and omissions reported to the swap data repository and all corrections disseminated by the swap data repository pursuant to parts 43, 45, and 46 of this chapter and this part. A swap data repository shall make these records available to the Commission on request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability of records.</I> All records required to be kept pursuant to this part shall be open to inspection upon request by any representative of the Commission or the United States Department of Justice in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter. A swap data repository required to keep, create, or maintain records pursuant to this section shall provide such records in accordance with the provisions of § 1.31 of this chapter, unless otherwise provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(e) A swap data repository shall establish policies and procedures to calculate positions for position limits and any other purpose as required by the Commission, for all persons with swaps that have not expired maintained by the swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75658, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.13   Monitoring, screening and analyzing swap data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to monitor, screen and analyze SDR data.</I> A swap data repository shall monitor, screen, and analyze all relevant SDR data in its possession in such a manner as the Commission may require. A swap data repository shall routinely monitor, screen, and analyze SDR data for the purpose of any standing swap surveillance objectives that the Commission may establish as well as perform specific monitoring, screening, and analysis tasks based on ad hoc requests by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Capacity to monitor, screen and analyze SDR data.</I> A swap data repository shall establish and maintain sufficient information technology, staff, and other resources to fulfill the requirements in this § 49.13 in a manner prescribed by the Commission. A swap data repository shall monitor the sufficiency of such resources at least annually, and adjust its resources as its responsibilities, or the volume of swap transactions subject to monitoring, screening, and analysis, increase.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75659, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.14   Monitoring, screening and analyzing end-user clearing exemption claims by individual and affiliated entities.</HEAD>
<P>A swap data repository shall have automated systems capable of identifying, aggregating, sorting, and filtering all swap transactions that are reported to it which are exempt from clearing pursuant to Section 2(h)(7) of the Act. Such capabilities shall be applicable to any information provided to a swap data repository by or on behalf of an end user regarding how such end user meets the requirements of Sections 2(h)(7)(A)(i), 2(h)(7)(A)(ii), and 2(h)(7)(A)(iii) of the Act and any Commission regulations thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.15   Real-time public reporting by swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The provisions of this section apply to the real-time public reporting of swap transaction and pricing data submitted to a swap data repository pursuant to part 43 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Systems to accept and disseminate data in connection with real-time public reporting.</I> A swap data repository shall establish such electronic systems as are necessary to accept and publicly disseminate swap transaction and pricing data submitted to the swap data repository pursuant to part 43 of this chapter in order to meet the real-time public reporting obligations of part 43 of this chapter. Any electronic system established for this purpose shall be capable of accepting and ensuring the public dissemination of all data fields required by part 43 this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty to notify the Commission of untimely data.</I> A swap data repository shall notify the Commission of any swap transaction for which the real-time swap data was not received by the swap data repository in accordance with part 43 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75659, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.16   Privacy and confidentiality requirements of swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to protect the privacy and confidentiality of any and all SDR information and all SDR data that is not swap transaction and pricing data disseminated under part 43 of this chapter. Such policies and procedures shall include, but are not limited to, policies and procedures to protect the privacy and confidentiality of any and all SDR information and all SDR data (except for swap transaction and pricing data disseminated under part 43 of this chapter) that the swap data repository shares with affiliates and non-affiliated third parties; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish and maintain safeguards, policies, and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misappropriation or misuse, directly or indirectly, of:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 8 material;
</P>
<P>(ii) Other SDR information or SDR data; and/or
</P>
<P>(iii) Intellectual property, such as trading strategies or portfolio positions, by the swap data repository or any person associated with a swap data repository. Such safeguards, policies, and procedures shall include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Limiting access to such section 8 material, other SDR information or SDR data, and intellectual property;
</P>
<P>(B) Standards controlling persons associated with a swap data repository trading for their personal benefit or the benefit of others; and
</P>
<P>(C) Adequate oversight to ensure compliance with this paragraph (a)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) A swap data repository shall not, as a condition of accepting SDR data from any swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty, require the waiver of any privacy rights by such swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) Subject to section 8 of the Act, a swap data repository may disclose aggregated SDR data on a voluntary basis or as requested, in the form and manner prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75659, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.17" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.17   Access to SDR data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section provides a procedure by which the Commission, other domestic regulators and foreign regulators may obtain access to the SDR data held and maintained by registered SDR data repositories. Except as specifically set forth in this section, the Commission's duties and obligations regarding the confidentiality of business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers identified in section 8 of the Act are not affected.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this § 49.17, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Appropriate domestic regulator.</I> The term “<I>appropriate domestic regulator”</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(i) The Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each prudential regulator identified in Section 1a(39) of the Act with respect to requests related to any of such regulator's statutory authorities, without limitation to the activities listed for each regulator in Section 1a(39);
</P>
<P>(iii) The Financial Stability Oversight Council;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Department of Justice;
</P>
<P>(v) Any Federal Reserve Bank;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Office of Financial Research; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Any other person the Commission determines to be appropriate pursuant to the process set forth in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Appropriate foreign regulator.</I> The term “<I>appropriate foreign regulator”</I> shall mean those foreign regulators the Commission determines to be appropriate pursuant to the process set forth in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Direct electronic access.</I> For the purposes of this section, the term “<I>direct electronic access”</I> shall mean an electronic system, platform, framework, or other technology that provides internet-based or other form of access to real-time SDR data that is acceptable to the Commission and also provides scheduled data transfers to Commission electronic systems.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission access.</I> A swap data repository shall provide access to the Commission for all SDR data maintained by the swap data repository pursuant to this chapter in accordance with this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Direct electronic access requirements.</I> A swap data repository shall provide direct electronic access to the Commission or the Commission's designee, including another registered entity, in order for the Commission to carry out its legal and statutory responsibilities under the Act and the Commission's regulations in 17 CFR chapter I. A swap data repository shall maintain all SDR data reported to the swap data repository in a format acceptable to the Commission, and shall transmit all SDR data requested by the Commission to the Commission as instructed by the Commission. Such instructions may include, but are not limited to, the method, timing, and frequency of transmission, as well as the format and scope of the SDR data to be transmitted.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Monitoring tools.</I> A swap data repository is required to provide the Commission with proper tools for the monitoring, screening and analyzing of SDR data, including, but not limited to, Web-based services, services that provide automated transfer of SDR data to Commission systems, various software and access to the staff of the swap data repository and/or third-party service providers or agents familiar with the operations of the swap data repository, which can provide assistance to the Commission regarding data structure and content.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Authorized users.</I> The SDR data provided to the Commission by a swap data repository shall be accessible only by authorized users. The swap data repository shall maintain and provide a list of authorized users in the manner and frequency determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other regulators</I>—(1) <I>General procedure for gaining access to swap data repository data.</I> Except as set forth in paragraph (d)(2) or (3) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) A person who is not an appropriate domestic regulator or an appropriate foreign regulator and who seeks to gain access to the swap data maintained by a swap data repository is required to first become an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator through the process set forth in paragraph (h) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Appropriate domestic regulators and appropriate foreign regulators seeking to gain access to the swap data maintained by a swap data repository are required to apply for access by filing a request for access with the swap data repository and certifying that it is acting within the scope of its jurisdiction, comply with paragraph (d)(6) of this section prior to receiving such access and, if applicable after receiving such access, comply with the notification requirement in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section applicable to appropriate domestic regulators and appropriate foreign regulators.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Domestic regulator with regulatory responsibility over a swap data repository.</I> When a swap data repository that is registered with the Commission pursuant to this chapter is also registered with a domestic regulator pursuant to a separate statutory authority, and such domestic regulator seeks access to swap data that has been reported to such swap data repository pursuant to the domestic regulator's regulatory regime, such access is not subject to the requirements of sections 21(c)(7) or 21(d) of the Act, this paragraph (d) or § 49.18.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Foreign regulator with regulatory responsibility over a swap data repository.</I> When a swap data repository that is registered with the Commission pursuant to this chapter is also registered with, or recognized or otherwise authorized by, a foreign regulator that has supervisory authority over such swap data repository pursuant to foreign law and/or regulation, and such foreign regulator seeks access to swap data that has been reported to such swap data repository pursuant to the foreign regulator's regulatory regime, such access is not subject to the requirements of sections 21(c)(7) or 21(d) of the Act, this paragraph (d) or § 49.18.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Obligations of the swap data repository in connection with appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator requests for swap data access.</I>

 (i) A swap data repository shall notify the Commission promptly after receiving an initial request from an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator to gain access to swap data maintained by such swap data repository and promptly after receiving any request that does not comport with the scope of the appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's jurisdiction, as described and appended to the confidentiality arrangement required by § 49.18(a). Each swap data repository shall maintain records thereafter, pursuant to § 49.12, of the details of such initial request and of all subsequent requests by such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator for such access.
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap data repository shall notify the Commission electronically, in a format specified by the Secretary of the Commission, of the receipt of a request specified in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap data repository shall not provide an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator access to swap data maintained by the swap data repository unless the swap data repository has determined that the swap data to which the appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator seeks access is within the then-current scope of such appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's jurisdiction, as described and appended to the confidentiality arrangement required by § 49.18(a). An appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator that has executed a confidentiality arrangement with the Commission pursuant to § 49.18(a) and provided such confidentiality arrangement to one or more swap data repositories shall notify the Commission and each such swap data repository of any change to such appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's scope of jurisdiction as described in such confidentiality arrangement. The Commission may direct a swap data repository to suspend, limit, or revoke access to swap data maintained by such swap data repository based on any such change to such appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's scope of jurisdiction, and, if so directed in writing, such swap data repository shall so suspend, limit, or revoke such access.
</P>
<P>(iv) The swap data repository need not make the determination required pursuant to paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section more than once with respect to a recurring swap data request. If such request changes, the swap data repository must make a new determination pursuant to paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Timing, limitation, suspension, or revocation of swap data access.</I> Once a swap data repository has—
</P>
<P>(i) Notified the Commission, pursuant to paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section, of an initial request for swap data access by an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator, as applicable, that was submitted pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
</P>
<P>(ii) Received from such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator a confidentiality arrangement executed by the Commission and such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator as required by § 49.18(a), and
</P>
<P>(iii) Satisfied its obligations under paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section, such swap data repository shall provide access to the requested swap data; <I>provided, however,</I> that such swap data repository shall, if directed by the Commission in writing, limit, suspend or revoke such access should the Commission limit, suspend or revoke the appropriateness determination for such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator or otherwise direct the swap data repository, in writing, to limit, suspend or revoke such access.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Confidentiality arrangement.</I> Consistent with § 49.18(a), the appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator shall, prior to receiving access to any requested swap data, execute the form of confidentiality arrangement set out in appendix B of this part with the Commission; <I>provided, however,</I> that the Commission may, in its discretion, agree to execute a confidentiality arrangement with an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator that is not in the form set forth in appendix B of this part, if the confidentiality arrangement is consistent with the requirements set forth in § 49.18(b).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Third-party service providers to a swap data repository.</I> Access to the SDR data and SDR information maintained by a swap data repository may be necessary for certain third parties that provide various technology and data-related services to a swap data repository. Third-party access to the SDR data and SDR information maintained by a swap data repository is permissible subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Both the swap data repository and the third party service provider shall have strict confidentiality procedures that protect SDR data and SDR information from improper disclosure.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to a swap data repository granting access to SDR data or SDR information to a third-party service provider, the third-party service provider and the swap data repository shall execute a confidentiality agreement setting forth minimum confidentiality procedures and permissible uses of the SDR data and SDR information maintained by the swap data repository that are equivalent to the privacy procedures for swap data repositories outlined in § 49.16.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Access by market participants</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Access by market participants to SDR data maintained by the swap data repository is prohibited other than as set forth in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> SDR data and SDR information related to a particular swap transaction that is maintained by the swap data repository may be accessed by either counterparty to that particular swap. However, the SDR data and SDR information maintained by the swap data repository that may be accessed by either counterparty to a particular swap shall not include the identity or the legal entity identifier (as such term is used in part 45 of this chapter) of the other counterparty to the swap, or the other counterparty's clearing member for the swap, if the swap is executed anonymously on a swap execution facility or designated contract market, and cleared in accordance with §§ 1.74, 23.610, and 39.12(b)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Commercial uses of SDR data accepted and maintained by the swap data repository prohibited.</I> SDR data accepted and maintained by the swap data repository generally may not be used for commercial or business purposes by the swap data repository or any of its affiliated entities.
</P>
<P>(1) The swap data repository is required to adopt and implement adequate “firewalls” or controls to protect the reported SDR data required to be maintained under § 49.12 of this part and Section 21(b) of the Act from any improper commercial use.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> (A) The swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty that submits the SDR data maintained by the swap data repository may permit the commercial or business use of that data by express written consent.
</P>
<P>(B) Swap data repositories shall not as a condition of the reporting of SDR data require a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty to consent to the use of any reported SDR data for commercial or business purposes.
</P>
<P>(3) Swap data repositories responsible for the public dissemination of swap transaction and pricing data shall not make commercial use of such data prior to its public dissemination.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Appropriateness determination process.</I> (1) Each person seeking an appropriateness determination pursuant to this paragraph shall file an application with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) Each applicant seeking an appropriateness determination shall provide sufficient detail in its application to permit the Commission to analyze whether the applicant is acting within the scope of its jurisdiction in seeking access to swap data maintained by a swap data repository, and whether the applicant employs appropriate confidentiality safeguards to ensure that any swap data such applicant receives from a swap data repository will not, except as allowed for in the form of confidentiality arrangement set forth in appendix B to this part 49, be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Commission determines that an applicant pursuant to this paragraph is, conditionally or unconditionally, appropriate for purposes of section 21(c)(7) of the Act, the Commission shall issue an order setting forth its appropriateness determination. The Commission shall not determine that an applicant pursuant to this paragraph is appropriate unless the Commission is satisfied that—
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant employs appropriate confidentiality safeguards to ensure that any swap data such applicant receives from a swap data repository will not be disclosed, except as allowed for in the form of confidentiality arrangement set forth in appendix B to this part 49 or, in the Commission's discretion as set forth in paragraph (d)(6) of this section, in a different form, provided that such confidentiality arrangement contains the elements required in § 49.18(b), and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such applicant is acting within the scope of its jurisdiction in seeking access to swap data from a swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission reserves the right, in connection with any appropriateness determination with respect to an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator, to revisit, reassess, limit, suspend or revoke such determination consistent with the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 27436, June 12, 2018; 85 FR 75659, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.18" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.18   Confidentiality arrangement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Confidentiality arrangement required prior to disclosure of swap data by a swap data repository to an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator.</I> Prior to a swap data repository providing access to swap data to any appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator, each as defined in § 49.17(b), the swap data repository shall receive from such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator, pursuant to Section 21(d) of the Act, an executed confidentiality arrangement between the Commission and the appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator, as applicable, in the form set forth in appendix B to this part 49 or, in the Commission's discretion as set forth in § 49.17(d)(6), in a different form, provided that such confidentiality arrangement contains the elements required in paragraph (b) of this section. Such confidentiality arrangement must include, either as Exhibit A to the form set forth in appendix B of this part or similarly appended, a description of the appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's jurisdiction. Once a swap data repository is notified, in writing, that a confidentiality arrangement received from an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator no longer is in effect, the swap data repository shall not provide access to swap data to such appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Elements of confidentiality arrangement.</I> The confidentiality arrangement required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall, at a minimum, include all elements included in the form of confidentiality arrangement set forth in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting failures to fulfill the terms of a confidentiality arrangement.</I> A swap data repository shall immediately report to the Commission any known failure to fulfill the terms of a confidentiality arrangement that it receives pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failures to fulfill the terms of the confidentiality arrangement.</I> The Commission may, if an appropriate domestic regulator or appropriate foreign regulator fails to fulfill the terms of a confidentiality arrangement described in paragraph (a) of this section, direct, in writing, each swap data repository to limit, suspend or revoke such appropriate domestic regulator's or appropriate foreign regulator's access to swap data held by such swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 27438, June 12, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.19" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.19   Core principles applicable to swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance with core principles.</I> To be registered, and maintain registration, a swap data repository shall comply with the core principles as described in this section. Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a swap data repository shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the swap data repository complies with the core principles described in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Antitrust considerations (Core Principle 1).</I> Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act, a swap data repository shall avoid adopting any rule or taking any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or imposing any material anticompetitive burden on trading, clearing or reporting swaps.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Governance arrangements (Core Principle 2).</I> Swap data repositories shall establish governance arrangements as set forth in § 49.20.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conflicts of interest (Core Principle 3).</I> Swap data repositories shall manage and minimize conflicts of interest and establish processes for resolving such conflicts of interest as set forth in § 49.21.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional duties (Core Principle 4).</I> Swap data repositories shall also comply with the following additional duties:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Financial resources.</I> Swap data repositories shall maintain sufficient financial resources as set forth in § 49.25;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosure requirements of swap data repositories.</I> Swap data repositories shall furnish an appropriate disclosure document setting forth the risks and costs of swap data repository services as detailed in § 49.26; and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Access and Fees.</I> Swap data repositories shall adhere to Commission requirements regarding fair and open access and the charging of any fees, dues or other similar type charges as detailed in § 49.27.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.20   Governance arrangements (Core Principle 2).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each swap data repository shall establish governance arrangements that are transparent to fulfill public interest requirements, and to support the objectives of the Federal Government, owners, and participants.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap data repository shall establish governance arrangements that are well-defined and include a clear organizational structure with consistent lines of responsibility and effective internal controls, including with respect to administration, accounting, and the disclosure of confidential information. § 49.22 of this part contains rules on internal controls applicable to administration and accounting. § 49.16 of this part contains rules on internal controls applicable to the disclosure of confidential information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transparency of governance arrangements.</I> (1) Each swap data repository shall state in its charter documents that its governance arrangements are transparent to support, among other things, the objectives of the Federal Government pursuant to Section 21(f)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) Each swap data repository shall, at a minimum, make the following information available to the public and relevant authorities, including the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) The mission statement of the swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(ii) The mission statement and/or charter of the board of directors, as well as of each committee of the swap data repository that has:
</P>
<P>(A) The authority to act on behalf of the board of directors or
</P>
<P>(B) The authority to amend or constrain actions of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(iii) The board of directors nomination process for the swap data repository, as well as the process for assigning members of the board of directors or other persons to any committee referenced in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) For the board of directors and each committee referenced in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the names of all members;
</P>
<P>(v) A description of the manner in which the board of directors, as well as any committee referenced in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, considers an independent perspective in its decision-making process, as § 49.2(a) defines such term;
</P>
<P>(vi) The lines of responsibility and accountability for each operational unit of the swap data repository to any committee thereof and/or the board of directors; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Summaries of significant decisions impacting the public interest, the rationale for such decisions, and the process for reaching such decisions. Such significant decisions shall include decisions relating to pricing of repository services, offering of ancillary services, access to SDR data, and use of section 8 material, SDR information, and intellectual property (as referenced in § 49.16). Such summaries of significant decisions shall not require the swap data repository to disclose section 8 material or, where appropriate, information that the swap data repository received on a confidential basis from a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty.
</P>
<P>(3) The swap data repository shall ensure that the information specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) to (vii) of this section is current, accurate, clear, and readily accessible, for example, on its Web site. The swap data repository shall set forth such information in a language commonly used in the commodity futures and swap markets and at least one of the domestic language(s) of the jurisdiction in which the swap data repository is located.
</P>
<P>(4) Furthermore, the swap data repository shall disclose the information specified in paragraph (b)(2)(vii) of this section in a sufficiently comprehensive and detailed fashion so as to permit the public and relevant authorities, including the Commission, to understand the policies or procedures of the swap data repository implicated and the manner in which the decision implements or amends such policies or procedures. A swap data repository shall not disclose minutes from meetings of its board of directors or committees to the public, although it shall disclose such minutes to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>The board of directors</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> (i) Each swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce (including, without limitation, pursuant to paragraph (c)(4) of this section) written policies or procedures:
</P>
<P>(A) To ensure that its board of directors, as well as any committee that has:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Authority to act on behalf of its board of directors or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Authority to amend or constrain actions of its board of directors, adequately considers an independent perspective in its decision-making process;
</P>
<P>(B) To ensure that the nominations process for such board of directors, as well as the process for assigning members of the board of directors or other persons to such committees, adequately incorporates an independent perspective; and
</P>
<P>(C) To clearly articulate the roles and responsibilities of such board of directors, as well as such committees, especially with respect to the manner in which they ensure that a swap data repository complies with all statutory and regulatory responsibilities under the Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each swap data repository shall submit to the Commission, within thirty days after each election of its board of directors:
</P>
<P>(A) For the board of directors, as well as each committee referenced in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section, a list of all members;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the relationship, if any, between such members and the swap data repository or any swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty user thereof (or, in each case, affiliates thereof, as § 49.2(a) defines such term); and
</P>
<P>(C) Any amendments to the written policies and procedures referenced in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compensation.</I> The compensation of non-executive members of the board of directors of a swap data repository shall not be linked to the business performance of such swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Annual self-review.</I> The board of directors of a swap data repository shall review its performance and that of its individual members annually. It should consider periodically using external facilitators for such reviews.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Board member removal.</I> A swap data repository shall have procedures to remove a member from the board of directors, where the conduct of such member is likely to be prejudicial to the sound and prudent management of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Expertise.</I> Each swap data repository shall ensure that members of its board of directors, members of any committee referenced in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section, and its senior management, in each case, are of sufficiently good repute and possess the requisite skills and expertise to fulfill their responsibilities in the management and governance of the swap data repository, to have a clear understanding of such responsibilities, and to exercise sound judgment about the affairs of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance with core principle.</I> The chief compliance officer of the swap data repository shall review the compliance of the swap data repository with this core principle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.21   Conflicts of interest (Core Principle 3).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each swap data repository shall establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the swap data repository, and establish a process for resolving such conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section shall supersede any requirement applicable to the swap data repository pursuant to § 49.20 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> (1) Each swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures to:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify, on an ongoing basis, existing and potential conflicts of interest; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Make decisions in the event of a conflict of interest. Such procedures shall include rules regarding the recusal, in applicable circumstances, of parties involved in the making of decisions.
</P>
<P>(2) As further described in § 49.20 of this part, the chief compliance officer of the swap data repository shall, in consultation with the board of directors or a senior officer of the swap data repository, as applicable, resolve any such conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance with core principle.</I> The chief compliance officer of the swap data repository shall review the compliance of the swap data repository with this core principle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.22" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.22   Chief compliance officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of board of directors.</I> For purposes of this part 49, the term “board of directors” means the board of directors of a swap data repository, or for those swap data repositories whose organizational structure does not include a board of directors, a body performing a function similar to that of a board of directors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Designation and qualifications of chief compliance officer</I>—(1) <I>Chief compliance officer required.</I> Each swap data repository shall establish the position of chief compliance officer, and designate an individual to serve in that capacity.
</P>
<P>(i) The position of chief compliance officer shall carry with it the authority and resources to develop and enforce policies and procedures necessary to fulfill the duties set forth for chief compliance officers in the Act and Commission regulations.
</P>
<P>(ii) The chief compliance officer shall have supervisory authority over all staff acting at the direction of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Qualifications of chief compliance officer.</I> The individual designated to serve as chief compliance officer shall have the background and skills appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the position and shall be subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) No individual disqualified from registration pursuant to section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Act may serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The chief compliance officer may not be a member of the swap data repository's legal department or serve as its general counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Appointment, supervision, and removal of chief compliance officer</I>—(1) <I>Appointment and compensation of chief compliance officer determined by board of directors.</I> A swap data repository's chief compliance officer shall be appointed by its board of directors. The board of directors shall also approve the compensation of the chief compliance officer and shall meet with the chief compliance officer at least annually. The appointment of the chief compliance officer and approval of the chief compliance officer's compensation shall require the approval of the board of directors. The senior officer of the swap data repository may fulfill these responsibilities. A swap data repository shall notify the Commission of the appointment of a new chief compliance officer within two business days of such appointment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Supervision of chief compliance officer.</I> A swap data repository's chief compliance officer shall report directly to the board of directors or to the senior officer of the swap data repository, at the swap data repository's discretion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Removal of chief compliance officer by board of directors.</I> (i) Removal of a swap data repository's chief compliance officer shall require the approval of the swap data repository's board of directors. If the swap data repository does not have a board of directors, then the chief compliance officer may be removed by the senior officer of the swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(ii) The swap data repository shall notify the Commission of such removal within two business days; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The swap data repository shall notify the Commission within two business days of appointing any new chief compliance officer, whether interim or permanent.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Duties of chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer's duties shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Overseeing and reviewing the swap data repository's compliance with section 21 of the Act and any related rules adopted by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) In consultation with the board of directors, a body performing a function similar to the board, or the senior officer of the swap data repository, resolving any conflicts of interest that may arise including:
</P>
<P>(i) Conflicts between business considerations and compliance requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conflicts between business considerations and the requirement that the swap data repository provide fair and open access as set forth in § 49.27 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Conflicts between a swap data repository's management and members of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing and administering written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Act and any rules adopted by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(4) Taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and Commission regulations relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, and with Commission regulations under section 21 of the Act, including confidentiality arrangements received by the chief compliance officer's registered swap depository pursuant to § 49.18(a);
</P>
<P>(5) Establishing procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through a compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reported error, or validated complaint;
</P>
<P>(6) Establishing and following appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues; and
</P>
<P>(7) Establishing and administering a written code of ethics designed to prevent ethical violations and to promote honesty and ethical conduct.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual compliance report prepared by chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer shall, not less than annually, prepare and sign an annual compliance report, that at a minimum, contains the following information covering the time period since the date on which the swap data repository became registered with the Commission or since the end of the period covered by a previously filed annual compliance report, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the swap data repository's written policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies;
</P>
<P>(2) A review of applicable Commission regulations and each subsection and core principle of section 21 of the Act, that, with respect to each:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifies the policies and procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with each subsection and core principle, including each duty specified in section 21(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides a self-assessment as to the effectiveness of these policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Discusses areas for improvement, and recommends potential or prospective changes or improvements to its compliance program and resources;
</P>
<P>(3) A list of any material changes to compliance policies and procedures since the last annual compliance report;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the financial, managerial, and operational resources set aside for compliance with respect to the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of any material compliance matters, including noncompliance issues identified through a compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reported error, or validated complaint, and explains how they were resolved; and
</P>
<P>(6) A certification by the chief compliance officer that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the annual compliance report is accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Submission of annual compliance report to the Commission.</I> (1) Prior to submission of the annual compliance report to the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall provide the annual compliance report to the board of the swap data repository for its review. If the swap data repository does not have a board, then the annual compliance report shall be provided to the senior officer for their review. Members of the board and the senior officer may not require the chief compliance officer to make any changes to the report. Submission of the report to the board or senior officer, and any subsequent discussion of the report, shall be recorded in board minutes or similar written record, as evidence of compliance with this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual compliance report shall be provided electronically to the Commission not more than 60 days after the end of the swap data repository's fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) Promptly upon discovery of any material error or omission made in a previously filed compliance report, the chief compliance officer shall file an amendment with the Commission to correct any material error or omission. An amendment shall contain the oath or certification required under paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A swap data repository may request the Commission for an extension of time to file its compliance report based on substantial, undue hardship. Extensions for the filing deadline may be granted at the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) The swap data repository shall maintain:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the written policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflicts of interest policies adopted in furtherance of compliance with the Act and Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of all materials, including written reports provided to the board of directors or senior officer in connection with the review of the annual compliance report under paragraph (f)(1) of this section and the board minutes or similar written record of such review, that record the submission of the annual compliance report to the board of directors or senior officer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any records relevant to the swap data repository's annual compliance report, including, but not limited to, work papers and other documents that form the basis of the report, and memoranda, correspondence, other documents, and records that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Created, sent, or received in connection with the annual compliance report; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Contain conclusions, opinions, analyses, or financial data related to the annual compliance report.
</P>
<P>(2) The swap data repository shall maintain records in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 27439, June 12, 2018; 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.23" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.23   Emergency authority policies and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Emergency policies and procedures required.</I> A swap data repository shall establish policies and procedures for the exercise of emergency authority in the event of any emergency, including but not limited to natural, man-made, and information technology emergencies. Such policies and procedures shall also require a swap data repository to exercise its emergency authority upon request by the Commission. A swap data repository's policies and procedures for the exercise of emergency authority shall be transparent to the Commission and to market participants whose SDR data resides at the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Invocation of emergency authority.</I> A swap data repository's policies and procedures for the exercise of emergency authority shall enumerate the circumstances under which the swap data repository is authorized to invoke its emergency authority and the procedures that it shall follow to declare an emergency. Such policies and procedures shall also address the range of measures that it is authorized to take when exercising such emergency authority.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation of persons authorized to act in an emergency.</I> A swap data repository shall designate one or more officials of the swap data repository as persons authorized to exercise emergency authority on its behalf. A swap data repository shall also establish a chain of command to be used in the event that the designated person(s) is unavailable. A swap data repository shall notify the Commission of the person(s) designated to exercise emergency authority.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> A swap data repository's policies and procedures for the exercise of emergency authority shall include provisions to avoid conflicts of interest in any decisions made pursuant to emergency authority. Such policies and procedures shall also include provisions to consult the swap data repository's chief compliance officer in any emergency decision that may raise potential conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification to the Commission.</I> A swap data repository's policies and procedures for the exercise of emergency authority shall include provisions to notify the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable regarding any invocation of emergency authority. When notifying the Commission of any exercise of emergency authority, a swap data repository shall explain the reasons for taking such emergency action, explain how conflicts of interest were minimized, and document the decision-making process. Underlying documentation shall be made available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.24   System safeguards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each swap data repository shall, with respect to all SDR data in its custody:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk through the development of appropriate controls and procedures and the development of automated systems that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a business continuity-disaster recovery plan that allow for the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of the duties and obligations of the swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(3) Periodically conduct tests to verify that backup resources are sufficient to ensure continued fulfillment of all duties of the swap data repository established by the Act or the Commission's regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap data repository's program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems shall address each of the following categories of risk analysis and oversight:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Enterprise risk management and governance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Assessment, mitigation, and monitoring of security and technology risk; security and technology capital planning and investment; board of directors and management oversight of technology and security; information technology audit and controls assessments; remediation of deficiencies; and any other elements of enterprise risk management and governance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information security.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to, controls relating to: Access to systems and data (including least privilege, separation of duties, account monitoring and control); user and device identification and authentication; security awareness training; audit log maintenance, monitoring, and analysis; media protection; personnel security and screening; automated system and communications protection (including network port control, boundary defenses, encryption); system and information integrity (including malware defenses, software integrity monitoring); vulnerability management; penetration testing; security incident response and management; and any other elements of information security included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Regular, periodic testing and review of business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities, the controls and capabilities described in paragraph (a), (d), (e), (f), and (k) of this section; and any other elements of business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capacity and performance planning.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Controls for monitoring the swap data repository's systems to ensure adequate scalable capacity (including testing, monitoring, and analysis of current and projected future capacity and performance, and of possible capacity degradation due to planned automated system changes); and any other elements of capacity and performance planning included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Systems operations.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: System maintenance; configuration management (including baseline configuration, configuration change and patch management, least functionality, inventory of authorized and unauthorized devices and software); event and problem response and management; and any other elements of system operations included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Systems development and quality assurance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Requirements development; pre-production and regression testing; change management procedures and approvals; outsourcing and vendor management; training in secure coding practices; and any other elements of systems development and quality assurance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Physical security and environmental controls.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Physical access and monitoring; power, telecommunication, and environmental controls; fire protection; and any other elements of physical security and environmental controls included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(c) In addressing the categories of risk analysis and oversight required under paragraph (b) of this section, a swap data repository shall follow generally accepted standards and best practices with respect to the development, operation, reliability, security, and capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P>(d) A swap data repository shall maintain a business continuity-disaster recovery plan and business continuity-disaster recovery resources, emergency procedures, and backup facilities sufficient to enable timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its duties and obligations as a swap data repository following any disruption of its operations. Such duties and obligations include, without limitation, the duties set forth in §§ 49.10 through 49.18, 49.23, and the core principles set forth in §§ 49.19 through 49.21 and §§ 49.25 through 49.27, and maintenance of a comprehensive audit trail. The swap data repository's business continuity-disaster recovery plan and resources generally should enable resumption of the swap data repository's operations and resumption of ongoing fulfillment of the swap data repository's duties and obligation during the next business day following the disruption. A swap data repository shall update its business continuity-disaster recovery plan and emergency procedures at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but at a minimum no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(e) Swap data repositories determined by the Commission to be critical swap data repositories are subject to more stringent requirements as set forth below.
</P>
<P>(1) Each swap data repository that the Commission determines is critical must maintain a disaster recovery plan and business continuity and disaster recovery resources, including infrastructure and personnel, sufficient to enable it to achieve a same-day recovery time objective in the event that its normal capabilities become temporarily inoperable for any reason up to and including a wide-scale disruption.
</P>
<P>(2) A same-day recovery time objective is a recovery time objective within the same business day on which normal capabilities become temporarily inoperable for any reason up to and including a wide-scale disruption.
</P>
<P>(3) To ensure its ability to achieve a same-day recovery time objective in the event of a wide-scale disruption, each swap data repository that the Commission determines is critical must maintain a degree of geographic dispersal of both infrastructure and personnel such that:
</P>
<P>(i) Infrastructure sufficient to enable the swap data repository to meet a same-day recovery time objective after interruption is located outside the relevant area of the infrastructure the entity normally relies upon to conduct activities necessary to the reporting, recordkeeping and/or dissemination of SDR data, and does not rely on the same critical transportation, telecommunications, power, water, or other critical infrastructure components the entity normally relies upon for such activities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Personnel sufficient to enable the swap data repository to meet a same-day recovery time objective, after interruption of normal SDR data reporting, recordkeeping and/or dissemination by a wide-scale disruption affecting the relevant area in which the personnel the entity normally relies upon to engage in such activities are located, live and work outside that relevant area.
</P>
<P>(4) Each swap data repository that the Commission determines is critical must conduct regular, periodic tests of its business continuity and disaster recovery plans and resources and its capacity to achieve a same-day recovery time objective in the event of a wide-scale disruption. The swap data repository shall keep records of the results of such tests, and make the results available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(f) A swap data repository that is not determined by the Commission to be a critical swap data repository satisfies the requirement to be able to resume operations and resume ongoing fulfillment of the swap data repository's duties and obligations during the next business day following a disruption by maintaining either:
</P>
<P>(1) Infrastructure and personnel resources of its own that are sufficient to ensure timely recovery and resumption of its operations, duties and obligations as a swap data repository following any disruption of its operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) Contractual arrangements with other swap data repositories or disaster recovery service providers, as appropriate, that are sufficient to ensure continued fulfillment of all of the swap data repository's duties and obligations following any disruption of its operations, both with respect to all swaps reported to the swap data repository and with respect to all SDR data contained in the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(g) A swap data repository shall notify Commission staff promptly of all:
</P>
<P>(1) Systems malfunctions;
</P>
<P>(2) Cyber security incidents or targeted threats that actually or potentially jeopardize automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any activation of the swap data repository's business continuity-disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(h) A swap data repository shall give Commission staff timely advance notice of all:
</P>
<P>(1) Planned changes to automated systems that may impact the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of such systems; and
</P>
<P>(2) Planned changes to the swap data repository's program of risk analysis and oversight.
</P>
<P>(i) As part of a swap data repository's obligation to produce books and records in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter, and § 49.12, a swap data repository shall provide to the Commission the following system safeguards-related books and records, promptly upon the request of any Commission representative:
</P>
<P>(1) Current copies of its business continuity-disaster recovery plans and other emergency procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) All assessments of its operational risks or system safeguards-related controls;
</P>
<P>(3) All reports concerning system safeguards testing and assessment required by this chapter, whether performed by independent contractors or by employees of the swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(4) All other books and records requested by Commission staff in connection with Commission oversight of system safeguards pursuant to the Act or Commission regulations, or in connection with Commission maintenance of a current profile of the swap data repository's automated systems.
</P>
<P>(5) Nothing in paragraph (i) of this section shall be interpreted as reducing or limiting in any way a swap data repository's obligation to comply with § 1.31 of this chapter, or with § 49.12.
</P>
<P>(j) A swap data repository shall conduct regular, periodic, objective testing and review of its automated systems to ensure that they are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity. It shall also conduct regular, periodic testing and review of its business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities. Such testing and review shall include, without limitation, all of the types of testing set forth in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this paragraph (j):
</P>
<P><I>Controls</I> means the safeguards or countermeasures employed by the swap data repository in order to protect the reliability, security, or capacity of its automated systems or the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its SDR data and SDR information, and in order to enable the swap data repository to fulfill its statutory and regulatory duties and responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Controls testing</I> means assessment of the swap data repository's controls to determine whether such controls are implemented correctly, are operating as intended, and are enabling the swap data repository to meet the requirements established by this section.
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise technology risk assessment</I> means a written assessment that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of threats and vulnerabilities in the context of mitigating controls. An enterprise technology risk assessment identifies, estimates, and prioritizes risks to swap data repository operations or assets, or to market participants, individuals, or other entities, resulting from impairment of the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of SDR data and SDR information or the reliability, security, or capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P><I>External penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the swap data repository's automated systems from outside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting external penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Internal penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the swap data repository's automated systems from inside the systems' boundaries, to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting internal penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Key controls</I> means those controls that an appropriate risk analysis determines are either critically important for effective system safeguards or intended to address risks that evolve or change more frequently and therefore require more frequent review to ensure their continuing effectiveness in addressing such risks.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident</I> means a cyber security or physical security event that actually jeopardizes or has a significant likelihood of jeopardizing automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity, or the availability, confidentiality, or integrity of SDR data.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan</I> means a written plan documenting the swap data repository's policies, controls, procedures, and resources for identifying, responding to, mitigating, and recovering from security incidents, and the roles and responsibilities of its management, staff and independent contractors in responding to security incidents. A security incident response plan may be a separate document or a business continuity-disaster recovery plan section or appendix dedicated to security incident response.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan testing</I> means testing of a swap data repository's security incident response plan to determine the plan's effectiveness, identify its potential weaknesses or deficiencies, enable regular plan updating and improvement, and maintain organizational preparedness and resiliency with respect to security incidents. Methods of conducting security incident response plan testing may include, but are not limited to, checklist completion, walk-through or table-top exercises, simulations, and comprehensive exercises.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability testing</I> means testing of a swap data repository's automated systems to determine what information may be discoverable through a reconnaissance analysis of those systems and what vulnerabilities may be present on those systems.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vulnerability testing.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct vulnerability testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct such vulnerability testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than quarterly.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such vulnerability testing shall include automated vulnerability scanning, which shall follow generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap data repository shall conduct vulnerability testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap data repository who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>External penetration testing.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct external penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct such external penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap data repository shall engage independent contractors to conduct the required annual external penetration test. The swap data repository may conduct other external penetration testing by using employees of the swap data repository who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Internal penetration testing.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct internal penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct such internal penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap data repository shall conduct internal penetration testing by engaging independent contractors, or by using employees of the swap data repository who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Controls testing.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct controls testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct controls testing, which includes testing of each control included in its program of risk analysis and oversight, at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. Such testing may be conducted on a rolling basis. A swap data repository shall conduct testing of its key controls no less frequently than every three years. The swap data repository may conduct testing of its key controls on a rolling basis over the course of three years or the period determined by such risk analysis, whichever is shorter.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap data repository shall engage independent contractors to test and assess the key controls included in its program of risk analysis and oversight no less frequently than every three years. The swap data repository may conduct any other controls testing required by this section by using independent contractors or employees of the swap data repository who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security incident response plan testing.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct security incident response plan testing sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct such security incident response plan testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap data repository's security incident response plan shall include, without limitation, the swap data repository's definition and classification of security incidents, its policies and procedures for reporting security incidents and for internal and external communication and information sharing regarding security incidents, and the hand-off and escalation points in its security incident response process.
</P>
<P>(iii) A swap data repository may coordinate its security incident response plan testing with other testing required by this section or with testing of its other business continuity-disaster recovery and crisis management plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) A swap data repository may conduct security incident response plan testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Enterprise technology risk assessment.</I> A swap data repository shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A swap data repository shall conduct an enterprise technology risk assessment at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but no less frequently than annually. A swap data repository that has conducted an enterprise technology risk assessment that complies with this section may conduct subsequent assessments by updating the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>(ii) A swap data repository may conduct enterprise technology risk assessments by using independent contractors or employees of the swap data repository who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being assessed.
</P>
<P>(k) To the extent practicable, a swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Coordinate its business continuity-disaster recovery plan with those of swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap dealers, and major swap participants who report SDR data to the swap data repository, and with those regulators identified in Section 21(c)(7) of the Act, in a manner adequate to enable effective resumption of the swap data repository's fulfillment of its duties and obligations following a disruption causing activation of the swap data repository's business continuity and disaster recovery plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Participate in periodic, synchronized testing of its business continuity—disaster recovery plan and the business continuity—disaster recovery plans of swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, derivatives clearing organizations, swap dealers, and major swap participants who report SDR data to the swap data repository, and the business continuity—disaster recovery plans required by the regulators identified in Section 21(c)(7) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that its business continuity—disaster recovery plan takes into account the business continuity—disaster recovery plans of its telecommunications, power, water, and other essential service providers.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Scope of testing and assessment.</I> The scope for all system safeguards testing and assessment required by this part shall be broad enough to include the testing of automated systems and controls that the swap data repository's required program of risk analysis and oversight and its current cybersecurity threat analysis indicate is necessary to identify risks and vulnerabilities that could enable an intruder or unauthorized user or insider to:
</P>
<P>(1) Interfere with the swap data repository's operations or with fulfillment of its statutory and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Impair or degrade the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of the swap data repository's automated systems;
</P>
<P>(3) Add to, delete, modify, exfiltrate, or compromise the integrity of any SDR data related to the swap data repository's regulated activities; or
</P>
<P>(4) Undertake any other unauthorized action affecting the swap data repository's regulated activities or the hardware or software used in connection with those activities.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Internal reporting and review.</I> Both the senior management and the board of directors of a swap data repository shall receive and review reports setting forth the results of the testing and assessment required by this section. A swap data repository shall establish and follow appropriate procedures for the remediation of issues identified through such review, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, and for evaluation of the effectiveness of testing and assessment protocols.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Remediation.</I> A swap data repository shall identify and document the vulnerabilities and deficiencies in its systems revealed by the testing and assessment required by this section. The swap data repository shall conduct and document an appropriate analysis of the risks presented by such vulnerabilities and deficiencies, to determine and document whether to remediate or accept the associated risk. When the swap data repository determines to remediate a vulnerability or deficiency, it must remediate in a timely manner given the nature and magnitude of the associated risk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 81 FR 64315, Sept. 19, 2016; 85 FR 75661, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.25" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.25   Financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) A swap data repository shall maintain sufficient financial resources to perform its statutory and regulatory duties set forth in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) An entity that operates as both a swap data repository and a derivatives clearing organization shall also comply with the financial resource requirements applicable to derivatives clearing organizations under § 39.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Financial resources shall be considered sufficient if their value is at least equal to a total amount that would enable the swap data repository, or applicant for registration, to cover its operating costs for a period of at least one year, calculated on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(4) The financial resources described in this paragraph (a) must be independent and separately dedicated to ensure that assets and capital are not used for multiple purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Types of financial resources.</I> Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap data repository's own capital; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Computation of financial resource requirement.</I> A swap data repository shall, on a quarterly basis, based upon its fiscal year, make a reasonable calculation of its projected operating costs over a 12-month period in order to determine the amount needed to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. The swap data repository shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodology used to compute such projected operating costs. The Commission may review the methodology and require changes as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation of financial resources.</I> At appropriate intervals, but not less than quarterly, a swap data repository shall compute the current market value of each financial resource used to meet its obligations under paragraph (a) of this section. Reductions in value to reflect market and credit risk (haircuts) shall be applied as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquidity of financial resources.</I> The financial resources allocated by the swap data repository to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) shall include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) equal to at least six months' operating costs. If any portion of such financial resources is not sufficiently liquid, the swap data repository may take into account a committed line of credit or similar facility for the purpose of meeting this requirement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> (1) Each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a swap data repository shall report to the Commission the amount of financial resources necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph (a), the value of each financial resource available, computed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d); and provide the Commission with a financial statement, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows of the swap data repository or of its parent company. Financial statements shall be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding financial statement.
</P>
<P>(2) The calculations required by this paragraph shall be made as of the last business day of the swap data repository's fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(3) The report shall be filed not later than 17 business days after the end of the swap data repository's fiscal quarter, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75662, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.26" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.26   Disclosure requirements of swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>Before accepting any SDR data from a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty; or upon a swap execution facility's, designated contract market's, or reporting counterparty's request; a swap data repository shall furnish to the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty a disclosure document that contains the following written information, which shall reasonably enable the swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty to identify and evaluate accurately the risks and costs associated with using the services of the swap data repository:
</P>
<P>(a) The swap data repository's criteria for providing others with access to services offered and SDR data maintained by the swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(b) The swap data repository's criteria for those seeking to connect to or link with the swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(c) A description of the swap data repository's policies and procedures regarding its safeguarding of SDR data and operational reliability to protect the confidentiality and security of such data, as described in § 49.24;
</P>
<P>(d) The swap data repository's policies and procedures reasonably designed to protect the privacy of any and all SDR data that the swap data repository receives from a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty, as described in § 49.16;
</P>
<P>(e) The swap data repository's policies and procedures regarding its non-commercial and/or commercial use of the SDR data that it receives from a swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty;
</P>
<P>(f) The swap data repository's dispute resolution procedures;
</P>
<P>(g) A description of all the swap data repository's services, including any ancillary services;
</P>
<P>(h) The swap data repository's updated schedule of any fees, rates, dues, unbundled prices, or other charges for all of its services, including any ancillary services; any discounts or rebates offered; and the criteria to benefit from such discounts or rebates; 
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the swap data repository's governance arrangements; and
</P>
<P>(j) The swap data repository's policies and procedures regarding the reporting of SDR data to the swap data repository, including the swap data repository's SDR data validation procedures, swap data verification procedures, and procedures for correcting SDR data errors and omissions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75662, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.27" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.27   Access and fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fair, open and equal access.</I> (1) A swap data repository, consistent with Section 21 of the Act, shall provide its services to market participants, including but not limited to designated contract markets, swap execution facilities, derivatives clearing organizations, swap dealers, major swap participants and any other counterparties, on a fair, open and equal basis. For this purpose, a swap data repository shall not provide access to its services on a discriminatory basis but is required to provide its services to all market participants for swaps it accepts in an asset class.
</P>
<P>(2) Consistent with the principles of open access set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a swap data repository shall not tie or bundle the offering of mandated regulatory services with other ancillary services that a swap data repository may provide to market participants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fees.</I> (1) Any fees or charges imposed by a swap data repository in connection with the reporting of SDR data and any other supplemental or ancillary services provided by such swap data repository shall be equitable and established in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. Fees or charges shall not be used as an artificial barrier to access to the swap data repository. Swap data repositories shall not offer preferential pricing arrangements to any market participant on any basis, including volume discounts or reductions unless such discounts or reductions apply to all market participants uniformly and are not otherwise established in a manner that would effectively limit the application of such discount or reduction to a select number of market participants.
</P>
<P>(2) All fees or charges are to be fully disclosed and transparent to market participants. At a minimum, the swap data repository shall provide a schedule of fees and charges that is accessible by all market participants on its Web site.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission notes that it will not specifically approve the fees charged by swap data repositories. However, any and all fees charged by swap data repositories must be consistent with the principles set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 54575, Sept. 1, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 75662, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.28" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.28   Operating hours of swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a), a swap data repository shall have systems in place to continuously accept and promptly record all SDR data reported to the swap data repository as required in this chapter and, as applicable, publicly disseminate all swap transaction and pricing data reported to the swap data repository as required in part 43 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(1) A swap data repository may establish normal closing hours to perform system maintenance during periods when, in the reasonable estimation of the swap data repository, the swap data repository typically receives the least amount of SDR data. A swap data repository shall provide reasonable advance notice of its normal closing hours to market participants and to the public.
</P>
<P>(2) A swap data repository may declare, on an ad hoc basis, special closing hours to perform system maintenance that cannot wait until normal closing hours. A swap data repository shall schedule special closing hours during periods when, in the reasonable estimation of the swap data repository in the context of the circumstances prompting the special closing hours, the special closing hours will be the least disruptive to the swap data repository's SDR data reporting responsibilities. A swap data repository shall provide reasonable advance notice of its special closing hours to market participants and to the public whenever possible, and, if advance notice is not reasonably possible, shall provide notice of its special closing hours to market participants and to the public as soon as reasonably possible after declaring special closing hours.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap data repository shall comply with the requirements under part 40 of this chapter in adopting or amending normal closing hours and special closing hours.
</P>
<P>(c) During normal closing hours and special closing hours, a swap data repository shall have the capability to accept and hold in queue any and all SDR data reported to the swap data repository during the normal closing hours or special closing hours.
</P>
<P>(1) Upon reopening after normal closing hours or special closing hours, a swap data repository shall promptly process all SDR data received during normal closing hours or special closing hours, as required pursuant to this chapter, and, pursuant to part 43 of this chapter, publicly disseminate all swap transaction and pricing data reported to the swap data repository that was held in queue during the normal closing hours or special closing hours.
</P>
<P>(2) If at any time during normal closing hours or special closing hours a swap data repository is unable to receive and hold in queue any SDR data reported pursuant to this chapter, then the swap data repository shall immediately issue notice to all swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, reporting counterparties, and the public that it is unable to receive and hold in queue SDR data. Immediately upon reopening, the swap data repository shall issue notice to all swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, reporting counterparties, and the public that it has resumed normal operations. Any swap execution facility, designated contract market, or reporting counterparty that was obligated to report SDR data pursuant to this chapter to the swap data repository, but could not do so because of the swap data repository's inability to receive and hold in queue SDR data, shall report the SDR data to the swap data repository immediately after receiving such notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75662, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.29" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.29   Information relating to swap data repository compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requests for information.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a swap data repository shall file with the Commission information related to its business as a swap data repository and such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under the Act and regulations in 17 CFR chapter I. The swap data repository shall file the information requested in the form and manner and within the time period the Commission specifies in the request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demonstration of compliance.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a swap data repository shall file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing supporting data, information, and documents, that it is in compliance with its obligations under the Act and the Commission's regulations in 17 CFR chapter I, as the Commission specifies in the request. The swap data repository shall file the written demonstration in the form and manner and within the time period the Commission specifies in the request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75663, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.30" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.30   Form and manner of reporting and submitting information to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a swap data repository shall submit SDR data reports and any other information required under this part to the Commission, within the time specified, using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75663, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 49.31" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 49.31   Delegation of authority to the Directors of the Division of Market Oversight and Division of Data relating to certain part 49 matters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight and to such members of the Commission staff acting under their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.5.
</P>
<P>(2) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.12.
</P>
<P>(3) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.13.
</P>
<P>(4) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.16.
</P>
<P>(5) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.17.
</P>
<P>(6) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.18.
</P>
<P>(7) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.22.
</P>
<P>(8) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.23.
</P>
<P>(9) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.24
</P>
<P>(10) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.25.
</P>
<P>(11) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.29.
</P>
<P>(12) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.30.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Data and to such members of the Commission staff acting under their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.9.
</P>
<P>(2) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 49.10.
</P>
<P>(c) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight, and, separately, the Director of the Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter that has been delegated under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.32.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 49—Form SDR


</HEAD>
<HD1>COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION FORM SDR
</HD1>
<HD3>SWAP DATA REPOSITORY APPLICATION OR AMENDMENT TO APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
</HD3>
<HD1>REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P><I>Intentional misstatements or omissions of material fact may constitute federal criminal violations (7 U.S.C. 13 and 18 U.S.C. 1001) or grounds for disqualification from registration.</I>
</P>
<HD1>DEFINITIONS
</HD1>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise, all terms used in this Form SDR have the same meaning as in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“Act”), and in the General Rules and Regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission”) thereunder (17 CFR chapter I).
</P>
<P>For the purposes of this Form SDR, the term “Applicant” shall include any applicant for registration as a swap data repository or any applicant amending a pending application.
</P>
<HD1>GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P>1. This Form SDR, which includes instructions, a Cover Sheet, and required Exhibits (together “Form SDR”), is to be filed with the Commission by all Applicants, pursuant to section 21 of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder. Upon the filing of an application for registration in accordance with the instructions provided herein, the Commission will publish notice of the filing and afford interested persons an opportunity to submit written comments concerning such application. No application for registration shall be effective unless the Commission, by order, grants such registration.
</P>
<P>2. Individuals' names, except the executing signature, shall be given in full (Last Name, First Name, Middle Name).
</P>
<P>3. Signatures on all copies of the Form SDR filed with the Commission can be executed electronically. If this Form SDR is filed by a corporation, it shall be signed in the name of the corporation by a principal officer duly authorized; if filed by a limited liability company, it shall be signed in the name of the limited liability company by a manager or member duly authorized to sign on the limited liability company's behalf; if filed by a partnership, it shall be signed in the name of the partnership by a general partner duly authorized; if filed by an unincorporated organization or association that is not a partnership, it shall be signed in the name of such organization or association by the managing agent, <I>i.e.,</I> a duly authorized person who directs manages or who participates in the directing or managing of its affairs.
</P>
<P>4. If this Form SDR is being filed as an application for registration, all applicable items must be answered in full. If any item is inapplicable, indicate by “none,” “not applicable,” or “N/A,” as appropriate.
</P>
<P>5. Under section 21 of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this Form SDR from any Applicant seeking registration as a swap data repository. Disclosure by the Applicant of the information specified in this Form SDR is mandatory prior to the start of the processing of an application for registration as a swap data repository. The information provided in this Form SDR will be used for the principal purpose of determining whether the Commission should grant or deny registration to an Applicant. The Commission may determine that additional information is required from an Applicant in order to process its application. A Form SDR that is not prepared and executed in compliance with applicable requirements and instructions may be returned as not acceptable for filing. Acceptance of this Form SDR, however, shall not constitute a finding that the Form SDR has been filed as required or that the information submitted is true, current, or complete.
</P>
<P>6. Except in cases where confidential treatment is requested by the Applicant and granted by the Commission pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and Commission Regulation § 145.9, information supplied on this Form SDR will be included in the public files of the Commission and will be available for inspection by any interested person. The Applicant must identify with particularity the information in these exhibits that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment and supporting documentation for such request pursuant to Commission Regulations § 40.8 and § 145.9.
</P>
<HD1>APPLICATION AMENDMENTS
</HD1>
<P>1. An Applicant amending a pending application for registration as a swap data repository shall file an amended Form SDR electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>2. When filing this Form SDR for purposes of amending a pending application, an Applicant must re-file the entire Cover Sheet, amended if necessary, include an executing signature, and attach thereto revised Exhibits or other materials marked to show any amendments. The submission of an amendment to a pending application represents that all unamended items and Exhibits remain true, current, and complete as previously filed.
</P>
<HD1>WHERE TO FILE
</HD1>
<P>This Form SDR shall be filed electronically with the Secretary of the Commission in the manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.038.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.039.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.040.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.041.gif"/>
<HD1>EXHIBITS INSTRUCTIONS
</HD1>
<P>The following Exhibits must be included as part of Form SDR and filed with the Commission by each Applicant seeking registration as a swap data repository pursuant to section 21 of the Act and the Commission's regulations thereunder. Such Exhibits must be labeled according to the items specified in this Form SDR. If any Exhibit is inapplicable, please specify the Exhibit letter and indicate by “none,” “not applicable,” or “N/A,” as appropriate. The Applicant must identify with particularity the information in these Exhibits that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment and supporting documentation for such request pursuant to Commission Regulations § 40.8 and § 145.9.
</P>
<P>If the Applicant is a newly formed enterprise and does not have the financial statements required pursuant to Items 27 and 28 of this form, the Applicant should provide pro forma financial statements for the most recent six months or since inception, whichever is less.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS I—BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
</HD1>
<P>14. Attach as Exhibit A, any person who owns ten (10) percent or more of Applicant's equity or possesses voting power of any class, either directly or indirectly, through agreement or otherwise, in any other manner, may control or direct the management or policies of Applicant. “Control” for this purpose is defined in Commission Regulation § 49.2(a).
</P>
<P>State in Exhibit A the full name and address of each such person and attach a copy of the agreement or, if there is none written, describe the agreement or basis upon which such person exercises or may exercise such control or direction.
</P>
<P>15. Attach as Exhibit B, a narrative that sets forth the fitness standards for the board of directors and its composition including the number or percentage of public directors.
</P>
<P>Attach a list of the present officers, directors (including an identification of the public directors), governors (and, if the Applicant is not a corporation, the members of all standing committees grouped by committee), or persons performing functions similar to any of the foregoing, of the swap data repository or of the entity identified in Item 16 that performs the swap data repository activities of the Applicant, indicating for each:
</P>
<P>a. Name
</P>
<P>b. Title
</P>
<P>c. Date of commencement and, if appropriate, termination of present term of position
</P>
<P>d. Length of time each present officer, director, or governor has held the same position
</P>
<P>e. Brief account of the business experience of each officer and director over the last five (5) years
</P>
<P>f. Any other business affiliations in the securities industry or OTC derivatives industry
</P>
<P>g. A description of:
</P>
<P>(1) any order of the Commission with respect to such person pursuant to section 5e of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) any conviction or injunction within the past 10 years;
</P>
<P>(3) any disciplinary action with respect to such person within the last five (5) years;
</P>
<P>(4) any disqualification under sections 8b and 8d of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) any disciplinary action under section 8c of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) any violation pursuant to section 9 of the Act.
</P>
<P>h. For directors, list any committees on which the director serves and any compensation received by virtue of their directorship.
</P>
<P>16. Attach as Exhibit C, the following information about the chief compliance officer who has been appointed by the board of directors of the swap data repository or a person or group performing a function similar to such board of directors:
</P>
<P>a. Name
</P>
<P>b. Title
</P>
<P>c. Dates of commencement and termination of present term of office or position
</P>
<P>d. Length of time the chief compliance officer has held the same office or position
</P>
<P>e. Brief account of the business experience of the chief compliance officer over the last five (5) years
</P>
<P>f. Any other business affiliations in the derivatives/securities industry or swap data repository industry
</P>
<P>g. A description of:
</P>
<P>(1) any order of the Commission with respect to such person pursuant to section 5e of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) any conviction or injunction within the past 10 years;
</P>
<P>(3) any disciplinary action with respect to such person within the last five (5) years;
</P>
<P>(4) any disqualification under sections 8b and 8d of the Act;
</P>
<P>(5) any disciplinary action under section 8c of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) any violation pursuant to section 9 of the Act.
</P>
<P>17. Attach as Exhibit D, a copy of documents relating to the governance arrangements of the Applicant, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>a. The nomination and selection process of the members on the Applicant's board of directors, a person or group performing a function similar to a board of directors (collectively, “board”), or any committee that has the authority to act on behalf of the board, the responsibilities of each of the board and such committee, and the composition of each board and such committee;
</P>
<P>b. a description of the manner in which the composition of the board allows the Applicant to comply with applicable core principles, regulations, as well as the rules of the Applicant; and
</P>
<P>c. a description of the procedures to remove a member of the board of directors, where the conduct of such member is likely to be prejudicial to the sound and prudent management of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>18. Attach as Exhibit E, a narrative or graphic description of the organizational structure of the Applicant. Note: If the swap data repository activities are conducted primarily by a division, subdivision, or other segregable entity within the Applicant's corporation or organization, describe the relationship of such entity within the overall organizational structure and attach as Exhibit E only such description as applies to the segregable entity. Additionally, provide any relevant jurisdictional information, including any and all jurisdictions in which the Applicant or any affiliated entity is doing business and registration status, including pending application (e.g., country, regulator, registration category, date of registration). In addition, include a description of the lines of responsibility and accountability for each operational unit of the Applicant to (i) any committee thereof and/or (ii) the board.
</P>
<P>19. Attach as Exhibit F, a copy of the conflicts of interest policies and procedures implemented by the Applicant to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the swap data repository and to establish a process for the resolution of any such conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>20. Attach as Exhibit G, a list of all affiliates of the swap data repository and indicate the general nature of the affiliation. Provide a copy of any agreements entered into or to be entered by the swap data repository, including partnerships or joint ventures, or its participants, that will enable the Applicant to comply with the registration requirements and core principles specified in section 21 of the Act. With regard to an affiliate that is a parent company of the Applicant, if such parent controls the Applicant, an Applicant must provide (i) the board composition of the parent, including public directors, and (ii) all ownership information requested in Exhibit A for the parent. “Control” for this purpose is defined in Commission Regulation § 49.2(a).
</P>
<P>21. Attach as Exhibit H, a copy of the constitution; articles of incorporation or association with all amendments thereto; existing by-laws, rules, or instruments corresponding thereto, of the Applicant. The Applicant shall also provide a certificate of good standing dated within one week of the date of the application.
</P>
<P>22. Where the Applicant is a foreign entity seeking registration or filing an amendment to an existing registration, attach as Exhibit I, an opinion of counsel that the swap data repository, as a matter of law, is able to provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such swap data repository and that the swap data repository can submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission.
</P>
<P>23. Where the Applicant is a foreign entity seeking registration, attach as Exhibit I-1, a form that designates and authorizes an agent in the United States, other than a Commission official, to accept any notice or service of process, pleadings, or other documents in any action or proceedings brought against the swap data repository to enforce the Act and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>24. Attach as Exhibit J, a current copy of the Applicant's rules, as defined in Commission Regulation § 40.1, consisting of all the rules necessary to carry out the duties as a swap data repository.
</P>
<P>25. Attach as Exhibit K, a description of the Applicant's internal disciplinary and enforcement protocols, tools, and procedures. Include the procedures for dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>26. Attach as Exhibit L, a brief description of any material pending legal proceeding(s), other than ordinary and routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Applicant or any of its affiliates is a party or to which any of its or their property is the subject. Include the name of the court or agency in which the proceeding(s) are pending, the date(s) instituted, and the principal parties thereto, a description of the factual basis alleged to underlie the proceeding(s) and the relief sought. Include similar information as to any such proceeding(s) known to be contemplated by the governmental agencies.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS II—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
</HD1>
<P>27. Attach as Exhibit M, a balance sheet, statement of income and expenses, statement of sources and application of revenues, and all notes or schedules thereto, as of the most recent fiscal year of the Applicant. If a balance sheet and statements certified by an independent public accountant are available, such balance sheet and statement shall be submitted as Exhibit M.
</P>
<P>28. Attach as Exhibit N, a balance sheet and an income and expense statement for each affiliate of the swap data repository that also engages in swap data repository activities as of the end of the most recent fiscal year of each such affiliate.
</P>
<P>29. Attach as Exhibit O, the following:
</P>
<P>a. A complete list of all dues, fees, and other charges imposed, or to be imposed, by or on behalf of Applicant for its swap data repository services and identify the service or services provided for each such due, fee, or other charge.
</P>
<P>b. Furnish a description of the basis and methods used in determining the level and structure of the dues, fees, and other charges listed in paragraph a of this item.
</P>
<P>c. If the Applicant differentiates, or proposes to differentiate, among its customers, or classes of customers in the amount of any dues, fees, or other charges imposed for the same or similar services, so state and indicate the amount of each differential. In addition, identify and describe any differences in the cost of providing such services, and any other factors, that account for such differentiations.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS III—OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY
</HD1>
<P>30. Attach as Exhibit P, copies of all material contracts with any swap execution facility, designated contract market, clearing agency, central counterparty, or third party service provider. To the extent that form contracts are used by the Applicant, submit a sample of each type of form contract used. In addition, include a list of swap execution facilities, designated contract markets, clearing agencies, central counterparties, and third party service providers with whom the Applicant has entered into material contracts. Where swap data repository functions are performed by a third-party, attach any agreements between or among the Applicant and such third party, and identify the services that will be provided.
</P>
<P>31. Attach as Exhibit Q, any technical manuals, other guides or instructions for users of, or participants in, the market.
</P>
<P>32. Attach as Exhibit R, a description of system test procedures, test conducted or test results that will enable the Applicant to comply, or demonstrate the Applicant's ability to comply, with the core principles for swap data repositories.
</P>
<P>33. Attach as Exhibit S, a description in narrative form, or by the inclusion of functional specifications, of each service or function performed as a swap data repository. Include in Exhibit S a description of all procedures utilized for the collection, processing, distribution, publication, and retention (e.g., magnetic tape) of information with respect to transactions or positions in, or the terms and conditions of, swaps entered into by market participants.
</P>
<P>34. Attach as Exhibit T, a list of all computer hardware utilized by the Applicant to perform swap data repository functions, indicating where such equipment (terminals and other access devices) is physically located.
</P>
<P>35. Attach as Exhibit U, a description of the personnel qualifications for each category of professional employees employed by the swap data repository or the division, subdivision, or other segregable entity within the swap data repository as described in Item 16.
</P>
<P>36. Attach as Exhibit V, a description of the measures or procedures implemented by Applicant to provide for the security of any system employed to perform the functions of a swap data repository. Include a general description of any physical and operational safeguards designed to prevent unauthorized access (whether by input or retrieval) to the system. Describe any circumstances within the past year in which the described security measures or safeguards failed to prevent any such unauthorized access to the system and any measures taken to prevent a reoccurrence. Describe any measures used to verify the accuracy of information received or disseminated by the system.
</P>
<P>37. Attach as Exhibit W, copies of emergency policies and procedures and Applicant's business continuity-disaster recovery plan. Include a general description of any business continuity-disaster recovery resources, emergency procedures, and backup facilities sufficient to enable timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its duties and obligations as a swap data repository following any disruption of its operations.
</P>
<P>38. Where swap data repository functions are performed by automated facilities or systems, attach as Exhibit X a description of all backup systems or subsystems that are designed to prevent interruptions in the performance of any swap data repository function as a result of technical malfunctions or otherwise in the system itself, in any permitted input or output system connection, or as a result of any independent source. Include a narrative description of each type of interruption that has lasted for more than two minutes and has occurred within the six (6) months preceding the date of the filing, including the date of each interruption, the cause, and duration. Also state the total number of interruptions that have lasted two minutes or less.
</P>
<P>39. Attach as Exhibit Y, the following:
</P>
<P>a. For each of the swap data repository functions:
</P>
<P>(1) Quantify in appropriate units of measure the limits on the swap data repository's capacity to receive (or collect), process, store, or display (or disseminate for display or other use) the data elements included within each function (e.g., number of inquiries from remote terminals);
</P>
<P>(2) identify the factors (mechanical, electronic, or other) that account for the current limitations reported in answer to (1) on the swap data repository's capacity to receive (or collect), process, store, or display (or disseminate for display or other use) the data elements included within each function.
</P>
<P>b. If the Applicant is able to employ, or presently employs, the central processing units of its system(s) for any use other than for performing the functions of a swap data repository, state the priorities of assignment of capacity between such functions and such other uses, and state the methods used or able to be used to divert capacity between such functions and such other uses.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS IV—ACCESS TO SERVICES
</HD1>
<P>40. Attach as Exhibit Z, the following:
</P>
<P>a. As to each swap data repository service that the Applicant provides, state the number of persons who presently utilize, or who have notified the Applicant of their intention to utilize, the services of the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>b. For each instance during the past year in which any person has been prohibited or limited in respect of access to services offered by the Applicant as a swap data repository, indicate the name of each such person and the reason for the prohibition or limitation.
</P>
<P>c. Define the data elements for purposes of the swap data repository's real-time public reporting obligation. Appendix A to Part 43 of the Commission's Regulations (Data Elements and Form for Real-Time Reporting for Particular Markets and Contracts) sets forth the specific data elements for real-time public reporting.
</P>
<P>41. Attach as Exhibit AA, copies of any agreements governing the terms by which information may be shared by the swap data repository, including with market participants. To the extent that form contracts are used by the Applicant, submit a sample of each type of form contract used.
</P>
<P>42. Attach as Exhibit BB, a description of any specifications, qualifications, or other criteria that limit, are interpreted to limit, or have the effect of limiting access to or use of any swap data repository services furnished by the Applicant and state the reasons for imposing such specifications, qualifications, or other criteria, including whether such specifications, qualifications, or other criteria are imposed.
</P>
<P>43. Attach as Exhibit CC, any specifications, qualifications, or other criteria required of participants who utilize the services of the Applicant for collection, processing, preparing for distribution, or public dissemination by the Applicant.
</P>
<P>44. Attach as Exhibit DD, any specifications, qualifications, or other criteria required of any person, including, but not limited to, regulators, market participants, market infrastructures, venues from which data could be submitted to the Applicant, and third party service providers who request access to data maintained by the Applicant.
</P>
<P>45. Attach as Exhibit EE, policies and procedures implemented by the Applicant to review any prohibition or limitation of any person with respect to access to services offered or data maintained by the Applicant and to grant such person access to such services or data if such person has been discriminated against unfairly.
</P>
<HD1>EXHIBITS V—OTHER POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
</HD1>
<P>46. Attach as Exhibit FF, a narrative and supporting documents that may be provided under other Exhibits herein, that describes the manner in which the Applicant is able to comply with each core principle and other requirements pursuant to Commission Regulation § 49.19.
</P>
<P>47. Attach as Exhibit GG, policies and procedures implemented by the Applicant to protect the privacy of any and all SDR data, section 8 material, and SDR information that the swap data repository receives from reporting entities.
</P>
<P>48. Attach as Exhibit HH, a description of safeguards, policies, and procedures implemented by the Applicant to prevent the misappropriation or misuse of (a) any confidential information received by the Applicant, including, but not limited to, SDR data, section 8 material, and SDR information, about a market participant or any of its customers; and/or (b) intellectual property by Applicant or any person associated with the Applicant for their personal benefit or the benefit of others.
</P>
<P>49. Attach as Exhibit II, policies and procedures implemented by the Applicant regarding its use of the SDR data, section 8 material, and SDR information that it receives from a market participant, any registered entity, or any person for non-commercial and/or commercial purposes.
</P>
<P>50. Attach as Exhibit JJ, procedures and a description of facilities of the Applicant for effectively resolving disputes over the accuracy of the SDR data and positions that are maintained by the swap data repository.
</P>
<P>51. Attach as Exhibit KK, policies and procedures relating to the Applicant's calculation of positions.
</P>
<P>52. Attach as Exhibit LL, policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent any provision in a valid swap from being invalidated or modified through the procedures or operations of the Applicant.
</P>
<P>53. Attach as Exhibit MM, Applicant's policies and procedures that ensure that the SDR data that are maintained by the Applicant continues to be maintained after the Applicant withdraws from registration as a swap data repository, which shall include procedures for transferring the SDR data to the Commission or its designee (including another swap data repository).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75663, Nov. 25, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.8.0.1.32.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 49—Confidentiality Arrangement for Appropriate Domestic Regulators and Appropriate Foreign Regulators to Obtain Access to Swap Data Maintained by Swap Data Respositories Pursuant to §§ 49.17(<E T="01">d</E>)(6) and 49.18(<E T="01">a</E>)





</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er25no20.042.gif"/>
<P>The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the [<I>name of foreign/domestic regulator</I> (“ABC”)] (each an “Authority” and collectively the “Authorities”) have entered into this Confidentiality Arrangement (“Arrangement”) in connection with [whichever is applicable] [CFTC Regulation 49.17(b)(1)[(i)-(vi)]/the determination order issued by the CFTC to [ABC] (“Order”)] and any request for swap data by [ABC] to any swap data repository (“SDR”) registered or provisionally registered with the CFTC.
</P>
<HD1>Article One: General Provisions
</HD1>
<P>1. ABC is permitted to request and receive swap data directly from an SDR (“Swap Data”) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Arrangement.
</P>
<P>2. This Arrangement is entered into to fulfill the requirements under Section 21(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”) and CFTC Regulation 49.18. Upon receipt by an SDR, this Arrangement will satisfy the requirement for a written agreement pursuant to Section 21(d) of the Act and CFTC Regulation 49.17(d)(6). This Arrangement does not apply to information that is [reported to an SDR pursuant to [ABC]'s regulatory regime where the SDR also is registered with [ABC] pursuant to separate statutory authority, even if such information also is reported pursuant to the Act and CFTC regulations][reported to an SDR pursuant to [ABC]'s regulatory regime where the SDR also is registered with, or recognized or otherwise authorized by, [ABC], which has supervisory authority over the repository pursuant to foreign law and/or regulation, even if such information also is reported pursuant to the Act and CFTC regulations.] 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The first bracketed phrase will be used for ADRs; the second will be used for AFRs. The inapplicable phrase will be deleted.</P></FTNT>
<P>3. This Arrangement is not intended to limit or condition the discretion of an Authority in any way in the discharge of its regulatory responsibilities or to prejudice the individual responsibilities or autonomy of any Authority.
</P>
<P>4. This Arrangement does not alter the terms and conditions of any existing arrangements.
</P>
<HD1>Article Two: Confidentiality of Swap Data
</HD1>
<P>5. ABC will be acting within the scope of its jurisdiction in requesting Swap Data and employs procedures to maintain the confidentiality of Swap Data and any information and analyses derived therefrom (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). ABC undertakes to notify the CFTC and each relevant SDR promptly of any change to ABC's scope of jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>6. ABC undertakes to treat Confidential Information as confidential and will employ safeguards that:
</P>
<P>a. To the maximum extent practicable, identify the Confidential Information and maintain it separately from other data and information;
</P>
<P>b. Protect the Confidential Information from misappropriation and misuse;
</P>
<P>c. Ensure that only authorized ABC personnel with a need to access particular Confidential Information to perform their job functions related to such Confidential Information have access thereto, and that such access is permitted only to the extent necessary to perform their job functions related to such particular Confidential Information;
</P>
<P>d. Prevent the disclosure of aggregated Confidential Information; provided, however, that ABC is permitted to disclose any sufficiently aggregated Confidential Information that is anonymized to prevent identification, through disaggregation or otherwise, of a market participant's business transactions, trade data, market positions, customers, or counterparties;
</P>
<P>e. Prohibit use of the Confidential Information by ABC personnel for any improper purpose, including in connection with trading for their personal benefit or for the benefit of others or with respect to any commercial or business purpose; and
</P>
<P>f. Include a process for monitoring compliance with the confidentiality safeguards described herein and for promptly notifying the CFTC, and each SDR from which ABC has received Swap Data, of any violation of such safeguards or failure to fulfill the terms of this Arrangement.
</P>
<P>7. Except as provided in Paragraphs 6.d. and 8, ABC will not onward share or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information.
</P>
<P>8. ABC undertakes that:
</P>
<P>a. If a department, central bank, or agency of the Government of the United States, it will not disclose Confidential Information except in an action or proceeding under the laws of the United States to which it, the CFTC, or the United States is a party;
</P>
<P>b. If a department or agency of a State or political subdivision thereof, it will not disclose Confidential Information except in connection with an adjudicatory action or proceeding brought under the Act or the laws of [<I>name of either the State or the State and political subdivision</I>] to which it is a party; or
</P>
<P>c. If a foreign futures authority or a department, central bank, ministry, or agency of a foreign government or subdivision thereof, or any other Foreign Regulator, as defined in Commission Regulation 49.2(a)(5), it will not disclose Confidential Information except in connection with an adjudicatory action or proceeding brought under the laws of [<I>name of country, political subdivision, or (if a supranational organization) supranational lawmaking body</I>] to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>9. Prior to complying with any legally enforceable demand for Confidential Information, ABC will notify the CFTC of such demand in writing, assert all available appropriate legal exemptions or privileges with respect to such Confidential Information, and use its best efforts to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.
</P>
<P>10. ABC acknowledges that, if it does not fulfill the terms of this Arrangement, the CFTC may direct any SDR to suspend or revoke ABC's access to Swap Data.
</P>
<P>11. ABC will comply with all applicable security-related requirements imposed by an SDR in connection with access to Swap Data maintained by the SDR, as such requirements may be revised from time to time.
</P>
<P>12. ABC will promptly destroy all Confidential Information for which it no longer has a need or which no longer falls within the scope of its jurisdiction, and will certify to the CFTC, upon request, that ABC has destroyed such Confidential Information.
</P>
<HD1>Article Three: Administrative Provisions
</HD1>
<P>13. This Arrangement may be amended with the written consent of the Authorities.
</P>
<P>14. The text of this Arrangement will be executed in English, and may be made available to the public.
</P>
<P>15. On the date this Arrangement is signed by the Authorities, it will become effective and may be provided to any SDR that holds and maintains Swap Data that falls within the scope of ABC's jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>16. This Arrangement will expire 30 days after any Authority gives written notice to the other Authority of its intention to terminate the Arrangement. In the event of termination of this Arrangement, Confidential Information will continue to remain confidential and will continue to be covered by this Arrangement.
</P>
<FP>This Arrangement is executed in duplicate, this ____day of ____.
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>[<I>name of Chairman</I>]    [<I>name of signatory</I>]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chairman,         [<I>title</I>]
</FP-1>
<FP>U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission    [<I>name of foreign/domestic regulator</I>]


</FP>
<FP>[Exhibit A: Description of Scope of Jurisdiction. If ABC is not enumerated in Commission Regulations 49.17(b)(1)(i)-(vi), it must attach the Determination Order received from the Commission pursuant to Commission Regulation 49.17(h). If ABC is enumerated in Commission Regulations 49.17(b)(1)(i)-(vi), it must attach a sufficiently detailed description of the scope of ABC's jurisdiction as it relates to Swap Data maintained by SDRs. In both cases, the description of the scope of jurisdiction must include elements allowing SDRs to establish, without undue obstacles, objective parameters for determining whether a particular Swap Data request falls within such scope of jurisdiction. Such elements could include legal entity identifiers of all jurisdictional entities and could also include unique product identifiers of all jurisdictional products or, if no CFTC-approved unique product identifier and product classification system is yet available, the internal product identifier or product description used by an SDR from which Swap Data is to be sought.]
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75671, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="50" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 50—CLEARING REQUIREMENT AND RELATED RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(h), 6(c), and 7a-1, as amended by Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 44455, July 30, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Definitions and Clearing Requirement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 74335, Dec. 13, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 50.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part,
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P><I>Day of execution</I> means the calendar day of the party to the swap that ends latest, provided that if a swap is:
</P>
<P>(1) Entered into after 4:00 p.m. in the location of a party; or
</P>
<P>(2) Entered into on a day that is not a business day in the location of a party, then such swap shall be deemed to have been entered into by that party on the immediately succeeding business day of that party, and the day of execution shall be determined with reference to such business day.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.2   Treatment of swaps subject to a clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All persons executing a swap that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not subject to an exception under section 2(h)(7) of the Act or § 50.50 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is included in a class of swaps identified in § 50.4 of this part, shall submit such swap to any eligible derivatives clearing organization that accepts such swap for clearing as soon as technologically practicable after execution, but in any event by the end of the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall undertake reasonable efforts to verify whether a swap is required to be cleared.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, persons that are not clearing members of an eligible derivatives clearing organization shall be deemed to have complied with paragraph (a) of this section upon submission of such swap to a futures commission merchant or clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization, provided that submission occurs as soon as technologically practicable after execution, but in any event by the end of the day of execution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.3   Notice to the public.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to its obligations under § 39.21(c)(1), each derivatives clearing organization shall make publicly available on its Web site a list of all swaps that it will accept for clearing and identify which swaps on the list are required to be cleared under section 2(h)(1) of the Act and this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission shall maintain a current list of all swaps that are required to be cleared and all derivatives clearing organizations that are eligible to clear such swaps on its Web site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.4   Classes of swaps required to be cleared.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interest rate swaps.</I> Swaps that have the following specifications are required to be cleared under section 2(h)(1) of the Act, and shall be cleared pursuant to the rules of any derivatives clearing organization eligible to clear such swaps under §  39.5(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">Fixed-to-floating swap class
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian Dollar (CAD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hong Kong Dollar (HKD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mexican Peso (MXN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Norwegian Krone (NOK)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polish Zloty (PLN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swedish Krona (SEK).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Floating Rate Indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BBSW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EURIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TIIE-BANXICO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">STIBOR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Stated Termination Date Range</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 21 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 15 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Optionality</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Dual Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Conditional Notional Amounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">Basis swap class
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Floating Rate Indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BBSW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EURIBOR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Stated Termination Date Range</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 50 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Optionality</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Dual Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Conditional Notional Amounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4">Forward rate agreement class
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polish Zloty (PLN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Norwegian Krone (NOK)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swedish Krona (SEK).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Floating Rate Indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EURIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">STIBOR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Stated Termination Date Range</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Optionality</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Dual Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Conditional Notional Amounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="9">Overnight index swap class
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Currency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian Dollar (CAD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Singapore Dollar (SGD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sterling (GBP)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swiss Franc (CHF)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Dollar (USD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Dollar (USD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yen (JPY).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Floating Rate Indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AONIA-OIS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CORRA-OIS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">€STR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SORA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SONIA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SARON</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FedFunds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SOFR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TONA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Stated Termination Date Range</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 30 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Optionality</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Dual Currencies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Conditional Notional Amounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Credit default swaps.</I> Swaps that have the following specifications are required to be cleared under section 2(h)(1) of the Act, and shall be cleared pursuant to the rules of any derivatives clearing organization eligible to clear such swaps under § 39.5(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">North American untranched CDS indices class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Entities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corporate.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Region</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">North America.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG; CDX.NA.HY.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG: 3Y, 5Y, 7Y, 10Y; CDX.NA.HY: 5Y.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicable Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG 3Y: Series 15 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG 5Y: Series 11 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG 7Y: Series 8 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG 10Y: Series 8 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.HY 5Y: Series 11 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tranched</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">European untranched CDS indices class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reference Entities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corporate.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Region</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Europe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe Crossover.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe HiVol.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe: 5Y, 10Y.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe Crossover: 5Y.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe HiVol: 5Y.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicable Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe 5Y: Series 10 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe 10Y: Series 7 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe Crossover 5Y: Series 10 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe HiVol 5Y: Series 10 and all subsequent Series, up to and including the current Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tranched</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 74335, Dec. 13, 2012, as amended at 87 FR 52216, Aug. 24, 2022]







</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.5   Swaps exempt from a clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Swaps entered into before July 21, 2010 shall be exempt from the clearing requirement under § 50.2 of this part if reported to a swap data repository pursuant to section 2(h)(5)(A) of the Act and § 46.3(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Swaps entered into before the application of the clearing requirement for a particular class of swaps under §§ 50.2 and 50.4 of this part shall be exempt from the clearing requirement if reported to a swap data repository pursuant to section 2(h)(5)(B) of the Act and either § 46.3(a) or §§ 45.3 and 45.4 of this chapter, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.6   Delegation of Authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, with the consultation of the General Counsel or such other employee or employees as the General Counsel may designate from time to time, the authority:
</P>
<P>(1) After prior notice to the Commission, to determine whether one or more swaps submitted by a derivatives clearing organization under § 39.5 falls within a class of swaps as described in § 50.4, provided that inclusion of such swaps is consistent with the Commission's clearing requirement determination for that class of swaps; and
</P>
<P>(2) To notify all relevant derivatives clearing organizations of that determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.7-50.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.7-50.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.10   Prevention of evasion of the clearing requirement and abuse of an exception or exemption to the clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person to knowingly or recklessly evade or participate in or facilitate an evasion of the requirements of section 2(h) of the Act or any Commission rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for any person to abuse the exception to the clearing requirement as provided under section 2(h)(7) of the Act or an exception or exemption under this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) It shall be unlawful for any person to abuse any exemption or exception to the requirements of section 2(h) of the Act, including any exemption or exception as the Commission may provide by rule, regulation, or order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.11-50.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.11-50.24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Clearing Requirement Compliance Schedule and Compliance Dates</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.25" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.25   Clearing requirement compliance schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P><I>Active fund</I> means any private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, that is not a third-party subaccount and that executes 200 or more swaps per month based on a monthly average over the 12 months preceding the Commission issuing a clearing requirement determination under section 2(h)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Category 1 Entity</I> means a swap dealer, a security-based swap dealer; a major swap participant; a major security-based swap participant; or an active fund.
</P>
<P><I>Category 2 Entity</I> means a commodity pool; a private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 other than an active fund; or a person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking, or in activities that are financial in nature as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, provided that, in each case, the entity is not a third-party subaccount.
</P>
<P><I>Third-party Subaccount</I> means an account that is managed by an investment manager that is independent of and unaffiliated with the account's beneficial owner or sponsor, and is responsible for the documentation necessary for the account's beneficial owner to clear swaps.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon issuing a clearing requirement determination under section 2(h)(2) of the Act, the Commission may determine, based on the group, category, type, or class of swaps subject to such determination, that the following schedule for compliance with the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap between a Category 1 Entity and another Category 1 Entity, or any other entity that desires to clear the transaction, must comply with the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act no later than ninety (90) days from the date of publication of such clearing requirement determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(2) A swap between a Category 2 Entity and a Category 1 Entity, another Category 2 Entity, or any other entity that desires to clear the transaction, must comply with the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of publication of such clearing requirement determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(3) All other swaps for which neither of the parties to the swap is eligible to claim the exception from the clearing requirement set forth in section 2(h)(7) of the Act and § 39.6, must comply with the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act no later than two hundred and seventy (270) days from the date of publication of such clearing requirement determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this rule shall be construed to prohibit any person from voluntarily complying with the requirements of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act sooner than the implementation schedule provided under paragraph (b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 44455, July 30, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.26" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.26   Swap clearing requirement compliance dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance dates for interest rate swap classes.</I> The compliance dates for swaps that are required to be cleared under § 50.4(a) are specified in the following table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swap asset class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swap class subtype
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Currency and floating rate index
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stated termination date range
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing requirement compliance date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR) EURIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD) BBSW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian Dollar (CAD) CDOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities July 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hong Kong Dollar (HKD) HIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities August 30, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mexican Peso (MXN) TIIE-BANXICO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 21 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Norwegian Krone (NOK) NIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polish Zloty (PLN) WIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed-to-Floating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swedish Krona (SEK) STIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 15 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Basis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR) EURIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Basis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD) BBSW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forward Rate Agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR) EURIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forward Rate Agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polish Zloty (PLN) WIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forward Rate Agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Norwegian Krone (NOK) NIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forward Rate Agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swedish Krona (SEK) STIBOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities April 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Euro (EUR) €STR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities September 23, 2022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Singapore Dollar (SGD) SORA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities October 31, 2022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sterling (GBP) SONIA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years + 1 day to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years + 1 day to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities September 23, 2022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Swiss Franc (CHF) SARON</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities September 23, 2022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Dollar (USD) FedFunds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years + 1 day to 3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">U.S. Dollar (USD) SOFR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 50 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities October 31, 2022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australian Dollar (AUD) AONIA-OIS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities December 13, 2016.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian Dollar (CAD) CORRA-OIS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities July 10, 2017.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Overnight Index Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yen (JPY) TONA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 days to 30 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All entities September 23, 2022.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance dates for credit default swap classes.</I> The compliance dates for swaps that are required to be cleared under §  50.4(b) are specified in the following table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swap asset class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Swap class subtype
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Indices
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tenor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Clearing requirement compliance date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Default Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">North American untranched CDS indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.IG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3Y, 5Y, 7Y, 10Y</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Default Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">North American untranched CDS indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CDX.NA.HY</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5Y</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities March 11, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities June 10, 2013. Category 2 entities September 9, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Default Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">European untranched CSD indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5Y, 10Y</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities April 26, 2013. Category 2 entities July 25, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities October 23, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Default Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">European untranched CSD indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe Crossover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5Y</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities April 26, 2013. Category 2 entities July 25, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities October 23, 2013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit Default Swap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">European untranched CSD indices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">iTraxx Europe HiVol</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5Y</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category 1 entities April 26, 2013. Category 2 entities July 25, 2013. All non-Category 2 entities October 23, 2013.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 52217, Aug. 24, 2022, as amended at 87 FR 52218, Aug. 24, 2022]









</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 50.27-50.49" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 50.27-50.49   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Exceptions and Exemptions from the Clearing Requirement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 74337, Dec. 13, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 50.50" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.50   Non-financial end-user exception to the clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Non-financial entities.</I> (1) A counterparty to a swap may elect the exception to the clearing requirement under section 2(h)(7)(A) of the Act if the counterparty:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not a “financial entity” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is using the swap to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides, or causes to be provided, the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section to a registered swap data repository or, if no registered swap data repository is available to receive the information from the reporting counterparty, to the Commission. A counterparty that satisfies the criteria in this paragraph (a)(1) and elects the exception is an “electing counterparty.”
</P>
<P>(2) If there is more than one electing counterparty to a swap, the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be provided with respect to each of the electing counterparties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting.</I> (1) When a counterparty elects the exception to the clearing requirement under section 2(h)(7)(A) of the Act, one of the counterparties to the swap (the “reporting counterparty,” as determined in accordance with § 45.8 of this part) shall provide, or cause to be provided, the following information to a registered swap data repository or, if no registered swap data repository is available to receive the information from the reporting counterparty, to the Commission, in the form and manner specified by the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) Notice of the election of the exception;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the electing counterparty to the swap; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The following information, unless such information has previously been provided by the electing counterparty in a current annual filing pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the electing counterparty is a “financial entity” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Act, and if the electing counterparty is a financial entity, whether it is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Electing the exception in accordance with section 2(h)(7)(C)(iii) or section 2(h)(7)(D) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Exempt from the definition of “financial entity” as described in § 50.53;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the swap or swaps for which the electing counterparty is electing the exception are used by the electing counterparty to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) How the electing counterparty generally meets its financial obligations associated with entering into non-cleared swaps by identifying one or more of the following categories, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A written credit support agreement;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Pledged or segregated assets (including posting or receiving margin pursuant to a credit support agreement or otherwise);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A written third-party guarantee;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The electing counterparty's available financial resources; or
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Means other than those described in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(C)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), (<I>3</I>) or (<I>4</I>) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Whether the electing counterparty is an entity that is an issuer of securities registered under section 12 of, or is required to file reports under section 15(d) of, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and if so:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The relevant SEC Central Index Key number for that counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether an appropriate committee of that counterparty's board of directors (or equivalent body) has reviewed and approved the decision to enter into swaps that are exempt from the requirements of sections 2(h)(1) and 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) An entity that qualifies for an exception to the clearing requirement under this section may report the information listed in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section annually in anticipation of electing the exception for one or more swaps. Any such reporting under this paragraph shall be effective for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section for swaps entered into by the entity for 365 days following the date of such reporting. During such period, the entity shall amend such information as necessary to reflect any material changes to the information reported.
</P>
<P>(3) Each reporting counterparty shall have a reasonable basis to believe that the electing counterparty meets the requirements for an exception to the clearing requirement under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hedging or mitigating commercial risk.</I> For purposes of section 2(h)(7)(A)(ii) of the Act and paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, a swap is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such swap:
</P>
<P>(i) Is economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise, where the risks arise from:
</P>
<P>(A) The potential change in the value of assets that a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or reasonably anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(B) The potential change in the value of liabilities that a person has incurred or reasonably anticipates incurring in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(C) The potential change in the value of services that a person provides, purchases, or reasonably anticipates providing or purchasing in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(D) The potential change in the value of assets, services, inputs, products, or commodities that a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, merchandises, leases, or sells, or reasonably anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, merchandising, leasing, or selling in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise;
</P>
<P>(E) Any potential change in value related to any of the foregoing arising from interest, currency, or foreign exchange rate movements associated with such assets, liabilities, services, inputs, products, or commodities; or
</P>
<P>(F) Any fluctuation in interest, currency, or foreign exchange rate exposures arising from a person's current or anticipated assets or liabilities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Qualifies as bona fide hedging for purposes of an exemption from position limits under the Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Qualifies for hedging treatment under:
</P>
<P>(A) Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly known as Statement No. 133); or
</P>
<P>(B) Governmental Accounting Standards Board Statement 53, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Derivative Instruments; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such swap is:
</P>
<P>(i) Not used for a purpose that is in the nature of speculation, investing, or trading; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not used to hedge or mitigate the risk of another swap or security-based swap position, unless that other position itself is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as defined by this rule or § 240.3a67-4 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 74337, Dec. 13, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 76448, Nov. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.51" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.51   Cooperatives exempt from the clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P><I>Exemption for cooperatives.</I> Exempt cooperatives may elect not to clear certain swaps identified in paragraph (b) of this section that are otherwise subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act if the following requirements are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this paragraph, an <I>exempt cooperative</I> means a cooperative:
</P>
<P>(1) Formed and existing pursuant to Federal or state law as a cooperative;
</P>
<P>(2) That is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Act, solely because of section 2(h)(7)(C)(i)(VIII) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each member of which is not a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Act, or if any member is a financial entity solely because of section 2(h)(7)(C)(i)(VIII) of the Act, such member is:
</P>
<P>(i) Exempt from the definition of “financial entity” pursuant to § 50.53; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A cooperative formed under Federal or state law as a cooperative and each member thereof is either not a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Act, or is exempt from the definition of “financial entity” pursuant to § 50.53.
</P>
<P>(b) An exempt cooperative may elect not to clear a swap that is subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act if the swap:
</P>
<P>(1) Is entered into with a member of the exempt cooperative in connection with originating loan or loans for the member, which means the requirements of paragraphs (5)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the definition of <I>swap dealer</I> in § 1.3 of this chapter are satisfied; <I>provided that,</I> for this purpose, the term “insured depository institution” as used in those paragraphs is replaced with the term “exempt cooperative” and the word “customer” is replaced with the word “member”; or
</P>
<P>(2) Hedges or mitigates commercial risk, in accordance with § 50.50(c), related to loans to members or arising from a swap or swaps that meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An exempt cooperative that elects the exemption provided in this section shall comply with the requirements of § 50.50(b). For this purpose, the exempt cooperative shall be the “electing counterparty,” as such term is used in § 50.50(b), and for purposes of § 50.50(b)(1)(iii)(A), the reporting counterparty, as determined pursuant to § 45.8, shall report that an exemption is being elected in accordance with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 52307, Aug. 22, 2013, as amended at 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018; 85 FR 76448, Nov. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.52" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.52   Affiliated entities exempt from the clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligible affiliate counterparty status.</I> Subject to the conditions in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Counterparties to a swap may elect not to clear a swap subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act and this part if:
</P>
<P>(i) One counterparty, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in the other counterparty, and the counterparty that holds the majority interest in the other counterparty reports its financial statements on a consolidated basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of the majority-owned counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A third party, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in both counterparties, and the third party reports its financial statements on a consolidated basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of both of the swap counterparties.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A counterparty or third party directly or indirectly holds a majority ownership interest if it directly or indirectly holds a majority of the equity securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution, or the contribution of, a majority of the capital of a partnership;
</P>
<P>(ii) The term “eligible affiliate counterparty” means an entity that meets the requirements of this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The term “United States” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional conditions.</I> Eligible affiliate counterparties to a swap may elect the exemption described in paragraph (a) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) Both counterparties elect not to clear the swap;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A swap dealer or major swap participant that is an eligible affiliate counterparty to the swap satisfies the requirements of § 23.504 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If neither eligible affiliate counterparty is a swap dealer or major swap participant, the terms of the swap are documented in a swap trading relationship document that shall be in writing and shall include all terms governing the trading relationship between the eligible affiliate counterparties;
</P>
<P>(3) The swap is subject to a centralized risk management program that is reasonably designed to monitor and manage the risks associated with the swap. If at least one of the eligible affiliate counterparties is a swap dealer or major swap participant, this centralized risk management requirement shall be satisfied by complying with the requirements of § 23.600 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Subject to paragraphs (b)(4)(ii) and (iii) of this section, each eligible affiliate counterparty that enters into a swap, which is included in a class of swaps identified in § 50.4, with an unaffiliated counterparty shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with the requirements for clearing the swap in section 2(h) of the Act and this part;
</P>
<P>(B) Comply with the requirements for clearing the swap under a foreign jurisdiction's clearing mandate that is comparable, and comprehensive but not necessarily identical, to the clearing requirement of section 2(h) of the Act and this part, as determined by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) Comply with an exception or exemption under section 2(h)(7) of the Act or this part;
</P>
<P>(D) Comply with an exception or exemption under a foreign jurisdiction's clearing mandate, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The foreign jurisdiction's clearing mandate is comparable, and comprehensive but not necessarily identical, to the clearing requirement of section 2(h) of the Act and this part, as determined by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The foreign jurisdiction's exception or exemption is comparable to an exception or exemption under section 2(h)(7) of the Act or this part, as determined by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(E) Clear such swap through a registered derivatives clearing organization or a clearing organization that is subject to supervision by appropriate government authorities in the home country of the clearing organization and has been assessed to be in compliance with the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures.
</P>
<P>(ii) If one of the eligible affiliate counterparties is located in Australia, Canada, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland, or the United Kingdom and each eligible affiliate counterparty, or a third party that directly or indirectly holds a majority interest in both eligible affiliate counterparties, pays and collects full variation margin daily on all of the eligible affiliate counterparties' swaps with other eligible affiliate counterparties, the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section shall be satisfied.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an eligible affiliate counterparty located in the United States enters into swaps, which are included in a class of swaps identified in § 50.4, with eligible affiliate counterparties located in jurisdictions other than Australia, Canada, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, or the United States, and the aggregate notional value of such swaps, which are included in a class of swaps identified in § 50.4, does not exceed five percent of the aggregate notional value of all swaps, which are included in a class of swaps identified in § 50.4, in each instance the notional value as measured in U.S. dollar equivalents and calculated for each calendar quarter, entered into by the eligible affiliate counterparty located in the United States, then the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section shall be satisfied when each eligible affiliate counterparty, or a third party that directly or indirectly holds a majority interest in both eligible affiliate counterparties, pays and collects full variation margin daily on all of the eligible affiliate counterparties' swaps with other eligible affiliate counterparties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> When the exemption described in paragraph (a) of this section is elected, the reporting counterparty, as determined in accordance with § 45.8 of this chapter, shall provide or cause to be provided the following information to a registered swap data repository or, if no registered swap data repository is available to receive the information from the reporting counterparty, to the Commission, in the form and manner specified by the Commission:
</P>
<P>(1) Confirmation that both eligible affiliate counterparties to the swap are electing not to clear the swap and that each of the electing eligible affiliate counterparties satisfies the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section applicable to it;
</P>
<P>(2) For each electing eligible affiliate counterparty, how the counterparty generally meets its financial obligations associated with entering into non-cleared swaps by identifying one or more of the following categories, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) A written credit support agreement;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pledged or segregated assets (including posting or receiving margin pursuant to a credit support agreement or otherwise);
</P>
<P>(iii) A written guarantee from another party;
</P>
<P>(iv) The electing counterparty's available financial resources; or
</P>
<P>(v) Means other than those described in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) If an electing eligible affiliate counterparty is an entity that is an issuer of securities registered under section 12 of, or is required to file reports under section 15(d) of, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
</P>
<P>(i) The relevant SEC Central Index Key number for that counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Acknowledgment that an appropriate committee of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of the eligible affiliate counterparty has reviewed and approved the decision to enter into swaps that are exempt from the requirements of section 2(h)(1) and 2(h)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual reporting.</I> An eligible affiliate counterparty that qualifies for the exemption described in paragraph (a) of this section may report the information listed in paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section annually in anticipation of electing the exemption for one or more swaps. Any such reporting by a reporting counterparty under this paragraph will be effective for purposes of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section for 365 days following the date of such reporting. During the 365-day period, the reporting counterparty shall amend the report as necessary to reflect any material changes to the information reported. Each reporting counterparty shall have a reasonable basis to believe that the eligible affiliate counterparties meet the requirements for the exemption under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 21783, Apr. 11, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 44181, July 22, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.53" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.53   Banks, savings associations, farm credit system institutions, and credit unions exempt from the clearing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 2(h)(7)(A) of the Act, a person that is a “financial entity” solely because of section 2(h)(7)(C)(i)(VIII) shall be exempt from the definition of “financial entity” and is eligible to elect the exception to the clearing requirement under § 50.50, if such person:
</P>
<P>(a) Is organized as a bank, as defined in section 3(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; a savings association, as defined in section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; a farm credit system institution chartered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971; or an insured Federal credit union or State-chartered credit union under the Federal Credit Union Act; and
</P>
<P>(b) Has total assets of $10,000,000,000 or less on the last day of such person's most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(c) Reports, or causes to be reported, the swap to a swap data repository pursuant to §§ 45.3 and 45.4 of this chapter, and reports, or causes to be reported, all information as provided in paragraph (b) of § 50.50 to a swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(d) Is using the swap to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of § 50.50.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 76448, Nov. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Swaps Not Subject to the Clearing Requirement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 76448, Nov. 30, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 50.75" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.75   Swaps entered into by central banks or sovereign entities.</HEAD>
<P>Swaps entered into by a central bank or sovereign entity shall be exempt from the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>central bank</I> means a reserve bank or monetary authority of a central government (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of the Federal Reserve Banks) or the Bank for International Settlements.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>sovereign entity</I> means a central government (including the U.S. Government), or an agency, department, or ministry of a central government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.76" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.76   Swaps entered into by international financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Swaps entered into by an international financial institution shall be exempt from the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term <I>international financial institution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) African Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(2) African Development Fund;
</P>
<P>(3) Asian Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(4) Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica;
</P>
<P>(5) Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa;
</P>
<P>(6) Caribbean Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(7) Corporación Andina de Fomento;
</P>
<P>(8) Council of Europe Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(9) European Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
</P>
<P>(10) European Investment Bank;
</P>
<P>(11) European Investment Fund;
</P>
<P>(12) European Stability Mechanism;
</P>
<P>(13) Inter-American Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(14) Inter-American Investment Corporation;
</P>
<P>(15) International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
</P>
<P>(16) International Development Association;
</P>
<P>(17) International Finance Corporation;
</P>
<P>(18) International Monetary Fund;
</P>
<P>(19) Islamic Development Bank;
</P>
<P>(20) Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency;
</P>
<P>(21) Nordic Investment Bank;
</P>
<P>(22) North American Development Bank; and
</P>
<P>(23) Any other entity that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or contributing member.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.77" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.77   Interest rate swaps entered into by community development financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>community development financial institution</I> means an entity that satisfies the definition in section 103(5) of the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, and is certified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Community Development Financial Institution Fund as meeting the requirements set forth in 12 CFR 1805.201(b).
</P>
<P>(b) A swap entered into by a community development financial institution shall not be subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act and this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) The swap is a U.S. dollar denominated interest rate swap in the fixed-to-floating class or the forward rate agreement class of swaps that would otherwise be subject to the clearing requirement under § 50.4(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The total aggregate notional value of all swaps entered into by the community development financial institution during the 365 calendar days prior to the day of execution of the swap is less than or equal to $200,000,000;
</P>
<P>(3) The swap is one of ten or fewer swap transactions that the community development financial institution enters into within a period of 365 calendar days;
</P>
<P>(4) One of the counterparties to the swap reports the swap to a swap data repository pursuant to §§ 45.3 and 45.4 of this chapter, and reports all information as provided in paragraph (b) of § 50.50 to a swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(5) The swap is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of § 50.50.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.78" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.78   Swaps entered into by bank holding companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term <I>bank holding company</I> means an entity that is organized as a bank holding company, as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap entered into by a bank holding company shall not be subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act and this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) The bank holding company has aggregated assets, including the assets of all of its subsidiaries, that do not exceed $10,000,000,000 according to the value of assets of each subsidiary on the last day of each subsidiary's most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) One of the counterparties to the swap reports the swap to a swap data repository pursuant to §§ 45.3 and 45.4 of this chapter, and reports all information as provided in paragraph (b) of § 50.50 to a swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(3) The swap is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of § 50.50.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 50.79" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.9.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 50.79   Swaps entered into by savings and loan holding companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term <I>savings and loan holding company</I> means an entity that is organized as a savings and loan holding company, as defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(b) A swap entered into by a savings and loan holding company shall not be subject to the clearing requirement of section 2(h)(1)(A) of the Act and this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) The savings and loan holding company has aggregated assets, including the assets of all of its subsidiaries, that do not exceed $10,000,000,000 according to the value of assets of each subsidiary on the last day of each subsidiary's most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) One of the counterparties to the swap reports the swap to a swap data repository pursuant to §§ 45.3 and 45.4 of this chapter, and reports all information as provided in paragraph (b) of § 50.50 to a swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(3) The swap is used to hedge or mitigate commercial risk as provided in paragraph (c) of § 50.50.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="75" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 75—PROPRIETARY TRADING AND CERTAIN INTERESTS IN AND RELATIONSHIPS WITH COVERED FUNDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 1851.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.1   Authority, purpose, scope, and relationship to other authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> This part is issued by the Commission under section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1851).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act establishes prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading by, and investments in or relationships with covered funds by, certain banking entities. This part implements section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act by defining terms used in the statute and related terms, establishing prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and investments in or relationships with covered funds, and further explaining the statute's requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope.</I> This part implements section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act with respect to banking entities for which the CFTC is the primary financial regulatory agency, as defined in section 2(12) of the Dodd-Frank Act, but does not include such entities to the extent they are not within the definition of banking entity in § 75.2(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relationship to other authorities.</I> Except as otherwise provided under section 13 of the BHC Act, and notwithstanding any other provision of law, the prohibitions and restrictions under section 13 of the BHC Act shall apply to the activities of an applicable banking entity, even if such activities are authorized for the applicable banking entity under other applicable provisions of law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35021, July 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(k)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bank holding company</I> has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Banking entity.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, <I>banking entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any insured depository institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any company that controls an insured depository institution;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any affiliate or subsidiary of any entity described in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Banking entity does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A covered fund that is not itself a banking entity under paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A portfolio company held under the authority contained in section 4(k)(4)(H) or (I) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(4)(H), (I)), or any portfolio concern, as defined under 13 CFR 107.50, that is controlled by a small business investment company, as defined in section 103(3) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662), so long as the portfolio company or portfolio concern is not itself a banking entity under paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The FDIC acting in its corporate capacity or as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Board</I> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>CFTC</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(5) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Depository institution</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Derivative.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, <I>derivative</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)), or security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68));
</P>
<P>(ii) Any purchase or sale of a commodity, that is not an excluded commodity, for deferred shipment or delivery that is intended to be physically settled;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any foreign exchange forward (as that term is defined in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24)) or foreign exchange swap (as that term is defined in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(25));
</P>
<P>(iv) Any agreement, contract, or transaction in foreign currency described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(C)(i));
</P>
<P>(v) Any agreement, contract, or transaction in a commodity other than foreign currency described in section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(D)(i)); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any transaction authorized under section 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 23(a) or (b));
</P>
<P>(2) A derivative does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any consumer, commercial, or other agreement, contract, or transaction that the CFTC and SEC have further defined by joint regulation, interpretation, or other action as not within the definition of swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)), or security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any identified banking product, as defined in section 402(b) of the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C. 27(b)), that is subject to section 403(a) of that Act (7 U.S.C. 27a(a)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Employee</I> includes a member of the immediate family of the employee.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Excluded commodity</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(19) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(19)).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>FDIC</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Federal banking agencies</I> means the Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Foreign banking organization</I> has the same meaning as in § 211.21(o) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(o)), but does not include a foreign bank, as defined in section 1(b)(7) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101(7)), that is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Foreign insurance regulator</I> means the insurance commissioner, or a similar official or agency, of any country other than the United States that is engaged in the supervision of insurance companies under foreign insurance law.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>General account</I> means all of the assets of an insurance company except those allocated to one or more separate accounts.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Insurance company</I> means a company that is organized as an insurance company, primarily and predominantly engaged in writing insurance or reinsuring risks underwritten by insurance companies, subject to supervision as such by a state insurance regulator or a foreign insurance regulator, and not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of section 13 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1851).
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Insured depository institution</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)), but does not include: (1) An insured depository institution that is described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)); or (2) An insured depository institution if it has, and if every company that controls it has, total consolidated assets of $10 billion or less and total trading assets and trading liabilities, on a consolidated basis, that are 5 percent or less of total consolidated assets.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Limited trading assets and liabilities</I> means with respect to a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The banking entity has, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) the average gross sum of which over the previous consecutive four quarters, as measured as of the last day of each of the four previous calendar quarters, is less than $1 billion; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The CFTC has not determined pursuant to § 75.20(g) or (h) of this part that the banking entity should not be treated as having limited trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a banking entity other than a banking entity described in paragraph (s)(3) of this section, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (s) means trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) on a worldwide consolidated basis.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization or a subsidiary of a foreign banking organization, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (s) means the trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) of the combined U.S. operations of the top-tier foreign banking organization (including all subsidiaries, affiliates, branches, and agencies of the foreign banking organization operating, located, or organized in the United States).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (s)(3)(i) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary. For purposes of paragraph (s)(3)(i) of this section, all foreign operations of a U.S. agency, branch, or subsidiary of a foreign banking organization are considered to be located in the United States, including branches outside the United States that are managed or controlled by a U.S. branch or agency of the foreign banking organization, for purposes of calculating the banking entity's U.S. trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Loan</I> means any loan, lease, extension of credit, or secured or unsecured receivable that is not a security or derivative.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Moderate trading assets and liabilities</I> means, with respect to a banking entity, that the banking entity does not have significant trading assets and liabilities or limited trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Primary financial regulatory agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(12) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5301(12)).
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Purchase</I> includes any contract to buy, purchase, or otherwise acquire. For security futures products, purchase includes any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a commodity future, purchase includes any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a derivative, purchase includes the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a derivative, as the context may require.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Qualifying foreign banking organization</I> means a foreign banking organization that qualifies as such under § 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c), or (e)).
</P>
<P>(y) <I>SEC</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Sale</I> and <I>sell</I> each include any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of. For security futures products, such terms include any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a commodity future, such terms include any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a derivative, such terms include the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a derivative, as the context may require.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Security</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10)).
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Security-based swap dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(71) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)).
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Security future</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(55) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)).
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Separate account</I> means an account established and maintained by an insurance company in connection with one or more insurance contracts to hold assets that are legally segregated from the insurance company's other assets, under which income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such account, are, in accordance with the applicable contract, credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the insurance company.
</P>
<P>(ee) <I>Significant trading assets and liabilities</I> means with respect to a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The banking entity has, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, trading assets and liabilities the average gross sum of which over the previous consecutive four quarters, as measured as of the last day of each of the four previous calendar quarters, equals or exceeds $20 billion; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The CFTC has determined pursuant to § 75.20(h) of this part that the banking entity should be treated as having significant trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a banking entity, other than a banking entity described in paragraph (ee)(3) of this section, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (ee) means trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) on a worldwide consolidated basis.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization or a subsidiary of a foreign banking organization, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (ee) means the trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) of the combined U.S. operations of the top-tier foreign banking organization (including all subsidiaries, affiliates, branches, and agencies of the foreign banking organization operating, located, or organized in the United States as well as branches outside the United States that are managed or controlled by a branch or agency of the foreign banking entity operating, located or organized in the United States).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (ee)(3)(i) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary. For purposes of paragraph (ee)(3)(i) of this section, all foreign operations of a U.S. agency, branch, or subsidiary of a foreign banking organization are considered to be located in the United States for purposes of calculating the banking entity's U.S. trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(ff) <I>State</I> means any State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<P>(gg) <I>Subsidiary</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(d) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(d)).
</P>
<P>(hh) <I>State insurance regulator</I> means the insurance commissioner, or a similar official or agency, of a State that is engaged in the supervision of insurance companies under State insurance law.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Swap dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 1(a)(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(49)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62201, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Proprietary Trading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.3   Prohibition on proprietary trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, a banking entity may not engage in proprietary trading. <I>Proprietary trading</I> means engaging as principal for the trading account of the banking entity in any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of trading account</I>—(1) <I>Trading account.</I> Trading account means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments principally for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, realizing short-term arbitrage profits, or hedging one or more of the positions resulting from the purchases or sales of financial instruments described in this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments that are both market risk capital rule covered positions and trading positions (or hedges of other market risk capital rule covered positions), if the banking entity, or any affiliate with which the banking entity is consolidated for regulatory reporting purposes, calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments, if the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Is licensed or registered, or is required to be licensed or registered, to engage in the business of a dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer, to the extent the instrument is purchased or sold in connection with the activities that require the banking entity to be licensed or registered as such; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is engaged in the business of a dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer outside of the United States, to the extent the instrument is purchased or sold in connection with the activities of such business.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trading account application for certain banking entities.</I> (i) A banking entity that is subject to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account is not subject to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that does not calculate risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule and is not a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes of a banking entity that calculates risk based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule may elect to apply paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account as if it were subject to that paragraph. A banking entity that elects under this subsection to apply paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account as if it were subject to that paragraph is not required to apply paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consistency of account election for certain banking entities.</I> (i) Any election or change to an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section must apply to the electing banking entity and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. The primary financial regulatory agency of a banking entity that is affiliated with but is not a wholly owned subsidiary of such electing banking entity may require that the banking entity be subject to this uniform application requirement if the primary financial regulatory agency determines that it is necessary to prevent evasion of the requirements of this part after notice and opportunity for response as provided in subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that does not elect under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to be subject to the trading account definition in (b)(1)(ii) may continue to apply the trading account definition in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section for one year from the date on which it becomes, or becomes a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes with, a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rebuttable presumption for certain purchases and sales.</I> The purchase (or sale) of a financial instrument by a banking entity shall be presumed not to be for the trading account of the banking entity under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section if the banking entity holds the financial instrument for sixty days or longer and does not transfer substantially all of the risk of the financial instrument within sixty days of the purchase (or sale).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Financial instrument</I>—(1) <I>Financial instrument</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A security, including an option on a security;
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivative, including an option on a derivative; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, or option on a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) A financial instrument does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A loan;
</P>
<P>(ii) A commodity that is not:
</P>
<P>(A) An excluded commodity (other than foreign exchange or currency);
</P>
<P>(B) A derivative;
</P>
<P>(C) A contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery; or
</P>
<P>(D) An option on a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Foreign exchange or currency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Proprietary trading does not include:</I>—(1) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that arises under a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement pursuant to which the banking entity has simultaneously agreed, in writing, to both purchase and sell a stated asset, at stated prices, and on stated dates or on demand with the same counterparty;
</P>
<P>(2) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that arises under a transaction in which the banking entity lends or borrows a security temporarily to or from another party pursuant to a written securities lending agreement under which the lender retains the economic interests of an owner of such security, and has the right to terminate the transaction and to recall the loaned security on terms agreed by the parties;
</P>
<P>(3) Any purchase or sale of a security, foreign exchange forward (as that term is defined in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24)), foreign exchange swap (as that term is defined in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(25)), or cross-currency swap by a banking entity for the purpose of liquidity management in accordance with a documented liquidity management plan of the banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Specifically contemplates and authorizes the particular financial instruments to be used for liquidity management purposes, the amount, types, and risks of these financial instruments that are consistent with liquidity management, and the liquidity circumstances in which the particular financial instruments may or must be used;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requires that any purchase or sale of financial instruments contemplated and authorized by the plan be principally for the purpose of managing the liquidity of the banking entity, and not for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, realizing short-term arbitrage profits, or hedging a position taken for such short-term purposes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Requires that any financial instruments purchased or sold for liquidity management purposes be highly liquid and limited to financial instruments the market, credit, and other risks of which the banking entity does not reasonably expect to give rise to appreciable profits or losses as a result of short-term price movements;
</P>
<P>(iv) Limits any financial instruments purchased or sold for liquidity management purposes, together with any other financial instruments purchased or sold for such purposes, to an amount that is consistent with the banking entity's near-term funding needs, including deviations from normal operations of the banking entity or any affiliate thereof, as estimated and documented pursuant to methods specified in the plan;
</P>
<P>(v) Includes written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis, and independent testing to ensure that the purchase and sale of financial instruments that are not permitted under § 75.6(a) or (b) of this subpart are for the purpose of liquidity management and in accordance with the liquidity management plan described in this paragraph (d)(3); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Is consistent with the CFTC's regulatory requirements regarding liquidity management;
</P>
<P>(4) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that is a derivatives clearing organization or a clearing agency in connection with clearing financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(5) Any excluded clearing activities by a banking entity that is a member of a clearing agency, a member of a derivatives clearing organization, or a member of a designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(6) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The purchase (or sale) satisfies an existing delivery obligation of the banking entity or its customers, including to prevent or close out a failure to deliver, in connection with delivery, clearing, or settlement activity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase (or sale) satisfies an obligation of the banking entity in connection with a judicial, administrative, self-regulatory organization, or arbitration proceeding;
</P>
<P>(7) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that is acting solely as agent, broker, or custodian;
</P>
<P>(8) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity through a deferred compensation, stock-bonus, profit-sharing, or pension plan of the banking entity that is established and administered in accordance with the law of the United States or a foreign sovereign, if the purchase or sale is made directly or indirectly by the banking entity as trustee for the benefit of persons who are or were employees of the banking entity;
</P>
<P>(9) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, provided that the banking entity divests the financial instrument as soon as practicable, and in no event may the banking entity retain such instrument for longer than such period permitted by the OCC;
</P>
<P>(10) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments that was made in error by a banking entity in the course of conducting a permitted or excluded activity or is a subsequent transaction to correct such an error;
</P>
<P>(11) Contemporaneously entering into a customer-driven swap or customer-driven security-based swap and a matched swap or security-based swap if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity retains no more than minimal price risk; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity is not a registered dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(12) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments that the banking entity uses to hedge mortgage servicing rights or mortgage servicing assets in accordance with a documented hedging strategy; or
</P>
<P>(13) Any purchase or sale of a financial instrument that does not meet the definition of trading asset or trading liability under the applicable reporting form for a banking entity as of January 1, 2020.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definition of other terms related to proprietary trading.</I> For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Anonymous</I> means that each party to a purchase or sale is unaware of the identity of the other party(ies) to the purchase or sale.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Clearing agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(23) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commodity</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(9) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(9)), except that a commodity does not include any security;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery</I> means a contract of sale (as that term is defined in section 1a(13) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(13)) for future delivery (as that term is defined in section 1a(27) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(27))).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cross-currency swap</I> means a swap in which one party exchanges with another party principal and interest rate payments in one currency for principal and interest rate payments in another currency, and the exchange of principal occurs on the date the swap is entered into, with a reversal of the exchange of principal at a later date that is agreed upon when the swap is entered into.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Derivatives clearing organization</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization registered under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1);
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization that, pursuant to CFTC regulation, is exempt from the registration requirements under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1); or
</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign derivatives clearing organization that, pursuant to CFTC regulation, is permitted to clear for a foreign board of trade that is registered with the CFTC.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exchange,</I> unless the context otherwise requires, means any designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade registered with the CFTC, or, for purposes of securities or security-based swaps, an exchange, as defined under section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1)), or security-based swap execution facility, as defined under section 3(a)(77) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Excluded clearing activities</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to customer transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, a clearing agency, or a designated financial market utility, any purchase or sale necessary to correct trading errors made by or on behalf of a customer provided that such purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with, for transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, the Commodity Exchange Act, CFTC regulations, and the rules or procedures of the derivatives clearing organization, or, for transactions cleared on a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the clearing agency, or, for transactions cleared on a designated financial market utility that is neither a derivatives clearing organization nor a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of a default or threatened imminent default of a customer provided that such purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with, for transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, the Commodity Exchange Act, CFTC regulations, and the rules or procedures of the derivatives clearing organization, or, for transactions cleared on a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the clearing agency, or, for transactions cleared on a designated financial market utility that is neither a derivatives clearing organization nor a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of a default or threatened imminent default of a member of a clearing agency, a member of a derivatives clearing organization, or a member of a designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of the default or threatened default of a clearing agency, a derivatives clearing organization, or a designated financial market utility; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any purchase or sale that is required by the rules or procedures of a clearing agency, a derivatives clearing organization, or a designated financial market utility to mitigate the risk to the clearing agency, derivatives clearing organization, or designated financial market utility that would result from the clearing by a member of security-based swaps that reference the member or an affiliate of the member.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Designated financial market utility</I> has the same meaning as in section 803(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5462(4)).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Issuer</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(4) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Market risk capital rule covered position and trading position</I> means a financial instrument that meets the criteria to be a covered position and a trading position, as those terms are respectively defined, without regard to whether the financial instrument is reported as a covered position or trading position on any applicable regulatory reporting forms:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a banking entity that is a bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or insured depository institution, under the market risk capital rule that is applicable to the banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a banking entity that is affiliated with a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, other than a banking entity to which a market risk capital rule is applicable, under the market risk capital rule that is applicable to the affiliated bank holding company or savings and loan holding company.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Market risk capital rule</I> means the market risk capital rule that is contained in 12 CFR part 3, subpart F, with respect to a banking entity for which the OCC is the primary financial regulatory agency, 12 CFR part 217 with respect to a banking entity for which the Board is the primary financial regulatory agency, or 12 CFR part 324 with respect to a banking entity for which the FDIC is the primary financial regulatory agency.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Municipal security</I> means a security that is a direct obligation of or issued by, or an obligation guaranteed as to principal or interest by, a State or any political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or any political subdivision thereof, or any municipal corporate instrumentality of one or more States or political subdivisions thereof.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Trading desk</I> means a unit of organization of a banking entity that purchases or sells financial instruments for the trading account of the banking entity or an affiliate thereof that is:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Structured by the banking entity to implement a well-defined business strategy;
</P>
<P>(B) Organized to ensure appropriate setting, monitoring, and management review of the desk's trading and hedging limits, current and potential future loss exposures, and strategies; and
</P>
<P>(C) Characterized by a clearly defined unit that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Engages in coordinated trading activity with a unified approach to its key elements;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Operates subject to a common and calibrated set of risk metrics, risk levels, and joint trading limits;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Submits compliance reports and other information as a unit for monitoring by management; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Books its trades together; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule, or a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes of a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule, established by the banking entity or its affiliate for purposes of market risk capital calculations under the market risk capital rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62203, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.4   Permitted underwriting and market making-related activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriting activities</I>—(1) <I>Permitted underwriting activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to a banking entity's underwriting activities conducted in accordance with this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The underwriting activities of a banking entity are permitted under paragraph (a)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is acting as an underwriter for a distribution of securities and the trading desk's underwriting position is related to such distribution;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The amount and type of the securities in the trading desk's underwriting position are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) Reasonable efforts are made to sell or otherwise reduce the underwriting position within a reasonable period, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis and independent testing identifying and addressing:
</P>
<P>(A) The products, instruments or exposures each trading desk may purchase, sell, or manage as part of its underwriting activities;
</P>
<P>(B) Limits for each trading desk, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that would exceed a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval; and
</P>
<P>(D) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring and analysis of each trading desk's compliance with its limits.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2))iii)(B) and (C) of this section by complying with the requirements set forth below in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The compensation arrangements of persons performing the activities described in this paragraph (a) are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The banking entity is licensed or registered to engage in the activity described in this paragraph (a) in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definition of distribution.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), a distribution of securities means:
</P>
<P>(i) An offering of securities, whether or not subject to registration under the Securities Act of 1933, that is distinguished from ordinary trading transactions by the presence of special selling efforts and selling methods; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An offering of securities made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definition of underwriter.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), <I>underwriter</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A person who has agreed with an issuer or selling security holder to:
</P>
<P>(A) Purchase securities from the issuer or selling security holder for distribution;
</P>
<P>(B) Engage in a distribution of securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder; or
</P>
<P>(C) Manage a distribution of securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who has agreed to participate or is participating in a distribution of such securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definition of selling security holder.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), <I>selling security holder</I> means any person, other than an issuer, on whose behalf a distribution is made.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Definition of underwriting position.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>underwriting position</I> means the long or short positions in one or more securities held by a banking entity or its affiliate, and managed by a particular trading desk, in connection with a particular distribution of securities for which such banking entity or affiliate is acting as an underwriter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Definition of client, customer, and counterparty.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), the terms <I>client, customer, and counterparty,</I> on a collective or individual basis, refer to market participants that may transact with the banking entity in connection with a particular distribution for which the banking entity is acting as underwriter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market making-related activities</I>—(1) <I>Permitted market making-related activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to a banking entity's market making-related activities conducted in accordance with this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The market making-related activities of a banking entity are permitted under paragraph (b)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The trading desk that establishes and manages the financial exposure, routinely stands ready to purchase and sell one or more types of financial instruments related to its financial exposure, and is willing and available to quote, purchase and sell, or otherwise enter into long and short positions in those types of financial instruments for its own account, in commercially reasonable amounts and throughout market cycles on a basis appropriate for the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) The trading desk's market-making related activities are designed not to exceed, on an ongoing basis, the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis and independent testing identifying and addressing:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial instruments each trading desk stands ready to purchase and sell in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The actions the trading desk will take to demonstrably reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate promptly the risks of its financial exposure consistent with the limits required under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this section; the products, instruments, and exposures each trading desk may use for risk management purposes; the techniques and strategies each trading desk may use to manage the risks of its market making-related activities and positions; and the process, strategies, and personnel responsible for ensuring that the actions taken by the trading desk to mitigate these risks are and continue to be effective;
</P>
<P>(C) Limits for each trading desk, in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that would exceed a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval; and
</P>
<P>(E) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring and analysis of each trading desk's compliance with its limits.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section by complying with the requirements set forth below in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The compensation arrangements of persons performing the activities described in this paragraph (b) are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The banking entity is licensed or registered to engage in activity described in this paragraph (b) in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definition of client, customer, and counterparty.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, the terms <I>client, customer, and counterparty,</I> on a collective or individual basis refer to market participants that make use of the banking entity's market making-related services by obtaining such services, responding to quotations, or entering into a continuing relationship with respect to such services, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) A trading desk or other organizational unit of another banking entity is not a client, customer, or counterparty of the trading desk if that other entity has trading assets and liabilities of $50 billion or more as measured in accordance with the methodology described in § 75.2(ee) of this part, unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The trading desk documents how and why a particular trading desk or other organizational unit of the entity should be treated as a client, customer, or counterparty of the trading desk for purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The purchase or sale by the trading desk is conducted anonymously on an exchange or similar trading facility that permits trading on behalf of a broad range of market participants.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definition of financial exposure.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>financial exposure</I> means the aggregate risks of one or more financial instruments and any associated loans, commodities, or foreign exchange or currency, held by a banking entity or its affiliate and managed by a particular trading desk as part of the trading desk's market making-related activities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definition of market-maker positions.</I> For the purposes of this section, <I>market-maker positions</I> means all of the positions in the financial instruments for which the trading desk stands ready to make a market in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, that are managed by the trading desk, including the trading desk's open positions or exposures arising from open transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rebuttable presumption of compliance</I>—(1) <I>Internal limits.</I> (i) A banking entity shall be presumed to meet the requirement in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section with respect to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument if the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces the internal limits for the relevant trading desk as described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to underwriting activities conducted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall be available to each trading desk that establishes, implements, maintains, and enforces internal limits that should take into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities and are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, based on the nature and amount of the trading desk's underwriting activities, on the:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Amount, types, and risk of its underwriting position;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Level of exposures to relevant risk factors arising from its underwriting position; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Period of time a security may be held.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to market making-related activities conducted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall be available to each trading desk that establishes, implements, maintains, and enforces internal limits that should take into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments and are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, based on the nature and amount of the trading desk's market-making related activities, that address the:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Amount, types, and risks of its market-maker positions;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Amount, types, and risks of the products, instruments, and exposures the trading desk may use for risk management purposes;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Level of exposures to relevant risk factors arising from its financial exposure; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Period of time a financial instrument may be held.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Supervisory review and oversight.</I> The limits described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be subject to supervisory review and oversight by the CFTC on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limit Breaches and Increases.</I> (i) With respect to any limit set pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, a banking entity shall maintain and make available to the CFTC upon request records regarding:
</P>
<P>(A) Any limit that is exceeded; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any temporary or permanent increase to any limit(s), in each case in the form and manner as directed by the CFTC.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of a breach or increase of any limit set pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall continue to be available only if the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Takes action as promptly as possible after a breach to bring the trading desk into compliance; and
</P>
<P>(B) Follows established written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that exceeds a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rebutting the presumption.</I> The presumption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section may be rebutted by the CFTC if the CFTC determines, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments and based on all relevant facts and circumstances, that a trading desk is engaging in activity that is not based on the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties. The CFTC's rebuttal of the presumption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in subpart D of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62205, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.5   Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity in connection with and related to individual or aggregated positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity and designed to reduce the specific risks to the banking entity in connection with and related to such positions, contracts, or other holdings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities are permitted under paragraph (a) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has established and implements, maintains and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of this section, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Reasonably designed written policies and procedures regarding the positions, techniques and strategies that may be used for hedging, including documentation indicating what positions, contracts or other holdings a particular trading desk may use in its risk-mitigating hedging activities, as well as position and aging limits with respect to such positions, contracts or other holdings;
</P>
<P>(B) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring, management, and authorization procedures, including relevant escalation procedures; and
</P>
<P>(C) The conduct of analysis and independent testing designed to ensure that the positions, techniques and strategies that may be used for hedging may reasonably be expected to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risk(s) being hedged;
</P>
<P>(ii) The risk-mitigating hedging activity:
</P>
<P>(A) Is conducted in accordance with the written policies, procedures, and internal controls required under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) At the inception of the hedging activity, including, without limitation, any adjustments to the hedging activity, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks, including market risk, counterparty or other credit risk, currency or foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, basis risk, or similar risks, arising in connection with and related to identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the identified underlying and hedging positions, contracts or other holdings and the risks and liquidity thereof;
</P>
<P>(C) Does not give rise, at the inception of the hedge, to any significant new or additional risk that is not itself hedged contemporaneously in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Is subject to continuing review, monitoring and management by the banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is consistent with the written hedging policies and procedures required under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risks that develop over time from the risk-mitigating hedging activities undertaken under this section and the underlying positions, contracts, and other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the underlying and hedging positions, contracts and other holdings of the banking entity and the risks and liquidity thereof; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Requires ongoing recalibration of the hedging activity by the banking entity to ensure that the hedging activity satisfies the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section and is not prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The compensation arrangements of persons performing risk-mitigating hedging activities are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading.
</P>
<P>(2) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity that does not have significant trading assets and liabilities are permitted under paragraph (a) of this section only if the risk-mitigating hedging activity:
</P>
<P>(i) At the inception of the hedging activity, including, without limitation, any adjustments to the hedging activity, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks, including market risk, counterparty or other credit risk, currency or foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, basis risk, or similar risks, arising in connection with and related to identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the identified underlying and hedging positions, contracts or other holdings and the risks and liquidity thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is subject, as appropriate, to ongoing recalibration by the banking entity to ensure that the hedging activity satisfies the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and is not prohibited proprietary trading.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documentation requirement.</I> (1) A banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section, unless the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section are met, with respect to any purchase or sale of financial instruments made in reliance on this section for risk-mitigating hedging purposes that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Not established by the specific trading desk establishing or responsible for the underlying positions, contracts, or other holdings the risks of which the hedging activity is designed to reduce;
</P>
<P>(ii) Established by the specific trading desk establishing or responsible for the underlying positions, contracts, or other holdings the risks of which the purchases or sales are designed to reduce, but that is effected through a financial instrument, exposure, technique, or strategy that is not specifically identified in the trading desk's written policies and procedures established under paragraph (b)(1) of this section or under § 75.4(b)(2)(iii)(B) as a product, instrument, exposure, technique, or strategy such trading desk may use for hedging; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Established to hedge aggregated positions across two or more trading desks.
</P>
<P>(2) In connection with any purchase or sale identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a banking entity must, at a minimum, and contemporaneously with the purchase or sale, document:
</P>
<P>(i) The specific, identifiable risk(s) of the identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity that the purchase or sale is designed to reduce;
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific risk-mitigating strategy that the purchase or sale is designed to fulfill; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The trading desk or other business unit that is establishing and responsible for the hedge.
</P>
<P>(3) A banking entity must create and retain records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section for a period that is no less than five years in a form that allows the banking entity to promptly produce such records to the Commission on request, or such longer period as required under other law or this part.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section do not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial instrument purchased or sold is identified on a written list of pre-approved financial instruments that are commonly used by the trading desk for the specific type of hedging activity for which the financial instrument is being purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(ii) At the time the financial instrument is purchased or sold, the hedging activity (including the purchase or sale of the financial instrument) complies with written, pre-approved limits for the trading desk purchasing or selling the financial instrument for hedging activities undertaken for one or more other trading desks. The limits shall be appropriate for the:
</P>
<P>(A) Size, types, and risks of the hedging activities commonly undertaken by the trading desk;
</P>
<P>(B) Financial instruments purchased and sold for hedging activities by the trading desk; and
</P>
<P>(C) Levels and duration of the risk exposures being hedged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62207, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.6   Other permitted proprietary trading activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted trading in domestic government obligations.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale by a banking entity of a financial instrument that is:
</P>
<P>(1) An obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) An obligation, participation, or other instrument of, or issued or guaranteed by, an agency of the United States, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation or a Farm Credit System institution chartered under and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(3) An obligation of any State or any political subdivision thereof, including any municipal security; or
</P>
<P>(4) An obligation of the FDIC, or any entity formed by or on behalf of the FDIC for purpose of facilitating the disposal of assets acquired or held by the FDIC in its corporate capacity or as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permitted trading in foreign government obligations</I>—(1) <I>Affiliates of foreign banking entities in the United States.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument that is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, a foreign sovereign (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of such foreign sovereign, by a banking entity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is organized under or is directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of a foreign sovereign and is not directly or indirectly controlled by a top-tier banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial instrument is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the foreign sovereign under the laws of which the foreign banking entity referred to in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is organized (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale as principal is not made by an insured depository institution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign affiliates of a U.S. banking entity.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument that is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, a foreign sovereign (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign, by a foreign entity that is owned or controlled by a banking entity organized or established under the laws of the United States or any State, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign entity is a foreign bank, as defined in § 211.2(j) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.2(j)), or is regulated by the foreign sovereign as a securities dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial instrument is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the foreign sovereign under the laws of which the foreign entity is organized (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The financial instrument is owned by the foreign entity and is not financed by an affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permitted trading on behalf of customers</I>—(1) <I>Fiduciary transactions.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity acting as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The transaction is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, a customer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity does not have or retain beneficial ownership of the financial instruments.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Riskless principal transactions.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity acting as riskless principal in a transaction in which the banking entity, after receiving an order to purchase (or sell) a financial instrument from a customer, purchases (or sells) the financial instrument for its own account to offset a contemporaneous sale to (or purchase from) the customer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permitted trading by a regulated insurance company.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity that is an insurance company or an affiliate of an insurance company if:
</P>
<P>(1) The insurance company or its affiliate purchases or sells the financial instruments solely for:
</P>
<P>(i) The general account of the insurance company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A separate account established by the insurance company;
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase or sale is conducted in compliance with, and subject to, the insurance company investment laws, regulations, and written guidance of the State or jurisdiction in which such insurance company is domiciled; and
</P>
<P>(3) The appropriate Federal banking agencies, after consultation with the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the relevant insurance commissioners of the States and foreign jurisdictions, as appropriate, have not jointly determined, after notice and comment, that a particular law, regulation, or written guidance described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section is insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the covered banking entity, or the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permitted trading activities of foreign banking entities.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase or sale by the banking entity is made pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale meets the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity is made pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act for purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization, the banking entity meets the qualifying foreign banking organization requirements of § 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c) or (e)), as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a banking entity that is not a foreign banking organization, the banking entity is not organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and the banking entity, on a fully-consolidated basis, meets at least two of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Total assets of the banking entity held outside of the United States exceed total assets of the banking entity held in the United States;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceed total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Total net income derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceeds total net income derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) A purchase or sale by a banking entity is permitted for purposes of this paragraph (e) if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity engaging as principal in the purchase or sale (including relevant personnel) is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity (including relevant personnel) that makes the decision to purchase or sell as principal is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale, including any transaction arising from risk-mitigating hedging related to the instruments purchased or sold, is not accounted for as principal directly or on a consolidated basis by any branch or affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of paragraph (e) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is considered to be located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Permitted trading activities of qualifying foreign excluded funds.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument by a qualifying foreign excluded fund. For purposes of this paragraph (f), a qualifying foreign excluded fund means a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is organized or established outside the United States, and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Would be a covered fund if the entity were organized or established in the United States, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in financial instruments for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(3) Would not otherwise be a banking entity except by virtue of the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in, sponsorship of, or relationship with the entity, by another banking entity that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized, or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized, under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity's acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in or sponsorship of the fund meets the requirements for permitted covered fund activities and investments solely outside the United States, as provided in § 75.13(b);
</P>
<P>(4) Is established and operated as part of a bona fide asset management business; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not operated in a manner that enables the banking entity that sponsors or controls the qualifying foreign excluded fund, or any of its affiliates, to evade the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62208, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46516, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.7   Limitations on permitted proprietary trading activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No transaction, class of transactions, or activity may be deemed permissible under §§ 75.4 through 75.6 if the transaction, class of transactions, or activity would:
</P>
<P>(1) Involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to a high-risk asset or a high-risk trading strategy; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of material conflict of interest.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a material conflict of interest between a banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties exists if the banking entity engages in any transaction, class of transactions, or activity that would involve or result in the banking entity's interests being materially adverse to the interests of its client, customer, or counterparty with respect to such transaction, class of transactions, or activity, and the banking entity has not taken at least one of the actions in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to effecting the specific transaction or class or type of transactions, or engaging in the specific activity, the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timely and effective disclosure.</I> (A) Has made clear, timely, and effective disclosure of the conflict of interest, together with other necessary information, in reasonable detail and in a manner sufficient to permit a reasonable client, customer, or counterparty to meaningfully understand the conflict of interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is made in a manner that provides the client, customer, or counterparty the opportunity to negate, or substantially mitigate, any materially adverse effect on the client, customer, or counterparty created by the conflict of interest; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information barriers.</I> Has established, maintained, and enforced information barriers that are memorialized in written policies and procedures, such as physical separation of personnel, or functions, or limitations on types of activity, that are reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of the banking entity's business, to prevent the conflict of interest from involving or resulting in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty. A banking entity may not rely on such information barriers if, in the case of any specific transaction, class or type of transactions or activity, the banking entity knows or should reasonably know that, notwithstanding the banking entity's establishment of information barriers, the conflict of interest may involve or result in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of high-risk asset and high-risk trading strategy.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>High-risk asset</I> means an asset or group of related assets that would, if held by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High-risk trading strategy</I> means a trading strategy that would, if engaged in by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 75.8-75.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 75.8-75.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Covered Fund Activities and Investments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.10   Prohibition on acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in and having certain relationships with a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, a banking entity may not, as principal, directly or indirectly, acquire or retain any ownership interest in or sponsor a covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not include acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in a covered fund by a banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) Acting solely as agent, broker, or custodian, so long as;
</P>
<P>(A) The activity is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, a customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity and its affiliates do not have or retain beneficial ownership of such ownership interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) Through a deferred compensation, stock-bonus, profit-sharing, or pension plan of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) that is established and administered in accordance with the law of the United States or a foreign sovereign, if the ownership interest is held or controlled directly or indirectly by the banking entity as trustee for the benefit of persons who are or were employees of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof);
</P>
<P>(iii) In the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, provided that the banking entity divests the ownership interest as soon as practicable, and in no event may the banking entity retain such ownership interest for longer than such period permitted by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iv) On behalf of customers as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity for a customer that is not a covered fund, so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) The activity is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, the customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity and its affiliates do not have or retain beneficial ownership of such ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of covered fund.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, covered fund means:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer that would be an investment company, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), <I>but for</I> section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or (7));
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity pool under section 1a(10) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(10)) for which:
</P>
<P>(A) The commodity pool operator has claimed an exemption under § 4.7 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(B) (<I>1</I>) A commodity pool operator is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator in connection with the operation of the commodity pool;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Substantially all participation units of the commodity pool are owned by qualified eligible persons defined under § 4.7(a)(6)(i) and (ii) of this chapter; and


</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Participation units of the commodity pool have not been publicly offered to persons who are not qualified eligible persons defined under § 4.7(a)(6)(i) and (ii) of this chapter; or


</P>
<P>(iii) For any banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, an entity that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is organized or established outside the United States and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities; and
</P>
<P>(C) (<I>1</I>) Has as its sponsor that banking entity (or an affiliate thereof); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has issued an ownership interest that is owned directly or indirectly by that banking entity (or an affiliate thereof).
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer shall not be deemed to be a covered fund under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section if, were the issuer subject to U.S. securities laws, the issuer could rely on an exclusion or exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) other than the exclusions contained in section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of that Act.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, unless the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, and the CFTC jointly determine otherwise, a covered fund does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Foreign public funds.</I> (i) Subject to paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is organized or established outside of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(B) Is authorized to offer and sell ownership interests, and such interests are offered and sold, through one or more public offerings.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and any issuer for which such banking entity acts as sponsor, the sponsoring banking entity may not rely on the exemption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for such issuer unless more than 75 percent of the ownership interests in the issuer are sold to persons other than:
</P>
<P>(A) Such sponsoring banking entity;
</P>
<P>(B) Such issuer;
</P>
<P>(C) Affiliates of such sponsoring banking entity or such issuer; and
</P>
<P>(D) Directors and senior executive officers as defined in § 225.71(c) of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.71(c)) of such entities.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section, the term “public offering” means a distribution (as defined in § 75.4(a)(3)) of securities in any jurisdiction outside the United States to investors, including retail investors, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The distribution is subject to substantive disclosure and retail investor protection laws or regulations;
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to an issuer for which the banking entity serves as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or sponsor, the distribution complies with all applicable requirements in the jurisdiction in which such distribution is being made;
</P>
<P>(C) The distribution does not restrict availability to investors having a minimum level of net worth or net investment assets; and
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer has filed or submitted, with the appropriate regulatory authority in such jurisdiction, offering disclosure documents that are publicly available.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Wholly-owned subsidiaries.</I> An entity, all of the outstanding ownership interests of which are owned directly or indirectly by the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof), except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Up to five percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests, less any amounts outstanding under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, may be held by employees or directors of the banking entity or such affiliate (including former employees or directors if their ownership interest was acquired while employed by or in the service of the banking entity); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Up to 0.5 percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests may be held by a third party if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by the third party for the purpose of establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Joint ventures.</I> A joint venture between a banking entity or any of its affiliates and one or more unaffiliated persons, <I>provided that</I> the joint venture:
</P>
<P>(i) Is composed of no more than 10 unaffiliated co-venturers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is in the business of engaging in activities that are permissible for the banking entity or affiliate, other than investing in securities for resale or other disposition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not, and does not hold itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Acquisition vehicles.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) Formed solely for the purpose of engaging in a <I>bona fide</I> merger or acquisition transaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That exists only for such period as necessary to effectuate the transaction.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Foreign pension or retirement funds.</I> A plan, fund, or program providing pension, retirement, or similar benefits that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Organized and administered outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) A broad-based plan for employees or citizens that is subject to regulation as a pension, retirement, or similar plan under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the plan, fund, or program is organized and administered; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Established for the benefit of citizens or residents of one or more foreign sovereigns or any political subdivision thereof.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Insurance company separate accounts.</I> A separate account, provided that no banking entity other than the insurance company participates in the account's profits and losses.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Bank owned life insurance.</I> A separate account that is used solely for the purpose of allowing one or more banking entities to purchase a life insurance policy for which the banking entity or entities is beneficiary, provided that no banking entity that purchases the policy:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls the investment decisions regarding the underlying assets or holdings of the separate account; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Participates in the profits and losses of the separate account other than in compliance with applicable requirements regarding bank owned life insurance.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Loan securitizations</I>—(i) <I>Scope.</I> An issuing entity for asset-backed securities that satisfies all the conditions of this paragraph (c)(8) and the assets or holdings of which are composed solely of:
</P>
<P>(A) Loans as defined in § 75.2(t);
</P>
<P>(B) Rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities and rights or other assets that are related or incidental to purchasing or otherwise acquiring and holding the loans, provided that each asset that is a security (other than special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(v) of this section) meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives that meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates that meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(v) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(E) Debt securities, other than asset-backed securities and convertible securities, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The aggregate value of such debt securities does not exceed five percent of the aggregate value of loans held under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(A) of this section, cash and cash equivalents held under paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(A) of this section, and debt securities held under this paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The aggregate value of the loans, cash and cash equivalents, and debt securities for purposes of this paragraph is calculated at par value at the most recent time any such debt security is acquired, except that the issuing entity may instead determine the value of any such loan, cash equivalent, or debt security based on its fair market value if:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The issuing entity is required to use the fair market value of such assets for purposes of calculating compliance with concentration limitations or other similar calculations under its transaction agreements, and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The issuing entity's valuation methodology values similarly situated assets consistently.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Impermissible assets.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c)(8), except as permitted under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section, the assets or holdings of the issuing entity shall not include any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A security, including an asset-backed security, or an interest in an equity or debt security other than as permitted in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii), (iv), or (v) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) A derivative, other than a derivative that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iv) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(C) A commodity forward contract.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Permitted securities.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(8)(ii)(A) of this section, the issuing entity may hold securities, other than debt securities permitted under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section, if those securities are:
</P>
<P>(A) Cash equivalents—which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the securitization's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to either the underlying loans or the asset-backed securities—for purposes of the rights and assets in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) Securities received in lieu of debts previously contracted with respect to the loans supporting the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Derivatives.</I> The holdings of derivatives by the issuing entity shall be limited to interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives that satisfy all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The written terms of the derivatives directly relate to the loans, the asset-backed securities, the contractual rights or other assets described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section, or the debt securities described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The derivatives reduce the interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks related to the loans, the asset-backed securities, the contractual rights or other assets described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section, or the debt securities described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates.</I> The assets or holdings of the issuing entity may include collateral certificates and special units of beneficial interest issued by a special purpose vehicle, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The special purpose vehicle that issues the special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate meets the requirements in this paragraph (c)(8);
</P>
<P>(B) The special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate is used for the sole purpose of transferring to the issuing entity for the loan securitization the economic risks and benefits of the assets that are permissible for loan securitizations under this paragraph (c)(8) and does not directly or indirectly transfer any interest in any other economic or financial exposure;
</P>
<P>(C) The special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate is created solely to satisfy legal requirements or otherwise facilitate the structuring of the loan securitization; and
</P>
<P>(D) The special purpose vehicle that issues the special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate and the issuing entity are established under the direction of the same entity that initiated the loan securitization.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Qualifying asset-backed commercial paper conduits.</I> (i) An issuing entity for asset-backed commercial paper that satisfies all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The asset-backed commercial paper conduit holds only:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Loans and other assets permissible for a loan securitization under paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Asset-backed securities supported solely by assets that are permissible for loan securitizations under paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section and acquired by the asset-backed commercial paper conduit as part of an initial issuance either directly from the issuing entity of the asset-backed securities or directly from an underwriter in the distribution of the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(B) The asset-backed commercial paper conduit issues only asset-backed securities, comprised of a residual interest and securities with a legal maturity of 397 days or less; and
</P>
<P>(C) A regulated liquidity provider has entered into a legally binding commitment to provide full and unconditional liquidity coverage with respect to all of the outstanding asset-backed securities issued by the asset-backed commercial paper conduit (other than any residual interest) in the event that funds are required to redeem maturing asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (c)(9) of this section, a regulated liquidity provider means:
</P>
<P>(A) A depository institution, as defined in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c));
</P>
<P>(B) A bank holding company, as defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)), or a subsidiary thereof;
</P>
<P>(C) A savings and loan holding company, as defined in section 10a of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a), provided all or substantially all of the holding company's activities are permissible for a financial holding company under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)), or a subsidiary thereof;
</P>
<P>(D) A foreign bank whose home country supervisor, as defined in § 211.21(q) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(q)), has adopted capital standards consistent with the Capital Accord for the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended, and that is subject to such standards, or a subsidiary thereof; or
</P>
<P>(E) The United States or a foreign sovereign.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Qualifying covered bonds</I>—(i) <I>Scope.</I> An entity owning or holding a dynamic or fixed pool of loans or other assets as provided in paragraph (c)(8) of this section for the benefit of the holders of covered bonds, provided that the assets in the pool are composed solely of assets that meet the conditions in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Covered bond.</I> For purposes of paragraph (c)(10) of this section, a covered bond means:
</P>
<P>(A) A debt obligation issued by an entity that meets the definition of foreign banking organization, the payment obligations of which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by an entity that meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) A debt obligation of an entity that meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section, provided that the payment obligations are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by an entity that meets the definition of foreign banking organization and the entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary, as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, of such foreign banking organization.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>SBICs and public welfare investment funds.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is a small business investment company, as defined in section 103(3) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662), or that has received from the Small Business Administration notice to proceed to qualify for a license as a small business investment company, which notice or license has not been revoked, or that has voluntarily surrendered its license to operate as a small business investment company in accordance with 13 CFR 107.1900 and does not make any new investments (other than investments in cash equivalents, which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to the issuer's assets) after such voluntary surrender;
</P>
<P>(ii) The business of which is to make investments that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Designed primarily to promote the public welfare, of the type permitted under paragraph (11) of section 5136 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 24), including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as providing housing, services, or jobs) and including investments that qualify for consideration under the regulations implementing the Community Reinvestment Act (12 U.S.C. 2901 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(B) Qualified rehabilitation expenditures with respect to a qualified rehabilitated building or certified historic structure, as such terms are defined in section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or a similar State historic tax credit program;
</P>
<P>(iii) That has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a rural business investment company, as described in 15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(8)(A) or (B), or that has terminated its participation as a rural business investment company in accordance with 7 CFR 4290.1900 and does not make any new investments (other than investments in cash equivalents, which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to the issuer's assets) after such termination; or
</P>
<P>(iv) That is a qualified opportunity fund, as defined in 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(d).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Registered investment companies and excluded entities.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is registered as an investment company under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or that is formed and operated pursuant to a written plan to become a registered investment company as described in § 75.20(e)(3) and that complies with the requirements of section 18 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-18);
</P>
<P>(ii) That may rely on an exclusion or exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) other than the exclusions contained in section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of that Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That has elected to be regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54(a) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-53) and has not withdrawn its election, or that is formed and operated pursuant to a written plan to become a business development company as described in § 75.20(e)(3) and that complies with the requirements of section 61 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-60).
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Issuers in conjunction with the FDIC's receivership or conservatorship operations.</I> An issuer that is an entity formed by or on behalf of the FDIC for the purpose of facilitating the disposal of assets acquired in the FDIC's capacity as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Other excluded issuers.</I> (i) Any issuer that the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, and the CFTC jointly determine the exclusion of which is consistent with the purposes of section 13 of the BHC Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) A determination made under paragraph (c)(14)(i) of this section will be promptly made public.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Credit funds.</I> Subject to paragraphs (c)(15)(iii), (iv), and (v) of this section, an issuer that satisfies the asset and activity requirements of paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Asset requirements.</I> The issuer's assets must be composed solely of:
</P>
<P>(A) Loans as defined in § 75.2(t);
</P>
<P>(B) Debt instruments, subject to paragraph (c)(15)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Rights and other assets that are related or incidental to acquiring, holding, servicing, or selling such loans or debt instruments, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Each right or asset held under this paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) that is a security is either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) A cash equivalent (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to either the underlying loans or the debt instruments);
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) A security received in lieu of debts previously contracted with respect to such loans or debt instruments; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) An equity security (or right to acquire an equity security) received on customary terms in connection with such loans or debt instruments; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Rights or other assets held under this paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section may not include commodity forward contracts or any derivative; and
</P>
<P>(D) Interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives, if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The written terms of the derivative directly relate to the loans, debt instruments, or other rights or assets described in paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The derivative reduces the interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks related to the loans, debt instruments, or other rights or assets described in paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Activity requirements.</I> To be eligible for the exclusion of paragraph (c)(15) of this section, an issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Not engage in any activity that would constitute proprietary trading under § 75.3(b)(l)(i), as if the issuer were a banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Not issue asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Requirements for a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor.</I> A banking entity that acts as a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section may not rely on this exclusion unless the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Provides in writing to any prospective and actual investor in the issuer the disclosures required under § 75.11(a)(8) of this subpart, as if the issuer were a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(B) Ensures that the activities of the issuer are consistent with safety and soundness standards that are substantially similar to those that would apply if the banking entity engaged in the activities directly; and
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the limitations imposed in § 75.14, as if the issuer were a covered fund, except the banking entity may acquire and retain any ownership interest in the issuer.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Additional Banking Entity Requirements.</I> A banking entity may not rely on this exclusion with respect to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the issuer or of any entity to which such issuer extends credit or in which such issuer invests; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any assets the issuer holds pursuant to paragraphs (c)(15)(i)(B) or (i)(C)(<I>l</I>)(<I>iii</I>) of this section would be permissible for the banking entity to acquire and hold directly under applicable federal banking laws and regulations.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Investment and Relationship Limits.</I> A banking entity's investment in, and relationship with, the issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with the limitations imposed in § 75.15, as if the issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) Be conducted in compliance with, and subject to, applicable banking laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Qualifying venture capital funds.</I> (i) Subject to paragraphs (c)(16)(ii) through (iv) of this section, an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a venture capital fund as defined in 17 CFR 275.203(l)-1; and
</P>
<P>(B) Does not engage in any activity that would constitute proprietary trading under § 75.3(b)(1)(i), as if the issuer were a banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that acts as a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraph (c)(16)(i) of this section may not rely on this exclusion unless the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Provides in writing to any prospective and actual investor in the issuer the disclosures required under § 75.11(a)(8), as if the issuer were a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(B) Ensures that the activities of the issuer are consistent with safety and soundness standards that are substantially similar to those that would apply if the banking entity engaged in the activities directly; and
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the restrictions in § 75.14 as if the issuer were a covered fund (except the banking entity may acquire and retain any ownership interest in the issuer).
</P>
<P>(iii) The banking entity must not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity's ownership interest in or relationship with the issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with the limitations imposed in § 75.15, as if the issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) Be conducted in compliance with, and subject to, applicable banking laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Family wealth management vehicles.</I> (i) Subject to paragraph (c)(17)(ii) of this section, any entity that is not, and does not hold itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities, and:
</P>
<P>(A) If the entity is a trust, the grantor(s) of the entity are all family customers; and
</P>
<P>(B) If the entity is not a trust:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A majority of the voting interests in the entity are owned (directly or indirectly) by family customers;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A majority of the interests in the entity are owned (directly or indirectly) by family customers;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The entity is owned only by family customers and up to 5 closely related persons of the family customers; and
</P>
<P>(C) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(17)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, up to an aggregate 0.5 percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests may be acquired or retained by one or more entities that are not family customers or closely related persons if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by such parties for the purpose of and to the extent necessary for establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity may rely on the exclusion in paragraph (c)(17)(i) of this section with respect to an entity provided that the banking entity (or an affiliate):
</P>
<P>(A) Provides bona fide trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services to the entity;
</P>
<P>(B) Does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of such entity;
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the disclosure obligations under § 75.11(a)(8), as if such entity were a covered fund, provided that the content may be modified to prevent the disclosure from being misleading and the manner of disclosure may be modified to accommodate the specific circumstances of the entity;
</P>
<P>(D) Does not acquire or retain, as principal, an ownership interest in the entity, other than as described in paragraph (c)(17)(i)(C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(E) Complies with the requirements of §§ 75.14(b) and 75.15, as if such entity were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(F) Except for riskless principal transactions as defined in paragraph (d)(11) of this section, complies with the requirements of 12 CFR 223.15(a), as if such banking entity and its affiliates were a member bank and the entity were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (c)(17) of this section, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Closely related person</I> means a natural person (including the estate and estate planning vehicles of such person) who has longstanding business or personal relationships with any family customer.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Family customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A family client, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1(d)(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1(d)(4)); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any natural person who is a father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law of a family client, or a spouse or a spousal equivalent of any of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Customer facilitation vehicles.</I> (i) Subject to paragraph (c)(18)(ii) of this section, an issuer that is formed by or at the request of a customer of the banking entity for the purpose of providing such customer (which may include one or more affiliates of such customer) with exposure to a transaction, investment strategy, or other service provided by the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity may rely on the exclusion in paragraph (c)(18)(i) of this section with respect to an issuer provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) All of the ownership interests of the issuer are owned by the customer (which may include one or more of its affiliates) for whom the issuer was created;
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(18)(ii)(A) of this section, up to an aggregate 0.5 percent of the issuer's outstanding ownership interests may be acquired or retained by one or more entities that are not customers if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by such parties for the purpose of and to the extent necessary for establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns; and
</P>
<P>(C) The banking entity and its affiliates:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Maintain documentation outlining how the banking entity intends to facilitate the customer's exposure to such transaction, investment strategy, or service;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Do not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of such issuer;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Comply with the disclosure obligations under § 75.11(a)(8), as if such issuer were a covered fund, provided that the content may be modified to prevent the disclosure from being misleading and the manner of disclosure may be modified to accommodate the specific circumstances of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Do not acquire or retain, as principal, an ownership interest in the issuer, other than as described in paragraph (c)(18)(ii)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Comply with the requirements of §§ 75.14(b) and 75.15, as if such issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Except for riskless principal transactions as defined in paragraph (d)(11) of this section, comply with the requirements of 12 CFR 223.15(a), as if such banking entity and its affiliates were a member bank and the issuer were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of other terms related to covered funds.</I> For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Applicable accounting standards</I> means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or such other accounting standards applicable to a banking entity that the Commission determines are appropriate and that the banking entity uses in the ordinary course of its business in preparing its consolidated financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Asset-backed security</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Director</I> has the same meaning as provided in § 215.2(d)(1) of the Board's Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2(d)(1)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuer</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(22) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(22)).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Issuing entity</I> means with respect to asset-backed securities the special purpose vehicle that owns or holds the pool assets underlying asset-backed securities and in whose name the asset-backed securities supported or serviced by the pool assets are issued.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Ownership interest</I>—(i) <I>Ownership interest</I> means any equity, partnership, or other similar interest. An “other similar interest” means an interest that:
</P>
<P>(A) Has the right to participate in the selection or removal of a general partner, managing member, member of the board of directors or trustees, investment manager, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor of the covered fund, excluding:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The right to participate in the removal of an investment manager for “cause” or participate in the selection of a replacement manager upon an investment manager's resignation or removal. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(6)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>), “cause” for removal of an investment manager means one or more of the following events:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> The bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> The breach by the investment manager of any material provision of the covered fund's transaction agreements applicable to the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(iii)</I> The breach by the investment manager of material representations or warranties;
</P>
<P><I>(iv)</I> The occurrence of an act that constitutes fraud or criminal activity in the performance of the investment manager's obligations under the covered fund's transaction agreements;
</P>
<P><I>(v)</I> The indictment of the investment manager for a criminal offense, or the indictment of any officer, member, partner or other principal of the investment manager for a criminal offense materially related to his or her investment management activities;
</P>
<P><I>(vi)</I> A change in control with respect to the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(vii)</I> The loss, separation or incapacitation of an individual critical to the operation of the investment manager or primarily responsible for the management of the covered fund's assets; or
</P>
<P><I>(viii)</I> Other similar events that constitute “cause” for removal of an investment manager, provided that such events are not solely related to the performance of the covered fund or the investment manager's exercise of investment discretion under the covered fund's transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) Has the right under the terms of the interest to receive a share of the income, gains or profits of the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) Has the right to receive the underlying assets of the covered fund after all other interests have been redeemed and/or paid in full (excluding the rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event);
</P>
<P>(D) Has the right to receive all or a portion of excess spread (the positive difference, if any, between the aggregate interest payments received from the underlying assets of the covered fund and the aggregate interest paid to the holders of other outstanding interests);
</P>
<P>(E) Provides under the terms of the interest that the amounts payable by the covered fund with respect to the interest could be reduced based on losses arising from the underlying assets of the covered fund, such as allocation of losses, write-downs or charge-offs of the outstanding principal balance, or reductions in the amount of interest due and payable on the interest;
</P>
<P>(F) Receives income on a pass-through basis from the covered fund, or has a rate of return that is determined by reference to the performance of the underlying assets of the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(G) Any synthetic right to have, receive, or be allocated any of the rights in paragraphs (d)(6)(i)(A) through (F) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Ownership interest does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Restricted profit interest, which is an interest held by an entity (or an employee or former employee thereof) in a covered fund for which the entity (or employee thereof) serves as investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or other service provider, so long as:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The sole purpose and effect of the interest is to allow the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) to share in the profits of the covered fund as performance compensation for the investment management, investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services provided to the covered fund by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof), provided that the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) may be obligated under the terms of such interest to return profits previously received;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) All such profit, once allocated, is distributed to the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) promptly after being earned or, if not so distributed, is retained by the covered fund for the sole purpose of establishing a reserve amount to satisfy contractual obligations with respect to subsequent losses of the covered fund and such undistributed profit of the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) does not share in the subsequent investment gains of the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any amounts invested in the covered fund, including any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining the restricted profit interest, are within the limits of § 75.12 of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The interest is not transferable by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) except to an affiliate thereof (or an employee of the banking entity or affiliate), to immediate family members, or through the intestacy, of the employee or former employee, or in connection with a sale of the business that gave rise to the restricted profit interest by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) to an unaffiliated party that provides investment management, investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the fund.
</P>
<P>(B) Any senior loan or senior debt interest that has the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Under the terms of the interest the holders of such interest do not have the right to receive a share of the income, gains, or profits of the covered fund, but are entitled to receive only:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Interest at a stated interest rate, as well as commitment fees or other fees, which are not determined by reference to the performance of the underlying assets of the covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Repayment of a fixed principal amount, on or before a maturity date, in a contractually-determined manner (which may include prepayment premiums intended solely to reflect, and compensate holders of the interest for, forgone income resulting from an early prepayment);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The entitlement to payments under the terms of the interest are absolute and could not be reduced based on losses arising from the underlying assets of the covered fund, such as allocation of losses, write-downs or charge-offs of the outstanding principal balance, or reductions in the amount of interest due and payable on the interest; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The holders of the interest are not entitled to receive the underlying assets of the covered fund after all other interests have been redeemed or paid in full (excluding the rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Prime brokerage transaction</I> means any transaction that would be a covered transaction, as defined in section 23A(b)(7) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c(b)(7)), that is provided in connection with custody, clearance and settlement, securities borrowing or lending services, trade execution, financing, or data, operational, and administrative support.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Resident of the United States</I> means a person that is a “U.S. person” as defined in rule 902(k) of the SEC's Regulation S (17 CFR 230.902(k)).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Sponsor</I> means, with respect to a covered fund:
</P>
<P>(i) To serve as a general partner, managing member, or trustee of a covered fund, or to serve as a commodity pool operator with respect to a covered fund as defined in (b)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) In any manner to select or to control (or to have employees, officers, or directors, or agents who constitute) a majority of the directors, trustees, or management of a covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To share with a covered fund, for corporate, marketing, promotional, or other purposes, the same name or a variation of the same name, except as permitted under § 75.11(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Trustee.</I> (i) For purposes of paragraph (d)(9) of this section and § 75.11, a trustee does <I>not</I> include:
</P>
<P>(A) A trustee that does not exercise investment discretion with respect to a covered fund, including a trustee that is subject to the direction of an unaffiliated named fiduciary who is not a trustee pursuant to section 403(a)(1) of the Employee's Retirement Income Security Act (29 U.S.C. 1103(a)(1)); or
</P>
<P>(B) A trustee that is subject to fiduciary standards imposed under foreign law that are substantially equivalent to those described in paragraph (d)(10)(i)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any entity that directs a person described in paragraph (d)(10)(i) of this section, or that possesses authority and discretion to manage and control the investment decisions of a covered fund for which such person serves as trustee, shall be considered to be a trustee of such covered fund.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Riskless principal transaction.</I> Riskless principal transaction means a transaction in which a banking entity, after receiving an order from a customer to buy (or sell) a security, purchases (or sells) the security in the secondary market for its own account to offset a contemporaneous sale to (or purchase from) the customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35021, July 22, 2019; 84 FR 62208, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46516, July 31, 2020; 85 FR 60355, Sept. 25, 2020; 89 FR 78814, Sept. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.11   Permitted organizing and offering, underwriting, and market making with respect to a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Organizing and offering a covered fund in general.</I> Notwithstanding § 75.10(a), a banking entity is not prohibited from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, or acting as sponsor to, a covered fund in connection with, directly or indirectly, organizing and offering a covered fund, including serving as a general partner, managing member, trustee, or commodity pool operator of the covered fund and in any manner selecting or controlling (or having employees, officers, directors, or agents who constitute) a majority of the directors, trustees, or management of the covered fund, including any necessary expenses for the foregoing, only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) provides <I>bona fide</I> trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services;
</P>
<P>(2) The covered fund is organized and offered only in connection with the provision of <I>bona fide</I> trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services and only to persons that are customers of such services of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof), pursuant to a written plan or similar documentation outlining how the banking entity or such affiliate intends to provide advisory or similar services to its customers through organizing and offering such fund;
</P>
<P>(3) The banking entity and its affiliates do not acquire or retain an ownership interest in the covered fund except as permitted under § 75.12;
</P>
<P>(4) The banking entity and its affiliates comply with the requirements of § 75.14;
</P>
<P>(5) The banking entity and its affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the covered fund or of any covered fund in which such covered fund invests;
</P>
<P>(6) The covered fund, for corporate, marketing, promotional, or other purposes:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not share the same name or a variation of the same name with the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof), except that a covered fund may share the same name or a variation of the same name with a banking entity that is an investment adviser to the covered fund if:
</P>
<P>(A) The investment adviser is not an insured depository institution, a company that controls an insured depository institution, or a company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(B) The investment adviser does not share the same name or a variation of the same name as an insured depository institution, a company that controls an insured depository institution, or a company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not use the word “bank” in its name;
</P>
<P>(7) No director or employee of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) takes or retains an ownership interest in the covered fund, except for any director or employee of the banking entity or such affiliate who is directly engaged in providing investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the covered fund at the time the director or employee takes the ownership interest; and
</P>
<P>(8) The banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearly and conspicuously discloses, in writing, to any prospective and actual investor in the covered fund (such as through disclosure in the covered fund's offering documents):
</P>
<P>(A) That “any losses in [such covered fund] will be borne solely by investors in [the covered fund] and not by [the banking entity] or its affiliates; therefore, [the banking entity's] losses in [such covered fund] will be limited to losses attributable to the ownership interests in the covered fund held by [the banking entity] and any affiliate in its capacity as investor in the [covered fund] or as beneficiary of a restricted profit interest held by [the banking entity] or any affiliate”;
</P>
<P>(B) That such investor should read the fund offering documents before investing in the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) That the “ownership interests in the covered fund are not insured by the FDIC, and are not deposits, obligations of, or endorsed or guaranteed in any way, by any banking entity” (unless that happens to be the case); and
</P>
<P>(D) The role of the banking entity and its affiliates and employees in sponsoring or providing any services to the covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Complies with any additional rules of the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, or the CFTC, as provided in section 13(b)(2) of the BHC Act, designed to ensure that losses in such covered fund are borne solely by investors in the covered fund and not by the covered banking entity and its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organizing and offering an issuing entity of asset-backed securities.</I> (1) Notwithstanding § 75.10(a), a banking entity is not prohibited from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, or acting as sponsor to, a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities in connection with, directly or indirectly, organizing and offering that issuing entity, so long as the banking entity and its affiliates comply with all of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, organizing and offering a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities means acting as the securitizer, as that term is used in section 15G(a)(3) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11(a)(3)) of the issuing entity, or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in the issuing entity as required by section 15G of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Underwriting and market making in ownership interests of a covered fund.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a) of this subpart does not apply to a banking entity's underwriting activities or market making-related activities involving a covered fund so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) Those activities are conducted in accordance with the requirements of § 75.4(a) or (b) of subpart B, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any banking entity (or any affiliate thereof) that: Acts as a sponsor, investment adviser or commodity trading advisor to a particular covered fund or otherwise acquires and retains an ownership interest in such covered fund in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section; or acquires and retains an ownership interest in such covered fund and is either a securitizer, as that term is used in section 15G(a)(3) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11(a)(3)), or is acquiring and retaining an ownership interest in such covered fund in compliance with section 15G of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder each as permitted by paragraph (b) of this section, then in each such case any ownership interests acquired or retained by the banking entity and its affiliates in connection with underwriting and market making related activities for that particular covered fund are included in the calculation of ownership interests permitted to be held by the banking entity and its affiliates under the limitations of § 75.12(a)(2)(ii); § 75.12(a)(2)(iii), and § 75.12(d) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35022, July 22, 2019; 84 FR 62208, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.12   Permitted investment in a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and limitations on permitted investments in covered funds.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the prohibition contained in § 75.10(a), a banking entity may acquire and retain an ownership interest in a covered fund that the banking entity or an affiliate thereof organizes and offers pursuant to § 75.11, for the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Establishment.</I> Establishing the fund and providing the fund with sufficient initial equity for investment to permit the fund to attract unaffiliated investors, subject to the limits contained in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>De minimis investment.</I> Making and retaining an investment in the covered fund subject to the limits contained in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Investment limits</I>—(i) <I>Seeding period.</I> With respect to an investment in any covered fund made or held pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the banking entity and its affiliates:
</P>
<P>(A) Must actively seek unaffiliated investors to reduce, through redemption, sale, dilution, or other methods, the aggregate amount of all ownership interests of the banking entity in the covered fund to the amount permitted in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Must, no later than 1 year after the date of establishment of the fund (or such longer period as may be provided by the Board pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section), conform its ownership interest in the covered fund to the limits in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Per-fund limits.</I> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, an investment by a banking entity and its affiliates in any covered fund made or held pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section may not exceed 3 percent of the total number or value of the outstanding ownership interests of the fund.
</P>
<P>(B) An investment by a banking entity and its affiliates in a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities may not exceed 3 percent of the total fair market value of the ownership interests of the fund measured in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, unless a greater percentage is retained by the banking entity and its affiliates in compliance with the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder, in which case the investment by the banking entity and its affiliates in the covered fund may not exceed the amount, number, or value of ownership interests of the fund required under section 15G of the Exchange Act and the implementing regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Aggregate limit.</I> The aggregate value of all ownership interests of the banking entity and its affiliates in all covered funds acquired or retained under this section may not exceed 3 percent of the tier 1 capital of the banking entity, as provided under paragraph (c) of this section, and shall be calculated as of the last day of each calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Date of establishment.</I> For purposes of this section, the date of establishment of a covered fund shall be:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> The date on which the investment adviser or similar entity to the covered fund begins making investments pursuant to the written investment strategy for the fund;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Issuing entities of asset-backed securities.</I> In the case of an issuing entity of asset-backed securities, the date on which the assets are initially transferred into the issuing entity of asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rules of construction</I>—(1) <I>Attribution of ownership interests to a covered banking entity.</I> (i) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the amount and value of a banking entity's permitted investment in any single covered fund shall include any ownership interest held under § 75.12 directly by the banking entity, including any affiliate of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Treatment of registered investment companies, SEC-regulated business development companies, and foreign public funds.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, a registered investment company, SEC-regulated business development companies, or foreign public fund as described in § 75.10(c)(1) will not be considered to be an affiliate of the banking entity so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity, together with its affiliates, does not own, control, or hold with the power to vote 25 percent or more of the voting shares of the company or fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity, or an affiliate of the banking entity, provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, administrative, and other services to the company or fund in compliance with the limitations under applicable regulation, order, or other authority.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Covered funds.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, a covered fund will not be considered to be an affiliate of a banking entity so long as the covered fund is held in compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Treatment of employee and director investments financed by the banking entity.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires an ownership interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the ownership interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of permitted ownership interests in a single covered fund.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) or (4) of this section, for purposes of determining whether an investment in a single covered fund complies with the restrictions on ownership interests under paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (ii)(A) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate number of the outstanding ownership interests held by the banking entity shall be the total number of ownership interests held under this section by the banking entity in a covered fund divided by the total number of ownership interests held by all entities in that covered fund, as of the last day of each calendar quarter (both measured without regard to committed funds not yet called for investment);
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate value of the outstanding ownership interests held by the banking entity shall be the aggregate fair market value of all investments in and capital contributions made to the covered fund by the banking entity, divided by the value of all investments in and capital contributions made to that covered fund by all entities, as of the last day of each calendar quarter (all measured without regard to committed funds not yet called for investment). If fair market value cannot be determined, then the value shall be the historical cost basis of all investments in and contributions made by the banking entity to the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of the calculation under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, once a valuation methodology is chosen, the banking entity must calculate the value of its investment and the investments of all others in the covered fund in the same manner and according to the same standards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Issuing entities of asset-backed securities.</I> In the case of an ownership interest in an issuing entity of asset-backed securities, for purposes of determining whether an investment in a single covered fund complies with the restrictions on ownership interests under paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) For securitizations subject to the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11), the calculations shall be made as of the date and according to the valuation methodology applicable pursuant to the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For securitization transactions completed prior to the compliance date of such implementing regulations (or as to which such implementing regulations do not apply), the calculations shall be made as of the date of establishment as defined in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(B) of this section or such earlier date on which the transferred assets have been valued for purposes of transfer to the covered fund, and thereafter only upon the date on which additional securities of the issuing entity of asset-backed securities are priced for purposes of the sales of ownership interests to unaffiliated investors.
</P>
<P>(iii) For securitization transactions completed prior to the compliance date of such implementing regulations (or as to which such implementing regulations do not apply), the aggregate value of the outstanding ownership interests in the covered fund shall be the fair market value of the assets transferred to the issuing entity of the securitization and any other assets otherwise held by the issuing entity at such time, determined in a manner that is consistent with its determination of the fair market value of those assets for financial statement purposes.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of the calculation under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section, the valuation methodology used to calculate the fair market value of the ownership interests must be the same for both the ownership interests held by a banking entity and the ownership interests held by all others in the covered fund in the same manner and according to the same standards.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Multi-tier fund investments</I>—(i) <I>Master-feeder fund investments.</I> If the principal investment strategy of a covered fund (the “feeder fund”) is to invest substantially all of its assets in another single covered fund (the “master fund”), then for purposes of the investment limitations in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the banking entity's permitted investment in such funds shall be measured only by reference to the value of the master fund. The banking entity's permitted investment in the master fund shall include any investment by the banking entity in the master fund, as well as the banking entity's pro-rata share of any ownership interest in the master fund that is held through the feeder fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fund-of-funds investments.</I> If a banking entity organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 75.11 for the purpose of investing in other covered funds (a “fund of funds”) and that fund of funds itself invests in another covered fund that the banking entity is permitted to own, then the banking entity's permitted investment in that other fund shall include any investment by the banking entity in that other fund, as well as the banking entity's pro-rata share of any ownership interest in the fund that is held through the fund of funds. The investment of the banking entity may not represent more than 3 percent of the amount or value of any single covered fund.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Parallel Investments and Co-Investments.</I> (i) A banking entity shall not be required to include in the calculation of the investment limits under paragraph (a)(2) of this section any investment the banking entity makes alongside a covered fund as long as the investment is made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity shall not be restricted under this section in the amount of any investment the banking entity makes alongside a covered fund as long as the investment is made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aggregate permitted investments in all covered funds.</I> (1)(i) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the aggregate value of all ownership interests held by a banking entity shall be the sum of all amounts paid or contributed by the banking entity in connection with acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in covered funds (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 75.10(d)(6)(ii)), on a historical cost basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Treatment of employee and director restricted profit interests financed by the banking entity. For purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires a restricted profit interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the restricted profit interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of tier 1 capital.</I> For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Entities that are required to hold and report tier 1 capital.</I> If a banking entity is required to calculate and report tier 1 capital, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital of the banking entity as of the last day of the most recent calendar quarter, as reported to its primary financial regulatory agency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If a banking entity is not required to calculate and report tier 1 capital, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be determined to be equal to:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of a banking entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a depository institution that calculates and reports tier 1 capital, be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital reported by such controlling depository institution in the manner described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a banking entity that is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by a depository institution that calculates and reports tier 1 capital:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Bank holding company subsidiaries.</I> If the banking entity is a subsidiary of a bank holding company or company that is treated as a bank holding company, be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital reported by the top-tier affiliate of such covered banking entity that calculates and reports tier 1 capital in the manner described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Other holding companies and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.</I> If the banking entity is not a subsidiary of a bank holding company or a company that is treated as a bank holding company, be equal to the total amount of shareholders' equity of the top-tier affiliate within such organization as of the last day of the most recent calendar quarter that has ended, as determined under applicable accounting standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Treatment of foreign banking entities</I>—(A) <I>Foreign banking entities.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B) of this section, with respect to a banking entity that is not itself, and is not controlled directly or indirectly by, a banking entity that is located or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, the tier 1 capital of the banking entity shall be the consolidated tier 1 capital of the entity as calculated under applicable home country standards.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>U.S. affiliates of foreign banking entities.</I> With respect to a banking entity that is located or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and is controlled by a foreign banking entity identified under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be as calculated under paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Capital treatment for a permitted investment in a covered fund.</I> For purposes of calculating compliance with the applicable regulatory capital requirements, a banking entity shall deduct from the banking entity's tier 1 capital (as determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section) the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The sum of all amounts paid or contributed by the banking entity in connection with acquiring or retaining an ownership interest (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 75.10(d)(6)(ii) of subpart C of this part), on a historical cost basis, plus any earnings received; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The fair market value of the banking entity's ownership interests in the covered fund as determined under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) or (b)(3) of this section (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 75.10(d)(6)(ii) of subpart C of this part), if the banking entity accounts for the profits (or losses) of the fund investment in its financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) Treatment of employee and director restricted profit interests financed by the banking entity. For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires a restricted profit interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the restricted profit interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extension of time to divest an ownership interest</I>—(1) <I>Extension period.</I> Upon application by a banking entity, the Board may extend the period under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section for up to 2 additional years if the Board finds that an extension would be consistent with safety and soundness and not detrimental to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application requirements.</I> An application for extension must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to the Board at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the applicable time period;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the reasons for application, including information that addresses the factors in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Explain the banking entity's plan for reducing the permitted investment in a covered fund through redemption, sale, dilution or other methods as required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Factors governing the Board determinations.</I> In reviewing any application under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the Board may consider all the facts and circumstances related to the permitted investment in a covered fund, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the investment would result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contractual terms governing the banking entity's interest in the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date on which the covered fund is expected to have attracted sufficient investments from investors unaffiliated with the banking entity to enable the banking entity to comply with the limitations in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total exposure of the covered banking entity to the investment and the risks that disposing of, or maintaining, the investment in the covered fund may pose to the banking entity and the financial stability of the United States;
</P>
<P>(v) The cost to the banking entity of divesting or disposing of the investment within the applicable period;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the investment or the divestiture or conformance of the investment would involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and unaffiliated parties, including clients, customers, or counterparties to which it owes a duty;
</P>
<P>(vii) The banking entity's prior efforts to reduce through redemption, sale, dilution, or other methods its ownership interests in the covered fund, including activities related to the marketing of interests in such covered fund;
</P>
<P>(viii) Market conditions; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Any other factor that the Board believes appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Authority to impose restrictions on activities or investment during any extension period.</I> The Board may impose such conditions on any extension approved under paragraph (e)(1) of this section as the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to protect the safety and soundness of the banking entity or the financial stability of the United States, address material conflicts of interest or other unsound banking practices, or otherwise further the purposes of section 13 of the BHC Act and this part.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Consultation.</I> In the case of a banking entity that is primarily regulated by another Federal banking agency, the SEC, or the CFTC, the Board will consult with such agency prior to acting on an application by the banking entity for an extension under paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 85 FR 46520, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.13   Other permitted covered fund activities and investments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a) of this subpart does not apply with respect to an ownership interest in a covered fund acquired or retained by a banking entity that is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risks to the banking entity in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) A compensation arrangement with an employee of the banking entity or an affiliate thereof that directly provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory or other services to the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A position taken by the banking entity when acting as intermediary on behalf of a customer that is not itself a banking entity to facilitate the exposure by the customer to the profits and losses of the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity are permitted under this paragraph (a) only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has established and implements, maintains and enforces an internal compliance program in accordance with subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of this section, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Reasonably designed written policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(B) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring, management, and authorization procedures, including relevant escalation procedures; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition or retention of the ownership interest:
</P>
<P>(A) Is made in accordance with the written policies, procedures, and internal controls required under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) At the inception of the hedge, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks arising:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Out of a transaction conducted solely to accommodate a specific customer request with respect to the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In connection with the compensation arrangement with the employee that directly provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) Does not give rise, at the inception of the hedge, to any significant new or additional risk that is not itself hedged contemporaneously in accordance with this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Is subject to continuing review, monitoring and management by the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to risk-mitigating hedging activity conducted pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the compensation arrangement relates solely to the covered fund in which the banking entity or any affiliate has acquired an ownership interest pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) and such compensation arrangement provides that any losses incurred by the banking entity on such ownership interest will be offset by corresponding decreases in amounts payable under such compensation arrangement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certain permitted covered fund activities and investments outside of the United States.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a) does not apply to the acquisition or retention of any ownership interest in, or the sponsorship of, a covered fund by a banking entity only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States or of one or more States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The activity or investment by the banking entity is pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) No ownership interest in the covered fund is offered for sale or sold to a resident of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The activity or investment occurs solely outside of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) An activity or investment by the banking entity is pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The activity or investment is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization, the banking entity meets the qualifying foreign banking organization requirements of § 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c) or (e)), as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a banking entity that is not a foreign banking organization, the banking entity is not organized under the laws of the United States or of one or more States and the banking entity, on a fully-consolidated basis, meets at least two of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Total assets of the banking entity held outside of the United States exceed total assets of the banking entity held in the United States;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceed total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Total net income derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceeds total net income derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) An ownership interest in a covered fund is not offered for sale or sold to a resident of the United States for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section only if it is not sold and has not been sold pursuant to an offering that targets residents of the United States in which the banking entity or any affiliate of the banking entity participates. If the banking entity or an affiliate sponsors or serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor to a covered fund, then the banking entity or affiliate will be deemed for purposes of this paragraph (b)(3) to participate in any offer or sale by the covered fund of ownership interests in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(4) An activity or investment occurs solely outside of the United States for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity acting as sponsor, or engaging as principal in the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in the covered fund, is not itself, and is not controlled directly or indirectly by, a banking entity that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity (including relevant personnel) that makes the decision to acquire or retain the ownership interest or act as sponsor to the covered fund is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The investment or sponsorship, including any transaction arising from risk-mitigating hedging related to an ownership interest, is not accounted for as principal directly or indirectly on a consolidated basis by any branch or affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign bank, or any subsidiary thereof, is located in the United States; however, a foreign bank of which that branch, agency, or subsidiary is a part is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operation of the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permitted covered fund interests and activities by a regulated insurance company.</I> The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a) of this subpart does not apply to the acquisition or retention by an insurance company, or an affiliate thereof, of any ownership interest in, or the sponsorship of, a covered fund only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The insurance company or its affiliate acquires and retains the ownership interest solely for the general account of the insurance company or for one or more separate accounts established by the insurance company;
</P>
<P>(2) The acquisition and retention of the ownership interest is conducted in compliance with, and subject to, the insurance company investment laws and regulations of the State or jurisdiction in which such insurance company is domiciled; and
</P>
<P>(3) The appropriate Federal banking agencies, after consultation with the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the relevant insurance commissioners of the States and foreign jurisdictions, as appropriate, have not jointly determined, after notice and comment, that a particular law or regulation described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the banking entity, or the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permitted covered fund activities and investments of qualifying foreign excluded funds.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a) does not apply to a qualifying foreign excluded fund.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (d), a qualifying foreign excluded fund means a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is organized or established outside the United States, and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Would be a covered fund if the entity were organized or established in the United States, or
</P>
<P>(B) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in financial instruments for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(iii) Would not otherwise be a banking entity except by virtue of the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in, sponsorship of, or relationship with the entity, by another banking entity that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity is not organized, or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized, under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity's acquisition of an ownership interest in or sponsorship of the fund by the foreign banking entity meets the requirements for permitted covered fund activities and investments solely outside the United States, as provided in § 75.13(b);
</P>
<P>(iv) Is established and operated as part of a bona fide asset management business; and
</P>
<P>(v) Is not operated in a manner that enables the banking entity that sponsors or controls the qualifying foreign excluded fund, or any of its affiliates, to evade the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62208, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46521, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.14   Limitations on relationships with a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relationships with a covered fund.</I> (1) Except as provided for in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, no banking entity that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or sponsor to a covered fund, that organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 75.11, or that continues to hold an ownership interest in accordance with § 75.11(b), and no affiliate of such entity, may enter into a transaction with the covered fund, or with any other covered fund that is controlled by such covered fund, that would be a covered transaction as defined in section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c(b)(7)), as if such banking entity and the affiliate thereof were a member bank and the covered fund were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a banking entity may:
</P>
<P>(i) Acquire and retain any ownership interest in a covered fund in accordance with the requirements of § 75.11, § 75.12, or § 75.13;
</P>
<P>(ii) Enter into any prime brokerage transaction with any covered fund in which a covered fund managed, sponsored, or advised by such banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) has taken an ownership interest, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity is in compliance with each of the limitations set forth in § 75.11 with respect to a covered fund organized and offered by such banking entity (or an affiliate thereof);
</P>
<P>(B) The chief executive officer (or equivalent officer) of the banking entity certifies in writing annually no later than March 31 to the CFTC (with a duty to update the certification if the information in the certification materially changes) that the banking entity does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the covered fund or of any covered fund in which such covered fund invests; and
</P>
<P>(C) The Board has not determined that such transaction is inconsistent with the safe and sound operation and condition of the banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Enter into a transaction with a covered fund that would be an exempt covered transaction under 12 U.S.C. 371c(d) or § 223.42 of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42) subject to the limitations specified under 12 U.S.C. 371c(d) or § 223.42 of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42), as applicable,
</P>
<P>(iv) Enter into a riskless principal transaction with a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(v) Extend credit to or purchase assets from a covered fund, provided:
</P>
<P>(A) Each extension of credit or purchase of assets is in the ordinary course of business in connection with payment transactions; settlement services; or futures, derivatives, and securities clearing;
</P>
<P>(B) Each extension of credit is repaid, sold, or terminated by the end of five business days; and
</P>
<P>(C) The banking entity making each extension of credit meets the requirements of § 223.42(l)(1)(i) and (ii) of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42(l)(1)(i) and(ii)), as if the extension of credit was an intraday extension of credit, regardless of the duration of the extension of credit.
</P>
<P>(3) Any transaction or activity permitted under paragraphs (a)(2)(iii), (iv) or (v) must comply with the limitations in § 75.15.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrictions on transactions with covered funds.</I> A banking entity that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or sponsor to a covered fund, or that organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 75.11, or that continues to hold an ownership interest in accordance with § 75.11(b), shall be subject to section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c-1), as if such banking entity were a member bank and such covered fund were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Restrictions on other permitted transactions.</I> Any transaction permitted under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section shall be subject to section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c-1) as if the counterparty were an affiliate of the banking entity under section 23B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62209, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46522, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.15   Other limitations on permitted covered fund activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No transaction, class of transactions, or activity may be deemed permissible under §§ 75.11 through 75.13 if the transaction, class of transactions, or activity would:
</P>
<P>(1) Involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to a high-risk asset or a high-risk trading strategy; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of material conflict of interest.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a material conflict of interest between a banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties exists if the banking entity engages in any transaction, class of transactions, or activity that would involve or result in the banking entity's interests being materially adverse to the interests of its client, customer, or counterparty with respect to such transaction, class of transactions, or activity, and the banking entity has not taken at least one of the actions in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to effecting the specific transaction or class or type of transactions, or engaging in the specific activity, the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timely and effective disclosure.</I> (A) Has made clear, timely, and effective disclosure of the conflict of interest, together with other necessary information, in reasonable detail and in a manner sufficient to permit a reasonable client, customer, or counterparty to meaningfully understand the conflict of interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is made in a manner that provides the client, customer, or counterparty the opportunity to negate, or substantially mitigate, any materially adverse effect on the client, customer, or counterparty created by the conflict of interest; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information barriers.</I> Has established, maintained, and enforced information barriers that are memorialized in written policies and procedures, such as physical separation of personnel, or functions, or limitations on types of activity, that are reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of the banking entity's business, to prevent the conflict of interest from involving or resulting in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty. A banking entity may not rely on such information barriers if, in the case of any specific transaction, class or type of transactions or activity, the banking entity knows or should reasonably know that, notwithstanding the banking entity's establishment of information barriers, the conflict of interest may involve or result in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of high-risk asset and high-risk trading strategy.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>High-risk asset</I> means an asset or group of related assets that would, if held by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High-risk trading strategy</I> means a trading strategy that would, if engaged in by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.16   Ownership of interests in and sponsorship of issuers of certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition contained in § 75.10(a)(1) does not apply to the ownership by a banking entity of an interest in, or sponsorship of, any issuer if:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer was established, and the interest was issued, before May 19, 2010;
</P>
<P>(2) The banking entity reasonably believes that the offering proceeds received by the issuer were invested primarily in Qualifying TruPS Collateral; and
</P>
<P>(3) The banking entity acquired such interest on or before December 10, 2013 (or acquired such interest in connection with a merger with or acquisition of a banking entity that acquired the interest on or before December 10, 2013).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this § 75.16, <I>Qualifying TruPS Collateral</I> shall mean any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a depository institution holding company that, as of the end of any reporting period within 12 months immediately preceding the issuance of such trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument, had total consolidated assets of less than $15,000,000,000 or issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a mutual holding company.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a banking entity may act as a market maker with respect to the interests of an issuer described in paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 75.4 and 75.11.
</P>
<P>(d) Without limiting the applicability of paragraph (a) of this section, the Board, the FDIC and the OCC will make public a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of paragraph (a). A banking entity may rely on the list published by the Board, the FDIC and the OCC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5228, Jan. 31, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 75.17-75.19" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 75.17-75.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Compliance Program Requirement; Violations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.20   Program for compliance; reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program requirement.</I> Each banking entity (other than a banking entity with limited trading assets and liabilities or a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 75.6(f) or 75.13(d)) shall develop and provide for the continued administration of a compliance program reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and covered fund activities and investments set forth in section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. The terms, scope, and detail of the compliance program shall be appropriate for the types, size, scope, and complexity of activities and business structure of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Banking entities with significant trading assets and liabilities.</I> With respect to a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the compliance program required by paragraph (a) of this section, at a minimum, shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Written policies and procedures reasonably designed to document, describe, monitor and limit trading activities subject to subpart B of this part (including those permitted under §§ 75.3 to 75.6), including setting, monitoring and managing required limits set out in §§ 75.4 and 75.5, and activities and investments with respect to a covered fund subject to subpart C of this part (including those permitted under §§ 75.11 through 75.14) conducted by the banking entity to ensure that all activities and investments conducted by the banking entity that are subject to section 13 of the BHC Act and this part comply with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part;
</P>
<P>(2) A system of internal controls reasonably designed to monitor compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and to prevent the occurrence of activities or investments that are prohibited by section 13 of the BHC Act and this part;
</P>
<P>(3) A management framework that clearly delineates responsibility and accountability for compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and includes appropriate management review of trading limits, strategies, hedging activities, investments, incentive compensation and other matters identified in this part or by management as requiring attention;
</P>
<P>(4) Independent testing and audit of the effectiveness of the compliance program conducted periodically by qualified personnel of the banking entity or by a qualified outside party;
</P>
<P>(5) Training for trading personnel and managers, as well as other appropriate personnel, to effectively implement and enforce the compliance program; and
</P>
<P>(6) Records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part, which a banking entity must promptly provide to the Commission upon request and retain for a period of no less than 5 years or such longer period as required by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CEO attestation.</I> The CEO of a banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities must, based on a review by the CEO of the banking entity, attest in writing to the CFTC, each year no later than March 31, that the banking entity has in place processes to establish, maintain, enforce, review, test and modify the compliance program required by paragraph (b) of this section in a manner reasonably designed to achieve compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. In the case of a U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking entity, the attestation may be provided for the entire U.S. operations of the foreign banking entity by the senior management officer of the U.S. operations of the foreign banking entity who is located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting requirements under appendix A to this part.</I> (1) A banking entity (other than a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 75.6(f) or 75.13(d)) engaged in proprietary trading activity permitted under subpart B shall comply with the reporting requirements described in appendix A to this part, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has significant trading assets and liabilities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The CFTC notifies the banking entity in writing that it must satisfy the reporting requirements contained in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Frequency of reporting: Unless the CFTC notifies the banking entity in writing that it must report on a different basis, a banking entity subject to appendix A to this part shall report the information required by appendix A for each quarter within 30 days of the end of the quarter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional documentation for covered funds.</I> A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities (other than a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 75.6(f) or 75.13(d)) shall maintain records that include:
</P>
<P>(1) Documentation of the exclusions or exemptions other than sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 relied on by each fund sponsored by the banking entity (including all subsidiaries and affiliates) in determining that such fund is not a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(2) For each fund sponsored by the banking entity (including all subsidiaries and affiliates) for which the banking entity relies on one or more of the exclusions from the definition of covered fund provided by § 75.10(c)(1), (5), (8), (9), or (10), documentation supporting the banking entity's determination that the fund is not a covered fund pursuant to one or more of those exclusions;
</P>
<P>(3) For each seeding vehicle described in § 75.10(c)(12)(i) or (iii) that will become a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company, a written plan documenting the banking entity's determination that the seeding vehicle will become a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company; the period of time during which the vehicle will operate as a seeding vehicle; and the banking entity's plan to market the vehicle to third-party investors and convert it into a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company within the time period specified in § 75.12(a)(2)(i)(B);
</P>
<P>(4) For any banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, if the aggregate amount of ownership interests in foreign public funds that are described in § 75.10(c)(1) owned by such banking entity (including ownership interests owned by any affiliate that is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State) exceeds $50 million at the end of two or more consecutive calendar quarters, beginning with the next succeeding calendar quarter, documentation of the value of the ownership interests owned by the banking entity (and such affiliates) in each foreign public fund and each jurisdiction in which any such foreign public fund is organized, calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter, which documentation must continue until the banking entity's aggregate amount of ownership interests in foreign public funds is below $50 million for two consecutive calendar quarters; and
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of paragraph (e)(4) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Simplified programs for less active banking entities</I>—(1) <I>Banking entities with no covered activities.</I> A banking entity that does not engage in activities or investments pursuant to subpart B or subpart C of this part (other than trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)) may satisfy the requirements of this section by establishing the required compliance program prior to becoming engaged in such activities or making such investments (other than trading activities permitted pursuant to § 75.6(a)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Banking entities with moderate trading assets and liabilities.</I> A banking entity with moderate trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements of this section by including in its existing compliance policies and procedures appropriate references to the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and adjustments as appropriate given the activities, size, scope, and complexity of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rebuttable presumption of compliance for banking entities with limited trading assets and liabilities</I>—(1) <I>Rebuttable presumption.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, a banking entity with limited trading assets and liabilities shall be presumed to be compliant with subpart B and subpart C of this part and shall have no obligation to demonstrate compliance with this part on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rebuttal of presumption.</I> If upon examination or audit, the CFTC determines that the banking entity has engaged in proprietary trading or covered fund activities that are otherwise prohibited under subpart B or subpart C of this part, the CFTC may require the banking entity to be treated under this part as if it did not have limited trading assets and liabilities. The CFTC's rebuttal of the presumption in this paragraph must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reservation of authority.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the CFTC retains its authority to require a banking entity without significant trading assets and liabilities to apply any requirements of this part that would otherwise apply if the banking entity had significant or moderate trading assets and liabilities if the CFTC determines that the size or complexity of the banking entity's trading or investment activities, or the risk of evasion of subpart B or subpart C, of this part does not warrant a presumption of compliance under paragraph (g) of this section or treatment as a banking entity with moderate trading assets and liabilities, as applicable. The CFTC's exercise of this reservation of authority must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice and response procedures</I>—(1) <I>Notice.</I> The CFTC will notify the banking entity in writing of any determination requiring notice under this part and will provide an explanation of the determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response.</I> The banking entity may respond to any or all items in the notice described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section. The response should include any matters that the banking entity would have the CFTC consider in deciding whether to make the determination. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated CFTC official within 30 days after the date on which the banking entity received the notice. The CFTC may shorten the time period when, in the opinion of the CFTC, the activities or condition of the banking entity so requires, provided that the banking entity is informed of the time period at the time of notice, or with the consent of the banking entity. In its discretion, the CFTC may extend the time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Waiver.</I> Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the CFTC shall constitute a waiver of any objections to the CFTC's determination.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Decision.</I> The CFTC will notify the banking entity of the decision in writing. The notice will include an explanation of the decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 6048, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62209, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46522, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 75.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 75.21   Termination of activities or investments; penalties for violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any banking entity that engages in an activity or makes an investment in violation of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, or acts in a manner that functions as an evasion of the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, including through an abuse of any activity or investment permitted under subparts B or C of this part, or otherwise violates the restrictions and requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, shall, upon discovery, promptly terminate the activity and, as relevant, dispose of the investment.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever the Commission finds reasonable cause to believe any banking entity has engaged in an activity or made an investment in violation of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, or engaged in any activity or made any investment that functions as an evasion of the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, the Commission may take any action permitted by law to enforce compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part, including directing the banking entity to restrict, limit, or terminate any or all activities under this part and dispose of any investment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.10.6.1.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 75—Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements for Covered Trading Activities
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Purpose
</HD1>
<P>a. This appendix sets forth reporting and recordkeeping requirements that certain banking entities must satisfy in connection with the restrictions on proprietary trading set forth in subpart B (“proprietary trading restrictions”). Pursuant to § 75.20(d), this appendix applies to a banking entity that, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, has significant trading assets and liabilities. These entities are required to (i) furnish periodic reports to the CFTC regarding a variety of quantitative measurements of their covered trading activities, which vary depending on the scope and size of covered trading activities, and (ii) create and maintain records documenting the preparation and content of these reports. The requirements of this appendix must be incorporated into the banking entity's internal compliance program under § 75.20.
</P>
<P>b. The purpose of this appendix is to assist banking entities and the CFTC in:
</P>
<P>(1) Better understanding and evaluating the scope, type, and profile of the banking entity's covered trading activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitoring the banking entity's covered trading activities;
</P>
<P>(3) Identifying covered trading activities that warrant further review or examination by the banking entity to verify compliance with the proprietary trading restrictions;
</P>
<P>(4) Evaluating whether the covered trading activities of trading desks engaged in market making-related activities subject to § 75.4(b) are consistent with the requirements governing permitted market making-related activities;
</P>
<P>(5) Evaluating whether the covered trading activities of trading desks that are engaged in permitted trading activity subject to § 75.4, 75.5, or 75.6(a) and (b) (<I>i.e.,</I> underwriting and market making-related activity, risk-mitigating hedging, or trading in certain government obligations) are consistent with the requirement that such activity not result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies;
</P>
<P>(6) Identifying the profile of particular covered trading activities of the banking entity, and the individual trading desks of the banking entity, to help establish the appropriate frequency and scope of examination by CFTC of such activities; and
</P>
<P>(7) Assessing and addressing the risks associated with the banking entity's covered trading activities.
</P>
<P>c. Information that must be furnished pursuant to this appendix is not intended to serve as a dispositive tool for the identification of permissible or impermissible activities.
</P>
<P>d. In addition to the quantitative measurements required in this appendix, a banking entity may need to develop and implement other quantitative measurements in order to effectively monitor its covered trading activities for compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and to have an effective compliance program, as required by § 75.20. The effectiveness of particular quantitative measurements may differ based on the profile of the banking entity's businesses in general and, more specifically, of the particular trading desk, including types of instruments traded, trading activities and strategies, and history and experience (e.g., whether the trading desk is an established, successful market maker or a new entrant to a competitive market). In all cases, banking entities must ensure that they have robust measures in place to identify and monitor the risks taken in their trading activities, to ensure that the activities are within risk tolerances established by the banking entity, and to monitor and examine for compliance with the proprietary trading restrictions in this part.
</P>
<P>e. On an ongoing basis, banking entities must carefully monitor, review, and evaluate all furnished quantitative measurements, as well as any others that they choose to utilize in order to maintain compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. All measurement results that indicate a heightened risk of impermissible proprietary trading, including with respect to otherwise-permitted activities under §§ 75.4 through 75.6(a) and (b), or that result in a material exposure to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies, must be escalated within the banking entity for review, further analysis, explanation to CFTC, and remediation, where appropriate. The quantitative measurements discussed in this appendix should be helpful to banking entities in identifying and managing the risks related to their covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD1>II. Definitions
</HD1>
<P>The terms used in this appendix have the same meanings as set forth in §§ 75.2 and 75.3. In addition, for purposes of this appendix, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Applicability</I> identifies the trading desks for which a banking entity is required to calculate and report a particular quantitative measurement based on the type of covered trading activity conducted by the trading desk.
</P>
<P><I>Calculation period</I> means the period of time for which a particular quantitative measurement must be calculated.
</P>
<P><I>Comprehensive profit</I> and loss means the net profit or loss of a trading desk's material sources of trading revenue over a specific period of time, including, for example, any increase or decrease in the market value of a trading desk's holdings, dividend income, and interest income and expense.
</P>
<P><I>Covered trading activity</I> means trading conducted by a trading desk under § 75.4, § 75.5, § 75.6(a), or § 75.6(b). A banking entity may include in its covered trading activity trading conducted under § 75.3(d), § 75.6(c), § 75.6(d) or § 75.6(e).
</P>
<P><I>Measurement frequency</I> means the frequency with which a particular quantitative metric must be calculated and recorded.
</P>
<P><I>Trading day</I> means a calendar day on which a trading desk is open for trading.
</P>
<HD1>III. Reporting and Recordkeeping
</HD1>
<HD2>a. Scope of Required Reporting
</HD2>
<P>1. Quantitative measurements. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 must furnish the following quantitative measurements, as applicable, for each trading desk of the banking entity engaged in covered trading activities and calculate these quantitative measurements in accordance with this appendix:
</P>
<P>i. Internal Limits and Usage;
</P>
<P>ii. Value-at-Risk;
</P>
<P>iii. Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution;
</P>
<P>iv. Positions; and
</P>
<P>v. Transaction Volumes.
</P>
<P>2. Trading desk information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 must provide certain descriptive information, as further described in this appendix, regarding each trading desk engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<P>3. Quantitative measurements identifying information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 must provide certain identifying and descriptive information, as further described in this appendix, regarding its quantitative measurements.
</P>
<P>4. Narrative statement. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 may provide an optional narrative statement, as further described in this appendix.
</P>
<P>5. File identifying information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 must provide file identifying information in each submission to the CFTC pursuant to this appendix, including the name of the banking entity, the RSSD ID assigned to the top-tier banking entity by the Board, and identification of the reporting period and creation date and time.
</P>
<HD2>b. Trading Desk Information
</HD2>
<P>1. Each banking entity must provide descriptive information regarding each trading desk engaged in covered trading activities, including:
</P>
<P>i. Name of the trading desk used internally by the banking entity and a unique identification label for the trading desk;
</P>
<P>ii. Identification of each type of covered trading activity in which the trading desk is engaged;
</P>
<P>iii. Brief description of the general strategy of the trading desk;
</P>
<P>v. A list identifying each Agency receiving the submission of the trading desk;
</P>
<P>2. Indication of whether each calendar date is a trading day or not a trading day for the trading desk; and
</P>
<P>3. Currency reported and daily currency conversion rate.
</P>
<HD2>c. Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information
</HD2>
<P>Each banking entity must provide the following information regarding the quantitative measurements:
</P>
<P>1. An Internal Limits Information Schedule that provides identifying and descriptive information for each limit reported pursuant to the Internal Limits and Usage quantitative measurement, including the name of the limit, a unique identification label for the limit, a description of the limit, the unit of measurement for the limit, the type of limit, and identification of the corresponding risk factor attribution in the particular case that the limit type is a limit on a risk factor sensitivity and profit and loss attribution to the same risk factor is reported; and
</P>
<P>2. A Risk Factor Attribution Information Schedule that provides identifying and descriptive information for each risk factor attribution reported pursuant to the Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution quantitative measurement, including the name of the risk factor or other factor, a unique identification label for the risk factor or other factor, a description of the risk factor or other factor, and the risk factor or other factor's change unit.
</P>
<HD2>d. Narrative Statement
</HD2>
<P>Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 75.20 may submit in a separate electronic document a Narrative Statement to the CFTC with any information the banking entity views as relevant for assessing the information reported. The Narrative Statement may include further description of or changes to calculation methods, identification of material events, description of and reasons for changes in the banking entity's trading desk structure or trading desk strategies, and when any such changes occurred.
</P>
<HD2>e. Frequency and Method of Required Calculation and Reporting
</HD2>
<P>A banking entity must calculate any applicable quantitative measurement for each trading day. A banking entity must report the Trading Desk Information, the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information, and each applicable quantitative measurement electronically to the CFTC on the reporting schedule established in § 75.20 unless otherwise requested by the CFTC. A banking entity must report the Trading Desk Information, the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information, and each applicable quantitative measurement to the CFTC in accordance with the XML Schema specified and published on the CFTC's website.
</P>
<HD2>f. Recordkeeping
</HD2>
<P>A banking entity must, for any quantitative measurement furnished to the CFTC pursuant to this appendix and § 75.20(d), create and maintain records documenting the preparation and content of these reports, as well as such information as is necessary to permit the CFTC to verify the accuracy of such reports, for a period of five years from the end of the calendar year for which the measurement was taken. A banking entity must retain the Narrative Statement, the Trading Desk Information, and the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information for a period of five years from the end of the calendar year for which the information was reported to the CFTC.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Quantitative Measurements
</HD1>
<HD2>a. Risk-Management Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Internal Limits and Usage
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Internal Limits are the constraints that define the amount of risk and the positions that a trading desk is permitted to take at a point in time, as defined by the banking entity for a specific trading desk. Usage represents the value of the trading desk's risk or positions that are accounted for by the current activity of the desk. Internal limits and their usage are key compliance and risk management tools used to control and monitor risk taking and include, but are not limited to, the limits set out in §§ 75.4 and 75.5. A trading desk's risk limits, commonly including a limit on “Value-at-Risk,” are useful in the broader context of the trading desk's overall activities, particularly for the market making activities under § 75.4(b) and hedging activity under § 75.5. Accordingly, the limits required under §§ 75.4(b)(2)(iii)(C) and 75.5(b)(1)(i)(A) must meet the applicable requirements under §§ 75.4(b)(2)(iii)(C) and 75.5(b)(1)(i)(A) and also must include appropriate metrics for the trading desk limits including, at a minimum, “Value-at-Risk” except to the extent the “Value-at-Risk” metric is demonstrably ineffective for measuring and monitoring the risks of a trading desk based on the types of positions traded by, and risk exposures of, that desk.
</P>
<P>A. A banking entity must provide the following information for each limit reported pursuant to this quantitative measurement: The unique identification label for the limit reported in the Internal Limits Information Schedule, the limit size (distinguishing between an upper and a lower limit), and the value of usage of the limit.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD3>2. Value-at-Risk
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) is the measurement of the risk of future financial loss in the value of a trading desk's aggregated positions at the ninety-nine percent confidence level over a one-day period, based on current market conditions.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD2>b. Source-of-Revenue Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution is an analysis that attributes the daily fluctuation in the value of a trading desk's positions to various sources. First, the daily profit and loss of the aggregated positions is divided into two categories: (i) Profit and loss attributable to a trading desk's existing positions that were also positions held by the trading desk as of the end of the prior day (“existing positions”); and (ii) profit and loss attributable to new positions resulting from the current day's trading activity (“new positions”).
</P>
<P>A. The comprehensive profit and loss associated with existing positions must reflect changes in the value of these positions on the applicable day. The comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions must be further attributed, as applicable, to (i) changes in the specific risk factors and other factors that are monitored and managed as part of the trading desk's overall risk management policies and procedures; and (ii) any other applicable elements, such as cash flows, carry, changes in reserves, and the correction, cancellation, or exercise of a trade.
</P>
<P>B. For the attribution of comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions to specific risk factors and other factors, a banking entity must provide the following information for the factors that explain the preponderance of the profit or loss changes due to risk factor changes: The unique identification label for the risk factor or other factor listed in the Risk Factor Attribution Information Schedule, and the profit or loss due to the risk factor or other factor change.
</P>
<P>C. The comprehensive profit and loss attributed to new positions must reflect commissions and fee income or expense and market gains or losses associated with transactions executed on the applicable day. New positions include purchases and sales of financial instruments and other assets/liabilities and negotiated amendments to existing positions. The comprehensive profit and loss from new positions may be reported in the aggregate and does not need to be further attributed to specific sources.
</P>
<P>D. The portion of comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions that is not attributed to changes in specific risk factors and other factors must be allocated to a residual category. Significant unexplained profit and loss must be escalated for further investigation and analysis.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD2>c. Positions and Transaction Volumes Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Positions
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Positions is the value of securities and derivatives positions managed by the trading desk. For purposes of the Positions quantitative measurement, do not include in the Positions calculation for “securities” those securities that are also “derivatives,” as those terms are defined under subpart A; instead, report those securities that are also derivatives as “derivatives.” 
<SU>1227</SU>
<FTREF/> A banking entity must separately report the trading desk's market value of long securities positions, short securities positions, derivatives receivables, and derivatives payables.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1227</SU> <I>See</I> § 75.2(h), (aa). For example, under this part, a security-based swap is both a “security” and a “derivative.” For purposes of the Positions quantitative measurement, security-based swaps are reported as derivatives rather than securities.</P></FTNT>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks that rely on § 75.4(a) or (b) to conduct underwriting activity or market-making-related activity, respectively.
</P>
<HD3>2. Transaction Volumes
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Transaction Volumes measures three exclusive categories of covered trading activity conducted by a trading desk. A banking entity is required to report the value and number of security and derivative transactions conducted by the trading desk with: (i) Customers, excluding internal transactions; (ii) non-customers, excluding internal transactions; and (iii) trading desks and other organizational units where the transaction is booked into either the same banking entity or an affiliated banking entity. For securities, value means gross market value. For derivatives, value means gross notional value. For purposes of calculating the Transaction Volumes quantitative measurement, do not include in the Transaction Volumes calculation for “securities” those securities that are also “derivatives,” as those terms are defined under subpart A; instead, report those securities that are also derivatives as “derivatives.” 
<SU>1228</SU>
<FTREF/> Further, for purposes of the Transaction Volumes quantitative measurement, a customer of a trading desk that relies on § 75.4(a) to conduct underwriting activity is a market participant identified in § 75.4(a)(7), and a customer of a trading desk that relies on § 75.4(b) to conduct market making-related activity is a market participant identified in § 75.4(b)(3).
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1228</SU> <I>See</I> § 75.2(h), (aa).</P></FTNT>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks that rely on § 75.4(a) or (b) to conduct underwriting activity or market-making-related activity, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62210, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="100" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 100—DELIVERY PERIOD REQUIRED
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 7a(a)(4) and 12a.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 100.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 100.1   Delivery period required with respect to certain grains.</HEAD>
<P>A period of seven business days is required during which contracts for future delivery in the current delivery month of wheat, corn, oats, barley, rye, or flaxseed may be settled by delivery of the actual cash commodity after trading in such contracts has ceased, for each delivery month after May 1938, on all contract markets on which there is trading in futures in any of such commodities, and such contract markets, and each of them, are directed to provide therefor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3211, Jan. 21, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="140" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 140—ORGANIZATION, FUNCTIONS, AND PROCEDURES OF THE COMMISSION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12), 12a, 13(c), 13(d), 13(e), and 16(b). 
</PSPACE>
<XREF ID="20260625" REFID="23">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 38269, June 25, 2026.</XREF></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 140 appear at 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Organization</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.1   Headquarters office.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The headquarters office of the Commission is located at Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 2734, Jan. 21, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.2   Regional office—Regional Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>Each of the Regional offices described herein functions as set forth in this section under the direction of a Regional Administrator who, as a collateral duty, oversees the administration of the office and represents the Commission in negotiations with employee union officials and in interactions with external parties. Each regional office has delegated authority for the enforcement of the Act and administration of the programs of the Commission in the particular regions.
</P>
<P>(a) The Eastern Regional Office is located at 290 Broadway, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10007 and is responsible for enforcement of the Act and administration of programs of the Commission in the States of Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, and West Virginia.
</P>
<P>(b) The Central Regional Office is located at 77 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60604 and is responsible for enforcement of the Act and administration of programs of the Commission in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio and Wisconsin.
</P>
<P>(c) The Southwestern Regional Office is located at 2600 Grand Blvd, Suite 210, Kansas City, MO 64108, and is responsible for enforcement of the Act and administration of the programs of the Commission in the States of Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 16269, Apr. 4, 2007; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Functions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.10   The Commission.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission is composed of a Chairman and four other Commissioners, not more than three of whom may be members of the same political party, who are appointed by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, for 5-year terms, one term ending each year. The Commission is assisted by a staff, which includes lawyers, economists, accountants, investigators and examiners, as well as administrative and clerical employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28474, July 12, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.11   Emergency action by the senior Commissioner available.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority of senior Commissioner.</I> When it is not feasible to convene a quorum of the Commission, the Senior Commissioner present at the Commission headquarters (or, during non-business hours, available in the Washington, DC area) may take emergency action on behalf of and in the name of the Commission in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. Members of the Commission shall be considered senior in the following order: the Chairman and other Commissioners in order of their length of service on the Commission. Where two or more Commissioners have commenced their service on the same date, the Commissioner whose unexpired term in office is the longest will be considered senior.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exercise of authority.</I> Subject to the right of the Commission to review any emergency action taken as hereinafter provided, the Senior Commissioner may act on behalf of and in the name of the Commission with respect to all of the functions of the Commission except general rulemaking functions: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the Senior Commissioner shall not exercise any authority on behalf of the Commission (1) without consultation with such other member of the Commission as may at the time be present at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, and without a reasonable attempt to consult, by telephone, with other members of the Commission; and (2) unless, in the opinion of the Senior Commissioner (after consulting with the General Counsel or his deputy or associate, and such other members of the Commission staff as the Senior Commissioner deems appropriate) the public interest requires that action be taken prior to the next scheduled meeting of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Report to the Commission.</I> The exercise of Senior Commissioner authority shall be reported to the Commission within one business day thereafter either by the Senior Commissioner or at their direction, and shall be recorded by the Secretariat in the Minute Record of all official actions of the Commission. The Secretariat shall promptly notify any directly affected person of the action taken and that it was the Senior Commissioner available, rather than the Commission as a whole, who took the action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review by the Commission.</I> The Commission may, in the following circumstances, review any action taken under Senior Commissioner authority and may affirm, modify, alter or set aside the decision:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the request of any member of the Commission, any action taken by a Senior Commissioner shall be reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event action by a Senior Commissioner suspends, denies or revokes or otherwise directly and adversely affects any license, right or privilege of any person, that person may in writing request review by the Commission and shall be entitled to have the action of the Senior Commissioner reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may, in its discretion, review any action taken by a Senior Commissioner upon petition by any other person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final effect of action by Senior Commissioner.</I> In any matter, the action taken under Senior Commissioner authority shall be deemed the action of the Commission unless and until the Commission shall otherwise direct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28474, July 12, 1976, as amended at 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024, § 140.11 was amended by removing text “General Counsel or his deputy” and adding in its place “General Counsel or their deputy”. However, the amendment could not be incorporated due to an error that misidentified the paragraph number.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.12   Disposition of business by seriatim Commission consideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever the Chairman of the Commission is of the opinion that joint deliberation among the members of the Commission upon any matter is unnecessary in light of the nature of the matter, impracticable, or would impede the orderly disposition of agency business, but is of the view that such matter should be the subject of a vote of the Commission, such matter may be disposed of by circulation of any relevant materials concerning the matter. The relevant materials shall be circulated to each member of the Commission, unless a member is unavailable or has determined not to participate in the matter. A written record of the vote of each participating Commission member shall be reported to the Secretariat who shall retain it in the records of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever any member of the Commission so requests, any matter circulated for disposition pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be withdrawn from circulation and scheduled instead for a Commission meeting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 43452, Sept. 26, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.13   Vacancy in position of Chairman.</HEAD>
<P>At any time that a vacancy exists in the position of Chairman of the Commission the remaining members of the Commission shall elect a member to serve as acting Chairman who shall exercise the executive and administrative functions of the Commission that would otherwise be exercised by a Chairman in accordance with section 2(a)(6) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, until a new Chairman has been appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the President shall appoint a new Chairman from among the existing members of the Commission, that Commissioner shall serve as acting Chairman for these purposes until such time as their appointment as Chairman has been confirmed or rejected by the Senate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 50167, Oct. 27, 1978, 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.14   Delegation of authority to the Secretary of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>After the Commission has formally reached a decision or taken other action on a matter, has agreed upon the language of the document which embodies the Commission decision or other action, including, but not limited to, a rule, regulation or order, and has directed that the document be issued, the Secretary of the Commission (or a person designated in writing by the Secretary) shall sign the document on behalf of the Commission. Signature by the Secretary shall be a ministerial function and shall not be discretionary. The delegation to the Secretary of the authority to sign documents on the Commission's behalf shall not affect any other delegation which the Commission has made, or may make, which authorizes any other officer or employee of the Commission to take action and to sign documents on the Commission's behalf. In addition, the Commission reserves the authority to provide for signature on its behalf by the Chairman or any other member of the Commission in particular circumstances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 33677, June 12, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.20   Designation of senior official to oversee Commission use of national security information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Executive Director is hereby designated to oversee the Commission's program to ensure the safeguarding of national security information received by the Commission from other agencies, to chair a Commission committee composed of members of the staff selected by him with authority to act on all suggestions and complaints with respect to the Commission administration of its information security program, and, in conjunction with the Security Officer of the Commission, to ensure that practices for safeguarding national security information are systematically reviewed and that those practices which are duplicative or unnecessary are eliminated.
</P>
<P>(b) The Executive Director may submit any matter for which he has been designated under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65736, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 61 FR 21955, May 13, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.21   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Classified information.</I> Information or material that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Owned by, produced for or by, or under control of the United States Government, and
</P>
<P>(2) Determined pursuant to Executive Order 12356 or prior or succeeding orders to require protection against unauthorized disclosure, and
</P>
<P>(3) So designated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compromise.</I> The disclosure of classified information to persons not authorized access thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Custodians.</I> An individual who has possession of or is otherwise charged with the responsibility for safeguarding or accounting for classified information.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Classification levels.</I> Refers to Top Secret “(TS)”, Secret “(S)”, and Confidential “(C)” levels used to identify national security information. Markings “For Official Use Only,” and “Limited Official Use” shall not be used to identify national security information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 15464, Apr. 11, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.22" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.22   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original classification.</I> The Commodity Futures Trading Commission has no original classification authority.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Derivative classification.</I> Personnel of the Commission shall respect the original classification markings assigned to information they receive from other agencies.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Declassification and downgrading.</I> Since the Commission does no original classification of material, declassification and downgrading of sensitive material is not applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dissemination.</I> All classified national security information which the Commission receives from any agency will be cared for and returned in accordance with the particular agency's policy guidelines and may not be disseminated to any other agency without the consent of the originating agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 15464, Apr. 11, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.23" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.23   General access requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determination of trustworthiness.</I> No person shall be given access to classified information unless a favorable determination has been made as to the person's trustworthiness. The determination of eligibility, referred to as a security clearance, shall be based on such investigations as the Commission may require in accordance with the applicable Office of Personnel Management standards and criteria.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of need-to-know.</I> A person is not entitled to receive classified information solely by virtue of having been granted a security clearance. A person must also have a need for access to the particular classified information sought in connection with the performance of official government duties or contractual obligations. The determination of that need shall be made by officials having responsibility for the classified information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 15464, Apr. 11, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.24   Control and accountability procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Persons entrusted with classified information shall be responsible for providing protection and accountability for such information at all times and for locking classified information in approved security equipment whenever it is not in use or under direct supervision of authorized persons.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General safeguards.</I> (1) Classified material must not be left in unoccupied rooms or be left inadequately protected in an occupied office, or one occupied by other than security cleared employees. Under no circumstances shall classified material be placed in desk drawers or anywhere other than in approved storage containers.
</P>
<P>(2) Employees using classified material shall take every precaution to prevent deliberate or casual inspection of it by unauthorized persons. Classified material shall be kept under constant surveillance and face down or covered when not in use.
</P>
<P>(3) All copies of classified documents and any informal material such as memoranda, rough drafts, shorthand notes, carbon copies, carbon paper, typewriter ribbons, recording discs, spools and tapes shall be given the same classification and secure handling as the classified information they contain.
</P>
<P>(4) Commission personnel authorized to use classified materials will obtain them from the Executive Director or their designee on the day required and return them to the Executive Director or their designee before the close of business on the same day.
</P>
<P>(5) Classified information shall not be revealed in telephone or telecommunications conversations.
</P>
<P>(6) Any person who has knowledge of the loss or possible compromise of classified information shall immediately report the circumstances either to the Security Officer or to the Executive Director or their designee in consultation with the General Counsel or their designee. The Executive Director or his delegee shall initiate a preliminary inquiry to determine the circumstances surrounding an actual or possible compromise, and to determine what corrective measures and administrative, disciplinary, or legal action is necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reproduction controls.</I> (1) The number of copies of documents containing classified information must be kept to the minimum required by operational necessity to decrease the risk of compromise and reduce storage costs.
</P>
<P>(2) Top Secret documents, except for the controlled initial distribution of information processed or received electrically, shall not be reproduced without the consent of the originator.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless restricted by the originating agency, Secret and Confidential documents may be reproduced to the extent required by operational needs.
</P>
<P>(4) Reproduced copies of classified documents shall be subject to the same accountability and controls as the original documents.
</P>
<P>(5) Classified reproduction shall be controlled by persons with the proper level of security clearance.
</P>
<P>(6) Records shall be maintained to show the number and distribution of reproduced copies to all Top Secret documents, of all classified documents covered by special access programs distributed outside the originating agency, and of all Secret and Confidential documents which are marked with special dissemination and reproduction limitations.
</P>
<P>(7) Unauthorized reproduction of classified material will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Storage of classified material.</I> (1) All classified material in the custody of the Commission will be stored in accordance with the guidelines set forth in 32 CFR 2001.43.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, the Commission remains subject to the provisions of 32 CFR part 2001, <I>et seq.,</I> insofar as they are applicable to classified materials held by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 15464, Apr. 11, 1983, as amended at 61 FR 21955, May 13, 1996; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.61" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.61   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.72" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.72   Delegation of authority to disclose confidential information to a registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to the authority granted under sections 2(a)(11), 8a(5) and 8a(6) of the Act, the Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Executive Director, the Director of the Market Participants Division, the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Chief Accountant, the General Counsel, the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, the Director of the Division of Data, the Director of the Division of Enforcement, the Chief Economist of the Office of the Chief Economist, the Director of the Office of International Affairs, or such other employee or employees as the General Counsel, Directors, Chief Accountant or Chief Economist each may designate, the authority to disclose to an official of any registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association, or self-regulatory organization as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, any information necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Act, including, but not limited to, the full facts concerning any transaction or market operation, including the names of the parties thereto. This authority to disclose shall be based on a determination that the transaction or market operation disrupts or tends to disrupt any market or is otherwise harmful or against the best interests of producers, consumers, or investors or that disclosure is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclosure under this section shall only be made to a registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization official who is named in a list filed with the Commission by the chief executive officer of the registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization, which sets forth the official's name, business address and telephone number. The chief executive officer shall thereafter notify the Commission of any deletions or additions to the list of officials authorized to receive disclosures under this section. The original list and any supplemental list required by this paragraph shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission, and a copy thereof shall also be filed with the Regional Administrator for the region in which the registered entity, swap execution facility, or swap data repository is located or in which the registered futures association or self-regulatory organization has its principal office.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any case in which a Commission employee delegated authority under this section believes it appropriate, he or she may submit to the Commission for its consideration the question of whether disclosure of information should be made.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, the term “official” shall mean any officer or member of a committee of a registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization who is specifically charged with market surveillance or audit or investigative responsibilities, or their duly authorized representative or agent, who is named on the list filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section or any supplement thereto.
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of this section, the term “self-regulatory organization” shall mean the same as that defined in section 3(a) (26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(f) Any registered entity, swap execution facility, swap data repository, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization receiving information from the Commission under these provisions shall not disclose such information except that disclosure may be made in any self-regulatory action or proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 22134, May 17, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 61 FR 1709, Jan. 23, 1996; 66 FR 1576, Jan. 9, 2001; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 73 FR 79609, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 66346, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 21523, Apr. 11, 2013; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 82 FR 28769, June 26, 2017; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.73" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.73   Delegation of authority to disclose information to United States, States, and foreign government agencies and foreign futures authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to sections 2(a)(11), 8a(5) and 8(e) of the Act, the Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the General Counsel, the Director of the Division of Enforcement, the Director of the Division of Data, the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, the Director of the Market Participants Division, the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Chief Economist of the Office of the Chief Economist, the Director of the Office of International Affairs, or such other employee or employees as the General Counsel, Chief Economist or Directors listed in this section each may designate the authority to furnish information in the possession of the Commission obtained in connection with the administration of the Act, upon written request, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any department or agency of the United States, including for this purpose an independent regulatory agency, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(2) Any department or agency of any State or any political subdivision thereof, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any foreign futures authority, as defined in section 1a(10) of the Act, or any department or agency of any foreign government or political subdivision thereof, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction, provided that the Commission official making the disclosure is satisfied that the information will not be disclosed except in connection with an adjudicatory action or proceeding brought under the laws of such foreign government or political subdivision to which such foreign government or political subdivision or any department or agency thereof, or foreign futures authority is a party.
</P>
<P>(b) Any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be made with the concurrence of the Director of the Division of Enforcement or in their absence a Deputy Director of the Division of Enforcement. Provided, however, that no such concurrence is necessary for the Director of Market Oversight or in their absence each Deputy Director of the Division to release information under paragraph (a)(1) of this section concerning current or on-going market transactions or operations.
</P>
<P>(c) In furnishing information under this delegation pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, the Commission official making the disclosure shall remind the department or agency involved that section 8(e) of the Act prohibits the disclosure by such department or agency of information that would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers except in an action or proceeding under the laws of the United States, the State, or a political subdivision thereof to which the department or the agency of either the state or political subdivision, the Commission, or the United States is a party.
</P>
<P>(d) This delegation shall not affect any other delegation which the Commission has made or may make, which authorizes any other officer or employee of the Commission to furnish information to governmental bodies on the Commission's behalf.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any case in which any employee delegated authority therein believes it appropriate the matter may be submitted to the Commission for its consideration. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Commission from exercising the authority delegated in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 22135, May 17, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 61 FR 1709, Jan. 23, 1996; 66 FR 1576, Jan. 9, 2001; 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 73 FR 79609, Dec. 30, 2008; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 82 FR 28770, June 26, 2017; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.74" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.74   Delegation of authority to issue special calls for Series 03 Reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to issue special calls for series 03 reports under § 18.00 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Enforcement may submit any matter which has been delegated to the Director under this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Enforcement under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28770, June 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.75" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.75   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 2(a)(11), 8a(5) and 8(g) of the Act, the Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as either Director may designate, the authority to disclose any registration information contained in the registration applications filed by Commission registrants or any compilation of such information maintained by the Commission to any department or agency of any State or any political subdivision thereof. Disclosure under this section may be made upon reasonable request made to the Commission or without request whenever the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Director of the Market Participants Division, or any Commission employee designated by either Director to make disclosures under this section determines that such information may be appropriate for use by any department or agency of a State or political subdivision thereof. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, in any case in which the Director of Division of Clearing and Risk and Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight deems it appropriate, or in any case in which the Commission so requests, the Director may submit matter to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 22136, May 17, 1983, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024, § 140.75 was amended by removing text “Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight” and adding in its place “Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director of the Market Participants Division”. However, the amendment could not be incorporated due to an error in the amendatory instruction.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.76" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.76   Delegation of authority to disclose information in a receivership or bankruptcy proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to sections 2(a)(11) and 8(b) of the Act, the Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Director of the Market Participants Division, the General Counsel, or any Commission employee under their direction as they may designate Commission employee under their direction as they may designate, the authority to disclose data and information that would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers, when such disclosure is made in any receivership proceeding involving a receiver appointed in a judicial proceeding brought under the Act, or in any bankruptcy proceeding in which the Commission has intervened or in which the Commission has the right to appear and be heard under title 11 of the United States Code.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), in any case in which the Director of the Division of Enforcement, the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Director of the Market Participants Division, the General Counsel, or any employee designated by them to make disclosures pursuant to this section believes it appropriate, the matter may be submitted to the Commission for consideration. In addition, the Commission reserves to itself the authority to determine whether to grant a request for information in any particular case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 4464, Feb. 7, 1984, as amended at 67 FR 62352, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.77" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.77   Delegation of authority to determine that applications for contract market designation, swap execution facility registration, or swap data repository registration are materially incomplete.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director's designees, the authority to determine that an application for contract market designation, swap execution facility registration, or swap data repository registration is materially incomplete under section 6 of the Commodity Exchange Act and to so notify the applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit any matter which has been delegated to the director under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 34946, Aug. 2, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 77 FR 66347, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.80" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.80   Disclosure of information pursuant to a subpoena or summons.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission shall provide notice to any person who has submitted information to the Commission when a summons or subpoena seeking the submitted information is received by the Commission. Notice ordinarily will be provided by mailing a copy of the summons or subpoena to the last known home or business address of the person who submitted the information. However, under circumstances which would make notice by mail unduly burdensome or costly, notice of the existence of the summons or subpoena may be affected by alternative means such as publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The Commission will not disclose such information until the expiration of at least fourteen days from the date of mailing, or such other notice as is given. This section shall not apply to (a) Congressional subpoenas or Congressional requests for information, (b) information which is considered by the Commission to be public information, or (c) information as to which the submitter has waived the notice provision of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 4464, Feb. 7, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.81" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.81   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.91" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.91   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Market Participants Division.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.10 of this chapter, except for those relating to nonpublic treatment of reports set forth in § 1.10(g) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.12 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.14 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.15 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.16 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(6) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.17 of this chapter, except for those relating to non-enumerated cover cases set forth in § 1.17(j)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.20 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.25 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(9) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.26 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(10) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 1.52 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 23.100-106 of this chapter, except for those related to the revocation of a swap dealer's or major swap participant's approval to use internal models to compute capital requirements under § 23.102 of this chapter, those related to the Commission's order under § 23.104 of this chapter, and the issuance of Capital Comparability Determinations under § 23.106 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(12) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 30.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(13) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 41.41 of this chapter. Any action taken pursuant to the delegation of authority under this paragraph (a)(13) shall be made with the concurrence of the General Counsel or, in their absence, a Deputy General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and the Director of the Market Participants Division may submit any matter which has been delegated to them under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 13460, Mar. 12, 1979, as amended at 60 FR 8195, Feb. 13, 1995; 66 FR 43087, Aug. 17, 2001; 66 FR 53523, Oct. 23, 2001; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 78 FR 68655, Nov. 14, 2013; 79 FR 44126, July 30, 2014; 85 FR 57570, Sept. 15, 2020; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.92" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.92   Delegation of authority to grant registrations and renewals thereof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as they may designate, the authority to grant registrations and renewals thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and the Director of the Market Participants Division may submit any matter which has been delegated to them under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20785, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.93" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.93   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Market Participants Division.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 4.12(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 4.22(g)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 4.20(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 4.5(c)(2)(ii) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 4.6(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) All functions reserved to the Commission in §§ 23.150 through 23.161 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and the Director of the Market Participants Division may submit any matter which has been delegated to them under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and the Director of the Market Participants Division under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26023, May 8, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 34311, July 1, 1981; 50 FR 15884, Apr. 23, 1985; 52 FR 41986, Nov. 2, 1987; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 70 FR 2566, Jan. 14, 2005; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 81 FR 704, Jan. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.94" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.94   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 5.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) All function reserved to the Commission in § 5.10 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 5.11 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 5.12 of this chapter, except for those relating to nonpublic treatment of reports set forth in § 5.12(i) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 5.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Market Participants Division 

may submit any matter which has been delegated to him or her under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to such members of the Commission's staff actingunder their direction as they may designate:
</P>
<P>(1) The authority to review applications for registration as a derivatives clearing organization filed with the Commission under § 39.3(a)(1) of this chapter, to determine that an application is materially complete pursuant to § 39.3(a)(2) of this chapter, to request additional information in support of an application pursuant to § 39.3(a)(4) of this chapter, to extend the review period for an application pursuant to § 39.3(a)(7) of this chapter, to stay the running of the 180-day review period if an application is incomplete pursuant to § 39.3(b)(1) of this chapter, to review requests for amendments to orders of registration filed with the Commission under § 39.3(d)(1) of this chapter, to request additional information in support of a request for an amendment to an order of registration pursuant to § 39.3(d)(2) of this chapter, and to request additional information in support of a rule submission pursuant to § 39.3(g)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.4(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.5(b)(2), (b)(3)(ix), (c)(1), and (d)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.6 of this chapter, except for the authority to:
</P>
<P>(i) Grant an exemption under § 39.6(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prescribe conditions to an exemption under § 39.6(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) Modify or terminate an exemption under § 39.6(f)(4) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Terminate an exemption under § 39.6(g)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.10(c)(4)(iv) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(6) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.11(b)(1)(v), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(1) and (3), and (f)(1), and (2) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.12(a)(5)(iii) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(8) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.13(g)(8)(ii), (h)(1)(i)(C), (h)(1)(ii), (h)(3)(i) and (ii), and (h)(5)(i)(C) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(9) The authority to request additional information in support of a rule submission under §§ 39.13(i)(2) and 39.15(b)(2)(iii) of this chapter;


</P>
<P>(10) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.19(a), (b)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3)(iv), and (c)(5) of this chapter;






</P>
<P>(11) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.20(a)(5) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(12) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.21(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(13) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.31 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(14) The authority to approve the requests described in §§ 39.34(d) and 39.39(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(15) All functions reserved to the Commission in § 39.51 of this chapter, except for the authority to:
</P>
<P>(i) Grant registration under § 39.51(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prescribe conditions to registration under § 39.51(b) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Modify registration under § 39.51(d)(4) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) The Director of Clearing and Risk may submit any matter which has been delegated to them under paragraph (c) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Market Participants Division under paragraph (a) or to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 22420, Apr. 16, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 72514, Dec. 2, 2013; 85 FR 4900, Jan. 27, 2020; 85 FR 67189, Oct. 21, 2020; 86 FR 968, Jan. 7, 2021; 88 FR 53698, Aug. 8, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.95" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.95   Delegation of authority with respect to withdrawals from registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under their direction as they may designate, the authority to review, postpone, condition, deny, or otherwise act upon a request for withdrawal from registration.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and the Director of the Market Participants Division may submit any matter which has been delegated to them under paragraph (a) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk and to the Director of the Market Participants Division under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48918, Oct. 5, 1981, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.96" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.96   Delegation of authority to publish in the Federal Register.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director's designee, or the Director of the Division of Data or the Director's designee, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, the authority to publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of the availability for comment of the proposed terms and conditions of applications for contract market designation, swap execution facility and swap data repository registration, and to determine to publish, and to publish, requests for public comment on proposed exchange, swap execution facility, or swap data repository rules, and rule amendments, when there exists novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, an inadequate explanation by the submitting registered entity, or a potential inconsistency with the Act, including regulations under the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director's designee, and to the Director of the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director's designee, and to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director's designee, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, the authority to determine to publish, and to publish, in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> requests for public comment on proposed rule amendments by a derivatives clearing organization, designated contract market, swap data repository, swap execution facility, or registered futures association when publication of the proposed rule amendment is in the public interest and will assist the Commission in considering the views of interested persons.
</P>
<P>(c) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight or the Director of the Market Participants Division or the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or the Director of the Division of Data may submit any matter which has been delegated to such Director under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section may prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or to the Director of the Market Participants Division or to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk or to the Director of the Division of Data under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 47532, Nov. 19, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 35897, Sept. 4, 1990; 57 FR 20638, May 14, 1992; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 7 FR 66347, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.97" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.97   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.98" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.98   Publication of no-action, interpretative and exemption letters and other written communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and except for applications for orders granting exemptions submitted pursuant to section 4(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act and any written responses thereto, each written response by the Commission or its staff to a letter or other written communication requesting:
</P>
<P>(1) Interpretative legal advice with respect to the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order issued or adopted by the Commission thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that, on the basis of the facts stated in such letter or other communication, the staff would not recommend that the Commission take any enforcement action; or
</P>
<P>(3) An exemption, on the basis of the facts stated in such letter or other communication, from the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules, or regulations or orders issued or adopted by the Commission thereunder; shall be made available, together with the letter or other written communication making the request, for inspection and copying by any person as soon as practicable after the response has been sent or given to the person requesting it.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person submitting a letter or other written communication making such a request may also submit therewith a request that the letter or other written communication, as well as any Commission or staff response thereto, be accorded confidential treatment for a specified period of time, not exceeding 120 days from the date of the response thereto, together with a statement setting forth the considerations upon which the request for such treatment is based. If the staff determines that the request is reasonable and appropriate it will be granted and the letter or other written communication as well as the response thereto will not be made available for public inspection or copying until the expiration of the specified period. If it appears to the staff that the request for confidential treatment should be denied, the staff shall so advise the person making the request and such person may withdraw the letter or other written communication within 30 days thereafter. In such case, no response will be sent or given and the letter or other written communication shall remain in the Commission's files but will not be made public pursuant to this section. If such letter or other written communication is not so withdrawn, it shall be deemed to be available for public inspection and copying together with any written response thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, no portion of a letter or other written communication received by the Commission or its staff of the type described in paragraph (a) of this section, or any written response thereto, shall be made available for inspection and copying or otherwise published which would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers, except in accordance with the provisions of section 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 61291, Dec. 24, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.99" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.2.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.99   Requests for exemptive, no-action and interpretative letters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exemptive letter</I> means a written grant of relief issued by the staff of a Division of the Commission from the applicability of a specific provision of the Act or of a rule, regulation or order issued thereunder by the Commission. An exemptive letter may only be issued by staff of a Division when the Commission itself has exemptive authority and that authority has been delegated by the Commission to the Division in question. An exemptive letter binds the Commission and its staff with respect to the relief provided therein. Only the Beneficiary may rely upon the exemptive letter. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No-action letter</I> means a written statement issued by the staff of a Division of the Commission or of the Office of the General Counsel that it will not recommend enforcement action to the Commission for failure to comply with a specific provision of the Act or of a Commission rule, regulation or order if a proposed transaction is completed or a proposed activity is conducted by the Beneficiary. A no-action letter represents the position only of the Division that issued it, or the Office of the General Counsel if issued thereby. A no-action letter binds only the issuing Division or the Office of the General Counsel, as applicable, and not the Commission or other Commission staff. Only the Beneficiary may rely upon the no-action letter. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interpretative letter</I> means written advice or guidance issued by the staff of a Division of the Commission or the Office of the General Counsel. An interpretative letter binds only the issuing Division or the Office of the General Counsel, as applicable, and does not bind the Commission or other Commission staff. An interpretative letter may be relied upon by persons in addition to the Beneficiary. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Letter</I> means an exemptive, no-action or interpretative letter. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Division</I> means the Market Participants Division, the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Division of Market Oversight, the Division of Data, or the Office of the General Counsel, or any successor divisions or organizational units, as the context requires. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Issuance of a Letter is entirely within the discretion of Commission staff. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each request for a Letter must comply with the requirements of this section. Commission staff may reject or decline to respond to a request that does not comply with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The request must relate to a proposed transaction or a proposed activity. Absent extraordinary circumstances, Commission staff will not issue a Letter based upon transactions or activities that have been completed or activities that have been conducted prior to the date upon which the request is filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(4) The request must be made by or on behalf of the person whose activities or transactions are the subject of the request. Commission staff will not respond to a request for a Letter that is made by or on behalf of an unidentified person. 
</P>
<P>(5)(i) The request must set forth as completely as possible all material facts and circumstances giving rise to the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Commission staff will not respond to a request based on a hypothetical situation. However, a requester may set forth one or more alternative structures or fact situations for a proposed transaction or activity; <I>Provided,</I> That the request complies with this section with respect to each alternative structure or fact situation. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information requirements.</I> Each request for a Letter must comply with the following information requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A request made by the person on whose behalf the Letter is sought must contain: 
</P>
<P>(A) The name, main business address, main telephone number and, if applicable, the National Futures Association registration identification number of such person; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The name and, if applicable, the National Futures Association registration identification number of each other person for whose benefit the person is seeking the Letter. 
</P>
<P>(ii) When made by a requester other than the person on whose behalf the Letter is sought, the request must contain: 
</P>
<P>(A) The name, main business address and main business telephone number of the requester; 
</P>
<P>(B) The name and, if applicable, the National Futures Association registration identification number of the person on whose behalf the Letter is sought; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The name and, if applicable, the National Futures Association registration identification number of each other person for whose benefit the requester is seeking the Letter.
</P>
<P>(iii) The request must provide the name, address and telephone number of a contact person from whom Commission staff may obtain additional information if necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) The section number of the particular provision of the Act and/or Commission rules, regulations or orders to which the request relates must be set forth in the upper right-hand corner of the first page of the request.
</P>
<P>(3) The request must be accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(i) A certification by a person with knowledge of the facts that the material facts as represented in the request are true and complete. The following form of certification is sufficient for this purpose:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that the material facts set forth in the attached letter dated ____ are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
</P>
<FP-DASH>(name and title)</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<FP>and
</FP>
<P>(ii) An undertaking made by the person on whose behalf the Letter is sought or by that person's authorized representative that, if at any time prior to issuance of a Letter, any material representation made in the request ceases to be true and complete, the person who made the undertaking will ensure that Commission staff is informed promptly in writing of all materially changed facts and circumstances. If a material change in facts or circumstances occurs subsequent to issuance of a Letter, the person on whose behalf the Letter is sought (or that person's authorized representative at the time of the change) must promptly so inform Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(4) The request must identify the type of relief requested and Letter sought and must clearly state why a Letter is needed. The request must identify all relevant legal and factual issues and discuss the legal and public policy bases supporting issuance of the Letter.
</P>
<P>(5) The request must contain references to all relevant authorities, including applicable provisions of the Act, Commission rules, regulations and orders, judicial decisions, administrative decisions, relevant statutory interpretations and policy statements. Adverse authority must be cited and discussed.
</P>
<P>(6) The request must identify prior publicly available Letters issued by Commission staff in response to circumstances similar to those surrounding the request (including adverse Letters), and must identify any conditions imposed by prior Letters as prerequisites for the issuance of those Letters. Citation of a representative sample of prior Letters is sufficient where a comprehensive recitation of prior Letters on a given topic would be repetitious or would not assist the staff in considering the request.
</P>
<P>(7) Requests may ask that, if the requested exemptive relief, no-action position or interpretative guidance is denied, the staff consider granting alternative relief or adopting an alternative position.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing requirements.</I> Each request for a Letter must comply with the following filing requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The request must be in writing and signed.


</P>
<P>(2)(i)(A) A request for a letter relating to the provisions of the Act or the Commission's rules, regulations, or orders issued thereunder governing designated contract markets, registered swap execution facilities, registered swap data repositories, registered foreign boards of trade, the nature of particular transactions and whether they are exempt or excluded from being required to be traded on one of the foregoing entities, made available for trading determinations, position limits, hedging exemptions, the trading of block trades, or position aggregation treatment shall be filed with the Director, Division of Market Oversight, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(B) A request for a letter regarding the form and manner of data reporting, data standards for reporting, or the content of any trade report or form to be submitted to the Commission, under Parts 15-20, 43, 45, 46, or 49, shall be filed with the Director, Division of Data at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.




</P>
<P>(ii) A request for a Letter relating to the provisions of the Act or the Commission's rules, regulations or orders governing or related to derivatives clearing organizations and other central counterparties, the clearing process, the clearing requirement determination, Commission regulation 1.25 jointly with the Director of the Market Participants Division, risk assessment, financial surveillance, the end user exemption, and bankruptcy shall be filed with the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(iii) A request for a Letter relating to all other provisions of the Act or Commission rules, including Commission regulation 1.25 jointly with the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, shall be filed with the Director of the Market Participants Division at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(iv) The requests described in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section must be submitted electronically using the email address <I>dmoletters@cftc.gov</I> (for a request filed with the Division of Market Oversight), <I>dcrletters@cftc.gov</I> (for a request filed with the Division of Clearing and Risk), or <I>dodletters@cftc.gov</I> (for a request filed with the Division of Data), or <I>mpdletters@cftc.gov</I> (for a request filed with the Market Participants Division), as appropriate, and a properly signed paper copy of the request must be provided to the Division of Market Oversight, the Division of Data, the Division of Clearing and Risk, or the Market Participants Division, as appropriate, pursuant to paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section, as applicable, within ten days for purposes of verification of the electronic submission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form of staff response.</I> No response to any request governed by this section is effective unless it is in writing, signed by appropriate Commission staff, and transmitted in final form to the recipient. Failure by Commission staff to respond to a request for a Letter does not constitute approval of the request. Nothing in this section shall preclude Commission staff from responding to a request for a Letter by way of endorsement or any other abbreviated, written form of response.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Withdrawal of requests.</I> (1) A request for a Letter may be withdrawn by filing with Commission staff a written request for withdrawal, signed by the person on whose behalf the Letter was sought or by that person's authorized representative, that states whether the person on whose behalf the Letter was sought will proceed with the proposed transaction or activity.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a request has been submitted by an authorized representative of the person on whose behalf a Letter is sought, the authorized representative may withdraw from representation at any time without explanation, <I>Provided,</I> That Commission staff is promptly so notified.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Failure to pursue a request.</I> In the event that Commission staff requests additional information or analysis from a requester and the requester does not provide that information or analysis within thirty calendar days, Commission staff generally will issue a denial of the request; <I>Provided, however,</I> that Commission staff in its discretion may issue an extension of time to provide the information and or analysis.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> Confidential treatment of a request for a Letter must be requested separately in accordance with § 140.98 or § 145.9 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Applicability to other sections.</I> The provisions of this section shall not affect the requirements of, or otherwise be applicable to:
</P>
<P>(1) Notice filings required to be made to claim relief from the Act or from a Commission rule, regulation, or order including, without limitations, §§ 4.5, 4.7(a), 4.7(b), 4.12(b), 4.13(b) and 4.14(a)(8) of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for exemption pursuant to section 4(c) of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Requests for exemption pursuant to § 41.33 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 68181, Dec. 10, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 47859, Aug. 4, 2000; 66 FR 44967, Aug. 27, 2001; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004; 77 FR 66347, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 80 FR 59578, Oct. 2, 2015; 89 FR 71813, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Regulation Concerning Conduct of Members and Employees and Former Members and Employees of the Commission</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 4a(f) and (j), 12a(5), and 13, as amended by the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000, Appendix E of Pub. L. 106-554, 114 Stat. 2763 (2000).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 27511, July 2, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-1   Authority and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth specific standards of conduct required of Commission members, employees of the Commission, and special government employees as well as regulations concerning former Commissioners, employees, and special government employees of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. These rules are separate from and in addition to the Office of Government Ethics' conduct rules, Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch, 5 CFR part 2635. In addition, this subpart contains references to various statutes governing employee conduct in order to aid Commission members, employees of the Commission and others in their understanding of statutory restrictions and requirements. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Absent compelling countervailing reasons, all Commission members and employees are subject to all the terms of this section.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> These references, however, do not purport to cover all restrictions and requirements, and paraphrased restatements of statutory provisions are not intended to be, and should not be construed as, verbatim quotations of the law. Statutory text should be consulted in any situation in which it might apply.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 5939, Feb. 8, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-2   Prohibited transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to all transactions effected by or on behalf of a Commission member or employee of the Commission, including transactions for the account of other persons effected by the member or employee, directly or indirectly under a power of attorney or otherwise. A member or employee shall be deemed to have a sufficient interest in the transactions of his or her spouse, minor child, or other relative who is a resident of the immediate household of the member or employee so that such transactions must be reported and are subject to all the terms of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no member or employee of the Commission shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Participate, directly or indirectly, in any transaction: 
</P>
<P>(i) In swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) In commodity futures; 
</P>
<P>(iii) In retail forex transactions, as that term is defined in § 5.1(m) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iv) Involving any commodity that is of the character of or which is commonly known to the trade as an option, privilege, indemnity, bid, offer, put, call, advance guaranty, or decline guaranty; or 
</P>
<P>(v) For the delivery of any commodity under a standardized contract commonly known to the trade as a margin account, margin contract, leverage account, or leverage contract, or under any contract, account, arrangement, scheme, or device that the Commission determines serves the same function or functions as such a standardized contract, or is marketed or managed in substantially the same manner as such a standardized contract; 
</P>
<P>(2) Effect any purchase or sale of a commodity option, futures contract, or swap involving a security or group of securities; 
</P>
<P>(3) Sell a security which he or she does not own or consummate a sale by the delivery of a security borrowed by or for his or her account; 
</P>
<P>(4) Participate, directly or indirectly, in any investment transaction in an actual commodity if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Nonpublic information is used in the investment transaction; 
</P>
<P>(ii) It is prohibited by rule or regulation of the Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) It is effected by means of any instrument regulated by the Commission and is not otherwise permitted by an exception under this section; 
</P>
<P>(5) Purchase or sell any securities of a company which, to his or her knowledge, is involved in any: 
</P>
<P>(i) Pending investigation by the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Proceeding before the Commission or to which the Commission is a party; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Other matter under consideration by the Commission that could have a direct and predictable effect upon the company; or 
</P>
<P>(6) Recommend or suggest to another person any transaction in which the member or employee is not permitted to participate in any circumstance where the member or employee could reasonably expect to benefit or where the member or employee has or may have control or substantial influence over such person. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for farming, ranching, and natural resource operations.</I> The prohibitions in paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (ii), and (iv) of this section shall not apply to a transaction in connection with any farming, ranching, oil and gas, mineral rights, or other natural resource operation in which the member or employee has a financial interest, if he or she is not involved in the decision to engage in, and does not have prior knowledge of, the actual futures, commodity option, or swap transaction and has previously notified the General Counsel 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> in writing of the nature of the operation, the extent of the member's or employee's interest, the types of transactions in which the operation may engage, and the identity of the person or persons who will make trading decisions for the operation; 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> or
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> As used in this subpart, “General Counsel” refers to the General Counsel in his or her capacity as counselor for the Commission and designated agency ethics official for the Commission, and includes his or her designee and the alternate designated agency ethics official appointed by the agency head pursuant to 5 CFR 2638.202.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Although not required, if they choose to do so, members or employees may use powers of attorney or other arrangements in order to meet the notice requirements of, and to assure that they have no control or knowledge of, futures, commodity option, or swap transactions permitted under paragraph (c) of this section. A member or employee considering such arrangements should consult with the Office of General Counsel in advance for approval. Should a member or employee gain knowledge of an actual futures, commodity option, or swap transaction entered into by an operation described in paragraph (c) of this section that has already taken place and the market position represented by that transaction remains open, he or she should promptly report that fact and all other details to the General Counsel and seek advice as to what action, including recusal from any particular matter that will have a direct and predictable effect on the financial interest in question, may be appropriate.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) <I>Other exceptions.</I> The prohibitions in paragraphs (b)(1), (2) and (3) of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A transaction entered into by any publicly-available pooled investment vehicle (such as a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund) other than one operated by a person who is a commodity pool operator with respect to such entity if the direct or indirect ownership interest of the member or employee neither exercises control nor has the ability to exercise control over the transactions entered into by such vehicle; 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Section 9(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act makes it a felony for any member or employee, or agent thereof, to participate, directly or indirectly in, <I>inter alia,</I> any transaction in commodity futures, option, leverage transaction, or other arrangement that the Commission determines serves the same function, unless authorized to do so by Commission rule or regulation. 17 CFR 4.5 excludes certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of “commodity pool operator” with respect to operation of specific investment entities enumerated in the regulation.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) The acceptance or exercise of any stock option or similar right granted by an employer as part of a compensation package to a spouse or minor child or other related member of the immediate household of a member or employee, or to the exercise of any stock option or similar right granted to the member or employee by a previous employer prior to commencement of the member's or employee's tenure with the Commission as part of such member's or employee's compensation package from such previous employer; 
</P>
<P>(3) A transaction by any trust or estate of which the member or employee or the spouse, minor child, or other related member of the immediate household of the member or employee is solely a beneficiary, has no power to control, and does not in fact control or advise with respect to the investments of the trust or estate; 
</P>
<P>(4) The exercise of any privilege to convert or exchange securities, of rights accruing unconditionally by virtue of ownership of other securities (as distinguished from a contingent right to acquire securities not subscribed for by others), or of rights in order to round out fractional shares in securities; 
</P>
<P>(5) The acceptance of stock dividends on securities already owned, the reinvestment of cash dividends on a security already owned, or the participation in a periodic investment plan when the original purchase was otherwise consistent with this rule; or 
</P>
<P>(6) Investment in any fund established pursuant to the Federal Employees Retirement System. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>No prohibition on stocks or funds.</I> Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section shall prohibit a member or employee from purchasing, selling, or retaining any share that represents ownership of a publicly-owned corporation or interest in a publicly-available pooled investment vehicle containing any such shares (such as a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund) other than one operated by a person who is a commodity pool operator with respect to such pooled investment vehicle, regardless of whether any security futures product may at any time be or have been based upon shares of such corporation or pooled investment vehicle, and regardless of whether such pooled investment vehicle may, by design or effect, track or follow any group of securities that also underlies a futures contract. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception applicable to legally separated employees.</I> This section shall not apply to transactions of a legally separated spouse of a member or employee, including transactions for the benefit of a minor child, if the member or employee has no power to control, and does not, in fact, advise or control with respect to such transactions. If the member or employee has actual or constructive knowledge of such transactions of a legally separated spouse or for the benefit of a minor child, the disqualification provisions of § 140.735-2a(d)(2)(i)-(iii) and 18 U.S.C. 208 are applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 5939, Feb. 8, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 66347, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-2a" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-2a   Prohibited interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to all financial interests of a Commission member or employee of the Commission, including financial interests held by the member or employee for the account of other persons. A member or employee shall be deemed to have a sufficient interest in the financial interests of his or her spouse, minor child, or other relative who is a resident of the immediate household of the member or employee, so that such financial interests must be reported and are subject to all the terms of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no member or employee of the Commission shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Have a financial interest, through ownership of securities or otherwise, in any person 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> registered with the Commission (including futures commission merchants, associated persons and agents of futures commission merchants, floor brokers, commodity trading advisors and commodity pool operators, and any other persons required to be registered in a fashion similar to any of the above under the Commodity Exchange Act or pursuant to any rule or regulation promulgated by the Commission), or any contract market, swap execution facility, swap data repository, board of trade, or other trading facility, or any derivatives clearing organization subject to regulation or oversight by the Commission; 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> As defined in section 1a(38) of the Commodity Exchange Act and 17 CFR 1.3(u) thereunder, a “person” includes an individual, association, partnership, corporation and a trust.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 208.
</P>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> [Reserved]</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> The prohibitions in paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A financial interest in any publicly-available pooled investment vehicle (such as a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund) other than one operated by a person who is a commodity pool operator with respect to such entity if such vehicle does not have invested, or indicate in its prospectus the intent to invest, ten percent or more of its assets in securities of persons described in paragraph (b) of this section and the member or employee neither exercises control nor has the ability to exercise control over the financial interests held in such vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(2) A financial interest in any corporate parent or affiliate of a person described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the operations of such person provide less than ten percent of the gross revenues of the corporate parent or affiliate; 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> It is the member's or employee's responsibility to monitor his or her financial interests and those of a spouse or minor child or other related member of his or her immediate household, to promptly report relevant changes to the General Counsel in writing, and to seek the advice of the General Counsel as to what action may be appropriate. In this regard, attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 208, which bars an employee from participating in any particular matter that will have a direct and predictable effect on the financial interest in question.</P></FTNT>
<P>(3) A financial interest in any trust or estate of which the member or employee is solely a beneficiary, has no power to control, and does not in fact control or advise with respect to the investments of the trust or estate; except that such interest is subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retention or passive acquisition of prohibited financial interests.</I> Nothing in this section shall prohibit a member or employee, or a spouse or minor child or other related member of the immediate household of the member or employee, from: 
</P>
<P>(1) Retaining a financial interest that was permitted to be retained by the member or employee prior to the adoption of this regulation, was obtained prior to the commencement of employment with the Commission, or was acquired by a spouse prior to marriage to the member or employee; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Acquiring, retaining, or controlling an otherwise prohibited financial interest, including but not limited to any security or option on a security (but not a security futures product), where the financial interest was acquired by inheritance, gift, stock split, involuntary stock dividend, merger, acquisition, or other change in corporate ownership, exercise of preemptive right, or otherwise without specific intent to acquire the financial interest, or by a spouse or minor child or other related member of the immediate household of the member or employee as part of an employment compensation package; <I>provided, however,</I> that retention of any interest allowed by paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of this section is permitted only where the employee: 
</P>
<P>(i) Makes full disclosure of any such interest on his or her annual financial disclosure (Standard Form 278 or Standard Form 450); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Makes full written disclosure to the General Counsel within 30 days of commencing employment or, for incumbents, within twenty days of his or her receipt of actual or constructive notice that the interest has been acquired; 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> and 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> Changes in holdings, other than by purchase, which do not affect disqualification, such as those resulting from the automatic reinvestment of dividends, stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, may be reported on the annual statement, SF 278 or SF 450, rather than when notification of the transaction is received. Acquisition by, for example, gifts, inheritance, or spinoffs, which may result in additional disqualifications pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section and 18 U.S.C. 208 shall be reported to the General Counsel within 20 days of the receipt of actual or constructive notice thereof.</P></FTNT>
<P>(iii) Will be disqualified in accordance with 5 CFR part 2635, subpart D, and 18 U.S.C. 208 from participating in any particular matter that will have a direct and predictable effect on the financial interest in question. Any Commission member or employee affected by this section may, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 208(b)(1) and 5 CFR 2640.301-303, request a waiver of the disqualification requirement. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>With respect to any financial interest retained under paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of this section, Commission members and employees are reminded of their obligations under 18 U.S.C. 208 and 5 CFR part 2635, subpart D, to disqualify themselves from participating in any particular matter in which they, their spouses or minor children have a financial interest.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Exception applicable to legally separated employees.</I> This section shall not apply to the financial interests of a legally separated spouse of a Commission member or employee, including transactions for the benefit of a minor child, if the member or employee has no power to control and does not, in fact, advise or control with respect to such transactions. If the member or employee has actual or constructive knowledge of such financial interests held by a legally separated spouse or for the benefit of a minor child, the disqualification provisions of paragraphs (d)(2)(i)-(iii) of this section and 18 U.S.C. 208 are applicable. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Divestiture.</I> Based upon a determination of substantial conflict under 5 CFR 2635.403(b) and 18 U.S.C. 208, the Commission, or its designee, may require in writing that a member or employee, or the spouse or minor child or other related member of the immediate household of a member or employee, divest a financial interest that he or she is otherwise authorized to retain under this section. 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> Any evidence of a violation of 18 U.S.C. 208 must be reported by the General Counsel to the Commission, which may refer the matter to the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice and the United States Attorney in whose venue the violations lie. <I>See</I> 28 U.S.C. 535.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 5940, Feb. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 77 FR 66348, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-3   Non-governmental employment and other outside activity.</HEAD>
<P>A Commission member or employee shall not accept employment or compensation from any person, exchange, swap execution facility, swap data repository or derivatives clearing organization subject to regulation by the Commission. For purposes of this section, a person subject to regulation by the Commission includes but is not limited to a contract market, swap execution facility, swap data repository or derivatives clearing organization or member thereof, a registered futures commission merchant, any person associated with a futures commission merchant or with any agent of a futures commission merchant, floor broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or any person required to be registered in a fashion similar to any of the above or file reports under the Act or pursuant to any rule or regulation promulgated by the Commission.
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> Attention is directed to section 2(a)(8) of the Commodity Exchange Act, which provides, among other things, that no Commission member or employee shall accept employment or compensation from any person, exchange or derivatives clearing organization (“clearinghouse”) subject to regulation by the Commission, or participate, directly or indirectly, in any contract market operations or transactions of a character subject to regulation by the Commission.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[ 77 FR 66348, Nov. 2, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-4   Receipt and disposition of foreign gifts and decorations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section only:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commission member</I> or <I>employee</I> means any Commission member or any person employed by or who occupies an office or a position in the Commission; an expert or consultant under contract with the Commission, or in the case of an organization performing services under such contract, any individual involved in the performance of such service; and the spouse, unless the individual and his or her spouse are separated, and any dependent, as defined by section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, of any such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign government</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) Any unit of foreign governmental authority, including any foreign national, state, local, and municipal government;
</P>
<P>(B) Any international or multinational organization whose membership is composed of any unit of foreign government described in paragraph (a)(2)(A) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any agent or representative of any such unit or such organization, while acting as such.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Gift</I> means a tangible or intangible present (other than a decoration) tendered by, or received from, a foreign government, except grants and other forms of assistance to which section 108A of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 applies.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Decoration</I> means an order, device, medal, badge, insignia, emblem, or award tendered by, or received from, a foreign government.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Minimal value</I> means a retail value in the United States at the time of acceptance of $140 or less, except as redefined to reflect changes in the consumer price index at three year intervals by the Administrator of General Services pursuant to authority granted in 5 U.S.C. 7342(a)(5)(A).
</P>
<P>(b) Commission members and employees shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Request or otherwise encourage the tender of a gift or decoration;
</P>
<P>(2) Accept a gift of currency, except that which has an historical or numismatic value;
</P>
<P>(3) Accept gifts of travel or gifts of expenses for travel, such as transportation, food and lodging, from foreign governments, other than those authorized in paragraph (c)(5) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) Accept any gift or decoration, except as authorized by this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Gifts which may be accepted:
</P>
<P>(1) Commission members and employees may accept and retain gifts of minimal value tendered or received as a souvenir or mark of courtesy from a foreign government without further approval. If the value of a gift is uncertain, the recipient shall be responsible for establishing that it is of minimal value, as defined in this section. Documentary evidence may be required in support of the valuation.
</P>
<P>(2) Commission members and employees may accept, on behalf of the United States, gifts of more than minimal value tendered or received from a foreign government when it appears that to refuse the gift would likely cause offense or embarrassment or otherwise adversely affect the foreign relations of the United States. When a tangible gift of more than minimal value is accepted on behalf of the United States, it becomes the property of the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) Commission members and employees may accept a gift of more than minimal value where such gift is in the nature of an educational scholarship or medical treatment.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 60 days after accepting a tangible gift of more than minimal value, other than a gift described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, a Commission member or employee shall file a statement with the Executive Director of the Commission which shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and position of the Commission member or employee;
</P>
<P>(B) A brief description of the gift and the circumstances justify acceptance;
</P>
<P>(C) The identity, if known, of the foreign government and the name and position of the individual who presented the gift;
</P>
<P>(D) The date of acceptance of the gift;
</P>
<P>(E) The estimated value in the United States of the gift at the time of acceptance; and
</P>
<P>(F) The disposition or current location of the gift.
</P>
<P>(5) Commission members and employees are authorized to accept from a foreign government gifts of travel or gifts of expenses for travel taking place entirely outside the United States, such as transportation, food and lodging, of more than minimal value if the acceptance is approved by the Executive Director, upon a finding that it is consistent with the interests of the Commission. Either prior to or within 30 days after accepting each gift of travel or gift of travel expenses pursuant to this paragraph, the Commission member or employee concerned shall file a statement with the Executive Director containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and position of the Commission member or employee;
</P>
<P>(B) A brief description of the gift and the circumstances justifying acceptance;
</P>
<P>(C) The identity, if known, of the foreign government and the name and position of the individual who presented the gift; and
</P>
<P>(D) The date of acceptance.
</P>
<P>(6) Not later than January 31 of each year the Executive Director shall compile a listing of all statements filed during the preceding year by Commission members and employees pursuant to paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(5) of this section and shall transmit the listing to the Secretary of State.
</P>
<P>(d) Commission members or employees may accept, retain and wear decorations tendered by a foreign government in recognition of active field service in time of combat operations or awarded for other outstanding or unusually meritorious performance, subject to the approval of the Executive Director. Without this approval, the decoration is deemed to have been accepted on behalf of the United States, shall become the property of the United States, and shall be deposited by the employee, within 60 days of acceptance, with the Executive Director for official use or forwarding to the Administrator of General Services for disposal in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. Under normal circumstances, it can be expected that a Commission member or employee will be notified of the intent of a foreign government to award him or her or a spouse or dependent a decoration for outstanding or unusually meritorious service sufficiently in advance so that the approval required can be sought prior to its acceptance. A request for the approval of the Executive Director shall be submitted in writing, stating the nature of the decoration and the reason why it is being awarded. Whenever possible, the request should also be accompanied by a statement from the foreign government, preferably in the form of the citation, which shows the basis for the tender of the award, whether it is in recognition of active field service in time of combat operations or for other outstanding or unusually meritorious performance.
</P>
<P>(e) Within 60 days after acceptance of a tangible gift of more than minimal value or a decoration for which the Executive Director has not given approval, a Commission member or employee shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Deposit the gift or decoration for disposal with the Executive Director; or
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to the approval of the Commission, upon the recommendation of the Executive Director, deposit the gift or decoration with the Commission for official use.
</P>
<FP>A gift or decoration may be retained for official use if the Commission determines that it can be properly displayed in an area accessible to employees and members of the public. Within 30 days after termination of the official use of a gift, the Executive Director shall forward the gift to the Administrator of General Services in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
</FP>
<P>(f) Whenever possible, gifts and decorations that have been deposited with the Executive Director for disposal shall be returned to the donor. The Executive Director, in coordination with the Office of the General Counsel, shall examine the circumstances surrounding the donation, assessing whether any adverse effect on the foreign relations of the United States might result from the return of the gift or decoration to the donor. The appropriate Department of State officials shall be consulted if a question of adverse effect on United States foreign relations arises.
</P>
<P>(g) Gifts and decorations that have not been returned to the donor, retained for official use, or for which official use has terminated, shall be forwarded by the Executive Director to the Administrator of General Services for transfer, donation, or other disposal in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, and 5 U.S.C. 7342.
</P>
<P>(h) In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 7342(h), the U.S. Attorney General may bring a civil action in any United States district court against any Commission member or employee who knowingly solicits or accepts a gift from a foreign government not consented to by the Congress of the United States in 5 U.S.C. 7342, or who fails to deposit or report such gift as required by 5 U.S.C. 7342. The court may assess a penalty against such Commission member or employee in any amount not exceeding the retail value of the gift improperly solicited or received plus $5,000.
</P>
<P>(i) A violation of the requirements set forth in this section by a Commission employee may be cause for appropriate disciplinary action which may be in addition to any penalty prescribed by law.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) The burden of proving minimal value shall be on the recipient. In the event of a dispute over the value of a gift, the Executive Director shall arrange for an outside appraiser to determine whether the gift is of more or less than minimal value.
</P>
<P>(2) When requested by the Administrator of Government Services, the Executive Director shall arrange for an appraisal of a gift or decoration.
</P>
<P>(k) No appropriated funds of the Commission may be used to buy any tangible gift of more than minimal value for any foreign individual, unless the gift has been approved by Congress.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 24115, June 3, 1982. Redesignated at 58 FR 52658, Oct. 12, 1993; 63 FR 32733, June 16, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-5   Disclosure of information.</HEAD>
<P>A Commission employee or former employee shall not divulge, or cause or allow to be divulged, confidential or non-public commercial, economic or official information to any unauthorized person, or release such information in advance of authorization for its release. 
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> Except as directed by the Commission or its General Counsel as provided in these regulations, no Commission employee or former employee is authorized to accept service of any subpoena for documentary information contained in or relating to the files of the Commission. Any employee or former employee who is served with a subpoena requiring testimony regarding non-public information or documents shall, unless the Commission authorizes the disclosure of such information, respectfully decline to disclose the information or produce the documents called for, basing his refusal on these regulations. 
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/> Any employee or former employee who is served with a subpoena calling for information regarding the Commission's business shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service of such subpoena, the nature of the information or documents sought, and any circumstances which may bear upon the desirability of making such information or document available in the public interest. 
<SU>11</SU>
<FTREF/> In any proceeding in which the Commission is not a party, no employee of the Commission shall testify concerning matters related to the business of the Commission unless authorized to do so by the Commission.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> Attention is directed to section 9(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act, which provides that it shall be a felony punishable by a fine of not more than $500,000 or imprisonment for not more than five years, or both, together with the costs of prosecution—(1) for any Commissioner of the Commission or any employee or agent thereof who, by virtue of his employment or position, acquires information which may affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity future or commodity and which information has not been promptly made public, to impart such information with intent to assist another person, directly or indirectly, to participate in any transaction in commodity futures, any transaction in an actual commodity, or in any transaction of the character of or which is commonly known to the trade as an option, privilege, indemnity, bid, offer, put, call, advance guaranty or decline guaranty, or in any transaction for the delivery of any commodity under a standardized contract commonly known to the trade as a margin account, margin contract, leverage account or leverage contract, or under any contract or other arrangement that the Commission determines to serve the same function or is marketed in the same manner as such standardized contract, and (2) for any person to acquire such information from any Commissioner of the Commission or any employee or agent thereof and to use such information in any of the foregoing transactions.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> No employee shall disclose such information unless directed to do so by the Commission.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> The prohibitions regarding confidential or nonpublic information stated above are intended to cover the matters addressed in sections 4(c), 8, and 9(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act as well as nonpublic information under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, the rules of the Commission thereunder, 17 CFR part 145, the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the rules of the Commission thereunder, 17 CFR part 146, and cases where, apart from specific prohibitions in any statute or rule, the disclosure or use of such information would be unethical.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52658, Oct. 12, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-6   Practice by former members and employees of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Personal and substantial participation or nonpublic knowledge of a particular matter.</I> No person who has been a member or employee of the Commission shall ever knowingly make, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before the Commission in connection with any particular matter involving a specific party or parties 
<SU>12</SU>
<FTREF/> in which such person, or one participating with him or her in the particular matter, participated personally and substantially, or gained nonpublic knowledge of facts thereof, while with the Commission. 
<SU>13</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>12</SU> The phrase “particular matter involving a specific party or parties” does not apply to general rulemaking, general policy and standards formulation or other similar matters. <I>See</I> § 2637.201(c)(1) of the regulations of the Office of Government Ethics, 5 CFR 2637.201(c)(1); <I>cf.</I>, memorandum of the Attorney General dealing with the conflict-of-interest provisions prior to amendment by the Ethics in Government Act (reproduced following 18 U.S.C. 201).</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>13</SU> Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 207(a)(1), as amended, which generally prohibits former Federal officers and employees permanently from knowingly making, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before any Federal (or District of Columbia) department, agency or court, or court martial, or any officer or employee thereof, in connection with any particular matter involving a specific party or parties in which the United States (or the District of Columbia) is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and in which the former officer or employee participated personally and substantially while with the government.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Particular matter under an individual's official responsibility.</I> No person who has been a member or employee of the Commission shall, within two years after that employment has ceased, knowingly make, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before the Commission in connection with a particular matter involving a specific party or parties which was actually pending under his official responsibility as a member or employee of the Commission at any time within one year prior to the termination of government service. 
<SU>14</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>14</SU> Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 207(a)(2), as amended. Section 207(a)(2) generally prohibits former Federal officers and employees, within two years after their Federal employment has ceased, from knowingly making, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before any Federal (or District of Columbia) department, agency or court, or court martial, or any officer or employee thereof, in connection with any particular matter involving a specific party or parties in which the United States (or the District of Columbia) is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and which was actually pending under the official responsibility of the former officer or employee within one year prior to the termination of government service.
</P>
<P>As used in paragraph (b) of this section, the term “official responsibility” has the meaning assigned to it in 18 U.S.C. 202(b), namely, the “direct administrative or operating authority, whether intermediate or final, and either exercisable alone or with others, and either personally or through subordinates, to approve, disapprove, or otherwise direct Government action.”</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) <I>Restrictions on former members and senior employees.</I> A former member or employee of the Commission who occupied a “senior” position specified in 18 U.S.C. 207(c)(2), as amended, shall not within one year after such “senior” employment has ceased, knowingly make, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before the Commission on behalf of any other person in connection with any matter in which such person seeks official action by the Commission. 
<SU>15</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>15</SU> Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 207(c), as amended, which places restrictions on the representational activities of certain senior officers and employees after their departure from a senior position. Section 207(c) generally makes it unlawful for one year after service in a “senior” position terminates for a former “senior” Federal employee to knowingly make, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before an employee of a department or agency in which he served in any capacity during the one year period prior to termination from “senior” service, if that communication or appearance is on behalf of any other person (except the United States), in connection with any matter concerning which he seeks official action by that employee.
</P>
<P>Note that the one year period is measured from the date when the employee ceases to be a senior employee, not from the termination of Government service, unless the two occur simultaneously. This provision prohibits communications to or appearances before the Government and does not prohibit “behind-the-scenes” assistance. The restriction does not require that the former employee have ever been in any way involved in the matter that is the subject of the communication or appearance. The restriction applies with respect to any matter, whether or not involving a specific party.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> The prohibitions contained in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section do not apply to communications solely for the purpose of furnishing scientific or technological information if approved by the Commission or generally to giving testimony under oath or making a statement which is subject to penalty or perjury. Further, the prohibition contained in paragraph (c) of this section does not apply to an uncompensated statement in a particular area within the special knowledge of the former Commission member or employee. 
<SU>16</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>16</SU> Attention is directed to 18 U.S.C. 207(j), as amended (listing other exceptions). Self-representation is not prohibited under section 207.</P></FTNT>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting requirement.</I> Any former member or employee of the Commission who, within two years after ceasing to be such, is employed or retained as the representative of any person (except the United States) in connection with a matter in which it is contemplated that he will appear before or communicate with the Commission shall, within ten days of such retainer or employment, or of the time when appearance before or communication with the Commission is first contemplated, file with the General Counsel of the Commission a statement as to the nature thereof together with any desired explanation as to why it is deemed consistent with this section. Employment of a recurrent character may be covered by a single comprehensive statement. Each such statement should include an appropriate caption indicating that it is filed pursuant to this section. The reporting requirement of this paragraph does not apply to communications incidental to court appearances in litigation involving the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section, the phrase “appearance before the Commission” means any formal or informal appearance on behalf of any person (except the United States) before the Commission, or any member or employee thereof with an intent to influence. As used in this section, the phrase “communication with the Commission” means any oral or written communication made to the Commission, or any member or employee thereof, on behalf of any person (except the United States) with an intent to influence.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Advisory ruling.</I> Persons in doubt as to the applicability of this section may apply for an advisory ruling by addressing a letter requesting such a ruling to the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Procedures for administrative enforcement of statutory restrictions on post-government employment conflicts of interest</I> 
<SU>17</SU>
<FTREF/>—(1) <I>Scope.</I> The provisions of this paragraph prescribe procedures for administrative enforcement of the restrictions which 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b), and (c), as amended, place on appearances before or communications with Federal (and District of Columbia) departments, agencies and courts, and other enumerated entities, as well as the officers and employees thereof, by former Commission members and employees.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>17</SU> This section does not apply to employees who leave service after December 31, 1990.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>Investigations.</I> The General Counsel of the Commission, or his or her designee, shall conduct such investigations as he or she deems appropriate to determine whether any former Commission member or employee have violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), as amended. The General Counsel shall report the results of his or her investigations to the Commission and shall recommend to the Commission such action as he or she deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hearings.</I> Hearings required to be held under the provisions of this section shall be held before an Administrative Law Judge, utilizing the procedures prescribed by the Commission's rules of practice for adjudicatory proceedings (17 CFR part 10), except to the extent that those rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this section. Any proceeding brought under the provisions of this section shall be prosecuted by the General Counsel or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Sanctions.</I> If the Commission finds, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that a former Commission member or employee has violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) or (c), as amended, the Commission may prohibit that person from making, on behalf of any other person (except the United States), any formal or informal appearance before, or with the intent to influence any oral or written communication to, the Commission on a pending matter of business for a period not to exceed five years, or may take other appropriate disciplinary action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52658, Oct. 12, 1993; 58 FR 58593, Nov. 2, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-7   Statutory violations applicable to conduct of Commission members and employees.</HEAD>
<P>A violation of section 2(a)(7), 8 or 9 (c) or (d) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, shall be deemed to be a violation of this subpart as well.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52660, Oct. 12, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 140.735-8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 140.735-8   Interpretative and advisory service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Counselor for the Commission.</I> The General Counsel, or his or her designee, will serve as Counselor for the Commission and as the Commission's representative to the Office of Government Ethics, on matters covered by this subpart. The General Counsel will also serve as the Commission's designated agency ethics official to review the financial reports filed by high-level Commission officials under title II of the Ethics in Government Act, as well as otherwise to coordinate and manage the Commission's ethics program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties of the Counselor.</I> The Counselor shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Coordinate the agency's counseling services and assure that counseling and interpretations on questions of conflict of interests and other matters covered by the regulations in this subpart are available as needed to Regional Deputy Counselors, who shall be appointed by the General Counsel, in coordination with the Chairman of the Commission, for each Regional Office of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Render authoritative advice and guidance on matters covered by the regulations in this subpart which are presented to him or her by employees in the Washington, DC headquarters office; and
</P>
<P>(3) Receive information on, and resolve or forward to the Commission for consideration, any conflict of interests or apparent conflict of interests which appears in the annual financial disclosure (Standard Form 278 or Standard Form 450), or is disclosed to the General Counsel by a member or employee pursuant to § 140.735-2a(d) of this part, or otherwise is made known to the General Counsel. 
</P>
<P>(i) A conflict of interests or apparent conflict of interests is considered resolved by the General Counsel when the affected member or employee has executed an ethics agreement pursuant to 5 CFR 2634.801 <I>et seq.</I> to undertake specific actions in order to <I>resolve</I> the actual or apparent conflict. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If, after advice and guidance from the General Counsel, a member or employee does not execute an ethics agreement, the conflict of interests is considered unresolved and must be referred to the Commission for resolution or further action consistent with 18 U.S.C. 208 and 28 U.S.C. 535.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Where an unresolved conflict of interests or apparent conflict of interests is to be forwarded to the Commission by the General Counsel,</I> the General Counsel will promptly notify the affected member or employee in writing of his or her intent to forward the matter to the Commission. Any member or employee so affected will be afforded an opportunity to be heard by the Commission through written submission. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regional Deputy Counselors.</I> Regional Deputy Counselors shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Give advice and guidance as requested to the employees assigned to their respective Regional Offices; and
</P>
<P>(2) Receive information on and refer to the Director of Human Resources, any conflict of interests or appearance of conflict of interests in Statements of Employment and Financial Interests submitted by employees to whom they are required to give advice and guidance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Confidentiality of communications.</I> Communications between the Counselor and Regional Deputy Counselors and an employee shall be confidential, except as deemed necessary by the Commission or the Counselor to carry out the purposes of this subpart and of the laws of the United States. 
<SU>18</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>18</SU> No attorney-client privilege, however, attaches to such communications since the Counselors are counsel to the Commission, not to the employee. Thus, any evidence of criminal law violations divulged by an employee to the Counselor must be reported by the latter to the Commission, which may refer the matter to the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice and the United States Attorney in whose venue the violations lie.</P></FTNT>
<P>(e) <I>Furnishing of conduct regulations.</I> The Director of Human Resources shall furnish a copy of this Conduct Regulation to each member, employee, and special government employee immediately upon his or her entrance on duty and shall thereafter, annually, and at such other times as circumstances warrant, bring to the attention of each member and employee this Conduct Regulation and all revisions thereof.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Availability of counseling services.</I> The Director of Human Resources shall notify each member, employee, and special government employee of the availability of counseling services and of how and where these services are available at the time of entrance on duty and periodically thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52660, Oct. 12, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 21955, May 13, 1996; 62 FR 13302, Mar. 20, 1997; 67 FR 5941, Feb. 8, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.12.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—XXX</HEAD>

<XREF ID="20260625" REFID="24">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 38269, June 25, 2026.</XREF>
</DIV6>

<P> 




</P>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="141" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 141—SALARY OFFSET
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5514, E.O. 11609 (redesignated E.O. 12197), 5 CFR part 550, subpart K, and 7 U.S.C. 4a(j), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 5207, Feb. 14, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 141.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This regulation provides procedures for the collection by administrative offset of a federal employee's salary without his/her consent to satisfy certain debts owed to the federal government. These regulations apply to employees of other federal agencies and current employees of the Commission who owe debts to the Commission and to current employees of the Commission who owe debts to other federal agencies. This regulation does not apply when the employee consents to recovery from his/her current pay account.
</P>
<P>(b) This regulation does not apply to debts or claims arising under:
</P>
<P>(1) The Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, 26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>;
</P>
<P>(2) The Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>;
</P>
<P>(3) The tariff laws of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any case where a collection of a debt by salary offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute.
</P>
<P>(c) This regulation does not apply to any adjustment to pay arising out of an employee's selection of coverage or a change in coverage under a federal benefits program requiring periodic deductions from pay if the amount to be recovered was accumulated over four pay periods or less.
</P>
<P>(d) This regulation does not preclude the compromise, suspension, or termination of collection action where appropriate under the standards implementing the Federal Claims Collection Act, 31 U.S.C. 3711 <I>et seq.</I>, 4 CFR parts 101 through 105, 45 CFR part 1177.
</P>
<P>(e) This regulation does not preclude an employee from requesting waiver of an overpayment under 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774 or 32 U.S.C. 716 or in any way questioning the amount or validity of the debt by submitting a subsequent claim to the General Accounting Office in accordance with General Accounting Office procedures. This regulation does not preclude an employee from requesting a waiver pursuant to other statutory provisions applicable to the particular debt being collected. Neither the requesting of a waiver nor the filing of a claim with the General Accounting Office will affect the amount or validity of the debt being collected until a waiver has been granted or the debt has been determined to be for an incorrect amount or invalid.
</P>
<P>(f) Matters not addressed in these regulations should be reviewed in accordance with the Federal Claims Collection Standards at 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part the following definitions will apply:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means an executive agency as defined at 5 U.S.C. 105 including the U.S. Postal Service, the U.S. Postal Commission, a military department as defined at 5 U.S.C. 102, an agency or court in the judicial branch, an agency of the legislative branch including the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives and other independent establishments that are entities of the Federal government.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means the agency to which the debt is owed.
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means an amount owed to the United States from sources which include loans insured or guaranteed by the United States and all other amounts due the United States from fees, leases, rents, royalties, services, sales of real or personal property, overpayments, penalties, damages, interests, fines, forfeitures (except those arising under the Uniform Code of Military Justice), and all other similar sources.
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> means the amount that remains from an employee's federal pay after required deductions for social security, federal, state or local income tax, health insurance premiums, retirement contributions, life insurance premiums, federal employment taxes, and any other deductions that are required to be withheld by law.
</P>
<P><I>Hearing official</I> means an individual responsible for conducting any hearing with respect to the existence or amount of a debt claimed, and who renders a decision on the basis of such hearing. A hearing official shall be an impartial member of the Office of the Executive Director not under the supervision or control of the head of the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Paying agency</I> means the agency that employs the individual who owes the debt and authorizes the payment of his/her current pay.
</P>
<P><I>Salary offset</I> means an administrative offset to collect a debt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5514 by deduction(s) at one or more officially established pay intervals from the current pay account of an employee without his/her consent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations are to be followed when:
</P>
<P>(a) The Commission is owed a debt by an individual currently employed by another federal agency;
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission is owed a debt by an individual who is a current employee of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission employs an individual who owes a debt to another federal agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.4   Notice requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Deductions shall not be made unless the employee is provided with written notice of the debt at least 30 days before salary offset commences.
</P>
<P>(b) The written notice shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the debt is owed and an explanation of its nature, and amount;
</P>
<P>(2) The agency's intention to collect the debt by deducting from the employee's current disposable pay account;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount, frequency, proposed beginning date, and duration of the intended deduction(s);
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of interest, penalties, and administrative charges, including a statement that such charges will be assessed unless excused in accordance with the Federal Claims Collections Standards at 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>;
</P>
<P>(5) The employee's right to inspect, request, and receive a copy of government records relating to the debt;
</P>
<P>(6) The opportunity to establish a written schedule for the voluntary repayment of the debt;
</P>
<P>(7) The right to a hearing conducted by an impartial hearing official;
</P>
<P>(8) The methods and time period for petitioning for hearings;
</P>
<P>(9) A statement that the timely filing of a petition for a hearing will stay the commencement of collection proceedings;
</P>
<P>(10) A statement that a final decision on the hearing will be issued not later than 60 days after the filing of the petition requesting the hearing unless the employee requests and the hearing official grants a delay in the proceedings;
</P>
<P>(11) A statement that knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the employee to:
</P>
<P>(i) Disciplinary procedures appropriate under chapter 75 of 5 U.S.C., 5 CFR part 752, or any other applicable statutes or regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Penalties under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729-3731, or any other applicable statutory authority; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Criminal penalties under 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 1001, and 1002 or any other applicable statutory authority.
</P>
<P>(12) A statement of other rights and remedies available to the employee under statutes or regulations governing the program for which the collection is being made; and
</P>
<P>(13) Unless there are contractual or statutory provisions to the contrary, a statement that amounts paid on or deducted for the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the employee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.5   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for hearing.</I> (1) An employee must file a petition for a hearing in accordance with the instructions outlined in the Commission's notice to offset.
</P>
<P>(2) A hearing may be requested by filing a written petition addressed to the Executive Director stating why the employee disputes the existence or amount of the debt. The petition for a hearing must be received by the Executive Director no later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the date of the notice to offset unless the employee can show good cause for failing to meet the deadline date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing procedures.</I> (1) The hearing will be presided over by an impartial hearing official.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing shall conform to procedures contained in the Federal Claims Collection Standards 4 CFR 102.3(c). The burden shall be on the employee to demonstrate that the existence or the amount of the debt is in error.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.6   Written decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing official shall issue a written opinion no later than 60 days after the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The written opinion will include a statement of the facts presented to demonstrate the nature and origin of the alleged debt; the hearing official's analysis, findings and conclusions; the amount and validity of the debt, and the repayment schedule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.7   Coordinating offset with another Federal agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>The Commission as the creditor agency.</I> When the Commission determines that an employee of another federal agency owes a delinquent debt to the Commission, the Commission shall as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) Arrange for a hearing upon the proper petitioning by the employee;
</P>
<P>(2) Certify to the paying agency in writing that the employee owes the debt, the amount and basis of the debt, the date on which payment is due, the date the Government's right to collect the debt accrued, and that Commission regulations for salary offset have been approved by the Office of Personnel Management;
</P>
<P>(3) If collection must be made in installments, the Commission must advise the paying agency of the amount or percentage of disposable pay to be collected in each installment;
</P>
<P>(4) Advise the paying agency of the actions taken under 5 U.S.C. 5514(b) and provide the dates on which action was taken unless the employee has consented to salary offset in writing or signed a statement acknowledging that the Commission has complied with the procedures required by law. The written consent or acknowledgment must be sent to the paying agency;
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee is in the process of separating, the Commission must submit its debt claim to the paying agency as provided in this part. The paying agency must certify any amounts already collected, notify the employee, and send a copy of the certification and notice of the employee's separation to the Commission. If the paying agency is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund or similar payments, it must certify to the agency responsible for making such payments the amount of the debt and that the provisions of 5 CFR 550.1108 have been followed; and
</P>
<P>(6) If the employee has already separated and all payments due from the paying agency have been paid, the Commission may request, unless otherwise prohibited, that money payable to the employee from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund or other similar funds be collected by administrative offset.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>The Commission as the paying agency.</I> (1) Upon receipt of a properly certified debt claim from another agency, deductions will be scheduled to begin at the next established pay interval. The employee must receive written notice from the Commission that the Commission has received a certified debt claim from the creditor agency, the amount of the debt, the date salary offset will begin, and the amount of the deduction(s). The Commission shall not review the merits of the creditor agency's determination of the validity or the amount of the certified claim.
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee transfers to another agency after the creditor agency has submitted its debt claim to the Commission and before the debt is collected completely, the Commission must certify the total amount collected. One copy of the certification must be furnished to the employee. A copy must be furnished the creditor agency with notice of the employee's transfer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.8   Procedures for salary offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Deductions to liquidate an employee's debt will be by the method and in the amount stated in the Commission's notice of intention to offset as provided in § 141.4. Debts will be collected in one lump sum where possible. If the employee is financially unable to pay in one lump sum, collection must be made in installments.
</P>
<P>(b) Debts will be collected by deduction at officially established pay intervals from an employee's current pay account unless alternative arrangements for repayment are made.
</P>
<P>(c) Installment deductions will be made over a period not greater than the anticipated period of employment. The size of installment deductions must bear a reasonable relationship to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. The deduction for the pay intervals for any period must not exceed 15% of disposable pay unless the employee has agreed in writing to a deduction of a greater amount.
</P>
<P>(d) Unliquidated debts may be offset against any financial payment due to a separated employee including but not limited to final salary or leave payments in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3716.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.9   Refunds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will refund promptly any amounts deducted to satisfy debts owed to the Commission when the debt is waived, found not owed to the Commission or when directed by an administrative or judicial order.
</P>
<P>(b) The creditor agency will promptly return any amounts deducted by the Commission to satisfy debts owed to the creditor agency when the debt is waived, found not owed, or when directed by an administrative or judicial order.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless required by law, refunds under this subsection shall not bear interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.10   Statute of limitations.</HEAD>
<P>If a debt has been outstanding for more than 10 years after the agency's right to collect the debt first accrued, the agency may not collect by salary offset unless facts material to the Government's right to collect were not known and could not reasonably have been known by the official or officials who were charged with the responsibility for discovery and collection of such debts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.11   Non-waiver of rights.</HEAD>
<P>An employee's involuntary payment of all or any part of a debt collected under these regulations will not be construed as a waiver of any rights that employee may have under 5 U.S.C. 5514 or any other provision of contract or law unless there are statutes or contract(s) to the contrary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 141.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.13.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 141.12   Interest, penalties, and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>Charges may be assessed for interest, penalties, and administrative costs in accordance with the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 4 CFR 102.13.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="142" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 142—INDEMNIFICATION OF CFTC EMPLOYEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 4a(j).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 25234, June 14, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 142.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 142.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth the policy and procedure with respect to the indemnification of Commission employees who are sued in their individual capacities and suffer an adverse judgment as a result of conduct taken within the scope of employment. (For purposes of this part the term Commission employees includes all present and former Commissioners and employees of the Commission). This part is intended to provide indemnification for adverse judgments for constitutional and federal statutory torts excepted from the Federal Tort Claims Act exclusive remedy provision 28 U.S.C. 2679(b) (as amended by the Federal Employees Liability Reform and Tort Compensation Act of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-694)). In any lawsuit which is filed against the employee alleging a common law tort occurring within the scope of employment, the United States may be substituted for the individual employee and any liability which may be found will be assessed against the government, pursuant to the Federal Employees Liability Reform and Tort Compensation Act of 1988.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 142.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 142.2   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission may indemnify its employees by the payment of available funds, in whole, or in part, for any verdict, judgment or other monetary award which is rendered against any employee, provided that the conduct giving rise to the verdict, judgment or award was taken within the scope of his or her employment with the Commission and that such indemnification is in the interest of the United States, as determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may settle or compromise a personal damage claim against its employee by the payment of available funds, at any time, provided the alleged conduct giving rise to the personal damage claim was taken within the scope of employment and that such settlement is in the interest of the United States as determined by the Commission in its discretion.
</P>
<P>(c) Absent exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Commission, the Commission will not entertain a request either to agree to indemnify or to settle a personal damage claim before entry of an adverse verdict, judgment or monetary award.
</P>
<P>(d) When an employee of the Commission becomes aware that an action may be or has been filed against the employee in his or her individual capacity as a result of conduct taken within the scope of his or her employment, the employee should immediately notify the Commission's Office of the General Counsel that such an action is pending or threatened.
</P>
<P>(e) The employee may thereafter request either (1) indemnification to satisfy a verdict, judgment or award entered against the employee or (2) payment to satisfy the requirements of a settlement proposal. The employee shall submit a written request, with documentation including copies of the verdict, judgment, award or settlement proposal, as appropriate, to the head of his or her division or office, who thereupon shall submit to the General Counsel, in a timely manner, a recommended disposition of the request. The General Counsel shall also seek the views of the Department of Justice. The General Counsel shall forward the request, the division or office's recommendation and the General Counsel's recommendation to the Commission for decision.
</P>
<P>(f) Any payment under this section either to indemnify a Commodity Futures Trading Commission employee or to settle a personal damage claim shall be contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 25234, June 14, 1989, as amended at 89 FR 71816, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="143" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 143—COLLECTION OF CLAIMS OWED THE UNITED STATES ARISING FROM ACTIVITIES UNDER THE COMMISSION'S JURISDICTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 9, 9a, 12a(5), 13a, 13a-1(d), 13(a), 13b; 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720E; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.








</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 5384, Feb. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 143.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part provides procedures that the Commission will use to collect debts owed the United States arising from activities under the Commission's jurisdiction. As applicable, these procedures are based upon, and conform to, the Federal Claims Collection Act, as amended, 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720E; the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR Parts 900-905, issued by the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Justice; administrative wage garnishment regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury, 31 CFR 285.11; and other laws applicable to the collection of non-tax debts owed to the United States arising from activities under the Commission's jurisdiction. Subpart A describes procedures for collection by offset against obligations of the United States to the debtor, by compromise, and by referral to the Department of Justice for litigation. It also sets forth the Commission's policy on collecting interest on unpaid claims, the method used in calculating such interest, and the maximum inflation-adjusted civil monetary penalties that may be assessed and enforced for each violation of the Commodity Exchange Act or regulations or orders of the Commission promulgated thereunder. Subpart B describes procedures for collection by administrative garnishment of the debtor's wages.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 52997, Aug. 31, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.2   Notice of claim.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will send a written notice to any person who owes payment to the United States under this part, stating the basis for the claim, the interest, penalties, and administrative costs that may be imposed for non-payment, and the date full payment is due.
</P>
<P>(b) If the claim is disputed, the debtor shall respond to the notice in writing and state the reasons for non-payment. If the claim is not disputed but full payment is not made by the date indicated in the notice, the debtor shall state the reasons for the failure to make full payment.
</P>
<P>(c) If no response or an unsatisfactory response is received by the date indicated in the notice, the Commission may take further action as appropriate under the Commodity Exchange Act or regulations thereunder, or under 31 CFR parts 900-905 or the Federal Claims Collection Act as amended, 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720E.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 5384, Feb. 8, 1985, as amended at 69 FR 52997, Aug. 31, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.3   Interest, penalty charges, and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will assess interest on unpaid claims. The rate of interest assessed shall be the rate of the current value of funds to the U.S. Treasury (<I>i.e.,</I> the Treasury tax and loan account rate) as prescribed and published by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Commission will charge penalty fees of not more than 6 percent per year on any portion of a claim that is delinquent for more than 90 days. The Commission will also impose actual administrative costs to cover the processing and handling of delinquent claims.
</P>
<P>(b) Interest on claims will be charged and will run from the date the notice of claim is mailed if the amount of the claim is not paid within 30 days from that date. Interest will be calculated only on the principal of the claim. The rate of interest charged is the rate in effect on the date from which interest begins to run. The rate will remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may waive in whole or in part interest, penalty charges or administrative costs if it finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor is unable to pay any significant sum within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(2) Collection of interest or penalty charges jeopardizes collection of the principal of the claim; or
</P>
<P>(3) It is in the best interests of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.4   Collection by offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever feasible, the Commission will collect claims under this part by means of administrative offset against obligations of the United States to the debtor.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will notify the debtor in writing of its intent to use offset procedures to collect the debt unless the debtor agrees to repayment. The notice to the debtor shall include the type and amount of the claim and an explanation of the debtor's rights for records and review under 31 U.S.C. 3716(a).
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission will seek to coordinate administrative offset with other federal agencies in accordance with 4 CFR part 102.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.5   Collection by compromise.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may settle claims not exceeding $100,000 (excluding interest) by compromise at less than the principal amount of the claim if—
</P>
<P>(a) The debtor shows an inability to pay the full amount within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(b) The Government would be unable to enforce collection in full through litigation or administrative means within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(c) The cost of collecting the claim in full is not justified by the amount of the claim; or
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission's enforcement policy would be served by settlement of the claim for less than the full amount.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 5384, Feb. 8, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 61292, Dec. 24, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.6   Referral for litigation.</HEAD>
<P>Claims that cannot be collected by the Commission under this part or for which collection action cannot be ended or suspended under 4 CFR part 104 will be referred to the Department of Justice for litigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.7   Delegation of authority to the Executive Director.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, to the Executive Director or to any Commission employee under the Executive Director's supervision as he or she may designate, authority to take action to carry out subpart A and subpart B of this part and the requirements of 31 CFR parts 900-905 and 31 CFR 285.11.
</P>
<P>(b) Delegated waivers or compromise under this part shall be with the concurrence of the General Counsel and the Director of the Division of Enforcement or of their respective designees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 5384, Feb. 8, 1985, as amended at 69 FR 52997, Aug. 31, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.8   Inflation-adjusted civil monetary penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory inflation adjustment of civil monetary penalties.</I> The Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, as amended, requires annual inflation adjustments to the civil monetary penalties imposed under the Commodity Exchange Act for violations that occurred on or after November 2, 2015. The Commission will publish notice of these adjusted penalty amounts in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The inflation adjustment is calculated by multiplying the maximum dollar amount of the civil monetary penalty for the previous calendar year by the cost-of-living inflation adjustment multiplier provided by the Office Management and Budget, which is based on the change in the Consumer Price Index, and rounding the total to the nearest dollar. Set forth in the charts in paragraph (b) of this section are the inflation adjusted penalty amounts for violations occurring on or after November 2, 2015 and the penalty amounts for violations that occurred prior to November 2, 2015. These penalty charts are also available on the Commission's website at: <I>http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/Enforcement/InflationAdjustedCivilMonetaryPenalties/index.htm.</I>


</P>
<P>(b) <I>2025 Inflation adjustment.</I> The maximum amount of each civil monetary penalty in the following charts applies to penalties assessed after January 15, 2025:
</P>
<P>(1) For violations other than manipulation or attempted manipulation:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">U.S. Code citation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Civil monetary penalty description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Date of violation and corresponding penalty
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10/23/2004


<br/>through

<br/>10/22/2008
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10/23/2008


<br/>through

<br/>10/22/2012
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10/23/2012


<br/>through

<br/>11/01/2015
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">11/02/2015


<br/>to present
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"><E T="02">Civil Monetary Penalty Imposed by the Commission in an Administrative Action</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 9 (Section 6(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any person other than a registered entity 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$140,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$140,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$206,244
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 13a (Section 6b of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For a registered entity 
<sup>1</sup> or any of its directors, officers or employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">625,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">675,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,136,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"><E T="02">Civil Monetary Penalty Imposed by a Federal District Court in a Civil Injunctive Action</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 13a-1 (Section 6c of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any Person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227,220
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The term “Registered Entity” is defined in 7 U.S.C. 1a (Section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For manipulation or attempted manipulation violations:


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">U.S. Code citation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Civil monetary penalty description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Date of violation and corresponding penalty
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10/23/2004


<br/>through

<br/>05/21/2008
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">05/22/2008


<br/>through

<br/>08/14/2011
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">08/15/2011


<br/>through

<br/>11/01/2015
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">11/02/2015


<br/>to present
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"><E T="02">Civil Monetary Penalty Imposed by the Commission in an Administrative Action</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 9 (Section 6(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any person other than a registered entity 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,025,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,487,712
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 13a (Section 6b of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For a registered entity 
<sup>1</sup> or any of its directors, officers or employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">625,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,025,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,487,712
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"><E T="02">Civil Monetary Penalty Imposed by a Federal District Court in a Civil Injunctive Action</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 U.S.C. 13a-1 (Section 6c of the Commodity Exchange Act)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any Person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,025,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,487,712
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The term “Registered Entity” is defined in 7 U.S.C. 1a (Section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act).</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 9428, Mar. 6, 2018, as amended at 88 FR 1502, Jan. 11, 2023; 89 FR 4544, Jan. 24, 2024; 90 FR 8113, Jan. 24, 2025]





</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administrative Wage Garnishment</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 52997, Aug. 31, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 143.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.9   Administrative wage garnishment orders.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever an individual owes the United States a delinquent non-tax debt arising from activities under the Commission's jurisdiction, the Commission, or another federal agency collecting the debt on behalf of the Commission, may initiate administrative proceedings to garnish the disposable income of the delinquent debtor in accordance with the requirements of, and the procedures set forth in, 31 CFR 285.11. The Commission's use of other debt-collection measures set forth in subpart A of this part does not preclude the initiation of an administrative wage garnishment proceeding against a delinquent debtor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 143.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.15.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 143.10   Garnishment hearings.</HEAD>
<P>Any oral or written hearing required to establish the Commission's right to collect a delinquent debt through administrative wage garnishment shall be presided over by a hearing official designated by the Executive Director, with the concurrence of the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee. Any qualified and impartial employee of the Commission designated by the Executive Director may serve as a hearing official. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of, and the procedures set forth in, 31 CFR 285.11(f). All documents presented to the hearing official for his or her consideration shall be marked as exhibits and retained in the record. All testimony given at an oral hearing, either in person or by telephone, shall be under oath or affirmation; a transcript of the hearing shall be prepared and made part of the record. When a debtor requests a hearing, the designated hearing official shall hold the hearing and issue his or her written decision within 60 days of the Commission's receipt of the request, unless otherwise approved, in writing, by the Executive Director.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="144" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 144—PROCEDURES REGARDING THE DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND THE TESTIMONY OF PRESENT OR FORMER OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES IN RESPONSE TO SUBPOENAS OR OTHER DEMANDS OF A COURT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 12a(5); 31 U.S.C. 9701, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 11149, Mar. 20, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 144.0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.0   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part set forth procedures to be followed with respect to the disclosure, in response to a subpoena, order or other demand (collectively “demand”) of a court or other authority of any material contained in the files of the Commission, of any information relating to material contained in the files of the Commission or any information acquired by any person while such person is or was an employee of the Commission as part of the performance of that person's official duties or by virtue of that person's official status. Employee as used in this part includes both members and employees of the Commission. Demand as used in this part does not include requests for the production of documents in compliance with Fed. R. Civ. P. 34.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this part affects disclosure of information under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Sunshine Act, 552b, or the Commission's implementing regulations in part 145, 17 CFR 145.0, <I>et seq.,</I> or pursuant to Congressional subpoena or pursuant to other Commission regulation. Nothing in this part otherwise permits disclosure of information by the Commission except as is provided by statute or other applicable law.
</P>
<P>(c) This part is intended to provide guidance for the internal operations of the Commission and is not intended to, does not, and may not be relied upon to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law against the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.1   Service upon the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (e) of this section, the Secretary of the Commission is the only person authorized to accept service of a demand directed to the Commission or to an employee of the Commission for documentary information contained in or relating to information contained in the files of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Any such demand must be addressed to the Secretary of the Commission, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event that any such demand is attempted to be served upon an employee of the Commission other than the Secretary of the Commission, unless otherwise directed by the Commission's General Counsel, that employee shall respectfully decline to accept service on the ground that the employee is without authority to do so.
</P>
<P>(d) The Secretary shall promptly advise the General Counsel of any service of any demand, and the General Counsel shall thereafter advise the Commission regarding the matter.
</P>
<P>(e) A demand for information contained in the Commission's files concerning the registration of persons or entities for which authority has been delegated to the National Futures Association must be served upon the National Futures Association, 300 S Riverside Plaza, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60606, to the attention of the General Counsel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 11149, Mar. 20, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71816, Sept. 4, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.2   Service upon an employee or former employee of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any employee of the Commission who is served or is attempted to be served with a demand of a court or other authority seeking information or documents relating to the business of the Commission shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service or attempted service of such demand, the nature of the information or documents sought by the demand and any circumstances that may bear upon the desirability in the public interest of disclosure of the information or the production of documents.
</P>
<P>(b) Any former employee of the Commission who is served or is attempted to be served with a demand of a court or other authority seeking information or documents relating to the business of the Commission shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service or the attempted service of such demand, the nature of the information or documents sought by the demand and any circumstances that might bear upon the desirability in the public interest of the disclosure of the information or the production of documents.
</P>
<P>(c) After such further inquiry as appropriate, the General Counsel shall advise the Commission concerning the matter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.3   Testimony by present or former Commission employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In any proceeding to which the Commission is not a party, an employee of the Commission shall not testify concerning matters related to the business of the Commission unless authorized to do so by the Commission upon the advice of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) In any proceeding, an employee or former employee of the Commission shall not testify concerning non-public matters related to the business of the Commission unless authorized to do so by the Commission upon the advice of the General Counsel. See § 140.735-9 of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.4   Production or disclosure of records by present or former employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No employee of the Commission shall, in response to a demand by a court or other authority or otherwise in any proceeding in which the Commission is not a party, produce any material contained in the files of the Commission or disclose any information relating to material contained in the files of the Commission or disclose any information or produce any material acquired as part of the performance of the employee's official duties or by virtue of the employee's official status unless authorized to do so by the Commission, provided that Commission authorization shall not be required to comply with a demand solely for Commission documents generally available to the public. In litigation in which the Commission is a party no employee may produce any confidential Commission material without Commission authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) No former employee of the Commission shall, in response to a demand by a court or other authority or otherwise in any proceeding in which the Commission is not a party, produce without Commission authorization any material contained in or from the files of the Commission acquired as part of the performance of the former employee's official duties while employed by the Commission. No former employee may in any litigation produce confidential material acquired as part of the performance of the former employee's official duties while employed by the Commission unless authorized to do so by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.5   Procedures when production or disclosure of Commission records or information relating to Commission business is sought.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If in any proceeding oral testimony of an employee or former employee of the Commission is sought concerning matters related to the business of the Commission, an affidavit or, if that is not feasible, a signed statement by the party seeking the testimony or by his attorney, setting forth with particularity a summary of the testimony sought and its relevance to the proceeding, must be furnished to the Commission's General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. When authorization by the Commission is required, any authorization shall be limited to the scope of the demand as summarized in such statement.
</P>
<P>(b) If a response to a demand by a court or other authority is required before instructions from the Commission are received, and Commission authorization is required, a Commission attorney shall be designated by the General Counsel to appear and to inform the court or other authority of these regulations and that the subpoena or demand has been referred for prompt consideration by the Commission. The Commission attorney shall request a stay of the demand pending receipt of instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event that the court or other authority declines to stay the effect of the demand pending receipt of instructions or in the event that the court rules that there must be compliance with the demand irrespective of instructions not to produce the material or disclose the information sought, the Commission employee or former employee upon whom the demand has been made shall respectfully decline to comply with the demand.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 11149, Mar. 20, 1985, as amended at 89 FR 71816, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 144.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.16.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 144.6   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of § 145.8 of these regulations with respect to fees for production of documents pursuant to the FOIA are applicable to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="145" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 145—COMMISSION RECORDS AND INFORMATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 99-570, 100 Stat. 3207; Pub. L. 89-554, 80 Stat. 383; Pub. L. 90-23, 81 Stat. 54; Pub. L. 98-502, 88 Stat. 1561-1564 (5 U.S.C. 552); Sec. 101(a), Pub. L. 93-463, 88 Stat. 1389 (5 U.S.C. 4a(j)); Pub. L. 114-185, 130 Stat. 538; unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE><P>Section 145.5 is also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552, 5 U.S.C. 552b, and secs. 2(a)(11), 4b, 4f, 4g, 5a, 8a, and 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 2, 4a(j), 6b, 6f, 6g, 7a, 12a, and 21, as amended, 92 Stat. 865 <I>et seq.;</I> secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b); secs. 2(a)(11) and 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 4(j) and 12 (1983); secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b.
</P><P>Section 145.6 is also issued under 7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6, and 12; secs. 2(a)(1), 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4k, 4m, 4n, 4p, 8, 8a and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2 and 4, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6k, 6m, 6n, 6p, 12, 12a and 23 (1982)); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b.
</P><P>Section 145.8 is also issued under 7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 16a as amended by Pub. L. 97-444, 96 Stat. 2294 (1983), and 5 U.S.C. 552, 552a and 552b.




</P></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 145.0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.0   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of part 145 the following definitions are applicable:


</P>
<P>(a) <I>FOIA Compliance Staff</I>—refers to the Freedom of Information Act compliance staff assigned to respond to requests for information under the Freedom of Information Act.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public records</I>—in addition to the records described in § 145.1 (material published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>) and in § 145.2 (records required to be made publicly available under the Freedom of Information Act), includes those records that have been determined by the Commission to be generally available to the public directly upon oral or written request from the Commission office or division responsible for the maintenance of such records. A compilation of Commission records routinely available to the public upon request appears in appendix A to this part 145.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nonpublic records</I>—are records not identified in § 145.1, § 145.2, or appendix A of this part 145. Nonpublic records must be requested, in writing, in accordance with the provisions of § 145.7.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record</I>—is any information or agency record maintained by the Commission in any format, including an electronic format. It includes any document, writing, photograph, sound or magnetic recording, videotape, microfiche, drawing, or computer-stored information or output in the possession of the Commission. The term “record” does not include personal convenience materials over which the Commission has no control, such as appointment calendars and handwritten notes, which may be retained or destroyed at an employee's discretion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28003, June 20, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.1   Information published in the Federal Register.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 145.5, pertaining to nonpublic matters, the following materials shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for the guidance of the public:
</P>
<P>(a) Description of the Commission's central and field organization and the established place at which, the employees from whom, and the methods whereby the public may obtain information, make submittals or requests, or obtain decisions;
</P>
<P>(b) Statements of the general course and method by which the Commission's functions are channeled and determined, including the nature and requirements of all formal and informal procedures available;
</P>
<P>(c) Rules of procedure, descriptions of forms available or the places at which forms may be obtained, and instructions as to the scope and contents of all papers, reports, or examinations;
</P>
<P>(d) Substantive rules of general applicability adopted as authorized by law, and statements of general policy or interpretations of general applicability formulated and adopted by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(e) Each amendment, revision, or repeal of the foregoing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 16290, Apr. 16, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.2   Records available for public inspection and copying; documents published and indexed.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 145.5, pertaining to nonpublic matters, and in addition to those documents listed in appendix A to part 145, Compilation of Commission Records Available to the Public, the following materials are available for public inspection and copying during normal business hours at the Commission's Public Reading Room, located at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters and at the regional offices of the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(a) A guide for requesting records or publicly available information from the Commission which includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) An index of all publicly available information of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of major information and record locator systems;
</P>
<P>(3) Guidance for obtaining various types and categories of public information from the Commission;
</P>
<P>(b) Final opinions and orders of the Commission in the adjudication of cases, including concurring and dissenting opinions;
</P>
<P>(c) Statements of policy and interpretations which have been adopted by the Commission and are not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;
</P>
<P>(d) Records released in response to FOIA requests that have been, or the Commission anticipates will be, the subject of additional FOIA requests;
</P>
<P>(e) Administrative manuals and instructions that affect the public; and 
</P>
<P>(f) Indices providing identifying information to the public as to the materials made available pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17069, Apr. 9, 1997, as amended at 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.4   Public records available with identifying details deleted; nonpublic records available in abridged or summary form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To the extent required to prevent a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, the Commission may delete identifying details when it makes available “public records” as defined in § 145.0(b). In such instances, the Commission shall explain the justification for the deletion fully in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) Certain “nonpublic records,” as defined in § 145.0(c), may, as authorized by the Commission, be made available for public inspection and copying in an abridged or summary form, with identifying details deleted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26869, July 28, 1986, as amended at 82 FR 28003, June 20, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.5   Disclosure of nonpublic records.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission shall withhold information in “nonpublic records,” as defined in § 145.0(c), only if the Commission reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by an exemption described in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section, or if disclosure is prohibited by law. The Commission shall consider whether partial disclosure of information is possible whenever the Commission determines that a full disclosure of the requested record is not possible. The Commission shall take reasonable steps necessary to segregate and release nonexempt information in “nonpublic records” subject to a request under § 145.7 if those portions do not fall within an exemption described in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Specifically authorized under criteria established by an executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, and (2) are in fact properly classified pursuant to such executive order;
</P>
<P>(b) Related solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of the Commission or any other agency of the Government of the United States, including operation rules, guidelines, and manuals of procedure for investigators, auditors, and other employees (other than those rules and practices which establish legal requirements to which members of the public are expected to conform);
</P>
<P>(c) Specifically exempted from disclosure by statute, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Data and information which would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any data or information concerning or obtained in connection with any pending investigation of any person;
</P>
<P>(d) Trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Reports of stocks of grain, such as Forms 38, 38C, 38M and 38T required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.44;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements of reporting traders on Form 40 required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 18.04;
</P>
<P>(iii) Statements concerning special calls on positions required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(iv) Statements concerning identification of special accounts on Form 102 required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 17.01;
</P>
<P>(v) Reports required to be filed pursuant to parts 15 through 21 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(vi) Reports concerning option positions of large traders required to be filed pursuant to part 16 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(vii) Form 188; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The following reports and statements that are also set forth in paragraph (h) of this section, except as specified in 17 CFR 1.10(g)(2) or 17 CFR 31.13(m): Forms 1-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10; FOCUS reports that are filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10(h); Forms 2-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 31.13; the accountant's report on material inadequacies filed in accordance with 17 CFR 1.16(c)(5); all reports and statements required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.17(c)(6); and
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) The following portions of Form CPO-PQR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Schedule A: Question 2, subparts (b) and (d); Question 3, subparts (g) and (h); Question 9; Question 10, subparts (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g); Question 11; Question 12; and Schedules B and C;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The following portions of Form CTA-PR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Question 2, subparts (c) and (d); 
</P>
<P>(2) Information contained in reports, summaries, analyses, transcripts, letters or memoranda arising out of, in anticipation of or in connection with an examination or inspection of the books and records of any person or any other formal or informal inquiry or investigation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information for which confidential treatment has been requested and granted in accordance with § 145.9;
</P>
<P>(e) Inter-agency or intra-agency memoranda or letters, except those which by law would routinely be made available to a party other than an agency in litigation with the Commission. Exemption 5 (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(5)) protects inter-agency or intra-agency communications that are protected by legal privileges, such as the attorney-client privilege, the attorney work-product privilege, and the deliberative process privilege. The deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested.
</P>
<P>(f) Personnel files, medical files and similar files the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, including but not limited to, information of that character contained in:
</P>
<P>(1) Files concerning employees of the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(2) Files concerning persons subject to regulation by the Commission, including files with respect to applications for registration and biographical supplements submitted with such applications. Examples of the information on the applications and biographical supplements which may be protected are an individual's home address and telephone number, social security number, date and place of birth, fingerprints and, in appropriate cases, the information concerning prior arrests, indictments, criminal convictions or other judgments or sanctions imposed by State or Federal courts or regulatory authorities;
</P>
<P>(3) Files concerning information for which confidential treatment has been requested and granted in accordance with § 145.9;
</P>
<P>(g) Records or information compiled for law enforcement purposes to the extent that the production of such records or information:
</P>
<P>(1) Could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement activities undertaken or likely to be undertaken by the Commission or any other authority including, but not limited to, the Department of Justice or any United States Attorney or any Federal, State, local, or foreign governmental authority or any futures or securities industry self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(2) Would deprive a person of a right to a fair trail or an impartial adjudication;
</P>
<P>(3) Could reasonably be expected to constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(4) Could reasonably be expected to disclose the identity of a confidential source including a State, local or foreign agency or authority or any private institution which furnished information on a confidential basis and, in the case of a record or information compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation, information furnished by a confidential source;
</P>
<P>(5) Would disclose techniques or procedures or would disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions if such disclosure could reasonably be expected to risk circumvention of the law; or
</P>
<P>(6) Could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual.
</P>
<P>(h) Contained in or related to examinations, operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of the Commission or any other agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions, including, but not limited to the following reports and statements that are also set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(viii) of this section, except as specified in 17 CFR 1.10(g)(2) and 17 CFR 31.13(m): Forms 1-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10; FOCUS reports that are filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10(h); Forms 2-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 31.13; the accountant's report on material inadequacies filed in accordance with 17 CFR 1.16(c)(5); all reports and statements required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.17(c)(6); and
</P>
<P>(1) The following portions of Form CPO-PQR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Schedule A: Question 2, subparts (b) and (d); Question 3, subparts (g) and (h); Question 9; Question 10, subparts (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g); Question 11; Question 12; and Question 13; and Schedules B and C;
</P>
<P>(2) The following portions of Form CTA-PR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Question 2, subparts (c) and (d); and 
</P>
<P>(i) Geological and geophysical information and data, including maps, concerning wells.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 552, 5 U.S.C. 552b, and secs. 2(a)(11), 4b, 4f, 4g, 5a, 8a, and 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 2, 4a(j), 6b, 6f, 6g, 7a, 12a, and 21, as amended, 92 Stat. 865 <I>et seq.;</I> secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b); secs. 2(a)(11) and 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 4(j) and 12 (1983); secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 16290, Apr. 16, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 13458, Mar. 12, 1979; 45 FR 2023, Jan. 10, 1980; 46 FR 24943, May 4, 1981; 46 FR 54534, Nov. 3, 1981; 48 FR 35303, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 4464, Feb. 7, 1984; 49 FR 5541, Feb. 13, 1984; 51 FR 26870, July 28, 1986; 53 FR 4613, Feb. 17, 1988; 54 FR 41084, Oct. 5, 1989; 62 FR 4642, Jan. 31, 1997; 64 FR 25, Jan. 4, 1999; 71 FR 5595, Feb. 2, 2006; 75 FR 55449, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 11342, Feb. 24, 2012; 82 FR 28003, June 20, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.6   Commission offices to contact for assistance; registration records available.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All requests for non-public records shall be made in writing and shall be addressed or otherwise directed to the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: FOIA Request, or electronically via <I>foiasubmissions@cftc.gov</I>. Requests for public records directed to a regional office of the Commission pursuant to § 145.2 should be sent to the Eastern Regional Office, Central Regional Office, or Southwestern Regional Office, as applicable.




</P>
<P>(b)(1) The publicly available portions of Form 7-R (application for registration as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator or leverage transaction merchant), Form 8-R (application for registration as an associated person, floor broker, floor trader and biographical supplement to application on Form 7-R), Form 3-R (changes and corrections; multiple associations) Form 8-S (certificate of special registration), Form 8-T (notice of termination), Form 7-W (withdrawal from firm registration) and Form 8-W (withdrawal from floor broker or floor trader registration) will be available for public inspection and copying. Such registration forms will be available in the offices of the National Futures Association, 300 S Riverside Plaza, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60606. Telephone: (312) 781-1300.
</P>
<P>(2) The fingerprint card and any supplementary attachments filed in response to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Items 6-9, 14-21, the “Personal Information,” or the “Disciplinary Information” sections on Form 8-R; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Item 3 on Form 8-S; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Items 3-5, 9-11, the “Withdrawal Reasons,” the “Disciplinary Information,” or the “Matter Information” sections on Form 8-T; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Items 9-10 on Form 7-R; 
</P>
<P>(v) Item 7 and the “Additional Customer Information” section on Form 7-W; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Item 7 on Form 8-W generally will not be available for public inspection and copying unless such disclosure is required under the Freedom of Information Act. Changes or corrections to those items reported on Form 3-R will be treated similarly. When such fingerprint cards or supplementary attachments are on file, the FOI, Privacy and Sunshine Acts compliance staff will decide any request for access in accordance with the procedures set forth in §§ 145.7 and 145.9.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6, and 12; secs. 2(a)(1), 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4k, 4m, 4n, 4p, 8, 8a and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2 and 4, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6k, 6m, 6n, 6p, 12, 12a and 23 (1982)); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 39534, Oct. 9, 1984, and 51 FR 26870, July 28, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8435, Mar. 15, 1988; 54 FR 19886, May 9, 1989; 57 FR 29203, July 1, 1992; 58 FR 19597, Apr. 15, 1993; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 64 FR 26, Jan. 4, 1999; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 67 FR 63539, Oct. 15, 2002; 69 FR 41426, July 9, 2004; 72 FR 16269, Apr. 4, 2007; 82 FR 28003, June 20, 2017; 89 FR 71817, 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.7   Requests for Commission records and copies thereof.</HEAD>
<P>Requests for Commission records and copies thereof shall specify the preferred form or format (including electronic formats) of the response. The Commission will accommodate requesters as to form or format if the record is readily available in that form or format. When requesters do not specify the form or format of the response, the Commission will respond in the form or format in which the document is most accessible to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Public inquiries and inspection of public records.</I> Information concerning the nature and extent of available public records may be obtained in person, by telephone, via Internet (<I>http://www.cftc.gov</I>), or by writing to the Commission offices designated in §§ 145.2 and 145.6. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for nonpublic records.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section with respect to public records, all requests for records maintained by the Commission shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the Office of the General Counsel of the Commission and shall be clearly marked “Freedom of Information Act Request.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Misdirected written requests.</I> The Commission cannot ensure that a timely or satisfactory response will be given to requests for records that are directed to the Commission other than in the manner prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. Any misdirected written request for nonpublic records should be promptly forwarded to the Office of the General Counsel of the Commission. Misdirected requests for nonpublic records will be considered to have been received for purposes of this section only when they actually have been received by the Office of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Description of requested records.</I> Each written request for Commission records made under paragraph (b) of this section shall reasonably describe the records sought with sufficient specificity to permit the records to be located among the records maintained by or for the Commission. The Commission staff may communicate with the requester (by telephone when practicable) in an effort to reduce the administrative burden of processing a broad request and to minimize fees for copying and search services.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Description of requester and intended use of requested records.</I> In each request for records, requesters shall reasonable identify themselves as a commercial user, educational institution, noncommercial scientific institution, or representative of the news media if one of these categories is applicable. The requester shall describe the use to which the records will be put.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Request for existing records.</I> The Commission's response to a request for nonpublic records will encompass all nonpublic records identifiable as responsive to the request that are in existence on the date that the written request is received by the Office of the General Counsel. The Commission need not create a new record in response to a FOIA request.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fee agreement.</I> A request for copies of records pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section must indicate the requester's agreement to pay all fees that are associated with the processing of the request, in accordance with the rates set forth in appendix B to this part, or the requester's intention to limit the fees incurred to a stated amount. If the requester states a fee limitation, no work will be done that will result in fees beyond the stated amount. A requester who seeks a waiver or reduction of fees pursuant to paragraph (b) of appendix B of this part must show that such a waiver or reduction would be in the public interest. If the Office of the General Counsel receives a request for records under paragraph (b) of this section from a requester who has not paid fees from a previous request in accordance with appendix B of this part, the staff will decline to process the request until such fees have been paid.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Initial determination, denials.</I> (1) With respect to any request for nonpublic records as defined in § 145.0(c), the FOIA compliance staff of the Commission will forward the request to the Commission divisions or offices likely to maintain records that are responsive to the request. If a responsive record is located, the FOIA compliance staff will, in consultation with the Commission office in which the record was located, determine whether to comply with such request. The FOIA compliance staff may, in their discretion, determine whether to comply with any portion of a request for nonpublic records before considering the remainder of the request. The FOIA compliance staff will inform the requester of the availability of the Commission's FOIA Public Liaison to offer assistance.
</P>
<P>(2) Where it is determined to deny, in whole or in part, a request for nonpublic records, the FOIA compliance staff will notify the requester of the denial, citing applicable exemptions of the Freedom of Information Act or other provisions of law that require or allow the records to be withheld. The FOIA compliance staff's response to the FOIA request should describe in general terms what categories of documents are being withheld under which applicable FOIA exemption or exemptions. The FOIA compliance staff's response will include a statement notifying the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the Commission's FOIA Public Liaison and the National Archives and Records Administration's Office of Government Information Services. The FOIA compliance staff, in denying an initial request for records, is not required to provide the requester with an inventory of those documents determined to be exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(3) The FOIA compliance staff will issue an initial determination with respect to a FOIA request within twenty business days after receipt by the Office of the General Counsel. In unusual circumstances, as defined in this paragraph, the prescribed time limit may be extended by written notice to the person making a request for a record or a copy. The notice shall set forth the reasons for the extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be dispatched. Where the extension exceeds ten business days, the FOIA compliance staff will provide the requester with an opportunity to modify the request or arrange an alternative time period for processing the original or modified request. The FOIA compliance staff or the FOIA Public Liaison is available to assist the requester in unusual circumstances. The FOIA compliance staff will notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services. As used in this paragraph, “unusual circumstances” means, but only to the extent reasonably necessary to the proper processing of a particular request:
</P>
<P>(i) The need to search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other establishments that are separate from the office processing the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The need to search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records which are demanded in a single request;
</P>
<P>(iii) The need for consultation, which shall be conducted with all practicable speed, with another agency having a substantial interest in the determination of the request or among two or more components in the Commission having substantial subject matter interest therein;
</P>
<P>(iv) The need to coordinate a response with several Commission offices;
</P>
<P>(v) The need to obtain records currently being used by members of the Commission, the Commission staff, or the public;
</P>
<P>(vi) The need to respond to a large number of previously-filed FOIA requests.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Administrative review.</I> (1) Any person who has been notified pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section that his request for records has been denied in whole or in part may file an application for review as set forth below.
</P>
<P>(2) An application for review must be received by the Office of General the Counsel within 90 days of the date of the denial by the FOIA compliance staff. This 90-day period shall not begin to run until the FOIA compliance staff has issued an initial determination with respect to all portions of the request for nonpublic records. An application for review shall be in writing and shall be marked “Freedom of Information Act Appeal” and be sent to the Commission's Office of the General Counsel. If the appeal involves information as to which the FOIA requester has received a detailed written justification of a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 145.9(e), the requester must also serve a copy of the appeal on the submitter of the information.
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant must attach to the application for review a copy of all correspondence relevant to the request, <I>i.e.,</I> the initial request, any correspondence amending or modifying the request, and all correspondence from the staff responding to the request.
</P>
<P>(4) The application for review shall state such facts and cite such legal or other authorities as the applicant may consider appropriate. The application may, in addition, include a description of the general benefit to the public from disclosure of that information.
</P>
<P>(5) If the appeal involves information that is subject to a petition for confidential treatment filed under § 145.9, the submitter of the information shall have an opportunity to respond in writing to the appeal within 10 business days of the date of filing the appeal. Any response shall be sent to the Commission's Office of the General Counsel. Copies shall be sent to the person requesting the information.
</P>
<P>(6) The General Counsel, or his or her designee, shall have the authority to consider all appeals under this section from initial determinations of the FOIA compliance staff of the Commission. The General Counsel, or his or her designee, may:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine either to affirm or to reverse the initial determination in whole or in part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine to disclose a record, even if exempt, if good cause for doing so either is shown by the application or otherwise appears;
</P>
<P>(iii) Remand the matter to the FOIA compliance staff—
</P>
<P>(A) To correct a deficiency in the initial processing of the request, or
</P>
<P>(B) When an investigation as to which the staff originally claimed exemption from mandatory disclosure on the basis of 5 U.S.C. 555(b)(7)(A) or 7 U.S.C. 12(a) is subsequently closed; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Refer the matter to the Commission for a decision.
</P>
<P>(7) If the initial denial of the request for nonpublic records is reversed, the Office of the General Counsel shall, in writing, advise the requester that the records will be available on or after a specified date. If, on appeal, the denial of access to a record is affirmed in whole or in part, the person who requested the information shall be notified in writing of:
</P>
<P>(i) The reasons for the denial,
</P>
<P>(ii) The mediation services offered by the Office of Government Information Services as a non-exclusive alternative to litigation, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4) providing for judicial review of a determination to withhold records.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Expedited processing.</I> A request may be given expedited processing if the requester demonstrates a compelling need for the requested records. For purposes of this provision, the term “compelling need” means: That a failure to obtain requested records on an expedited basis could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual; or with respect to a request made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information, urgency to inform the public concerning actual or alleged federal government activity. A requester who seeks expedited processing must demonstrate a compelling need by submitting a statement that is certified by the requester to be true and correct to the best of that person's knowledge and belief. The FOIA compliance staff

will determine whether to provide expedited processing, and notice of the determination will be provided to requester, within ten days after the date of the request. If the request for expedited processing is denied, the requester may file an appeal with the Office of the General Counsel within ten days of the date of the denial by the FOIA compliance staff. The Office of the General Counsel will respond to the appeal within ten days after the date of the appeal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26870, July 28, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 19307, May 22, 1987; 62 FR 17069, Apr. 9, 1997; 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004; 82 FR 28003, June 20, 2017; 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.8   Fees for records services.</HEAD>
<P>A schedule of fees for record services, including locating, and making records available, and copying, appears in appendix B to this part. Copies of the schedule of fees may also be obtained upon request made in person, by telephone or by mail from the FOIA compliance staff or at any regional office of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 28005, June 20, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 145.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 145.9   Petition for confidential treatment of information submitted to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section provides a procedure by which persons submitting information in any form to the Commission can request that the information not be disclosed pursuant to a request under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552. This section does not affect the Commission's right, authority, or obligation to disclose information in any other context.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> The provisions of this section shall apply only where the Commission has not specified that an alternative procedure be utilized in connection with a particular study, report, investigation, or other matter. See 40.8 for procedures to be utilized in connection with filing information required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR parts 40 and 41.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply to this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Submitter.</I> A “submitter” is any person who submits any information or material to the Commission or who permits any information or material to be submitted to the Commission. For purposes of paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section only, “submitter” includes any person whose information has been submitted to a designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap execution facility, swap data repository or registered futures association that in turn has submitted the information to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>FOIA requester.</I> A “FOIA requester” is any person who files with the Commission a request to inspect or copy Commission records or documents pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Written request for confidential treatment.</I> (1) Any submitter may request in writing that the Commission afford confidential treatment under the Freedom of Information Act to any information that he or she submits to the Commission. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, no oral requests for confidential treatment will be accepted by the Commission. The submitter shall specify the grounds on which confidential treatment is being requested but need not provide a detailed written justification of the request unless required to do so under paragraph (e) of this section. Confidential treatment may be requested only on the grounds that disclosure:
</P>
<P>(i) Is specifically exempted by a statute that either requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such manner as to leave no discretion on the issue or establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld.
</P>
<P>(ii) Would reveal the submitter's trade secrets or confidential commercial or financial information.
</P>
<P>(iii) Would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of the submitter's personal privacy.
</P>
<P>(iv) Would reveal investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes whose disclosure would deprive the submitter of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication.
</P>
<P>(v) Would reveal investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes whose disclosure would constitute an unwarranted invasion of the personal privacy of the submitter.
</P>
<P>(vi) Would reveal investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes when disclosure would interfere with enforcement proceedings or disclose investigative techniques and procedures, <I>provided,</I> that the claim may be made only by a designated contract market, derivatives clearing organization, swap execution facility, swap data repository or registered futures association with regard to its own investigatory records.
</P>
<P>(2) The original of any written request for confidential treatment must be sent to the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: FOIA compliance staff. A copy of any request for confidential treatment shall be sent to the Commission division or office receiving the original of any material for which confidential treatment is being sought.
</P>
<P>(3) A request for confidential treatment shall be clearly marked “FOIA Confidential Treatment Request” and shall contain the name, address, and telephone number of the submitter. The submitter is responsible for informing the FOIA compliance staff of any changes in his or her name, address, and telephone number.
</P>
<P>(4) A request for confidential treatment should accompany the material for which confidential treatment is being sought. If a request for confidential treatment is filed after the filing of such material, the submitter shall have the burden of showing that it was not possible to request confidential treatment for that material at the time the material was filed. A request for confidential treatment of a future submission will not be processed. All records which contain information for which a request for confidential treatment is made or the appropriate segregable portions thereof should be marked by the person submitting the records with a prominent stamp, typed legend, or other suitable form of notice on each page or segregable portion of each page stating “Confidential Treatment Requested by [name].” If such marking is impractical under the circumstances, a cover sheet prominently marked “Confidential Treatment Requested by [name]” should be securely attached to each group of records submitted for which confidential treatment is requested. Each of the records transmitted in this matter should be individually marked with an identifying number and code so that they are separately identifiable. In some circumstances, such as when a person is testifying in the course of a Commission investigation or providing documents requested in the course of a Commission inspection, it may be impractical to submit a written request for confidential treatment at the time the information is first provided to the Commission. In no circumstances can the need to comply with the requirements of this section justify or excuse any delay in submitting information to the Commission. Rather, in such circumstances, the person testifying or otherwise submitting information should inform the Commission employee receiving the information, at the time the information is submitted or as soon thereafter as practicable, that the person is requesting confidential treatment for the information. The person shall then submit a written request for confidential treatment within 30 days of the submission of the information. If access is requested under the Freedom of Information Act with respect to material for which no timely request for confidential treatment has been made, it may be presumed that the submitter of the information has waived any interest in asserting that the material is confidential.
</P>
<P>(5) A request for confidential treatment shall state the length of time for which confidential treatment is being sought.
</P>
<P>(6) A request for confidential treatment (as distinguishing from the material that is the subject of the request) shall be considered a public document. When a submitter deems it necessary to include, in its request for confidential treatment, information for which it seeks confidential treatment, the submitter shall place that information in an appendix to the request.
</P>
<P>(7) On 10 business days notice from the FOIA compliance staff, a submitter shall submit a detailed written justification of a request for confidential treatment, as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Upon request and for good cause shown, the FOIA compliance staff may grant an extension of such time. The FOIA compliance staff will notify the submitter that failure to provide timely a detailed written justification will be deemed a waiver of the submitter's opportunity to appeal an adverse determination.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) Requests for confidential treatment for any reasonably segregable material that is not exempt from public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, as implemented in § 145.5, shall be summarily rejected under § 145.9(d)(9). Requests for confidential treatment of public information contained in financial reports as specified in § 1.10 shall not be processed. A submitter has the burden of specifying clearly and precisely the material that is the subject of the confidential treatment request. A submitter may be able to meet this burden in various ways, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Segregating material for which confidential treatment is being sought;
</P>
<P>(B) Submitting two copies of the submission: a copy from which material for which confidential treatment is being sought has been obliterated, deleted, or clearly marked and an unmarked copy; and
</P>
<P>(C) Clearly describing the material within a submission for which confidential treatment is being sought.
</P>
<P>(ii) A submitter shall not employ a method of specifying the material for which confidential treatment is being sought if that method makes it unduly difficult for the Commission to read the full submission, including all portion claimed to be confidential, in its entirely.
</P>
<P>(9) If a submitter fails to follow the procedures set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section, the FOIA compliance staff may summarily reject the submitter's request for confidential treatment with leave to the submitter to refile a proper petition. Failure of the FOIA compliance staff summarily to reject a confidential treatment request pursuant to this paragraph shall not be construed to indicate that the submitter has complied with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9) of this section, no determination with respect to any request for confidential treatment will be made until the Commission receives a Freedom of Information Act request for the material for which confidential treatment is being sought.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Detailed written justification of request for confidential treatment.</I> (1) If the FOIA compliance staff determines that a FOIA request seeks material for which confidential treatment has been requested pursuant to § 145.9, the FOIA compliance staff shall require the submitter to file a detailed written justification of the confidential request within ten business days (unless under § 145.9(d)(7) an extension of time has been granted) of that determination unless, pursuant to an earlier FOIA request, a prior determination to release or withhold the material has been made, the submitter has already provided sufficient information to grant the request for confidential treatment; or the material is otherwise in the public domain. The detailed written justification shall be filed with the FOIA compliance staff. It shall be clearly marked “Detailed Written Justification of FOIA Confidential Treatment Request” and shall contain the request number supplied by the Commission. The submitter shall also send a copy of the detailed written justification to the FOIA requester at the address specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The period for filing a detailed written justification may be extended upon request and for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(3) The detailed written justification of the confidential treatment request shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The reasons, referring to the specific exemptive provisions of the Freedom of Information Act listed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, why the information that is the subject of the FOIA request should be withheld from access under the Freedom of Information Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicability of any specific statutory or regulatory provisions that govern or may govern the treatment of the information;
</P>
<P>(iii) The existence and applicability of prior determinations by the Commission, other federal agencies, or courts concerning the specific exemptive provisions of the Freedom of Information Act pursuant to which confidential treatment is being requested. Submitters shall satisfy any evidentiary burdens imposed upon them by applicable Freedom of Information Act case law.
</P>
<P>(iv) Such additional facts and authorities as the submitter may consider appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) The detailed written justification of a confidential treatment request shall be accompanied by affidavits to the extent necessary to establish the facts necessary to satisfy the submitter's evidentiary burden.
</P>
<P>(5) The detailed written justification of a confidential treatment request (as distinguished from the material that is the subject of the request) shall be considered a public document. However, a submitter will be permitted to submit to the Commission supplementary confidential affidavits with his or her detailed written justification if that is the only way in which he or she can convincingly demonstrate that the material that is the subject of the confidential treatment request should not be disclosed to the FOIA requester.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Initial determination with respect to petition for confidential treatment.</I> (1) The FOIA compliance staff, in consultation with the Office in which the record was located, shall issue an initial determination with respect to a confidential treatment request for material that is responsive to the FOIA request. This determination shall be issued at the same time as the initial determination with respect to the FOIA request. <I>See</I> § 145.7(g). To the extent that the initial determination grants a confidential treatment request in full or in part, it should specify the FOIA exemptions upon which this determination is based and briefly describe the material to which each exemption applies. <I>See</I> § 145.7(g)(2). To the extent that the initial determination denies confidential treatment to any material for which confidential treatment was requested, it should briefly describe the material for which confidential treatment is denied.
</P>
<P>(2) If the FOIA compliance staff determines that a confidential treatment request shall be denied in full or in part, the submitter shall be informed of his or her right to appeal to the Commission's General Counsel in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (g) of this section. The material for which confidential treatment was denied shall be released to the FOIA requester if the submitter does not file an appeal within 10 business days of the date on which his or her request was denied.
</P>
<P>(3) If the FOIA compliance staff determines that a confidential treatment request shall be granted in full or in part, the FOIA requester shall be informed of his or her right to appeal to the Commission's General Counsel in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 145.7(h).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Appeal from initial determination that confidential treatment is not warranted.</I> (1) An appeal from an initial determination to deny a confidential treatment request in full or in part shall be filed with the General Counsel of the Commission. No disclosure of the material that is the subject of the appeal shall be made until the appeal is resolved. If both a submitter and a FOIA requester appeal to the General Counsel from a partial grant and partial denial of a confidential treatment request, those appeals shall be consolidated.
</P>
<P>(2) Any appeal of a denial of a request for confidential treatment shall be in writing, and shall be clearly marked “FOIA Confidential Treatment Appeal.” The appeal shall include a copy of the initial determination and shall clearly indicate the portions of the initial determination from which an appeal is being taken.
</P>
<P>(3) The appeal shall be sent to the Commission's Office of the General Counsel. A copy of the appeal shall be sent to the FOIA requester. The General Counsel or his or her designee shall have the authority to consider all appeals from initial determinations of the FOIA compliance staff. The General Counsel may, in his sole and unfettered discretion, refer such appeals and questions concerning stays under paragraph (g)(10) of this section to the Commission for decision.
</P>
<P>(4) In the appeal, the submitter may supply additional substantiation for his or her request for confidential treatment, including additional affidavits and additional legal argument. Such submissions shall be governed by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The FOIA requester shall have an opportunity to respond in writing to the appeal within 10 business days of the date of filing of the FOIA Confidential Treatment Appeal. The FOIA requester need not respond, however. Any response shall be sent to the Commission's Office of the General Counsel. A copy shall be sent to the submitter.
</P>
<P>(6) All FOIA Confidential Treatment Appeals and all responses thereto shall be considered public documents.
</P>
<P>(7) The General Counsel will make a determination with respect to any appeal within twenty business days after receipt by the Office of the General Counsel of such appeal or within such extended period as may be permitted in accordance with the standards set forth in § 145.7(g)(3). Although other procedures may be employed, to the extent possible the General Counsel will decide the appeal on the basis of the affidavits and other documentary evidence submitted by the submitter and the FOIA requests.
</P>
<P>(8) The General Counsel or his or her designee shall have the authority to remand any matter to the FOIA compliance staff to correct deficiencies in the initial processing of the confidential treatment request.
</P>
<P>(9) If the General Counsel or his or her designee denies a confidential treatment appeal in full or in part, the information for which confidential treatment is denied shall be disclosed to the FOIA requester 10 business days later, subject to any stay entered pursuant to paragraph (g)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) The General Counsel or their designee shall have the authority to enter and vacate stays as set forth below. If, within 10 business days of the date of issuance of a determination by the General Counsel or their designee to disclose information for which a submitter sought confidential treatment, the submitter commences an action in federal court concerning that determination, the General Counsel will stay the public disclosure of the information pending final judicial resolution of the matter. The General Counsel or their designee may vacate a stay entered under this section, either on his or her own motion or at the request of the FOIA requester. If such a stay is vacated, the information will be released to the requester 10 business days after the submitter is notified of this action, unless a court orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Extensions of time limits.</I> Any time limit under this section may be extended for good cause shown, in the discretion of the Commission, the Commission's General Counsel, or the FOIA compliance staff.
</P>
<P>(i) A submitter whose confidential treatment request has been upheld by the Commission shall, upon request of the General Counsel, aid the Commission in defending a court action to compel the Commission to disclose the information subject to the confidential treatment request. If the submitter is unwilling to aid the Commission in this regard, the General Counsel may, in appropriate cases, make the information available to the public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26871, July 28, 1986, as amended at 64 FR 26, Jan. 4, 1999; 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004; 74 FR 17395, Apr. 15, 2009; 77 FR 66348, Nov. 2, 2012; 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.11.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 145—Compilation of Commission Records Available to the Public
</HEAD>
<P>The following documents are available, upon request, directly from the office indicated. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address for the Commission offices listed below is the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Office of Public Affairs.</I> (1) Commitments of Traders Reports.
</P>
<P>(2) Weekly Advisory (solely available on the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.cftc.gov/cftc/cftcpressoffice.htm).</I> 
</P>
<P>(3) Studies Prepared by Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(4) Educational material (e.g., newsletters, brochures, annual reports, conference or advisory meetings, technical information about specific markets or contracts).
</P>
<P>(5) Press releases.
</P>
<P>(6) Rule enforcement and financial reviews (public version).
</P>
<P>(7) CFTC litigation documents (e.g., administrative and civil complaints, injunctions, initial decisions, opinions and orders).
</P>
<P>(8) Commission rules and regulations, <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices, interpretative letters.
</P>
<P>(9) Speeches, Commissioner biographies and photographs.
</P>
<P>(10) Statistical data concerning the Commission's budget.
</P>
<P>(11) Statistical data concerning specific contracts and markets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Office of the Secretariat (Public reading area with copying facilities available).</I> (1) Comment letters and CFTC summaries of comment letters.
</P>
<P>(2) Terms and conditions of proposed contracts.
</P>
<P>(3) Registered entity filings relating to rules as defined in § 40.1 of this chapter, unless covered by a request for confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(4) National Futures Association (NFA) rule amendments.
</P>
<P>(5) Exchange and NFA disciplinary action notifications.
</P>
<P>(6) Open Commission meeting minutes.
</P>
<P>(7) Sunshine certificates for closed Commission meetings.
</P>
<P>(8) CFTC Advisory Committee final reports.
</P>
<P>(9) Opinions and orders of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(10) Reparations orders and enforcement orders index.
</P>
<P>(11) Rulemaking index.
</P>
<P>(12) Exchange membership notification.
</P>
<P>(13) Publicly available portions of applications to become a registered entity including the transmittal letter, first page of the application cover sheet, proposed rules, proposed bylaws, corporate documents, any overview or similar summary provided by the applicant, any documents pertaining to the applicant's legal status and governance structure, including governance fitness information, and any other part of the application not covered by a request for confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Office of Proceedings.</I> (1) Documents contained in reparations and enforcement cases, unless subject to protective order.
</P>
<P>(2) Complaint packages, which contain the Reparation Rules, Brochure “Questions and Answers About How You Can Resolve a Commodity-Market Related Dispute,” and the complaint form.
</P>
<P>(3) Rules of Practice concerning administrative enforcement proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Chief Administrative Officer, Division of Administration.</I> Information Collection requests submitted to the Office of Management and Budget relating to requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96-511.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Division of Market Oversight.</I> (1) Weekly stocks of grain reports.
</P>
<P>(2) Weekly cotton or call reports.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Division of Enforcement.</I> Complaint package containing Division of Enforcement Questionnaire and list of federal, state and local enforcement authorities.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Market Participants Division.</I> Publicly available portions of registration documents are available from the National Futures Association, 300 S Riverside Plaza, Suite 1800, Chicago, IL 60606. See Commission Rule 145.6.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26874, July 28, 1986, as amended at 57 FR 29203, July 1, 1992; 59 FR 5528, Feb. 7, 1994; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 64 FR 27, Jan. 4, 1999; 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 67 FR 63539, Oct. 15, 2002; 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004; 77 FR 66348, Nov. 2, 2012; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71817, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.11.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 145—Schedule of Fees
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Charges for requests.</I> The following charges may be made where applicable for responding to requests for records.
</P>
<P>(1) $4.75 for each quarter hour spent by clerical personnel in searching for or reviewing records.
</P>
<P>(2) When a search or review cannot be performed by clerical personnel, $10.25 for each quarter hour spent by professional personnel in searching or reviewing records.
</P>
<P>(3) When searches require the expertise of a computer specialist, staff time for programming and performing searches will be charged at $10.25 per quarter hour. For searches of records stored on personal computers used as workstations by Commission staff and shared access network servers, the computer processing time is included in the search time for the staff member using the workstation as set forth in paragraph (a) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(4) Document duplication, including computer printouts, will be charged at $0.15 per page.
</P>
<P>(5) For copies of materials other than paper records, the requester will be charged the actual cost of materials and reproduction, including the time of clerical personnel at a rate of $4.75 per quarter hour.
</P>
<P>(6) When a request has been made and granted to examine Commission records at an office of the Commission other than the office in which the records are routinely maintained, the requester:
</P>
<P>(i) Will reimburse the Commission for the actual cost of transporting the records; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Will be charged at a rate of $4.75 for each quarter hour spent by clerical personnel in preparing the records for transit.
</P>
<P>(7) For certifying that requested records are true copies, the charge will be $3.00 per certification.
</P>
<P>(8) Upon request, records will be mailed by means of overnight or express mail at the fee of $10.00 per package mailed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver or reduction of fees.</I> Fees will be waived or reduced by the Commission if:
</P>
<P>(1) The fee is less than or equal to $10.00, the approximate cost to the Commission of collecting the fee; or,
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission determines that the disclosure of the information is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government and is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability of fees.</I> Fees shall be charged even if no records are ultimately furnished to the requester. Fees apply to various types of requests as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial use request.</I> Fees for search time, review time and duplication of records will be charged to requests from or on behalf of one who seeks information for a user or purpose that furthers the commercial, trade or profit interests of the requester or the person on whose behalf the request is made.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Educational institution or noncommercial scientific institution.</I> Only duplication fees will be charged to schools or to organizations which operate solely for the purpose of scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. No charge will be made for the first 100 pages duplicated or for search or review time.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Representative of the news media.</I> Only duplication fees will be charged to any person actively gathering news for an entity that is organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public. No charge will be made for the first 100 pages duplicated or for search or review time.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other requesters.</I> Fees for search time and duplication will be charged to requesters who are not covered by one of the categories above. No charge will be made for the first two hours of search time, the first 100 pages of duplication, or for review time. If the search is for records stored in a computer format, a combination of computer operation charges and search time charges will be waived up to the equivalent of two hours of professional search time. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aggregation of requests.</I> For purposes of determining fees, the Commission may aggregate reasonably related requests if multiple requests are made within a 30-day period or if there is a solid basis for believing that multiple requests were made solely to avoid fees.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification of fees.</I> A request for Commission records may state that the party is willing to pay fees up to a stated limit for services to be provided in searching, reviewing and duplicating requested records. If such a statement is made, no work will be done that will result in fees beyond the stated limit without written authorization. If no limit is stated, no work will be done that will result in fees in excess of $25.00 without written authorization from the requester.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Advance payment of fees.</I> The Commission may request advance payment of all or part of the fee (i) when fees are expected to exceed $250; or (ii) when a requester has previously failed to pay fees in a timely fashion.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Payment of fees.</I> Payment should be made by check or money order payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Interest on fees.</I> The Commission will begin charging interest on unpaid bills starting on the 31th day following the day on which the bill was sent. Interest will be at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Collection of fees.</I> If fees not paid, the Commission may disclose debts to appropriate authorities for collection or to consumer reporting agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 19308, May 22, 1987, as amended at 64 FR 27, Jan. 4, 1999; 69 FR 67507, Nov. 18, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.17.0.1.11.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 145 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="146" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 146—RECORDS MAINTAINED ON INDIVIDUALS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>88 Stat. 1896 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended; 88 Stat. 1389 (7 U.S.C. 4a(j)).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 146.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission implementing the Privacy Act of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-579, 5 U.S.C. 552a). These rules apply to all records maintained by this Commission which are not excepted or exempted as set forth in § 146.12, insofar as they contain personal information concerning an individual, identify that individual by name or other symbol and are contained in a system of records from which information is retrieved by the individual's name or identifying symbol. Among the primary purposes of these rules are to permit individuals to determine whether information about them is contained in Commission files and, if so, to obtain access to that information; to establish procedures whereby individuals may have inaccurate and incomplete information corrected; and, to restrict access by unauthorized persons to that information.
</P>
<P>(b) In this part the Commission is also exempting certain Commission systems of records from some of the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 that would otherwise be applicable to those systems. These exemptions are authorized under the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(k).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part 146:
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>Commission</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>Executive Director</I> refers to the executive level staff official appointed pursuant to section 2(a)(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>FOIA compliance staff</I> refers to the Freedom of Information Act compliance staff assigned to respond to requests for information under the Freedom of Information Act;
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>individual</I> means a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence;
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>maintain</I> includes maintain, collect, use, or disseminate;
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>record</I> means any item, collection, or grouping of information about an individual that is maintained by the Commission, including but not limited to, his education, financial transactions, and criminal or employment history and that contains his name, or the identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual;
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>system of records</I> means a group of any records under the control of the Commission from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual;
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>system notice</I> means a notice of the existence and character of the Commission's system of records published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 146.11(a) of these rules;
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>routine use</I> means, with respect to the disclosure of a record, the use of that record for a purpose which is compatible with the purpose for which it was collected;
</P>
<P>(j) The term <I>Freedom of Information Act</I> encompasses both the Freedom of Information Act, as amended, 5 U.S.C. 552, and the Commission's rules contained in part 145 of this title.
</P>
<P>(k) The term <I>agency</I> means any executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government controlled corporation or other establishment in the Executive branch of the Government or any independent regulatory agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 26954, Apr. 22, 1980; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.3   Requests by an individual for information or access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may request information on whether a system of records maintained by the Commission contains any information pertaining to him, or may request access to his record or to any information pertaining to them which is contained in a system of records. All requests shall be directed to the FOIA compliance staff in the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters and clearly marked “Privacy Act request.”
</P>
<P>(b) A request for information or for access to records under this part may be made by mail or in person. The request shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing and signed by the individual making the request; 
</P>
<P>(2) Include the full name (including the middle name) of the individual seeking the information or record, his home address and telephone number, his business address and telephone number; and 
</P>
<P>(3) If he is or ever has been registered with the Commission or its predecessor agency, or associated with a firm so registered as a partner, officer or director or 10% shareholder, state in what capacity he is or was registered.
</P>
<P>(c) For each system of records from which information is sought, the request shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the title and identifying number for that system as it appears in the system notice published by the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide additional identifying information, if any, specified in the system notice; 
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the specific information or kind of information sought within that system of records; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Set forth any special arrangements sought concerning the time, place, or form of access. A description of the information contained in a system notice and instructions on how to obtain copies of the Commission's system notices appear in § 146.11(b).
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission will respond in writing to a request made under this section within ten days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays) after receipt of the request. If a definitive reply cannot be given within ten days, the request will be acknowledged and an explanation will be given of the status of the request.
</P>
<P>(e) When an individual has requested access to records, available to him under these rules, he will either be notified in writing of where and when he may obtain access to the records requested or be given the name, address and telephone number of the member of the Commission staff with whom he should communicate to make further arrangements for access.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28260, July 9, 1976; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.4   Procedures for identifying the individual making the request.</HEAD>
<P>When a request for information or for access to records has been made pursuant to § 146.3, before information is given or access is granted pursuant to § 146.5 of these rules the Commission shall require reasonable identification of the person making the request to insure that information is given and records are disclosed only to the proper person.
</P>
<P>(a) An individual may establish his identity by:
</P>
<P>(1) Submitting with his request for information or for access a photocopy of two pieces of identification bearing his name and signature, one of which shall bear his current home or business address; or
</P>
<P>(2) Appearing at any office of the Commission (located at the addresses set forth in § 145.6 of these rules) during the regular working hours for that office and presenting either:
</P>
<P>(i) One piece of identification containing a photograph and signature, such as a drivers license or passport or
</P>
<P>(ii) Two pieces of identification bearing his name and signature, one of which shall bear his current home or business address; or
</P>
<P>(3) Providing such other proof of identity as the Commission deems satisfactory in the circumstances of a particular request.
</P>
<P>(b) If the General Counsel or other designated Commission official determines that the data in a requested record is so sensitive that unauthorized access could cause harm or embarrassment to the person whose 71818, produce satisfactory evidence of identity under paragraph (a) of this section, the individual making the request may be required to submit a notarized statement attesting to their identity and that they are familiar with and understand the criminal penalties provided under section 1001 of title 18 of the U.S. Code for making false statements to a Government agency and under the Privacy Act, section 552a(i)(3) of title 5 of the U.S. Code, for obtaining records under false pretenses. Copies of these statutory provisions and forms for such notarized statements may be attained upon request from the FOIA compliance staff in the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters and clearly marked “Privacy Act request.
</P>
<P>(c) The parent or guardian of a minor or a person judicially determined to be incompetent, in addition to establishing the identity of the person he represents as described in the previous paragraphs of this section, shall establish his own identity and his parentage or guardianship by furnishing a copy of a birth certificate showing parentage or a court order establishing the guardianship.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section shall preclude the Commission from requiring additional identification before granting access to the records if there is reason to believe that the person making the request may not be the individual to whom the record pertains, or where the sensitivity of the data warrants it.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of this section shall not apply if the records involved would be available to any person pursuant to the Commission's rules under the Freedom of Information Act as set forth in part 145 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28260, July 9, 1976; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.5   Disclosure of requested information to individuals; fee for copies of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual who has requested access to his record or to any information pertaining to him in the manner prescribed in § 146.3, and has identified himself as prescribed in § 146.4, shall be permitted to review the record and have a copy made of all or any portion thereof in a form comprehensible to him, subject to fees for copying services set forth in appendix A to this part. Upon his request persons of his own choosing may accompany him, but the individual shall first furnish a written statement authorizing discussion of that individual's record in the accompany persons' presence.
</P>
<P>(b) Access will generally be granted in the office of the Commission where the records are maintained during normal business hours, but for good cause shown the Commission may grant access at another office of the Commission or at different times for the convenience of the individual making the request.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a document containing information about an individual also contains information not pertaining to him, the portion not pertaining to the individual shall not be disclosed to him except to the extent the information is available to any person under the Freedom of Information Act. If the records sought cannot be provided for review and copying in a meaningful form, the Commission shall provide to the individual a report of the information concerning the individual contained in the record or records which shall be complete and accurate in all material aspects.
</P>
<P>(d) Where the disclosure involves medical records, the records may be provided only to a physician designated in writing by the individual.
</P>
<P>(e) Requests for copies of documents may be directed to the FOIA compliance staffr to the member of the Commission's staff through whom arrangements for access were made.
</P>
<P>(f) Fees for copies of records shall be charged as set forth in the schedule of fees contained in appendix A to this part. Copies of the schedule may be obtained upon request from the FOIA compliance staff in the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters and clearly marked “Privacy Act request”.

. Payment should be made by check or money order payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Advance payment of all or part of the fee may be required at the discretion of the Commission, but generally this will not be required for requests where the anticipated fee is less than $25.
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this section or in § 146.3 shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the disclosure of investigative records exempted under § 146.12 of these rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Allow an individual access to any information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action, administrative proceeding or a criminal proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Require the furnishing of information or records which cannot be retrieved by the name or other identifier of the individual making the request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28261, July 9, 1976; 45 FR 26954, Apr. 22, 1980; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.6   Disclosure to third parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All requests for non-public records shall be made in writing and shall be addressed or otherwise directed to the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, Attn: FOIA Request, or electronically via <I>foiasubmissions@cftc.gov</I>. Requests for public records directed to a regional office of the Commission pursuant to § 145.2 should be sent to the Eastern Regional Office, Central Regional Office, or Southwestern Regional Office, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(a) The Commission shall not disclose to any agency or to any person by any means of communication a record pertaining to an individual which is contained in a system of records, except under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual to whom the record pertains has given his written consent to the disclosure;
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure is to officers and employees of the Commission who need it in the performance of their duties;
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure is required under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552);
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosure is for a routine use as defined in § 146.2(i) and described in the system notice for that system of records;
</P>
<P>(5) The disclosure is made to the Bureau of the Census for purposes of planning or carrying out a census or survey or related activity;
</P>
<P>(6) The disclosure is made to a recipient who has provided the agency with advance adequate written assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research or reporting record, and the record is to be transferred in a form that is not individually identifiable;
</P>
<P>(7) The disclosure is made to another agency or to an instrumentality of any Governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity if the activity is authorized by law and if the head of the agency or instrumentality has made a written request to the Commission specifying the particular portion desired and the law enforcement activity for which the record is sought;
</P>
<P>(8) The disclosure is made to a person pursuant to a showing of compelling circumstances affecting the health or safety of an individual if upon such disclosure notification is transmitted to the last known address of such individual;
</P>
<P>(9) The disclosure is made to either House of Congress, or, to the extent of matter within its jurisdiction, any committee or subcommittee thereof, any joint committee of Congress or subcommittee of any such joint committee;
</P>
<P>(10) The disclosure is made to the Comptroller General, or any of his authorized representatives, in the course of the performance of the duties of the General Accounting Office; or
</P>
<P>(11) The disclosure is pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(12) The disclosure is made, upon request, to a department or agency of any state or political subdivision thereof acting within the scope of its jurisdiction as permitted by section 8(e) of the Act and subject to the limitations of further dissemination as contained in section 8(e). Information disclosed pursuant to this paragraph may also include registration information maintained by the Commission on any registrant as authorized to be disclosed by section 8(g) of the Act. Registration information may be furnished to a department or agency of any state or political subdivision thereof upon reasonable request made by the department or agency or without request whenever the Commission or an employee designated by § 140.75 of this chapter determines that such information may be appropriate for use by the department or agency.
</P>
<P>(13) The disclosure is made, upon request, to a department or agency of any foreign government or any political subdivision thereof, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction, provided that, prior to disclosure, the Commission or an employee delegated authority by § 140.73 of this chapter to disclose information pursuant to section 8(e) of the Act is satisfied that the information will not be disclosed by such department or agency except in connection with an adjudicatory action or proceeding brought under the laws of such foreign government or political subdivision to which such foreign government or political subdivision or any department or agency thereof is a party.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will make reasonable efforts to serve notice on an individual when any record on such individual is made available to any person under compulsory legal process when such process becomes a matter of public record. In any instance where a record on an individual, which has been submitted to the Commission by such individual, is sought pursuant to a summons or subpoena, notice will be given in accordance with the provisions of section 8(f) of the Commodity Exchange Act, and § 140.80 of this chapter, at least fourteen days prior to disclosure. Notice will not, however, be given with regard to any information as to which the submitter has waived the notice requirements of § 140.80.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission, with respect to each system of records under its control, shall keep an accurate accounting of certain disclosures.
</P>
<P>(1) A record shall be kept of all disclosures made under paragraph (a) of § 146.6, except disclosures made with the consent of the individual to whom the record pertains (paragraph (a)(1) of this section), disclosures to authorized employees (paragraph (a)(2) of this section) and disclosures required under the Freedom of Information Act (paragraph (a)(3) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) The record shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of a record made to any person or to another agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the person or agency to whom the disclosure was made.
</P>
<P>(3) The accounting will be retained for at least five years or the life of the record, whichever is longer, after the disclosure for which the accounting is made.
</P>
<P>(d) The accounting described in paragraph (c) of this section will be made available to the individual named in the record upon his written request, directed to the FOIA compliance staff in the Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, except that the accounting will not be revealed with respect to disclosures made under paragraph (a)(7) of this section pertaining to law enforcement activity, and to disclosures involving systems of investigative records exempted under § 146.12 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever an amendment or correction of a record or a notation of dispute concerning the accuracy of records is made by the Commission in accordance with §§ 146.8 and 146.9 of these rules, the Commission will inform any person or other agency to whom the record was previously disclosed, if an accounting of the disclosure was made pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(11), 8 and 8a of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 4a(j), 12 and 12a, as amended by Pub. L. 97-444) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28261, July 9, 1976; 48 FR 22136, May 17, 1983; 49 FR 4465, Feb. 7, 1984; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.7   Content of systems of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act and other purposes required to be accomplished by statute or by executive order of the President.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will maintain no record describing how any individual exercises rights guaranteed by the First Amendment unless expressly authorized by statute or by the individual about whom the record is maintained or unless pertinent to and within the scope of an authorized law enforcement activity.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission will collect information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject individual when the information may result in adverse determinations about an individual's rights, benefits, and privileges under Federal programs.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission will maintain all records which are used by the Commission in making any determination about any individual with such accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness as is reasonably necessary to assure fairness to the individual in the determination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.8   Amendment of a record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may request amendment of information pertaining to them which is contained in a system of records maintained by the Commission and which is filed under their name or other individual identifier if they believe the information is not accurate, relevant, timely or complete. A request for amendment shall be directed to the FOIA compliance staff at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters. 
</P>
<P>(b) A request for amendment may be made by mail or in person and shall: (1) Be in writing and signed by the person making the request; (2) describe the particular record to be amended with sufficient specificity to permit the record to be located among those maintained by the Commission; and (3) specify the nature of the amendment sought and the justification for the requested change. The person making the request may be required to provide the information specified in §§ 146.3 and 146.4 of these rules in order to simplify identification of the record and permit verification of the identity of the person making the request for amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) Receipt of a request for amendment will be acknowledged in writing within ten days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) except that, if the individual is given notice within the ten day period that his request will or will not be complied with, no acknowledgement is required.
</P>
<P>(d) Assistance in preparing a request to amend a record may be obtained from the Chief Privacy Officer at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a request for amendment the General Council of the Commission or a person designated by the Executive Director shall promptly determine whether the record is materially inaccurate, incomplete, misleading, or is irrelevant or not timely, as claimed by the individual, and, if so, shall cause the record to be amended in accordance with the individual's request.
</P>
<P>(f) If the General Council or designee grants the request to amend the record, the individual shall promptly be advised of the decision and of the action taken, and notice shall be given of the correction and its substance to each person or agency to whom the record had previously been disclosed, as shown on the record of disclosures maintained in accordance with § 146.6(c).
</P>
<P>(g) If the General Council or designee disagrees in whole or in part with a request for amendment of a record, the individual shall promptly be notified of the complete or partial denial of his request and the reasons for the refusal. The individual shall also be notified of the procedures for administrative review by the Commission of any complete or partial denial of a request for amendment, which are set forth in § 146.9.
</P>
<P>(h) If a request is received for amendment of a record prepared by another agency which is in the possession or control of the Commission, the request for amendment will be forwarded to that agency. If that agency determines that the correction should be made, the Commission will amend its records accordingly and notify the individual making the request for amendment of the change. If the other agency declines to make the amendment, the General Coouncil or designee will independently determine whether the amendment will be made to the record in the Commission's possession or control, considering any explanation given by the other agency for its decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3211, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28261, July 9, 1976; 60 FR 49335, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.9   Appeals to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may petition the Commission:
</P>
<P>(1) To review a refusal to comply with an individual request for access to records pursuant to the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1), and §§ 146.3 and 146.5 of the rules in this part;
</P>
<P>(2) To review denial of a request for amendment made pursuant to § 146.8;
</P>
<P>(3) To correct any determination that may have been made adverse to the individual based in whole or in part upon inaccurate, irrelevant, untimely or incomplete information;
</P>
<P>(4) To correct a failure to comply with any other provision of the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and the rules of this part 146, which has had an adverse effect on the individual.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition to the Commission shall be in writing and shall (1) state in what manner it is claimed the Commission or any Commission employee has failed or refused to comply with provisions of the Privacy Act or of the rules contained in this part 146, and (2) set forth the corrective action the petitioner wishes the Commission to take. The petitioner may, if he wishes, state such facts and cite such legal or other authorities as he considers appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) The petition shall be directed to the General Counsel, Office of the General Counsel at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission will make a determination of any petition filed pursuant to this § 146.9 within thirty days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays) after receipt by the FOI, Privacy and Sunshine Acts compliance staff, Office of the Secretariat of the petition, unless for good cause shown, the Commission extends the 30-day period. If a petition is denied, the Commission will notify the petitioner in writing and state the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(e) Where the petition is made for review of a denial of a request for amendment made pursuant to § 146.8, the following additional procedures shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) If upon review the Commission grants the petition to amend the record, notice of the correction and its substance shall be given to each person or agency to whom the record had previously been disclosed, as shown on the record of disclosures maintained in accordance with § 146.6(c) of these rules.
</P>
<P>(2) If upon review the initial denial of the request for amendment is upheld in whole or in part, the individual shall be notified of the provisions for judicial review of that determination which are set forth in section 552a(g)(1)(A) and (2)(A), of title 5 of the U.S. Code and the provisions for disputed records set forth in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If after review the Commission has declined to amend the records as the individual has requested, the individual may file with the FOI, Privacy and Sunshine Acts compliance staff, Office of the Secretariat a concise statement setting forth why he disagrees with the Commission's denial of his request. Any subsequent disclosure containing information about which a statement of disagreement has been filed shall clearly note the portion which is disputed, and include a copy of the individual's statement. The Commission may also include a copy of a concise statement explaining its reasons for not making the amendments requested.
</P>
<P>(f) The General Counsel or his or her designee is hereby delegated the authority to act for the Commission in deciding appeals under this section. The General Counsel may, in his or her sole and unfettered discretion, refer such appeals to the Commission for decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3211, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28261, July 9, 1976; 45 FR 26954, Apr. 22, 1980; 51 FR 26874, July 28, 1986; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71818, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.10   Information supplied by the Commission when collecting information from an individual.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission will inform each individual whom it asks to supply information, on the form which it uses to collect the information or on a separate form that can be retained by the individual of:
</P>
<P>(a) The authority (whether granted by statute, or by executive order of the President) which authorizes the solicitation of the information and whether disclosure of such information is mandatory or voluntary;
</P>
<P>(b) The principal purpose or purposes for which the information is intended to be used;
</P>
<P>(c) The routine uses which may be made of the information, as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register;</E> and
</P>
<P>(d) The effects on him, if any, of not providing all or any part of the requested information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.11   Public notice of records systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> at least biennially a notice of the existence and character of each of its systems of records, which notice shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) The name and location of the system;
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of individuals on whom records are maintained in the system;
</P>
<P>(3) The categories of records maintained in the system; 
</P>
<P>(4) Each routine use of the records contained in the system, including the categories of users and the purpose of such use;
</P>
<P>(5) The policies and practices of the Commission regarding storage, retrievability, access controls, retention, and disposal of the records;
</P>
<P>(6) The title and business address of the Commission official who is responsible for the system of records;
</P>
<P>(7) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified at his request if the system of records contains a record pertaining to him;
</P>
<P>(8) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified at his request how he can gain access to any record pertaining to him contained in the system of records, and how he can contest its contents; and
</P>
<P>(9) The categories of sources of records in the system.
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of the notices as printed in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> will be available in each office of the Commission. Locations of Commission offices are listed in § 145.6. Mail requests shall be directed to the FOI, Privacy and Sunshine Acts compliance staff, Office of the Secretariat, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581. The first copy will be furnished free of charge. A charge will be made for each additional copy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 28261, July 9, 1976; 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 65 FR 53560, Sept. 5, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 146.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 146.12   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission is exempting from certain provisions of the Privacy Act the systems of records set forth in this section. In addition, when these systems of records and any other of the Commission's systems of records maintain a record received from another system of records that is exempted from one or more provisions of the Privacy Act, the Commission will claim the same exemptions for that record that are claimed for the system of records from which it originated.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>CFTC-1 Enforcement Matter Register and Matter Indices.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-1 Enforcement Matter Register and Matter Indices contains an index and registry of enforcement investigations. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act and CFTC's rules promulgated thereunder are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of investigations into potential violations of law, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective law enforcement requires the retention of all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and providing investigative leads.
</P>
<P>(4) From section (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>CFTC-10 Investigatory Records.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-10 Investigatory Records contains records compiled for law enforcement purposes, including records developed during an investigation of violations or potential violations of the CEA. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act and CFTC's rules promulgated thereunder are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of investigations into potential violations of law, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective law enforcement requires the retention of all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and providing investigative leads.
</P>
<P>(4) From sections (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CFTC-12 National Futures Association (NFA) Applications Suite System.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-12 National Futures Association (NFA) Applications Suite System contains records held by NFA on behalf of the Commission, by delegated authority to support the Commission's registration and other regulatory authority. These records include records pertaining to the fitness of individuals to be registered with the Commission and engage in business activities that are subject to the Commission's jurisdiction and records pertaining to disciplinary or other adverse action investigated or taken with respect to individual registrants. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of accountings of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of investigations into potential violations of law, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective law enforcement requires the retention of all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and providing investigative leads.
</P>
<P>(4) From sections (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>CFTC-31 Closed Commission Meetings.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-31 Closed Commission Meetings contains records about individuals who are the subject of discussion at closed Commission meetings, including those who are the subject of investigations or who are being considered for employment. These records may include statements from individuals who have provided information in the course of an applicant's or employee's background investigation or other Commission investigation and who have requested that their identities remain confidential. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and (5) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of investigations into potential violations of law, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective law enforcement requires the retention of all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and providing investigative leads.
</P>
<P>(4) From section (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>CFTC-32, Office of the Inspector General Investigative Files.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-32 Office of the Inspector General Investigative Files contains records relevant to criminal and civil investigations conducted by the Office of the Inspector General, including records about individuals being investigated for fraudulent and abusive activities. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) and (4); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1) through (3), (e)(4)(G) through (I), and (e)(5) and (8); (f); and (g), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.4; 146.5; 146.6(b), (d), and (e); 146.7(a), (c), and (d); 146.8; 146.9; 146.10; and 146.11(a)(7) through (9). In addition, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From section (c)(4) (Notice of Correction), because this system is exempt from the access and amendment provisions of section (d), as noted below.
</P>
<P>(3) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(4) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information) and (5) (Accuracy, Timeliness, Relevance, and Completeness), because in the course of investigations into potential violations of law, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective law enforcement requires the retention of all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and providing investigative leads. 
</P>
<P>(5) From section (e)(2) (Collect from Individual), because in a law enforcement investigation the requirement that information be collected to the greatest extent possible from the subject individual would present a serious impediment to law enforcement, in that the subject of the investigation would be informed of the existence of the investigation and would therefore be able to avoid detection, apprehension, or legal obligations or duties.
</P>
<P>(6) From section (e)(3) (Privacy Act Statement), because to comply with the requirements of this section during the course of an investigation could impede the information gathering process and hamper the investigation.
</P>
<P>(7) From sections (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(8) From section (e)(8) (Serve Notice), because the application of this provision could prematurely reveal an ongoing criminal investigation to the subject of the investigation, present a serious impediment to law enforcement by interfering with the ability to issue subpoenas or otherwise gather information, and reveal investigative techniques, procedures, or evidence.
</P>
<P>(9) From section (g) (Civil Remedies), because this system of records is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act for the reasons stated in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; therefore, the Commission is not subject to civil action for failure to adhere to those requirements.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>CFTC-44 Personnel Clearance System.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-44 Personnel Clearance System contains records related to the background investigations and security clearances of individuals who have been or are being considered for access to Commission facilities, information technology systems, and classified or confidential information. These records may include statements from individuals who have provided information in the course of a background investigation and have requested that their identity remain confidential. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and (5) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a)(7) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From sections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the extent of that investigation and reveal investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity that were previously unknown to the individual. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to adequately assess an individual when making a decision about the individual's access to Commission facilities, information technology systems, and classified and confidential information.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because the records contained in this system may be related to ongoing investigations, and individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the extent of that investigation and reveal investigative interests of the Commission and others that were previously unknown to the individual. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. In addition, providing an individual with access to these records may reveal the identity of a source who furnished information under an express promise that their identity would remain confidential. Amendment of the records in this system of records would interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of conducting and adjudicating background investigations, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective investigations require the retention of all information that may aid in the investigation and provide investigative leads.
</P>
<P>(4) From sections (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>CFTC-49 Whistleblower Records.</I> The system of records identified as CFTC-49 Whistleblower Records contains records related to whistleblower tips, complaints and referrals, records related to investigations and inquiries into whistleblower complaints, and records related to the whistleblower award claim and determination process. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) and subject to the requirements and limitations set forth therein, the Commission is exempting this system of records from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3); (d)(1) through (4); (e)(1); (e)(4)(G) through (I); and (f), and from the following corresponding sections of these rules: §§ 146.3; 146.5; 146.6(d); 146.11(a) through (9); and 146.7(a). Exemptions from these particular sections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From section (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), because release of the accounting of certain disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and the recipient entity. Release of such information to the subject of an investigation could reasonably be anticipated to impede and interfere with the Commission's efforts to identify and investigate unlawful activities.
</P>
<P>(2) From sections (d)(1) through (4) (Access and Amendment), because individual access to these records could alert the subject of an investigation to the existence and extent of that investigation and reveal the investigative interests of the Commission and others. Providing a subject with access to these records could impair the effectiveness of the Commission's investigations and could significantly impede the investigation by providing the opportunity for the subject to destroy documentary evidence, improperly influence witnesses and confidential sources, fabricate testimony, and engage in other activities that could compromise the investigation. Allowing the subject of the investigation to amend records in this system of records could likewise interfere with ongoing law enforcement proceedings and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring law enforcement investigations to be continuously reinvestigated.
</P>
<P>(3) From section (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because in the course of investigations, the significance of certain information may not be clear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation; but, effective investigations require the retention of all information that may aid in the investigation or aid in establishing patterns of activity and provide investigative leads. (4) From sections (e)(4)(G) through (I) (Agency Requirements) and (f) (Agency Rules), because the Commission is not required to establish requirements, rules, or procedures related to access and amendment of records in a system of records that is exempt from the individual access and amendment provisions in section (d) of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 51212, June 17, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.18.0.1.13.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 146—Fees for Copies of Records Requested Under the Privacy Act of 1974
</HEAD>
<P>a. The following schedule of fees shall apply to copies of records requested pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a and § 146.5(f).
</P>
<P>(1) For requests for copies of documents, the charge will be 15 cents per page.
</P>
<P>(2) For materials other than paper records, including computer and cassette tapes, the direct cost of the materials and, if required, time spent by clerical personnel copying the materials shall be charged. Persons making the request shall be notified of the amount of the charge and shall give specific approval before the request is processed.
</P>
<P>(3) For certifying that requested records are true copies, the fee will be $3.00 per certification in addition to other fees, if any.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon request, records will be mailed by means of an overnight/express service at the fee of $10.00 per unit mailed.
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission may, upon application by the individual, furnish any records without charge or at a reduced rate, if it determines that such wavier or reduction of fee is in the public interest.
</P>
<P>b. Requests for copies of documents shall be addressed to FOI, Privacy and Sunshine Acts compliance staff, Office of Secretariat, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581.
</P>
<P>c. Payment should be made by check or money order payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>d. Advance payment of all or part of the fee may be required at the discretion of the Commission. Generally, advance payment will not be required where the anticipated fee is less than $25.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 16a as amended by Pub. L. 97-444, 96 Stat. 2294 (1983) and 5 U.S.C. 552. 662a and 552b)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3212, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 48 FR 46011, Oct. 11, 1983; 48 FR 55280, Dec. 12, 1983; 49 FR 12684, Mar. 30, 1984; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="147" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 147—OPEN COMMISSION MEETINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3(a), Pub. L. 94-409, 90 Stat. 1241 (5 U.S.C. 552b); sec. 101(a)(11), Pub. L. 93-463, 88 Stat. 1391 (7 U.S.C. 4a(j) (Supp. V, 1975)), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 147.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.1   General policy considerations, purpose and scope of rules relating to open Commission meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission implementing the open meeting requirements of the Government in the Sunshine Act (Pub. L. 94-409, 90 Stat. 1241, 5 U.S.C. 552b). These rules apply to all deliberations of a quorum of the Commission which determine or result in the conduct or disposition of official Commission business, with the exception of deliberations required or permitted by § 147.4, § 147.5 or § 147.6.
</P>
<P>(b) Among the primary purposes of these rules is the Commission's desire to inform the public to the fullest extent possible of its activities as an aid to its properly carrying out its responsibility for administrating and enforcing the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> and the Commission's belief that, in order to guarantee public confidence in the integrity of its decision-making, it must, to the fullest possible extent, conduct its business in an open manner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency</I> includes the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commissioner</I> means a member of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission duly appointed as a Commissioner in accordance with section 2(a)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 4a(a);
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Meeting</I> means the deliberations of a quorum of Commissioners that determine or result in the joint conduct or disposition of official Commission business, but does not include deliberations required or permitted by § 147.4, § 147.5 or § 147.6;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Person</I> includes an individual, partnership, corporation, association, exchange or other entity or organization;
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Quorum</I> means at least the minimum number of Commissioners required to take action on behalf of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>FOIA Compliance staff</I> refers to the Freedom of Information Act Compliance Staff assigned to respond to requests for information under the Freedom of Information Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.3   General requirement of open meetings; grounds upon which meetings may be closed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Commissioners shall not jointly conduct or dispose of agency business other than in accordance with the rules of this part, and meetings shall not be held in places which restrict membership or attendance or otherwise discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, ancestry, religion or sex. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, every portion of every meeting of the Commission shall be open to public observation.
</P>
<P>(b) Except where the Commission finds that the public interest requires otherwise, meetings or portions of meetings shall not be open to public observation, and the requirements of §§ 147.4, 147.5 and 147.6 shall not apply to any information pertaining to such meetings or portions of meetings otherwise required by the rules of this part to be publicly disclosed, where the Commission determines that such meetings or portions of meetings or the disclosure of such information is likely to:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose matters that (i) are specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interests of national defense or foreign policy, and (ii) are in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive order;
</P>
<P>(2) Relate solely to the internal personnel rules and personnel practices of the Commission or any other agency of the Government of the United States, including, but not limited to, operational rules, guidelines, and manuals of procedure for investigators, auditors, and other employees (other than those rules and practices which establish legal requirements to which members of the public are expected to conform);
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose matters specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than the Freedom of Information Act, as amended, 5 U.S.C. 552), provided that such statute (i) requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or (ii) establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld. This includes, but is not limited to, data and information which would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers and data and information concerning or obtained in connection with any pending investigation of any person;
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Disclose trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Reports of stocks of grain, such as Forms 38, 38C, 38M and 38T, required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.44;
</P>
<P>(B) Statements of reporting traders on Form 40 required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 18.04;
</P>
<P>(C) Statements concerning special calls on positions required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(D) Statements concerning identification of special accounts on Form 102 required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 17.01;
</P>
<P>(E) Reports required to be filed pursuant to parts 15 through 21 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(F) Reports concerning option positions of large traders required to be filed pursuant to part 16 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(G) Form 188; and
</P>
<P>(H) The following reports and statements that are also set forth in paragraph (b)(8) of this section, except as specified in 17 CFR 1.10(g)(2) or 17 CFR 31.13(m): Forms 1-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10; FOCUS reports that are filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10(h); Forms 2-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 31.13; the accountant's report on material inadequacies filed in accordance with 17 CFR 1.16(c)(5); all reports and statements required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.17(c)(6); the following portions of Form CPO-PQR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Schedule A: Question 2, subparts (b) and (d); Question 3, subparts (g) and (h); Question 9; Question 10, subparts (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g); Question 11; and Question 12; and Schedules B and C; and the following portions of Form CTA-PR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Question 2, subparts (c) and (d);
</P>
<P>(ii) Information contained in reports, summaries, analyses, transcripts, letters or memoranda arising out of, in anticipation of or in connection with an examination or inspection of the books and records of any person or any other formal or informal inquiry or investigation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information for which confidential treatment has been requested and granted in accordance with 17 CFR 145.9;
</P>
<P>(5) Involve accusing any person of a crime, or formally censuring any person, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Requests by the Commission that the Attorney General of the United States institute a criminal action against any person believed to have violated any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>, or any rule, regulation or order thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) The consideration of any administrative proceeding instituted or to be instituted by the Commission against any person for a violation of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>, or any rule, regulation or order thereunder;
</P>
<P>(6) Disclose information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, including, but not limited to, information of that character contained in:
</P>
<P>(i) Files concerning employees of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Files concerning persons subject to regulation by the Commission, including files with respect to applications for registration and biographical supplements submitted with such applications. Examples of the information on the applications and biographical supplements which may be protected are an individual's home address and telephone number, social security number, date and place of birth, fingerprints and, in appropriate cases, the information concerning prior arrests, indictments, criminal convictions or other judgments or sanctions imposed by State or Federal courts or regulatory authorities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Files containing information for which confidential treatment has been requested and granted in accordance with 17 CFR 145.9;
</P>
<P>(7) Disclose investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes, or information which if written would be contained in such records, to the extent that production of such records or information would (i) interfere with enforcement proceedings, (ii) deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication, (iii) constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, (iv) disclose the identity of a confidential source, (v) disclose investigative techniques and procedures, or (vi) endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel. Investigatory records and information include all documents, records, transcripts, correspondence and related memoranda and work-product concerning examinations and other inquiries or investigations and related litigation as authorized by law, which pertain to or may disclose the possible violations by any person of any provision of law, including the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or of any rule or regulation adopted by the Commission or which pertain to the qualifications of any person registered or seeking registration under that Act or of any person affiliated with such person; and all written communications from or to any person who has confidentially complained or otherwise furnished information respecting such possible violations, as well as all correspondence and memoranda in connection with such confidential complaints or information;
</P>
<P>(8) Disclose information contained in or related to examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of the Commission or any other agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions, including, but not limited to the following reports and statements that are also set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(H) of this section, except as specified in 17 CFR 1.10(g)(2) or 17 CFR 31.13(m): Forms 1-FR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10; FOCUS reports that are filed in lieu of Forms 1-FR pursuant to 17 CFR 1.10(h); Forms 2-FR pursuant to 17 CFR 31.13; the accountant's report on material inadequacies filed in accordance with 1.16(c)(5); and all reports and statements required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 1.17(c)(6); and
</P>
<P>(i) The following portions of Form CPO-PQR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Schedule A: Question 2, subparts (b) and D; Question 3, subparts (g) and (h); Question 10, subparts (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g); Question 11; Question 12; and Question 13; and Schedules B and C; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The following portions of Form CTA-PR required to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 4.27: Schedule B: Question 4, subparts (b), (c), (d), and (e); Question 5; and Question 6; 
</P>
<P>(9) Disclose information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to (i) lead to significant financial speculation in currencies, securities, or commodities, (ii) significantly endanger the stability of any financial institution, or (iii) frustrate significantly the implementation of a proposed Commission action, except where the Commission has already disclosed to the public the content or nature of its proposed action, or where the Commission is required by law to make such disclosure on its own initiative prior to taking final Commission action on such proposal; or
</P>
<P>(10) Specifically concern the Commission's issuance of a subpena, or the Commission's participation in a civil action or proceeding, an action in a foreign court or international tribunal, or an arbitration, or the initiation, conduct, or disposition by the Commission of a particular case of formal agency ajudication pursuant to the procedures in 5 U.S.C. 554 or otherwise involving a determination on the record after opportunity for a hearing.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 552, 5 U.S.C. 552b, and secs. 2(a)(11), 4b, 4f, 4g, 5a, 8a, and 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 2, 4a(j), 6b, 6f, 6g, 7a, 12a, and 21, as amended, 92 Stat. 865 <I>et seq.;</I> secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b); secs. 2(a)(11) and 8, 7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 12 (1983); secs. 8a(5) and 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 12a(5) and 23 (1982); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b) 


</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 42851, Aug. 25, 1977; 44 FR 13458, Mar. 12, 1979; 45 FR 2023, Jan. 10, 1980; 46 FR 24943, May 4, 1981; 46 FR 54534, Nov. 3, 1981; 48 FR 35303, Aug. 3, 1983; 49 FR 4465, Feb. 7, 1984; 49 FR 5541, Feb. 13, 1984; 53 FR 4613, Feb. 17, 1988; 54 FR 41084, Oct. 5, 1989; 62 FR 4642, Jan. 31, 1997; 64 FR 27, Jan. 4, 1999; 71 FR 5595, Feb. 2, 2006; 75 FR 55450, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 11342, Feb. 24, 2012]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.4   Procedure for announcing meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Advance notice of all meetings of the Commission shall be provided to the public. In the case of each meeting, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and in § 147.6, the Commission shall, except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b), make a public announcement, at least one week before the date of the meeting of the time, place and subject matter of the meeting and which portions of the meeting shall be open or closed to the public, and shall indicate an official of the Commission who may be contacted at a designated telephone number for information about the meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) When a majority of Commissioners determines by a recorded vote that Commission business requires a meeting be held upon public notice of less than one week as required by paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission shall, except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b), make a public announcement, at the earliest practicable time, of the time, place and subject matter of the meeting and which portions of the meeting shall be open or closed to the public, and indicate an official of the Commission who may be contacted at a designated telephone number for information about the meeting.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) When it becomes necessary to change the time or place of a meeting for which a public announcement has been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, the Commission shall publicly announce such change at the earliest practicable time.
</P>
<P>(2) When it becomes necessary with respect to a meeting for which a public announcement has already been made pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)(1) of this section to change the subject matter of a meeting, or change the Commission's determination as to which portions of a meeting shall be open or closed to the public, a majority of all Commissioners shall determine by a recorded vote that Commission business requires such a change and that no earlier announcement of the charge was possible, and the Commission shall publicly announce such change and the vote of each Commissioner upon such change at the earliest practicable time.
</P>
<P>(d) Public announcement of meetings, as required by this section, shall be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A public calendar shall be printed and distributed by the Commission on a regular basis to interested persons to provide advance public notice of meetings as required by paragraph (a) of this section, and, to the extent practicable, as required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Upon request in writing to the Office of Public Affairs at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581, any person or organization will be sent the public calendar on a regular basis free of charge. Copies of the public calendar also will be publicly available in the Commission's Office of Public Affairs.
</P>
<P>(2) Interested persons may contact the Commission's Office of the Secretariat during normal business hours to obtain information concerning future meetings.
</P>
<P>(e) Immediately following each public announcement required by this section, the Commission shall submit for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b), notice of the time, place, and subject matter of a meeting, which portions of the meeting shall be open or closed to the public, any change in one of the preceding, and the name and telephone number of an official of the Commission who may be contacted for information about the meeting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.5   General procedure for closing meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission shall determine that a meeting or portion of a meeting will be closed to public observation pursuant to § 147.3(b) only upon the majority vote of all Commissioners. The vote of each Commissioner shall be recorded, and the use of proxies shall be prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) A separate vote of Commissioners shall be taken with respect to each meeting a portion or portions of which are proposed to be closed to the public pursuant to § 147.3(b), or with respect to any information which is proposed to be withheld under § 147.3(b).
</P>
<P>(c) A single vote of Commissioners may be taken with respect to a series of meetings, a portion or portions of which are proposed to be closed to the public, or with respect to any information concerning such series of meetings, when each meeting in such series involves the same particular matters and is scheduled to be held no more than thirty days after the initial meeting in such series.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever any person whose interests may be directly affected by a portion of a meeting requests in writing to the Commission that the Commission close such portion to the public for any of the reasons set forth in § 147.3(b) (5), (6) or (7), the Commission, upon the request of any Commissioner, shall vote by recorded vote whether to close that portion of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever any Commission employee whose appointment, employment or dismissal is to be the subject of a meeting or portion of meeting closed to the public pursuant to § 147.3(b) requests in writing to the Commission that the Commission open that meeting or portion of meeting, the Commission shall open that meeting or portion of meeting to the public.
</P>
<P>(f) Within one day of any vote taken pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of this section, the Commission shall make publicly available a written copy of that vote reflecting the vote of each Commissioner on the question. If the Commission determines by a vote taken pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of this section that a portion of a meeting is to be closed to the public, the Commission shall, within one day of such vote, make publicly available a full written explanation of its action closing the portion of the meeting together with a list of all persons expected to attend the meeting and their affiliations, except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b).
</P>
<P>(g) Before any meeting or portion of a meeting may be closed pursuant to § 147.3(b), the Commission's General Counsel shall publicly certify that, in his or her opinion, the meeting or portion of meeting may be closed to the public, and shall state each relevant exemptive provision.
</P>
<P>(h) Written copies of votes to close meetings and written explanations of Commission actions closing portions of meetings to the public required to be made publicly available by paragraph (f) of this section shall be available for public inspection in the offices of Office of the Secretariat at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the certification of the Commission's General Counsel required by paragraph (g) of this section, together with a statement from the presiding officer at any meeting closed, in whole or in part, pursuant to § 147.3(b), setting forth the time and place of the meeting, and the persons present, shall be retained by the Commission and, except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b), shall be available for public inspection in the Office of the Secretariat at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.6   Special procedure for closing certain meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any meeting or portion of meeting that may properly be closed to the public pursuant to § 147.3(b) (4), (8), (9)(i), (9)(ii) or (10), or any combination thereof, may be closed if a majority of Commissioners votes by recorded vote at the beginning of such meeting, or portion thereof, to close the exempt portion or portions of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of § 147.4, and of § 147.5 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) shall not apply to any portion of a meeting to which paragraph (a) of this section is applied. The provisions of § 147.5(g) and (i) shall apply to any such portions of meetings.
</P>
<P>(c) A written copy of all votes taken pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section reflecting the vote of each Commissioner on the question shall be made available for public inspection in the Office of the Secretariat at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission shall, except to the extent that such information is exempt from disclosure under the provisions of § 147.3(b), make public announcement at the earliest practicable time of the time, place, and subject matter of any portion of a meeting to which paragraph (a) of this section is applied. Such public announcement shall be provided, to the extent practicable, through the Commission's public calendar as described in § 147.4(d)(1), and by the Commission's Office of the Secretariat as set forth in § 147.4(d)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.7   Maintenance of transcripts, recordings and minutes of closed meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission shall make and maintain a complete transcript or electronic recording adequate to record fully the proceedings of each meeting or portion of meeting closed to the public, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) In the case of each meeting or portion of meeting closed to the public pursuant to § 147.3(b) (8), (9)(i), (9)(ii) or (b)(10), or any combination thereof, the Commission shall make and maintain either a complete transcript or recording as described in paragraph (a) of this section, or a set of minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) When the Commission elects to keep minutes under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the minutes shall fully and clearly describe all matters discussed at the closed meeting or closed portion thereof, and shall provide a full and accurate summary of any actions taken, and the reasons therefor, including a description of each of the views expressed on any item, and a record of any roll call vote taken which reflects the vote of each Commissioner on the question. All documents considered in connection with any actions taken shall be identified in such minutes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.8   Public availability of transcripts, recordings and minutes of closed meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission shall make promptly available to the public, in the Office of the Secretariat at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, the transcript, electronic recording or set of minutes of the discussion of any item on the agenda of any closed meeting or closed portion thereof (as required by § 147.7), or of any item of the testimony of any witness received at such meeting or portion thereof, except for such item or items of such discussion or testimony that are determined, in accordance with the procedure set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, to contain information which may be withheld under § 147.3(b).


</P>
<P>(b)(1) All determinations made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section that items of discussion or testimony reflected in transcripts, recordings or sets of minutes of closed meetings or closed portions thereof are exempt from disclosure pursuant to § 147.3(b), shall be made by the Office of the General Counsel in consultation with the Director of any affected staff division.
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who objects to any determination made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section may seek Commission review of that determination by filing with the Commission's Office of the Secretariat a brief written statement that review is sought which contains a concise statement of the reasons why the determination should be set aside.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission shall maintain a complete verbatim copy of the transcript, a complete electronic recording or a complete copy of the minutes of each meeting or portion of a meeting closed to the public, which are made in accordance with § 147.7(a) or § 147.7(b), for a period of at least two years after such meeting or portion of meeting, or until one year after the conclusion of any Commission proceeding with respect to which the meeting or portion thereof was held, whichever occurs later.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.9   Requests for copies of transcripts, recordings or minutes of closed meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Copies of a transcript transcription of an electronic recording or set of minutes disclosing the identity of each speaker, which are publicly available pursuant to § 147.8(a), shall be furnished to any person at the actual cost of duplication or transcription pursuant to the schedule of fees set forth in 17 CFR part 145, appendix B (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9), (d) and (e).
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for copies of transcripts, transcriptions of electronic recordings or sets of minutes as described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be made either in person, by telephone, or by mail addressed to the Office of the Secretariat at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 16a as amended by Pub. L. 97-444, 96 Stat. 2294 (1983) and 5 U.S.C. 552, 552a, and 552b) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13704, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 26955, Apr. 22, 1980; 48 FR 46012, Oct. 11, 1983; 49 FR 12684, Mar. 30, 1984; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 147.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.19.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 147.10   Interpretation of this part with other provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing in this part shall be interpreted as: 
</P>
<P>(1) Expanding or limiting the present rights of any person under part 145 of this title (implementing the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552), except that the exemptions set forth in § 147.3(b) of this part shall govern in the case of any request made pursuant to part 145 to copy or inspect the transcripts, recordings or sets of minutes described in this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Authorizing the Commission to withhold from any person any record, including transcripts, recordings or sets of minutes required by this part, which is otherwise accessible to such individual under part 146 of this title (implementing the provisions of the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a).
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of chapter 33 of title 44, U.S. Code (with respect to the disposal of records), shall not apply to the transcripts, recordings and minutes described in this part.
</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="148" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 148—IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EQUAL ACCESS TO JUSTICE ACT IN COVERED ADJUDICATORY PROCEEDINGS BEFORE THE COMMISSION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(1) and secs. 2(a)(11) and 8a(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 4a(j) and 12a(5), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.1   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (called “the Act” in this part), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are prevailing private parties in adjudicatory proceedings before the Commission. An eligible party may receive an award when it prevails over the Commission, unless the Commission's position was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. The rules in this part describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that the Commission will use to make them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.2   When the Act applies.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to any covered adjudicatory proceeding pending before the Commission on or after October 1, 1981. This includes proceedings begun before October 1, 1981, if final Commission action has not been taken before that date. Awards may be sought for fees and other expenses incurred before October 1, 1981, in any such covered proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.3   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Act applies to adjudicatory proceedings conducted by the Commission. These are adjudications under 5 U.S.C. 554 in which the position of the Commission or any other agency of the United States, or any component of an agency, is presented by an attorney or other representative who enters an appearance and participates in the proceeding. Reparation proceedings under section 14 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 18, Commission review of exchange disciplinary and access denial actions under section 8c of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 12c, and registered futures association disciplinary and membership denial actions under section 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 21, are not covered by the Act. Proceedings brought to determine whether or not to grant or renew registrations pursuant to sections 8a or 17(<I>o</I>), of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 8, 12a and 21(<I>o</I>), or contract market designations pursuant to section 6(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 8 (a), are excluded, but proceedings brought to suspend or revoke registrations or contract market designations are covered if they are otherwise adjudicatory proceedings. For the Commission, the types of proceedings generally covered are adjudicatory proceedings as defined in § 10.2(b) of this chapter; part 14 proceedings, if they involve a hearing, are also covered.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission's decision not to identify a type of proceeding as an adversary adjudication shall not preclude the filing of an application by a party who believes the proceeding is covered by the Act; whether the proceeding is covered will then be an issue for resolution in the proceedings on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) If a proceeding includes both matters covered by the Act and matters specifically excluded from coverage, any award made will include only fees and expenses related to covered issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986; 59 FR 5528, Feb. 7, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.4   Eligibility of applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adjudicatory proceeding for which it seeks an award. The term “party” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(3). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart and in subpart B.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual with a net worth of not more than $2 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $7 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more that 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(3) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(4) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)) with not more than 500 employees; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other partnership, corporation, association, unit of local government, or public or private organization with a net worth of not more than $7 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the adjudicatory proceeding was initiated.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered as an “individual” rather than a “sole owner of an unincorporated business” if the issues on which the applicant prevails are related primarily to personal interests rather than to business interests.
</P>
<P>(e) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for compensation for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. The term “employee” also embraces all the agents of an applicant, by whatever title or label they may be known, for whose acts or omissions the applicant may be held liable under the Commodity Exchange Act. <I>See</I> 7 U.S.C. 4. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis.
</P>
<P>(f) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or any corporation or other entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this part, unless the Presiding Officer determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the Presiding Officer may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant that participates in a proceeding on behalf of one or more other persons or entitles that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.5   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A prevailing applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred in connection with an adjudicatory proceeding, or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, unless the position of the Commission was substantially justified. The position of the Commission includes, in addition to the position taken by the Commission in the adversary adjudication, the action or failure to act by the Commission upon which the adversary adjudication is based. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible prevailing applicant is on the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the adjudicatory proceeding or if special circumstances make the award sought unjust.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.6   Allowable fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Awards will be based on rates customarily charged by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents and expert witnesses, even if the services were made available without charge or at a reduced rate to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) No award for the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed $75 per hour. No award to compensate an expert witness may exceed the maximum daily rate prescribed for GS-18 under section 5332 of title 5 of the U.S. Code. However, an award may also include the reasonable expenses of the attorney, agent, or witness as a separate item, if the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily charges clients separately for such expenses.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent or expert witness, the Presiding Officer shall consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the attorney, agent or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or, if an employee of the applicant, the fully allocated cost of the services;
</P>
<P>(2) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily performs services;
</P>
<P>(3) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(4) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the adjudicatory proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, test, project or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.7   Rulemaking on maximum rates for attorney fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If warranted by an increase in the cost of living or by special circumstances (such as limited availability of attorneys qualified to handle certain types of proceedings), the Commission may adopt regulations providing that attorney fees may be awarded at a rate higher than $75 per hour in some or all of the types of proceedings covered by this part. The Commission will conduct any rulemaking proceedings for this purpose under the informal rulemaking procedures of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may file with the Commission a petition for rulemaking to increase the maximum rate for attorney fees, in accordance with § 13.2 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.8   Awards against other agencies.</HEAD>
<P>If an applicant is entitled to an award because it prevails over another agency of the United States that participates in an adjudicatory proceeding before the Commission and takes a postion that is not substantially justified, the award or an appropriate portion of the award shall be made against that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required from Applicants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.11   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant and the adjudicatory proceeding for which an award is sought. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and identify the position of the Commission or other agency that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state the number of employees of the applicant and describe briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $2 million (if an individual) or $7 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) or, in the case of a tax-exempt organization not required to obtain a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service on its exempt status, a statement that describes the basis for the applicant's belief that it qualifies under such section; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall state the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes the Commission to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made.
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney of the applicant. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 51 FR 18880, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.12   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant except a qualified tax-exempt organization or cooperative association must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in § 148.4(f) of this part) when the adjudicatory proceeding was initiated. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates' assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this part. The Presiding Officer may require an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award.
</P>
<P>(b) Ordinarily, the net worth exhibit will be included in the public record of the adjudicatory proceeding. However, an applicant that objects to public disclosure of information in any portion of the exhibit and believes there are legal grounds for withholding it from disclosure may submit that portion of the exhibit directly to the Presiding Officer in a sealed envelope labeled “Confidential Financial Information,” accompanied by a motion to withhold the information from public disclosure. The motion shall describe the information sought to be withheld and explain, in detail, why it falls within one or more of the specific exemptions from mandatory disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1)-(9), why public disclosure of the information would adversely affect the applicant, and why disclosure is not required in the public interest. The material in question shall be served on counsel representing the Commission or other agency against which the applicant seeks an award, but need not be served on any other party to the adjudicatory proceeding. If the Presiding Officer finds that the information should not be withheld from disclosure, it shall be placed in the public record of the adjudicatory proceeding. Otherwise, any request to inspect or copy the exhibit shall be disposed of in accordance with the Commission's established procedures under the Freedom of Information Act as provided in part 145 of this chapter. For that purpose, the applicant shall file a copy of its motion with the Commission's Freedom of Information Act Compliance Staff in the Office of the Secretariat, Washington, DC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.13   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, analysis, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought. A separate itemized statement shall be submitted for each professional firm or individual whose services are covered by the application, showing the hours spent in connection with the proceeding by each individual, a description of the specific services performed, the rate at which each fee has been computed, any expenses for which reimbursement is sought, the total amount claimed, and the total amount paid or payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided. The Presiding Officer may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.14   When an application may be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application may be filed whenever the applicant has prevailed in the adjudicatory proceeding or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, subject to the separate hearing procedure pursuant to § 10.63(b) of this chapter, but in no case later than 30 days after the Commission's final disposition of the adjudicatory proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this rule, final disposition means the later of
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which an initial decision by the Presiding Officer becomes final pursuant to § 10.84 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Issuance of an order disposing of any petitions for reconsideration of the Commission's final order in the proceeding pursuant to § 10.106 of the Rules of Practice;
</P>
<P>(3) If no petition for reconsideration is filed, the last date on which such a petition could have been filed pursuant to § 10.106 of the Rules of Practice; or
</P>
<P>(4) Issuance of a final Commission order or any other final resolution of a proceeding, such as a settlement or voluntary dismissal, which is not subject to a petition for reconsideration.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Considering Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.21   Filing and service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for an award or other pleading or document related to an application shall be filed and served on all parties to the adjudicatory proceeding, except as provided in § 148.12(b) for confidential financial information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.22" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.22   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after service of an application, counsel representing the Commission or other agency against which an award is sought may file an answer to the application. Unless counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award requested.
</P>
<P>(b) If counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 30 days, and further extensions may be granted by the Presiding Officer upon request by counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency and the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) Any answer shall explain in detail any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of the position of counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the adjudicatory proceeding, counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency shall include with the answer either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 148.26 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.23" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.23   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>Within 15 days after service of an answer, the applicant may file a reply. If the reply is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the adjudicatory proceeding, the applicant shall include with the reply either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 148.26 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.24   Comments by other parties.</HEAD>
<P>Any party to an adjudicatory proceeding other than the applicant and counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency may file comments on an application within 30 days after it is served or on an answer within 15 days after it is served. A commenting party may not participate further in proceedings on the application unless the Presiding Officer determines that the public interest requires such participation in order to permit full exploration of matters raised in the comments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.25" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.25   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>The applicant may propose settlement of the award to the Commission before final action on the application, either in connection with a settlement of the adjudicatory proceeding, or after the adjudicatory proceeding has been concluded, in either case in accordance with § 10.108 of this chapter. If a prevailing party offers a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed, the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.26" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.26   Further proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily, the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record. However, on request of either the applicant or counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency, or on his or her own initiative, the Presiding Officer may order further proceedings, such as an informal conference, oral argument, additional written submissions or an evidentiary hearing. Such further proceedings shall be held only when necessary for full and fair resolution of the issues arising from the application, and shall be conducted as promptly as possible. Whether or not the position of the Commission was substantially justified shall be determined on the basis of the administrative record, as a whole, which is made in the adversary adjudication for which fees and other expenses are sought. No discovery and/or evidentiary proceedings shall be permitted into the question of whether the agency's position was substantially justified.
</P>
<P>(b) A request that the Presiding Officer order further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 51 FR 18881, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.27" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.27   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The Presiding Officer shall issue an initial decision on the application in accordance with the provisions of § 10.84 of this chapter. The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party, and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the Commission's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly or unreasonably protracted the adjudicatory proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust. If the applicant has sought an award against more than one agency, the decision shall allocate responsibility for payment of any award made among the agencies, and shall explain the reasons for the allocation made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.28" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.28   Appeal to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Either the applicant or counsel for the Commission or for another relevant agency may appeal the initial decision on the fee application by complying with the requirements of this section. An appealing party shall serve upon opposing parties and shall file with the Proceedings Clerk a notice of appeal within fifteen (15) days after service of the initial decision. The notice need consist only of a brief statement indicating the filing party's intent to appeal the initial decision, and shall include the date upon which the initial decision was rendered, the name of the proceeding, and the docket number of the proceeding. The failure of a party timely to file and serve a notice of appeal in accordance with this paragraph, or to perfect the appeal in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall constitute a voluntary waiver of any objection to the initial decision, and of all further administrative or judicial review under these rules and the Equal Access to Justice Act.
</P>
<P>(b) An appeal shall be perfected by the appealing party by timely filing with the Proceedings Clerk an appeal brief which meets the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section. An original and one copy of the appeal brief shall be filed within thirty (30) days after filing of the notice of appeal. By motion of the appealing party, the Commission may, for good cause shown, extend the time for filing the appeal brief. If the appeal brief is not filed within the time prescribed in this subparagraph, the Commission may, upon its own motion or upon motion by a party, dismiss the appeal, in which event the initial decision shall become the final decision and order of the Commission, effective upon service of the order of dismissal.
</P>
<P>(c) The opposing party may, within thirty (30) days after service of the appeal brief, file an original and one copy of an answering brief, and serve one copy thereof, unless the time limit is extended by the Commission upon motion of the party and for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(d) Parties filing an appeal brief or answering brief shall meet the requirements of § 10.12 of this chapter as to form. The content of briefs shall satisfy the requirements of § 10.102(d) of this chapter, except that any party, with leave of the Commission, may file an informal document in lieu of a brief. No brief shall exceed thirty-five (35) pages in length without advance leave of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) On review, the Commission may, in its discretion, consider <I>sua sponte</I> any issues arising from the record and may base its determination thereon, or limit the issues to those presented in the statement of issues in the briefs, treating those issues not raised as waived.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 18881, May 23, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.29" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.29   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final Commission decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 148.30" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.20.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 148.30   Payment of award.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking payment of an award from the Commission shall submit to the Executive Director at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, a copy of the Commission's final decision granting the award, accompanied by a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. At the same time, the applicant shall provide a copy of his submissions to counsel for the Commission. The Commission will, within 60 days of receipt of the applicant's submissions, forward to the United States Department of the Treasury a Standard Form 1166, “Voucher and Schedule of Payments,” so as to have the Treasury Department issue a check in the amount awarded in the Commission's decision, unless judicial review of the award or of the underlying decision in the adjudicatory proceeding has been sought by the applicant or any other party to the adjudicatory proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 57671, Nov. 25, 1981, as amended at 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="149" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 149—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>29 U.S.C 794, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 22889, 22896, June 23, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 149.101" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part effectuates section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the U.S. Postal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.102" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.102   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.103" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term—
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, brailled materials, audio recordings, telecommunications devices and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.
</P>
<P><I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Handicapped person</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>As used in this definition, the phrase:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term “physical or mental impairment” includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, and drug addiction and alocoholism.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P><I>Historic preservation programs</I> means programs conducted by the agency that have preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Historic properties</I> means those properties that are listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate State or local government body.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified handicapped person</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to preschool, elementary, or secondary education services provided by the agency, a handicapped person who is a member of a class of persons otherwise entitled by statute, regulation, or agency policy to receive education services from the agency.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can acheive the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature;
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any other program or activity, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualified handicapped person</I> is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this part by § 149.140.
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617), and the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955). As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.
</P>
<P><I>Substantial impairment</I> means a significant loss of the integrity of finished materials, design quality, or special character resulting from a permanent alteration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.104-149.110" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.104-149.110   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.111" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.111   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such manner as the head of the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.112-149.129" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.112-149.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.130" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.130   General prohibitions against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified handicapped person an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified handicapped person with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others;
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to handicapped persons or to any class of handicapped persons than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified handicapped persons with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others;
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified handicapped person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency may not deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangments, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(4) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude handicapped persons from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(5) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap.
</P>
<P>(6) The agency may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the agency establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the agency are not, themselves, covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to handicapped persons or the exclusion of a specific class of handicapped persons from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of handicapped persons is not prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified handicapped persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.131-149.139" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.131-149.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.140" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.140   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the agency. The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.141-149.148" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.141-149.148   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.149" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.149   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 149.150, no qualified handicapped person shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by handicapped persons, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.150" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.150   Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. This paragraph does not—
</P>
<P>(1) Necessarily require the agency to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by handicapped persons;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of historic preservation programs, require the agency to take any action that would result in a substantial impairment of significant historic features of an historic property; or
</P>
<P>(3) Require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 149.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The agency is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified handicapped persons in the most integrated setting appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Historic preservation programs.</I> In meeting the requirements of § 149.150(a) in historic preservation programs, the agency shall give priority to methods that provide physical access to handicapped persons. In cases where a physical alteration to an historic property is not required because of § 149.150(a)(2) or (a)(3), alternative methods of achieving program accessibility include—
</P>
<P>(i) Using audio-visual materials and devices to depict those portions of an historic property that cannot otherwise be made accessible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assigning persons to guide handicapped persons into or through portions of historic properties that cannot otherwise be made accessible; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Adopting other innovative methods.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section by October 21, 1986, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by August 22, 1989, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop, by February 23, 1987, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to handicapped persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.151" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.151   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, apply to buildings covered by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.152-149.159" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.152-149.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.160" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.160   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford a handicapped person an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the handicapped person.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf person (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall provide signage at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and adminstrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 149.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 149.161-149.169" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 149.161-149.169   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 149.170" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.21.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 149.170   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
</P>
<P>(c) The Executive Director of the Commission shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section. Complaints may be sent to the Equal Employment Opportunity Officer at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) If the agency receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate government entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), or section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 792), is not readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and
</P>
<P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal. 
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 149.170(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause.
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the head of the agency.
</P>
<P>(j) The head of the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the head of the agency determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, he or she shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make his or her determination on the appeal.
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General.
</P>
<P>(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 22889, 22896, June 23, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 22889, June 23, 1986; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="150" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 150—LIMITS ON POSITIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6t, 12a, and 19, as amended by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 38923, Oct. 20, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 150.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Bona fide hedging transaction or position</I> means a transaction or position in commodity derivative contracts in a physical commodity, where:
</P>
<P>(1) Such transaction or position:
</P>
<P>(i) Represents a substitute for transactions made or to be made, or positions taken or to be taken, at a later time in a physical marketing channel;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is economically appropriate to the reduction of price risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Arises from the potential change in the value of—
</P>
<P>(A) Assets which a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising;
</P>
<P>(B) Liabilities which a person owes or anticipates incurring; or
</P>
<P>(C) Services that a person provides or purchases, or anticipates providing or purchasing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Such transaction or position qualifies as a:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pass-through swap and pass-through swap offset pair.</I> Paired positions of a pass-through swap and a pass-through swap offset, where:
</P>
<P>(A) The pass-through swap is a swap position entered into by one person for which the swap would qualify as a bona fide hedging transaction or position pursuant to paragraph (1) of this definition (the bona fide hedging swap counterparty) that is opposite another person (the pass-through swap counterparty);
</P>
<P>(B) The pass-through swap offset:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is a futures contract position, option on a futures contract position, or swap position entered into by the pass-through swap counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Reduces the pass-through swap counterparty's price risks attendant to the pass-through swap; and
</P>
<P>(C) With respect to the pass-through swap offset, the pass-through swap counterparty receives from the bona fide hedging swap counterparty a written representation that the pass-through swap qualifies as a bona fide hedging transaction or position pursuant to paragraph (1) of this definition, and the pass-through swap counterparty may rely in good faith on such written representation, unless the pass-through swap counterparty has information that would cause a reasonable person to question the accuracy of the representation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Offset of a bona fide hedger's qualifying swap position.</I> A futures contract position, option on a futures contract position, or swap position entered into by a bona fide hedging swap counterparty that reduces price risks attendant to a previously-entered-into swap position that qualified as a bona fide hedging transaction or position at the time it was entered into for that counterparty pursuant to paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity derivative contract</I> means any futures contract, option on a futures contract, or swap in a commodity (other than a security futures product as defined in section 1a(45) of the Act).
</P>
<P><I>Core referenced futures contract</I> means a futures contract that is listed in § 150.2(d).
</P>
<P><I>Economically equivalent swap</I> means, with respect to a particular referenced contract, any swap that has identical material contractual specifications, terms, and conditions to such referenced contract.
</P>
<P>(1) Other than as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, for the purpose of determining whether a swap is an economically equivalent swap with respect to a particular referenced contract, the swap shall not be deemed to lack identical material contractual specifications, terms, and conditions due to different lot size specifications or notional amounts, delivery dates diverging by less than one calendar day, or different post-trade risk management arrangements.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any natural gas referenced contract, for the purpose of determining whether a swap is an economically equivalent swap to such referenced contract, the swap shall not be deemed to lack identical material contractual specifications, terms, and conditions due to different lot size specifications or notional amounts, delivery dates diverging by less than two calendar days, or different post-trade risk management arrangements.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any referenced contract or class of referenced contracts, the Commission may make a determination that any swap or class of swaps satisfies, or does not satisfy, this economically equivalent swap definition.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible affiliate</I> means an entity with respect to which another person:
</P>
<P>(1) Directly or indirectly holds either:
</P>
<P>(i) A majority of the equity securities of such entity, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The right to receive upon dissolution of, or the contribution of, a majority of the capital of such entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Reports its financial statements on a consolidated basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of such entity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is required to aggregate the positions of such entity under § 150.4 and does not claim an exemption from aggregation for such entity.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible entity</I> means a commodity pool operator; the operator of a trading vehicle which is excluded, or which itself has qualified for exclusion from the definition of the term “pool” or “commodity pool operator,” respectively, under § 4.5 of this chapter; the limited partner, limited member or shareholder in a commodity pool the operator of which is exempt from registration under § 4.13 of this chapter; a commodity trading advisor; a bank or trust company; a savings association; an insurance company; or the separately organized affiliates of any of the above entities:
</P>
<P>(1) Which authorizes an independent account controller independently to control all trading decisions with respect to the eligible entity's client positions and accounts that the independent account controller holds directly or indirectly, or on the eligible entity's behalf, but without the eligible entity's day-to-day direction; and
</P>
<P>(2) Which maintains:
</P>
<P>(i) Only such minimum control over the independent account controller as is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities to the managed positions and accounts, and necessary to fulfill its duty to supervise diligently the trading done on its behalf; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If a limited partner, limited member or shareholder of a commodity pool the operator of which is exempt from registration under § 4.13 of this chapter, only such limited control as is consistent with its status.
</P>
<P><I>Entity</I> means a “person” as defined in section 1a of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Excluded commodity</I> means an “excluded commodity” as defined in section 1a of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Futures-equivalent</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) An option contract, whether an option on a futures contract or an option that is a swap, which has been:
</P>
<P>(A) Adjusted by an economically reasonable and analytically supported exposure to price changes of the underlying referenced contract that has been computed for that option contract as of the previous day's close or the current day's close or computed contemporaneously during the trading day, and
</P>
<P>(B) Converted to an economically equivalent amount of an open position in the underlying referenced contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) An entity is allowed one business day to liquidate an amount of the position that is in excess of speculative position limits without being considered in violation of the speculative position limits if such excess position results from:
</P>
<P>(A) A position that exceeds speculative position limits as a result of an option contract assignment; or
</P>
<P>(B) A position that includes an option contract that exceeds speculative position limits when the applicable option contract is adjusted by an economically reasonable and analytically supported exposure to price changes of the underlying referenced contract as of that business day's close of trading, as long as the applicable option contract does not exceed such speculative position limits when evaluated using the previous business day's exposure to the underlying referenced contract. This paragraph (B) shall not apply if such day would be the last trading day of the spot month for the corresponding core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P>(2) A futures contract which has been converted to an economically equivalent amount of an open position in a core referenced futures contract; and
</P>
<P>(3) A swap which has been converted to an economically equivalent amount of an open position in a core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Independent account controller</I> means a person:
</P>
<P>(1) Who specifically is authorized by an eligible entity, as defined in this section, independently to control trading decisions on behalf of, but without the day-to-day direction of, the eligible entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Over whose trading the eligible entity maintains only such minimum control as is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities for managed positions and accounts to fulfill its duty to supervise diligently the trading done on its behalf or as is consistent with such other legal rights or obligations which may be incumbent upon the eligible entity to fulfill;
</P>
<P>(3) Who trades independently of the eligible entity and of any other independent account controller trading for the eligible entity;
</P>
<P>(4) Who has no knowledge of trading decisions by any other independent account controller; and
</P>
<P>(5) Who is:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered as a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a commodity trading advisor, or an associated person of any such registrant, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A general partner, managing member or manager of a commodity pool the operator of which is excluded from registration under § 4.5(a)(4) of this chapter or § 4.13 of this chapter, <I>provided that</I> such general partner, managing member or manager complies with the requirements of § 150.4(c).
</P>
<P><I>Long position</I> means, on a futures-equivalent basis, a long call option, a short put option, a long underlying futures contract, or a swap position that is equivalent to a long futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Physical commodity</I> means any agricultural commodity as that term is defined in § 1.3 of this chapter or any exempt commodity as that term is defined in section 1a of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Position accountability</I> means any bylaw, rule, regulation, or resolution that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is submitted to the Commission pursuant to part 40 of this chapter in lieu of, or along with, a speculative position limit, and
</P>
<P>(2) Requires an entity whose position exceeds the accountability level to consent to:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide information about its position to the designated contract market or swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Halt increasing further its position or reduce its position in an orderly manner, in each case as requested by the designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-enactment swap</I> means any swap entered into prior to enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010), the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-existing position</I> means any position in a commodity derivative contract acquired in good faith prior to the effective date of any bylaw, rule, regulation, or resolution that specifies a speculative position limit level or a subsequent change to that level.
</P>
<P><I>Referenced contract</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A core referenced futures contract listed in § 150.2(d) or, on a futures-equivalent basis with respect to a particular core referenced futures contract, a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, including a spread, that is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Directly or indirectly linked, including being partially or fully settled on, or priced at a fixed differential to, the price of that particular core referenced futures contract; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Directly or indirectly linked, including being partially or fully settled on, or priced at a fixed differential to, the price of the same commodity underlying that particular core referenced futures contract for delivery at the same location or locations as specified in that particular core referenced futures contract; or
</P>
<P>(2) On a futures-equivalent basis, an economically equivalent swap.
</P>
<P>(3) The definition of referenced contract does not include a location basis contract, a commodity index contract, any guarantee of a swap, a trade option that meets the requirements of § 32.3 of this chapter, any outright price reporting agency index contract, or any monthly average pricing contract.
</P>
<P><I>Short position</I> means, on a futures-equivalent basis, a short call option, a long put option, a short underlying futures contract, or a swap position that is equivalent to a short futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Speculative position limit</I> means the maximum position, either net long or net short, in a commodity derivative contract that may be held or controlled by one person absent an exemption, whether such limits are adopted for:
</P>
<P>(1) Combined positions in all commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity, including the spot month futures contract and all single month futures contracts (the spot month and all single month futures contracts, cumulatively, “all-months-combined”);
</P>
<P>(2) Positions in a single month of commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity other than the spot month futures contract (“single month”); or
</P>
<P>(3) Positions in the spot month of commodity derivative contacts in a particular commodity. Such a limit may be established under Federal regulations or rules of a designated contract market or swap execution facility. For referenced contracts other than core referenced futures contracts, single month means the same period as that of the relevant core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Spot month</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For physical-delivery core referenced futures contracts, the period of time beginning at the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(i) The close of business on the trading day preceding the first day on which delivery notices can be issued by the clearing organization of a contract market or
</P>
<P>(ii) The close of business on the trading day preceding the third-to-last trading day and ending when the contract expires, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For the <I>ICE Futures U.S. Sugar No. 11</I> (SB) core referenced futures contract, the spot month means the period of time beginning at the opening of trading on the second business day following the expiration of the regular option contract traded on the expiring futures contract and ending when the contract expires;
</P>
<P>(B) For the <I>ICE Futures U.S. Sugar No. 16</I> (SF) core referenced futures contract, the spot month means the period of time beginning on the third-to-last trading day of the contract month and ending when the contract expires; and
</P>
<P>(C) For the <I>Chicago Mercantile Exchange Live Cattle</I> (LC) core referenced futures contract, the spot month means the period of time beginning at the close of trading on the first business day following the first Friday of the contract month and ending when the contract expires; and
</P>
<P>(2) For referenced contracts other than core referenced futures contracts, the spot month means the same period as that of the relevant core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Spread transaction</I> means an intra-market spread, inter-market spread, intra-commodity spread, or inter-commodity spread, including a calendar spread, quality differential spread, processing spread, product or by-product differential spread, or futures-option spread.
</P>
<P><I>Swap</I> means “swap” as that term is defined in section 1a of the Act and as further defined in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Swap dealer</I> means “swap dealer” as that term is defined in section 1a of the Act and as further defined in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Transition period swap</I> means a swap entered into during the period commencing on the day of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 (July 21, 2010), and ending 60 days after the publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of final amendments to this part implementing section 737 of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the terms of which have not expired as of 60 days after the publication date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3463, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.2   Federal speculative position limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Spot month speculative position limits.</I> For physical-delivery referenced contracts and, separately, for cash-settled referenced contracts, no person may hold or control positions in the spot month, net long or net short, in excess of the levels specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Single month and all-months-combined speculative position limits.</I> For any referenced contract, no person may hold or control positions in a single month or in all-months-combined (including the spot month), net long or net short, in excess of the levels specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relevant contract month.</I> For purposes of this part, for referenced contracts other than core referenced futures contracts, the spot month and any single month shall be the same as those of the relevant core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Core referenced futures contracts.</I> Federal speculative position limits apply to referenced contracts based on the following core referenced futures contracts:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.024.gif"/>
<P>(e) <I>Establishment of speculative position limit levels.</I> The levels of Federal speculative position limits are fixed by the Commission at the levels listed in appendix E to this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Designated contract market estimates of deliverable supply.</I> Each designated contract market listing a core referenced futures contract shall supply to the Commission an estimated spot month deliverable supply upon request by the Commission, and may supply such estimates to the Commission at any other time. Each estimate shall be accompanied by a description of the methodology used to derive the estimate and any statistical data supporting the estimate, and shall be submitted using the format and procedures approved in writing by the Commission. A designated contract market should use the guidance regarding deliverable supply in appendix C to part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pre-existing positions</I>—(1) <I>Pre-existing positions in a spot month.</I> A spot month speculative position limit established under this section shall apply to pre-existing positions, other than pre-enactment swaps and transition period swaps.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pre-existing positions in a non-spot month.</I> A single month or all-months-combined speculative position limit established under this section shall apply to pre-existing positions, other than pre-enactment swaps and transition period swaps.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Positions on foreign boards of trade.</I> The speculative position limits established under this section shall apply to a person's combined positions in referenced contracts, including positions executed on, or pursuant to the rules of, a foreign board of trade, pursuant to section 4a(a)(6) of the Act, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Such referenced contracts settle against any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of one or more contracts listed for trading on a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility; and
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign board of trade makes available such referenced contracts to its members or other participants located in the United States through direct access to its electronic trading and order matching system.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Anti-evasion provision.</I> For the purposes of applying the speculative position limits in this section, if used to willfully circumvent or evade speculative position limits:
</P>
<P>(1) A commodity index contract, monthly average pricing contract, outright price reporting agency index contract, and/or a location basis contract shall be considered to be a referenced contract;
</P>
<P>(2) A bona fide hedging transaction or position recognition or spread exemption shall no longer apply; and
</P>
<P>(3) A swap shall be considered to be an economically equivalent swap.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority in paragraph (f) of this section to request estimated spot month deliverable supply from a designated contract market and to provide the format and procedures for submitting such estimates.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Eligible affiliates and aggregation.</I> For purposes of this part, if an eligible affiliate meets the conditions for any exemption from aggregation under § 150.4, the eligible affiliate may choose to utilize that exemption, or it may opt to be aggregated with its affiliated entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3465, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.3   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Positions which may exceed limits.</I> A person may exceed the speculative position limits set forth in § 150.2 to the extent that all applicable requirements in this part are met, <I>provided that</I> such person's transactions or positions each satisfy one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bona fide hedging transactions or positions.</I> Positions that comply with the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1, and are:
</P>
<P>(i) Enumerated in appendix A to this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Approved as non-enumerated bona fide hedging transactions or positions in accordance with paragraph (b)(4) of this section or § 150.9.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Spread transactions.</I> Transactions that:
</P>
<P>(i) Meet the spread transaction definition in § 150.1; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Do not meet the spread transaction definition in § 150.1, but have been approved by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Financial distress positions.</I> Positions of a person, or a related person or persons, under financial distress circumstances, when exempted by the Commission from any of the requirements of this part in response to a specific request made pursuant to § 140.99(a)(1) of this chapter, where financial distress circumstances include, but are not limited to, situations involving the potential default or bankruptcy of a customer of the requesting person or persons, an affiliate of the requesting person or persons, or a potential acquisition target of the requesting person or persons.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Conditional spot month limit exemption positions in natural gas.</I> Spot month positions in natural gas cash-settled referenced contracts that exceed the spot month speculative position limit set forth in § 150.2, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Such positions do not exceed the futures-equivalent of 10,000 NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas core referenced futures contracts per designated contract market that lists a cash-settled referenced contract in natural gas;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such positions do not exceed the futures-equivalent of 10,000 NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas core referenced futures contracts in economically equivalent swaps in natural gas; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The person holding or controlling such positions does not hold or control positions in spot month physical-delivery referenced contracts in natural gas.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Pre-enactment and transition period swaps exemption.</I> The speculative position limits set forth in § 150.2 shall not apply to positions acquired in good faith in any pre-enactment swap or any transition period swap, <I>provided however</I> that a person may net such positions with post-effective date commodity derivative contracts for the purpose of complying with any non-spot month speculative position limit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application for relief.</I> Any person with a position in a referenced contract seeking recognition of such position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, or seeking an exemption for a spread position in accordance with paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) of this section, in each case for purposes of Federal speculative position limits set forth in § 150.2, may apply to the Commission in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Required information.</I> The application shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to an application for recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the position in the commodity derivative contract for which the application is submitted, including but not necessarily limited to, the name of the underlying commodity and the derivative position size;
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of the hedging strategy, including a statement that the position complies with the requirements of section 4a(c)(2) of the Act and the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1, and information to demonstrate why the position satisfies such requirements and definition;
</P>
<P>(C) A statement concerning the maximum size of all gross positions in commodity derivative contracts for which the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the applicant's activity in the cash markets and swaps markets for the commodity underlying the position for which the application is submitted, including, but not necessarily limited to, information regarding the offsetting cash positions; and
</P>
<P>(E) Any other information that may help the Commission determine whether the position satisfies the requirements of section 4a(c)(2) of the Act and the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to an application for a spread exemption:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the spread position for which the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(B) A statement concerning the maximum size of all gross positions in commodity derivative contracts for which the application is submitted; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any other information that may help the Commission determine whether the position is consistent with section 4a(a)(3)(B) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional information.</I> If the Commission determines that it requires additional information in order to determine whether to recognize a position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position or to grant a spread exemption, the Commission shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the applicant of any supplemental information required; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the applicant with ten business days in which to provide the Commission with any supplemental information.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Timing of application.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, a person seeking relief in accordance with this section must apply to the Commission and receive a notice of approval of such application prior to the date that the position for which the application was submitted would be in excess of the applicable Federal speculative position limit set forth in § 150.2;
</P>
<P>(ii) Due to demonstrated sudden or unforeseen increases in its bona fide hedging needs, a person may apply for recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position within five business days after the person established the position that exceeded the applicable Federal speculative position limit.
</P>
<P>(A) Any application filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section must include an explanation of the circumstances warranting the sudden or unforeseen increases in bona fide hedging needs.
</P>
<P>(B) If an application filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section is denied, the person must bring its position within the Federal speculative position limits within a commercially reasonable time, as determined by the Commission in consultation with the applicant and the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(C) If an application filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section is denied, the Commission will not pursue an enforcement action for a position limits violation for the person holding the position during the period of the Commission's review nor once the Commission has issued its determination so long as the application was submitted in good faith and the person brings its position within the Federal speculative position limits within a commercially reasonable time in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commission determination.</I> After a review of any application submitted under paragraph (b) of this section and any supplemental information provided by the applicant, the Commission will determine, with respect to the transaction or position for which the application is submitted, whether to recognize all or a specified portion of such transaction or position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position or whether to exempt all or a specified portion of such spread transaction, as applicable. The Commission shall notify the applicant of its determination, and an applicant may exceed Federal speculative position limits set forth in § 150.2, or in the case of applications filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the applicant may rely upon the Commission's determination, upon receiving a notice of approval.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Renewal of application.</I> With respect to any application approved by the Commission pursuant to this section, a person shall renew such application if there are any material changes to the information provided in the original application pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section or upon request by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission revocation or modification.</I> If the Commission determines, at any time, that a recognized bona fide hedging transaction or position is no longer consistent with section 4a(c)(2) of the Act or the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1, or that a spread exemption is no longer consistent with section 4a(a)(3)(B) of the Act, the Commission shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the person holding such position;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide an opportunity for the applicant to respond to such notification; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Issue a determination to revoke or modify the bona fide hedge recognition or spread exemption for purposes of Federal speculative position limits and, as applicable, require the person to reduce the derivative position within a commercially reasonable time, as determined by the Commission in consultation with the applicant and the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility, or otherwise come into compliance. This notification shall briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provisions of the Act or the Commission's regulations with which the position or application is, or appears to be, inconsistent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Previously-granted risk management exemptions.</I> To the extent that exemptions previously granted under § 1.47 of this chapter or by a designated contract market or a swap execution facility are for the risk management of positions in financial instruments, including but not limited to index funds, such exemptions shall no longer apply as of January 1, 2023.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Persons who avail themselves of exemptions under this section shall keep and maintain complete books and records concerning all details of each of their exemptions, including relevant information about related cash, forward, futures contracts, option on futures contracts, and swap positions and transactions (including anticipated requirements, production, merchandising activities, royalties, contracts for services, cash commodity products and by-products, cross-commodity hedges, and records of bona fide hedging swap counterparties) as applicable, and shall make such books and records available to the Commission upon request under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Any person that relies on a written representation received from another person that a swap qualifies as a pass-through swap under paragraph (2) of the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1 shall keep and make available to the Commission upon request the relevant books and records of such written representation, including any books and records that the person intends to use to demonstrate that the pass-through swap is a bona fide hedging transaction or position, for a period of at least two years following the expiration of the swap.
</P>
<P>(3) All books and records required to be kept pursuant to this section shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Call for information.</I> Upon call by the Commission, the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or the Director's delegate, any person claiming an exemption from speculative position limits under this section shall provide to the Commission such information as specified in the call relating to: the positions owned or controlled by that person; trading done pursuant to the claimed exemption; the commodity derivative contracts or cash-market positions which support the claimed exemption; and the relevant business relationships supporting a claimed exemption.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Aggregation of accounts.</I> Entities required to aggregate accounts or positions under § 150.4 shall be considered the same person for the purpose of determining whether they are eligible for an exemption under paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section with respect to such aggregated account or position.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time:
</P>
<P>(i) The authority in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to provide exemptions in circumstances of financial distress;
</P>
<P>(ii) The authority in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to request additional information with respect to a request for a bona fide hedging transaction or position recognition or spread exemption;
</P>
<P>(iii) The authority in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section to, if applicable, determine a commercially reasonable amount of time required for a person to bring its position within the Federal speculative position limits;
</P>
<P>(iv) The authority in paragraph (b)(4) of this section to determine whether to recognize a position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position or to grant a spread exemption; and
</P>
<P>(v) The authority in paragraph (b)(2) or (5) of this section to request that a person submit updated materials or renew their request with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3468, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.4   Aggregation of positions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Positions to be aggregated</I>—(1) <I>Trading control or 10 percent or greater ownership or equity interest.</I> For the purpose of applying the position limits set forth in § 150.2, unless an exemption set forth in paragraph (b) of this section applies, all positions in accounts for which any person, by power of attorney or otherwise, directly or indirectly controls trading or holds a 10 percent or greater ownership or equity interest must be aggregated with the positions held and trading done by such person. For the purpose of determining the positions in accounts for which any person controls trading or holds a 10 percent or greater ownership or equity interest, positions or ownership or equity interests held by, and trading done or controlled by, two or more persons acting pursuant to an expressed or implied agreement or understanding shall be treated the same as if the positions or ownership or equity interests were held by, or the trading were done or controlled by, a single person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Substantially identical trading.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, for the purpose of applying the position limits set forth in § 150.2, any person that, by power of attorney or otherwise, holds or controls the trading of positions in more than one account or pool with substantially identical trading strategies, must aggregate all such positions (determined pro rata) with all other positions held and trading done by such person and the positions in accounts which the person must aggregate pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions from aggregation.</I> For the purpose of applying the position limits set forth in § 150.2, and notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the aggregation requirements of this section shall not apply in the circumstances set forth in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exemption for ownership by limited partners, shareholders or other pool participants.</I> Any person that is a limited partner, limited member, shareholder or other similar type of pool participant holding positions in which the person by power of attorney or otherwise directly or indirectly has a 10 percent or greater ownership or equity interest in a pooled account or positions need not aggregate the accounts or positions of the pool with any other accounts or positions such person is required to aggregate, except that such person must aggregate the pooled account or positions with all other accounts or positions owned or controlled by such person if such person:
</P>
<P>(i) Is the commodity pool operator of the pooled account;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a principal or affiliate of the operator of the pooled account, unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The pool operator has, and enforces, written procedures to preclude the person from having knowledge of, gaining access to, or receiving data about the trading or positions of the pool;
</P>
<P>(B) The person does not have direct, day-to-day supervisory authority or control over the pool's trading decisions;
</P>
<P>(C) The person, if a principal of the operator of the pooled account, maintains only such minimum control over the commodity pool operator as is consistent with its responsibilities as a principal and necessary to fulfill its duty to supervise the trading activities of the commodity pool; and
</P>
<P>(D) The pool operator has complied with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section on behalf of the person or class of persons; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has, by power of attorney or otherwise directly or indirectly, a 25 percent or greater ownership or equity interest in a commodity pool, the operator of which is exempt from registration under § 4.13 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemption for certain ownership of greater than 10 percent in an owned entity.</I> Any person with an ownership or equity interest in an owned entity of 10 percent or greater (other than an interest in a pooled account subject to paragraph (b)(1) of this section), need not aggregate the accounts or positions of the owned entity with any other accounts or positions such person is required to aggregate, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such person, including any entity that such person must aggregate, and the owned entity (to the extent that such person is aware or should be aware of the activities and practices of the aggregated entity or the owned entity):
</P>
<P>(A) Do not have knowledge of the trading decisions of the other;
</P>
<P>(B) Trade pursuant to separately developed and independent trading systems;
</P>
<P>(C) Have and enforce written procedures to preclude each from having knowledge of, gaining access to, or receiving data about, trades of the other. Such procedures must include security arrangements, including separate physical locations, which would maintain the independence of their activities;
</P>
<P>(D) Do not share employees that control the trading decisions of either; and
</P>
<P>(E) Do not have risk management systems that permit the sharing of its trades or its trading strategy with employees that control the trading decisions of the other; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person complies with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exemption for accounts held by futures commission merchants.</I> A futures commission merchant or any affiliate of a futures commission merchant need not aggregate positions it holds in a discretionary account, or in an account which is part of, or participates in, or receives trading advice from a customer trading program of a futures commission merchant or any of the officers, partners, or employees of such futures commission merchant or of its affiliates, if:
</P>
<P>(i) A person other than the futures commission merchant or the affiliate directs trading in such an account;
</P>
<P>(ii) The futures commission merchant or the affiliate maintains only such minimum control over the trading in such an account as is necessary to fulfill its duty to supervise diligently trading in the account;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each trading decision of the discretionary account or the customer trading program is determined independently of all trading decisions in other accounts which the futures commission merchant or the affiliate holds, has a financial interest of 10 percent or more in, or controls; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The futures commission merchant or the affiliate has complied with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exemption for accounts carried by an independent account controller.</I> An eligible entity need not aggregate its positions with the eligible entity's client positions or accounts carried by an authorized independent account controller, as defined in § 150.1(e), except for the spot month in physical-delivery commodity contracts, provided that the eligible entity has complied with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, and that the overall positions held or controlled by such independent account controller may not exceed the limits specified in § 150.2.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Additional requirements for exemption of affiliated entities.</I> If the independent account controller is affiliated with the eligible entity or another independent account controller, each of the affiliated entities must:
</P>
<P>(A) Have, and enforce, written procedures to preclude the affiliated entities from having knowledge of, gaining access to, or receiving data about, trades of the other. Such procedures must include security arrangements, including separate physical locations, which would maintain the independence of their activities; provided, however, that such procedures may provide for the disclosure of information which is reasonably necessary for an eligible entity to maintain the level of control consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities to the managed positions and accounts<E T="03"/> and necessary to fulfill its duty to supervise diligently the trading done on its behalf;
</P>
<P>(B) Trade such accounts pursuant to separately developed and independent trading systems;
</P>
<P>(C) Market such trading systems separately; and
</P>
<P>(D) Solicit funds for such trading by separate disclosure documents that meet the standards of § 4.24 or § 4.34 of this chapter, as applicable, where such disclosure documents are required under part 4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exemption for underwriting.</I> A person need not aggregate the positions or accounts of an owned entity if the ownership or equity interest is based on the ownership of securities constituting the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such person as a participant in the distribution of such securities by the issuer or by or through an underwriter.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Exemption for broker-dealer activity.</I> A broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or similarly registered with a foreign regulatory authority, need not aggregate the positions or accounts of an owned entity if the ownership or equity interest is based on the ownership of securities acquired in the normal course of business as a dealer, <I>provided that</I> such person does not have actual knowledge of the trading decisions of the owned entity.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exemption for information sharing restriction.</I> A person need not aggregate the positions or accounts of an owned entity if the sharing of information associated with such aggregation (such as, only by way of example, information reflecting the transactions and positions of a such person and the owned entity) creates a reasonable risk that either person could violate state or federal law or the law of a foreign jurisdiction, or regulations adopted thereunder, provided that such person does not have actual knowledge of information associated with such aggregation, and provided further that such person has filed a prior notice pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section and included with such notice a written memorandum of law explaining in detail the basis for the conclusion that the sharing of information creates a reasonable risk that either person could violate state or federal law or the law of a foreign jurisdiction, or regulations adopted thereunder. However, the exemption in this paragraph shall not apply where the law or regulation serves as a means to evade the aggregation of accounts or positions. All documents submitted pursuant to this paragraph shall be in English, or if not, accompanied by an official English translation.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Exemption for affiliated entities.</I> After a person has filed a notice under paragraph (c) of this section, another person need not file a separate notice identifying any position or account identified in such notice filing, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such other person has an ownership or equity interest of 10 percent or greater in the person that filed the notice, or the person that filed the notice has an ownership or equity interest of 10 percent or greater in such other person, or an ownership or equity interest of 10 percent or greater is held in such other person by a third person who holds an ownership or equity interest of 10 percent or greater in the person that has filed the notice (in any such case, the ownership or equity interest may be held directly or indirectly);
</P>
<P>(ii) Such other person complies with the conditions applicable to the exemption specified in such notice filing, other than the filing requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Such other person does not otherwise control trading of any account or position identified in such notice filing.
</P>
<P>(iv) Upon call by the Commission, any person relying on the exemption in this paragraph (b)(8) shall provide to the Commission such information concerning the person's claim for exemption. Upon notice and opportunity for the affected person to respond, the Commission may amend, suspend, terminate, or otherwise modify a person's aggregation exemption for failure to comply with the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice filing for exemption.</I> (1) Persons seeking an aggregation exemption under paragraph (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(7) of this section shall file a notice with the Commission, which shall be effective upon submission of the notice (or earlier, as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section), and shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the relevant circumstances that warrant disaggregation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of a senior officer of the entity certifying that the conditions set forth in the applicable aggregation exemption provision have been met.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person newly acquires an ownership or equity interest in an owned entity of 10 percent or greater and is eligible for the aggregation exemption under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the person may elect that a notice filed under this paragraph (c) shall be effective as of the date of such acquisition if such notice is filed no later than 60 days after such acquisition.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon call by the Commission, any person claiming an aggregation exemption under this section shall provide such information demonstrating that the person meets the requirements of the exemption, as is requested by the Commission. Upon notice and opportunity for the affected person to respond, the Commission may amend, suspend, terminate, or otherwise modify a person's aggregation exemption for failure to comply with the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event of a material change to the information provided in any notice filed under this paragraph (c), an updated or amended notice shall promptly be filed detailing the material change.
</P>
<P>(5) Any notice filed under this paragraph (c) shall be submitted in the form and manner provided for in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) If a person is eligible for an aggregation exemption under paragraph (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(7) of this section, a failure to timely file a notice under this paragraph (c) shall not constitute a violation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section or any position limit set forth in § 150.2 if such notice is filed no later than five business days after the person is aware, or should be aware, that such notice has not been timely filed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form and manner of reporting and submitting information or filings.</I> Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission or its designees, any person submitting reports under this section shall submit the corresponding required filings and any other information required under this part to the Commission using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission. Unless otherwise provided in this section, the notice shall be effective upon filing. When the reporting entity discovers errors or omissions to past reports, the entity shall so notify the Commission and file corrected information in a form and manner and at a time as may be instructed by the Commission or its designee.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate, the authority:
</P>
<P>(i) In paragraph (b)(8)(iv) of this section to call for additional information from a person claiming the exemption in paragraph (b)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) In paragraph (c)(3) of this section to call for additional information from a person claiming an aggregation exemption under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Data, with the concurrence of the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or such other employee or employees as the Directors each may designate, the authority in paragraph (d) of this section to provide instructions or determine the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting data records and any other information required under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The Directors of the Division of Enforcement and the Division of Data may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 91490, Dec. 16, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 28770, June 26, 2017; 89 FR 71819, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.5   Exchange-set speculative position limits and exemptions therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for exchange-set limits on commodity derivative contracts subject to Federal speculative position limits set forth in § 150.2</I>—(1) <I>Exchange-set limits.</I> For any commodity derivative contract that is subject to a Federal speculative position limit under § 150.2, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall set a speculative position limit no higher than the level specified in § 150.2.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemptions to exchange-set limits.</I> A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may grant exemptions from any speculative position limits it sets under paragraph (a)(1) of this section in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exemption levels.</I> An exemption that conforms to an exemption the Commission identified in:
</P>
<P>(A) Sections 150.3(a)(1)(i), (a)(2)(i), (a)(4) and (a)(5) may be granted at a level that exceeds the level of the applicable Federal limit in § 150.2;
</P>
<P>(B) Sections 150.3(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(2)(ii) may be granted at a level that exceeds the level of the applicable Federal limit in § 150.2, <I>provided</I> the exemption is first approved in accordance with § 150.3(b) or 150.9, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(C) Section 150.3(a)(3) may be granted at a level that exceeds the level of the applicable Federal limit in § 150.2, <I>provided that,</I> a division of the Commission has first approved such exemption pursuant to a request submitted under § 140.99(a)(1) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(D) An exemption of the type that does not conform to any of the exemptions identified in § 150.3(a) must be granted at a level that does not exceed the applicable Federal limit in § 150.2 and that complies with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(G) of this section, unless the Commission has first approved such exemption pursuant to § 150.3(b) or pursuant to a request submitted under § 140.99(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Application for exemption from exchange-set limits.</I> With respect to a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility that elects to grant exemptions under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, the designated contract market or swap execution facility shall require an entity to file an application requesting such exemption in advance of the date that such position would be in excess of the limits then in effect. Such application shall include any information needed to enable the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the Commission to determine whether the facts and circumstances demonstrate that the designated contract market or swap execution facility may grant an exemption. Any application for a bona fide hedging transaction or position shall include a description of the applicant's activity in the cash markets and swaps markets for the commodity underlying the position for which the application is submitted, including, but not limited to, information regarding the offsetting cash positions.
</P>
<P>(B) The designated contract market or swap execution facility may adopt rules that allow a person, due to demonstrated sudden or unforeseen increases in its bona fide hedging needs, to file an application to request a recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position within five business days after the person established the position that exceeded the applicable exchange-set speculative position limit.
</P>
<P>(C) The designated contract market or swap execution facility must require that any application filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section include an explanation of the circumstances warranting the sudden or unforeseen increases in bona fide hedging needs.
</P>
<P>(D) If an application filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section is denied, the applicant must bring its position within the designated contract market or swap execution facility's speculative position limits within a commercially reasonable time as determined by the designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(E) The Commission will not pursue an enforcement action for a position limits violation for the person holding the position during the period of the designated contract market or swap execution facility's review nor once the designated contract market or swap execution facility has issued its determination, so long as the application was submitted in good faith and the applicant brings its position within the designated contract market or swap execution facility's speculative position limits within a commercially reasonable time as determined by the designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(F) The designated contract market or swap execution facility shall require, for any such exemption granted, that the entity re-apply for the exemption at least annually;
</P>
<P>(G) The designated contract market or swap execution facility:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) May, in accordance with the designated contract market or swap execution facility's rules, deny any such application, or limit, condition, or revoke any such exemption, at any time after providing notice to the applicant, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Shall consider whether the requested exemption would result in positions that would not be in accord with sound commercial practices in the relevant commodity derivative market and/or that would exceed an amount that may be established and liquidated in an orderly fashion in that market; and
</P>
<P>(H) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(G) of this section, the designated contract market or swap execution facility may grant exemptions, subject to terms, conditions, or limitations, that require a person to exit any referenced contract positions in excess of position limits during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time period for the spot month in such physical-delivery contract, or to otherwise limit the size of such position during that time period. Designated contract markets and swap execution facilities may refer to paragraph (b) of appendix B or appendix G to part 150, for guidance regarding the foregoing, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exchange-set limits on pre-existing positions</I>—(i) <I>Pre-existing positions in a spot month.</I> A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall require compliance with spot month exchange-set speculative position limits for pre-existing positions in commodity derivative contracts other than pre-enactment swaps and transition period swaps.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Pre-existing positions in a non-spot month.</I> A single month or all-months-combined speculative position limit established under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall apply to any pre-existing positions in commodity derivative contracts, other than pre-enactment swaps and transition period swaps.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Monthly reports detailing the disposition of each exemption application.</I> (i) For commodity derivative contracts subject to Federal speculative position limits, the designated contract market or swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission a report each month showing the disposition of any exemption application, including the recognition of any position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position, the exemption of any spread transaction or other position, the renewal, revocation, or modification of a previously granted recognition or exemption, and the rejection of any application, as well as the following details for each application:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of disposition;
</P>
<P>(B) The effective date of the disposition;
</P>
<P>(C) The expiration date of any recognition or exemption;
</P>
<P>(D) Any unique identifier(s) the designated contract market or swap execution facility may assign to track the application, or the specific type of recognition or exemption;
</P>
<P>(E) If the application is for an enumerated bona fide hedging transaction or position, the name of the enumerated bona fide hedging transaction or position listed in appendix A to this part;
</P>
<P>(F) If the application is for a spread transaction listed in the spread transaction definition in § 150.1, the name of the spread transaction as it is listed in § 150.1;
</P>
<P>(G) The identity of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(H) The listed commodity derivative contract or position(s) to which the application pertains;
</P>
<P>(I) The underlying cash commodity;
</P>
<P>(J) The maximum size of the commodity derivative position that is recognized by the designated contract market or swap execution facility as a bona fide hedging transaction or position, specified by contract month and by the type of limit as spot month, single month, or all-months-combined, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(K) Any size limitations or conditions established for a spread exemption or other exemption; and
</P>
<P>(L) For a bona fide hedging transaction or position, a concise summary of the applicant's activity in the cash markets and swaps markets for the commodity underlying the commodity derivative position for which the application was submitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) The designated contract market or swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission the information required by paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) As specified by the Commission on the Forms and Submissions page at <I>www.cftc.gov</I>; and
</P>
<P>(B) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements for exchange-set limits on commodity derivative contracts in a physical commodity that are not subject to the limits set forth in § 150.2</I>—(1) <I>Exchange-set spot-month limits.</I> For any physical commodity derivative contract that is not subject to a Federal speculative position limit under § 150.2, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall set a speculative position limit as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Spot month speculative position limit levels.</I> For any commodity derivative contract subject to paragraph (b) of this section, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall establish speculative position limits for the spot month no greater than 25 percent of the estimated spot month deliverable supply, calculated separately for each month to be listed.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Additional sources for compliance.</I> Alternatively, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may submit rules to the Commission establishing spot month speculative position limits other than as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, provided that each limit is set at a level that is necessary and appropriate to reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or price distortion of the contract's or the underlying commodity's price or index.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exchange-set limits or accountability outside of the spot month</I>—(i) <I>Non-spot month speculative position limit or accountability levels.</I> For any commodity derivative contract subject to paragraph (b) of this section, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall adopt either speculative position limits or position accountability outside of the spot month at a level that is necessary and appropriate to reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or price distortion of the contract's or the underlying commodity's price or index.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Additional sources for compliance.</I> A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may refer to the non-exclusive acceptable practices in paragraph (b) of appendix F of this part to demonstrate to the Commission compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Look-alike contracts.</I> For any newly listed commodity derivative contract subject to paragraph (b) of this section that is substantially the same as an existing contract listed on a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility, the designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility listing such newly listed contract shall adopt spot month, individual month, and all-months-combined speculative position limits comparable to those of the existing contract. Alternatively, if such designated contract market or swap execution facility seeks to adopt speculative position limits that are not comparable to those of the existing contract, such designated contract market or swap execution facility shall demonstrate to the Commission how the levels comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and/or (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exemptions to exchange-set limits.</I> A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may grant exemptions from any speculative position limits it sets under paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An entity seeking an exemption shall be required to apply to the designated contract market or swap execution facility for any such exemption from its speculative position limit rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may deny any such application, or limit, condition, or revoke any such exemption, at any time after providing notice to the applicant. Such designated contract market or swap execution facility shall consider whether the requested exemption would result in positions that would not be in accord with sound commercial practices in the relevant commodity derivative market and/or would exceed an amount that may be established and liquidated in an orderly fashion in that market.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirements for security futures products.</I> For security futures products, speculative position limits and position accountability requirements are specified in § 41.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rules on aggregation.</I> For commodity derivative contracts in a physical commodity, a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall have aggregation rules that conform to § 150.4.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements for submissions to the Commission.</I> In order for a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility to adopt speculative position limits and/or position accountability pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and/or to elect to offer exemptions from any such levels pursuant to such paragraphs, the designated contract market or swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission pursuant to part 40 of this chapter rules establishing such levels and/or exemptions. To the extent that a designated contract market or swap execution facility adopts speculative position limit levels, such part 40 submission shall also include the methodology by which such levels are calculated. The designated contract market or swap execution facility shall review such speculative position limit levels regularly for compliance with this section and update such speculative position limit levels as needed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight</I>—(1) <I>Commission delegations.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section to provide instructions regarding the submission to the Commission of information required to be reported, pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section, by a designated contract market or swap execution facility, to specify the manner for submitting such information on the Forms and Submissions page at <I>www.cftc.gov</I>, and to determine the format, coding structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting such information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Commission consideration of delegated matter.</I> The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commission authority.</I> Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3470, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.6   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part shall only be construed as having an effect on speculative position limits set by the Commission or by a designated contract market or swap execution facility, including any associated recordkeeping and reporting regulations in this chapter. Nothing in this part shall be construed to relieve any designated contract market, swap execution facility, or its governing board from responsibility under section 5(d)(4) of the Act to prevent manipulation and corners. Further, nothing in this part shall be construed to affect any other provisions of the Act or Commission regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to actual or attempted manipulation, corners, squeezes, fraudulent or deceptive conduct, or to prohibited transactions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3472, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.8   Severability.</HEAD>
<P>If any provision of this part, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect the validity of other provisions or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3472, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 150.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 150.9   Process for recognizing non-enumerated bona fide hedging transactions or positions with respect to Federal speculative position limits.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Federal speculative position limits, a person with a position in a referenced contract seeking recognition of such position as a non-enumerated bona fide hedging transaction or position, in accordance with § 150.3(a)(1)(ii), shall apply to the Commission, pursuant to § 150.3(b), or apply to a designated contract market or swap execution facility in accordance with this section. If such person submits an application to a designated contract market or swap execution facility in accordance with this section, and the designated contract market or swap execution facility, with respect to its own speculative position limits established pursuant to § 150.5(a), recognizes the person's position as a non-enumerated bona fide hedging transaction or position, then the person may also exceed the applicable Federal speculative position limit for such position in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section. The designated contract market or swap execution facility may approve such applications only if the designated contract market or swap execution facility complies with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Approval of rules.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility must maintain rules that establish application processes and conditions for recognizing bona fide hedging transactions or positions consistent with the requirements of this section, and must seek approval of such rules from the Commission pursuant to § 40.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prerequisites for a designated contract market or swap execution facility to recognize a bona fide hedging transaction or position in accordance with this section.</I> (1) The designated contract market or swap execution facility lists the applicable referenced contract for trading;
</P>
<P>(2) The position meets the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in section 4a(c)(2) of the Act and the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1; and
</P>
<P>(3) The designated contract market or swap execution facility does not recognize as a bona fide hedging transaction or position any position involving a commodity index contract and one or more referenced contracts, including exemptions known as risk management exemptions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application process.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility's application process meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Required application information.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility requires the applicant to provide, and can obtain from the applicant, all information needed to enable the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the Commission to determine whether the facts and circumstances demonstrate that the designated contract market or swap execution facility may recognize a position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position, including the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the position in the commodity derivative contract for which the application is submitted, including but not limited to, the name of the underlying commodity and the derivative position size;
</P>
<P>(ii) An explanation of the hedging strategy, including a statement that the position complies with the requirements of section 4a(c)(2) of the Act and the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1, and information to demonstrate why the position satisfies such requirements and definition;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement concerning the maximum size of all gross positions in commodity derivative contracts for which the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the applicant's activity in the cash markets and the swaps markets for the commodity underlying the position for which the application is submitted, including, but not limited to, information regarding the offsetting cash positions; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other information the designated contract market or swap execution facility requires, in its discretion, to determine that the position complies with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of application.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the designated contract market or swap execution facility requires the applicant to submit an application and receive a notice of approval of such application from the designated contract market or swap execution facility prior to the date that the position for which such application was submitted would be in excess of the applicable Federal speculative position limits.
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated contract market or swap execution facility may adopt rules that allow a person, due to demonstrated sudden or unforeseen increases in its bona fide hedging needs, to file an application with the designated contract market or swap execution facility to request a recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position within five business days after the person established the position that exceeded the applicable Federal speculative position limit.
</P>
<P>(A) The designated contract market or swap execution facility must require that any application filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section include an explanation of the circumstances warranting the sudden or unforeseen increases in bona fide hedging needs.
</P>
<P>(B) If an application filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section is denied by the designated contract market, swap execution facility, or Commission, the applicant must bring its position within the applicable Federal speculative position limits within a commercially reasonable time as determined by the Commission in consultation with the applicant and the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission will not pursue an enforcement action for a position limits violation for the person holding the position during the period of the designated contract market, swap execution facility, or Commission's review nor once a determination has been issued, so long as the application was submitted in good faith and the person complies with paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Renewal of applications.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility requires each applicant to reapply with the designated contract market or swap execution facility to maintain such recognition at least on an annual basis by updating the initial application, and to receive a notice of extension of the original approval from the designated contract market or swap execution facility to continue relying on such recognition for purposes of Federal speculative position limits. If the facts and circumstances underlying a renewal application are materially different than the initial application, the designated contract market or swap execution facility is required to treat such application as a new request submitted through the § 150.9 process and subject to the Commission's 10/2-day review process in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exchange revocation authority.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility retains its authority to limit, condition, or revoke, at any time after providing notice to the applicant, any bona fide hedging transaction or position recognition for purposes of the designated contract market or swap execution facility's speculative position limits established under § 150.5(a), for any reason as determined in the discretion of the designated contract market or swap execution facility, including if the designated contract market or swap execution facility determines that the position no longer meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) The designated contract market or swap execution facility keeps full, complete, and systematic records, which include all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to the processing of such applications and the disposition thereof. Such records include:
</P>
<P>(i) Records of the designated contract market's or swap execution facility's recognition of any derivative position as a bona fide hedging transaction or position, revocation or modification of any such recognition, or the rejection of an application;
</P>
<P>(ii) All information and documents submitted by an applicant in connection with its application, including documentation and information that is submitted after the disposition of the application, and any withdrawal, supplementation, or update of any application;
</P>
<P>(iii) Records of oral and written communications between the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant in connection with such application; and
</P>
<P>(iv) All information and documents in connection with the designated contract market or swap execution facility's analysis of, and action(s) taken with respect to, such application.
</P>
<P>(2) All books and records required to be kept pursuant to this section shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of § 1.31 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Process for a person to exceed Federal speculative position limits on a referenced contract</I>—(1) <I>Notification to the Commission.</I> The designated contract market or swap execution facility must submit to the Commission a notification of each initial determination to recognize a bona fide hedging transaction or position in accordance with this section, concurrently with the notice of such determination the designated contract market or swap execution facility provides to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notification requirements.</I> The notification in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Brief description of the bona fide hedging transaction or position being recognized;
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of the contract(s) relevant to the recognition;
</P>
<P>(iv) The maximum size of the position that may exceed Federal speculative position limits;
</P>
<P>(v) The effective date and expiration date of the recognition;
</P>
<P>(vi) An indication regarding whether the position may be maintained during the last five days of trading during the spot month, or the time period for the spot month; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A copy of the application and any supporting materials.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exceeding Federal speculative position limits on referenced contracts.</I> A person may exceed Federal speculative position limits on a referenced contract after the designated contract market or swap execution facility issues the notification required pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, unless the Commission notifies the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant otherwise, pursuant to paragraph (e)(5) or (6) of this section, before the ten business day period expires.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exceeding Federal speculative position limits on referenced contracts due to sudden or unforeseen circumstances.</I> If a person files an application for a recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, then such person may rely on the designated contract market or swap execution facility's determination to grant such recognition for purposes of Federal speculative position limits two business days after the designated contract market or swap execution facility issues the notification required pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, unless the Commission notifies the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant otherwise, pursuant to paragraph (e)(5) or (6) of this section, before the two business day period expires.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commission stay of pending applications and requests for additional information.</I> The Commission may stay an application that requires additional time to analyze, and/or may request additional information to determine whether the position for which the application is submitted meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. The Commission shall notify the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant of a Commission determination to stay the application and/or request any supplemental information, and shall provide an opportunity for the applicant to respond. The Commission will have an additional 45 days from the date of the stay notification to conduct the review and issue a determination with respect to the application. If the Commission stays an application and the applicant has not yet exceeded Federal speculative position limits, then the applicant may not exceed Federal speculative position limits unless the Commission approves the application. If the Commission stays an application and the applicant has already exceeded Federal speculative position limits, then the applicant may continue to maintain the position unless the Commission notifies the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant otherwise, pursuant to paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission determination for pending applications.</I> If, during the Commission's ten or two business day review period in paragraphs (e)(3) and (4) of this section, the Commission determines that a position for which the application is submitted does not meet the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the Commission shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the designated contract market or swap execution facility and the applicant within ten or two business days, as applicable, after the designated contract market or swap execution facility issues the notification required pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide an opportunity for the applicant to respond to such notification;
</P>
<P>(iii) Issue a determination to deny the application, or limit or condition the application approval for purposes of Federal speculative position limits and, as applicable, require the person to reduce the derivatives position within a commercially reasonable time, as determined by the Commission in consultation with the applicant and the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility, or otherwise come into compliance; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The Commission will not pursue an enforcement action for a position limits violation for the person holding the position during the period of the Commission's review nor once the Commission has issued its determination, so long as the application was submitted in good faith and the person complies with any requirement to reduce the position pursuant to paragraph (e)(6)(iii) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commission revocation of applications previously approved.</I> (1) If a designated contract market or a swap execution facility limits, conditions, or revokes any recognition of a bona fide hedging transaction or position for purposes of the respective designated contract market's or swap execution facility's speculative position limits established under § 150.5(a), then such recognition will also be deemed limited, conditioned, or revoked for purposes of Federal speculative position limits.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission determines, at any time, that a position that has been recognized as a bona fide hedging transaction or position for purposes of Federal speculative position limits is no longer consistent with section 4a(c)(2) of the Act or the definition of bona fide hedging transaction or position in § 150.1, the following applies:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission shall notify the person holding the position and the relevant designated contract market or swap execution facility. After providing such person and such designated contract market or swap execution facility an opportunity to respond, the Commission may, in its discretion, limit, condition, or revoke its determination for purposes of Federal speculative position limits and require the person to reduce the derivatives position within a commercially reasonable time as determined by the Commission in consultation with such person and such designated contract market or swap execution facility, or otherwise come into compliance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission shall include in its notification a brief explanation of the nature of the issues raised and the specific provisions of the Act or the Commission's regulations with which the position or application is, or appears to be, inconsistent; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission will not pursue an enforcement action for a position limits violation for the person holding the position during the period of the Commission's review, nor once the Commission has issued its determination, provided the person submitted the application in good faith and reduces the position within a commercially reasonable time, as determined by the Commission in consultation with such person and the relevant designated contract market or swap execution facility, or otherwise comes into compliance.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight</I>—(1) <I>Commission delegations.</I> The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the authority to request additional information, pursuant to paragraph (e)(5) of this section, from the applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility and applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Commission consideration of delegated matter.</I> The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commission authority.</I> Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3472, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 150—List of Enumerated Bona Fide Hedges
</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to § 150.3(a)(1)(i), positions that comply with the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1 and that are enumerated in this appendix A may exceed Federal speculative position limits to the extent that all applicable requirements in this part are met. A person holding such positions enumerated in this appendix A may exceed Federal speculative position limits for such positions without requesting prior approval under § 150.3 or § 150.9. A person holding such positions that are not enumerated in this appendix A must request and obtain approval pursuant to § 150.3 or § 150.9 prior to exceeding the applicable Federal speculative position limits—unless such positions qualify for the retroactive approval process, and the person seeks retroactive approval in accordance with § 150.3 or § 150.9.
</P>
<P>The enumerated bona fide hedges do not state the exclusive means for establishing compliance with the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1 or with the requirements of § 150.3(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Enumerated hedges</I>—(1) <I>Hedges of inventory and cash commodity fixed-price purchase contracts.</I> Short positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the sum of the person's ownership of inventory and fixed-price purchase contracts in the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hedges of cash commodity fixed-price sales contracts.</I> Long positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the sum of the person's fixed-price sales contracts in the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity and the quantity equivalent of fixed-price sales contracts of the cash products and by-products of such commodity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hedges of offsetting unfixed-price cash commodity sales and purchases.</I> Both short and long positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the amount of the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity that has been both bought and sold by the same person at unfixed prices:
</P>
<P>(i) Basis different delivery months in the same commodity derivative contract; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Basis different commodity derivative contracts in the same commodity, regardless of whether the commodity derivative contracts are in the same calendar month.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Hedges of unsold anticipated production.</I> Short positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the person's unsold anticipated production of the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Hedges of unfilled anticipated requirements.</I> Long positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the person's unfilled anticipated requirements for the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity, for processing, manufacturing, or use by that person, or for resale by a utility as it pertains to the utility's obligations to meet the unfilled anticipated demand of its customers for the customer's use.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Hedges of anticipated merchandising.</I> Long or short positions in commodity derivative contracts that offset the anticipated change in value of the underlying commodity that a person anticipates purchasing or selling, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The positions in the commodity derivative contracts do not exceed in quantity twelve months' of current or anticipated purchase or sale requirements of the same cash commodity that is anticipated to be purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The person is a merchant handling the underlying commodity that is subject to the anticipatory merchandising hedge, and that such merchant is entering into the position solely for purposes related to its merchandising business and has a demonstrated history of buying and selling the underlying commodity for its merchandising business.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Hedges by agents.</I> Long or short positions in commodity derivative contracts by an agent who does not own or has not contracted to sell or purchase the commodity derivative contracts' underlying cash commodity at a fixed price, <I>provided that</I> the agent is responsible for merchandising the cash positions that are being offset in commodity derivative contracts and the agent has a contractual arrangement with the person who owns the commodity or holds the cash-market commitment being offset.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Hedges of anticipated mineral royalties.</I> Short positions in a person's commodity derivative contracts offset by the anticipated change in value of mineral royalty rights that are owned by that person, <I>provided that</I> the royalty rights arise out of the production of the commodity underlying the commodity derivative contracts.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Hedges of anticipated services.</I> Short or long positions in a person's commodity derivative contracts offset by the anticipated change in value of receipts or payments due or expected to be due under an executed contract for services held by that person, <I>provided that</I> the contract for services arises out of the production, manufacturing, processing, use, or transportation of the commodity underlying the commodity derivative contracts.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Offsets of commodity trade options.</I> Long or short positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity, on a futures-equivalent basis, a position in a commodity trade option that meets the requirements of § 32.3 of this chapter. Such commodity trade option transaction, if it meets the requirements of § 32.3 of this chapter, may be deemed, for purposes of complying with this paragraph (a)(10) of this appendix A, as either a cash commodity purchase or sales contract as set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this appendix A, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Cross-commodity hedges.</I> Positions in commodity derivative contracts described in paragraph (2) of the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1 or in paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this appendix A may also be used to offset the risks arising from a commodity other than the cash commodity underlying the commodity derivative contracts, <I>provided that</I> the fluctuations in value of the cash commodity underlying the commodity derivative contracts, shall be substantially related to the fluctuations in value of the actual or anticipated cash commodity position or a pass-through swap.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 150—Guidance on Gross Hedging Positions and Positions Held During the Spot Period
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance on gross hedging positions.</I> (1) A person's gross hedging positions may be deemed in compliance with the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1, whether enumerated or non-enumerated, <I>provided that</I> all applicable regulatory requirements are met, including that the position is economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise and otherwise satisfies the bona fide hedging definition in § 150.1, and <I>provided further that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The manner in which the person measures risk is consistent and follows historical practice for that person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person is not measuring risk on a gross basis to evade the speculative position limits in § 150.2 or the aggregation rules in § 150.4; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The person is able to demonstrate compliance with paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this appendix, including by providing justifications for measuring risk on a gross basis, upon the request of the Commission and/or of a designated contract market, including by providing information regarding the entities with which the person aggregates positions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Guidance regarding positions held during the spot period.</I> The regulations governing exchange-set speculative position limits and exemptions therefrom under § 150.5(a)(2)(ii)(D) provide that designated contract markets and swap execution facilities (“exchanges”) may impose restrictions on bona fide hedging transaction or position exemptions to require the person to exit any such positions in excess of limits during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time period for the spot month in such physical-delivery contract, or otherwise limit the size of such position. This guidance is intended to provide factors the Commission believes exchanges should consider when determining whether to impose a five-day rule or similar restriction but is not intended to be used as a mandatory checklist. The exchanges may consider whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The position complies with the bona fide hedging transaction or position definition in § 150.1, whether enumerated or non-enumerated;
</P>
<P>(2) There is an economically appropriate need to maintain such position in excess of Federal speculative position limits during the spot period for such contract, and such need relates to the purchase or sale of a cash commodity; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person wishing to exceed Federal position limits during the spot period:
</P>
<P>(i) Intends to make or take delivery during that time period;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has the ability to take delivery for any long position at levels that are economically appropriate (<I>i.e.,</I> the delivery comports with the person's demonstrated need for the commodity and the contract is the most economical source for that commodity);
</P>
<P>(iii) Has the ability to deliver against any short position (<I>i.e.,</I> has inventory on hand in a deliverable location and in a condition in which the commodity can be used upon delivery and that delivery against futures contracts is economically appropriate, as it is the best sales option for that inventory).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 150—Guidance Regarding the Definition of Referenced Contract 
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix C provides guidance regarding the “referenced contract” definition in § 150.1, which provides in paragraph (3) of the definition of referenced contract that the term referenced contract does not include a location basis contract, a commodity index contract, a swap guarantee, a trade option that meets the requirements of § 32.3 of this chapter, a monthly average pricing contract, or an outright price reporting agency index contract. The term “referenced contract” is used throughout part 150 of the Commission's regulations to refer to contracts that are subject to Federal position limits. A position in a contract that is not a referenced contract is not subject to Federal position limits, and, as a consequence, cannot be netted with positions in referenced contracts for purposes of Federal position limits. This guidance is intended to clarify the types of contracts that would qualify as a location basis contract, commodity index contract, monthly average pricing contract, or outright price reporting agency index contract.
</P>
<P>Compliance with this guidance does not diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of any person to comply with the regulations provided under this part, or any other part of the Commission's regulations. The guidance is for illustrative purposes only and does not state the exclusive means for a contract to qualify, or not qualify, as a referenced contract as defined in § 150.1, or to comply with any other provision in this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guidance.</I> (1) As provided in paragraph (3) of the “referenced contract” definition in § 150.1, the following types of contracts are not deemed referenced contracts, meaning such contracts are not subject to Federal position limits and cannot be netted with positions in referenced contracts for purposes of Federal position limits: location basis contracts; commodity index contracts; swap guarantees; trade options that meet the requirements of § 32.3 of this chapter; monthly average pricing contracts; and outright price reporting agency index contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location basis contract.</I> For purposes of the referenced contract definition in § 150.1, a location basis contract means a commodity derivative contract that is cash-settled based on the difference in:
</P>
<P>(i) The price, directly or indirectly, of:
</P>
<P>(A) A particular core referenced futures contract; or
</P>
<P>(B) A commodity deliverable on a particular core referenced futures contract, whether at par, a fixed discount to par, or a premium to par; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The price, at a different delivery location or pricing point than that of the same particular core referenced futures contract, directly or indirectly, of:
</P>
<P>(A) A commodity deliverable on the same particular core referenced futures contract, whether at par, a fixed discount to par, or a premium to par; or
</P>
<P>(B) A commodity that is listed in appendix D to this part as substantially the same as a commodity underlying the same core referenced futures contract.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commodity index contract.</I> For purposes of the referenced contract definition in § 150.1, a commodity index contract means an agreement, contract, or transaction that is based on an index comprised of prices of commodities that are not the same or substantially the same, and that is not a location basis contract, a calendar spread contract, or an intercommodity spread contract as such terms are defined in this guidance, where:
</P>
<P>(i) A calendar spread contract means a cash-settled agreement, contract, or transaction that represents the difference between the settlement price in one or a series of contract months of an agreement, contract, or transaction and the settlement price of another contract month or another series of contract months' settlement prices for the same agreement, contract, or transaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An intercommodity spread contract means a cash-settled agreement, contract, or transaction that represents the difference between the settlement price of a referenced contract and the settlement price of another contract, agreement, or transaction that is based on a different commodity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Monthly average pricing contract</I> means a contract that satisfies one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The contract's price is calculated based on the equally-weighted arithmetic average of the daily prices of the underlying referenced contract for the entire corresponding calendar month or trade month, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining the price of such contract, the component daily prices, in the aggregate, during the spot month of the underlying referenced contract comprise no more than 40 percent of such contract's weighting.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Outright price reporting agency index contract</I> means any outright commodity derivative contract whose settlement price is based solely on an index published by a price reporting agency that surveys cash-market transaction prices, <I>provided, however,</I> that this term does not include any commodity derivative contract that settles at a basis, or differential, between a referenced contract and a price reporting agency index.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 150—Commodities Listed as Substantially the Same for Purposes of the Term “Location Basis Contract” as Used in the Referenced Contract Definition
</HEAD>
<P>The following table lists each relevant core referenced futures contract and associated commodities that are treated as substantially the same as a commodity underlying a core referenced futures contract for purposes of the term “location basis contract” as such term is used in the referenced contract definition under § 150.1, and as such term is discussed in appendix C to this part.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.027.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 150—Speculative Position Limit Levels

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.028.gif"/>
<P> 
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Step-down spot month limits apply to positions net long or net short as follows: 600 contracts at the close of trading on the first business day following the first Friday of the contract month; 300 contracts at the close of trading on the business day prior to the last five trading days of the contract month; and 200 contracts at the close of trading on the business day prior to the last two trading days of the contract month.</P></FTNT>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja21.029.gif"/>
<P> 
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> For persons that are not availing themselves of the § 150.3(a)(4) conditional spot month limit exemption in natural gas, the 2,000 contract spot month speculative position limit level applies to: (1) the physically-settled NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) core referenced futures contract and any other physically-settled contract that qualifies as a referenced contract to NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) under the definition of “referenced contract” under § 150.1, in the aggregate across all exchanges listing a physically-settled NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) referenced contract and the OTC swaps market, net long or net short; and (2) the cash-settled NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) referenced contracts, net long or net short, on a per-exchange basis for each exchange that lists one or more cash-settled NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) referenced contract(s) rather than aggregated across such exchanges. Further, an additional 2,000 contract limit, net long or net short, applies across all cash-settled economically equivalent NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas (NG) OTC swaps.
</P>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Step-down spot month limits apply to positions net long or net short as follows: 6,000 contracts at the close of trading three business days prior to the last trading day of the contract; 5,000 contracts at the close of trading two business days prior to the last trading day of the contract; and 4,000 contracts at the close of trading one business day prior to the last trading day of the contract.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 150—Guidance on, and Acceptable Practices in, Compliance With the Requirements for Exchange-Set Limits and Position Accountability on Commodity Derivative Contracts
</HEAD>
<P>The following are guidance and acceptable practices for compliance with § 150.5. Compliance with the acceptable practices and guidance does not diminish or replace, in any event, the obligations and requirements of the person to comply with the other regulations provided under this part. The acceptable practices and guidance are for illustrative purposes only and do not state the exclusive means for establishing compliance with § 150.5.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Acceptable practices for compliance with § 150.5(b)(2)(i) regarding exchange-set limits or accountability outside of the spot month.</I> A designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility may satisfy § 150.5(b)(2)(i) by complying with either of the following acceptable practices:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-spot month speculative position limits.</I> For any commodity derivative contract subject to § 150.5(b), a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility sets individual single month or all-months-combined levels no greater than any one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The average of historical position sizes held by speculative traders in the contract as a percentage of the average combined futures and delta-adjusted option month-end open interest for that contract for the most recent calendar year;
</P>
<P>(ii) The level of the spot month limit for the contract;
</P>
<P>(iii) 5,000 contracts (scaled-down proportionally to the notional quantity per contract relative to the typical cash-market transaction if the notional quantity per contract is larger than the typical cash-market transaction, and scaled up proportionally to the notional quantity per contract relative to the typical cash-market transaction if the notional quantity per contract is smaller than the typical cash-market transaction); or
</P>
<P>(iv) 10 percent of the average combined futures and delta-adjusted option month-end open interest in the contract for the most recent calendar year up to 50,000 contracts, with a marginal increase of 2.5 percent of open interest thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-spot month position accountability.</I> For any commodity derivative contract subject to § 150.5(b), a designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility adopts position accountability, as defined in § 150.1.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.22.0.1.10.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 150—Guidance on Spread Transaction Exemptions Granted for Contracts that are Subject to Federal Speculative Position Limits
</HEAD>
<P>Positions that comply with § 150.3(a)(2)(i) or (ii) may exceed Federal speculative position limits, provided that the entity separately requests a spread transaction exemption from the relevant exchange's position limits established pursuant to proposed § 150.5(a). The following provides guidance to exchanges and market participants on the use of spread transaction exemptions granted pursuant to § 150.5(a). Exchanges and market participants may also consider this guidance for purposes of spread transaction exemptions granted pursuant to § 150.5(b). The following guidance includes recommendations for exchanges and market participants to consider when granting or relying on spread transaction exemptions for positions that include referenced contracts that are subject to Federal speculative position limits.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General guidance on spread transaction exemptions for referenced contracts.</I> (1) When granting spread transaction exemptions pursuant to § 150.5(a), an exchange should:
</P>
<P>(i) Collect sufficient information from the market participant to be able to:
</P>
<P>(A) Understand the spread strategy, consistent with § 150.5(a)(2)(ii)(A); and
</P>
<P>(B) Verify that there is a material economic relationship between the legs of the spread transaction, consistent with the requirement in § 150.5(a)(2)(ii)(G) to grant exemptions in accordance with sound commercial practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Consider whether granting the spread transaction exemption would, to the maximum extent practicable:
</P>
<P>(A) Ensure sufficient market liquidity for bona fide hedgers; and
</P>
<P>(B) Not unduly reduce the effectiveness of Federal speculative position limits to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Diminish, eliminate, or prevent excessive speculation;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Deter and prevent market manipulations, squeezes, and corners; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Ensure that the price discovery function of the underlying market is not disrupted;
</P>
<P>(iii) Consider implementing safeguards to ensure that when granting spread transaction exemptions, especially during the spot period, the exchange is able to comply with all statutory and regulatory obligations, including the requirements of:
</P>
<P>(A) DCM Core Principle 2 and SEF Core Principle 2, as applicable, to, among other things, prohibit abusive trading practices on its markets by members and market participants, and prohibit any other manipulative or disruptive trading practices prohibited by the Act or Commission regulations;
</P>
<P>(B) DCM Core Principle 4 and SEF Core Principle 4, as applicable, to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash-settlement process through market surveillance, compliance, and enforcement practices and procedures;
</P>
<P>(C) DCM Core Principle 5 and SEF Core Principle 6, as applicable, to implement exchange-set position limits in a manner that reduces the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion; and
</P>
<P>(D) DCM Core Principle 12, as applicable, to protect markets and market participants from abusive practices committed by any party, including abusive practices committed by a party acting as an agent for a participant; and to promote fair and equitable trading on the contract market;
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure that any spread exemption transaction does not impede convergence or facilitate the formation of artificial prices; and
</P>
<P>(v) Provide a cap or limit on the maximum size of all gross positions permitted under the spread transaction exemption.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission reminds market participants that when utilizing a spread transaction exemption, compliance with Federal speculative position limits or an exemption thereto does not confer any type of safe harbor or good faith defense to a claim that the participant has engaged in an attempted or perfected manipulation or willfully circumvented or evaded speculative position limits, consistent with the Commission's anti-evasion provision in § 150.2(i).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Guidance on transactions permitted under the spread transaction definition.</I> (1) The Commission understands that market participants are generally familiar with the meaning of intra-market spreads, inter-market spreads, intra-commodity spreads, and inter-commodity spreads, as those terms are used in the spread transaction definition in § 150.1. However, for the avoidance of confusion, the Commission provides the following descriptions of such spread strategies to assist exchanges in their analysis of whether a spread position complies with the spread transaction definition. The Commission generally understands that the following spread strategies are typically defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Intra-market spread</I> means a long (short) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity, or its products or by-products, and a short (long) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in the same, or similar, commodity, or its products or by-products, on the same designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(ii)<I>Inter-market spread</I> means a long (short) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity, or its products or by-products, at a particular designated contract market or swap execution facility and a short (long) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in that same, or similar, commodity, or its products or by-products, away from that particular designated contract market or swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Intra-commodity spread</I> means a long (short) position in one or more commodity derivatives contracts in a particular commodity, or its product or by-products, and a short (long) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in the same, or similar, commodity, or its products or by-products.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Inter-commodity spread</I> means a long (short) position in one or more commodity derivatives contracts in a particular commodity, or its product or by-products, and a short (long) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in a different commodity or its products or by-products.
</P>
<P>(2) The following is a non-exhaustive list of spread strategies that comply with the spread transaction definition in § 150.1:
</P>
<P>(i) An inter-market spread transaction in which the legs of the transaction are futures contracts in the same, or similar commodity, or its products or its by-products, and same calendar month or expiration;
</P>
<P>(ii) A spread transaction in which one leg is a referenced contract, as defined in § 150.1, and the other leg is a commodity derivative contract, as defined in § 150.1, that is not a referenced contract (including over-the-counter commodity derivative contracts);
</P>
<P>(iii) A spread transaction between a physically-settled contract and a cash-settled contract;
</P>
<P>(iv) A spread transaction between two cash-settled contracts; and
</P>
<P>(v) Spread transactions that are “legged in,” that is, carried out in two steps, or alternatively are “combination trades,” that is, all components of the spread are executed simultaneously or contemporaneously.
</P>
<P>(3) A spread transaction exemption cannot be used to exceed the conditional spot month limit exemption, in § 150.3(a)(4), for positions in natural gas.
</P>
<P>(4) The spread transaction definition does not include a single cash-settled agreement, contract or transaction that, by its terms and conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Simply represents the difference (or basis) between the settlement price of a referenced contract and the settlement price of another contract, agreement, or transaction (whether or not a referenced contract), and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not comprise separate long and short positions.
</P>
<P>(5) The spread transaction definition does not include a spread position involving a commodity index contract and one or more referenced contracts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Guidance on cash-and-carry exemptions.</I> The spread transaction definition in § 150.1 would permit transactions commonly known as “cash-and-carry” trades whereby a market participant enters a long futures position in the spot month and an equivalent short futures position in the following month, in order to guarantee a return that, at minimum, covers the costs of its carrying charges, <I>such as</I> the cost of financing, insuring, and storing the physical inventory until the next expiration (including insurance, storage fees, and financing costs, as well as other costs such as aging discounts that are specific to individual commodities). With this exemption, the market participant is able to take physical delivery of the product in the nearby month and may redeliver the same product in a deferred month. When determining whether to grant, and when monitoring, cash-and-carry spread transaction exemptions, the exchange should consider:
</P>
<P>(1) Implementing safeguards to require a market participant relying on such an exemption to reduce its position below the speculative Federal position limit within a timely manner once market prices no longer permit entry into a full carry transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Implementing safeguards that require market participants to liquidate all long positions in the nearby contract month before the price of the nearby contract month rises to a premium to the second (2nd) contract month; and
</P>
<P>(3) Requiring market participants that seek to rely on such exemption to:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide information about their expected cost of carrying the physical commodity, and the quantity of stocks currently owned in exchange-licensed warehouses or tank facilities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Agree that before the price of the nearby contract month rises to a premium to the second (2nd) contract month, the market participant will liquidate all long positions in the nearby contract month.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3475, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="151" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 151 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="155" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 155—TRADING STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6b, 6c, 6g, 6j and 12a, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 155.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 155.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term <I>affiliated person</I> of a futures commission merchant or of an introducing broker means any general partner, officer, director, owner of more than ten percent of the equity interest, associated person or employee of the futures commission merchant or of the introducing broker, and any relative or spouse of any of the foregoing persons, or any relative of such spouse, who shares the same home as any of the foregoing persons.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981, and 48 FR 35304, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 155.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 155.2   Trading standards for floor brokers.</HEAD>
<P>Each contract market shall adopt rules which shall, at a minimum, with respect to each member of the contract market acting as a floor broker:
</P>
<P>(a) Prohibit such member from purchasing any commodity for future delivery, purchasing any call option, or selling any put option, for his own account or for any account in which he has an interest, while holding an order of another person for the (1) purchase of any future, (2) purchase of any call option, or (3) sale of any put option, in the same commodity which is executable at the market price or at the price at which such purchase or sale can be made for the member's own account or any account in which he has an interest.
</P>
<P>(b) Prohibit such member from selling any commodity for future delivery, selling any call option, or purchasing any put option, for his own account or for any account in which he has an interest, while holding an order of another person for the (1) sale of any future, (2) sale of any call option, or (3) purchase of any put option, in the same commodity which is executable at the market price or at the price at which such sale or purchase can be made for the member's own account or any account in which he has an interest.
</P>
<P>(c) Prohibit such member from executing any transaction for any account of another person for which buying and/or selling orders can be placed or originated, or for which transactions can be executed, by such member without the prior specific consent of the account owner, regardless of whether the general authorization for such orders or transactions is pursuant to a written agreement, except that orders for such an account may be placed with another member for execution.
</P>
<P>(d) Prohibit such member from disclosing at any time that he is holding an order of another person or from divulging any order revealed to him by reason of his relationship to such other person, except pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or at the request of an authorized representative of the Commission or the contract market.
</P>
<P>(e) Prohibit such member from taking, directly or indirectly, the other side of any order of another person revealed to him by reason of his relationship to such other person, except with such other person's prior consent and in conformity with contract market rules approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) Prohibit such member from making any purchase or sale which has been directly or indirectly prearranged.
</P>
<P>(g) Prohibit such member from allocating trades among accounts except in accordance with rules of the contract market which have been approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) Prohibit such member from withholding or withdrawing from the market any order or part of an order of another person for the convenience of another member. 
</P>
<P>(i) Require that every execution of a transaction on the floor by such member be confirmed promptly with the opposite floor broker or floor trader; such confirmation shall identify price or premium, quantity, future or commodity option and respective clearing members. In the event a contract market cannot require prompt identification of respective clearing members without seriously disrupting the functions of its marketplace, the contract market may petition the Commission for exemption from this requirement. Such petition shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of why the contract market cannot require the prompt identification of respective clearing members without seriously disrupting the functions of its marketplace, and


</P>
<P>(2) A proposed contract market rule which will ensure that the opposite sides of every trade executed on the contract market can be effectively matched and will be accepted by a clearing member for clearance or will be otherwise sufficiently guaranteed.
</P>
<FP>The Commission may, in its discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, grant such petition for exemption upon finding that the functions of the contract market may be seriously disrupted by requiring the prompt identification of respective clearing members and that the contract market appears to have adequately ensured that every trade executed thereon can be effectively matched and will be accepted by a clearing member for clearance or will be otherwise sufficiently guaranteed.
</FP>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56142, Dec. 23, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 54534, Nov. 3, 1981; 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57020, Dec. 22, 1982; 59 FR 5528, Feb. 7, 1994; 77 FR 66348, Nov. 2, 2012; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 155.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 155.3   Trading standards for futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each futures commission merchant shall, at a minimum, establish and enforce internal rules, procedures and controls to:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure, to the extent possible, that each order received from a customer which is executable at or near the market price is transmitted to the floor of the appropriate contract market before any order in any future or in any commodity option in the same commodity for any proprietary account, any other account in which an affiliated person has an interest, or any account for which an affiliated person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner, if the affiliated person has gained knowledge of the customer's order prior to the transmission to the floor of the appropriate contract market of the order for a proprietary account, an account in which the affiliated person has an interest, or an account in which the affiliated person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner; and
</P>
<P>(2) Prevent affiliated persons from placing orders, directly or indirectly, with another futures commission merchant in a manner designed to circumvent the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) No futures commission merchant or any of its affiliated persons shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose that an order of another person is being held by the futures commission merchant or any of its affiliated persons, unless such disclosure is necessary to the effective execution of such order or is made at the request of an authorized representative of the Commission, the contract market on which such order is to be executed, or a futures association registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17 of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Knowingly take, directly or indirectly, the other side of any order of another person revealed to the futures commission merchant or any of its affiliated persons by reason of their relationship to such other person, except with such other person's prior consent and in conformity with contract market rules approved by or certified to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a customer who does not qualify as an “institutional customer” as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, a futures commission merchant must obtain the customer's prior consent through a signed acknowledgment, which may be accomplished in accordance with § 1.55(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) No futures commission merchant shall knowingly handle the account of any affiliated person of another futures commission merchant or of an introducing broker unless the futures commission merchant:
</P>
<P>(1) Receives written authorization from a person designated by such other futures commission merchant or introducing broker with responsibility for the surveillance over such account pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section or § 155.4(a)(2), respectively;
</P>
<P>(2) Prepares immediately upon receipt of an order for such account a written record of such order, including the account identification and order number, and records thereon, by time-stamp or other timing device, the date and time, to the nearest minute, the order is received; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmits on a regular basis to such other futures commission merchant or introducing broker copies of all statements for such account and of all written records prepared upon the receipt of orders for such account pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) No affiliated person of a futures commission merchant shall have an account, directly or indirectly, with another futures commission merchant unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Such affiliated person receives written authorization to maintain such an account from a person designated by the futures commission merchant with which such person is affiliated with responsibility for the surveillance over such account pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all statements for such account and of all written records prepared by such other futures commission merchant upon receipt of orders for such account pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section are transmitted on a regular basis to the future commission merchant with which such person is affiliated.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56142, Dec. 23, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 71821, Dec. 12, 1979; 46 FR 54535, Nov. 3, 1981; 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 47 FR 57020, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 35304, Aug. 3, 1983; 66 FR 53523, Oct. 23, 2001; 70 FR 5924, Feb. 4, 2005; 77 FR 66349, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 155.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 155.4   Trading standards for introducing brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each introducing broker shall, at a minimum, establish and enforce internal rules, procedures and controls to:
</P>
<P>(1) EInsure, to the extent possible, that each order received from a customer which is executable at or near the market price is transmitted to the futures commission merchant carrying the account of the customer before any order in any future or in any commodity option in the same commodity for any proprietary account, any other account in which an affiliated person has an interest, or any account for which an affiliated person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner, if the affiliated person has gained knowledge of the customer's order prior to the transmission to the floor of the appropriate contract market of the order for a proprietary account, an account in which the affiliated person has an interest, or an account in which the affiliated person may originate orders without the prior specific consent of the account owner; and
</P>
<P>(2) Prevent affiliated persons from placing orders, directly or indirectly, with any futures commission merchant in a manner designed to circumvent the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) No introducing broker or any of its affiliated persons shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose that an order of another person is being held by the introducing broker or any of its affiliated persons, unless such disclosure is necessary to the effective execution of such order or is made at the request of an authorized representative of the Commission, the contract market on which such order is to be executed, or a futures association registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17 of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Knowingly take, directly or indirectly, the other side of any order of another person revealed to the introducing broker or any of its affiliated persons by reason of their relationship to such other person, except with such other persons's prior consent and in conformity with contract market rules approved by or certified to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a customer who does not qualify as an “institutional customer” as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, an introducing broker must obtain the customer's prior consent through a signed acknowledgment, which may be accomplished in accordance with § 1.55(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) No affiliated person of an introducing broker shall have an account, directly or indirectly, with any futures commission merchant unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Such affiliated person receives written authorization to maintain such an account from a person designated by the introducing broker with which such person is affiliated with responsibility for the surveillance over such account pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all statements for such account and of all written records prepared by such futures commission merchant upon receipt of orders for such account pursuant to § 155.3(c)(2) are transmitted on a regular basis to the introducing broker with which such person is affiliated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35304, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 53523, Oct. 23, 2001; 70 FR 5924, Feb. 4, 2005; 77 FR 66349, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 155.5-155.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 155.5-155.6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 155.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.24.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 155.10   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this part, the Commission may, in its discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, exempt any contract market or other person from any of the provisions of this part.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 3038-0007 and 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56142, Dec. 23, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="156" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 156—BROKER ASSOCIATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6b, 6c, 6j(d), 7a(b), and 12a.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 31171, June 1, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 156.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.25.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 156.1   Definition.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the term <I>broker association</I> as applied to each board of trade shall include two or more contract market members with floor trading privileges, of whom at least one is acting as a floor broker, who: (1) Engage in floor brokerage activity on behalf of the same employer, (2) have an employer and employee relationship which relates to floor brokerage activity, (3) share profits and losses associated with their brokerage or trading activity, or (4) regularly share a deck of orders.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 156.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.25.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 156.2   Registration of broker association.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration required.</I> It shall be unlawful for any member of a broker association to receive or to execute an order unless the broker association is registered with the appropriate contract market in accordance with part (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contract market rules required.</I> Each contract market must adopt and maintain in effect rules, which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and Commission Regulation 1.41, that, at a minimum, (1) define the term “broker association” to include the relationships set forth in § 156.1 of this part, (2) prohibit conduct described in paragraph (a) of this section, and (3) require registration of each relationship defined by its rules as a broker association no later than 10 days after establishment of such relationship. Contract market records of registration shall include the following information with respect to each broker association, if applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Form of organization, e.g., partnership, corporation, trust, etc.;
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of each person who is a member or otherwise has a direct beneficial interest in the association;
</P>
<P>(iv) Badge symbols and numbers for all members;
</P>
<P>(v) Account numbers for all accounts of any member, accounts in which any member(s) has an interest, and any proprietary or customer accounts controlled by any member(s);
</P>
<P>(vi) Identification of all other broker associations with which each member is associated; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Individual(s) authorized to represent the association in connection with its registration obligations.
</P>
<P>Any registration information provided to the contract market which becomes deficient or inaccurate must be updated or corrected promptly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other contract market rules.</I> (1) Each contract market may submit rules pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and Commission Regulation 1.41 that interpret when contract market members would be deemed to “regularly share a deck of orders.” In the absence of such rules, a contract market must make such a determination on a case-by-case basis. The basis for a determination whether brokers “regularly share a deck of orders” must be documented.
</P>
<P>(2) Each contract market may adopt rules, which must be submitted to the Commission pursuant to section 5a(a)(12)(A) of the Act and Commission Regulation 1.41, which set forth the basis and procedures for granting exemptions from the registration requirement contained in paragraph (b) of this section for de minimis activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 156.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.25.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 156.3   Contract market program for enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>A contract market must, as part of its responsibilities pursuant to the Act and § 1.51, demonstrate effective use of broker association registration information to monitor the trading activity of broker associations and their members for potential abuse and to secure compliance with all other contract market bylaws, rules, regulations and resolutions which may pertain to such associations or their members.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 156.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.25.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 156.4   Disclosure of Broker Association Membership.</HEAD>
<P>Each contract market shall make available to the public generally and upon request a list of all registered broker associations which identifies for each such association the name of each person who is a member or otherwise has a direct beneficial interest in the association. This list shall be updated at least semi-annually.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 41498, Aug. 9, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="160" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 160—PRIVACY OF CONSUMER FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER TITLE V OF THE GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 7b-2 and 12a(5); 15 U.S.C 6801, <I>et seq.,</I> and sec. 1093, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 160.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This part governs the treatment of nonpublic personal information about consumers by the financial institutions listed in paragraph (b) of this section. This part: 
</P>
<P>(1) Requires a financial institution to provide notice to customers about its privacy policies and practices; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describes the conditions under which a financial institution may disclose nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provides a method for consumers to prevent a financial institution from disclosing nonpublic personal information to most nonaffiliated third parties by “opting out” of that disclosure, subject to the exceptions in §§ 160.13, 160.14, and 160.15. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies only to nonpublic personal information about individuals who obtain financial products or services primarily for personal, family, or household purposes from the institutions listed below. This part does not apply to information about companies or about individuals who obtain financial products or services primarily for business, commercial, or agricultural purposes. This part applies to all futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, introducing brokers, major swap participants and swap dealers that are subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission, regardless whether they are required to register with the Commission. These entities are hereinafter referred to in this part as “you.” This part does not apply to foreign (non-resident) futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, introducing brokers, major swap participants and swap dealers that are not registered with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 55450, Sept. 10, 2010; 76 FR 43878, July 22, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.2   Model privacy form and examples.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Use of the model privacy form in appendix A of this part, consistent with the instructions in appendix A, constitutes compliance with the notice content requirements of §§ 160.6 and 160.7 of this part, although use of the model privacy form is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 62974, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, unless the context requires otherwise: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission. In addition, a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission will be deemed an affiliate of a company for purposes of this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) That company is regulated under title V of the GLB Act by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection or by a Federal functional regulator other than the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(2) Rules adopted by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection or another Federal functional regulator under title V of the GLB Act treat the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer as an affiliate of that company. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Clear and conspicuous</I> means that a notice is reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in the notice. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Reasonably understandable.</I> Your notice will be reasonably understandable if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Present the information in the notice in clear, concise sentences, paragraphs and sections; 
</P>
<P>(B) Use short explanatory sentences or bullet lists whenever possible; 
</P>
<P>(C) Use definite, concrete, everyday words and active voice whenever possible; 
</P>
<P>(D) Avoid multiple negatives; 
</P>
<P>(E) Avoid legal and highly technical business terminology whenever possible; and
</P>
<P>(F) Avoid explanations that are imprecise and readily subject to different interpretations. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Designed to call attention.</I> Your notice is designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in it if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Use a plain-language heading to call attention to the notice; 
</P>
<P>(B) Use a typeface and type size that are easy to read; 
</P>
<P>(C) Provide wide margins and ample line spacing; 
</P>
<P>(D) Use boldface or italics for key words; and
</P>
<P>(E) Use distinctive type size, style and graphic devices, such as shading or sidebars when you combine your notice with other information. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Notices on web sites.</I> If you provide notice on a web page, you design your notice to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in it if you use text or visual cues to encourage scrolling down the page, if necessary to view the entire notice, and ensure that other elements on the web site, such as text, graphics, hyperlinks or sound, do not distract from the notice, and you either: 
</P>
<P>(A) Place the notice on a screen that consumers frequently access, such as a page on which transactions are conducted; or
</P>
<P>(B) Place a link on a screen that consumers frequently access, such as a page on which transactions are conducted, that connects directly to the notice and is labeled appropriately to convey the importance, nature and relevance of the notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collect</I> means to obtain information that you organize or can retrieve by the name of an individual or by identifying number, symbol or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, irrespective of the source of the underlying information. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commodity pool operator</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and includes anyone registered as such under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commodity trading advisor</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(6) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and includes anyone registered as such under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Company</I> means any corporation, limited liability company, business trust, general or limited partnership, association or similar organization. 
</P>
<P>(h)(1) <I>Consumer</I> means an individual who obtains or has obtained a financial product or service from you that is to be used primarily for personal, family or household purposes, or that individual's legal representative. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples.</I> (i) An individual is your consumer if he or she provides nonpublic personal information to you in connection with obtaining or seeking to obtain brokerage or advisory services, whether or not you provide services to the individual or establish a continuing relationship with the individual. 
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual is not your consumer if he or she provides you only with his or her name, address and general areas of investment interest in connection with a request for a brochure or other information about financial products or services. 
</P>
<P>(iii) An individual is not your consumer if he or she has an account with another futures commission merchant (originating futures commission merchant) for which you provide clearing services for an account in the name of the originating futures commission merchant. 
</P>
<P>(iv) An individual who is a consumer of another financial institution is not your consumer solely because you act as agent for, or provide processing or other services to, that financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(v) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she has designated you as trustee for a trust. 
</P>
<P>(vi) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she is a beneficiary of a trust for which you are a trustee. 
</P>
<P>(vii) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she is a participant or a beneficiary of an employee benefit plan that you sponsor or for which you act as a trustee or fiduciary. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Consumer reporting agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 603(f) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(f)). 
</P>
<P>(j) Control of a company means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company is presumed to control the company. Any person who does not own more than 25 percent of the voting securities of a company will be presumed not to control the company. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Customer</I> means a consumer who has a customer relationship with you. 
</P>
<P>(l)(1) <I>Customer relationship</I> means a continuing relationship between a consumer and you under which you provide one or more financial products or services to the consumer that are to be used primarily for personal, family or household purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Continuing relationship.</I> A consumer has a continuing relationship with you if: 
</P>
<P>(A) You are a futures commission merchant through whom a consumer has opened an account, or that carries the consumer's account on a fully-disclosed basis, or that effects or engages in commodity interest transactions with or for a consumer, even if you do not hold any assets of the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(B) You are a retail foreign exchange dealer with whom a consumer has opened an account, or that effects or engages in retail forex transactions with or for a consumer, even if you do not hold any assets of the consumer;
</P>
<P>(C) You are an introducing broker that solicits or accepts specific orders for trades;
</P>
<P>(D) You are a commodity trading advisor with whom a consumer has a contract or subscription, either written or oral, regardless of whether the advice is standardized, or is based on, or tailored to, the commodity interest or cash market positions or other circumstances or characteristics of the particular consumer;
</P>
<P>(E) You are a commodity pool operator, and you accept or receive from the consumer, funds, securities, or property for the purpose of purchasing an interest in a commodity pool;
</P>
<P>(F) You hold securities or other assets as collateral for a loan made to the consumer, even if you did not make the loan or do not effect any transactions on behalf of the consumer; or
</P>
<P>(G) You regularly effect or engage in commodity interest transactions with or for a consumer even if you do not hold any assets of the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>No continuing relationship.</I> A consumer does not have a continuing relationship with you if: 
</P>
<P>(A) You have acted solely as a “finder” for a futures commission merchant, and you do not solicit or accept specific orders for trades; or
</P>
<P>(B) You have solicited the consumer to participate in a pool or to direct his or her account and he or she has not provided you with funds to participate in a pool or entered into any agreement for you to direct his or her account. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Federal functional regulator means:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; 
</P>
<P>(3) The Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; 
</P>
<P>(4) The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; 
</P>
<P>(5) The National Credit Union Administration Board; 
</P>
<P>(6) The Securities and Exchange Commission; and
</P>
<P>(7) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission. 
</P>
<P>(n)(1) <I>Financial institution means:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) Any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer that is registered with the Commission as such or is otherwise subject to the Commission's jurisdiction; and 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial institution</I> does not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any person or entity, other than a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer that, with respect to any financial activity, is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation or any entity chartered and operating under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Institutions chartered by Congress specifically to engage in securitizations, secondary market sales (including sales of servicing rights) or similar transactions related to a transaction of a consumer, as long as such institutions do not sell or transfer nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. 
</P>
<P>(o)(1) <I>Financial product or service</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any product or service that a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, or swap dealer could offer that is subject to the Commission's jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any product or service that any other financial institution could offer by engaging in an activity that is financial in nature or incidental to such a financial activity under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1843(k). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial service</I> includes your evaluation or brokerage of information that you collect in connection with a request or an application from a consumer for a financial product or service. 
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Futures commission merchant</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(20) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and includes any person registered as such under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>GLB Act</I> means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999)). 
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Introducing broker</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(23) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and includes any person registered as such under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Major swap participant.</I> The term “major swap participant” has the same meaning as in section 1a(33) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> as may be further defined by this title, and includes any person registered as such thereunder.
</P>
<P>(t)(1) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> means any person except: 
</P>
<P>(i) Your affiliate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person employed jointly by you and any company that is not your affiliate, but <I>nonaffiliated third party</I> includes the other company that jointly employs the person. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> includes any company that is an affiliate solely by virtue of your or your affiliate's direct or indirect ownership or control of the company in conducting merchant banking or investment banking activities of the type described in section 4(k)(4)(H) or insurance company investment activities of the type described in section 4(k)(4)(I) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(4)(H) and (I). 
</P>
<P>(u)(1) <I>Nonpublic personal information</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Personally identifiable financial information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any list, description or other grouping of consumers, and publicly available information pertaining to them, that is derived using any personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonpublic personal information</I> does not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Publicly available information, except as included on a list described in paragraph (t)(1)(ii) of this section or when the publicly available information is disclosed in a manner that indicates the individual is or has been your consumer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any list, description or other grouping of consumers, and publicly available information pertaining to them, that is derived without using any personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of lists.</I> (i) Nonpublic personal information includes any list of individuals' names and street addresses that is derived in whole or in part using personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information, such as account numbers. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Nonpublic personal information does not include any list of individuals' names and addresses that contains only publicly available information, is not derived in whole or in part using personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information, and is not disclosed in a manner that indicates that any of the individuals on the list is a consumer of a financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(v)(1) <I>Personally identifiable financial information</I> means any information: 
</P>
<P>(i) A consumer provides to you to obtain a financial product or service from you; 
</P>
<P>(ii) About a consumer resulting from any transaction involving a financial product or service between you and a consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) You otherwise obtain about a consumer in connection with providing a financial product or service to that consumer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Information included.</I> Personally identifiable financial information includes: 
</P>
<P>(A) Information a consumer provides to you on an application to open a commodity interest trading account, to invest in a commodity pool, or to obtain another financial product or service; 
</P>
<P>(B) Account balance information, payment history, overdraft history, margin call history, trading history, and credit or debit card purchase information; 
</P>
<P>(C) The fact that an individual is or has been one of your customers or has obtained a financial product or service from you; 
</P>
<P>(D) Any information about your consumer if it is disclosed in a manner that indicates that the individual is or has been your consumer; 
</P>
<P>(E) Any information you collect through an Internet “cookie” (an information-collecting device from a web server); and 
</P>
<P>(F) Information from a consumer report. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information not included.</I> Personally identifiable financial information does not include: 
</P>
<P>(A) A list of names and addresses of customers of an entity that is not a financial institution; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Information that does not identify a consumer, such as aggregate information or blind data that does not contain personal identifiers such as account numbers, names or addresses. 
</P>
<P>(w)(1) <I>Publicly available information</I> means any information that you reasonably believe is lawfully made available to the general public from: 
</P>
<P>(i) Federal, state or local government records; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Widely distributed media; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclosures to the general public that are required to be made by federal, state or local law. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Reasonable belief.</I> (A) You have a reasonable belief that information about your consumer is made available to the general public if you have confirmed, or your consumer has represented to you, that the information is publicly available from a source described in paragraphs (v)(1)(i)-(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(B) You have a reasonable belief that information about your consumer is made available to the general public if you have taken steps to submit the information, in accordance with your internal procedures and policies and with applicable law, to a keeper of federal, state or local government records that is required by law to make the information publicly available. 
</P>
<P>(C) You have a reasonable belief that an individual's telephone number is lawfully made available to the general public if you have located the telephone number in the telephone book or on an internet listing service, or the consumer has informed you that the telephone number is not unlisted. 
</P>
<P>(D) You do not have a reasonable belief that information about a consumer is publicly available solely because that information would normally be recorded with a keeper of federal, state or local government records that is required by law to make the information publicly available, if the consumer has the ability in accordance with applicable law to keep that information nonpublic, such as where a consumer may record a deed in the name of a blind trust. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Government records.</I> Publicly available information in government records includes information in government real estate records and security interest filings. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Widely distributed media.</I> Publicly available information from widely distributed media includes information from a telephone book, a television or radio program, a newspaper, or a web site that is available to the general public on an unrestricted basis. A web site is not restricted merely because an Internet service provider or a site operator requires a fee or password, so long as access is available to the general public. 
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Swap dealer.</I> The term “swap dealer” has the same meaning as in section 1a(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> as may be further defined by this title, and includes any person registered as such thereunder.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>You</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any futures commission merchant; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any retail foreign exchange dealer;
</P>
<P>(3) Any commodity trading advisor; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any commodity pool operator;
</P>
<P>(5) Any introducing broker;
</P>
<P>(6) Any major swap participant; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Retail foreign exchange dealer</I> has the same meaning as in § 5.3(i)(1) of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 55450, Sept. 10, 2010; 76 FR 43878, July 22, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Privacy and Opt Out Notices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.4   Initial privacy notice to consumers required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial notice requirement.</I> You must provide a clear and conspicuous notice that accurately reflects your privacy policies and practices to: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Customer.</I> An individual who becomes your customer, not later than when you establish a customer relationship, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consumer.</I> A consumer, before you disclose any nonpublic personal information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third party, if you make such a disclosure other than as authorized by §§ 160.14 and 160.15. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When initial notice to a consumer is not required.</I> You are not required to provide an initial notice to a consumer under paragraph (a) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) You do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third party other than as authorized by §§ 160.14 and 160.15; and 
</P>
<P>(2) You do not have a customer relationship with the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When you establish a customer relationship</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> You establish a customer relationship when you and the consumer enter into a continuing relationship. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of establishing customer relationship.</I> You establish a customer relationship when the consumer: 
</P>
<P>(i) Instructs you to execute a commodity interest transaction for the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Opens a retail forex account, or opens a commodity interest account through an introducing broker or with a futures commission merchant that clears transactions for its customers through you on a fully-disclosed basis; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Transmits specific orders for commodity interest transactions to you that you pass on to a futures commission merchant for execution, if you are an introducing broker; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Enters into an advisory contract or subscription with you, whether in writing or orally, and whether you provide standardized, or individually tailored commodity trading advice based on the customer's commodity interest or cash market positions or other circumstances or characteristics, if you are a commodity trading adviser; or 
</P>
<P>(v) Provides to you funds, securities, or property for an interest in a commodity pool, if you are a commodity pool operator. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Existing customers.</I> When an existing customer obtains a new financial product or service from you that is to be used primarily for personal, family or household purposes, you satisfy the initial notice requirements of paragraph (a) of this section as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) You may provide a revised privacy notice under § 160.8 that covers the customer's new financial product or service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If the initial, revised or annual notice that you most recently provided to that customer was accurate with respect to the new financial product or service, you do not need to provide a new privacy notice under paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions to allow subsequent delivery of notice.</I> (1) You may provide the initial notice required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within a reasonable time after you establish a customer relationship if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Establishing the customer relationship is not at the customer's election; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would substantially delay the customer's transaction and the customer agrees to receive the notice at a later time; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A nonaffiliated financial institution establishes a customer relationship between you and a consumer without your prior knowledge; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) You have established a customer relationship with a customer in a bulk transfer in accordance with § 1.65, if you are a transferee futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or introducing broker. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of exceptions</I>—(i) <I>Not at customer's election.</I> Establishing a customer relationship is not at the customer's election if you acquire the customer's commodity interest account from another financial institution and the customer does not have a choice about your acquisition. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Substantial delay of customer's transaction.</I> Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would substantially delay the customer's transaction when you and the individual agree over the telephone to enter into a customer relationship involving prompt delivery of the financial product or service. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>No substantial delay of customer's transaction.</I> Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would not substantially delay the customer's transaction when the relationship is initiated in person at your office or through other means by which the customer may view the notice, such as on a web site. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Delivery of notice.</I> When you are required by this section to deliver an initial privacy notice, you must deliver it according to the provisions of § 160.9. If you use a short-form initial notice for non-customers according to § 160.6(d), you may deliver your privacy notice as provided in section § 160.6(d)(3). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 55451, Sept. 10, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.5   Annual privacy notice to customers required.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, you must provide a clear and conspicuous notice to customers that accurately reflects your privacy policies and practices not less than annually during the life of the customer relationship. <I>Annually</I> means at least once in any period of 12 consecutive months during which that relationship exists. You may define the 12-consecutive-month period, but you must apply it to the customer on a consistent basis. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> You provide notice annually if you define the 12-consecutive-month period as a calendar year and provide the annual notice to the customer once in each calendar year following the calendar year in which you provided the initial notice. For example, if a customer opens an account on any day of year 1, you must provide an annual notice to that customer by December 31 of year 2. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Termination of customer relationship.</I> You are not required to provide an annual notice to a former customer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples.</I> Your customer becomes a former customer when: 
</P>
<P>(i) The individual's commodity interest account is closed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The individual's advisory contract or subscription is terminated or expires; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The individual has redeemed all of his or her units in your pool. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery of notice.</I> When you are required by this section to deliver an annual privacy notice, you must deliver it in the manner provided by § 160.9. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception to annual privacy notice requirement.</I> (1) You are not required to deliver an annual privacy notice if you:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties only in accordance with the provisions of §§ 160.13, 160.14, and 160.15 and any other exceptions adopted by the Commission pursuant to section 504(b) of the GLB Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have not changed your policies and practices with regard to disclosing nonpublic personal information from the policies and practices that were disclosed to the customer under § 160.6(a)(2) through (5) and § 160.6(a)(9) in the most recent privacy notice sent to the customer pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delivery of annual privacy notice after you no longer meet requirements for exception.</I> If you have been excepted from delivering an annual privacy notice pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section and change your policies or practices in such a way that you no longer meet the requirements for that exception, you must comply with paragraph (d)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Changes preceded by a revised privacy notice.</I> If you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section because you change your policies or practices in such a way that § 160.8 of this part requires you to provide a revised privacy notice, you must provide an annual privacy notice in accordance with the timing requirements in paragraph (a) of this section, treating the revised privacy notice as an initial privacy notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Changes not preceded by a revised privacy notice.</I> If you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section because you change your policies or practices in such a way that § 160.8 of this part does not require you to provide a revised privacy notice, you must provide an annual privacy notice within 100 days of the change in your policies or practices that causes you to no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 84 FR 17345, Apr. 25, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.6   Information to be included in privacy notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The initial, annual, and revised privacy notices that you provide under §§ 160.4, 160.5 and 160.8 must include each of the following items of information that applies to you or to the consumers to whom you send your privacy notice, in addition to any other information you wish to provide: 
</P>
<P>(1) The categories of nonpublic personal information that you collect; 
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of nonpublic personal information that you disclose; 
</P>
<P>(3) The categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information, other than those parties to whom you disclose information under §§ 160.14 and 160.15; 
</P>
<P>(4) The categories of nonpublic personal information about your former customers that you disclose and the categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information about your former customers, other than those parties to whom you disclose information under §§ 160.14 and 160.15; 
</P>
<P>(5) If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party under § 160.13 (and no other exception applies to that disclosure), a separate statement of the categories of information you disclose and the categories of third parties with whom you have contracted; 
</P>
<P>(6) An explanation of the consumer's rights under § 160.10(a) to opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties, including the method(s) by which the consumer may exercise that right at that time; 
</P>
<P>(7) Any disclosures that you make under § 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(d)(2)(A)(iii)) (that is, notices regarding the ability to opt out of disclosures of information among affiliates); 
</P>
<P>(8) Your policies and practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Any disclosure that you make under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of nonaffiliated third parties subject to exceptions.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to third parties as authorized under §§ 160.14 and 160.15, you are not required to list those exceptions in the initial or annual privacy notices required by §§ 160.4 and 160.5. When describing the categories with respect to those parties, it is sufficient to state that you make disclosures to other nonaffiliated companies:
</P>
<P>(1) For your everyday business purposes, such as <I>[include all that apply]</I> to process transactions, maintain account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus; or
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted by law. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examples</I>—(1) <I>Categories of nonpublic personal information that you collect.</I> You satisfy the requirement to categorize the nonpublic personal information that you collect if you list the following categories, as applicable: 
</P>
<P>(i) Information from the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Information about the consumer's transactions with you or your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about the consumer's transactions with nonaffiliated third parties; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Information from a consumer reporting agency. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose.</I> (i) You satisfy the requirement to categorize the nonpublic personal information you disclose if you list the categories described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, as applicable, and a few examples to illustrate the types of information in each category. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If you reserve the right to disclose all of the nonpublic personal information about consumers that you collect, you may simply state that fact without describing the categories or examples of the nonpublic personal information you disclose. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose.</I> You satisfy the requirement to categorize the affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information if you list the following categories, as applicable, and a few examples to illustrate the types of third parties in each category: 
</P>
<P>(i) Financial service providers; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-financial companies; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Others. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Disclosures under exception for service providers and joint marketers.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information under the exception in § 160.13 to a nonaffiliated third party to market products or services that you offer alone or jointly with another financial institution, you satisfy the disclosure requirement of paragraph (a)(5) of this section if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) List the categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose, using the same categories and examples you used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, as applicable; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the third party is: 
</P>
<P>(A) A service provider that performs marketing services on your behalf or on behalf of you and another financial institution; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A financial institution with which you have a joint marketing agreement. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Simplified notices.</I> If you do not disclose, and do not wish to reserve the right to disclose, nonpublic personal information to affiliates or nonaffiliated third parties except as authorized under §§ 160.14 and 160.15, you may simply state that fact, in addition to information you must provide under paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(8), (a)(9) and (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Confidentiality and security.</I> You describe your policies and practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information if you do both of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Describe in general terms who is authorized to have access to the information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether you have security practices and procedures in place to ensure the confidentiality of the information in accordance with your policy. You are not required to describe technical information about the safeguards you use. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Short-form initial notice with opt out notice for non-customers.</I> (1) You may satisfy the initial notice requirements in §§ 160.4(a)(2), 160.7(b) and 160.7(c) for a consumer who is not a customer by providing a short-form initial notice at the same time as you deliver an opt out notice as required in 160.7. 
</P>
<P>(2) A short-form initial notice must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Be clear and conspicuous; 
</P>
<P>(ii) State that your privacy notice is available upon request; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Explain a reasonable means by which the consumer may obtain your privacy notice. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must deliver your short-form initial notice according to § 160.9. You are not required to deliver your privacy notice with your short-form initial notice. You instead may simply provide the consumer a reasonable means to obtain your privacy notice. If a consumer who receives your short-form notice requests your privacy notice, you must deliver your privacy notice according to § 160.9. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Examples of obtaining privacy notice.</I> You provide a reasonable means by which a consumer may obtain a copy of your privacy notice if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provide a toll-free telephone number that the consumer may call to request the notice; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a consumer who conducts business in person at your office, maintain copies of the notice on hand that you provide to the consumer immediately upon request. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Future disclosures.</I> Your notice may include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Categories of nonpublic personal information that you reserve the right to disclose in the future, but do not currently disclose; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you reserve the right in the future to disclose, but to whom you do not currently disclose, nonpublic personal information. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Pursuant to § 160.2(a) of this part, a model privacy form that meets the notice content requirements of this section is included in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 62974, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.7   Form of opt out notice to consumers; opt out methods.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Form of opt out notice.</I> If you are required to provide an opt out notice under § 160.10(a), you must provide a clear and conspicuous notice to each of your consumers that accurately explains the right to opt out under that section. The notice must state: 
</P>
<P>(i) That you disclose or reserve the right to disclose nonpublic personal information about your consumer to a nonaffiliated third party; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That the consumer has the right to opt out of that disclosure; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) A reasonable means by which the consumer may exercise the opt out right. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Adequate opt out notice.</I> You provide adequate notice that the consumer can opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Identify all of the categories of nonpublic personal information that you disclose or reserve the right to disclose, and all of the categories of nonaffiliated third parties to which you disclose the information, as described in § 160.6(a)(2) and (3), and state that the consumer can opt out of the disclosure of that information; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Identify the financial products or services that the consumer obtains from you, either singly or jointly, to which the opt out direction would apply. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Reasonable means to opt out.</I> You provide a reasonable means to exercise an opt out right if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Designate check-off boxes in a prominent position on the relevant forms with the opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(B) Include a reply form together with the opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(C) Provide an electronic means to opt out, such as a form that can be sent via electronic mail or a process at your web site, if the consumer agrees to the electronic delivery of information; or 
</P>
<P>(D) Provide a toll-free telephone number that consumers may call to opt out. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Unreasonable opt out means.</I> You do not provide a reasonable means of opting out if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The only means of opting out is for the consumer to write his or her own letter to exercise that opt out right; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The only means of opting out as described in any notice subsequent to the initial notice is to use a check-off box that you provided with the initial notice but did not include with the subsequent notice. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Specific opt out means.</I> You may require each consumer to opt out through a specific means, as long as that means is reasonable for the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Same form as initial notice permitted.</I> You may provide the opt out notice together with or on the same written or electronic form, as the initial notice you provide in accordance with § 160.4. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial notice required when opt out notice delivered subsequent to initial notice.</I> If you provide the opt out notice after the initial notice in accordance with § 160.4, you must also include a copy of the initial notice with the opt out notice in writing, or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Joint relationships.</I> (1) If two or more consumers jointly obtain a financial product or service from you, you may provide a single opt out notice; however, you must honor a request from one or more joint account holders for a separate opt out notice. Your opt out notice must explain how you will treat an opt out direction by a joint consumer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any of the joint consumers may exercise the right to opt out. You may either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Treat an opt out direction by a joint consumer as applying to all of the associated joint consumers; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Permit each joint consumer to opt out separately. 
</P>
<P>(3) If you permit each joint consumer to opt out separately, you must permit one of the joint consumers to opt out on behalf of all of the joint consumers. 
</P>
<P>(4) You may not require all joint consumers to opt out before you implement any opt out direction. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Example.</I> If John and Mary have a joint trading account with you and arrange for you to send statements to John's address, you may do any of the following, but you must explain in your opt out notice which opt out policy you will follow: 
</P>
<P>(i) Send a single opt out notice to John's address, but you must accept an opt out direction from either John or Mary; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Treat an opt out direction by either John or Mary as applying to the entire account. If you do so, and John opts out, you may not require Mary to opt out as well before implementing John's opt out direction; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Permit John and Mary to make different opt out directions. If you do so: 
</P>
<P>(A) You must permit John and Mary to opt out for each other. 
</P>
<P>(B) If both opt out, you must permit both to notify you in a single response (such as on a form or through a telephone call). 
</P>
<P>(C) If John opts out and Mary does not, you may only disclose nonpublic personal information about Mary, but not about John, and not about John and Mary jointly. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Time to comply with opt out.</I> You must comply with a consumer's opt out direction as soon as reasonably practicable after you receive it. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Continuing right to opt out.</I> A consumer may exercise the right to opt out at any time. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Duration of consumer's opt out direction.</I> (1) A consumer's direction to opt out under this section is effective until the consumer revokes it in writing, either by hard copy or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(2) When a customer relationship terminates, the customer's opt out direction continues to apply to the nonpublic personal information that you collected during or related to that relationship. If the individual subsequently establishes a new customer relationship with you, the opt out direction that applied to the former relationship does not apply to the new relationship. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required by this section to deliver an opt out notice, you must deliver it according to § 160.9. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Pursuant to § 160.2(a) of this part, a model privacy form that meets the notice content requirements of this section is included in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 62974, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.8   Revised privacy notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Except as otherwise authorized in this part, you must not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer to a nonaffiliated third party other than as described in the initial notice that you provided to that consumer under § 160.4, unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) You have provided to the consumer a clear and conspicuous revised notice that accurately describes your policies and practices; 
</P>
<P>(2) You have provided to the consumer a new opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(3) You have given the consumer a reasonable opportunity, before you disclose the information to the nonaffiliated third party, to opt out of the disclosure; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The consumer does not opt out. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> (1) Except as otherwise permitted by §§ 160.13, 160.14, and 160.15, you must provide a revised notice before you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose a new category of nonpublic personal information to any nonaffiliated third party; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose nonpublic personal information to a new category of nonaffiliated third party; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclose nonpublic personal information about a former customer to a nonaffiliated third party, if that former customer has not had the opportunity to exercise an opt out right regarding that disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(2) A revised notice is not required if you disclose nonpublic personal information to a new nonaffiliated third party that you adequately described in your prior notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required to deliver a revised privacy notice by this section, you must deliver it according to § 160.9. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.9   Delivering privacy and opt out notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How to provide notices.</I> You must provide any privacy notices and opt out notices, including short-form initial notices that this part requires so that each consumer can reasonably be expected to receive actual notice in writing either in hard copy or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Examples of reasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> You may reasonably expect that a consumer will receive actual notice if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Hand-deliver a printed copy of the notice to the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Mail a printed copy of the notice to the last known address of the consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) For the consumer who conducts transactions electronically, post the notice on the electronic site and require the consumer to acknowledge receipt of the notice as a necessary step to obtaining a particular financial service or product. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of unreasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> You may not, however, reasonably expect that a consumer will receive actual notice of your privacy policies and practices if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Only post a sign in your branch or office or generally publish advertisements of your privacy policies and practices; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Send the notice via electronic mail to a consumer who does not obtain a financial product or service from you electronically. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual notices only.</I> You may reasonably expect that a consumer will receive actual notice of your annual privacy notice if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The customer uses your web site to access financial products and services electronically and agrees to receive notices at the web site and you post your current privacy notice continuously in a clear and conspicuous manner on the web site; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The customer has requested that you refrain from sending any information regarding the customer relationship, and your current privacy notice remains available to the customer upon request. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral description of notice insufficient.</I> You may not provide any notice required by this part solely by orally explaining the notice, either in person or over the telephone. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Retention or accessibility of notices for customers.</I> (1) For customers only, you must provide the initial notice required by § 160.4(a)(1), the annual notice required by § 160.5(a), and the revised notice required by § 160.8, so that the customer can retain them or obtain them later in writing or, if the customer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of retention or accessibility.</I> You provide a privacy notice to the customer so that the customer can retain it or obtain it later if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Hand-deliver a printed copy of the notice to the customer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Mail a printed copy of the notice to the last known address of the customer; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Make your current privacy notice available on a web site (or a link to another web site) for the customer who obtains a financial product or service electronically and agrees to receive the notice at the web site. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Joint notice with other financial institutions.</I> You may provide a joint notice from you and one or more of your affiliates or other financial institutions, as identified in the notice, as long as the notice is accurate with respect to you and the other institutions. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Joint relationships.</I> If two or more customers jointly obtain a financial product or service from you, you may satisfy the initial, annual, and revised notice requirements of paragraph (a) of this section by providing one notice to those customers jointly; however, you must honor a request by one or more joint account holders for a separate notice. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Limits on Disclosures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.10   Limits on disclosure of nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Conditions for disclosure.</I> Except as otherwise authorized in this part, you may not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer to a nonaffiliated third party unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) You have provided to the consumer an initial notice as required under § 160.4; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You have provided to the consumer an opt out notice as required in § 160.7; 
</P>
<P>(iii) You have given the consumer a reasonable opportunity, before you disclose the information to the nonaffiliated third party, to opt of the disclosure; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The consumer does not opt out. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Opt out definition.</I> Opt out means a direction by the consumer that you not disclose nonpublic personal information about that consumer to a nonaffiliated third party, other than as permitted by §§ 160.13, 160.14 and 160.15. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of reasonable opportunity to opt out.</I> You provide a consumer with a reasonable opportunity to opt out if: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>By mail.</I> You mail the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the consumer and allow the consumer to opt out by mailing a form, calling a toll-free telephone number, or any other reasonable means within 30 days after the date you mailed the notices. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>By electronic means.</I> A customer opens an on-line account with you and agrees to receive the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section electronically, and you allow the customer to opt out by any reasonable means within 30 days after the date that the customer acknowledges receipt of the notices in conjunction with opening the account. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Isolated transaction with consumer. For an isolated transaction with a consumer,</I> you provide the consumer with a reasonable opportunity to opt out if you provide the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section at the time of the transaction and request that the consumer decide, as a necessary part of the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of opt out to all consumers and all nonpublic personal information.</I> (1) You must comply with this section, regardless of whether you and the consumer have established a customer relationship. 
</P>
<P>(2) Unless you comply with this section, you may not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer that you have collected, regardless of whether you have collected it before or after receiving the direction to opt out from the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Partial opt out.</I> You may allow a consumer to select certain nonpublic personal information or certain nonaffiliated third parties with respect to which the consumer wishes to opt out. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.11   Limits on redisclosure and reuse of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) (1) <I>Information you receive under an exception.</I> If you receive nonpublic personal information from a nonaffiliated financial institution under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15, your disclosure and use of that information is limited as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) You may disclose the information to the affiliate of the financial institution from which you received the information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You may disclose the information to your affiliates, but your affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use the information only to the extent that you may disclose and use the information; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) You may disclose and use the information pursuant to an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under which you received the information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you receive a customer list from a nonaffiliated financial institution in order to provide account-processing services under the exception in § 160.14(a), you may disclose that information under any exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15 in the ordinary course of business in order to provide those services. For example, you could disclose that information in response to a properly authorized subpoena or in the ordinary course of business to your attorneys, accountants, and auditors. You could not disclose that information to a third party for marketing purposes or use that information for your own marketing purposes. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Information you receive outside of an exception.</I> If you receive nonpublic personal information from a nonaffiliated financial institution other than under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15, you may disclose the information only: 
</P>
<P>(i) To the affiliates of the financial institution from which you received the information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To your affiliates, but your affiliates may, in turn, disclose the information only to the extent that you can disclose the information; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) To any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if made directly to that person by the financial institution from which you received the information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you obtain a customer list from a nonaffiliated financial institution outside of the exceptions in §§ 160.14 and 160.15: 
</P>
<P>(i) You may use that list for your own purposes; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You may disclose that list to another nonaffiliated third party only if the financial institution from which you purchased the list could have lawfully disclosed that list to that third party. That is, you may disclose the list in accordance with the privacy policy of the financial institution from which you received the list as limited by the opt out direction of each consumer whose nonpublic personal information you intend to disclose, and you may disclose the list in accordance with an exception in §§ 160.14 and 160.15, such as in the ordinary course of business to your attorneys, accountants, or auditors. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information you disclose under an exception.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15, the third party may disclose and use that information only as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The third party may disclose the information to your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(2) The third party may disclose the information to its affiliates, but its affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use the information only to the extent that the third party may disclose and use the information; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The third party may disclose and use the information pursuant to an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under which it received the information. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information you disclose outside of an exception.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party other than under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15, the third party may disclose the information only: 
</P>
<P>(1) To your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(2) To its affiliates, but its affiliates, in turn, may disclose the information only to the extent the third party can disclose the information; and 
</P>
<P>(3) To any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if you made it directly to that person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.12   Limits on sharing account number information for marketing purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General prohibition on disclosure of account numbers.</I> You must not, directly or through an affiliate, disclose, other than to a consumer reporting agency, an account number or similar form of access number or access code for a consumer's credit card account, deposit account or transaction account to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing through electronic mail to the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if you disclose an account number or similar form of access number or access code: 
</P>
<P>(1) To your agent or service provider solely in order to perform marketing for your own services or products, as long as the agent or service provider is not authorized to directly initiate charges to the account; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To a participant in a private-label credit card program or an affinity or similar program where the participants in the program are identified to the customer when the customer enters into the program. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Example.</I> An account number, or similar form of access number or access code, does not include a number or code in an encrypted form, as long as you do not provide the recipient with a means to decode the number or code. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Exceptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.13   Exception to opt out requirements for service providers and joint marketing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) The opt out requirements in §§ 160.7 and 160.10 do not apply when you provide nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party to perform services for you or functions on your behalf if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the initial notice in accordance with § 160.4; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Enter into a contractual agreement with the third party that prohibits the third party from disclosing or using the information other than to carry out the purposes for which you disclosed the information, including use under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out those purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information under this section to a financial institution with which you perform joint marketing, your contractual agreement with that institution meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section if it prohibits the institution from disclosing or using the nonpublic personal information except as necessary to carry out the joint marketing or under an exception in § 160.14 or § 160.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out that joint marketing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service may include joint marketing.</I> The services a nonaffiliated third party performs for you under paragraph (a) of this section may include marketing of your own products or services or marketing of financial products or services offered pursuant to joint agreements between you and one or more financial institutions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of joint agreement.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>joint agreement</I> means a written contract pursuant to which you and one or more financial institutions jointly offer, endorse or sponsor a financial product or service. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.14   Exceptions to notice and opt out requirements for processing and servicing transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions for processing and servicing transactions at consumer's request.</I> The requirements for initial notice in § 160.4(a)(2), for the opt out in §§ 160.7 and 160.10, and for initial notice in § 160.13 in connection with service providers and joint marketing, do not apply if you disclose nonpublic personal information as necessary to effect, administer, or enforce a transaction that a consumer requests or authorizes, or in connection with: 
</P>
<P>(1) Processing or servicing a financial product or service that a consumer requests or authorizes; 
</P>
<P>(2) Maintaining or servicing the consumer's account with you, or with another entity as part of an extension of credit on behalf of such entity as part of a private label credit card program or other extension of credit on behalf of such entity; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A proposed or actual securitization, secondary market sale or similar transaction related to a transaction of the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Necessary to effect, administer or enforce a transaction</I> means that the disclosure is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Required, or is one of the lawful or appropriate methods, to enforce your rights or the rights of other persons engaged in carrying out the financial transaction or providing the product or service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Required, or is a usual, appropriate or acceptable method: 
</P>
<P>(i) To carry out the transaction or the product or service business of which the transaction is a part, and record, service or maintain the consumer's account in the ordinary course of providing the financial service or financial product; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To administer or service benefits or claims relating to the transaction or the product or service business of which it is a part; 
</P>
<P>(iii) To provide a confirmation, statement or other record of the transaction, or information on the status or value of the financial service or financial product to the consumer or the consumer's agent or broker; 
</P>
<P>(iv) To accrue or recognize incentives or bonuses associated with the transaction that are provided by you or any other party; 
</P>
<P>(v) In connection with: 
</P>
<P>(A) The authorization, settlement, billing, processing, clearing, transferring, reconciling or collection of amounts charged, debited or otherwise paid using a debit, credit or other payment card, check or account number, or by other payment means; 
</P>
<P>(B) The transfer of receivables, accounts or interests therein; or 
</P>
<P>(C) The audit of debit, credit or other payment information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.15   Other exceptions to notice and opt out requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions to notice and opt out requirements.</I> The requirements for initial notice in § 160.4(a)(2), for the opt out in §§ 160.7 and 160.10, and for initial notice in § 160.13 in connection with service providers and joint marketing do not apply when you disclose nonpublic personal information: 
</P>
<P>(1) With the consent or at the direction of the consumer, provided that the consumer has not revoked the consent or direction; 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) To protect the confidentiality or security or your records pertaining to the consumer, service, product or transaction; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To protect against or prevent actual or potential fraud, unauthorized transactions, claims or other liability; 
</P>
<P>(iii) For required institutional risk control or for resolving consumer disputes or inquiries; 
</P>
<P>(iv) To persons holding a legal or beneficial interest relating to the consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(v) To persons acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity on behalf of the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(3) To provide information to insurance rate advisory organizations, guaranty funds or agencies, agencies that are rating you, persons that are assessing your compliance with industry standards, and your attorneys, accountants and auditors; 
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent specifically permitted or required under other provisions of law and in accordance with the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978, 12 U.S.C. 3401 <I>et seq.,</I> to law enforcement agencies (including a Federal functional regulator, the Secretary of the Treasury, with respect to 31 U.S.C. Chapter 53, Subchapter II (Records and Reports on Monetary Instruments and Transactions) and 12 U.S.C. Chapter 21 (Financial Recordkeeping), a State insurance authority, with respect to any person domiciled in that insurance authority's state that is engaged in providing insurance, and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection), self-regulatory organizations, or for an investigation on a matter related to public safety; 
</P>
<P>(5)(i) To a consumer reporting agency in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.;</I> or 
</P>
<P>(ii) From a consumer report reported by a consumer reporting agency; 
</P>
<P>(6) In connection with a proposed or actual sale, merger, transfer or exchange of all or a portion of a business or operating unit if the disclosure of nonpublic personal information concerns solely consumers of such business or unit; or 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) To comply with federal, state or local laws, rules and other applicable legal requirements; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To comply with a properly authorized civil, criminal or regulatory investigation, or subpoena or summons by federal, state or local authorities; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) To respond to judicial process or government regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over you for examination, compliance or other purposes as authorized by law. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples of consent and revocation of consent.</I> (1) A consumer may specifically consent to your disclosure to a nonaffiliated mortgage lender of the value of the assets in the customer's account so that the lender can evaluate the consumer's application for a mortgage loan. 
</P>
<P>(2) A consumer may revoke consent by subsequently exercising the right to opt out of future disclosures of nonpublic personal information as permitted under § 160.7(f). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 76 FR 43879, July 22, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Relation to Other Laws; Effective Date</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.16   Protection of Fair Credit Reporting Act.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this part shall be construed to modify, limit or supersede the operation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.,</I> and no inference shall be drawn on the basis of the provisions of this part regarding whether information is transaction or experience information under section 603 of that Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.17" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.17   Relation to state laws.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> This part shall not be construed as superseding, altering or affecting any statute, regulation, order or interpretation in effect in any state, except to the extent that such state statute, regulation, order or interpretation is inconsistent with the provisions of this part, and then only to the extent of the inconsistency. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Greater protection under state law.</I> For purposes of this section, a state statute, regulation, order or interpretation is not inconsistent with the provisions of this part if the protection such statute, regulation, order or interpretation affords any person is greater than the protection provided under this part, as determined by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, after consultation with the Commission, on its own motion or upon the petition of any interested party. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 76 FR 43879, July 22, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.18" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.18   Effective date; compliance date; transition rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effective date.</I> This part is effective on June 21, 2001. In order to provide sufficient time for you to establish policies and systems to comply with the requirements for this part, the compliance date for this part is March 31, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Notice requirement for consumers who are your customers on the effective date.</I> By March 31, 2002, you must have provided an initial notice, as required by § 160.4, to consumers who are your customers on March 31, 2002.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> You provide an initial notice to consumers who are your customers on March 31, 2002 if, by that date, you have established a system for providing an initial notice to all new customers and have mailed the initial notice to all your existing customers. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>One-year grandfathering of service agreements.</I> Until March 31, 2003, a contract that you have entered into with a nonaffiliated third party to perform services for you or functions on your behalf satisfies the provisions of § 160.13(a)(1)(ii) even if the contract does not include a requirement that the third party maintain the confidentiality of nonpublic personal information, as long as you entered into the agreement on or before March 31, 2002. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 24061, 24183, May 11, 2001; 67 FR 6790, Feb. 13, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 160.19-160.29" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 160.19-160.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 160.30" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 160.30   Procedures to safeguard customer records and information.</HEAD>
<P>Every futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant, and swap dealer subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission must adopt policies and procedures that address administrative, technical and physical safeguards for the protection of customer records and information. These policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(a) Ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information;
</P>
<P>(b) Protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of customer records and information; and
</P>
<P>(c) Protect against unauthorized access to or use of customer records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 29614, May 18, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.6.1.1.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 160—Model Privacy Form
</HEAD>
<P>A. The Model Privacy Form
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de12.009.gif"/>
<HD2>B. General Instructions
</HD2>
<HD3>1. How the Model Privacy Form Is Used
</HD3>
<P>(a) The model form may be used, at the option of a financial institution, including a group of financial institutions that use a common privacy notice, to meet the content requirements of the privacy notice and opt-out notice set forth in §§ 160.6 and 160.7 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The model form is a standardized form, including page layout, content, format, style, pagination, and shading. Institutions seeking to obtain the safe harbor through use of the model form may modify it only as described in these Instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) Note that disclosure of certain information, such as assets, income, and information from a consumer reporting agency, may give rise to obligations under the Fair Credit Reporting Act [15 U.S.C. 1681-1681x] (FCRA), such as a requirement to permit a consumer to opt out of disclosures to affiliates or designation as a consumer reporting agency if disclosures are made to nonaffiliated third parties.
</P>
<P>(d) The word “customer” may be replaced by the word “member” whenever it appears in the model form, as appropriate.
</P>
<HD3>2. The Contents of the Model Privacy Form
</HD3>
<P>The model form consists of two pages, which may be printed on both sides of a single sheet of paper, or may appear on two separate pages. Where an institution provides a long list of institutions at the end of the model form in accordance with Instruction C.3(a)(1), or provides additional information in accordance with Instruction C.3(c), and such list or additional information exceeds the space available on page two of the model form, such list or additional information may extend to a third page.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Page One.</I> The first page consists of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Date last revised (upper right-hand corner).
</P>
<P>(2) Title.
</P>
<P>(3) Key frame (Why?, What?, How?).
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosure table (“Reasons we can share your personal information”).
</P>
<P>(5) “To limit our sharing” box, as needed, for the financial institution's opt-out information.
</P>
<P>(6) “Questions” box, for customer service contact information.
</P>
<P>(7) Mail-in opt-out form, as needed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Page Two.</I> The second page consists of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Heading (Page 2).
</P>
<P>(2) Frequently Asked Questions (“Who we are” and “What we do”).
</P>
<P>(3) Definitions.
</P>
<P>(4) “Other important information” box, as needed.
</P>
<HD3>3. The Format of the Model Privacy Form
</HD3>
<P>The format of the model form may be modified only as described below.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Easily readable type font.</I> Financial institutions that use the model form must use an easily readable type font. While a number of factors together produce easily readable type font, institutions are required to use a minimum of 10-point font (unless otherwise expressly permitted in these Instructions) and sufficient spacing between the lines of type.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Logo.</I> A financial institution may include a corporate logo on any page of the notice, so long as it does not interfere with the readability of the model form or the space constraints of each page.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Page size and orientation.</I> Each page of the model form must be printed on paper in portrait orientation, the size of which must be sufficient to meet the layout and minimum font size requirements, with sufficient white space on the top, bottom, and sides of the content.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Color.</I> The model form must be printed on white or light color paper (such as cream) with black or other contrasting ink color. Spot color may be used to achieve visual interest, so long as the color contrast is distinctive and the color does not detract from the readability of the model form. Logos may also be printed in color.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Languages.</I> The model form may be translated into languages other than English.
</P>
<HD2>C. Information Required in the Model Privacy Form
</HD2>
<P>The information in the model form may be modified only as described below:
</P>
<HD3>1. Name of the Institution or Group of Affiliated Institutions Providing the Notice
</HD3>
<P>Insert the name of the financial institution providing the notice or a common identity of affiliated institutions jointly providing the notice on the form wherever [name of financial institution] appears.
</P>
<HD3>2. Page One
</HD3>
<P>(a) <I>Last revised date.</I> The financial institution must insert in the upper right-hand corner the date on which the notice was last revised. The information shall appear in minimum 8-point font as “rev. [month/year]” using either the name or number of the month, such as “rev. July 2009” or “rev. 7/09”.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General instructions for the “What?” box.</I> (1) The bulleted list identifies the types of personal information that the institution collects and shares. All institutions must use the term “Social Security number” in the first bullet.
</P>
<P>(2) Institutions must use five (5) of the following terms to complete the bulleted list: Income; account balances; payment history; transaction history; transaction or loss history; credit history; credit scores; assets; investment experience; credit-based insurance scores; insurance claim history; medical information; overdraft history; purchase history; account transactions; risk tolerance; medical-related debts; credit card or other debt; mortgage rates and payments; retirement assets; checking account information; employment information; wire transfer instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General instructions for the disclosure table.</I> The left column lists reasons for sharing or using personal information. Each reason correlates to a specific legal provision described in paragraph C.2(d) of this Instruction. In the middle column, each institution must provide a “Yes” or “No” response that accurately reflects its information sharing policies and practices with respect to the reason listed on the left. In the right column, each institution must provide in each box one of the following three (3) responses, as applicable, that reflects whether a consumer can limit such sharing: “Yes” if it is required to or voluntarily provides an opt-out; “No” if it does not provide an opt-out; or “We don't share” if it answers “No” in the middle column. Only the sixth row (“For our affiliates to market to you”) may be omitted at the option of the institution. <I>See</I> paragraph C.2(d)(6) of this Instruction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific disclosures and corresponding legal provisions.</I> (1) <I>For our everyday business purposes.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information under §§ 160.14 and 160.15 and with service providers pursuant to § 160.13 of this part other than the purposes specified in paragraphs C.2(d)(2) or C.2(d)(3) of these Instructions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For our marketing purposes.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information with service providers by an institution for its own marketing pursuant to § 160.13 of this part. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>For joint marketing with other financial companies.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information under joint marketing agreements between two or more financial institutions and with any service provider used in connection with such agreements pursuant to § 160.13 of this part. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>For our affiliates' everyday business purposes—information about transactions and experiences.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information specified in sections 603(d)(2)(A)(i) and (ii) of the FCRA. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>For our affiliates' everyday business purposes—information about creditworthiness.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information pursuant to section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA. An institution that shares for this reason must provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>For our affiliates to market to you.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information specified in section 624 of the FCRA. This reason may be omitted from the disclosure table when: the institution does not have affiliates (or does not disclose personal information to its affiliates); the institution's affiliates do not use personal information in a manner that requires an opt-out; or the institution provides the affiliate marketing notice separately. Institutions that include this reason must provide an opt-out of indefinite duration. An institution not required to provide an opt-out under this subparagraph may elect to include this reason in the model form. Note: The CFTC's Regulations do not address the affiliate marketing rule.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>For nonaffiliates to market to you.</I> This reason incorporates sharing described in §§ 160.7 and 160.10(a) of this part. An institution that shares personal information for this reason must provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>To limit our sharing:</I> A financial institution must include this section of the model form <I>only</I> if it provides an opt-out. The word “choice” may be written in either the singular or plural, as appropriate. Institutions must select one or more of the applicable opt-out methods described: telephone, such as by a toll-free number; a Web site; or use of a mail-in opt-out form. Institutions may include the words “toll-free” before telephone, as appropriate. An institution that allows consumers to opt out online must provide either a specific Web address that takes consumers directly to the opt-out page or a general Web address that provides a clear and conspicuous direct link to the opt-out page. The opt-out choices made available to the consumer who contacts the institution through these methods must correspond accurately to the “Yes” responses in the third column of the disclosure table. In the part titled “Please note” institutions may insert a number that is 30 or greater in the space marked “[30].” Instructions on voluntary or state privacy law opt-out information are in paragraph C.2(g)(5) of these Instructions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Questions box.</I> Customer service contact information must be inserted as appropriate, where [phone number] or [Web site] appear. Institutions may elect to provide either a phone number, such as a toll-free number, or a Web address, or both. Institutions may include the words “toll-free” before the telephone number, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Mail-in opt-out form.</I> Financial institutions must include this mail-in form <I>only</I> if they state in the “To limit our sharing” box that consumers can opt out by mail. The mail-in form must provide opt-out options that correspond accurately to the “Yes” responses in the third column in the disclosure table. Institutions that require customers to provide only name and address may omit the section identified as “[account #].” Institutions that require additional or different information, such as a random opt-out number or a truncated account number, to implement an opt-out election should modify the “[account #]” reference accordingly. This includes institutions that require customers with multiple accounts to identify each account to which the opt-out should apply. An institution must enter its opt-out mailing address: in the far right of this form (<I>see</I> version 3); or below the form (<I>see</I> version 4). The reverse side of the mail-in opt-out form must not include any content of the model form.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Joint accountholder.</I> Only institutions that provide their joint accountholders the choice to opt out for only one accountholder, in accordance with paragraph C.3(a)(5) of these Instructions, must include in the far left column of the mail-in form the following statement: “If you have a joint account, your choice(s) will apply to everyone on your account unless you mark below. Apply my choice(s) only to me.” The word “choice” may be written in either the singular or plural, as appropriate. Financial institutions that provide insurance products or services, provide this option, and elect to use the model form may substitute the word “policy” for “account” in this statement. Institutions that do not provide this option may eliminate this left column from the mail-in form.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>FCRA Section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) opt-out.</I> If the institution shares personal information pursuant to section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “Do not share information about my creditworthiness with your affiliates for their everyday business purposes.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>FCRA Section 624 opt-out.</I> If the institution incorporates section 624 of the FCRA in accord with paragraph C.2(d)(6) of these Instructions, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “Do not allow your affiliates to use my personal information to market to me.”
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Nonaffiliate opt-out.</I> If the financial institution shares personal information pursuant to § 160.10(a) of this part, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “Do not share my personal information with nonaffiliates to market their products and services to me.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Additional opt-outs.</I> Financial institutions that use the disclosure table to provide opt-out options beyond those required by Federal law must provide those opt-outs in this section of the model form. A financial institution that chooses to offer an opt-out for its own marketing in the mail-in opt-out form must include one of the two following statements: “Do not share my personal information to market to me.” <I>or</I> “Do not use my personal information to market to me.” A financial institution that chooses to offer an opt-out for joint marketing must include the following statement: “Do not share my personal information with other financial institutions to jointly market to me.”
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Barcodes.</I> A financial institution may elect to include a barcode and/or “tagline” (an internal identifier) in 6-point font at the bottom of page one, as needed for information internal to the institution, so long as these do not interfere with the clarity or text of the form.
</P>
<HD3>3. Page Two
</HD3>
<P>(a) <I>General Instructions for the Questions.</I> Certain of the Questions may be customized as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>“Who is providing this notice?”</I> This question may be omitted where only one financial institution provides the model form and that institution is clearly identified in the title on page one. Two or more financial institutions that jointly provide the model form must use this question to identify themselves as required by § 160.9(f) of this part. Where the list of institutions exceeds four (4) lines, the institution must describe in the response to this question the general types of institutions jointly providing the notice and must separately identify those institutions, in minimum 8-point font, directly following the “Other important information” box, or, if that box is not included in the institution's form, directly following the “Definitions.” The list may appear in a multi-column format.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>“How does [name of financial institution] protect my personal information?”</I> The financial institution may only provide additional information pertaining to its safeguards practices following the designated response to this question. Such information may include information about the institution's use of cookies or other measures it uses to safeguard personal information. Institutions are limited to a maximum of 30 additional words.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>“How does [name of financial institution] collect my personal information?”</I> Institutions must use five (5) of the following terms to complete the bulleted list for this question: Open an account; deposit money; pay your bills; apply for a loan; use your credit or debit card; seek financial or tax advice; apply for insurance; pay insurance premiums; file an insurance claim; seek advice about your investments; buy securities from us; sell securities to us; direct us to buy securities; direct us to sell your securities; make deposits or withdrawals from your account; enter into an investment advisory contract; give us your income information; provide employment information; give us your employment history; tell us about your investment or retirement portfolio; tell us about your investment or retirement earnings; apply for financing; apply for a lease; provide account information; give us your contact information; pay us by check; give us your wage statements; provide your mortgage information; make a wire transfer; tell us who receives the money; tell us where to send the money; show your government-issued ID; show your driver's license; order a commodity futures or option trade. Institutions that collect personal information from their affiliates and/or credit bureaus must include after the bulleted list the following statement: “We also collect your personal information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.” Institutions that do not collect personal information from their affiliates or credit bureaus but do collect information from other companies must include the following statement instead: “We also collect your personal information from other companies.” Only institutions that do not collect any personal information from affiliates, credit bureaus, or other companies can omit both statements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>“Why can't I limit all sharing?”</I> Institutions that describe state privacy law provisions in the <I>“Other important information”</I> box must use the bracketed sentence: “See below for more on your rights under state law.” Other institutions must omit this sentence.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>“What happens when I limit sharing for an account I hold jointly with someone else?”</I> Only financial institutions that provide opt-out options must use this question. Other institutions must omit this question. Institutions must choose one of the following two statements to respond to this question: “Your choices will apply to everyone on your account.” or “Your choices will apply to everyone on your account—unless you tell us otherwise.” Financial institutions that provide insurance products or services and elect to use the model form may substitute the word “policy” for “account” in these statements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General Instructions for the Definitions.</I> The financial institution must customize the space below the responses to the three definitions in this section. This specific information must be in italicized lettering to set off the information from the standardized definitions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliates.</I> As required by § 160.6(a)(3) of this part, where [<I>affiliate information</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it has no affiliates, state: “[<I>name of financial institution</I>] <I>has no affiliates</I>”;
</P>
<P>(ii) If it has affiliates but does not share personal information, state: <I>“[name of financial institution] does not share with our affiliates”;</I> or
</P>
<P>(iii) If it shares with its affiliates, state, as applicable: “<I>Our affiliates include companies with a [common corporate identity of financial institution] name; financial companies such as [insert illustrative list of companies]; nonfinancial companies, such as [insert illustrative list of companies]; and others, such as [insert illustrative list].”</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonaffiliates.</I> As required by § 160.6(c)(3) of this part, where [<I>nonaffiliate information</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it does not share with nonaffiliated third parties, state: <I>” [name of financial institution] does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you”;</I> or
</P>
<P>(ii) If it shares with nonaffiliated third parties, state, as applicable: “<I>Nonaffiliates</I> we share with can include [<I>list categories of companies such as mortgage companies, insurance companies, direct marketing companies, and nonprofit organizations</I>].”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Joint Marketing.</I> As required by § 160.13 of this part, where [<I>joint marketing</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it does not engage in joint marketing, state: “<I>[name of financial institution] doesn't jointly market</I>”; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If it shares personal information for joint marketing, state, as applicable: “<I>Our joint marketing partners include [list categories of companies such as credit card companies].”</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General instructions for the “Other important information” box.</I> This box is optional. The space provided for information in this box is not limited. Only the following types of information can appear in this box.
</P>
<P>(1) State and/or international privacy law information; and/or
</P>
<P>(2) Acknowledgment of receipt form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 62975, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.26.6.1.1.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 160—Sample Clauses
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix only applies to privacy notices provided before January 1, 2011. Financial institutions, including a group of financial holding company affiliates that use a common privacy notice, may use the following sample clauses, if the clause is accurate for each institution that uses the notice. Note that disclosure of certain information, such as assets, income and information from a consumer reporting agency, may give rise to obligations under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, such as a requirement to permit a consumer to opt out of disclosures to affiliates or designation as a consumer reporting agency if disclosures are made to nonaffiliated third parties.
</P>
<HD1>A-1—Categories of Information You Collect (All Institutions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use this clause, as applicable, to meet the requirement of § 160.6(a)(1) to describe the categories of nonpublic personal information you collect.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-1
</HD2>
<P>We collect nonpublic personal information about you from the following sources:
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from you on applications or other forms;
</P>
<P>• Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates or others; and
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from a consumer reporting agency.
</P>
<HD1>A-2—Categories of Information You Disclose (Institutions That Disclose Outside of the Exceptions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use one of these clauses, as applicable, to meet the requirement of § 160.6(a)(2) to describe the categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose. You may use these clauses if you disclose nonpublic personal information other than as permitted by the exceptions in §§ 160.13, 160.14 and 160.15.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-2, Alternative 1
</HD2>
<P>We may disclose the following kinds of nonpublic personal information about you:
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from you on applications or other forms, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your name, address, Social Security number, assets and income”];
</P>
<P>• Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates or others, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your account balance, payment history, parties to transactions and credit card usage”]; and
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from a consumer reporting agency, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your creditworthiness and credit history”].
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-2, Alternative 2
</HD2>
<P>We may disclose all of the information that we collect, as described [describe location in the notice, such as “above” or “below”].
</P>
<HD1>A-3—Categories of Information You Disclose and Parties To Whom You Disclose (Institutions That Do Not Disclose Outside of the Exceptions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use this clause, as applicable, to meet the requirements of §§ 160.6(a)(2), (3) and (4) to describe the categories of nonpublic personal information about customers and former customers that you disclose and the categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose. You may use this clause if you do not disclose nonpublic personal information to any party, other than as is permitted by the exceptions in §§ 160.14 and 160.15.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-3
</HD2>
<P><I>We do not disclose any nonpubli</I>c personal information about our customers or former customers to anyone, except as permitted by law.
</P>
<HD1>A-4—Categories of Parties To Whom You Disclose (Institutions That Disclose Outside of the Exceptions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use this clause, as applicable, to meet the requirement of § 160.6(a)(3) to describe the categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information. You may use this clause if you disclose nonpublic personal information other than as permitted by the exceptions in §§ 160.13, 160.14 and 160.15, as well as when permitted by the exceptions in §§ 160.14 and 160.15.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-4
</HD2>
<P>We may disclose nonpublic personal information about you to the following types of third parties:
</P>
<P>• Financial service providers, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “mortgage bankers”];
</P>
<P>• Non-financial companies, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “retailers, direct marketers, airlines and publishers”]; and
</P>
<P>• Others, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “non-profit organizations”].
</P>
<P>We may also disclose nonpublic personal information about you to nonaffiliated third parties as permitted by law.
</P>
<HD1>A-5—Service Provider/Joint Marketing Exception
</HD1>
<P>You may use one of these clauses, as applicable, to meet the requirements of § 160.6(a)(5) related to the exception for service providers and joint marketers in § 160.13. If you disclose nonpublic personal information under this exception, you must describe the categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose and the categories of third parties with whom you have contracted.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-5, Alternative 1
</HD2>
<P>We may disclose the following information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf or to other financial institutions with which we have joint marketing agreements:
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from you on applications or other forms, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your name, address, Social Security number, assets and income”];
</P>
<P>• Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your account balance, payment history, parties to transactions and credit card usage”]; and
</P>
<P>• Information we receive from a consumer reporting agency, such as [provide illustrative examples, such as “your creditworthiness and credit history”].
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-5, Alternative 2
</HD2>
<P>We may disclose all of the information we collect, as described [describe location in the notice, such as “above” or “below”] to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf or to other financial institutions with which we have joint marketing agreements.
</P>
<HD1>A-6—Explanation of Opt Out Right (Institutions That Disclose Outside of the Exceptions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use this clause, as applicable, to meet the requirement of § 160.6(a)(6) to provide an explanation of the consumer's right to opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties, including the method(s) by which the consumer may exercise that right. You may use this clause if you disclose nonpublic personal information other than as permitted by the exceptions in §§ 160.13, 160.14 and 160.15.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-6
</HD2>
<P>If you prefer that we not disclose nonpublic personal information about you to nonaffiliated third parties you may opt out of those disclosures; that is, you may direct us not to make those disclosures (other than disclosures permitted or required by law). If you wish to opt out of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties, you may [describe a reasonable means of opting out, such as “call the following toll-free number: (insert number)”].
</P>
<HD1>A-7—Confidentiality and Security (All Institutions)
</HD1>
<P>You may use this clause, as applicable, to meet the requirement of § 160.6(a)(8) to describe your policies and practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information.
</P>
<HD2>Sample Clause A-7
</HD2>
<P>We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about you to [provide an appropriate description, such as “those employees who need to know that information to provide products or services to you”]. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to safeguard your nonpublic personal information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 62984, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="162" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 162—PROTECTION OF CONSUMER INFORMATION UNDER THE FAIR CREDIT REPORTING ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 1088, Pub. L. 111-203; 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 43884, July 22, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 162.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to implement various provisions in the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681, <I>et seq.</I> (“FCRA”), which provide certain protections to consumer information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to certain consumer information held by the entities listed below. This part shall apply to futures commission merchants, retail foreign exchange dealers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, introducing brokers, major swap participants and swap dealers, regardless of whether they are required to register with the Commission. This part does not apply to foreign futures commission merchants, foreign retail foreign exchange dealers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, introducing brokers, major swap participants and swap dealers unless such entity registers with the Commission. Nothing in this part modifies limits or supersedes the requirements set forth in part 160 of this title.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examples.</I> The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. Examples in a section illustrate only the issue described in the section and do not illustrate any other issue that may arise in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate.</I> The term “affiliate” for the purposes of this part means any person that is related by common ownership or common corporate control with a covered affiliate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clear and conspicuous.</I> The term “clear and conspicuous” means reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information presented in the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Common ownership or common corporate control.</I> The term “common ownership or common corporate control” for the purposes of this part means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company is presumed to control the company. Any person who does not own more than 25 percent of the voting securities of a company will be presumed not to control the company.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Company.</I> The term “company” means any corporation, limited liability company, business trust, general or limited partnership, association, or similar organization.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Concise</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term “concise” means a reasonably brief expression or statement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Combination with other required disclosures.</I> A notice required by this part may be concise even if it is combined with other disclosures required or authorized by Federal or state law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Consumer.</I> Except as otherwise provided, the term “consumer” means an individual person. The term consumer does not include market makers, floor brokers, locals, or individual persons whose information is not collected to determine eligibility for personal, family, or household purposes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Consumer information.</I> The term “consumer information” means any record about an individual, whether in paper, electronic, or other form, that is a consumer report or is derived from a consumer report (as defined in section 603(d)(2) of the FCRA). Consumer information also means a compilation of such records. Consumer information does not include information that does not identify individuals, such as aggregate information or blind data.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Covered affiliate.</I> The term “covered affiliate” means a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant or swap dealer, which is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Dispose or Disposal</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The terms “dispose” or “disposal” means:
</P>
<P>(i) The discarding or abandonment of consumer information; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The sale, donation, or transfer of any medium, including computer equipment, upon which consumer information is stored.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sale, donation, or transfer of consumer information.</I> The sale, donation, or transfer of consumer information is not considered disposal for the purposes of subpart B.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Dodd-Frank Act.</I> The term “Dodd-Frank Act” means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010)).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Eligibility information.</I> The term “eligibility information” means any information that would be a consumer report if the exclusions from the definition of “consumer report” in section 603(d)(2)(A) of the FCRA did not apply. Examples of the type of information that would fall within the definition of eligibility information include an affiliate's own transaction or experience information, such as information about a consumer's account history with that affiliate, and other information, such as information from credit bureau reports or applications. Eligibility information does not include aggregate or blind data that does not contain personal identifiers such as account numbers, names, or addresses.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>FCRA.</I> The term “FCRA” means the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Financial product or service.</I> The term “financial product or service” means any product or service that a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, major swap participant or swap dealer could offer that is subject to the Commission's jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>GLB Act.</I> The term “GLB Act” means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999)).
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Major swap participant.</I> The term “major swap participant” has the same meaning as in section 1a(33) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> as may be further defined by this title, and includes any person registered as such thereunder.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Person.</I> The term “person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, trust, estate, cooperative, association, or other entity.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Pre-existing business relationship.</I> The term “pre-existing business relationship” means a relationship between a person, or a person's licensed agent, and a consumer based on—
</P>
<P>(1) A financial contract between the person and the consumer which is in force on the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation by this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase, rental, or lease by the consumer of a persons' services or a financial transaction (including holding an active account or policy in force or having another continuing relationship) between the consumer and the person, during the 18-month period immediately preceding the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation covered by this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) An inquiry or application by the consumer regarding a financial product or service offered by that person during the three-month period immediately preceding the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Solicitation</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term “solicitation” means the marketing of a financial product or service initiated by an affiliate to a particular consumer that is—
</P>
<P>(i) Based on eligibility information communicated to that covered affiliate by an affiliate that has or previously had the pre-existing business relationship with a consumer as described in this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Intended to encourage the consumer to purchase or obtain such financial product or service. A solicitation does not include marketing communications that are directed at the general public.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples.</I> Examples of what communications constitute solicitations include communications such as a telemarketing solicitation, direct mail, or e-mail, when those communications are directed to a specific consumer based on eligibility information. A solicitation does not include communications that are directed at the general public without regard to eligibility information, even if those communications are intended to encourage consumers to purchase financial products and services from the affiliate initiating the communications.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Swap dealer.</I> The term “swap dealer” has the same meaning as in section 1a(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.,</I> as may be further defined by this title, and includes any person registered as such thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Business Affiliate Marketing Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.3   Affiliate marketing opt out and exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial notice and opt out.</I> A covered affiliate may not use eligibility information about a consumer that the covered affiliate receives from an affiliate with the consumer to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to such consumer unless—
</P>
<P>(1) It is clearly and conspicuously disclosed to the consumer in writing or if the consumer agrees, electronically, in a concise notice that the person may use shared eligibility information about that consumer received from an affiliate to make solicitations for marketing purposes to such consumer;
</P>
<P>(2) The consumer is provided a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out, or prohibit the covered affiliate from using eligibility information to make solicitations for marketing purposes to the consumer; and
</P>
<P>(3) The consumer has not opted out.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Persons responsible for satisfying the notice requirement.</I> The notice required by this section must be provided:
</P>
<P>(1) By an affiliate that has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with a consumer; or
</P>
<P>(2) As part of a joint notice from two or more members of an affiliated group of companies, provided that at least one of the affiliates on the joint notice has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> These proposed regulations would not apply to the following covered affiliate:
</P>
<P>(1) A covered affiliate that has a pre-existing business relationship with a consumer;
</P>
<P>(2) Communications between an employer and employee-consumer (or his or her beneficiary) in connection with an employee benefit plan;
</P>
<P>(3) A covered affiliate that is currently providing services to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(4) If the consumer initiated the communication with the covered affiliate by oral, electronic, or written means;
</P>
<P>(5) If the consumer authorized or requested the covered affiliate's solicitation; or
</P>
<P>(6) If compliance by a person with these regulations would prevent that person's compliance with state insurance laws pertaining to unfair discrimination.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Making solicitations</I>—(1) <I>When a solicitation occurs.</I> A covered affiliate makes a solicitation for marketing purposes if the person—
</P>
<P>(i) Receives eligibility information from an affiliate;
</P>
<P>(ii) Uses that eligibility information to do one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the consumer or type of consumer to receive a solicitation;
</P>
<P>(B) Establish criteria used to select the consumer to receive a solicitation about the covered affiliate's financial products or services; or
</P>
<P>(C) Decide which of the services or contracts to market to the consumer or tailor the solicitation to that consumer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) As a result of the covered affiliate's use of the eligibility information, the consumer is provided a solicitation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Receipt of eligibility information.</I> A covered affiliate may receive eligibility information from an affiliate in various ways, including when the affiliate places that information into a common database that the covered affiliate may access.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Service providers.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, a covered affiliate receives or uses an affiliate's eligibility information if a service provider acting on the covered affiliate's behalf (regardless of whether such service provider is a third party or an affiliate of the covered affiliate) receives or uses that information in the manner described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) or (d)(1)(ii) of this section. All relevant facts and circumstances will determine whether a service provider is acting on behalf of a covered affiliate when it receives or uses an affiliate's eligibility information in connection with marketing the covered affiliate's financial products or services.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use by an affiliate of its own eligibility information.</I> Unless a covered affiliate uses eligibility information that the covered affiliate receives from an affiliate in the manner described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the covered affiliate does not make a solicitation subject to this subpart:
</P>
<P>(i) Uses its own eligibility information that it obtained in connection with a pre-existing business relationship it has or previously had with the consumer to market the covered affiliate's financial products or services to the consumer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Directs its service provider to use the affiliate's own eligibility information that it obtained in connection with a pre-existing business relationship it has or previously had with the consumer to market the covered affiliate's financial products or services to the consumer, and the covered affiliate does not communicate directly with the service provider regarding that use.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Use of eligibility information by a service provider</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> A covered affiliate does not make a solicitation subject to this subpart if a service provider (including an affiliated or third-party service provider that maintains or accesses a common database that the covered affiliate may access) receives eligibility information from an affiliate that has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and uses that eligibility information to market the covered affiliate's financial products or services to the consumer, so long as—
</P>
<P>(A) The affiliate controls access to and use of its eligibility information by the service provider (including the right to establish the specific terms and conditions under which the service provider may use such information to market the covered affiliate's financial products or services);
</P>
<P>(B) The affiliate establishes specific terms and conditions under which the service provider may access and use such affiliate's eligibility information to market the covered affiliate's financial products and services (or those of affiliates generally) to the consumer, such as the identity of the affiliated companies whose financial products or services may be marketed to the consumer by the service provider, the types of financial products or services of affiliated companies that may be marketed, and the number of times the consumer may receive marketing materials, and periodically evaluates the service provider's compliance with those terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(C) The affiliate requires the service provider to implement reasonable policies and procedures designed to ensure that the service provider uses such affiliate's eligibility information in accordance with the terms and conditions established by such affiliate relating to the marketing of the covered affiliate's financial products or services;
</P>
<P>(D) The affiliate is identified on or with the marketing materials provided to the consumer; and
</P>
<P>(E) The covered affiliate does not directly use its affiliate's eligibility information in the manner described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Writing requirements.</I> (A) The requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) and (C) of this section must be set forth in a written agreement between the affiliate that has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and the service provider; and
</P>
<P>(B) The specific terms and conditions established by the affiliate as provided in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section must be set forth in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Relation to affiliate-sharing notice and opt out.</I> Nothing in this rulemaking will limit the responsibility of a covered affiliate to comply with the notice and opt-out provisions under other privacy rules under the FCRA, the GLB Act or the CEA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.4   Scope and duration of opt out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of opt-out election</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The consumer's election to opt out prohibits any covered affiliate subject to the scope of the opt-out notice from using eligibility information received from another affiliate to make solicitations to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Continuing relationship</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> If the consumer establishes a continuing relationship with a covered affiliate or its affiliate, an opt-out notice may apply to eligibility information obtained in connection with—
</P>
<P>(A) A single continuing relationship or multiple continuing relationships that the consumer establishes with a covered affiliate or its affiliates, including continuing relationships established subsequent to delivery of the opt-out notice, so long as the notice adequately describes the continuing relationships covered by the opt out; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any other transaction between the consumer and the covered affiliate or its affiliates as described in the notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Examples of a continuing relationship.</I> A consumer has a continuing relationship with a covered affiliate or its affiliate if:
</P>
<P>(A) The covered affiliate is a futures commission merchant through whom a consumer has opened an account, or that carries the consumer's account on a fully-disclosed basis, or that effects or engages in commodity interest transactions with or for a consumer, even if the covered affiliate does not hold any assets of the consumer;
</P>
<P>(B) The covered affiliate is an introducing broker that solicits or accepts specific orders for trades;
</P>
<P>(C) The covered affiliate is a commodity trading advisor with whom a consumer has a contract or subscription, either written or oral, regardless of whether the advice is standardized, or is based on, or tailored to, the commodity interest or cash market positions or other circumstances or characteristics of the particular consumer;
</P>
<P>(D) The covered affiliate is a commodity pool operator, and accepts or receives from the consumer, funds, securities, or property for the purpose of purchasing an interest in a commodity pool;
</P>
<P>(E) The covered affiliate is a major swap participant that holds securities or other assets as collateral for a loan made to the consumer, even if the covered affiliate did not make the loan or do not affect any transactions on behalf of the consumer; or
</P>
<P>(F) The covered affiliate is a swap dealer that regularly effects or engages in swap transactions with or for a consumer even if the covered affiliate does not hold any assets of the consumer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>No continuing relationship</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> If there is no continuing relationship between a consumer and the covered affiliate or its affiliate, and the covered affiliate or its affiliate obtain eligibility information about a consumer in connection with a transaction with the consumer, such as an isolated transaction or a credit application that is denied, an opt-out notice provided to the consumer only applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with that transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Examples of no continuing relationship.</I> A consumer does not have a continuing relationship with a covered affiliate or its affiliate if:
</P>
<P>(A) The covered affiliate has acted solely as a “finder” for a futures commission merchant, and the covered affiliate does not solicit or accept specific orders for trades; or
</P>
<P>(B) The covered affiliate has solicited the consumer to participate in a pool or to direct his or her account and he or she has not provided the covered affiliate with funds to participate in a pool or entered into any agreement with the covered affiliate to direct his or her account.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Menu of alternatives.</I> A consumer may be given the opportunity to choose from a menu of alternatives when electing to prohibit solicitations, such as by electing to prohibit solicitations from certain types of affiliates covered by the opt-out notice but not other types of affiliates covered by the notice, electing to prohibit solicitations based on certain types of eligibility information but not other types of eligibility information, or electing to prohibit solicitations by certain methods of delivery but not other methods of delivery. However, one of the alternatives must allow the consumer to prohibit all solicitations from all of the affiliates that are covered by the notice.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Special rule for a notice following termination of all continuing relationships.</I> A consumer must be given a new opt-out notice if, after all continuing relationships with the covered affiliate or its affiliate(s) are terminated, the consumer subsequently establishes another continuing relationship with the covered affiliate or its affiliate(s) and the consumer's eligibility information is to be used to make a solicitation. The new opt-out notice must apply, at a minimum, to eligibility information obtained in connection with the new continuing relationship. Consistent with paragraph b of this section, the consumer's decision not to opt out after receiving the new opt-out notice would not override a prior opt-out election by the consumer that applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with a terminated relationship, regardless of whether the new opt-out notice applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with the terminated relationship.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of opt-out election.</I> An opt-out election must be effective for a period of at least five years beginning when the consumer's opt-out election is received and implemented, unless the consumer subsequently revokes the opt-out election in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. An opt-out election may be established for a period of more than five years or for an indefinite period unless revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period in which a consumer can opt out.</I> A consumer may opt out at any time.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No effect on opt-out period.</I> An opt-out period may not be shortened by sending a renewal notice to the consumer before expiration of the opt-out period, even if the consumer does not renew the opt out.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.5   Contents of opt-out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of the opt-out notice</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> An opt-out notice must be in writing, be clear and conspicuous, as well as concise, and must accurately disclose the following:
</P>
<P>(i) (A) The name of the affiliate that has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with a consumer, which is providing the notice; or
</P>
<P>(B) If jointly provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name, then the notice may indicate that it is being provided by multiple companies with the same name or multiple companies in the same group or family of companies. If the affiliates providing the notice do not share a common name, then the notice must either separately identify each affiliate by name or identify each of the common names used by those affiliates;
</P>
<P>(ii) The list of affiliates or types of affiliates whose use of eligibility information is covered by the notice, which may include companies that become affiliates after the notice is provided to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(iii) A general description of the types of eligibility information that may be used to make solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that the consumer may elect to limit the use of eligibility information to make solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(v) A statement that the consumer's election will apply for the specified period of time and, if applicable, that the consumer will be allowed to renew the election once that period expires;
</P>
<P>(vi) If the notice is provided to consumers who have previously elected to opt out, that such consumer does not need to act again until the consumer receives a renewal notice; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A reasonable and simple method for the consumer to opt out.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specifying length of time period.</I> If consumer is granted an opt-out period longer than a five-year duration, the opt-out notice must specify the length of the opt-out period.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>No revised notice for extension of opt-out period.</I> The duration of an opt-out period may be increased for a period longer than the period specified in the opt-out notice without having to provide a revised notice of the increase to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Joint relationships.</I> (1) If two or more consumers jointly obtain a financial product or service, a single opt-out notice may be provided to joint consumers.
</P>
<P>(2) Any of the joint consumers may exercise the right to opt out on behalf of each joint consumer.
</P>
<P>(3) The opt-out election notice must explain how an opt-out election by a joint consumer will be treated. That is, the notice should specify whether an opt-out election by a joint consumer will be treated as applying to all of the associated joint consumers, or as applying to each joint consumer separately.
</P>
<P>(4) If the opt-out election notice provides that each joint consumer is permitted to opt out separately, one of the joint consumers must be permitted to opt out on behalf of all of the joint consumers and the joint consumer must be permitted to exercise his or her separate rights to opt out in a single response.
</P>
<P>(5) A covered affiliate cannot require all joint consumers to opt out before implementing any opt-out election.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative contents.</I> If the consumer is afforded a broader right to opt out of receiving marketing than is required by this subpart, the requirements of this section may be satisfied by providing the consumer with a clear, conspicuous, and concise notice that accurately discloses the consumer's opt-out rights.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordinated and consolidated consumer notices.</I> A notice required by this subpart may be coordinated and consolidated with any other notice or disclosure required to be issued under any other provision of law by the covered affiliate providing the notice, including but not limited to notices in the FCRA or the GLB Act privacy notices.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Equivalent notices.</I> A notice or disclosure that is equivalent to the notice required by this part in terms of content, and that is provided to a consumer together with a notice required by any other provision of law, satisfies the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Model notices.</I> Model notices are provided in appendix A of this part. These notices were meant to facilitate compliance with this subpart; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be interpreted to require persons subject to this part to use the model notices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.6   Reasonable opportunity to opt out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A covered affiliate must not use eligibility information about a consumer that the covered affiliate receives from an affiliate to make a solicitation to such consumer about the covered affiliate's financial products or services, unless the consumer is provided a reasonable opportunity to opt out, as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> A reasonable opportunity to opt out under this subpart is:
</P>
<P>(1) If the opt-out notice is mailed to the consumer, the consumer has 30 days from the date the notice is mailed to opt out.
</P>
<P>(2) If the opt-out notice is sent <I>via</I> electronic means to the consumer, the consumer has 30 days from the date the consumer acknowledges receipt to elect to opt out by any reasonable method.
</P>
<P>(3) If the opt-out notice is sent <I>via</I> e-mail (where the consumer has agreed to receive disclosures by e-mail), the consumer is given 30 days after the e-mail is sent to elect to opt out by any reasonable method.
</P>
<P>(4) If the opt-out notice provided to the consumer at the time of an electronic transaction, the consumer is required to decide, as a necessary part of proceeding with the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the transaction.
</P>
<P>(5) If the opt-out notice is provided during an in-person transaction, the consumer is required to decide, as a necessary part of completing the transaction, whether to opt out through a simple process.
</P>
<P>(6) If the opt-out notice is provided in conjunction with other privacy notices required by law, the consumer is allowed to exercise the opt-out election within a reasonable period of time and in the same manner as the opt out under that privacy notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.7   Reasonable and simple methods of opting out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A covered affiliate shall be prohibited from using eligibility information about a consumer received from an affiliate to make a solicitation to the consumer about the covered affiliate's financial products or services, unless the consumer is provided a reasonable and simple method to opt out, as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> Reasonable and simple methods of opting out include:
</P>
<P>(1) Designating a check-off box in a prominent position on an opt-out election form;
</P>
<P>(2) Including a reply form and a self-addressed envelope (in a mailing);
</P>
<P>(3) Providing an electronic means, if the consumer agrees, that can be electronically mailed or processed through an Internet Web site;
</P>
<P>(4) Providing a toll-free telephone number; or
</P>
<P>(5) Exercising an opt-out election through whatever means are acceptable under a consolidated privacy notice required under other laws.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specific opt-out method.</I> Each consumer may be required to opt out through a specific method, as long as that method is acceptable under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.8   Acceptable delivery methods of opt-out notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The opt-out notice must be provided so that each consumer can reasonably be expected to receive actual notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic notices.</I> For opt-out notices provided electronically, the notice may be provided in compliance with either the electronic disclosure provisions in § 1.4 of this title or the provisions in section 101 of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, 15 U.S.C. 7001 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.9   Renewal of opt out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Renewal notice and opt-out requirement</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Since the FCRA provides that opt-out elections can expire in a period of no less than five years, an affiliate that has or previously had a pre-existing business relationship with a consumer must provide a renewal notice to the consumer after such time in order to allow its affiliates to make solicitations. After the opt-out election period expires, its affiliates may make solicitations unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The consumer has been given a renewal notice that complies with the requirements of this section and §§ 162.6 through 162.8 of this subpart, and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to renew the opt-out election, and the consumer does not renew the opt out; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An exception in Sec. 162.3(c) of this subpart applies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Renewal period.</I> Each opt-out renewal must be effective for a period of at least five years as provided in § 162.4(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Affiliates who may provide the renewal notice.</I> The notice required by this paragraph must be provided:
</P>
<P>(i) By the affiliate that provided the previous opt-out notice, or its successor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of a joint renewal notice from two or more members of an affiliated group of companies, or their successors, that jointly provided the previous opt-out notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of renewal or extension notice.</I> The contents of the renewal notice must include all of the same contents of the initial notices, but also must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the consumer previously elected to limit the use of certain information to make solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that the consumer may elect to renew the consumer's previous election; and
</P>
<P>(3) If applicable, a statement that the consumer's election to renew will apply for a specified period of time stated in the notice and that the consumer will be allowed to renew the election once that period expires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing of renewal notice.</I> Renewal notices must be provided in a reasonable period of time before the expiration of the opt-out election period or any time after the expiration of the opt-out period, but before solicitations that would have been prohibited by the expired opt-out election are made to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No effect on opt-out period.</I> An opt-out period may not be shortened by sending a renewal notice to the consumer before the expiration of the opt-out period, even if the consumer does not renew the opt-out election.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 162.10-162.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 162.10-162.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Disposal Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.21   Proper disposal of consumer information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Any covered affiliate must adopt must adopt reasonable, written policies and procedures that address administrative, technical, and physical safeguards for the protection of consumer information. These written policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure the security and confidentiality of consumer information;
</P>
<P>(2) Protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of consumer information; and
</P>
<P>(3) Protect against unauthorized access to or use of consumer information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any consumer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard.</I> Any covered affiliate under this part who maintains or otherwise possesses consumer information for a business purpose must properly dispose of such information by taking reasonable measures to protect against unauthorized access to or use of the information in connection with its disposal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examples.</I> The following examples are “reasonable” disposal measures for the purposes of this subpart—
</P>
<P>(1) Implementing and monitoring compliance with policies and procedures that require the burning, pulverizing, or shredding of papers containing consumer information so that the information cannot practicably be read or reconstructed;
</P>
<P>(2) Implementing and monitoring compliance with policies and procedures that require the destruction or erasure of electronic media containing consumer information so that the information cannot practically be read or reconstructed; and
</P>
<P>(3) After due diligence, entering into and monitoring compliance with a written contract with another party engaged in the business of record destruction to dispose of consumer information in a manner that is consistent with this rule.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relation to other laws.</I> Nothing in this section shall be construed:
</P>
<P>(1) To require a person to maintain or destroy any record pertaining to a consumer that is imposed under Sec. 1.31 or any other provision of law; or
</P>
<P>(2) To alter or affect any requirement imposed under any other provision of law to maintain or destroy such a record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 21252, Apr. 27, 2001, as amended at 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Identity Theft Red Flags</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 23661, Apr. 19, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 162.30" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.30   Duties regarding the detection, prevention, and mitigation of identity theft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of this subpart.</I> This section applies to financial institutions or creditors that are subject to administrative enforcement of the FCRA by the Commission pursuant to Sec. 621(b)(1) of the FCRA, 15 U.S.C. 1681s(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special definitions for this subpart.</I> For purposes of this section, and appendix B to this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Account means a continuing relationship established by a person with a financial institution or creditor to obtain a product or service for personal, family, household or business purposes. Account includes an extension of credit, such as the purchase of property or services involving a deferred payment.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>board of directors</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a branch or agency of a foreign bank, the managing official in charge of the branch or agency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of any other creditor that does not have a board of directors, a designated senior management employee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An account that a financial institution or creditor offers or maintains, primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, that involves or is designed to permit multiple payments or transactions, such as a margin account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other account that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains for which there is a reasonably foreseeable risk to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft, including financial, operational, compliance, reputation, or litigation risks.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Credit</I> has the same meaning in Sec. 603(r)(5) of the FCRA, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(r)(5).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Creditor</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1681m(e)(4), and includes any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, swap dealer, or major swap participant that regularly extends, renews, or continues credit; regularly arranges for the extension, renewal, or continuation of credit; or in acting as an assignee of an original creditor, participates in the decision to extend, renew, or continue credit.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Customer</I> means a person that has a covered account with a financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Financial institution</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1681a(t) and includes any futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, introducing broker, swap dealer, or major swap participant that directly or indirectly holds a transaction account belonging to a consumer.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Identifying information</I> means any name or number that may be used, alone or in conjunction with any other information, to identify a specific person, including any—
</P>
<P>(i) Name, Social Security number, date of birth, official State or government issued driver's license or identification number, alien registration number, government passport number, employer or taxpayer identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Unique biometric data, such as fingerprint, voice print, retina or iris image, or other unique physical representation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Unique electronic identification number, address, or routing code; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Telecommunication identifying information or access device (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1029(e)).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Identity theft</I> means a fraud committed or attempted using the identifying information of another person without authority.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Red Flag</I> means a pattern, practice, or specific activity that indicates the possible existence of identity theft.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Service provider</I> means a person that provides a service directly to the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periodic identification of covered accounts.</I> Each financial institution or creditor must periodically determine whether it offers or maintains covered accounts. As a part of this determination, a financial institution or creditor shall conduct a risk assessment to determine whether it offers or maintains covered accounts described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, taking into consideration:
</P>
<P>(1) The methods it provides to open its accounts;
</P>
<P>(2) The methods it provides to access its accounts; and
</P>
<P>(3) Its previous experiences with identity theft.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Establishment of an Identity Theft Prevention Program</I>—(1) <I>Program requirement.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that offers or maintains one or more covered accounts must develop and implement a written Identity Theft Prevention Program that is designed to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of a covered account or any existing covered account. The Identity Theft Prevention Program must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the financial institution or creditor and the nature and scope of its activities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elements of the Identity Theft Prevention Program.</I> The Identity Theft Prevention Program must include reasonable policies and procedures to:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify relevant Red Flags for the covered accounts that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains, and incorporate those Red Flags into its Identity Theft Prevention Program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Detect Red Flags that have been incorporated into the Identity Theft Prevention Program of the financial institution or creditor;
</P>
<P>(iii) Respond appropriately to any Red Flags that are detected pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section to prevent and mitigate identity theft; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure the Identity Theft Prevention Program (including the Red Flags determined to be relevant) is updated periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers and to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Administration of the Identity Theft Prevention Program.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that is required to implement an Identity Theft Prevention Program must provide for the continued administration of the Identity Theft Prevention Program and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Obtain approval of the initial written Identity Theft Prevention Program from either its board of directors or an appropriate committee of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(2) Involve the board of directors, an appropriate committee thereof, or a designated employee at the level of senior management in the oversight, development, implementation and administration of the Identity Theft Prevention Program;
</P>
<P>(3) Train staff, as necessary, to effectively implement the Identity Theft Prevention Program; and
</P>
<P>(4) Exercise appropriate and effective oversight of service provider arrangements.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guidelines.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that is required to implement an Identity Theft Prevention Program must consider the guidelines in appendix B of this part and include in its Identity Theft Prevention Program those guidelines that are appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.31" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.31   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 162.32" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 162.32   Duties of card issuers regarding changes of address.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to a person described in § 162.30(a) that issues a debit or credit card (card issuer).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of cardholder.</I> For purposes of this section, a cardholder means a consumer who has been issued a credit or debit card.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Address validation requirements.</I> A card issuer must establish and implement reasonable policies and procedures to assess the validity of a change of address if it receives notification of a change of address for a consumer's debit or credit card account and, within a short period of time afterwards (during at least the first 30 days after it receives such notification), the card issuer receives a request for an additional or replacement card for the same account. Under these circumstances, the card issuer may not issue an additional or replacement card, until, in accordance with its reasonable policies and procedures and for the purpose of assessing the validity of the change of address, the card issuer:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Notifies the cardholder of the request:
</P>
<P>(A) At the cardholder's former address; or
</P>
<P>(B) By any other means of communication that the card issuer and the cardholder have previously agreed to use; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides to the cardholder a reasonable means of promptly reporting incorrect address changes; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise assesses the validity of the change of address in accordance with the policies and procedures the card issuer has established pursuant to § 162.30.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative timing of address validation.</I> A card issuer may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section if it validates an address pursuant to the methods in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section when it receives an address change notification, before it receives a request for an additional or replacement card.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form of notice.</I> Any written or electronic notice that the card issuer provides under this paragraph must be clear and conspicuous and provided separately from its regular correspondence with the cardholder.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.5.1.1.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 162—Sample Clauses
</HEAD>
<P>A. Although use of the model forms is not required, use of the model forms in this appendix (as applicable) complies with the requirement in section 624 of the FCRA for clear, conspicuous, and concise notices.
</P>
<P>B. Certain changes may be made to the language or format of the model forms without losing the protection from liability afforded by use of the model forms. These changes may not be so extensive as to affect the substance, clarity, or meaningful sequence of the language in the model forms. Persons making such extensive revisions will lose the safe harbor that this appendix provides. Acceptable changes include, for example:
</P>
<P>1. Rearranging the order of the references to “your income”, “your account history”, and “your credit score”.
</P>
<P>2. Substituting other types of information for “income”, “account history”, or “credit score” for accuracy, such as “payment history”, “credit history”, or “claims history”.
</P>
<P>3. Substituting a clearer and more accurate description of the affiliates providing or covered by the notice for phrases such as “the [ABC] group of companies,” including without limitation a statement that the entity providing the notice recently purchased the consumer's account.
</P>
<P>4. Substituting other types of affiliates covered by the notice for “commodity advisor”, “futures clearing merchant”, or “swap dealer” affiliates.
</P>
<P>5. Omitting items that are not accurate or applicable. For example, if a person does not limit the duration of the opt-out period, the notice may omit information about the renewal notice.
</P>
<P>6. Adding a statement informing consumers how much time they have to opt out before shared eligibility information may be used to make solicitations to them.
</P>
<P>7. Adding a statement that the consumer may exercise the right to opt out at any time.
</P>
<P>8. Adding the following statement, if accurate: “If you previously opted out, you do not need to do so again.”
</P>
<P>9. Providing a place on the form for the consumer to fill in identifying information, such as his or her name and address.
</P>
<P>• A-1 Model Form for Initial Opt-out notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</P>
<P>• A-2 Model Form for Initial Opt-out notice (Joint Notice)
</P>
<P>• A-3 Model Form for Renewal Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</P>
<P>• A-4 Model Form for Renewal Notice (Joint Notice)
</P>
<P>• A-5 Model Form for Voluntary “No Marketing” Notice
</P>
<HD1>A-1 Model Form for Initial Opt-Out Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</HD1>
<HD1>[Your Choice To Limit Marketing]/[Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<FP-1>—[Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—[Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from our affiliates. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from our affiliates.]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—You may limit our affiliates in the [ABC] group of companies, such as our [commodity advisor, futures clearing merchant, and swap dealer] affiliates, from marketing their financial products or services to you based on your personal information that we collect and share with them. This information includes your [income], your [account history with us], and your [credit score].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Your choice to limit marketing offers from our affiliates will apply [until you tell us to change your choice]/[for x years from when you tell us your choice]/[for at least 5 years from when you tell us your choice]. [Include if the opt-out period expires.] Once that period expires, you will receive a renewal notice that will allow you to continue to limit marketing offers from our affiliates for [another x years]/[at least another 5 years].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—[Include, if applicable, in a subsequent notice, including an annual notice, for consumers who may have previously opted out.] If you have already made a choice to limit marketing offers from our affiliates, you do not need to act again until you receive the renewal notice.
</FP-1>
<P>To limit marketing offers, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<FP-1>—By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—[Company address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>__Do not allow your affiliates to use my personal information to market to me.
</FP-1>
<HD1>A-2 Model Form for Initial Opt-Out Notice (Joint Notice)
</HD1>
<HD1>[Your Choice to Limit Marketing]/[Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<FP-1>—The [ABC group of companies] is providing this notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—[Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from the [ABC] companies. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from the [ABC] companies.]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—You may limit the [ABC companies], such as the [ABC commodity advisor, futures clearing merchant, and swap dealer] affiliates, from marketing their financial products or services to you based on your personal information that they receive from other [ABC] companies. This information includes your [income], your [account history], and your [credit score].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Your choice to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies will apply [until you tell us to change your choice]/[for x years from when you tell us your choice]/[for at least 5 years from when you tell us your choice]. [Include if the opt-out period expires.] Once that period expires, you will receive a renewal notice that will allow you to continue to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies for [another x years]/[at least another 5 years].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−[Include, if applicable, in a subsequent notice, including an annual notice, for consumers who may have previously opted out.] If you have already made a choice to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies, you do not need to act again until you receive the renewal notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>To limit marketing offers, contact us
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[include all that apply]:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</FP-1>
<FP-1>On the Web: www.—.com
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>__ Do not allow any company [in the ABC group of companies] to use my personal information to market to me.
</FP-1>
<HD1>A-3 Model Form for Renewal Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</HD1>
<HD1>[Renewing Your Choice To Limit Marketing]/[Renewing Your Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<FP-1>−[Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−[Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from our affiliates. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from our affiliates.]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−You previously chose to limit our affiliates in the [ABC] group of companies, such as our [commodity advisor, futures clearing merchant, and swap dealer] affiliates, from marketing their financial products or services to you based on your personal information that we share with them. This information includes your [income], your [account history with us], and your [credit score].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−Your choice has expired or is about to expire.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>To renew your choice to limit marketing for [x] more years, contact us [include all that apply]:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</FP-1>
<FP-1>On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>__Renew my choice to limit marketing for [x] more years.
</FP-1>
<HD1>A-4 Model Form for Renewal Notice (Joint Notice)
</HD1>
<HD1>[Renewing Your Choice To Limit Marketing]/[Renewing Your Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<FP-1>−The [ABC group of companies] is providing this notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−[Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from the [ABC] companies. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from the [ABC] companies.]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−You previously chose to limit the [ABC companies], such as the [ABC commodity advisor, futures clearing merchant, and swap dealer] affiliates, from marketing their financial products or services to you based on your personal information that they receive from other [ABC] companies. This information includes your [income], your [account history], and your [credit score].
</FP-1>
<FP-1>−Your choice has expired or is about to expire.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>To renew your choice to limit marketing for [x] more years, contact us [include all that apply]:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</FP-1>
<FP-1>On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>__ Renew my choice to limit marketing for [x] more years.
</FP-1>
<HD1>A-5 Model Form for Voluntary “No Marketing” Notice
</HD1>
<HD1>[Your Choice To Stop Marketing]
</HD1>
<FP-1>−[Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>You may choose to stop all marketing from us and our affiliates.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>To stop all marketing offers, contact us [include all that apply]:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</FP-1>
<FP-1>On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>__ Do not market to me.


</FP-1>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.27.5.1.1.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 162—Interagency Guidelines on Identity Theft Detection, Prevention, and Mitigation
</HEAD>
<P>Section 162.30 requires each financial institution or creditor that offers or maintains one or more covered accounts, as defined in § 162.30(b)(3), to develop and provide for the continued administration of a written Identity Theft Prevention Program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of a covered account or any existing covered account. These guidelines are intended to assist financial institutions and creditors in the formulation and maintenance of an Identity Theft Prevention Program that satisfies the requirements of § 162.30.
</P>
<HD1>I. The Identity Theft Prevention Program
</HD1>
<P>In designing its Identity Theft Prevention Program, a financial institution or creditor may incorporate, as appropriate, its existing policies, procedures, and other arrangements that control reasonably foreseeable risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
</P>
<HD1>II. Identifying Relevant Red Flags
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Risk factors.</I> A financial institution or creditor should consider the following factors in identifying relevant Red Flags for covered accounts, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The types of covered accounts it offers or maintains;
</P>
<P>(2) The methods it provides to open its covered accounts;
</P>
<P>(3) The methods it provides to access its covered accounts; and
</P>
<P>(4) Its previous experiences with identity theft.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sources of Red Flags.</I> Financial institutions and creditors should incorporate relevant Red Flags from sources such as:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents of identity theft that the financial institution or creditor has experienced;
</P>
<P>(2) Methods of identity theft that the financial institution or creditor has identified that reflect changes in identity theft risks; and
</P>
<P>(3) Applicable supervisory guidance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Categories of Red Flags.</I> The Identity Theft Prevention Program should include relevant Red Flags from the following categories, as appropriate. Examples of Red Flags from each of these categories are appended as Supplement A to this Appendix B.
</P>
<P>(1) Alerts, notifications, or other warnings received from consumer reporting agencies or service providers, such as fraud detection services;
</P>
<P>(2) The presentation of suspicious documents;
</P>
<P>(3) The presentation of suspicious personal identifying information, such as a suspicious address change;
</P>
<P>(4) The unusual use of, or other suspicious activity related to, a covered account; and
</P>
<P>(5) Notice from customers, victims of identity theft, law enforcement authorities, or other persons regarding possible identity theft in connection with covered accounts held by the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<HD1>III. Detecting Red Flags
</HD1>
<P>The Identity Theft Prevention Program's policies and procedures should address the detection of Red Flags in connection with the opening of covered accounts and existing covered accounts, such as by:
</P>
<P>(a) Obtaining identifying information about, and verifying the identity of, a person opening a covered account; and
</P>
<P>(b) Authenticating customers, monitoring transactions, and verifying the validity of change of address requests, in the case of existing covered accounts.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Preventing and Mitigating Identity Theft
</HD1>
<P>The Identity Theft Prevention Program's policies and procedures should provide for appropriate responses to the Red Flags the financial institution or creditor has detected that are commensurate with the degree of risk posed. In determining an appropriate response, a financial institution or creditor should consider aggravating factors that may heighten the risk of identity theft, such as a data security incident that results in unauthorized access to a customer's account records held by the financial institution or creditor, or third party, or notice that a customer has provided information related to a covered account held by the financial institution or creditor to someone fraudulently claiming to represent the financial institution or creditor or to a fraudulent Internet Web site. Appropriate responses may include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitoring a covered account for evidence of identity theft;
</P>
<P>(b) Contacting the customer;
</P>
<P>(c) Changing any passwords, security codes, or other security devices that permit access to a covered account;
</P>
<P>(d) Reopening a covered account with a new account number;
</P>
<P>(e) Not opening a new covered account;
</P>
<P>(f) Closing an existing covered account;
</P>
<P>(g) Not attempting to collect on a covered account or not selling a covered account to a debt collector;
</P>
<P>(h) Notifying law enforcement; or
</P>
<P>(i) Determining that no response is warranted under the particular circumstances.
</P>
<HD1>V. Updating the Identity Theft Prevention Program
</HD1>
<P>Financial institutions and creditors should update the Identity Theft Prevention Program (including the Red Flags determined to be relevant) periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft, based on factors such as:
</P>
<P>(a) The experiences of the financial institution or creditor with identity theft;
</P>
<P>(b) Changes in methods of identity theft;
</P>
<P>(c) Changes in methods to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft;
</P>
<P>(d) Changes in the types of accounts that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains; and
</P>
<P>(e) Changes in the business arrangements of the financial institution or creditor, including mergers, acquisitions, alliances, joint ventures, and service provider arrangements.
</P>
<HD1>VI. Methods for Administering the Identity Theft Prevention Program
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Oversight of Identity Theft Prevention Program.</I> Oversight by the board of directors, an appropriate committee of the board, or a designated senior management employee should include:
</P>
<P>(1) Assigning specific responsibility for the Identity Theft Prevention Program's implementation;
</P>
<P>(2) Reviewing reports prepared by staff regarding compliance by the financial institution or creditor with § 162.30; and
</P>
<P>(3) Approving material changes to the Identity Theft Prevention Program as necessary to address changing identity theft risks.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> Staff of the financial institution or creditor responsible for development, implementation, and administration of its Identity Theft Prevention Program should report to the board of directors, an appropriate committee of the board, or a designated senior management employee, at least annually, on compliance by the financial institution or creditor with § 162.30.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents of report.</I> The report should address material matters related to the Identity Theft Prevention Program and evaluate issues such as: The effectiveness of the policies and procedures of the financial institution or creditor in addressing the risk of identity theft in connection with the opening of covered accounts and with respect to existing covered accounts; service provider arrangements; significant incidents involving identity theft and management's response; and recommendations for material changes to the Identity Theft Prevention Program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oversight of service provider arrangements.</I> Whenever a financial institution or creditor engages a service provider to perform an activity in connection with one or more covered accounts the financial institution or creditor should take steps to ensure that the activity of the service provider is conducted in accordance with reasonable policies and procedures designed to detect, prevent, and mitigate the risk of identity theft. For example, a financial institution or creditor could require the service provider by contract to have policies and procedures to detect relevant Red Flags that may arise in the performance of the service provider's activities, and either report the Red Flags to the financial institution or creditor, or to take appropriate steps to prevent or mitigate identity theft.
</P>
<HD1>VII. Other Applicable Legal Requirements
</HD1>
<P>Financial institutions and creditors should be mindful of other related legal requirements that may be applicable, such as:
</P>
<P>(a) For financial institutions and creditors that are subject to 31 U.S.C. 5318(g), filing a Suspicious Activity Report in accordance with applicable law and regulation;
</P>
<P>(b) Implementing any requirements under 15 U.S.C. 1681c-1(h) regarding the circumstances under which credit may be extended when the financial institution or creditor detects a fraud or active duty alert;
</P>
<P>(c) Implementing any requirements for furnishers of information to consumer reporting agencies under 15 U.S.C. 1681s-2, for example, to correct or update inaccurate or incomplete information, and to not report information that the furnisher has reasonable cause to believe is inaccurate; and
</P>
<P>(d) Complying with the prohibitions in 15 U.S.C. 1681m on the sale, transfer, and placement for collection of certain debts resulting from identity theft.
</P>
<HD2>Supplement A to Appendix B
</HD2>
<P>In addition to incorporating Red Flags from the sources recommended in section II(b) of the Guidelines in Appendix B of this part, each financial institution or creditor may consider incorporating into its Identity Theft Prevention Program, whether singly or in combination, Red Flags from the following illustrative examples in connection with covered accounts:
</P>
<HD3>Alerts, Notifications or Warnings From a Consumer Reporting Agency
</HD3>
<P>1. A fraud or active duty alert is included with a consumer report.
</P>
<P>2. A consumer reporting agency provides a notice of credit freeze in response to a request for a consumer report.
</P>
<P>3. A consumer reporting agency provides a notice of address discrepancy, as defined in Sec. 603(f) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(f)).
</P>
<P>4. A consumer report indicates a pattern of activity that is inconsistent with the history and usual pattern of activity of an applicant or customer, such as:
</P>
<P>a. A recent and significant increase in the volume of inquiries;
</P>
<P>b. An unusual number of recently established credit relationships;
</P>
<P>c. A material change in the use of credit, especially with respect to recently established credit relationships; or
</P>
<P>d. An account that was closed for cause or identified for abuse of account privileges by a financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<HD3>Suspicious Documents
</HD3>
<P>5. Documents provided for identification appear to have been altered or forged.
</P>
<P>6. The photograph or physical description on the identification is not consistent with the appearance of the applicant or customer presenting the identification.
</P>
<P>7. Other information on the identification is not consistent with information provided by the person opening a new covered account or customer presenting the identification.
</P>
<P>8. Other information on the identification is not consistent with readily accessible information that is on file with the financial institution or creditor, such as a signature card or a recent check.
</P>
<P>9. An application appears to have been altered or forged, or gives the appearance of having been destroyed and reassembled.
</P>
<HD3>Suspicious Personal Identifying Information
</HD3>
<P>10. Personal identifying information provided is inconsistent when compared against external information sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address does not match any address in the consumer report; or
</P>
<P>b. The Social Security Number (SSN) has not been issued, or is listed on the Social Security Administration's Death Master File.
</P>
<P>11. Personal identifying information provided by the customer is not consistent with other personal identifying information provided by the customer. For example, there is a lack of correlation between the SSN range and date of birth.
</P>
<P>12. Personal identifying information provided is associated with known fraudulent activity as indicated by internal or third-party sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address on an application is the same as the address provided on a fraudulent application; or
</P>
<P>b. The phone number on an application is the same as the number provided on a fraudulent application.
</P>
<P>13. Personal identifying information provided is of a type commonly associated with fraudulent activity as indicated by internal or third-party sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address on an application is fictitious, a mail drop, or a prison; or
</P>
<P>b. The phone number is invalid, or is associated with a pager or answering service.
</P>
<P>14. The SSN provided is the same as that submitted by other persons opening an account or other customers.
</P>
<P>15. The address or telephone number provided is the same as or similar to the address or telephone number submitted by an unusually large number of other persons opening accounts or by other customers.
</P>
<P>16. The person opening the covered account or the customer fails to provide all required personal identifying information on an application or in response to notification that the application is incomplete.
</P>
<P>17. Personal identifying information provided is not consistent with personal identifying information that is on file with the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>18. For financial institutions or creditors that use challenge questions, the person opening the covered account or the customer cannot provide authenticating information beyond that which generally would be available from a wallet or consumer report.
</P>
<HD3>Unusual Use of, or Suspicious Activity Related to, the Covered Account
</HD3>
<P>19. Shortly following the notice of a change of address for a covered account, the institution or creditor receives a request for a new, additional, or replacement means of accessing the account or for the addition of an authorized user on the account.
</P>
<P>20. A new revolving credit account is used in a manner commonly associated with known patterns of fraud. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The majority of available credit is used for cash advances or merchandise that is easily convertible to cash (e.g., electronics equipment or jewelry); or
</P>
<P>b. The customer fails to make the first payment or makes an initial payment but no subsequent payments.
</P>
<P>21. A covered account is used in a manner that is not consistent with established patterns of activity on the account. There is, for example:
</P>
<P>a. Nonpayment when there is no history of late or missed payments;
</P>
<P>b. A material increase in the use of available credit;
</P>
<P>c. A material change in purchasing or spending patterns;
</P>
<P>d. A material change in electronic fund transfer patterns in connection with a deposit account; or
</P>
<P>e. A material change in telephone call patterns in connection with a cellular phone account.
</P>
<P>22. A covered account that has been inactive for a reasonably lengthy period of time is used (taking into consideration the type of account, the expected pattern of usage and other relevant factors).
</P>
<P>23. Mail sent to the customer is returned repeatedly as undeliverable although transactions continue to be conducted in connection with the customer's covered account.
</P>
<P>24. The financial institution or creditor is notified that the customer is not receiving paper account statements.
</P>
<P>25. The financial institution or creditor is notified of unauthorized charges or transactions in connection with a customer's covered account.
</P>
<HD3>Notice From Customers, Victims of Identity Theft, Law Enforcement Authorities, or Other Persons Regarding Possible Identity Theft in Connection With Covered Accounts Held by the Financial Institution or Creditor
</HD3>
<P>26. The financial institution or creditor is notified by a customer, a victim of identity theft, a law enforcement authority, or any other person that it has opened a fraudulent account for a person engaged in identity theft.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 23660, Apr. 19, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="165" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 165—WHISTLEBLOWER RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 2, 5, 9, 12a(5), 13a, 13a-1, 13b, and 26.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 165.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act, entitled “Commodity Whistleblower Incentives and Protection,” requires the Commission to pay awards, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to whistleblowers who voluntarily provide the Commission with original information about violations of the Commodity Exchange Act. This part 165 describes the whistleblower program that the Commission intends to establish to implement the provisions of Section 23, and explains the procedures the whistleblower will need to follow in order to be eligible for an award. Whistleblowers should read these procedures carefully, because the failure to take certain required steps within the time frames described in this part may result in disqualification from receiving an award. Unless expressly provided for in this part, no person is authorized to make any offer or promise, or otherwise to bind the Commission with respect to the payment of any award or the amount thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Action.</I> The term “action” generally means a single captioned judicial or administrative proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of making an award under § 165.7, the Commission will treat as a Commission action two or more administrative or judicial proceedings brought by the Commission if these proceedings arise out of the same nucleus of operative facts; or
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of determining the payment on an award under § 165.14, the Commission will deem as part of the Commission action upon which the award was based any subsequent Commission proceeding that, individually, results in a monetary sanction of $1,000,000 or less, and that arises out of the same nucleus of operative facts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aggregate amount.</I> The phrase “aggregate amount” means the total amount of an award granted to one or more whistleblowers pursuant to § 165.8.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Analysis.</I> The term “analysis” means the whistleblower's examination and evaluation of information that may be generally available, but which reveals information that is not generally known or available to the public.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Collected by the Commission.</I> The phrase “collected by the Commission” refers to any funds received, and confirmed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in satisfaction of part or all of a civil monetary penalty, disgorgement obligation, or fine owed to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Covered judicial or administrative action.</I> The phrase “covered judicial or administrative action” means any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act whose successful resolution results in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fund.</I> The term “Fund” means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Customer Protection Fund.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Independent knowledge.</I> The phrase “independent knowledge” means factual information in the whistleblower's possession that is not generally known or available to the public. The whistleblower may gain independent knowledge from the whistleblower's experiences, communications and observations in the whistleblower's personal business or social interactions. The Commission will not consider the whistleblower's information to be derived from the whistleblower's independent knowledge if the whistleblower obtained the information:
</P>
<P>(1) From sources generally available to the public such as corporate filings and the media, including the Internet;
</P>
<P>(2) Through a communication that was subject to the attorney-client privilege, unless the disclosure is otherwise permitted by the applicable federal or state attorney conduct rules;
</P>
<P>(3) In connection with the legal representation of a client on whose behalf the whistleblower, or the whistleblower's employer or firm, have been providing services, and the whistleblower seek to use the information to make a whistleblower submission for the whistleblower's own benefit, unless disclosure is authorized by the applicable federal or state attorney conduct rules;
</P>
<P>(4) Because the whistleblower was an officer, director, trustee, or partner of an entity and another person informed the whistleblower of allegations of misconduct, or the whistleblower learned the information in connection with the entity's processes for identifying, reporting, and addressing possible violations of law;
</P>
<P>(5) Because the whistleblower was an employee whose principal duties involved compliance or internal audit responsibilities; or
</P>
<P>(6) By a means or in a manner that is determined by a United States court to violate applicable Federal or state criminal law.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exceptions.</I> Paragraphs (g)(4) and (5) of this section shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(i) The whistleblower has a reasonable basis to believe that disclosure of the information to the Commission is necessary to prevent the relevant entity from engaging in conduct that is likely to cause substantial injury to the financial interest or property of the entity or investors;
</P>
<P>(ii) The whistleblower has a reasonable basis to believe that the relevant entity is engaging in conduct that will impede an investigation of the misconduct; or
</P>
<P>(iii) At least 120 days have elapsed since the whistleblower provided the information to the relevant entity's audit committee, chief legal officer, chief compliance officer (or their equivalents), or the whistleblower's supervisor, or since the whistleblower received the information, if the whistleblower received it under circumstances indicating that the entity's audit committee, chief legal officer, chief compliance officer (or their equivalents), or the whistleblower's supervisor was already aware of the information.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Independent analysis.</I> The phrase “independent analysis” means the whistleblower's own analysis, whether done alone or in combination with others.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information that led to successful enforcement.</I> The Commission will consider that the whistleblower provided original information that led to the successful enforcement of a judicial or administrative action, or related action, in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The whistleblower gave the Commission original information that was sufficiently specific, credible, and timely to cause the Commission staff to commence an examination, open an investigation, reopen an investigation that the Commission had closed, or to inquire concerning different conduct as part of a current examination or investigation, and the Commission brought a successful judicial or administrative action based in whole or in part on conduct that was the subject of the whistleblower's original information; or
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower gave the Commission original information about conduct that was already under examination or investigation by the Commission, the Congress, any other authority of the federal government, a state Attorney General or securities regulatory authority, any registered entity, registered futures association, or self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), foreign futures authority, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (except in cases where the whistleblower was an original source of this information as defined in paragraph (l) of this section), and the whistleblower's submission significantly contributed to the success of the action.
</P>
<P>(3) The whistleblower reported original information through an entity's internal whistleblower, legal, or compliance procedures for reporting allegations of possible violations of law before or at the same time the whistleblower reported them to the Commission; the entity later provided the whistleblower's information to the Commission, or provided results of an audit or investigation initiated in whole or in part in response to information the whistleblower reported to the entity; and the information the entity provided to the Commission satisfies either paragraph (i)(1) or (2) of this section. Under this paragraph (i)(3), the whistleblower must also submit the same information to the Commission in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 165.3 within 180 days of providing it to the entity.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Monetary sanctions.</I> The phrase “monetary sanctions,” when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action, or related action, means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any monies, including penalties, disgorgement, restitution, and interest ordered to be paid; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any monies deposited into a disgorgement fund or other fund pursuant to section 308(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246(b)) as a result of such action or any settlement of such action.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Original information.</I> The phrase “original information” means information that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is derived from the independent knowledge or independent analysis of a whistleblower;
</P>
<P>(2) Is not already known to the Commission from any other source, unless the whistleblower is the original source of the information;
</P>
<P>(3) Is not exclusively derived from an allegation made in a judicial or administrative hearing, in a governmental report, hearing, audit, or investigation, or from the news media, unless the whistleblower is a source of the information; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is submitted to the Commission for the first time after July 21, 2010 (the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010).
</P>
<P>(5) Original information shall not lose its status as original information solely because the whistleblower submitted such information prior to October 24, 2011, provided such information was submitted after July 21, 2010, the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010. In order to be eligible for an award, a whistleblower who submits original information to the Commission after July 21, 2010, but prior to October 24, 2011, must comply with the procedure set forth in § 165.3(d).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Original source.</I> The whistleblower must satisfy the whistleblower's status as the original source of information to the Commission's satisfaction.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Information obtained from another source.</I> The Commission will consider the whistleblower to be an “original source” of the same information that the Commission obtains from another source if the information the whistleblower provide satisfies the definition of original information and the other source obtained the information from the whistleblower or the whistleblower's representative.
</P>
<P>(i) In order to be considered an original source of information that the Commission receives from Congress, any other federal, state or local authority, a foreign futures authority, any registered entity, registered futures association, or any self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), the whistleblower must have voluntarily given such authorities the information within the meaning of this part. In determining whether the whistleblower is the original source of information, the Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from one of the other entities or authorities described in this paragraph (l)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the whistleblower claims to be the original source of information that an authority or another entity, other than as set forth in paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, provided to the Commission, the Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from such authority or other entity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information first provided to another authority or person.</I> If the whistleblower provides information to Congress, any other federal, state, or local authority, a foreign futures authority, a registered entity, a registered futures association, a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), or to any of the persons described in paragraphs (g)(4) and (5) of this section, and the whistleblower, within 180 days, makes a submission to the Commission pursuant to § 165.3, as the whistleblower must do in order for the whistleblower to be eligible to be considered for an award, then, for purposes of evaluating the whistleblower's claim to an award under § 165.7, the Commission will consider that the whistleblower provided original information as of the date of the whistleblower's original disclosure, report, or submission to one of these other authorities or persons. The whistleblower must establish the whistleblower's status as the original source of such information, as well as the effective date of any prior disclosure, report, or submission, to the Commission's satisfaction. The Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from the other authority or person in making this determination.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Information already known by the Commission.</I> If the Commission already knows some information about a matter from other sources at the time the whistleblower makes the whistleblower's submission, and the whistleblower is not an original source of that information, as described above, the Commission will consider the whistleblower an “original source” of any information the whistleblower separately provides that is original information that materially adds to the information that the Commission already possesses.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Related action.</I> The phrase “related action,” when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act, means any judicial or administrative action brought by an entity listed in § 165.11(a) that is based upon the original information voluntarily submitted by a whistleblower to the Commission pursuant to § 165.3 that led to the successful resolution of the Commission action.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Successful resolution.</I> The phrase “successful resolution,” when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act, includes any settlement of such action or final judgment in favor of the Commission. It shall also have the same meaning as “successful enforcement.”
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Voluntary submission or voluntarily submitted.</I> (1) The phrase “voluntary submission” or “voluntarily submitted” within the context of submission of original information to the Commission under this part, shall mean the provision of information made prior to any request from the Commission, Congress, any other federal or state authority, the Department of Justice, a registered entity, a registered futures association, or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)) to the whistleblower or anyone representing the whistleblower (such as an attorney) about a matter to which the information in the whistleblower's submission is relevant. If the Commission or any of these other authorities makes a request, inquiry, or demand to the whistleblower or the whistleblower's representative first, the whistleblower's submission will not be considered voluntary, and the whistleblower will not be eligible for an award, even if the whistleblower's response is not compelled by subpoena or other applicable law. For purposes of this paragraph (o), the whistleblower will be considered to have received a request, inquiry or demand if documents or information from the whistleblower is within the scope of a request, inquiry, or demand that the whistleblower's employer receives, unless, after receiving the documents or information from the whistleblower, the whistleblower's employer fails to provide the whistleblower's documents or information to the requesting authority in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, the whistleblower's submission will not be considered voluntary if the whistleblower is under a pre-existing legal or contractual duty to report the violations that are the subject of the whistleblower's original information to the Commission, Congress, any other federal or state authority, the Department of Justice, a registered entity, a registered futures association, or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), or a duty that arises out of a judicial or administrative order.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Whistleblower(s).</I> (1) The term “whistleblower” or “whistleblowers” means any individual, or two (2) or more individuals acting jointly, who provides information relating to a potential violation of the Commodity Exchange Act to the Commission, in the manner established by § 165.3. A company or another entity is not eligible to be a whistleblower.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prohibition against retaliation.</I> The anti-retaliation protections under Section 23(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act apply whether or not the whistleblower satisfies the requirements, procedures and conditions to qualify for an award. For purposes of the anti-retaliation protections afforded by Section 23(h)(1)(A)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act, the whistleblower is a whistleblower if:
</P>
<P>(i) The whistleblower possess a reasonable belief that the information the whistleblower is providing relates to a possible violation of the CEA, or the rules or regulations thereunder, that has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The whistleblower provides that information in a manner described in § 165.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24497, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.3   Procedures for submitting original information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A whistleblower will need to submit the whistleblower's information to the Commission. A whistleblower may submit the whistleblower's information:
</P>
<P>(1) By completing and submitting a Form TCR online and submitting it electronically through the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.cftc.gov,</I> or the Commission's Whistleblower Program Web site at <I>www.whistleblower.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) By completing the Form TCR and mailing or faxing the form to the Whistleblower Office at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters.
</P>
<P>(b) Further, to be eligible for an award, the whistleblower must declare under penalty of perjury at the time the whistleblower submits the whistleblower's information pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section that the whistleblower's information is true and correct to the best of the whistleblower's knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, if the whistleblower submitted the whistleblower's original information to the Commission anonymously, then the whistleblower's identity must be disclosed to the Commission and verified in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission consistent with the procedure set forth in § 165.7(c) prior to Commission's payment of any award.
</P>
<P>(d) If the whistleblower submitted original information in writing to the Commission after July 21, 2010 (the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010) but before the effective date of these rules, the whistleblower will be eligible for an award only in the event that the whistleblower provided the original information to the Commission in a format or manner other than that described in paragraph (a) of this section, the whistleblower submits a completed Form TCR within 120 days of the effective date of these rules and otherwise follows the procedures set forth above in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24497, May 30, 2017; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.4   Confidentiality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Section 23(h)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act requires that the Commission not disclose information that could reasonably be expected to reveal the identity of a whistleblower, except that the Commission may disclose such information in the following circumstances, in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a):
</P>
<P>(1) When disclosure is required to a defendant or respondent in connection with a public proceeding that the Commission institutes or in another public proceeding that is filed by an authority to which the Commission provides the information, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) When the Commission determines that it is necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act and to protect customers, it may provide whistleblower information, without the loss of its status as confidential whistleblower information in the hands of the Commission, to: The Department of Justice; an appropriate department or agency of the Federal Government, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction; a registered entity, registered futures association, or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)); a State attorney general in connection with a criminal investigation; any appropriate State department or agency, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction; or a foreign futures authority; and, as set forth in section 23(h)(2)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, each such entity is required to maintain the information as confidential in accordance with the requirements of section 23(h)(2)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may make disclosures in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Anonymous whistleblowers.</I> A whistleblower may anonymously submit information to the Commission, however, the whistleblower must follow the procedures in § 165.3(c) for submitting original information anonymously. Such whistleblower who anonymously submits information to the Commission must also follow the procedures in § 165.7(c) in submitting to the Commission an application for a whistleblower award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24497, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.5   Requirements for consideration of an award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the eligibility requirements described in this part, the Commission will pay an award to one or more whistleblowers who:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a voluntary submission to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) That contains original information; and
</P>
<P>(3) That leads to the successful resolution of a covered judicial or administrative action or successful enforcement of a Related Action or both; and
</P>
<P>(b) In order to be eligible, the whistleblower must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have voluntarily provided the Commission original information in the form and manner that the Commission requires in § 165.3;
</P>
<P>(2) Have submitted a claim in response to a Notice of Covered Action or a final judgment in a Related Action or both;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide the Commission, upon its staff's request, certain additional information, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Explanations and other assistance, in the manner and form that staff may request, in order that the staff may evaluate the use of the information submitted related to the whistleblower's application for an award;
</P>
<P>(ii) All additional information in the whistleblower's possession that is related to the subject matter of the whistleblower's submission related to the whistleblower's application for an award; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Testimony or other evidence acceptable to the staff relating to the whistleblower's eligibility for an award; and
</P>
<P>(4) If requested by the Whistleblower Office, enter into a confidentiality agreement in a form acceptable to the Whistleblower Office, including a provision that a violation of the confidentiality agreement may lead to the whistleblower's ineligibility to receive an award.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may, in its sole discretion, waive any procedural requirements based upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24498, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.6   Whistleblowers ineligible for an award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No award under § 165.7 shall be made:
</P>
<P>(1) To any whistleblower who is, or was at the time the whistleblower acquired the original information submitted to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of: the Commission; the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; the National Credit Union Administration Board; the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Department of Justice; a registered entity; a registered futures association; a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)); or a law enforcement organization;
</P>
<P>(2) To any whistleblower who is convicted of a criminal violation related to the judicial or administrative action for which the whistleblower otherwise could receive an award under § 165.7;
</P>
<P>(3) To any whistleblower who submits information to the Commission that is based on the facts underlying the covered judicial or administrative action submitted previously by another whistleblower;
</P>
<P>(4) To any whistleblower who acquired the information the whistleblower gave the Commission from any of the individuals described in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3) or (6) of this section;
</P>
<P>(5) To any whistleblower who, in the whistleblower's submission, the whistleblower's other dealings with the Commission, or the whistleblower's dealings with another authority in connection with a related action, knowingly and willfully makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or uses any false writing or document, knowing that it contains any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry, or omitted any material fact, where, in the absence of such fact, other statements or representations made by the whistleblower would be misleading;
</P>
<P>(6) To any whistleblower who acquired the original information reported to the Commission as a result of the whistleblower's role as a member, officer or employee of either a foreign regulatory authority or law enforcement organization;
</P>
<P>(7) To any whistleblower who is, or was at the time the whistleblower acquired the original information submitted to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of a foreign regulatory authority or law enforcement organization; or
</P>
<P>(8) To any whistleblower who acquired the original information the whistleblower gave the Commission from any other person with the intent to evade any provision of these rules.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding a whistleblower's ineligibility for an award for any reason set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, the whistleblower will remain eligible for the anti-retaliation protections set forth in Section 23(h)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24498, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.7   Procedures for award applications in Commission actions and related actions, and Commission award determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a Commission judicial or administrative action results in monetary sanctions totaling more than $1,000,000 (<I>i.e.,</I> a covered judicial or administrative action) the Commission will publish on the Commission's Web site a “Notice of Covered Action.” Such Notice of Covered Action will be published subsequent to the entry of a final judgment or order that alone, or collectively with other judgments or orders previously entered in the Commission covered administrative or judicial action, exceeds $1,000,000 in monetary sanctions. The Commission will not contact whistleblower claimants directly as to Notices of Covered Actions; prospective claimants should monitor the Commission Web site for such Notices. A whistleblower claimant will have 90 days from the date of the Notice of Covered Action to file a claim for an award based on that action, or the claim will be barred.


</P>
<P>(b)(1) To file a claim for a whistleblower award, the whistleblower must file Form WB-APP, Application for Award for Original Information Provided Pursuant to Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act. The whistleblower must sign this form as the claimant and submit it by mail or fax to the Whistleblower Office at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, Fax (202) 418-5975, or by completing and submitting the Form WB-APP online and submitting it electronically through the Commission's Web site at <I>https://www.cftc.gov</I> or the Commission's Whistleblower Program Web site at <I>https://www.whistleblower.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The Form WB-APP, including any attachments, must be received by the Commission within 90 calendar days of the date of the Notice of Covered Action or 90 calendar days following the date of a final judgment in a Related Action (or if the final judgment in a Related Action was issued prior to the action meeting the definition of Related Action, within 90 calendar days following the date the action satisfied the definition of Related Action, except in the circumstances described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section). One Form WB-APP may be filed in response to both a Notice of Covered Action and final judgment in a Related Action if the relevant time periods are applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) If a covered judicial or administrative action and Related Action have different final judgment dates or if there is no covered judicial or administrative action connected to a Related Action, a claimant, who wishes to file a claim for an award in both a covered judicial or administrative action and a Related Action, or in a Related Action that does not have a connected covered judicial or administrative action, must follow one of the following procedures depending on that claimant's particular situation.
</P>
<P>(i) If a final judgment imposing monetary sanctions in a Related Action has not been entered at the time the claimant submits a claim for an award in connection with a covered judicial or administrative action, the claimant must submit the claim for the Related Action on Form WB-APP within ninety (90) calendar days following the date of issuance of a final judgment in the Related Action.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a final judgment in a Related Action has been entered and a Notice of Covered Action for a related covered judicial or administrative action has not been published, a claimant for an award in both the covered judicial or administrative action and Related Action may submit the claims for both the Related Action and the covered judicial or administrative action within ninety (90) days of the date of the Notice of Covered Action. The claims may be submitted on the same Form WB-APP.
</P>
<P>(iii) If there is a final judgment in a Related Action that relates to a judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act that is not a covered judicial or administrative action, and therefore there is no Notice of Covered Action, a claimant for an award in connection with the Related Action must submit the claim in connection with the Related Action on Form WB-APP within ninety (90) calendar days following either:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of issuance of a final judgment in the Related Action, if that date is after the date of issuance of the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action; or
</P>
<P>(B) The date of issuance of the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action, <I>i.e.,</I> the date the Related Action becomes a Related Action, if the date of issuance of the final judgment in the Related Action precedes the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action.
</P>
<P>(c) If the whistleblower provided the whistleblower's original information to the Commission anonymously pursuant to §§ 165.3 and 165.4 and:
</P>
<P>(1) The whistleblower is making the whistleblower's claim for a whistleblower award on a disclosed basis, the whistleblower must disclose the whistleblower's identity on the Form WB-APP. The whistleblower's identity must be verified in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission prior to the payment of any award; or
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower is making the whistleblower's claim for a whistleblower award on an anonymous basis, the whistleblower must be represented by counsel. The whistleblower must provide the whistleblower's counsel with a completed Form WB-APP that is signed by the whistleblower by no later than the date upon which the whistleblower's counsel submits to the Commission a copy of the Form WB-APP that does not disclose the whistleblower's identity and is signed solely by the whistleblower's counsel. In addition, the whistleblower's counsel must retain the signed original of the whistleblower's Form WB-APP in counsel's records. Upon request of the Commission staff, whistleblower's counsel must produce to the Commission the whistleblower's signed original WB-APP and the whistleblower's identity must be verified in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission prior to the payment of any award.
</P>
<P>(d) A claimant may withdraw a Form WB-APP by submitting a written request to the Whistleblower Office at any time during the review process.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The Whistleblower Office may issue a Proposed Final Disposition for award applications that do not relate to a Notice of Covered Action, a final judgment in a Related Action, or a previously filed Form TCR without presentation of the award claim to the staff designated by the Director of the Division of Enforcement under § 165.15(a)(2) (“Claims Review Staff”). In such instances, the Whistleblower Office will inform the award claimant in writing that the claim does not relate to a Notice of Covered Action, a final judgment in a Related Action, or a previously filed Form TCR and will be rejected unless the claimant provides additional information. The claimant will have 30 days from the date of the written notice to respond and to correct the identified deficiencies. If the claimant does not respond in 30 days or if the response does not include information showing that the WB-APP relates to a Notice of Covered Action, a final judgment in a Related Action, or a previously filed Form TCR the Whistleblower Office will issue a Proposed Final Disposition. The claimant's failure to submit a timely response to the written notice from the Whistleblower Office will constitute a failure to exhaust administrative remedies, and the claimant will be prohibited from pursuing an appeal under § 165.13.
</P>
<P>(2) The Whistleblower Office will notify the Claims Review Staff of any Proposed Final Disposition under this paragraph (e). Within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter, any member of the Claims Review Staff may request that the Proposed Final Disposition be reviewed by the Claims Review Staff. If no member of the Claims Review Staff requests such a review within the 30-day period, then the Proposed Final Disposition will become the Final Order of the Commission. In the event that a member of the Claims Review Staff requests a review, the Claims Review Staff will review the record that the Whistleblower Office relied upon in making its determination and either remand to the Whistleblower Office for further action or issue a Final Order of the Commission, which could consist of the Proposed Final Disposition.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) In connection with each individual covered judicial or administrative action or final judgment in a Related Action, for which an award application is submitted, once the time for filing any appeals of the covered judicial or administrative action or the final judgment in the Related Action has expired (or, where an appeal is filed of the covered judicial or administrative action, or the final judgment in a Related Action, as applicable, and concluded), the Claims Review Staff designated under § 165.15(a)(2) will evaluate all timely whistleblower award claims submitted on Form WB-APP in response to a Notice of Covered Action, referenced in paragraph (a) of this section, or final judgment in a Related Action in accordance with the criteria set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The Whistleblower Office may require that the claimant provide additional information relating to the claimant's eligibility for an award or satisfaction of any of the conditions for an award, as set forth in § 165.5(b)(2). The Whistleblower Office may also request additional information from the claimant in connection with the claim for an award in a Related Action to demonstrate that the claimant directly (or through the Commission) voluntarily provided the governmental agency, regulatory authority or self-regulatory organization the original information that led to the Commission's successful covered action, and that the information provided by the claimant led to the successful enforcement of the Related Action. The Whistleblower Office may also, in its discretion, seek assistance and confirmation from the other agency in making this determination.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Following Claims Review Staff evaluation, the Claims Review Staff will issue a Preliminary Determination setting forth a preliminary assessment as to whether the claim should be granted or denied and, if granted, setting forth the proposed award percentage amount. The Whistleblower Office will send a copy of the Preliminary Determination to the claimant.
</P>
<P>(2) The claimant may contest the Preliminary Determination made by the Claims Review Staff by submitting a written response to the Whistleblower Office setting forth the grounds for the claimant's objection to either the denial of an award or the proposed amount of an award. The response must be in the form and manner that the Whistleblower Office shall require. The claimant may also include documentation or other evidentiary support for the grounds advanced in the claimant's response. The claimant may also request a meeting with the Whistleblower Office within the timeframes provided in this paragraph (g), however such meetings are not required, and the Whistleblower Office may in its sole discretion deny the request.
</P>
<P>(i) Before determining whether to contest a Preliminary Determination, the claimant may, within thirty (30) days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, request that the Whistleblower Office make available for the claimant's review the materials from among those set forth in § 165.10 that formed the basis of the Claims Review Staff's Preliminary Determination.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the claimant decides to contest the Preliminary Determination, the claimant must submit the claimant's written response and supporting materials setting forth the grounds for the claimant's objection to either the denial of an award or the proposed amount of an award within sixty (60) calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, or if a request to review materials used to make a Preliminary Determination is made pursuant to paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section, then within sixty (60) calendar days of the Whistleblower Office making those materials available for the claimant's review. The claimant also may request a meeting with the Whistleblower Office within those same sixty (60) calendar days. However, such meetings are not required and the Whistleblower Office may in its sole discretion decline the request.
</P>
<P>(h) If the claimant fails to submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, then the Preliminary Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission (except where the Preliminary Determination recommended an award, in which case the Preliminary Determination will be deemed a Proposed Final Determination for purposes of paragraph (j) of this section). The claimant's failure to submit a timely response contesting a Preliminary Determination will constitute a failure to exhaust administrative remedies, and the claimant will be prohibited from pursuing an appeal under § 165.13.
</P>
<P>(i) If the claimant submits a timely response under paragraph (g) of this section, then the Claims Review Staff will consider the issues and grounds advanced in the claimant's response, along with any supporting documentation the claimant provided, and will make its Proposed Final Determination.
</P>
<P>(j) The Whistleblower Office will notify the Commission of each Proposed Final Determination. Within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter, any Commissioner may request that the Proposed Final Determination be reviewed by the Commission. If no Commissioner requests such a review within the 30-day period, then the Proposed Final Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission. In the event a Commissioner requests a review, the Commission will review the record that the staff relied upon in making its determinations, including the claimant's submissions to the Whistleblower Office, and issue its Final Order.
</P>
<P>(k) A Preliminary Determination, Proposed Final Disposition, or a Proposed Final Determination may be issued only after a review for legal sufficiency by the Office of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(l) The Office of the Secretariat will serve the claimant with the Final Order of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24498, May 30, 2017; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.8   Amount of award.</HEAD>
<P>If all of the conditions are met for a whistleblower award in connection with a covered judicial or administrative action or a related action, the Commission will then decide the amount of the award pursuant to the procedure set forth in § 165.7.
</P>
<P>(a) Whistleblower awards shall be in an aggregate amount equal to—
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 10 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the covered judicial or administrative action or related actions; and
</P>
<P>(2) Not more than 30 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the covered judicial or administrative action or related actions.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Commission makes awards to more than one whistleblower in connection with the same action or related action, the Commission will determine an individual percentage award for each whistleblower, but in no event will the total amount awarded to all whistleblowers as a group be less than 10 percent or greater than 30 percent of the amount the Commission or the other authorities collect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.9   Criteria for determining amount of award.</HEAD>
<P>The determination of the amount of an award shall be in the discretion of the Commission. This discretion shall be exercised as prescribed by § 165.7.
</P>
<P>(a) In determining the amount of an award, the Commission shall take into consideration—
</P>
<P>(1) The significance of the information provided by the whistleblower to the success of the covered judicial or administrative action or related action;
</P>
<P>(2) The degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in a covered judicial or administrative action or related action;
</P>
<P>(3) The programmatic interest of the Commission in deterring violations of the Commodity Exchange Act by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that leads to the successful enforcement of such laws;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the award otherwise enhances the Commission's ability to enforce the Commodity Exchange Act, protect customers, and encourage the submission of high quality information from whistleblowers; and
</P>
<P>(5) Potential adverse incentives from oversize awards.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors that may increase the amount of a whistleblower's award.</I> In determining whether to increase the amount of an award, the Commission will consider the following factors, which are not listed in order of importance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Significance of the information provided by the whistleblower.</I> The Commission will assess the significance of the information provided by a whistleblower to the success of the Commission action or related action. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature of the information provided by the whistleblower and how it related to the successful enforcement action, including whether the reliability and completeness of the information provided to the Commission by the whistleblower resulted in the conservation of Commission resources; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The degree to which the information provided by the whistleblower supported one or more successful claims brought in the Commission action or related action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Assistance provided by the whistleblower.</I> The Commission will assess the degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in the Commission action or related action. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the whistleblower provided ongoing, extensive, and timely cooperation and assistance by, for example, helping to explain complex transactions, interpreting key evidence, or identifying new and productive lines of inquiry;
</P>
<P>(ii) The timeliness of the whistleblower's initial report to the Commission or to an internal compliance or reporting system of business organizations committing, or impacted by, the violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, where appropriate;
</P>
<P>(iii) The resources conserved as a result of the whistleblower's assistance;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the whistleblower appropriately encouraged or authorized others to assist the staff of the Commission who might otherwise not have participated in the investigation or related action;
</P>
<P>(v) The efforts undertaken by the whistleblower to remediate the harm caused by the violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, including assisting the authorities in the recovery of the fruits and instrumentalities of the violations; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any unique hardships experienced by the whistleblower as a result of his or her reporting and assisting in the enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Law enforcement interest.</I> The Commission will assess its programmatic interest in deterring violations of the Commodity Exchange Act by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that leads to the successful enforcement of such laws. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The degree to which an award enhances the Commission's ability to enforce the commodity laws;
</P>
<P>(ii) The degree to which an award encourages the submission of high quality information from whistleblowers by appropriately rewarding whistleblower submissions of significant information and assistance, even in cases where the monetary sanctions available for collection are limited or potential monetary sanctions were reduced or eliminated by the Commission because an entity self-reported a commodities violation following the whistleblower's related internal disclosure, report, or submission;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the subject matter of the action is a Commission priority, whether the reported misconduct involves regulated entities or fiduciaries, whether the whistleblower exposed an industry-wide practice, the type and severity of the commodity violations, the age and duration of misconduct, the number of violations, and the isolated, repetitive, or ongoing nature of the violations;
</P>
<P>(iv) The dangers to market participants or others presented by the underlying violations involved in the enforcement action, including the amount of harm or potential harm caused by the underlying violations, the type of harm resulting from or threatened by the underlying violations, and the number of individuals or entities harmed; and
</P>
<P>(v) The degree, reliability and effectiveness of the whistleblower's assistance, including the consideration of the whistleblower's complete, timely truthful assistance to the Commission and criminal authorities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Participation in internal compliance systems.</I> The Commission will assess whether, and the extent to which, the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower participated in internal compliance systems. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether, and the extent to which, a whistleblower reported the possible Commodity Exchange Act violations through internal whistleblower, legal or compliance procedures before, or at the same time as, reporting them to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether, and the extent to which, a whistleblower assisted any internal investigation or inquiry concerning the reported Commodity Exchange Act violations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Factors that may decrease the amount of a whistleblower's award.</I> In determining whether to decrease the amount of an award, the Commission will consider the following factors, which are not listed in order of importance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Culpability.</I> The Commission will assess the culpability or involvement of the whistleblower in matters associated with the Commission's action or related actions. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The whistleblower's role in the Commodity Exchange Act violations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The whistleblower's education, training, experience, and position of responsibility at the time the violations occurred;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the whistleblower acted with scienter, both generally and in relation to others who participated in the violations;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the whistleblower financially benefitted from the violations;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the whistleblower is a recidivist;
</P>
<P>(vi) The egregiousness of any wrongdoing committed by the whistleblower; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the whistleblower knowingly interfered with the Commission's investigation of the violations or related enforcement actions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unreasonable reporting delay.</I> The Commission will assess whether the whistleblower unreasonably delayed reporting the Commodity Exchange Act violations. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the whistleblower was aware of the relevant facts but failed to take reasonable steps to report or prevent the violations from occurring or continuing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the whistleblower was aware of the relevant facts but only reported them after learning about a related inquiry, investigation, or enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether there was a legitimate reason for the whistleblower to delay reporting the violations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interference with internal compliance and reporting systems.</I> The Commission will assess, in cases where the whistleblower interacted with his or her entity's internal compliance or reporting system, whether the whistleblower undermined the integrity of such system. In considering this factor, the Commission will take into account whether there is evidence provided to the Commission that the whistleblower knowingly:
</P>
<P>(i) Interfered with an entity's established legal, compliance, or audit procedures to prevent or delay detection of the reported Commodity Exchange Act violation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Made any material false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations that hindered an entity's efforts to detect, investigate, or remediate the reported Commodity Exchange Act violations; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Provided any false writing or document knowing the writing or document contained any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or entries that hindered an entity's efforts to detect, investigate, or remediate the reported Commodity Exchange Act violations.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission shall not take into consideration the balance of the Fund in determining the amount of an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24500, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.10   Contents of record for award determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following items constitute the record upon which the award determination under § 165.7 shall be made:
</P>
<P>(1) The whistleblower's Form TCR, “Tip, Complaint or Referral,” including related attachments, and other documentation provided by the whistleblower to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower's Form WB-APP, “Application for Award for Original Information Provided Pursuant to Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act,” and related attachments;
</P>
<P>(3) The complaint, notice of hearing, answers and any amendments thereto;
</P>
<P>(4) The final judgment, consent order, or administrative speaking order;
</P>
<P>(5) The transcript of the related administrative hearing or civil injunctive proceeding, including any exhibits entered at the hearing or proceeding;
</P>
<P>(6) Any other documents that appear on the docket of the proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(7) Sworn declarations (including attachments) from the Commission's Division of Enforcement staff regarding any matters relevant to the award determination;
</P>
<P>(8) With respect to an award claim involving a Related Action, any statements or other information that an entity provides or identifies in connection with an award determination, provided the entity has authorized the Commission to share the information with the claimant. (Neither the Commission nor the Claims Review Staff may rely upon information that the entity has not authorized the Commission to share with the applicant); and
</P>
<P>(9) Any other documents or materials including sworn declarations from third-parties that are received or obtained by the Whistleblower Office to assist the Commission resolve the applicant's award application, including information related to the claimant's eligibility. (Neither the Commission nor the Claims Review Staff may rely upon information that a third party has not authorized the Commission to share with the claimant).
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in this part do not entitle a claimant to obtain from the Commission any materials (including any pre-decisional or internal deliberative process materials that are prepared to assist the Commission or Claims Review Staff in deciding the claim) other than those listed in paragraph (a) of this section. The Whistleblower Office may make redactions as necessary to comply with any statutory restrictions, to protect the Commission's law enforcement and regulatory functions, and to comply with requests for confidential treatment from other law enforcement and regulatory authorities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24500, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.11   Awards based upon related actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provided that a whistleblower or whistleblowers comply with the requirements in §§ 165.3, 165.5 and 165.7, and pursuant to § 165.8, the Commission may grant an award based on the amount of monetary sanctions collected in a “Related Action” or “Related Actions”, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A “Related Action” is a judicial or administrative action that is brought by:
</P>
<P>(i) The Department of Justice;
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate department or agency of the Federal Government, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(iii) A registered entity, registered futures association, or self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a));
</P>
<P>(iv) A State criminal or appropriate civil agency, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(v) A foreign futures authority; and
</P>
<P>(2) The “Related Action” is based on the original information that the whistleblower voluntarily submitted to the Commission and led to a successful resolution of the Commission judicial or administrative action.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will not make an award to a claimant for a final judgment in a Related Action if the claimant has already been granted an award by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for that same action pursuant to its whistleblower award program under section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>). If the SEC has previously denied an award to the claimant for a judgment in a Related Action, the whistleblower will be precluded from relitigating any issues before the Commission that the SEC resolved against the claimant as part of the award denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24500, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.12   Payment of awards from the Fund, financing of customer education initiatives, and deposits and credits to the Fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission shall pay awards to whistleblowers from the Fund.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission shall deposit into or credit to the Fund:
</P>
<P>(1) Any monetary sanctions collected by the Commission in any covered judicial or administrative action that is not otherwise distributed, or ordered to be distributed, to victims of a violation of the Commodity Exchange Act underlying such action, unless the balance of the Fund at the time the monetary sanctions are collected exceeds $100,000,000. In the event the Fund's value exceeds $100,000,000, any monetary sanctions collected by the Commission in a covered judicial or administrative action that is not otherwise distributed, or ordered to be distributed, to victims of violations of the Commodity Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder underlying such action, shall be deposited into the general fund of the U.S. Treasury.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that the amounts deposited into or credited to the Fund under paragraph (b)(1) of this section are not sufficient to satisfy an award made pursuant to § 165.7, then, pursuant to Section 23(g)(3)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(i) An amount equal to the unsatisfied portion of the award;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be deposited into or credited to the Fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) From any monetary sanction collected by the Commission in any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act, regardless of whether it qualifies as a “covered judicial or administrative action”; <I>provided,</I> however, that such judicial or administrative action is based on information provided by a whistleblower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Office of Public Affairs.</I> The Commission shall undertake and maintain customer education initiatives through its Office of Customer Education and Outreach. The initiatives shall be designed to help customers protect themselves against fraud or other violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder. The Commission shall fund the initiatives and may utilize funds deposited into the Fund during any fiscal year in which the beginning (October 1) balance of the Fund is greater than $10,000,000. The Commission shall budget, on an annual basis, the amount used to finance customer education initiatives, taking into consideration the balance of the Fund.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 53200, Aug. 25, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 24500, May 30, 2017; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.13   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any Final Order of the Commission relating to a whistleblower award determination, including whether, to whom, or in what amount to make whistleblower awards, may be appealed to the appropriate court of appeals of the United States not more than 30 days after the Final Order of the Commission is issued, provided that administrative remedies have been exhausted.
</P>
<P>(b) The record on appeal shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Contents of Record for Award Determinations, as set forth in § 165.10. The record on appeal shall not include any pre-decisional or internal deliberative process materials that are prepared to assist the Commission or the Claims Review Staff in deciding the claim (including staff's draft Preliminary Determination or any Proposed Final Determination or staff's draft final determination); and
</P>
<P>(2) The Preliminary Determination and the Final Order of the Commission, as set forth in § 165.7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24500, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.14   Procedures applicable to the payment of awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient of a whistleblower award is entitled to payment on the award only to the extent that the monetary sanction upon which the award is based is collected in the Commission judicial or administrative action or in a related action.
</P>
<P>(b) Payment of a whistleblower award for a monetary sanction collected in a Commission action or related action shall be made within a reasonable time following the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the monetary sanction is collected; or
</P>
<P>(2) The completion of the appeals process for all whistleblower award claims arising from:
</P>
<P>(i) The Notice of Covered Action, in the case of any payment of an award for a monetary sanction collected in a covered judicial or administrative action; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The related action, in the case of any payment of an award for a monetary sanction collected in a related action.
</P>
<P>(c) If there are insufficient amounts available in the Fund to pay the entire amount of an award payment within a reasonable period of time from the time for payment specified by paragraph (b) of this section, then subject to the following terms, the balance of the payment shall be paid when amounts become available in the Fund, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where multiple whistleblowers are owed payments from the Fund based on awards that do not arise from the same Notice of Covered Action (or related action), priority in making these payments will be determined based upon the date that the Final Order of the Commission is made. If two or more of these Final Orders of the Commission are entered on the same date, then those whistleblowers owed payments will be paid on a pro rata basis until sufficient amounts become available in the Fund to pay their entire payments.
</P>
<P>(2) Where multiple whistleblowers are owed payments from the Fund based on awards that arise from the same Notice of Covered Action (or related action), they will share the same payment priority and will be paid on a pro rata basis until sufficient amounts become available in the Fund to pay their entire payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.15   Administering the whistleblower program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Specific authorities</I>—(1) <I>Payments, deposits, and credits.</I> The Executive Director is authorized to deposit into or credit collected monetary sanctions to the Fund, and to make payment of awards therefrom, with the concurrence of the General Counsel and the Director of the Division of Enforcement, or of their respective designees.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Designation of claims review staff.</I> The Claims Review Staff referenced in § 165.7 shall be composed of no fewer than three and no more than five staff members from any of the Commission's Offices or Divisions (except the Office of the General Counsel) who have not had direct involvement in the underlying enforcement action, as designated by the Director of the Division of Enforcement in consultation with the Executive Director. The Claims Review Staff will always include at least one staff member who does not work in the Division of Enforcement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disclosure of whistleblower identifying information.</I> The Director of the Division of Enforcement is authorized on behalf of the Commission to exercise its discretion to disclose whistleblower identifying information under § 165.4(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General authority to administer the program.</I> The Director of the Division of Enforcement shall have general authority to administer the whistleblower program except as otherwise provided under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24501, May 30, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.16   No immunity.</HEAD>
<P>The Commodity Whistleblower Incentives and Protections provisions set forth in Section 23(h) of Commodity Exchange Act and this part 165 do not provide individuals who provide information to the Commission with immunity from prosecution. The fact that an individual may become a whistleblower and assist in Commission investigations and enforcement actions does not preclude the Commission from bringing an action against the whistleblower based upon the whistleblower's own conduct in connection with violations of the Commodity Exchange Act and the Commission's regulations. If such an action is determined to be appropriate, however, the Commission's Division of Enforcement will take the whistleblower's cooperation into consideration in accordance with its sanction recommendations to the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.17" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.17   Awards to whistleblowers who engage in culpable conduct.</HEAD>
<P>In determining whether the required $1,000,000 threshold has been satisfied for purposes of making any award, the Commission will not take into account any monetary sanctions that the whistleblower is ordered to pay, or that is ordered against any entity whose liability is based primarily on conduct that the whistleblower principally directed, planned, or initiated. Similarly, if the Commission determines that a whistleblower is eligible for an award, any amounts that the whistleblower or such an entity pay in sanctions as a result of the action or related actions will not be included within the calculation of the amounts collected for purposes of making payments pursuant to § 165.14.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.18" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.18   Staff communications with whistleblowers from represented entities.</HEAD>
<P>If the whistleblower is a whistleblower who is a director, officer, member, agent, or employee of an entity that has counsel, and the whistleblower has initiated communication with the Commission relating to a potential violation of the Commodity Exchange Act, the Commission's staff is authorized to communicate directly with the whistleblower regarding the subject of the whistleblower's communication without seeking the consent of the entity's counsel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.19" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.19   Nonenforceability of certain provisions waiving rights and remedies or requiring arbitration of disputes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Non-waiver.</I> The rights and remedies provided for in this part may not be waived by any agreement, policy, form, or condition of employment, including by a predispute arbitration agreement. No predispute arbitration agreement shall be valid or enforceable if the agreement requires arbitration of a dispute arising under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Protected communications.</I> No person may take any action to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission's staff about a possible violation of the Commodity Exchange Act, including by enforcing, or threatening to enforce, a confidentiality agreement or predispute arbitration agreement with respect to such communications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24501, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 165.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 165.20   Whistleblower anti-retaliation protections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> No employer may discharge, demote, suspend, directly or indirectly threaten or harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act done by the whistleblower—
</P>
<P>(1) In providing information to the Commission in accordance with this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) In assisting in any investigation or judicial or administrative action of the Commission based upon or related to such information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Anti-retaliation enforcement.</I> Section 23(h)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 26(h)(1)), including the rules in this part promulgated thereunder, shall be enforceable in an action or proceeding brought by the Commission including where retaliation is in response to a whistleblower providing information to the Commission after reporting the information through internal whistleblower, legal or compliance procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protections apply regardless of non-qualification.</I> The anti-retaliation protections apply whether or not the whistleblower satisfies the requirements, procedures, and conditions to qualify for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24501, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.21.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 165—Guidance With Respect to the Protection of Whistleblowers Against Retaliation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Section 23(h)(1) of Commodity Exchange Act prohibits employers from engaging in retaliation against whistleblowers. A violation of this provision could be addressed by a Commission enforcement action, or a lawsuit by an individual. Section 23(h)(1)(B) provides for a federal cause of action brought by the whistleblower against the employer, which must be filed in the appropriate district court of the United States within two (2) years of the employer's retaliatory act, and potential relief for prevailing whistleblowers, including reinstatement, back pay, and compensation for other expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enforcement</I>—(1) <I>Private cause of action.</I> (i) An individual who alleges discharge, demotion, suspension, direct or indirect threats or harassment, or any other manner of discrimination in violation of section 23(h)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act may bring an action under section 23(h)(1)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act in the appropriate district court of the United States for the relief provided in section 23(h)(1)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, unless the individual who is alleging discharge or other discrimination in violation of section 23(h)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act is an employee of the Federal Government, in which case the individual shall only bring an action under section 1221 of title 5, United States Code.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subpoenas.</I> A subpoena requiring the attendance of a witness at a trial or hearing conducted under section 23(h)(1)(B)(ii) of the Commodity Exchange Act may be served at any place in the United States.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Statute of limitations.</I> A private cause of action under section 23(h)(1)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act may not be brought more than 2 years after the date on which the violation reported in section 23(h)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act is committed.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Relief.</I> Relief for an individual prevailing in an action brought under section 23(h)(1)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act shall include—
</P>
<P>(A) Reinstatement with the same seniority status that the individual would have had, but for the discrimination;
</P>
<P>(B) The amount of back pay otherwise owed to the individual, with interest; and
</P>
<P>(C) Compensation for any special damages sustained as a result of the discharge or discrimination, including litigation costs, expert witness fees, and reasonable attorney's fees.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Commission authority to bring action.</I> The Commission may bring an enforcement action against an employer that retaliates against a whistleblower by discharge, demotion, suspension, direct or indirect threats or harassment, or any other manner of discrimination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24501, May 30, 2017]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.28.0.1.21.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 165—Form TCR and Form WP-APP

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.028.gif"/>
<HD1>Submission Procedures
</HD1>
<P>Questions concerning this form may be directed to Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Whistleblower Office, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581.
</P>
<P>• If you are submitting information for the CFTC's whistleblower award program, you <I>must</I> submit your information using this Form TCR.
</P>
<P>• You may submit this form electronically, through the Web portal found on the CFTC's Web site at <I>http://www.whistleblower.gov.</I> You may also print this form and submit it by mail to Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Whistleblower Office at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters, or by facsimile to (202) 418-5975.
</P>
<P>• You have the right to submit information anonymously. If you do not submit anonymously, please note that the CFTC is required by law to maintain the confidentiality of any information which could reasonably identify you, and will only reveal such information in limited and specifically-defined circumstances. See 7 U.S.C. 26(h)(2); 17 CFR 165.4. However, in order to receive a whistleblower award, you will need to be identified to select CFTC staff for a final eligibility determination, and in unusual circumstances, you may need to be identified publicly for trial. You should therefore provide some means for the CFTC's staff to contact you, such as a telephone number or an email address.
</P>
<HD1>Instructions for Completing Form TCR
</HD1>
<HD2>General
</HD2>
<P>All references to “you” and “your” are intended to mean the complainant.
</P>
<HD3>Section A: Tell Us About Yourself
</HD3>
<P>Questions 1-14: Please provide the following information about yourself:
</P>
<FP-2>☐ last name, first name and middle initial;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ complete address, including city, state and zip code;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ telephone number and, if available, an alternate number where you can be reached;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ your email address (to facilitate communications, we strongly encourage you to provide an email address, especially if you are filing anonymously);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ your preferred method of communication; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ your occupation.


</FP-2>
<HD3>Section B: Your Attorney's Information
</HD3>
<P>Complete this section only if you are represented by an attorney in this matter.
</P>
<P>Questions 1-10: Provide the following information about your attorney:
</P>
<FP-2>☐ attorney's name;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ firm name;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ complete address, including city, state and zip code;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ telephone number and fax number; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ email address.
</FP-2>
<HD3>Section C: Tell Us Who You Are Complaining About
</HD3>
<P>Question 1-2: Choose one of the following that best describes the individual's profession or the type of entity to which your complaint relates:
</P>
<P><I>For Individuals:</I> accountant, analyst, associated person, attorney, auditor, broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, compliance officer, employee, executing broker, executive officer or director, financial planner, floor broker, floor trader, trader, unknown or other (specify).
</P>
<P><I>For Entities:</I> bank, commodity pool, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, futures commission merchant, hedge fund, introducing broker, major swap participant, retail foreign exchange dealer, swap dealer, unknown or other (specify).
</P>
<FP-1>Questions 3-12: For each individual and/or entity, provide the following information, if known:
</FP-1>
<FP-2>☐ full name;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ complete address, including city, state and zip code;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ telephone number;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ email address; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>☐ internet address, if applicable.
</FP-2>
<P>Questions 13: If the firm or individual you are complaining about has custody or control of your investment, identify whether you have had difficulty contacting that firm or individual.
</P>
<P>Question 14: Identify if you are, or were, associated with the individual or firm you are complaining about. If yes, describe how you are, or were, associated with the individual or firm you are complaining about.
</P>
<P>Question 15: Identify the initial form of contact between you and the person against whom you are filing this complaint.
</P>
<HD3>Section D: Tell Us About Your Complaint
</HD3>
<P>Question 1: State the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the alleged conduct occurred or began.
</P>
<P>Question 2: Identify if the conduct is on-going.
</P>
<P>Question 3: Choose the option that you believe best describes the nature of your complaint. If you are alleging more than one violation, please list all that you believe may apply.
</P>
<P>Question 4: Select the type of product or instrument you are complaining about.
</P>
<P>Question 5: If applicable, please name the product or instrument. If yes, please describe.
</P>
<P>Question 6: Identify whether you have suffered a monetary loss. If yes, please describe.
</P>
<P>Question 7: Identify if the individual or firm you are complaining about acknowledged their fault.
</P>
<P>Question 8: Indicate whether you have taken any other action regarding your complaint, including whether you complained to the CFTC, another regulator, a law enforcement agency, or any other agency or organization, or initiated legal action, mediation, arbitration or any other action.
</P>
<P>If you answered yes, provide details, including the date on which you took the action(s) described, the name of the person or entity to whom you directed any report or complaint, and contact information for the person or entity, if known, and the complete case name, case number and forum of any legal action you have taken.
</P>
<P>Question 9: State in detail all facts pertinent to the alleged violation. Explain why you believe the facts described constitute a violation of the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>Question 10: Describe all supporting materials in your possession and the availability and location of any additional supporting materials not in your possession.
</P>
<HD3>Section E: Whistleblower Program
</HD3>
<P>Question 1: Describe how you obtained the information that supports your allegations. If any information was obtained from an attorney or in a communication where an attorney was present, identify such information with as much particularity as possible. In addition, if any information was obtained from a public source, identify the source with as much particularity as possible.
</P>
<P>Question 2: Identify any documents or other information in your submission on this Form TCR that you believe could reasonably be expected to reveal your identity. Explain the basis for your belief that your identity would be revealed if the documents or information were disclosed to a third party.
</P>
<P>Question 3: State whether you or your attorney have had any prior communication(s) with the CFTC concerning this matter.
</P>
<P>If you answered “yes”, identify the CFTC staff member(s) with whom you or your attorney communicated.
</P>
<P>Question 4: Indicate whether you or your attorney have provided the information you are providing to the CFTC to any other agency or organization, or whether any other agency or organization has requested the information or related information from you.
</P>
<P>If you answered “yes”, provide details and the name and contact information of the point of contact at the other agency or organization, if known.
</P>
<P>Question 5: Indicate whether your complaint relates to an entity of which you are, or were in the past, an officer, director, counsel, employee, consultant or contractor.
</P>
<P>If you answered “yes”, state whether you have reported this violation to your supervisor, compliance office, whistleblower hotline, ombudsman, or any other available mechanism at the entity for reporting violations. Please provide details, including the date on which you took the action.
</P>
<P>Question 6: Indicate whether you have taken any other action regarding your complaint, including whether you complained to the CFTC, another regulator, a law enforcement agency, or any other agency or organization, or initiated legal action, mediation, arbitration or any other action.
</P>
<P>If you answered “yes”, provide details, including the date on which you took the action(s) described, the name of the person or entity to whom you directed any report or complaint, and contact information for the person or entity, if known, and the complete case name, case number and forum of any legal action you have taken.
</P>
<P>Question 7: Provide any additional information you think may be relevant.
</P>
<HD3>Section F: Whistleblower Eligibility Requirements and Other Information
</HD3>
<P>Question 1: State whether you are currently, or were at the time that you acquired the original information that you are submitting to the CFTC, a member, officer or employee of: The CFTC; the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; the National Credit Union Administration Board; the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Department of Justice; a registered entity; a registered futures association; a self-regulatory organization (as defined in 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)); a law enforcement organization; or a foreign regulatory authority or law enforcement organization.
</P>
<P>Question 2: State whether you are providing the information pursuant to a cooperation agreement with the CFTC or with another agency or organization.
</P>
<P>Question 3: State whether you are providing this information before you (or anyone representing you) received any request, inquiry or demand that relates to the subject matter of this submission (i) from the CFTC, (ii) in connection with an investigation, inspection or examination by any registered entity, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization (as defined in 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), or (iii) in connection with an investigation by the Congress, or any other federal or state authority.
</P>
<P>Question 4: State whether you are currently a subject or target of a criminal investigation, or whether you have been convicted of a criminal violation, in connection with the information you are submitting to the CFTC.
</P>
<P>Question 5: State whether you acquired the information you are providing to the CFTC from any individual described in Questions 1 through 4 of this section.
</P>
<P>Question 6: If you answered yes to any of Questions 1 through 5, please provide details.
</P>
<HD3>Section G: Privacy Notice and Whistleblower's Declaration
</HD3>
<P>You must sign this Declaration if you are submitting this information pursuant to the CFTC whistleblower program and wish to be considered for an award. If you are submitting your information using the electronic version of Form TCR through the CFTC's web portal, you must check the box to agree with the declaration. If you are submitting your information anonymously, you must still sign this Declaration (using the term “anonymous”) or check the box as appropriate, and, if you are represented by an attorney, you must provide your attorney with the original of this signed form, or maintain a copy for your own records.
</P>
<HD3>Section H: Counsel Certification
</HD3>
<P>If you are submitting this information pursuant to the CFTC whistleblower program and you are doing so anonymously through an attorney, your attorney must sign the Counsel Certification Section. If your attorney is submitting your information using the electronic version of Form TCR through the CFTC's web portal, he/she must check the box to agree with the certification. If you are represented in this matter but you are not submitting your information pursuant to the CFTC whistleblower program, your attorney does not need to sign this Certification or check the box.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30my17.033.gif"/>
<HD1>Privacy Act Statement
</HD1>
<P>This notice is given under the Privacy Act of 1974. The Privacy Act requires that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) inform individuals of the following when asking for information. The solicitation of this information is authorized under the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I> The information provided will enable the CFTC to determine the whistleblower award claimant's eligibility for payment of an award pursuant to Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act and Part 165 of the CFTC's regulations. This information will be used to investigate and prosecute violations of the Commodity Exchange Act and the CFTC's regulations. This information may be disclosed to federal, state, local or foreign agencies or other authorities responsible for investigating, prosecuting, enforcing or implementing laws, rules or regulations implicated by the information consistent with the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act and Part 165 of the CFTC's regulations. The information will be maintained and additional disclosures may be made in accordance with System of Records Notices CFTC-49, “Whistleblower Records” (exempted), CFTC-10, “Investigatory Records” (exempted), and CFTC-16, “Enforcement Case Files.” The CFTC requests the last four digits of the claimant's Social Security Number for use as an individual identifier to administer and manage the whistleblower award program. Executive Order 9397 (November 22, 1943) allows federal agencies to use the Social Security Number as an individual identifier. Furnishing the information is voluntary. However, if an individual is providing information for the whistleblower award program, not providing required information may result in the individual not being eligible for award consideration.
</P>
<P>Questions concerning this form may be directed to Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Whistleblower Office, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581.
</P>
<HD1>Submission Procedures
</HD1>
<P>• This form <I>must</I> be used by persons making a claim for a whistleblower award in connection with information provided to the CFTC, or to another agency or organization in a related action. In order to be deemed eligible for an award, you must meet all the requirements set forth in Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act and Part 165 of the CFTC's regulations.
</P>
<P>• You must sign the Form WB-APP as the claimant. If you wish to submit the Form WB-APP anonymously, you must do so through an attorney, your attorney must sign the Counsel Certification Section of the Form WB-APP that is submitted to the CFTC, and you must give your attorney your original signed Form WB-APP so that it can be produced to the CFTC upon request.
</P>
<P>• During the whistleblower award claim process, your identity must be verified in a form and manner that is acceptable to the CFTC prior to the payment of any award.
</P>
<P>○ If you are filing your claim in connection with information that you provided to the CFTC, then your Form WB-APP, and any attachments thereto, must be received by the CFTC within ninety (90) days of the date of the Notice of Covered Action, or the date of a final judgment in a related action to which the claim relates.
</P>
<P>○ If you are filing your claim in connection with information that you provided to another agency or organization in a related action, then your Form WB-APP, and any attachments thereto, must be received by the CFTC as follows:
</P>
<P>• If a final order imposing monetary sanctions has been entered in a related action at the time that you submit your claim for an award in connection with a CFTC action, you may submit your claim for an award in that related action on the same Form WB-APP that you use for the CFTC action.
</P>
<P>• If a final order imposing monetary sanctions in a related action has not been entered at the time that you submit your claim for an award in connection with a CFTC action, you must submit your claim on Form WB-APP within ninety (90) days of the issuance of a final order imposing sanctions in the related action.
</P>
<P>• If a final order imposing monetary sanctions in a related action relates to a judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act that is not a covered judicial or administrative action, and therefore there would not be a Notice of Covered Action, you must submit your claim on Form WB-APP for an award in connection with the related action within ninety (90) calendar days following either (1) the date of issuance of a final order in the related action, if that date is after the date of issuance of the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action; or (2) the date of issuance of the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action, <I>i.e.,</I> the date the related action becomes a related action, if the date of issuance of the final order in the related action precedes the final judgment in the related Commission judicial or administrative action.
</P>
<P>• To submit your Form WB-APP, you may print it and either submit it by mail to Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Whistleblower Office, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581, or by facsimile to (202) 418-5975. You also may submit this form electronically, through the web portal found on the CFTC's Web site at <I>http://www.cftc.gov,</I> which is also accessible from the CFTC Whistleblower Program Web site at <I>www.whistleblower.gov.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Instructions for Completing Form WB-APP
</HD1>
<HD2>General
</HD2>
<P>All references to “you” and “your” are intended to mean the whistleblower award claimant.
</P>
<HD3>Section A: Tell Us About Yourself
</HD3>
<FP-1>Questions 1-3: Please provide the following information about yourself:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>• last name, first name, middle initial and the last four digits of your Social Security Number;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• complete address, including city, state and zip code;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• telephone number and, if available, an alternate number where you can be reached; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• your email address (to facilitate communications, we strongly encourage you to provide an email address, especially if you are making your claim anonymously).


</FP1-2>
<HD3>Section B: Your Attorney's Information
</HD3>
<P>Complete this section only if you are represented by an attorney in this matter.
</P>
<P>Questions 1-4: Provide the following information about your attorney:
</P>
<FP1-2>• attorney's name;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• firm name;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• complete address, including city, state and zip code;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• telephone number and fax number; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>• email address.
</FP1-2>
<HD3>Section C: Tell Us About Your Tip or Complaint
</HD3>
<P>Question 1a: Indicate the manner in which you submitted your original information to the CFTC.
</P>
<P>Question 1b: Provide the date on which you submitted your original information to the CFTC.
</P>
<P>Question 2a: State whether you filed a CFTC Form TCR.
</P>
<P>Question 2b: If you filed a CFTC Form TCR, provide the Form's number.
</P>
<P>Question 2c: If you filed a CFTC Form TCR, provide the date on which you filed the Form.
</P>
<P>Question 3: Provide the name(s) of the individual(s) and/or entity(s) to which your tip or complaint relates.
</P>
<HD3>Section D: Notice of Covered Action
</HD3>
<P>The process for making a claim for a whistleblower award for a CFTC action begins with the publication of a “Notice of Covered Action” on the CFTC's Web site. This Notice is published whenever a judicial or administrative action brought by the CFTC results in the imposition of monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000. The Notice is published on the CFTC's Web site subsequent to the entry of a final judgment or order in the action that by itself, or collectively with other judgments or orders previously entered in the action, exceeds the $1,000,000 threshold required for a whistleblower to be potentially eligible for an award. The CFTC will not contact whistleblower claimants directly as to Notices of Covered Actions; prospective claimants should monitor the CFTC Web site for such Notices.
</P>
<P>Question 1: Provide the date of the Notice of Covered Action to which this claim relates.
</P>
<P>Question 2: Provide the notice number of the Notice of Covered Action.
</P>
<P>Question 3a: Provide the case name referenced in the Notice of Covered Action.
</P>
<P>Question 3b: Provide the case number referenced in the Notice of Covered Action.
</P>
<HD3>Section E: Claims Pertaining to Related Actions
</HD3>
<P>Question 1: Provide the name of the agency or organization to which you provided your information.
</P>
<P>Question 2: Provide the name and contact information for your point of contact at the agency or organization, if known.
</P>
<P>Question 3a: Provide the date on which you provided your information to the agency or organization referenced in Question 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>Question 3b: Provide the date on which the agency or organization referenced in Question 1 of this section filed the related action that was based upon the information that you provided.
</P>
<P>Question 4a: Provide the case name of the related action.
</P>
<P>Question 4b: Provide the case number of the related action.
</P>
<HD3>Section F: Eligibility Requirements and Other Information
</HD3>
<P>Question 1: State whether you are currently, or were at the time that you acquired the original information that you submitted to the CFTC, a member, officer or employee of: The CFTC; the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; the National Credit Union Administration Board; the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Department of Justice; a registered entity; a registered futures association; a self-regulatory organization; a law enforcement organization; or a foreign regulatory authority or law enforcement organization.
</P>
<P>Question 2: State whether you provided the information that you submitted to the CFTC pursuant to a cooperation agreement with the CFTC, or with any other agency or organization.
</P>
<P>Question 3: State whether you provided this information before you (or anyone representing you) received any request, inquiry or demand that relates to the subject matter of your submission (i) from the CFTC, (ii) in connection with an investigation, inspection or examination by any registered entity, registered futures association or self-regulatory organization, or (iii) in connection with an investigation by the Congress, or any other federal or state authority.
</P>
<P>Question 4: State whether you are currently a subject or target of a criminal investigation, or whether you have been convicted of a criminal violation, in connection with the information that you submitted to the CFTC and upon which your application for an award is based.
</P>
<P>Question 5: State whether you acquired the information that you provided to the CFTC from any individual described in Questions 1 through 4 of this section.
</P>
<P>Question 6: If you answered yes to any of Questions 1 through 5 of this section, please provide details.
</P>
<HD3>Section G: Entitlement to Award
</HD3>
<P>This section is optional. Use this section to explain the basis for your belief that you are entitled to an award in connection with your submission of information to the CFTC, or to another agency in connection with a related action. Specifically, address why you believe that you voluntarily provided the CFTC with original information that led to the successful enforcement of a judicial or administrative action filed by the CFTC, or a related action. Refer to § 165.9 of the CFTC's regulations for further information concerning the relevant award criteria.
</P>
<P>Section 23(c)(1)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act and § 165.9(a) of the CFTC's regulations require the CFTC to consider the following factors in determining the amount of an award: (1) The significance of the information provided by a whistleblower to the success of the CFTC action or related action; (2) the degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in the CFTC action or related action; (3) the programmatic interest of the CFTC in deterring violations of the Commodity Exchange Act (including regulations under the Act) by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that leads to the successful enforcement of such laws; (4) whether the award otherwise enhances the CFTC's ability to enforce the Commodity Exchange Act, protect customers, and encourage the submission of high quality information from whistleblowers; and (5) potential adverse incentives from oversize awards. Address these factors in your response as well.
</P>
<HD3>Section H: Claimant's Declaration
</HD3>
<P>You must sign this Declaration if you are submitting this claim pursuant to the CFTC whistleblower program and wish to be considered for an award. If you are submitting your claim anonymously, you must do so through an attorney, and you must provide your attorney with your original signed Form WB-APP.
</P>
<HD3>Section I: Counsel Certification
</HD3>
<P>If you are submitting this claim pursuant to the CFTC whistleblower program anonymously, you must do so through an attorney, and your attorney must sign the Counsel Certification Section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 24501, May 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="166" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 166—CUSTOMER PROTECTION RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6g, 6h, 6k, 6l, 6o, 7, 12a, 21, and 23, as amended by the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000, appendix E of Pub. L. 106-554, 114 Stat. 2763 (2000).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 166.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 166.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>Commission registrant</I> as used in this part means any person who is registered or required to be registered with the Commission pursuant to the Act or any rule, regulation, or order thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>customer</I> as used in this part means any person trading, intending to trade, or receiving or seeking advice concerning any commodity interest, including any existing or prospective client or subscriber of a commodity trading advisor or existing or prospective participant in a commodity pool, but the term does not include a person who is acting in the capacity of a Commission registrant with respect to the trade.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>commodity account</I> as used in this part means the account of a customer in which any commodity interest is, or is intended to be, traded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 31886, July 24, 1978, as amended at 46 FR 54535, Nov. 3, 1981; 52 FR 29003, Aug. 5, 1987; 72 FR 63979, Nov. 14, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 166.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 166.2   Authorization to trade.</HEAD>
<P>No futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker or any of their associated persons may directly or indirectly effect a transaction in a commodity interest for the account of any customer unless before the transaction the customer, or person designated by the customer to control the account:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to a commodity interest as defined in any paragraph of the commodity interest definition in § 1.3 of this chapter, specifically authorized the futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker or any of their associated persons to effect the transaction (a transaction is “specifically authorized” if the customer or person designated by the customer to control the account specifies—
</P>
<P>(1) The precise commodity interest to be purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(2) The exact amount of the commodity interest to be purchased or sold); or
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to a commodity interest as defined in paragraph (1) or (2) of the commodity interest definition in § 1.3 of this chapter, authorized in writing the futures commission merchant, introducing broker or any of their associated persons to effect transactions in commodity interests for the account without the customer's specific authorization; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if any such futures commission merchant, introducing broker or any of their associated persons is also authorized to effect transactions in foreign futures or foreign options without the customer's specific authorization, such authorization must be expressly documented.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 55451, Sept. 10, 2010, as amended at 77 FR 66349, Nov. 2, 2012; 83 FR 7997, Feb. 23, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 166.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 166.3   Supervision.</HEAD>
<P>Each Commission registrant, except an associated person who has no supervisory duties, must diligently supervise the handling by its partners, officers, employees and agents (or persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) of all commodity interest accounts carried, operated, advised or introduced by the registrant and all other activities of its partners, officers, employees and agents (or persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) relating to its business as a Commission registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35304, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 166.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 166.4   Branch offices.</HEAD>
<P>Each branch office of each Commission registrant must use the name of the firm of which it is a branch for all purposes, and must hold itself out to the public under such name. The act, omission or failure of any person acting for the branch office, within the scope of his employment or office, shall be deemed the act, omission or failure of the Commission registrant as well as of such person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35304, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 166.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.29.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 166.5   Dispute settlement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) The term <I>claim or grievance</I> as used in this section shall mean any dispute that:
</P>
<P>(A) Arises out of any transaction executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, 
</P>
<P>(B) Is executed or effected through a member of such facility, a participant transacting on or through such facility or an employee of such facility, and 
</P>
<P>(C) Does not require for adjudication the presence of essential witnesses or third parties over whom the facility does not have jurisdiction and who are not otherwise available.
</P>
<P>(ii) Arises out of any retail forex transaction (as defined in § 5.1(m) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>customer</I> as used in this section includes any person for or on behalf of whom a member of a designated contract market, or a participant transacting on or through such designated contract market, effects a transaction on such contract market, except another member of or participant in such designated contract market. <I>Provided, however,</I> a person who is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in section 1a(18) of the Act shall not be deemed to be a customer within the meaning of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Commission registrant</I> as used in this section means a person registered under the Act as a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, floor broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or associated person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntariness.</I> The use by customers of dispute settlement procedures shall be voluntary as provided in paragraphs (c) and (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Customers.</I> No Commission registrant shall enter into any agreement or understanding with a customer in which the customer agrees, prior to the time a claim or grievance arises, to submit such claim or grievance to any settlement procedure except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Signing the agreement must not be made a condition for the customer to utilize the services offered by the Commission registrant.
</P>
<P>(2) If the agreement is contained as a clause or clauses of a broader agreement, the customer must separately endorse the clause or clauses containing the cautionary language and provisions specified in this section. A futures commission merchant or introducing broker may obtain such endorsement as provided in § 1.55(d) of this chapter for the following classes of customers only:
</P>
<P>(i) A plan defined as a government plan or church plan in section 3(32) or section 3(33) of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or a foreign person performing a similar role or function subject as such to comparable foreign regulation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who is a “qualified eligible participant” or a “qualified eligible client” as defined in § 4.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement may not require any customer to waive the right to seek reparations under section 14 of the Act and part 12 of this chapter. Accordingly, such customer must be advised in writing that he or she may seek reparations under section 14 of the Act by an election made within 45 days after the Commission registrant notifies the customer that arbitration will be demanded under the agreement. This notice must be given at the time when the Commission registrant notifies the customer of an intention to arbitrate. The customer must also be advised that if he or she seeks reparations under section 14 of the Act and the Commission declines to institute reparations proceedings, the claim or grievance will be subject to the pre-existing arbitration agreement and must also be advised that aspects of the claim or grievance that are not subject to the reparations procedure (<I>i.e.,</I> do not constitute a violation of the Act or rules thereunder) may be required to be submitted to the arbitration or other dispute settlement procedure set forth in the pre-existing arbitration agreement.
</P>
<P>(4) The agreement must advise the customer that, at such time as he or she may notify the Commission registrant that he or she intends to submit a claim to arbitration, or at such time as such person notifies the customer of its intent to submit a claim to arbitration, the customer will have the opportunity to elect a qualified forum for conducting the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Election of forum.</I> (i) Within ten business days after receipt of notice from the customer that he or she intends to submit a claim to arbitration, or at the time a Commission registrant notifies the customer of its intent to submit a claim to arbitration, the Commission registrant must provide the customer with a list of organizations whose procedures meet Acceptable Practices established by the Commission for dispute resolution, together with a copy of the rules of each forum listed. The list must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The designated contract market, if applicable and if available, upon which the transaction giving rise to the dispute was executed or could have been executed;
</P>
<P>(B) A registered futures association; and
</P>
<P>(C) At least one other organization that will provide the customer with the opportunity to select the location of the arbitration proceeding from among several major cities in diverse geographic regions and that will provide the customer with the choice of a panel or other decision-maker composed of at least one or more persons, of which at least a majority are not members or associated with a member of the designated contract market, if applicable, or employee thereof, and that are not otherwise associated with the designated contract market (mixed panel), if applicable: Provided, however, that the list of qualified organizations provided by a Commission registrant that is a floor broker need not include a registered futures association unless a registered futures association has been authorized to act as a decision-maker in such matters.
</P>
<P>(ii) The customer shall, within forty-five days after receipt of such list, notify the opposing party of the organization selected. A customer's failure to provide such notice shall give the opposing party the right to select an organization from the list.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Fees.</I> The agreement must acknowledge that the Commission registrant will pay any incremental fees that may be assessed by a qualified forum for provision of a mixed panel, unless the arbitrators in a particular proceeding determine that the customer has acted in bad faith in initiating or conducting that proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Cautionary Language.</I> The agreement must include the following language printed in large boldface type:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Three Forums Exist for the Resolution of Commodity Disputes: Civil Court litigation, reparations at the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and arbitration conducted by a self-regulatory or other private organization.</E>
</P>
<P>The CFTC recognizes that the opportunity to settle disputes by arbitration may in some cases provide many benefits to customers, including the ability to obtain an expeditious and final resolution of disputes without incurring substantial costs. The CFTC requires, however, that each customer individually examine the relative merits of arbitration and that your consent to this arbitration agreement be voluntary.
</P>
<P>By signing this agreement, you: (1) May be waiving your right to sue in a court of law; and (2) are agreeing to be bound by arbitration of any claims or counterclaims which you or [name] may submit to arbitration under this agreement. You are not, however, waiving your right to elect instead to petition the CFTC to institute reparations proceedings under Section 14 of the Commodity Exchange Act with respect to any dispute that may be arbitrated pursuant to this agreement. In the event a dispute arises, you will be notified if [name] intends to submit the dispute to arbitration. If you believe a violation of the Commodity Exchange Act is involved and if you prefer to request a section 14 “Reparations” proceeding before the CFTC, you will have 45 days from the date of such notice in which to make that election. 
</P>
<P>You need not sign this agreement to open or maintain an account with [name]. See 17 CFR 166.5.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Enforceability.</I> A dispute settlement procedure may require parties utilizing such procedure to agree, under applicable state law, submission agreement or otherwise, to be bound by an award rendered in the procedure, provided that the agreement to submit the claim or grievance to the procedure was made in accordance with paragraph (c) or (g) of this section or that the agreement to submit the claim or grievance was made after the claim or grievance arose. Any award so rendered shall be enforceable in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Time limits for submission of claims.</I> The dispute settlement procedure established by a designated contract market shall not include any unreasonably short limitation period foreclosing submission of customers' claims or grievances or counterclaims.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Counterclaims.</I> A procedure established by a designated contract market under the Act for the settlement of customers' claims or grievances against a member or employee thereof may permit the submission of a counterclaim in the procedure by a person against whom a claim or grievance is brought. The designated contract market may permit such a counterclaim where the counterclaim arises out of the transaction or occurrence that is the subject of the customer's claim or grievance and does not require for adjudication the presence of essential witnesses, parties, or third persons over whom the designated contract market does not have jurisdiction. Other counterclaims arising out of a transaction subject to the Act and rules promulgated thereunder for which the customer utilizes the services of the registrant may be permissible where the customer and the registrant have agreed in advance to require that all such submissions be included in the proceeding, and if the aggregate monetary value of the counterclaims is capable of calculation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Eligible contract participants.</I> A person who is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in section 1a(12) of the Act may negotiate any term of an agreement or understanding with a Commission registrant in which the eligible contract participant agrees, prior to the time a claim or grievance arises, to submit such claim or grievance to any settlement procedure provided for in the agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42287, Aug. 10, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 55451, Sept. 10, 2010; 77 FR 66349, Nov. 2, 2012] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="170" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 170—REGISTERED FUTURES ASSOCIATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6d, 6m, 6p, 6s, 12a, and 21.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 20651, Apr. 6, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Standards Governing Commission Review of Applications for Registration as a Futures Association Under Section 17 of the Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.1   Demonstration of purposes (section 17(b)(1) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must demonstrate that it will be able to carry out the purposes of section 17 of the Act. Since a basic purpose of a futures association is to regulate the practices of its members, an association should demonstrate that it will require its members to adhere to regulatory requirements governing their business practices at least as stringent as those imposed by the Commission. For example, the association should be prepared to establish and maintain in accordance with § 1.52 of this chapter, a financial compliance program for those members of the association who are futures commission merchants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.2   Membership restrictions (section 17(b)(2) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>If it appears to the Commission to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest and to carry out the purposes of section 17 of the Act, a futures association may restrict its membership to individuals registered by the Commission in a particular capacity or to individuals doing business in a particular geographical region or to firms having a particular level of capital assets or which engage in a specified amount of business per year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35305, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.3   Fair and equitable representation of members (section 17(b)(5) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must assure fair and equitable representation of the views and interests of all association members in the procedures providing for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any association rule, in an association's procedure for the selection of association officers and directors and in all other phases of the association's affairs and activities, including disciplinary and membership hearings. No single group or class of association members shall dominate or otherwise exercise disproportionate influence on any governing board of an association or on any disciplinary or membership panel of such an association. Non-members of the association shall be represented wherever practicable on any board or hearing panel of the association.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.4   Allocation of dues (section 17(b)(6) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>Dues imposed on members of a futures association must be allocated equitably among members and may not be structured in a manner constituting a barrier to entry of any person seeking to engage in commodity-related business activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.5   Prevention of fraudulent and manipulative practices (section 17(b)(7) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must establish and maintain a program for the protection of customers and option customers, including the adoption of rules to protect customers and option customers and customer funds and to promote fair dealing with the public. These rules shall set forth the ethical standards for members of the association in their business dealings with the public. An applicant association must also demonstrate its capability to foster a professional atmosphere among its members, including an acceptance of an adherence to the ethical standards, and to monitor and enforce compliance with the customer and option customer protection program and rules.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2(a)(1), 4c(a)-(d), 4d, 4f, 4g, 4k, 4m, 4n, 8a, 15 and 17, Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6c(a)-(d), 6d, 6f, 6g, 6k, 6m, 6n, 12a, 19 and 21; 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 57020, Dec. 22, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.6   Disciplinary proceedings (sections 17(b)(8) and (b)(9) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must provide a fair and orderly procedure with respect to disciplinary actions brought against association members or persons associated with members. These rules governing such disciplinary actions shall contain, at a minimum, the procedural safeguards contained in section 17(b)(9) of the Act. In addition, an association, in disciplining its members should demonstrate that it will: 
</P>
<P>(a) Take vigorous action against those who engage in activities in violation of association rules; 
</P>
<P>(b) Conduct proceedings in a manner consistent with the fundamental elements of due process; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Impose discipline which is fair and has a reasonable basis in fact.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 20651, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.7   Membership denial (section 17(b)(9) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must provide a fair and orderly procedure for processing membership applications and for affording any person to be denied membership an opportunity to submit evidence in response to the grounds for denial stated by the association. The procedures governing denials of membership in the association shall contain, at a minimum, the procedural safeguards contained in section 17(b)(9) of the Act.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 20651, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.8   Settlement of customer disputes (section 17(b)(10) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association must be able to demonstrate its capacity to promulgate rules and to conduct proceedings that provide a fair, equitable and expeditious procedure, through arbitration or otherwise, for the voluntary settlement of a customer's claim or grievance brought against any member of the association or any employee of a member of the association. Such rules shall conform to and be consistent with section 17(b)(10) of the Act and be consistent with the guidelines and acceptable practices for dispute resolution found within appendix A and appendix B to part 38 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42288, Aug. 10, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.9   General standard.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking registration as a futures association by the Commission must demonstrate the association's ability to comply with standards and requirements set forth in this part. The applicant must also demonstrate its ability to satisfy the provisions of section 17 of the Act as well as other applicable legal considerations, including that the association will promote fair and open competition among its members and will conduct its affairs consistent with the public interest to be protected by the antitrust laws. The Commission shall not register an applicant association unless the Commission finds that the applicant has satisfied the conditions and requirements of section 17 of the Act and of this part and that registration will be in the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.10   Proficiency examinations (sections 4p and 17(p) of the Act).</HEAD>
<P>A futures association may prescribe different training standards and proficiency examinations for persons registered in more than one capacity: <I>Provided,</I> That nothing contained in the Act or these regulations, including any exemption from registration for persons registered in another capacity, shall be deemed to preclude the establishment of training standards and a proficiency examination requirement for functions performed in such other capacity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 35305, Aug. 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Registration Statement of Futures Associations to be Submitted to the Commission</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.11   Form of registration statement; review of registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any association seeking registration by the Commission as a futures association must file with the Commission a letter requesting that the association be registered by the Commission as a futures association and accompany the letter with the following: (1) The constitution, charter or articles of incorporation of the association, (2) the bylaws of the association, (3) any other rules, resolutions or regulations of the association corresponding to the foregoing, (4) a detailed description of the association's organization, membership and rules of procedure and (5) a detailed statement of the association's capability to comply with the provisions of section 17 of the Act and this part. This letter and the accompanying information shall be considered as the registration statement of the association. This letter and the accompanying information shall be filed with the Secretariat of the Commission at the Commission's DC headquarters.


</P>
<P>(b) At any time after an applicant's registration statement has been filed, the applicant association shall submit to the Commission any supporting or additional information concerning the application of the association as the Commission may request.
</P>
<P>(c) If it appears to the Commission, after reviewing any registration statement filed by an applicant association, that the applicant has not satisfied the requirements for registration set forth in section 17 of the Act or of this part, the Commission may, in its discretion, notify the applicant in writing to that effect. Such notice shall specify those requirements of section 17 or of this part which do not appear to have been satisfied and shall afford the applicant a period of at least 60 days in which to respond to the Commission's notice by demonstrating or achieving compliance with the requirements specified by the Commission or otherwise. An applicant may withdraw its registration statement from Commission consideration at any time within such 60 day period.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 3038-0022) 
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 20651, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 63036, Dec. 30, 1981; 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.12   Delegation of Authority to Director of the Market Participants Division.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, to the Director of the Market Participants Division the authority to take any of the actions enumerated in §§ 170.11 (b) and (c). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, if the Director believes it appropriate, he may submit the matter to the Commission for its consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 20651, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71820, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Membership in a Registered Futures Association</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.15   Futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each person registered as a futures commission merchant must become and remain a member of at least one futures association that is registered under section 17 of the Act and that provides for the membership therein of such futures commission merchant, unless no such futures association is so registered.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to a futures commission merchant registered in accordance with § 3.10(a)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43083, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 72 FR 2615, Jan. 22, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.16   Swap dealers and major swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>Each person registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant must become and remain a member of at least one futures association that is registered under section 17 of the Act and that provides for the membership therein of such swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be, unless no such futures association is so registered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 2629, Jan. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 170.17" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.30.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 170.17   Introducing brokers, commodity pool operators, and commodity trading advisors.</HEAD>
<P>Each person registered as an introducing broker, commodity pool operator, or commodity trading advisor must become and remain a member of at least one futures association that is registered under Section 17 of the Act and that provides for the membership therein of introducing brokers, commodity pool operators, or commodity trading advisors, as the case may be, unless no such futures association is so registered; provided, however that a person registered as a commodity trading advisor shall not be required to become or remain a member of such a futures association, solely in respect of its registration as a commodity trading advisor, if such person is eligible for the exemption from registration as such pursuant to § 4.14(a)(9) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 55029, Sept. 14, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="171" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 171—RULES RELATING TO REVIEW OF NATIONAL FUTURES ASSOCIATION DECISIONS IN DISCIPLINARY, MEMBERSHIP DENIAL, REGISTRATION AND MEMBER RESPONSIBILITY ACTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 4a, 12a and 21, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.1   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Matters included.</I> Unless specifically excluded by subsection (b), this part governs review by the Commission, pursuant to sections 17(h), (i) and (o) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”), as amended, of any disciplinary action, membership denial action, registration action or member responsibility action taken by the National Futures Association or any registered futures association. Unless specifically indicated, references in this part to the National Futures Association shall also include any other registered futures association.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Matters excluded.</I> The Commission will not review under these rules the following decisions by the National Futures Association:
</P>
<P>(1) A decision in a disciplinary action if the party aggrieved by the decision knowingly failed to pursue the right to appeal an adverse decision to the Appeals Committee of the National Futures Association and there are no extraordinary circumstances that otherwise warrant Commission consideration of the aggrieved party's appeal;
</P>
<P>(2) A decision in an arbitration action brought pursuant to section 17(b)(10) of the Act or any rule of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(3) Suspension of a member based solely on that member's failure to pay National Futures Association dues;
</P>
<P>(4) A decision to disqualify any member for service on the National Futures Association Board of Directors, Business Conduct Committees, Hearing Committee or arbitration panels pursuant to the standards for service adopted by the National Futures Association to implement Commission rule 1.63;
</P>
<P>(5) Suspension of a member or a person associated with a member based solely on that person's failure to pay an arbitration award or a settlement agreement resulting from an arbitration action brought pursuant to section 17(b)(10) of the Act or rules and regulations of the National Futures Association, or a settlement agreement resulting from a mediation proceeding sponsored by the National Futures Association, unless there are extraordinary circumstances that involve something more than the ministerial application of a predetermined sanction, or raise a colorable claim that the National Futures Assocaition has acted arbitrarily.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Appeals from excluded decisions.</I> If the General Counsel, or any employee under the General Counsel's supervision as the General Counsel may designate, determines that a notice of appeal submitted to the Commission is from a decision that is excluded from review under this part, the notice of appeal may be stricken and ordered to be returned to the aggrieved party who submitted it.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicability of these part 171 rules.</I> Unless otherwise ordered, these rules will apply in their entirety to all appeals and matters relating thereto filed on or after October 31, 1990. Any part 171 proceeding commenced prior to October 31, 1990 continues to be governed by the procedures established in former subpart F of part 3 of the Commission's regulations, if applicable, or by the procedures established for that proceeding by Commission order. Parties to any proceeding pending on October 31, 1990 may, within 30 days after October 31, 1990 by written stipulation executed by all parties, and filed with the Proceedings Clerk before the Commission's final decision is rendered, elect to have the matter governed by the provisions of these part 171 rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 70 FR 2352, Jan. 13, 2005; 78 FR 1145, Jan. 8, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Commission decisional employee</I> includes any member of the Commission staff who participates in, or may be reasonably expected to participate in, the decisionmaking process in any proceeding under this part. It does not include Commissioners or members of their personal staff.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disciplinary action</I> includes any proceeding brought by the National Futures Association to enforce its rules that may result in expulsion, suspension, censure, bar from association with a member, fine in excess of $100 or any comparable sanction being imposed on a member or a person associated with a member.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ex parte communication</I> shall include any communication, whether written or oral, which is both (1) not preceded by reasonable notice to all parties to a proceeding, and (2) not made on the public record. It shall not include requests made to the Office of the General Counsel's Litigation, Enforcement, and Adjudication Section or Office of Proceedings for status reports or for an interpretation of these rules.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final Decision</I> means the decision that terminates the proceeding before the National Futures Association on the action that is the subject of the notice of appeal filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) To <I>mail</I> means to place in the United States mail (or to deliver to an overnight delivery service of established reliability) a properly addressed and post-paid document. Unless otherwise provided, documents filed and served by mail must be sent by no less expeditious means than first class United States mail.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Member</I> includes any person admitted to membership by the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Member Responsibility Action</I> includes any action in which, based on a finding by the National Futures Association that there is reason to believe that summary action is necessary to protect the commodity futures markets, customers or other members of the association, a member or person associated with a member may be summarily suspended from membership or association with a member, required to restrict operations or otherwise directed to take remedial action.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Membership denial action</I> includes any proceeding brought by the National Futures Association to (1) determine whether an applicant should be admitted to membership or be permitted to be associated with a member, (2) determine whether an applicant should be admitted to membership or be permitted to be associated with a member on a conditional basis, or (3) determine whether to revoke or restrict the membership or association status of any person who is a member or is associated with a member. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Party</I> includes any person who has been the subject of a disciplinary action, membership denial action, or registration action by the National Futures Association; the National Futures Association itself; any person granted permission to participate as a party pursuant to § 171.27 of these rules; and any Division of the Commission that files a Notice of Appearance pursuant to § 171.28 of these rules.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Person associated with a member</I> includes any person permitted to register as an associate of a member by the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Record of the proceeding</I> shall include the order appealed from, the findings or report on which the order is based, the pleadings, evidence and proceedings before the National Futures Association decisonmaker and a copy of any rule of the National Futures Association that is material to the order.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Registration action</I> includes any proceeding brought by the National Futures Association, pursuant to authority delegated by the Commission, to grant, condition, deny, suspend, restrict, or revoke the registration of any person.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rule of the National Futures Association</I> includes any article of incorporation, bylaw, rule, regulation, resolution or written interpretation of stated policy of the National Futures Association.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 89 FR 71821, Sept. 4, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.3" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.3   Business address; hours.</HEAD>
<P>The headquarters of the Commission is located at Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581. It is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays, from 8:15 a.m. until 4:45 p.m., eastern standard time or eastern daylight savings time, whichever is currently in effect in Washington, DC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 89 FR 71821, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.4" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.4   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed by these rules or allowed by the Commission, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included. The last day of the period so computed is to be included unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday. In the latter circumstances, the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be included in the computation unless the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than seven (7) days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date of service of orders.</I> In computing any period of time involving the date of service of an order, the date of service shall be the date the order is mailed or hand delivered by the Proceedings Clerk, which, unless otherwise indicated, shall be the date stamped on the order by the Proceedings Clerk.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.5" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.5   Extension of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided by these rules, for good cause shown, on its own motion or the motion of a party, the Commission may at any time extend or shorten the time prescribed by the rules for filing any document. In any instance in which a specific time period is not prescribed in this part for an action to be taken concerning any matter, the Commission may establish a time for that action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of motion.</I> Absent extraordinary circumstances, when the time period that has been prescribed for an action to be taken concerning any matter exceeds seven days, requests for extension of that time period shall be filed at least five days prior to the expiration of the time period provided and shall include an explanation of the facts and circumstances that justify the extension.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.6" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.6   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition of ex parte communications.</I> (1) No party to a proceeding before the Commission under these rules and no person outside the Commission who has a direct or indirect interest (pecuniary or otherwise) in the outcome of the proceeding or might be aggrieved by the outcome of the proceeding shall make or knowingly cause to be made an <I>ex parte</I> communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding subject to these rules to a Commissioner, member of the personal staff of a Commissioner or Commission decisional employee.
</P>
<P>(2) No Commissioner, member of the personal staff of a Commissioner or Commission decisional employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to a party to a proceeding subject to these rules or to any person outside the Commission who has a direct or indirect interest (pecuniary or otherwise) in the outcome of the proceeding or might be aggrieved by the outcome of the proceeding, an <I>ex parte</I> communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding subject to these rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for handling.</I> Any Commissioner, member of a Commissioner's personal staff or Commission decisional employee who receives, or who makes or knowingly causes to be made, an <I>ex parte</I> communication prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Place on the public record of the proceeding:
</P>
<P>(i) All such written communications;
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the materials described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly give written notice of such communications and responses thereto to all parties to the proceedings to which the communication or responses relate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sanctions.</I> (1) Upon receipt of an <I>ex parte</I> communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of the prohibition contained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Commission may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policies of the Act, require the party to show cause why his claim or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Any Commissioner, member of a Commissioner's personal staff or Commission decisional employee who knowingly makes or knowingly causes to be made, or who knowingly solicits or knowingly causes the solicitation of, an <I>ex parte</I> communication which violates the prohibitions contained in paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be deemed to have engaged in conduct of the type proscribed by 17 CFR 140.735-3(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicability of prohibitions and sanctions against ex parte communications.</I> (1)(i) The prohibitions of this section shall begin to apply at the time that a copy of a notice of appeal has been filed with the Proceedings Clerk in accordance with § 171.23 or § 171.44 of this part; or a petition for stay or for an emergency effective date has been filed in accordance with § 171.22, § 171.41 or § 171.43 of this part. The prohibitions of this section shall remain in effect until a final order has been entered in the proceeding which is no longer subject to review by the Commission or to review by any court.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may, by specific order entered in a particular proceeding, determine that these prohibitions shall commence from some date prior, or shall continue until a date subsequent, to the times specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The sanctions in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall not apply to a person making a prohibited communication (or causing it to be made) absent evidence that the person acted with actual or constructive knowledge that the person receiving the communication was a Commissioner, member of the personal staff of a Commissioner or a Commission decisional employee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.7" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.8" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.8   Filing with the Proceedings Clerk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How to file.</I> Any document that is required by this part to be filed with the Proceedings Clerk shall be filed by delivering it in person or by first-class mail or a more expeditious form of United States mail, or by overnight or similar commercial delivery service to: Proceedings Clerk, Office of Proceedings, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters; or faxing the document to (202) 418-5532 or emailing it to <I>PROC_Filings@cftc.gov.</I> To be timely filed under this part, a document must be delivered or mailed to the Proceedings Clerk within the time prescribed for filing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Proof of filing.</I> Proof of filing shall be made by attaching to the document for filing an affidavit of filing executed by any person 18 years of age or older or a proof of filing executed by an attorney-at-law qualified for practice before the Commission. The proof of filing shall certify that the attached document was delivered by hand to the Proceedings Clerk or deposited in the United States mail, with first-class postage prepaid (or delivered to an overnight delivery service of established reliability), addressed to the Proceedings Clerk, Office of Proceedings, at the Commission's Washington, DC headquarters

, on the date specified in the affidavit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Formalities of filing</I>—(1) <I>Number of copies.</I> Unless otherwise provided, any person filing a document with the Proceedings Clerk shall provide two conformed copies in addition to the original.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Title page.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk shall include, at the head thereof, or on a title page, the name of the Commission, the title of the proceeding, the docket number (if one has been assigned by the Proceedings Clerk), the subject of the particular document and the name of the person on whose behalf the document is being filed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Paper, spacing, type.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk shall be typewritten, must be on one grade of good white paper no less than 8 or more than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and no less than 10
<FR>1/2</FR> or more than 11
<FR>1/2</FR> inches long, and must be bound on the top only. They must be double-spaced, except for long quotations (3 or more lines) and footnotes which should be single-spaced.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Signature</I>—(i) <I>By whom.</I> All documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk shall be signed personally in ink:
</P>
<P>(A) By the person or persons on whose behalf they are tendered for filing;
</P>
<P>(B) By a general partner, officer or director of a partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity; or
</P>
<P>(C) By an attorney-at-law having authority with respect thereto. The Proceedings Clerk may require appropriate evidence of the authority of a person subscribing a document on behalf of another person.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Effect.</I> The signature on any document of any person acting either for himself or as attorney or agent for another constitutes certification by him that:
</P>
<P>(A) He has read the document subscribed and knows the contents thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) If executed in any representative capacity, it was done with full power and authority to do so;
</P>
<P>(C) To the best of his knowledge, information, and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(D) The document is not being interposed for delay.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 49336, Sept. 25, 1995; 78 FR 12937, Feb. 26, 2013; 89 FR 71821, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.9" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.9   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Unless otherwise provided, all documents filed with the Proceedings Clerk must be served upon all parties on the same day.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manner of service.</I> Service may be made by personal delivery (effective upon receipt), mail (effective upon deposit), facsimile (effective upon receipt) or electronic mail (effective upon receipt). When service is effected by mail, the time within which the person served may respond thereto shall be increased by five days. Parties who consent to accepting service of documents by electronic means in the underlying NFA action also consent to accepting service by the same means in proceedings under this part 171.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proof of service.</I> Proof of service shall be made by filing with the Proceedings Clerk, at the same time as the relevant document is filed, an affidavit of service executed by a person 18 years of age or older or a certificate of service executed by an attorney qualified to practice before the Commission. The proof of service shall state that service has been made and identify the person served, the date of service and the manner of service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The first document filed in a proceeding by or on behalf of any party must state on the first page the name, postal address and telephone number of the person authorized to receive service for the party of all documents filed in the proceeding. Thereafter, service of documents shall be made upon the person authorized unless service on a different authorized person or on the party himself is authorized by the Commission, or unless pursuant to § 171.8 the person authorized is changed by the party upon due notice to all other parties. Parties shall file and serve notification of any changes in the information provided pursuant to this subparagraph as soon as practicable after the change occurs.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of orders and decisions.</I> A copy of all notices, rulings, opinions and orders of the Commission shall be served on each of the parties by the Proceedings Clerk. Service will be deemed complete upon deposit in the mail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 72 FR 42277, Aug. 2, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.10   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An application for a form of relief not otherwise specifically provided for in this part shall be made by a written motion, filed with the Proceedings Clerk. The motion shall state the relief sought, basis for the relief and the authority relied upon.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answers to motions.</I> Unless otherwise provided, a party may file a written response to a motion within five days after service of the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motions for procedural orders.</I> Motions for procedural orders, including motions for extensions of time, may be acted on at any time, without awaiting a response thereto. Any party adversely affected by such action may request reconsideration, vacation or modification of the action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dilatory motions.</I> Frivolous or repetitive motions dealing with the same subject matter shall not be permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.11   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>In the event a party fails to fulfill his obligations under these Rules, the Commission may impose appropriate sanctions including dismissal of the appeal or summary reversal of the decision under appeal. Sanctions may be imposed on the motion of a party or on the Commission's own motion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.12   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>At any time before the Commission has reached a final determination in a proceeding, the parties may request dismissal of the appeal based on a settlement agreement. If, in its view, the settlement is consistent with the public interest, the Commission will dismiss the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.13   Practice before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Practice</I>—(1) <I>By non-attorneys.</I> An individual may appear <I>pro se</I> (on his own behalf); a general partner may represent the partnership; a <I>bona fide</I> officer of a corporation, trust or association may represent the corporation, trust or association.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By attorneys.</I> An attorney-at-law who is admitted to practice before the highest court in any State or territory, or of the District of Columbia, who has not been suspended or disbarred from appearance and practice before the Commission in accordance with the provisions of part 14 of this chapter may represent parties as an attorney in proceedings before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Debarment of counsel or representative during the course of a proceeding.</I> Whenever, while a proceeding is pending before the Commission, the Commission finds that a person acting as counsel or representative for any party to the proceeding is guilty of contemptuous conduct, the Commission may order that such person be precluded from further acting as counsel or representative in a proceeding subject to these rules. The Commission may suspend the proceedings for a reasonable time for the purpose of enabling the party to obtain other counsel or representative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal from representation.</I> Withdrawal from representation of a party will be only by leave of the Commission. Such leave to withdraw may be subject to conditions including submission of an affidavit averring that the party represented has actual knowledge of the withdrawal and providing the name and address of a successor counsel (or representative) or a statement that the represented party has determined to proceed <I>pro se.</I> If the party proceeds <I>pro se,</I> the statement shall include the address where the party can thereafter be served.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.1.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.14   Waiver of rules.</HEAD>
<P>To prevent undue hardship on any party or for other good cause shown, the Commission may waive any rule in this part in a particular case and may order proceedings in accordance with its direction. Such an order shall be based upon a determination that no party will be prejudiced thereby and that the ends of justice will be served. Reasonable notice will be given to all parties of any action taken pursuant to this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Notice and Effective Date of Final Decisions in Disciplinary, Membership Denial and Registration Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.20" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.21" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.21   Notice of final decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> The National Futures Association shall promptly serve all parties, as well as the Proceedings Clerk and the Secretary of the Commission, with a written notice of any final decision in a disciplinary action, membership denial action or registration action subject to these rules. The notice may be contained in the written decision issued by the National Futures Association.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of the notice.</I> At a minimum, the notice shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The names of the parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) The date the notice was served and the effective date of the decision;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement informing the parties of their right to appeal the decision to the Commission pursuant to § 171.28 as well as their right to seek a stay of the effective date of the decision pursuant to § 171.27.
</P>
<P>(4) For a disciplinary action:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement setting forth the relevant acts of practices engaged in or omitted by the parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement setting forth the specific rule or rules of the association violated by the relevant acts or practices or omissions to act of the parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement setting forth the penalty imposed and the basis for its imposition.
</P>
<P>(5) For a membership action:
</P>
<P>(i) The specific grounds for the denial, bar, expulsion, or restriction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The findings made concerning those grounds;
</P>
<P>(iii) An explanation of the result reached in light of the grounds for ineligibility found and the findings made.
</P>
<P>(6) For a registration action:
</P>
<P>(i) The statutory disqualification at issue;
</P>
<P>(ii) The findings made concerning the statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(iii) An explanation of the result reached in light of the statutory disqualification shown and the findings made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of inadequate notice.</I> (1) If the National Futures Association issues a notice of a final decision subject to these rules that is not substantially consistent with the requirements of this section, and the record does not establish that the errors therein are harmless, the notice may be stricken. The Commission may act on its own motion or on the motion of a party.
</P>
<P>(2) When a notice is struck, the final decision of the National Futures Association shall not be effective until a proper notice is served.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.22" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.22   Effective date of final decisions in disciplinary, membership denial and registration actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> A final decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary action, membership denial action or registration action shall be effective thirty days after service of the notice described in § 171.21.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for stay pending review or for an emergency effective date</I>—(1) <I>Stay pending review.</I> Within ten days of service of the notice described in § 171.21, any aggrieved party may seek from the Commission a stay pending consideration of the merits of an appeal by filing and serving an appropriate petition. The mere filing of such a petition shall not stay the effective date of the decision. The burden of persuasion shall rest with the party seeking the stay. If the Commission does not grant the petition prior to the effective date of the decision under review, it shall be deemed denied. All petitions for stay must be accompanied by a notice of appeal.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Emergency effective date.</I> Within ten days of service of the notice described in § 171.21, the National Futures Association may seek from the Commission an order establishing an emergency effective date for the decision by filing and serving an appropriate petition. The mere filing of such a petition shall not alter the effective date of the decision. The burden of persuasion rests with the National Futures Association. If the Commission does not grant the petition by the date specified as the emergency effective date, it shall be deemed denied.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contents of petition for stay and petition for an emergency effective date.</I> A petition for stay or for an emergency effective date shall be in writing. Material factual allegations shall be supported by an affidavit or other sworn statement unless the parties stipulate that the material facts are not in dispute.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Response.</I> Within five days of the service of the petition, a party may file in opposition to the petition. Material factual allegations shall be supported by an affidavit or other sworn statement unless the parties stipulate that the material facts are not in dispute.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standards for determining petitions for a stay or an emergency effective date petition.</I> In reviewing petitions filed under this seciton, the Commission shall consider:
</P>
<P>(1) The likelihood that a challenge to the merits of the decision will be successful; and
</P>
<P>(2) The likelihood that the denial of the petition would result in irreparable harm to the petitioner; and
</P>
<P>(3) The effect a grant of the petition would have on the opposing party; and
</P>
<P>(4) The effect a grant or denial of the petition would have on the public interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> If, in its view, it is necessary to protect the petitioner's right to a meaningful determination of the issues raised in the petition, the Commission may act upon a petition for a stay or for an emergency effective date prior to its receipt of an opposing party's response. Any party aggrieved by such expedited consideration may seek reconsideration within seven days of service of the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.23" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.23   Notice of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Any party aggrieved by the final decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary, membership denial or registration action may, within thirty days of the National Futures Association's service of the notice described in § 171.21, file a notice of appeal with the Proceedings Clerk. The filing of such a notice shall not stay the effective date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The notice of appeal shall consist of a brief statement indicating that the party is requesting Commission review of an action of the National Futures Association. It should identify:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the person appealing and, if represented, the name and address of his representative;
</P>
<P>(2) The case name and docket number of the National Futures Association proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(3) The date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing fee.</I> Each notice of appeal must be accompanied by a nonrefundable filing fee of $100. This amount may be paid by check, bank draft or money order, payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defective notices of appeal.</I> Notices of appeal that are untimely or not accompanied by the filing fee shall not be accepted by the Proceedings Clerk absent a showing, by motion, of excusable neglect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.24" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.24   Submission of the record.</HEAD>
<P>Within thirty days after service of a notice of appeal, the National Futures Association shall file with the Proceedings Clerk two copies of the record of the proceeding (as defined by § 171.2(k)). The record shall be bound as a unit, chronologically indexed and tabbed, and certified as correct by a duly authorized official, agent or employee of the National Futures Asssociation. The National Futures Association shall serve on the party appealing, in lieu of the record, a copy of the index of the record and a copy of any document in the record not previously served on the party appealing. If the party appealing objects to the materials included or excluded in preparing the record, he shall file his objections with his brief on appeal. The Commission may, at any time, direct that an omission or misstatement be corrected and, if necessary, that a supplemental record be prepared and filed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.25" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.25   Appeal brief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Any person who has filed a notice of appeal in accordance with the provisions of § 171.23, shall perfect the appeal by filing an appeal brief with the Proceedings Clerk within thirty days after service of the record by the National Futures Association. The Commission may dismiss any appeal for which an appeal brief is not timely filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> Each appeal brief submitted to the Commission pursuant to this section shall include, in the order indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the issues presented for review;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the case. The statement shall indicate briefly the nature of the case and include a full description of the action being challenged. There shall follow a clear and concise statement of all facts relevant to the consideration of the appeal with appropriate citations to the record;
</P>
<P>(3) An argument. The argument shall contain the contentions of the appellant with respect to the issues presented and the reasons supporting those contentions. It shall cite specifically to the relevant authorities and to those parts of the record that support appellant's contentions; and
</P>
<P>(4) A conclusion stating the precise relief sought.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length of appeal brief.</I> Without prior leave of the Commission, the appeal brief may not exceed thirty five pages, exclusive of any table of contents, table of cases, index and appendix containing transcripts of testimony, exhibits, rules, regulations or similar materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.26" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.26   Answering brief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time for filing answering brief.</I> Within thirty days after service of the appeal brief, the National Futures Association shall file with the Proceedings Clerk an answering brief.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of answering brief.</I> The contents of the answering brief generally shall be consistent with those set forth in § 171.25(b) but may omit a statement of the issues and a statement of the case if the National Futures Association does not dispute the issues or the statement of the case contained in the appeal brief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length of the answering brief.</I> Without prior leave of the Commission, the answering brief may not exceed thirty five pages, exclusive of any table of contents, table of cases, index and appendix containing transcripts of testimony, exhibits, statutes, rules, regulations or similar materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.27" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.27   Limited participation by interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon motion of any interested person or, on its own motion, the Commission may permit, or solicit, limited participation in the proceeding by such interested person. A motion for leave to participate in the proceeding shall be filed promptly, shall identify the interest of that person and shall show why participation in the proceeding by that person would serve the public interest. If the Commission determines that participation would serve the public interest, it shall by order establish a supplementary briefing schedule for the interested person and the parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subsection, <I>interested person</I> shall include parties and any other persons who might be adversely affected or aggrieved by the outcome of a proceeding; their officers, agents, employees, associates, affiliates, attorneys, accountants or other representatives; and any other person having a direct or indirect pecuniary or other interest in the outcome of a proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.28" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.28   Participation by Commission staff.</HEAD>
<P>The Division of Enforcement, the Market Participants Division, the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Division of Market Oversight, or the Division of Data may participate in any proceeding by filing a notice of appearance. Such a notice shall be filed and served on or before the twentieth day following the date of service of its brief by the National Futures Association. The Commission shall by order establish a supplementary briefing schedule for the Commission staff and other parties to the proceeding. If it concludes that participation of the Commission staff will not serve the public interest, the Commission shall prohibit further participation. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71821, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Commission Review of Final Decisions in Disciplinary, Membership Denial and Registration Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.30" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.30   Scope of review.</HEAD>
<P>On review, the Commission may, in its discretion and after appropriate consideration of the notice given to the parties, consider <I>sua sponte</I> any issues arising from the record before it and may base its determination thereon. The Commission may also limit its consideration to those issues specifically raised in the parties' briefs, treating all other issues as waived.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.31" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.31   Commission review in the absence of an appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request by Commission staff.</I> At any time prior to the effective date of a final decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary, membership denial or registration action, the Division of Enforcement, the Market Participants Division, the Division of Clearing and Risk, the Division of Market Oversight, or the Division of Data may file and serve a memorandum requesting the Commission to institute review of the National Futures Association proceeding. The filing of such a memorandum shall stay the effective date of the decision at issue for twenty days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response by the National Futures Association.</I> The National Futures Association may file a response to the memorandum of the Commission staff within fifteen days of the service of the memorandum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission determination of staff request.</I> To preserve the status quo while it determines whether review is apropriate, the Commission may extend the stay of the effective date of the decision at issue for an additional 30 days. If the Commission decides to take review, the effective date of the decision at issue shall be stayed pending the decision of the Commission, unless otherwise ordered. The Commission shall by order establish the procedure for submission of both the record of the proceeding and the briefs of the parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission review on its own motion.</I> At any time prior to the effective date of a final decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary, membership denial or registration action, the Commission may take review of a decision by issuing an appropriate order. If the Commission determines that it is appropriate to take review on its own motion, it shall by order establish the procedure for submission of both the record of the proceeding and the briefs of the parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 67 FR 62353, Oct. 7, 2002; 78 FR 22419, Apr. 16, 2013; 89 FR 71821, Sept. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.32" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.32   Oral argument.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On motion of Commission.</I> On its own motion, the Commission may, in its discretion, hear oral argument in a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On request of party.</I> Any party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a request in writing for the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, which the Commission may, in its discretion, grant or deny. A request under this paragraph must be filed concurrently with the party's brief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting and transcription.</I> Oral argument before the Commission will be recorded and transcribed unless the Commission directs otherwise. In the event the Commission affords the parties the opportunity to present oral argument before the Commission, the oral argument will proceed in accordance with the provisions of § 10.103(b) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.33" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.33   Final decision by the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opinion and order.</I> Upon review, the Commission may affirm, modify, set aside, or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, the decision of the National Futures Association. The Commission's decision will be contained in its opinion and order which will be based upon the record before it, including the record of the registered futures association proceeding, briefs submitted to the Commission by the parties and any oral argument made in accordance with § 171.32. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the opinion and order will constitute the final decision of the Commission, effective upon service on the parties. In the event the Commission is equally divided as to its decision, the decision of the National Futures Association shall be affirmed without a Commission opinion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Order of summary affirmance.</I> If the Commission finds that the result reached in the decision of the National Futures Association is substantially correct and that none of the arguments on appeal made by the appellant raise important questions of law or policy, the Commission may, by appropriate order, summarily affirm the decision without opinion. The decision of the National Futures Association shall constitute the Commission's final decision, effective upon service. Unless the Commission expressly indicates otherwise in its order, an order of summary affirmance does not reflect a Commission determination to adopt the rationale of the National Futures Association, and neither the order of summary affirmance nor the underlying order shall serve as Commission precedent in other proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.34" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.34   Standards of review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disciplinary actions.</I> In reviewing a final decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary action, the Commission shall affirm the order of the National Futures Association, unless the Commission finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with fundamental fairness;
</P>
<P>(2) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with the rules of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(3) The weight of the evidence does not support the findings of the National Futures Association concerning the relevant acts or practices engaged in or omitted;
</P>
<P>(4) The determination that the acts or practices engaged in or omitted violated rules of the National Futures Association does not rest on a reasonable interpretation of the rules at issue;
</P>
<P>(5) The National Futures Association's application of its rules is not consistent with the purposes of the Act;
</P>
<P>(6) The National Futures Association's choice of sanction is excessive or oppressive in light of the violations found having due regard for the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Membership denial actions.</I> In reviewing a final decision of the National Futures Association in a membership denial action, the Commission shall affirm the order of the National Futures Association, unless the Commission finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with fundamental fairness;
</P>
<P>(2) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with the rules of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(3) The weight of the evidence does not support the findings made or adopted in the final decision;
</P>
<P>(4) The conclusion of the National Futures Association is not consistent with the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registration actions.</I> In reviewing a decision of the National Futures Association in a registration action, the Commission shall affirm the order of the National Futures Association unless the Commission finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with fundamental fairness;
</P>
<P>(2) The proceedings were not conducted in a manner consistent with the rules of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(3) The weight of the evidence does not support the findings made or adopted in the final decision;
</P>
<P>(4) The conclusion of the National Futures Association is not consistent with the purposes of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Commission Review of Decisions by the National Futures Association In Member Responsibility Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.40" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.40   Notice of the commencement of a member responsibility action.</HEAD>
<P>The notice of a Member Responsibility Action provided by the National Futures Association pursuant to its rules shall advise the affected parties of their right to petition the Commission pursuant to § 171.41 to stay the effective date of the action pending a hearing before the National Futures Association on the factual issues relevant to the suspension, restriction or remedial action ordered. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.41" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.41   Petition for a stay of effective date of a member responsibility action pending a hearing by the National Futures Association.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Within ten days after the National Futures Association serves the notice required by § 171.40, any party aggrieved by the National Futures Association's determination that the member responsibility action should be effective prior to the opportunity for a hearing on the factual issues relevant to the suspension, restriction or remedial action imposed may petition the Commission to stay its effectiveness pending completion of further proceedings by the National Futures Association. The burden of persuasion shall rest with the party seeking the stay.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> A petition for stay shall meet the content requirements set forth in § 171.22(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> A response may be filed by the National Futures Association in accordance with § 171.22(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Standards for granting petition for stay.</I> In reviewing petitions to stay the effectiveness of the member responsibility action pending completion of further proceedings, the Commission shall consider:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether, in the circumstances presented, the notice and opportunity for a hearing provided by the National Futures Association are consistent with principles of fundamental fairness; and
</P>
<P>(2) The likelihood that the denial of the petition would result in irreparable harm to petitioner; and
</P>
<P>(3) The effect a grant of the petition would have on the interests of the National Futures Association; and
</P>
<P>(4) The effect a grant or denial of the petition would have on the public interest.
</P>
<P>(e) If the suspension, restriction or remedial action imposed by the National Futures Assocation in a member responsibility action is effective at the time a petition for a stay is filed with the Commission, the Commission shall not delay its decision on the petition to await the receipt of the National Futures Association's response. If the action is not effective at the time the petition is filed, the Commission will not act upon the petition prior to the receipt of a response from the National Futures Association unless, in its view, expedited action on the petition is necessary to protect petitioner's right to a meaningful determination of the right to a stay. If the Commission grants the petition prior to the receipt of the response of the National Futures Association, the association may seek reconsideration of the Commission's action within seven days of service of the decision.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Proceedings following Commission disposition.</I> If the petition for a stay is denied, the National Futures Association shall continue its action in accordance with the applicable rules of the association. If the petition for a stay is granted, the action shall be remanded to the National Futures Association for further proceedings as provided in the Commission's decision. Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, a stay issued pursuant to this section shall not deprive the National Futures Association of the authority, after conducting a hearing under the appropriate rules of the association, to make the suspension, restriction or remedial action ordered in the member responsibility action immediately effective at the time a final decision is issued.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.42" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.42   Notice of a final decision of the National Futures Association in a member responsibility action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> The National Futures Association shall promptly serve all parties, as well as the Proceeding Clerk and Secretary of the Commission, with a written notice of any final decision in a member responsibility action. The notice may be contained in the written decision issued by the National Futures Association. If the National Futures Association determines that the decision shall be effective upon issuance, in addition to serving a written notice, it shall also contact the parties and the Proceedings Clerk by telephone to inform them of its determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of the written notice.</I> At a minimum, the notice shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) The date the notice was served and the effective date of the decision;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement informing the parties of their right to appeal the decision to the Commission pursuant to § 171.44 as well as their right to seek a stay of the decision pending Commission consideration of their appeal pursuant to § 171.43;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the action taken and the reasons for the action;
</P>
<P>(5) Findings of fact and conclusions of law on all issues relevant to its decision;
</P>
<P>(6) A determination of the appropriate relief based on the findings and conclusions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.43" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.43   Petition for a stay of the effective date of a final decision of the National Futures Association in a member responsibility action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing the petition.</I> Within ten days of the service of the notice described in § 171.42, any aggrived party may seek from the Commission a stay of the effective date of the decision of the National Futures Association pending consideration of the merits of an appeal by filing and serving an appropriate petition. The mere filing of such a petition shall not stay the effective date of the decision. The burden of persuasion shall rest with the party seeking the stay.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> A petition for a stay shall be in writing. Material factual allegations shall be supported by an affidavit or other sworn statement unless the parties stipulate that the material facts are not in dispute.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Within five days of the service of the petition, the National Futures Association may file an opposition to the petition. Material factual allegations shall be supported by an affidavit or other sworn statement unless the parties stipulate that the material facts are not in dispute.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Standards for determining petitions for a stay.</I> In reviewing petitions filed under this section, the Commission shall consider:
</P>
<P>(1) The likelihood that petitioner's challenge to the merits of the decision will be successful; and
</P>
<P>(2) The likelihood that the denial of the petition would result in irreparable harm to the petitioner; and
</P>
<P>(3) The effect a grant of the petition would have on the National Futures Association; and
</P>
<P>(4) The effect a grant or denial of the petition would have on the public interest.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> If the suspension, restriction or remedial action imposed by the National Futures Association in a member responsibility action is effective at the time a petition for a stay is filed with the Commission, the Commission shall not delay its decision on the petition to await the receipt of the National Futures Association's response. If the decision is not effective at the time the petition is filed, the Commission will not act upon the petition prior to the receipt of a response from the National Futures Association unless, in its view, expedited action on the petition is necessary to protect petitioner's right to a meaningful determination of the right to a stay. If the Commission grants the petition prior to the receipt of the response of the National Futures Association, the association may seek reconsideration of the Commission's action within seven days of service of the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.44" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.44   Notice of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time to file.</I> Any party aggrieved by a final decision of the National Futures Association in a member responsibility action may, within thirty days of the service of the notice described in § 171.42, file with the Proceedings Clerk and serve on the National Futures Association a notice of appeal. The filing of such a notice shall not stay the effective date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The notice of appeal shall meet the content requirements of § 171.23(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing fee.</I> Each notice of appeal must be accompanied by a nonrefundable filing fee of $100. This amount may be paid by check, bank draft or money order, payable to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defective notices of appeal.</I> Notices of appeal that are untimely or not accompanied by the filing fee shall not be accepted by the Proceedings Clerk absent a showing, by motion, of excusable neglect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.45" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.45   General procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The following procedural rules applicable to review of decisions of the National Futures Association in disciplinary, membership denial and registration actions shall also apply to the review of decisions of the National Futures Association in member responsibility actions:
</P>
<P>(a) Section 171.24 Submission of the Record.
</P>
<P>(b) Section 171.25 Appeal Brief.
</P>
<P>(c) Section 171.26 Answering Brief.
</P>
<P>(d) Section 171.27 Limited Participation By Interested Persons.
</P>
<P>(e) Section 171.28 Participation By Commission Staff.
</P>
<P>(f) Section 171.30 Scope of Review.
</P>
<P>(g) Section 171.31 Commission Review In the Absence of An Appeal.
</P>
<P>(h) Section 171.32 Oral Argument.
</P>
<P>(i) Section 171.33 Final Decision By the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.46" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.46   Standards of review.</HEAD>
<P>In reviewing the decision of the National Futures Association in a member responsibility action, the Commission shall consider whether:
</P>
<P>(a) The proceedings were conducted in a manner consistent with fundamental fairness;
</P>
<P>(b) The proceedings were conducted in a manner consistent with the rules of the National Futures Association;
</P>
<P>(c) The weight of the evidence supports the findings of the National Futures Association concerning the reasons for the action;
</P>
<P>(d) The determination that summary action is necessary to protect the commodity futures markets, customers, or members of the National Futures Association rests on a reasonable interpretation of the NFA rules at issue;
</P>
<P>(e) The National Futures Association's application of its rules is consistent with the purposes of the Act;
</P>
<P>(f) In light of the findings of the National Futures Association concerning the reasons for the action and the public interest, the suspension, restriction or remedial action imposed by the National Futures Association is not excessive, oppressive or an abuse of discretion.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Delegation of Functions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.50" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.31.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.50   Delegation to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders otherwise, to the General Counsel, or any employee under the General Counsel's supervision as the General Counsel may designate, the authority:
</P>
<P>(1) To waive or modify any of the requirements of §§ 171.25, 171.26, 171.27 and to waive or modify any requirement of the part 171 Rules insofar as it pertains to changes in the time permitted for filing, or the form, execution, service and filing of documents;
</P>
<P>(2) To enter orders under §§ 171.10, 171.12, 171.21 and 171.31(c);
</P>
<P>(3) To decline to accept any notice of appeal, or petition for stay pending review, of matters specified in § 171.1(b) and to so notify the appellant and the registered futures association;
</P>
<P>(4) To stay the effective date of a decision of the National Futures Association in a disciplinary, membership denial or registration action, or a decision relating to such actions issued by the Commission pursuant to these rules, for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 10 days, when such a stay is necessary to allow the Commission to consider a petition to stay the effective date of such a decision or a motion for similar relief;
</P>
<P>(5) To decline to accept any document which has not been filed or perfected as specified in these rules;
</P>
<P>(6) To determine motions seeking permission to participate in a proceeding under § 171.27 and to establish the related briefing schedule;
</P>
<P>(7) To establish briefing schedules under § 171.28; and
</P>
<P>(8) To enter any order which, in his judgment, will facilitate or expedite Commission review of a decision by the National Futures Association in a disciplinary, membership denial or registration action.
</P>
<P>(b) Within seven days after service of a ruling issued pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a party may file with the Proceedings Clerk a petition for Commission reconsideration of the ruling. Unless the Commission orders otherwise, the filing of a petition for reconsideration will not operate to stay the effective date of such ruling.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel, or his designee, may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section will be deemed to prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising the authority delegated to the General Counsel, or his designee, under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41068, Oct. 9, 1990, as amended at 64 FR 46271, Aug. 25, 1999; 78 FR 1145, Jan. 8, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="180" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 180—PROHIBITION AGAINST MANIPULATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 6c(a), 9, 12(a)(5) and 15, as amended by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010); 5 U.S.C. 552 and 552(b), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 41410, July 14, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 180.1" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.32.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.1   Prohibition on the employment, or attempted employment, of manipulative and deceptive devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, in connection with any swap, or contract of sale of any commodity in interstate commerce, or contract for future delivery on or subject to the rules of any registered entity, to intentionally or recklessly:
</P>
<P>(1) Use or employ, or attempt to use or employ, any manipulative device, scheme, or artifice to defraud;
</P>
<P>(2) Make, or attempt to make, any untrue or misleading statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made not untrue or misleading;
</P>
<P>(3) Engage, or attempt to engage, in any act, practice, or course of business, which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person; or,
</P>
<P>(4) Deliver or cause to be delivered, or attempt to deliver or cause to be delivered, for transmission through the mails or interstate commerce, by any means of communication whatsoever, a false or misleading or inaccurate report concerning crop or market information or conditions that affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity in interstate commerce, knowing, or acting in reckless disregard of the fact that such report is false, misleading or inaccurate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no violation of this subsection shall exist where the person mistakenly transmits, in good faith, false or misleading or inaccurate information to a price reporting service.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require any person to disclose to another person nonpublic information that may be material to the market price, rate, or level of the commodity transaction, except as necessary to make any statement made to the other person in or in connection with the transaction not misleading in any material respect.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall affect, or be construed to affect, the applicability of Commodity Exchange Act section 9(a)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.2" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.32.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.2   Prohibition on price manipulation.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, to manipulate or attempt to manipulate the price of any swap, or of any commodity in interstate commerce, or for future delivery on or subject to the rules of any registered entity.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="190" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 190—BANKRUPTCY RULES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6c, 6d, 6g, 7a-1, 12, 12a, 19, and 24; 11 U.S.C. 362, 546, 548, 556, and 761-767, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>86 FR 19421, Apr. 13, 2021, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.00" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.00   Statutory authority, organization, core concepts, scope, and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory authority.</I> The Commission has adopted the regulations in this part pursuant to its authority under sections 8a(5) and 20 of the Act. Section 8a(5) provides general rulemaking authority to effectuate the provisions and accomplish the purposes of the Act. Section 20 provides that the Commission may, notwithstanding title 11 of the United States Code, adopt certain rules or regulations governing a proceeding involving a commodity broker that is a debtor under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Specifically, the Commission is authorized to adopt rules or regulations specifying:
</P>
<P>(1) That certain cash, securities, or other property, or commodity contracts, are to be included in or excluded from customer property or member property;
</P>
<P>(2) That certain cash, securities, or other property, or commodity contracts, are to be specifically identifiable to a particular customer in a particular capacity;
</P>
<P>(3) The method by which the business of the commodity broker is to be conducted or liquidated after the date of the filing of the petition under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, including the payment and allocation of margin with respect to commodity contracts not specifically identifiable to a particular customer pending their orderly liquidation;
</P>
<P>(4) Any persons to which customer property and commodity contracts may be transferred under section 766 of the Bankruptcy Code; and
</P>
<P>(5) How a customer's net equity is to be determined.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organization.</I> This part is organized into three subparts. This subpart contains general provisions applicable in all cases. Subpart B of this part contains provisions that apply when the debtor is a futures commission merchant (as that term is defined in the Act or Commission regulations). This includes acting as a foreign futures commission merchant, as defined in section 761(12) of the Bankruptcy Code, but excludes a person that is “notice-registered” as a futures commission merchant pursuant to section 4f(a)(2) of the Act. Subpart C contains provisions that apply when the debtor is registered as a derivatives clearing organization under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Core concepts.</I> The regulations in this part reflect several core concepts. The descriptions of core concepts in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section are subject to the further specific requirements set forth in this part, and the specific requirements in this part should be interpreted and applied consistently with these core concepts.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commodity brokers.</I> Subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code applies to a debtor that is a commodity broker, against which a customer holds a “net equity” claim relating to a commodity contract. This part is limited to a commodity broker that is:
</P>
<P>(i) A futures commission merchant; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization registered under the Act and § 39.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Account classes.</I> The Act and Commission regulations in parts 1, 22, and 30 of this chapter provide differing treatment and protections for different types of cleared commodity contracts. This part establishes three account classes that correspond to the different types of accounts that futures commission merchants and clearing organizations are required to maintain under the regulations in the preceding sentence, specifically, the futures account class (including options on futures), the foreign futures account class (including options on foreign futures), and the cleared swaps account class (including cleared options other than options on futures or foreign futures). This part also establishes a fourth account class, the delivery account class (which may be further subdivided as provided in this part), for property held in an account designated within the books and records of the debtor as a delivery account, for effecting delivery under commodity contracts whose terms require settlement via delivery when the commodity contract is held to expiration or, in the case of a cleared option, is exercised.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public customers and non-public customers; Commission segregation requirements; member property</I>—(i) <I>Public customers and non-public customers.</I> This part prescribes separate treatment of “public customers” and “non-public customers” (as these terms are defined in § 190.01) within each account class in the event of a proceeding under this part in which the debtor is a futures commission merchant. Public customers of a debtor futures commission merchant are entitled to a priority in the distribution of cash, securities, or other customer property over non-public customers, and both have priority over all other claimants (except for claims relating to the administration of customer property) pursuant to section 766(h) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(A) The cash, securities, or other property held on behalf of the public customers of a futures commission merchant in the futures, foreign futures, or cleared swaps account classes are subject to special segregation requirements imposed under parts 1, 22, and 30 of this chapter for each account class. Although such segregation requirements generally are not applicable to cash, securities, or other property received from or reflected in the futures, foreign futures, or cleared swaps accounts of non-public customers of a futures commission merchant, such transactions and property are customer property within the scope of this part.
</P>
<P>(B) While parts 1, 22, and 30 of this chapter do not impose special segregation requirements with respect to treatment of cash, securities, or other property of public customers carried in a delivery account, such property does constitute customer property. Thus, the distinction between public and non-public customers is, given the priority for public customers in section 766(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, relevant for the purpose of making distributions to delivery account class customers pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(C) Where a provision in this part affords the trustee discretion, that discretion should be exercised in a manner that the trustee determines will best achieve the overarching goal of protecting public customers as a class by enhancing recoveries for, and mitigating disruptions to, public customers as a class. In seeking to achieve that overarching goal, the trustee has discretion to balance those two sub-goals when they are in tension. Where the trustee is directed to exercise “reasonable efforts” to meet a standard, those efforts should only be less than “best efforts” to the extent that the trustee determines that such an approach would support the foregoing goals.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Clearing organization bankruptcies: Member property and customer property other than member property.</I> For a clearing organization, “customer property” is divided into “member property” and “customer property other than member property.” The term member property is used to identify the cash, securities, or property available to pay the net equity claims of clearing members based on their house account at the clearing organization. Thus, in the event of a proceeding under this part in which the debtor is a clearing organization, the classification of customers as public customers or non-public customers also is relevant, in that each member of the clearing organization will have separate claims against the clearing organization (by account class) with respect to:
</P>
<P>(A) Commodity contract transactions cleared for its own account or on behalf of any of its non-public customers (which are cleared in a “house account” at the clearing organization); and
</P>
<P>(B) Commodity contract transactions cleared on behalf of any public customers of the clearing member (which are cleared in accounts at the clearing organization that is separate and distinct from house accounts).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Preferential assignment among customer classes and account classes for clearing organization bankruptcies.</I> Section 190.18 is designed to support the interests of public customers of members of a debtor that is a clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(A) Certain customer property is preferentially assigned to “customer property other than member property” instead of “member property” to the extent that there is a shortfall in funded balances for members' public customer claims. Moreover, to the extent that there are excess funded balances for members' claims in any customer class/account class combination, that excess is also preferentially assigned to “customer property other than member property” to the extent of any shortfall in funded balances for members' public customer claims.
</P>
<P>(B) Where property is assigned to a particular customer class with more than one account class, it is assigned to the account class for which the funded balance percentage is the lowest until there are two account classes with equal funded balance percentages, then to both such account classes, keeping the funded balance percentage the same, and so forth following the analogous approach if the debtor has more than two account classes within the relevant customer class.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Porting of public customer commodity contract positions.</I> In a proceeding in which the debtor is a futures commission merchant, this part sets out a policy preference for transferring to another futures commission merchant, or “porting,” open commodity contract positions of the debtor's public customers along with all or a portion of such customers' account equity. Porting mitigates risks to both the customers of the debtor futures commission merchant and to the markets. To facilitate porting, this part addresses the manner in which the debtor's business is to be conducted on and after the filing date, with specific provisions addressing the collection and payment of margin for open commodity contract positions prior to porting.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Pro rata distribution.</I> (i) The commodity broker provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, subchapter IV of chapter 7, in particular section 766(h), have long revolved around the principle of pro rata distribution. If there is a shortfall in the cash, securities or other property in a particular account class needed to satisfy the net equity claims of public customers in that account class, the customer property in that account class will be distributed pro rata to those public customers (subject to appendix B of this part). Any customer property not attributable to a specific account class, or that exceeds the amount needed to pay allowed customer net equity claims in a particular account class, will be distributed to public customers in other account classes so long as there is a shortfall in those other classes. Non-public customers will not receive any distribution of customer property so long as there is any shortfall, in any account class, of customer property needed to satisfy public customer net equity claims.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pro rata distribution principle means that, if there is a shortfall of customer property in an account class, all customers within that account class will suffer the same proportional loss relative to their allowed net equity claims. The principle in this paragraph (c)(5)(ii) applies to all customers, including those who post as collateral specifically identifiable property or letters of credit. The pro rata distribution principle is subject to the special distribution provisions set forth in framework 1 in appendix B of this part for cross-margin accounts and framework 2 in appendix B of this part for funds held outside of the U.S. or held in non-U.S. currency.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Deliveries.</I> (i) Commodity contracts may have terms that require a customer owning the contract:
</P>
<P>(A) To make or take delivery of the underlying commodity if the customer holds the contract to a delivery position; or
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of an option on a commodity:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) To make delivery upon exercise (as the buyer of a put option or seller of a call option); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) To take delivery upon exercise (as seller of a put option or buyer of a call option).
</P>
<P>(ii) Depending upon the circumstances and relevant market, delivery may be effected via a delivery account, a futures account, a foreign futures account or a cleared swaps account, or, when the commodity subject to delivery is a security, in a securities account (in which case property associated with the delivery held in a securities account is not part of any customer account class for purposes of this part).
</P>
<P>(iii) Although commodity contracts with delivery obligations are typically offset before reaching the delivery stage (<I>i.e.,</I> prior to triggering bilateral delivery obligations), when delivery obligations do arise, a delivery default could have a disruptive effect on the cash market for the commodity and adversely impact the parties to the transaction. This part therefore sets out special provisions to address open commodity contracts that are settled by delivery, when those positions are nearing or have entered into a delivery position at the time of or after the filing date. The delivery provisions in this part are intended to allow deliveries to be completed in accordance with the rules and established practices for the relevant commodity contract market or clearing organization, as applicable and to the extent permitted under this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) In a proceeding in which the debtor is a futures commission merchant, the delivery provisions in this part reflect policy preferences to:
</P>
<P>(A) Liquidate commodity contracts that settle via delivery before they move into a delivery position; and
</P>
<P>(B) When such contracts are in a delivery position, to allow delivery to occur, where practicable, outside administration of the debtor's estate.
</P>
<P>(v) The delivery provisions in this part apply to any commodity that is subject to delivery under a commodity contract, as the term commodity is defined in section of 1a(9) of the Act, whether the commodity itself is tangible or intangible, including agricultural commodities as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter, other non-financial commodities (such as metals or energy commodities) covered by the definition of exempt commodity in section 1a(20) of the Act, and commodities that are financial in nature (such as foreign currencies) covered by the definition of excluded commodity in section 1a(19) of the Act. The delivery provisions also apply to virtual currencies that are subject to delivery under a commodity contract.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Scope</I>—(1) <I>Proceedings</I>—(i) <I>Certain commodity broker proceedings under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.</I> (A) Section 101(6) of the Bankruptcy Code recognizes “futures commission merchants” and “foreign futures commission merchants,” as those terms are defined in section 761(12) of the Bankruptcy Code, as separate categories of commodity broker. The definition of commodity broker in § 190.01, as it applies to a commodity broker that is a futures commission merchant under the Act, also covers foreign futures commission merchants because a foreign futures commission merchant is required to register as a futures commission merchant under the Act.
</P>
<P>(B) Section 101(6) of the Bankruptcy Code recognizes “commodity options dealers,” and “leverage transaction merchants” as defined in sections 761(6) and (13) of the Bankruptcy Code, as separate categories of commodity brokers. There are no commodity options dealers or leverage transaction merchants as of December 8, 2020.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)(<E T="01">i</E>)(B).</HED>
<P>The Commission intends to adopt rules with respect to commodity options dealers or leverage transaction merchants, respectively, at such time as an entity registers as such.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) <I>Futures commission merchants subject to a SIPA proceeding.</I> Pursuant to section 7(b) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78fff-1(b), the trustee in a SIPA proceeding, where the debtor also is a commodity broker, has the same duties as a trustee in a proceeding under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent consistent with the provisions of SIPA or as otherwise ordered by the court. This part therefore also applies to a proceeding commenced under SIPA with respect to a debtor that is registered as a broker or dealer under section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 when the debtor also is a futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Commodity brokers subject to an FDIC proceeding.</I> Section 5390(m)(1)(B) of title 12 of the United States Code provides that the FDIC must apply the provisions of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the distribution of customer property and member property in connection with the liquidation of a covered financial company or a bridge financial company (as those terms are defined in section 5381(a) of title 12) that is a commodity broker as if such person were a debtor for purposes of subchapter IV, except as specifically provided in section 5390 of title 12. This part therefore shall serve as guidance as to such distribution of property in a proceeding in which the FDIC is acting as a receiver pursuant to title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act with respect to a covered financial company or bridge financial company that is a commodity broker whose liquidation otherwise would be administered by a trustee under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Account class and implied trust limitations.</I> (i) The trustee may not recognize any account class that is not one of the account classes enumerated in § 190.01.
</P>
<P>(ii) No property that would otherwise be included in customer property, as defined in § 190.01, shall be excluded from customer property because such property is considered to be held in a constructive, resulting, or other trust that is implied in equity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commodity contract exclusions.</I> For purposes of this part, the following are excluded from the term “commodity contract”:
</P>
<P>(i) Options on commodities (including swaps subject to regulation under part 32 of this chapter) that are not centrally cleared by a clearing organization or foreign clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) Transactions, contracts or agreements that are classified as “forward contracts” under the Act pursuant to the exclusion from the term “future delivery” set out in section 1a(27) of the Act or the exclusion from the definition of a “swap” under section 1a(47)(B)(ii) of the Act, in each case that are not centrally cleared by a clearing organization or foreign clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) Security futures products as defined in section 1a(45) of the Act when such products are held in a securities account.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any off-exchange retail foreign currency transaction, contract or agreement described in sections 2(c)(2)(B) or (C) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(v) Any security-based swap or other security (as defined in section 3 of the Exchange Act), but a security futures product or a mixed swap (as defined in 1a(47)(D) of the Act) that is, in either case, carried in an account for which there is a corresponding account class under this part is not so excluded.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any off-exchange retail commodity transaction, contract or agreement described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Act, unless such transaction, contract or agreement is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or foreign board of trade as, or as if, such transaction, contract, or agreement is a futures contract.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Construction.</I> (1) A reference in this part to a specific section of a Federal statute or specific regulation refers to such section or regulation as the same may be amended or superseded.
</P>
<P>(2) Where they differ, the definitions set forth in § 190.01 shall be used instead of defined terms set forth in section 761 of the Bankruptcy Code. In many cases, these definitions are based on definitions in parts 1, 22, and 30 of this chapter. Notwithstanding the use of different defined terms, the regulations in this part are intended to be consistent with the provisions and objectives of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(3) In the context of portfolio margining and cross margining programs, commodity contracts and associated collateral will be treated as part of the account class in which, consistent with part 1, 22, 30, or 39 of this chapter, or Commission Order, they are held.
</P>
<P>(i) Thus, as noted in paragraph (2) of the definition of <I>account class</I> in § 190.01, where open commodity contracts (and associated collateral) that would be attributable to one account class are, instead, commingled with the commodity contracts (and associated collateral) in a second account class (the “home field”), then the trustee must treat all such commodity contracts and collateral as part of, and consistent with the regulations applicable to, the second account class.
</P>
<P>(ii) The concept in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section, that the rules of the “home field” will apply, also pertains to securities positions that are, pursuant to an approved cross margining program, held in a commodities account class (in which case the rules of that commodities account class will apply) and to commodities positions that are, pursuant to an approved cross-margining program, held in a securities account (in which case, the rules of the securities account will apply, consistent with section 16(2)(b)(ii) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78lll(2)(b)(ii)).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.01" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.01   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Account class:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Means one or more of each of the following types of accounts maintained by a futures commission merchant or clearing organization (as applicable), each type of which must be recognized as a separate account class by the trustee:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Futures account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to public customers, the same definition as set forth in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to non-public customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to a futures commission merchant, an account maintained on the books and records of the futures commission merchant for the purpose of accounting for a person's transactions in futures or options on futures contracts executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market registered under the Act (and related cash, securities, or other property); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to a clearing organization, an account maintained on the books and records of the clearing organization for the purpose of accounting for transactions in futures or options on futures contracts cleared or settled by the clearing organization for a member or a member's non-public customers (and related cash, securities, or other property).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Foreign futures account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to public customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to a futures commission merchant, a 30.7 account, as such term is defined in § 30.1(g) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to a clearing organization, an account maintained on the books and records of the clearing organization for the purpose of accounting for transactions in futures or options on futures contracts executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade, cleared or settled by the clearing organization for a member that is a futures commission merchant (and related cash, securities or other property), on behalf of that member's 30.7 customers (as that latter term is defined in § 30.1(f) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to non-public customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to a futures commission merchant, an account maintained on the books and records of the futures commission merchant for the purpose of accounting for a person's transactions in futures or options on futures contracts executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade (and related cash, securities, or other property); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to a clearing organization, an account maintained on the books and records of the clearing organization for the purpose of accounting for transactions in futures or options on futures contracts executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade, cleared or settled by the clearing organization for a member or a member's non-public customers (and related cash, securities, or other property).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Cleared swaps account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to public customers, a cleared swaps customer account, as such term is defined in § 22.1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to non-public customers:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to a futures commission merchant, an account maintained on the books and records of the futures commission merchant for the purpose of accounting for a person's transactions in cleared swaps (as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter) (and related cash, securities, or other property); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to a clearing organization, an account maintained on the books and records of the clearing organization for the purpose of accounting for transactions in cleared swaps (as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter) (or in other contracts permitted to be cleared in the account) cleared or settled by the clearing organization for a member or a member's non-public customers (including any property related thereto).
</P>
<P>(iv)(A) <I>Delivery account</I> means (for both public and non-public customers, considered separately):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An account maintained on the books and records of a futures commission merchant for the purpose of accounting for the making or taking of delivery under commodity contracts whose terms require settlement by delivery of a commodity, and which is designated as a delivery account on the books and records of the futures commission merchant; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An account maintained on the books and records of a clearing organization for a clearing member (or a customer of a clearing member) for the purpose of accounting for the making or taking of delivery under commodity contracts whose terms require settlement by delivery of a commodity, as well as any account in which the clearing organization holds physical delivery property represented by electronic title documents or otherwise existing in an electronic (dematerialized) form in its capacity as a central depository, in each case where the account is designated as a delivery account on the books and the records of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(B) The delivery account class is further divided into a “physical delivery account class” and a “cash delivery account class,” as provided in § 190.06(b), each of which shall be recognized as a separate class of account by the trustee.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If open commodity contracts that would otherwise be attributable to one account class (and any property margining, guaranteeing, securing or accruing in respect of such commodity contracts) are, pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or order, or a clearing organization rule approved in accordance with § 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter, held separately from other commodity contracts and property in that account class and are commingled with the commodity contracts and property of another account class, then the trustee must treat the former commodity contracts (and any property margining, guaranteeing, securing, or accruing in respect of such commodity contracts), for purposes of this part, as being held in an account of the latter account class.
</P>
<P>(ii) The principle in paragraph (2)(i) of this definition will be applied to securities positions and associated collateral held in a commodity account class pursuant to a cross margining program approved by the Commission (and thus treated as part of that commodity account class) and to commodity positions and associated collateral held in a securities account pursuant to a cross margining program approved by the Commission (and thus treated as part of the securities account).
</P>
<P>(3) For the purpose of this definition, a commodity broker is considered to maintain an account for another person by establishing internal books and records in which it records the person's commodity contracts and cash, securities or other property received from or on behalf of such person or accruing to the credit of such person's account, and related activity (such as liquidation of commodity contract positions or adjustments to reflect mark-to-market gains or losses on commodity contract positions), regardless whether the commodity broker has kept such books and records current or accurate.
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P><I>Bankruptcy Code</I> means, except as the context of the regulations in this part otherwise requires, those provisions of title 11 of the United States Code relating to ordinary bankruptcies (chapters 1 through 5) and liquidations (chapter 7 with the exception of subchapters III and V), together with the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure relating thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means weekdays, not including Federal holidays as established annually by 5 U.S.C. 6103. A business day begins at 8:00 a.m. in Washington, DC, and ends at 7:59:59 a.m. on the next day that is a business day.
</P>
<P><I>Calendar day</I> means the time from midnight to midnight in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P><I>Cash delivery account class</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Cash delivery property</I> means any cash or cash equivalents recorded in a delivery account that is, as of the filing date:
</P>
<P>(1) Credited to such account to pay for receipt of delivery of a commodity under a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(2) Credited to such account to collateralize or guarantee an obligation to make or take delivery of a commodity under a commodity contract; or
</P>
<P>(3) Has been credited to such account as payment received in exchange for making delivery of a commodity under a commodity contract. It also includes property in the form of commodities that have been delivered after the filing date in exchange for cash or cash equivalents held in a delivery account as of the filing date. The cash or cash equivalents must be identified on the books and the records of the debtor as having been received, from or for the account of a particular customer, on or after seven calendar days before the relevant:
</P>
<P>(i) First notice date in the case of a futures contract; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Exercise date in the case of a (cleared) option.
</P>
<P>(4) Cash delivery property also includes any cash transferred by a customer to the trustee on or after the filing date for the purpose of paying for delivery, consistent with § 190.06(a)(3)(ii)(B)(<I>1</I>).
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a contract where one fiat currency is exchanged for another fiat currency, each such currency, to the extent that it is recorded in a delivery account, will be considered cash delivery property.
</P>
<P><I>Cash equivalents</I> means assets, other than United States dollar cash, that are highly liquid such that they may be converted into United States dollar cash within one business day without material discount in value.
</P>
<P><I>Cleared swaps account</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Clearing organization</I> means a derivatives clearing organization that is registered with the Commission as such under the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity broker</I> means any person that is:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures commission merchant under the Act, but excludes a person that is “notice-registered” as a futures commission merchant under section 4f(a)(2) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) A clearing organization, in each case with respect to which there is a “customer” as that term is defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity contract</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures or options on futures contract executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market;
</P>
<P>(2) A futures or option on futures contract executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade;
</P>
<P>(3) A swap as defined in section 1a(47) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, that is directly or indirectly submitted to and cleared by a clearing organization and which is thus a cleared swap as that term is defined in section 1a(7) of the Act and § 22.1 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other contract that is a swap for purposes of this part under the definition in this section and is submitted to and cleared by a clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition, a security futures product as defined in section 1a(45) of the Act is not a commodity contract for purposes of this part when such contract is held in a securities account. Moreover, a contract, agreement, or transaction described in § 190.00(d)(3) as excluded from the term “commodity contract” is excluded from this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Commodity contract account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A futures account, foreign futures account, cleared swaps account, or delivery account; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the debtor is a futures commission merchant, for purposes of identifying customer property for the foreign futures account class (subject to § 190.09(a)(1)), an account maintained for the debtor by a foreign clearing organization or a foreign futures intermediary reflecting futures or options on futures executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade, including any account maintained on behalf of the debtor's public customers.
</P>
<P><I>Court</I> means the court having jurisdiction over the debtor's estate.
</P>
<P><I>Cover</I> has the meaning set forth in § 1.17(j) of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) With respect to a futures commission merchant as debtor (including a foreign futures commission merchant as that term is defined in section 761(12) of the Bankruptcy Code), the meaning set forth in sections 761(9)(A) and (B) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a clearing organization as debtor, the meaning set forth in section 761(9)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(2) The term customer includes the owner of a portfolio cross-margining account covering commodity contracts and related positions in securities (as defined in section 3 of the Exchange Act) that is carried as a futures account or cleared swaps customer account pursuant to an appropriate rule, regulation, or order of the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Customer claim of record</I> means a customer claim that is determinable solely by reference to the records of the debtor.
</P>
<P><I>Customer class</I> means each of the following two classes of customers, which must be recognized as separate classes by the trustee: Public customers and non-public customers; <I>provided, however,</I> that when the debtor is a clearing organization the references to public customers and non-public customers are based on the classification of customers of, and in relation to, the members of the clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Customer property</I> and <I>customer estate</I> are used interchangeably to mean the property subject to pro rata distribution in a commodity broker bankruptcy in the priority set forth in sections 766(h) or (i), as applicable, of the Bankruptcy Code, and includes cash, securities, and other property as set forth in § 190.09(a).
</P>
<P><I>Debtor</I> means a person with respect to which a proceeding is commenced under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or under SIPA, or for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is appointed as a receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382, <I>provided, however,</I> that this part applies only to such a proceeding if the debtor is a commodity broker as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery account</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Distribution</I> of property to a customer includes transfer of property on the customer's behalf, return of property to a customer, as well as distributions to a customer of valuable property that is different than the property posted by that customer.
</P>
<P><I>Equity</I> means the amount calculated as equity in accordance with § 190.08(b)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>FDIC</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Filing date</I> means the date a petition under the Bankruptcy Code or application under SIPA commencing a proceeding is filed or on which the FDIC is appointed as a receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382(a).
</P>
<P><I>Final net equity determination date</I> means the latest of:
</P>
<P>(1) The day immediately following the day on which all commodity contracts held by or for the account of customers of the debtor have been transferred, liquidated, or satisfied by exercise or delivery;
</P>
<P>(2) The day immediately following the day on which all property other than commodity contracts held for the account of customers has been transferred, returned or liquidated;
</P>
<P>(3) The bar date for filing customer proofs of claim as determined by rule 3002(c) of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, the expiration of the six-month period imposed pursuant to section 8(a)(3) of SIPA, or such other date (whether earlier or later) set by the court (or, in the case of the FDIC acting as a receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382(a), the deadline set by the FDIC pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(2)(B); or
</P>
<P>(4) The day following the allowance (by the trustee or by the bankruptcy court) or disallowance (by the bankruptcy court) of all disputed customer net equity claims.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign board of trade</I> has the same meaning as set forth in § 1.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign clearing organization</I> means a clearing house, clearing association, clearing corporation or similar entity, facility, or organization clears and settles transactions in futures or options on futures executed on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign future</I> shall have the same meaning as that set forth in section 761(11) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign futures account</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign futures commission merchant</I> shall have the same meaning as that set forth in section 761(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign futures intermediary</I> refers to a foreign futures and options broker, as such term is defined in § 30.1(e) of this chapter, acting as an intermediary for foreign futures contracts between a foreign futures commission merchant and a foreign clearing organization.
</P>
<P><I>Funded balance</I> means the amount calculated as funded balance in accordance with § 190.08(c) and, as applicable, § 190.17(d).
</P>
<P><I>Funded net equity</I> means, for purposes of subpart B of this part, the amount calculated as funded net equity in accordance with § 190.08(a), and for purposes of subpart C of this part, the amount calculated as funded net equity in accordance with § 190.17(c).
</P>
<P><I>Futures</I> and <I>futures contract</I> are used interchangeably to mean any contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity (as defined in section 1a(9) of the Act) for future delivery that is executed on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. The term also covers, for purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Any transaction, contract or agreement described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Act and traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or foreign board of trade, to the extent not covered by the foregoing definition; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any transaction, contract, or agreement that is classified as a “forward contract” under the Act pursuant to the exclusion from the term “future delivery” set out in section 1a(27) of the Act or the exclusion from the definition of a “swap” under section 1a(47)(B)(ii) of the Act, provided that such transaction, contract, or agreement is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or foreign board of trade and is cleared by, respectively, a clearing organization or foreign clearing organization the same as if it were a futures contract.
</P>
<P><I>Futures account</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>House account</I> means, in the case of a clearing organization, any commodity contract account of a member at such clearing organization maintained to reflect trades for the member's own account or for any non-public customer of such member.
</P>
<P><I>In-the-money</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a call option, when the value of the underlying interest (such as a commodity or futures contract) which is the subject of the option exceeds the strike price of the option; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a put option, when the value of the underlying interest (such as a commodity or futures contract) which is the subject of the option is exceeded by the strike price of the option.
</P>
<P><I>Joint account</I> means any commodity contract account held by more than one person.
</P>
<P><I>Member property</I> means, in connection with a clearing organization bankruptcy, the property which may be used to pay that portion of the net equity claim of a member which is based on the member's house account at the clearing organization, including any claims on behalf of non-public customers of the member.
</P>
<P><I>Net equity</I> means, for purposes of subpart B of this part, the amount calculated as net equity in accordance with § 190.08(b), and for purposes of subpart C of this part, the amount calculated as net equity in accordance with § 190.17(b).
</P>
<P><I>Non-public customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a futures commission merchant, any customer that is not a public customer; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a clearing organization, any person whose account carried on the books and records of:
</P>
<P>(i) A member of the clearing organization that is a futures commission merchant, is classified as a proprietary account under § 1.3 of this chapter (in the case of the futures or foreign futures account class) or as a cleared swaps proprietary account under § 22.1 of this chapter (in the case of the cleared swaps account class); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A member of the clearing organization that is a foreign broker, is classified or treated as proprietary under and for purposes of:
</P>
<P>(A) The rules of the clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(B) The jurisdiction of incorporation of such member.
</P>
<P><I>Open commodity contract</I> means a commodity contract which has been established in fact and which has not expired, been redeemed, been fulfilled by delivery or exercise, or been offset (<I>i.e.,</I> liquidated) by another commodity contract.
</P>
<P><I>Order for relief</I> has the same meaning set forth in section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the case of the filing of a voluntary bankruptcy petition, and means the entry of an order granting relief under section 303 of the Bankruptcy Code in an involuntary case. It also means, where applicable, the issuance of a protective decree under section 5(b)(1) of SIPA or the appointment of the FDIC as receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382(a)(1)(A).
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, association, partnership, corporation, trust, or other form of legal entity.
</P>
<P><I>Physical delivery account class</I> has the meaning set forth under <I>account class</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Physical delivery property</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>In general.</I> A commodity, whether tangible or intangible, held in a form that can be delivered to meet and fulfill delivery obligations under a commodity contract that settles via delivery if held to a delivery position (as described in § 190.06(a)(1)), including warehouse receipts, other documents of title, or shipping certificates (including electronic versions of any of the foregoing) for the commodity, or the commodity itself:
</P>
<P>(i) That the debtor holds for the account of a customer for the purpose of making delivery of such commodity on the customer's behalf, which as of the filing date or thereafter, can be identified on the books and records of the debtor as held in a delivery account for the benefit of such customer. Cash or cash equivalents received after the filing date in exchange for delivery of such physical delivery property shall also constitute physical delivery property;
</P>
<P>(ii) That the debtor holds for the account of a customer and that the customer received or acquired by taking delivery under an expired or exercised commodity contract and which, as of the filing date or thereafter, can be identified on the books and records of the debtor as held in a delivery account for the benefit of such customer, regardless how long such property has been held in such account; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Where property that the debtor holds in a futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account, or, if the commodity is a security, in a securities account, would meet the criteria listed in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition, but for the fact of being held in such account rather than a delivery account, such property will be considered physical delivery property solely for purposes of the obligations to make or take delivery of physical delivery property pursuant to § 190.06.
</P>
<P>(iv) Commodities or documents of title that are not held by the debtor and are delivered or received by a customer in accordance with § 190.06(a)(2) (or in accordance with § 190.06(a)(2) in conjunction with § 190.16(a) if the debtor is a clearing organization) to fulfill a customer's delivery obligation under a commodity contract will be considered physical delivery property solely for purposes of the obligations to make or take delivery of physical delivery property pursuant to § 190.06. As this property is held outside of the debtor's estate, it is not subject to pro rata distribution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special cases.</I> (i) In the case of a contract where one fiat currency is exchanged for another fiat currency, neither such currency, to the extent that it is recorded in a delivery account, will be considered physical delivery property.
</P>
<P>(ii) In a case where the final settlement price is negative, <I>i.e.,</I> where the party obliged to deliver physical delivery property under an expiring futures contract or an expired options contract is also obliged to make a cash payment to the buyer, such cash or cash equivalents constitute physical delivery property.
</P>
<P><I>Primary liquidation date</I> means the first business day immediately following the day on which all commodity contracts (including any commodity contracts that are specifically identifiable property) have been liquidated or transferred.
</P>
<P><I>Public customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a futures commission merchant and in relation to:
</P>
<P>(i) The futures account class, a futures customer as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter whose futures account is subject to the segregation requirements of section 4d(a) of the Act and the regulations in this chapter that implement section 4d(a), including as applicable §§ 1.20 through 1.30 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign futures account class, a 30.7 customer as defined in § 30.1 of this chapter whose foreign futures accounts is subject to the segregation requirements of § 30.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) The cleared swaps account class, a Cleared Swaps Customer as defined in § 22.1 of this chapter whose cleared swaps account is subject to the segregation requirements of part 22 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The delivery account class, a customer that is or would be classified as a public customer if the property reflected in the customer's delivery account had been held in an account described in paragraph (1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a clearing organization, any customer of that clearing organization that is not a non-public customer.
</P>
<P><I>Securities account</I> means, in relation to a futures commission merchant that is registered as a broker or dealer under the Exchange Act, an account maintained by such futures commission merchant in accordance with the requirements of section 15(c)(3) of the Exchange Act and § 240.15c3-3 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Security</I> has the meaning set forth in section 101(49) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P><I>SIPA</I> means the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Specifically identifiable property</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The following property received, acquired, or held by or for the account of the debtor from or for the futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account of a customer:
</P>
<P>(A) Any security which as of the filing date is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) Held for the account of a customer;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Registered in such customer's name;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Not transferable by delivery; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Has a duration or maturity date of more than 180 days; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) Fully paid;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Non-exempt; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Identified on the books and records of the debtor as held by the debtor for or on behalf of the commodity contract account of a particular customer for which, according to such books and records as of the filing date, no open commodity contracts were held in the same capacity.
</P>
<P>(B) Any warehouse receipt, bill of lading, or other document of title which as of the filing date:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Can be identified on the books and records of the debtor as held for the account of a particular customer; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is not in bearer form and is not otherwise transferable by delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any open commodity contracts treated as specifically identifiable property in accordance with § 190.03(c)(2); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any physical delivery property described in paragraphs (1) through (3) of the definition of physical delivery property in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (3) of this definition, security futures products, and any money, securities, or property held to margin, guarantee, or secure such products, or accruing as a result of such products, shall not be considered specifically identifiable property for the purposes of subchapter IV of the Bankruptcy Code or this part, if held in a securities account.
</P>
<P>(3) No property that is not explicitly included in this definition may be treated as specifically identifiable property.
</P>
<P><I>Strike price</I> means the price per unit multiplied by the total number of units at which a person may purchase or sell a futures contract or a commodity or other interest underlying an option that is a commodity contract.
</P>
<P><I>Substitute customer property</I> means cash or cash equivalents delivered to the trustee by or on behalf of a customer in connection with:
</P>
<P>(1) The return of specifically identifiable property by the trustee; or
</P>
<P>(2) The return of, or an agreement not to draw upon, a letter of credit received, acquired or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract.
</P>
<P><I>Swap</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(47) of the Act and § 1.3 of this chapter, and, in addition, also means any other contract, agreement, or transaction that is carried in a cleared swaps account pursuant to a rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, provided, in each case, that it is cleared by a clearing organization as, or the same as if it were, a swap.
</P>
<P><I>Trustee</I> means, as appropriate, the trustee in bankruptcy or in a SIPA proceeding, appointed to administer the debtor's estate and any interim or successor trustee, or the FDIC, where it has been appointed as a receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5382.
</P>
<P><I>Undermargined</I> means, with respect to a futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account carried by the debtor, the funded balance for such account is below the minimum amount that the debtor is required to collect and maintain for the open commodity contracts in such account under the rules of the relevant clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, designated contract market, swap execution facility or foreign board of trade. If any such rules establish both an initial margin requirement and a lower maintenance margin requirement applicable to any commodity contracts (or to the entire portfolio of commodity contracts or any subset thereof) in a particular commodity contract account of the customer, the trustee will use the lower maintenance margin level to determine the customer's minimum margin requirement for such account.
</P>
<P><I>Variation settlement</I> means variation margin as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter plus all other daily settlement amounts (such as price alignment payments) that may be owed or owing on the commodity contract.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.02" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.02   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for exemption.</I> (1) The trustee (or, in the case of an involuntary petition pursuant to section 303 of the Bankruptcy Code, any other person charged with the management of a commodity broker) may, for good cause shown, request from the Commission an exemption from the requirements of any procedural provision in this part, including an extension of any time limit prescribed by this part or an exemption subject to conditions, provided that the Commission shall not grant an extension for any time period established by the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(2) A request pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) May be made <I>ex parte</I> and by any means of communication, written or oral, provided that the trustee must confirm an oral request in writing within one business day and such confirmation must contain all the information required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The request or confirmation of an oral request must be given to the Commission as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Must state the particular provision of this part with respect to which the exemption or extension is sought, the reason for the requested exemption or extension, the amount of time sought if the request is for an extension, and the reason why such exemption or extension would not be contrary to the purposes of the Bankruptcy Code and this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, or members of the Commission staff designated by the Director, shall grant, deny, or otherwise respond to a request, on the basis of the information provided in any such request and after consultation with the Director of the Market Participants Division or members of the Commission staff designated by the Director, unless exigent circumstances require immediate action precluding such prior consultation, and shall communicate that determination by the most appropriate means to the person making the request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk.</I> (1) Until such time as the Commission orders otherwise, the Commission hereby delegates to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk, and to such members of the Commission's staff acting under the Director's direction as they may designate, after consultation with the Director of the Market Participants Division, or such members of the Commission's staff under the Director's direction as they may designate, unless exigent circumstances require immediate action, all the functions of the Commission set forth in this part, except the authority to disapprove a pre-relief transfer of a public customer commodity contract account or customer property pursuant to § 190.07(e)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk may submit to the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been delegated to the Director pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Commission, at its election, from exercising its authority delegated to the Director of the Division of Clearing and Risk under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forward contracts.</I> For purposes of this part, an entity for or with whom the debtor deals who holds a claim against the debtor solely on account of a forward contract, that is not cleared by a clearing organization, will not be deemed to be a customer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other.</I> The Bankruptcy Code will not be construed by the Commission to prohibit a commodity broker from doing business as any combination of the following: Futures commission merchant, commodity options dealer, foreign futures commission merchant, or leverage transaction merchant, nor will the Commission construe the Bankruptcy Code to permit any operation, trade, or business, or any combination of the foregoing, otherwise prohibited by the Act or by any of the Commission's regulations in this chapter, or by any order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rule of construction.</I> Contracts in security futures products held in a securities account shall not be considered to be “from or for the commodity futures account” or “from or for the commodity options account” of such customers, as such terms are used in section 761(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Receivers.</I> In the event that a receiver for a futures commission merchant is appointed due to the violation or imminent violation of the customer property protection requirements of section 4d of the Act, or of the regulations in part 1, 22, or 30 of this chapter that implement section 4d or 4(b)(2) of the Act, or of the futures commission merchant's minimum capital requirements in § 1.17 of this chapter, such receiver may, in an appropriate case, file a petition for bankruptcy of such futures commission merchant pursuant to section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definition of “allowed.”</I> The term “allowed” in this part shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Bankruptcy Code.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Futures Commission Merchant as Debtor</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.03" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.03   Notices and proofs of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notices-means of providing</I>—(1) <I>To the Commission.</I> Unless instructed otherwise by the Commission, all mandatory or discretionary notices to be given to the Commission under this subpart shall be directed by electronic mail to <I>bankruptcyfilings@cftc.gov.</I> For purposes of this subpart, notice to the Commission shall be deemed to be given only upon actual receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>To Customers.</I> The trustee, after consultation with the Commission, and unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, will establish and follow procedures reasonably designed for giving adequate notice to customers under this subpart and for receiving claims or other notices from customers. Such procedures should include, absent good cause otherwise, the use of a prominent website as well as communication to customers' electronic addresses that are available in the debtor's books and records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notices to the Commission and designated self-regulatory organizations</I>—(1) <I>Of commencement of a proceeding.</I> Each commodity broker that is a futures commission merchant and files a petition in bankruptcy shall as soon as practicable before, and in any event no later than, the time of such filing, notify the Commission and such commodity broker's designated self-regulatory organization of the anticipated or actual filing date, the court in which the proceeding will be or has been filed and, as soon as known, the docket number assigned to that proceeding. Each commodity broker that is a futures commission merchant and against which a bankruptcy petition is filed or with respect to which an application for a protective decree under SIPA is filed shall immediately upon the filing of such petition or application notify the Commission and such commodity broker's designated self-regulatory organization of the filing date, the court in which the proceeding has been filed, and, as soon as known, the docket number assigned to that proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Of transfers under section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.</I> As soon as possible, the trustee of a commodity broker that is a futures commissions merchant, the relevant designated self-regulatory organization, or the applicable clearing organization must notify the Commission, and in the case of a futures commission merchant, the trustee shall also notify its designated self-regulatory organization and clearing organization(s), if such person intends to transfer or to apply to transfer open commodity contracts or customer property on behalf of the public customers of the debtor in accordance with section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and § 190.07(c) or (d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notices to customers</I>—(1) <I>Specifically identifiable property other than open commodity contracts.</I> In any case in which an order for relief has been entered, the trustee must use all reasonable efforts to promptly notify, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, any customer whose futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account includes specifically identifiable property, other than open commodity contracts, which has not been liquidated, that such specifically identifiable property may be liquidated commencing on and after the seventh day after the order for relief (or such other date as is specified by the trustee in the notice with the approval of the Commission or court) if the customer has not instructed the trustee in writing before the deadline specified in the notice to return such property pursuant to the terms for distribution of specifically identifiable property contained in § 190.09(d)(1). Such notice must describe the specifically identifiable property and specify the terms upon which that property may be returned, including if applicable and to the extent practicable any substitute customer property that must be provided by the customer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Open commodity contracts carried in hedging accounts.</I> To the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances of the case, and following consultation with the Commission, the trustee may treat open commodity contracts of public customers identified on the books and records of the debtor as held in a futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account designated as a hedging account in the debtor's records, as specifically identifiable property of such customer.
</P>
<P>(i) If the trustee does not exercise such authority, such open commodity contracts do not constitute specifically identifiable property.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the trustee exercises such authority:
</P>
<P>(A) The trustee shall use reasonable efforts to promptly notify, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each relevant public customer of such determination.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Where, in the judgment of the trustee, the books and records of the debtor reveal a clear preference by a relevant public customer with respect to transfer or liquidation of open commodity contracts, the trustee shall endeavor, to the extent reasonably practicable, to comply with that preference.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Where, in the judgment of the trustee, the books and records of the debtor do not reveal a clear preference by a relevant public customer with respect to transfer or liquidation of open commodity contracts, the trustee will request the customer to provide written instructions whether to transfer or liquidate such open commodity contracts. Such notice must specify the manner for providing such instructions and the deadline by which the customer must provide instructions.
</P>
<P>(C) Such notice must also inform the customer that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) (Where instructions have been requested pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section), if the customer does not provide instructions in the prescribed manner and by the prescribed deadline, the customer's open commodity contracts will not be treated as specifically identifiable property under this part;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any transfer of the open commodity contracts is subject to the terms for distribution contained in § 190.09(d)(2);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Absent compliance with any terms imposed by the trustee or the court, the trustee may liquidate the open commodity contracts; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Providing (or having provided) instructions may not prevent the open commodity contracts from being liquidated.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Involuntary cases.</I> Prior to entry of an order for relief, and upon leave of the court, a trustee appointed in an involuntary proceeding pursuant to section 303 of the Bankruptcy Code may notify customers, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, of the commencement of such proceeding and may request customer instructions with respect to the return, liquidation, or transfer of specifically identifiable property.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notice of bankruptcy and request for proof of customer claim.</I> The trustee shall promptly notify, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each customer that an order for relief has been entered and instruct each customer to file a proof of customer claim containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Such notice may be given separately from any notice provided in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The trustee shall cause the proof of customer claim form referred to in paragraph (e) of this section to set forth the bar date for its filing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of court filings.</I> The trustee shall promptly provide the Commission with copies of any complaint, motion, or petition filed in a commodity broker bankruptcy which concerns the disposition of customer property. Court filings shall be directed to the Commission addressed as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Proof of customer claim.</I> The trustee shall request that customers provide, to the extent reasonably practicable, information sufficient to determine a customer's claim in accordance with the regulations contained in this part, including in the discretion of the trustee:
</P>
<P>(1) The class of commodity contract account upon which each claim is based (<I>i.e.,</I> futures account, foreign futures account, cleared swaps account, or delivery account (and, in the case of a delivery account, how much is based on cash delivery property and how much is based on the value of physical delivery property);
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the claimant is a public customer or a non-public customer;
</P>
<P>(3) The number of commodity contract accounts held by each claimant, and, for each such account:
</P>
<P>(i) The account number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name in which the account is held;
</P>
<P>(iii) The balance as of the last account statement for the account, and information regarding any activity in the account from the date of the last account statement up to and including the filing date that affected the balance of the account;
</P>
<P>(iv) The capacity in which the account is held;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the account is a joint account and, if so, the amount of the claimant's percentage interest in that account and whether participants in the joint account are claiming jointly or separately;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the account is a discretionary account;
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the account is an individual retirement account for which there is a custodian; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Whether the account is a cross-margining account for futures and securities;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of any accounts held by the claimant with the debtor that are not commodity contract accounts;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of all claims against the debtor not based upon a commodity contract account of the claimant or an account listed in response to paragraph (e)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of all claims of the debtor against the claimant not included in the balance of a commodity contract account of the claimant;
</P>
<P>(7) A description of and the value of any open positions, unliquidated securities, or other unliquidated property held by the debtor on behalf of the claimant, indicating the portion of such property, if any, which was included in the information provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, and identifying any such property which would be specifically identifiable property as defined in § 190.01;
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the claimant holds positions in security futures products, and, if so, whether those positions are held in a futures account, a foreign futures account, or a securities account;
</P>
<P>(9) Whether the claimant wishes to receive payment in kind, to the extent practicable, for any claim for unliquidated securities or other unliquidated property; and
</P>
<P>(10) Copies of any documents which support the information contained in the proof of customer claim, including without limitation, customer confirmations, account statements, and statements of purchase or sale.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Proof of claim form.</I> A template customer proof of claim form which may (but is not required to) be used by the trustee is set forth in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If there are no open commodity contracts that are being treated as specifically identifiable property (e.g., if the customer proof of claim form was distributed after the primary liquidation date), the trustee should modify the customer proof of claim form to delete references to open commodity contracts as specifically identifiable property.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event the trustee determines that the debtor's books and records reflecting customer transactions are not reasonably reliable, or account statements are not available from which account balances as of the date of transfer or liquidation of customer property may be determined, the proof of claim form used by the trustee should be modified to take into account the particular facts and circumstances of the case.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.04" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.04   Operation of the debtor's estate—customer property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transfers</I>—(1) <I>All cases.</I> The trustee for a commodity broker shall promptly use its best efforts to effect a transfer in accordance with § 190.07(c) and (d) no later than the seventh calendar day after the order for relief of the open commodity contracts and property held by the commodity broker for or on behalf of its public customers.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Involuntary cases.</I> A commodity broker against which an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed, or the trustee if a trustee has been appointed in such case, shall use its best efforts to effect a transfer in accordance with § 190.07(c) and (d) of all open commodity contracts and property held by the commodity broker for or on behalf of its public customers and such other property as the Commission in its discretion may authorize, on or before the seventh calendar day after the filing date, and immediately cease doing business; <I>provided, however,</I> that if the commodity broker demonstrates to the Commission within such period that it was in compliance with the segregation and financial requirements of this chapter on the filing date, and the Commission determines, in its sole discretion, that such transfer is neither appropriate nor in the public interest, the commodity broker may continue in business subject to applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Treatment of open commodity contracts</I>—(1) <I>Payments by the trustee.</I> Prior to the primary liquidation date, the trustee may make payments of initial margin and variation settlement to a clearing organization, commodity broker, foreign clearing organization, or foreign futures intermediary, carrying the account of the debtor, pending the transfer, or liquidation of any open commodity contracts, whether or not such contracts are specifically identifiable property of a particular customer, provided, that:
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent within the trustee's control, the trustee shall not make any payments on behalf of any commodity contract account on the books and records of the debtor that is in deficit; <I>provided, however,</I> that the provision in this paragraph (b)(1) shall not be construed to prevent a clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, futures commission merchant, or foreign futures intermediary carrying an account of the debtor from exercising its rights to the extent permitted under applicable law;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any margin payments made by the trustee with respect to a specific customer account shall not exceed the funded balance for that account;
</P>
<P>(iii) The trustee shall not make any payments on behalf of non-public customers of the debtor from funds that are segregated for the benefit of public customers;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the trustee receives payments from a customer in response to a margin call, then to the extent within the trustee's control, the trustee must use such payments to make margin payments for the open commodity contract positions of such customer;
</P>
<P>(v) The trustee may not use payments received from one public customer to meet the margin (or any other) obligations of any other customer; and
</P>
<P>(vi) If funds segregated for the benefit of public customers in a particular account class exceed the aggregate net equity claims for all public customers in such account class, the trustee may use such excess funds to meet the margin obligations for any public customer in such account class whose account is under-margined (as described in paragraph (b)(4) of this section) but not in deficit, provided that the trustee issues a margin call to such customer and provided further that the trustee shall liquidate such customer's open commodity contracts if the customer fails to make the margin payment within a reasonable time as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Margin calls.</I> The trustee (or, prior to appointment of the trustee, the debtor against which an involuntary petition was filed) may issue a margin call to any public customer whose commodity contract account contains open commodity contracts if such account is under-margined.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Margin payments by the customer.</I> The full amount of any margin payment by a customer in response to a margin call under paragraph (b)(2) of this section must be credited to the funded balance of the particular account for which it was made.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Trustee obligation to liquidate certain open commodity contracts.</I> The trustee shall, as soon as practicable under the circumstances, liquidate all open commodity contracts in any commodity contract account that is in deficit, or for which any mark-to-market calculation would result in a deficit, or for which the customer fails to meet a margin call made by the trustee within a reasonable time. Except as otherwise provided in this part, absent exigent circumstances, a reasonable time for meeting margin calls made by the trustee shall be deemed to be one hour, or such greater period not to exceed one business day, as the trustee may determine in its sole discretion.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Partial liquidation of open commodity contracts by others.</I> In the event that a clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, futures commission merchant, foreign futures intermediary, or other person carrying a commodity customer account for the debtor in the nature of an omnibus account has liquidated only a portion of open commodity contracts in such account, the trustee will exercise reasonable business judgment in assigning the liquidating transactions to the underlying commodity customer accounts carried by the debtor. Specifically, the trustee should endeavor to assign the contracts as follows: First, to liquidate open commodity contracts in a risk-reducing manner in any accounts that are in deficit; second, to liquidate open commodity contracts in a risk-reducing manner in any accounts that are undermargined; third, to liquidate open commodity contracts in a risk-reducing manner in any other accounts, and finally to liquidate any remaining open commodity contracts in any accounts. If more than one commodity contract account reflects open commodity contracts in a particular account class for which liquidating transactions have been executed, the trustee shall to the extent practicable allocate the liquidating transactions to such commodity contract accounts pro rata based on the number of open commodity contracts of such commodity contract accounts. For purposes of this section, the term “a risk-reducing manner” is measured by margin requirements set using the margin methodology and parameters followed by the derivatives clearing organization at which such contracts are cleared.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contracts moving into delivery position.</I> After entry of the order for relief and subject to paragraph (a) of this section, which requires the trustee to attempt to make transfers to other commodity brokers permitted by § 190.07 and section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the trustee shall use its best efforts to liquidate any open commodity contract that settles upon expiration or exercise via the making or taking of delivery of a commodity:
</P>
<P>(1) If such contract is a futures contract or a cleared swaps contract, before the earlier of the last trading day or the first day on which notice of intent to deliver may be tendered with respect thereto, or otherwise before the debtor or its customer incurs an obligation to make or take delivery of the commodity under such contract;
</P>
<P>(2) If such contract is a long option on a commodity and has value, before the first date on which the contract could be automatically exercised or the last date on which the contract could be exercised if not subject to automatic exercise; or
</P>
<P>(3) If such contract is a short option on a commodity that is in-the-money in favor of the long position holder, before the first date on which the long option position could be exercised.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquidation or offset.</I> After entry of the order for relief and subject to paragraph (a) of this section, which requires the trustee to attempt to make transfers to other commodity brokers permitted by § 190.07 and section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise set forth in this paragraph (d), the following commodity contracts and other property held by or for the account of a debtor must be liquidated in the market in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section or liquidated via book entry in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section by the trustee promptly and in an orderly manner:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Open commodity contracts.</I> All open commodity contracts, except for:
</P>
<P>(i) Commodity contracts that are specifically identifiable property (if applicable) and are subject to customer instructions to transfer (in lieu of liquidating) as provided in § 190.03(c)(2), provided that the customer is in compliance with the terms of § 190.09(d)(2); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Open commodity contract positions that are in a delivery position, which shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of § 190.06.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specifically identifiable property, other than open commodity contracts or physical delivery property.</I> Specifically identifiable property, other than open commodity contracts or physical delivery property, to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) The fair market value of such property is less than 75% of its fair market value on the date of entry of the order for relief;
</P>
<P>(ii) Failure to liquidate the specifically identifiable property may result in a deficit balance in the applicable customer account; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The trustee has not received instructions to return pursuant to § 190.03(c)(1), or has not returned such property upon the terms contained in § 190.09(d)(1).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Letters of credit.</I> The trustee may request that a customer deliver substitute customer property with respect to any letter of credit received, acquired, or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract, whether the letter of credit is held by the trustee on behalf of the debtor's estate or a derivatives clearing organization or a foreign intermediary or foreign clearing organization on a pass-through or other basis, including in cases where the letter of credit has expired since the date of the order for relief. The amount of the request may equal the full face amount of the letter of the credit or any portion thereof, to the extent required or may be required in the trustee's discretion to ensure pro rata treatment among customer claims within each account class, consistent with §§ 190.08 and 190.09.
</P>
<P>(i) If a customer fails to provide substitute customer property within a reasonable time specified by the trustee, the trustee may, if the letter of credit has not expired, draw upon the full amount of the letter of credit or any portion thereof.
</P>
<P>(ii) For any letter of credit referred to in this paragraph (d)(3), the trustee shall treat any portion that is not drawn upon (less the value of any substitute customer property delivered by the customer) as having been distributed to the customer for purposes of calculating entitlements to distribution or transfer. The expiration of the letter of credit on or at any time after the date of the order for relief shall not affect such calculation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any proceeds of a letter of credit drawn by the trustee, or substitute customer property posted by a customer, shall be considered customer property in the account class applicable to the original letter of credit.
</P>
<P>(iv) The trustee shall, in exercising their discretion with regard to addressing letters of credit, including as to the timing and amount of a request for substitute customer property, endeavor to mitigate, to the extent practicable, the adverse effects upon customers that have posted letters of credit, in a manner that achieves <I>pro rata</I> treatment among customer claims.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>All other property.</I> All other property, other than physical delivery property held for delivery in accordance with the provisions of § 190.06, which is not required to be transferred or returned pursuant to customer instructions and which has not been liquidated in accordance with paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquidation of open commodity contracts</I>—(1) <I>By the trustee or a clearing organization in the market</I>—(i) <I>Debtor as a clearing member.</I> For open commodity contracts cleared by the debtor as a member of a clearing organization, the trustee or clearing organization, as applicable, shall liquidate such open commodity contracts pursuant to the rules of the clearing organization, a designated contract market, or a swap execution facility, if and as applicable. Any such rules providing for liquidation other than on the open market shall be designed to achieve, to the extent feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation, a process for liquidating open commodity contracts that results in competitive pricing. For open commodity contracts that are futures or options on futures that were established on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade and cleared by the debtor as a member of a foreign clearing organization, the trustee shall liquidate such open commodity contracts pursuant to the rules of the foreign clearing organization or foreign board of trade or, in the absence of such rules, in the manner the trustee determines appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Debtor not a clearing member.</I> For open commodity contracts submitted by the debtor for clearing through one or more accounts established with a futures commission merchant (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter) or foreign futures intermediary, the trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to liquidate the open commodity contracts to achieve competitive pricing, to the extent feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation and subject to any rules or orders of the relevant clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade governing the liquidation of open commodity contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By the trustee or a clearing organization via book entry offset.</I> Upon application by the trustee or clearing organization, the Commission may permit open commodity contracts to be liquidated, or settlement on such contracts to be made, by book entry. Such book entry shall offset open commodity contracts, whether matched or not matched on the books of the commodity broker, using the settlement price for such commodity contracts as determined by the clearing organization in accordance with its rules. Such rules shall be designed to establish, to the extent feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation, such settlement prices in a competitive manner.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>By a futures commission merchant or foreign futures intermediary.</I> For open commodity contracts cleared by the debtor through one or more accounts established with a futures commission merchant or a foreign futures intermediary, such futures commission merchant or foreign futures intermediary may exercise any enforceable contractual rights it has to liquidate such commodity contracts, provided, that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to liquidate the open commodity contracts to achieve competitive pricing, to the extent feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation and subject to any rules or orders of the relevant clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade governing its liquidation of such open commodity contracts. If a futures commission merchant or foreign futures intermediary fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to liquidate open commodity contracts to achieve competitive pricing in accordance with this paragraph (e)(3), the trustee may seek damages reflecting the difference between the price (or prices) at which the relevant commodity contracts would have been liquidated using commercially reasonable efforts to achieve competitive pricing and the price (or prices) at which the commodity contracts were liquidated, which shall be the sole remedy available to the trustee. In no event shall any such liquidation be voided.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Liquidation only.</I> (i) Nothing in this part shall be interpreted to permit the trustee to purchase or sell new commodity contracts for the debtor or its customers except to offset open commodity contracts or to transfer any transferable notice received by the debtor or the trustee under any commodity contract; <I>provided, however,</I> that the trustee may, in its discretion and with approval of the Commission, cover uncovered inventory or commodity contracts of the debtor which cannot be liquidated immediately because of price limits or other market conditions, or may take an offsetting position in a new month or at a strike price for which limits have not been reached.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, the trustee may, with the written permission of the Commission, operate the business of the debtor in the ordinary course, including the purchase or sale of new commodity contracts on behalf of the customers of the debtor under appropriate circumstances, as determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Long option contracts.</I> Subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the trustee shall use its best efforts to assure that a commodity contract that is a long option contract with value does not expire worthless.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.05" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.05   Operation of the debtor's estate—general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance with the Act and regulations in this chapter.</I> Except as specifically provided otherwise in this part, the trustee shall use reasonable efforts to comply with all of the provisions of the Act and of the regulations in this chapter as if it were the debtor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Computation of funded balance.</I> The trustee shall use reasonable efforts to compute a funded balance for each customer account that contains open commodity contracts or other property as of the close of business each business day subsequent to the order for relief until the date all open commodity contracts and other property in such account have been transferred or liquidated, which shall be as accurate as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, including the reliability and availability of information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records</I>—(1) <I>Maintenance.</I> Except as otherwise ordered by the court or as permitted by the Commission, records required under this chapter to be maintained by the debtor, including records of the computations required by this part, shall be maintained by the trustee until such time as the debtor's case is closed.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accessibility.</I> The records required to be maintained by paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be available during business hours to the Commission and the U.S. Department of Justice. The trustee shall give the Commission and the U.S. Department of Justice access to all records of the debtor, including records required to be retained in accordance with § 1.31 of this chapter and all other records of the commodity broker, whether or not the Act or this chapter would require such records to be maintained by the commodity broker.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Customer statements.</I> The trustee shall use all reasonable efforts to continue to issue account statements with respect to any customer for whose account open commodity contracts or other property is held that has not been liquidated or transferred. With respect to such accounts, the trustee must also issue an account statement reflecting any liquidation or transfer of open commodity contracts or other property promptly after such liquidation or transfer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other matters</I>—(1) <I>Disbursements.</I> With the exception of transfers of customer property made in accordance with § 190.07, the trustee shall make no disbursements to customers except with approval of the court.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Investment.</I> The trustee shall promptly invest the proceeds from the liquidation of commodity contracts or specifically identifiable property, and may invest any other customer property, in obligations of the United States and obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, provided that such obligations are maintained in a depository located in the United States, its territories or possessions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Residual interest.</I> The trustee shall apply the residual interest provisions of § 1.11 of this chapter in a manner appropriate to the context of their responsibilities as a bankruptcy trustee pursuant subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and this part, and in light of the existence of a surplus or deficit in customer property available to pay customer claims.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.06" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.06   Making and taking delivery under commodity contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Deliveries</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The provisions of this paragraph (a) apply to commodity contracts that settle upon expiration or exercise by making or taking delivery of physical delivery property, if such commodity contracts are in a delivery position on the filing date, or the trustee is unable to liquidate such commodity contracts in accordance with § 190.04(c) to prevent them from moving into a delivery position, <I>i.e.,</I> before the debtor or its customer incurs bilateral contractual obligations to make or take delivery under such commodity contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delivery made or taken on behalf of a customer outside of the administration of the debtor's estate.</I> (i) The trustee shall use reasonable efforts to allow a customer to deliver physical delivery property that is held directly by the customer and not by the debtor (and thus not recorded in any commodity contract account of the customer) in settlement of a commodity contract, and to allow payment in exchange for such delivery, to occur outside the administration of the debtor's estate, when the rules of the exchange or other market listing the commodity contract, or the clearing organization or the foreign clearing organization clearing the commodity contract, as applicable, prescribe a process for delivery that allows the delivery to be fulfilled:
</P>
<P>(A) In the normal course directly by the customer;
</P>
<P>(B) By substitution of the customer for the commodity broker; or
</P>
<P>(C) Through agreement of the buyer and seller to alternative delivery procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a customer delivers physical delivery property in settlement of a commodity contract outside of the administration of the debtors' estate in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, any property of such customer held at the debtor in connection with such contract must nonetheless be included in the net equity claim of that customer, and, as such, can only be distributed pro rata at the time of, and as part of, any distributions to customers made by the trustee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Delivery as part of administration of the debtor's estate.</I> When the trustee determines that it is not practicable to effect delivery as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) To facilitate the making or taking of delivery directly by a customer, the trustee may, as it determines reasonable under the circumstances of the case and consistent with the pro rata distribution of customer property by account class:
</P>
<P>(A) When a customer is obligated to make delivery, return any physical delivery property to the customer that is held by the debtor for or on behalf of the customer under the terms set forth in § 190.09(d)(1)(ii), to allow the customer to deliver such property to fulfill its delivery obligation under the commodity contract; or
</P>
<P>(B) When a customer is obligated to take delivery:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Return any cash delivery property to the customer that is reflected in the customer's delivery account, provided that cash delivery property returned under this paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) shall not exceed the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The amount the customer is required to pay for delivery of the commodity; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The customer's net funded balance for all of the customer's commodity contract accounts;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Return cash, securities, or other property held in the customer's non-delivery commodity contract accounts, provided that property returned under this section shall not exceed the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The amount the customer is required to pay for delivery of the commodity; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The net funded balance for all of the customer's commodity contract accounts reduced by any amount returned to the customer pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, and provided further, however, that the trustee may distribute such property only to the extent that the customer's funded balance for each such account exceeds the minimum margin obligations for such account (as described in § 190.04(b)(2)); and
</P>
<P>(C) Impose such conditions on the customer as it considers appropriate to assure that property returned to the customer is used to fulfill the customer's delivery obligations.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the trustee does not return physical delivery property, cash delivery property, or other property in the form of cash or cash equivalents to the customer as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, subject to paragraph (a)(4) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) To the extent practical, the trustee shall make or take delivery of physical delivery property in the same manner as if no bankruptcy had occurred, and when making delivery, the party to which delivery is made must pay the full price required for taking such delivery; or
</P>
<P>(B) When taking delivery of physical delivery property:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The trustee shall pay for the delivery first using the customer's cash delivery property or other property, limited to the amounts set forth in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) of this section, along with any cash transferred by the customer to the trustee on or after the filing date for the purpose of paying for delivery.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the value of the cash or cash equivalents that may be used to pay for deliveries as described in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) of this section is less than the amount required to be paid for taking delivery, the trustee shall issue a payment call to the customer. The full amount of any payment made by the customer in response to a payment call must be credited to the funded balance of the particular account for which such payment is made.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the customer fails to meet a call for payment under paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section before payment is made for delivery, the trustee must convert any physical delivery property received on behalf of the customer to cash as promptly as possible.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Deliveries in a securities account.</I> If an open commodity contract held in a futures account, foreign futures account, or cleared swaps account requires delivery of a security upon expiration or exercise of such commodity contract, and delivery is not completed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, the trustee may make or take delivery in a securities account in a manner consistent with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, <I>provided, however,</I> that the trustee may transfer property from the customer's commodity contract accounts to the securities account to fulfill the delivery obligation only to the extent that the customer's funded balance for such commodity contract account exceeds the customer's minimum margin obligations for such accounts (as described in § 190.04(b)(2)) and provided further that the customer is not under-margined or does not have a deficit balance in any other commodity contract accounts.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Delivery made or taken on behalf of proprietary account.</I> If delivery of physical delivery property is to be made or taken on behalf of the debtor's own account or the account of any non-public customer of the debtor, the trustee shall make or take delivery, as the case may be, on behalf of the debtor's estate, provided that if the trustee takes delivery of physical delivery property it must convert such property to cash as promptly as possible.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special account class provisions for delivery accounts.</I> (1) Within the delivery account class, the trustee shall treat—
</P>
<P>(i) Physical delivery property held in delivery accounts as of the filing date, and the proceeds of any such physical delivery property subsequently received, as part of the physical delivery account class; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cash delivery property in delivery accounts as of the filing date, along with any physical delivery property for which delivery is subsequently taken on behalf of a customer in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, as part of a separate cash delivery account class.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the debtor holds any cash or cash equivalents in an account maintained at a bank, clearing organization, foreign clearing organization, or other person, under a name or in a manner that clearly indicates that the account holds property for the purpose of making payment for taking delivery, or receiving payment for making delivery, of a commodity under commodity contracts, such property shall (subject to § 190.09) be considered customer property—
</P>
<P>(A) In the cash delivery account class if held for making payment for taking delivery; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the physical delivery account class, if held as a result of receiving such payment for a making delivery after the filing date.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other property (excluding property segregated for the benefit of customer in the futures, foreign futures or cleared swaps account class) that is traceable as having been held or received for the purpose of making delivery, or as having been held or received as a result of taking delivery, of a commodity under commodity contracts, shall (subject to § 190.09) be considered customer property—
</P>
<P>(A) In the cash delivery account class if received after the filing date in exchange for taking delivery; and
</P>
<P>(B) Otherwise shall be considered customer property in the physical delivery account class.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.07" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.07   Transfers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transfer rules.</I> No clearing organization or self-regulatory organization may adopt, maintain in effect, or enforce rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are inconsistent with the provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Interfere with the acceptance by its members of transfers of commodity contracts, and the property margining or securing such contracts, from futures commission merchants that are required to transfer accounts pursuant to § 1.17(a)(4) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Interfere with the acceptance by its members of transfers of commodity contracts, and the property margining or securing such contracts, from a futures commission merchant that is a debtor as defined in § 190.01, if such transfers have been approved by the Commission, <I>provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (a)(3) shall not—
</P>
<P>(i) Limit the exercise of any contractual right of a clearing organization or other registered entity to liquidate or transfer open commodity contracts; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Be interpreted to limit a clearing organization's ability adequately to manage risk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements for transferees.</I> (1) It is the duty of each transferee to assure that it will not accept a transfer that would cause the transferee to be in violation of the minimum financial requirements set forth in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Any transferee that accepts a transfer of open commodity contracts from the estate of the debtor—
</P>
<P>(i) Accepts the transfer subject to any loss that may arise in the event the transferee cannot recover from the customer any deficit balance that may arise related to the transferred open commodity contracts.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the commodity contracts were held for the account of a customer:
</P>
<P>(A) Must keep such commodity contracts open at least one business day after their receipt, unless the customer for whom the transfer is made fails to respond within a reasonable time to a margin call for the difference between the margin transferred with such commodity contracts and the margin which such transferee would require with respect to a similar set of commodity contracts held for the account of a customer in the ordinary course of business; and
</P>
<P>(B) May not collect commissions with respect to the transfer of such commodity contracts.
</P>
<P>(3) A transferee may accept open commodity contracts and property, and open accounts on its records, for customers whose commodity contracts and property are transferred pursuant to this part prior to completing customer diligence, provided that account opening diligence as required by law (including the risk disclosures referred to in § 1.65(a)(3) of this chapter) is performed, and records and information required by law are obtained, as soon as practicable, but in any event within six months of the transfer, unless this time is extended for a particular account, transferee, or debtor by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Any account agreements governing a transferred account (including an account that has been partially transferred) shall be deemed assigned to the transferee by operation of law and shall govern the transferee and customer's relationship until such time as the transferee and customer enter into a new agreement; <I>provided, however,</I> that any breach of such agreement by the debtor existing at or before the time of the transfer (including, but not limited to, any failure to segregate sufficient customer property) shall not constitute a default or breach of the agreement on the part of the transferee, or constitute a defense to the enforcement of the agreement by the transferee.
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section shall not apply where the customer has a pre-existing account agreement with the transferee futures commission merchant. In such a case, the transferred account will be governed by that pre-existing account agreement.
</P>
<P>(5) If open commodity contracts or any specifically identifiable property has been, or is to be, transferred in accordance with section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and this section, customer instructions previously received by the trustee with respect to open commodity contracts or with respect to specifically identifiable property, shall be transmitted to the transferee of property, which shall comply therewith to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Eligibility for transfer under section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code—accounts eligible for transfer.</I> All commodity contract accounts (including accounts with no open commodity contract positions) are eligible for transfer after the order for relief pursuant to section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, except:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor's own account or the accounts of general partners of the debtor if the debtor is a partnership; and
</P>
<P>(2) Accounts that are in deficit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special rules for transfers under section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code</I>—(1) <I>Effecting transfer.</I> The trustee for a commodity broker shall use its best efforts to effect a transfer to one or more other commodity brokers of all eligible commodity contract accounts, open commodity contracts and property held by the debtor for or on behalf of its customers, based on customer claims or record, no later than the seventh calendar day after the order for relief.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Partial transfers; multiple transferees</I>—(i) <I>Of the customer estate.</I> If all eligible commodity contract accounts held by a debtor cannot be transferred under this section, a partial transfer may nonetheless be made. The Commission will not disapprove such a transfer for the sole reason that it was a partial transfer. Commodity contract accounts may be transferred to one or more transferees, and, subject to paragraph (d)(4) of this section, may be transferred to different transferees by account class.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Of a customer's commodity contract account.</I> If all of a customer's open commodity contracts and property cannot be transferred under this section, a partial transfer of contracts and property may be made so long as such transfer would not result in an increase in the amount of any customer's net equity claim. One, but not the only, means to effectuate a partial transfer is by liquidating a portion of the open commodity contracts held by a customer such that sufficient value is realized, or margin requirements are reduced to an extent sufficient, to permit the transfer of some or all of the remaining open commodity contracts and property. If any open commodity contract to be transferred in a partial transfer is part of a spread or straddle, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, each side of such spread or straddle must be transferred or none of the open commodity contracts comprising the spread or straddle may be transferred.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Letters of credit.</I> A letter of credit received, acquired, or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract may be transferred with an eligible commodity contract account if it is held by a derivatives clearing organization on a pass-through or other basis or is transferable by its terms, so long as the transfer will not result in a recovery which exceeds the amount to which the customer would be entitled under §§ 190.08 and 190.09. If the letter of credit cannot be transferred as provided for in the foregoing sentence, and the customer does not deliver substitute customer property to the trustee in accordance with § 190.04(d)(3), the trustee may draw upon a portion or all of the letter of credit, the proceeds of which shall be treated as customer property in the applicable account class.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Physical delivery property.</I> The trustee shall use reasonable efforts to prevent physical delivery property held for the purpose of making delivery on a commodity contract from being transferred separate and apart from the related commodity contract, or to a different transferee.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>No prejudice to other customers.</I> No transfer shall be made under this part by the trustee if, after taking into account all customer property available for distribution to customers in the applicable account class at the time of the transfer, such transfer would result in insufficient remaining customer property to make an equivalent percentage distribution (including all previous transfers and distributions) to all customers in the applicable account class, based on—
</P>
<P>(i) Customer claims of record; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Estimates of other customer claims made in the trustee's reasonable discretion based on available information, in each case as of the calendar day immediately preceding transfer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibition on avoidance of transfers under section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code</I>—(1) <I>Pre-relief transfers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the following transfers are approved and may not be avoided under sections 544, 546, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code:
</P>
<P>(i) The transfer of commodity contract accounts or customer property prior to the entry of the order for relief in compliance with § 1.17(a)(4) of this chapter unless such transfer is disapproved by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) The transfer, withdrawal, or settlement, prior to the order for relief at the request of a public customer, including a transfer, withdrawal, or settlement at the request of a public customer that is a commodity broker, of commodity contract accounts or customer property held from or for the account of such customer by or on behalf of the debtor unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The customer acted in collusion with the debtor or its principals to obtain a greater share of customer property or the bankruptcy estate than that to which it would be entitled under this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) The transfer is disapproved by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iii) The transfer prior to the order for relief by a clearing organization, or by a receiver that has been appointed for the futures commission merchant (FCM) that is now a debtor, of one or more accounts held for or on behalf of customers of the debtor, or of commodity contracts and other customer property held for or on behalf of customers of the debtor, provided that the transfer is not disapproved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Post-relief transfers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the following transfers are approved and may not be avoided under sections 544, 546, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code:
</P>
<P>(i) The transfer of a commodity contract account or customer property eligible to be transferred under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section made by the trustee or by any clearing organization on or before the seventh calendar day after the entry of the order for relief, as to which the Commission has not disapproved the transfer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The transfer of a commodity contract account or customer property at the direction of the Commission on or before the seventh calendar day after the order for relief, upon such terms and conditions as the Commission may deem appropriate and in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commission action.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this section (other than paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(5) of this section), in appropriate cases and to protect the public interest, the Commission may:
</P>
<P>(1) Prohibit the transfer of a particular set or sets of commodity contract accounts and customer property; or
</P>
<P>(2) Permit transfers of a particular set or sets of commodity contract accounts and customer property that do not comply with the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.08" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.08   Calculation of funded net equity.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart, funded net equity shall be computed as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Funded claim.</I> The funded net equity claim of a customer shall be equal to the aggregate of the funded balances of such customer's net equity claim for each account class.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Net equity.</I> Net equity means a customer's total customer claim of record against the estate of the debtor based on the customer property, including any commodity contracts, held by the debtor for or on behalf of such customer less any indebtedness of the customer to the debtor. Net equity shall be calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Step 1-equity determination.</I> (i) Determine the equity balance of each commodity contract account of a customer by computing, with respect to such account, the sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The ledger balance;
</P>
<P>(B) The open trade balance; and
</P>
<P>(C) The realizable market value, determined as of the close of the market on the last preceding market day, of any securities or other property held by or for the debtor from or for such account, plus accrued interest, if any.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), the ledger balance of a customer account shall be calculated by:
</P>
<P>(A) Adding:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Cash deposited to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure, or settle a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Cash proceeds of liquidations of any securities or other property referred to in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Gains realized on trades; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The face amount of any letter of credit received, acquired or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase or sell a commodity contract; and
</P>
<P>(B) Subtracting from the result:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Losses realized on trades;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Disbursements to or on behalf of the customer (including, for these purposes, transfers made pursuant to §§ 190.04(a) and 190.07); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The normal costs attributable to the payment of commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, transaction fees, insurance, and other costs and charges lawfully incurred in connection with the purchase, sale, exercise, or liquidation of any commodity contract in such account.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), the open trade balance of a customer's account shall be computed by subtracting the unrealized loss in value of the open commodity contracts held by or for such account from the unrealized gain in value of the open commodity contracts held by or for such account.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), in calculating the ledger balance or open trade balance of any customer, exclude any security futures products, any gains or losses realized on trades in such products, any property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such products (including interest thereon or the proceeds thereof), to the extent any of the foregoing are held in a securities account, and any disbursements to or on behalf of such customer in connection with such products or such property held in a securities account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Step 2-customer determination (aggregation).</I> Aggregate the credit and debit equity balances of all accounts of the same class held by a customer in the same capacity. Paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (xii) of this section prescribe which accounts must be treated as being held in the same capacity and which accounts must be treated as being held in a separate capacity.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b)(2), all accounts that are maintained with a debtor in a person's name and that, under this paragraph (b)(2), are deemed to be held by that person in its individual capacity shall be deemed to be held in the same capacity.
</P>
<P>(ii) An account maintained with a debtor by a guardian, custodian, or conservator for the benefit of a ward, or for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act, shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from accounts held by such guardian, custodian or conservator in its individual capacity.
</P>
<P>(iii) An account maintained with a debtor in the name of an executor or administrator of an estate in its capacity as such shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from accounts held by such executor or administrator in its individual capacity.
</P>
<P>(iv) An account maintained with a debtor in the name of a decedent, in the name of the decedent's estate, or in the name of the executor or administrator of such estate in its capacity as such shall be deemed to be accounts held in the same capacity.
</P>
<P>(v) An account maintained with a debtor by a trustee shall be deemed to be held in the individual capacity of the grantor of the trust unless the trust is created by a valid written instrument for a purpose other than avoidance of an offset under the regulations contained in this part. A trust account which is not deemed to be held in the individual capacity of its grantor under this paragraph (b)(2)(v) shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from accounts held in an individual capacity by the trustee, by the grantor or any successor in interest of the grantor, or by any trust beneficiary, and from accounts held by any other trust.
</P>
<P>(vi) An account maintained with a debtor by a corporation, partnership, or unincorporated association shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from accounts held by the shareholders, partners or members of such corporation, partnership, or unincorporated association, if such entity was created for purposes other than avoidance of an offset under the regulations contained in this part.
</P>
<P>(vii) A hedging account of a person shall be deemed to be held in the same capacity as a speculative account of such person.
</P>
<P>(viii) Subject to paragraphs (b)(2)(ix) and (xiv) of this section, the futures accounts, foreign futures accounts, delivery accounts, and cleared swaps accounts of the same person shall not be deemed to be held in separate capacities: <I>Provided, however,</I> that such accounts may be aggregated only in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ix) An omnibus customer account for public customers of a futures commission merchant maintained with a debtor shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from any omnibus customer account for non-public customers of such futures commission merchant and from any account maintained with the debtor on its own behalf or on behalf of any non-public customer.
</P>
<P>(x) A joint account maintained with the debtor shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from any account held in an individual capacity by the participants in such account, from any account held in an individual capacity by a commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor for such account, and from any other joint account; <I>provided, however,</I> that if such account is not transferred in accordance with §§ 190.04(a) and 190.07, it shall be deemed to be held in the same capacity as any other joint account held by identical participants and a participant's percentage interest therein shall be deemed to be held in the same capacity as any account held in an individual capacity by such participant.
</P>
<P>(xi) An account maintained with a debtor in the name of a plan that is subject to the terms of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations in 29 CFR chapter XXV, or similar state, Federal, or foreign laws or regulations applicable to retirement or pension plans, shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from an account held in an individual capacity by the plan administrator, any employer, employee, participant, or beneficiary with respect to such plan.
</P>
<P>(xii) Except as otherwise provided in this section, an account maintained with a debtor by an agent or nominee for a principal or a beneficial owner shall be deemed to be an account held in the individual capacity of such principal or beneficial owner.
</P>
<P>(xiii) With respect to the cleared swaps account class, each individual cleared swaps customer account within each cleared swap omnibus customer account referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(viii) of this section shall be deemed to be held in a separate capacity from each other such individual cleared swaps customer account, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (xi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Accounts held by a customer in separate capacities shall be deemed to be accounts of different customers. The burden of proving that an account is held in a separate capacity shall be upon the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Step 3-setoffs.</I> (i) The net equity of one customer account may not be offset against the net equity of any other customer account.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any obligation to the debtor owed by a customer which is not required to be included in computing the equity of that customer under paragraph (b)(1) of this section (defined as x), must be deducted from any obligation to the customer owed by the debtor which is not required to be included in computing the equity of that customer (defined as y). If the former amount (x) exceeds the latter (y), the excess (x-y) must be deducted from the equity balance of the customer obtained after performing the preceding calculations required by paragraph (b) of this section, provided, that if the customer owns more than one class of accounts with a positive equity balance, the excess (again, x-y) must be allocated and offset against each positive equity balance in the same proportion as that positive equity balance bears to the total of all positive equity balances of accounts of different classes held by such customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) A negative equity balance obtained with respect to one customer account class must be set off against a positive equity balance in any other account class of such customer held in the same capacity, provided, that if a customer owns more than one class of accounts with a positive equity balance, such negative equity balance must be offset against each positive equity balance in the same proportion as that positive equity balance bears to the total of all positive equity balances in accounts of different classes held by such customer.
</P>
<P>(iv) To the extent any indebtedness of the debtor to the customer which is not required to be included in computing the equity of such customer under paragraph (b)(1) of this section exceeds such indebtedness of the customer to the debtor, the customer claim therefor will constitute a general creditor claim rather than a customer property claim, and the net equity therefor shall be separately calculated.
</P>
<P>(v) The rules pertaining to separate capacities and permitted setoffs contained in this section shall only be applied subsequent to the entry of an order for relief; prior to that date, the provisions of § 1.22 of this chapter and of sections 4d(a)(2) and 4d(f) of the Act (and, in each case, the regulations in part 1, 22, or 30 of this chapter that implement sections 4d(a)(2) and 4d(f)) shall govern what setoffs are permitted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Step 4-correction for distributions.</I> The value on the date of transfer or distribution of any property transferred or distributed subsequent to the filing date and prior to the primary liquidation date with respect to each class of account held by a customer must be added to the equity obtained for that customer for accounts of that class after performing the steps contained in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section: <I>Provided, however,</I> that if all accounts for which there are customer claims of record and 100% of the equity pertaining thereto is transferred in accordance with § 190.07 and section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, net equity shall be computed based solely upon those allowed customer claims, if any, filed subsequent to the order for relief which are not claims of record on the filing date.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Step 5-correction for ongoing events.</I> Compute any adjustments to the steps in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section required to correct misestimates or errors including, without limitation, corrections for ongoing events such as the liquidation of unliquidated claims or specifically identifiable property at a value different from the estimated value previously used in computing net equity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Calculation of funded balance. Funded balance</I> means a customer's pro rata share of the customer estate with respect to each account class available for distribution to customers of the same customer class.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Funded balance computation.</I> The funded balance of any customer claim shall be computed (separately by account class and customer class) by:
</P>
<P>(i) Multiplying the ratio of the amount of the net equity claim of such customer (defined as x) less the amounts referred to in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section of such customer for any account class (defined as y) divided by the sum of the net equity claims of all customers for accounts of that class (defined as p) less the amounts referred to in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section of all customers for accounts of that class (defined as q) (thus, ((x-y)/(p-q)) by the sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The value of letters of credit received, acquired, or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract relating to all customer accounts of the same class;
</P>
<P>(B) The value of the money, securities, or other property segregated on behalf of all customer accounts of the same class less the amounts referred to in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) The value of any money, securities, or other property which must be allocated under § 190.09 to all customer accounts of the same class; and
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of any add-back required under paragraph (b)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Then adding 100% of—
</P>
<P>(A) Any margin payment made between the entry of the order for relief (or, in an involuntary case, the date on which the petition for bankruptcy is filed) and the primary liquidation date; <I>provided, however,</I> that if margin is posted to substitute for a letter of credit, such margin does not increase the funded balance; and
</P>
<P>(B) For cash delivery property, any cash transferred to the trustee on or after the filing date for the purpose of paying for delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Corrections to funded balance.</I> The funded balance must be adjusted to correct for ongoing events including, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) Added claimants;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disallowed claims;
</P>
<P>(iii) Liquidation of unliquidated claims at a value other than their estimated value; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Recovery of property.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation.</I> In computing net equity, commodity contracts and other property held by or for a commodity broker must be valued as provided in this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commodity contracts</I>—(i) <I>Open contracts.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph (d), the value of an open commodity contract shall be equal to the settlement price as calculated by the clearing organization pursuant to its rules; <I>provided, however,</I> that if an open commodity contract is transferred to another commodity broker, its value on the debtor's books and records shall be determined as of the end of the last settlement cycle on the day preceding such transfer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Liquidated contracts.</I> Except as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, the value of a commodity contract liquidated on the open market shall equal the actual value realized on liquidation of the commodity contract.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Weighted average.</I> If identical commodity contracts are liquidated within a 24-hour period or business day (or such other period as the bankruptcy court may determine is appropriate) as part of a general liquidation of commodity contracts, but cannot be liquidated at the same price, the trustee may use the weighted average of the liquidation prices in computing the net equity of each customer for which the debtor held such commodity contracts.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Bulk liquidation.</I> The value of a commodity contract liquidated as part of a bulk auction, taken into inventory or under management by a clearing organization, or similarly liquidated outside of the open market shall be equal to the settlement price calculated by the clearing organization as of the end of the settlement cycle during which the commodity contract was liquidated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securities.</I> The value of a listed security shall be equal to the closing price for such security on the exchange upon which it is traded. The value of all securities not traded on an exchange shall be equal in the case of a long position, to the average of the bid prices for long positions, and in the case of a short position, to the average of the asking prices for the short positions. If liquidated, the value of such security shall be equal to the actual value realized on liquidation of the security; <I>provided, however,</I> that if identical securities are liquidated within a 24-hour period or business day (or such other period as the bankruptcy court may determine is appropriate) as part of a general liquidation of securities, but cannot be liquidated at the same price, the trustee may use the weighted average of the liquidation prices in computing the net equity of each customer for which the debtor held such securities. Securities which are not publicly traded shall be valued by the trustee pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commodities held in inventory.</I> Commodities held in inventory, as collateral or otherwise, shall be valued at their fair market value. If such fair market value is not readily ascertainable based upon public sources of prices, the trustee shall value such commodities pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Letters of credit.</I> The value of any letter of credit received, acquired or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract shall be its face amount, less the amount, if any, drawn and outstanding, provided that, if the trustee makes a determination in good faith that a draw on a letter of credit is unlikely to be honored on either a temporary or a permanent basis, the trustee shall value the letter of credit pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>All other property.</I> Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph (d), all other property shall be valued by the trustee using such professional assistance as the trustee deems necessary in its sole discretion under the circumstances; <I>provided, however,</I> that if such property is sold, its value for purposes of the calculations required by this part shall be equal to the actual value realized on the sale of such property; and, provided further, that the sale shall be made in compliance with all applicable statutes, rules, and orders of any court or governmental entity with jurisdiction there over.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.09" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.09   Allocation of property and allowance of claims.</HEAD>
<P>The property of the debtor's estate must be allocated among account classes and between customer classes as provided in this section. (Property connected with certain cross-margining arrangements is subject to the provisions of framework 1 in appendix B to this part.) The property so allocated will constitute a separate estate of the customer class and the account class to which it is allocated, and will be designated by reference to such customer class and account class.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of customer property.</I> (1) Customer property includes the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All cash, securities, or other property or the proceeds of such cash, securities, or other property received, acquired, or held by or for the account of the debtor, from or for the account of a customer, including a non-public customer, which is:
</P>
<P>(A) Property received, acquired, or held to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase or sell a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(B) Open commodity contracts;
</P>
<P>(C) Physical delivery property as that term is defined in paragraphs (1) through (3) in the definition of that term in § 190.01;
</P>
<P>(D) Cash delivery property, or other cash, securities, or other property received by the debtor as payment for a commodity to be delivered to fulfill a commodity contract from or for the commodity customer account of a customer;
</P>
<P>(E) Profits or contractual rights accruing to a customer as the result of a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(F) Letters of credit, including any proceeds of a letter of credit drawn by the trustee, or substitute customer property posted by the customer, pursuant to § 190.04(d)(3);
</P>
<P>(G) Securities held in a portfolio margining account carried as a futures account or a cleared swaps customer account; or
</P>
<P>(H) Property hypothecated under § 1.30 of this chapter to the extent that the value of such property exceeds the proceeds of any loan of margin made with respect thereto; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All cash, securities, or other property which:
</P>
<P>(A) Is segregated for customers on the filing date;
</P>
<P>(B) Is a security owned by the debtor to the extent there are customer claims for securities of the same class and series of an issuer;
</P>
<P>(C) Is specifically identifiable to a customer;
</P>
<P>(D) Was property of a type described in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section that is subsequently recovered by the avoidance powers of the trustee or is otherwise recovered by the trustee on any other claim or basis;
</P>
<P>(E) Represents recovery of any debit balance, margin deficit, or other claim of the debtor against a customer;
</P>
<P>(F) Was unlawfully converted but is part of the debtor's estate;
</P>
<P>(G) Constitutes current assets of the debtor (as of the date of the order for relief) within the meaning of § 1.17(c)(2) of this chapter, including the debtor's trading or operating accounts and commodities of the debtor held in inventory, in the greater of—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The amount that the debtor is obligated to set aside as its targeted residual interest amount pursuant to § 1.11 of this chapter and the debtor's residual interest policies adopted thereunder, with respect to each of the futures account class, the foreign futures account class, and the cleared swaps account class; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The debtor's obligations to cover debit balances or under-margined amounts as provided in §§ 1.20, 1.22, 22.2, and 30.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(H) Is other property of the debtor that any applicable law, rule, regulation, or order requires to be set aside for the benefit of customers;
</P>
<P>(I) Is property of the debtor's estate recovered by the Commission in any proceeding brought against the principals, agents, or employees of the debtor;
</P>
<P>(J) Is proceeds from the investment of customer property by the trustee pending final distribution;
</P>
<P>(K) Is a payment from an insurer to the trustee arising from or related to a claim related to the conversion or misuse of customer property; or
</P>
<P>(L) Is cash, securities, or other property of the debtor's estate, including the debtor's trading or operating accounts and commodities of the debtor held in inventory, but only to the extent that the property enumerated in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(F) and (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (K) of this section is insufficient to satisfy in full all claims of public customers. Such property includes “customer property,” as defined in section 16(4) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78lll(4), that remains after allocation in accordance with section 8(c)(1)(A)-(D) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78fff-2(c)(1)(A)-(D) and that is allocated to the debtor's general estate in accordance with section 8(c)(1) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78fff-2(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) Customer property will not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Claims against the debtor for damages for any wrongdoing of the debtor, including claims for misrepresentation or fraud, or for any violation of the Act or of the regulations in this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Other claims for property which are not based upon property received, acquired, or held by or for the account of the debtor, from or for the account of the customer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Forward contracts (unless such contracts are cleared by a clearing organization or, in the case of forward contracts treated as foreign futures, a foreign clearing organization);
</P>
<P>(iv) Physical delivery property that is not held by the debtor, and is delivered or received by a customer in accordance with § 190.06(a)(2) or § 190.16(a) to fulfill the customer's delivery obligation under a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(v) Property deposited by a customer with a commodity broker after the entry of an order for relief which is not necessary to meet the margin requirements applicable to the accounts of such customer;
</P>
<P>(vi) Property hypothecated pursuant to § 1.30 of this chapter to the extent of the loan of margin with respect thereto;
</P>
<P>(vii) Money, securities, or property held to margin, guarantee or secure security futures products, or accruing as a result of such products, if held in a securities account; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Money, securities, or property held in a securities account to fulfill delivery, under a commodity contract from or for the account of a customer, as described in § 190.06(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing contained in this section, including, but not limited to, the satisfaction of customer claims by operation of this section, shall prevent a trustee from asserting claims against any person to recover the shortfall of property enumerated in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(F) and (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (L) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Allocation of customer property between customer classes.</I> No customer property may be allocated to pay non-public customer claims until all public customer claims have been satisfied in full. Any property segregated on behalf of or attributable to non-public customers must be treated initially as part of the public customer estate and allocated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Allocation of customer property among account classes</I>—(1) <I>Property identified to an account class</I>—(i) <I>Segregated property.</I> Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, property held by or for the account of a customer, which is segregated on behalf of a specific account class, or readily traceable on the filing date to customers of such account class, or recovered by the trustee on behalf of or for the benefit of an account class, must be allocated to the customer estate of the account class for which it is segregated, to which it is readily traceable, or for which it is recovered.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Excess property.</I> If, after payment in full of all allowed customer claims in a particular account class, any property remains allocated to that account class, such excess shall be allocated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>All other property.</I> Money, securities, and property received from or for the account of customers which cannot be allocated in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, must be allocated in the following order:
</P>
<P>(i) To the estate of the account class for which, after the allocation required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the percentage of each public customer net equity claim which is funded is the lowest, until the funded percentage of net equity claims of such class equals the percentage of each public customer's net equity claim which is funded for the account class with the next lowest percentage of the funded claims; and then
</P>
<P>(ii) To the estate of the two account classes referred to in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section so that the percentage of the net equity claims which are funded for each class remains equal until the percentage of each public customer net equity claim which is funded equals the percentage of each public customer net equity claim which is funded for the account class with the next lowest percentage of funded claims, and so forth, until the percentage of each public customer net equity claim which is funded is equal for all classes of accounts; and then,
</P>
<P>(iii) Among account classes in the same proportion as the public customer net equity claims for each such account class bears to the total of public customer net equity claims of all account classes until the public customer claims of each account class are paid in full; and, thereafter,
</P>
<P>(iv) To the non-public customer estate for each account class in the same order as is prescribed in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section for the allocation of the customer estate among account classes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Distribution of customer property</I>—(1) <I>Return or transfer of specifically identifiable property.</I> Specifically identifiable property not required to be liquidated under § 190.04(d)(2) may be returned or transferred on behalf of the customer to which it is identified:
</P>
<P>(i) If it is margining an open commodity contract, only if substitute customer property is first deposited with the trustee with a value equal to the greater of the full fair market value of such property on the return date or the balance due on the return date on any loan by the debtor to the customer for which such property constitutes security; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If it is not margining an open commodity contract, at the option of the customer, either pursuant to the terms of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, or pursuant to the following terms: Such customer first deposits substitute customer property with the trustee with a value equal to the amount by which the greater of the value of the specifically identifiable property to be transferred or returned on the date of such transfer or return or the balance due on the return date on any loan by the debtor to the customer for which such property constitutes security, together with any other disbursements made, or to be made, to such customer, plus a reasonable reserve in the trustee's sole discretion, exceeds the estimated aggregate of the funded balances for each class of account of such customer less the value on the date of its transfer or return of any property transferred or returned prior to the primary liquidation date with respect to the customer's net equity claim for such account; <I>provided, however,</I> that adequate security to assure the recovery of any overpayments by the trustee is provided to the debtor's estate by the customer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transfers of specifically identifiable commodity contracts under section 766 of the Bankruptcy Code.</I> Any open commodity contract that is specifically identifiable property and which is not required to be liquidated under § 190.04(d), and which is not otherwise liquidated, may be transferred on behalf of a public customer, <I>provided, however,</I> that such customer must first deposit substitute customer property with the trustee with a value equal to the amount by which the equity to be transferred to margin such contract together with any other transfers or returns of specifically identifiable property or disbursements made, or to be made, to such customer, plus a reasonable reserve in the trustee's sole discretion, exceeds the estimated aggregate of the funded balances for each class of account of such customer less the value on the date of its transfer or return of any property transferred or returned prior to the primary liquidation date with respect to the customer's net equity claim for such account; and, provided further, that adequate security to assure the recovery of any overpayments by the trustee is provided to the debtor's estate by the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Distribution in kind of specifically identifiable securities.</I> If any securities of a customer are specifically identifiable property as defined in paragraph (1)(i)(A) of the definition of that term in § 190.01 of this chapter, but the customer has no open commodity contracts, the customer may request that the trustee purchase or otherwise obtain the largest whole number of like-kind securities (<I>i.e.,</I> securities of the same class and series of an issuer), with a fair market value (inclusive of transaction costs) which does not exceed that portion of the funded balance of such customer's allowed net equity claim that constitutes a claim for securities, if like-kind securities can be purchased in a fair and orderly manner.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Proof of customer claim.</I> No distribution shall be made pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1) and (3) of this section prior to receipt of a completed proof of customer claim as described in § 190.03(e) or (f).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>No differential distributions.</I> No further disbursements may be made to customers with respect to a particular account class for whom transfers have been made pursuant to § 190.07 and paragraph (d)(2) of this section, until a percentage of each net equity claim equivalent to the percentage distributed to such customers is distributed to all public customers in such account class. Partial distributions, other than the transfers referred to in § 190.07 and paragraph (d)(2) of this section, with respect to a particular account class made prior to the final net equity determination date must be made pursuant to a preliminary plan of distribution approved by the court, upon notice to the parties and to all customers, which plan requires adequate security to the debtor's estate to assure the recovery of any overpayments by the trustee and distributes an equal percentage of net equity to all public customers in such account class.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.10" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.10   Current records during business as usual.</HEAD>
<P>A person that is a futures commission merchant is required to maintain current records relating to its customers' accounts, including copies of all account agreements and related account documentation, and “know your customer” materials, pursuant to §§ 1.31, 1.35, 1.36, and 1.37 of this chapter, which may be provided to another futures commission merchant to facilitate the transfer of open commodity contracts or other customer property held by such person for or on behalf of its customers to the other futures commission merchant, in the event an order for relief is entered with respect to such person.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Clearing Organization as Debtor</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.11" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.11   Scope and purpose of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to a proceeding commenced under subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in which the debtor is a clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(b) If the debtor clearing organization is organized outside the United States, and is subject to a foreign proceeding, as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101(23), in the jurisdiction in which it is organized, then only the following provisions of this part shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Subpart A.
</P>
<P>(2) Section 190.12.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 190.13, but only with respect to futures contracts and cleared swaps contracts cleared by FCM clearing members on behalf of their public customers and the property margining or securing such contracts.
</P>
<P>(4) Sections 190.17 and 190.18, but only with respect to claims of FCM clearing members on behalf of their public customers, as well as to property that is or should have been segregated for the benefit of FCM clearing members' public customers, or that has been recovered for the benefit of FCM clearing members' public customers.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.12" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.12   Required reports and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notices</I>—(1) <I>Means of providing</I>—(i) <I>To the Commission.</I> Unless instructed otherwise by the Commission, all mandatory or discretionary notices to be given to the Commission under this subpart shall be directed by electronic mail to <I>bankruptcyfilings@cftc.gov.</I> For purposes of this subpart, notice to the Commission shall be deemed to be given only upon actual receipt.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>To members.</I> The trustee, after consultation with the Commission, and unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, will establish and follow procedures reasonably designed for giving adequate notice to members under this subpart and for receiving claims or other notices from members. Such procedures should include, absent good cause otherwise, the use of a prominent website as well as communication to members' electronic addresses that are available in the debtor's books and records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Of commencement of a proceeding.</I> A debtor that files a petition in bankruptcy that is subject to this subpart shall, at or before the time of such filing, and a debtor against which such a petition is filed shall, as soon as possible, but in any event no later than three hours after the receipt of notice of such filing, notify the Commission of the filing date, the court in which the proceeding has been or will be filed, and, as soon as available, the docket number assigned to that proceeding by the court.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports and records to be provided to the trustee and the Commission within three hours.</I> (1) As soon as practicable following the commencement of a proceeding that is subject to this subpart and in any event no later than three hours following the later of the commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of the trustee, the debtor shall provide to the trustee copies of each of the most recent reports that the debtor was required to file with the Commission under § 39.19(c) of this chapter, including copies of any reports required under § 39.19(c)(2), (3), and (4) of this chapter (including the most up-to-date version of any recovery and wind-down plans of the debtor maintained pursuant to § 39.39(b) of this chapter) that the debtor filed with the Commission during the preceding 12 months.
</P>
<P>(2) As soon as practicable following the commencement of a proceeding that is subject to this subpart and in any event no later than three hours following the commencement of such proceeding (or, with respect to the trustee, the appointment of the trustee), the debtor shall provide to the trustee and the Commission copies of the most up-to-date versions of the default management plan and default rules and procedures maintained by the debtor pursuant to § 39.16 and, as applicable, § 39.35 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records to be provided to the trustee and the Commission by the next business day.</I> As soon as practicable following commencement of a proceeding that is subject to this subpart and in any event no later than the next business day, the debtor shall make available to the trustee and the Commission copies of the following records:
</P>
<P>(1) All records maintained by the debtor described in § 39.20(a) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any opinions of counsel or other legal memoranda provided to the debtor (whether by external or internal counsel) in the five years preceding the commencement of such proceeding relating to the enforceability of the rules and procedures of the debtor in the event of an insolvency proceeding involving the debtor.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.13" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.13   Prohibition on avoidance of transfers.</HEAD>
<P>The following transfers are approved and may not be avoided under sections 544, 546, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-relief transfers.</I> Any transfer of open commodity contracts and the property margining or securing such contracts made to another clearing organization that was approved by the Commission, either before or after such transfer, and was made prior to entry of the order for relief; and
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Post-relief transfers.</I> Any transfers of open commodity contracts and the property margining or securing such contracts made to another clearing organization on or before the seventh calendar day after the entry of the order for relief, that was made with the approval of the Commission, either before or after such transfer.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.14" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.14   Operation of the estate of the debtor subsequent to the filing date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Proofs of claim.</I> The trustee may, in its discretion based upon the facts and circumstances of the case, instruct each customer to file a proof of claim containing such information as is deemed appropriate by the trustee, and seek a court order establishing a bar date for the filing of such proofs of claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operation of the derivatives clearing organization.</I> Subsequent to the order for relief, the derivatives clearing organization shall cease making calls for variation settlement or initial margin.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Liquidation.</I> (1) The trustee shall liquidate all open commodity contracts that have not been terminated, liquidated, or transferred no later than seven calendar days after entry of the order for relief. Such liquidation of open commodity contracts shall be conducted in accordance with the rules and procedures of the debtor, to the extent applicable and practicable.
</P>
<P>(2) In lieu of liquidating securities held by the debtor and making distributions in the form of cash, the trustee may, in its reasonable discretion, make distributions in the form of securities that are equivalent (<I>i.e.,</I> securities of the same class and series of an issuer) to the securities originally delivered to the debtor by a clearing member or such clearing member's customer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Computation of funded balance.</I> The trustee shall use reasonable efforts to compute a funded balance for each customer account immediately prior to any distribution of property within the account, which shall be as accurate as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, including the reliability and availability of information.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.15" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.15   Recovery and wind-down plans; default rules and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition on avoidance of actions taken pursuant to recovery and wind-down plans.</I> Subject to the provisions of section 766 of the Bankruptcy Code and §§ 190.13 and 190.18, the trustee shall not avoid or prohibit any action taken by a debtor subject to this subpart that was reasonably within the scope of and was provided for in any recovery and wind-down plans maintained by the debtor and filed with the Commission pursuant to § 39.39 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation of debtor's default rules and procedures.</I> In administering a proceeding under this subpart, the trustee shall implement, in consultation with the Commission, the default rules and procedures maintained by the debtor under § 39.16 and, as applicable, § 39.35 of this chapter and any termination, close-out and liquidation provisions included in the rules of the debtor, subject to the reasonable discretion of the trustee and to the extent that implementation of such default rules and procedures is practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Implementation of recovery and wind-down plans.</I> In administering a proceeding under this subpart, the trustee shall, in consultation with the Commission, take actions in accordance with any recovery and wind-down plans maintained by the debtor and filed with the Commission pursuant to § 39.39 of this chapter, to the extent reasonable and practicable, and consistent with the protection of customers.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.16" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.16   Delivery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> In the event that a commodity contract, cleared by the derivatives clearing organization, that settles upon expiration or exercise by making or taking delivery of physical delivery property, has moved into delivery position prior to the date and time of the order for relief, or moves into delivery position after that date and time, but before being terminated, liquidated, or transferred, then, in either such event, the trustee must use reasonable efforts to facilitate and cooperate with the completion of delivery on behalf of the clearing member or the clearing member's customer in a manner consistent with § 190.06(a) and the pro rata distribution principle addressed in § 190.00(c)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special provisions for delivery accounts.</I> (1) Consistent with the separation of the physical delivery property account class and the cash delivery account class set forth in § 190.06(b), the trustee shall treat—
</P>
<P>(i) Physical delivery property held in delivery accounts as of the filing date, along with the proceeds from any subsequent sale of such physical delivery property in accordance with § 190.06(a)(3) to fulfill a clearing member's or its customer's delivery obligation or any other subsequent sale of such property, as part of the physical delivery account class; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cash delivery property in delivery accounts as of the filing date, along with any physical delivery property for which delivery is subsequently taken on behalf of a clearing member or its customer in accordance with § 190.06(a)(3), as part of the separate cash delivery account class.
</P>
<P>(2) If the debtor holds any cash or property in the form of cash equivalents in an account with a bank or other person under a name or in a manner that clearly indicates that the account holds property for the purpose of making payment for taking physical delivery, or receiving payment for making physical delivery, of a commodity under any commodity contracts, such property shall (subject to § 190.19) be considered customer property in the cash delivery account class if held for making payment for taking delivery, or in the physical delivery account class, if held for the purpose of receiving such payment.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.17" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.17   Calculation of net equity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Net equity-separate capacities and calculations.</I> (1) If a member of the clearing organization clears trades in commodity contracts through a commodity contract account carried by the debtor as a customer account for the benefit of the clearing member's public customers and separately through a house account, the clearing member shall be treated as having customer claims against the debtor in separate capacities with respect to the customer account and house account at the clearing organization, and by account class. A member shall be treated as part of the public customer class with respect to claims based on any commodity customer accounts carried as “customer accounts” by the clearing organization for the benefit of the member's public customers, and as part of the non-public customer class with respect to claims based on its house account.
</P>
<P>(2) Net equity shall be calculated separately for each separate customer capacity in which the clearing member has a claim against the debtor, <I>i.e.,</I> separately by the member's customer account and house account and by account class.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Net equity—application of debtor's loss allocation rules and procedures.</I> (1)(i) The calculation of a clearing member's net equity claim shall include the full application of the debtor's loss allocation rules and procedures, including the default rules and procedures referred to in § 39.16 and, if applicable, § 39.35 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) The calculation in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section will include, with respect to the clearing member's house account, any assessments or similar loss allocation arrangements provided for under those rules and procedures that were not called for before the filing date, or, if called for, have not been paid. Such loss allocation arrangements shall be applied to the extent necessary to address losses arising from default by clearing members.
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the net equity claims of the clearing members that are so entitled under the following circumstances: Where the debtor's loss allocation rules and procedures would entitle clearing members to additional payments of cash or other property due to—
</P>
<P>(i) Portions of mutualized default resources that are prefunded, or assessed and collected, but in either event not used; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor's recoveries on claims against others (including, but not limited to, recoveries on claims against clearing members who have defaulted on their obligations to the debtor).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Net equity—general.</I> Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, net equity shall be calculated in the manner provided in § 190.08, to the extent applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Calculation of funded balance. Funded balance</I> means a clearing member's pro rata share of customer property other than member property (for accounts for a clearing member's customer accounts) or member property (for a clearing member's house accounts) with respect to each account class available for distribution to customers of the same customer class, calculated in the manner provided in § 190.08(c) to the extent applicable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.18" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.18   Treatment of property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The property of the debtor's estate must be allocated between member property and customer property other than member property as provided in this section to satisfy claims of clearing members, as customers of the debtor. The property so allocated will constitute a separate estate of the customer class (<I>i.e.,</I> member property, and customer property other than member property) and the account class to which it is allocated, and will be designated by reference to such customer class and account class.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of customer property.</I> Customer property is the property available for distribution within the relevant account class in respect of claims by clearing members, as customers of the clearing organization, based on customer accounts carried by the debtor for the benefit of such members' public customers or, considered separately, such members' house accounts.
</P>
<P>(1) Customer property includes the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All cash, securities, or other property, or the proceeds of such cash, securities, or other property, that is received, acquired, or held by or for the account of the debtor, from or for any commodity contract account of a clearing member carried by the debtor, which is:
</P>
<P>(A) Property received, acquired, or held, in order to margin, guarantee, secure, purchase, or sell a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(B) Open commodity contracts;
</P>
<P>(C) Physical delivery property as that term is defined in paragraphs (1) through (3) of the definition of that term in § 190.01;
</P>
<P>(D) Cash, securities or other property received by the debtor as payment for a commodity to be delivered to fulfill a commodity contract from or for the commodity customer account of a clearing member or a customer of a clearing member;
</P>
<P>(E) Profits or contractual rights accruing as a result of a commodity contract;
</P>
<P>(F) Letters of credit, including any proceeds of a letter of credit drawn upon by the trustee, or substitute customer property posted by a clearing member or a customer of a clearing member, pursuant to § 190.04(d)(3); or
</P>
<P>(G) Securities held in a portfolio margining account carried as a futures account or a cleared swaps customer account;
</P>
<P>(ii) All cash, securities, or other property which:
</P>
<P>(A) Is segregated by the debtor on the filing date for the benefit of clearing members' house accounts or clearing members' public customer accounts;
</P>
<P>(B) Was of a type described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section that is subsequently recovered by the avoidance powers of the trustee or is otherwise recovered by the trustee on any other claim or basis;
</P>
<P>(C) Represents a recovery of any debit balance, margin deficit or other claim of the debtor against any commodity contract account carried for the benefit of a member's house accounts or a member's public customer accounts;
</P>
<P>(D) Was unlawfully converted but is part of the debtor's estate; or
</P>
<P>(E) Was of a type described in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(H) through (K) of § 190.09 (as if the term debtor used therein refers to a clearing organization as debtor);
</P>
<P>(iii) Any guaranty fund deposit, assessment, or similar payment or deposit made by a clearing member, or recovered by the trustee, to the extent any remains following administration of the debtor's default rules and procedures, and any other property of a member available under the debtor's rules and procedures to satisfy claims made by or on behalf of public customers of a member; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Amounts of its own funds that the debtor had committed as part of its loss allocation rules, to the extent that such amounts have not already been applied under such rules.
</P>
<P>(2) Customer property will not include property of the type described in § 190.09(a)(2), as if the term debtor used therein refers to a clearing organization and to the extent relevant to a clearing organization.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Allocation of customer property between customer classes.</I> (1) Where the funded balance for members' house accounts is greater than one hundred percent with respect to any account class:
</P>
<P>(i) Any excess should be allocated to customer property other than member property to the extent that the funded balance is less than one hundred percent of net equity claims for members' public customers in any account class; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any remaining excess after the application of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section should be allocated to member property to the extent that the funded balance is less than one hundred percent of net equity claims for members' house accounts in any other account class.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the funded balance for members' public customers in any account class is greater than one hundred percent:
</P>
<P>(i) Any excess should be allocated to customer property other than member property to the extent that the funded balance is less than one hundred percent of net equity claims for members' public customers in any other account class; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any remaining excess after the application of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section should be allocated to member property to the extent that the funded balance is less than one hundred percent of net equity claims for members' house accounts in any account class.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Allocation of customer property among account classes</I>—(1) <I>Segregated property.</I> Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, property held by or for the account of a customer, which is segregated on behalf of a specific account class within a customer class, or readily traceable on the filing date to customers of such account class within a customer class, or recovered by the trustee on behalf of or for the benefit of an account class within a customer class, must be allocated to the customer estate of the account class for which it is segregated, to which it is readily traceable, or for which it is recovered.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>All other property.</I> Customer property which cannot be allocated in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, shall be allocated within customer classes, but between account classes, in the following order:
</P>
<P>(i) To the estate of the account class for which the percentage of each members' net equity claim which is funded is the lowest, until the funded percentage of net equity claims of such account class equals the percentage of each members' net equity claim which is funded for the account class with the next lowest percentage of the funded claims; and then
</P>
<P>(ii) To the estate of the two account classes so that the percentage of the net equity claims which are funded for each such account class remains equal until the percentage of each net equity claim which is funded equals the percentage of each net equity claim which is funded for the account class with the next lowest percentage of funded claims, and so forth, until all account classes within the customer class are fully funded.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Accounts without separation by account class.</I> Where the debtor has, prior to the order for relief, kept initial margin for house accounts in accounts without separation by account class, then member property will be considered to be in a single account class.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Assertion of claims by trustee.</I> Nothing in this section, including, but not limited to, the satisfaction of customer claims by operation of this section, shall prevent a trustee from asserting claims against any person to recover the shortfall of property enumerated in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(E) and (b)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.19" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.19   Support of daily settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, funds received (whether from clearing members' house or customer accounts) by a debtor clearing organization as part of the daily settlement required pursuant to § 39.14 of this chapter shall, upon and after an order for relief, be included as customer property that is reserved for and traceable to, and promptly shall be distributed to, members entitled to payments of such funds with respect to such members' house and customer accounts as part of that same daily settlement. Such funds when received, other than deposits of initial margin described in § 39.14(a)(1)(iii) of this chapter, shall be considered member property and, separately, customer property other than member property, in proportion to the ratio of total gains in member accounts with net gains, and total gains in clearing members' customer accounts with net gains, respectively. Deposits of initial margin described in § 39.14(a)(1)(iii) of this chapter shall be considered member property and, separately, customer property other than member property, to the extent deposited on behalf of, respectively, clearing members' house accounts and customer accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent there is a shortfall in funds received pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Such funds shall be supplemented with the property described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, as applicable, to the extent necessary to meet the shortfall, in accordance with the derivatives clearing organization's default rules and procedures adopted pursuant to § 39.16 and, as applicable, § 39.35 of this chapter, and (with respect to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section) any recovery and wind-down plans maintained pursuant to § 39.39 of this chapter and submitted pursuant to § 39.19 of this chapter. Such funds shall be included as member property and customer property other than member property in the proportion described in paragraph (a) of this section, and shall be distributed promptly to members' house accounts and members' customer accounts which accounts are entitled to payment of such funds as part of that daily settlement.
</P>
<P>(i) Initial margin held for the account of a member, including initial margin segregated for the customers of such member, that has defaulted on payments required pursuant to a daily settlement, but only to the extent that such margin is permitted to be used pursuant to parts 1, 22, and 30 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Assets of the debtor, to the extent dedicated to such use as part of the debtor's default rules and procedures, and any recovery and wind-down plans, described in this paragraph (b)(1).
</P>
<P>(iii) Prefunded guarantee or default funds maintained pursuant to the debtor's default rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(iv) Payments made by members pursuant to assessment powers maintained pursuant to the debtor's default rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) If the funds that are included as customer property pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, supplemented as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, are insufficient to pay in full members entitled to payment of such funds as part of daily settlement, then such funds shall be distributed pro rata to such members' house accounts and customer accounts in proportion to the ratio of total gains in member accounts with net gains, and total gains in customer accounts with net gains, respectively.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.10.31" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 190—Customer Proof of Claim Form



</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.009.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.33.3.1.10.32" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 190—Special Bankruptcy Distributions
</HEAD>
<HD1>Framework 1—Special Distribution of Customer Funds When the Cross-Margining Account Is a Futures Account
</HD1>
<P>(a) This framework 1 applies when a debtor futures commission merchant has participated in a cross-margining (“XM”) program for futures and securities under which the cross-margined positions of its futures customers (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter) and the property received to margin, secure or guarantee such positions are held in one or more accounts pursuant to a Commission order that requires such positions and property to be segregated, pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act, from the positions and property of:
</P>
<P>(1) The futures commission merchant;
</P>
<P>(2) If applicable, any affiliate carrying the securities positions as a participant in the XM program (“Affiliate”); and
</P>
<P>(3) Other futures customers of the futures commission merchant (such segregated accounts, the “XM accounts”).
</P>
<P>(b) The futures commission merchant may, and any Affiliate that holds the securities positions in an XM account that it directly carries will, be registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act. The Commission order approving the XM program may limit participating customers to market professionals and will require a participating customer to sign an agreement, in a form approved by the Commission, that refers to this distributional rule.
</P>
<P>(c) A futures commission merchant is deemed to receive securities held in an XM account, including securities and other property held by an Affiliate in an XM account, as “futures customer funds” (as defined in § 1.3 of this chapter) that margin, guarantee or secure commodity contracts in the XM account (or paired XM accounts at the futures commission merchant and an Affiliate). Under the agreement signed by the customer, in the event that the futures commission merchant (or Affiliate) is the subject of a SIPA proceeding, the customer agrees that securities in an XM account are excluded from the securities estate for purposes of SIPA, and that its claim for return of the securities will not be treated as a customer claim under SIPA. These restrictions apply to the customer only, and should not be read to limit any action that the trustee may take to seek recovery of property in an XM account carried by an Affiliate as part of the customer estate of the futures commission merchant.
</P>
<P>(d) XM accounts, and other futures accounts that are subject to segregation under section 4d(a) of the Act (pursuant to the Commission's regulations in part 1 of this chapter) (“non-XM accounts”), are treated as two subclasses of futures account with two separate pools of segregated futures customer property, an XM pool and a non-XM pool, each of which constitutes a segregated pool under section 4d(a) of the Act. If the futures commission merchant has participated in multiple XM programs, the XM accounts in the different programs are combined and treated as part of the same XM subclass of futures accounts. A futures customer could hold both non-XM and XM accounts.
</P>
<P>(e) Customer claims under this part arising out of the XM subclass of accounts are subordinated to customer claims arising out of the non-XM subclass of accounts in certain circumstances in which the futures commission merchant does not meet its segregation requirements. The segregation requirement is the amount of futures customer funds that the futures commission merchant is required by the Act and Commission regulations in part 1 of this chapter or Commission orders to hold on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of its futures customers (exclusive of its targeted residual amount obligations pursuant to § 1.3 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(f)(1) If there is a shortfall in the non-XM pool and no shortfall in the XM pool, all customer net equity claims, whether or not they arise out of the XM subclass of accounts, will be combined and paid pro rata out of the combined XM and non-XM pools of futures customer property.
</P>
<P>(2) If there is a shortfall in the XM pool and no shortfall in the non-XM pool, customer net equity claims arising from the XM subclass of accounts must be satisfied first from the XM pool, and customer net equity claims arising from the non-XM subclass of accounts must be satisfied first from the non-XM pool.
</P>
<P>(3) If there is a shortfall in both the non-XM and XM pools:
</P>
<P>(i) If the non-XM shortfall as a percentage of the segregation requirement for the non-XM pool is greater than or equal to the XM shortfall as a percentage of the segregation requirement for the XM pool, all customer net equity claims will be paid pro rata out of the combined XM and non-XM pools of futures customer property; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the XM shortfall as a percentage of the segregation requirement for the XM pool is greater than the non-XM shortfall as a percentage of the segregation requirement for the non-XM pool, non-XM customer net equity claims will be paid pro rata out of the available non-XM pool, and XM customer net equity claims will be paid pro rata out of the available XM pool.
</P>
<P>(4) In this way, non-XM customers will never be adversely affected by an XM shortfall.
</P>
<P>(g) The following examples illustrate the operation of this framework 1. The examples assume that the FCM has two futures customers, one with exclusively XM accounts and one with exclusively non-XM accounts.


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.011.gif"/>
<HD1>Framework 2—Special Allocation of Shortfall to Customer Claims When Customer Funds for Futures Contracts and Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral are Held in a Depository Outside of the United States or in a Foreign Currency
</HD1>
<P>The Commission has established the following allocation convention with respect to futures customer funds (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term) and Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral (as § 22.1 of this chapter defines such term) (both of which are customer funds (as § 1.3 of this chapter defines such term) that are segregated pursuant to the Act and Commission rules thereunder), which applies in certain circumstances when futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral are held by a futures commission merchant in a depository outside the United States (“U.S.”) or in a foreign currency. If a futures commission merchant enters into bankruptcy and maintains futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in a depository outside the U.S. or in a depository located in the U.S. in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the trustee shall use the following allocation procedures to calculate the claim of each public customer in the futures account class or each public customer in the cleared swaps account class, as applicable, when a sovereign action of a foreign government or court has occurred that contributes to shortfalls in the amounts of futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. In the event a sovereign action creates or contributes to a shortfall in customer property, applying the allocation convention will result in a reallocation of distributions of futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps Collateral to take into account the impact of the sovereign action. For purposes of this bankruptcy convention, sovereign action of a foreign government or court would include, but not be limited to, the application or enforcement of statutes, rules, regulations, interpretations, advisories, decisions, or orders, formal or informal, by a Federal, state, or provincial executive, legislature, judiciary, or government agency. The trustee should perform the allocation procedures separately with respect to each public customer in the futures account class or cleared swaps account class.


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap21.027.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="191-199" NODE="17:2.0.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 191-199 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>May 21, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="3" NODE="17:3" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges--Volume 3</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ii</E>—Securities and Exchange Commission
</SUBJECT>
<PG>200


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="II" NODE="17:3.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER II—SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 200—ORGANIZATION; CONDUCT AND ETHICS; AND 

INFORMATION AND REQUESTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552, 552a, 552b, and 557; 11 U.S.C. 901 and 1109(a); 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77<I>o,</I> 77q, 77s, 77u, 77z-3, 77ggg(a), 77hhh, 77sss, 77uuu, 78b, 78c(b), 78d, 78d-1, 78d-2, 78e, 78f, 78g, 78h, 78i, 78k, 78k-1, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78<I>o,</I> 78<I>o</I>-4, 78q, 78q-1, 78t-1, 78u, 78w, 78<I>ll</I>(d), 78mm, 78eee, 80a-8, 80a-20, 80a-24, 80a-29, 80a-37, 80a-41, 80a-44(a), 80a-44(b), 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-5, 80b-9, 80b-10(a), 80b-11, 7202, and 7211 <I>et seq.;</I> 29 U.S.C. 794; 44 U.S.C. 3506 and 3507; Reorganization Plan No. 10 of 1950 (15 U.S.C. 78d); sec. 8G, Pub. L. 95-452, 92 Stat. 1101 (5 U.S.C. App.); sec. 913, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376, 1827; sec. 3(a), Pub. L. 114-185, 130 Stat. 538; E.O. 11222, 30 FR 6469, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 36; E.O. 12356, 47 FR 14874, 3 CFR, 1982 Comp., p. 166; E.O. 12600, 52 FR 23781, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235; Information Security Oversight Office Directive No. 1, 47 FR 27836; and 5 CFR 735.104 and 5 CFR parts 2634 and 2635, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>25 FR 6719, July 15, 1960, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 200 appear at 76 FR 60371, Sept. 29, 2011.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Organization and Program Management</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>27 FR 12712, Dec. 22, 1962, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.1   General statement and statutory authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Securities and Exchange Commission was created in 1934 under the Securities Exchange Act. That Act transferred to the Commission the administration of the Securities Act of 1933, formerly administered by the Federal Trade Commission. Subsequent laws assigned to the Securities and Exchange Commission for administration are: Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Investment Company Act of 1940, and Investment Advisers Act of 1940. In addition, under the Bankruptcy Code, the Commission is a statutory party in cases arising under chapters 9 and 11. Considered together, the laws administered by the Commission provided for the following.
</P>
<P>(a) Public disclosure of pertinent facts concerning public offerings of securities and securities listed on national securities exchanges and certain securities traded in the over-the-counter markets.
</P>
<P>(b) Enforcement of disclosure requirements in the soliciting of proxies for meetings of security holders by companies whose securities are registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and their subsidiaries and investment companies.
</P>
<P>(c) Regulation of the trading in securities on national securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets.
</P>
<P>(d) Investigation of securities frauds, manipulations, and other violations, and the imposition and enforcement of legal sanctions therefor.
</P>
<P>(e) Registration, and the regulation of certain activities, of brokers, dealers and investment advisers.
</P>
<P>(f) Supervision of the activities of mutual funds and other investment companies.
</P>
<P>(g) Administration of statutory standards governing protective and other provisions of trust indentures under which debt securities are sold to the public.
</P>
<P>(h) Protection of the interests of public investors involved in bankruptcy reorganization cases and in bankruptcy cases involving the adjustment of debts of a municipality.
</P>
<P>(i) Administrative sanctions, injunctive remedies, civil money penalties and criminal prosecution. There are also private rights of action for investors injured by violations of the Acts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 12712, Dec. 22, 1962, as amended at 43 FR 13375, Mar. 30, 1978; 49 FR 12684, Mar. 30, 1984; 60 FR 14623, Mar. 20, 1995; 60 FR 32794, June 23, 1995; 76 FR 71874, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.2   Statutory functions.</HEAD>
<P>Following are brief descriptions of the Commission's functions under each of the statutes it administers:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Securities Act of 1933.</I> (1) Issuers of securities making public offerings for sale in interstate commerce or through the mails, directly or by others on their behalf, are required to file with the Commission registration statements containing financial and other pertinent data about the issuer and the offering. A similar requirement is provided with respect to such public offerings on behalf of a controlling person of the issuer. Unless a registration statement is in effect with respect to such securities, it is unlawful to sell the securities in interstate commerce or through the mails. (There are certain limited exemptions, such as government securities, non-public offerings, and intrastate offerings.) The effectiveness of a registration statement may be refused or suspended after a hearing if the statement contains material misstatements or omissions, thus barring sale of the securities until it is appropriately amended. Registration is not a finding by the Commission as to the accuracy of the facts disclosed; and it is unlawful so to represent. Moreover, registration of securities does not imply approval of the issue by the Commission or insure investors against loss in their purchase, but serves rather to provide information upon which investors may make an informed and realistic evaluation of the worth of the securities.
</P>
<P>(2) Persons responsible for filing false information with the Commission subject themselves to the risk of fine or imprisonment or both; and the issuing company, its directors, officers, and the underwriters and dealers and others may be liable in damages to purchasers of registered securities if the disclosures in the registration statements and prospectus are materially defective. Also the statute contains antifraud provisions which apply generally to the sale of securities, whether or not registered.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</I> This Act requires the filing of registration applications and annual and other reports with national securities exchanges and the Commission, by companies whose securities are listed on the exchanges. Annual and other reports must be filed also by certain companies whose securities are traded on the over-the-counter markets. These must contain financial and other data prescribed by the Commission for the information of investors. Material misstatements or omissions are grounds for suspension or withdrawal of the security from exchange trading. This Act makes unlawful any solicitation of proxies, authorizations, or consents in contravention of Commission rules. These rules require disclosure of information about the subject of the solicitation to security holders. The Act requires disclosure of the holdings and the transactions by an officer, director, or beneficial owner of over 10 percent of any class of equity security of certain companies. It also requires disclosure of the beneficial owners of more than five percent of any class of equity securities of a registered company. It provides substantive and procedural protection to security holders in third-party and issuer tender offers. The Act also provides for the registration with, and regulation by, the Commission of national securities exchanges, brokers or dealers engaged in an over-the-counter securities business, and national associations of such brokers or dealers. It gives the Commission rulemaking power with respect to short sales, stabilizing, floor trading activities of specialists and odd-lot dealers, and such matters as excessive trading by exchange members. The Act authorizes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to prescribe minimum margin requirements for listed securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Trust Indenture Act of 1939.</I> This Act safeguards the interests of purchasers of publicly-offered debt securities issued under trust indentures by requiring the inclusion of certain protective provisions in, and the exclusion of certain types of exculpatory clauses from, trust indentures. The Act also requires that an independent indenture trustee represent the debtors by proscribing certain relationships that could conflict with proper exercise of duties.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investment Company Act of 1940.</I> This Act establishes a comprehensive regulatory framework for investment companies and subjects their activities to regulation under standards prescribed for the protection of investors. Among other things, the Act provides for the registration of investment companies with the Commission; requires them to disclose their financial condition and investment policies to their shareholders; prohibits them from substantially changing investment policies without shareholder approval; bars persons guilty of securities fraud from serving as officers or directors; prevents underwriters, investment bankers, or brokers from constituting more than a minority of the directors of an investment company; requires that management contracts be submitted to shareholders for their approval; prohibits transactions between investment companies and their directors, officers, or affiliated companies or persons, except when approved by the Commission; and prohibits investment companies from issuing senior securities except under specified terms and conditions. The Act also regulates advisory fees, sales and repurchases of securities, exchange offers, and other activities of investment companies. The Act authorizes the Commission to exempt any person or class of persons or securities from any provisions of, or rules under, the Act and to conduct any investigation it deems necessary to determine existing or potential violations of the Act. It also authorizes the Commission to prepare reports to security holders on the fairness of plans of reorganization, merger, or consolidation. The Commission may institute a court action to enjoin acts or practices of management involving, among other things, a breach of fiduciary duty and the consummation of plans of reorganization, merger, or consolidation that are grossly unfair to security holders.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investment Advisers Act of 1940.</I> Persons who, for compensation, engage in the business of advising others with respect to their security transactions must register with the Commission. Their activities in the conduct of such business are subject to standards of the act which make unlawful those practices which constitute fraud or deceit and which require, among other things, disclosure of any interests they may have in transactions executed for clients. The Act grants to the Commission rule-making power with respect to fraudulent and other activities of investment advisers.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.</I> Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 1101 <I>et seq.</I>) provides for Commission participation as a statutory party in reorganization cases. Under section 1109(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 1109(a)), which also applies to Chapter 9 cases regarding municipalities, the Commission “may raise and may appear and be heard on any issue in the case.”
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(11 U.S.C. 901, 1109(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 12712, Dec. 22, 1962, as amended at 49 FR 12684, Mar. 30, 1984; 60 FR 14624, Mar. 20, 1995; 76 FR 71874, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Organization</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.10   The Commission.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission is composed of five members, not more than three of whom may be members of the same political party. The members are appointed by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, for 5-year terms, one term ending each year. The Chairman is designated by the President pursuant to the provisions of section 3 of Reorganization Plan No. 10 of 1950 (3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 1006). The terms Chair, Chairperson, Chairman, Chairwoman, and the like may be used interchangeably. The Commission is assisted by a staff, which includes lawyers, accountants, engineers, financial security analysts, investigators, and examiners, as well as administrative and clerical employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9441, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.11   Headquarters Office—Regional Office relationships.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Division and Office Heads in the Headquarters Office (100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549) have Commission-wide responsibility to the Commission for the overall development, policy and technical guidance, and policy direction of the operating programs under their jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Regional Director is responsible for the direction and supervision of the Regional Director's work force and for the execution of all programs in the Regional Director's office's region as shown in paragraph (b) of this section, in accordance with established policy, and reports, on enforcement matters, to the Director or Deputy Director of the Division of Enforcement who is responsible for Regional Office enforcement matters and, on examination matters, to the Director of the Division of Examinations.


</P>
<P>(b) Regional Directors of the Commission.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Atlanta Regional Office: Alabama, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee—Regional Director, 950 East Paces Ferry Rd. NE, Suite 900, Atlanta, GA 30326-1382.
</P>
<P>Boston Regional Office: Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont—Regional Director, 33 Arch Street, 24th Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1424.
</P>
<P>Chicago Regional Office: Kentucky, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, and Wisconsin—Regional Director, 175 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 1450, Chicago, IL 60604-2511.
</P>
<P>Denver Regional Office: Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming—Regional Director, 1961 Stout Street, Suite 1700, Denver, CO 80294-1961.
</P>
<P>Fort Worth Regional Office: Arkansas, Kansas (for certain purposes), Oklahoma, and Texas—Regional Director, Burnett Plaza, Suite 1900, 801 Cherry Street, Unit #18, Fort Worth, TX 76102-6819.
</P>
<P>Los Angeles Regional Office: Arizona, Southern California (zip codes 93599 and below, except 93200-93299), Guam, Hawaii, and Nevada—Regional Director, 444 South Flower Street, Suite 900, Los Angeles, CA 90071-2939.
</P>
<P>Miami Regional Office: Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands—Regional Director, 801 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1950, Miami, FL 33131-4901.
</P>
<P>New York Regional Office: New York and New Jersey—Regional Director, 100 Pearl Street, Suite 20-100, New York, NY 10004-2616.
</P>
<P>Philadelphia Regional Office: Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and West Virginia—Regional Director, 1617 John F. Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 520, Philadelphia, PA 19103-1805.
</P>
<P>San Francisco Regional Office: Alaska, Northern California (zip codes 93600 and up, plus 93200-93299), Idaho, Montana, Oregon, and Washington—Regional Director, 44 Montgomery Street, Suite 700, San Francisco, CA 94104-4619.
</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The geographic allocation set forth in paragraph (b) of this section determines where registered brokers, dealers, transfer agents, clearing agents, registered securities associations, investment advisers, and others as designated in this chapter must file reports required to be filed in regional offices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 32223, June 5, 2008, as amended at 86 FR 9441, Feb. 16, 2021; 89 FR 101468, Dec. 16, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.12   Functional responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>This section sets forth the administrative and substantive responsibilities of the Division Directors, Office Heads, Regional Directors, and certain other Commission officers. All Commission officers and other staff members, except administrative law judges and the Inspector General, shall perform, in addition to the duties herein set forth, such additional duties as the chairman of the Commission may assign from time to time. These officers also serve as liaison with Government and other agencies concerning matters within their respective functional responsibilities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 23826, Nov. 9, 1972, as amended at 59 FR 5943, Feb. 9, 1994; 60 FR 14624, Mar. 20, 1995; 73 FR 32223, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.13   Chief Operating Officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Operating Officer is responsible for developing and executing the overall management policies of the Commission for all its operating divisions and staff offices. The Chief Operating Officer also provides executive direction to, and exercises administrative control over, the Office of Human Resources, the Office of Acquisitions, the Office of Financial Management, the Office of Support Operations, the EDGAR Business Office, and the Office of Information Technology.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Operating Officer appoints personnel, reviews and approves policies and procedures, and assures appropriate resources to implement the programs set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, and authorizes and transmits reports required by them.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Operating Officer also designates certifying officers for agency payments.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Operating Officer shall be responsible for:
</P>
<P>(1) Implementing the goals of the Chairman and the mission of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Providing overall organizational management to improve agency performance;
</P>
<P>(3) Assisting the Chairman in promoting ongoing quality improvement, developing strategic plans, and measuring results;
</P>
<P>(4) Directing ongoing reengineering of the Commission's administrative processes;
</P>
<P>(e) Overseeing Commission-specific application of performance measures, procurement reforms, personnel reductions, financial management improvements, telecommunications and information technology policies, and other Government-wide systems reforms; and
</P>
<P>(f) Reforming the Commission's management practices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14624, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended at 76 FR 60371, Sept. 29, 2011; 86 FR 9441, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.13a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.13a   The Secretary of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of the Commission is responsible for the preparation of the daily and weekly agendas of Commission business; the orderly and expeditious flow of business at formal Commission meetings; the maintenance of the Official Minute record of all actions of the Commission; and the service of all instruments of formal Commission action. The Secretary is custodian of the official seal of the Commission, and also has the responsibility for authenticating documents.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary has been delegated responsibilities relating to the Commission's rules of practice, administrative proceedings under the Commission's statutes, and other responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition, the Secretary administers the Commission's Library.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 12239, Mar. 28, 1985, as amended at 86 FR 9441, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.13b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.13b   Director of the Office of Public Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Public Affairs is the chief public information officer for the Commission, and oversees activities that communicate the Commission's actions to those interested in or affected by them. The Director's responsibilities include serving as liaison with the news media, dissemination of information to the news media and to the general public, supervision of internal and some external publications and of audio-visual presentations. Responsibilities of the Director, and of the Director's staff, include special projects that may be deemed appropriate to communicate information on Commission actions.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.14   Office of Administrative Law Judges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551-559) and the federal securities laws, the Office of Administrative Law Judges conducts hearings in proceedings instituted by the Commission. The Administrative Law Judges are responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the proceedings and have the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas;
</P>
<P>(3) Rule on offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(4) Examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(5) Regulate the course of a hearing;
</P>
<P>(6) Hold pre-hearing conferences;
</P>
<P>(7) Rule upon motions; and
</P>
<P>(8) Unless waived by the parties, prepare an initial decision containing the conclusions as to the factual and legal issues presented, and issue an appropriate order.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Administrative Law Judge performs the duties of an Administrative Law Judge under the Administrative Procedure Act and the duties delegated to the Chief Administrative Law Judge by the Commission that are compatible with those duties. The Chief Administrative Law Judge is responsible for the orderly functioning of the Office of Administrative Law Judges apart from the conduct of administrative proceedings and acts as liaison between that Office and the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14625, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended at 86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.15   Office of International Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Office of International Affairs (“OIA”) is responsible for the negotiation and implementation of the Commission's bilateral and multilateral agreements and understandings with foreign financial regulatory authorities. OIA coordinates and participates in activities relating to the Commission's international cooperation programs and develops initiatives to enhance the Commission's ability to enforce the federal securities laws in matters with international elements.
</P>
<P>(b) OIA assists in and facilitates the efforts of the Commission's other divisions and offices in responding to international issues and in developing legislative, rulemaking and other initiatives relating to international securities markets. OIA facilitates the development of and, where appropriate, provides advice and presents Commission positions relating to international initiatives of other U.S. Government departments and agencies affecting regulation of securities markets. OIA plans, coordinates and participates in Commission meetings with foreign financial regulatory authorities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52418, Oct. 8, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.16   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.16a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.16a   Inspector General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Under the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended, (5 U.S.C. app.) the Inspector General performs independent and objective investigations and audits relating to the Commission's programs and operations. An investigation seeks to detect and prevent waste, fraud, and abuse in the Commission's programs and operations, such as violations of federal statutes or regulations by contractors and Commission employees or the Standards Of Ethical Conduct For Employees of the Executive Branch. An audit seeks to determine whether:
</P>
<P>(1) Program goals and results identified in enabling legislation are achieved.
</P>
<P>(2) Resources are efficiently and economically used and managed.
</P>
<P>(3) Financial operations are properly conducted.
</P>
<P>(4) Financial reports are fairly presented.
</P>
<P>(5) Applicable laws and regulations are complied with.
</P>
<P>(b) In cooperation with Commission management, the Inspector General generally promotes economy, efficiency, and the effectiveness of waste or fraud detection and prevention in the Commission's programs and operations. The Inspector General also keeps the Congress and the Commission informed about problems and deficiencies in the Commission's programs and operations.
</P>
<P>(c) The Inspector General reports to the Commission, but is independent of all other Commission management. In addition, the Inspector General independently prepares semi-annual reports to the Congress.
</P>
<P>(d) With respect to misconduct of Commission employees and contractors, the Inspector General, after consultation with the Ethics Counsel, where appropriate, serves as the Commission's liaison with other federal audit and investigative agencies, such as the Department of Justice and the Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency.
</P>
<P>(e) Subpoenas issued in the course of an audit or investigation conducted by the Office of the Inspector General shall be effected by any method prescribed by § 201.232(a) and (c) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14625, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended at 77 FR 8095, Feb. 14, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.17   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.18   Director of Division of Corporation Finance.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Corporation Finance is responsible to the Commission for the administration of all matters (except those pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940) relating to establishing and requiring adherence to standards of business and financial disclosure with respect to securities being offered for public sale pursuant to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) or the exemptions therefrom; establishing and requiring adherence to standards of reporting and disclosure with respect to securities traded on national securities exchanges or required to be registered pursuant to section 12 (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) and with respect to securities whose issuers are required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>c</I>(d)); establishing and requiring adherence to disclosure and procedural standards in the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors and other corporate actions; establishing and requiring adherence to standards of disclosure with respect to the filing of statements respecting beneficial ownership and transaction statements pursuant to sections 13 (d), (e), and (g) (15 U.S.C. 78m(d), 78m(e), and 78m(g)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; administering the disclosure and substantive provisions of the Williams Act relating to tender offers; and ensuring adherence to enforcement of the standards set forth in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>) regarding indenture covering debt securities. Those duties shall include, with the exception of enforcement and related activities under the jurisdiction of the Division of Enforcement, the responsibility to the Commission for the administration of the disclosure requirements and other provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as listed below:
</P>
<P>(a) All matters under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) including the examination and processing of material filed pursuant to the requirements of that Act (except such material filed by investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940), the interpretation of the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, and the proposing to the Commission of rules under that Act.
</P>
<P>(b) All matters, except those pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) in connection with:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration of securities pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), including the exemptive provisions of section 12(h) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(h)).
</P>
<P>(2) The examination and processing of periodic reports filed pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78<I>o</I>(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) The examination and processing of proxy soliciting material filed pursuant to section 14(a) and information statements filed pursuant to section 14(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(a), 78n(c)).
</P>
<P>(4) The examination and processing of statements respecting beneficial ownership transaction statements and tender offer statements filed pursuant to sections 13 (d), (e), and (g) and 14 (d), (e), (f), and (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(d), 78m(e), 78m(g), and 78n(d)), and the administration of the other protective standards of these provisions.
</P>
<P>(5) The interpretation of the foregoing provisions of the Act, as well as Section 16 thereof (15 U.S.C. 78p), and proposing of rules under those portions of the Act to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) All matters, except those pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, arising under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29374, July 16, 1976, as amended at 50 FR 12239, Mar. 28, 1985; 60 FR 14625, Mar. 20, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.19a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.19a   Director of the Division of Trading and Markets.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Trading and Markets is responsible to the Commission for the administration and execution of the Commission's programs under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 relating to the structure and operation of the securities markets and the prevention of manipulation in the securities markets. These responsibilities include oversight of the national market system, the national clearance and settlement system, and self-regulatory organizations, such as the national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. In addition, these responsibilities include administering the Commission's rules related to supervised investment bank holding companies and ultimate holding companies of brokers or dealers that compute deductions for market and credit risk pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e of this chapter. This supervision includes the assessment of internal risk management controls and mathematical models used to calculate net capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risks. Duties also include the registration and regulation of brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, government securities brokers and dealers, transfer agents, and securities information processors. The functions involved in the regulation of such entities include reviewing proposed rule changes of self-regulatory organizations, recommending the adoption and amendment of Commission rules, responding to interpretive, exemptive, and no-action requests, and conducting inspections, examinations, and market surveillance. In addition, the Director shall have the duties specified below:
</P>
<P>(a) Administration of all matters arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), except:
</P>
<P>(1) The examination and processing of applications for registration of securities on national securities exchanges pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) The examination and processing of periodic reports filed pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78<I>o</I>(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) The examination and processing of proxy soliciting material pursuant to regulations adopted under section 14 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n). 
</P>
<P>(4) The examination and processing of ownership reports filed under section 16(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78p(a)).
</P>
<P>(5) The denial or suspension of registration of securities registered on national securities exchanges, pursuant to section 19(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 78s(a)(2)) by reason of failure to comply with the reporting requirements of that Act.
</P>
<P>(6) The enforcement and related activities under the jurisdiction of the Division of Enforcement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 16792, Aug. 19, 1972, as amended at 43 FR 13376, Mar. 30, 1978; 60 FR 14625, Mar. 20, 1995; 69 FR 34461, June 21, 2004; 73 FR 40152, July 11, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.19b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.19b   Director of the Division of Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Enforcement is responsible to the Commission for supervising and conducting all enforcement activities under the acts administered by the Commission. The Director recommends the institution of administrative and injunctive actions arising out of such enforcement activities and determines the sufficiency of evidence to support the allegations in any proposed complaint. The Director supervises the Regional Directors and, in collaboration with the General Counsel, reviews cases to be recommended to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution. The Director grants or denies access to nonpublic information in the Commission's enforcement files under § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access under that section shall be granted only with the concurrence of the head of the division or office responsible for the information or the files containing it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14626, Mar. 20, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.19c" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.19c   Director of the Division of Examinations.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Examinations (“Examinations”) is responsible for the compliance inspections and examinations relating to the regulation of exchanges, national securities associations, clearing agencies, securities information processors, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, brokers and dealers, municipal securities dealers, municipal advisors, security-based swap data repositories, security-based swap dealers, major security-based swap participants, transfer agents, investment companies, and investment advisers, under sections 13(n)(2), 15B, 15C(d)(1), 15F, and 17(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(2), 78<I>o</I>-4, 78<I>o</I>-5(d)(1), 78<I>o</I>-10, and 78q(b)), section 31(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-30(b)), and section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-4).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.19d" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.19d   Director of the Office of Municipal Securities.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Municipal Securities is responsible to the Commission for the administration and execution of the Commission's programs under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 relating to the registration and regulation of municipal advisors, the practices of municipal securities brokers and dealers, and oversight of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. The functions involved include recommending the adoption and amendment of Commission rules, reviewing proposed rule changes of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, and responding to interpretive and no-action requests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.19e" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.19e   Director of the Office of Credit Ratings.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Credit Ratings is responsible to the Commission for the administration and execution of the Commission's programs under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 relating to the registration and regulation of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The functions involved in the regulation of such entities include compliance inspections and examinations, recommending the adoption and amendment of Commission rules, and responding to interpretive and no-action requests.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.20a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.20a   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.20b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.20b   Director of Division of Investment Management.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Investment Management is responsible to the Commission for the administration of the Commission's responsibilities under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and with respect to matters pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and pooled investment funds or accounts, the administration of all matters relating to establishing and requiring adherence to standards of economic and financial reporting and the administration of fair disclosure and related matters under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and enforcement of the standards set forth in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 regarding indentures covering debt securities, as listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. These duties shall include inspections arising in connection with such administration but shall exclude enforcement and related activities under the jurisdiction of the Division of Enforcement.
</P>
<P>(a) The administration of all matters arising under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), except those arising under section 30(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)). 
</P>
<P>(b) All matters arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) arising from or pertaining to material field pursuant to the requirements of that Act by investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) and pooled investment funds or accounts.
</P>
<P>(c) All matters arising under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), except the examination and processing of statements of beneficial ownership of securities and changes in such ownership filed under section 16(a) (15 U.S.C. 78p(a)) of such Act, pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and pooled investment funds or accounts in connection with:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration of securities pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), including the exemptive provisions of section 12(h) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(h)).
</P>
<P>(2) The examination and processing of periodic reports filed pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78<I>o</I>(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) The examination and processing of proxy soliciting material filed pursuant to section 14(a) and information material filed pursuant to section 14(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(a), 78n(c)).
</P>
<P>(d) All matters pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and pooled investment funds or accounts arising under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(e) All matters arising under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29375, July 16, 1976, as amended at 50 FR 5064, Feb. 5, 1985; 60 FR 14626, Mar. 20, 1995; 67 FR 43535, July 8, 2002; 76 FR 71874, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.21" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.21   The General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The General Counsel is the chief legal officer of the Commission. The General Counsel is responsible for the representation of the Commission in judicial proceedings in which it is involved as a party or as amicus curiae, for directing and supervising all civil litigation involving the Commission in the United States District Courts, except for law enforcement actions filed on behalf of the Commission, for directing and supervising the Commission's responsibilities under the Bankruptcy Code and all related litigation, and for representing the Commission in all cases in appellate courts. The General Counsel is responsible for the review of cases which the Division of Enforcement recommends be referred to the Department of Justice with a recommendation for criminal prosecution. In addition, the General Counsel is responsible for advising the Commission at its request or at the request of any division director or office head, or on the General Counsel's own motion, with respect to interpretations involving questions of law; for the conduct of administrative proceedings relating to the disqualification of lawyers from practice before the Commission; for conducting preliminary investigations, as described in 17 CFR 202.5(a), into potential violations of 17 CFR 201.102(e) by attorneys; for the preparation of the Commission comments to the Congress on pending legislation; and for the drafting, in conjunction with appropriate divisions and offices, of legislative proposals to be sponsored by the Commission. The General Counsel is responsible for providing advice to Commission attorneys on professional responsibility issues relating to their official duties. The General Counsel is further responsible for investigating allegations of professional misconduct by Commission staff and, where appropriate, making referrals to state professional boards or societies. The General Counsel is also responsible for the review and clearance of the form and content of articles, treatises, and prepared speeches and addresses by members of the staff relating to the Commission or to the statutes and rules administered by the Commission. The General Counsel also is responsible for coordinating and reviewing the interpretive positions of the various divisions and offices. In addition, the General Counsel is responsible for appropriate disposition of all Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act appeals pursuant to the authority delegated in § 200.30-14, and is the Commission's advisor with respect to legal problems arising under the Freedom of Information Act, the Privacy Act, the Federal Reports Act, the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Civil Service laws and regulations, the statutes and rules applicable to the Commission's procurement, contracting, fiscal and related administrative activities, and other statutes and regulations of a similar nature applicable to a number of Government agencies.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The General Counsel is also responsible for assisting members of the Commission in the preparation of the opinions of the Commission, and for the preparation of opinions and decisions on motions and certifications of questions and rulings by administrative law judges in the course of administrative law proceedings, except:
</P>
<P>(i) In cases where, pursuant to a waiver by the parties of separation of function requirements, another Division or Office of the Commission's staff undertakes to prepare an opinion or decision, in which cases the General Counsel may assist in such preparation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to administrative proceedings against lawyers under § 201.102(e) of this chapter (Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice) or other cases in which the Chairman or the General Counsel has determined that separation of function requirements or other circumstances would make inappropriate the exercise of such functions by the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) The General Counsel deals with general problems arising under the Administrative Procedure Act, including the revision or adoption of rules of practice. The General Counsel is also responsible for the exercise of such review functions with respect to adjudicatory matters as are delegated to the General Counsel by the Commission pursuant to 101 Stat. 1254 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2) or as may be otherwise delegated or assigned to the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel also is responsible to the Commission for the administration of the Government in the Sunshine Act for publicly certifying, pursuant to § 200.406, that, in the General Counsel's opinion, particular Commission meetings may properly be closed to the public. In the absence of the General Counsel, the Solicitor to the Commission shall be deemed the General Counsel for purposes of § 200.406. In the absence of the General Counsel and the Solicitor, the most senior Associate General Counsel available shall be deemed the General Counsel for purposes of § 200.406. In the absence of the General Counsel, the Solicitor, and every Associate General Counsel, the most senior Assistant General Counsel available shall be deemed the General Counsel for purposes of § 200.406. In the absence of the General Counsel, the Solicitor, every Associate General Counsel and every Assistant General Counsel, such attorneys as the General Counsel may designate (in such order of succession as the General Counsel directs) shall exercise the responsibilities imposed by § 200.406.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9442, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.21a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.21a   The Ethics Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Ethics Counsel is responsible for administering the Commission's Ethics Program and for interpreting subpart M of this part and 5 CFR part 2635. The Ethics Counsel serves as Counselor to the Commission and its staff with regard to ethical and conflicts of interest questions and acts as the Commission's liaison on such matters with the Office of Human Resources, the Office of Government Ethics, the Office of the Inspector General, and the Department of Justice. When appropriate and subject to the authority of, and in consultation with, the Inspector General, the Ethics Counsel shall inquire into alleged violations of subparts C, F, and M of this part, and 5 CFR part 2635.
</P>
<P>(b) The Ethics Counsel shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Receive and review allegations of misconduct by a Commission employee that relate to the Commission's Ethics Program.
</P>
<P>(2) Refer matters involving management questions to Division Directors, Office Heads, or Regional Directors, and matters involving alleged or apparent employee misconduct to the Office of the Inspector General, except for matters involving alleged professional misconduct ultimately referable to state professional boards or societies, which the Ethics Counsel shall refer to the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(3) Refer complaints that appear to involve a violation of Federal criminal statutes, and do not appear to be frivolous, to the Inspector General for referral to the Department of Justice under 28 U.S.C. 535.
</P>
<P>(4) Act as liaison with the Office of the Inspector General on matters that the Ethics Counsel has referred to that Office, and with state or local authorities on matters that, on occasion, the Ethics Counsel may refer to them.
</P>
<P>(5) Arrange for the review of proposed publications and prepared speeches under § 200.735-4(e).
</P>
<P>(6) Provide advice, counseling, interpretations, and opinions with respect to subparts C, F, and M of this part, and 5 CFR part 2635.
</P>
<P>(7) Draft rules and regulations as necessary to implement the Commission's Ethics Program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14626, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended at 73 FR 32224, June 5, 2008; 76 FR 71449, Nov. 18, 2011; 79 FR 1735, Jan. 10, 2014; 86 FR 9443, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.22" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.22   The Chief Accountant.</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Accountant of the Commission is the principal adviser to the Commission on, and is responsible to the Commission for, all accounting and auditing matters arising in the administration of the federal securities laws. The Chief Accountant oversees the accounting profession's standard-setting and self-regulatory organizations, develops or supervises the development of accounting and auditing rules, regulations, opinions and policy, and interprets Commission accounting policy and positions. The Chief Accountant is responsible for recommending the institution of administrative and disciplinary proceedings relating to the disqualification of accountants to practice before the Commission. The Chief Accountant supervises the procedures to be followed in the Commission's enforcement activities involving accounting and auditing issues and helps resolve differences on accounting issues between registrants and the Commission staff.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14626, Mar. 20, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.23a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.23a   Director of the Division of Economic and Risk Analysis and Chief Economist.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Division of Economic and Risk Analysis and Chief Economist serves as economic advisor to the Commission and its staff and is responsible to the Commission for sound economic analysis of market events and conditions; economic analysis in support of Commission rulemaking; economic and risk analysis to inform and support the Commission's enforcement actions and its examination program; development of financial and market data analysis tools; preparation of economic statistics; promotion of data standards; review and guidance of staff research and publications; and assisting the Commission and its staff in responding to policy, legislative, or international issues relating to securities markets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9443, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.23b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.23b   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.24" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.24   Office of Financial Management.</HEAD>
<P>This Office, under the direction of the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible to the Chief Operating Officer, Chairman and Commission for the internal financial management and programming functions of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These functions include: Budgeting, accounting, payroll and administrative audit. The Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer's designees, serve as liaison to the Commission before the Office of Management and Budget and Congressional Appropriations Committees on appropriation matters, and the Treasury Department and the General Accounting Office on financial and programming matters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9443, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.24a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.24a   Director of the Office of Investor Education and Advocacy.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Investor Education and Advocacy is responsible to the Chairman for the Commission's investor education and investor assistance programs. These programs include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) Educating investors through in-person outreach, digital and social media, and other communication channels, including the Commission's website for individual investors, <I>Investor.gov</I>, by preparing and distributing to the public educational content describing the operations of the securities markets, developing strategies for prudent investor behavior, and increasing public knowledge of the functions of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Implementing and administering a nationwide system for resolving investor complaints against individuals and entities regulated by the Commission by processing complaints received from individual investors and seeking to ensure that regulated individuals and entities process and respond to such complaints.
</P>
<P>(c) Providing information to investors and others who inquire about individuals and entities regulated by the Commission, the operation of the securities markets, or the functions of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) Advising the Commission and its staff, and exchanging information with domestic and international regulators and self-regulatory organizations, about problems frequently encountered by investors and possible solutions to them.
</P>
<P>(e) Transmitting to other offices and divisions of the Commission information provided by investors which concerns the responsibilities of these offices and divisions.
</P>
<P>(f) Providing for greater investor input in Commission rulemaking proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9443, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.25-200.26" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.25-200.26   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.26a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.26a   Office of Information Technology.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Information Technology is responsible for the analysis, design programming, operation, and maintenance of all agency information systems; developing and implementing long-range technology plans and programs; coordinating all information systems analysis activities being considered or carried out by other divisions and offices, and furnishing such organizations with appropriate assistance and support; providing technical advice to the staff in connection with development of Commission rules and regulations having technology implications; providing expert advice on the Commission's surveillance of technology in the securities industry; evaluating and recommending new technology concepts and capabilities for application within the Commission; and developing technology and automation capabilities and support within the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9444, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.27" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.27   The Regional Directors.</HEAD>
<P>Each Regional Director is responsible for executing the Commission's programs within the Regional Director's geographic region as set forth in § 200.11(b), subject to review, on enforcement matters, by the Director or Deputy Director of the Division of Enforcement and, on examination matters, by the Director of the Division of Examinations, and subject to policy direction and review by the other Division Directors, the General Counsel, and the Chief Accountant. The Regional Directors' responsibilities include particularly the investigation of transactions in securities on national securities exchanges, in the over-the-counter market, and in distribution to the public; the examination of members of national securities exchanges and registered brokers and dealers, transfer agents, investment advisers and investment companies, including the examination of reports filed under § 240.17a-5 of this chapter; the prosecution of injunctive actions in U.S. District Courts and administrative proceedings before Administrative Law Judges; the rendering of assistance to U.S. Attorneys in criminal cases; and the making of the Commission's facilities more readily available to the public in that area. In addition, the Regional Director of the New York Regional Office is responsible for the Commission's participation in cases under chapters 9 and 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont; the Regional Director of the Atlanta Regional Office is responsible for such participation in Alabama, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virgin Islands, Virginia, and West Virginia; the Regional Director of the Chicago Regional Office is responsible for such participation in Arkansas, Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, Wisconsin, and Wyoming; and the Regional Director of the Los Angeles Regional Office is responsible for such participation in Alaska, Arizona, California, Guam, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Washington.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 32224, June 5, 2008, as amended at 86 FR 9444, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.28" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.28   Issuance of instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within the spheres of responsibilities heretofore set forth, Division and Office Heads, and all Regional Directors may issue such definitive instructions as may be necessary pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) All existing procedures and authorizations not inconsistent with this section shall continue in effect until and unless modified by definitive instructions issued pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 12712, Dec. 22, 1962, as amended at 73 FR 32224, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.29" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.29   Rules.</HEAD>
<P>The individual operating divisions shall have the initial responsibility for proposing amendments to existing rules or new rules under the statutory provisions within the jurisdiction of the particular division. Where any such proposals presents a legal problem or is a matter of first impression, or involves a matter of enforcement policy or questions involving statutes other than those administered by the Commission, or may have an effect on prior judicial precedent or pending litigation, submission of the proposal should be made to the Office of the General Counsel for an expression of opinion prior to presentation of the matter to the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-1   Delegation of authority to Director of Division of Corporation Finance.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance, to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to registration of securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation C thereunder (§ 230.400 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) To determine the effective dates of amendments to registration statements filed pursuant to section 8(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77h(c)).
</P>
<P>(2) To consent to the withdrawal of registration statements or amendments or exhibits thereto, pursuant to Rule 477 (§ 230.477 of this chapter), and to issue orders declaring registration statements abandoned, pursuant to Rule 479 (§ 230.479 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(3) To grant applications for confidential treatment of contract provisions pursuant to § 230.406 of this chapter (Rule 406 under the Act); to issue orders scheduling hearings on such applications and to deny any such application as to which the applicant waives the applicant's right to a hearing, provided such applicant is advised of the applicant's right to have such denial reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) To accelerate the use or publication of any summary prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) and Rule 431(g) (§ 230.431(g) of this chapter) thereunder.
</P>
<P>(5) To take the following action pursuant to section 8(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77h(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To determine registration statements to be effective within shorter periods of time than 20 days after the filing thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) To consent to the filing of amendments prior to the effective dates of registration statements as part thereof, or to determine that amendments filed prior to the effective dates of registration statements have been filed pursuant to orders of the Commission, so as to be treated as parts of the registration statements for the purpose of section 8(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77h(a));
</P>
<P>(iii) To determine to be effective applications for qualification of trust indentures filed with registration statements.
</P>
<P>(6) Pursuant to instructions as to financial statements contained in forms adopted under the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) To permit the omission of one or more financial statements therein required or the filing in substitution therefor of appropriate statements of comparable character, or
</P>
<P>(ii) To require the filing of other financial statements in addition to, or in substitution for, the statements therein required.
</P>
<P>(7) Acting pursuant to section 4(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(3)) or Rule 174 thereunder (§ 230.174 of this chapter), to reduce the 40-day period or the 90-day period with respect to transactions referred to in section 4(a)(3)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(3)(B)).
</P>
<P>(8) To act on applications to dispense with any written consents of an expert pursuant to Rule 437 (§ 230.437 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(9) To determine whether to object, pursuant to Rule 401(g)(1) (§ 230.401(g)(1) of this chapter), and to notify issuers, pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) (§ 230.401(g)(2) of this chapter), of an objection to the use of an automatic shelf registration as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or any post-effective amendment thereto that becomes effective immediately pursuant to Rule 462 (§ 230.462 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(10) To authorize the granting or denial of applications, upon a showing of good cause, that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the issuer be considered an ineligible issuer as defined in Rule 405. 
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and Regulation A thereunder (§ 230.251 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) to authorize the granting of applications under Rule 262 (§ 230.262 of this chapter) upon a showing of good cause that it is not necessary under the circumstances that an exemption under Regulation A be denied;
</P>
<P>(2) To determine the date and time of qualification for offering statements and amendments to offering statements pursuant to Rule 252(e) (§ 230.252(e) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(3) To consent to the withdrawal of an offering statement or to declare an offering statement abandoned pursuant to Rule 259 (§ 230.259 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(4) To deny a Form 1-Z filing pursuant to Rule 257 (§ 230.257 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and Regulation D thereunder (§§ 230.500 through 230.508 of this chapter), to authorize the granting of applications under §§ 230.504(b)(3), 230.506(d)(2)(ii), and 230.507(b) of this chapter upon the showing of good cause that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the exemption under Regulation D be denied.
</P>
<P>(d) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and §§ 227.100 through 227.503 of this chapter, to authorize the granting of applications under § 227.503(b)(2) of this chapter upon the showing of good cause that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the exemption under Regulation Crowdfunding be denied.
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To determine to be effective prior to the 20th day after filing thereof applications for qualification of indentures filed on Form T-3 (§ 269.3 of this chapter) pursuant to section 307 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77ggg), and Rule 7a-1 thereunder (§ 260.7a-1 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) To authorize the issuance of orders exempting certain securities from the Act under sections 304(c) and (d) thereof (15 U.S.C. 77ddd(c) and 77ddd(d)) and §§ 260.4c-1 and 260.4d-7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) In cases in which opportunity for hearing is waived, to authorize the issuance of orders determining that a trusteeship under an indenture to be qualified and another indenture is not so likely to involve a material conflict of interest as to make it necessary to disqualify the trustee pursuant to section 310(b)(1)(ii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77jjj(b)(1)(ii)) and Rule 10b-2 thereunder (§ 260.10b-2 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(4) To authorize the issuance of orders exempting any person, registration statement, indenture, security or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, registration statements, indentures, securities, or transactions from the requirements of one or more provisions of the Act pursuant to section 304(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77ddd(d)) and rule 4d-7 thereunder (17 CFR 260.4d-7 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(5) To determine to be effective prior to the 10th day after filing thereof an application for determining the eligibility under section 310(a) of the Act of a person designated as trustee for delayed offerings of debt securities under the Securities Act pursuant to section 305(b)(2) of the Act and rule 5b-1 [17 CFR 260.5b-1 of this chapter] thereunder.
</P>
<P>(6) To authorize the issuance of an order permitting a foreign person to act as sole trustee under qualified indentures under section 310(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77jjj(a)) and § 260.10a-1 through § 260.10a-5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) To issue notices with respect to applications for, and authorize the issuance of orders granting, a stay of a trustee's duty to resign pursuant to section 310(b) of the Act and Rule 10b-4 [17 CFR 260.10b-4 of this chapter] thereunder.
</P>
<P>(f) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To determine to be effective applications for registration of securities on a national securities exchange prior to 30 days after receipt of a certification pursuant to section 12(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(d));
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to instructions as to financial statements contained in forms adopted under the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) To extend the time for filing or to permit the omission of one or more financial statements therein required or the filing in substitution therefor of appropriate statements of comparable character.
</P>
<P>(ii) To require the filing of other financial statements in addition to, or in substitution for, the statements therein required; 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) To grant and deny applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(b)) and Rule 24b-2 thereunder (§ 240.24b-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) To revoke a grant of any such application for confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(4) To authorize the use of forms of proxies, proxy statements, or other soliciting material within periods of time less than that prescribed in §§ 240.14a-6 and 240.14a-8(j)(1) of this chapter; to authorize the filing of information statements within periods of time less than that prescribed in § 240.14c-5a of this chapter; and to authorize the filing of information under § 240.14f-1 of this chapter within periods of time less than that prescribed therein.
</P>
<P>(5) To grant or deny applications filed pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)(1)) for extensions of time within which to file registration statements pursuant to that section, provided the applicant is advised of the applicant's right to have any such denial reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) To accelerate at the request of the issuer the effective date of registration statements filed pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)).
</P>
<P>(7) To issue notices of applications for exemptions and to grant exemptions under section 12(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(h)).
</P>
<P>(8) At the request of the issuer to accelerate the termination of registration of any class of equity securities as provided in section 12(g)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)(4)) or as provided in § 240.12g-4(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(9) Upon receipt of a notification from the Secretary of the Treasury designating a security for exemption pursuant to section 3(a)(12), to issue public releases announcing such designation.
</P>
<P>(10) To issue public releases listing those foreign issuers which appear to be current in submitting the information specified in Rule 12g3-2(b) (§ 240.12g3-2(b)).
</P>
<P>(11) To grant exemptions from Rule 14d-10 (§ 240.14d-10 of this chapter) pursuant to Rule 14d-10(f) (§ 240.14d-10(f) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(12) To grant an exemption from § 240.14b-2(b) or § 240.14b-2(c), or both, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(13) To determine with respect to a tender or exchange offer otherwise eligible to be made pursuant to rule 13e-4(g) (§ 240.13e-4(g) of this chapter) or rule 14d-1(b) (§ 240.14d-1(b) of this chapter) whether, in light of any exemptive order granted by a Canadian federal, provincial or territorial regulatory authority, application of certain or all of the provisions of section 13(e)(1) and sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Exchange Act, rule 13e-4, Regulation 14D (§§ 240.14d-1—240.14d-103 of this chapter) and Schedules TO and 14D-9 thereunder (§§ 240.14d-100 and 240.14d-101 of this chapter), and rule 14e-1 of Regulation 14E (§§ 240.14e-1—240.14f-1 of this chapter), to such offer is necessary or appropriate in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(14) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(15) To administer the provisions of Section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(16) To grant requests for exemptions from:
</P>
<P>(i) Tender offer provisions of sections 13(e) and 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(e) and 78n(d)(1) through 78n(d)(7)), Rule 13e-3 (§ 240.13e-3 of this chapter) and Rule 13e-4 (§ 240.13e-4 of this chapter), Regulation 14D (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-11 of this chapter) and Schedules 13E-3, TO, and 14D-9 (§§ 240.13e-100, 240.14d-100 and 240.14d-101 of this chapter) thereunder, pursuant to Sections 14(d)(5), 14(d)(8)(C) and 36(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(5), 78(d)(8)(C), and 78mm(a)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tender offer provisions of Rules 14e-1, 14e-2 and 14e-5 of Regulation 14E (§§ 240.14e-1, 240.14e-2 and 240.14e-5 of this chapter) pursuant to section 36(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)).
</P>
<P>(17) At the request of a foreign private issuer, pursuant to Rule 12h-6 (§ 240.12h-6 of this chapter), to accelerate the termination of the registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) or the duty to file reports under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>(18) To review and, either unconditionally or upon specified terms and conditions, grant or deny exemptions from the requirements of Rules 14a-3(b) and 14c-3(a) (§§ 240.14a-3(b) and 240.14c-3(a) of this chapter) under the Act pursuant to Section 36 of the Act, in cases where upon examination, the matter does not appear to the Director to present significant issues that have not been addressed previously or to raise questions of fact or policy indicating that the public interest or the interest of investors warrants that the Commission consider the matter, where an applicant demonstrates that it:
</P>
<P>(i) Is required to hold a meeting of security holders as a result of an action taken by one or more of the applicant's security holders pursuant to state law;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is unable to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-3(b) or Rule 14c-3(a) under the Act for audited financial statements to be included in the annual report to security holders to be furnished to security holders in connection with the security holder meeting required to be held as a result of the security holder demand under state law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Has made a good faith effort to furnish the audited financial statements before holding the security holder meeting;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has made a determination that it has disclosed to security holders all available material information necessary for the security holders to make an informed voting decision in accordance with Regulation 14A or Regulation 14C (§§ 240.14a-1—240.14b-2 or §§ 240.14c-1—240.14c-101 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(v) Absent a grant of exemptive relief, it would be forced to violate either state law or the rules and regulations administered by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing:
</P>
<P>(1) Matters arising under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>) pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are not within the scope of the functions delegated to the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance, except those arising under section 30(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(f));
</P>
<P>(2) In any case in which the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance believes it appropriate, the Director may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and Rule 701 thereunder (§ 230.701 of this chapter), to authorize the granting of applications under Rule 703(b) (§ 230.703(b) of this chapter) upon a showing of good cause that it is not necessary under the circumstances that an exemption under Rule 701 be denied.
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and Rule 144A thereunder (§ 230.144A of this chapter), taking into account then-existing market practices, to designate any securities or classes of securities to be securities that will not be deemed “of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system” within the meaning of Rule 144A(d)(3)(i) (§ 230.144A(d)(3)(i) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(j) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and Regulation S thereunder (§ 230.901 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter), and in consultation with the Director of the Division of Trading and Markets, to designate any foreign securities exchange or non-exchange market as a “designated offshore securities market” within the meaning of Rule 902(a) (§ 230.902(a) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(k) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter), to grant or deny a request submitted pursuant to Rule 13(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.13(b) of this chapter) to adjust the filing date of an electronic filing.
</P>
<P>(l) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter), to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions, pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T, (§ 232.202 of this chapter), from the electronic submission requirements of Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(m) With respect to Section 104(i)(2)(A) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7214 (as amended by Pub. L. 116-222)), to identify each “covered issuer,” as that term is defined in Section 104(i)(1)(A) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that has retained a registered public accounting firm to issue an audit report where that registered public accounting firm has a branch or office that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board has determined that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in the foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29375, July 16, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-2   Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of Economic and Risk Analysis and Chief Economist.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-21, 78d-22), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Economic and Risk Analysis and Chief Economist, to be performed by that person or under that person's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) To update taxonomies and schemas required for use in Commission filings and made available on the Commission's website.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9444, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-3   Delegation of authority to Director of Division of Trading and Markets.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Trading and Markets to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To approve the withdrawal or striking from listing and registration of securities registered on any national securities exchange pursuant to section 12(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(d)) and Rules 12d2-1 and 12d2-2 thereunder (§§ 240.12d2-1 and 240.12d2-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of brokers or dealers within forty-five days of the filing of an application for registration as a broker or dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents);
</P>
<P>(ii) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of brokers or dealers, or pending applications for registration, if such brokers or dealers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or have ceased to do business as brokers or dealers;
</P>
<P>(4) Pursuant to Rule 19h-1 (§ 240.19h-1 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(i) To grant applications with respect to membership in, association with a member of, or participation in, a self-regulatory organization and for other relief as to persons who are subject to an applicable disqualification where such relationships or other relief have been approved or recommended by a self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) To extend the time for Commission consideration of notices for admission to membership or participation in a self-regulatory organization or association with a member of persons subject to a statutory disqualification pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of that rule.
</P>
<P>(5) Pursuant to § 240.17a-5(m)(3) of this chapter (Rule 17a-5(m)(3)), to consider applications by brokers and dealers for exemptions from, and extension of time within which to file, reports required by § 240.17a-5 of this chapter (Rule 17a-5) and to grant, and to authorize the issuance of orders denying, such applications, provided such applicant is advised of the applicant's right to have such denial reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) Pursuant to Rules 14e-4(c), 14e-5(d), and 15c2-11(h) (§§ 240.14e-4(c), 240.14e-5(d), and 240.15c2-11(h) of this chapter), and Rules 101(d), 102(e), 104(j), and 105(c) of Regulation M (§§ 242.101(d), 242.102(e), 242.104(j), and 242.105(c) of this chapter), to grant requests for exemptions from Rules 14e-4, 14e-5, and 15c2-11 (§§ 240.14e-4, 240.14e-5, and 240.15c2-11 of this chapter), and Rules 101, 102, 104, and 105 of Regulation M (§§ 242.101, 242.102, 242.104, and 242.105 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(7) Pursuant to Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this chapter) and Rule 18a-1 (§ 240.18a-1 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(i) To approve lesser equity requirements in specialist or market maker accounts pursuant to Rule 15c3-1(a)(6)(iii)(B) (§ 240.15c3-1(a)(6)(iii)(B) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant exemptions from Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this chapter) pursuant to Rule 15c3-1(b)(3) (§ 240.15c3-1(b)(3) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) To grant temporary exemptions upon specified terms and conditions from the debt equity requirements of Rule 15c3-1(d)(§ 240.15c3-1(d) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(iv) To approve a change in election of the alternative capital requirement pursuant to Rule 15c3-1(a)(1)(ii) (§ 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(v) To review applications of OTC derivatives dealers filed pursuant to Appendix F of § 240.15c3-1f of this chapter, and to grant or deny such applications in full or in part; and
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) To review amendments to applications of brokers or dealers and security-based swap dealers filed pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e, 240.15c3-1g, and 240.18a-1(d) of this chapter and to approve such amendments, unconditionally or subject to specified terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(B) To grant extensions and exemptions from the notification requirements of § 240.15c3-1g(e) of this chapter, unconditionally or subject to specified terms and conditions; 
</P>
<P>(C) To impose additional conditions, pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e(e) and 240.18a-1(d)(9)(iii) of this chapter, on a broker or dealer that computes certain of its net capital deductions pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e of this chapter, or on an ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer that is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13)(ii) of this chapter, or on a security-based swap dealer that computes certain of its net capital deductions pursuant to § 240.18a-1(d) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) To require that a broker or dealer, or the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer, or a security-based swap dealer provide information to the Commission pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e(a)(1)(viii)(G), 240.15c3-1e(a)(1)(ix)(C) and (a)(4), 240.18a-1(d)(2), and 240.15c3-1g(b)(1)(i)(H), and (b)(2)(i)(C) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(E) To determine, pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e(a)(10)(ii) and 240.18a-1(d)(7)(ii), that the notice that a broker or dealer and security-based swap dealer must provide to the Commission pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e(a)(10)(i) and 240.18a-1(d)(7)(i) of this chapter will become effective for a shorter or longer period of time; and
</P>
<P>(F) To approve, pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1e(a)(7)(ii) and 240.18a-1(d)(5)(ii) of this chapter, the temporary use of a provisional model, in whole or in part, unconditionally or subject to any conditions or limitations;
</P>
<P>(vii)(A) To approve the prepayments of a subordinated loan agreement of a security-based swap dealer pursuant to § 240.18a-1d(b)(6) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) To approve a prepayment of a revolving subordinated loan agreement of a security-based swap dealer pursuant to § 240.18a-1d(c)(4) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(C) To examine a proposed subordinated loan agreement filed by a security-based swap dealer and to find it acceptable pursuant to § 240.18a-1d(c)(5) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) Pursuant to Rule 17a-10(d) (§ 240.17a-10(d) of this chapter), to consider applications by broker-dealers for extensions of time in which to file reports required by Rule 17a-10(§ 240.17a-10 of this chapter), and to grant, and to authorize the issuance of orders denying, such applications provided such applicant is advised of the applicant's right to have such denial reviewed by the Commission. Any extension granted shall not be for more than 150 days after the close of the calendar year for which the report on Form X-17A-10 (§ 249.618 of this chapter) is made.
</P>
<P>(9) Pursuant to Rule 10b-17(b)(2) (§ 240.10b-17(b)(2) of this chapter), to review applications of various issuers for exemption from the notice requirements of Rule 10b-17 (§ 240.10b-17 of this chapter) and to grant or deny such applications, with authority to issue orders granting and denying same, provided each applicant is advised of the applicant's right to have a denial reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(10)(i) Pursuant to Rule 15c3-3 (§ 240.15c3-3 of this chapter) and Rule 18a-4 (§ 240.18a-4 of this chapter) to find and designate as control locations for purposes of Rule 15c3-3(c)(7) (§ 240.15c3-3(c)(7) of this chapter), Rule 15c3-3(p)(2)(ii)(E) (§ 240.15c3-3(p)(2)(ii)(E) of this chapter), and Rule 18a-4(b)(2)(v) (§ 240.18a-4(b)(2)(v) of this chapter), certain broker-dealer and security-based swap accounts which are adequate for the protection of customer securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to section 36(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)) to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, grant or deny exemptions from the collateral requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of Rule 15c3-3 of the Act (§ 240.15c3-3 of this chapter) for a type of collateral after concluding that the characteristics of such collateral are substantially comparable to the characteristics of a type of collateral previously exempted by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pursuant to section 36(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)), to review and grant written applications for an exemption, unconditionally or subject to specified terms and conditions, for a broker or dealer to utilize a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) that does not meet the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, Note G.(b)(1)(i) through (iii). 
</P>
<P>(11) Upon written application or upon its own motion, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to grant or deny by order an exemption from the requirements of Regulation SHO (§ 242.200 of this chapter) under the Act pursuant to Section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm).
</P>
<P>(12) Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and Rule 19b-4 (§ 240.19b-4) of this chapter, to publish notices of proposed rule changes filed by self-regulatory organizations and to approve such proposed rule changes, and to find good cause to approve a proposed rule change earlier than 30 days after the date of publication of such proposed rule change and to publish the reasons for such finding. Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and Rule 19b-4 (§ 240.19b-4) of this chapter, to disapprove a proposed rule change, provided that, with respect to a particular proposed rule change, if two (2) or more Commissioners object in writing to the Director within five (5) business days of being notified by the Director that the Division intends to exercise its authority to disapprove that particular proposed rule change, then the delegation of authority to approve or disapprove that proposal is withdrawn, and the Director shall either present a recommendation to the Commission or institute pursuant to delegated authority proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. In addition, pursuant to section 19(b)(10) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(10), to notify a self-regulatory organization that a proposed rule change does not comply with the rules of the Commission relating to the required form of a proposed rule change, and to determine that a proposed rule change is unusually lengthy and complex or raises novel regulatory issues and to inform the self-regulatory organization of such determination.
</P>
<P>(13) Pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 78o-4(a)], to authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of municipal securities dealers within forty-five days of the filing of an application for registration as a municipal securities dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents).
</P>
<P>(14) Pursuant to section 17A(c)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)(2)), to authorize the issuance of orders accelerating registration of transfer agents for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency before the expiration of thirty days following the dates on which applications for registration as a transfer agent are filed.
</P>
<P>(15) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(16) Pursuant to sections 17A(b)(1), 17A(b)(2) and 19(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(1), 78q-1(b)(2) and 78s(a)), to publish notice of the filing of applications for registration and for exemption from registration as a clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(17) Pursuant to Rule 17f-2 (§ 240.17f-2 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(i) To disapprove a “Notice Pursuant to Rule 17f-2” pursuant to Rule 17f-2(e) (§ 240.17f-2(e) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant exemptions upon specified terms, conditions, and periods, for classes of persons subject to Rule 17f-2 pursuant to Rule 17f-2(a)(2) (§ 240.17f-2(a)(2) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) To approve amendments to plan of a registered national securities exchange or a national securities association submitted pursuant to Rule 17f-2(c) (§ 240.17f-2(c) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(18) Pursuant to Rule 17d-1 (§ 240.17d-1 of this chapter) to designate one self-regulatory organization responsible for the examination of brokers and dealers which are members of more than one such organization to insure compliance with applicable financial responsibility rules.
</P>
<P>(19)(i) To grant and deny applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(b)) and Rule 24b-2 thereunder (240.24b-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) To revoke a grant of confidential treatment for any such application.
</P>
<P>(20) Pursuant to sections 8(c) and 15(c)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78h(c) and 78o(2)) and paragraphs (g) of Rules 8c-1 and 15c2-1 thereunder, to make findings that the agreements, safeguards, and provisions of registered clearing agencies are adequate for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(21) Under section 17A(c)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)(4)(B)), to set terms and conditions upon which transfer agents registered with the Commission may withdraw from registration as a transfer agent by filing a written notice of withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(22) Under section 17A(c)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)(4)(B)), to authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of transfer agents registered with the Commission or denying applications for registration as a transfer agent with the Commission, if such transfer agents are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as transfer agents.
</P>
<P>(23) Pursuant to section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)), prior to any examination of a registered clearing agency, registered transfer agent, or registered municipal securities dealer whose appropriate regulatory agency is not the Commission, to notify and consult with the appropriate regulatory agency for such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer.
</P>
<P>(24) Pursuant to section 17(c)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78q(c)(3), in regard to clearing agencies, transfer agents and municipal securities dealers for which the Commission is not the appropriate regulatory agency, (i) to notify the appropriate regulatory agency of any examination conducted by the Commission of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer; (ii) to request from the appropriate regulatory agency a copy of the report of any examination of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer conducted by such appropriate regulatory agency and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination; and (iii) to furnish to the appropriate regulatory agency on request a copy of the report of any examination of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer conducted by the Commission and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination.
</P>
<P>(25) Pursuant to Rule 17f-1 (§ 240.17f-1 of this chapter), to designate persons not subject to § 240.17f-1 as reporting institutions upon specified terms, conditions, and time periods.
</P>
<P>(26)-27[Reserved]
</P>
<P>(28) To grant exemptions from Rule 602 (17 CFR 242.602), pursuant to Rule 602(d) (17 CFR 242.602(d)).
</P>
<P>(29) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(30) Pursuant to section 17(a) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78q, to approve amendments to the plans which are consistent with the reporting structure of §§ 240.17a-5(a)(2) and 240.17a-10(b) of this chapter (Rules 17a-5(a)(2) and 17a-10(b)) filed by self-regulatory organizations pursuant to §§ 240.17a-5(a)(3) and 240.17a-10(b) of this chapter (Rules 17a-5(a)(3) and 17a-10(b)).
</P>
<P>(31) Pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(A) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(A), to extend for a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change or institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(32) Under § 240.10b-10(f) of this chapter, to grant exemptions from § 240.10b-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(33) Pursuant to Rule 17a-6 (§ 240.17a-6 of this chapter) to approve record destruction plans and amendments thereto filed by a national securities exchange or a national securities association.
</P>
<P>(34) Pursuant to Rule 17d-2 (§ 240.17d-2 of this chapter) to publish notice of plans and plan amendments filed pursuant to Rule 17d-2 and to approve such plans and plan amendments.
</P>
<P>(35) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(36) To grant exemptions from Rule 603 (17 CFR 242.603), pursuant to Rule 603(d) (17 CFR 242.603(d)).
</P>
<P>(37) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(38) To disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) To the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the state banking authorities, information and documents deemed confidential regarding registered clearing agencies and registered transfer agents; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the Department of Treasury, information and documents deemed confidential regarding possible laundering of money through or by brokers or dealers, including compliance by brokers or dealers with the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended.
</P>
<P>(39) Under § 240.9b-1 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To enable distribution of an options disclosure document or amendment to an options disclosure document to the public prior to the time required in the Rule or to lengthen the period before distribution can be made;
</P>
<P>(ii) To require refiling of an amendment to an options disclosure document pursuant to the procedure set forth in § 240.9b-1(b)(2)(i) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(40) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(41) Pursuant to Rule 6a-2(c) (§ 240.6a-2 of this chapter) to exempt registered national securities exchanges from the filing requirements imposed by Rule 6a-2 with respect to certain affiliates and subsidiaries of the exchange.
</P>
<P>(42) Under 17 CFR 242.608(e), to grant or deny exemptions from 17 CFR 242.608.
</P>
<P>(43) To grant or deny exemptions from Rule 17Ad-14 (§ 240.17Ad-14 of this chapter), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-14(d) (§ 240.17Ad-14(d) of this chapter).(sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended , 15 U.S.C 78d-1, 78d-2).
</P>
<P>(44) To review, publish notice of, and where appropriate, approve plans, and amendments to plans, submitted by self-regulatory organizations pursuant to Rule 19d-1(c) under the Act (§ 240.19d-1(c)).
</P>
<P>(45) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(46) Pursuant to section 15(b)(9) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(9) to review and, where appropriate, grant exemptions from the requirement of section 15(b)(8) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(8).
</P>
<P>(47) Pursuant to section 15(a)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(2), to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, grant exemptions from the broker-dealer registration requirements of section 15(a)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(1), to Government securities brokers or Government securities dealers that have registered with the Commission under section 15C(a)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(2), solely with respect to effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of, any security principally backed by a guaranty of the United States.
</P>
<P>(48) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(49) Pursuant to section 11A(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1(b)) and 17 CFR 242.609 (Rule 609 thereunder), to publish notice of and, by order, grant under section 11A(b) of the Act and Rule 609 thereunder: Applications for registration as a securities information processor; and exemptions from Rule 609, either conditionally or unconditionally.
</P>
<P>(50) Pursuant to sections 17A(b) and 19(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b) and 78s(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting an extension to a temporary clearing agency registration, for up to two years or such longer period as the clearing agency consents.
</P>
<P>(ii) To authorize the issuance of orders granting the withdrawal of an application to become a registered clearing agency, at any time prior to final determination of such application by the Commission, upon submission of a request for such withdrawal by applicant.
</P>
<P>(51) Pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of § 240.9b-1 of this chapter, to authorize the issuance of orders designating securities as “standardized options.”
</P>
<P>(52) Pursuant to Rules 17h-1T and 17h-2T of the Act (§§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(i) To designate certain broker-dealers as Reporting Brokers or Dealers; <I>or and</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant or deny an exemption, conditionally or unconditionally, to a broker or dealer pursuant to section 17(h) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(53) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(54) To administer the provisions of Section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(55) Pursuant to § 240.15c6-1 of this chapter, taking into account then existing market practices, to exempt contracts for the purchase or sale of any securities from the requirements of § 240.15c6-1(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(56) Pursuant to § 270.17Ad-16 of this chapter, to designate by order the appropriate qualified registered securities depository.
</P>
<P>(57) Pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2), and section 19(b)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3), to institute proceedings to determine whether a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization should be disapproved and to provide to the self-regulatory organization notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. If the Commission has not taken action on a proposed rule change for which delegated authority has been withdrawn under paragraph (a)(12) of this section prior to the expiration of the applicable time period specified in section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2), then the Director shall institute pursuant to delegated authority proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. In addition, pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B), to extend for a period not exceeding 240 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(58) Pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(C) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(C), to temporarily suspend a change in the rules of a self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(59) Pursuant to paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of Rule 19b-4 (§ 240.19b-4 of this chapter), to reduce the period before which a proposed rule change can become operative, and to reduce the period between an SRO submission of a filing and a pre-filing notification.
</P>
<P>(60) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(61) To grant exemptions from Rule 604 (17 CFR 242.604), pursuant to Rule 604(c) (17 CFR 242.604(c)).
</P>
<P>(62) Pursuant to section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm) to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, grant or deny exemptions from section 11(d)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k(d)(1)).
</P>
<P>(63) Pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(1) of this chapter, to issue orders identifying other permissible securities activities in which an OTC derivatives dealer may engage.
</P>
<P>(64) Pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(2) of this chapter, to issue orders determining that a class of fungible instruments that are standardized as to their material economic terms is within the scope of eligible OTC derivative instrument.
</P>
<P>(65) Pursuant to § 240.17a-12 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders requiring over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives dealers to file, pursuant to § 240.17a-12(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter, monthly, or at least at such times as shall be specified, Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) and such other financial and operational information as shall be specified.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to § 240.17a-12(n) of this chapter, to consider applications by OTC derivatives dealers for exemptions from, and extensions of time within which to file, reports required by § 240.17a-12 of this chapter, and to grant or deny such applications.
</P>
<P>(66) To issue orders under Rules 15b3-1(c)(4), 15b6-1(e), 15Ba2-2(e)(4), 15Bc3-1(e), 15Ca2-1(c)(4), and 15Cc1-1(d) (17 CFR 240.15b3-1(c)(4), 240.15b6-1(e), 240.15Ba2-2(e)(4), 240.15Bc3-1(e), 240.15Ca2-1(c)(4), and 240.15Cc1-1(d)).
</P>
<P>(67) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(68) Pursuant to Rule 605(b) (17 CFR 242.605(b)), to grant or deny exemptions, conditionally or unconditionally, from any provision or provisions of Rule 605 (17 CFR 242.605).
</P>
<P>(69) Pursuant to Rule 606(c) (17 CFR 242.606(c)), to grant or deny exemptions, conditionally or unconditionally, from any provision or provisions of Rule 606 (17 CFR 242.606).
</P>
<P>(70) Pursuant to Sections 15(a)(2) and 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(2) and 78mm), to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to grant or deny exemptions to any bank, savings association, or savings bank from the broker-dealer registration requirements of Section 15(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(1)) or any applicable provision of this Act (15 U.S.C. 78c <I>et seq.</I>) and the rules and regulations thereunder based solely on such bank's, savings association's, or savings bank's status as a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(71) Pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78f(a), and Rule 6a-1 thereunder, 17 CFR 240.6a-1: 
</P>
<P>(i) To publish a notice of filing of an application for registration as a national securities exchange, or for exemption from registration based on limited volume;
</P>
<P>(ii) To publish amendments to an application for registration as a national securities exchange, or for exemption from registration based on limited volume; and
</P>
<P>(iii) To extend deadlines for submission of comments to an application for registration as a national securities exchange, or for exemption from registration based on limited volume; and amendments to an application for registration as a national securities exchange, or for exemption from registration based on limited volume.
</P>
<P>(72) Pursuant to section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm) to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, grant, or deny exemptions from rule 17a-25 of the Act (§ 240.17a-25 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(73) Pursuant to Section 19(b)(7)(A) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)(A), to publish notices of proposed rule changes filed by self-regulatory organizations relating to security futures products.
</P>
<P>(74) Pursuant to Section 19(b)(7)(C) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)(C), to abrogate a change in the rules of a self-regulatory organization relating to security futures products and require that it be refiled in accordance with Section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(75) Pursuant to Section 6(g)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(3), to publish acknowledgement of receipt of a notice of registration as a national securities exchange for the sole purpose of trading security futures products under Section 6(g) of the Act and Rule 6a-4 of the Act (17 CFR 240.6a-4). 
</P>
<P>(76) Pursuant to section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm) to review and grant or deny exemptions from the rule filing requirements of section 19(b) (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) of the Act, in a case where a self-regulatory organization elects to incorporate by reference one or more rules of another self-regulatory organization, provided that the following specified terms and conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) A self-regulatory organization electing to incorporate rules of another self-regulatory organization has requested to incorporate rules other than trading rules (e.g., the self-regulatory organization has requested to incorporate rules such as margin, suitability, arbitration); 
</P>
<P>(ii) A self-regulatory organization electing to incorporate rules of another self-regulatory organization has requested to incorporate by reference categories of rules (rather than to incorporate individual rules within a category); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The incorporating self-regulatory organization has reasonable procedures in place to provide written notice to its members each time a change is proposed to the incorporated rules of another self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(77)-(79) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(80) To calculate the amount of fees and assessments due from covered SROs based on the trade data that the covered SROs submit on Form R31 (17 CFR 249.11) and to issue Section 31 bills to covered SROs, in consultation with the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Economist, pursuant to Rules 31 and 31T of this chapter (17 CFR 240.31 and 240.31T). 
</P>
<P>(81) To grant or deny exemptions from Rule 610 (17 CFR 242.610), pursuant to Rule 610(f) (17 CFR 242.610(f)).


</P>
<P>(82) To grant or deny exemptions from Rule 611 (17 CFR 242.611), pursuant to Rule 611(d) (17 CFR 242.611(d)).
</P>
<P>(83) To grant or deny exemptions from Rule 612 (17 CFR 242.612), pursuant to Rule 612(d) (17 CFR 242.612(d)).


</P>
<P>(84) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(85) Pursuant to Rule 608(b)(1)(ii) (17 CFR 242.608(b)(1)(ii)), to publish notice of the filing of a proposed amendment to an effective national market system plan; pursuant to Rule 608(b)(1)(iii) (17 CFR 242.608(b)(1)(iii)), to notify plan participants that the filing of a national market system plan or a proposed amendment to an effective national market system plan does not comply with paragraph (a) of Rule 608 (17 CFR 242.608) or plan filing requirements in other sections of Regulation NMS and 17 CFR 240, subpart A, and to determine that such plan or amendment is unusually lengthy and complex or raises novel regulatory issues and to inform the plan participants of such determination; pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(i) (17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(i)), to institute proceedings to determine whether such plan or amendment should be disapproved, to provide the plan participants notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration, and to extend for a period not exceeding 240 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of such plan or amendment the period during which the Commission must issue an order approving or disapproving such plan or amendment and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination; pursuant to Rule 608(b)(3)(iii) (17 CFR 242.608(b)(3)(iii)), to summarily abrogate a proposed amendment put into effect upon filing with the Commission and require that such amendment be refiled in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 608 and reviewed in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of Rule 608; and pursuant to Rule 608(b)(4) (17 CFR 242.608(b)(4), to put a proposed amendment into effect summarily upon publication of notice and on a temporary basis not to exceed 120 days.
</P>
<P>(86) To authorize the issuance of orders granting on-going registration to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants based on the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's application, pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1(e) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb2-1(e)).
</P>
<P>(87) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling the registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants registered pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1 of this chapter (Rule 15Fb2-1) if such persons are no longer in existence or have ceased to do business as security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants, pursuant to § 240.15Fb3-3(a) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb3-3(a)).
</P>
<P>(88) To determine by order, pursuant to § 240.15Fb3-2(b) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb3-2(b)), whether notices of withdrawal of registration filed by security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants pursuant to section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall become effective sooner than the normal 60 day period provided in Rule 15Fb3-2(b) (§ 240.15Fb3-2(b) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(89) To authorize the publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of notices that a complete application for substituted compliance has been submitted to the Commission, pursuant to § 240.0-13 of this chapter (Rule 0-13).
</P>
<P>(90) To grant applications made pursuant to § 201.194 of this chapter (Rule 194 of the Commission's Rules of Practice).
</P>
<P>(91) Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and § 240.19b-4(n) of this chapter (Rule 19b-4), to publish notices of advance notices filed by designated clearing agencies.
</P>
<P>(92) Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and § 240.19b-4(n) of this chapter (Rule 19b-4), to publish notices of withdrawals of advance notices filed by designated clearing agencies.
</P>
<P>(93) Pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010, 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(D), to require a designated clearing agency to provide any information necessary to assess the effect the proposed change would have on the nature or level of risks associated with the designated clearing agency's payment, clearing, or settlement activities and the sufficiency of any proposed risk management techniques.
</P>
<P>(94) Pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010, 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(H), to extend the review period for an additional 60 days for proposed changes that raise novel or complex issues and provide the designated clearing agency with prompt written notice of such extension.
</P>
<P>(95) Pursuant to §§ 242.803 and 242.808(a) and (b) of this chapter (Rules 803 and 808(a) and (b)):
</P>
<P>(i) To publish notice on the Commission's website of a completed application (“Form SBSEF”), to register as a security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) To make available on the Commission's website certain specified parts of a Form SBSEF;
</P>
<P>(iii) To notify the applicant that its application is incomplete and will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of the Commission's review;
</P>
<P>(iv) To request from the applicant any additional information and documentation necessary to review an application;
</P>
<P>(v) To notify the applicant that its application is materially incomplete and to specify the deficiencies in the application, for purposes of staying the 180-day period for Commission review of the Form SBSEF; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Upon receipt of a request submitted in good form by a security-based swap execution facility for vacation of its registration, to issue an order vacating the security-based swap execution facility's registration and to send a copy of the request and its order to all other security-based swap execution facilities, national securities exchanges that trade security-based swaps, and registered clearing agencies that clear security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(96) Pursuant to §§ 242.804(c)(1) and (2) and 242.808(b) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To make publicly available on the Commission's website a security-based swap execution facility's filing of new products pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 242.804 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) To stay for a period of up to 90 days the effectiveness of a security-based swap execution facility's self-certification of a new product;
</P>
<P>(iii) To publish notice on the Commission's website of a 30-day period for public comment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) To withdraw the stay or notify the security-based swap execution facility that the Commission objects to the proposed certification.
</P>
<P>(97) Pursuant to §§ 242.805(b) through (e) and 242.808(b) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To make publicly available on the Commission's website a security-based swap execution facility's filing of new products for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 242.805 of this chapter (Rule 805);
</P>
<P>(ii) To notify the submitting security-based swap execution facility that a submission for a new product does not comply with paragraph (a) of § 242.805 of this chapter (Rule 805);
</P>
<P>(iii) To extend by an additional 45 days the period for consideration of a new product voluntarily submitted by a security-based swap execution facility to the Commission for approval, if the product raises novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, and to notify the security-based swap execution facility of the extension within the initial 45-day review period and briefly describe the nature of the specific issue(s) for which additional time for review is required;
</P>
<P>(iv) To extend the period for consideration of a new product voluntarily submitted by a security-based swap execution facility to the Commission for approval by such longer period as to which the security-based swap execution facility agrees in writing;
</P>
<P>(v) To approve a proposed new product and provide notice of the approval to the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(vi) To notify the security-based swap execution facility that the Commission will not, or is unable to, approve the product, and to specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, including the form or content requirements § 242.805(a) of this chapter, that the product violates, appears to violate, or potentially violates but which cannot be ascertained from the submission.
</P>
<P>(98) Pursuant to §§ 242.806(b) through (e) and 242.808(b) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To make publicly available on the Commission's website a security-based swap execution facility's filing of new rules and rule amendments for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 242.806(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) To notify the submitting security-based swap execution facility that a submission for a new rule or rule amendment does not comply with § 242.806(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) To extend by an additional 45 days the period for consideration of a new rule or rule amendment voluntarily submitted by a security-based swap execution facility to the Commission, if the proposed rule or rule amendment raises novel or complex issues that require additional time to review or is of major economic significance, the submission is incomplete, or the requester does not respond completely to the Commission questions in a timely manner, and to notify the security-based swap execution facility of the extension within the initial 45-day review period and briefly describe the nature of the specific issue(s) for which additional time for review is required;
</P>
<P>(iv) To extend the period for consideration of a new rule amendment voluntarily submitted by a security-based swap execution facility to the Commission for approval by such longer period as to which the security-based swap execution facility agrees in writing;
</P>
<P>(v) To approve a proposed rule or rule amendment and provide notice of the approval to the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(vi) To notify a security-based swap execution facility that the Commission will not, or is unable to, approve the new rule or rule amendment and to specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, including the form or content requirements of this section, with which the new rule or rule amendment is inconsistent or appears to be inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, including the form or content requirements of Rule 806, with which the new rule or rule amendment is inconsistent or appears to be inconsistent; and
</P>
<P>(vii) To approve a proposed rule or a rule amendment, including changes to terms and conditions of a product, on an expedited basis under such conditions as shall be specified in the written notification.
</P>
<P>(99) Pursuant to §§ 242.807(c) and 242.808(b) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To make publicly available on the Commission's website a security-based swap execution facility's filing of new rules and rule amendments pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 242.807 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) To stay for a period of up to 90 days the effectiveness of a security-based swap execution facility's self-certification of a new rule or rule amendment;
</P>
<P>(iii) To publish notice on the Commission's website of a 30-day period for public comment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) To withdraw the stay or notify the security-based swap execution facility that the Commission objects to the proposed certification.
</P>
<P>(100) Pursuant to §§ 242.809 of this chapter, to provide written notice to a security-based swap execution facility of a stay or tolling pending issuance of a joint interpretation upon request for a joint interpretation of whether a proposed product is a swap, security-based swap, or mixed swap made pursuant to § 240.3a68-2 of this chapter by the security-based swap execution facility, the Commission, or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(101) Pursuant to § 242.811 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To request pursuant § 242.811(a) of this chapter that a security-based swap execution facility file with the Commission information related to its business as a security-based swap execution facility, and to specify the form, manner, and timeframe for the filing by the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) To request pursuant to § 242.811(b) of this chapter that a security-based swap execution facility file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing supporting data, information, and documents, that it is in compliance with one or more Core Principles or with its other obligations under the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, to specify the Core Principles and other obligations under the Act or the Commission's rules that the security-based swap execution facility's filing must address, and to specify the form, manner, and timeframe for the security-based swap execution facility's filing;
</P>
<P>(iii) To specify, pursuant to § 242.811(c)(2) of this chapter, the form and manner of the notification required pursuant to § 242.811(c)(1) of this chapter by a security-based swap execution facility of any transaction involving the direct or indirect transfer of 50 percent or more of the equity interest in the security-based swap execution facility, and to request supporting documentation of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) To specify the form and manner of the certification required pursuant to § 242.811(c)(4) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(v) To specify the form and manner of the submission by a security-based swap execution facility of documents filed in any material legal proceeding to which the security-based swap execution facility is a party or its property or assets is subject, as specified in § 242.811(d)(1) of this chapter, or in any material legal proceeding instituted against any officer, director, or other official of the security-based swap execution facility from conduct in such person's capacity as an official of the security-based swap execution facility, as specified in § 242.811(d)(2) of this chapter, and to request further documents.
</P>
<P>(102) Pursuant to § 242.822 of this chapter (Rule 822), to require that a security-based swap execution provide information in its possession to the Commission and to specify the form and manner of that provision, and to require a security-based swap execution facility to share information with other regulation organizations, data repositories, and third-party data reporting services as necessary and appropriate to fulfill the security-based swap execution facility's regulatory and reporting responsibilities.


</P>
<P>(b)-(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) To notify the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) of facts concerning the activities and the operational and financial condition of any registered broker or dealer which is or appears to be a member of SIPC and which is in or approaching financial difficulty within the meaning of section 5 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<P>(e) To determine whether, and issue orders regarding, proposals for designation of a contract market for futures trading on an index or group of securities meet the eligibility criteria set forth under section 2(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Commodity Exchange Act, 7 U.S.C. 2(a).
</P>
<P>(f) With respect to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I> (“SIPA”):
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to Section 3(a)(2)(B) of SIPA, to:
</P>
<P>(i) Extend for a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of the filing of the determination by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) that a registered broker-dealer is not a SIPC member because it conducts its principal business outside the United States and its territories and possessions, the period during which the Commission must affirm, reverse or amend any determination by SIPC; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Affirm such determination filed by SIPC.
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to Section (3)(e)(1) of SIPA, to:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine whether proposed bylaw changes filed by SIPC should not be disapproved or whether the proposed bylaw change is a matter of such significant public interest that public comment should be obtained, in which case the Division will notify SIPC of such finding and publish notice of the proposed bylaw change in accordance with Section 3(e)(2) of SIPA; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Accelerate the effective date of proposed bylaw changes filed by SIPC.
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to Section (3)(e)(2) of SIPA, to publish notice of proposed rule changes filed by SIPC.
</P>
<P>(g) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to section 18(t)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(t)(1)) with respect to matters described in § 200.19a.
</P>
<P>(h) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to sections 5318A(a)(4), 5318A(e)(2) and 5318(h)(2) of the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5318A(a)(4), 5318A(e)(2) and 5318(h)(2)) with respect to matters described in § 200.19a.
</P>
<P>(i) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), as amended (Pub. L. 107-56 (2001), 115 Stat. 272) with respect to matters described in § 200.19a.
</P>
<P>(j) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter), to grant or deny a request submitted pursuant to Rule 13(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.13(b) of this chapter) to adjust the filing date of an electronic filing.
</P>
<P>(k) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.) 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter) to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions, pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.202 of this chapter), from the electronic submission requirements of Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) through (k) of this section, in any case in which the Director of the Division of Trading and Markets believes it appropriate, the Director may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 16795, Aug. 19, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-3a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-3a   Delegation of authority to Director of the Office of Municipal Securities.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Office of Municipal Securities to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of municipal advisors within 45 days of the filing of an application for registration as a municipal advisor (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents); and
</P>
<P>(ii) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling the registration of a municipal advisor, if such municipal advisor is no longer in existence or has ceased to do business as a municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and § 240.19b-4 of this chapter (Rule 19b-4), to publish notices of proposed rule changes filed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and to approve such proposed rule changes, and to find good cause to approve a proposed rule change earlier than 30 days after the date of publication of such proposed rule change and to publish the reasons for such finding. Pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and Rule 19b-4 (§ 240.19b-4 of this chapter), to disapprove a proposed rule change, provided that, with respect to a particular proposed rule change, if two (2) or more Commissioners object in writing to the Director within five (5) business days of being notified by the Director that the Office intends to exercise its authority to disapprove that particular proposed rule change, then the delegation of authority to approve or disapprove that proposal is withdrawn, and the Director shall either present a recommendation to the Commission or institute pursuant to delegated authority proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. In addition, pursuant to section 19(b)(10) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(10), to notify the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board that a proposed rule change does not comply with the rules of the Commission relating to the required form of a proposed rule change, and to determine that a proposed rule change is unusually lengthy and complex or raises novel regulatory issues and to inform the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board of such determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 78o-4(a)], to authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of municipal securities dealers within forty-five days of the filing of an application for registration as a municipal securities dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents).
</P>
<P>(4)(i) To grant and deny applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(b)) and § 240.24b-2 of this chapter (Rule 24b-2 thereunder);
</P>
<P>(ii) To revoke a grant of confidential treatment for any such application.
</P>
<P>(5) Pursuant to section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)), prior to any examination of a registered municipal securities dealer whose appropriate regulatory agency is not the Commission, to notify and consult with the appropriate regulatory agency for such municipal securities dealer.
</P>
<P>(6) Pursuant to section 17(c)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78q(c)(3), in regard to municipal securities dealers for which the Commission is not the appropriate regulatory agency:
</P>
<P>(i) To notify the appropriate regulatory agency of any examination conducted by the Commission of any such municipal securities dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) To request from the appropriate regulatory agency a copy of the report of any examination of any such municipal securities dealer conducted by such appropriate regulatory agency and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination; and
</P>
<P>(iii) To furnish to the appropriate regulatory agency on request a copy of the report of any examination of any such municipal securities dealer conducted by the Commission and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination.
</P>
<P>(7) Pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(A) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(A), to extend for a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change or institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(8) Pursuant to 17 CFR 15c2-12(e) (Rule 15c2-12(e)), to grant or deny exemptions, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, from Rule 15c2-12.
</P>
<P>(9) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in § 240.24c-1 shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(10) To administer the provisions of section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(11) Pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2), and section 19(b)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3), to institute proceedings to determine whether a proposed rule change of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board should be disapproved and to provide to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. If the Commission has not taken action on a proposed rule change for which delegated authority has been withdrawn under paragraph (a)(12) of this section prior to the expiration of the applicable time period specified in section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2), then the Director shall institute pursuant to delegated authority proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. In addition, pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B), to extend for a period not exceeding 240 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(12) Pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(C) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(C), to temporarily suspend a change in the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.
</P>
<P>(13) Pursuant to § 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii) of this chapter (Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii)), to reduce the period before which a proposed rule change can become operative, and to reduce the period between an Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board submission of a filing and a pre-filing notification.
</P>
<P>(14) Pursuant to section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm), to review and grant or deny exemptions from the rule filing requirements of section 19(b) (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) of the Act, in a case where the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board elects to incorporate by reference one or more rules of another self-regulatory organization, provided that the following specified terms and conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, when electing to incorporate rules of another self-regulatory organization, has requested to incorporate rules other than trading rules (<I>e.g.,</I> the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board has requested to incorporate rules such as margin, suitability, arbitration);
</P>
<P>(ii) The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, when electing to incorporate rules of another self-regulatory organization has requested to incorporate by reference categories of rules (rather than to incorporate individual rules within a category); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board has reasonable procedures in place to provide written notice to its members each time a change is proposed to the incorporated rules of another self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(b) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to section 18(t)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(t)(1)) with respect to matters described in § 200.19a.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, in any case in which the Director of the Office of Municipal Securities believes it appropriate, he may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67632, Nov. 12, 2013, as amended at 86 FR 9445, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-3b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-3b   Delegation of authority to Director of the Office of Credit Ratings.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Public Law 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Office of Credit Ratings to be performed by the Director or under the direction of the Director by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To grant and deny applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(b)) and § 240.24b-2 of this chapter (Rule 24b-2 thereunder);
</P>
<P>(2) To revoke a grant of confidential treatment for any such application.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in § 240.24c-1 shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(2) To administer the provisions of section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 9446, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-4   Delegation of authority to Director of Division of Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. No. 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Enforcement to be performed by him or under his direction by such other person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) To designate officers empowered to administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, contracts, agreements, or other records in the course of investigations instituted by the Commission pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(c)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(b)) and section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)).
</P>
<P>(2) In nonpublic investigative proceedings, to grant requests of persons to procure copies of the transcript of their testimony under § 203.6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) To terminate and close all investigations authorized by the Commission pursuant to section 20 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77t), section 21 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u), section 42 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41) and section 209 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9).
</P>
<P>(4) To terminate the authority to administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, contracts, agreements, or other records in the course of investigations instituted by the Commission pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(c)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(b)) and section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)).
</P>
<P>(5) To grant or deny applications made pursuant to Rule 193 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.193 of this chapter, provided, that, in the event of a denial, the applicant shall be notified that such a denial may be appealed to the Commisson for review.
</P>
<P>(6) To notify the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) of facts concerning the activities and the operational and financial condition of any registered broker or dealer which is or appears to be a member of SIPC and which is in or approaching financial difficulty within the meaning of section 5 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(7) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(8) Pursuant to Rule 204-2(j)(3)(ii) (§ 275.204-2(j)(3)(ii) of this chapter) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>), to make written demands upon non-resident investment advisers subject to the provisions of such rule to furnish to the Commission true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all books and records which such non-resident investment advisers are required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in any such demand. 
</P>
<P>(9) To administer the provisions of Section 24(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(10) To institute subpoena enforcement proceedings in federal court to seek an order compelling the production of documents or an individual's appearance for testimony pursuant to subpoenas issued pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section in connection with investigations pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(c)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(b)) and section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)).
</P>
<P>(11) To authorize staff to appear in federal bankruptcy court to preserve Commission claims in connection with investigations pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(c)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(b)) and section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)).
</P>
<P>(12) Pursuant to Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78mm) to review and, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, grant, or deny exemptions from rule 17a-25 of the Act (§ 240.17a-25 of this chapter), provided that the Division of Trading and Markets is notified of any such granting or denial of an exemption.
</P>
<P>(13) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(14) To submit witness immunity requests to the U.S. Attorney General pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 6002-6004, and, upon approval by the U.S. Attorney General, to seek or, for the period from June 17, 2011 through December 19, 2012, to issue orders compelling an individual to give testimony or provide other information pursuant to subpoenas that may be necessary to the public interest in connection with investigations and related enforcement actions pursuant to section 22(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77v(b)), section 21(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(c)), section 42(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(c)) and section 209(c) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(c)).
</P>
<P>(15) With respect to debts arising from actions to enforce the federal securities laws, to terminate collection activity or discharge debts, to accept offers to compromise debts when the principal amount of the debt is $5 million or less, to reject offers to compromise debts, and to accept or reject offers to enter into payment plans.
</P>
<P>(16) To disclose information, in accordance with Section 21F(h)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(2)), that would reveal, or could reasonably be expected to reveal, the identity of a whistleblower.
</P>
<P>(17) With respect to disgorgement and Fair Fund plans established in administrative proceedings instituted by the Commission pursuant to the federal securities laws, to appoint a person as a plan administrator, if that person is included in the Commission's approved pool of administrators, and, for an administrator appointed pursuant to this delegation, to set the amount of or waive for good cause shown, the administrator's bond required by § 201.1105(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(18) With respect to enforcement proceedings in Federal court, to:
</P>
<P>(i) Dismiss claims against entities that are defunct, the subject of Federal or foreign bankruptcy proceedings, or without material assets; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Dismiss claims against persons or entities that duplicate or overlap with other pending claims against those persons or entities, unless the dismissal would involve claims requiring a higher level of intent than that required by the remaining claims, result in a reduction of disgorgement available for the claims in the Commission's complaint, or eliminate the statutory basis for a bar sought in the Commission's complaint.
</P>
<P>(19) To file applications in Federal court to seek an order pursuant to section 21(h)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(h)(2)) in connection with investigations pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(c)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-42(b)), and section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)).
</P>
<P>(20) To institute proceedings pursuant to section 12(j) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(j)) with respect to a security based on the issuer's alleged failure to file required periodic reports and, in connection with the institution of such proceedings, issue orders pursuant to section 12(k)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(k)(1)(A)).
</P>
<P>(21) With respect to disgorgement funds and Fair Fund plans established in administrative or cease-and-desist proceedings instituted by the Commission pursuant to the Federal securities laws, to:
</P>
<P>(i) Grant extensions of time to submit proposed distribution plans to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Appoint tax administrators, pursuant to a Commission-approved omnibus order;
</P>
<P>(iii) Publish notice of proposed plans, including plans that omit elements required by § 201.1101 of this chapter (Rule 1101 of the Rules on Fair Fund and Disgorgement Plans);
</P>
<P>(iv) Issue orders adopting plans as to which no negative comments have been received;
</P>
<P>(v) Approve disbursements to investors in accordance with the plans;
</P>
<P>(vi) Approve payment of the fees and expenses of administration; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Approve final fund accountings.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, in any case in which the Director of the Division of Enforcement believes it appropriate, he may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 16796, Aug. 19, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-5   Delegation of authority to Director of Division of Investment Management.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Division of Investment Management, to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, to issue notices, under § 270.0-5 of this chapter, with respect to applications for orders under the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, with respect to section 8(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8(f)), in cases where no application has been filed, where, upon examination, the matter does not appear to the Director to present significant issues that have not been previously settled by the Commission or to raise questions of fact or policy indicating that the public interest or the interest of investors warrants that the Commission consider the matter.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, to authorize the issuance of orders where a notice, under § 270.0-5 of this chapter, has been issued and no request for a hearing has been received from any interested person within the period specified in the notice and the Director believes that the matter presents no significant issues that have not been previously settled by the Commission and it does not appear to the Director to be necessary in the public interest or the interest of investors that the Commission consider the matter.
</P>
<P>(3) To permit the withdrawal of applications pursuant to the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>)
</P>
<P>(4) In connection with the mailing of reports to stockholders and the filing with the Commission of registration statements and of reports:
</P>
<P>(i) To grant reasonable extensions of time, upon a showing of good cause and that it would not be contrary to the public interest or inconsistent with the protection of investors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To deny requests for extensions of time, provided the applicant is advised that the applicant can request Commission review of any such denial.
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) To authorize the issuance of orders granting confidential treatment pursuant to section 45(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-44(a)) where applications for confidential treatment are made regarding matters of disclosure in registration statements filed pursuant to section 8 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or in reports filed pursuant to section 30 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29), but only when the Commission has previously by order granted confidential treatment to the same information.
</P>
<P>(7) To issue notices, pursuant to Rule 0-5(a) (§ 270.0-5(a) of this chapter) with respect to applications for temporary and permanent orders under section 9(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9(c)), and to conditionally or unconditionally exempt persons, for a temporary period not exceeding 60 days, from section 9(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9(a)), if, on the basis of the facts then set forth in the application, it appears that:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The prohibitions of section 9(a), as applied to the applicant, may be unduly or disproportionately severe, or (B) the applicant's conduct has been such as not to make it against the public interest or the protection of investors to grant the temporary exemption; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Granting the temporary exemption would protect the interests of the investment companies being served by the applicant by allowing time for the orderly consideration of the application for permanent relief or the orderly transition of the applicant's responsibilities to a successor, or both.
</P>
<P>(8) To issue—
</P>
<P>(i) Notices, pursuant to Rule 0-5(a) (§ 270.0-5(a) of this chapter), with respect to applications for permanent orders under section 9(c) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-9(c)], and, orders, pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, that exempt conditionally or unconditionally persons from section 9(a) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-9(a)], if, on the basis of the facts then set forth in the application, it appears that:
</P>
<P>(A) The prohibitions of section 9(a) of the Act, as applied to the applicant, may be unduly or disproportionately severe, or the applicant's conduct has been such as not to make it against the public interest or the protection of investors to grant the exemption;
</P>
<P>(B) The prohibitions arise under section 9(a)(3) of the Act solely because the applicant employs, or will employ, a person who is disqualified under section 9(a) (1) or (2) of the Act; and,
</P>
<P>(C) The employee does not and will not serve in any capacity directly related to providing investment advice to, or acting as depositor for, any registered investment company, or acting as principal underwriter for any registered open-end company, registered unit investment trust or registered face amount certificate company.
</P>
<P>(ii) Temporary orders under section 9(c) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-9(c)], exempting conditionally or unconditionally persons from section 9(a) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-9(a)], if, on the basis of the application, it appears that:
</P>
<P>(A) The prohibitions arise under section 9(a)(3) of the Act solely because the applicant employs a person who is disqualified under section 9(a) (1) or (2) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(B) Applicant meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(8)(i) (A) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) To notify an applicant under 17 CFR 270.0-5(f)(1)(ii) that an application pursuant to the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) is not eligible for expedited review under 17 CFR 270.0-5.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to matters pertaining to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), pooled investment funds or accounts, and the general assets or separate accounts of insurance companies, all arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), the same functions as are delegated to the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance in regard to companies other than such investment companies in paragraphs (a), (e), and (f) of § 200.30-1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>With respect to the Securities Act of 1933.</I> (1) To issue notices with respect to applications for orders under section 3(a)(2) exempting from section 5 interests or participations issued in connection with stock bonus, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans covering employees some or all of whom are employees within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 where, upon examination, the matter does not appear to the Director to present issues not previously settled by the Commission or to raise questions of fact or policy indicating that the public interest or the interest of investors requires that a hearing be held.
</P>
<P>(2) To authorize the issuance of orders where a notice has been issued and no request for a hearing has been received from any interested person within the period specified in the notice and the matter involved presents no issue that the Director believes has not been settled previously by the Commission and it does not appear to the Director to be necessary in the public interest or the interest of investors that a hearing be held.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to post-effective amendments filed pursuant to § 230.485(a) or § 230.486(a) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To suspend the operation of paragraph (a) of such sections and to issue written notices to registrants of such suspensions;
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine such amendments to be effective within shorter periods of time than the sixtieth day after the filing thereof.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to post-effective amendments filed pursuant to § 230.485(b) or § 230.486(b) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) To approve additional purposes for post-effective amendments which shall be eligible for immediate effectiveness pursuant to paragraph (b) of such sections.
</P>
<P>(ii) To suspend the operation of paragraph (b) of such sections and to issue written notices to registrants of such suspensions.
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to registration statements filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 487 under the Act (17 CFR 230.487(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To suspend the operation of said paragraph (a) and to issue written notices to registrants of such suspensions.
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to registration statements filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of rule 488 under the Act (17 CFR 230.488(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To suspend the operation of said paragraphs and to issue written notices to registrants of such suspensions;
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine such amendments to be effective within shorter periods of time than the thirtieth day after the filing thereof.




</P>
<P>(d) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 and Regulation E thereunder (§ 230.601 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) To authorize the offering of securities:
</P>
<P>(i) Less than ten days subsequent to the filing with the Commission of a notification on Form 1-E (§ 239.200 of this chapter) pursuant to Rule 604(a) (§ 230.604(a) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Less than ten days subsequent to the filing of an amendment to a notification on Form 1-E (§ 239.200 of this chapter) pursuant to Rule 604(c) (§ 230.604(c) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) To authorize the use of a revised or amended offering circular less than ten days subsequent to the filing thereof pursuant to Rule 605(e) (§ 230.605(e) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) To authorize the use of communications specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Rule 607 (§ 230.607 of this chapter), less than five days subsequent to the filing thereof.
</P>
<P>(4) To permit the withdrawal of any notification, or any exhibit or other documents filed as a part thereof, pursuant to Rule 604(d) (§ 230.604(d) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
</P>
<P>(1) To grant and deny applications filed pursuant to section 24(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78x(b)) and § 240.24b-2 of this chapter (Rule 24b-2) for confidential treatment of information filed pursuant to section 13(f) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) and § 240.13f-1 of this chapter (Rule 13f-1) and the instructions to Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter).


</P>
<P>(2) To revoke a grant of confidential treatment for any such application.
</P>
<P>(3) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(4) To administer the provisions of section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(f) To issue certifications to investment companies that are principally engaged in the furnishing of capital to corporations that are principally engaged in the development or exploitation of inventions, technological improvements, new processes, or products not previously generally available, under Section 851(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 851(e)), where applications from the investment companies do not present issues that have not been previously settled by the Commission and do not require a hearing.
</P>
<P>(g) With respect to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 to 80b-22): 
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to section 203(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(c)): To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of investment advisers within 45 days of the filing of an application for registration as an investment adviser (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents).
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to section 203(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(h)), to authorize the issuance of orders canceling registration of investment advisers, or applications for registration, if such investment advisers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence, not engaged in business as investment advisers, or are prohibited from registering as investment advisers under Section 203A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a).
</P>
<P>(3) To issue notices, under § 275.0-5 of this chapter, with respect to applications for orders under the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder where, upon examination, the matter does not appear to the Director to present significant issues that have not been previously settled by the Commission or to raise questions of fact or policy indicating that the public interest or the interest of investors warrants that the Commission consider the matter.
</P>
<P>(4) To authorize the issuance of orders where a notice, pursuant to § 275.0-5 of this chapter, has been issued, no request for a hearing has been received from any interested person within the period specified in the notice, and the Director believes that the matter presents no significant issues that have not been previously settled by the Commission and it does not appear to the Director to be necessary in the public interest or the interest of investors that the Commission consider the matter.
</P>
<P>(5) To permit the withdrawal of applications pursuant to the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(6) Pursuant to Rule 204-2(j)(3)(ii) (§ 275.204-2(j)(3)(ii) of this chapter), to make written demands upon non-resident investment advisers subject to the provisions of such rule to furnish to the Commission true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all books and records which such non-resident investment advisers are required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in any such demand.
</P>
<P>(7) Pursuant to section 203A(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(d)), to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions under § 275.203-3 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(8)(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting and denying applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to section 210(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-10(a)).
</P>
<P>(ii) To authorize the issuance of orders revoking previously issued orders granting confidential treatment.


</P>
<P>(h) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to sections 5318A(a)(4), 5318A(e)(2) and 5318(h)(2) of the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5318A(a)(4), 5318A(e)(2) and 5318(h)(2)) with respect to matters described in § 200.20b.
</P>
<P>(i) To consult on behalf of the Commission pursuant to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), as amended (Pub. L. 107-56 (2001), 115 Stat. 272) with respect to matters described in § 200.20b.
</P>
<P>(j) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing:
</P>
<P>(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) In any case in which the Director of the Division of Investment Management believes it appropriate, the Director may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k) With respect to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter), to grant or deny a request submitted under Regulation S-T to adjust the filing date of an electronic filing.
</P>
<P>(l) With respect to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>) and rule 8b-25 thereunder (§ 270.8b-25), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), and Regulation S-T thereunder (part 232 of this chapter), to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions under rule 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.202 of this chapter) from the electronic submission requirements of Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(m) With respect to Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter), to grant or deny a request to adjust the filing date of a filing submitted under Regulation S-T.
</P>
<P>(n) With respect to Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter), to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions pursuant to rule 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.202 of this chapter) from the electronic submission requirements of Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29376, July 16, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-6   Delegation of authority to Regional Directors.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to each Regional Director, to be performed by the Regional Director or under the Regional Director's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78 <I>et seq.:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to section 15(b)(2)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(2)(C)):
</P>
<P>(i) To delay until the second six month period from registration with the Commission, the inspection of newly registered broker-dealers that have not commenced actual operations within six months of their registration with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To delay until the second six month period from registration with the Commission, the inspection of newly registered broker-dealers to determine whether they are in compliance with applicable provisions of the Act and rules thereunder, other than financial responsibility rules.
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to Rule 0-4 (§ 240.0-4 of this chapter), to disclose to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and to the state banking authorities, information and documents deemed confidential regarding registered clearing agencies and registered transfer agents; <I>Provided</I> That, in matters in which the Commission has entered a formal order of investigation, such disclosure shall be made only with the concurrence of the Director of the Division of Enforcement or his or her delegate, and the General Counsel or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.:</I> Pursuant to Rule 204-2(j)(3)(ii) (§ 275.204-2(j)(3)(ii) of this chapter), to make written demands upon non-resident investment advisers subject to the provisions of such rule to furnish to the Commission true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all books and records which such non-resident investment advisers are required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in any such demand.
</P>
<P>(c) In nonpublic investigatory proceedings within the responsibility of the Regional Director, to grant requests of persons to procure copies of the transcript of their testimony given pursuant to Rule 6 of the Commission's rules relating to investigations as in effect subsequent to November 16, 1972 (17 CFR 203.6).
</P>
<P>(d) To notify the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) of facts concerning the activities and the operational and financial condition of any registered broker or dealer which is or appears to be a member of SIPC and which is in or approaching financial difficulty within the meaning of section 5 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, in any case in which the Regional Director believes it appropriate, the Regional Director may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 2856, Mar. 22, 1963, as amended at 36 FR 7659, Apr. 23, 1971. Redesignated at 37 FR 16792, Aug. 19, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-7   Delegation of authority to Secretary of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2)(15 U.S.C. 78d-1), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Secretary of the Commission to be performed by the Secretary or under the Secretary's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.,</I> the provisions of Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, Section 201.102(e) of this chapter, and Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219;
</P>
<P>(1) To fix the time and place for hearings and oral arguments before the Commission pursuant to Rule 451 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.451 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) In appropriate cases to extend and reallocate the time prescribed in Rule 451(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.451(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) To postpone or adjourn hearings or otherwise adjust the date for commencement of hearings before the Commission pursuant to Rule 161 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.161 of this chapter, and to advance such hearings;
</P>
<P>(4) To grant or deny extensions of time within which to file papers with the Commission under Rule 161 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.161 of this chapter, or under part 201, subpart F of the Commission's Rules pertaining to Fair Fund and Disgorgement Plans, §§ 201.1100-201.1106;
</P>
<P>(5) To permit the filing of briefs with the Commission exceeding 14,000 words in length, pursuant to Rule 450(c) of the Commission's Rule of Practice, § 201.450(c) of this chapter, and to permit the filing of motions with the Commission in excess of 7,000 words pursuant to Rule 154(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.154(c) of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(6) To certify records of proceedings upon which are entered orders the subject of review in courts of appeals pursuant to section 9 of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77i, section 25 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78y, section 322(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77vvv(a), section 43 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-42, section 213 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-13, and Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219;
</P>
<P>(7) Except where the Commission otherwise directs, to issue findings and orders pursuant to offers of settlement which the Commission has determined should be accepted;
</P>
<P>(8) To issue findings and orders taking the remedial action described in the order for proceedings where a respondent expressly consents to such action, fails to appear, or defaults in the filing of an answer required to be filed and to grant a request, based upon a showing of good cause, to vacate an order or default, so as to permit presentation of a defense;
</P>
<P>(9) To designate officers of the Commission to serve notices of and orders for proceedings and decisions and orders in such proceedings, the service of which is required by Rules 141 and 150 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, §§ 201.141 and 201.150 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(10) To set the date for sanctions to take effect if an initial decision is not appealed and becomes final pursuant to Rule 360(d) or if an initial decision is affirmed pursuant to Rule 411;
</P>
<P>(11) To publish pursuant to Rule 1103 of the Commission's Rules of Practice (§ 201.1103 of this chapter) notice for fair fund and disgorgement plans, and if no negative comments are received, to issue orders approving proposed fair fund plans and disgorgement plans pursuant to Rule 1104 of the Commission's Rules of Practice (§ 201.1104 of this chapter). As part of this plan approval, the requirement set forth in Rule 1105(c) (§ 201.1105(c) of this chapter) may be waived if the fair or disgorgement funds are held at the U.S. Department of the Treasury and will be disbursed by Treasury. Upon the motion of the staff for good cause shown, to approve the publication of proposed fair fund plans and disgorgement plans that omit plan elements required by Rule 1101 of the Commission's Rules of Practice (§ 201.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(12) To issue orders instituting previously authorized administrative proceedings pursuant to sections 15(b)(4) or (6), 15B, 15C, or 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(4) or (6), 78o-4, 78o-5, or 78q-1), and section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)), based on the entry of an injunction or a criminal conviction, and to issue findings and orders in such cases where a respondent consents to a bar from association.
</P>
<P>(b) To order the making of private investigations pursuant to section 21(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on request of the Division of Corporation Finance or the Division of Enforcement, with respect to proxy contests subject to section 14 of that Act and regulation 14A thereunder, and tender offers filed pursuant to section 14(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) To authenticate all Commission documents produced for administrative or judicial proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) The functions otherwise delegated to the General Counsel under § 200.30-14(h) and (j), with respect to any proceeding in which the Chairman or the General Counsel has determined, pursuant to § 200.30-14(i) and (k), that separation of functions requirements or other circumstances would make inappropriate the General Counsel's exercise of such delegated functions.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, in any case in which the Secretary of the Commission believes it appropriate the Secretary may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 17989, Nov. 24, 1970. Redesignated at 37 FR 16792, Aug. 19, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-7, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-8" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-8   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-9" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-9   Delegation of authority to hearing officers.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, to each Administrative Law Judge (“Judge”) the authority:
</P>
<P>(a) To make an initial decision in any proceeding at which the Judge presides in which a hearing is required to be conducted in conformity with the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 557) unless such initial decision is waived by all parties who appear at the hearing and the Commission does not subsequently order that an initial decision nevertheless be made by the Judge, and in any other proceeding in which the Commission directs the Judge to make such a decision; and
</P>
<P>(b) To issue, upon entry pursuant to Rule 531 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.531 of this chapter, of an initial decision on a permanent order, a separate order setting aside, limiting or suspending any temporary sanction, as that term is defined in Rule 101(a)(11) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.101(a) of this chapter, then in effect in accordance with the terms of the initial decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32794, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-10   Delegation of authority to Chief Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to sections 4A and 4B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78d-1), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Chief Administrative Law Judge or to such administrative law judge or administrative law judges as may be designated by the Chief Administrative Law Judge in the Chief Administrative Law Judge's absence, or as otherwise designated by the Chairman of the Commission in the absence of the Chief Administrative Law Judge:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to proceedings conducted before an administrative law judge, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.,</I> and the provisions of Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.102(e) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) After a proceeding has been authorized, to fix the time and place for hearing pursuant to Rule 200 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.200 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) To designate administrative law judges pursuant to Rule 110 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.110 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) To postpone or adjourn hearings or otherwise adjust the date for commencement of hearings pursuant to Rule 161 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.161 of this chapter, or to advance or cancel such hearings, if necessary;
</P>
<P>(4) To grant extensions of time within which to file papers pursuant to Rule 161 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.161 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) To permit the filing of briefs exceeding 14,000 words in length, pursuant to Rule 450(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.450(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(6) In the event the designated presiding administrative law judge is unavailable to issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and subpoenas requiring the production of documentary or other tangible evidence at any designated place of hearing upon request therefor by any party, pursuant to § 201.232 of this chapter (Rule 232 of the Commission's Rules of Practice);
</P>
<P>(7) Pursuant to sections 15(b)(1)(B), 15B(a)(2)(B), and 19(a)(1)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and section 203(c)(2)(B) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 to grant extensions of time for conclusion of proceedings instituted to determine whether applications for registration as a broker or dealer, municipal securities dealer, national securities exchange, registered securities association, or registered clearing agency, or as an investment adviser should be denied; 
</P>
<P>(8) To grant motions of staff counsel to discontinue administrative proceedings as to a particular respondent who has died or cannot be found, or because of a mistake in the identity of a respondent named in the order for proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to proceedings under the Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504, to make assignments as provided in § 201.37(b) of this chapter, respecting applications made pursuant to that Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section , in any case in which the Chief Administrative Law Judge believes it appropriate the Chief Administrative Law Judge may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 23827, Nov. 9, 1972, as amended at 41 FR 21183, May 24, 1976; 43 FR 13378, Mar. 30, 1978; 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989; 60 FR 32794, June 23, 1995; 69 FR 13174, Apr. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005; 71 FR 71037, Dec. 8, 2006; 86 FR 9447, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-11   Delegation of authority to the Chief Accountant.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 101-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Chief Accountant of the Commission, to be performed by the Chief Accountant or under the Chief Accountant's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) In connection with Commission review of inspection reports of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) under 15 U.S.C. 7214(h) and § 202.140:
</P>
<P>(1) To grant or deny review requests and notify the firm and the PCAOB as to whether the Commission will grant the review request under § 202.140(d);
</P>
<P>(2) To extend the time periods set forth in § 202.140(e) within which the PCAOB, registered public accounting firm or an associated person may submit responsive information and documents in connection with a request for Commission review.
</P>
<P>(3) To request additional information pursuant to § 202.140(e) relating to the PCAOB's assessments or determination under review from the PCAOB, the registered public accounting firm, or any associated person of the firm during the course of an interim review of an inspection report, and to grant the PCAOB, the firm or any associated person a period of up to seven calendar days to respond to any information obtained.
</P>
<P>(4) To consider requests for review of inspection reports and, based on such review, to not object to all or part of the assessments or determination of the PCAOB and terminate the stay of publication, or to remand to the PCAOB with instructions that the stay of publication is permanent or that the PCAOB take such other actions as the Chief Accountant deems necessary or appropriate with respect to publication, including, but not limited to, revising the final inspection report or determinations before publication, and to provide the written notice communicating the same to the PCAOB and the registered public accounting firm, consistent with § 202.140 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) To determine that a timely review request by a firm will not operate as a stay of publication of those portions of the final inspection report or determinations described in § 202.140(b) that are the subject of the firm's review request pursuant to § 202.140(c)(5), as well as to determine that publication of the remainder of the final inspection report or criticisms or defects in the quality control systems would not be necessary or appropriate pursuant to § 202.140(c)(5).
</P>
<P>(6) To, in the event the Commission does grant a review request pursuant to § 202.140, determine that the stay of publication shall not continue pursuant to § 202.140(d).
</P>
<P>(7) To, in the event that the review pursuant to § 202.140(e) has not been completed and a written notice has not been sent 75 calendar days after notification to the firm and the PCAOB that it is granting the request for an interim review, grant an extension of time under the authority set forth in § 202.140(e).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, and section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and applicable rules of the Commission, to publish notices of proposed rule changes filed by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, and section 19(b) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b), and applicable rules of the Commission, to approve or disapprove a proposed rule change, and to find good cause to approve a proposed rule change earlier than 30 days after the date of publication of such proposed rule change and to publish the reasons for such finding. The Office of the Chief Accountant shall notify the Commission no less than five (5) business days before the Chief Accountant intends to exercise the Chief Accountant's authority to approve or disapprove a particular proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, and section 19(b)(2)(A) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(A), to extend for a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change or institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(4) Pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2), and section 19(b)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3), to institute proceedings to determine whether a proposed rule change of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board should be disapproved and to provide to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. In addition, pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, and section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B), to extend for a period not exceeding 240 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of a proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), the period during which the Commission must issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change and to determine whether such longer period is appropriate and publish the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(5) Pursuant to section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7217, and section 19(b)(3)(C) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(C), to temporarily suspend a rule of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(c) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in § 240.24c-1 shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, in any case in which the Chief Accountant believes it appropriate, the Chief Accountant may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 47449, Aug. 6, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 2806, Jan. 18, 2011; 86 FR 9447, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-13   Delegation of authority to Chief Financial Officer.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of 15 U.S.C. 78d-1 and 78d-2, the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Chief Financial Officer, to be performed by the Chief Financial Officer or under the Chief Financial Officer's direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) The compromise and collection of federal claims as required by the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, as amended and recodified at 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720, in conformance with standards and procedures jointly promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Attorney General of the United States in 31 CFR Parts 900-904.
</P>
<P>(b) The administration of filing fee account procedures and policies established in § 202.3a of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to section 21F(g)(4) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(g)(4)), the making of requests to the Secretary of the Treasury to invest the portion of the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Protection Fund that is not, in the Secretary of the Treasury's discretion, required to meet the current needs of the fund, and the determination of the maturities for those investments suitable to the needs of the fund.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 50954, Aug. 22, 2003, as amended at 76 FR 60372, Sept. 29, 2011; 79 FR 59105, Oct. 1, 2014; 86 FR 9447, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-14   Delegation of authority to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 101-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 101 Stat. 1255, 15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 15 U.S.C. 78d-2, and 5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(2)(B)(ii), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the General Counsel of the Commission, to be performed by the General Counsel or under the General Counsel's

 direction by such person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) Grant waivers of imputed disqualification requested pursuant to 17 CFR 200.735-8(d).
</P>
<P>(b) Determine whether the Commission will submit, after consultation with any Division or Office of the Commission designated by the Commission, an amicus curiae brief in private litigation on issues previously considered and designated by the Commission as appropriate for the exercise of delegated authority. A list of the issues designated by the Commission as subject to this delegated authority and, where determined by the Commission, the position to be taken on each such issue, may be obtained on request addressed to Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549.
</P>
<P>(c) Determine the appropriate disposition of all Freedom of Information Act and confidential treatment appeals in accordance with §§ 200.80(f) and (g)(12) and 200.83(e), (f), and (h).
</P>
<P>(d) Determine the appropriate disposition of all Privacy Act appeals and related matters in accordance with §§ 200.304 (a) and (c); 200.307 (a) and (b); 200.308(a) (4)-(10); 200.308(b) (1)-(4); and 200.309(e) (1) and (2).
</P>
<P>(e) File notices of appearance in bankruptcy reorganization cases under section 1109(a) of the Bankruptcy Code involving debtors, the securities of which are registered or required to be registered under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(f) In bankruptcy cases, to take the following actions with respect to plan or settlement provisions that have the effect of releasing, exculpating, discharging, or permanently enjoining actions against non-debtor third parties in contravention of Section 524(e) of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable law:
</P>
<P>(1) Object to approval of disclosure statements, including on the basis that the disclosure statement lacks adequate information under Section 1125(b) to support such release provisions;
</P>
<P>(2) Object to confirmation of bankruptcy plans; or
</P>
<P>(3) Object to approval of settlements.
</P>
<P>(g) Approve non-expert, non-privileged, factual testimony by present or former staff members, and the production of non-privileged documents, when validly subpoenaed; and assert governmental privileges on behalf of the Commission in litigation where the Commission appears as a party or in response to third party subpoenas.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.,</I> the provisions of Rule 102(e) of the Commission Rules of Practice, § 201.102(e) of this chapter, and Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219:
</P>
<P>(i) To consider an application for review of an interlocutory ruling which an administrative law judge has refused to certify, and to deny such application upon determining that the administrative law judge did not err in refusing to certify the matter.
</P>
<P>(ii) To consider an interlocutory ruling which an administrative judge has certified, and to affirm such ruling upon determining that such action is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) To issue any order pursuant to an initial decision as to any person who has not filed a petition for review within the time provided, or has withdrawn an appeal, where the Commission has not on its own motion ordered that the initial decision be reviewed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Except where the Commission otherwise directs, to issue findings and orders pursuant to offers of settlement which the Commission has determined should be accepted.
</P>
<P>(v) To grant petitions for review of initial decisions by a hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(vi) To grant motions of staff counsel to discontinue administrative proceedings as to a particular respondent who has died or cannot be found, or because of a mistake in the identity of a respondent named in the order for proceedings.
</P>
<P>(vii) To request additional briefs or grant requests for the submission of late or additional briefs, or the acceptance of affidavits or other material for inclusion in the record or in support of motions or petitions addressed to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(viii) To issue an order dismissing an application for review upon the request of the applicant that the application be withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(ix) To issue an order dismissing an exemptive application upon the request of the applicant that the application be withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(x) To determine motions to consolidate proceedings pending before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(xi) To determine whether to permit or require that a record of proceedings be supplemented with additional evidence.
</P>
<P>(xii) To issue an order setting the effective date of sanctions that were stayed pending appeal to the federal courts, upon issuance of the mandate affirming the Commission's order imposing those sanctions.
</P>
<P>(xiii) To issue a briefing schedule order pursuant to Rule 450 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.450 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(xiv) To determine motions for expedited briefing schedules.
</P>
<P>(xv) To issue an order raising, pursuant to the provisions of Rule 411(d) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.411(d) of this chapter, any matter relating to whether any sanction, and if so what sanction, is in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>) and the provisions of Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice (§ 201.102(e) of this chapter), to issue findings and orders taking the remedial action described in the order for proceedings where the respondents expressly consent to such action, fail to appear or default in the filing of answers required to be filed; or to grant a request, based upon a showing of good cause, to vacate an order of default, so as to permit presentation of a defense.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), to issue an order dismissing an application for review of a denial by a self-regulatory organization of an application by a person subject to statutory disqualification to become associated with a member firm upon receipt of notice from the self-regulatory organization that the firm is no longer a member of the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to proceedings conducted under sections 19(d), (e), and (f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d), (e), and (f), Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219, and § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule 442 of the Commission's Rules of Practice) to determine that an application for review under any of those sections has been abandoned, under the provisions of'§ 201.420, § 201.440, or § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule 420, Rule 440, or Rule 442 of the Commission's Rules of Practice), or otherwise, and accordingly to issue an order dismissing the application.


</P>
<P>(5) With respect to proceedings conducted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.,</I> the provisions of § 201.102(e) or § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule 102(e) or Rule 442 of the Commission's Rules of Practice), and Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219, to determine applications to stay Commission orders pending appeal of those orders to the federal courts and to determine application to vacate such stays.




</P>
<P>(6) With respect to review proceedings pursuant to Sections 19 (d), (e), and (f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s (d), (e), and (f)), to determine applications for a stay of action taken by a self-regulatory organization pending Commission review of that action and to determine applications to vacate such stays.


</P>
<P>(7) In connection with Commission review of actions taken by self-regulatory organizations pursuant to sections 19(d), (e), and (f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d), (e), and (f), by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board pursuant to Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219, or by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule 442 of the Commission's Rules of Practice) to grant or deny requests for oral argument in accordance with the provisions of § 201.451 of this chapter (Rule 451 of the Commission's Rules of Practice).


</P>
<P>(8) In connection with Commission review of actions taken by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board pursuant to Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219, or by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule 442 of the Commission's Rules of Practice), to determine whether to lift the automatic stay of a disciplinary sanction.






</P>
<P>(j)(1) With respect to a proceeding conducted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.;</I> the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.;</I> the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.;</I> and the provisions of Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 201.102(e), that has been set for hearing before the Commission pursuant to Rule 110 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 201.110:
</P>
<P>(i) To determine procedural requests or similar prehearing matters; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To rule upon non-dispositive, prehearing motions.
</P>
<P>(2) Provided, however, that the General Counsel may not issue subpoenas, authorize depositions, rule upon the admissibility of evidence or upon motions to quash or to compel, preside over a hearing or the taking of testimony, sanction a party, act upon a dispositive motion, declare a default, dispose of a claim or defense, or otherwise resolve or terminate the proceeding on the merits.
</P>
<P>(k) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (i) of this section, the functions described in paragraph (i) of this section are not delegated to the General Counsel with respect to proceedings in which the Chairman or the General Counsel determines that separation of functions requirements or other circumstances would make inappropriate the General Counsel's exercise of such delegated functions. With respect to such proceedings, such functions are delegated to the Secretary of the Commission pursuant to § 200.30-7.
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (h) or (j) of this section, in any case described in paragraph (h) or (j) of this section in which the General Counsel believes it appropriate, the General Counsel may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(m) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(2) To administer the provisions of section 24(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<P>(n) To refer matters and information concerning possible professional misconduct to state bar associations and other state professional boards or societies.
</P>
<P>(o) File applications in district court under Section 21(e)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(e)(1)) to obtain orders commanding persons to comply with Commission orders.
</P>
<P>(p)(1) To designate officers empowered to administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, contracts, agreements, or other records in the course of investigations instituted by the Commission pursuant to Section 21 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u) including for possible violations by attorneys of Rule 102(e) of the Commission Rules of Practice (17 CFR 201.102(e)).
</P>
<P>(2) To terminate the authority of officers to administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, contracts, agreements, or other records in the course of investigations instituted by the Commission pursuant to Section 21 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u) including for possible violations by attorneys of Rule 102(e) of the Commission Rules of Practice (17 CFR 201.102(e)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 20288, May 12, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 200.30-14, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-15   Delegation of authority to Chief Operating Officer.</HEAD>
<P>Under Pub. L. 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Chief Operating Officer to be performed by the Chief Operating Officer or under the Chief Operating Officer's direction by persons designated by the Chairman of the Commission: To identify and implement additional changes within the Commission that will promote the principles and standards of the National Performance Review and the strategic and quality management approaches described by the Federal Quality Institute's “Presidential Award for Quality” or its successor awards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 14630, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended at 86 FR 9447, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-16   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-17   Delegation of authority to Director of Office of International Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the Office of International Affairs to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such other person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(b) To administer the provisions of section 24(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78x(d)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52419, Oct. 8, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-18   Delegation of authority to Director of the Division of Examinations.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Public Law 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following authority to the Director of the Division of Examinations (“Examinations”) to be performed by the Director or by such other person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) To administer the provisions of § 240.24c-1 of this chapter; provided that access to nonpublic information as defined in such Section shall be provided only with the concurrence of the head of the Commission division or office responsible for such information or the files containing such information.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Pursuant to Section 17(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)), prior to any examination of a registered clearing agency, registered transfer agent, or registered municipal securities dealer whose appropriate regulatory agency is not the Commission, to notify and consult with the appropriate regulatory agency for such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to section 17(b)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)(1)(B)), prior to any examination of a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 6(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(k) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(k)), to notify and consult with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission regarding the feasibility and desirability of coordinating such examination with examinations conducted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in order to avoid unnecessary regulatory duplication or undue regulatory burdens.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to Section 17(c)(3) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(c)(3)), in regard to clearing agencies, transfer agents and municipal securities dealers for which the Commission is not the appropriate regulatory agency:
</P>
<P>(1) To notify the appropriate regulatory agency of any examination conducted by the Commission of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) To request from the appropriate regulatory agency a copy of the report of any examination of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer conducted by such appropriate regulatory agency and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination; and
</P>
<P>(3) To furnish to the appropriate regulatory agency on request a copy of the report of any examination of any such clearing agency, transfer agent, or municipal securities dealer conducted by the Commission and any data supplied to it in connection with such examination.
</P>
<P>(e)-(h) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to Section 203(h) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C.80b-3(h)), to authorize the issuance of orders cancelling registration of investment advisers, or applications for registration, if such investment advisers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as investment advisers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to Rule 204-2(j)(3)(ii) (§ 275.204-2(j)(3)(ii) of this chapter), to make written demands upon non-resident investment advisers subject to the provisions of such rule to furnish to the Commission true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all books and records which such non-resident investment advisers are required to make, keep current, or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Advisers Act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in any such demand.
</P>
<P>(j) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Under section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)): 
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of brokers or dealers within 45 days of the acceptance of an application for registration as a broker or dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents);
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of brokers or dealers sooner than 45 days after acceptance of an application for registration;
</P>
<P>(iii) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of brokers or dealers, or pending applications for registration, if such brokers or dealers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as brokers or dealers; and
</P>
<P>(iv) To determine whether notices of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW shall become effective sooner than the normal 60-day waiting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Under section 15B(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of municipal securities dealers within 45 days of the filing of acceptable applications for registration as a municipal securities dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents); and
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of municipal securities dealers sooner than 45 days after receipt by the Commission of acceptable applications for registration.
</P>
<P>(3) Under section 15B(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of municipal securities dealers, or pending applications for registration, if such municipal securities dealers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as municipal securities dealers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine whether notices of withdrawal from registration on Form MSDW shall become effective sooner than the normal 60-day waiting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Under section 15C(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of government securities brokers or government securities dealers for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency within 45 days of the acceptance of an application for registration as a government securities broker or government securities dealer (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents); and
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of government securities brokers or government securities dealers for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency sooner than 45 days after acceptance of an application for registration.
</P>
<P>(5) Under section 15C(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(c)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of government securities brokers or government securities dealers registered with the Commission, or pending applications for registration, if such government securities brokers or government securities dealers or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as government securities brokers or government securities dealers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine whether notices of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW shall become effective sooner than the normal 60-day waiting period.
</P>
<P>(6) Under section 17A(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of transfer agents within 45 days of the filing of acceptable applications for registration as a transfer agent (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents);
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of transfer agents sooner than 45 days after receipt by the Commission of acceptable applications for registration;
</P>
<P>(iii) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling registrations of transfer agents, or pending applications for registration, if such transfer agents or applicants for registration are no longer in existence or are not engaged in business as transfer agents; and
</P>
<P>(iv) To determine whether notices of withdrawal from registration on Form TA-W shall become effective sooner than the normal 60-day waiting period.
</P>
<P>(7) Under section 15B(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of municipal advisors within 45 days of the filing of an application for registration as a municipal advisor (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents); and
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of municipal advisors sooner than 45 days after the filing of an application for registration.
</P>
<P>(8) Under section 15B(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c));
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling the registration of a municipal advisor, if such municipal advisor is no longer in existence or has ceased to do business as a municipal advisor; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine whether notices of withdrawal from registration on Form MA-W shall become effective sooner than the 60-day waiting period.
</P>
<P>(k) With respect to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Under section 203(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(c)): 
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting registration of investment advisers within 45 days of the filing of acceptable applications for registration as an investment adviser (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents); and
</P>
<P>(ii) To grant registration of investment advisers sooner than 45 days after receipt by the Commission of acceptable applications for registration.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(l) With respect to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) To cause a written notice to be sent by registered or certified mail, upon receipt of a copy of a notice sent by or on behalf of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation that a broker or dealer has failed to timely file any report or information or to pay when due all or any part of an assessment as required under section 10(a) of this Act, to such delinquent member advising such member that it is unlawful for the member under the provisions of such section of the Act to engage in business as a broker-dealer while in violation of such requirements of the Act and requesting an explanation in writing within ten days stating what he or she intends to do in order to cure such delinquency;
</P>
<P>(2) To authorize formerly delinquent brokers or dealers, upon receipt of written confirmation from or on behalf of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation that the delinquencies referred to in paragraph (c)(1) of this section have been cured, and upon having been advised by the appropriate regional office of this Commission and the Division of Enforcement and Division of Trading and Markets that there is no objection to such member being authorized to resume business, and upon there appearing to be no unusual or novel circumstances which would warrant direct consideration of the matter by this Commission, to resume business as registered broker-dealers as provided in section 10(a) of this Act.
</P>
<P>(m) With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)):
</P>
<P>(i) To authorize the issuance of orders granting on-going registration to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants based on the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's application, pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1(e) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb2-1(e));
</P>
<P>(ii) To authorize the issuance of orders canceling the registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants registered pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1 of this chapter (Rule 15Fb2-1) if such persons are no longer in existence or have ceased to do business as security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants, pursuant to § 240.15Fb3-3(a) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb3-3(a)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) To determine by order, pursuant to § 240.15Fb3-2(b) of this chapter (Rule 15Fb3-2(b)), whether notices of withdrawal of registration filed by security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants pursuant to section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall become effective sooner than the normal 60 day waiting period provided in Rule 15Fb3-2(b) (§ 240.15Fb3-2(b) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(n) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) through (m) of this section, in any case in which the Director of the Examinations believes it appropriate, the Director may submit the matter to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 39644, Aug. 3, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 35842, July 9, 2001; 69 FR 41938, July 13, 2004; 73 FR 40152, July 11, 2008; 73 FR 69532, Nov. 19, 2008; 78 FR 67632, Nov. 12, 2013; 86 FR 9447, Feb. 16, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.30-19" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.1.2.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.30-19   Delegation of authority to Director of the EDGAR Business Office.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to the provisions of Public Law 100-181, 101 Stat. 1254, 1255 (15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2), the Securities and Exchange Commission hereby delegates, until the Commission orders otherwise, the following functions to the Director of the EDGAR Business Office, to be performed by the Director or under the Director's direction by such other person or persons as may be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) and part 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T), to grant or deny a request submitted pursuant to § 232.13(b) of this chapter to adjust the filing date of an electronic filing, after consultation with the division or office with primary regulatory oversight for the relevant filing.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), and part 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T) to set the terms of, and grant or deny as appropriate, continuing hardship exemptions pursuant to § 232.202 of this chapter from the electronic submission requirements of Regulation S-T, after consultation with the division or office with primary regulatory oversight for the relevant filing.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), and part 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T) to take actions pursuant to § 232.15 of this chapter to promote the reliability and integrity of submissions made through the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (EDGAR).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 7967, Feb. 3, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Disposition of Commission Business</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 14692, Mar. 16, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.40" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.40   Joint disposition of business by Commission meeting.</HEAD>
<P>Any meeting of the Commission that is subject to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b, shall be held in accordance with subpart I of this part. The Commission's Secretary shall prepare and maintain a Minute Record reflecting the official action taken at such meetings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17202, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.41" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.41   Quorum of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>A quorum of the Commission shall consist of three members; provided, however, that if the number of Commissioners in office is less than three, a quorum shall consist of the number of members in office; and provided further that on any matter of business as to which the number of members in office, minus the number of members who either have disqualified themselves from consideration of such matter pursuant to § 200.60 or are otherwise disqualified from such consideration, is two, two members shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such matter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17202, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.42" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.42   Disposition of business by seriatim Commission consideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever the Commission's Chairman, or the Commission member designated as duty officer pursuant to § 200.43, is of the opinion that joint deliberation among the members of the Commission upon any matter is unnecessary in light of the nature of the matter, impracticable, or contrary to the requirements of agency business, but is of the view that such matter should be the subject of a vote of the Commission, such matter may be disposed of by circulation of any relevant materials concerning the matter among all Commission members. Each participating Commission member shall report his or her vote to the Secretary, who shall record it in the Minute Record of the Commission. Any matter circulated for disposition pursuant to this subsection shall not be considered final until each Commission member has reported his or her vote to the Secretary or has reported to the Secretary that the Commissioner does not intend to participate in the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever any member of the Commission so requests, any matter circulated for disposition pursuant to § 200.42(a) shall be withdrawn from circulation and scheduled instead for joint Commission deliberation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14692, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 59 FR 53936, Oct. 27, 1994. Redesignated and amended at 60 FR 17202, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.43" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.43   Disposition of business by exercise of authority delegated to individual Commissioner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Delegation to duty officer.</I> (1) Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. No. 87-592, 76 Stat. 394, as amended by section 25 of Pub. L. 94-29, 89 Stat. 163, the Commission hereby delegates to an individual Commissioner, to be designated as the Commission's “duty officer” by the Chairman of the Commission (or by the Chairman's designee) from time to time, all of the functions of the Commission; <I>Provided, however,</I> That no such delegation shall authorize the duty officer (i) to exercise the function of rulemaking, as defined in the Administrative Procedure Act of 1946, as codified, 5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.,</I> with reference to general rules as distinguished from rules of particular applicability; (ii) to make any rule, pursuant to section 19(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) to preside at the taking of evidence as described in section 7(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 556(b), except that the duty officer may preside at the taking of evidence with respect to the issuance of a temporary cease-and-desist order as provided by Rule 511(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.511(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent feasible, the designation of a duty officer shall rotate, under the administration of the Secretary, on a regular weekly basis among the members of the Commission other than the Chairman.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exercise of duty officer authority.</I> (1) The authority delegated by this rule shall be exercised when, in the opinion of the duty officer, action is required to be taken which, by reason of its urgency, cannot practicably be scheduled for consideration at a Commission meeting. After consideration of a staff recommendation involving such a matter, the duty officer shall forthwith report his or her action thereon to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(2) The duty officer may, when in his or her opinion it would be proper and timely, exercise the authority delegated in this section to initiate by order a nonpublic formal investigative proceeding pursuant to section 19(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s(b)), section 21(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u(b)), section 42(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-41(b)), section 209(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-9(b)), and part 203 (Rules Relating to Investigations) of this title (17 CFR part 203). After consideration of a staff recommendation for initiation by order of a nonpublic formal investigative proceeding, the duty officer shall forthwith report his or her action thereon to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(3) In any consideration of Commission business by a duty officer, the provisions of subpart I herein, § 200.400 <I>et seq.,</I> shall not apply, whether or not the duty officer, in exercising his or her authority, consults with, or seeks the advice of, other members of the Commission individually.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission affirmation of duty officer action.</I> (1) Any action authorized by a duty officer pursuant to § 200.43(a) shall be either (i) circulated to the members of the Commission for affirmation pursuant to § 200.42; or (ii) scheduled for affirmation at a Commission meeting at the earliest practicable date consistent with the procedures in subpart I.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The Commission may, in its discretion, at any time review any unaffirmed action taken by a duty officer, either upon its own initiative or upon the petition of any person affected thereby. The vote of any one member of the Commission, including the duty officer, shall be sufficient to bring any such unaffirmed action taken by a duty officer before the Commission for review.
</P>
<P>(ii) A person or party adversely affected by any unaffirmed action taken by a duty officer shall be entitled to seek review by the Commission of the duty officer's unaffirmed actions, but only in the event that the unaffirmed action by the duty officer (A) denies any request for action pursuant to sections 8(a) or 8(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, or the first sentence of section 12(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (B) suspends trading in a security pursuant to section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (C) is pursuant to any provision of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in a case of adjudication, as defined in section 551 of Title 5, U.S. Code, not required by that Act to be determined on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing (except to the extent there is involved a matter described in section 554(a) (1) through (6) of Title 5, United States Code).
</P>
<P>(3) Affirmed or unaffirmed action taken by the duty officer shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, the action of the Commission unless and until the Commission directs otherwise. Rules 430 and 431 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, §§ 201.430 and 201.431 of this chapter, shall not apply to duty officer action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14692, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 59 FR 53936, Oct. 27, 1994. Redesignated and amended at 60 FR 17202, Apr. 5, 1995; 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995; 69 FR 13175, Mar. 19, 2004; 76 FR 71874, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Canons of Ethics</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>25 FR 6725, July 15, 1960, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.50" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.50   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Canons of Ethics for Members of the Securities and Exchange Commission were approved by the Commission on July 22, 1958.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.51" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.51   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>It is characteristic of the administrative process that the Members of the Commission and their place in public opinion are affected by the advice and conduct of the staff, particularly the professional and executive employees. It shall be the policy of the Commission to require that employees bear in mind the principles specified in the Canons. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.52" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.52   Copies of the Canons.</HEAD>
<P>The Canons have been distributed to employees of the Commission. In addition, executive and professional employees are issued copies of the Canons upon entrance on duty. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.53" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.53   Preamble.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Members of the Securities and Exchange Commission are entrusted by various enactments of the Congress with powers and duties of great social and economic significance to the American people. It is their task to regulate varied aspects of the American economy, within the limits prescribed by Congress, to insure that our private enterprise system serves the welfare of all citizens. Their success in this endeavor is a bulwark against possible abuses and injustice which, if left unchecked, might jeopardize the strength of our economic institutions. 
</P>
<P>(b) It is imperative that the members of this Commission continue to conduct themselves in their official and personal relationships in a manner which commands the respect and confidence of their fellow citizens. Members of this Commission shall continue to be mindful of, and strictly abide by, the standards of personal conduct set forth in its regulation regarding Conduct of Members and Employees and Former Members and Employees of the Commission, which is set forth in subpart M of this part 200, most of which has been in effect for many years, and which was originally codified in 1953. 
</P>
<P>(c) However, in addition to the continued observance of those principles of personal conduct, it is fitting and proper for the members of the Commission to restate and resubscribe to the standards of conduct applicable to its executive, legislative and judicial responsibilities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 6725, July 15, 1960, as amended at 31 FR 13533, Oct. 20, 1966] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.54" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.54   Constitutional obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The members of this Commission have undertaken in their oaths of office to support the Federal Constitution. Insofar as the enactments of the Congress impose executive duties upon the members, they must faithfully execute the laws which they are charged with administering. Members shall also carefully guard against any infringement of the constitutional rights, privileges, or immunities of those who are subject to regulation by this Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.55" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.55   Statutory obligations.</HEAD>
<P>In administering the law, members of this Commission should vigorously enforce compliance with the law by all persons affected thereby. In the exercise of the rulemaking powers delegated this Commission by the Congress, members should always be concerned that the rulemaking power be confined to the proper limits of the law and be consistent with the statutory purposes expressed by the Congress. In the exercise of their judicial functions, members shall honestly, fairly and impartially determine the rights of all persons under the law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.56" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.56   Personal conduct.</HEAD>
<P>Appointment to the office of member of this Commission is a high honor and requires that the conduct of a member, not only in the performance of the duties of his office but also in his everyday life, should be beyond reproach. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.57" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.57   Relationships with other members.</HEAD>
<P>Each member should recognize that his conscience and those of other members are distinct entities and that differing shades of opinion should be anticipated. The free expression of opinion is a safeguard against the domination of this Commission by less than a majority, and is a keystone of the commission type of administration. However, a member should never permit his personal opinion so to conflict with the opinion of another member as to develop animosity or unfriendliness in the Commission, and every effort should be made to promote solidarity of conclusion. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.58" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.58   Maintenance of independence.</HEAD>
<P>This Commission has been established to administer laws enacted by the Congress. Its members are appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate to serve terms as provided by law. However, under the law, this is an independent Agency, and in performing their duties, members should exhibit a spirit of firm independence and reject any effort by representatives of the executive or legislative branches of the government to affect their independent determination of any matter being considered by this Commission. A member should not be swayed by partisan demands, public clamor or considerations of personal popularity or notoriety; so also he should be above fear of unjust criticism by anyone. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.59" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.59   Relationship with persons subject to regulation.</HEAD>
<P>In all matters before him, a member should administer the law without regard to any personality involved, and with regard only to the issues. Members should not become indebted in any way to persons who are or may become subject to their jurisdiction. No member should accept loans, presents or favors of undue value from persons who are regulated or who represent those who are regulated. In performing their judicial functions, members should avoid discussion of a matter with any person outside this Commission and its staff while that matter is pending. In the performance of his rule-making and administrative functions, a member has a duty to solicit the views of interested persons. Care must be taken by a member in his relationship with persons within or outside of the Commission to separate the judicial and the rule-making functions and to observe the liberties of discussion respectively appropriate. Insofar as it is consistent with the dignity of his official position, he should maintain contact with the persons outside the agency who may be affected by his rule-making functions, but he should not accept unreasonable or lavish hospitality in so doing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.60" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.60   Qualification to participate in particular matters.</HEAD>
<P>The question in a particular matter rests with that individual member. Each member should weigh carefully the question of his qualification with respect to any matter wherein he or any relatives or former business associates or clients are involved. He should disqualify himself in the event he obtained knowledge prior to becoming a member of the facts at issue before him in a quasi-judicial proceeding, or in other types of proceeding in any matter involving parties in whom he has any interest or relationship directly or indirectly. If an interested person suggests that a member should disqualify himself in a particular matter because of bias or prejudice, the member shall be the judge of his own qualification. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.61" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.61   Impressions of influence.</HEAD>
<P>A member should not, by his conduct, permit the impression to prevail that any person can improperly influence him, that any person unduly enjoys his favor or that he is affected in any way by the rank, position, prestige, or affluence of any person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.62" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.62   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>All proceedings required to be determined by the Commission on the record shall be determined by the members solely upon the record and the arguments of the parties or their counsel properly made in the regular course of such proceeding. A member shall at all times comply with the Commission's Code of Behavior governing ex parte communications between persons outside the Commission and decisional employees, § 200.110 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 4446, May 3, 1963] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.63" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.63   Commission opinions.</HEAD>
<P>The opinions of the Commission should state the reasons for the action taken and contain a clear showing that no serious argument of counsel has been disregarded or overlooked. In such manner, a member shows a full understanding of the matter before him, avoids the suspicion of arbitrary conclusion, promotes confidence in his intellectual integrity and may contribute some useful precedent to the growth of the law. A member should be guided in his decisions by a deep regard for the integrity of the system of law which he administers. He should recall that he is not a repository of arbitrary power, but is acting on behalf of the public under the sanction of the law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.64" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.64   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>The Congress has provided for review by the courts of the decisions and orders by this Commission. Members should recognize that their obligation to preserve the sanctity of the laws administered by them requires that they pursue and prosecute, vigorously and diligently but at the same time fairly and impartially and with dignity, all matters which they or others take to the courts for judicial review. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.65" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.65   Legislative proposals.</HEAD>
<P>Members must recognize that the changing conditions in a volatile economy may require that they bring to the attention of the Congress proposals to amend, modify or repeal the laws administered by them. They should urge the Congress, whenever necessary, to effect such amendment, modification or repeal of particular parts of the statutes which they administer. In any action a member's motivation should be the common weal and not the particular interests of any particular group. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.66" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.66   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>The power to investigate carries with it the power to defame and destroy. In determining to exercise their investigatory power, members should concern themselves only with the facts known to them and the reasonable inferences from those facts. A member should never suggest, vote for, or participate in an investigation aimed at a particular individual for reasons of animus, prejudice or vindictiveness. The requirements of the particular case alone should induce the exercise of the investigatory power, and no public pronouncement of the pendency of such an investigation should be made in the absence of reasonable evidence that the law has been violated and that the public welfare demand it. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.67" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.67   Power to adopt rules.</HEAD>
<P>In exercising its rule-making power, this Commission performs a legislative function. The delegation of this power by the Congress imposes the obligation upon the members to adopt rules necessary to effectuate the stated policies of the statute in the interest of all of the people. Care should be taken to avoid the adoption of rules which seek to extend the power of the Commission beyond proper statutory limits. Its rules should never tend to stifle or discourage legitimate business enterprises or activities, nor should they be interpreted so as unduly and unnecessarily to burden those regulated with onerous obligations. On the other hand, the very statutory enactments evidence the need for regulation, and the necessary rules should be adopted or modifications made or rules should be repealed as changing requirements demand without fear or favor. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.68" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.68   Promptness.</HEAD>
<P>Each member should promptly perform the duties with which he is charged by the statutes. The Commission should evaluate continuously its practices and procedures to assure that it promptly disposes of all matters affecting the rights of those regulated. This is particularly desirable in quasi-judicial proceedings. While avoiding arbitrary action in unreasonably or unjustly forcing matters to trial, members should endeavor to hold counsel to a proper appreciation of their duties to the public, their clients and others who are interested. Requests for continuances of matters should be determined in a manner consistent with this policy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.69" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.69   Conduct toward parties and their counsel.</HEAD>
<P>Members should be temperate, attentive, patient and impartial when hearing the arguments of parties or their counsel. Members should not condone unprofessional conduct by attorneys in their representation of parties. The Commission should continuously assure that its staff follows the same principles in their relationships with parties and counsel. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.70" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.70   Business promotions.</HEAD>
<P>A member must not engage in any other business, employment or vocation while in office, nor may he ever use the power of his office or the influence of his name to promote the business interests of others. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.71" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.71   Fiduciary relationships.</HEAD>
<P>A member should avoid service as a fiduciary if it would interfere or seem to interfere with the proper performance of his duties, or if the interests of those represented require investments in enterprises which are involved in questions to be determined by him. Such relationships would include trustees, executors, corporate directors, and the like. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.72" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.3.3.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.72   Supervision of internal organization.</HEAD>
<P>Members and particularly the Chairman of the Commission should scrutinize continuously its internal organization in order to assure that such organization handles all matters before it efficiently and expeditiously, while recognizing that changing times bring changing emphasis in the administration of the laws. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Information and Requests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.80" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.80   Securities and Exchange Commission records and information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> (1) This section contains the rules that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission follows in processing requests for records under the Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”), 5 U.S.C. 552, as amended. These rules should be read in conjunction with the text of the FOIA and the Uniform Freedom of Information Fee Schedule and Guidelines published by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB Guidelines”). Requests made by individuals for records about themselves under the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, are processed in accordance with the Commission's Privacy Act regulations at subpart H, as well as this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Records that the FOIA requires to be made available for public inspection in an electronic format (pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2)) are accessible through the Commission's website, <I>http://www.sec.gov.</I> Each division and office of the Commission is responsible for determining which of its records are required to be made publicly available in an electronic format, as well as identifying additional records of interest to the public that are appropriate for public disclosure, and for posting and indexing such records. Each division and office shall ensure that its posted records and indexes are reviewed and updated on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons who do not have access to the internet may obtain these records by contacting the Commission's Office of FOIA Services by telephone at 202-551-7900 or by email at <I>foiapa@sec.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements for making requests for records</I>—(1) <I>How made and addressed.</I> The Commission has a centralized system for responding to FOIA requests, with all requests processed by the Office of FOIA Services. Requests for agency records must be in writing and include the requester's full name and a legible return address. Requesters may also include other contact information, such as an email address and a telephone number. Requests may be submitted by U.S. mail or delivery service and addressed to the Freedom of Information Act Officer, SEC, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Requests may also be made by facsimile (202-772-9337), email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>), or online at the Commission's website (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). The request (and envelope, if the request is mailed or hand-delivered) should be marked “Freedom of Information Act Request.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requests for records about oneself or another individual.</I> (i) A requester who is making a request for records about himself or herself must comply with the verification of identity provisions set forth in subpart H of this part to obtain any documents that would not be available to the public under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(ii) For requests for records about another individual, a requester may receive greater access by submitting either a notarized authorization signed by the individual permitting disclosure of his or her records or proof that the individual is deceased (e.g., a copy of a death certificate or an obituary). The Office of FOIA Services can require a requester to supply additional information if necessary to verify that a particular individual has consented to disclosure.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Description of records sought.</I> A FOIA request must reasonably describe the agency records sought with sufficient specificity with respect to names, dates, and subject matter to enable personnel within the divisions and offices of the Commission to locate them with a reasonable effort. Before submitting a request, a requester may contact the Office of FOIA Services' FOIA Public Liaisons to discuss the records they are seeking and to receive assistance in describing the records (contact information for these individuals is on the Commission's website, <I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). If the Office of FOIA Services determines that a request does not reasonably describe the records sought, it shall inform the requester what additional information is needed or how the request is insufficient. A requester who is attempting to reformulate or modify such a request may discuss the request with the Office of FOIA Services' designated FOIA contact, its FOIA Public Liaisons, or a representative of the Office of FOIA Services, each of whom is available to assist the requester in reasonably describing the records sought. When a requester fails to provide sufficient information within 30 calendar days after having been asked to reasonably describe the records sought, the Office of FOIA Services shall notify the requester in writing that the request has not been properly made, that no further action will be taken, and that the FOIA request is closed. Such a notice constitutes an adverse determination under paragraph (e)(2) of this section for which the Office of FOIA Services shall follow the procedures for a denial letter under paragraph (e)(2) of this section. In cases where a requester has modified his or her request so that it reasonably describes the requested records, the date of receipt for purposes of the 20-day time limit of paragraph (d) of this section shall be the date of receipt of the modified request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Processing requests</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> (i) A request for records may be denied to the extent the exemptions in 5 U.S.C. 552(b) apply to the requested records and:
</P>
<P>(A) Commission staff reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by the applicable exemption; or
</P>
<P>(B) The disclosure of the requested records is prohibited by law or is exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining which records are responsive to a request, the Office of FOIA Services ordinarily will include only records in the agency's possession as of the date that it begins its search.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Re-routing of misdirected requests.</I> Any division or office within the Commission that receives a written request for records should promptly forward the request to the Office of FOIA Services for processing.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consultation, referral, and coordination.</I> When reviewing records located in response to a request, the Office of FOIA Services will determine whether another Federal agency is better able to determine if the record is exempt from disclosure under the FOIA. As to any such record, the Office of FOIA Services will proceed in one of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Consultation.</I> In instances where a record is requested that originated within a division or office within the Commission and another Federal agency has a significant interest in the record (or a portion thereof), the Office of FOIA Services will consult with that Federal agency before responding to a requester. When the Office of FOIA Services receives a request for a record (or a portion thereof) in its possession that originated with another entity within the Federal Government that is not subject to the FOIA, the Office of FOIA Services will typically consult with that entity prior to making a release determination.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Referral.</I> When the Office of FOIA Services receives a request for a record (or a portion thereof) in its possession that originated with another Federal agency subject to the FOIA, the Office of FOIA Services will typically refer the record to that agency for direct response to the requester. Ordinarily, the agency that originated the record will be presumed to be best able to make the disclosure determination. However, if the Office of FOIA Services and the originating agency jointly agree that the Office of FOIA Services is in the best position to make a disclosure determination regarding the record, then the record may be handled as a consultation and processed by the Office of FOIA Services. Whenever the Office of FOIA Services refers a record to another Federal agency for direct response to the requester, the Office of FOIA Services shall notify the requester in writing of the referral and inform the requester of the name of the agency to which the record was referred.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Coordination.</I> If disclosure of the identity of the agency to which the referral would be made could harm an interest protected by an exemption, the Office of FOIA Services generally will coordinate with the originating agency to seek its views as to disclosure of the record and then advise the requester of the release determination for the record that is the subject of the coordination.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Classified information.</I> On receipt of any request involving classified information, the Commission staff in possession of the information shall determine whether the information is currently and properly classified and take appropriate action to ensure compliance with subpart J of this part. Whenever a request involves a record containing information that has been classified or may be appropriate for classification by another Federal agency under an executive order concerning the classification of records, the Office of FOIA Services shall refer the responsibility for responding to the request regarding that information to the agency that classified the information, or that should consider the information for classification. Whenever agency records contain information that has been classified by another Federal agency, the Office of FOIA Services shall refer the responsibility for responding to that portion of the request to the agency that classified the underlying information except in circumstances that come within paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limits and expedited

processing</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Office of FOIA Services will seek to respond to requests according to their order of receipt within each track of the Office of FOIA Services' multitrack processing system as described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Initial response.</I> A determination whether to comply with a FOIA request shall be made within 20 days (excepting Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) from the date the Office of FOIA Services receives a request for a record under this part, except when the circumstances described in paragraph (d)(3), (5), or (7) of this section are applicable. In instances where a FOIA requester has misdirected a request that is re-routed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the response time shall commence on the date that the request is first received by the Office of FOIA Services, but in any event not later than 10 working days after the request is first received by any division or office of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Clarification of request.</I> The Office of FOIA Services may seek clarification of a request (or a portion of a request) for records. The request for clarification generally should be in writing. The first time the Office of FOIA Services seeks clarification, the time for responding to the entire request (set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section) is tolled until the requester responds to the clarification request. The tolled period will end when the Office of FOIA Services receives a response from the requester that reasonably describes the requested records. If the Office of FOIA Services asks for clarification and does not receive a written response from the requester within 30 calendar days from the date of the clarification request, the Office of FOIA Services will presume that the requester is no longer interested in the record(s) sought and notify the requester that any portion of the request as to which clarification was sought has been closed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Multitrack processing.</I> The Office of FOIA Services shall use a multitrack system for processing FOIA requests. The Office of FOIA Services shall designate one track for requests that are granted expedited processing, in accordance with the standards set forth in paragraph (d)(7) of this section. The Office of FOIA Services shall use two or more additional processing tracks that distinguish between simple and more complex requests based on the estimated amount of work and/or time needed to process the request. Among the factors the Office of FOIA Services may consider are the time to perform a search, the number of pages that must be reviewed in processing the request, and the need for consultations or referrals. The Office of FOIA Services shall advise requesters of the track into which their request falls and, when appropriate, shall offer the requesters an opportunity to narrow the scope of their request so that it can be placed in a different processing track.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Unusual circumstances.</I> The Office of FOIA Services may extend the time period for processing a FOIA request in “unusual circumstances.” To extend the time, the Office of FOIA Services shall notify the requester in writing of the unusual circumstances involved and of the date by which processing of the request is expected to be completed. If the extension exceeds 10 working days, the Office of FOIA Services shall provide the requester, in writing, with an opportunity to modify the request or arrange an alternative time frame for processing the request or a modified request. The Office of FOIA Services shall also make available its FOIA Public Liaisons to assist in the resolution of any disputes and notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services. For purposes of this section, “unusual circumstances” include:
</P>
<P>(i) The need to search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other establishments that are separate from the office processing the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) The need to search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records that are the subject of a single request.
</P>
<P>(iii) The need to consult with another Federal agency having a substantial interest in the determination of the FOIA request or among two or more divisions or offices within the Commission having substantial subject-matter interest therein.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Aggregating requests.</I> The Office of FOIA Services may aggregate requests in cases where it reasonably believes that multiple requests, submitted either by a requester or by a group of requesters acting in concert, together constitute a single request that would involve unusual circumstances, as defined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section. Multiple requests involving unrelated matters shall not be aggregated. The Office of FOIA Services shall advise requesters, in writing, when it determines to aggregate multiple requests and comply with paragraph (d)(5) of this section. Aggregation of requests for this purpose will be conducted independent of aggregation requests for fee purposes under paragraph (g)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Expedited processing.</I> The Office of FOIA Services shall grant a request for expedited processing if the requester demonstrates a “compelling need” for the records. “Compelling need” means that a failure to obtain the requested records on an expedited basis could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to an individual's life or physical safety or, if the requester is primarily engaged in disseminating information, an urgency to inform the public about an actual or alleged Federal Government activity.
</P>
<P>(i) A request for expedited processing may be made at the time of the initial request for records or at any later time.
</P>
<P>(ii) A requester who seeks expedited processing must submit a statement, certified to be true and correct to the best of that person's knowledge and belief, explaining why there is a “compelling need” for the records.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Office of FOIA Services shall determine whether to grant or deny a request for expedited processing and provide notice of that determination within 10 calendar days of receipt of the request by the Office of FOIA Services. A request for records that has been granted expedited processing shall be processed as soon as practicable. If a request for expedited processing is denied, any appeal of that determination shall be decided expeditiously.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Appeals.</I> An administrative appeal shall be decided within 20 days (excepting Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) from the date the Office of FOIA Services receives such appeal except in the unusual circumstances specified in paragraph (d)(5) of this section. In those unusual circumstances, the 20-day time limit may be extended by written notice to the person making the appeal setting forth the unusual circumstances for such extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be dispatched. No such notice shall specify a date that would result in an extension of more than 10 working days.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Responses to requests for

records</I>—(1) <I>Acknowledgment of requests.</I> Upon receipt of a request for records, the Office of FOIA Services ordinarily will send the requester an acknowledgment letter that provides an assigned request number for further reference and, if necessary, confirms whether the requester is willing to pay fees.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Responses to requests.</I> (i) Any letter determining whether to comply with a request will inform the requester of the right to seek assistance from the Office of FOIA Services' FOIA Public Liaisons.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Office of FOIA Services makes a determination to grant a request in whole or in part, it shall notify the requester in writing of such determination, disclose records to the requester, and collect any applicable fees.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Office of FOIA Services makes an adverse determination regarding a request, it shall notify the requester of that determination in writing. Adverse determinations, or denials of requests, include decisions that: the requested record is exempt, in whole or in part; the request does not reasonably describe the records sought; the requested record does not exist (or is not subject to the FOIA), cannot be located, or has previously been destroyed; or the requested record is not readily producible in the form or format sought by the requester. Adverse determinations also include designations of requesters' fee category, denials of fee waiver requests, or denials of requests for expedited processing.
</P>
<P>(iv) An adverse determination letter shall be signed and include:
</P>
<P>(A) The names and titles or positions of each person responsible for the adverse determination;
</P>
<P>(B) A brief statement of the reasons for the adverse determination, including any FOIA exemption applied by the official denying the request;
</P>
<P>(C) For records disclosed in part, markings or annotations to show the applicable FOIA exemption(s) and the amount of information deleted, unless doing so would harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption. The location of the information deleted shall also be indicated on the record, if feasible;
</P>
<P>(D) An estimate of the volume of any records or information withheld by providing the number of pages withheld in their entirety or some other reasonable form of estimation. This estimate is not required if the volume is otherwise indicated by deletions marked on the records that are disclosed in part or if providing an estimate would harm an interest protected by an applicable FOIA exemption;
</P>
<P>(E) A statement that the adverse determination may be appealed under paragraph (f) of this section, and a description of the requirements for filing an administrative appeal set forth in that paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(F) A statement of the right of the requester to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of FOIA Services' FOIA Public Liaisons or the Office of Government Information Services (“OGIS”).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mediation services.</I> OGIS offers mediation services to resolve disputes between requesters and the Office of FOIA Services as a non-exclusive alternative to litigation. Requesters with concerns about the handling of their requests may contact OGIS.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Administrative appeals</I>—(1) <I>Administrative review.</I> If a requester receives an adverse determination as described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, or the request has not been timely determined within the time period prescribed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or within an extended period permitted under paragraph (d)(5) of this section, the requester may file an appeal to the Office of the General Counsel consistent with the procedures described in paragraphs (f)(2) through (4) of this section. A requester must generally submit a timely administrative appeal before seeking review by a court of an adverse determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time limits.</I> Appeals can be submitted in writing or electronically, as described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section. The appeal must be received within 90 calendar days of the date of the written denial of the adverse determination and must be received no later than 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 90th day. If the Office of FOIA Services has not issued a determination on a request, an appeal may be submitted any time after the statutory time period for responding to a request ends.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contents of appeal.</I> Appeals should be clearly and prominently identified at the top of the first page as “Freedom of Information Act Appeal” and should provide the assigned FOIA request number. The appeal should include a copy of the original request and adverse determination. Appeals should include a statement of the requester's arguments as to why the records requested should be made available and the reason(s) the FOIA requester contends the adverse determination was in error. If only a portion of the adverse determination is appealed, the requester must specify which part is being appealed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>How to file and address an appeal.</I> If submitted by U.S. mail or delivery service, the appeal must be sent to the Office of FOIA Services at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Appeals may also be made by facsimile at 202-772-9337, email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>), or online at the Commission's website (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). A legible return address must be included with the FOIA appeal. The requester may also include other contact information, such as a telephone number and/or email address.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Adjudication of appeals.</I> The Office of the General Counsel has the authority to grant or deny all appeals, in whole or in part. In appropriate cases the Office of the General Counsel may refer appeals to the Commission for determination. No opportunity for personal appearance, oral argument, or hearing on appeal is provided. Upon receipt of an appeal, the Office of FOIA Services ordinarily will send the requester an acknowledgment letter that confirms receipt of the requester's appeal.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Determinations on appeals.</I> A determination on an appeal must be made in writing. A determination that denies an appeal, in whole or in part, shall include a brief explanation of the basis for the denial, identify the applicable FOIA exemptions asserted, and describe why the exemptions apply. As applicable, the determination will provide the requester with notification of the statutory right to file a lawsuit in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4), and will inform the requester of the mediation services offered by the Office of Government Information Services as a non-exclusive alternative to litigation. If the Office of FOIA Services' determination is remanded or modified on appeal, the Office of the General Counsel will notify the requester of that determination in writing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fees</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Office of FOIA Services shall charge fees for processing requests under the FOIA in accordance with the provisions of this section and with the OMB Guidelines, except where fees are limited under paragraph (g)(4) of this section or when a waiver or reduction is granted under paragraph (g)(12) of this section. To resolve any fee issues that arise under this section, the Office of FOIA Services may contact a requester for additional information. The Office of FOIA Services shall ensure that searches, review, and duplication are conducted in an efficient manner. The Office of FOIA Services ordinarily will collect all applicable fees before sending copies of records to a requester. Requesters must pay fees by check, certified check, or money order, or where possible, by electronic payment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Commercial use request</I> is a request from or on behalf of a person who seeks information for a use or purpose that furthers his or her commercial, trade, or profit interests, which can include furthering those interests through litigation. The Office of FOIA Services will determine whether to place a requester in the commercial use category on a case-by-case basis based on the requester's intended use of the information.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Direct costs</I> are those expenses the Office of FOIA Services and any staff within the divisions and offices of the Commission incur in searching for and duplicating (and, in the case of commercial use requests, reviewing) records to respond to a FOIA request. Direct costs include the salary of the employee(s) performing the work (<I>i.e.,</I> the basic rate of pay for the employee(s), plus 16% of that rate to cover benefits), the cost of materials, and the cost of operating computers and other electronic equipment, such as photocopiers and scanners. Direct costs do not include overhead expenses such as the costs of space and of heating or lighting a facility in which the service is performed.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Duplication</I> is reproducing a record, or the information contained in it, to respond to a FOIA request. Copies can take the form of paper, audiovisual materials, or electronic records, among others. The Office of FOIA Services shall honor a requester's specified preference of form or format of disclosure if the record is readily reproducible with reasonable efforts in the requested form or format.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Educational institution</I> is any school that operates a program of scholarly research. A requester in this fee category must show that the request is made in connection with the requester's role at the educational institution and that the records are not sought for commercial or personal use.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Noncommercial scientific institution</I> is an institution that is not operated to further a commercial, trade, or profit interest and that is operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. A requester in this category must show that the request is authorized by and is made under the auspices of a qualifying institution and that the records are sought to further scientific research and are not for a commercial use.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Representative of the news media</I> or <I>news media requester</I> is any person or entity that gathers information of potential interest to a segment of the public, uses its editorial skills to turn the raw materials into a distinct work, and distributes that work to an audience. The term “news” means information that is about current events or that would be of current interest to the public.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Review</I> is the examination of a record located in response to a request to determine whether any portion of it is exempt from disclosure. Review time includes doing all that is necessary to prepare the record for disclosure, such as redacting the record and marking any applicable exemptions. Review time also includes time spent obtaining and considering formal objections to disclosure made by a submitter under § 200.83, but it does not include time spent resolving legal or policy issues regarding the application of exemptions.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Search</I> is the review, manually or by automated means, of agency records for the purpose of locating those records that are responsive to a request. Search time includes page-by-page or line-by-line identification of information within records and the reasonable efforts expended to locate and retrieve information from electronic records.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Charging fees.</I> In responding to FOIA requests, the Office of FOIA Services shall charge fees for the services summarized in chart form in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section and explained in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii) through (v) of this section, unless fees are limited under paragraph (g)(4) of this section or a waiver or reduction of fees has been granted under paragraph (g)(12) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The four categories of requesters and the chargeable fees for each are:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requester category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Search fees
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Review fees
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duplication fees
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) Commercial use requesters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) Educational and noncommercial scientific institutions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes (first 100 pages, or equivalent volume, free).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(C) Representatives of the news media</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes (first 100 pages, or equivalent volume, free).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(D) All other requesters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes (first 2 hours free)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes (first 100 pages, or equivalent volume, free).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Search fees.</I> (A) Search fees shall be charged for all requests—other than requests made by educational institutions, noncommercial scientific institutions, or representatives of the news media—subject to the limitations of paragraph (g)(4) of this section. The Office of FOIA Services may charge for time spent searching even if no responsive records are located or it is determined that the records are entirely exempt from disclosure. Search fees shall be the direct costs of conducting the search by agency employees.
</P>
<P>(B) Requesters shall be charged the direct costs associated with conducting any search that requires the creation of a new computer program to locate or identify responsive records. Requesters shall be notified of the costs associated with creating and implementing such a program and must agree to pay the associated costs before the costs may be incurred.
</P>
<P>(C) For requests that require the retrieval of agency records stored at a Federal records center operated by the National Archives and Records Administration (“NARA”), additional costs shall be charged in accordance with the Transactional Billing Rate Schedule established by NARA.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Review fees.</I> Review fees shall be charged to requesters who make commercial use requests. Review fees shall be assessed in connection with the initial review of the record, <I>i.e.,</I> the review agency employees conduct to determine whether an exemption applies to a particular record or portion of a record. Also, if an exemption asserted to withhold a record (or a portion thereof) is deemed to no longer apply, any costs associated with the re-review of the records to consider the use of other exemptions may be assessed as review fees. Review fees shall be the direct costs of conducting the review by the involved employees. Review fees can be charged even if the records reviewed ultimately are not disclosed.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Search and review services (review applies to commercial-use requesters only).</I> (A) The Office of FOIA Services will establish and charge average rates for the groups of employees' salary grades typically involved in the search and review of records. Those groups will consist of employees at:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Grades SK-8 or below;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Grades SK-9 to SK-13; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Grades SK-14 or above.
</P>
<P>(B) The average rates will be based on the hourly salary (<I>i.e.,</I> basic salary plus locality payment), plus 16 percent for benefits, of employees who routinely perform search and review services. The average hourly rates are listed on the FOIA web page of the Commission's website at <I>http://www.sec.gov</I> and will be updated as salaries change. Fees will be charged in quarter-hour increments. No search fee or review fee will be charged for a quarter-hour period unless more than half of that period is required for search or review.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Duplication fees.</I> Duplication fees shall be charged to all requesters, subject to the limitations of paragraph (g)(4) of this section. Fees for either a photocopy or printout of a record (no more than one copy of which need be supplied) are identified on the FOIA web page of the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov.</I> For copies of records produced on tapes, disks, or other media, the Office of FOIA Services shall charge the direct costs of producing the copy, including operator time. Where paper documents must be scanned to comply with a requester's preference to receive the records in an electronic format, the requester shall pay the direct costs associated with scanning those materials. For all other forms of duplication, the Office of FOIA Services shall also charge the direct costs.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limitations on charging fees.</I> (i) No search or review fees will be charged for requests by educational institutions (unless the requests are sought for a commercial use), noncommercial scientific institutions, or representatives of the news media.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for requesters seeking records for a commercial use, the Office of FOIA Services shall provide without charge the first 100 pages of duplication (or the cost equivalent for other media) and the first two hours of search.
</P>
<P>(iii) Fees will not be charged where the costs of collecting and processing the fee are likely to equal or exceed the amount of the fee.
</P>
<P>(iv) The Office of FOIA Services will not assess search fees (or, in the case of requests from representatives of the news media or educational or noncommercial scientific institutions, duplication fees) when 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A)(viii) prohibits the assessment of those fees.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notice of anticipated fees.</I> (i) When the Office of FOIA Services determines or estimates that the fees to be assessed in accordance with this section will exceed the amount it would cost the Office of FOIA Services to collect and process the fees, the Office of FOIA Services shall notify the requester of the actual or estimated amount of fees, unless the requester has indicated a willingness to pay fees as high as the estimated fees. If only a portion of the fee can be estimated readily, the Office of FOIA Services shall advise the requester accordingly. If the requester is not a commercial use requester, the notice shall specify that the requester is entitled to the statutory entitlements of 100 pages of duplication at no charge and, if the requester is charged search fees, two hours of search time at no charge.
</P>
<P>(ii) In cases in which a requester has been notified that the actual or estimated fees will amount to more than it would cost the Office of FOIA Services to collect and process the fees, or amount to more than the amount the requester indicated a willingness to pay, the Office of FOIA Services will do no further work on the request until the requester commits in writing to pay the actual or estimated total fee, or designates some amount of fees the requester is willing to pay, or in the case of a requester who is not a commercial use requester, designates that the requester seeks only that which can be provided by the statutory entitlements. The Office of FOIA Services will toll the response period while it notifies the requester of the actual or estimated amount of fees and this time will be excluded from the 20 working day time limit (as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section). The requester's agreement to pay fees must be made in writing, must designate an exact dollar amount the requester is willing to pay, and must be received within 30 calendar days from the date of the notification of the fee estimate. If the requester fails to submit an agreement to pay the anticipated fees within 30 calendar days from the date of the Office of FOIA Services' fee notice, the Office of FOIA Services will presume that the requester is no longer interested in the records and notify the requester that the request has been closed.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Office of FOIA Services shall make available their FOIA Public Liaisons or other FOIA professionals to assist any requester in reformulating a request to meet the requester's needs at a lower cost.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Charges for other services.</I> Although not required to provide special services, if the Office of FOIA Services chooses to do so as a matter of administrative discretion, the direct costs of providing the service shall be charged. Examples of such special services include certifying that records are true copies, providing multiple copies of the same document, or sending records by means other than first class mail. The cost for the attestation of records with the Commission seal (<I>i.e.,</I> certifying records as true copies) is $4.00 per record, which may be waived for records certified electronically. Requests for certified copies of records or documents shall ordinarily be serviced within 20 working days. Requests will be processed in the order in which they are received.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Charging interest.</I> The Office of FOIA Services may begin to charge interest on any unpaid bill starting on the 31st calendar day following the date of billing the requester. Interest charges shall be assessed at the rate provided in 31 U.S.C. 3717 and accrue from the date of the billing until the payment is received. The Office of FOIA Services shall take all steps authorized by the Debt Collection Act of 1982, as amended, and the Commission's Rules Relating to Debt Collection to effect payment, including offset, disclosure to consumer reporting agencies, and use of collection agencies.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Aggregating requests.</I> If the Office of FOIA Services reasonably believes that a requester or a group of requesters acting in concert is attempting to divide a request into a series of requests for the purpose of avoiding fees, the Office of FOIA Services may aggregate those requests and charge accordingly. Among the factors the Office of FOIA Services shall consider in deciding whether to aggregate are whether the requests were submitted close in time and whether the requests seek documents about related matters. The Office of FOIA Services may presume that multiple requests that involve related matters made by the same requester or a group of requesters within a 30 calendar day period have been made to avoid fees. For requests separated by a longer period, the Office of FOIA Services will aggregate them only where it determines that aggregation is warranted in view of all the circumstances involved.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Advance payments.</I> (i) For requests other than those described in paragraphs (g)(9)(ii) and (iii) of this section, the Office of FOIA Services shall not require a requester to make advance payment (<I>i.e.,</I> payment made before the Office of FOIA Services begins to process or continues to work on a request). Payment owed for work already completed (<I>i.e.,</I> payment before copies are sent to a requester) is not an advance payment.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the Office of FOIA Services determines or estimates that a total fee to be charged under this section will exceed $250.00, it shall notify the requester of the actual or estimated fee and may require the requester to make an advance payment of the entire anticipated fee before beginning to process the request. A notice under this paragraph shall offer the requester an opportunity to discuss the matter with the Office of FOIA Services' FOIA Public Liaisons or other FOIA professionals to modify the request in an effort to meet the requester's needs at a lower cost.
</P>
<P>(iii) When a requester has previously failed to pay a properly charged FOIA fee to the Office of FOIA Services or other Federal agency within 30 calendar days of the date of billing, the Office of FOIA Services shall notify the requester that he or she is required to pay the full amount due, plus any applicable interest, and to make an advance payment of the full amount of any anticipated fee, before the Office of FOIA Services begins to process a new request or continues processing a pending request from that requester. Where the Office of FOIA Services has a reasonable basis to believe that a requester has misrepresented the requester's identity to avoid paying outstanding fees, it may require that the requester provide proof of identity and pay in advance.
</P>
<P>(iv) When the Office of FOIA Services requires advance payment or payment due under paragraphs (g)(9)(ii) and (iii) of this section, the Office of FOIA Services will not further process the request until the required payment is made. The Office of FOIA Services will toll the processing of the request while it notifies the requester of the advanced payment due and this time will be excluded from the 20 working day time limit (as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section). If the requester does not pay the advance payment within 30 calendar days from the date of the Office of FOIA Services' fee notice, the Office of FOIA Services will presume that the requester is no longer interested in the records and notify the requester that the request has been closed.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Tolling.</I> When necessary for the Office of FOIA Services to clarify issues regarding fee assessment with the requester, the time limit for responding to a FOIA request is tolled until the Office of FOIA Services resolves such issues with the requester.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Other statutes specifically providing for fees.</I> The fee schedule of this section does not apply to fees charged under any statute (except the FOIA) that specifically requires an agency to set and collect fees for particular types of records. In instances where records responsive to a request are subject to a statutorily-based fee schedule program, the Office of FOIA Services shall inform the requester how to obtain records from that program. Provision of such records is not handled under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Requirements for waiver or reduction of fees.</I> (i) Records responsive to a request will be furnished without charge, or at a charge reduced below that established under paragraph (g)(3) of this section, if the requester asks for such a waiver in writing and the Office of FOIA Services determines, after consideration of information provided by the requester, that the requester has demonstrated that:
</P>
<P>(A) Disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government; and
</P>
<P>(B) Disclosure of the information is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.
</P>
<P>(ii) In deciding whether disclosure of the requested information is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government, the Office of FOIA Services shall consider each of the following four factors:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>The subject of the request:</I> whether the subject of the requested records concerns the operations or activities of the government. The subject of the requested records must concern identifiable operations or activities of the Federal Government, with a connection that is direct and clear, not remote or attenuated.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>The informative value of the information to be disclosed:</I> whether the disclosure is likely to contribute to an understanding of government operations or activities. The disclosable portions of the requested records must be meaningfully informative about government operations or activities to be likely to contribute to an increased public understanding of those operations or activities. The disclosure of information that already is in the public domain, in either a duplicative or a substantially identical form, would not be likely to contribute to such understanding.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>The contribution to an understanding of the subject by the public likely to result from disclosure:</I> whether disclosure of the requested information will contribute to the understanding of a reasonably broad audience of persons interested in the subject, as opposed to the individual understanding of the requester. A requester's expertise in the subject area and ability and intention to effectively convey information to the public shall be considered. It shall be presumed that a representative of the news media satisfies this consideration.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>The significance of the contribution to public understanding:</I> whether the disclosure is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of government operations or activities. The public's understanding of the subject in question prior to the disclosure must be significantly enhanced by the disclosure.
</P>
<P>(iii) In deciding whether disclosure of the requested information is primarily in the commercial interest of the requester, the Office of FOIA Services shall consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>The existence and magnitude of a commercial interest:</I> whether the requester has a commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure. The Office of FOIA Services shall consider any commercial interest of the requester (with reference to the definition of “commercial use requester” in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section), or of any person on whose behalf the requester may be acting, that would be furthered by the requested disclosure. Requesters shall be given an opportunity to provide explanatory information regarding this consideration.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>The primary interest in disclosure:</I> whether the public interest is greater than any identified commercial interest in disclosure. The Office of FOIA Services ordinarily shall presume that where a news media requester has satisfied the public interest standard, the public interest will be the interest primarily served by disclosure to that requester. Disclosure to data brokers or others who merely compile and market government information for direct economic return shall not be presumed to primarily serve the public interest.
</P>
<P>(iv) If only a portion of the requested records satisfies both the requirements for a waiver or reduction of fees, a waiver or reduction of fees will be granted for only that portion.
</P>
<P>(v) Requests for a waiver or reduction of fees should address all the factors identified in paragraphs (g)(12)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) Denials of requests for a waiver or reduction of fees are adverse determinations (as defined in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section) and may be appealed to the General Counsel in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">83 FR 30327, June 27, 2018, as amended at 86 FR 47562, Aug. 26, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.81" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.81   Publication of interpretative, no-action and certain exemption letters and other written communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every letter or other written communication requesting the staff of the Commission to provide interpretative legal advice with respect to any statute administered by the Commission or any rule or regulation adopted thereunder; or requesting a statement that, on the basis of the facts stated in such letter or other communication, the staff would not recommend that the Commission take any enforcement action; or requesting an exemption, on the basis of the facts stated in such letter, from the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) or any rule or regulation thereunder, where the issuance of an order granting such exemption does not require public notice and an opportunity for hearing; together with any written response thereto, shall be made available for inspection and copying by any person as soon as practicable after the response has been sent or given to the person requesting it.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person submitting such letter or other written communication may also submit therewith a request that it be accorded confidential treatment for a specified period of time, not exceeding 120 days from the date the response, together with a statement setting forth the considerations upon which the request for such treatment is based. If the staff determines that the request is reasonable and appropriate it will be granted and the letter or other communication will not be made available for public inspection or copying until the expiration of the specified period. If it appears to the staff that the request for confidential treatment should be denied, the staff shall so advise the person making the request and such person may withdraw the letter or other communication within 30 days thereafter. In such case, no response will be sent or given and the letter or other communication shall remain in the Commission's files but will not be made public. If such letter or other communication is not so withdrawn, it shall be deemed to be available for public inspection and copying together with any written response thereto. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>All letters or other written communications requesting interpretative advice, a no-action position, or an exemption shall indicate prominently, in a separate caption at the beginning of the request, each section of the Act and each rule to which the request relates. If more than one section or rule is involved, a separate copy of the request shall be submitted for each section or rule involved and an additional copy for the use of the staff of the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) This section shall not apply, however, to letters of comment or other communications relating to the accuracy or adequacy of any registration statement, report, proxy, or information statement or other document filed with the Commission, or relating to the extent to which such statement, report, or document complies with any applicable requirement. Further, this section shall not apply to applications or other written communications filed pursuant to § 240.24b-2 that relate to objections to public disclosure of information filed with the Commission or any exchange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 17779, Nov. 19, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 12413, Apr. 14, 1988; 53 FR 32605, Aug. 26, 1988] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.82" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.82   Public availability of materials filed pursuant to § 240.14a-8(d) and related materials.</HEAD>
<P>Materials filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-8(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.14a-8(d)), written communications related thereto received from any person, and each related no-action letter or other written communication issued by the staff of the Commission, shall be made available to any person upon request for inspection or copying. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 20558, Sept. 30, 1972] 






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.83" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.83   Confidential treatment procedures under the Freedom of Information Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section provides a procedure by which persons submitting information in any form to the Commission can request that the information not be disclosed pursuant to a request under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552. This section does not affect the Commission's right, authority, or obligation to disclose information in any other context. This section is procedural only and does not provide rights to any person or alter the rights of any person under the Freedom of Information Act or any other applicable statute or regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> The provisions of this section shall apply only where no other statute or Commission rule provides procedures for requesting confidential treatment respecting particular categories of information (<I>see,</I> e.g., 17 CFR 240.24b-2) or where the Commission has not specified that an alternative procedure be utilized in connection with a particular study, report, investigation, or other matter. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any record which is contained in or is part of a personnel, medical or similar file relating to a Commission member or employee which would normally be exempt from disclosure pursuant to section 552(b)(6) of title 5, U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written request for confidential treatment to be submitted with information.</I> (1) Any person who, either voluntarily or pursuant to any requirement of law, submits any information or causes or permits any information to be submitted to the Commission, which information is entitled to confidential treatment and for which no other specific procedure exists for according confidential treatment, may request that the Commission afford confidential treatment under the Freedom of Information Act to such information for reasons of personal privacy or business confidentiality, or for any other reason permitted by Federal law, and should take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure, as nearly as practicable, that at the time the information is first received by the Commission (i) it is supplied segregated from information for which confidential treatment is not being requested, (ii) it is appropriately marked as confidential, and (iii) it is accompanied by a written request for confidential treatment which specifies the information as to which confidential treatment is requested.
</P>
<P>(2) A person who submits a record to the Commission for which he or she seeks confidential treatment must clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested by [name]” and an identifying number and code, such as a Bates-stamped number. In his or her written confidential treatment request, the person must refer to the record by identifying number and code. 
</P>
<P>(3) In addition to giving a copy of any written request for confidential treatment to the Commission employee receiving the record in question, the person requesting confidential treatment must send a copy of the request (but not the record) by mail to the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations, SEC, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. The legend “FOIA Confidential Treatment Request” must clearly and prominently appear on the top of the first page of the written request, and the written request must contain the name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting confidential treatment. The person requesting confidential treatment is responsible for informing the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations promptly of any changes in address, telephone number, or representation. 
</P>
<P>(4) In some circumstances, such as when a person is testifying in the course of a Commission investigation or providing a record requested in the course of a Commission examination or inspection, it may be impracticable to submit a written request for confidential treatment at the time the record is first given to the Commission. In no circumstances can the need to comply with the requirements of this section justify or excuse any delay in submitting any record to the Commission. The person testifying or otherwise submitting the record must inform the Commission employee receiving it, at the time the record is submitted or as soon thereafter as possible, that he or she is requesting confidential treatment. The person must then submit a written confidential treatment request within 30 days from the date of the testimony or the submission of the record. Any confidential treatment request submitted under this paragraph must also comply with paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) Where confidential treatment is requested by the submitter on behalf of another person, the request must identify that person and provide the telephone number and address of that person or the person's responsible representative if the submitter would be unable to provide prompt substantiation of the request at the appropriate time. 
</P>
<P>(6) No determination on a request for confidential treatment will be made until the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations receives a request for disclosure of the record. 
</P>
<P>(7) A confidential treatment request will expire ten years from the date the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations receives it, unless that Office receives a renewal request before the confidential treatment request expires. The renewal request must be sent by mail to the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations, SEC, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, and must clearly identify the record for which confidential treatment is sought. A renewal request will likewise expire ten years from the date that Office receives it, unless that Office receives another timely renewal request which complies with the requirements of this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(8) A confidential treatment request shall be nonpublic. If an action is filed in a Federal court, however, by either the Freedom of Information Act requester (under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4) and § 200.80(f)) or by the confidential treatment requester (under paragraph (e)(5) of this section), the confidential treatment request may become part of the court record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Substantiation of request for confidential treatment.</I> (1) If it is determined that records which are the subject of a request for access under the Freedom of Information Act are also the subject of a request for confidential treatment under this rule and no other grounds appear to exist which would justify the withholding of the records [e.g., Freedom of Information Act Exemption 7(A), 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(7)(A)], the Commission's Freedom of Information Act Officer promptly shall so inform the person requesting confidential treatment or, in the case of a request made on behalf of a person other than the submitter, the person identified as able to provide substantiation, by telephone, facsimile or certified mail and require that substantiation of the request for confidential treatment be submitted in ten calendar days. Failure to submit a written substantiation within ten calendar days from the time of notification, or any extension thereof, may be deemed a waiver of the confidential treatment request and the confidential treatment requester's right to appeal an initial decision denying confidential treatment to the Commission's General Counsel as permitted by paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Substantiation of a request for confidential treatment shall consist of a statement setting forth, to the extent appropriate or necessary for the determination of the request for confidential treatment, the following information regarding the request: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reasons, concisely stated and referring to specific exemptive provisions of the Freedom of Information Act, why the information should be withheld from access under the Freedom of Information Act; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicability of any specific statutory or regulatory provisions which govern or may govern the treatment of the information; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The existence and applicability of any prior determinations by the Commission, other Federal agencies, or a court, concerning confidential treatment of the information; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The adverse consequences to a business enterprise, financial or otherwise, that would result from disclosure of confidential commercial or financial information, including any adverse effect on the business' competitive position; 
</P>
<P>(v) The measures taken by the business to protect the confidentiality of the commercial or financial information in question and of similar information, prior to, and after, its submission to the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The ease or difficulty of a competitor's obtaining or compiling the commercial or financial information; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the commercial or financial information was voluntarily submitted to the Commission and, if so, whether and how disclosure of the information would tend to impede the availability of similar information to the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(viii) The extent, if any, to which portions of the substantiation of the request for confidential treatment should be afforded confidential treatment; and 
</P>
<P>(ix) Such additional facts and such legal and other authorities as the requesting person may consider appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal from initial determination that confidential treatment is not warranted.</I> (1) In a preliminary decision, which shall be sent by mail or facsimile, or both, the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations will inform the confidential treatment requester whether it intends to grant confidentiality in whole or in part and give the requester ten calendar days from the date of the preliminary decision to submit supplemental arguments if the requester disagrees with the preliminary decision. A final decision, which shall also be sent by mail or facsimile, or both, no sooner than ten calendar days from the date of the preliminary decision, shall inform the Freedom of Information Act requester and the confidential treatment requester of his or her right to appeal an adverse decision to the Commission's General Counsel within ten calendar days from the date of the final decision. Records, which the Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Officer determines to be releasable, may be released to the Freedom of Information Act requester ten calendar days after the date of the final decision. However, if within those ten calendar days, the Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Officer receives an appeal from the confidential treatment requester, he or she shall inform the Freedom of Information Act requester that an appeal is pending and that the records will not be released until the appeal is resolved.
</P>
<P>(2) Any appeal of a denial of a request for confidential treatment shall be in writing, and shall be clearly and prominently identified on the envelope or other cover and at the top of the first page by the legend “FOIA Confidential Treatment Appeal.” The appeal must be sent by mail to the Office of Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Operations, SEC, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, or by facsimile (202-772-9337). A copy of the appeal must be mailed to the General Counsel, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. The person requesting confidential treatment may supply additional substantiation of the request for confidential treatment in connection with the appeal to the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(3) The General Counsel shall have the authority to consider all appeals from decisions of the Freedom of Information Act Officer with respect to confidential treatment. All appeals taken under this section will be considered by the General Counsel as expeditiously as circumstances permit. Although other procedures may be employed, to the extent possible, the General Counsel will decide the matter on the basis of the affidavits and other documentary evidence submitted by the interested persons and such other information as is brought to the attention of the General Counsel. The General Counsel shall also have the authority to enter and vacate stays under the circumstances set forth in paragraph (e)(5) of this section. In appropriate cases the General Counsel may, in his or her sole and unfettered discretion, refer appeals and questions concerning stays under paragraph (e)(5) of this section to the Commission for decision.
</P>
<P>(4) If it is determined that confidential treatment is not warranted with respect to all or any part of the information in question, the person requesting confidential treatment will be so informed by telephone, if possible, with a facsimile or certified mail letter directed to the person's last known address. Disclosure of the information under the Freedom of Information Act will occur ten calendar days after notice to the person requesting confidential treatment, subject to any stay entered pursuant to paragraph (e) (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) If within that ten calendar day period the General Counsel has been notified that the person requesting confidential treatment has commenced an action in a Federal court concerning the determination to make such information publicly available, the General Counsel will stay making the public disclosure of the information pending final judicial resolution of the matter. The General Counsel may vacate a stay under this section either on his or her own motion or at the request of a person seeking access to the information under the Freedom of Information Act. If the stay is vacated, the information will be released under the Freedom of Information Act ten calendar days after the person requesting confidential treatment is notified of this action by telephone, if possible, with a facsimile or certified mail letter sent to the person's last known address, unless the court orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Initial determination that confidential treatment is warranted.</I> If it is determined by the Commission's Freedom of Information Act Officer that confidential treatment is warranted, the person submitting the information and the person requesting access to the information under the Freedom of Information Act will be so informed by mail. The person requesting access, pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, will also be informed of the right to appeal the determination to the General Counsel. Any such appeal must be taken in accordance with the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act and Commission rules thereunder. <I>See</I> 17 CFR 200.80(f).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Confidential treatment request and substantiation as nonpublic.</I> Any confidential treatment request and substantiation of it shall be nonpublic. If an action is filed in a Federal court, however, by the Freedom of Information Act requester (under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4) and § 200.80(f)) or by the confidential treatment requester (under paragraph (e)(5) of this section), both the request and substantiation may become part of the public court record.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Effect of no prior request for confidentiality.</I> (1) If access is requested under the Freedom of Information Act to information which is submitted to the Commission on or after October 20, 1980 with respect to which no request for confidential treatment has been made pursuant to either paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(5) of this section, it will be presumed that the submitter of the information has waived any interest in asserting an exemption from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act for reasons of personal privacy or business confidentiality, or for other reasons.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, in appropriate circumstances, any person who would be affected by the public disclosure of information under the Freedom of Information Act may be contacted by Commission personnel to determine whether the person desires to make a request for confidential treatment. Any request for confidential treatment that is asserted in response to such inquiry shall be made in accordance with provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Extensions of time limits.</I> Any time limit under this section may be extended in the discretion of the Commission, the Commission's General Counsel, or the Commission's Freedom of Information Act Officer for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Electronic filings.</I> Confidential treatment requests shall be submitted in paper format only, whether or not the person making the request is an electronic filer. 
</P>
<P>(k) In their discretion, the Commission, the Commission's General Counsel, and the Freedom of Information Act Officer may use alternative procedures for considering requests for confidential treatment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 62421, Sept. 19, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 20289, May 12, 1982; 58 FR 14659, Mar. 18, 1993; 65 FR 55184, 55185, Sept. 13, 2000; 73 FR 32225, June 5, 2008; 84 FR 50738, Sept. 26, 2019] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Code of Behavior Governing Ex Parte Communications Between Persons Outside the Commission and Decisional Employees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.110" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.110   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This code is adopted in conformity with section 4 of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Pub. L. 94-409, and is designed to insulate the administrative process from improper influence. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14690, Mar. 16, 1977] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.111" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.111   Prohibitions; application; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibited communications.</I> In any agency proceeding which is subject to this subpart, except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters as authorized by law:
</P>
<P>(1) No interested person outside the agency shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any member of the Commission or decisional employee an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding; and 
</P>
<P>(2) No member of the Commission or decisional employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the agency an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Proceedings to which prohibitions apply.</I> This subpart shall apply to all proceedings subject to 5 U.S.C. 557(a), including suspension proceedings instituted pursuant to the provisions of Regulations A, B, E, and F of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.251 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter), all review proceedings instituted pursuant to section 19(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all other proceedings where an evidentiary hearing has been ordered pursuant to a statutory provision or rule of the Commission and where the action of the Commission must be taken on the basis of an evidentiary record. In addition, this subpart shall apply to any other proceeding in which the Commission so orders. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Period during which prohibitions apply.</I> (1) The prohibitions in § 200.111 (a) shall begin to apply when the Commission issues an order for hearing; <I>Provided,</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) That in suspension proceedings pursuant to Regulations A, B, E and F of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.251 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter), these prohibitions shall commence when the Commission enters an order temporarily suspending the exemption; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) That in proceedings under section 19(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d), these prohibitions shall commence at the time that a copy of an application for review has been filed with the Commission and served on the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(iii) That in proceedings under Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7211-7219, these prohibitions shall commence at the time that a copy of an application for review has been filed with the Commission and served on the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
</P>
<P>(iv) In no case shall the prohibitions in § 200.111(a) begin to apply later than the time at which a proceeding is noticed for hearing unless the person responsible for the communication has knowledge that it will be noticed, in which case the prohibitions shall apply beginning at the time of his or her acquisition of such knowledge. 
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibitions in § 200.111(a) shall continue until the time to file a petition for rehearing from the final order of the Commission has expired. In the event a petition for rehearing is filed, these prohibitions shall cease if and when the petition for rehearing is denied. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may, by specific order entered in a particular proceeding, determine that these prohibitions shall commence from some date earlier than the time specified in this paragraph (c) or shall continue until a date subsequent to the time specified herein. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Ex parte communication</I> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all participants to the proceeding is not given, but it shall not include requests for status reports on any matter or proceeding. In addition, an ex parte communication shall not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any written communication of which copies are served by the communicator contemporaneously with the transmittal of the communication in accordance with requirements of Rule 150 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.150 of this chapter, upon all participants to the proceeding (including the interested Division or Office of the Commission); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any oral communication where 48 hours advance written notice is given to all participants to the proceeding (including the interested division of the Commission). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Participants to the proceeding</I> means all parties to the proceeding (including the interested Division or Office of the Commission) and any other persons who have been granted limited participation pursuant to the provisions of Rule 210(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.210(c) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Decisional employee</I> means: (i) The administrative law judge assigned to the proceeding in question; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) All members of the staff of the Office of Opinions and Review; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The legal and executive assistants to members of the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any employee of the Commission who has been specifically named by order of the administrative law judge or the Commission in the proceeding to assist thereafter in making or recommending a particular decision; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Any other employee of the Commission who is, or may reasonably be expected to be, involved in the decisional process of the proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14690, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995; 69 FR 13175, Mar. 19, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.112" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.112   Duties of recipient; notice to participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duties of recipient.</I> A member of the Commission or decisional employee who receives, or who make or knowingly causes to be made, a communication prohibited by this section, or who receives or makes a communication which he or she concludes should, in fairness, be brought to the attention of all participants to the proceeding, shall transmit to the Commission's Secretary, who shall place on the public record of the proceeding: 
</P>
<P>(1) All such written communications; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and 
</P>
<P>(3) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the materials described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to participants.</I> The Secretary shall send copies of the communication to all participants to the proceeding with respect to which it was made, and shall notify the communicator of the provisions of this code prohibiting ex parte communications. If the communications are from persons other than participants to the proceedings or their agents, and the Secretary determines that it would be too burdensome to send copies of the communications to all participants because: (1) The communications are so voluminous, or (2) the communications are of such borderline relevance to the issues of the proceedings, or (3) the participants to the proceeding are so numerous, the Secretary may, instead, notify the participants that the communications have been received, placed in the file, and are available for examination. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post decisional communications.</I> Any Commission member or decisional employee who receives a communication which would be prohibited by this Code, but for the fact that it was received subsequent to the date when the prohibitions imposed hereby have ceased to apply, shall comply with the provisions of § 200.112(a) with respect to such communication in the event that he or she is to act in a decisional capacity in the same proceeding pursuant to remand where he or she concludes, in fairness, that such communication should be brought to the attention of all participants to the proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14691 Mar. 16, 1977] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.113" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.113   Opportunity to respond; interception.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity to respond.</I> All participants to a proceeding may respond to any allegations or contentions contained in a prohibited ex parte communication placed in the public record in accordance with § 200.112. Such responses shall be included in the public record. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interception of communications.</I> All written communications addressed to the Commission respecting a proceeding will be deemed to be communications to the staff of the interested division and will be directed to that division by the Commission's mail room. A Commission member or decisional employee may instruct any of his assistants who are nondecisional employees to intercept any communication directed to him which might appear to violate this Code and authorize them either to transmit any such written communication to the staff of the interested division of the Commission, if it appears from the contents of the communication that the intent of the sender is consistent with such action, or to return the communication to the sender. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 4447, May 3, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 14691, Mar. 16, 1977] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.114" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.6.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.114   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Discipline of persons practicing before the Commission.</I> The Commission may, to the extent not prohibited by law, censure, suspend, or revoke the privilege to practice before it of any person who makes, or solicits the making of, an unauthorized ex parte communication. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adverse action on claim.</I> Upon receipt of a communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of this subpart, the Commission, administrative law judge, or other employee presiding at the hearing may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes, require the party to show cause why his claim or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discipline of Commission employees.</I> The Commission may censure, suspend, or dismiss any Commission employee who violates the prohibitions or requirements of this Code. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 4447, May 3, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 14691, Mar. 16, 1977] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Plan of Organization and Operation Effective During Emergency Conditions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.200   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the plan of organization and operation which will be observed by the Securities and Exchange Commission in discharging its duties and responsibilities in the event of emergency conditions as defined in the following section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, as amended at 71 FR 33386, June 9, 2006; 71 FR 35730, June 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.201   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purpose of this subpart, a person shall be considered unavailable or incapacitated in any situation and from any cause that prevents the person from assuming or performing on a timely basis his or her authorized duties, roles, or responsibilities of office, whether from a primary or alternate facility, or any other location.
</P>
<P>(b) For purpose of this subpart, emergency conditions shall be deemed to commence upon the occurrence, or the imminent threat of the occurrence, of a natural or man-made disturbance, including, but not limited to, an armed attack against the United States, its territories or possessions, terrorist attack, civil disturbance, fire, pandemic, hurricane, or flood, that results in, or threatens imminently to result in, a substantial disruption of the organization or operations of the Commission. Such conditions shall be deemed to continue until the Commission shall, by notice or older, resume its normal organization and operations, whether at its headquarters in Washington, DC or elsewhere.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33386, June 9, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.202   Offices, and information and submittals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During emergency conditions, the location or headquarters of the Commission shall be as designated by the Chairman or his successor. The location of each Regional Office of the Commission, if different from the normal location, shall be as designated by the Chairman of the Commission or his successor, or in the absence of communications with him, by the Regional Director for the area or his acting successor. 
</P>
<P>(b) During emergency conditions, all formal or informal requests, filings, reports, or other submittals shall be submitted to the Commission as permitted in non-emergency conditions, unless the Chairman or his or her successor acting pursuant to § 200.203(c)(1) of this subpart specifies another means or location for submission of such requests, filings, reports, or other submittals, by a notice that is disseminated through a method (or combination of methods) that is reasonably designed to provide broad distribution of the information to the public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, as amended at 59 FR 5944, Feb. 9, 1994; 71 FR 33387, June 9, 2006; 73 FR 32225, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.203" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.203   Organization, and delegations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During emergency conditions, the respective functions and responsibilities of the Commissioners, the Chairman of the Commission, and the staff members shall be, to the extent possible, as set forth in Subpart A of this part (§ 200.1 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>(b) Action for and in the name of the Commission taken pursuant to this subpart by one or more Commissioners or by a successor as designated in this section shall mean and include the delegated authority to act for the unavailable or incapacitated Commissioners. 
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to the statutes governing the Commission, to Reorganization Plan No. 10 of 1950, and to Pub. L. 100-181, section 308(b), 101 Stat. 1249 (1987), the following automatic delegation of authority is made to provide continuity in the event of an emergency: 
</P>
<P>(1) In the event of the unavailability or incapacity of the Chairman of the Commission during emergency conditions, the authority of the Chairman to govern the affairs of the Commission and to act for the Commission, as provided for by law and by delegation from the Commission, will pass to the available person highest on the following list, until such time as the Chairman is no longer unavailable or incapacitated, or a successor Chairman has assumed office pursuant to Section 4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78d) and Reorganization Plan No. 10 of 1950 (15 FR 3175, 64 Stat. 1265):
</P>
<P>(i) The Commissioners in order of seniority.
</P>
<P>(ii) The General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Division Directors in the order designated by the Chairman in the most recent designation prior to the commencement of emergency conditions, or if no such designation has occurred, in order of seniority.
</P>
<P>(iv) The Regional Directors in the order designated by the Chairman in the most recent designation prior to the commencement of emergency conditions, or if no such designation has occurred, in order of seniority.
</P>
<P>(2) If and when a commissioner previously incapacitated or otherwise unavailable, again becomes available, he shall thereupon have all the powers and functions he would have had if he had not been incapacitated or otherwise unavailable. 
</P>
<P>(d) Actions taken for and in the name of the Commission as described above shall be effective immediately or as specified by the successor acting, but shall be subject to reconsideration by the Commissioners when the Commission has been reconstituted and is functioning. 
</P>
<P>(e) Except as may be determined otherwise by the Chairman or his successor, the duties of each head of a division or office of the Commission shall be discharged, in the event of the unavailability or incapacity of such person during emergency conditions, by the available staff member next in line of succession. The head of each division or office shall designate the line of succession within his division or office. If no such designation has been made or the designatee is unavailable, such duties shall be assumed by the available subordinate officer or employee in the particular division or office who is highest in grade and in the event that there is more than one such person, in length of service with the Commission. A person who discharges or assumes the duties of the head of a division or office pursuant to this subsection is hereby delegated, throughout the period of the unavailability or incapacity of the head of the division or office during the emergency conditions, all of the functions that the Commission has delegated to the head of the division or office.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, as amended at 28 FR 7672, July 27, 1963; 28 FR 14493, Dec. 31, 1963; 54 FR 40862, Oct. 4, 1989; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 71 FR 33387, June 9, 2006; 73 FR 32225, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.204" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.204   Personnel, fiscal, and service functions.</HEAD>
<P>In the event of the unavailability or incapacity of the appropriate staff officer or his or her successor during emergency conditions, authority to effect temporary appointments of such additional officers and employees, to classify and allocate positions to their proper grades, to issue travel orders, and to effect emergency purchases of supplies, equipment and services shall be exercised by the respective Regional Directors, their deputies, or staff in line of succession, as may be required for the discharge of the lawful duties of the respective offices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, as amended at 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 71 FR 33387, June 9, 2006; 73 FR 32225, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.205" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.7.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.205   Effect upon existing Commission organization, delegations, and rules.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided herein, all outstanding Commission organizational statements, delegations of authority, orders, rules and regulations shall remain in force and effect during emergency conditions, subject to all lawful requirements and such changes as may be authorized by or in the name of the Chairman or the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 6970, July 9, 1963, as amended at 71 FR 33387, June 9, 2006]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Regulations Pertaining to the Privacy of Individuals and Systems of Records Maintained by the Commission</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>88 FR 65811, Sept. 26, 2023, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart contains the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission implementing the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Pub. L. 93-579, 5 U.S.C. 552a). These rules are applicable to all records in systems of records maintained by the Commission. They set forth the procedures by which individuals may make an inquiry regarding or request access to records about themselves, request an amendment or correction of those records, and request an accounting of disclosures of those records by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart also lists the Commission systems of records that are exempt from some of the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974. These exemptions are authorized under the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.302   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the definitions contained in 5 U.S.C. 552a(a), the following definitions apply in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Inquiry</I> means a request described in Privacy Act section (f)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Privacy Act</I> means the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552a).
</P>
<P><I>Request for access</I> to a record means a request made under Privacy Act section (d)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Request for amendment or correction</I> of a record means a request made under Privacy Act section (d)(2).
</P>
<P><I>Request for an accounting</I> means a request made under Privacy Act section (c)(3).
</P>
<P><I>Requester</I> means an individual who makes an inquiry, a request for access, a request for amendment or correction, or a request for an accounting.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.303" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.303   Procedures for making inquiries and requests for access.</HEAD>
<P>Requesters seeking to know if a specific system of records maintained by the Commission contains a record pertaining to them may submit an inquiry to the Commission. Requesters may also request access to records pertaining to them in a system of records maintained by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>How to make an inquiry or request for access.</I> An inquiry or request for access must be in writing and may be submitted by email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>) or online at the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/forms/request_public_docs.</I> A requester may alternatively submit an inquiry or request for access by mail to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or other mailing address or facsimile number published on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oso/help/foia-contact.html.</I> Inquiries and requests for access that are submitted by mail should include the words “PRIVACY ACT REQUEST” in capital letters at the top of the letter and on the face of the envelope.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information to be included in an inquiry or request for access.</I> Each inquiry or request for access must include information that will assist the Commission in identifying those records the requester is seeking information about or access to. The following information, as relevant, should be submitted with the request: name of the individual whose record is sought; identifying data that will help locate the record (<I>e.g.,</I> maiden name and period or place of employment); and the requester's name, address, telephone number, and email address. Where practicable, the requester should identify the system of records that is the subject of the inquiry or request for access by reference to the Commission's systems of records notices, which are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The Commission's systems of records notices can also be found on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oit/system-records-notices.</I> If additional information is required before a request can be processed, the requester will be so advised.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Verification of identity.</I> A requester making an inquiry or requesting access to a record must verify his or her identity before information is given or access is granted unless the information is required to be disclosed under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>In-person verification.</I> A requester may appear at any of the Commission offices, which are listed on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/divisions.shtml,</I> and furnish documentation to establish his or her identity. Such documentation might include a valid driver's license, passport, birth certificate, employee or military identification card, or Medicare card. Sufficiency of the documentation in verifying identity will be determined by the Commission staff member reviewing such documentation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Not in-person verification.</I> A requester who does not appear in person must verify his or her identity using one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) A requester may use electronic identity proofing and authentication processes as made available through the Commission's website; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A requester may submit a copy of documentation to establish the requester's identity (examples of such documentation are noted in paragraph (c)(1) of this section).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission of signed statement.</I> For all verification methods, a requester must also submit a statement attesting to the requester's identity and a statement that the requester understands that a knowing and willful request for or acquisition of a record pertaining to an individual under false pretenses is a criminal offense subject to a $5,000 fine. Sample statements and the requirements for completing them are available through the Commission's website.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Additional procedures for verifying identity.</I> When it appears appropriate, the Commission's Office of FOIA Services may make such other arrangements for the verification of identity as are reasonable under the circumstances and appear to be effective to prevent unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, individual records.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.304" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.304   Responses to inquiries and requests for access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial review.</I> Inquiries and requests for access will be referred to the Commission's Office of FOIA Services which will make the initial determination as to whether the inquiry or request for access will be granted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grant of inquiry or request for access.</I> If it is determined that an inquiry or request for access will be granted, the requester will be advised in writing. When a request for access is granted, in full or in part, a requester may elect to receive a copy of the requested record electronically, by mail, or in person, and the Office of FOIA Services will comply with that election to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denial of an inquiry or request for access.</I> If it is determined that no response will be given to an inquiry or that a request for access will not be granted, the requester will be notified of that fact in writing and given the reasons for the denial. The requester also will be advised of his or her right to seek review by the Office of the General Counsel of the initial decision in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 200.308.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time for acting on inquiries and requests for access</I>—(1) <I>Responses to inquiries.</I> The Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to inform a requester making an inquiry as to whether the named system of records contains a record pertaining to him or her within 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) of receipt of such a request. Whenever a response to an inquiry cannot be made within the 10 days, the Office of FOIA Services will inform the requester of the reasons for the delay and the date by which a response may be anticipated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Acknowledgement of and responses to requests for access.</I> (i) Except where the requester appears in person, the Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to acknowledge, in writing, receipt of a request for access within 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) of receipt of such a request.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to respond to a request for access to a record pertaining to a requester within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) after the receipt of the request. If, for good cause shown, a longer period of time is required, the Office of FOIA Services will inform the requester in writing of the reasons for the delay, and indicate when access is expected to be granted or denied.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Appearance in person.</I> When a requester appears in person at the Commission to make a request for access and the requester provides the required information and verification of identity, the Office of FOIA Services' staff, if practicable, will indicate whether it is likely that the requester will be given access to the records and, if so, when and under what circumstances such access will be given.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exclusion for certain records.</I> Nothing contained in these rules allows a requester to obtain access to any records or information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.305" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.305   Requests for amendment or correction of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How to a make request for amendment or correction.</I> A written request for amendment or correction of records may be submitted by email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>) or online at the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/forms/request_public_docs.</I> A requester may alternatively submit a request for amendment or correction by mail to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or other mailing address or facsimile number published on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oso/help/foia-contact.html.</I> Requests that are submitted by mail should include the words “PRIVACY ACT REQUEST” in capital letters at the top of the letter and on the face of the envelope.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Information to be included in requests for amendment or correction.</I> Each request for amendment or correction must reasonably describe the record sought to be amended or corrected. Such description should include, for example, relevant names, dates, and subject matter to permit the record to be located among the records maintained by the Commission. The requester will be advised promptly if the record cannot be located on the basis of the description given and if further identifying information is necessary before the request can be processed. Verification of the requester's identity as set forth in § 200.303(c) will also be required before an amendment or correction is undertaken.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Basis for amendment or correction.</I> A requester seeking an amendment or correction to a record must specify the substance of the amendment or correction and set forth facts and provide such materials that would support the contention that the record as maintained by the Commission is not accurate, timely, or complete or, where a request seeks deletion of information, that the record is not necessary and relevant to accomplish a statutory purpose of the Commission as authorized by law or by Executive Order of the President.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acknowledgement of requests for amendment or correction.</I> Receipt of a request for amendment or correction will be acknowledged in writing within 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) after such request has been received. When a request for amendment or correction is made in person, the requester will be given a written acknowledgement when the request is presented. The acknowledgement will describe the request received and indicate when it is anticipated that action will be taken on the request.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.306" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.306   Review of requests for amendment or correction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial review.</I> Requests for amendment or correction to records pertaining to that individual will be referred to the Commission's Office of FOIA Services for an initial determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time for acting on requests.</I> Initial review of a request for amendment or correction will be completed promptly and the Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to respond to a request within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) from the date the request was received, unless circumstances preclude completion of review within that time. If the anticipated completion date indicated in the acknowledgement cannot be met, the requester will be advised in writing of the delay and the reasons for the delay, and also advised when action is expected to be completed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grant of requests for amendment or correction.</I> If a request for amendment or correction is granted in whole or in part, the Office of FOIA Services will:
</P>
<P>(1) Advise the requester in writing of the extent to which it has been granted;
</P>
<P>(2) Amend or correct the record accordingly; and
</P>
<P>(3) Where an accounting of disclosures of the record has been kept pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(c), advise all previous recipients of the record of the fact that the record has been amended or corrected and the substance of the amendment or correction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Denial of requests for amendment or correction.</I> If the request for amendment or correction is denied in whole or in part, the Office of FOIA Services will:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly advise the requester in writing of the extent to which the request has been denied;
</P>
<P>(2) State the reasons for the denial of the request;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the procedures to appeal the denial of the request for amendment or correction, including the name and address of the person to whom the appeal is to be addressed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Inform the requester that the Office of FOIA Services will provide information and assistance to the individual in perfecting an appeal of the initial decision.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.307" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.307   Requests for an accounting of record disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How made and addressed.</I> Except where accountings of disclosures are not required to be kept or provided (as stated in paragraph (e) of this section), requesters may ask the Commission to provide an accounting of a disclosure of a record about the requester that the Commission has made to another person, organization, or agency. The request for an accounting should identify each particular record in question and must be made in writing. The request may be submitted by email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>) or online at the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/forms/request_public_docs.</I> A requester may alternatively submit a request for an accounting by mail to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or other mailing address or facsimile number published on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oso/help/foia-contact.html.</I> Requests for accounting that are submitted by mail should include the words “PRIVACY ACT REQUEST” in capital letters at the top of the letter and on the face of the envelope.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Verification of identity.</I> Verification of the requester's identity as set forth in section 202.303(c) will be required before an accounting is given.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acknowledgement of requests for an accounting of record disclosures.</I> The Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to acknowledge, in writing, receipt of a request for an accounting of record disclosures within 10 days of receipt of such a request (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays). When a request for an accounting of record disclosures is made in person, the requester will be given a written acknowledgement when the request is presented. The acknowledgement will describe the request received and indicate when it is anticipated that action will be taken on the request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time for acting on requests.</I> The Office of FOIA Services will endeavor to respond to a request for an accounting of record disclosures within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) from the date the request was received, unless the requester is notified in writing within the 30-day period that, for good cause shown, a longer period of time is required. In such cases, the requester will be informed in writing of the reasons for the delay and an indication will be given as to when it is anticipated that an accounting may be granted or denied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Grant of request of accounting.</I> If it is determined that a request for an accounting will be granted, the requester will be advised in writing. When a request for access is granted, in full or in part, the information will be provided electronically, by mail, or in person at the requester's election.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Denial of a request for accounting.</I> If it is determined that the request will not be granted, the requester will be notified of that fact in writing and given the reasons for the denial. The requester also will be advised of his or her right to seek review by the Office of the General Counsel of the initial decision in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 200.308.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Where accountings of record disclosures are not required.</I> The Commission is not required to provide accountings of disclosures to requesters where they relate to:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclosures made to officers and employees within the Commission and disclosures made under the FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552;
</P>
<P>(2) Disclosures made to law enforcement agencies for authorized law enforcement activities in response to written requests from those law enforcement agencies specifying the law enforcement activities for which disclosures are sought; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosures made from law enforcement systems of records that have been exempted from accounting requirements.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.308" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.308   Administrative appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Administrative review.</I> A requester who has been notified pursuant to § 200.304(c), § 200.306(d), or § 200.307(d) that his or her inquiry or request has been denied in whole or in part, or who has received no response to a request for access or to amend within 30 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) after his or her request was received by the Office of the FOIA Services, may appeal to the Office of the General Counsel the adverse determination.
</P>
<P>(1) Appeals must be received within 90 calendar days of the date of the written denial of an inquiry or request and must be received no later than 11:59 p.m., eastern time, on the 90th day.
</P>
<P>(2) The appeal should be in writing and should provide the assigned request number, a copy of the original request, and the adverse determination. The appeal should also explain why the requester contends any adverse determination was in error. The requester may state such facts and cite such legal or other authorities as the requester may consider appropriate in support of the appeal. If only a portion of the adverse determination is appealed, the requester should specify which part is being appealed.
</P>
<P>(3) The appeal may be submitted by email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>) or online at the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/forms/request_public_docs.</I> A requester may alternatively submit an appeal by mail to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or other mailing address or facsimile number published on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oso/help/foia-contact.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) The Office of the General Counsel will endeavor to make a determination with respect to an appeal within 30 days after the receipt of such appeal (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) unless, for good cause shown, the Office of the General Counsel extends that period. If such an extension is made, the individual who is appealing will be advised in writing of the extension, the reasons therefor, and the anticipated date when the appeal will be decided.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Office of the General Counsel concludes that an inquiry or request for access, amendment or correction, or an accounting should be granted, it will issue a decision granting the inquiry or request and instructing the Office of FOIA Services to comply with § 200.304(b), § 200.306(c), or § 200.307(c), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(6) If the Office of the General Counsel affirms the initial decision denying an inquiry or request for access or an accounting, it will issue a decision denying the inquiry or request and advising the requester of:
</P>
<P>(i) The reasons for the denial; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The requester's right to obtain judicial review of the decision pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(g)(1)(B) or (g)(1)(D), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) If the Office of the General Counsel determines that the decision of the Office of FOIA Services denying a request for amendment or correction should be upheld, it will issue a decision denying the request and the individual will be advised of:
</P>
<P>(i) The decision refusing to amend or correct the record and the reasons therefor;
</P>
<P>(ii) The requester's right to file a concise statement setting forth his or her disagreement with the decision not to amend or correct the record;
</P>
<P>(iii) The procedures for filing such a statement of disagreement;
</P>
<P>(iv) The fact that any such statement of disagreement will be made available to anyone to whom the record is disclosed, together with, if the Office of the General Counsel deems it appropriate, a brief statement setting forth the Office of the General Counsel's reasons for refusing to amend or correct;
</P>
<P>(v) The fact that prior recipients of the record in issue will be provided with the statement of disagreement and the Office of the General Counsel's statement, if any, to the extent that an accounting of such disclosures has been maintained pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(c); and
</P>
<P>(vi) The requester's right to seek judicial review of the Office of the General Counsel's refusal to amend or correct, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(g)(1)(A).
</P>
<P>(8) In appropriate cases the Office of the General Counsel may, in its sole discretion, refer matters requiring administrative review of initial decisions to the Commission for determination and the issuance, where indicated, of decisions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statements of disagreement.</I> As noted in paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section, a requester may file a statement setting forth his or her disagreement with the Office of the General Counsel's denial of the request for amendment or correction.
</P>
<P>(1) Such statement of disagreement may be submitted by email (<I>foiapa@sec.gov</I>) or online at the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/forms/request_public_docs.</I> A requester who is not able to submit a statement of disagreement by email or online may submit a request by mail to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or other mailing address or facsimile number published on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/oso/help/foia-contact.html.</I> A requester must submit a statement of disagreement within 30 days after receipt of the Office of the General Counsel's decision denying the request for amendment or correction. For good cause shown this period can be extended for a reasonable time.
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of disagreement should be concise and must clearly identify each part of any record that is disputed and state the basis for the requester's disagreement. The Office of the General Counsel will return unduly lengthy or irrelevant materials to the individual for appropriate revisions before they become a permanent part of the requester's record. Statements of disagreement will be placed in the system of records in which the disputed record is maintained. The disputed record will be marked to indicate that a statement of disagreement has been filed and where in the system of records it may be found.
</P>
<P>(3) If a requester has filed a statement of disagreement, the Office of FOIA Services will append a copy of it to the disputed record whenever the record is disclosed and may also append a concise statement of its reason(s) for denying the request for amendment or correction.
</P>
<P>(4) In appropriate cases, the Office of the General Counsel may, in its sole discretion, refer matters concerning statements of disagreement to the Commission for disposition.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.309" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.309   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The only fee to be charged to a requester under this part is for the duplication of records to be disclosed to the requester. No fee will be charged or collected for: search, retrieval, or review of records; or duplication at the initiative of the Commission without a request from the requester. Fees for duplication will be charged at rates set forth on the FOIA web page of the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov.</I> Fees for duplication include any costs incurred in making records available on electronic storage devices.
</P>
<P>(b) With regard to requests for amendment or correction, the Commission will provide the requester one copy of each record corrected or amended pursuant to his or her request without charge as evidence of the correction or amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever the Office of FOIA Services determines that good cause exists to grant a request for reduction or waiver of fees for duplication costs, it may reduce or waive any such fees.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.310" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.310   Specific exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to, and limited by 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), the following systems of records maintained by the Commission are exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), and (e)(4)(I), and (f), and §§ 200.303, 200.305, and 200.307, insofar as they contain investigatory materials compiled for law enforcement purposes:
</P>
<P>(1) Enforcement Files;
</P>
<P>(2) Office of the General Counsel Working Files;
</P>
<P>(3) Office of the Chief Accountant Working Files;
</P>
<P>(4) Correspondence Response System;
</P>
<P>(5) Tips, Complaints, and Referrals (TCR) Records; and
</P>
<P>(6) SEC Security in the Workplace Incident Records.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), the systems of records containing the Commission's Disciplinary and Adverse Actions, Employee Conduct, and Labor Relations Files are exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f), and §§ 200.303 through 200.309, insofar as they contain investigatory material compiled to determine an individual's suitability, eligibility, and qualifications for Federal civilian employment or access to classified information, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.311" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.311   Inspector General exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to, and limited by 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), the system of records maintained by the Office of Inspector General of the Commission that contains investigative files is exempt from the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a, except sections (b), (c)(1) and (2), (e)(4)(A) through (F), (e)(6), (e)(7), (e)(9), (e)(10), and (e)(11), and (i), and §§ 200.303 through 200.309, insofar as the system contains information pertaining to criminal law enforcement investigations.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to, and limited by 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), the system of records maintained by the Office of Inspector General of the Commission that contains investigative files is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f) and §§ 200.303 through 200.309, insofar as it contains investigatory materials compiled for law enforcement purposes.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.312" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.8.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.312   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Regulations Pertaining to Public Observation of Commission Meetings</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 14693, Mar. 16, 1977, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.400   Open meetings.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, meetings of the Commission shall be open to public observation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Meeting</I> means the joint deliberations of at least the number of individual members of the Securities and Exchange Commission required to take action on behalf of the Commission where such deliberations determine or result in the joint conduct or disposition of official Commission business, but does not include deliberations required or permitted by § 200.42 or § 200.43 (respecting seriatim and duty officer disposition of Commission business, respectively), or by §§ 200.403, 200.404, or 200.405 (respecting whether particular Commission deliberations shall be open or closed and related matters). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Portion of a meeting</I> means the consideration during a meeting of a particular topic or item separately identified in the notice of Commission meetings described in § 200.403. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Open,</I> when used in the context of a Commission meeting or a portion thereof, means that the public may attend and observe the deliberations of the Commission during such meeting or portion of a meeting, consistent with the provisions of § 200.410 (respecting decorum at meetings and other related matters). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Closed,</I> when used in the context of a Commission meeting or a portion thereof, means that the public may not attend or observe the deliberations of the Commission during such meeting or portion of a meeting. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Announce,</I> and <I>make publicly available,</I> when used in the context of the dissemination of information, mean, in addition to any specific method of publication described in this subpart, that a document containing the information in question will be posted for public inspection in, or adjacent to, the lobby of the Commission's headquarters offices, and will be available to the public through the Commission's Public Reference Section and the Commission's Office of Public Affairs, all in Washington, DC 
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>likely to,</I> as used in § 200.402, illustrating the circumstances under which Commission meetings may be closed, and the circumstances in which information may be deleted from the notice of Commission meetings, means that it is more probable than not that the discussion of Commission business, or publication of information, reasonably could encompass matters which the Commission is authorized, by the Government in the Sunshine Act, Pub. L. 94-409, as implemented by this subpart, to consider or discuss at a closed meeting (or a closed portion of a meeting). 
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>financial institution,</I> as used in § 200.402(a), authorizing the closure of certain Commission meetings, includes, but is not limited to, banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, brokers and dealers in securities or commodities, exchanges dealing in securities or commodities, national securities associations, investment companies, investment advisers, securities industry self-regulatory organizations subject to 15 U.S.C. 78s, and institutional managers as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78m(f). 
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>person</I> includes, but is not limited to, any corporation, partnership, company, association, joint stock corporation, business trust, unincorporated organization, government, political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality of a government. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14693, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 60 FR 17202, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.402" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.402   Closed meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nonpublic matters.</I> Pursuant to the general or special procedures for closing Commission meetings, as set forth in § 200.404 or § 200.405, respectively, a meeting, or any portion thereof, shall be closed to public observation where the Commission determines that such meeting, or a portion thereof, is likely to:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose matters specifically authorized under criteria established by an executive order to be kept secret in the interests of national defense or foreign policy, and in fact properly classified pursuant to such executive order. 
</P>
<P>(2) Relate solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of the Commission or any other agency, including, but not limited to, discussion concerning:
</P>
<P>(i) Operation rules, guidelines, and manuals of procedure for investigators, attorneys, accountants, and other employees, other than those rules, guidelines, and manuals which establish legal requirements to which members of the public are expected to conform; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Hiring, termination, promotion, discipline, compensation, or reward of any Commission employee or member, the existence, investigation, or disposition of a complaint against any Commission employee or member, the physical or mental condition of any Commission employee or member, the handling of strictly internal matters, which would tend to infringe on the privacy of the staff or members of the Commission, or similar subjects. 
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose matters specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552): <I>Provided,</I> That such statute requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld. 
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential, including, but not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Information contained in letters of comment in connection with registration statements, applications for registration or other material filed with the Commission, replies thereto, and related material which is deemed to have been submitted to the Commission in confidence or to be confidential at the instance of the registrant or person who has filed such material unless the contrary clearly appears; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Information contained in any document submitted to or required to be filed with the Commission where the Commission has undertaken formally or informally to receive such submission or filing for its use or the use of specified persons only, such as preliminary proxy material filed pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Securities Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-6), reports filed pursuant to Rule 316(a) under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.316(a)), agreements filed pursuant to Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act, 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, schedules filed pursuant to Part I of Form X-17A-5 (17 CFR 249.617) in accordance with Rule 17a-5(b)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.17a-5(b)(3)), statements filed pursuant to Rule 17a-5(k)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.17a-5(k)(1)), confidential reports filed pursuant to Rules 17a-9, 17a-10, 17a-12 and 17a-16 under the Securities Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.17a-9, 240.17a-10, 240.17a-12, and 240.17a-16), and any information filed with the Commission and confidential pursuant to section 45 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-44, or Rule 45a-1 thereunder (17 CFR 270.45a-1); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Information contained in reports, summaries, analyses, letters, of memoranda arising out of, in anticipation of, or in connection with, an examination or inspection of the books and records of any person or any other investigation. 
</P>
<P>(5) Involve accusing any person of a crime, or formally censuring any person, including, but not limited to, consideration of whether to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Institute, continue, or conclude administrative proceedings or any formal or informal investigation or inquiry, whether public or nonpublic, against or involving any person, alleging a violation of any provision of the federal securities laws, or the rules and regulations thereunder, or any other statute or rule a violation of which is punishable as a crime; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Commence, participate in, or terminate judicial proceedings alleging a violation of any provision of the federal securities laws, or the rules and regulations thereunder, or any other statute or rule a violation of which is punishable as a crime; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Issue a report or statement discussing the conduct of any person and the relationship of that conduct to possible violations of any provision of the federal securities laws, or the rules and regulations thereunder, or any other statute or rule a violation of which is punishable as a crime; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Transmit, or disclose, with or without recommendation, any Commission memorandum, file, document, or record to the Department of Justice, a United States Attorney, any federal, state, local, or foreign governmental authority or foreign securities authority, any professional association, or any securities industry self-regulatory organization, in order that the recipient may consider the institution of proceedings against any person or the taking of any action that might involve accusing any person of a crime or formally censuring any person; or 
</P>
<P>(v) Seek from, act upon, or act jointly with respect to, any information, file, document, or record where such action could lead to accusing any person of a crime or formally censuring any person by any entity described in paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) Disclose information of a personal nature, where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Disclose investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes, or information which, if written, would be contained in such records, to the extent that the production of such records would:
</P>
<P>(A) Interfere with enforcement activities undertaken, or likely to be undertaken, by the Commission or the Department of Justice, or any United States Attorney, or any Federal, State, local, or foreign governmental authority or foreign securities authority, any professional association, or any securities industry self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(B) Deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication;
</P>
<P>(C) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(D) Disclose the identity of a confidential source and, in the case of a record compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation, confidential information furnished only by the confidential source;
</P>
<P>(E) Disclose investigative techniques and procedures; or
</P>
<P>(F) Endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>investigatory records</I> includes, but is not limited to, all documents, records, transcripts, evidentiary materials of any nature, correspondence, related memoranda, or work product concerning any examination, any investigation (whether formal or informal), or any related litigation, which pertains to, or may disclose, the possible violation by any person of any provision of any statute, rule, or regulation administered by the Commission, by any other Federal, State, local, or foreign governmental authority or foreign securities authority, by any professional association, or by any securities industry self-regulatory organization. The term <I>investigatory records</I> also includes all written communications from, or to, any person complaining or otherwise furnishing information respecting such possible violations, as well as all correspondence or memoranda in connection with such complaints or information.
</P>
<P>(8) Disclose information contained in, or related to, any examination, operating, or condition report prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of, the Commission, any other federal, state, local, or foreign governmental authority or foreign securities authority, or any securities industry self-regulatory organization, responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions. 
</P>
<P>(9) Disclose information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Lead to significant financial speculation in currencies, securities, or commodities, including, but not limited to, discussions concerning the proposed or continued suspension of trading in any security, or the possible investigation of, or institution of activity concerning, any person with respect to conduct involving or affecting publicly-traded securities, or
</P>
<P>(B) Significantly endanger the stability of any financial institution; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Significantly frustrate the implementation, or the proposed implementation, of any action by the Commission, any other federal, state, local or foreign governmental authority, any foreign securities authority, or any securities industry self-regulatory organization: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this paragraph (a)(9)(ii) shall not apply in any instance where the Commission has already disclosed to the public the precise content or nature of its proposed action, or where the Commission is expressly required by law to make such disclosure on its own initiative prior to taking final agency action on such proposal. 
</P>
<P>(10) Specifically concern the Commission's consideration of, or its actual: Issuance of a subpoena (whether by the Commission directly or by any Commission employee or member); participation in a civil action or proceeding, an action in a foreign court or international tribunal, or an arbitration; or initiation, conduct, or disposition of a particular case of formal adjudication pursuant to the procedures in 5 U.S.C. 554, or otherwise involving a determination on the record after opportunity for a hearing; including, but not limited to, matters involving 
</P>
<P>(i) The institution, prosecution, adjudication, dismissal, settlement, or amendment of any administrative proceeding, whether public or nonpublic; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The commencement, settlement, defense, or prosecution of any judicial proceeding to which the Commission, or any one or more of its members or employees, is or may become a party; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The commencement, conduct, termination, status, or disposition of any inquiry, investigation, or proceedings to which the power to issue subpoenas is, or may become, attendant; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) The discharge of the Commission's responsibilities involving litigation under any statute concerning the subject of bankruptcy; or 
</P>
<P>(v) The participation by the Commission (or any employee or member thereof) in, or involvement with, any civil judicial proceeding or any administrative proceeding, whether as a party, as amicus curiae, or otherwise; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) The disposition of any application for a Commission order of any nature where the issuance of such an order would involve a determination on the record after opportunity for a hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interpretation of exemptions.</I> The examples set forth § 200.402(a)(1) through (10) of particular matters which may be the subject of closed Commission deliberations are to be construed as illustrative, but not as exhaustive, of the scope of those exemptions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public interest determination.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of § 200.402(a) (concerning the closing of Commission meetings), but subject to the provisions of § 200.409(a) (respecting the right of certain persons to petition for the closing of a Commission meeting), the Commission may conduct any meeting or portion of a meeting in public where the Commission determines, in its discretion, that the public interest renders it appropriate to open such a meeting. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonpublic matter in announcements.</I> The Commission may delete from the notice of Commission meetings described in § 200.403, from the announcements concerning closed meetings described in §§ 200.404(b) and 200.405(c), and from the General Counsel's certification described in § 200.406, any information or description the publication of which would be likely to disclose matters of the nature described in § 200.402(a) (concerning the closing of Commission meetings).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Pub. L. 94-409, 90 Stat. 1241)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14693, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 37077, Aug. 25, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 24332, June 7, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.403" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.403   Notice of Commission meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Content of notice.</I> (1) In the case of open meetings, or meetings closed pursuant to the procedures specified in § 200.404, the Commission shall announce the items to be considered. For each such item, the announcement shall include: 
</P>
<P>(i) A brief description of the generic or precise subject matter to be discussed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The date, place, and approximate time at which the Commission will consider the matter; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the meeting, or the various portions thereof, shall be open or closed; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The name and telephone number of the Commission official designated to respond to requests for information concerning the meeting at which the matter is to be considered. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every announcement of a Commission meeting described in this subsection, or any amended announcement described in paragraph (c), shall be transmitted to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time of notice.</I> The announcement of Commission meetings referred to in paragraph (a) shall be made publicly available (and submitted immediately thereafter to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication) at least one week prior to the consideration of any item listed therein, except where a majority of the members of the Commission determine, by a recorded vote, that Commission business requires earlier consideration of the matter. In the event of such a determination, the announcement shall be made publicly available (and submitted to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>) at the earliest practicable time. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendments to notice.</I> (1)(i) The time or place of a meeting may be changed following any public announcement that may be required by paragraph (a). In the event of such action, the Commission shall announce the change at the earliest practicable time. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The subject matter of a meeting, or the determination of the Commission to open or close a meeting (or a portion of a meeting), may be changed following any public announcement that may be required by paragraph (a), if (A) a majority of the entire membership of the Commission determines, by a recorded vote, that Commission business so requires and that no earlier announcement of the change was possible; and (B) the Commission publicly announces such change and the vote of each member upon such change at the earliest practicable time. 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (c), matters which have been announced for Commission consideration may be deleted, or continued in whole or in part to the next scheduled Commission meeting, without notice. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of meetings closed pursuant to special procedure.</I> In the case of meetings closed pursuant to the special procedures set forth in § 200.405, the Commission shall make publicly available, in whole or in summary form, 
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the general subject matter considered or to be considered, and 
</P>
<P>(2) The date, place, and approximate time at which the Commission will, or did, consider the matter. The announcement described in this subsection shall be made publicly available at the earliest practicable time, and may be combined, in whole or in part, with the announcement described in paragraph (a).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The Commission intends, to the extent convenient, to adhere to the following schedule in organizing its weekly agenda: Closed meetings to consider matters concerning the enforcement of the federal securities laws and the conduct of related investigations will generally be held on Tuesdays and on Thursday afternoons. An open meeting will generally be held each Thursday morning to consider matters of any appropriate nature. On Wednesdays, either open or closed meetings, or both, will generally be held according to the requirements of the Commission's agenda for the week in question. Normally, no meetings will be scheduled on Mondays, Fridays, Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays. 
</P>
<P>The foregoing tentative general schedule is set forth for the guidance of the public, but is not, in any event, binding upon the Commission. In every case, the scheduling of Commission meetings shall be determined by the demands of Commission business, consistent with the requirements of this subpart I. When feasible, the Commission will endeavor to announce the subject matter of all then-contemplated open meetings during a particular month at least one week prior to the commencement of that month. 
</P>
<P>When and if convenient after the conclusion of a closed Commission meeting, the Commission will endeavor to make publicly available a notice describing (subject to the provision in § 200.402(d) regarding nonpublic matter in announcements) the items considered at that meeting and any action taken thereon.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.404   General procedure for determination to close meeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Action to close meeting.</I> Action to close a meeting pursuant to § 200.402(a) or (c) shall be taken only upon a vote of a majority of the entire membership of the Commission. A separate vote of the Commission members shall be taken with respect to each Commission meeting a portion or portions of which are proposed to be closed to the public pursuant to § 200.402(a), or with respect to any information which is proposed to be withheld under § 200.402(d); <I>Provided, however,</I> That a single vote may be taken with respect to a series of meetings, a portion or portions of which are proposed to be closed, or with respect to any information concerning such series of meetings, so long as each meeting in such series relates to the same matters and is scheduled to be held no more than thirty days after the initial meeting in such series. The vote of each Commission member participating in such vote shall be recorded and no proxies shall be allowed. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Announcement of action to close meeting.</I> Within one day of any vote pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or § 200.409(a) (relating to review of Commission determinations to open a meeting), the Commission shall make publicly available: 
</P>
<P>(1) A written record reflecting the vote of each participating member of the Commission on the question; and 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a meeting or portion thereof to be closed to the public, a written explanation of the Commission's action closing the meeting or a portion thereof, together with a list describing generically or specifically the persons expected to attend the meeting and their affiliation; and 
</P>
<P>(3) For every closed meeting, the certification executed by the Commission's General Counsel as described in § 200.406. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.405" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.405   Special procedure for determination to close meeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Finding.</I> Based, in part, on a review of several months of its meetings, as well as the legislative history of the Sunshine Act, the Commission finds that a majority of its meetings may properly be closed to the public pursuant to § 200.402(a) (4), (8), (9)(i), or (10), or any combination thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Action to close meeting.</I> The Commission may, by recorded vote of a majority of its members at the commencement of any meeting or portion thereof, determine to close any meeting or a portion thereof properly subject to being closed pursuant to § 200.402(a) (4), (8), (9)(i), or (10), or any combination thereof. The procedure described in this rule may be utilized notwithstanding the fact that a meeting or portion thereof properly subject to being closed pursuant to § 200.402(a) (4), (8), (9)(i), or (10), or any combination thereof, could also be closed pursuant to § 200.402(a) (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (7), or (9)(ii), or any combination thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Announcement of action to close meeting.</I> In the case of a meeting or a portion of a meeting closed pursuant to this rule, as soon as practicable the Commission shall make publicly available: 
</P>
<P>(1) A written record reflecting the vote of each participating member of the Commission to close the meeting; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The certification described in § 200.406, executed by the Commission's General Counsel. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.406" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.406   Certification by the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>For every Commission meeting closed pursuant to § 200.402(a) (1) through (10), the General Counsel of the Commission (or, in his or her absence, the attorney designated by General Counsel pursuant to § 200.21) shall publicly certify that, in his or her opinion, the meeting may be closed to the public and shall state each relevant exemptive provision. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.407" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.407   Transcripts, minutes, and other documents concerning closed Commission meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Record of closed meetings.</I> Except as provided in § 200.407(b), the Commission's Secretary shall prepare a complete transcript or electronic recording adequate to record fully the proceedings of each closed meeting, or closed portion of a meeting. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minutes of closed meetings.</I> In the case of a meeting, or portion of a meeting, closed to the public pursuant to § 200.402(a) (8), (9)(i), or (10), the Secretary may, in his or her discretion or at the direction of the Commission, prepare either the transcript or recording described in § 200.407(a), or a set of minutes. Such minutes shall fully and clearly describe all matters discussed and shall provide a full and accurate summary of any actions taken, and the reasons therefor, including a description of each of the views expressed on any item and the record of any rollcall vote (reflecting the vote of each participating Commission member on the question). All documents specifically considered by the Commission in connection with any action shall be identified in such minutes are maintained. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retention of certificate and statement.</I> The Secretary shall retain a copy of every certification executed by the General Counsel pursuant to § 200.406, together with a statement from the presiding officer of the meeting, or portion of a meeting to which the certification applies, setting forth the time and place of the meeting, and the persons present. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Minute Record.</I> Nothing herein shall affect the provisions of §§ 200.13a and 200.40 requiring the Secretary to prepare and maintain a Minute Record reflecting the official actions of the Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.408" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.408   Public access to transcripts and minutes of closed Commission meetings; record retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public access to record.</I> Within 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) of the receipt by the Commission's Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”) Officer of a written request, or within such extended period as may be agreeable to the person making the request, the Secretary shall make available for inspection by any person in the Commission's Public Reference Room, the transcript, electronic recording, or minutes (as required by § 200.407(a) or (b)) of the discussion of any item on the agenda, except for such item or items as the Freedom of Information Act Officer determines to involve matters which may be withheld under § 200.402 or otherwise. Copies of such transcript, or minutes, or a transcription of such recording disclosing the identity of each speaker, shall be furnished to any person at the actual cost of duplication, as identified on the FOIA web page of the Commission's website at <I>http://www.sec.gov,</I> and, if a transcript is prepared, the actual cost of such transcription.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review of deletion from record.</I> Any person who has been notified that the Freedom of Information Act Officer has determined to withhold any transcript, recording, or minute, or portion thereof, which was the subject of a request for access pursuant to § 200.402(a), or any person who has not received a response to his or her own request within the 20 days specified in § 200.408(a), may appeal the adverse determination or failure to respond by applying for an order of the Commission determining and directing that the transcript, recording or minute, or deleted portion thereof, be made available. Such application shall be in writing and should be directed to the Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549. The applicant shall state such facts and cite such legal or other authorities as the applicant may consider appropriate. The Commission shall make a determination with respect to any appeal pursuant to this subsection within 20 days (excepting Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays) after the receipt of such appeal, or within such extended period as may be agreeable to the person making the request. The Commission may determine to withhold any record that is exempt from disclosure pursuant to § 200.402(a), although it may disclose a record, even if exempt, if, in its discretion, it determines it to be appropriate to do so. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retention of record.</I> The Commission, by its Secretary, shall retain a complete verbatim copy of the transcript, or a complete copy of the minutes, or a complete electronic recording of each meeting, or portion of a meeting, closed to the public, for a period of at least two years after such meeting, or until one year after the conclusion of any Commission proceeding with respect to which the meeting or portion was held, whichever occurs later. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14693, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 84 FR 50738, Sept. 26, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.409" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.409   Administrative appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Review of determination to open meeting.</I> Following any announcement stating that the Commission intends to open a meeting or a portion thereof, any person whose interests may be directly and substantially affected by the disposition of the matter to be discussed at such meeting may make a request, directed to the Commission's Secretary, that the meeting, or relevant portion thereof, be closed pursuant to § 200.402(a) (5), (6), or (7). The Secretary shall circulate such a request to the members of the Commission, along with a supporting statement provided by the requestor setting forth the requestor's interest in the matter and the reasons why the requestor believes that the meeting (or portion thereof) should be closed, and the Commission, upon the request of any one of its members, shall vote by recorded vote on whether to close such meeting or portion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review of determination to close meeting.</I> Following any announcement that the Commission intends to close a meeting or a portion thereof, any person may make written or telegraphic request, directed to the Commission's Secretary, that the meeting or a portion thereof be open. Such a request shall set forth the requestor's interest in the matter and the reasons why the requestor believes that the meeting (or a portion thereof) should be open to the public. The Secretary shall circulate such a request and supporting statement to the members of the Commission, and the Commission, upon the request of any one of its members, shall vote whether to open such a meeting or a portion thereof. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.410" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.9.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.410   Miscellaneous.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unauthorized activities; maintenance of decorum.</I> Nothing in this subpart shall authorize any member of the public to be heard at, or otherwise participate in, any Commission meeting, or to photograph or record by videotape or similar device any Commission meeting or portion thereof. The Commission may exclude any person from attendance at any meeting whenever necessary to preserve decorum, or where appropriate or necessary for health or safety reasons, or where necessary to terminate behavior unauthorized by this paragraph (a). Any person desiring to sound-record an open Commission meeting shall notify the Commission's Secretary of his intention to do so at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting in question. Any person desiring to photograph or videotape the Commission's proceedings may apply to the Secretary for permission to do so at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting in question. The Commission's determination to permit photography or videotaping at any meeting is confined to its exclusive discretion, and will be granted only if such activities will not result in undue disruption of Commission proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension of open meeting.</I> Subject to the satisfaction of any procedural requirements which may be required by this subpart, nothing in this subpart shall preclude the Commission from directing that the room be cleared of spectators, temporarily or permanently, whenever it appears that the discussion during an open Commission meeting is likely to involve any matter described in § 200.402(a) (respecting closed meetings). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to Commission documents.</I> Except as expressly provided, nothing in this subpart shall authorize any person to obtain access to any document not otherwise available to the public or not required to be disclosed pursuant to subpart D. Access to documents considered or mentioned at Commission meetings may only be obtained subject to the procedures set forth in, and the provisions of, subpart D. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Access to public meetings.</I> Any member of the public who plans to attend a public meeting of the Commission, and who requires an auxiliary aid such as a sign language interpreter, should contact the Commission's Selective Placement Coordinator, Office of Personnel at (202) 272-7065 or TDD number (202) 272-2552, prior to the meeting to make the necessary arrangements. The Selective Placement Coordinator will take all reasonable steps to accommodate requests made in advance of the scheduled meeting date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 14693, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 32366, June 6, 1979; 55 FR 10235, Mar. 20, 1990] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Classification and Declassification of National Security Information and Material</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.500   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes general policies and procedures for the classification, declassification and safeguarding of national security information which is generated, processed and/or stored by the Commission, and supplements Executive Order 12356, April 6, 1982 (47 FR 14874), and Information Security Oversight Office Directive No. 1, June 25, 1982 (47 FR 27836).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.501" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.501   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to the handling of, and public access to, national security information and classified documents in the Commission's possession. Such documents no longer in the Commission's possession will be handled by the agency having possession, or in accordance with guidelines developed in consultation with the Archivist. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.502" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.502   Definition.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part: <I>Foreign government information</I> means either (a) information provided to the United States by a foreign government or governments, an international organization of governments, or any element thereof with the expectation, express or implied, that the information, the source of the information, or both, are to be held in confidence, or (b) information produced by the United States pursuant to or as a result of a joint arrangement with a foreign government or governments or an international organization of governments or any element thereof, requiring that the information, the arrangement, or both, are to be held in confidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.503" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.503   Senior agency official.</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Operating Officer of the Commission is designated the senior agency official responsible for conducting an oversight program to ensure effective implementation of Executive Order 12356. Any complaints or suggestions regarding the Commission's information security program should be directed to the Office of the Chief Operating Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, Attn: Information Security Program, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549.
</P>
<P>(a) The Deputy Chief Operating Officer is the Senior Agency Official for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980. In this capacity, the Deputy Chief Operating Officer will carry out all responsibilities required by the Act (Pub. L. 96-511, 3506(b)), as well as serving as <I>Agency Clearance Officer</I> for purposes of the publication of notices in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 12686, Mar. 30, 1984; 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008; 76 FR 60371, 60372, Sept. 29, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.504" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.504   Oversight Committee.</HEAD>
<P>An Oversight Committee is established, under the chairmanship of the Chief Operating Officer, with the following responsibilities: 
</P>
<P>(a) Establish a security education program to familiarize Commission and other personnel who have access to classified information with the provisions of Executive Order 12065, and encourage Commission personnel to challenge those classification decisions they believe to be improper. 
</P>
<P>(b) Establish controls to insure that classified information is used, processed, stored, reproduced, and transitted only under conditions that will provide adequate protection and prevent access by unauthorized persons. 
</P>
<P>(c) Establish procedures which require that a demonstrable need, under section 4-1 of Executive Order 12065, for access to classified information be established before administrative clearance procedures are initiated, as well as other appropriate procedures to prevent unnecessary access to classified information. 
</P>
<P>(d) Act on all suggestions and complaints concerning Commission administration of its information security program. 
</P>
<P>(e) Establish procedures within the Commission to insure the orderly and effective referral of requests for declassification of documents in the Commission's possession. 
</P>
<P>(f) Review on an annual basis all practices for safeguarding information and to eliminate those practices which are duplicative or unnecessary. 
</P>
<P>(g) Recommend to the Chairman of the Commission appropriate administrative action to correct abuse or violation of any provision of Executive Order 12356. 
</P>
<P>(h) Consider and decide other questions concerning classification and declassification that may be brought before it. 
</P>
<P>(i) Develop special contingency plans for the protection of classified information used in or near hostile or potentially hostile areas.
</P>
<P>(j) Promptly notify the Director of the Information Security Oversight Office whenever an officer or employee of the United States Government or its contractors, licensees or grantees knowingly, willfully or negligently (1) discloses to unauthorized persons information properly classified under Executive Order 12356 or predecessor orders or (2) classifies or continues the classification of information in violation of Executive Order 12356 or predecessor orders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982; 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.505" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.505   Original classification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No Commission Member or employee has the authority to classify any information on an original basis. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a Commission employee originates information that appears to require classification, the employee shall immediately notify the Secretary and protect the information accordingly. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the Chief Operating Officer believes the information warrants classification, it shall be sent to an agency with original classification authority over the subject matter, or to the information Security Oversight Office, for determination. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.506" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.506   Derivative classification.</HEAD>
<P>Any document that includes paraphrases, restatements, or summaries of, or incorporates in new form, information that is already classified shall be assigned the same level of classification as the source; if, however, the basic information appears to have been so changed that no classification, or a lower classification than originally assigned, should be used, the appropriate official of the originating agency or office of origin who has the authority to upgrade, downgrade or declassify the information must be consulted prior to assigning a different classification to the information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.507" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.507   Declassification dates on derivative documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A document that derives its classification from information classified under Executive Order 12356 of predecessor orders shall be marked with the date or event assigned to that source information for its automatic declassification or for review of its continued need for classification.
</P>
<P>(b) A derivative document that derives its classification from the approved use of the classification guide of another agency shall bear the declassification date required by the provisions of that classification guide.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47236, Oct. 25, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.508" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.508   Requests for mandatory review for declassification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Requests for mandatory review of a Commission document for declassification may be made by any United States citizen or permanent resident alien, including Commission employees, or a Federal agency, or a State or local government. The request shall be in writing and shall be sent to the Office of the Chief Operating Officer, Attn: Mandatory Review Request, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549.
</P>
<P>(b) The request shall describe the material sufficiently to enable the Commission to locate it. Requests with insufficient description of the material will be returned to the requester for further information. 
</P>
<P>(c) Within 5 days of receiving a request for declassification, the Commission shall acknowledge its receipt. If the document was derivatively classified by the Commission or originally classified by another agency, the request and the document shall be forwarded promptly to the agency with original classification authority together with the Commission's recommendation to withhold any of the information where appropriate. The requester shall be notified of the referral. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the request requires the provision of services by the Commission, fair and equitable fees may be charged under title 5 of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 65 Stat. 290, 31 U.S.C. 483a.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 47237, Oct. 25, 1982; 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.509" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.509   Challenge to classification by Commission employees.</HEAD>
<P>Commission employees who have reasonable cause to believe that information is classified unnecessarily, improperly, or for an inappropriate period of time, may challenge those classification decisions through mandatory review or other appropriate procedures as established by the Oversight Committee. Commission employees who challenge classification decisions may request that their identity not be disclosed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.510" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.510   Access by historical researchers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons outside the executive branch performing historical research may have access to information over which the Commission has classification jurisdiction for the period requested (but not longer than 2 years unless renewed for an additional period of less than 2 years) if the Chief Operating Officer determines in writing that access to the information will be consistent with the interests of national security. 
</P>
<P>(b) The person seeking access to classified information must agree in writing: 
</P>
<P>(1) To be subject to a national agency check; 
</P>
<P>(2) To protect the classified information in accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12356; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Not to publish or otherwise reveal to unauthorized persons any classified information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 47237, Oct. 25, 1982; 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.511" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.10.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.511   Access by former Presidential appointees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Former Commission Members appointed by the President may have access to classified information or documents over which the Commission has jurisdiction that they originated, reviewed, signed, or received while in public office, if the Chief Operating Officer determines in writing that access to the information will be consistent with the interest of nation security. 
</P>
<P>(b) The person seeking access to classified information must agree in writing: 
</P>
<P>(1) To be subject to a national agency check; 
</P>
<P>(2) To protect the classified information in accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12356; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Not to publish or otherwise reveal to unauthorized persons any classified information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 65737, Nov. 15, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 47237, Oct. 25, 1982; 51 FR 5315, Feb. 13, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Regulations Pertaining to the Protection of the Environment</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 41177, July 16, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.550" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.550   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth the procedures the Commission will follow to ensure compliance with the goals of the National Environmental Policy Act (<I>NEPA</I>) and with the procedures required by NEPA in the event that the Commission should take action subject to such procedural requirements. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.551" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.551   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>In the event of extraordinary circumstances in which a Commission action may involve major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment, the Commission shall follow the procedures set forth in §§ 200.552 through 200.554 of this part, unless doing so would be inconsistent with its statutory authority under the Federal securities laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 71874, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.552" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.552   NEPA planning.</HEAD>
<P>Where it is reasonably foreseeable by the Commission that it may be required to act on a matter specified in § 200.551 and that matter is likely to involve major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment, the Commission shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Advise the relevant persons as to information respecting the environment, if any, which may later be required to be submitted for Commission consideration should Commission action become necessary;
</P>
<P>(b) Consult on any environmental factors involved with individuals, organizations, and state and local authorities interested in the planned action; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Begin implementing the procedures set forth in §§ 200.553 and 200.554 as soon as possible, <I>Provided,</I> That such procedures are not inconsistent with the Commission's authority under the Federal securities laws. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.553" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.553   Draft, final and supplemental impact statements.</HEAD>
<P>If the Commission determines that the requirements of section 102(2)(C) of NEPA for preparation of an environmental impact statement are applicable in connection with a proposed Commission action, it shall prepare such statement generally in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR parts 1500-1508, particularly part 1502 concerning impact statement preparation and content, § 1505.1 concerning decision-making procedures, and § 1501.6 concerning the function of cooperating agencies, to the extent that such procedures do not conflict with the Commission's statutory responsibilities and authority under the Federal securities laws. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.554" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.11.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.554   Public availability of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any environmental assessment or impact statement, and Commission responses pertaining to formal rulemaking proceedings or adjudicatory proceedings, shall be made part of the record in any such proceedings. In the case of formal adjudicatory proceedings, this shall be done in accordance with Rule 460 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.460 of this chapter. In the case of formal rulemaking proceedings, this shall be done in accordance with the Commission's rules respecting such proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(b) The location of publicly available environmental impact statements will be 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. 
</P>
<P>(c) Interested persons may obtain information regarding and status reports on specific environmental impact statements and environmental assessments by contacting the division or office within the Commission which has responsibility for the particular proposed action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 41177, July 16, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 26819, June 22, 1982; 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Enforcement of Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Handicap in Programs or Activities Conducted by the Securities and Exchange Commission</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 25885, July 8, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.601" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.601   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this regulation is to effectuate section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.602" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.602   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This regulation (§§ 200.601-200.670) applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency, except for programs or activities conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with handicaps in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.603" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.603   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this regulation, the term—
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings, and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.
</P>
<P><I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Historic preservation programs</I> means programs conducted by the agency that have preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Historic properties</I> means those properties that are listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate State or local government body.
</P>
<P><I>Individual with handicaps</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>As used in this definition, the phrase:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term <I>physical or mental impairment</I> includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, and drug addiction and alcoholism.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified individual with handicaps</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to preschool, elementary, or secondary education services provided by the agency, an individual with handicaps who is a member of a class of persons otherwise entitled by statute, regulation, or agency policy to receive education services from the agency;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature;
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualified handicapped person</I> as that term is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this regulation by § 200.640.
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617); the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955); and the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-506, 100 Stat. 1810). As used in this regulation, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.
</P>
<P><I>Substantial impairment</I> means a significant loss of the integrity of finished materials, design quality, or special character resulting from a permanent alteration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.604-200.609" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.604-200.609   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.610" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.610   Self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall, by September 6, 1989, evaluate its current policies and practices, and the effects thereof, that do not or may not meet the requirements of this regulation and, to the extent modification of any such policies and practices is required, the agency shall proceed to make the necessary modifications.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation process by submitting comments (both oral and written).
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall, for at least three years following completion of the self-evaluation, maintain on file and make available for public inspection:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified; and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of any modifications made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.611" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.611   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this regulation and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such manner as the head of the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.612-200.629" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.612-200.629   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.630" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.630   General prohibitions against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified individual with handicaps an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified individual with handicaps with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to individuals with handicaps or to any class of individuals with handicaps than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified individuals with handicaps with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others; 
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified individual with handicaps in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service. 
</P>
<P>(2) The agency may not deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities. 
</P>
<P>(3) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would— 
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(4) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would— 
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude individuals with handicaps from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(5) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. 
</P>
<P>(6) The agency may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the agency establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the agency are not, themselves, covered by this regulation. 
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to individuals with handicaps or the exclusion of a specific class of individuals with handicaps from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of individuals with handicaps is not prohibited by this regulation. 
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified individuals with handicaps.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.631-200.639" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.631-200.639   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.640" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.640   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be subject to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the agency. The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.641-200.648" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.641-200.648   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.649" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.649   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 200.650, no qualified individual with handicaps shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by individuals with handicaps, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.650" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.650   Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. This paragraph does not— 
</P>
<P>(1) Necessarily require the agency to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps; 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of historic preservation programs, require the agency to take any action that would result in a substantial impairment of significant historic features of an historic property; or
</P>
<P>(3) Require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 200.650(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The agency is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified individuals with handicaps in the most integrated setting appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Historic preservation programs.</I> In meeting the requirements of § 200.650(a) in historic preservation programs, the agency shall give priority to methods that provide physical access to individuals with handicaps. In cases where a physical alteration to an historic property is not required because of § 200.650(a) (2) or (3), alternative methods of achieving program accessibility include—
</P>
<P>(i) Using audio-visual materials and devices to depict those portions of an historic property that cannot otherwise be made accessible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assigning persons to guide individuals with handicaps into or through portions of historic properties that cannot otherwise be made accessible; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Adopting other innovative methods.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section by November 7, 1988, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by September 6, 1991, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop, by March 6, 1989, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with handicaps;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.651" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.651   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, apply to buildings covered by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.652-200.659" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.652-200.659   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.660" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.660   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford an individual with handicaps an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the individual with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used to communicate with persons with impaired hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall provide signage at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 200.660 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.661-200.669" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.661-200.669   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.670" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.670   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
</P>
<P>(c) The Equal Employment Opportunity Manager shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section. Complaints may be sent to the EEO Manager, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) If the agency receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate Government entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps.
</P>
<P>(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and
</P>
<P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal.
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 200.670(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause.
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the head of the agency.
</P>
<P>(j) The head of the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the head of the agency determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, he or she shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make his or her determination on the appeal.
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General.
</P>
<P>(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 25882, 25885, July 8, 1988, as amended at 53 FR 25882, July 8, 1988; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 200.671-200.699" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.12.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 200.671-200.699   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Regulation Concerning Conduct of Members and Employees and Former Members and Employees of the Commission</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth the standards of ethical conduct required of members, employees and special Government employees, and former members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42276, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-2   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Securities and Exchange Commission has been entrusted by Congress with the protection of the public interest in a highly significant area of our national economy. In view of the effect which Commission action frequently has on the general public, it is important that members, employees and special Government employees maintain unusually high standards of honesty, integrity, impartiality and conduct. They must be constantly aware of the need to avoid situations which might result either in actual or apparent misconduct or conflicts of interest and to conduct themselves in their official relationships in a manner which commands the respect and confidence of their fellow citizens. 
</P>
<P>(b) For these reasons, members, employees, and special Government employees should at all times abide by the standards of ethical conduct for employees of the executive branch (codified in 5 CFR part 2635); the supplemental standards of ethical conduct for members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified in 5 CFR part 4401); the standards of conduct set forth in this subpart; the Canons of ethics for members of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified in subpart C of this part 200); and, in the case of a person practicing a profession as defined in 5 CFR 2636.305(b)(1), the applicable professional ethical standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, as amended at 75 FR 42276, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-3   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart A (General provisions) and in particular with the provisions of 5 CFR 2635.101 (Basic obligations of public service); 2635.103 (Applicability to members of the uniformed services); and 2635.104 (Applicability to employees on detail).
</P>
<P>(b) A member or employee of the Commission shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Engage, directly or indirectly, in any personal business transaction or private arrangement for personal profit the opportunity for which arises because of his or her official position or authority, or that is based upon confidential or nonpublic information which he or she gains by reason of such position or authority. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Divulge to any unauthorized person or release in advance of authorization for its release any nonpublic Commission document, or any information contained in any such document or any confidential information: (A) In contravention of the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under 5 U.S.C. 552, 552a and 552b; or (B) in circumstances where the Commission has determined to accord such information confidential treatment. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Except where the Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, has previously granted approval or in relation to a Commission administrative proceeding or a judicial proceeding in which the Commission, or a present or former Commissioner, or present or former member of the staff, represented by Commission counsel, is a party, any officer, employee or former officer or employee who is served with a subpoena requiring the disclosure of confidential or non-public information or documents shall, unless the Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, authorizes the disclosure of such information or documents, respectfully decline to disclose the information or produce the documents called for, basing his or her refusal on this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any member, employee or former member or employee who is served with such a subpoena not covered by the exceptions in paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service of such subpoena, the nature of the information or documents sought, and any circumstances which may bear upon the desirability in the public interest of making available such information or documents. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, shall authorize the disclosure of non-expert, non-privileged, factual staff testimony and the production of non-privileged documents when validly subpoenaed.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Detailed prohibitions regarding disclosure or use of confidential or nonpublic information are set forth in Rule 122 (17 CFR 230.122) under the Securities Act of 1933; section 24(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78x) and Rule 0-4 (17 CFR 240.0-4); and Rule 24(b)(2) (17 CFR 240.24b-2), thereunder; section 45(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, and section 210(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-10).</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart B (Gifts from outside sources).
</P>
<P>(d) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart C (Gifts between employees).
</P>
<P>(e) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart D (Conflicting financial requirements);
</P>
<P>(f) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart E (Impartiality).
</P>
<P>(g) A member or employee shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2635, subpart G (Misuse of position).
</P>
<P>(h) No member or employee shall accept host-paid travel or reimbursement except as in accordance with the requirements of the Supplemental standards of ethical conduct for members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified at 5 CFR 4401.103 (Outside Employment and Activities)); 5 CFR part 2635, subpart H (Outside Activities); and 31 U.S.C. 353 and 41 CFR 304-1.1 (Acceptance of payment from a non-Federal source for travel expenses).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980; 45 FR 40975, June 17, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 23287, June 3, 1985; 53 FR 17458, May 17, 1988; 54 FR 33500, Aug. 15, 1989; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008; 75 FR 42276, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-4   Outside employment and activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Members and employees shall comply with the requirements of the Supplemental standards of ethical conduct for members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified at 5 CFR 4401.103 (Outside employment and activities) and 5 CFR part 2635, subpart H (Outside activities)).
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission encourages employees to engage in teaching, lecturing, and writing activities with or without compensation. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> In participating in such activities, employees should be guided by the following: 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> As to employees, while the receipt of honoraria is discouraged, that rule is not applicable to the receipt of compensation for teaching.</P></FTNT>
<P>(1) No teaching, lecturing, or writing should be engaged in if prohibited by law, Executive order, Office of Personnel Management regulations, or the rules in this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(2) No teaching, lecturing, or writing should be engaged in (including for the purpose of the special preparation of a person or class of persons for an examination of the Office of Personnel Management or Board of Examiners for the Foreign Service) that depends on information filed with the Commission, or obtained by the Commission in an investigation or otherwise, or generated within the Commission which is nonpublic, unless the Commission gives formal approval for the use of such nonpublic information on the basis that the use thereof is in the public interest. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Since members of the Commission are covered by section 401(a) of Executive Order 11222, they are prohibited by Civil Service Regulations (5 CFR 735.203(c)) from receiving compensation or anything of monetary value for any consultation, lecture, discussion, writing, or appearance the subject matter of which is devoted substantially to the responsibilities, programs, or operations of their agencies, or which draws substantially on official data or ideas which have not become part of the body of public information.</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) If otherwise permitted by 18 U.S.C. 203 and 205, the provisions of these rules or of 5 CFR 4401.103 do not preclude an employee from acting as agent or attorney:
</P>
<P>(1) For any Commission employee who is sued or under investigation in connection with his or her official duties;
</P>
<P>(2) For any Commission employee who is the subject of disciplinary, loyalty, or other personnel administrative proceedings in connection with those proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(3) For any Commission employee who raises claims or against whom allegations of wrongdoing are made pursuant to the Commission's Equal Opportunity regulations, if such representation is not inconsistent with the faithful performance of the employee's duties.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) As paragraph (b) of this section indicates, the Commission encourages employees to engage in teaching, lecturing and writing activities. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> It is understood, however, that Commission employees in their teaching, writing and lecturing shall not 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> This paragraph (d), requiring review of prepared speeches or writings relating to the Commission does not apply to teaching activities.</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) Use confidential or nonpublic information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Make comments on pending litigation in which the Commission is participating as a party or <I>amicus curiae;</I> or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Make comments on rulemaking proceedings pending before the Commission which would adversely affect the operations of the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(2) To assist employees in conforming to these requirements the following procedure for reviewing writings prior to publication, or prepared speeches prior to delivery, has been established: 
</P>
<P>(i) Employees must submit proposed publications or prepared speeches relating to the Commission, or the statutes or rules it administers, to the General Counsel for review. Employees will be notified as promptly as possible, with due regard to publication deadlines, but in any event within 30 days of receipt of the written document, whether such document conforms to the requirements of this Rule.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A determination by the General Counsel that a proposed publication conforms to the requirements of the rule will not involve adoption of, or concurrence in, the views expressed. Therefore, such publication or speech shall include at an appropriate place or in a footnote or otherwise, the following disclaimer of responsibility:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The Securities and Exchange Commission disclaims responsibility for any private publication or statement of any SEC employee or Commissioner.
</P>
<P>This [article, outline, speech, chapter] expresses the author's views and does not necessarily reflect those of the Commission, the [other] Commissioners, or [other] members of the staff.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) In appropriate cases, the above disclaimer may be modified by the General Counsel or the Commission to reflect the circumstances of an individual case. In addition, any publication or speech that reflects positions taken by the Commission shall set forth those positions accurately and, if it contains differences with Commission positions, it shall clearly state that such positions are those of the employee.
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to host-paid travel, members and employees shall comply with the requirements of the Supplemental standards of ethical conduct for members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified at 5 CFR 4401.103 (Outside employment and activities)); 5 CFR part 2635, subpart H (Outside Activities); and 31 U.S.C. 1353 and 41 CFR 304-1.1 (Acceptance of payment from a non-Federal source for travel expenses).
</P>
<P>(f)(1) With respect to seeking or negotiating outside employment, members and employees shall comply with the requirements of the Supplemental standards of ethical conduct for members and employees of the Securities and Exchange Commission (codified at 5 CFR 4401.103 (Outside employment and activities)); 5 CFR part 2635, subpart F (Seeking other employment); 5 CFR part 2635, subpart H (Outside activities).
</P>
<P>(2) Members and employees should be aware that 18 U.S.C. 208 (Acts affecting a personal interest) provides, among other things, that a member or employee is prohibited from participating personally and substantially in any particular matter in which, to his or her knowledge, the member or employee, his or her spouse, minor child, general partner, organization of which the employee is an officer, director, trustee, general partner or employee, or any person or organization with whom he or she is negotiating or has any arrangement concerning prospective employment, has a financial interest. This provision does not apply if the employee has received a written determination by an authorized official that the financial interest is not so substantial as to be deemed likely to affect the integrity of the employee's government service.
</P>
<P>(3) Members may follow the procedural provision contained in Part V, Section 503 of the Executive Order 11222.
</P>
<P>(g) An employee who intends to accept or perform any outside or private employment or professional work shall obtain necessary authorization in advance of such acceptance or performance. A request for such authorization shall be submitted to the Division Director, Office Head or Regional Director concerned, together with all pertinent facts regarding the proposed employment, such as the name of the employer, the nature of the work to be performed, its estimated duration, and the fee or compensation to be received. Division Directors, Office Heads and Regional Directors have been delegated the authority to approve routine requests for outside employment. The approving official shall forward to the Director of Personnel a copy of each request showing the date of approval. Requests of a non-routine nature should be forwarded to the Director of Personnel.
</P>
<P>(h) The Director of Personnel, or his designee, is authorized to approve or disapprove requests for outside or private employment under this rule, except as to those cases which, in his judgment, should be considered and decided by the Commission. An employee may appeal a disapproved request to the Commission. The written appeal, submitted through the Director of Personnel, shall give reasons why the proposed outside or private employment is consistent with this rule. The Director of Personnel may not approve proposed outside or private employment which is absolutely prohibited by these rules. The Commission may, in a particular case, approve such employment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980; 45 FR 40975, June 17, 1980; 48 FR 39216, Aug. 30, 1983; 50 FR 45603, Nov. 1, 1985; 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008; 75 FR 42276, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-5   Securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Securities transactions by members and employees must comply with the provisions of 5 CFR 4401.102 (Prohibited and restricted financial interests and transactions).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-6   Action in case of personal interest.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2640 (Interpretation, exemptions, and waiver guidance concerning 18 U.S.C. 208 (Acts affecting a personal interest)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-7   Negotiation for employment.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees shall comply with the requirements of 18 U.S.C. 208 (Acts affecting a personal interest) and 5 CFR part 2635, subpart F (Seeking other employment). <I>See</I> § 200.735-4(f)(2) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-8" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-8   Practice by former members and employees of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Members and employees and former members and employees shall comply with the requirements of 18 U.S.C. 207 and 5 CFR part 2641 (Post employment conflict of interest restrictions). Members and employees and former members and employees should be aware that, among other restrictions, 18 U.S.C. 207 generally prohibits a former member or employee from knowingly communicating to or appearing before a Federal agency with the intent to influence a particular matter involving specific parties in which that person personally and substantially participated while at the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Any former member or employee of the Commission who, within 2 years after ceasing to be such, is employed or retained as the representative of any person outside the Government in any matter in which it is contemplated that he or she will appear before the Commission, or communicate with the Commission or its employees, shall, within ten days of such retainer or employment, or of the time when appearance before, or communication with the Commission or its employees is first contemplated, file with the Office of the Ethics Counsel a statement which includes:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the contemplated representation;
</P>
<P>(ii) An affirmative representation that the former employee while on the Commission's staff had neither personal and substantial responsibility nor official responsibility for the matter which is the subject of the representation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the Commission Division or Office in which the person had been employed.
</P>
<P>(2) The statement required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be filed electronically based on instructions provided by the Office of the Ethics Counsel at <I>www.sec.gov</I>, or filed in paper by mailing to the U.S. Securities &amp; Exchange Commission, Office of the Ethics Counsel, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-9150.
</P>
<P>(3) Employment of a recurrent character may be covered by a single comprehensive statement. Each such statement should include an appropriate caption indicating that it is filed pursuant to this section. The reporting requirements of this paragraph do not apply to 
</P>
<P>(i) Communications incidental to court appearances in litigation involving the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Oral communications concerning ministerial or informational matters or requests for oral advice not otherwise prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, the term <I>appear before the commission</I> means physical presence before the Commission or its employees in either a formal or informal setting or the conveyance of material in connection with a formal appearance or application to the Commission. As used in this section the term <I>communication with intent to influence</I> does not encompass communications which are not for the purpose of influencing the Commission or any of its employees or which, at the time of the filings, are reasonably believed not to involve any potential controversy. As used in this section, the term <I>representative</I> or <I>representative capacity</I> shall include not only the usual type of representation by an attorney, etc., but also representation of a corporation in the capacity of an officer, director or controlling stockholder thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Partners or associates of any person disqualified from appearing or practicing before the Commission in a particular matter are also disqualified. Such partners or associates (the <I>firm</I>) may request a waiver of this prohibition from the Commission by writing a letter to the General Counsel of the commission setting forth the facts of the proposed representation and the individual's disqualification. In appropriate situations, a firm may request a generic waiver with respect to a number of different matters. Upon the advice of the Office of the General Counsel, the Commission, or the General Counsel exercising delegated authority, will advise the requestor of the Commission's response. 
</P>
<P>(2) Waivers ordinarily will be granted where the firm makes a satisfactory representation that it has adopted screening measures which will effectively isolate the individual lawyer disqualified from participating in the particular matter or matters and from sharing in any fees attributable to it. It will be considered significant for purposes of this determination that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The firm had a pre-existing securities law practice prior to the arrival of the disqualified attorney; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The matter was previously the subject of consideration by the firm or the client was already advised by the firm; 
</P>
<P>(iii) In cases where the matter or client became the subject of consideration by the firm subsequent to the firm's employment of the lawyer individually disqualified, that the matter was not brought to the firm because of the disqualified attorney. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the existence or non-existence of any of these factors, no waiver will be issued if the proposed representation would create a significant appearance of impropriety or would otherwise adversely affect the interests of the government. 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> All proceedings with respect to waivers shall be a matter of public record except to the extent that such public disclosure might violate attorney-client privilege or breach the attorney's obligation to preserve the confidences and secrets of this or her clients, reveal the existence of ongoing private investigations, interfere with law enforcement proceedings, or otherwise be inconsistent with the public interest.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> For example, no waiver will be granted if, during the course of representing a client who has an interest with respect to a matter before the Commission, a firm employs, or accepts as a partner, a member of the staff or of the Commission who at any time during the course of that representation had direct and substantial responsibility for the same matter, and whose departure would result in a significant adverse impact upon that matter at the Commission.</P></FTNT>
<P>(e) Persons in doubt as to the applicability of any portion of this section may apply for an advisory ruling of the Commission. 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Attention of former members and employees is directed to Formal Opinion 342 of the Committee on Ethics of the American Bar Association, 62 A.B.A.J. 517 (1975) and to 18 U.S.C. 207.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 23669, June 5, 1985; 75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010; 77 FR 13491, Mar. 7, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-9" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-9   Indebtedness.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees shall comply with the requirements of 5 CFR 2635.809 (Just financial obligations).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-10   Miscellaneous statutory provisions.</HEAD>
<P>Each member and employee is responsible for acquainting himself or herself with the statutory provisions listed in 5 CFR 2635.902 (Related statutes). A violation of any of these provisions is deemed a violation of this subpart M.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 42277, July 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-11   Statement of employment and financial interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Members and employees shall file financial disclosure reports in accordance with the requirements of 5 CFR part 2634 (Executive branch financial disclosure).
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to the time of entry on duty, or upon designation to a position set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, such employee shall submit to the Director of Personnel a statement, on the official form made available for this purpose through the Office of Personnel, setting forth the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of the names of all corporations, companies, firms, or other business enterprises, partnerships, nonprofit organizations, and educational or other institutions with or in which the employee, his or her spouse, unemancipated minor child or other member of his or her immediate household has—
</P>
<P>(i) Any connection as an employee, officer, owner, director, member, trustee, partner, adviser or consultant; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any continuing financial interest, through a pension or retirement plan, shared income, or other arrangement as a result of any current or prior employment or business or professional association. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any financial interest through the ownership of stock, stock options, bonds, securities, or other arrangements including trusts. 
</P>
<P>(2) A list of the names of the employee's creditors and the creditors of his or her spouse, unemancipated minor child or other member of his or her immediate household, other than those creditors to whom any such person may be indebted by reason of a mortgage on property which he or she occupies as a personal residence, or to whom such person may be indebted for current and ordinary household and living expenses such as those incurred for household furnishings, vacations, an automobile, education, or the like. 
</P>
<P>(3) A list of the employee's interests and those of his or her spouse, unemancipated minor child, or other member of his or her immediate household in real property or rights in lands, other than property which he or she occupies as a personal residence. 
</P>
<P>(4) For the purpose of this section, <I>member of his or her immediate household</I> means a resident of the employee's household who is related to the employee by blood or marriage. 
</P>
<P>(5) In the instance where a spouse is not a <I>member of the employee's immediate household,</I> and the employee certifies he or she neither derives nor expects to derive any economic benefit from the holdings of the spouse, the Director of Personnel may waive the requirement of reporting the interests of such spouse. 
</P>
<P>(c) Statements of employment and financial interests filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be sent to the Ethics Office in a sealed envelope marked “Confidential Employment and Financial Interests.” They shall be maintained in a confidential file. Only those officials of the Commission whose participation is necessary for the carrying out of the purpose of this Conduct Regulation may have access to such statements and no information may be disclosed from them except as the Commission or the Office of Personnel Management may determine for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(d) In accordance with the requirements of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-521, the Ethics Office shall review the financial disclosure reports filed pursuant to that Act. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Ethics Office shall examine the statements of employment and financial interests filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to determine whether conflicts of interest or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of employees exist. An employee shall be afforded the opportunity to explain any conflict or appearance of conflict. When the Director or Assistant Director of Personnel, in consultation with appropriate superiors of the employee involved, is unable to resolve a conflict or appearance of conflict, he or she shall report the matter to the Commission through the Counselor for the Commission designated under § 200.735-15(a). 
</P>
<P>(f) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a) of this section the statement of employment and financial interests and supplementary statements required of employees are in addition to, and not in substitution for, or in derogation of, any similar requirement imposed by law, order or regulation. The submission of a statement by an employee does not permit him or her or any other person to participate in a matter in which his or her or the other person's participation is prohibited by law, order or regulation. 
</P>
<P>(g) An employee has the right to ask for a review through the Commission's grievance procedure outlined in section 771, Part II, Manual of Administrative Regulations, of a complaint that his or her position has been improperly included under the provisions of this section as one requiring the submission of a statement of employment and financial interests. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980; 45 FR 40975, June 17, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 32226, June 5, 2008; 75 FR 42278, July 20, 2010; 76 FR 71450, Nov. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-12   Special Government employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Special Government employee means a person defined in section 18 U.S.C. 202 as a <I>special Government employee.</I> All of the provisions of this Conduct Regulation are applicable to special Government employees, except that in specific appropriate cases the Commission may exempt such employees from, or modify the applicability of, any portion of any provision of the Conduct Regulation. 
</P>
<P>(b) In no event will the Commission waive a provision of the Conduct Regulation which would permit a special Government employee to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Use his or her Government employment for a purpose that is, or gives the appearance of being, motivated by the desire for private gain for himself or another person, particularly one with whom he or she has family, business, or financial ties. 
</P>
<P>(2) Use inside information obtained as a result of his or her Government employment for private gain for himself or herself or another person either by direct action on his or her part or by counsel, recommendation, or suggestion to another person, particularly one with whom he or she has family, business, or financial ties. For purposes of this paragraph, <I>inside information</I> means information obtained under Government authority which has not become part of the body of public information. 
</P>
<P>(3) Use his or her Government employment to coerce, or give the appearance of coercing, a person to provide financial benefit to himself or herself or another person, particularly one with whom he or she has family, business, or financial ties. 
</P>
<P>(4) Receive or solicit from a person having business with the Commission anything of value as a gift, gratuity, loan, entertainment, or favor for himself or herself or another person, particularly one with whom he or she has family, business or financial ties. 
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to entrance on duty, each special Government employee shall submit to the Director of Personnel a statement of employment and financial interests which contains such information as the Director of Personnel determines is relevant in the light of the duties the special Government employee is to perform and, if appropriate, the financial disclosure report as provided by title II of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-521. It shall be kept current throughout the period of employment by the filing of supplementary statements in accordance with the requirements of § 200.735-11(d). Statements shall be on the official form made available for this purpose through the Office of Personnel. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission may waive the requirement of paragraph (c) of this section in the case of a special Government employee who is not a <I>consultant</I> or an <I>expert,</I> as those terms are defined in chapter 304 of the Federal Personnel Manual (5 CFR 735.304), if the duties of the position are determined to be at a level of responsibility which does not require the submission of such statement to protect the integrity of the Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-13   Disciplinary and other remedial action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Knowing participation in a violation of this subpart by persons not within the scope of the foregoing rules in this subpart shall likewise be deemed improper conduct and in contravention of Commission rules. Departure from any of the rules in this subpart by employees or special Government employees without specific approval may be cause for appropriate remedial and/or disciplinary action or, in the case of former members, employees, and special Government employees, for disqualification from appearing and practicing before the Commission, which may be in addition to any penalty prescribed by law. 
</P>
<P>(b) When there has been a departure from any of the rules of this subpart without specific approval or when a conflict of interest or an apparent conflict of interest on the part of an employee or special Government employee arises, the Director of Personnel may order immediate action to end such conflict or appearance of conflict of interest. Remedial action may include, but is not limited to (1) changes in assigned duties; (2) divestment by the employee or special Government employee of his conflicting interest; (3) disciplinary action; or (4) disqualification for a particular assignment. Remedial action, whether disciplinary or otherwise, shall be effected in accordance with any applicable laws, Executive Orders, and regulations. The Director of Personnel may refer any recommended action to the Commission. The employee may obtain review by the Commission of any action ordered to be taken by the Director of Personnel. During the period of review, unless otherwise directed by the Commission, the action ordered by the Director of Personnel is stayed. 
</P>
<P>(c) Former members or employees who violate the post-employment restriction provisions of 18 U.S.C. 207(a), (b) or (c), which parallel the provisions of Rule 8(a), <I>supra,</I> will be subject to an administrative enforcement proceeding as set forth in Rule 102(e) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.102(e) of this chapter, except that, when proceedings are brought to determine if violations of post-employment restrictions have occurred, denial of the privilege of appearing and practicing before the Commission will be based on a finding of violation of the provisions of Rule 8(a) and 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b) and (c). Procedures applicable to such administrative proceedings are to be found in the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 201.100 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, as amended at 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-14   Employees on leave of absence.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of the rules in this subpart relative to employees of the Commission are applicable to employees on a leave with pay or a leave without pay status other than extended military service. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-15   Interpretive and advisory service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Ethics Counsel shall be designated <I>Counselor for the Commission</I> and shall serve as the Commission's delegate to the Office of Personnel Management on matters covered by the rules in this subpart. The Ethics Counsel shall be responsible for coordinating the Commission's counseling services provided under this section and for assuring that counseling and interpretations on questions of conflicts of interest and other matters covered by the rules in this subpart are available to all members and employees. 
</P>
<P>(b) A member, employee, or former member or employee may obtain advice or guidance on the application of the rules in this subpart from the Ethics Counsel. In addition, any former member or employee seeking advice or an interpretation relating to the Ethics in Government Act shall submit his or her request to the Ethics Counsel. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Ethics Counsel will treat information he or she receives pursuant to requests for advice or guidance under this Rule on a confidential basis, except that information he or she receives indicating a possible past violation of any provision of this Conduct Regulation or of the law will be brought to the attention of appropriate persons. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Ethics Office shall furnish a copy of this Conduct Regulation (subpart M) to each member, employee and special Government employee immediately upon his or her entrance on duty and shall thereafter, annually, and at such other times as circumstances warrant, bring to the attention of each member, employee and special Government employee this Conduct Regulation (subpart M) and all revisions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Ethics Office shall notify each member, employee and special Government employee at the time of entrance on duty, and from time to time thereafter, of the availability of counseling services and of how and where these services are available. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008; 75 FR 42278, July 20, 2010; 76 FR 71450, Nov. 18, 2011; 79 FR 1735, Jan. 10, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-16   Delegation.</HEAD>
<P>Any official responsibility assigned to a person in a particular position pursuant to this subpart may be delegated by such person to any other person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-17   Administration of the conduct regulation.</HEAD>
<P>The Designated Agency Ethics Official is responsible for the day-to-day administration of this conduct regulation except where otherwise provided. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 36064, May 29, 1980, as amended at 75 FR 42278, July 20, 2010; 76 FR 71450, Nov. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.735-18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.13.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.735-18   Requests for waivers.</HEAD>
<P>Unless a different procedure is specifically prescribed in a rule of this part, an employee may submit a request for a waiver, modification or postponement of a requirement included in this part to the Chairman. Such waiver, modification or postponement may be granted if it is determined by the Chairman that such waiver, modification of postponement would not adversely affect the interest of the Commission or the United States. Any such waiver, modification or postponement granted by the Chairman shall be made available to the public. The Chairman may submit any request made pursuant to this rule to the Commission for its consideration. Any Commission action on such request shall be made public only in the discretion of the Commission. Requirements included in this part which implement any provision of Federal law, regulation or Executive Order generally applicable to the Executive Branch shall not be waived under this provision. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Commission Information Collection Requirements Under the Paperwork Reduction Act: OMB Control Numbers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 14634, Mar. 27, 2002, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.800" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.1.14.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.800   OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This subpart collects and displays the control numbers assigned to information collection requirements of the Commission by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, 44 U.S.C. 3500 <I>et seq.</I> This subpart displays current OMB control numbers for those information collection requirements of the Commission that are rules and regulations and codified in this title either in full text or incorporated by reference with the approval of the Director of the Office of the Federal Register.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Display.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Information collection requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">17 CFR part or section where identified and described
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Current OMB


<br/>control No.




</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 139b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.139b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0769




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 147(f)(1)(iii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.147(f)(1)(iii)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0756
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 147A(f)(1)(iii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.147A(f)(1)(iii)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0757


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.154</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0495


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 163</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.163</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0619
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0618
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.192</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0807


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.236</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0095
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.237</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0528
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.239</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0687
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.251 through 230.263</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0286
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 425</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0521
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 433</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.433</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0617


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 477</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.477</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0550
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 482</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.482</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0565
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 489</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.489</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 498</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.498</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0648
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 498A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.498A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0765
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.500 through 230.508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0076
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.601 through 230.610a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0232
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.604</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0232
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 605</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.605</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0232
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 607</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.607</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0747
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 609</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0233
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 701</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.701</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0522
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230.901 through 230.905</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0357
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 405</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232.405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0645
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0065
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0072
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0073
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0026
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-1A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.15A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0307
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.16b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0066
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.17a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0316
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.17b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0318
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0067
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0336
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0169
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form S-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0324
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0258


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0256
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0325
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0292
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0383
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0378
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0380
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0379
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form F-N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SF-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0707
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SF-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0690


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0327
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form TH</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0425
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0286


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0720</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-SA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0721
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-U</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0722
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-Z</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0723


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0232


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form CB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0518
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0716
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.6a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0017
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6a-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.6a-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0021
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.6a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6h-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.6h-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0555
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 8c-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.8c-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0514
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 9b-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.9b-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0475
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10b5-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10b5-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0801
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10b-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10b-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0444
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10b-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10b-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0476
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10b-18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10b-18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0474
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10A-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.10A-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0468
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 11a1-1(T)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.11a1-1(T)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0478
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12a-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12a-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0079


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d1-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12d1-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0109
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12d2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0081
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d2-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12d2-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0080
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12f-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12f-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0128
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12g3-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12g3-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0119
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12h-1(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.12h-1(f)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0632


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 13a-16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13a-16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 13D/G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13d-1 through 240.13d-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0145


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 13D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13d-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0145
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 13G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13d-102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0145
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 13e-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13e-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0305
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 13e-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13e-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0007
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 13E-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13e-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0007
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 13e-4F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.13e-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0375
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 14A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14a-1 through 240.14a-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0059
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14a-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0059
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 14a-103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14a-103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0452
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 14a-104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14a-104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0452


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 14C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14c-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0057
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14c-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0057
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 14D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-1 through 240.14d-9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule TO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0515
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14D-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14D-9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14D-1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0376
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14D-9F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14d-103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0382
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 14E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14e-1 through 240.14e-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 14f-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14f-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0108
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation 14N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14n-1 through 240.14n-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0655
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule 14N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.14n-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0655
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0010
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15a-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15a-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0371
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15b1-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15b1-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0012
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15b6-1(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15b6-1(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0018
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c1-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c1-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0471
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c1-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c1-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0472
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c1-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c1-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0485
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0479
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0481
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0202
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c2-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c2-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0372
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c3-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c3-1(c)(13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c3-1(c)(13)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0499
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Appendix F to Rule 15c3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c-1f</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0496
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c3-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c3-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0078
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15c3-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15c3-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0497
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15d-16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15d-16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0434
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0392
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0393
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0394
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0395
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15g-9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15g-9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0385
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15Aj-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15Aj-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15Ba2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15Ba2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0083
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15Ba2-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15Ba2-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0088
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15Bc3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15Bc3-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0087
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 15Ga-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.15Ga-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0675
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0208
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0201
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0033
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-3(a)(16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-3(a)(16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0508
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0279
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-4(b)(10)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-4(b)(10)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0506
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0123
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-5(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-5(c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0199
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0489
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0092
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-9T</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-9T</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0524
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0122
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32350085
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0498
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-035
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0196
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17a-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0540
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-1(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-1(b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0032
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-1(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-1(c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0037
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-1(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-1(g)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0290
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-2(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0034
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-2(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-2(c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0029
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-2(d)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0028
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-2(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-2(e)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0031
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17f-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0269
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17h-1T</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17h-1T</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17h-2T</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17h-2T</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ab2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ab2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0195
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ac2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ac2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-2(c), (d), and (h)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-2(c), (d), and (h)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-3(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-3(b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0473
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-4(b) and (c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-4(b) and (c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0341
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0291
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0291
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0273
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0274
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0275
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0409
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0413
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17Ad-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.17Ad-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0469
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19b-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19b-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0354
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19b-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19b-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0045
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19b-4(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19b-4(e)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19b-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19b-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0507
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19b-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19b-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0553
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19d-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19d-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0206
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19d-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19d-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0205
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19d-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19d-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0204
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19h-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.19h-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0259
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 24b-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240.24b-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0194
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0464
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0467
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0466
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0465
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 301</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0509
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0510
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.303</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0505
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.604</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0462
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 605</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.605</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0542
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 606</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.606</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0541
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 607</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.607</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0435
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 608</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.608</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 609</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 611</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242.611</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0600


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation FD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243.100 through 243.103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0536
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation RR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244.1 through 244.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0712
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244.100 through 244.102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0576
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation BTR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245.100 through 245.104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0579
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation S-P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 248</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0537
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 248.30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">248.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0610
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation S-ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">248.201</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0692
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0017
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 1-N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0080
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0079
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0104
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0287
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0362
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 8-A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.208a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0056
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0064


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0121
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 20-F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.220f</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0288
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 40-F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.240f</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0381
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 6-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 8-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0060
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 10-Q</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.308a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0070


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 10-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0063


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 11-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0082
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 10-D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0604




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 18-K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 12B-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.322</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0058
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0167
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 15F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.324</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0621
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 13F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.325</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0006


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.444</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0327
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form DF</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0482
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form BD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.501</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0012
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form BDW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.501a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0018
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form BD-N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.501b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0556
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form X-17A-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.617</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0123
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form X-17A-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.635</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ATS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.637</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0509
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ATS-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.638</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0509
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form CRS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.640</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0766
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form X-15AJ-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.802</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form X-15AJ-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.803</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0044
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 19b-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.819</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0045
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 19b-4(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.820</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form Pilot</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.821</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0507
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SIP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form MSD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0083
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form MSDW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0087
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form X-17F-1A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0037
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ABS-15G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0675
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ABS-EE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249.1401</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0706
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form TA-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249b.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form TA-W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249b.101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0151
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form TA-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249b.102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0337
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form CA-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249b.200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0195
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249b.400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0697
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rules 7a-15 through 7a-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260.7a-15 through 260.7a-37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form T-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form T-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0111
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form T-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form T-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0107
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0327
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form T-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">269.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0391
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 0-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.0-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0531
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.0-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0636
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 0-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.0-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0633
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 0-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.0-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0780
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 2a-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.2a-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0779
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 2a-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.2a-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0268
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 2a19-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.2a19-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0332
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 3a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.3a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0459
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 3a-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.3a-8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0574
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6c-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.6c-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0276
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6e-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.6e-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0177
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 6c-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.6c-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0764
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 7d-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.7d-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0311
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 7d-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.7d-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0527
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.8b-1 through 270.8b-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0176
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 10f-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.10f-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0226
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 11a-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.11a-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0272
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 11a-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.11a-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0358
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12b-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.12b-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0212
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d1-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.12d1-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0584
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d1-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.12d1-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0639
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 12d3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.12d3-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0561
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17a-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0564
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17a-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0214
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17a-8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0235
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17a-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17a-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0563
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17d-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17d-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0562
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17e-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17e-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0217
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17f-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0222
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17f-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0223
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17f-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0225
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17f-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0447
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17f-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17f-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0529
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17g-1(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17g-1(g)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0213
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 17j-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.17j-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0224
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 18f-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.18f-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0211
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 18f-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.18f-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0441
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 18f-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.18f-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0776
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 19a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.19a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0216
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 20a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.20a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0158
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 22c-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.22c-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0734
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 22c-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.22c-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0620
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 22d-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.22d-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0310
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 22e-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.22e-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0658
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 22e-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.22e-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0737
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 23c-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.23c-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 23c-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.23c-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0422
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 27e-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.27e-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0545
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 30b2-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.30b2-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 30e-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.30e-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0494
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 30e-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.30e-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0025
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 30e-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.30e-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0758
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 31a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.31a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0178
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 31a-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.31a-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0179
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 31a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.31a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0783
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 32a-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.32a-4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0530
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 34b-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.34b-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0346
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 35d-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.35d-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0548
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 38a-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270.38a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0586
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment Company Interactive Data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 274</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0642
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0169
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-8A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0175
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.11a-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0026
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.11b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0316
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.11c</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0318
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.11d</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-8B-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0186
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-8B-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0247
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-6F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0238
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 24F-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0456
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-18F-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0211
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-54A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0237
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-54C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0236
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-CEN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0729
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-27E-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.127e-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0545
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-27F-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.127f-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0546
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-CSR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0570
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-PX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0582
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-PORT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0730
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-17D-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0229
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-MFP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.201</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0657
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-8F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0157
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-17F-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.219</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0359
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-17F-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0360
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-23c-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0422
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-CR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.222</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0705
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form N-RN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.223</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0754
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ID</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.402</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">274.403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0327
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.0-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0240


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 203-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.203-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0538
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 203A-2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.203A-2(d)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0689
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 203A-2(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.203A-2(e)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0559
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 204-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.204-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0278
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 204-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.204-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0047
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 204-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.204-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0767
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 204A-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.204A-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0596
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(3)-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(3)-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0243
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(4)-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(4)-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0784
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(4)-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(4)-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0241
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(4)-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(4)-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0242
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(4)-6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(4)-6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0571
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rule 206(4)-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275.206(4)-7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0585
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ADV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0049
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Schedule I to Form ADV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0490
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ADV-W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0313
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ADV-H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0538
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 4-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 5-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 6-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form 7-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form ADV-E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0361
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form PF</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">279.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235-0679</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 14634, Mar. 27, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 37611, June 29, 2005; 76 FR 46616, Aug. 3, 2011; 77 FR 18684, Mar. 28, 2012; 80 FR 6902, Feb. 9, 2015; 81 FR 82009, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 29203, June 22, 2018; 84 FR 33629, July 12, 2019; 85 FR 26092, May 1, 2020; 89 FR 90590, Nov. 18, 2024; 90 FR 9685, Feb. 18, 2025]

















</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 201—RULES OF PRACTICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s, 77sss, 78w, 78x, 80a-37, and 80b-11; 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(1). 
</PSPACE><P>Sections 201.700 and 201.701 are also issued under sec. 916, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.


</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Regulations Pertaining to the Equal Access to Justice Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.31" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.31   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (called <I>the Act</I> in this subpart B), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to certain administrative proceedings (called <I>adversary adjudications</I>) before the Commission. An eligible party may receive an award when it prevails over the Commission, unless the Commission's position was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. The rules in this subpart describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that the Commission will use in ruling on those applications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.32" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.32   When the Act applies.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to adversary adjudications described in § 201.33 pending or commenced before the Commission on or after August 5, 1985. It also applies to any adversary adjudication commenced on or after October 1, 1984, and finally disposed of before August 5, 1985, provided that an application for fees and expenses, as described in these rules, has been filed with the Commission within 30 days after August 5, 1985. Proceedings which have been substantially concluded are not deemed pending under these rules although officially pending for purposes such as concluding remedial actions found in Commission orders or private undertakings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.33" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.33   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Act applies to adversary adjudications conducted by the Commission. These are on the record adjudications under 5 U.S.C. 554 in which the position of an Office or Division of the Commission as a party, not including <I>amicus</I> participation, is presented by an attorney or other representative who enters an appearance and participates in the proceeding. <I>See</I> appendix, 17 CFR 201.60.
</P>
<P>(b) The fact that the Commission has not identified a type of proceeding as an adversary adjudication shall not preclude the filing of an application by a party who believes the proceeding is covered by the Act; whether the proceeding is covered will then be an issue for resolution in proceedings on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) If a proceeding includes both matters covered by the Act and matters specifically excluded from coverage, any award made will include only fees and expenses related to covered issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.34" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.34   Eligibility of applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adversary adjudication for which it seeks it seeks an award. The term <I>party</I> is defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(3). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual with a net worth of not more than $2 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $7 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(3) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(4) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)) with more than 500 employees; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other partnership, corporation, association, unit of local government, or public or private organization with a new worth of not more than $7 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was initiated.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered as an <I>individual</I> rather than a <I>sole owner of an unincorporated business</I> if the issues on which the applicant prevails are related primarily to personal interests rather than to business interests.
</P>
<P>(e) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis.
</P>
<P>(f) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or any corporation or entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this subpart, unless the administrative law judge determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the administrative law judge may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.35" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.35   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A prevailing applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, unless the position of the Office or Division over which the applicant has prevailed was substantially justified. The position of the Office or Division includes, in addition to the position taken by the Office or Division in the adversary adjudication, the action or failure to act by the Office or Division upon which the adversary adjudication is based. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible prevailing applicant is on counsel for an Office or Division of the Commission, which must show that its position was reasonable in law and fact.
</P>
<P>(b) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding or if special circumstances make the award sought unjust.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.36" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.36   Allowable fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the limitation of paragraph (b), awards will be based on rates customarily charged, in the locale of the hearing, by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents and expert witnesses, even if the services were made available without charge or at a reduced rate to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) No award of the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed $75.00 per hour. No award to compensate an expert witness may exceed the reasonable rate at which the Commission pays witnesses with similar expertise. However, an award may also include the reasonable expenses of the attorney, agent or witness as a separate item, if the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily charges clients separately for such expenses.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent or expert witness, the administrative law judge shall consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the attorney, agent or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or, if an employee of the applicant the fully allocated cost of the services;
</P>
<P>(2) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily performs services;
</P>
<P>(3) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(4) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.37" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.37   Delegations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission may by order delegate authority to take final action on matters pertaining to the Equal Access to Justice Act in particular cases.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless the Commission shall order otherwise, applications for awards of fees and expenses made pursuant to this subject shall be assigned by the Chief Administrative Law Judge to an administrative law judge for determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.41" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.41   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant, the proceeding for which an award is sought and contain the information required in this subpart. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and specify the position(s) of the opposing Office or Division in the proceeding that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state the number of employees of the applicant and describe briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $2 million (if an individual) or $7 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) or, in the case of a tax-exempt organization not required to obtain a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service on its exempt status, a statement that describes the basis for the applicant's belief that it qualifies under such section; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall state the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes the Commission to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made.
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney of the applicant. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53051, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.42" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.42   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant, except a qualified tax-exempt organization or cooperative association, must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in § 201.34(f) of this part) when the proceeding was initiated. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates' assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this subpart. The administrative law judge or the Commission may require an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award.
</P>
<P>(b) Ordinarily, the net worth exhibit will be included in the public record of the proceeding. However, an applicant that objects to public disclosure of information in any portion of the exhibit and believes there are legal grounds for withholding it from disclosure may submit that exhibit in accordance with 17 CFR 201.190.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.43" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.43   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought. A separate itemized statement shall be submitted for each professional firm or individual whose services are covered by the application, showing the hours spent in connection with the proceeding by each individual, a description of the specific services performed, the rate at which each fee has been computed, any expenses for which reimbursement is sought, the total amount claimed, and the total amount paid or payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided. The applicant may be required to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any fees or expenses claimed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.44" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.44   When an application may be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application may be filed whenever the applicant has prevailed in the proceeding or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, but in no case later than 30 days after the Commission's final disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, final disposition means the date on which a decision or order disposing of the merits of the proceeding or any other complete resolution of the proceeding, such as a settlement or voluntary dismissal, becomes final and unappealable, both within the Commission and to the courts.
</P>
<P>(c) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53052, Dec. 27, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.51" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.51   Filing and service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for an award or other document related to an application shall be filed and served in the same manner as other papers in proceedings under the Commission's Rules of Practice. In addition, a copy of each application for fees and expenses shall be served on the General Counsel of the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.52" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.52   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after service of an application, counsel representing the Office or Division of the Commission may file an answer to the application. Unless the Office or Division of the Commission counsel requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award requested.
</P>
<P>(b) If counsel for the Office or Division of the Commission and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 30 days, and further extensions may be granted upon request by agency counsel and the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) The answer shall explain any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of that position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, it shall include supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 201.55.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.53" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.53   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>Within 15 days after service of an answer, the applicant may file a reply. If the reply is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, the applicant shall include with the reply either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 201.55.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.54" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.54   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>The applicant and counsel for the Office or Division of the Commission may agree on a proposed settlement of the award before final action on the application, either in connection with a settlement of the underlying proceeding or after the underlying proceeding has been concluded, in accordance with the Commission's standard settlement procedure. See 17 CFR 201.240. If a prevailing party and counsel for the Office or Division of the Commission agree on a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed, the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement. If a proposed settlement provides that each side shall bear its own expenses, and the settlement is accepted, no application may be filed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 53052, Dec. 27, 1989, as amended at 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.55" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.55   Further proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily, the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record. However, on request of either the applicant or counsel for the Office or Division of the Commission, or on his or her own initiative, the administrative law judge may order further proceedings, such as an informal conference, oral argument, additional written submissions or, as to issues other than substantial justification (such as the applicant's eligibility or substantiation of fees and expenses) an evidentiary hearing. The administrative law judge may order all proceedings that are otherwise available under § 201.221 and § 201.222(a). Such further proceedings shall be held only when necessary for full and fair resolution of the issues arising from the application, and shall be conducted as promptly as possible. Whether or not the Commission's position was substantially justified shall be determined on the basis of the administrative record, as a whole, which is made in the adversary adjudication for which fees and other expenses are sought.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why the additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 53052, Dec. 27, 1989; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.56" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.56   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The administrative law judge shall issue an initial decision on the application promptly after completion of proceedings on the application. The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party, and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the Commission's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.57" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.57   Commission review.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with the procedures set forth in 17 CFR 201.410 and 201.411, either the applicant or counsel for the Office or Division of the Commission may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application, or the Commission may decide to review the decision on its own initiative. If neither the applicant nor counsel for the Division or Office of the Commission seeks review and the Commission does not take review on its own initiative, the initial decision on the application shall become a final decision of the Commission 30 days after it is issued. Whether to review a decision is a matter within the discretion of the Commission. If review is taken, the Commission will issue a final decision on the application or remand the application to the administrative law judge for further proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 60 FR 32795, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.58" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.58   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final Commission decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.59" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.59   Payment of award.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking payment of an award shall submit to the Chief Financial Officer of the Commission a copy of the Commission's final decision granting the award, accompanied by a sworn statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. The Commission will pay the amount awarded to the applicant as authorized by law, unless judicial review of the award has been sought by the applicant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 53052, Dec. 27, 1989, as amended at 76 FR 60372, Sept. 29, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.60" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.2.10.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.60   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Rules of Practice</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77h-1, 77j, 77s, 77u, 77sss, 78c(b), 78d-1, 78d-2, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78<I>o</I>(d), 78<I>o</I>-3, 78<I>o</I>-10(b)(6), 78s, 78u-2, 78u-3, 78v, 78w, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-37, 80a-38, 80a-39, 80a-40, 80a-41, 80a-44, 80b-3, 80b-9, 80b-11, 80b-12, 7202, 7215, and 7217.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.100   Scope of the rules of practice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless provided otherwise, these Rules of Practice govern proceedings before the Commission under the statutes that it administers. 
</P>
<P>(b) These rules do not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Investigations, except where made specifically applicable by the Rules Relating to Investigations, part 203 of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Actions taken by the duty officer pursuant to delegated authority under 17 CFR 200.43.
</P>
<P>(3) Initiation of proceedings for SRO proposed rule changes under 17 CFR 201.700-701, except where made specifically applicable therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission, upon its determination that to do so would serve the interests of justice and not result in prejudice to the parties to the proceeding, may by order direct, in a particular proceeding, that an alternative procedure shall apply or that compliance with an otherwise applicable rule is unnecessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 46499, Sept. 7, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13175, Mar. 19, 2004; 76 FR 4070, Jan. 24, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.101" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.101   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of these Rules of Practice, unless explicitly stated to the contrary: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commission</I> means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or a panel of Commissioners constituting a quorum of the Commission, or a single Commissioner acting as duty officer pursuant to 17 CFR 200.43; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Counsel</I> means any attorney representing a party or any other person representing a party pursuant to § 201.102(b); 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disciplinary proceeding</I> means an action pursuant to § 201.102(e); 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Enforcement proceeding</I> means an action, initiated by an order instituting proceedings, held for the purpose of determining whether or not a person is about to violate, has violated, has caused a violation of, or has aided or abetted a violation of any statute or rule administered by the Commission, or whether to impose a sanction as defined in Section 551(10) of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551(10); 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Hearing officer</I> means an administrative law judge, a panel of Commissioners constituting less than a quorum of the Commission, an individual Commissioner, or any other person duly authorized to preside at a hearing; 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Interested division</I> means a division or an office assigned primary responsibility by the Commission to participate in a particular proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Order instituting proceedings</I> means an order issued by the Commission commencing a proceeding or an order issued by the Commission to hold a hearing; 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Party</I> means the interested division, any person named as a respondent in an order instituting proceedings, any applicant named in the caption of any order, persons entitled to notice in a stop order proceeding as set forth in § 201.200(a)(2) or any person seeking Commission review of a decision; 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Proceeding</I> means any agency process initiated:
</P>
<P>(i) By an order instituting proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By the filing, pursuant to § 201.410, of a petition for review of an initial decision by a hearing officer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) By the filing, pursuant to § 201.420, of an application for review of a self-regulatory organization determination; or
</P>
<P>(iv) By the filing, pursuant to § 201.430, of a notice of intention to file a petition for review of a determination made pursuant to delegated authority; or
</P>
<P>(v) By the filing, pursuant to § 201.440, of an application for review of a determination by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; or
</P>
<P>(vi) By the filing, pursuant to § 242.601 of this chapter, of an application for review of an action or failure to act in connection with the implementation or operation of any effective transaction reporting plan; or
</P>
<P>(vii) By the filing, pursuant to § 242.608 of this chapter, of an application for review of an action taken or failure to act in connection with the implementation or operation of any effective national market system plan; or 
</P>
<P>(viii) By the filing, pursuant to Section 11A(b)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of an application for review of a determination of a registered securities information processor;
</P>
<P>(ix) By the filing, pursuant to § 201.442, of an application for review of a determination of a security-based swap execution facility;


</P>
<P>(10) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Temporary sanction</I> means a temporary cease-and-desist order or a temporary suspension of the registration of a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, or transfer agent pending final determination whether the registration shall be revoked; and 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Board</I> means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13175, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 37617, June 29, 2005; 88 FR 87282, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.102" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.102   Appearance and practice before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>A person shall not be represented before the Commission or a hearing officer except as stated in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section or as otherwise permitted by the Commission or a hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Representing oneself.</I> In any proceeding, an individual may appear on his or her own behalf. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Representing others.</I> In any proceeding, a person may be represented by an attorney at law admitted to practice before the Supreme Court of the United States or the highest court of any State (as defined in Section 3(a)(16) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(16)); a member of a partnership may represent the partnership; a bona fide officer of a corporation, trust or association may represent the corporation, trust or association; and an officer or employee of a state commission or of a department or political subdivision of a state may represent the state commission or the department or political subdivision of the state. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Former Commission employees.</I> Former employees of the Commission must comply with the restrictions on practice contained in the Commission's Conduct Regulation, Subpart M, 17 CFR 200.735. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Designation of address for service; notice of appearance; power of attorney; withdrawal</I>— (1) <I>Representing oneself.</I> When an individual first makes any filing or otherwise appears on his or her own behalf before the Commission or a hearing officer in a proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a), he or she shall file with the Commission, or otherwise state on the record, and keep current, a mailing address and email address at which any notice or other written communication required to be served upon him or her or furnished to him or her may be sent and a telephone number where he or she may be reached during business hours. Within ten days of April 12, 2021, any individual appearing on his or her own behalf before the Commission or hearing officer in a proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a) that is ongoing on that date shall electronically file a notice that complies with this paragraph. Notices required by this section shall be served in accordance with § 201.150(a). Individuals shall electronically file a § 201.102(d) compliant notice in their ongoing proceedings even if a prior § 201.102(d) paper filing included the participant's email address.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representing others.</I> When a person first makes any filing or otherwise appears in a representative capacity before the Commission or a hearing officer in a proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a), that person shall file with the Commission, and keep current, a written notice stating the name of the proceeding; the representative's name, business address, email address, and telephone number; and the name, email address, and address of the person or persons represented. Within ten days of April 12, 2021, any person appearing in a representative capacity before the Commission or hearing officer in a proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a) that is ongoing on that date shall electronically file a notice that complies with paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Notices required by this section shall be served in accordance with § 201.150(a). Participants are directed to electronically file a § 201.102(d) compliant notice in their ongoing proceedings even if a prior § 201.102(d) paper filing included the participant's email address. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Power of attorney.</I> Any individual appearing or practicing before the Commission in a representative capacity may be required to file a power of attorney with the Commission showing his or her authority to act in such capacity. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Withdrawal.</I> Any person seeking to withdraw his or her appearance in a representative capacity shall file a notice of withdrawal with the Commission or the hearing officer. The notice shall state the name, mailing address, email address, and telephone number of the withdrawing representative; the name, email address, address, and telephone number of the person for whom the appearance was made; and the effective date of the withdrawal. If the person seeking to withdraw knows the name, mailing address, email address, and telephone number of the new representative, or knows that the person for whom the appearance was made intends to represent him- or herself, that information shall be included in the notice. The notice must be served on the parties in accordance with § 201.150. The notice shall be filed at least five days before the proposed effective date of the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Suspension and disbarment</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> The Commission may censure a person or deny, temporarily or permanently, the privilege of appearing or practicing before it in any way to any person who is found by the Commission after notice and opportunity for hearing in the matter: 
</P>
<P>(i) Not to possess the requisite qualifications to represent others; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) To be lacking in character or integrity or to have engaged in unethical or improper professional conduct; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) To have willfully violated, or willfully aided and abetted the violation of any provision of the Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to persons licensed to practice as accountants, “improper professional conduct” under § 201.102(e)(1)(ii) means:
</P>
<P>(A) Intentional or knowing conduct, including reckless conduct, that results in a violation of applicable professional standards; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Either of the following two types of negligent conduct:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A single instance of highly unreasonable conduct that results in a violation of applicable professional standards in circumstances in which an accountant knows, or should know, that heightened scrutiny is warranted.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Repeated instances of unreasonable conduct, each resulting in a violation of applicable professional standards, that indicate a lack of competence to practice before the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain professionals and convicted persons.</I> Any attorney who has been suspended or disbarred by a court of the United States or of any State; or any person whose license to practice as an accountant, engineer, or other professional or expert has been revoked or suspended in any State; or any person who has been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude shall be forthwith suspended from appearing or practicing before the Commission. A disbarment, suspension, revocation or conviction within the meaning of this section shall be deemed to have occurred when the disbarring, suspending, revoking or convicting agency or tribunal enters its judgment or order, including a judgment or order on a plea of nolo contendere, regardless of whether an appeal of such judgment or order is pending or could be taken. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Temporary suspensions.</I> An order of temporary suspension shall become effective upon service on the respondent. No order of temporary suspension shall be entered by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section more than 90 days after the date on which the final judgment or order entered in a judicial or administrative proceeding described in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) or (e)(3)(i)(B) of this section has become effective, whether upon completion of review or appeal procedures or because further review or appeal procedures are no longer available. 
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission, with due regard to the public interest and without preliminary hearing, may, by order, temporarily suspend from appearing or practicing before it any attorney, accountant, engineer, or other professional or expert who has been by name: 
</P>
<P>(A) Permanently enjoined by any court of competent jurisdiction, by reason of his or her misconduct in an action brought by the Commission, from violating or aiding and abetting the violation of any provision of the Federal securities laws or of the rules and regulations thereunder; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Found by any court of competent jurisdiction in an action brought by the Commission to which he or she is a party or found by the Commission in any administrative proceeding to which he or she is a party to have violated (unless the violation was found not to have been willful) or aided and abetted the violation of any provision of the Federal securities laws or of the rules and regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person temporarily suspended from appearing and practicing before the Commission in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section may, within 30 days after service upon him or her of the order of temporary suspension, petition the Commission to lift the temporary suspension. If no petition has been received by the Commission within 30 days after service of the order, the suspension shall become permanent. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Within 30 days after the filing of a petition in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, the Commission shall either lift the temporary suspension, or set the matter down for hearing at a time and place designated by the Commission, or both, and, after opportunity for hearing, may censure the petitioner or disqualify the petitioner from appearing or practicing before the Commission for a period of time or permanently. In every case in which the temporary suspension has not been lifted, every hearing held and other action taken pursuant to this paragraph (e)(3) shall be expedited in accordance with § 201.500. If the hearing is held before a hearing officer, the time limits set forth in § 201.540 will govern review of the hearing officer's initial decision. 
</P>
<P>(iv) In any hearing held on a petition filed in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, the staff of the Commission shall show either that the petitioner has been enjoined as described in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section or that the petitioner has been found to have committed or aided and abetted violations as described in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B) of this section and that showing, without more, may be the basis for censure or disqualification. Once that showing has been made, the burden shall be upon the petitioner to show cause why he or she should not be censured or temporarily or permanently disqualified from appearing and practicing before the Commission. In any such hearing, the petitioner may not contest any finding made against him or her or fact admitted by him or her in the judicial or administrative proceeding upon which the proceeding under this paragraph (e)(3) is predicated. A person who has consented to the entry of a permanent injunction as described in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section without admitting the facts set forth in the complaint shall be presumed for all purposes under this paragraph (e)(3) to have been enjoined by reason of the misconduct alleged in the complaint. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Filing of prior orders.</I> Any person appearing or practicing before the Commission who has been the subject of an order, judgment, decree, or finding as set forth in paragraph (e)(3) of this section shall promptly file with the Secretary a copy thereof (together with any related opinion or statement of the agency or tribunal involved). Failure to file any such paper, order, judgment, decree or finding shall not impair the operation of any other provision of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reinstatement.</I> (i) An application for reinstatement of a person permanently suspended or disqualified under paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(3) of this section may be made at any time, and the applicant may, in the Commission's discretion, be afforded a hearing; however, the suspension or disqualification shall continue unless and until the applicant has been reinstated by the Commission for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person suspended under paragraph (e)(2) of this section shall be reinstated by the Commission, upon appropriate application, if all the grounds for application of the provisions of that paragraph are subsequently removed by a reversal of the conviction or termination of the suspension, disbarment, or revocation. An application for reinstatement on any other grounds by any person suspended under paragraph (e)(2) of this section may be filed at any time and the applicant shall be accorded an opportunity for a hearing in the matter; however, such suspension shall continue unless and until the applicant has been reinstated by order of the Commission for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Other proceedings not precluded.</I> A proceeding brought under paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this section shall not preclude another proceeding brought under these same paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Public hearings.</I> All hearings held under this paragraph (e) shall be public unless otherwise ordered by the Commission on its own motion or after considering the motion of a party. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Practice defined.</I> For the purposes of these Rules of Practice, practicing before the Commission shall include, but shall not be limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Transacting any business with the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The preparation of any statement, opinion or other paper by any attorney, accountant, engineer or other professional or expert, filed with the Commission in any registration statement, notification, application, report or other document with the consent of such attorney, accountant, engineer or other professional or expert. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 57122, Oct. 26, 1998; 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005; 85 FR 86477, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.103" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.103   Construction of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Rules of Practice shall be construed and administered to secure the just, speedy, and inexpensive determination of every proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) In any particular proceeding, to the extent that there is a conflict between these rules and a procedural requirement contained in any statute, or any rule or form adopted thereunder, the latter shall control. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of these rules: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any term in the singular includes the plural, and any term in the plural includes the singular, if such use would be appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any use of a masculine, feminine, or neuter gender encompasses such other genders as would be appropriate; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Unless the context requires otherwise, counsel for a party may take any action required or permitted to be taken by such party. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.104" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.104   Business hours.</HEAD>
<P>The Headquarters office of the Commission, at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal legal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect in Washington, D.C. Federal legal holidays consist of New Year's Day; Birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr.; Presidents Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Columbus Day; Veterans Day; Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and any other day appointed as a holiday in Washington, D.C. by the President or the Congress of the United States. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.110" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.110   Presiding officer.</HEAD>
<P>All proceedings shall be presided over by the Commission or, if the Commission so orders, by a hearing officer. When the Commission designates that the hearing officer shall be an administrative law judge, the Chief Administrative Law Judge shall select, pursuant to 17 CFR 200.30-10, the administrative law judge to preside. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.111" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.111   Hearing officer: Authority.</HEAD>
<P>The hearing officer shall have the authority to do all things necessary and appropriate to discharge his or her duties. No provision of these Rules of Practice shall be construed to limit the powers of the hearing officer provided by the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 556, 557. The powers of the hearing officer include, but are not limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Administering oaths and affirmations; 
</P>
<P>(b) Issuing subpoenas authorized by law and revoking, quashing, or modifying any such subpoena; 
</P>
<P>(c) Receiving relevant evidence and ruling upon the admission of evidence and offers of proof; 
</P>
<P>(d) Regulating the course of a proceeding and the conduct of the parties and their counsel; 
</P>
<P>(e) Holding prehearing and other conferences as set forth in § 201.221 and requiring the attendance at any such conference of at least one representative of each party who has authority to negotiate concerning the resolution of issues in controversy; 
</P>
<P>(f) Recusing himself or herself upon motion made by a party or upon his or her own motion; 
</P>
<P>(g) Ordering, in his or her discretion, in a proceeding involving more than one respondent, that the interested division indicate, on the record, at least one day prior to the presentation of any evidence, each respondent against whom that evidence will be offered; 
</P>
<P>(h) Subject to any limitations set forth elsewhere in these Rules of Practice, considering and ruling upon all procedural and other motions, including a motion to correct a manifest error of fact in the initial decision. A motion to correct is properly filed under this Rule only if the basis for the motion is a patent misstatement of fact in the initial decision. Any motion to correct must be filed within ten days of the initial decision. A brief in opposition may be filed within five days of a motion to correct. The hearing officer shall have 20 days from the date of filing of any brief in opposition filed to rule on a motion to correct; 
</P>
<P>(i) Preparing an initial decision as provided in § 201.360; 
</P>
<P>(j) Upon notice to all parties, reopening any hearing prior to the filing of an initial decision therein, or, if no initial decision is to be filed, prior to the time fixed for the filing of final briefs with the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(k) Informing the parties as to the availability of one or more alternative means of dispute resolution, and encouraging the use of such methods. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.112" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.112   Hearing officer: Disqualification and withdrawal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of disqualification.</I> At any time a hearing officer believes himself or herself to be disqualified from considering a matter, the hearing officer shall issue a notice stating that he or she is withdrawing from the matter and setting forth the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion for withdrawal.</I> Any party who has a reasonable, good faith basis to believe that a hearing officer has a personal bias, or is otherwise disqualified from hearing a case, may make a motion to the hearing officer that the hearing officer withdraw. The motion shall be accompanied by an affidavit setting forth in detail the facts alleged to constitute grounds for disqualification. If the hearing officer finds himself or herself not disqualified, he or she shall so rule and shall continue to preside over the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.120" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.120   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except to the extent required for the disposition of <I>ex parte</I> matters as authorized by law, the person presiding over an evidentiary hearing may not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consult a person or party on a fact in issue, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to participate; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of an employee or agent engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecuting functions for the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission's code of behavior regarding <I>ex parte</I> communications between persons outside the Commission and decisional employees, 17 CFR 200.110 through 200.114, governs other prohibited communications during a proceeding conducted under the Rules of Practice. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.121" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.121   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>Any Commission officer, employee or agent engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions for the Commission in a proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a) may not, in that proceeding or one that is factually related, participate or advise in the decision, or in Commission review of the decision pursuant to Section 557 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 557, except as a witness or counsel in the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.140" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.140   Commission orders and decisions: Signature and availability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Signature required.</I> All orders and decisions of the Commission shall be signed by the Secretary or any other person duly authorized by the Commission. The signature may be an electronic signature that consists of an “/s/” notation or any other digital signature.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability for inspection.</I> Each order and decision shall be available for inspection by the public from the date of entry, unless the order or decision is nonpublic. A nonpublic order or decision shall be available for inspection by any person entitled to inspect it from the date of entry. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Date of entry of orders.</I> The date of entry of a Commission order shall be the date the order is signed. Such date shall be reflected in the caption of the order, or if there is no caption, in the order itself. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 85 FR 86478, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.141" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.141   Orders and decisions: Service of orders instituting proceedings and other orders and decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service of an order instituting proceedings</I>—(1) <I>By whom made.</I> The Secretary, or another duly authorized officer of the Commission, shall serve a copy of an order instituting proceedings on each person named in the order as a party. The Secretary may direct an interested division to assist in making service. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>How made</I>—(i) <I>To individuals.</I> Notice of a proceeding shall be made to an individual by delivering a copy of the order instituting proceedings to the individual or to an agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive such notice. <I>Delivery</I> means—handing a copy of the order to the individual; or leaving a copy at the individual's office with a clerk or other person in charge thereof; or leaving a copy at the individual's dwelling house or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein; or sending a copy of the order addressed to the individual by U.S. Postal Service certified, registered or express mail and obtaining a confirmation of receipt; or giving confirmed telegraphic notice. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>To corporations or entities.</I> Notice of a proceeding shall be made to a person other than a natural person by delivering a copy of the order instituting proceedings to an officer, managing or general agent, or any other agent authorized by appointment or law to receive such notice, by any method specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, or, in the case of an issuer of a class of securities registered with the Commission, by sending a copy of the order addressed to the most recent address shown on the entity's most recent filing with the Commission by U.S. Postal Service certified, registered, or express mail and obtaining a confirmation of attempted delivery.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Upon persons registered with the Commission.</I> In addition to any other method of service specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, notice may be made to a person currently registered with the Commission as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, investment adviser, investment company or transfer agent by sending a copy of the order addressed to the most recent business address shown on the person's registration form by U.S. Postal Service certified, registered or express mail and obtaining a confirmation of attempted delivery. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Upon persons in a foreign country.</I> Notice of a proceeding to a person in a foreign country may be made by any of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(A) Any method specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section that is not prohibited by the law of the foreign country; or
</P>
<P>(B) By any internationally agreed means of service that is reasonably calculated to give notice, such as those authorized by the Hague Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any method that is reasonably calculated to give notice:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) As prescribed by the foreign country's law for service in that country in an action in its courts of general jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) As the foreign authority directs in response to a letter rogatory or letter of request; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Unless prohibited by the foreign country's law, by delivering a copy of the order instituting proceedings to the individual personally, or using any form of mail that the Secretary or the interested division addresses and sends to the individual and that requires a signed receipt; or
</P>
<P>(D) By any other means not prohibited by international agreement, as the Commission or hearing officer orders.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>In stop order proceedings.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, in proceedings pursuant to Sections 8 or 10 of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77h or 77j, or Sections 305 or 307 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77eee or 77ggg, notice of the institution of proceedings shall be made by personal service or confirmed telegraphic notice, or a waiver obtained pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>To persons registered with self-regulatory organizations.</I> Notice of a proceeding shall be made to a person registered with a self-regulatory organization by any method specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, or by sending a copy of the order addressed to the most recent address for the person shown in the Central Registration Depository by U.S. Postal Service certified, registered, or express mail and obtaining a confirmation of attempted delivery.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record of service.</I> The Secretary shall maintain a record of service on parties (in hard copy or computerized format), identifying the party given notice, the method of service, the date of service, the address to which service was made, and the person who made service. If a division serves a copy of an order instituting proceedings, the division shall file with the Secretary either an acknowledgement of service by the person served or proof of service consisting of a statement by the person who made service certifying the date and manner of service; the names of the persons served; and their mail or electronic addresses, facsimile numbers, or the addresses of the places of delivery, as appropriate for the manner of service. If service is made in person, the certificate of service shall state, if available, the name of the individual to whom the order was given. If service is made by U.S. Postal Service certified or express mail, the Secretary shall maintain the confirmation of receipt or of attempted delivery, and tracking number. If service is made to an agent authorized by appointment to receive service, the certificate of service shall be accompanied by evidence of the appointment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Waiver of service.</I> In lieu of service as set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the party may be provided a copy of the order instituting proceedings by first class mail or other reliable means if a waiver of service is obtained from the party and placed in the record. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of orders or decisions other than an order instituting proceedings.</I> Written orders or decisions issued by the Commission or by a hearing officer shall be served promptly on each party pursuant to any method of service authorized under paragraph (a) of this section or § 201.150(c) and (d). 

Such orders or decisions may also be served by facsimile transmission if the party to be served has agreed to accept such service in a writing, signed by the party, and has provided the Commission with information concerning the facsimile machine telephone number and hours of facsimile machine operation. Service of orders or decisions by the Commission, including those entered pursuant to delegated authority, shall be made by the Secretary or, as authorized by the Secretary, by a member of an interested division. Service of orders or decisions issued by a hearing officer shall be made by the Secretary or the hearing officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005; 81 FR 50233, July 29, 2016; 85 FR 86478, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.150" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.150   Service of papers by parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> In every proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a), each paper, including each notice of appearance, written motion, brief, or other written communication, shall be served upon each party in the proceeding in accordance with the provisions of this section; provided, however, that absent an order to the contrary, no service shall be required for motions which may be heard <I>ex parte.</I> 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Upon a person represented by counsel.</I> Whenever service is required to be made upon a person represented by counsel who has filed a notice of appearance pursuant to § 201.102, service shall be made pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section upon counsel, unless service upon the person represented is ordered by the Commission or the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How made.</I> Service shall be made electronically in the form and manner to be specified by the Office of the Secretary in the materials posted on the Commission's website. Persons serving each other shall have provided the Commission and the parties with notice of an email address.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certification of inability to serve electronically.</I> If a person reasonably cannot serve electronically (due, for example, to a failure to have a functional email address or a lack of access to electronic transmission devices due to incarceration or otherwise), the person promptly shall file a certification under this paragraph that explains why the person reasonably cannot comply using any additional method of service listed in § 201.150(d). The filing also must indicate the expected duration of the person's reasonable inability to comply, such as whether the certification is intended to apply to a solitary instance of service or all instances of service made during the proceeding. The certification is immediately effective. Upon filing the certification, it will be part of the record of the proceeding, and the person may serve paper documents by any additional method listed in § 201.150(d).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional methods of service.</I> If a person reasonably cannot serve electronically, or if service is of an investigative subpoena pursuant to 17 CFR 203.8, service may be made by delivering a copy of the filing. <I>Delivery</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Personal service—handing a copy to the person required to be served; or leaving a copy at the person's office with a clerk or other person in charge thereof, or, if there is no one in charge, leaving it in a conspicuous place therein; or, if the office is closed or the person to be served has no office, leaving it at the person's dwelling house or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein; 
</P>
<P>(2) Mailing the papers through the U.S. Postal Service by first class, registered, or certified mail or express mail delivery addressed to the person; 
</P>
<P>(3) Sending the papers through a commercial courier service or express delivery service; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Transmitting the papers by facsimile transmission to the person required to be served. The persons so serving each other shall have provided the Commission and the parties with notice of a facsimile machine telephone number.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>When service is complete.</I> Electronic service is complete upon transmission, but is not effective if the sender learns that the transmission failed. Personal service, service by U.S. Postal Service express mail or service by a commercial courier or express delivery service is complete upon delivery. Service by mail is complete upon mailing. Service by facsimile is complete upon confirmation of transmission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 85 FR 86478, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.151" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.151   Filing of papers with the Commission: Procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When to file.</I> All papers required to be served upon any person shall also be filed contemporaneously with the Commission electronically pursuant to the requirements of § 201.152(a). The person making such filing is responsible for ensuring that the Commission receives a complete and legible filing within the time limit set for such filing. Documents that are attached to filings shall be filed in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Where to file.</I> Filing of papers with the Commission shall be made by filing them with the Secretary. When a proceeding is assigned to a hearing officer, a person making a filing with the Secretary shall promptly provide to the hearing officer a copy of any such filing, provided, however, that the hearing officer may direct or permit filings to be made with him or her, in which event the hearing officer shall note thereon the filing date and promptly provide the Secretary with either the original or a copy of any such filings. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>To whom to direct the filing.</I> Unless otherwise provided, where the Commission has assigned a case to a hearing officer, all motions, objections, applications or other filings made during a proceeding prior to the filing of an initial decision therein, or, if no initial decision is to be filed, prior to the time fixed for the filing of briefs with the Commission, shall be directed to and decided by the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certificate of service.</I> Papers filed with the Commission or a hearing officer shall be accompanied by a certificate stating the name of the person or persons served, the date of service, the method of service, and the mailing address or email address to which service was made, if not made in person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sensitive personal information.</I> Sensitive personal information is defined as a Social Security number, taxpayer identification number, financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, state-issued identification number, home address (other than city and state), telephone number, date of birth (other than year), names and initials of minor children, as well as any unnecessary health information identifiable by individual, such as an individual's medical records. Sensitive personal information shall not be included in, and must be redacted or omitted from, all filings subject to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following information may be included and is not required to be redacted from filings:
</P>
<P>(i) The last four digits of a financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, and state-issued identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Home addresses and telephone numbers of parties and persons filing documents with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iii) Business telephone numbers; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Copies of unredacted filings by regulated entities or registrants that are available on the Commission's public website.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confidential treatment of information.</I> If the person making any filing believes that sensitive personal information (as defined above) contained therein is necessary to the proceeding, the person shall file unredacted documents, along with a motion for a protective order with redacted documents, in accordance with § 201.322 to limit disclosure of unredacted sensitive personal information.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certification.</I> Any filing must include a certification that any information described in paragraph (e) of this section has been omitted or redacted from the filing or, if necessary to the filing, has been filed under seal pursuant to § 201.322.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 85 FR 86478, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.152" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.152   Filing of papers: Form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Papers filed in connection with any proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a) shall be filed electronically in the form and manner to be specified by the Office of the Secretary in the materials posted on the Commission's website. Papers filed electronically must be received by the Commission by midnight Eastern Time on the date the filing is due.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certification of Inability to File Electronically.</I> If a person reasonably cannot comply with the requirements of this section, due to a lack of access to electronic transmission devices (due to incarceration or otherwise), the person promptly shall file a certification under this paragraph that explains why the person reasonably cannot comply using any additional method of filing listed in § 201.152(a)(2). The filing also must indicate the expected duration of the person's reasonable inability to comply, such as whether the certification is intended to apply to a solitary filing or all filings made during the proceeding. The certification is immediately effective. Upon filing the certification, it will be part of the record of the proceeding, and the person may file paper documents by any additional method listed in § 201.152(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional methods of filing.</I> If a person reasonably cannot file electronically, filing may be made by hand delivering the filing by 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time through a commercial courier service or express delivery service; mailing the filing through the U.S. Postal Service by first class, certified, registered, or express mail delivery so that it is received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time; or transmitting the filing by facsimile transmission so that it is received by the Commission by midnight Eastern Time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form.</I> Papers filed in connection with any proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a) shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Reflect a page, electronically or otherwise, that measures 8
<FR>1/2</FR> x 11 inches when printed, except that, to the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible when printed, such documents may be filed on larger paper;
</P>
<P>(2) Use 12-point or larger typeface;
</P>
<P>(3) Include at the head of the paper, or on a title page, the name of the Commission, the title of the proceeding, the names of the parties, the subject of the particular paper or pleading, and the file number assigned to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) Be paginated with left hand margins at least 1 inch wide, and other margins of at least 1 inch; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be double-spaced, with single-spaced footnotes and single-spaced indented quotations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signature required.</I> All papers must be dated and signed as provided in § 201.153. Electronic filings that require a signature pursuant to § 201.153 may be signed with an “/s/” notation, but in that event, the use of the filer's log in and password to file a document shall be deemed the signature of the person making the filing for purposes of § 201.153.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Suitability for recordkeeping.</I> Documents which, in the opinion of the Office of the Secretary, are not suitable for computer scanning may be rejected.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form of briefs.</I> All briefs containing more than 10 pages shall include a table of contents, an alphabetized table of cases, a table of statutes, and a table of other authorities cited, with references to the pages of the brief wherein they are cited. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Scandalous or impertinent matter.</I> Any scandalous or impertinent matter contained in any brief or pleading or in connection with any oral presentation in a proceeding may be stricken on order of the Commission or the hearing officer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13176, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005; 85 FR 86479, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.153" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.153   Filing of papers: Signature requirement and effect.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Following the issuance of an order instituting proceedings, every filing of a party represented by counsel shall be signed by at least one counsel of record in his or her name and shall state that counsel's business address and telephone number. A party who acts as his or her own counsel shall sign his or her individual name and state his or her address and telephone number on every filing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of signature.</I> (1) The signature of a counsel or party shall constitute a certification that: 
</P>
<P>(i) the person signing the filing has read the filing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) to the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief, formed after reasonable inquiry, the filing is well grounded in fact and is warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) the filing is not made for any improper purpose, such as to harass or to cause unnecessary delay or needless increase in the cost of adjudication. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a filing is not signed, the hearing officer or the Commission shall strike the filing, unless it is signed promptly after the omission is called to the attention of the person making the filing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.154" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.154   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this section apply to motions and related filings except where another rule expressly governs.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> Unless made during a hearing or conference, a motion shall be in writing, shall state with particularity the grounds therefor, shall set forth the relief or order sought, and shall be accompanied by a written brief of the points and authorities relied upon. All written motions shall be served in accordance with § 201.150, be filed in accordance with § 201.151, meet the requirements of § 201.152, and be signed in accordance with § 201.153. The Commission or the hearing officer may order that an oral motion be submitted in writing. Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission or the hearing officer, if a motion is properly made to the Commission concerning a proceeding to which a hearing officer is assigned, the proceeding before the hearing officer shall continue pending the determination of the motion by the Commission. No oral argument shall be heard on any motion unless the Commission or the hearing officer otherwise directs. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Opposing and reply briefs.</I> Briefs in opposition to a motion shall be filed within five days after service of the motion. Reply briefs shall be filed within three days after service of the opposition. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length limitation.</I> No motion (together with the brief in support of the motion), brief in opposition to the motion, or reply brief shall exceed 7,000 words, exclusive of any table of contents or table of authorities. The word limit shall not apply to any addendum that consists solely of copies of applicable cases, pertinent legislative provisions or rules, or relevant exhibits. Requests for leave to file motions and briefs in excess of 7,000 words are disfavored. A motion or brief, together with any accompanying brief, that does not exceed 15 pages in length, exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, table of authorities, and any addendum that consists solely of copies of applicable cases, pertinent legislative provisions, or rules and exhibits, but inclusive of pleadings incorporated by reference, is presumptively considered to contain no more than 7,000 words. Any motion or brief that exceeds these page limits must include a certificate by the attorney, or an unrepresented party, stating that the document complies with the length limitation set forth in this paragraph and stating the number of words in the document. The person preparing the certificate may rely on the word count of a word-processing program to prepare the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72569, Dec. 5, 2005; 81 FR 50234, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.155" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.155   Default; motion to set aside default.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party to a proceeding may be deemed to be in default and the Commission or the hearing officer may determine the proceeding against that party upon consideration of the record, including the order instituting proceedings, the allegations of which may be deemed to be true, if that party fails: 
</P>
<P>(1) To appear, in person or through a representative, at a hearing or conference of which that party has been notified; 
</P>
<P>(2) To answer, to respond to a dispositive motion within the time provided, or otherwise to defend the proceeding; or 
</P>
<P>(3) To cure a deficient filing within the time specified by the commission or the hearing officer pursuant to § 201.180(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) A motion to set aside a default shall be made within a reasonable time, state the reasons for the failure to appear or defend, and specify the nature of the proposed defense in the proceeding. In order to prevent injustice and on such conditions as may be appropriate, the hearing officer, at any time prior to the filing of the initial decision, or the Commission, at any time, may for good cause shown set aside a default. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.160" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.160   Time computation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Computation.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed in or allowed by these Rules of Practice or by order of the Commission, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal legal holiday (as defined in § 201.104), in which event the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal legal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation when the period of time prescribed or allowed is seven days or less, not including any additional time allowed for service by mail in paragraph (b) of this section. If on the day a filing is to be made, weather or other conditions have caused the Secretary's office or other designated filing location to close, the filing deadline shall be extended to the end of the next day that is neither a Saturday, a Sunday, nor a Federal legal holiday. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional time for service by mail.</I> If service is made by mail, three days shall be added to the prescribed period for response unless an order of the Commission or the hearing officer specifies a date certain for filing. In the event that an order of the Commission or the hearing officer specifies a date certain for filing, no time shall be added for service by mail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.161" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.161   Extensions of time, postponements and adjournments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Except as otherwise provided by law, the Commission, at any time, or the hearing officer, at any time prior to the filing of his or her initial decision or, if no initial decision is to be filed, at any time prior to the closing of the record, may, for good cause shown, extend or shorten any time limits prescribed by these Rules of Practice for the filing of any papers and may, consistent with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, postpone or adjourn any hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Considerations in determining whether to extend time limits or grant postponements, adjournments and extensions.</I> (1) In considering all motions or requests pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the Commission or the hearing officer should adhere to a policy of strongly disfavoring such requests, except in circumstances where the requesting party makes a strong showing that the denial of the request or motion would substantially prejudice their case. In determining whether to grant any requests, the Commission or hearing officer shall consider, in addition to any other relevant factors: 
</P>
<P>(i) The length of the proceeding to date; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of postponements, adjournments or extensions already granted; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The stage of the proceedings at the time of the request; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The impact of the request on the hearing officer's ability to complete the proceeding in the time specified by the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Any other such matters as justice may require. 
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent that the Commission has chosen a timeline under which the hearing would occur beyond the statutory 60-day deadline, this policy of strongly disfavoring requests for postponement will not apply to a request by a respondent to postpone commencement of a cease and desist proceeding hearing beyond the statutory 60-day period. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Time limit.</I> Postponements, adjournments or extensions of time for filing papers shall not exceed 21 days unless the Commission or the hearing officer states on the record or sets forth in a written order the reasons why a longer period of time is necessary. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Stay pending Commission consideration of offers of settlement.</I> (i) If the Commission staff and one or more respondents in the proceeding file a joint motion notifying the hearing officer that they have agreed in principle to a settlement on all major terms, then the hearing officer shall stay the proceeding as to the settling respondent(s), or in the discretion of the hearing officer as to all respondents, pending completion of Commission consideration of the settlement offer. Any such stay will be contingent upon: 
</P>
<P>(A) The settling respondent(s) submitting to the Commission staff, within fifteen business days of the stay, a signed offer of settlement in conformance with § 201.240; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Within twenty business days of receipt of the signed offer, the staff submitting the settlement offer and accompanying recommendation to the Commission for consideration. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the parties fail to meet either of these deadlines or if the Commission rejects the offer of settlement, the hearing officer must be promptly notified and, upon notification of the hearing officer, the stay shall lapse and the proceeding will continue. In the circumstance where: 
</P>
<P>(A) A hearing officer has granted a stay because the parties have “agreed in principle to a settlement;” 
</P>
<P>(B) The agreement in principle does not materialize into a signed settlement offer within 15 business days of the stay; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The stay lapses, the hearing officer will not be required to grant another stay related to the settlement process until both parties have notified the hearing officer in writing that a signed settlement offer has been prepared, received by the Commission's staff, and will be submitted to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The granting of any stay pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall stay the timeline pursuant to § 201.360(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 35788, June 17, 2003; 81 FR 50234, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.180" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.180   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contemptuous conduct</I>—(1) <I>Subject to exclusion or suspension.</I> Contemptuous conduct by any person before the Commission or a hearing officer during any proceeding, including at or in connection with any conference, deposition or hearing, shall be grounds for the Commission or the hearing officer to:
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude that person from such deposition, hearing or conference, or any portion thereof; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) Summarily suspend that person from representing others in the proceeding in which such conduct occurred for the duration, or any portion, of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Review procedure.</I> A person excluded from a deposition, hearing or conference, or a counsel summarily suspended from practice for the duration or any portion of a proceeding, may seek review of the exclusion or suspension by filing with the Commission, within three days of the exclusion or suspension order, a motion to vacate the order. The Commission shall consider such motion on an expedited basis as provided in § 201.500.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Adjournment.</I> Upon motion by a party represented by counsel subject to an order of exclusion or suspension, an adjournment shall be granted to allow the retention of new counsel. In determining the length of an adjournment, the Commission or hearing officer shall consider, in addition to the factors set forth in § 201.161, the availability of co-counsel for the party or of other members of a suspended counsel's firm. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Deficient filings; leave to cure deficiencies.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer may reject, in whole or in part, any filing that fails to comply with any requirements of these Rules of Practice or of any order issued in the proceeding in which the filing was made. Any such filings shall not be part of the record. The Commission or the hearing officer may direct a party to cure any deficiencies and to resubmit the filing within a fixed time period. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to make required filing or to cure deficient filing.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer may enter a default pursuant to § 201.155, dismiss one or more claims, decide the particular claim(s) at issue against that person, or prohibit the introduction of evidence or exclude testimony concerning that claim if a person fails:
</P>
<P>(1) To make a filing required under these Rules of Practice; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To cure a deficient filing within the time specified by the Commission or the hearing officer pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 50234, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.190" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.190   Confidential treatment of information in certain filings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> An application for confidential treatment pursuant to the provisions of Clause 30 of Schedule A of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77aa(30), and Rule 406 thereunder, 17 CFR 230.406; Section 24(b)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78x(b)(2), and Rule 24b-2 thereunder, 17 CFR 240.24b-2; Section 45(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-44(a), and Rule 45a-1 thereunder, 17 CFR 270.45a-1; or Section 210(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-10(a), shall be filed with the Secretary. The application shall be accompanied by a sealed copy of the materials as to which confidential treatment is sought. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for supplying additional information.</I> The applicant may be required to furnish in writing additional information with respect to the grounds for objection to public disclosure. Failure to supply the information so requested within 14 days from the date of receipt by the applicant of a notice of the information required shall be deemed a waiver of the objection to public disclosure of that portion of the information to which the additional information relates, unless the Commission or the hearing officer shall otherwise order for good cause shown at or before the expiration of such 14-day period. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality of materials pending final decision.</I> Pending the determination of the application for confidential treatment, transcripts, non-final orders including an initial decision, if any, and other materials in connection with the application shall be placed under seal; shall be for the confidential use only of the hearing officer, the Commission, the applicant, and any other parties and counsel; and shall be made available to the public only in accordance with orders of the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Public availability of orders.</I> Any final order of the Commission denying or sustaining an application for confidential treatment shall be made public. Any prior findings or opinions relating to an application for confidential treatment under this section shall be made public at such time as the material as to which confidentiality was requested is made public. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.191" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.191   Adjudications not required to be determined on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of the rule.</I> This rule applies to every case of adjudication, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 551, pursuant to any statute which the Commission administers, where adjudication is not required to be determined on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing and which the Commission has not chosen to determine on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> In every case of adjudication under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission shall give prompt notice of any adverse action or final disposition to any person who has requested the Commission to make (or not to make) any such adjudication, and furnish to any such person a written statement of reasons therefor. Additional procedures may be specified in rules relating to specific types of such adjudications. Where any such rule provides for the publication of a Commission order, notice of the action or disposition shall be deemed to be given by such publication. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of the record.</I> If the Commission provides notice and opportunity for the submission of written comments by parties to the adjudication or, as the case may be, by other interested persons, written comments received on or before the closing date for comments, unless accorded confidential treatment pursuant to statute or rule of the Commission, become a part of the record of the adjudication. The Commission, in its discretion, may accept and include in the record written comments filed with the Commission after the closing date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.192" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.192   Rulemaking: Issuance, amendment and repeal of rules of general application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By petition.</I> Any person desiring the issuance, amendment or repeal of a rule of general application may file a petition therefor with the Secretary. Such petition shall include a statement setting forth the text or the substance of any proposed rule or amendment desired or specifying the rule the repeal of which is desired, and stating the nature of his or her interest and his or her reasons for seeking the issuance, amendment or repeal of the rule. The Secretary shall acknowledge, in writing, receipt of the petition and refer it to the appropriate division or office for consideration and recommendation. Such recommendations shall be transmitted with the petition to the Commission for such action as the Commission deems appropriate. The Secretary shall notify the petitioner of the action taken by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of proposed issuance, amendment or repeal of rules.</I> Except where the Commission finds that notice and public procedure are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, whenever the Commission proposes to issue, amend, or repeal any rule or regulation of general application other than an interpretive rule; general statement of policy; or rule of agency organization, procedure, or practice; or any matter relating to agency management or personnel or to public property, loans, grants, benefits, or contracts, there shall first be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of the proposed action. Such notice shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the rulemaking proceeding, with particular reference to the manner in which interested persons shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in such proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(2) Reference to the authority under which the rule is proposed; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The terms or substance of the proposed rule or a description of the subjects and issues involved. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.193" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.193   Applications by barred individuals for consent to associate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preliminary note.</I> This section governs applications to the Commission by certain persons, barred by Commission order from association with brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, government securities brokers, government securities dealers, investment advisers, investment companies or transfer agents, for consent to become so associated. Applications made pursuant to this section must show that the proposed association would be consistent with the public interest. In addition to the information specifically required by the section, applications should be supplemented, where appropriate, by written statements of individuals (other than the applicant) who are competent to attest to the applicant's character, employment performance, and other relevant information. Intentional misstatements or omissions of fact may constitute criminal violations of 18 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I> and other provisions of law.
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the supervision that an applicant will receive or exercise as an associated person with a registered entity is an important matter bearing upon the public interest. In meeting the burden of showing that the proposed association is consistent with the public interest, the application and supporting documentation must demonstrate that the proposed supervision, procedures, or terms and conditions of employment are reasonably designed to prevent a recurrence of the conduct that led to imposition of the bar. As an associated person, the applicant will be limited to association in a specified capacity with a particular registered entity and may also be subject to specific terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) Normally, the applicant's burden of demonstrating that the proposed association is consistent with the public interest will be difficult to meet where the applicant is to be supervised by, or is to supervise, another barred individual. In addition, where an applicant wishes to become the sole proprietor of a registered entity and thus is seeking Commission consent notwithstanding an absence of supervision, the applicant's burden will be difficult to meet.
</P>
<P>(3) In addition to the factors set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, the Commission will consider the nature of the findings that resulted in the bar when making its determination as to whether the proposed association is consistent with the public interest. In this regard, attention is directed to § 202.5(e) of the Commission's Rules on Informal and Other Procedures, 17 CFR 202.5(e). Among other things, § 202.5(e) sets forth the Commission's policy “not to permit a * * * respondent [in an administrative proceeding] to consent to * * * [an] order that imposes a sanction while denying the allegations in the * * * order for proceedings.” Consistent with the rationale underlying that policy, and in order to avoid the appearance that an application made pursuant to this section was granted on the basis of such denial, the Commission will not consider any application that attempts to reargue or collaterally attack the findings that resulted in the Commission's bar order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of rule.</I> Applications for Commission consent to associate, or to change the terms and conditions of association, with a registered broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, investment adviser, investment company or transfer agent may be made pursuant to this section where a Commission order bars the individual from association with a registered entity and: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such barred individual seeks to become associated with an entity that is not a member of a self-regulatory organization; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The order contains a proviso that application may be made to the Commission after a specified period of time. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form of application.</I> Each application shall be supported by an affidavit, signed by the applicant, that addresses the factors set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. The application shall be filed pursuant to §§ 201.151, 152 and 153. Each application shall include as exhibits:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the Commission order imposing the bar; 
</P>
<P>(2) An undertaking by the applicant to notify immediately the Commission in writing if any information submitted in support of the application becomes materially false or misleading while the application is pending; 
</P>
<P>(3) The following forms, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of a completed Form U-4, where the applicant's proposed association is with a broker-dealer or municipal securities dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of a completed Form MSD-4, where the applicant's proposed association is with a bank municipal securities dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The information required by Form ADV, 17 CFR 279.1, with respect to the applicant, where the applicant's proposed association is with an investment adviser; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The information required by Form TA-1, 17 CFR 249b.100, with respect to the applicant, where the applicant's proposed association is with a transfer agent; and 
</P>
<P>(4) A written statement by the proposed employer that describes: 
</P>
<P>(i) The terms and conditions of employment and supervision to be exercised over such applicant and, where applicable, by such applicant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The qualifications, experience, and disciplinary records of the proposed supervisor(s) of the applicant; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The compliance and disciplinary history, during the two years preceding the filing of the application, of the office in which the applicant will be employed; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The names of any other associated persons in the same office who have previously been barred by the Commission, and whether they are to be supervised by the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required showing.</I> The applicant shall make a showing satisfactory to the Commission that the proposed association would be consistent with the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Factors to be addressed.</I> The affidavit required by paragraph (b) of this section shall address each of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time period since the imposition of the bar; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any restitution or similar action taken by the applicant to recompense any person injured by the misconduct that resulted in the bar; 
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant's compliance with the order imposing the bar; 
</P>
<P>(4) The applicant's employment during the period subsequent to imposition of the bar; 
</P>
<P>(5) The capacity or position in which the applicant proposes to be associated; 
</P>
<P>(6) The manner and extent of supervision to be exercised over such applicant and, where applicable, by such applicant; 
</P>
<P>(7) Any relevant courses, seminars, examinations or other actions completed by the applicant subsequent to imposition of the bar to prepare for his or her return to the securities business; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Any other information material to the application. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notification to applicant and written statement.</I> In the event an adverse recommendation is proposed by the staff with respect to an application made pursuant to this section, the applicant shall be so advised and provided with a written statement of the reasons for such recommendation. The applicant shall then have 30 days to submit a written statement in response. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Concurrent applications.</I> The Commission will not consider any application submitted pursuant to this section if any other application for consent to associate concerning the same applicant is pending before any self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 85 FR 86478, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.194" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.10.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.194   Applications by security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants for statutorily disqualified associated persons to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant making an application under this section should refer to paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of rule.</I> Applications by a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for the Commission to permit an associated person (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(70)) to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of a registered security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or to change the terms and conditions thereof, may be made pursuant to this section where the associated person is subject to a statutory disqualification and thereby prohibited from effecting or being involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant under Exchange Act Section 15F(b)(6) (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required showing.</I> The applicant shall make a showing that it would be consistent with the public interest to permit the person associated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusions.</I> (1) <I>Exclusion for other persons.</I> The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be excluded from the prohibition in Section 15F(b)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)) with respect to an associated person that is not a natural person who is subject to a statutory disqualification.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusion for certain associated natural persons.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be excluded from the prohibition in section 15F(b)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)) with respect to an associated person who is a natural person who (i) is not a U.S. person (as defined in 17 CFR 240.3a71-3(a)(4)(i)(A)) and (ii) does not effect and is not involved in effecting security-based swap transactions with or for counterparties that are U.S. persons (as defined in 17 CFR 240.3a71-3(a)(4)), other than a security-based swap transaction conducted through a foreign branch (as that term is defined in 17 CFR 240.3a71-3(a)(3)) of a counterparty that is a U.S. person; <I>provided, however,</I> that this exclusion shall not be available if the associated person of that security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is currently subject to any order described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 3(a)(39) of the Exchange Act, with the limitation that an order by a foreign financial regulatory authority described in subparagraphs (B)(i) and (B)(iii) of section 3(a)(39) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)(B)(i) and (B)(iii)) shall only apply to orders by a foreign financial regulatory authority in the jurisdiction where the associated person is employed or located.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form of application.</I> Each application with respect to an associated person that is a natural person who is subject to a statutory disqualification shall be supported by a written statement, signed by a knowledgeable person authorized by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, which addresses the items set forth in paragraph (e) of this section. The application shall be filed pursuant to Rules of Practice 151, 152, and 153 (17 CFR 201.151, 201.152, and 201.153). Each application shall include as exhibits:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the order or other applicable document that resulted in the associated person being subject to a statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(2) An undertaking by the applicant to notify promptly the Commission in writing if any information submitted in support of the application becomes materially false or misleading while the application is pending;
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of the questionnaire or application for employment specified in 17 CFR 240.15Fb6-2(b), with respect to the associated person; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the associated person has been the subject of any proceeding resulting in the imposition of disciplinary sanctions during the five years preceding the filing of the application or is the subject of a pending proceeding by the Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, any federal or state regulatory or law enforcement agency, registered futures association (as provided in 7 U.S.C. 21), foreign financial regulatory authority, registered national securities association, or any other self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), or commodities exchange, or any court, the applicant should include a copy of any order, decision, or document issued by the court, agency, self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), or other relevant authority involved.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Written statement.</I> The written statement required by paragraph (d) of this section shall address each of the following, to the extent applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The associated person's compliance with any order resulting in statutory disqualification, including whether the associated person has paid fines or penalties, disgorged monies, made restitution or paid any other monetary compensation required by any such order;
</P>
<P>(2) The associated person's employment during the period subsequent to becoming subject to a statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(3) The capacity or position in which the person subject to a statutory disqualification proposes to be associated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(4) The terms and conditions of employment and supervision to be exercised over such associated person and, where applicable, by such associated person;
</P>
<P>(5) The qualifications, experience, and disciplinary history of the proposed supervisor(s) of the associated person;
</P>
<P>(6) The compliance and disciplinary history, during the five years preceding the filing of the application, of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(7) The names of any other associated persons at the applicant who have previously been subject to a statutory disqualification and whether they are to be supervised by the associated person;
</P>
<P>(8) Any relevant courses, seminars, examinations or other actions completed by the associated person subsequent to becoming subject to a statutory disqualification to prepare for his or her participation in the security-based swap business;
</P>
<P>(9) A detailed statement of why the associated person should be permitted to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, notwithstanding the event resulting in statutory disqualification, including what steps the associated person or applicant has taken, or will take, to ensure that the statutory disqualification does not negatively affect the ability of the associated person to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in compliance with the applicable statutory and regulatory framework;
</P>
<P>(10) Whether the associated person has been involved in any litigation during the five years preceding the filing of the application concerning investment or investment-related activities or whether there are any unsatisfied judgments outstanding against the associated person concerning investment or investment-related activities, to the extent not otherwise covered by paragraph (e)(9) of this section. If so, the applicant should provide details regarding such litigation or unsatisfied judgments; and
</P>
<P>(11) Any other information that the applicant believes to be material to the application.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Prior applications or processes.</I> In addition to the information specified above, any person making an application under this rule shall provide any order, notice or other applicable document reflecting the grant, denial or other disposition (including any dispositions on appeal) of any prior application or process concerning the associated person:
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to Rule of Practice 193 (17 CFR 201.193);
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to Investment Company Act Section 9(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-9(c));
</P>
<P>(4) Pursuant to Section 19(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(d)), Rule 19h-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.19h-1), or a proceeding by a self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)) for a person to become or remain a member, or an associated person of a member, notwithstanding the existence of a statutory disqualification; or
</P>
<P>(5) By the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a registered futures association (as provided in 7 U.S.C. 21) for registration, including as an associated person, or listing as a principal, notwithstanding the existence of a statutory disqualification, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Any order or other document providing that the associated person may be listed as a principal or registered as an associated person of a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant, or any person registered as a floor broker or a floor trader, notwithstanding that the person is subject to a statutory disqualification from registration under Section 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 12a(2), (3)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any determination by a registered futures association (as provided in 7 U.S.C. 21) that had the associated person applied for registration as an associated person of a swap dealer or a major swap participant, or had a swap dealer or major swap participant listed the associated person as a principal in the swap dealer's or major swap participant's application for registration, notwithstanding statutory disqualification, the application of the associated person or of the swap dealer or major swap participant, as the case may be, would have been granted or denied.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notification to applicant and written statement.</I> In the event an adverse recommendation is proposed by Commission staff with respect to an application made pursuant to this section, the applicant shall be so advised and provided with a written statement of the reasons for such recommendation. The applicant shall then have 30 days thereafter to submit a written statement in response.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notice in lieu of an application.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may permit a person associated with it who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on its behalf, without making an application pursuant to this section, where the conditions in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are met, and where:
</P>
<P>(i) The person has been admitted to or continued in membership, or participation or association with a member, of a self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), notwithstanding that such person is subject to a statutory disqualification under Section 3(a)(39)(A) through (F) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)(A) through (F));
</P>
<P>(ii) The person has been granted consent to associate pursuant to the Rule of Practice 193 (17 CFR 201.193) or otherwise by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iii) The person has been permitted to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant pursuant to this section; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The person has been registered as, or listed as a principal of, a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer, introducing broker, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, or leverage transaction merchant, registered as an associated person of any of the foregoing, registered as or listed as a principal of a swap dealer or major swap participant, or registered as a floor broker or floor trader, notwithstanding that the person is subject to a statutory disqualification under Sections 8a(2) or 8a(3) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 12a(2), (3)), and the person is not subject to a Commission bar or suspension pursuant to Sections 15(b), 15B, 15E, 15F, or 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78o-4, 78o-7, 78o-10, 78q-1), Section 9(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9(b)), or Section 203(f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(f)).
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may permit a person associated with it who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on its behalf, without making an application pursuant to this section, as provided in paragraph (h)(1), subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) All matters giving rise to a statutory disqualification under Section 3(a)(39)(A) through (F) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)(A) through (F)) have been subject to a process where the membership, association, registration or listing as a principal has been granted or otherwise approved by the Commission, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), or a registered futures association (as provided in 7 U.S.C. 21);
</P>
<P>(ii) The terms and conditions of the association with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant are the same in all material respects as those approved in connection with a previous order, notice or other applicable document granting the membership, association, registration or listing as a principal, as provided in paragraph (h)(1); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has filed a notice with the Commission. The notice shall be filed pursuant to Rules of Practice 151, 152, and 153 (17 CFR 201.151, 201.152, and 201.153). The notice must set forth, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of the associated person subject to a statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(C) The name of the associated person's prospective supervisor(s) at the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(D) The place of employment for the associated person subject to a statutory disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(E) Identification of any agency, self-regulatory organization (as provided in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)) or a registered futures association (as provided in 7 U.S.C. 21) that has indicated its agreement with the terms and conditions of the proposed association, registration or listing as a principal.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Note to § 201.194.</I> (1) Under Section 15F(b)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)), except to the extent otherwise specifically provided by rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, it shall be unlawful for a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant to permit any person associated with a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant knew, or in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of the statutory disqualification.
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to the exclusion provided in paragraph (c) of this section, in accordance with the authority granted in Section 15F(b)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)), this section governs applications to the Commission by a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for the Commission to issue an order to permit a natural person who is an associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security- based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(3) Applications made pursuant to this section must show that it would be consistent with the public interest to permit the associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. In addition to the information specifically required by the rule, applications should be supplemented, where appropriate, by written statements of individuals who are competent to attest to the associated person's character, employment performance, and other relevant information. In addition to the information required by the rule, the Commission staff may request supplementary information to assist in the Commission's review. Intentional misstatements or omissions of fact may constitute criminal violations of 18 U.S.C. 1001, <I>et seq.</I> and other provisions of law. The Commission will not consider any application that attempts to reargue or collaterally attack the findings that resulted in the statutory disqualification.
</P>
<P>(4) The nature of the supervision that an associated person will receive or exercise as an associated person with a registered entity is an important matter bearing upon the public interest. In meeting the burden of showing that permitting the associated person to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is consistent with the public interest, the application and supporting documentation must demonstrate that the terms or conditions of association, procedures or proposed supervision, are reasonably designed to ensure that the statutory disqualification does not negatively affect the ability of the associated person to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in compliance with the applicable statutory and regulatory framework.
</P>
<P>(5) Normally, the applicant's burden of demonstrating that permitting the associated person to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is consistent with the public interest will be difficult to meet where the associated person is to be supervised by, or is to supervise, another statutorily disqualified individual. In addition, where there is an absence of supervision over the associated person who is subject to a statutory disqualification, the applicant's burden will be difficult to meet. The associated person may be limited to association in a specified capacity with a particular registered entity and may also be subject to specific terms and conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4944, Feb. 19, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 6349, Feb. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Initiation of Proceedings and Prehearing Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.200   Initiation of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Order instituting proceedings: Notice and opportunity for hearing</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> Whenever an order instituting proceedings is issued by the Commission, appropriate notice thereof shall be given to each party to the proceeding by the Secretary or another duly designated officer of the Commission. Each party shall be given notice of any hearing within a time reasonable in light of the circumstances, in advance of the hearing; provided, however, no prior notice need be given to a respondent if the Commission has authorized the Division of Enforcement to seek a temporary sanction <I>ex parte.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Stop order proceedings: Additional persons entitled to notice.</I> Any notice of a proceeding relating to the issuance of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77h(d), shall be sent to or served on the issuer; or, in the case of a foreign government or political subdivision thereof, sent to or served on the underwriter; or, in the case of a foreign or territorial person, sent to or served on its duly authorized representative in the United States named in the registration statement, properly directed in the case of telegraphic notice to the address given in such statement. In addition, if such proceeding is commenced within 90 days after the registration statement has become effective, notice of the proceeding shall be given to the agent for service named on the facing sheet of the registration statement and to each other person designated on the facing sheet of the registration statement as a person to whom copies of communications to such agent are to be sent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of order.</I> The order instituting proceedings shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) State the nature of any hearing; 
</P>
<P>(2) State the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held; 
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a short and plain statement of the matters of fact and law to be considered and determined, unless the order directs an answer pursuant to § 201.220 in which case the order shall set forth the factual and legal basis alleged therefor in such detail as will permit a specific response thereto; and 
</P>
<P>(4) State the nature of any relief or action sought or taken.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> The time and place for any hearing shall be fixed with due regard for the public interest and the convenience and necessity of the parties, other participants, or their representatives.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendment to order instituting proceedings</I>—(1) <I>By the Commission.</I> Upon motion by a party, the Commission may, at any time, amend an order instituting proceedings to include new matters of fact or law.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By the hearing officer.</I> Upon motion by a party, the hearing officer may, at any time prior to the filing of an initial decision or, if no initial decision is to be filed, prior to the time fixed for the filing of final briefs with the Commission, amend an order instituting proceedings to include new matters of fact or law that are within the scope of the original order instituting proceedings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Publication of notice of public hearings.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, notice of any public hearing shall be given general circulation by release to the public, by publication in the <I>SEC News Digest</I> and, where directed, by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.201   Consolidation and severance of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consolidation.</I> By order of the Commission or a hearing officer, proceedings involving a common question of law or fact may be consolidated for hearing of any or all the matters at issue in such proceedings. The Commission or the hearing officer may make such orders concerning the conduct of such proceedings as it deems appropriate to avoid unnecessary cost or delay. Consolidation shall not prejudice any rights under these Rules of Practice and shall not affect the right of any party to raise issues that could have been raised if consolidation had not occurred. For purposes of this section, no distinction is made between joinder and consolidation of proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Severance.</I> By order of the Commission, any proceeding may be severed with respect to one or more parties. Any motion to sever must be made solely to the Commission and must include a representation that a settlement offer is pending before the Commission or otherwise show good cause.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.202   Specification of procedures by parties in certain proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motion to specify procedures.</I> In any proceeding other than an enforcement or disciplinary proceeding, a proceeding to review a determination by a self-regulatory organization pursuant to §§ 201.420 and 201.421, a proceeding to review a determination of the Board pursuant to §§ 201.440 and 201.441, or a proceeding to review a determination by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to §§ 201.442 and 201.443, a party may, at any time up to 20 days prior to the start of a hearing, make a motion to specify the procedures necessary or appropriate for the proceeding with particular reference to:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether there should be an initial decision by a hearing officer;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether any interested division of the Commission may assist in the preparation of the Commission's decision; and
</P>
<P>(3) Whether there should be a 30-day waiting period between the issuance of the Commission's order and the date it is to become effective.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Objections; effect of failure to object.</I> Any other party may object to the procedures so specified, and such party may specify such additional procedures as it considers necessary or appropriate. In the absence of such objection or such specification of additional procedures, such other party may be deemed to have waived objection to the specified procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval required.</I> Any proposal pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, even if not objected to by any party, shall be subject to the written approval of the hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure upon agreement to waive an initial decision.</I> If an initial decision is waived pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the hearing officer shall notify the Secretary and, unless the Commission directs otherwise within 14 days, no initial decision shall be issued. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 88 FR 87282, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.210" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.210   Parties, limited participants and amici curiae.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Parties in an enforcement or disciplinary proceeding, a proceeding to review a self- regulatory organization determination, a proceeding to review a Board determination, or a proceeding to review a determination by a security-based swap execution facility</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> No person shall be granted leave to become a party or a non-party participant on a limited basis in an enforcement or disciplinary proceeding, a proceeding to review a determination by a self- regulatory organization pursuant to §§ 201.420 and 201.421, a proceeding to review a determination by the Board pursuant to §§ 201.440 and 201.441, or a proceeding to review a determination by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to §§ 201.442 and 201.443, except as authorized by paragraph (c) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disgorgement proceedings.</I> In an enforcement proceeding, a person may state his or her views with respect to a proposed plan of disgorgement or file a proof of claim pursuant to § 201.1103. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Intervention as party</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> In any proceeding, other than an enforcement proceeding, a disciplinary proceeding, a proceeding to review a self-regulatory determination, a proceeding to review a Board determination, or a proceeding to review a security-based swap execution facility determination, any person may seek leave to intervene as a party by filing a motion setting forth the person's interest in the proceeding. No person, however, shall be admitted as a party to a proceeding by intervention unless it is determined that leave to participate pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section would be inadequate for the protection of the person's interests. In a proceeding under the Investment Company Act of 1940, any representative of interested security holders, or any other person whose participation in the proceeding may be in the public interest or for the protection of investors, may be admitted as a party upon the filing of a written motion setting forth the person's interest in the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Intervention as of right.</I> In proceedings under the Investment Company Act of 1940, any interested State or State agency shall be admitted as a party to any proceeding upon the filing of a written motion requesting leave to be admitted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leave to participate on a limited basis.</I> In any proceeding, other than an enforcement proceeding, a disciplinary proceeding, a proceeding to review a self-regulatory determination, a proceeding to review a Board determination, or a proceeding to review a security-based swap execution facility determination, any person may seek leave to participate on a limited basis as a non-party participant as any matter affecting the person's interests:


</P>
<P>(1) <I>Procedure.</I> Motions for leave to participate shall be in writing, shall set forth the nature and extent of the movant's interest in the proceeding, and, except where good cause for late filing is shown, shall be filed not later than 20 days prior to the date fixed for the commencement of the hearing. Leave to participate pursuant to this paragraph (c) may include such rights of a party as the hearing officer may deem appropriate. Persons granted leave to participate shall be served in accordance with § 201.150; provided, however, that a party to the proceeding may move that the extent of notice of filings or other papers to be provided to persons granted leave to participate be limited, or may move that the persons granted leave to participate bear the cost of being provided copies of any or all filings or other papers. Persons granted leave to participate shall be bound, except as may be otherwise determined by the hearing officer, by any stipulation between the parties to the proceeding with respect to procedure, including submission of evidence, substitution of exhibits, corrections of the record, the time within which briefs or exceptions may be filed or proposed findings and conclusions may be submitted, the filing of initial decisions, the procedure to be followed in the preparation of decisions and the effective date of the Commission's order in the case. Where the filing of briefs or exceptions or the submission of proposed findings and conclusions are waived by the parties to the proceedings, a person granted leave to participate pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall not be permitted to file a brief or exceptions or submit proposed findings and conclusions except by leave of the Commission or of the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain persons entitled to leave to participate.</I> The hearing officer is directed to grant leave to participate under this paragraph (c) to any person to whom it is proposed to issue any security in exchange for one or more bona fide outstanding securities, claims or property interests, or partly in such exchange and partly for cash, where the Commission is authorized to approve the terms and conditions of such issuance and exchange after a hearing upon the fairness of such terms and conditions. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Leave to participate in certain Commission proceedings by a representative of the United States Department of Justice, a United States Attorney's Office, or a criminal prosecutorial authority of any State or any other political subdivision of a State.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer may grant leave to participate on a limited basis to an authorized representative of the United States Department of Justice, an authorized representative of a United States Attorney, or an authorized representative of any criminal prosecutorial authority of any State or any other political subdivision of a State for the purpose of requesting a stay during the pendency of a criminal investigation or prosecution arising out of the same or similar facts that are at issue in the pending Commission enforcement or disciplinary proceeding. Upon a showing that such a stay is in the public interest or for the protection of investors, the motion for stay shall be favored. A stay granted under this paragraph (c)(3) may be granted for such a period and upon such conditions as the Commission or the hearing officer deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amicus participation</I>—(1) <I>Availability.</I> An amicus brief may be filed only if: 
</P>
<P>(i) A motion for leave to file the brief has been granted; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The brief is accompanied by written consent of all parties; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The brief is filed at the request of the Commission or the hearing officer; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) The brief is presented by the United States or an officer or agency thereof, or by a State, Territory or Commonwealth. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> An amicus brief may be filed conditionally with the motion for leave. The motion for leave shall identify the interest of the movant and shall state the reasons why a brief of an amicus curiae is desirable. Except as all parties otherwise consent, any amicus curiae shall file its brief within the time allowed the party whose position the amicus will support, unless the Commission or hearing officer, for cause shown, grants leave for a later filing. In the event that a later filing is allowed, the order granting leave to file shall specify when an opposing party may reply to the brief. A motion of an amicus curiae to participate in oral argument will be granted only for extraordinary reasons.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permission to state views.</I> Any person may make a motion seeking leave to file a memorandum or make an oral statement of his or her views. Any such communication may be included in the record; provided, however, that unless offered and admitted as evidence of the truth of the statements therein made, any assertions of fact submitted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (e) will be considered only to the extent that the statements therein made are otherwise supported by the record.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Modification of participation provisions.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer may, by order, modify the provisions of this section which would otherwise be applicable, and may impose such terms and conditions on the participation of any person in any proceeding as it may deem necessary or appropriate in the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 63405, Nov. 13, 1998; 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011; 88 FR 87282, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.220" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.220   Answer to allegations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When required.</I> In its order instituting proceedings, the Commission may require any respondent to file an answer to each of the allegations contained therein. Even if not so ordered, any respondent in any proceeding may elect to file an answer. Any other person granted leave by the Commission or the hearing officer to participate on a limited basis in such proceedings pursuant to § 201.210(c) may be required to file an answer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When to file.</I> Except where a different period is provided by rule or by order, a respondent required to file an answer as provided in paragraph (a) of this section shall do so within 20 days after service upon the respondent of the order instituting proceedings. Persons granted leave to participate on a limited basis in the proceeding pursuant to § 201.210(c) may file an answer within a reasonable time, as determined by the Commission or the hearing officer. If the order instituting proceedings is amended, the Commission or the hearing officer may require that an amended answer be filed and, if such an answer is required, shall specify a date for the filing thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents; effect of failure to deny.</I> Unless otherwise directed by the hearing officer or the Commission, an answer shall specifically admit, deny, or state that the party does not have, and is unable to obtain, sufficient information to admit or deny each allegation in the order instituting proceedings. When a party intends in good faith to deny only a part of an allegation, the party shall specify so much of it as is true and shall deny only the remainder. A statement of a lack of information shall have the effect of a denial. Any allegation not denied shall be deemed admitted. A respondent must affirmatively state in the answer any avoidance or affirmative defense, including but not limited to res judicata and statute of limitations. In this regard, a respondent must state in the answer whether the respondent relied on the advice of counsel, accountants, auditors, or other professionals in connection with any claim, violation alleged or remedy sought. Failure to do so may be deemed a waiver.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motion for more definite statement.</I> A respondent may file with an answer a motion for a more definite statement of specified matters of fact or law to be considered or determined. Such motion shall state the respects in which, and the reasons why, each such matter of fact or law should be required to be made more definite. If the motion is granted, the order granting such motion shall set the periods for filing such a statement and any answer thereto.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Amendments.</I> A respondent may amend its answer at any time by written consent of each adverse party or with leave of the Commission or the hearing officer. Leave shall be freely granted when justice so requires.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to file answer: Default.</I> If a respondent fails to file an answer required by this section within the time provided, such respondent may be deemed in default pursuant to § 201.155(a). A party may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 201.155(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 50234, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.221" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.221   Prehearing conference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purposes of conference.</I> The purposes of a prehearing conference include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Expediting the disposition of the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing early and continuing control of the proceeding by the hearing officer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Improving the quality of the hearing through more thorough preparation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> On his or her own motion or at the request of a party, the hearing officer may, in his or her discretion, direct counsel or any party to meet for an initial, final or other prehearing conference. Such conferences may be held with or without the hearing officer present as the hearing officer deems appropriate. Where such a conference is held outside the presence of the hearing officer, the hearing officer shall be advised promptly by the parties of any agreements reached. Such conferences also may be held with one or more persons participating by telephone or other remote means.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subjects to be discussed.</I> At a prehearing conference consideration may be given and action taken with respect to any and all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues;
</P>
<P>(2) Exchange of witness and exhibit lists and copies of exhibits;
</P>
<P>(3) Timing of expert witness disclosures and reports, if any;
</P>
<P>(4) Stipulations, admissions of fact, and stipulations concerning the contents, authenticity, or admissibility into evidence of documents;
</P>
<P>(5) Matters of which official notice may be taken;
</P>
<P>(6) The schedule for exchanging prehearing motions or briefs, if any;
</P>
<P>(7) The method of service for papers other than Commission orders;
</P>
<P>(8) The filing of any motion pursuant to § 201.250;
</P>
<P>(9) Settlement of any or all issues;
</P>
<P>(10) Determination of hearing dates;
</P>
<P>(11) Amendments to the order instituting proceedings or answers thereto;
</P>
<P>(12) Production, and timing for completion of the production, of documents as set forth in § 201.230, and prehearing production of documents in response to subpoenas duces tecum as set forth in § 201.232;
</P>
<P>(13) Specification of procedures as set forth in § 201.202;
</P>
<P>(14) Depositions to be conducted, if any, and date by which depositions shall be completed; and
</P>
<P>(15) Such other matters as may aid in the orderly and expeditious disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required prehearing conference.</I> Except where the emergency nature of a proceeding would make a prehearing conference clearly inappropriate, at least one prehearing conference should be held.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prehearing orders.</I> At or following the conclusion of any conference held pursuant to this section, the hearing officer shall enter a ruling or order which recites the agreements reached and any procedural determinations made by the hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to appear: default.</I> Any person who is named in an order instituting proceedings as a person against whom findings may be made or sanctions imposed and who fails to appear, in person or through a representative, at a prehearing conference of which he or she has been duly notified may be deemed in default pursuant to § 201.155(a). A party may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 201.155(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 63405, Nov. 13, 1998; 81 FR 50234, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.222" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.222   Prehearing submissions and disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submissions generally.</I> The hearing officer, on his or her own motion, or at the request of a party or other participant, may order any party, including the interested division, to furnish such information as deemed appropriate, including any or all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An outline or narrative summary of its case or defense;
</P>
<P>(2) The legal theories upon which it will rely;
</P>
<P>(3) Copies and a list of documents that it intends to introduce at the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(4) A list of witnesses who will testify on its behalf, including the witnesses' names, occupations, addresses and a brief summary of their expected testimony.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expert witnesses</I>—(1) <I>Information to be supplied; reports.</I> Each party who intends to call an expert witness shall submit, in addition to the information required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section, a statement of the expert's qualifications, a listing of other proceedings in which the expert has given expert testimony during the previous four years, and a list of publications authored or co-authored by the expert in the previous ten years. Additionally, if the witness is one retained or specially employed to provide expert testimony in the case or one whose duties as the party's employee regularly involve giving expert testimony, then the party must include in the disclosure a written report—prepared and signed by the witness. The report must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A complete statement of all opinions the witness will express and the basis and reasons for them;
</P>
<P>(ii) The facts or data considered by the witness in forming them;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any exhibits that will be used to summarize or support them; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of the compensation to be paid for the study and testimony in the case.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Drafts and communications protected.</I> (i) Drafts of any report or other disclosure required under this section need not be furnished regardless of the form in which the draft is recorded.
</P>
<P>(ii) Communications between a party's attorney and the party's expert witness who is required to provide a report under this section need not be furnished regardless of the form of the communications, except if the communications relate to compensation for the expert's study or testimony, identify facts or data that the party's attorney provided and that the expert considered in forming the opinions to be expressed, or identify assumptions that the party's attorney provided and that the expert relied on in forming the opinions to be expressed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 50235, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.230" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.230   Enforcement and disciplinary proceedings: Availability of documents for inspection and copying.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this section, the term <I>documents</I> shall include writings, drawings, graphs, charts, photographs, recordings and other data compilations, including data stored by computer, from which information can be obtained.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Documents to be available for inspection and copying.</I> (1) Unless otherwise provided by this section, or by order of the Commission or the hearing officer, the Division of Enforcement shall make available for inspection and copying by any party documents obtained by the Division prior to the institution of proceedings, in connection with the investigation leading to the Division's recommendation to institute proceedings. Such documents shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Each subpoena issued;
</P>
<P>(ii) Every other written request to persons not employed by the Commission to provide documents or to be interviewed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The documents turned over in response to any such subpoenas or other written requests;
</P>
<P>(iv) All transcripts and transcript exhibits;
</P>
<P>(v) Any other documents obtained from persons not employed by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any final examination or inspection reports prepared by the Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations, the Division of Trading and Markets, or the Division of Investment Management, if the Division of Enforcement intends either to introduce any such report into evidence or to use any such report to refresh the recollection of any witness. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this paragraph (a) shall limit the right of the Division to make available any other document, or shall limit the right of a respondent to seek access to or production pursuant to subpoena of any other document, or shall limit the authority of the hearing officer to order the production of any document pursuant to subpoena.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documents that may be withheld or redacted.</I> (1) The Division of Enforcement may withhold a document if:
</P>
<P>(i) The document is privileged;
</P>
<P>(ii) The document is an internal memorandum, note or writing prepared by a Commission employee, other than an examination or inspection report as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section, or is otherwise attorney work product and will not be offered in evidence;
</P>
<P>(iii) The document would disclose the identity of a confidential source; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The document reflects only settlement negotiations between the Division of Enforcement and a person or entity who is not a respondent in the proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(v) The hearing officer grants leave to withhold a document or category of documents as not relevant to the subject matter of the proceeding or otherwise, for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless the hearing officer orders otherwise upon motion, the Division of Enforcement may redact information from a document if:
</P>
<P>(i) The information is among the categories set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The information consists of the following with regard to a person other than the respondent to whom the information is being produced:
</P>
<P>(A) An individual's social-security number;
</P>
<P>(B) An individual's birth date;
</P>
<P>(C) The name of an individual known to be a minor; or
</P>
<P>(D) A financial account number, taxpayer-identification number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, or state-issued identification number other than the last four digits of the number.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this paragraph (b) authorizes the Division of Enforcement in connection with an enforcement or disciplinary proceeding to withhold, contrary to the doctrine of <I>Brady v. Maryland,</I> 373 U.S. 83, 87 (1963), documents that contain material exculpatory evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withheld document list.</I> The hearing officer may require the Division of Enforcement to submit for review a list of documents or categories of documents withheld pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section or to submit any document withheld, and may determine whether any such document should be made available for inspection and copying. When similar documents are withheld pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, those documents may be identified by category instead of by individual document. The hearing officer retains discretion to determine when an identification by category is insufficient. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timing of inspection and copying.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission or the hearing officer, the Division of Enforcement shall commence making documents available to a respondent for inspection and copying pursuant to this section no later than 7 days after service of the order instituting proceedings. In a proceeding in which a temporary cease-and-desist order is sought pursuant to § 201.510 or a temporary suspension of registration is sought pursuant to § 201.520, documents shall be made available no later than the day after service of the decision as to whether to issue a temporary cease-and-desist order or temporary suspension order. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Place of inspection and copying.</I> Documents subject to inspection and copying pursuant to this section shall be made available to the respondent for inspection and copying at the Commission office where they are ordinarily maintained, or at such other place as the parties, in writing, may agree. A respondent shall not be given custody of the documents or leave to remove the documents from the Commission's offices pursuant to the requirements of this section other than by written agreement of the Division of Enforcement. Such agreement shall specify the documents subject to the agreement, the date they shall be returned and such other terms or conditions as are appropriate to provide for the safekeeping of the documents. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Copying costs and procedures.</I> The respondent may obtain a photocopy of any documents made available for inspection. The respondent shall be responsible for the cost of photocopying. Unless otherwise ordered, charges for copies made by the Division of Enforcement at the request of the respondent will be at the rate charged pursuant to the fee schedule identified on the Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”) web page of the Commission's website at <I>http://www.sec.gov</I> for copies. The respondent shall be given access to the documents at the Commission's offices or such other place as the parties may agree during normal business hours for copying of documents at the respondent's expense.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Issuance of investigatory subpoenas after institution of proceedings.</I> The Division of Enforcement shall promptly inform the hearing officer and each party if investigatory subpoenas are issued under the same investigation file number or pursuant to the same order directing private investigation (“formal order”) under which the investigation leading to the institution of proceedings was conducted. The hearing officer shall order such steps as necessary and appropriate to assure that the issuance of investigatory subpoenas after the institution of proceedings is not for the purpose of obtaining evidence relevant to the proceedings and that any relevant documents that may be obtained through the use of investigatory subpoenas in a continuing investigation are made available to each respondent for inspection and copying on a timely basis. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Failure to make documents available—harmless error.</I> In the event that a document required to be made available to a respondent pursuant to this section is not made available by the Division of Enforcement, no rehearing or redecision of a proceeding already heard or decided shall be required, unless the respondent shall establish that the failure to make the document available was not harmless error. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 46499, Sept. 7, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 35789, June 17, 2003; 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50235, July 29, 2016; 84 FR 50738, Sept. 26, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.231" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.231   Enforcement and disciplinary proceedings: Production of witness statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Any respondent in an enforcement or disciplinary proceeding may move that the Division of Enforcement produce for inspection and copying any statement of any person called or to be called as a witness by the Division of Enforcement that pertains, or is expected to pertain, to his or her direct testimony and that would be required to be produced pursuant to the Jencks Act, 18 U.S.C. 3500. For purposes of this section, <I>statement</I> shall have the meaning set forth in 18 U.S.C. 3500(e). Such production shall be made at a time and place fixed by the hearing officer and shall be made available to any party, provided, however, that the production shall be made under conditions intended to preserve the items to be inspected or copied. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to produce—harmless error.</I> In the event that a statement required to be made available for inspection and copying by a respondent is not turned over by the Division of Enforcement, no rehearing or redecision of a proceeding already heard or decided shall be required unless the respondent establishes that the failure to turn over the statement was not harmless error. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.232" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.232   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability; procedure.</I> In connection with any hearing ordered by the Commission or any deposition permitted under § 201.233, a party may request the issuance of subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses at such depositions or at the designated time and place of hearing, and subpoenas requiring the production of documentary or other tangible evidence returnable at any designated time or place. Unless made on the record at a hearing, requests for issuance of a subpoena shall be made in writing and served on each party pursuant to § 201.150. A person whose request for a subpoena has been denied or modified may not request that any other person issue the subpoena.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Unavailability of hearing officer.</I> In the event that the hearing officer assigned to a proceeding is unavailable, the party seeking issuance of the subpoena may seek its issuance from the first available of the following persons: The Chief Administrative Law Judge, the law judge most senior in service as a law judge, the duty officer, any other member of the Commission, or any other person designated by the Commission to issue subpoenas. Requests for issuance of a subpoena made to the Commission, or any member thereof, must be submitted to the Secretary, not to an individual Commissioner. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Signing may be delegated.</I> A hearing officer may authorize issuance of a subpoena, and may delegate the manual signing of the subpoena to any other person authorized to issue subpoenas. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standards for issuance.</I> Where it appears to the person asked to issue the subpoena that the subpoena sought may be unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may, in his or her discretion, as a condition precedent to the issuance of the subpoena, require the person seeking the subpoena to show the general relevance and reasonable scope of the testimony or other evidence sought. If after consideration of all the circumstances, the person requested to issue the subpoena determines that the subpoena or any of its terms is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may refuse to issue the subpoena, or issue it only upon such conditions as fairness requires. In making the foregoing determination, the person issuing the subpoena may inquire of the other participants whether they will stipulate to the facts sought to be proved.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service.</I> Service shall be made pursuant to the provisions of § 201.150(b) through (d). The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall apply to the issuance of subpoenas for purposes of investigations, as required by 17 CFR 203.8, as well as depositions and hearings.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tender of fees required.</I> When a subpoena ordering the attendance of a person at a hearing or deposition is issued at the instance of anyone other than an officer or agency of the United States, service is valid only if the subpoena is accompanied by a tender to the subpoenaed person of the fees for one day's attendance and mileage specified by paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Application to quash or modify</I>—(1) <I>Procedure.</I> Any person to whom a subpoena or notice of deposition is directed, or who is an owner, creator or the subject of the documents that are to be produced pursuant to a subpoena, or any party may, prior to the time specified therein for compliance, but in no event more than 15 days after the date of service of such subpoena or notice, request that the subpoena or notice be quashed or modified. Such request shall be made by application filed with the Secretary and served on all parties pursuant to § 201.150. The party on whose behalf the subpoena or notice was issued may, within five days of service of the application, file an opposition to the application. If a hearing officer has been assigned to the proceeding, the application to quash shall be directed to that hearing officer for consideration, even if the subpoena or notice was issued by another person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standards governing application to quash or modify.</I> If compliance with the subpoena or notice of deposition would be unreasonable, oppressive, unduly burdensome or would unduly delay the hearing, the hearing officer or the Commission shall quash or modify the subpoena or notice, or may order a response to the subpoena, or appearance at a deposition, only upon specified conditions. These conditions may include but are not limited to a requirement that the party on whose behalf the subpoena was issued shall make reasonable compensation to the person to whom the subpoena was addressed for the cost of copying or transporting evidence to the place for return of the subpoena.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional standards governing application to quash deposition notices or subpoenas filed pursuant to § 201.233(a).</I> The hearing officer or the Commission shall quash or modify a deposition notice or subpoena filed or issued pursuant to § 201.233(a) unless the requesting party demonstrates that the deposition notice or subpoena satisfies the requirements of § 201.233(a), and:
</P>
<P>(i) The proposed deponent was a witness of or participant in any event, transaction, occurrence, act, or omission that forms the basis for any claim asserted by the Division of Enforcement, any defense, or anything else required to be included in an answer pursuant to § 201.220(c) by any respondent in the proceeding (this excludes a proposed deponent whose only knowledge of these matters arises from the Division of Enforcement's investigation or the proceeding);
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed deponent is a designated as an “expert witness” under § 201.222(b); provided, however, that the deposition of an expert who is required to submit a written report under § 201.222(b) may only occur after such report is served; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The proposed deponent has custody of documents or electronic data relevant to the claims or defenses of any party (this excludes Division of Enforcement or other Commission officers or personnel who have custody of documents or data that was produced by the Division to the respondent).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Witness fees and mileage.</I> Witnesses summoned before the Commission shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States, and witnesses whose depositions are taken and the persons taking the same shall severally be entitled to the same fees as are paid for like services in the courts of the United States. Witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the party at whose instance the witnesses appear. Except for such witness fees and mileage, each party is responsible for paying any fees and expenses of the expert witnesses whom that party designates under § 201.222(b), for appearance at any deposition or hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13177, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50235, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.233" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.233   Depositions upon oral examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Depositions upon written notice.</I> In any proceeding under the 120-day timeframe designated pursuant to § 201.360(a)(2), depositions upon written notice may be taken as set forth in this paragraph. No other depositions shall be permitted except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If the proceeding involves a single respondent, the respondent may file written notices to depose no more than three persons, and the Division of Enforcement may file written notices to depose no more than three persons.
</P>
<P>(2) If the proceeding involves multiple respondents, the respondents collectively may file joint written notices to depose no more than five persons, and the Division of Enforcement may file written notices to depose no more than five persons. The depositions taken under this paragraph (a)(2) shall not exceed a total of five depositions for the Division of Enforcement, and five depositions for all respondents collectively.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional depositions upon motion.</I> Any side may file a motion with the hearing officer seeking leave to notice up to two additional depositions beyond those permitted pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Procedure.</I> (A) A motion for additional depositions must be filed no later than 90 days prior to the hearing date. Any party opposing the motion may submit an opposition within five days after service of the motion. No reply shall be permitted. The motion and any oppositions each shall not exceed seven pages in length. These limitations exclusively govern motions under this section; notwithstanding § 201.154(a), any points and authorities shall be included in the motion or opposition, with no separate statement of points and authorities permitted, and none of the requirements in § 201.154(b) or (c) shall apply.
</P>
<P>(B) Upon consideration of the motion and any opposing papers, the hearing officer will issue an order either granting or denying the motion. The hearing officer shall consider the motion on an expedited basis.
</P>
<P>(C) The proceeding shall not automatically be stayed pending the determination of the motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Grounds and standards for motion.</I> A motion under this paragraph (a)(3) shall not be granted unless the additional depositions satisfy § 201.232(e) and the moving side demonstrates a compelling need for the additional depositions by:
</P>
<P>(A) Identifying each of the witnesses whom the moving side plans to depose pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section as well as the additional witnesses whom the side seeks to depose;
</P>
<P>(B) Describing the role of each witness and proposed additional witness;
</P>
<P>(C) Describing the matters concerning which each witness and proposed additional witness is expected to be questioned, and why the deposition of each witness and proposed additional witness is necessary for the moving side's arguments, claims, or defenses; and
</P>
<P>(D) Showing that the additional deposition(s) requested will not be unreasonably cumulative or duplicative.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the moving side proposes to take and submit the additional deposition(s) on written questions, as provided in § 201.234, the motion shall so state. The motion for additional depositions shall constitute a motion under § 201.234(a), and the moving party is required to submit its questions with its motion under this rule. The procedures for such a deposition shall be governed by § 201.234.
</P>
<P>(4) A deponent's attendance may be ordered by subpoena issued pursuant to the procedures in § 201.232; and
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission or hearing officer may rule on a motion that a deposition noticed under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section shall not be taken upon a determination under § 201.232(e). The fact that a witness testified during an investigation does not preclude the deposition of that witness.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depositions when witness is unavailable.</I> In addition to depositions permitted under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission or the hearing officer may grant a party's request to file a written notice of deposition if the requesting party shows that the prospective witness will likely give testimony material to the proceeding; that it is likely the prospective witness, who is then within the United States, will be unable to attend or testify at the hearing because of age, sickness, infirmity, imprisonment, other disability, or absence from the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party requesting the deposition; and that the taking of a deposition will serve the interests of justice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service and contents of notice.</I> Notice of any deposition pursuant to this section shall be made in writing and served on each party pursuant to § 201.150. A notice of deposition shall designate by name a deposition officer. The deposition officer may be any person authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the deposition is to be held. A notice of deposition also shall state:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the witness whose deposition is to be taken;
</P>
<P>(2) The time and place of the deposition; provided that a subpoena for a deposition may command a person to attend a deposition only as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 100 miles of where the person resides, is employed, or regularly transacts business in person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the state where the person resides, is employed, or regularly transacts business in person, if the person is a party or a party's officer;
</P>
<P>(iii) At such other location that the parties and proposed deponent stipulate; or
</P>
<P>(iv) At such other location that the hearing officer or the Commission determines is appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(3) The manner of recording and preserving the deposition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Producing documents.</I> In connection with any deposition pursuant to this section, a party may request the issuance of a subpoena duces tecum under § 201.232. The party conducting the deposition shall serve upon the deponent any subpoena duces tecum so issued. The materials designated for production, as set out in the subpoena, must be listed in the notice of deposition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Method of recording</I>—(1) <I>Method stated in the notice.</I> The party who notices the deposition must state in the notice the method for recording the testimony. Unless the hearing officer or Commission orders otherwise, testimony may be recorded by audio, audiovisual, or stenographic means. The noticing party bears the recording costs. Any party may arrange to transcribe a deposition, at that party's expense. Each party shall bear its own costs for obtaining copies of any transcripts or audio or audiovisual recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional method.</I> With prior notice to the deponent and other parties, any party may designate another method for recording the testimony in addition to that specified in the original notice. That party bears the expense of the additional record or transcript unless the hearing officer or the Commission orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>By remote means.</I> The parties may stipulate—or the hearing officer or Commission may on motion order—that a deposition be taken by telephone or other remote means. For the purpose of this section, the deposition takes place where the deponent answers the questions.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Deposition officer's duties</I>—(1) <I>Before the deposition.</I> The deposition officer designated pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section must begin the deposition with an on-the-record statement that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The deposition officer's name and business address;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date, time, and place of the deposition;
</P>
<P>(iii) The deponent's name;
</P>
<P>(iv) The deposition officer's administration of the oath or affirmation to the deponent; and
</P>
<P>(v) The identity of all persons present.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conducting the deposition; avoiding distortion.</I> If the deposition is recorded non-stenographically, the deposition officer must repeat the items in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section at the beginning of each unit of the recording medium. The deponent's and attorneys' appearance or demeanor must not be distorted through recording techniques.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>After the deposition.</I> At the end of a deposition, the deposition officer must state on the record that the deposition is complete and must set out any stipulations made by the attorneys about custody of the transcript or recording and of the exhibits, or about any other pertinent matters.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Order and record of the examination</I>—(1) <I>Order of examination.</I> The examination and cross-examination of a deponent shall proceed as they would at the hearing. After putting the deponent under oath or affirmation, the deposition officer must record the testimony by the method designated under paragraph (e) of this section. The testimony must be recorded by the deposition officer personally or by a person acting in the presence and under the direction of the deposition officer. The witness being deposed may have counsel present during the deposition.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form of objections stated during the deposition.</I> An objection at the time of the examination—whether to evidence, to a party's conduct, to the deposition officer's qualifications, to the manner of taking the deposition, or to any other aspect of the deposition—must be noted on the record, but the examination shall still proceed and the testimony shall be taken subject to any objection. An objection must be stated concisely in a nonargumentative and nonsuggestive manner. A person may instruct a deponent not to answer only when necessary to preserve a privilege, to enforce a limitation ordered by the hearing officer or the Commission, or to present a motion to the hearing officer or the Commission for a limitation on the questioning in the deposition.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Waiver of objections</I>—(1) <I>To the notice.</I> An objection to an error or irregularity in a deposition notice is waived unless promptly served in writing on the party giving the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>To the deposition officer's qualification.</I> An objection based on disqualification of the deposition officer before whom a deposition is to be taken is waived if not made:
</P>
<P>(i) Before the deposition begins; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Promptly after the basis for disqualification becomes known or, with reasonable diligence, could have been known.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>To the taking of the deposition</I>—(i) <I>Objection to competence, relevance, or materiality.</I> An objection to a deponent's competence—or to the competence, relevance, or materiality of testimony—is not waived by a failure to make the objection before or during the deposition, unless the ground for it might have been corrected at that time.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Objection to an error or irregularity.</I> An objection to an error or irregularity at an oral examination is waived if:
</P>
<P>(A) It relates to the manner of taking the deposition, the form of a question or answer, the oath or affirmation, a party's conduct, or other matters that might have been corrected at that time; and
</P>
<P>(B) It is not timely made during the deposition.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>To completing and returning the deposition.</I> An objection to how the deposition officer transcribed the testimony—or prepared, signed, certified, sealed, endorsed, sent, or otherwise dealt with the deposition—is waived unless a motion to suppress is made promptly after the error or irregularity becomes known or, with reasonable diligence, could have been known.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Duration; cross-examination; motion to terminate or limit</I>—(1) <I>Duration.</I> Unless otherwise stipulated or ordered by the hearing officer or the Commission, a deposition is limited to one day of seven hours, including cross-examination as provided in this subsection. In a deposition conducted by or for a respondent, the Division of Enforcement shall be allowed a reasonable amount of time for cross-examination of the deponent. In a deposition conducted by the Division, the respondents collectively shall be allowed a reasonable amount of time for cross-examination of the deponent. The hearing officer or the Commission may allow additional time if needed to fairly examine the deponent or if the deponent, another person, or any other circumstance impedes or delays the examination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motion to terminate or limit</I>—(i) <I>Grounds.</I> At any time during a deposition, the deponent or a party may move to terminate or limit it on the ground that it is being conducted in bad faith or in a manner that unreasonably annoys, embarrasses, or oppresses the deponent or party. If the objecting deponent or party so demands, the deposition must be suspended for the time necessary to present the motion to the hearing officer or the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Order.</I> Upon a motion under paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section, the hearing officer or the Commission may order that the deposition be terminated or may limit its scope. If terminated, the deposition may be resumed only by order of the hearing officer or the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Review by the witness; changes</I>—(1) <I>Review; statement of changes.</I> On request by the deponent or a party before the deposition is completed, and unless otherwise ordered by the hearing officer or the Commission, the deponent must be allowed 14 days after being notified by the deposition officer that the transcript or recording is available, unless a longer time is agreed to by the parties or permitted by the hearing officer, in which:
</P>
<P>(i) To review the transcript or recording; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If there are changes in form or substance, to sign a statement listing the changes and the reasons for making them.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Changes indicated in the deposition officer's certificate.</I> The deposition officer must note in the certificate prescribed by paragraph (l)(1) of this section whether a review was requested and, if so, must attach any changes the deponent makes during the 14-day period.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Certification and delivery; exhibits; copies of the transcript or recording</I>—(1) <I>Certification and delivery.</I> The deposition officer must certify in writing that the witness was duly sworn and that the deposition accurately records the witness's testimony. The certificate must accompany the record of the deposition. Unless the hearing officer orders otherwise, the deposition officer must seal the deposition in an envelope or package bearing the title of the action and marked “Deposition of [witness's name]” and must promptly send it to the attorney or party who arranged for the transcript or recording. The attorney or party must store it under conditions that will protect it against loss, destruction, tampering, or deterioration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Documents and tangible things</I>—(i) <I>Originals and copies.</I> Documents and tangible things produced for inspection during a deposition must, on a party's request, be marked for identification and attached to the deposition. Any party may inspect and copy them. But if the person who produced them wants to keep the originals, the person may:
</P>
<P>(A) Offer copies to be marked, attached to the deposition, and then used as originals—after giving all parties a fair opportunity to verify the copies by comparing them with the originals; or
</P>
<P>(B) Give all parties a fair opportunity to inspect and copy the originals after they are marked—in which event the originals may be used as if attached to the deposition.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Order regarding the originals.</I> Any party may move for an order that the originals be attached to the deposition pending final disposition of the case.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Copies of the transcript or recording.</I> Unless otherwise stipulated or ordered by the hearing officer or Commission, the deposition officer must retain the stenographic notes of a deposition taken stenographically or a copy of the recording of a deposition taken by another method. When paid reasonable charges, the deposition officer must furnish a copy of the transcript or recording to any party or the deponent, as directed by the party or person paying such charges.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Presentation of objections or disputes.</I> Any party seeking relief with respect to disputes over the conduct of a deposition may file a motion with the hearing officer to obtain relief as permitted by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 50236, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.234" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.234   Depositions upon written questions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Any deposition permitted under § 201.233 may be taken and submitted on written questions upon motion of any party, for good cause shown, or as stipulated by the parties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Written questions shall be filed with the motion. Within 10 days after service of the motion and written questions, any party may file objections to such written questions and any party may file cross-questions. When a deposition is taken pursuant to this section no persons other than the witness, counsel to the witness, the deposition officer, and, if the deposition officer does not act as reporter, a reporter, shall be present at the examination of the witness. No party shall be present or represented unless otherwise permitted by order. The deposition officer shall propound the questions and cross-questions to the witness in the order submitted. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> The order for deposition, filing of the deposition, form of the deposition and use of the deposition in the record shall be governed by paragraphs (c) through (l) of § 201.233, except that no cross-examination shall be made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 50238, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.235" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.235   Introducing prior sworn statements or declarations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a hearing, any person wishing to introduce a prior, sworn deposition taken pursuant to § 201.233 or § 201.234, investigative testimony, or other sworn statement or a declaration pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 1746, of a witness, not a party, otherwise admissible in the proceeding, may make a motion setting forth the reasons therefor. If only part of a statement or declaration is offered in evidence, the hearing officer may require that all relevant portions of the statement or declaration be introduced. If all of a statement or declaration is offered in evidence, the hearing officer may require that portions not relevant to the proceeding be excluded. A motion to introduce a prior sworn statement or declaration may be granted if:
</P>
<P>(1) The witness is dead; 
</P>
<P>(2) The witness is out of the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the prior sworn statement or declaration;
</P>
<P>(3) The witness is unable to attend or testify because of age, sickness, infirmity, imprisonment or other disability; 
</P>
<P>(4) The party offering the prior sworn statement or declaration has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or
</P>
<P>(5) In the discretion of the Commission or the hearing officer, it would be desirable, in the interests of justice, to allow the prior sworn statement or declaration to be used. In making this determination, due regard shall be given to the presumption that witnesses will testify orally in an open hearing. If the parties have stipulated to accept a prior sworn statement or declaration in lieu of live testimony, consideration shall also be given to the convenience of the parties in avoiding unnecessary expense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sworn statement or declaration of party or agent.</I> An adverse party may use for any purpose a deposition taken pursuant to § 201.233 or § 201.234, investigative testimony, or other sworn statement or a declaration pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 1746, of a party or anyone who, when giving the sworn statement or declaration, was the party's officer, director, or managing agent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 50238, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.240" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.240   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> Any person who is notified that a proceeding may or will be instituted against him or her, or any party to a proceeding already instituted, may, at any time, propose in writing an offer of settlement. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> An offer of settlement shall state that it is made pursuant to this section; shall recite or incorporate as a part of the offer the provisions of paragraphs (c) (4) and (5) of this section; shall be signed by the person making the offer, not by counsel; and shall be submitted to the interested division. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consideration of offers of settlement.</I> (1) Offers of settlement shall be considered by the interested division when time, the nature of the proceedings, and the public interest permit. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where a hearing officer is assigned to a proceeding, the interested division and the party submitting the offer may request that the hearing officer express his or her views regarding the appropriateness of the offer of settlement. A request for the hearing officer to express his or her views on an offer of settlement or otherwise to participate in a settlement conference constitutes a waiver by the persons making the request of any right to claim bias or prejudgment by the hearing officer based on the views expressed.
</P>
<P>(3) The interested division shall present the offer of settlement to the Commission with its recommendation, except that, if the division's recommendation is unfavorable, the offer shall not be presented to the Commission unless the person making the offer so requests.
</P>
<P>(4) By submitting an offer of settlement, the person making the offer waives, subject to acceptance of the offer: 
</P>
<P>(i) All hearings pursuant to the statutory provisions under which the proceeding is to be or has been instituted; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The filing of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Proceedings before, and an initial decision by, a hearing officer; 
</P>
<P>(iv) All post-hearing procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Judicial review by any court.
</P>
<P>(5) By submitting an offer of settlement the person further waives: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such provisions of the Rules of Practice or other requirements of law as may be construed to prevent any member of the Commission's staff from participating in the preparation of, or advising the Commission as to, any order, opinion, finding of fact, or conclusion of law to be entered pursuant to the offer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any right to claim bias or prejudgment by the Commission based on the consideration of or discussions concerning settlement of all or any part of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(6) If the Commission rejects the offer of settlement, the person making the offer shall be notified of the Commission's action and the offer of settlement shall be deemed withdrawn. The rejected offer shall not constitute a part of the record in any proceeding against the person making the offer, provided, however, that rejection of an offer of settlement does not affect the continued validity of waivers pursuant to paragraph (c)(5) of this section with respect to any discussions concerning the rejected offer of settlement.
</P>
<P>(7) Final acceptance of any offer of settlement will occur only upon the issuance of findings and an order by the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.250" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.11.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.250   Dispositive motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motion for a ruling on the pleadings.</I> No later than 14 days after a respondent's answer has been filed, any party may move for a ruling on the pleadings on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that, even accepting all of the non-movant's factual allegations as true and drawing all reasonable inferences in the non-movant's favor, the movant is entitled to a ruling as a matter of law. The hearing officer shall promptly grant or deny the motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion for summary disposition in 30- and 75-day proceedings.</I> In any proceeding under the 30- or 75-day timeframe designated pursuant to § 201.360(a)(2), after a respondent's answer has been filed and documents have been made available to that respondent for inspection and copying pursuant to § 201.230, any party may make a motion for summary disposition on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that the undisputed pleaded facts, declarations, affidavits, documentary evidence or facts officially noted pursuant to § 201.323 show that there is no genuine issue with regard to any material fact and that the movant is entitled to summary disposition as a matter of law. The hearing officer shall promptly grant or deny the motion for summary disposition or shall defer decision on the motion. If it appears that a party, for good cause shown, cannot present prior to the hearing facts essential to justify opposition to the motion, the hearing officer shall deny or defer the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motion for summary disposition in 120-day proceedings.</I> In any proceeding under the 120-day timeframe designated pursuant to § 201.360(a)(2), after a respondent's answer has been filed and documents have been made available to that respondent for inspection and copying pursuant to § 201.230, a party may make a motion for summary disposition on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that the undisputed pleaded facts, declarations, affidavits, deposition transcripts, documentary evidence or facts officially noted pursuant to § 201.323 show that there is no genuine issue with regard to any material fact and that the movant is entitled to summary disposition as a matter of law. A motion for summary disposition shall be made only with leave of the hearing officer. Leave shall be granted only for good cause shown and if consideration of the motion will not delay the scheduled start of the hearing. The hearing officer shall promptly grant or deny the motion for summary disposition or shall defer decision on the motion. If it appears that a party, for good cause shown, cannot present prior to the hearing facts essential to justify opposition to the motion, the hearing officer shall deny or defer the motion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motion for a ruling as a matter of law following completion of case in chief.</I> Following the interested division's presentation of its case in chief, any party may make a motion, asserting that the movant is entitled to a ruling as a matter of law on one or more claims or defenses.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Length limitation for dispositive motions.</I> Dispositive motions, together with any supporting memorandum of points and authorities (exclusive of any declarations, affidavits, deposition transcripts or other attachments), shall not exceed 9,800 words. Requests for leave to file motions and accompanying documents in excess of 9,800 words are disfavored. A double-spaced motion that does not, together with any accompanying memorandum of points and authorities, exceed 35 pages in length, inclusive of pleadings incorporated by reference (but excluding any declarations, affidavits, deposition transcripts or attachments) in the dispositive motion, is presumptively considered to contain no more than 9,800 words. Any motion that exceeds this page limit must include a certificate by the attorney, or an unrepresented party, stating that the brief complies with the word limit set forth in this paragraph and stating the number of words in the motion. The person preparing the certificate may rely on the word count of a word-processing program to prepare the document.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Opposition and reply length limitations</I> and <I>response time.</I> A non-moving party may file an opposition to a dispositive motion and the moving party may thereafter file a reply.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Length limitations.</I> Any opposition must comply with the length limitations applicable to the movant's motion as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section. Any reply must comply with the length limitations set forth in § 201.154(c).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response time.</I> (i) For motions under paragraphs (a), (b), and (d) of this section, the response times set forth in § 201.154(b) apply to any opposition and reply briefs.
</P>
<P>(ii) For motions under paragraph (c) of this section, any opposition must be filed within 21 days after service of such a motion, and any reply must be filed within seven days after service of any opposition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 50239, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Regarding Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.300   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>Hearings for the purpose of taking evidence shall be held only upon order of the Commission. All hearings shall be conducted in a fair, impartial, expeditious and orderly manner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.301   Hearings to be public.</HEAD>
<P>All hearings, except hearings on applications for confidential treatment filed pursuant to § 201.190, hearings held to consider a motion for a protective order pursuant to § 201.322, and hearings on <I>ex parte</I> application for a temporary cease-and-desist order, shall be public unless otherwise ordered by the Commission on its own motion or the motion of a party. No hearing shall be nonpublic where all respondents request that the hearing be made public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.302   Record of hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordation.</I> Unless ordered otherwise by the hearing officer or the Commission, all hearings shall be recorded and a written transcript thereof shall be prepared.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability of a transcript.</I> Transcripts of public hearings shall be available for purchase at prescribed rates. Transcripts of nonpublic proceedings, and transcripts subject to a protective order pursuant to § 201.322, shall be available for purchase only by parties; provided, however, that any person compelled to submit data or evidence in a hearing may purchase a copy of his or her own testimony.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transcript correction.</I> Prior to the filing of post-hearing briefs or proposed findings and conclusions, or within such earlier time as directed by the Commission or the hearing officer, a party or witness may make a motion to correct the transcript. Proposed corrections of the transcript may be submitted to the hearing officer by stipulation pursuant to § 201.324, or by motion. Upon notice to all parties to the proceeding, the hearing officer may, by order, specify corrections to the transcript.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.310" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.310   Failure to appear at hearings: Default.</HEAD>
<P>Any person named in an order instituting proceedings as a person against whom findings may be made or sanctions imposed who fails to appear at a hearing of which he or she has been duly notified may be deemed to be in default pursuant to § 201.155(a). A party may make a motion to set aside a default pursuant to § 201.155(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.320" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.320   Evidence: Admissibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Commission or the hearing officer may receive relevant evidence and shall exclude all evidence that is irrelevant, immaterial, unduly repetitious, or unreliable.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to § 201.235, evidence that constitutes hearsay may be admitted if it is relevant, material, and bears satisfactory indicia of reliability so that its use is fair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 50239, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.321" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.321   Evidence: Objections and offers of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Objections.</I> Objections to the admission or exclusion of evidence must be made on the record and shall be in short form, stating the grounds relied upon. Exceptions to any ruling thereon by the hearing officer need not be noted at the time of the ruling. Such exceptions will be deemed waived on appeal to the Commission, however, unless raised: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to interlocutory review in accordance with § 201.400; 
</P>
<P>(2) In a proposed finding or conclusion filed pursuant to § 201.340; or 
</P>
<P>(3) In a petition for Commission review of an initial decision filed in accordance with § 201.410.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Offers of proof.</I> Whenever evidence is excluded from the record, the party offering such evidence may make an offer of proof, which shall be included in the record. Excluded material shall be retained pursuant to § 201.350(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.322" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.322   Evidence: Confidential information, protective orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> In any proceeding as defined in § 201.101(a), a party, any person who is the owner, subject or creator of a document subject to subpoena or which may be introduced as evidence, or any witness who testifies at a hearing may file a motion requesting a protective order to limit from disclosure to other parties or to the public documents or testimony that contain confidential information. The motion should include a general summary or extract of the documents without revealing confidential details.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of confidential information.</I> If review of the documents that are the subject of a request for a protective order is necessary to a ruling on the motion and the information as to which a protective order is sought is available to the movant, the motion shall be accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete, sealed copy of the materials containing the information as to which a protective order is sought, with the allegedly confidential information marked as such, and with the first page of the document labeled “Under Seal.” If the movant seeks a protective order against disclosure to other parties as well as the public, copies of the documents shall not be served on other parties; and
</P>
<P>(2) A redacted copy of the materials containing the information as to which a protective order is sought, with the allegedly confidential information redacted. The redacted version shall indicate any omissions with brackets or ellipses, and its pagination and depiction of text on each page shall be identical to that of the sealed version. A redacted copy need not accompany a motion requesting a protective order if the materials would be redacted in their entirety.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Basis for issuance.</I> Documents and testimony introduced in a public hearing are presumed to be public. A motion for a protective order shall be granted only upon a finding that the harm resulting from disclosure would outweigh the benefits of disclosure.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requests for additional information supporting confidentiality.</I> A movant under paragraph (a) of this section may be required to furnish in writing additional information with respect to the grounds for confidentiality. Failure to supply the information so requested within five days from the date of receipt by the movant of a notice of the information required shall be deemed a waiver of the objection to public disclosure of that portion of the documents to which the additional information relates, unless the Commission or the hearing officer shall otherwise order for good cause shown at or before the expiration of such five-day period. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality of documents pending decision.</I> Pending a determination of a motion under this section, the documents as to which confidential treatment is sought and any other documents that would reveal the confidential information in those documents shall be maintained under seal and shall be disclosed only in accordance with orders of the Commission or the hearing officer. Any order issued in connection with a motion under this section shall be public unless the order would disclose information as to which a protective order has been granted, in which case that portion of the order that would reveal the protected information shall be nonpublic. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 610, Jan. 6, 1982, as amended at 85 FR 86480, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.323" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.323   Evidence: Official notice.</HEAD>
<P>Official notice may be taken of any material fact which might be judicially noticed by a district court of the United States, any matter in the public official records of the Commission, or any matter which is peculiarly within the knowledge of the Commission as an expert body. If official notice is requested or taken of a material fact not appearing in the evidence in the record, the parties, upon timely request, shall be afforded an opportunity to establish the contrary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.324" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.324   Evidence: Stipulations.</HEAD>
<P>The parties may, by stipulation, at any stage of the proceeding agree upon any pertinent facts in the proceeding. A stipulation may be received in evidence and, when received, shall be binding on the parties to the stipulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.325" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.325   Evidence: Presentation under oath or affirmation.</HEAD>
<P>A witness at a hearing for the purpose of taking evidence shall testify under oath or affirmation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.326" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.326   Evidence: Presentation, rebuttal and cross-examination.</HEAD>
<P>In any proceeding in which a hearing is required to be conducted on the record after opportunity for hearing in accord with 5 U.S.C. 556(a), a party is entitled to present its case or defense by oral or documentary evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct such cross-examination as, in the discretion of the Commission or the hearing officer, may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts. The scope and form of evidence, rebuttal evidence, if any, and cross-examination, if any, in any other proceeding shall be determined by the Commission or the hearing officer in each proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.340" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.340   Proposed findings, conclusions and supporting briefs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity to file.</I> Before an initial decision is issued, each party shall have an opportunity, reasonable in light of all the circumstances, to file in writing proposed findings and conclusions together with, or as a part of, its brief. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Proposed findings of fact must be supported by citations to specific portions of the record. If successive filings are directed, the proposed findings and conclusions of the party assigned to file first shall be set forth in serially numbered paragraphs, and any counter statement of proposed findings and conclusions must, in addition to any other matter, indicate those paragraphs of the proposals already filed as to which there is no dispute. A reply brief may be filed by the party assigned to file first, or, where simultaneous filings are directed, reply briefs may be filed by each party, within the period prescribed therefor by the hearing officer. No further briefs may be filed except with leave of the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time for filing.</I> In any proceeding in which an initial decision is to be issued: 
</P>
<P>(1) At the end of each hearing, the hearing officer shall, by order, after consultation with the parties, prescribe the period within which proposed findings and conclusions and supporting briefs are to be filed. The party or parties directed to file first shall make its or their initial filing within 30 days of the end of the hearing unless the hearing officer, for good cause shown, permits a different period and sets forth in the order the reasons why the different period is necessary. 
</P>
<P>(2) The total period within which all such proposed findings and conclusions and supporting briefs and any counter statements of proposed findings and conclusions and reply briefs are to be filed shall be no longer than 90 days after the close of the hearing unless the hearing officer, for good cause shown, permits a different period and sets forth in an order the reasons why the different period is necessary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.350" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.350   Record in proceedings before hearing officer; retention of documents; copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of the record.</I> The record shall consist of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The order instituting proceedings, each notice of hearing and any amendments; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each application, motion, submission or other paper, and any amendments, motions, objections, and exceptions to or regarding them; 
</P>
<P>(3) Each stipulation, transcript of testimony and document or other item admitted into evidence; 
</P>
<P>(4) Each written communication accepted by the hearing officer pursuant to § 201.210; 
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to a request to disqualify a hearing officer or to allow the hearing officer's withdrawal under § 201.112, each affidavit or transcript of testimony taken and the decision made in connection with the request; 
</P>
<P>(6) All motions, briefs and other papers filed on interlocutory appeal; 
</P>
<P>(7) All proposed findings and conclusions; 
</P>
<P>(8) Each written order issued by the hearing officer or Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Any other document or item accepted into the record by the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Retention of documents not admitted.</I> Any document offered into evidence but excluded shall not be considered a part of the record. The Secretary shall retain any such document until the later of the date upon which a Commission order ending the proceeding becomes final, or the conclusion of any judicial review of the Commission's order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Substitution of copies.</I> A true copy of a document may be substituted for any document in the record or any document retained pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13178, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.351" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.351   Transmittal of documents to Secretary; record index; electronic copy of exhibits; certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transmittal from hearing officer to Secretary of partial record index.</I> The hearing officer may, at any time, transmit to the Secretary motions, exhibits or any other original documents filed with or accepted into evidence by the hearing officer, together with a list of such documents.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation, certification of record index.</I> Promptly after the close of the hearing, the hearing officer shall transmit to the Secretary an index of the originals of any motions, exhibits or any other documents filed with or accepted into evidence by the hearing officer that have not been previously transmitted to the Secretary, and the Secretary shall prepare a record index. Prior to issuance of an initial decision, or if no initial decision is to be prepared, within 30 days of the close of the hearing, the Secretary shall transmit the record index to the hearing officer and serve a copy of the record index on each party. Any person may file proposed corrections to the record index with the hearing officer within three days of service of the record index. Any opposition to the proposed corrections shall be filed within three days of service of the proposed corrections. The hearing officer shall, by order, direct whether any corrections to the record index shall be made. The Secretary shall make such corrections, if any, and issue a revised record index. If an initial decision is to be issued, the initial decision shall include a certification that the record consists of the items set forth in the record index or revised record index issued by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic exhibits.</I> No later than five days after the Secretary serves a final record index, the parties shall submit electronically to the Secretary a copy of all exhibits that were admitted, or offered and not admitted, during the hearing, and any other exhibits that were admitted after the hearing. The parties shall submit such evidence in the form and manner to be specified by the Office of the Secretary in the materials posted on the Commission's website.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certification of Inability to Submit Exhibits Electronically.</I> A person who reasonably cannot submit exhibits electronically must file a certification under § 201.351(c)(1) that explains why the person reasonably cannot comply. The filing also must indicate the expected duration of the person's reasonable inability to comply, such as whether the certification is intended to apply to a solitary submission or all submissions made during the proceeding. The certification is immediately effective. Upon filing the certification, it will be part of the record of the proceeding, and the person shall submit originals of any exhibits that have not already been submitted to the Secretary by other means.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Signature requirement.</I> Electronic submissions that require a signature pursuant to § 201.153 may be signed with an “/s/” notation, but in that event, the use of the filer's login and password to file a document shall be deemed the signature of the person making the submission for purposes of § 201.153.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certification.</I> The parties shall certify that exhibits and other documents or items submitted to the Secretary under this section are true and accurate copies of exhibits that were admitted, or offered and not admitted, during the hearing, or any other exhibits that were admitted after the hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final transmittal of record items to the Secretary.</I> 

After the close of the hearing, the hearing officer shall transmit to the Secretary originals of any motions, exhibits or any other documents filed with, or accepted into evidence by, the hearing officer, or any other portions of the record that have not already been transmitted to the Secretary. Prior to service of the initial decision by the Secretary, or if no initial decision is to be issued, within 60 days of the close of the hearing, the Secretary shall inform the hearing officer if any portions of the record are not in the Secretary's custody. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13178, Mar. 19, 2004; 85 FR 86480, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.360" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.12.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.360   Initial decision of hearing officer and timing of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>When required.</I> Unless the Commission directs otherwise, the hearing officer shall prepare an initial decision in any proceeding in which the Commission directs a hearing officer to preside at a hearing, provided, however, that an initial decision may be waived by the parties with the consent of the hearing officer pursuant to § 201.202. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time period for filing initial decision and for hearing</I>—(i) <I>Initial decision.</I> In the order instituting proceedings, the Commission will specify a time period in which the hearing officer's initial decision must be filed with the Secretary. In the Commission's discretion, after consideration of the nature, complexity, and urgency of the subject matter, and with due regard for the public interest and the protection of investors, this time period will be either 30, 75, or 120 days. The time period will run from the occurrence of the following events:
</P>
<P>(A) The completion of post-hearing briefing in a proceeding where the hearing has been completed; or
</P>
<P>(B) The completion of briefing on a § 201.250 motion in the event the hearing officer has determined that no hearing is necessary; or
</P>
<P>(C) The determination by the hearing officer that, pursuant to § 201.155, a party is deemed to be in default and no hearing is necessary.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Hearing.</I> Under the 120-day timeline, the hearing officer shall issue an order scheduling the hearing to begin approximately four months (but no more than ten months) from the date of service of the order instituting the proceeding. Under the 75-day timeline, the hearing officer shall issue an order scheduling the hearing to begin approximately 2
<FR>1/2</FR> months (but no more than six months) from the date of service of the order instituting the proceeding. Under the 30-day timeline, the hearing officer shall issue an order scheduling the hearing to begin approximately one month (but no more than four months) from the date of service of the order instituting the proceeding. These deadlines confer no substantive rights on respondents. If a stay is granted pursuant to § 201.161(c)(2)(i) or § 201.210(c)(3), the time period specified in the order instituting proceedings in which the hearing officer's initial decision must be filed with the Secretary, as well as any other time limits established in orders issued by the hearing officer in the proceeding, shall be automatically tolled during the period while the stay is in effect.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certification of extension; motion for extension.</I> (i) In the event that the hearing officer presiding over the proceeding determines that it will not be possible to file the initial decision within the specified period of time, the hearing officer may certify to the Commission in writing the need to extend the initial decision deadline by up to 30 days for case management purposes. The certification must be issued no later than 30 days prior to the expiration of the time specified for the issuance of an initial decision and be served on the Commission and all parties in the proceeding. If the Commission has not issued an order to the contrary within 14 days after receiving the certification, the extension set forth in the hearing officer's certification shall take effect.
</P>
<P>(ii) Either in addition to a certification of extension, or instead of a certification of extension, the Chief Administrative Law Judge may submit a motion to the Commission requesting an extension of the time period for filing the initial decision. First, the hearing officer presiding over the proceeding must consult with the Chief Administrative Law Judge. Following such consultation, the Chief Administrative Law Judge may determine, in his or her discretion, to submit a motion to the Commission requesting an extension of the time period for filing the initial decision. This motion may request an extension of any length but must be filed no later than 15 days prior to the expiration of the time specified in the certification of extension, or if there is no certification of extension, 30 days prior to the expiration of the time specified in the order instituting proceedings. The motion will be served upon all parties in the proceeding, who may file with the Commission statements in support of or in opposition to the motion. If the Commission determines that additional time is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, the Commission shall issue an order extending the time period for filing the initial decision.
</P>
<P>(iii) The provisions of this paragraph (a)(3) confer no rights on respondents.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> An initial decision shall include findings and conclusions, and the reasons or basis therefor, as to all the material issues of fact, law or discretion presented on the record and the appropriate order, sanction, relief, or denial thereof. The initial decision shall also state the time period, not to exceed 21 days after service of the decision, except for good cause shown, within which a petition for review of the initial decision may be filed. The reasons for any extension of time shall be stated in the initial decision. The initial decision shall also include a statement that, as provided in paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission will enter an order of finality as to each party unless a party or an aggrieved person entitled to review timely files a petition for review of the initial decision or a motion to correct a manifest error of fact in the initial decision with the hearing officer, or the Commission determines on its own initiative to review the initial decision; and
</P>
<P>(2) If a party or an aggrieved person entitled to review timely files a petition for review or a motion to correct a manifest error of fact in the initial decision with the hearing officer, or if the Commission takes action to review as to a party or an aggrieved person entitled to review, the initial decision shall not become final as to that party or person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing, service and publication.</I> The Secretary shall promptly serve the initial decision upon the parties and shall promptly publish notice of the filing thereof on the SEC website; provided, however, that in nonpublic proceedings no notice shall be published unless the Commission otherwise directs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Finality.</I> (1) If a party or an aggrieved person entitled to review timely files a petition for review or a motion to correct a manifest error of fact in the initial decision, or if the Commission on its own initiative orders review of a decision with respect to a party or a person aggrieved who would be entitled to review, the initial decision shall not become final as to that party or person.
</P>
<P>(2) If a party or aggrieved person entitled to review fails to file timely a petition for review or a motion to correct a manifest error of fact in the initial decision, and if the Commission does not order review of a decision on its own initiative, the Commission will issue an order that the decision has become final as to that party. The decision becomes final upon issuance of the order. The order of finality shall state the date on which sanctions, if any, take effect. Notice of the order shall be published on the SEC website.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 35789, June 17, 2003; 69 FR 13178, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50239, July 29, 2016; 83 FR 25366, June 1, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Appeal to the Commission and Commission Review</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.400   Interlocutory review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> The Commission may, at any time, on its own motion, direct that any matter be submitted to it for review. Petitions by parties for interlocutory review are disfavored, and the Commission ordinarily will grant a petition to review a hearing officer ruling prior to its consideration of an initial decision only in extraordinary circumstances. The Commission may decline to consider a ruling certified by a hearing officer pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or the petition of a party who has been denied certification if it determines that interlocutory review is not warranted or appropriate under the circumstances. This section is the exclusive remedy for review of a hearing officer's ruling prior to Commission consideration of the entire proceeding and is the sole mechanism for appeal of actions delegated pursuant to §§ 200.30-9 and 200.30-10 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> Interlocutory review of a hearing officer's ruling shall be expedited in every way, consistent with the Commission's other responsibilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certification process.</I> A ruling submitted to the Commission for interlocutory review must be certified in writing by the hearing officer and shall specify the material relevant to the ruling involved. The hearing officer shall not certify a ruling unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) His or her ruling would compel testimony of Commission members, officers or employees or the production of documentary evidence in their custody; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon application by a party, within five days of the hearing officer's ruling, the hearing officer is of the opinion that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The ruling involves a controlling question of law as to which there is substantial ground for difference of opinion; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) An immediate review of the order may materially advance the completion of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Proceedings not stayed.</I> The filing of an application for review or the grant of review shall not stay proceedings before the hearing officer unless he or she, or the Commission, shall so order. The Commission will not consider the motion for a stay unless the motion shall have first been made to the hearing officer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13178, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.401   Consideration of stays.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> A request for a stay shall be made by written motion, filed pursuant to § 201.154, and served on all parties pursuant to § 201.150. The motion shall state the reasons for the relief requested and the facts relied upon, and, if the facts are subject to dispute, the motion shall be supported by affidavits or other sworn statements or copies thereof. Portions of the record relevant to the relief sought, if available to the movant, shall be filed with the motion. The Commission may issue a stay based on such motion or on its own motion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of relief.</I> The Commission may grant a stay in whole or in part, and may condition relief under this section upon such terms, or upon the implementation of such procedures, as it deems appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay of a Commission order.</I> A motion for a stay of a Commission order may be made by any person aggrieved thereby who would be entitled to review in a federal court of appeals. A motion seeking to stay the effectiveness of a Commission order pending judicial review may be made to the Commission at any time during which the Commission retains jurisdiction over the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stay of an action by a self-regulatory organization</I>—(1) <I>Availability.</I> A motion for a stay of an action by a self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, for which action review may be sought pursuant to § 201.420, may be made by any person aggrieved thereby at the time an application for review is filed in accordance with § 201.420 or thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary entry.</I> A stay may be entered summarily, without notice and opportunity for hearing. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> Where the action complained of has already taken effect and the motion for stay is filed within 10 days of the effectiveness of the action, or where the action complained of, will, by its terms, take effect within five days of the filing of the motion for stay, the consideration of and decision on the motion for a stay shall be expedited in every way, consistent with the Commission's other responsibilities. Where consideration will be expedited, persons opposing the motion for a stay may file a statement in opposition within two days of service of the motion unless the Commission, by written order, shall specify a different period. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Lifting of stay of action by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board</I>—(1) <I>Availability.</I> Any person aggrieved by a stay of action by the Board entered in accordance with 15 U.S.C. 7215(e) for which review has been sought pursuant to § 201.440 or which the Commission has taken up on its motion pursuant to § 201.441 may make a motion to lift the stay. The Commission may, at any time, on its own motion determine whether to lift the automatic stay. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary action.</I> The Commission may lift a stay summarily, without notice and opportunity for hearing. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> The Commission may expedite consideration of a motion to lift a stay of Board action, consistent with the Commission's other responsibilities. Where consideration is expedited, persons opposing the lifting of the stay may file a statement in opposition within two days of service of the motion requesting lifting of the stay unless the Commission, by written order, shall specify a different period.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lifting of stay of action by a security-based swap execution facility.</I> (1) <I>Availability.</I> Any person aggrieved by a stay of action by a security-based swap execution facility entered in accordance with § 201.442(c) may make a motion to lift the stay. The Commission may, at any time, on its own motion determine whether to lift the automatic stay.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary action.</I> The Commission may lift a stay summarily, without notice and opportunity for hearing.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expedited consideration.</I> The Commission may expedite consideration of a motion to lift a stay of action by a security-based swap execution facility, consistent with the Commission's other responsibilities. Where consideration is expedited, persons opposing the lifting of the stay may file a statement in opposition within two days of service of the motion requesting lifting of the stay unless the Commission, by written order, shall specify a different period.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13178, Mar. 19, 2004; 88 FR 87282, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.410" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.410   Appeal of initial decisions by hearing officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition for review; when available.</I> In any proceeding in which an initial decision is made by a hearing officer, any party, and any other person who would have been entitled to judicial review of the decision entered therein if the Commission itself had made the decision, may file a petition for review of the decision with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> The petition for review of an initial decision shall be filed with the Commission within such time after service of the initial decision as prescribed by the hearing officer pursuant to § 201.360(b) unless a party has filed a motion to correct an initial decision with the hearing officer. If such correction has been sought, a party shall have 21 days from the date of the hearing officer's order resolving the motion to correct to file a petition for review. The petition shall set forth a statement of the issues presented for review under § 201.411(b). In the event a petition for review is filed, any other party to the proceeding may file a cross-petition for review within the original time allowed for seeking review or within ten days from the date that the petition for review was filed, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length limitation.</I> Except with leave of the Commission, the petition for review shall not exceed three pages in length. Incorporation of pleadings or filings by reference into the petition is not permitted. Motions to file petitions in excess of those limitations are disfavored.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Financial disclosure statement requirement.</I> Any person who files a petition for review of an initial decision that asserts that person's inability to pay either disgorgement, interest or a penalty shall file with the opening brief a sworn financial disclosure statement containing the information specified in § 201.630(b). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prerequisite to judicial review.</I> Pursuant to Section 704 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 704, a petition to the Commission for review of an initial decision is a prerequisite to the seeking of judicial review of a final order entered pursuant to such decision. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50240, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.411" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.411   Commission consideration of initial decisions by hearing officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of review.</I> The Commission may affirm, reverse, modify, set aside or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, an initial decision by a hearing officer and may make any findings or conclusions that in its judgment are proper and on the basis of the record. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standards for granting review pursuant to a petition for review</I>—(1) <I>Mandatory review.</I> After a petition for review has been filed, the Commission shall review any initial decision that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Denies any request for action pursuant to Section 8(a) or Section 8(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77h(a), (c), or the first sentence of Section 12(d) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(d); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Suspends trading in a security pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78l(k); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is in a case of adjudication (as defined in 5 U.S.C. 551) not required to be determined on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing (except to the extent there is involved a matter described in 5 U.S.C. 554(a) (1) through (6)). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Discretionary review.</I> The Commission may decline to review any other decision. In determining whether to grant review, the Commission shall consider whether the petition for review makes a reasonable showing that: 
</P>
<P>(i) A prejudicial error was committed in the conduct of the proceeding; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The decision embodies: 
</P>
<P>(A) A finding or conclusion of material fact that is clearly erroneous; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A conclusion of law that is erroneous; or 
</P>
<P>(C) An exercise of discretion or decision of law or policy that is important and that the Commission should review. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission review other than pursuant to a petition for review.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, order review of any initial decision, or any portion of any initial decision, within 21 days after the end of the period established for filing a petition for review pursuant to § 201.410(b). A party who does not intend to file a petition for review, and who desires the Commission's determination whether to order review on its own initiative to be made in a shorter time, may make a motion for an expedited decision, accompanied by a written statement that the party waives its right to file a petition for review. The vote of one member of the Commission, conveyed to the Secretary, shall be sufficient to bring a matter before the Commission for review. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations on matters reviewed.</I> Review by the Commission of an initial decision shall be limited to the issues specified in an opening brief that complies with § 201.450(b), or the issues, if any, specified in the briefing schedule order issued pursuant to § 201.450(a). Any exception to an initial decision not supported in an opening brief that complies with § 201.450(b) may, at the discretion of the Commission, be deemed to have been waived by the petitioner. On notice to all parties, however, the Commission may, at any time prior to issuance of its decision, raise and determine any other matters that it deems material, with opportunity for oral or written argument thereon by the parties.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Summary affirmance.</I> (1) At any time within 21 days after the filing of a petition for review pursuant to § 201.410(b), any party may file a motion in accordance with § 201.154 asking that the Commission summarily affirm an initial decision. Any party may file an opposition and reply to such motion in accordance with § 201.154. Pending determination of the motion for summary affirmance, the Commission, in its discretion, may delay issuance of a briefing schedule order pursuant to § 201.450. 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon consideration of the motion and any opposition or upon its own initiative, the Commission may summarily affirm an initial decision. The Commission may grant summary affirmance if it finds that no issue raised in the initial decision warrants consideration by the Commission of further oral or written argument. The Commission will decline to grant summary affirmance upon a reasonable showing that a prejudicial error was committed in the conduct of the proceeding or that the decision embodies an exercise of discretion or decision of law or policy that is important and that the Commission should review. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to obtain a majority.</I> In the event a majority of participating Commissioners do not agree to a disposition on the merits, the initial decision shall be of no effect, and an order will be issued in accordance with this result. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005; 81 FR 50240, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.420" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.420   Appeal of determinations by self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for review; when available.</I> An application for review by the Commission may be filed by any person who is aggrieved by a determination of a self-regulatory organization with respect to any:
</P>
<P>(1) Final disciplinary sanction;
</P>
<P>(2) Denial or conditioning of membership or participation;
</P>
<P>(3) Prohibition or limitation in respect to access to services offered by that self-regulatory organization or a member thereof; or
</P>
<P>(4) Bar from association as to which a notice is required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(d)(1) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> As required by section 19(d)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d)(1), an applicant must file an application for review with the Commission within 30 days after the notice of the determination is filed with the Commission and received by the aggrieved person applying for review. The Commission will not extend this 30-day period, absent a showing of extraordinary circumstances. This section is the exclusive remedy for seeking an extension of the 30-day period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application.</I> The application shall be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 201.151. The applicant shall serve the application on the self-regulatory organization. The application shall identify the determination complained of and set forth in summary form a brief statement of the alleged errors in the determination and supporting reasons therefor. The application shall state an address where the applicant can be served. The application should not exceed two pages in length. If the applicant will be represented by a representative, the application shall be accompanied by the notice of appearance required by § 201.102(d). Any exception to a determination not supported in an opening brief that complies with § 201.450(b) may, at the discretion of the Commission, be deemed to have been waived by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination not stayed.</I> Filing an application for review with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall not operate as a stay of the complained of determination made by the self-regulatory organization unless the Commission otherwise orders either pursuant to a motion filed in accordance with § 201.401 or on its own motion. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification of the record; service of the index.</I> Fourteen days after receipt of an application for review or a Commission order for review, the self-regulatory organization shall certify and file electronically in the form and manner to be specified by the Office of the Secretary in the materials posted on the Commission's website one unredacted copy of the record upon which the action complained of was taken.
</P>
<P>(1) The self-regulatory organization also shall file electronically with the Commission one copy of an index to such record, and shall serve upon each party one copy of the index. If such index contains any sensitive personal information, as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the self-regulatory organization also shall file electronically with the Commission one redacted copy of such index, subject to the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sensitive personal information.</I> Sensitive personal information is defined as a Social Security number, taxpayer identification number, financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, state-issued identification number, home address (other than city and state), telephone number, date of birth (other than year), names and initials of minor children, as well as any unnecessary health information identifiable by individual, such as an individual's medical records. Sensitive personal information shall not be included in, and must be redacted or omitted from, all filings subject to:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following information may be included and is not required to be redacted from filings:
</P>
<P>(A) The last four digits of a financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, and state-issued identification number;
</P>
<P>(B) Home addresses and telephone numbers of parties and persons filing documents with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) Business telephone numbers; and
</P>
<P>(D) Copies of unredacted filings by regulated entities or registrants that are available on the Commission's public website.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification.</I> Any filing made pursuant to this section, other than the record upon which the action complained of was taken, must include a certification that any information described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section has been omitted or redacted from the filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50240, July 29, 2016; 85 FR 86480, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.421" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.421   Commission consideration of determinations by self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commission review other than pursuant to a petition for review.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, order review of any determination by a self-regulatory organization that could be subject to an application for review pursuant to § 201.420(a) within 40 days after notice thereof was filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(d)(1) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d)(1). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental briefing.</I> The Commission may at any time prior to issuance of its decision raise or consider any matter that it deems material, whether or not raised by the parties. Notice to the parties and an opportunity for supplemental briefing with respect to issues not briefed by the parties shall be given where the Commission believes that such briefing would significantly aid the decisional process. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.430" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.430   Appeal of actions made pursuant to delegated authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of rule.</I> Any person aggrieved by an action made by authority delegated in §§ 200.30-1 through 200.30-8 or §§ 200.30-11 through 200.30-18 of this chapter may seek review of the action pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure</I>—(1) <I>Notice of intention to petition for review.</I> A party to an action made pursuant to delegated authority, or a person aggrieved by such action, may seek Commission review of the action by filing a written notice of intention to petition for review within five days after actual notice of the action to that party or aggrieved person, or 15 days after publication of the notice of action in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> or five days after service of notice of the action on that party or aggrieved person pursuant to § 201.141(b), whichever is the earliest.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Petition for review.</I> Within five days after the filing of a notice of intention to petition for review pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the person seeking review shall file a petition for review containing a clear and concise statement of the issues to be reviewed and the reasons why review is appropriate. The petition shall include exceptions to any findings of fact or conclusions of law made, together with supporting reasons for such exceptions based on appropriate citations to such record as may exist. These reasons may be stated in summary form. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prerequisite to judicial review.</I> Pursuant to Section 704 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 704, a petition to the Commission for review of an action made by authority delegated in §§ 200.30-1 through 200.30-18 of this chapter is a prerequisite to the seeking of judicial review of a final order entered pursuant to such an action. Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 7214(h)(2), any decision by the Commission pursuant to 200.30-11 shall not be reviewable under 15 U.S.C. 78y and shall not be deemed 'final agency action' for purposes of 5 U.S.C. 704.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 46500, Sept. 7, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005; 75 FR 47449, Aug. 6, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.431" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.431   Commission consideration of actions made pursuant to delegated authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of review.</I> The Commission may affirm, reverse, modify, set aside or remand for further proceedings, in whole or in part, any action made pursuant to authority delegated in §§ 200.30-1 through 200.30-18 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standards for granting review pursuant to a petition for review</I>—(1) <I>Mandatory review.</I> After a petition for review has been filed, the Commission shall review any action that it would be required to review pursuant to § 201.411(b)(1) if the action was made as the initial decision of a hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Discretionary review.</I> The Commission may decline to review any other action. In determining whether to grant review, the Commission shall consider the factors set forth in § 201.411(b)(2). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission review other than pursuant to a petition for review.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, order review of any action made pursuant to delegated authority at any time, provided, however, that where there are one or more parties to the matter, such review shall not be ordered more than ten days after the action. The vote of one member of the Commission, conveyed to the Secretary, shall be sufficient to bring a matter before the Commission for review. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required items in an order for review.</I> In an order granting a petition for review or directing review on the Commission's own initiative, the Commission shall set forth the time within which any party or other person may file a statement in support of or in opposition to the action made by delegated authority and shall state whether a stay shall be granted, if none is in effect, or shall be continued, if in effect pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Automatic stay of delegated action.</I> An action made pursuant to delegated authority shall have immediate effect and be deemed the action of the Commission. Upon filing with the Commission of a notice of intention to petition for review, or upon notice to the Secretary of the vote of a Commissioner that a matter be reviewed, an action made pursuant to delegated authority shall be stayed until the Commission orders otherwise, provided, however, there shall be no automatic stay of an action: 
</P>
<P>(1) To grant a stay of action by the Commission or a self-regulatory organization as authorized by 17 CFR 200.30-14(h)(5) and (6);
</P>
<P>(2) To commence a subpoena enforcement proceeding as authorized by 17 CFR 200.30-4(a)(10); or
</P>
<P>(3) To determine the effectiveness of a registration statement, or a post-effective amendment thereto, or the qualification of an offering statement, or a post-qualification amendment thereto, as authorized by 17 CFR 200.30-1(a)(1), 200.30-1(a)(5), 200.30-1(b)(2), 200.30-1(f)(1) and 200.30-1(f)(6), or 17 CFR 200.30-5(b), 200.30-5(c)(3), 200.30-5(c)(4), and 200.30-5(c)(6).


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effectiveness of stay or of Commission decision to modify or reverse a delegated action.</I> As against any person who shall have acted in reliance upon any action at a delegated level, any stay or any modification or reversal by the Commission of such action shall be effective only from the time such person receives actual notice of such stay, modification or reversal. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 46500, Sept. 7, 1995; 90 FR 45125, Sept. 19, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.440" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.440   Appeal of determinations by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for review; when available.</I> Any person who is aggrieved by a determination of the Board with respect to any final disciplinary sanction, including disapproval of a completed application for registration of a public accounting firm, may file an application for review.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> An aggrieved person may file an application for review with the Commission pursuant to § 201.151 within 30 days after the notice filed by the Board of its determination with the Commission pursuant to 17 CFR 240.19d-4 is received by the aggrieved person applying for review. The applicant shall serve the application on the Board at the same time. The application shall identify the determination complained of, set forth in summary form a brief statement of alleged errors in the determination and supporting reasons therefor, and state an address where the applicant can be served. The application should not exceed two pages in length. The notice of appearance required by § 201.102(d) shall accompany the application. Any exception to a determination not supported in an opening brief that complies with § 201.450(b) may, at the discretion of the Commission, be deemed to have been waived by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay of determination.</I> Filing an application for review with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section operates as a stay of the Board's determination unless the Commission otherwise orders either pursuant to a motion filed in accordance with § 201.401(e) or upon its own motion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certification of the record; service of the index.</I> Within fourteen days after receipt of an application for review, the Board shall certify and file electronically in the form and manner to be specified by the Office of the Secretary in the materials posted on the Commission's website one unredacted copy of the record upon which it took the complained-of action.
</P>
<P>(1) The Board shall file electronically with the Commission one copy of an index of such record, and shall serve one copy of the index on each party. If such index contains any sensitive personal information, as defined in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the Board also shall file electronically with the Commission one redacted copy of such index, subject to the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sensitive personal information.</I> Sensitive personal information is defined as a Social Security number, taxpayer identification number, financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, state-issued identification number, home address (other than city and state), telephone number, date of birth (other than year), names and initials of minor children, as well as any unnecessary health information identifiable by individual, such as an individual's medical records. Sensitive personal information shall not be included in, and must be redacted or omitted from, all filings subject to:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following information may be included and is not required to be redacted from filings:
</P>
<P>(A) The last four digits of a financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, and state-issued identification number;
</P>
<P>(B) Home addresses and telephone numbers of parties and persons filing documents with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) Business telephone numbers; and
</P>
<P>(D) Copies of unredacted filings by regulated entities or registrants that are available on the Commission's public website.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> Any filing made pursuant to this section, other than the record upon which the action complained of was taken, must include a certification that any information described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section has been omitted or redacted from the filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004, as amended at 81 FR 50241, July 29, 2016; 85 FR 86481, Dec. 30, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.441" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.441   Commission consideration of Board determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commission review other than pursuant to an application for review.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, order review of any final disciplinary sanction, including disapproval of a completed application for registration of a public accounting firm, imposed by the Board that could be subject to an application for review pursuant to § 201.440(a) within 40 days after the Board filed notice thereof pursuant to § 240.19d-4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental briefing.</I> The Commission may at any time prior to the issuance of its decision raise or consider any matter that it deems material, whether or not raised by the parties. The Commission will give notice to the parties and an opportunity for supplemental briefing with respect to issues not briefed by the parties where the Commission believes that such briefing could significantly aid the decisional process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 13179, Mar. 19, 2004]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.442" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.442   Appeal of determination by security-based swap execution facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for review; when available.</I> An application for review by the Commission may be filed by any person who is aggrieved by a determination of a security-based swap execution facility with respect to any:
</P>
<P>(1) Final disciplinary action, as defined in § 240.835(b)(1) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Final action with respect to a denial or conditioning of membership, as defined in § 240.835(b)(2) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Final action with respect to a denial or limitation of access to any service offered by the security-based swap execution facility, as defined in § 240.835(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> An aggrieved person may file an application for review with the Commission pursuant to § 201.151 within 30 days after the notice filed with the Commission pursuant to § 242.835 of this chapter by the security-based swap execution facility of the determination is received by the aggrieved person. The Commission will not extend this 30-day period, absent a showing of extraordinary circumstances. This section is the exclusive remedy for seeking an extension of the 30-day period. The aggrieved person shall serve the application on the security-based swap execution facility at the same time. The application shall identify the determination complained of, set forth in summary form a statement of alleged errors in the action and supporting reasons therefor, and state an address where the applicant can be served. The application should not exceed two pages in length. If the applicant will be represented by a representative, the application shall be accompanied by the notice of appearance required by § 201.102(d). Any exception to an action not supported in an opening brief that complies with § 201.450(b) may, at the discretion of the Commission, be deemed to have been waived by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay of determination.</I> Filing an application for review with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section operates as a stay of the security-based swap execution facility's determination, unless the Commission otherwise orders either pursuant to a motion filed in accordance with § 201.401(f) or upon its own motion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certification of the record; service of the index.</I> Within 14 days after receipt of an application for review, the security-based swap execution facility shall certify and file electronically in the form and manner specified by the Office of the Secretary one unredacted copy of the record upon which it took the complained-of action.
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap execution facility shall file electronically with the Commission one copy of an index of such record in the form and manner specified by the Commission and shall serve one copy of the index on each party. If such index contains any sensitive personal information, as defined in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the security-based swap execution facility also shall file electronically with the Commission one redacted copy of such index, subject to the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sensitive personal information</I> includes a Social Security number, taxpayer identification number, financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, State-issued identification number, home address (other than city and State), telephone number, date of birth (other than year), names and initials of minor children, as well as any unnecessary health information identifiable by individual, such as an individual's medical records. Sensitive personal information shall not be included in, and must be redacted or omitted from, all filings.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following information may be included and is not required to be redacted from filings:
</P>
<P>(A) The last four digits of a financial account number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, and State-issued identification number;
</P>
<P>(B) Home addresses and telephone numbers of parties and persons filing documents with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(C) Business telephone numbers.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> Any filing made pursuant to this section, other than the record upon which the action complained of was taken, must include a certification that any information described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section has been omitted or redacted from the filing.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 87282, Dec. 15, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.443" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.443   Commission consideration of security-based swap execution facility determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commission review other than pursuant to an application for review.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, order review of any determination by a security-based swap execution facility that could be subject to an application for review pursuant to § 201.442(a) within 40 days after the security-based swap execution facility provided notice to the Commission thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental briefing.</I> The Commission may at any time before issuing its decision raise or consider any matter that it deems material, whether or not raised by the parties. The Commission will give notice to the parties and an opportunity for supplemental briefing with respect to issues not briefed by the parties where the Commission believes that such briefing could significantly aid the decisional process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 87283, Dec. 15, 2023]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.450" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.450   Briefs filed with the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Briefing schedule order.</I> Other than review ordered pursuant to § 201.431, if review of a determination is mandated by statute, rule, or judicial order or the Commission determines to grant review as a matter of discretion, the Commission shall issue a briefing schedule order directing the party or parties to file opening briefs and specifying particular issues, if any, as to which briefing should be limited or directed. Unless otherwise provided, opening briefs shall be filed within 30 days of the date of the briefing schedule order. Opposition briefs shall be filed within 30 days after the date opening briefs are due. Reply briefs shall be filed within 14 days after the date opposition briefs are due. No briefs in addition to those specified in the briefing schedule order may be filed except with leave of the Commission. The briefing schedule order shall be issued: 
</P>
<P>(1) At the time the Commission orders review on its own initiative pursuant to §§ 201.411 or 201.421, or orders interlocutory review on its own motion pursuant to § 201.400(a); or 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 21 days, or such longer time as provided by the Commission, after: 
</P>
<P>(i) The last day permitted for filing a petition for review pursuant to § 201.410(b) or a brief in opposition to a petition for review pursuant to § 201.410(d); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipt by the Commission of an index to the record of a determination of a self-regulatory organization filed pursuant to § 201.420(d); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Receipt by the Commission of an index to the record of a determination by the Board filed pursuant to § 201.440(d); 
</P>
<P>(iv) Receipt by the Commission of an index to the record of a determination by a security-based swap execution facility filed pursuant to § 201.442(d).


</P>
<P>(v) Receipt by the Commission of the mandate of a court of appeals with respect to a judicial remand; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) Certification of a ruling for interlocutory review pursuant to § 201.400(c). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of briefs.</I> Briefs shall be confined to the particular matters at issue. Each exception to the findings or conclusions being reviewed shall be stated succinctly. Exceptions shall be supported by citation to the relevant portions of the record, including references to the specific pages relied upon, and by concise argument including citation of such statutes, decisions and other authorities as may be relevant. If the exception relates to the admission or exclusion of evidence, the substance of the evidence admitted or excluded shall be set forth in the brief, or by citation to the record. Reply briefs shall be confined to matters in opposition briefs of other parties; except as otherwise determined by the Commission in its discretion, any argument raised for the first time in a reply brief shall be deemed to have been waived.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length limitation.</I> Except with leave of the Commission, opening and opposition briefs shall not exceed 14,000 words and reply briefs shall not exceed 7,000 words, exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, table of authorities, and any addendum that consists solely of copies of applicable cases, pertinent legislative provisions or rules, and exhibits. Incorporation of pleadings or filings by reference into briefs submitted to the Commission is not permitted. Motions to file briefs in excess of these limitations are disfavored.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certificate of compliance.</I> An opening or opposition brief that does not exceed 30 pages in length, exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, table of authorities, and any addendum that consists solely of copies of applicable cases, pertinent legislative provisions, or rules and exhibits, is presumptively considered to contain no more than 14,000 words. A reply brief that does not exceed 15 pages in length, exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, table of authorities, and any addendum that consists solely of copies of applicable cases, pertinent legislative provisions, or rules and exhibits is presumptively considered to contain no more than 7,000 words. Any brief that exceeds these page limits must include a certificate by the party's representative, or an unrepresented party, stating that the brief complies with the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section and stating the number of words in the brief. The person preparing the certificate may rely on the word count of the word-processing system used to prepare the brief.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 35789, June 17, 2003; 69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004; 81 FR 50241, July 29, 2016; 88 FR 87283, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.451" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.451   Oral argument before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> The Commission, on its own motion or the motion of a party or any other aggrieved person entitled to Commission review, may order oral argument with respect to any matter. Motions for oral argument with respect to whether to affirm all or part of an initial decision by a hearing officer shall be granted unless exceptional circumstances make oral argument impractical or inadvisable. The Commission will consider appeals, motions and other matters properly before it on the basis of the papers filed by the parties without oral argument unless the Commission determines that the presentation of facts and legal arguments in the briefs and record and the decisional process would be significantly aided by oral argument. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Requests for oral argument shall be made by separate motion accompanying the initial brief on the merits. The Commission shall issue an order as to whether oral argument is to be heard, and if so, the time and place therefor. If oral argument is granted, the time fixed for oral argument shall be changed only by written order of the Commission, for good cause shown. The order shall state at whose request the change is made and the reasons for any such changes. No visual aids may be used at oral argument unless copies have been provided to the Commission and all parties at least five business days before the argument is to be held. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time allowed.</I> Unless the Commission orders otherwise, not more than one half-hour per side will be allowed for oral argument. The Commission may, in its discretion, determine that several persons have a common interest, and that the interests represented will be considered a single side for purposes of allotting time for oral argument. Time will be divided equally among persons on a single side, provided, however, that by mutual agreement they may reallocate their time among themselves. A request for additional time must be made by motion filed reasonably in advance of the date fixed for argument. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Participation of Commissioners.</I> A member of the Commission who was not present at the oral argument may participate in the decision of the proceeding, provided that the member has reviewed the transcript of such argument prior to such participation. The decision shall state whether the required review was made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.452" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.452   Additional evidence.</HEAD>
<P>Upon its own motion or the motion of a party, the Commission may allow the submission of additional evidence. A party may file a motion for leave to adduce additional evidence at any time prior to issuance of a decision by the Commission. Such motion shall show with particularity that such additional evidence is material and that there were reasonable grounds for failure to adduce such evidence previously. The Commission may accept or hear additional evidence, may remand the proceeding to a self-regulatory organization, or may remand or refer the proceeding to a hearing officer for the taking of additional evidence, as appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.460" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.460   Record before the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission shall determine each matter on the basis of the record. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of the record.</I> (1) In proceedings for final decision before the Commission other than those reviewing a determination by a self-regulatory organization, the record shall consist of: 
</P>
<P>(i) All items part of the record below in accordance with § 201.350; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any petitions for review, cross-petitions or oppositions; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) All briefs, motions, submissions and other papers filed on appeal or review. 
</P>
<P>(2) In a proceeding for final decision before the Commission reviewing a determination by a self-regulatory organization, the record shall consist of: 
</P>
<P>(i) The record certified pursuant to § 201.420(d) by the self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any application for review; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any submissions, moving papers, and briefs filed on appeal or review. 
</P>
<P>(3) In a proceeding for final decision before the Commission reviewing a determination of the Board, the record shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) The record certified pursuant to § 201.440(d) by the Board; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any application for review; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any submissions, moving papers, and briefs filed on appeal or review. 


</P>
<P>(4) In a proceeding for final decision before the Commission reviewing a determination of a security-based swap execution facility, the record shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) The record certified pursuant to § 201.442(d) by the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any application for review; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any submissions, moving papers, and briefs filed on appeal or review.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transmittal of record to Commission.</I> Within 14 days after the last date set for filing briefs or such later date as the Commission directs, the Secretary shall transmit the record to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of documents not admitted.</I> Any document offered in evidence but excluded by the hearing officer or the Commission and any document marked for identification but not offered as an exhibit shall not be considered a part of the record before the Commission on appeal but shall be transmitted to the Commission by the Secretary if so requested by the Commission. In the event that the Commission does not request the document, the Secretary shall retain the document not admitted into the record until the later of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date upon which the Commission's order becomes final, or 
</P>
<P>(2) The conclusion of any judicial review of that order. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004; 88 FR 87232, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.470" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.470   Reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of rule.</I> A party or any person aggrieved by a determination in a proceeding may file a motion for reconsideration of a final order issued by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> A motion for reconsideration shall be filed within 10 days after service of the order complained of, or within such time as the Commission may prescribe upon motion for extension of time filed by the person seeking reconsideration, if the motion is made within the foregoing 10-day period. The motion for reconsideration shall briefly and specifically state the matters of record alleged to have been erroneously decided, the grounds relied upon, and the relief sought. A motion for reconsideration shall conform to the requirements, including the limitation on the numbers of words, provided in § 201.154. No response to a motion for reconsideration shall be filed unless requested by the Commission. Any response so requested shall comply with § 201.154.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.490" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.13.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.490   Receipt of petitions for judicial review pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 2112(a)(1).</HEAD>
<P>The Commission officer and office designated pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 2112(a)(1) to receive copies of petitions for review of Commission orders from the persons instituting review in a court of appeals, are the Secretary and the Office of the Secretary at the Commission's Headquarters. Ten copies of each petition shall be submitted. Each copy shall state on its face that it is being submitted to the Commission pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 2112 by the person or persons who filed the petition in the court of appeals. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Relating to Temporary Orders and Suspensions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.500   Expedited consideration of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Consistent with the Commission's or the hearing officer's other responsibilities, every hearing shall be held and every decision shall be rendered at the earliest possible time in connection with: 
</P>
<P>(a) An application for a temporary sanction, as defined in § 201.101(a), or a proceeding to determine whether a temporary sanction should be made permanent; 
</P>
<P>(b) A motion or application to review an order suspending temporarily the effectiveness of an exemption from registration pursuant to Regulations A, B, E or F under the Securities Act, §§ 230.258, 230.336, 230.610 or 230.656 of this chapter; or, 
</P>
<P>(c) A motion to or petition to review an order suspending temporarily the privilege of appearing before the Commission under § 201.102(e)(3), or a sanction under § 201.180(a)(1). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.510" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.510   Temporary cease-and-desist orders: Application process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> A request for entry of a temporary cease-and-desist order shall be made by application filed by the Division of Enforcement. The application shall set forth the statutory provision or rule that each respondent is alleged to have violated; the temporary relief sought against each respondent, including whether the respondent would be required to take action to prevent the dissipation or conversion of assets; and whether the relief is sought <I>ex parte.</I> 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accompanying documents.</I> The application shall be accompanied by a declaration of facts signed by a person with knowledge of the facts contained therein, a memorandum of points and authorities, a proposed order imposing the temporary relief sought, and, unless relief is sought <I>ex parte,</I> a proposed notice of hearing and order to show cause whether the temporary relief should be imposed. If a proceeding for a permanent cease-and-desist order has not already been commenced, a proposed order instituting proceedings to determine whether a permanent cease-and-desist order should be imposed shall also be filed with the application. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>With whom filed.</I> The application shall be filed with the Secretary or, if the Secretary is unavailable, with the duty officer. In no event shall an application be filed with an administrative law judge. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record of proceedings.</I> Hearings, including <I>ex parte</I> presentations made by the Division of Enforcement pursuant to § 201.513, shall be recorded or transcribed pursuant to § 201.302. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.511" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.511   Temporary cease-and-desist orders: Notice; procedures for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice: how given.</I> Notice of an application for a temporary cease-and-desist order shall be made by serving a notice of hearing and order to show cause pursuant to § 201.141(b) or, where timely service of a notice of hearing pursuant to § 201.141(b) is not practicable, by any other means reasonably calculated to give actual notice that a hearing will be held, including telephonic notification of the general subject matter, time, and place of the hearing. If an application is made <I>ex parte,</I> pursuant to § 201.513, no notice to a respondent need be given prior to the Commission's consideration of the application. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing before the Commission.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, hearings on an application for a temporary cease-and-desist order shall be held before the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presiding officer: designation.</I> The Chairman shall preside or designate a Commissioner to preside at the hearing. If the Chairman is absent or unavailable at the time of hearing and no other Commissioner has been designated to preside, the duty officer on the day the hearing begins shall preside or designate another Commissioner to preside. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure at hearing.</I> (1) The presiding officer shall have all those powers of a hearing officer set forth in § 201.111 and shall rule on the admissibility of evidence and other procedural matters, including, but not limited to whether oral testimony will be heard; the time allowed each party for the submission of evidence or argument; and whether post-hearing submission of briefs, proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law will be permitted and if so, the procedures for submission; provided, however, that the person presiding may consult with other Commissioners participating in the hearing on these or any other question of procedure. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each Commissioner present at the hearing shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of witnesses, if any, or of counsel. 
</P>
<P>(3) A party or witness may participate by telephone. Alternative means of remote access, including a video link, shall be permitted in the Commission's discretion. Factors the Commission may consider in determining whether to permit alternative means of remote access include, but are not limited to, whether allowing an alternative means of access will delay the hearing, whether the alternative means is reliable, and whether the party proposing its use has made arrangements to pay for its cost. 
</P>
<P>(4) After a hearing has begun, the Commission may, on its own motion, or the motion of a party, assign a hearing officer to preside at the taking of oral testimony or other evidence and to certify the record of such testimony or other evidence to the Commission within a fixed period of time. No recommended or initial decision shall be made by such a hearing officer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.512" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.512   Temporary cease-and-desist orders: Issuance after notice and opportunity for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Basis for issuance.</I> A temporary cease-and-desist order shall be issued only if the Commission determines that the alleged violation or threatened violation specified in an order instituting proceedings whether to enter a permanent cease-and-desist order pursuant to Securities Act Section 8A(a), 15 U.S.C. 77h-1(a), Exchange Act Section 21C(a), 15 U.S.C. 78u-3(a), Investment Company Act Section 9(f)(1), 15 U.S.C. 80a-9(f)(1), or Investment Advisers Act Section 203(k)(1), 15 U.S.C. 80b-3(k)(1), or the continuation thereof, is likely to result in significant dissipation or conversion of assets, significant harm to investors, or substantial harm to the public interest, including, but not limited to, losses to the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, prior to the completion of proceedings on the permanent cease-and-desist order. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content, scope and form of order.</I> Every temporary cease-and-desist order granted shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the basis for its issuance, including the alleged or threatened violations and the harm that is likely to result without the issuance of an order; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in reasonable detail, and not by reference to the order instituting proceedings or any other document, the act or acts the respondent is to take or refrain from taking; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be indorsed with the date and hour of issuance. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective upon service.</I> A temporary cease-and-desist order is effective upon service upon the respondent. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service: how made.</I> Service of a temporary cease-and-desist order shall be made pursuant to § 201.141(a). The person who serves the order shall promptly file a declaration of service identifying the person served, the method of service, the date of service, the address to which service was made and the person who made service; provided, however, failure to file such a declaration shall have no effect on the validity of the service. 
</P>
<P>(e) C<I>ommission review.</I> At any time after the respondent has been served with a temporary cease-and-desist order, the respondent may apply to the Commission to have the order set aside, limited or suspended. The application shall set forth with specificity the facts that support the request. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.513" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.513   Temporary cease-and-desist orders: Issuance without prior notice and opportunity for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the requirements for issuance of a temporary cease-and-desist order set forth in § 201.512, the following requirements shall apply if a temporary cease-and-desist order is to be entered without prior notice and opportunity for hearing: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Basis for issuance without prior notice and opportunity for hearing.</I> A temporary cease-and-desist order may be issued without notice and opportunity for hearing only if the Commission determines, from specific facts in the record of the proceeding, that notice and hearing prior to entry of an order would be impracticable or contrary to the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of the order.</I> An <I>ex parte</I> temporary cease-and-desist order shall state specifically why notice and hearing would have been impracticable or contrary to the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hearing before the Commission.</I> If a respondent has been served with a temporary cease-and-desist order entered without a prior Commission hearing, the respondent may apply to the Commission to have the order set aside, limited, or suspended, and if the application is made within 10 days after the date on which the order was served, may request a hearing on such application. The Commission shall hold a hearing and render a decision on the respondent's application at the earliest possible time. The hearing shall begin within two days of the filing of the application unless the applicant consents to a longer period or the Commission, by order, for good cause shown, sets a later date. The Commission shall render a decision on the application within five calendar days of its filing, provided, however, that the Commission, by order, for good cause shown, may extend the time within which a decision may be rendered for a single period of five calendar days, or such longer time as consented to by the applicant. If the Commission does not render its decision within 10 days of the respondent's application or such longer time as consented to by the applicant, the temporary order shall be suspended until a decision is rendered. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Presiding officer, procedure at hearing.</I> Procedures with respect to the selection of a presiding officer and the conduct of the hearing shall be in accordance with § 201.511. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.514" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.514   Temporary cease-and-desist orders: Judicial review; duration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability of judicial review.</I> Judicial review of a temporary cease-and-desist order shall be available as provided in Section 8A(d)(2) of the Securities Act, 15 U.S.C. 77h-1(d)(2), Section 21C(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78u-3(d)(2), Section 9(f)(4)(B) of the Investment Company Act, 15 U.S.C. 80a-9(f)(4)(B), or Section 203(k)(4)(B) of the Investment Advisers Act, 15 U.S.C. 80b-3(k)(4)(B). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration.</I> Unless set aside, limited, or suspended, either by order of the Commission, a court of competent jurisdiction, or a hearing officer acting pursuant to § 201.531, or by operation of § 201.513, a temporary cease-and-desist order shall remain effective and enforceable until the earlier of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The completion of the proceedings whether a permanent order shall be entered; or 
</P>
<P>(2) 180 days, or such longer time as consented to by the respondent, after issuance of a briefing schedule order pursuant to § 201.540(b), if an initial decision whether a permanent order should be entered is appealed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.520" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.520   Suspension of registration of brokers, dealers, or other Exchange Act-registered entities: Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure.</I> A request for suspension of a registered broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, or transfer agent pending a final determination whether the registration shall be revoked shall be made by application filed by the Division of Enforcement. The application shall set forth the statutory provision or rule that each respondent is alleged to have violated and the temporary suspension sought as to each respondent. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accompanying documents.</I> The application shall be accompanied by a declaration of facts signed by a person with knowledge of the facts contained therein, a memorandum of points and authorities, a proposed order imposing the temporary suspension of registration sought, and a proposed notice of hearing and order to show cause whether the temporary suspension of registration should be imposed. If a proceeding to determine whether to revoke the registration permanently has not already been commenced, a proposed order instituting proceedings to determine whether a permanent sanction should be imposed shall also be filed with the application. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>With whom filed.</I> The application shall be filed with the Secretary or, if the Secretary is unavailable, with the duty officer. In no event shall an application be filed with an administrative law judge. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record of hearings.</I> All hearings shall be recorded or transcribed pursuant to § 201.302. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.521" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.521   Suspension of registration of brokers, dealers, or other Exchange Act-registered entities: Notice and opportunity for hearing on application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How given.</I> Notice of an application to suspend a registration pursuant to § 201.520 shall be made by serving a notice of hearing and order to show cause pursuant to § 201.141(b) or, where timely service of a notice of hearing pursuant to § 201.141(b) is not practicable, by any other means reasonably calculated to give actual notice that a hearing will be held, including telephonic notification of the general subject matter, time, and place of the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing: before whom held.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, hearings on an application to suspend a registration pursuant to § 201.520 shall be held before the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presiding officer: designation.</I> The Chairman shall preside or designate a Commissioner to preside at the hearing. If the Chairman is absent or unavailable at the time of hearing and no other Commissioner has been designated to preside, the duty officer on the day the hearing begins shall preside or designate another Commissioner to preside. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure at hearing.</I> (1) The presiding officer shall have all those powers of a hearing officer set forth in § 201.111 and shall rule on the admissibility of evidence and other procedural matters, including, but not limited to whether oral testimony will be heard; the time allowed each party for the submission of evidence or argument; and whether post-hearing submission of briefs, proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law will be permitted and if so, the procedures for submission; provided, however, that the person presiding may consult with other Commissioners participating in the hearing on these or any other question of procedure. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each Commissioner present at the hearing shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of witnesses, if any, or counsel. 
</P>
<P>(3) A party or witness may participate by telephone. Alternative means of remote access, including a video link, shall be permitted in the Commission's discretion. Factors the Commission may consider in determining whether to permit alternative means of remote access include, but are not limited to, whether allowing an alternative means of access will delay the hearing, whether the alternative means is reliable, and whether the party proposing its use has made arrangements to pay for its cost. 
</P>
<P>(4) After a hearing has begun, the Commission may, on its own motion or the motion of a party, assign a hearing officer to preside at the taking of oral testimony or other evidence and to certify the record of such testimony or other evidence to the Commission within a fixed period of time. No recommended or initial decision shall be made. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.522" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.522   Suspension of registration of brokers, dealers, or other Exchange Act-registered entities: Issuance and review of order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Basis for issuance.</I> An order suspending a registration, pending final determination as to whether the registration shall be revoked shall be issued only if the Commission finds that the suspension is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content, scope and form of order.</I> Each order suspending a registration shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the basis for its issuance, including the alleged or threatened violations and the harm that is likely to result without the issuance of an order; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in reasonable detail, and not by reference to the order instituting proceedings or any other document, the act or acts the respondent is to take or refrain from taking; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be indorsed with the date and hour of issuance. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective upon service.</I> An order suspending a registration is effective upon service upon the respondent. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service: how made.</I> Service of an order suspending a registration shall be made pursuant to § 201.141(a). The person who serves the order shall promptly file a declaration of service identifying the person served, the method of service, the date of service, the address to which service was made and the person who made service; provided, however, failure to file such a declaration shall have no effect on the validity of the service. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commission review.</I> At any time after the respondent has been served with an order suspending a registration, the respondent may apply to the Commission or the hearing officer to have the order set aside, limited, or suspended. The application shall set forth with specificity the facts that support the request. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.523" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.523   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.524" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.524   Suspension of registrations: Duration.</HEAD>
<P>Unless set aside, limited or suspended by order of the Commission, a court of competent jurisdiction, or a hearing officer acting pursuant to § 201.531, an order suspending a registration shall remain effective and enforceable until the earlier of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The completion of the proceedings whether the registration shall be permanently revoked; or 
</P>
<P>(b) 180 days, or such longer time as consented to by the respondent, after issuance of a briefing schedule order pursuant to § 201.540(b), if an initial decision whether the registration shall be permanently revoked is appealed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.530" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.530   Initial decision on permanent order: Timing for submitting proposed findings and preparation of decision.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission or hearing officer, if a temporary cease-and-desist order or suspension of registration order is in effect, the following time limits shall apply to preparation of an initial decision as to whether such order should be made permanent: 
</P>
<P>(a) Proposed findings and conclusions and briefs in support thereof shall be filed 30 days after the close of the hearing; 
</P>
<P>(b) The record in the proceedings shall be served by the Secretary upon the hearing officer three days after the date for the filing of the last brief called for by the hearing officer; and 
</P>
<P>(c) The initial decision shall be filed with the Secretary at the earliest possible time, but in no event more than 30 days after service of the record, unless the hearing officer, by order, shall extend the time for good cause shown for a period not to exceed 30 days. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.531" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.531   Initial decision on permanent order: Effect on temporary order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Specification of permanent sanction.</I> If, at the time an initial decision is issued, a temporary sanction is in effect as to any respondent, the initial decision shall specify: 
</P>
<P>(1) Which terms or conditions of a temporary cease-and-desist order, if any, shall become permanent; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether a temporary suspension of a respondent's registration, if any, shall be made a permanent revocation of registration. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Modification of temporary order.</I> If any temporary sanction shall not become permanent under the terms of the initial decision, the hearing officer shall issue a separate order setting aside, limiting or suspending the temporary sanction then in effect in accordance with the terms of the initial decision. The hearing officer shall decline to suspend a term or condition of a temporary cease-and-desist order if it is found that the continued effectiveness of such term or condition is necessary to effectuate any term of the relief ordered in the initial decision, including the payment of disgorgement, interest or penalties. An order modifying temporary sanctions shall be effective 14 days after service. Within one week of service of the order modifying temporary sanctions any party may seek a stay or modification of the order from the Commission pursuant to § 201.401. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.540" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.540   Appeal and Commission review of initial decision making a temporary order permanent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition for review.</I> Any person who seeks Commission review of an initial decision as to whether a temporary sanction shall be made permanent shall file a petition for review pursuant to § 201.410, provided, however, that the petition must be filed within 10 days after service of the initial decision. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review procedure.</I> If the Commission determines to grant or order review, it shall issue a briefing schedule order pursuant to § 201.450. Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, opening briefs shall be filed within 21 days of the order granting or ordering review, and opposition briefs shall be filed within 14 days after opening briefs are filed. Reply briefs shall be filed within seven days after opposition briefs are filed. Oral argument, if granted by the Commission, shall be held within 90 days of the issuance of the briefing schedule order. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.550" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.14.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.550   Summary suspensions pursuant to Exchange Act Section 12(k)(1)(A).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition for termination of suspension.</I> Any person adversely affected by a suspension pursuant to Section 12(k)(1)(A) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(k)(1)(A), who desires to show that such suspension is not necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors may file a sworn petition with the Secretary, requesting that the suspension be terminated. The petition shall set forth the reasons why the petitioner believes that the suspension of trading should not continue and state with particularity the facts upon which the petitioner relies. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission consideration of a petition.</I> The Commission, in its discretion, may schedule a hearing on the matter, request additional written submissions, or decide the matter on the facts presented in the petition and any other relevant facts known to the Commission. If the petitioner fails to cooperate with, obstructs, or refuses to permit the making of an examination by the Commission, such conduct shall be grounds to deny the petition. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Regarding Disgorgement and Penalty Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.600" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.600   Interest on sums disgorged.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interest required.</I> Prejudgment interest shall be due on any sum required to be paid pursuant to an order of disgorgement. The disgorgement order shall specify each violation that forms the basis for the disgorgement ordered; the date which, for purposes of calculating disgorgement, each such violation was deemed to have occurred; the amount to be disgorged for each such violation; and the total sum to be disgorged. Prejudgment interest shall be due from the first day of the month following each such violation through the last day of the month preceding the month in which payment of disgorgement is made. The order shall state the amount of prejudgment interest owed as of the date of the disgorgement order and that interest shall continue to accrue on all funds owed until they are paid. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rate of interest.</I> Interest on the sum to be disgorged shall be computed at the underpayment rate of interest established under Section 6621(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 6621(a)(2), and shall be compounded quarterly. The Commission or the hearing officer may, by order, specify a lower rate of prejudgment interest as to any funds which the respondent has placed in an escrow or otherwise guaranteed for payment of disgorgement upon a final determination of the respondent's liability. Escrow and other guarantee arrangements must be approved by the Commission or the hearing officer prior to entry of the disgorgement order. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.601" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.601   Prompt payment of disgorgement, interest and penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timing of payments.</I> Unless otherwise provided, funds due pursuant to an order by the Commission requiring the payment of disgorgement, interest, or penalties shall be paid no later than 21 days after service of the order, and funds due pursuant to an order by a hearing officer shall be paid in accordance with the order of finality issued pursuant to § 201.360(d)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stays.</I> A stay of any order requiring the payment of disgorgement, interest or penalties may be sought at any time pursuant to § 201.401. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of making payment.</I> Payment shall be made by United States postal money order, wire transfer, certified check, bank cashier's check, or bank money order made payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The payment shall be mailed or delivered to the office designated by this Commission. Payment shall be accompanied by a letter that identifies the name and number of the case and the name of the respondent making payment. A copy of the letter and the instrument of payment shall be sent to counsel for the Division of Enforcement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32796, June 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004; 70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 201.610-201.614" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 201.610-201.614   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.620" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.620   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.630" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.630   Inability to pay disgorgement, interest or penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> In any proceeding in which an order requiring payment of disgorgement, interest or penalties may be entered, a respondent may present evidence of an inability to pay disgorgement, interest or a penalty. The Commission may, in its discretion, or the hearing officer may, in his or her discretion, consider evidence concerning ability to pay in determining whether disgorgement, interest or a penalty is in the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial disclosure statement.</I> Any respondent who asserts an inability to pay disgorgement, interest or penalties may be required to file a sworn financial disclosure statement and to keep the statement current. The financial statement shall show the respondent's assets, liabilities, income or other funds received and expenses or other payments, from the date of the first violation alleged against that respondent in the order instituting proceedings, or such later date as specified by the Commission or a hearing officer, to the date of the order requiring the disclosure statement to be filed. By order, the Commission or the hearing officer may prescribe the use of the Disclosure of Assets and Financial Information Form (<I>see</I> Form D-A at § 209.1 of this chapter) or any other form, may specify other time periods for which disclosure is required, and may require such other information as deemed necessary to evaluate a claim of inability to pay. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality.</I> Any respondent submitting financial information pursuant to this section or § 201.410(c) may make a motion, pursuant to § 201.322, for the issuance of a protective order against disclosure of the information submitted to the public or to any parties other than the Division of Enforcement. Prior to a ruling on the motion, no party receiving information as to which a motion for a protective order has been made may transfer or convey the information to any other person without the prior permission of the Commission or the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service required.</I> Notwithstanding any provision of § 201.322, a copy of the financial disclosure statement shall be served on the Division of Enforcement. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Failure to file required financial information: sanction.</I> Any respondent who, after making a claim of inability to pay either disgorgement, interest or a penalty, fails to file a financial disclosure statement when such a filing has been ordered or is required by rule may, in the discretion of the Commission or the hearing officer, be deemed to have waived the claim of inability to pay. No sanction pursuant to §§ 201.155 or 201.180 shall be imposed for a failure to file such a statement. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.700" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.700   Initiation of proceedings for SRO proposed rule changes and for proposed NMS plans and plan amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rules of Practice.</I> For purposes of these Rules of Practice contained at 17 CFR 201.700 through 201.701, the following Rules of Practice apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Rule 103, 17 CFR 201.103 (Construction of Rules);
</P>
<P>(2) Rule 104, 17 CFR 201.104 (Business Hours); and
</P>
<P>(3) Rule 160, 17 CFR 201.160 (Time Computation).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Institution of proceedings; notice and opportunity to submit written views</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> If the Commission determines to initiate proceedings to determine whether a self-regulatory organization's proposed rule change or whether a proposed national market system (“NMS”) plan or a proposed amendment to an effective NMS plan (proposed NMS plan or NMS plan amendment hereinafter collectively referred to as “NMS plan filing”) should be disapproved, it shall provide notice thereof to the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change or to the NMS plan participants, as well as all interested parties and the public, by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Prior to notice.</I> If the Commission determines to institute proceedings prior to initial publication by the Commission of the notice of the self-regulatory organization's proposed rule change or the notice of the NMS plan filing in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> then the Commission shall publish notice of the proposed rule change or the NMS plan filing simultaneously with a brief summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subsequent to notice.</I> If the Commission determines to institute proceedings subsequent to initial publication by the Commission of the notice of the self-regulatory organization's proposed rule change or the notice of the NMS plan filing in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> then the Commission shall publish separately in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a brief summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Service of an order instituting proceedings.</I> In addition to publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the grounds for disapproval under consideration, the Secretary, or another duly authorized officer of the Commission, shall serve a copy of the grounds for disapproval under consideration to the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change by serving notice to the person listed as the contact person on the cover page of the Form 19b-4 filing and shall serve a copy of the grounds for disapproval under consideration to the NMS plan participants by serving notice to the contact person for the NMS plan. Notice shall be made by delivering a copy of the order to such contact person either by any method specified in § 201.141(a) or by electronic means including email.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.</I> The grounds for disapproval under consideration shall include a brief statement of the matters of fact and law on which the Commission instituted the proceedings, including the areas in which the Commission may have questions or may need to solicit additional information on the proposed rule change or NMS plan filing. The Commission may consider during the course of the proceedings additional matters of fact and law beyond what was set forth in its notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Demonstration of consistency with the Exchange Act.</I> (i) The burden to demonstrate that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to the self-regulatory organization is on the self-regulatory organization that proposed the rule change. As reflected in the General Instructions to Form 19b-4, the Form is designed to elicit information necessary for the public to provide meaningful comment on the proposed rule change and for the Commission to determine whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the self-regulatory organization. The self-regulatory organization must provide all information elicited by the Form, including the exhibits, and must present the information in a clear and comprehensible manner. In particular, the self-regulatory organization must explain why the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the self-regulatory organization. A mere assertion that the proposed rule change is consistent with those requirements, or that another self-regulatory organization has a similar rule in place, is not sufficient. Instead, the description of the proposed rule change, its purpose and operation, its effect, and a legal analysis of its consistency with applicable requirements must all be sufficiently detailed and specific to support an affirmative Commission finding. Any failure of the self-regulatory organization to provide the information elicited by Form 19b-4 may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) The burden to demonstrate that a NMS plan filing is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to NMS plans is on the plan participants that filed the NMS plan filing. In particular, these plan participants must explain why the NMS plan filing is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to NMS plans. A mere assertion that the NMS plan filing is consistent with those requirements is not sufficient. Instead, the description of the NMS plan filing, its purpose and operation, its effect, and a legal analysis of its consistency with applicable requirements must all be sufficiently detailed and specific to support an affirmative Commission finding. Any failure of the plan participants that filed the NMS plan filing to provide such detail and specificity may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a NMS plan filing is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to NMS plans.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conduct of hearings</I>—(1) <I>Initial comment period in writing.</I> Unless otherwise specified by the Commission in its notice of grounds for disapproval under consideration, all interested persons will be given an opportunity to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the proposed rule change or NMS plan filing under consideration and whether the Commission should approve or disapprove the proposed rule change or NMS plan filing.
</P>
<P>(i) The self-regulatory organization that submitted the proposed rule change may file a written statement in support of its proposed rule change demonstrating, in specific detail, how such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the self-regulatory organization, including a response to each of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. Such statement may include specific representations or undertakings by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission will specify in the summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration the length of the initial comment period.
</P>
<P>(ii) The NMS plan participants may file a written statement in support of a NMS plan filing demonstrating, in specific detail, how such NMS plan filing is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to NMS plans, including a response to each of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. Such statement may include specific representations or undertakings by the plan participants. The Commission will specify in the summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration the length of the initial comment period.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Oral.</I> The Commission, in its sole discretion, may determine whether any issues relevant to approval or disapproval would be facilitated by the opportunity for an oral presentation of views.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rebuttal.</I> (i) At the end of the initial comment period, the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change will be given an opportunity to respond to any comments received. The self-regulatory organization may voluntarily file, or the Commission may request a self-regulatory organization to file, a response to a comment received regarding any aspect of the proposed rule change under consideration to assist the Commission in determining whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved. The Commission will specify in the summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration the length of the rebuttal period.
</P>
<P>(ii) At the end of the initial comment period, the NMS plan participants will be given an opportunity to respond to any comments received. The plan participants may voluntarily file, or the Commission may request the plan participants to file, a response to a comment received regarding any aspect of such NMS plan filing under consideration to assist the Commission in determining whether such NMS plan filing should be disapproved. The Commission will specify in the summary of the grounds for disapproval under consideration the length of the rebuttal period.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Non-response.</I> (i) Any failure by the self-regulatory organization to provide a complete response, within the applicable time period specified, to a comment letter received or to the Commission's grounds for disapproval under consideration may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to the self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any failure by the NMS plan participants to provide a complete response, within the applicable time period specified, to a comment letter received or to the Commission's grounds for disapproval under consideration may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a NMS plan filing is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder that are applicable to NMS plans.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record before the Commission</I>—(1) <I>Filing of papers with the Commission.</I> Filing of papers with the Commission shall be made by filing them with the Secretary, including through electronic means. In its notice setting forth the grounds for disapproval under consideration for a proposed rule change or a NMS plan filing, the Commission shall inform interested parties of the methods by which they may submit written comments and arguments for or against Commission approval.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public availability of materials received.</I> During the conduct of the proceedings, the Commission generally will make available publicly all written comments it receives without change. In its notice setting forth the grounds for disapproval under consideration for a proposed rule change or a NMS plan filing, the Commission shall inform interested parties of the methods by which they may view all written communications relating to the proposed rule change or a NMS plan filing between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record before the Commission.</I> The Commission shall determine each matter on the basis of the record.
</P>
<P>(i) The record shall consist of the proposed rule change filed on Form 19b-4 by the self-regulatory organization, including all attachments and exhibits thereto, and all written materials received from any interested parties on the proposed rule change, including the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change, through the means identified by the Commission as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as well as any written materials that reflect communications between the Commission and any interested parties.
</P>
<P>(ii) The record shall consist of the NMS plan filing filed by the plan participants, including all attachments and exhibits thereto, and all written materials received from any interested parties on such NMS plan filing, including the plan participants, through the means identified by the Commission as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as well as any written materials that reflect communications between the Commission and any interested parties.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Amended notice not required.</I> The Commission is not required to amend its notice of grounds for disapproval under consideration in order to consider, during the course of the proceedings, additional matters of fact and law beyond what was set forth in the notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4070, Jan. 24, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 65495, Oct, 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.701" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.15.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.701   Issuance of order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time following conclusion of the rebuttal period specified in 17 CFR 201.700(c)(3)(i), the Commission may issue an order approving or disapproving the self-regulatory organization's proposed rule change together with a written statement of the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(b) At any time following conclusion of the rebuttal period specified in 17 CFR 201.700(c)(3)(ii), the Commission may issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed national market system plan or proposed amendment to an effective national market system plan together with a written statement of the reasons therefor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 65497, Oct. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.16" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Informal Procedures and Supplementary Information Concerning Adjudicatory Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.900" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.4.16.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.900   Informal procedures and supplementary information concerning adjudicatory proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Guidelines for the timely completion of proceedings.</I> (1) Timely resolution of adjudicatory proceedings is one factor in assessing the effectiveness of the adjudicatory program in protecting investors, promoting public confidence in the securities markets and assuring respondents a fair hearing. Establishment of guidelines for the timely completion of key phases of contested administrative proceedings provides a standard for both the Commission and the public to gauge the Commission's adjudicatory program on this criterion. The Commission has directed that:
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent possible, a decision by the Commission on review of an interlocutory matter should be completed within 45 days of the date set for filing the final brief on the matter submitted for review.
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent possible, a decision by the Commission on a motion to stay a decision that has already taken effect or that will take effect within five days of the filing of the motion, should be issued within five days of the date set for filing of the opposition to the motion for a stay. If the decision complained of has not taken effect, the Commission's decision should be issued within 45 days of the date set for filing of the opposition to the motion for a stay.
</P>
<P>(iii) Ordinarily, a decision by the Commission with respect to an appeal from the initial decision of a hearing officer, a review of a determination by a self-regulatory organization or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or a remand of a prior Commission decision by a court of appeals will be issued within eight months from the completion of briefing on the petition for review, application for review, or remand order. If the Commission determines that the complexity of the issues presented in a petition for review, application for review, or remand order warrants additional time, the decision of the Commission in that matter may be issued within ten months of the completion of briefing.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the Commission determines that a decision by the Commission cannot be issued within the period specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the Commission may extend that period by orders as it deems appropriate in its discretion. The guidelines in this paragraph (a) confer no rights or entitlements on parties or other persons.
</P>
<P>(2) The guidelines in this paragraph (a) do not create a requirement that each portion of a proceeding or the entire proceeding be completed within the periods described. Among other reasons, Commission review may require additional time because a matter is unusually complex or because the record is exceptionally long. In addition, fairness is enhanced if the Commission's deliberative process is not constrained by an inflexible schedule. In some proceedings, deliberation may be delayed by the need to consider more urgent matters, to permit the preparation of dissenting opinions, or for other good cause. The guidelines will be used by the Commission as one of several criteria in monitoring and evaluating its adjudicatory program. The guidelines will be examined periodically, and, if necessary, readjusted in light of changes in the pending caseload and the available level of staff resources.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports to the Commission on pending cases.</I> The administrative law judges, the Secretary and the General Counsel have each been delegated authority to issue certain orders or adjudicate certain proceedings. <I>See</I> 17 CFR 200.30-1 through 200.30-18. Proceedings are also assigned to the General Counsel for the preparation of a proposed order or opinion which will then be recommended to the Commission for consideration. In order to improve accountability by and to the Commission for management of the docket, the Commission has directed that confidential status reports with respect to all filed adjudicatory proceedings shall be made periodically to the Commission. These reports will be made through the Secretary, with a minimum frequency established by the Commission. In connection with these periodic reports, if a proceeding pending before the Commission has not been concluded within 30 days of the guidelines established in paragraph (a) of this section, the General Counsel shall specifically apprise the Commission of that fact, and shall describe the procedural posture of the case, project an estimated date for conclusion of the proceeding, and provide such other information as is necessary to enable the Commission to make a determination under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section or to determine whether additional steps are necessary to reach a fair and timely resolution of the matter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Publication of information concerning the pending case docket.</I> Ongoing disclosure of information about the adjudication program caseload increases awareness of the importance of the program, facilitates oversight of the program and promotes confidence in the efficiency and fairness of the program by investors, securities industry participants, self-regulatory organizations and other members of the public. The Commission has directed the Secretary to publish in the first and seventh months of each fiscal year summary statistical information about the status of pending adjudicatory proceedings and changes in the Commission's caseload over the prior six months. The report will include the number of cases pending before the administrative law judges and the Commission at the beginning and end of the six-month period. The report will also show increases in the caseload arising from new cases being instituted, appealed or remanded to the Commission and decreases in the caseload arising from the disposition of proceedings by issuance of initial decisions, issuance of final decisions issued on appeal of initial decisions, other dispositions of appeals of initial decisions, final decisions on review of self-regulatory organization determinations, other dispositions on review of self-regulatory organization determinations, and decisions with respect to stays or interlocutory motions. For each category of decision, the report shall also show the median age of the cases at the time of the decision, the number of cases decided within the guidelines for the timely completion of adjudicatory proceedings, and, with respect to appeals from initial decisions, reviews of determinations by self-regulatory organizations or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and remands of prior Commission decisions, the median days from the completion of briefing to the time of the Commission's decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 50241, July 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Adjustment of Civil Monetary Penalties</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 43045, July 1, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 201.1001" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1001   Adjustment of civil monetary penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For violations from December 10, 1996, through November 2, 2015: As required by the Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, the Commission has adjusted the maximum amounts of all civil monetary penalties it administers under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and certain penalties under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for inflation in the releases and prior regulations listed in the footnotes to Table I. The penalty amounts provided in Table I apply to violations of these statutes that occurred from December 10, 1996, through November 2, 2015, with each column listing the penalty amounts for violations that occurred in a particular time frame. To determine the penalty amounts for violations that occurred prior to December 10, 1996, please refer to the applicable statutory text. To determine penalty amounts for violations after November 2, 2015, please refer to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For violations after November 2, 2015: The Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act, as amended by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note), requires that civil monetary penalties be adjusted on an annual basis for inflation. Pursuant to this requirement, the maximum amounts of all civil monetary penalties under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and certain penalties under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will be adjusted annually for inflation. Notice of these adjusted penalty amounts will be published by the Commission in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> on or before January 15 of each calendar year and will be available, along with the Commission's prior inflation adjustments, on the Commission's Web site at <I>https://www.sec.gov/enforce/civil-penalties-inflation-adjustments.htm.</I> The adjusted penalty amounts will apply to all penalties imposed after the effective date of the adjustment (for the first day the adjustment is effective, the prior year's penalty amounts shall apply), for violations that occurred after November 2, 2015. The adjusted penalty amount each year will be the larger of:
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum penalty amount for the previous calendar year; or
</P>
<P>(2) An amount adjusted for inflation, calculated by multiplying the maximum penalty amount for the previous calendar year by the percentage by which the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) for the month of October preceding the current calendar year exceeds the CPI-U for the month of October of the calendar year two years prior to the current calendar year, adding that amount to the amount for the previous calendar year, and rounding the total to the nearest dollar.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I to 201.1001—Civil Monetary Penalty Inflation Adjustments for Violations From December 10, 1996, Through November 2, 2015
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">U.S. Code citation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Civil monetary penalty
<br/>description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Date of violation and corresponding penalty
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dec. 10, 1996-
<br/>Feb. 2, 2001 
<sup>i</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feb. 3, 2001-
<br/>Feb. 14, 2005 
<sup>ii</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feb. 15, 2005-
<br/>Mar. 3, 2009 
<sup>iii</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mar. 4, 2009-
<br/>Mar. 5, 2013 
<sup>iv</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mar. 6, 2013-
<br/>Nov. 2, 2015 
<sup>v</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 77h-1(g) (Securities Act Sec. 8A(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<br/>N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<br/>N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<br/>N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vi</sup> $7,500
<br/>
<sup>vi</sup> 75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vi</sup> 75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vi</sup> 375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gains to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vi</sup> 150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gain to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vi</sup> 725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 77t(d) (Securities Act Sec. 20(d))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78u(d)(3) (Exchange Act Sec. 21(d)(3))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gains to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gain to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78u-1(a)(3) (Exchange Act Sec. 21A(a)(3))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insider Trading—controlling person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,100,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,425,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,525,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78u-2 (Exchange Act Sec. 21B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78ff(b) (Exchange Act Sec. 32(b))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exchange Act/failure to file information documents, reports</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78ff(c)(1)(B) (Exchange Act Sec. 32(c)(1)(B))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Foreign Corrupt Practices—any issuer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 78ff(c)(2)(B) (Exchange Act Sec. 32(c)(2)(B))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Foreign Corrupt Practices—any agent or stockholder acting on behalf of issuer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 80a-9(d) (Investment Company Act Sec. 9(d))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gains to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gain to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 80a-41(e) (Investment Company Act Sec. 42(e))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 80b-3(i) (Investment Advisers Act Sec. 203(i))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gains to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others or gain to self</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 80b-9(e) (Investment Advisers Act Sec. 209(e))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,500
<br/>55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500
<br/>65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
<br/>80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For any other person/fraud/substantial losses or risk of losses to others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 7215(c)(4)(D)(i) (Sarbanes-Oxley Act Sec. 105(c)(4)(D)(i))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<br/>N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vii</sup> 100,000
<br/>
<sup>vii</sup> 2,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000
<br/>2,100,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000
<br/>2,375,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130,000
<br/>2,525,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 U.S.C. 7215(c)(4)(D)(ii) (Sarbanes-Oxley Act Sec. 105(c)(4)(D)(ii))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For natural person
<br/>For any other person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<br/>N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>vii</sup> 750,000
<br/>
<sup>vii</sup> 15,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800,000
<br/>15,825,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">900,000
<br/>17,800,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">950,000
<br/>18,925,000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>i</sup> Release Nos. 33-7361, 34-37912, IA-1596, IC-22310, dated November 1, 1996 (effective December 9, 1996), previously found at 17 CFR 201.1001 and Table I to Subpart E of Part 201.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>ii</sup> Release Nos. 33-7946, 34-43897, IA-1921, IC-24846, dated January 31, 2001 (effective February 2, 2001), previously found at 17 CFR 201.1002 and Table II to Subpart E of Part 201.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>iii</sup> Release Nos. 33-8530, 34-51136, IA-2348, IC-26748, dated February 9, 2005 (effective February 14, 2005), previously found at 17 CFR 201.1003 and Table III to Subpart E of Part 201.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>iv</sup> Release Nos. 33-9009, 34-59449, IA-2845, IC-28635, dated February 25, 2009 (effective March 3, 2009), previously found at 17 CFR 201.1004 and Table IV to Subpart E of Part 201.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>v</sup> Release Nos. 33-9387, 34-68994, IA-3557, IC-30408, dated February 27, 2013 (effective March 5, 2013), previously found at 17 CFR 201.1005 and Table V to Subpart E of Part 201.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>vi</sup> Effective from July 21, 2010 (enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203), through March 5, 2013.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>vii</sup> Effective from July 30, 2002 (enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Pub. L. 107-204), through February 14, 2005.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5371, Jan. 18, 2017]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Fair Fund and Disgorgement Plans</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77h-1, 77s, 77u, 78c(b), 78d-1, 78d-2, 78u-2, 78u-3, 78v, 78w, 80a-9, 80a-37, 80a-39, 80a-40, 80b-3, 80b-11, 80b-12, and 7246.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 13180, Mar. 19, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 201.1100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1100   Creation of Fair Fund.</HEAD>
<P>In any agency process initiated by an order instituting proceedings in which the Commission or the hearing officer issues an order requiring the payment of disgorgement by a respondent and also assessing a civil money penalty against that respondent, the Commission or the hearing officer may order that the amount of disgorgement and of the civil penalty, together with any funds received pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 7246(b), be used to create a fund for the benefit of investors who were harmed by the violation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 72570, Dec. 5, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1101" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1101   Submission of plan of distribution; contents of plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer may, at any time, order any party to submit a plan for the administration and distribution of funds in a Fair Fund or disgorgement fund. Unless ordered otherwise, the Division of Enforcement shall submit a proposed plan no later than 60 days after the respondent has turned over the funds or other assets pursuant to the Commission's order imposing disgorgement and, if applicable, a civil money penalty and any appeals of the Commission's order have been waived or completed, or appeal is no longer available.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of plan.</I> Unless otherwise ordered, a plan for the administration of a Fair Fund or a disgorgement fund shall include the following elements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Procedures for the receipt of additional funds, including the specification of any account where funds will be held, the instruments in which the funds may be invested; and, in the case of a Fair Fund, the receipt of any funds pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 7246(b), if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(2) Specification of categories of persons potentially eligible to receive proceeds from the fund; 
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures for providing notice to such persons of the existence of the fund and their potential eligibility to receive proceeds of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for making and approving claims, procedures for handling disputed claims, and a cut-off date for the making of claims; 
</P>
<P>(5) A proposed date for the termination of the fund, including provision for the disposition of any funds not otherwise distributed; 
</P>
<P>(6) Procedures for the administration of the fund, including selection, compensation, and, as necessary, indemnification of a fund administrator to oversee the fund, process claims, prepare accountings, file tax returns, and, subject to the approval of the Commission, make distributions from the fund to investors who were harmed by the violation; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Such other provisions as the Commission or the hearing officer may require. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1102" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1102   Provisions for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment to registry of the court or court-appointed receiver.</I> Subject to such conditions as the Commission or the hearing officer shall deem appropriate, a plan for the administration of a Fair Fund or a disgorgement fund may provide for payment of funds into a court registry or to a court-appointed receiver in any case pending in federal or state court against a respondent or any other person based upon a complaint alleging violations arising from the same or substantially similar facts as those alleged in the Commission's order instituting proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment to the United States Treasury under certain circumstances.</I> When, in the opinion of the Commission or the hearing officer, the cost of administering a plan of disgorgement relative to the value of the available disgorgement funds and the number of potential claimants would not justify distribution of the disgorgement funds to injured investors, the plan may provide that the disgorgement funds and any civil penalty shall be paid directly to the general fund of the United States Treasury. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1103" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1103   Notice of proposed plan and opportunity for comment by non-parties.</HEAD>
<P>Notice of a proposed plan of disgorgement or a proposed Fair Fund plan shall be published on the SEC website and in such other publications as the Commission or the hearing officer may require. The notice shall specify how copies of the proposed plan may be obtained and shall state that persons desiring to comment on the proposed plan may submit their views, in writing, to the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 25366, June 1, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1104" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1104   Order approving, modifying, or disapproving proposed plan.</HEAD>
<P>At any time after 30 days following publication of notice of a proposed plan of disgorgement or of a proposed Fair Fund plan, the Commission shall, by order, approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove the proposed plan. In the discretion of the Commission, a proposed plan that is substantially modified prior to adoption may be republished for an additional comment period pursuant to § 201.1103. The order approving or disapproving the plan should be entered within 30 days after the end of the final period allowed for comments on the proposed plan unless the Commission or the hearing officer, by written order, allows a longer period for good cause shown. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1105" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1105   Administration of plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment and removal of administrator.</I> The Commission or the hearing officer shall have discretion to appoint any person, including a Commission employee, as administrator of a plan of disgorgement or a Fair Fund plan and to delegate to that person responsibility for administering the plan. An administrator may be removed at any time by order of the Commission or hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assistance by respondent.</I> A respondent may be required or permitted to administer or assist in administering a plan of disgorgement subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission or the hearing officer deems appropriate to ensure the proper distribution of the funds. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrator to post bond.</I> If the administrator is not a Commission employee, the administrator shall be required to obtain a bond in the manner prescribed in 11 U.S.C. 322, in an amount to be approved by the Commission. The cost of the bond may be paid for as a cost of administration. The Commission may waive posting of a bond for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Administrator's fees.</I> If the administrator is a Commission employee, no fee shall be paid to the administrator for his or her services. If the administrator is not a Commission employee, the administrator may file an application for fees for completed services, and upon approval by the Commission or a hearing officer, may be paid a reasonable fee for those services. Any objections thereto shall be filed within 21 days of service of the application on the parties. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Source of funds.</I> Unless otherwise ordered, fees and other expenses of administering the plan shall be paid first from the interest earned on the funds, and if the interest is not sufficient, then from the corpus. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Accountings.</I> During the first 10 days of each calendar quarter, or as otherwise directed by the Commission or the hearing officer, the administrator shall file an accounting of all monies earned or received and all monies spent in connection with the administration of the plan of disgorgement. A final accounting shall be submitted for approval of the Commission or hearing officer prior to discharge of the administrator and cancellation of the administrator's bond, if any. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Amendment.</I> A plan may be amended upon motion by any party or by the plan administrator or upon the Commission's or the hearing officer's own motion. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 201.1106" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.2.6.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 201.1106   Right to challenge.</HEAD>
<P>Other than in connection with the opportunity to submit comments as provided in § 201.1103, no person shall be granted leave to intervene or to participate or otherwise to appear in any agency proceeding or otherwise to challenge an order of disgorgement or creation of a Fair Fund; or an order approving, approving with modifications, or disapproving a plan of disgorgement or a Fair Fund plan; or any determination relating to a plan based solely upon that person's eligibility or potential eligibility to participate in a fund or based upon any private right of action such person may have against any person who is also a respondent in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 202—INFORMAL AND OTHER PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s, 77t, 77sss, 77uuu, 78d-1, 78u, 78w, 80a-37, 80a-41, 80b-9, 80b-11, and 7202, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE><P>Section 202.9 is also issued under sec. 223, 110 Stat. 859 (Mar. 29, 1996).
</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>25 FR 6736, July 15, 1960, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 202.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The statutes administered by the Commission provide generally (1) for the filing with it of certain statements, such as registration statements, periodic and ownership reports, and proxy solicitation material, and for the filing of certain plans of reorganization, applications and declarations seeking Commission approvals; (2) for Commission determination through formal procedures of matters initiated by private parties or by the Commission; (3) for the investigation and examination of persons and records where necessary to carry out the purposes of the statutes and for enforcement of statutory provisions; and (4) for the adoption of rules and regulations where necessary to effectuate the purposes of the statutes. 
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the Commission's rules of practice set forth in part 201 of this chapter, the Commission has promulgated rules and regulations pursuant to the several statutes it administers (parts 230, 240, 260, 270 and 275 of this chapter). These parts contain substantive provisions and include as well numerous provisions detailing the procedure for meeting specific standards embodied in the statutes. The Commission's rules and regulations under each of the statutes are available in pamphlet form upon request to the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. 
</P>
<P>(c) The statutes and the published rules, regulations and forms thereunder prescribe the course and method of formal procedures to be followed in Commission proceedings. These are supplemented where feasible by certain informal procedures designed to aid the public and facilitate the execution of the Commission's functions. There follows a brief description of procedures generally followed by the Commission which have not been formalized in rules. 
</P>
<P>(d) The informal procedures of the Commission are largely concerned with the rendering of advice and assistance by the Commission's staff to members of the public dealing with the Commission. While opinions expressed by members of the staff do not constitute an official expression of the Commission's views, they represent the views of persons who are continuously working with the provisions of the statute involved. And any statement by the director, associate director, assistant director, chief accountant, chief counsel, or chief financial analyst of a division can be relied upon as representing the views of that division. In certain instances an informal statement of the views of the Commission may be obtained. The staff, upon request or on its own motion, will generally present questions to the Commission which involve matters of substantial importance and where the issues are novel or highly complex, although the granting of a request for an informal statement by the Commission is entirely within its discretion. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 6736, July 15, 1960, as amended at 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.2   Pre-filing assistance and interpretative advice.</HEAD>
<P>The staff of the Commission renders interpretative and advisory assistance to members of the general public, prospective registrants, applicants and declarants. For example, persons having a question regarding the availability of an exemption may secure informal administrative interpretations of the applicable statute or rule as they relate to the particular facts and circumstances presented. Similarly, persons contemplating filings with the Commission may receive advice of a general nature as to the preparation thereof, including information as to the forms to be used and the scope of the items contained in the forms. Inquiries may be directed to an appropriate officer of the Commission's staff. In addition, informal discussions with members of the staff may be arranged whenever feasible, at the Commission's central office or, except in connection with certain matters under the Investment Company Act of 1940, at one of its regional offices. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 6736, July 15, 1960, as amended at 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.3   Processing of filings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Registration statements, proxy statements, letters of notification, periodic reports, applications for qualification of indentures, and similar documents filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and certain filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are routed to the Division of Corporation Finance, which passes initially on the adequacy of disclosure and recommends the initial action to be taken. If the filing appears to afford inadequate disclosure, as for example through omission of material information or through violation of accepted accounting principles and practices, the usual practice is to bring the deficiency to the attention of the person who filed the document by letter from the Assistant Director assigned supervision over the particular filing, and to afford a reasonable opportunity to discuss the matter and make the necessary corrections. This informal procedure is not generally employed when the deficiencies appear to stem from careless disregard of the statutes and rules or a deliberate attempt to conceal or mislead or where the Commission deems formal proceedings necessary in the public interest. If an electronic filing is not prepared in accordance with the requirements of the current EDGAR Filer Manual, the filing may be suspended and the filer so notified. Reasonable opportunity will be afforded the filer to make the necessary corrections or resubmit the filing as needed. Where it appears that the filing affords adequate disclosure, acceleration of its effectiveness when appropriate normally will be granted. A similar procedure is followed with respect to filings under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and certain filings relating to investment companies under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, which are routed to the Division of Investment Management. A similar procedure is also followed in the Commission's Regional Offices with respect to registration statements on Forms SB-1 and SB-2 (17 CFR 239.9 and 239.10) and related filings under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Applications for registration as brokers, dealers, investment advisers, municipal securities dealers and transfer agents are submitted to the Office of Filings and Information Services where they are examined to determine whether all necessary information has been supplied and whether all required financial statements and other documents have been furnished in proper form. Defective applications may be returned with a request for correction or held until corrected before being accepted as a filing. The files of the Commission and other sources of information are considered to determine whether any person connected with the applicant appears to have engaged in activities which would warrant commencement of proceedings on the question of denial of registration. The staff confers with applicants and makes suggestions in appropriate cases for amendments and supplemental information. Where it appears appropriate in the public interest and where a basis therefore exists, denial proceedings may be instituted. Within 45 days of the date of the filing of a broker-dealer, investment adviser or municipal securities dealer application (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents), the Commission shall by order grant registration or institute proceedings to determine whether registration should be denied. An application for registration as a transfer agent shall become effective within 30 days after receipt of the application (or within such shorter period as the Commission may determine). The Office of Filings and Information Services is also responsible for the processing and substantive examination of statements of beneficial ownership of securities and changes in such ownership filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and for the examination of reports filed pursuant to § 230.144 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(2) Applications for registration as national securities exchanges, or exemption from registration as exchanges by reason of such exchanges' limited volume of transactions filed with the Commission are routed to the Division of Trading and Markets, which examines these applications to determine whether all necessary information has been supplied and whether all required financial statements and other documents have been furnished in proper form. Defective applications may be returned. The files of the Commission and other sources of information are considered to determine whether any person connected with the applicant appears to have engaged in activities which would warrant commencement of proceedings on the question of denial of registration. The staff confers with applicants and makes suggestions in appropriate cases for amendments and supplemental information. Where it appears appropriate in the public interest and where a basis therefore exists, denial proceedings may be instituted. Within 90 days of the date of publication of a notice of the filing of an application for registration as a national securities exchange, or exemption from registration by reason of such exchanges' limited volume of transactions (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents), the Commission shall by order grant registration, or institute proceedings to determine whether registration should be denied as provided in § 240.19(a)(1) of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(3) Notice forms for registration as national securities exchanges pursuant to section 6(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(1)) filed with the Commission are routed to the Division of Trading and Markets, which examines these notices to determine whether all necessary information has been supplied and whether all other required documents have been furnished in proper form. Defective notices may be returned.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 44699, Oct. 12, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 21567, Apr. 10, 1979; 49 FR 12686, Mar. 30, 1984; 57 FR 18216, Apr. 29, 1992; 58 FR 15004, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 63 FR 70916, Dec. 22, 1998; 64 FR 19451, Apr. 21, 1999; 66 FR 43741, Aug. 20, 2001; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011; 90 FR 7359, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.3a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.3a   Instructions for filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General instructions for remittance of filing fees.</I> Payment of filing fees specified by the following sections shall be made according to the directions listed in this section: §§ 230.111, 240.0-9, and 270.0-8 of this chapter. All such fees are to be paid through the U.S. Treasury designated lockbox depository or system and may be paid by wire transfer, debit card, or credit card or via the Automated Clearing House Network (“ACH”) pursuant to the specific instructions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. Checks will not be accepted for payment of fees. To ensure proper posting, all filers must include their Commission-assigned Central Index Key (CIK) number (also known as the Commission-assigned registrant or payor account number) on fee payments. If a third party submits a fee payment, the fee payment must specify the account number to which the fee is to be applied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Instructions for payment of filing fees.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, these instructions provide direction for remitting fees specified in paragraph (a) of this section. You may contact the Filing Fees Branch in the Office of Financial Management at (202) 551-8900 or go to <I>https://www.sec.gov/paymentoptions</I> for additional information if you have questions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Instructions for payment of fees by wire transfer (FEDWIRE).</I> U.S. Bank, N.A. in St. Louis, Missouri, is the U.S. Treasury designated financial agent for Commission filing fee payments. The hours of operation at U.S. Bank for wire transfers are each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, 8:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time, whichever is currently in effect. Any bank or wire transfer service may initiate wire transfers of filing fee payments through the FEDWIRE system to U.S. Bank. A filing entity does not need to establish an account at U.S. Bank in order to remit filing fee payments.
</P>
<P>(i) To ensure proper credit and prompt filing acceptance, in all wire transfers of filing fees to the Commission, you must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The Commission's account number at U.S. Bank (850000001001); and
</P>
<P>(B) The payor's CIK number.
</P>
<P>(ii) You may refer to the examples found on the Commission's website at <I>https://www.sec.gov/paymentoptions</I> for the proper format.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Instructions for payment of fees by debit card or credit card or via the Automated Clearing House Network (ACH).</I> To remit a filing fee payment by debit card or credit card or via ACH, please go to the Commission's EDGAR system.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (b):</HED>
<P>Wire transfers and debit card, credit card, and ACH payments are not instantaneous. The time required to process a wire transfer through the FEDWIRE system, from origination to receipt by U.S. Bank, varies substantially. Debit card and credit card payments generally are expected to become available to the Commission the next day. ACH payments generally are expected to become available to the Commission within one to three business days. Specified filings, such as registration statements pursuant to section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 that provide for the registration of securities and mandate the receipt of the appropriate fee payment upon filing, and transactional filings pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such as many proxy statements involving extraordinary business transactions, will not be accepted if sufficient funds have not been received by the Commission at the time of filing.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (b):
</HED>
<P>You should obtain the reference number of the wire transfer from your bank or wire transfer service. Having this number can greatly facilitate tracing the funds if any problems occur. If a wire transfer of filing fees does not contain the required information in the proper format, the Commission may not be able to identify the payor and the acceptance of filings may be delayed. To ensure proper credit, you must provide all required information to the sending bank or wire transfer service. Commission data must be inserted in the proper fields. The most critical data are the Commission's account number at U.S. Bank and the payor CIK, the Commission-assigned account number identified as the CIK number.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Special instructions for §§ 230.462(b) and 230.110(d) of this chapter.</I> Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, for registration statements filed pursuant to §§ 230.462(b) and § 230.110(d) of this chapter, payment of filing fees for the purposes of this section may be made by:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant or its agent instructing its bank or a wire transfer service to transmit to the Commission the applicable filing fee by a wire transfer of such amount from the issuer's account or its agent's account to the U.S. Treasury designated lockbox depository as soon as practicable, but no later than the close of the next business day following the filing of the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant submitting with the registration statement at the time of filing a certification that:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant or its agent has so instructed its bank or a wire transfer service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant or its agent will not revoke such instructions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The registrant or its agent has sufficient funds in such account to cover the amount of such filing fee.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>Such instructions may be sent on the date of filing the registration statement after the close of business of such bank or wire transfer service, provided that the registrant undertakes in the certification sent to the Commission with the registration statement that it will confirm receipt of such instructions by the bank or wire transfer service during regular business hours on the following business day.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Filing fee accounts.</I> A filing fee account is maintained for each filer who submits a filing requiring a fee on the Commission's EDGAR system or who submits funds to the U.S. Treasury designated depository in anticipation of paying a filing fee. Account statements are regularly prepared and provided to account holders. Account holders must maintain a current account address with the Commission to ensure timely access to these statements.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>The deposit of money into a filing fee account does not constitute payment of a filing fee. Payment of the filing fee occurs at the time the filing is made, commensurate with the drawing down of the balance of the fee account.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Return of funds from inactive accounts.</I> Funds held in any filing fee account in which there has not been a deposit, withdrawal or other adjustment for more than three years will be returned to the account holder, and account statements will not be sent again until a deposit, withdrawal or other adjustment is made with respect to the account. Filers must maintain a current account address to assure the timely return of funds. It may not be possible to return funds from inactive accounts if the Commission is unable to identify a current account address of an account holder after making reasonable efforts to do so.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>A company must update its account and other addresses using the EDGAR Web site. This method ensures data integrity and the timeliest update. Simply changing an address in the text of the cover page of a filing made on the EDGAR system will not be sufficient to update the Commission's account address records.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6013, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 28890, May 19, 2011; 86 FR 70197, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.4   Facilitating administrative hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications, declarations, and other requests involving formal Commission action after opportunity for hearing are scrutinized by the appropriate division for conformance with applicable statutory standards and Commission rules and generally the filing party is advised of deficiencies. Prior to passing upon applications and declarations the Commission receives the views of all interested persons at public hearings whenever appropriate; hence, any applicant or declarant seeking Commission approval of proposed transactions by a particular time should file his application or declaration in time to allow for the presentation and consideration of such views. 
</P>
<P>(b) After the staff has had an opportunity to study an application or declaration, interested persons may informally discuss the problems therein raised to the extent that time and the nature of the case permit (e.g., consideration is usually given to whether the proceeding is contested and if so to the nature of the contest). In such event, the staff will, to the extent feasible, advise as to the nature of the issues raised by the filing, the necessity for any amendments to the documents filed, the type of evidence it believes should be presented at the hearing and, in some instances, the nature, form, and contents of documents to be submitted as formal exhibits. The staff will, in addition, generally advise as to Commission policy in past cases which dealt with the same subject matter as the filing under consideration. 
</P>
<P>(c) During the course of the hearings, the staff is generally available for informal discussions to reconcile bona fide divergent views not only between itself and other persons interested in the proceedings, but among all interested persons; and, when circumstances permit, an attempt is made to narrow, if possible, the issues to be considered at the formal hearing. 
</P>
<P>(d) In some instances the Commission in the order accompanying its findings and opinion reserves jurisdiction over certain matters relating to the proceeding, such as payment of fees and expenses, accounting entries, terms and conditions relating to securities to be issued, and other matters. In such cases, upon receipt of satisfactory information and data the Commission considers whether further hearing is required before releasing jurisdiction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.5   Enforcement activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where, from complaints received from members of the public, communications from Federal or State agencies, examination of filings made with the Commission, or otherwise, it appears that there may be violation of the acts administered by the Commission or the rules or regulations thereunder, a preliminary investigation is generally made. In such preliminary investigation no process is issued or testimony compelled. The Commission may, in its discretion, make such formal investigations and authorize the use of process as it deems necessary to determine whether any person has violated, is violating, or is about to violate any provision of the federal securities laws or the rules of a self-regulatory organization of which the person is a member or participant. Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, the investigation or examination is non-public and the reports thereon are for staff and Commission use only.
</P>
<P>(b) After investigation or otherwise the Commission may in its discretion take one or more of the following actions: Institution of administrative proceedings looking to the imposition of remedial sanctions, initiation of injunctive proceedings in the courts, and, in the case of a willful violation, reference of the matter to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution. The Commission may also, on some occasions, refer the matter to, or grant requests for access to its files made by, domestic and foreign governmental authorities or foreign securities authorities, self-regulatory organizations such as stock exchanges or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and other persons or entities. 
</P>
<P>(c) Persons who become involved in preliminary or formal investigations may, on their own initiative, submit a written statement to the Commission setting forth their interests and position in regard to the subject matter of the investigation. Upon request, the staff, in its discretion, may advise such persons of the general nature of the investigation, including the indicated violations as they pertain to them, and the amount of time that may be available for preparing and submitting a statement prior to the presentation of a staff recommendation to the Commission for the commencement of an administrative or injunction proceeding. Submissions by interested persons should be forwarded to the appropriate Division Director or Regional Director with a copy to the staff members conducting the investigation and should be clearly referenced to the specific investigation to which they relate. In the event a recommendation for the commencement of an enforcement proceeding is presented by the staff, any submissions by interested persons will be forwarded to the Commission in conjunction with the staff memorandum. 
</P>
<P>(d) In instances where the staff has concluded its investigation of a particular matter and has determined that it will not recommend the commencement of an enforcement proceeding against a person, the staff, in its discretion, may advise the party that its formal investigation has been terminated. Such advice if given must in no way be construed as indicating that the party has been exonerated or that no action may ultimately result from the staff's investigation of the particular matter. 
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(f) In the course of the Commission's investigations, civil lawsuits, and administrative proceedings, the staff, with appropriate authorization, may discuss with persons involved the disposition of such matters by consent, by settlement, or in some other manner. It is the policy of the Commission, however, that the disposition of any such matter may not, expressly or impliedly, extend to any criminal charges that have been, or may be, brought against any such person or any recommendation with respect thereto. Accordingly, any person involved in an enforcement matter before the Commission who consents, or agrees to consent, to any judgment or order does so solely for the purpose of resolving the claims against him in that investigative, civil, or administrative matter and not for the purpose of resolving any criminal charges that have been, or might be, brought against him. This policy reflects the fact that neither the Commission nor its staff has the authority or responsibility for instituting, conducting, settling, or otherwise disposing of criminal proceedings. That authority and responsibility are vested in the Attorney General and representatives of the Department of Justice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 6736, July 15, 1960, as amended at 37 FR 23829, Nov. 9, 1972; 37 FR 25224, Nov. 29, 1972; 44 FR 50835, Aug. 30, 1979; 46 FR 47532, Sept. 29, 1981; 47 FR 26822, June 22, 1982; 54 FR 24332, June 7, 1989; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008; 91 

FR 29896, May 21, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.6   Adoption, revision, and rescission of rules and regulations of general application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The procedure followed by the Commission in connection with the adoption, revision, and rescission of rules of general application necessarily varies in accordance with the nature of the rule, the extent of public interest therein, and the necessity for speed in its adoption. Rules relating to Commission organization, procedure and management, for example, are generally adopted by the Commission without affording public discussion thereof. On the other hand, in the adoption of substantive rules materially affecting an industry or a segment of the public, such as accounting rules, every feasible effort is made in advance of adoption to receive the views of persons to be affected. In such cases, proposals for the adoption, revision, or rescission of rules are initiated either by the Commission or by members of the public, and to the extent practicable, the practices set forth in paragraph (b) of this section are observed. 
</P>
<P>(b) After preliminary consideration by the Commission a draft of the proposed rule is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and mailed to interested persons (e.g., other interested regulatory bodies, principal registrants or persons to be affected, stock exchanges, professional societies and leading authorities on the subject concerned and other persons requesting such draft) for comments. Unless accorded confidential treatment pursuant to statute or rule of the Commission, written comments filed with the Commission on or before the closing date for comments become a part of the public record upon the proposed rule. The Commission, in its discretion, may accept and include in the public record written comments received by the Commission after the closing date. 
</P>
<P>(c) Following analysis of comments received, the rule may be adopted in the form published or in a revised form in the light of such comments. In some cases, a revised draft is prepared and published and, where appropriate, an oral hearing may be held before final action upon the proposal. Any interested person may appear at the hearing and/or may submit written comment for consideration in accordance with the Commission's notice of the rulemaking procedure to be followed. The rule in the form in which it is adopted by the Commission is publicly released and is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 6736, July 15, 1960, as amended at 44 FR 35208, June 19, 1979; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.7   Submittals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All required statements, reports, applications, etc. must be filed with the principal office of the Commission unless otherwise specified in the Commission's rules, schedules and forms. Reports by exchange members, brokers and dealers required by § 240.17a-5 of this chapter under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 must be filed with the appropriate regional office as provided in § 230.255(a) of this chapter under the Securities Act of 1933, and with the principal office of the Commission and the appropriate regional office as provided under § 240.17a-5(a) <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filings.</I> All documents required to be filed in electronic format with the Commission pursuant to the federal securities laws or the rules and regulations thereunder shall be filed at the principal office in Washington, DC via EDGAR by delivery to the Commission of a magnetic tape or diskette, or by direct transmission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 44699, Oct. 12, 1976, as amended at 58 FR 14659, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.8" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.8   Small entity compliance guides.</HEAD>
<P>The following small entity compliance guides are available to the public from the Commission's Publications Room and regional offices:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Q &amp; A: Small Business and the SEC.</I> 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> These items are also available on the Securities and Exchange Commission Web site on the Internet, <I>http://www.sec.gov.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>The Work of the SEC.</I> 
<SU>1</SU>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Broker-Dealer Registration Package.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investment Adviser Registration Package.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investment Company Registration Package.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Examination Information for Broker-Dealers, Transfer Agents, Investment Advisers and Investment Companies.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 4105, Jan. 28, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.9" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.9   Small entity enforcement penalty reduction policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission's policy with respect to whether to reduce or assess civil money penalties against a small entity is:
</P>
<P>(a) The Commission will consider on a case-by-case basis whether to reduce or not assess civil money penalties against a small entity. In determining whether to reduce or not assess penalties against a specific small entity, the following considerations will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, penalty reduction will not be available for any small entity if:
</P>
<P>(i) The small entity was subject previously to an enforcement action;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the small entity's violations involved willful or criminal conduct; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The small entity did not make a good faith effort to comply with the law.
</P>
<P>(2) In considering whether the Commission will reduce or refrain from assessing a civil money penalty, the Commission may consider:
</P>
<P>(i) The egregiousness of the violations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The isolated or repeated nature of the violations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The violator's state of mind when committing the violations;
</P>
<P>(iv) The violator's history (if any) of legal or regulatory violations;
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the violator cooperated during the investigation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the violator has engaged in subsequent remedial efforts to mitigate the effects of the violation and to prevent future violations;
</P>
<P>(vii) The degree to which a penalty will deter the violator or others from committing future violations; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) Any other relevant fact.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission also may consider whether to reduce or not assess a civil money penalty against a small entity, including a small entity otherwise excluded from this policy under paragraphs (a)(1) (i)-(iii) of this section, if the small entity can demonstrate to the Commission's satisfaction that it is financially unable to pay the penalty, immediately or over a reasonable period of time, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this policy, an entity qualifies as “small” if it is a small business or small organization as defined by Commission rules adopted for the purpose of compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> An entity not included in these definitions will be considered “small” for purposes of this policy if it meets the total asset amount that applies to issuers as set forth in § 230.157a of this chapter. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Pursuant to the Reg. Flex. Act, 5 U.S.C. § 601(3), the Commission has adopted appropriate definitions of “small business” for purposes of the Reg. Flex. Act. <I>See</I> 17 CFR 270.0-10, 275.0-7, 240.0-10, 230.157, and 260.0-7. The Commission recently proposed amendments to certain of these definitions. <I>Definitions of “Small Business” or “Small Organization” Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Securities Act of 1933,</I> Securities Act Rel. No. 7383, 62 FR 4106 (Jan. 28, 1997). The Commission extended the comment period for the proposed amendments to April 30, 1997, 62 FR 13356 (Mar. 20, 1997). Based on an analysis of the language and legislative history of the Reg. Flex. Act, Congress does not appear to have intended that Act to apply to natural persons (as opposed to individual proprietorships) or to foreign entities. The Commission understands that staff at the Small Business Administration have taken the same position.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> At present, this threshold is $5 million. Thus, non-regulated entities, such as general partnerships, privately held corporations or professional service organizations, with assets of $5 million or less may qualify for penalty-reduction.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) This policy does not create a right or remedy for any person. This policy shall not apply to any remedy that may be sought by the Commission other than civil money penalties, whether or not such other remedy may be characterized as penal or remedial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 16079, Apr. 4, 1997, as amended at 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.10   Policy statement of the Securities and Exchange Commission concerning subpoenas to members of the news media.</HEAD>
<P>Freedom of the press is of vital importance to the mission of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Effective journalism complements the Commission's efforts to ensure that investors receive the full and fair disclosure that the law requires, and that they deserve. Diligent reporting is an essential means of bringing securities law violations to light and ultimately helps to deter illegal conduct. In this <I>Policy Statement the Commission sets forth guidelines for the agency's professional staff</I> to ensure that vigorous enforcement of the federal securities laws is conducted completely consistently with the principles of the First Amendment's guarantee of freedom of the press, and specifically to avoid the issuance of subpoenas to members of the media that might impair the news gathering and reporting functions. These guidelines shall be adhered to by all members of the staff in all cases:
</P>
<P>(a) In determining whether to issue a subpoena to a member of the news media, the approach in every case must be to strike the proper balance between the public's interest in the free dissemination of ideas and information and the public's interest in effective enforcement of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(b) When the staff investigating a matter determines that a member of the news media may have information relevant to the investigation, the staff should:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether the information might be obtainable from alternative non-media sources.
</P>
<P>(2) Make all reasonable efforts to obtain that information from those alternative sources. Whether all reasonable efforts have been made will depend on the particular circumstances of the investigation, including whether there is an immediate need to preserve assets or protect investors from an ongoing fraud.
</P>
<P>(3) Determine whether the information is essential to successful completion of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) If the information cannot reasonably be obtained from alternative sources and the information is essential to the investigation, then the staff, after seeking approval from the responsible Regional Director, District Administrator, or Associate Director, should contact legal counsel for the member of the news media. Staff should contact a member of the news media directly only if the member is not represented by legal counsel. The purpose of this contact is to explore whether the member may have information essential to the investigation, and to determine the interests of the media with respect to the information. If the nature of the investigation permits, the staff should make clear what its needs are as well as its willingness to respond to particular problems of the media. The staff should consult with the Commission's Office of Public Affairs, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) The staff should negotiate with news media members or their counsel, consistently with this Policy Statement, to obtain the essential information through informal channels, avoiding the issuance of a subpoena, if the responsible Regional Director, District Administrator, or Associate Director determines that such negotiations would not substantially impair the integrity of the investigation. Depending on the circumstances of the investigation, informal channels may include voluntary production, informal interviews, or written summaries.
</P>
<P>(e) If negotiations are not successful in achieving a resolution that accommodates the Commission's interest in the information and the media's interests without issuing a subpoena, the staff investigating the matter should then consider whether to seek the issuance of a subpoena for the information. The following principles should guide the determination of whether a subpoena to a member of the news media should be issued:
</P>
<P>(1) There should be reasonable grounds to believe that the information sought is essential to successful completion of the investigation. The subpoena should not be used to obtain peripheral or nonessential information.
</P>
<P>(2) The staff should have exhausted all reasonable alternative means of obtaining the information from non-media sources. Whether all reasonable efforts have been made to obtain the information from alternative sources will depend on the particular circumstances of the investigation, including whether there is an immediate need to preserve assets or protect investors from an ongoing fraud.
</P>
<P>(f) If there are reasonable grounds to believe the information sought is essential to the investigation, all reasonable alternative means of obtaining it have been exhausted, and all efforts at negotiation have failed, then the staff investigating the matter shall seek authorization for the subpoena from the Director of the Division of Enforcement. No subpoena shall be issued unless the Director, in consultation with the General Counsel, has authorized its issuance.
</P>
<P>(g) In the event the Director of the Division of Enforcement, after consultation with the General Counsel, authorizes the issuance of a subpoena, notice shall immediately be provided to the Chairman of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) Counsel (or the member of the news media, if not represented by counsel) shall be given reasonable and timely notice of the determination of the Director of the Division of Enforcement to authorize the subpoena and the Director's intention to issue it.
</P>
<P>(i) Subpoenas should be negotiated with counsel for the member of the news media to narrowly tailor the request for only essential information. In negotiations with counsel, the staff should attempt to accommodate the interests of the Commission in the information with the interests of the media.
</P>
<P>(j) Subpoenas should, wherever possible, be directed at material information regarding a limited subject matter, should cover a reasonably limited period of time, and should avoid requiring production of a large volume of unpublished material. They should give reasonable and timely notice of their demand for documents.
</P>
<P>(k) In the absence of special circumstances, subpoenas to members of the news media should be limited to the verification of published information and to surrounding circumstances relating to the accuracy of published information.
</P>
<P>(l) Because the intent of this policy statement is to protect freedom of the press, news gathering functions, and news media sources, this policy statement does not apply to demands for purely commercial or financial information unrelated to the news gathering function.
</P>
<P>(m) Failure to follow this policy may constitute grounds for appropriate disciplinary action. The principles set forth in this statement are not intended to create or recognize any legally enforceable rights in any person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 20340, Apr. 20, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.12   Policy statement concerning cooperation by individuals in its investigations and related enforcement actions.</HEAD>
<P>Cooperation by individuals and entities in the Commission's investigations and related enforcement actions can contribute significantly to the success of the agency's mission. Cooperation can enhance the Commission's ability to detect violations of the federal securities laws, increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the Commission's investigations, and provide important evidence for the Commission's enforcement actions. There is a wide spectrum of tools available to the Commission and its staff for facilitating and rewarding cooperation by individuals, ranging from taking no enforcement action to pursuing reduced charges and sanctions in connection with enforcement actions. As with any cooperation program, there exists some tension between the objectives of holding individuals fully accountable for their misconduct and providing incentives for individuals to cooperate with law enforcement authorities. This policy statement sets forth the analytical framework employed by the Commission and its staff for resolving this tension in a manner that ensures that potential cooperation arrangements maximize the Commission's law enforcement interests. Although the evaluation of cooperation requires a case-by-case analysis of the specific circumstances presented, as described in greater detail below, the Commission's general approach is to determine whether, how much, and in what manner to credit cooperation by individuals by evaluating four considerations: the assistance provided by the cooperating individual in the Commission's investigation or related enforcement actions (“Investigation”); the importance of the underlying matter in which the individual cooperated; the societal interest in ensuring that the cooperating individual is held accountable for his or her misconduct; and the appropriateness of cooperation credit based upon the profile of the cooperating individual. In the end, the goal of the Commission's analysis is to protect the investing public by determining whether the public interest in facilitating and rewarding an individual's cooperation in order to advance the Commission's law enforcement interests justifies the credit awarded to the individual for his or her cooperation.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Assistance provided by the individual.</I> The Commission assesses the assistance provided by the cooperating individual in the Investigation by considering, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) The value of the individual's cooperation to the Investigation including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the individual's cooperation resulted in substantial assistance to the Investigation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The timeliness of the individual's cooperation, including whether the individual was first to report the misconduct to the Commission or to offer his or her cooperation in the Investigation, and whether the cooperation was provided before he or she had any knowledge of a pending investigation or related action;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the Investigation was initiated based on information or other cooperation provided by the individual;
</P>
<P>(iv) The quality of cooperation provided by the individual, including whether the cooperation was truthful, complete, and reliable; and
</P>
<P>(v) The time and resources conserved as a result of the individual's cooperation in the Investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) The nature of the individual's cooperation in the Investigation including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the individual's cooperation was voluntary or required by the terms of an agreement with another law enforcement or regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) The types of assistance the individual provided to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the individual provided non-privileged information, which information was not requested by the staff or otherwise might not have been discovered;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the individual encouraged or authorized others to assist the staff who might not have otherwise participated in the Investigation; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any unique circumstances in which the individual provided the cooperation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Importance of the underlying matter.</I> The Commission assesses the importance of the Investigation in which the individual cooperated by considering, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) The character of the Investigation including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the subject matter of the Investigation is a Commission priority;
</P>
<P>(ii) The type of securities violations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The age and duration of the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of violations; and
</P>
<P>(v) The isolated or repetitive nature of the violations.
</P>
<P>(2) The dangers to investors or others presented by the underlying violations involved in the Investigation including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of harm or potential harm caused by the underlying violations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The type of harm resulting from or threatened by the underlying violations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of individuals or entities harmed.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Cooperation in Investigations that involve priority matters or serious, ongoing, or widespread violations will be viewed most favorably.</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) <I>Interest in holding the individual accountable.</I> The Commission assesses the societal interest in holding the cooperating individual fully accountable for his or her misconduct by considering, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) The severity of the individual's misconduct assessed by the nature of the violations and in the context of the individual's knowledge, education, training, experience, and position of responsibility at the time the violations occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) The culpability of the individual, including, but not limited to, whether the individual acted with scienter, both generally and in relation to others who participated in the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(3) The degree to which the individual tolerated illegal activity including, but not limited to, whether he or she took steps to prevent the violations from occurring or continuing, such as notifying the Commission or other appropriate law enforcement agency of the misconduct or, in the case of a violation involving a business organization, by notifying members of management not involved in the misconduct, the board of directors or the equivalent body not involved in the misconduct, or the auditors of such business organization of the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(4) The efforts undertaken by the individual to remediate the harm caused by the violations including, but not limited to, whether he or she paid or agreed to pay disgorgement to injured investors and other victims or assisted these victims and the authorities in the recovery of the fruits and instrumentalities of the violations; and
</P>
<P>(5) The sanctions imposed on the individual by other federal or state authorities and industry organizations for the violations involved in the Investigation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Profile of the individual.</I> The Commission assesses whether, how much, and in what manner it is in the public interest to award credit for cooperation, in part, based upon the cooperating individual's personal and professional profile by considering, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual's history of lawfulness, including complying with securities laws or regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) The degree to which the individual has demonstrated an acceptance of responsibility for his or her past misconduct; and
</P>
<P>(3) The degree to which the individual will have an opportunity to commit future violations of the federal securities laws in light of his or her occupation—including, but not limited to, whether he or she serves as: A licensed individual, such as an attorney or accountant; an associated person of a regulated entity, such as a broker or dealer; a fiduciary for other individuals or entities regarding financial matters; an officer or director of public companies; or a member of senior management—together with any existing or proposed safeguards based upon the individual's particular circumstances.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 202.12:</HED>
<P>Before the Commission evaluates an individual's cooperation, it analyzes the unique facts and circumstances of the case. The above principles are not listed in order of importance nor are they intended to be all-inclusive or to require a specific determination in any particular case. Furthermore, depending upon the facts and circumstances of each case, some of the principles may not be applicable or may deserve greater weight than others. Finally, neither this statement, nor the principles set forth herein creates or recognizes any legally enforceable rights for any person.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 3123, Jan. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.13   Informal procedure with respect to applications under the Investment Company Act of 1940.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On any application subject to 17 CFR 270.0-5, other than an application eligible for and proceeding under expedited review as provided for by 17 CFR 270.0-5(d), (e), and (f), the Division should take action within 90 days of the initial filing and each of the first three amendments thereto, and within 60 days of any subsequent amendment. Such 90- or 60-day period will stop running upon any irregular closure of the Commission's Washington, DC office to the public for normal business, including, but not limited to, closure due to a lapse in Federal appropriations, national emergency, inclement weather, or ad hoc Federal holiday, and will resume upon the reopening of the Commission's Washington, DC office to the public for normal business. The Division may grant 60-day extensions and the applicant should be notified of any such extension.
</P>
<P>(b) Action on the application or any amendment thereto shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(1) Issuing a notice;
</P>
<P>(2) Providing the applicant with requests for clarification or modification of the application; or
</P>
<P>(3) Informing applicant that the application will be forwarded to the Commission, in which case the application is no longer subject to the provisions set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this section, including the timeframes provided for in this section, are not intended to create enforceable rights by any interested parties and shall not be deemed to do so. Rather, this section provides informal non-binding guidelines and procedures that the Commission anticipates the Division following.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 57107, Sept. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.0.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.14   Policy statement concerning agency referrals for potential criminal enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to appropriate exceptions and to the extent consistent with law, in considering whether to refer potential violations, including of criminal regulatory offenses, to the Department of Justice, the staff of the Commission should consider, among other factors:
</P>
<P>(1) The harm or risk of harm, pecuniary or otherwise, caused by the potential offense, including whether the putative defendant's conduct harmed or risked harming many victims;
</P>
<P>(2) The potential gain to the putative defendant that could result from the offense;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the putative defendant held specialized knowledge, expertise, or was licensed in an industry related to the rule or regulation at issue;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the putative defendant knew the conduct would cause harm or that it violated the law;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the putative defendant is a recidivist or has otherwise engaged in a pattern of misconduct; and
</P>
<P>(6) Whether the involvement of the Department of Justice will provide additional meaningful protection to investors.
</P>
<P>(b) This general policy is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 26204, June 20, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (Regulation P)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.140" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.140   Interim Commission review of PCAOB inspection reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Board</I> or <I>PCAOB</I> means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Registered public accounting firm</I> or <I>Firm</I> shall have the meaning set forth in 15 U.S.C. 7201(a)(12).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Associated person</I> means a person associated with the registered public accounting firm as defined in 15 U.S.C. 7201(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reviewable matters.</I> A registered public accounting firm may request interim Commission review of an assessment or determination by the PCAOB contained in an inspection report prepared under 15 U.S.C. 7214 and relating to that firm, if the firm:
</P>
<P>(1) Has provided the PCAOB with a response, pursuant to the rules of the PCAOB, to the substance of particular items in a draft inspection report and disagrees with the assessments relating to those items contained in any final inspection report prepared by the PCAOB following such response;
</P>
<P>(2) Disagrees with an assessment contained in any final inspection report that was not contained in the draft inspection report provided to the firm under 15 U.S.C. 7214(f) or the rules of the PCAOB; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disagrees with the determination of the PCAOB that criticisms or defects in the quality control systems of the firm that were identified in an inspection report, but not disclosed to the public, have not been addressed to the satisfaction of the PCAOB within 12 months after the date of that inspection report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for requesting interim Commission review.</I> (1) A request for interim Commission review with respect to matters described in paragraph (b) of this section must be submitted to the Commission's Office of the Secretary within 30 calendar days of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The date the firm is provided a copy of the final inspection report described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the firm receives notice of the PCAOB's determination described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The PCAOB shall not make publicly available the final inspection report or criticisms or defects in the quality control systems of the firm subject to a determination described in paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, during the 30-day period during which the firm may request interim Commission review, unless the firm consents in writing to earlier publication of the report.
</P>
<P>(3) A request for interim Commission review (“request” or “submission”) must be marked “Request for Interim Commission Review With Respect to PCAOB Inspection Report.” The request must focus on the specific matters for which relief is requested and succinctly address the issues raised by the PCAOB. The request, to the extent possible, should include, for example:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the particular inspection report that is the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific assessments or determinations that are the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(iii) The alleged errors or deficiencies in the PCAOB's assessments or determination and the reasons for the firm's position;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the matter is being reviewed under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, any actions taken by the registered public accounting firm to address criticisms or defects identified in the inspection report; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any supporting documentation relevant to the review.
</P>
<P>(4) The firm must provide a copy of its review request to the PCAOB simultaneously with its submission to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) A timely review request by a firm will operate as a stay of publication of those portions of the final inspection report or criticisms or defects in the quality control systems of the firm subject to a determination described in paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, that are the subject of the firm's review request, unless the Commission otherwise determines in its own discretion. Upon expiration of the 30-day period during which the firm may request interim Commission review, the PCAOB shall make publicly available the remainder of the final inspection report or criticisms or defects in the quality control systems of the firm that were indentified in an inspection report, as applicable, that are not the subject of the firm's review request, unless the Commission otherwise determines that such a result would not be necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) If the firm fails to make a timely review request, pursuant to Section 104(g)(2) of the Act, the PCAOB shall make publicly available the final inspection report or criticisms or defects in the quality control systems of the firm that were indentified in an inspection report, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures for granting or denying the review request.</I> Within 30 calendar days of a timely review request, the Commission will notify the firm and the PCAOB as to whether the Commission will exercise its discretion to grant the request for an interim review. If the Commission does not grant the review request, the stay of publication is terminated upon notification to the firm and the PCAOB. If the Commission does grant the review request, the stay of publication shall continue unless the Commission determines otherwise in its own discretion, or unless the firm consents in writing to the PCAOB, with a copy to the Commission, to earlier publication.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Procedures where a review request has been granted.</I> (1) Where the Commission has notified the firm and the PCAOB that it is granting the request for an interim review, the PCAOB may submit responsive information and documents with the Commission within 15 calendar days of receipt of such notice. The PCAOB must provide a copy of such information and documents simultaneously to the firm.
</P>
<P>(2) During the course of the interim review, the Commission may request additional information relating to the PCAOB's assessments or determination under review, and provide a period of up to seven calendar days to respond to such request, from the PCAOB, the firm, and any associated person of the firm. The Commission may grant the firm or the PCAOB a period of up to seven calendar days to respond to any information obtained pursuant to this paragraph. The firm or the PCAOB, as applicable, shall provide simultaneously to the other party all information provided as a result of a request for additional information or responses thereto. The firm with which any associated person from whom information is requested shall provide simultaneously to the PCAOB all information provided as a result of a request for additional information or responses thereto. If the firm (including any associated person) or the PCAOB fails to respond timely to a request from the Commission, such failure may serve as the basis for the Commission to conclude its review and make a determination adverse to the non-responsive party.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission, based on the information submitted by the firm, the PCAOB and any associated persons, shall consider whether the PCAOB's assessments or determination are arbitrary and capricious, or otherwise not consistent with the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) At the conclusion of its review, the Commission shall inform the firm and the PCAOB in writing that the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not object to all or part of the assessments or determination of the PCAOB and the stay of publication is terminated; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Remands to the PCAOB with instructions that the stay of publication is permanent or that the PCAOB take such other actions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate with respect to publication, including, but not limited to, revising the final inspection report or determinations before publication.
</P>
<P>(5) The review pursuant to this section shall be completed and a written notice pursuant to this section shall be sent no more than 75 calendar days after notification to the firm and the PCAOB that the Commission is granting the request for an interim review, unless the Commission extends the period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Treatment of review.</I> (1) Time periods in this section shall be computed as provided in the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 201.160.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, the decision to grant or deny a review request and the conclusions of the Commission's review shall be non-public, and the information or documents submitted, created, or obtained by the Commission or its staff in the course of the review shall be deemed non-public. Nothing in this rule shall be construed to impair or limit the ability of any party to request confidential treatment under the Freedom of Information Act, 15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(5), or any other applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 7214(h)(2), any decision of the Commission as a result of an interim review with respect to a PCAOB inspection report, including whether a request for review is granted or denied, shall not be reviewable under 15 U.S.C. 78y and shall not be deemed to be “final agency action” for purposes of 5 U.S.C. 704.
</P>
<P>(4) Any action taken by the Commission relates solely to the publication of the relevant inspection report and does not affect the ability of the Commission or PCAOB to take appropriate action.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Designation of address; Representation.</I> (1) When a registered public accounting firm first submits a request for interim Commission review, or an associated person first submits information related to a request, the firm or associated person shall submit to the Commission, and keep current, an address at which any notice or other written communication furnished to the firm or associated person may be sent, a contact name and telephone number where the firm or associated person may be reached during business hours and, if represented, the representative's name, business address, and telephone number.
</P>
<P>(2) If the firm, PCAOB, or associated person will be represented by a representative, the initial submission of that person shall be accompanied by the notice of appearance required by § 201.102(d). The other provisions of § 201.102 with respect to representation before the Commission shall apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 47449, Aug. 6, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.150" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.150   Commission approval of appointment or removal from office of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board hearing officers.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission shall approve both the appointment and removal from office of any hearing officer employed by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. No action by the Board proposing to appoint or remove from office a hearing officer shall be final absent Commission approval.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12908, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.170" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.170   Initiation of disapproval proceedings for PCAOB proposed rules.</HEAD>
<P>Initiation of disapproval proceedings for proposed rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as defined by section 107 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are subject to the provisions of §§ 201.700 and 201.701 of this chapter as fully as if it were a <I>registered securities association,</I> except that:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Demonstration of consistency with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.</I> For purposes of proposed rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, apply this paragraph in lieu of paragraph (b)(3) of § 201.700 of this chapter. The burden to demonstrate that a proposed rule is consistent with the requirements of title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder, or as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, is on the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. In its filing the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board must explain in a clear and comprehensible manner why the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations thereunder, or as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. A mere assertion that the proposed rule change is consistent with those requirements is not sufficient. Instead, the description of the proposed rule, its purpose and operation, its effect, and a legal analysis of its consistency with applicable requirements must all be sufficiently detailed and specific to support an affirmative Commission finding. Any failure by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in its proposed rule filing with the Commission may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a proposed rule change is consistent with the title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder, or as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(b) For each reference to “the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the self-regulatory organization” apply “title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder applicable to such organization, or as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4072, Jan. 24, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 202.190" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.3.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 202.190   Public Company Accounting Oversight Board budget approval process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> These procedures are established in connection with consideration and approval of the budget and the accounting support fee for the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Actions attributed to the PCAOB in this section shall be performed as authorized by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the PCAOB's bylaws.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Budget category</I> means a grouping of similar expenditures within the PCAOB's budget. Budget categories shall include, among others: personnel, training, recruiting and relocation expenses, information technology, consulting and professional fees, travel, administrative expenses, lease costs and related expenses, and capital improvements of facilities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Budget justification</I> means the justification for each annual budget, prepared in concise and specific terms, covering all of the PCAOB's programs and activities, and including, among other things as may be requested by the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) A performance budget for the budget year;
</P>
<P>(ii) An analysis of the PCAOB's budget, including a tabular presentation that identifies the budgetary resources required for each program area (with a breakout of resources by budget category); a description of the budgetary resources identified in the budget in the context of the PCAOB's programs and activities; and an explanation of the analysis used to determine the resources needed to accomplish each program and strategic goal that demonstrates that reasonable opportunities for making more efficient and effective use of resources have been explored;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the relationship between the results or outcomes the PCAOB expects to achieve (as discussed in the PCAOB's strategic plan) and the resources requested in the budget;
</P>
<P>(iv) Assumptions underlying the calculation of the working capital reserve as permitted in paragraph (d)(3) of this section and assumptions underlying PCAOB estimates, including work years, program outputs, base compensation levels and proposed compensation increases, and costs of inputs such as materials or contract costs;
</P>
<P>(v) A discussion of any models used to develop PCAOB estimates;
</P>
<P>(vi) Detailed funding levels for education, training, and travel of the PCAOB workforce;
</P>
<P>(vii) Information sufficient for the Commission to assess current and proposed capital projects and information technology projects; and
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement that the PCAOB has considered relative costs and benefits in formulating the programs, projects and activities described in the budget.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Budget year</I> means the PCAOB fiscal year that is the subject of the budget prepared and submitted by the PCAOB to the Commission for approval.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current year</I> means the PCAOB fiscal year that precedes the budget year, and is the year in which the PCAOB prepares the budget.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Performance budget</I> means a budget that presents what the PCAOB proposes to accomplish in the budget year and what resources these proposals will require, and that serves as the primary basis for the justification of the budget submitted to the Commission for approval. The performance budget includes:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of what the PCAOB plans to accomplish, organized by strategic goal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Background on what the PCAOB has accomplished, organized by strategic goal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Analyses of the strategies the PCAOB uses to influence strategic outcomes, including whether those strategies could be improved and, if so, how they could be improved;
</P>
<P>(iv) Analyses of the programs that contribute to each goal and their relative roles and effectiveness;
</P>
<P>(v) Performance targets for the budget year and the current year and how the PCAOB expects to achieve those targets, as well as actual performance levels achieved in the year immediately preceding the current year;
</P>
<P>(vi) The budgetary resources the PCAOB is requesting to achieve those targets;
</P>
<P>(vii) Descriptions of the operations, processes, staff skills, information and other technologies, human resources, capital assets, and other resources to be used in achieving the PCAOB's performance goals; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Descriptions of the programs, policies, and management, regulatory, and other initiatives and approaches to be used in achieving the PCAOB's performance goals.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Preliminary budget</I> means the draft budget submitted for initial consideration by the Commission, which shall be a complete or substantially complete budget for the budget year, and which is accompanied by a budget justification.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Program area</I> means the array of the budgeted amounts and other budget-related data according to the major purpose served, such as registration, inspection, standard-setting, enforcement, and administration.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Receipts</I> means collections that result from issuers' payments of accounting support fees; public accounting firms' payment of registration fees and fees associated with annual reports; interest income; and other sources of revenue.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Strategic plan</I> means the PCAOB's overarching plan for accomplishing its strategic goals, including forecasts for the current and four following years; estimates of the effect that reasonably foreseeable changes impacting the auditing profession and securities markets could have on program levels; and a discussion of the impact that program levels and changes in methods of program delivery, including advances in technology, could have on program operations and administration.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Supplemental budget</I> means a budget or amendment thereto submitted to the Commission for approval subsequent to Commission approval of the budget for the budget year, when:
</P>
<P>(i) There is a need for additional funds in a program area;
</P>
<P>(ii) Resources are to be applied in a manner not fairly implied in the Commission-approved budget and budget justification, such as when programs are created to perform functions that are not, or to perform functions in a way that is not, fairly implied from the Commission-approved budget and budget justification; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Programs described in the Commission-approved budget and budget justification are to be eliminated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timetable.</I> The timetable for preparation and submission of the annual budget is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Event
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before March 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PCAOB provides a narrative of its program issues and outlook for the budget year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before April 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Commission provides economic assumptions and general budgetary guidance to the PCAOB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before July 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PCAOB submits preliminary budget and budget justification for Commission review.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">August-October</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consultation between Commission and PCAOB; Commission staff conducts review of PCAOB preliminary budget, budget justification and related information.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before October 31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Commission passback of budget to the PCAOB with proposed revisions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before November 30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PCAOB adopts budget and submits it, along with the budget justification, to the Commission.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or before December 23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Commission votes on the PCAOB budget.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Contents of budget.</I> (1) To facilitate Commission review and approval, each budget (including each preliminary budget and budget submitted for Commission approval) shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be accompanied by a budget justification.
</P>
<P>(ii) Include information for the budget year, the current year, and the year immediately preceding the current year, regarding actual or projected spending by program area, receipts, debt, and employment levels.
</P>
<P>(iii) Be consistent with, or explain any deviations from, the economic assumptions and budgetary guidance provided by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(iv) Include statements of PCAOB programs, initiatives and strategies for the budget year.
</P>
<P>(v) Earmark each amount for a specific budget category within a program area.
</P>
<P>(vi) Include planned beginning-of-year and end-of-year headcounts for each program area.
</P>
<P>(2) Each budget submitted for Commission approval shall be consistent with the preliminary budget and any revisions proposed by the Commission when the budget was passed from the Commission back to the PCAOB or explain any changes from the preliminary budget and/or such proposed revisions.
</P>
<P>(3) In addition to amounts needed to fund disbursements during the budget year, a budget may reflect receipts in amounts needed to fund expected disbursements during a period not to exceed the first five months of the fiscal year immediately following the budget year (the working capital reserve), provided such amounts shall be disbursed only as specified in the following year's budget or in a supplemental budget approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) In approving the budget the Commission may not change the amounts earmarked for programs, program areas, or activities, or any other aspects of the budget; provided, that if the budget is conditionally rather than finally approved, then the Commission may transmit to the Board such proposed changes as are consistent with the preliminary budget and any revisions previously proposed by the Commission when it passed the budget back to the PCAOB. No proposed reduction or increase may be greater than that included in the preliminary budget and any revisions previously proposed by the Commission when it passed the budget back to the PCAOB.
</P>
<P>(5) In the event the budget is conditionally approved by the Commission, the PCAOB shall have the opportunity to consider the changes proposed by the Commission and to vote again for final approval of the budget as amended. If this iterative process has not resolved differences between the Commission and the PCAOB by December 23, then the terms of the most recent conditional approval shall become final, and the budget shall be deemed finally approved.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Limitation on spending.</I> (1) The PCAOB shall not spend in a budget year more than the amount specified in the Commission-approved PCAOB budget for that year, regardless of the source of the funds, unless such expenses have been approved by the Commission through a supplemental budget request.
</P>
<P>(2) Funds may be disbursed by the PCAOB only in accordance with the Commission approved budget, <I>provided however</I>, during the budget year the PCAOB may transfer amounts totaling not more than $1,000,000 into or out of each program area without prior Commission approval. Further, the PCAOB shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Apply its resources in a manner not fairly implied in the Commission-approved budget and budget justification, such as to create programs to perform functions that are not, or to perform functions in a way that is not, fairly implied from the Commission-approved budget and budget justification, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Eliminate programs described in the Commission-approved budget and budget justification.
</P>
<P>(3) In the event that the Commission has not approved a budget for a PCAOB fiscal year before the beginning of that fiscal year, the PCAOB may spend funds from the reserve and continue to incur obligations as if the PCAOB budget or supplemental budget most recently approved by the Commission were continuing in effect for that fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Supplemental budget.</I> (1) The PCAOB may submit to the Commission a request for approval of a supplemental budget subsequent to Commission approval of the budget for the budget year in order to spend any amounts in excess of, or contrary to, the limitations described in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) To facilitate Commission review and approval, a supplemental budget shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Detailed information regarding the impact of the supplemental budget on each affected program area, including costs by cost category, project or activity;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement regarding how the supplemental budget facilitates the strategic and policy goals of the PCAOB;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information indicating why the amount was not included in the budget for the current year, including a description of any subsequent and unforeseen events or circumstances necessitating the supplemental budget request;
</P>
<P>(iv) Information indicating why the request should not or cannot be postponed until the next regular annual budget process; and
</P>
<P>(v) The proposed source for the funds, including any offsets to be made elsewhere in the PCAOB's programs and activities.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Maintenance of records; reports.</I> (1) The PCAOB shall maintain, and make available to the Commission or Commission staff upon request, a strategic plan and records in reasonable detail that support each preliminary budget, budget, budget justification, supplemental budget and other report or communication in compliance with this section, including past and projected receipts, outlays, obligations, and employment levels.
</P>
<P>(2) The PCAOB is required to maintain and, within 30 business days after the end of each fiscal quarter, to furnish to the Commission a report of its spending and staffing levels for the quarter just ended, comparing those levels to the levels in the Commission approved budget.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Publication of budget.</I> (1) Following submission of the PCAOB-approved budget to the Commission, such budget and budget justification, subject to any applicable exemption under the Freedom of Information Act, shall be made available to the public. Neither the Commission nor the PCAOB shall publish a preliminary budget, budget, budget justification, or any underlying materials in connection therewith, until such time as the budget is approved by the PCAOB and submitted to the Commission for its approval.
</P>
<P>(2) Supplemental budgets shall be made public, following approval by the PCAOB and submission to the Commission, in the same manner as described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission-approved budget shall be made available to the public at the time of such approval.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Waivers of rule provisions.</I> The Commission, in its discretion, may waive compliance with any provision of this § 202.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 42001, July 24, 2006. Redesignated at 75 FR 47451, Aug. 6, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="203" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 203—RULES RELATING TO INVESTIGATIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s, 77sss, 78w, 80a-37, and 80b-11, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>29 FR 3620, Mar. 21, 1964, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—In General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.1   Application of the rules of this part.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of this part apply only to investigations conducted by the Commission. They do not apply to adjudicative or rulemaking proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.2   Information obtained in investigations and examinations.</HEAD>
<P>Information or documents obtained by the Commission in the course of any investigation or examination, unless made a matter of public record, shall be deemed non-public, but the Commission approves the practice whereby officials of the Divisions of Enforcement, Corporation Finance, Market Regulation and Investment Management and the Office of International Affairs at the level of Assistant Director or higher, and officials in Regional Offices at the level of Assistant Regional Director or higher, may engage in and may authorize members of the Commission's staff to engage in discussions with persons identified in § 240.24c-1(b) of this chapter concerning information obtained in individual investigations or examinations, including formal investigations conducted pursuant to Commission order. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52419, Oct. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.3   Suspension and disbarment.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of § 201.102(e) of this chapter (Rule 102(e) of the Commission's rules of practice) are hereby made specifically applicable to all investigations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 3620, Mar. 21, 1964, as amended at 60 FR 32823, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Formal Investigative Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.4   Applicability of §§ 203.4 through 203.8.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 203.4 through 203.8 shall be applicable to a witness who is sworn in a proceeding pursuant to a Commission order for investigation or examination, such proceeding being hereinafter referred to as a <I>formal investigative proceeding.</I> 
</P>
<P>(b) Formal investigative proceedings may be held before the Commission, before one or more of its members, or before any officer designated by it for the purpose of taking testimony of witnesses and received other evidence. The term <I>officer conducting the investigation</I> shall mean any of the foregoing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.5   Non-public formal investigative proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, all formal investigative proceedings shall be non-public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.6   Transcripts.</HEAD>
<P>Transcripts, if any, of formal investigative proceedings shall be recorded solely by the official reporter, or by any other person or means designated by the officer conducting the investigation. A person who has submitted documentary evidence or testimony in a formal investigative proceeding shall be entitled, upon written request, to procure a copy of his documentary evidence or a transcript of his testimony on payment of the appropriate fees: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in a nonpublic formal investigative proceeding the Commission may for good cause deny such request. In any event, any witness, upon proper identification, shall have the right to inspect the official transcript of the witness' own testimony. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78d-1)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 25166, Nov. 28, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.7   Rights of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who is compelled or requested to furnish documentary evidence or testimony at a formal investigative proceeding shall, upon request, be shown the Commission's order of investigation. Copies of formal orders of investigation shall not be furnished, for their retention, to such persons requesting the same except with the express approval of officials in the Regional Offices at the level of Assistant Regional Director or higher, or officials in the Division or Divisions conducting or supervising the investigation at the level of Assistant Director or higher. Such approval shall not be given unless the person granting such approval, in his or her discretion, is satisfied that there exist reasons consistent both with the protection of privacy of persons involved in the investigation and with the unimpeded conduct of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person compelled to appear, or who appears by request or permission of the Commission, in person at a formal investigative proceeding may be accompanied, represented and advised by counsel, as defined in § 201.101(a) of this chapter (Rule 101(a) of the Commission's rules of practice): <I>Provided,</I> however, That all witnesses shall be sequestered, and unless permitted in the discretion of the officer conducting the investigation no witness or the counsel accompanying any such witness shall be permitted to be present during the examination of any other witness called in such proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) The right to be accompanied, represented and advised by counsel shall mean the right of a person testifying to have an attorney present with him during any formal investigative proceeding and to have this attorney (1) advise such person before, during and after the conclusion of such examination, (2) question such person briefly at the conclusion of the examination to clarify any of the answers such person has given, and (3) make summary notes during such examination solely for the use of such person. 
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, in any public formal investigative proceeding, if the record shall contain implications of wrongdoing by any person, such person shall have the right to appear on the record; and in addition to the rights afforded other witnesses hereby, he shall have a reasonable opportunity of cross-examination and production of rebuttal testimony or documentary evidence. <I>Reasonable</I> shall mean permitting persons as full an opportunity to assert their position as may be granted consistent with administrative efficiency and with avoidance of undue delay. The determination of reasonableness in each instance shall be made in the discretion of the officer conducting the investigation. 
</P>
<P>(e) The officer conducting the investigation may report to the Commission any instances where any witness or counsel has been guilty of dilatory, obstructionist or contumacious conduct during the course of an investigation or any other instance of violation of these rules. The Commission will thereupon take such further action as the circumstances may warrant, including suspension or disbarment of counsel from further appearance or practice before it, in accordance with § 201.102(e) of this chapter (Rule 102(e) of the Commission's rules of practice), or exclusion from further participation in the particular investigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 3620, Mar. 21, 1964, as amended at 52 FR 12148, Apr. 15, 1987; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 60 FR 32823, June 23, 1995; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 203.8" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.4.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 203.8   Service of subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>Service of subpoenas issued in formal investigative proceedings shall be effected in the manner prescribed by Rule 232(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.232(c) of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 3620, Mar. 21, 1964, as amended at 60 FR 32823, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="204" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 204—RULES RELATING TO DEBT COLLECTION
</HEAD>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Administrative Offset</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3716, 31 CFR 901.3.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 204.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.1   Applicability and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The procedures authorized for administrative offset are contained in Section 10 of the Debt Collection Act (codified at 31 U.S.C. 3716). The Act requires that notice procedures be observed by the agency. The debtor is also afforded an opportunity to inspect and copy government records pertaining to the claim, enter into an agreement for repayment, and to a review of the claim (if requested). Like salary offset, agencies may cooperate with one another in order to effectuate recovery of the claim. 
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this subpart apply to the collection of debts owed to the United States arising from transactions with the Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission). These regulations are consistent with the Debt Collection Act and the Federal Claims Collection Standards on administrative offset issued jointly by the Department of Justice and the Department of the Treasury (31 CFR 901.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54130, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Administrative offset</I> as defined in 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(1) means withholding funds payable by the United States (including funds payable by the United States on behalf of a State government) to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Person</I> includes a natural person or persons, profit or nonprofit corporation, partnership, association, trust, estate, consortium, or other entity which is capable of owing a debt to the United States Government except that agencies of the United States, or of any State or local government shall be excluded. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54130, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chairperson (or designee) may initiate administrative offset with regard to debts owed by a person to another agency of the United States Government, upon receipt of a request from the head of another agency or his or her designee, and a certification that the debt exists and that the person has been afforded the necessary due process rights. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Chairperson (or designee) may notify the Department of the Treasury of delinquent debts for purposes of administrative offset, and may request another agency which holds funds payable to a Commission debtor to offset that debt against the funds held; the Commission will provide certification that:
</P>
<P>(1) The debt is past due and legally enforceable; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person has been afforded the necessary due process rights.
</P>
<P>(c) No collection by administrative offset shall be made on any debt that has been outstanding for more than 10 years unless facts material to the Government's right to collect the debt were not known, and reasonably could not have been known, by the official or officials responsible for discovering the debt. This limitation does not apply to debts reduced to judgment.
</P>
<P>(d) Administrative offset under this subpart may not be initiated against: 
</P>
<P>(1) A debt in which administrative offset of the type of debt involved is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute; 
</P>
<P>(2) Debts owed by other agencies of the United States or by any State or local Government; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Debts arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954; the Social Security Act; or the tariff laws of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(e) The procedures for administrative offset in this subpart do not apply to the offset of Federal salaries under 5 U.S.C. 5514 or Federal tax refunds under 31 U.S.C. 3720A and 31 CFR 285.2.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54130, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.4   Demand for payment—notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before offset is made, a written notice will be sent to the debtor. This notice will include:
</P>
<P>(1) The type and amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(2) The date when payment is due (not less than thirty days from the date of mailing or hand delivery of the notice);
</P>
<P>(3) The agency's intention to collect the debt by administrative offset, including asking the assistance of other Federal agencies to help in the offset whenever possible, if the debtor has not made payment by the payment due date or has not made an arrangement for payment by the payment due date;
</P>
<P>(4) The right of the debtor to inspect and copy the Commission's records related to the claim;
</P>
<P>(5) The right of the debtor to request a review of the determination of indebtedness and, in the circumstances described in § 204.7, to request an oral hearing from the Commission's designee; and
</P>
<P>(6) The right of the debtor to enter into a written agreement with the agency to repay the debt in some other way.
</P>
<P>(b) Claims for payment of travel advances and employee training expenses require notification prior to administrative offset as described in this section. Because no oral hearing is required, notice of the right to a hearing need not be included in the notification. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54130, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.5   Debtor's failure to respond.</HEAD>
<P>If the debtor fails to respond to the notice described in § 204.4(a) by the proposed effective date specified in the notice, the Commission may take further action under this section or under the Federal Claims Collection Standards (31 CFR 901.3). The commission may collect by administrative offset if the debtor:
</P>
<P>(a) Has not made payment by the payment due date; 
</P>
<P>(b) Has not requested a review of the claim within the agency as set out in § 204.6; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Has not made an arrangement for payment by the payment due date. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54130, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.6   Agency review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To the extent that a debt owed has not been established by judicial or administrative order, a debtor may request a hearing concerning the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of repayment. With respect to debts established by a judicial or administrative order, a debtor may request a hearing concerning the payment or other discharge of the debt. A request to review a disputed debt must be submitted to the Commission official who provided notification within 30 calendar days of the receipt of the written notice described in § 204.4(c).
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will provide a copy of the record to the debtor and advise him/her to furnish available evidence to support his or her position. Upon receipt of the evidence, the written record of indebtedness will be reviewed and the debtor will be informed of the results of that review. 
</P>
<P>(c) Pending the resolution of a dispute by the debtor, transactions in any of the debtor's accounts maintained by the Commission may be temporarily suspended. Depending on the type of transaction, the suspension could preclude its payment, removal, or transfer, as well as prevent the payment of interest or discount due thereon. Should the dispute be resolved in the debtor's favor, the suspension will be immediately lifted. 
</P>
<P>(d) During the review period, interest, penalties, and administrative costs will continue to accrue.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.7   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A debtor will be provided a reasonable opportunity for an oral hearing by the Commission's designee when: 
</P>
<P>(1) (i) By statute, consideration must be given to a request to waive the indebtedness; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor requests waiver of the indebtedness; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The waiver determination rests on an issue of credibility or veracity; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The debtor requests reconsideration and the Commission's designee determines that the question of indebtedness cannot be resolved by reviewing the documentary evidence. 
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where an oral hearing is provided to the debtor, the Commission's designee will conduct the hearing, and provide the debtor with a written decision 30 days after the hearing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.8" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.8   Written agreement for repayment.</HEAD>
<P>If the debtor requests a repayment agreement in place of offset, the Commission has discretion to determine whether to accept a repayment agreement in place of offset. If the debt is delinquent and the debtor has not disputed its existence or amount, the Commission will not accept a repayment agreement in place of offset unless the debtor is able to establish that offset would cause undue financial hardship or be unjust. No repayment arrangement will be considered unless the debtor submits a financial statement, executed under penalty of perjury, reflecting the debtor's assets, liabilities, income, and expenses. The financial statement must be submitted within ten business days of the Commission's request for the statement. At the Commission's option, a confess-judgment note or bond of indemnity with surety may be required for installment agreements. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, any reduction or compromise of a claim will be governed by the Debt Collection Act, 31 U.S.C. 3711-3720E, and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR 900.1-904.4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.9" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.9   Administrative offset procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the debtor does not exercise the right to request a review within the time specified in § 204.4, or if as a result of the review, it is determined that the debt is due and no written agreement is executed, then administrative offset shall be ordered in accordance with this subpart without further notice. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Travel advance.</I> The Commission will deduct outstanding advances provided to Commission travelers from other amounts owed the traveler by the agency whenever possible and practicable. Monies owed by an employee for outstanding travel advances that cannot be deducted from other travel amounts due that employee will be collected through salary offset as described in subpart B of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for offset to the Department of the Treasury or other Federal agencies.</I> The Chairperson (or his or her designee) may notify the Department of the Treasury of delinquent debts for purposes of administrative offset, and may request that a debt owed to the Commission be administratively offset against funds due and payable to a debtor by another Federal agency. In requesting administrative offset, the Commission, as creditor, will certify in writing to the Federal agency holding funds of the debtor that:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor owes the past due and legally enforceable debt; and
</P>
<P>(2) The debtor has been afforded the necessary due process rights.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requests for offset from other Federal agencies.</I> Any Federal agency may request that funds due and payable to its debtor by the Commission be administratively offset in order to collect a debt owed to such Federal agency by the debtor. The Commission shall initiate the requested offset only upon:
</P>
<P>(1) Receipt of written certification from the crecitor agency that:
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor owes the past due and legally enforceable debt; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor has been afforded the necessary due process rights.
</P>
<P>(2) A determination by the Commission that collection by offset against funds payable by the Commission would be in the best interest of the United States as determined by the facts and circumstances of the particular case, and that such offset would not otherwise be contrary to law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.11   Jeopardy procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may effect an administrative offset against a payment to be made to the debtor prior to the completion of the procedures required by § 204.4(a) if failure to take the offset would substantially jeopardize the Commission's ability to collect the debt, and the time available before the payment is to be made does not reasonably permit the completion of those procedures. Such prior offset shall be promptly followed by the completion of those procedures. Amounts recovered by offset but later found not to be owed to the Commission shall be promptly refunded. This section applies only to administrative offset pursuant to 31 CFR 901.3(c), and does not apply when debts are referred to the Department of the Treasury for mandatory centralized administrative offset under 31 CFR 901.3(b)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64370, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 204.12-204.29" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.1.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 204.12-204.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Salary Offset</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5514, 5 CFR 550.1104.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 204.30" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.30   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This regulation provides procedures for the collection by administrative offset against a federal employee's current pay account without his/her consent under 5 U.S.C. 5514 to satisfy certain debts owed to the Commission. This regulation does not apply when the employee consents to recovery from his/her current pay account. 
</P>
<P>(b) This regulation does not preclude an employee from requesting a waiver or questioning the amount or validity of a debt by submitting a claim to the General Accounting Office in accordance with procedures prescribed by the General Accounting Office. 
</P>
<P>(c) This Salary Offset plan is for internal use and Government-wide claims collections. 5 CFR 550.1104(a). This regulation implements 5 U.S.C. 5514; 5 CFR part 550, subpart K. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.31" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.31   Excluded debts or claims.</HEAD>
<P>This regulation does not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(a) Debts or claims arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 as amended (26 U.S.C. 1), or the tariff laws of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any case where collection of a debt by salary offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute, such as travel advances in 5 U.S.C. 5705 and employee training expenses in 5 U.S.C. 4108. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.32" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.32   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this regulation: 
</P>
<P><I>Chairman</I> means the Chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P><I>Creditor agency</I> means the agency to which the debt is owed. 
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> means an amount owed to the United States from sources which include but are not necessarily limited to, erroneous payments made to employees such as overpayment of benefits, salary or other allowances; loans when insured or guaranteed by the United States; and other amounts due the United States from fees, leases, rents, royalties, services, sales of real or personal property, overpayment, penalties, damages, interest, fines and forfeitures (except those arising under the Uniform Code of Military Justice) and all other similar sources. 
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> means the amount that remains from an employee's federal pay after required deductions for federal, state and local income taxes; Social Security taxes, including Medicare taxes; federal retirement programs; premiums for life and health insurance benefits; and such other deductions that are required by law to be withheld. (See 5 CFR 581.105(b) through (f) for items required by law to be withheld, and therefore excluded from disposable pay for the purposes of this regulation.) 
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means a current employee of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or other agency, including an active duty member or reservist in the U.S. Armed Forces or a former employee (or former active duty member or Reservist in the Armed Forces) with a current pay account. 
</P>
<P><I>FCCS</I> means the Federal Claims Collection Standards jointly published by the Justice Department and the Department of the Treasury at 31 CFR parts 900-904. 
</P>
<P><I>Hearing official</I> means an individual responsible for conducting any hearing with respect to the existence or amount of a debt claimed, and who renders a decision on the basis of such hearing. A hearing official may not be under the Chairman's supervision or control, except that nothing in this regulation shall be construed to prohibit the appointment of an administrative law judge. 
</P>
<P><I>Pay</I> means basic pay, special pay, incentive pay, retired pay, retainer pay, or in the case of an individual not entitled to basic pay, other authorized pay. 
</P>
<P><I>Program official</I> means, for the purpose of implementing this offset regulation, the Chief Financial Officer or designee. 
</P>
<P><I>Salary offset</I> means an administrative offset to collect a debt under 5 U.S.C. 5514 by deduction(s), at one or more officially established pay intervals, from the current pay account of an employee, without his or her consent. 
</P>
<P><I>Waiver</I> means the cancellation, remission, forgiveness, or non-recovery of a debt allegedly owed by an employee to an agency as permitted or required by 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774, 32 U.S.C. 716, 5 U.S.C. 8346(b), or any other law. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001; 76 FR 60372, Sept. 29, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.33" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.33   Pre-offset notice.</HEAD>
<P>A program official must provide an employee with written notice at least 30 calendar days prior to offseting his/her salary. A program official need not notify an employee of: any adjustment to pay arising out of an employee's election of coverage or a change in coverage under a Federal benefits program requiring periodic deductions from pay, it the amount to be recovered was accumulated over four pay periods or less; a routine intra-agency adjustment of pay that is made to correct an overpayment of pay attributable to clerical or administrative errors or delays in processing pay documents, if the overpayment occurred within the four pay periods preceding the adjustment and, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and point of contact for contesting such adjustment; or any adjustment to collect a debt amounting to $50 or less, if, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and a point of contact for contesting such adjustment. When required, the written notice must include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The nature, origin and amount of the indebtedness determined by the Commission to be due; 
</P>
<P>(b) The intention of the Commission to collect the debt through deductions from the employee's current disposable pay account; 
</P>
<P>(c) The frequency and amount of the intended deductions (stated as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of pay, not to exceed 15 percent of disposable pay) and the intention to continue the deductions until the debt is paid in full or otherwise resolved;
</P>
<P>(d) An explanation of the Commission's policy concerning interest, penalties, and administrative costs, including a statement that such assessments must be made unless excused in accordance with the FCCS; 
</P>
<P>(e) The employee's right to inspect and copy Commission records relating to the debt (if copies of such records are not attached), or if the employee or his or her representative cannot personally inspect the records, the right to request and receive a copy of such records. The Commission will respond to a request for inspection and/or copying as soon as practicable; 
</P>
<P>(f) The opportunity, under terms agreeable to the Commission, to enter into a written agreement to establish a schedule for repayment in lieu of offset. The agreement must be in writing, signed by both the employee and the Commission, and documented in the Commission's files (31 CFR 901.3(b)); 
</P>
<P>(g) The employee's right to a hearing conducted by an official arranged by the Commission if a petition is filed as prescribed by § 204.35, Petition for pre-offset hearing. Such hearing official will be either an administrative law judge or at the chief administrative law judge's discretion, another hearing official who is also not under the control of the head of the agency; 
</P>
<P>(h) The method and time period for petitioning for a hearing, including a statement that the timely filing of a petition for hearing will stay the commencement of collection proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(i) If a hearing is requested, the hearing official will issue a final decision, based on information presented to the hearing official, at the earliest practicable date, but no later than 60 days after the petition for the hearing is filed unless the employee requests and the hearing official, for good cause or in the interests of justice, deems it necessary to extend that time period (5 CFR 550.1104(d)(10)); 
</P>
<P>(j) That any knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the employee to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Disciplinary procedures appropriate under 5 U.S.C. chapter 75, 5 CFR part 752, or any other applicable statutes or regulations; 
</P>
<P>(2) Penalties under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729-3731, or any other applicable statutory authority; and/or 
</P>
<P>(3) Criminal penalties under 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 1001, and 1002, or any other applicable statutory authority. 
</P>
<P>(k) Any other rights and remedies available to the employee under statutes or regulations governing the program for which the collection is being made; 
</P>
<P>(l) The employee's right to a prompt refund if amounts paid or deducted by salary offset are later waived or found not owed to the United States, unless otherwise provided by law or contract; and 
</P>
<P>(m) The specific address to which all correspondence shall be directed regarding the debt. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.34" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.34   Employee response.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Introduction.</I> An employee must respond to a pre-offset notice, if at all, within 15 calendar days following receipt, in one or more of the ways discussed in § 204.34, Employee response, and § 204.35, Petition for pre-offset hearing. Where applicable, the employee bears the burdens of proof and persuasion. 
</P>
<P>(b) Responses must be submitted in writing to the program official who signed the pre-offset notice. A timely response will stay the commencement of collection by salary offset, at least until the issuance of a written decision. (See § 204.37, Extensions of time). Failure to submit a timely response will be treated as an admission of indebtedness, and will result in salary offset in accordance with the terms specified in the pre-offset notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) A response filed after expiration of the 15 day period may be accepted if the employee can show that the delay was due to circumstances beyond his or her control or failure to receive notice of the time limit (unless otherwise aware of it). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Voluntary repayment agreement.</I> An employee may request to enter into a voluntary written agreement for repayment of the debt in lieu of offset. It is within the discretion of the program official whether to enter into such an agreement, and if so, upon what terms. Voluntary deductions may exceed 15 percent of the employee's disposable pay. If an agreement is reached, the agreement must be in writing, and must be signed by both the employee and the program official. A signed copy must be sent to the Office of Financial Management. The program official shall notify the employee in writing of its decision not to accept the proposed voluntary repayment schedule before making any deductions from the employee's salary. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver.</I> Any request for waiver of the debt must be accompanied by evidence that the waiver is authorized by law. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reconsideration.</I> An employee may request reconsideration of the existence or amount of the debt or the offset schedule as reflected in the pre-offset notice. The request must be accompanied by a detailed narrative and supporting documentation as to why the offset decision is erroneous and/or why the offset schedule imposes an undue hardship. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 76 FR 60372, Sept. 29, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.35" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.35   Petition for pre-offset hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The employee may petition for a pre-offset hearing. The petition must state with specificity why the employee believes the agency's determination is in error. To the extent that a debt has not been established by judicial or administrative order, a debtor may request a pre-offset hearing concerning the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of repayment. With respect to debts established by a judicial or administrative order, a debtor may request a pre-offset hearing concerning the payment or other discharge of the debt.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must fully identify and explain, with reasonable specificity, all the facts, evidence and witnesses, if any, that the employee believes support his or her position. The petition must be signed by the employee. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.36" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.36   Granting of a pre-offset hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the employee timely requests a pre-offset hearing or the timeliness is waived, the program official must: 
</P>
<P>(1) arrange for a hearing official. If the hearing official is an administrative law judge, he or she shall be designated by the Chief Administrative Law Judge as set forth in 17 CFR 200.310(a)(2); and 
</P>
<P>(2) provide the hearing official with a copy of all records on which the determination of the debt and any involuntary repayment schedule are based. 
</P>
<P>(b) The hearing official shall notify the employee by personal service, by first class, registered or certified mail, or by a reliable commercial courier or overnight delivery service whether the employee is entitled to an oral or “paper” (<I>i.e.</I>, a review on the written record) hearing. (See 31 CFR 901.3(e).) Within 20 calendar days of receipt of this notice the employee shall provide the hearing official with a full description of all relevant facts, documentary evidence, and witnesses which the employee believes support his or her position. The hearing official may extend the time for the employee to respond to the notice for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(c) If an oral hearing is scheduled, the hearing official shall notify the program official and the employee in writing of the date, time and location of the hearing. The place for the hearing shall be fixed by the hearing official with due regard for the public interest and the convenience and necessity of the parties, the participants, or their representatives. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the employee is entitled to an oral hearing, but requests to have the hearing based only on the written submissions, the employee must notify the hearing official and the program official at least 3 calendar days before the date of the oral hearing. The hearing official may waive the 3-day requirement for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(e) Failure of the employee to appear at the oral hearing may result in dismissal of the petition and affirmation of the program official's decision. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54131, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.37" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.37   Extensions of time.</HEAD>
<P>The hearing official may for good cause or in the interests of justice postpone the commencement of the hearing, adjourn a convened hearing for a reasonable period of time or extend or shorten any other time limits prescribed under this section. This extension is not intended to abridge the 30 day initial notice or extend the 60 day decision requirement other than as provided for in 5 CFR 550.1104(d)(10). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.38" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.38   Pre-offset hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing official shall determine the form and content of hearings granted under this section, pursuant to 31 CFR 901.3(e). All oral hearings shall be on the record. Except as otherwise ordered by the hearing official, hearings shall be recorded or transcribed verbatim by shorthand, mechanical means, electronic sound recording, or any other method, subject to the discretion and approval of the hearing official, and a transcript thereof shall be made. 
</P>
<P>(b) Oral hearings are informal in nature. The Commission, represented by an attorney from the Office of General Counsel, and accompanied by a program official and the employee, and/or the employee's representative, orally shall explain their respective positions using relevant documentation. The employee may testify on his or her own behalf, subject to cross examination. Other witnesses may be called to testify where the hearing official determines the testimony to be relevant and not redundant. The Federal Rules of Evidence serve as a guideline, but are not controlling. The employee bears the burdens of proof and persuasion. 
</P>
<P>(c) The hearing official shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a fair and impartial hearing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Preside over the course of the hearing, maintain decorum and avoid delay in the disposition of the hearing; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Issue a decision in accordance with § 204.39, Written decision, on the basis of the oral hearing and the written record. 
</P>
<P>(d) Oral hearings are normally open to the public. However, the hearing official may close all or any portion of the hearing at either the request of either party or upon the hearing official's initiative when doing so is in the best interest[s] of the employee or the public. 
</P>
<P>(e) Oral hearings may be conducted by conference call at the request of the employee or at the discretion of the hearing official. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pre-offset “paper” hearing.</I> If a hearing is to be held only upon written submissions, the hearing official shall issue a decision based solely upon the written record. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.39" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.39   Written decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>If pre-offset hearing is held.</I> Within 60 days of the filing of the employee's petition for a pre-offset hearing, the hearing official will issue a written decision setting forth the basis of his/her findings in accordance with 5 CFR 550.1104(g)(3). 
</P>
<P>(b) If the employee challenges the pre-offset notice under § 204.34, Employee response and/or § 204.35, Petition for pre-offset hearing, without requesting a hearing or a hearing is denied, the program official must notify the employee of his/her final determination in writing before offset can begin. The agency's execution of a voluntary repayment agreement satisfies this requirement. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.40" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.40   Deductions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When deductions may begin: 
</P>
<P>(1) If a pre-offset hearing is held, deductions shall be made in accordance with the hearing official's decision. 
</P>
<P>(2) If parties execute a voluntary repayment agreement, deductions shall be made in accordance with the terms of that agreement. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the employee requests a waiver or reconsideration or the program official refuses to accept a proposed alternate repayment schedule, deductions shall be made in accordance with the program official's written decision. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the employee consents to the terms and conditions set forth in the Commission's Pre-offset Notice or fails to respond in timely fashion to the Pre-offset Notice, or waives his/her right to a hearing without otherwise challenging the terms of the Pre-offset Notice, deductions shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Retired or separated employees.</I> If the employee retires, resigns, or is terminated before the debt is fully repaid, the remaining indebtedness will be offset pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716 and the FCCS. 
</P>
<P>(1) To the extent possible, the remaining indebtedness will be liquidated from any final payment due the former employee as of the date of separation (e.g., final salary payment, lump-sum leave, etc.). See § 204.40d(3), Offset deductions from final salary and/or lump-sum leave payment. 
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter, the remaining indebtedness will be recovered from later payments of any kind due the former employee from the United States. See the FCCS. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of collection and source of deduction.</I> The method of collecting debts under these regulations shall be by salary offset. Deductions will be made from the employee's current disposable pay account except as provided for in § 204.34b, Employee response. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amount and duration of deductions.</I> Debts must be collected in one lump sum where possible. If the employee demonstrates financial hardship to the Commission's satisfaction or the amount of the debt exceeds 15 percent of the indebted employee's current disposable pay, collection must be made in installments over a period not greater than the anticipated period of active employment, except as provided in Section 34b, Employee Response. 
</P>
<P>(1) Installment deductions will be made over the shortest period possible. The size and frequency of installment deductions will bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. 
</P>
<P>(2) The amount deducted for any period will not exceed 15 percent of the disposable pay from which the deduction is made, unless the employee has agreed in writing to the deduction of a greater amount. Installment payment of less than $100 per pay period will he accepted only in the most unusual circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(3) Offset deductions from final salary and/or lump-sum leave payment. Such an offset deduction may exceed 15 percent of an employee's final salary and/or lump-sum leave payment pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716, 64 CG 907. 
</P>
<P>(e) Interest, penalties and administrative costs on debts under this part will be assessed and/or waived according to the provisions of 31 CFR 901.9. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.41" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.41   Non-waiver of rights.</HEAD>
<P>An employee's involuntary payment of all or any portion of a debt being collected under 5 U.S.C. 5514 shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights that the employee may have under 5 U.S.C. 5514 or any other provision of contract or law, unless there are statutory or contractual provisions to the contrary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.42" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.42   Refunds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission will refund promptly to the appropriate individual amounts offset under this regulation when: 
</P>
<P>(1) A debt is waived or otherwise found not owing the United States (unless expressly prohibited by statute or regulation); or 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission is directed by an administrative or judicial order to refund amounts deducted from the employee's current pay. 
</P>
<P>(b) Refunds do not bear interest unless required or permitted by law or contract. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.43" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.43   Coordinating offset with another federal agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Responsibility of the Commission as the Creditor Agency.</I> When possible, salary offset through the centralized administrative offset procedures in 5 CFR 550.1108 shall be attempted before applying the procedures in this section. If centralized administrative offset is not possible, the Commission shall request recovery from the current paying agency. Upon completion of the procedures established in these regulations and pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5514, 5 CFR 550.1109 the Commission must:
</P>
<P>(1) Certify, in writing, that the employee owes the debt, the amount and basis of the debt, the date on which payment(s) is due, the date the Government's right to collect the debt first accrued and that the Commission's regulations implementing 5 U.S.C. 5514 have been approved by OPM. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the collection must be made in installments, the Commission also must advise the paying agency of the amount or percentage of disposable pay to be collected in each installment, and if the Commission wishes, the number and the commencing date of the installments (if a date other than the next officially established pay period is required). 
</P>
<P>(3) Advise the paying agency of the actions taken pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5514(b) and give the date(s) the action(s) was taken (unless the employee has consented to the salary offset in writing or signed a statement acknowledging receipt of the required procedures and the written consent or statement is forwarded to the paying agency). 
</P>
<P>(4) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a)(4), the Commission must submit a debt claim containing the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section and an installment agreement (or other instruction on the payment schedule), if applicable, to the employee's paying agency. 
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee is in the process of separating, the Commission must submit its debt claim to the employee's paying agency for collection as provided in 5 CFR 550.1104(l). Pursuant to 5 CFR 1101, the paying agency must certify the total amount of its collection and notify the creditor agency and employee. If the paying agency is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, or other similar payments, it must provide written notification to the agency responsible for making such payments that the debtor owes a debt (including the amount) and that the paying agency has fully complied with the provisions of this section. The Commission must submit a properly certified claim to the agency responsible for making such payments before the collection can be made. 
</P>
<P>(6) If the employee is already separated and all payments due from his or her former paying agency have been paid, the Commission may request, unless otherwise prohibited, that money due and payable to the employee from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund (5 CFR 831.1801) or other similar funds, be administratively offset to collect the debt (See 31 U.S.C. 3716 and the FCCS). 
</P>
<P>(7) When an employee transfers to another paying agency, the Commission shall not repeat the due process procedures described in 5 U.S.C. 5514 and subpart B of this part to resume the collection. The Commission must review the debt upon receiving the former paying agency's notice of the employee's transfer to make sure the collection is resumed by the new paying agency. The Commission must submit a properly certified claim to the new paying agency before collection can be resumed. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility of the Commission as the paying agency</I>—(1) <I>Complete claim.</I> When the Commission receives a properly certified claim from a creditor agency, deductions should be scheduled to begin at the next officially established pay interval. The Commission must notify the employee in writing that the Commission has received a certified debt claim from the creditor agency (including the amount) and the date salary offset will begin and the amount of such deductions. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Incomplete claim.</I> When the Commission receives an incomplete certification of debt from a creditor agency, the Commission must return the debt claim with notice that procedures under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and subpart B of this part must be provided and a properly certified debt claim received before action will be taken to collect from the employee's current pay account. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review.</I> The Commission is not authorized to review the merits of the creditor agency's determination with respect to the amount or validity of the debt certified by the creditor agency. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Employees who transfer from one paying agency to another.</I> If, after the creditor agency has submitted the debt claim to the Commission and before the Commission collects the debt in full, the employee transfers to another agency, the Commission must certify the total amount collected on the debt. One copy of the certification must be furnished to the employee and one copy to the creditor agency along with notice of the employee's transfer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responsibility of the Program Official.</I> (1) The Program Official shall coordinate debt collections and shall, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Arrange for a hearing upon proper petition by a federal employee; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Prescribe, upon consultation with the General Counsel, such practices and procedures as may be necessary to carry out the intent of this regulation. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Program Official shall be responsible for: 
</P>
<P>(i) Ensuring that each certification of debt sent to a paying agency is consistent with the pre-offset notice (§ 204.33, Pre-offset notice). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Obtaining hearing officials from other agencies pursuant to § 204.36, Granting of a pre-offset hearing. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensuring that hearings are properly scheduled. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.44" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.2.17.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.44   Interest, penalties, and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>Charges may be assessed for interest, penalties, and administrative costs in accordance with the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR 901.9. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 38520, July 19, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Tax Refund Offset</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3720A, 31 CFR 285.2(c).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 64372, Dec. 7, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 204.50" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.50   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes procedures for the Commission's referral of past-due legally enforceable debts to the Department of the Treasury's Financial Management Service (FMS) for offset against the income tax refunds of the debtor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.51" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.51   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.52" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.52   Notification of intent to collect.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification before tax refund offset.</I> Reduction of an income tax refund will be made only after the Commission makes a determination that an amount is owed and past-due and gives or makes a reasonable attempt to give the debtor 60 days written notice of the intent to collect by tax refund offset.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of notice.</I> The Commission's notice of intent to collect by tax refund offset (Notice of Intent) will state: 
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of the debt; 
</P>
<P>(2) That unless the debt is repaid within 60 days from the date of the Commission's Notice of Intent, the Commission intends to collect the debt by requesting a reduction of any amounts payable to the debtor as a Federal income tax refund by an amount equal to the amount of the debt and all accumulated interest and other charges; 
</P>
<P>(3) A mailing address for forwarding any written correspondence and a contact name and a telephone number for any questions; and 
</P>
<P>(4) That the debtor may present evidence to the Commission that all or part of the debt is not past due or legally enforceable by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Sending a written request for a review of the evidence to the address provided in the notice; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Stating in the request the amount disputed and the reasons why the debtor believes that the debt is not past due or is not legally enforceable; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Including in the request any documents that the debtor wishes to be considered or stating that the additional information will be submitted within the remainder of the 60-day period. 
</P>
<P>(c) To the extent that a debt owed has not been established by judicial or administrative order, a debtor may dispute the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of repayment. With respect to debts established by a judicial or administrative order, Commission review will be limited to issues concerning the payment or other discharge of the debt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64372, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001; 66 FR 56383, Nov. 7, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.53" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.53   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.54" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.54   Commission action as a result of consideration of evidence submitted in response to the notice of intent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consideration of evidence.</I> If, as a result of the Notice of Intent, the Commission receives notice that the debtor will submit additional evidence or receives additional evidence from the debtor within the prescribed time period, tax refund offset will be stayed until the Commission can: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consider the evidence presented by the debtor; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Determine whether or not all or a portion of the debt is still past due and legally enforceable; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Notify the debtor of its determination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission action on the debt.</I> (1) The Commission will notify the debtor of its intent to refer the debt to the IRS for offset against the debtor's Federal income tax refund if it sustains its decision that the debt is past-due and legally enforceable. The Commission will also notify the debtor whether the amount of the debt remains the same or is modified; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission will not refer the debt to the IRS for offset against the debtor's Federal income tax refund if it reverses its decision that the debt is past due and legally enforceable. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64372, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.55" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.55   Change in notification to Financial Management Service.</HEAD>
<P>After the Commission sends FMS notification of an individual's liability for a debt, the Commission will promptly notify FMS of any change in the notification, if the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) Determines that an error has been made with respect to the information contained in the notification;
</P>
<P>(b) Receives a payment or credits a payment to the account of the debtor named in the notification that reduces the amount of the debt referred to FMS for offset; or
</P>
<P>(c) If the debt amount is otherwise incorrect, except that the amount of a debt referred to FMS will not be increased unless the Commission has complied with the due process requirements of this subpart and the Federal Claims Collection Standards as to the amount of the increase.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.56" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.56   Administrative charges.</HEAD>
<P>To the extent permitted by law, all administrative charges incurred in connection with the referral of the debts for tax refund offset will be assessed on the debt and thus increase the amount of the offset.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 204.57-204.59" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 204.57-204.59   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Administrative Wage Garnishment</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3720D, 31 CFR 285.11(f).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 54132, Oct. 26, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 204.60" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.60   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart provides procedures for the Commission to collect money from a debtor's disposable pay by means of administrative wage garnishment to satisfy a delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.61" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.61   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The receipt of payments pursuant to this subpart does not preclude the Commission from pursuing other debt collection remedies, including the offset of Federal payments to satisfy a delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States. The Commission may pursue such debt collection remedies separately or in conjunction with administrative wage garnishment.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to the collection of delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States from the wages of Federal employees from their Federal employment. Federal pay is subject to the Federal salary offset procedures set forth in 5 U.S.C. 5514 and other applicable laws.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.62" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.62   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Debt</I> or <I>delinquent nontax debt</I> means any money, funds or property that has been determined to be owed to the Commission by an individual that has not been paid by the date specified in the demand or order for payment, or applicable agreement. For purposes of this subpart, the terms “debt” and “claim” are synonymous.
</P>
<P><I>Disposable pay</I> means that part of the debtor's compensation (including, but not limited to, salary, bonuses, commissions, and vacation pay) from an employer remaining after the deduction of health insurance premiums and any amounts required by law to be withheld. For purposes of this subpart, “amounts required by law to be withheld” include amounts for deductions such as social security taxes and withholding taxes, but do not include any amount withheld pursuant to a court order.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a person or entity that employs the services of others and that pays their wages or salaries. The term employer includes, but is not limited to, State and local Governments, but does not include an agency of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Garnishment</I> means the process of withholding amounts from an employee's disposable pay and the paying of those amounts to a creditor in satisfaction of a withholding order.
</P>
<P><I>Withholding order</I> means any order for withholding or garnishment of pay issued by an agency, or judicial or administrative body. For purposes of this subpart, the terms “wage garnishment order” and “garnishment order” have the same meaning as “withholding order.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.63" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.63   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At least 30 days before the initiation of garnishment proceedings, the Commission will mail, by first class mail to the debtor's last known address, a written notice informing the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature and amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission's intention to initiate proceedings to collect the debt through deductions from pay until the debt and all accumulated interest, penalties and administrative costs are paid in full; and
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of the debtor's rights, including those set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and the time frame within which the debtor may exercise these rights.
</P>
<P>(b) The debtor will be afforded the opportunity:
</P>
<P>(1) To inspect and copy records related to the debt;
</P>
<P>(2) To enter into a written repayment agreement with the Commission, under terms agreeable to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent that a debt owed has not been established by judicial or administrative order, to request a hearing concerning the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of the debt's repayment schedule. With respect to debts established by a judicial or administrative order, a debtor may request a hearing concerning the payment or other discharge of the debt. The debtor is not entitled to a hearing concerning the terms of the proposed repayment schedule if these terms have been established by written agreement under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice required by this section may be included with the Commission's demand letter required by subpart A of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission will keep a copy of the certificate of service indicating the date of mailing of the notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.64" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.64   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for hearing.</I> The Commission will order a hearing, which at the Commission's option may be oral or written, if the debtor submits a written request for a hearing concerning, for debts not previously established by judicial or administrative order, the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of the repayment schedule (for repayment schedules established other than by written agreement under § 204.63(b)(2)), or for debts established by judicial or administrative order, the payment or other discharge of the debt.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type of hearing or review.</I> (1) For purposes of this subpart, whenever the Commission is required to afford a debtor a hearing, the Commission will provide the debtor with a reasonable opportunity for an oral hearing when the Commission determined that the issues in dispute cannot be resolved by review of the documentary evidence, for example, when the validity of the claim turns on the issue of credibility or veracity.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission determines that an oral hearing is appropriate, the time and location of the hearing shall be established by the Commission. An oral hearing may, at the debtor's option, be conducted either in-person or by telephone conference. All travel expenses incurred by the debtor in connection with an in-person hearing will be borne by the debtor. All telephonic charges incurred during the hearing will be the responsibility of the agency.
</P>
<P>(3) In those cases when an oral hearing is not required by this section, the Commission will nevertheless accord the debtor a “paper hearing,” that is, the Commission will decide the issues in dispute based upon a review of the written record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of timely request.</I> Subject to paragraph (l) of this section, if the debtor's written request is received by the Commission on or before the 15th business day following the mailing of the notice of the Commission's intent to seek garnishment, the Commission will not issue a withholding order until the debtor has been provided the requested hearing, and a decision in accordance with paragraphs (i) and (j) of this section has been rendered.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to timely request a hearing.</I> If the debtor's written request is received by the agency after the 15th business day following the mailing of the notice of the Commission's intent to seek garnishment, the Commission shall provide a hearing to the debtor. However, the Commission will not delay issuance of a withholding order unless the Commission determines that the delay in filing the request was caused by factors over which the debtor had no control, or the Commission receives information that the Commission believes justifies a delay or cancellation of the withholding order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hearing official.</I> All hearings shall be presided over by the Commission, or if the Commission so orders, by a hearing official. When the Commission designates that the hearing official shall be an administrative law judge, the Chief Administrative Law Judge shall select, pursuant to 17 CFR 200.30-10, the administrative law judge to preside.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Procedure.</I> After the debtor requests a hearing, the hearing official shall notify the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date and time of a telephonic hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) The date, time, and location of an in-person oral hearing; or
</P>
<P>(3) The deadline for the submission of evidence for a written hearing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Burden of proof.</I> (1) The Commission will have the burden of going forward to prove the existence or amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter, if the debtor disputes the existence or amount of the debt, the debtor must prove by a preponderance of the evidence that no debt exists or that the amount of the debt is incorrect. In addition, the debtor may present evidence that the terms of the repayment schedule are unlawful, would cause a financial hardship to the debtor, or that collection of the debt may not be pursued due to operation of law.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Record.</I> The hearing official will maintain a record of any hearing provided under this section. A hearing is not required to be a formal evidentiary-type hearing, however, witnesses who testify in oral hearings will do so under oath or affirmation.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Date of decision.</I> The hearing official shall issue a written opinion stating his or her decision, as soon as practicable, but not later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the request for such hearing was received by the Commission. If the Commission is unable to provide the debtor with a hearing and a decision is not rendered within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request for such hearing:
</P>
<P>(1) A withholding order will not be issued until the hearing is held and a decision rendered; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a withholding order had previously been issued to the debtor's employer, the withholding order will be suspended beginning on the 61st day after the receipt of the hearing request and continuing until a hearing is held and a decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Content of decision.</I> The written decision shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A summary of the facts presented;
</P>
<P>(2) The findings, analysis and conclusions; and
</P>
<P>(3) The terms of any repayment schedules, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Finality of agency action.</I> Unless the Commission on its own initiative orders review of a decision by a hearing official pursuant to 17 CFR 201.431(c), a decision by a hearing official shall become the final decision of the Commission for the purpose of judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Failure to appear.</I> In the absence of good cause shown, a debtor who fails to appear at a scheduled hearing will be deemed as not having timely filed a request for a hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.65" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.65   Wage garnishment order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the Commission receives information that the Commission believes justifies a delay or cancellation of the withholding order, the Commission will send, by first class mail, a withholding order to the debtor's employer within 30 days after the debtor fails to make a timely request for a hearing (<I>i.e.</I>, within 15 business days after the mailing of the notice of the Commission's intent to seek garnishment) or, if a timely request for a hearing is made by the debtor, within 30 days after a decision to issue a withholding order becomes final.
</P>
<P>(b) The withholding order sent to the employer will be in the form prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, on the Commission's letterhead, and signed by the Chairperson or his or her delegatee. The order will contain the information necessary for the employer to comply with the withholding order. This information includes the debtor's name, address, and social security number, as well as instructions for withholding and information as to where payments should be sent.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission will keep a copy of the certificate of service indicating the date of mailing of the order.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certification by employer.</I> Along with the withholding order, the Commission will send to the employer a certification in a form prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The employer shall complete and return the certification to the Commission within the time frame prescribed in the instructions to the form. The certification will address matters such as information about the debtor's employment status and disposable pay available for withholding.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Amounts withheld.</I> (1) After receipt of the garnishment order issued under this section, the employer shall deduct from all disposable pay paid to the applicable debtor during each pay period the amount of garnishment described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) of this section, the amount of garnishment shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount indicated on the garnishment order up to 15% of the debtor's disposable pay; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount set forth in 15 U.S.C. 1673(a)(2) (Restriction on Garnishment). The amount set forth at U.S.C. 1673(a)(2) is the amount by which the debtor's disposable pay exceeds an amount equivalent to thirty times the minimum wage <I>See</I> 29 CFR 870.10.
</P>
<P>(3) When a debtor's pay is subject to withholding orders with priority, the following shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Unless otherwise provided by Federal law, withholding orders issued under this section shall be paid in the amounts set forth under paragraph (e)(2) of this section and shall have priority over other withholding orders which are served later in time. However, withholding orders for family support shall have priority over withholding orders issued under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If amounts are being withheld from a debtor's pay pursuant to a withholding order served on an employer before a withholding order issued pursuant to this section, or if a withholding order for family support is served on an employer at any time, the amounts withheld pursuant to the withholding order issued under this section shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount calculated under paragraph (e)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) An amount equal to 25% of the debtor's disposable pay less the amount(s) withheld under the withholding order(s) with priority.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a debtor owes more than one debt to the Commission, the Commission may issue multiple withholding orders. The total amount garnished from the debtor's pay for such orders will not exceed the amount set forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) An amount greater than that set forth in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section may be withheld upon the written consent of the debtor.
</P>
<P>(5) The employer shall promptly pay to the Commission all amounts withheld in accordance with the withholding order issued pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(6) An employer shall not be required to vary its normal pay and disbursement cycles in order to comply with the withholding order.
</P>
<P>(7) Any assignment or allotment by the employee of the employee's earnings shall be void to the extent it interferes with or prohibits execution of the withholding order under this section, except for any assignment or allotment made pursuant to a family support judgment or order.
</P>
<P>(8) The employer shall withhold the appropriate amount from the debtor's wages for each pay period until the employer receives notification from the Commission to discontinue wage withholding. The garnishment order shall indicate a reasonable period of time within which the employer is required to commence wage withholding.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exclusions from garnishment.</I> The Commission will not garnish the wages of a debtor it knows has been involuntarily separated from employment until the debtor has been reemployed continuously for at least 12 months. The debtor has the burden of informing the Commission of the circumstances surrounding an involuntary separation from employment.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Financial hardship.</I> (1) A debtor whose wages are subject to a wage withholding order under this section, may, at any time, request a review by the Commission of the amount garnished, based on materially changed circumstances such as disability, divorce, or catastrophic illness which result in financial hardship.
</P>
<P>(2) A debtor requesting a review under this section shall submit the basis for claiming that the current amount of garnishment results in a financial hardship to the debtor, along with supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(3) If a financial hardship is found, the Commission will downwardly adjust, by an amount and for a period of time agreeable to the Commission, the amount garnished to reflect the debtor's financial condition. The Commission will notify the employer of any adjustments to the amounts to be withheld.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Ending garnishment.</I> (2) Once the Commission has fully recovered the amounts owed by the debtor, including interest, penalties, and administrative costs consistent with the Federal Claims Collection Standards (31 CFR 901.9), the Commission will send the debtor's employer notification to discontinue wage withholding.
</P>
<P>(2) At least annually, the Commission will review its debtors' accounts to ensure that garnishment has been terminated for accounts that have been paid in full.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Actions prohibited by the employer.</I> The Debt Collection Act prohibits an employer from discharging, refusing to employ, or taking disciplinary action against the debtor due to the issuance of a withholding order under this section (31 U.S.C. 3720D(e)).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Refunds.</I> (1) If a hearing official determines that a debt is not legally due and owing to the United States, the Commission shall promptly refund any amount collected by means of administrative wage garnishment.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless required by Federal law or contract, refunds under this section shall not bear interest.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Right of action.</I> The Commission may sue any employer for any amount that the employer fails to withhold from wages owed and payable to an employee in accordance with this section. However, a suit will not be filed before the termination of the collection action involving a particular debtor, unless earlier filing is necessary to avoid expiration of any applicable statute of limitations. For purposes of this section, “termination of the collection action” occurs when the agency has terminated collection action in accordance with the Federal Claims Collection Standards (31 CFR 903.1-903.5) or other applicable standards. In any event, termination of the collection action will have been deemed to occur if the Commission has not received any payments to satisfy the debt from the particular debtor whose wages were subject to garnishment, in whole or in part, for a period of one (1) year.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Miscellaneous: Credit Bureau Reporting, Collection Services</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3701, 3711, 3718. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 64373, Dec. 7, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 204.75" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.75   Collection services.</HEAD>
<P>Section 13 of the Debt Collection Act (31 U.S.C. 3718) authorizes agencies to enter into contracts for collection services to recover debts owed the United States. The Act requires that certain provisions be contained in such contracts, including: 
</P>
<P>(a) The agency retains the authority to resolve a dispute, including the authority to terminate a collection action or refer the matter to the Attorney General for civil remedies; and 
</P>
<P>(b) The contractor is subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as it applies to private contractors, as well as subject to State and Federal laws governing debt collection practices. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.76" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.76   Use of credit bureau or consumer reporting agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission may report delinquent debts to consumer reporting agencies (See 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(3), 3711). Sixty days prior to release of information to a consumer reporting agency, the debtor shall be notified, in writing, of the intent to disclose the existence of the debt to a consumer reporting agency. Such notice of intent may be a separate correspondence or included in correspondence demanding direct payment. The notice shall be in conformance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(e) and the Federal Claims Collection Standards. The Commission shall provide, in this notice, the debtor with: 
</P>
<P>(1) An opportunity to inspect and copy agency records pertaining to the debt; 
</P>
<P>(2) An opportunity for an administrative review of the legal enforceability or past due status of the debt; 
</P>
<P>(3) An opportunity to enter into a repayment agreement on terms satisfactory to the Commission to prevent the Commission from reporting the debt as overdue to consumer reporting agencies, and provide deadlines and method for requesting this relief; 
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of the rate of interest that will accrue on the debt, that all costs incurred to collect the debt will be charged to the debtor, the authority for assessing these costs, and the manner in which the Commission will calculate the amount of these cost; 
</P>
<P>(5) An explanation that the Commission will report the debt to the consumer reporting agencies to the detriment of the debtor's credit rating; and 
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the collection actions that the agency may take in the future if those presently proposed actions do not result in repayment of the loan obligation, including the filing of a lawsuit against the borrower by the agency and assignment of the debt for collection by offset against Federal income tax refunds or the filing of a lawsuit against the debtor by the Federal Government. 
</P>
<P>(b) The information that may be disclosed to the consumer reporting agency is limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor's name, address, social security number or taxpayer identification number, and any other information necessary to establish the identity of the individual; 
</P>
<P>(2) The amount, status, and history of the claim; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission program or activity under which the claim arose. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64373, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54135, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 204.77" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.5.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 204.77   Referrals to collection agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission has authority to contract for collection services to recover delinquent debts in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3718(a) and the Federal Claims Collection Standards (31 CFR 901.5).
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will use private collection agencies where it determines that their use is in the best interest of the Government. Where the Commission determines that there is a need to contract for collection services, the contract will provide that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The authority to resolve disputes, compromise claims, suspend or terminate collection action, or refer the matter to the Department of Justice for litigation or to take any other action under this part will be retained by the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(2) Contractors are subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, to the extent specified in 5 U.S.C. 552a(m) and to applicable Federal and State laws and regulations pertaining to debt collection practices, such as the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. 1692; 
</P>
<P>(3) The contractor is required to strictly account for all amounts collected; 
</P>
<P>(4) The contractor must agree that uncollectible accounts shall be returned with appropriate documentation to enable Commission to determine whether to pursue collection through litigation or to terminate collection; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The contractor must agree to provide any data in its files requested by the Commission upon returning the account to the Commission for subsequent referral to the Department of Justice for litigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 64373, Dec. 7, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 54135, Oct. 26, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="205" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 205—STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT FOR ATTORNEYS APPEARING AND PRACTICING BEFORE THE COMMISSION IN THE REPRESENTATION OF AN ISSUER 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s, 78d-3, 78w, 80a-37, 80a-38, 80b-11, 7202, 7245, and 7262. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 6320, Feb. 6, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 205.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth minimum standards of professional conduct for attorneys appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer. These standards supplement applicable standards of any jurisdiction where an attorney is admitted or practices and are not intended to limit the ability of any jurisdiction to impose additional obligations on an attorney not inconsistent with the application of this part. Where the standards of a state or other United States jurisdiction where an attorney is admitted or practices conflict with this part, this part shall govern. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.2" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Appearing and practicing</I> before the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(1) Means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Transacting any business with the Commission, including communications in any form; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Representing an issuer in a Commission administrative proceeding or in connection with any Commission investigation, inquiry, information request, or subpoena; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing advice in respect of the United States securities laws or the Commission's rules or regulations thereunder regarding any document that the attorney has notice will be filed with or submitted to, or incorporated into any document that will be filed with or submitted to, the Commission, including the provision of such advice in the context of preparing, or participating in the preparation of, any such document; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Advising an issuer as to whether information or a statement, opinion, or other writing is required under the United States securities laws or the Commission's rules or regulations thereunder to be filed with or submitted to, or incorporated into any document that will be filed with or submitted to, the Commission; but 
</P>
<P>(2) Does not include an attorney who: 
</P>
<P>(i) Conducts the activities in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section other than in the context of providing legal services to an issuer with whom the attorney has an attorney-client relationship; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a non-appearing foreign attorney. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appropriate response</I> means a response to an attorney regarding reported evidence of a material violation as a result of which the attorney reasonably believes: 
</P>
<P>(1) That no material violation, as defined in paragraph (i) of this section, has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur; 
</P>
<P>(2) That the issuer has, as necessary, adopted appropriate remedial measures, including appropriate steps or sanctions to stop any material violations that are ongoing, to prevent any material violation that has yet to occur, and to remedy or otherwise appropriately address any material violation that has already occurred and to minimize the likelihood of its recurrence; or 
</P>
<P>(3) That the issuer, with the consent of the issuer's board of directors, a committee thereof to whom a report could be made pursuant to § 205.3(b)(3), or a qualified legal compliance committee, has retained or directed an attorney to review the reported evidence of a material violation and either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Has substantially implemented any remedial recommendations made by such attorney after a reasonable investigation and evaluation of the reported evidence; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has been advised that such attorney may, consistent with his or her professional obligations, assert a colorable defense on behalf of the issuer (or the issuer's officer, director, employee, or agent, as the case may be) in any investigation or judicial or administrative proceeding relating to the reported evidence of a material violation. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attorney</I> means any person who is admitted, licensed, or otherwise qualified to practice law in any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, or who holds himself or herself out as admitted, licensed, or otherwise qualified to practice law. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Breach of fiduciary duty</I> refers to any breach of fiduciary or similar duty to the issuer recognized under an applicable Federal or State statute or at common law, including but not limited to misfeasance, nonfeasance, abdication of duty, abuse of trust, and approval of unlawful transactions. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Evidence of a material violation</I> means credible evidence, based upon which it would be unreasonable, under the circumstances, for a prudent and competent attorney not to conclude that it is reasonably likely that a material violation has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Foreign government issuer</I> means a foreign issuer as defined in 17 CFR 230.405 eligible to register securities on Schedule B of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> Schedule B). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>In the representation of an issuer</I> means providing legal services as an attorney for an issuer, regardless of whether the attorney is employed or retained by the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Issuer</I> means an issuer (as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c)), the securities of which are registered under section 12 of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78l), or that is required to file reports under section 15(d) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), or that files or has filed a registration statement that has not yet become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), and that it has not withdrawn, but does not include a foreign government issuer. For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (g) of this section, the term “issuer” includes any person controlled by an issuer, where an attorney provides legal services to such person on behalf of, or at the behest, or for the benefit of the issuer, regardless of whether the attorney is employed or retained by the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Material violation</I> means a material violation of an applicable United States federal or state securities law, a material breach of fiduciary duty arising under United States federal or state law, or a similar material violation of any United States federal or state law. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Non-appearing foreign attorney</I> means an attorney: 
</P>
<P>(1) Who is admitted to practice law in a jurisdiction outside the United States; 
</P>
<P>(2) Who does not hold himself or herself out as practicing, and does not give legal advice regarding, United States federal or state securities or other laws (except as provided in paragraph (j)(3)(ii) of this section); and 
</P>
<P>(3) Who: 
</P>
<P>(i) Conducts activities that would constitute appearing and practicing before the Commission only incidentally to, and in the ordinary course of, the practice of law in a jurisdiction outside the United States; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is appearing and practicing before the Commission only in consultation with counsel, other than a non-appearing foreign attorney, admitted or licensed to practice in a state or other United States jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Qualified legal compliance committee</I> means a committee of an issuer (which also may be an audit or other committee of the issuer) that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consists of at least one member of the issuer's audit committee (or, if the issuer has no audit committee, one member from an equivalent committee of independent directors) and two or more members of the issuer's board of directors who are not employed, directly or indirectly, by the issuer and who are not, in the case of a registered investment company, “interested persons” as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)); 
</P>
<P>(2) Has adopted written procedures for the confidential receipt, retention, and consideration of any report of evidence of a material violation under § 205.3; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has been duly established by the issuer's board of directors, with the authority and responsibility: 
</P>
<P>(i) To inform the issuer's chief legal officer and chief executive officer (or the equivalents thereof) of any report of evidence of a material violation (except in the circumstances described in § 205.3(b)(4)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine whether an investigation is necessary regarding any report of evidence of a material violation by the issuer, its officers, directors, employees or agents and, if it determines an investigation is necessary or appropriate, to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Notify the audit committee or the full board of directors; 
</P>
<P>(B) Initiate an investigation, which may be conducted either by the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) or by outside attorneys; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Retain such additional expert personnel as the committee deems necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) At the conclusion of any such investigation, to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Recommend, by majority vote, that the issuer implement an appropriate response to evidence of a material violation; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Inform the chief legal officer and the chief executive officer (or the equivalents thereof) and the board of directors of the results of any such investigation under this section and the appropriate remedial measures to be adopted; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Has the authority and responsibility, acting by majority vote, to take all other appropriate action, including the authority to notify the Commission in the event that the issuer fails in any material respect to implement an appropriate response that the qualified legal compliance committee has recommended the issuer to take. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Reasonable</I> or <I>reasonably</I> denotes, with respect to the actions of an attorney, conduct that would not be unreasonable for a prudent and competent attorney. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reasonably believes</I> means that an attorney believes the matter in question and that the circumstances are such that the belief is not unreasonable. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Report</I> means to make known to directly, either in person, by telephone, by e-mail, electronically, or in writing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.3" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.3   Issuer as client.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Representing an issuer.</I> An attorney appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer owes his or her professional and ethical duties to the issuer as an organization. That the attorney may work with and advise the issuer's officers, directors, or employees in the course of representing the issuer does not make such individuals the attorney's clients. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to report evidence of a material violation.</I> (1) If an attorney, appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer, becomes aware of evidence of a material violation by the issuer or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the issuer, the attorney shall report such evidence to the issuer's chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) or to both the issuer's chief legal officer and its chief executive officer (or the equivalents thereof) forthwith. By communicating such information to the issuer's officers or directors, an attorney does not reveal client confidences or secrets or privileged or otherwise protected information related to the attorney's representation of an issuer. 
</P>
<P>(2) The chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) shall cause such inquiry into the evidence of a material violation as he or she reasonably believes is appropriate to determine whether the material violation described in the report has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur. If the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) determines no material violation has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur, he or she shall notify the reporting attorney and advise the reporting attorney of the basis for such determination. Unless the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) reasonably believes that no material violation has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur, he or she shall take all reasonable steps to cause the issuer to adopt an appropriate response, and shall advise the reporting attorney thereof. In lieu of causing an inquiry under this paragraph (b), a chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) may refer a report of evidence of a material violation to a qualified legal compliance committee under paragraph (c)(2) of this section if the issuer has duly established a qualified legal compliance committee prior to the report of evidence of a material violation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Unless an attorney who has made a report under paragraph (b)(1) of this section reasonably believes that the chief legal officer or the chief executive officer of the issuer (or the equivalent thereof) has provided an appropriate response within a reasonable time, the attorney shall report the evidence of a material violation to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The audit committee of the issuer's board of directors; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Another committee of the issuer's board of directors consisting solely of directors who are not employed, directly or indirectly, by the issuer and are not, in the case of a registered investment company, “interested persons” as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)) (if the issuer's board of directors has no audit committee); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer's board of directors (if the issuer's board of directors has no committee consisting solely of directors who are not employed, directly or indirectly, by the issuer and are not, in the case of a registered investment company, “interested persons” as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19))). 
</P>
<P>(4) If an attorney reasonably believes that it would be futile to report evidence of a material violation to the issuer's chief legal officer and chief executive officer (or the equivalents thereof) under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the attorney may report such evidence as provided under paragraph (b)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) An attorney retained or directed by an issuer to investigate evidence of a material violation reported under paragraph (b)(1), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this section shall be deemed to be appearing and practicing before the Commission. Directing or retaining an attorney to investigate reported evidence of a material violation does not relieve an officer or director of the issuer to whom such evidence has been reported under paragraph (b)(1), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this section from a duty to respond to the reporting attorney. 
</P>
<P>(6) An attorney shall not have any obligation to report evidence of a material violation under this paragraph (b) if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The attorney was retained or directed by the issuer's chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) to investigate such evidence of a material violation and: 
</P>
<P>(A) The attorney reports the results of such investigation to the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof); and 
</P>
<P>(B) Except where the attorney and the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) each reasonably believes that no material violation has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur, the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) reports the results of the investigation to the issuer's board of directors, a committee thereof to whom a report could be made pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, or a qualified legal compliance committee; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The attorney was retained or directed by the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) to assert, consistent with his or her professional obligations, a colorable defense on behalf of the issuer (or the issuer's officer, director, employee, or agent, as the case may be) in any investigation or judicial or administrative proceeding relating to such evidence of a material violation, and the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) provides reasonable and timely reports on the progress and outcome of such proceeding to the issuer's board of directors, a committee thereof to whom a report could be made pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, or a qualified legal compliance committee. 
</P>
<P>(7) An attorney shall not have any obligation to report evidence of a material violation under this paragraph (b) if such attorney was retained or directed by a qualified legal compliance committee: 
</P>
<P>(i) To investigate such evidence of a material violation; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) To assert, consistent with his or her professional obligations, a colorable defense on behalf of the issuer (or the issuer's officer, director, employee, or agent, as the case may be) in any investigation or judicial or administrative proceeding relating to such evidence of a material violation.
</P>
<P>(8) An attorney who receives what he or she reasonably believes is an appropriate and timely response to a report he or she has made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this section need do nothing more under this section with respect to his or her report. 
</P>
<P>(9) An attorney who does not reasonably believe that the issuer has made an appropriate response within a reasonable time to the report or reports made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this section shall explain his or her reasons therefor to the chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof), the chief executive officer (or the equivalent thereof), and directors to whom the attorney reported the evidence of a material violation pursuant to paragraph (b)(1), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(10) An attorney formerly employed or retained by an issuer who has reported evidence of a material violation under this part and reasonably believes that he or she has been discharged for so doing may notify the issuer's board of directors or any committee thereof that he or she believes that he or she has been discharged for reporting evidence of a material violation under this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative reporting procedures for attorneys retained or employed by an issuer that has established a qualified legal compliance committee.</I> (1) If an attorney, appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer, becomes aware of evidence of a material violation by the issuer or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the issuer, the attorney may, as an alternative to the reporting requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, report such evidence to a qualified legal compliance committee, if the issuer has previously formed such a committee. An attorney who reports evidence of a material violation to such a qualified legal compliance committee has satisfied his or her obligation to report such evidence and is not required to assess the issuer's response to the reported evidence of a material violation. 
</P>
<P>(2) A chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) may refer a report of evidence of a material violation to a previously established qualified legal compliance committee in lieu of causing an inquiry to be conducted under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) shall inform the reporting attorney that the report has been referred to a qualified legal compliance committee. Thereafter, pursuant to the requirements under § 205.2(k), the qualified legal compliance committee shall be responsible for responding to the evidence of a material violation reported to it under this paragraph (c). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Issuer confidences.</I> (1) Any report under this section (or the contemporaneous record thereof) or any response thereto (or the contemporaneous record thereof) may be used by an attorney in connection with any investigation, proceeding, or litigation in which the attorney's compliance with this part is in issue. 
</P>
<P>(2) An attorney appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer may reveal to the Commission, without the issuer's consent, confidential information related to the representation to the extent the attorney reasonably believes necessary: 
</P>
<P>(i) To prevent the issuer from committing a material violation that is likely to cause substantial injury to the financial interest or property of the issuer or investors; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To prevent the issuer, in a Commission investigation or administrative proceeding from committing perjury, proscribed in 18 U.S.C. 1621; suborning perjury, proscribed in 18 U.S.C. 1622; or committing any act proscribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001 that is likely to perpetrate a fraud upon the Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) To rectify the consequences of a material violation by the issuer that caused, or may cause, substantial injury to the financial interest or property of the issuer or investors in the furtherance of which the attorney's services were used. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.4" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.4   Responsibilities of supervisory attorneys.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An attorney supervising or directing another attorney who is appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer is a supervisory attorney. An issuer's chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof) is a supervisory attorney under this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) A supervisory attorney shall make reasonable efforts to ensure that a subordinate attorney, as defined in § 205.5(a), that he or she supervises or directs conforms to this part. To the extent a subordinate attorney appears and practices before the Commission in the representation of an issuer, that subordinate attorney's supervisory attorneys also appear and practice before the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) A supervisory attorney is responsible for complying with the reporting requirements in § 205.3 when a subordinate attorney has reported to the supervisory attorney evidence of a material violation. 
</P>
<P>(d) A supervisory attorney who has received a report of evidence of a material violation from a subordinate attorney under § 205.3 may report such evidence to the issuer's qualified legal compliance committee if the issuer has duly formed such a committee. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.5" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.5   Responsibilities of a subordinate attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An attorney who appears and practices before the Commission in the representation of an issuer on a matter under the supervision or direction of another attorney (other than under the direct supervision or direction of the issuer's chief legal officer (or the equivalent thereof)) is a subordinate attorney. 
</P>
<P>(b) A subordinate attorney shall comply with this part notwithstanding that the subordinate attorney acted at the direction of or under the supervision of another person. 
</P>
<P>(c) A subordinate attorney complies with § 205.3 if the subordinate attorney reports to his or her supervising attorney under § 205.3(b) evidence of a material violation of which the subordinate attorney has become aware in appearing and practicing before the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) A subordinate attorney may take the steps permitted or required by § 205.3(b) or (c) if the subordinate attorney reasonably believes that a supervisory attorney to whom he or she has reported evidence of a material violation under § 205.3(b) has failed to comply with § 205.3. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.6" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.6   Sanctions and discipline.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A violation of this part by any attorney appearing and practicing before the Commission in the representation of an issuer shall subject such attorney to the civil penalties and remedies for a violation of the federal securities laws available to the Commission in an action brought by the Commission thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(b) An attorney appearing and practicing before the Commission who violates any provision of this part is subject to the disciplinary authority of the Commission, regardless of whether the attorney may also be subject to discipline for the same conduct in a jurisdiction where the attorney is admitted or practices. An administrative disciplinary proceeding initiated by the Commission for violation of this part may result in an attorney being censured, or being temporarily or permanently denied the privilege of appearing or practicing before the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) An attorney who complies in good faith with the provisions of this part shall not be subject to discipline or otherwise liable under inconsistent standards imposed by any state or other United States jurisdiction where the attorney is admitted or practices. 
</P>
<P>(d) An attorney practicing outside the United States shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this part to the extent that such compliance is prohibited by applicable foreign law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 205.7" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.6.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 205.7   No private right of action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing in this part is intended to, or does, create a private right of action against any attorney, law firm, or issuer based upon compliance or noncompliance with its provisions. 
</P>
<P>(b) Authority to enforce compliance with this part is vested exclusively in the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="209" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 209—FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE COMMISSION'S RULES OF PRACTICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77h-1, 77u, 78u-2, 78u-3, 78v, 78w, 80a-9, 80a-37, 80a-38, 80a-39, 80a-40, 80a-41, 80a-44, 80b-3, 80b-9, 80b-11, and 80b-12, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>60 FR 32823, June 23, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 209.0-1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.7.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms for use under the Securities and Exchange Commission's Rules of Practice, part 201 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, D.C. 20549. Any person may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (See § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of the SEC regional offices.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32823, June 23, 1995, as amended at 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.7.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.1   Form D-A: Disclosure of assets and financial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rules 410 and 630 of the Rules of Practice (17 CFR 201.410 and 201.630) provide that under certain circumstances a respondent who asserts or intends to assert an inability to pay disgorgement, interest or penalties may be required to disclose certain financial information. Unless otherwise ordered, this form may be used by individuals required to supply such information.
</P>
<P>(b) The respondent filing Form D-A is required promptly to notify the Commission of any material change in the answer to any question on this form.
</P>
<P>(c) Form D-A may not be withheld from the interested division. A respondent making financial information disclosures on this form after the institution of proceedings may make a motion, pursuant to Rule 322 of the Commission's Rules of Practice (17 CFR 201.322), for the issuance of a protective order to limit disclosure to the public or parties other than the interested division of the information submitted on Form D-A. A request for a protective order allows the requester an opportunity to justify the need for confidentiality. The making of a motion for a protective order, however, does not guarantee that disclosure will be limited.
</P>
<P>(d) No party receiving information for which a motion for a protective order has been made may transfer or convey the information to any other person prior to a ruling on the motion without the prior permission of the Commission or a hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(e) A person making financial information disclosures on Form D-A prior to the institution of proceedings, in connection with an offer of settlement or otherwise, may request confidential treatment of the information pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act. <I>See</I> the Commission's Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”) regulations, 17 CFR 200.83. A request for confidential treatment allows the requester an opportunity to substantiate the need for confidentiality. No determination as to the validity of any request for confidential treatment will be made until a request for disclosure of the information under FOIA is received.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="210" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 210—FORM AND CONTENT OF AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940, AND ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77nn(25), 77nn(26), 78c, 78j-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78q, 78u-5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-31, 80a-37(a), 80b-3, 80b-11, 7202 and 7262, and sec. 102(c), Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 310 (2012), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS 
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV7 N="17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.17" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Application of Regulation S-X (17 CFR Part 210)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.1-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.1-01   Application of Regulation S-X (17 CFR part 210).</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part (together with the Financial Reporting Releases (part 211 of this chapter)) sets forth the form and content of and requirements for financial statements required to be filed as a part of:
</P>
<P>(1) Registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 (part 239 of this chapter), except as otherwise specifically provided in the forms which are to be used for registration under this Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Registration statements under section 12 (subpart C of part 249 of this chapter), annual or other reports under sections 13 and 15(d) (subparts D and E of part 249 of this chapter), and proxy and information statements under section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 except as otherwise specifically provided in the forms which are to be used for registration and reporting under these sections of this Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) Registration statements and shareholder reports under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (part 274 of this chapter), except as otherwise specifically provided in the forms which are to be used for registration under this Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>financial statements</I> as used in this part shall be deemed to include all notes to the statements and all related schedules.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to filings pursuant to the Federal securities laws, § 210.4-10 applies to the preparation of accounts by persons engaged, in whole or in part, in the production of crude oil or natural gas in the United States pursuant to section 503 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6383) (<I>EPCA</I>) and section 1(c) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 796), as amended by section 505 of EPCA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14593, July 21, 1972, as amended at 43 FR 40712, Sept. 12, 1978; 45 FR 63680, 63687, Sept. 25, 1980; 46 FR 36124, July 14, 1981; 50 FR 25214, June 18, 1985; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.1-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.1-02   Definitions of terms used in Regulation S-X (17 CFR part 210).</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, terms defined in the general rules and regulations or in the instructions to the applicable form, when used in Regulation S-X (this part 210), shall have the respective meanings given in such instructions or rules. In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated in this section unless the context otherwise requires.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Accountant's report.</I> The term <I>accountant's report,</I> when used in regard to financial statements, means a document in which an independent public or certified public accountant indicates the scope of the audit (or examination) which he has made and sets forth his opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole, or an assertion to the effect that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed, the reasons therefor shall be stated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Attestation report on internal control over financial reporting.</I> The term <I>attestation report on internal control over financial reporting</I> means a report in which a registered public accounting firm expresses an opinion, either unqualified or adverse, as to whether the registrant maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined in § 240.13a-15(f) or § 240.15d-15(f) of this chapter), except in the rare circumstance of a scope limitation that cannot be overcome by the registrant or the registered public accounting firm which would result in the accounting firm disclaiming an opinion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</I> The term <I>attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities</I> means a report in which a registered public accounting firm, as required by § 240.13a-18(c) or § 240.15d-18(c) of this chapter, expresses an opinion, or states that an opinion cannot be expressed, concerning an asserting party's assessment of compliance with servicing criteria, as required by § 240.13a-18(b) or § 240.15d-18(b) of this chapter, in accordance with standards on attestation engagements. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed, the registered public accounting firm must state why it is unable to express such an opinion.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definitions of terms related to internal control over financial reporting.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Material weakness</I> means a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting (as defined in § 240.13a-15(f) or § 240.15d-15(f) of this chapter) such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the registrant's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
</P>
<P><I>Significant deficiency</I> means a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the registrant's financial reporting.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affiliate.</I> An <I>affiliate</I> of, or a person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specific person is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amount.</I> The term <I>amount,</I> when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to shares, and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Audit (or examination).</I> The term <I>audit</I> (or <I>examination</I>), when used in regard to financial statements of issuers as defined by section 2(a)(7) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, means an examination of the financial statements by an independent accountant in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) for the purpose of expressing an opinion thereon. See § 210.15-01(a) for definition of an audit when used in regard to financial statements of an entity that will combine with an entity that is a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company). When used in regard to financial statements of entities that are not issuers as defined by section 2(a)(7) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other than in transactions where § 210.15-01(a) applies, the term means an examination of the financial statements by an independent accountant in accordance with either the standards of the PCAOB or U.S. generally accepted auditing standards (“U.S. GAAS”) as specified or permitted in this part and forms applicable to those entities for the purpose of expressing an opinion thereon. The standards of the PCAOB and U.S. GAAS may be modified or supplemented by the Commission.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Bank holding company.</I> The term <I>bank holding company</I> means a person which is engaged, either directly or indirectly, primarily in the business of owning securities of one or more banks for the purpose, and with the effect, of exercising control.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certified.</I> The term <I>certified,</I> when used in regard to financial statements, means examined and reported upon with an opinion expressed by an independent public or certified public accountant.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Control.</I> The term <I>control</I> (including the terms <I>controlling, controlled by</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Development stage company.</I> A company shall be considered to be in the development stage if it is devoting substantially all of its efforts to establishing a new business and either of the following conditions exists: (1) Planned principal operations have not commenced. (2) Planned principal operations have commenced, but there has been no significant revenue therefrom.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Equity security.</I> The term <I>equity security</I> means any stock or similar security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration, into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Fifty-percent-owned person.</I> The term <I>50-percent-owned person,</I> in relation to a specified person, means a person approximately 50 percent of whose outstanding voting shares is owned by the specified person either directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Fiscal year.</I> The term <I>fiscal year</I> means the annual accounting period or, if no closing date has been adopted, the calendar year ending on December 31.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Foreign business.</I> A business that is majority owned by persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States and is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, and either:
</P>
<P>(1) More than 50 percent of its assets are located outside the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) The majority of its executive officers and directors are not United States citizens or residents.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Insurance holding company.</I> The term <I>insurance holding company</I> means a person which is engaged, either directly or indirectly, primarily in the business of owning securities of one or more insurance companies for the purpose, and with the effect, of exercising control. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Majority-owned subsidiary.</I> The term <I>majority-owned subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary more than 50 percent of whose outstanding voting shares is owned by its parent and/or the parent's other majority-owned subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Material.</I> The term <I>material,</I> when used to qualify a requirement for the furnishing of information as to any subject, limits the information required to those matters about which an average prudent investor ought reasonably to be informed.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Parent.</I> A <I>parent</I> of a specified person is an affiliate controlling such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Person.</I> The term <I>person</I> means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a business trust, or an unincorporated organization.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Principal holder of equity securities.</I> The term <I>principal holder of equity securities,</I> used in respect of a registrant or other person named in a particular statement or report, means a holder of record or a known beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of any class of equity securities of the registrant or other person, respectively, as of the date of the related balance sheet filed.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Promoter.</I> The term <I>promoter</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons, directly or indirectly takes initiative in founding and organizing the business or enterprise of an issuer;
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who, in connection with the founding and organizing of the business or enterprise of an issuer, directly or indirectly receives in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, 10 percent or more of any class of securities of the issuer or 10 percent or more of the proceeds from the sale of any class of securities. However, a person who receives such securities or proceeds either solely as underwriting commissions or solely in consideration of property shall not be deemed a promoter within the meaning of this paragraph if such person does not otherwise take part in founding and organizing the enterprise.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Registrant.</I> The term <I>registrant</I> means the issuer of the securities for which an application, a registration statement, or a report is filed.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Related parties.</I> The term <I>related parties</I> is used as that term is defined in the FASB ASC Master Glossary.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Share.</I> The term <I>share</I> means a share of stock in a corporation or unit of interest in an unincorporated person.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Significant subsidiary.</I> (1) The term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the conditions in paragraph (w)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section; however if the registrant is a registered investment company or a business development company, the tested subsidiary meets any of the conditions in paragraph (w)(2) of this section instead of any of the conditions in this paragraph (w)(1). In an acquisition by a predecessor to a shell company, use the predecessor's consolidated financial statements instead of those of the shell company registrant in applying the significance tests in paragraphs (w)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section. A registrant that files its financial statements in accordance with or provides a reconciliation to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) must use amounts determined under U.S. GAAP. A foreign private issuer that files its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) must use amounts determined under IFRS-IASB.(
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Investment test.</I> (A) For acquisitions, other than those described in paragraph (w)(1)(i)(B) of this section, and dispositions this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or if the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For acquisitions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the consideration transferred, adjusted to exclude the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate interest in the carrying value of assets transferred by the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated to the tested subsidiary that will remain with the combined entity after the acquisition. It must include the fair value of contingent consideration if required to be recognized at fair value by the registrant at the acquisition date under U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable; however if recognition at fair value is not required, it must include all contingent consideration, except contingent consideration for which the likelihood of payment is remote.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For dispositions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, for the disposed subsidiary when comparing to the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or, when the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value, the carrying value of the disposed subsidiary when comparing to total assets of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) When determining the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, use the average of such aggregate worldwide market value calculated daily for the last five trading days of the registrant's most recently completed month ending prior to the earlier of the registrant's announcement date or agreement date of the acquisition or disposition.
</P>
<P>(B) For a combination between entities or businesses under common control, this test is met when either the net book value of the tested subsidiary exceeds 10 percent of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated total assets or the number of common shares exchanged or to be exchanged by the registrant exceeds 10 percent of its total common shares outstanding at the date the combination is initiated.
</P>
<P>(C) In all other cases, this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Asset test.</I> This test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total assets (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Income test.</I> (A) This test is met when:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The absolute value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' equity in the tested subsidiary's consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests exceeds 10 percent of the absolute value of such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total revenue from continuing operations (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total revenue of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year. This paragraph (w)(1)(iii)(A)(<I>2</I>) does not apply if either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary did not have material revenue in each of the two most recently completed fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(B) When determining the income component in paragraph (w)(1)(iii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interest has been incurred by either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary, but not both, exclude the equity in the income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) of the tested subsidiary attributable to the controlling interest from such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for purposes of the computation;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Compute the test using the average described in this paragraph (w)(1)(iii)(B)(<I>2</I>) if the revenue component in paragraph (w)(1)(iii)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section does not apply and the absolute value of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests for the most recent fiscal year is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Entities reporting losses must not be aggregated with entities reporting income where the test involves combined entities, as in the case of determining whether summarized financial data must be presented or whether the aggregate impact specified in §§ 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv) and 210.3-14(b)(2)(i)(C) is met, except when determining whether related businesses meet this test for purposes of §§ 210.3-05 and 210.8-04.
</P>
<P>(2) For a registrant that is a registered investment company or a business development company, the term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions using amounts determined under U.S. GAAP and, if applicable, section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Investment test.</I> The value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the value of the total investments of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Income test.</I> The absolute value of the sum of combined investment income from dividends, interest, and other income, the net realized gains and losses on investments, and the net change in unrealized gains and losses on investments from the tested subsidiary (except, for purposes of § 210.6-11, the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the tested subsidiary), for the most recently completed fiscal year exceeds:
</P>
<P>(A) 80 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(B) 10 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year and the investment test (paragraph (w)(2)(i) of this section) condition exceeds 5 percent. However, if the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years, then the registrant may compute both conditions of the income test using the average of the absolute value of such amounts for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for each of its last five fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Subsidiary.</I> A <I>subsidiary</I> of a specified person is an affiliate controlled by such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Totally held subsidiary.</I> The term <I>totally held subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary (1) substantially all of whose outstanding equity securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries, and (2) which is not indebted to any person other than its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries, in an amount which is material in relation to the particular subsidiary, excepting indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not overdue and which matures within 1 year from the date of its creation, whether evidenced by securities or not. Indebtedness of a subsidiary which is secured by its parent by guarantee, pledge, assignment, or otherwise is to be excluded for purposes of paragraph (x)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Voting shares.</I> The term <I>voting shares</I> means the sum of all rights, other than as affected by events of default, to vote for election of directors and/or the sum of all interests in an unincorporated person.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Wholly owned subsidiary.</I> The term <I>wholly owned subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary substantially all of whose outstanding voting shares are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other wholly owned subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Summarized financial information.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (bb)(2) of this section, <I>summarized financial information</I> referred to in this part shall mean the presentation of summarized information as to the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the entity for which the information is required. Summarized financial information shall include the following disclosures, which may be subject to appropriate variation to conform to the nature of the entity's business:
</P>
<P>(i) Current assets, noncurrent assets, current liabilities, noncurrent liabilities, and, when applicable, redeemable preferred stocks (see § 210.5-02.27) and noncontrolling interests (for specialized industries in which classified balance sheets are normally not presented, information shall be provided as to the nature and amount of the majority components of assets and liabilities);
</P>
<P>(ii) Net sales or gross revenues, gross profit (or, alternatively, costs and expenses applicable to net sales or gross revenues), income or loss from continuing operations, net income or loss, and net income or loss attributable to the entity (for specialized industries, other information may be substituted for sales and related costs and expenses if necessary for a more meaningful presentation); and
</P>
<P>(2) Summarized financial information for unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50 percent or less owned persons referred to in and required by § 210.10-01(b) for interim periods shall include the information required by paragraph (bb)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Statement(s) of comprehensive income.</I> The term <I>statement(s) of comprehensive income</I> means a financial statement that includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Comprehensive income comprises all components of net income and all components of other comprehensive income. The statement of comprehensive income may be presented either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. A statement(s) of operations or variations thereof may be used in place of a statement(s) of comprehensive income if there was no other comprehensive income during the period(s).
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Restricted net assets.</I> The term <I>restricted net assets</I> shall mean that amount of the registrant's proportionate share of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries (after intercompany eliminations) which as of the end of the most recent fiscal year may not be transferred to the parent company by subsidiaries in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party (<I>i.e.,</I> lender, regulatory agency, foreign government, etc.). Not all limitations on transferability of assets are considered to be restrictions for purposes of this rule, which considers only specific third party restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds outside of the entity. For example, the presence of subsidiary debt which is secured by certain of the subsidiary's assets does not constitute a restriction under this rule. However, if there are any loan provisions prohibiting dividend payments, loans or advances to the parent by a subsidiary, these are considered restrictions for purposes of computing restricted net assets. When a loan agreement requires that a subsidiary maintain certain working capital, net tangible asset, or net asset levels, or where formal compensating arrangements exist, there is considered to be a restriction under the rule because the lender's intent is normally to preclude the transfer by dividend or otherwise of funds to the parent company. Similarly, a provision which requires that a subsidiary reinvest all of its earnings is a restriction, since this precludes loans, advances or dividends in the amount of such undistributed earnings by the entity. Where restrictions on the amount of funds which may be loaned or advanced differ from the amount restricted as to transfer in the form of cash dividends, the amount least restrictive to the subsidiary shall be used. Redeemable preferred stocks (§ 210.5-02.27) and noncontrolling interests shall be deducted in computing net assets for purposes of this test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14593, July 21, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 210.1-02, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Qualifications and Reports of Accountants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.2-01 through 210.2-05 appear at 37 FR 14594, July 21, 1972, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-01   Qualifications of accountants.</HEAD>
<P>Section 210.2-01 is designed to ensure that auditors are qualified and independent of their audit clients both in fact and in appearance. Accordingly, the rule sets forth restrictions on financial, employment, and business relationships between an accountant and an audit client and restrictions on an accountant providing certain non-audit services to an audit client. Section 210.2-01(b) sets forth the general standard of auditor independence. Paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section reflect the application of the general standard to particular circumstances. The rule does not purport to, and the Commission could not, consider all circumstances that raise independence concerns, and these are subject to the general standard in § 210.2-01(b). In considering this standard, the Commission looks in the first instance to whether a relationship or the provision of a service: Creates a mutual or conflicting interest between the accountant and the audit client; places the accountant in the position of auditing his or her own work; results in the accountant acting as management or an employee of the audit client; or places the accountant in a position of being an advocate for the audit client. These factors are general guidance only, and their application may depend on particular facts and circumstances. For that reason, § 210.2-01(b) provides that, in determining whether an accountant is independent, the Commission will consider all relevant facts and circumstances. For the same reason, registrants and accountants are encouraged to consult with the Commission's Office of the Chief Accountant before entering into relationships, including relationships involving the provision of services that are not explicitly described in the rule.
</P>
<P>(a) The Commission will not recognize any person as a certified public accountant who is not duly registered and in good standing as such under the laws of the place of his residence or principal office. The Commission will not recognize any person as a public accountant who is not in good standing and entitled to practice as such under the laws of the place of his residence or principal office.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission will not recognize an accountant as independent, with respect to an audit client, if the accountant is not, or a reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and circumstances would conclude that the accountant is not, capable of exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within the accountant's engagement. In determining whether an accountant is independent, the Commission will consider all relevant circumstances, including all relationships between the accountant and the audit client, and not just those relating to reports filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) This paragraph sets forth a non-exclusive specification of circumstances inconsistent with paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Financial relationships.</I> An accountant is not independent if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, the accountant has a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the accountant's audit client, such as: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Investments in audit clients.</I> An accountant is not independent when: 
</P>
<P>(A) The accounting firm, any covered person in the firm, or any of his or her immediate family members, has any direct investment in an audit client, such as stocks, bonds, notes, options, or other securities. The term <I>direct investment</I> includes an investment in an audit client through an intermediary if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The accounting firm, covered person, or immediate family member, alone or together with other persons, supervises or participates in the intermediary's investment decisions or has control over the intermediary; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The intermediary is not a diversified management investment company, as defined by section 5(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-5(b)(1), and has an investment in the audit client that amounts to 20% or more of the value of the intermediary's total investments. 
</P>
<P>(B) Any partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of the accounting firm, any of his or her immediate family members, any close family member of a covered person in the firm, or any group of the above persons has filed a Schedule 13D or 13G (17 CFR 240.13d-101 or 240.13d-102) with the Commission indicating beneficial ownership of more than five percent of an audit client's equity securities or controls an audit client, or a close family member of a partner, principal, or shareholder of the accounting firm controls an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(C) The accounting firm, any covered person in the firm, or any of his or her immediate family members, serves as voting trustee of a trust, or executor of an estate, containing the securities of an audit client, unless the accounting firm, covered person in the firm, or immediate family member has no authority to make investment decisions for the trust or estate. 
</P>
<P>(D) The accounting firm, any covered person in the firm, any of his or her immediate family members, or any group of the above persons has any material indirect investment in an audit client. For purposes of this paragraph, the term <I>material indirect investment</I> does not include ownership by any covered person in the firm, any of his or her immediate family members, or any group of the above persons of 5% or less of the outstanding shares of a diversified management investment company, as defined by section 5(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-5(b)(1), that invests in an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(E) The accounting firm, any covered person in the firm, or any of his or her immediate family members: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has any direct or material indirect investment in an entity where: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) An audit client has an investment in that entity that is material to the audit client and has the ability to exercise significant influence over that entity; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The entity has an investment in an audit client that is material to that entity and has the ability to exercise significant influence over that audit client; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has any material investment in an entity over which an audit client has the ability to exercise significant influence; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Has the ability to exercise significant influence over an entity that has the ability to exercise significant influence over an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Other financial interests in audit client.</I> An accountant is not independent when the accounting firm, any covered person in the firm, or any of his or her immediate family members has: 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Loans/debtor-creditor relationship.</I> 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any loan (including any margin loan) to or from an audit client, an audit client's officers or directors that have the ability to affect decision-making at the entity under audit, or beneficial owners (known through reasonable inquiry) of the audit client's equity securities where such beneficial owner has significant influence over the entity under audit. The following loans obtained from a financial institution under its normal lending procedures, terms, and requirements are excepted from this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>):
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Automobile loans and leases collateralized by the automobile;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Loans fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of an insurance policy;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Loans fully collateralized by cash deposits at the same financial institution;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Mortgage loans collateralized by the borrower's primary residence provided the loans were not obtained while the covered person in the firm was a covered person; and
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Student loans provided the loans were not obtained while the covered person in the firm was a covered person.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The term <I>audit client</I> for a fund under audit excludes any other fund that otherwise would be considered an <I>affiliate of the audit client;</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The term <I>fund</I> means: An investment company or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)); or a commodity pool as defined in Section 1a(10) of the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended [(7 U.S.C. 1-1a(10)], that is not an investment company or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)).
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Savings and checking accounts.</I> Any savings, checking, or similar account at a bank, savings and loan, or similar institution that is an audit client, if the account has a balance that exceeds the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any similar insurer, except that an accounting firm account may have an uninsured balance provided that the likelihood of the bank, savings and loan, or similar institution experiencing financial difficulties is remote. 
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Broker-dealer accounts.</I> Brokerage or similar accounts maintained with a broker-dealer that is an audit client, if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any such account includes any asset other than cash or securities (within the meaning of “security” provided in the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (“SIPA”) (15 U.S.C. 78aaa <I>et seq.</I>)); 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The value of assets in the accounts exceeds the amount that is subject to a Securities Investor Protection Corporation advance, for those accounts, under Section 9 of SIPA (15 U.S.C. 78fff-3); or 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) With respect to non-U.S. accounts not subject to SIPA protection, the value of assets in the accounts exceeds the amount insured or protected by a program similar to SIPA. 
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Futures commission merchant accounts.</I> Any futures, commodity, or similar account maintained with a futures commission merchant that is an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Consumer loans.</I> Any aggregate outstanding consumer loan balance owed to a lender that is an audit client that is not reduced to $10,000 or less on a current basis taking into consideration the payment due date and any available grace period.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Insurance products.</I> Any individual policy issued by an insurer that is an audit client unless: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The policy was obtained at a time when the covered person in the firm was not a covered person in the firm; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The likelihood of the insurer becoming insolvent is remote. 
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Investment companies.</I> Any financial interest in an entity that is part of an investment company complex that includes an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, an accountant will not be deemed not independent if: 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Inheritance and gift.</I> Any person acquires an unsolicited financial interest, such as through an unsolicited gift or inheritance, that would cause an accountant to be not independent under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (c)(1)(ii) of this section, and the financial interest is disposed of as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 days after the person has knowledge of and the right to dispose of the financial interest. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>New audit engagement.</I> Any person has a financial interest that would cause an accountant to be not independent under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (c)(1)(ii) of this section, and: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The accountant did not audit the client's financial statements for the immediately preceding fiscal year; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The accountant is independent under paragraph (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section before the earlier of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Signing an initial engagement letter or other agreement to provide audit, review, or attest services to the audit client; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Commencing any audit, review, or attest procedures (including planning the audit of the client's financial statements). 
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Employee compensation and benefit plans.</I> An immediate family member of a person who is a covered person in the firm only by virtue of paragraphs (f)(11)(iii) or (f)(11)(iv) of this section has a financial interest that would cause an accountant to be not independent under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (c)(1)(ii) of this section, and the acquisition of the financial interest was an unavoidable consequence of participation in his or her employer's employee compensation or benefits program, provided that the financial interest, other than unexercised employee stock options, is disposed of as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 days after the person has the right to dispose of the financial interest. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Audit clients' financial relationships.</I> An accountant is not independent when: 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Investments by the audit client in the accounting firm.</I> An audit client has, or has agreed to acquire, any direct investment in the accounting firm, such as stocks, bonds, notes, options, or other securities, or the audit client's officers or directors are record or beneficial owners of more than 5% of the equity securities of the accounting firm. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Underwriting.</I> An accounting firm engages an audit client to act as an underwriter, broker-dealer, market-maker, promoter, or analyst with respect to securities issued by the accounting firm. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employment relationships.</I> An accountant is not independent if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, the accountant has an employment relationship with an audit client, such as: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Employment at audit client of accountant.</I> A current partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of the accounting firm is employed by the audit client or serves as a member of the board of directors or similar management or governing body of the audit client. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Employment at audit client of certain relatives of accountant.</I> A close family member of a covered person in the firm is in an accounting role or financial reporting oversight role at an audit client, or was in such a role during any period covered by an audit for which the covered person in the firm is a covered person. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Employment at audit client of former employee of accounting firm.</I> (A) A former partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of an accounting firm is in an accounting role or financial reporting oversight role at an audit client, unless the individual: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Does not influence the accounting firm's operations or financial policies; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has no capital balances in the accounting firm; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Has no financial arrangement with the accounting firm other than one providing for regular payment of a fixed dollar amount (which is not dependent on the revenues, profits, or earnings of the accounting firm): 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Pursuant to a fully funded retirement plan, rabbi trust, or, in jurisdictions in which a rabbi trust does not exist, a similar vehicle; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In the case of a former professional employee who was not a partner, principal, or shareholder of the accounting firm and who has been disassociated from the accounting firm for more than five years, that is immaterial to the former professional employee; and
</P>
<P>(B) A former partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of an accounting firm is in a financial reporting oversight role at an issuer (as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f)), except an issuer that is an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), unless the individual: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Employed by the issuer was not a member of the audit engagement team of the issuer during the one year period preceding the date that audit procedures commenced for the fiscal period that included the date of initial employment of the audit engagement team member by the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, the following individuals are not considered to be members of the audit engagement team: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Persons, other than the lead partner and the Engagement Quality Reviewer, who provided 10 or fewer hours of audit, review, or attest services during the period covered by paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Individuals employed by the issuer as a result of a business combination between an issuer that is an audit client and the employing entity, provided employment was not in contemplation of the business combination and the audit committee of the successor issuer is aware of the prior employment relationship; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Individuals that are employed by the issuer due to an emergency or other unusual situation provided that the audit committee determines that the relationship is in the interest of investors; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, audit procedures are deemed to have commenced for a fiscal period the day following the filing of the issuer's periodic annual report with the Commission covering the previous fiscal period; or 
</P>
<P>(C) A former partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of an accounting firm is in a financial reporting oversight role with respect to an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The former partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of an accounting firm is employed in a financial reporting oversight role related to the operations and financial reporting of the registered investment company at an entity in the investment company complex, as defined in (f)(14) of this section, that includes the registered investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The former partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of an accounting firm employed by the registered investment company or any entity in the investment company complex was a member of the audit engagement team of the registered investment company or any other registered investment company in the investment company complex during the one year period preceding the date that audit procedures commenced that included the date of initial employment of the audit engagement team member by the registered investment company or any entity in the investment company complex. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C)(<I>2</I>) of this section, the following individuals are not considered to be members of the audit engagement team: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Persons, other than the lead partner and the Engagement Quality Reviewer, who provided 10 or fewer hours of audit, review, or attest services during the period covered by paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C)(<I>2</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Individuals employed by the registered investment company or any entity in the investment company complex as a result of a business combination between a registered investment company or any entity in the investment company complex that is an audit client and the employing entity, provided employment was not in contemplation of the business combination and the audit committee of the registered investment company is aware of the prior employment relationship; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Individuals that are employed by the registered investment company or any entity in the investment company complex due to an emergency or other unusual situation provided that the audit committee determines that the relationship is in the interest of investors. 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C)(<I>2</I>) of this section, audit procedures are deemed to have commenced the day following the filing of the registered investment company's periodic annual report with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Employment at accounting firm of former employee of audit client.</I> A former officer, director, or employee of an audit client becomes a partner, principal, shareholder, or professional employee of the accounting firm, unless the individual does not participate in, and is not in a position to influence, the audit of the financial statements of the audit client covering any period during which he or she was employed by or associated with that audit client. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business relationships.</I> An accountant is not independent if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, the accounting firm or any covered person in the firm has any direct or material indirect business relationship with an audit client, or with persons associated with the audit client in a decision-making capacity, such as an audit client's officers or directors that have the ability to affect decision-making at the entity under audit or beneficial owners (known through reasonable inquiry) of the audit client's equity securities where such beneficial owner has significant influence over the entity under audit. The relationships described in this paragraph (c)(3) do not include a relationship in which the accounting firm or covered person in the firm provides professional services to an audit client or is a consumer in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Non-audit services.</I> An accountant is not independent if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, the accountant provides the following non-audit services to an audit client: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of the audit client.</I> Any service, unless it is reasonable to conclude that the results of these services will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the audit client's financial statements, including: 
</P>
<P>(A) Maintaining or preparing the audit client's accounting records; 
</P>
<P>(B) Preparing the audit client's financial statements that are filed with the Commission or that form the basis of financial statements filed with the Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Preparing or originating source data underlying the audit client's financial statements. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Financial information systems design and implementation.</I> Any service, unless it is reasonable to conclude that the results of these services will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the audit client's financial statements, including: 
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly operating, or supervising the operation of, the audit client's information system or managing the audit client's local area network; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Designing or implementing a hardware or software system that aggregates source data underlying the financial statements or generates information that is significant to the audit client's financial statements or other financial information systems taken as a whole. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions, or contribution-in-kind reports.</I> Any appraisal service, valuation service, or any service involving a fairness opinion or contribution-in-kind report for an audit client, unless it is reasonable to conclude that the results of these services will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the audit client's financial statements. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Actuarial services.</I> Any actuarially-oriented advisory service involving the determination of amounts recorded in the financial statements and related accounts for the audit client other than assisting a client in understanding the methods, models, assumptions, and inputs used in computing an amount, unless it is reasonable to conclude that the results of these services will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the audit client's financial statements. 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Internal audit outsourcing services.</I> Any internal audit service that has been outsourced by the audit client that relates to the audit client's internal accounting controls, financial systems, or financial statements, for an audit client unless it is reasonable to conclude that the results of these services will not be subject to audit procedures during an audit of the audit client's financial statements. 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Management functions.</I> Acting, temporarily or permanently, as a director, officer, or employee of an audit client, or performing any decision-making, supervisory, or ongoing monitoring function for the audit client. 
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Human resources.</I> (A) Searching for or seeking out prospective candidates for managerial, executive, or director positions; 
</P>
<P>(B) Engaging in psychological testing, or other formal testing or evaluation programs; 
</P>
<P>(C) Undertaking reference checks of prospective candidates for an executive or director position; 
</P>
<P>(D) Acting as a negotiator on the audit client's behalf, such as determining position, status or title, compensation, fringe benefits, or other conditions of employment; or 
</P>
<P>(E) Recommending, or advising the audit client to hire, a specific candidate for a specific job (except that an accounting firm may, upon request by the audit client, interview candidates and advise the audit client on the candidate's competence for financial accounting, administrative, or control positions). 
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Broker-dealer, investment adviser, or investment banking services.</I> Acting as a broker-dealer (registered or unregistered), promoter, or underwriter, on behalf of an audit client, making investment decisions on behalf of the audit client or otherwise having discretionary authority over an audit client's investments, executing a transaction to buy or sell an audit client's investment, or having custody of assets of the audit client, such as taking temporary possession of securities purchased by the audit client. 
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Legal services.</I> Providing any service to an audit client that, under circumstances in which the service is provided, could be provided only by someone licensed, admitted, or otherwise qualified to practice law in the jurisdiction in which the service is provided. 
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Expert services unrelated to the audit.</I> Providing an expert opinion or other expert service for an audit client, or an audit client's legal representative, for the purpose of advocating an audit client's interests in litigation or in a regulatory or administrative proceeding or investigation. In any litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding or investigation, an accountant's independence shall not be deemed to be impaired if the accountant provides factual accounts, including in testimony, of work performed or explains the positions taken or conclusions reached during the performance of any service provided by the accountant for the audit client. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Contingent fees.</I> An accountant is not independent if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, the accountant provides any service or product to an audit client for a contingent fee or a commission, or receives a contingent fee or commission from an audit client. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Partner rotation.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section, an accountant is not independent of an audit client when:
</P>
<P>(A) Any audit partner as defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii) of this section performs: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The services of a lead partner, as defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii)(A) of this section, or Engagement Quality Reviewer, as defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii)(B) of this section; for more than five consecutive years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) One or more of the services defined in paragraphs (f)(7)(ii)(C) and (D) of this section for more than seven consecutive years; 
</P>
<P>(B) Any audit partner: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Within the five consecutive year period following the performance of services for the maximum period permitted under paragraph (c)(6)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, performs for that audit client the services of a lead partner, as defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii)(A) of this section, or Engagement Quality Reviewer, as defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii)(B) of this section, or a combination of those services; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Within the two consecutive year period following the performance of services for the maximum period permitted under paragraph (c)(6)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section, performs one or more of the services defined in paragraph (f)(7)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any accounting firm with less than five audit clients that are issuers (as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f))) and less than ten partners shall be exempt from paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section <I>provided</I> the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board conducts a review at least once every three years of each of the audit client engagements that would result in a lack of auditor independence under this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, an audit client that is an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), does not include an affiliate of the audit client that is an entity in the same investment company complex, as defined in paragraph (f)(14) of this section, except for another registered investment company in the same investment company complex. For purposes of calculating consecutive years of service under paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section with respect to investment companies in an investment company complex, audits of registered investment companies with different fiscal year-ends that are performed in a continuous 12-month period count as a single consecutive year. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Audit committee administration of the engagement.</I> An accountant is not independent of an issuer (as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f))), other than an issuer that is an Asset-Backed Issuer as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter, or an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), other than a unit investment trust as defined by section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)), unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) In accordance with Section 10A(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(i)) either: 
</P>
<P>(A) Before the accountant is engaged by the issuer or its subsidiaries, or the registered investment company or its subsidiaries, to render audit or non-audit services, the engagement is approved by the issuer's or registered investment company's audit committee; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The engagement to render the service is entered into pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the audit committee of the issuer or registered investment company, <I>provided</I> the policies and procedures are detailed as to the particular service and the audit committee is informed of each service and such policies and procedures do not include delegation of the audit committees responsibilities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to management; or 
</P>
<P>(C) With respect to the provision of services other than audit, review or attest services the pre-approval requirement is waived if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The aggregate amount of all such services provided constitutes no more than five percent of the total amount of revenues paid by the audit client to its accountant during the fiscal year in which the services are provided; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such services were not recognized by the issuer or registered investment company at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Such services are promptly brought to the attention of the audit committee of the issuer or registered investment company and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the audit committee or by one or more members of the audit committee who are members of the board of directors to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the audit committee. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A registered investment company's audit committee also must pre-approve its accountant's engagements for non-audit services with the registered investment company's investment adviser (not including a sub-adviser whose role is primarily portfolio management and is sub-contracted or overseen by another investment adviser) and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment adviser that provides ongoing services to the registered investment company in accordance with paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section, if the engagement relates directly to the operations and financial reporting of the registered investment company, except that with respect to the waiver of the pre-approval requirement under paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of this section, the aggregate amount of all services provided constitutes no more than five percent of the total amount of revenues paid to the registered investment company's accountant by the registered investment company, its investment adviser and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment adviser that provides ongoing services to the registered investment company during the fiscal year in which the services are provided that would have to be pre-approved by the registered investment company's audit committee pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Compensation.</I> An accountant is not independent of an audit client if, at any point during the audit and professional engagement period, any audit partner earns or receives compensation based on the audit partner procuring engagements with that audit client to provide any products or services other than audit, review or attest services. Any accounting firm with fewer than ten partners and fewer than five audit clients that are issuers (as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f))) shall be exempt from the requirement stated in the previous sentence. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Quality controls.</I> An accounting firm's independence will not be impaired solely because a covered person in the firm is not independent of an audit client provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) The covered person did not know of the circumstances giving rise to the lack of independence; 
</P>
<P>(2) The covered person's lack of independence was corrected as promptly as possible under the relevant circumstances after the covered person or accounting firm became aware of it; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The accounting firm has a quality control system in place that provides reasonable assurance, taking into account the size and nature of the accounting firm's practice, that the accounting firm and its employees do not lack independence, and that covers at least all employees and associated entities of the accounting firm participating in the engagement, including employees and associated entities located outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(4) For an accounting firm that annually provides audit, review, or attest services to more than 500 companies with a class of securities registered with the Commission under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), a quality control system will not provide such reasonable assurance unless it has at least the following features: 
</P>
<P>(i) Written independence policies and procedures; 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to partners and managerial employees, an automated system to identify their investments in securities that might impair the accountant's independence; 
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to all professionals, a system that provides timely information about entities from which the accountant is required to maintain independence; 
</P>
<P>(iv) An annual or on-going firm-wide training program about auditor independence; 
</P>
<P>(v) An annual internal inspection and testing program to monitor adherence to independence requirements; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Notification to all accounting firm members, officers, directors, and employees of the name and title of the member of senior management responsible for compliance with auditor independence requirements; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Written policies and procedures requiring all partners and covered persons to report promptly to the accounting firm when they are engaged in employment negotiations with an audit client, and requiring the firm to remove immediately any such professional from that audit client's engagement and to review promptly all work the professional performed related to that audit client's engagement; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) A disciplinary mechanism to ensure compliance with this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transition provisions for mergers and acquisitions involving audit clients.</I> An accounting firm's independence will not be impaired because an audit client engages in a merger or acquisition that gives rise to a relationship or service that is inconsistent with this rule, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The accounting firm is in compliance with the applicable independence standards related to such services or relationships when the services or relationships originated and throughout the period in which the applicable independence standards apply;
</P>
<P>(2) The accounting firm has or will address such services or relationships promptly under relevant circumstances as a result of the occurrence of the merger or acquisition;
</P>
<P>(3) The accounting firm has in place a quality control system as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section that has the following features:
</P>
<P>(i) Procedures and controls that monitor the audit client's merger and acquisition activity to provide timely notice of a merger or acquisition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures and controls that allow for prompt identification of such services or relationships after initial notification of a potential merger or acquisition that may trigger independence violations, but before the effective date of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions of terms.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Accountant,</I> as used in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, means a registered public accounting firm, certified public accountant or public accountant performing services in connection with an engagement for which independence is required. References to the accountant include any accounting firm with which the certified public accountant or public accountant is affiliated. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accounting firm</I> means an organization (whether it is a sole proprietorship, incorporated association, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or other legal entity) that is engaged in the practice of public accounting and furnishes reports or other documents filed with the Commission or otherwise prepared under the securities laws, and all of the organization's departments, divisions, parents, subsidiaries, and associated entities, including those located outside of the United States. Accounting firm also includes the organization's pension, retirement, investment, or similar plans. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) <I>Accounting role</I> means a role in which a person is in a position to or does exercise more than minimal influence over the contents of the accounting records or anyone who prepares them. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Financial reporting oversight role</I> means a role in which a person is in a position to or does exercise influence over the contents of the financial statements or anyone who prepares them, such as when the person is a member of the board of directors or similar management or governing body, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, chief accounting officer, controller, director of internal audit, director of financial reporting, treasurer, or any equivalent position. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Affiliate of the audit client</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An entity that has control over the entity under audit, or over which the entity under audit has control, including the entity under audit's parents and subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(ii) An entity that is under common control with the entity under audit, including the entity under audit's parents and subsidiaries, when the entity and the entity under audit are each material to the controlling entity;
</P>
<P>(iii) An entity over which the audit client has significant influence, unless the entity is not material to the audit client;
</P>
<P>(iv) An entity that has significant influence over the audit client, unless the audit client is not material to the entity; or
</P>
<P>(v) Each entity in the investment company complex as determined in paragraph (f)(14) of this section when the entity under audit is an investment company or investment adviser or sponsor, as those terms are defined in paragraphs (f)(14)(ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Audit and professional engagement period</I> includes both: 
</P>
<P>(i) The period covered by any financial statements being audited or reviewed (the “audit period”); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The period of the engagement to audit or review the audit client's financial statements or to prepare a report filed with the Commission (the “professional engagement period”): 
</P>
<P>(A) The professional engagement period begins when the accountant either signs an initial engagement letter (or other agreement to review or audit a client's financial statements) or begins audit, review, or attest procedures, whichever is earlier; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The professional engagement period ends when the audit client or the accountant notifies the Commission that the client is no longer that accountant's audit client. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The “audit and professional engagement period” does not include periods ended prior to the first day of the last fiscal year before the issuer first filed, or was required to file, a registration statement or report with the Commission, provided there has been full compliance with applicable independence standards in all prior periods covered by any registration statement or report filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Audit client</I> means the entity whose financial statements or other information is being audited, reviewed, or attested to and any affiliates of the audit client, other than, for purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, entities that are affiliates of the audit client only by virtue of paragraphs (f)(4)(iii), (f)(4)(iv), or (f)(14)(i)(E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) <I>Audit engagement team</I> means all partners, principals, shareholders and professional employees participating in an audit, review, or attestation engagement of an audit client, including audit partners and all persons who consult with others on the audit engagement team during the audit, review, or attestation engagement regarding technical or industry-specific issues, transactions, or events. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Audit partner</I> means a partner or persons in an equivalent position, other than a partner who consults with others on the audit engagement team during the audit, review, or attestation engagement regarding technical or industry-specific issues, transactions, or events, who is a member of the audit engagement team who has responsibility for decision-making on significant auditing, accounting, and reporting matters that affect the financial statements, or who maintains regular contact with management and the audit committee and includes the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) The lead or coordinating audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit or review (the “lead partner”); 
</P>
<P>(B) The partner conducting a quality review under applicable professional standards and any applicable rules of the Commission to evaluate the significant judgments and the related conclusions reached in forming the overall conclusion on the audit or review engagement (“Engagement Quality Reviewer” or “Engagement Quality Control Reviewer”);
</P>
<P>(C) Other audit engagement team partners who provide more than ten hours of audit, review, or attest services in connection with the annual or interim consolidated financial statements of the issuer or an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8); and
</P>
<P>(D) Other audit engagement team partners who serve as the “lead partner” in connection with any audit or review related to the annual or interim financial statements of a subsidiary of the issuer whose assets or revenues constitute 20% or more of the assets or revenues of the issuer's respective consolidated assets or revenues. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Chain of command</I> means all persons who: 
</P>
<P>(i) Supervise or have direct management responsibility for the audit, including at all successively senior levels through the accounting firm's chief executive; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Evaluate the performance or recommend the compensation of the audit engagement partner; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide quality control or other oversight of the audit. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Close family members</I> means a person's spouse, spousal equivalent, parent, dependent, nondependent child, and sibling. 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Contingent fee</I> means, except as stated in the next sentence, any fee established for the sale of a product or the performance of any service pursuant to an arrangement in which no fee will be charged unless a specified finding or result is attained, or in which the amount of the fee is otherwise dependent upon the finding or result of such product or service. Solely for the purposes of this section, a fee is not a “contingent fee” if it is fixed by courts or other public authorities, or, in tax matters, if determined based on the results of judicial proceedings or the findings of governmental agencies. Fees may vary depending, for example, on the complexity of services rendered. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Covered persons in the firm</I> means the following partners, principals, shareholders, and employees of an accounting firm: 
</P>
<P>(i) The “audit engagement team”; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The “chain of command”; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other partner, principal, shareholder, or managerial employee of the accounting firm who has provided ten or more hours of non-audit services to the audit client for the period beginning on the date such services are provided and ending on the date the accounting firm signs the report on the financial statements for the fiscal year during which those services are provided, or who expects to provide ten or more hours of non-audit services to the audit client on a recurring basis; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other partner, principal, or shareholder from an “office” of the accounting firm in which the lead audit engagement partner primarily practices in connection with the audit. 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Group</I> means two or more persons who act together for the purposes of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of securities of a registrant. 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Immediate family members</I> means a person's spouse, spousal equivalent, and dependents. 
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Investment company complex.</I> (i) “Investment company complex” includes:
</P>
<P>(A) An entity under audit that is an:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Investment company; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Investment adviser or sponsor;
</P>
<P>(B) The investment adviser or sponsor of any investment company identified in paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Any entity controlled by or controlling:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> An entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section, or
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> An investment adviser or sponsor identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(B) of this section. When the entity is controlled by an investment adviser or sponsor identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(B), such entity is included within the investment company complex if:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> The entity and the entity under audit are each material to the investment adviser or sponsor identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(B) of this section; or
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> The entity is engaged in the business of providing administrative, custodial, underwriting, or transfer agent services to any entity identified by paragraphs (f)(14)(i)(A) or (B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Any entity under common control with an entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section, any investment adviser or sponsor identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(B) of this section, or any entity identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(C) of this section; if the entity:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> Is an investment company or an investment adviser or sponsor, when the entity and the entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section are each material to the controlling entity; or
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> Is engaged in the business of providing administrative, custodian, underwriting, or transfer agent services to any entity identified by paragraphs (f)(14)(i)(A) and (f)(14)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(E) Any entity over which an entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section has significant influence, unless the entity is not material to the entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section, or any entity that has significant influence over an entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section, unless the entity under audit identified by paragraph (f)(14)(i)(A) of this section is not material to the entity that has significant influence over it; and
</P>
<P>(F) Any investment company that has an investment adviser or sponsor included in this definition by paragraphs (f)(14)(i)(A) through (f)(14)(i)(D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment company, for purposes of paragraph (f)(14) of this section, means any investment company or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)).
</P>
<P>(iii) An investment adviser, for purposes of this definition, does not include a subadviser whose role is primarily portfolio management and is subcontracted with or overseen by another investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(iv) Sponsor, for purposes of this definition, is an entity that establishes a unit investment trust.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Office</I> means a distinct sub-group within an accounting firm, whether distinguished along geographic or practice lines. 
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Rabbi trust</I> means an irrevocable trust whose assets are not accessible to the accounting firm until all benefit obligations have been met, but are subject to the claims of creditors in bankruptcy or insolvency.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Audit committee</I> means a committee (or equivalent body) as defined in section 3(a)(58) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14594, July 21, 1972, as amended at 48 FR 9521, Mar. 7, 1983; 65 FR 76082, Dec. 5, 2000; 68 FR 6044, Feb. 5, 2003; 70 FR 1593, Jan. 7, 2005; 83 FR 50198, Oct. 4, 2018; 84 FR 32060, July 5, 2019; 86 FR 80541, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-02   Accountants' reports and attestation reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Technical requirements for accountants' reports.</I> The accountant's report: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall be dated; 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be signed manually;
</P>
<P>(3) Shall indicate the city and State where issued; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Shall identify without detailed enumeration the financial statements covered by the report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Representations as to the audit included in accountants' reports.</I> The accountant's report:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall state the applicable professional standards under which the audit was conducted; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall designate any auditing procedures deemed necessary by the accountant under the circumstances of the particular case, which have been omitted, and the reasons for their omission. Nothing in this rule shall be construed to imply authority for the omission of any procedure which independent accountants would ordinarily employ in the course of an audit made for the purpose of expressing the opinions required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Opinions to be expressed in accountants' reports.</I> The accountant's report shall state clearly: 
</P>
<P>(1) The opinion of the accountant in respect of the financial statements covered by the report and the accounting principles and practices reflected therein; and 
</P>
<P>(2) the opinion of the accountant as to the consistency of the application of the accounting principles, or as to any changes in such principles which have a material effect on the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions identified in accountants' reports.</I> Any matters to which the accountant takes exception shall be clearly identified, the exception thereto specifically and clearly stated, and, to the extent practicable, the effect of each such exception on the related financial statements given. (See section 101 of the Codification of Financial Reporting Policies.)
</P>
<P>(e) Paragraph (e) of this section applies only to registrants that are providing financial statements in a filing for a period with respect to which Arthur Andersen LLP or a foreign affiliate of Arthur Andersen LLP (“Andersen”) issued an accountants' report. Notwithstanding any other Commission rule or regulation, a registrant that cannot obtain an accountants' report that meets the technical requirements of paragraph (a) of this section after reasonable efforts may include in the document a copy of the latest signed and dated accountants' report issued by Andersen for such period in satisfaction of that requirement, if prominent disclosure that the report is a copy of the previously issued Andersen accountants' report and that the report has not been reissued by Andersen is set forth on such copy.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Attestation report on internal control over financial reporting.</I> (1) Every registered public accounting firm that issues or prepares an accountant's report for a registrant, other than a registrant that is neither an accelerated filer nor a large accelerated filer (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter), or is an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter), or an investment company registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), that is included in an annual report required by section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) containing an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the registrant's internal control over financial reporting must include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting.
</P>
<P>(2) If an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting is included in an annual report required by section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), it shall clearly state the opinion of the accountant, either unqualified or adverse, as to whether the registrant maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting, except in the rare circumstance of a scope limitation that cannot be overcome by the registrant or the registered public accounting firm which would result in the accounting firm disclaiming an opinion. The attestation report on internal control over financial reporting shall be dated, signed manually, identify the period covered by the report and indicate that the accountant has audited the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report on internal control over financial reporting may be separate from the accountant's report.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</I> The attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities, as required by § 240.13a-18(c) or § 240.15d-18(c) of this chapter, shall be dated, signed manually, identify the period covered by the report and clearly state the opinion of the registered public accounting firm as to whether the asserting party's assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria is fairly stated in all material respects, or must include an opinion to the effect that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. If an overall opinion cannot be expressed, explain why.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14594, July 21, 1972, as amended at 41 FR 35479, Aug. 23, 1976; 45 FR 63668, Sept. 25, 1980; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 67 FR 13533, Mar. 22, 2002; 68 FR 36660, June 18, 2003; 70 FR 1593, Jan. 7, 2005; 72 FR 35321, June 27, 2007; 75 FR 57387, Sept. 21, 2010; 82 FR 17551, Apr. 12, 2017; 83 FR 50198, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-03   Examination of financial statements by foreign government auditors.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any requirements as to examination by independent accountants, the financial statements of any foreign governmental agency may be examined by the regular and customary auditing staff of the respective government if public financial statements of such governmental agency are customarily examined by such auditing staff.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-04   Examination of financial statements of persons other than the registrant.</HEAD>
<P>If a registrant is required to file financial statements of any other person, such statements need not be examined if examination of such statements would not be required if such person were itself a registrant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-05   Examination of financial statements by more than one accountant.</HEAD>
<P>If, with respect to the examination of the financial statements, part of the examination is made by an independent accountant other than the principal accountant and the principal accountant elects to place reliance on the work of the other accountant and makes reference to that effect in his report, the separate report of the other accountant shall be filed. However, notwithstanding the provisions of this section, reports of other accountants which may otherwise be required in filings need not be presented in annual reports to security holders furnished pursuant to the proxy and information statement rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [§§ 240.14a-3 and 240.14c-3].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 40872, Aug. 13, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-06   Retention of audit and review records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For a period of seven years after an accountant concludes an audit or review of an issuer's financial statements to which section 10A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(a)) applies, or of the financial statements of any investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), the accountant shall retain records relevant to the audit or review, including workpapers and other documents that form the basis of the audit or review, and memoranda, correspondence, communications, other documents, and records (including electronic records), which: 
</P>
<P>(1) Are created, sent or received in connection with the audit or review, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Contain conclusions, opinions, analyses, or financial data related to the audit or review. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, <I>workpapers</I> means documentation of auditing or review procedures applied, evidence obtained, and conclusions reached by the accountant in the audit or review engagement, as required by standards established or adopted by the Commission or by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 
</P>
<P>(c) Memoranda, correspondence, communications, other documents, and records (including electronic records) described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be retained whether they support the auditor's final conclusions regarding the audit or review, or contain information or data, relating to a significant matter, that is inconsistent with the auditor's final conclusions regarding that matter or the audit or review. Significance of a matter shall be determined based on an objective analysis of the facts and circumstances. Such documents and records include, but are not limited to, those documenting a consultation on or resolution of differences in professional judgment. 
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the term <I>issuer</I> means an issuer as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 4872, Jan. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.2-07" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.2-07   Communication with audit committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registered public accounting firm that performs for an audit client that is an issuer (as defined in section 10A(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(f))), other than an issuer that is an Asset-Backed Issuer as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter, or an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), other than a unit investment trust as defined by section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)), any audit required under the securities laws shall report, prior to the filing of such audit report with the Commission (or in the case of a registered investment company, annually, and if the annual communication is not within 90 days prior to the filing, provide an update, in the 90 day period prior to the filing, of any changes to the previously reported information), to the audit committee of the issuer or registered investment company: 
</P>
<P>(1) All critical accounting policies and practices to be used; 
</P>
<P>(2) All alternative treatments within Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for policies and practices related to material items that have been discussed with management of the issuer or registered investment company, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The treatment preferred by the registered public accounting firm; 
</P>
<P>(3) Other material written communications between the registered public accounting firm and the management of the issuer or registered investment company, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences; 
</P>
<P>(4) If the audit client is an investment company, all non-audit services provided to any entity in an investment company complex, as defined in § 210.2-01 (f)(14), that were not pre-approved by the registered investment company's audit committee pursuant to § 210.2-01 (c)(7). 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 6048, Feb. 5, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1593, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="19" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.19" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Instructions as to Financial Statements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.3-01 through 210.3-16 appear at 45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>These instructions specify the balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows to be included in disclosure documents prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X. Other portions of Regulation S-X govern the examination, form and content of such financial statements, including the basis of consolidation and the schedules to be filed. The financial statements described below shall be audited unless otherwise indicated.
</P>
<P>For filings under the Securities Act of 1933, attention is directed to § 230.411(b) regarding incorporation by reference to financial statements and to section 10(a)(3) of the Act regarding information required in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>For filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, attention is directed to § 240.12b-23 regarding incorporation by reference and § 240.12b-36 regarding use of financial statements filed under other acts.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 57 FR 45292, Oct. 1, 1992]


</CITA>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-01   Consolidated balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) There must be filed, for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated and for its predecessors, audited balance sheets as of the end of each of the two most recent fiscal years. If the registrant has been in existence for less than one fiscal year, there must be filed an audited balance sheet as of a date within 135 days of the date of filing the registration statement.


</P>
<P>(b) If the filing, other than a filing on Form 10-K or Form 10, is made within 45 days after the end of the registrant's fiscal year and audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year are not available, the balance sheets may be as of the end of the two preceding fiscal years and the filing shall include an additional balance sheet as of an interim date at least as current as the end of the registrant's third fiscal quarter of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(c) The instruction in paragraph (b) of this section is also applicable to filings, other than on Form 10-K or Form 10, made after 45 days but within the number of days of the end of the registrant's fiscal year specified in paragraph (i) of this section: <I>Provided,</I> that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant files annual, quarterly and other reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and all reports due have been filed;
</P>
<P>(2) For the most recent fiscal year for which audited financial statements are not yet available the registrant reasonably and in good faith expects to report income attributable to the registrant, after taxes; and
</P>
<P>(3) For at least one of the two fiscal years immediately preceding the most recent fiscal year the registrant reported income attributable to the registrant, after taxes.
</P>
<P>(d) For filings made after 45 days but within the number of days of the end of the registrant's fiscal year specified in paragraph (i) of this section where the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this section are not met, the filing must include the audited balance sheets required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) For filings made after the number of days specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, the filing shall also include a balance sheet as of an interim date within the following number of days of the date of filing:
</P>
<P>(1) 130 days for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) 135 days for all other registrants. 
</P>
<P>(f) Any interim balance sheet provided in accordance with the requirements of this section may be unaudited and need not be presented in greater detail than is required by § 210.10-01. Notwithstanding the requirements of this section, the most recent interim balance sheet included in a filing shall be at least as current as the most recent balance sheet filed with the Commission on Form 10-Q.
</P>
<P>(g) For filings by registered management investment companies, the requirements of § 210.3-18 shall apply in lieu of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) Any foreign private issuer, other than a registered management investment company or an employee plan, may file the financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F (§ 249.220 of this chapter) in lieu of the financial statements specified in this rule.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) For purposes of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) for large accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days for accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other registrants.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (e) of this section, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 129 days subsequent to the end of the registrant's most recent fiscal year for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) 134 days subsequent to the end of the registrant's most recent fiscal year for all other registrants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 12491, Feb. 17, 1981; 46 FR 36124, July 14, 1981; 50 FR 49531, Dec. 3, 1985; 56 FR 30053, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 53908, Oct. 5, 1999; 67 FR 58503, Sept. 16, 2002; 68 FR 17880, Apr. 14, 2003; 69 FR 68235, Nov. 23, 2004; 70 FR 76640, Dec. 27, 2005; 73 FR 952, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 18614, Apr. 23, 2009]; 83 FR 50198, Oct. 4, 2018; 89 FR 14313, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-02   Consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows.</HEAD>
<P>(a) There shall be filed, for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated and for its predecessors, audited statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years preceding the date of the most recent audited balance sheet being filed or such shorter period as the registrant (including predecessors) has been in existence. A registrant that is an emerging growth company, as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter (Rule 405 of the Securities Act) or § 240.12b-2 of this chapter (Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act), may, in a Securities Act registration statement for the initial public offering of the emerging growth company's equity securities, provide audited statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the two fiscal years preceding the date of the most recent audited balance sheet (or such shorter period as the registrant has been in existence).
</P>
<P>(b) In addition, for any interim period between the latest audited balance sheet and the date of the most recent interim balance sheet being filed, and for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year, statements of comprehensive income and cash flows shall be provided. Such interim financial statements may be unaudited and need not be presented in greater detail than is required by § 210.10-01.
</P>
<P>(c) For filings by registered management investment companies, the requirements of § 210.3-18 shall apply in lieu of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Any foreign private issuer, other than a registered management investment company or an employee plan, may file the financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F (§ 249.220 of this chapter) in lieu of the financial statements specified in this rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 12491, Feb. 17, 1981; 46 FR 36125, July 14, 1981; 50 FR 49531, Dec. 3, 1985; 56 FR 30053, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 45292, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 53908, Oct. 5, 1999; 82 FR 17551, Apr. 12, 2017; 83 FR 50198, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-03   Instructions to statement of comprehensive income requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The statements required shall be prepared in compliance with the applicable requirements of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the registrant is engaged primarily—
</P>
<P>(1) In the generation, transmission or distribution of electricity, the manufacture, mixing, transmission or distribution of gas, the supplying or distribution of water, or the furnishing of telephone or telegraph service; or
</P>
<P>(2) In holding securities of companies engaged in such businesses, it may at its option include statements of comprehensive income and cash flows (which may be unaudited) for the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent balance sheet being filed, in lieu of the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for the interim periods specified.
</P>
<P>(c) If a period or periods reported on include operations of a business prior to the date of acquisition, or for other reasons differ from reports previously issued for any period, the statements shall be reconciled as to sales or revenues and net income in the statement or in a note thereto with the amounts previously reported: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such reconciliations need not be made (1) if they have been made in filings with the Commission in prior years or (2) the financial statements which are being retroactively adjusted have not previously been filed with the Commission or otherwise made public.
</P>
<P>(d) Any unaudited interim financial statements furnished shall reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. A statement to that effect shall be included. If all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, a statement to that effect shall be made; otherwise, there shall be furnished information describing in appropriate detail the nature and amount of any adjustments other than normal recurring adjustments entering into the determination of the results shown.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980. Redesignated at 47 FR 29836, July 9, 1982, and amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 50 FR 49532, Dec. 3, 1985; 57 FR 45292, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 1734, Jan. 12, 1999; 83 FR 50198, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-04   Changes in stockholders' equity and noncontrolling interests.</HEAD>
<P>An analysis of the changes in each caption of stockholders' equity and noncontrolling interests presented in the balance sheets shall be given in a note or separate statement. This analysis shall be presented in the form of a reconciliation of the beginning balance to the ending balance for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed with all significant reconciling items described by appropriate captions with contributions from and distributions to owners shown separately. Also, state separately the adjustments to the balance at the beginning of the earliest period presented for items which were retroactively applied to periods prior to that period. With respect to any dividends, state the amount per share and in the aggregate for each class of shares. Provide a separate schedule in the notes to the financial statements that shows the effects of any changes in the registrant's ownership interest in a subsidiary on the equity attributable to the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 50199, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-05   Financial statements of businesses acquired or to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Financial statements required.</I> (1) Financial statements (except the related schedules specified in § 210.12) prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X (including the independence standards in § 210.2-01 or, alternatively if the business is not a registrant, the applicable independence standards) must be filed for the periods specified in paragraph (b) of this section if any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(i) During the most recent fiscal year or subsequent interim period for which a balance sheet is required by § 210.3-01, a business acquisition has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the date of the most recent balance sheet filed pursuant to § 210.3-01, consummation of a business acquisition has occurred or is probable.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of determining whether the provisions of this section apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The determination of whether a <I>business</I> has been acquired should be made in accordance with the guidance set forth in § 210.11-01(d); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition of a business encompasses the acquisition of an interest in a business accounted for by the registrant under the equity method or, in lieu of the equity method, the fair value option.
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisitions of a group of related businesses that are probable or that have occurred subsequent to the latest fiscal year-end for which audited financial statements of the registrant have been filed must be treated under this section as if they are a single business acquisition. The required financial statements of related businesses may be presented on a combined basis for any periods they are under common control or management. For purposes of this section, businesses will be deemed to be related if:
</P>
<P>(i) They are under common control or management;
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition of one business is conditional on the acquisition of each other business; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Each acquisition is conditioned on a single common event.
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not apply to a real estate operation subject to § 210.3-14 or a business which is totally held by the registrant prior to consummation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Periods to be presented.</I> (1) If registering an offering of securities to the security holders of the business to be acquired, then the financial statements specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 must be filed for the business to be acquired, except as provided otherwise for filings on Form N-14, S-4, or F-4 (§ 239.23, § 239.25, or § 239.34 of this chapter). The financial statements covering fiscal years must be audited except as provided in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) with respect to certain proxy statements or in registration statements filed on Forms N-14, S-4, or F-4 (§ 239.23, § 239.25, or § 239.34 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) In all cases not specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, financial statements of the business acquired or to be acquired must be filed for the periods specified in this paragraph (b)(2) or such shorter period as the business has been in existence. Determine the periods for which such financial statements are to be filed using the conditions specified in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w), using the lower of the total revenue component or income or loss from continuing operations component for evaluating the income test condition, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If none of the conditions exceeds 20 percent, financial statements are not required.
</P>
<P>(ii) If any of the conditions exceeds 20 percent, but none exceed 40 percent, financial statements must be filed for at least the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02.
</P>
<P>(iii) If any of the conditions exceeds 40 percent, financial statements must be filed for at least the two most recent fiscal years and any interim periods specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the aggregate impact of businesses acquired or to be acquired since the date of the most recent audited balance sheet filed for the registrant, for which financial statements are either not required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section or are not yet required based on paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, exceeds 50 percent for any condition, the registrant must provide the disclosure specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section, however in determining the aggregate impact of the investment test condition also include the aggregate impact calculated in accordance with § 210.3-14(b)(2)(ii) of any acquired or to be acquired real estate operations specified in § 210.3-14(b)(2)(i)(C). In determining whether the income test condition (<I>i.e.</I> both the revenue component and the income or loss from continuing operations component) exceeds 50 percent, the businesses specified in this paragraph (b)(2)(iv) reporting losses must be aggregated separately from those reporting income. If either group exceeds 50 percent, paragraphs (b)(2)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section will apply to all of the businesses specified in this paragraph (b)(2)(iv) and will not be limited to either the businesses with losses or those with income.
</P>
<P>(A) Pro forma financial information pursuant to §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-02 that depicts the aggregate impact of these acquired or to be acquired businesses and real estate operations, in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(B) Financial statements covering at least the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 for any acquired or to be acquired business or real estate operation for which financial statements are not yet required based on paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section or § 210.3-14(b)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(3) The determination must be made using § 210.11-01(b)(3) and (4).
</P>
<P>(4) Financial statements required for the periods specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be omitted to the extent specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Registration statements not subject to the provisions of § 230.419 of this chapter and proxy statements need not include separate financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired business if neither the business nor the aggregate impact specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section exceeds any of the conditions of significance in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02 at the 50 percent level computed in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and either:
</P>
<P>(A) The consummation of the acquisition has not yet occurred; or
</P>
<P>(B) The date of the final prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to an offering as filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter, or mailing date in the case of a proxy statement, is no more than 74 days after consummation of the business acquisition, and the financial statements have not previously been filed by the registrant.
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant, other than a foreign private issuer required to file reports on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) or a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company), that omits from its initial registration statement financial statements of a recently consummated business acquisition pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section must file those financial statements and any pro forma information specified by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11) under cover of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) no later than 75 days after consummation of the acquisition. When a predecessor to a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company) acquires a business and the financial statements of that recently consummated business are omitted from a registration statement or proxy statement pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, refer to § 210.15-01(d)(2).


</P>
<P>(iii) Separate financial statements of the acquired business specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section need not be presented once the operating results of the acquired business have been reflected in the audited consolidated financial statements of the registrant for at least nine months. Separate financial statements of the acquired business specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section need not be presented once the operating results of the acquired business have been reflected in the audited consolidated financial statements of the registrant for a complete fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(iv) A separate audited balance sheet of the acquired business is not required when the registrant's most recent audited balance sheet required by § 210.3-01 is for a date after the date the acquisition was consummated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Financial statements of a foreign business.</I> Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired foreign business (as defined in § 210.1-02(l)) meeting the requirements of Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) will satisfy this section. Such financial statements may be reconciled to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) if the registrant is a foreign private issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS-IASB. This reconciliation must generally follow the form and content requirements in Item 17(c) of Form 20-F; however, accommodations in Item 17(c)(2) of Form 20-F that would be inconsistent with IFRS-IASB may not be applied, and IFRS 1, <I>First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards,</I> may be applied.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired business that would be a foreign private issuer if it were a registrant.</I> Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired business that is not a foreign business (as defined in § 210.1-02(l)), but would qualify as a foreign private issuer (as defined in §§ 230.405 and 240.3b-4 of this chapter) if it were a registrant may be prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB without reconciliation to U.S. GAAP or, if the registrant is a foreign private issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS-IASB, may be prepared according to a comprehensive basis of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB and must be reconciled to IFRS-IASB or to U.S. GAAP. This reconciliation must generally follow the form and content requirements in Item 17(c) of Form 20-F; however, accommodations in Item 17(c)(2) of Form 20-F that would be inconsistent with IFRS-IASB may not be applied, and IFRS 1, <I>First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards,</I> may be applied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Financial statements for net assets that constitute a business.</I> For an acquisition of net assets that constitutes a business (<I>e.g.,</I> an acquired or to be acquired product line), the financial statements prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X may be abbreviated financial statements prepared in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section if the business meets all of the qualifying conditions in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualifying conditions.</I> (i) The total assets and total revenues (both after intercompany eliminations) of the acquired or to be acquired business constitute 20 percent or less of such corresponding amounts of the seller and its subsidiaries consolidated as of and for the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) Separate financial statements for the business have not previously been prepared;
</P>
<P>(iii) The acquired business was not a separate entity, subsidiary, operating segment (as defined in U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable) or division during the periods for which the acquired business financial statements would be required; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The seller has not maintained the distinct and separate accounts necessary to present financial statements that, absent this paragraph (e), would satisfy the requirements of this section and it is impracticable to prepare such financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Presentation requirements.</I> (i) The balance sheet may be a statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement of comprehensive income must include expenses incurred by or on behalf of the acquired business during the pre-acquisition financial statement periods to be presented including, but not limited to, costs of sales or services, selling, distribution, marketing, general and administrative, depreciation and amortization, and research and development, but may otherwise omit corporate overhead expense, interest expense for debt that will not be assumed by the registrant or its subsidiaries consolidated, and income tax expense. The title of the statement of comprehensive income must be appropriately modified to indicate it omits certain expenses; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The notes to the financial statements must include:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the type of omitted expenses and the reason(s) why they are excluded from the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of the impracticability of preparing financial statements that include the omitted expenses.
</P>
<P>(C) A description of how the financial statements presented are not indicative of the financial condition or results of operations of the acquired business going forward because of the omitted expenses.
</P>
<P>(D) Information about the business's operating, investing and financing cash flows, to the extent available.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Financial statements of a business that includes oil and gas producing activities.</I> (1) Disclosures about oil and gas producing activities must be provided for each full year of operations presented for an acquired or to be acquired business that includes significant oil- and gas-producing activities (as defined in the FASB ASC Master Glossary). The financial statements may present the disclosures in FASB ASC Topic 932 <I>Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas,</I> 932-235-50-3 through 50-11 and 932-235-50-29 through 50-36 as unaudited supplemental information. If prior year reserve studies were not made, they may be computed using only production and new discovery quantities and valuation, in which case there will be no “revision of prior estimates” amounts. Registrants may develop these disclosures based on a reserve study for the most recent year, computing the changes backward. The method of computation must be disclosed in a footnote.
</P>
<P>(2) The financial statements prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X may consist of only statements of revenues and expenses that exclude expenses not comparable to the proposed future operations such as depreciation, depletion and amortization, corporate overhead, income taxes, and interest for debt that will not be assumed by the registrant or its subsidiaries consolidated if:
</P>
<P>(i) The acquisition generates substantially all of its revenues from <I>oil and gas producing activities</I> (as defined in § 210.4-10(a)(16)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The qualifying conditions specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(3) If the financial statements are presented in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the disclosures specified in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section must be provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54060, Aug. 31, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 14313, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-06   Financial statements covering a period of nine to twelve months.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except with respect to registered investment companies, the filing of financial statements covering a period of 9 to 12 months will be deemed to satisfy a requirement for filing financial statements for a period of 1 year where:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer has changed its fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer has made a significant business acquisition for which financial statements are required under § 210.3-05, § 210.3-14, § 210.8-04, or § 210.8-06 and the financial statements covering the interim period pertain to the business being acquired; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission so permits pursuant to § 210.3-13 or § 210.8-01(e).
</P>
<P>(b) Where there is a requirement for filing financial statements for a time period exceeding one year but not exceeding three consecutive years (with not more than 12 months included in any period reported upon), the filing of financial statements covering a period of 9 to 12 months will satisfy a filing requirement of financial statements for one year of that time period only if the conditions described in paragraph (a)(1), (2), or (3) of this section exist and financial statements are filed that cover the full fiscal year or years for all other years in the time period.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54062, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 210.3-07—210.3-08" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 210.3-07--210.3-08   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-09" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-09   Separate financial statements of subsidiaries not consolidated and 50 percent or less owned persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If any of the conditions set forth in § 210.1-02(w), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent in the tests used therein to determine a significant subsidiary, are met for a majority-owned subsidiary not consolidated by the registrant or by a subsidiary of the registrant, separate financial statements of such subsidiary must be filed. Similarly, if either the first or third condition set forth in § 210.1-02(w)(1), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent, is met by a 50 percent or less owned person accounted for by the equity method either by the registrant or a subsidiary of the registrant, separate financial statements of such 50 percent or less owned person must be filed.
</P>
<P>(b) Insofar as practicable, the separate financial statements required by this section shall be as of the same dates and for the same periods as the audited consolidated financial statements required by §§ 210.3-01 and 3-02. However, these separate financial statements are required to be audited only for those fiscal years in which either the first or third condition set forth in § 210.1-02(w), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent, is met. For purposes of a filing on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter): 
</P>
<P>(1) If the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter) but the 50 percent or less owned person is not an accelerated filer, the required financial statements may be filed as an amendment to the report within 90 days, or within six months if the 50 percent or less owned person is a foreign business, after the end of the registrant's fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the fiscal year of any 50 percent or less owned person ends within the <I>registrant's number of filing days</I> before the date of the filing, or if the fiscal year ends after the date of the filing, the required financial statements may be filed as an amendment to the report within the <I>subsidiary's number of filing days,</I> or within six months if the 50 percent or less owned person is a foreign business, after the end of such subsidiary's or person's fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>registrant's number of filing days</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) if the registrant is a large accelerated filer;
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days if the registrant is an accelerated filer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other registrants.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>subsidiary's number of filing days</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) if the 50 percent or less owned person is a large accelerated filer;
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days if the 50 percent or less owned person is an accelerated filer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other 50 percent or less owned persons. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the requirements for separate financial statements in paragraph (a) of this section, where financial statements of two or more majority-owned subsidiaries not consolidated are required, combined or consolidated statements of such subsidiaries may be filed subject to principles of inclusion and exclusion which clearly exhibit the financial position, cash flows and results of operations of the combined or consolidated group. Similarly, where financial statements of two or more 50 percent or less owned persons are required, combined or consolidated statements of such persons may be filed subject to the same principles of inclusion or exclusion referred to above.
</P>
<P>(d) If the 50 percent or less owned person is a foreign business, financial statements of the business meeting the requirements of Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) will satisfy this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 56179, Nov. 16, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982; 57 FR 45292, Oct. 1, 1992; 59 FR 65636, Dec. 20, 1994; 67 FR 58504, Sept. 16, 2002; 69 FR 68235, Nov. 23, 2004; 70 FR 76640, Dec. 27, 2005; 85 FR 54062, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-10   Financial statements of guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an issuer or guarantor of a guaranteed security that is registered or being registered is required to file financial statements required by Regulation S-X with respect to the guarantee or guaranteed security, such financial statements may be omitted if the issuer or guarantor is a consolidated subsidiary of the parent company, the parent company's consolidated financial statements have been filed, and the conditions in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section have been met:
</P>
<P>(1) The guaranteed security is debt or debt-like; and
</P>
<P>(i) The parent company issues the security or co-issues the security, jointly and severally, with one or more of its consolidated subsidiaries; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A consolidated subsidiary issues the security or co-issues the security with one or more other consolidated subsidiaries of the parent company, and the security is guaranteed fully and unconditionally by the parent company; and
</P>
<P>(2) The parent company provides the disclosures specified in § 210.13-01.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section and § 210.13-01:
</P>
<P>(1) The “parent company” is the entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is an issuer or guarantor of the guaranteed security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is, or as a result of the subject Securities Act registration statement will be, an Exchange Act reporting company; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Consolidates each subsidiary issuer and/or subsidiary guarantor of the guaranteed security in its consolidated financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) A security is “debt or debt-like” if it has the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer has a contractual obligation to pay a fixed sum at a fixed time; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the obligation to make such payments is cumulative, a set amount of interest must be paid.
</P>
<P><I>Note 1 to paragraph (b)(2).</I> Neither the form of the security nor its title will determine whether a security is debt or debt-like. Instead, the substance of the obligation created by the security will be determinative.
</P>
<P><I>Note 2 to paragraph (b)(2).</I> The phrase “set amount of interest” is not intended to mean “fixed amount of interest.” Floating and adjustable rate securities, as well as indexed securities, may meet the criteria specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section as long as the payment obligation is set in the debt instrument and can be determined from objective indices or other factors that are outside the discretion of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(3) A guarantee is “full and unconditional,” if, when an issuer of a guaranteed security has failed to make a scheduled payment, the guarantor is obligated to make the scheduled payment immediately and, if it does not, any holder of the guaranteed security may immediately bring suit directly against the guarantor for payment of all amounts due and payable.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 21999, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-11   Financial statements of an inactive registrant.</HEAD>
<P>If a registrant is an inactive entity as defined below, the financial statements required by this regulation for purposes of reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be unaudited. An inactive entity is one meeting all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) Gross receipts from all sources for the fiscal year are not in excess of $100,000;
</P>
<P>(b) The registrant has not purchased or sold any of its own stock, granted options therefor, or levied assessments upon outstanding stock,
</P>
<P>(c) Expenditures for all purposes for the fiscal year are not in excess of $100,000;
</P>
<P>(d) No material change in the business has occurred during the fiscal year, including any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment or succession or any material acquisition or disposition of plants, mines, mining equipment, mine rights or leases; and
</P>
<P>(e) No exchange upon which the shares are listed, or governmental authority having jurisdiction, requires the furnishing to it or the publication of audited financial statements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-12   Age of financial statements at effective date of registration statement or at mailing date of proxy statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the financial statements in a filing are as of a date the number of days specified in paragraph (g) of this section or more before the date the filing is expected to become effective, or proposed mailing date in the case of a proxy statement, the financial statements shall be updated, except as specified in the following paragraphs, with a balance sheet as of an interim date within the number of days specified in paragraph (g) of this section and with statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for the interim period between the end of the most recent fiscal year and the date of the interim balance sheet provided and for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year. Such interim financial statements may be unaudited and need not be presented in greater detail than is required by § 210.10-01. Notwithstanding the above requirements, the most recent interim financial statements shall be at least as current as the most recent financial statements filed with the Commission on Form 10-Q.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the anticipated effective date of a filing, or in the case of a proxy statement the proposed mailing date, falls within the number of days subsequent to the end of the fiscal year specified in paragraph (g) of this section, the filing need not include financial statements more current than as of the end of the third fiscal quarter of the most recently completed fiscal year unless the audited financial statements for such fiscal year are available or unless the anticipated effective date or proposed mailing date falls after 45 days subsequent to the end of the fiscal year and the registrant does not meet the conditions prescribed under paragraph (c) of § 210.3-01. If the anticipated effective date or proposed mailing date falls after 45 days subsequent to the end of the fiscal year and the registrant does not meet the conditions prescribed under paragraph (c) of § 210.3-01, the filing must include audited financial statements for the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a filing is made near the end of a fiscal year and audited financial statements for that fiscal year are not included in the filing, the filing shall be updated with such audited financial statements if they become available prior to the anticipated effective date, or proposed mailing date in the case of a proxy statement.
</P>
<P>(d) The age of the registrant's most recent audited financial statements included in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or filed on Form 10 (17 CFR 249.210) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall not be more than one year and 45 days old at the date the registration statement becomes effective if the registration statement relates to the security of an issuer that was not subject, immediately before the time of filing the registration statement, to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(e) For filings by registered management investment companies, the requirements of § 210.3-18 shall apply in lieu of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Any foreign private issuer may file financial statements whose age is specified in Item 8.A of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter). Financial statements of a foreign business which are furnished pursuant to § 210.3-05 or § 210.3-09 because it is an acquired business or a 50 percent or less owned person may be of the age specified in Item 8.A of Form 20-F.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 130 days for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) 135 days for all other registrants.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) for large accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days for accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other registrants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 62687, Sept. 25, 1980]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 210.3-12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-13   Filing of other financial statements in certain cases.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission may, upon the informal written request of the registrant, and where consistent with the protection of investors, permit the omission of one or more of the financial statements herein required or the filing in substitution therefor of appropriate statements of comparable character. The Commission may also by informal written notice require the filing of other financial statements in addition to, or in substitution for, the statements herein required in any case where such statements are necessary or appropriate for an adequate presentation of the financial condition of any person whose financial statements are required, or whose statements are otherwise necessary for the protection of investors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-14   Special instructions for financial statements of real estate operations acquired or to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Financial statements required.</I> (1) Financial statements (except the related schedules specified in § 210.12) prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X (including the independence standards in § 210.2-01 or, alternatively if the real estate operation is not a registrant, the applicable independence standards) for the periods specified in paragraph (b) of this section and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (f) of this section must be filed if any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(i) During the most recent fiscal year or subsequent interim period for which a balance sheet is required by § 210.3-01, an acquisition of a real estate operation has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the date of the most recent balance sheet filed pursuant to § 210.3-01, consummation of an acquisition of a real estate operation has occurred or is probable.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of determining whether the provisions of this section apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>real estate operation</I> means a business (as set forth in § 210.11-01(d)) that generates substantially all of its revenues through the leasing of real property.
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition of a real estate operation encompasses the acquisition of an interest in a real estate operation accounted for by the registrant under the equity method or, in lieu of the equity method, the fair value option.
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisitions of a group of related real estate operations that are probable or that have occurred subsequent to the latest fiscal year-end for which audited financial statements of the registrant have been filed will be treated under this section as if they are a single acquisition. The required financial statements may be presented on a combined basis for any periods they are under common control or management. For purposes of this section, acquisitions will be deemed to be related if:
</P>
<P>(i) They are under common control or management;
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant, other than a foreign private issuer required to file reports on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) or shell company (other than a business combination related shell company), that omits from its initial registration statement financial statements of a recently consummated acquisition of a real estate operation pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section must file those financial statements and any pro forma information specified by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11) under cover of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) no later than 75 days after consummation of the acquisition. When a predecessor to a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company) acquires a real estate operation and the financial statements of that recently consummated acquisition of a real estate operation are omitted from a registration statement or proxy statement pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, refer to § 210.15-01(d)(2).
</P>
<P>(iii) Each acquisition is conditioned on a single common event.
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not apply to a real estate operation that is totally held by the registrant prior to consummation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Periods to be presented.</I> (1) If registering an offering of securities to the security holders of the real estate operation to be acquired, then the financial statements specified in paragraph (c) of this section and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (f) of this section must be filed for the real estate operation to be acquired for the periods specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02, except as provided otherwise for filings on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter). The financial statements covering fiscal years must be audited except as provided in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) with respect to certain proxy statements or in registration statements filed on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) In all cases not specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, financial statements of the real estate operation acquired or to be acquired must be filed for the periods specified in this paragraph (b)(2) or such shorter period as the real estate operation has been in existence. The periods for which such financial statements are to be filed must be determined using the investment test condition specified in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w)(1)(i) modified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) If the condition does not exceed 20 percent, financial statements are not required.
</P>
<P>(B) If the condition exceeds 20 percent, financial statements of the real estate operation for at least the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 must be filed.
</P>
<P>(C) If the aggregate impact of acquired or to be acquired real estate operations since the date of the most recent audited balance sheet filed for the registrant, for which financial statements are either not required by paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section or are not yet required based on paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, exceeds 50 percent, the registrant must provide the disclosures specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) and (b)(2)(i)(C)(<I>2</I>) of this section. If there are also businesses acquired or to be acquired as described in § 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv), the requirements in § 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv) will apply instead.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Pro forma financial information pursuant to §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-02 that depicts the aggregate impact of these acquired or to be acquired real estate operations in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Financial statements covering at least the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 for any acquired or to be acquired real estate operation for which financial statements are not yet required based on paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the investment test is based on the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated, include any assumed debt secured by the real properties in the “investments in” the tested real estate operation.
</P>
<P>(iii) The determination must be made using § 210.11-01(b)(3) and (4).
</P>
<P>(3) Financial statements required for the periods specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be omitted to the extent specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Registration statements not subject to the provisions of § 230.419 of this chapter and proxy statements need not include separate financial statements of the acquired or to be acquired real estate operation if neither the real estate operation nor the aggregate impact specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section exceeds the condition of significance in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w)(1)(i), as modified by paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, at the 50 percent level computed in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and either:
</P>
<P>(A) The consummation of the acquisition has not yet occurred; or
</P>
<P>(B) The date of the final prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to an offering as filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter, or mailing date in the case of a proxy statement, is no more than 74 days after consummation of the acquisition of the real estate operation, and the financial statements have not previously been filed by the registrant.
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant, other than a foreign private issuer required to file reports on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter), that omits from its initial registration statement financial statements of a recently consummated acquisition of a real estate operation pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section must file those financial statements and any pro forma information specified by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11) under cover of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) no later than 75 days after consummation of the acquisition.
</P>
<P>(iii) Separate financial statements of the acquired real estate operation specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section need not be presented once the operating results of the acquired real estate operation have been reflected in the audited consolidated financial statements of the registrant for at least nine months.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presentation of the financial statements.</I> (1) The financial statements prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X may be only statements of revenues and expenses excluding expenses not comparable to the proposed future operations such as mortgage interest, leasehold rental, depreciation, amortization, corporate overhead and income taxes.
</P>
<P>(2) The notes to the financial statements must include the following disclosures:
</P>
<P>(i) The type of omitted expenses and the reason(s) why they are excluded from the financial statements;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of how the financial statements presented are not indicative of the results of operations of the acquired real estate operation going forward because of the omitted expenses; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about the real estate operation's operating, investing and financing cash flows, to the extent available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Financial statements of a foreign real estate operation.</I> Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired foreign business (as defined in § 210.1-02(l)) that is a real estate operation, specified in paragraph (c) of this section and meeting the requirements of Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), will satisfy this section. Such financial statements may be reconciled to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) if the registrant is a foreign private issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS-IASB. This reconciliation must generally follow the form and content requirements in Item 17(c) of Form 20-F; however, accommodations in Item 17(c)(2) of Form 20-F that would be inconsistent with IFRS-IASB may not be applied, and IFRS 1, <I>First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards,</I> may be applied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired real estate operation that would be a foreign private issuer if it were a registrant.</I> Financial statements of an acquired or to be acquired real estate operation that is not a foreign business (as defined in § 210.1-02(l)), but would qualify as a foreign private issuer (as defined in §§ 230.405 and 240.3b-4 of this chapter) if it were a registrant, may be prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB without reconciliation to U.S. GAAP or, if the registrant is a foreign private issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS-IASB, may be prepared according to a comprehensive basis of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB and must be reconciled to IFRS-IASB or to U.S. GAAP. This reconciliation must generally follow the form and content requirements in Item 17(c) of Form 20-F; however, accommodations in Item 17(c)(2) of Form 20-F that would be inconsistent with IFRS-IASB may not be applied, and IFRS 1, <I>First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards,</I> may be applied.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Supplemental information.</I> For each real estate operation for which financial statements are required to be filed by paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(B) and (b)(2)(i)(C)(<I>2</I>) of this section, material factors considered by the registrant in assessing the real estate operation must be described with specificity in the filing, including sources of revenue (including, but not limited to, competition in the rental market, comparative rents, and occupancy rates) and expense (including, but not limited to, utility rates, property tax rates, maintenance expenses, and capital improvements anticipated). The disclosure must also indicate that the registrant is not aware of any other material factors relating to the specific real estate operation that would cause the reported financial statements not to be indicative of future operating results.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (f):</I> When the financial statements are presented in Form S-11 (§ 239.18 of this chapter), the discussion of material factors considered should supplement the disclosures required by Item 15 of Form S-11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54062, Aug. 31, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 14314, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-15   Special provisions as to real estate investment trusts.</HEAD>
<P>(a)-(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) The tax status of distributions per unit shall be stated (e.g., ordinary income, capital gain, return of capital).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 49532, Dec. 3, 1985; 83 FR 50199, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-16   Financial statements of affiliates whose securities collateralize an issue registered or being registered.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this section shall apply to each registered security issued and outstanding before January 4, 2021, unless the requirements of § 210.13-02 apply.
</P>
<P>(a) For each of the registrant's affiliates whose securities constitute a substantial portion of the collateral for any class of securities registered or being registered, there shall be filed the financial statements that would be required if the affiliate were a registrant and required to file financial statements. However, financial statements need not be filed pursuant to this section for any person whose statements are otherwise separately included in the filing on an individual basis or on a basis consolidated with its subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, securities of a person shall be deemed to constitute a substantial portion of collateral if the aggregate principal amount, par value, or book value of the securities as carried by the registrant, or the market value of such securities, whichever is the greatest, equals 20 percent or more of the principal amount of the secured class of securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51710, Aug. 24, 2000, as amended at 85 FR 22000, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-17   Financial statements of natural persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In lieu of the financial statements otherwise required, a natural person may file an unaudited balance sheet as of a date within 90 days of date of filing and unaudited statements of comprehensive income for each of the three most recent fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(b) Financial statements conforming with the instructions as to financial statements of subsidiaries not consolidated and 50 percent or less owned persons under § 210.3-09(a) shall be separately presented for: (1) Each business owned as a sole proprietor, (2) each partnership, business trust, unincorporated association, or similar business organization of which the person holds a controlling interest and (3) each corporation of which the person, directly or indirectly, owns securities representing more than 50 percent of the voting power.
</P>
<P>(c) Separate financial statements may be omitted, however, for each corporation, business trust, unincorporated association, or similar business organization if the person's total investment in such entity does not exceed 5 percent of his total assets <I>and</I> the person's total income from such entity does not exceed 5 percent of his gross income; <I>Provided,</I> that the person's aggregate investment in and income from all such omitted entities shall not exceed 15 percent of his total assets and gross income, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 12491, Feb. 17, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 83 FR 50199, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-18   Special provisions as to registered management investment companies and companies required to be registered as management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For filings by registered management investment companies, the following financial statements shall be filed:
</P>
<P>(1) An audited balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities as of the end of the most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) An audited statement of operations for the most recent fiscal year conforming to the requirements of § 210.6-07.
</P>
<P>(3) An audited statement of cash flows for the most recent fiscal year if necessary to comply with generally accepted accounting principles. (Further references in this rule to the requirement for such statement are likewise applicable only to the extent that they are consistent with the requirements of generally accepted accounting principles.)
</P>
<P>(4) Audited statements of changes in net assets conforming to the requirements of § 210.6-09 for the two most recent fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(b) If the filing is made within 60 days after the end of the registrant's fiscal year and audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year are not available, the balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities may be as of the end of the preceding fiscal year and the filing shall include an additional balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities as of an interim date within 245 days of the date of filing. In addition, the statements of operations and cash flows (if required by generally accepted accounting principles) shall be provided for the preceding fiscal year and the statement of changes in net assets shall be provided for the two preceding fiscal years and each of the statements shall be provided for the interim period between the end of the preceding fiscal year and the date of the most recent balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities being filed. Financial statements for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year need not be provided.
</P>
<P>(c) If the most current balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities in a filing is as of a date 245 days or more prior to the date the filing is expected to become effective, the financial statements shall be updated with a balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities as of an interim date within 245 days. In addition, the statements of operations, cash flows, and changes in net assets shall be provided for the interim period between the end of the most recent fiscal year for which a balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities is presented and the date of the most recent interim balance sheet or statement of assets and liabilities filed.
</P>
<P>(d) Interim financial statements provided in accordance with these requirements may be unaudited but shall be presented in the same detail as required by §§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11

. When unaudited financial statements are presented in a registration statement, they shall include the statement required by § 210.3-03(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 36125, July 14, 1981; 46 FR 46795, Sept. 22, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982; 47 FR 56838, Dec. 21, 1982; 57 FR 45292, Oct. 1, 1992; 76 FR 71875, Nov. 21, 2011; 85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-19" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3-20" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3-20   Currency for financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A foreign private issuer, as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter, shall state amounts in its primary financial statements in the currency which it deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer that is not a foreign private issuer shall present its financial statements in U.S. dollars.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The currency in which amounts in the financial statements are stated shall be disclosed prominently on the face of the financial statements. If dividends on publicly-held equity securities will be declared in a currency other than the reporting currency, a note to the financial statements shall identify that currency. If there are material exchange restrictions or controls relating to the issuer's reporting currency, the currency of the issuer's domicile, or the currency in which the issuer will pay dividends, prominent disclosure of this fact shall be made in the financial statements. If the reporting currency is not the U.S. dollar, dollar-equivalent financial statements or convenience translations shall not be presented, except a translation may be presented of the most recent fiscal year and any subsequent interim period presented using the exchange rate as of the most recent balance sheet included in the filing, except that a rate as of the most recent practicable date shall be used if materially different.
</P>
<P>(2) If there are material exchange restrictions or controls relating to the currency of a subsidiary's domicile, the currency held by a subsidiary, or the currency in which a subsidiary will pay dividends or transfer funds to the issuer or other subsidiaries, prominent disclosure of this fact shall be made in the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(c) If the financial statements of a foreign private issuer are stated in a currency of a country that has experienced cumulative inflationary effects exceeding a total of 100 percent over the most recent three year period, and have not been recast or otherwise supplemented to include information on a historical cost/constant currency or current cost basis prescribed or permitted by appropriate authoritative standards, the issuer shall present supplementary information to quantify the effects of changing prices upon its financial position and results of operations.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the currency used for reporting purposes, the issuer shall measure separately its own transactions, and those of each of its material operations (e.g., branches, divisions, subsidiaries, joint ventures, and similar entities) that is included in the issuer's consolidated financial statements and not located in a hyperinflationary environment, using the particular currency of the primary economic environment in which the issuer or the operation conducts its business. Assets and liabilities so determined shall be translated into the reporting currency at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date; all revenues, expenses, gains, and losses shall be translated at the exchange rate existing at the time of the transaction or, if appropriate, a weighted average of the exchange rates during the period; and all translation effects of exchange rate changes shall be included as a separate component (“cumulative translation adjustment”) of shareholder's equity. For purposes of this paragraph, the currency of an operation's primary economic environment is normally the currency in which cash is primarily generated and expended; a hyperinflationary environment is one that has cumulative inflation of approximately 100% or more over the most recent three year period. Departures from the methodology presented in this paragraph shall be quantified pursuant to Item 17(c)(2) of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) The issuer shall state its primary financial statements in the same currency for all periods for which financial information is presented. If the financial statements are stated in a currency that is different from that used in financial statements previously filed with the Commission, the issuer shall recast its financial statements as if the newly adopted currency had been used since at least the earliest period presented in the filing. The decision to change and the reason for the change in the reporting currency shall be disclosed in a note to the financial statements in the period in which the change occurs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 65631, Dec. 20, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 53908, Oct. 5, 1999; 83 FR 50199, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="20" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3A-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3A-01   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3A-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3A-02   Consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries.</HEAD>
<P>In deciding upon consolidation policy, the registrant must consider what financial presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances and should follow in the consolidated financial statements principles of inclusion or exclusion which will clearly exhibit the financial position and results of operations of the registrant. There is a presumption that consolidated financial statements are more meaningful than separate financial statements and that they are usually necessary for a fair presentation when one entity directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest in another entity. Other particular facts and circumstances may require combined financial statements, an equity method of accounting, or valuation allowances in order to achieve a fair presentation.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Majority ownership:</I> Among the factors that the registrant should consider in determining the most meaningful presentation is majority ownership. Generally, registrants shall consolidate entities that are majority owned and shall not consolidate entities that are not majority owned. The determination of <I>majority ownership</I> requires a careful analysis of the facts and circumstances of a particular relationship among entities. In rare situations, consolidation of a majority owned subsidiary may not result in a fair presentation, because the registrant, in substance, does not have a controlling financial interest (for example, when the subsidiary is in legal reorganization or in bankruptcy). In other situations, consolidation of an entity, notwithstanding the lack of technical majority ownership, is necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of the registrant, because of the existence of a parent-subsidiary relationship by means other than record ownership of voting stock.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3A-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3A-03   Statement as to principles of consolidation or combination followed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) As to each consolidated financial statement and as to each combined financial statement, if there has been a change in the persons included or excluded in the corresponding statement for the preceding fiscal period filed with the Commission that has a material effect on the financial statements, the persons included and the persons excluded shall be disclosed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14597, July 21, 1972. Redesignated at 45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, and 46 FR 56179, Nov. 16, 1981; 83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3A-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.20.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3A-04   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="21" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules of General Application</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.4-01 through 210.4-10 appear at 45 FR 63669, Sept. 25, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-01   Form, order, and terminology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Financial statements should be filed in such form and order, and should use such generally accepted terminology, as will best indicate their significance and character in the light of the provisions applicable thereto. The information required with respect to any statement shall be furnished as a minimum requirement to which shall be added such further material information as is necessary to make the required statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
</P>
<P>(1) Financial statements filed with the Commission which are not prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles will be presumed to be misleading or inaccurate, despite footnote or other disclosures, unless the Commission has otherwise provided. This article and other articles of Regulation S-X provide clarification of certain disclosures which must be included in any event, in financial statements filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) In all filings of foreign private issuers (see § 230.405 of this chapter), except as stated otherwise in the applicable form, the financial statements may be prepared according to a comprehensive set of accounting principles, other than those generally accepted in the United States or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, if a reconciliation to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and the provisions of Regulation S-X of the type specified in Item 18 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) is also filed as part of the financial statements. Alternatively, the financial statements may be prepared according to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
</P>
<P>(b) All money amounts required to be shown in financial statements may be expressed in whole dollars or multiples thereof, as appropriate: <I>Provided,</I> That, when stated in other than whole dollars, an indication to that effect is inserted immediately beneath the caption of the statement or schedule, at the top of the money columns, or at an appropriate point in narrative material.
</P>
<P>(c) Negative amounts (red figures) shall be shown in a manner which clearly distinguishes the negative attribute. When determining methods of display, consideration should be given to the limitations of reproduction and microfilming processes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63669, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 54767, Dec. 6, 1982; 70 FR 20719, Apr. 21, 2005; 73 FR 953, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 1009, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 50119, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-02   Items not material.</HEAD>
<P>If the amount which would otherwise be required to be shown with respect to any item is not material, it need not be separately set forth. The combination of insignificant amounts is permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-03   Inapplicable captions and omission of unrequired or inapplicable financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No caption should be shown in any financial statement as to which the items and conditions are not present.
</P>
<P>(b) Financial statements not required or inapplicable because the required matter is not present need not be filed.
</P>
<P>(c) The reasons for the omission of any required financial statements shall be indicated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-04   Omission of substantially identical notes.</HEAD>
<P>If a note covering substantially the same subject matter is required with respect to two or more financial statements relating to the same or affiliated persons, for which separate sets of notes are presented, the required information may be shown in a note to only one of such statements: <I>Provided,</I> That a clear and specific reference thereto is made in each of the other statements with respect to which the note is required. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 210.4-05—210.4-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 210.4-05--210.4-06   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-07" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-07   Discount on shares.</HEAD>
<P>Discount on shares, or any unamortized balance thereof, shall be shown separately as a deduction from the applicable account(s) as circumstances require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-08" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-08   General notes to financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>If applicable to the person for which the financial statements are filed, the following shall be set forth on the face of the appropriate statement or in appropriately captioned notes. The information shall be provided for each statement required to be filed, except that the information required by paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section shall be provided as of the most recent audited balance sheet being filed and for paragraph (j) of this section as specified therein. When specific statements are presented separately, the pertinent notes shall accompany such statements unless cross-referencing is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assets subject to lien.</I> Assets mortgaged, pledged, or otherwise subject to lien, and the approximate amounts thereof, shall be designated and the obligations collateralized briefly identified.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Defaults.</I> The facts and amounts concerning any default in principal, interest, sinking fund, or redemption provisions with respect to any issue of securities or credit agreements, or any breach of covenant of a related indenture or agreement, which default or breach existed at the date of the most recent balance sheet being filed and which has not been subsequently cured, shall be stated in the notes to the financial statements. If a default or breach exists but acceleration of the obligation has been waived for a stated period of time beyond the date of the most recent balance sheet being filed, state the amount of the obligation and the period of the waiver.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Preferred shares.</I> Aggregate preferences on involuntary liquidation, if other than par or stated value, shall be shown parenthetically in the equity section of the balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Restrictions which limit the payment of dividends by the registrant.</I> (1) Describe the most significant restrictions on the payment of dividends by the registrant, indicating their sources, their pertinent provisions, and the amount of retained earnings or net income restricted or free of restrictions.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose the amount of consolidated retained earnings which represents undistributed earnings of 50 percent or less owned persons accounted for by the equity method.
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosures in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section shall be provided when material.
</P>
<P>(i) Describe the nature of any restrictions on the ability of consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated subsidiaries to transfer funds to the registrant in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances (<I>i.e.</I>, borrowing arrangements, regulatory restraints, foreign government, etc.).
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose separately the amounts of such restricted net assets for unconsolidated subsidiaries and consolidated subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Significant changes in bonds, mortgages and similar debt.</I> Any significant changes in the authorized amounts of bonds, mortgages and similar debt since the date of the latest balance sheet being filed for a particular person or group shall be stated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Summarized financial information of subsidiaries not consolidated and 50 percent or less owned persons.</I> (1) The summarized information as to assets, liabilities and results of operations as detailed in § 210.1-02(bb) shall be presented in notes to the financial statements on an individual or group basis for:
</P>
<P>(i) Subsidiaries not consolidated; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For 50 percent or less owned persons accounted for by the equity method by the registrant or by a subsidiary of the registrant, if the criteria in § 210.1-02(w) for a significant subsidiary are met:
</P>
<P>(A) Individually by any subsidiary not consolidated or any 50% or less owned person; or
</P>
<P>(B) On an aggregated basis by any combination of such subsidiaries and persons.
</P>
<P>(2) Summarized financial information shall be presented insofar as is practicable as of the same dates and for the same periods as the audited consolidated financial statements provided and shall include the disclosures prescribed by § 210.1-02(bb). Summarized information of subsidiaries not consolidated shall not be combined for disclosure purposes with the summarized information of 50 percent or less owned persons.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Income tax expense.</I>(1) Disclosure shall be made in the statement of comprehensive income, or a note thereto, of the components of income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) as either domestic or foreign.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">h</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Amounts applicable to United States Federal income taxes, to foreign income taxes and the other income taxes shall be stated separately for each major component. Amounts applicable to foreign income (loss) and amounts applicable to foreign or other income taxes which are less than five percent of the total of income before taxes or the component of tax expense, respectively, need not be separately disclosed. For purposes of this note, foreign income (loss) is defined as income (loss) generated from a registrant's foreign operations, <I>i.e.,</I> operations that are located outside of the registrant's home country.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) In the reconciliation between the amount of reported total income tax expense (benefit) and the amount computed by multiplying the income (loss) before tax by the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate, if no individual reconciling item amounts to more than five percent of the amount computed by multiplying the income before tax by the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate, and the total difference to be reconciled is less than five percent of such computed amount, no reconciliation need be provided unless it would be significant in appraising the trend of earnings. Reconciling items that are individually less than five percent of the computed amount may be aggregated in the reconciliation. Where the reporting person is a foreign entity, the income tax rate in that person's country of domicile should normally be used in making the above computation, but different rates should not be used for subsidiaries or other segments of a reporting entity. When the rate used by a reporting person is other than the United States Federal corporate income tax rate, the rate used and the basis for using such rate shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(4) Price at which warrant or right is exercisable.
</P>
<P>(i)-(j) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Related party transactions that affect the financial statements.</I> (1) Amounts of related party transactions should be stated on the face of the balance sheet, statement of comprehensive income, or statement of cash flows.
</P>
<P>(2) In cases where separate financial statements are presented for the registrant, certain investees, or subsidiaries, any intercompany profits or losses resulting from transactions with related parties and the effects thereof shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(l) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements</I>—(1) <I>Repurchase agreements (assets sold under agreements to repurchase).</I> (i) If, as of the most recent balance sheet date, the carrying amount (or market value, if higher than the carrying amount or if there is no carrying amount) of the securities or other assets sold under agreements to repurchase (<I>repurchase agreements</I>) exceeds 10% of total assets, disclose separately in the balance sheet the aggregate amount of liabilities incurred pursuant to repurchase agreements including accrued interest payable thereon.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) If, as of the most recent balance sheet date, the carrying amount (or market value, if higher than the carrying amount) of securities or other assets sold under repurchase agreements, other than securities or assets specified in paragraph (m)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, exceeds 10% of total assets, disclose in an appropriately captioned footnote containing a tabular presentation, segregated as to type of such securities or assets sold under agreements to repurchase (e.g., U.S. Treasury obligations, U.S. Government agency obligations and loans), the following information as of the balance sheet date for each such agreement or group of agreements (other than agreements involving securities or assets specified in paragraph (m)(1)(ii)(B) of this section) maturing (<I>1</I>) overnight; (<I>2</I>) term up to 30 days; (<I>3</I>) term of 30 to 90 days; (<I>4</I>) term over 90 days and (<I>5</I>) demand:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The carrying amount and market value of the assets sold under agreement to repurchase, including accrued interest plus any cash or other assets on deposit under the repurchase agreements; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The repurchase liability associated with such transaction or group of transactions and the interest rate(s) thereon.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of paragraph (m)(1)(ii)(A) of this section only, do not include securities or other assets for which unrealized changes in market value are reported in current income or which have been obtained under reverse repurchase agreements.
</P>
<P>(iii) If, as of the most recent balance sheet date, the amount at risk under repurchase agreements with any individual counterparty or group of related counterparties exceeds 10% of stockholders' equity (or in the case of investment companies, net asset value), disclose the name of each such counterparty or group of related counterparties, the amount at risk with each, and the weighted average maturity of the repurchase agreements with each. The amount at risk under repurchase agreements is defined as the excess of carrying amount (or market value, if higher than the carrying amount or if there is no carrying amount) of the securities or other assets sold under agreement to repurchase, including accrued interest plus any cash or other assets on deposit to secure the repurchase obligation, over the amount of the repurchase liability (adjusted for accrued interest). (Cash deposits in connection with repurchase agreements shall not be reported as unrestricted cash pursuant to rule 5-02.1.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reverse repurchase agreements (assets purchased under agreements to resell).</I> (i) If, as of the most recent balance sheet date, the aggregate carrying amount of “reverse repurchase agreements” (securities or other assets purchased under agreements to resell) exceeds 10% of total assets:
</P>
<P>(A) Disclose separately such amount in the balance sheet; and
</P>
<P>(B) Disclose in an appropriately captioned footnote:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The registrant's policy with regard to taking possession of securities or other assets purchased under agreements to resell; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether or not there are any provisions to ensure that the market value of the underlying assets remains sufficient to protect the registrant in the event of default by the counterparty and if so, the nature of those provisions.
</P>
<P>(ii) If, as of the most recent balance sheet date, the amount at risk under reverse repurchase agreements with any individual counterparty or group of related counterparties exceeds 10% of stockholders' equity (or in the case of investment companies, net asset value), disclose the name of each such counterparty or group of related counterparties, the amount at risk with each, and the weighted average maturity of the reverse repurchase agreements with each. The amount at risk under reverse repurchase agreements is defined as the excess of the carrying amount of the reverse repurchase agreements over the market value of assets delivered pursuant to the agreements by the counterparty to the registrant (or to a third party agent that has affirmatively agreed to act on behalf of the registrant) and not returned to the counterparty, except in exchange for their approximate market value in a separate transaction.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Accounting policies for certain derivative instruments.</I> Disclosures regarding accounting policies shall include, to the extent material, where in the statement of cash flows derivative financial instruments, and their related gains and losses, as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, are reported.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63669, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 56179, Nov. 16, 1981; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 50 FR 49532, Dec. 3, 1985; 51 FR 3770, Jan. 30, 1986; 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992; 59 FR 65636, Dec. 20, 1994; 62 FR 6063, Feb. 10, 1997; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 76 FR 50119, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018; 90 FR 9687, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-9" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.4-10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.21.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.4-10   Financial accounting and reporting for oil and gas producing activities pursuant to the Federal securities laws and the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975.</HEAD>
<P>This section prescribes financial accounting and reporting standards for registrants with the Commission engaged in oil and gas producing activities in filings under the Federal securities laws and for the preparation of accounts by persons engaged, in whole or in part, in the production of crude oil or natural gas in the United States, pursuant to section 503 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6383) (<I>EPCA</I>) and section 11(c) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 796) (<I>ESECA</I>), as amended by section 505 of EPCA. The application of this section to those oil and gas producing operations of companies regulated for ratemaking purposes on an individual-company-cost-of-service basis may, however, give appropriate recognition to differences arising because of the effect of the ratemaking process.
</P>
<FP><I>Exemption.</I> Any person exempted by the Department of Energy from any record-keeping or reporting requirements pursuant to section 11(c) of ESECA, as amended, is similarly exempted from the related provisions of this section in the preparation of accounts pursuant to EPCA. This exemption does not affect the applicability of this section to filings pursuant to the Federal securities laws.
</FP>
<HD1>Definitions
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply to the terms listed below as they are used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Acquisition of properties.</I> Costs incurred to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire a property, including costs of lease bonuses and options to purchase or lease properties, the portion of costs applicable to minerals when land including mineral rights is purchased in fee, brokers' fees, recording fees, legal costs, and other costs incurred in acquiring properties.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Analogous reservoir.</I> Analogous reservoirs, as used in resources assessments, have similar rock and fluid properties, reservoir conditions (depth, temperature, and pressure) and drive mechanisms, but are typically at a more advanced stage of development than the reservoir of interest and thus may provide concepts to assist in the interpretation of more limited data and estimation of recovery. When used to support proved reserves, an “analogous reservoir” refers to a reservoir that shares the following characteristics with the reservoir of interest:
</P>
<P>(i) Same geological formation (but not necessarily in pressure communication with the reservoir of interest);
</P>
<P>(ii) Same environment of deposition;
</P>
<P>(iii) Similar geological structure; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Same drive mechanism.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> Reservoir properties must, in the aggregate, be no more favorable in the analog than in the reservoir of interest.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Bitumen.</I> Bitumen, sometimes referred to as natural bitumen, is petroleum in a solid or semi-solid state in natural deposits with a viscosity greater than 10,000 centipoise measured at original temperature in the deposit and atmospheric pressure, on a gas free basis. In its natural state it usually contains sulfur, metals, and other non-hydrocarbons.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Condensate.</I> Condensate is a mixture of hydrocarbons that exists in the gaseous phase at original reservoir temperature and pressure, but that, when produced, is in the liquid phase at surface pressure and temperature.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Deterministic estimate.</I> The method of estimating reserves or resources is called deterministic when a single value for each parameter (from the geoscience, engineering, or economic data) in the reserves calculation is used in the reserves estimation procedure.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Developed oil and gas reserves.</I> Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that can be expected to be recovered:
</P>
<P>(i) Through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserves estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Development costs.</I> Costs incurred to obtain access to proved reserves and to provide facilities for extracting, treating, gathering and storing the oil and gas. More specifically, development costs, including depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of development activities, are costs incurred to:
</P>
<P>(i) Gain access to and prepare well locations for drilling, including surveying well locations for the purpose of determining specific development drilling sites, clearing ground, draining, road building, and relocating public roads, gas lines, and power lines, to the extent necessary in developing the proved reserves.
</P>
<P>(ii) Drill and equip development wells, development-type stratigraphic test wells, and service wells, including the costs of platforms and of well equipment such as casing, tubing, pumping equipment, and the wellhead assembly.
</P>
<P>(iii) Acquire, construct, and install production facilities such as lease flow lines, separators, treaters, heaters, manifolds, measuring devices, and production storage tanks, natural gas cycling and processing plants, and central utility and waste disposal systems.
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide improved recovery systems.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Development project.</I> A development project is the means by which petroleum resources are brought to the status of economically producible. As examples, the development of a single reservoir or field, an incremental development in a producing field, or the integrated development of a group of several fields and associated facilities with a common ownership may constitute a development project.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Development well.</I> A well drilled within the proved area of an oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Economically producible.</I> The term economically producible, as it relates to a resource, means a resource which generates revenue that exceeds, or is reasonably expected to exceed, the costs of the operation. The value of the products that generate revenue shall be determined at the terminal point of oil and gas producing activities as defined in paragraph (a)(16) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Estimated ultimate recovery (EUR).</I> Estimated ultimate recovery is the sum of reserves remaining as of a given date and cumulative production as of that date.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Exploration costs.</I> Costs incurred in identifying areas that may warrant examination and in examining specific areas that are considered to have prospects of containing oil and gas reserves, including costs of drilling exploratory wells and exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells. Exploration costs may be incurred both before acquiring the related property (sometimes referred to in part as prospecting costs) and after acquiring the property. Principal types of exploration costs, which include depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of exploration activities, are:
</P>
<P>(i) Costs of topographical, geographical and geophysical studies, rights of access to properties to conduct those studies, and salaries and other expenses of geologists, geophysical crews, and others conducting those studies. Collectively, these are sometimes referred to as geological and geophysical or <I>G&amp;G</I> costs.
</P>
<P>(ii) Costs of carrying and retaining undeveloped properties, such as delay rentals, ad valorem taxes on properties, legal costs for title defense, and the maintenance of land and lease records.
</P>
<P>(iii) Dry hole contributions and bottom hole contributions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Costs of drilling and equipping exploratory wells.
</P>
<P>(v) Costs of drilling exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Exploratory well.</I> An exploratory well is a well drilled to find a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir. Generally, an exploratory well is any well that is not a development well, an extension well, a service well, or a stratigraphic test well as those items are defined in this section.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Extension well.</I> An extension well is a well drilled to extend the limits of a known reservoir.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Field.</I> An area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. There may be two or more reservoirs in a field that are separated vertically by intervening impervious, strata, or laterally by local geologic barriers, or by both. Reservoirs that are associated by being in overlapping or adjacent fields may be treated as a single or common operational field. The geological terms <I>structural feature</I> and <I>stratigraphic condition</I> are intended to identify localized geological features as opposed to the broader terms of basins, trends, provinces, plays, areas-of-interest, etc.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Oil and gas producing activities.</I> (i) Oil and gas producing activities include:
</P>
<P>(A) The search for crude oil, including condensate and natural gas liquids, or natural gas (“oil and gas”) in their natural states and original locations;
</P>
<P>(B) The acquisition of property rights or properties for the purpose of further exploration or for the purpose of removing the oil or gas from such properties;
</P>
<P>(C) The construction, drilling, and production activities necessary to retrieve oil and gas from their natural reservoirs, including the acquisition, construction, installation, and maintenance of field gathering and storage systems, such as:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Lifting the oil and gas to the surface; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Gathering, treating, and field processing (as in the case of processing gas to extract liquid hydrocarbons); and
</P>
<P>(D) Extraction of saleable hydrocarbons, in the solid, liquid, or gaseous state, from oil sands, shale, coalbeds, or other nonrenewable natural resources which are intended to be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas, and activities undertaken with a view to such extraction.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(16)(i):</I> The oil and gas production function shall be regarded as ending at a “terminal point”, which is the outlet valve on the lease or field storage tank. If unusual physical or operational circumstances exist, it may be appropriate to regard the terminal point for the production function as:
</FP>
<P>a. The first point at which oil, gas, or gas liquids, natural or synthetic, are delivered to a main pipeline, a common carrier, a refinery, or a marine terminal; and
</P>
<P>b. In the case of natural resources that are intended to be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas, if those natural resources are delivered to a purchaser prior to upgrading, the first point at which the natural resources are delivered to a main pipeline, a common carrier, a refinery, a marine terminal, or a facility which upgrades such natural resources into synthetic oil or gas.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a)(16)(i):</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a)(16), the term <I>saleable hydrocarbons</I> means hydrocarbons that are saleable in the state in which the hydrocarbons are delivered.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Oil and gas producing activities do not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Transporting, refining, or marketing oil and gas;
</P>
<P>(B) Processing of produced oil, gas or natural resources that can be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas by a registrant that does not have the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in such production;
</P>
<P>(C) Activities relating to the production of natural resources other than oil, gas, or natural resources from which synthetic oil and gas can be extracted; or
</P>
<P>(D) Production of geothermal steam.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Possible reserves.</I> Possible reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than probable reserves.
</P>
<P>(i) When deterministic methods are used, the total quantities ultimately recovered from a project have a low probability of exceeding proved plus probable plus possible reserves. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the total quantities ultimately recovered will equal or exceed the proved plus probable plus possible reserves estimates.
</P>
<P>(ii) Possible reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to probable reserves where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this will be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to define clearly the area and vertical limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project.
</P>
<P>(iii) Possible reserves also include incremental quantities associated with a greater percentage recovery of the hydrocarbons in place than the recovery quantities assumed for probable reserves.
</P>
<P>(iv) The proved plus probable and proved plus probable plus possible reserves estimates must be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects.
</P>
<P>(v) Possible reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from proved areas by faults with displacement less than formation thickness or other geological discontinuities and that have not been penetrated by a wellbore, and the registrant believes that such adjacent portions are in communication with the known (proved) reservoir. Possible reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher or lower than the proved area if these areas are in communication with the proved reservoir.
</P>
<P>(vi) Pursuant to paragraph (a)(22)(iii) of this section, where direct observation has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves should be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir above the HKO only if the higher contact can be established with reasonable certainty through reliable technology. Portions of the reservoir that do not meet this reasonable certainty criterion may be assigned as probable and possible oil or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Probable reserves.</I> Probable reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves but which, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.
</P>
<P>(i) When deterministic methods are used, it is as likely as not that actual remaining quantities recovered will exceed the sum of estimated proved plus probable reserves. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the proved plus probable reserves estimates.
</P>
<P>(ii) Probable reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to proved reserves where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain, even if the interpreted reservoir continuity of structure or productivity does not meet the reasonable certainty criterion. Probable reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the proved area if these areas are in communication with the proved reservoir.
</P>
<P>(iii) Probable reserves estimates also include potential incremental quantities associated with a greater percentage recovery of the hydrocarbons in place than assumed for proved reserves.
</P>
<P>(iv) See also guidelines in paragraphs (a)(17)(iv) and (a)(17)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Probabilistic estimate.</I> The method of estimation of reserves or resources is called probabilistic when the full range of values that could reasonably occur for each unknown parameter (from the geoscience and engineering data) is used to generate a full range of possible outcomes and their associated probabilities of occurrence.
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Production costs.</I> (i) Costs incurred to operate and maintain wells and related equipment and facilities, including depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of operating and maintaining those wells and related equipment and facilities. They become part of the cost of oil and gas produced. Examples of production costs (sometimes called lifting costs) are:
</P>
<P>(A) Costs of labor to operate the wells and related equipment and facilities.
</P>
<P>(B) Repairs and maintenance.
</P>
<P>(C) Materials, supplies, and fuel consumed and supplies utilized in operating the wells and related equipment and facilities.
</P>
<P>(D) Property taxes and insurance applicable to proved properties and wells and related equipment and facilities.
</P>
<P>(E) Severance taxes.
</P>
<P>(ii) Some support equipment or facilities may serve two or more oil and gas producing activities and may also serve transportation, refining, and marketing activities. To the extent that the support equipment and facilities are used in oil and gas producing activities, their depreciation and applicable operating costs become exploration, development or production costs, as appropriate. Depreciation, depletion, and amortization of capitalized acquisition, exploration, and development costs are not production costs but also become part of the cost of oil and gas produced along with production (lifting) costs identified above.
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Proved area.</I> The part of a property to which proved reserves have been specifically attributed.
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Proved oil and gas reserves.</I> Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.
</P>
<P>(i) The area of the reservoir considered as proved includes:
</P>
<P>(A) The area identified by drilling and limited by fluid contacts, if any, and
</P>
<P>(B) Adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can, with reasonable certainty, be judged to be continuous with it and to contain economically producible oil or gas on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the absence of data on fluid contacts, proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbons (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establishes a lower contact with reasonable certainty.
</P>
<P>(iii) Where direct observation from well penetrations has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves may be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir only if geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establish the higher contact with reasonable certainty.
</P>
<P>(iv) Reserves which can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (including, but not limited to, fluid injection) are included in the proved classification when:
</P>
<P>(A) Successful testing by a pilot project in an area of the reservoir with properties no more favorable than in the reservoir as a whole, the operation of an installed program in the reservoir or an analogous reservoir, or other evidence using reliable technology establishes the reasonable certainty of the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based; and
</P>
<P>(B) The project has been approved for development by all necessary parties and entities, including governmental entities.
</P>
<P>(v) Existing economic conditions include prices and costs at which economic producibility from a reservoir is to be determined. The price shall be the average price during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future conditions. 
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Proved properties.</I> Properties with proved reserves.
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Reasonable certainty.</I> If deterministic methods are used, reasonable certainty means a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. A high degree of confidence exists if the quantity is much more likely to be achieved than not, and, as changes due to increased availability of geoscience (geological, geophysical, and geochemical), engineering, and economic data are made to estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) with time, reasonably certain EUR is much more likely to increase or remain constant than to decrease.
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Reliable technology.</I> Reliable technology is a grouping of one or more technologies (including computational methods) that has been field tested and has been demonstrated to provide reasonably certain results with consistency and repeatability in the formation being evaluated or in an analogous formation.
</P>
<P>(26) <I>Reserves.</I> Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of oil and gas and related substances anticipated to be economically producible, as of a given date, by application of development projects to known accumulations. In addition, there must exist, or there must be a reasonable expectation that there will exist, the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in the production, installed means of delivering oil and gas or related substances to market, and all permits and financing required to implement the project.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(26):</HED>
<P>Reserves should not be assigned to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until those reservoirs are penetrated and evaluated as economically producible. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by a non-productive reservoir (<I>i.e.</I>, absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results). Such areas may contain prospective resources (<I>i.e.</I>, potentially recoverable resources from undiscovered accumulations).</P></NOTE>
<P>(27) <I>Reservoir.</I> A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or gas that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other reservoirs.
</P>
<P>(28) <I>Resources.</I> Resources are quantities of oil and gas estimated to exist in naturally occurring accumulations. A portion of the resources may be estimated to be recoverable, and another portion may be considered to be unrecoverable. Resources include both discovered and undiscovered accumulations. 
</P>
<P>(29) <I>Service well.</I> A well drilled or completed for the purpose of supporting production in an existing field. Specific purposes of service wells include gas injection, water injection, steam injection, air injection, salt-water disposal, water supply for injection, observation, or injection for in-situ combustion.
</P>
<P>(30) <I>Stratigraphic test well.</I> A stratigraphic test well is a drilling effort, geologically directed, to obtain information pertaining to a specific geologic condition. Such wells customarily are drilled without the intent of being completed for hydrocarbon production. The classification also includes tests identified as core tests and all types of expendable holes related to hydrocarbon exploration. Stratigraphic tests are classified as “exploratory type” if not drilled in a known area or “development type” if drilled in a known area.
</P>
<P>(31) <I>Undeveloped oil and gas reserves.</I> Undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.
</P>
<P>(i) Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those directly offsetting development spacing areas that are reasonably certain of production when drilled, unless evidence using reliable technology exists that establishes reasonable certainty of economic producibility at greater distances.
</P>
<P>(ii) Undrilled locations can be classified as having undeveloped reserves only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that they are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless the specific circumstances, justify a longer time.
</P>
<P>(iii) Under no circumstances shall estimates for undeveloped reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or by other evidence using reliable technology establishing reasonable certainty. 
</P>
<P>(32) <I>Unproved properties.</I> Properties with no proved reserves.
</P>
<HD1>Successful Efforts Method
</HD1>
<P>(b) A reporting entity that follows the successful efforts method shall comply with the accounting and financial reporting disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 932, <I>Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Full Cost Method
</HD1>
<P>(c) <I>Application of the full cost method of accounting.</I> A reporting entity that follows the full cost method shall apply that method to all of its operations and to the operations of its subsidiaries, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Determination of cost centers.</I> Cost centers shall be established on a country-by-country basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Costs to be capitalized.</I> All costs associated with property acquisition, exploration, and development activities (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) shall be capitalized within the appropriate cost center. Any internal costs that are capitalized shall be limited to those costs that can be directly identified with acquisition, exploration, and development activities undertaken by the reporting entity for its own account, and shall not include any costs related to production, general corporate overhead, or similar activities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amortization of capitalized costs.</I> Capitalized costs within a cost center shall be amortized on the unit-of-production basis using proved oil and gas reserves, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Costs to be amortized shall include (A) all capitalized costs, less accumulated amortization, other than the cost of properties described in paragraph (ii) below; (B) the estimated future expenditures (based on current costs) to be incurred in developing proved reserves; and (C) estimated dismantlement and abandonment costs, net of estimated salvage values.
</P>
<P>(ii) The cost of investments in unproved properties and major development projects may be excluded from capitalized costs to be amortized, subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) All costs directly associated with the acquisition and evaluation of unproved properties may be excluded from the amortization computation until it is determined whether or not proved reserves can be assigned to the properties, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Until such a determination is made, the properties shall be assessed at least annually to ascertain whether impairment has occurred. Unevaluated properties whose costs are individually significant shall be assessed individually. Where it is not practicable to individually assess the amount of impairment of properties for which costs are not individually significant, such properties may be grouped for purposes of assessing impairment. Impairment may be estimated by applying factors based on historical experience and other data such as primary lease terms of the properties, average holding periods of unproved properties, and geographic and geologic data to groupings of individually insignificant properties and projects. The amount of impairment assessed under either of these methods shall be added to the costs to be amortized.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The costs of drilling exploratory dry holes shall be included in the amortization base immediately upon determination that the well is dry.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If geological and geophysical costs cannot be directly associated with specific unevaluated properties, they shall be included in the amortization base as incurred. Upon complete evaluation of a property, the total remaining excluded cost (net of any impairment) shall be included in the full cost amortization base.
</P>
<P>(B) Certain costs may be excluded from amortization when incurred in connection with major development projects expected to entail significant costs to ascertain the quantities of proved reserves attributable to the properties under development (e.g., the installation of an offshore drilling platform from which development wells are to be drilled, the installation of improved recovery programs, and similar major projects undertaken in the expectation of significant additions to proved reserves). The amounts which may be excluded are applicable portions of (<I>1</I>) the costs that relate to the major development project and have not previously been included in the amortization base, and (<I>2</I>) the estimated future expenditures associated with the development project. The excluded portion of any common costs associated with the development project should be based, as is most appropriate in the circumstances, on a comparison of either (<I>i</I>) existing proved reserves to total proved reserves expected to be established upon completion of the project, or (<I>ii</I>) the number of wells to which proved reserves have been assigned and total number of wells expected to be drilled. Such costs may be excluded from costs to be amortized until the earlier determination of whether additional reserves are proved or impairment occurs.
</P>
<P>(C) Excluded costs and the proved reserves related to such costs shall be transferred into the amortization base on an ongoing (well-by-well or property-by-property) basis as the project is evaluated and proved reserves established or impairment determined. Once proved reserves are established, there is no further justification for continued exclusion from the full cost amortization base even if other factors prevent immediate production or marketing.
</P>
<P>(iii) Amortization shall be computed on the basis of physical units, with oil and gas converted to a common unit of measure on the basis of their approximate relative energy content, unless economic circumstances (related to the effects of regulated prices) indicate that use of units of revenue is a more appropriate basis of computing amortization. In the latter case, amortization shall be computed on the basis of current gross revenues (excluding royalty payments and net profits disbursements) from production in relation to future gross revenues, based on current prices (including consideration of changes in existing prices provided only by contractual arrangements), from estimated production of proved oil and gas reserves. The effect of a significant price increase during the year on estimated future gross revenues shall be reflected in the amortization provision only for the period after the price increase occurs.
</P>
<P>(iv) In some cases it may be more appropriate to depreciate natural gas cycling and processing plants by a method other than the unit-of-production method.
</P>
<P>(v) Amortization computations shall be made on a consolidated basis, including investees accounted for on a proportionate consolidation basis. Investees accounted for on the equity method shall be treated separately.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limitation on capitalized costs.</I> (i) For each cost center, capitalized costs, less accumulated amortization and related deferred income taxes, shall not exceed an amount (the cost center ceiling) equal to the sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The present value of estimated future net revenues computed by applying current prices of oil and gas reserves (with consideration of price changes only to the extent provided by contractual arrangements) to estimated future production of proved oil and gas reserves as of the date of the latest balance sheet presented, less estimated future expenditures (based on current costs) to be incurred in developing and producing the proved reserves computed using a discount factor of ten percent and assuming continuation of existing economic conditions; plus
</P>
<P>(B) the cost of properties not being amortized pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section; plus


</P>
<P>(C) the lower of cost or estimated fair value of unproven properties included in the costs being amortized; less
</P>
<P>(D) income tax effects related to differences between the book and tax basis of the properties referred to in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (B) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If unamortized costs capitalized within a cost center, less related deferred income taxes, exceed the cost center ceiling, the excess shall be charged to expense and separately disclosed during the period in which the excess occurs. Amounts thus required to be written off shall not be reinstated for any subsequent increase in the cost center ceiling.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Production costs.</I> All costs relating to production activities, including workover costs incurred solely to maintain or increase levels of production from an existing completion interval, shall be charged to expense as incurred.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Other transactions.</I> The provisions of paragraph (h) of this section, “Mineral property conveyances and related transactions if the successful efforts method of accounting is followed,” shall apply also to those reporting entities following the full cost method except as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Sales and abandonments of oil and gas properties.</I> Sales of oil and gas properties, whether or not being amortized currently, shall be accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs, with no gain or loss recognized, unless such adjustments would significantly alter the relationship between capitalized costs and proved reserves of oil and gas attributable to a cost center. For instance, a significant alteration would not ordinarily be expected to occur for sales involving less than 25 percent of the reserve quantities of a given cost center. If gain or loss is recognized on such a sale, total capitalization costs within the cost center shall be allocated between the reserves sold and reserves retained on the same basis used to compute amortization, unless there are substantial economic differences between the properties sold and those retained, in which case capitalized costs shall be allocated on the basis of the relative fair values of the properties. Abandonments of oil and gas properties shall be accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs; that is, the cost of abandoned properties shall be charged to the full cost center and amortized (subject to the limitation on capitalized costs in paragraph (b) of this section).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Purchases of reserves.</I> Purchases of oil and gas reserves in place ordinarily shall be accounted for as additional capitalized costs within the applicable cost center; however, significant purchases of production payments or properties with lives substantially shorter than the composite productive life of the cost center shall be accounted for separately.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Partnerships, joint ventures and drilling arrangements.</I> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, all consideration received from sales or transfers of properties in connection with partnerships, joint venture operations, or various other forms of drilling arrangements involving oil and gas exploration and development activities (e.g., carried interest, turnkey wells, management fees, etc.) shall be credited to the full cost account, except to the extent of amounts that represent reimbursement of organization, offering, general and administrative expenses, etc., that are identifiable with the transaction, if such amounts are currently incurred and charged to expense.
</P>
<P>(B) Where a registrant organizes and manages a limited partnership involved only in the purchase of proved developed properties and subsequent distribution of income from such properties, management fee income may be recognized provided the properties involved do not require aggregate development expenditures in connection with production of existing proved reserves in excess of 10% of the partnership's recorded cost of such properties. Any income not recognized as a result of this limitation would be credited to the full cost account and recognized through a lower amortization provision as reserves are produced.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Other services.</I> No income shall be recognized in connection with contractual services performed (e.g. drilling, well service, or equipment supply services, etc.) in connection with properties in which the registrant or an affiliate (as defined in § 210.1-02(b)) holds an ownership or other economic interest, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Where the registrant acquires an interest in the properties in connection with the service contract, income may be recognized to the extent the cash consideration received exceeds the related contract costs plus the registrant's share of costs incurred and estimated to be incurred in connection with the properties. Ownership interests acquired within one year of the date of such a contract are considered to be acquired in connection with the service for purposes of applying this rule. The amount of any guarantees or similar arrangements undertaken as part of this contract should be considered as part of the costs related to the properties for purposes of applying this rule.
</P>
<P>(B) Where the registrant acquired an interest in the properties at least one year before the date of the service contract through transactions unrelated to the service contract, and that interest is unaffected by the service contract, income from such contract may be recognized subject to the general provisions for elimination of inter-company profit under generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(C) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (c)(6)(iv) (A) and (B) of this section, no income may be recognized for contractual services performed on behalf of investors in oil and gas producing activities managed by the registrant or an affiliate. Furthermore, no income may be recognized for contractual services to the extent that the consideration received for such services represents an interest in the underlying property.
</P>
<P>(D) Any income not recognized as a result of these rules would be credited to the full cost account and recognized through a lower amortization provision as reserves are produced.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Disclosures.</I> Reporting entities that follow the full cost method of accounting shall disclose all of the information required by paragraph (k) of this section, with each cost center considered as a separate geographic area, except that reasonable groupings may be made of cost centers that are not significant in the aggregate. In addition:
</P>
<P>(i) For each cost center for each year that a statement of comprehensive income is required, disclose the total amount of amortization expense (per equivalent physical unit of production if amortization is computed on the basis of physical units or per dollar of gross revenue from production if amortization is computed on the basis of gross revenue).
</P>
<P>(ii) State separately on the face of the balance sheet the aggregate of the capitalized costs of unproved properties and major development projects that are excluded, in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section, from the capitalized costs being amortized. Provide a description in the notes to the financial statements of the current status of the significant properties or projects involved, including the anticipated timing of the inclusion of the costs in the amortization computation. Present a table that shows, by category of cost, (A) the total costs excluded as of the most recent fiscal year; and (B) the amounts of such excluded costs, incurred (<I>1</I>) in each of the three most recent fiscal years and (<I>2</I>) in the aggregate for any earlier fiscal years in which the costs were incurred. Categories of cost to be disclosed include acquisition costs, exploration costs, development costs in the case of significant development projects and capitalized interest.
</P>
<P>(8) For purposes of this paragraph (c), the term “current price” shall mean the average price during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future conditions.
</P>
<HD1>Income Taxes
</HD1>
<P>(d) <I>Income taxes.</I> Comprehensive interperiod income tax allocation by a method which complies with generally accepted accounting principles shall be followed for intangible drilling and development costs and other costs incurred that enter into the determination of taxable income and pretax accounting income in different periods.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 60405, Dec. 27, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 60417, Dec. 27, 1978; 44 FR 57036, 57038, Oct. 9, 1979; 45 FR 27749, Apr. 24, 1980. Redesignated and amended at 45 FR 63669, Sept. 25, 1980; 47 FR 57913, Dec. 29, 1982; 48 FR 44200, Sept. 28, 1983; 49 FR 18473, May 1, 1984; 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992; 61 FR 30401, June 14, 1996; 74 FR 2190, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 50119, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50201, Oct. 4, 2018]; 90 FR 9687, Feb. 18, 2025


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="22" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.22" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Commercial and Industrial Companies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.22.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5-01   Application of §§ 210.5-01 to 210.5-04.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 210.5-01 to 210.5-04 shall be applicable to financial statements filed for all persons except—
</P>
<P>(a) Registered investment companies (see§§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11).
</P>
<P>(b) Employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans (see §§ 210.6A-01 to 210.6A-05).
</P>
<P>(c) Insurance companies (see §§ 210.7-01 to 210.7-05).
</P>
<P>(d) Bank holding companies and banks (see §§ 210.9-01 to 210.9-07).
</P>
<P>(e) Brokers and dealers when filing Form X-17A-5 [249.617] (see §§ 240.17a-5 and 240.17a-10 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 49533, Dec. 3, 1985, as amended at 85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.22.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5-02   Balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this rule is to indicate the various line items and certain additional disclosures which, if applicable, and except as otherwise permitted by the Commission, should appear on the face of the balance sheets or related notes filed for the persons to whom this article pertains (see § 210.4-01(a)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Assets and Other Debits
</HD1>
<HD2>Current Assets, when appropriate 
</HD2>
<P>1. <I>Cash and cash items.</I> Separate disclosure shall be made of the cash and cash items which are restricted as to withdrawal or usage. The provisions of any restrictions shall be described in a note to the financial statements. Restrictions may include legally restricted deposits held as compensating balances against short-term borrowing arrangements, contracts entered into with others, or company statements of intention with regard to particular deposits; however, time deposits and short-term certificates of deposit are not generally included in legally restricted deposits. In cases where compensating balance arrangements exist but are not agreements which legally restrict the use of cash amounts shown on the balance sheet, describe in the notes to the financial statements these arrangements and the amount involved, if determinable, for the most recent audited balance sheet required and for any subsequent unaudited balance sheet required in the notes to the financial statements. Compensating balances that are maintained under an agreement to assure future credit availability shall be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements along with the amount and terms of such agreement.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Marketable securities.</I> The accounting and disclosure requirements for current marketable equity securities are specified by generally accepted accounting principles. With respect to all other current marketable securities, state, parenthetically or otherwise, the basis of determining the aggregate amount shown in the balance sheet, along with the alternatives of the aggregate cost or the aggregate market value at the balance sheet date.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Accounts and notes receivable.</I> (a) State separately amounts receivable from (1) customers (trade); (2) related parties (see § 210.4-08(k)); (3) underwriters, promoters, and employees (other than related parties) which arose in other than the ordinary course of business; and (4) others.
</P>
<P>(b) If the aggregate amount of notes receivable exceeds 10 percent of the aggregate amount of receivables, the above information shall be set forth separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, for accounts receivable and notes receivable.
</P>
<P>(c) If receivables include amounts due under long-term contracts (see § 210.5-02.6(d)), state separately in the balance sheet or in a note to the financial statements the following amounts:
</P>
<P>(1) Balances billed but not paid by customers under retainage provisions in contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) Amounts representing the recognized sales value of performance and such amounts that had not been billed and were not billable to customers at the date of the balance sheet. Include a general description of the prerequisites for billing.
</P>
<P>(3) Billed or unbilled amounts representing claims or other similar items subject to uncertainty concerning their determination or ultimate realization. Include a description of the nature and status of the principal items comprising such amount.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to (1) through (3) above, also state the amounts included in each item which are expected to be collected after one year. Also state, by year, if practicable, when the amounts of retainage (see (1) above) are expected to be collected.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Allowances for doubtful accounts and notes receivable.</I> The amount is to be set forth separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Unearned income.</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Inventories.</I> (a) State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, if practicable, the amounts of major classes of inventory such as: (1) Finished goods; (2) inventoried costs relating to long-term contracts or programs (see paragraph (d) of this section); (3) work in process; 
</P>
<P>(4) raw materials; and (5) supplies. If the method of calculating a LIFO inventory does not allow for the practical determination of amounts assigned to major classes of inventory, the amounts of those classes may be stated under cost flow assumptions other that LIFO with the excess of such total amount over the aggregate LIFO amount shown as a deduction to arrive at the amount of the LIFO inventory.
</P>
<P>(b) The basis of determining the amounts shall be stated.
</P>
<P>If <I>cost</I> is used to determine any portion of the inventory amounts, the description of this method shall include the nature of the cost elements included in inventory. Elements of <I>cost</I> include, among other items, retained costs representing the excess of manufacturing or production costs over the amounts charged to cost of sales or delivered or in-process units, initial tooling or other deferred startup costs, or general and administrative costs.
</P>
<P>The method by which amounts are removed from inventory (e.g., <I>average cost, first-in, first-out, last-in, first-out, estimated average cost per unit</I>) shall be described. If the estimated average cost per unit is used as a basis to determine amounts removed from inventory under a total program or similar basis of accounting, the principal assumptions (including, where meaningful, the aggregate number of units expected to be delivered under the program, the number of units delivered to date and the number of units on order) shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>If any general and administrative costs are charged to inventory, state in a note to the financial statements the aggregate amount of the general and administrative costs incurred in each period and the actual or estimated amount remaining in inventory at the date of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(c) If the LIFO inventory method is used, the excess of replacement or current cost over stated LIFO value shall, if material, be stated parenthetically or in a note to the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of §§ 210.5-02.3 and 210.5-02.6, long-term contracts or programs include (1) all contracts or programs for which gross profits are recognized on a percentage-of-completion method of accounting or any variant thereof (e.g., delivered unit, cost to cost, physical completion), and (2) any contracts or programs accounted for on a completed contract basis of accounting where, in either case, the contracts or programs have associated with them material amounts of inventories or unbilled receivables and where such contracts or programs have been or are expected to be performed over a period of more than twelve months. Contracts or programs of shorter duration may also be included, if deemed appropriate.
</P>
<P>For all long-term contracts or programs, the following information, if applicable, shall be stated in a note to the financial statements:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate amount of manufacturing or production costs and any related deferred costs (e.g., initial tooling costs) which exceeds the aggregate estimated cost of all in-process and delivered units on the basis of the estimated average cost of all units expected to be produced under long-term contracts and programs not yet complete, as well as that portion of such amount which would not be absorbed in cost of sales based on existing firm orders at the latest balance sheet date. In addition, if practicable, disclose the amount of deferred costs by type of cost (e.g., initial tooling, deferred production, etc.).
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate amount representing claims or other similar items subject to uncertainty concerning their determination or ultimate realization, and include a description of the nature and status of the principal items comprising such aggregate amount.
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of progress payments netted against inventory at the date of the balance sheet.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Prepaid expenses.</I>
</P>
<P>8. <I>Other current assets.</I> State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, any amounts in excess of five percent of total current assets.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Total current assets, when appropriate.</I>
</P>
<P>10. <I>Securities of related parties.</I> (See § 210.4-08(k).)
</P>
<P>11. <I>Indebtedness of related parties—not current.</I> (See § 210.4-08(k).)
</P>
<P>12. <I>Other investments.</I> The accounting and disclosure requirements for non-current marketable equity securities are specified by generally accepted accounting principles. With respect to other security investments and any other investment, state, parenthetically or otherwise, the basis of determining the aggregate amounts shown in the balance sheet, along with the alternate of the aggregate cost or aggregate market value at the balance sheet date.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Property, plant and equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) State the basis of determining the amounts.
</P>
<P>(b) Tangible and intangible utility plant of a public utility company shall be segregated so as to show separately the original cost, plant acquisition adjustments, and plant adjustments, as required by the system of accounts prescribed by the applicable regulatory authorities. This rule shall not be applicable in respect to companies which are not required to make such a classification.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Accumulated depreciation, depletion, and amortization of property, plant and equipment.</I> The amount is to be set forth separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto.
</P>
<P>15. <I>Intangible assets.</I> State separately each class of such assets which is in excess of five percent of the total assets, along with the basis of determining the respective amounts. Any significant addition or deletion shall be explained in a note.
</P>
<P>16. <I>Accumulated depreciation and amortization of intangible assets.</I> The amount is to be set forth separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto.
</P>
<P>17. <I>Other assets.</I> State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, any other item not properly classed in one of the preceding asset captions which is in excess of five percent to total assets. Any significant addition or deletion should be explained in a note. With respect to any significant deferred charge, state the policy for deferral and amortization.
</P>
<P>18. <I>Total assets.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
</HD1>
<HD2>Current Liabilities, When Appropriate
</HD2>
<P>19. <I>Accounts and notes payable.</I> (a) State separately amounts payable to (1) banks for borrowings; (2) factors or other financial institutions for borrowings; (3) holders of commercial paper; (4) trade creditors; (5) related parties (see § 210.4-08(k)); (6) underwriters, promoters, and employees (other than related parties); and (7) others. Amounts applicable to (1), (2) and (3) may be stated separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) The amount and terms (including commitment fees and the conditions under which lines may be withdrawn) of unused lines of credit for short-term financing shall be disclosed, if significant, in the notes to the financial statements. The weighted average interest rate on short term borrowings outstanding as of the date of each balance sheet presented shall be furnished in a note. The amount of these lines of credit which support a commercial paper borrowing arrangement or similar arrangements shall be separately identified.
</P>
<P>20. <I>Other current liabilities.</I> State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, any item in excess of 5 percent of total current liabilities. Such items may include, but are not limited to, accrued payrolls, accrued interest, taxes, indicating the current portion of deferred income taxes, and the current portion of long-term debt. Remaining items may be shown in one amount.
</P>
<P>21. <I>Total current liabilities, when appropriate.</I>
</P>
<HD2>Long-Term Debt
</HD2>
<P>22. <I>Bonds, mortgages and other long-term debt, including capitalized leases.</I> (a) State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, each issue or type of obligation and such information as will indicate: 
</P>
<P>(1) The general character of each type of debt including the rate of interest; (2) the date of maturity, or, if maturing serially, a brief indication of the serial maturities, such as “maturing serially from 1980 to 1990”; (3) if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contingency; (4) a brief indication of priority; and (5) if convertible, the basis. For amounts owed to related parties, see § 210.4-08(k).
</P>
<P>(b) The amount and terms (including commitment fees and the conditions under which commitments may be withdrawn) of unused commitments for long-term financing arrangements that would be disclosed under this rule if used shall be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements if significant.
</P>
<P>23. <I>Indebtedness to related parties—noncurrent.</I> Include under this caption indebtedness to related parties as required under § 210.4-08(k).
</P>
<P>24. <I>Other liabilities.</I> State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, any item not properly classified in one of the preceding liability captions which is in excess of 5 percent of total liabilities.
</P>
<P>25. <I>Commitments and contingent liabilities.</I>
</P>
<P>26. <I>Deferred credits.</I> State separately in the balance sheet amounts for (a) deferred income taxes, (b) deferred tax credits, and (c) material items of deferred income.
</P>
<HD2>Redeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD2>
<P>27. <I>Preferred stocks subject to mandatory redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer.</I> (a) Include under this caption amounts applicable to any class of stock which has any of the following characteristics: (1) it is redeemable at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date or dates, whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise; (2) it is redeemable at the option of the holder; or (3) it has conditions for redemption which are not solely within the control of the issuer, such as stocks which must be redeemed out of future earnings. Amounts attributable to preferred stock which is not redeemable or is redeemable solely at the option of the issuer shall be included under § 210.5-02.28 unless it meets one or more of the above criteria.
</P>
<P>(b) State on the face of the balance sheet the title of each issue, the carrying amount, and redemption amount. (If there is more than one issue, these amounts may be aggregated on the face of the balance sheet and details concerning each issue may be presented in the note required by paragraph (c) below.) Show also the dollar amount of any shares subscribed but unissued, and show the deduction of subscriptions receivable therefrom. If the carrying value is different from the redemption amount, describe the accounting treatment for such difference in the note required by paragraph (c) below. Also state in this note or on the face of the balance sheet, for each issue, the number of shares authorized and the number of shares issued or outstanding, as appropriate (See § 210.4-07).
</P>
<P>(c) State in a separate note captioned “Redeemable Preferred Stocks” (1) a general description of each issue, including its redemption features (e.g. sinking fund, at option of holders, out of future earnings) and the rights, if any, of holders in the event of default, including the effect, if any, on junior securities in the event a required dividend, sinking fund, or other redemption payment(s) is not made; (2) the combined aggregate amount of redemption requirements for all issues each year for the five years following the date of the latest balance sheet; and (3) the changes in each issue for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed. (See also § 210.4-08(d).) 
</P>
<P>(d) Securities reported under this caption are not to be included under a general heading “stockholders' equity” or combined in a total with items described in captions 29, 30 or 31 which follow.
</P>
<HD2>Non-Redeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD2>
<P>28. <I>Preferred stocks which are not redeemable or are redeemable solely at the option of the issuer.</I> State on the face of the balance sheet, or if more than one issue is outstanding state in a note, the title of each issue and the dollar amount thereof. Show also the dollar amount of any shares subscribed but unissued, and show the deduction of subscriptions receivable therefrom. State on the face of the balance sheet or in a note, for each issue, the number of shares authorized and the number of shares issued or outstanding, as appropriate (see § 210.4-07). Show in a note or separate statement the changes in each class of preferred shares reported under this caption for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed. (See also § 210.4-08(d).)
</P>
<HD2>Common Stocks
</HD2>
<P>29. <I>Common stocks.</I> For each class of common shares state, on the face of the balance sheet, the number of shares issued or outstanding, as appropriate (see § 210.4-07), and the dollar amount thereof. If convertible, this fact should be indicated on the face of the balance sheet. For each class of common shares state, on the face of the balance sheet or in a note, the title of the issue, the number of shares authorized, and, if convertible, the basis of conversion (see also § 210.4-08(d)). Show also the dollar amount of any common shares subscribed but unissued, and show the deduction of subscriptions receivable therefrom. Show in a note or statement the changes in each class of common shares for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed.
</P>
<HD2>Other Stockholders' Equity
</HD2>
<P>30. <I>Other stockholders' equity.</I> (a) Separate captions shall be shown for (1) additional paid-in capital, (2) other additional capital, (3) retained earnings, (i) appropriated and (ii) unappropriated (See § 210.4-08(e)), and (4) accumulated other comprehensive income.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph 30.(<E T="01">a</E>).</HED>
<P>Additional paid-in capital and other additional capital may be combined with the stock caption to which it applies, if appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) For a period of at least 10 years subsequent to the effective date of a quasi-reorganization, any description of retained earnings shall indicate the point in time from which the new retained earnings dates and for a period of at least three years shall indicate, on the face of the balance sheet, the total amount of the deficit eliminated.
</P>
<HD2>Noncontrolling Interests
</HD2>
<P>31. <I>Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.</I> State separately in a note the amounts represented by preferred stock and the applicable dividend requirements if the preferred stock is material in relation to the consolidated equity.
</P>
<P>32. <I>Total liabilities and equity.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63671, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 43412, Aug. 28, 1981; 47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 50 FR 49533, Dec. 3, 1985; 59 FR 65636, Dec. 20, 1994; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50201, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.22.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5-03   Statements of comprehensive income.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this rule is to indicate the various line items which, if applicable, and except as otherwise permitted by the Commission, should appear on the face of the statements of comprehensive income filed for the persons to whom this article pertains (see § 210.4-01(a)).
</P>
<P>(b) If income is derived from more than one of the subcaptions described under § 210.5-03.1, each class which is not more than 10 percent of the sum of the items may be combined with another class. If these items are combined, related costs and expenses as described under § 210.5-03.2 shall be combined in the same manner.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>1. <I>Net sales and gross revenues.</I> State separately:
</P>
<P>(a) Net sales of tangible products (gross sales less discounts, returns and allowances), (b) operating revenues of public utilities or others; (c) income from rentals; (d) revenues from services; and (e) other revenues. Amounts earned from transactions with related parties shall be disclosed as required under § 210.4-08(k). A public utility company using a uniform system of accounts or a form for annual report prescribed by federal or state authorities, or a similar system or report, shall follow the general segregation of operating revenues and operating expenses reported under § 210.5-03.2 prescribed by such system or report. If the total of sales and revenues reported under this caption includes excise taxes in an amount equal to 1 percent or more of such total, the amount of such excise taxes shall be shown on the face of the statement parenthetically or otherwise.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Costs and expenses applicable to sales and revenues.</I>
</P>
<P>State separately the amount of (a) cost of tangible goods sold, (b) operating expenses of public utilities or others, (c) expenses applicable to rental income, (d) cost of services, and (e) expenses applicable to other revenues. Merchandising organizations, both wholesale and retail, may include occupancy and buying costs under caption 2(a). Amounts of costs and expenses incurred from transactions with related parties shall be disclosed as required under § 210.4-08(k).
</P>
<P>3. <I>Other operating costs and expenses.</I> State separately any material amounts not included under caption 2 above.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Selling, general and administrative expenses.</I>
</P>
<P>5. <I>Provision for doubtful accounts and notes.</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Other general expenses.</I> Include items not normally included in caption 4 above. State separately any material item.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Non-operating income.</I> State separately in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note thereto amounts earned from (a) dividends, (b) interest on securities, (c) profits on securities (net of losses), and (d) miscellaneous other income. Amounts earned from transactions in securities of related parties shall be disclosed as required under § 210.4-08(k). Material amounts included under miscellaneous other income shall be separately stated in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note thereto, indicating clearly the nature of the transactions out of which the items arose.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense.</I>
</P>
<P>9. <I>Non-operating expenses.</I> State separately in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note thereto amounts of (a) losses on securities (net of profits) and (b) miscellaneous income deductions. Material amounts included under miscellaneous income deductions shall be separately stated in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note thereto, indicating clearly the nature of the transactions out of which the items arose.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Income or loss before income tax expense and appropriate items below.</I>
</P>
<P>11. <I>Income tax expense.</I> Include under this caption only taxes based on income (see § 210.4-08(h)).
</P>
<P>12. <I>Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50 percent or less owned persons.</I> State, parenthetically or in a note, the amount of dividends received from such persons. If justified by the circumstances, this item may be presented in a different position and a different manner (see § 210.4-01(a)).
</P>
<P>13. <I>Income or loss from continuing operations.</I>
</P>
<P>14. <I>Discontinued operations.</I>
</P>
<P>15.-17. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>18. <I>Net income or loss.</I>
</P>
<P>19. <I>Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>20. <I>Net income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>21. <I>Other comprehensive income.</I> State separately the components of and the total for other comprehensive income. Present the components either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects with one amount shown for the aggregate income tax expense or benefit. State the amount of income tax expense or benefit allocated to each component, including reclassification adjustments, in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note.
</P>
<P>22. <I>Comprehensive income.</I>
</P>
<P>23. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>24. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>25. <I>Earnings per share data.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63671, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 45 FR 76977, Nov. 21, 1980; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50202, Oct. 6, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.22.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5-04   What schedules are to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as expressly provided otherwise in the applicable form:
</P>
<P>(1) The schedules specified below in this Section as Schedules II and III shall be filed as of the date of the most recent audited balanced sheet for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(2) Schedule II of this section shall be filed for each period for which an audited statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(3) Schedules I and IV shall be filed as of the date and for periods specified in the schedule.
</P>
<P>(b) When information is required in schedules for both the registrant and the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated it may be presented in the form of a single schedule: <I>Provided,</I> That items pertaining to the registrant are separately shown and that such single schedule affords a properly summarized presentation of the facts. If the information required by any schedule (including the notes thereto) may be shown in the related financial statement or in a note thereto without making such statement unclear or confusing, that procedure may be followed and the schedule omitted.
</P>
<P>(c) The schedules shall be examined by the independent accountant if the related financial statements are so examined.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Schedule I—Condensed financial information of registrant.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-04 shall be filed when the restricted net assets (§ 210.1.02(dd)) of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-09 shall be filed in support of valuation and qualifying accounts included in each balance sheet but not included in Schedule VI. (See § 210.4-02.)
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Real estate and accumulated depreciation.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-28 shall be filed for real estate (and the related accumulated depreciation) held by persons a substantial portion of whose business is that of acquiring and holding for investment real estate or interests in real estate, or interests in other persons a substantial portion of whose business is that of acquiring and holding real estate or interests in real estate for investment. Real estate used in the business shall be excluded from the schedule.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule IV—Mortgage loans on real estate.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-29 shall be filed by persons specified under Schedule XI for investments in mortgage loans on real estate.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule V—Supplemental Information Concerning Property-casualty Insurance Operations.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-18 shall be filed when a registrant, its subsidiaries or 50%-or-less-owned equity basis investees, have liabilities for property-casualty (“P/C”) insurance claims. The required information shall be presented as of the same dates and for the same periods for which the information is reflected in the audited consolidated financial statements required by §§ 210.3-01 and 3-02. The schedule may be omitted if reserves for unpaid P/C claims and claims adjustment expenses of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries, its unconsolidated subsidiaries and its 50%-or-less-owned equity basis investees did not, in the aggregate, exceed one-half of common stockholders' equity of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the beginning of the fiscal year. For purposes of this test only the proportionate share of the registrant and its other subsidiaries in the reserves for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses of 50%-or-less-owned equity basis investees taken in the aggregate after intercompany eliminations shall be taken into account.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63671, Sept. 25, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 48137, Oct. 1, 1981; 46 FR 56180, Nov. 16, 1981; 49 FR 47598, Dec. 6, 1984; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 59 FR 65636, Dec. 20, 1994; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50202, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="23" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Registered Investment Companies and Business Development Companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.6-01 through 210.6-10 appear at 47 FR 56838, Dec. 21, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-01   Application of §§ 210.6-01 to 210.6-11.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 210.6-01 through 210.6-11shall be applicable to financial statements filed for registered investment companies and business development companies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82010, Nov. 18, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-02   Definition of certain terms.</HEAD>
<P>The following terms shall have the meaning indicated in this rule unless the context otherwise requires. (Also see § 210.1-02 of this part.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate.</I> The term <I>affiliate</I> means an <I>affiliated person</I> as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 unless otherwise indicated. The term <I>control</I> has the meaning in section 2(a)(9) of that Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Value.</I> As used in §§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11, the term <I>value</I> shall have the meaning given in section 2(a)(41)(B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Balance sheets; statements of net assets.</I> As used in §§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11, the term <I>balance sheets</I> shall include statements of assets and liabilities as well as statements of net assets unless the context clearly indicates the contrary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Qualified assets.</I> (1) For companies issuing face-amount certificates subsequent to December 31, 1940 under the provisions of section 28 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the term <I>qualified assets</I> means qualified investments as that term is defined in section 28(b) of the Act. A statement to that effect shall be made in the balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(2) For other companies, the term <I>qualified assets</I> means cash and investments which such companies do maintain or are required, by applicable governing legal instruments, to maintain in respect of outstanding face-amount certificates.
</P>
<P>(3) Loans to certificate holders may be included as qualified assets in an amount not in excess of certificate reserves carried on the books of account in respect of each individual certificate upon which the loans were made.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Swing pricing.</I> The term <I>swing pricing</I> shall have the meaning given in § 270.22c-1(a)(3)(v)(C) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 56838, Dec. 21, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 82137, Nov. 18, 2016; 85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-03   Special rules of general application to registered investment companies and business development companies.</HEAD>
<P>The financial statements filed for persons to which §§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11 are applicable shall be prepared in accordance with the following special rules in addition to the general rules in §§ 210.1-01 to 210.4-10 (Articles 1, 2, 3, and 4). Where the requirements of a special rule differ from those prescribed in a general rule, the requirements of the special rule shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content of financial statements.</I> The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of this part (Regulation S-X) notwithstanding any provision of the articles of incorporation, trust indenture or other governing legal instruments specifying certain accounting procedures inconsistent with those required in §§ 210.6-01 through 210.6-11.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Audited financial statements.</I> Where, under Article 3 of this part, financial statements are required to be audited, the independent accountant shall have been selected and ratified in accordance with section 32 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-31).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consolidated and combined statements.</I> (1) Consolidated and combined statements filed for registered investment companies and business development companies shall be prepared in accordance with §§ 210.3A-02 and 210.3A-03 (Article 3A), except that: 
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) A consolidated statement of the registrant and any of its investment company subsidiaries shall not be filed unless accompanied by a consolidating statement which sets forth the individual statements of each significant subsidiary included in the consolidated statement: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a consolidating statement need not be filed if all included subsidiaries are totally held; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Consolidated or combined statements filed for subsidiaries not consolidated with the registrant shall not include any investment companies unless accompanied by consolidating or combining statements which set forth the individual statements of each included investment company which is a significant subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(2) If consolidating or combining statements are filed, the amounts included under each caption in which financial data pertaining to affiliates is required to be furnished shall be subdivided to show separately the amounts:
</P>
<P>(i) Eliminated in consolidation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not eliminated in consolidation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation of investments.</I> The balance sheets of registered investment companies, other than issuers of face-amount certificates, and business development companies, shall reflect all investments at value, with the aggregate cost of each category of investment reported under § 210.6-04 subsection 1, 2, 3, and 9 or the aggregate cost of each category of investment reported under § 210.6-05 subsection 1 shown parenthetically. State in a note the methods used in determining the value of investments. As required by section 28(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-28(b)), qualified assets of face-amount certificate companies shall be valued in accordance with certain provisions of the Code of the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Qualified assets.</I> State in a note the nature of any investments and other assets maintained or required to be maintained, by applicable legal instruments, in respect of outstanding face-amount certificates. If the nature of the qualifying assets and amount thereof are not subject to the provisions of section 28 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-28), a statement to that effect shall be made.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Restricted securities.</I> State in a note unless disclosed elsewhere the following information as to investment securities which cannot be offered for public sale without first being registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) (restricted securities):
</P>
<P>(1) The policy of the person with regard to acquisition of restricted securities.
</P>
<P>(2) The policy of the person with regard to valuation of restricted securities. Specific comments shall be given as to the valuation of an investment in one or more issues of securities of a company or group of affiliated companies if any part of such investment is restricted and the aggregate value of the investment in all issues of such company or affiliated group exceeds five percent of the value of total assets. (As used in this paragraph, the term <I>affiliated</I> shall have the meaning given in § 210.6-02(a).)
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the person's rights with regard to demanding registration of any restricted securities held at the date of the latest balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Income recognition.</I> Dividends shall be included in income on the ex-dividend date; interest shall be accrued on a daily basis. Dividends declared on short positions existing on the record date shall be recorded on the ex-dividend date and included as an expense of the period.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Federal income taxes.</I> (1) The company's status as a <I>regulated investment company</I> as defined in subtitle A, chapter 1, subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, shall be stated in a note referred to in the appropriate statements. Such note shall also indicate briefly the principal assumptions on which the company relied in making or not making provisions for income taxes. However, a company which retains realized capital gains and designates such gains as a distribution to shareholders in accordance with section 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code shall, on the last day of its taxable year (and not earlier), make provision for taxes on such undistributed capital gains realized during such year.
</P>
<P>(2) State the following amounts based on cost for Federal income tax purposes:
</P>
<P>(i) Aggregate gross unrealized appreciation for all investments in which there is an excess of value over tax cost;
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate gross unrealized depreciation for all investments in which there is an excess of tax cost over value;
</P>
<P>(iii) The net unrealized appreciation or depreciation; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate cost of investments for Federal income tax purposes.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Issuance and repurchase by a registered investment company or business development company of its own securities.</I> Disclose for each class of the company's securities:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of shares, units, or principal amount of bonds sold during the period of report, the amount received therefor, and, in the case of shares sold by closed-end management investment companies, the difference, if any, between the amount received and the net asset value or preference in involuntary liquidation (whichever is appropriate) of securities of the same class prior to such sale; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of shares, units, or principal amount of bonds repurchased during the period of report and the cost thereof. Closed-end management investment companies shall furnish the following additional information as to securities repurchased during the period of report:
</P>
<P>(i) As to bonds and preferred shares, the aggregate difference between cost and the face amount or preference in involuntary liquidation and, if applicable net assets taken at value as of the date of repurchase were less than such face amount or preference, the aggregate difference between cost and such net asset value;
</P>
<P>(ii) As to common shares, the weighted average discount per share, expressed as a percentage, between cost of repurchase and the net asset value applicable to such shares at the date of repurchases.
</P>
<P>Note to paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and (ii): The information required by paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section may be based on reasonable estimates if it is impracticable to determine the exact amounts involved.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Series companies.</I> (1) The information required by this part shall, in the case of a person which in essence is comprised of more than one separate investment company, be given as if each class or series of such investment company were a separate investment company; this shall not prevent the inclusion, at the option of such person, of information applicable to other classes or series of such person on a comparative basis, except as to footnotes which need not be comparative.
</P>
<P>(2) If the particular class or series for which information is provided may be affected by other classes or series of such investment company, such as by the offset of realized gains in one series with realized losses in another, or through contingent liabilities, such situation shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Certificate reserves.</I> (1) For companies issuing face-amount certificates subsequent to December 31, 1940 under the provisions of section 28 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-28), balance sheets shall reflect reserves for outstanding certificates computed in accordance with the provisions of section 28(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) For other companies, balance sheets shall reflect reserves for outstanding certificates determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For certificates of the installment type, such amount which, together with the lesser of future payments by certificate holders as and when accumulated at a rate not to exceed 3
<FR>1/2</FR> per centum per annum (or such other rate as may be appropriate under the circumstances of a particular case) compounded annually, shall provide the minimum maturity or face amount of the certificate when due.
</P>
<P>(ii) For certificates of the fully-paid type, such amount which, as and when accumulated at a rate not to exceed 3
<FR>1/2</FR> per centum per annum (or such other rate as may be appropriate under the circumstances of a particular case) compounded annually, shall provide the amount or amounts payable when due.
</P>
<P>(iii) Such amount or accrual therefor, as shall have been credited to the account of any certificate holder in the form of any credit, or any dividend, or any interest in addition to the minimum maturity or face amount specified in the certificate, plus any accumulations on any amount so credited or accrued at rates required under the terms of the certificate.
</P>
<P>(iv) An amount equal to all advance payments made by certificate holders, plus any accumulations thereon at rates required under the terms of the certificate.
</P>
<P>(v) Amounts for other appropriate contingency reserves, for death and disability benefits or for reinstatement rights on any certificate providing for such benefits or rights.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Inapplicable captions.</I> Attention is directed to the provisions of §§ 210.4-02 and 210.4-03 which permit the omission of separate captions in financial statements as to which the items and conditions are not present, or the amounts involved not significant. However, amounts involving directors, officers, and affiliates shall nevertheless be separately set forth except as otherwise specifically permitted under a particular caption.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Swing pricing.</I> For a registered investment company that has adopted swing pricing policies and procedures, state in a note to the company's financial statements:
</P>
<P>(1) The general methods used in determining whether the company's net asset value per share will swing;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the company's net asset value per share has swung during the year; and
</P>
<P>(3) A general description of the effects of swing pricing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82010, Nov. 18, 2016, as amended at 81 FR 82137, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 50202, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020; 86 FR 807, Jan. 6, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-04   Balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>This section is applicable to balance sheets filed by registered investment companies and business development companies except for persons who substitute a statement of net assets in accordance with the requirements specified in § 210.6-05, and issuers of face-amount certificates which are subject to the special provisions of § 210.6-06. Balance sheets filed under this rule shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</I>
</P>
<P>2. <I>Investments in and advances to affiliates.</I> State separately investments in and advances to: (a) Controlled companies and (b) other affiliates.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Other investments.</I> State separately amounts of assets related to (a) variation margin receivable on futures contracts, (b) forward foreign currency contracts; (c) swap contracts; and (d) investments—other than those presented in §§ 210.12-12, 12-12A, 12-12B, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B, and 12-13C.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Cash.</I> Include under this caption cash on hand and demand deposits. Provide in a note to the financial statements the information required under § 210.5-02.1 regarding restrictions and compensating balances.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Receivables.</I> (a) State separately amounts receivable from (1) sales of investments; (2) subscriptions to capital shares; (3) dividends and interest; (4) directors and officers; and (5) others.
</P>
<P>(b) If the aggregate amount of notes receivable exceeds 10 percent of the aggregate amount of receivables, the above information shall be set forth separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, for accounts receivable and notes receivable.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Deposits for securities sold short and other investments.</I> State separately amounts held by others in connection with: (a) Short sales; (b) open option contracts (c) futures contracts, (d) forward foreign currency contracts; (e) swap contracts; and (f) investments—other than those presented in §§ 210.12-12, 12-12A, 12-12B, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B, and 12-13C.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Other assets.</I> State separately (a) prepaid and deferred expenses; (b) pension and other special funds; (c) organization expenses; and (d) any other significant item not properly classified in another asset caption.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Total assets.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities
</HD1>
<P>9. <I>Other investments.</I> State separately amounts of liabilities related to: (a) Securities sold short; (b) open option contracts written; (c) variation margin payable on futures contracts, (d) forward foreign currency contracts; (e) swap contracts; and (f) investments—other than those presented in §§ 210.12-12, 12-12A, 12-12B, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B, and 12-13C.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.</I> State separately amounts payable for: (a) Other purchases of securities; (b) capital shares redeemed; (c) dividends or other distributions on capital shares; and (d) others. State separately the amount of any other liabilities which are material.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Deposits for securities loaned.</I> State the value of securities loaned and indicate the nature of the collateral received as security for the loan, including the amount of any cash received.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Other liabilities.</I> State separately (a) amounts payable for investment advisory, management and service fees; and (b) the total amount payable to: (1) Officers and directors; (2) controlled companies; and (3) other affiliates, excluding any amounts owing to noncontrolled affiliates which arose in the ordinary course of business and which are subject to usual trade terms.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Notes payable, bonds and similar debt.</I> (a) State separately amounts payable to: (1) Banks or other financial institutions for borrowings; (2) controlled companies; (3) other affiliates; and (4) others, showing for each category amounts payable within one year and amounts payable after one year.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide in a note the information required under § 210.5-02.19(b) regarding unused lines of credit for short-term financing and § 210.5-02.22(b) regarding unused commitments for long-term financing arrangements.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Total liabilities.</I>
</P>
<P>15. <I>Commitments and contingent liabilities.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Net Assets
</HD1>
<P>16. <I>Units of capital.</I> (a) Disclose the title of each class of capital shares or other capital units, the number authorized, the number outstanding, and the dollar amount thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) Unit investment trusts, including those which are issuers of periodic payment plan certificates, also shall state in a note to the financial statements: (1) The total cost to the investors of each class of units or shares; (2) the adjustment for market depreciation or appreciation; (3) other deductions from the total cost to the investors for fees, loads and other charges, including an explanation of such deductions; and (4) the net amount applicable to the investors.
</P>
<P>17. <I>Total distributable earnings (loss).</I> Disclose total distributable earnings (loss), which generally comprise:
</P>
<P>(a) Accumulated undistributed investment income-net,
</P>
<P>(b) accumulated undistributed net realized gains (losses) on investment transactions, and (c) net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in value of investments at the balance sheet date.
</P>
<P>18. <I>Other elements of capital.</I> Disclose any other elements of capital or residual interests appropriate to the capital structure of the reporting entity.
</P>
<P>19. <I>Net assets applicable to outstanding units of capital.</I> State the net asset value per share.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82011, Nov. 18, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 50202, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-05   Statements of net assets.</HEAD>
<P>In lieu of the balance sheet otherwise required by § 210.6-04, persons may substitute a statement of net assets if at least 95 percent of the amount of the person's total assets are represented by investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers. If presented in such instances, a statement of net assets shall consist of the following:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Statements of Net Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. A schedule of investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers as prescribed in § 210.12-12.
</P>
<P>2. The excess (or deficiency) of other assets over (under) total liabilities stated in one amount, except that any amounts due from or to officers, directors, controlled persons, or other affiliates, excluding any amounts owing to noncontrolled affiliates which arose in the ordinary course of business and which are subject to usual trade terms, shall be stated separately.
</P>
<P>3. Disclosure shall be provided in the notes to the financial statements for any item required under § 210.6-04.3 and §§ 210.6-04.9 to 210.6-04.13.
</P>
<P>4. The balance of the amounts captioned as <I>net assets.</I> The number of outstanding shares and net asset value per share shall be shown parenthetically.
</P>
<P>5. The information required by (i) § 210.6-04.16, (ii) § 210.6-04.17 and (iii) § 210.6-04.18 shall be furnished in a note to the financial statements.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82012, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-06   Special provisions applicable to the balance sheets of issuers of face-amount certificates.</HEAD>
<P>Balance sheets filed by issuers of face-amount certificates shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investments.</I> State separately each major category: such as, real estate owned, first mortgage loans on real estate, other mortgage loans on real estate, investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers, and investments in and advances to affiliates.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Cash.</I> Include under this caption cash on hand and demand deposits. Provide in a note to the financial statements the information required under § 210.5-02.1 regarding restrictions and compensating balances.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Receivables.</I> (a) State separately amounts receivable from (1) sales of investments; (2) dividends and interest; (3) directors and officers; and (4) others.
</P>
<P>(b) If the aggregate amount of notes receivable exceeds 10 percent of the aggregate amount of receivables, the above information shall be set forth separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, for accounts receivable and notes receivable.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Total qualified assets.</I> State in a note to the financial statements the amount of qualified assets on deposit classified as to general categories of assets and as to general types of depositories, such as banks and states, together with a statement as to the purpose of the deposits.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Other assets.</I> State separately: (a) Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers not included in qualifying assets in item 1 above; (b) investments in and advances to affiliates not included in qualifying assets in item 1 above; and (c) any other significant item not properly classified in another asset caption.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Total assets.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities
</HD1>
<P>7. <I>Certificate reserves.</I> Issuers of face-amount certificates shall state separately reserves for: (a) Certificates of the installment type; (b) certificates of the fully-paid type; (c) advance payments; (d) additional amounts accrued for or credited to the account of certificate holders in the form of any credit, dividend, or interest in addition to the minimum amount specified in the certificate; and (e) other certificate reserves. State in an appropriate manner the basis used in determining the reserves, including the rates of interest of accumulation.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Notes payable, bonds and similar debt.</I> (a) State separately amounts payable to: (1) Banks or other financial institutions for borrowings; (2) controlled companies; (3) other affiliates; and (4) others, showing for each category amounts payable within one year and amounts payable after one year.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide in a note the information required under § 210.5-02.19(b) regarding unused lines of credit for short-term financing and § 210.5-02.22(b) regarding unused commitments for long-term financing arrangements.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.</I> State separately (a) amounts payable for investment advisory, management and service fees; and (b) the total amount payable to: (1) Officers and directors; (2) controlled companies; and (3) other affiliates, excluding any amounts owing to noncontrolled affiliates which arose in the ordinary course of business and which are subject to usual trade terms. State separately the amount of any other liabilities which are material.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Total liabilities.</I>
</P>
<P>11. <I>Commitments and contingent liabilities.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Stockholders' Equity
</HD1>
<P>12. <I>Capital shares.</I> Disclose the title of each class of capital shares or other capital units, the number authorized, the number outstanding and the dollar amount thereof. Show also the dollar amount of any capital shares subscribed but unissued, and show the deduction for subscriptions receivable therefrom.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Other elements of capital.</I> (a) Disclose any other elements of capital or residual interests appropriate to the capital structure of the reporting entity.
</P>
<P>(b) A summary of each account under this caption setting forth the information prescribed in § 210.3-04 shall be given in a note or separate statement for each period in which a statement of operations is presented.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.</I></P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-07" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-07   Statements of operations.</HEAD>
<P>Statements of operations, or statements of comprehensive income, where applicable, filed by registered investment companies, other than issuers of face-amount certificates, subject to the special provisions of § 210.6-08, and business development companies, shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Statements of Operations
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investment income.</I> State separately income from: (a) Dividends; (b) interest on securities; and (c) other income. Any other category of income which exceeds five percent of the total shown under this caption (<I>e.g.</I> income from non-cash dividends, income from payment-in-kind interest) shall be stated separately. If income from investments in or indebtedness of affiliates is included hereunder, such income shall be segregated under an appropriate caption subdivided to show separately income from: (1) Controlled companies; and (2) other affiliates. If income from non-cash dividends or payment in kind interest are included in income, the bases of recognition and measurement used in respect to such amounts shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Expenses.</I> (a) State separately the total amount of investment advisory, management and service fees, and expenses in connection with research, selection, supervision, and custody of investments. Amounts of expenses incurred from transactions with affiliated persons shall be disclosed together with the identity of and related amount applicable to each such person accounting for five percent or more of the total expenses shown under this caption together with a description of the nature of the affiliation. Expenses incurred within the person's own organization in connection with research, selection and supervision of investments shall be stated separately. Reductions or reimbursements of management or service fees shall be shown as a negative amount or as a reduction of total expenses shown under this caption.
</P>
<P>(b) State separately any other expense item the amount of which exceeds five percent of the total expenses shown under this caption.
</P>
<P>(c) A note to the financial statements shall include information concerning management and service fees, the rate of fee, and the base and method of computation. State separately the amount and a description of any fee reductions or reimbursements representing: (1) Expense limitation agreements or commitments; and (2) offsets received from broker-dealers showing separately for each amount received or due from (i) unaffiliated persons; and (ii) affiliated persons. If no management or service fees were incurred for a period, state the reason therefor.
</P>
<P>(d) If any expenses were paid otherwise than in cash, state the details in a note.
</P>
<P>(e) State in a note to the financial statements the amount of brokerage commissions (including dealer markups) paid to affiliated broker-dealers in connection with purchase and sale of investment securities. Open-end management companies shall state in a note the net amounts of sales charges deducted from the proceeds of sale of capital shares which were retained by any affiliated principal underwriter or other affiliated broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(f) State separately all amounts paid in accordance with a plan adopted under 17 CFR 270.12b-1 of this chapter. Reimbursement to the fund of expenses incurred under such plan (12b-1 expense reimbursement) shall be shown as a negative amount and deducted from current 12b-1 expenses. If 12b-1 expense reimbursements exceed current 12b-1 costs, such excess shall be shown as a negative amount used in the calculation of total expenses under this caption.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) <I>Brokerage/Service Arrangements.</I> If a broker-dealer or an affiliate of the broker-dealer has, in connection with directing the person's brokerage transactions to the broker-dealer, provided, agreed to provide, paid for, or agreed to pay for, in whole or in part, services provided to the person (other than brokerage and research services as those terms are used in section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78bb(e)]), include in the expense items set forth under this caption the amount that would have been incurred by the person for the services had it paid for the services directly in an arms-length transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Expense Offset Arrangements.</I> If the person has entered into an agreement with any other person pursuant to which such other person reduces, or pays a third party which reduces, by a specified or reasonably ascertainable amount, its fees for services provided to the person in exchange for use of the person's assets, include in the expense items set forth under this caption the amount of fees that would have been incurred by the person if the person had not entered into the agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Financial Statement Presentation.</I> Show the total amount by which expenses are increased pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (2)(g) as a corresponding reduction in total expenses under this caption. In a note to the financial statements, state separately the total amounts by which expenses are increased pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (2)(g), and list each category of expense that is increased by an amount equal to at least 5 percent of total expenses. If applicable, the note should state that the person could have employed the assets used by another person to produce income if it had not entered into an arrangement described in paragraph (2)(g)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense.</I> Provide in the body of the statements or in the footnotes, the average dollar amount of borrowings and the average interest rate.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Investment income before income tax expense.</I>
</P>
<P>5. <I>Income tax expense.</I> Include under this caption only taxes based on income.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Investment income-net.</I>
</P>
<P>7. <I>Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments-net.</I> (a) State separately the net realized gain or loss from: (1) Transactions in investment securities of unaffiliated issuers, (2) transactions in investment securities of affiliated issuers, (3) expiration or closing of option contracts written, (4) closed short positions in securities, (5) expiration or closing of futures contracts, (6) settlement of forward foreign currency contracts, (7) expiration or closing of swap contracts, and (8) transactions in other investments held during the period.
</P>
<P>(b) Distributions of realized gains by other investment companies shall be shown separately under this caption.
</P>
<P>(c) State separately the amount of the net increase or decrease during the period in the unrealized appreciation or depreciation in the value of: (1) Investment securities of unaffiliated issuers, (2) investment securities of affiliated issuers, (3) option contracts written, (4) short positions in securities, (5) futures contracts, (6) forward foreign currency contracts, (7) swap contracts, and (8) other investments held at the end of the period.
</P>
<P>(d) State separately any: (1) Federal income taxes and (2) other income taxes applicable to realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments, distinguishing taxes payable currently from deferred income taxes.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Net gain (loss) on investments.</I>
</P>
<P>9. <I>Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82012, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 50202, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-08" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-08   Special provisions applicable to the statements of operations of issuers of face-amount certificates.</HEAD>
<P>Statements of operations filed by issuers of face-amount certificates shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Statements of Operations
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investment income.</I> State separately income from: (a) Interest on mortgages; (b) interest on securities; (c) dividends; (d) rental income; and (e) other investment income. If income from investments in or indebtedness of affiliates is included hereunder, such income shall be segregated under an appropriate caption subdivided to show separately income from: (1) Controlled companies; and (2) other affiliates. If non-cash dividends are included in income, the bases of recognition and measurement used in respect to such amounts shall be disclosed. Any other category of income which exceeds five percent of the total shown under this caption shall be stated separately.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Investment expenses.</I> (a) State separately the total amount of investment advisory, management and service fees, and expenses in connection with research, selection, supervision, and custody of investments. Amounts of expenses incurred from transactions with affiliated persons shall be disclosed together with the identity of and related amount applicable to each such person accounting for five percent or more of the total expenses shown under this caption together with a description of the nature of the affiliation. Expenses incurred within the person's own organization in connection with research, selection and supervision of investments shall be stated separately. Reductions or reimbursements of management or service fees shall be shown as a negative amount or as a reduction of total expenses shown under this caption.
</P>
<P>(b) State separately any other expense item the amount of which exceeds five percent of the total expenses shown under this caption.
</P>
<P>(c) A note to the financial statements shall include information concerning management and service fees, the rate of fee, and the base and method of computation. State separately the amount and a description of any fee reductions or reimbursements representing: (1) Expense limitation agreements or commitments; and (2) offsets received from broker-dealers showing separately for each amount received or due from: (i) Unaffiliated persons; and (ii) affiliated persons. If no management or service fees were incurred for a period, state the reason therefor.
</P>
<P>(d) If any expenses were paid otherwise than in cash, state the details in a note.
</P>
<P>(e) State in a note to the financial statements the amount of brokerage commissions (including dealer markups) paid to affiliated broker-dealers in connection with purchase and sale of investment securities.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Interest and amortization of debt discount and expense.</I>
</P>
<P>4. <I>Provision for certificate reserves.</I> State separately any provision for additional credits, or dividends, or interests, in addition to the minimum maturity or face amount specified in the certificates. State also in an appropriate manner reserve recoveries from surrenders or other causes.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Investment income before income tax expense.</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Income tax expense.</I> Include under this caption only taxes based on income.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Investment income-net.</I>
</P>
<P>8. <I>Realized gain (loss) on investments-net.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) State separately the net realized gain or loss on transactions in: (1) Investment securities of unaffiliated issuers, (2) investment securities of affiliated issuers, and (3) other investments.
</P>
<P>(b) Distributions of capital gains by other investment companies shall be shown separately under this caption.
</P>
<P>(c) State separately any: (1) Federal income taxes and (2) other income taxes applicable to realized gain (loss) on investments, distinguishing taxes payable currently from deferred income taxes.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Net income or loss.</I></P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-09" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-09   Statements of changes in net assets.</HEAD>
<P>Statements of changes in net assets filed for persons to whom this article is applicable shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Statements of Changes in Net Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Operations.</I> State separately: (a) Investment income-net as shown by § 210.6-07.6; (b) realized gain (loss) on investments-net of any Federal or other income taxes applicable to such amounts; (c) increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation or depreciation-net of any Federal or other income taxes applicable to such amounts; and (d) net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations as shown by § 210.6-07.9.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Net equalization charges and credits.</I> State the net amount of accrued undivided earnings separately identified in the price of capital shares issued and repurchased.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Distributions to shareholders.</I> State total distributions to shareholders which generally come from: (a) Investment income-net; (b) realized gain from investment transactions-net; and (c) other sources, except tax return of capital distributions, which shall be disclosed separately.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Capital share transactions.</I> (a) State the increase or decrease in net assets derived from the net change in the number of outstanding shares or units.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose in the body of the statements or in the notes, for each class of the person's shares, the number and value of shares issued in reinvestment of dividends as well as the number and dollar amounts received for shares sold and paid for shares redeemed.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Total increase (decrease).</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Net assets at the beginning of the period.</I>
</P>
<P>7. <I>Net assets at the end of the period.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 56838, Dec. 21, 1982, as amended at 83 FR 50202, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-10   What schedules are to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When information is required in schedules for both the person and its subsidiaries consolidated, it may be presented in the form of a single schedule, provided that items pertaining to the registrant are separately shown and that such single schedule affords a properly summarized presentation of the facts.
</P>
<P>(b) The schedules shall be examined by an independent accountant if the related financial statements are so examined.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Management investment companies.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in the applicable form, the schedules specified in this paragraph shall be filed for management investment companies as of the dates of the most recent audited balance sheet and any subsequent unaudited statement being filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule I—Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-12 shall be filed in support of caption 1 of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Investments in and advances to affiliates.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-14 shall be filed in support of caption 2 of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Investments—securities sold short.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-12A shall be filed in support of caption 9(a) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule IV—Open option contracts written.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-13 shall be filed in support of caption 9(b) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule V—Open futures contracts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-13A shall be filed in support of captions 3(a) and 9(c) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VI—Open forward foreign currency contracts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-13B shall be filed in support of captions 3(b) and 9(d) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VII—Open swap contracts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-13C shall be filed in support of captions 3(c) and 9(e) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VIII—Investments—other than those presented in §§ 210.12-12, 12-12A, 12-12B, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B and 12-13C.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-13D shall be filed in support of captions 3(d) and 9(f) of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(2) When permitted by the applicable form, the schedule specified in this paragraph may be filed for management investment companies as of the dates of the most recent audited balance sheet and any subsequent unaudited statement being filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule IX—Summary schedule of investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-12B may be filed in support of caption 1 of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unit investment trusts.</I> Except as otherwise provided in the applicable form:
</P>
<P>(1) Schedules I and II, specified below in this section, shall be filed for unit investment trusts as of the dates of the most recent audited balance sheet and any subsequent unaudited statement being filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(2) Schedule III, specified below in this section, shall be filed for unit investment trusts for each period for which a statement of operations is required to be filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule I—Investment in securities.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-12 shall be filed in support of caption 1 of each balance sheet (§ 210.6-04).
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Allocation of trust assets to series of trust shares.</I> If the trust assets are specifically allocated to different series of trust shares, and if such allocation is not shown in the balance sheet in columnar form or by the filing of separate statements for each series of trust shares, a schedule shall be filed showing the amount of trust assets, indicated by each balance sheet filed, which is applicable to each series of trust shares.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Allocation of trust income and distributable funds to series of trust shares.</I> If the trust income and distributable funds are specifically allocated to different series of trust shares and if such allocation is not shown in the statement of operations in columnar form or by the filing of separate statements for each series of trust shares, a schedule shall be submitted showing the amount of income and distributable funds, indicated by each statement of operations filed, which is applicable to each series of trust shares.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Face-amount certificate investment companies.</I> Except as otherwise provided in the applicable form:
</P>
<P>(1) Schedules I, V and X, specified below, shall be filed for face-amount certificate investment companies as of the dates of the most recent audited balance sheet and any subsequent unaudited statement being filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(2) All other schedules specified below in this section shall be filed for face-amount certificate investment companies for each period for which a statement of operations is filed, except as indicated for Schedules III and IV.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule I—Investment in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-21 shall be filed in support of caption 1 and, if applicable, caption 5(a) of each balance sheet. Separate schedules shall be furnished in support of each caption, if applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Investments in and advances to affiliates and income thereon.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-22 shall be filed in support of captions 1 and 5(b) of each balance sheet and caption 1 of each statement of operations. Separate schedules shall be furnished in support of each caption, if applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Mortgage loans on real estate and interest earned on mortgages.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-23 shall be filed in support of captions 1 and 5(c) of each balance sheet and caption 1 of each statement of operations, except that only the information required by Column G and note 8 of the schedule need be furnished in support of statements of operations for years for which related balance sheets are not required.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule IV—Real estate owned and rental income.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-24 shall be filed in support of captions 1 and 5(a) of each balance sheet and caption 1 of each statement of operations for rental income included therein, except that only the information required by Columns H, I and J, and item “Rent from properties sold during the period” and note 4 of the schedule need be furnished in support of statements of operations for years for which related balance sheets are not required.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule V—Qualified assets on deposit.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-27 shall be filed in support of the information required by caption 4 of § 210.6-06 as to total amount of qualified assets on deposit.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VI—Certificate reserves.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-26 shall be filed in support of caption 7 of each balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VII—Valuation and qualifying accounts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-09 shall be filed in support of all other reserves included in the balance sheet.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82013, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6-11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.23.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6-11   Financial statements of funds acquired or to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Financial statements required.</I> (1) Financial statements described in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02, or § 210.3-18, as applicable, including the schedules specified in §§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 (Article 12), prepared and audited in accordance with Regulation S-X (including the independence standards in § 210.2-01 or, alternatively if the fund is not a registrant, the applicable independence standards) for the periods specified in paragraph (b) of this section and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (d) of this section must be filed if any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(i) During the most recent fiscal year or subsequent interim period for which a balance sheet is required by § 210.3-01 or § 210.3-18, a fund acquisition has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After the date of the most recent balance sheet filed pursuant to § 210.3-01 or § 210.3-18 or, if no relevant balance sheet has been filed in connection with a post-effective amendment for a new series submitted pursuant to § 230.485(a)(2) of this chapter (Rule 485(a)(2) under the Securities Act), the filing of such amendment, consummation of a fund acquisition has occurred or is probable.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>fund</I> includes any investment company as defined in section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, including a business development company, or any company that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, or any private account managed by an investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(ii) The determination of whether a fund has been acquired or will be acquired should be evaluated in light of the facts and circumstances involved. Among the facts and circumstances which should be considered in evaluating whether a fund acquisition has occurred or will occur are whether it will result in the acquisition by the registrant of all or substantially all of the portfolio investments held by another fund.
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisitions of a group of related funds that are probable or that have occurred subsequent to the latest fiscal year-end for which audited financial statements of the registrant have been filed will be treated under this section as if they are a single acquisition. For purposes of this section, funds will be deemed to be related if:
</P>
<P>(i) They are under common control or management;
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition of one fund is conditional on the acquisition of each other fund; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Each acquisition is conditioned on a single common event.
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not apply to a fund which is totally held by the registrant prior to consummation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Periods to be presented.</I> (1) If securities are being registered to be offered to the security holders of the fund to be acquired, the financial statements specified in §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 or § 210.3-18 for the fund to be acquired and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (d) of this section must be filed, except as provided otherwise for filings on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter). The financial statements covering the fiscal year must be audited except as provided in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) with respect to certain proxy statements or in registration statements filed on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) In all cases not specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, financial statements of the fund acquired or to be acquired for the periods specified in this paragraph (b)(2) or such shorter period as the fund has been in existence and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (d) of this section must be filed. Whether such financial statements and supplemental information are to be filed must be determined using the conditions specified in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w)(2)(i) and (w)(2)(ii)(B) as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If none of the conditions set forth in § 210.1-02(w)(2)(i) and (w)(2)(ii)(B), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein, are satisfied, the financial statements and supplemental financial information in paragraph (d) of this section are not required.
</P>
<P>(ii) If any of the conditions set forth in § 210.1-02(w)(2)(i) and (w)(2)(ii)(B), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein, are satisfied, the financial statements of the acquired fund must be filed. If the acquired fund is subject to § 210.3-18, then the financial statements for the periods described therein must be filed. For all other acquired funds, the financial statements for the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period must be filed. The registrant must also provide the supplemental financial information in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the aggregate impact of funds acquired or to be acquired since the date of the most recent audited balance sheet filed for the registrant, for which financial statements are not required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, satisfies any of the conditions set forth in § 210.1-02(w)(2)(i) and (w)(2)(ii)(B), substituting 50 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein, the registrant must provide financial statements for any fund acquired or to be acquired for which financial statements are not yet required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. If any of the acquired funds are subject to § 210.3-18, then the financial statements for the periods described therein must be filed. For any other acquired funds, the financial statements for the most recent fiscal year and the most recent interim period must be filed. The registrant must also provide the supplemental financial information in paragraph (d) of this section for such funds.
</P>
<P>(3) The determination must be made by comparing the most recent annual financial statement of each such fund, or for acquisitions each group of related funds on a combined basis, to the registrant's most recent annual financial statements filed at or prior to the date of acquisition. However, the determination may be made by using pro forma amounts as calculated by the registrant for the periods specified in § 210.1-02(w)(2) that only give effect to an acquisition consummated after the latest fiscal year-end for which the registrant's financial statements are required to be filed when the registrant has filed audited financial statements of such acquired fund and provided the supplemental financial information for the periods required by this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Separate financial statements of the acquired fund and the supplemental information specified in paragraph (d) of this section need only to be filed once and not included in any subsequent filing or shareholder report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acquisitions involving private funds or private accounts.</I> If the fund acquired or to be acquired would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exclusion provided from that definition by either sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, then the required financial statements may comply with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and only Article 12. In situations of any private account managed by an investment adviser provide the schedules specified in Article 12 for the assets acquired or to be acquired.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Supplemental financial information.</I> (1) Supplemental financial information must consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) A table showing the current fees for the registrant and the acquired fund and pro forma fees, if different, for the registrant after giving effect to the acquisition using the format prescribed in the appropriate registration statement under the Investment Company Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the transaction will result in a material change in the acquired fund's investment portfolio due to investment restrictions, a schedule of investments of the acquired fund modified to reflect such change and accompanied by narrative disclosure describing the change; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Narrative disclosure about material differences in accounting policies of the acquired fund when compared to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any fund acquisition, registered investment companies and business development companies must provide the supplemental financial information required in this section in lieu of any pro forma financial information required by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54064, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Employee Stock Purchase, Savings and Similar Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6A-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6A-01   Application of §§ 210.6A-01 to 210.6A-05.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 210.6A-01 to 210.6A-05 shall be applicable to financial statements filed for employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 56843, Dec. 21, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6A-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6A-02   Special rules applicable to employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans.</HEAD>
<P>The financial statements filed for persons to which this article is applicable shall be prepared in accordance with the following special rules in addition to the general rules in §§ 210.1-01 to 210.4-10. Where the requirements of a special rule differ from those prescribed in a general rule, the requirements of the special rule shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Investment programs.</I> If the participating employees have an option as to the manner in which their deposits and contributions may be invested, a description of each investment program shall be given in a footnote or otherwise. The number of employees under each investment program shall be stated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Net asset value per unit.</I> Where appropriate, the number of units and the net asset value per unit shall be given by footnote or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Federal income taxes.</I> (1) If the plan is not subject to Federal income taxes, a note shall so state indicating briefly the principal assumptions on which the plan relied in not making provision for such taxes.
</P>
<P>(2) State the Federal income tax status of the employee with respect to the plan.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation of assets.</I> The statement of financial condition shall reflect all investments at value, showing cost parenthetically. For purposes of this rule, the term <I>value</I> shall mean (1) market value for those securities having readily available market quotations and (2) fair value as determined in good faith by the trustee(s) for the plan (or by the person or persons who exercise similar responsibilities) with respect to other securities and assets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 56843, Dec. 21, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6A-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6A-03   Statements of financial condition.</HEAD>
<P>Statements of financial condition filed under this rule shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Plan Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investments in securities of participating employers.</I> State separately each class of securities of the participating employer or employers.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>United States Government bonds and other obligations.</I> Include only direct obligations of the United States Government.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other securities.</I> State separately (1) marketable securities and (2) other securities.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Investments. Other than securities.</I> State separately each major class.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Dividends and interest receivable.</I>
</P>
<P>5. <I>Cash.</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Other assets.</I> State separately (a) total of amounts due from participating employers or any of their directors, officers and principal holders of equity securities; (b) total of amounts due from trustees or managers of the plan; and (c) any other significant amounts.
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities and Plan Equity
</HD1>
<P>7. <I>Liabilities.</I> State separately (a) total of amounts payable to participating employers; (b) total of amounts payable to participating employees; and (c) any other significant amounts.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Reserves and other credits.</I> State separately each significant item and describe each such item by using an appropriate caption or by a footnote referred to in the caption.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Plan equity at close of period.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 7870, Aug. 9, 1962. Redesignated at 47 FR 56843, Dec. 21, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6A-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6A-04   Statements of comprehensive income and changes in plan equity.</HEAD>
<P>Statements of comprehensive income and changes in plan equity filed under this rule shall comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>1. <I>Net investment income.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Income.</I> State separately income from (1) cash dividends; (2) interest, and (3) other sources. Income from investments in or indebtedness of participating employers shall be segregated under the appropriate subcaption.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expenses.</I> State separately any significant amounts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Net investment income.</I>
</P>
<P>2. <I>Realized gain or loss on investments.</I> (a) State separately the net of gains or losses arising from transactions in (1) investments in securities of the participating employer or employers; (2) other investments in securities; and (3) other investments.
</P>
<P>(b) State in a footnote or otherwise for each category of investment in paragraph (a) above the aggregate cost, the aggregate proceeds and the net gain or loss. State the principle followed in determining the cost of securities sold, e.g., <I>average cost</I> or <I>first-in, first-out.</I>
</P>
<P>3. <I>Unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments.</I> (a) State the amount of increase or decrease in unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments during the period.
</P>
<P>(b) State in a footnote or otherwise the amount of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments at the beginning of the period of report, at the end of the period of report, and the increase or decrease during the period.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Contributions and deposits.</I> (a) State separately (1) total of amounts deposited by participating employees, and (2) total of amounts contributed by the participating employer or employers.
</P>
<P>(b) If employees of more than one employer participate in the plan, state in tabular form in a footnote or otherwise the amount contributed by each employer and the deposits of the employees of each such employer.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Withdrawals, lapses and forfeitures.</I> State separately (a) balances of employees' accounts withdrawn, lapsed or forfeited during the period; (b) amounts disbursed in settlement of such accounts; and (c) disposition of balances remaining after settlement specified in (b).
</P>
<P>6. <I>Plan equity at beginning of period.</I>
</P>
<P>7. <I>Plan equity at end of period.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 7870, Aug. 9, 1962. Redesignated at 47 FR 56843, Dec. 21, 1982; 83 FR 50203, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.6A-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.24.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.6A-05   What schedules are to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Schedule I of this section shall be filed as of the most recent audited statement of financial condition and any subsequent unaudited statement of financial condition being filed. Schedule II of this section shall be filed as of the date of each statement of financial condition being filed. Schedule III of this section shall be filed for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income and changes in plan equity is filed. All schedules shall be audited if the related statements are audited.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Schedule I—Investments.</I> A schedule substantially in form prescribed by § 210.12-12 shall be filed in support of captions 1, 2 and 3 of each statement of financial condition unless substantially all of the information is given in the statement of financial condition by footnote or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Allocation of plan assets and liabilities to investment program.</I> If the plan provides for separate investment programs with separate funds, and if the allocation of assets and liabilities to the several funds is not shown in the statement of financial condition in columnar form or by the submission of separate statements for each fund, a schedule shall be submitted showing the allocation of each caption of each statement of financial condition filed to the applicable fund.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Allocation of plan income and changes in plan equity to investment programs.</I> If the plan provides for separate investment programs with separate funds, and if the allocation of income and changes in plan equity to the several funds is not shown in the statement of comprehensive income and changes in plan equity in columnar form or by the submission of separate statements for each fund, a schedule shall be submitted showing the allocation of each caption of each statement of comprehensive income and changes in plan equity filed to the applicable fund.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 63676, Sept. 25, 1980. Redesignated at 47 FR 56843, Dec. 21, 1982, and amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 83 FR 50203, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="25" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Insurance Companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.7-01 through 210.7-05 appears at 46 FR 54335, Nov. 2, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.7-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7-01   Application of §§ 210.7-01 to 210.7-05.</HEAD>
<P>This article shall be applicable to financial statements filed for insurance companies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7-02   General requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of the general rules in §§ 210.1-01 to 210.4-10 (Articles 1, 2, 3, 3A and 4) shall be applicable except where they differ from requirements of §§ 210.7-01 to 210.7-05.
</P>
<P>(b) Financial statements filed for mutual life insurance companies and wholly owned stock insurance company subsidiaries of mutual life insurance companies may be prepared in accordance with statutory accounting requirements. Financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting requirements may be condensed as appropriate, but the amounts to be reported for net gain from operations (or net income or loss) and total capital and surplus (or surplus as regards policyholders) shall be the same as those reported on the corresponding Annual Statement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7-03   Balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this rule is to indicate the various items which, if applicable, and except as otherwise permitted by the Commission, should appear on the face of the balance sheets and in the notes thereto filed for persons to whom this article pertains. (See § 210.4-01(a).)
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Investments—other than investments in related parties.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fixed maturities.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equity securities.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mortgage loans on real estate.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investment real estate.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Policy loans.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other long-term investments.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Short-term investments.</I>
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Total investments.</I>
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>(1) State parenthetically or otherwise in the balance sheet (a) the basis of determining the amounts shown in the balance sheet and (b) as to fixed maturities and equity securities either aggregate cost or aggregate value at the balance sheet date, whichever is the alternate amount of the carrying value in the balance sheet. Consideration shall be given to the discussion of “Valuation of Securities” in § 404.03 of the Codification of Financial Reporting Policies.
</P>
<P>(2) Include under fixed maturities: bonds, notes, marketable certificates of deposit with maturities beyond one year, and redeemable preferred stocks. Include under equity securities: common stocks and nonredeemable preferred stocks.
</P>
<P>(3) State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto the amount of accumulated depreciation and amortization deducted from investment real estate. Subcaption (d) shall not include real estate acquired in settling title claims, mortgage guaranty claims, and similar insurance claims. Real estate acquired in settling claims shall be included in caption 10, “Other Assets,” or shown separately, if material.
</P>
<P>(4) Include under subcaption (g) investments maturing within one year, such as commercial paper maturing within one year, marketable certificates of deposit maturing within one year, savings accounts, time deposits and other cash accounts and cash equivalents earning interest. State in a note any amounts subject to withdrawal or usage restrictions. (See § 210.5-02.1.)
</P>
<P>(5) State separately in a note the amount of any class of investments included in subcaption (f) if such amount exceeds ten percent of stockholders' equity.
</P>
<P>(6) State in a note the name of any person in which the total amount invested in the person and its affiliates, included in the above subcaptions, exceeds ten percent of total stockholders' equity. For this disclosure, include in the amount invested in a person and its affiliates the aggregate of indebtedness and stocks issued by such person and its affiliates that is included in the several subcaptions above, and the amount of any real estate included in subcaption (d) that was purchased or acquired from such person and its affiliates. Indicate the amount included in each subcaption. An investment in bonds and notes of the United States Government or of a United States Government agency or authority which exceeds ten percent of total stockholders' equity need not be reported.
</P>
<P>(7) State in a note the amount of investments included under each subcaption (a), (c), (d) and (f) which have been non-income producing for the twelve months preceding the balance sheet date.</P></NOTE>
<P>2. <I>Cash.</I> Cash on hand or on deposit that is restricted as to withdrawal or usage shall be disclosed separately on the balance sheet. The provisions of any restrictions shall be described in a note to the financial statements. Restrictions may include legally restricted deposits held as compensating balances against short-term borrowing arrangements, contracts entered into with others, or company statements of intention with regard to particular deposits. In cases where compensating balance arrangements exist but are not agreements which legally restrict the use of cash amounts shown on the balance sheet, describe in the notes to the financial statements these arrangements and the amount involved, if determinable, for the most recent audited balance sheet required. Compensating balances that are maintained under an agreement to assure future credit availability shall be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements along with the amount and terms of the agreement.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Securities and indebtedness of related parties.</I> State separately (a) investments in related parties and (b) indebtedness from such related parties. (See § 210.4-08(k).)
</P>
<P>4. <I>Accrued investment income.</I>
</P>
<P>5. <I>Accounts and notes receivable.</I> Include under this caption (a) amounts receivable from agents and insureds, (b) uncollected premiums and (c) other receivables. State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto any category of other receivable which is in excess of five percent of total assets. State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto the amount of allowance for doubtful accounts that was deducted.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Reinsurance recoverable.</I>
</P>
<P>7. <I>Deferred policy acquisition costs.</I>
</P>
<P>8. <I>Property and equipment.</I> (a) State the basis of determining the amounts.
</P>
<P>(b) State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto the amount of accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Title plant.</I>
</P>
<P>10. <I>Other assets.</I> State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto any other asset the amount of which exceeds five percent of total assets.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Separate account assets.</I> Include under this caption the portion of separate account-assets representing contract holder funds required to be reported in an insurance entity's financial statements as a summary total. An equivalent summary total for the related liability shall be included under caption 18.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Total assets.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
</HD1>
<P>13. <I>Policy liabilities and accruals.</I> (a) State separately in the balance sheet the amounts of (1) future policy benefits and losses, claims and loss expenses, (2) unearned premiums and (3) other policy claims and benefits payable.


</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>14. <I>Other policyholders' funds.</I> (a) Include amounts of supplementary contracts without life contingencies, policyholders' dividend accumulations, undistributed earnings on participating business, dividends to policyholders and retrospective return premiums (not included elsewhere) and any similar items. State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto any item the amount of which is in excess of five percent of total liabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) State in a note to the financial statements the relative significance of participating insurance expressed as percentages of (1) insurance in force and (2) premium income; and the method by which earnings and dividends allocable to such insurance is determined.
</P>
<P>15. <I>Other liabilities.</I> (a) Include under this caption such items as accrued payrolls, accrued interest and taxes. State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto any item included in other liabilities the amount of which exceeds five percent of total liabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) State separately in the balance sheet or in a note thereto the amount of (1) income taxes payable and (2) deferred income taxes. Disclose separately the amount of deferred income taxes applicable to unrealized appreciation of equity securities.
</P>
<P>16. <I>Notes payable, bonds, mortgages and similar obligations, including capitalized leases.</I> (a) State separately in the balance sheet the amounts of (1) short-term debt and (2) long-term debt including capitalized leases.
</P>
<P>(b) The disclosure required by § 210.5-02.19(b) shall be given if the aggregate of short-term borrowings from banks, factors and other financial institutions and commercial paper issued exceeds five percent of total liabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.22 shall be followed for long-term debt.
</P>
<P>17. <I>Indebtedness to related parties.</I> (See § 210.4-0.8(k).)
</P>
<P>18. <I>Liabilities related to separate accounts.</I> [See caption 11.]
</P>
<P>19. <I>Commitments and contingent liabilities.</I>
</P>
<HD1>Redeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD1>
<P>20. <I>Preferred stocks subject to mandatory redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer.</I> The classification and disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.27 shall be followed.
</P>
<HD1>Nonredeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD1>
<P>21. <I>Preferred stocks which are not redeemable or are redeemable solely at the option of the issuer.</I> The classification and disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.28 shall be followed.
</P>
<HD1>Common Stocks
</HD1>
<P>22. <I>Common stocks.</I> The classification and disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.29 shall be followed.
</P>
<HD1>Other Stockholders' Equity
</HD1>
<P>23. <I>Other stockholders' equity.</I> (a) Separate captions shall be shown for (1) additional paid-in capital, (2) other additional capital, (3) accumulated other comprehensive income, (4) retained earnings (i) appropriated and (ii) unappropriated. (See § 210.4-08(e).) Additional paid-in capital and other additional capital may be combined with the stock caption to which they apply, if appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The classification and disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.30(b) shall be followed for dating and effect of a quasi-reorganization.
</P>
<P>(c) State in a note the following information separately for (1) life insurance legal entities, and (2) property and liability insurance legal entities: The amount of statutory stockholders' equity as of the date of each balance sheet presented and the amount of statutory net income or loss for each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is presented. 
</P>
<HD1>Noncontrolling Interests
</HD1>
<P>24. <I>Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.</I> The disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.31 shall be followed.
</P>
<P>25. <I>Total liabilities and equity.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54335, Nov. 2, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50203, Oct. 4, 2018; 90 FR 9687, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7-04   Statements of comprehensive income.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this section is to indicate the various items which, if applicable, should appear on the face of the statements of comprehensive income and in the notes thereto filed for persons to whom this article pertains. (See § 210.4-01(a).)
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Revenues
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Premiums.</I> Include premiums from reinsurance assumed and deduct premiums on reinsurance ceded. Where applicable, the amounts included in this caption should represent premiums earned.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Net investment income.</I> State in a note to the financial statements, in tabular form, the amounts of (a) investment income from each category of investments listed in the subcaptions of § 210.7-03.1 that exceeds five percent of total investment income, (b) total investment income, (c) applicable expenses, and (d) net investment income.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Realized investment gains and losses.</I> Disclose the following amounts:
</P>
<P>(a) Net realized investment gains and losses, which shall be shown separately regardless of size.
</P>
<P>(b) Indicate in a footnote the registrant's policy with respect to whether investment income and realized gains and losses allocable to policyholders and separate accounts are included in the investment income and realized gain and loss amounts reported in the statement of comprehensive income. If the statement of comprehensive income includes investment income and realized gains and losses allocable to policyholders and separate accounts, indicate the amounts of such allocable investment income and realized gains and losses and the manner in which the insurance enterprise's obligation with respect to allocation of such investment income and realized gains and losses is otherwise accounted for in the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) For each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is filed, include in a note an analysis of realized and unrealized investment gains and losses on fixed maturities and equity securities. For each period, state separately for fixed maturities [see § 210.7-03.1(a)] and for equity securities [see § 210.7-03.1(b)] the following amounts:
</P>
<P>(1) Realized investment gains and losses, and
</P>
<P>(2) The change during the period in the difference between value and cost.
</P>
<FP>The change in the difference between value and cost shall be given for both categories of investments even though they may be shown on the related balance sheet on a basis other than value.
</FP>
<P>4. <I>Other income.</I> Include all revenues not included in captions 1 and 2 above. State separately in the statement any amounts in excess of five percent of total revenue, and disclose the nature of the transactions from which the items arose.
</P>
<HD1>Benefits, Losses and Expenses
</HD1>
<P>5. <I>Benefits, claims, losses and settlement expenses.</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Policyholders' share of earnings on participating policies, dividends and similar items.</I> (See § 210.7-03.14(b).)
</P>
<P>7. <I>Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses.</I> State separately in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note thereto (a) the amount included in this caption representing deferred policy acquisition costs amortized to income during the period, and (b) the amount of other operating expenses. State separately in the statement of comprehensive income any material amount included in all other operating expenses.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Income or loss before income tax expense and appropriate items below.</I>
</P>
<P>9. <I>Income tax expense.</I> Include under this caption only taxes based on income (See § 210.4-08(h).)
</P>
<P>10. <I>Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50% or less owned persons.</I> State, parenthetically or in a note, the amount of dividends received from such persons. If justified by the circumstances, this item may be presented in a different position and a different manner. (See § 210.4-01(a).)
</P>
<P>11. <I>Income or loss from continuing operations.</I>
</P>
<P>12. <I>Discontinued operations.</I>
</P>
<P>13.-15. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>16. <I>Net income or loss.</I>
</P>
<P>17. <I>Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>18. <I>Net income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>19. <I>Other comprehensive income.</I> State separately the components of and the total for other comprehensive income. Present the components either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects with one amount shown for the aggregate income tax expense or benefit. State the amount of income tax expense or benefit allocated to each component, including reclassification adjustments, in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note.
</P>
<P>20. <I>Comprehensive income.</I>
</P>
<P>21. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>22. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>23. <I>Earnings per share data.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54335, Nov. 2, 1981, as amended at 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50203, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.25.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7-05   What schedules are to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as expressly provided otherwise in the applicable form:
</P>
<P>(1) The schedule specified below in this section as Schedules I shall be as of the date of the most recent audited balance sheet for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(2) The schedules specified in this section as Schedule IV and V shall be filed for each period for which an audited statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed for each person or group.
</P>
<P>(3) Schedules II, III and V shall be filed as of the date and for periods specified in the schedule.
</P>
<P>(b) When information is required in schedules for both the registrant and the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated it may be presented in the form of a single schedule: <I>Provided,</I> That items pertaining to the registrant are shown separately and that such single schedule affords a properly summarized presentation of the facts. If the information required by any schedule (including the notes thereto) may be shown in the related financial statement or in a note thereto without making such statement unclear or confusing, that procedure may be followed and the schedule omitted.
</P>
<P>(c) The schedules shall be examined by the independent accountant.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Schedule I—Summary of investments—other than investments in related parties.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-15 shall be filed in support of caption 1 of the most recent audited balance sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule II—Condensed financial information of registrant.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-04 shall be filed when the restricted net assets (§ 210.1.02(dd)) of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule III—Supplementary insurance information.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-16 shall be filed giving segment detail in support of various balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income captions. The required balance sheet information shall be presented as of the date of each audited balance 

sheet filed, and the statement of comprehensive income information shall be presented for each period for which an audited statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed, for each person or group.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule IV—Reinsurance.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-17 shall be filed for reinsurance ceded and assumed.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule V—Valuation and qualifying accounts.</I> The schedule prescribed by § 210.12-09 shall be filed in support of valuation and qualifying accounts included in the balance sheet (see § 210.4-02).
</P>
<P><I>Schedule VI—Supplemental Information Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations.</I> The information required by § 210.12-18 shall be presented as of the same dates and for the same periods for which the information is reflected in the audited consolidated financial statements required by §§ 210.3-01 and 3-02. The schedule may be omitted if reserves for unpaid property-casualty claims and claim adjustment expenses of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries, its unconsolidated subsidiaries and its 50%-or-less-owned equity basis investees did not in the aggregate, exceed one-half of common stockholders' equity of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the beginning of the fiscal year. For purposes of this test, only the proportionate share of the registrant and its other subsidiaries in the reserves for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses of 50%-or-less-owned equity investees taken in the aggregate after intercompany eliminations shall be taken into account. Article 12—Form and Content of Schedules (17 CFR 210)</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54335, Nov. 2, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982; 49 FR 47598, Dec. 6, 1984; 59 FR 65637, Dec. 20, 1994; 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50203, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="26" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Article 8 Financial Statements of Smaller Reporting Companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 953, Jan. 4, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-01   General requirements for Article 8.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="6">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21912, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28b">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P>Sections 210.8-01 through 210.8-08 (Article 8) shall be applicable to financial statements filed for smaller reporting companies. These sections are not applicable to financial statements prepared for the purposes of Item 17 or Item 18 of Form 20-F.
</P>
<P>(a) Financial statements of a smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10(f)(1) of this chapter, its predecessors or any businesses to which the smaller reporting company is a successor shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Smaller reporting companies electing to prepare their financial statements with the form and content required in Article 8 need not apply the other form and content requirements in Regulation S-X with the exception of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The report and qualifications of the independent accountant shall comply with the requirements of §§ 210.2-01 through 210.2-07 (Article 2); and
</P>
<P>(2) The description of accounting policies shall comply with § 210.4-08(n); and
</P>
<P>(3) Smaller reporting companies engaged in oil and gas producing activities shall follow the financial accounting and reporting standards specified in § 210.4-10 with respect to such activities.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of § 210.3-10 are applicable to financial statements for a subsidiary of a smaller reporting company that issues securities guaranteed by the smaller reporting company or guarantees securities issued by the smaller reporting company. Disclosures about guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered must be presented as required by § 210.13-01.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of § 210.3-16 or § 210.13-02 are applicable if a smaller reporting company's securities registered or being registered are collateralized by the securities of the smaller reporting company's affiliates. Section 210.13-02 must be followed unless § 210.3-16 applies. The periods presented for purposes of compliance with § 210.3-16 are those required by § 210.8-02.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission, where consistent with the protection of investors, may permit the omission of one or more of the financial statements or the substitution of appropriate statements of comparable character. The Commission by informal written notice may require the filing of other financial statements where necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Section 210.3-06 applies to the preparation of financial statements of smaller reporting companies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54065, Aug. 31, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 53672, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 85 FR 22000, Apr.20, 2020, § 210.8-01 was amended; however, the amendment could not be incorporated due because the section was revised at 85 FR 54065, Aug. 31, 2020. Therefore removing notes 3 and 4 which this amendment intended to revise could not be done</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-02   Annual financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>Smaller reporting companies must file an audited balance sheet for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated and for its predecessors as of the end of each of the most recent two fiscal years, or as of a date within 135 days if the issuer has existed for a period of less than one fiscal year, and audited statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for each of the two fiscal years preceding the date of the most recent audited balance sheet (or such shorter period as the registrant has been in business).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 14314, Feb. 26, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-03   Interim financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>Interim financial statements may be unaudited; however, before filing, interim financial statements included in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308(a) of this chapter) must be reviewed by an independent public accountant using applicable professional standards and procedures for conducting such reviews, as may be modified or supplemented by the Commission. If, in any filing, the issuer states that interim financial statements have been reviewed by an independent public accountant, a report of the accountant on the review must be filed with the interim financial statements. Interim financial statements shall include a balance sheet as of the end of the issuer's most recent fiscal quarter, a balance sheet as of the end of the preceding fiscal year, and statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows for the interim period up to the date of such balance sheet and the comparable period of the preceding fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Condensed format.</I> Interim financial statements may be condensed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Balance sheets should include separate captions for each balance sheet component presented in the annual financial statements that represents 10% or more of total assets. Cash and retained earnings should be presented regardless of relative significance to total assets. Registrants that present a classified balance sheet in their annual financial statements should present totals for current assets and current liabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of comprehensive income (or the statement of net income if comprehensive income is presented in two separate but consecutive financial statements) should include net sales or gross revenue, each cost and expense category presented in the annual financial statements that exceeds 20% of sales or gross revenues, provision for income taxes, and discontinued operations. (Financial institutions should substitute net interest income for sales for purposes of determining items to be disclosed.)
</P>
<P>(3) Cash flow statements should include cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities as well as cash at the beginning and end of each period and the increase or decrease in such balance.
</P>
<P>(4) Additional line items may be presented to facilitate the usefulness of the interim financial statements, including their comparability with annual financial statements.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the information required by § 210.3-04 for the current and comparative year-to-date periods, with subtotals for each interim period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure required and additional instructions as to content</I>—(1) <I>Footnotes.</I> Footnote and other disclosures should be provided as needed for fair presentation and to ensure that the financial statements are not misleading.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Significant equity investees.</I> Sales, gross profit, net income (loss) from continuing operations, net income, and net income attributable to the investee must be disclosed for equity investees that constitute 20 percent or more of a registrant's consolidated assets, equity or income from continuing operations attributable to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Material accounting changes.</I> The registrant's independent accountant must provide a letter in the first Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) filed after the change indicating whether or not the change is to a preferable method. Disclosure must be provided of any retroactive change to prior period financial statements, including the effect of any such change on income and income per share.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Financial statements of and disclosures about guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities.</I> The requirements of § 210.3-10 are applicable to financial statements for a subsidiary of a smaller reporting company that issues securities guaranteed by the smaller reporting company or guarantees securities issued by the smaller reporting company. Disclosures about guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered must be presented as required by § 210.13-01.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Disclosures about affiliates whose securities collateralize an issuance.</I> Disclosures about a smaller reporting company's affiliates whose securities collateralize any class of securities registered or being registered and the related collateral arrangement must be presented as required by § 210.13-02.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to § 210.8-03.</I> Where §§ 210.8-01 through 210.8-08 (Article 8 of this part) are applicable to a Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) and the interim period is more than one quarter, statements of comprehensive income must also be provided for the most recent interim quarter and the comparable quarter of the preceding fiscal year.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 953, Jan. 4, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 18615, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50204, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 54065, Aug. 31, 2020; 85 FR 22000, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-04   Financial statements of businesses acquired or to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>Apply § 210.3-05 substituting §§ 210.8-02 and 210.8-03, as applicable, wherever § 210.3-05 references §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54065, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-05   Pro forma financial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pro forma financial information must be disclosed when any of the conditions in § 210.11-01 exist.
</P>
<P>(b) The preparation, presentation, and disclosure of pro forma financial information must comply with §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11), except that the pro forma financial information may be condensed pursuant to § 210.8-03(a).</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54066, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-06   Real estate operations acquired or to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>Apply § 210.3-14 substituting §§ 210.8-02 and 210.8-03, as applicable, wherever § 210.3-14 references §§ 210.3-01 and 210.3-02.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54066, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-07" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-07   Limited partnerships.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Smaller reporting companies that are limited partnerships must provide the balance sheets of the general partners as described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Where a general partner is a corporation, the audited balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of its most recently completed fiscal year must be filed. Receivables, other than trade receivables, from affiliates of the general partner should be deducted from shareholders' equity of the general partner. Where an affiliate has committed itself to increase or maintain the general partner's capital, the audited balance sheet of such affiliate must also be presented.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a general partner is a partnership, there shall be filed an audited balance sheet of such partnership as of the end of its most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(d) Where the general partner is a natural person, there shall be filed, as supplemental information, a balance sheet of such natural person as of a recent date. Such balance sheet need not be audited. The assets and liabilities should be carried at estimated fair market value, with provisions for estimated income taxes on unrealized gains. The net worth of such general partner(s), based on such balance sheet(s), singly or in the aggregate, shall be disclosed in the registration statement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.8-08" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.26.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.8-08   Age of financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>At the date of filing, financial statements included in filings other than filings on Form 10-K must be not less current than the financial statements that would be required in Forms 10-K and 10-Q if such reports were required to be filed. If required financial statements are as of a date 135 days or more before the date a registration statement becomes effective or proxy material is expected to be mailed, the financial statements shall be updated to include financial statements for an interim period ending within 135 days of the effective or expected mailing date. Interim financial statements must be prepared and presented in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) When the anticipated effective or mailing date falls within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year, the filing may include financial statements only as current as of the end of the third fiscal quarter; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the audited financial statements for the recently completed fiscal year are available or become available before effectiveness or mailing, they must be included in the filing; and
</P>
<P>(b) If the effective date or anticipated mailing date falls after 45 days but within 90 days of the end of the smaller reporting company's fiscal year, the smaller reporting company is not required to provide the audited financial statements for such year end provided that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) If the smaller reporting company is a reporting company, all reports due must have been filed;
</P>
<P>(2) For the most recent fiscal year for which audited financial statements are not yet available, the smaller reporting company reasonably and in good faith expects to report income from continuing operations attributable to the registrant before taxes; and
</P>
<P>(3) For at least one of the two fiscal years immediately preceding the most recent fiscal year the smaller reporting company reported income from continuing operations attributable to the registrant before taxes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 953, Jan. 4, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 18616, Apr. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="27" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Bank Holding Companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.9-01 through 210.9-07 appear at 48 FR 11107, Mar. 16, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-01   Application of §§ 210.9-01 to 210.9-07.</HEAD>
<P>The consolidated financial statements filed for bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies, and the financial statements of banks and savings and loan associations, must apply the guidance in this article in filings with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-02   General requirement.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of the general rules in §§ 210.1 to 210.4 (Articles 1, 2, 3, 3A and 4) should be complied with where applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-03   Balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this rule is to indicate the various items which, if applicable, should appear on the face of the balance sheets or in the notes thereto.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Assets
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Cash and due from banks.</I> The amounts in this caption should include all noninterest bearing deposits with other banks.
</P>
<P>(a) Any withdrawal and usage restrictions (including requirements of the Federal Reserve to maintain certain average reserve balances) or compensating balance requirements should be disclosed (see § 210.5-02-1).
</P>
<P>2. Interest-bearing deposits in other banks.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements.</I>
</P>
<P>4. <I>Trading account assets.</I> Include securities or any other investments held for trading purposes only.
</P>
<P>5. Other short-term investments.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Investment securities.</I> Include securities held for investment only. Disclose the aggregate book value of investment securities; show on the balance sheet the aggregate market value at the balance sheet date. The aggregate amounts should include securities pledged, loaned or sold under repurchase agreements and similar arrangements; borrowed securities and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements should be excluded.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Loans.</I> Disclose separately (1) total loans, (2) the related allowance for losses and (3) unearned income.
</P>
<P>(a)-(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e)(1)(i) As of each balance sheet date, disclose in a note the aggregate dollar amount of loans (exclusive of loans to any such persons which in the aggregate do not exceed $60,000 during the latest year) made by the registrant or any of its subsidiaries to directors, executive officers, or principal holders of equity securities (§ 210.1-02) of the registrant or any of its significant subsidiaries (§ 210.1-02), or to any associate of such persons. For the latest fiscal year, an analysis of activity with respect to such aggregate loans to related parties should be provided. The analysis should include the aggregate amount at the beginning of the period, new loans, repayments, and other changes. (Other changes, if significant, should be explained.)
</P>
<P>(ii) This disclosure need not be furnished when the aggregate amount of such loans at the balance sheet date (or with respect to the latest fiscal year, the maximum amount outstanding during the period) does not exceed 5 percent of stockholders equity at the balance sheet date.
</P>
<P>(2) If a significant portion of the aggregate amount of loans outstanding at the end of the fiscal year disclosed pursuant to (e)(1)(i) above relates to loans that are disclosed as past due, nonaccrual or troubled debt restructurings in the consolidated financial statements, so state and disclose the aggregate amounts of such loans along with such other information necessary to an understanding of the effects of the transactions on the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the aggregate disclosure called for by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, if any loans were not made in the ordinary course of business during any period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed, provide an appropriate description of each such loan.
</P>
<P>(4) Definition of terms. For purposes of this rule, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Associate</I> means (i) a corporation, venture or organization of which such person is a general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or for which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity and (iii) any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons.
</P>
<P><I>Executive officers</I> means the president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as loans, investments, operations, administration or finance), and any other officer or person who performs similar policymaking functions.
</P>
<P><I>Immediate Family</I> means such person's spouse; parents; children; siblings; mothers and fathers-in-law; sons and daughters-in-law; and brothers and sisters-in-law.
</P>
<P><I>Ordinary course of business</I> means those loans which were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Premises and equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>9. <I>Due from customers on acceptances.</I> Include amounts receivable from customers on unmatured drafts and bills of exchange that have been accepted by a bank subsidiary or by other banks for the account of a subsidiary and that are outstanding—that is, not held by a subsidiary bank, on the reporting date. (If held by a bank subsidiary, they should be reported as “loans” under § 210.9-03.7.)
</P>
<P>10. <I>Other assets.</I> Disclose separately on the balance sheet or in a note thereto any of the following assets or any other asset the amount of which exceeds thirty percent of stockholders equity. The remaining assets may be shown as one amount.
</P>
<P>(1) Goodwill.
</P>
<P>(2) Other intangible assets (net of amortization).
</P>
<P>(3) Investments in and indebtedness of affiliates and other persons.
</P>
<P>(4) Other real estate.
</P>
<P>(a) Disclose in a note the basis at which other real estate is carried. A reduction to fair market value from the carrying value of the related loan at the time of acquisition shall be accounted for as a loan loss. Any allowance for losses on other real estate which has been established subsequent to acquisition should be deducted from other real estate. For each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required, disclosures should be made in a note as to the changes in the allowances, including balance at beginning and end of period, provision charged to income, and losses charged to the allowance.
</P>
<P>11. Total assets.
</P>
<HD1>Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
</HD1>
<HD2>Liabilities
</HD2>
<P>12. <I>Deposits.</I> Disclose separately the amounts of noninterest bearing deposits and interest bearing deposits.
</P>
<P>(a) The amount of noninterest bearing deposits and interest bearing deposits in foreign banking offices must be presented if the disclosure provided by § 210.9-05 is required.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Short-term borrowing.</I> Disclosure separately on the balance sheet or in a note, amounts payable for (1) Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase; (2) commercial paper, and (3) other short-term borrowings.
</P>
<P>(a) Disclose any unused lines of credit for short-term financing: (§ 210.5-02.19(b)).
</P>
<P>14. <I>Bank acceptances outstanding.</I> Disclose the aggregate of unmatured drafts and bills of exchange accepted by a bank subsidiary, or by some other bank as its agent, less the amount of such acceptances acquired by the bank subsidiary through discount or purchase.
</P>
<P>15. <I>Other liabilities.</I> Disclose separately on the balance sheet or in a note any of the following liabilities or any other items which are individually in excess of thirty percent of stockholders' equity (except that amounts in excess of 5 percent of stockholders' equity should be disclosed with respect to item (4)). The remaining items may be shown as one amount.
</P>
<P>(1) Income taxes payable.
</P>
<P>(2) Deferred income taxes.
</P>
<P>(3) Indebtedness to affiliates and other persons the investments in which are accounted for by the equity method.
</P>
<P>(4) Indebtedness to directors, executive officers, and principal holders of equity securities of the registrant or any of its significant subsidiaries (the guidance in § 210.9-03.7(e) shall be used to identify related parties for purposes of this disclosure).
</P>
<P>(5) Accounts payable and accrued expenses.
</P>
<P>16. <I>Long-term debt.</I> Disclose in a note the information required by § 210.5-02.22.
</P>
<P>17. <I>Commitments and contingent liabilities.</I>
</P>
<HD2>Redeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD2>
<P>18. <I>Preferred stocks subject to mandatory redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer.</I> See § 210.5-02.27.
</P>
<HD2>Non-redeemable Preferred Stocks
</HD2>
<P>19. <I>Preferred stocks which are not redeemable or are redeemable solely at the option of the issuer.</I> See § 210.5-02.28.
</P>
<HD2>Common Stocks
</HD2>
<P>20. <I>Common stocks.</I> See § 210.5-02.29.
</P>
<HD2>Other Stockholders' Equity
</HD2>
<P>21. <I>Other stockholders' equity.</I> See § 210.5-02.30.
</P>
<HD2>Noncontrolling Interests
</HD2>
<P>22. <I>Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.</I> The disclosure requirements of § 210.5-02.31 shall be followed.
</P>
<P>23. <I>Total liabilities and equity.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 11107, Mar. 16, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 37612, Aug. 19, 1983; 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 74 FR 18616, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50205, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020; 90 FR 9687, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-04   Statements of comprehensive income.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this section is to indicate the various items which, if applicable, should appear on the face of the statement of comprehensive income or in the notes thereto.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>1. <I>Interest and fees on loans.</I> Include commitment and origination fees, late charges and current amortization of premium and accretion of discount on loans which are related to or are an adjustment of the loan interest rate.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Interest and dividends on investment securities.</I> Disclosure separately (1) taxable interest income, (2) nontaxable interest income, and (3) dividends.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Trading account interest.</I>
</P>
<P>4. <I>Other interest income.</I>
</P>
<P>5. <I>Total interest income (total of lines 1 through 4).</I>
</P>
<P>6. <I>Interest on deposits.</I>
</P>
<P>7. <I>Interest on short-term borrowings.</I>
</P>
<P>8. <I>Interest on long-term debt.</I>
</P>
<P>9. <I>Total interest expense (total of lines 6 through 8).</I>
</P>
<P>10. <I>Net interest income (line 5 minus line 9).</I>
</P>
<P>11. <I>Provision for loan losses.</I>
</P>
<P>12. <I>Net interest income after provision for loan losses.</I>
</P>
<P>13. <I>Other income.</I> Disclose separately any of the following amounts, or any other item of other income, which exceed one percent of the aggregate of total interest income and other income. The remaining amounts may be shown as one amount, except for investment securities gains or losses which shall be shown separately regardless of size.
</P>
<P>(a) Commissions and fees and fiduciary activities.
</P>
<P>(b) Commissions, broker's fees and markups on securities underwriting and other securities activities.
</P>
<P>(c) Insurance commissions, fees and premiums.
</P>
<P>(d) Fees for other customer services.
</P>
<P>(e) Profit or loss on transactions in securities in dealer trading account.
</P>
<P>(f) Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50 percent or less owned persons.
</P>
<P>(g) Gains or losses on disposition of equity in securities of subsidiaries or 50 percent or less owned persons.
</P>
<P>(h) Investment securities gains or losses. Related income taxes shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Other expenses.</I> Disclose separately any of the following amounts, or any other item of other expense, which exceed one percent of the aggregate of total interest income and other income. The remaining amounts may be shown as one amount.
</P>
<P>(a) Salaries and employee benefits.
</P>
<P>(b) Net occupancy expense of premises.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Net cost of operation of other real estate (including provisions for real estate losses, rental income and gains and losses on sales of real estate).
</P>
<P>15. <I>Income or loss before income tax expense.</I>
</P>
<P>16. <I>Income tax expense.</I> The information required by § 210.4-08(h) should be disclosed.
</P>
<P>17.-19. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>20. <I>Net income or loss.</I>
</P>
<P>21. <I>Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>22. <I>Net income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>23. <I>Other comprehensive income.</I> State separately the components of and the total for other comprehensive income. Present the components either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects with one amount shown for the aggregate income tax expense or benefit. State the amount of income tax expense or benefit allocated to each component, including reclassification adjustments, in the statement of comprehensive income or in a note.
</P>
<P>24. <I>Comprehensive income.</I>
</P>
<P>25. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>26. <I>Comprehensive income attributable to the controlling interest.</I>
</P>
<P>27. <I>Earnings per share data.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 11107, Mar. 16, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 74 FR 18616, Apr. 23, 2009; 83 FR 50205, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-05" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-05   Foreign activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Separate disclosure concerning foreign activities shall be made for each period in which either (1) assets, or (2) revenue, or (3) income (loss) before income tax expense, or (4) net income (loss), each as associated with foreign activities, exceeded ten percent of the corresponding amount in the related financial statements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosures.</I> (1) Disclose total identifiable assets (net of valuation allowances) associated with foreign activities.
</P>
<P>(2) For each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is filed, state the amount of revenue, income (loss) before taxes, and net income (loss) associated with foreign activities. Disclose significant estimates and assumptions (including those related to the cost of capital) used in allocating revenue and expenses to foreign activities; describe the nature and effects of any changes in such estimates and assumptions which have a significant impact on interperiod comparability.
</P>
<P>(3) The information in paragraph (b) (1) and (2) of this section shall be presented separately for each significant geographic area and in the aggregate for all other geographic areas not deemed significant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Foreign activities</I> include loans and other revenues producing assets and transactions in which the debtor or customer, whether an affiliated or unaffiliated person, is domiciled outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>revenue</I> includes the total of the amount reported at §§ 210.9-04.5 and 210.9-04.13.
</P>
<P>(3) A <I>significant geographic area</I> is one in which assets or revenue or income before income tax or net income exceed 10 percent of the comparable amount as reported in the financial statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 11107, Mar. 16, 1983, as amended at 83 FR 50205, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-06" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-06   Condensed financial information of registrant.</HEAD>
<P>The information prescribed by § 210.12-04 shall be presented in a note to the financial statements when the restricted net assets (§ 210.1-02(dd)) of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. The investment in and indebtedness of and to bank subsidiaries shall be stated separately in the condensed balance sheet from amounts for other subsidiaries; the amount of cash dividends paid to the registrant for each of the last three years by bank subsidiaries shall be stated separately in the condensed statement of comprehensive income from amounts for other subsidiaries.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 50205, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9-07" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.27.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9-07   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="28" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.28" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Interim Financial Statements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.10-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.28.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.10-01   Interim financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Condensed statements.</I> Interim financial statements shall follow the general form and content of presentation prescribed by the other sections of this Regulation with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) Interim financial statements required by this section need only be provided as to the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated and its predecessors and may be unaudited. Separate statements of other entities which may otherwise be required by this part may be omitted.


</P>
<P>(2) Interim balance sheets shall include only major captions (<I>i.e.</I>, numbered captions) prescribed by the applicable sections of this Regulation with the exception of inventories. Data as to raw materials, work in process and finished goods inventories shall be included either on the face of the balance sheet or in the notes to the financial statements, if applicable. Where any major balance sheet caption is less than 10% of total assets, and the amount in the caption has not increased or decreased by more than 25% since the end of the preceding fiscal year, the caption may be combined with others.
</P>
<P>(3) Interim statements of comprehensive income shall also include major captions prescribed by the applicable sections of part 210 of this chapter (Regulation S-X). When any major statement of comprehensive income (or statement of net income if comprehensive income is presented in two separate but consecutive financial statements) caption is less than 15% of average net income for the most recent three fiscal years and the amount in the caption has not increased or decreased by more than 20% as compared to the corresponding interim period of the preceding fiscal year, the caption may be combined with others. In calculating average net income, loss years should be excluded. If losses were incurred in each of the most recent three years, the average loss shall be used for purposes of this test. Notwithstanding these tests, § 210.4-02 applies and de minimis amounts therefore need not be shown separately, except that registrants reporting under § 210.9 shall show investment securities gains or losses separately regardless of size.
</P>
<P>(4) The statement of cash flows may be abbreviated starting with a single figure of net cash flows from operating activities and showing cash changes from investing and financing activities individually only when they exceed 10% of the average of net cash flows from operating activities for the most recent three years. Notwithstanding this test, § 210.4-02 applies and <I>de minimis</I> amounts therefore need not be shown separately.
</P>
<P>(5) The interim financial information shall include disclosures either on the face of the financial statements or in accompanying footnotes sufficient so as to make the interim information presented not misleading. Registrants may presume that users of the interim financial information have read or have access to the audited financial statements for the preceding fiscal year and that the adequacy of additional disclosure needed for a fair presentation may be determined in that context. Accordingly, footnote disclosure which would substantially duplicate the disclosure contained in the most recent annual report to security holders or latest audited financial statements, such as a statement of significant accounting policies and practices, details of accounts which have not changed significantly in amount or composition since the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, and detailed disclosures prescribed by § 210.4-08 may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(6) Detailed schedules otherwise required by this Regulation may be omitted for purposes of preparing interim financial statements.
</P>
<P>(7) Provide the information required by § 210.3-04 for the current and comparative year-to-date periods, with subtotals for each interim period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other instructions as to content.</I> The following additional instructions shall be applicable for purposes of preparing interim financial statements:
</P>
<P>(1) Summarized statement of comprehensive income information shall be given separately as to each subsidiary not consolidated or 50 percent or less owned persons or as to each group of such subsidiaries or fifty percent or less owned persons for which separate individual or group statements would otherwise be required for annual periods. Such summarized information, however, need not be furnished for any such unconsolidated subsidiary or person which would not be required pursuant to § 240.13a-13 or § 240.15d-13 of this chapter to file quarterly financial information with the Commission if it were a registrant.
</P>
<P>(2) The basis of the earnings per share computation shall be stated together with the number of shares used in the computation.
</P>
<P>(3) If, during the most recent interim period presented, the registrant or any of its consolidated subsidiaries entered into a combination between entities under common control, supplemental disclosure of the separate results of the combined entities for periods prior to the combination shall be given, with appropriate explanations.
</P>
<P>(4)-(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) For filings on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308(a) of this chapter), a letter from the registrant's independent accountant shall be filed as an exhibit (in accordance with the provisions of 17 CFR 229.601 (Item 601 of Regulation S-K)) in the first Form 10-Q after the date of an accounting change indicating whether or not the change is to an alternative principle which, in the accountant's judgment, is preferable under the circumstances; except that no letter from the accountant need be filed when the change is made in response to a standard adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board that requires such change.
</P>
<P>(7) Any material retroactive prior period adjustment made during any period covered by the interim financial statements shall be disclosed, together with the effect thereof upon net income—total and per share—of any prior period included and upon the balance of retained earnings. If results of operations for any period presented have been adjusted retroactively by such an item subsequent to the initial reporting of such period, similar disclosure of the effect of the change shall be made.
</P>
<P>(8) Any unaudited interim financial statements furnished shall reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. A statement to that effect shall be included. If all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, a statement to that effect shall be made; otherwise, there shall be furnished information describing in appropriate detail the nature and amount of any adjustments other than normal recurring adjustments entering into the determination of the results shown.
</P>
<P>(9) The requirements of § 210.3-10 are applicable to financial statements for a subsidiary of the registrant that issues securities guaranteed by the registrant or guarantees securities issued by the registrant. Disclosures about guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered must be presented as required by § 210.13-01.
</P>
<P>(10) Disclosures about a registrant's affiliates whose securities collateralize any class of securities registered or being registered and the related collateral arrangement must be presented as required by § 210.13-02.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periods to be covered.</I> The periods for which interim financial statements are to be provided in registration statements are prescribed elsewhere in this Regulation (see §§ 210.3-01 and 3-02). For filings on Form 10-Q, financial statements shall be provided as set forth in this paragraph (c):
</P>
<P>(1) An interim balance sheet as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter and a balance sheet as of the end of the preceding fiscal year shall be provided. The balance sheet as of the end of the preceding fiscal year may be condensed to the same degree as the interim balance sheet provided. An interim balance sheet as of the end of the corresponding fiscal quarter of the preceding fiscal year need not be provided unless necessary for an understanding of the impact of seasonal fluctuations on the registrant's financial condition.
</P>
<P>(2) Interim statements of comprehensive income shall be provided for the most recent fiscal quarter, for the period between the end of the preceding fiscal year and the end of the most recent fiscal quarter, and for the corresponding periods of the preceding fiscal year. Such statements may also be presented for the cumulative twelve month period ended during the most recent fiscal quarter and for the corresponding preceding period.
</P>
<P>(3) Interim statements of cash flows shall be provided for the period between the end of the preceding fiscal year and the end of the most recent fiscal quarter, and for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year. Such statements may also be presented for the cumulative twelve month period ended during the most recent fiscal quarter and for the corresponding preceding period.
</P>
<P>(4) Registrants engaged in seasonal production and sale of a single-crop agricultural commodity may provide interim statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for the twelve month period ended during the most recent fiscal quarter and for the corresponding preceding period in lieu of the year-to-date statements specified in paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interim review by independent public accountant.</I> Prior to filing, interim financial statements included in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (17 CFR 249.308(a)) must be reviewed by an independent public accountant using applicable professional standards and procedures for conducting such reviews, as may be modified or supplemented by the Commission. If, in any filing, the company states that interim financial statements have been reviewed by an independent public accountant, a report of the accountant on the review must be filed with the interim financial statements.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Filing of other interim financial information in certain cases.</I> The Commission may, upon the informal written request of the registrant, and where consistent with the protection of investors, permit the omission of any of the interim financial information herein required or the filing in substitution thereof of appropriate information of comparable character. The Commission may also by informal written notice require the filing of other information in addition to, or in substitution for, the interim information herein required in any case where such information is necessary or appropriate for an adequate presentation of the financial condition of any person for which interim financial information is required, or whose financial information is otherwise necessary for the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 12489, Feb. 17, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 25215, June 18, 1985; 50 FR 49533, Dec. 3, 1985; 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 73401, Dec. 30, 1999; 73 FR 956, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 18616, Apr. 23, 2009; 76 FR 50120, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50205, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 22000, Apr. 20, 2020; 89 FR 14314, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="29" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.29" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Pro Forma Financial Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 appear at 47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.11-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.29.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.11-01   Presentation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pro forma financial information must be filed when any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(1) During the most recent fiscal year or subsequent interim period for which a balance sheet is required by § 210.3-01, a significant business acquisition has occurred (for purposes of this section, this encompasses the acquisition of an interest in a business accounted for by the equity method);
</P>
<P>(2) After the date of the most recent balance sheet filed pursuant to § 210.3-01, consummation of a significant business acquisition or a combination of entities under common control has occurred or is probable;
</P>
<P>(3) Securities being registered by the registrant are to be offered to the security holders of a significant business to be acquired or the proceeds from the offered securities will be applied directly or indirectly to the purchase of a specific significant business;
</P>
<P>(4) The disposition of a significant portion of a business either by sale, abandonment or distribution to shareholders by means of a spin-off, split-up or split-off has occurred or is probable and such disposition is not fully reflected in the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing;
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) Pro forma financial information required by § 229.914 of this chapter is required to be provided in connection with a roll-up transaction as defined in § 229.901(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) The registrant previously was a part of another entity and such presentation is necessary to reflect operations and financial position of the registrant as an autonomous entity; or
</P>
<P>(8) Consummation of other transactions has occurred or is probable for which disclosure of pro forma financial information would be material to investors.
</P>
<P>(b) A business acquisition or disposition will be considered significant if:
</P>
<P>(1) The business acquisition meets:
</P>
<P>(i) The definition of a significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w)(1), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the business is a real estate operation as defined in § 210.3-14(a)(2), the significant subsidiary condition in § 210.1-02(w)(1)(i) (<I>i.e.,</I> the investment test condition), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent, as modified by the guidance in § 210.3-14(b)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(2) The business disposition, including a business that is a real estate operation as defined in § 210.3-14(a)(2), meets the definition of a significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w)(1), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein.
</P>
<P>(3) The determination must be made, except as noted in paragraph (b)(4) of this section for the continuous offerings described therein, by using:
</P>
<P>(i) For amounts derived from financial statements, the registrant's most recent annual consolidated financial statements required to be filed at or prior to the date of acquisition or disposition and the business's pre-acquisition or pre-disposition financial statements for the same fiscal year as the registrant or, if the fiscal years differ, the business's most recent fiscal year that would be required if the business had the same filer status as the registrant, however the determination may be made using:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial statements for the business described in § 210.3-05(e) or (f) if the business meets the conditions for presenting those financial statements.
</P>
<P>(B) Pro forma amounts for the registrant for the periods specified in § 210.11-01(b)(3) that only depict significant business acquisitions and dispositions consummated after the latest fiscal year-end for which the registrant's financial statements are required to be filed and only include Transaction Accounting Adjustments (<I>see</I> § 210.11-02(a)(6)(i)), provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The registrant has filed audited financial statements for any such acquired business for the periods required by § 210.3-05 or § 210.3-14 and the pro forma financial information required by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-02 for any such acquired or disposed business. The tests may not be made by “annualizing” data; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If a registrant has used pro forma amounts to determine significance of an acquisition or disposition, it must continue to use pro forma amounts to determine significance of acquisitions and dispositions through the filing date of its next annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) or Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(C) The registrant's annual consolidated financial statements, for the most recent fiscal year ended prior to the acquisition or disposition, that are included in the registrant's Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) filed after the date of acquisition or disposition, but before the date financial statements and pro forma financial information for the acquisition or disposition would be required to be filed on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) If the business is a related business (<I>see</I> § 210.3-05(a)(3)), combined pre-acquisition financial statements of the group of related businesses for the fiscal year specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) When a registrant, including a real estate investment trust, conducts a continuous offering over an extended period of time and applies the Item 20.D. Undertakings of Industry Guide 5, the income test condition does not apply, and the determination must be made for the investment test condition, when it is based on the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated, and the asset test condition, if applicable, using the following for the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) During the distribution period, total assets as of the date of acquisition or disposition plus the proceeds (net of commissions) in good faith expected to be raised in the registered offering over the next 12 months, except that for acquisitions total assets must exclude the acquired business; and
</P>
<P>(ii) After the distribution period ends and until the next Form 10-K is filed, total assets as of the date of acquisition or disposition, except that for acquisitions total assets must exclude the acquired business; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After that next Form 10-K is filed, the guidance in paragraph (b)(3).
</P>
<P>(c) The pro forma effects of a business acquisition need not be presented pursuant to this section if separate financial statements of the acquired business are not included in the filing, except where the aggregate impact of businesses acquired or to be acquired is significant as determined by § 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv) or § 210.3-14(b)(2)(i)(C).
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this rule, the term business should be evaluated in light of the facts and circumstances involved and whether there is sufficient continuity of the acquired entity's operations prior to and after the transactions so that disclosure of prior financial information is material to an understanding of future operations. A presumption exists that a separate entity, a subsidiary, or a division is a business. However, a lesser component of an entity may also constitute a business. Among the facts and circumstances which should be considered in evaluating whether an acquisition of a lesser component of an entity constitutes a business are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the nature of the revenue-producing activity of the component will remain generally the same as before the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) Whether any of the following attributes remain with the component after the transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) Physical facilities,
</P>
<P>(ii) Employee base,
</P>
<P>(iii) Market distribution system,
</P>
<P>(iv) Sales force,
</P>
<P>(v) Customer base,
</P>
<P>(vi) Operating rights,
</P>
<P>(vii) Production techniques, or
</P>
<P>(viii) Trade names.
</P>
<P>(e) This rule does not apply to transactions between a parent company and its totally held subsidiary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 49533, Dec. 3, 1985; 56 FR 57247, Nov. 8, 1991; 61 FR 54514, Oct. 18, 1996; 74 FR 18616, Apr. 23, 2009; 85 FR 54066, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.11-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.29.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.11-02   Preparation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form and content.</I> (1) Pro forma financial information must consist of a pro forma condensed balance sheet, pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income, and accompanying explanatory notes. In certain circumstances (<I>i.e.,</I> where a limited number of pro forma adjustments are required and those adjustments are easily understood), a narrative description of the pro forma effects of the transaction may be disclosed in lieu of the statements described in this paragraph (a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The pro forma financial information must be accompanied by an introductory paragraph which briefly sets forth a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) Each transaction for which pro forma effect is being given;
</P>
<P>(ii) The entities involved;
</P>
<P>(iii) The periods for which the pro forma financial information is presented; and
</P>
<P>(iv) An explanation of what the pro forma presentation shows.
</P>
<P>(3) The pro forma condensed financial information need only include major captions (<I>i.e.,</I> the numbered captions) prescribed by the applicable sections of Regulation S-X. Where any major balance sheet caption is less than 10 percent of total assets, the caption may be combined with others. When any major statement of comprehensive income caption is less than 15 percent of average net income attributable to the registrant for the most recent three fiscal years, the caption may be combined with others. In calculating average net income attributable to the registrant, loss years should be excluded unless losses were incurred in each of the most recent three years, in which case the average loss must be used for purposes of this test. Notwithstanding these tests, <I>de minimis</I> amounts need not be shown separately.
</P>
<P>(4) Pro forma statements will ordinarily be in columnar form showing condensed historical statements, pro forma adjustments, and the pro forma results.
</P>
<P>(5) The pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income must disclose income (loss) from continuing operations and income or loss from continuing operations attributable to the controlling interest.
</P>
<P>(6) The pro forma condensed balance sheet and pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income must include, and be limited to, the following pro forma adjustments, except as noted in paragraph (a)(7) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transaction Accounting Adjustments.</I> (A) Adjustments that depict in the pro forma condensed balance sheet the accounting for the transaction required by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) or, as applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB). Calculate pro forma adjustments using the measurement date and method prescribed by the applicable accounting standards. For a probable transaction, calculate pro forma adjustments using, and disclose, the most recent practicable date prior to the effective date (for registration statements), qualification date (for offering statements under 17 CFR 230.251 through 230.263 (Regulation A)), or the mail date (for proxy statements).
</P>
<P>(B) Adjustments that depict in the pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income the effects of the pro forma balance sheet adjustments in paragraph (a)(6)(i)(A) of this section assuming those adjustments were made as of the beginning of the fiscal year presented. Such adjustments must be made whether or not the pro forma balance sheet is presented pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section. If the condition in § 210.11-01(a) that is met does not have a balance sheet effect, then depict the accounting for the transaction required by U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Autonomous Entity Adjustments.</I> Adjustments that depict the registrant as an autonomous entity if the condition in § 210.11-01(a)(7) is met. Autonomous Entity Adjustments must be presented in a separate column from Transaction Accounting Adjustments.
</P>
<P>(7) Management's Adjustments depicting synergies and dis-synergies of the acquisitions and dispositions for which pro forma effect is being given may, in the registrant's discretion, be presented if in its management's opinion, such adjustments would enhance an understanding of the pro forma effects of the transaction and the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Basis for Management's Adjustments.</I> (A) There is a reasonable basis for each such adjustment.
</P>
<P>(B) The adjustments are limited to the effect of such synergies and dis-synergies on the historical financial statements that form the basis for the pro forma statement of comprehensive income as if the synergies and dis-synergies existed as of the beginning of the fiscal year presented. If such adjustments reduce expenses, the reduction must not exceed the amount of the related expense historically incurred during the pro forma period presented.
</P>
<P>(C) The pro forma financial information reflects all Management's Adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair statement of the pro forma financial information presented and a statement to that effect is disclosed. When synergies are presented, any related dis-synergies must also be presented.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Form of presentation.</I> (A) If presented, Management's Adjustments must be presented in the explanatory notes to the pro forma financial information in the form of reconciliations of pro forma net income from continuing operations attributable to the controlling interest and the related pro forma earnings per share data specified in paragraph (a)(9) of this section to such amounts after giving effect to Management's Adjustments.
</P>
<P>(B) Management's Adjustments included or incorporated by reference into a registration statement, proxy statement, Regulation A offering statement, or Form 8-K should be as of the most recent practicable date prior to the effective date, mail date, qualification date, or filing date as applicable, which may require that they be updated if previously provided in a Form 8-K that is appropriately incorporated by reference.
</P>
<P>(C) If Management's Adjustments will change the number of shares or potential common shares, reflect the change within Management's Adjustments in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable, as if the common stock or potential common stock were outstanding as of the beginning of the period presented.
</P>
<P>(D) The explanatory notes must also include disclosure of the basis for and material limitations of each Management's Adjustment, including any material assumptions or uncertainties of such adjustment, an explanation of the method of the calculation of the adjustment, if material, and the estimated time frame for achieving the synergies and dis-synergies of such adjustment.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(7):</I> Any forward-looking information supplied is expressly covered by the safe harbor rules under §§ 230.175 and 240.3b-6 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) All pro forma adjustments should be referenced to notes that clearly explain the assumptions involved.
</P>
<P>(9)(i) Historical and pro forma basic and diluted per share amounts based on continuing operations attributable to the controlling interests and the number of shares used to calculate such per share amounts must be presented on the face of the pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income and only give effect to Transaction Accounting Adjustments and Autonomous Entity Adjustments.
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of shares used in the calculation of the pro forma per share amounts must be based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period adjusted to give effect to the number of shares issued or to be issued to consummate the transaction, or if applicable whose proceeds will be used to consummate the transaction as if the shares were outstanding as of the beginning of the period presented. Calculate the pro forma effect of potential common stock being issued in the transaction (<I>e.g.,</I> a convertible security), or the proceeds of which will be used to consummate the transaction, on pro forma earnings per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable, as if the potential common stock were outstanding as of the beginning of the period presented.
</P>
<P>(10) If the transaction is structured in such a manner that significantly different results may occur, provide additional pro forma presentations which give effect to the range of possible results.
</P>
<P>(11) The accompanying explanatory notes must disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) Revenues, expenses, gains and losses and related tax effects which will not recur in the income of the registrant beyond 12 months after the transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) For Transaction Accounting Adjustments:
</P>
<P>(A) A table showing the total consideration transferred or received including its components and how they were measured. If total consideration includes contingent consideration, describe the arrangement(s), the basis for determining the amount of payment(s) or receipt(s), and an estimate of the range of outcomes (undiscounted) or, if a range cannot be estimated, that fact and the reasons why; and
</P>
<P>(B) The following information when the accounting is incomplete: A prominent statement to this effect; the items for which the accounting depicted is incomplete; a description of the information that the registrant requires, including, if material, the uncertainties affecting the pro forma financial information and the possible consequences of their resolution; an indication of when the accounting is expected to be finalized; and other available information that will enable a reader to understand the magnitude of any potential adjustments to the measurements depicted.
</P>
<P>(iii) For each Autonomous Entity Adjustment, a description of the adjustment (including the material uncertainties), the material assumptions, the calculation of the adjustment, and additional qualitative information about the Autonomous Entity Adjustments, if any, necessary to give a fair and balanced presentation of the pro forma financial information.
</P>
<P>(12) A registrant must not:
</P>
<P>(i) Present pro forma financial information on the face of the registrant's historical financial statements or in the accompanying notes, except where such presentation is required by U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) Present pro forma financial information, or summaries of such information, elsewhere in a filing that excludes material transactions for which pro forma effect is required to be given.
</P>
<P>(iii) Present the pro forma amounts in paragraph (a)(7) of this section elsewhere in a filing without also presenting with equal or greater prominence the amounts specified in paragraph (a)(7) of this section to which they are required to be reconciled and a cross-reference to that reconciliation.
</P>
<P>(iv) Give pro forma effect to the registrant's adoption of an accounting standard in pro forma financial information required by §§ 210.11-01 through 210.11-03.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation guidance</I>—(1) <I>Historical statement of comprehensive income.</I> The historical statement of comprehensive income used in the pro forma financial information must only be presented through income from continuing operations (or the appropriate modification thereof).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business acquisitions.</I> In some transactions, such as in financial institution acquisitions, measuring the acquired assets at their acquisition date fair value may result in significant discounts relative to the acquired business's historical cost of the acquired assets. When such discounts can result in a significant effect on earnings (losses) in periods immediately subsequent to the acquisition that will be progressively eliminated over a relatively short period, the effect of the discounts on reported results of operations for each of the next five years must be disclosed in a note.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business dispositions.</I> Transaction Accounting Adjustments giving effect to the disposition of a business must not decrease historically incurred compensation expense for employees who were not, or will not be, transferred or terminated as of the disposition date.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Multiple transactions.</I> (i) When consummation of more than one transaction has occurred, or is probable, the pro forma financial information must present in separate columns each transaction for which pro forma presentation is required by § 210.11-01.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the pro forma financial information is presented in a proxy or information statement for purposes of obtaining shareholder approval of one of the transactions, the effects of that transaction must be clearly set forth.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Tax effects.</I> (i) Tax effects, if any, of pro forma adjustments normally should be calculated at the statutory rate in effect during the periods for which pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income are presented and should be reflected as a separate pro forma adjustment.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the registrant's historical statements of comprehensive income do not reflect the tax provision on the separate return basis, pro forma statements of comprehensive income adjustments must reflect a tax provision calculated on the separate return basis.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periods to be presented.</I> (1) A pro forma condensed balance sheet as of the end of the most recent period for which a consolidated balance sheet of the registrant is required by § 210.3-01 must be filed unless the transaction is already reflected in such balance sheet.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income must be filed for only the most recent fiscal year, except as noted in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, and for the period from the most recent fiscal year end to the most recent interim date for which a balance sheet is required. A pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income may be filed for the corresponding interim period of the preceding fiscal year. A pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income must not be filed when the historical statement of comprehensive income reflects the transaction for the entire period.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transactions required to be accounted for under U.S. GAAP or, as applicable, IFRS-IASB by retrospectively revising the historical statements of comprehensive income (<I>e.g.,</I> combination of entities under common control and discontinued operations), pro forma statements of comprehensive income must be filed for all periods for which historical financial statements of the registrant are required. Retrospective revisions stemming from the registrant's adoption of a new accounting principle must not be reflected in pro forma statements of comprehensive income until they are depicted in the registrant's historical financial statements.
</P>
<P>(3) Pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income must be presented using the registrant's fiscal year end. If the most recent fiscal year end of any other entity involved in the transaction differs from the registrant's most recent fiscal year end by more than one fiscal quarter, the other entity's statement of comprehensive income must be brought up to within one fiscal quarter of the registrant's most recent fiscal year end, if practicable. This updating could be accomplished by adding subsequent interim period results to the most recent fiscal year end information and deducting the comparable preceding year interim period results. Disclosure must be made of the periods combined and of the sales or revenues and income for any periods which were excluded from or included more than once in the condensed pro forma statement of comprehensive income (<I>e.g.,</I> an interim period that is included both as part of the fiscal year and the subsequent interim period).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (c)(3):</I> In circumstances where different fiscal year ends exist, § 210.3-12 may require a registrant to include in the pro forma financial information an acquired or to be acquired foreign business historical period that would be more current than the periods included in the required historical financial statements of the foreign business.
</P>
<P>(4) Whenever unusual events enter into the determination of the results shown for the most recently completed fiscal year, the effect of such unusual events should be disclosed and consideration should be given to presenting a pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income for the most recent twelve-month period in addition to those required in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section if the most recent twelve-month period is more representative of normal operations.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54066, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.11-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.29.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.11-03   Presentation of financial forecast.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A financial forecast may be filed in lieu of the pro forma condensed statements of comprehensive income required by § 210.11-02(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(1) The financial forecast shall cover a period of at least 12 months from the latest of (i) the most recent balance sheet included in the filing or (ii) the consummation date or estimated consummation date of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) The forecasted statement of comprehensive income shall be presented in the same degree of detail as the pro forma condensed statement of comprehensive income required by § 210.11-02(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(3) Assumptions particularly relevant to the transaction and effects thereof should be clearly set forth.
</P>
<P>(4) Historical condensed financial information of the registrant and the business acquired or to be acquired, if any, shall be presented for at least a recent 12 month period in parallel columns with the financial forecast.
</P>
<P>(b) Such financial forecast shall be presented in accordance with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
</P>
<P>(c) Forecasted earnings per share data shall be substituted for pro forma per share data.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not permit the filing of a financial forecast in lieu of pro forma information required by U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 29837, July 9, 1982, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 54069, Aug. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="30" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.30" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Form and Content of Schedules</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="31" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>general</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-01   Application of §§ 210.12-01 to 210.12-29.</HEAD>
<P>These sections prescribe the form and content of the schedules required by §§ 210.5-04, 210.6-10, 210.6A-05, and 210.7-05.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 65637, Dec. 20, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 210.12-02—210.12-03" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 210.12-02--210.12-03   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-04" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-04   Condensed financial information of registrant.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provide condensed financial information as to financial position, cash flows and results of operations of the registrant as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements are required. The financial information required need not be presented in greater detail than is required for condensed statements by § 210.10-01(a) (2), (3) and (4). Detailed footnote disclosure which would normally be included with complete financial statements may be omitted with the exception of disclosures regarding material contingencies, long-term obligations and guarantees. Descriptions of significant provisions of the registrant's long-term obligations, mandatory dividend or redemption requirements of redeemable stocks, and guarantees of the registrant shall be provided along with a five-year schedule of maturities of debt. If the material contingencies, long-term obligations, redeemable stock requirements and guarantees of the registrant have been separately disclosed in the consolidated statements, they need not be repeated in this schedule.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose separately the amounts of cash dividends paid to the registrant for each of the last three fiscal years by consolidated subsidiaries, unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50 percent or less owned persons accounted for by the equity method, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 56180, Nov. 16, 1981, as amended at 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-05—210.12-08" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-05--210.12-08   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-09" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-09   Valuation and qualifying accounts.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—Description 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column B—Balance at beginning of period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column C—Additions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column D—Deductions—describe
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column E—Balance at end of period
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Charged to costs and expenses
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Charged to other accounts—describe
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> List, by major classes, all valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves not included in specific schedules. Identify each class of valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves by descriptive title. Group (a) those valuation and qualifying accounts which are deducted in the balance sheet from the assets to which they apply and (b) those reserves which support the balance sheet caption, Reserves. Valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves as to which the additions, deductions, and balances were not individually significant may be grouped in one total and in such case the information called for under columns C and D need not be given.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 14602, July 21, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 45 FR 63679, Sept. 25, 1980]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 210.12-10—210.12-11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.31.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 210.12-10--210.12-11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="32" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>For Management Investment Companies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-12   Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of issuer and title of issue 
<sup>1 2 3 4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Balance held at close of period. Number of shares—principal amount of bonds and notes 
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of each item at close of period.
<sup>5 6 8 9 10</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Each issue shall be listed separately: <E T="03">Provided,</E> however, that an amount not exceeding five percent of the total of Column C may be listed in one amount as “Miscellaneous securities,” provided the securities so listed are not restricted, have been held for not more than one year prior to the date of the related balance sheet, and have not previously been reported by name to the shareholders of the person for which the schedule is filed or to any exchange, or set forth in any registration statement, application, or annual report or otherwise made available to the public. If any securities are listed as “Miscellaneous securities,” briefly explain in a footnote what the term represents.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Categorize the schedule by (i) the type of investment (such as common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, options purchased, warrants, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, other investment companies, and so forth); and (ii) the related industry, country, or geographic region of the investment. Short-term debt instruments (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> debt instruments whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition are one year or less) of the same issuer may be aggregated, in which case the range of interest rates and maturity dates shall be indicated. For issuers of periodic payment plan certificates and unit investment trusts, list separately: (i) Trust shares in trusts created or serviced by the depositor or sponsor of this trust; (ii) trust shares in other trusts; and (iii) securities of other investment companies. Restricted securities shall not be combined with unrestricted securities of the same issuer. Repurchase agreements shall be stated separately showing for each the name of the party or parties to the agreement, the date of the agreement, the total amount to be received upon repurchase, the repurchase date and description of securities subject to the repurchase agreements.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> For options purchased, all information required by § 210.12-13 for options contracts written should be shown. Options on underlying investments where the underlying investment would otherwise be presented in accordance with §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D should include the description of the underlying investment as would be required by §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D as part of the description of the option.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Indicate the interest rate or preferential dividend rate and maturity date, as applicable, for preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, or other instruments with a stated rate of income. For variable rate securities, indicate a description of the reference rate and spread and: (1) The end of period interest rate or (2) disclose the end of period reference rate for each reference rate described in the Schedule in a note to the Schedule. For securities with payment in kind income, disclose the rate paid in kind.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> The subtotals for each category of investments, subdivided both by type of investment and industry, country or geographic region, shall be shown together with their percentage value compared to net assets. (§§ 210.6-04.19 or 210.6-05.4.)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Column C shall be totaled. The total of Column C shall agree with the correlative amounts shown on the related balance sheet.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities which is non-income producing. Evidences of indebtedness and preferred shares may be deemed to be income producing if, on the respective last interest payment date or date for the declaration of dividends prior to the date of the related balance sheet, there was only a partial payment of interest or a declaration of only a partial amount of the dividends payable; in such case, however, each such issue shall be indicated by an appropriate symbol referring to a note to the effect that, on the last interest or dividend date, only partial interest was paid or partial dividends declared. If, on such respective last interest or dividend date, no interest was paid or no cash or in kind dividends declared, the issue shall not be deemed to be income producing. Common shares shall not be deemed to be income producing unless, during the last year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, there was at least one dividend paid upon such common shares.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of restricted securities. State the following in a footnote: (a) As to each such issue: (1) Acquisition date, (2) carrying value per unit of investment at date of related balance sheet, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> a percentage of current market value of unrestricted securities of the same issuer, etc., and (3) the cost of such securities; (b) as to each issue acquired during the year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, the carrying value per unit of investment of unrestricted securities of the same issuer at: (1) The day the purchase price was agreed to; and (2) the day on which an enforceable right to acquire such securities was obtained; and (c) the aggregate value of all restricted securities and the percentage which the aggregate value bears to net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>10</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities held in connection with open put or call option contracts, loans for short sales, or where any portion of the issue is on loan.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82014, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-12A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-12A   Investments—securities sold short.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of issuer and title of issue 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Balance of short position at close of period (number of shares)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of each open short position 
<sup>4 5 6</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Each issue shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Categorize the schedule as required by instruction 2 of § 210.12-12.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Indicate the interest rate or preferential dividend rate and maturity date, as applicable, for preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, or other instruments with a stated rate of income. For variable rate securities, indicate a description of the reference rate and spread and: (1) The end of period interest rate or (2) disclose the end of period reference rate for each reference rate described in the Schedule in a note to the Schedule. For securities with payment in kind income, disclose the rate paid in kind.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> The subtotals for each category of investments, subdivided both by type of investment and industry, country, or geographic region, shall be shown together with their percentage value compared to net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Column C shall be totaled. The total of Column C shall agree with the correlative amounts shown on the related balance sheet.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82015, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-12B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-12B   Summary schedule of investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of issuer and title of issue 
<sup>1 3 4 5 6 7 8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Balance held at close of period. Number of shares—principal amount of bonds and notes 
<sup>10</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of each item at close of period 
<sup>2 9 11 12 13</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Percentage value compared to net assets.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Categorize the schedule by (a) the type of investment (such as common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, options purchased, warrants, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, other investment companies, and so forth); and (b) the related industry, country or geographic region of the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The subtotals for each category of investments, subdivided both by type of investment and industry, country, or geographic region, shall be shown together with their percentage value compared to net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Indicate the interest rate or preferential dividend rate and maturity date, as applicable, for preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, or other instruments with a stated rate of income. For variable rate securities, indicate a description of the reference rate and spread and: (1) The end of period interest rate or (2) disclose the end of period reference rate for each reference rate described in the Schedule in a note to the Schedule. For securities with payment in kind income, disclose the rate paid in kind.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Except as provided in note 6, list separately the 50 largest issues and any other issue the value of which exceeded one percent of net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period. For purposes of the list (including, in the case of short-term debt instruments, the first sentence of note 4), aggregate and treat as a single issue, respectively, (a) short-term debt instruments (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> debt instruments whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition are one year or less) of the same issuer (indicating the range of interest rates and maturity dates); and (b) fully collateralized repurchase agreements (indicate in a footnote the range of dates of the repurchase agreements, the total purchase price of the securities, the total amount to be received upon repurchase, the range of repurchase dates, and description of securities subject to the repurchase agreements). Restricted and unrestricted securities of the same issue should be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the issue is among the 50 largest issues, but should not be combined in the schedule. For purposes of determining whether the value of an issue exceeds one percent of net asset value, aggregate and treat as a single issue all securities of any one issuer, except that all fully collateralized repurchase agreements shall be aggregated and treated as a single issue. The U.S. Treasury and each agency, instrumentality, or corporation, including each government-sponsored entity, that issues U.S. government securities is a separate issuer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> For options purchased, all information required by § 210.12-13 for options contracts written should be shown. Options on underlying investments where the underlying investment would otherwise be presented in accordance with §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D should include the description of the underlying investment as would be required by §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D as part of the description of the option.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> If multiple securities of an issuer aggregate to greater than one percent of net asset value, list each issue of the issuer separately (including separate listing of restricted and unrestricted securities of the same issue) except that the following may be aggregated and listed as a single issue: (a) Fixed-income securities of the same issuer which are not among the 50 largest issues and whose value does not exceed one percent of net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period (indicating the range of interest rates and maturity dates); and (b) U.S. government securities of a single agency, instrumentality, or corporation, which are not among the 50 largest issues and whose value does not exceed one percent of net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period (indicating the range of interest rates and maturity dates). For each category identified pursuant to note 1, group all issues that are neither separately listed nor included in a group of securities that is listed in the aggregate as a single issue in a sub-category labeled “Other securities,” and provide the information for Columns C and D.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Any securities that would be required to be listed separately or included in a group of securities that is listed in the aggregate as a single issue may be listed in one amount as “Miscellaneous securities,” provided the securities so listed are eligible to be, and are, categorized as “Miscellaneous securities” in the registrant's Schedule of Investments in Securities of Unaffiliated Issuers required under § 210.12-12. However, if any security that is included in “Miscellaneous securities” would otherwise be required to be included in a group of securities that is listed in the aggregate as a single issue, the remaining securities of that group must nonetheless be listed as required by notes 4 and 5 even if the remaining securities alone would not otherwise be required to be listed in this manner (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> because the combined value of the security listed in “Miscellaneous securities” and the remaining securities of the same issuer exceeds one percent of net asset value, but the value of the remaining securities alone does not exceed one percent of net asset value).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> If any securities are listed as “Miscellaneous securities” pursuant to note 6 or “Other securities” pursuant to note 5, briefly explain in a footnote what those terms represent.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> Total Column C. The total of Column C should equal the total shown on the related balance sheet for investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>10</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities which is non-income producing. Evidences of indebtedness and preferred shares may be deemed to be income producing if, on the respective last interest payment date or date for the declaration of dividends prior to the date of the related balance sheet, there was only a partial payment of interest or a declaration of only a partial amount of the dividends payable; in such case, however, each such issue shall be indicated by an appropriate symbol referring to a note to the effect that, on the last interest or dividend date, only partial interest was paid or partial dividends declared. If, on such respective last interest or dividend date, no interest was paid or no cash or in kind dividends declared, the issue shall not be deemed to be income producing. Common shares shall not be deemed to be income producing unless, during the last year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, there was at least one dividend paid upon such common shares.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>11</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of restricted securities. State the following in a footnote: (a) As to each such issue: (1) Acquisition date, (2) carrying value per unit of investment at date of related balance sheet, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> a percentage of current market value of unrestricted securities of the same issuer, etc., and (3) the cost of such securities; (b) as to each issue acquired during the year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, the carrying value per unit of investment of unrestricted securities of the same issuer at: (1) The day the purchase price was agreed to; and (2) the day on which an enforceable right to acquire such securities was obtained; and (c) the aggregate value of all restricted securities and the percentage which the aggregate value bears to net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>12</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>13</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities held in connection with open put or call option contracts, loans for short sales, or where any portion of the issue is on loan.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82015, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-12C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-12C   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-13   Open option contracts written.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. G
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Description 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of contracts 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exercise price</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Expiration date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value.
<sup>6 7 8</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Information as to put options shall be shown separately from information as to call options.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Options where descriptions, counterparties, exercise prices or expiration dates differ shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Options on underlying investments where the underlying investment would otherwise be presented in accordance with §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D should include the description of the underlying investment as would be required by §§ 210.12-12, 12-13A, 12-13B, 12-13C, or 12-13D as part of the description of the option.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">If the underlying investment is an index or basket of investments, and the components are publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, identify the index or basket. If the underlying investment is an index or basket of investments, the components are not publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, and the notional amount of the option contract does not exceed one percent of the net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period, identify the index or basket. If the underlying investment is an index or basket of investments, the components are not publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, and the notional amount of the option contract exceeds one percent of the net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period, provide a description of the index or custom basket and list separately: (i) The 50 largest components in the index or custom basket and (ii) any other components where the notional value for that components exceeds 1% of the notional value of the index or custom basket. For each investment separately listed, include the description of the underlying investment as would be required by §§ 210.12-12, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B, or 12-13D as part of the description, the quantity held (<E T="03">e.g.</E> the number of shares for common stocks, principal amount for fixed income securities), the value at the close of the period, and the percentage value when compared to the custom basket's net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Not required for exchange traded or centrally cleared options.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> If the number of shares subject to option is substituted for number of contracts, the column name shall reflect that change.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which cannot be sold because of restrictions or conditions applicable to the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> Column G shall be totaled and shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related balance sheet.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82016, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-13A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-13A   Open futures contracts.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. F
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Description 
<sup>1 2 3 4 5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of contracts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Expiration date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount 
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized appreciation/depreciation.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Information as to long purchases of futures contracts shall be shown separately from information as to futures contracts sold short.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Futures contracts where descriptions or expiration dates differ shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Description should include the name of the reference asset or index.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which cannot be sold because of restrictions or conditions applicable to the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Notional amount shall be the current notional amount at close of period.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82017, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-13B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.98" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-13B   Open forward foreign currency contracts.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. E
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amount and description of currency to be purchased 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount and description of currency to be sold 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Settlement date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized appreciation/
<br/>depreciation.
<sup>2 3 4</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Forward foreign currency contracts where description of currency purchased, description of currency sold, counterparty, or settlement dates differ shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which cannot be sold because of restrictions or conditions applicable to the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Column E shall be totaled and shall agree with the total of correlative amount(s) shown on the related balance sheet.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82017, Nov. 18, 2016]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-13C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.99" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-13C   Open swap contracts.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. H
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Description and terms of payments to be received from another party 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description and terms of payments to be paid to another party 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counterparty 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maturity date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notional amount</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Upfront payments/receipts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unrealized appreciation/
<br/>depreciation.
<sup>5 6 7</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> List each major category of swaps by descriptive title (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> credit default swaps, interest rate swaps, total return swaps). Credit default swaps where protection is sold shall be listed separately from credit default swaps where protection is purchased.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Swaps where description, counterparty, or maturity dates differ shall be listed separately within each major category.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Description should include information sufficient for a user of financial information to understand the terms of payments to be received and paid. (<E T="03">e.g.</E> For a credit default swap, including, among other things, description of reference obligation(s) or index, financing rate to be paid or received, and payment frequency. For an interest rate swap, this may include, among other things, whether floating rate is paid or received, fixed interest rate, floating interest rate, and payment frequency. For a total return swap, this may include, among other things, description of reference asset(s) or index, financing rate, and payment frequency.) If the reference instrument is an index or basket of investments, and the components are publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, identify the index or basket.

If the reference instrument is an index or basket of investments, the components are not publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, and the notional amount of the swap contract does not exceed one percent of the net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period, identify the index or basket. If the reference instrument is an index or basket of investments, the components are not publicly available on a Web site as of the balance sheet date, and the notional amount of the swap contract exceeds one percent of the net asset value of the registrant as of the close of the period provide a description of the index or custom basket and list separately: (i) The 50 largest components in the index or custom basket and (ii) any other components where the notional value for that components exceeds 1% of the notional value of the index or custom basket. For each investment separately listed, include the description of the underlying investment as would be required by §§ 210.12-12, 210.12-13, 210.12-13A, 210.12-13B, or 210.12-13D as part of the description, the quantity held (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, the number of shares for common stocks, principal amount for fixed income securities), the value at the close of the period, and the percentage value when compared to the custom basket's net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Not required for exchange-traded or centrally cleared swaps.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which cannot be sold because of restrictions or conditions applicable to the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Columns G and H shall be totaled and shall agree with the total of correlative amount(s) shown on the related balance sheet.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82017, Nov. 18, 2016]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-13D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.100" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-13D   Investments other than those presented in §§ 210.12-12, 12-12A, 12-12B, 12-13, 12-13A, 12-13B, and 12-13C.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Description 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Balance held at close of period—quantity 
<sup>4 5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of each item at close of period. 
<sup>6 7 8 9</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Each investment where any portion of the description differs shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Categorize the schedule by (i) the type of investment (such as real estate, commodities, and so forth); and, as applicable, (ii) the related industry, country, or geographic region of the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Description should include information sufficient for a user of financial information to understand the nature and terms of the investment, which may include, among other things, reference security, asset or index, currency, geographic location, payment terms, payment rates, call or put feature, exercise price, expiration date, and counterparty for non-exchange-traded investments.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> If practicable, indicate the quantity or measure in appropriate units.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which is non-income producing.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment which cannot be sold because of restrictions or conditions applicable to the investment.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each investment whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol investment subject to option. State in a footnote: (a) The quantity subject to option, (b) nature of option contract, (c) option price, and (d) dates within which options may be exercised.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> Column C shall be totaled and shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related balance sheet.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82018, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.101" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-14   Investments in and advances to affiliates.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="01">[For management investment companies only]</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Col. F
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of issuer and title of issue or nature of indebtedness 
<sup>1 2 3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of shares—principal amount of bonds, notes and other indebtedness held at close of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net realized gain or loss for the period 
<sup>4 6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Net increase or decrease in unrealized appreciation or depreciation for the period 
<sup>4 6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amount of dividends or interest 
<sup>4 6</sup>
<br/>(1) Credited to income
<br/>(2) Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of each item at close of period. 
<sup>4 5 7 8 9</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> (a) List each issue separately and group (1) Investments in majority-owned subsidiaries; (2) other controlled companies; and (3) other affiliates. (b) If during the period there has been any increase or decrease in the amount of investment in and advance to any affiliate, state in a footnote (or if there have been changes to numerous affiliates, in a supplementary schedule) (1) name of each issuer and title of issue or nature of indebtedness; (2) balance at beginning of period; (3) gross additions; (4) gross reductions;(5) balance at close of period as shown in Column F. Include in the footnote or schedule comparable information as to affiliates in which there was an investment at any time during the period even though there was no investment at the close of the period of report.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Categorize the schedule as required by instruction 2 of § 210.12-12.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Indicate the interest rate or preferential dividend rate and maturity date, as applicable, for preferred stocks, convertible securities, fixed income securities, government securities, loan participations and assignments, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, certificates of deposit, short-term securities, repurchase agreements, or other instruments with a stated rate of income. For variable rate securities, indicate a description of the reference rate and spread and: (1) The end of period interest rate or (2) disclose the end of period reference rate for each reference rate described in the Schedule in a note to the Schedule. For securities with payment in kind income, disclose the rate paid in kind.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Columns C, D, E, and F shall be totaled. The totals of Column F shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related balance sheet.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> (a) Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of restricted securities. The information required by instruction 8 of § 210.12-12 shall be given in a footnote. (b) Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities subject to option. The information required by § 210.12-13 shall be given in a footnote.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> (a) Include in Column E (1) as to each issue held at the close of the period, the dividends or interest included in caption 1 of the statement of operations. In addition, show as the final item in Column E (1) the aggregate of dividends and interest included in the statement of operations in respect of investments in affiliates not held at the close of the period. The total of this column shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related statement of operations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Include in Column E (2) all other dividends and interest. Explain in an appropriate footnote the treatment accorded each item.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(c) Indicate by an appropriate symbol all non-cash dividends and interest and explain the circumstances in a footnote.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(d) Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities which is non-income producing. Evidences of indebtedness and preferred shares may be deemed to be income producing if, on the respective last interest payment date or date for the declaration of dividends prior to the date of the related balance sheet, there was only a partial payment of interest or a declaration of only a partial amount of the dividends payable; in such case, however, each such issue shall be indicated by an appropriate symbol referring to a note to the effect that, on the last interest or dividend date, only partial interest was paid or partial dividends declared. If, on such respective last interest or dividend date, no interest was paid or no cash or in kind dividends declared, the issue shall not be deemed to be income producing. Common shares shall not be deemed to be income producing unless, during the last year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, there was at least one dividend paid upon such common shares.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(e) Include in Column C (1) as to each issue held at the close of the period, the realized gain or loss included in § 210.6-07.7 of the statement of operations. In addition, show as the final item in Column C (1) the aggregate of realized gain or loss included in the statement of operations in respect of investments in affiliates not held at the close of the period. The total of this column shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related statement of operations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(f) Include in Column D (1) as to each issue held at the close of the period, the net increase or decrease in unrealized appreciation or depreciation included in § 210.6-07 .7 of the statement of operations. In addition, show as the final item in Column D (1) the aggregate of increase or decrease in unrealized appreciation or depreciation included in the statement of operations in respect of investments in affiliates not held at the close of the period. The total of this column shall agree with the correlative amount shown on the related statement of operations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> The subtotals for each category of investments, subdivided both by type of investment and industry, country, or geographic region, shall be shown together with their percentage value compared to net assets.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities whose value was determined using significant unobservable inputs.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> Indicate by an appropriate symbol each issue of securities held in connection with open put or call option contracts, loans for short sales, or where any portion of the issue is on loan.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82018, Nov. 18, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 57234, Oct. 24, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.102" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-15   Summary of investments—other than investments in related parties.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[For Insurance Companies]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of investment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cost 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount at which shown in the balance sheet 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed maturities:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bonds:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">United States Government and government agencies and authorities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">States, municipalities and political subdivisions
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Foreign governments
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public utilities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Convertibles and bonds with warrants attached 
<sup>3</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All other corporate bonds
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Certificates of deposit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Redeemable preferred stock
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total fixed maturities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equity securities:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Common stocks:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public utilities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Banks, trust and insurance companies
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nonredeemable preferred stocks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total equity securities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mortgage loans on real estate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Real estate 
<sup>4</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy loans
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other long-term investments
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Short-term investments
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total investments
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Original cost of equity securities and, as to fixed maturities, original cost reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accrual of discounts.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> If the amount at which shown in the balance sheet is different from the amount shown in either column B or C, state the reason for such difference. The total of this column should agree with the balance sheet.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> All convertibles and bonds with warrants shall be included in this caption, regardless of issuer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> State separately any real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54337, Nov. 2, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.103" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-16   Supplementary insurance information.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[For insurance companies]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column H
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column I
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column K
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Segment 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Deferred policy acquisition cost (caption 7)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Future policy benefits, losses, claims and loss expenses (caption 13-a-1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Unearned premiums (caption 13-a-2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other policy claims and benefits payable (caption 13-a-3)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Premium revenue (caption 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Net investment income (caption 2) 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Benefits, claims, losses, and settlement expenses (caption 5)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs 
<sup>4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other operating expenses 
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Premiums written 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Total 
<sup>5</sup>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Segments shown should be the same as those presented in the footnote disclosures called for by generally accepted accounting principles.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Does not apply to life insurance or title insurance. This amount should include premiums from reinsurance assumed, and be net of premiums on reinsurance ceded.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> State the basis for allocation of net investment income and, where applicable, other operating expenses.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> The total of columns I and J should agree with the amount shown for statement of comprehensive income caption 7.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Totals should agree with the indicated balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income caption amounts, where a caption number is shown.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54338, Nov. 2, 1981, as amended at 57 FR 45293, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 1734, Jan. 12, 1999; 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.104" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-17   Reinsurance.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[For insurance companies]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column F
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ceded to other companies 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Assumed from other companies
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Net amount 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percentage of amount assumed to net 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Life insurance in force
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Premiums:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Life insurance
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Accident and health insurance
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Property and liability insurance
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Title insurance
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total premiums
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Indicate in a note any amounts of reinsurance or coinsurance income netted against premiums ceded.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This Column represents the total of column B less column C plus column D. The total premiums in this column should represent the amount of premium revenue on the statement of comprehensive income (or statement of net income if comprehensive income is presented in two separate but consecutive financial statements).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Calculated as the amount in column D divided by amount in column E.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54338, Nov. 2, 1981, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.32.105" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-18   Supplemental information (for property-casualty insurance underwriters).</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Affiliation with registrant
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Deferred policy acquisition costs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Reserves for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Discount, if any, deducted in column C 
<sup>4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Unearned premiums
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Earned premiums
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Net investment income
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Claims and claim adjustment expenses incurred related to
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Paid claims and claim adjustment expenses
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Premiums written
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1) Current year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2) Prior years
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Column A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column B</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column D</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column E</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column F</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column G</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column H</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column I</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column J</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Column K
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Consolidated property-casualty entities 
<sup>2</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Unconsolidated property-casualty subsidiaries 
<sup>2 3</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Proportionate share of registrant and its subsidiaries' 50%-or-less-owned property-casualty equity investees 
<sup>2 3</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Information included in audited financial statements, including other schedules, need not be repeated in this schedule. Columns B, C, D, and E are as of the balance sheet dates, columns F, G, H, I, J, and K are for the same periods for which statements of comprehensive income are presented in the registrant's audited consolidated financial statements.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Present combined or consolidated amounts, as appropriate for each category, after intercompany eliminations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Information is not required here for 50%-or-less-owned equity investees that file similar information with th Commission as registrants in their own right, if that fact and the name of the affiliated registrant is stated. If ending reserves in any category (a), (b), or (c) above is less than 5% of the total reserves otherwise required to be reported in this schedule, that category may be omitted and that fact so noted. If the amount of the reserves attributable to 50%-or-less-owned equity investors that file this information as registrants in their own right exceeds 95% of the total category (c) reserves, information for the other 50%-or-less-owned equity investees need not be provided.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Disclose in a footnote to this schedule the rate, or range of rates, estimated if necessary, at which the discount was computed for each category.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 47599, Dec. 6, 1984, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="33" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>for face-amount certificate investment companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 210.12-21 to 210.12-41 appear at 16 FR 348, Jan. 13, 1951, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 45 FR 63679, Sept. 25, 1980.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-21" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.106" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-21   Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A—Name of issuer and title of issue 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B—Balance held at close of period. Number of shares—principal amount of bonds and notes 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C—Cost of each item 
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D—Value of each item at close of period 
<sup>3 5</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> (a) The required information is to be given as to all securities held as of the close of the period of report. Each issue shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Indicate by an appropriate symbol those securities which are non-income-producing securities. Evidences of indebtedness and preferred shares may be deemed to be income-producing if, on the respective last interest payment date or dates for the declaration of dividends prior to the date of the related balance sheet, there was only a partial payment of interest or a declaration of only a partial amount of the dividends payable; in such case, however, each such issue shall be indicated by an appropriate symbol referring to a note to the effect that, on the last interest or dividend date, only partial interest was paid or partial dividends declared. If, on such respective last interest or dividend date, no interest was paid or no dividends declared, the issue shall not be deemed to be income-producing. Common shares shall not be deemed to be income-producing unless, during the last year preceding the date of the related balance sheet, there was at least one dividend paid upon such common shares. List separately (1) bonds; (2) preferred shares; (3) common shares. Within each of these subdivisions classify according to type of business, insofar as practicable: e.g., investment companies, railroads, utilities, banks, insurance companies, or industrials. Give totals for each group, subdivision, and class.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Indicate any securities subject to option at the end of the most recent period and state in a note the amount subject to option, the option prices, and the dates within which such options may be exercised.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Columns C and D shall be totaled. The totals of columns C and D should agree with the correlative amounts required to be shown by the related balance sheet captions. State in a footnote to column C the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> If any investments have been written down or reserved against by such companies pursuant to § 210.6-03(d), indicate each such item by means of an appropriate symbol and explain in a footnote.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Where value is determined on any other basis than closing prices reported on any national securities exchange, explain such other basis in a footnote.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 56844, Dec. 21, 1982, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-22" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.107" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-22   Investments in and advances to affiliates and income thereon.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—Name of issuer and title of issue or amount of indebtedness 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column B—Balance held at close of period—Number of shares—principal amount of bonds, notes and other indebtedness 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column C—Cost of each item 
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column D—Amount at which carried at close of period 
<sup>4 5</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column E—Amount of dividends or interest 
<sup>4 6</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column F—Amount of equity in net profit and loss for the period 
<sup>7</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Credited to income
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Other
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> (a) The required information is to be given as to all investments in affiliates as of the close of the period. See §§ 210.6-06(1), 210.6-06(5)(b), 210.6-06(8)(a)(2), and 210.6-06(8)(a)(3). List each issue and group separately (1) investments in majority-owned subsidiaries, segregating subsidiaries consolidated; (2) other controlled companies; and (3) other affiliates. Give totals for each group. If operations of any controlled companies are different in character from those of the registrant, group such affiliates within divisions (1) and (2) by type of activities. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) <E T="03">Changes during the period.</E> If during the period there has been any increase or decrease in the amount of investment in any affiliate, state in a footnote (or if there have been changes as to numerous affiliates, in a supplementary schedule) (1) name of each issuer and title of issue; (2) balance at beginning of period; (3) gross purchases and additions; (4) gross sales and reductions; (5) balance at close of period as shown in column C. Include in such footnote or schedule comparable information as to affiliates in which there was an investment at any time during the period even though there was no investment in such affiliate as of the close of such period.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Indicate any securities subject to option at the end of the most recent period and state in a footnote the amount subject to option, the option prices, and the dates within which such options may be exercised.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> If the cost in column C represents other than cash expenditure, explain.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> (a) Columns C, D and E shall be totaled. The totals of columns C and D should agree with correlative amounts required to be shown by the related balance sheet captions. State in a footnote the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) If any investments have been written down or reserved against by such companies pursuant to § 210.6-03(d), indicate each such item by means of an appropriate symbol and explain in a footnote. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> State the basis of determining the amounts shown in column D.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Show in column E(1) as to each issue held at close of period, the dividends or interest included in caption 1 of the profit and loss or income statement. In addition, show as the final item in column E(1) the aggregate dividends and interest included in the profit and loss or income statement in respect of investments in affiliates not held at the close of the period. The total of this column should agree with the amounts shown under such caption. Include in column E(2) all other dividends and interest. Explain briefly in an appropriate footnote the treatment accorded each item. Identify by an appropriate symbol all non-cash dividends and explain the circumstances in a footnote. See §§ 210.6-06(3)(a)(2), 210.6-03(g), and 210.6-07(1).


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> The information required by column F need be furnished only as to controlled companies. The equity in the net profit and loss of each person required to be listed separately shall be computed on an individual basis. In addition, there may be submitted the information required as computed on the basis of the statements of each such person and its subsidiaries consolidated.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 65637, Dec. 20, 1994, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-23" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.108" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-23   Mortgage loans on real estate and interest earned on mortgages. 
<SU>1</SU></HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Part 1—Mortgage loans on real estate at close of period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Part 2—Interest earned on mortgages
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—List by classification indicated below 
<sup>2 3 7</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column B—Prior liens 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column C—Carrying amount of mortgage 
<sup>8 9 10 11</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column D—Amount of principal unpaid at close of period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column E—Amount of mortgage being foreclosed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column F—Interest due and accrued at end of period 
<sup>6</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column G—Interest income earned applicable to period 
<sup>5</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Total
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Subject to delinquent interest 
<sup>4</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">Liens on:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Farms (total)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Residential (total)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apartments and business (total)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Unimproved (total)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">   Total 
<sup>12</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> All money columns shall be totaled.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> If mortgages represent other than first liens, list separately in a schedule in a like manner, indicating briefly the nature of the lien. Information need not be furnished as to such liens which are fully insured or wholly guaranteed by an agency of the United States Government.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> In a separate schedule classify by states in which the mortgaged property is located the total amounts in support of columns B, C, D and E.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> (a) Interest in arrears for less than 3 months may be disregarded in computing the total amount of principal subject to delinquent interest.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Of the total principal amount, state the amount acquired from controlled and other affiliates.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> In order to reconcile the total of column G with the amount shown in the profit and loss or income statement, interest income earned applicable to period from mortgages sold or canceled during period should be added to the total of this column.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> If the information required by columns F and G is not reasonably available because the obtaining thereof would involve unreasonable effort or expense, such information may be omitted if the registrant shall include a statement showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved. In such an event, state in column G for each of the above classes of mortgage loans the average gross rate of interest on mortgage loans held at the end of the fiscal period.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Each mortgage loan included in column C in an amount in excess of $500,000 shall be listed separately. Loans from $100,000 to $500,000 shall be grouped by $50,000 groups, indicating the number of loans in each group.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> In a footnote to this schedule, furnish a reconciliation, in the following form, of the carrying amount of mortgage loans at the beginning of the period with the total amount shown in column C:</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at beginning of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Additions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">New mortgage loans</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Deductions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Collections of principal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Foreclosures
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cost of mortgages sold
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Amortization of premium
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at close of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">If additions represent other than cash expenditures, explain. If any of the changes during the period result from transactions, directly or indirectly with affiliates, explain the bases of such transactions, and amounts involved. State the aggregate amount of mortgages (a) renewed and (b) extended. If the carrying amount of the new mortgages is in excess of the unpaid amount (not including interest) of prior mortgages, explain.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> If any item of mortgage loans on real estate investments has been written down or reserved against pursuant to § 210.6-03 describe the item and explain the basis for the write-down or reserve.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>10</sup> State in a footnote to column C the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>11</sup> If the total amount shown in column C includes intercompany profits, state the bases of the transactions resulting in such profits and, if practicable, state the amounts thereof.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>12</sup> Summarize the aggregate amounts for each column applicable to § 210.6-06(1) and 6-06(5)(a).</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 348, Jan. 13, 1951, as amended at 16 FR 2655, Mar. 24, 1951; 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-24" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.109" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-24   Real estate owned and rental income. 
<SU>1</SU></HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Part 1—Real estate owned at end of period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Part 2—Rental income


</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A—
<br/>List
<br/>classification
<br/>of property
<br/>as indicated
<br/>below 
<sup>2</sup> 
<sup>3</sup>


</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B—
<br/>Amount of
<br/>incumbrances
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C—
<br/>Initial cost
<br/>to company


</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D—
<br/>Cost of
<br/>improvements,
<br/>etc.


</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column E—
<br/>Amount at
<br/>which carried
<br/>at close of
<br/>period 
<sup>4</sup> 
<sup>5</sup> 
<sup>6</sup> 
<sup>7</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column F—
<br/>Reserve for
<br/>depreciation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column G—
<br/>Rents due and
<br/>accrued at
<br/>end of period


</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column H—
<br/>Total rental
<br/>income
<br/>applicable
<br/>to period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column I—
<br/>Expended
<br/>for interest,
<br/>taxes, repairs
<br/>and expenses
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column J—
<br/>Net income
<br/>applicable
<br/>to period
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total 
<sup>8</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent from properties sold during period
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> All money columns shall be totaled.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Each item of property included in column E in an amount in excess of $100,000 shall be listed separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> In a separate schedule classify by states in which the real estate owned is located the total amounts in support of columns E and F.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> In a footnote to this schedule, furnish a reconciliation, in the following form, of the total amount at which real estate was carried at the beginning of the period with the total amount shown in column E:</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at beginning of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Additions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Acquisitions through foreclosure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other acquisitions
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Improvements, etc
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Deductions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cost of real estate sold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at close of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">If additions, except acquisitions through foreclosure, represent other than cash expenditures, explain. If any of the changes during the period result from transactions, directly or indirectly, with affiliates, explain and state the amount of any intercompany gain or loss.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> If any item of real estate investments has been written down or reserved against pursuant to § 210.6-03(d), describe the item and explain the basis for the write-down or reserve. 


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> State in a footnote to column E the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> The amount of all intercompany profits included in the total of column E shall be stated if material.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> Summarize the aggregate amounts for each column applicable to § 210.6-06(1) and 6-06(5)(a).</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 348, Jan. 13, 1951, as amended at 16 FR 2655, Mar. 24, 1951. Redesignated at 45 FR 63679, Sept. 25, 1980; 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-25" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.110" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-25   Supplementary profit and loss information.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—Item 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column B—Charged to investment expense
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column C—Charged to other accounts
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column D—Total
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Account
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Amount
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Legal expenses (including those in connection with any matter, measure or proceeding before legislative bodies, officers or government departments)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Advertising and publicity
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Sales promotion 
<sup>2</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Payments directly and indirectly to trade associations and service organizations, and contributions to other organizations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Amounts resulting from transactions with affiliates shall be stated separately.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> State separately each category of expense representing more than 5 percent of the total expense shown under this item.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-26" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.111" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-26   Certificate reserves.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—Description 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Column B—Balance at beginning of period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Column C—Additions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Column D—Deductions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Column E—Balance at close of period
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Number of accounts with security bidders
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Amount of maturity value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Amount of reserved 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Charged to profit and loss or income
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Reserve payments by certificate holders
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Charged to other accounts describe
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Maturities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Cash surenders prior to maturity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Other—describe
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Number of accounts with security holders
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Amount of maturity value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Amount of reserves 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> (a) Each series of certificates shall be stated separately. The description shall include the yield to maturity on an annual payment basis.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) For certificates of the installment type, information required by columns B, D (2) and (3) and E shall be given by age groupings, according to the number of months paid by security holders, grouped to show those upon which 1-12 monthly payments have been made, 13-24 payments, etc.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> (a) If the total of the reserves shown in these columns differs from the total of the reserves per the accounts, there should be stated (i) the aggregate difference and (ii) the difference on a $1,000 face-amount certificate basis.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) There shall be shown by footnote or by supplemental schedule (i) the amounts periodically credited to each class of security holders' accounts from installment payments and (ii) such other amounts periodically credited to accumulate the maturity amount of the certificate. Such information shall be stated on a $1,000 face-amount certificate basis for the term of the certificate.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-27" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.33.112" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-27   Qualified assets on deposit. 
<SU>1</SU></HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A—Name of depositary 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B—Cash
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C—Investments in securities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D—First mortgages and other first liens on real estate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column E—Other
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column F—Total 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> All money columns shall be totaled.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Classify names of individual depositaries under group headings, such as banks and states.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Total of column F shall agree with note required by § 210.6-06(4) as to total amount of qualified Assets on Deposit.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 65637, Dec. 20, 1994, as amended at 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="34" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.34" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>for certain real estate companies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-28" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.34.113" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-28   Real estate and accumulated depreciation. 
<SU>1</SU></HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[For Certain Real Estate Companies]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column A—Description 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column B—Encumbrances
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column C—Initial cost to company
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column D—Cost capitalized subsequent to acquisition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Column E—Gross amount of which carried at close of period 
<sup>3 4 5 6 7</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column F—Accumulated depreciation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column G—Date of construction
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column H—Date acquired
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column I—Life on which depreciation in latest statements of comprehensive income is computed
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Land
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Buildings and improvements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Improvements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carrying costs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Land
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Buildings and improvements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> All money columns shall be totaled.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The description for each property should include type of property (e.g., unimproved land, shopping center, garden apartments, etc.) and the geographical location.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> The required information is to be given as to each individual investment included in column E except that an amount not exceeding 5 percent of the total of column E may be listed in one amount as “miscellaneous investments.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> In a note to this schedule, furnish a reconciliation, in the following form, of the total amount at which real estate was carried at the beginning of each period for which statements of comprehensive income are required, with the total amount shown in column E: </P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at beginning of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Additions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Acquisitions through foreclosure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other acquisitions
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Improvements, etc
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Deductions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cost of real estate sold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at close of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">If additions, except acquisitions through foreclosure, represent other than cash expenditures, explain. If any of the changes during the period result from transactions, directly or indirectly with affiliates, explain the bases of such transactions and state the amounts involved.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">A similar reconciliation shall be furnished for the accumulated depreciation.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> If any item of real estate investments has been written down or reserved against, describe the item and explain the basis for the write-down or reserve.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> State in a note to column E the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> The amount of all intercompany profits included in the total of column E shall be stated if material.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 6068, Mar. 6, 1983. Redesignated at 45 FR 63630, Sept. 25, 1980; 83 FR 50208, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.12-29" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.34.114" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.12-29   Mortgage loans on real estate. 
<SU>1</SU></HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[For Certain Real Estate Companies]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column A—Description 
<sup>2 3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column B—Interest rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column C—Final maturity date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column D—Periodic payment terms 
<sup>5</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column E—Prior liens
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column F—Face amount of mortgages
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column G—Carrying amount of mortgages 
<sup>3 6 7 8 9</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column H—Principal amount of loans subject to delinquent principal or interest 
<sup>10</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> All money columns shall be totaled.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The required information is to be given for each individual mortgage loan which exceeds three percent of the total of column G.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> If the portfolio includes large numbers of mortgages most of which are less than three percent of column G, the mortgages not required to be reported separately should be grouped by classifications that will indicate the dispersion of the portfolio, <E T="03">i.e.</E>, for a portfolio of mortgages on single family residential housing. The description should also include number of loans by original loan amounts (e.g., over $100,000, $50,000-$99,999, $20,000-$49,000, under $20,000) and type loan (e.g., VA, FHA, Conventional). Interest rates and maturity dates may be stated in terms of ranges. Data required by columns D, E and F may be omitted for mortgages not required to be reported individually.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Loans should be grouped by categories, e.g., first mortgage, second mortgage, construction loans, etc., and for each loan the type of property, e.g., shopping center, high rise apartments, etc., and its geographic location should be stated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> State whether principal and interest is payable at level amount over life to maturity or at varying amounts over life to maturity. State amount of balloon payment at maturity, if any. Also state prepayment penalty terms, if any.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> In a note to this schedule, furnish a reconciliation, in the following form, of the carrying amount of mortgage loans at the beginning of each period for which statements of comprehensive income are required, with the total amount shown in column G: </P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at beginning of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Additions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">New mortgage loans</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Deductions during period:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Collections of principal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Foreclosures</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cost of mortgages sold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Amortization of premium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other (describe)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Balance at close of period</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">If additions represent other than cash expenditures, explain. If any of the changes during the period result from transactions, directly or indirectly with affiliates, explain the bases of such transactions, and state the amounts involved. State the aggregate mortgages (a) renewed and (b) extended. If the carrying amount of new mortgages is in excess of the unpaid amount of the extended mortgages, explain.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> If any item of mortgage loans on real estate investments has been written down or reserved against, describe the item and explain the basis for the write-down or reserve.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> State in a note to column G the aggregate cost for Federal income tax purposes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>9</sup> The amount of all intercompany profits in the total of column G shall be stated, if material.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>10</sup> (a) Interest in arrears for less than 3 months may be disregarded in computing the total amount of principal subject to delinquent interest.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Of the total principal amount, state the amount acquired from controlled and other affiliates.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 6069, Mar. 6, 1973; 38 FR 7323, Mar. 20, 1973. Redesignated at 45 FR 63680, Sept. 25, 1980; 83 FR 50209, Oct. 4, 2018]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="35" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.35" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Financial and Non-Financial Disclosures for Certain Securities Registered or Being Registered</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.13-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.35.115" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.13-01   Guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each guaranteed security subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and for each guaranteed security the offer and sale of which is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for which the registrant is the parent company (as that term is defined in § 210.3-10(b)(1)) of one or more subsidiaries that issue or guarantee the guaranteed security, provide the following disclosures to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the issuers and guarantors of the guaranteed security;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the terms and conditions of the guarantees, and how payments to holders of the guaranteed security may be affected by the composition of and relationships among the issuers, guarantors, and subsidiaries of the parent company that are not issuers or guarantors of the guaranteed security;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of other factors that may affect payments to holders of the guaranteed security, such as contractual or statutory restrictions on dividends, guarantee enforceability, or the rights of a noncontrolling interest holder;
</P>
<P>(4) Summarized financial information as specified in § 210.1-02(bb)(1) of each issuer and guarantor of the guaranteed security as follows, with an accompanying note that briefly describes the basis of presentation:
</P>
<P>(i) The summarized financial information of each such issuer and guarantor consolidated in the parent company's consolidated financial statements may be presented on a combined basis with the summarized financial information of the parent company;
</P>
<P>(ii) Intercompany balances and transactions between issuers and guarantors whose summarized financial information is presented on a combined basis shall be eliminated;
</P>
<P>(iii) The summarized financial information shall exclude subsidiaries that are not issuers or guarantors. An issuer's or guarantor's investment in a subsidiary that is not an issuer or guarantor shall not be presented. An issuer's or guarantor's amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with any of the following shall be presented in separate line items:
</P>
<P>(A) Subsidiaries that are not issuers or guarantors; and
</P>
<P>(B) Related parties;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the information provided in response to the requirements of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> factors that may affect payments to holders of the guaranteed security) is applicable to one or more, but not all, issuers and/or guarantors, separately disclose the summarized financial information applicable to those issuers and/or guarantors. In limited circumstances (<I>i.e.,</I> where the separate financial information applicable to those issuers and/or guarantors can be easily explained and understood), narrative disclosure may be provided in lieu of the separate summarized financial information otherwise required by this paragraph (a)(4)(iv);
</P>
<P>(v) Disclose this summarized financial information as of and for the most recently ended fiscal year and year-to-date interim period included in the parent company's consolidated financial statements; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Notwithstanding that a parent company may omit this summarized financial information if not material, it may also be omitted if one of the following in paragraphs (a)(4)(vi)(A) through (D) of this section is true and disclosed. However, paragraph (a)(4)(vi)(A) does not apply if separate disclosure of summarized financial information applicable to one or more, but not all, issuers and/or guarantors is required by paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section. For the purposes of this section, a finance subsidiary is a subsidiary that has no assets or operations other than those related to the issuance, administration and repayment of the security being registered and any other securities guaranteed by its parent company:
</P>
<P>(A) The assets, liabilities and results of operations of the combined issuers and guarantors of the guaranteed security are not materially different than corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements of the parent company;
</P>
<P>(B) The combined issuers and guarantors, excluding investments in subsidiaries that are not issuers or guarantors, have no material assets, liabilities or results of operations;
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer is a finance subsidiary of the parent company, the parent company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the security, and no other subsidiary of the parent company guarantees the security; or
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer is a finance subsidiary that co-issued the security, jointly and severally, with the parent company, and no other subsidiary of the parent company guarantees the security;
</P>
<P>(5) In a Securities Act registration statement filed in connection with the offer and sale of the guaranteed security, if the parent company acquired a significant business after the date of the parent company's most recent balance sheet included in its consolidated financial statements and the acquired business, one or more of the acquired business's subsidiaries, or the acquired business and one or more of its subsidiaries are issuers or guarantors of the guaranteed securities, disclose pre-acquisition summarized financial information as specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section for each such issuer or guarantor. The acquired business is significant if it meets any of the conditions specified in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein, based on a comparison of the most recent annual financial statements of the acquired business and the parent company's most recent annual consolidated financial statements filed at or prior to the date of acquisition. The determination of whether a business has been acquired shall be made in accordance with the guidance set forth in § 210.11-01(d). Acquisitions of a group of related businesses shall be treated as if they are a single business acquisition for purposes of this comparison. The determination of whether a group of businesses are related shall be made in a manner consistent with § 210.3-05(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(6) Any financial and narrative information about each guarantor if the information would be material for investors to evaluate the sufficiency of the guarantee; and
</P>
<P>(7) Sufficient information so as to make the financial and non-financial information presented not misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) The parent company may elect to provide the disclosures required by this section in a footnote to its consolidated financial statements or alternatively, in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations described in § 229.303 (Item 303 of Regulation S-K) of this chapter. If not otherwise included in the consolidated financial statements or in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the parent company must include the disclosures in its prospectus immediately following “Risk Factors,” if any, or otherwise, immediately following pricing information described in § 229.105 (Item 105 of Regulation S-K) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 22000, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.13-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.35.116" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.13-02   Affiliates whose securities collateralize securities registered or being registered.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this section shall apply to each security registered or being registered that is issued on or after January 4, 2021, and to each registered security issued and outstanding before January 4, 2021, for which the registrant had prior to that date provided the financial statements specified in § 210.3-16.
</P>
<P>(a) For each security subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and for each security the offer and sale of which is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, that is collateralized by a security of the registrant's affiliate or affiliates, provide the following disclosures to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the securities pledged as collateral and the affiliates whose securities are pledged as collateral;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the terms and conditions of the collateral arrangement, including the events or circumstances that would require delivery of the collateral;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the trading market for the affiliate's security pledged as collateral or a statement that there is no market;
</P>
<P>(4) Summarized financial information as specified in § 210.1-02(bb)(1) of each affiliate whose securities are pledged as collateral as follows, with an accompanying note that briefly describes the basis of presentation:
</P>
<P>(i) The summarized financial information of each such affiliate consolidated in the registrant's financial statements may be presented on a combined basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Intercompany balances and transactions between affiliates whose summarized financial information is presented on a combined basis shall be eliminated;
</P>
<P>(iii) An affiliate's amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with any of the following shall be presented in separate line items:
</P>
<P>(A) The registrant;
</P>
<P>(B) Any of the registrant's subsidiaries not included in the summarized financial information of the affiliate(s); and
</P>
<P>(C) Related parties;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the information provided in response to the requirements of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> the trading market for the affiliate's security pledged as collateral or a statement that there is no market) is applicable to one or more, but not all, affiliates, separately disclose the summarized financial information applicable to those affiliates. In limited circumstances (<I>i.e.,</I> where the separate financial information applicable to those affiliates can be easily explained and understood), narrative disclosure may be provided in lieu of the separate summarized financial information otherwise required by this paragraph (a)(4)(iv);
</P>
<P>(v) Disclose this summarized financial information as of and for the most recently ended fiscal year and year-to-date interim period included in the registrant's consolidated financial statements; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Notwithstanding that a registrant may omit this summarized financial information if not material, it may also be omitted if one of the following in paragraph (a)(4)(vi)(A) or (B) of this section is true and disclosed. However, paragraph (a)(4)(vi)(A) does not apply if separate disclosure of summarized financial information applicable to one or more, but not all, affiliates is required by paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The assets, liabilities and results of operations of the combined affiliates whose securities are pledged as collateral are not materially different than the corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements of the registrant; or
</P>
<P>(B) The combined affiliates whose securities are pledged as collateral have no material assets, liabilities or results of operations;
</P>
<P>(5) In a Securities Act registration statement filed in connection with the offer and sale of the collateralized security, if the registrant acquired a significant business after the date of the registrant's most recent balance sheet included in its consolidated financial statements and the acquired business, one or more of the acquired business's subsidiaries, or the acquired business and one or more of its subsidiaries are affiliates whose securities collateralize the registrant's collateralized security, disclose pre-acquisition summarized financial information as specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section for each such affiliate. The acquired business is significant if it meets any of the conditions specified in the definition of significant subsidiary in § 210.1-02(w), substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it appears therein, based on a comparison of the most recent annual financial statements of the acquired business and the registrant's most recent annual consolidated financial statements filed at or prior to the date of acquisition. The determination of whether a business has been acquired shall be made in accordance with the guidance set forth in § 210.11-01(d). Acquisitions of a group of related businesses shall be treated as if they are a single business acquisition for purposes of this comparison. The determination of whether a group of businesses are related shall be made in a manner consistent with § 210.3-05(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(6) Any financial and narrative information about each such affiliate if the information would be material for investors to evaluate the pledge of the affiliate's securities as collateral; and
</P>
<P>(7) Sufficient information so as to make the financial and non-financial information presented not misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) The registrant may elect to provide the disclosures required by this section in a footnote to its consolidated financial statements or alternatively, in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations described in § 229.303 (Item 303 of Regulation S-K) of this chapter. If not otherwise included in the consolidated financial statements or in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the registrant must include the disclosures in its prospectus immediately following “Risk Factors,” if any, or otherwise, immediately following pricing information described in § 229.105 (Item 105 of Regulation S-K) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 22000, Apr. 20, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="36" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.36" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>—XXX</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 210.14-01-02" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.36.117" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 210.14-01-02   xxx</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="7">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21912, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28c">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="37" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.37" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Acquisitions of Businesses by a Shell Company (Other Than a Business Combination Related Shell Company)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.15-01" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.8.0.37.118" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.15-01   Acquisitions of businesses by a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Audit requirements.</I> The term <I>audit</I> (or <I>examination</I>), when used in regard to financial statements of an entity that is or will be a predecessor to a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company), means an examination of the financial statements by an independent accountant in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) for the purpose of expressing an opinion thereon. When used in regard to financial statements of an entity that is not a predecessor that are included in a registration statement or proxy statement filed for a combination with an issuer that is a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company), the term means an examination of the financial statements by an independent accountant in accordance with either the standards of the PCAOB or U.S. generally accepted auditing standards (“U.S. GAAS”) as specified or permitted in this part and forms applicable to those entities for the purpose of expressing an opinion thereon. In transactions involving a shell company that is not a SPAC (as defined in § 229.1601(b) of this chapter), the predecessor must be audited by an independent accountant registered with the PCAOB.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial statements.</I> When a registrant is a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company) and the financial statements of a business that will be combining with such registrant are required in a registration statement or proxy statement, such registrant must file financial statements of the business in accordance with §§ 210.3-01 through 210.3-12 and 210.10-01 (Articles 3 and 10 of Regulation S-X) as if the filing were a Securities Act registration statement for the initial public offering of the business's equity securities. The financial statements of the business may be filed pursuant to §§ 210.8-01 through 210.8-08 (Article 8) when that business would qualify to be a smaller reporting company based on its annual revenues as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available, if it were filing a registration statement alone.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Age of financial statements.</I> The financial statements of a business that will be acquired by a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company) must comply with the requirements in § 210.3-12 (§ 210.8-08 when that business would qualify to be a smaller reporting company based on its annual revenues as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available, if it were filing a registration statement alone) as if the financial statements were included in an initial registration statement in determining the age of financial statements of the business in the registration statement or proxy statement of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acquisition of a business or real estate operation by a predecessor.</I> Registrants must apply § 210.3-05 (§ 210.8-04 when the predecessor would qualify to be a smaller reporting company based on its annual revenues as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available if it were filing a registration statement alone) or § 210.3-14 (§ 210.8-06 when the predecessor would qualify to be a smaller reporting company based on its annual revenues as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available if it were filing a registration statement alone) to acquisitions of a business or real estate operation, respectively, by a predecessor.
</P>
<P>(1) See § 210.1-02(w)(1) for rules on applying the significance tests to acquisitions of a business or real estate operation that is not or will not be the predecessor.
</P>
<P>(2) When the financial statements of a recently acquired business or real estate operation that is not or will not be the predecessor are omitted from a registration statement or proxy statement pursuant to § 210.3-05(b)(4)(i) (Rule 3-05(b)(4)(i) of Regulation S-X) or § 210.3-14(b)(3)(i) (Rule 3-14(b)(3)(i) of Regulation S-X), those financial statements must be filed in a Form 8-K by the later of the filing of the Form 8-K filed pursuant to Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K or 75 days after consummation of the acquisition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Financial statements of shell company.</I> After a shell company registrant (other than a business combination related shell company) acquires a business that is its predecessor, the financial statements of the shell company for periods prior to consummation of the acquisition are not required to be included in any filing once the financial statements of the predecessor have been filed for all required periods through the acquisition date and the financial statements of the registrant include the period in which the acquisition was consummated. If a registrant is to acquire or has acquired a shell company (other than a business combination related shell company), the financial statements of the shell company are required to be included in any filing that requires the registrant's financial statements, as if the shell company were the registrant for the filing, unless the financial statements of the registrant include the period in which the acquisition of the shell company was consummated.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 14314, Feb. 26, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="211" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 211—INTERPRETATIONS RELATING TO FINANCIAL REPORTING MATTERS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77g, 15 U.S.C. 77s(a), 15 U.S.C. 77aa(25) and (26), 15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b), 15 U.S.C. 78m(b), 15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 15 U.S.C. 80a-29(e), 15 U.S.C. 80a-30, and 15 U.S.C. 80a-37.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Financial Reporting Releases</HEAD>

</DIV6>

<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Codification of financial reporting policies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 15, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 21030
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure considerations relating to foreign operations and foreign currency translation effects</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 18, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 53330
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting for extinguishment of debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 22, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Certification of financial statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 15, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 6707
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Independence of accountants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">291</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 10, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 22569
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Last-In, First-Out method of accounting for inventories</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">889</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 2, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 36127
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Significance of oral guarantees to the financial reporting process</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 19, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 51671
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of the effects of the Tax Reform Act of 1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 30, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 39652
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting for loan losses by registrants engaged in lending activities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 44446
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Companies Affected by the Government's Defense Contract Procurement Inquiry and Related Issues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 1, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 29226
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Certain Investment Company Disclosures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 22427
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acceptability in financial statements of an accounting standard permitting the return of a nonaccrual loan to accrual status after a partial charge-off</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 37000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Municipal Securities Issuers and Others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 9, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 12758
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation Regarding Substantive Repossession of Collateral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 12, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 26109
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Financial Statements and Periodic Reports For Related Issuers and Guarantors, Appendices A, B and C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 4, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 51710
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bookkeeping Services Provided by Auditors to Audit Clients in Emergency or Other Unusual Situations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 48336
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation of Average Weekly Trading Volume</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 49274
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 19, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 75065
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's Auditing and Related Professional Practice Standard No. 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 20, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 29066
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 31, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 2192
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technical Amendments to Rules, Forms, Schedules and Codification of Financial Reporting Policies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 15, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 18617
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 42773
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Disclosure Related to Climate Change</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 6297
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Presentation of Liquidity and Capital Resources Disclosures in Management's Discussion and Analysis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 59896
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">January 30, 2020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85 FR 10570</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>

<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Staff Accounting Bulletins</HEAD>

</DIV6>

<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 15, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 68388
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 9, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 11513
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 18, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 12698
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 63252
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 5, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 1266
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 10789
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 20, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 23915
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 20, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 23916
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 16, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 41727
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 43673
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 47A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-47A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 29, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 44722
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 26, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 49628
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 49A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-49A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 3585
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 10043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 29, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 14595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 23173
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 53 [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 3, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 51769
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 30, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 54811
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 1, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 4936
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 11657
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 13, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 37346
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 27, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 52916
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 42A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-42A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 8, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 739
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 6, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 17331
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 7, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 25194
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 24, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 33886
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 8, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 36007
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 13, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 41080
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 25, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 43594
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 8, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 45314
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 4, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 17396
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 8, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 18200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 5, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 21933
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 12, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 31027
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 10, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 46454
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 71A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-71A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 15, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 48193
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 30, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 109
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 30, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 110
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 865
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 12, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 1341
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 4, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 7892
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 25, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 33454
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 34715
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 21, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 47801
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 4, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 14073
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 5, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 29333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 31, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 32333
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 31, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 32334
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 18, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 39351
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 28, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 41084
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 12, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 51880
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 10, 1990</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55 FR 33284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 7, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 951
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 31, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 4939
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 17, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 33376
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 14, 1993</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 FR 32843
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 9, 1993</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 FR 59361
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 24, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 20022
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 21, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 66072
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 25, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 FR 12020
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 6, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 FR 40721
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 9, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 6474
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 19, 1999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64 FR 45150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1, 1999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64 FR 67154 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 9, 1999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64 FR 68936
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 6, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 36457
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 26840
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 74436
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 15, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 12067
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 4, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 59130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 1, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 16694
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 18, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">71 FR 54580
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 9, 2007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72 FR 63484
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 31, 2007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72 FR 74168
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 17, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 17769
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 10, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 27427
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 4, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 57063
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 28, 2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">76 FR 17192
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 21, 2014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79 FR 69373
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 29, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41146
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB-117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 11, 2018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">83 FR 1295
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11/25/2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 64734
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 1, 2021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">86 FR 68111


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SAB 122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">January 30, 2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90 FR 8492</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>

<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Accounting and Auditing Enforcement Releases</HEAD>

</DIV6>

<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. vol. and page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index of Accounting and Auditing Enforcement Releases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 15, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 21030</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="227" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 227—REGULATION CROWDFUNDING, GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77d, 77d-1, 77s, 77z-3, 78c, 78o, 78q, 78w, 78mm, and Pub. L. 112-106, secs. 301-305, 126 Stat. 306 (2012).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.1.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.100   Crowdfunding exemption and requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> An issuer may offer or sell securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The aggregate amount of securities sold to all investors by the issuer in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) during the 12-month period preceding the date of such offer or sale, including the securities offered in such transaction, shall not exceed $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(2) Where the purchaser is not an accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 (§ 230.501 of this chapter)), the aggregate amount of securities sold to such an investor across all issuers in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) during the 12-month period preceding the date of such transaction, including the securities sold to such investor in such transaction, shall not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) The greater of $2,500, or 5 percent of the greater of the investor's annual income or net worth, if either the investor's annual income or net worth is less than $124,000; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Ten percent of the greater of the investor's annual income or net worth, not to exceed an amount sold of $124,000, if both the investor's annual income and net worth are equal to or more than $124,000;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(2).</I> To determine the investment limit for a natural person, the person's annual income and net worth shall be calculated as those values are calculated for purposes of determining accredited investor status in accordance with § 230.501 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a)(2).</I> A person's annual income and net worth may be calculated jointly with that person's spouse; however, when such a joint calculation is used, the aggregate investment of the investor spouses may not exceed the limit that would apply to an individual investor at that income or net worth level.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (a)(2).</I> An issuer offering and selling securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) may rely on the efforts of an intermediary required by § 227.303(b) to ensure that the aggregate amount of securities purchased by an investor in offerings pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act will not cause the investor to exceed the limit set forth in section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act and § 227.100(a)(2), <I>provided that</I> the issuer does not know that the investor has exceeded the investor limits or would exceed the investor limits as a result of purchasing securities in the issuer's offering.
</P>
<P>(3) The transaction is conducted through an intermediary that complies with the requirements in section 4A(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(a)) and the related requirements in this part, and the transaction is conducted exclusively through the intermediary's platform; and
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(3).</I> An issuer shall not conduct an offering or concurrent offerings in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) using more than one intermediary.
</P>
<P>(4) The issuer complies with the requirements in section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) and the related requirements in this part; <I>provided, however,</I> that the failure to comply with §§ 227.202, 227.203(a)(3) and 227.203(b) shall not prevent an issuer from relying on the exemption provided by section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> The crowdfunding exemption shall not apply to transactions involving the offer or sale of securities by any issuer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to the requirement to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(3) Is an investment company, as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3), or is excluded from the definition of investment company by section 3(b) or section 3(c) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(b) or 80a-3(c));
</P>
<P>(4) Is not eligible to offer or sell securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) as a result of a disqualification as specified in § 227.503(a);
</P>
<P>(5) Has sold securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and has not filed with the Commission and provided to investors, to the extent required, the ongoing annual reports required by this part during the two years immediately preceding the filing of the required offering statement; or
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(5).</I> An issuer delinquent in its ongoing reports can again rely on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) once it has filed with the Commission and provided to investors both of the annual reports required during the two years immediately preceding the filing of the required offering statement.
</P>
<P>(6) Has no specific business plan or has indicated that its business plan is to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies.
</P>
<P>(7) [Reserved]




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issuer.</I> For purposes of § 227.201(r), calculating aggregate amounts offered and sold in § 227.100(a) and § 227.201(t), and determining whether an issuer has previously sold securities in § 227.201(t)(3), <I>issuer</I> includes all entities controlled by or under common control with the issuer and any predecessors of the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c).</I> The term <I>control</I> means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Investor.</I> For purposes of this part, investor means any investor or any potential investor, as the context requires. A crowdfunding vehicle (as defined in § 270.3a-9 of this chapter) is not considered an investor for the purposes of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Integration with other offerings.</I> To determine whether offers and sales should be integrated, see § 230.152 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 17552, Apr. 12, 2017; 85 FR 27131, May 7, 2020; 85 FR 54490, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 3590, Jan. 14, 2021; 87 FR 57398, Sept. 20, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Requirements for Issuers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.201   Disclosure requirements.</HEAD>
<P>An issuer offering or selling securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and in accordance with section 4A of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1) and this part, and any co-issuer jointly offering or selling securities with such an issuer in reliance on the same, must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The name, legal status (including its form of organization, jurisdiction in which it is organized and date of organization), physical address and Web site of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(b) The names of the directors and officers (and any persons occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) of the issuer, all positions and offices with the issuer held by such persons, the period of time in which such persons served in the position or office and their business experience during the past three years, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Each person's principal occupation and employment, including whether any officer is employed by another employer; and
</P>
<P>(2) The name and principal business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupation and employment took place.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b).</I> For purposes of this paragraph (b), the term <I>officer</I> means a president, vice president, secretary, treasurer or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any person routinely performing similar functions.
</P>
<P>(c) The name of each person, as of the most recent practicable date but no earlier than 120 days prior to the date the offering statement or report is filed, who is a beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power;
</P>
<P>(d) A description of the business of the issuer and the anticipated business plan of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(e) The current number of employees of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(f) A discussion of the material factors that make an investment in the issuer speculative or risky;
</P>
<P>(g) The target offering amount and the deadline to reach the target offering amount, including a statement that if the sum of the investment commitments does not equal or exceed the target offering amount at the offering deadline, no securities will be sold in the offering, investment commitments will be cancelled and committed funds will be returned;
</P>
<P>(h) Whether the issuer will accept investments in excess of the target offering amount and, if so, the maximum amount that the issuer will accept and how oversubscriptions will be allocated, such as on a pro-rata, first come-first served, or other basis;
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the purpose and intended use of the offering proceeds;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (i).</I> An issuer must provide a reasonably detailed description of any intended use of proceeds, such that investors are provided with enough information to understand how the offering proceeds will be used. If an issuer has identified a range of possible uses, the issuer should identify and describe each probable use and the factors the issuer may consider in allocating proceeds among the potential uses. If the issuer will accept proceeds in excess of the target offering amount, the issuer must describe the purpose, method for allocating oversubscriptions, and intended use of the excess proceeds with similar specificity.
</P>
<P>(j) A description of the process to complete the transaction or cancel an investment commitment, including a statement that:
</P>
<P>(1) Investors may cancel an investment commitment until 48 hours prior to the deadline identified in the issuer's offering materials;
</P>
<P>(2) The intermediary will notify investors when the target offering amount has been met;
</P>
<P>(3) If an issuer reaches the target offering amount prior to the deadline identified in its offering materials, it may close the offering early if it provides notice about the new offering deadline at least five business days prior to such new offering deadline (absent a material change that would require an extension of the offering and reconfirmation of the investment commitment); and
</P>
<P>(4) If an investor does not cancel an investment commitment before the 48-hour period prior to the offering deadline, the funds will be released to the issuer upon closing of the offering and the investor will receive securities in exchange for his or her investment;
</P>
<P>(k) A statement that if an investor does not reconfirm his or her investment commitment after a material change is made to the offering, the investor's investment commitment will be cancelled and the committed funds will be returned;
</P>
<P>(l) The price to the public of the securities or the method for determining the price, provided that, prior to any sale of securities, each investor shall be provided in writing the final price and all required disclosures;
</P>
<P>(m) A description of the ownership and capital structure of the issuer, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The terms of the securities being offered and each other class of security of the issuer, including the number of securities being offered and/or outstanding, whether or not such securities have voting rights, any limitations on such voting rights, how the terms of the securities being offered may be modified and a summary of the differences between such securities and each other class of security of the issuer, and how the rights of the securities being offered may be materially limited, diluted or qualified by the rights of any other class of security of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of how the exercise of rights held by the principal shareholders of the issuer could affect the purchasers of the securities being offered;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and ownership level of each person, as of the most recent practicable date but no earlier than 120 days prior to the date the offering statement or report is filed, who is the beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power;
</P>
<P>(4) How the securities being offered are being valued, and examples of methods for how such securities may be valued by the issuer in the future, including during subsequent corporate actions;
</P>
<P>(5) The risks to purchasers of the securities relating to minority ownership in the issuer and the risks associated with corporate actions including additional issuances of securities, issuer repurchases of securities, a sale of the issuer or of assets of the issuer or transactions with related parties; and
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the restrictions on transfer of the securities, as set forth in § 227.501;
</P>
<P>(n) The name, SEC file number and Central Registration Depository (CRD) number (as applicable) of the intermediary through which the offering is being conducted;
</P>
<P>(o) A description of the intermediary's financial interests in the issuer's transaction and in the issuer, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of compensation to be paid to the intermediary, whether as a dollar amount or a percentage of the offering amount, or a good faith estimate if the exact amount is not available at the time of the filing, for conducting the offering, including the amount of referral and any other fees associated with the offering, and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other direct or indirect interest in the issuer held by the intermediary, or any arrangement for the intermediary to acquire such an interest;
</P>
<P>(p) A description of the material terms of any indebtedness of the issuer, including the amount, interest rate, maturity date and any other material terms;
</P>
<P>(q) A description of exempt offerings conducted within the past three years;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (q).</I> In providing a description of any prior exempt offerings, disclose:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of the offering;
</P>
<P>(2) The offering exemption relied upon;
</P>
<P>(3) The type of securities offered; and
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of securities sold and the use of proceeds;
</P>
<P>(r) A description of any transaction since the beginning of the issuer's last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, to which the issuer was or is to be a party and the amount involved exceeds five percent of the aggregate amount of capital raised by the issuer in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) during the preceding 12-month period, inclusive of the amount the issuer seeks to raise in the current offering under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act, in which any of the following persons had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest:
</P>
<P>(1) Any director or officer of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who is, as of the most recent practicable date but no earlier than 120 days prior to the date the offering statement or report is filed, the beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power;
</P>
<P>(3) If the issuer was incorporated or organized within the past three years, any promoter of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any member of the family of any of the foregoing persons, which includes a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse or spousal equivalent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships. The term <I>spousal equivalent</I> means a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (r).</I> For each transaction identified, disclose the name of the specified person and state his or her relationship to the issuer, and the nature and, where practicable, the approximate amount of his or her interest in the transaction. The amount of such interest shall be computed without regard to the amount of the profit or loss involved in the transaction. Where it is not practicable to state the approximate amount of the interest, the approximate amount involved in the transaction shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (r).</I> For purposes of paragraph (r), a transaction includes, but is not limited to, any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships.
</P>
<P>(s) A discussion of the issuer's financial condition, including, to the extent material, liquidity, capital resources and historical results of operations;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (s).</I> The discussion must cover each period for which financial statements of the issuer are provided. An issuer also must include a discussion of any material changes or trends known to management in the financial condition and results of operations of the issuer subsequent to the period for which financial statements are provided.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (s).</I> For issuers with no prior operating history, the discussion should focus on financial milestones and operational, liquidity and other challenges. For issuers with an operating history, the discussion should focus on whether historical results and cash flows are representative of what investors should expect in the future. Issuers should take into account the proceeds of the offering and any other known or pending sources of capital. Issuers also should discuss how the proceeds from the offering will affect the issuer's liquidity, whether receiving these funds and any other additional funds is necessary to the viability of the business, and how quickly the issuer anticipates using its available cash. In addition, issuers should describe the other available sources of capital to the business, such as lines of credit or required contributions by shareholders.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (s).</I> References to the issuer in this paragraph and its instructions refer to the issuer and its predecessors, if any.
</P>
<P>(t) For offerings that, together with all other amounts sold under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) within the preceding 12-month period, have, in the aggregate, the following target offering amounts:
</P>
<P>(1) $124,000 or less, the amount of total income, taxable income and total tax, or the equivalent line items, as reported on the federal income tax returns filed by the issuer for the most recently completed year (if any), which shall be certified by the principal executive officer of the issuer to reflect accurately the information reported on the issuer's federal income tax returns, and financial statements of the issuer, which shall be certified by the principal executive officer of the issuer to be true and complete in all material respects. If financial statements of the issuer are available that have either been reviewed or audited by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer, the issuer must provide those financial statements instead and need not include the information reported on the federal income tax returns or the certifications of the principal executive officer;
</P>
<P>(2) More than $124,000, but not more than $618,000, financial statements of the issuer reviewed by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer. If financial statements of the issuer are available that have been audited by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer, the issuer must provide those financial statements instead and need not include the reviewed financial statements; and
</P>
<P>(3) More than $618,000, financial statements of the issuer audited by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer; <I>provided, however,</I> that for issuers that have not previously sold securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), offerings that have a target offering amount of more than $618,000, but not more than $1,235,000, financial statements of the issuer reviewed by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer. If financial statements of the issuer are available that have been audited by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer, the issuer must provide those financial statements instead and need not include the reviewed financial statements.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (t).</I> To determine the financial statements required under this paragraph (t), an issuer must aggregate amounts sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) within the preceding 12-month period and the offering amount in the offering for which disclosure is being provided. If the issuer will accept proceeds in excess of the target offering amount, the issuer must include the maximum offering amount that the issuer will accept in the calculation to determine the financial statements required under this paragraph (t).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (t).</I> An issuer may voluntarily meet the requirements of this paragraph (t) for a higher aggregate target offering amount.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (t).</I> The financial statements must be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income, statements of cash flows, statements of changes in stockholders' equity and notes to the financial statements. If the financial statements are not audited, they must be labeled as “unaudited.” The financial statements must cover the two most recently completed fiscal years or the period(s) since inception, if shorter.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to paragraph (t).</I> For an offering conducted in the first 120 days of a fiscal year, the financial statements provided may be for the two fiscal years prior to the issuer's most recently completed fiscal year; however, financial statements for the two most recently completed fiscal years must be provided if they are otherwise available. If more than 120 days have passed since the end of the issuer's most recently completed fiscal year, the financial statements provided must be for the issuer's two most recently completed fiscal years. If the 120th day falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, the next business day shall be considered the 120th day for purposes of determining the age of the financial statements.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to paragraph (t).</I> An issuer may elect to delay complying with any new or revised financial accounting standard that applies to companies that are not issuers (as defined under section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201(a)) until the date that such companies are required to comply with such new or revised accounting standard. Issuers electing this accommodation must disclose it at the time the issuer files its offering statement and apply the election to all standards. Issuers electing not to use this accommodation must forgo this accommodation for all financial accounting standards and may not elect to rely on this accommodation in any future filings.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 6 to paragraph (t).</I> An issuer required to provide information from a tax return under paragraph (t)(1) of this section before filing a tax return with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service for the most recently completed fiscal year may provide information from its tax return for the prior year (if any), provided that the issuer provides information from the tax return for the most recently completed fiscal year when it is filed with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (if the tax return is filed during the offering period). An issuer that requested an extension from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service would not be required to provide information from the tax return until the date the return is filed, if filed during the offering period. If an issuer has not yet filed a tax return and is not required to file a tax return before the end of the offering period, then the tax return information does not need to be provided.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 7 to paragraph (t).</I> An issuer providing financial statements that are not audited or reviewed and tax information as specified under paragraph (t)(1) of this section must have its principal executive officer provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>I, [identify the certifying individual], certify that:
</P>
<P>(1) the financial statements of [identify the issuer] included in this Form are true and complete in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(2) the tax return information of [identify the issuer] included in this Form reflects accurately the information reported on the tax return for [identify the issuer] filed for the fiscal year ended [date of most recent tax return].
</P>
<P>[Signature and title].
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 8 to paragraph (t).</I> Financial statement reviews shall be conducted in accordance with the Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the Accounting and Review Services Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A signed review report must accompany the reviewed financial statements, and an issuer must notify the public accountant of the issuer's intended use of the review report in the offering. An issuer will not be in compliance with the requirement to provide reviewed financial statements if the review report includes modifications.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 9 to paragraph (t).</I> Financial statement audits shall be conducted in accordance with either auditing standards issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (referred to as U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards) or the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. A signed audit report must accompany audited financial statements, and an issuer must notify the public accountant of the issuer's intended use of the audit report in the offering. An issuer will not be in compliance with the requirement to provide audited financial statements if the audit report includes a qualified opinion, an adverse opinion, or a disclaimer of opinion.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 10 to paragraph (t).</I> To qualify as a public accountant that is independent of the issuer for purposes of this part, the accountant must satisfy the independence standards of either:
</P>
<P>(i) 17 CFR 210.2-01 of this chapter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The public accountant that audits or reviews the financial statements provided by an issuer must be:
</P>
<P>(A) Duly registered and in good standing as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his or her residence or principal office; or
</P>
<P>(B) In good standing and entitled to practice as a public accountant under the laws of his or her place of residence or principal office.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 11 to paragraph (t).</I> Except as set forth in § 227.100(c), references to the issuer in this paragraph (t) and its instructions (2) through (10) refer to the issuer and its predecessors, if any.
</P>
<P>(u) Any matters that would have triggered disqualification under § 227.503(a) but occurred before May 16, 2016. The failure to provide such disclosure shall not prevent an issuer from continuing to rely on the exemption provided by section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) if the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known of the existence of the undisclosed matter or matters;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (u).</I> An issuer will not be able to establish that it could not have known of a disqualification unless it has made factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist. The nature and scope of the factual inquiry will vary based on the facts and circumstances concerning, among other things, the issuer and the other offering participants.
</P>
<P>(v) Updates regarding the progress of the issuer in meeting the target offering amount, to be provided in accordance with § 227.203;
</P>
<P>(w) Where on the issuer's Web site investors will be able to find the issuer's annual report, and the date by which such report will be available on the issuer's Web site;
</P>
<P>(x) Whether the issuer or any of its predecessors previously failed to comply with the ongoing reporting requirements of § 227.202; 
</P>
<P>(y) Any material information necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(z) Any written communication or broadcast script provided in accordance with § 227.206 or, if within 30 days of the initial filing of the offering statement, § 230.241 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(aa) [Reserved]


</P>
<P><I>Instruction to § 227.201.</I> If disclosure provided pursuant to any paragraph of this section also satisfies the requirements of one or more other paragraphs of this section, it is not necessary to repeat the disclosure. Instead of repeating information, an issuer may include a cross-reference to disclosure contained elsewhere in the offering statement or report, including to information in the financial statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 17552, Apr. 12, 2017; 85 FR 27131, May 7, 2020; 85 FR 54490, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 3590, 3591, Jan. 14, 2021; 87 FR 57398, Sept. 20, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.202   Ongoing reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An issuer that has offered and sold securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and in accordance with section 4A of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1) and this part must file with the Commission and post on the issuer's Web site an annual report along with the financial statements of the issuer certified by the principal executive officer of the issuer to be true and complete in all material respects and a description of the financial condition of the issuer as described in § 227.201(s). If, however, an issuer has available financial statements that have either been reviewed or audited by a public accountant that is independent of the issuer, those financial statements must be provided and the certification by the principal executive officer will not be required. The annual report also must include the disclosure required by paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (m), (p), (q), (r), and (x) of § 227.201. The report must be filed in accordance with the requirements of § 227.203 and Form C (§ 239.900 of this chapter) and no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a).</I> Instructions (3), (8), (9), (10), and (11) to paragraph (t) of § 227.201 shall apply for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a).</I> An issuer providing financial statements that are not audited or reviewed must have its principal executive officer provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>I, [identify the certifying individual], certify that the financial statements of [identify the issuer] included in this Form are true and complete in all material respects.
</P>
<P>[Signature and title].
</P>
<P>(b) An issuer must continue to comply with the ongoing reporting requirements until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer is required to file reports under section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer has filed, since its most recent sale of securities pursuant to this part, at least one annual report pursuant to this section and has fewer than 300 holders of record;
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer has filed, since its most recent sale of securities pursuant to this part, the annual reports required pursuant to this section for at least the three most recent years and has total assets that do not exceed $10,000,000;
</P>
<P>(4) The issuer or another party repurchases all of the securities issued in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), including any payment in full of debt securities or any complete redemption of redeemable securities; or
</P>
<P>(5) The issuer liquidates or dissolves its business in accordance with state law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 45725, Oct. 2, 2017; 83 FR 47836, Sept. 21, 2018; 83 FR 52964, Oct. 19, 2018; 85 FR 17751, Mar. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.203" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.203   Filing requirements and form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form C—Offering statement and amendments</I> (§ 239.900 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Offering statement.</I> Except as allowed by § 227.206, an issuer offering or selling securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and in accordance with section 4A of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1) and this part, and any co-issuer jointly offering or selling securities with such an issuer in reliance on the same, must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary a Form C: Offering Statement (Form C) (§ 239.900 of this chapter) prior to the commencement of the offering of securities. An issuer that is both offering or selling securities with a co-issuer and separately offering or selling securities on its own must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary a separate Form C for such offering. Every Form C must include the information required by § 227.201.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amendments to offering statement.</I> An issuer must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary an amendment to the offering statement filed on Form C (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to disclose any material changes, additions or updates to information that it provides to investors through the intermediary's platform, for any offering that has not yet been completed or terminated. The amendment must be filed on Form C: Amendment (Form C/A) (§ 239.900 of this chapter), and if the amendment reflects material changes, additions or updates, the issuer shall check the box indicating that investors must reconfirm an investment commitment within five business days or the investor's commitment will be considered cancelled.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Progress updates.</I> (i) An issuer must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary a Form C: Progress Update (Form C-U) (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to disclose its progress in meeting the target offering amount no later than five business days after each of the dates when the issuer reaches 50 percent and 100 percent of the target offering amount.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer will accept proceeds in excess of the target offering amount, the issuer must file with the Commission and provide to investors and the relevant intermediary, no later than five business days after the offering deadline, a final Form C-U (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to disclose the total amount of securities sold in the offering.
</P>
<P>(iii) The requirements of paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section shall not apply to an issuer if the relevant intermediary makes publicly available on the intermediary's platform frequent updates regarding the progress of the issuer in meeting the target offering amount; however, the issuer must still file a Form C-U (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to disclose the total amount of securities sold in the offering no later than five business days after the offering deadline.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(3).</I> If multiple Forms C-U (§ 239.900 of this chapter) are triggered within the same five business day period, the issuer may consolidate such progress updates into one Form C-U, so long as the Form C-U discloses the most recent threshold that was met and the Form C-U is filed with the Commission and provided to investors and the relevant intermediary by the day on which the first progress update is due.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a).</I> An issuer would satisfy the requirement to provide to the relevant intermediary the information required by this paragraph (a) if it provides to the relevant intermediary a copy of the disclosures filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a).</I> An issuer would satisfy the requirement to provide to investors the information required by this paragraph (a) if the issuer refers investors to the information on the intermediary's platform by means of a posting on the issuer's Web site or by email.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form C: Annual report and termination of reporting</I> (§ 239.900 of this chapter). (1) <I>Annual reports.</I> An issuer that has sold securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and in accordance with section 4A of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1) and this part must file an annual report on Form C: Annual Report (Form C-AR) (§ 239.900 of this chapter) with the Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. The annual report shall include the information required by § 227.202(a).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amendments to annual report.</I> An issuer must file with the Commission an amendment to the annual report filed on Form C: Annual Report (Form C-AR) (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to make a material change to the previously filed annual report as soon as practicable after discovery of the need for the material change. The amendment must be filed on Form C: Amendment to Annual Report (Form C-AR/A) (§ 239.900 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Termination of reporting.</I> An issuer eligible to terminate its obligation to file annual reports with the Commission pursuant to § 227.202(b) must file with the Commission, within five business days from the date on which the issuer becomes eligible to terminate its reporting obligation, Form C: Termination of Reporting (Form C-TR) (§ 239.900 of this chapter) to advise investors that the issuer will cease reporting pursuant to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3591, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.204" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.204   Advertising.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) An issuer may not, directly or indirectly, advertise the terms of an offering made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), except for oral or written communications that meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section or of § 227.206.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Instruction to paragraph (a).</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), issuer includes persons acting on behalf of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice may advertise any of the terms of an issuer's offering made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) if it directs investors to the intermediary's platform and includes no more than the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the issuer is conducting an offering pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), the name of the intermediary through which the offering is being conducted, and information (including a link in any written communications) directing the potential investor to the intermediary's platform;
</P>
<P>(2) The terms of the offering; and
</P>
<P>(3) Factual information about the legal identity and business location of the issuer, limited to the name of the issuer of the security, the address, phone number and Web site of the issuer, the email address of a representative of the issuer and a brief description of the business of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the prohibition on advertising any of the terms of the offering, an issuer, and persons acting on behalf of the issuer, may communicate with investors and potential investors about the terms of the offering through communication channels provided by the intermediary on the intermediary's platform, provided that an issuer identifies itself as the issuer in all communications. Persons acting on behalf of the issuer must identify their affiliation with the issuer in all communications on the intermediary's platform.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the requirement that a notice advertising any of the terms of an issuer's offering made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) include no more than the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section, an issuer conducting an offering in reliance on Regulation Crowdfunding concurrently with another offering that discloses the terms of the Regulation Crowdfunding offering in the disclosure document for the other offering will not be deemed to have exceeded these disclosure limitations if the disclosure document for the other offering satisfies all the other requirements of this section. If the disclosure document for the other offering is filed on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (EDGAR), the link required by paragraph (b)(1) may not be a live hyperlink.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Instruction to § 227.204.</I> For purposes of this section, terms of the offering means the amount of securities offered, the nature of the securities, the price of the securities, the closing date of the offering period, the planned use of proceeds and the issuer's progress toward meeting its funding target.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.205" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.205   Promoter compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An issuer, or person acting on behalf of the issuer, shall be permitted to compensate or commit to compensate, directly or indirectly, any person to promote the issuer's offerings made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through communication channels provided by an intermediary on the intermediary's platform, but only if the issuer or person acting on behalf of the issuer, takes reasonable steps to ensure that the person promoting the offering clearly discloses the receipt, past or prospective, of such compensation with any such communication.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a).</I> The disclosure required by this paragraph is required, with each communication, for persons engaging in promotional activities on behalf of the issuer through the communication channels provided by the intermediary, regardless of whether or not the compensation they receive is specifically for the promotional activities. This includes persons hired specifically to promote the offering as well as to persons who are otherwise employed by the issuer or who undertake promotional activities on behalf of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(b) Other than as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, an issuer or person acting on behalf of the issuer shall not compensate or commit to compensate, directly or indirectly, any person to promote the issuer's offerings made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), unless such promotion is limited to notices permitted by, and in compliance with, § 227.204.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.206" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.2.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.206   Solicitations of interest and other communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Solicitation of interest.</I> At any time before the filing of an offering statement, an issuer may communicate orally or in writing to determine whether there is any interest in a contemplated securities offering. Such communications are deemed to be an offer of a security for sale for purposes of the antifraud provisions of the Federal securities laws. No solicitation or acceptance of money or other consideration, nor of any commitment, binding or otherwise, from any person is permitted until the offering statement is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> The communications must:
</P>
<P>(1) State that no money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
</P>
<P>(2) State that no offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is filed and only through an intermediary's platform; and
</P>
<P>(3) State that a person's indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Indications of interest.</I> Any written communication under this section may include a means by which a person may indicate to the issuer that such person is interested in a potential offering. This issuer may require the name, address, telephone number, and/or email address in any response form included pursuant to this paragraph (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements for Intermediaries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.300   Intermediaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> A person acting as an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be registered with the Commission as a broker under section 15(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)) or as a funding portal in accordance with the requirements of § 227.400; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be a member a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial interests.</I> Any director, officer or partner of an intermediary, or any person occupying a similar status or performing a similar function, may not have a financial interest in an issuer that is offering or selling securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through the intermediary's platform, or receive a financial interest in an issuer as compensation for the services provided to or for the benefit of the issuer in connection with the offer or sale of such securities. An intermediary may not have a financial interest in an issuer that is offering or selling securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through the intermediary's platform unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The intermediary receives the financial interest from the issuer as compensation for the services provided to, or for the benefit of, the issuer in connection with the offer or sale of the securities being offered or sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through the intermediary's platform; and
</P>
<P>(2) the financial interest consists of securities of the same class and having the same terms, conditions and rights as the securities being offered or sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through the intermediary's platform. For purposes of this paragraph, a <I>financial interest in an issuer</I> means a direct or indirect ownership of, or economic interest in, any class of the issuer's securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Associated person of a funding portal</I> or <I>person associated with a funding portal</I> means any partner, officer, director or manager of a funding portal (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such funding portal, or any employee of a funding portal, except that any person associated with a funding portal whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial shall not be included in the meaning of such term for purposes of section 15(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)) (other than paragraphs (4) and (6) of section 15(b) of the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Funding portal</I> means a broker acting as an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), that does not:
</P>
<P>(i) Offer investment advice or recommendations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Solicit purchases, sales or offers to buy the securities displayed on its platform;
</P>
<P>(iii) Compensate employees, agents, or other persons for such solicitation or based on the sale of securities displayed or referenced on its platform; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Hold, manage, possess, or otherwise handle investor funds or securities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Intermediary</I> means a broker registered under section 15(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)) or a funding portal registered under § 227.400 and includes, where relevant, an associated person of the registered broker or registered funding portal.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Platform</I> means a program or application accessible via the Internet or other similar electronic communication medium through which a registered broker or a registered funding portal acts as an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c)(4).</I> An intermediary through which a crowdfunding transaction is conducted may engage in back office or other administrative functions other than on the intermediary's platform.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.301   Measures to reduce risk of fraud.</HEAD>
<P>An intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) must:
</P>
<P>(a) Have a reasonable basis for believing that an issuer seeking to offer and sell securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through the intermediary's platform complies with the requirements in section 4A(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) and the related requirements in this part. In satisfying this requirement, an intermediary may rely on the representations of the issuer concerning compliance with these requirements unless the intermediary has reason to question the reliability of those representations;
</P>
<P>(b) Have a reasonable basis for believing that the issuer has established means to keep accurate records of the holders of the securities it would offer and sell through the intermediary's platform, provided that an intermediary may rely on the representations of the issuer concerning its means of recordkeeping unless the intermediary has reason to question the reliability of those representations. An intermediary will be deemed to have satisfied this requirement if the issuer has engaged the services of a transfer agent that is registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)).
</P>
<P>(c) Deny access to its platform to an issuer if the intermediary:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a reasonable basis for believing that the issuer or any of its officers, directors (or any person occupying a similar status or performing a similar function) or beneficial owners of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, is subject to a disqualification under § 227.503. In satisfying this requirement, an intermediary must, at a minimum, conduct a background and securities enforcement regulatory history check on each issuer whose securities are to be offered by the intermediary and on each officer, director or beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power.
</P>
<P>(2) Has a reasonable basis for believing that the issuer or the offering presents the potential for fraud or otherwise raises concerns about investor protection. In satisfying this requirement, an intermediary must deny access if it reasonably believes that it is unable to adequately or effectively assess the risk of fraud of the issuer or its potential offering. In addition, if an intermediary becomes aware of information after it has granted access that causes it to reasonably believe that the issuer or the offering presents the potential for fraud or otherwise raises concerns about investor protection, the intermediary must promptly remove the offering from its platform, cancel the offering, and return (or, for funding portals, direct the return of) any funds that have been committed by investors in the offering.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 27132, May 7, 2020; 85 FR 54490, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.302   Account opening.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accounts and electronic delivery.</I> (1) No intermediary or associated person of an intermediary may accept an investment commitment in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) until the investor has opened an account with the intermediary and the intermediary has obtained from the investor consent to electronic delivery of materials.
</P>
<P>(2) An intermediary must provide all information that is required to be provided by the intermediary under subpart C of this part (§§ 227.300 through 227.305), including, but not limited to, educational materials, notices and confirmations, through electronic means. Unless otherwise indicated in the relevant rule of subpart C of this part, in satisfying this requirement, an intermediary must provide the information through an electronic message that contains the information, through an electronic message that includes a specific link to the information as posted on intermediary's platform, or through an electronic message that provides notice of what the information is and that it is located on the intermediary's platform or on the issuer's Web site. Electronic messages include, but are not limited to, email, social media messages, instant messages or other electronic media messages.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Educational materials.</I> (1) In connection with establishing an account for an investor, an intermediary must deliver educational materials to such investor that explain in plain language and are otherwise designed to communicate effectively and accurately:
</P>
<P>(i) The process for the offer, purchase and issuance of securities through the intermediary and the risks associated with purchasing securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6));
</P>
<P>(ii) The types of securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) available for purchase on the intermediary's platform and the risks associated with each type of security, including the risk of having limited voting power as a result of dilution;
</P>
<P>(iii) The restrictions on the resale of a security offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6));
</P>
<P>(iv) The types of information that an issuer is required to provide under § 227.202, the frequency of the delivery of that information and the possibility that those obligations may terminate in the future;
</P>
<P>(v) The limitations on the amounts an investor may invest pursuant to § 227.100(a)(2);
</P>
<P>(vi) The limitations on an investor's right to cancel an investment commitment and the circumstances in which an investment commitment may be cancelled by the issuer;
</P>
<P>(vii) The need for the investor to consider whether investing in a security offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) is appropriate for that investor;
</P>
<P>(viii) That following completion of an offering conducted through the intermediary, there may or may not be any ongoing relationship between the issuer and intermediary; and
</P>
<P>(ix) That under certain circumstances an issuer may cease to publish annual reports and, therefore, an investor may not continually have current financial information about the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) An intermediary must make the most current version of its educational material available on its platform at all times and, if at any time, the intermediary makes a material revision to its educational materials, it must make the revised educational materials available to all investors before accepting any additional investment commitments or effecting any further transactions in securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Promoters.</I> In connection with establishing an account for an investor, an intermediary must inform the investor that any person who promotes an issuer's offering for compensation, whether past or prospective, or who is a founder or an employee of an issuer that engages in promotional activities on behalf of the issuer on the intermediary's platform, must clearly disclose in all communications on the intermediary's platform, respectively, the receipt of the compensation and that he or she is engaging in promotional activities on behalf of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compensation disclosure.</I> When establishing an account for an investor, an intermediary must clearly disclose the manner in which the intermediary is compensated in connection with offerings and sales of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.303" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.303   Requirements with respect to transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuer information.</I> An intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) must make available to the Commission and to investors any information required to be provided by the issuer of the securities under §§ 227.201 and 227.203(a).
</P>
<P>(1) This information must be made publicly available on the intermediary's platform, in a manner that reasonably permits a person accessing the platform to save, download, or otherwise store the information;
</P>
<P>(2) This information must be made publicly available on the intermediary's platform for a minimum of 21 days before any securities are sold in the offering, during which time the intermediary may accept investment commitments;
</P>
<P>(3) This information, including any additional information provided by the issuer, must remain publicly available on the intermediary's platform until the offer and sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) is completed or cancelled; and
</P>
<P>(4) An intermediary may not require any person to establish an account with the intermediary to access this information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investor qualification.</I> Each time before accepting any investment commitment (including any additional investment commitment from the same person), an intermediary must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have a reasonable basis for believing that the investor satisfies the investment limitations established by section 4(a)(6)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)(B)) and this part. An intermediary may rely on an investor's representations concerning compliance with the investment limitation requirements concerning the investor's annual income, net worth, and the amount of the investor's other investments made pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) unless the intermediary has reason to question the reliability of the representation.
</P>
<P>(2) Obtain from the investor:
</P>
<P>(i) A representation that the investor has reviewed the intermediary's educational materials delivered pursuant to § 227.302(b), understands that the entire amount of his or her investment may be lost, and is in a financial condition to bear the loss of the investment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A questionnaire completed by the investor demonstrating the investor's understanding that:
</P>
<P>(A) There are restrictions on the investor's ability to cancel an investment commitment and obtain a return of his or her investment;
</P>
<P>(B) It may be difficult for the investor to resell securities acquired in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)); and
</P>
<P>(C) Investing in securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) involves risk, and the investor should not invest any funds in an offering made in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act unless he or she can afford to lose the entire amount of his or her investment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Communication channels.</I> An intermediary must provide on its platform communication channels by which persons can communicate with one another and with representatives of the issuer about offerings made available on the intermediary's platform, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) If the intermediary is a funding portal, it does not participate in these communications other than to establish guidelines for communication and remove abusive or potentially fraudulent communications;
</P>
<P>(2) The intermediary permits public access to view the discussions made in the communication channels;
</P>
<P>(3) The intermediary restricts posting of comments in the communication channels to those persons who have opened an account with the intermediary on its platform; and
</P>
<P>(4) The intermediary requires that any person posting a comment in the communication channels clearly and prominently disclose with each posting whether he or she is a founder or an employee of an issuer engaging in promotional activities on behalf of the issuer, or is otherwise compensated, whether in the past or prospectively, to promote the issuer's offering.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of investment commitment.</I> An intermediary must promptly, upon receipt of an investment commitment from an investor, give or send to the investor a notification disclosing:
</P>
<P>(1) The dollar amount of the investment commitment;
</P>
<P>(2) The price of the securities, if known;
</P>
<P>(3) The name of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(4) The date and time by which the investor may cancel the investment commitment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Maintenance and transmission of funds.</I> (1) An intermediary that is a registered broker must comply with the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c2-4.
</P>
<P>(2) An intermediary that is a funding portal must direct investors to transmit the money or other consideration directly to a qualified third party that has agreed in writing to hold the funds for the benefit of, and to promptly transmit or return the funds to, the persons entitled thereto in accordance with paragraph (e)(3) of this section. For purposes of this subpart C (§§ 227.300 through 227.305), a qualified third party means a:
</P>
<P>(i) Registered broker or dealer that carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and holds funds or securities for those persons; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Bank or credit union (where such credit union is insured by National Credit Union Administration) that has agreed in writing either to hold the funds in escrow for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein and to transmit or return such funds directly to the persons entitled thereto when so directed by the funding portal as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, or to maintain a bank or credit union account (or accounts) for the exclusive benefit of investors and the issuer.
</P>
<P>(3) A funding portal that is an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) shall promptly direct the qualified third party to:
</P>
<P>(i) Transmit funds from the qualified third party to the issuer when the aggregate amount of investment commitments from all investors is equal to or greater than the target amount of the offering and the cancellation period as set forth in § 227.304 has elapsed, <I>provided that</I> in no event may the funding portal direct this transmission of funds earlier than 21 days after the date on which the intermediary makes publicly available on its platform the information required to be provided by the issuer under §§ 227.201 and 227.203(a);
</P>
<P>(ii) Return funds to an investor when an investment commitment has been cancelled in accordance with § 227.304 (including for failure to obtain effective reconfirmation as required under § 227.304(c)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Return funds to investors when an issuer does not complete the offering.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confirmation of transaction.</I> (1) An intermediary must, at or before the completion of a transaction in a security in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), give or send to each investor a notification disclosing:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The type of security that the investor is purchasing;
</P>
<P>(iii) The identity, price, and number of securities purchased by the investor, as well as the number of securities sold by the issuer in the transaction and the price(s) at which the securities were sold;
</P>
<P>(iv) If a debt security, the interest rate and the yield to maturity calculated from the price paid and the maturity date;
</P>
<P>(v) If a callable security, the first date that the security can be called by the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The source, form and amount of any remuneration received or to be received by the intermediary in connection with the transaction, including any remuneration received or to be received by the intermediary from persons other than the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) An intermediary satisfying the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section is exempt from the requirements of § 240.10b-10 of this chapter with respect to a transaction in a security offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 27132, May 7, 2020; 85 FR 54490, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.304" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.304   Completion of offerings, cancellations and reconfirmations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> An investor may cancel an investment commitment for any reason until 48 hours prior to the deadline identified in the issuer's offering materials. During the 48 hours prior to such deadline, an investment commitment may not be cancelled except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Early completion of offering.</I> If an issuer reaches the target offering amount prior to the deadline identified in its offering materials pursuant to § 227.201(g), the issuer may close the offering on a date earlier than the deadline identified in its offering materials pursuant to § 227.201(g), <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The offering remains open for a minimum of 21 days pursuant to § 227.303(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The intermediary provides notice to any potential investors, and gives or sends notice to investors that have made investment commitments in the offering, of:
</P>
<P>(i) The new, anticipated deadline of the offering;
</P>
<P>(ii) The right of investors to cancel investment commitments for any reason until 48 hours prior to the new offering deadline; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the issuer will continue to accept investment commitments during the 48-hour period prior to the new offering deadline.
</P>
<P>(3) The new offering deadline is scheduled for and occurs at least five business days after the notice required in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is provided; and
</P>
<P>(4) At the time of the new offering deadline, the issuer continues to meet or exceed the target offering amount.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cancellations and reconfirmations based on material changes.</I> (1) If there is a material change to the terms of an offering or to the information provided by the issuer, the intermediary must give or send to any investor who has made an investment commitment notice of the material change and that the investor's investment commitment will be cancelled unless the investor reconfirms his or her investment commitment within five business days of receipt of the notice. If the investor fails to reconfirm his or her investment within those five business days, the intermediary within five business days thereafter must:
</P>
<P>(i) Give or send the investor a notification disclosing that the commitment was cancelled, the reason for the cancellation and the refund amount that the investor is expected to receive; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct the refund of investor funds.
</P>
<P>(2) If material changes to the offering or to the information provided by the issuer regarding the offering occur within five business days of the maximum number of days that an offering is to remain open, the offering must be extended to allow for a period of five business days for the investor to reconfirm his or her investment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Return of funds if offering is not completed.</I> If an issuer does not complete an offering, an intermediary must within five business days:
</P>
<P>(1) Give or send each investor a notification of the cancellation, disclosing the reason for the cancellation, and the refund amount that the investor is expected to receive;
</P>
<P>(2) Direct the refund of investor funds; and
</P>
<P>(3) Prevent investors from making investment commitments with respect to that offering on its platform.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 27132, May 7, 2020; 85 FR 54490, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.305" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.3.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.305   Payments to third parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition on payments for personally identifiable information.</I> An intermediary may not compensate any person for providing the intermediary with the personally identifiable information of any investor or potential investor in securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, personally identifiable information means information that can be used to distinguish or trace an individual's identity, either alone or when combined with other personal or identifying information that is linked or linkable to a specific individual.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Funding Portal Regulation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.400   Registration of funding portals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration.</I> A funding portal must register with the Commission, by filing a complete Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions on the form, and become a member of a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3). The registration will be effective the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) Thirty calendar days after the date that the registration is received by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) The date the funding portal is approved for membership by a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendments to registration.</I> A funding portal must file an amendment to Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) within 30 days of any of the information previously submitted on Form Funding Portal becoming inaccurate for any reason.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Successor registration.</I> (1) If a funding portal succeeds to and continues the business of a registered funding portal, the registration of the predecessor will remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after such succession, files a registration on Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) and the predecessor files a withdrawal on Form Funding Portal; <I>provided, however,</I> that the registration of the predecessor funding portal will be deemed withdrawn 45 days after registration on Form Funding Portal is filed by the successor.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, if a funding portal succeeds to and continues the business of a registered funding portal and the succession is based solely on a change of the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor on Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) to reflect these changes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawal.</I> A funding portal must promptly file a withdrawal of registration on Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions on the form upon ceasing to operate as a funding portal. Withdrawal will be effective on the later of 30 days after receipt by the Commission (after the funding portal is no longer operational), or within such longer period of time as to which the funding portal consents or which the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applications and reports.</I> The applications and reports provided for in this section shall be considered filed when a complete Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) is submitted with the Commission. Duplicate originals of the applications and reports provided for in this section must be filed with surveillance personnel designated by any registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Nonresident funding portals.</I> Registration pursuant to this section by a nonresident funding portal shall be conditioned upon there being an information sharing arrangement in place between the Commission and the competent regulator in the jurisdiction under the laws of which the nonresident funding portal is organized or where it has its principal place of business, that is applicable to the nonresident funding portal.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, the term <I>nonresident funding portal</I> shall mean a funding portal incorporated in or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States or its territories, or having its principal place of business in any place not in the United States or its territories.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Power of attorney.</I> (i) Each nonresident funding portal registered or applying for registration pursuant to this section shall obtain a written consent and power of attorney appointing an agent in the United States, other than the Commission or a Commission member, official or employee, upon whom may be served any process, pleadings or other papers in any action under the federal securities laws. This consent and power of attorney must be signed by the nonresident funding portal and the named agent(s) for service of process.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each nonresident funding portal registered or applying for registration pursuant to this section shall, at the time of filing its application on Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter), furnish to the Commission the name and address of its United States agent for service of process on Schedule C to the Form.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any change of a nonresident funding portal's agent for service of process and any change of name or address of a nonresident funding portal's existing agent for service of process shall be communicated promptly to the Commission through amendment of the Schedule C to Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(iv) Each nonresident funding portal must promptly appoint a successor agent for service of process if the nonresident funding portal discharges its identified agent for service of process or if its agent for service of process is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf of the nonresident funding portal.
</P>
<P>(v) Each nonresident funding portal must maintain, as part of its books and records, the written consent and power of attorney identified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section for at least three years after the agreement is terminated.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Access to books and records; inspections and examinations</I>—(i) <I>Certification and opinion of counsel.</I> Any nonresident funding portal applying for registration pursuant to this section shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Certify on Schedule C to Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) that the nonresident funding portal can, as a matter of law, and will provide the Commission and any registered national securities association of which it becomes a member with prompt access to the books and records of such nonresident funding portal and can, as a matter of law, and will submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission and any registered national securities association of which it becomes a member; and
</P>
<P>(B) Provide an opinion of counsel that the nonresident funding portal can, as a matter of law, provide the Commission and any registered national securities association of which it becomes a member with prompt access to the books and records of such nonresident funding portal and can, as a matter of law, submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission and any registered national securities association of which it becomes a member.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Amendments.</I> The nonresident funding portal shall re-certify, on Schedule C to Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter), within 90 days after any changes in the legal or regulatory framework that would impact the nonresident funding portal's ability to provide, or the manner in which it provides, the Commission, or any registered national securities association of which it is a member, with prompt access to its books and records or that would impact the Commission's or such registered national securities association's ability to inspect and examine the nonresident funding portal. The re-certification shall be accompanied by a revised opinion of counsel describing how, as a matter of law, the nonresident funding portal can continue to meet its obligations under paragraphs (f)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.401   Exemption.</HEAD>
<P>A funding portal that is registered with the Commission pursuant to § 227.400 is exempt from the broker registration requirements of section 15(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(a)(1)) in connection with its activities as a funding portal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.402" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.402   Conditional safe harbor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Under section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80)), a funding portal acting as an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) may not: offer investment advice or recommendations; solicit purchases, sales, or offers to buy the securities offered or displayed on its platform or portal; compensate employees, agents, or other persons for such solicitation or based on the sale of securities displayed or referenced on its platform or portal; hold, manage, possess, or otherwise handle investor funds or securities; or engage in such other activities as the Commission, by rule, determines appropriate. This section is intended to provide clarity with respect to the ability of a funding portal to engage in certain activities, consistent with the prohibitions under section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act. No presumption shall arise that a funding portal has violated the prohibitions under section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act or this part by reason of the funding portal or its associated persons engaging in activities in connection with the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act that do not meet the conditions specified in paragraph (b) of this section. The antifraud provisions and all other applicable provisions of the federal securities laws continue to apply to the activities described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permitted activities.</I> A funding portal may, consistent with the prohibitions under section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80)) and this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether and under what terms to allow an issuer to offer and sell securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) through its platform; provided that a funding portal otherwise complies with this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Apply objective criteria to highlight offerings on the funding portal's platform where:
</P>
<P>(i) The criteria are reasonably designed to highlight a broad selection of issuers offering securities through the funding portal's platform, are applied consistently to all issuers and offerings and are clearly displayed on the funding portal's platform;
</P>
<P>(ii) The criteria may include, among other things, the type of securities being offered (for example, common stock, preferred stock or debt securities); the geographic location of the issuer; the industry or business segment of the issuer; the number or amount of investment commitments made, progress in meeting the issuer's target offering amount or, if applicable, the maximum offering amount; and the minimum or maximum investment amount; provided that the funding portal may not highlight an issuer or offering based on the advisability of investing in the issuer or its offering; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The funding portal does not receive special or additional compensations for highlighting one or more issuers or offerings on its platform;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide search functions or other tools that investors can use to search, sort, or categorize the offerings available through the funding portal's platform according to objective criteria where;
</P>
<P>(i) The criteria may include, among other things, the type of securities being offered (for example, common stock, preferred stock or debt securities); the geographic location of the issuer; the industry or business segment of the issuer; the number or amount of investment commitments made, progress in meeting the issuer's target offering amount or, if applicable, the maximum offering amount; and the minimum or maximum investment amount; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The criteria may not include, among other things, the advisability of investing in the issuer or its offering, or an assessment of any characteristic of the issuer, its business plan, its key management or risks associated with an investment.
</P>
<P>(4) Provide communication channels by which investors can communicate with one another and with representatives of the issuer through the funding portal's platform about offerings through the platform, so long as the funding portal (and its associated persons):
</P>
<P>(i) Does not participate in these communications, other than to establish guidelines for communication and remove abusive or potentially fraudulent communications;
</P>
<P>(ii) Permits public access to view the discussions made in the communication channels;
</P>
<P>(iii) Restricts posting of comments in the communication channels to those persons who have opened an account on its platform; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Requires that any person posting a comment in the communication channels clearly disclose with each posting whether he or she is a founder or an employee of an issuer engaging in promotional activities on behalf of the issuer, or is otherwise compensated, whether in the past or prospectively, to promote an issuer's offering;
</P>
<P>(5) Advise an issuer about the structure or content of the issuer's offering, including assisting the issuer in preparing offering documentation;
</P>
<P>(6) Compensate a third party for referring a person to the funding portal, so long as the third party does not provide the funding portal with personally identifiable information of any potential investor, and the compensation, other than that paid to a registered broker or dealer, is not based, directly or indirectly, on the purchase or sale of a security in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) offered on or through the funding portal's platform;
</P>
<P>(7) Pay or offer to pay any compensation to a registered broker or dealer for services, including referrals pursuant to paragraph (b)(6) of this section, in connection with the offer or sale of securities by the funding portal in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Act(15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such services are provided pursuant to a written agreement between the funding portal and the registered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such services and compensation are permitted under this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Such services and compensation comply with the rules of any registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member;
</P>
<P>(8) Receive any compensation from a registered broker or dealer for services provided by the funding portal in connection with the offer or sale of securities by the funding portal in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such services are provided pursuant to a written agreement between the funding portal and the registered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such compensation is permitted under this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Such compensation complies with the rules of any registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member;
</P>
<P>(9) Advertise the existence of the funding portal and identify one or more issuers or offerings available on the portal on the basis of objective criteria, as long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The criteria are reasonably designed to identify a broad selection of issuers offering securities through the funding portal's platform, and are applied consistently to all potential issuers and offerings;
</P>
<P>(ii) The criteria may include, among other things, the type of securities being offered (for example, common stock, preferred stock or debt securities); the geographic location of the issuer; the industry or business segment of the issuer; the expressed interest by investors, as measured by number or amount of investment commitments made, progress in meeting the issuer's target offering amount or, if applicable, the maximum offering amount; and the minimum or maximum investment amount; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The funding portal does not receive special or additional compensation for identifying the issuer or offering in this manner;
</P>
<P>(10) Deny access to its platform to, or cancel an offering of an issuer, pursuant to § 227.301(c)(2), if the funding portal has a reasonable basis for believing that the issuer or the offering presents the potential for fraud or otherwise raises concerns about investor protection;
</P>
<P>(11) Accept, on behalf of an issuer, an investment commitment for securities offered in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) by that issuer on the funding portal's platform;
</P>
<P>(12) Direct investors where to transmit funds or remit payment in connection with the purchase of securities offered and sold in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)); and
</P>
<P>(13) Direct a qualified third party, as required by § 227.303(e), to release proceeds to an issuer upon completion of a crowdfunding offering or to return proceeds to investors in the event an investment commitment or an offering is cancelled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.403" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.403   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> A funding portal must implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to its business as a funding portal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Privacy.</I> A funding portal must comply with the requirements of part 248 of this chapter as they apply to brokers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inspections and examinations.</I> A funding portal shall permit the examination and inspection of all of its business and business operations that relate to its activities as a funding portal, such as its premises, systems, platforms, and records by representatives of the Commission and of the registered national securities association of which it is a member.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.4.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.404   Records to be made and kept by funding portals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> A funding portal shall make and preserve the following records for five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All records related to an investor who purchases or attempts to purchase securities through the funding portal;
</P>
<P>(2) All records related to issuers who offer and sell or attempt to offer and sell securities through the funding portal and the control persons of such issuers;
</P>
<P>(3) Records of all communications that occur on or through its platform;
</P>
<P>(4) All records related to persons that use communication channels provided by a funding portal to promote an issuer's securities or communicate with potential investors;
</P>
<P>(5) All records required to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of subparts C (§§ 227.300 through 227.305) and D (§§ 227.400 through 227.404) of this part;
</P>
<P>(6) All notices provided by such funding portal to issuers and investors generally through the funding portal's platform or otherwise, including, but not limited to, notices addressing hours of funding portal operations (if any), funding portal malfunctions, changes to funding portal procedures, maintenance of hardware and software, instructions pertaining to access to the funding portal and denials of, or limitations on, access to the funding portal;
</P>
<P>(7) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by such funding portal relating to its business as such;
</P>
<P>(8) All daily, monthly and quarterly summaries of transactions effected through the funding portal, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Issuers for which the target offering amount has been reached and funds distributed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Transaction volume, expressed in:
</P>
<P>(A) Number of transactions;
</P>
<P>(B) Number of securities involved in a transaction;
</P>
<P>(C) Total amounts raised by, and distributed to, issuers; and
</P>
<P>(D) Total dollar amounts raised across all issuers, expressed in U.S. dollars; and
</P>
<P>(9) A log reflecting the progress of each issuer who offers or sells securities through the funding portal toward meeting the target offering amount.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organizational documents.</I> A funding portal shall make and preserve during the operation of the funding portal and of any successor funding portal, all organizational documents relating to the funding portal, including but not limited to, partnership agreements, articles of incorporation or charter, minute books and stock certificate books (or other similar type documents).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Format.</I> The records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must be produced, reproduced, and maintained in the original, non-alterable format in which they were created or as permitted under § 240.17a-4(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Third parties.</I> The records required to be made and preserved pursuant to this section may be prepared or maintained by a third party on behalf of a funding portal. An agreement with a third party shall not relieve a funding portal from the responsibility to prepare and maintain records as specified in this rule. A funding portal must file with the registered national securities association of which it is a member, a written undertaking in a form acceptable to the registered national securities association, signed by a duly authorized person of the third party, stating in effect that such records are the property of the funding portal and will be surrendered promptly on request of the funding portal. The undertaking shall include the following provision:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>With respect to any books and records maintained or preserved on behalf of [name of funding portal], the undersigned hereby acknowledges that the books and records are the property of [name of funding portal], and hereby undertakes to permit examination of such books and records at any time, or from time to time, during business hours by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member, and to promptly furnish to the Commission, its representatives, and the registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member, a true, correct, complete and current hard copy of any, all, or any part of, such books and records.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Review of records.</I> All records of a funding portal are subject at any time, or from time to time, to reasonable periodic, special, or other examination by the representatives of the Commission and the registered national securities association of which a funding portal is a member. Every funding portal shall furnish promptly to the Commission, its representatives, and the registered national securities association of which the funding portal is a member true, correct, complete and current copies of such records of the funding portal that are requested by the representatives of the Commission and the registered national securities association.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Financial recordkeeping and reporting of currency and foreign transactions.</I> A funding portal that is subject to the requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 5311 <I>et seq.</I>) shall comply with the reporting, recordkeeping and record retention requirements of 31 CFR chapter X. Where 31 CFR chapter X and § 227.404(a) and (b) require the same records or reports to be preserved for different periods of time, such records or reports shall be preserved for the longer period of time.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.501" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.5.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.501   Restrictions on resales.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Securities issued in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and in accordance with section 4A of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1) and this part may not be transferred by any purchaser of such securities during the one-year period beginning when the securities were issued in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)), unless such securities are transferred:
</P>
<P>(1) To the issuer of the securities;
</P>
<P>(2) To an accredited investor;
</P>
<P>(3) As part of an offering registered with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(4) To a member of the family of the purchaser or the equivalent, to a trust controlled by the purchaser, to a trust created for the benefit of a member of the family of the purchaser or the equivalent, or in connection with the death or divorce of the purchaser or other similar circumstance.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this § 227.501, the term <I>accredited investor</I> shall mean any person who comes within any of the categories set forth in § 230.501(a) of this chapter, or who the seller reasonably believes comes within any of such categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the term <I>member of the family of the purchaser or the equivalent</I> includes a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse or spousal equivalent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the purchaser, and shall include adoptive relationships. For purposes of this paragraph (c), the term <I>spousal equivalent</I> means a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.502" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.5.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.502   Insignificant deviations from a term, condition or requirement of this part (Regulation Crowdfunding).</HEAD>
<P>(a) A failure to comply with a term, condition, or requirement of this part will not result in the loss of the exemption from the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) for any offer or sale to a particular individual or entity, if the issuer relying on the exemption shows:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure to comply was insignificant with respect to the offering as a whole;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer made a good faith and reasonable attempt to comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of this part; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer did not know of such failure where the failure to comply with a term, condition or requirement of this part was the result of the failure of the intermediary to comply with the requirements of section 4A(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(a)) and the related rules, or such failure by the intermediary occurred solely in offerings other than the issuer's offering.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not preclude the Commission from bringing an enforcement action seeking any appropriate relief for an issuer's failure to comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.503" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.5.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.503   Disqualification provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disqualification events.</I> No exemption under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) shall be available for a sale of securities if the issuer; any predecessor of the issuer; any affiliated issuer; any director, officer, general partner or managing member of the issuer; any beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter connected with the issuer in any capacity at the time of filing, any offer after filing, or such sale; any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with such sale of securities; or any general partner, director, officer or managing member of any such solicitor:
</P>
<P>(1) Has been convicted, within 10 years before the filing of the offering 

statement or such sale (or five years, in the case of issuers, their predecessors and affiliated issuers), of any felony or misdemeanor:
</P>
<P>(i) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser, funding portal or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years before the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale that, at the time of such filing or sale, restrains or enjoins such person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:
</P>
<P>(i) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser, funding portal or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Is subject to a final order of a State securities commission (or an agency or officer of a State performing like functions); a State authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations or credit unions; a State insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate Federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the National Credit Union Administration that:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time of the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale, bars the person from:
</P>
<P>(A) Association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency or officer;
</P>
<P>(B) Engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or
</P>
<P>(C) Engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative or deceptive conduct entered within ten years before such filing of the offering statement or such sale;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(3). Final order</I> shall mean a written directive or declaratory statement issued by a Federal or State agency, described in this paragraph (a)(3), under applicable statutory authority that provides for notice and an opportunity for hearing, which constitutes a final disposition or action by that Federal or State agency.
</P>
<P>(4) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b) or 78<I>o</I>-4(c)) or section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)) that, at the time of the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale:
</P>
<P>(i) Suspends or revokes such person's registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or funding portal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of such person; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Bars such person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock;
</P>
<P>(5) Is subject to any order of the Commission entered within five years before the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale that, at the time of such filing or sale, orders the person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the Federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, section 15(c)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)(1)) and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)) or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 5 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77e);
</P>
<P>(6) Is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade;
</P>
<P>(7) Has filed (as a registrant or issuer), or was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or Regulation A (17 CFR 230.251 through 230.263) offering statement filed with the Commission that, within five years before the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, at the time of such filing or sale, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued; or
</P>
<P>(8) Is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within five years before the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale, or is, at the time of such filing or sale, subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a):</I> With respect to any beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, the issuer is required to determine whether a disqualifying event has occurred only as of the time of filing of the offering statement and not from the time of such sale.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transition, waivers, reasonable care exception.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any conviction, order, judgment, decree, suspension, expulsion or bar that occurred or was issued before May 16, 2016;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon a showing of good cause and without prejudice to any other action by the Commission, if the Commission determines that it is not necessary under the circumstances that an exemption be denied;
</P>
<P>(3) If, before the filing of the information required by section 4A(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d-1(b)) or such sale, the court or regulatory authority that entered the relevant order, judgment or decree advises in writing (whether contained in the relevant judgment, order or decree or separately to the Commission or its staff) that disqualification under paragraph (a) of this section should not arise as a consequence of such order, judgment or decree; or
</P>
<P>(4) If the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known that a disqualification existed under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(4).</I> An issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist. The nature and scope of the factual inquiry will vary based on the facts and circumstances concerning, among other things, the issuer and the other offering participants.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Affiliated issuers.</I> For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, events relating to any affiliated issuer that occurred before the affiliation arose will be not considered disqualifying if the affiliated entity is not:
</P>
<P>(1) In control of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(2) Under common control with the issuer by a third party that was in control of the affiliated entity at the time of such events.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Intermediaries.</I> A person that is subject to a statutory disqualification as defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)) may not act as, or be an associated person of, an intermediary in a transaction involving the offer or sale of securities in reliance on section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) unless so permitted pursuant to Commission rule or order.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d).</I> § 240.17f-2 of this chapter generally requires the fingerprinting of every person who is a partner, director, officer or employee of a broker, subject to certain exceptions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71537, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3592, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.504" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.10.5.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.504   Definition of “qualified purchaser”.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 18(b)(3) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77r(b)(3)], a “qualified purchaser” means any person to whom securities are offered or sold pursuant to an offering under §§ 227.100 through 227.504 (Regulation Crowdfunding).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3593, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="228" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 228 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="229" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 229—STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975—REGULATION S-K
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77k, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj, 77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78j-3, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78u-5, 78w, 78ll, 78 mm, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-31(c), 80a-37, 80a-38(a), 80a-39, 80b-11 and 7201 <I>et seq.;</I> 18 U.S.C. 1350; sec. 953(b), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1904 (2010); and sec. 102(c), Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 310 (2012).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV6 N="229.1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.1.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.10   (Item 10) General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of Regulation S-K.</I> This part (together with the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended (<I>Securities Act</I>), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended (<I>Exchange Act</I>) (parts 230 and 240 of this chapter), the Interpretative Releases under these Acts (parts 231 and 241 of this chapter) and the forms under these Acts (parts 239 and 249 of this chapter)) states the requirements applicable to the content of the non-financial statement portions of:
</P>
<P>(1) Registration statements under the Securities Act (part 239 of this chapter) to the extent provided in the forms to be used for registration under such Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) Registration statements under section 12 (subpart C of part 249 of this chapter), annual or other reports under sections 13 and 15(d) (subparts D and E of part 249 of this chapter), going-private transaction statements under section 13 (part 240 of this chapter), tender offer statements under sections 13 and 14 (part 240 of this chapter), annual reports to security holders and proxy and information statements under section 14 (part 240 of this chapter), and any other documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act, to the extent provided in the forms and rules under that Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission policy on projections.</I> The Commission encourages the use in documents specified in §§ 230.175 (Rule 175 under the Securities Act) and 240.3b-6 (Rule 3b-6 under the Exchange Act) of this chapter of management's projections of future economic performance that have a reasonable basis and are presented in an appropriate format. The guidelines set forth in this paragraph (b) represent the Commission's views on important factors to be considered in formulating and disclosing such projections. These guidelines also apply to projections of future economic performance of persons other than the registrant, such as the target company in a business combination transaction, that are included in the registrant's Commission filings.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Basis for projections.</I> The Commission believes that management must have the option to present in Commission filings its good faith assessment of a registrant's future performance. Management, however, must have a reasonable basis for such an assessment. Although a history of operations or experience in projecting may be among the factors providing a basis for management's assessment, the Commission does not believe that a registrant always must have had such a history or experience in order to formulate projections with a reasonable basis. An outside review of management's projections may furnish additional support for having a reasonable basis for a projection. If management decides to include a report of such a review in a Commission filing, there also should be disclosure of the qualifications of the reviewer, the extent of the review, the relationship between the reviewer and the registrant, and other material factors concerning the process by which any outside review was sought or obtained. Moreover, in the case of a registration statement under the Securities Act, the reviewer would be deemed an expert and an appropriate consent must be filed with the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Format for projections.</I> (i) In determining the appropriate format for projections included in Commission filings, consideration must be given to, among other things, the financial items to be projected, the period to be covered, and the manner of presentation to be used. Although traditionally projections have been given for three financial items generally considered to be of primary importance to investors (revenues, net income (loss), and earnings (loss) per share), projection information need not necessarily be limited to these three items. However, management should take care to assure that the choice of items projected is not susceptible of misleading inferences through selective projection of only favorable items. Revenues, net income (loss), and earnings (loss) per share usually are presented together in order to avoid any misleading inferences that may arise when the individual items reflect contradictory trends. There may be instances, however, when it is appropriate to present earnings (loss) from continuing operations in addition to or in lieu of net income (loss). It generally would be misleading to present sales or revenue projections without one of the foregoing measures of income (loss). The period that appropriately may be covered by a projection depends to a large extent on the particular circumstances of the company involved. For certain companies in certain industries, a projection covering a two- or three-year period may be entirely reasonable. Other companies may not have a reasonable basis for projections beyond the current year. Accordingly, management should select the period most appropriate in the circumstances. In addition, management, in making a projection, should disclose what, in its opinion, is the most probable specific amount or the most reasonable range for each financial item projected based on the selected assumptions. Ranges, however, should not be so wide as to make the disclosures meaningless. Moreover, several projections based on varying assumptions may be judged by management to be more meaningful than a single number or range and would be permitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) The presentation of projected measures that are not based on historical financial results or operational history should be clearly distinguished from projected measures that are based on historical financial results or operational history.
</P>
<P>(iii) It generally would be misleading to present projections that are based on historical financial results or operational history without presenting such historical financial results or operational history with equal or greater prominence.
</P>
<P>(iv) The presentation of projections that include non-GAAP financial measures should include a clear definition or explanation of those financial measures, a description of the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) financial measure to which it is most directly comparable, and an explanation why the non-GAAP measure was selected instead of a GAAP measure.




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission policy on security ratings.</I> In view of the importance of security ratings (<I>ratings</I>) to investors and the marketplace, the Commission permits registrants to disclose, on a voluntary basis, ratings assigned by rating organizations to classes of debt securities, convertible debt securities and preferred stock in registration statements and periodic reports. Set forth herein are the Commission's views on important matters to be considered in disclosing security ratings.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Securities Act filings.</I> (i) If a registrant includes in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act any rating(s) assigned to a class of securities, it should consider including: (A) Any other rating intended for public dissemination assigned to such class by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) (<I>additional NRSRO rating</I>) that is available on the date of the initial filing of the document and that is materially different from any rating disclosed; and (B) the name of each rating organization whose rating is disclosed; each such rating organization's definition or description of the category in which it rated the class of securities; the relative rank of each rating within the assigning rating organization's overall classification system; and a statement informing investors that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization, and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. The registrant also should include the written consent of any rating organization that is not a NRSRO whose rating is included. With respect to the written consent of any NRSRO whose rating is included, see Rule 436(g) under the Securities Act (§ 230.436(g) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a change in a rating already included is available subsequent to the filing of the registration statement, but prior to its effectiveness, the registrant should consider including such rating change in the final prospectus. If the rating change is material or if a materially different rating from any disclosed becomes available during this period, the registrant should consider amending the registration statement to include the rating change or additional rating and recirculating the preliminary prospectus.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a materially different additional NRSRO rating or a material change in a rating already included becomes available during any period in which offers or sales are being made, the registrant should consider disclosing such additional rating or rating change by means of post-effective amendment or sticker to the prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter), unless, in the case of a registration statement on Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), it has been disclosed in a document incorporated by reference into the registration statement subsequent to its effectiveness and prior to the termination of the offering.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exchange Act filings.</I> (i) If a registrant includes in a registration statement or periodic report filed under the Exchange Act any rating(s) assigned to a class of securities, it should consider including the information specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If there is a material change in the rating(s) assigned by any NRSRO(s) to any outstanding class(es) of securities of a registrant subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant should consider filing a report on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) or other appropriate report under the Exchange Act disclosing such rating change.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Use of non-GAAP financial measures in Commission filings.</I> (1) Whenever one or more non-GAAP financial measures are included in a filing with the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant must include the following in the filing: 
</P>
<P>(A) A presentation, with equal or greater prominence, of the most directly comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP); 
</P>
<P>(B) A reconciliation (by schedule or other clearly understandable method), which shall be quantitative for historical non-GAAP measures presented, and quantitative, to the extent available without unreasonable efforts, for forward-looking information, of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure disclosed or released with the most directly comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP identified in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(A) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(C) A statement disclosing the reasons why the registrant's management believes that presentation of the non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to investors regarding the registrant's financial condition and results of operations; and 
</P>
<P>(D) To the extent material, a statement disclosing the additional purposes, if any, for which the registrant's management uses the non-GAAP financial measure that are not disclosed pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant must not: 
</P>
<P>(A) Exclude charges or liabilities that required, or will require, cash settlement, or would have required cash settlement absent an ability to settle in another manner, from non-GAAP liquidity measures, other than the measures earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA); 
</P>
<P>(B) Adjust a non-GAAP performance measure to eliminate or smooth items identified as non-recurring, infrequent or unusual, when the nature of the charge or gain is such that it is reasonably likely to recur within two years or there was a similar charge or gain within the prior two years; 
</P>
<P>(C) Present non-GAAP financial measures on the face of the registrant's financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or in the accompanying notes;
</P>
<P>(D) Present non-GAAP financial measures on the face of any <I>pro forma</I> financial information required to be disclosed by Article 11 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.11-01 through 210.11-03); or 
</P>
<P>(E) Use titles or descriptions of non-GAAP financial measures that are the same as, or confusingly similar to, titles or descriptions used for GAAP financial measures; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the filing is not an annual report on Form 10-K or Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f), a registrant need not include the information required by paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(C) and (e)(1)(i)(D) of this section if that information was included in its most recent annual report on Form 10-K or Form 20-F or a more recent filing, provided that the required information is updated to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(C) and (e)(1)(i)(D) of this section at the time of the registrant's current filing. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a registrant's historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet or statement of cash flows (or equivalent statements) of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph (e), GAAP refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, except that: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of foreign private issuers whose primary financial statements are prepared in accordance with non-U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, GAAP refers to the principles under which those primary financial statements are prepared; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of foreign private issuers that include a non-GAAP financial measure derived from or based on a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, GAAP refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for purposes of the application of the requirements of this paragraph (e) to the disclosure of that measure. 
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (e), non-GAAP financial measures exclude: 
</P>
<P>(i) Operating and other statistical measures; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively one or both of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures. 
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this paragraph (e), non-GAAP financial measures exclude financial measures required to be disclosed by GAAP, Commission rules, or a system of regulation of a government or governmental authority or self-regulatory organization that is applicable to the registrant. However, the financial measure should be presented outside of the financial statements unless the financial measure is required or expressly permitted by the standard-setter that is responsible for establishing the GAAP used in such financial statements.
</P>
<P>(6) The requirements of paragraph (e) of this section shall not apply to a non-GAAP financial measure included in disclosure relating to a proposed business combination, the entity resulting therefrom or an entity that is a party thereto, if the disclosure is contained in a communication that is subject to § 230.425 of this chapter, § 240.14a-12 or § 240.14d-2(b)(2) of this chapter or § 229.1015 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(7) The requirements of paragraph (e) of this section shall not apply to investment companies registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>A non-GAAP financial measure that would otherwise be prohibited by paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section is permitted in a filing of a foreign private issuer if: 
</P>
<P>1. The non-GAAP financial measure relates to the GAAP used in the registrant's primary financial statements included in its filing with the Commission; 
</P>
<P>2. The non-GAAP financial measure is required or expressly permitted by the standard-setter that is responsible for establishing the GAAP used in such financial statements; and 
</P>
<P>3. The non-GAAP financial measure is included in the annual report prepared by the registrant for use in the jurisdiction in which it is domiciled, incorporated or organized or for distribution to its security holders.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) <I>Smaller reporting companies.</I> The requirements of this part apply to smaller reporting companies. A smaller reporting company may comply with either the requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies or the requirements applicable to other companies for each item, unless the requirements for smaller reporting companies specify that smaller reporting companies must comply with the smaller reporting company requirements. The following items of this part set forth requirements for smaller reporting companies that are different from requirements applicable to other companies:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Index of Scaled Disclosure Available to Smaller Reporting Companies
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Description of business.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Market price of and dividends on registrant's common equity and related stockholder matters.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supplementary financial information.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 402</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Executive compensation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 404</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transactions with related persons, promoters and certain control persons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 407</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corporate governance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prospectus summary.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 504</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Use of proceeds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Item 601</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exhibits.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) <I>Definition of smaller reporting company.</I> As used in this part, the term <I>smaller reporting company</I> means an issuer that is not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer (as defined in § 229.1101), or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company and that:
</P>
<P>(i) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
</P>
<P>(A) No public float; or
</P>
<P>(B) A public float of less than $700 million.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Determination.</I> Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company is determined on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
</P>
<P>(ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(i)(C) of this section. In the case of a determination based on an initial Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of shares sold.
</P>
<P>(iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its annual determination either:
</P>
<P>(A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; or
</P>
<P>(B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the following chart:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Prior annual revenues
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Prior public float
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">None or less than $700 million
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$700 million or more
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than $100 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neither threshold exceeded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $100 million.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$100 million or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—None or less than $700 million; and</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Instruction 1 to paragraph (f):</E> A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company under the public float thresholds identified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(iii)(A) of this section will qualify as a smaller reporting company regardless of its revenues.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Instruction 2 to paragraph (f):</E> A foreign private issuer is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies unless it uses the forms and rules designated for domestic issuers and provides financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iv) Upon the consummation of a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), an issuer must re-determine its status as a smaller reporting company pursuant to the thresholds set forth in paragraph (f)(1) of this section prior to its first filing, other than pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K, following the de-SPAC transaction and reflect this re-determination in its filings, beginning 45 days after consummation of the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within four business days after the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction and is computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of that date by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are the annual revenues of the target company, as defined in § 229.1601(d) (Item 1601(d) of Regulation S-K), as of the most recently completed fiscal year reported in the Form 8-K filed pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 21260, June 5, 1987; 58 FR 14665, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 62029, Nov. 23, 1993; 60 FR 32824, June 23, 1995; 64 FR 61443, Nov. 10, 1999; 68 FR 4831, Jan. 30, 2003; 70 FR 1593, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 956, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 83 FR 32018, July 10, 2018; 83 FR 50209, Oct. 4, 2018; 84 FR 12716, Apr. 2, 2019; 85 FR 17241, Mar. 26, 2020; 86 FR 2126, Jan. 11, 2021; 89 FR 14315, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.100—Business</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.101" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.101   (Item 101) Description of business.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General development of business.</I> Describe the general development of the business of the registrant, its subsidiaries, and any predecessor(s).
</P>
<P>(1) In describing developments, only information material to an understanding of the general development of the business is required. Disclosure may include, but should not be limited to, the following topics:
</P>
<P>(i) Any material changes to a previously disclosed business strategy;
</P>
<P>(ii) The nature and effects of any material bankruptcy, receivership, or any similar proceeding with respect to the registrant or any of its significant subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(iii) The nature and effects of any material reclassification, merger or consolidation of the registrant or any of its significant subsidiaries; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The acquisition or disposition of any material amount of assets otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 230.411(b) or § 240.12b-23(a) of this chapter, as applicable, a registrant may only forgo providing a full discussion of the general development of its business for a filing other than an initial registration statement if it provides an update to the general development of its business, disclosing all of the material developments that have occurred since the most recent registration statement or report that includes a full discussion of the general development of its business. In addition, the registrant must incorporate by reference, and include one active hyperlink to one registration statement or report that includes, the full discussion of the general development of the registrant's business.
</P>
<P>(3) Registrants:
</P>
<P>(i) Filing a registration statement on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) under the Securities Act or on Form 10 (§ 249.210 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act immediately before the filing of such registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(iii) That (including predecessors) have not received revenue from operations during each of the three fiscal years immediately before the filing of such registration statement, shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) If the registration statement is filed prior to the end of the registrant's second fiscal quarter, a description of the registrant's plan of operation for the remainder of the fiscal year; or 
</P>
<P>(B) If the registration statement is filed subsequent to the end of the registrant's second fiscal quarter, a description of the registrant's plan of operation for the remainder of the fiscal year and for the first six months of the next fiscal year. If such information is not available, the reasons for its not being available shall be stated. Disclosure relating to any plan shall include such matters as:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) In the case of a registration statement on Form S-1, a statement in narrative form indicating the registrant's opinion as to the period of time that the proceeds from the offering will satisfy cash requirements and whether in the next six months it will be necessary to raise additional funds to meet the expenditures required for operating the business of the registrant; the specific reasons for such opinion shall be set forth and categories of expenditures and sources of cash resources shall be identified; however, amounts of expenditures and cash resources need not be provided; in addition, if the narrative statement is based on a cash budget, such budget shall be furnished to the Commission as supplemental information, but not as part of the registration statement;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An explanation of material product research and development to be performed during the period covered in the plan;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any anticipated material acquisition of plant and equipment and the capacity thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any anticipated material changes in number of employees in the various departments such as research and development, production, sales or administration; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Other material areas which may be peculiar to the registrant's business.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Description of business.</I> (1) Describe the business done and intended to be done by the registrant and its subsidiaries, focusing upon the registrant's dominant segment or each reportable segment about which financial information is presented in the financial statements. When describing each segment, only information material to an understanding of the business taken as a whole is required. Disclosure may include, but should not be limited to, the information specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Revenue-generating activities, products and/or services, and any dependence on revenue-generating activities, key products, services, product families or customers, including governmental customers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Status of development efforts for new or enhanced products, trends in market demand and competitive conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Resources material to a registrant's business, such as:
</P>
<P>(A) Sources and availability of raw materials; and
</P>
<P>(B) The duration and effect of all patents, trademarks, licenses, franchises, and concessions held;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of any material portion of the business that may be subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of the Government; and
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the business is or may be seasonal.
</P>
<P>(2) Discuss the information specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section with respect to, and to the extent material to an understanding of, the registrant's business taken as a whole, except that, if the information is material to a particular segment, you should additionally identify that segment.
</P>
<P>(i) The material effects that compliance with government regulations, including environmental regulations, may have upon the capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position of the registrant and its subsidiaries, including the estimated capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the current fiscal year and any other material subsequent period; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the registrant's human capital resources, including the number of persons employed by the registrant, and any human capital measures or objectives that the registrant focuses on in managing the business (such as, depending on the nature of the registrant's business and workforce, measures or objectives that address the development, attraction and retention of personnel).
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Available information.</I> Disclose the information in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section in any registration statement you file under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), and disclose the information in paragraph (e)(3) of this section in your annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter). Further disclose the information in paragraph (e)(4) of this section if you are an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter) filing an annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) Whether you file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If you are a reporting company, identify the reports and other information you file with the SEC. 
</P>
<P>(2) State that the SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC and state the address of that site (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>).
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose your internet address, if you have one.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Whether you make available free of charge on or through your Internet website, if you have one, your annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), current reports on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) as soon as reasonably practicable after you electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC; 
</P>
<P>(ii) If you do not make your filings available in this manner, the reasons you do not do so (including, where applicable, that you do not have an Internet website); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If you do not make your filings available in this manner, whether you voluntarily will provide electronic or paper copies of your filings free of charge upon request.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reports to security holders.</I> Disclose the following information in any registration statement you file under the Securities Act:
</P>
<P>(1) If the SEC's proxy rules or regulations, or stock exchange requirements, do not require you to send an annual report to security holders or to holders of American depository receipts, describe briefly the nature and frequency of reports that you will give to security holders. Specify whether the reports that you give will contain financial information that has been examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed “by” an independent public or certified public accountant.
</P>
<P>(2) For a foreign private issuer, if the report will not contain financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, you must state whether the report will include a reconciliation of this information with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Enforceability of civil liabilities against foreign persons.</I> Disclose the following if you are a foreign private issuer filing a registration statement under the Securities Act:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether or not investors may bring actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. Federal securities laws against the foreign private issuer, any of its officers and directors who are residents of a foreign country, any underwriters or experts named in the registration statement that are residents of a foreign country, and whether investors may enforce these civil liability provisions when the assets of the issuer or these other persons are located outside of the United States. The disclosure must address the following matters:
</P>
<P>(i) The investor's ability to effect service of process within the United States on the foreign private issuer or any person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The investor's ability to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against foreign persons based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. Federal securities laws;
</P>
<P>(iii) The investor's ability to enforce, in an appropriate foreign court, judgments of U.S. courts based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. Federal securities laws; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The investor's ability to bring an original action in an appropriate foreign court to enforce liabilities against the foreign private issuer or any person based upon the U.S. Federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(2) If you provide this disclosure based on an opinion of counsel, name counsel in the prospectus and file as an exhibit to the registration statement a signed consent of counsel to the use of its name and opinion.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Smaller reporting companies.</I> A smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), may satisfy its obligations under this Item by describing the development of its business pursuant to this paragraph (h). In describing developments under paragraphs (h)(1) through (3), information should be provided for the period of time that is material to an understanding of the general development of the business. Notwithstanding the provisions of § 230.411(b) or § 240.12b-23(a) of this chapter as applicable, a smaller reporting company may only forgo providing a full discussion of the general development of its business for a filing other than an initial registration statement if it provides an update to the general development of its business disclosing all of the material developments that have occurred since the most recent registration statement or report that includes a full discussion of the general development of its business. In addition, the smaller reporting company must incorporate by reference, and include one active hyperlink to one registration statement or report that includes, the full discussion of the general development of the registrant's business. If the smaller reporting company has not been in business for three years, provide the same information for predecessor(s) of the smaller reporting company if there are any. This business development description should include:
</P>
<P>(1) Form and year of organization;
</P>
<P>(2) Any bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any material reclassification, merger, consolidation, or purchase or sale of a significant amount of assets not in the ordinary course of business.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Business of the smaller reporting company.</I> Briefly describe the business and include, to the extent material to an understanding of the smaller reporting company:
</P>
<P>(i) Principal products or services and their markets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Distribution methods of the products or services;
</P>
<P>(iii) Status of any publicly announced new product or service;
</P>
<P>(iv) Competitive business conditions and the smaller reporting company's competitive position in the industry and methods of competition;
</P>
<P>(v) Sources and availability of raw materials and the names of principal suppliers;
</P>
<P>(vi) Dependence on one or a few major customers;
</P>
<P>(vii) Patents, trademarks, licenses, franchises, concessions, royalty agreements or labor contracts, including duration;
</P>
<P>(viii) Need for any government approval of principal products or services. If government approval is necessary and the smaller reporting company has not yet received that approval, discuss the status of the approval within the government approval process;
</P>
<P>(ix) Effect of existing or probable governmental regulations on the business;
</P>
<P>(x) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xi) Costs and effects of compliance with environmental laws (federal, state and local); and
</P>
<P>(xii) Number of total employees and number of full-time employees.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reports to security holders.</I> Disclose the following in any registration statement you file under the Securities Act of 1933:
</P>
<P>(i) If you are not required to deliver an annual report to security holders, whether you will voluntarily send an annual report and whether the report will include audited financial statements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether you file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If you are a reporting company, identify the reports and other information you file with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(iii) State that the Commission maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission and state the address of that site (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). Disclose your internet address, if available.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Foreign issuers.</I> Provide the information required by Item 101(g) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.101(g)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 101:</I> 1. In determining what information about the segments is material to an understanding of the registrant's business taken as a whole and therefore required to be disclosed, pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Item, the registrant should take into account both quantitative and qualitative factors such as the significance of the matter to the registrant (e.g., whether a matter with a relatively minor impact on the registrant's business is represented by management to be important to its future profitability), the pervasiveness of the matter (e.g., whether it affects or may affect numerous items in the segment information), and the impact of the matter (e.g., whether it distorts the trends reflected in the segment information). Situations may arise when information should be disclosed about a segment, although the information in quantitative terms may not appear significant to the registrant's business taken as a whole.
</FP>
<P>2. Base the determination of whether information about segments is required for a particular year upon an evaluation of interperiod comparability. For instance, interperiod comparability would require a registrant to report segment information in the current period even if not material under the criteria for reportability of FASB ASC Topic 280, <I>Segment Reporting,</I> if a segment has been significant in the immediately preceding period and the registrant expects it to be significant in the future.
</P>
<P>3. The Commission, upon written request of the registrant and where consistent with the protection of investors, may permit the omission of any of the information required by this Item or the furnishing in substitution thereof of appropriate information of comparable character.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 63 FR 6381, Feb. 6, 1998; 64 FR 1734, Jan. 12, 1999; 67 FR 58504, Sept. 16, 2002; 70 FR 76641, Dec. 27, 2005; 73 FR 957, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 50120, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50209, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 63759, Oct. 8, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.102" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.102   (Item 102) Description of property.</HEAD>
<P>To the extent material, disclose the location and general character of the registrant's principal physical properties. In addition, identify the segment(s), as reported in the financial statements, that use the properties described. If any such property is not held in fee or is held subject to an encumbrance that is material to the registrant, so state and describe briefly how held.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to Item 102:</I> This item requires information that will reasonably inform investors as to the suitability, adequacy, productive capacity, and extent of utilization of the principal physical properties of the registrant and its subsidiaries, to the extent the described properties are material. A registrant should engage in a comprehensive consideration of the materiality of its properties. If appropriate, descriptions may be provided on a collective basis; detailed descriptions of the physical characteristics of individual properties or legal descriptions by metes and bounds are not required and shall not be given.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 102:</I> In determining materiality under this Item, the registrant should take into account both quantitative and qualitative factors. See Instruction 1 to Item 101 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.101).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 102:</I> Registrants engaged in mining operations must refer to and, if required, provide the disclosure under §§ 229.1300 through 229.1305 (subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K), in addition to any disclosure required by this section.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 102:</I> A registrant engaged in oil and gas producing activities shall provide the information required by Subpart 1200 of Regulation S-K.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to Item 102:</I> The definitions in § 210.4-10(a) of Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210] shall apply to this Item with respect to oil and gas operations.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 6 to Item 102:</I> The attention of certain issuers engaged in oil and gas producing activities is directed to the information called for in Securities Act Industry Guide 4 (referred to in § 229.801(d)). 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 7 to Item 102:</I> The attention of issuers engaged in real estate activities is directed to the information called for in Guide 5 (§ 229.801(e) of this chapter).</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 64 FR 1735, Jan. 12, 1999; 73 FR 957, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 2193, Jan. 14, 2009; 83 FR 66444, Dec. 26, 2018; 84 FR 12716, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.103" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.103   (Item 103) Legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe briefly any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the registrant or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is the subject. Include the name of the court or agency in which the proceedings are pending, the date instituted, the principal parties thereto, a description of the factual basis alleged to underlie the proceedings and the relief sought. Include similar information as to any such proceedings known to be contemplated by governmental authorities. Information may be provided by hyperlink or cross-reference to legal proceedings disclosure elsewhere in the document, such as in Management's Discussion &amp; Analysis (MD&amp;A), Risk Factors and notes to the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(b) No information need be given under this section for proceedings:
</P>
<P>(1) That involve negligence or other claims or actions if the business ordinarily results in such claims or actions, unless the claim or action departs from the normal kind of such claims or actions; or
</P>
<P>(2) That involve primarily a claim for damages if the amount involved, exclusive of interest and costs, does not exceed 10 percent of the current assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. However, if any proceeding presents in large degree the same legal or factual issues as other proceedings pending or known to be contemplated, the amount involved in such other proceedings shall be included in computing such percentage.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, disclosure under this section shall include, but shall not be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any material bankruptcy, receivership, or similar proceeding with respect to the registrant or any of its significant subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(2) Any material proceedings to which any director, officer or affiliate of the registrant, any owner of record or beneficially of more than five percent of any class of voting securities of the registrant, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate of the registrant, or security holder is a party adverse to the registrant or any of its subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to the registrant or any of its subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(3) Administrative or judicial proceedings (including proceedings which present in large degree the same issues) arising under any Federal, State, or local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or primarily for the purpose of protecting the environment. Such proceedings shall not be deemed “ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business” and shall be described if:
</P>
<P>(i) Such proceeding is material to the business or financial condition of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such proceeding involves primarily a claim for damages, or involves potential monetary sanctions, capital expenditures, deferred charges or charges to income and the amount involved, exclusive of interest and costs, exceeds 10 percent of the current assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A governmental authority is a party to such proceeding and such proceeding involves potential monetary sanctions, unless the registrant reasonably believes that such proceeding will result in no monetary sanctions, or in monetary sanctions, exclusive of interest and costs, of less than $300,000 or, at the election of the registrant, such other threshold that (A) the registrant determines is reasonably designed to result in disclosure of any such proceeding that is material to the business or financial condition is disclosed, (B) the registrant discloses (including any change thereto) in each annual and quarterly report, and (C) does not exceed the lesser of $1 million or one percent of the current assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that such proceedings that are similar in nature may be grouped and described generically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 63760, Oct. 8, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.104" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.104   (Item 104) Mine safety disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registrant that is the operator, or that has a subsidiary that is an operator, of a coal or other mine shall provide the information specified below for the time period covered by the report:
</P>
<P>(1) For each coal or other mine of which the registrant or a subsidiary of the registrant is an operator, identify the mine and disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of violations of mandatory health or safety standards that could significantly and substantially contribute to the cause and effect of a coal or other mine safety or health hazard under section 104 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 814) for which the operator received a citation from the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of orders issued under section 104(b) of such Act (30 U.S.C. 814(b)).
</P>
<P>(iii) The total number of citations and orders for unwarrantable failure of the mine operator to comply with mandatory health or safety standards under section 104(d) of such Act (30 U.S.C. 814(d)).
</P>
<P>(iv) The total number of flagrant violations under section 110(b)(2) of such Act (30 U.S.C. 820(b)(2)).
</P>
<P>(v) The total number of imminent danger orders issued under section 107(a) of such Act (30 U.S.C. 817(a)).
</P>
<P>(vi) The total dollar value of proposed assessments from the Mine Safety and Health Administration under such Act (30 U.S.C. 801 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 104(a)(1)(vi):</I> Registrants must provide the total dollar value of assessments proposed by MSHA relating to any type of violation during the period covered by the report, regardless of whether the registrant has challenged or appealed the assessment.
</P>
<P>(vii) The total number of mining-related fatalities.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 104(a)(1)(vii):</I> Registrants must report all fatalities occurring at a coal or other mine during the period covered by the report unless the fatality has been determined by MSHA to be unrelated to mining activity.
</P>
<P>(2) A list of coal or other mines, of which the registrant or a subsidiary of the registrant is an operator, that receive written notice from the Mine Safety and Health Administration of:
</P>
<P>(i) A pattern of violations of mandatory health or safety standards that are of such nature as could have significantly and substantially contributed to the cause and effect of coal or other mine health or safety hazards under section 104(e) of such Act (30 U.S.C. 814(e)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential to have such a pattern.
</P>
<P>(3) Any pending legal action before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission involving such coal or other mine.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 104(a)(3):</I> The registrant must report the total number of legal actions that were pending before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission as of the last day of the time period covered by the report, as well as the aggregate number of legal actions instituted and the aggregate number of legal actions resolved during the reporting period. With respect to the total number of legal actions that were pending before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission as of the last day of the time period covered by the report, the registrant must also report the number of such legal actions that are:
</P>
<P>1. Contests of citations and orders referenced in Subpart B of 29 CFR part 2700;
</P>
<P>2. Contests of proposed penalties referenced in Subpart C of 29 CFR part 2700;
</P>
<P>3. Complaints for compensation referenced in Subpart D of 29 CFR part 2700;
</P>
<P>4. Complaints of discharge, discrimination or interference referenced in Subpart E of 29 CFR part 2700;
</P>
<P>5. Applications for temporary relief referenced in Subpart F of 29 CFR part 2700; and
</P>
<P>6. Appeals of judges' decisions or orders to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission referenced in Subpart H of 29 CFR part 2700.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>coal or other mine</I> means a coal or other mine, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 802), that is subject to the provisions of such Act (30 U.S.C. 801 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>operator</I> has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 802).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>subsidiary</I> has the meaning given the term in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 (17 CFR 240.12b-2).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 104:</I> 1. The registrant must provide the information required by this Item as specified by § 229.601(b)(95) of this chapter. In addition, the registrant must provide a statement, in an appropriately captioned section of the periodic report, that the information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and this Item is included in exhibit 95 to the periodic report.
</P>
<P>2. When the disclosure required by this item is included in an exhibit to an annual report on Form 10-K, the information is to be provided for the registrant's fiscal year.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 81782, Dec. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.105" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.105   (Item 105) Risk factors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where appropriate, provide under the caption “Risk Factors” a discussion of the material factors that make an investment in the registrant or offering speculative or risky. This discussion must be organized logically with relevant headings and each risk factor should be set forth under a subcaption that adequately describes the risk. The presentation of risks that could apply generically to any registrant or any offering is discouraged, but to the extent generic risk factors are presented, disclose them at the end of the risk factor section under the caption “General Risk Factors.”
</P>
<P>(b) Concisely explain how each risk affects the registrant or the securities being offered. If the discussion is longer than 15 pages, include in the forepart of the prospectus or annual report, as applicable, a series of concise, bulleted or numbered statements that is no more than two pages summarizing the principal factors that make an investment in the registrant or offering speculative or risky. If the risk factor discussion is included in a registration statement, it must immediately follow the summary section required by § 229.503 (Item 503 of Regulation S-K). If you do not include a summary section, the risk factor section must immediately follow the cover page of the prospectus or the pricing information section that immediately follows the cover page. Pricing information means price and price-related information that you may omit from the prospectus in an effective registration statement based on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter). The registrant must furnish this information in plain English. See § 230.421(d) of Regulation C of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 63761, Oct. 8, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.106" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.2.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.106   (Item 106) Cybersecurity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Cybersecurity incident</I> means an unauthorized occurrence, or a series of related unauthorized occurrences, on or conducted through a registrant's information systems that jeopardizes the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of a registrant's information systems or any information residing therein.
</P>
<P><I>Cybersecurity threat</I> means any potential unauthorized occurrence on or conducted through a registrant's information systems that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of a registrant's information systems or any information residing therein.
</P>
<P><I>Information systems</I> means electronic information resources, owned or used by the registrant, including physical or virtual infrastructure controlled by such information resources, or components thereof, organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of the registrant's information to maintain or support the registrant's operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk management and strategy.</I> (1) Describe the registrant's processes, if any, for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats in sufficient detail for a reasonable investor to understand those processes. In providing such disclosure, a registrant should address, as applicable, the following non-exclusive list of disclosure items:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether and how any such processes have been integrated into the registrant's overall risk management system or processes;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the registrant engages assessors, consultants, auditors, or other third parties in connection with any such processes; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the registrant has processes to oversee and identify such risks from cybersecurity threats associated with its use of any third-party service provider.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe whether any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition and if so, how.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Governance.</I> (1) Describe the board of directors' oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats. If applicable, identify any board committee or subcommittee responsible for the oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats and describe the processes by which the board or such committee is informed about such risks.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe management's role in assessing and managing the registrant's material risks from cybersecurity threats. In providing such disclosure, a registrant should address, as applicable, the following non-exclusive list of disclosure items:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether and which management positions or committees are responsible for assessing and managing such risks, and the relevant expertise of such persons or members in such detail as necessary to fully describe the nature of the expertise;
</P>
<P>(ii) The processes by which such persons or committees are informed about and monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether such persons or committees report information about such risks to the board of directors or a committee or subcommittee of the board of directors.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to Item 106(c):</I> In the case of a foreign private issuer with a two-tier board of directors, for purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, the term “board of directors” means the supervisory or non-management board. In the case of a foreign private issuer meeting the requirements of § 240.10A-3(c)(3) of this chapter, for purposes of paragraph (c) of this Item, the term “board of directors” means the issuer's board of auditors (or similar body) or statutory auditors, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 106(c):</I> Relevant expertise of management in Item 106(c)(2)(i) may include, for example: Prior work experience in cybersecurity; any relevant degrees or certifications; any knowledge, skills, or other background in cybersecurity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Structured Data Requirement.</I> Provide the information required by this Item in an Interactive Data File in accordance with Rule 405 of Regulation S-T and the EDGAR Filer Manual.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 51942, Aug. 4, 2023]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.200—Securities of the Registrant</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.3.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.201   (Item 201) Market price of and dividends on the registrant's common equity and related stockholder matters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Market information.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Identify the principal United States market(s) and the corresponding trading symbol(s) for each class of the registrant's common equity. In the case of foreign registrants, also identify the principal foreign public trading market(s), if any, and the corresponding trading symbol(s) for each class of the registrant's common equity.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the principal United States market for such common equity is not an exchange, indicate, as applicable, that any over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
</P>
<P>(iii) Where there is no established public trading market for a class of common equity, furnish a statement to that effect and, if applicable, state the range of high and low bid information for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period for which financial statements are included, or are required to be included by 17 CFR 210.3-01 through 210.3-20 (Article 3 of Regulation S-X), indicating the source of such quotations. Reference to quotations shall be qualified by appropriate explanation. For purposes of this Item the existence of limited or sporadic quotations should not of itself be deemed to constitute an “established public trading market.”
</P>
<P>(2) If the information called for by this paragraph (a) is being presented in a registration statement on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) under the Securities Act or on Form 10 (§ 249.210 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act relating to a class of common equity for which at the time of filing there is no established United States public trading market, indicate the amount(s) of common equity:
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) That could be sold pursuant to § 230.144 of this chapter or that the registrant has agreed to register under the Securities Act for sale by security holders; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That is being, or has been publicly proposed to be, publicly offered by the registrant (unless such common equity is being offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan or dividend reinvestment plan), the offering of which could have a material effect on the market price of the registrant's common equity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Holders.</I> (1) Set forth the approximate number of holders of each class of common equity of the registrant as of the latest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(2) If the information called for by this paragraph (b) is being presented in a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act or a proxy statement or information statement filed pursuant to the Exchange Act that relates to an acquisition, business combination or other reorganization, indicate the effect of such transaction on the amount and percentage of present holdings of the registrant's common equity owned beneficially by (i) any person (including any group as that term is used in section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who is known to the registrant to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of the registrant's common equity and (ii) each director and nominee and (iii) all directors and officers as a group, and the registrant's present commitments to such persons with respect to the issuance of shares of any class of its common equity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dividends.</I> (1)[Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Where registrants have a record of paying no cash dividends although earnings indicate an ability to do so, they are encouraged to consider the question of their intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, if no such intention exists, to make a statement of that fact in the filing. Registrants which have a history of paying cash dividends also are encouraged to indicate whether they currently expect that comparable cash dividends will continue to be paid in the future and, if not, the nature of the change in the amount or rate of cash dividend payments.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.</I> (1) In the following tabular format, provide the information specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this Item as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year with respect to compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance, aggregated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) All compensation plans previously approved by security holders; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) All compensation plans not previously approved by security holders. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Equity Compensation Plan Information 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plan category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The table shall include the following information as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year for each category of equity compensation plan described in paragraph (d)(1) of this Item: 
</P>
<P>(i) The number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (column (a)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) The weighted-average exercise price of the outstanding options, warrants and rights disclosed pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this Item (column (b)); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Other than securities to be issued upon the exercise of the outstanding options, warrants and rights disclosed in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this Item, the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under the plan (column (c)). 
</P>
<P>(3) For each compensation plan under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance that was adopted without the approval of security holders, describe briefly, in narrative form, the material features of the plan. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph (d).</I> 1. Disclosure shall be provided with respect to any compensation plan and individual compensation arrangement of the registrant (or parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the registrant) under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance to employees or non-employees (such as directors, consultants, advisors, vendors, customers, suppliers or lenders) in exchange for consideration in the form of goods or services as described in FASB ASC Topic 718, <I>Compensation—Stock Compensation,</I> and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, <I>Equity—Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees”.</I> No disclosure is required with respect to 
</FP>
<P>a. Any plan, contract or arrangement for the issuance of warrants or rights to all security holders of the registrant as such on a pro rata basis (such as a stock rights offering) or 
</P>
<P>b. Any employee benefit plan that is intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(a)). 
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of this paragraph, an “individual compensation arrangement” includes, but is not limited to, the following: a written compensation contract within the meaning of “employee benefit plan” under § 230.405 of this chapter and a plan (whether or not set forth in any formal document) applicable to one person as provided under Item 402(a)(6)(ii) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(6)(ii)). 
</P>
<P>3. If more than one class of equity security is issued under its equity compensation plans, a registrant should aggregate plan information for each class of security. 
</P>
<P>4. A registrant may aggregate information regarding individual compensation arrangements with the plan information required under paragraph (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this Item, as applicable. 
</P>
<P>5. A registrant may aggregate information regarding a compensation plan assumed in connection with a merger, consolidation or other acquisition transaction pursuant to which the registrant may make subsequent grants or awards of its equity securities with the plan information required under paragraph (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this Item, as applicable. A registrant shall disclose on an aggregated basis in a footnote to the table the information required under paragraph (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this Item with respect to any individual options, warrants or rights assumed in connection with a merger, consolidation or other acquisition transaction. 
</P>
<P>6. To the extent that the number of securities remaining available for future issuance disclosed in column (c) includes securities available for future issuance under any compensation plan or individual compensation arrangement other than upon the exercise of an option, warrant or right, disclose the number of securities and type of plan separately for each such plan in a footnote to the table. 
</P>
<P>7. If the description of an equity compensation plan set forth in a registrant's financial statements contains the disclosure required by paragraph (d)(3) of this Item, a cross-reference to such description will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this Item. 
</P>
<P>8. If an equity compensation plan contains a formula for calculating the number of securities available for issuance under the plan, including, without limitation, a formula that automatically increases the number of securities available for issuance by a percentage of the number of outstanding securities of the registrant, a description of this formula shall be disclosed in a footnote to the table. 
</P>
<P>9. Except where it is part of a document that is incorporated by reference into a prospectus, the information required by this paragraph need not be provided in any registration statement filed under the Securities Act.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Performance graph.</I> (1) Provide a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the registrant's cumulative total shareholder return on a class of common stock registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act (as measured by dividing the sum of the cumulative amount of dividends for the measurement period, assuming dividend reinvestment, and the difference between the registrant's share price at the end and the beginning of the measurement period; by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period) with:
</P>
<P>(i) The cumulative total return of a broad equity market index assuming reinvestment of dividends, that includes companies whose equity securities are traded on the same exchange or are of comparable market capitalization; <I>provided, however,</I> that if the registrant is a company within the Standard &amp; Poor's 500 Stock Index, the registrant must use that index; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The cumulative total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, of:
</P>
<P>(A) A published industry or line-of-business index;
</P>
<P>(B) Peer issuer(s) selected in good faith. If the registrant does not select its peer issuer(s) on an industry or line-of-business basis, the registrant shall disclose the basis for its selection; or
</P>
<P>(C) Issuer(s) with similar market capitalization(s), but only if the registrant does not use a published industry or line-of-business index and does not believe it can reasonably identify a peer group. If the registrant uses this alternative, the graph shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons for this selection.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1) of this Item, the term “measurement period” shall be the period beginning at the “measurement point” established by the market close on the last trading day before the beginning of the registrant's fifth preceding fiscal year, through and including the end of the registrant's last completed fiscal year. If the class of securities has been registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) for a shorter period of time, the period covered by the comparison may correspond to that time period.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of this Item, the term “published industry or line-of-business index” means any index that is prepared by a party other than the registrant or an affiliate and is accessible to the registrant's security holders; <I>provided, however,</I> that registrants may use an index prepared by the registrant or affiliate if such index is widely recognized and used.
</P>
<P>(4) If the registrant selects a different index from an index used for the immediately preceding fiscal year, explain the reason(s) for this change and also compare the registrant's total return with that of both the newly selected index and the index used in the immediately preceding fiscal year.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 201(e):
</I> 1. In preparing the required graphic comparisons, the registrant should:
</FP>
<P>a. Use, to the extent feasible, comparable methods of presentation and assumptions for the total return calculations required by paragraph (e)(1) of this Item; <I>provided, however,</I> that if the registrant constructs its own peer group index under paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B), the same methodology must be used in calculating both the registrant's total return and that on the peer group index; and
</P>
<P>b. Assume the reinvestment of dividends into additional shares of the same class of equity securities at the frequency with which dividends are paid on such securities during the applicable fiscal year.
</P>
<P>2. In constructing the graph:
</P>
<P>a. The closing price at the measurement point must be converted into a fixed investment, stated in dollars, in the registrant's stock (or in the stocks represented by a given index) with cumulative returns for each subsequent fiscal year measured as a change from that investment; and
</P>
<P>b. Each fiscal year should be plotted with points showing the cumulative total return as of that point. The value of the investment as of each point plotted on a given return line is the number of shares held at that point multiplied by the then-prevailing share price.
</P>
<P>3. The registrant is required to present information for the registrant's last five fiscal years, and may choose to graph a longer period; but the measurement point, however, shall remain the same.
</P>
<P>4. Registrants may include comparisons using performance measures in addition to total return, such as return on average common shareholders' equity.
</P>
<P>5. If the registrant uses a peer issuer(s) comparison or comparison with issuer(s) with similar market capitalizations, the identity of those issuers must be disclosed and the returns of each component issuer of the group must be weighted according to the respective issuer's stock market capitalization at the beginning of each period for which a return is indicated.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Smaller reporting companies.</I> A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), is not required to provide the information required by paragraph (e) of this Item.
</P>
<P>7. The information required by paragraph (e) of this Item need not be provided in any filings other than an annual report to security holders required by Exchange Act Rule 14a-3 (17 CFR 240.14a-3) or Exchange Act Rule 14c-3 (17 CFR 240.14c-3) that precedes or accompanies a registrant's proxy or information statement relating to an annual meeting of security holders at which directors are to be elected (or special meeting or written consents in lieu of such meeting). Such information will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
</P>
<P>8. The information required by paragraph (e) of this Item shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C (17 CFR 240.14a-1-240.14a-104 or 240.14c-1-240.14c-101), other than as provided in this item, or to the liabilities of section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), except to the extent that the registrant specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to Item 201.</I> [Reserved]
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 201.</I> Bid information reported pursuant to this Item shall be adjusted to give retroactive effect to material changes resulting from stock dividends, stock splits and reverse stock splits.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 201</I> The computation of the approximate number of holders of registrant's common equity may be based upon the number of record holders or also may include individual participants in security position listings. See Rule 17Ad-8 under the Exchange Act. The method of computation that is chosen shall be indicated.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 201</I> If the registrant is a foreign issuer, describe briefly:
</P>
<P>A. Any governmental laws, decrees or regulations in the country in which the registrant is organized that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends or other payments to nonresident holders of the registrant's common equity; and
</P>
<P>B. All taxes, including withholding provisions, to which United States common equity holders are subject under existing laws and regulations of the foreign country in which the registrant is organized. Include a brief description of pertinent provisions of any reciprocal tax treaty between such foreign country and the United States regarding withholding. If there is no such treaty, so state.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to Item 201</I> If the registrant is a foreign private issuer whose common equity of the class being registered is wholly or partially in bearer form, the response to this Item shall so indicate together with as much information as the registrant is able to provide with respect to security holdings in the United States. If the securities being registered trade in the United States in the form of American Depositary Receipts or similar certificates, the response to this Item shall so indicate together with the name of the depositary issuing such receipts and the number of shares or other units of the underlying security representing the trading units in such receipts.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 25127, June 10, 1982; 47 FR 54768, Dec. 6, 1982; 67 FR 246, Jan. 2, 2002; 71 FR 53240, Sept. 8, 2006; 73 FR 957, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 50120, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50209, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.3.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.202   (Item 202) Description of registrant's securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Capital stock.</I> If capital stock is to be registered, state the title of the class and describe such of the matters listed in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) as are relevant. A complete legal description of the securities need not be given.
</P>
<P>(1) Outline briefly: (i) dividend rights; (ii) terms of conversion; (iii) sinking fund provisions; (iv) redemption provisions; (v) voting rights, including any provisions specifying the vote required by security holders to take action; (vi) any classification of the Board of Directors, and the impact of such classification where cumulative voting is permitted or required; (vii) liquidation rights; (viii) preemption rights; and (ix) liability to further calls or to assessment by the registrant and for liabilities of the registrant imposed on its stockholders under state statutes (e.g., to laborers, servants or employees of the registrant), unless such disclosure would be immaterial because the financial resources of the registrant or other factors make it improbable that liability under such state statutes would be imposed; (x) any restriction on alienability of the securities to be registered; and (xi) any provision discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such security holder owning a substantial amount of securities.
</P>
<P>(2) If the rights of holders of such stock may be modified otherwise than by a vote of a majority or more of the shares outstanding, voting as a class, so state and explain briefly.
</P>
<P>(3) If preferred stock is to be registered, describe briefly any restriction on the repurchase or redemption of shares by the registrant while there is any arrearage in the payment of dividends or sinking fund installments. If there is no such restriction, so state.
</P>
<P>(4) If the rights evidenced by, or amounts payable with respect to, the shares to be registered are, or may be, materially limited or qualified by the rights of any other authorized class of securities, include the information regarding such other securities as will enable investors to understand such limitations or qualifications. No information need be given, however, as to any class of securities all of which will be retired, provided appropriate steps to ensure such retirement will be completed prior to or upon delivery by the registrant of the shares.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe briefly or cross-reference to a description in another part of the document, any provision of the registrant's charter or by-laws that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the registrant and that would operate only with respect to an extraordinary corporate transaction involving the registrant (or any of its subsidiaries), such as a merger, reorganization, tender offer, sale or transfer of substantially all of its assets, or liquidation. Provisions and arrangements required by law or imposed by governmental or judicial authority need not be described or discussed pursuant to this paragraph (a)(5). Provisions or arrangements adopted by the registrant to effect, or further, compliance with laws or governmental or judicial mandate are not subject to the immediately preceding sentence where such compliance did not require the specific provisions or arrangements adopted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Debt securities.</I> If debt securities are to be registered, state the title of such securities, the principal amount being offered, and, if a series, the total amount authorized and the total amount outstanding as of the most recent practicable date; and describe such of the matter listed in paragraphs (b) (1) through (10) as are relevant. A complete legal description of the securities need not be given. For purposes solely of this Item, debt securities that differ from one another only as to the interest rate or maturity shall be regarded as securities of the same class. Outline briefly:
</P>
<P>(1) Provisions with respect to maturity, interest, conversion, redemption, amortization, sinking fund, or retirement;
</P>
<P>(2) Provisions with respect to the kind and priority of any lien securing the securities, together with a brief identification of the principal properties subject to such lien;
</P>
<P>(3) Provisions with respect to the subordination of the rights of holders of the securities to other security holders or creditors of the registrant; where debt securities are designated as subordinated in accordance with Instruction 1 to this Item, set forth the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness as of the most recent practicable date that by the terms of such debt securities would be senior to such subordinated debt and describe briefly any limitation on the issuance of such additional senior indebtedness or state that there is no such limitation;
</P>
<P>(4) Provisions restricting the declaration of dividends or requiring the maintenance of any asset ratio or the creation or maintenance of reserves;
</P>
<P>(5) Provisions restricting the incurrence of additional debt or the issuance of additional securities; in the case of secured debt, whether the securities being registered are to be issued on the basis of unbonded bondable property, the deposit of cash or otherwise; as of the most recent practicable date, the approximate amount of unbonded bondable property available as a basis for the issuance of bonds; provisions permitting the withdrawal of cash deposited as a basis for the issuance of bonds; and provisions permitting the release or substitution of assets securing the issue; <I>Provided, however,</I> That provisions permitting the release of assets upon the deposit of equivalent funds or the pledge of equivalent property, the release of property no longer required in the business, obsolete property, or property taken by eminent domain or the application of insurance moneys, and other similar provisions need not be described;
</P>
<P>(6) The general type of event that constitutes a default and whether or not any periodic evidence is required to be furnished as to the absence of default or as to compliance with the terms of the indenture;
</P>
<P>(7) Provisions relating to modification of the terms of the security or the rights of security holders;
</P>
<P>(8) If the rights evidenced by the securities to be registered are, or may be, materially limited or qualified by the rights of any other authorized class of securities, the information regarding such other securities as will enable investors to understand the rights evidenced by the securities; to the extent not otherwise disclosed pursuant to this Item; no information need be given, however, as to any class of securities all of which will be retired, provided appropriate steps to ensure such retirement will be completed prior to or upon delivery by the registrant of the securities;
</P>
<P>(9) If debt securities are to be offered at a price such that they will be deemed to be offered at an “original issue discount” as defined in paragraph (a) of section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 1273), or if a debt security is sold in a package with another security and the allocation of the offering price between the two securities may have the effect of offering the debt security at such an original issue discount, the tax effects thereof pursuant to sections 1271-1278;
</P>
<P>(10) The name of the trustee(s) and the nature of any material relationship with the registrant or with any of its affiliates; the percentage of securities of the class necessary to require the trustee to take action; and what indemnification the trustee may require before proceeding to enforce the lien.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Warrants and rights.</I> If the securities described are to be offered pursuant to warrants or rights state:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of securities called for by such warrants or rights;
</P>
<P>(2) The period during which and the price at which the warrants or rights are exercisable;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of warrants or rights outstanding;
</P>
<P>(4) Provisions for changes to or adjustments in the exercise price; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other material terms of such rights on warrants.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other securities.</I> If securities other than capital stock, debt, warrants or rights are to be registered, include a brief description (comparable to that required in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Item 202) of the rights evidenced thereby.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Market information for securities other than common equity.</I> If securities other than common equity are to be registered and there is an established public trading market for such securities (as that term is used in Item 201 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201 of this chapter)) provide market information with respect to such securities comparable to that required by paragraph (a) of Item 201 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>American Depositary Receipts.</I> If Depositary Shares represented by American Depositary Receipts are being registered, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the depositary and the address of its principal executive office.
</P>
<P>(2) State the title of the American Depositary Receipts and identify the deposited security. Describe briefly the terms of deposit, including the provisions, if any, with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of deposited securities represented by one unit of American Depositary Receipts;
</P>
<P>(ii) The procedure for voting, if any, the deposited securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The collection and distribution of dividends;
</P>
<P>(iv) The transmission of notices, reports and proxy soliciting material;
</P>
<P>(v) The sale or exercise of rights;
</P>
<P>(vi) The deposit or sale of securities resulting from dividends, splits or plans of reorganization;
</P>
<P>(vii) Amendment, extension or termination of the deposit;
</P>
<P>(viii) Rights of holders of receipts to inspect the transfer books of the depositary and the list of holders of receipts;
</P>
<P>(ix) Restrictions upon the right to deposit or withdraw the underlying securities;
</P>
<P>(x) Limitation upon the liability of the depositary.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe all fees and charges which may be imposed directly or indirectly against the holder of the American Depositary Receipts, indicating the type of service, the amount of fee or charges and to whom paid.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 202:</I> 1. Wherever the title of securities is required to be stated, there shall be given such information as will indicate the type and general character of the securities, including the following:
</FP>
<P>A. In the case of shares, the par or stated value, if any; the rate of dividends, if fixed, and whether cumulative or non-cumulative; a brief indication of the preference, if any; and if convertible or redeemable, a statement to that effect;
</P>
<P>B. In the case of debt, the rate of interest; the date of maturity or, if the issue matures serially, a brief indication of the serial maturities, such as “maturing serially from 1955 to 1960”; if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contingency; a brief indication of the priority of the issue; and, if convertible or callable, a statement to that effect; or
</P>
<P>C. In the case of any other kind of security, appropriate information of comparable character.
</P>
<P>2. If the registrant is a foreign registrant, include (to the extent not disclosed in the document pursuant to Item 201 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201) or otherwise) in the description of the securities:
</P>
<P>A. A brief description of any limitations on the right of nonresident or foreign owners to hold or vote such securities imposed by foreign law or by the charter or other constituent document of the registrant, or if no such limitations are applicable, so state;
</P>
<P>B. A brief description of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations in the country in which the registrant is organized affecting the remittance of dividends, interest and other payments to nonresident holders of the securities being registered;
</P>
<P>C. A brief outline of all taxes, including withholding provisions, to which United States security holders are subject under existing laws and regulations of the foreign country in which the registrant is organized; and
</P>
<P>D. A brief description of pertinent provisions of any reciprocal tax treaty between such foreign country and the United States regarding withholding or, if there is no such treaty, so state.
</P>
<P>3. Section 305(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq., </I> as amended (“Trust Indenture Act”), shall not be deemed to require the inclusion in a registration statement, prospectus, or annual report on Form 10-K of any information not required by this Item or Item 601(b)(4)(vi) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>4. Where convertible securities or stock purchase warrants are being registered that are subject to redemption or call, the description of the conversion terms of the securities or material terms of the warrants shall disclose:
</P>
<P>A. Whether the right to convert or purchase the securities will be forfeited unless it is exercised before the date specified in a notice of the redemption or call;
</P>
<P>B. The expiration or termination date of the warrants;
</P>
<P>C. The kinds, frequency and timing of notice of the redemption or call, including the cities or newspapers in which notice will be published (where the securities provide for a class of newspapers or group of cities in which the publication may be made at the discretion of the registrant, the registrant should describe such provision); and
</P>
<P>D. In the case of bearer securities, that investors are responsible for making arrangements to prevent loss of the right to convert or purchase in the event of redemption of call, for example, by reading the newspapers in which the notice of redemption or call may be published.
</P>
<P>5. The response to paragraph (f) shall include information with respect to fees and charges in connection with (A) the deposit or substitution of the underlying securities; (B) receipt and distribution of dividends; (C) the sale or exercise of rights; (D) the withdrawal of the underlying security; and (E) the transferring, splitting or grouping of receipts. Information with respect to the right to collect the fees and charges against dividends received and deposited securities shall be included in response to this item.
</P>
<P>6. For asset-backed securities, see also Item 1113 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1113).</P></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 229.202:</HED>
<P>If the securities being described have been accepted for listing on an exchange, the exchange may be identified. The document should not, however, convey the impression that the registrant may apply successfully for listing of the securities on an exchange or that, in the case of an underwritten offering, the underwriters may request the registrant to apply for such listing, unless there is reasonable assurance that the securities to be offered will be acceptable to a securities exchange for listing.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 54768, Dec. 6, 1982; 51 FR 42056, Nov. 20, 1986; 70 FR 1593, Jan. 7, 2005; 84 FR 12717, Apr. 2, 2019; 84 FR 39967, Aug. 13, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.300—Financial Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.301   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.302   (Item 302) Supplementary financial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosure of material quarterly changes.</I> When there are one or more retrospective changes to the statements of comprehensive income for any of the quarters within the two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period for which financial statements are included or are required to be included by §§ 210.3-01 through 210.3-20 of this chapter (Article 3 of Regulation S-X) that individually or in the aggregate are material, provide an explanation of the reasons for such material changes and disclose, for each affected quarterly period and the fourth quarter in the affected year, summarized financial information related to the statements of comprehensive income as specified in § 210.1-02(bb)(1)(ii) of this chapter (Rule 1-02(bb)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-X) and earnings per share reflecting such changes.
</P>
<P>(1) If the financial statements to which this information relates have been reported on by an accountant, appropriate professional standards and procedures, as enumerated in Auditing Standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), shall be followed by the reporting accountant with regard to the disclosure required by this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(2) This paragraph (a) applies to any registrant, except a foreign private issuer, that has securities registered pursuant to sections 12(b) (15 U.S.C. 78l(b)) (other than mutual life insurance companies) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)) after the registrant's initial registration of securities under these sections.
</P>
<P>(3) A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), is not required to provide the information required by this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information about oil and gas producing activities.</I> Registrants engaged in oil and gas producing activities shall present the information about oil and gas producing activities (as those activities are defined in Regulation S-X, § 210.4-10(a)) specified in FASB ASC Topic 932, <I>Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas,</I> if such oil and gas producing activities are regarded as significant under one or more of the tests set forth in FASB ASC Subtopic 932-235, <I>Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas—Notes to Financial Statements,</I> for ‘Significant Activities.’
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b).</I> (a) FASB ASC Subtopic 932-235 disclosures that relate to annual periods shall be presented for each annual period for which a statement of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) is required, (b) FASB ASC Subtopic 932-235 disclosures required as of the end of an annual period shall be presented as of the date of each audited balance sheet required, and (c) FASB ASC Subtopic 932-235 disclosures required as of the beginning of an annual period shall be presented as of the beginning of each annual period for which a statement of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) is required. 
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b).</I> This paragraph, together with § 210.4-10 of Regulation S-X, prescribes financial reporting standards for the preparation of accounts by persons engaged, in whole or in part, in the production of crude oil or natural gas in the United States, pursuant to Section 503 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 8383) (“EPCA”) and Section 11(c) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 796) (“ESECA”) as amended by Section 506 of EPCA. The application of the paragraph to those oil and gas producing operations of companies regulated for ratemaking purposes on an individual-company-cost-of-service basis may, however, give appropriate recognition to differences arising because of the effect of the ratemaking process.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (b).</I> Any person exempted by the Department of Energy from any record-keeping or reporting requirements pursuant to Section 11(c) of ESECA, as amended, is similarly exempted from the related provisions of this paragraph in the preparation of accounts pursuant to EPCA. This exemption does not affect the applicability of this paragraph to filings pursuant to the federal securities laws.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c)<I>Smaller reporting companies</I>. A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10f(1), is not required to provide the information required by this Item.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 57914, Dec. 29, 1982; 52 FR 30919, Aug. 18, 1987; 56 FR 30053, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 73402, Dec. 30, 1999; 73 FR 958, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 18617, Apr. 23, 2009; 76 FR 50120, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50210, Oct. 4, 2018; 86 FR 2126, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.303" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.303   (Item 303) Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Objective.</I> The objective of the discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to an assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of the registrant including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and from outside sources. The discussion and analysis must focus specifically on material events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition. This includes descriptions and amounts of matters that have had a material impact on reported operations, as well as matters that are reasonably likely based on management's assessment to have a material impact on future operations. The discussion and analysis must be of the financial statements and other statistical data that the registrant believes will enhance a reader's understanding of the registrant's financial condition, cash flows and other changes in financial condition and results of operations. A discussion and analysis that meets the requirements of this paragraph (a) is expected to better allow investors to view the registrant from management's perspective.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Full fiscal years.</I> The discussion of financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations must provide information as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and such other information that the registrant believes to be necessary to an understanding of its financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations. Where the financial statements reflect material changes from period-to-period in one or more line items, including where material changes within a line item offset one another, describe the underlying reasons for these material changes in quantitative and qualitative terms. Where in the registrant's judgment a discussion of segment information and/or of other subdivisions (<I>e.g.,</I> geographic areas, product lines) of the registrant's business would be necessary to an understanding of such business, the discussion must focus on each relevant reportable segment and/or other subdivision of the business and on the registrant as a whole.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Liquidity and capital resources.</I> Analyze the registrant's ability to generate and obtain adequate amounts of cash to meet its requirements and its plans for cash in the short-term (<I>i.e.,</I> the next 12 months from the most recent fiscal period end required to be presented) and separately in the long-term (<I>i.e.,</I> beyond the next 12 months). The discussion should analyze material cash requirements from known contractual and other obligations. Such disclosures must specify the type of obligation and the relevant time period for the related cash requirements. As part of this analysis, provide the information in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Liquidity.</I> Identify any known trends or any known demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in or that are reasonably likely to result in the registrant's liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material way. If a material deficiency is identified, indicate the course of action that the registrant has taken or proposes to take to remedy the deficiency. Also identify and separately describe internal and external sources of liquidity, and briefly discuss any material unused sources of liquid assets.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Capital resources.</I> (A) Describe the registrant's material cash requirements, including commitments for capital expenditures, as of the end of the latest fiscal period, the anticipated source of funds needed to satisfy such cash requirements and the general purpose of such requirements.
</P>
<P>(B) Describe any known material trends, favorable or unfavorable, in the registrant's capital resources. Indicate any reasonably likely material changes in the mix and relative cost of such resources. The discussion must consider changes among equity, debt, and any off-balance sheet financing arrangements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Results of operations.</I> (i) Describe any unusual or infrequent events or transactions or any significant economic changes that materially affected the amount of reported income from continuing operations and, in each case, indicate the extent to which income was so affected. In addition, describe any other significant components of revenues or expenses that, in the registrant's judgment, would be material to an understanding of the registrant's results of operations.
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe any known trends or uncertainties that have had or that are reasonably likely to have a material favorable or unfavorable impact on net sales or revenues or income from continuing operations. If the registrant knows of events that are reasonably likely to cause a material change in the relationship between costs and revenues (such as known or reasonably likely future increases in costs of labor or materials or price increases or inventory adjustments), the change in the relationship must be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the statement of comprehensive income presents material changes from period to period in net sales or revenue, if applicable, describe the extent to which such changes are attributable to changes in prices or to changes in the volume or amount of goods or services being sold or to the introduction of new products or services.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Critical accounting estimates.</I> Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the registrant. Provide qualitative and quantitative information necessary to understand the estimation uncertainty and the impact the critical accounting estimate has had or is reasonably likely to have on financial condition or results of operations to the extent the information is material and reasonably available. This information should include why each critical accounting estimate is subject to uncertainty and, to the extent the information is material and reasonably available, how much each estimate and/or assumption has changed over a relevant period, and the sensitivity of the reported amount to the methods, assumptions and estimates underlying its calculation.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (b):</I> 1. Generally, the discussion must cover the periods covered by the financial statements included in the filing and the registrant may use any presentation that in the registrant's judgment enhances a reader's understanding. A smaller reporting company's discussion must cover the two-year period required in §§ 210.8-01 through 210.8-08 of this chapter (Article 8 of Regulation S-X) and may use any presentation that in the registrant's judgment enhances a reader's understanding. For registrants providing financial statements covering three years in a filing, discussion about the earliest of the three years may be omitted if such discussion was already included in the registrant's prior filings on EDGAR that required disclosure in compliance with § 229.303 (Item 303 of Regulation S-K), provided that registrants electing not to include a discussion of the earliest year must include a statement that identifies the location in the prior filing where the omitted discussion may be found. An emerging growth company, as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter (Rule 405 of the Securities Act) or § 240.12b-2 of this chapter (Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act), may provide the discussion required in paragraph (b) of this section for its two most recent fiscal years if, pursuant to Section 7(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77g(a)), it provides audited financial statements for two years in a Securities Act registration statement for the initial public offering of the emerging growth company's common equity securities.
</P>
<P>2. If the reasons underlying a material change in one line item in the financial statements also relate to other line items, no repetition of such reasons in the discussion is required and a line-by-line analysis of the financial statements as a whole is neither required nor generally appropriate. Registrants need not recite the amounts of changes from period to period if they are readily computable from the financial statements. The discussion must not merely repeat numerical data contained in the financial statements.
</P>
<P>3. Provide the analysis in a format that facilitates easy understanding and that supplements, and does not duplicate, disclosure already provided in the filing. For critical accounting estimates, this disclosure must supplement, but not duplicate, the description of accounting policies or other disclosures in the notes to the financial statements.
</P>
<P>4. For the liquidity and capital resources disclosure, discussion of material cash requirements from known contractual obligations may include, for example, lease obligations, purchase obligations, or other liabilities reflected on the registrant's balance sheet. Except where it is otherwise clear from the discussion, the registrant must discuss those balance sheet conditions or income or cash flow items which the registrant believes may be indicators of its liquidity condition.
</P>
<P>5. Where financial statements presented or incorporated by reference in the registration statement are required by § 210.4-08(e)(3) of this chapter (Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) to include disclosure of restrictions on the ability of both consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries to transfer funds to the registrant in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, the discussion of liquidity must include a discussion of the nature and extent of such restrictions and the impact such restrictions have had or are reasonably likely to have on the ability of the parent company to meet its cash obligations.
</P>
<P>6. Any forward-looking information supplied is expressly covered by the safe harbor rule for projections. See 17 CFR 230.175 [Rule 175 under the Securities Act], 17 CFR 240.3b-6 [Rule 3b-6 under the Exchange Act], and Securities Act Release No. 6084 (June 25, 1979).
</P>
<P>7. All references to the registrant in the discussion and in this section mean the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated.
</P>
<P>8. Discussion of commitments or obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from arrangements with unconsolidated entities or persons that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on a registrant's financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, cash requirements or capital resources must be provided even when the arrangement results in no obligations being reported in the registrant's consolidated balance sheets. Such off-balance sheet arrangements may include: Guarantees; retained or contingent interests in assets transferred; contractual arrangements that support the credit, liquidity or market risk for transferred assets; obligations that arise or could arise from variable interests held in an unconsolidated entity; or obligations related to derivative instruments that are both indexed to and classified in a registrant's own equity under U.S. GAAP.
</P>
<P>9. If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, briefly discuss any pertinent governmental economic, fiscal, monetary, or political policies or factors that have materially affected or could materially affect, directly or indirectly, its operations or investments by United States nationals. The discussion must also consider the impact of hyperinflation if hyperinflation has occurred in any of the periods for which audited financial statements or unaudited interim financial statements are filed. See § 210.3-20(c) of this chapter (Rule 3-20(c) of Regulation S-X) for a discussion of cumulative inflation rates that may trigger the requirement in this instruction 9 to this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>10. If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, the discussion must focus on the primary financial statements presented in the registration statement or report. The foreign private issuer must refer to the reconciliation to United States generally accepted accounting principles and discuss any aspects of the difference between foreign and United States generally accepted accounting principles, not discussed in the reconciliation, that the registrant believes are necessary for an understanding of the financial statements as a whole, if applicable.
</P>
<P>11. The term <I>statement of comprehensive income</I> is as defined in § 210.1-02 of this chapter (Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interim periods.</I> If interim period financial statements are included or are required to be included by 17 CFR 210.3 [Article 3 of Regulation S-X], a management's discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations must be provided so as to enable the reader to assess material changes in financial condition and results of operations between the periods specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. The discussion and analysis must include a discussion of material changes in those items specifically listed in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Material changes in financial condition.</I> Discuss any material changes in financial condition from the end of the preceding fiscal year to the date of the most recent interim balance sheet provided. If the interim financial statements include an interim balance sheet as of the corresponding interim date of the preceding fiscal year, any material changes in financial condition from that date to the date of the most recent interim balance sheet provided also must be discussed. If discussions of changes from both the end and the corresponding interim date of the preceding fiscal year are required, the discussions may be combined at the discretion of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material changes in results of operations.</I> (i) Discuss any material changes in the registrant's results of operations with respect to the most recent fiscal year-to-date period for which a statement of comprehensive income is provided and the corresponding year-to-date period of the preceding fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) Discuss any material changes in the registrant's results of operations with respect to either the most recent quarter for which a statement of comprehensive income is provided and the corresponding quarter for the preceding fiscal year or, in the alternative, the most recent quarter for which a statement of comprehensive income is provided and the immediately preceding sequential quarter. If the latter immediately preceding sequential quarter is discussed, then provide in summary form the financial information for that immediately preceding sequential quarter that is subject of the discussion or identify the registrant's prior filings on EDGAR that present such information. If there is a change in the form of presentation from period to period that forms the basis of comparison from previous periods provided pursuant to this paragraph, the registrant must discuss the reasons for changing the basis of comparison and provide both comparisons in the first filing in which the change is made.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (c):</I> 1. If interim financial statements are presented together with financial statements for full fiscal years, the discussion of the interim financial information must be prepared pursuant to this paragraph (c) and the discussion of the full fiscal year's information must be prepared pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section. Such discussions may be combined. Instructions 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 11 to paragraph (b) of this section apply to this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>2. The registrant's discussion of material changes in results of operations must identify any significant elements of the registrant's income or loss from continuing operations which do not arise from or are not necessarily representative of the registrant's ongoing business.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 2126, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.304" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.304   (Item 304) Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) If during the registrant's two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period, an independent accountant who was previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit the registrant's financial statements, or an independent accountant who was previously engaged to audit a significant subsidiary and on whom the principal accountant expressed reliance in its report, has resigned (or indicated it has declined to stand for re-election after the completion of the current audit) or was dismissed, then the registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether the former accountant resigned, declined to stand for re-election or was dismissed and the date thereof.
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the principal accountant's report on the financial statements for either of the past two years contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles; and also describe the nature of each such adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, modification, or qualification.
</P>
<P>(iii) State whether the decision to change accountants was recommended or approved by:
</P>
<P>(A) Any audit or similar committee of the board of directors, if the issuer has such a committee; or
</P>
<P>(B) The board of directors, if the issuer has no such committee.
</P>
<P>(iv) State whether during the registrant's two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period preceding such resignation, declination or dismissal there were any disagreements with the former accountant on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in connection with its report. Also, (A) describe each such disagreement; (B) state whether any audit or similar committee of the board of directors, or the board of directors, discussed the subject matter of each of such disagreements with the former accountant; and (C) state whether the registrant has authorized the former accountant to respond fully to the inquiries of the successor accountant concerning the subject matter of each of such disagreements and, if not, describe the nature of any limitation thereon and the reason therefore. The disagreements required to be reported in response to this Item include both those resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction. Disagreements contemplated by this Item are those that occur at the decision-making level, <I>i.e.</I>, between personnel of the registrant responsible for presentation of its financial statements and personnel of the accounting firm responsible for rendering its report.
</P>
<P>(v) Provide the information required by paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this Item for each of the kinds of events (even though the registrant and the former accountant did not express a difference of opinion regarding the event) listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(v) (A) through (D) of this section, that occurred within the registrant's two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period preceding the former accountant's resignation, declination to stand for re-election, or dismissal (“reportable events”). If the event led to a disagreement or difference of opinion, then the event should be reported as a disagreement under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) and need not be repeated under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(A) The accountant's having advised the registrant that the internal controls necessary for the registrant to develop reliable financial statements do not exist;
</P>
<P>(B) The accountant's having advised the registrant that information has come to the accountant's attention that has led it to no longer be able to rely on management's representations, or that has made it unwilling to be associated with the financial statements prepared by management;
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) The accountant's having advised the registrant of the need to expand significantly the scope of its audit, or that information has come to the accountant's attention during the time period covered by Item 304(a)(1)(iv), that if further investigated may:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Materially impact the fairness or reliability of either: a previously issued audit report or the underlying financial statements; or the financial statements issued or to be issued covering the fiscal period(s) subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements covered by an audit report (including information that may prevent it from rendering an unqualified audit report on those financial statements), or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Cause it to be unwilling to rely on management's representations or be associated with the registrant's financial statements, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Due to the accountant's resignation (due to audit scope limitations or otherwise) or dismissal, or for any other reason, the accountant did not so expand the scope of its audit or conduct such further investigation; or
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) The accountant's having advised the registrant that information has come to the accountant's attention that it has concluded materially impacts the fairness or reliability of either (<I>i</I>) a previously issued audit report or the underlying financial statements, or (<I>ii</I>) the financial statements issued or to be issued covering the fiscal period(s) subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements covered by an audit report (including information that, unless resolved to the accountant's satisfaction, would prevent it from rendering an unqualified audit report on those financial statements), and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Due to the accountant's resignation, dismissal or declination to stand for re-election, or for any other reason, the issue has not been resolved to the accountant's satisfaction prior to its resignation, dismissal or declination to stand for re-election.
</P>
<P>(2) If during the registrant's two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period, a new independent accountant has been engaged as either the principal accountant to audit the registrant's financial statements, or as an independent accountant to audit a significant subsidiary and on whom the principal accountant is expected to express reliance in its report, then the registrant shall identify the newly engaged accountant and indicate the date of such accountant's engagement. In addition, if during the registrant's two most recent fiscal years, and any subsequent interim period prior to engaging that accountant, the registrant (or someone on its behalf) consulted the newly engaged accountant regarding:
</P>
<P>(i) Either: The application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the registrant's financial statements, and either a written report was provided to the registrant or oral advice was provided that the new accountant concluded was an important factor considered by the registrant in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in paragraph 304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions to this item) or a reportable event (as described in paragraph 304(a)(1)(v)), then the registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(A) So state and identify the issues that were the subjects of those consultations;
</P>
<P>(B) Briefly describe the views of the newly engaged accountant as expressed orally or in writing to the registrant on each such issue and, if written views were received by the registrant, file them as an exhibit to the report or registration statement requiring compliance with this Item 304(a);
</P>
<P>(C) State whether the former accountant was consulted by the registrant regarding any such issues, and if so, provide a summary of the former accountant's views; and
</P>
<P>(D) Request the newly engaged accountant to review the disclosure required by this Item 304(a) before it is filed with the Commission and provide the new accountant the opportunity to furnish the registrant with a letter addressed to the Commission containing any new information, clarification of the registrant's expression of its views, or the respects in which it does not agree with the statements made by the registrant in response to Item 304(a). The registrant shall file any such letter as an exhibit to the report or registration statement containing the disclosure required by this Item.
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant shall provide the former accountant with a copy of the disclosures it is making in response to this Item 304(a) that the former accountant shall receive no later than the day that the disclosures are filed with the Commission. The registrant shall request the former accountant to furnish the registrant with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the registrant in response to this Item 304(a) and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. The registrant shall file the former accountant's letter as an exhibit to the report on registration statement containing this disclosure. If the former accountant's letter is unavailable at the time of filing such report or registration statement, then the registrant shall request the former accountant to provide the letter as promptly as possible so that the registrant can file the letter with the Commission within ten business days after the filing of the report or registration statement. Notwithstanding the ten business day period, the registrant shall file the letter by amendment within two business days of receipt; if the letter is received on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which the Commission is not open for business, then the two business day period shall begin to run on and shall include the first business day thereafter. The former accountant may provide the registrant with an interim letter highlighting specific areas of concern and indicating that a more detailed letter will be forthcoming within the ten business day period noted above. If not filed with the report or registration statement containing the registrant's disclosure under this Item 304(a), then the interim letter, if any, shall be filed by the registrant by amendment within two business days of receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) If: (1) In connection with a change in accountants subject to paragraph (a) of this Item 304, there was any disagreement of the type described in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) or any reportable event as described in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this Item;
</P>
<P>(2) During the fiscal year in which the change in accountants took place or during the subsequent fiscal year, there have been any transactions or events similar to those which involved such disagreement or reportable event; and
</P>
<P>(3) Such transactions or events were material and were accounted for or disclosed in a manner different from that which the former accountants apparently would have concluded was required, the registrant shall state the existence and nature of the disagreement or reportable event and also state the effect on the financial statements if the method had been followed which the former accountants apparently would have concluded was required.
</P>
<FP>These disclosures need not be made if the method asserted by the former accountants ceases to be generally accepted because of authoritative standards or interpretations subsequently issued.
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 304:</I> 1. The disclosure called for by paragraph (a) of this Item need not be provided if it has been previously reported as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter); the disclosure called for by paragraph (a) must be provided, however, notwithstanding prior disclosure, if required pursuant to Item 9 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter). The disclosure called for by paragraph (b) of this section must be furnished, where required, notwithstanding any prior disclosure about accountant changes or disagreements.
</FP>
<P>2. When disclosure is required by paragraph (a) of this section in an annual report to security holders pursuant to Rule 14a-3 (§ 240.14a-3 of this chapter) or Rule 14c-3 (§ 240.14c-3 of this chapter), or in a proxy or information statement filed pursuant to the requirements of Schedule 14A or 14C (§ 240.14a-101 or § 240.14c-101 of this chapter), in lieu of a letter pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(D) or (a)(3), prior to filing such materials with or furnishing such materials to the Commission, the registrant shall furnish the disclosure required by paragraph (a) of this section to any former accountant engaged by the registrant during the period set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and to the newly engaged accountant. If any such accountant believes that the statements made in response to paragraph (a) of this section are incorrect or incomplete, it may present its views in a brief statement, ordinarily expected not to exceed 200 words, to be included in the annual report or proxy or information statement. This statement shall be submitted to the registrant within ten business days of the date the accountant receives the registrant's disclosure. Further, unless the written views of the newly engaged accountant required to be filed as an exhibit by paragraph (a)(2)(B) of this Item 304 have been previously filed with the Commission the registrant shall file a Form 8-K concurrently with the annual report or proxy or information statement for the purpose of filing the written views as exhibits thereto.
</P>
<P>3. The information required by Item 304(a) need not be provided for a company being acquired by the registrant that is not subject to the filing requirements of either section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or, because of section 12(i) of the Exchange Act, has not furnished an annual report to security holders pursuant to Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 for its latest fiscal year.
</P>
<P>4. The term “disagreements” as used in this Item shall be interpreted broadly, to include any difference of opinion concerning any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which (if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant) would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report. It is not necessary for there to have been an argument to have had a disagreement, merely a difference of opinion. For purposes of this Item, however, the term disagreements does not include initial differences of opinion based on incomplete facts or preliminary information that were later resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction by, and providing the registrant and the accountant do not continue to have a difference of opinion upon, obtaining additional relevant facts or information.
</P>
<P>5. In determining whether any disagreement or reportable event has occurred, an oral communication from the engagement partner or another person responsible for rendering the accounting firm's opinion (or their designee) will generally suffice as the accountant advising the registrant of a reportable event or as a statement of a disagreement at the “decision-making level” within the accounting firm and require disclosure under this Item.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 12929, Apr. 20, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 9774, Mar. 8, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.305" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.305   (Item 305) Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quantitative information about market risk.</I> (1) Registrants shall provide, in their reporting currency, quantitative information about market risk as of the end of the latest fiscal year, in accordance with one of the following three disclosure alternatives. In preparing this quantitative information, registrants shall categorize market risk sensitive instruments into instruments entered into for trading purposes and instruments entered into for purposes other than trading purposes. Within both the trading and other than trading portfolios, separate quantitative information shall be presented, to the extent material, for each market risk exposure category (<I>i.e.</I>, interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other relevant market risks, such as equity price risk). A registrant may use one of the three alternatives set forth in this section for all of the required quantitative disclosures about market risk. A registrant also may choose, from among the three alternatives, one disclosure alternative for market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes and another disclosure alternative for market risk sensitive instruments entered into for other than trading purposes. Alternatively, a registrant may choose any disclosure alternative, from among the three alternatives, for each risk exposure category within the trading and other than trading portfolios. The three disclosure alternatives are:
</P>
<P>(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) Tabular presentation of information related to market risk sensitive instruments; such information shall include fair values of the market risk sensitive instruments and contract terms sufficient to determine future cash flows from those instruments, categorized by expected maturity dates.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Tabular information relating to contract terms shall allow readers of the table to determine expected cash flows from the market risk sensitive instruments for each of the next five years. Comparable tabular information for any remaining years shall be displayed as an aggregate amount.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Within each risk exposure category, the market risk sensitive instruments shall be grouped based on common characteristics. Within the foreign currency exchange rate risk category, the market risk sensitive instruments shall be grouped by functional currency and within the commodity price risk category, the market risk sensitive instruments shall be grouped by type of commodity.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) See the Appendix to this Item for a suggested format for presentation of this information; and
</P>
<P>(B) Registrants shall provide a description of the contents of the table and any related assumptions necessary to understand the disclosures required under paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this Item 305; or
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Sensitivity analysis disclosures that express the potential loss in future earnings, fair values, or cash flows of market risk sensitive instruments resulting from one or more selected hypothetical changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rates or prices over a selected period of time. The magnitude of selected hypothetical changes in rates or prices may differ among and within market risk exposure categories; and
</P>
<P>(B) Registrants shall provide a description of the model, assumptions, and parameters, which are necessary to understand the disclosures required under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this Item 305; or
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) Value at risk disclosures that express the potential loss in future earnings, fair values, or cash flows of market risk sensitive instruments over a selected period of time, with a selected likelihood of occurrence, from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rates or prices;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) For each category for which value at risk disclosures are required under paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(A) of this Item 305, provide either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The average, high and low amounts, or the distribution of the value at risk amounts for the reporting period; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The average, high and low amounts, or the distribution of actual changes in fair values, earnings, or cash flows from the market risk sensitive instruments occurring during the reporting period; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The percentage or number of times the actual changes in fair values, earnings, or cash flows from the market risk sensitive instruments exceeded the value at risk amounts during the reporting period;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Information required under paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this Item 305 is not required for the first fiscal year end in which a registrant must present Item 305 information; and
</P>
<P>(C) Registrants shall provide a description of the model, assumptions, and parameters, which are necessary to understand the disclosures required under paragraphs (a)(1)(iii)(A) and (B) of this Item 305.
</P>
<P>(2) Registrants shall discuss material limitations that cause the information required under paragraph (a)(1) of this Item 305 not to reflect fully the net market risk exposures of the entity. This discussion shall include summarized descriptions of instruments, positions, and transactions omitted from the quantitative market risk disclosure information or the features of instruments, positions, and transactions that are included, but not reflected fully in the quantitative market risk disclosure information.
</P>
<P>(3) Registrants shall present summarized market risk information for the preceding fiscal year. In addition, registrants shall discuss the reasons for material quantitative changes in market risk exposures between the current and preceding fiscal years. Information required by this paragraph (a)(3), however, is not required if disclosure is not required under paragraph (a)(1) of this Item 305 for the current fiscal year. Information required by this paragraph (a)(3) is not required for the first fiscal year end in which a registrant must present Item 305 information.
</P>
<P>(4) If registrants change disclosure alternatives or key model characteristics, assumptions, and parameters used in providing quantitative information about market risk (e.g., changing from tabular presentation to value at risk, changing the scope of instruments included in the model, or changing the definition of loss from fair values to earnings), and if the effects of any such change is material, the registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Explain the reasons for the change; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Either provide summarized comparable information, under the new disclosure method, for the year preceding the current year or, in addition to providing disclosure for the current year under the new method, provide disclosures for the current year and preceding fiscal year under the method used in the preceding year.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph 305(a):</I> 1. Under paragraph 305(a)(1):
</FP>
<P>A. For each market risk exposure category within the trading and other than trading portfolios, registrants may report the average, high, and low sensitivity analysis or value at risk amounts for the reporting period, as an alternative to reporting year-end amounts.
</P>
<P>B. In determining the average, high, and low amounts for the fiscal year under instruction 1.A. of the Instructions to Paragraph 305(a), registrants should use sensitivity analysis or value at risk amounts relating to at least four equal time periods throughout the reporting period (e.g., four quarter-end amounts, 12 month-end amounts, or 52 week-end amounts).
</P>
<P>C. Functional currency means functional currency as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Master Glossary).
</P>
<P>D. Registrants using the sensitivity analysis and value at risk disclosure alternatives are encouraged, but not required, to provide quantitative amounts that reflect the aggregate market risk inherent in the trading and other than trading portfolios.
</P>
<P>2. Under paragraph 305(a)(1)(i):
</P>
<P>A. Examples of contract terms sufficient to determine future cash flows from market risk sensitive instruments include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>i. Debt instruments—principal amounts and weighted average effective interest rates;
</P>
<P>ii. Forwards and futures—contract amounts and weighted average settlement prices;
</P>
<P>iii. Options—contract amounts and weighted average strike prices;
</P>
<P>iv. Swaps—notional amounts, weighted average pay rates or prices, and weighted average receive rates or prices; and
</P>
<P>v. Complex instruments—likely to be a combination of the contract terms presented in 2.A.i. through iv. of this Instruction;
</P>
<P>B. When grouping based on common characteristics, instruments should be categorized, at a minimum, by the following characteristics, when material:
</P>
<P>i. Fixed rate or variable rate assets or liabilities;
</P>
<P>ii. Long or short forwards and futures;
</P>
<P>iii. Written or purchased put or call options with similar strike prices;
</P>
<P>iv. Receive fixed and pay variable swaps, receive variable and pay fixed swaps, and receive variable and pay variable swaps;
</P>
<P>v. The currency in which the instruments' cash flows are denominated;
</P>
<P>vi. Financial instruments for which foreign currency transaction gains and losses are reported in the same manner as translation adjustments under generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC paragraph 830-20-35-3 (Foreign Currency Matters Topic) ); and
</P>
<P>vii. Derivatives used to manage risks inherent in anticipated transactions;
</P>
<P>C. Registrants may aggregate information regarding functional currencies that are economically related, managed together for internal risk management purposes, and have statistical correlations of greater than 75% over each of the past three years;
</P>
<P>D. Market risk sensitive instruments that are exposed to rate or price changes in more than one market risk exposure category should be presented within the tabular information for each of the risk exposure categories to which those instruments are exposed;
</P>
<P>E. If a currency swap eliminates all foreign currency exposures in the cash flows of a foreign currency denominated debt instrument, neither the currency swap nor the foreign currency denominated debt instrument are required to be disclosed in the foreign currency risk exposure category. However, both the currency swap and the foreign currency denominated debt instrument should be disclosed in the interest rate risk exposure category; and
</P>
<P>F. The contents of the table and related assumptions that should be described include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>i. The different amounts reported in the table for various categories of the market risk sensitive instruments (e.g., principal amounts for debt, notional amounts for swaps, and contract amounts for options and futures);
</P>
<P>ii. The different types of reported market rates or prices (e.g., contractual rates or prices, spot rates or prices, forward rates or prices); and
</P>
<P>iii. Key prepayment or reinvestment assumptions relating to the timing of reported amounts.
</P>
<P>3. Under paragraph 305(a)(1)(ii):
</P>
<P>A. Registrants should select hypothetical changes in market rates or prices that are expected to reflect reasonably possible near-term changes in those rates and prices. In this regard, absent economic justification for the selection of a different amount, registrants should use changes that are not less than 10 percent of end of period market rates or prices;
</P>
<P>B. For purposes of instruction 3.A. of the Instructions to Paragraph 305(a), the term <I>reasonably possible</I> has the same meaning as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Master Glossary);
</P>
<P>C. For purposes of instruction 3.A. of the Instructions to Paragraph 305(a), the term <I>near term</I> means a period of time going forward up to one year from the date of the financial statements (see FASB ASC Master Glossary);
</P>
<P>D. Market risk sensitive instruments that are exposed to rate or price changes in more than one market risk exposure category should be included in the sensitivity analysis disclosures for each market risk category to which those instruments are exposed;
</P>
<P>E. Registrants with multiple foreign currency exchange rate exposures should prepare foreign currency sensitivity analysis disclosures that measure the aggregate sensitivity to changes in all foreign currency exchange rate exposures, including the effects of changes in both transactional currency/functional currency exchange rate exposures and functional currency/reporting currency exchange rate exposures. For example, assume a French division of a registrant presenting its financial statements in U.S. dollars ($US) invests in a deutschmark(DM)-denominated debt security. In these circumstances, the $US is the reporting currency and the DM is the transactional currency. In addition, assume this division determines that the French franc (FF) is its functional currency according to FASB ASC Topic 830, <I>Foreign Currency Matters.</I> In preparing the foreign currency sensitivity analysis disclosures, this registrant should report the aggregate potential loss from hypothetical changes in both the DM/FF exchange rate exposure and the FF/$US exchange rate exposure; and
</P>
<P>F. Model, assumptions, and parameters that should be described include, but are not limited to, how <I>loss</I> is defined by the model (e.g., loss in earnings, fair values, or cash flows), a general description of the modeling technique (e.g., duration modeling, modeling that measures the change in net present values arising from selected hypothetical changes in market rates or prices, and a description as to how optionality is addressed by the model), the types of instruments covered by the model (e.g., derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments, and whether other instruments are included voluntarily, such as certain commodity instruments and positions, cash flows from anticipated transactions, and certain financial instruments excluded under instruction 3.C.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b)), and other relevant information about the model's assumptions and parameters, (e.g., the magnitude and timing of selected hypothetical changes in market rates or prices used, the method by which discount rates are determined, and key prepayment or reinvestment assumptions).
</P>
<P>4. Under paragraph 305(a)(1)(iii):
</P>
<P>A. The confidence intervals selected should reflect reasonably possible near-term changes in market rates and prices. In this regard, absent economic justification for the selection of different confidence intervals, registrants should use intervals that are 95 percent or higher;
</P>
<P>B. For purposes of instruction 4.A. of the Instructions to Paragraph 305(a), the term <I>reasonably possible</I> has the same meaning as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Master Glossary);
</P>
<P>C. For purposes of instruction 4.A. of the Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a), the term <I>near term</I> means a period of time going forward up to one year from the date of the financial statements (see FASB ASC Master Glossary);
</P>
<P>D. Registrants with multiple foreign currency exchange rate exposures should prepare foreign currency value at risk analysis disclosures that measure the aggregate sensitivity to changes in all foreign currency exchange rate exposures, including the aggregate effects of changes in both transactional currency/functional currency exchange rate exposures and functional currency/reporting currency exchange rate exposures. For example, assume a French division of a registrant presenting its financial statements in U.S. dollars ($US) invests in a deutschmark(DM)-denominated debt security. In these circumstances, the $US is the reporting currency and the DM is the transactional currency. In addition, assume this division determines that the French franc (FF) is its functional currency according to FASB ASC Topic 830, <I>Foreign Currency Matters.</I> In preparing the foreign currency value at risk disclosures, this registrant should report the aggregate potential loss from hypothetical changes in both the DM/FF exchange rate exposure and the FF/$US exchange rate exposure; and
</P>
<P>E. Model, assumptions, and parameters that should be described include, but are not limited to, how <I>loss</I> is defined by the model (e.g., loss in earnings, fair values, or cash flows), the type of model used (e.g., variance/covariance, historical simulation, or Monte Carlo simulation and a description as to how optionality is addressed by the model), the types of instruments covered by the model (e.g., derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments, and whether other instruments are included voluntarily, such as certain commodity instruments and positions, cash flows from anticipated transactions, and certain financial instruments excluded under instruction 3.C.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b)), and other relevant information about the model's assumptions and parameters, (e.g., holding periods, confidence intervals, and, when appropriate, the methods used for aggregating value at risk amounts across market risk exposure categories, such as by assuming perfect positive correlation, independence, or actual observed correlation).
</P>
<P>5. Under paragraph 305(a)(2), limitations that should be considered include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>A. The exclusion of certain market risk sensitive instruments, positions, and transactions from the disclosures required under paragraph 305(a)(1) (e.g., derivative commodity instruments not permitted by contract or business custom to be settled in cash or with another financial instrument, commodity positions, cash flows from anticipated transactions, and certain financial instruments excluded under instruction 3.C.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b)). Failure to include such instruments, positions, and transactions in preparing the disclosures under paragraph 305(a)(1) may be a limitation because the resulting disclosures may not fully reflect the net market risk of a registrant; and
</P>
<P>B. The ability of disclosures required under paragraph 305(a)(1) to reflect fully the market risk that may be inherent in instruments with leverage, option, or prepayment features (e.g., options, including written options, structured notes, collateralized mortgage obligations, leveraged swaps, and options embedded in swaps).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Qualitative information about market risk.</I> (1) To the extent material, describe:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant's primary market risk exposures;
</P>
<P>(ii) How those exposures are managed. Such descriptions shall include, but not be limited to, a discussion of the objectives, general strategies, and instruments, if any, used to manage those exposures; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Changes in either the registrant's primary market risk exposures or how those exposures are managed, when compared to what was in effect during the most recently completed fiscal year and what is known or expected to be in effect in future reporting periods.
</P>
<P>(2) Qualitative information about market risk shall be presented separately for market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes and those entered into for purposes other than trading.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph 305(b):</I> 1. For purposes of disclosure under paragraph 305(b), <I>primary market risk exposures</I> means:
</FP>
<P>A. The following categories of market risk: interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other relevant market rate or price risks (e.g., equity price risk); and
</P>
<P>B. Within each of these categories, the particular markets that present the primary risk of loss to the registrant. For example, if a registrant has a material exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk and, within this category of market risk, is most vulnerable to changes in dollar/yen, dollar/pound, and dollar/peso exchange rates, the registrant should disclose those exposures. Similarly, if a registrant has a material exposure to interest rate risk and, within this category of market risk, is most vulnerable to changes in short-term U.S. prime interest rates, it should disclose the existence of that exposure.
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of disclosure under paragraph 305(b), registrants should describe primary market risk exposures that exist as of the end of the latest fiscal year, and how those exposures are managed.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>General Instructions to paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b):</I> 1. The disclosures called for by paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b) are intended to clarify the registrant's exposures to market risk associated with activities in derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments.
</FP>
<P>2. In preparing the disclosures under paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants are required to include derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments.
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments (collectively referred to as “market risk sensitive instruments”) are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>A. <I>Derivative financial instruments</I> has the same meaning as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Master Glossary), and includes futures, forwards, swaps, options, and other financial instruments with similar characteristics;
</P>
<P>B. <I>Other financial instruments</I> means all financial instruments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles for which fair value disclosures are required (see, e.g., FASB ASC paragraph 825-10-50-8 (Financial Instruments Topic), except for derivative financial instruments, as defined above;
</P>
<P>C.i. Other financial instruments include, but are not limited to, trade accounts receivable, investments, loans, structured notes, mortgage-backed securities, trade accounts payable, indexed debt instruments, interest-only and principal-only obligations, deposits, and other debt obligations;
</P>
<P>ii. Other financial instruments exclude employers' and plans' obligations for pension and other post-retirement benefits, substantively extinguished debt, insurance contracts, lease contracts, warranty obligations and rights, unconditional purchase obligations, investments accounted for under the equity method, noncontrolling interests in consolidated enterprises, and equity instruments issued by the registrant and classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position (see, e.g., FASB ASC paragraph 825-10-50-8). For purposes of this item, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable need not be considered other financial instruments when their carrying amounts approximate fair value; and
</P>
<P>D. <I>Derivative commodity instruments</I> include, to the extent such instruments are not derivative financial instruments, commodity futures, commodity forwards, commodity swaps, commodity options, and other commodity instruments with similar characteristics that are permitted by contract or business custom to be settled in cash or with another financial instrument. For purposes of this paragraph, settlement in cash includes settlement in cash of the net change in value of the derivative commodity instrument (e.g., net cash settlement based on changes in the price of the underlying commodity).
</P>
<P>4.A. In addition to providing required disclosures for the market risk sensitive instruments defined in instruction 2. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants are encouraged to include other market risk sensitive instruments, positions, and transactions within the disclosures required under paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b). Such instruments, positions, and transactions might include commodity positions, derivative commodity instruments that are not permitted by contract or business custom to be settled in cash or with another financial instrument, cash flows from anticipated transactions, and certain financial instruments excluded under instruction 3.C.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b).
</P>
<P>B. Registrants that voluntarily include other market risk sensitive instruments, positions and transactions within their quantitative disclosures about market risk under the sensitivity analysis or value at risk disclosure alternatives are not required to provide separate market risk disclosures for any voluntarily selected instruments, positions, or transactions. Instead, registrants selecting the sensitivity analysis and value at risk disclosure alternatives are permitted to present comprehensive market risk disclosures, which reflect the combined market risk exposures inherent in both the required and any voluntarily selected instruments, position, or transactions. Registrants that choose the tabular presentation disclosure alternative should present voluntarily selected instruments, positions, or transactions in a manner consistent with the requirements in Item 305(a) for market risk sensitive instruments.
</P>
<P>C. If a registrant elects to include voluntarily a particular type of instrument, position, or transaction in their quantitative disclosures about market risk, that registrant should include all, rather than some, of those instruments, positions, or transactions within those disclosures. For example, if a registrant holds in inventory a particular type of commodity position and elects to include that commodity position within their market risk disclosures, the registrant should include the entire commodity position, rather than only a portion thereof, in their quantitative disclosures about market risk.
</P>
<P>5.A. Under paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), a materiality assessment should be made for each market risk exposure category within the trading and other than trading portfolios.
</P>
<P>B. For purposes of making the materiality assessment under instruction 5.A. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants should evaluate both:
</P>
<P>i. The materiality of the fair values of derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments outstanding as of the end of the latest fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>ii. The materiality of potential, near-term losses in future earnings, fair values, and/or cash flows from reasonably possible near-term changes in market rates or prices.
</P>
<P>iii. If either paragraphs B.i. or B.ii. in this instruction of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b) are material, the registrant should disclose quantitative and qualitative information about market risk, if such market risk for the particular market risk exposure category is material.
</P>
<P>C. For purposes of instruction 5.B.i. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants generally should not net fair values, except to the extent allowed under generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Subtopic 210-20, <I>Balance Sheet—Offsetting).</I> For example, under this instruction, the fair value of assets generally should not be netted with the fair value of liabilities.
</P>
<P>D. For purposes of instruction 5.B.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants should consider, among other things, the magnitude of:
</P>
<P>i. Past market movements;
</P>
<P>ii. Reasonably possible, near-term market movements; and
</P>
<P>iii. Potential losses that may arise from leverage, option, and multiplier features.
</P>
<P>E. For purposes of instructions 5.B.ii and 5.D.ii of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), the term <I>near term</I> means a period of time going forward up to one year from the date of the financial statements (see FASB ASC Master Glossary).
</P>
<P>F. For the purpose of instructions 5.B.ii. and 5.D.ii. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), the term <I>reasonably possible</I> has the same meaning as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (see, e.g., FASB ASC Master Glossary).
</P>
<P>6. For purposes of paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), registrants should present the information outside of, and not incorporate the information into, the financial statements (including the footnotes to the financial statements). In addition, registrants are encouraged to provide the required information in one location. However, alternative presentation, such as inclusion of all or part of the information in Management's Discussion and Analysis, may be used at the discretion of the registrant. If information is disclosed in more than one location, registrants should provide cross-references to the locations of the related disclosures.
</P>
<P>7. For purposes of the instructions to paragraphs 305(a) and 305(b), <I>trading purposes</I> means dealing and other trading activities measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in earnings. In addition, <I>anticipated transactions</I> means transactions (other than transactions involving existing assets or liabilities or transactions necessitated by existing firm commitments) an enterprise expects, but is not obligated, to carry out in the normal course of business.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Interim periods.</I> If interim period financial statements are included or are required to be included by Article 3 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210), discussion and analysis shall be provided so as to enable the reader to assess the sources and effects of material changes in information that would be provided under Item 305 of Regulation S-K from the end of the preceding fiscal year to the date of the most recent interim balance sheet.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph 305(c):</I> 1. Information required under paragraph (c) of this Item 305 is not required until after the first fiscal year end in which this Item 305 is applicable.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Safe harbor.</I> (1) The safe harbor provided in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77z-2) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u-5) (“statutory safe harbors”) shall apply, with respect to all types of issuers and transactions, to information provided pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Item 305, provided that the disclosure is made by: an issuer; a person acting on behalf of the issuer; an outside reviewer retained by the issuer making a statement on behalf of the issuer; or an underwriter, with respect to information provided by the issuer or information derived from information provided by the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (d) of this Item 305 only:
</P>
<P>(i) All information required by paragraphs (a), (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii), and (c) of this Item 305 is considered <I>forward looking statements</I> for purposes of the statutory safe harbors, except for historical facts such as the terms of particular contracts and the number of market risk sensitive instruments held during or at the end of the reporting period; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to paragraph (a) of this Item 305, the <I>meaningful cautionary statements</I> prong of the statutory safe harbors will be satisfied if a registrant satisfies all requirements of that same paragraph (a) of this Item 305.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Smaller reporting companies.</I> A smaller reporting company, as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), is not required to provide the information required by this Item.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>General instructions to paragraphs 305(a), 305(b), 305(c), 305(d), and 305(e):</I> 1. Bank registrants, thrift registrants, and non-bank and non-thrift registrants with market capitalizations on January 28, 1997 in excess of $2.5 billion should provide Item 305 disclosures in filings with the Commission that include annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after June 15, 1997. Non-bank and non-thrift registrants with market capitalizations on January 28, 1997 of $2.5 billion or less should provide Item 305 disclosures in filings with the Commission that include financial statements for fiscal years ending after June 15, 1998.
</FP>
<P>2.A. For purposes of instruction 1. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a), 305(b), 305(c), 305(d), and 305(e), <I>bank registrants and thrift registrants</I> include any registrant which has control over a depository institution.
</P>
<P>B. For purposes of instruction 2.A. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a), 305(b), 305(c), 305(d), and 305(e), a registrant has control over a depository institution if:
</P>
<P>i. The registrant directly or indirectly or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the depository institution;
</P>
<P>ii. The registrant controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the depository institution; or
</P>
<P>iii. The Federal Reserve Board or Office of Thrift Supervision determines, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the registrant directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the depository institution.
</P>
<P>C. For purposes of instruction 2.B. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a), 305(b), 305(c), 305(d), and 305(e), a depository institution means any of the following:
</P>
<P>i. An insured depository institution as defined in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.A. Sec. 1813 (c));
</P>
<P>ii. An institution organized under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, any territory of the United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Somoa, or the Virgin Islands, which both accepts demand deposits or deposits that the depositor may withdraw by check or similar means for payment to third parties or others and is engaged in the business of making commercial loans.
</P>
<P>D. For purposes of instruction 1. of the General Instructions to Paragraphs 305(a), 305(b), 305(c), 305(d) and 305(e), <I>market capitalization</I> is the aggregate market value of common equity as set forth in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form S-3; provided however, that common equity held by affiliates is included in the calculation of market capitalization; and provided further that instead of using the 60 day period prior to filing referenced in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form S-3, the measurement date is January 28, 1997.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to Item 305—Tabular Disclosures
</HD1>
<P>The tables set forth below are illustrative of the format that might be used when a registrant elects to present the information required by paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of Item 305 regarding terms and information about derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments. These examples are for illustrative purposes only. Registrants are not required to display the information in the specific format illustrated below. Alternative methods of display are permissible as long as the disclosure requirements of the section are satisfied. Furthermore, these examples were designed primarily to illustrate possible formats for presentation of the information required by the disclosure item and do not purport to illustrate the broad range of derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and derivative commodity instruments utilized by registrants.
</P>
<HD1>Interest Rate Sensitivity
</HD1>
<P>The table below provides information about the Company's derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including interest rate swaps and debt obligations. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract. Weighted average variable rates are based on implied forward rates in the yield curve at the reporting date. The information is presented in U.S. dollar equivalents, which is the Company's reporting currency. The instrument's actual cash flows are denominated in both U.S. dollars ($US) and German deutschmarks (DM), as indicated in parentheses.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">December 31, 19X1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Expected maturity date
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Thereafter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fair
<br/>value
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liabilities</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">(US$ Equivalent in millions)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Long-term Debt:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fixed Rate ($US)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average interest rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fixed Rate (DM)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average interest rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Variable Rate ($US)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average interest rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Derivatives</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">(In millions)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest Rate Swaps:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Variable to Fixed ($US)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average pay rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average receive rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fixed to Variable ($US)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average pay rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average receive rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Exchange Rate Sensitivity
</HD1>
<P>The table below provides information about the Company's derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments, and firmly committed sales transactions by functional currency and presents such information in U.S. dollar equivalents. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> The table summarizes information on instruments and transactions that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates, including foreign currency forward exchange agreements, deutschmark (DM)-denominated debt obligations, and firmly committed DM sales transactions. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For firmly committed DM-sales transactions, sales amounts are presented by the expected transaction date, which are not expected to exceed two years. For foreign currency forward exchange agreements, the table presents the notional amounts and weighted average exchange rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. These notional amounts generally are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The information is presented in U.S. dollars because that is the registrant's reporting currency.</P></FTNT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">December 31, 19X1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Expected maturity date
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19X6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Thereafter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fair
<br/>value
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">(US$ Equivalent in millions)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$US Functional Currency 
<sup>2</sup>:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Liabilities
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Long-Term Debt:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Fixed Rate (DM)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Average interest rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">Expected maturity or transaction date
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anticipated Transactions and Related Derivatives 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="8">(US$ Equivalent in millions)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$US Functional Currency:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Firmly committed Sales Contracts (DM)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Forward Exchange Agreements
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(Receive $US/Pay DM):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">Contract Amount</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">Average Contractual Exchange Rate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X.X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Similar tabular information would be provided for other functional currencies.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Pursuant to General Instruction 4. to Items 305(a) and 305(b) of Regulation S-K, registrants may include cash flows from anticipated transactions and operating cash flows resulting from non-financial and non-commodity instruments.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Commodity Price Sensitivity
</HD1>
<P>The table below provides information about the Company's corn inventory and futures contracts that are sensitive to changes in commodity prices, specifically corn prices. For inventory, the table presents the carrying amount and fair value at December 31, 19x1. For the futures contracts the table presents the notional amounts in bushels, the weighted average contract prices, and the total dollar contract amount by expected maturity dates, the latest of which occurs one year from the reporting date. Contract amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments and quantity of corn to be exchanged under the futures contracts.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">December 31, 19X1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carrying amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fair
<br/>value
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">(In millions)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On Balance Sheet Commodity Position and Related Derivatives
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Corn Inventory 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Expected
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">maturity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Fair
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">value
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Related Derivatives
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Futures Contracts (Short):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Contract Volumes (100,000 bushels)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Weighted Average Price (Per 100,000 bushels)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$X.XX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Contract Amount ($US in millions)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$XXX
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Pursuant to General Instruction 4. to Items 305(a) and 305(b) of Regulation S-K, registrants may include information on commodity positions, such as corn inventory.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 6064, Feb. 10, 1997, as amended at 73 FR 958, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 18617, Apr. 23, 2009; 76 FR 50121, Aug. 12, 2011]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.306" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.306   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.307" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.307   (Item 307) Disclosure controls and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Disclose the conclusions of the registrant's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, regarding the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in § 240.13a-15(e) or § 240.15d-15(e) of this chapter) as of the end of the period covered by the report, based on the evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of § 240.13a-15 or § 240.15d-15 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36663, June 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.308" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.4.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.308   (Item 308) Internal control over financial reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.</I> Provide a report of management on the registrant's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in § 240.13a-15(f) or § 240.15d-15(f) of this chapter) that contains: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of management's responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the registrant; 
</P>
<P>(2) A statement identifying the framework used by management to evaluate the effectiveness of the registrant's internal control over financial reporting as required by paragraph (c) of § 240.13a-15 or § 240.15d-15 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(3) Management's assessment of the effectiveness of the registrant's internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the registrant's most recent fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not internal control over financial reporting is effective. This discussion must include disclosure of any material weakness in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting identified by management. Management is not permitted to conclude that the registrant's internal control over financial reporting is effective if there are one or more material weaknesses in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the registrant is an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter), or otherwise includes in its annual report a registered public accounting firm's attestation report on internal control over financial reporting, a statement that the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in the annual report containing the disclosure required by this Item has issued an attestation report on the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm.</I> If the registrant, other than a registrant that is an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter), is an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter), provide the registered public accounting firm's attestation report on the registrant's internal control over financial reporting in the registrant's annual report containing the disclosure required by this Item.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in internal control over financial reporting.</I> Disclose any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of § 240.13a-15 or 240.15d-15 of this chapter that occurred during the registrant's last fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 308:</I> 1. A registrant need not comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Item until it either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year. A registrant that does not comply shall include a statement in the first annual report that it files in substantially the following form: “This annual report does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.” 
</FP>
<P>2. The registrant must maintain evidential matter, including documentation, to provide reasonable support for management's assessment of the effectiveness of the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36663, June 18, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1594, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 76595, Dec. 21, 2006; 72 FR 35321, June 27, 2007; 75 FR 57387, Sept. 21, 2010; 82 FR 17552, Apr. 12, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.400—Management and Certain Security Holders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.401   (Item 401) Directors, executive officers, promoters and control persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identification of directors.</I> List the names and ages of all directors of the registrant and all persons nominated or chosen to become directors; indicate all positions and offices with the registrant held by each such person; state his term of office as director and any period(s) during which he has served as such; describe briefly any arrangement or understanding between him and any other person(s) (naming such person(s)) pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director or nominee.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph (a) of Item 401:</I> 1. Do not include arrangements or understandings with directors or officers of the registrant acting solely in their capacities as such.
</FP>
<P>2. No nominee or person chosen to become a director who has not consented to act as such shall be named in response to this Item. In this regard, with respect to proxy statements, see Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-4(d) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>3. If the information called for by this paragraph (a) is being presented in a proxy or information statement, no information need be given respecting any director whose term of office as a director will not continue after the meeting to which the statement relates.
</P>
<P>4. With regard to proxy statements in connection with action to be taken concerning the election of directors, if fewer nominees are named than the number fixed by or pursuant to the governing instruments, state the reasons for this procedure and that the proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of persons than the number of nominees named.
</P>
<P>5. With regard to proxy statements in connection with action to be taken concerning the election of directors, if the solicitation is made by persons other than management, information shall be given as to nominees of the persons making the solicitation. In all other instances, information shall be given as to directors and persons nominated for election or chosen by management to become directors.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Identification of executive officers.</I> List the names and ages of all executive officers of the registrant and all persons chosen to become executive officers; indicate all positions and offices with the registrant held by each such person; state his term of office as officer and the period during which he has served as such and describe briefly any arrangement or understanding between him and any other person(s) (naming such person) pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as an officer.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph (b) of Item 401:</I> 1. Do not include arrangements or understandings with directors or officers of the registrant acting solely in their capacities as such.
</FP>
<P>2. No person chosen to become an executive officer who has not consented to act as such shall be named in response to this Item.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of certain significant employees.</I> Where the registrant employs persons such as production managers, sales managers, or research scientists who are not executive officers but who make or are expected to make significant contributions to the business of the registrant, such persons shall be identified and their background disclosed to the same extent as in the case of executive officers. Such disclosure need not be made if the registrant was subject to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or was exempt from section 13(a) by section 12(g)(2)(G) of such Act immediately prior to the filing of the registration statement, report, or statement to which this Item is applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Family relationships.</I> State the nature of any family relationship between any director, executive officer, or person nominated or chosen by the registrant to become a director or executive officer.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph 401(d):</I> The term “family relationship” means any relationship by blood, marriage, or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Business experience</I>—(1) <I>Background.</I> Briefly describe the business experience during the past five years of each director, executive officer, person nominated or chosen to become a director or executive officer, and each person named in answer to paragraph (c) of Item 401, including: each person's principal occupations and employment during the past five years; the name and principal business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupations and employment were carried on; and whether such corporation or organization is a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the registrant. In addition, for each director or person nominated or chosen to become a director, briefly discuss the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that the person should serve as a director for the registrant at the time that the disclosure is made, in light of the registrant's business and structure. If material, this disclosure should cover more than the past five years, including information about the person's particular areas of expertise or other relevant qualifications. When an executive officer or person named in response to paragraph (c) of Item 401 has been employed by the registrant or a subsidiary of the registrant for less than five years, a brief explanation shall be included as to the nature of the responsibility undertaken by the individual in prior positions to provide adequate disclosure of his or her prior business experience. What is required is information relating to the level of his or her professional competence, which may include, depending upon the circumstances, such specific information as the size of the operation supervised.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Directorships.</I> Indicate any other directorships held, including any other directorships held during the past five years, held by each director or person nominated or chosen to become a director in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of section 15(d) of such Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1, <I>et seq.,</I> as amended, naming such company.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Paragraph (e) of Item 401:</I> For the purposes of paragraph (e)(2), where the other directorships of each director or person nominated or chosen to become a director include directorships of two or more registered investment companies that are part of a “fund complex” as that term is defined in Item 22(a) of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter), the registrant may, rather than listing each such investment company, identify the fund complex and provide the number of investment company directorships held by the director or nominee in such fund complex.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Involvement in certain legal proceedings.</I> Describe any of the following events that occurred during the past ten years and that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, person nominated to become a director or executive officer of the registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) A petition under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;
</P>
<P>(2) Such person was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
</P>
<P>(3) Such person was the subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities:
</P>
<P>(i) Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engaging in any type of business practice; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws;
</P>
<P>(4) Such person was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity; 
</P>
<P>(5) Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commission to have violated any Federal or State securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated;
</P>
<P>(6) Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any Federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;
</P>
<P>(7) Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
</P>
<P>(8) Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph (f) of Item 401:</I> 1. For purposes of computing the ten-year period referred to in this paragraph, the date of a reportable event shall be deemed the date on which the final order, judgment or decree was entered, or the date on which any rights of appeal from preliminary orders, judgments, or decrees have lapsed. With respect to bankruptcy petitions, the computation date shall be the date of filing for uncontested petitions or the date upon which approval of a contested petition became final.
</FP>
<P>2. If any event specified in this paragraph (f) has occurred and information in regard thereto is omitted on the grounds that it is not material, the registrant may furnish to the Commission, at time of filing (or at the time preliminary materials are filed, or ten days before definitive materials are filed in preliminary filing is not required, pursuant to Rule 14a-6 or 14c-5 under the Exchange Act (§§ 240.14a-6 and 240-14c-5 of this chapter)), as supplemental information and not as part of the registration statement, report, or proxy or information statement, materials to which the omission relates, a description of the event and a statement of the reasons for the omission of information in regard thereto.
</P>
<P>3. The registrant is permitted to explain any mitigating circumstances associated with events reported pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>4. If the information called for by this paragraph (f) is being presented in a proxy or information statement, no information need be given respecting any director whose term of office as a director will not continue after the meeting to which the statement relates.
</P>
<P>5. This paragraph (f)(7) shall not apply to any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Promoters and control persons.</I> (1) Registrants, which have not been subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78<I>o</I>(d)) for the twelve months immediately prior to the filing of the registration statement, report, or statement to which this Item is applicable, and which had a promoter at any time during the past five fiscal years, shall describe with respect to any promoter, any of the events enumerated in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6) of this Item that occurred during the past five years and that are material to a voting or investment decision. 
</P>
<P>(2) Registrants, which have not been subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for the twelve months immediately prior to the filing of the registration statement, report, or statement to which this Item is applicable, shall describe with respect to any control person, any of the events enumerated in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6) of this section that occurred during the past five years and that are material to a voting or investment decision.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph (g) of Item 401:</I> 1. Instructions 1. through 3. to paragraph (f) shall apply to this paragraph (g).
</FP>
<P>2. Paragraph (g) shall not apply to any subsidiary of a registrant which has been reporting pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for the twelve months immediately prior to the filing of the registration statement, report or statement.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 401.</I> The information regarding executive officers called for by this Item need not be furnished in proxy or information statements prepared in accordance with Schedule 14A or Schedule 14C under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-101 and § 240.14c-101 of this chapter) if you are relying on General Instruction G of Form 10-K under the Exchange Act (§ 249.310 of this chapter), such information is furnished in a separate section captioned “Information about our Executive Officers,” and is included in Part I of your annual report on Form 10-K.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 55665, Dec. 13, 1982; 48 FR 19874, May 3, 1983; 49 FR 32763, Aug. 16, 1984; 52 FR 48982, Dec. 29, 1987; 59 FR 52695, Oct. 19, 1994; 70 FR 1594, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 53241, Sept. 8, 2006; 73 FR 958, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 68362, Dec. 23, 2009; 84 FR 12717, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.402" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.402   (Item 402) Executive compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) <I>Treatment of foreign private issuers.</I> A foreign private issuer will be deemed to comply with this Item if it provides the information required by Items 6.B, 6.E.2, and 6.F of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f), with more detailed information provided if otherwise made publicly available or required to be disclosed by the issuer's home jurisdiction or a market in which its securities are listed or traded, or paragraph (19) of General Instruction B of Form 40-F (17 CFR 249.240f), as applicable. A foreign private issuer that elects to provide domestic Item 402 disclosure must provide the disclosure required by Item 402(w) in its annual report or registration statement, as applicable.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>All compensation covered.</I> This Item requires clear, concise and understandable disclosure of all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named executive officers designated under paragraph (a)(3) of this Item, and directors covered by paragraph (k) of this Item, by any person for all services rendered in all capacities to the registrant and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise specifically excluded from disclosure in this Item. All such compensation shall be reported pursuant to this Item, even if also called for by another requirement, including transactions between the registrant and a third party where a purpose of the transaction is to furnish compensation to any such named executive officer or director. No amount reported as compensation for one fiscal year need be reported in the same manner as compensation for a subsequent fiscal year; amounts reported as compensation for one fiscal year may be required to be reported in a different manner pursuant to this Item.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Persons covered.</I> Disclosure shall be provided pursuant to this Item for each of the following (the “named executive officers”):
</P>
<P>(i) All individuals serving as the registrant's principal executive officer or acting in a similar capacity during the last completed fiscal year (“PEO”), regardless of compensation level;
</P>
<P>(ii) All individuals serving as the registrant's principal financial officer or acting in a similar capacity during the last completed fiscal year (“PFO”), regardless of compensation level;
</P>
<P>(iii) The registrant's three most highly compensated executive officers other than the PEO and PFO who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Up to two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this Item but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer of the registrant at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(a)(3).</I> 1. <I>Determination of most highly compensated executive officers.</I> The determination as to which executive officers are most highly compensated shall be made by reference to total compensation for the last completed fiscal year (as required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this Item) reduced by the amount required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(viii) of this Item, <I>provided, however,</I> that no disclosure need be provided for any executive officer, other than the PEO and PFO, whose total compensation, as so reduced, does not exceed $100,000.
</FP>
<P>2. <I>Inclusion of executive officer of subsidiary.</I> It may be appropriate for a registrant to include as named executive officers one or more executive officers or other employees of subsidiaries in the disclosure required by this Item. See Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.3b-7).
</P>
<P>3. <I>Exclusion of executive officer due to overseas compensation.</I> It may be appropriate in limited circumstances for a registrant not to include in the disclosure required by this Item an individual, other than its PEO or PFO, who is one of the registrant's most highly compensated executive officers due to the payment of amounts of cash compensation relating to overseas assignments attributed predominantly to such assignments.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Information for full fiscal year.</I> If the PEO or PFO served in that capacity during any part of a fiscal year with respect to which information is required, information should be provided as to all of his or her compensation for the full fiscal year. If a named executive officer (other than the PEO or PFO) served as an executive officer of the registrant (whether or not in the same position) during any part of the fiscal year with respect to which information is required, information shall be provided as to all compensation of that individual for the full fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Omission of table or column.</I> A table or column may be omitted if there has been no compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to any of the named executive officers or directors required to be reported in that table or column in any fiscal year covered by that table.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this Item:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>stock</I> means instruments such as common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, phantom stock, phantom stock units, common stock equivalent units or any similar instruments that do not have option-like features, and the term <I>option</I> means instruments such as stock options, stock appreciation rights and similar instruments with option-like features. The term <I>stock appreciation rights</I> (“<I>SARs</I>”) refers to SARs payable in cash or stock, including SARs payable in cash or stock at the election of the registrant or a named executive officer. The term <I>equity</I> is used to refer generally to stock and/or options.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>plan</I> includes, but is not limited to, the following: Any plan, contract, authorization or arrangement, whether or not set forth in any formal document, pursuant to which cash, securities, similar instruments, or any other property may be received. A plan may be applicable to one person. Except with respect to the disclosure required by paragraph (t) of this Item, registrants may omit information regarding group life, health, hospitalization, or medical reimbursement plans that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation, in favor of executive officers or directors of the registrant and that are available generally to all salaried employees.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>incentive plan</I> means any plan providing compensation intended to serve as incentive for performance to occur over a specified period, whether such performance is measured by reference to financial performance of the registrant or an affiliate, the registrant's stock price, or any other performance measure. An <I>equity incentive plan</I> is an incentive plan or portion of an incentive plan under which awards are granted that fall within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, <I>Compensation—Stock Compensation.</I> A <I>non-equity incentive plan</I> is an incentive plan or portion of an incentive plan that is not an equity incentive plan. The term <I>incentive plan award</I> means an award provided under an incentive plan.
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms <I>date of grant</I> or <I>grant date</I> refer to the grant date determined for financial statement reporting purposes pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Closing market price</I> is defined as the price at which the registrant's security was last sold in the principal United States market for such security as of the date for which the closing market price is determined.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compensation discussion and analysis.</I> (1) Discuss the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named executive officers. The discussion shall explain all material elements of the registrant's compensation of the named executive officers. The discussion shall describe the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The objectives of the registrant's compensation programs;
</P>
<P>(ii) What the compensation program is designed to reward;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each element of compensation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Why the registrant chooses to pay each element;
</P>
<P>(v) How the registrant determines the amount (and, where applicable, the formula) for each element to pay; 
</P>
<P>(vi) How each compensation element and the registrant's decisions regarding that element fit into the registrant's overall compensation objectives and affect decisions regarding other elements; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether and, if so, how the registrant has considered the results of the most recent shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation required by section 14A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1) or § 240.14a-20 of this chapter in determining compensation policies and decisions and, if so, how that consideration has affected the registrant's executive compensation decisions and policies.
</P>
<P>(2) While the material information to be disclosed under Compensation Discussion and Analysis will vary depending upon the facts and circumstances, examples of such information may include, in a given case, among other things, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The policies for allocating between long-term and currently paid out compensation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The policies for allocating between cash and non-cash compensation, and among different forms of non-cash compensation;
</P>
<P>(iii) For long-term compensation, the basis for allocating compensation to each different form of award (such as relationship of the award to the achievement of the registrant's long-term goals, management's exposure to downside equity performance risk, correlation between cost to registrant and expected benefits to the registrant);
</P>
<P>(iv) How the determination is made as to when awards are granted, including awards of equity-based compensation such as options;
</P>
<P>(v) What specific items of corporate performance are taken into account in setting compensation policies and making compensation decisions;
</P>
<P>(vi) How specific forms of compensation are structured and implemented to reflect these items of the registrant's performance, including whether discretion can be or has been exercised (either to award compensation absent attainment of the relevant performance goal(s) or to reduce or increase the size of any award or payout), identifying any particular exercise of discretion, and stating whether it applied to one or more specified named executive officers or to all compensation subject to the relevant performance goal(s);
</P>
<P>(vii) How specific forms of compensation are structured and implemented to reflect the named executive officer's individual performance and/or individual contribution to these items of the registrant's performance, describing the elements of individual performance and/or contribution that are taken into account;
</P>
<P>(viii) Registrant policies and decisions regarding the adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant registrant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of an award or payment;
</P>
<P>(ix) The factors considered in decisions to increase or decrease compensation materially;
</P>
<P>(x) How compensation or amounts realizable from prior compensation are considered in setting other elements of compensation (e.g., how gains from prior option or stock awards are considered in setting retirement benefits);
</P>
<P>(xi) With respect to any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, that provides for payment(s) at, following, or in connection with any termination or change-in-control, the basis for selecting particular events as triggering payment (e.g., the rationale for providing a single trigger for payment in the event of a change-in-control);
</P>
<P>(xii) The impact of the accounting and tax treatments of the particular form of compensation;
</P>
<P>(xiii) The registrant's equity or other security ownership requirements or guidelines (specifying applicable amounts and forms of ownership), and any registrant policies regarding hedging the economic risk of such ownership;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Whether the registrant engaged in any benchmarking of total compensation, or any material element of compensation, identifying the benchmark and, if applicable, its components (including component companies); and
</P>
<P>(xv) The role of executive officers in determining executive compensation.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(b).</I> 1. The purpose of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to provide to investors material information that is necessary to an understanding of the registrant's compensation policies and decisions regarding the named executive officers.
</FP>
<P>2. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis should be of the information contained in the tables and otherwise disclosed pursuant to this Item. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis should also cover actions regarding executive compensation that were taken after the registrant's last fiscal year's end. Actions that should be addressed might include, as examples only, the adoption or implementation of new or modified programs and policies or specific decisions that were made or steps that were taken that could affect a fair understanding of the named executive officer's compensation for the last fiscal year. Moreover, in some situations it may be necessary to discuss prior years in order to give context to the disclosure provided.
</P>
<P>3. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis should focus on the material principles underlying the registrant's executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to analysis of those policies and decisions. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis shall reflect the individual circumstances of the registrant and shall avoid boilerplate language and repetition of the more detailed information set forth in the tables and narrative disclosures that follow.
</P>
<P>4. Registrants are not required to disclose target levels with respect to specific quantitative or qualitative performance-related factors considered by the compensation committee or the board of directors, or any other factors or criteria involving confidential trade secrets or confidential commercial or financial information, the disclosure of which would result in competitive harm for the registrant. The standard to use when determining whether disclosure would cause competitive harm for the registrant is the same standard that would apply when a registrant requests confidential treatment of confidential trade secrets or confidential commercial or financial information pursuant to Securities Act Rule 406 (17 CFR 230.406) and Exchange Act Rule 24b-2 (17 CFR 240.24b-2), each of which incorporates the criteria for non-disclosure when relying upon Exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4)). A registrant is not required to seek confidential treatment under the procedures in Securities Act Rule 406 and Exchange Act Rule 24b-2 if it determines that the disclosure would cause competitive harm in reliance on this instruction; however, in that case, the registrant must discuss how difficult it will be for the executive or how likely it will be for the registrant to achieve the undisclosed target levels or other factors.
</P>
<P>5. Disclosure of target levels that are non-GAAP financial measures will not be subject to Regulation G (17 CFR 244.100—102) and Item 10(e) (§ 229.10(e)); however, disclosure must be provided as to how the number is calculated from the registrant's audited financial statements.
</P>
<P>6. In proxy or information statements with respect to the election of directors, if the information disclosed pursuant to Item 407(i) would satisfy paragraph (b)(2)(xiii) of this Item, a registrant may refer to the information disclosed pursuant to Item 407(i).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Summary compensation table</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Provide the information specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this Item, concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for each of the registrant's last three completed fiscal years, in a Summary Compensation Table in the tabular format specified below. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Summary Compensation Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name and principal position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Salary
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bonus
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stock awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-equity
<br/>incentive plan compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All other compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
<br/>($)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(j)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and principal position of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The fiscal year covered (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The dollar value of base salary (cash and non-cash) earned by the named executive officer during the fiscal year covered (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of bonus (cash and non-cash) earned by the named executive officer during the fiscal year covered (column (d));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(c)(2)(iii) and (iv).</I> 1. If the amount of salary or bonus earned in a given fiscal year is not calculable through the latest practicable date, a footnote shall be included disclosing that the amount of salary or bonus is not calculable through the latest practicable date and providing the date that the amount of salary or bonus is expected to be determined, and such amount must then be disclosed in a filing under Item 5.02(f) of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308).
</FP>
<P>2. Registrants shall include in the salary column (column (c)) or bonus column (column (d)) any amount of salary or bonus forgone at the election of a named executive officer under which stock, equity-based or other forms of non-cash compensation instead have been received by the named executive officer. However, the receipt of any such form of non-cash compensation instead of salary or bonus must be disclosed in a footnote added to the salary or bonus column and, where applicable, referring to the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table (required by paragraph (d) of this Item) where the stock, option or non-equity incentive plan award elected by the named executive officer is reported.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(v) For awards of stock, the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) For awards of options, with or without tandem SARs (including awards that subsequently have been transferred), the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (f));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to Item 402(c)(2)(v) and (vi).</I> For awards reported in columns (e) and (f), include a footnote disclosing all assumptions made in the valuation by reference to a discussion of those assumptions in the registrant's financial statements, footnotes to the financial statements, or discussion in the Management's Discussion and Analysis. The sections so referenced are deemed part of the disclosure provided pursuant to this Item.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to Item 402(c)(2)(v) and (vi).</I> If at any time during the last completed fiscal year, the registrant has adjusted or amended the exercise price of options or SARs previously awarded to a named executive officer, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants, or any other means (“repriced”), or otherwise has materially modified such awards, the registrant shall include, as awards required to be reported in column (f), the incremental fair value, computed as of the repricing or modification date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, with respect to that repriced or modified award.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 3 to Item 402(c)(2)(v) and (vi).</I> For any awards that are subject to performance conditions, report the value at the grant date based upon the probable outcome of such conditions. This amount should be consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation cost to be recognized over the service period determined as of the grant date under FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. In a footnote to the table, disclose the value of the award at the grant date assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved if an amount less than the maximum was included in the table.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(vii) The dollar value of all earnings for services performed during the fiscal year pursuant to awards under non-equity incentive plans as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this Item, and all earnings on any outstanding awards (column (g));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(c)(2)(vii).</I> 1. If the relevant performance measure is satisfied during the fiscal year (including for a single year in a plan with a multi-year performance measure), the earnings are reportable for that fiscal year, even if not payable until a later date, and are not reportable again in the fiscal year when amounts are paid to the named executive officer.
</FP>
<P>2. All earnings on non-equity incentive plan compensation must be identified and quantified in a footnote to column (g), whether the earnings were paid during the fiscal year, payable during the period but deferred at the election of the named executive officer, or payable by their terms at a later date.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(viii) The sum of the amounts specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(viii)(A) and (B) of this Item (column (h)) as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the named executive officer's accumulated benefit under all defined benefit and actuarial pension plans (including supplemental plans) from the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the prior completed fiscal year to the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the covered fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(B) Above-market or preferential earnings on compensation that is deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified, including such earnings on nonqualified defined contribution plans;
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(c)(2)(viii).</I> 1. The disclosure required pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(A) of this Item applies to each plan that provides for the payment of retirement benefits, or benefits that will be paid primarily following retirement, including but not limited to tax-qualified defined benefit plans and supplemental executive retirement plans, but excluding tax-qualified defined contribution plans and nonqualified defined contribution plans. For purposes of this disclosure, the registrant should use the same amounts required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this Item for the covered fiscal year and the amounts that were or would have been required to be reported for the executive officer pursuant to paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this Item for the prior completed fiscal year.
</FP>
<P>2. Regarding paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(B) of this Item, interest on deferred compensation is above-market only if the rate of interest exceeds 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate, with compounding (as prescribed under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, (26 U.S.C. 1274(d))) at the rate that corresponds most closely to the rate under the registrant's plan at the time the interest rate or formula is set. In the event of a discretionary reset of the interest rate, the requisite calculation must be made on the basis of the interest rate at the time of such reset, rather than when originally established. Only the above-market portion of the interest must be included. If the applicable interest rates vary depending upon conditions such as a minimum period of continued service, the reported amount should be calculated assuming satisfaction of all conditions to receiving interest at the highest rate. Dividends (and dividend equivalents) on deferred compensation denominated in the registrant's stock (“deferred stock”) are preferential only if earned at a rate higher than dividends on the registrant's common stock. Only the preferential portion of the dividends or equivalents must be included. Footnote or narrative disclosure may be provided explaining the registrant's criteria for determining any portion considered to be above-market.
</P>
<P>3. The registrant shall identify and quantify by footnote the separate amounts attributable to each of paragraphs (c)(2)(viii)(A) and (B) of this Item. Where such amount pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(A) is negative, it should be disclosed by footnote but should not be reflected in the sum reported in column (h).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ix) All other compensation for the covered fiscal year that the registrant could not properly report in any other column of the Summary Compensation Table (column (i)). Each compensation item that is not properly reportable in columns (c)-(h), regardless of the amount of the compensation item, must be included in column (i). Such compensation must include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000;
</P>
<P>(B) All “gross-ups” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes;
</P>
<P>(C) For any security of the registrant or its subsidiaries purchased from the registrant or its subsidiaries (through deferral of salary or bonus, or otherwise) at a discount from the market price of such security at the date of purchase, unless that discount is available generally, either to all security holders or to all salaried employees of the registrant, the compensation cost, if any, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount paid or accrued to any named executive officer pursuant to a plan or arrangement in connection with:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any termination, including without limitation through retirement, resignation, severance or constructive termination (including a change in responsibilities) of such executive officer's employment with the registrant and its subsidiaries; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A change in control of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(E) Registrant contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans;
</P>
<P>(F) The dollar value of any insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the registrant during the covered fiscal year with respect to life insurance for the benefit of a named executive officer; and
</P>
<P>(G) The dollar value of any dividends or other earnings paid on stock or option awards, when those amounts were not factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for the stock or option award in column (e) or (f); and
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(c)(2)(ix).</I> 1. Non-equity incentive plan awards and earnings and earnings on stock and options, except as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ix)(G) of this Item, are required to be reported elsewhere as provided in this Item and are not reportable as All Other Compensation in column (i).
</FP>
<P>2. Benefits paid pursuant to defined benefit and actuarial plans are not reportable as All Other Compensation in column (i) unless accelerated pursuant to a change in control; information concerning these plans is reportable pursuant to paragraphs (c)(2)(viii)(A) and (h) of this Item.
</P>
<P>3. Any item reported for a named executive officer pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item that is not a perquisite or personal benefit and whose value exceeds $10,000 must be identified and quantified in a footnote to column (i). This requirement applies only to compensation for the last fiscal year. All items of compensation are required to be included in the Summary Compensation Table without regard to whether such items are required to be identified other than as specifically noted in this Item.
</P>
<P>4. Perquisites and personal benefits may be excluded as long as the total value of all perquisites and personal benefits for a named executive officer is less than $10,000. If the total value of all perquisites and personal benefits is $10,000 or more for any named executive officer, then each perquisite or personal benefit, regardless of its amount, must be identified by type. If perquisites and personal benefits are required to be reported for a named executive officer pursuant to this rule, then each perquisite or personal benefit that exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites and personal benefits for that officer must be quantified and disclosed in a footnote. The requirements for identification and quantification apply only to compensation for the last fiscal year. Perquisites and other personal benefits shall be valued on the basis of the aggregate incremental cost to the registrant. With respect to the perquisite or other personal benefit for which footnote quantification is required, the registrant shall describe in the footnote its methodology for computing the aggregate incremental cost. Reimbursements of taxes owed with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits must be included in column (i) and are subject to separate quantification and identification as tax reimbursements (paragraph (c)(2)(ix)(B) of this Item) even if the associated perquisites or other personal benefits are not required to be included because the total amount of all perquisites or personal benefits for an individual named executive officer is less than $10,000 or are required to be identified but are not required to be separately quantified.
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ix)(D) of this Item, an accrued amount is an amount for which payment has become due.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(x) The dollar value of total compensation for the covered fiscal year (column (j)). With respect to each named executive officer, disclose the sum of all amounts reported in columns (c) through (i).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(c).</I> 1. Information with respect to fiscal years prior to the last completed fiscal year will not be required if the registrant was not a reporting company pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) at any time during that year, except that the registrant will be required to provide information for any such year if that information previously was required to be provided in response to a Commission filing requirement.
</FP>
<P>2. All compensation values reported in the Summary Compensation Table must be reported in dollars and rounded to the nearest dollar. Reported compensation values must be reported numerically, providing a single numerical value for each grid in the table. Where compensation was paid to or received by a named executive officer in a different currency, a footnote must be provided to identify that currency and describe the rate and methodology used to convert the payment amounts to dollars.
</P>
<P>3. If a named executive officer is also a director who receives compensation for his or her services as a director, reflect that compensation in the Summary Compensation Table and provide a footnote identifying and itemizing such compensation and amounts. Use the categories in the Director Compensation Table required pursuant to paragraph (k) of this Item.
</P>
<P>4. Any amounts deferred, whether pursuant to a plan established under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), or otherwise, shall be included in the appropriate column for the fiscal year in which earned.




</P>
<P>5. Reduce the amount reported in the applicable Summary Compensation Table column for the fiscal year in which the amount recovered initially was reported as compensation by any amounts recovered pursuant to the compensation recovery policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1, and identify such amounts by footnote.


</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Grants of plan-based awards table.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this Item, concerning each grant of an award made to a named executive officer in the last completed fiscal year under any plan, including awards that subsequently have been transferred, in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Grants of Plan-Based Awards 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Grant date 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Estimated future payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Estimated future payouts under equity incentive plan awards 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">All other stock awards: Number of shares of stock or units
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">All other option awards: Number of securities underlying options
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Exercise or base price of option awards
<br/>($/Sh) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Grant date fair value of stock and option awards 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Threshold
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Target
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Threshold
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Target
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum
<br/>(#) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(j)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(k)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(l) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The grant date for equity-based awards reported in the table (column (b)). If such grant date is different than the date on which the compensation committee (or a committee of the board of directors performing a similar function or the full board of directors) takes action or is deemed to take action to grant such awards, a separate, adjoining column shall be added between columns (b) and (c) showing such date;
</P>
<P>(iii) The dollar value of the estimated future payout upon satisfaction of the conditions in question under non-equity incentive plan awards granted in the fiscal year, or the applicable range of estimated payouts denominated in dollars (threshold, target and maximum amount) (columns (c) through (e));
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of shares of stock, or the number of shares underlying options to be paid out or vested upon satisfaction of the conditions in question under equity incentive plan awards granted in the fiscal year, or the applicable range of estimated payouts denominated in the number of shares of stock, or the number of shares underlying options under the award (threshold, target and maximum amount) (columns (f) through (h));
</P>
<P>(v) The number of shares of stock granted in the fiscal year that are not required to be disclosed in columns (f) through (h) (column (i));
</P>
<P>(vi) The number of securities underlying options granted in the fiscal year that are not required to be disclosed in columns (f) through (h) (column (j)); 
</P>
<P>(vii) The per-share exercise or base price of the options granted in the fiscal year (column (k)). If such exercise or base price is less than the closing market price of the underlying security on the date of the grant, a separate, adjoining column showing the closing market price on the date of the grant shall be added after column (k) and
</P>
<P>(viii) The grant date fair value of each equity award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (<I>l</I>)). If at any time during the last completed fiscal year, the registrant has adjusted or amended the exercise or base price of options, SARs or similar option-like instruments previously awarded to a named executive officer, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants, or any other means (“repriced”), or otherwise has materially modified such awards, the incremental fair value, computed as of the repricing or modification date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, with respect to that repriced or modified award, shall be reported.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(d).</I> 1. Disclosure on a separate line shall be provided in the Table for each grant of an award made to a named executive officer during the fiscal year. If grants of awards were made to a named executive officer during the fiscal year under more than one plan, identify the particular plan under which each such grant was made.
</FP>
<P>2. For grants of incentive plan awards, provide the information called for by columns (c), (d) and (e), or (f), (g) and (h), as applicable. For columns (c) and (f), <I>threshold</I> refers to the minimum amount payable for a certain level of performance under the plan. For columns (d) and (g), <I>target</I> refers to the amount payable if the specified performance target(s) are reached. For columns (e) and (h), <I>maximum</I> refers to the maximum payout possible under the plan. If the award provides only for a single estimated payout, that amount must be reported as the <I>target</I> in columns (d) and (g). In columns (d) and (g), registrants must provide a representative amount based on the previous fiscal year's performance if the target amount is not determinable.
</P>
<P>3. In determining if the exercise or base price of an option is less than the closing market price of the underlying security on the date of the grant, the registrant may use either the closing market price as specified in paragraph (a)(6)(v) of this Item, or if no market exists, any other formula prescribed for the security. Whenever the exercise or base price reported in column (k) is not the closing market price, describe the methodology for determining the exercise or base price either by a footnote or accompanying textual narrative.
</P>
<P>4. A tandem grant of two instruments, only one of which is granted under an incentive plan, such as an option granted in tandem with a performance share, need be reported only in column (i) or (j), as applicable. For example, an option granted in tandem with a performance share would be reported only as an option grant in column (j), with the tandem feature noted either by a footnote or accompanying textual narrative.
</P>
<P>5. Disclose the dollar amount of consideration, if any, paid by the executive officer for the award in a footnote to the appropriate column.
</P>
<P>6. If non-equity incentive plan awards are denominated in units or other rights, a separate, adjoining column between columns (b) and (c) shall be added quantifying the units or other rights awarded.
</P>
<P>7. Options, SARs and similar option-like instruments granted in connection with a repricing transaction or other material modification shall be reported in this Table. However, the disclosure required by this Table does not apply to any repricing that occurs through a pre-existing formula or mechanism in the plan or award that results in the periodic adjustment of the option or SAR exercise or base price, an antidilution provision in a plan or award, or a recapitalization or similar transaction equally affecting all holders of the class of securities underlying the options or SARs.
</P>
<P>8. For any equity awards that are subject to performance conditions, report in column (l) the value at the grant date based upon the probable outcome of such conditions. This amount should be consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation cost to be recognized over the service period determined as of the grant date under FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table.</I> (1) Provide a narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of the information disclosed in the tables required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Item. Examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The material terms of each named executive officer's employment agreement or arrangement, whether written or unwritten;
</P>
<P>(ii) If at any time during the last fiscal year, any outstanding option or other equity-based award was repriced or otherwise materially modified (such as by extension of exercise periods, the change of vesting or forfeiture conditions, the change or elimination of applicable performance criteria, or the change of the bases upon which returns are determined), a description of each such repricing or other material modification;
</P>
<P>(iii) The material terms of any award reported in response to paragraph (d) of this Item, including a general description of the formula or criteria to be applied in determining the amounts payable, and the vesting schedule. For example, state where applicable that dividends will be paid on stock, and if so, the applicable dividend rate and whether that rate is preferential. Describe any performance-based conditions, and any other material conditions, that are applicable to the award. For purposes of the Table required by paragraph (d) of this Item and the narrative disclosure required by paragraph (e) of this Item, performance-based conditions include both performance conditions and market conditions, as those terms are defined in FASB ASC Topic 718; and
</P>
<P>(iv) An explanation of the amount of salary and bonus in proportion to total compensation.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(e)(1).</I> 1. The disclosure required by paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this Item would not apply to any repricing that occurs through a pre-existing formula or mechanism in the plan or award that results in the periodic adjustment of the option or SAR exercise or base price, an antidilution provision in a plan or award, or a recapitalization or similar transaction equally affecting all holders of the class of securities underlying the options or SARs.
</FP>
<P>2. Instructions 4 and 5 to Item 402(b) apply regarding disclosure pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this Item of target levels with respect to specific quantitative or qualitative performance-related factors considered by the compensation committee or the board of directors, or any other factors or criteria involving confidential trade secrets or confidential commercial or financial information, the disclosure of which would result in competitive harm for the registrant.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this Item, concerning unexercised options; stock that has not vested; and equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer outstanding as of the end of the registrant's last completed fiscal year in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Option awards 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Stock awards 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities underlying unexercised options
<br/>(#) exercisable 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities underlying unexercised options
<br/>(#) unexercisable 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity incentive plan awards: number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option exercise price
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option expiration date 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Market value of shares or units of stock that have not vested
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity incentive plan awards: number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity incentive plan awards: market or payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested
<br/>($) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(j) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) On an award-by-award basis, the number of securities underlying unexercised options, including awards that have been transferred other than for value, that are exercisable and that are not reported in column (d) (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) On an award-by-award basis, the number of securities underlying unexercised options, including awards that have been transferred other than for value, that are unexercisable and that are not reported in column (d) (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) On an award-by-award basis, the total number of shares underlying unexercised options awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not been earned (column (d));
</P>
<P>(v) For each instrument reported in columns (b), (c) and (d), as applicable, the exercise or base price (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) For each instrument reported in columns (b), (c) and (d), as applicable, the expiration date (column (f));
</P>
<P>(vii) The total number of shares of stock that have not vested and that are not reported in column (i) (column (g));
</P>
<P>(viii) The aggregate market value of shares of stock that have not vested and that are not reported in column (j) (column (h));
</P>
<P>(ix) The total number of shares of stock, units or other rights awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not vested and that have not been earned, and, if applicable the number of shares underlying any such unit or right (column (i)); and
</P>
<P>(x) The aggregate market or payout value of shares of stock, units or other rights awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not vested and that have not been earned (column (j)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(f)(2).</I> 1. Identify by footnote any award that has been transferred other than for value, disclosing the nature of the transfer.
</FP>
<P>2. The vesting dates of options, shares of stock and equity incentive plan awards held at fiscal-year end must be disclosed by footnote to the applicable column where the outstanding award is reported.
</P>
<P>3. Compute the market value of stock reported in column (h) and equity incentive plan awards of stock reported in column (j) by multiplying the closing market price of the registrant's stock at the end of the last completed fiscal year by the number of shares or units of stock or the amount of equity incentive plan awards, respectively. The number of shares or units reported in columns (d) or (i), and the payout value reported in column (j), shall be based on achieving threshold performance goals, except that if the previous fiscal year's performance has exceeded the threshold, the disclosure shall be based on the next higher performance measure (target or maximum) that exceeds the previous fiscal year's performance. If the award provides only for a single estimated payout, that amount should be reported. If the target amount is not determinable, registrants must provide a representative amount based on the previous fiscal year's performance.
</P>
<P>4. Multiple awards may be aggregated where the expiration date and the exercise and/or base price of the instruments is identical. A single award consisting of a combination of options, SARs and/or similar option-like instruments shall be reported as separate awards with respect to each tranche with a different exercise and/or base price or expiration date.
</P>
<P>5. Options or stock awarded under an equity incentive plan are reported in columns (d) or (i) and (j), respectively, until the relevant performance condition has been satisfied. Once the relevant performance condition has been satisfied, even if the option or stock award is subject to forfeiture conditions, options are reported in column (b) or (c), as appropriate, until they are exercised or expire, or stock is reported in columns (g) and (h) until it vests.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Option exercises and stock vested table.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this Item, concerning each exercise of stock options, SARs and similar instruments, and each vesting of stock, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and similar instruments, during the last completed fiscal year for each of the named executive officers on an aggregated basis in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Option Exercises and Stock Vested 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Option awards 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Stock awards 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of shares
<br/>acquired on
<br/>exercise
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
<br/>realized on
<br/>exercise
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of shares
<br/>acquired on vesting
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
<br/>realized on
<br/>vesting
<br/>($) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of securities for which the options were exercised (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate dollar value realized upon exercise of options, or upon the transfer of an award for value (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of shares of stock that have vested (column (d)); and
</P>
<P>(v) The aggregate dollar value realized upon vesting of stock, or upon the transfer of an award for value (column (e)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(g)(2).</I> Report in column (c) the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer upon exercise of the options or upon the transfer of such instruments for value. Compute the dollar amount realized upon exercise by determining the difference between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise or base price of the options. Do not include the value of any related payment or other consideration provided (or to be provided) by the registrant to or on behalf of a named executive officer, whether in payment of the exercise price or related taxes. (Any such payment or other consideration provided by the registrant is required to be disclosed in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item.) Report in column (e) the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of stock or the transfer of such instruments for value. Compute the aggregate dollar amount realized upon vesting by multiplying the number of shares of stock or units by the market value of the underlying shares on the vesting date. For any amount realized upon exercise or vesting for which receipt has been deferred, provide a footnote quantifying the amount and disclosing the terms of the deferral.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) <I>Pension benefits.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this Item with respect to each plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement, in the following tabular format: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Pension Benefits 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plan name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of years credited service
<br/>(#) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Present value of
<br/>accumulated benefit
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Payments during last fiscal year
<br/>($) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the plan (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of years of service credited to the named executive officer under the plan, computed as of the same pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The actuarial present value of the named executive officer's accumulated benefit under the plan, computed as of the same pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year (column (d)); and
</P>
<P>(v) The dollar amount of any payments and benefits paid to the named executive officer during the registrant's last completed fiscal year (column (e)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(h)(2).</I> 1. The disclosure required pursuant to this Table applies to each plan that provides for specified retirement payments and benefits, or payments and benefits that will be provided primarily following retirement, including but not limited to tax-qualified defined benefit plans and supplemental executive retirement plans, but excluding tax-qualified defined contribution plans and nonqualified defined contribution plans. Provide a separate row for each such plan in which the named executive officer participates.
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of the amount(s) reported in column (d), the registrant must use the same assumptions used for financial reporting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles, except that retirement age shall be assumed to be the normal retirement age as defined in the plan, or if not so defined, the earliest time at which a participant may retire under the plan without any benefit reduction due to age. The registrant must disclose in the accompanying textual narrative the valuation method and all material assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of the current accrued benefit. A benefit specified in the plan document or the executive's contract itself is not an assumption. Registrants may satisfy all or part of this disclosure by reference to a discussion of those assumptions in the registrant's financial statements, footnotes to the financial statements, or discussion in the Management's Discussion and Analysis. The sections so referenced are deemed part of the disclosure provided pursuant to this Item.
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of allocating the current accrued benefit between tax qualified defined benefit plans and related supplemental plans, apply the limitations applicable to tax qualified defined benefit plans established by the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder that applied as of the pension plan measurement date.
</P>
<P>4. If a named executive officer's number of years of credited service with respect to any plan is different from the named executive officer's number of actual years of service with the registrant, provide footnote disclosure quantifying the difference and any resulting benefit augmentation.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Provide a succinct narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of each plan covered by the tabular disclosure required by this paragraph. While material factors will vary depending upon the facts, examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The material terms and conditions of payments and benefits available under the plan, including the plan's normal retirement payment and benefit formula and eligibility standards, and the effect of the form of benefit elected on the amount of annual benefits. For this purpose, normal retirement means retirement at the normal retirement age as defined in the plan, or if not so defined, the earliest time at which a participant may retire under the plan without any benefit reduction due to age;
</P>
<P>(ii) If any named executive officer is currently eligible for early retirement under any plan, identify that named executive officer and the plan, and describe the plan's early retirement payment and benefit formula and eligibility standards. For this purpose, early retirement means retirement at the early retirement age as defined in the plan, or otherwise available to the executive under the plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) The specific elements of compensation (e.g., salary, bonus, etc.) included in applying the payment and benefit formula, identifying each such element;
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to named executive officers' participation in multiple plans, the different purposes for each plan; and
</P>
<P>(v) Registrant policies with regard to such matters as granting extra years of credited service.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Nonqualified defined contribution and other nonqualified deferred compensation plans.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this Item with respect to each defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified in the following tabular format: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Executive contributions in last FY
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant contributions in last FY
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Aggregate earnings in last FY
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Aggregate withdrawals/distributions
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Aggregate balance at last FYE
<br/>($) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The dollar amount of aggregate executive contributions during the registrant's last fiscal year (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The dollar amount of aggregate registrant contributions during the registrant's last fiscal year (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar amount of aggregate interest or other earnings accrued during the registrant's last fiscal year (column (d));
</P>
<P>(v) The aggregate dollar amount of all withdrawals by and distributions to the executive during the registrant's last fiscal year (column (e)); and
</P>
<P>(vi) The dollar amount of total balance of the executive's account as of the end of the registrant's last fiscal year (column (f)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(i)(2).</I> Provide a footnote quantifying the extent to which amounts reported in the contributions and earnings columns are reported as compensation in the last completed fiscal year in the registrant's Summary Compensation Table and amounts reported in the aggregate balance at last fiscal year end (column (f)) previously were reported as compensation to the named executive officer in the registrant's Summary Compensation Table for previous years.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Provide a succinct narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of each plan covered by tabular disclosure required by this paragraph. While material factors will vary depending upon the facts, examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The type(s) of compensation permitted to be deferred, and any limitations (by percentage of compensation or otherwise) on the extent to which deferral is permitted;
</P>
<P>(ii) The measures for calculating interest or other plan earnings (including whether such measure(s) are selected by the executive or the registrant and the frequency and manner in which selections may be changed), quantifying interest rates and other earnings measures applicable during the registrant's last fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Material terms with respect to payouts, withdrawals and other distributions.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Potential payments upon termination or change-in-control.</I> Regarding each contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, that provides for payment(s) to a named executive officer at, following, or in connection with any termination, including without limitation resignation, severance, retirement or a constructive termination of a named executive officer, or a change in control of the registrant or a change in the named executive officer's responsibilities, with respect to each named executive officer:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe and explain the specific circumstances that would trigger payment(s) or the provision of other benefits, including perquisites and health care benefits;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe and quantify the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided in each covered circumstance, whether they would or could be lump sum, or annual, disclosing the duration, and by whom they would be provided;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe and explain how the appropriate payment and benefit levels are determined under the various circumstances that trigger payments or provision of benefits;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe and explain any material conditions or obligations applicable to the receipt of payments or benefits, including but not limited to non-compete, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or confidentiality agreements, including the duration of such agreements and provisions regarding waiver of breach of such agreements; and
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any other material factors regarding each such contract, agreement, plan or arrangement.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(j).</I> 1. The registrant must provide quantitative disclosure under these requirements, applying the assumptions that the triggering event took place on the last business day of the registrant's last completed fiscal year, and the price per share of the registrant's securities is the closing market price as of that date. In the event that uncertainties exist as to the provision of payments and benefits or the amounts involved, the registrant is required to make a reasonable estimate (or a reasonable estimated range of amounts) applicable to the payment or benefit and disclose material assumptions underlying such estimates or estimated ranges in its disclosure. In such event, the disclosure would require forward-looking information as appropriate.
</FP>
<P>2. Perquisites and other personal benefits or property may be excluded only if the aggregate amount of such compensation will be less than $10,000. Individual perquisites and personal benefits shall be identified and quantified as required by Instruction 4 to paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item. For purposes of quantifying health care benefits, the registrant must use the assumptions used for financial reporting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>3. To the extent that the form and amount of any payment or benefit that would be provided in connection with any triggering event is fully disclosed pursuant to paragraph (h) or (i) of this Item, reference may be made to that disclosure. However, to the extent that the form or amount of any such payment or benefit would be enhanced or its vesting or other provisions accelerated in connection with any triggering event, such enhancement or acceleration must be disclosed pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>4. Where a triggering event has actually occurred for a named executive officer and that individual was not serving as a named executive officer of the registrant at the end of the last completed fiscal year, the disclosure required by this paragraph for that named executive officer shall apply only to that triggering event.
</P>
<P>5. The registrant need not provide information with respect to contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements to the extent they do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation, in favor of executive officers of the registrant and that are available generally to all salaried employees.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(k) <I>Compensation of directors.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (k)(2) of this Item, concerning the compensation of the directors for the registrant's last completed fiscal year, in the following tabular format: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Director Compensation 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fees earned or paid in cash
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stock awards
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option awards
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-equity incentive plan compensation
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All other compensation
<br/>($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
<br/>($) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">  
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of each director unless such director is also a named executive officer under paragraph (a) of this Item and his or her compensation for service as a director is fully reflected in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Item and otherwise as required pursuant to paragraphs (d) through (j) of this Item (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate dollar amount of all fees earned or paid in cash for services as a director, including annual retainer fees, committee and/or chairmanship fees, and meeting fees (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) For awards of stock, the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) For awards of options, with or without tandem SARs (including awards that subsequently have been transferred), the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (d));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(k)(2)(iii) and (iv).</I> For each director, disclose by footnote to the appropriate column: the grant date fair value of each equity award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718; for each option, SAR or similar option like instrument for which the registrant has adjusted or amended the exercise or base price during the last completed fiscal year, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants, or any other means (“repriced”), or otherwise has materially modified such awards, the incremental fair value, computed as of the repricing or modification date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718; and the aggregate number of stock awards and the aggregate number of option awards outstanding at fiscal year end. However, the disclosure required by this Instruction does not apply to any repricing that occurs through a pre-existing formula or mechanism in the plan or award that results in the periodic adjustment of the option or SAR exercise or base price, an antidilution provision in a plan or award, or a recapitalization or similar transaction equally affecting all holders of the class of securities underlying the options or SARs.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(v) The dollar value of all earnings for services performed during the fiscal year pursuant to non-equity incentive plans as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this Item, and all earnings on any outstanding awards (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) The sum of the amounts specified in paragraphs (k)(2)(vi)(A) and (B) of this Item (column (f)) as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the director's accumulated benefit under all defined benefit and actuarial pension plans (including supplemental plans) from the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the prior completed fiscal year to the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the registrant's audited financial statements for the covered fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(B) Above-market or preferential earnings on compensation that is deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified, including such earnings on nonqualified defined contribution plans;
</P>
<P>(vii) All other compensation for the covered fiscal year that the registrant could not properly report in any other column of the Director Compensation Table (column (g)). Each compensation item that is not properly reportable in columns (b)-(f), regardless of the amount of the compensation item, must be included in column (g). Such compensation must include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000;
</P>
<P>(B) All “gross-ups” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes;
</P>
<P>(C) For any security of the registrant or its subsidiaries purchased from the registrant or its subsidiaries (through deferral of salary or bonus, or otherwise) at a discount from the market price of such security at the date of purchase, unless that discount is available generally, either to all security holders or to all salaried employees of the registrant, the compensation cost, if any, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount paid or accrued to any director pursuant to a plan or arrangement in connection with:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The resignation, retirement or any other termination of such director; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A change in control of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(E) Registrant contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans;
</P>
<P>(F) Consulting fees earned from, or paid or payable by the registrant and/or its subsidiaries (including joint ventures);
</P>
<P>(G) The annual costs of payments and promises of payments pursuant to director legacy programs and similar charitable award programs;
</P>
<P>(H) The dollar value of any insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the registrant during the covered fiscal year with respect to life insurance for the benefit of a director; and
</P>
<P>(I) The dollar value of any dividends or other earnings paid on stock or option awards, when those amounts were not factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for the stock or option award in column (c) or (d); and
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(k)(2)(vii).</I> 1. Programs in which registrants agree to make donations to one or more charitable institutions in a director's name, payable by the registrant currently or upon a designated event, such as the retirement or death of the director, are charitable awards programs or director legacy programs for purposes of the disclosure required by paragraph (k)(2)(vii)(G) of this Item. Provide footnote disclosure of the total dollar amount payable under the program and other material terms of each such program for which tabular disclosure is provided.
</FP>
<P>2. Any item reported for a director pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(vii) of this Item that is not a perquisite or personal benefit and whose value exceeds $10,000 must be identified and quantified in a footnote to column (g). All items of compensation are required to be included in the Director Compensation Table without regard to whether such items are required to be identified other than as specifically noted in this Item.
</P>
<P>3. Perquisites and personal benefits may be excluded as long as the total value of all perquisites and personal benefits for a director is less than $10,000. If the total value of all perquisites and personal benefits is $10,000 or more for any director, then each perquisite or personal benefit, regardless of its amount, must be identified by type. If perquisites and personal benefits are required to be reported for a director pursuant to this rule, then each perquisite or personal benefit that exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites and personal benefits for that director must be quantified and disclosed in a footnote. Perquisites and other personal benefits shall be valued on the basis of the aggregate incremental cost to the registrant. With respect to the perquisite or other personal benefit for which footnote quantification is required, the registrant shall describe in the footnote its methodology for computing the aggregate incremental cost. Reimbursements of taxes owed with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits must be included in column (g) and are subject to separate quantification and identification as tax reimbursements (paragraph (k)(2)(vii)(B) of this Item) even if the associated perquisites or other personal benefits are not required to be included because the total amount of all perquisites or personal benefits for an individual director is less than $10,000 or are required to be identified but are not required to be separately quantified.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(viii) The dollar value of total compensation for the covered fiscal year (column (h)). With respect to each director, disclose the sum of all amounts reported in columns (b) through (g).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(k)(2).</I> Two or more directors may be grouped in a single row in the Table if all elements of their compensation are identical. The names of the directors for whom disclosure is presented on a group basis should be clear from the Table.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Narrative to director compensation table.</I> Provide a narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of the director compensation disclosed in this Table. While material factors will vary depending upon the facts, examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of standard compensation arrangements (such as fees for retainer, committee service, service as chairman of the board or a committee, and meeting attendance); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether any director has a different compensation arrangement, identifying that director and describing the terms of that arrangement.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(k).</I> In addition to the Instruction to paragraphs (k)(2)(iii) and (iv) and the Instructions to paragraph (k)(2)(vii) of this Item, the following apply equally to paragraph (k) of this Item: Instructions 2 and 4 to paragraph (c) of this Item; Instructions to paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this Item; Instructions to paragraphs (c)(2)(v) and (vi) of this Item; Instructions to paragraph (c)(2)(vii) of this Item; Instructions to paragraph (c)(2)(viii) of this Item; and Instructions 1 and 5 to paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item. These Instructions apply to the columns in the Director Compensation Table that are analogous to the columns in the Summary Compensation Table to which they refer and to disclosures under paragraph (k) of this Item that correspond to analogous disclosures provided for in paragraph (c) of this Item to which they refer.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(l) <I>Smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies.</I> A registrant that qualifies as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by Item 10(f) (§ 229.10(f)(1)), or is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter), may provide the scaled disclosure in paragraphs (m) through (r) instead of paragraphs (a) through (k), (s), and (u) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Smaller reporting companies</I>—<I>General</I>—(1) <I>All compensation covered.</I> This Item requires clear, concise and understandable disclosure of all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named executive officers designated under paragraph (m)(2) of this Item, and directors covered by paragraph (r) of this Item, by any person for all services rendered in all capacities to the smaller reporting company and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise specifically excluded from disclosure in this Item. All such compensation shall be reported pursuant to this Item, even if also called for by another requirement, including transactions between the smaller reporting company and a third party where a purpose of the transaction is to furnish compensation to any such named executive officer or director. No amount reported as compensation for one fiscal year need be reported in the same manner as compensation for a subsequent fiscal year; amounts reported as compensation for one fiscal year may be required to be reported in a different manner pursuant to this Item.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Persons covered.</I> Disclosure shall be provided pursuant to this Item for each of the following (the “named executive officers”):
</P>
<P>(i) All individuals serving as the smaller reporting company's principal executive officer or acting in a similar capacity during the last completed fiscal year (“PEO”), regardless of compensation level;
</P>
<P>(ii) The smaller reporting company's two most highly compensated executive officers other than the PEO who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Up to two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been provided pursuant to paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this Item but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer of the smaller reporting company at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(m)(2).</I> 1. <I>Determination of most highly compensated executive officers.</I> The determination as to which executive officers are most highly compensated shall be made by reference to total compensation for the last completed fiscal year (as required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (n)(2)(x) of this Item) reduced by the amount required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (n)(2)(viii) of this Item, <I>provided, however</I>, that no disclosure need be provided for any executive officer, other than the PEO, whose total compensation, as so reduced, does not exceed $100,000.
</FP>
<P>2. <I>Inclusion of executive officer of a subsidiary.</I> It may be appropriate for a smaller reporting company to include as named executive officers one or more executive officers or other employees of subsidiaries in the disclosure required by this Item. See Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.3b-7).
</P>
<P>3. <I>Exclusion of executive officer due to overseas compensation.</I> It may be appropriate in limited circumstances for a smaller reporting company not to include in the disclosure required by this Item an individual, other than its PEO, who is one of the smaller reporting company's most highly compensated executive officers due to the payment of amounts of cash compensation relating to overseas assignments attributed predominantly to such assignments.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Information for full fiscal year.</I> If the PEO served in that capacity during any part of a fiscal year with respect to which information is required, information should be provided as to all of his or her compensation for the full fiscal year. If a named executive officer (other than the PEO) served as an executive officer of the smaller reporting company (whether or not in the same position) during any part of the fiscal year with respect to which information is required, information shall be provided as to all compensation of that individual for the full fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Omission of table or column.</I> A table or column may be omitted if there has been no compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to any of the named executive officers or directors required to be reported in that table or column in any fiscal year covered by that table.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this Item:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>stock</I> means instruments such as common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, phantom stock, phantom stock units, common stock equivalent units or any similar instruments that do not have option-like features, and the term <I>option</I> means instruments such as stock options, stock appreciation rights and similar instruments with option-like features. The term <I>stock appreciation rights</I> (“<I>SARs</I>”) refers to SARs payable in cash or stock, including SARs payable in cash or stock at the election of the smaller reporting company or a named executive officer. The term <I>equity</I> is used to refer generally to stock and/or options.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>plan</I> includes, but is not limited to, the following: Any plan, contract, authorization or arrangement, whether or not set forth in any formal document, pursuant to which cash, securities, similar instruments, or any other property may be received. A plan may be applicable to one person. Except with respect to disclosure required by paragraph (t) of this Item, smaller reporting companies may omit information regarding group life, health, hospitalization, or medical reimbursement plans that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation, in favor of executive officers or directors of the smaller reporting company and that are available generally to all salaried employees.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>incentive plan</I> means any plan providing compensation intended to serve as incentive for performance to occur over a specified period, whether such performance is measured by reference to financial performance of the smaller reporting company or an affiliate, the smaller reporting company's stock price, or any other performance measure. An equity incentive plan is an incentive plan or portion of an incentive plan under which awards are granted that fall within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718. A <I>non-equity incentive plan</I> is an incentive plan or portion of an incentive plan that is not an equity incentive plan. The term <I>incentive plan award</I> means an award provided under an incentive plan.
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms <I>date of grant</I> or <I>grant date</I> refer to the grant date determined for financial statement reporting purposes pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Closing market price</I> is defined as the price at which the smaller reporting company's security was last sold in the principal United States market for such security as of the date for which the closing market price is determined.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Smaller reporting companies—Summary compensation table</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Provide the information specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this Item, concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for each of the smaller reporting company's last two completed fiscal years, in a Summary Compensation Table in the tabular format specified below.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Summary Compensation Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name and principal position
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Salary
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bonus
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stock awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nonequity incentive plan
<br/>compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nonqualified
<br/>deferred
<br/>compensation
<br/>earnings
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All other
<br/>compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
<br/>($)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(j)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and principal position of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The fiscal year covered (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The dollar value of base salary (cash and non-cash) earned by the named executive officer during the fiscal year covered (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of bonus (cash and non-cash) earned by the named executive officer during the fiscal year covered (column (d));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(n)(2)(iii) and (iv).</I> 1. If the amount of salary or bonus earned in a given fiscal year is not calculable through the latest practicable date, a footnote shall be included disclosing that the amount of salary or bonus is not calculable through the latest practicable date and providing the date that the amount of salary or bonus is expected to be determined, and such amount must then be disclosed in a filing under Item 5.02(f) of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308).
</FP>
<P>2. Smaller reporting companies shall include in the salary column (column (c)) or bonus column (column (d)) any amount of salary or bonus forgone at the election of a named executive officer under which stock, equity-based or other forms of non-cash compensation instead have been received by the named executive officer. However, the receipt of any such form of non-cash compensation instead of salary or bonus must be disclosed in a footnote added to the salary or bonus column and, where applicable, referring to the narrative disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table (required by paragraph (o) of this Item) where the material terms of the stock, option or non-equity incentive plan award elected by the named executive officer are reported.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(v) For awards of stock, the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) For awards of options, with or without tandem SARs (including awards that subsequently have been transferred), the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (f));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to Item 402(n)(2)(v) and (n)(2)(vi).</I> For awards reported in columns (e) and (f), include a footnote disclosing all assumptions made in the valuation by reference to a discussion of those assumptions in the smaller reporting company's financial statements, footnotes to the financial statements, or discussion in the Management's Discussion and Analysis. The sections so referenced are deemed part of the disclosure provided pursuant to this Item.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to Item 402(n)(2)(v) and (n)(2)(vi).</I> If at any time during the last completed fiscal year, the smaller reporting company has adjusted or amended the exercise price of options or SARs previously awarded to a named executive officer, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants, or any other means (“repriced”), or otherwise has materially modified such awards, the smaller reporting company shall include, as awards required to be reported in column (f), the incremental fair value, computed as of the repricing or modification date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, with respect to that repriced or modified award.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 3 to Item 402(n)(2)(v) and (vi).</I> For any awards that are subject to performance conditions, report the value at the grant date based upon the probable outcome of such conditions. This amount should be consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation cost to be recognized over the service period determined as of the grant date under FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. In a footnote to the table, disclose the value of the award at the grant date assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved if an amount less than the maximum was included in the table.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(vii) The dollar value of all earnings for services performed during the fiscal year pursuant to awards under non-equity incentive plans as defined in paragraph (m)(5)(iii) of this Item, and all earnings on any outstanding awards (column (g));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(n)(2)(vii).</I> 1. If the relevant performance measure is satisfied during the fiscal year (including for a single year in a plan with a multi-year performance measure), the earnings are reportable for that fiscal year, even if not payable until a later date, and are not reportable again in the fiscal year when amounts are paid to the named executive officer.
</FP>
<P>2. All earnings on non-equity incentive plan compensation must be identified and quantified in a footnote to column (g), whether the earnings were paid during the fiscal year, payable during the period but deferred at the election of the named executive officer, or payable by their terms at a later date.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(viii) Above-market or preferential earnings on compensation that is deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified, including such earnings on nonqualified defined contribution plans (column (h));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(n)(2)(viii).</I> Interest on deferred compensation is above-market only if the rate of interest exceeds 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate, with compounding (as prescribed under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, (26 U.S.C. 1274(d))) at the rate that corresponds most closely to the rate under the smaller reporting company's plan at the time the interest rate or formula is set. In the event of a discretionary reset of the interest rate, the requisite calculation must be made on the basis of the interest rate at the time of such reset, rather than when originally established. Only the above-market portion of the interest must be included. If the applicable interest rates vary depending upon conditions such as a minimum period of continued service, the reported amount should be calculated assuming satisfaction of all conditions to receiving interest at the highest rate. Dividends (and dividend equivalents) on deferred compensation denominated in the smaller reporting company's stock (“deferred stock”) are preferential only if earned at a rate higher than dividends on the smaller reporting company's common stock. Only the preferential portion of the dividends or equivalents must be included. Footnote or narrative disclosure may be provided explaining the smaller reporting company's criteria for determining any portion considered to be above-market.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(ix) All other compensation for the covered fiscal year that the smaller reporting company could not properly report in any other column of the Summary Compensation Table (column (i)). Each compensation item that is not properly reportable in columns (c) through (h), regardless of the amount of the compensation item, must be included in column (i). Such compensation must include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000;
</P>
<P>(B) All “gross-ups” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes;
</P>
<P>(C) For any security of the smaller reporting company or its subsidiaries purchased from the smaller reporting company or its subsidiaries (through deferral of salary or bonus, or otherwise) at a discount from the market price of such security at the date of purchase, unless that discount is available generally, either to all security holders or to all salaried employees of the smaller reporting company, the compensation cost, if any, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount paid or accrued to any named executive officer pursuant to a plan or arrangement in connection with:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any termination, including without limitation through retirement, resignation, severance or constructive termination (including a change in responsibilities) of such executive officer's employment with the smaller reporting company and its subsidiaries; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A change in control of the smaller reporting company;
</P>
<P>(E) Smaller reporting company contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans;
</P>
<P>(F) The dollar value of any insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the smaller reporting company during the covered fiscal year with respect to life insurance for the benefit of a named executive officer; and
</P>
<P>(G) The dollar value of any dividends or other earnings paid on stock or option awards, when those amounts were not factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for the stock or option award in column (e) or (f); and
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(n)(2)(ix).</I> 1. Non-equity incentive plan awards and earnings and earnings on stock or options, except as specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ix)(G) of this Item, are required to be reported elsewhere as provided in this Item and are not reportable as All Other Compensation in column (i).
</FP>
<P>2. Benefits paid pursuant to defined benefit and actuarial plans are not reportable as All Other Compensation in column (i) unless accelerated pursuant to a change in control; information concerning these plans is reportable pursuant to paragraph (q)(1) of this Item.
</P>
<P>3. Reimbursements of taxes owed with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits must be included in the columns as tax reimbursements (paragraph (n)(2)(ix)(B) of this Item) even if the associated perquisites or other personal benefits are not required to be included because the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000.
</P>
<P>4. Perquisites and other personal benefits shall be valued on the basis of the aggregate incremental cost to the smaller reporting company.
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of paragraph (n)(2)(ix)(D) of this Item, an accrued amount is an amount for which payment has become due.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(x) The dollar value of total compensation for the covered fiscal year (column (j)). With respect to each named executive officer, disclose the sum of all amounts reported in columns (c) through (i).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(n).</I> 1. Information with respect to the fiscal year prior to the last completed fiscal year will not be required if the smaller reporting company was not a reporting company pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) at any time during that year, except that the smaller reporting company will be required to provide information for any such year if that information previously was required to be provided in response to a Commission filing requirement.
</FP>
<P>2. All compensation values reported in the Summary Compensation Table must be reported in dollars and rounded to the nearest dollar. Reported compensation values must be reported numerically, providing a single numerical value for each grid in the table. Where compensation was paid to or received by a named executive officer in a different currency, a footnote must be provided to identify that currency and describe the rate and methodology used to convert the payment amounts to dollars.
</P>
<P>3. If a named executive officer is also a director who receives compensation for his or her services as a director, reflect that compensation in the Summary Compensation Table and provide a footnote identifying and itemizing such compensation and amounts. Use the categories in the Director Compensation Table required pursuant to paragraph (r) of this Item.
</P>
<P>4. Any amounts deferred, whether pursuant to a plan established under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), or otherwise, shall be included in the appropriate column for the fiscal year in which earned.
</P>
<P>5. Reduce the amount reported in the applicable Summary Compensation Table column for the fiscal year in which the amount recovered initially was reported as compensation by any amounts recovered pursuant to the compensation recovery policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1, and identify such amounts by footnote.
</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(o) <I>Smaller reporting companies—Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table.</I> Provide a narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of the information disclosed in the Table required by paragraph (n) of this Item. Examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) The material terms of each named executive officer's employment agreement or arrangement, whether written or unwritten;
</P>
<P>(2) If at any time during the last fiscal year, any outstanding option or other equity-based award was repriced or otherwise materially modified (such as by extension of exercise periods, the change of vesting or forfeiture conditions, the change or elimination of applicable performance criteria, or the change of the bases upon which returns are determined), a description of each such repricing or other material modification;
</P>
<P>(3) The waiver or modification of any specified performance tarfget, goal or condition to payout with respect to any amount included in non-stock incentive plan compensation or payouts reported in column (g) to the Summary Compensation Table required by paragraph (n) of this Item, stating whether the waiver or modification applied to one or more specified named executive officers or to all compensation subject to the target, goal or condition;
</P>
<P>(4) The material terms of each grant, including but not limited to the date of exercisability, any conditions to exercisability, any tandem feature, any reload feature, any tax-reimbursement feature, and any provision that could cause the exercise price to be lowered;
</P>
<P>(5) The material terms of any non-equity incentive plan award made to a named executive officer during the last completed fiscal year, including a general description of the formula or criteria to be applied in determining the amounts payable and vesting schedule;
</P>
<P>(6) The method of calculating earnings on nonqualified deferred compensation plans including nonqualified defined contribution plans; and
</P>
<P>(7) An identification to the extent material of any item included under All Other Compensation (column (i)) in the Summary Compensation Table. Identification of an item shall not be considered material if it does not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 10% of all items included in the specified category in question set forth in paragraph (n)(2)(ix) of this Item. All items of compensation are required to be included in the Summary Compensation Table without regard to whether such items are required to be identified.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(o).</I> The disclosure required by paragraph (o)(2) of this Item would not apply to any repricing that occurs through a pre-existing formula or mechanism in the plan or award that results in the periodic adjustment of the option or SAR exercise or base price, an antidilution provision in a plan or award, or a recapitalization or similar transaction equally affecting all holders of the class of securities underlying the options or SARs.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(p) <I>Smaller reporting companies—Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (p)(2) of this Item, concerning unexercised options; stock that has not vested; and equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer outstanding as of the end of the smaller reporting company's last completed fiscal year in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Option awards
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Stock awards
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities underlying unexercised options
<br/>(#) exercisable
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities
<br/>underlying
<br/>unexercised
<br/>options
<br/>(#) unexercisable
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity
<br/>incentive
<br/>plan awards: Number of
<br/>securities
<br/>underlying
<br/>unexercised
<br/>unearned
<br/>options
<br/>(#)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option
<br/>exercise price
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option expiration date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested
<br/>(#)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Market value of shares of units of stock that have not vested
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity
<br/>incentive
<br/>plan awards: Number of
<br/>unearned
<br/>shares, units or other rights that have not vested
<br/>(#)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity
<br/>incentive
<br/>plan awards: Market or payout value of
<br/>unearned
<br/>shares, units or other rights that have not vested
<br/>($)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(j)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) On an award-by-award basis, the number of securities underlying unexercised options, including awards that have been transferred other than for value, that are exercisable and that are not reported in column (d) (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) On an award-by-award basis, the number of securities underlying unexercised options, including awards that have been transferred other than for value, that are unexercisable and that are not reported in column (d) (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) On an award-by-award basis, the total number of shares underlying unexercised options awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not been earned (column (d));
</P>
<P>(v) For each instrument reported in columns (b), (c) and (d), as applicable, the exercise or base price (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) For each instrument reported in columns (b), (c) and (d), as applicable, the expiration date (column (f));
</P>
<P>(vii) The total number of shares of stock that have not vested and that are not reported in column (i) (column (g));
</P>
<P>(viii) The aggregate market value of shares of stock that have not vested and that are not reported in column (j) (column (h));
</P>
<P>(ix) The total number of shares of stock, units or other rights awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not vested and that have not been earned, and, if applicable the number of shares underlying any such unit or right (column (i)); and
</P>
<P>(x) The aggregate market or payout value of shares of stock, units or other rights awarded under any equity incentive plan that have not vested and that have not been earned (column (j)).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 402(p)(2).</I> 1. Identify by footnote any award that has been transferred other than for value, disclosing the nature of the transfer.
</FP>
<P>2. The vesting dates of options, shares of stock and equity incentive plan awards held at fiscal-year end must be disclosed by footnote to the applicable column where the outstanding award is reported.
</P>
<P>3. Compute the market value of stock reported in column (h) and equity incentive plan awards of stock reported in column (j) by multiplying the closing market price of the smaller reporting company's stock at the end of the last completed fiscal year by the number of shares or units of stock or the amount of equity incentive plan awards, respectively. The number of shares or units reported in column (d) or (i), and the payout value reported in column (j), shall be based on achieving threshold performance goals, except that if the previous fiscal year's performance has exceeded the threshold, the disclosure shall be based on the next higher performance measure (target or maximum) that exceeds the previous fiscal year's performance. If the award provides only for a single estimated payout, that amount should be reported. If the target amount is not determinable, smaller reporting companies must provide a representative amount based on the previous fiscal year's performance.
</P>
<P>4. Multiple awards may be aggregated where the expiration date and the exercise and/or base price of the instruments is identical. A single award consisting of a combination of options, SARs and/or similar option-like instruments shall be reported as separate awards with respect to each tranche with a different exercise and/or base price or expiration date.
</P>
<P>5. Options or stock awarded under an equity incentive plan are reported in columns (d) or (i) and (j), respectively, until the relevant performance condition has been satisfied. Once the relevant performance condition has been satisfied, even if the option or stock award is subject to forfeiture conditions, options are reported in column (b) or (c), as appropriate, until they are exercised or expire, or stock is reported in columns (g) and (h) until it vests.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(q) <I>Smaller reporting companies—Additional narrative disclosure.</I> Provide a narrative description of the following to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(1) The material terms of each plan that provides for the payment of retirement benefits, or benefits that will be paid primarily following retirement, including but not limited to tax-qualified defined benefit plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, tax-qualified defined contribution plans and nonqualified defined contribution plans.
</P>
<P>(2) The material terms of each contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, that provides for payment(s) to a named executive officer at, following, or in connection with the resignation, retirement or other termination of a named executive officer, or a change in control of the smaller reporting company or a change in the named executive officer's responsibilities following a change in control, with respect to each named executive officer.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Smaller reporting companies—Compensation of directors.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (r)(2) of this Item, concerning the compensation of the directors for the smaller reporting company's last completed fiscal year, in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Director Compensation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fees earned or paid in cash
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stock awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Option awards
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-equity incentive plan
<br/>compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nonqualified deferred
<br/>compensation earnings
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All other compensation
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
<br/>($)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of each director unless such director is also a named executive officer under paragraph (m) of this Item and his or her compensation for service as a director is fully reflected in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to paragraph (n) of this Item and otherwise as required pursuant to paragraphs (o) through (q) of this Item (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate dollar amount of all fees earned or paid in cash for services as a director, including annual retainer fees, committee and/or chairmanship fees, and meeting fees (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) For awards of stock, the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) For awards of options, with or without tandem SARs (including awards that subsequently have been transferred), the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (column (d));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(r)(2)(iii) and (iv).</I> For each director, disclose by footnote to the appropriate column, the aggregate number of stock awards and the aggregate number of option awards outstanding at fiscal year end.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(v) The dollar value of all earnings for services performed during the fiscal year pursuant to non-equity incentive plans as defined in paragraph (m)(5)(iii) of this Item, and all earnings on any outstanding awards (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) Above-market or preferential earnings on compensation that is deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified, including such earnings on nonqualified defined contribution plans (column (f));
</P>
<P>(vii) All other compensation for the covered fiscal year that the smaller reporting company could not properly report in any other column of the Director Compensation Table (column (g)). Each compensation item that is not properly reportable in columns (b) through (f), regardless of the amount of the compensation item, must be included in column (g) and must be identified and quantified in a footnote if it is deemed material in accordance with paragraph (o)(7) of this Item. Such compensation must include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000;
</P>
<P>(B) All “gross-ups” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes;
</P>
<P>(C) For any security of the smaller reporting company or its subsidiaries purchased from the smaller reporting company or its subsidiaries (through deferral of salary or bonus, or otherwise) at a discount from the market price of such security at the date of purchase, unless that discount is available generally, either to all security holders or to all salaried employees of the smaller reporting company, the compensation cost, if any, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount paid or accrued to any director pursuant to a plan or arrangement in connection with:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The resignation, retirement or any other termination of such director; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A change in control of the smaller reporting company;
</P>
<P>(E) Smaller reporting company contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans;
</P>
<P>(F) Consulting fees earned from, or paid or payable by the smaller reporting company and/or its subsidiaries (including joint ventures);
</P>
<P>(G) The annual costs of payments and promises of payments pursuant to director legacy programs and similar charitable award programs;
</P>
<P>(H) The dollar value of any insurance premiums paid by, or on behalf of, the smaller reporting company during the covered fiscal year with respect to life insurance for the benefit of a director; and
</P>
<P>(I) The dollar value of any dividends or other earnings paid on stock or option awards, when those amounts were not factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for the stock or option award in column (c) or (d); and
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(r)(2)(vii).</I> Programs in which smaller reporting companies agree to make donations to one or more charitable institutions in a director's name, payable by the smaller reporting company currently or upon a designated event, such as the retirement or death of the director, are charitable awards programs or director legacy programs for purposes of the disclosure required by paragraph (r)(2)(vii)(G) of this Item. Provide footnote disclosure of the total dollar amount payable under the program and other material terms of each such program for which tabular disclosure is provided.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(viii) The dollar value of total compensation for the covered fiscal year (column (h)). With respect to each director, disclose the sum of all amounts reported in columns (b) through (g).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(r)(2).</I> Two or more directors may be grouped in a single row in the Table if all elements of their compensation are identical. The names of the directors for whom disclosure is presented on a group basis should be clear from the Table.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Narrative to director compensation table.</I> Provide a narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of the director compensation disclosed in this Table. While material factors will vary depending upon the facts, examples of such factors may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of standard compensation arrangements (such as fees for retainer, committee service, service as chairman of the board or a committee, and meeting attendance); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether any director has a different compensation arrangement, identifying that director and describing the terms of that arrangement.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 402(r).</I> In addition to the Instruction to paragraph (r)(2)(vii) of this Item, the following apply equally to paragraph (r) of this Item: Instructions 2 and 4 to paragraph (n) of this Item; the Instructions to paragraphs (n)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this Item; the Instructions to paragraphs (n)(2)(v) and (vi) of this Item; the Instructions to paragraph (n)(2)(vii) of this Item; the Instruction to paragraph (n)(2)(viii) of this Item; the Instructions to paragraph (n)(2)(ix) of this Item; and paragraph (o)(7) of this Item. These Instructions apply to the columns in the Director Compensation Table that are analogous to the columns in the Summary Compensation Table to which they refer and to disclosures under paragraph (r) of this Item that correspond to analogous disclosures provided for in paragraph (n) of this Item to which they refer.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(s) <I>Narrative disclosure of the registrant's compensation policies and practices as they relate to the registrant's risk management.</I> To the extent that risks arising from the registrant's compensation policies and practices for its employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the registrant, discuss the registrant's policies and practices of compensating its employees, including non-executive officers, as they relate to risk management practices and risk-taking incentives. While the situations requiring disclosure will vary depending on the particular registrant and compensation policies and practices, situations that may trigger disclosure include, among others, compensation policies and practices: at a business unit of the company that carries a significant portion of the registrant's risk profile; at a business unit with compensation structured significantly differently than other units within the registrant; at a business unit that is significantly more profitable than others within the registrant; at a business unit where compensation expense is a significant percentage of the unit's revenues; and that vary significantly from the overall risk and reward structure of the registrant, such as when bonuses are awarded upon accomplishment of a task, while the income and risk to the registrant from the task extend over a significantly longer period of time. The purpose of this paragraph(s) is to provide investors material information concerning how the registrant compensates and incentivizes its employees that may create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the registrant. While the information to be disclosed pursuant to this paragraph(s) will vary depending upon the nature of the registrant's business and the compensation approach, the following are examples of the issues that the registrant may need to address for the business units or employees discussed:
</P>
<P>(1) The general design philosophy of the registrant's compensation policies and practices for employees whose behavior would be most affected by the incentives established by the policies and practices, as such policies and practices relate to or affect risk taking by employees on behalf of the registrant, and the manner of their implementation;
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant's risk assessment or incentive considerations, if any, in structuring its compensation policies and practices or in awarding and paying compensation;
</P>
<P>(3) How the registrant's compensation policies and practices relate to the realization of risks resulting from the actions of employees in both the short term and the long term, such as through policies requiring claw backs or imposing holding periods;
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant's policies regarding adjustments to its compensation policies and practices to address changes in its risk profile;
</P>
<P>(5) Material adjustments the registrant has made to its compensation policies and practices as a result of changes in its risk profile; and
</P>
<P>(6) The extent to which the registrant monitors its compensation policies and practices to determine whether its risk management objectives are being met with respect to incentivizing its employees.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Golden parachute compensation.</I> (1) In connection with any proxy or consent solicitation material providing the disclosure required by section 14A(b)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(b)(1)) or any proxy or consent solicitation that includes disclosure under Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) pursuant to Note A of Schedule 14A (excluding any proxy or consent solicitation of an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter)), with respect to each named executive officer of the acquiring company and the target company, provide the information specified in paragraphs (t)(2) and (3) of this section regarding any agreement or understanding, whether written or unwritten, between such named executive officer and the acquiring company or target company, concerning any type of compensation, whether present, deferred or contingent, that is based on or otherwise relates to an acquisition, merger, consolidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the issuer, as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Golden Parachute Compensation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cash
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pension/
<br/>NQDC
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Perquisites/
<br/>benefits
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tax
<br/>reimbursement
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
<br/>($)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total
<br/>($)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The table shall include, for each named executive officer:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate dollar value of any cash severance payments, including but not limited to payments of base salary, bonus, and pro-rated non-equity incentive compensation plan payments (column (b));
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate dollar value of:
</P>
<P>(A) Stock awards for which vesting would be accelerated;
</P>
<P>(B) In-the-money option awards for which vesting would be accelerated; and
</P>
<P>(C) Payments in cancellation of stock and option awards (column (c));
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate dollar value of pension and nonqualified deferred compensation benefit enhancements (column (d));
</P>
<P>(v) The aggregate dollar value of perquisites and other personal benefits or property, and health care and welfare benefits (column (e));
</P>
<P>(vi) The aggregate dollar value of any tax reimbursements (column (f));
</P>
<P>(vii) The aggregate dollar value of any other compensation that is based on or otherwise relates to the transaction not properly reported in columns (b) through (f) (column (g)); and
</P>
<P>(viii) The aggregate dollar value of the sum of all amounts reported in columns (b) through (g) (column (h)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to item 402(<E T="01">t</E>)(2).</HED>
<P>1. If this disclosure is included in a proxy or consent solicitation seeking approval of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, or proposed sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the registrant, or in a proxy or consent solicitation that includes disclosure under Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101) pursuant to Note A of Schedule 14A, the disclosure provided by this table shall be quantified assuming that the triggering event took place on the latest practicable date, and that the price per share of the registrant's securities shall be determined as follows: If the shareholders are to receive a fixed dollar amount, the price per share shall be that fixed dollar amount, and if such value is not a fixed dollar amount, the price per share shall be the average closing market price of the registrant's securities over the first five business days following the first public announcement of the transaction. Compute the dollar value of in-the-money option awards for which vesting would be accelerated by determining the difference between this price and the exercise or base price of the options. Include only compensation that is based on or otherwise relates to the subject transaction. Apply Instruction 1 to Item 402(t) with respect to those executive officers for whom disclosure was required in the issuer's most recent filing with the Commission under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) or Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) that required disclosure pursuant to Item 402(c).
</P>
<P>2. If this disclosure is included in a proxy solicitation for the annual meeting at which directors are elected for purposes of subjecting the disclosed agreements or understandings to a shareholder vote under section 14A(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a)(1)), the disclosure provided by this table shall be quantified assuming that the triggering event took place on the last business day of the registrant's last completed fiscal year, and the price per share of the registrant's securities is the closing market price as of that date. Compute the dollar value of in-the-money option awards for which vesting would be accelerated by determining the difference between this price and the exercise or base price of the options.
</P>
<P>3. In the event that uncertainties exist as to the provision of payments and benefits or the amounts involved, the registrant is required to make a reasonable estimate applicable to the payment or benefit and disclose material assumptions underlying such estimates in its disclosure. In such event, the disclosure would require forward-looking information as appropriate.
</P>
<P>4. For each of columns (b) through (g), include a footnote quantifying each separate form of compensation included in the aggregate total reported. Include the value of all perquisites and other personal benefits or property. Individual perquisites and personal benefits shall be identified and quantified as required by Instruction 4 to Item 402(c)(2)(ix) of this section. For purposes of quantifying health care benefits, the registrant must use the assumptions used for financial reporting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>5. For each of columns (b) through (h), include a footnote quantifying the amount payable attributable to a double-trigger arrangement (<I>i.e.,</I> amounts triggered by a change-in-control for which payment is conditioned upon the executive officer's termination without cause or resignation for good reason within a limited time period following the change-in-control), specifying the time-frame in which such termination or resignation must occur in order for the amount to become payable, and the amount payable attributable to a single-trigger arrangement (<I>i.e.,</I> amounts triggered by a change-in-control for which payment is not conditioned upon such a termination or resignation of the executive officer).
</P>
<P>6. A registrant conducting a shareholder advisory vote pursuant to § 240.14a-21(c) of this chapter to cover new arrangements and understandings, and/or revised terms of agreements and understandings that were previously subject to a shareholder advisory vote pursuant to § 240.14a-21(a) of this chapter, shall provide two separate tables. One table shall disclose all golden parachute compensation, including both the arrangements and amounts previously disclosed and subject to a shareholder advisory vote under section 14A(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a)(1)) and § 240.14a-21(a) of this chapter and the new arrangements and understandings and/or revised terms of agreements and understandings that were previously subject to a shareholder advisory vote. The second table shall disclose only the new arrangements and/or revised terms subject to the separate shareholder vote under section 14A(b)(2) of the Exchange Act and § 240.14a-21(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>7. In cases where this Item 402(t)(2) requires disclosure of arrangements between an acquiring company and the named executive officers of the soliciting target company, the registrant shall clarify whether these agreements are included in the separate shareholder advisory vote pursuant to § 240.14a-21(c) of this chapter by providing a separate table of all agreements and understandings subject to the shareholder advisory vote required by section 14A(b)(2) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(b)(2)) and § 240.14a-21(c) of this chapter, if different from the full scope of golden parachute compensation subject to Item 402(t) disclosure.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) Provide a succinct narrative description of any material factors necessary to an understanding of each such contract, agreement, plan or arrangement and the payments quantified in the tabular disclosure required by this paragraph. Such factors shall include, but not be limited to a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) The specific circumstances that would trigger payment(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the payments would or could be lump sum, or annual, disclosing the duration, and by whom they would be provided; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any material conditions or obligations applicable to the receipt of payment or benefits, including but not limited to non-compete, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or confidentiality agreements, including the duration of such agreements and provisions regarding waiver or breach of such agreements.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to Item 402(<E T="01">t</E>).</HED>
<P>1. A registrant that does not qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by § 229.10(f)(1) of this chapter, must provide the information required by this Item 402(t) with respect to the individuals covered by Items 402(a)(3)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this section. A registrant that qualifies as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by § 229.10(f)(1) of this chapter, must provide the information required by this Item 402(t) with respect to the individuals covered by Items 402(m)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>2. The obligation to provide the information in this Item 402(t) shall not apply to agreements and understandings described in paragraph (t)(1) of this section with senior management of foreign private issuers, as defined in § 240.3b-4 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(u) <I>Pay ratio disclosure</I>—(1) <I>Disclose.</I> (i) The median of the annual total compensation of all employees of the registrant, except the PEO of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(ii) The annual total compensation of the PEO of the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The ratio of the amount in paragraph (u)(1)(i) of this Item to the amount in paragraph (u)(1)(ii) of this Item. For purposes of the ratio required by this paragraph (u)(1)(iii), the amount in paragraph (u)(1)(i) of this Item shall equal one, or, alternatively, the ratio may be expressed narratively as the multiple that the amount in paragraph (u)(1)(ii) of this Item bears to the amount in paragraph (u)(1)(i) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (u):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Total compensation</I> for the median of annual total compensation of all employees of the registrant and the PEO of the registrant shall be determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this Item. In determining the total compensation, all references to “named executive officer” in this Item and the instructions thereto may be deemed to refer instead, as applicable, to “employee” and, for non-salaried employees, references to “base salary” and “salary” in this Item and the instructions thereto may be deemed to refer instead, as applicable, to “wages plus overtime”;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Annual total</I> <I>compensation</I> means total compensation for the registrant's last completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registrant</I> means the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph (u), <I>employee</I> or <I>employee of the registrant</I> means an individual employed by the registrant or any of its consolidated subsidiaries, whether as a full-time, part-time, seasonal, or temporary worker, as of a date chosen by the registrant within the last three months of the registrant's last completed fiscal year. The definition of employee or employee of the registrant does not include those workers who are employed, and whose compensation is determined, by an unaffiliated third party but who provide services to the registrant or its consolidated subsidiaries as independent contractors or “leased” workers.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (u), an employee located in a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “non-U.S. employee”) may be exempt from the definition of employee or employee of the registrant under either of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The employee is employed in a foreign jurisdiction in which the laws or regulations governing data privacy are such that, despite its reasonable efforts to obtain or process the information necessary for compliance with this paragraph (u), the registrant is unable to do so without violating such data privacy laws or regulations. The registrant's reasonable efforts shall include, at a minimum, using or seeking an exemption or other relief under any governing data privacy laws or regulations. If the registrant chooses to exclude any employees using this exemption, it shall list the excluded jurisdictions, identify the specific data privacy law or regulation, explain how complying with this paragraph (u) violates such data privacy law or regulation (including the efforts made by the registrant to use or seek an exemption or other relief under such law or regulation), and provide the approximate number of employees exempted from each jurisdiction based on this exemption. In addition, if a registrant excludes any non-U.S. employees in a particular jurisdiction under this exemption, it must exclude all non-U.S. employees in that jurisdiction. Further, the registrant shall obtain a legal opinion from counsel that opines on the inability of the registrant to obtain or process the information necessary for compliance with this paragraph (u) without violating the jurisdiction's laws or regulations governing data privacy, including the registrant's inability to obtain an exemption or other relief under any governing laws or regulations. The registrant shall file the legal opinion as an exhibit to the filing in which the pay ratio disclosure is included.
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant's non-U.S. employees account for 5% or less of the registrant's total employees. In that circumstance, if the registrant chooses to exclude any non-U.S. employees under this exemption, it must exclude all non-U.S. employees. Additionally, if a registrant's non-U.S. employees exceed 5% of the registrant's total U.S. and non-U.S. employees, it may exclude up to 5% of its total employees who are non-U.S. employees; <I>provided, however,</I> if a registrant excludes any non-U.S. employees in a particular jurisdiction, it must exclude all non-U.S. employees in that jurisdiction. If more than 5% of a registrant's employees are located in any one non-U.S. jurisdiction, the registrant may not exclude any employees in that jurisdiction under this exemption.
</P>
<P>(A) In calculating the number of non-U.S. employees that may be excluded under this Item 402(u)(4)(ii) (“<I>de minimis”</I> exemption), a registrant shall count against the total any non-U.S. employee exempted under the data privacy law exemption under Item 402(u)(4)(i) (“data privacy” exemption). A registrant may exclude any non-U.S. employee from a jurisdiction that meets the data privacy exemption, even if the number of excluded employees exceeds 5% of the registrant's total employees. If, however, the number of employees excluded under the data privacy exemption equals or exceeds 5% of the registrant's total employees, the registrant may not use the <I>de minimis</I> exemption. Additionally, if the number of employees excluded under the data privacy exemption is less than 5% of the registrant's total employees, the registrant may use the <I>de minimis</I> exemption to exclude no more than the number of non-U.S. employees that, combined with the data privacy exemption, does not exceed 5% of the registrant's total employees.
</P>
<P>(B) If a registrant excludes non-U.S. employees under the <I>de minimis</I> exemption, it must disclose the jurisdiction or jurisdictions from which those employees are being excluded, the approximate number of employees excluded from each jurisdiction under the <I>de minimis</I> exemption, the total number of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees irrespective of any exemption (data privacy or <I>de minimis</I>), and the total number of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees used for its <I>de minimis</I> calculation.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Disclosing the date chosen for identifying the median employee.</I> A registrant shall disclose the date within the last three months of its last completed fiscal year that it selected pursuant to paragraph (u)(3) of this Item to identify its median employee. If the registrant changes the date it uses to identify the median employee from the prior year, the registrant shall disclose this change and provide a brief explanation about the reason or reasons for the change.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Identifying the median employee.</I> A registrant is required to identify its median employee only once every three years and calculate total compensation for that employee each year; <I>provided that,</I> during a registrant's last completed fiscal year there has been no change in its employee population or employee compensation arrangements that it reasonably believes would result in a significant change to its pay ratio disclosure. If there have been no changes that the registrant reasonably believes would significantly affect its pay ratio disclosure, the registrant shall disclose that it is using the same median employee in its pay ratio calculation and describe briefly the basis for its reasonable belief. For example, the registrant could disclose that there has been no change in its employee population or employee compensation arrangements that it believes would significantly impact the pay ratio disclosure. If there has been a change in the registrant's employee population or employee compensation arrangements that the registrant reasonably believes would result in a significant change in its pay ratio disclosure, the registrant shall re-identify the median employee for that fiscal year. If it is no longer appropriate for the registrant to use the median employee identified in year one as the median employee in years two or three because of a change in the original median employee's circumstances that the registrant reasonably believes would result in a significant change in its pay ratio disclosure, the registrant may use another employee whose compensation is substantially similar to the original median employee based on the compensation measure used to select the original median employee.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Updating for the last completed fiscal year.</I> Pay ratio information (<I>i.e.,</I> the disclosure called for by paragraph (u)(1) of this Item) with respect to the registrant's last completed fiscal year is not required to be disclosed until the filing of its annual report on Form 10-K for that last completed fiscal year or, if later, the filing of a definitive proxy or information statement relating to its next annual meeting of shareholders (or written consents in lieu of such a meeting) following the end of such fiscal year; <I>provided that,</I> the required pay ratio information must, in any event, be filed as provided in General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K (17 CFR 249.310) not later than 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Methodology and use of estimates.</I> 1. Registrants may use reasonable estimates both in the methodology used to identify the median employee and in calculating the annual total compensation or any elements of total compensation for employees other than the PEO.
</P>
<P>2. In determining the employees from which the median employee is identified, a registrant may use its employee population or statistical sampling and/or other reasonable methods.
</P>
<P>3. A registrant may identify the median employee using annual total compensation or any other compensation measure that is consistently applied to all employees included in the calculation, such as information derived from the registrant's tax and/or payroll records. In using a compensation measure other than annual total compensation to identify the median employee, if that measure is recorded on a basis other than the registrant's fiscal year (such as information derived from tax and/or payroll records), the registrant may use the same annual period that is used to derive those amounts. Where a compensation measure other than annual total compensation is used to identify the median employee, the registrant must disclose the compensation measure used.
</P>
<P>4. In identifying the median employee, whether using annual total compensation or any other compensation measure that is consistently applied to all employees included in the calculation, the registrant may make cost-of-living adjustments to the compensation of employees in jurisdictions other than the jurisdiction in which the PEO resides so that the compensation is adjusted to the cost of living in the jurisdiction in which the PEO resides. If the registrant uses a cost-of-living adjustment to identify the median employee, and the median employee identified is an employee in a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which the PEO resides, the registrant must use the same cost-of-living adjustment in calculating the median employee's annual total compensation and disclose the median employee's jurisdiction. The registrant also shall briefly describe the cost-of-living adjustments it used to identify the median employee and briefly describe the cost-of-living adjustments it used to calculate the median employee's annual total compensation, including the measure used as the basis for the cost-of-living adjustment. A registrant electing to present the pay ratio in this manner also shall disclose the median employee's annual total compensation and pay ratio without the cost-of-living adjustment. To calculate this pay ratio, the registrant will need to identify the median employee without using any cost-of-living adjustments.
</P>
<P>5. The registrant shall briefly describe the methodology it used to identify the median employee. It shall also briefly describe any material assumptions, adjustments (including any cost-of-living adjustments), or estimates it used to identify the median employee or to determine total compensation or any elements of total compensation, which shall be consistently applied. The registrant shall clearly identify any estimates used. The required descriptions should be a brief overview; it is not necessary for the registrant to provide technical analyses or formulas. If a registrant changes its methodology or its material assumptions, adjustments, or estimates from those used in its pay ratio disclosure for the prior fiscal year, and if the effects of any such change are significant, the registrant shall briefly describe the change and the reasons for the change. Registrants must also disclose if they changed from using the cost-of-living adjustment to not using that adjustment and if they changed from not using the cost-of-living adjustment to using it.
</P>
<P>6. Registrants may, at their discretion, include personal benefits that aggregate less than $10,000 and compensation under non-discriminatory benefit plans in calculating the annual total compensation of the median employee as long as these items are also included in calculating the PEO's annual total compensation. The registrant shall also explain any difference between the PEO's annual total compensation used in the pay ratio disclosure and the total compensation amounts reflected in the Summary Compensation Table, if material.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Permitted annualizing adjustments.</I> A registrant may annualize the total compensation for all permanent employees (full-time or part-time) that were employed by the registrant for less than the full fiscal year (such as newly hired employees or permanent employees on an unpaid leave of absence during the period). A registrant may not annualize the total compensation for employees in temporary or seasonal positions. A registrant may not make a full-time equivalent adjustment for any employee.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 6 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>PEO compensation not available.</I> A registrant that is relying on Instruction 1 to Item 402(c)(2)(iii) and (iv) in connection with the salary or bonus of the PEO for the last completed fiscal year, shall disclose that the pay ratio required by paragraph (u) of this Item is not calculable until the PEO salary or bonus, as applicable, is determined and shall disclose the date that the PEO's actual total compensation is expected to be determined. The disclosure required by paragraph (u) of this Item shall then be disclosed in the filing under Item 5.02(f) of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308) that discloses the PEO's salary or bonus in accordance with Instruction 1 to Item 402(c)(2)(iii) and (iv).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 7 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Transition periods for registrants.</I> 1. Upon becoming subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), a registrant shall comply with paragraph (u) of this Item with respect to compensation for the first fiscal year following the year in which it became subject to such requirements, but not for any fiscal year commencing before January 1, 2017. The registrant may omit the disclosure required by paragraph (u) of this Item from any filing until the filing of its annual report on Form 10-K (17 CFR 249.310) for such fiscal year or, if later, the filing of a proxy or information statement relating to its next annual meeting of shareholders (or written consents in lieu of such a meeting) following the end of such year; <I>provided that,</I> such disclosure shall, in any event, be filed as provided in General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K not later than 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>2. A registrant may omit any employees that became its employees as the result of the business combination or acquisition of a business for the fiscal year in which the transaction becomes effective, but the registrant must disclose the approximate number of employees it is omitting. Those employees shall be included in the total employee count for the triennial calculations of the median employee in the year following the transaction for purposes of evaluating whether a significant change had occurred. The registrant shall identify the acquired business excluded for the fiscal year in which the business combination or acquisition becomes effective.
</P>
<P>3. A registrant shall comply with paragraph (u) of this Item with respect to compensation for the first fiscal year commencing on or after the date the registrant ceases to be a smaller reporting company, but not for any fiscal year commencing before January 1, 2017.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 8 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Emerging growth companies.</I> A registrant is not required to comply with paragraph (u) of this Item if it is an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77(b)(a)(19)) or Section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80)). A registrant shall comply with paragraph (u) of this Item with respect to compensation for the first fiscal year commencing on or after the date the registrant ceases to be an emerging growth company, but not for any fiscal year commencing before January 1, 2017.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 9 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Additional information.</I> Registrants may present additional information, including additional ratios, to supplement the required ratio, but are not required to do so. Any additional information shall be clearly identified, not misleading, and not presented with greater prominence than the required ratio.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 10 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Multiple PEOs during the year.</I> A registrant with more than one non-concurrent PEO serving during its fiscal year may calculate the annual total compensation for its PEO in either of the following manners:
</P>
<P>1. The registrant may calculate the compensation provided to each person who served as PEO during the year for the time he or she served as PEO and combine those figures; or
</P>
<P>2. The registrant may look to the PEO serving in that position on the date it selects to identify the median employee and annualize that PEO's compensation.
</P>
<P>Regardless of the alternative selected, the registrant shall disclose which option it chose and how it calculated its PEO's annual total compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 11 to Item 402(u)</I>—<I>Employees' personally identifiable information.</I> Registrants are not required to, and should not, disclose any personally identifiable information about that employee other than his or her compensation. Registrants may choose to generally identify an employee's position to put the employee's compensation in context, but registrants are not required to provide this information and should not do so if providing the information could identify any specific individual.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to Item 402.</HED>
<P>Specify the applicable fiscal year in the title to each table required under this Item which calls for disclosure as of or for a completed fiscal year.</P></NOTE>
<P>(v) <I>Pay versus performance.</I> In connection with any proxy or information statement for which the rules of the Commission require executive compensation disclosure pursuant to this section (excluding any proxy or information statement of an “emerging growth company,” as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter or § 240.12b-2 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (v)(2) of this section for each of the registrant's last five completed fiscal years in the following tabular format:


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Pay Versus Performance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Summary


<br/>compensation

<br/>table total for PEO
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Compensation


<br/>actually paid

<br/>to PEO
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Average


<br/>summary

<br/>compensation

<br/>table total for

<br/>non-PEO named

<br/>executive

<br/>officers
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Average


<br/>compensation

<br/>actually paid

<br/>to non-PEO named

<br/>executive

<br/>officers
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Value of initial fixed $100 investment based on:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Net income
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">[Company-


<br/>selected measure]
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total


<br/>shareholder

<br/>return
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Peer group


<br/>total

<br/>shareholder return
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(g)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(h)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(i)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The fiscal year covered (column (a)).
</P>
<P>(ii) The PEO's (as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section) total compensation for the covered fiscal year as reported in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this section, or paragraph (n)(2)(x) of this section for smaller reporting companies (column (b)), and the average total compensation reported for the remaining named executive officers collectively reported pursuant to such applicable paragraph (column (d)). If more than one person served as the registrant's PEO during the covered fiscal year, provide the total compensation, as reported in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, for each person who served as the PEO during that period separately in an additional column (b) for each such person.
</P>
<P>(iii) The executive compensation actually paid to the PEO (column (c)) and the average executive compensation actually paid to the remaining named executive officers collectively (column (e)). If more than one person served as the registrant's PEO during the covered fiscal year, provide the compensation actually paid to each person who served as PEO during that period separately in an additional column (c) for each such person. For purposes of columns (c) and (e) of the table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section, executive compensation actually paid must be the total compensation for the covered fiscal year for each named executive officer as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this section, or paragraph (n)(2)(x) of this section for smaller reporting companies, adjusted to:
</P>
<P>(A) Deduct the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the named executive officer's accumulated benefit under all defined benefit and actuarial pension plans reported in the Summary Compensation Table in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Add, for all defined benefit and actuarial pension plans reported in the Summary Compensation Table in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(A) of this section, the aggregate of:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Service cost, calculated as the actuarial present value of each named executive officer's benefit under all such plans attributable to services rendered during the covered fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Prior service cost, calculated as the entire cost of benefits granted (or credit for benefits reduced) in a plan amendment (or initiation) during the covered fiscal year that are attributed by the benefit formula to services rendered in periods prior to the amendment.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) “Service cost” and “prior service cost” must be calculated using the same methodology as used for the registrant's financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) Deduct the amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to paragraphs (c)(2)(v) and (vi) of this section and then include an amount calculated as follows for all stock awards, and all option awards, with or without tandem SARs (as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section) (including awards that subsequently have been transferred):
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Add the fair value as of the end of the covered fiscal year of all awards granted during the covered fiscal year that are outstanding and unvested as of the end of the covered fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Add the amount equal to the change as of the end of the covered fiscal year (from the end of the prior fiscal year) in fair value (whether positive or negative) of any awards granted in any prior fiscal year that are outstanding and unvested as of the end of the covered fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Add, for awards that are granted and vest in the same year, the fair value as of the vesting date;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Add the amount equal to the change as of the vesting date (from the end of the prior fiscal year) in fair value (whether positive or negative) of any awards granted in any prior fiscal year for which all applicable vesting conditions were satisfied at the end of or during the covered fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Subtract, for any awards granted in any prior fiscal year that fail to meet the applicable vesting conditions during the covered fiscal year, the amount equal to the fair value at the end of the prior fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) Add the dollar value of any dividends or other earnings paid on stock or option awards in the covered fiscal year prior to the vesting date that are not otherwise included in the total compensation for the covered fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If at any time during the last completed fiscal year, the registrant has adjusted or amended the exercise price of options or SARs held by a named executive officer, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants, or any other means, or otherwise has materially modified such awards, the changes in fair value included pursuant to this paragraph (v)(2)(iii)(C) must take into account the excess fair value, if any, of any such modified award over the fair value of the original award as of the date of such modification.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Fair value amounts must be computed in a manner consistent with the fair value methodology used to account for share-based payments in the registrant's financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles. For any awards that are subject to performance conditions, calculate the change in fair value as of the end of the covered fiscal year based upon the probable outcome of such conditions as of the last day of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of columns (f) and (g) of the table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section, for each fiscal year disclose the cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant (column (f)) and peer group cumulative total shareholder return (column (g)) calculated, except as set forth below, in the same manner as under § 229.201(e) of this chapter (Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K). For purposes of calculating the cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant and peer group cumulative total shareholder return, the term “measurement period” must be the period beginning at the “measurement point” established by the market close on the last trading day before the registrant's earliest fiscal year in the table, through and including the end of the fiscal year for which cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant or peer group cumulative total shareholder return is being calculated. The closing price at the measurement point must be converted into a fixed investment of one hundred dollars, stated in dollars, in the registrant's stock (or in the stocks represented by the peer group). For each fiscal year, the amount included in the table must be the value of such fixed investment based on the cumulative total shareholder return as of the end of that year. The same methodology must be used in calculating both the registrant's total shareholder return and that of the peer group. For purposes of determining the total shareholder return of the registrant's peer group, the registrant must use the same index or issuers used by it for purposes of § 229.201(e)(1)(ii) of this chapter or, if applicable, the companies it uses as a peer group for purposes of its disclosures under paragraph (b) of this section. If the peer group is not a published industry or line-of-business index, the identity of the issuers composing the group must be disclosed in a footnote. The returns of each component issuer of the group must be weighted according to the respective issuers' stock market capitalization at the beginning of each period for which a return is indicated. If the registrant selects or otherwise uses a different peer group from the peer group used by it for the immediately preceding fiscal year, explain, in a footnote, the reason(s) for this change and compare the registrant's cumulative total return with that of both the newly selected peer group and the peer group used in the immediately preceding fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(v) The registrant's net income for each fiscal year (column (h)).
</P>
<P>(vi) An amount for each fiscal year attributable to an additional financial performance measure included in the Tabular List provided pursuant to paragraph (v)(6) of this section, designated as the Company-Selected Measure, which in the registrant's assessment represents the most important financial performance measure (that is not otherwise required to be disclosed in the table) used by the registrant to link compensation actually paid to the registrant's named executive officers, for the most recently completed fiscal year, to company performance (column (i)). For purposes of this paragraph (v) of this section, “financial performance measures” means measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the issuer's financial statements, any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures, and stock price and total shareholder return. A financial performance measure need not be presented within the registrant's financial statements or otherwise included in a filing with the Commission to be a Company-Selected Measure. Disclosure of any Company-Selected Measure, or any additional measure that the registrant elects to provide, that is not a financial measure under generally accepted accounting principles will not be subject to §§ 244.100 through 102 of this chapter (Regulation G) and § 229.10(e) of this chapter (Item 10(e)); however, disclosure must be provided as to how the number is calculated from the registrant's audited financial statements.
</P>
<P>(3) For each amount disclosed in columns (c) and (e) of the table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section, disclose in footnotes to the table each of the amounts deducted and added pursuant to paragraph (v)(2)(iii) of this section, the name of each named executive officer included as a PEO or in the calculation of the average remaining named executive officer compensation, and the fiscal years in which such persons are included. For disclosure of the executive compensation actually paid to named executive officers other than the PEO, provide the amounts required under this paragraph as averages.
</P>
<P>(4) For the value of equity awards added pursuant to paragraph (v)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, disclose in a footnote to the table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section any assumption made in the valuation that differs materially from those disclosed as of the grant date of such equity awards.
</P>
<P>(5) In proxy or information statements in which disclosure is required pursuant to this Item, use the information provided in the table required by paragraph (v)(1) of this section to provide a clear description (graphically, narratively, or a combination of the two) of the relationships:
</P>
<P>(i) Between:
</P>
<P>(A) The executive compensation actually paid by the registrant to the PEO (column (c)) and the average of the executive compensation actually paid to the named executive officers other than the PEO (column (e)) included in the Summary Compensation Table; and
</P>
<P>(B) The cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant (column (f)), across the registrant's last five completed fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Between:
</P>
<P>(A) The executive compensation actually paid by the registrant to the PEO (column (c)) and the average of the executive compensation actually paid to the named executive officers other than the PEO (column (e)) included in the Summary Compensation Table; and
</P>
<P>(B) Net income of the registrant (column (h)), across the registrant's last five completed fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Between:
</P>
<P>(A) The executive compensation actually paid by the registrant to the PEO (column (c)) and the average of the executive compensation actually paid to the named executive officers other than the PEO (column (e)) included in the Summary Compensation Table; and
</P>
<P>(B) The Company-Selected Measure (column (i)), across the registrant's last five completed fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(iv) The description provided in response to paragraph (v)(5)(i) of this section must also include a comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant (column (f)) and cumulative total shareholder return of the registrant's peer group (column (g)) over the same period. If a registrant elects to provide any additional measures in the table, each additional measure must be accompanied by a clear description of the relationship between:
</P>
<P>(A) The executive compensation actually paid by the registrant to the PEO (column (c)) and the average of the executive compensation actually paid to the named executive officers other than the PEO (column (e)) included in the Summary Compensation Table; and
</P>
<P>(B) That additional measure, across the registrant's last five completed fiscal years. 


</P>
<P>(6) Subject to paragraph (v)(6)(iii) of this section, provide a tabular list of at least three, and up to seven, financial performance measures, which in the registrant's assessment represent the most important financial performance measures used by the registrant to link compensation actually paid to the registrant's named executive officers, for the most recently completed fiscal year, to company performance (“Tabular List”).


</P>
<P>(i) The registrant may provide the Tabular List disclosure either as one tabular list, as two separate tabular lists (one for the PEO, and one for all named executive officers other than the PEO), or as separate tabular lists for the PEO and each named executive officer other than the PEO. If the registrant elects to provide multiple tabular lists in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, each tabular list must include at least three, and up to seven, financial performance measures, which in the registrant's assessment represent the most important financial performance measures used by the registrant to link compensation actually paid to that, or those, particular named executive officer, or officers, for the most recently completed fiscal year, to company performance.
</P>
<P>(ii) If fewer than three financial performance measures were used by the registrant to link compensation actually paid to the registrant's named executive officers, for the most recently completed fiscal year, to company performance, the Tabular List must include all such measures that were used, if any.
</P>
<P>(iii) A registrant may include non-financial performance measures (<I>i.e.,</I> performance measures other than those that fall within the definition of financial performance measures) used by the registrant to link compensation actually paid to the registrant's named executive officers, for the most recently completed fiscal year, to company performance in the Tabular List, if it determines that such measures are among its three to seven most important performance measures, and it has disclosed its most important three (or fewer, if the registrant only uses fewer) financial performance measures, in accordance with this paragraph (v)(6).
</P>
<P>(iv) The Tabular List may include a maximum of seven performance measures, regardless of whether the registrant elects to include non-financial performance measures in the Tabular List.
</P>
<P>(7) The disclosure provided pursuant to this paragraph (v), including, but not limited to, any disclosure provided pursuant to paragraphs (v)(3) and (6) of this section, must appear with, and in the same format as, the rest of the disclosure required to be provided pursuant to this section and, in addition, must be provided in an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter and the EDGAR Filer Manual (referenced in § 232.301 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(8) A registrant that qualifies as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by § 229.10(f)(1) of this chapter, may provide the information required by this paragraph (v) for three years, instead of five years. A smaller reporting company may provide the disclosure required by this paragraph (v) for only two fiscal years in the first filing in which it provides this disclosure, and is not required to provide the disclosure required by paragraph (v)(2)(iv) or (v)(5) of this section with respect to the total shareholder return of any peer group, or the Company-Selected Measure disclosure required by paragraph (v)(2)(vi) of this section, or the Tabular List provided pursuant to paragraph (v)(6) of this section. For purposes of paragraph (v)(2)(iii) of this section with respect to smaller reporting companies, executive compensation actually paid must be the total compensation for the covered fiscal year for each named executive officer as provided in paragraph (n)(2)(x) of this section, adjusted to deduct the amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to paragraphs (n)(2)(v) and (vi) of this section, and to add in their place the fair value of the amounts added in paragraph (v)(2)(iii)(C) of this section. Disclose in a footnote to the table required pursuant to paragraph (v)(1) of this section for the PEO and average remaining named executive officer compensation the amounts deducted from, and added to, the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to this instruction, the name of each named executive officer included as a PEO or in the calculation of the average remaining named executive officer compensation, and the fiscal years in which they are included. A smaller reporting company is required to comply with paragraph (v)(7) of this section in the third filing in which it provides the disclosure required by this paragraph (v).
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (v).</I>
</P>
<P>1. <I>Transitional relief.</I> A registrant may provide the disclosure required by this paragraph (v) for three years, instead of five years, in the first filing in which it provides this disclosure, and may provide disclosure for an additional year in each of the two subsequent annual filings in which this disclosure is required.
</P>
<P>2. <I>New registrants.</I> Information for fiscal years prior to the last completed fiscal year will not be required if the registrant was not required to report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) at any time during that year.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The information required by paragraph (v) of this section will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.




</P>
<P>(w) <I>Disclosure of a registrant's action to recover erroneously awarded compensation.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) If at any time during or after the last completed fiscal year the registrant was required to prepare an accounting restatement that required recovery of erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to the registrant's compensation recovery policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1, or there was an outstanding balance as of the end of the last completed fiscal year of erroneously awarded compensation to be recovered from the application of the policy to a prior restatement, the registrant must provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) For each restatement:
</P>
<P>(A) The date on which the registrant was required to prepare an accounting restatement;
</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate dollar amount of erroneously awarded compensation attributable to such accounting restatement, including an analysis of how the amount was calculated;
</P>
<P>(C) If the financial reporting measure as defined in 17 CFR 240.10D-1(d) related to a stock price or total shareholder return metric, the estimates that were used in determining the erroneously awarded compensation attributable to such accounting restatement and an explanation of the methodology used for such estimates;
</P>
<P>(D) The aggregate dollar amount of erroneously awarded compensation that remains outstanding at the end of the last completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(E) If the aggregate dollar amount of erroneously awarded compensation has not yet been determined, disclose this fact, explain the reason(s) and disclose the information required in paragraphs (w)(1)(i)(B) through (D) of this section in the next filing that is required to include disclosure pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K;
</P>
<P>(ii) If recovery would be impracticable pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1(b)(1)(iv), for each current and former named executive officer and for all other current and former executive officers as a group, disclose the amount of recovery forgone and a brief description of the reason the listed registrant decided in each case not to pursue recovery; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For each current and former named executive officer from whom, as of the end of the last completed fiscal year, erroneously awarded compensation had been outstanding for 180 days or longer since the date the registrant determined the amount the individual owed, disclose the dollar amount of outstanding erroneously awarded compensation due from each such individual.
</P>
<P>(2) If at any time during or after its last completed fiscal year the registrant was required to prepare an accounting restatement, and the registrant concluded that recovery of erroneously awarded compensation was not required pursuant to the registrant's compensation recovery policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1, briefly explain why application of the recovery policy resulted in this conclusion.
</P>
<P>(3) The information must appear with, and in the same format as, the rest of the disclosure required to be provided pursuant to this Item 402. The information is required only in proxy or information statements that call for Item 402 disclosure and the registrant's annual report on Form 10-K, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act, except to the extent that the listed registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
</P>
<P>(4) The disclosure must be provided in an Interactive Data File in accordance with Rule 405 of Regulation S-T and the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Disclosure of the registrant's policies and practices related to the grant of certain equity awards close in time to the release of material nonpublic information.</I> (1) Discuss the registrant's policies and practices on the timing of awards of options in relation to the disclosure of material nonpublic information by the registrant, including how the board determines when to grant such awards (for example, whether such awards are granted on a predetermined schedule); whether the board or compensation committee takes material nonpublic information into account when determining the timing and terms of such an award, and, if so, how the board or compensation committee takes material nonpublic information into account when determining the timing and terms of such an award; and whether the registrant has timed the disclosure of material nonpublic information for the purpose of affecting the value of executive compensation.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If, during the last completed fiscal year, the registrant awarded options to a named executive officer in the period beginning four business days before the filing of a periodic report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) or Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), or the filing or furnishing of a current report on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) that discloses material nonpublic information (other than a current report on Form 8-K disclosing a material new option award grant under Item 5.02(e) of that form), and ending one business day after the filing or furnishing of such report provide the information specified in paragraph (x)(2)(ii) of this section, concerning each such award for each of the named executive officers in the following tabular format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 13 to paragraph (<E T="01">x</E>)(2)(<E T="01">i</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grant date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of securities


<br/>underlying the award
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Exercise


<br/>price of the award

<br/>($/Sh)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grant date fair value of the award
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percentage change in the closing market price of the securities underlying the award between the trading day ending immediately prior to the disclosure of material nonpublic information and the trading day beginning immediately following the disclosure of material nonpublic


<br/>information
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(d)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(e)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PEO
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PFO
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) The Table shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the named executive officer (column (a));
</P>
<P>(B) On an award-by-award basis, the grant date of the option award reported in the table (column (b));
</P>
<P>(C) On an award-by-award basis, the number of securities underlying the options, (column (c));
</P>
<P>(D) On an award-by-award basis, the per-share exercise price of the options (column (d));
</P>
<P>(E) On an award-by-award basis, the grant date fair value of each award computed using the same methodology as used for the registrant's financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles (column (e)).
</P>
<P>(F) For each instrument reported in column (b), disclose the percentage change in the market price of the underlying securities between the closing market price of the security one trading day prior to and the trading day beginning immediately following the disclosure of material nonpublic information (column (f)).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (x)(2).</I> A registrant that is a smaller reporting company or emerging growth company may limit the disclosures in the table to its PEO, the two most highly compensated executive officers other than the PEO who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year, and up to two additional individuals who would have been the most highly compensated but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosure provided pursuant to this paragraph (x) must be provided in an Interactive Data File as required by 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53241, Sept. 8, 2006; 71 FR 56225, Sept. 26, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 78350, Dec. 29, 2006; 73 FR 958, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 68362, Dec. 23, 2009; 76 FR 6043, Feb. 2, 2011; 76 FR 50121, Aug. 12, 2011; 80 FR 50184, Aug. 18, 2015; 82 FR 17552, Apr. 12, 2017; 84 FR 50738, Sept. 26, 2019; 87 FR 55193, Sept. 8, 2022; 87 FR 73136, Nov. 28, 2022; 87 FR 80427, Dec. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.403" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.403   (Item 403) Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security ownership of certain beneficial owners.</I> Furnish the following information, as of the most recent practicable date, substantially in the tabular form indicated, with respect to any person (including any “group” as that term is used in section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who is known to the registrant to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of the registrant's voting securities. The address given in column (2) may be a business, mailing or residence address. Show in column (3) the total number of shares beneficially owned and in column (4) the percentage of class so owned. Of the number of shares shown in column (3), indicate by footnote or otherwise the amount known to be shares with respect to which such listed beneficial owner has the right to acquire beneficial ownership, as specified in Rule 13d-3(d)(1) under the Exchange Act (§ 240.13d-3(d)(1) of this chapter).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1) Title of class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2) Name and address of beneficial owner
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3) Amount and nature of beneficial ownership
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4) Percent of class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Security ownership of management.</I> Furnish the following information, as of the most recent practicable date, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to each class of equity securities of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries, including directors' qualifying shares, beneficially owned by all directors and nominees, naming them, each of the named executive officers as defined in Item 402(a)(3) (§ 229.402(a)(3)), and directors and executive officers of the registrant as a group, without naming them. Show in column (3) the total number of shares beneficially owned and in column (4) the percent of the class so owned. Of the number of shares shown in column (3), indicate, by footnote or otherwise, the amount of shares that are pledged as security and the amount of shares with respect to which such persons have the right to acquire beneficial ownership as specified in § 240.13d-3(d)(1) of this chapter. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)
<br/>Title of class 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)
<br/>Name of beneficial owner 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3) Amount and nature of beneficial ownership 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)
<br/>Percent of class 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in control.</I> Describe any arrangements, known to the registrant, including any pledge by any person of securities of the registrant or any of its parents, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 403:</I> 1. The percentages are to be calculated on the basis of the amount of outstanding securities, excluding securities held by or for the account of the registrant or its subsidiaries, plus securities deemed outstanding pursuant to Rule 13d-3(d)(1) under the Exchange Act 17 (CFR 240.13d-3(d)(1)). For purposes of paragraph (b), if the percentage of shares beneficially owned by any director or nominee, or by all directors and officers of the registrant as a group, does not exceed one percent of the class so owned, the registrant may, in lieu of furnishing a precise percentage, indicate this fact by means of an asterisk and explanatory footnote or other similar means.
</FP>
<P>2. For the purposes of this Item, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.13d-3 of this chapter). Include such additional subcolumns or other appropriate explanation of column (3) necessary to reflect amounts as to which the beneficial owner has (A) sole voting power, (B) shared voting power, (C) sole investment power, or (D) shared investment power.
</P>
<P>3. The registrant shall be deemed to know the contents of any statements filed with the Commission pursuant to section 13(d) or 13(g) of the Exchange Act. When applicable, a registrant may rely upon information set forth in such statements unless the registrant knows or has reason to believe that such information is not complete or accurate or that a statement or amendment should have been filed and was not.
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of furnishing information pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Item, the registrant may indicate the source and date of such information.
</P>
<P>5. Where more than one beneficial owner is known to be listed for the same securities, appropriate disclosure should be made to avoid confusion. For purposes of paragraph (b), in computing the aggregate number of shares owned by directors and officers of the registrant as a group, the same shares shall not be counted more than once.
</P>
<P>6. Paragraph (c) of this Item does not require a description of ordinary default provisions contained in the charter, trust indentures or other governing instruments relating to securities of the registrant.
</P>
<P>7. Where the holder(s) of voting securities reported pursuant to paragraph (a) hold more than five percent of any class of voting securities of the registrant pursuant to any voting trust or similar agreement, state the title of such securities, the amount held or to be held pursuant to the trust or agreement (if not clear from the table) and the duration of the agreement. Give the names and addresses of the voting trustees and outline briefly their voting rights and other powers under the trust or agreement.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 55665, Dec. 13, 1982; 51 FR 42056, Nov. 20, 1986; 57 FR 48158, Oct. 21, 1992; 71 FR 53252, Sept. 8, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.404   (Item 404) Transactions with related persons, promoters and certain control persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transactions with related persons.</I> Describe any transaction, since the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which the registrant was or is to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Disclose the following information regarding the transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the related person and the basis on which the person is a related person.
</P>
<P>(2) The related person's interest in the transaction with the registrant, including the related person's position(s) or relationship(s) with, or ownership in, a firm, corporation, or other entity that is a party to, or has an interest in, the transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) The approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) The approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person's interest in the transaction, which shall be computed without regard to the amount of profit or loss.
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of indebtedness, disclosure of the amount involved in the transaction shall include the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding during the period for which disclosure is provided, the amount thereof outstanding as of the latest practicable date, the amount of principal paid during the periods for which disclosure is provided, the amount of interest paid during the period for which disclosure is provided, and the rate or amount of interest payable on the indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(6) Any other information regarding the transaction or the related person in the context of the transaction that is material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 404(a).</I> 1. For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this Item, the term related person means:
</FP>
<P>a. Any person who was in any of the following categories at any time during the specified period for which disclosure under paragraph (a) of this Item is required:
</P>
<P>i. Any director or executive officer of the registrant;
</P>
<P>ii. Any nominee for director, when the information called for by paragraph (a) of this Item is being presented in a proxy or information statement relating to the election of that nominee for director; or
</P>
<P>iii. Any immediate family member of a director or executive officer of the registrant, or of any nominee for director when the information called for by paragraph (a) of this Item is being presented in a proxy or information statement relating to the election of that nominee for director, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of such director, executive officer or nominee for director, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or nominee for director; and
</P>
<P>b. Any person who was in any of the following categories when a transaction in which such person had a direct or indirect material interest occurred or existed:
</P>
<P>i. A security holder covered by Item 403(a) (§ 229.403(a)); or
</P>
<P>ii. Any immediate family member of any such security holder, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of such security holder, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such security holder.
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this Item, a transaction includes, but is not limited to, any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships.
</P>
<P>3. The amount involved in the transaction shall be computed by determining the dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction in question, which shall include:
</P>
<P>a. In the case of any lease or other transaction providing for periodic payments or installments, the aggregate amount of all periodic payments or installments due on or after the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year, including any required or optional payments due during or at the conclusion of the lease or other transaction providing for periodic payments or installments; and
</P>
<P>b. In the case of indebtedness, the largest aggregate amount of all indebtedness outstanding at any time since the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year and all amounts of interest payable on it during the last fiscal year.
</P>
<P>4. In the case of a transaction involving indebtedness:
</P>
<P>a. The following items of indebtedness may be excluded from the calculation of the amount of indebtedness and need not be disclosed: Amounts due from the related person for purchases of goods and services subject to usual trade terms, for ordinary business travel and expense payments and for other transactions in the ordinary course of business;
</P>
<P>b. Disclosure need not be provided of any indebtedness transaction for the related persons specified in Instruction 1.b. to paragraph (a) of this Item; and
</P>
<P>c. If the lender is a bank, savings and loan association, or broker-dealer extending credit under Federal Reserve Regulation T (12 CFR part 220) and the loans are not disclosed as past due, nonaccrual or troubled debt restructurings in the consolidated financial statements, disclosure under paragraph (a) of this Item may consist of a statement, if such is the case, that the loans to such persons:
</P>
<P>i. Were made in the ordinary course of business;
</P>
<P>ii. Were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender; and
</P>
<P>iii. Did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
</P>
<P>5.a. Disclosure of an employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation solely resulting from that employment relationship or transaction need not be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Item if:
</P>
<P>i. The compensation arising from the relationship or transaction is reported pursuant to Item 402 (§ 229.402); 
</P>
<P>ii. The executive officer is not an immediate family member (as specified in Instruction 1 to paragraph (a) of this Item) and such compensation would have been reported under Item 402 (§ 229.402) as compensation earned for services to the registrant if the executive officer was a named executive officer as that term is defined in Item 402(a)(3) (§ 229.402(a)(3)), and such compensation had been approved, or recommended to the board of directors of the registrant for approval, by the compensation committee of the board of directors (or group of independent directors performing a similar function) of the registrant; or
</P>
<P>iii. The transaction involves the recovery of erroneously awarded compensation computed as provided in 17 CFR 240.10D-1(b)(1)(iii) and the applicable listing standards for the registrant's securities, that is disclosed pursuant to Item 402(w) (§ 229.402(w)).


</P>
<P>b. Disclosure of compensation to a director need not be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Item if the compensation is reported pursuant to Item 402(k) (§ 229.402(k)).
</P>
<P>6. A person who has a position or relationship with a firm, corporation, or other entity that engages in a transaction with the registrant shall not be deemed to have an indirect material interest within the meaning of paragraph (a) of this Item where:
</P>
<P>a. The interest arises only:
</P>
<P>i. From such person's position as a director of another corporation or organization that is a party to the transaction; or
</P>
<P>ii. From the direct or indirect ownership by such person and all other persons specified in Instruction 1 to paragraph (a) of this Item, in the aggregate, of less than a ten percent equity interest in another person (other than a partnership) which is a party to the transaction; or
</P>
<P>iii. From both such position and ownership; or
</P>
<P>b. The interest arises only from such person's position as a limited partner in a partnership in which the person and all other persons specified in Instruction 1 to paragraph (a) of this Item, have an interest of less than ten percent, and the person is not a general partner of and does not hold another position in the partnership.
</P>
<P>7. Disclosure need not be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Item if:
</P>
<P>a. The transaction is one where the rates or charges involved in the transaction are determined by competitive bids, or the transaction involves the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority;
</P>
<P>b. The transaction involves services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture, or similar services; or
</P>
<P>c. The interest of the related person arises solely from the ownership of a class of equity securities of the registrant and all holders of that class of equity securities of the registrant received the same benefit on a pro rata basis.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons.</I> (1) Describe the registrant's policies and procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of any transaction required to be reported under paragraph (a) of this Item. While the material features of such policies and procedures will vary depending on the particular circumstances, examples of such features may include, in given cases, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The types of transactions that are covered by such policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) The standards to be applied pursuant to such policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) The persons or groups of persons on the board of directors or otherwise who are responsible for applying such policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of whether such policies and procedures are in writing and, if not, how such policies and procedures are evidenced.
</P>
<P>(2) Identify any transaction required to be reported under paragraph (a) of this Item since the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year where such policies and procedures did not require review, approval or ratification or where such policies and procedures were not followed.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 404(b).</I> Disclosure need not be provided pursuant to this paragraph regarding any transaction that occurred at a time before the related person became one of the enumerated persons in Instruction 1.a.i., ii., or iii. to Item 404(a) if such transaction did not continue after the related person became one of the enumerated persons in Instruction 1.a.i., ii., or iii. to Item 404(a).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Promoters and certain control persons.</I> (1) Registrants that are filing a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act (§ 239.11 of this chapter) or on Form 10 under the Exchange Act (§ 249.210 of this chapter) and that had a promoter at any time during the past five fiscal years shall:
</P>
<P>(i) State the names of the promoter(s), the nature and amount of anything of value (including money, property, contracts, options or rights of any kind) received or to be received by each promoter, directly or indirectly, from the registrant and the nature and amount of any assets, services or other consideration therefore received or to be received by the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) As to any assets acquired or to be acquired by the registrant from a promoter, state the amount at which the assets were acquired or are to be acquired and the principle followed or to be followed in determining such amount, and identify the persons making the determination and their relationship, if any, with the registrant or any promoter. If the assets were acquired by the promoter within two years prior to their transfer to the registrant, also state the cost thereof to the promoter.
</P>
<P>(2) Registrants shall provide the disclosure required by paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this Item as to any person who acquired control of a registrant that is a shell company, or any person that is part of a group, consisting of two or more persons that agree to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of equity securities of a registrant, that acquired control of a registrant that is a shell company. For purposes of this Item, <I>shell company</I> has the same meaning as in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405) and Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.12b-2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Smaller reporting companies.</I> A registrant that qualifies as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), must provide the following information in order to comply with this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) The information required by paragraph (a) of this Item for the period specified there for a transaction in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the smaller reporting company's total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(2) The information required by paragraph (c) of this Item; and
</P>
<P>(3) A list of all parents of the smaller reporting company showing the basis of control and as to each parent, the percentage of voting securities owned or other basis of control by its immediate parent, if any.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 404(d).</I> 1. Include information for any material underwriting discounts and commissions upon the sale of securities by the smaller reporting company where any of the persons specified in paragraph (a) of this Item was or is to be a principal underwriter or is a controlling person or member of a firm that was or is to be a principal underwriter.
</FP>
<P>2. For smaller reporting companies information shall be given for the period specified in paragraph (a) of this Item and, in addition, for the fiscal year preceding the small reporting company's last fiscal year.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 404.</I> 1. If the information called for by this Item is being presented in a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, information shall be given for the periods specified in the Item and, in addition, for the two fiscal years preceding the registrant's last fiscal year, unless the information is being incorporated by reference into a registration statement on Form S-4 (17 CFR 239.25), in which case, information shall be given for the periods specified in the Item.
</FP>
<P>2. A foreign private issuer will be deemed to comply with this Item if it provides the information required by Item 7.B. of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f) with more detailed information provided if otherwise made publicly available or required to be disclosed by the issuer's home jurisdiction or a market in which its securities are listed or traded.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53252, Sept. 8, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 964, Jan. 4, 2008; 85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020; 87 FR 73137, Nov. 28, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.405" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.405   (Item 405) Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting obligation.</I> Every registrant having a class of equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) and every closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) must:
</P>
<P>(1) Under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” identify each person who, at any time during the fiscal year, was a director, officer, beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities of the registrant registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or any other person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to the registrant because of the requirements of Section 30 of the Investment Company Act (“reporting person”) that failed to file on a timely basis reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the most recent fiscal year or prior fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(2) For each such person, set forth the number of late reports, the number of transactions that were not reported on a timely basis, and any known failure to file a required form. A known failure to file would include, but not be limited to, a failure to file a Form 3, which is required of all reporting persons, and a failure to file a Form 5 in the absence of the written representation referred to in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, unless the registrant otherwise knows that no Form 5 is required.




</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a) of Item 405.</I> If no disclosure is required, registrants are encouraged to exclude the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports.”
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a) of Item 405.</I> The registrant is only required to disclose a failure to file timely once. For example, if in the most recently concluded fiscal year a reporting person filed a Form 4 disclosing a transaction that took place in the prior fiscal year, and should have been reported in that year, the registrant should disclose that late filing and transaction pursuant to this Item 405 with respect to the most recently concluded fiscal year, but not in material filed with respect to subsequent years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of the Inquiry.</I> In determining whether disclosure is required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the registrant may rely only on the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A review of Forms 3 and 4 (17 CFR 249.103 and 249.104) and amendments thereto filed electronically with the Commission during the registrant's most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) A review of Forms 5 (17 CFR 249.105) and amendments thereto filed electronically with the Commission with respect to the registrant's most recent fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any written representation from the reporting person that no Form 5 is required. The registrant must maintain the representation in its records for two years, making a copy available to the Commission or its staff upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12717, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.406" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.406   (Item 406) Code of ethics.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Disclose whether the registrant has adopted a code of ethics that applies to the registrant's principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. If the registrant has not adopted such a code of ethics, explain why it has not done so. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this Item 406, the term <I>code of ethics</I> means written standards that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote: 
</P>
<P>(1) Honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; 
</P>
<P>(2) Full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that a registrant files with, or submits to, the Commission and in other public communications made by the registrant; 
</P>
<P>(3) Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; 
</P>
<P>(4) The prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the code; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Accountability for adherence to the code. 
</P>
<P>(c) The registrant must: 
</P>
<P>(1) File with the Commission a copy of its code of ethics that applies to the registrant's principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, as an exhibit to its annual report; 
</P>
<P>(2) Post the text of such code of ethics on its Internet website and disclose, in its annual report, its Internet address and the fact that it has posted such code of ethics on its Internet Web site; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Undertake in its annual report filed with the Commission to provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of such code of ethics and explain the manner in which such request may be made. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the registrant intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or a waiver from, a provision of its code of ethics that applies to the registrant's principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in paragraph (b) of this Item by posting such information on its internet website, disclose the registrant's internet address and such intention.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 406.</I> 1. A registrant may have separate codes of ethics for different types of officers. Furthermore, a <I>code of ethics</I> within the meaning of paragraph (b) of this Item may be a portion of a broader document that addresses additional topics or that applies to more persons than those specified in paragraph (a). In satisfying the requirements of paragraph (c), a registrant need only file, post or provide the portions of a broader document that constitutes a <I>code of ethics</I> as defined in paragraph (b) and that apply to the persons specified in paragraph (a). 
</FP>
<P>2. If a registrant elects to satisfy paragraph (c) of this Item by posting its code of ethics on its website pursuant to paragraph (c)(2), the code of ethics must remain accessible on its Web site for as long as the registrant remains subject to the requirements of this Item and chooses to comply with this Item by posting its code on its Web site pursuant to paragraph (c)(2). </P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 5127, Jan. 31, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1594, Jan. 7, 2005; 83 FR 50211, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.407" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.407   (Item 407) Corporate governance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Director independence.</I> Identify each director and, when the disclosure called for by this paragraph is being presented in a proxy or information statement relating to the election of directors, each nominee for director, that is independent under the independence standards applicable to the registrant under paragraph (a)(1) of this Item. In addition, if such independence standards contain independence requirements for committees of the board of directors, identify each director that is a member of the compensation, nominating or audit committee that is not independent under such committee independence standards. If the registrant does not have a separately designated audit, nominating or compensation committee or committee performing similar functions, the registrant must provide the disclosure of directors that are not independent with respect to all members of the board of directors applying such committee independence standards.
</P>
<P>(1) In determining whether or not the director or nominee for director is independent for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this Item, the registrant shall use the applicable definition of independence, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If the registrant is a listed issuer whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent, the registrant's definition of independence that it uses for determining if a majority of the board of directors is independent in compliance with the listing standards applicable to the registrant. When determining whether the members of a committee of the board of directors are independent, the registrant's definition of independence that it uses for determining if the members of that specific committee are independent in compliance with the independence standards applicable for the members of the specific committee in the listing standards of the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system that the registrant uses for determining if a majority of the board of directors are independent. If the registrant does not have independence standards for a committee, the independence standards for that specific committee in the listing standards of the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system that the registrant uses for determining if a majority of the board of directors are independent.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the registrant is not a listed issuer, a definition of independence of a national securities exchange or of an inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent, and state which definition is used. Whatever such definition the registrant chooses, it must use the same definition with respect to all directors and nominees for director. When determining whether the members of a specific committee of the board of directors are independent, if the national securities exchange or national securities association whose standards are used has independence standards for the members of a specific committee, use those committee specific standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the information called for by paragraph (a) of this Item is being presented in a registration statement on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) under the Securities Act or on a Form 10 (§ 249.210 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act where the registrant has applied for listing with a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent, the definition of independence that the registrant uses for determining if a majority of the board of directors is independent, and the definition of independence that the registrant uses for determining if members of the specific committee of the board of directors are independent, that is in compliance with the independence listing standards of the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which it has applied for listing, or if the registrant has not adopted such definitions, the independence standards for determining if the majority of the board of directors is independent and if members of the committee of the board of directors are independent of that national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system.
</P>
<P>(2) If the registrant uses its own definitions for determining whether its directors and nominees for director, and members of specific committees of the board of directors, are independent, disclose whether these definitions are available to security holders on the registrant's Web site. If so, provide the registrant's Web site address. If not, include a copy of these policies in an appendix to the registrant's proxy statement or information statement that is provided to security holders at least once every three fiscal years or if the policies have been materially amended since the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year. If a current copy of the policies is not available to security holders on the registrant's Web site, and is not included as an appendix to the registrant's proxy statement or information statement, identify the most recent fiscal year in which the policies were so included in satisfaction of this requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) For each director and nominee for director that is identified as independent, describe, by specific category or type, any transactions, relationships or arrangements not disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) (§ 229.404(a)), or for investment companies, Item 22(b) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter), that were considered by the board of directors under the applicable independence definitions in determining that the director is independent.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(a).</I> 1. If the registrant is a listed issuer whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent, and also has exemptions to those requirements (for independence of a majority of the board of directors or committee member independence) upon which the registrant relied, disclose the exemption relied upon and explain the basis for the registrant's conclusion that such exemption is applicable. The same disclosure should be provided if the registrant is not a listed issuer and the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system selected by the registrant has exemptions that are applicable to the registrant. Any national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that at least 50 percent of the members of a small business issuer's board of directors must be independent shall be considered a national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent for the purposes of the disclosure required by paragraph (a) of this Item.
</FP>
<P>2. Registrants shall provide the disclosure required by paragraph (a) of this Item for any person who served as a director during any part of the last completed fiscal year, except that no information called for by paragraph (a) of this Item need be given in a registration statement filed at a time when the registrant is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78<I>o</I>(d)) respecting any director who is no longer a director at the time of effectiveness of the registration statement.
</P>
<P>3. The description of the specific categories or types of transactions, relationships or arrangements required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Item must be provided in such detail as is necessary to fully describe the nature of the transactions, relationships or arrangements.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Board meetings and committees; annual meeting attendance.</I> (1) State the total number of meetings of the board of directors (including regularly scheduled and special meetings) which were held during the last full fiscal year. Name each incumbent director who during the last full fiscal year attended fewer than 75 percent of the aggregate of:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of meetings of the board of directors (held during the period for which he has been a director); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of meetings held by all committees of the board on which he served (during the periods that he served).
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the registrant's policy, if any, with regard to board members' attendance at annual meetings of security holders and state the number of board members who attended the prior year's annual meeting.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 407(b)(2).</I> In lieu of providing the information required by paragraph (b)(2) of this Item in the proxy statement, the registrant may instead provide the registrant's Web site address where such information appears.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) State whether or not the registrant has standing audit, nominating and compensation committees of the board of directors, or committees performing similar functions. If the registrant has such committees, however designated, identify each committee member, state the number of committee meetings held by each such committee during the last fiscal year and describe briefly the functions performed by each such committee. Such disclosure need not be provided to the extent it is duplicative of disclosure provided in accordance with paragraph (c), (d) or (e) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nominating committee.</I> (1) If the registrant does not have a standing nominating committee or committee performing similar functions, state the basis for the view of the board of directors that it is appropriate for the registrant not to have such a committee and identify each director who participates in the consideration of director nominees.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the following information regarding the registrant's director nomination process:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether or not the nominating committee has a charter. If the nominating committee has a charter, provide the disclosure required by Instruction 2 to this Item regarding the nominating committee charter;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the nominating committee has a policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by security holders, provide a description of the material elements of that policy, which shall include, but need not be limited to, a statement as to whether the committee will consider director candidates recommended by security holders;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the nominating committee does not have a policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by security holders, state that fact and state the basis for the view of the board of directors that it is appropriate for the registrant not to have such a policy;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the nominating committee will consider candidates recommended by security holders, describe the procedures to be followed by security holders in submitting such recommendations;
</P>
<P>(v) Describe any specific minimum qualifications that the nominating committee believes must be met by a nominating committee-recommended nominee for a position on the registrant's board of directors, and describe any specific qualities or skills that the nominating committee believes are necessary for one or more of the registrant's directors to possess;
</P>
<P>(vi) Describe the nominating committee's process for identifying and evaluating nominees for director, including nominees recommended by security holders, and any differences in the manner in which the nominating committee evaluates nominees for director based on whether the nominee is recommended by a security holder, and whether, and if so how, the nominating committee (or the board) considers diversity in identifying nominees for director. If the nominating committee (or the board) has a policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees, describe how this policy is implemented, as well as how the nominating committee (or the board) assesses the effectiveness of its policy;
</P>
<P>(vii) With regard to each nominee approved by the nominating committee for inclusion on the registrant's proxy card (other than nominees who are executive officers or who are directors standing for re-election), state which one or more of the following categories of persons or entities recommended that nominee: Security holder, non-management director, chief executive officer, other executive officer, third-party search firm, or other specified source. With regard to each such nominee approved by a nominating committee of an investment company, state which one or more of the following additional categories of persons or entities recommended that nominee: Security holder, director, chief executive officer, other executive officer, or employee of the investment company's investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the investment adviser or principal underwriter;
</P>
<P>(viii) If the registrant pays a fee to any third party or parties to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying or evaluating potential nominees, disclose the function performed by each such third party; and
</P>
<P>(ix) If the registrant's nominating committee received, by a date not later than the 120th calendar day before the date of the registrant's proxy statement released to security holders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting, a recommended nominee from a security holder that beneficially owned more than 5% of the registrant's voting common stock for at least one year as of the date the recommendation was made, or from a group of security holders that beneficially owned, in the aggregate, more than 5% of the registrant's voting common stock, with each of the securities used to calculate that ownership held for at least one year as of the date the recommendation was made, identify the candidate and the security holder or security holder group that recommended the candidate and disclose whether the nominating committee chose to nominate the candidate, <I>provided, however,</I> that no such identification or disclosure is required without the written consent of both the security holder or security holder group and the candidate to be so identified.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(c)(2)(ix).</I> 1. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item, the percentage of securities held by a nominating security holder may be determined using information set forth in the registrant's most recent quarterly or annual report, and any current report subsequent thereto, filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act (or, in the case of a registrant that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the registrant's most recent report on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter)), unless the party relying on such report knows or has reason to believe that the information contained therein is inaccurate.
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of the registrant's obligation to provide the disclosure specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item, where the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year's meeting, the obligation under that Item will arise where the registrant receives the security holder recommendation a reasonable time before the registrant begins to print and mail its proxy materials.
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item, the percentage of securities held by a recommending security holder, as well as the holding period of those securities, may be determined by the registrant if the security holder is the registered holder of the securities. If the security holder is not the registered owner of the securities, he or she can submit one of the following to the registrant to evidence the required ownership percentage and holding period:
</P>
<P>a. A written statement from the “record” holder of the securities (usually a broker or bank) verifying that, at the time the security holder made the recommendation, he or she had held the required securities for at least one year; or
</P>
<P>b. If the security holder has filed a Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101 of this chapter), Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102 of this chapter), Form 3 (§ 249.103 of this chapter), Form 4 (§ 249.104 of this chapter), and/or Form 5 (§ 249.105 of this chapter), or amendments to those documents or updated forms, reflecting ownership of the securities as of or before the date of the recommendation, a copy of the schedule and/or form, and any subsequent amendments reporting a change in ownership level, as well as a written statement that the security holder continuously held the securities for the one-year period as of the date of the recommendation.
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of the registrant's obligation to provide the disclosure specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this Item, the security holder or group must have provided to the registrant, at the time of the recommendation, the written consent of all parties to be identified and, where the security holder or group members are not registered holders, proof that the security holder or group satisfied the required ownership percentage and holding period as of the date of the recommendation.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 407(c)(2).</I> For purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this Item, the term <I>nominating committee</I> refers not only to nominating committees and committees performing similar functions, but also to groups of directors fulfilling the role of a nominating committee, including the entire board of directors.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Describe any material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the registrant's board of directors, where those changes were implemented after the registrant last provided disclosure in response to the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this Item, or paragraph (c)(3) of this Item.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(c)(3).</I> 1. The disclosure required in paragraph (c)(3) of this Item need only be provided in a registrant's quarterly or annual reports.
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of paragraph (c)(3) of this Item, adoption of procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the registrant's board of directors, where the registrant's most recent disclosure in response to the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this Item, or paragraph (c)(3) of this Item, indicated that the registrant did not have in place such procedures, will constitute a material change.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Audit committee.</I> (1) State whether or not the audit committee has a charter. If the audit committee has a charter, provide the disclosure required by Instruction 2 to this Item regarding the audit committee charter.
</P>
<P>(2) If a listed issuer's board of directors determines, in accordance with the listing standards applicable to the issuer, to appoint a director to the audit committee who is not independent (apart from the requirements in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter), including as a result of exceptional or limited or similar circumstances, disclose the nature of the relationship that makes that individual not independent and the reasons for the board of directors' determination.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The audit committee must state whether:
</P>
<P>(A) The audit committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management;
</P>
<P>(B) The audit committee has discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) and the Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) The audit committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountant required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant's communications with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed with the independent accountant the independent accountant's independence; and
</P>
<P>(D) Based on the review and discussions referred to in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) through (d)(3)(i)(C) of this Item, the audit committee recommended to the board of directors that the audited financial statements be included in the company's annual report on Form 10-K (17 CFR 249.310) (or, for closed-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), the annual report to shareholders required by section 30(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(e)) and Rule 30d-1 (17 CFR 270.30d-1) thereunder) for the last fiscal year for filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of each member of the company's audit committee (or, in the absence of an audit committee, the board committee performing equivalent functions or the entire board of directors) must appear below the disclosure required by paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) If the registrant meets the following requirements, provide the disclosure in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this Item:
</P>
<P>(A) The registrant is a listed issuer, as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) The registrant is filing an annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) or a proxy statement or information statement pursuant to the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) if action is to be taken with respect to the election of directors; and
</P>
<P>(C) The registrant is neither:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A subsidiary of another listed issuer that is relying on the exemption in § 240.10A-3(c)(2) of this chapter; nor
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Relying on any of the exemptions in § 240.10A-3(c)(4) through (c)(7) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) State whether or not the registrant has a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)(A)), or a committee performing similar functions. If the registrant has such a committee, however designated, identify each committee member. If the entire board of directors is acting as the registrant's audit committee as specified in section 3(a)(58)(B) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)(B)), so state.
</P>
<P>(B) If applicable, provide the disclosure required by § 240.10A-3(d) of this chapter regarding an exemption from the listing standards for audit committees.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Audit committee financial expert.</I> (i)(A) Disclose that the registrant's board of directors has determined that the registrant either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has at least one audit committee financial expert serving on its audit committee; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Does not have an audit committee financial expert serving on its audit committee.
</P>
<P>(B) If the registrant provides the disclosure required by paragraph (d)(5)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this Item, it must disclose the name of the audit committee financial expert and whether that person is independent, as <I>independence</I> for audit committee members is defined in the listing standards applicable to the listed issuer.
</P>
<P>(C) If the registrant provides the disclosure required by paragraph (d)(5)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this Item, it must explain why it does not have an audit committee financial expert.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 407(d)(5)(i).</I> If the registrant's board of directors has determined that the registrant has more than one audit committee financial expert serving on its audit committee, the registrant may, but is not required to, disclose the names of those additional persons. A registrant choosing to identify such persons must indicate whether they are independent pursuant to paragraph (d)(5)(i)(B) of this Item.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this Item, an <I>audit committee financial expert</I> means a person who has the following attributes:
</P>
<P>(A) An understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and financial statements;
</P>
<P>(B) The ability to assess the general application of such principles in connection with the accounting for estimates, accruals and reserves;
</P>
<P>(C) Experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the registrant's financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons engaged in such activities;
</P>
<P>(D) An understanding of internal control over financial reporting; and
</P>
<P>(E) An understanding of audit committee functions.
</P>
<P>(iii) A person shall have acquired such attributes through:
</P>
<P>(A) Education and experience as a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant or auditor or experience in one or more positions that involve the performance of similar functions;
</P>
<P>(B) Experience actively supervising a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant, auditor or person performing similar functions;
</P>
<P>(C) Experience overseeing or assessing the performance of companies or public accountants with respect to the preparation, auditing or evaluation of financial statements; or
</P>
<P>(D) Other relevant experience.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Safe harbor.</I> (A) A person who is determined to be an audit committee financial expert will not be deemed an <I>expert</I> for any purpose, including without limitation for purposes of section 11 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77k), as a result of being designated or identified as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this Item 407.
</P>
<P>(B) The designation or identification of a person as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this Item 407 does not impose on such person any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations and liability imposed on such person as a member of the audit committee and board of directors in the absence of such designation or identification.
</P>
<P>(C) The designation or identification of a person as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this Item does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the audit committee or board of directors.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(d)(5).</I> 1. The disclosure under paragraph (d)(5) of this Item is required only in a registrant's annual report. The registrant need not provide the disclosure required by paragraph (d)(5) of this Item in a proxy or information statement unless that registrant is electing to incorporate this information by reference from the proxy or information statement into its annual report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K (17 CFR 249.310).
</FP>
<P>2. If a person qualifies as an audit committee financial expert by means of having held a position described in paragraph (d)(5)(iii)(D) of this Item, the registrant shall provide a brief listing of that person's relevant experience. Such disclosure may be made by reference to disclosures required under Item 401(e) (§ 229.401(e)).
</P>
<P>3. In the case of a foreign private issuer with a two-tier board of directors, for purposes of paragraph (d)(5) of this Item, the term <I>board of directors</I> means the supervisory or non-management board. In the case of a foreign private issuer meeting the requirements of § 240.10A-3(c)(3) of this chapter, for purposes of paragraph (d)(5) of this Item, the term <I>board of directors</I> means the issuer's board of auditors (or similar body) or statutory auditors, as applicable. Also, in the case of a foreign private issuer, the term <I>generally accepted accounting principles</I> in paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this Item means the body of generally accepted accounting principles used by that issuer in its primary financial statements filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>4. A registrant that is an Asset-Backed Issuer (as defined in § 229.1101) is not required to disclose the information required by paragraph (d)(5) of this Item.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(d).</I> 1. The information required by paragraphs (d)(1)-(3) of this Item shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C (17 CFR 240.14a-1 through 240.14b-2 or 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101), other than as provided in this Item, or to the liabilities of section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), except to the extent that the registrant specifically requests that the information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Such information will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
</FP>
<P>2. The disclosure required by paragraphs (d)(1)-(3) of this Item need only be provided one time during any fiscal year.
</P>
<P>3. The disclosure required by paragraph (d)(3) of this Item need not be provided in any filings other than a registrant's proxy or information statement relating to an annual meeting of security holders at which directors are to be elected (or special meeting or written consents in lieu of such meeting).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Compensation committee.</I> (1) If the registrant does not have a standing compensation committee or committee performing similar functions, state the basis for the view of the board of directors that it is appropriate for the registrant not to have such a committee and identify each director who participates in the consideration of executive officer and director compensation.
</P>
<P>(2) State whether or not the compensation committee has a charter. If the compensation committee has a charter, provide the disclosure required by Instruction 2 to this Item regarding the compensation committee charter.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a narrative description of the registrant's processes and procedures for the consideration and determination of executive and director compensation, including:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The scope of authority of the compensation committee (or persons performing the equivalent functions); and
</P>
<P>(B) The extent to which the compensation committee (or persons performing the equivalent functions) may delegate any authority described in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this Item to other persons, specifying what authority may be so delegated and to whom;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any role of executive officers in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any role of compensation consultants in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation (other than any role <I>limited</I> to consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation, in favor of executive officers or directors of the registrant, and that is available generally to all salaried employees; or providing information that either is not customized for a particular registrant or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by the compensation consultant, and about which the compensation consultant does not provide advice) during the registrant's last completed fiscal year, identifying such consultants, stating whether such consultants were engaged directly by the compensation committee (or persons performing the equivalent functions) or any other person, describing the nature and scope of their assignment, and the material elements of the instructions or directions given to the consultants with respect to the performance of their duties under the engagement:
</P>
<P>(A) If such compensation consultant was engaged by the compensation committee (or persons performing the equivalent functions) to provide advice or recommendations on the amount or form of executive and director compensation (other than any role <I>limited</I> to consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation, in favor of executive officers or directors of the registrant, and that is available generally to all salaried employees; or providing information that either is not customized for a particular registrant or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by the compensation consultant, and about which the compensation consultant does not provide advice) and the compensation consultant or its affiliates also provided additional services to the registrant or its affiliates in an amount in excess of $120,000 during the registrant's last completed fiscal year, then disclose the aggregate fees for determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation and the aggregate fees for such additional services. Disclose whether the decision to engage the compensation consultant or its affiliates for these other services was made, or recommended, by management, and whether the compensation committee or the board approved such other services of the compensation consultant or its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(B) If the compensation committee (or persons performing the equivalent functions) has not engaged a compensation consultant, but management has engaged a compensation consultant to provide advice or recommendations on the amount or form of executive and director compensation (other than any role <I>limited</I> to consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation, in favor of executive officers or directors of the registrant, and that is available generally to all salaried employees; or providing information that either is not customized for a particular registrant or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by the compensation consultant, and about which the compensation consultant does not provide advice) and such compensation consultant or its affiliates has provided additional services to the registrant in an amount in excess of $120,000 during the registrant's last completed fiscal year, then disclose the aggregate fees for determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation and the aggregate fees for any additional services provided by the compensation consultant or its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(iv) With regard to any compensation consultant identified in response to Item 407(e)(3)(iii) whose work has raised any conflict of interest, disclose the nature of the conflict and how the conflict is being addressed.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 407(e)(3)(iv).</I>For purposes of this paragraph (e)(3)(iv), the factors listed in § 240.10C-1(b)(4)(i) through (vi) of this chapter are among the factors that should be considered in determining whether a conflict of interest exists.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) Under the caption “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify each person who served as a member of the compensation committee of the registrant's board of directors (or board committee performing equivalent functions) during the last completed fiscal year, indicating each committee member who:
</P>
<P>(A) Was, during the fiscal year, an officer or employee of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(B) Was formerly an officer of the registrant; or
</P>
<P>(C) Had any relationship requiring disclosure by the registrant under any paragraph of Item 404 (§ 229.404). In this event, the disclosure required by Item 404 (§ 229.404) shall accompany such identification.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the registrant has no compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions), the registrant shall identify each officer and employee of the registrant, and any former officer of the registrant, who, during the last completed fiscal year, participated in deliberations of the registrant's board of directors concerning executive officer compensation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe any of the following relationships that existed during the last completed fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(A) An executive officer of the registrant served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(B) An executive officer of the registrant served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(C) An executive officer of the registrant served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclosure required under paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this Item regarding a compensation committee member or other director of the registrant who also served as an executive officer of another entity shall be accompanied by the disclosure called for by Item 404 with respect to that person.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 407(e)(4).</I> For purposes of paragraph (e)(4) of this Item, the term <I>entity</I> shall not include an entity exempt from tax under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) Under the caption “Compensation Committee Report:”
</P>
<P>(i) The compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) must state whether:
</P>
<P>(A) The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) (§ 229.402(b)) with management; and
</P>
<P>(B) Based on the review and discussions referred to in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(A) of this Item, the compensation committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the registrant's annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), proxy statement on Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) or information statement on Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of each member of the registrant's compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) must appear below the disclosure required by paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this Item.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(e)(5).</I> 1. The information required by paragraph (e)(5) of this Item shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C (17 CFR 240.14a-1 through 240.14b-2 or 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101), other than as provided in this Item, or to the liabilities of section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), except to the extent that the registrant specifically requests that the information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
</FP>
<P>2. The disclosure required by paragraph (e)(5) of this Item need not be provided in any filings other than an annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), a proxy statement on Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) or an information statement on Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101 of this chapter). Such information will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. If the registrant elects to incorporate this information by reference from the proxy or information statement into its annual report on Form 10-K pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the disclosure required by paragraph (e)(5) of this Item will be deemed furnished in the annual report on Form 10-K and will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as a result as a result of furnishing the disclosure in this manner.
</P>
<P>3. The disclosure required by paragraph (e)(5) of this Item need only be provided one time during any fiscal year.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Shareholder communications.</I> (1) State whether or not the registrant's board of directors provides a process for security holders to send communications to the board of directors and, if the registrant does not have such a process for security holders to send communications to the board of directors, state the basis for the view of the board of directors that it is appropriate for the registrant not to have such a process.
</P>
<P>(2) If the registrant has a process for security holders to send communications to the board of directors:
</P>
<P>(i) Describe the manner in which security holders can send communications to the board and, if applicable, to specified individual directors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If all security holder communications are not sent directly to board members, describe the registrant's process for determining which communications will be relayed to board members.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407(f).</I> 1. In lieu of providing the information required by paragraph (f)(2) of this Item in the proxy statement, the registrant may instead provide the registrant's Web site address where such information appears.
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of the disclosure required by paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this Item, a registrant's process for collecting and organizing security holder communications, as well as similar or related activities, need not be disclosed provided that the registrant's process is approved by a majority of the independent directors or, in the case of a registrant that is an investment company, a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” of the investment company as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)).
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this paragraph, communications from an officer or director of the registrant will not be viewed as “security holder communications.” Communications from an employee or agent of the registrant will be viewed as “security holder communications” for purposes of this paragraph only if those communications are made solely in such employee's or agent's capacity as a security holder.
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this paragraph, security holder proposals submitted pursuant to § 240.14a-8 of this chapter, and communications made in connection with such proposals, will not be viewed as “security holder communications.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies.</I> (1) A registrant that qualifies as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by § 229.10(f)(1), is not required to provide:
</P>
<P>(i) The disclosure required in paragraph (d)(5) of this Item in its first annual report filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) following the effective date of its first registration statement filed under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) or Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The disclosure required by paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(2) A registrant that qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter), is not required to provide the disclosure required by paragraph (e)(5) of this Item.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Board leadership structure and role in risk oversight.</I> Briefly describe the leadership structure of the registrant's board, such as whether the same person serves as both principal executive officer and chairman of the board, or whether two individuals serve in those positions, and, in the case of a registrant that is an investment company, whether the chairman of the board is an “interested person” of the registrant as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)). If one person serves as both principal executive officer and chairman of the board, or if the chairman of the board of a registrant that is an investment company is an “interested person” of the registrant, disclose whether the registrant has a lead independent director and what specific role the lead independent director plays in the leadership of the board. This disclosure should indicate why the registrant has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics or circumstances of the registrant. In addition, disclose the extent of the board's role in the risk oversight of the registrant, such as how the board administers its oversight function, and the effect that this has on the board's leadership structure.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Employee, officer and director hedging.</I> In proxy or information statements with respect to the election of directors:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe any practices or policies that the registrant has adopted regarding the ability of employees (including officers) or directors of the registrant, or any of their designees, to purchase financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars, and exchange funds), or otherwise engage in transactions, that hedge or offset, or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of registrant equity securities—
</P>
<P>(i) Granted to the employee or director by the registrant as part of the compensation of the employee or director; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Held, directly or indirectly, by the employee or director.
</P>
<P>(2) A description provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall provide a fair and accurate summary of the practices or policies that apply, including the categories of persons covered, or disclose the practices or policies in full.
</P>
<P>(3) A description provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall also describe any categories of hedging transactions that are specifically permitted and any categories of such transactions specifically disallowed.
</P>
<P>(4) If the registrant does not have any such practices or policies regarding hedging, the registrant shall disclose that fact or state that the transactions described in paragraph (1) above are generally permitted.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 407(i).</I>
</P>
<P>1. For purposes of this Item 407(i), “registrant equity securities” means those equity securities as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and § 240.3a11-1 of this chapter) that are issued by the registrant or by any parent or subsidiary of the registrant or any subsidiary of any parent of the registrant.
</P>
<P>2. The information required by this Item 407(i) will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 407.</I> 1. For purposes of this Item:
</FP>
<P>a. <I>Listed issuer</I> means a listed issuer as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>b. <I>National securities exchange</I> means a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a));
</P>
<P>c. <I>Inter-dealer quotation system</I> means an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)); and
</P>
<P>d. <I>National securities association</I> means a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that has been approved by the Commission (as that definition may be modified or supplemented).
</P>
<P>2. With respect to paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (d)(1) and (e)(2) of this Item, disclose whether a current copy of the applicable committee charter is available to security holders on the registrant's Web site, and if so, provide the registrant's Web site address. If a current copy of the charter is not available to security holders on the registrant's Web site, include a copy of the charter in an appendix to the registrant's proxy or information statement that is provided to security holders at least once every three fiscal years, or if the charter has been materially amended since the beginning of the registrant's last fiscal year. If a current copy of the charter is not available to security holders on the registrant's Web site, and is not included as an appendix to the registrant's proxy or information statement, identify in which of the prior fiscal years the charter was so included in satisfaction of this requirement.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53254, Sept. 8, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 964, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 57238, Oct. 2, 2008; 74 FR 68364, Dec. 23, 2009; 77 FR 38453, July 27, 2012; 84 FR 2425, Mar. 8, 2019; 84 FR 12717, Apr. 2, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.408" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.5.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.408   (Item 408) Insider trading arrangements and policies.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Disclose whether, during the registrant's last fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report), any director or officer (as defined in § 240.16a-1(f) of this chapter) adopted or terminated:
</P>
<P>(i) Any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of securities of the registrant intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) (§ 240.10b5-1(c) of this chapter) (a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement”); and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” as defined in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Identify whether the trading arrangement is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c), and provide a description of the material terms, other than terms with respect to the price at which the individual executing the Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement is authorized to trade, such as:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and title of the director or officer;
</P>
<P>(B) The date on which the director or officer adopted or terminated the trading arrangement;
</P>
<P>(C) The duration of the trading arrangement; and
</P>
<P>(D) The aggregate number of securities to be purchased or sold pursuant to the trading arrangement.
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosure provided pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section must be provided in an Interactive Data File as required by 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Disclose whether the registrant has adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of the registrant's securities by directors, officers and employees, or the registrant itself, that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the registrant. If the registrant has not adopted such policies and procedures, explain why it has not done so.
</P>
<P>(2) If the registrant has adopted insider trading policies and procedures, the registrant must file such policies and procedures as an exhibit. If all of the registrant's insider trading policies and procedures are included in its code of ethics (as defined in 17 CFR 229.406(b)) and the code of ethics is filed as an exhibit pursuant to 17 CFR 229.406(c)(1), that would satisfy the exhibit requirement of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosure provided pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be provided in an Interactive Data File as required by 17 CFR 232.405 in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this Item 408, a director or officer (as defined in § 240.16a-1(f) of this chapter) (each a “covered person”) has entered into a <I>non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement</I> where:
</P>
<P>(1) The covered person asserts that at a time when they were not aware of material nonpublic information about the security or the issuer of the security they had adopted a written arrangement for trading the securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) The trading arrangement:
</P>
<P>(i) Specified the amount of securities to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities were to be purchased or sold;
</P>
<P>(ii) Included a written formula or algorithm, or computer program, for determining the amount of securities to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities were to be purchased or sold; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Did not permit the covered person to exercise any subsequent influence over how, when, or whether to effect purchases or sales; provided, in addition, that any other person who, pursuant to the trading arrangement, did exercise such influence must not have been aware of material nonpublic information when doing so.


</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 80428, Dec. 29, 2022, as amended at 88 FR 36054, June 1, 2023; 89 FR 24373, Apr. 9, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.500—Registration Statement and Prospectus Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.501" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.501   (Item 501) Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>The registrant must furnish the following information in plain English. See § 230.421(d) of Regulation C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Front cover page of the registration statement.</I> Where appropriate, include the delaying amendment legend from
</P>
<FP>§ 230.473 of Regulation C of this chapter.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Outside front cover page of the prospectus.</I> Limit the outside cover page to one page. If the following information applies to your offering, disclose it on the outside cover page of the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Name.</I> The registrant's name. A foreign registrant must give the English translation of its name.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph 501(b)(1):</I> If your name is the same as that of a company that is well known, include information to eliminate any possible confusion with the other company. If your name indicates a line of business in which you are not engaged or in which you are engaged only to a limited extent, include information to eliminate any misleading inference as to your business.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Title and amount of securities.</I> The title and amount of securities offered. Separately state the amount of securities offered by selling security holders, if any. If the underwriter has any arrangement with the issuer, such as an over-allotment option, under which the underwriter may purchase additional shares in connection with the offering, indicate that this arrangement exists and state the amount of additional shares that the underwriter may purchase under the arrangement. Give a brief description of the securities except where the information is clear from the title of the security. For example, you are not required to describe common stock that has full voting, dividend and liquidation rights usually associated with common stock.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Offering price of the securities.</I> Where you offer securities for cash, the price to the public of the securities, the underwriter's discounts and commissions, the net proceeds you receive, and any selling shareholder's net proceeds. Show this information on both a per share or unit basis and for the total amount of the offering. If you make the offering on a minimum/maximum basis, show this information based on the total minimum and total maximum amount of the offering. You may present the information in a table, term sheet format, or other clear presentation. You may present the information in any format that fits the design of the cover page so long as the information can be easily read and is not misleading:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph 501(b)(3):</I> 1. If a preliminary prospectus is circulated and you are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, provide, as applicable:
</FP>
<P>(A) A bona fide estimate of the range of the maximum offering price and the maximum number of securities offered; or
</P>
<P>(B) A bona fide estimate of the principal amount of the debt securities offered.
</P>
<P>2. If it is impracticable to state the price to the public, explain the method by which the price is to be determined. Instead of explaining the method on the outside front cover page of the prospectus, you may state that the offering price will be determined by a particular method or formula that is described in the prospectus and include a cross-reference to the location of such disclosure in the prospectus, including the page number. Highlight the cross-reference by prominent type or in another manner. If the securities are to be offered at the market price, or if the offering price is to be determined by a formula related to the market price, indicate the market and market price of the securities as of the latest practicable date.
</P>
<P>3. If you file a registration statement on Form S-8, you are not required to comply with this paragraph (b)(3).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>Market for the securities.</I> The national securities exchange(s) where the securities being offered are listed. If the securities being offered are not listed on a national securities exchange, the principal United States market(s) where the registrant, through the engagement of a registered broker-dealer, has actively sought and achieved quotation. In each case, also disclose the corresponding trading symbol(s) for the securities on such market(s).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Risk factors.</I> A cross-reference to the risk factors section, including the page number where it appears in the prospectus. Highlight this cross-reference by prominent type or in another manner;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>State legend.</I> Any legend or statement required by the law of any state in which the securities are to be offered. You may combine this with any legend required by the SEC, if appropriate;
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Commission legend.</I> A legend that indicates that neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosures in the prospectus and that any contrary representation is a criminal offense. You may use one of the following or other clear, plain language:
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example A:</HED><PSPACE>Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example B:</HED><PSPACE>Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(8) <I>Underwriting.</I> (i) Name(s) of the lead or managing underwriter(s) and an identification of the nature of the underwriting arrangements;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the offering is not made on a firm commitment basis, a brief description of the underwriting arrangements. You may use any clear, concise, and accurate description of the underwriting arrangements. You may use the following descriptions of underwriting arrangements where appropriate:
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example A: Best efforts offering.</HED><PSPACE>The underwriters are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities but will use their best efforts to sell the securities offered.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example B: Best efforts, minimum-maximum offering.</HED><PSPACE>The underwriters must sell the minimum number of securities offered (<I>insert number</I>) if any are sold. The underwriters are required to use only their best efforts to sell the maximum number of securities offered (<I>insert number</I>).</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(iii) If you offer the securities on a best efforts or best efforts minimum/maximum basis, the date the offering will end, any minimum purchase requirements, and any arrangements to place the funds in an escrow, trust, or similar account. If you have not made any of these arrangements, state this fact and describe the effect on investors;
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Date of prospectus.</I> The date of the prospectus;
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Prospectus “Subject to Completion” legend.</I> (i) If you use the prospectus before the effective date of the registration statement or if you use Rule 430A [§ 230.430A of this chapter] to omit pricing information and the prospectus is used before you determine the public offering price, include a prominent statement that:
</P>
<P>(A) The information in the prospectus will be amended or completed;
</P>
<P>(B) A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) The securities may not be sold until the registration statement becomes effective; and
</P>
<P>(D) The prospectus is not an offer to sell the securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy the securities, in any state where offers or sales are not permitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) The legend called for by paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this Item may be in the following or other clear, plain language:
</P>
<P>The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(iii) Registrants may exclude the statement in paragraph (b)(10)(i)(D) of this Item if the offering is not prohibited by state law.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 501:</I> For asset-backed securities, see also Item 1102 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1102).</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 6381, Feb. 6, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 1594, Jan. 7, 2005; 84 FR 12718, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.502" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.502   (Item 502) Inside front and outside back cover pages of prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>The registrant must furnish this information in plain English. See § 230.421(d) of Regulation C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Table of contents.</I> On either the inside front or outside back cover page of the prospectus, provide a reasonably detailed table of contents. It must show the page number of the various sections or subdivisions of the prospectus. Include a specific listing of the risk factors section required by Item 105 of this Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.105). You must include the table of contents immediately following the cover page in any prospectus you deliver electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dealer prospectus delivery obligation.</I> On the outside back cover page of the prospectus, advise dealers of their prospectus delivery obligation, including the expiration date specified by Section 4(3) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(3)) and § 230.174 of this chapter. If you do not know the expiration date on the effective date of the registration statement, include the expiration date in the copy of the prospectus you file under § 230.424(b) of this chapter. You do not have to include this information if dealers are not required to deliver a prospectus under § 230.174 of this chapter or Section 24(d) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24). You may use the following or other clear, plain language:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
</HD1>
<P>Until (<I>insert date</I>), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 6383, Feb. 6, 1998, as amended at 84 FR 12718, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.503" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.503   (Item 503) Prospectus summary.</HEAD>
<P>The registrant must furnish this information in plain English. See § 230.421(d) of Regulation C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Prospectus summary.</I> Provide a summary of the information in the prospectus where the length or complexity of the prospectus makes a summary useful. The summary should be brief. The summary should not contain, and is not required to contain, all of the detailed information in the prospectus. If you provide summary business or financial information, even if you do not caption it as a summary, you still must provide that information in plain English.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph 503(a):</I> The summary should not merely repeat the text of the prospectus but should provide a brief overview of the key aspects of the offering. Carefully consider and identify those aspects of the offering that are the most significant and determine how best to highlight those points in clear, plain language.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Address and telephone number.</I> Include, either on the cover page or in the summary section of the prospectus, the complete mailing address and telephone number of your principal executive offices.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 6383, Feb. 6, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 1594, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 964, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 18617, Apr. 23, 2009; 76 FR 50121, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 50211 Oct. 4, 2018; 84 FR 12718, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.504" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.504   (Item 504) Use of proceeds.</HEAD>
<P>State the principal purposes for which the net proceeds to the registrant from the securities to be offered are intended to be used and the approximate amount intended to be used for each such purpose. Where registrant has no current specific plan for the proceeds, or a significant portion thereof, the registrant shall so state and discuss the principal reasons for the offering.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 504:</I> 1. Where less than all the securities to be offered may be sold and more than one use is listed for the proceeds, indicate the order of priority of such purposes and discuss the registrant's plans if substantially less than the maximum proceeds are obtained. Such discussion need not be included if underwriting arrangements with respect to such securities are such that, if any securities are sold to the public, it reasonably can be expected that the actual proceeds will not be substantially less than the aggregate proceeds to the registrant shown pursuant to Item 501 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.501).
</FP>
<P>2. Details of proposed expenditures need not be given; for example, there need be furnished only a brief outline of any program of construction or addition of equipment. Consideration should be given as to the need to include a discussion of certain matters addressed in the discussion and analysis of registrant's financial condition and results of operations, such as liquidity and capital expenditures.
</P>
<P>3. If any material amounts of other funds are necessary to accomplish the specified purposes for which the proceeds are to be obtained, state the amounts of such other funds needed for each such specified purpose and the sources thereof.
</P>
<P>4. If any material part of the proceeds is to be used to discharge indebtedness, set forth the interest rate and maturity of such indebtedness. If the indebtedness to be discharged was incurred within one year, describe the use of the proceeds of such indebtedness other than short-term borrowings used for working capital.
</P>
<P>5. If any material amount of the proceeds is to be used to acquire assets, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, describe briefly and state the cost of the assets and, where such assets are to be acquired from affiliates of the registrant or their associates, give the names of the persons from whom they are to be acquired and set forth the principle followed in determining the cost to the registrant.
</P>
<P>6. Where the registrant indicates that the proceeds may, or will, be used to finance acquisitions of other businesses, the identity of such businesses, if known, or, if not known, the nature of the businesses to be sought, the status of any negotiations with respect to the acquisition, and a brief description of such business shall be included. Where, however, pro forma financial statements reflecting such acquisition are not required by §§ 210.1-01 through 210.13-02 (Regulation S-X) of this chapter, including § 210.8-05 (Rule 8-05 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter for smaller reporting companies, to be included in the registration statement, the possible terms of any transaction, the identification of the parties thereto or the nature of the business sought need not be disclosed, to the extent that the registrant reasonably determines that public disclosure of such information would jeopardize the acquisition. Where Regulation S-X, including § 210.8-04 (Rule 8-04 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter for smaller reporting companies, as applicable, would require financial statements of the business to be acquired to be included, the description of the business to be acquired shall be more detailed.
</P>
<P>7. The registrant may reserve the right to change the use of proceeds, provided that such reservation is due to certain contingencies that are discussed specifically and the alternatives to such use in that event are indicated.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 73 FR 964, Jan. 4, 2008; 83 FR 50211, Oct. 4, 2018; 85 FR 22002, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.505" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.505   (Item 505) Determination of offering price.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Common equity.</I> Where common equity is being registered for which there is no established public trading market for purposes of paragraph (a) of Item 201 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(a)) or where there is a material disparity between the offering price of the common equity being registered and the market price of outstanding shares of the same class, describe the various factors considered in determining such offering price.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Warrants, rights and convertible securities.</I> Where warrants, rights or convertible securities exercisable for common equity for which there is no established public trading market for purposes of paragraph (a) of Item 201 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(a)) are being registered, describe the various factors considered in determining their exercise or conversion price.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.506" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.506   (Item 506) Dilution.</HEAD>
<P>Where common equity securities are being registered and there is substantial disparity between the public offering price and the effective cash cost to officers, directors, promoters and affiliated persons of common equity acquired by them in transactions during the past five years, or which they have the right to acquire, and the registrant is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act immediately prior to filing of the registration statement, there shall be included a comparison of the public contribution under the proposed public offering and the effective cash contribution of such persons. In such cases, and in other instances where common equity securities are being registered by a registrant that has had losses in each of its last three fiscal years and there is a material dilution of the purchasers' equity interest, the following shall be disclosed:
</P>
<P>(a) The net tangible book value per share before and after the distribution;
</P>
<P>(b) The amount of the increase in such net tangible book value per share attributable to the cash payments made by purchasers of the shares being offered; and
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of the immediate dilution from the public offering price which will be absorbed by such purchasers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.507" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.507   (Item 507) Selling security holders.</HEAD>
<P>If any of the securities to be registered are to be offered for the account of security holders, name each such security holder, indicate the nature of any position, office, or other material relationship which the selling security holder has had within the past three years with the registrant or any of its predecessors or affiliates, and state the amount of securities of the class owned by such security holder prior to the offering, the amount to be offered for the security holder's account, the amount and (if one percent or more) the percentage of the class to be owned by such security holder after completion of the offering.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.508" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.508   (Item 508) Plan of distribution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriters and underwriting obligation.</I> If the securities are to be offered through underwriters, name the principal underwriters, and state the respective amounts underwritten. Identify each such underwriter having a material relationship with the registrant and state the nature of the relationship. State briefly the nature of the obligation of the underwriter(s) to take the securities.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph 508(a):</I> All that is required as to the nature of the underwriters' obligation is whether the underwriters are or will be committed to take and to pay for all of the securities if any are taken, or whether it is merely an agency or the type of <I>best efforts</I> arrangement under which the underwriters are required to take and to pay for only such securities as they may sell to the public. Conditions precedent to the underwriters' taking the securities, including <I>market-outs,</I> need not be described except in the case of an agency or <I>best efforts</I> arrangement.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>New underwriters.</I> Where securities being registered are those of a registrant that has not previously been required to file reports pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or where a prospectus is required to include reference on its cover page to material risks pursuant to Item 501 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.501), and any one or more of the managing underwriter(s) (or where there are no managing underwriters, a majority of the principal underwriters) has been organized, reactivated, or first registered as a broker-dealer within the past three years, these facts concerning such underwriter(s) shall be disclosed in the prospectus together with, where applicable, the disclosures that the principal business function of such underwriter(s) will be to sell the securities to be registered, or that the promoters of the registrant have a material relationship with such underwriter(s). Sufficient details shall be given to allow full appreciation of such underwriter(s) experience and its relationship with the registrant, promoters and their controlling persons.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other distributions.</I> Outline briefly the plan of distribution of any securities to be registered that are to be offered otherwise than through underwriters.
</P>
<P>(1) If any securities are to be offered pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan the terms of which provide for the purchase of some securities on the market, state whether the registrant or the participant pays fees, commissions, and expenses incurred in connection with the plan. If the participant will pay such fees, commissions and expenses, state the anticipated cost to participants by transaction or other convenient reference.
</P>
<P>(2) If the securities are to be offered through the selling efforts of brokers or dealers, describe the plan of distribution and the terms of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding entered into with broker(s) or dealer(s) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, including volume limitations on sales, parties to the agreement and the conditions under which the agreement may be terminated. If known, identify the broker(s) or dealer(s) which will participate in the offering and state the amount to be offered through each.
</P>
<P>(3) If any of the securities being registered are to be offered otherwise than for cash, state briefly the general purposes of the distribution, the basis upon which the securities are to be offered, the amount of compensation and other expenses of distribution, and by whom they are to be borne. If the distribution is to be made pursuant to a plan of acquisition, reorganization, readjustment or succession, describe briefly the general effect of the plan and state when it became or is to become operative. As to any material amount of assets to be acquired under the plan, furnish information corresponding to that required by Instruction 5 of Item 504 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.504).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Offerings on exchange.</I> If the securities are to be offered on an exchange, indicate the exchange. If the registered securities are to be offered in connection with the writing of exchange-traded call options, describe briefly such transactions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Underwriter's compensation.</I> Provide a table that sets out the nature of the compensation and the amount of discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriter for each security and in total. The table must show the separate amounts to be paid by the company and the selling shareholders. In addition, include in the table all other items considered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to be underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA rules.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to paragraph 508(e):</I> 1. The term “commissions” is defined in paragraph (17) of Schedule A of the Securities Act. Show separately in the table the cash commissions paid by the registrant and selling security holders. Also show in the table commissions paid by other persons. Disclose any finder's fee or similar payments in the table.
</FP>
<P>2. Disclose the offering expenses specified in Item 511 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.511).
</P>
<P>3. If the underwriter has any arrangement with the issuer, such as an over-allotment option, under which the underwriter may purchase additional shares in connection with the offering, indicate that this arrangement exists and state the amount of additional shares that the underwriter may purchase under the arrangement. Where the underwriter has such an arrangement, present maximum-minimum information in a separate column to the table, based on the purchase of all or none of the shares subject to the arrangement. Describe the key terms of the arrangement in the narrative.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Underwriter's representative on board of directors.</I> Describe any arrangement whereby the underwriter has the right to designate or nominate a member or members of the board of directors of the registrant. The registrant shall disclose the identity of any director so designated or nominated, and indicate whether or not a person so designated or nominated, or allowed to be designated or nominated by the underwriter is or may be a director, officer, partner, employee or affiliate of the underwriter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Indemnification of underwriters.</I> If the underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the registrant of the underwriters or their controlling persons against any liability arising under the Securities Act, furnish a brief description of such indemnification provisions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Dealers' compensation.</I> State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts or other considerations to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the securities. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice without giving the additional amounts to be sold.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Finders.</I> Identify any finder and, if applicable, describe the nature of any material relationship between such finder and the registrant, its officers, directors, principal stockholders, finders or promoters or the principal underwriter(s), or if there is a managing underwriter(s), the managing underwriter(s), (including, in each case, affiliates or associates thereof).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Discretionary accounts.</I> If the registrant was not, immediately prior to the filing of the registration statement, subject to the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, identify any principal underwriter that intends to sell to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority and include an estimate of the amount of securities so intended to be sold. The response to this paragraph shall be contained in a pre-effective amendment which shall be circulated if the information is not available when the registration statement is filed.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Passive market making.</I> If the underwriters or any selling group members intend to engage in passive market making transactions as permitted by Rule 103 of Regulation M (§ 242.103 of this chapter), indicate such intention and briefly describe passive market making.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Stabilization and other transactions.</I> (1) Briefly describe any transaction that the underwriter intends to conduct during the offering that stabilizes, maintains, or otherwise affects the market price of the offered securities. Include information on stabilizing transactions, syndicate short covering transactions, penalty bids, or any other transaction that affects the offered security's price. Describe the nature of the transactions clearly and explain how the transactions affect the offered security's price. Identify the exchange or other market on which these transactions may occur. If true, disclose that the underwriter may discontinue these transactions at any time;
</P>
<P>(2) If the stabilizing began before the effective date of the registration statement, disclose the amount of securities bought, the prices at which they were bought and the period within which they were bought. If you use § 230.430A of this chapter, the prospectus you file under § 230.424(b) of this chapter or include in a post-effective amendment must contain information on the stabilizing transactions that took place before the determination of the public offering price; and
</P>
<P>(3) If you are making a warrants or rights offering of securities to existing security holders and any securities not purchased by existing security holders are to be reoffered to the public, disclose in a supplement to the prospectus or in the prospectus used in connection with the reoffering:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of securities bought in stabilization activities during the offering period and the price or range of prices at which the securities were bought;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of the offered securities subscribed for during the offering period;
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the offered securities subscribed for by the underwriter during the offering period;
</P>
<P>(iv) The amount of the offered securities sold during the offering period by the underwriter and the price or price ranges at which the securities were sold; and
</P>
<P>(v) The amount of the offered securities that will be reoffered to the public and the public offering price.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 19606, Apr. 15, 1993; 62 FR 543, Jan. 3, 1997; 62 FR 11323, Mar. 12, 1997; 63 FR 6384, Feb. 6, 1998; 83 FR 50211, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.509" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.509   (Item 509) Interests of named experts and counsel.</HEAD>
<P>If (a) any expert named in the registration statement as having prepared or certified any part thereof (or is named as having prepared or certified a report or valuation for use in connection with the registration statement), or (b) counsel for the registrant, underwriters or selling security holders named in the prospectus as having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of such securities, was employed for such purpose on a contingent basis, or at the time of such preparation, certification or opinion or at any time thereafter, through the date of effectiveness of the registration statement or that part of the registration statement to which such preparation, certification or opinion relates, had, or is to receive in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries or was connected with the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries as a promoter, managing underwriter (or any principal underwriter, if there are no managing underwriters) voting trustee, director, officer, or employee, furnish a brief statement of the nature of such contingent basis, interest, or connection.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 509:</I> 1. The interest of an expert (other than an accountant) or counsel will not be deemed substantial and need not be disclosed if the interest, including the fair market value of all securities of the registrant owned, received and to be received, or subject to options, warrants or rights received or to be received by the expert or counsel does not exceed $50,000. For the purpose of this Instruction, the term <I>expert</I> or counsel includes the firm, corporation, partnership or other entity, if any, by which such expert or counsel is employed or of which he is a member or of counsel to and all attorneys in the case of counsel, and all nonclerical personnel in the case of named experts, participating in such matter on behalf of such firm, corporation, partnership or entity.
</FP>
<P>2. Accountants, providing a report on the financial statements, presented or incorporated by reference in the registration statement, should note § 210.2-01 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210) for the Commission's requirements regarding “Qualification of Accountants” which discusses disqualifying interests.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.510" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.510   (Item 510) Disclosure of Commission position on indemnification for Securities Act liabilities.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the disclosure prescribed by Item 702 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.702), if the undertaking required by paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512) is not required to be included in the registration statement because acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement is not being requested, and if waivers have not been obtained comparable to those specified in paragraph (h), a brief description of the indemnification provisions relating to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant against liability arising under the Securities Act (including any provision of the underwriting agreement which relates to indemnification of the underwriter or its controlling persons by the registrant against such liabilities where a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant is such an underwriter or controlling person thereof or a member of any firm which is such an underwriter) shall be included in the prospectus, together with a statement in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 48103, Sept. 24, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.511" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.511   (Item 511) Other expenses of issuance and distribution.</HEAD>
<P>Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. If any of the securities to be registered are to be offered for the account of security holders, indicate the portion of such expenses to be borne by such security holder.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 511:</I> Insofar as practicable, registration fees, Federal taxes, States taxes and fees, trustees' and transfer agents' fees, costs of printing and engraving, and legal, accounting, and engineering fees shall be itemized separately. Include as a separate item any premium paid by the registrant or any selling security holder on any policy obtained in connection with the offering and sale of the securities being registered which insures or indemnifies directors or officers against any liabilities they may incur in connection with the registration, offering, or sale of such securities. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, identified as such, shall be given.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.512" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.6.38.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.512   (Item 512) Undertakings.</HEAD>
<P>Include each of the following undertakings that is applicable to the offering being registered.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rule 415 Offering.</I> 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Include the following if the securities are registered pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (§ 230.415 of this chapter):
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Paragraph (a) reflects proposals made in Securities Act Release No. 6334 (Aug. 6, 1981).</P></FTNT>
<P>The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
</P>
<P>(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
</P>
<P>(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Filing Fee Tables” or “Calculation of Registration Fee” table, as applicable, in the effective registration statement.
</P>
<P>(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That:
</FP>
<P>(A) Paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter), and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter), Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) or Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or, as to a registration statement on Form S-3, Form SF-3 or Form F-3, is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter that is part of the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Provided further, however</I>, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is for an offering of asset-backed securities on Form SF-1 (§ 239.44 of this chapter) or Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c)).
</P>
<P>(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
</P>
<P>(4) If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)) need not be furnished, <I>provided</I> that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter), a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or Item 8.A of Form 20-F if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.
</P>
<P>(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
</P>
<P>(i) If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this chapter) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial <I>bona fide</I> offering thereof. <I>Provided, however,</I> that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. <I>Provided, however,</I> that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to § 230.424(b)(3) and (h) of this chapter shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to § 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter as part of a registration statement in reliance on § 230.430D of this chapter relating to an offering made pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(xii) of this chapter for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in § 230.430D of this chapter, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial <I>bona fide</I> offering thereof. <I>Provided, however,</I> that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or
</P>
<P>(6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
</P>
<P>(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
</P>
<P>(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(7) If the registrant is relying on § 230.430D of this chapter, with respect to any offering of securities registered on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in accordance with §§ 230.424(h) and 230.430D of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filings incorporating subsequent Exchange Act documents by reference.</I> Include the following if the registration statement incorporates by reference any Exchange Act document filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c)-(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Registration on Form S-4 or F-4 of securities offered for resale.</I> Include the following if the securities are being registered on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25, or 34 of this chapter) in connection with a transaction specified in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 (§ 230.145 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415 (§ 230.415 of this chapter), will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Request for acceleration of effective date or filing of registration statement becoming effective upon filing.</I> Include the following if acceleration is requested of the effective date of the registration statement pursuant to Rule 461 under the Securities Act (§ 230.461 of this chapter), if a Form S-3 or Form F-3 will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462 (e) or (f) under the Securities Act (§ 230.462 (e) or (f) of this chapter), or if the registration statement is filed on Form S-8, and:
</P>
<P>(1) Any provision or arrangement exists whereby the registrant may indemnify a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or
</P>
<P>(2) The underwriting agreement contains a provision whereby the registrant indemnifies the underwriter or controlling persons of the underwriter against such liabilities and a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant is such an underwriter or controlling person thereof or a member of any firm which is such an underwriter, and
</P>
<P>(3) The benefits of such indemnification are not waived by such persons:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(i) Include the following in a registration statement permitted by Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.430A of this chapter):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
</FP>
<P>(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(j) <I>Qualification of trust indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 for delayed offerings.</I> Include the following if the registrant intends to rely on section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 for determining the eligibility of the trustee under indentures for securities to be issued, offered, or sold on a delayed basis by or on behalf of the registrant: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act (“Act”) in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under section 305(b)(2) of the Act.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(k) <I>Filings regarding asset-backed securities incorporating by reference subsequent Exchange Act documents by third parties.</I> Include the following if the registration statement incorporates by reference any Exchange Act document filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c)):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of a third party that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement in accordance with Item 1100(c)(1) of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1100(c)(1)) shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 229.512, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.600" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.600—Exhibits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.601" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.7.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.601   (Item 601) Exhibits.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="8">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21914, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28c">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Exhibits and index required.</I> (1) Subject to Rule 411(c) (§ 230.411(c) of this chapter) under the Securities Act and Rule 12b-23(c) (§ 240.12b-23(c) of this chapter) under the Exchange Act regarding incorporation of exhibits by reference, the exhibits required in the exhibit table must be filed as indicated, as part of the registration statement or report.
</P>
<P>(2) Each registration statement or report shall contain an exhibit index, which must appear before the required signatures in the registration statement or report. For convenient reference, each exhibit shall be listed in the exhibit index according to the number assigned to it in the exhibit table. If an exhibit is incorporated by reference, this must be noted in the exhibit index. Each exhibit identified in the exhibit index (other than an exhibit filed in eXtensible Business Reporting Language or an exhibit that is filed with Form ABS-EE) must include an active link to an exhibit that is filed with the registration statement or report or, if the exhibit is incorporated by reference, an active hyperlink to the exhibit separately filed on EDGAR. If a registration statement or report is amended, each amendment must include hyperlinks to the exhibits required with the amendment. For a description of each of the exhibits included in the exhibit table, see paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) This Item applies only to the forms specified in the exhibit table. With regard to forms not listed in that table, reference shall be made to the appropriate form for the specific exhibit filing requirements applicable thereto.
</P>
<P>(4) If a material contract or plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession is executed or becomes effective during the reporting period reflected by a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, it shall be filed as an exhibit to the Form 10-Q or Form 10-K filed for the corresponding period. Any amendment or modification to a previously filed exhibit to a Form 10, 10-K or 10-Q document shall be filed as an exhibit to a Form 10-Q and Form 10-K. Such amendment or modification need not be filed where such previously filed exhibit would not be currently required.
</P>
<P>(5) Schedules (or similar attachments) to the exhibits required by this Item are not required to be filed provided that they do not contain information material to an investment or voting decision and that information is not otherwise disclosed in the exhibit or the disclosure document. Each exhibit filed must contain a list briefly identifying the contents of all omitted schedules. Registrants need not prepare a separate list of omitted information if such information is already included within the exhibit in a manner that conveys the subject matter of the omitted schedules and attachments. In addition, the registrant must provide a copy of any omitted schedule to the Commission or its staff upon request.
</P>
<P>(6) The registrant may redact information from exhibits required to be filed by this Item if disclosure of such information would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy (<I>e.g.,</I> disclosure of bank account numbers, social security numbers, home addresses, and similar information).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 601:</I> 1. If an exhibit to a registration statement (other than an opinion or consent), filed in preliminary form, has been changed only (A) to insert information as to interest, dividend or conversion rates, redemption or conversion prices, purchase or offering prices, underwriters' or dealers' commissions, names, addresses or participation of underwriters or similar matters, which information appears elsewhere in an amendment to the registration statement or a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter), or (B) to correct typographical errors, insert signatures or make other similar immaterial changes, then, notwithstanding any contrary requirement of any rule or form, the registrant need not refile such exhibit as so amended. Any such incomplete exhibit may not, however, be incorporated by reference in any subsequent filing under any Act administered by the Commission.
</FP>
<P>2. In any case where two or more indentures, contracts, franchises, or other documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, the dates of execution, or other details, the registrant need file a copy of only one of such documents, with a schedule identifying the other documents omitted and setting forth the material details in which such documents differ from the document a copy of which is filed. The Commission may at any time in its discretion require filing of copies of any documents so omitted.
</P>
<P>3. Only copies, rather than originals, need be filed of each exhibit required except as otherwise specifically noted.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Electronic filings.</I> Whenever an exhibit is filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter), the letter “P” (paper) shall be placed next to the exhibit in the list of exhibits required by Item 601(a)(2) of this Rule. Whenever an electronic confirming copy of an exhibit is filed pursuant to a hardship exemption (§ 232.201 or § 232.202(d) of this chapter), the exhibit index should specify where the confirming electronic copy can be located; in addition, the designation “CE” (confirming electronic) should be placed next to the listed exhibit in the exhibit index.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Exhibit Table
</HD1>
<HD3>Instructions to the Exhibit Table.
</HD3>
<P>1. The exhibit table indicates those documents that must be filed as exhibits to the respective forms listed.
</P>
<P>2. The “X” designation indicates the documents which are required to be filed with each form even if filed previously with another document, <I>Provided, However,</I> that such previously filed documents may be incorporated by reference to satisfy the filing requirements.
</P>
<P>3. The number used in the far left column of the table refers to the appropriate subsection in paragraph (b) where a description of the exhibit can be found. Whenever necessary, alphabetical or numerical subparts may be used.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="10" scope="col">Securities act forms
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Exchange act forms
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S-1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S-3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SF-1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SF-3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S-4 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S-8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S-11
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F-1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F-3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F-4 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8-K 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10-D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10-Q
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10-K
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ABS-EE


</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Underwriting agreement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) (i) Articles of incorporation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Bylaws</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Instruments defining the rights of securities holders, including indentures, (i) through (v)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(vi) Description of registrant's securities</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X


</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Opinion re legality</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) [Reserved]</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Correspondence from an independent accountant regarding non-reliance on a previously issued audit report or completed interim review</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(8) Opinion re tax matters</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Voting trust agreement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(10) Material contracts</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(11)-(12) [Reserved]


</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(13) Annual report to security holders, Form 10-Q or quarterly report to security holders 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(14) Code of Ethics</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(15) Letter re unaudited interim financial information</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(16) Letter re change in certifying accountant 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(17) Correspondence on departure of director</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(18) Letter re change in accounting principles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(19) Insider trading policies and procedures</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X


</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(20) Other documents or statements to security holders</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(21) Subsidiaries of the registrant</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(22) Subsidiary guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities and affiliates whose securities collateralize securities of the registrant</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(23) Consents of experts and counsel</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(24) Power of attorney</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(25) Statement of eligibility of trustee</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(26) through (30) [Reserved]</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(31) (i) Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Rule 13a-14/15d-14 Certifications</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(32) Section 1350 Certifications 
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(33) Report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed issuers</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(34) Attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(35) Servicer compliance statement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(36) Depositor Certification for shelf offerings of asset-backed securities</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(37) through (94) [Reserved]</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(95) Mine Safety Disclosure Exhibit</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(96) Technical report summary 
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(97) Policy Relating to Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X




</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(98) Reports, opinions, or appraisals in de-SPAC transactions 
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(99) Additional exhibits</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(100) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(101) Interactive Data File</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(102) Asset Data File</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(103) Asset Related Documents</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(104) Cover Page Interactive Data File</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(105) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(106) Static Pool PDF</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(107) Filing Fee Table</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> An exhibit need not be provided about a company if: (1) With respect to such company an election has been made under Form S-4 or F-4 to provide information about such company at a level prescribed by Form S-3 or F-3; and (2) the form, the level of which has been elected under Form S-4 or F-4, would not require such company to provide such exhibit if it were registering a primary offering.


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> A Form 8-K exhibit is required only if relevant to the subject matter reported on the Form 8-K report. For example, if the Form 8-K pertains to the departure of a director, only the exhibit described in paragraph (b)(17) of this section need be filed. A required exhibit may be incorporated by reference from a previous filing.


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Where incorporated by reference into the text of the prospectus and delivered to security holders along with the prospectus as permitted by the registration statement; or, in the case of the Form 10-K, where the annual report to security holders is incorporated by reference into the text of the Form 10-K.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> If required pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Where the opinion of the expert or counsel has been incorporated by reference into a previously filed Securities Act registration statement.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Pursuant to §§ 240.13a-13(b)(3) and 240.15d-13(b)(3) of this chapter, asset-backed issuers are not required to file reports on Form 10-Q.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> If required pursuant to § 229.1302 (Item 1302 of Regulation S-K).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>8</sup> If required pursuant to § 229.1607(c) (Item 1607(c) of Regulation S-K).


</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Description of exhibits.</I> Set forth below is a description of each document listed in the exhibit tables.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Underwriting agreement.</I> Each underwriting contract or agreement with a principal underwriter pursuant to which the securities being registered are to be distributed; if the terms of such documents have not been determined, the proposed forms thereof. Such agreement may be filed as an exhibit to a report on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) which is incorporated by reference into a registration statement subsequent to its effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, or succession.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Any material plan of acquisition, disposition, reorganization, readjustment, succession, liquidation, or arrangement and any amendments thereto described in the statement or report.
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant may redact specific provisions or terms of exhibits required to be filed by paragraph (b)(2) of this section if the registrant customarily and actually treats that information as private or confidential and if the omitted information is not material. If it does so, the registrant should mark the exhibit index to indicate that portions of the exhibit or exhibits have been omitted and include a prominent statement on the first page of the redacted exhibit that certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. The registrant also must include brackets indicating where the information is omitted from the filed version of the exhibit. If requested by the Commission or its staff, the registrant must promptly provide on a supplemental basis an unredacted copy of the exhibit and its materiality and privacy or confidentiality analyses. Upon evaluation of the registrant's supplemental materials, the Commission or its staff may require the registrant to amend its filing to include in the exhibit any previously redacted information that is not adequately supported by the registrant's analyses. The registrant may request confidential treatment of the supplemental material submitted under this paragraph (b)(2)(ii) pursuant to § 200.83 of this chapter while it is in the possession of the Commission or its staff. After completing its review of the supplemental information, the Commission or its staff will return or destroy it if the registrant complies with the procedures outlined in § 230.418 or 240.12b-4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) <I>Articles of incorporation.</I> The articles of incorporation of the registrant or instruments corresponding thereto as currently in effect and any amendments thereto. Whenever the registrant files an amendment to its articles of incorporation, it must file a complete copy of the articles as amended. However, if such amendment is being reported on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), the registrant is required to file only the text of the amendment as a Form 8-K exhibit. In such case, a complete copy of the articles of incorporation as amended must be filed as an exhibit to the next Securities Act registration statement or periodic report filed by the registrant to which this exhibit requirement applies. Where it is impracticable for the registrant to file a charter amendment authorizing new securities with the appropriate state authority prior to the effective date of the registration statement registering such securities, the registrant may file as an exhibit to the registration statement the form of amendment to be filed with the state authority. In such a case, if material changes are made after the copy is filed, the registrant must also file the changed copy. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Bylaws.</I> The bylaws of the registrant or instruments corresponding thereto as currently in effect and any amendments thereto. Whenever the registrant files an amendment to the bylaws, it must file a complete copy of the amended bylaws. However, if such amendment is being reported on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), the registrant is required to file only the text of the amendment as a Form 8-K exhibit. In such case, a complete copy of the bylaws as amended must be filed as an exhibit to the next Securities Act registration statement or periodic report filed by the registrant to which this exhibit requirement applies.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.</I> (i) All instruments defining the rights of holders of the equity or debt securities being registered including, where applicable, the relevant portion of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this Item for filings on Forms S-1, S-4, S-11, N-14, and F-4 under the Securities Act (§ 239.11, 239.25, 239.18, 239.23 and 239.34 of this chapter) and Forms 10 and 10-K under the Exchange Act (§§ 249.210 and 249.310 of this chapter) all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries and for any of its unconsolidated subsidiaries for which financial statements are required to be filed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Where the instrument defines the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries and for any of its unconsolidated subsidiaries for which financial statements are required to be filed, there need not be filed:
</P>
<P>(A) Any instrument with respect to long-term debt not being registered if the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and if there is filed an agreement to furnish a copy of such agreement to the Commission upon request;
</P>
<P>(B) Any instrument with respect to any class of securities if appropriate steps to assure the redemption or retirement of such class will be taken prior to or upon delivery by the registrant of the securities being registered; or
</P>
<P>(C) Copies of instruments evidencing scrip certificates for fractions of shares.
</P>
<P>(iv) If any of the securities being registered are, or will be, issued under an indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the copy of such indenture which is filed as an exhibit shall include or be accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(A) A reasonably itemized and informative table of contents; and
</P>
<P>(B) A cross-reference sheet showing the location in the indenture of the provisions inserted pursuant to sections 310 through 318(a) inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
</P>
<P>(v) With respect to Forms 8-K and 10-Q under the Exchange Act that are filed and that disclose, in the text of the Form 10-Q, the interim financial statements, or the footnotes thereto the creation of a new class of securities or indebtedness or the modification of existing rights of security holders, file all instruments defining the rights of holders of these securities or indebtedness. However, there need not be filed any instrument with respect to long-term debt not being registered which meets the exclusion set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(A) of this Item.</P>
<P>(vi) For each class of securities that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, provide the information required by Item 202(a) through (d) and (f) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(4)(vi).</I> A registrant is only required to provide the information called for by Item 601(b)(4)(vi) if it is filing an annual report under Exchange Act Section 13(a) or 15(d).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b)(4)(vi).</I> For purposes of Item 601(b)(4)(vi), all references in Item 202 to securities to be or being registered, offered, or sold will mean securities that are registered as of the end of the period covered by the report with which the exhibit is filed. In addition, for purposes of this Item, the disclosure will be required for classes of securities that have not been retired by the end of the period covered by the report.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (b)(4)(vi).</I> The registrant may incorporate by reference to an exhibit previously filed in satisfaction of Item 601(b)(4)(vi) of Regulation S-K, as applicable, so long as there has not been any change to the information called for by Item 202 (§ 229.202 of this chapter) since the filing date of the linked filing. Such hyperlink will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Item 601(b)(4)(vi) for the current filing.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(4):</I> There need not be filed any instrument which defines the rights of participants (not as security holders) pursuant to an employee benefit plan.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b)(4) (for electronic filings):</I> If the instrument defining the rights of security holders is in the form of a certificate, the text appearing on the certificate shall be reproduced in an electronic filing together with a description of any other graphic and image material appearing on the certificate, as provided in Rule 304 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.304 of this chapter).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) <I>Opinion re legality.</I> (i) An opinion of counsel as to the legality of the securities being registered, indicating whether they will, when sold, be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and, if debt securities, whether they will be binding obligations of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the securities being registered are issued under a plan and the plan is subject to the requirements of ERISA furnish either:
</P>
<P>(A) An opinion of counsel which confirms compliance of the provisions of the written documents constituting the plan with the requirements of ERISA pertaining to such provisions; or
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of the Internal Revenue Service determination letter that the plan is qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the securities being registered are issued under a plan which is subject to the requirements of ERISA and the plan has been amended subsequent to the filing of paragraph (b)(5)(ii) (A) or (B) above, furnish either:
</P>
<P>(A) An opinion of counsel which confirms compliance of the amended provisions of the plan with the requirements of ERISA pertaining to such provisions; or
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of the Internal Revenue Service determination letter that the amended plan is qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Attention is directed to Item 8 of Form S-8 for exemptions to this exhibit requirement applicable to that Form.</P></NOTE>
<P>(6) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Correspondence from an independent accountant regarding non-reliance on a previously issued audit report or completed interim review.</I> Any written notice from the registrant's current or previously engaged independent accountant that the independent accountant is withdrawing a previously issued audit report or that a previously issued audit report or completed interim review, covering one or more years or interim periods for which the registrant is required to provide financial statements under Regulation S-X (part 210 of this chapter), should no longer be relied upon. In addition, any letter, pursuant to Item 4.02(c) of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), from the independent accountant to the Commission stating whether the independent accountant agrees with the statements made by the registrant describing the events giving rise to the notice. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Opinion re tax matters.</I> For filings on Form S-11 under the Securities Act (§ 239.18) or those to which Securities Act Industry Guide 5 applies, an opinion of counsel or of an independent public or certified public accountant or, in lieu thereof, a revenue ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, supporting the tax matters and consequences to the shareholders as described in the filing when such tax matters are material to the transaction for which the registration statement is being filed. This exhibit otherwise need only be filed with the other applicable registration forms where the tax consequences are material to an investor and a representation as to tax consequences is set forth in the filing. If a tax opinion is set forth in full in the filing, an indication that such is the case may be made in lieu of filing the otherwise required exhibit. Such tax opinions may be conditioned or may be qualified, so long as such conditions and qualifications are adequately described in the filing.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Voting trust agreement.</I> Any voting trust agreements and amendments thereto.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Material contracts.</I> (i)(A) Every contract not made in the ordinary course of business that is material to the registrant and is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the filing of the registration statement or report. In addition, for newly reporting registrants, every contract not made in the ordinary course of business that is material to the registrant and that was entered into not more than two years before the date on which such registrant:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) First files a registration statement or report; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Completes a transaction that had the effect of causing it to cease being a public shell company.
</P>
<P>(B) The only contracts that need to be filed are those to which the registrant or a subsidiary of the registrant is a party or has succeeded to a party by assumption or assignment or in which the registrant or such subsidiary has a beneficial interest.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the contract is such as ordinarily accompanies the kind of business conducted by the registrant and its subsidiaries, it will be deemed to have been made in the ordinary course of business and need not be filed unless it falls within one or more of the following categories, in which case it shall be filed except where immaterial in amount or significance:
</P>
<P>(A) Any contract to which directors, officers, promoters, voting trustees, security holders named in the registration statement or report, or underwriters are parties other than contracts involving only the purchase or sale of current assets having a determinable market price, at such market price;
</P>
<P>(B) Any contract upon which the registrant's business is substantially dependent, as in the case of continuing contracts to sell the major part of registrant's products or services or to purchase the major part of registrant's requirements of goods, services or raw materials or any franchise or license or other agreement to use a patent, formula, trade secret, process or trade name upon which registrant's business depends to a material extent;
</P>
<P>(C) Any contract calling for the acquisition or sale of any property, plant or equipment for a consideration exceeding 15 percent of such fixed assets of the registrant on a consolidated basis; or
</P>
<P>(D) Any material lease under which a part of the property described in the registration statement or report is held by the registrant.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) Any management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement, including but not limited to plans relating to options, warrants or rights, pension, retirement or deferred compensation or bonus, incentive or profit sharing (or if not set forth in any formal document, a written description thereof) in which any director or any of the named executive officers of the registrant, as defined by Item 402(a)(3) (§ 229.402(a)(3)), participates shall be deemed material and shall be filed; and any other management contract or any other compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement in which any other executive officer of the registrant participates shall be filed unless immaterial in amount or significance.
</P>
<P>(B) Any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement adopted without the approval of security holders pursuant to which equity may be awarded, including, but not limited to, options, warrants or rights (or if not set forth in any formal document, a written description thereof), in which any employee (whether or not an executive officer of the registrant) participates shall be filed unless immaterial in amount or significance. A compensation plan assumed by a registrant in connection with a merger, consolidation or other acquisition transaction pursuant to which the registrant may make further grants or awards of its equity securities shall be considered a compensation plan of the registrant for purposes of the preceding sentence.
</P>
<P>(C) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(10)(iii)(A) above, the following management contracts or compensatory plans, contracts or arrangements need not be filed:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Ordinary purchase and sales agency agreements.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Agreements with managers of stores in a chain organization or similar organization.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Contracts providing for labor or salesmen's bonuses or payments to a class of security holders, as such.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement which pursuant to its terms is available to employees, officers or directors generally and which in operation provides for the same method of allocation of benefits between management and nonmanagement participants.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement if the registrant is a foreign private issuer that furnishes compensatory information under Item 402(a)(1) (§ 229.402(a)(1)) and the public filing of the plan, contract or arrangement, or portion thereof, is not required in the registrant's home country and is not otherwise publicly disclosed by the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Any compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement if the registrant is a wholly owned subsidiary of a company that has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 or files reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is filing a report on Form 10-K or registering debt instruments or preferred stock that are not voting securities on Form S-1.
</P>
<P>(iv) The registrant may redact specific provisions or terms of exhibits required to be filed by this paragraph (b)(10) if the registrant customarily and actually treats that information as private or confidential and if the omitted information is not material. If it does so, the registrant should mark the exhibit index to indicate that portions of the exhibit or exhibits have been omitted and include a prominent statement on the first page of the redacted exhibit that certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. The registrant also must include brackets indicating where the information is omitted from the filed version of the exhibit. If requested by the Commission or its staff, the registrant must promptly provide on a supplemental basis an unredacted copy of the exhibit and its materiality and privacy or confidentiality analyses. Upon evaluation of the registrant's supplemental materials, the Commission or its staff may require the registrant to amend its filing to include in the exhibit any previously redacted information that is not adequately supported by the registrant's analyses. The registrant may request confidential treatment of the supplemental material submitted under this paragraph (b)(10)(iv) pursuant to § 200.83 of this chapter while it is in the possession of the Commission or its staff. After completing its review of the supplemental information, the Commission or its staff will return or destroy it if the registrant complies with the procedures outlined in § 230.418 or 240.12b-4 of this chapter.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(10) of Item 601:</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this Item, a “newly reporting registrant” is:
</FP>
<P>1. Any registrant filing a registration statement that, at the time of such filing, is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not such registrant has ever previously been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d),
</P>
<P>2. Any registrant that has not filed an annual report since the revival of a previously suspended reporting obligation, and
</P>
<P>3. Any registrant that:
</P>
<P>a. Was a shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.12b-2), immediately before completing a transaction that has the effect of causing it to cease being a shell company and
</P>
<P>b. Has not filed a registration statement or Form 8-K as required by Items 2.01 and 5.06 of that form, since the completion of such transaction.
</P>
<P>4. For example, newly reporting registrants would include a registrant that is filing its first registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and a registrant that was a public shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, and completes a reverse merger transaction causing it to cease being a shell company.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b)(10):</I> With the exception of management contracts, in order to comply with paragraph (b)(10)(iii) of this section, registrants need only file copies of the various compensatory plans and need not file each individual director's or executive officer's personal agreement under the plans unless there are particular provisions in such personal agreements whose disclosure in an exhibit is necessary to an investor's understanding of that individual's compensation under the plan.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (b)(10):</I> If a material contract is executed or becomes effective during the reporting period reflected by a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, it must be filed as an exhibit to the Form 10-Q or Form 10-K filed for the corresponding period. See paragraph (a)(4) of this Item. With respect to quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, only those contracts executed or becoming effective during the most recent period reflected in the report must be filed.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(11)-(12) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Annual or quarterly report to security holders.</I> (i) The registrant's annual report to security holders for its last fiscal year or its quarterly report to security holders, if all or a portion thereof is incorporated by reference in the filing. Such report, except for those portions thereof that are expressly incorporated by reference in the filing, is to be furnished for the information of the Commission and is not to be deemed “filed” as part of the filing. If the financial statements in the report have been incorporated by reference in the filing, the accountant's certificate must be manually signed in one copy. <I>See</I> Rule 439 (§ 230.439 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Electronic filings.</I> If all, or any portion, of the annual or quarterly report to security holders is incorporated by reference into any electronic filing, all, or such portion of the annual or quarterly report to security holders so incorporated, must be filed in electronic format as an exhibit to the filing.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Code of ethics.</I> Any code of ethics, or amendment thereto, that is the subject of the disclosure required by § 229.406 (Item 406 of Regulation S-K) or Item 5.05 of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), to the extent that the registrant intends to satisfy the Item 406 or Item 5.05 requirements through filing of an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Letter re unaudited interim financial information.</I> A letter, where applicable, from the independent accountant that acknowledges awareness of the use in a registration statement of a report on unaudited interim financial information that pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act (§ 230.436(c) of this chapter) is not considered a part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of sections 7 and 11 of that Act. Such letter may be filed with the registration statement, an amendment thereto, or a report on Form 10-Q which is incorporated by reference into the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Letter re change in certifying accountant.</I> A letter from the registrant's former independent accountant regarding its concurrence or disagreement with the statements made by the registrant in the current report concerning the resignation or dismissal as the registrant's principal accountant.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Correspondence on departure of director.</I> Any written correspondence from a former director concerning the circumstances surrounding the former director's retirement, resignation, refusal to stand for re-election or removal, including any letter from the former director to the registrant stating whether the former director agrees with statements made by the registrant describing the former director's departure.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Letter re change in accounting principles.</I> Unless previously filed, a letter from the registrant's independent accountant indicating whether any change in accounting principles or practices followed by the registrant, or any change in the method of applying any such accounting principles or practices, which affected the financial statements being filed with the Commission in the report or which is reasonably certain to affect the financial statements of future fiscal years is to an alternative principle which in his judgment is preferable under the circumstances. No such letter need be filed when such change is made in response to a standard adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board that creates a new accounting principle, that expresses a preference for an accounting principle, or that rejects a specific accounting principle.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Insider trading policies and procedures.</I> Any insider trading policies and procedures, or amendments thereto, that are the subject of the disclosure required by § 229.408(b) (Item 408(b) of Regulation S-K).


</P>
<P>(20) <I>Other documents or statements to security holders.</I> If the registrant makes available to its stockholders or otherwise publishes, within the period prescribed for filing the report, a document or statement containing information meeting some or all of the requirements of this form the information called for may be incorporated by reference to such published document or statement provided copies thereof are filed as an exhibit to the report on this form.
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Subsidiaries of the registrant.</I> (i) List all subsidiaries of the registrant, the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each, and the names under which such subsidiaries do business. This list may be incorporated by reference from a document which includes a complete and accurate list.
</P>
<P>(ii) The names of particular subsidiaries may be omitted if the unnamed subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report. (See the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Rule 1-02(w) (17 CFR 210.1-02(w)) of Regulation S-X.) The names of consolidated wholly-owned multiple subsidiaries carrying on the same line of business, such as chain stores or small loan companies, may be omitted, provided the name of the immediate parent, the line of business, the number of omitted subsidiaries operating in the United States and the number operating in foreign countries are given. This instruction shall not apply, however, to banks, insurance companies, savings and loan associations or to any subsidiary subject to regulation by another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Subsidiary guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities and affiliates whose securities collateralize securities of the registrant.</I> List each of the entities in paragraphs (b)(22)(i) and (ii) of this section under an appropriately captioned heading that identifies the associated securities. An entity need not be listed more than once so long as its role as issuer, co-issuer, or guarantor of a guaranteed security and/or as affiliate whose security is pledged as collateral for a registrant's security is clearly indicated with respect to each applicable security:
</P>
<P>(i) For a registrant that is the parent company (as that term is defined in § 210.3-10(b)(1) of this chapter) and subject to § 210.13-01 of this chapter, each of the registrant's subsidiaries that is a guarantor, issuer, or co-issuer of the guaranteed security subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the offer and sale of which is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For a registrant that is subject to § 210.13-02 of this chapter, each of the registrant's affiliates whose security is pledged as collateral for the registrant's security subject to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the offer and sale of which is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For each affiliate, also identify the security or securities pledged as collateral.
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Consents of experts and counsel</I>—(i) <I>Securities Act filings.</I> All written consents required to be filed shall be dated and manually signed. Where the consent of an expert or counsel is contained in his report or opinion or elsewhere in the registration statement or document filed therewith, a reference shall be made in the index to the report, the part of the registration statement or document or opinion, containing the consent.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exchange Act reports.</I> Where the filing of a written consent is required with respect to material incorporated by reference in a previously filed registration statement under the Securities Act, such consent may be filed as exhibit to the material incorporated by reference. Such consents shall be dated and manually signed.
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Power of attorney.</I> If any name is signed to the registration statement or report pursuant to a power of attorney, manually signed copies of such power of attorney shall be filed. Where the power of attorney is contained elsewhere in the registration statement or documents filed therewith a reference shall be made in the index to the part of the registration statement or document containing such power of attorney. In addition, if the name of any officer signing on behalf of the registrant is signed pursuant to a power of attorney, certified copies of a resolution of the registrant's board of directors authorizing such signature shall also be filed. A power of attorney that is filed with the Commission shall relate to a specific filing or an amendment thereto, provided, however, that a power of attorney relating to a registration statement under the Securities Act or an amendment thereto also may relate to any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (§ 230.462(b) of this chapter). A power of attorney that confers general authority shall not be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Statement of eligibility of trustee.</I> (i) A statement of eligibility and qualification of each person designated to act as trustee under an indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Such statement of eligibility shall be bound separately from the other exhibits.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Electronic filings.</I> The requirement to bind separately the statement of eligibility and qualification of each person designated to act as a trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 from other exhibits shall not apply to statements submitted in electronic format. Rather, such statements must be submitted as exhibits in the same electronic submission as the registration statement to which they relate, or in an amendment thereto, except that electronic filers that rely on Trust Indenture Act Section 305(b)(2) for determining the eligibility of the trustee under indentures for securities to be issued, offered or sold on a delayed basis by or on behalf of the registrant shall file such statements separately in the manner prescribed by § 260.5b-1 through § 260.5b-3 of this chapter and by the EDGAR Filer Manual.




</P>
<P>(26)-(30) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(31)(i) <I>Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications.</I> The certifications required by Rule 13a-14(a) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)) or Rule 15d-14(a) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(a)) exactly as set forth below:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Certifications *</I> I, [identify the certifying individual], certify that:
</FP>
<P>1. I have reviewed this [specify report] of [identify registrant];
</P>
<P>2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
</P>
<P>3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
</P>
<P>4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
</P>
<P>(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
</P>
<P>(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
</P>
<P>(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls

and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
</P>
<P>5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
</P>
<P>(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
</P>
<P>(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 
</P>
<FP>Date:
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>[Signature]
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>[Title] 
</FP>
<P>*Provide a separate certification for each principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the registrant. See Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) <I>Rule 13a-14(d)/15d-14(d) Certifications.</I> If an asset-backed issuer (as defined in § 229.1101), the certifications required by Rule 13a-14(d) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(d)) or Rule 15d-14(d) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(d)) exactly as set forth below:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Certifications.</I> 
<SU>1</SU> I, [identify the certifying individual], certify that:
</FP>
<P>1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K and all reports on Form 10-D required to be filed in respect of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K of [identify the issuing entity] (the “Exchange Act periodic reports”);
</P>
<P>2. Based on my knowledge, the Exchange Act periodic reports, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
</P>
<P>3. Based on my knowledge, all of the distribution, servicing and other information required to be provided under Form 10-D for the period covered by this report is included in the Exchange Act periodic reports;
</P>
<P>4. [I am responsible for reviewing the activities performed by the servicer(s) and based on my knowledge and the compliance review(s) conducted in preparing the servicer compliance statement(s) required in this report under Item 1123 of Regulation AB, and except as disclosed in the Exchange Act periodic reports, the servicer(s) [has/have] fulfilled [its/their] obligations under the servicing agreement(s) in all material respects; and]
</P>
<P>[Based on my knowledge and the servicer compliance statement(s) required in this report under Item 1123 of Regulation AB, and except as disclosed in the Exchange Act periodic reports, the servicer(s) [has/have] fulfilled [its/their] obligations under the servicing agreement(s) in all material respects; and] 
<SU>2</SU>
</P>
<P>5. All of the reports on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities and their related attestation reports on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required to be included in this report in accordance with Item 1122 of Regulation AB and Exchange Act Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 have been included as an exhibit to this report, except as otherwise disclosed in this report. Any material instances of noncompliance described in such reports have been disclosed in this report on Form 10-K. 
<SU>3</SU>
</P>
<P>[In giving the certifications above, I have reasonably relied on information provided to me by the following unaffiliated parties [name of servicer, sub-servicer, co-servicer, depositor or trustee].] 
<SU>4</SU>
</P>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>[Signature]
</FP>
<FP>[Title]
</FP>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> With respect to asset-backed issuers, the certification must be signed by either: (1) The senior officer in charge of securitization of the depositor if the depositor is signing the report on Form 10-K; or (2) The senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the servicer if the servicer is signing the report on Form 10-K on behalf of the issuing entity. See Rules 13a-14(e) and 15d-14(e) (§§ 240.13a-14(e) and 240.15d-14(e)). If multiple servicers are involved in servicing the pool assets, the senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the master servicer (or entity performing the equivalent function) must sign if a representative of the servicer is to sign the certification. If there is a master servicer and one or more underlying servicers, the references in the certification relate to the master servicer. A natural person must sign the certification in his or her individual capacity, although the title of that person in the organization of which he or she is an officer may be included under the signature.
</P>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> The first version of paragraph 4 is to be used when the servicer is signing the report on behalf of the issuing entity. The second version of paragraph 4 is to be used when the depositor is signing the report.
</P>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> The certification refers to the reports prepared by parties participating in the servicing function that are required to be included as an exhibit to the Form 10-K. See Item 1122 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1122) and Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 (§§ 240.13a-18 and 240.15d-18 of this chapter). If a report that is otherwise required to be included is not attached, disclosure that the report is not included and an associated explanation must be provided in the Form 10-K report.
</P>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Because the signer of the certification must rely in certain circumstances on information provided by unaffiliated parties outside of the signer's control, this paragraph must be included if the signer is reasonably relying on information that unaffiliated trustees, depositors, servicers, sub-servicers or co-servicers have provided.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(32) <I>Section 1350 Certifications.</I> (i) The certifications required by Rule 13a-14(b) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(b)) or Rule 15d-14(b) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350).
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification furnished pursuant to this item will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
</P>
<P>(33) <I>Report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</I> Each report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria required by § 229.1122(a).
</P>
<P>(34) <I>Attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</I> Each attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required by § 229.1122(b).
</P>
<P>(35) <I>Servicer compliance statement.</I> Each servicer compliance statement required by § 229.1123.
</P>
<P>(36) <I>Certification for shelf offerings of asset-backed securities.</I> Provide the certification required by General Instruction I.B.1.(a) of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) exactly as set forth below:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Certification
</HD3>
<P>I [identify the certifying individual] certify as of [the date of the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter] that:
</P>
<P>1. I have reviewed the prospectus relating to [title of all securities, the offer and sale of which are registered] (the “securities”) and am familiar with, in all material respects, the following: The characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering (the “securitized assets”), the structure of the securitization, and all material underlying transaction agreements as described in the prospectus;
</P>
<P>2. Based on my knowledge, the prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>3. Based on my knowledge, the prospectus and other information included in the registration statement of which it is a part fairly present, in all material respects, the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization and the risks of ownership of the securities, including the risks relating to the securitized assets that would affect the cash flows available to service payments or distributions on the securities in accordance with their terms; and
</P>
<P>4. Based on my knowledge, taking into account all material aspects of the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization, and the related risks as described in the prospectus, there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the securitization is structured to produce, but is not guaranteed by this certification to produce, expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the securities (or other scheduled or required distributions on the securities, however denominated) in accordance with their terms as described in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>5. The foregoing certifications are given subject to any and all defenses available to me under the federal securities laws, including any and all defenses available to an executive officer that signed the registration statement of which the prospectus referred to in this certification is part.
</P>
<FP-DASH>Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>[Signature]
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>[Title]
</P>
<P>The certification must be signed by the chief executive officer of the depositor, as required by General Instruction I.B.1.(a) of Form SF-3.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(37) through (94) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(95) <I>Mine Safety Disclosure Exhibit.</I> A registrant that is an operator, or that has a subsidiary that is an operator, of a coal or other mine must provide the information required by Item 104 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.104 of this chapter) in an exhibit to its Exchange Act annual or quarterly report. For purposes of this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>coal or other mine</I> means a coal or other mine, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 802), that is subject to the provisions of such Act (30 U.S.C. 801 <I>et seq</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>operator</I> has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 802).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>subsidiary</I> has the meaning given the term in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 (17 CFR 240.12b-2).
</P>
<P>(96) <I>Technical report summary.</I> (i) A registrant that, pursuant to §§ 229.1300 through 229.1305 (subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K), discloses information concerning its mineral resources or mineral reserves must file a technical report summary by one or more qualified persons that, for each material property, identifies and summarizes the scientific and technical information and conclusions reached concerning an initial assessment used to support disclosure of mineral resources, or concerning a preliminary or final feasibility study used to support disclosure of mineral reserves. At its election, a registrant may also file a technical report summary from a qualified person that identifies and summarizes the information reviewed and conclusions reached by the qualified person about the registrant's exploration results. Please refer to § 229.1302(b) (Item 1302(b) of Regulation S-K) for when a registrant must file the technical report summary as an exhibit to its Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act registration statement or report.
</P>
<P>(ii) The technical report summary must not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report. The qualified person must draft the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in § 230.421 or § 240.13a-20 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) A technical report summary that reports the results of a preliminary or final feasibility study must provide all of the information specified in paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B) of this section. A technical report summary that reports the results of an initial assessment must, at a minimum, provide the information specified in paragraphs (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>11</I>) and (<I>20</I>) through (<I>25</I>) of this section, and may also include the information specified in paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>19</I>) of this section. A technical report summary that reports exploration results must, at a minimum, provide the information specified in paragraphs (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>9</I>) and (<I>20</I>) through (<I>25</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) A qualified person must include the following information in the technical report summary, as required by paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(A) of this section, to the extent the information is material.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Executive summary.</I> Briefly summarize the most significant information in the technical report summary, including property description (including mineral rights) and ownership, geology and mineralization, the status of exploration, development and operations, mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates, summary capital and operating cost estimates, permitting requirements, and the qualified person's conclusions and recommendations. The executive summary must be brief and should not contain all of the detailed information in the technical support summary.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Introduction.</I> Disclose:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The registrant for whom the technical report summary was prepared;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The terms of reference and purpose for which the technical report summary was prepared, including whether the technical report summary's purpose was to report mineral resources, mineral reserves, or exploration results;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The sources of information and data contained in the technical report summary or used in its preparation, with citations if applicable;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The details of the personal inspection on the property by each qualified person or, if applicable, the reason why a personal inspection has not been completed; and
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) That the technical report summary updates a previously filed technical report summary, identified by name and date, when applicable.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Property description.</I> (<I>i</I>) Describe the location of the property, accurate to within one mile, using an easily recognizable coordinate system. The qualified person must provide appropriate maps, with proper engineering detail (such as scale, orientation, and titles) to portray the location of the property. Such maps must be legible on the page when printed.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Disclose the area of the property.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Disclose the name or number of each title, claim, mineral right, lease, or option under which the registrant and its subsidiaries have or will have the right to hold or operate the property. If held by leases or options, the registrant must provide the expiration dates of such leases or options and associated payments.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Describe the mineral rights, and how such rights have been obtained at this location, indicating any conditions that the registrant must meet in order to obtain or retain the property.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Describe any significant encumbrances to the property, including current and future permitting requirements and associated timelines, permit conditions, and violations and fines.
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) Disclose any other significant factors and risks that may affect access, title, or the right or ability to perform work on the property.
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) If the registrant holds a royalty or similar interest in the property, except as provided under §§ 229.1303(a)(3) and 229.1304(a)(2), the information in paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>3</I>) of this section must be provided for the property that is owned or operated by a party other than the registrant. In this event, for example, the report must address the documents under which the owner or operator holds or operates the property, the mineral rights held by the owner or operator, conditions required to be met by the owner or operator, significant encumbrances, and significant factors and risks relating to the property or work on the property.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography.</I> Describe:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The topography, elevation, and vegetation;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The means of access to the property, including highways, towns, rivers, railroads, and airports;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The climate and the length of the operating season, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The availability of and required infrastructure, including sources of water, electricity, personnel, and supplies.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) <I>History.</I> Describe:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Previous operations, including the names of previous operators, insofar as known; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The type, amount, quantity, and general results of exploration and development work undertaken by any previous owners or operators.
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) <I>Geological setting, mineralization, and deposit.</I> (<I>i</I>) Describe briefly the regional, local, and property geology and the significant mineralized zones encountered on the property, including a summary of the surrounding rock types, relevant geological controls, and the length, width, depth, and continuity of the mineralization, together with a description of the type, character, and distribution of the mineralization.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Each mineral deposit type that is the subject of investigation or exploration together with the geological model or concepts being applied in the investigation or forming the basis of the exploration program.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The qualified person must include at least one stratigraphic column and one cross-section of the local geology to meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>6</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) <I>Exploration.</I> Describe the nature and extent of all relevant exploration work, conducted by or on behalf of, the registrant.
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) For all exploration work other than drilling, describe: The procedures and parameters relating to the surveys and investigations; the sampling methods and sample quality, including whether the samples are representative, and any factors that may have resulted in sample biases; the location, number, type, nature, and spacing or density of samples collected, and the size of the area covered; and the significant results of and the qualified person's interpretation of the exploration information.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) For drilling, describe: The type and extent of drilling including the procedures followed; any drilling, sampling, or recovery factors that could materially affect the accuracy and reliability of the results; and the material results and interpretation of the drilling results. For a technical report summary to support disclosure of exploration results, the qualified person must provide information on all samples or drill holes to meet the requirements of this paragraph. If some information is excluded, the qualified person must identify the omitted information and explain why that information is not material.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) For characterization of hydrogeology, describe: The nature and quality of the sampling methods used to acquire data on surface and groundwater parameters; the type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques used to test for groundwater flow parameters such as permeability, and include discussions of the quality control and quality assurance procedures; results of laboratory testing and the qualified person's interpretation, including any material assumptions, which must include descriptions of permeable zones or aquifers, flow rates, in-situ saturation, recharge rates and water balance; and the groundwater models used to characterize aquifers, including material assumptions used in the modeling.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) For geotechnical data, testing and analysis, describe: The nature and quality of the sampling methods used to acquire geotechnical data; the type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques used to test for soil and rock strength parameters, including discussions of the quality control and quality assurance procedures; and results of laboratory testing and the qualified person's interpretation, including any material assumptions.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Reports must include a plan view of the property showing locations of all drill holes and other samples.
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) The technical report summary must include a description of data concerning drilling, hydrogeology, or geotechnical data only to the extent such data is relevant and available.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(7):</I> The technical report summary must comply with all disclosure standards for exploration results under §§ 229.1300 through 229.1305 (subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)</I>(<I>7</I>): For a technical report summary to support disclosure of mineral resources or mineral reserves, the qualified person can meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(<I>7</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this section by providing sampling (including drilling) plans, representative plans, and cross-sections of results.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)</I>(<I>7</I>): If disclosing an exploration target, provide such disclosure in a subsection of the <I>Exploration</I> section of the technical report summary that is clearly captioned as a discussion of an exploration target. That section must include all of the disclosure required under § 229.1302(c).
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) <I>Sample preparation, analyses, and security.</I> Describe:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Sample preparation methods and quality control measures employed prior to sending samples to an analytical or testing laboratory, sample splitting and reduction methods, and the security measures taken to ensure the validity and integrity of samples;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Sample preparation, assaying and analytical procedures used, the name and location of the analytical or testing laboratories, the relationship of the laboratory to the registrant, and whether the laboratories are certified by any standards association and the particulars of such certification;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The nature, extent, and results of quality control procedures and quality assurance actions taken or recommended to provide adequate confidence in the data collection and estimation process;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The adequacy of sample preparation, security, and analytical procedures, in the opinion of the qualified person; and
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) If the analytical procedures used are not part of conventional industry practice, a justification by the qualified person for why he or she believes the procedure is appropriate in this instance.
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) <I>Data verification.</I> Describe the steps taken by the qualified person to verify the data being reported on or which is the basis of this technical report summary, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Data verification procedures applied by the qualified person;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Any limitations on or failure to conduct such verification, and the reasons for any such limitations or failure; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The qualified person's opinion on the adequacy of the data for the purposes used in the technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) <I>Mineral processing and metallurgical testing.</I> Describe:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The nature and extent of the mineral processing or metallurgical testing and analytical procedures;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The degree to which the test samples are representative of the various types and styles of mineralization and the mineral deposit as a whole;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The name and location of the analytical or testing laboratories, the relationship of the laboratory to the registrant, whether the laboratories are certified by any standards association and the particulars of such certification;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The relevant results including the basis for any assumptions or predictions about recovery estimates. Discuss any processing factors or deleterious elements that could have a significant effect on potential economic extraction; and
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) The adequacy of the data for the purposes used in the technical report summary, in the opinion of the qualified person. If the analytical procedures used in the analysis are not part of conventional industry practice, the qualified person must state so and provide a justification for why he or she believes the procedure is appropriate in this instance.
</P>
<P>(<I>11</I>) <I>Mineral resource estimates.</I> If this item is included, the technical report summary must:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Describe the key assumptions, parameters, and methods used to estimate the mineral resources, in sufficient detail for a reasonably informed person to understand the basis for and how the qualified person estimated the mineral resources. The technical report summary must include mineral resource estimates at a specific point of reference selected by the qualified person. The selected point of reference must be disclosed in the technical report summary;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Provide the qualified person's estimates of mineral resources for all commodities, including estimates of quantities, grade or quality, cut-off grades, and metallurgical or processing recoveries. Unless otherwise stated, cut-off grades also refer to net smelter returns, pay limits, and other similar terms. The qualified person preparing the mineral resource estimates must round off, to appropriate significant figures chosen to reflect order of accuracy, any estimates of quantity and grade or quality. If the qualified person chooses to disclose mineral resources inclusive of mineral reserves, he or she must also clearly state the mineral resources exclusive of mineral reserves in the technical report summary;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Include the qualified person's estimates of cut-off grades based on assumed costs for surface or underground operations and commodity prices that provide a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for mineral resources. The qualified person must disclose the price used for each commodity and explain, with particularity, his or her reasons for using the selected price, including the material assumptions underlying the selection. This explanation must include disclosure of the time frame used to estimate the commodity price and unit costs for cut-off grade estimation and the reasons justifying the selection of that time frame. The qualified person may use a price set by contractual arrangement, provided that such price is reasonable, and the qualified person discloses that he or she is using a contractual price when disclosing the price used;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Provide the qualified person's classification of mineral resources into inferred, indicated, and measured mineral resources in accordance with § 229.1302(d)(1)(iii)(A) (Item 1302(d)(1)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K). The qualified person must disclose the criteria used to classify a resource as inferred, indicated, or measured and must justify the classification;
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Discuss the uncertainty in the estimates of inferred, indicated, and measured mineral resources, and explain the sources of uncertainty and how they were considered in the uncertainty estimates. The qualified person must consider all sources of uncertainty associated with each class of mineral resources. Sources of uncertainty that affect such reporting of uncertainty include sampling or drilling methods, data processing and handling, geologic modeling, and estimation. The qualified person must support the disclosure of uncertainty associated with each class of mineral resources with a list of all factors considered and explain how those factors contributed to the final conclusion about the level of uncertainty underlying the resource estimates. The qualified person is not required to use estimates of confidence limits derived from geostatistics or other numerical methods to support the disclosure of uncertainty surrounding mineral resource classification. If the qualified person chooses to use confidence limit estimates from geostatistics or other numerical methods, he or she should consider the limitations of these methods and adjust the estimates appropriately to reflect sources of uncertainty that are not accounted for by these methods;
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) When reporting the grade or quality for a multiple commodity mineral resource as metal or mineral equivalent, disclose the individual grade of each metal or mineral and the commodity prices, recoveries, and any other relevant conversion factors used to estimate the metal or mineral equivalent grade; and
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) Provide the qualified person's opinion on whether all issues relating to all relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction can be resolved with further work.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(11</I>): The technical report summary must comply with all disclosure standards for mineral resources under §§ 229.1300 through 229.1305 (subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(11</I>): Sections 229.1303 and 229.1304 (Items 1303 and 1304 of Regulation S-K) notwithstanding, in this technical report summary, mineral resource estimates may be inclusive of mineral reserves so long as this is clearly stated with equal prominence to the rest of the item.
</P>
<P>(<I>12</I>) <I>Mineral reserve estimates.</I> If this item is included, the technical report summary must:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Describe the key assumptions, parameters, and methods used to estimate the mineral reserves, in sufficient detail for a reasonably informed person to understand the basis for converting, and how the qualified person converted, indicated and measured mineral resources into the mineral reserves. The technical report summary must include mineral reserve estimates at a specific point of reference selected by the qualified person. The qualified person must disclose the selected point of reference in the technical report summary;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Provide the qualified person's estimates of mineral reserves for all commodities, including estimates of quantities, grade or quality, cut-off grades, and metallurgical or processing recoveries. The qualified person preparing the mineral resource estimates must round off, to appropriate significant figures chosen to reflect order of accuracy, any estimates of quantity and grade or quality;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Include the qualified person's estimates of cut-off grades based on detailed cut-off grade analysis that includes a long term price that provides a reasonable basis for establishing that the project is economically viable. The qualified person must disclose the price used for each commodity and explain, with particularity, his or her reasons for using the selected price, including the material assumptions underlying the selection. This explanation must include disclosure of the time frame used to estimate the price and costs and the reasons justifying the selection of that time frame. The qualified person may use a price set by contractual arrangement, provided that such price is reasonable, and the qualified person discloses that he or she is using a contractual price when disclosing the price used;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Provide the qualified person's classification of mineral reserves into probable and proven mineral reserves in accordance with § 229.1302(e)(2) (Item 1302(e)(2) of Regulation S-K);
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) When reporting the grade or quality for a multiple commodity mineral reserve as metal or mineral equivalent, disclose the individual grade of each metal or mineral and the commodity prices, recoveries, and any other relevant conversion factors used to estimate the metal or mineral equivalent grade; and
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) Provide the qualified person's opinion on how the mineral reserve estimates could be materially affected by risk factors associated with or changes to any aspect of the modifying factors.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(12):</I> The technical report summary must comply with all disclosure standards for mineral reserves under §§ 229.1300 through 1305 (subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(<I>13</I>) <I>Mining methods.</I> Describe the current or proposed mining methods and the reasons for selecting these methods as the most suitable for the mineral reserves under consideration. Include:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Geotechnical and hydrological models, and other parameters relevant to mine designs and plans;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Production rates, expected mine life, mining unit dimensions, and mining dilution and recovery factors;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Requirements for stripping, underground development, and backfilling;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Required mining equipment fleet and machinery, and personnel; and
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) At least one map of the final mine outline.
</P>
<P>(<I>14</I>) <I>Processing and recovery methods.</I> Describe the current or proposed mineral processing methods and the reasons for selecting these methods as the most suitable for extracting the valuable products from the mineralization under consideration. Include:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) A description or flow sheet of any current or proposed process plant;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Plant throughput and design, equipment characteristics and specifications;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Current or projected requirements for energy, water, process materials, and personnel; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) If the processing method, plant design, or other parameter has never been used to commercially extract the valuable product from such mineralization, a justification by the qualified person for why he or she believes the approach will be successful in this instance.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b)(96)(iii)(B)(14):</I> If the processing method, plant design, or other parameter has never been used to commercially extract the valuable product from such mineralization and is still under development, then no mineral resources or reserves can be disclosed on the basis of that method, design, or other parameter.
</P>
<P>(<I>15</I>) <I>Infrastructure.</I> Describe the required infrastructure for the project, including roads, rail, port facilities, dams, dumps and leach pads, tailings disposal, power, water, and pipelines, as applicable. Include at least one map showing the layout of the infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(<I>16</I>) <I>Market studies.</I> Describe the market for the products of the mine, including justification for demand or sales over the life of the mine (or length of cash flow projections). Include:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Information concerning markets for the property's production, including the nature and material terms of any agency relationships and the results of any relevant market studies, commodity price projections, product valuation, market entry strategies, and product specification requirements; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Descriptions of all material contracts required for the issuer to develop the property, including mining, concentrating, smelting, refining, transportation, handling, hedging arrangements, and forward sales contracts. State which contracts have been executed and which are still under negotiation. For all contracts with affiliated parties, discuss whether the registrant obtained the same terms, rates or charges as could be obtained had the contract been negotiated at arm's length with an unaffiliated third party.
</P>
<P>(<I>17</I>) <I>Environmental studies, permitting, and plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups.</I> Describe the factors pertaining to environmental compliance, permitting, and local individuals or groups, which are related to the project. Include:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The results of environmental studies (<I>e.g.,</I> environmental baseline studies or impact assessments);
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Requirements and plans for waste and tailings disposal, site monitoring, and water management during operations and after mine closure;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Project permitting requirements, the status of any permit applications, and any known requirements to post performance or reclamation bonds;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups;
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Mine closure plans, including remediation and reclamation plans, and the associated costs;
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) The qualified person's opinion on the adequacy of current plans to address any issues related to environmental compliance, permitting, and local individuals or groups; and
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) Descriptions of any commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring.
</P>
<P>(<I>18</I>) <I>Capital and operating costs.</I> (<I>i</I>) Provide estimates of capital and operating costs, with the major components set out in tabular form. Explain and justify the basis for the cost estimates including any contingency budget estimates. State the accuracy level of the capital and operating cost estimates.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) To assess the accuracy of the capital and operating cost estimates, the qualified person must take into account the risks associated with the specific engineering estimation methods used to arrive at the estimates. As part of this analysis, the qualified person must take into consideration the accuracy of the estimation methods in prior similar environments. The accuracy of capital and operating cost estimates must comply with § 229.1302 (Item 1302 of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(<I>19</I>) <I>Economic analysis.</I> (<I>i</I>) Describe the key assumptions, parameters, and methods used to demonstrate economic viability, and provide all material assumptions including discount rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and taxes, royalties, and other government levies or interests applicable to the mineral project or to production, and to revenues or income from the mineral project.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Disclose the results of the economic analysis, including annual cash flow forecasts based on an annual production schedule for the life of project, and measures of economic viability such as net present value (NPV), internal rate of return (IRR), and payback period of capital.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Include sensitivity analysis results using variants in commodity price, grade, capital and operating costs, or other significant input parameters, as appropriate, and discuss the impact on the results of the economic analysis.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The qualified person may, but is not required to, include an economic analysis in an initial assessment. If the qualified person includes an economic analysis in an initial assessment, the qualified person must also include a statement, of equal prominence to the rest of this section, that, unlike mineral reserves, mineral resources do not have demonstrated economic viability. The qualified person may include inferred mineral resources in the economic analysis only if he or she satisfies the conditions set forth in § 229.1302(d)(4)(ii) (Item 1302(d)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(<I>20</I>) <I>Adjacent properties.</I> Where applicable, a qualified person may include relevant information concerning an adjacent property if:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Such information was publicly disclosed by the owner or operator of the adjacent property;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The source of the information is identified;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The qualified person states that he or she has been unable to verify the information and that the information is not necessarily indicative of the mineralization on the property that is the subject of the technical report summary; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) The technical report summary clearly distinguishes between the information from the adjacent property and the information from the property that is the subject of the technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(<I>21</I>) <I>Other relevant data and information.</I> Include any additional information or explanation necessary to provide a complete and balanced presentation of the value of the property to the registrant. Information included in this item must comply with §§ 229.1300 through 229.1305 (subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(<I>22</I>) <I>Interpretation and conclusions.</I> The qualified person must summarize the interpretations of and conclusions based on the data and analysis in the technical report summary. He or she must also discuss any significant risks and uncertainties that could reasonably be expected to affect the reliability or confidence in the exploration results, mineral resource or mineral reserve estimates, or projected economic outcomes.
</P>
<P>(<I>23</I>) <I>Recommendations.</I> If applicable, the qualified person must describe the recommendations for additional work with associated costs. If the additional work program is divided into phases, the costs for each phase must be provided along with decision points at the end of each phase.
</P>
<P>(<I>24</I>) <I>References.</I> Include a list of all references cited in the technical report summary in sufficient detail so that a reader can locate each reference.
</P>
<P>(<I>25</I>) <I>Reliance on information provided by the registrant.</I> If relying on information provided by the registrant for matters discussed in the technical report summary, as permitted under § 229.1302(f), provide the disclosure required pursuant to § 229.1302(f)(2).


</P>
<P>(97) <I>Policy relating to recovery of erroneously awarded compensation.</I> A registrant that at any time during its last completed fiscal year had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3) must file as an exhibit to its annual report the compensation recovery policy required by the applicable listing standards adopted pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10D-1.


</P>
<P>(98) <I>Reports, opinions, or appraisals in de-SPAC transactions.</I> If the securities to be registered on the form will be issued in a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), all reports, opinions, or appraisals required to be filed or included by § 229.1607(c) (Item 1607(c) of Regulation S-K).


</P>
<P>(99) <I>Additional exhibits.</I> (i) Any additional exhibits that the registrant may wish to file must be so marked as to indicate clearly the subject matters to which they refer.
</P>
<P>(ii) If pursuant to Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77k(a)) an issuer makes generally available to its security holders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the effective date of the registration statement, and if such earnings statement is made available by “other methods” than those specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of § 230.158 of this chapter, it must be filed as an exhibit to the Form 10-Q or the Form 10-K, as appropriate, covering the period in which the earnings statement was released.
</P>
<P>(100) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(101) <I>Interactive Data File.</I> Where a registrant prepares its financial statements in accordance with either generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, an Interactive Data File (§ 232.11 of this chapter) is:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Required to be submitted.</I> Required to be submitted to the Commission in the manner provided by § 232.405 of this chapter if the registrant is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), except that an Interactive Data File:
</P>
<P>(A) First is required for a periodic report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), or Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter), as applicable;
</P>
<P>(B) Is required for a registration statement under the Securities Act only if the registration statement contains a price or price range; 
</P>
<P>(C) Is required for a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Only when:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The Form 8-K contains audited annual financial statements that are a revised version of financial statements that previously were filed with the Commission and that have been revised pursuant to applicable accounting standards to reflect the effects of certain subsequent events, including a discontinued operation, a change in reportable segments or a change in accounting principle. In such case, the Interactive Data File will be required only as to such revised financial statements regardless of whether the Form 8-K contains other financial statements; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The Form 8-K includes disclosure required to be provided in an Interactive Data File pursuant to Item 1.05(b) of Form 8-K; and


</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Except that a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)) also is required to submit an Interactive Data File to the extent required by § 232.405(b)(3)(iii) of this chapter; and


</P>
<P>(D) Is required in any filing that is excluded by paragraphs (b)(101)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section, that contains any disclosure required by subpart 229.1600 of this part but only as to such disclosure.


</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Permitted to be submitted.</I> Permitted to be submitted to the Commission in the manner provided by § 232.405 of this chapter if the:
</P>
<P>(A) Registrant is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(B) Interactive Data File is not required to be submitted to the Commission under paragraph (b)(101)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>Instruction 1 to paragraphs (b)(101)(i) and (ii): When an Interactive Data File is submitted as provided by § 232.405(a)(3)(i) of this chapter, the exhibit index must include the word “Inline” within the title description for any eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL)-related exhibit.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Not permitted to be submitted.</I> Not permitted to be submitted to the Commission if the registrant is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(102) <I>Asset Data File.</I> An Asset Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) filed pursuant to Item 1111(h)(3) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1111(h)(3)).
</P>
<P>(103) <I>Asset related document.</I> Additional asset-level information or explanatory language pursuant to Item 1111(h)(4) and (5) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1111(h)(4) and (h)(5)).
</P>
<P>(104) <I>Cover Page Interactive Data File.</I> A Cover Page Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) as required by Rule 406 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.406), and in the manner provided by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(105) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(106) <I>Static pool.</I> If not included in the prospectus filed in accordance with § 230.424(b)(2) or (5) and (h) of this chapter, static pool disclosure as required by § 229.1105.
</P>
<P>(107) <I>Filing fee table.</I> The filing fee table and related disclosure required by Item 16.(c) of Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter), Item 16.(b) of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), Item 8.(b) of Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter), Item 36.(c) of Form S-11 (§ 239.18 of this chapter), Item 21.(d) of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter), Item 8.c of Form F-1 (§ 239.31 of this chapter), Item 9.(b) of Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter), Item 21.(d) of Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), Item 14.(b) of Form SF-1 (§ 239.44 of this chapter), and Item 14.(b) of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter). This exhibit must be submitted as required by § 232.408 of this chapter (Rule 408 of Regulation S-T), provided, however, that if the exhibit is submitted pursuant to Item 14(b) of Form SF-1 (§ 239.44 of this chapter) or Item 14(b) of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), it is permitted but not required to be submitted as otherwise required by Rule 408.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 229.601, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.700" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.700—Miscellaneous</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.701" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.8.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.701   (Item 701) Recent sales of unregistered securities; use of proceeds from registered securities.</HEAD>
<P>Furnish the following information as to all securities of the registrant sold by the registrant within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act. Include sales of reacquired securities, as well as new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services, or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Securities sold.</I> Give the date of sale and the title and amount of securities sold.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Underwriters and other purchasers.</I> Give the names of the principal underwriters, if any. As to any such securities not publicly offered, name the persons or identify the class of persons to whom the securities were sold.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consideration.</I> As to securities sold for cash, state the aggregate offering price and the aggregate underwriting discounts or commissions. As to any securities sold otherwise than for cash, state the nature of the transaction and the nature and aggregate amount of consideration received by the registrant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption from registration claimed.</I> Indicate the section of the Securities Act or the rule of the Commission under which exemption from registration was claimed and state briefly the facts relied upon to make the exemption available.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Terms of conversion or exercise.</I> If the information called for by this paragraph (e) is being presented on Form 8-K, Form 10-Q, Form 10-K, or Form 10-D under the Exchange Act (§ 249.308, § 249.308(a), § 240.310 or § 249.312) of this chapter, and where the securities sold by the registrant are convertible or exchangeable into equity securities, or are warrants or options representing equity securities, disclose the terms of conversion or exercise of the securities.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Use of proceeds.</I> As required by § 230.463 of this chapter, following the effective date of the first registration statement filed under the Securities Act by an issuer, the issuer or successor issuer shall report the use of proceeds on its first periodic report filed pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) and 78o(d)) after effectiveness of its Securities Act registration statement, and thereafter on each of its subsequent periodic reports filed pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act through the later of disclosure of the application of all the offering proceeds, or disclosure of the termination of the offering. If a report of the use of proceeds is required with respect to the first effective registration statement of the predecessor issuer, the successor issuer shall provide such a report. The information provided pursuant to paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(4) of this Item need only be provided with respect to the first periodic report filed pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act after effectiveness of the registration statement filed under the Securities Act. Subsequent periodic reports filed pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act need only provide the information required in paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(4) of this Item if any of such required information has changed since the last periodic report filed. In disclosing the use of proceeds in the first periodic report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act, the issuer or successor issuer should include the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The effective date of the Securities Act registration statement for which the use of proceeds information is being disclosed and the Commission file number assigned to the registration statement; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the offering has commenced, the offering date, and if the offering has not commenced, an explanation why it has not; 
</P>
<P>(3) If the offering terminated before any securities were sold, an explanation for such termination; and 
</P>
<P>(4) If the offering did not terminate before any securities were sold, disclose: 
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the offering has terminated and, if so, whether it terminated before the sale of all securities registered; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name(s) of the managing underwriter(s), if any; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The title of each class of securities registered and, where a class of convertible securities is being registered, the title of any class of securities into which such securities may be converted; 
</P>
<P>(iv) For each class of securities (other than a class of securities into which a class of convertible securities registered may be converted without additional payment to the issuer) the following information, provided for both the account of the issuer and the account(s) of any selling security holder(s): the amount registered, the aggregate price of the offering amount registered, the amount sold and the aggregate offering price of the amount sold to date; 
</P>
<P>(v) From the effective date of the Securities Act registration statement to the ending date of the reporting period, the amount of expenses incurred for the issuer's account in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered for underwriting discounts and commissions, finders' fees, expenses paid to or for underwriters, other expenses and total expenses. Indicate if a reasonable estimate for the amount of expenses incurred is provided instead of the actual amount of expense. Indicate whether such payments were: 
</P>
<P>(A) Direct or indirect payments to directors, officers, general partners of the issuer or their associates; to persons owning ten (10) percent or more of any class of equity securities of the issuer; and to affiliates of the issuer; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Direct or indirect payments to others; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The net offering proceeds to the issuer after deducting the total expenses described in paragraph (f)(4)(v) of this Item; 
</P>
<P>(vii) From the effective date of the Securities Act registration statement to the ending date of the reporting period, the amount of net offering proceeds to the issuer used for construction of plant, building and facilities; purchase and installation of machinery and equipment; purchases of real estate; acquisition of other business(es); repayment of indebtedness; working capital; temporary investments (which should be specified); and any other purposes for which at least five (5) percent of the issuer's total offering proceeds or $100,000 (whichever is less) has been used (which should be specified). Indicate if a reasonable estimate for the amount of net offering proceeds applied is provided instead of the actual amount of net offering proceeds used. Indicate whether such payments were: 
</P>
<P>(A) Direct or indirect payments to directors, officers, general partners of the issuer or their associates; to persons owning ten (10) percent or more of any class of equity securities of the issuer; and to affiliates of the issuer; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Direct or indirect payments to others; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) If the use of proceeds in paragraph (f)(4)(vii) of this Item represents a material change in the use of proceeds described in the prospectus, the issuer should describe briefly the material change. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Information required by this Item 701 need not be set forth as to notes, drafts, bills of exchange, or bankers' acceptances which mature not later than one year from the date of issuance.
</FP>
<P>2. If the sales were made in a series of transactions, the information may be given by such totals and periods as will reasonably convey the information required.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 54508, Oct. 18, 1996; 62 FR 39762, July 24, 1997; 70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.702" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.8.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.702   (Item 702) Indemnification of directors and officers.</HEAD>
<P>State the general effect of any statute, charter provisions, by-laws, contract or other arrangements under which any controlling persons, director or officer of the registrant is insured or indemnified in any manner against liability which he may incur in his capacity as such.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.703" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.8.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.703   (Item 703) Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the following tabular format, provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this Item with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of the issuer or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in § 240.10b-18(a)(3) of this chapter of shares or other units of any class of the issuer's equity securities that is registered by the issuer pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>1</I>).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Period
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(a)
<br/>Total number of
<br/>shares (or units)
<br/>purchased
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(b)
<br/>Average price
<br/>paid per share

<br/>(or unit)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(c)
<br/>Total number of
<br/>shares (or units)
<br/>purchased as part of
<br/>publicly announced

<br/>plans or programs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(d)
<br/>Maximum number (or
<br/>approximate dollar
<br/>value) of shares (or
<br/>units) that may yet
<br/>be purchased under
<br/>the plans or programs
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Month #1 (identify beginning and ending dates).
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Month #2 (identify beginning and ending dates).
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Month #3 (identify beginning and ending dates).
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) The table shall include the following information for each class or series of securities for each month included in the period covered by the report:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of shares (or units) purchased (column (a));
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(1) of Item 703:</I> Include in this column all issuer repurchases, including those made pursuant to publicly announced plans or programs and those not made pursuant to publicly announced plans or programs. Briefly disclose, by footnote to the table, the number of shares purchased other than through a publicly announced plan or program and the nature of the transaction (<I>e.g.,</I> whether the purchases were made in open-market transactions, tender offers, in satisfaction of the company's obligations upon exercise of outstanding put options issued by the company, or other transactions).
</P>
<P>(2) The average price paid per share (or unit) (column (b));
</P>
<P>(3) The total number of shares (or units) purchased as part of publicly announced repurchase plans or programs (column (c)); and
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares (or units) that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs (column (d)).
</P>
<P>Instructions to paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of Item 703:
</P>
<P>1. In the table, disclose this information in the aggregate for all plans or programs publicly announced.
</P>
<P>2. By footnote to the table, indicate:
</P>
<P>a. The date each plan or program was announced;
</P>
<P>b. The dollar amount (or share or unit amount) approved;
</P>
<P>c. The expiration date (if any) of each plan or program;
</P>
<P>d. Each plan or program that has expired during the period covered by the table; and
</P>
<P>e. Each plan or program the issuer has determined to terminate prior to expiration, or under which the issuer does not intend to make further purchases.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 703:</I> Disclose all purchases covered by this Item, including purchases that do not satisfy the conditions of the safe harbor of § 240.10b-18 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24373, Apr. 8, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.800" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.800—List of Industry Guides</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.801" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.9.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.801   Securities Act industry guides.</HEAD>
<P>(a)-(c) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Guide 4.</I> Prospectuses relating to interests in oil and gas programs.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Guide 5.</I> Preparation of registration statements relating to interests in real estate limited partnerships.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guide 6.</I> Disclosures concerning unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses of property-casualty insurance underwriters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, and 49 FR 47600, Dec. 6, 1984, as amended at 57 FR 36466, Aug. 13, 1992; 61 FR 30401, June 14, 1996; 74 FR 2193, Jan. 14, 2009; 83 FR 66448, Dec. 26, 2018; 85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.802" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.9.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.802   Exchange Act industry guides.</HEAD>
<P>(a)-(c) [Reserved]




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Guide 4.</I> Disclosures concerning unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses of property-casualty underwriters.
</P>
<P>(e)-(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11401, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 47600, Dec. 6, 1984; 57 FR 36468, Aug. 13, 1992; 61 FR 30401, June 14, 1996; 74 FR 2193, Jan. 14, 2009; 83 FR 66448, Dec. 26, 2018; 85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.900" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.900—Roll-Up Transactions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 57247, Nov. 8, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.901" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.901   (Item 901) Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart 229.900:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General partner</I> means the person or persons responsible under state law for managing or directing the management of the business and affairs of a partnership that is the subject of a roll-up transaction including, but not limited to, the general partner(s), board of directors, board of trustees, or other person(s) having a fiduciary duty to such partnership.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Partnership</I> means any:
</P>
<P>(i) Finite-life limited partnership; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Other finite-life entity.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this Item (§ 229.901(b)(2)(ii)), a limited partnership or other entity is “finite-life” if:
</P>
<P>(A) It operates as a conduit vehicle for investors to participate in the ownership of assets for a limited period of time; and
</P>
<P>(B) It has as a policy or purpose distributing to investors proceeds from the sale, financing or refinancing of assets or cash from operations, rather than reinvesting such proceeds or cash in the business (whether for the term of the entity or after an initial period of time following commencement of operations).
</P>
<P>(ii) A real estate investment trust as defined in I.R.C. section 856 is not <I>finite-life</I> solely because of the distribution to investors of net income as provided by the I.R.C. if its policies or purposes do not include the distribution to investors of proceeds from the sale, financing or refinancing of assets, rather than the reinvestment of such proceeds in the business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Partnership</I> does not include any entity registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or any Business Development Company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)).
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this Item, (§ 229.901(c)(2) or (c)(3)) <I>roll-up transaction</I> means a transaction involving the combination or reorganization of one or more partnerships, directly or indirectly, in which some or all of the investors in any of such partnerships will receive new securities, or securities in another entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this Item, (§ 229.901(c)(1)) <I>roll-up transaction</I> shall not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A transaction wherein the interests of all of the investors in each of the partnerships are repurchased, recalled, or exchanged in accordance with the terms of the preexisting partnership agreement for securities in an operating company specifically identified at the time of the formation of the original partnership;
</P>
<P>(ii) A transaction in which the securities to be issued or exchanged are not required to be and are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(iii) A transaction that involves only issuers that are not required to register or report under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), both before and after the transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) A transaction that involves the combination or reorganization of one or more partnerships in which a non-affiliated party succeeds to the interests of a general partner or sponsor, if:
</P>
<P>(A) Such action is approved by not less than 66
<FR>2/3</FR>% of the outstanding units of each of the participating partnerships; and
</P>
<P>(B) As a result of the transaction, the existing general partners will receive only compensation to which they are entitled as expressly provided for in the preexisting partnership agreements;
</P>
<P>(v) A transaction in which the securities offered to investors are securities of another entity that are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1), if:
</P>
<P>(A) Such other entity was formed, and such class of securities was reported and regularly traded, not less than 12 months before the date on which soliciting material is mailed to investors; and
</P>
<P>(B) The securities of that entity issued to investors in the transaction do not exceed 20% of the total outstanding securities of the entity, exclusive of any securities of such class held by or for the account of the entity or a subsidiary of the entity; and
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this Item (§ 229.901(c)(2)(v)), a <I>regularly traded</I> security means any security with a minimum closing price of $2.00 or more for a majority of the business days during the preceding three-month period and a six-month minimum average daily trading volume of 1,000 shares;
</P>
<P>(vi) A transaction in which all of the investors' partnership securities are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1) and such investors receive new securities or securities in another entity that are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1), except that, for purposes of this paragraph, securities that are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall not include securities listed on the American Stock Exchange's Emerging Company Marketplace;
</P>
<P>(vii) A transaction in which the investors in any of the partnerships involved in the transaction are not subject to a significant adverse change with respect to voting rights, the terms of existence of the entity, management compensation or investment objectives; or
</P>
<P>(viii) A transaction in which all investors are provided an option to receive or retain a security under substantially the same terms and conditions as the original issue.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, may exempt by rule or order any security or class of securities, any transaction or class of transactions, or any person or class of persons, in whole or in part, conditionally or unconditionally, from the definition of roll-up transaction or the requirements imposed on roll-up transactions by Items 902-915 of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.902-229.915), if it finds such action to be consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sponsor</I> means the person proposing the roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Successor</I> means the surviving entity after completion of the roll-up transaction or the entity whose securities are being offered or sold to, or acquired by, limited partners of the partnerships or the limited partnerships to be combined or reorganized. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 901.</I> If a transaction is a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of this subpart (§ 229.901(c)), the requirements of this subpart apply to each entity proposed to be included in the roll-up transaction, whether or not the entity is a “partnership” as defined in Item 901(b) of this subpart (§ 229.901(b)).</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57247, Nov. 8, 1991, as amended at 59 FR 63682, Dec. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.902" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.902   (Item 902) Individual partnership supplements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If two or more entities are proposed to be included in the roll-up transaction, provide the information specified in this Item (§ 229.902) in a separate supplement to the disclosure document for each entity.
</P>
<P>(b) The separate supplement required by paragraph (a) of this Item (§ 229.902) shall be filed as part of the registration statement, shall be delivered with the prospectus to investors in the partnership covered thereby, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement in the forepart of the supplement to the effect that:
</P>
<P>(i) Supplements have been prepared for each partnership; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The effects of the roll-up transaction may be different for investors in the various partnerships; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon receipt of a written request by an investor or his representative who has been so designated in writing, a copy of any supplement will be transmitted promptly, without charge, by the general partner or sponsor.
</P>
<FP>This statement must include the name and address of the person to whom investors should make their request.
</FP>
<P>(2) A brief description of each material risk and effect of the roll-up transaction, including, but not limited to, federal income tax consequences, for investors in the partnership, with appropriate cross references to the discussions of the risks, effects and tax consequences of the roll-up transaction required in the principal disclosure document pursuant to Items 904 and 915 of this subpart (§§ 229.904 and 229.915). Such discussion shall address the effect of the roll-up transaction on the partnership's financial condition and results of operations.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement concerning whether the general partner reasonably believes that the roll-up transaction is fair or unfair to investors in the partnership, together with a brief discussion of the bases for such belief, with appropriate cross references to the discussion of the fairness of the roll-up transaction required in the principal disclosure document pursuant to Item 910 of this subpart (§ 229.910). If there are material differences between the fairness analysis for the partnership and for the other partnerships, such differences shall be described briefly in the supplement.
</P>
<P>(4) A brief, narrative description of the method of calculating the value of the partnership and allocating interests in the successor to the partnership, and a table showing such calculation and allocation. Such table shall include the following information (or other information of a comparable character necessary to a thorough understanding of the calculation and allocation):
</P>
<P>(i) The appraised value of each separately appraised significant asset (as defined in Item 911(c)(5) of this subpart (§ 229.911(c)(5)) held by the partnership, or, if appraisals have not been obtained for each significant asset, the value assigned for purposes of the valuation of the partnership to each significant asset for which an appraisal has not been obtained;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dollar amount of any mortgages or other similar liabilities to which each of such assets is subject;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cash and cash equivalent assets held by the partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) Other assets held by the partnership;
</P>
<P>(v) Other liabilities of the partnership;
</P>
<P>(vi) The value assigned to the partnership;
</P>
<P>(vii) The value assigned to the partnership per interest held by investors in the partnership (on an equivalent interest basis, such as per $1,000 original investment);
</P>
<P>(viii) The aggregate number of interests in the successor to be allocated to the partnership and the percentage of the total interests of the successor;
</P>
<P>(ix) The number of interests in the successor to be allocated to investors in the partnership for each interest held by such investors (on an equivalent interest basis, such as per $1,000 original investment); and
</P>
<P>(x) The value assigned to the general partner's interest in the partnership, and the number of interests in the successor or other consideration to be allocated in the roll-up transaction to the general partner for such general partnership interest or otherwise as compensation or reimbursement for claims against or interests in the partnership, such as foregone fees, unearned fees and for fees to be earned on the sale or refinancing of an asset.
</P>
<P>(5) The amounts of compensation paid, and cash distributions made, to the general partner and its affiliates by the partnership for the last three fiscal years and the most recently completed interim period and the amounts that would have been paid if the compensation and distributions structure to be in effect after the roll-up transaction had been in effect during such period. If any proposed change(s) in the business or operations of the successor after the roll-up transaction would change materially the compensation and distributions that would have been paid by the successor (e.g., if properties will be sold or purchased after the roll-up transaction and no properties were sold or purchased during the period covered by the table), describe such changes and the effects thereof on the compensation and distributions to be paid by the successor.
</P>
<P>(6) Cash distributions made to investors during each of the last five fiscal years and most recently completed interim period, identifying any such distributions which represent a return of capital.
</P>
<P>(7) An appropriate cross reference to selected financial information concerning the partnership and the pro forma financial statements included in the principal disclosure document in response to Item 914(b)(2) of this subpart (§ 229.914(b)(2)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.903" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.903   (Item 903) Summary.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provide in the forepart of the disclosure document a clear, concise and comprehensible summary of the roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) The summary required by paragraph (a) of this Item (§ 229.903) shall include a summary description of each of the following items, as well as any other material terms or consequences of the roll-up transaction necessary to an understanding of such transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Each material risk and effect on investors, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Changes in the business plan, voting rights, cash distribution policies, form of ownership interest or management compensation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The general partner's conflicts of interest in connection with the roll-up transaction and in connection with the successor's future operations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The likelihood that securities received by investors in the roll-up transaction will trade at prices substantially below the value assigned to such securities in the roll-up transaction and/or the value of the successor's assets;
</P>
<P>(2) The material terms of the roll-up transaction, including the valuation method used to allocate securities in the successor to investors in the partnerships;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the general partner reasonably believes that the roll-up transaction is fair or unfair to investors in each partnership, including a brief discussion of the bases for such belief;
</P>
<P>(4) Any opinion from an outside party concerning the fairness of the roll-up transaction, including whether the opinion addresses the fairness of all possible combinations of partnerships or portions of partnerships, and contacts with any outside party concerning fairness opinions, valuations or reports in connection with the roll-up transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 911(a)(5) of this subpart (§ 229.911(a)(5));
</P>
<P>(5) The background of and reasons for the roll-up transaction, as well as alternatives to the roll-up transaction described in response to Item 908(b) of this subpart (§ 229.908(b));
</P>
<P>(6) Rights of investors to exercise dissenters' or appraisal rights or similar rights and to obtain a list of investors in the partnership in which the investor holds an interest; and
</P>
<P>(7) If any affiliates of the general partner or the sponsor may participate in the business of the successor or receive compensation from the successor, an organizational chart showing the relationships between the general partner, the sponsor and their affiliates. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 903.</I> The description of the material risks and effects of the roll-up transaction required by paragraph (b)(1) of this Item (§ 229.903) must be presented prominently in the forepart of the summary.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.904" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.904   (Item 904) Risk factors and other considerations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Immediately following the summary required by Item 903 of this subpart (§ 229.903), describe in reasonable detail each material risk and effect of the roll-up transaction on investors in each partnership, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The potential risks, adverse effects and benefits of the roll-up transaction for investors and for the general partner, including those which result from each matter described in response to Item 905 of this subpart (§ 229.905), with appropriate cross references to the comparative information required by Item 905;
</P>
<P>(2) The material risks arising from an investment in the successor; and
</P>
<P>(3) The likelihood that securities of the successor received by investors in the roll-up transaction will trade in the securities markets at a price substantially below the value assigned to such securities in the roll-up transaction and/or the value of the assets of the successor, and the effects on investors of such a trading market discount.
</P>
<P>(b) Quantify each risk or effect to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) State whether any of such risks or effects may be different for investors in any partnership and, if so, identify such partnership(s) and describe such difference(s). 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 904.</I> The requirement to quantify the effects of the roll-up transaction shall include, but not be limited to:
</FP>
<P>(i) If cost savings resulting from combined administration of the partnerships is identified as a potential benefit of the roll-up transaction, the amount of cost savings and a comparison of such amount to the costs of the roll-up transaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If there may be a material conflict of interest of the sponsor or general partner arising from its receipt of payments or other consideration as a result of the roll-up transaction, the amount of such payments and other consideration to be obtained in the roll-up transaction and a comparison of such amounts to the amounts to which the sponsor or general partner would be entitled without the roll-up transaction.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.905" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.905   (Item 905) comparative information.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Describe the voting and other rights of investors in the successor under the successor's governing instruments and under applicable law. Compare such rights to the voting and other rights of investors in each partnership subject to the transaction under the partnerships' governing instruments and under applicable law. Describe the effects of the change(s) in such rights.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the duties owed by the general partner of the successor to investors in the successor under the successor's governing instruments and under applicable law. Compare such duties to the duties owed by the general partner of each partnership to investors in the partnership under the partnership's governing instruments and under applicable law. Describe the effects of the change(s) in such duties.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Describe each item of compensation (including reimbursement of expenses) payable by the successor after the roll-up transaction to the general partner and its affiliates or to any affiliate of the successor. Compare such compensation to the compensation currently payable to the general partner and its affiliates by each partnership. Describe the effects of the change(s) in compensation arrangements.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe each instance in which cash or other distributions may be made by the successor to the general partner and its affiliates or to any affiliate of the successor. Compare such distributions to the distributions currently paid or payable to the general partner and its affiliates by each partnership. Describe the effects of the change(s) in distribution arrangements. If distributions similar to those currently paid or payable by any partnership to the general partner or its affiliates will not be made by the successor, state whether or not other compensation arrangements with the successor described in response to paragraph (b)(1) of this Item (§ 229.905) (e.g., incentive fees payable upon sale of a property) will, in effect, replace such distributions.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a table demonstrating the changes in such compensation and distributions setting forth among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The actual amounts of compensation and distributions, separately identified, paid by the partnerships on a combined basis to the general partner and its affiliates for the partnerships' last three fiscal years and most recently ended interim periods; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amounts of compensation and distributions that would have been paid if the compensation and distributions structure to be in effect after the roll-up transaction had been in effect during such period.
</P>
<P>(4) If any proposed change(s) in the business or operations of the successor after the roll-up transaction would change materially the compensation and distributions that would have been paid by the successor from that shown in the table provided in response to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this Item (§ 229.905) (e.g., if properties will be sold or purchased after the roll-up transaction and no properties were sold or purchased during the period covered by the table), describe such changes and the effects thereof on the compensation and distributions to be paid by the successor.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe the material conflicts that may arise between the interests of the sponsor or general partner and the interests of investors in the successor as a result of the compensation and distribution arrangements described in response to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this Item (§ 229.905) and describe any steps that will be taken to resolve any such conflicts.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any provisions in the governing instruments of the successor and any policies of the general partner of the successor relating to distributions to investors of cash from operations, proceeds from the sale, financing or refinancing of assets, and any other distributions. Compare such provisions and policies to those of each of the partnerships. Describe the effects of any change(s) in such provisions or policies.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Describe each material investment policy of the successor, including, without limitation, policies with respect to borrowings by the successor. Compare such investment policies to the investment policies of each of the partnerships. Describe the effects of any change(s) in such policies.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe any plans of the general partner, sponsor or of any person who will be an affiliate of the successor with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) A sale of any material assets of the partnerships;
</P>
<P>(ii) A purchase of any material assets; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Borrowings.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) State whether or not specific assets have been identified for sale, financing, refinancing or purchase following the roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) If specific assets have been so identified, describe the assets and the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) Describe any other similar terms or policies of the successor that are material to an investment in the successor. Compare any such terms or policies to those of each of the partnerships. Describe the effects of any change(s) in any such terms or policies. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 905:</I> (1) The information provided in response to this Item (§ 229.905) should be illustrated in tables or other readily understandable formats, which should be included together with the disclosures required by this Item.
</FP>
<P>(2) The information required by this Item (§ 229.905) shall be set forth in appropriate separate sections of the principal disclosure document.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.906" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.906   (Item 906) Allocation of roll-up consideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe in reasonable detail the method used to allocate interests in the successor to investors in the partnerships and the reasons why such method was used.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide a table showing the calculation of the valuation of each partnership and the allocation of interests in the successor to investors. Such table shall include for each partnership the following information (or other information of a comparable character necessary to an understanding of the calculation and allocation):
</P>
<P>(1) The value assigned to each significant category of assets of the partnership and the total value assigned to the partnership;
</P>
<P>(2) The total value assigned to all partnerships;
</P>
<P>(3) The aggregate amount of interests in the successor to be allocated to each partnership and the percentage of the total amount of all such interests represented thereby; and
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of interests of the successor to be issued to investors per interest held in each partnership (on an equivalent interest basis, such as per $1,000 invested).
</P>
<P>(c) If interests in the successor will be allocated to the general partner in exchange for its general partner interest or otherwise or if the general partner will receive other consideration in connection with the roll-up transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe in reasonable detail the method used to allocate interests in the successor to the general partner or to determine the amount of consideration payable to the general partner and the reasons such method(s) was used; and
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the consideration paid by the general partner for interests in the partnerships that will be exchanged in the roll-up transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.907" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.907   (Item 907) Background of the roll-up transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Furnish a summary of the background of the transaction. Such summary shall include, but not be limited to, a description of any contacts, negotiations or transactions concerning any of the following matters:
</P>
<P>(i) A merger, consolidation, or combination of any of the partnerships;
</P>
<P>(ii) An acquisition of any of the partnerships or a material amount of any of their assets;
</P>
<P>(iii) A tender offer for or other acquisition of securities of any class issued by any of the partnerships; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A change in control of any of the partnerships.
</P>
<P>(2) The summary required by paragraph (a)(1) of this Item shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Cover the period beginning with each partnership's second full fiscal year preceding the date of the filing of the roll-up transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Include contacts, negotiations or transactions between the general partner or its affiliates and any person who would have a direct interest in the matters listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)-(iv) of this Item; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify the person who initiated such contacts, negotiations or transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) Briefly describe the background of each partnership, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of capital raised from investors, the extent to which net proceeds from the original offering of interests have been invested, the extent to which funds have been invested as planned and the amount not yet invested; and
</P>
<P>(2) The partnership's investment objectives and the extent to which the partnership has achieved its investment objectives.
</P>
<P>(c) Discuss whether the general partner (including any affiliated person materially dependent on the general partner's compensation arrangement with the partnership) or any partnership has experienced since the commencement of the most recently completed fiscal year or is likely to experience any material adverse financial developments. If so, describe such developments and the effect of the transaction on such matters.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.908" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.908   (Item 908) Reasons for and alternatives to the roll-up transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe the reason(s) for the roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If the general partner or sponsor considered alternatives to the roll-up transaction being proposed, describe such alternative(s) and state the reason(s) for their rejection.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether or not described in response to paragraph (b)(1) of this Item (§ 229.908), describe in reasonable detail the potential alternative of continuation of the partnerships in accordance with their existing business plans, including the effects of such continuation and the material risks and benefits that likely would arise in connection therewith, and, if applicable, the general partner's reasons for not considering such alternative.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether or not described in response to paragraph (b)(1) of this Item (§ 229.908), describe in reasonable detail the potential alternative of liquidation of the partnerships, the procedures required to accomplish liquidation, the effects of liquidation, the material risks and benefits that likely would arise in connection with liquidation, and, if applicable, the general partner's reasons for not considering such alternative.
</P>
<P>(c) State the reasons for the structure of the roll-up transaction and for undertaking such transaction at this time.
</P>
<P>(d) State whether the general partner initiated the roll-up transaction and, if not, whether the general partner participated in the structuring of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) State whether the general partner recommends the roll-up transaction and briefly describe the reasons for such recommendation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.909" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.909   (Item 909) Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Briefly describe the general partner's fiduciary duties to each partnership subject to the roll-up transaction and each actual or potential material conflict of interest between the general partner and the investors relating to the roll-up transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) State whether or not the general partner has retained an unaffiliated representative to act on behalf of investors for purposes of negotiating the terms of the roll-up transaction. If no such representative has been retained, describe the reasons therefor and the risks arising from the absence of separate representation.
</P>
<P>(2) If an unaffiliated representative has been retained to represent investors:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify such unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(ii) Briefly describe the representative's qualifications, including a brief description of any other transaction similar to the roll-up transaction in which the representative has served in a similar capacity within the past five years;
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the method of selection of such representative, including a statement as to whether or not any investors were consulted in the selection of the representative and, if so, the names of such investors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe the scope and terms of the engagement of the representative, including, but not limited to, what party will be responsible for paying the representative's fees and whether such fees are contingent upon the outcome of the roll-up transaction;
</P>
<P>(v) Describe any material relationship between the representative or its affiliates and:
</P>
<P>(A) The general partner, sponsor, any affiliate of the general partner or sponsor; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any other person having a material interest in the roll-up transaction,
</P>
<FP>which existed during the past two years or is mutually understood to be contemplated and any compensation received or to be received as a result of such relationship;
</FP>
<P>(vi) Describe in reasonable detail the actions taken by the representative on behalf of investors; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Describe the fiduciary duties or other legal obligations of the representative to investors in each of the partnerships.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.910" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.910   (Item 910) Fairness of the transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State whether the general partner reasonably believes that the roll-up transaction is fair or unfair to investors and the reasons for such belief. Such discussion must address the fairness of the roll-up transaction to investors in each of the partnerships and as a whole. If the roll-up transaction may be completed with a combination of partnerships consisting of less than all partnerships, or with portions of partnerships, the belief stated must address each possible combination.
</P>
<P>(b) Discuss in reasonable detail the material factors upon which the belief stated in paragraph (a) of this Item (§ 229.910) is based and, to the extent practicable, the weight assigned to each such factor. Such discussion should include an analysis of the extent, if any, to which such belief is based on the factors set forth in Instructions (2) and (3) to this Item (§ 229.910), paragraph (b)(1) of Item 909 of this subpart (§ 229.909(b)(1)) and Item 911 of this subpart (§ 229.911). This discussion also must:
</P>
<P>(1) Compare the value of the consideration to be received in the roll-up transaction to the value of the consideration that would be received pursuant to each of the alternatives discussed in response to Item 908(b) of this subpart (§ 229.908(b)); and
</P>
<P>(2) Describe any material differences among the partnerships (e.g., different types of assets or different investment objectives) relating to the fairness of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) If any offer of the type described in Instruction (2)(viii) to this Item (§ 229.910) has been received, describe such offer and state the reason(s) for its rejection.
</P>
<P>(d) Describe any factors known to the general partner that may affect materially the value of the consideration to be received by investors in the roll-up transaction, the values assigned to the partnerships for purposes of the comparisons to alternatives required by paragraph (b) of this Item (§ 229.910) and the fairness of the transaction to investors.
</P>
<P>(e) State whether the general partner's statements in response to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Item (§ 229.910) are based, in whole or in part, on any report, opinion or appraisal described in response to Item 911 of this subpart (§ 229.911). If so, describe any material uncertainties known to the general partner that relate to the conclusions in any such report, opinion or appraisal including, but not limited to, developments or trends that have affected or are reasonably likely to affect materially such conclusions. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 910:</I> (1) A statement that the general partner has no reasonable belief as to the fairness of the roll-up transaction to investors will not be considered sufficient disclosure in response to paragraph (a) of this Item (§ 229.910(a)).
</FP>
<P>(2) The factors which are important in determining the fairness of a roll-up transaction to investors and the weight, if any, which should be given to them in a particular context will vary. Normally such factors will include, among others, those referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of Item 909 (§ 229.909(b)(1)) and whether the consideration offered to investors constitutes fair value in relation to:
</P>
<P>(i) Current market prices, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) Historic market prices, if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) Net book value;
</P>
<P>(iv) Going concern value;
</P>
<P>(v) Liquidation value;
</P>
<P>(vi) Purchases of limited partnership interests by the general partner or sponsor or their affiliates since the commencement of the partnership's second full fiscal year preceding the date of filing of the disclosure document for the roll-up transaction;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any report, opinion, or appraisal described in Item 911 of this subpart (§ 229.911); and
</P>
<P>(viii) Offers of which the general partner or sponsor is aware made during the preceding eighteen months for a merger, consolidation, or combination of any of the partnerships; an acquisition of any of the partnerships or a material amount of their assets; a tender offer for or other acquisition of securities of any class issued by any of the partnerships; or a change in control of any of the partnerships.
</P>
<P>(3) The discussion concerning fairness should specifically address material terms of the transaction including whether the consideration offered to investors constitutes fair value in relation to:
</P>
<P>(i) The form and amount of consideration to be received by investors and the sponsor in the roll-up transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The methods used to determine such consideration; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The compensation to be paid to the sponsor in the future.
</P>
<P>(4) Conclusory statements, such as “The roll-up transaction is fair to investors in relation to net book value, going concern value, liquidation value and future prospects of the partnership,” will not be considered sufficient disclosure in response to paragraph (b) of this Item (§ 229.910(b)).
</P>
<P>(5) Consideration should be given to presenting the comparative numerical data as to the value of the consideration being received by investors, liquidation value and other values in a tabular format. Financial and other information concerning the partnerships should be prepared based upon the most recent available information, such as, in the case of financial information, the periods covered by interim selected financial information included in the prospectus in accordance with Item 914 of this subpart (§ 229.914).</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.911" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.911   (Item 911) Reports, opinions and appraisals.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>All material reports, opinions or appraisals.</I> State whether or not the general partner or sponsor has received any report, opinion (other than an opinion of counsel) or appraisal from an outside party which is materially related to the roll-up transaction including, but not limited to, any such report, opinion or appraisal relating to the consideration or the fairness of the consideration to be offered to investors in connection with the roll-up transaction or the fairness of such transaction to the general partner or investors.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any report, opinion or appraisal described in paragraph (a)(1) of this Item (§ 229.911);
</P>
<P>(i) Identify such outside party;
</P>
<P>(ii) Briefly describe the qualifications of such outside party;
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the method of selection of such outside party;
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe any material relationship between:
</P>
<P>(A) The outside party or its affiliates; and
</P>
<P>(B) The general partner, sponsor, the successor or any of their affiliates,
</P>
<FP>which existed during the past two years or is mutually understood to be contemplated and any compensation received or to be received as a result of such relationship;
</FP>
<P>(v) If such report, opinion or appraisal relates to the fairness of the consideration, state whether the general partner, sponsor or affiliate determined the amount of consideration to be paid or whether the outside party recommended the amount of consideration to be paid.
</P>
<P>(vi) Furnish a summary concerning such report, opinion or appraisal which shall include, but not be limited to, the procedures followed; the findings and recommendations; the bases for and methods of arriving at such findings and recommendations; instructions received from the general partner, sponsor or its affiliates; and any limitation imposed by the general partner, sponsor or affiliate on the scope of the investigation. If any limitation was imposed by the general partner, sponsor or affiliate on the scope of the investigation, including, but not limited to, access to its personnel, premises, and relevant books and records, state the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(vii) State whether any compensation paid to such outside party is contingent on the approval or completion of the roll-up transaction and, if so, the reasons for compensating such parties on a contingent basis.
</P>
<P>(3) Furnish a statement to the effect that upon written request by an investor or his representative who has been so designated in writing, a copy of any such report, opinion or appraisal shall be transmitted promptly, without charge, by the general partner or sponsor. The statement also must include the name and address of the person to whom investors or their representatives should make their request.
</P>
<P>(4) All reports, opinions or appraisals referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this Item (§ 229.911) shall be filed as exhibits to the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Describe any contacts in connection with the roll-up transaction between the sponsor or the general partner and any outside party with respect to the preparation by such party of an opinion concerning the fairness of the roll-up transaction, a valuation of a partnership or its assets, or any other report with respect to the roll-up transaction. No description is required, however, of contacts with respect to reports, opinions or appraisals filed as exhibits pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this Item (§ 229.911).
</P>
<P>(ii) The description of contacts with any outside party required by paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this Item (§ 229.911) shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The identity of each such party;
</P>
<P>(B) The nature of the contact;
</P>
<P>(C) The actions taken by such party;
</P>
<P>(D) Any views, preliminary or final, expressed on the proposed subject matter of the report, opinion or appraisal; and
</P>
<P>(E) Any reasons such party did not provide a report, opinion or appraisal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fairness opinions:</I> (1) If any report, opinion or appraisal relates to the fairness of the roll-up transaction to investors in the partnerships, state whether or not the report, opinion or appraisal addresses the fairness of:
</P>
<P>(i) The roll-up transaction as a whole and to investors in each partnership; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All possible combinations of partnerships in the roll-up transaction (including portions of partnerships if the transaction is structured to permit portions of partnerships to participate). If all possible combinations are not addressed:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the combinations that are addressed;
</P>
<P>(B) Identify the person(s) that determined which combinations would be addressed and state the reasons for the selection of the combinations; and
</P>
<P>(C) State that if the roll-up transaction is completed with a combination of partnerships not addressed, no report, opinion or appraisal concerning the fairness of the roll-up transaction will have been obtained.
</P>
<P>(2) If the sponsor or the general partner has not obtained any opinion on the fairness of the proposed roll-up transaction to investors in each of the affected partnerships, state the sponsor's or general partner's reasons for concluding that such an opinion is not necessary in order to permit the limited partners or shareholders to make an informed decision on the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Appraisals.</I> If the report, opinion or appraisal consists of an appraisal of the assets of the partnerships:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the purpose(s) for which the appraisals were obtained and their use in connection with the roll-up transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe which assets are covered by the appraisals and state the aggregate appraised value of the assets covered by the appraisals (including such value net of associated indebtedness). Provide a description of, and valuation of, any assets subject to any material qualifications by the appraiser and a summary of such qualifications; 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the date as of which the appraisals were prepared. State whether and in what circumstances the appraisals will be updated. State whether any events have occurred or conditions have changed since the date of the appraisals that may have caused a material change in the value of the assets;
</P>
<P>(4) Include as an appendix to the prospectus one or more tables setting forth the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The appraised value of any separately appraised asset that is significant to the partnership holding such asset;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the appraiser considered different valuation approaches in preparing the appraisals of the assets identified in response to paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this Item (§ 229.911(c)(4)(i)), the value of each such asset under each valuation approach considered by the appraiser, identifying the valuation approach used by the appraiser in determining the appraised value and the reason such approach was chosen; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All material assumptions used by the appraiser in appraising the assets identified in response to paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this Item (§ 229.911(c)(4)(i)), and, if the appraiser used different assumptions for any of such assets, the reasons the different assumptions were chosen.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this Item and Item 902 of this subpart (§ 229.902), an asset is “significant” to a partnership if it represents more than 10% of the value of the partnership's assets as of the end of the most recently-completed fiscal year or recently-completed interim period or if 10% or more of the partnership's cash flow or net income for the most recently-completed fiscal year or most recently-completed subsequent interim period was derived from such asset. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 911:</I> (1) The reports, opinions and appraisals required to be identified in response to paragraph (a) of this Item (§ 229.911) include any reports, opinions and appraisals which materially relate to the roll-up transaction whether or not relied upon, such as reports or opinions regarding alternatives to the roll-up transaction whether or not the alternatives were rejected.
</FP>
<P>(2) The information called for by paragraph (a)(2) of this Item (§ 229.911) should be given with respect to the firm which provides the report, opinion or appraisal rather than the employees of such firm who prepared it.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to appraisals, a summary prepared by the appraisers should not be included in lieu of the description of the appraisals required by paragraph (c) of this Item (§ 229.911). A clear and concise summary description of the appraisals is required.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57247, Nov. 8, 1991, as amended at 59 FR 63683, Dec. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.912" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.912   (Item 912) Source and amount of funds and transactional expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State the source and total amount of funds or other consideration to be used in the roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses incurred or estimated to be incurred in connection with the roll-up transaction including, but not limited to, filing fees, legal, financial advisory, accounting and appraisal fees, solicitation expenses and printing costs. Identify the persons responsible for paying any or all of such expenses.
</P>
<P>(2) State whether or not any partnership subject to the roll-up transaction will be, directly or indirectly, responsible for any or all of the expenses of the transaction. If any partnership will be so responsible, state the amount to be provided by each partnership and the sources of capital to finance such amount.
</P>
<P>(c) If all or any part of the consideration to be used by the sponsor or successor in the roll-up transaction is expected to be, directly or indirectly, provided by any partnership, state the amount to be provided by each partnership and the sources of capital to finance such amount.
</P>
<P>(d) If all or any part of the funds or other consideration is, or is expected to be, directly or indirectly borrowed by the sponsor or successor for the purpose of the roll-up transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a summary of each such loan agreement containing the identity of the parties, the term, the collateral, the stated and effective interest rates, and other material terms or conditions; and
</P>
<P>(2) Briefly describe any plans or arrangements to finance or repay such borrowing, or, if no plans or arrangements have been made, make a statement to that effect. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the source of all or any part of the funds to be used in the roll-up transaction is a loan made in the ordinary course of business by a bank as defined by section 3(a)(6) of the Exchange Act and section 13(d) or 14(d) is applicable to such transaction, the name of such bank shall not be made available to the public if the person filing the statement so requests in writing and files such request, naming such bank, with the Secretary of the Commission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.913" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.913   (Item 913) Other provisions of the transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) State whether or not appraisal rights are provided under applicable state law, under the partnership's governing instruments or will be voluntarily accorded by the successor, the general partner or the sponsor (or any of their affiliates) in connection with the roll-up transaction. If so, summarize such appraisal rights. If appraisal rights will not be available to investors who object to the transaction, briefly outline the rights which may be available to such investors under such law.
</P>
<P>(b) If any provision has been made to allow investors to obtain access to the books and records of the partnership or to obtain counsel or appraisal services at the expense of the successor, the general partner, the partnership, the sponsor (or any of their affiliates), describe such provision.
</P>
<P>(c) Discuss the investors' rights under federal and state law to obtain a partnership's list of investors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.914" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.914   (Item 914) Pro forma financial statements: selected financial data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the information required by § 229.302 (Item 302 of Regulation S-K), for each partnership proposed to be included in a roll-up transaction provide: cash and cash equivalents, total assets at book value, total assets at the value assigned for purposes of the roll-up transaction (if applicable), total liabilities, general and limited partners' equity, net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net cash provided by operating activities, distributions; and per unit data for net income (loss), book value, value assigned for purposes of the roll-up transaction (if applicable), and distributions (separately identifying distributions that represent a return of capital). This information must be provided for the previous two fiscal years. Additional or other information must be provided if material to an understanding of each partnership proposed to be included in a roll-up transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide pro forma financial information (including oil and gas reserves and cash flow disclosure, if appropriate), assuming:
</P>
<P>(1) All partnerships participate in the roll-up transaction; and
</P>
<P>(2) Participation in a roll-up transaction of those partnerships that on a combined basis have the lowest combined net cash provided by operating activities for the last fiscal year of such partnerships, <I>provided</I> participation by such partnerships satisfies all conditions to consummation of the roll-up transaction. If the combination of all partnerships proposed to be included in a roll-up transaction results in such lowest combined net cash provided by operating activities, this shall be noted and no separate pro forma financial statements are required.
</P>
<P>(c) The pro forma financial statements required by paragraph (b) of this Item (§ 229.914) shall disclose the effect of the roll-up transaction on the successor's:
</P>
<P>(1) Balance sheet as of the later of the end of the most recent fiscal year or the latest interim period;
</P>
<P>(2) Statement of income (with separate line items to reflect income (loss) excluding and including the roll-up expenses and payments), earnings per share amounts, and ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the most recent fiscal year and the latest interim period;
</P>
<P>(3) Statement of cash flows for the most recent fiscal year and the latest interim period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Book value per share as of the later of the end of the most recent fiscal year or the latest interim period.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 914.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Item (§ 229.914), any or all of the information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Item (§ 229.914) that is not material for the exercise of prudent judgment in regard to the matter to be acted upon, may be omitted.
</FP>
<P>(2) If the roll-up transaction is structured to permit participation by portions of partnerships, consideration should be given to the effect of such participation in preparing the pro forma financial statements reflecting a partial roll-up.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57247, Nov. 8, 1991, as amended at 86 FR 2128, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.915" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.10.38.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.915   (Item 915) Federal income tax consequences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provide a brief, clear and understandable summary of the material Federal income tax consequences of the roll-up transaction and an investment in the successor. Where a tax opinion has been provided, briefly summarize the substance of such opinion, including identification of the material consequences upon which counsel has not been asked, or is unable, to opine. If any of the material Federal income tax consequences are not expected to be the same for investors in all partnerships, the differences shall be described.
</P>
<P>(b) State whether or not the opinion of counsel is included as an appendix to the prospectus. If filed as an exhibit to the registration statement and not included as an appendix to the prospectus, include a statement to the effect that, upon receipt of a written request by an investor or his representative who has been so designated in writing, a copy of the opinion of counsel will be transmitted promptly, without charge, by the general partner or sponsor. The statement should include the name and address of the person to whom investors should make their request.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1000" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1000—Mergers and Acquisitions (Regulation M-A)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 61443, Nov. 10, 1999, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1000" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1000   (Item 1000) Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to the terms used in Regulation M-A (§§ 229.1000 through 229.1016), unless specified otherwise:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Associate</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Instruction C</I> means General Instruction C to Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100 of this chapter) and General Instruction C to Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issuer tender offer</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.13e-4(a)(2) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Offeror</I> means any person who makes a tender offer or on whose behalf a tender offer is made;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rule 13e-3 transaction</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.13e-3(a)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Subject company</I> means the company or entity whose securities are sought to be acquired in the transaction (e.g., the target), or that is otherwise the subject of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Subject securities</I> means the securities or class of securities that are sought to be acquired in the transaction or that are otherwise the subject of the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Third-party tender offer</I> means a tender offer that is not an issuer tender offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1001" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1001   (Item 1001) Summary term sheet.</HEAD>
<P><I>Summary term sheet.</I> Provide security holders with a summary term sheet that is written in plain English. The summary term sheet must briefly describe in bullet point format the most material terms of the proposed transaction. The summary term sheet must provide security holders with sufficient information to understand the essential features and significance of the proposed transaction. The bullet points must cross-reference a more detailed discussion contained in the disclosure document that is disseminated to security holders.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1001:</I> 1. The summary term sheet must not recite all information contained in the disclosure document that will be provided to security holders. The summary term sheet is intended to serve as an overview of all material matters that are presented in the accompanying documents provided to security holders.
</FP>
<P>2. The summary term sheet must begin on the first or second page of the disclosure document provided to security holders.
</P>
<P>3. Refer to Rule 421(b) and (d) of Regulation C of the Securities Act (§ 230.421 of this chapter) for a description of plain English disclosure.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1002" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1002   (Item 1002) Subject company information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Name and address.</I> State the name of the subject company (or the issuer in the case of an issuer tender offer), and the address and telephone number of its principal executive offices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities.</I> State the exact title and number of shares outstanding of the subject class of equity securities as of the most recent practicable date. This may be based upon information in the most recently available filing with the Commission by the subject company unless the filing person has more current information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Trading market and price.</I> Identify the principal market in which the subject securities are traded and state the high and low sales prices for the subject securities in the principal market (or, if there is no principal market, the range of high and low bid quotations and the source of the quotations) for each quarter during the past two years. If there is no established trading market for the securities (except for limited or sporadic quotations), so state.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dividends.</I> State the frequency and amount of any dividends paid during the past two years with respect to the subject securities. Briefly describe any restriction on the subject company's current or future ability to pay dividends. If the filing person is not the subject company, furnish this information to the extent known after making reasonable inquiry.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prior public offerings.</I> If the filing person has made an underwritten public offering of the subject securities for cash during the past three years that was registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or exempt from registration under Regulation A (§ 230.251 through § 230.263 of this chapter), state the date of the offering, the amount of securities offered, the offering price per share (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, etc. as appropriate) and the aggregate proceeds received by the filing person.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Prior stock purchases.</I> If the filing person purchased any subject securities during the past two years, state the amount of the securities purchased, the range of prices paid and the average purchase price for each quarter during that period. Affiliates need not give information for purchases made before becoming an affiliate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1003" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1003   (Item 1003) Identity and background of filing person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Name and address.</I> State the name, business address and business telephone number of each filing person. Also state the name and address of each person specified in Instruction C to the schedule (except for Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101 of this chapter)). If the filing person is an affiliate of the subject company, state the nature of the affiliation. If the filing person is the subject company, so state.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Business and background of entities.</I> If any filing person (other than the subject company) or any person specified in Instruction C to the schedule is not a natural person, state the person's principal business, state or other place of organization, and the information required by paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section for each person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Business and background of natural persons.</I> If any filing person or any person specified in Instruction C to the schedule is a natural person, provide the following information for each person:
</P>
<P>(1) Current principal occupation or employment and the name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in which the employment or occupation is conducted;
</P>
<P>(2) Material occupations, positions, offices or employment during the past five years, giving the starting and ending dates of each and the name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in which the occupation, position, office or employment was carried on;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement whether or not the person was convicted in a criminal proceeding during the past five years (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors). If the person was convicted, describe the criminal proceeding, including the dates, nature of conviction, name and location of court, and penalty imposed or other disposition of the case;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement whether or not the person was a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the past five years (except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws. Describe the proceeding, including a summary of the terms of the judgment, decree or final order; and
</P>
<P>(5) Country of citizenship.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tender offer.</I> Identify the tender offer and the class of securities to which the offer relates, the name of the offeror and its address (which may be based on the offeror's Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100 of this chapter) filed with the Commission). 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1003.</I> If the filing person is making information relating to the transaction available on the Internet, state the address where the information can be found.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1004" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1004   (Item 1004) Terms of the transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Material terms.</I> State the material terms of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tender offers.</I> In the case of a tender offer, the information must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number and class of securities sought in the offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The type and amount of consideration offered to security holders;
</P>
<P>(iii) The scheduled expiration date;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether a subsequent offering period will be available, if the transaction is a third-party tender offer;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the offer may be extended, and if so, how it could be extended;
</P>
<P>(vi) The dates before and after which security holders may withdraw securities tendered in the offer;
</P>
<P>(vii) The procedures for tendering and withdrawing securities;
</P>
<P>(viii) The manner in which securities will be accepted for payment;
</P>
<P>(ix) If the offer is for less than all securities of a class, the periods for accepting securities on a pro rata basis and the offeror's present intentions in the event that the offer is oversubscribed;
</P>
<P>(x) An explanation of any material differences in the rights of security holders as a result of the transaction, if material;
</P>
<P>(xi) A brief statement as to the accounting treatment of the transaction, if material; and
</P>
<P>(xii) The federal income tax consequences of the transaction, if material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mergers or similar transactions.</I> In the case of a merger or similar transaction, the information must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief description of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The consideration offered to security holders;
</P>
<P>(iii) The reasons for engaging in the transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) The vote required for approval of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation of any material differences in the rights of security holders as a result of the transaction, if material;
</P>
<P>(vi) A brief statement as to the accounting treatment of the transaction, if material; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The federal income tax consequences of the transaction, if material. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1004(a)</I>: If the consideration offered includes securities exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, provide a description of the securities that complies with Item 202 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202). This description is not required if the issuer of the securities meets the requirements of General Instructions I.A, I.B.1 or I.B.2, as applicable, or I.C. of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) and elects to furnish information by incorporation by reference; only capital stock is to be issued; and securities of the same class are registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act and either are listed for trading or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange; or are securities for which bid and offer quotations are reported in an automated quotations system operated by a national securities association.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Purchases.</I> State whether any securities are to be purchased from any officer, director or affiliate of the subject company and provide the details of each transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Different terms.</I> Describe any term or arrangement in the Rule 13e-3 transaction that treats any subject security holders differently from other subject security holders.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appraisal rights.</I> State whether or not dissenting security holders are entitled to any appraisal rights. If so, summarize the appraisal rights. If there are no appraisal rights available under state law for security holders who object to the transaction, briefly outline any other rights that may be available to security holders under the law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Provisions for unaffiliated security holders.</I> Describe any provision made by the filing person in connection with the transaction to grant unaffiliated security holders access to the corporate files of the filing person or to obtain counsel or appraisal services at the expense of the filing person. If none, so state.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Eligibility for listing or trading.</I> If the transaction involves the offer of securities of the filing person in exchange for equity securities held by unaffiliated security holders of the subject company, describe whether or not the filing person will take steps to assure that the securities offered are or will be eligible for trading on an automated quotations system operated by a national securities association.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1005" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1005   (Item 1005) Past contacts, transactions, negotiations and agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transactions.</I> Briefly state the nature and approximate dollar amount of any transaction, other than those described in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, that occurred during the past two years, between the filing person (including any person specified in Instruction C of the schedule) and;
</P>
<P>(1) The subject company or any of its affiliates that are not natural persons if the aggregate value of the transactions is more than one percent of the subject company's consolidated revenues for:
</P>
<P>(i) The fiscal year when the transaction occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The past portion of the current fiscal year, if the transaction occurred in the current year; and 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1005(a)(1)</I>: The information required by this Item may be based on information in the subject company's most recent filing with the Commission, unless the filing person has reason to believe the information is not accurate.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Any executive officer, director or affiliate of the subject company that is a natural person if the aggregate value of the transaction or series of similar transactions with that person exceeds $60,000.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Significant corporate events.</I> Describe any negotiations, transactions or material contacts during the past two years between the filing person (including subsidiaries of the filing person and any person specified in Instruction C of the schedule) and the subject company or its affiliates concerning any:
</P>
<P>(1) Merger;
</P>
<P>(2) Consolidation;
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition;
</P>
<P>(4) Tender offer for or other acquisition of any class of the subject company's securities;
</P>
<P>(5) Election of the subject company's directors; or
</P>
<P>(6) Sale or other transfer of a material amount of assets of the subject company.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Negotiations or contacts.</I> Describe any negotiations or material contacts concerning the matters referred to in paragraph (b) of this section during the past two years between:
</P>
<P>(1) Any affiliates of the subject company; or
</P>
<P>(2) The subject company or any of its affiliates and any person not affiliated with the subject company who would have a direct interest in such matters.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Item 1005:</I> Identify the person who initiated the contacts or negotiations.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> If material, describe any agreement, arrangement or understanding and any actual or potential conflict of interest between the filing person or its affiliates and:
</P>
<P>(1) The subject company, its executive officers, directors or affiliates; or
</P>
<P>(2) The offeror, its executive officers, directors or affiliates. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1005(d):</I> If the filing person is the subject company, no disclosure called for by this paragraph is required in the document disseminated to security holders, so long as substantially the same information was filed with the Commission previously and disclosed in a proxy statement, report or other communication sent to security holders by the subject company in the past year. The document disseminated to security holders, however, must refer specifically to the discussion in the proxy statement, report or other communication that was sent to security holders previously. The information also must be filed as an exhibit to the schedule.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Agreements involving the subject company's securities.</I> Describe any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, whether or not legally enforceable, between the filing person (including any person specified in Instruction C of the schedule) and any other person with respect to any securities of the subject company. Name all persons that are a party to the agreements, arrangements, or understandings and describe all material provisions.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1005(e)</I> 1. The information required by this Item includes: the transfer or voting of securities, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts or calls, guarantees of loans, guarantees against loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies, consents or authorizations.
</FP>
<P>2. Include information for any securities that are pledged or otherwise subject to a contingency, the occurrence of which would give another person the power to direct the voting or disposition of the subject securities. No disclosure, however, is required about standard default and similar provisions contained in loan agreements.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1006" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1006   (Item 1006) Purposes of the transaction and plans or proposals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purposes.</I> State the purposes of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of securities acquired.</I> Indicate whether the securities acquired in the transaction will be retained, retired, held in treasury, or otherwise disposed of.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plans.</I> Describe any plans, proposals or negotiations that relate to or would result in:
</P>
<P>(1) Any extraordinary transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the subject company or any of its subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(2) Any purchase, sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of the subject company or any of its subsidiaries;
</P>
<P>(3) Any material change in the present dividend rate or policy, or indebtedness or capitalization of the subject company;
</P>
<P>(4) Any change in the present board of directors or management of the subject company, including, but not limited to, any plans or proposals to change the number or the term of directors or to fill any existing vacancies on the board or to change any material term of the employment contract of any executive officer;
</P>
<P>(5) Any other material change in the subject company's corporate structure or business, including, if the subject company is a registered closed-end investment company, any plans or proposals to make any changes in its investment policy for which a vote would be required by Section 13 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-13);
</P>
<P>(6) Any class of equity securities of the subject company to be delisted from a national securities exchange or cease to be authorized to be quoted in an automated quotations system operated by a national securities association;
</P>
<P>(7) Any class of equity securities of the subject company becoming eligible for termination of registration under section 12(g)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>);
</P>
<P>(8) The suspension of the subject company's obligation to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o);
</P>
<P>(9) The acquisition by any person of additional securities of the subject company, or the disposition of securities of the subject company; or (10) Any changes in the subject company's charter, bylaws or other governing instruments or other actions that could impede the acquisition of control of the subject company.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Subject company negotiations.</I> If the filing person is the subject company:
</P>
<P>(1) State whether or not that person is undertaking or engaged in any negotiations in response to the tender offer that relate to:
</P>
<P>(i) A tender offer or other acquisition of the subject company's securities by the filing person, any of its subsidiaries, or any other person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the matters referred to in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Describe any transaction, board resolution, agreement in principle, or signed contract that is entered into in response to the tender offer that relates to one or more of the matters referred to in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1006(d)(1):</I> If an agreement in principle has not been reached at the time of filing, no disclosure under paragraph (d)(1) of this section is required of the possible terms of or the parties to the transaction if in the opinion of the board of directors of the subject company disclosure would jeopardize continuation of the negotiations. In that case, disclosure indicating that negotiations are being undertaken or are underway and are in the preliminary stages is sufficient.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1007" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1007   (Item 1007) Source and amount of funds or other consideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Source of funds.</I> State the specific sources and total amount of funds or other consideration to be used in the transaction. If the transaction involves a tender offer, disclose the amount of funds or other consideration required to purchase the maximum amount of securities sought in the offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> State any material conditions to the financing discussed in response to paragraph (a) of this section. Disclose any alternative financing arrangements or alternative financing plans in the event the primary financing plans fall through. If none, so state.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expenses.</I> Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses incurred or estimated to be incurred in connection with the transaction including, but not limited to, filing, legal, accounting and appraisal fees, solicitation expenses and printing costs and state whether or not the subject company has paid or will be responsible for paying any or all expenses.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Borrowed funds.</I> If all or any part of the funds or other consideration required is, or is expected, to be borrowed, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of the transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a summary of each loan agreement or arrangement containing the identity of the parties, the term, the collateral, the stated and effective interest rates, and any other material terms or conditions of the loan; and
</P>
<P>(2) Briefly describe any plans or arrangements to finance or repay the loan, or, if no plans or arrangements have been made, so state. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1007(d)</I>: If the transaction is a third-party tender offer and the source of all or any part of the funds used in the transaction is to come from a loan made in the ordinary course of business by a bank as defined by section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c), the name of the bank will not be made available to the public if the filing person so requests in writing and files the request, naming the bank, with the Secretary of the Commission.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1008" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1008   (Item 1008) Interest in securities of the subject company.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Securities ownership.</I> State the aggregate number and percentage of subject securities that are beneficially owned by each person named in response to Item 1003 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1003) and by each associate and majority-owned subsidiary of those persons. Give the name and address of any associate or subsidiary.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1008(a).</I> 1. For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 (§ 240.13d-3 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act. Identify the shares that the person has a right to acquire.
</FP>
<P>2. The information required by this section may be based on the number of outstanding securities disclosed in the subject company's most recently available filing with the Commission, unless the filing person has more current information.
</P>
<P>3. The information required by this section with respect to officers, directors and associates of the subject company must be given to the extent known after making reasonable inquiry.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Securities transactions.</I> Describe any transaction in the subject securities during the past 60 days. The description of transactions required must include, but not necessarily be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of the persons specified in the Instruction to this section who effected the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) The date of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of securities involved;
</P>
<P>(4) The price per share; and
</P>
<P>(5) Where and how the transaction was effected. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1008(b).</I> 1. Provide the required transaction information for the following persons:
</FP>
<P>(a) The filing person (for all schedules);
</P>
<P>(b) Any person named in Instruction C of the schedule and any associate or majority-owned subsidiary of the issuer or filing person (for all schedules except Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101 of this chapter));
</P>
<P>(c) Any executive officer, director, affiliate or subsidiary of the filing person (for Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(d) The issuer and any executive officer or director of any subsidiary of the issuer or filing person (for an issuer tender offer on Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100 of this chapter)); and
</P>
<P>(e) The issuer and any pension, profit-sharing or similar plan of the issuer or affiliate filing the schedule (for a going-private transaction on Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100 of this chapter)).
</P>
<P>2. Provide the information required by this Item if it is available to the filing person at the time the statement is initially filed with the Commission. If the information is not initially available, it must be obtained and filed with the Commission promptly, but in no event later than three business days after the date of the initial filing, and if material, disclosed in a manner reasonably designed to inform security holders. The procedure specified by this instruction is provided to maintain the confidentiality of information in order to avoid possible misuse of inside information.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1009" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1009   (Item 1009) Persons/assets, retained, employed, compensated or used.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Solicitations or recommendations.</I> Identify all persons and classes of persons that are directly or indirectly employed, retained, or to be compensated to make solicitations or recommendations in connection with the transaction. Provide a summary of all material terms of employment, retainer or other arrangement for compensation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employees and corporate assets.</I> Identify any officer, class of employees or corporate assets of the subject company that has been or will be employed or used by the filing person in connection with the transaction. Describe the purpose for their employment or use. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1009(b)</I>: Provide all information required by this Item except for the information required by paragraph (a) of this section and Item 1007 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1007).</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1010" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1010   (Item 1010) Financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Financial information.</I> Furnish the following financial information:
</P>
<P>(1) Audited financial statements for the two fiscal years required to be filed with the company's most recent annual report under sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m; 15 U.S.C. 78o);
</P>
<P>(2) Unaudited balance sheets, comparative year-to-date statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) and related earnings per share data and statements of cash flows required to be included in the company's most recent quarterly report filed under the Exchange Act; and
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) Book value per share as of the date of the most recent balance sheet presented.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pro forma information.</I> If material, furnish pro forma information disclosing the effect of the transaction on:
</P>
<P>(1) The company's balance sheet as of the date of the most recent balance sheet presented under paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The company's statement of comprehensive income and earnings per share for the most recent fiscal year and the latest interim period provided under paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The company's book value per share as of the date of the most recent balance sheet presented under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Summary information.</I> Furnish a fair and adequate summary of the information specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for the same periods specified. A fair and adequate summary includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The summarized financial information specified in § 210.1-02(bb)(1) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Income per common share from continuing operations (basic and diluted, if applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) Net income per common share (basic and diluted, if applicable);
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) Book value per share as of the date of the most recent balance sheet; and
</P>
<P>(6) If material, pro forma data for the summarized financial information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section disclosing the effect of the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61443, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 83 FR 50211, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1011" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1011   (Item 1011) Additional information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agreements, regulatory requirements and legal proceedings.</I> If material to a security holder's decision whether to sell, tender or hold the securities sought in the tender offer, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Any present or proposed material agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship between the offeror or any of its executive officers, directors, controlling persons or subsidiaries and the subject company or any of its executive officers, directors, controlling persons or subsidiaries (other than any agreement, arrangement or understanding disclosed under any other sections of Regulation M-A (§§ 229.1000 through 229.1016)); 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(1)</I>: In an issuer tender offer disclose any material agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship between the offeror and any of its executive officers, directors, controlling persons or subsidiaries.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) To the extent known by the offeror after reasonable investigation, the applicable regulatory requirements which must be complied with or approvals which must be obtained in connection with the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(3) The applicability of any anti-trust laws;
</P>
<P>(4) The applicability of margin requirements under section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g) and the applicable regulations; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any material pending legal proceedings relating to the tender offer, including the name and location of the court or agency in which the proceedings are pending, the date instituted, the principal parties, and a brief summary of the proceedings and the relief sought. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1011(a)(5)</I>: A copy of any document relating to a major development (such as pleadings, an answer, complaint, temporary restraining order, injunction, opinion, judgment or order) in a material pending legal proceeding must be furnished promptly to the Commission staff on a supplemental basis.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Furnish the information required by Item 402(t)(2) and (3) of this part (§ 229.402(t)(2) and (3)) and in the tabular format set forth in Item 402(t)(1) of this part (§ 229.402(t)(1)) with respect to each named executive officer
</P>
<P>(1) Of the subject company in a Rule 13e-3 transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) Of the issuer whose securities are the subject of a third-party tender offer, regarding any agreement or understanding, whether written or unwritten, between such named executive officer and the subject company, issuer, bidder, or the acquiring company, as applicable, concerning any type of compensation, whether present, deferred or contingent, that is based upon or otherwise relates to the Rule 13e-3 transaction or third-party tender offer.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1011(b).</I>
</FP>
<P>1. The obligation to provide the information in paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply where the issuer whose securities are the subject of the Rule 13e-3 transaction or tender offer is a foreign private issuer, as defined in § 240.3b-4 of this chapter, or an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of Instruction 1 to Item 402(t)(2) of this part: If the disclosure is included in a Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100 of this chapter) or Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101 of this chapter), the disclosure provided by this table shall be quantified assuming that the triggering event took place on the latest practicable date and that the price per share of the securities of the subject company in a Rule 13e-3 transaction, or of the issuer whose securities are the subject of the third-party tender offer, shall be determined as follows: If the shareholders are to receive a fixed dollar amount, the price per share shall be that fixed dollar amount, and if such value is not a fixed dollar amount, the price per share shall be the average closing market price of such securities over the first five business days following the first public announcement of the transaction. Compute the dollar value of in-the-money option awards for which vesting would be accelerated by determining the difference between this price and the exercise or base price of the options. Include only compensation that is based on or otherwise relates to the subject transaction. Apply Instruction 1 to Item 402(t) with respect to those executive officers for whom disclosure was required in the most recent filing by the subject company in a Rule 13e-3 transaction or by the issuer whose securities are the subject of a third-party tender offer, with the Commission under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) or Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) that required disclosure pursuant to Item 402(c).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Other material information.</I> Furnish such additional material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the required statements, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61443, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 6044, Feb. 2, 2011; 82 FR 17553, Apr. 12, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1012" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1012   (Item 1012) The solicitation or recommendation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Solicitation or recommendation.</I> State the nature of the solicitation or the recommendation. If this statement relates to a recommendation, state whether the filing person is advising holders of the subject securities to accept or reject the tender offer or to take other action with respect to the tender offer and, if so, describe the other action recommended. If the filing person is the subject company and is not making a recommendation, state whether the subject company is expressing no opinion and is remaining neutral toward the tender offer or is unable to take a position with respect to the tender offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasons.</I> State the reasons for the position (including the inability to take a position) stated in paragraph (a) of this section. Conclusory statements such as “The tender offer is in the best interests of shareholders” are not considered sufficient disclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intent to tender.</I> To the extent known by the filing person after making reasonable inquiry, state whether the filing person or any executive officer, director, affiliate or subsidiary of the filing person currently intends to tender, sell or hold the subject securities that are held of record or beneficially owned by that person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Intent to tender or vote in a going-private transaction.</I> To the extent known by the filing person after making reasonable inquiry, state whether or not any executive officer, director or affiliate of the issuer (or any person specified in Instruction C to the schedule) currently intends to tender or sell subject securities owned or held by that person and/or how each person currently intends to vote subject securities, including any securities the person has proxy authority for. State the reasons for the intended action. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1012(d)</I>: Provide the information required by this section if it is available to the filing person at the time the statement is initially filed with the Commission. If the information is not available, it must be filed with the Commission promptly, but in no event later than three business days after the date of the initial filing, and if material, disclosed in a manner reasonably designed to inform security holders.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Recommendations of others.</I> To the extent known by the filing person after making reasonable inquiry, state whether or not any person specified in paragraph (d) of this section has made a recommendation either in support of or opposed to the transaction and the reasons for the recommendation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1013" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1013   (Item 1013) Purposes, alternatives, reasons and effects in a going-private transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purposes.</I> State the purposes for the Rule 13e-3 transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternatives.</I> If the subject company or affiliate considered alternative means to accomplish the stated purposes, briefly describe the alternatives and state the reasons for their rejection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reasons.</I> State the reasons for the structure of the Rule 13e-3 transaction and for undertaking the transaction at this time.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effects.</I> Describe the effects of the Rule 13e-3 transaction on the subject company, its affiliates and unaffiliated security holders, including the federal tax consequences of the transaction. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1013</I>: 1. Conclusory statements will not be considered sufficient disclosure in response to this section.
</FP>
<P>2. The description required by paragraph (d) of this section must include a reasonably detailed discussion of both the benefits and detriments of the Rule 13e-3 transaction to the subject company, its affiliates and unaffiliated security holders. The benefits and detriments of the Rule 13e-3 transaction must be quantified to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>3. If this statement is filed by an affiliate of the subject company, the description required by paragraph (d) of this section must include, but not be limited to, the effect of the Rule 13e-3 transaction on the affiliate's interest in the net book value and net earnings of the subject company in terms of both dollar amounts and percentages.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1014" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1014   (Item 1014) Fairness of the going-private transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fairness.</I> State whether the subject company or affiliate filing the statement reasonably believes that the Rule 13e-3 transaction is fair or unfair to unaffiliated security holders. If any director dissented to or abstained from voting on the Rule 13e-3 transaction, identify the director, and indicate, if known, after making reasonable inquiry, the reasons for the dissent or abstention.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors considered in determining fairness.</I> Discuss in reasonable detail the material factors upon which the belief stated in paragraph (a) of this section is based and, to the extent practicable, the weight assigned to each factor. The discussion must include an analysis of the extent, if any, to which the filing person's beliefs are based on the factors described in Instruction 2 of this section, paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this section and Item 1015 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1015).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval of security holders.</I> State whether or not the transaction is structured so that approval of at least a majority of unaffiliated security holders is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unaffiliated representative.</I> State whether or not a majority of directors who are not employees of the subject company has retained an unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of unaffiliated security holders for purposes of negotiating the terms of the Rule 13e-3 transaction and/or preparing a report concerning the fairness of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Approval of directors.</I> State whether or not the Rule 13e-3 transaction was approved by a majority of the directors of the subject company who are not employees of the subject company.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other offers.</I> If any offer of the type described in paragraph (viii) of Instruction 2 to this section has been received, describe the offer and state the reasons for its rejection. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1014</I>: 1. A statement that the issuer or affiliate has no reasonable belief as to the fairness of the Rule 13e-3 transaction to unaffiliated security holders will not be considered sufficient disclosure in response to paragraph (a) of this section.
</FP>
<P>2. The factors that are important in determining the fairness of a transaction to unaffiliated security holders and the weight, if any, that should be given to them in a particular context will vary. Normally such factors will include, among others, those referred to in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this section and whether the consideration offered to unaffiliated security holders constitutes fair value in relation to:
</P>
<P>(i) Current market prices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Historical market prices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Net book value;
</P>
<P>(iv) Going concern value;
</P>
<P>(v) Liquidation value;
</P>
<P>(vi) Purchase prices paid in previous purchases disclosed in response to Item 1002(f) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1002(f));
</P>
<P>(vii) Any report, opinion, or appraisal described in Item 1015 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1015); and
</P>
<P>(viii) Firm offers of which the subject company or affiliate is aware made by any unaffiliated person, other than the filing persons, during the past two years for:
</P>
<P>(A) The merger or consolidation of the subject company with or into another company, or <I>vice versa;</I>
</P>
<P>(B) The sale or other transfer of all or any substantial part of the assets of the subject company; or
</P>
<P>(C) A purchase of the subject company's securities that would enable the holder to exercise control of the subject company.
</P>
<P>3. Conclusory statements, such as “The Rule 13e-3 transaction is fair to unaffiliated security holders in relation to net book value, going concern value and future prospects of the issuer” will not be considered sufficient disclosure in response to paragraph (b) of this section.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1015" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1015   (Item 1015) Reports, opinions, appraisals and negotiations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Report, opinion or appraisal.</I> State whether or not the subject company or affiliate has received any report, opinion (other than an opinion of counsel) or appraisal from an outside party that is materially related to the Rule 13e-3 transaction, including, but not limited to: Any report, opinion or appraisal relating to the consideration or the fairness of the consideration to be offered to security holders or the fairness of the transaction to the issuer or affiliate or to security holders who are not affiliates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparer and summary of the report, opinion or appraisal.</I> For each report, opinion or appraisal described in response to paragraph (a) of this section or any negotiation or report described in response to Item 1014(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1014) or Item 14(b)(6) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) concerning the terms of the transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(2) Briefly describe the qualifications of the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the method of selection of the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe any material relationship that existed during the past two years or is mutually understood to be contemplated and any compensation received or to be received as a result of the relationship between:
</P>
<P>(i) The outside party, its affiliates, and/or unaffiliated representative; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The subject company or its affiliates;
</P>
<P>(5) If the report, opinion or appraisal relates to the fairness of the consideration, state whether the subject company or affiliate determined the amount of consideration to be paid or whether the outside party recommended the amount of consideration to be paid; and
</P>
<P>(6) Furnish a summary concerning the negotiation, report, opinion or appraisal. The summary must include, but need not be limited to, the procedures followed; the findings and recommendations; the bases for and methods of arriving at such findings and recommendations; instructions received from the subject company or affiliate; and any limitation imposed by the subject company or affiliate on the scope of the investigation. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1015(b)</I>: The information called for by paragraphs (b)(1), (2) and (3) of this section must be given with respect to the firm that provides the report, opinion or appraisal rather than the employees of the firm that prepared the report.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Availability of documents.</I> Furnish a statement to the effect that the report, opinion or appraisal will be made available for inspection and copying at the principal executive offices of the subject company or affiliate during its regular business hours by any interested equity security holder of the subject company or representative who has been so designated in writing. This statement also may provide that a copy of the report, opinion or appraisal will be transmitted by the subject company or affiliate to any interested equity security holder of the subject company or representative who has been so designated in writing upon written request and at the expense of the requesting security holder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1016" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.11.38.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1016   (Item 1016) Exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>File as an exhibit to the schedule:
</P>
<P>(a) Any disclosure materials furnished to security holders by or on behalf of the filing person, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Tender offer materials (including transmittal letter);
</P>
<P>(2) Solicitation or recommendation (including those referred to in Item 1012 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1012));
</P>
<P>(3) Going-private disclosure document;
</P>
<P>(4) Prospectus used in connection with an exchange offer where securities are registered under the Securities Act of 1933; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other disclosure materials;
</P>
<P>(b) Any loan agreement referred to in response to Item 1007(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1007(d));
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1016(b)</I>: If the filing relates to a third-party tender offer and a request is made under Item 1007(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1007(d)), the identity of the bank providing financing may be omitted from the loan agreement filed as an exhibit.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Any report, opinion or appraisal referred to in response to Item 1014(d) or Item 1015 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1014(d) or § 229.1015);
</P>
<P>(d) Any document setting forth the terms of any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship referred to in response to Item 1005(e) or Item 1011(a)(1) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005(e) or § 229.1011(a)(1));
</P>
<P>(e) Any agreement, arrangement or understanding referred to in response to § 229.1005(d), or the pertinent portions of any proxy statement, report or other communication containing the disclosure required by Item 1005(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005(d));
</P>
<P>(f) A detailed statement describing security holders' appraisal rights and the procedures for exercising those appraisal rights referred to in response to Item 1004(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004(d));
</P>
<P>(g) Any written instruction, form or other material that is furnished to persons making an oral solicitation or recommendation by or on behalf of the filing person for their use directly or indirectly in connection with the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(h) Any written opinion prepared by legal counsel at the filing person's request and communicated to the filing person pertaining to the tax consequences of the transaction.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit Table to Item 1016 of Regulation M-A 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">13E-3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">TO
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">14D-9
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure Material</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loan Agreement</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Report, Opinion or Appraisal</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contracts, Arrangements or Understandings</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement re: Appraisal Rights</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oral Solicitation Materials</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tax Opinion</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Instructions to Item 1016:
</FP>
<P>1. Schedules (or similar attachments) to the exhibits required by this Item are not required to be filed provided that they do not contain information material to an investment or voting decision and that information is not otherwise disclosed in the exhibit or the disclosure document. Each exhibit filed must contain a list briefly identifying the contents of all omitted schedules. Registrants need not prepare a separate list of omitted information if such information is already included within the exhibit in a manner that conveys the subject matter of the omitted schedules and attachments. In addition, the registrant must provide a copy of any omitted schedule to the Commission or its staff upon request.
</P>
<P>2. The registrant may redact information from exhibits required to be filed by this Item if disclosure of such information would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy (<I>e.g.,</I> disclosure of bank account numbers, social security numbers, home addresses and similar information).</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12720, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1100—Asset-Backed Securities (Regulation AB)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1100   (Item 1100) General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of Regulation AB.</I> Regulation AB (§§ 229.1100 through 229.1125) is the source of various disclosure items and requirements for “asset-backed securities” filings under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>). Unless otherwise specified, definitions to be used in this Regulation AB, including the definition of “asset-backed security,” are set forth in Item 1101.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Presentation of historical delinquency and loss information.</I> Several Items in Regulation AB call for the presentation of historical information and data on delinquencies and loss information. In providing such information:
</P>
<P>(1) Present delinquency experience in 30 or 31 day increments, as applicable, beginning at least with assets that are 30 or 31 days delinquent, as applicable, through the point that assets are written off or charged off as uncollectible. At a minimum, present such information by number of accounts and dollar amount. Present statistical information in a tabular or graphical format, if such presentation will aid understanding.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose the total amount of delinquent assets as a percentage of the aggregate asset pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Present loss and cumulative loss information, as applicable, regarding charge-offs, charge-off rate, gross losses, recoveries and net losses (with a description of how these terms are defined), the number and amount of assets experiencing a loss and the number and amount of assets with a recovery, the ratio of aggregate net losses to average portfolio balance and the average of net loss on all assets that have experienced a net loss.
</P>
<P>(4) Categorize all delinquency and loss information by pool asset type.
</P>
<P>(5) In a registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or in a prospectus to be filed pursuant to § 230.424, describe how delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are defined or determined, addressing the effect of any grace period, re-aging, restructure, partial payments considered current or other practices on delinquency and loss experience.
</P>
<P>(6) Describe any other material information regarding delinquencies and losses particular to the pool asset type(s), such as repossession information, foreclosure information and real estate owned (REO) or similar information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presentation of certain third party information.</I> If information of a third party is required in a filing by Item 1112(b) of this Regulation AB (Information regarding significant obligors) (§ 229.1112(b)), Items 1114(b)(2) or 1115(b) of this Regulation AB (Information regarding significant provider of enhancement or other support) (§ 229.1114(b)(2) or (§ 229.1115(b)), or Item 1125 of this Regulation AB (Asset-level information) (§ 229.1125) such information, in lieu of including such information, may be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> If the following conditions are met, you may incorporate by reference (by means of a statement to that effect) the reports filed by the third party (or the entity that consolidates the third party) pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)):
</P>
<P>(i) Such third party or the entity that consolidates the third party is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such third party or the entity that consolidates the third party has filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by such requirements during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that such party was required to file such reports and materials).
</P>
<P>(iii) The reports filed by such third party, or entity that consolidates the third party, include (or properly incorporate by reference) the financial statements of such third party.
</P>
<P>(iv) If incorporated by reference into a prospectus or registration statement, the prospectus also states that all documents subsequently filed by such third party, or the entity that consolidates the third party, pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the offering also shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the prospectus.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (c)(1) of Item 1100.</I> In addition to the conditions in this paragraph (c)(1), any information incorporated by reference must comply with all applicable Commission rules pertaining to incorporation by reference, such as Rule 303 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.303 of this chapter), Rule 411 of Regulation C (§ 230.411 of this chapter), and Rule 12b-23 of Regulation 12B (§ 240.12b-23 of this chapter), except that for purposes of this paragraph (c)(1), an asset-backed issuer may incorporate by reference to a second document that incorporates pertinent information by reference to a third document.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (c)(1) of Item 1100.</I> In addition, any applicable requirements under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission regarding the filing of a written consent for the use of incorporated material apply to the material incorporated by reference. <I>See</I>, for example, § 230.439 of this chapter.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (c)(1) of Item 1100.</I> Any undertakings set forth in Item 512 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512) apply to any material incorporated by reference in a registration statement or prospectus.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 4 to paragraph (c)(1) of Item 1100.</I> If neither the third party nor any of its affiliates has had a direct or indirect agreement, arrangement, relationship or understanding, written or otherwise, relating to the ABS transaction, and neither the third party nor any of its affiliates is an affiliate of the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity or underwriter of the ABS transaction, then paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section is qualified by the knowledge of the registrant.
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to paragraph (c)(1) of Item 1100.</I> If you are relying on paragraph (c)(1) of this section to provide information required by Item 1112 of this Regulation AB regarding a significant obligor that is an asset-backed issuer and the pool assets relating to such significant obligor are asset-backed securities, then for purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, the term “financial statements” means the information required by Instruction 3 of Item 1112 of this Regulation AB. Such information required by Instruction 3.a. of Item 1112 of this Regulation AB may be incorporated by reference from a prospectus that contains such information and is included in an effective Securities Act registration statement or filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Reference information for significant obligors.</I> If the third party information relates to a significant obligor and the following conditions are met, you may include a reference to the third party's periodic reports (or the third party's parent with respect to paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(C) of this section) under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) that are on file with the Commission (or otherwise publicly available with respect to paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(F) of this section), along with a statement of how those reports may be accessed, including the third party's name and Commission file number, if applicable (See, e.g., Item 1118 of this Regulation AB):
</P>
<P>(i) Neither the third party nor any of its affiliates has had a direct or indirect agreement, arrangement, relationship or understanding, written or otherwise, relating to the asset-backed securities transaction, and neither the third party nor any of its affiliates is an affiliate of the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity or underwriter of the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) To the knowledge of the registrant, any of the following is true:
</P>
<P>(A) The third party is eligible to use Form S-3 or F-3 (§ 239.13 or 239.33 of this chapter) for a primary offering of non-investment grade securities pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1 of such forms.
</P>
<P>(B) The third party meets the requirements of General Instruction I.A. of Form S-3 or General Instructions 1.A.1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 of Form F-3 and the pool assets relating to such third party are non-convertible investment grade securities, as described in General Instruction 1.B.2 of Form S-3 or Form F-3.
</P>
<P>(C) If the third party does not meet the conditions of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section and the pool assets relating to the third party are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by a direct or indirect parent of the third party, General Instruction I.C.3 of the form described in § 239.13 (Form S-3) of this chapter or General Instruction I.A.5(iii) of the form described in § 239.33 (Form F-3) of this chapter is met with respect to the pool assets relating to such third party and the disclosures specified in § 210.13-01 (Rule 13-01 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter have been provided in the reports to be referenced. Financial statements of the third party may be omitted if the requirements of § 210.3-10 (Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(D) If the pool assets relating to the third party are guaranteed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the third party and the subsidiary does not meet the conditions of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, the criteria in either paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section are met with respect to the third party and the disclosures specified in Rule 13-01 of Regulation S-X have been provided in the reports to be referenced. Financial statements of the subsidiary guarantor may be omitted if the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(E) The pool assets relating to such third party are asset-backed securities and the third party is filing reports pursuant to section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> or 78o(d)) and has filed all the material that would be required to be filed pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78n or 78o(d)) for a period of at least twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing referencing the third party's reports (or such shorter period that such third party was required to file such materials).
</P>
<P>(F) The third party is a U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise, has outstanding securities held by non-affiliates with an aggregate market value of $75 million or more, and makes information publicly available on an annual and quarterly basis, including audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles covering the same periods that would be required for audited financial statements under §§ 210.1-01 through 210.13-02 (Regulation S-X) of this chapter and non-financial information consistent with that required by this part (Regulation S-K).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1100(c)(2):</I> If you are relying on paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(E) of this section because the pool assets relating to such third party are asset-backed securities, then for purposes of a registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or a prospectus to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 for your securities, you also must include a reference (including Commission reporting number and filing date) to the prospectus for the third party asset-backed securities that: 
</FP>
<P>(a) Is either included in an effective Securities Act registration statement or filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) Contains the information required by Instruction 3.a. of Item 1112 of this Regulation AB.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Other participants to the transaction and pool assets representing interests in certain other asset pools.</I> (1) If the asset-backed securities transaction involves additional or intermediate parties not specifically identified in this Regulation AB, the disclosure required by this Regulation AB includes information to the extent material regarding any such party and its role, function and experience in relation to the asset-backed securities and the asset pool. Describe the material terms of any agreement with such party regarding the transaction, and file such agreement as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(2) If the asset pool backing the asset-backed securities includes one or more pool assets representing an interest in or the right to the payments or cash flows of another asset pool, then for purposes of this Regulation AB and §§ 240.13a-18 and 240.15d-18 of this chapter, references to the asset pool and the pool assets of the issuing entity also include the other asset pool and its pool assets if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Both the issuing entity for the asset-backed securities and the entity issuing the pool asset to be included in the issuing entity's asset pool were established under the direction of the same sponsor or depositor.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pool asset was created solely to satisfy legal requirements or otherwise facilitate the structuring of the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1100(d)(2).</I> Reference to the underlying asset pool includes, without limitation, compliance with applicable servicing criteria referenced in §§ 240.13a-18 and 240.15d-18 of this chapter and the servicer compliance statement required by Item 1123 of this Regulation AB. In addition, provide clear and concise disclosure, including by flow chart or other illustration, of the transaction and the various parties involved.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Foreign asset-backed securities.</I> If the asset-backed securities are issued by a foreign issuer (as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter), backed by pool assets that are foreign assets, or affected by enhancement or support contemplated by Items 1114 or 1115 of this Regulation AB provided by a foreign entity, then in providing the disclosure required by this Regulation AB (including, but not limited to, Items 1104 and 1110 of this Regulation AB regarding origination and securitization practices, Item 1107 of this Regulation AB regarding the sale or transfer of the pool assets, bankruptcy remoteness and collateral protection, Item 1108 of this Regulation AB regarding servicing, Item 1109 of this Regulation AB regarding the rights, duties and responsibilities of the trustee, Item 1111 of this Regulation AB regarding the terms, nature and treatment of the pool assets and Items 1114 or 1115 of this Regulation AB, as applicable, regarding the enhancement provider), the filing must describe any pertinent governmental, legal or regulatory or administrative matters and any pertinent tax matters, exchange controls, currency restrictions or other economic, fiscal, monetary or potential factors in the applicable home jurisdiction that could materially affect payments on, the performance of, or other matters relating to, the assets contained in the pool or the asset-backed securities. See also Instruction 2 to Item 202 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202). In addition, in a registration statement under the Securities Act, provide the information required by Item 101(g) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.101(g)). Disclosure also is required in Forms 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter) and 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) with respect to the asset-backed securities regarding any material impact caused by foreign legal and regulatory developments during the period covered by the report which have not been previously described in a Form 10-D, 10-K or 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) filed under the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing of required exhibits.</I> Where agreements or other documents in this Regulation AB (§§ 229.1100 through 229.1125) are specified to be filed as exhibits to a Securities Act registration statement, such agreements or other documents, if applicable, may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement, such as by filing a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) in the case of offerings registered on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter). Final agreements must be filed and made part of the registration statement no later than the date the final prospectus is required to be filed under § 230.424 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 72373, Dec. 5, 2005; 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014; 80 FR 6652, Feb. 6, 2015; 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016; 84 FR 12720, Apr. 2, 2019; 85 FR 22003, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1101" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1101   (Item 1101) Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to the terms used in Regulation AB (§§ 229.1100 through 229.1123), unless specified otherwise:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> means a written communication consisting solely of one or some combination of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Factual information regarding the asset-backed securities being offered and the structure and basic parameters of the securities, such as the number of classes, seniority, payment priorities, terms of payment, the tax, Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>) (“ERISA”) or other legal conclusions of counsel, and descriptive information relating to each class (e.g., principal amount, coupon, minimum denomination, anticipated price, yield, weighted average life, credit enhancements, anticipated ratings, and other similar information relating to the proposed structure of the offering);
</P>
<P>(2) Factual information regarding the pool assets underlying the asset-backed securities, including origination, acquisition and pool selection criteria, information regarding any prefunding or revolving period applicable to the offering, information regarding significant obligors, data regarding the contractual and related characteristics of the underlying pool assets (e.g., weighted average coupon, weighted average maturity, delinquency and loss information and geographic distribution) and other factual information concerning the parameters of the asset pool appropriate to the nature of the underlying assets, such as the type of assets comprising the pool and the programs under which the loans were originated;
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of key parties to the transaction, such as servicers, trustees, depositors, sponsors, originators and providers of credit enhancement or other support, including a brief description of each such party's roles, responsibilities, background and experience;
</P>
<P>(4) Static pool data, as referenced in Item 1105 of this Regulation AB, such as for the sponsor's and/or servicer's portfolio, prior transactions or the asset pool itself;
</P>
<P>(5) Statistical information displaying for a particular class of asset-backed securities the yield, average life, expected maturity, interest rate sensitivity, cash flow characteristics, total rate of return, option adjusted spread or other financial or statistical information relating to the class or classes under specified prepayment, interest rate, loss or other hypothetical scenarios. Examples of such information under the definition include:
</P>
<P>(i) Statistical results of interest rate sensitivity analyses regarding the impact on yield or other financial characteristics of a class of securities from changes in interest rates at one or more assumed prepayment speeds;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statistical information showing the cash flows that would be associated with a particular class of asset-backed securities at a specified prepayment speed; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Statistical information reflecting the financial impact of losses based on a variety of loss or default experience, prepayment, interest rate and related assumptions.
</P>
<P>(6) The names of underwriters participating in the offering of the securities, and their additional roles, if any, within the underwriting syndicate;
</P>
<P>(7) The anticipated schedule for the offering (including the approximate date upon which the proposed sale to the public will begin) and a description of marketing events (including the dates, times, locations, and procedures for attending or otherwise accessing them); and
</P>
<P>(8) A description of the procedures by which the underwriters will conduct the offering and the procedures for transactions in connection with the offering with an underwriter or participating dealer (including procedures regarding account-opening and submitting indications of interest and conditional offers to buy).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Asset-backed issuer</I> means an issuer whose reporting obligation results from either the registration of an offering of asset-backed securities under the Securities Act, or the registration of a class of asset-backed securities under section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>).
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Asset-backed security</I> means a security that is primarily serviced by the cash flows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distributions of proceeds to the security holders; provided that in the case of financial assets that are leases, those assets may convert to cash partially by the cash proceeds from the disposition of the physical property underlying such leases.
</P>
<P>(2) The following additional conditions apply in order to be considered an <I>asset-backed security:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Neither the depositor nor the issuing entity is an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) nor will become an investment company as a result of the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) The activities of the issuing entity for the asset-backed securities are limited to passively owning or holding the pool of assets, issuing the asset-backed securities supported or serviced by those assets, and other activities reasonably incidental thereto.
</P>
<P>(iii) No non-performing assets are part of the asset pool as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(iv) Delinquent assets do not constitute 50% or more, as measured by dollar volume, of the asset pool as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(v) With respect to securities that are backed by leases, the portion of the securitized pool balance attributable to the residual value of the physical property underlying the leases, as determined in accordance with the transaction agreements for the securities, does not constitute:
</P>
<P>(A) For motor vehicle leases, 65% or more, as measured by dollar volume, of the securitized pool balance as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(B) For all other leases, 50% or more, as measured by dollar volume, of the securitized pool balance as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of this section that the asset pool be a discrete pool of assets, the following are considered to be a discrete pool of assets for purposes of being considered an <I>asset-backed security:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Master trusts.</I> The offering related to the securities contemplates adding additional assets to the pool that backs such securities in connection with future issuances of asset-backed securities backed by such pool. The offering related to the securities also may contemplate additions to the asset pool, to the extent consistent with paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (c)(3)(iii) of this section, in connection with maintaining minimum pool balances in accordance with the transaction agreements for master trusts with revolving periods or receivables or other financial assets that arise under revolving accounts.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prefunding periods.</I> The offering related to the securities contemplates a prefunding account where a portion of the proceeds of that offering is to be used for the future acquisition of additional pool assets, if the duration of the prefunding period does not extend for more than one year from the date of issuance of the securities and the portion of the proceeds for such prefunding account does not involve in excess of:
</P>
<P>(A) For master trusts, 25% of the aggregate principal balance of the total asset pool whose cash flows support the securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) For other offerings, 25% of the proceeds of the offering.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Revolving periods.</I> The offering related to the securities contemplates a revolving period where cash flows from the pool assets may be used to acquire additional pool assets, provided, that, for securities backed by receivables or other financial assets that do not arise under revolving accounts, the revolving period does not extend for more than three years from the date of issuance of the securities and the additional pool assets are of the same general character as the original pool assets.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1101(c).</I> 1. For purposes of determining non-performing, delinquency and residual value thresholds, the “measurement date” means either:
</FP>
<P>a. The designated cut-off date for the transaction (<I>i.e.</I>, the date on and after which collections on the pool assets accrue for the benefit of asset-backed security holders), if applicable; or
</P>
<P>b. In the case of master trusts, the date as of which delinquency and loss information or securitized pool balance information, as applicable, is presented in the prospectus for the asset-backed securities to be filed pursuant to § 230.424(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>2. Non-performing and delinquent assets that are not funded or purchased by proceeds from the securities and that are not considered in cash flow calculations for the securities need not be considered as part of the asset pool for purposes of determining non-performing and delinquency thresholds.
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of determining non-performing, delinquency and residual value thresholds for master trusts, calculations are to be measured against the total asset pool whose cash flows support the securities.
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of determining residual value thresholds, residual values need not be included in measuring against the thresholds to the extent a separate party is obligated for such amounts (e.g., through a residual value guarantee, residual value insurance or where the lessee is obligated to cover any residual losses).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Delinquent</I>, for purposes of determining if a pool asset is delinquent, means if a pool asset is more than 30 or 31 days or a single payment cycle, as applicable, past due from the contractual due date, as determined in accordance with any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction agreements for the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(2) The delinquency recognition policies of the sponsor, any affiliate of the sponsor that originated the pool asset or the servicer of the pool asset; or
</P>
<P>(3) The delinquency recognition policies applicable to such pool asset established by the primary safety and soundness regulator of any entity listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or the program or regulatory entity that oversees the program under which the pool asset was originated.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Depositor</I> means the depositor who receives or purchases and transfers or sells the pool assets to the issuing entity. For asset-backed securities transactions where there is not an intermediate transfer of the assets from the sponsor to the issuing entity, the term depositor refers to the sponsor. For asset-backed securities transactions where the person transferring or selling the pool assets is itself a trust, the depositor of the issuing entity is the <I>depositor</I> of that trust.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Issuing entity</I> means the trust or other entity created at the direction of the sponsor or depositor that owns or holds the pool assets and in whose name the asset-backed securities supported or serviced by the pool assets are issued.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Non-performing</I>, for purposes of determining if a pool asset is non-performing, means a pool asset if any of the following is true:
</P>
<P>(1) The pool asset would be treated as wholly or partially charged-off under the requirements in the transaction agreements for the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(2) The pool asset would be treated as wholly or partially charged-off under the charge-off policies of the sponsor, an affiliate of the sponsor that originates the pool asset or a servicer that services the pool asset; or
</P>
<P>(3) The pool asset would be treated as wholly or partially charged-off under the charge-off policies applicable to such pool asset established by the primary safety and soundness regulator of any entity listed in paragraph (g)(2) of this section or the program or regulatory entity that oversees the program under which the pool asset was originated.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>NRSRO</I> has the same meaning as the term “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as used in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Obligor</I> means any person who is directly or indirectly committed by contract or other arrangement to make payments on all or part of the obligations on a pool asset.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Servicer</I> means any person responsible for the management or collection of the pool assets or making allocations or distributions to holders of the asset-backed securities. The term <I>servicer</I> does not include a trustee for the issuing entity or the asset-backed securities that makes allocations or distributions to holders of the asset-backed securities if the trustee receives such allocations or distributions from a servicer and the trustee does not otherwise perform the functions of a servicer.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Significant obligor</I> means any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An obligor or a group of affiliated obligors on any pool asset or group of pool assets if such pool asset or group of pool assets represents 10% or more of the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(2) A single property or group of related properties securing a pool asset or a group of pool assets if such pool asset or group of pool assets represents 10% or more of the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(3) A lessee or group of affiliated lessees if the related lease or group of leases represents 10% or more of the asset pool.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1101(k):</I> 1. Regarding paragraph (k)(3) of this section, the calculation must focus on the leases whose cash flow supports the asset-backed securities directly or indirectly (including the residual value of the physical property underlying the leases if a portion of the securitized pool balance is attributable to the residual value of such property), regardless of whether the asset pool contains the leases themselves, mortgages on properties that are the subject of the leases or other assets related to the leases.
</FP>
<P>2. If separate pool assets, or properties underlying pool assets, are cross-defaulted and/or cross-collateralized, such pool assets are to be aggregated and considered together in determining concentration levels.
</P>
<P>3. If the pool asset is a mortgage or lease relating to real estate, the pool asset is non-recourse to the obligor, and the obligor does not manage the property or does not own other assets and has no other operations, then the obligor need not be considered a separate significant obligor from the real estate. Otherwise, the obligor is a separate significant obligor.
</P>
<P>4. The determination of significant obligors is to be made as of the designated cut-off date for the transaction (<I>i.e.</I>, the date on and after which collections on the pool assets accrue for the benefit of asset-backed security holders), provided, that, in the case of master trusts, the determination is to be made as of the cut-off date (or issuance date if there is not a cut-off date) for each issuance of asset-backed securities backed by the same asset pool. In addition, if disclosure is required pursuant to either Item 6.05 of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308) or in a Form 10-D (17 CFR 249.312) pursuant to Item 1121(b) of this Regulation AB, the determination of significant obligors is to be made against the asset pool described in such report. However, if the percentage concentration regarding an obligor falls below 10% subsequent to the determination dates discussed in this Instruction, the obligor no longer need be considered a significant obligor.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(l) <I>Sponsor</I> means the person who organizes and initiates an asset-backed securities transaction by selling or transferring assets, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, to the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Asset representations reviewer</I> means any person appointed to review the underlying assets for compliance with the representations and warranties on the underlying pool assets and is not affiliated with any sponsor, depositor, servicer, or trustee of the transaction, or any of their affiliates. The asset representations reviewer shall not be the party to determine whether noncompliance with representations or warranties constitutes a breach of any contractual provision. The asset representations reviewer also shall not be the same party or an affiliate of any party hired by the sponsor or underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the pool assets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1102" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1102   (Item 1102) Forepart of registration statement and outside cover page of the prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the information required by Item 501 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.501), provide the following information on the outside front cover page of the prospectus. Present information regarding multiple classes in tables if doing so will aid understanding. If information regarding multiple classes cannot appear on the cover page due to space limitations, include the information in the summary or in an immediately preceding separate table.
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the sponsor, the depositor and the issuing entity (if known). Such identifying information should include a Central Index Key number for the depositor and the issuing entity, and if applicable, the sponsor.
</P>
<P>(b) In identifying the title of the securities, include the series number, if applicable. If there is more than one class of securities offered, state the class designations of the securities offered.
</P>
<P>(c) Identify the asset type(s) being securitized.
</P>
<P>(d) Include a statement, if applicable and appropriately modified to the transaction, that the securities represent the obligations of the issuing entity only and do not represent the obligations of or interest in the sponsor, depositor or any of their affiliates.
</P>
<P>(e) Identify the aggregate principal amount of all securities offered and the principal amount, if any, of each class of securities offered. If a class has no principal amount, disclose that fact, and, if applicable, state the notional amount, clearly identifying that the amount is a notional one. If the amounts are approximate, disclose that fact.
</P>
<P>(f) Indicate the interest rate or specified rate of return of each class of security offered. If a class of securities does not bear interest or a specified return, disclose that fact. If the rate is based on a formula or is calculated in reference to a generally recognized interest rate index, such as a U.S. Treasury securities index, either provide the formula on the cover, or indicate that the rate is variable, indicate the index upon which the rate is based and indicate that further disclosure of how the rate is determined is included in the transaction summary.
</P>
<P>(g) Identify the distribution frequency, by class or series where applicable, and the first expected distribution date for the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(h) Briefly describe any credit enhancement or other support for the transaction and identify any enhancement or support provider referenced in Items 1114(b) or 1115 of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1102:</I> Also see Item 1113(f)(2) of this Regulation AB regarding the title of any class of securities with an optional redemption or termination feature that may be exercised when 25% or more of the original principal balance of the pool assets are still outstanding.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1103" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1103   (Item 1103) Transaction summary and risk factors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prospectus summary.</I> In providing the information required by Item 503(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.503(a)), provide the following information in the prospectus summary, as applicable. Present information regarding multiple classes in tables if doing so will aid understanding. Consider using diagrams to illustrate the relationships among the parties, the structure of the securities offered (including, for example, the flow of funds or any subordination features) and any other material features of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the participants in the transaction, including the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity, trustee and servicers contemplated by Item 1108(a)(2) of this Regulation AB, and their respective roles. Describe the roles briefly if they are not apparent from the title of the role. Identify any originator contemplated by Item 1110 of this Regulation AB and any significant obligor.
</P>
<P>(2) Briefly identify the pool assets and summarize briefly the size and material characteristics of the asset pool. Identify the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool, if applicable.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1103(a)(2).</I> What is required is summary disclosure tailored to the particular asset pool backing the asset-backed securities. While the material characteristics will vary depending on the nature of the pool assets, summary disclosure may include, among other things, statistical information of: The types of underwriting or origination programs, exceptions to underwriting or origination criteria and, if applicable, modifications made to the pool assets after origination. Include a cross-reference in the prospectus summary to the more detailed statistical information found in the prospectus.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) State briefly the basic terms of each class of securities offered. In particular:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the classes offered by the prospectus and any classes issued in the same transaction or residual or equity interests in the transaction that are not being offered by the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) State the interest rate or rate of return on each class of securities offered, to the extent that the rates on any class of securities were not disclosed in full on the prospectus cover page.
</P>
<P>(iii) State the expected final and final scheduled maturity or principal distribution dates, if applicable, of each class of securities offered.
</P>
<P>(iv) Identify the denominations in which the securities may be issued.
</P>
<P>(v) Identify the distribution frequency on the securities.
</P>
<P>(vi) Summarize the flow of funds, payment priorities and allocations among the classes of securities offered, the classes of securities that are not offered, and fees and expenses, to the extent necessary to understand the payment characteristics of the classes that are offered by the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(vii) Identify any events in the transaction agreements that can trigger liquidation or amortization of the asset pool or other performance triggers that would alter the transaction structure or the flow of funds.
</P>
<P>(viii) Identify any optional or mandatory redemption or termination features.
</P>
<P>(ix) Identify any credit enhancement or other support for the transaction, as referenced in Items 1114(a) and 1115 of this Regulation AB, and briefly describe what protection or support is provided by the enhancement. Identify any enhancement provider referenced in Items 1114(b) and 1115 of this Regulation AB. Summarize how losses not covered by credit enhancement or support will be allocated to the securities.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any outstanding series or classes of securities that are backed by the same asset pool or otherwise have claims on the pool assets. In addition, state if additional series or classes of securities may be issued that are backed by the same asset pool and briefly identify the circumstances under which those additional securities may be issued. Specify if security holder approval is necessary for such issuances and if security holders will receive notice of such issuances.
</P>
<P>(5) If the transaction will include prefunding or revolving periods, indicate:
</P>
<P>(i) The term or duration of the prefunding or revolving period.
</P>
<P>(ii) For prefunding periods, the amount of proceeds to be deposited in the prefunding account.
</P>
<P>(iii) For revolving periods, the maximum amount of additional assets that may be acquired during the revolving period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(iv) The percentage of the asset pool and any class or series of the asset-backed securities represented by the prefunding account or the revolving period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(v) Any limitation on the ability to add pool assets.
</P>
<P>(vi) The requirements for assets that may be added to the pool.
</P>
<P>(6) If pool assets can otherwise be added, removed or substituted (for example, in the event of a breach in representations or warranties regarding pool assets), summarize briefly the circumstances under which such actions can occur.
</P>
<P>(7) Summarize the amount or formula for calculating the fee that the servicer will receive for performing its duties, and identify from what source those fees will be paid and the distribution priority of those fees.
</P>
<P>(8) Summarize the federal income tax issues material to investors of each class of securities offered.
</P>
<P>(9) Indicate whether the issuance or sale of any class of offered securities is conditioned on the assignment of a rating by one or more rating agencies. If so, identify each rating agency and the minimum rating that must be assigned.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk factors.</I> In providing the information required by Item 105 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.105), identify any risks that may be different for investors in any offered class of asset-backed securities, and if so, identify such classes and describe such difference(s).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014; 84 FR 12721, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1104" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1104   (Item 1104) Sponsors.</HEAD>
<P>Provide the following information about the sponsor:
</P>
<P>(a) State the sponsor's name and describe the sponsor's form of organization.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe the general character of the sponsor's business.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe the sponsor's securitization program and state how long the sponsor has been engaged in the securitization of assets. The description must include, to the extent material, a general discussion of the sponsor's experience in securitizing assets of any type as well as a more detailed discussion of the sponsor's experience in and overall procedures for originating or acquiring and securitizing assets of the type included in the current transaction. Include to the extent material information regarding the size, composition and growth of the sponsor's portfolio of assets of the type to be securitized and information or factors related to the sponsor that may be material to an analysis of the origination or performance of the pool assets, such as whether any prior securitizations organized by the sponsor have defaulted or experienced an early amortization triggering event.
</P>
<P>(d) Describe the sponsor's material roles and responsibilities in its securitization program, including whether the sponsor or an affiliate is responsible for originating, acquiring, pooling or servicing the pool assets, and the sponsor's participation in structuring the transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Repurchases and replacements.</I> (1) If the underlying transaction agreements provide a covenant to repurchase or replace an underlying asset for breach of a representation or warranty, provide in the body of the prospectus for the prior three years, the information required by Rule 15Ga-1(a) (17 CFR 240.15Ga-1(a)) concerning all assets securitized by the sponsor that were the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of the representations and warranties concerning the pool assets for all asset-backed securities (as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) where the underlying transaction agreements included a covenant to repurchase or replace an underlying asset of the same asset class held by non-affiliates of the sponsor, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) For prospectuses to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter prior to February 14, 2013, information may be limited to the prior year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For prospectuses to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter on or after February 14, 2013 but prior to February 14, 2014, information may be limited to the prior two years.
</P>
<P>(2) Include a reference to the most recent Form ABS-15G filed by the securitizer (as that term is defined in Section 15G(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in response to Rule 15Ga-1 and disclose the CIK number of the securitizer.
</P>
<P>(3) For prospectuses to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter, the information presented shall not be more than 135 days old.
</P>
<P>(f) If the sponsor is required to repurchase or replace any asset for breach of a representation and warranty pursuant to the transaction agreements, provide information regarding the sponsor's financial condition to the extent that there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction agreements relating to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on pool performance or performance of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(g) Describe any interest that the sponsor, or any affiliate of the sponsor, has retained in the transaction, including the amount and nature of that interest. Disclose any hedge (security specific or portfolio) materially related to the credit risk of the securities that was entered into by the sponsor or, if known, by an affiliate of the sponsor to offset the risk position held.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1104(g).</I> The disclosure required under this item shall separately state the amount and nature of any interest or asset retained in compliance with law, including any amounts that are retained by parties other than the sponsor in order to satisfy such requirements.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 4511, Jan. 26, 2011; 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014; 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1105" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1105   (Item 1105) Static pool information.</HEAD>
<P>Describe the static pool information presented. Provide appropriate introductory and explanatory information to introduce the characteristics, the methodology used in determining or calculating the characteristics and any terms or abbreviations used. Include a description of how the static pool differs from the pool underlying the securities being offered, such as the extent to which the pool underlying the securities being offered was originated with the same or differing underwriting criteria, loan terms, and risk tolerances than the static pools presented. In addition to a narrative description, the static pool information should be presented graphically if doing so would aid in understanding.
</P>
<P>(a) For amortizing asset pools, unless the registrant determines that such information is not material:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide static pool information, to the extent material, regarding delinquencies, cumulative losses and prepayments for prior securitized pools of the sponsor for that asset type.
</P>
<P>(2) If the sponsor has less than three years of experience securitizing assets of the type to be included in the offered asset pool, consider providing instead static pool information, to the extent material, regarding delinquencies, cumulative losses and prepayments by vintage origination years regarding originations or purchases by the sponsor, as applicable, for that asset type. A vintage origination year represents assets originated during the same year.
</P>
<P>(3) In providing the information required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the requested information for prior pools or vintage origination years, as applicable, relating to the following time period, to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(A) Five years, or
</P>
<P>(B) For so long as the sponsor has been either securitizing assets of the same asset type (in the case of paragraph (a)(1) of this section) or making originations or purchases of assets of the same asset type (in the case of paragraph (a)(2) of this section) if less than five years.
</P>
<P>(ii) Present delinquency, cumulative loss and prepayment data for each prior securitized pool or vintage origination year, as applicable, over the life of the prior securitized pool or vintage origination year. The most recent periodic increment for the data must be as of a date no later than 135 days of the date of first use of the prospectus.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1105(a)(3)(ii).</I> Present historical delinquency and loss information in accordance with Item 1100(b) of this Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(b)) through no less than 120 days.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) Provide summary information for the original characteristics of the prior securitized pools or vintage origination years, as applicable and material. While the material summary characteristics may vary, these characteristics may include, among other things, the following: number of pool assets; original pool balance; weighted average initial loan balance; weighted average interest or note rate; weighted average original term; weighted average remaining term; weighted average and minimum and maximum standardized credit score or other applicable measure of obligor credit quality; product type; loan purpose; loan-to-value information; distribution of assets by loan or note rate; and geographic distribution information.
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide graphical illustration of delinquencies, prepayments and losses for each prior securitized pool or by vintage origination year regarding originations or purchases by the sponsor, as applicable for that asset type.
</P>
<P>(b) For revolving asset master trusts, unless the registrant determines that such information is not material, provide, to the extent material, data regarding delinquencies, cumulative losses, prepayments, payment rate, yield and standardized credit scores or other applicable measure of obligor credit quality in separate increments based on the date of origination of the pool assets. While the material increments may vary, consider presenting such data at a minimum in 12-month increments through the first five years of the account's life (e.g., 0-12 months, 13-24 months, 25-36 months, 37-48 months, 49-60 months and 61 months or more).
</P>
<P>(c) If the information that would otherwise be required by paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2) or (b) of this section is not material, but alternative static pool information would provide material disclosure, provide such alternative information instead. Similarly, information contemplated by paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2) or (b) of this section regarding a party or parties other than the sponsor may be provided in addition to or in lieu of such information regarding the sponsor if appropriate to provide material disclosure. In addition, provide other explanatory disclosure, including why alternative disclosure is being provided and explain the absence of any static pool information contemplated by paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2) or (b) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) The following information provided in response to this section shall not be deemed to be a prospectus or part of a prospectus for the asset-backed securities nor shall such information be deemed to be part of the registration statement for the asset-backed securities:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to information regarding prior securitized pools of the sponsor that do not include the currently offered pool, information regarding prior securitized pools that were established before January 1, 2006; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to information regarding the currently offered pool, information about the pool for periods before January 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(e) For prospectuses to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter that include information specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, the prospectus shall disclose that such information is not deemed to be part of that prospectus or the registration statement for the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(f) If any of the information identified in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section that is to be provided in response to this section is unknown and not available to the registrant without unreasonable effort or expense, such information may be omitted, provided the registrant provides the information on the subject it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense, and the registrant includes a statement in the prospectus showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved in obtaining the omitted information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 72373, Dec. 5, 2005; 79 FR 57314, Sept. 24, 2014; 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1106" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1106   (Item 1106) Depositors.</HEAD>
<P>If the depositor is not the same entity as the sponsor, provide separately the information regarding the depositor called for by paragraphs (a) and (b) of Item 1104 of this Regulation AB, and, to the extent the information would be material and materially different from the sponsor, paragraphs (c) and (d) of Item 1104 of this Regulation AB. In addition, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The ownership structure of the depositor.
</P>
<P>(b) The general character of any activities the depositor is engaged in other than securitizing assets and the time period during which it has been so engaged.
</P>
<P>(c) Any continuing duties of the depositor after issuance of the asset-backed securities being registered regarding the asset-backed securities or the pool assets.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1107" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1107   (Item 1107) Issuing entities.</HEAD>
<P>Provide the following information about the issuing entity:
</P>
<P>(a) State the issuing entity's name and describe the issuing entity's form of organization, including the State or other jurisdiction under whose laws the issuing entity is organized. File the issuing entity's governing documents as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe the permissible activities and restrictions on the activities of the issuing entity under its governing documents, including any restrictions on the ability to issue or invest in additional securities, to borrow money or to make loans to other persons. Describe any provisions in the issuing entity's governing documents allowing for modification of the issuing entity's governing documents, including its permissible activities.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any specific discretionary activities with regard to the administration of the asset pool or the asset-backed securities, and identify the person or persons authorized to exercise such discretion.
</P>
<P>(d) Describe any assets owned or to be owned by the issuing entity, apart from the pool assets, as well as any liabilities of the issuing entity, apart from the asset-backed securities. Disclose the fiscal year end of the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(e) If the issuing entity has executive officers, a board of directors or persons performing similar functions, provide the information required by Items 401, 402, 403 404 and 407(a), (c)(3), (d)(4), (d)(5) and (e)(4) of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.401, 229.402, 229.403, 229.404 and 229.407(a), (c)(3), (d)(4), (d)(5) and (e)(4)) for the issuing entity. 
</P>
<P>(f) Describe the terms of any management or administration agreement regarding the issuing entity. File any such agreement as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(g) Describe the capitalization of the issuing entity and the amount or nature of any equity contribution to the issuing entity by the sponsor, depositor or other party.
</P>
<P>(h) Describe the sale or transfer of the pool assets to the issuing entity as well as the creation (and perfection and priority status) of any security interest in favor of the issuing entity, the trustee, the asset-backed security holders or others, including the material terms of any agreement providing for such sale, transfer or creation of a security interest. File any such agreements as an exhibit. In addition to an appropriate narrative description, also provide this information graphically or in a flow chart if it will aid understanding.
</P>
<P>(i) If the pool assets are securities, as defined under the Securities Act, state the market price of the securities and the basis on which the market price was determined.
</P>
<P>(j) If expenses incurred in connection with the selection and acquisition of the pool assets are to be payable from offering proceeds, disclose the amount of such expenses. If such expenses are to be paid to the sponsor, servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(2) of this Regulation AB, depositor, issuing entity, originator contemplated by Item 1110 of this Regulation AB, underwriter, or any affiliate of the foregoing, separately identify the type and amount of expenses paid to each such party.
</P>
<P>(k) Describe to the extent material any provisions or arrangements included to address any one or more of the following issues:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether any security interests granted in connection with the transaction are perfected, maintained and enforced.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether declaration of bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding with respect to the issuing entity can occur.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether in the event of a bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding with respect to the sponsor, originator, depositor or other seller of the pool assets, the issuing entity's assets will become part of the bankruptcy estate or subject to the bankruptcy control of a third party.
</P>
<P>(4) Whether in the event of a bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding with respect to the issuing entity, the issuing entity's assets will become subject to the bankruptcy control of a third party.
</P>
<P>(l) If applicable law prohibits the issuing entity from holding the pool assets directly (for example, an “eligible lender” trustee must hold student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>)), describe the arrangements instituted to hold the pool assets on behalf of the issuing entity. Include disclosure regarding the arrangements taken, as applicable, regarding the items in paragraph (k) of this section with respect to any such additional entity that holds such assets on behalf of the issuing entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 53259, Sept. 8, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1108" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1108   (Item 1108) Servicers.</HEAD>
<P>Provide the following information for the servicer.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Multiple servicers.</I> Where servicing of the pool assets utilizes multiple servicers (e.g., master servicers that oversee the actions of other servicers, primary servicers that have primary contact with the obligor, or special servicers for specific servicing functions):
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a clear introductory description of the roles, responsibilities and oversight requirements of the entire servicing structure and the parties involved. In addition to an appropriate narrative discussion of the allocation of servicing responsibilities, also consider presenting the information graphically if doing so will aid understanding.
</P>
<P>(2) Identify:
</P>
<P>(i) Each master servicer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each affiliated servicer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each unaffiliated servicer that services 10% or more of the pool assets; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other material servicer responsible for calculating or making distributions to holders of the asset-backed securities, performing work-outs or foreclosures, or other aspect of the servicing of the pool assets or the asset-backed securities upon which the performance of the pool assets or the asset-backed securities is materially dependent.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide the information in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section, as applicable depending on the servicer's role, for each servicer identified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i), (ii) and (iv) of this section and each unaffiliated servicer identified in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section that services 20% or more of the pool assets
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identifying information and experience.</I> (1) State the servicer's name and describe the servicer's form of organization.
</P>
<P>(2) State how long the servicer has been servicing assets. Provide, to the extent material, a general discussion of the servicer's experience in servicing assets of any type as well as a more detailed discussion of the servicer's experience in, and procedures for the servicing function it will perform in the current transaction for assets of the type included in the current transaction. Include to the extent material information regarding the size, composition and growth of the servicer's portfolio of serviced assets of the type included in the current transaction and information on factors related to the servicer that may be material to an analysis of the servicing of the assets or the asset-backed securities, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe any material changes to the servicer's policies or procedures in the servicing function it will perform in the current transaction for assets of the same type included in the current transaction during the past three years.
</P>
<P>(4) Provide information regarding the servicer's financial condition to the extent that there is a material risk that the effect on one or more aspects of servicing resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on pool performance or performance of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Servicing agreements and servicing practices.</I> (1) Describe the material terms of the servicing agreement and the servicer's duties regarding the asset-backed securities transaction. File the servicing agreement as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe to the extent material the manner in which collections on the assets will be maintained, such as through a segregated collection account, and the extent of commingling of funds that occurs or may occur from the assets with other funds, serviced assets or other assets of the servicer.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe to the extent material any special or unique factors involved in servicing the particular type of assets included in the current transaction, such as subprime assets, and the servicer's processes and procedures designed to address such factors.
</P>
<P>(4) Describe to the extent material the terms of any arrangements whereby the servicer is required or permitted to provide advances of funds regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, including interest or other fees charged for such advances and terms of recovery by the servicer of such advances. To the extent material, provide statistical information regarding servicer advances on the pool assets and the servicer's overall servicing portfolio for the past three years.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe to the extent material the servicer's process for handling delinquencies, losses, bankruptcies and recoveries, such as through liquidation of the underlying collateral, note sale by a special servicer or borrower negotiation or workouts.
</P>
<P>(6) If the servicer has custodial responsibility for the assets, describe material arrangements regarding the safekeeping and preservation of the assets, such as the physical promissory notes, and procedures to reflect the segregation of the assets from other serviced assets. If no servicer has custodial responsibility for the assets, disclose that fact, identify the party that has such responsibility and provide the information called for by this paragraph for such party.
</P>
<P>(7) Describe any limitations on the servicer's liability under the transaction agreements regarding the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Back-up servicing.</I> Describe the material terms regarding the servicer's removal, replacement, resignation or transfer, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Provisions for selection of a successor servicer and financial or other requirements that must be met by a successor servicer.
</P>
<P>(2) The process for transferring servicing to a successor servicer.
</P>
<P>(3) Provisions for payment of expenses associated with a servicing transfer and any additional fees charged by a successor servicer. Specify the amount of any funds set aside for a servicing transfer.
</P>
<P>(4) Arrangements, if any, regarding a back-up servicer for the assets and the identity of any such back-up servicer.
</P>
<P>(e) Describe any interest that the servicer, or any affiliate of the servicer, has retained in the transaction, including the amount and nature of that interest. Disclose any hedge (security specific or portfolio) materially related to the credit risk of the securities that was entered into by the servicer or, if known, by an affiliate of the servicer to offset the risk position held.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1108(e).</I> The disclosure required under this item shall separately state the amount and nature of any interest or asset retained in compliance with law, including any amounts that are retained by parties other than the servicer in order to satisfy such requirements.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57314, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1109" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1109   (Item 1109) Trustees and other transaction parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trustees.</I> Provide the following information for each trustee:
</P>
<P>(1) State the trustee's name and describe the trustee's form of organization.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe to what extent the trustee has had prior experience serving as a trustee for asset-backed securities transactions involving similar pool assets, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the trustee's duties and responsibilities regarding the asset-backed securities under the governing documents and under applicable law. In addition, describe any actions required by the trustee, including whether notices are required to investors, rating agencies or other third parties, upon an event of default, potential event of default (and how defined) or other breach of a transaction covenant and any required percentage of a class or classes of asset-backed securities that is needed to require the trustee to take action.
</P>
<P>(4) Describe any limitations on the trustee's liability under the transaction agreements regarding the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any indemnification provisions that entitle the trustee to be indemnified from the cash flow that otherwise would be used to pay the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(6) Describe any contractual provisions or understandings regarding the trustee's removal, replacement or resignation, as well as how the expenses associated with changing from one trustee to another trustee will be paid.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1109.</I> If multiple trustees are involved in the transaction, provide a description of the roles and responsibilities of each trustee.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Asset representations reviewer.</I> Provide the following for each asset representations reviewer:
</P>
<P>(1) State the asset representations reviewer's name and describe its form of organization.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe to what extent the asset representations reviewer has had prior experience serving as an asset representations reviewer for asset-backed securities transactions involving similar pool assets.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the asset representations reviewer's duties and responsibilities regarding the asset-backed securities under the governing documents and under applicable law. In addition, describe any actions required of the asset representations reviewer, including whether notices are required to investors, rating agencies or other third parties, and any required percentage of a class or classes of asset-backed securities that is needed to require the asset representations reviewer to take action.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose the manner and amount in which the asset representations reviewer is compensated.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any limitations on the asset representations reviewer's liability under the transaction agreements regarding the asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(6) Describe any indemnification provisions that entitle the asset representations reviewer to be indemnified from the cash flow that otherwise would be used to pay holders of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(7) Describe any contractual provisions or understandings regarding the asset representations reviewer's removal, replacement or resignation, as well as how the expenses associated with changing from one asset representations reviewer to another asset representations reviewer will be paid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57314, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1110" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1110   (Item 1110) Originators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Identify any originator or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates, that originated, or is expected to originate, 10% or more of the pool assets. Also identify any originator(s) originating less than 10% of the pool assets if the cumulative amount originated by parties other than the sponsor or its affiliates is more than 10% of the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide the following information for any originator or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates, that originated, or is expected to originate, 20% or more of the pool assets:
</P>
<P>(1) The originator's form of organization.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent material, a description of the originator's origination program and how long the originator has been engaged in originating assets. The description must include a discussion of the originator's experience in originating assets of the type included in the current transaction. In providing the description, include, if material, information regarding the size and composition of the originator's origination portfolio as well as information material to an analysis of the performance of the pool assets, such as the originator's credit-granting or underwriting criteria for the asset types being securitized.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe any interest that the originator, or any affiliate of the originator, has retained in the transaction, including the amount and nature of that interest. Disclose any hedge (security specific or portfolio) materially related to the credit risk of the securities that was entered into by the originator or, if known, by an affiliate of the originator to offset the risk position held.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1110(b)(3).</I> The disclosure required under this item shall separately state the amount and nature of any interest or asset retained in compliance with law, including any amounts that are retained by parties other than the originator in order to satisfy such requirements.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) For any originator identified under paragraph (b) of this section, if such originator is required to repurchase or replace a pool asset for breach of a representation and warranty pursuant to the transaction agreements, provide information regarding the originator's financial condition to the extent that there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction agreements relating to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on pool performance or performance of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57314, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1111" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1111   (Item 1111) Pool assets.</HEAD>
<P>Describe the pool assets, including the information required by this Item 1111. Present statistical information in tabular or graphical format, if such presentation will aid understanding. Present statistical information in appropriate distributional groups or incremental ranges in addition to presenting appropriate overall pool totals, averages and weighted averages, if such presentation will aid in the understanding of the data. In addition to presenting the number, amount and percentage of pool assets by distributional group or range, also provide statistical information for each group or range by variables, to the extent material, such as, average balance, weighted average coupon, average age and remaining term, average loan-to-value or similar ratio and weighted average standardized credit score or other applicable measure of obligor credit quality. These variables are just examples and should be tailored to the particular asset class backing the asset-backed securities. Consider providing minimums and maximums when presenting averages on an aggregate basis and within each group or range. In addition, provide historical data on the pool assets as appropriate (e.g., the lesser of three years or the time such assets have existed) to allow material evaluation of the pool data. In making any calculations regarding overall pool balances, disregard any funds set aside for a prefunding account.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Information regarding pool asset types and selection criteria.</I> Provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the type or types of pool assets to be securitized.
</P>
<P>(2) A general description of the material terms of the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate or purchase the pool assets, including, to the extent known, any changes in such criteria and the extent to which such policies and criteria are or could be overridden.
</P>
<P>(4) The method and criteria by which the pool assets were selected for the transaction.
</P>
<P>(5) The cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(6) If legal or regulatory provisions (such as bankruptcy, consumer protection, predatory lending, privacy, property rights or foreclosure laws or regulations) may materially affect pool asset performance or payments or expected payments on the asset-backed securities, briefly identify these provisions and their effects on such items.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1111(a)(6):</I> Unless a material concentration of assets exists, it is not necessary to provide details of the laws in each jurisdiction. Even in that case, a legalistic description or recitation of the laws or regulations in a particular jurisdiction is not required.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(7)(i) The nature of a review of the assets performed by an issuer or sponsor (required by § 230.193), including whether the issuer of any asset-backed security engaged a third party for purposes of performing the review of the pool assets underlying an asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The findings and conclusions of the review of the assets by the issuer, sponsor, or third party described in paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1111(a)(7):</I> The disclosure required under this item shall provide an understanding of how the review related to the disclosure regarding the assets. For example, if benchmarks or criteria different from that specified in the prospectus were used to evaluate the assets, these should be described, as well as the findings and conclusions. If the review is of a sample of assets in the pool, disclose the size of the sample and the criteria used to select the assets sampled. If the issuer has engaged a third party for purposes of performing the review of assets, and attributes the findings and conclusions of the review to the third party in the disclosure required by this item, the issuer must provide the name of the third-party reviewer and comply with the requirements of § 230.436 of this chapter.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(8) If any assets in the pool deviate from the disclosed underwriting criteria or other criteria or benchmark used to evaluate the assets, or any assets in the sample or assets otherwise known to deviate if only a sample was reviewed, disclose how those assets deviate from the disclosed underwriting criteria or other criteria or benchmark used to evaluate the assets and include data on the amount and characteristics of those assets that did not meet the disclosed standards. Disclose which entity (e.g., sponsor, originator, or underwriter) or entities determined that those assets should be included in the pool, despite not having met the disclosed underwriting standards or other criteria or benchmark used to evaluate the assets, and what factors were used to make the determination, such as compensating factors or a determination that the exception was not material. If compensating or other factors were used, provide data on the amount of assets in the pool or in the sample that are represented as meeting each such factor and the amount of assets that do not meet those factors. If multiple entities are involved in the decision to include assets despite not having met the disclosed underwriting standards, this should be described and each participating entity should be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pool characteristics.</I> Describe the material characteristics of the asset pool. Provide appropriate introductory and explanatory information to introduce the characteristics, the methodology used in determining or calculating the characteristics and any terms or abbreviations used. While the material characteristics will vary depending on the nature of the pool assets, such characteristics may include, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) Number of each type of pool assets.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset size, such as original balance and outstanding balance as of a designated cut-off date.
</P>
<P>(3) Interest rate or rate of return, including type of interest rate if the pool includes different types, such as fixed and floating rates.
</P>
<P>(4) Capitalized or uncapitalized accrued interest.
</P>
<P>(5) Age, maturity, remaining term, average life (based on different prepayment assumptions), current payment/prepayment speeds and pool factors, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(6) Servicer distribution, if different servicers service different pool assets.
</P>
<P>(7) If a loan or similar receivable:
</P>
<P>(i) Amortization period.
</P>
<P>(ii) Loan purpose (e.g., whether a purchase or refinance) and status, if applicable (e.g., repayment or deferment).
</P>
<P>(iii) Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios and debt service coverage ratios (DSCR), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(iv) Type and/or use of underlying property, product or collateral (e.g., occupancy type for residential mortgages or industry sector for commercial mortgages).
</P>
<P>(8) If a receivable or other financial asset that arises under a revolving account, such as a credit card receivable:
</P>
<P>(i) Monthly payment rate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Maximum credit lines.
</P>
<P>(iii) Average account balance.
</P>
<P>(iv) Yield percentages.
</P>
<P>(v) Type of asset.
</P>
<P>(vi) Finance charges, fees and other income earned.
</P>
<P>(vii) Balance reductions granted for refunds, returns, fraudulent charges or other reasons.
</P>
<P>(viii) Percentage of full-balance and minimum payments made.
</P>
<P>(9) If the asset pool includes commercial mortgages, the following information, to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(i) For all commercial mortgages:
</P>
<P>(A) The location and present use of each mortgaged property.
</P>
<P>(B) Net operating income and net cash flow information, as well as the components of net operating income and net cash flow, for each mortgaged property.
</P>
<P>(C) Current occupancy rates for each mortgaged property.
</P>
<P>(D) The identity, square feet occupied by and lease expiration dates for the three largest tenants at each mortgaged property.
</P>
<P>(E) The nature and amount of all other material mortgages, liens or encumbrances against such properties and their priority.
</P>
<P>(ii) For each commercial mortgage that represents, by dollar value, 10% or more of the asset pool, as measured as of the cut-off date:
</P>
<P>(A) Any proposed program for the renovation, improvement or development of such properties, including the estimated cost thereof and the method of financing to be used.
</P>
<P>(B) The general competitive conditions to which such properties are or may be subject.
</P>
<P>(C) Management of such properties.
</P>
<P>(D) Occupancy rate expressed as a percentage for each of the last five years.
</P>
<P>(E) Principal business, occupations and professions carried on in, or from the properties.
</P>
<P>(F) Number of tenants occupying 10% or more of the total rentable square footage of such properties and principal nature of business of such tenant, and the principal provisions of the leases with those tenants including, but not limited to: rental per annum, expiration date, and renewal options.
</P>
<P>(G) The average effective annual rental per square foot or unit for each of the last three years prior to the date of filing.
</P>
<P>(H) Schedule of the lease expirations for each of the ten years starting with the year in which the registration statement is filed (or the year in which the prospectus supplement is dated, as applicable), stating:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The number of tenants whose leases will expire.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The total area in square feet covered by such leases.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The annual rental represented by such leases.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The percentage of gross annual rental represented by such leases.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1111(b)(9):</I> What is required is information material to an investor's understanding of the asset-backed securities. Detailed descriptions of the physical characteristics of individual properties or legal descriptions by metes and bounds are not required.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(10) Whether the pool asset is secured or unsecured, and if secured, the type(s) of collateral.
</P>
<P>(11) Standardized credit scores of obligors and other information regarding obligor credit quality.
</P>
<P>(12) Billing and payment procedures, including frequency of payment, payment options, fees, charges and origination or payment incentives.
</P>
<P>(13) Information about the origination channel and origination process for the pool assets, such as originator information (and how acquired) and the level of origination documentation required, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(14) Geographic distribution, such as by state or other material geographic region. If 10% or more of the pool assets are or will be located in any one state or other geographic region, describe any economic or other factors specific to such state or region that may materially impact the pool assets or pool asset cash flows.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1111(b)(14):</I> For most assets, such as credit card accounts, motor vehicle leases, trade receivables and student loans, the location of the asset is the underlying obligor's billing address. For assets involving real estate, such as mortgages, the location of the asset is where the physical property underlying the asset is located.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(15) Other concentrations material to the asset type (e.g., school type for student loans). If material, provide information required by paragraph (b)(14) of this section regarding such concentrations, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delinquency and loss information.</I> Provide delinquency and loss information for the asset pool, including statistical information regarding delinquencies and losses.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sources of pool cash flow.</I> If the cash flows from the pool assets that are to be used to support the asset-backed securities are to come from more than one source (such as separate cash flows from lease payments and from the sale of the residual asset at the termination of the lease), provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose the specific sources of funds that will be used to make the payments and distributions on the asset-backed securities, and, if applicable, provide information on the relative amount and percentage of funds that are to be derived from each source, including a description of any assumptions, data, models and methodology used to derive such amounts. If payments on different classes or different categories of payments on or related to the asset-backed securities (e.g., principal, interest or expenses) are to come from different or segregated cash flows from the pool assets or other sources, disclose the source of funds that will be used for such payments.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Residual value information.</I> If the asset pool includes leases or other assets where a portion of the securitized pool balance is attributable to the residual value of the underlying physical property underlying the leases, disclose the following:
</P>
<P>(i) How the residual values used to structure the transaction were estimated, including an explanation of any material discount rates, models or assumptions used and who selected such rates, models or assumptions.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any material procedures or requirements incorporated to preserve residual values during the term of the lease, such as lessee responsibilities, prohibitions on subletting, indemnification or required insurance or guarantees.
</P>
<P>(iii) The procedures by which the residual values will be realized and by whom those procedures will be carried out, including information on the experience of such party, any affiliations with a party described in Item 1119(a) of this Regulation AB and the compensation arrangements with such party.
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the pool assets are open-end leases (e.g., where the lessee is required to cover the shortfall between the residual value of the leased property and the sale proceeds) or closed-end leases (e.g., where the lessor is responsible for such shortfalls), and where both types of leases are included in the asset pool, the percentage of each.
</P>
<P>(v) To the extent material, any lessor obligations that are required under the leases, and the effect or potential effect on the asset-backed securities from failure by the lessor to perform its obligations.
</P>
<P>(vi) Statistical information regarding estimated residual values for the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(vii) Summary historical statistics on turn-in rates, if applicable, and residual value realization rates by the party responsible for such process over the past three years, or such longer period as is material to an evaluation of the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(viii) The effect on security holders if not enough cash flow is received from the realization of the residual values, whether there are any provisions to address this contingency, and how any cash flow greater than that necessary to pay security holders will be allocated.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Representations and warranties and modification provisions relating to the pool assets.</I> Provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Representations and warranties.</I> Summarize any representations and warranties made concerning the pool assets by the sponsor, transferor, originator or other party to the transaction, and describe briefly the remedies available if those representations and warranties are breached, such as repurchase obligations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Modification provisions.</I> Describe any provisions in the transaction agreements governing the modification of the terms of any asset, including how such modification may affect the cash flows from the assets or to the securities.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Claims on pool assets.</I> Describe any material direct or contingent claim that parties other than the holders of the asset-backed securities have on any pool assets. Also, describe any material cross-collateralization or cross-default provisions relating to the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Revolving periods, prefunding accounts and other changes to the asset pool.</I> If the transaction contemplates a prefunding or revolving period, provide the following information, as applicable. Provide similar information regarding any other circumstances where pool assets may be added, substituted or removed from the asset pool, such as in the event of additional issuances of asset-backed securities in a master trust or a breach of a pool asset representation or warranty:
</P>
<P>(1) The term or duration of any prefunding or revolving period.
</P>
<P>(2) For prefunding periods, the amount of proceeds to be deposited in the prefunding account.
</P>
<P>(3) For revolving periods, the maximum amount of additional assets that may be acquired during the revolving period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage of the asset pool and any class or series of the asset-backed securities represented by the prefunding account or the revolving account, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Triggers or events that would trigger limits on or terminate the prefunding or revolving period and the effects of such triggers. In particular for a revolving period, describe the operation of the revolving period and the amortization period.
</P>
<P>(6) When and how new pool assets may be acquired during the prefunding or revolving period, and if, when and how pool assets can be removed or substituted. Describe any limits on the amount, type or speed with which pool assets may be acquired, substituted or removed.
</P>
<P>(7) The acquisition or underwriting criteria for additional pool assets to be acquired during the prefunding or revolving period, including a description of any differences from the criteria used to select the current asset pool.
</P>
<P>(8) Which party has the authority to add, remove or substitute assets from the asset pool or determine if such pool assets meet the acquisition or underwriting criteria for additional pool assets. In addition, disclose whether or not there will be any independent verification of such person's exercise of authority or determinations.
</P>
<P>(9) Any requirements to add or remove minimum amounts of pool assets and any effects of not meeting those requirements.
</P>
<P>(10) If applicable, the procedures and standards for the temporary investment of funds in a prefunding or revolving account pending use (including the disposition of gains and losses on pending funds) and a description of the financial products or instruments eligible for such accounts.
</P>
<P>(11) The circumstances under which funds in a prefunding or revolving account will be returned to investors or otherwise disposed of.
</P>
<P>(12) A statement of whether, and if so, how, investors will be notified of changes to the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Asset-level information.</I> (1) If the asset pool includes residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, automobile loans, automobile leases, debt securities or resecuritizations of asset-backed securities, provide asset-level information for each asset or security in the pool in the manner specified in Schedule AL (§ 229.1125).
</P>
<P>(2) File the disclosures as an Asset Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual. See § 232.301 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) File the Asset Data File as an exhibit to Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter) in accordance with Item 601(b)(102) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601(b)(102)).
</P>
<P>(4) A registrant may provide additional explanatory disclosure related to an Asset Data File by filing an asset related document as an exhibit to Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter) in accordance with Item 601(b)(103) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601(b)(103)).
</P>
<P>(5) A registrant may provide other asset-level information in addition to the information required by Schedule AL (§ 229.1125) by filing an asset related document as an exhibit to Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter) in accordance with Item 601(b)(103) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601(b)(103)). The asset related document(s) must contain the definitions and formulas for each additional data point and the related tagged data and may contain explanatory disclosure about each additional data point.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1111(h).</I> All of the information required by this Item must be provided at the time of every filing for each asset that was in the asset pool during the reporting period, including assets removed prior to the end of the reporting period. </P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 4243, Jan. 25, 2011; 79 FR 57315, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1112" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1112   (Item 1112) Significant obligors of pool assets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Descriptive information.</I> Provide the following information for each significant obligor:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(2) The organizational form and general character of the business of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(3) The nature of the concentration of the pool assets with the obligor.
</P>
<P>(4) The material terms of the pool assets and the agreements with the obligor involving the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial information.</I> (1) If the pool assets relating to a significant obligor represent 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the asset pool, provide summarized financial information, as defined by § 210.1-02(bb) of this chapter (Rule 1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X), for the significant obligor for each of the last three fiscal years (or the life of the significant obligor and its predecessors, if less), provided, however, that for a significant obligor under § 229.1101(k)(2) (Item 1101(k)(2) of Regulation AB), only net operating income for the most recent fiscal year and interim period is required. 
</P>
<P>(2) If pool assets relating to a significant obligor represent 20% or more of the asset pool, provide financial statements meeting the requirements of §§ 210.1-01 through 210.13-02 (Regulation S-X) of this chapter, except §§ 210.3-05 (Rule 3-05) and 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter, of the significant obligor. Financial statements of such obligor and its subsidiaries consolidated (as required by § 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) shall be filed under this item.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1112(b):</I> 1. No information need be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section if the obligations of the significant obligor as they relate to the pool assets are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
</FP>
<P>2. If the significant obligor is an asset-backed issuer and the pool assets relating to the significant obligor are asset-backed securities, provide the following information in lieu of the information required by paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>a. For a registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or a prospectus to be filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter, the information required by Items 1104 through 1115, 1117 and 1119 of this Regulation AB regarding such asset-backed securities; and
</P>
<P>b. For an Exchange Act report on Form 10-K or Form 10-D (§ 249.310 or 249.312 of this chapter), the information required by General Instruction J. of Form 10-K regarding such asset-backed securities for the period for which the last Form 10-K of the asset-backed securities was due (or would have been due if such asset-backed securities are not required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>3. If the significant obligor is a foreign business (as defined § 210.1-02 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>a. If the summarized financial information required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section is presented on a basis of accounting other than U.S. GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), then present a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP and 17 CFR part 210 (Regulation S-X), pursuant to Item 17 of Form 20-F. If a reconciliation is unavailable or not obtainable without unreasonable cost or expense, at a minimum provide a narrative description of all material variations in accounting principles, practices and methods used in preparing the non-U.S. GAAP financial statements used as a basis for the summarized financial information from those accepted in the U.S.
</P>
<P>b. Paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be complied with by providing financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 17 of Form 20-F for the periods specified by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57313, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 22003, Apr. 20, 2020; 86 FR 2129, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1113" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1113   (Item 1113) Structure of the transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Description of the securities and transaction structure.</I> In providing the information required by Item 202 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202), address the following specific factors relating to the asset-backed securities, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The types or categories of securities that may be offered, such as interest-weighted or principal-weighted classes (including IO (interest only) or PO (principal only) securities), planned amortization or companion classes or residual or subordinated interests.
</P>
<P>(2) The flow of funds for the transaction, including the payment allocations, rights and distribution priorities among all classes of the issuing entity's securities, and within each class, with respect to cash flows, credit enhancement or other support and any other structural features designed to enhance credit, facilitate the timely payment of monies due on the pool assets or owing to security holders, adjust the rate of return on the asset-backed securities, or preserve monies that will or might be distributed to security holders. In addition to an appropriate narrative discussion of the allocation and priority structure of pool cash flows, present the flow of funds graphically if doing so will aid understanding. In the flow of funds discussion, provide information regarding any requirements directing cash flows from the pool assets (such as to reserve accounts, cash collateral accounts or expenses) and the purpose and operation of such requirements.
</P>
<P>(3) In describing the interest rate or rate of return on the asset-backed securities and how such amounts are payable, explain how the rate is determined and how frequently it will be determined. If the rate to be paid can be a combination of two or more rates (such as the lesser of a variable rate or the actual weighted average net coupon on the pool assets), provide clear information regarding each rate and when each rate applies.
</P>
<P>(4) How principal, if any, will be paid on the asset-backed securities, including maturity dates, amortization or principal distribution schedules, principal distribution dates, formulas for calculating principal distributions from the cash flows and other factors that will affect the timing or amount of principal payments for each class of securities.
</P>
<P>(5) The denominations in which the asset-backed securities may be issued.
</P>
<P>(6) Any specified changes to the transaction structure that would be triggered upon a default or event of default (such as a change in distribution priority among classes).
</P>
<P>(7) Any liquidation, amortization, performance or similar triggers or events, and the rights of investors or changes to the transaction structure or flow of funds if such events were to occur.
</P>
<P>(i) Describe how the delinquency threshold that triggers a review by the asset representations reviewer was determined to be appropriate. In describing the appropriateness of such delinquency threshold, compare such delinquency threshold against the delinquencies disclosed for prior securitized pools of the sponsor for that asset type in accordance with Item 1105 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1105).
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the servicer or other party is required to provide periodic evidence of the absence of a default or of compliance with the terms of the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(9) If applicable, the extent, expressed as a percentage, the transaction is overcollateralized or undercollateralized as measured by comparing the principal balance of the asset-backed securities to the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(10) Any provisions contained in other securities that could result in a cross-default or cross-collateralization.
</P>
<P>(11) Any minimum standards, restrictions or suitability requirements regarding potential investors in purchasing the securities or any restrictions on ownership or transfer of the securities.
</P>
<P>(12) Security holder vote required to amend the transaction documents and allocation of voting rights among security holders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Distribution frequency and cash maintenance.</I> (1) Disclose the frequency of distribution dates for the asset-backed securities and the collection periods for the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe how cash held pending distribution or other uses is held and invested. Also describe the length of time cash will be held pending distributions to security holders. Identify the party or parties with access to cash balances and the authority to invest cash balances. Specify who determines any decisions regarding the deposit, transfer or disbursement of pool asset cash flows and whether there will be any independent verification of the transaction accounts or account activity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees and expenses.</I> Provide in a separate table an itemized list of all fees and expenses to be paid or payable out of the cash flows from the pool assets. In itemizing the fees and expenses, also indicate their general purpose, the party receiving such fees or expenses, the source of funds for such fees or expenses (if different from other fees or expenses or if such fees or expenses are to be paid from a specified portion of the cash flows) and the distribution priority of such expenses. If the amount of such fees or expenses is not fixed, provide the formula used to determine such fees or expenses. The tabular presentation should be accompanied by footnotes or other accompanying narrative disclosure to the extent necessary for an understanding of the timing or amount of such fees or expenses, such as any restrictions or limits on fees or whether the estimate may change in certain instances, such as in an event of default (and how the fees would change in such an instance or the factors that would affect the change). In addition, through footnote or other accompanying narrative disclosure, describe if any, and if so how, such fees or expenses can be changed without notice to, or approval by, security holders and any restrictions on the ability to change a fee or expense amount, such as due to a change in transaction party.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Excess cash flow.</I> (1) Describe the disposition of residual or excess cash flows. Identify who owns any residual or retained interests to the cash flows if such person is affiliated with the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity or any entity identified in Item 1119(a) of this Regulation AB or if such person has rights that may alter the transaction structure beyond receipt of residual or excess cash flows. Describe such rights, as material.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a minimum amount of excess cash flow or spread from, or retained interest in, the transaction and any actions that would be required or changes to the transaction structure that would occur if such requirements were not met.
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent material to an understanding of the asset-backed securities, disclose any features or arrangements to facilitate a securitization of the excess cash flow or retained interest from the transaction, including whether any material changes to the transaction structure may be made without the consent of asset-backed security holders in connection with these securitizations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Master trusts.</I> If one or more additional series or classes have been or may be issued that are backed by the same asset pool, provide information regarding the additional securities to the extent material to an understanding of their effect on the securities being offered, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Relative priority of such additional securities to the securities being offered and rights to the underlying pool assets and their cash flows.
</P>
<P>(2) Allocation of cash flow from the asset pool and any expenses or losses among the various series or classes.
</P>
<P>(3) Terms under which such additional series or classes may be issued and pool assets increased or changed.
</P>
<P>(4) The terms of any security holder approval or notification of such additional securities.
</P>
<P>(5) Which party has the authority to determine whether such additional securities may be issued. In addition, if there are conditions to such additional issuance, disclose whether or not there will be an independent verification of such person's exercise of authority or determinations.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Optional or mandatory redemption or termination.</I> (1) If any class of the asset-backed securities includes an optional or mandatory redemption or termination feature, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Terms for triggering the redemption or termination.
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the party that holds the redemption or termination option or obligation, as well as whether such party is an affiliate of the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity or any entity identified in Item 1119(a) of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the redemption or repurchase price or formula for determining such amount.
</P>
<P>(iv) The procedures for redemption or termination, including any notices to security holders.
</P>
<P>(v) If the amount allocated to security holders is reduced by losses, the policy regarding any amounts recovered after redemption or termination.
</P>
<P>(2) The title of any class of securities with an optional redemption or termination feature that may be exercised when 25% or more of the original principal balance of the pool assets is still outstanding must include the word “callable,” <I>provided, however</I>, that in the case of a master trust, a title of a class of securities must include the word “callable” when an optional redemption or termination feature may be exercised when 25% or more of the original principal balance of the particular series in which the class was issued is still outstanding.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Prepayment, maturity and yield considerations.</I> (1) Describe any models, including the related material assumptions and limitations, used as a means to identify cash flow patterns with respect to the pool assets.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe to the extent material the degree to which each class of securities is sensitive to changes in the rate of payment on the pool assets (e.g., prepayment or interest rate sensitivity), and describe the consequences of such changing rate of payment. Provide statistical information of such effects, such as the effect of prepayments on yield and weighted average life.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe any special allocations of prepayment risks among the classes of securities, and whether any class protects other classes from the effects of the uncertain timing of cash flow.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57315, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1114" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1114   (Item 1114) Credit enhancement and other support, except for certain derivatives instruments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Descriptive information.</I> To the extent material, describe the following, including a clear discussion of the manner in which each potential item is designed to affect or ensure timely payment of the asset-backed securities:
</P>
<P>(1) Any external credit enhancement designed to ensure that the asset-backed securities or pool assets will pay in accordance with their terms, such as bond insurance, letters of credit or guarantees.
</P>
<P>(2) Any mechanisms to ensure that payments on the asset-backed securities are timely, such as liquidity facilities, lending facilities, guaranteed investment contracts and minimum principal payment agreements.
</P>
<P>(3) Any derivatives whose primary purpose is to provide credit enhancement related to pool assets or the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(4) Any internal credit enhancement as a result of the structure of the transaction that increases the likelihood that payments will be made on one or more classes of the asset-backed securities in accordance with their terms, such as subordination provisions, overcollateralization, reserve accounts, cash collateral accounts or spread accounts.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1114(a):</I> 1. Include a description of the material terms of any enhancement or support described, including any limits on the timing or amount of the enhancement or support or any conditions that must be met before the enhancement or support can be accessed. The enhancement or support agreement is to be filed as an exhibit. Also describe any provisions regarding the substitution of enhancement or support.
</FP>
<P>2. This Item should not be construed as allowing anything other than an asset-backed security whose payment is based primarily by reference to the performance of the receivables or other financial assets in the asset pool.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Information regarding significant enhancement providers</I>—(1) <I>Descriptive information.</I> If an entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support described in paragraph (a) of this section is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more of the cash flow supporting any offered class of asset-backed securities, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of such enhancement provider.
</P>
<P>(ii) The organizational form of enhancement provider.
</P>
<P>(iii) The general character of the business of such enhancement provider.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial information.</I> (i) If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support described in paragraph (a) of this section is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the asset-backed securities, provide summarized financial information, as defined by § 210.1-02(bb) of this chapter (Rule 1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X), for each such entity or group of affiliated entities for each of the last three fiscal years (or the life of the entity or group of affiliated entities and any predecessors, if less). 
</P>
<P>(ii) If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support described in paragraph (a) of this section is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 20% or more of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the asset-backed securities, provide financial statements meeting the requirements of §§ 210.1-01 through 210.13-02 (Regulation S-X) of this chapter, except §§ 210.3-05 (Rule 3-05) and 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter, of such entity or group of affiliated entities. Financial statements of such enhancement provider and its subsidiaries consolidated (as required by § 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) shall be filed under this item.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to Item 1114(b).</I> The requirements in paragraph (b) of this section apply to all providers of external credit enhancement or other support, other than those described in Item 1115 of this Regulation AB. Enhancement may support payment on the pool assets or payments on the asset-backed securities themselves.
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 1114(b).</I> No information need be provided pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section if the obligations of the enhancement provider are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 1114(b).</I> If the pool assets are student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>)) and the enhancement provider for the pool assets is a guarantee agency as defined under the Higher Education Act, then the following information may be provided in lieu of providing financial information required pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>a. The number of pool assets and aggregate outstanding principal balance of pool assets guaranteed by the guarantee agency (both by number and percentage of the asset pool as of the cut-off date or other applicable date).
</P>
<P>b. Disclosure of the following with respect to the guarantee agency, as applicable, including a brief description regarding the method of calculation, covering at least five federal fiscal years:
</P>
<P>i. Aggregate principal amount of all student loans guaranteed.
</P>
<P>ii. Reserve ratio.
</P>
<P>iii. Recovery rate.
</P>
<P>iv. Loss rate.
</P>
<P>v. Claims rate.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 1114(b).</I> If the enhancement provider is a foreign business (as defined § 210.1-02 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>a. If the summarized financial information required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section is presented on a basis of accounting other than U.S. GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB, then present a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP and 17 CFR part 210 (Regulation S-X), pursuant to Item 17 of Form 20-F. If a reconciliation is unavailable or not obtainable without unreasonable cost or expense, at a minimum provide a narrative description of all material variations in accounting principles, practices and methods used in preparing the non-U.S. GAAP financial statements used as a basis for the summarized financial information from those accepted in the U.S.
</P>
<P>b. Paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section may be complied with by providing financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 17 of Form 20-F for the periods specified by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57315, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 22003, Apr. 20, 2020; 86 FR 2129, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1115" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1115   (Item 1115) Certain derivatives instruments.</HEAD>
<P>This item relates to derivative instruments, such as interest rate and currency swap agreements, that are used to alter the payment characteristics of the cashflows from the issuing entity and whose primary purpose is not to provide credit enhancement related to the pool assets or the asset-backed securities. For purposes of this section, the “significance estimate” of the derivative instrument is to be determined based on a reasonable good-faith estimate of maximum probable exposure, made in substantially the same manner as that used in the sponsor's internal risk management process in respect of similar instruments. The “significance percentage” is the percentage that the amount of the significance estimate represents of the aggregate principal balance of the pool assets, provided, that if the derivative instrument relates only to one or more classes of the asset-backed securities, the “significance percentage” is the percentage that the amount of the significance estimate represents of the aggregate principal balance of such classes.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Descriptive information.</I> (1) Describe the following regarding the external counterparty:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the derivative counterparty.
</P>
<P>(ii) The organizational form of the derivative counterparty.
</P>
<P>(iii) The general character of the business of the derivative counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the operation and material terms of the derivative instrument, including any limits on the timing or amount of payments or any conditions to payments.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe any material provisions regarding substitution of the derivative instrument.
</P>
<P>(4) At a minimum, disclose whether the significance percentage, as calculated in accordance with this section, is less than 10%, at least 10% but less than 20%, or 20% or more.
</P>
<P>(5) File the agreement relating to the derivative instrument as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial information.</I> (1) If the aggregate significance percentage related to any entity or group of affiliated entities providing derivative instruments contemplated by this section is 10% or more, but less than 20%, provide summarized financial information, as defined by § 210.1-02(bb) of this chapter (Rule 1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X), for such entity or group of affiliated entities for each of the last three fiscal years (or the life of the entity or group of affiliated entities and any predecessors, if less). 
</P>
<P>(2) If the aggregate significance percentage related to any entity or group of affiliated entities providing derivative instruments contemplated by this section is 20% or more, provide financial statements meeting the requirements of §§ 210.1-01 through 210.13-02 (Regulation S-X) of this chapter, except §§ 210.3-05 (Rule 3-05) and 210.11-01 through 210.11-03 (Article 11 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter, of such entity or group of affiliated entities. Financial statements of such entity and its subsidiaries consolidated (as required by § 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) shall be filed under this section.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions to Item 1115:</I> 1. Instructions 2 and 4 to Item 1114(b) of this Regulation AB apply to the information contemplated by paragraph (b) of this item.
</FP>
<P>2. This Item should not be construed as allowing anything other than an asset-backed security whose payment is based primarily by reference to the performance of the receivables or other financial assets in the asset pool.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016; 85 FR 22003, Apr. 20, 2020; 86 FR 2129, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1116" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1116   (Item 1116) Tax matters.</HEAD>
<P>Provide a brief, clear and understandable summary of:
</P>
<P>(a) The tax treatment of the asset-backed securities transaction under federal income tax laws.
</P>
<P>(b) The material federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and selling the asset-backed securities. If any of the material federal income tax consequences are not expected to be the same for investors in all classes offered by the registration statement, describe the material differences.
</P>
<P>(c) The substance of counsel's tax opinion, including identification of the material consequences upon which counsel has not been asked, or is unable, to opine.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1117" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1117   (Item 1117) Legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Describe briefly any legal proceedings pending against the sponsor, depositor, trustee, issuing entity, servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(3) of this Regulation AB, originator contemplated by Item 1110(b) of this Regulation AB, or other party contemplated by Item 1100(d)(1) of this Regulation AB, or of which any property of the foregoing is the subject, that is material to security holders. Include similar information as to any such proceedings known to be contemplated by governmental authorities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1118" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1118   (Item 1118) Reports and additional information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reports required under the transaction documents.</I> Describe the reports or other documents provided to security holders required under the transaction agreements, including information included, schedule and manner of distribution or other availability, and the entity or entities that will prepare and provide the reports.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports to be filed with the Commission.</I> (1) Specify the names, and if available, the Commission file numbers of the entity or entities under which reports about the asset-backed securities will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Identify the reports and other information filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) State that the Commission maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission and state the address of that site (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Web site access to reports.</I> (1) State whether the issuing entity's annual reports on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), distribution reports on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter), current reports on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) will be made available on the Web site of a specified transaction party (e.g., the sponsor, depositor, servicer, issuing entity or trustee) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose whether other reports to security holders or information about the asset-backed securities will be made available in this manner.
</P>
<P>(3) If filings and other reports will be made available in this manner, disclose the Web site address where such filings may be found.
</P>
<P>(4) If filings and other reports will not be made available in this manner, describe the reasons why they will not and whether an identified transaction party voluntarily will provide electronic or paper copies of those filings and other reports free of charge upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 83 FR 50211, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1119" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1119   (Item 1119) Affiliations and certain relationships and related transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe if so, and how, the sponsor, depositor or issuing entity is an affiliate (as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter) of any of the following parties as well as, to the extent known and material, if so, and how, any of the following parties are affiliates of any of the other following parties:
</P>
<P>(1) Servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(3) of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(2) Trustee.
</P>
<P>(3) Originator contemplated by Item 1110 of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(4) Significant obligor contemplated by Item 1112 of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(5) Enhancement or support provider contemplated by Items 1114 or 1115 of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(6) Any other material parties related to the asset-backed securities contemplated by Item 1100(d)(1) of this Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(7) Asset representations reviewer.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe whether there is, and if so the general character of, any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from the asset-backed securities transaction, between the sponsor, depositor or issuing entity and any of the parties in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor's understanding of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1119(b):</I> What is required is information material to an investor's understanding of the asset-backed securities. A detailed description or itemized listing of all commercial relationships among the parties is not required. Instead, the disclosure should indicate whether any relationships outside of the asset-backed securities transaction do exist that are outside the normal course and the general character of those relationships.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, describe, to the extent material, any specific relationships involving or relating to the asset-backed securities transaction or the pool assets, including the material terms and approximate dollar amount involved, between the sponsor, depositor or issuing entity and any of the parties in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1119:</I> With respect to disclosure in an annual report on Form 10-K, information required by this Item 1119 may be omitted to the extent that substantially the same information had been provided previously in an annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310) for the asset-backed securities or in an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or a prospectus timely filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter under the same Central Index Key (CIK) code as the current annual report on Form 10-K.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57315, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1120" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1120   (Item 1120) Ratings.</HEAD>
<P>Disclose whether the issuance or sale of any class of offered securities is conditioned on the assignment of a rating by one or more rating agencies, whether or not NRSROs. If so, identify each rating agency and the minimum rating that must be assigned. Describe any arrangements to have such rating monitored while the asset-backed securities are outstanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1121" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1121   (Item 1121) Distribution and pool performance information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe the distribution for the related distribution period and the performance of the asset pool during the distribution period. Provide appropriate introductory and explanatory information to introduce any material terms, parties or abbreviations used (or a cross-reference to a Commission filing where such information may be found). Present statistical information in tabular or graphical format, if such presentation will aid understanding. While the material information regarding the related distribution and pool performance will vary depending on the nature of the transaction, such information may include, among other things:
</P>
<P>(1) Any applicable record dates, accrual dates, determination dates for calculating distributions and actual distribution dates for the distribution period.
</P>
<P>(2) Cash flows received and the sources thereof for distributions, fees and expenses (including portfolio yield, if applicable).
</P>
<P>(3) Calculated amounts and distribution of the flow of funds for the period itemized by type and priority of payment, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Fees or expenses accrued and paid, with an identification of the general purpose of such fees and the party receiving such fees or expenses.
</P>
<P>(ii) Payments accrued or paid with respect to enhancement or other support identified in Item 1114 of this Regulation AB (such as insurance premiums or other enhancement maintenance fees), with an identification of the general purpose of such payments and the party receiving such payments.
</P>
<P>(iii) Principal, interest and other distributions accrued and paid on the asset-backed securities by type and by class or series and any principal or interest shortfalls or carryovers.
</P>
<P>(iv) The amount of excess cash flow or excess spread and the disposition of excess cash flow.
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning and ending principal balances of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(5) Interest rates applicable to the pool assets and the asset-backed securities, as applicable. Consider providing interest rate information for pool assets in appropriate distributional groups or incremental ranges.
</P>
<P>(6) Beginning and ending balances of transaction accounts, such as reserve accounts, and material account activity during the period.
</P>
<P>(7) Any amounts drawn on any credit enhancement or other support identified in Item 1114 of this Regulation AB, as applicable, and the amount of coverage remaining under any such enhancement, if known and applicable.
</P>
<P>(8) Number and amount of pool assets at the beginning and ending of each period, and updated pool composition information, such as weighted average coupon, weighted average life, weighted average remaining term, pool factors and prepayment amounts. For asset-backed securities backed by leases where a portion of the securitized pool balance is attributable to residual values of the physical property underlying the leases, this information also would include turn-in rates and residual value realization rates.
</P>
<P>(9) Delinquency and loss information for the period. Present historical delinquency and loss information in accordance with Item 1100(b) of this Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(b)) through no less than 120 days. 
</P>
<P>(10) Information on the amount, terms and general purpose of any advances made or reimbursed during the period, including the general use of funds advanced and the general source of funds for reimbursements.
</P>
<P>(11) Any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments during the distribution period or that have cumulatively become material over time.
</P>
<P>(12) Material breaches of pool asset representations or warranties or transaction covenants.
</P>
<P>(13) Information on ratio, coverage or other tests used for determining any early amortization, liquidation or other performance trigger and whether the trigger was met.
</P>
<P>(14) Information regarding any new issuance of asset-backed securities backed by the same asset pool, any pool asset changes (other than in connection with a pool asset converting into cash in accordance with its terms), such as additions or removals in connection with a prefunding or revolving period and pool asset substitutions and repurchases (and purchase rates, if applicable), and cash flows available for future purchases, such as the balances of any prefunding or revolving accounts, if applicable. Disclose any material changes in the solicitation, credit-granting, underwriting, origination, acquisition or pool selection criteria or procedures, as applicable, used to originate, acquire or select the new pool assets.
</P>
<P>(b) During a prefunding or revolving period, or if there has been a new issuance of asset-backed securities backed by the same pool under a master trust during the fiscal year of the issuing entity, provide the information required by Items 1110, 1111 and 1112 of this Regulation AB applied taking the revised pool composition into account in the Form 10-D report (§ 249.312 of this chapter) for the last required distribution of the fiscal year of the issuing entity. In addition, provide such updated information in the first Form 10-D report for the period in which the prefunding or revolving period ends (if applicable). However, no disclosure need be provided by this paragraph if the information has not materially changed from that previously provided in an Exchange Act report relating to the asset-backed securities or in an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or a prospectus timely filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter under the same Central Index Key (CIK) code regarding a subsequent issuance of asset-backed securities backed by a pool of assets that includes the pool assets that are the subject of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repurchases and replacements.</I> (1) Provide the information required by Rule 15Ga-1(a) (17 CFR 240.15Ga-1(a)) concerning all assets of the pool that were subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of the representations and warranties.
</P>
<P>(2) Include a reference to the most recent Form ABS-15G (17.CFR 249.1400) filed by the securitizer (as that term is defined in Section 15G(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and disclose the CIK number of the securitizer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Asset review.</I> (1) If during the distribution period a review of the underlying assets for compliance with the representations and warranties on the underlying assets is required, provide the following information, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the event(s) that triggered the review during the distribution period; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the asset representations reviewer provided to the trustee during the distribution period a report of the findings and conclusions of the review, a summary of the report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Change in asset representations reviewer.</I> If during the distribution period an asset representations reviewer has resigned or has been removed, replaced or substituted, or if a new asset representations reviewer has been appointed, state the date the event occurred and the circumstances surrounding the change. If a new asset representations reviewer has been appointed, provide the disclosure required by Item 1109(b) (§ 229.1109(b)), as applicable, regarding such asset representations reviewer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investor communication.</I> Disclose any request received from an investor to communicate with other investors during the reporting period received by the party responsible for making the Form 10-D filings on or before the end date of a distribution period. The disclosure regarding the request to communicate is required to include the name of the investor making the request, the date the request was received, a statement to the effect that the party responsible for filing the Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter) has received a request from such investor, stating that such investor is interested in communicating with other investors with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the transaction agreements, and a description of the method by which other investors may contact the requesting investor.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1121(e).</I> The party responsible for filing the Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter) is required to disclose an investor's interest to communicate only where the communication relates to an investor exercising its rights under the terms of the transaction agreement. </P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 4511, Jan. 26, 2011; 79 FR 57315, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1122" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1122   (Item 1122) Compliance with applicable servicing criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reports on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</I> As required by paragraph (b) of § 240.13a-18 or 240.15d-18 of this chapter, provide as an exhibit from each party participating in the servicing function a report on an assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria set forth in paragraph (d) of this section that contains the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the party's responsibility for assessing compliance with the servicing criteria applicable to it;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that the party used the criteria in paragraph (d) of this section to assess compliance with the applicable servicing criteria;
</P>
<P>(3) The party's assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria as of and for the period ending the end of the fiscal year covered by the Form 10-K report (§ 249.310 of this chapter). This discussion must include disclosure of any material instance of noncompliance identified by the party; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that a registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the party's assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria as of and for the period ending the end of the fiscal year covered by the Form 10-K report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Registered public accounting firm attestation reports.</I> Provide the registered public accounting firm's attestation report required by paragraph (c) of § 240.13a-18 or 240.15d-18 of this chapter on the party's assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional disclosure for the Form 10-K report.</I> (1) If any party's report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria required by paragraph (a) of this section, or related registered public accounting firm attestation report required by paragraph (b) of this section, identifies any material instance of noncompliance with the servicing criteria, identify the material instance of noncompliance in the report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter). Also disclose whether the identified instance was determined to have involved the servicing of the assets backing the asset-backed securities covered in this Form 10-K report. 
</P>
<P>(2) Discuss any steps taken to remedy a material instance of noncompliance previously identified by an asserting party for its activities with respect to asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving such party and that are backed by the same asset type backing the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(3) If any party's report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria required by paragraph (a) of this section, or related registered public accounting firm attestation report required by paragraph (b) of this section, is not included as an exhibit to the Form 10-K report, disclosure that the report is not included and an associated explanation must be provided in the report on Form 10-K.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Servicing criteria</I>—(1) <I>General servicing considerations.</I> (i) Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(ii) If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party's performance and compliance with such servicing activities.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the pool assets are maintained.
</P>
<P>(iv) A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(v) Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cash collection and administration.</I> (i) Payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days of receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.
</P>
<P>(iii) Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(iv) The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(v) Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of § 240.13k-1(b)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(vi) Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.
</P>
<P>(vii) Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations:
</P>
<P>(A) Are mathematically accurate;
</P>
<P>(B) Are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(C) Are reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and
</P>
<P>(D) Contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Investor remittances and reporting.</I> (i) Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports:
</P>
<P>(A) Are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) Provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(C) Are filed with the Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(D) Agree with investors' or the trustee's records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of pool assets serviced by the servicer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(iii) Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer's investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(iv) Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Pool asset administration.</I> (i) Collateral or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related pool asset documents.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pool assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(iv) Payments on pool assets, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related pool asset documents are posted to the applicable servicer's obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related pool asset documents.
</P>
<P>(v) The servicer's records regarding the pool assets agree with the servicer's records with respect to an obligor's unpaid principal balance.
</P>
<P>(vi) Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor's pool asset (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.
</P>
<P>(vii) Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(viii) Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a pool asset is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity's activities in monitoring delinquent pool assets including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).
</P>
<P>(ix) Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for pool assets with variable rates are computed based on the related pool asset documents.
</P>
<P>(x) Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts):
</P>
<P>(A) Such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor's pool asset documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) Interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents and state laws; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related pool asset, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(xi) Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(xii) Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer's funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor's error or omission.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor's records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.
</P>
<P>(xv) Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of this Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to Item 1122:</I> The assessment should cover all asset-backed securities transactions involving such party and that are backed by the same asset type backing the class of asset-backed securities which are the subject of the Commission filing. The asserting party may take into account divisions among transactions that are consistent with actual practices. However, if the asserting party includes in its platform less than all of the transactions backed by the same asset type that it services, a description of the scope of the platform should be included in the assessment.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 1122.</I> If certain servicing criteria are not applicable to the asserting party based on the activities it performs with respect to asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving such party and that are backed by the same asset type backing the class of asset-backed securities, the inapplicability of the criteria must be disclosed in that asserting party's and the related registered public accounting firm's reports.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 1122.</I> If multiple parties are participating in the servicing function, a separate assessment report and attestation report must be included for each party participating in the servicing function. A party participating in the servicing function means any entity (e.g., master servicer, primary servicers, trustees) that is performing activities that address the criteria in paragraph (d) of this section, unless such entity's activities relate only to 5% or less of the pool assets.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 1122.</I> If the asset pool backing the asset-backed securities includes a pool asset representing an interest in or the right to the payments or cash flows of another asset pool and both the issuing entity for the asset-backed securities and the entity issuing the asset to be included in the issuing entity's asset pool were established under the direction of the same sponsor and depositor, see also Item 1100(d)(2) of this Regulation AB.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1597, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57316, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1123" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1123   (Item 1123) Servicer compliance statement.</HEAD>
<P>Provide as an exhibit a statement of compliance from the servicer, signed by an authorized officer of such servicer, to the effect that:
</P>
<P>(a) A review of the servicer's activities during the reporting period and of its performance under the applicable servicing agreement has been made under such officer's supervision.
</P>
<P>(b) To the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under the agreement in all material respects throughout the reporting period or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1123:</I> If multiple servicers are involved in servicing the pool assets, a separate servicer compliance statement is required from each servicer that meets the criteria in Item 1108(a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this Regulation AB.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1124" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1124   (Item 1124) Sponsor interest in the securities.</HEAD>
<P>Provide information about any material change in the sponsor's, or an affiliate's, interest in the securities resulting from the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of the securities by the sponsor, or an affiliate, during the period covered by the report. Describe the change, including the amount of change and the sponsor's, or the affiliate's, resulting interest in the transaction after the change.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 1124.</I> The disclosure required under this item shall separately state the resulting amount and nature of any interest or asset retained in compliance with law, including any amounts that are retained by parties other than the sponsor in order to satisfy such requirement.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57316, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1125" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.12.38.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1125   (Item 1125) Schedule AL—Asset-level information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following definitions apply to the terms used in this schedule unless otherwise specified:
</P>
<P><I>Debt service reduction.</I> A modification of the terms of a loan resulting from a bankruptcy proceeding, such as a reduction of the amount of the monthly payment on the related mortgage loan.
</P>
<P><I>Deficient valuation.</I> A bankruptcy proceeding whereby the bankruptcy court may establish the value of the mortgaged property at an amount less than the then-outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loan secured by the mortgaged property or may reduce the outstanding principal balance of a mortgage loan.
</P>
<P><I>Underwritten.</I> The amount of revenues or expenses adjusted based on a number of assumptions made by the mortgage originator or seller.
</P>
<P>(b) As required by Item 1111(h) (§ 229.1111(h)), provide asset-level information for each asset or security in the pool in the manner specified in appendix to § 229.1125.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to § 229.1125—Schedule AL
</HD1>
<P>Item 1. Residential mortgages. If the asset pool includes residential mortgages, provide the following data and the data under Item 1 for each loan in the asset pool:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asset numbers.</I> (1) Asset number type. Identify the source of the asset number used to specifically identify each asset in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset number. Provide the unique ID number of the asset.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The asset number must reference a single asset within the pool and should be the same number that will be used to identify the asset for all reports that would be required of an issuer under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). If an asset is removed and replaced with another asset, the asset added to the pool should be assigned a unique asset number applicable to only that asset.
</P>
<P>(3) Asset group number. For structures with multiple collateral groups, indicate the collateral group number in which the asset falls.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting period.</I> (1) Reporting period begin date. Specify the beginning date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting period end date. Specify the ending date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General information about the residential mortgage.</I> (1) Original loan purpose. Specify the code which describes the purpose of the loan at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(2) Originator. Identify the name of the entity that originated the loan.
</P>
<P>(3) Original loan amount. Indicate the amount of the loan at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(4) Original loan maturity date. Indicate the month and year in which the final payment on the loan is scheduled to be made at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(5) Original amortization term. Indicate the number of months that would have been required to retire the mortgage loan through regular payments, as determined at the origination date of the loan. In the case of an interest-only loan, the original amortization term is the original term to maturity (other than in the case of a balloon loan). In the case of a balloon loan, the original amortization term is the number of months used to calculate the principal and interest payment due each month (other than the balloon payment).
</P>
<P>(6) Original interest rate. Provide the rate of interest at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(7) Accrual type. Provide the code that describes the method used to calculate interest on the loan.
</P>
<P>(8) Original interest rate type. Indicate whether the interest rate on the loan is fixed, adjustable, step or other.
</P>
<P>(9) Original interest only term. Indicate the number of months in which the obligor is permitted to pay only interest on the loan beginning from when the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(10) Underwriting indicator. Indicate whether the loan or asset met the criteria for the first level of solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate the pool asset.
</P>
<P>(11) Original lien position. Indicate the code that describes the priority of the lien against the subject property at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(12) Information related to junior liens. If the loan is a first mortgage with subordinate liens, provide the following additional information for each non-first mortgage if obtained or available:
</P>
<P>(i) Most recent junior loan balance. Provide the most recent combined balance of any subordinate liens.
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of most recent junior loan balance. Provide the date of the most recent junior loan balance.
</P>
<P>(13) Information related to non-first mortgages. For non-first mortgages, provide the following information if obtained or available:
</P>
<P>(i) Most recent senior loan amount. Provide the total amount of the balances of all associated senior loans.
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of most recent senior loan amount. Provide the date(s) of the most recent senior loan amount.
</P>
<P>(iii) Loan type of most senior lien. Indicate the code that describes the loan type of the first mortgage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Hybrid period of most senior lien. For non-first mortgages where the associated first mortgage is a hybrid ARM, provide the number of months remaining in the initial fixed interest rate period for the first mortgage.
</P>
<P>(v) Negative amortization limit of most senior lien. For non-first mortgages where the associated first mortgage features negative amortization, indicate the negative amortization limit of the mortgage as a percentage of the original unpaid principal balance.
</P>
<P>(vi) Origination date of most senior lien. Provide the origination date of the associated first mortgage.
</P>
<P>(14) Prepayment penalty indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan includes a penalty charged to the obligor in the event of a prepayment.
</P>
<P>(15) Negative amortization indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan allows negative amortization.
</P>
<P>(16) Modification indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan has been modified from its original terms.
</P>
<P>(17) Number of modifications. Provide the number of times that the loan has been modified.
</P>
<P>(18) Mortgage insurance requirement indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether mortgage insurance is or was required as a condition for originating the loan.
</P>
<P>(19) Balloon indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan documents require a lump-sum to fully pay off the loan.
</P>
<P>(20) Covered/High cost loan indicator. Indicate yes, no or unknown as to whether as of the end of the reporting period the loan is categorized as “high cost,” “higher priced” or “covered” according to applicable federal, state or local statutes, ordinances or regulations.
</P>
<P>(21) Servicer-placed hazard insurance. Indicate yes, no or unknown as to whether as of the end of the reporting period the hazard insurance on the property is servicer-placed.
</P>
<P>(22) Refinance cash-out amount. For any refinance loan that is a cash-out refinance provide the amount the obligor received after all other loans to be paid by the mortgage proceeds have been satisfied. For any refinance loan that is a no-cash-out refinance provide the result of the following calculation: [NEW LOAN AMOUNT]−[PAID OFF FIRST MORTGAGE LOAN AMOUNT]−[PAID OFF SECOND MORTGAGE LOAN AMOUNT]−[CLOSING COSTS].
</P>
<P>(23) Total origination and discount points. Provide the amount paid to the lender to increase the lender's effective yield and, in the case of discount points, to reduce the interest rate paid by the obligor.
</P>
<P>(24) Broker. Indicate yes or no as to whether a broker originated or was involved in the origination of the loan.
</P>
<P>(25) Channel. Specify the code that describes the source from which the issuer obtained the loan.
</P>
<P>(26) NMLS company number. Specify the National Mortgage License System (NMLS) registration number of the company that originated the loan.
</P>
<P>(27) Buy down period. Indicate the total number of months during which any buy down is in effect, representing the accumulation of all buy down periods.
</P>
<P>(28) Loan delinquency advance days count. Indicate the number of days after which a servicer can stop advancing funds on a delinquent loan.
</P>
<P>(29) Information related to ARMs. If the loan is an ARM, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Original ARM Index. Specify the code that describes the type and source of index to be used to determine the interest rate at each adjustment.
</P>
<P>(ii) ARM Margin. Indicate the number of percentage points that is added to the index value to establish the new interest rate at each interest rate adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(iii) Fully indexed interest rate. Indicate the fully indexed interest rate to which the obligor was underwritten.
</P>
<P>(iv) Initial fixed rate period for hybrid ARM. If the interest rate is initially fixed for a period of time, indicate the number of months between the first payment date of the loan and the first interest rate adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(v) Initial interest rate decrease. Indicate the maximum percentage by which the interest rate may decrease at the first interest rate adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(vi) Initial interest rate increase. Indicate the maximum percentage by which the interest rate may increase at the first interest rate adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(vii) Index look-back. Provide the number of days prior to an interest rate effective date used to determine the appropriate index rate.
</P>
<P>(viii) Subsequent interest rate reset period. Indicate the number of months between subsequent rate adjustments.
</P>
<P>(ix) Lifetime rate ceiling. Indicate the percentage of the maximum interest rate that can be in effect during the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(x) Lifetime rate floor. Indicate the percentage of the minimum interest rate that can be in effect during the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(xi) Subsequent interest rate decrease. Provide the maximum number of percentage points by which the interest rate may decrease at each rate adjustment date after the initial adjustment.
</P>
<P>(xii) Subsequent interest rate increase. Provide the maximum number of percentage points by which the interest rate may increase at each rate adjustment date after the initial adjustment.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Subsequent payment reset period. Indicate the number of months between payment adjustments after the first interest rate adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(xiv) ARM round indicator. Indicate the code that describes whether an adjusted interest rate is rounded to the next higher adjustable rate mortgage round factor, to the next lower round factor, or to the nearest round factor.
</P>
<P>(xv) ARM round percentage. Indicate the percentage to which an adjusted interest rate is to be rounded.
</P>
<P>(xvi) Option ARM indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan is an option ARM.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Payment method after recast. Specify the code that describes the means of computing the lowest monthly payment available to the obligor after recast.
</P>
<P>(xviii) Initial minimum payment. Provide the amount of the initial minimum payment the obligor is permitted to make.
</P>
<P>(xix) Convertible indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the obligor of the loan has an option to convert an adjustable interest rate to a fixed interest rate during a specified conversion window.
</P>
<P>(xx) HELOC indicator. Indicate yes or no as to whether the loan is a home equity line of credit (HELOC).
</P>
<P>(xxi) HELOC draw period. Indicate the original maximum number of months from the month the loan was originated during which the obligor may draw funds against the HELOC account.
</P>
<P>(30) Information related to prepayment penalties. If the obligor is subject to prepayment penalties, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Prepayment penalty calculation. Specify the code that describes the method for calculating the prepayment penalty for the loan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepayment penalty type. Specify the code that describes the type of prepayment penalty.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prepayment penalty total term. Provide the total number of months after the origination of the loan that the prepayment penalty may be in effect.
</P>
<P>(iv) Prepayment penalty hard term. For hybrid prepayment penalties, provide the number of months after the origination of the loan during which a “hard” prepayment penalty applies.
</P>
<P>(31) Information related to negative amortization. If the loan allows for negative amortization, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Negative amortization limit. Specify the maximum amount of negative amortization that is allowed before recalculating a fully amortizing payment based on the new loan balance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Initial negative amortization recast period. Indicate the number of months after the origination of the loan that negative amortization is allowed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Subsequent negative amortization recast period. Indicate the number of months after which the payment is required to recast after the first amortization recast period.
</P>
<P>(iv) Negative amortization balance amount. Provide the amount of the negative amortization balance accumulated as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(v) Initial fixed payment period. Indicate the number of months after the origination of the loan during which the payment is fixed.
</P>
<P>(vi) Initial periodic payment cap. Indicate the maximum percentage by which a payment can increase in the first amortization recast period.
</P>
<P>(vii) Subsequent periodic payment cap. Indicate the maximum percentage by which a payment can increase in one amortization recast period after the initial cap.
</P>
<P>(viii) Initial minimum payment reset period. Provide the maximum number of months after the origination of the loan that an obligor can initially pay the minimum payment before a new minimum payment is determined.
</P>
<P>(ix) Subsequent minimum payment reset period. Provide the maximum number of months after the initial period an obligor can pay the minimum payment before a new minimum payment is determined.
</P>
<P>(x) Minimum payment. Provide the amount of the minimum payment due during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information related to the property.</I> (1) Geographic location. Specify the location of the property by providing the two-digit zip code.
</P>
<P>(2) Occupancy status. Specify the code that describes the property occupancy status at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(3) Most recent occupancy status. If a property inspection has been performed after the loan is originated, provide the code that describes the manner in which the property is occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) Property type. Specify the code that describes the type of property that secures the loan.
</P>
<P>(5) Most recent property value. If an additional property valuation was obtained by any transaction party or its affiliates after the original appraised property value, provide the most recent property value obtained.
</P>
<P>(6) Most recent property valuation type. Specify the code that describes the method by which the most recent property value was reported.
</P>
<P>(7) Most recent property valuation date. Specify the date on which the most recent property value was reported.
</P>
<P>(8) Most recent AVM model name. Provide the code indicating the name of the AVM model if an AVM was used to determine the most recent property value.
</P>
<P>(9) Most recent AVM confidence score. If an additional AVM was obtained by any transaction party or its affiliates after the original valuation, provide the confidence score presented on the most recent AVM report.
</P>
<P>(10) Original combined loan-to-value. Provide the ratio obtained by dividing the amount of all known outstanding mortgage liens on a property at origination by the lesser of the original appraised property value or the sales price.
</P>
<P>(11) Original loan-to-value. Provide the ratio obtained by dividing the amount of the original mortgage loan at origination by the lesser of the original appraised property value or the sales price.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information related to the obligor.</I> (1) Original number of obligors. Indicate the number of obligors who are obligated to repay the mortgage note at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(2) Original obligor credit score. Provide the standardized credit score of the obligor used to evaluate the obligor during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(3) Original obligor credit score type. Specify the type of the standardized credit score used to evaluate the obligor during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(4) Most recent obligor credit score. If an additional credit score was obtained by any transaction party or its affiliates after the original credit score, provide the most recently obtained standardized credit score of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(5) Most recent obligor credit score type. Specify the type of the most recently obtained standardized credit score of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(6) Date of most recent obligor credit score. Provide the date of the most recently obtained standardized credit score of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(7) Obligor income verification level. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the obligor's income was verified during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(8) 4506—T Indicator. Indicate yes or no whether a Transcript of Tax Return (received pursuant to the filing of IRS Form 4506-T) was obtained and considered.
</P>
<P>(9) Originator front-end debt-to-income (DTI). Provide the front-end DTI ratio used by the originator to qualify the loan.
</P>
<P>(10) Originator back-end DTI. Provide the back-end DTI ratio used by the originator to qualify the loan.
</P>
<P>(11) Obligor employment verification. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the obligor's employment was verified during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(12) Length of employment—obligor. Indicate whether the obligor was employed by its current employer for greater than 24 months at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(13) Obligor asset verification. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the obligor's assets used to qualify the loan was verified during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(14) Original pledged assets. If the obligor(s) pledged financial assets to the lender instead of making a down payment, provide the total value of assets pledged as collateral for the loan at the time of origination.
</P>
<P>(15) Qualification method. Specify the code that describes the type of mortgage payment used to qualify the obligor for the loan.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Information related to mortgage insurance.</I> If mortgage insurance is required on the mortgage, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Mortgage insurance company name. Provide the name of the entity providing mortgage insurance for the loan.
</P>
<P>(2) Mortgage insurance coverage. Indicate the total percentage of the original loan balance that is covered by mortgage insurance.
</P>
<P>(3) Pool insurance company. Provide the name of the pool insurance provider.
</P>
<P>(4) Pool insurance stop loss percent. Provide the aggregate amount that the pool insurance company will pay, calculated as a percentage of the pool balance.
</P>
<P>(5) Mortgage insurance coverage plan type. Specify the code that describes the coverage category of the mortgage insurance applicable to the loan.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Information related to activity on the loan.</I> (1) Asset added indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the asset was added to the pool during the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (g)(1):</I> A response to this data point is required only when assets are added to the asset pool after the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Remaining term to maturity. Indicate the number of months from the end of the reporting period to the loan maturity date.
</P>
<P>(3) Modification indicator—reporting period. Indicate yes or no whether the asset was modified during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Next payment due date. For loans that have not been paid off, indicate the next payment due date.
</P>
<P>(5) Advancing method. Specify the code that indicates a servicer's responsibility for advancing principal or interest on delinquent loans.
</P>
<P>(6) Servicing advance methodology. Indicate the code that describes the manner in which principal and/or interest are advanced by the servicer.
</P>
<P>(7) Stop principal and interest advance date. Provide the first payment due date for which the servicer ceased advancing principal or interest.
</P>
<P>(8) Reporting period beginning loan balance. Indicate the outstanding principal balance of the loan as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(9) Reporting period beginning scheduled loan balance. Indicate the scheduled principal balance of the loan as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(10) Next reporting period payment amount due. Indicate the total payment due to be collected in the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(11) Reporting period interest rate. Indicate the interest rate in effect during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(12) Next interest rate. For loans that have not been paid off, indicate the interest rate that is in effect for the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(13) Servicing fee—percentage. If the servicing fee is based on a percentage, provide the percentage used to calculate the aggregate servicing fee.
</P>
<P>(14) Servicing fee—flat-fee. If the servicing fee is based on a flat-fee amount, indicate the monthly servicing fee paid to all servicers.
</P>
<P>(15) Other assessed but uncollected servicer fees. Provide the cumulative amount of late charges and other fees that have been assessed by the servicer, but not paid by the obligor.
</P>
<P>(16) Other loan-level servicing fee(s) retained by the servicer. Provide the amount of all other fees earned by loan administrators during the reporting period that reduced the amount of funds remitted to the issuing entity (including subservicing, master servicing, trustee fees, etc.).
</P>
<P>(17) Scheduled interest amount. Indicate the interest payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(18) Other interest adjustments. Indicate any unscheduled interest adjustments during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(19) Scheduled principal amount. Indicate the principal payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(20) Other principal adjustments. Indicate any other amounts that caused the principal balance of the loan to be decreased or increased during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(21) Reporting period ending actual balance. Indicate the actual balance of the loan as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(22) Reporting period ending scheduled balance. Indicate the scheduled principal balance of the loan as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(23) Reporting period scheduled payment amount. Indicate the total payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period (including all fees and escrows).
</P>
<P>(24) Total actual amount paid. Indicate the total payment (including all escrows) paid to the servicer during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(25) Actual interest collected. Indicate the gross amount of interest collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(26) Actual principal collected. Indicate the amount of principal collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(27) Actual other amounts collected. Indicate the total of any amounts, other than principal and interest, collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(28) Paid through date. Provide the date the loan's scheduled principal and interest is paid through as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(29) Interest paid through date. Provide the date through which interest is paid with the payment received during the reporting period, which is the effective date from which interest will be calculated for the application of the next payment.
</P>
<P>(30) Paid-in-full amount. Provide the scheduled loan “paid-in-full” amount (principal) (do not include the current month's scheduled principal). Applies to all liquidations and loan payoffs.
</P>
<P>(31) Information related to servicer advances.
</P>
<P>(i) Servicer advanced amount—principal. Provide the total amount the servicer advanced for the reporting period for due but unpaid principal on the loan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Servicer advanced amounts repaid—principal. Provide the total amount of any payments made by the obligor during the reporting period that was applied to outstanding advances of due but unpaid principal on the loan.
</P>
<P>(iii) Servicer advances cumulative—principal. Provide the outstanding cumulative amount of principal advances made by the servicer as of the end of the reporting period, including amounts advanced for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(iv) Servicer advanced amount—interest. Provide the total amount the servicer advanced for the reporting period for due but unpaid interest on the loan.
</P>
<P>(v) Servicer advanced amounts repaid—interest. Provide the total amount of any payments made by the obligor during the reporting period that was applied to outstanding advances of due but unpaid interest on the loan.
</P>
<P>(vi) Servicer advances cumulative—interest. Provide the outstanding cumulative amount of interest advances made by the servicer as of the end of the reporting period, including amounts advanced for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(vii) Servicer advanced amount—taxes and insurance. Provide the total amount the servicer advanced for the reporting period for due but unpaid property tax and insurance payments (escrow amounts).
</P>
<P>(viii) Servicer advanced amount repaid—taxes and insurance. Provide the total amount of any payment made by the obligor during the reporting period that was applied to outstanding advances of due but unpaid escrow amounts.
</P>
<P>(ix) Servicer advances cumulative—taxes and insurance. Provide the outstanding cumulative amount of escrow advances made by the servicer as of the end of the reporting period, including amounts advanced for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(x) Servicer advanced amount—corporate. Provide the total amount the servicer advanced for property inspection and preservation expenses for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(xi) Servicer advanced amount repaid—corporate. Provide the total amount of any payments made by the obligor during the reporting period that was applied to outstanding corporate advances.
</P>
<P>(xii) Servicer advances cumulative—corporate. Provide the outstanding cumulative amount of corporate advances made by the servicer as of the end of the reporting period, including amounts advanced for the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (g)(31):</I> For loans modified or liquidated during a reporting period the data provided in response to this paragraph (g)(31) is to be information as of the liquidation date or modification date, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(32) Zero balance loans. If the loan balance was reduced to zero during the reporting period, provide the following additional information about the loan.
</P>
<P>(i) Zero balance effective date. Provide the date on which the loan balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Zero balance code. Provide the code that indicates the reason the loan's balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(33) Most recent 12-month pay history. Provide the string that indicates the payment status per month listed from oldest to most recent.
</P>
<P>(34) Number of payments past due. Indicate the number of payments the obligor is past due as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(35) Information related to activity on ARM loans. If the loan is an ARM, provide the following additional information.
</P>
<P>(i) Rate at next reset. Provide the interest rate that will be used to determine the next scheduled interest payment, if known.
</P>
<P>(ii) Next payment change date. Provide the next date that the amount of scheduled principal and/or interest is scheduled to change.
</P>
<P>(iii) Next interest rate change date. Provide the next scheduled date on which the interest rate is scheduled to change.
</P>
<P>(iv) Payment at next reset. Provide the principal and interest payment due after the next scheduled interest rate change, if known.
</P>
<P>(v) Exercised ARM conversion option indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the obligor exercised an option to convert an ARM loan to a fixed interest rate loan during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Information related to servicers.</I> (1) Primary servicer. Indicate the name of the entity that serviced the loan during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent servicing transfer received date. If a loan's servicing has been transferred, provide the effective date of the most recent servicing transfer.
</P>
<P>(3) Master servicer. Provide the name of the entity that served as master servicer during the reporting period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) Special servicer. Provide the name of the entity that served as special servicer during the reporting period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Subservicer. Provide the name of the entity that served as a subservicer during the reporting period, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Asset subject to demand.</I> Indicate yes or no whether during the reporting period the loan was the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee. If the loan is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Status of asset subject to demand. Indicate the code that describes the status of the repurchase or replacement demand as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Repurchase amount. Provide the amount paid to repurchase the loan from the pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Demand resolution date. Indicate the date the loan repurchase or replacement demand was resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) Repurchaser. Specify the name of the repurchaser.
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase or replacement reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for the repurchase or replacement.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Information related to loans that have been charged off.</I> If the loan has been charged off, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Charged-off principal amount. Specify the total amount of uncollected principal charged off.
</P>
<P>(2) Charged-off interest amount. Specify the total amount of uncollected interest charged off.
</P>
<P>(k) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Loss mitigation type indicator.</I> Indicate the code that describes the type of loss mitigation the servicer is pursuing with the obligor, loan, or property as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Information related to loan modifications.</I> If the loan has been modified from its original terms, provide the following additional information about the most recent loan modification:
</P>
<P>(1) Most recent loan modification event type. Specify the code that describes the most recent action that has resulted in a change or changes to the loan note terms.
</P>
<P>(2) Effective date of the most recent loan modification. Provide the date on which the most recent modification of the loan has gone into effect.
</P>
<P>(3) Post-modification maturity date. Provide the loan's maturity date as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(4) Post-modification interest rate type. Indicate whether the interest rate type on the loan after the modification is fixed, adjustable, step, or other.
</P>
<P>(5) Post-modification amortization type. Indicate the amortization type after modification.
</P>
<P>(6) Post-modification interest rate. Provide the interest rate in effect as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(7) Post-modification first payment date. Indicate the date of the first payment due after the loan modification.
</P>
<P>(8) Post-modification loan balance. Provide the loan balance as of the modification effective payment date as reported on the modification documents.
</P>
<P>(9) Post-modification principal and interest payment. Provide total principal and interest payment amount as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(10) Total capitalized amount. Provide the amount added to the principal balance of the loan due to the modification.
</P>
<P>(11) Income verification indicator (at modification). Indicate yes or no whether a Transcript of Tax Return (received pursuant to the filing of IRS Form 4506-T) was obtained and considered during the loan modification process.
</P>
<P>(12) Modification front-end DTI. Provide the front-end DTI ratio used to qualify the modification.
</P>
<P>(13) Modification back-end DTI. Provide the back-end DTI ratio used to qualify the modification.
</P>
<P>(14) Total deferred amount. Provide the deferred amount that is non-interest bearing.
</P>
<P>(15) Forgiven principal amount (cumulative). Provide the total amount of all principal balance reductions as a result of loan modifications over the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(16) Forgiven principal amount (reporting period). Provide the total principal balance reduction as a result of a loan modification during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(17) Forgiven interest amount (cumulative). Provide the total amount of all interest forgiven as a result of loan modifications over the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(18) Forgiven interest amount (reporting period). Provide the total gross interest forgiven as a result of a loan modification during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(19) Actual ending balance—total debt owed. For a loan with principal forbearance, provide the sum of the actual ending balance field plus the principal deferred amount. For all other loans, provide the actual ending balance.
</P>
<P>(20) Scheduled ending balance—total debt owed. For a loan with principal forbearance, provide the sum of the scheduled ending balance field plus the deferred amount. For all other loans, provide the scheduled ending balance.
</P>
<P>(21) Information related to ARM loan modifications. If the loan was an ARM before and after the most recent modification, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Post-modification ARM indicator. Indicate whether the loan's existing ARM parameters have changed per the modification agreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Post-modification ARM index. Specify the code that describes the index on which an adjustable interest rate is based as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(iii) Post-modification margin. Provide the margin as of the modification effective payment date. The margin is the number of percentage points added to the index to establish the new rate.
</P>
<P>(iv) Post-modification interest reset period (if changed). Provide the number of months of the interest reset period of the loan as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(v) Post-modification next reset date. Provide the next interest reset date as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(vi) Post-modification index lookback. Provide the number of days prior to an interest rate effective date used to determine the appropriate index rate as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(vii) Post-modification ARM round indicator. Indicate the code that describes whether an adjusted interest rate is rounded to the next higher adjustable rate mortgage round factor, to the next lower round factor, or to the nearest round factor as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(viii) Post-modification ARM round percentage. Indicate the percentage to which an adjusted interest rate is to be rounded as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(ix) Post-modification initial minimum payment. Provide the amount of the initial minimum payment the obligor is permitted to make as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(x) Post-modification next payment adjustment date. Provide the due date on which the next payment adjustment is scheduled to occur for an ARM loan per the modification agreement.
</P>
<P>(xi) Post-modification ARM payment recast frequency. Provide the payment recast frequency of the loan (in months) per the modification agreement.
</P>
<P>(xii) Post-modification lifetime rate floor. Provide the minimum rate of interest that may be applied to an adjustable rate loan over the course of the loan's life as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Post-modification lifetime rate ceiling. Provide the maximum rate of interest that may be applied to an adjustable rate loan over the course of the loan's life as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Post-modification initial interest rate increase. Indicate the maximum percentage by which the interest rate may increase at the first interest rate adjustment date after the loan modification.
</P>
<P>(xv) Post-modification initial interest rate decrease. Provide the maximum percentage by which the interest rate may adjust downward on the first interest rate adjustment date after the loan modification.
</P>
<P>(xvi) Post-modification subsequent interest rate increase. Provide the maximum number of percentage points by which the rate may increase at each rate adjustment date after the initial rate adjustment as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Post-modification subsequent interest rate decrease. Provide the maximum number of percentage points by which the interest rate may decrease at each rate adjustment date after the initial adjustment as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xviii) Post-modification payment cap. Provide the percentage value by which a payment may increase or decrease in one period as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xix) Post-modification payment method after recast. Specify the code that describes the means of computing the lowest monthly payment available to the obligor after recast as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xx) Post-modification ARM interest rate teaser period. Provide the duration in months that the teaser interest rate is in effect as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xxi) Post-modification payment teaser period. Provide the duration in months that the teaser payment is in effect as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xxii) Post-modification ARM negative amortization indicator. Indicate yes or no whether a negative amortization feature is part of the loan as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Post-modification ARM negative amortization cap. Provide the maximum percentage of negative amortization allowed on the loan as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(22) Information related to loan modifications involving interest-only periods. If the loan terms for the most recent loan modification include an interest only period, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Post-modification interest-only term. Provide the number of months of the interest-only period from the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(ii) Post-modification interest-only last payment date. Provide the date of the last interest-only payment as of the modification effective payment date.
</P>
<P>(23) Post-modification balloon payment amount. Provide the new balloon payment amount due at maturity as a result of the loan modification, not including deferred amounts.
</P>
<P>(24) Information related to step loans. If the loans terms for the most recent loan modification agreement call for the interest rate to step up over time, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Post-modification interest rate step indicator. Indicate whether the terms of the modification agreement call for the interest rate to step up over time.
</P>
<P>(ii) Post-modification step interest rate. Provide the rate(s) that will apply at each change date as stated in the loan modification agreement. All rates must be provided, not just the first change rate, unless there is only a single change date.
</P>
<P>(iii) Post-modification step date. Provide the date(s) at which the next rate and/or payment change will occur per the loan modification agreement. All dates must be provided, not just the first change, unless there is only a single change date.
</P>
<P>(iv) Post-modification—step principal and interest. Provide the principal and interest payment(s) that will apply at each change date as stated in the loan modification agreement. All payments must be provided, not just the first change payment, unless there is only a single change date.
</P>
<P>(v) Post-modification—number of steps. Provide the total number of step rate adjustments under the step agreement.
</P>
<P>(vi) Post-modification maximum future rate under step agreement. Provide the maximum interest rate to which the loan will step up.
</P>
<P>(vii) Post-modification date of maximum rate under step agreement. Provide the date on which the maximum interest rate will be reached.
</P>
<P>(25) Non-interest bearing principal deferred amount (cumulative). Provide the total amount of principal deferred (or forborne) by the modification that is not subject to interest accrual.
</P>
<P>(26) Non-interest bearing principal deferred amount (reporting period). Provide the total amount of principal deferred by the modification that is not subject to interest accrual.
</P>
<P>(27) Recovery of deferred principal (reporting period). Provide the amount of deferred principal collected from the obligor during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(28) Non-interest bearing deferred paid-in-full amount. If the loan had a principal forbearance and was paid in full or liquidated, provide the amount paid towards the amount of the principal forbearance.
</P>
<P>(29) Non-interest bearing deferred interest and fees amount (reporting period). Provide the total amount of interest and expenses deferred by the modification that is not subject to interest accrual during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(30) Non-interest bearing deferred interest and fees amount (cumulative). Provide the total amount of interest and expenses deferred by the modification that is not subject to interest accrual.
</P>
<P>(31) Recovery of deferred interest and fees (reporting period). Provide the amount of deferred interest and fees collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Information related to forbearance or trial modification.</I> If the type of loss mitigation is forbearance or a trial modification, provide the following additional information. A forbearance plan refers to a period during which either no payment or a payment amount less than the contractual obligation is required from the obligor. A trial modification refers to a temporary loan modification during which an obligor's application for a permanent loan modification is under evaluation.
</P>
<P>(1) Most recent forbearance plan or trial modification start date. Provide the date on which a payment change pursuant to the most recent forbearance plan or trial modification started.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent forbearance plan or trial modification scheduled end date. Provide the date on which a payment change pursuant to the most recent forbearance plan or trial modification is scheduled to end.
</P>
<P>(3) Most recent trial modification violated date. Provide the date on which the obligor ceased complying with the terms of the most recent trial modification.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Information related to repayment plan.</I> If the type of loss mitigation is a repayment plan, provide the following additional information. A repayment plan refers to a period during which an obligor has agreed to make monthly mortgage payments greater than the contractual installment in an effort to bring a delinquent loan current.
</P>
<P>(1) Most recent repayment plan start date. Provide the date on which the most recent repayment plan started.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent repayment plan scheduled end date. Provide the date on which the most recent repayment plan is scheduled to end.
</P>
<P>(3) Most recent repayment plan violated date. Provide the date on which the obligor ceased complying with the terms of the most recent repayment plan.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Information related to short sales.</I> Short sale refers to the process in which a servicer workers with a delinquent obligor to sell the property prior to the foreclosure sale. If the type of loss mitigation is short sale, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Short sale accepted offer amount. Provide the amount accepted for a pending short sale.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Information related to loss mitigation exit.</I> If the loan has exited loss mitigation efforts during the reporting period, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Most recent loss mitigation exit date. Provide the date on which the servicer deemed the most recent loss mitigation effort to have ended.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent loss mitigation exit code. Indicate the code that describes the reason the most recent loss mitigation effort ended.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Information related to loans in the foreclosure process.</I> If the loan is in foreclosure, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Attorney referral date. Provide the date on which the loan was referred to a foreclosure attorney.
</P>
<P>(2) Foreclosure delay reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for delay within the foreclosure process.
</P>
<P>(3) Foreclosure exit date. If the loan exited foreclosure during the reporting period, provide the date on which the loan exited foreclosure.
</P>
<P>(4) Foreclosure exit reason. If the loan exited foreclosure during the reporting period, indicate the code that describes the reason the foreclosure proceeding ended.
</P>
<P>(5) NOI Date. If a notice of intent (NOI) has been sent, provide the date on which the servicer sent the NOI correspondence to the obligor informing the obligor of the acceleration of the loan and pending initiation of foreclosure action.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Information related to REO.</I> REO (Real Estate Owned) refers to property owned by a lender after an unsuccessful sale at a foreclosure auction. If the loan is REO, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Most recent accepted REO offer amount. If an REO offer has been accepted, provide the amount accepted for the REO sale.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent accepted REO offer date. If an REO offer has been accepted, provide the date on which the REO sale amount was accepted.
</P>
<P>(3) Gross liquidation proceeds. If the REO sale has closed, provide the gross amount due to the issuing entity as reported on Line 420 of the HUD-1 settlement statement.
</P>
<P>(4) Net sales proceeds. If the REO sale has closed, provide the net proceeds received from the escrow closing (before servicer reimbursement).
</P>
<P>(5) Reporting period loss amount passed to issuing entity. Provide the cumulative loss amount passed through to the issuing entity during the reporting period, including subsequent loss adjustments and any forgiven principal as a result of a modification that was passed through to the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(6) Cumulative total loss amount passed to issuing entity. Provide the loss amount passed through to the issuing entity to date, including any forgiven principal as a result of a modification that was passed through to the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(7) Subsequent recovery amount. Provide the reporting period amount recovered subsequent to the initial gain/loss recognized at the time of liquidation.
</P>
<P>(8) Eviction indicator. Indicate whether an eviction process has begun.
</P>
<P>(9) REO exit date. If the loan exited REO during the reporting period, provide the date on which the loan exited REO status.
</P>
<P>(10) REO exit reason. If the loan exited REO during the reporting period, indicate the code that describes the reason the loan exited REO status.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Information related to losses.</I> (1) Information related to loss claims. (i) UPB at liquidation. Provide the actual unpaid principal balance (UPB) at the time of liquidation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Servicing fees claimed. Provide the amount of accrued servicing fees claimed at time of servicer reimbursement after liquidation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Servicer advanced amounts reimbursed—principal. Provide the total amount of unpaid principal advances made by the servicer that were reimbursed to the servicer.
</P>
<P>(iv) Servicer advanced amounts reimbursed—interest. Provide the total amount of unpaid interest advances made by the servicer that were reimbursed to the servicer.
</P>
<P>(v) Servicer advanced amount reimbursed—taxes and insurance. Provide the total amount of any unpaid escrow amounts advanced by the servicer that were reimbursed to the servicer.
</P>
<P>(vi) Servicer advanced amount reimbursed—corporate. Provide the total amount of any outstanding advances of property inspection and preservation expenses made by the servicer that were reimbursed to the servicer.
</P>
<P>(vii) REO management fees. If the loan is in REO, provide the total amount of REO management fees (including auction fees) paid over the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(viii) Cash for keys/cash for deed. Provide the total amount paid to the obligor or tenants in exchange for vacating the property, or the payment to the obligor to accelerate a deed-in-lieu process or complete a redemption period.
</P>
<P>(ix) Performance incentive fees. Provide the total amount paid to the servicer in exchange for carrying out a deed-in-lieu or short sale or similar activities.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Information related to mortgage insurance claims.</I> If a mortgage insurance claim (MI claim) has been submitted to the primary mortgage insurance company for reimbursement, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) MI claim filed date. Provide the date on which the servicer filed an MI claim.
</P>
<P>(2) MI claim amount. Provide the amount of the MI claim filed by the servicer.
</P>
<P>(3) MI claim paid date. If the MI claim has been paid, provide the date on which the MI company paid the MI claim.
</P>
<P>(4) MI claim paid amount. If the MI claim has been decided, provide the amount of the claim paid by the MI company.
</P>
<P>(5) MI claim denied/rescinded date. If the MI claim has been denied or rescinded, provide the final MI denial date after all servicer appeals.
</P>
<P>(6) Marketable title transferred date. If the deed for the property has been conveyed to the MI company, provide the date of actual title conveyance to the MI company.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Information related to delinquent loans.</I> (1) Non-pay status. Indicate the code that describes the delinquency status of the loan.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting action code. Further indicate the code that defines the default/delinquent status of the loan.
</P>
<P>Item 2. Commercial mortgages. If the asset pool includes commercial mortgages, provide the following data for each loan in the asset pool:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asset numbers.</I> (1) Asset number type. Identify the source of the asset number used to specifically identify each asset in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset number. Provide the unique ID number of the asset.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The asset number must reference a single asset within the pool and should be the same number that will be used to identify the asset for all reports that would be required of an issuer under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). If an asset is removed and replaced with another asset, the asset added to the pool should be assigned a unique asset number applicable to only that asset.
</P>
<P>(3) Group ID. Indicate the alpha-numeric code assigned to each loan group within a securitization.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting period.</I> (1) Reporting period begin date. Specify the beginning date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting period end date. Specify the ending date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General information about the commercial mortgage.</I> (1) Originator. Identify the name or MERS organization number of the originator entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Origination date. Provide the date the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(3) Original loan amount. Indicate the amount of the loan at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(4) Original loan term. Indicate the term of the loan in months at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(5) Maturity date. Indicate the date the final scheduled payment is due per the loan documents.
</P>
<P>(6) Original amortization term. Indicate the number of months that would have been required to retire the loan through regular payments, as determined at the origination date of the loan.
</P>
<P>(7) Original interest rate. Provide the rate of interest at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(8) Interest rate at securitization. Indicate the annual gross interest rate used to calculate interest for the loan as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(9) Interest accrual method. Provide the code that indicates the “number of days” convention used to calculate interest.
</P>
<P>(10) Original interest rate type. Indicate whether the interest rate on the loan is fixed, adjustable, step or other.
</P>
<P>(11) Original interest-only term. Indicate the number of months in which the obligor is permitted to pay only interest on the loan.
</P>
<P>(12) First loan payment due date. Provide the date on which the borrower must pay the first full interest and/or principal payment due on the mortgage in accordance with the loan documents.
</P>
<P>(13) Underwriting indicator. Indicate whether the loan or asset met the criteria for the first level of solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate the pool asset.
</P>
<P>(14) Lien position at securitization. Indicate the code that describes the lien position for the loan as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(15) Loan structure. Indicate the code that describes the type of loan structure including the seniority of participated mortgage loan components. The code relates to the loan within the securitization.
</P>
<P>(16) Payment type. Indicate the code that describes the type or method of payment for a loan.
</P>
<P>(17) Periodic principal and interest payment at securitization. Provide the total amount of principal and interest due on the loan in effect as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(18) Scheduled principal balance at securitization. Indicate the outstanding scheduled principal balance of the loan as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(19) Payment frequency. Indicate the code that describes the frequency mortgage loan payments are required to be made.
</P>
<P>(20) Number of properties at securitization. Provide the number of properties which serve as mortgage collateral for the loan as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(21) Number of properties. Provide the number of properties which serve as mortgage collateral for the loan as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(22) Grace days allowed. Provide the number of days after a mortgage payment is due in which the lender will not require a late payment charge in accordance with the loan documents. Does not include penalties associated with default interest.
</P>
<P>(23) Interest only indicator. Indicate yes or no whether this is a loan for which scheduled interest only is payable, whether for a temporary basis or until the full loan balance is due.
</P>
<P>(24) Balloon indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the loan documents require a lump-sum payment of principal at maturity.
</P>
<P>(25) Prepayment premium indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the obligor is subject to prepayment penalties.
</P>
<P>(26) Negative amortization indicator. Indicate yes or no whether negative amortization (interest shortage) amounts are permitted to be added back to the unpaid principal balance of the loan if monthly payments should fall below the true amortized amount.
</P>
<P>(27) Modification indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the loan has been modified from its original terms.
</P>
<P>(28) Information related to ARMs. If the loan is an ARM, provide the following additional information for each loan:
</P>
<P>(i) ARM index. Specify the code that describes the index on which an adjustable interest rate is based.
</P>
<P>(ii) First rate adjustment date. Provide the date on which the first interest rate adjustment becomes effective (subsequent to loan securitization).
</P>
<P>(iii) First payment adjustment date. Provide the date on which the first adjustment to the regular payment amount becomes effective (after securitization).
</P>
<P>(iv) ARM margin. Indicate the spread added to the index of an ARM loan to determine the interest rate at securitization.
</P>
<P>(v) Lifetime rate cap. Indicate the maximum interest rate that can be in effect during the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(vi) Lifetime rate floor. Indicate the minimum interest rate that can be in effect during the life of the loan.
</P>
<P>(vii) Periodic rate increase limit. Provide the maximum amount the interest rate can increase from any period to the next.
</P>
<P>(viii) Periodic rate decrease limit. Provide the maximum amount the interest rate can decrease from any period to the next.
</P>
<P>(ix) Periodic pay adjustment maximum amount. Provide the maximum amount the principal and interest constant can increase or decrease on any adjustment date.
</P>
<P>(x) Periodic pay adjustment maximum percentage. Provide the maximum percentage amount the payment can increase or decrease from any period to the next.
</P>
<P>(xi) Rate reset frequency. Indicate the code describing the frequency which the periodic mortgage rate is reset due to an adjustment in the ARM index.
</P>
<P>(xii) Pay reset frequency. Indicate the code describing the frequency which the periodic mortgage payment will be adjusted.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Index look back in days. Provide the number of days prior to an interest rate adjustment effective date used to determine the appropriate index rate.
</P>
<P>(29) Information related to prepayment penalties. If the obligor is subject to prepayment penalties, provide the following additional information for each loan:
</P>
<P>(i) Prepayment lock-out end date. Provide the effective date after which the lender allows prepayment of a loan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Yield maintenance end date. Provide the date after which yield maintenance prepayment penalties are no longer effective.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prepayment premium end date. Provide the effective date after which prepayment premiums are no longer effective.
</P>
<P>(30) Information related to negative amortization. If the loan allows for negative amortization, provide the following additional information for each loan:
</P>
<P>(i) Maximum negative amortization allowed (% of original balance). Provide the maximum percentage of the original loan balance that can be added to the original loan balance as the result of negative amortization.
</P>
<P>(ii) Maximum negative amortization allowed. Provide the maximum amount of the original loan balance that can be added to the original loan balance as the result of negative amortization.
</P>
<P>(iii) Negative amortization/deferred interest capitalized amount. Indicate the amount for the reporting period that was capitalized (added to) the principal balance.
</P>
<P>(iv) Deferred interest—cumulative. Indicate the cumulative deferred interest for the reporting period and prior reporting cycles net of any deferred interest collected.
</P>
<P>(v) Deferred interest collected. Indicate the amount of deferred interest collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information related to the property.</I> Provide the following information for each of the properties that collateralizes a loan identified above:
</P>
<P>(1) Property name. Provide the name of the property which serves as mortgage collateral. If the property has been defeased, then populate with “defeased.”
</P>
<P>(2) Property address. Specify the address of the property which serves as mortgage collateral. If multiple properties, then print “various.” If the property has been defeased then leave field empty. For substituted properties, populate with the new property information.
</P>
<P>(3) Property city. Specify the city name where the property which serves as mortgage collateral is located. If the property has been defeased, then leave field empty.
</P>
<P>(4) Property state. Indicate the two character abbreviated code representing the state in which the property which serves as mortgage collateral is located.
</P>
<P>(5) Property zip code. Indicate the zip (or postal) code for the property which serves as mortgage collateral.
</P>
<P>(6) Property county. Indicate the county in which the property which serves as mortgage collateral is located.
</P>
<P>(7) Property type. Indicate the code that describes how the property is being used.
</P>
<P>(8) Net rentable square feet. Provide the net rentable square feet area of the property.
</P>
<P>(9) Net rentable square feet at securitization. Provide the net rentable square feet area of the property as determined at the time the property is contributed to the pool as collateral.
</P>
<P>(10) Number of units/beds/rooms. If the property type is multifamily, self-storage, healthcare, lodging or mobile home park, provide the number of units/beds/rooms of the property.
</P>
<P>(11) Number of units/beds/rooms at securitization. If the property type is multifamily, self-storage, healthcare, lodging or mobile home park, provide the number of units/beds/rooms of the property at securitization.
</P>
<P>(12) Year built. Provide the year that the property was built.
</P>
<P>(13) Year last renovated. Provide the year that the last major renovation/new construction was completed on the property.
</P>
<P>(14) Valuation amount at securitization. Provide the valuation amount of the property as of the valuation date at securitization.
</P>
<P>(15) Valuation source at securitization. Specify the code that identifies the source of the property valuation.
</P>
<P>(16) Valuation date at securitization. Provide the date the valuation amount at securitization was determined.
</P>
<P>(17) Most recent value. If an additional property valuation was obtained by any transaction party or its affiliates after the valuation obtained at securitization, provide the most recent valuation amount.
</P>
<P>(18) Most recent valuation date. Provide the date of the most recent valuation.
</P>
<P>(19) Most recent valuation source. Specify the code that identifies the source of the most recent property valuation.
</P>
<P>(20) Physical occupancy at securitization. Provide the percentage of rentable space occupied by tenants.
</P>
<P>(21) Most recent physical occupancy. Provide the most recent available percentage of rentable space occupied by tenants.
</P>
<P>(22) Property status. Provide the code that describes the status of the property.
</P>
<P>(23) Defeasance option start date. Provide the date when the defeasance option becomes available.
</P>
<P>(24) Defeasance status. Provide the code that indicates if a loan has or is able to be defeased.
</P>
<P>(25) Largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(i) Largest tenant. Identify the tenant that leases the largest square feet of the property based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(25)(i):</I> If the tenant is not occupying the space but is still paying rent, print “Dark” after tenant name. If tenant has sub-leased the space, print “Sub-leased/name” after tenant name.
</P>
<P>(ii) Square feet of largest tenant. Provide total number of square feet leased by the largest tenant based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of lease expiration of largest tenant. Provide the date of lease expiration for the largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(26) Second largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(i) Second largest tenant. Identify the tenant that leases the second largest square feet of the property based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(26)(i):</I> If the tenant is not occupying the space but is still paying rent, print “Dark” after tenant name. If tenant has sub-leased the space, print “Sub-leased/name” after tenant name.
</P>
<P>(ii) Square feet of second largest tenant. Provide the total number of square feet leased by the second largest tenant based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of lease expiration of second largest tenant. Provide the date of lease expiration for the second largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(27) Third largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(i) Third largest tenant. Identify the tenant that leases the third largest square feet of the property based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(27)(i):</I> If the tenant is not occupying the space but is still paying rent, print “Dark” after tenant name. If tenant has sub-leased the space, print “Sub-leased/name” after tenant name.
</P>
<P>(ii) Square feet of third largest tenant. Provide the total number square feet leased by the third largest tenant based on the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of lease expiration of third largest tenant. Provide the date of lease expiration for the third largest tenant.
</P>
<P>(28) Financial information related to the property. Provide the following information as of the most recent date available:
</P>
<P>(i) Date of financials as of securitization. Provide the date of the operating statement for the property used to underwrite the loan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Most recent financial as of start date. Specify the first date of the period for the most recent, hard copy operating statement (e.g., year-to-date or trailing 12 months).
</P>
<P>(iii) Most recent financial as of end date. Specify the last day of the period for the most recent, hard copy operating statement (e.g., year-to-date or trailing 12 months).
</P>
<P>(iv) Revenue at securitization. Provide the total underwritten revenue amount from all sources for a property as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(v) Most recent revenue. Provide the total revenues for the most recent operating statement reported.
</P>
<P>(vi) Operating expenses at securitization. Provide the total underwritten operating expenses as of securitization. Include real estate taxes, insurance, management fees, utilities, and repairs and maintenance. Exclude capital expenditures, tenant improvements, and leasing commissions.
</P>
<P>(vii) Operating expenses. Provide the total operating expenses for the most recent operating statement. Include real estate taxes, insurance, management fees, utilities, and repairs and maintenance. Exclude capital expenditures, tenant improvements, and leasing commissions.
</P>
<P>(viii) Net operating income at securitization. Provide the total underwritten revenues less total underwritten operating expenses prior to application of mortgage payments and capital items for all properties as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(ix) Most recent net operating income. Provide the total revenues less total operating expenses before capital items and debt service per the most recent operating statement.
</P>
<P>(x) Net cash flow at securitization. Provide the total underwritten revenue less total underwritten operating expenses and capital costs as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(xi) Most recent net cash flow. Provide the total revenue less the total operating expenses and capital costs but before debt service per the most recent operating statement.
</P>
<P>(xii) Net operating income or net cash flow indicator at securitization. Indicate the code that describes the method used to calculate at securitization net operating income or net cash flow.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Net operating income or net cash flow indicator. Indicate the code that describes the method used to calculate net operating income or net cash flow.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Most recent debt service amount. Provide the amount of total scheduled or actual payments that cover the same number of months as the most recent financial operating statement.
</P>
<P>(xv) Debt service coverage ratio (net operating income) at securitization. Provide the ratio of underwritten net operating income to debt service as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(xvi) Most recent debt service coverage ratio (net operating income). Provide the ratio of net operating income to debt service during the most recent operating statement reported.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Debt service coverage ratio (net cash flow) at securitization. Provide the ratio of underwritten net cash flow to debt service as of securitization.
</P>
<P>(xviii) Most recent debt service coverage ratio (net cash flow). Provide the ratio of net cash flow to debt service for the most recent financial operating statement.
</P>
<P>(xix) Debt service coverage ratio indicator at securitization. If there are multiple properties underlying the loan, indicate the code that describes how the debt service coverage ratio was calculated.
</P>
<P>(xx) Most recent debt service coverage ratio indicator. Indicate the code that describes how the debt service coverage ratio was calculated for the most recent financial operating statement.
</P>
<P>(xxi) Date of the most recent annual lease rollover review. Provide the date of the most recent annual lease rollover review.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information related to activity on the loan.</I> (1) Asset added indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the asset was added during the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (e)(1):</I> A response to this data point is required only when assets are added to the asset pool after the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Modification indicator—reporting period. Indicate yes or no whether the loan was modified during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(3) Reporting period beginning scheduled loan balance. Indicate the scheduled balance as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Total scheduled principal and interest due. Provide the total amount of principal and interest due on the loan in the month corresponding to the current distribution date.
</P>
<P>(5) Reporting period interest rate. Indicate the annualized gross interest rate used to calculate the scheduled interest amount due for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(6) Servicer and trustee fee rate. Indicate the sum of annual fee rates payable to the servicers and trustee.
</P>
<P>(7) Scheduled interest amount. Provide the amount of gross interest payment that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(8) Other interest adjustment. Indicate any unscheduled interest adjustments during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(9) Scheduled principal amount. Indicate the principal payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(10) Unscheduled principal collections. Provide the principal prepayments and other unscheduled payments of principal received on the loan during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(11) Other principal adjustments. Indicate any other amounts that caused the principal balance of the loan to be decreased or increased during the reporting period, which are not considered unscheduled principal collections and are not scheduled principal amounts.
</P>
<P>(12) Reporting period ending actual balance. Indicate the outstanding actual balance of the loan as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(13) Reporting period ending scheduled balance. Indicate the scheduled or stated principal balance for the loan (as defined in the servicing agreement) as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(14) Paid through date. Provide the date the loan's scheduled principal and interest is paid through as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(15) Hyper-amortizing date. Provide the date after which principal and interest may amortize at an accelerated rate, and/or interest expense to the mortgagor increases substantially.
</P>
<P>(16) Information related to servicer advances.
</P>
<P>(i) Servicing advance methodology. Indicate the code that describes the manner in which principal and/or interest are advanced by the servicer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-recoverability determined. Indicate yes or no whether the master servicer/special servicer has ceased advancing principal and interest and/or servicing the loan.
</P>
<P>(iii) Total principal and interest advance outstanding. Provide the total outstanding principal and interest advances made (or scheduled to be made by the distribution date) by the servicer(s).
</P>
<P>(iv) Total taxes and insurance advances outstanding. Provide the total outstanding tax and insurance advances made by the servicer(s) as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(v) Other expenses advance outstanding. Provide the total outstanding other or miscellaneous advances made by the servicer(s) as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(17) Payment status of loan. Provide the code that indicates the payment status of the loan.
</P>
<P>(18) Information related to activity on ARM loans. If the loan is an ARM, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) ARM index rate. Provide the index rate used to determine the gross interest for the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(ii) Next interest rate. Provide the annualized gross interest rate that will be used to determine the next scheduled interest payment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Next interest rate change adjustment date. Provide the next date that the interest rate is scheduled to change.
</P>
<P>(iv) Next payment adjustment date. Provide the date that the amount of scheduled principal and/or interest is next scheduled to change.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Information related to servicers.</I> (1) Primary servicer. Identify the name of the entity that services or will have the right to service the asset.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent special servicer transfer date. Provide the date the transfer letter, email, etc. provided by the master servicer is accepted by the special servicer.
</P>
<P>(3) Most recent master servicer return date. Provide the date of the return letter, email, etc. provided by the special servicer which is accepted by the master servicer.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Asset subject to demand.</I> Indicate yes or no whether during the reporting period the loan was the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee. If the loan is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Status of asset subject to demand. If the loan is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, indicate the code that describes the status of the repurchase demand as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Repurchase amount. Provide the amount paid to repurchase the loan from the pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Demand resolution date. Indicate the date the loan repurchase or replacement demand was resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) Repurchaser. Specify the name of the repurchaser.
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase or replacement reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for the repurchase.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Realized loss to trust.</I> Indicate the difference between net proceeds (after liquidation expenses) and the scheduled or stated principal of the loan as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information related to prepayments.</I> If a prepayment was received, provide the following additional information for each loan:
</P>
<P>(1) Liquidation/Prepayment code. Indicate the code assigned to any unscheduled principal payments or liquidation proceeds received during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Liquidation/Prepayment date. Provide the effective date on which an unscheduled principal payment or liquidation proceeds were received.
</P>
<P>(3) Prepayment premium/yield maintenance received. Indicate the amount received from a borrower during the reporting period in exchange for allowing a borrower to pay off a loan prior to the maturity or anticipated repayment date.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Workout strategy.</I> Indicate the code that best describes the steps being taken to resolve the loan.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Information related to modifications.</I> If the loan has been modified from its original terms, provide the following additional information about the most recent loan modification:
</P>
<P>(1) Date of last modification. Indicate the date of the most recent modification. A modification includes any material change to the loan document, excluding assumptions.
</P>
<P>(2) Modification code. Indicate the code that describes the type of loan modification.
</P>
<P>(3) Post-modification interest rate. Indicate the new initial interest rate to which the loan was modified.
</P>
<P>(4) Post-modification payment amount. Indicate the new initial principal and interest payment amount to which the loan was modified.
</P>
<P>(5) Post-modification maturity date. Indicate the new maturity date of the loan after the modification.
</P>
<P>(6) Post-modification amortization period. Indicate the new amortization period in months after the modification.
</P>
<P>Item 3. Automobile loans. If the asset pool includes automobile loans, provide the following data for each loan in the asset pool:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asset numbers.</I> (1) Asset number type. Identify the source of the asset number used to specifically identify each asset in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset number. Provide the unique ID number of the asset.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The asset number must reference a single asset within the pool and should be the same number that will be used to identify the asset for all reports that would be required of an issuer under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). If an asset is removed and replaced with another asset, the asset added to the pool should be assigned a unique asset number applicable to only that asset.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting period.</I> (1) Reporting period begin date. Specify the beginning date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting period end date. Specify the ending date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General information about the automobile loan.</I> (1) Originator. Identify the name of the entity that originated the loan.
</P>
<P>(2) Origination date. Provide the date the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(3) Original loan amount. Indicate the amount of the loan at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(4) Original loan term. Indicate the term of the loan in months at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(5) Loan maturity date. Indicate the month and year in which the final payment on the loan is scheduled to be made.
</P>
<P>(6) Original interest rate. Provide the rate of interest at the time the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(7) Interest calculation type. Indicate whether the interest rate calculation method is simple or other.
</P>
<P>(8) Original interest rate type. Indicate whether the interest rate on the loan is fixed, adjustable or other.
</P>
<P>(9) Original interest-only term. Indicate the number of months from origination in which the obligor is permitted to pay only interest on the loan beginning from when the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(10) Original first payment date. Provide the date of the first scheduled payment that was due after the loan was originated.
</P>
<P>(11) Underwriting indicator. Indicate whether the loan or asset met the criteria for the first level of solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate the pool asset.
</P>
<P>(12) Grace period. Indicate the number of months during which interest accrues but no payments are due from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(13) Payment type. Specify the code indicating how often payments are required or if a balloon payment is due.
</P>
<P>(14) Subvented. Indicate yes or no to whether a form of subsidy is received on the loan, such as cash incentives or favorable financing for the buyer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information related to the vehicle.</I> (1) Vehicle manufacturer. Provide the name of the manufacturer of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle model. Provide the name of the model of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) New or used. Indicate whether the vehicle financed is new or used at the time of origination.
</P>
<P>(4) Model year. Indicate the model year of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Vehicle type. Indicate the code describing the vehicle type.
</P>
<P>(6) Vehicle value. Indicate the value of the vehicle at the time of origination.
</P>
<P>(7) Source of vehicle value. Specify the code that describes the source of the vehicle value.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information related to the obligor.</I> (1) Obligor credit score type. Specify the type of the standardized credit score used to evaluate the obligor during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(2) Obligor credit score. Provide the standardized credit score of the obligor used to evaluate the obligor during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(3) Obligor income verification level. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the obligor's income was verified during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(4) Obligor employment verification. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the obligor's employment was verified during the loan origination process.
</P>
<P>(5) Co-obligor present indicator. Indicate whether the loan has a co-obligor.
</P>
<P>(6) Payment-to-income ratio. Provide the scheduled monthly payment amount as a percentage of the total monthly income of the obligor and any other obligor at the origination date. Provide the methodology for determining monthly income in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(7) Geographic location of obligor. Specify the location of the obligor by providing the current U.S. state or territory.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Information related to activity on the loan.</I> (1) Asset added indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the asset was added during the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (f)(1):</I> A response to this data point is required only when assets are added to the asset pool after the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Remaining term to maturity. Indicate the number of months from the end of the reporting period to the loan maturity date.
</P>
<P>(3) Modification indicator—reporting period. Indicates yes or no whether the asset was modified from its original terms during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Servicing advance method. Specify the code that indicates a servicer's responsibility for advancing principal or interest on delinquent loans.
</P>
<P>(5) Reporting period beginning loan balance. Indicate the outstanding principal balance of the loan as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(6) Next reporting period payment amount due. Indicate the total payment due to be collected in the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(7) Reporting period interest rate. Indicate the current interest rate for the loan in effect during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(8) Next interest rate. For loans that have not been paid off, indicate the interest rate that is in effect for the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(9) Servicing fee—percentage. If the servicing fee is based on a percentage, provide the percentage used to calculate the aggregate servicing fee.
</P>
<P>(10) Servicing fee—flat-fee. If the servicing fee is based on a flat-fee amount, indicate the monthly servicing fee paid to all servicers.
</P>
<P>(11) Other loan-level servicing fee(s) retained by servicer. Provide the amount of all other fees earned by loan administrators that reduce the amount of funds remitted to the issuing entity (including subservicing, master servicing, trustee fees, etc.).
</P>
<P>(12) Other assessed but uncollected servicer fees. Provide the cumulative amount of late charges and other fees that have been assessed by the servicer, but not paid by the obligor.
</P>
<P>(13) Scheduled interest amount. Indicate the interest payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(14) Scheduled principal amount. Indicate the principal payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(15) Other principal adjustments. Indicate any other amounts that caused the principal balance of the loan to be decreased or increased during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(16) Reporting period ending actual balance. Indicate the actual balance of the loan as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(17) Reporting period scheduled payment amount. Indicate the total payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period (including all fees).
</P>
<P>(18) Total actual amount paid. Indicate the total payment paid to the servicer during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(19) Actual interest collected. Indicate the gross amount of interest collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(20) Actual principal collected. Indicate the amount of principal collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(21) Actual other amounts collected. Indicate the total of any amounts, other than principal and interest, collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the obligor.
</P>
<P>(22) Servicer advanced amount. If amounts were advanced by the servicer during the reporting period, specify the amount.
</P>
<P>(23) Interest paid through date. Provide the date through which interest is paid with the payment received during the reporting period, which is the effective date from which interest will be calculated for the application of the next payment.
</P>
<P>(24) Zero balance loans. If the loan balance was reduced to zero during the reporting period, provide the following additional information about the loan:
</P>
<P>(i) Zero balance effective date. Provide the date on which the loan balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Zero balance code. Provide the code that indicates the reason the loan's balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(25) Current delinquency status. Indicate the number of days the obligor is delinquent past the obligor's payment due date, as determined by the governing transaction agreement.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Information related to servicers.</I> (1) Primary loan servicer. Provide the name of the entity that services or will have the right to service the loan.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent servicing transfer received date. If a loan's servicing has been transferred, provide the effective date of the most recent servicing transfer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Asset subject to demand.</I> Indicate yes or no whether during the reporting period the loan was the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee. If the loan is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Status of asset subject to demand. Indicate the code that describes the status of the repurchase or replacement demand as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Repurchase amount. Provide the amount paid to repurchase the loan.
</P>
<P>(3) Demand resolution date. Indicate the date the loan repurchase or replacement demand was resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) Repurchaser. Specify the name of the repurchaser.
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase or replacement reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for the repurchase or replacement.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information related to loans that have been charged off.</I> If the loan has been charged off, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Charged-off principal amount. Specify the amount of uncollected principal charged off.
</P>
<P>(2) Amounts recovered. If the loan was previously charged off, specify any amounts received after charge-off.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Information related to loan modifications.</I> If the loan has been modified from its original terms, provide the following additional information about the most recent loan modification:
</P>
<P>(1) Modification type. Indicate the code that describes the reason the asset was modified during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Payment extension. Provide the number of months the loan was extended during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Repossessed.</I> Indicate yes or no whether the vehicle has been repossessed. If the vehicle has been repossessed, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Repossession proceeds. Provide the total amount of proceeds received on disposition (net of repossession fees and expenses).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>Item 4. Automobile leases. If the asset pool includes automobile leases, provide the following data for each lease in the asset pool:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asset numbers.</I> (1) Asset number type. Identify the source of the asset number used to specifically identify each asset in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset number. Provide the unique ID number of the asset.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The asset number must reference a single asset within the pool and should be the same number that will be used to identify the asset for all reports that would be required of an issuer under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). If an asset is removed and replaced with another asset, the asset added to the pool should be assigned a unique asset number applicable to only that asset.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting period.</I> (1) Reporting period begin date. Specify the beginning date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting period end date. Specify the ending date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General information about the automobile lease.</I> (1) Originator. Identify the name of the entity that originated the lease.
</P>
<P>(2) Origination date. Provide the date the lease was originated.
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition cost. Provide the original acquisition cost of the lease.
</P>
<P>(4) Original lease term. Indicate the term of the lease in months at the time the lease was originated.
</P>
<P>(5) Scheduled termination date. Indicate the month and year in which the final lease payment is scheduled to be made.
</P>
<P>(6) Original first payment date. Provide the date of the first scheduled payment after origination.
</P>
<P>(7) Underwriting indicator. Indicate whether the lease met the criteria for the first level of solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate the pool asset.
</P>
<P>(8) Grace period. Indicate the number of months during the term of the lease when no payments are due from the lessee.
</P>
<P>(9) Payment type. Specify the code indicating the payment frequency of the lease.
</P>
<P>(10) Subvented. Indicate yes or no whether a form of subsidy is received on the lease, such as cash incentives or favorable financing for the lessee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information related to the vehicle.</I> (1) Vehicle manufacturer. Provide the name of the manufacturer of the leased vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle model. Provide the name of the model of the leased vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) New or used. Indicate whether the leased vehicle is new or used.
</P>
<P>(4) Model year. Indicate the model year of the leased vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Vehicle type. Indicate the code describing the vehicle type.
</P>
<P>(6) Vehicle value. Indicate the value of the vehicle at the time of origination.
</P>
<P>(7) Source of vehicle value. Specify the code that describes the source of the vehicle value.
</P>
<P>(8) Base residual value. Provide the securitized residual value of the leased vehicle.
</P>
<P>(9) Source of base residual value. Specify the code that describes the source of the base residual value.
</P>
<P>(10) Contractual residual value. Provide the residual value, as stated on the contract, that the lessee would need to pay to purchase the vehicle at the end of the lease term.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information related to the lessee.</I> (1) Lessee credit score type. Specify the type of the standardized credit score used to evaluate the lessee during the lease origination process.
</P>
<P>(2) Lessee credit score. Provide the standardized credit score of the lessee used to evaluate the lessee during the lease origination process.
</P>
<P>(3) Lessee income verification level. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the lessee's income was verified during the lease origination process.
</P>
<P>(4) Lessee employment verification. Indicate the code describing the extent to which the lessee's employment was verified during the lease origination process.
</P>
<P>(5) Co-lessee present indicator. Indicate whether the lease has a co-lessee.
</P>
<P>(6) Payment-to-income ratio. Provide the scheduled monthly payment amount as a percentage of the total monthly income of the lessee and any other co-lessee at the origination date. Provide the methodology for determining monthly income in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(7) Geographic location of lessee. Specify the location of the lessee by providing the current U.S. state or territory.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Information related to activity on the lease.</I> (1) Asset added indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the asset was added during the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (f)(1):</I> A response to this data point is required only when assets are added to the asset pool after the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Remaining term to maturity. Indicate the number of months from the end of the reporting period to the lease maturity date.
</P>
<P>(3) Modification indicator—reporting period. Indicates yes or no whether the asset was modified from its original terms during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Servicing advance method. Specify the code that indicates a servicer's responsibility for advancing principal or interest on delinquent leases.
</P>
<P>(5) Reporting period securitization value. Provide the sum of the present values, as of the beginning of the reporting period, of the remaining scheduled monthly payment amounts and the base residual value of the leased vehicle, computed using the securitization value discount rate.
</P>
<P>(6) Securitization value discount rate. Provide the discount rate of the lease for the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(7) Next reporting period payment amount due. Indicate the total payment due to be collected in the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(8) Servicing fee—percentage. If the servicing fee is based on a percentage, provide the percentage used to calculate the aggregate servicing fee.
</P>
<P>(9) Servicing fee—flat-fee. If the servicing fee is based on a flat-fee amount, indicate the monthly servicing fee paid to all servicers.
</P>
<P>(10) Other lease-level servicing fee(s) retained by servicer. Provide the amount of all other fees earned by lease administrators that reduce the amount of funds remitted to the issuing entity (including subservicing, master servicing, trustee fees, etc.).
</P>
<P>(11) Other assessed but uncollected servicer fees. Provide the cumulative amount of late charges and other fees that have been assessed by the servicer, but not paid by the lessee.
</P>
<P>(12) Reporting period ending actual balance. Indicate the actual balance of the lease as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(13) Reporting period scheduled payment amount. Indicate the total payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period (including all fees).
</P>
<P>(14) Total actual amount paid. Indicate the total lease payment received during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(15) Actual other amounts collected. Indicate the total of any amounts, other than the scheduled lease payment, collected during the reporting period, whether or not from the lessee.
</P>
<P>(16) Reporting period ending actual securitization value. Provide the sum of the present values, as of the end of the reporting period, of the remaining scheduled monthly payment amounts and the base residual value of the leased vehicle, computed using the securitization value discount rate.
</P>
<P>(17) Servicer advanced amount. If amounts were advanced by the servicer during the reporting period, specify the amount.
</P>
<P>(18) Paid through date. Provide the date through which scheduled payments have been made with the payment received during the reporting period, which is the effective date from which amounts due will be calculated for the application of the next payment.
</P>
<P>(19) Zero balance leases. If the lease balance was reduced to zero during the reporting period, provide the following additional information about the lease:
</P>
<P>(i) Zero balance effective date. Provide the date on which the lease balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Zero balance code. Provide the code that indicates the reason the lease's balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(20) Current delinquency status. Indicate the number of days the lessee is delinquent past the lessee's payment due date, as determined by the governing transaction agreement.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Information related to servicers.</I> (1) Primary lease servicer. Provide the name of the entity that services or will have the right to service the lease.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent servicing transfer received date. If a lease's servicing has been transferred, provide the effective date of the most recent servicing transfer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Asset subject to demand.</I> Indicate yes or no whether during the reporting period the lease was the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee. If the lease is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Status of asset subject to demand. Indicate the code that describes the status of the repurchase or replacement demand as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Repurchase amount. Provide the amount paid to repurchase the lease from the pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Demand resolution date. Indicate the date the lease repurchase or replacement demand was resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) Repurchaser. Specify the name of the repurchaser.
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase or replacement reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for the repurchase or replacement.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information related to leases that have been charged off.</I> If the lease has been charged off, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Charge-off amounts. Provide the amount charged off on the lease.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Information related to lease modifications.</I> If the lease has been modified from its original terms, provide the following additional information about the most recent lease modification:
</P>
<P>(1) Modification type. Indicate the code that describes the reason the lease was modified during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Lease extension. Provide the number of months the lease was extended during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Information related to lease terminations.</I> If the lease was terminated, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Termination indicator. Specify the code that describes the reason why the lease was terminated.
</P>
<P>(2) Excess fees. Specify the amount of excess fees received upon return of the vehicle, such as excess wear and tear or excess mileage.
</P>
<P>(3) Liquidation proceeds. Provide the liquidation proceeds net of repossession fees, auction fees and other expenses in accordance with standard industry practice.
</P>
<P>Item 5. Debt securities. If the asset pool includes debt securities, provide the following data for each security in the asset pool:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asset numbers.</I> (1) Asset number type. Identify the source of the asset number used to specifically identify each asset in the pool.
</P>
<P>(2) Asset number. Provide the standard industry identifier assigned to the asset. If a standard industry identifier is not assigned to the asset, provide a unique ID number for the asset.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The asset number must reference a single asset within the pool and should be the same number that will be used to identify the asset for all reports that would be required of an issuer under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). If an asset is removed and replaced with another asset, the asset added to the pool should be assigned a unique asset number applicable to only that asset.
</P>
<P>(3) Asset group number. For structures with multiple collateral groups, indicate the collateral group number in which the asset falls.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting period.</I> (1) Reporting period begin date. Specify the beginning date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting period end date. Specify the ending date of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General information about the underlying security.</I> (1) Issuer. Provide the name of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) Original issuance date. Provide the date the underlying security was issued. For revolving asset master trusts, provide the issuance date of the receivable that will be added to the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Original security amount. Indicate the amount of the underlying security at the time the underlying security was issued.
</P>
<P>(4) Original security term. Indicate the initial number of months between the month the underlying security was issued and the security's maturity date.
</P>
<P>(5) Security maturity date. Indicate the month and year in which the final payment on the underlying security is scheduled to be made.
</P>
<P>(6) Original amortization term. Indicate the number of months in which the underlying security would be retired if the amortizing principal and interest payment were to be paid each month.
</P>
<P>(7) Original interest rate. Provide the rate of interest at the time the underlying security was issued.
</P>
<P>(8) Accrual type. Provide the code that describes the method used to calculate interest on the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(9) Interest rate type. Indicate the code that indicates whether the interest rate on the underlying security is fixed, adjustable, step or other.
</P>
<P>(10) Original interest-only term. Indicate the number of months from the date the underlying security was issued in which the obligor is permitted to pay only interest on the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(11) First payment date from issuance. Provide the date of the first scheduled payment.
</P>
<P>(12) Underwriting indicator. Indicate whether the loan or asset met the criteria for the first level of solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria used to originate the pool asset.
</P>
<P>(13) Title of underlying security. Specify the title of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(14) Denomination. Give the minimum denomination of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(15) Currency. Specify the currency of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(16) Trustee. Specify the name of the trustee.
</P>
<P>(17) Underlying SEC file number. Specify the registration statement file number of the registration of the offer and sale of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(18) Underlying CIK number. Specify the CIK number of the issuer of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(19) Callable. Indicate whether the security is callable.
</P>
<P>(20) Payment frequency. Indicate the code describing the frequency of payments that will be made on the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(21) Zero coupon indicator. Indicate yes or no whether an underlying security or agreement is interest bearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information related to activity on the underlying security.</I> (1) Asset added indicator. Indicate yes or no whether the underlying security was added to the asset pool during the reporting period.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(1):</I> A response to this data point is required only when assets are added to the asset pool after the final prospectus under § 230.424 of this chapter is filed.
</P>
<P>(2) Modification indicator. Indicates yes or no whether the underlying security was modified from its original terms.
</P>
<P>(3) Reporting period beginning asset balance. Indicate the outstanding principal balance of the underlying security as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(4) Reporting period beginning scheduled asset balance. Indicate the scheduled principal balance of the underlying security as of the beginning of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(5) Reporting period scheduled payment amount. Indicate the total payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(6) Reporting period interest rate. Indicate the interest rate in effect on the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(7) Total actual amount paid. Indicate the total payment paid to the servicer during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(8) Actual interest collected. Indicate the gross amount of interest collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(9) Actual principal collected. Indicate the amount of principal collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(10) Actual other amounts collected. Indicate the total of any amounts, other than principal and interest, collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(11) Other principal adjustments. Indicate any other amounts that caused the principal balance of the underlying security to be decreased or increased during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(12) Other interest adjustments. Indicate any unscheduled interest adjustments during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(13) Scheduled interest amount. Indicate the interest payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(14) Scheduled principal amount. Indicate the principal payment amount that was scheduled to be collected during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(15) Reporting period ending actual balance. Indicate the actual balance of the underlying security as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(16) Reporting period ending scheduled balance. Indicate the scheduled principal balance of the underlying security as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(17) Servicing fee—percentage. If the servicing fee is based on a percentage, provide the percentage used to calculate the aggregate servicing fee.
</P>
<P>(18) Servicing fee—flat-fee. If the servicing fee is based on a flat-fee amount, indicate the monthly servicing fee paid to all servicers as an amount.
</P>
<P>(19) Zero balance loans. If the loan balance was reduced to zero during the reporting period, provide the following additional information about the loan:
</P>
<P>(i) Zero balance code. Provide the code that indicates the reason the underlying security's balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Zero balance effective date. Provide the date on which the underlying security's balance was reduced to zero.
</P>
<P>(20) Remaining term to maturity. Indicate the number of months from the end of the reporting period to the maturity date of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(21) Current delinquency status. Indicate the number of days the obligor is delinquent as determined by the governing transaction agreement.
</P>
<P>(22) Number of days payment is past due. If the obligor has not made the full scheduled payment, indicate the number of days since the scheduled payment date.
</P>
<P>(23) Number of payments past due. Indicate the number of payments the obligor is past due as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(24) Next reporting period payment amount due. Indicate the total payment due to be collected in the next reporting period.
</P>
<P>(25) Next due date. For assets that have not been paid off, indicate the next payment due date on the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information related to servicers.</I> (1) Primary servicer. Indicate the name or MERS organization number of the entity that serviced the underlying security during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Most recent servicing transfer received date. If the servicing of the underlying security has been transferred, provide the effective date of the most recent servicing transfer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Asset subject to demand.</I> Indicate yes or no whether during the reporting period the asset was the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee. If the asset is the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties, including investor demands upon a trustee, provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(1) Status of asset subject to demand. Indicate the code that describes the status of the repurchase or replacement demand as of the end of the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(2) Repurchase amount. Provide the amount paid to repurchase the underlying security from the pool.
</P>
<P>(3) Demand resolution date. Indicate the date the underlying security repurchase or replacement demand was resolved.
</P>
<P>(4) Repurchaser. Specify the name of the repurchaser.
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase or replacement reason. Indicate the code that describes the reason for the repurchase or replacement.
</P>
<P>Item 6. Resecuritizations.
</P>
<P>(a) If the asset pool includes asset-backed securities, provide the asset-level information specified in Item 5. Debt Securities in this Schedule AL for each security in the asset pool.
</P>
<P>(b) If the asset pool includes asset-backed securities issued after November 23, 2016, provide the asset-level information specified in § 229.1111(h) for the assets backing each security in the asset pool.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57316, Sept. 24, 2014; 79 FR 58674, Sept. 30, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1200—Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Oil and Gas Producing Activities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 2193, Jan. 14, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1201   (Item 1201) General instructions to oil and gas industry-specific disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If oil and gas producing activities are material to the registrant's or its subsidiaries' business operations or financial position, the disclosure specified in this Subpart 229.1200 should be included under appropriate captions (with cross references, where applicable, to related information disclosed in financial statements). However, limited partnerships and joint ventures that conduct, operate, manage, or report upon oil and gas drilling or income programs, that acquire properties either for drilling and production, or for production of oil, gas, or geothermal steam or water, need not include such disclosure.
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent that Items 1202 through 1208 (§§ 229.1202-229.1208) call for disclosures in tabular format, as specified in the particular Item, a registrant may modify such format for ease of presentation, to add information or to combine two or more required tables.
</P>
<P>(c) The definitions in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.4-10(a)) shall apply for purposes of this Subpart 229.1200.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this Subpart 229.1200, the term <I>by geographic area</I> means, as appropriate for meaningful disclosure in the circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) By individual country;
</P>
<P>(2) By groups of countries within a continent; or
</P>
<P>(3) By continent. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1202   (Item 1202) Disclosure of reserves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Summary of oil and gas reserves at fiscal year end.</I> (1) Provide the information specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this Item in tabular format as provided below: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Summary of Oil and Gas Reserves as of Fiscal-Year End Based on Average Fiscal-Year Prices 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Reserves category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Reserves 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oil
<br/>(mbbls) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Natural gas
<br/>(mmcf) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Synthetic oil
<br/>(mbbls) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Synthetic gas
<br/>(mmcf) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product A
<br/>(measure) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PROVED</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Developed:</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Continent A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Continent B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Country A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Country B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Countries in Continent B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Undeveloped:</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Continent A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Continent B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Country A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Country B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Countries in Continent B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">TOTAL PROVED</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PROBABLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Developed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Undeveloped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">POSSIBLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Developed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Undeveloped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Disclose, in the aggregate and by geographic area and for each country containing 15% or more of the registrant's proved reserves, expressed on an oil-equivalent-barrels basis, reserves estimated using prices and costs under existing economic conditions, for the product types listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this Item, in the following categories:
</P>
<P>(i) Proved developed reserves;
</P>
<P>(ii) Proved undeveloped reserves;
</P>
<P>(iii) Total proved reserves;
</P>
<P>(iv) Probable developed reserves (optional);
</P>
<P>(v) Probable undeveloped reserves (optional);
</P>
<P>(vi) Possible developed reserves (optional); and
</P>
<P>(vii) Possible undeveloped reserves (optional).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(2):</I> Disclose updated reserves tables as of the close of each fiscal year.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 2 to paragraph (a)(2):</I> The registrant is permitted, but not required, to disclose probable or possible reserves pursuant to paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) through (a)(2)(vii) of this Item.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 3 to paragraph (a)(2):</I> If the registrant discloses amounts of a product in barrels of oil equivalent, disclose the basis for such equivalency.
</FP>
<FP><I>Instruction 4 to paragraph (a)(2):</I> A registrant need not provide disclosure of the reserves in a country containing 15% or more of the registrant's proved reserves if that country's government prohibits disclosure of reserves in that country. In addition, a registrant need not provide disclosure of the reserves in a country containing 15% or more of the registrant's proved reserves if that country's government prohibits disclosure in a particular field and disclosure of reserves in that country would have the effect of disclosing reserves in particular fields.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Reported total reserves shall be simple arithmetic sums of all estimates for individual properties or fields within each reserves category. When probabilistic methods are used, reserves should not be aggregated probabilistically beyond the field or property level; instead, they should be aggregated by simple arithmetic summation.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose separately material reserves of the following product types:
</P>
<P>(i) Oil;
</P>
<P>(ii) Natural gas;
</P>
<P>(iii) Synthetic oil;
</P>
<P>(iv) Synthetic gas; and
</P>
<P>(v) Sales products of other non-renewable natural resources that are intended to be upgraded into synthetic oil and gas.
</P>
<P>(5) If the registrant discloses probable or possible reserves, discuss the uncertainty related to such reserves estimates.
</P>
<P>(6) If the registrant has not previously disclosed reserves estimates in a filing with the Commission or is disclosing material additions to its reserves estimates, the registrant shall provide a general discussion of the technologies used to establish the appropriate level of certainty for reserves estimates from material properties included in the total reserves disclosed. The particular properties do not need to be identified.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Preparation of reserves estimates or reserves audit.</I> Disclose and describe the internal controls the registrant uses in its reserves estimation effort. In addition, disclose the qualifications of the technical person primarily responsible for overseeing the preparation of the reserves estimates and, if the registrant represents that a third party conducted a reserves audit, disclose the qualifications of the technical person primarily responsible for overseeing such reserves audit.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Third party reports.</I> If the registrant represents that a third party prepared, or conducted a reserves audit of, the registrant's reserves estimates, or any estimated valuation thereof, or conducted a process review, the registrant shall file a report of the third party as an exhibit to the relevant registration statement or other Commission filing. If the report relates to the preparation of, or a reserves audit of, the registrant's reserves estimates, it must include the following disclosure, if applicable to the type of filing:
</P>
<P>(i) The purpose for which the report was prepared and for whom it was prepared;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective date of the report and the date on which the report was completed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The proportion of the registrant's total reserves covered by the report and the geographic area in which the covered reserves are located;
</P>
<P>(iv) The assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used, including the percentage of the registrant's total reserves reviewed in connection with the preparation of the report, and a statement that such assumptions, data, methods, and procedures are appropriate for the purpose served by the report;
</P>
<P>(v) A discussion of primary economic assumptions;
</P>
<P>(vi) A discussion of the possible effects of regulation on the ability of the registrant to recover the estimated reserves;
</P>
<P>(vii) A discussion regarding the inherent uncertainties of reserves estimates;
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement that the third party has used all methods and procedures as it considered necessary under the circumstances to prepare the report;
</P>
<P>(ix) A brief summary of the third party's conclusions with respect to the reserves estimates; and
</P>
<P>(x) The signature of the third party.
</P>
<P>(9) For purposes of this Item 1202, the term <I>reserves audit</I> means the process of reviewing certain of the pertinent facts interpreted and assumptions underlying a reserves estimate prepared by another party and the rendering of an opinion about the appropriateness of the methodologies employed, the adequacy and quality of the data relied upon, the depth and thoroughness of the reserves estimation process, the classification of reserves appropriate to the relevant definitions used, and the reasonableness of the estimated reserves quantities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reserves sensitivity analysis (optional).</I> (1) The registrant may, but is not required to, provide the information specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this Item in tabular format as provided below: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Sensitivity of Reserves to Prices by Principal Product Type and Price Scenario 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Price case 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Proved reserves 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Probable reserves 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Possible reserves 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product A 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product A 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. oil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Syn. gas 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product A 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">measure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">measure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mbbls 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mmcf 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">measure 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scenario 1 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scenario 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The registrant may, but is not required to, disclose, in the aggregate, an estimate of reserves estimated for each product type based on different price and cost criteria, such as a range of prices and costs that may reasonably be achieved, including standardized futures prices or management's own forecasts.
</P>
<P>(3) If the registrant provides disclosure under this paragraph (b), disclose the price and cost schedules and assumptions on which the disclosed values are based.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to Item 1202:</I> Estimates of oil or gas resources other than reserves, and any estimated values of such resources, shall not be disclosed in any document publicly filed with the Commission, unless such information is required to be disclosed in the document by foreign or state law; provided, however, that where such estimates previously have been provided to a person (or any of its affiliates) that is offering to acquire, merge, or consolidate with the registrant or otherwise to acquire the registrant's securities, such estimate may be included in documents related to such acquisition.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1203" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1203   (Item 1203) Proved undeveloped reserves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Disclose the total quantity of proved undeveloped reserves at year end.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose material changes in proved undeveloped reserves that occurred during the year, including proved undeveloped reserves converted into proved developed reserves.
</P>
<P>(c) Discuss investments and progress made during the year to convert proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves, including, but not limited to, capital expenditures.
</P>
<P>(d) Explain the reasons why material amounts of proved undeveloped reserves in individual fields or countries remain undeveloped for five years or more after disclosure as proved undeveloped reserves. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1204" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1204   (Item 1204) Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each of the last three fiscal years disclose production, by final product sold, of oil, gas, and other products. Disclosure shall be made by geographical area and for each country and field that contains 15% or more of the registrant's total proved reserves expressed on an oil-equivalent-barrels basis unless prohibited by the country in which the reserves are located.
</P>
<P>(b) For each of the last three fiscal years disclose, by geographical area:
</P>
<P>(1) The average sales price (including transfers) per unit of oil, gas and other products produced; and
</P>
<P>(2) The average production cost, not including ad valorem and severance taxes, per unit of production.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction 1 to Item 1204:</I> Generally, net production should include only production that is owned by the registrant and produced to its interest, less royalties and production due others. However, in special situations (e.g., foreign production) net production before any royalties may be provided, if more appropriate. If “net before royalty” production figures are furnished, the change from the usage of “net production” should be noted.
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 1204:</I> Production of natural gas should include only marketable production of natural gas on an “as sold” basis. Production will include dry, residue, and wet gas, depending on whether liquids have been extracted before the registrant transfers title. Flared gas, injected gas, and gas consumed in operations should be omitted. Recovered gas-lift gas and reproduced gas should not be included until sold. Synthetic gas, when marketed as such, should be included in natural gas sales.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 3 to Item 1204:</I> If any product, such as bitumen, is sold or custody is transferred prior to conversion to synthetic oil or gas, the product's production, transfer prices, and production costs should be disclosed separately from all other products.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 4 to Item 1204:</I> The transfer price of oil and gas (natural and synthetic) produced should be determined in accordance with FASB ASC paragraph 932-235-50-24 (Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas Topic).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 5 to Item 1204:</I> The average production cost, not including ad valorem and severance taxes, per unit of production should be computed using production costs disclosed pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 932, <I>Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas.</I> Units of production should be expressed in common units of production with oil, gas, and other products converted to a common unit of measure on the basis used in computing amortization.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2193, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 50121, Aug. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1205" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1205   (Item 1205) Drilling and other exploratory and development activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each of the last three fiscal years, by geographical area, disclose:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of net productive and dry exploratory wells drilled; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of net productive and dry development wells drilled.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this Item 1205, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>dry well</I> is an exploratory, development, or extension well that proves to be incapable of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify completion as an oil or gas well.
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>productive well</I> is an exploratory, development, or extension well that is not a dry well.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Completion</I> refers to installation of permanent equipment for production of oil or gas, or, in the case of a dry well, to reporting to the appropriate authority that the well has been abandoned.
</P>
<P>(4) The <I>number of wells drilled</I> refers to the number of wells completed at any time during the fiscal year, regardless of when drilling was initiated.
</P>
<P>(c) Disclose, by geographic area, for each of the last three years, any other exploratory or development activities conducted, including implementation of mining methods for purposes of oil and gas producing activities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1206" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1206   (Item 1206) Present activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Disclose, by geographical area, the registrant's present activities, such as the number of wells in the process of being drilled (including wells temporarily suspended), waterfloods in process of being installed, pressure maintenance operations, and any other related activities of material importance.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide the description of present activities as of a date at the end of the most recent fiscal year or as close to the date that the registrant files the document as reasonably possible.
</P>
<P>(c) Include only those wells in the process of being drilled at the “as of” date and express them in terms of both gross and net wells.
</P>
<P>(d) Do not include wells that the registrant plans to drill, but has not commenced drilling unless there are factors that make such information material. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1207" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1207   (Item 1207) Delivery commitments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registrant is committed to provide a fixed and determinable quantity of oil or gas in the near future under existing contracts or agreements, disclose material information concerning the estimated availability of oil and gas from any principal sources, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The principal sources of oil and gas that the registrant will rely upon and the total amounts that the registrant expects to receive from each principal source and from all sources combined;
</P>
<P>(2) The total quantities of oil and gas that are subject to delivery commitments; and
</P>
<P>(3) The steps that the registrant has taken to ensure that available reserves and supplies are sufficient to meet such commitments for the next one to three years.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose the information required by this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) In a form understandable to investors; and
</P>
<P>(2) Based upon the facts and circumstances of the particular situation, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclosure by geographic area;
</P>
<P>(ii) Significant supplies dedicated or contracted to the registrant;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any significant reserves or supplies subject to priorities or curtailments which may affect quantities delivered to certain classes of customers, such as customers receiving services under low priority and interruptible contracts;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any priority allocations or price limitations imposed by Federal or State regulatory agencies, as well as other factors beyond the registrant's control that may affect the registrant's ability to meet its contractual obligations (the registrant need not provide detailed discussions of price regulation);
</P>
<P>(v) Any other factors beyond the registrant's control, such as other parties having control over drilling new wells, competition for the acquisition of reserves and supplies, and the availability of foreign reserves and supplies, which may affect the registrant's ability to acquire additional reserves and supplies or to maintain or increase the availability of reserves and supplies; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any impact on the registrant's earnings and financing needs resulting from its inability to meet short-term or long-term contractual obligations. (See Items 303 and 1209 of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.303 and 229.1209).)
</P>
<P>(c) If the registrant has been unable to meet any significant delivery commitments in the last three years, describe the circumstances concerning such events and their impact on the registrant.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this Item, <I>available reserves</I> are estimates of the amounts of oil and gas which the registrant can produce from current proved developed reserves using presently installed equipment under existing economic and operating conditions and an estimate of amounts that others can deliver to the registrant under long-term contracts or agreements on a per-day, per-month, or per-year basis. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1208" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.13.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1208   (Item 1208) Oil and gas properties, wells, operations, and acreage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Disclose, as of a reasonably current date or as of the end of the fiscal year, the total gross and net productive wells, expressed separately for oil and gas (including synthetic oil and gas produced through wells) and the total gross and net developed acreage (<I>i.e.</I>, acreage assignable to productive wells) by geographic area.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose, as of a reasonably current date or as of the end of the fiscal year, the amount of undeveloped acreage, both leases and concessions, if any, expressed in both gross and net acres by geographic area, together with an indication of acreage concentrations, and, if material, the minimum remaining terms of leases and concessions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this Item 1208, the following terms shall be defined as indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>gross well or acre</I> is a well or acre in which the registrant owns a working interest. The number of gross wells is the total number of wells in which the registrant owns a working interest. Count one or more completions in the same bore hole as one well. In a footnote, disclose the number of wells with multiple completions. If one of the multiple completions in a well is an oil completion, classify the well as an oil well.
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>net well or acre</I> is deemed to exist when the sum of fractional ownership working interests in gross wells or acres equals one. The number of net wells or acres is the sum of the fractional working interests owned in gross wells or acres expressed as whole numbers and fractions of whole numbers.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Productive wells</I> include producing wells and wells mechanically capable of production.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Undeveloped acreage</I> encompasses those leased acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of economic quantities of oil or gas regardless of whether such acreage contains proved reserves. Do not confuse undeveloped acreage with undrilled acreage held by production under the terms of the lease.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1300—Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 66448, Dec. 26, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1300   (Item 1300) Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart, these terms have the following meanings:
</P>
<P><I>Adequate geological evidence,</I> when used in the context of mineral resource determination, means evidence that is sufficient to establish geological and grade or quality continuity with reasonable certainty.
</P>
<P><I>Conclusive geological evidence,</I> when used in the context of mineral resource determination, means evidence that is sufficient to test and confirm geological and grade or quality continuity.
</P>
<P><I>Cut-off grade</I> is the grade (<I>i.e.,</I> the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio.
</P>
<P><I>Development stage issuer</I> is an issuer that is engaged in the preparation of mineral reserves for extraction on at least one material property.
</P>
<P><I>Development stage property</I> is a property that has mineral reserves disclosed, pursuant to this subpart, but no material extraction.
</P>
<P><I>Economically viable,</I> when used in the context of mineral reserve determination, means that the qualified person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the mineral reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions.
</P>
<P><I>Exploration results</I> are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (<I>i.e.,</I> programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of mineral resources or reserves. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability.
</P>
<P><I>Exploration stage issuer</I> is an issuer that has no material property with mineral reserves disclosed.
</P>
<P><I>Exploration stage property</I> is a property that has no mineral reserves disclosed.
</P>
<P><I>Exploration target</I> is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralization for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a mineral resource.
</P>
<P><I>Feasibility study</I> is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project.
</P>
<P>(1) A feasibility study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a pre-feasibility study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing.
</P>
<P>(2) The confidence level in the results of a feasibility study is higher than the confidence level in the results of a pre-feasibility study. Terms such as <I>full, final, comprehensive, bankable,</I> or<I> definitive</I> feasibility study are equivalent to a feasibility study.
</P>
<P><I>Final market study</I> is a comprehensive study to determine and support the existence of a readily accessible market for the mineral. It must, at a minimum, include product specifications based on final geologic and metallurgical testing, supply and demand forecasts, historical prices for the preceding five or more years, estimated long term prices, evaluation of competitors (including products and estimates of production volumes, sales, and prices), customer evaluation of product specifications, and market entry strategies or sales contracts. The study must provide justification for all assumptions, which must include assumptions concerning the material contracts required to develop and sell the mineral reserves.
</P>
<P><I>Indicated mineral resource</I> is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an indicated mineral resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an indicated mineral resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a measured mineral resource, an indicated mineral resource may only be converted to a probable mineral reserve.
</P>
<P><I>Inferred mineral resource</I> is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an inferred mineral resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an inferred mineral resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all mineral resources, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an inferred mineral resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project, and may not be converted to a mineral reserve.
</P>
<P><I>Initial assessment</I> is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralization to support the disclosure of mineral resources. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of mineral resources but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of mineral reserves.
</P>
<P><I>Investment and market assumptions,</I> when used in the context of mineral reserve determination, includes all assumptions made about the prices, exchange rates, interest and discount rates, sales volumes, and costs that are necessary to determine the economic viability of the mineral reserves. The qualified person must use a price for each commodity that provides a reasonable basis for establishing that the project is economically viable.
</P>
<P><I>Limited geological evidence,</I> when used in the context of mineral resource determination, means evidence that is only sufficient to establish that geological and grade or quality continuity are more likely than not.
</P>
<P><I>Material</I> has the same meaning as under § 230.405 or § 240.12b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Material of economic interest,</I> when used in the context of mineral resource determination, includes mineralization, including dumps and tailings, mineral brines, and other resources extracted on or within the earth's crust. It does not include oil and gas resources resulting from oil and gas producing activities, as defined in § 210.4-10(a)(16)(i) of this chapter, gases (<I>e.g.,</I> helium and carbon dioxide), geothermal fields, and water.
</P>
<P><I>Measured mineral resource</I> is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a measured mineral resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a measured mineral resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an indicated mineral resource or an inferred mineral resource, a measured mineral resource may be converted to a proven mineral reserve or to a probable mineral reserve.
</P>
<P><I>Mineral reserve</I> is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of indicated and measured mineral resources that, in the opinion of the qualified person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a measured or indicated mineral resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted.
</P>
<P><I>Mineral resource</I> is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A mineral resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralization, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralization drilled or sampled.
</P>
<P><I>Modifying factors</I> are the factors that a qualified person must apply to indicated and measured mineral resources and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of mineral reserves. A qualified person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert measured and indicated mineral resources to proven and probable mineral reserves. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project.
</P>
<P><I>Preliminary feasibility study</I> (or<I> pre-feasibility study</I>) is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product.
</P>
<P>(1) A pre-feasibility study includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, about the modifying factors and the evaluation of any other relevant factors that are sufficient for a qualified person to determine if all or part of the indicated and measured mineral resources may be converted to mineral reserves at the time of reporting. The financial analysis must have the level of detail necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable.
</P>
<P>(2) A pre-feasibility study is less comprehensive and results in a lower confidence level than a feasibility study. A pre-feasibility study is more comprehensive and results in a higher confidence level than an initial assessment.
</P>
<P><I>Preliminary market study</I> is a study that is sufficiently rigorous and comprehensive to determine and support the existence of a readily accessible market for the mineral. It must, at a minimum, include product specifications based on preliminary geologic and metallurgical testing, supply and demand forecasts, historical prices for the preceding five or more years, estimated long term prices, evaluation of competitors (including products and estimates of production volumes, sales, and prices), customer evaluation of product specifications, and market entry strategies. The study must provide justification for all assumptions. It can, however, be less rigorous and comprehensive than a final market study, which is required for a full feasibility study.
</P>
<P><I>Probable mineral reserve</I> is the economically mineable part of an indicated and, in some cases, a measured mineral resource.
</P>
<P><I>Production stage issuer</I> is an issuer that is engaged in material extraction of mineral reserves on at least one material property.
</P>
<P><I>Production stage property</I> is a property with material extraction of mineral reserves.
</P>
<P><I>Proven mineral reserve</I> is the economically mineable part of a measured mineral resource and can only result from conversion of a measured mineral resource.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified person</I> is an individual who is:
</P>
<P>(1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralization and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognized professional organization at the time the technical report is prepared. For an organization to be a recognized professional organization, it must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be either:
</P>
<P>(A) An organization recognized within the mining industry as a reputable professional association; or
</P>
<P>(B) A board authorized by U.S. federal, state or foreign statute to regulate professionals in the mining, geoscience or related field;
</P>
<P>(ii) Admit eligible members primarily on the basis of their academic qualifications and experience;
</P>
<P>(iii) Establish and require compliance with professional standards of competence and ethics;
</P>
<P>(iv) Require or encourage continuing professional development;
</P>
<P>(v) Have and apply disciplinary powers, including the power to suspend or expel a member regardless of where the member practices or resides; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Provide a public list of members in good standing.
</P>
<P><I>Relevant experience</I> means, for purposes of determining whether a party is a qualified person, that the party has experience in the specific type of activity that the person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant. If the qualified person is preparing or supervising the preparation of a technical report concerning exploration results, the relevant experience must be in exploration. If the qualified person is estimating, or supervising the estimation of mineral resources, the relevant experience must be in the estimation, assessment and evaluation of mineral resources and associated technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction. If the qualified person is estimating, or supervising the estimation of mineral reserves, the relevant experience must be in engineering and other disciplines required for the estimation, assessment, evaluation and economic extraction of mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(1) Relevant experience also means, for purposes of determining whether a party is a qualified person, that the party has experience evaluating the specific type of mineral deposit under consideration (<I>e.g.,</I> coal, metal, base metal, industrial mineral, or mineral brine). The type of experience necessary to qualify as relevant is a facts and circumstances determination. For example, experience in a high-nugget, vein-type mineralization such as tin or tungsten would likely be relevant experience for estimating mineral resources for vein-gold mineralization, whereas experience in a low grade disseminated gold deposit likely would not be relevant.
</P>
<P><I>Note 1 to paragraph (1) of the definition of relevant experience:</I> It is not always necessary for a person to have five years' experience in each and every type of deposit in order to be an eligible qualified person if that person has relevant experience in similar deposit types. For example, a person with 20 years' experience in estimating mineral resources for a variety of metalliferous hard-rock deposit types may not require as much as five years of specific experience in porphyry-copper deposits to act as a qualified person. Relevant experience in the other deposit types could count towards the experience in relation to porphyry-copper deposits.
</P>
<P>(2) For a qualified person providing a technical report for exploration results or mineral resource estimates, relevant experience also requires, in addition to experience in the type of mineralization, sufficient experience with the sampling and analytical techniques, as well as extraction and processing techniques, relevant to the mineral deposit under consideration. Sufficient experience means that level of experience necessary to be able to identify, with substantial confidence, problems that could affect the reliability of data and issues associated with processing.
</P>
<P>(3) For a qualified person applying the modifying factors, as defined by this section, to convert mineral resources to mineral reserves, relevant experience also requires:
</P>
<P>(i) Sufficient knowledge and experience in the application of these factors to the mineral deposit under consideration; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Experience with the geology, geostatistics, mining, extraction and processing that is applicable to the type of mineral and mining under consideration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1301   (Item 1301) General instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section, the term <I>mining operations</I> includes operations on all mining properties that a registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) Owns or in which it has, or it is probable that it will have, a direct or indirect economic interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Operates, or it is probable that it will operate, under a lease or other legal agreement that grants the registrant ownership or similar rights that authorize it, as principal, to sell or otherwise dispose of the mineral; or
</P>
<P>(3) Has, or it is probable that it will have, an associated royalty or similar right.
</P>
<P>(b) A registrant must provide the disclosure specified in this subpart if its mining operations are material to its business or financial condition.
</P>
<P>(c) When determining whether its mining operations are material, a registrant must:
</P>
<P>(1) Consider both quantitative and qualitative factors, assessed in the context of the registrant's overall business and financial condition;
</P>
<P>(2) Aggregate mining operations on all of its mining properties, regardless of the stage of the mining property, and size or type of commodity produced, including coal, metalliferous minerals, industrial materials, and mineral brines; and
</P>
<P>(3) Include, for each property, as applicable, all related activities from exploration through extraction to the first point of material external sale, including processing, transportation, and warehousing.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon a determination that its mining operations are material, a registrant must provide summary disclosure concerning all of its mining activities, as specified in § 229.1303, as well as individual property disclosure concerning each of its mining properties that is material to its business or financial condition, as specified in § 229.1304. When providing either summary or individual property disclosure, the registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) Should provide an appropriate glossary if the disclosure requires the use of technical terms relating to geology, mining or related matters, which cannot readily be found in conventional dictionaries;
</P>
<P>(2) Should not include detailed illustrations and technical reports, full feasibility studies or other highly technical data. The registrant shall, however, furnish such reports and other material supplementally to the staff upon request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Should use plain English principles, to the extent practicable, such as those provided in §§ 230.421 and 240.13a-20 of this chapter, to enhance the readability of the disclosure for investors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1302   (Item 1302) Qualified person, technical report summary, and technical studies.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A registrant's disclosure of exploration results, mineral resources, or mineral reserves, as required by §§ 229.1303 and 229.1304, must be based on and accurately reflect information and supporting documentation prepared by a qualified person, as defined in § 229.1300. As used in this section, the term <I>information</I> includes the findings and conclusions of a qualified person relating to exploration results or estimates of mineral resources or mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant is responsible for determining that the person meets the qualifications specified under the definition of qualified person in § 229.1300, and that the disclosure in the registrant's filing accurately reflects the information provided by the qualified person.
</P>
<P>(3) If a registrant has relied on more than one qualified person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of exploration results, mineral resources, or mineral reserves, the registrant's responsibilities as specified in this paragraph (a) pertain to each qualified person.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The registrant must obtain a dated and signed technical report summary from the qualified person that, pursuant to § 229.601(b)(96), identifies and summarizes the information reviewed and conclusions reached by the qualified person about the registrant's mineral resources or mineral reserves determined to be on each material property. At its election, the registrant may also obtain a dated and signed technical report summary from the qualified person that, pursuant to § 229.601(b)(96), identifies and summarizes the information reviewed and conclusions reached by the qualified person about the registrant's exploration results.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, if more than one qualified person has prepared the technical report summary, each qualified person must date and sign the technical report summary. The qualified person's signature must comply with § 230.402(e) or § 240.12b-11(d) of this chapter. The technical report summary must also clearly delineate the section or sections of the summary prepared by each qualified person.
</P>
<P>(ii) A third-party firm comprising mining experts, such as professional geologists or mining engineers, may date and sign the technical report summary instead of, and without naming, its employee, member or other affiliated person who prepared the technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The registrant must file the technical report summary as an exhibit to the relevant registration statement or other Commission filing when disclosing for the first time mineral reserves or mineral resources or when there is a material change in the mineral reserves or mineral resources from the last technical report summary filed for the property.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a registrant files a technical report summary to support the disclosure of exploration results, it must also file a technical report summary when there is a material change in the exploration results from the last technical report summary filed for the property. In each instance, the registrant must file the technical report summary as an exhibit to the relevant Commission filing.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A registrant that has a royalty, streaming, or other similar right is not required to submit a separate technical report summary for a property that is covered by a current technical report summary filed by the producing mining registrant. In that situation, the registrant holding the royalty, streaming, or other similar right should refer to the producing registrant's previously filed technical report summary in its filing with the Commission. Such a reference will not be deemed to incorporate by reference, pursuant to § 230.411 or § 240.12b-23 of this chapter, the previously filed technical report summary into the royalty company's or other similar company's filing absent an express statement to so incorporate by reference the previously filed technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(ii) A registrant that has a royalty, streaming, or other similar right is not required to file a technical report summary for an underlying property if the registrant lacks access to the technical report summary because:
</P>
<P>(A) Obtaining the information would result in an unreasonable burden or expense; or
</P>
<P>(B) It requested the technical report summary from the owner, operator, or other person possessing the technical report summary, who is not affiliated with the registrant, and who denied the request.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The registrant must obtain the written consent of the qualified person to the use of the qualified person's name, or any quotation from, or summarization of, the technical report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the technical report summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, if more than one qualified person has prepared the technical report summary, the registrant must obtain the written consent required by this section from each qualified person pertaining to the particular section or sections of the technical report summary prepared by each qualified person.
</P>
<P>(iii) If, pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, a third-party firm has signed the technical report summary, the third-party firm must provide the written consent. If a qualified person is an employee or person affiliated with the registrant, the qualified person must provide the written consent on an individual basis.
</P>
<P>(iv) For Securities Act filings, the registrant must file the written consent as an exhibit to the registration statement pursuant to §§ 230.436 and 230.601(b)(23) of this chapter. For Exchange Act reports, the registrant is not required to file the written consent obtained from the qualified person, but should retain the written consent for as long as it is relying on the qualified person's information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding mineral resources, mineral reserves, or exploration results.
</P>
<P>(5) The registrant must state in the filed registration statement or report whether each qualified person who prepared the technical report summary is an employee of the registrant. If the qualified person is not an employee of the registrant, the registrant must name the qualified person's employer, disclose whether the qualified person or the qualified person's employer is affiliated with the registrant or another entity that has an ownership, royalty, or other interest in the property that is the subject of the technical report summary, and if affiliated, describe the nature of the affiliation. As used in this section, <I>affiliate</I> or <I>affiliated</I> has the same meaning as in § 230.405 or § 240.12b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) A qualified person may include in the technical report summary information and documentation provided by a third-party specialist who is not a qualified person, as defined in § 229.1300, such as an attorney, appraiser, and economic or environmental consultant, upon which the qualified person has relied in preparing the technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(ii) The qualified person may not disclaim responsibility for any information or documentation prepared by a third-party specialist upon which the qualified person has relied, or any part of the technical report summary based upon or related to that information and documentation.
</P>
<P>(iii) A registrant is not required to file a written consent of any third-party specialist upon which a qualified person has relied pursuant to paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A registrant may disclose an exploration target, as defined in § 229.1300, for one or more of its properties that is based upon and accurately reflects information and supporting documentation of a qualified person. The qualified person may include a discussion of an exploration target in a technical report summary.
</P>
<P>(2) Any disclosure of an exploration target must appear in a separate section of the Commission filing or technical report summary that is clearly captioned as a discussion of an exploration target. That section must include a clear and prominent statement that:
</P>
<P>(i) The ranges of potential tonnage and grade (or quality) of the exploration target are conceptual in nature;
</P>
<P>(ii) There has been insufficient exploration of the relevant property or properties to estimate a mineral resource;
</P>
<P>(iii) It is uncertain if further exploration will result in the estimation of a mineral resource; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The exploration target therefore does not represent, and should not be construed to be, an estimate of a mineral resource or mineral reserve.
</P>
<P>(3) Any disclosure of an exploration target must also include:
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed explanation of the basis for the exploration target, such as the conceptual geological model used to develop the target;
</P>
<P>(ii) An explanation of the process used to determine the ranges of tonnage and grade, which must be expressed as approximations;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement clarifying whether the exploration target is based on actual exploration results or on one or more proposed exploration programs, which should include a description of the level of exploration activity already completed, the proposed exploration activities designed to test the validity of the exploration target, and the time frame in which those activities are expected to be completed; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that the ranges of tonnage and grade (or quality) of the exploration target could change as the proposed exploration activities are completed.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) A registrant's disclosure of mineral resources under this subpart must be based upon a qualified person's initial assessment, as defined in § 229.1300, which includes and supports the qualified person's determination of mineral resources.
</P>
<P>(i) When determining the existence of a mineral resource, a qualified person must:
</P>
<P>(A) Be able to estimate or interpret the location, quantity, grade or quality continuity, and other geological characteristics of the mineral resource from specific geological evidence and knowledge, including sampling; and
</P>
<P>(B) Conclude that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction of the mineral resource based on his or her initial assessment. At a minimum, the initial assessment must include the qualified person's qualitative evaluation of relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction to establish the economic potential of the mining property or project.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a material property, the technical report summary submitted by the qualified person to support a determination of mineral resources must describe the procedures, findings and conclusions reached for the initial assessment, as required by § 229.601(b)(96).
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) When determining mineral resources, a qualified person must subdivide mineral resources, in order of increasing geological confidence, into inferred, indicated, and measured mineral resources.
</P>
<P>(B) For inferred mineral resources, a qualified person:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Must have a reasonable expectation that the majority of inferred mineral resources could be upgraded to indicated or measured mineral resources with continued exploration; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Should be able to defend the basis of this expectation before his or her peers.
</P>
<P>(iv) The qualified person should refer to Table 1 to paragraph (d) of this section for the assumptions permitted to be made when preparing the initial assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified person must include cut-off grade estimation, based on assumed unit costs for surface or underground operations and estimated mineral prices, in the initial assessment. To estimate mineral prices, the qualified person must use a price for each commodity that provides a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for mineral resources. The qualified person must disclose the price used and explain, with particularity, his or her reasons for using the selected price, including the material assumptions underlying the selection. This explanation must include disclosure of the time frame used to estimate the commodity price and unit costs for cut-off grade estimation and the reasons justifying the selection of that time frame. The qualified person may use a price set by contractual arrangement, provided that such price is reasonable, and the qualified person discloses that he or she is using a contractual price when disclosing the price used. The selected price required by this section and all material assumptions underlying it must be current as of the end of the registrant's most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) The qualified person must provide a qualitative assessment of all relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction to establish economic potential and justify why he or she believes that all issues can be resolved with further exploration and analysis. As provided by Table 1 to paragraph (d) of this section, those factors include, but are not limited to, to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(i) Site infrastructure (<I>e.g.,</I> whether access to power and site is possible);
</P>
<P>(ii) Mine design and planning (<I>e.g.,</I> what is the broadly defined mining method);
</P>
<P>(iii) Processing plant (<I>e.g.,</I> whether all products used in assessing prospects of economic extraction can be processed with methods consistent with each other);
</P>
<P>(iv) Environmental compliance and permitting (<I>e.g.,</I> what are the required permits and corresponding agencies and whether significant obstacles exist to obtaining those permits); and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, including plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups, which are necessary to demonstrate reasonable prospects for economic extraction.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) A qualified person may include cash flow analysis in an initial assessment to demonstrate economic potential. If the qualified person includes cash flow analysis in the initial assessment, then operating and capital cost estimates must have an accuracy level of at least approximately ±50% and a contingency level of no greater than 25%, as provided by Table 1 to paragraph (d) of this section. The qualified person must state the accuracy and contingency levels in the initial assessment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If providing an economic analysis in the initial assessment, a qualified person may include inferred mineral resources in the economic analysis, provided that the qualified person:
</P>
<P>(A) States with equal prominence to the disclosure of mineral resource estimates that the assessment is preliminary in nature, it includes inferred mineral resources that are considered too speculative geologically to have modifying factors applied to them that would enable them to be categorized as mineral reserves, and there is no certainty that this economic assessment will be realized;
</P>
<P>(B) Discloses the percentage of the mineral resources used in the cash flow analysis that was classified as inferred mineral resources; and
</P>
<P>(C) Discloses, with equal prominence, the results of the economic analysis excluding inferred mineral resources in addition to the results that include inferred mineral resources.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)—Summary Description of Relevant Factors Evaluated in Technical Studies
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Factors 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial assessment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Preliminary feasibility study
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feasibility study
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Site infrastructure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Establish whether or not access to power and site is possible. Assume infrastructure location, plant area required, type of power supply, site access roads, and camp/town site, if required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required access roads, infrastructure location and plant area defined. Source of all utilities (power, water, etc.) required for development and production defined with initial designs suitable for cost estimates. Camp/Town site finalized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required access roads, infrastructure location and plant area finalized. Source of all required utilities (power, water, etc.) for development and production finalized. Camp/Town site finalized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mine design &amp; planning</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mining method defined broadly as surface or underground. Production rates assumed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Preferred underground mining method or the pit configuration for surface mine defined. Detailed mine layouts drawn for each alternative. Development and production plan defined for each alternative with required equipment fleet specified</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mining method finalized. Detailed mine layouts finalized for preferred alternative. Development and production plan finalized for preferred alternative with required equipment fleet specified.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Processing plant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Establish that all products used in assessing prospects of economic extraction can be processed with methods consistent with each other. Processing method and plant throughput assumed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detailed bench lab tests conducted. Detailed process flow sheet, equipment sizes, and general arrangement completed. Detailed plant throughput specified</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detailed bench lab tests conducted. Pilot plant test completed, if required, based on risk. Process flow sheet, equipment sizes, and general arrangement finalized. Final plant throughput specified.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Environmental compliance &amp; permitting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">List of required permits &amp; agencies drawn. Determine if significant obstacles exist to obtaining permits. Identify pre-mining land uses. Assess requirements for baseline studies. Assume post-mining land uses. Assume tailings disposal, reclamation, and mitigation plans</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identification and detailed analysis of environmental compliance and permitting requirements. Detailed baseline studies with preliminary impact assessment (internal). Detailed tailings disposal, reclamation, and mitigation plans</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Identification and detailed analysis of environmental compliance and permitting requirements finalized. Completed baseline studies with final impact assessment (internal). Tailings disposal, reclamation, and mitigation plans finalized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other relevant factors 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Appropriate assessments of other reasonably assumed technical and economic factors necessary to demonstrate reasonable prospects for economic extraction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, on the modifying factors sufficient to demonstrate that extraction is economically viable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detailed assessments of modifying factors necessary to demonstrate that extraction is economically viable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Capital costs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
<sup>3</sup> If included:
<br/>Accuracy: ±50%.
<br/>Contingency: ≤25%.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accuracy: ±25%
<br/>Contingency: ≤15%.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accuracy: ±15%.
<br/>Contingency: ≤10%.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating costs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
<sup>3</sup> If included:
<br/>Accuracy: ±50%.
<br/>Contingency: ≤25%.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accuracy: ±25%
<br/>Contingency: ≤15%.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accuracy: ±15%.
<br/>Contingency: ≤10%.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Economic analysis 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional. If included: Taxes and revenues are assumed. Discounted cash flow analysis based on assumed production rates and revenues from available measured and indicated mineral resources</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Taxes described in detail; revenues are estimated based on at least a preliminary market study; economic viability assessed by detailed discounted cash flow analysis</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Taxes described in detail; revenues are estimated based on at least a final market study or possible letters of intent to purchase; economic viability assessed by detailed discounted cash flow analysis.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> When applied in an initial assessment, these factors pertain to the relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction. When applied in a preliminary or final feasibility study, these factors pertain to the modifying factors, as defined in this subpart.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The relevant technical and economic factors to be applied in an initial assessment, and the modifying factors to be applied in a pre-feasibility or final feasibility study, include, but are not limited to, the factors listed in this table. The number, type, and specific characteristics of the applicable factors will be a function of and depend upon the particular mineral, mine, property, or project.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Initial assessment, as defined in this subpart, does not require a cash flow analysis or operating and capital cost estimates. The qualified person may include a cash flow analysis at his or her discretion.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> An initial assessment does not require capital and operating cost estimates or economic analysis, although it requires unit cost assumptions based on an assumption that the resource will be exploited with surface or underground mining methods. An economic analysis, if included, may be based only on measured and indicated mineral resources, or also may include inferred resources if additional conditions are met.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e)(1) A registrant's disclosure of mineral reserves under this subpart must be based upon a qualified person's preliminary feasibility (pre-feasibility) study or feasibility study, each as defined in § 229.1300, which includes and supports the qualified person's determination of mineral reserves. The pre-feasibility or feasibility study must include the qualified person's detailed evaluation of all applicable modifying factors to demonstrate the economic viability of the mining property or project. For a material property, the technical report summary submitted by the qualified person to support a determination of mineral reserves must describe the procedures, findings and conclusions reached for the pre-feasibility or feasibility study, as required by § 229.601(b)(96).
</P>
<P>(2) When determining mineral reserves, a qualified person must subdivide mineral reserves, in order of increasing confidence, into probable mineral reserves and proven mineral reserves, as defined in § 229.1300. The determination of probable or proven mineral reserves must be based on a qualified person's application of the modifying factors to indicated or measured mineral resources, which results in the qualified person's determination that part of the indicated or measured mineral resource is economically mineable.
</P>
<P>(i) For a probable mineral reserve, the qualified person's confidence in the results obtained from the application of the modifying factors and in the estimates of tonnage and grade or quality is lower than what is sufficient for a classification as a proven mineral reserve, but is still sufficient to demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction of the mineral reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. The lower level of confidence is due to higher geologic uncertainty when the qualified person converts an indicated mineral resource to a probable reserve or higher risk in the results of the application of modifying factors at the time when the qualified person converts a measured mineral resource to a probable mineral reserve. A qualified person must classify a measured mineral resource as a probable mineral reserve when his or her confidence in the results obtained from the application of the modifying factors to the measured mineral resource is lower than what is sufficient for a proven mineral reserve.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a proven mineral reserve, the qualified person must have a high degree of confidence in the results obtained from the application of the modifying factors and in the estimates of tonnage and grade or quality.
</P>
<P>(3) The pre-feasibility study or feasibility study, which supports the qualified person's determination of mineral reserves, must demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction of the mineral reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. The study must establish a life of mine plan that is technically achievable and economically viable, which will be the basis of determining the mineral reserve.
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>mineral reserves</I> does not necessarily require that extraction facilities are in place or operational, that the company has obtained all necessary permits or that the company has entered into sales contracts for the sale of mined products. It does require, however, that the qualified person has, after reasonable investigation, not identified any obstacles to obtaining permits and entering into the necessary sales contracts, and reasonably believes that the chances of obtaining such approvals and contracts in a timely manner are highly likely.
</P>
<P>(ii) In certain circumstances, the determination of mineral reserves may require the completion of at least a preliminary market study, as defined in § 229.1300, in the context of a pre-feasibility study, or a final market study, as defined in § 229.1300, in the context of a feasibility study, to support the qualified person's conclusions about the chances of obtaining revenues from sales. For example, a preliminary or final market study would be required where the mine's product cannot be traded on an exchange, there is no other established market for the product, and no sales contract exists. When assessing mineral reserves, the qualified person must take into account the potential adverse impacts, if any, from any unresolved material matter on which extraction is contingent and which is dependent on a third party.
</P>
<P>(4) For both a pre-feasibility and feasibility study, a qualified person must use a price for each commodity that provides a reasonable basis for establishing that the project is economically viable. The qualified person must disclose the price used and explain, with particularity, his or her reasons for using the selected price, including the material assumptions underlying the selection. This explanation must include disclosure of the time frame used to estimate the price and costs and the reasons justifying the selection of that time frame. The qualified person may use a price set by contractual arrangement, provided that such price is reasonable, and the qualified person discloses that he or she is using a contractual price when disclosing the price used. The selected price required by this section and all material assumptions underlying it must be current as of the end of the registrant's most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) A pre-feasibility study must include an economic analysis that supports the property's economic viability as assessed by a detailed discounted cash flow analysis or other similar financial analysis. The economic analysis must describe in detail applicable taxes and provide an estimate of revenues. The qualified person must use a price for each commodity in the economic analysis that meets the requirements of paragraph (e)(4) of this section. As discussed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, in certain situations, estimates of revenues must be based on at least a preliminary market study.
</P>
<P>(6) The qualified person must exclude inferred mineral resources from the pre-feasibility study's demonstration of economic viability in support of a disclosure of a mineral reserve.
</P>
<P>(7) Factors to be considered in a pre-feasibility study are typically the same as those required for a final feasibility study, but considered at a lower level of detail or at an earlier stage of development. The list of factors is not exclusive. For example, as provided in Table 1 to paragraph (d) of this section, a pre-feasibility study must define, analyze or otherwise address in detail, to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(i) The required access roads, infrastructure location and plant area, and the source of all utilities (<I>e.g.,</I> power and water) required for development and production;
</P>
<P>(ii) The preferred underground mining method or surface mine pit configuration, with detailed mine layouts drawn for each alternative;
</P>
<P>(iii) The bench lab tests that have been conducted, the process flow sheet, equipment sizes, and general arrangement that have been completed, and the plant throughput;
</P>
<P>(iv) The environmental compliance and permitting requirements, the baseline studies, and the plans for tailings disposal, reclamation, and mitigation, together with an analysis establishing that permitting is possible; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, on the modifying factors sufficient to demonstrate that extraction is economically viable.
</P>
<P>(8) A pre-feasibility study must also identify sources of uncertainty that require further refinement in a final feasibility study.
</P>
<P>(9) Operating and capital cost estimates in a pre-feasibility study must, at a minimum, have an accuracy level of approximately ±25% and a contingency range not exceeding 15%, as provided in Table 1 of this section. The qualified person must state the accuracy level and contingency range in the pre-feasibility study.
</P>
<P>(10) A feasibility study must contain the application and description of all relevant modifying factors in a more detailed form and with more certainty than a pre-feasibility study. The list of factors is not exclusive. For example, as provided in Table 1 to paragraph (d) of this section, a feasibility study must define, analyze, or otherwise address in detail, to the extent material:
</P>
<P>(i) Final requirements for site infrastructure, including well-defined access roads, finalized plans for infrastructure location, plant area, and camp or town site, and the established source of all required utilities (<I>e.g.,</I> power and water) for development and production;
</P>
<P>(ii) Finalized mining method, including detailed mine layouts and final development and production plan for the preferred alternative with the required equipment fleet specified. The feasibility study must address detailed mining schedules, construction and production ramp up, and project execution plans;
</P>
<P>(iii) Completed detailed bench lab tests and a pilot plant test, if required, based on risk. The feasibility study must further address final requirements for process flow sheet, equipment sizes, and general arrangement and specify the final plant throughput;
</P>
<P>(iv) The final identification and detailed analysis of environmental compliance and permitting requirements, and the completion of baseline studies and finalized plans for tailings disposal, reclamation, and mitigation; and
</P>
<P>(v) The final assessments of other modifying factors necessary to demonstrate that extraction is economically viable.
</P>
<P>(11) A feasibility study must also include an economic analysis that describes taxes in detail, estimates revenues, and assesses economic viability by a detailed discounted cash flow analysis. The qualified person must use a price for each commodity in the economic analysis that meets the requirements of paragraph (e)(4) of this section. As discussed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, in certain situations, estimates of revenues must be based on a final market study or letters of intent to purchase.
</P>
<P>(12) Operating and capital cost estimates in a feasibility study must, at a minimum, have an accuracy level of approximately ±15% and a contingency range not exceeding 10%, as provided by Table 1 of this section. The qualified person must state the accuracy level and contingency range in the feasibility study.
</P>
<P>(13) If the uncertainties in the results obtained from the application of the modifying factors that prevented a measured mineral resource from being converted to a proven mineral reserve no longer exist, then the qualified person may convert the measured mineral resource to a proven mineral reserve.
</P>
<P>(14) The qualified person cannot convert an indicated mineral resource to a proven mineral reserve unless new evidence first justifies conversion to a measured mineral resource.
</P>
<P>(15) The qualified person cannot convert an inferred mineral resource to a mineral reserve without first obtaining new evidence that justifies converting it to an indicated or measured mineral resource.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The qualified person may indicate in the technical report summary that the qualified person has relied on information provided by the registrant in preparing its findings and conclusions regarding the following aspects of modifying factors:
</P>
<P>(i) Macroeconomic trends, data, and assumptions, and interest rates;
</P>
<P>(ii) Marketing information and plans within the control of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(iii) Legal matters outside the expertise of the qualified person, such as statutory and regulatory interpretations affecting the mine plan;
</P>
<P>(iv) Environmental matters outside the expertise of the qualified person;
</P>
<P>(v) Accommodations the registrant commits or plans to provide to local individuals or groups in connection with its mine plans; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Governmental factors outside the expertise of the qualified person.
</P>
<P>(2) In a separately captioned section of the technical report summary entitled “Reliance on Information Provided by the Registrant,” the qualified person must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the categories of information provided by the registrant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify the particular portions of the technical report summary that were prepared in reliance on information provided by the registrant pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and the extent of that reliance; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclose why the qualified person considers it reasonable to rely upon the registrant for any of the information specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 230.436(a) and (b) of this chapter, any description in the technical report summary or other part of the registration statement of the procedures, findings, and conclusions reached about matters identified by the qualified person as having been based on information provided by the registrant pursuant to this section shall not be considered a part of the registration statement prepared or certified by the qualified person within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Securities Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1303" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1303   (Item 1303) Summary disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A registrant that has material mining operations, as determined pursuant to § 229.1301, and two or more mining properties, must provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section for all properties that the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) Owns or in which it has, or it is probable that it will have, a direct or indirect economic interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operates, or it is probable that it will operate, under a lease or other legal agreement that grants the registrant ownership or similar rights that authorize it, as principal, to sell or otherwise dispose of the mineral; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has, or it is probable that it will have, an associated royalty or similar right.
</P>
<P>(2) A registrant that has material mining operations but only one mining property is not required to provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section. That registrant need only provide the disclosure required by § 229.1304 for the mining property that is material to its business.
</P>
<P>(3) A registrant that has a royalty, streaming or other similar right, but which lacks access to any of the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section about the underlying properties, may omit such information, provided that the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) Specifies the information to which it lacks access;
</P>
<P>(ii) Explains that it does not have access to the required information because:
</P>
<P>(A) Obtaining the information would result in an unreasonable burden or expense; or
</P>
<P>(B) It requested the information from a person possessing knowledge of the information, who is not affiliated with the royalty company or similar registrant, and who denied the request; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides all required information that it does possess or which it can acquire without incurring an unreasonable burden or expense.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose the following information for all properties specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A map or maps, of appropriate scale, showing the locations of all properties. Such maps should be legible on the page when printed.
</P>
<P>(2) An overview of the registrant's mining properties and operations. This overview may be presented in narrative or tabular format.
</P>
<P>(i) The overview must include aggregate annual production for the properties during each of the three most recently completed fiscal years preceding the filing.
</P>
<P>(ii) The overview should include, as relevant, the following items of information for the mining properties considered in the aggregate:
</P>
<P>(A) The location of the properties;
</P>
<P>(B) The type and amount of ownership interests;
</P>
<P>(C) The identity of the operator or operators;
</P>
<P>(D) Titles, mineral rights, leases or options and acreage involved;
</P>
<P>(E) The stages of the properties (exploration, development or production);
</P>
<P>(F) Key permit conditions;
</P>
<P>(G) Mine types and mineralization styles; and
</P>
<P>(H) Processing plants and other available facilities.
</P>
<P>(iii) When presenting the overview, the registrant should include the amount and type of disclosure concerning its mining properties that is material to an investor's understanding of the registrant's properties and mining operations in the aggregate. This disclosure will depend upon a registrant's specific facts and circumstances and may vary from registrant to registrant. A registrant should refer to, rather than duplicate, any disclosure concerning individually material properties provided in response to § 229.1304.
</P>
<P>(iv) A registrant with only a royalty or similar economic interest should provide only the portion of the production that led to royalty or other incomes for each of the three most recently completed fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of all mineral resources and mineral reserves, as determined by the qualified person, at the end of the most recently completed fiscal year by commodity and geographic area and for each property containing 10% or more of the registrant's combined measured and indicated mineral resources or containing 10% or more of the registrant's mineral reserves. This summary must be provided for each class of mineral resources (inferred, indicated, and measured), together with total measured and indicated mineral resources, and each class of mineral reserves (probable and proven), together with total mineral reserves, using the format in Table 1 to paragraph (b) of this section for mineral resources, and the format in Table 2 to paragraph (b) of this section for mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>by geographic area</I> means by individual country, regions of a country, state, groups of states, mining district, or other political units, to the extent material to and necessary for an investor's understanding of a registrant's mining operations.
</P>
<P>(ii) All disclosure of mineral resources by the registrant must be exclusive of mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(iii) All disclosure of mineral resources and reserves must be only for the portion of the resources or reserves attributable to the registrant's interest in the property.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each mineral resource and reserve estimate must be based on a reasonable and justifiable price selected by a qualified person pursuant to § 229.1302(d) or (e), which provides a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for mineral resources, and is the expected price for mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(v) Each mineral resource and reserve estimate called for in Tables 1 and 2 to paragraph (b) of this section must be based on a specific point of reference selected by a qualified person. The registrant must disclose the selected point of reference for each of Tables 1 and 2 to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) The registrant may modify the tabular formats in Tables 1 and 2 to paragraph (b) of this section for ease of presentation or to add information.
</P>
<P>(vii) All material assumptions and information pertaining to the summary disclosure of a registrant's mineral resources and mineral reserves required by this section, including material assumptions related to price estimates, must be current as of the end of the registrant's most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(b)</E>—Summary Mineral Resources at End of the Fiscal Year Ended [Date] Based on [Price] 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Measured mineral
<br/>resources
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Indicated mineral
<br/>resources
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Measured + indicated mineral resources
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Inferred mineral
<br/>resources
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commodity A:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Other mines/properties
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other geographic areas
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commodity B:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Other mines/properties
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other geographic areas
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup>The registrant must use a reasonable and justifiable price for each commodity, which it must disclose, together with the time frame and point of reference used, when estimating mineral resources for this Table 1.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph <E T="01">(b)</E>—Summary Mineral Reserves at End of the Fiscal Year Ended [Date] Based on [Price] 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Proven mineral
<br/>reserves
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Probable mineral
<br/>reserves
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Total mineral
<br/>reserves
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/qualities
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commodity A:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Other mines/properties
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other geographic areas
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commodity B:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Geographic area B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Mine/Property B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Other mines/properties
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other geographic areas
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The registrant must use a reasonable and justifiable price for each commodity, which it must disclose, together with the time frame and point of reference used, when estimating mineral reserves for this Table 2.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1304" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1304   (Item 1304) Individual property disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A registrant must disclose the information specified in this section for each property that is material to its business or financial condition. When determining the materiality of a property relative to its business or financial condition, a registrant must apply the standards and other considerations specified in § 229.1301(c) to each individual property that it:
</P>
<P>(i) Owns or in which it has, or it is probable that it will have, a direct or indirect economic interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operates, or it is probable that it will operate, under a lease or other legal agreement that grants the registrant ownership or similar rights that authorize it, as principal, to sell or otherwise dispose of the mineral; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has, or it is probable that it will have, an associated royalty or similar right.
</P>
<P>(2) A registrant that has a royalty, streaming or other similar right, but which lacks access to any of the information specified in this section about the underlying property or properties, may omit such information, provided that the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) Specifies the information to which it lacks access;
</P>
<P>(ii) Explains that it does not have access to the required information because:
</P>
<P>(A) Obtaining the information would result in an unreasonable burden or expense; or
</P>
<P>(B) It requested the information from a person possessing knowledge of the information, who is not affiliated with the with the royalty company or similar registrant, and who denied the request; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides all required information that it does possess or which it can acquire without incurring an unreasonable burden or expense.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose the following information for each material property specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the property including:
</P>
<P>(i) The location, accurate to within one mile, using an easily recognizable coordinate system. The registrant must provide appropriate maps, with proper engineering detail (such as scale, orientation, and titles). Such maps must be legible on the page when printed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Existing infrastructure including roads, railroads, airports, towns, ports, sources of water, electricity, and personnel; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A brief description, including the name or number and size (acreage), of the titles, claims, concessions, mineral rights, leases or options under which the registrant and its subsidiaries have or will have the right to hold or operate the property, and how such rights are obtained at this location, indicating any conditions that the registrant must meet in order to obtain or retain the property. If held by leases or options or if the mineral rights otherwise have termination provisions, the registrant must provide the expiration dates of such leases, options or mineral rights and associated payments.
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if the registrant holds a royalty or similar interest or will have an associated royalty or similar right, the disclosure must describe all of the information in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, including, for example, the documents under which the owner or operator holds or operates the property, the mineral rights held by the owner or operator, conditions required to be met by the owner or operator, and the expiration dates of leases, options and mineral rights. The registrant must also briefly describe the agreement under which the registrant and its subsidiaries have or will have the right to a royalty or similar interest in the property, indicating any conditions that the registrant must meet in order to obtain or retain the royalty or similar interest, and indicating the expiration date.
</P>
<P>(2) The following information, as relevant to the particular property:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief description of the present condition of the property, the work completed by the registrant on the property, the registrant's proposed program of exploration or development, the current stage of the property as exploration, development or production, the current state of exploration or development of the property, and the current production activities. Mines should be identified as either surface or underground, with a brief description of the mining method and processing operations. If the property is without known reserves and the proposed program is exploratory in nature or the registrant has started extraction without determining mineral reserves, the registrant must provide a statement to that effect;
</P>
<P>(ii) The age, details as to modernization and physical condition of the equipment, facilities, infrastructure, and underground development;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total cost for or book value of the property and its associated plant and equipment;
</P>
<P>(iv) A brief history of previous operations, including the names of previous operators, insofar as known; and
</P>
<P>(v) A brief description of any significant encumbrances to the property, including current and future permitting requirements and associated timelines, permit conditions, and violations and fines.
</P>
<P>(c) When providing the disclosure required by paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A registrant must identify an individual property with no mineral reserves as an exploration stage property, even if it has other properties in development or production. Similarly, a registrant that does not have reserves on any of its properties cannot characterize itself as a development or production stage company, even if it has mineral resources or exploration results, or even if it is engaged in extraction without first disclosing mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(2) A registrant should not include extensive description of regional geology. Rather, it should include geological information that is brief and relevant to property disclosure.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) If mineral resources or reserves have been determined, the registrant must provide a summary of all mineral resources or reserves as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, which, for each property, discloses in tabular form, as provided in Table 1 to paragraph (d)(1) of this section for each class of mineral resources (measured, indicated, and inferred), together with total measured and indicated mineral resources, the estimated tonnages and grades (or quality, where appropriate), and as provided in Table 2 to paragraph (d)(1) of this section for each class of mineral reserves (proven and probable), together with total mineral reserves, the estimated tonnages, grades (or quality, where appropriate), cut-off grades, and metallurgical recovery, based on a specific point of reference selected by a qualified person pursuant to § 229.601(b)(96). The registrant must disclose the selected point of reference for each of Tables 1 and 2 to paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (D)(1)—[Individual Property Name]—Summary of [Commodity/Commodities] Mineral Resources at the End of the Fiscal Year Ended [Date] Based on [Price] 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Resources
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Cut-off grades
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Metallurgical recovery
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/
<br/>qualities
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Measured mineral resources</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indicated mineral resources</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Measured + Indicated mineral resources</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inferred mineral resources</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The registrant must use a reasonable and justifiable price, which it must disclose, together with the time frame and point of reference used, when estimating mineral resources for this Table 1.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (D)(1)—[Individual Property Name]—Summary of [Commodity/Commodities] Mineral Reserves at the End of the Fiscal Year Ended [Date] Based on [Price] 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grades/
<br/>qualities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cut-off grades
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metallurgical recovery
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Proven mineral reserves</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Probable mineral reserves</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total mineral reserves</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The registrant must use a reasonable and justifiable price for each commodity, which it must disclose, together with the time frame and point of reference used, when estimating mineral reserves for this Table 2.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (d)(1):</I> The registrant may modify the tabular formats in Tables 1 and 2 to paragraph (d)(1) of this section for ease of presentation, to add information, or to combine two or more required tables. When combining tables, the registrant should not report mineral resources and reserves in the same table.
</P>
<P>(2) All disclosure of mineral resources by the registrant must be exclusive of mineral reserves.
</P>
<P>(3) A registrant with only a royalty or similar interest should provide only the portion of the resources or reserves that are subject to the royalty or similar agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) Compare the property's mineral resources and reserves as of the end of the last fiscal year with the mineral resources and reserves as of the end of the preceding fiscal year, and explain any material change between the two. The comparison, which may be in either narrative or tabular format, must disclose information concerning:
</P>
<P>(1) The mineral resources or reserves at the end of the last two fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(2) The net difference between the mineral resources or reserves at the end of the last completed fiscal year and the preceding fiscal year, as a percentage of the resources or reserves at the end of the fiscal year preceding the last completed one;
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of the causes of any discrepancy in mineral resources including depletion or production, changes in commodity prices, additional resources discovered through exploration, and changes due to the methods employed; and
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of the causes of any discrepancy in mineral reserves including depletion or production, changes in the resource model, changes in commodity prices and operating costs, changes due to the methods employed, and changes due to acquisition or disposal of properties.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) If the registrant has not previously disclosed mineral reserve or resource estimates in a filing with the Commission or is disclosing material changes to its previously disclosed mineral reserve or resource estimates, provide a brief discussion of the material assumptions and criteria in the disclosure and cite corresponding sections of the technical report summary, which must be filed as an exhibit pursuant to § 229.1302(b).
</P>
<P>(2) All material assumptions and information pertaining to the disclosure of a registrant's mineral resources and mineral reserves required by paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of this section, including material assumptions relating to all modifying factors, price estimates, and scientific and technical information (<I>e.g.,</I> sampling data, estimation assumptions and methods), must be current as of the end of the registrant's most recently completed fiscal year. To the extent that the registrant is not filing a technical report summary but instead is basing the required disclosure upon a previously filed report, that report must also be current in these material respects. If the previously filed report is not current in these material respects, the registrant must file a revised or new technical report summary from a qualified person, in compliance with § 229.601(b)(96) (Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K), that supports the registrant's mining property disclosures.
</P>
<P>(3) Regarding the disclosure required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, whether a change in mineral resources or mineral reserves is material is based on all facts and circumstances, both quantitative and qualitative.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) If disclosing exploration activity for any material property specified in paragraph (a) of this section for the most recently completed fiscal year, provide a summary that describes the sampling methods used, and, for each sampling method used, disclose the number of samples, the total size or length of the samples, and the total number of assays.
</P>
<P>(2) If disclosing exploration results for any material property specified in paragraph (a) of this section for the most recently completed fiscal year, provide a summary that, for each property, identifies the hole, trench or other sample that generated the exploration results, describes the length, lithology, and key geologic properties of the exploration results, and includes a brief discussion of the exploration results' context and relevance. If the summary only includes results from selected samples and intersections, it should be accompanied with a discussion of the context and justification for excluding other results.
</P>
<P>(3) The information disclosed under this paragraph (g) may be presented in either narrative or tabular format.
</P>
<P>(4) A registrant must disclose exploration results and related exploration activity for a material property under this section if they are material to investors. When determining whether exploration results and related exploration activity are material, the registrant should consider all relevant facts and circumstances, such as the importance of the exploration results in assessing the value of a material property or in deciding whether to develop the property, and the particular stage of the property.
</P>
<P>(5) A registrant may disclose an exploration target when discussing exploration results or exploration activity related to a material property as long as the disclosure is in compliance with the requirements of § 229.1302(c).
</P>
<P>(6)(i) If the registrant is disclosing exploration results, but has not previously disclosed such results in a filing with the Commission, or is disclosing material changes to its previously disclosed exploration results, it must provide sufficient information to allow for an accurate understanding of the significance of the exploration results. The registrant must include information such as exploration context, type and method of sampling, sampling intervals and methods, relevant sample locations, distribution, dimensions, and relative location of all relevant assay and physical data, data aggregation methods, land tenure status, and any additional material information that may be necessary to make the required disclosure concerning the registrant's exploration results not misleading. If electing to file a technical report summary, the registrant must cite corresponding sections of the technical report summary, which must be filed as an exhibit pursuant to § 229.1302(b).
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether a change in exploration results is material is based on all facts and circumstances, both quantitative and qualitative.
</P>
<P>(iii) A change in exploration results that significantly alters the potential of the subject deposit is considered material.
</P>
<P>(h) A report containing one or more estimates of the quantity, grade, or metal or mineral content of a deposit or exploration results that a registrant has not verified as a current estimate of mineral resources, mineral reserves, or exploration results, and which was prepared before the registrant acquired, or entered into an agreement to acquire, an interest in the property that contains the deposit, is not considered current and cannot be filed in support of disclosure. Notwithstanding this prohibition, a registrant may include such an estimate in a Commission filing that pertains to a merger, acquisition, or business combination if the registrant is unable to update the estimate prior to the completion of the relevant transaction. In that event, when referring to the estimate, the registrant must disclose the source and date of the estimate, and state that a qualified person has not done sufficient work to classify the estimate as a current estimate of mineral resources, mineral reserves, or exploration results and that the registrant is not treating the estimate as a current estimate of mineral resources, mineral reserves, or exploration results.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1305" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.14.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1305   (Item 1305) Internal controls disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Describe the internal controls that the registrant uses in its exploration and mineral resource and reserve estimation efforts. This disclosure should include quality control and quality assurance (QC/QA) programs, verification of analytical procedures, and a discussion of comprehensive risk inherent in the estimation.
</P>
<P>(b) A registrant must provide the internal controls disclosure required by this section whether it is providing the disclosure under § 229.1303, § 229.1304, or under both sections.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1400—Disclosure by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 66140, Oct. 16, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1401   (Item 1401) General instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank, bank holding company, savings and loan association, or savings and loan holding company (“bank and savings and loan registrants”) must provide the disclosure required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) When the term “reported period” is used in this subpart, it refers to each of the periods described below:
</P>
<P>(1) Each annual period required by 17 CFR part 210 (“Regulation S-X”) or 17 CFR 239.90 (“Form 1-A”); and—
</P>
<P>(2) Any additional interim period subsequent to the most recent fiscal year end if a material change in the information or the trend evidenced thereby has occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) In this subpart, registrants are required to use daily averages unless otherwise indicated. Registrants may use weekly or month-end averages where the collection of data on a daily average basis would involve unwarranted or undue burden or expense; provided that such averages are representative of the registrant's operations. Registrants must disclose the basis used for presenting averages.
</P>
<P>(d) In various provisions throughout this subpart, registrants are required to disclose information relating to certain foreign financial activities. For purposes of this subpart, a registrant only is required to present this information if the registrant meets the threshold to make separate disclosures concerning its foreign activities in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to the test set forth in § 210.9-05 of Regulation S-X.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1402" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1402   (Item 1402) Distribution of assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity; interest rates and interest differential.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each reported period, present average balance sheets containing the information specified below. The format of the average balance sheets may be condensed from consolidated financial statements, provided that the condensed average balance sheets indicate the significant categories of assets and liabilities, including all major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Major categories of interest-earning assets must include, if material, loans, taxable investment securities, non-taxable investment securities, interest bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased with agreements to resell, and other short-term investments. Major categories of interest-bearing liabilities must include, if material, savings deposits, other time deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper, other short-term debt, and long-term debt.
</P>
<P>(b) For each reported period, present an analysis of net interest earnings as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For each major category of interest-earning asset and each major category of interest-bearing liability, the average amount outstanding during the period and the interest earned or paid on such amount.
</P>
<P>(2) The average yield for each major category of interest-earning asset.
</P>
<P>(3) The average rate paid for each major category of interest-bearing liability.
</P>
<P>(4) The average yield on all interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities.
</P>
<P>(5) The net yield on interest-earning assets (net interest earnings divided by total interest-earning assets, with net interest earnings equaling the difference between total interest earned and total interest paid).
</P>
<P>(6) The registrant may, at its option, present its analysis in connection with the average balance sheet required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) For the interest rates and interest differential analysis,
</P>
<P>(1) Present for each comparative reporting period
</P>
<P>(i) The dollar amount of change in interest income, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The dollar amount of change in interest expense.
</P>
<P>(2) For each major category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability, segregate the changes presented pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section into amounts attributable to:
</P>
<P>(i) Changes in volume (change in volume times old rate),
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes in rates (change in rate times old volume), and
</P>
<P>(iii) Changes in rates and volume (change in rate times change in volume).
</P>
<P>(3) The rates and volume variances presented pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) must be allocated on a consistent basis between rates and volume variances, and the basis of allocation disclosed in a note to the table.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 1402:</I>
</P>
<P>1. If material, disclose how non-accruing loans have been treated for purposes of the analyses required by paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>2. In the calculation of the changes in the interest income and interest expense required by paragraph (c), exclude any out-of-period items and adjustments and disclose the types and amounts of items excluded in a note to the table.
</P>
<P>3. If material loan fees are included in the interest income computation, disclose the amount of such fees.
</P>
<P>4. If tax-exempt income is calculated on a tax equivalent basis, describe the extent of recognition of exemption from Federal, state, and local taxation and the combined marginal or incremental rate used in a brief note to the table.
</P>
<P>5. If disclosure regarding foreign activities is required pursuant to Item 1401(d) of this subpart, the information required by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section must be further segregated between domestic and foreign activities for each significant category of assets and liabilities disclosed pursuant to paragraph (a). In addition, for each reported period, present separately, on the basis of averages, the percentage of total assets and total liabilities attributable to foreign activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1403" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1403   (Item 1403) Investments in debt securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As of the end of the latest reported period, state the weighted average yield of each category of debt securities not carried at fair value through earnings for which disclosure is required in the financial statements and is due:
</P>
<P>(1) In one year or less,
</P>
<P>(2) After one year through five years,
</P>
<P>(3) After five years through ten years, and
</P>
<P>(4) After ten years.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose how the weighted average yield has been calculated. Additionally, state whether yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis (see Instruction 4 to Item 1402 of this subpart). Discuss any major changes in the tax-exempt portfolio.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1404   (Item 1404) Loan portfolio.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As of the end of the latest reported period, present separately the amount of loans in each category for which disclosure is required in the financial statements that are due:
</P>
<P>(1) In one year or less,
</P>
<P>(2) After one year through five years,
</P>
<P>(3) After five years through 15 years, and
</P>
<P>(4) After 15 years.
</P>
<P>(b) For each loan category for which disclosure is provided in response to paragraph (a), present separately the total amount of loans in such loan category that are due after one year that
</P>
<P>(1) Have predetermined interest rates and
</P>
<P>(2) Have floating or adjustable interest rates.
</P>
<P>Instructions to Item 1404:
</P>
<P>1. Report scheduled repayments in the maturity category in which the payment is due.
</P>
<P>2. Report demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts as due in one year or less.
</P>
<P>3. Determinations of maturities shall be based upon contractual terms. However, to the extent that non-contractual rollovers or extensions are included for purposes of measuring the allowance for credit losses under U.S. GAAP or IFRS, include such non-contractual rollovers or extensions for purposes of the maturities classification and briefly discuss this methodology.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1405" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1405   (Item 1405) Allowance for Credit Losses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each reported period, disclose the following credit ratios, along with each component of the ratio's calculation:
</P>
<P>(1) Allowance for credit losses to total loans outstanding at each period end.
</P>
<P>(2) Nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding at each period end.
</P>
<P>(3) Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans at each period end.
</P>
<P>(4) Net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the period. Provide this ratio for each loan category for which disclosure is required in the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(b) Provide a discussion of the factors that drove material changes in the ratios in (a) above, or the related components, during the periods presented.
</P>
<P>(c) At the end of each reported period, provide a breakdown of the allowance for credit losses by each loan category for which disclosure is required by U.S. GAAP in the following format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Balance at End of Period Applicable to:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Reported period
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent of loans in each category to total loans
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Each loan category required by U.S. GAAP</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X%
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100%</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 1405:</I>
</P>
<P>1. A foreign private issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB does not need to provide disclosure responsive to Items 1405(a)(2), (a)(3) and Item 1405(c).
</P>
<P>2. Net charge-offs must be based on current period net charge-offs for each loan category.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1406" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.15.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1406   (Item 1406) Deposits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each reported period, present separately the average amount of and the average rate paid on each of the following deposit categories that are in excess of 10 percent of average total deposits:
</P>
<P>(1) Noninterest bearing demand deposits.
</P>
<P>(2) Interest-bearing demand deposits.
</P>
<P>(3) Savings deposits.
</P>
<P>(4) Time deposits.
</P>
<P>(5) Other.
</P>
<P>(b) If the registrant believes other categories more appropriately describe the nature of the deposits, those categories may be used.
</P>
<P>(c) If material, separately present domestic deposits and foreign deposits for all amounts reported under (a) above. Foreign deposits as used here means deposits from depositors who are not in the registrant's country of domicile.
</P>
<P>(d) If material, the registrant must disclose separately the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices. Registrants are not required to identify the nationality of the depositors.
</P>
<P>(e) As of the end of each reported period, present separately the amount of uninsured deposits. For registrants that are U.S. federally insured depository institutions, uninsured deposits are the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regime, and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regime. Foreign banking or savings and loan registrants must disclose the definition of uninsured deposits appropriate for their country of domicile. All registrants should consider the methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting of uninsured deposits, to the extent applicable, for disclosure of uninsured deposits. To the extent it is not reasonably practicable to provide a precise measure of uninsured deposits at the reported period, the registrant must disclose that the amounts are based on estimated amounts of uninsured deposits as of the reported period. Such estimates must be based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for the applicable bank or savings and loan registrant's regulatory reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(f) As of the end of the latest reported period, state the amount outstanding of:
</P>
<P>(1) The portion of U.S. time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regime; and
</P>
<P>(2) Time deposits that are otherwise uninsured (including for example, U.S. time deposits in uninsured accounts, non-U.S. time deposits in uninsured accounts, or non-U.S. time deposits in excess of any country-specific insurance fund limit), by time remaining until maturity of:
</P>
<P>(i) 3 months or less;
</P>
<P>(ii) Over 3 through 6 months;
</P>
<P>(iii) Over 6 through 12 months; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Over 12 months.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="1500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 1500-XXX</HEAD>

<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="9">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21914, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28c">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P> 


</P>
</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="229.1600" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart 229.1600—Special Purpose Acquisition Companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 14316, Feb. 26, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.1601" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1601   (Item 1601) Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>De-SPAC transaction.</I> The term <I>de-SPAC transaction</I> means a business combination, such as a merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets, reorganization, or similar transaction, involving a special purpose acquisition company and one or more target companies (contemporaneously, in the case of more than one target company).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special purpose acquisition company (SPAC).</I> The term <I>special purpose acquisition company (SPAC)</I> means a company that has:
</P>
<P>(1) Indicated that its business plan is to:
</P>
<P>(i) Conduct a primary offering of securities that is not subject to the requirements of § 230.419 of this chapter (Rule 419 under the Securities Act);
</P>
<P>(ii) Complete a business combination, such as a merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets, reorganization, or similar transaction, with one or more target companies within a specified time frame; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Return proceeds from the offering and any concurrent offering (if such offering or concurrent offering intends to raise proceeds) to its security holders if the company does not complete a business combination, such as a merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets, reorganization, or similar transaction, with one or more target companies within the specified time frame; or
</P>
<P>(2) Represented that it pursues or will pursue a special purpose acquisition company strategy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>SPAC sponsor.</I> The term <I>SPAC sponsor</I> means any entity and/or person primarily responsible for organizing, directing, or managing the business and affairs of a special purpose acquisition company, excluding, if an entity is a SPAC sponsor, officers and directors of the special purpose acquisition company who are not affiliates of any such entity that is a SPAC sponsor.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Target company.</I> The term <I>target company</I> means an operating company, business or assets.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1602" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1602   (Item 1602) Registered offerings by special purpose acquisition companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forepart of registration statement and outside cover page of the prospectus.</I> In addition to the information required by § 229.501 (Item 501 of Regulation S-K), provide the following information on the outside front cover page of the prospectus in plain English as required by § 230.421(d) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) State the time frame for the special purpose acquisition company to consummate a de-SPAC transaction and whether this time frame may be extended.
</P>
<P>(2) State whether security holders will have the opportunity to redeem the securities offered and whether the redemptions will be subject to any limitations.
</P>
<P>(3) State the amount of the compensation received or to be received by the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters, the amount of securities issued or to be issued by the SPAC to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters and the price paid or to be paid for such securities, and whether this compensation and securities issuance may result in a material dilution of the purchasers' equity interests. Provide a cross-reference, highlighted by prominent type or in another manner, to the locations of related disclosures in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose in the tabular format specified below at quartile intervals based on percentages of the maximum redemption threshold: the offering price; as of the most recent balance sheet date filed, the net tangible book value per share, as adjusted, as if the offering and assumed redemption levels have occurred and to give effect to material probable or consummated transactions (other than the completion of a de-SPAC transaction); and the difference between the offering price and such net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. Provide a cross-reference, highlighted by prominent type or in another manner, to the locations of related disclosures in the prospectus:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(a)</E>(4)
</P><P class="gpotbl_title">Net Tangible Book Value Per Share, as Adjusted
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Offering Price of __
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">25% of Maximum
<br/>redemption
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50% of Maximum
<br/>redemption
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">75% of Maximum
<br/>redemption
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum redemption
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(4).</I> If the offering includes an over-allotment option, include separate rows in the tabular disclosure showing the information required by this paragraph (a)(4) with and without the exercise of the over-allotment option.
</P>
<P>(5) State whether there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, or promoters; and purchasers in the offering. Provide a cross-reference, highlighted by prominent type or in another manner, to the locations of related disclosures in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prospectus summary.</I> The information required by § 229.503(a) (Item 503(a) of Regulation S-K) must include a brief description of the following in plain English as required by § 230.421(d) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) The manner in which the special purpose acquisition company will identify and evaluate potential business combination candidates and whether it will solicit shareholder approval for the de-SPAC transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) The material terms of the trust or escrow account and the amount or percentage of the gross offering proceeds that the special purpose acquisition company will place in the trust or escrow account;
</P>
<P>(3) The material terms of the securities being offered, including redemption rights, and whether the securities are the same class as those held by the SPAC sponsor and its affiliates;
</P>
<P>(4) The period of time in which the special purpose acquisition company intends to consummate a de-SPAC transaction and its plans in the event that it does not consummate a de-SPAC transaction within this time period, including whether, and if so, how, it may extend the time period; any limitations on extensions, including the number of times; the consequences to the SPAC sponsor of not completing an extension of this time period; and whether security holders will have voting or redemption rights with respect to such an extension;
</P>
<P>(5) Any plans to seek additional financings and how the terms of additional financings may impact unaffiliated security holders;
</P>
<P>(6) In a tabular format, the nature and amount of the compensation received or to be received by the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters, the amount of securities issued or to be issued by the SPAC to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters and the price paid or to be paid for such securities, and, outside of the table, the extent to which this compensation and securities issuance may result in a material dilution of the purchasers' equity interests; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any actual or potential material conflict of interest between the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, or promoters; and purchasers in the offering, including those that may arise in determining whether to pursue a de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dilution.</I> Disclose in a tabular format for the same quartile intervals as in paragraph (a)(4) of this section: the offering price; net tangible book value per share, as adjusted, determined in the same manner as in paragraph (a)(4); and the difference between the offering price and such net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. The tabular disclosure must show: the nature and amounts of each source of dilution used to determine net tangible book value per share, as adjusted; the number of shares used to determine net tangible book value per share, as adjusted; and any adjustments to the number of shares used to determine the per share component of net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. Outside of the table, describe each material potential source of future dilution following the registered offering by the special purpose acquisition company, including sources not included in the table with respect to the determination of net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. Provide a description of the model, methods, assumptions, estimates, and parameters necessary to understand the tabular disclosure.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1603" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1603   (Item 1603) SPAC sponsor; conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters.</I> Provide the following information about the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters of the special purpose acquisition company:
</P>
<P>(1) State the SPAC sponsor's name and describe the SPAC sponsor's form of organization.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the general character of the SPAC sponsor's business.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the experience of the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and any promoters in organizing special purpose acquisition companies and the extent to which the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and the promoters are involved in other special purpose acquisition companies.
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the material roles and responsibilities of the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and any promoters in directing and managing the special purpose acquisition company's activities.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any agreement, arrangement, or understanding between the SPAC sponsor and the special purpose acquisition company, its officers, directors, or affiliates with respect to determining whether to proceed with a de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(6) Disclose the nature (<I>e.g.,</I> cash, shares of stock, warrants and rights) and amounts of all compensation that has been or will be awarded to, earned by, or paid to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and any promoters for all services rendered or to be rendered in all capacities to the special purpose acquisition company and its affiliates and the amount of securities issued or to be issued by the SPAC to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and any promoters and the price paid or to be paid for such securities. Disclose any circumstances or arrangements under which the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters, directly or indirectly, have transferred or could transfer ownership of securities of the SPAC, or that have resulted or could result in the surrender or cancellation of such securities. In addition, disclose the nature and amounts of any reimbursements to be paid to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and any promoters upon the completion of a de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(7) Identify the controlling persons of the SPAC sponsor. Disclose, as of the most recent practicable date, the persons who have direct and indirect material interests in the SPAC sponsor, as well as the nature and amount of their interests.
</P>
<P>(8) Describe any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, including any payments, between the SPAC sponsor and unaffiliated security holders of the special purpose acquisition company regarding the redemption of outstanding securities of the special purpose acquisition company.
</P>
<P>(9) Disclose, in a tabular format to the extent practicable, the material terms of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding regarding restrictions on whether and when the SPAC sponsor and its affiliates may sell securities of the special purpose acquisition company, including the date(s) on which the agreement, arrangement, or understanding may expire; the natural persons and entities subject to such an agreement, arrangement, or understanding; any exceptions under such an agreement, arrangement, or understanding; and any terms that would result in an earlier expiration of such an agreement, arrangement, or understanding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> Describe any actual or potential material conflict of interest, including any material conflict of interest that may arise in determining whether to proceed with a de-SPAC transaction and any material conflict of interest arising from the manner in which the special purpose acquisition company compensates a SPAC sponsor, officers, or directors or the manner in which a SPAC sponsor compensates its officers and directors, between:
</P>
<P>(1) The SPAC sponsor or its affiliates; the special purpose acquisition company's officers, directors, or promoters; or the target company's officers or directors; and
</P>
<P>(2) Unaffiliated security holders of the SPAC.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>SPAC officer and director fiduciary duties.</I> Briefly describe the fiduciary duties of each officer and director of the special purpose acquisition company to other companies to which they have fiduciary duties.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1604" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1604   (Item 1604) De-SPAC transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forepart of registration statement and outside cover page of the prospectus.</I> In addition to the information required by § 229.501 (Item 501 of Regulation S-K), provide the following information on the outside front cover page of the prospectus in plain English as required by § 230.421(d) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) State the determination, if any, of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company disclosed in response to § 229.1606(a) (Item 1606(a) of Regulation S-K) and, if applicable, that the special purpose acquisition company or the SPAC sponsor has received a report, opinion, or appraisal referred to in § 229.1607(a) (Item 1607(a) of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(2) Describe briefly any material financing transactions that have occurred since the initial public offering of the special purpose acquisition company or will occur in connection with the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) State the amount of the compensation received or to be received by the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or any related financing transaction; the amount of securities issued or to be issued by the SPAC to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters and the price paid or to be paid for such securities in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or any related financing transaction; and whether this compensation and securities issuance may result in a material dilution of the equity interests of non-redeeming shareholders who hold the securities until the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction. Provide a cross-reference, highlighted by prominent type or in another manner, to the locations of related disclosures in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(4) State whether, in connection with the de-SPAC transaction, there may be any actual or potential material conflict of interest, including any material conflict of interest that may arise in determining whether to proceed with a de-SPAC transaction and any material conflict of interest arising from the manner in which the special purpose acquisition company compensates a SPAC sponsor, officers, and directors or the manner in which a SPAC sponsor compensates its officers and directors, between: on one hand, the SPAC sponsors, their affiliates, SPAC officers, SPAC directors, or promoters, target company officers or target company directors; and, on the other hand, unaffiliated security holders of the SPAC. Provide a cross-reference, highlighted by prominent type or in another manner, to the locations of related disclosures in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prospectus summary.</I> The information required by § 229.503(a) (Item 503(a) of Regulation S-K) must include a brief description of the following in plain English as required by § 230.421(d) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) The background and material terms of the de-SPAC transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) The determination, if any, of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company disclosed in response to § 229.1606(a) (Item 1606(a) of Regulation S-K), the material factors that the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company considered in making such determination, and any report, opinion, or appraisal referred to in § 229.1607(a) (Item 1607(a) of Regulation S-K);
</P>
<P>(3) In connection with the de-SPAC transaction, any actual or potential material conflict of interest between:
</P>
<P>(i) The SPAC sponsor, SPAC officers, SPAC directors, SPAC affiliates or promoters, target company officers, or target company directors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Unaffiliated security holders of the SPAC;
</P>
<P>(4) In a tabular format, the terms and amount of the compensation received or to be received by the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or any related financing transaction, the amount of securities issued or to be issued by the SPAC to the SPAC sponsor, its affiliates, and promoters and the price paid or to be paid for such securities in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or any related financing transaction; and, outside of the table, the extent to which that compensation and securities issuance has resulted or may result in a material dilution of the equity interests of non-redeeming shareholders of the special purpose acquisition company;
</P>
<P>(5) The material terms of any material financing transactions that have occurred or will occur in connection with the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction, the anticipated use of proceeds from these financing transactions and the dilutive impact, if any, of these financing transactions on non-redeeming shareholders; and
</P>
<P>(6) The rights of security holders to redeem the outstanding securities of the special purpose acquisition company and the potential dilutive impact of redemptions on non-redeeming shareholders.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dilution.</I> Disclose in a tabular format that includes intervals representing selected potential redemption levels that may occur across a reasonably likely range of outcomes: the offering price disclosed pursuant to § 229.1602(a)(4) (Item 1602(a)(4)) in the initial registered offering by the SPAC; as of the most recent balance sheet date filed, the net tangible book value per share, as adjusted, as if the selected redemption levels have occurred, and to give effect to, while excluding the de-SPAC transaction itself, material probable or consummated transactions and other material effects on the SPAC's net tangible book value per share from the de-SPAC transaction; and the difference between such offering price and such net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. The tabular disclosure must show: the nature and amounts of each source of dilution used to determine net tangible book value per share, as adjusted; the number of shares used to determine net tangible book value per share, as adjusted; and any adjustments to the number of shares used to determine the per share component of net tangible book value per share, as adjusted. Outside of the table, describe each material potential source of future dilution that non-redeeming shareholders may experience by electing not to tender their shares in connection with the de-SPAC transaction, including sources not included in the table with respect to the determination of net tangible book value per share, as adjusted.
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to each redemption level, state the company valuation at or above which the potential dilution results in the amount of the non-redeeming shareholders' interest per share being at least the initial public offering price per share of common stock.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide a description of the model, methods, assumptions, estimates, and parameters necessary to understand the tabular disclosure.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1605" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1605   (Item 1605) Background of and reasons for the de-SPAC transaction; terms of the de-SPAC transaction; effects.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provide a summary of the background of the de-SPAC transaction. Such summary must include a description of any contacts, negotiations, or transactions that have occurred concerning the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) State the material terms of the de-SPAC transaction, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the de-SPAC transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) A brief description of any related financing transaction, including any payments from the SPAC sponsor to investors in connection with the financing transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) A reasonably detailed discussion of the reasons of the SPAC and the target company for engaging in the de-SPAC transaction and reasons of the SPAC for the structure and timing of the de-SPAC transaction and any related financing transaction;
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of any material differences in the rights of SPAC and target company security holders as compared with security holders of the combined company as a result of the de-SPAC transaction;
</P>
<P>(5) A brief statement as to the accounting treatment of the de-SPAC transaction; and
</P>
<P>(6) The Federal income tax consequences of the de-SPAC transaction to the SPAC, the target company, and their respective security holders.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe the effects of the de-SPAC transaction and any related financing transaction on the special purpose acquisition company and its affiliates, the SPAC sponsor and its affiliates, the target company and its affiliates, and unaffiliated security holders of the special purpose acquisition company. The description must include a reasonably detailed discussion of both the benefits and detriments of the de-SPAC transaction and any related financing transaction to the special purpose acquisition company and its affiliates, the SPAC sponsor and its affiliates, the target company and its affiliates, and unaffiliated security holders of the special purpose acquisition company. The benefits and detriments of the de-SPAC transaction and any related financing transaction must be quantified to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) Disclose any material interests in the de-SPAC transaction or any related financing transaction: held by the SPAC sponsor or the special purpose acquisition company's officers or directors, including fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities as well as any interest in, or affiliation with, the target company; or held by the target company's officers or directors that consist of any interest in, or affiliation with, the SPAC sponsor or the special purpose acquisition company.
</P>
<P>(e) State whether or not security holders are entitled to any redemption or appraisal rights. If so, summarize the redemption or appraisal rights. If there are no redemption or appraisal rights available for security holders who object to the de-SPAC transaction, briefly outline any other rights that may be available to security holders.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1606" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1606   (Item 1606) Board determination about the de-SPAC transaction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Board determination.</I> If the law of the jurisdiction in which the special purpose acquisition company is organized requires its board of directors (or similar governing body) to determine whether the de-SPAC transaction is advisable and in the best interests of the special purpose acquisition company and its security holders, or otherwise make any comparable determination, disclose that determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors considered in board determination.</I> Discuss the material factors the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company considered in making any determination disclosed in response to paragraph (a) of this section. To the extent considered, such factors must include, but need not be limited to, the valuation of the target company, financial projections relied upon by the board of directors (or similar governing body), the terms of financing materially related to the de-SPAC transaction, any report, opinion, or appraisal referred to in § 229.1607(a) (Item 1607(a) of Regulation S-K), and the dilution described in § 229.1604(c) (Item 1604(c) of Regulation S-K).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval of security holders.</I> State whether or not the de-SPAC transaction is structured so that approval of at least a majority of unaffiliated security holders of the special purpose acquisition company is required.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unaffiliated representative.</I> State whether or not a majority of the directors (or members of similar governing body) who are not employees of the special purpose acquisition company has retained an unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of unaffiliated security holders for purposes of negotiating the terms of the de-SPAC transaction and/or preparing a report concerning the approval of the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Approval of directors.</I> State whether or not the de-SPAC transaction was approved by a majority of the directors (or members of similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company who are not employees of the special purpose acquisition company. If any director (or member of a similar governing body) of the special purpose acquisition company voted against, or abstained from voting on, approval of the de-SPAC transaction, identify such persons, and indicate, if known after making reasonable inquiry, the reasons for the vote against the transaction or abstention.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1607" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1607   (Item 1607) Reports, opinions, appraisals, and negotiations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Report, opinion, or appraisal.</I> Disclose the information required by paragraph (b) of this section if the special purpose acquisition company or SPAC sponsor has received any report, opinion (other than an opinion of counsel) or appraisal from an outside party or an unaffiliated representative referred to in § 229.1606(d) (Item 1606(d) of Regulation S-K) materially relating to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any determination disclosed in response to § 229.1606(a) (Item 1606(a) of Regulation S-K);
</P>
<P>(2) The approval of the de-SPAC transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) The consideration or the fairness of the consideration to be offered to security holders of the target company in the de-SPAC transaction; or
</P>
<P>(4) The fairness of the de-SPAC transaction to the special purpose acquisition company, its security holders, or SPAC sponsor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparer and summary of the report, opinion, appraisal, or negotiation.</I> For each report, opinion, or appraisal referred to in paragraph (a) of this section or any negotiation or report described in response to § 229.1606(d) (Item 1606(d) of Regulation S-K) concerning the terms of the transaction:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(2) Briefly describe the qualifications of the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the method of selection of the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe any material relationship that existed during the past two years or is mutually understood to be contemplated and any compensation received or to be received as a result of the relationship between:
</P>
<P>(i) The outside party, its affiliates, and/or unaffiliated representative; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The special purpose acquisition company, the SPAC sponsor and/or their respective affiliates;
</P>
<P>(5) If the report, opinion, or appraisal relates to the fairness of the consideration to be offered to security holders of the target company in the de-SPAC transaction, state whether the special purpose acquisition company or SPAC sponsor determined the amount of consideration to be paid to the target company or its security holders, or the valuation of the target company, or whether the outside party and/or unaffiliated representative recommended the amount of consideration to be paid or the valuation of the target company; and
</P>
<P>(6) Furnish a summary concerning the negotiation, report, opinion, or appraisal. The summary must include but need not be limited to: the procedures followed; the findings and recommendations; the bases for and methods of arriving at such findings and recommendations; instructions received from the special purpose acquisition company or SPAC sponsor; and any limitation imposed by the special purpose acquisition company or SPAC sponsor on the scope of the investigation.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (b):</I> The information called for by paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section must be given with respect to the firm that provides the report, opinion, or appraisal or participates in the negotiation rather than the employees of the firm that prepared the report, opinion, or appraisal or participated in the negotiation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exhibits.</I> All reports, opinions, or appraisals referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be, as applicable, filed as exhibits to the registration statement or schedule or included in the schedule if the schedule does not have exhibit filing requirements.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1608" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1608   (Item 1608) Tender offer filing obligations.</HEAD>
<P>If the special purpose acquisition company files a Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100 of this chapter) pursuant to § 240.13e-4(c)(2) of this chapter (Rule 13e-4(c)(2)) for any redemption of securities offered to security holders, such Schedule TO must provide the information required by General Instruction L.2. to Form S-4, General Instruction I.2. to Form F-4, and Item 14(f)(2) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter), as applicable, in addition to the information otherwise required by Schedule TO. Such redemption must be conducted in compliance with all other provisions of §§ 240.13e-4 (Rule 13e-4) and 240.14e-1 through 240.14e-8 (Regulation 14E) of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1609" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1609   (Item 1609) Projections in de-SPAC transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to any projections disclosed in the filing (or any exhibit thereto), disclose the purpose for which the projections were prepared and the party that prepared the projections.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose all material bases of the disclosed projections and all material assumptions underlying the projections, and any material factors that may affect such assumptions. The disclosure referred to in this section should include a discussion of any material growth or reduction rates or discount rates used in preparing the projections, and the reasons for selecting such growth or reduction rates or discount rates.
</P>
<P>(c) If the projections relate to the performance of the special purpose acquisition company, state whether or not the projections reflect the view of the special purpose acquisition company's management or board of directors (or similar governing body) about its future performance as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of the disclosure document required to be disseminated to security holders. If the projections relate to the target company, disclose whether or not the target company has affirmed to the special purpose acquisition company that its projections reflect the view of the target company's management or board of directors (or similar governing body) about its future performance as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of the disclosure document required to be disseminated to security holders. If the projections no longer reflect the views of the special purpose acquisition company's or the target company's management or board of directors (or similar governing body) regarding the future performance of their respective companies as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of the disclosure document required to be disseminated to security holders, state the purpose of disclosing the projections and the reasons for any continued reliance by the management or board of directors (or similar governing body) on the projections.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1610" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.12.17.38.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1610   (Item 1610) Structured data requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Provide the disclosure required by this subpart in an Interactive Data File in accordance with §§ 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) and 232.301 (the EDGAR Filer Manual) of this chapter.








</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="230" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 230—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c, 77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77r, 77s, 77z-3, 77sss, 78c, 78d, 78j, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o-7 note, 78t, 78w, 78<I>ll</I>(d), 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-28, 80a-29, 80a-30, and 80a-37, and Pub. L. 112-106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 Stat. 313 (2012), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE><P>Section 230.151 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77s(a). 
</P><P>Section 230.160 is also issued under Section 104(d) of the Electronic Signatures Act.
</P><P>Section 230.193 is also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Sections 230.400 to 230.499 issued under secs. 6, 8, 10, 19, 48 Stat. 78, 79, 81, and 85, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77f, 77h, 77j, 77s).
</P><P>Sec. 230.457 also issued under secs. 6 and 7, 15 U.S.C. 77f and 77g.
</P><P>Section 230.502 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-29, 80a-30.


</P></AUTH>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV7 N="38" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.38" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In §§ 230.100 to 230.174, the numbers to the right of the decimal point correspond with the respective rule numbers in general rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.</P></NOTE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For regulations governing registration, see §§ 230.400-230.494.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.100   Definitions of terms used in the rules and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in the rules and regulations prescribed in this part by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>Act</I> means the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>rules and regulations</I> refers to all rules and regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to the Act, including the forms and accompanying instructions thereto. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>registrant</I> means the issuer of securities for which a registration statement is filed. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>agent for service</I> means the person authorized in the registration statement to receive notices and communications from the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>electronic filer</I> means a person or an entity that submits filings electronically pursuant to Rules 101, 901, 902 or 903 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.101, 232.901, 232.902 or 232.903 of this chapter, respectively). 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>electronic filing</I> means a document under the federal securities laws that is transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided, the terms used in this part shall have the meanings defined in the act. 
</P>
<P>(c) A rule in the general rules and regulations which defines a term without express reference to the Act or to the rules and regulations or to a portion thereof defines such term for all purposes as used both in the Act and in the rules and regulations, unless the context otherwise requires. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[2 FR 1076, May 26, 1937, as amended at 21 FR 7566, Oct. 3, 1956; 58 FR 14669, Mar. 18, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.110" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.110   Business hours of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The principal office of the Commission, at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, <I>provided that</I> hours for the filing of documents pursuant to the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are as set forth in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submissions made in paper.</I> Paper documents filed with or otherwise furnished to the Commission may be submitted each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filings by direct transmission.</I> Filings made by direct transmission may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filings by facsimile.</I> Registration statements and post-effective amendments thereto filed by facsimile transmission pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) and Rule 455 (§ 230.455) may be filed with the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 5:30 p.m. to 10 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14669, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26615, May 17, 1995; 65 FR 24799, Apr. 27, 2000; 68 FR 25798, May 13, 2003; 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 88 FR 12209, Feb. 27, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.111" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.111   Payment of filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>All payments of filing fees for registration statements under the Act shall be made by wire transfer, debit card, or credit card or via the Automated Clearing House Network. There will be no refunds. Payment of filing fees required by this section shall be made in accordance with the directions set forth in § 202.3a of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 70199, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.120" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.120   Inspection of registration statements.</HEAD>
<P>Except for material contracts or portions thereof accorded confidential treatment pursuant to § 230.406, all registration statements are available for public inspection, during business hours, at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, D.C. Electronic registration statements made through the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system are publicly available through the Commission's Web site (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 24654, May 15, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.122" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.122   Non-disclosure of information obtained in the course of examinations and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Information or documents obtained by officers or employees of the Commission in the course of any examination or investigation pursuant to section 8(e) or 20(a) (48 Stat. 80, 86; 15 U.S.C. 77h(e), 77t(a)) shall, unless made a matter of public record, be deemed confidential. Except as provided by 17 CFR 203.2, officers and employees are hereby prohibited from making such confidential information or documents or any other non-public records of the Commission available to anyone other than a member, officer or employee of the Commission, unless the Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, authorizes the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents as not being contrary to the public interest. Any officer or employee who is served with a subpoena requiring the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents shall appear in court and, unless the authorization described in the preceding sentence shall have been given, shall respectfully decline to disclose the information or produce the documents called for, basing his or her refusal upon this section. Any officer or employee who is served with such a subpoena shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service of such subpoena, the nature of the information or documents sought, and any circumstances which may bear on the desirability of making available such information or documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 50836, Aug. 30, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 17459, May 17, 1988; 54 FR 33501, Aug. 15, 1989; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.130" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.130   Definition of “rules and regulations” as used in certain sections of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>rules and regulations</I> as used in sections 7, 10 (a), (c) and (d) and 19(a) of the Act, shall include the forms for registration of securities under the Act and the related instructions thereto. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[21 FR 1046, Feb. 15, 1956] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.131" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.131   Definition of security issued under governmental obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any part of an obligation evidenced by any bond, note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness issued by any governmental unit specified in section 3(a)(2) of the Act which is payable from payments to be made in respect of property or money which is or will be used, under a lease, sale, or loan arrangement, by or for industrial or commercial enterprise, shall be deemed to be a separate <I>security</I> within the meaning of section 2(l) of the Act, issued by the lessee or obligor under the lease, sale or loan arrangement. 
</P>
<P>(b) An obligation shall not be deemed a separate <I>security</I> as defined in paragraph (a) of this section if, (1) the obligation is payable from the general revenues of a governmental unit, specified in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, having other resources which may be used for payment of the obligation, or (2) the obligation relates to a public project or facility owned and operated by or on behalf of and under the control of a governmental unit specified in such section, or (3) the obligation relates to a facility which is leased to and under the control of an industrial or commercial enterprise but is a part of a public project which, as a whole, is owned by and under the general control of a governmental unit specified in such section, or an instrumentality thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) This rule shall apply to transactions of the character described in paragraph (a) of this section only with respect to bonds, notes, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness sold after December 31, 1968.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 77w)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 12648, Sept. 6, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 6000, Apr. 11, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.132" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.132   Definition of “common trust fund” as used in section 3(a)(2) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>common trust fund</I> as used in section 3(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(2)) shall include a common trust fund which is maintained by a bank which is a member of an affiliated group, as defined in section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1504(a)), and which is maintained exclusively for the collective investment and reinvestment of monies contributed thereto by one or more bank members of such affiliated group in the capacity of trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian, <I>Provided That:</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The common trust fund is operated in compliance with the same state and federal regulatory requirements as would apply if the bank maintaining such fund and any other contributing banks were the same entry; and
</P>
<P>(b) The rights of persons for whose benefit a contributing bank acts as trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian would not be diminished by reason of the maintenance of such common trust fund by another bank member of the affiliated group.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 77s(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2392, Jan. 17, 1978] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.133" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.133   Definition for purposes of section 5 of the Act, of “sale”, “offer”, “offer to sell”, and “offer for sale”.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes only of section 5 of the Act, no <I>sale, offer to sell,</I> or <I>offer for sale</I> shall be deemed to be involved so far as the stockholders of a corporation are concerned where, pursuant to statutory provisions in the state of incorporation or provisions contained in the certificate of incorporation, there is submitted to the vote of such stockholders a plan or agreement for a statutory merger or consolidation or reclassification of securities, or a proposal for the transfer of assets of such corporation to another person in consideration of the issuance of securities of such other person or securities of a corporation which owns stock possessing at least 80 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least 80 percent of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock of such person, under such circumstances that the vote of a required favorable majority (1) will operate to authorize the proposed transaction as far as concerns the corporation whose stockholders are voting (except for the taking of action by the directors of the corporation involved and for compliance with such statutory provisions as the filing of the plan or agreement with the appropriate State authority), and (2) will bind all stockholders of such corporation except to the extent that dissenting shareholders may be entitled, under statutory provisions or provisions contained in the certificate of incorporation, to receive the appraised or fair value of their holdings. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who purchases securities of the issuer from security holders of a constituent corporation with a view to, or offers or sells such securities for such security holders in connection with, a distribution thereof pursuant to any contract or arrangement, made in connection with any transaction specified in paragraph (a) of this section, with the issuer or with any affiliate of the issuer, or with any person who in connection with such transaction is acting as an underwriter of such securities, shall be deemed to an underwriter of such securities within the meaning of section 2(11) of the Act. This paragraph does not refer to arrangements limited to provision for the matching and combination of fractional interests in securities into whole interests, or the purchase and sale of such fractional interests, among security holders of the constituent corporation and to the sale on behalf of, and as agent for, such security holders of such number of fractional or whole interests as may be necessary to adjust for any remaining fractional interests after such matching. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any constituent corporation, or any person who is an affiliate of a constituent corporation at the time any transaction specified in paragraph (a) of this section, is submitted to a vote of the stockholders of such corporation, who acquires securities of the issuer in connection with such transaction with a view to the distribution thereof shall be deemed to be an underwriter of such securities within the meaning of section 2(11) of the Act. A transfer by a constituent corporation to its security holders of securities of the issuer upon a complete or partial liquidation shall not be deemed a distribution for the purpose of this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, a person specified therein shall not be deemed to be an underwriter nor to be engaged in a distribution with respect to securities acquired in any transaction specified in paragraph (a) of this section, which are sold by him in brokers' transactions within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and subject to the limitations specified in paragraph (e) of this section, if such person:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not directly or indirectly solicit or arrange for the solicitation of orders to buy in anticipation of or in connection with such brokers' transactions; 
</P>
<P>(2) Makes no payment in connection with the execution of such brokers' transactions to any person other than the broker; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Limits such brokers' transactions to a sale or series of sales which, together with all other sales of securities of the same class by such person or on his behalf within the preceding six months, will not exceed the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the security is traded only otherwise than on a securities exchange, approximately one percent of the shares or units of such security outstanding at the time of receipt by the broker of the order to execute such transactions, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the security is admitted to trading on a securities exchange, the lesser of approximately (<I>a</I>) one percent of the shares or units of such security outstanding at the time of receipt by the broker of the order to execute such transactions or (<I>b</I>) the largest aggregate reported volume of trading on securities exchanges during any one week within the four calendar weeks preceding the receipt of such order. 
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of paragraph (d) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>brokers' transactions</I> in section 4(4) of the Act shall be deemed to include transactions by a broker acting as agent for the account of the seller where:
</P>
<P>(i) The broker performs no more than the usual and customary broker's functions,
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker does no more than execute an order or orders to sell as a broker and receives no more than the usual or customary broker's commissions,
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker does not solicit or arrange for the solicitation of orders to buy in anticipation of or in connection with such transactions and
</P>
<P>(iv) The broker is not aware of any circumstances indicating that his principal is failing to comply with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>solicitation of such orders</I> in section 4(4) of the Act shall be deemed to include the solicitation of an order to buy a security, but shall not be deemed to include the solicitation of an order to sell a security; 
</P>
<P>(3) Where within the previous 60 days a dealer has made a written bid for a security or a written solicitation of an offer to sell such security, the term <I>solicitation</I> in section 4(4) shall not be deemed to include an inquiry regarding the dealer's bid or solicitation. 
</P>
<P>(f) For the purposes of this rule, the term <I>constituent corporation</I> means any corporation, other than the issuer, which is a party to any transaction specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The term <I>affiliate</I> means a person controlling, controlled by or under common control with a specified person. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This section is rescinded effective on and after January 1, 1973, except that it shall remain in effect: (1) For transactions submitted before that date for vote or consent of security holders; (2) for transactions formally submitted before such date for approval to any governmental regulatory agency, if such approval is required by law; and (3) for resales of securities received by persons in such transactions.</P></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 77; 15 U.S.C. 77e)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 7129, Nov. 3, 1954, as amended at 24 FR 5900, July 23, 1959; 30 FR 2022, Feb. 13, 1965; 33 FR 566, Jan. 17, 1968. Rescinded at 37 FR 23636, Nov. 7, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.134" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.134   Communications not deemed a prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section, the terms “prospectus” as defined in section 2(a)(10) of the Act or “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405) shall not include a communication limited to the statements required or permitted by this section, provided that the communication is published or transmitted to any person only after a registration statement relating to the offering that includes a prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10 of the Act (except as otherwise permitted in paragraph (a) of this section) has been filed.
</P>
<P>(a) Such communication may include any one or more of the following items of information, which need not follow the numerical sequence of this paragraph, provided that, except as to paragraphs (a)(4) through (6) of this section, the prospectus included in the filed registration statement does not have to include a price range otherwise required by rule:
</P>
<P>(1) Factual information about the legal identity and business location of the issuer limited to the following: the name of the issuer of the security, the address, phone number, and e-mail address of the issuer's principal offices and contact for investors, the issuer's country of organization, and the geographic areas in which it conducts business;
</P>
<P>(2) The title of the security or securities and the amount or amounts being offered, which title may include a designation as to whether the securities are convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable, and as to the ranking of the securities;
</P>
<P>(3) A brief indication of the general type of business of the issuer, limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a manufacturing company, the general type of manufacturing, the principal products or classes of products manufactured, and the segments in which the company conducts business;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a public utility company, the general type of services rendered, a brief indication of the area served, and the segments in which the company conducts business;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an asset-backed issuer, the identity of key parties, such as sponsor, depositor, issuing entity, servicer or servicers, and trustee, the asset class of the transaction, and the identity of any credit enhancement or other support; and
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of any other type of company, a corresponding statement;
</P>
<P>(4) The price of the security, or if the price is not known, the method of its determination or the <I>bona fide</I> estimate of the price range as specified by the issuer or the managing underwriter or underwriters;
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a fixed income security, the final maturity and interest rate provisions or, if the final maturity or interest rate provisions are not known, the probable final maturity or interest rate provisions, as specified by the issuer or the managing underwriter or underwriters;
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a fixed income security with a fixed (non-contingent) interest rate provision, the yield or, if the yield is not known, the probable yield range, as specified by the issuer or the managing underwriter or underwriters and the yield of fixed income securities with comparable maturity and security rating;
</P>
<P>(7) A brief description of the intended use of proceeds of the offering, if then disclosed in the prospectus that is part of the filed registration statement;
</P>
<P>(8) The name, address, phone number, and e-mail address of the sender of the communication and the fact that it is participating, or expects to participate, in the distribution of the security;
</P>
<P>(9) The type of underwriting, if then included in the disclosure in the prospectus that is part of the filed registration statement;
</P>
<P>(10) The names of underwriters participating in the offering of the securities, and their additional roles, if any, within the underwriting syndicate;
</P>
<P>(11) The anticipated schedule for the offering (including the approximate date upon which the proposed sale to the public will begin) and a description of marketing events (including the dates, times, locations, and procedures for attending or otherwise accessing them);
</P>
<P>(12) A description of the procedures by which the underwriters will conduct the offering and the procedures for transactions in connection with the offering with the issuer or an underwriter or participating dealer (including procedures regarding account-opening and submitting indications of interest and conditional offers to buy), and procedures regarding directed share plans and other participation in offerings by officers, directors, and employees of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(13) Whether, in the opinion of counsel, the security is a legal investment for savings banks, fiduciaries, insurance companies, or similar investors under the laws of any State or Territory or the District of Columbia, and the permissibility or status of the investment under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>];
</P>
<P>(14) Whether, in the opinion of counsel, the security is exempt from specified taxes, or the extent to which the issuer has agreed to pay any tax with respect to the security or measured by the income therefrom;
</P>
<P>(15) Whether the security is being offered through rights issued to security holders, and, if so, the class of securities the holders of which will be entitled to subscribe, the subscription ratio, the actual or proposed record date, the date upon which the rights were issued or are expected to be issued, the actual or anticipated date upon which they will expire, and the approximate subscription price, or any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(16) Any statement or legend required by any state law or administrative authority;
</P>
<P>(17) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(18) The names of selling security holders, if then disclosed in the prospectus that is part of the filed registration statement;
</P>
<P>(19) The names of securities exchanges or other securities markets where any class of the issuer's securities are, or will be, listed;
</P>
<P>(20) The ticker symbols, or proposed ticker symbols, of the issuer's securities;
</P>
<P>(21) The CUSIP number as defined in Rule 17Ad-19(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.17Ad-19(a)(5) of this chapter) assigned to the securities being offered; and
</P>
<P>(22) Information disclosed in order to correct inaccuracies previously contained in a communication permissibly made pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, every communication used pursuant to this section shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the registration statement has not yet become effective, the following statement: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission but has not yet become effective. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective; and</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The name and address of a person or persons from whom a written prospectus for the offering meeting the requirements of section 10 of the Act (other than a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405) including as to the identified paragraphs above a price range where required by rule, may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(c) Any of the statements or information specified in paragraph (b) of this section may, but need not, be contained in a communication which:
</P>
<P>(1) Does no more than state from whom and include the uniform resource locator (URL) where a written prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10 of the Act (other than a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405) may be obtained, identify the security, state the price thereof and state by whom orders will be executed; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is accompanied or preceded by a prospectus or a summary prospectus, other than a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405, which meets the requirements of section 10 of the Act, including a price range where required by rule, at the date of such preliminary communication.
</P>
<P>(d) A communication sent or delivered to any person pursuant to this section which is accompanied or preceded by a prospectus which meets the requirements of section 10 of the Act (other than a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405), including a price range where required by rule, at the date of such communication, may solicit from the recipient of the communication an offer to buy the security or request the recipient to indicate whether he or she might be interested in the security, if the communication contains substantially the following statement: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the registration statement has become effective, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time prior to notice of its acceptance given after the effective date.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Provided</I>, that such statement need not be included in such a communication to a dealer.
</FP>
<P>(e) A section 10 prospectus included in any communication pursuant to this section shall remain a prospectus for all purposes under the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) The provision in paragraphs (c)(2) and (d) of this section that a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10 of the Act precede or accompany a communication will be satisfied if such communication is an electronic communication containing an active hyperlink to such prospectus.
</P>
<P>(g) This section does not apply to a communication relating to an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44800, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.134a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.134a   Options material not deemed a prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>Written materials, including advertisements, relating to standardized options, as that term is defined in Rule 9b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, shall not be deemed to be a prospectus for the purposes of section 2(10) of the Securities Act of 1933; <I>Provided,</I> That such materials are limited to explanatory information describing the general nature of the standardized options markets or one or more strategies; <I>And, Provided further,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) The potential risks related to options trading generally and to each strategy addressed are explained;
</P>
<P>(b) No past or projected performance figures, including annualized rates of return are used;
</P>
<P>(c) No recommendation to purchase or sell any option contract is made;
</P>
<P>(d) No specific security is identified, other than
</P>
<P>(1) An option or other security exempt from registration under the Act, or
</P>
<P>(2) An index option, including the component securities of the index; and
</P>
<P>(e) If there is a definitive options disclosure document, as defined in Rule 9b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the materials shall contain the name and address of a person or persons from whom a copy of such document may be obtained.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.;</I> secs. 2, 7, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 74, 78, 81, 85; secs. 201, 205, 209, 210, 48 Stat. 905, 906, 908; secs. 1-4. 8, 68 Stat. 683, 685; sec. 12(a), 73 Stat. 143; sec. 7(a), 74 Stat. 412; sec. 27(a), 84 Stat. 1433; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41955, Sept. 23, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 12688, Mar. 30, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.134b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.134b   Statements of additional information.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose only of Section 5(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)), the term “prospectus” as defined in Section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) does not include a Statement of Additional Information filed as part of a registration statement on Form N-1A (§ 239.15A and § 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter) transmitted prior to the effective date of the registration statement if it is accompanied or preceded by a preliminary prospectus meeting the requirements of § 230.430.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19868, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135   Notice of proposed registered offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When notice is not an offer.</I> For purposes of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) only, an issuer or a selling security holder (and any person acting on behalf of either of them) that publishes through any medium a notice of a proposed offering to be registered under the Act will not be deemed to offer its securities for sale through that notice if:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Legend.</I> The notice includes a statement to the effect that it does not constitute an offer of any securities for sale; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limited notice content.</I> The notice otherwise includes no more than the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The title, amount and basic terms of the securities offered;
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the offering, if any, to be made by selling security holders;
</P>
<P>(iv) The anticipated timing of the offering;
</P>
<P>(v) A brief statement of the manner and the purpose of the offering, without naming the underwriters;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the issuer is directing its offering to only a particular class of purchasers;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any statements or legends required by the laws of any state or foreign country or administrative authority; and
</P>
<P>(viii) In the following offerings, the notice may contain additional information, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Rights offering.</I> In a rights offering to existing security holders:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The class of security holders eligible to subscribe;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The subscription ratio and expected subscription price;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The proposed record date;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The anticipated issuance date of the rights; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The subscription period or expiration date of the rights offering.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Offering to employees.</I> In an offering to employees of the issuer or an affiliated company:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The name of the employer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The class of employees being offered the securities;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The offering price; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The duration of the offering period.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Exchange offer.</I> In an exchange offer:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The basic terms of the exchange offer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The name of the subject company;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The subject class of securities sought in the exchange offer.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Rule 145(a) offering.</I> In a § 230.145(a) offering:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The name of the person whose assets are to be sold in exchange for the securities to be offered;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The names of any other parties to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A brief description of the business of the parties to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The date, time and place of the meeting of security holders to vote on or consent to the transaction; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) A brief description of the transaction and the basic terms of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrections of misstatements about the offering.</I> A person that publishes a notice in reliance on this section may issue a notice that contains no more information than is necessary to correct inaccuracies published about the proposed offering. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.135:</HED>
<P>Communications under this section relating to business combination transactions must be filed as required by § 230.425(b).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61449, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135a   Generic advertising.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes only of section 5 of the Act, a notice, circular, advertisement, letter, sign, or other communication, published or transmitted to any person which does not specifically refer by name to the securities of a particular investment company, to the investment company itself, or to any other securities not exempt under section 3(a) of the Act, will not be deemed to offer any security for sale, provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such communication is limited to any one or more of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Explanatory information relating to securities of investment companies generally or to the nature of investment companies, or to services offered in connection with the ownership of such securities, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The mention or explanation of investment companies of different generic types or having various investment objectives, such as <I>balanced funds, growth funds, income funds, leveraged funds, specialty funds, variable annuities, bond funds,</I> and <I>no-load funds,</I> 
</P>
<P>(iii) Offers, descriptions, and explanation of various products and services not constituting a security subject to registration under the Act: <I>Provided,</I> That such offers, descriptions, and explanations do not relate directly to the desirability of owning or purchasing a security issued by a registered investment company, 
</P>
<P>(iv) Invitation to inquire for further information, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Such communication contains the name and address of a registered broker or dealer or other person sponsoring the communication. 
</P>
<P>(b) If such communication contains a solicitation of inquiries and prospectuses for investment company securities are to be sent or delivered in response to such inquiries, the number of such investment companies and, if applicable, the fact that the sponsor of the communication is the principal underwriter or investment adviser in respect to such investment companies shall be stated. 
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to any communication describing any type of security, service, or product, the broker, dealer, or other person sponsoring such communication must offer for sale a security, service, or product of the type described in such communication. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 10073, May 19, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 10931, June 1, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135b   Materials not deemed an offer to sell or offer to buy nor a prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>Materials meeting the requirements of § 240.9b-1 of this chapter shall not be deemed an offer to sell or offer to buy a security for purposes solely of Section 5 (15 U.S.C. 77e) of the Act, nor shall such materials be deemed a prospectus for purposes of Sections 2(a)(10) and 12(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10) and 77<I>l</I>(a)(2)) of the Act, even if such materials are referred to in, deemed to be incorporated by reference into, or otherwise in any manner deemed to be a part of a Form S-20 prospectus.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 228, Jan. 2, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135c" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135c   Notice of certain proposed unregistered offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes only of section 5 of the Act, a notice given by an issuer required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or a foreign issuer that is exempt from registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to § 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter that it proposes to make, is making or has made an offering of securities not registered or required to be registered under the Act shall not be deemed to offer any securities for sale if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such notice is not used for the purpose of conditioning the market in the United States for any of the securities offered; 
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice states that the securities offered will not be or have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements; and
</P>
<P>(3) Such notice contains no more than the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The title, amount and basic terms of the securities offered, the amount of the offering, if any, made by selling security holders, the time of the offering and a brief statement of the manner and purpose of the offering without naming the underwriters;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a rights offering to security holders of the issuer, the class of securities the holders of which will be or were entitled to subscribe to the securities offered, the subscription ratio, the record date, the date upon which the rights are proposed to be or were issued, the term or expiration date of the rights and the subscription price, or any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of an offering of securities in exchange for other securities of the issuer or of another issuer, the name of the issuer and the title of the securities to be surrendered in exchange for the securities offered, the basis upon which the exchange may be made, or any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of an offering to employees of the issuer or to employees of any affiliate of the issuer, the name of the employer and class or classes of employees to whom the securities are offered, the offering price or basis of the offering and the period during which the offering is to be or was made or any of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any statement or legend required by State or foreign law or administrative authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Any notice contemplated by this section may take the form of a news release or a written communication directed to security holders or employees, as the case may be, or other published statements.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, in the case of a rights offering of a security listed or subject to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ inter-dealer quotation system information with respect to the interest rate, conversion ratio and subscription price may be disseminated through the facilities of the exchange, the consolidated transaction reporting system, the NASDAQ system or the Dow Jones broad tape, provided such information is already disclosed in a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) on file with the Commission, in a Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) furnished to the Commission or, in the case of an issuer relying on § 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter, in a submission made pursuant to that Section to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) The issuer shall file any notice contemplated by this section with the Commission under cover of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) or furnish such notice under Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter), as applicable, and, if relying on § 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter, shall furnish such notice to the Commission in accordance with the provisions of that exemptive Section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 21649, Apr. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135d" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135d   Communications involving security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes only of Section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e), the publication or distribution of quotes relating to security-based swaps that may be purchased only by persons who are eligible contract participants (as defined in Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18))) and are traded or processed on or through a trading system or platform that either is registered as a national securities exchange under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or as a security-based swap execution facility under Section 3D(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c-4(a)), or is exempt from registration as a security-based swap execution facility under Section 3D(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to a rule, regulation, or order of the Commission shall not be deemed to constitute an offer, an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy or purchase any security-based swap or any guarantee of such security-based swap that is a security; and
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes only of Section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e), a broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer's publication or distribution of a research report (as defined in § 230.139(d)) that discusses security-based swaps that may be purchased only by persons who are eligible contract participants (as defined in Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18))) shall not be deemed to constitute an offer, an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy or purchase any security-based swap or any guarantee of such security-based swap that is a security, provided that the broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer publishes or distributes research reports on the issuer underlying the security-based swap or its securities in the regular course of its business and the publication or distribution of the research report does not represent the initiation of publication of research reports about such issuer or its securities or the reinitiation of such publication following discontinuation of publication of such research reports. For purposes of this section, the term <I>issuer</I> as used in the definition of “research report” means the issuer of any security or loan referenced in the security-based swap, each issuer of a security in a narrow-based security index referenced in the security-based swap, or each issuer referenced in the security-based swap.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 2056, Jan. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.135e" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.135e   Offshore press conferences, meetings with issuer representatives conducted offshore, and press-related materials released offshore.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes only of Section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e), an issuer that is a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 230.405) or a foreign government issuer, a selling security holder of the securities of such issuers, or their representatives will not be deemed to offer any security for sale by virtue of providing any journalist with access to its press conferences held outside of the United States, to meetings with issuer or selling security holder representatives conducted outside of the United States, or to written press-related materials released outside the United States, at or in which a present or proposed offering of securities is discussed, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The present or proposed offering is not being, or to be, conducted solely in the United States;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>An offering will be considered not to be made solely in the United States under this paragraph (a)(1) only if there is an intent to make a bona fide offering offshore.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) Access is provided to both U.S. and foreign journalists; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any written press-related materials pertaining to transactions in which any of the securities will be or are being offered in the United States satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any written press-related materials specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section must: 
</P>
<P>(1) State that the written press-related materials are not an offer of securities for sale in the United States, that securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration, that any public offering of securities to be made in the United States will be made by means of a prospectus that may be obtained from the issuer or the selling security holder and that will contain detailed information about the company and management, as well as financial statements; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the issuer or selling security holder intends to register any part of the present or proposed offering in the United States, include a statement regarding this intention; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Not include any purchase order, or coupon that could be returned indicating interest in the offering, as part of, or attached to, the written press-related materials. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section, <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 53954, Oct. 17, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.136" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.136   Definition of certain terms in relation to assessable stock.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An <I>offer, offer to sell,</I> or <I>offer for sale</I> of securities shall be deemed to be made to the holders of assessable stock of a corporation when such corporation shall give notice of an assessment to the holders of such assessable stock. A <I>sale</I> shall be deemed to occur when a stockholder shall pay or agree to pay all or any part of such an assessment. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>transactions by any person other than an issuer, underwriter or dealer</I> in section 4(1) of the Act shall not be deemed to include the offering or sale of assessable stock, at public auction or otherwise, upon the failure of the holder of such stock to pay an assessment levied thereon by the issuer, where the offer or sale is made for the purpose of realizing the amount of the assessment and any of the proceeds of such sale are to be received by the issuer. However, any person whose functions are limited to acting as auctioneer at such an auction sale shall not be deemed to be an underwriter of the securities offered or sold at the auction sale. Any person who acquires assessable stock at any such public auction or other sale with a view to the distribution thereof shall be deemed to be an underwriter of such assessable stock. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>assessable stock</I> means stock which is subject to resale by the issuer pursuant to statute or otherwise in the event of a failure of the holder of such stock to pay any assessment levied thereon. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[24 FR 6386, Aug. 8, 1959] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.137" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.137   Publications or distributions of research reports by brokers or dealers that are not participating in an issuer's registered distribution of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Under the following conditions, the terms “offers,” “participates,” or “participation” in section 2(a)(11) of the Act shall not be deemed to apply to the publication or distribution of research reports with respect to the securities of an issuer which is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement that the issuer proposes to file, or has filed, or that is effective:
</P>
<P>(a) The broker or dealer (and any affiliate) that has distributed the report and, if different, the person (and any affiliate) that has published the report have not participated, are not participating, and do not propose to participate in the distribution of the securities that are or will be the subject of the registered offering.
</P>
<P>(b) In connection with the publication or distribution of the research report, the broker or dealer (and any affiliate) that has distributed the report and, if different, the person (and any affiliate) that has published the report are not receiving and have not received consideration directly or indirectly from, and are not acting under any direct or indirect arrangement or understanding with:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer of the securities;
</P>
<P>(2) A selling security holder;
</P>
<P>(3) Any participant in the distribution of the securities that are or will be the subject of the registration statement; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other person interested in the securities that are or will be the subject of the registration statement. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to § 230.137(b).</I> This paragraph (b) does not preclude payment of:
</FP>
<P>1. The regular price being paid by the broker or dealer for independent research, so long as the conditions of this paragraph (b) are satisfied; or
</P>
<P>2. The regular subscription or purchase price for the research report.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes the research report in the regular course of its business.
</P>
<P>(d) The issuer is not and during the past three years neither the issuer nor any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(1) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(2) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(3) An issuer for an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definition of research report.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>research report</I> means a written communication, as defined in Rule 405, that includes information, opinions, or recommendations with respect to securities of an issuer or an analysis of a security or an issuer, whether or not it provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44802, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.138" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.138   Publications or distributions of research reports by brokers or dealers about securities other than those they are distributing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registered offerings.</I> Under the following conditions, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of research reports about securities of an issuer shall be deemed for purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act not to constitute an offer for sale or offer to sell a security which is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement that the issuer proposes to file, or has filed, or that is effective, even if the broker or dealer is participating or will participate in the registered offering of the issuer's securities:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The research report relates solely to the issuer's common stock, or debt securities or preferred stock convertible into its common stock, and the offering involves solely the issuer's non-convertible debt securities or non-convertible, non-participating preferred stock; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The research report relates solely to the issuer's non-convertible debt securities or non-convertible, non-participating preferred stock, and the offering involves solely the issuer's common stock, or debt securities or preferred stock convertible into its common stock. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Note: If the issuer has filed a shelf registration statement under § 230.415(a)(1)(x) (Rule 415(a)(1)(x)) or pursuant to General Instruction I.D. of Form S-3, General Instruction I.C. of Form F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter), or pursuant to General Instructions A.2 and B of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) with respect to multiple classes of securities, the conditions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be satisfied for the offering in which the broker or dealer is participating or will participate.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer as of the date of reliance on this section:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Is required to file reports, and has filed all periodic reports required during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter time that the issuer was required to file such reports) on Forms 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), and 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); or
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Is a registered closed-end investment company; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is required to file reports, and has filed all periodic reports required during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter time that the issuer was required to file such reports) on Forms N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter), N-PORT (§ 274.150 of this chapter), and N-CEN (§§ 249.330 and 274.101 of this chapter) pursuant to Section 30 of the Investment Company Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a foreign private issuer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Meets all of the registrant requirements of Form F-3 other than the reporting history provisions of General Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2(a) of Form F-3;
</P>
<P>(B) Either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Satisfies the public float threshold in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F-3; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is issuing non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and the issuer meets the provisions of General Instruction I.B.2. of Form F-3 (referenced in 17 CFR 239.33 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(C) Either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has its equity securities trading on a designated offshore securities market as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b)) and has had them so traded for at least 12 months; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more.
</P>
<P>(3) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes research reports on the types of securities in question in the regular course of its business; and
</P>
<P>(4) The issuer is not, and during the past three years neither the issuer nor any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(i) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(ii) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rule 144A offerings.</I> If the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfied, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of a research report shall not be considered an offer for sale or an offer to sell a security or general solicitation or general advertising, in connection with an offering relying on Rule 144A (§ 230.144A).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulation S offerings.</I> If the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfied, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of a research report shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Constitute directed selling efforts as defined in Rule 902(c) (§ 230.902(c)) for offerings under Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905); or
</P>
<P>(2) Be inconsistent with the offshore transaction requirement in Rule 902(h) (§ 230.902(h)) for offerings under Regulation S.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of research report.</I> For purposes of this section, research report means a written communication, as defined in Rule 405, that includes information, opinions, or recommendations with respect to securities of an issuer or an analysis of a security or an issuer, whether or not it provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44802, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.139" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.139   Publications or distributions of research reports by brokers or dealers distributing securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registered offerings.</I> Under the conditions of paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of a research report about an issuer or any of its securities shall be deemed for purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act not to constitute an offer for sale or offer to sell a security that is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement that the issuer proposes to file, or has filed, or that is effective, even if the broker or dealer is participating or will participate in the registered offering of the issuer's securities. For purposes of the Fair Access to Investment Research Act of 2017 [Pub. L. 115-66, 131 Stat. 1196 (2017)], a safe harbor has been established for covered investment fund research reports, and the specific terms of that safe harbor are set forth in § 230.139b.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Issuer-specific research reports.</I> (i) The issuer either:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) At the later of the time of filing its most recent Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) or Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) or the time of its most recent amendment to such registration statement for purposes of complying with section 10(a)(3) of the Act or, if no Form S-3 or Form F-3 has been filed, at the date of reliance on this section, meets the registrant requirements of such Form S-3 or Form F-3 and:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) At such date, meets the minimum float provisions of General Instruction I.B.1 of such Forms; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) At the date of reliance on this section, is, or if a registration statement has not been filed, will be, offering non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and meets the requirements for the General Instruction I.B.2. of Form S-3 or Form F-3 (referenced in 17 CFR 239.13 and 17 CFR 239.33 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) At the date of reliance on this section is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), other than a majority-owned subsidiary that is a well-known seasoned issuer by virtue of paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of well-known seasoned issuer in Rule 405; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) As of the date of reliance on this section, has filed all periodic reports required during the preceding 12 months on Forms 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), and 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); or
</P>
<P>(B) Is a foreign private issuer that as of the date of reliance on this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Meets all of the registrant requirements of Form F-3 other than the reporting history provisions of General Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2(a) of Form F-3;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Satisfies the public float threshold in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F-3; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Is issuing non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and meets the provisions of General Instruction I.B.2. of Form F-3 (referenced in 17 CFR 239.33 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Has its equity securities trading on a designated offshore securities market as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b)) and has had them so traded for at least 12 months; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer is not and during the past three years neither the issuer nor any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(A) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(B) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer for an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes research reports in the regular course of its business and such publication or distribution does not represent the initiation of publication of research reports about such issuer or its securities or reinitiation of such publication following discontinuation of publication of such research reports.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Industry reports.</I> (i) The issuer is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or satisfies the conditions in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The condition in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section is satisfied;
</P>
<P>(iii) The research report includes similar information with respect to a substantial number of issuers in the issuer's industry or sub-industry, or contains a comprehensive list of securities currently recommended by the broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(iv) The analysis regarding the issuer or its securities is given no materially greater space or prominence in the publication than that given to other securities or issuers; and
</P>
<P>(v) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes research reports in the regular course of its business and, at the time of the publication or distribution of the research report, is including similar information about the issuer or its securities in similar reports.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rule 144A offerings.</I> If the conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section are satisfied, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of a research report shall not be considered an offer for sale or an offer to sell a security or general solicitation or general advertising, in connection with an offering relying on Rule 144A (§ 230.144A).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulation S offerings.</I> If the conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section are satisfied, a broker's or dealer's publication or distribution of a research report shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Constitute directed selling efforts as defined in Rule 902(c) (§ 230.902(c)) for offerings under Regulation S (§§ 230.901 through 230.905); or
</P>
<P>(2) Be inconsistent with the offshore transaction requirement in Rule 902(h) (§ 230.902(h)) for offerings under Regulation S.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of research report.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>research report</I> means a written communication, as defined in Rule 405, that includes information, opinions, or recommendations with respect to securities of an issuer or an analysis of a security or an issuer, whether or not it provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to § 230.139.</HED>
<P><I>Projections.</I> A projection constitutes an analysis or information falling within the definition of research report. When a broker or dealer publishes or distributes projections of an issuer's sales or earnings in reliance on paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it must:
</P>
<P>1. Have previously published or distributed projections on a regular basis in order to satisfy the “regular course of its business” condition;
</P>
<P>2. At the time of publishing or disseminating a research report, be publishing or distributing projections with respect to that issuer; and
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, include projections covering the same or similar periods with respect to either a substantial number of issuers in the issuer's industry or sub-industry or substantially all issuers represented in the comprehensive list of securities contained in the research report.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44803, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 7413, Feb. 13, 2006; 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 83 FR 64220, Dec. 13, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.139a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.139a   Publications by brokers or dealers distributing asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>The publication or distribution by a broker or dealer of information, an opinion or a recommendation with respect to asset-backed securities meeting the criteria of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) (“SF-3 ABS”) shall not be deemed to constitute an offer for sale or offer to sell SF-3 ABS registered or proposed to be registered for purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10) and 77e(c)) (the “registered securities”), even if such broker or dealer is or will be a participant in the distribution of the registered securities, if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(a) The broker or dealer shall have previously published or distributed with reasonable regularity information, opinions or recommendations relating to SF-3 ABS backed directly (or, with respect to securitizations of other securities, indirectly) by substantially similar collateral as that directly or indirectly backing SF-3 ABS that is the subject of the information, opinion or recommendation that is proposed to be published or distributed.
</P>
<P>(b) If the registered securities are proposed to be offered, offered or part of an unsold allotment or subscription, the information, opinion or recommendation shall not:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the registered securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Give greater prominence to specific structural or collateral-related attributes of the registered securities than it gives to the same attributes of other asset-backed securities that it mentions; or
</P>
<P>(3) Contain any <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter) relating to the registered securities.
</P>
<P>(c) Sufficient information is available from one or more public sources to provide a reasonable basis for the view expressed by the broker or dealer with respect to the asset-backed securities that are the subject of the information, opinion or recommendation.
</P>
<P>(d) If the material published by the broker or dealer identifies asset-backed securities backed directly or indirectly by substantially similar collateral as that directly or indirectly backing the registered securities and specifically recommends that such asset-backed securities be preferred over other asset-backed securities backed by different types of collateral, then the material shall explain in reasonable detail the reasons for such preference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1615, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 44804, Aug. 3, 2005; 79 FR 57328, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.139b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.139b   Publications or distributions of covered investment fund research reports by brokers or dealers distributing securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registered offerings.</I> Under the conditions of paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the publication or distribution of a covered investment fund research report by a broker or dealer that is not an investment adviser to the covered investment fund and is not an affiliated person of the investment adviser to the covered investment fund shall be deemed for purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act not to constitute an offer for sale or offer to sell a security that is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement of the covered investment fund that is effective, even if the broker or dealer is participating or may participate in the registered offering of the covered investment fund's securities. This section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from sections 2(a)(10) or 5(c) of the Act available to the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Issuer-specific research reports.</I> (i) At the date of reliance on this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The covered investment fund:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Has been subject to the reporting requirements of section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) (15 U.S.C. 80a-29) for a period of at least 12 calendar months and has filed in a timely manner all of the reports required, as applicable, to be filed for the immediately preceding 12 calendar months on Forms N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter), 

 N-PORT (§ 274.150 of this chapter), N-MFP (§ 274.201 of this chapter), and N-CEN (§§ 249.330 and 274.101 of this chapter) pursuant to section 30 of the Investment Company Act; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the covered investment fund is not a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act, has been subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) for a period of at least 12 calendar months and has filed in a timely manner all of the reports required to be filed for the immediately preceding 12 calendar months on Forms 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) and 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), or 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
</P>
<P>(B) At the time of the broker's or dealer's initial publication or distribution of a research report on the covered investment fund (or reinitation thereof), and at least quarterly thereafter;
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If the covered investment fund is of the type defined in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by affiliates and non-affiliates equals or exceeds the aggregate market value specified in General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the covered investment fund is of the type defined in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds the aggregate market value specified in General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the covered investment fund is a registered open-end investment company (other than an exchange-traded fund) its net asset value (inclusive of shares held by affiliates and non-affiliates) equals or exceeds the aggregate market value specified in General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes research reports in the regular course of its business and, in the case of a research report regarding a covered investment fund that does not have a class of securities in substantially continuous distribution, such publication or distribution does not represent the initiation of publication of research reports about such covered investment fund or its securities or reinitiation of such publication following discontinuation of publication of such research reports.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Industry reports.</I> (i) The covered investment fund is subject to the reporting requirements of section 30 of the Investment Company Act or, if the covered investment fund is not a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act, is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The covered investment fund research report:
</P>
<P>(A) Includes similar information with respect to a substantial number of covered investment fund issuers of the issuer's type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.), or investment focus (e.g., primarily invested in the same industry or sub-industry, or the same country or geographic region); or
</P>
<P>(B) Contains a comprehensive list of covered investment fund securities currently recommended by the broker or dealer (other than securities of a covered investment fund that is an affiliate of the broker or dealer, or for which the broker or dealer serves as investment adviser (or for which the broker or dealer is an affiliated person of the investment adviser));
</P>
<P>(iii) The analysis regarding the covered investment fund issuer or its securities is given no materially greater space or prominence in the publication than that given to other covered investment fund issuers or securities; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The broker or dealer publishes or distributes research reports in the regular course of its business and, at the time of the publication or distribution of the research report (in the case of a research report regarding a covered investment fund that does not have a class of securities in substantially continuous distribution), is including similar information about the issuer or its securities in similar reports.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disclosure of standardized performance.</I> In the case of a research report about a covered investment fund that is a registered open-end management investment company or a trust account (or series or class thereof), any quotation of the issuer's performance must be presented in accordance with the conditions of paragraphs (d), (e), and (g) of § 230.482. In the case of a research report about a covered investment fund that is a registered closed-end investment company, any quotation of the issuer's performance must be presented in a manner that is in accordance with instructions to item 4.1(g) of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), provided, however, that other historical measures of performance may also be included if any other measurement is set out with no greater prominence than the measurement that is in accordance with the instructions to item 4.1(g) of Form N-2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Self-regulatory organization rules.</I> A self-regulatory organization shall not maintain or enforce any rule that would prohibit the ability of a member to publish or distribute a covered investment fund research report solely because the member is also participating in a registered offering or other distribution of any securities of such covered investment fund; or to participate in a registered offering or other distribution of securities of a covered investment fund solely because the member has published or distributed a covered investment fund research report about such covered investment fund or its securities. For purposes of section 19(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)), this paragraph (b) shall be deemed a rule under that Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliated person</I> has the meaning given the term in section 2(a) of the Investment Company Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Covered investment fund</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An investment company (or a series or class thereof) registered under, or that has filed an election to be treated as a business development company under, the Investment Company Act and that has filed a registration statement under the Act for the public offering of a class of its securities, which registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A trust or other person:
</P>
<P>(A) Issuing securities in an offering registered under the Act and which class of securities is listed for trading on a national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(B) The assets of which consist primarily of commodities, currencies, or derivative instruments that reference commodities or currencies, or interests in the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(C) That provides in its registration statement under the Act that a class of its securities are purchased or redeemed, subject to conditions or limitations, for a ratable share of its assets.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered investment fund research report</I> means a research report published or distributed by a broker or dealer about a covered investment fund or any securities issued by the covered investment fund, but does not include a research report to the extent that the research report is published or distributed by the covered investment fund or any affiliate of the covered investment fund, or any research report published or distributed by any broker or dealer that is an investment adviser (or any affiliated person of an investment adviser) for the covered investment fund.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exchange-traded fund</I> has the meaning given the term in General Instruction A to Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Investment adviser</I> has the meaning given the term in section 2(a) of the Investment Company Act.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Research report</I> means a written communication, as defined in § 230.405 that includes information, opinions, or recommendations with respect to securities of an issuer or an analysis of a security or an issuer, whether or not it provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 64220, 64222, Dec. 13, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.140" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.140   Definition of “distribution” in section 2(11) for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>A person, the chief part of whose business consists of the purchase of the securities of one issuer, or of two or more affiliated issuers, and the sale of its own securities, including the levying of assessments on its assessable stock and the resale of such stock upon the failure of the holder thereof to pay any assessment levied thereon, to furnish the proceeds with which to acquire the securities of such issuer or affiliated issuers, is to be regarded as engaged in the distribution of the securities of such issuer or affiliated issuers within the meaning of section 2(11) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[24 FR 6386, Aug. 8, 1959] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.141" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.141   Definition of “commission from an underwriter or dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commissions” in section 2(11), for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>commission</I> in section 2(11) of the Act shall include such remuneration, commonly known as a spread, as may be received by a distributor or dealer as a consequence of reselling securities bought from an underwriter or dealer at a price below the offering price of such securities, where such resales afford the distributor or dealer a margin of profit not in excess of what is usual and customary in such transactions. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>commission from an underwriter or dealer</I> in section 2(11) of the Act shall include commissions paid by an underwriter or dealer directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commission</I> in section 2(11) of the Act shall mean a commission or remuneration, commonly known as a spread, paid to or received by any person selling securities either for his own account or for the account of others, which is not in excess of the amount usual and customary in the distribution and sale of issues of similar type and size; and not in excess of the amount allowed to other persons, if any, for comparable service in the distribution of the particular issue; but such term shall not include amounts paid to any person whose function is the management of the distribution of all or a substantial part of the particular issue, or who performs the functions normally performed by an underwriter or underwriting syndicate. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[2 FR 1075, May 26, 1937]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.142" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.142   Definition of “participates” and “participation,” as used in section 2(11), in relation to certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The terms <I>participates</I> and <I>participation</I> in section 2(11) (48 Stat. 74, 48 Stat. 905; 15 U.S.C. 77b) shall not include the interest of a person (1) who is not in privity of contract with the issuer nor directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the issuer, and (2) who has no association with any principal underwriter of the securities being distributed, and (3) whose function in the distribution is confined to an undertaking to purchase all or some specified proportion of the securities remaining unsold after the lapse of some specified period of time, and (4) who purchases such securities for investment and not with a view to distribution. 
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>issuer</I> shall have the meaning defined in section 2(4) (48 Stat. 74, 48 Stat. 905; 15 U.S.C. 77b) and in the last sentence of section 2(11). 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>association</I> shall include a relationship between two persons under which one: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the other, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has, in common with the other, one or more partners, officers, directors, trustees, branch managers, or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions, or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Has a participation, direct or indirect, in the profits of the other, or has a financial stake, by debtor-creditor relationship, stock ownership, contract or otherwise, in the income or business of the other. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>principal underwriter</I> shall have the meaning defined in § 230.405. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[3 FR 3015, Dec. 16, 1938] 
</CITA>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative release applicable to § 230.142, see No. 1862 in tabulation, part 231, of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.143" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.143   Definition of “has purchased”, “sells for”, “participates”, and “participation”, as used in section 2(11), in relation to certain transactions of foreign governments for war purposes.</HEAD>
<P>The terms <I>has purchased, sells for, participates,</I> and <I>participation,</I> in section 2(11) (48 Stat. 74, 48 Stat. 905; 15 U.S.C. 77b), shall not be deemed to apply to any action of a foreign government in acquiring, for war purposes and by or in anticipation of the exercise of war powers, from any person subject to its jurisdiction securities of a person organized under the laws of the United States or any State or Territory, or in disposing of such securities with a view to their distribution by underwriters in the United States, notwithstanding the fact that the price to be paid to such foreign government upon the disposition of such securities by it may be measured by or may be in direct or indirect relation to such price as may be realized by the underwriters. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 2052, Apr. 23, 1941]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.144" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.144   Persons deemed not to be engaged in a distribution and therefore not underwriters.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>Certain basic principles are essential to an understanding of the registration requirements in the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act or the Securities Act) and the purposes underlying Rule 144:
</P>
<P>1. If any person sells a non-exempt security to any other person, the sale must be registered unless an exemption can be found for the transaction.
</P>
<P>2. Section 4(1) of the Securities Act provides one such exemption for a transaction “by a person other than an issuer, underwriter, or dealer.” Therefore, an understanding of the term “underwriter” is important in determining whether or not the Section 4(1) exemption from registration is available for the sale of the securities.
</P>
<P>The term “underwriter” is broadly defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act to mean any person who has purchased from an issuer with a view to, or offers or sells for an issuer in connection with, the distribution of any security, or participates, or has a direct or indirect participation in any such undertaking, or participates or has a participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking. The interpretation of this definition traditionally has focused on the words “with a view to” in the phrase “purchased from an issuer with a view to * * * distribution.” An investment banking firm which arranges with an issuer for the public sale of its securities is clearly an “underwriter” under that section. However, individual investors who are not professionals in the securities business also may be “underwriters” if they act as links in a chain of transactions through which securities move from an issuer to the public.
</P>
<P>Since it is difficult to ascertain the mental state of the purchaser at the time of an acquisition of securities, prior to and since the adoption of Rule 144, subsequent acts and circumstances have been considered to determine whether the purchaser took the securities “with a view to distribution” at the time of the acquisition. Emphasis has been placed on factors such as the length of time the person held the securities and whether there has been an unforeseeable change in circumstances of the holder. Experience has shown, however, that reliance upon such factors alone has led to uncertainty in the application of the registration provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>The Commission adopted Rule 144 to establish specific criteria for determining whether a person is not engaged in a distribution. Rule 144 creates a safe harbor from the Section 2(a)(11) definition of “underwriter.” A person satisfying the applicable conditions of the Rule 144 safe harbor is deemed not to be engaged in a distribution of the securities and therefore not an underwriter of the securities for purposes of Section 2(a)(11). Therefore, such a person is deemed not to be an underwriter when determining whether a sale is eligible for the Section 4(1) exemption for “transactions by any person other than an issuer, underwriter, or dealer.” If a sale of securities complies with all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144:
</P>
<P>1. Any affiliate or other person who sells restricted securities will be deemed not to be engaged in a distribution and therefore not an underwriter for that transaction;
</P>
<P>2. Any person who sells restricted or other securities on behalf of an affiliate of the issuer will be deemed not to be engaged in a distribution and therefore not an underwriter for that transaction; and
</P>
<P>3. The purchaser in such transaction will receive securities that are not restricted securities.
</P>
<P>Rule 144 is not an exclusive safe harbor. A person who does not meet all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 still may claim any other available exemption under the Act for the sale of the securities. The Rule 144 safe harbor is not available to any person with respect to any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with Rule 144, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) An <I>affiliate</I> of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>person</I> when used with reference to a person for whose account securities are to be sold in reliance upon this section includes, in addition to such person, all of the following persons: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, any one of whom has the same home as such person; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any trust or estate in which such person or any of the persons specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section collectively own 10 percent or more of the total beneficial interest or of which any of such persons serve as trustee, executor or in any similar capacity; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any corporation or other organization (other than the issuer) in which such person or any of the persons specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section are the beneficial owners collectively of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities or 10 percent or more of the equity interest. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>restricted securities</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Securities acquired directly or indirectly from the issuer, or from an affiliate of the issuer, in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving any public offering;
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities acquired from the issuer that are subject to the resale limitations of § 230.502(d) under Regulation D or § 230.701(c);
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities acquired in a transaction or chain of transactions meeting the requirements of § 230.144A;
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities acquired from the issuer in a transaction subject to the conditions of Regulation CE (§ 230.1001);
</P>
<P>(v) Equity securities of domestic issuers acquired in a transaction or chain of transactions subject to the conditions of § 230.901 or § 230.903 under Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes);
</P>
<P>(vi) Securities acquired in a transaction made under § 230.801 to the same extent and proportion that the securities held by the security holder of the class with respect to which the rights offering was made were, as of the record date for the rights offering, “restricted securities” within the meaning of this paragraph (a)(3);
</P>
<P>(vii) Securities acquired in a transaction made under § 230.802 to the same extent and proportion that the securities that were tendered or exchanged in the exchange offer or business combination were “restricted securities” within the meaning of this paragraph (a)(3); and
</P>
<P>(viii) Securities acquired from the issuer in a transaction subject to an exemption under section 4(5) (15 U.S.C. 77d(5)) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>debt securities</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any security other than an equity security as defined in § 230.405;
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-participatory preferred stock, which is defined as non-convertible capital stock, the holders of which are entitled to a preference in payment of dividends and in distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the issuer, but are not entitled to participate in residual earnings or assets of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Asset-backed securities, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to be met.</I> Subject to paragraph (i) of this section, the following conditions must be met:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-affiliates.</I> (i) If the issuer of the securities is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), any person who is not an affiliate of the issuer at the time of the sale, and has not been an affiliate during the preceding three months, who sells restricted securities of the issuer for his or her own account shall be deemed not to be an underwriter of those securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Act if all of the conditions of paragraphs (c)(1) and (d) of this section are met. The requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall not apply to restricted securities sold for the account of a person who is not an affiliate of the issuer at the time of the sale and has not been an affiliate during the preceding three months, provided a period of one year has elapsed since the later of the date the securities were acquired from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer of the securities is not, or has not been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, any person who is not an affiliate of the issuer at the time of the sale, and has not been an affiliate during the preceding three months, who sells restricted securities of the issuer for his or her own account shall be deemed not to be an underwriter of those securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Act if the condition of paragraph (d) of this section is met.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Affiliates or persons selling on behalf of affiliates.</I> Any affiliate of the issuer, or any person who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately before the sale, who sells restricted securities, or any person who sells restricted or any other securities for the account of an affiliate of the issuer of such securities, or any person who sells restricted or any other securities for the account of a person who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately before the sale, shall be deemed not to be an underwriter of those securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Act if all of the conditions of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Current public information.</I> Adequate current public information with respect to the issuer of the securities must be available. Such information will be deemed to be available only if the applicable condition set forth in this paragraph is met:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reporting issuers.</I> The issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has:
</P>
<P>(i) Filed all required reports under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the 12 months preceding such sale (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports), other than Form 8-K reports (§ 249.308 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submitted electronically every Interactive Data File (§ 232.11 of this chapter) required to be submitted pursuant to § 232.405 of this chapter, during the 12 months preceding such sale (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to submit such files); or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-reporting issuers.</I> If the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, there is publicly available the information concerning the issuer specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) to (N), inclusive, and paragraph (b)(5)(i)(P) of § 240.15c2-11 of this chapter, or, if the issuer is an insurance company, the information specified in section 12(g)(2)(G)(i) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(2)(G)(i)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.144(<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>With respect to paragraph (c)(1), the person can rely upon:
</P>
<P>1. A statement in whichever is the most recent report, quarterly or annual, required to be filed and filed by the issuer that such issuer has:
</P>
<P>a. Filed all reports required under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports), other than Form 8-K reports (§ 249.308 of this chapter), and has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days; and
</P>
<P>b. Submitted electronically every Interactive Data File (§ 232.11 of this chapter) required to be submitted pursuant to § 232.405 of this chapter, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to submit such files); or
</P>
<P>2. A written statement from the issuer that it has complied with such reporting or submission requirements.
</P>
<P>3. Neither type of statement may be relied upon, however, if the person knows or has reason to believe that the issuer has not complied with such requirements.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Holding period for restricted securities.</I> If the securities sold are restricted securities, the following provisions apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General rule.</I> (i) If the issuer of the securities is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, a minimum of six months must elapse between the later of the date of the acquisition of the securities from the issuer, or from an affiliate of the issuer, and any resale of such securities in reliance on this section for the account of either the acquiror or any subsequent holder of those securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer of the securities is not, or has not been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, a minimum of one year must elapse between the later of the date of the acquisition of the securities from the issuer, or from an affiliate of the issuer, and any resale of such securities in reliance on this section for the account of either the acquiror or any subsequent holder of those securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the acquiror takes the securities by purchase, the holding period shall not begin until the full purchase price or other consideration is paid or given by the person acquiring the securities from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Promissory notes, other obligations or installment contracts.</I> Giving the issuer or affiliate of the issuer from whom the securities were purchased a promissory note or other obligation to pay the purchase price, or entering into an installment purchase contract with such seller, shall not be deemed full payment of the purchase price unless the promissory note, obligation or contract: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provides for full recourse against the purchaser of the securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is secured by collateral, other than the securities purchased, having a fair market value at least equal to the purchase price of the securities purchased; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Shall have been discharged by payment in full prior to the sale of the securities. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Determination of holding period.</I> The following provisions shall apply for the purpose of determining the period securities have been held: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Stock dividends, splits and recapitalizations.</I> Securities acquired from the issuer as a dividend or pursuant to a stock split, reverse split or recapitalization shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as the securities on which the dividend or, if more than one, the initial dividend was paid, the securities involved in the split or reverse split, or the securities surrendered in connection with the recapitalization.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Conversions and exchanges.</I> If the securities sold were acquired from the issuer solely in exchange for other securities of the same issuer, the newly acquired securities shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as the securities surrendered for conversion or exchange, even if the securities surrendered were not convertible or exchangeable by their terms.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.144(<E T="01">d</E>)(3)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>If the surrendered securities originally did not provide for cashless conversion or exchange by their terms and the holder provided consideration, other than solely securities of the same issuer, in connection with the amendment of the surrendered securities to permit cashless conversion or exchange, then the newly acquired securities shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as such amendment to the surrendered securities, so long as, in the conversion or exchange, the securities sold were acquired from the issuer solely in exchange for other securities of the same issuer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) <I>Contingent issuance of securities.</I> Securities acquired as a contingent payment of the purchase price of an equity interest in a business, or the assets of a business, sold to the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer shall be deemed to have been acquired at the time of such sale if the issuer or affiliate was then committed to issue the securities subject only to conditions other than the payment of further consideration for such securities. An agreement entered into in connection with any such purchase to remain in the employment of, or not to compete with, the issuer or affiliate or the rendering of services pursuant to such agreement shall not be deemed to be the payment of further consideration for such securities. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Pledged securities.</I> Securities which are bona-fide pledged by an affiliate of the issuer when sold by the pledgee, or by a purchaser, after a default in the obligation secured by the pledge, shall be deemed to have been acquired when they were acquired by the pledgor, except that if the securities were pledged without recourse they shall be deemed to have been acquired by the pledgee at the time of the pledge or by the purchaser at the time of purchase. 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Gifts of securities.</I> Securities acquired from an affiliate of the issuer by gift shall be deemed to have been acquired by the donee when they were acquired by the donor. 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Trusts.</I> Where a trust settlor is an affiliate of the issuer, securities acquired from the settlor by the trust, or acquired from the trust by the beneficiaries thereof, shall be deemed to have been acquired when such securities were acquired by the settlor. 
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Estates.</I> Where a deceased person was an affiliate of the issuer, securities held by the estate of such person or acquired from such estate by the estate beneficiaries shall be deemed to have been acquired when they were acquired by the deceased person, except that no holding period is required if the estate is not an affiliate of the issuer or if the securities are sold by a beneficiary of the estate who is not such an affiliate.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.1449<E T="01">d</E>)(3)(<E T="01">vi)</E>):</HED>
<P>While there is no holding period or amount limitation for estates and estate beneficiaries which are not affiliates of the issuer, paragraphs (c) and (h) of this section apply to securities sold by such persons in reliance upon this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(viii) <I>Rule 145(a) transactions.</I> The holding period for securities acquired in a transaction specified in § 230.145(a) shall be deemed to commence on the date the securities were acquired by the purchaser in such transaction, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(ii) and (ix) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Holding company formations.</I> Securities acquired from the issuer in a transaction effected solely for the purpose of forming a holding company shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as the securities of the predecessor issuer exchanged in the holding company formation where:
</P>
<P>(A) The newly formed holding company's securities were issued solely in exchange for the securities of the predecessor company as part of a reorganization of the predecessor company into a holding company structure;
</P>
<P>(B) Holders received securities of the same class evidencing the same proportional interest in the holding company as they held in the predecessor, and the rights and interests of the holders of such securities are substantially the same as those they possessed as holders of the predecessor company's securities; and
</P>
<P>(C) Immediately following the transaction, the holding company has no significant assets other than securities of the predecessor company and its existing subsidiaries and has substantially the same assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis as the predecessor company had before the transaction.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Cashless exercise of options and warrants.</I> If the securities sold were acquired from the issuer solely upon cashless exercise of options or warrants issued by the issuer, the newly acquired securities shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as the exercised options or warrants, even if the options or warrants exercised originally did not provide for cashless exercise by their terms.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 230.144(<E T="01">d</E>)(3)(<E T="01">x</E>):</HED>
<P>If the options or warrants originally did not provide for cashless exercise by their terms and the holder provided consideration, other than solely securities of the same issuer, in connection with the amendment of the options or warrants to permit cashless exercise, then the newly acquired securities shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as such amendment to the options or warrants so long as the exercise itself was cashless.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 230.144(<E T="01">d</E>)(3)(<E T="01">x</E>):</HED>
<P>If the options or warrants are not purchased for cash or property and do not create any investment risk to the holder, as in the case of employee stock options, the newly acquired securities shall be deemed to have been acquired at the time the options or warrants are exercised, so long as the full purchase price or other consideration for the newly acquired securities has been paid or given by the person acquiring the securities from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer at the time of exercise.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Limitation on amount of securities sold.</I> Except as hereinafter provided, the amount of securities sold for the account of an affiliate of the issuer in reliance upon this section shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If any securities are sold for the account of an affiliate of the issuer, regardless of whether those securities are restricted, the amount of securities sold, together with all sales of securities of the same class sold for the account of such person within the preceding three months, shall not exceed the greatest of:
</P>
<P>(i) One percent of the shares or other units of the class outstanding as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the issuer, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of a registered securities association during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice required by paragraph (h), or if no such notice is required the date of receipt of the order to execute the transaction by the broker or the date of execution of the transaction directly with a market maker, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The average weekly volume of trading in such securities reported pursuant to an <I>effective transaction reporting plan</I> or an <I>effective national market system plan</I> as those terms are defined in § 242.600 of this chapter during the four-week period specified in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If the securities sold are debt securities, then the amount of debt securities sold for the account of an affiliate of the issuer, regardless of whether those securities are restricted, shall not exceed the greater of the limitation set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section or, together with all sales of securities of the same tranche (or class when the securities are non-participatory preferred stock) sold for the account of such person within the preceding three months, ten percent of the principal amount of the tranche (or class when the securities are non-participatory preferred stock) attributable to the securities sold.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Determination of amount.</I> For the purpose of determining the amount of securities specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and, as applicable, paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the following provisions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Where both convertible securities and securities of the class into which they are convertible are sold, the amount of convertible securities sold shall be deemed to be the amount of securities of the class into which they are convertible for the purpose of determining the aggregate amount of securities of both classes sold;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of securities sold for the account of a pledgee of those securities, or for the account of a purchaser of the pledged securities, during any period of three months within six months (or within one year if the issuer of the securities is not, or has not been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act) after a default in the obligation secured by the pledge, and the amount of securities sold during the same three-month period for the account of the pledgor shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount specified in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section, whichever is applicable;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.144(<E T="01">e</E>)(3)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>Sales by a pledgee of securities pledged by a borrower will not be aggregated under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) with sales of the securities of the same issuer by other pledgees of such borrower in the absence of concerted action by such pledgees.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) The amount of securities sold for the account of a donee of those securities during any three-month period within six months (or within one year if the issuer of the securities is not, or has not been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act) after the donation, and the amount of securities sold during the same three-month period for the account of the donor, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount specified in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section, whichever is applicable;
</P>
<P>(iv) Where securities were acquired by a trust from the settlor of the trust, the amount of such securities sold for the account of the trust during any three-month period within six months (or within one year if the issuer of the securities is not, or has not been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act) after the acquisition of the securities by the trust, and the amount of securities sold during the same three-month period for the account of the settlor, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount specified in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section, whichever is applicable;
</P>
<P>(v) The amount of securities sold for the account of the estate of a deceased person, or for the account of a beneficiary of such estate, during any three-month period and the amount of securities sold during the same three-month period for the account of the deceased person prior to his death shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount specified in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section, whichever is applicable: <I>Provided,</I> that no limitation on amount shall apply if the estate or beneficiary of the estate is not an affiliate of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(vi) When two or more affiliates or other persons agree to act in concert for the purpose of selling securities of an issuer, all securities of the same class sold for the account of all such persons during any three-month period shall be aggregated for the purpose of determining the limitation on the amount of securities sold;
</P>
<P>(vii) The following sales of securities need not be included in determining the amount of securities to be sold in reliance upon this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities sold pursuant to an exemption provided by Regulation A (§ 230.251 through § 230.263) under the Act;
</P>
<P>(C) Securities sold in a transaction exempt pursuant to section 4 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d) and not involving any public offering; and
</P>
<P>(D) Securities sold offshore pursuant to Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes) under the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Manner of sale.</I> (1) The securities shall be sold in one of the following manners:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Brokers' transactions</I> within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transactions directly with a <I>market maker</I>, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(38) of the Exchange Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Riskless principal transactions</I> where:
</P>
<P>(A) The offsetting trades must be executed at the same price (exclusive of an explicitly disclosed markup or markdown, commission equivalent, or other fee);
</P>
<P>(B) The transaction is permitted to be reported as riskless under the rules of a self-regulatory organization; and
</P>
<P>(C) The requirements of paragraphs (g)(2)(applicable to any markup or markdown, commission equivalent, or other fee), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section are met.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.144(<E T="01">f</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>For purposes of this paragraph, a <I>riskless principal transaction</I> means a principal transaction where, after having received from a customer an order to buy, a broker or dealer purchases the security as principal in the market to satisfy the order to buy or, after having received from a customer an order to sell, sells the security as principal to the market to satisfy the order to sell.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) The person selling the securities shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Solicit or arrange for the solicitation of orders to buy the securities in anticipation of or in connection with such transaction, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Make any payment in connection with the offer or sale of the securities to any person other than the broker or dealer who executes the order to sell the securities.
</P>
<P>(3) Paragraph (f) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Securities sold for the account of the estate of a deceased person or for the account of a beneficiary of such estate provided the estate or estate beneficiary is not an affiliate of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Debt securities.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Brokers' transactions.</I> The term <I>brokers' transactions</I> in section 4(4) of the Act shall for the purposes of this rule be deemed to include transactions by a broker in which such broker:
</P>
<P>(1) Does no more than execute the order or orders to sell the securities as agent for the person for whose account the securities are sold;
</P>
<P>(2) Receives no more than the usual and customary broker's commission;
</P>
<P>(3) Neither solicits nor arranges for the solicitation of customers' orders to buy the securities in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction; <I>Provided,</I> that the foregoing shall not preclude:
</P>
<P>(i) Inquiries by the broker of other brokers or dealers who have indicated an interest in the securities within the preceding 60 days;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inquiries by the broker of his customers who have indicated an unsolicited bona fide interest in the securities within the preceding 10 business days;
</P>
<P>(iii) The publication by the broker of bid and ask quotations for the security in an inter-dealer quotation system provided that such quotations are incident to the maintenance of a bona fide inter-dealer market for the security for the broker's own account and that the broker has published bona fide bid and ask quotations for the security in an inter-dealer quotation system on each of at least twelve days within the preceding thirty calendar days with no more than four business days in succession without such two-way quotations; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The publication by the broker of bid and ask quotations for the security in an alternative trading system, as defined in § 242.300 of this chapter, provided that the broker has published bona fide bid and ask quotations for the security in the alternative trading system on each of the last twelve business days; and
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.144(<E T="01">g</E>)(3)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>The broker should obtain and retain in his files written evidence of indications of bona fide unsolicited interest by his customers in the securities at the time such indications are received.</P></NOTE>
<P>(4) After reasonable inquiry is not aware of circumstances indicating that the person for whose account the securities are sold is an underwriter with respect to the securities or that the transaction is a part of a distribution of securities of the issuer. Without limiting the foregoing, the broker shall be deemed to be aware of any facts or statements contained in the notice required by paragraph (h) of this section. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>(i) The broker, for his own protection, should obtain and retain in his files a copy of the notice required by paragraph (h) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasonable inquiry required by paragraph (g)(3) of this section should include, but not necessarily be limited to, inquiry as to the following matters: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) The length of time the securities have been held by the person for whose account they are to be sold. If practicable, the inquiry should include physical inspection of the securities; 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) The nature of the transaction in which the securities were acquired by such person; 
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) The amount of securities of the same class sold during the past 3 months by all persons whose sales are required to be taken into consideration pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(<I>d</I>) Whether such person intends to sell additional securities of the same class through any other means; 
</P>
<P>(<I>e</I>) Whether such person has solicited or made any arrangement for the solicitation of buy orders in connection with the proposed sale of securities; 
</P>
<P>(<I>f</I>) Whether such person has made any payment to any other person in connection with the proposed sale of the securities; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>g</I>) The number of shares or other units of the class outstanding, or the relevant trading volume.</P></NOTE>
<P>(h) <I>Notice of proposed sale.</I> (1) <I>Reporting issuers.</I> If the issuer is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the amount of securities to be sold in reliance upon this rule during any period of three months exceeds 5,000 shares or other units or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, a notice on Form 144 (§ 239.144 of this chapter) shall be filed electronically with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-reporting issuers.</I> If the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and the amount of securities to be sold in reliance upon this rule during any period of three months exceeds 5,000 shares or other units or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, three copies of a notice on Form 144 (§ 239.144 of this chapter) shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) The Form 144 shall be signed by the person for whose account the securities are to be sold and shall be transmitted for filing concurrently with either the placing with a broker of an order to execute a sale of securities in reliance upon this rule or the execution directly with a market maker of such a sale. Neither the filing of such notice nor the failure of the Commission to comment on such notice shall be deemed to preclude the Commission from taking any action that it deems necessary or appropriate with respect to the sale of the securities referred to in such notice. The person filing the notice required by this paragraph shall have a bona fide intention to sell the securities referred to in the notice within a reasonable time after the filing of such notice.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Unavailability to securities of issuers with no or nominal operations and no or nominal non-cash assets.</I> (1) This section is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by an issuer defined below:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer, other than a business combination related shell company, as defined in § 230.405, or an asset-backed issuer, as defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter), that has:
</P>
<P>(A) No or nominal operations; and
</P>
<P>(B) Either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) No or nominal assets;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An issuer that has been at any time previously an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (i)(1), if the issuer of the securities previously had been an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i) but has ceased to be an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i); is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; has filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports (§ 249.308 of this chapter); and has filed current “Form 10 information” with the Commission reflecting its status as an entity that is no longer an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i), then those securities may be sold subject to the requirements of this section after one year has elapsed from the date that the issuer filed “Form 10 information” with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) The term “Form 10 information” means the information that is required by Form 10 or Form 20-F (§ 249.210 or § 249.220f of this chapter), as applicable to the issuer of the securities, to register under the Exchange Act each class of securities being sold under this rule. The issuer may provide the Form 10 information in any filing of the issuer with the Commission. The Form 10 information is deemed filed when the initial filing is made with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 596, Jan. 14, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 230.144, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.144A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.144A   Private resales of securities to institutions.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes:</HED>
<P>1. This section relates solely to the application of section 5 of the Act and not to antifraud or other provisions of the federal securities laws. 
</P>
<P>2. Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election; any seller hereunder may also claim the availability of any other applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. 
</P>
<P>3. In view of the objective of this section and the policies underlying the Act, this section is not available with respect to any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act. In such cases, registration under the Act is required. 
</P>
<P>4. Nothing in this section obviates the need for any issuer or any other person to comply with the securities registration or broker-dealer registration requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the <I>Exchange Act</I>), whenever such requirements are applicable. 
</P>
<P>5. Nothing in this section obviates the need for any person to comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer or sale of securities. 
</P>
<P>6. Securities acquired in a transaction made pursuant to the provisions of this section are deemed to be <I>restricted securities</I> within the meaning of § 230.144(a)(3) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>7. The fact that purchasers of securities from the issuer thereof may purchase such securities with a view to reselling such securities pursuant to this section will not affect the availability to such issuer of an exemption under section 4(a)(2) of the Act, or Regulation D under the Act, from the registration requirements of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, <I>qualified institutional buyer</I> shall mean: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any of the following entities, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the entity: 
</P>
<P>(A) Any <I>insurance company</I> as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A purchase by an insurance company for one or more of its separate accounts, as defined by section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), which are neither registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act nor required to be so registered, shall be deemed to be a purchase for the account of such insurance company.</P></NOTE>
<P>(B) Any <I>investment company</I> registered under the Investment Company Act or any <I>business development company</I> as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act;
</P>
<P>(C) Any <I>Small Business Investment Company</I> licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or any <I>Rural Business Investment Company</I> as defined in section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act;
</P>
<P>(D) Any <I>plan</I> established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees; 
</P>
<P>(E) Any <I>employee benefit plan</I> within the meaning of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; 
</P>
<P>(F) Any trust fund whose trustee is a bank or trust company and whose participants are exclusively plans of the types identified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) (D) or (E) of this section, except trust funds that include as participants individual retirement accounts or H.R. 10 plans.
</P>
<P>(G) Any <I>business development company</I> as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; 
</P>
<P>(H) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation (other than a bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act or a savings and loan association or other institution referenced in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act or a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution), partnership, limited liability company, or Massachusetts or similar business trust;
</P>
<P>(I) Any <I>investment adviser</I> registered under the Investment Advisers Act; and
</P>
<P>(J) Any institutional accredited investor, as defined in rule 501(a) under the Act (17 CFR 230.501(a)), of a type not listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) through (I) or paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) through (vi).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1)(<E T="01">i</E>)(J):</HED>
<P>An entity seeking qualified institutional buyer status under Rule 144A(a)(1)(i)(J) may be formed for the purpose of acquiring the securities being offered under this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) Any <I>dealer</I> registered pursuant to section 15 of the Exchange Act, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $10 million of securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the dealer, <I>Provided,</I> That securities constituting the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by a dealer as a participant in a public offering shall not be deemed to be owned by such dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any <I>dealer</I> registered pursuant to section 15 of the Exchange Act acting in a riskless principal transaction on behalf of a qualified institutional buyer; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A registered dealer may act as agent, on a non-discretionary basis, in a transaction with a qualified institutional buyer without itself having to be a qualified institutional buyer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iv) Any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, acting for its own account or for the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that is part of a family of investment companies which own in the aggregate at least $100 million in securities of issuers, other than issuers that are affiliated with the investment company or are part of such family of investment companies. <I>Family of investment companies</I> means any two or more investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, except for a unit investment trust whose assets consist solely of shares of one or more registered investment companies, that have the same investment adviser (or, in the case of unit investment trusts, the same depositor), Provided That, for purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(A) Each series of a series company (as defined in Rule 18f-2 under the Investment Company Act [17 CFR 270.18f-2]) shall be deemed to be a separate investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Investment companies shall be deemed to have the same adviser (or depositor) if their advisers (or depositors) are majority-owned subsidiaries of the same parent, or if one investment company's adviser (or depositor) is a majority-owned subsidiary of the other investment company's adviser (or depositor); 
</P>
<P>(v) Any entity, all of the equity owners of which are qualified institutional buyers, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Any <I>bank</I> as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, any savings and loan association or other institution as referenced in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act, or any foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with it and that has an audited net worth of at least $25 million as demonstrated in its latest annual financial statements, as of a date not more than 16 months preceding the date of sale under the Rule in the case of a U.S. bank or savings and loan association, and not more than 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution. 
</P>
<P>(2) In determining the aggregate amount of securities owned and invested on a discretionary basis by an entity, the following instruments and interests shall be excluded: bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit; loan participations; repurchase agreements; securities owned but subject to a repurchase agreement; and currency, interest rate and commodity swaps. 
</P>
<P>(3) The aggregate value of securities owned and invested on a discretionary basis by an entity shall be the cost of such securities, except where the entity reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market value, and no current information with respect to the cost of those securities has been published. In the latter event, the securities may be valued at market for purposes of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) In determining the aggregate amount of securities owned by an entity and invested on a discretionary basis, securities owned by subsidiaries of the entity that are consolidated with the entity in its financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles may be included if the investments of such subsidiaries are managed under the direction of the entity, except that, unless the entity is a reporting company under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, securities owned by such subsidiaries may not be included if the entity itself is a majority-owned subsidiary that would be included in the consolidated financial statements of another enterprise. 
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section, <I>riskless principal transaction</I> means a transaction in which a dealer buys a security from any person and makes a simultaneous offsetting sale of such security to a qualified institutional buyer, including another dealer acting as riskless principal for a qualified institutional buyer. 
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of this section, <I>effective conversion premium</I> means the amount, expressed as a percentage of the security's conversion value, by which the price at issuance of a convertible security exceeds its conversion value. 
</P>
<P>(7) For purposes of this section, <I>effective exercise premium</I> means the amount, expressed as a percentage of the warrant's exercise value, by which the sum of the price at issuance and the exercise price of a warrant exceeds its exercise value. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sales by persons other than issuers or dealers.</I> Any person, other than the issuer or a dealer, who offers or sells securities in compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (d) of this section shall be deemed not to be engaged in a distribution of such securities and therefore not to be an underwriter of such securities within the meaning of sections 2(a)(11) and 4(a)(1) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sales by dealers.</I> Any dealer who offers or sells securities in compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (d) of this section shall be deemed not to be a participant in a distribution of such securities within the meaning of section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Act and not to be an underwriter of such securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Act, and such securities shall be deemed not to have been offered to the public within the meaning of section 4(a)(3)(A) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions to be met.</I> To qualify for exemption under this section, an offer or sale must meet the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The securities are sold only to a qualified institutional buyer or to a purchaser that the seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer. In determining whether a prospective purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer, the seller and any person acting on its behalf shall be entitled to rely upon the following non-exclusive methods of establishing the prospective purchaser's ownership and discretionary investments of securities: 
</P>
<P>(i) The prospective purchaser's most recent publicly available financial statements, <I>Provided</I> That such statements present the information as of a date within 16 months preceding the date of sale of securities under this section in the case of a U.S. purchaser and within 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign purchaser; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The most recent publicly available information appearing in documents filed by the prospective purchaser with the Commission or another United States federal, state, or local governmental agency or self-regulatory organization, or with a foreign governmental agency or self-regulatory organization, <I>Provided</I> That any such information is as of a date within 16 months preceding the date of sale of securities under this section in the case of a U.S. purchaser and within 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign purchaser; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The most recent publicly available information appearing in a recognized securities manual, <I>Provided</I> That such information is as of a date within 16 months preceding the date of sale of securities under this section in the case of a U.S. purchaser and within 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign purchaser; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification by the chief financial officer, a person fulfilling an equivalent function, or other executive officer of the purchaser, specifying the amount of securities owned and invested on a discretionary basis by the purchaser as of a specific date on or since the close of the purchaser's most recent fiscal year, or, in the case of a purchaser that is a member of a family of investment companies, a certification by an executive officer of the investment adviser specifying the amount of securities owned by the family of investment companies as of a specific date on or since the close of the purchaser's most recent fiscal year; 
</P>
<P>(2) The seller and any person acting on its behalf takes reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser is aware that the seller may rely on the exemption from the provisions of section 5 of the Act provided by this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) The securities offered or sold: 
</P>
<P>(i) Were not, when issued, of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system; <I>Provided,</I> That securities that are convertible or exchangeable into securities so listed or quoted at the time of issuance and that had an effective conversion premium of less than 10 percent, shall be treated as securities of the class into which they are convertible or exchangeable; and that warrants that may be exercised for securities so listed or quoted at the time of issuance, for a period of less than 3 years from the date of issuance, or that had an effective exercise premium of less than 10 percent, shall be treated as securities of the class to be issued upon exercise; and <I>Provided further,</I> That the Commission may from time to time, taking into account then-existing market practices, designate additional securities and classes of securities that will not be deemed of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Are not securities of an open-end investment company, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act; and 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) In the case of securities of an issuer that is neither subject to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, nor exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) (§ 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter) under the Exchange Act, nor a foreign government as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) eligible to register securities under Schedule B of the Act, the holder and a prospective purchaser designated by the holder have the right to obtain from the issuer, upon request of the holder, and the prospective purchaser has received from the issuer, the seller, or a person acting on either of their behalf, at or prior to the time of sale, upon such prospective purchaser's request to the holder or the issuer, the following information (which shall be reasonably current in relation to the date of resale under this section): a very brief statement of the nature of the business of the issuer and the products and services it offers; and the issuer's most recent balance sheet and profit and loss and retained earnings statements, and similar financial statements for such part of the two preceding fiscal years as the issuer has been in operation (the financial statements should be audited to the extent reasonably available). 
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirement that the information be <I>reasonably current</I> will be presumed to be satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(A) The balance sheet is as of a date less than 16 months before the date of resale, the statements of profit and loss and retained earnings are for the 12 months preceding the date of such balance sheet, and if such balance sheet is not as of a date less than 6 months before the date of resale, it shall be accompanied by additional statements of profit and loss and retained earnings for the period from the date of such balance sheet to a date less than 6 months before the date of resale; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The statement of the nature of the issuer's business and its products and services offered is as of a date within 12 months prior to the date of resale; or 
</P>
<P>(C) With regard to foreign private issuers, the required information meets the timing requirements of the issuer's home country or principal trading markets.
</P>
<P>(e) Offers and sales of securities pursuant to this section shall be deemed not to affect the availability of any exemption or safe harbor relating to any previous or subsequent offer or sale of such securities by the issuer or any prior or subsequent holder thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 17945, Apr. 30, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 48722, Oct. 28, 1992; 78 FR 44804, July 24, 2013; 85 FR 64276, Oct. 9, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.145" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.145   Reclassification of securities, mergers, consolidations and acquisitions of assets.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>Rule 145 (§ 230.145 of this chapter) is designed to make available the protection provided by registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Act), to persons who are offered securities in a business combination of the type described in paragraphs (a) (1), (2) and (3) of the rule. The thrust of the rule is that an <I>offer, offer to sell, offer for sale,</I> or <I>sale</I> occurs when there is submitted to security holders a plan or agreement pursuant to which such holders are required to elect, on the basis of what is in substance a new investment decision, whether to accept a new or different security in exchange for their existing security. Rule 145 embodies the Commission's determination that such transactions are subject to the registration requirements of the Act, and that the previously existing <I>no-sale</I> theory of Rule 133 is no longer consistent with the statutory purposes of the Act. <I>See</I> Release No. 33-5316 (October 6, 1972) [37 FR 23631]. Securities issued in transactions described in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 may be registered on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter) or Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter) under the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>Transactions for which statutory exemptions under the Act, including those contained in sections 3(a)(9), (10), (11) and 4(2), are otherwise available are not affected by Rule 145. Reference is made to Rule 153a (§ 230.153a of this chapter) describing the prospectus delivery required in a transaction of the type referred to in Rule 145. A reclassification of securities covered by Rule 145 would be exempt from registration pursuant to section 3(a)(9) or (11) of the Act if the conditions of either of these sections are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Transactions within this section.</I> An <I>offer, offer to sell, offer for sale,</I> or <I>sale</I> shall be deemed to be involved, within the meaning of section 2(3) of the Act, so far as the security holders of a corporation or other person are concerned where, pursuant to statutory provisions of the jurisdiction under which such corporation or other person is organized, or pursuant to provisions contained in its certificate of incorporation or similar controlling instruments, or otherwise, there is submitted for the vote or consent of such security holders a plan or agreement for:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reclassifications.</I> A reclassification of securities of such corporation or other person, other than a stock split, reverse stock split, or change in par value, which involves the substitution of a security for another security; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mergers of consolidations.</I> A statutory merger or consolidation or similar plan or acquisition in which securities of such corporation or other person held by such security holders will become or be exchanged for securities of any person, unless the sole purpose of the transaction is to change an issuer's domicile solely within the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transfers of assets.</I> A transfer of assets of such corporation or other person, to another person in consideration of the issuance of securities of such other person or any of its affiliates, if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such plan or agreement provides for dissolution of the corporation or other person whose security holders are voting or consenting; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Such plan or agreement provides for a pro rata or similar distribution of such securities to the security holders voting or consenting; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The board of directors or similar representatives of such corporation or other person, adopts resolutions relative to paragraph (a)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section within 1 year after the taking of such vote or consent; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) The transfer of assets is a part of a preexisting plan for distribution of such securities, notwithstanding paragraph (a)(3) (i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Communications before a Registration Statement is filed.</I> Communications made in connection with or relating to a transaction described in paragraph (a) of this section that will be registered under the Act may be made under § 230.135, § 230.165 or § 230.166.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Persons and parties deemed to be underwriters.</I> For purposes of this section, if any party to a transaction specified in paragraph (a) of this section is a shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, as those terms are defined in § 230.405, any party to that transaction, other than the issuer, or any person who is an affiliate of such party at the time such transaction is submitted for vote or consent, who publicly offers or sells securities of the issuer acquired in connection with any such transaction, shall be deemed to be engaged in a distribution and therefore to be an underwriter thereof within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resale provisions for persons and parties deemed underwriters.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c), a person or party specified in that paragraph shall not be deemed to be engaged in a distribution and therefore not to be an underwriter of securities acquired in a transaction specified in paragraph (a) that was registered under the Act if:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer has met the requirements applicable to an issuer of securities in paragraph (i)(2) of § 230.144; and
</P>
<P>(2) One of the following three conditions is met:
</P>
<P>(i) Such securities are sold by such person or party in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (e), (f), and (g) of § 230.144 and at least 90 days have elapsed since the date the securities were acquired from the issuer in such transaction; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person or party is not, and has not been for at least three months, an affiliate of the issuer, and at least six months, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d) of § 230.144, have elapsed since the date the securities were acquired from the issuer in such transaction, and the issuer meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of § 230.144; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Such person or party is not, and has not been for at least three months, an affiliate of the issuer, and at least one year, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d) of § 230.144, has elapsed since the date the securities were acquired from the issuer in such transaction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.145(<E T="01">c</E>) and (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>Paragraph (d) is not available with respect to any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with the rule, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) The term <I>affiliate</I> as used in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall have the same meaning as the definition of that term in § 230.144.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>party</I> as used in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall mean the corporations, business entities, or other persons, other than the issuer, whose assets or capital structure are affected by the transactions specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>person</I> as used in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, when used in reference to a person for whose account securities are to be sold, shall have the same meaning as the definition of that term in paragraph (a)(2) of § 230.144.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 23636, Nov. 7, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 5921, Feb. 16, 1984; 50 FR 19016, May 6, 1985; 50 FR 48382, Nov. 25, 1985; 55 FR 17944, Apr. 30, 1990; 62 FR 9245, Feb. 28, 1997; 64 FR 61449, Nov. 10, 1999; 72 FR 71570, Dec. 17, 2007; 78 FR 44769, July 24, 2013]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.145a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.145a   Business combinations with reporting shell companies.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to a reporting shell company's shareholders, any direct or indirect business combination of a reporting shell company that is not a business combination related shell company involving another entity that is not a shell company, as those terms are defined in § 230.405, is deemed to involve an offer, offer to sell, offer for sale, or sale within the meaning of section 2(a)(3) of the Act. For purposes of this section, a reporting shell company is a company other than an asset-backed issuer as defined in § 229.1101(b) of this chapter (Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB), that has:
</P>
<P>(a) No or nominal operations;
</P>
<P>(b) Either:
</P>
<P>(1) No or nominal assets;
</P>
<P>(2) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
</P>
<P>(3) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets; and
</P>
<P>(c) An obligation to file reports under section 13 (15 U.S.C. 78m) or section 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(d)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 14321, Feb. 26, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.146" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.146   Rules under section 18 of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prepared by or on behalf of the issuer.</I> An offering document (as defined in Section 18(d)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 77r(d)(1)]) is “prepared by or on behalf of the issuer” for purposes of Section 18 of the Act, if the issuer or an agent or representative: 
</P>
<P>(1) Authorizes the document's production, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Approves the document before its use. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Covered securities for purposes of Section 18.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of Section 18(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77r), the Commission finds that the following national securities exchanges, or segments or tiers thereof, have listing standards that are substantially similar to those of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), the NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), or the National Market System of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq/NGM”), and that securities listed, or authorized for listing, on such exchanges shall be deemed covered securities:
</P>
<P>(i) Tier I of the NYSE Arca, Inc.;
</P>
<P>(ii) Tier I of the NASDAQ PHLX LLC;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated;
</P>
<P>(iv) Options listed on Nasdaq ISE, LLC;
</P>
<P>(v) The Nasdaq Capital Market;
</P>
<P>(vi) Tier I and Tier II of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Investors Exchange LLC.
</P>
<P>(2) The designation of securities in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section as covered securities is conditioned on such exchanges' listing standards (or segments or tiers thereof) continuing to be substantially similar to those of the NYSE, NYSE American, or Nasdaq/NGM.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 24573, May 6, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 3035, Jan. 21, 1998; 69 FR 43298, July 20, 2004; 72 FR 20414, Apr. 24, 2007; 77 FR 3597, Jan. 25, 2012; 82 FR 50069, Oct. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.147" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.147   Intrastate offers and sales.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section shall not raise any presumption that the exemption provided by section 3(a)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(11)) is not available for transactions by an issuer which do not satisfy all of the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manner of offers and sales.</I> An issuer, or any person acting on behalf of the issuer, shall be deemed to conduct an offering in compliance with section 3(a)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(11)), where offers and sales are made only to persons resident within the same state or territory in which the issuer is resident and doing business, within the meaning of section 3(a)(11) of the Act, so long as the issuer complies with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (f) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nature of the issuer.</I> The issuer of the securities shall at the time of any offers and sales be a person resident and doing business within the state or territory in which all of the offers and sales are made.
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer shall be deemed to be a resident of the state or territory in which:
</P>
<P>(i) It is incorporated or organized, and it has its principal place of business, if a corporation, limited partnership, trust or other form of business organization that is organized under state or territorial law. The issuer shall be deemed to have its principal place of business in a state or territory in which the officers, partners or managers of the issuer primarily direct, control and coordinate the activities of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) It has its principal place of business, as defined in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, if a general partnership or other form of business organization that is not organized under any state or territorial law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Such person's principal residence is located, if an individual.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c)(1):</I> An issuer that has previously conducted an intrastate offering pursuant to this section (§ 230.147) or Rule 147A (§ 230.147A) may not conduct another intrastate offering pursuant to this section (§ 230.147) in a different state or territory, until the expiration of the time period specified in paragraph (e) of this section (§ 230.147(e)) or paragraph (e) of Rule 147A (§ 230.147A(e)), calculated on the basis of the date of the last sale in such offering.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer shall be deemed to be doing business within a state or territory if the issuer satisfies at least one of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer derived at least 80% of its consolidated gross revenues from the operation of a business or of real property located in or from the rendering of services within such state or territory;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c)(2)(i):</I> Revenues must be calculated based on the issuer's most recent fiscal year, if the first offer of securities pursuant to this section is made during the first six months of the issuer's current fiscal year, and based on the first six months of the issuer's current fiscal year or during the twelve-month fiscal period ending with such six-month period, if the first offer of securities pursuant to this section is made during the last six months of the issuer's current fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer had at the end of its most recent semi-annual fiscal period prior to an initial offer of securities in any offering or subsequent offering pursuant to this section, at least 80% of its assets and those of its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis located within such state or territory;
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer intends to use and uses at least 80% of the net proceeds to the issuer from sales made pursuant to this section (§ 230.147) in connection with the operation of a business or of real property, the purchase of real property located in, or the rendering of services within such state or territory; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A majority of the issuer's employees are based in such state or territory.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Residence of offerees and purchasers.</I> Offers and sales of securities pursuant to this section (§ 230.147) shall be made only to residents of the state or territory in which the issuer is resident, as determined pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, or who the issuer reasonably believes, at the time of the offer and sale, are residents of the state or territory in which the issuer is resident. For purposes of determining the residence of offerees and purchasers:
</P>
<P>(1) A corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other form of business organization shall be deemed to be a resident of a state or territory if, at the time of the offer and sale to it, it has its principal place of business, as defined in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, within such state or territory.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(1):</I> A trust that is not deemed by the law of the state or territory of its creation to be a separate legal entity is deemed to be a resident of each state or territory in which its trustee is, or trustees are, resident.
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals shall be deemed to be residents of a state or territory if such individuals have, at the time of the offer and sale to them, their principal residence in the state or territory.
</P>
<P>(3) A corporation, partnership, trust or other form of business organization, which is organized for the specific purpose of acquiring securities offered pursuant to this section (§ 230.147), shall not be a resident of a state or territory unless all of the beneficial owners of such organization are residents of such state or territory.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d):</I> Obtaining a written representation from purchasers of in-state residency status will not, without more, be sufficient to establish a reasonable belief that such purchasers are in-state residents.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Limitation on resales.</I> For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of a security pursuant to this section (§ 230.147), any resale of such security shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory in which the issuer was resident, as determined pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, at the time of the sale of the security by the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (e):</I> In the case of convertible securities, resales of either the convertible security, or if it is converted, the underlying security, could be made during the period described in paragraph (e) only to persons resident within such state or territory. For purposes of this paragraph (e), a conversion in reliance on section 3(a)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(9)) does not begin a new period.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Precautions against interstate sales.</I> (1) The issuer shall, in connection with any securities sold by it pursuant to this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Place a prominent legend on the certificate or other document evidencing the security stating that: “Offers and sales of these securities were made under an exemption from registration and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of these securities, any resale of these securities (or the underlying securities in the case of convertible securities) shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer].”;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue stop transfer instructions to the issuer's transfer agent, if any, with respect to the securities, or, if the issuer transfers its own securities, make a notation in the appropriate records of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Obtain a written representation from each purchaser as to his or her residence.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer shall, in connection with the issuance of new certificates for any of the securities that are sold pursuant to this section (§ 230.147) that are presented for transfer during the time period specified in paragraph (e), take the steps required by paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer shall, at the time of any offer or sale by it of a security pursuant to this section (§ 230.147), prominently disclose to each offeree in the manner in which any such offer is communicated and to each purchaser of such security in writing a reasonable period of time before the date of sale, the following: “Sales will be made only to residents of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer]. Offers and sales of these securities are made under an exemption from registration and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of the securities, any resale of the securities (or the underlying securities in the case of convertible securities) shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer].”
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Integration with other offerings.</I> To determine whether offers and sales should be integrated, refer to § 230.152.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 83550, Nov. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 3594, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.147A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.147A   Intrastate sales exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of the exemption.</I> Offers and sales by or on behalf of an issuer of its securities made in accordance with this section (§ 230.147A) are exempt from section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e). This exemption is not available to an issuer that is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manner of offers and sales.</I> An issuer, or any person acting on behalf of the issuer, may rely on this exemption to make offers and sales using any form of general solicitation and general advertising, so long as the issuer complies with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (f) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nature of the issuer.</I> The issuer of the securities shall at the time of any offers and sales be a person resident and doing business within the state or territory in which all of the sales are made.
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer shall be deemed to be a resident of the state or territory in which it has its principal place of business. The issuer shall be deemed to have its principal place of business in a state or territory in which the officers, partners or managers of the issuer primarily direct, control and coordinate the activities of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer shall be deemed to be doing business within a state or territory if the issuer satisfies at least one of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer derived at least 80% of its consolidated gross revenues from the operation of a business or of real property located in or from the rendering of services within such state or territory;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c)(2)(i):</I> Revenues must be calculated based on the issuer's most recent fiscal year, if the first offer of securities pursuant to this section is made during the first six months of the issuer's current fiscal year, and based on the first six months of the issuer's current fiscal year or during the twelve-month fiscal period ending with such six-month period, if the first offer of securities pursuant to this section is made during the last six months of the issuer's current fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer had at the end of its most recent semi-annual fiscal period prior to an initial offer of securities in any offering or subsequent offering pursuant to this section, at least 80% of its assets and those of its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis located within such state or territory;
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer intends to use and uses at least 80% of the net proceeds to the issuer from sales made pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A) in connection with the operation of a business or of real property, the purchase of real property located in, or the rendering of services within such state or territory; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A majority of the issuer's employees are based in such state or territory.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (c):</I> An issuer that has previously conducted an intrastate offering pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A) or Rule 147 (§ 230.147) may not conduct another intrastate offering pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A) in a different state or territory, until the expiration of the time period specified in paragraph (e) of this section (§ 230.147A(e)) or paragraph (e) of Rule 147 (§ 230.147(e)), calculated on the basis of the date of the last sale in such offering.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Residence of purchasers.</I> Sales of securities pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A) shall be made only to residents of the state or territory in which the issuer is resident, as determined pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, or who the issuer reasonably believes, at the time of sale, are residents of the state or territory in which the issuer is resident. For purposes of determining the residence of purchasers:
</P>
<P>(1) A corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other form of business organization shall be deemed to be a resident of a state or territory if, at the time of sale to it, it has its principal place of business, as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, within such state or territory.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(1):</I> A trust that is not deemed by the law of the state or territory of its creation to be a separate legal entity is deemed to be a resident of each state or territory in which its trustee is, or trustees are, resident.
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals shall be deemed to be residents of a state or territory if such individuals have, at the time of sale to them, their principal residence in the state or territory.
</P>
<P>(3) A corporation, partnership, trust or other form of business organization, which is organized for the specific purpose of acquiring securities offered pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A), shall not be a resident of a state or territory unless all of the beneficial owners of such organization are residents of such state or territory.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d):</I> Obtaining a written representation from purchasers of in-state residency status will not, without more, be sufficient to establish a reasonable belief that such purchasers are in-state residents.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Limitation on resales.</I> For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of a security pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A), any resale of such security shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory in which the issuer was resident, as determined pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, at the time of the sale of the security by the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (e):</I> In the case of convertible securities, resales of either the convertible security, or if it is converted, the underlying security, could be made during the period described in paragraph (e) only to persons resident within such state or territory. For purposes of this paragraph (e), a conversion in reliance on section 3(a)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(9)) does not begin a new period.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Precautions against interstate sales.</I> (1) The issuer shall, in connection with any securities sold by it pursuant to this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Place a prominent legend on the certificate or other document evidencing the security stating that: “Offers and sales of these securities were made under an exemption from registration and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of these securities, any resale of these securities (or the underlying securities in the case of convertible securities) shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer].”;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue stop transfer instructions to the issuer's transfer agent, if any, with respect to the securities, or, if the issuer transfers its own securities, make a notation in the appropriate records of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Obtain a written representation from each purchaser as to his or her residence.
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer shall, in connection with the issuance of new certificates for any of the securities that are sold pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A) that are presented for transfer during the time period specified in paragraph (e), take the steps required by paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer shall, at the time of any offer or sale by it of a security pursuant to this section (§ 230.147A), prominently disclose to each offeree in the manner in which any such offer is communicated and to each purchaser of such security in writing a reasonable period of time before the date of sale, the following: “Sales will be made only to residents of the state or territory of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer]. Offers and sales of these securities are made under an exemption from registration and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For a period of six months from the date of the sale by the issuer of the securities, any resale of the securities (or the underlying securities in the case of convertible securities) shall be made only to persons resident within the state or territory of [identify the name of the state or territory in which the issuer was resident at the time of the sale of the securities by the issuer].”
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Integration with other offerings.</I> To determine whether offers and sales should be integrated, refer to § 230.152.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 83551, Nov. 21, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 3594, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.148" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.148   Exemption from general solicitation or general advertising.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A communication will not be deemed to constitute general solicitation or general advertising if made in connection with a seminar or meeting in which more than one issuer participates that is sponsored by a college, university, or other institution of higher education, State or local government or instrumentality thereof, nonprofit organization, or angel investor group, incubator, or accelerator, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) No advertising for the seminar or meeting references a specific offering of securities by the issuer;
</P>
<P>(2) The sponsor of the seminar or meeting does not:
</P>
<P>(i) Make investment recommendations or provide investment advice to attendees of the event;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engage in any investment negotiations between the issuer and investors attending the event;
</P>
<P>(iii) Charge attendees of the event any fees, other than reasonable administrative fees;
</P>
<P>(iv) Receive any compensation for making introductions between event attendees and issuers or for investment negotiations between such parties; and
</P>
<P>(v) Receive any compensation with respect to the event that would require registration of the sponsor as a broker or a dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) or an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(3) The type of information regarding an offering of securities by the issuer that is communicated or distributed by or on behalf of the issuer in connection with the event is limited to a notification that the issuer is in the process of offering or planning to offer securities, the type and amount of securities being offered, the intended use of proceeds of the offering, and the unsubscribed amount in an offering; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the event allows attendees to participate virtually, rather than in person, online participation in the event is limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Individuals who are members of, or otherwise associated with the sponsor organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) Individuals that the sponsor reasonably believes are accredited investors; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Individuals who have been invited to the event by the sponsor based on industry or investment-related experience reasonably selected by the sponsor in good faith and disclosed in the public communications about the event.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this paragraph, the term “angel investor group” means a group of accredited investors that holds regular meetings and has defined processes and procedures for making investment decisions, either individually or among the membership of the group as a whole, and is neither associated nor affiliated with brokers, dealers, or investment advisers.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3594, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.149" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.149   Definition of “exchanged” in section 3(a)(9), for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>exchanged</I> in section 3(a)(9) (sec. 202(c), 48 Stat. 906; 15 U.S.C. 77c(9)) shall be deemed to include the issuance of a security in consideration of the surrender, by the existing security holders of the issuer, of outstanding securities of the issuer, notwithstanding the fact that the surrender of the outstanding securities may be required by the terms of the plans of exchange to be accompanied by such payment in cash by the security holder as may be necessary to effect an equitable adjustment, in respect of dividends or interest paid or payable on the securities involved in the exchange, as between such security holder and other security holders of the same class accepting the offer of exchange. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[2 FR 1382, July 7, 1937]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.150" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.150   Definition of “commission or other remuneration” in section 3(a)(9), for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>commission or other remuneration</I> in section 3(a)(9) of the Act shall not include payments made by the issuer, directly or indirectly, to its security holders in connection with an exchange of securities for outstanding securities, when such payments are part of the terms of the offer of exchange. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[2 FR 1076, May 26, 1937]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.151" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.151   Safe harbor definition of certain “annuity contracts or optional annuity contracts” within the meaning of section 3(a)(8).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any annuity contract or optional annuity contract (a <I>contract</I>) shall be deemed to be within the provisions of section 3(a)(8) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(8)), <I>Provided,</I> That
</P>
<P>(1) The annuity or optional annuity contract is issued by a corporation (the <I>insurer</I>) subject to the supervision of the insurance commissioner, bank commissioner, or any agency or officer performing like functions, of any State or Territory of the United States or the District of Columbia;
</P>
<P>(2) The insurer assumes the investment risk under the contract as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The contract is not marketed primarily as an investment.
</P>
<P>(b) The insurer shall be deemed to assume the investment risk under the contract if:
</P>
<P>(1) The value of the contract does not vary according to the investment experience of a separate account;
</P>
<P>(2) The insurer for the life of the contract
</P>
<P>(i) Guarantees the principal amount of purchase payments and interest credited thereto, less any deduction (without regard to its timing) for sales, administrative or other expenses or charges; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Credits a specified rate of interest (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section to net purchase payments and interest credited thereto; and
</P>
<P>(3) The insurer guarantees that the rate of any interest to be credited in excess of that described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section will not be modifed more frequently than once per year.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>specified rate of interest,</I> as used in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, means a rate of interest under the contract that is at least equal to the minimum rate required to be credited by the relevant nonforfeiture law in the jurisdiction in which the contract is issued. If that jurisdiction does not have any applicable nonforfeiture law at the time the contract is issued (or if the minimum rate applicable to an existing contract is no longer mandated in that jurisdiction), the specified rate under the contract must at least be equal to the minimum rate then required for individual annuity contracts by the NAIC Standard Nonforfeiture Law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 20262, June 4, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.152" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.152   Integration.</HEAD>
<P>This section provides a general principle of integration and non-exclusive safe harbors from integration of registered and exempt offerings. Because of the objectives of this section and the policies underlying the Act, the provisions of this section will not have the effect of avoiding integration for any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with the section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General principle of integration.</I> If the safe harbors in paragraph (b) of this section do not apply, in determining whether two or more offerings are to be treated as one for the purpose of registration or qualifying for an exemption from registration under the Act, offers and sales will not be integrated if, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the issuer can establish that each offering either complies with the registration requirements of the Act, or that an exemption from registration is available for the particular offering. In making this determination:
</P>
<P>(1) For an exempt offering prohibiting general solicitation, the issuer must have a reasonable belief, based on the facts and circumstances, with respect to each purchaser in the exempt offering prohibiting general solicitation, that the issuer (or any person acting on the issuer's behalf) either:
</P>
<P>(i) Did not solicit such purchaser through the use of general solicitation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Established a substantive relationship with such purchaser prior to the commencement of the exempt offering prohibiting general solicitation; and
</P>
<P>(2) For two or more concurrent exempt offerings permitting general solicitation, in addition to satisfying the requirements of the particular exemption relied on, general solicitation offering materials for one offering that includes information about the material terms of a concurrent offering under another exemption may constitute an offer of securities in such other offering, and therefore the offer must comply with all the requirements for, and restrictions on, offers under the exemption being relied on for such other offering, including any legend requirements and communications restrictions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safe harbors.</I> No integration analysis under paragraph (a) of this section is required, if any of the following non-exclusive safe harbors apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Any offering made more than 30 calendar days before the commencement of any other offering, or more than 30 calendar days after the termination or completion of any other offering, will not be integrated with such other offering, <I>provided that</I> for an exempt offering for which general solicitation is not permitted that follows by 30 calendar days or more an offering that allows general solicitation, the provisions of § 230.152(a)(1) shall apply.
</P>
<P>(2) Offers and sales made in compliance with § 230.701, pursuant to an employee benefit plan, or in compliance with §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S) will not be integrated with other offerings;
</P>
<P>(3) An offering for which a registration statement under the Act has been filed will not be integrated if it is made subsequent to:
</P>
<P>(i) A terminated or completed offering for which general solicitation is not permitted;
</P>
<P>(ii) A terminated or completed offering for which general solicitation is permitted made only to qualified institutional buyers and institutional accredited investors; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An offering for which general solicitation is permitted that terminated or completed more than 30 calendar days prior to the commencement of the registered offering; or
</P>
<P>(4) Offers and sales made in reliance on an exemption for which general solicitation is permitted will not be integrated if made subsequent to any terminated or completed offering.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commencement of an offering.</I> For purposes of this section, an offering of securities will be deemed to be commenced at the time of the first offer of securities in the offering by the issuer or its agents. The following non-exclusive list of factors should be considered in determining when an offering is deemed to be commenced. Pursuant to the requirements for registered and exempt offerings, an issuer or its agents may commence an offering in reliance on:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 230.241, on the date the issuer first made a generic offer soliciting interest in a contemplated securities offering for which the issuer had not yet determined the exemption under the Act under which the offering of securities would be conducted;
</P>
<P>(2) Section 15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(2) (Section 4(a)(2)), §§ 230.501 through 230.508 (Regulation D), or § 230.147, or § 230.147A (Rules 147 or 147A), on the date the issuer first made an offer of its securities in reliance on these exemptions;
</P>
<P>(3) Sections 230.251 through 230.263 (Regulation A), on the earlier of the date the issuer first made an offer soliciting interest in a contemplated securities offering in reliance on § 230.255, or the public filing of a Form 1-A offering statement;
</P>
<P>(4) Sections 227.100 through 227.503 of this chapter (Regulation Crowdfunding), on the earlier of the date the issuer first made an offer soliciting interest in a contemplated securities offering in reliance on § 227.206 of this chapter, or the public filing of a Form C offering statement; and
</P>
<P>(5) A registration statement filed under the Act, in the case of:
</P>
<P>(i) A continuous offering that will commence promptly on the date of initial effectiveness, on the date the issuer first filed its registration statement for the offering with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A delayed offering, on the earliest date on which the issuer or its agents commenced public efforts to offer and sell the securities, which could be evidenced by the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(A) The first filing of a prospectus supplement with the Commission describing the delayed offering; or
</P>
<P>(B) The issuance of a widely disseminated public disclosure, such as a press release, confirming the commencement of the delayed offering.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (c)(5):</HED>
<P>Offers by the issuer, or persons acting on behalf of the issuer, limited exclusively to qualified institutional buyers and institutional accredited investors, including those that would qualify for the safe harbor in § 230.163B, will not be considered the commencement of a registered offering for purposes of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Termination or completion of an offering.</I> For purposes of this section, the termination or completion of an offering is deemed to have occurred when the issuer and its agents cease efforts to make further offers to sell the issuer's securities under such offering. The following non-exclusive list of factors should be considered in determining when an offering is deemed to be terminated or completed including for offerings made in reliance on:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 4(a)(2), Regulation D, or Rules 147 or 147A, on the later of the date:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer entered into a binding commitment to sell all securities to be sold under the offering (subject only to conditions outside of the investor's control); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer and its agents ceased efforts to make further offers to sell the issuer's securities under such offering;
</P>
<P>(2) Regulation A, on:
</P>
<P>(i) The withdrawal of an offering statement under § 230.259(a);
</P>
<P>(ii) The filing of a § 239.94 of this chapter (Form 1-Z) with respect to a Tier I offering under § 230.257(a);
</P>
<P>(iii) The declaration by the Commission that the offering statement has been abandoned under § 230.259(b); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The date, after the third anniversary of the date the offering statement was initially qualified, on which § 230.251(d)(3)(i)(F) prohibits the issuer from continuing to sell securities using the offering statement, or any earlier date on which the offering terminates by its terms;
</P>
<P>(3) Regulation Crowdfunding, on the deadline of the offering identified in the offering materials pursuant to § 227.201(g) of this chapter, or indicated by the Regulation Crowdfunding intermediary in any notice to investors delivered under § 227.304(b) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) A registration statement filed under the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) On the withdrawal of the registration statement after an application is granted or deemed granted under § 230.477;
</P>
<P>(ii) On the filing of a prospectus supplement or amendment to the registration statement indicating that the offering, or particular delayed offering in the case of a shelf registration statement, has been terminated or completed;
</P>
<P>(iii) On the entry of an order of the Commission declaring that the registration statement has been abandoned under § 230.479;
</P>
<P>(iv) On the date, after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the registration statement, on which § 230.415(a)(5) prohibits the issuer from continuing to sell securities using the registration statement, or any earlier date on which the offering terminates by its terms; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any other factors that indicate that the issuer has abandoned or ceased its public selling efforts in furtherance of the offering, or particular delayed offering in the case of a shelf registration statement, which could be evidenced by:
</P>
<P>(A) The filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K; or
</P>
<P>(B) The issuance of a widely disseminated public disclosure by the issuer, or its agents, informing the market that the offering, or particular delayed offering, in the case of a shelf registration statement, has been terminated or completed.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (d)(4):</HED>
<P>A particular delayed offering may be deemed terminated or completed, even though the issuer's shelf registration statement may still have an aggregate amount of securities available to offer and sell in a later delayed offering.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3595, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.152a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.152a   Offer or sale of certain fractional interests.</HEAD>
<P>Any offer or sale of a security, evidenced by a scrip certificate, order form or similar document which represents a fractional interest in a share of stock or similar security shall be deemed a transaction by a person other than an issuer, underwriter or dealer, within the meaning of section 4(1) of the act, if the fractional interest (a) resulted from a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, conversion, merger or similar transaction, and (b) is offered or sold pursuant to arrangements for the purchase and sale of fractional interests among the person entitled to such fractional interests for the purpose of combining such interests into whole shares, and for the sale of such number of whole shares as may be necessary to compensate security holders for any remaining fractional interests not so combined, notwithstanding that the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer may act on behalf of or as agent for the security holders in effecting such transactions. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 4, 48 Stat. 77; 15 U.S.C. 77d)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2657, Mar. 2, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.153" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.153   Definition of “preceded by a prospectus” as used in section 5(b)(2) of the Act, in relation to certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of preceded by a prospectus.</I> The term preceded by a prospectus as used in section 5(b)(2) of the Act, regarding any requirement of a broker or dealer to deliver a prospectus to a broker or dealer as a result of a transaction effected between such parties on or through a national securities exchange or facility thereof, trading facility of a national securities association, or an alternative trading system, shall mean the satisfaction of the conditions in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> Any requirement of a broker or dealer to deliver a prospectus for transactions covered by paragraph (a) of this section will be satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of the same class as the securities that are the subject of the transaction are trading on that national securities exchange or facility thereof, trading facility of a national securities association, or alternative trading system;
</P>
<P>(2) The registration statement relating to the offering is effective and is not the subject of any pending proceeding or examination under section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(3) Neither the issuer, nor any underwriter or participating dealer is the subject of a pending proceeding under section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering; and
</P>
<P>(4) The issuer has filed or will file with the Commission a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) The term <I>national securities exchange</I>, as used in this section, shall mean a securities exchange registered as a national securities exchange under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>trading facility</I>, as used in this section, shall mean a trading facility sponsored and governed by the rules of a registered securities association or a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>alternative trading system</I>, as used in this section, shall mean an alternative trading system as defined in Rule 300(a) of Regulation ATS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 242.300(a) of this chapter) registered with the Commission pursuant to Rule 301 of Regulation ATS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 242.301(a) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44804, Aug. 3, 2005]
</CITA>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For the rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, see part 240 of this chapter. For general requirements as to prospectuses, see §§ 230.400-230.434a.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.153a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.153a   Definition of “preceded by a prospectus” as used in section 5(b)(2) of the Act, in relation to certain transactions requiring approval of security holders.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>preceded by a prospectus,</I> as used in section 5(b)(2) of the Act with respect to any requirement for the delivery of a prospectus to security holders of a corporation or other person, in connection with transactions of the character specified in paragraph (a) of § 230.145, shall mean the delivery of a prospectus: 
</P>
<P>(a) Prior to the vote of security holders on such transactions; or, 
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to actions taken by consent, prior to the earliest date on which the corporate action may be taken; to all security holders of record of such corporation or other person, entitled to vote on or consent to the proposed transaction, at their address of record on the transfer records of the corporation or other person. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 23636, Nov. 7, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.153b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.153b   Definition of “preceded by a prospectus”, as used in section 5(b)(2), in connection with certain transactions in standardized options.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>preceded by a prospectus,</I> as used in section 5(b)(2) of the Act with respect to any requirement for the delivery of a prospectus relating to standardized options registered on Form S-20, shall mean the delivery, prior to any transactions, of copies of such prospectus to each options market upon which the options are traded, for the purpose of redelivery to options customers upon their request, <I>Provided</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) Such options market shall thereto have requested of the issuer, from time to time, such number of copies of such prospectus as may have appeared reasonably necessary to comply with the requests of options customers, and shall have delivered promptly from its supply on hand a copy to any options customer making a request thereof; and
</P>
<P>(b) The issuer shall have furnished such options market with such reasonable number of copies of such prospectus as may have been requested by the options market for the purpose stated above.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41955, Sept. 23, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.154" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.154   Delivery of prospectuses to investors at the same address.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Delivery of a single prospectus.</I> If you must deliver a prospectus under the federal securities laws, for purposes of sections 5(b) and 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b) and 77b(a)(10)) or § 240.15c2-8(b) of this chapter, you will be considered to have delivered a prospectus to investors who share an address if:
</P>
<P>(1) You deliver a prospectus to the shared address;
</P>
<P>(2) You address the prospectus to the investors as a group (for example, “ABC Fund [or Corporation] Shareholders,” “Jane Doe and Household,” “The Smith Family”) or to each of the investors individually (for example, “John Doe and Richard Jones”); and
</P>
<P>(3) The investors consent in writing to delivery of one prospectus.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implied consent.</I> You do not need to obtain written consent from an investor under paragraph (a)(3) of this section if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The investor has the same last name as the other investors, or you reasonably believe that the investors are members of the same family;
</P>
<P>(2) You have sent the investor a notice at least 60 days before you begin to rely on this section concerning delivery of prospectuses to that investor. The notice must be a separate written statement and:
</P>
<P>(i) State that only one prospectus will be delivered to the shared address unless you receive contrary instructions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Include a toll-free telephone number or be accompanied by a reply form that is pre-addressed with postage provided, that the investor can use to notify you that he or she wishes to receive a separate prospectus;
</P>
<P>(iii) State the duration of the consent;
</P>
<P>(iv) Explain how an investor can revoke consent;
</P>
<P>(v) State that you will begin sending individual copies to an investor within 30 days after you receive revocation of the investor's consent; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Contain the following prominent statement, or similar clear and understandable statement, in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Delivery of Shareholder Documents.” This statement also must appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered. Alternatively, if the notice is delivered separately from other communications to investors, this statement may appear either on the notice or on the envelope in which the notice is delivered; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>The notice should be written in plain English. See § 230.421(d)(2) of this chapter for a discussion of plain English principles.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) You have not received the reply form or other notification indicating that the investor wishes to continue to receive an individual copy of the prospectus, within 60 days after you sent the notice; and
</P>
<P>(4) You deliver the prospectus to a post office box or to a residential street address. You can assume a street address is a residence unless you have information that indicates it is a business.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Revocation of consent.</I> If an investor, orally or in writing, revokes consent to delivery of one prospectus to a shared address (provided under paragraphs (a)(3) or (b) of this section), you must begin sending individual copies to that investor within 30 days after you receive the revocation. If the individual's consent concerns delivery of the prospectus of a registered open-end management investment company, at least once a year you must explain to investors who have consented how they can revoke their consent. The explanation must be reasonably designed to reach these investors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of address.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>address</I> means a street address, a post office box number, an electronic mail address, a facsimile telephone number, or other similar destination to which paper or electronic documents are delivered, unless otherwise provided in this section. If you have reason to believe that an address is the street address of a multi-unit building, the address must include the unit number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62545, Nov. 16, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 65749, Nov. 2, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.155" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.155   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.156" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.156   Investment company and registered non-variable annuity sales literature.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Under the Federal securities laws, including section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)) and section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and § 240.10b-5 of this chapter (Rule 10b-5) thereunder, it is unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce or of the mails, to use sales literature which is materially misleading in connection with the offer or sale of registered non-variable annuity securities or securities issued by an investment company. Under these provisions, sales literature is materially misleading if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Contains an untrue statement of a material fact; or
</P>
<P>(2) Omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make a statement made, in the light of the circumstances of its use, not misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) Whether or not a particular description, representation, illustration, or other statement involving a material fact is misleading depends on evaluation of the context in which it is made. In considering whether a particular statement involving a material fact is or might be misleading, weight should be given to all pertinent factors, including, but not limited to, those listed below.
</P>
<P>(1) A statement could be misleading because of:
</P>
<P>(i) Other statements being made in connection with the offer of sale or sale of the securities in question;
</P>
<P>(ii) The absence of explanations, qualifications, limitations or other statements necessary or appropriate to make such statement not misleading; or
</P>
<P>(iii) General economic or financial conditions or circumstances.
</P>
<P>(2) Representations about past or future investment performance could be misleading because of statements or omissions made involving a material fact, including situations where:
</P>
<P>(i) Portrayals of past income, gain, or growth of assets convey an impression of the net investment results achieved by an actual or hypothetical investment which would not be justified under the circumstances, including portrayals that omit explanations, qualifications, limitations, or other statements necessary or appropriate to make the portrayals not misleading; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Representations, whether express or implied, about future investment performance, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Representations, as to security of capital, possible future gains or income, or expenses associated with an investment;
</P>
<P>(B) Representations implying that future gains or income may be inferred from or predicted based on past investment performance; or
</P>
<P>(C) Portrayals of past performance, made in a manner which would imply that gains or income realized in the past would be repeated in the future.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement involving a material fact about the characteristics or attributes of an investment company or registered non-variable annuity could be misleading because of:
</P>
<P>(i) Statements about possible benefits connected with or resulting from services to be provided or methods of operation which do not give equal prominence to discussion of any risks or limitations associated therewith;
</P>
<P>(ii) Exaggerated or unsubstantiated claims about management skill or techniques, characteristics of the investment company or registered non-variable annuity or an investment in such company or securities, services, security of investment or funds, effects of government supervision, or other attributes; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Unwarranted or incompletely explained comparisons to other investment vehicles or to indexes.
</P>
<P>(4) Representations about the fees or expenses associated with an investment in the fund or registered non-variable annuity could be misleading because of statements or omissions made involving a material fact, including situations where portrayals of the fees and expenses associated with an investment in the fund or registered non-variable annuity omit explanations, qualifications, limitations, or other statements necessary or appropriate to make the portrayals not misleading.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the term <I>sales literature</I> shall be deemed to include any communication (whether in writing, by radio, or by television) used by any person to offer to sell or induce the sale of securities of any investment company or registered non-variable annuity. Communications between issuers, underwriters and dealers are included in this definition of sales literature if such communications, or the information contained therein, can be reasonably expected to be communicated to prospective investors in the offer or sale of securities or are designed to be employed in either written or oral form in the offer or sale of securities.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section may be construed to prevent a business development company or a registered closed-end investment company from qualifying for an exemption under § 230.168 or § 230.169.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 60082, July 24, 2024]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.157" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.157   Small entities under the Securities Act for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Commission rulemaking in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Six of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>), and unless otherwise defined for purposes of a particular rulemaking proceeding, the term <I>small business</I> or <I>small organization</I> shall:
</P>
<P>(a) When used with reference to an issuer, other than an investment company, for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, mean an issuer whose total assets on the last day of its most recent fiscal year were $5 million or less and that is engaged or proposing to engage in small business financing. An issuer is considered to be engaged or proposing to engage in small business financing under this section if it is conducting or proposes to conduct an offering of securities which does not exceed the dollar limitation prescribed by section 3(b)(1) of the Securities Act.
</P>
<P>(b) When used with reference to an investment company that is an issuer for purposes of the Act, have the meaning ascribed to those terms by § 270.0-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 5221, Feb. 4, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986; 63 FR 35514, June 30, 1998; 80 FR 21894, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.158" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.158   Definitions of certain terms in the last paragraph of section 11(a).</HEAD>
<P>(a) An “earning statement” made generally available to securityholders of the registrant pursuant to the last paragraph of section 11(a) of the Act shall be sufficient for the purposes of such paragraph if: 
</P>
<P>(1) There is included the information required for statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) contained either:
</P>
<P>(i) In Item 8 of Form 10-K (§ 239.310 of this chapter), part I, Item 1 of Form 10-Q (§ 240.308a of this chapter), or Rule 14a-3(b) (§ 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(ii) In Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), if appropriate; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) In Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter); and 
</P>
<P>(2) The information specified in the last paragraph of section 11(a) is contained in one report or any combination of reports either: 
</P>
<P>(i) On Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), or in the annual report to security holders pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.14a-3 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) On Form 20-F, Form 40-F or Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).</HED>
<P>A subsidiary issuing debt securities guaranteed by its parent will be deemed to have met the requirements of this paragraph (a) if the parent's statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) satisfy the criteria of this paragraph and information respecting the subsidiary is included to the same extent as was presented in the registration statement. An “earning statement” not meeting the requirements of this paragraph (a) may otherwise be sufficient for purposes of the last paragraph of section 11(a) of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) For purposes of the last paragraph of section 11(a) only, the “earning statement” contemplated by paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed to be “made generally available to its security holders” if the registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) Is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
</P>
<P>(2) Has filed its report or reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, Form 20-F, Form 40-F, or Form 6-K, or has submitted to the Commission in electronic format, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, its annual report sent to security holders pursuant to Rule 14a-3(c) (§ 240.14a-3(c) of this chapter) containing such information. A registrant may use other methods to make an earning statement “generally available to its security holders” for purposes of the last paragraph of section 11(a).
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of the last paragraph of section 11(a) of the Act only, the effective date of the registration statement is deemed to be the date of the latest to occur of:
</P>
<P>(1) The effective date of the registration statement;
</P>
<P>(2) The effective date of the last post-effective amendment to the registration statement next preceding a particular sale of the issuer's registered securities to the public filed for the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(i) Including any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Reflecting in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement;
</P>
<P>(3) The date of filing of the last report of the issuer incorporated by reference into the prospectus that is part of the registration statement or the date that a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 497(b), (c), (d), or (e) (§ 230.424(b) or § 230.497(b), (c), (d), or (e)) is deemed part of and included in the registration statement, and relied upon in either case in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment for purposes of paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section next preceding a particular sale of the issuer's registered securities to the public; or
</P>
<P>(4) As to the issuer and any underwriter at that time only, the most recent effective date of the registration statement for purposes of liability under section 11 of the Act of the issuer and any such underwriter only at the time of or next preceding a particular sale of the issuer's registered securities to the public determined pursuant to Rule 430B (§ 230.430B). 
</P>
<P>(d) If an earnings statement was made available by “other methods” than those specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the earnings statement must be filed as exhibit 99 to the next periodic report required by section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act covering the period in which the earnings statement was released.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 44770, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 56 FR 30054, July 1, 1991; 58 FR 14669, Mar. 18, 1993; 70 FR 44804, Aug. 3, 2005; 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 83 FR 50212, Oct. 4, 2018; 87 FR 35409, June 10, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.159" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.159   Information available to purchaser at time of contract of sale.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, and without affecting any other rights a purchaser may have, for purposes of determining whether a prospectus or oral statement included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading at the time of sale (including, without limitation, a contract of sale), any information conveyed to the purchaser only after such time of sale (including such contract of sale) will not be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of section 17(a)(2) of the Act only, and without affecting any other rights the Commission may have to enforce that section, for purposes of determining whether a statement includes or represents any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading at the time of sale (including, without limitation, a contract of sale), any information conveyed to the purchaser only after such time of sale (including such contract of sale) will not be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, knowing of such untruth or omission in respect of a sale (including, without limitation, a contract of sale), means knowing at the time of such sale (including such contract of sale).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44804, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.159A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.159A   Certain definitions for purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of seller for purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.</I> For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, in a primary offering of securities of the issuer, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the issuer's securities, <I>seller</I> shall include the issuer of the securities sold to a person as part of the initial distribution of such securities, and the issuer shall be considered to offer or sell the securities to such person, if the securities are offered or sold to such person by means of any of the following communications:
</P>
<P>(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the issuer relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424) or Rule 497 (§ 230.497);
</P>
<P>(2) Any free writing prospectus as defined in § 230.405 (Rule 405) relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the issuer or used or referred to by the issuer and, in the case of an issuer that is an open-end management company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a separate account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act) (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6), any summary prospectus relating to the offering provided pursuant to § 230.498 (Rule 498) or § 230.498A (Rule 498A), respectively;
</P>
<P>(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus (or, in the case of an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 (§ 230.482)) relating to the offering containing material information about the issuer or its securities provided by or on behalf of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the issuer to such person. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>) of rule 159A.</HED>
<P>1. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, information is provided or a communication is made by or on behalf of an issuer if an issuer or an agent or representative of the issuer authorizes or approves the information or communication before its provision or use. An offering participant other than the issuer shall not be an agent or representative of the issuer solely by virtue of its acting as an offering participant.
</P>
<P>2. Paragraph (a) of this section shall not affect in any respect the determination of whether any person other than an issuer is a “seller” for purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of by means of for purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act.</I> (1) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, an offering participant other than the issuer shall not be considered to offer or sell securities that are the subject of a registration statement by means of a free writing prospectus as to a purchaser unless one or more of the following circumstances shall exist:
</P>
<P>(i) The offering participant used or referred to the free writing prospectus in offering or selling the securities to the purchaser;
</P>
<P>(ii) The offering participant offered or sold securities to the purchaser and participated in planning for the use of the free writing prospectus by one or more other offering participants and such free writing prospectus was used or referred to in offering or selling securities to the purchaser by one or more of such other offering participants; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The offering participant was required to file the free writing prospectus pursuant to the conditions to use in Rule 433 (§ 230.433).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of section 12(a)(2) of the Act only, a person will not be considered to offer or sell securities by means of a free writing prospectus solely because another person has used or referred to the free writing prospectus or filed the free writing prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44805, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 4584, Jan. 26, 2009; 85 FR 26093, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.160" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.160   Registered investment company exemption from Section 101(c)(1) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.</HEAD>
<P>A prospectus for an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) that is sent or given for the sole purpose of permitting a communication not to be deemed a prospectus under section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)(a)) shall be exempt from the requirements of section 101(c)(1) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 47284, Aug. 2, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.161" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.161   Amendments to rules and regulations governing exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The rules and regulations governing the exemption of securities under section 3(b) of the Act, as in effect at the time the securities are first bona fide offered to the public in conformity therewith, shall continue to govern the exemption of such securities notwithstanding the subsequent amendment of such rules and regulations. This section shall not apply, however, to any new offering of such securities by an issuer or underwriter after the effective date of any such amendment, nor shall it apply to any offering after January 1, 1959, of securities by an issuer or underwriter pursuant to Regulation D or pursuant to Regulation A as in effect at any time prior to July 23, 1956. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 4454, June 20, 1958] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.162" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.162   Submission of tenders in registered exchange offers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding section 5(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(a)), an offeror may solicit tenders of securities in an exchange offer before a registration statement is effective as to the security offered, so long as no securities are purchased until the registration statement is effective and the tender offer has expired in accordance with the tender offer rules, and either:
</P>
<P>(1) The exchange offer is subject to § 240.13e-4 or §§ 240.14d-1 through 14d-11 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) The offeror provides withdrawal rights to the same extent as would be required if the exchange offer were subject to the requirements of § 240.13e-4 or §§ 240.14d-1 through 14d-11 of this chapter; and if a material change occurs in the information published, sent or given to security holders, the offeror complies with the provisions of § 240.13e-4(e)(3) or § 240.14d-4(b) and (d) of this chapter in disseminating information about the material change to security holders, and including the minimum periods during which the offer must remain open (with withdrawal rights) after notice of the change is provided to security holders.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding Section 5(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)), a prospectus that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) need not be delivered to security holders in an exchange offer that commences before the effectiveness of a registration statement in accordance with the provisions of § 230.162(a) of this section, so long as a preliminary prospectus, prospectus supplements and revised prospectuses are delivered to security holders in accordance with § 240.13e-4(e)(2) or § 240.14d-4(b) of this chapter. This applies not only to exchange offers subject to those provisions, but also to exchange offers not subject to those provisions that meet the conditions in § 230.162(a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to § 230.162 of this section:</HED>
<P>Notwithstanding the provisions of § 230.162 of this section above, for going-private transactions (as defined by § 240.13e-3) and roll-up transactions (as described by Item 901 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901 of this chapter)), a registration statement registering the securities to be offered must have become effective and only a prospectus that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act may be delivered to security holders on the date of commencement.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 60087, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.163" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.163   Exemption from section 5(c) of the Act for certain communications by or on behalf of well-known seasoned issuers.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 230.163.</HED>
<P>Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election and the issuer also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the requirements of section 5 of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) In an offering by or on behalf of a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), that will be or is at the time intended to be registered under the Act, an offer by or on behalf of such issuer is exempt from the prohibitions in section 5(c) of the Act on offers to sell, offers for sale, or offers to buy its securities before a registration statement has been filed, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Any written communication that is an offer made in reliance on this exemption will be a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 and a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the Act relating to a public offering of securities to be covered by the registration statement to be filed; and
</P>
<P>(2) The exemption from section 5(c) of the Act provided in this section for such written communication that is an offer shall be conditioned on satisfying the conditions in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions</I>—(1) <I>Legend.</I> (i) Every written communication that is an offer made in reliance on this exemption shall contain substantially the following legend:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The issuer may file a registration statement (including a prospectus) with the SEC for the offering to which this communication relates. Before you invest, you should read the prospectus in that registration statement and other documents the issuer has filed with the SEC for more complete information about the issuer and this offering. You may get these documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the SEC Web site at <I>www.sec.gov.</I> Alternatively, the company will arrange to send you the prospectus after filing if you request it by calling toll-free 1-8[xx-xxx-xxxx].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The legend also may provide an e-mail address at which the documents can be requested and may indicate that the documents also are available by accessing the issuer's Web site, and provide the Internet address and the particular location of the documents on the Web site.
</P>
<P>(iii) An immaterial or unintentional failure to include the specified legend in a free writing prospectus required by this section will not result in a violation of section 5(c) of the Act or the loss of the ability to rely on this section so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the specified legend condition;
</P>
<P>(B) The free writing prospectus is amended to include the specified legend as soon as practicable after discovery of the omitted or incorrect legend; and
</P>
<P>(C) If the free writing prospectus has been transmitted without the specified legend, the free writing prospectus is retransmitted with the legend by substantially the same means as, and directed to substantially the same prospective purchasers to whom, the free writing prospectus was originally transmitted.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing condition.</I> (i) Subject to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, every written communication that is an offer made in reliance on this exemption shall be filed by the issuer with the Commission promptly upon the filing of the registration statement, if one is filed, or an amendment, if one is filed, covering the securities that have been offered in reliance on this exemption.
</P>
<P>(ii) The condition that an issuer shall file a free writing prospectus with the Commission under this section shall not apply in respect of any communication that has previously been filed with, or furnished to, the Commission or that the issuer would not be required to file with the Commission pursuant to the conditions of Rule 433 (§ 230.433) if the communication was a free writing prospectus used after the filing of the registration statement. The condition that the issuer shall file a free writing prospectus with the Commission under this section shall be satisfied if the issuer satisfies the filing conditions (other than timing of filing which is provided in this section) that would apply under Rule 433 if the communication was a free writing prospectus used after the filing of the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(iii) An immaterial or unintentional failure to file or delay in filing a free writing prospectus to the extent provided in this section will not result in a violation of section 5(c) of the Act or the loss of the ability to rely on this section so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the filing condition; and
</P>
<P>(B) The free writing prospectus is filed as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to file.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ineligible offerings.</I> The exemption in paragraph (a) of this section shall not be available to:
</P>
<P>(i) Communications relating to business combination transactions that are subject to § 230.165 (Rule 165) or § 230.166 (Rule 166); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Communications by an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a communication is made by or on behalf of an issuer if the issuer or an agent or representative of the issuer, other than an offering participant who is an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or approves the communication before it is made.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, a communication for which disclosure would be required under section 17(b) of the Act as a result of consideration given or to be given, directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of an issuer is deemed to be an offer by the issuer and, if a written communication, is deemed to be a free writing prospectus of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(e) A communication exempt from section 5(c) of the Act pursuant to this section will not be considered to be in connection with a securities offering registered under the Securities Act for purposes of Rule 100(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation FD under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 243.100(b)(2)(iv) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44805, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.163A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.163A   Exemption from section 5(c) of the Act for certain communications made by or on behalf of issuers more than 30 days before a registration statement is filed.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 230.163A.</HED>
<P>Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election and the issuer also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the requirements of section 5 of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Except as excluded pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, in all registered offerings by issuers, any communication made by or on behalf of an issuer more than 30 days before the date of the filing of the registration statement that does not reference a securities offering that is or will be the subject of a registration statement shall not constitute an offer to sell, offer for sale, or offer to buy the securities being offered under the registration statement for purposes of section 5(c) of the Act, provided that the issuer takes reasonable steps within its control to prevent further distribution or publication of such communication during the 30 days immediately preceding the date of filing the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption in paragraph (a) of this section shall not be available with respect to the following communications:
</P>
<P>(1) Communications relating to business combination transactions that are subject to Rule 165 (§ 230.165) or Rule 166 (§ 230.166);
</P>
<P>(2) Communications made in connection with offerings registered on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter), other than by well-known seasoned issuers;
</P>
<P>(3) Communications in offerings of securities of an issuer that is, or during the past three years was (or any of whose predecessors during the last three years was):
</P>
<P>(i) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(ii) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(4) Communications made by an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a communication is made by or on behalf of an issuer if the issuer or an agent or representative of the issuer, other than an offering participant who is an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or approves the communication before it is made.
</P>
<P>(d) A communication exempt from section 5(c) of the Act pursuant to this section will not be considered to be in connection with a securities offering registered under the Securities Act for purposes of Rule 100(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation FD under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 243.100(b)(2)(iv) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44806, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.163B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.163B   Exemption from section 5(b)(1) and section 5(c) of the Act for certain communications to qualified institutional buyers or institutional accredited investors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Attempted compliance with this rule does not act as an exclusive election, and the issuer also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this rule does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the requirements of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) An issuer, or any person authorized to act on behalf of an issuer, may engage in oral or written communications with potential investors described in paragraph (c) of this section to determine whether such investors might have an interest in a contemplated registered securities offering, either prior to or following the date of filing of a registration statement with respect to such securities with the Commission. Communications under this rule will be exempt from section 5(b)(1) (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) and section 5(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(c)).
</P>
<P>(2) Any oral or written communication by an issuer, or any person authorized to act on behalf of an issuer, made in reliance on this rule will be deemed an “offer” as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C.77b(a)(3)).
</P>
<P>(3) Any oral or written communication by an issuer, or any person authorized to act on behalf of an issuer, made in reliance on this rule is not required to be filed with the Commission, including pursuant to § 230.424(a) or § 230.497(a) of Regulation C under the Act or section 24(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) Communications under this rule may be made with potential investors that are, or that an issuer or person authorized to act on its behalf reasonably believes are:
</P>
<P>(1) Qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A; or
</P>
<P>(2) Institutions that are accredited investors, as defined in §§ 230.501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9), (a)(12), or (a)(13).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>Though the definition of “family client” from Rule 501(a)(13) includes both natural persons and institutions, only family clients that are institutions may be considered institutional accredited investors.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 53036, Oct. 4, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 64276, Oct. 9, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.164" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.164   Post-filing free writing prospectuses in connection with certain registered offerings.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes to § 230.164.</HED>
<P>1. This section is not available for any communication that, although in technical compliance with this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<P>2. Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election and the person relying on this section also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the requirements of section 5 of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) In connection with a registered offering of an issuer meeting the requirements of this section, a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), of the issuer or any other offering participant, including any underwriter or dealer, after the filing of the registration statement will be a section 10(b) prospectus for purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act provided that the conditions set forth in Rule 433 (§ 230.433) are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) An immaterial or unintentional failure to file or delay in filing a free writing prospectus as necessary to satisfy the filing conditions contained in Rule 433 will not result in a violation of section 5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss of the ability to rely on this section so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the filing condition; and
</P>
<P>(2) The free writing prospectus is filed as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to file.
</P>
<P>(c) An immaterial or unintentional failure to include the specified legend in a free writing prospectus as necessary to satisfy the legend condition contained in Rule 433 will not result in a violation of section 5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss of the ability to rely on this section so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the legend condition;
</P>
<P>(2) The free writing prospectus is amended to include the specified legend as soon as practicable after discovery of the omitted or incorrect legend; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the free writing prospectus has been transmitted without the specified legend, the free writing prospectus must be retransmitted with the legend by substantially the same means as, and directed to substantially the same prospective purchasers to whom, the free writing prospectus was originally transmitted.
</P>
<P>(d) Solely for purposes of this section, an immaterial or unintentional failure to retain a free writing prospectus as necessary to satisfy the record retention condition contained in Rule 433 will not result in a violation of section 5(b)(1) of the Act or the loss of the ability to rely on this section so long as a good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the record retention condition. Nothing in this paragraph will affect, however, any other record retention provisions applicable to the issuer or any offering participant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ineligible issuers.</I> (1) This section and Rule 433 are available only if at the eligibility determination date for the offering in question, determined pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, the issuer is not an ineligible issuer as defined in Rule 405 (or in the case of any offering participant, other than the issuer, the participant has a reasonable belief that the issuer is not an ineligible issuer);
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section, this section and Rule 433 are available to an ineligible issuer with respect to a free writing prospectus that contains only descriptions of the terms of the securities in the offering or the offering (or in the case of an offering of asset-backed securities, contains only information specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), and (8) of the definition of ABS informational and computational materials in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter), unless the issuer is or during the last three years the issuer or any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(i) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(ii) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, as defined in Rule 405; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An issuer for an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Excluded issuers.</I> This section and Rule 433 are not available if the issuer is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Excluded offerings.</I> This section and Rule 433 are not available if the issuer is registering a business combination transaction as defined in Rule 165(f)(1) (§ 230.165(f)(1)) or the issuer, other than a well-known seasoned issuer, is registering an offering on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of this section and Rule 433, the determination date as to whether an issuer is an ineligible issuer in respect of an offering shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, the time of filing of the registration statement covering the offering; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the offering is being registered pursuant to Rule 415 (§ 230.415), the earliest time after the filing of the registration statement covering the offering at which the issuer, or in the case of an underwritten offering the issuer or another offering participant, makes a <I>bona fide</I> offer, including without limitation through the use of a free writing prospectus, in the offering.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44806, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.165" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.165   Offers made in connection with a business combination transaction.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>This section is available only to communications relating to business combinations. The exemption does not apply to communications that may be in technical compliance with this section, but have the primary purpose or effect of conditioning the market for another transaction, such as a capital-raising or resale transaction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Communications before a registration statement is filed.</I> Notwithstanding section 5(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(c)), the offeror of securities in a business combination transaction to be registered under the Act may make an offer to sell or solicit an offer to buy those securities from and including the first public announcement until the filing of a registration statement related to the transaction, so long as any written communication (other than non-public communications among participants) made in connection with or relating to the transaction (<I>i.e.</I>, prospectus) is filed in accordance with § 230.425 and the conditions in paragraph (c) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Communications after a registration statement is filed.</I> Notwithstanding section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)), any written communication (other than non-public communications among participants) made in connection with or relating to a business combination transaction (<I>i.e.</I>, prospectus) after the filing of a registration statement related to the transaction need not satisfy the requirements of section 10 (15 U.S.C. 77j) of the Act, so long as the prospectus is filed in accordance with § 230.424 or § 230.425 and the conditions in paragraph (c) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions.</I> To rely on paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Each prospectus must contain a prominent legend that urges investors to read the relevant documents filed or to be filed with the Commission because they contain important information. The legend also must explain to investors that they can get the documents for free at the Commission's web site and describe which documents are available free from the offeror; and
</P>
<P>(2) In an exchange offer, the offer must be made in accordance with the applicable tender offer rules (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14e-8 of this chapter); and, in a transaction involving the vote of security holders, the offer must be made in accordance with the applicable proxy or information statement rules (§§ 240.14a-1 through 240.14a-101 and §§ 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicability.</I> This section is applicable not only to the offeror of securities in a business combination transaction, but also to any other participant that may need to rely on and complies with this section in communicating about the transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Failure to file or delay in filing.</I> An immaterial or unintentional failure to file or delay in filing a prospectus described in this section will not result in a violation of section 5(b)(1) or (c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1) and (c)), so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the filing requirement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The prospectus is filed as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to file.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) A <I>business combination transaction</I> means any transaction specified in § 230.145(a) or exchange offer;
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>participant</I> is any person or entity that is a party to the business combination transaction and any persons authorized to act on their behalf; and 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public announcement</I> is any oral or written communication by a participant that is reasonably designed to, or has the effect of, informing the public or security holders in general about the business combination transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61450, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.166" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.166   Exemption from section 5(c) for certain communications in connection with business combination transactions.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>This section is available only to communications relating to business combinations. The exemption does not apply to communications that may be in technical compliance with this section, but have the primary purpose or effect of conditioning the market for another transaction, such as a capital-raising or resale transaction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Communications.</I> In a registered offering involving a business combination transaction, any communication made in connection with or relating to the transaction before the first public announcement of the offering will not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the securities offered for purposes of section 5(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(c)), so long as the participants take all reasonable steps within their control to prevent further distribution or publication of the communication until either the first public announcement is made or the registration statement related to the transaction is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The terms business combination transaction, participant and public announcement have the same meaning as set forth in § 230.165(f).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61450, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.167" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.167   Communications in connection with certain registered offerings of asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>This section is available only to communications in connection with certain offerings of asset-backed securities. The exemption does not apply to communications that may be in technical compliance with this section, but have the primary purpose or effect of conditioning the market for another transaction or are part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e).</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) In an offering of asset-backed securities registered on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> regarding such securities used after the effective date of the registration statement and before the sending or giving to investors of a final prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) regarding such offering is exempt from section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)), if the conditions in paragraph (b) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> To rely on paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The communications shall be filed to the extent required pursuant to § 230.426.
</P>
<P>(2) Every communication used pursuant to this section shall include prominently on the cover page or otherwise at the beginning of such communication:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuing entity's name and the depositor's name, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission file number for the related registration statement;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that such communication is <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> used in reliance on Securities Act Rule 167 (§ 230.167); and
</P>
<P>(iv) A legend that urges investors to read the relevant documents filed or to be filed with the Commission because they contain important information. The legend also shall explain to investors that they can get the documents for free at the Commission's Web site and describe which documents are available free from the issuer or an underwriter.
</P>
<P>(c) This section is applicable not only to the offeror of the asset-backed securities, but also to any other participant that may need to rely on and complies with this section in communicating about the transaction. A participant for purposes of this section is any person or entity that is a party to the asset-backed securities transaction and any persons authorized to act on their behalf.
</P>
<P>(d) Failure by a particular underwriter to cause the filing of a prospectus described in this section will not affect the ability of any other underwriter who has complied with the procedures to rely on the exemption.
</P>
<P>(e) An immaterial or unintentional failure to file or delay in filing a prospectus described in this section will not result in a violation of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)), so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the filing requirement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The prospectus is filed as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to file.
</P>
<P>(f) Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1615, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 57328, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.168" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.168   Exemption from sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act for certain communications of regularly released factual business information and forward-looking information.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary notes to § 230.168.</HED>
<P>1. This section is not available for any communication that, although in technical compliance with this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<P>2. This section provides a non-exclusive safe harbor for factual business information and forward-looking information released or disseminated as provided in this section. Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election and the issuer also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the definition of prospectus in section 2(a)(10) or the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<P>3. The availability of this section for a release or dissemination of a communication that contains or incorporates factual business information or forward-looking information will not be affected by another release or dissemination of a communication that contains all or a portion of the same factual business information or forward-looking information that does not satisfy the conditions of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) For purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act, the regular release or dissemination by or on behalf of an issuer (and, in the case of an asset-backed issuer, the other persons specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section) of communications containing factual business information or forward-looking information shall be deemed not to constitute an offer to sell or offer for sale of a security which is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement that the issuer proposes to file, or has filed, or that is effective, if the conditions of this section are satisfied by any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer that is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign private issuer that:
</P>
<P>(i) Meets all of the registrant requirements of Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) other than the reporting history provisions of General Instructions I.A.1. and I.A.2.(a) of Form F-3;
</P>
<P>(ii) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) Satisfies the public float threshold in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form F-3; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is issuing non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and meets the provisions of General Instruction I.B.2. of Form F-3 (referenced in 17 CFR 239.33 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) Has its equity securities trading on a designated offshore securities market as defined in Rule 902(b) (§ 230.902(b)) and has had them so traded for at least 12 months; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more; or
</P>
<P>(3) An asset-backed issuer or a depositor, sponsor, or servicer (as such terms are defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter)) or an affiliated depositor, whether or not such other person is the issuer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Factual business information</I> means some or all of the following information that is released or disseminated under the conditions in paragraph (d) of this section, including, without limitation, such factual business information contained in reports or other materials filed with, furnished to, or submitted to the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) or the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(i) Factual information about the issuer, its business or financial developments, or other aspects of its business;
</P>
<P>(ii) Advertisements of, or other information about, the issuer's products or services; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Dividend notices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Forward-looking information</I> means some or all of the following information that is released or disseminated under the conditions in paragraph (d) of this section, including, without limitation, such forward-looking information contained in reports or other materials filed with, furnished to, or submitted to the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940:
</P>
<P>(i) Projections of the issuer's revenues, income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure, or other financial items;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements about the issuer management's plans and objectives for future operations, including plans or objectives relating to the products or services of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Statements about the issuer's future economic performance, including statements of the type contemplated by the management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation described in Item 303 of Regulations S-B and S-K (§ 228.303 and § 229.303 of this chapter) or the operating and financial review and prospects described in Item 5 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Assumptions underlying or relating to any of the information described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii) and (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the release or dissemination of a communication is by or on behalf of the issuer if the issuer or an agent or representative of the issuer, other than an offering participant who is an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or approves such release or dissemination before it is made.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, in the case of communications of a person specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section other than the asset-backed issuer, the release or dissemination of a communication is by or on behalf of such other person if such other person or its agent or representative, other than an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or approves such release or dissemination before it is made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusion.</I> A communication containing information about the registered offering or released or disseminated as part of the offering activities in the registered offering is excluded from the exemption of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions to exemption.</I> The following conditions must be satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer (or in the case of an asset-backed issuer, the issuer and the other persons specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, taken together) has previously released or disseminated information of the type described in this section in the ordinary course of its business;
</P>
<P>(2) The timing, manner, and form in which the information is released or disseminated is consistent in material respects with similar past releases or disseminations; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer is not an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44807, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 85 FR 33352, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.169" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.169   Exemption from sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act for certain communications of regularly released factual business information.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes to § 230.169.</HED>
<P>1. This section is not available for any communication that, although in technical compliance with this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<P>2. This section provides a non-exclusive safe harbor for factual business information released or disseminated as provided in this section. Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election and the issuer also may claim the availability of any other applicable exemption or exclusion. Reliance on this section does not affect the availability of any other exemption or exclusion from the definition of prospectus in section 2(a)(10) or the requirements of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<P>3. The availability of this section for a release or dissemination of a communication that contains or incorporates factual business information will not be affected by another release or dissemination of a communication that contains all or a portion of the same factual business information that does not satisfy the conditions of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) For purposes of sections 2(a)(10) and 5(c) of the Act, the regular release or dissemination by or on behalf of an issuer of communications containing factual business information shall be deemed not to constitute an offer to sell or offer for sale of a security by an issuer which is the subject of an offering pursuant to a registration statement that the issuer proposes to file, or has filed, or that is effective, if the conditions of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Factual business information</I> means some or all of the following information that is released or disseminated under the conditions in paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Factual information about the issuer, its business or financial developments, or other aspects of its business; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Advertisements of, or other information about, the issuer's products or services.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the release or dissemination of a communication is by or on behalf of the issuer if the issuer or an agent or representative of the issuer, other than an offering participant who is an underwriter or dealer, authorizes or approves such release or dissemination before it is made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusions.</I> A communication containing information about the registered offering or released or disseminated as part of the offering activities in the registered offering is excluded from the exemption of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions to exemption.</I> The following conditions must be satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer has previously released or disseminated information of the type described in this section in the ordinary course of its business;
</P>
<P>(2) The timing, manner, and form in which the information is released or disseminated is consistent in material respects with similar past releases or disseminations;
</P>
<P>(3) The information is released or disseminated for intended use by persons, such as customers and suppliers, other than in their capacities as investors or potential investors in the issuer's securities, by the issuer's employees or agents who historically have provided such information; and
</P>
<P>(4) The issuer is not an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44808, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33353, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.170" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.170   Prohibition of use of certain financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>Financial statements which purport to give effect to the receipt and application of any part of the proceeds from the sale of securities for cash shall not be used unless such securities are to be offered through underwriters and the underwriting arrangements are such that the underwriters are or will be committed to take and pay for all of the securities, if any are taken, prior to or within a reasonable time after the commencement of the public offering, or if the securities are not so taken to refund to all subscribers the full amount of all subscription payments made for the securities. The caption of any such financial statement shall clearly set forth the assumptions upon which such statement is based. The caption shall be in type at least as large as that used generally in the body of the statement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[21 FR 7566, Oct. 3, 1956] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.171" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.171   Disclosure detrimental to the national defense or foreign policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any requirement to the contrary notwithstanding, no registration statement, prospectus, or other document filed with the Commission or used in connection with the offering or sale of any securities shall contain any document or information which, pursuant to Executive order, has been classified by an appropriate department or agency of the United States for protection in the interests of national defense or foreign policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where a document or information is omitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, there shall be filed, in lieu of such document or information, a statement from an appropriate department or agency of the United States to the effect that such document or information has been classified or that the status thereof is awaiting determination. Where a document is omitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, but information relating to the subject matter of such document is nevertheless included in material filed with the Commission pursuant to a determination of an appropriate department or agency of the United States that disclosure of such information would not be contrary to the interests of national defense or foreign policy, a statement from such department or agency to that effect shall be submitted for the information of the Commission. A registrant may rely upon any such statement in filing or omitting any document or information to which the statement relates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may protect any information in its possession which may require classification in the interests of national defense or foreign policy pending determination by an appropriate department or agency as to whether such information should be classified. 
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be the duty of the registrant to submit the documents or information referred to in paragraph (a) of this section to the appropriate department or agency of the United States prior to filing them with the Commission and to obtain and submit to the Commission, at the time of filing such documents or information, or in lieu thereof, as the case may be, the statements from such department or agency required by paragraph (b) of this section. All such statements shall be in writing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 7682, May 24, 1968] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.172" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.172   Delivery of prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Sending confirmations and notices of allocations.</I> After the effective date of a registration statement, the following are exempt from the provisions of section 5(b)(1) of the Act if the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this section are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) Written confirmations of sales of securities in an offering pursuant to a registration statement that contain information limited to that called for in Rule 10b-10 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.10b-10 of this chapter) and other information customarily included in written confirmations of sales of securities, which may include notices provided pursuant to Rule 173 (§ 230.173); and
</P>
<P>(2) Notices of allocation of securities sold or to be sold in an offering pursuant to the registration statement that may include information identifying the securities (including the CUSIP number) and otherwise may include only information regarding pricing, allocation and settlement, and information incidental thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transfer of the security.</I> Any obligation under section 5(b)(2) of the Act to have a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act precede or accompany the carrying or delivery of a security in a registered offering is satisfied if the conditions in paragraph (c) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions.</I> (1) The registration statement relating to the offering is effective and is not the subject of any pending proceeding or examination under section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Neither the issuer, nor an underwriter or participating dealer is the subject of a pending proceeding under section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer has filed with the Commission a prospectus with respect to the offering that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act or the issuer will make a good faith and reasonable effort to file such a prospectus within the time required under Rule 424 (§ 230.424) and, in the event that the issuer fails to file timely such a prospectus, the issuer files the prospectus as soon as practicable thereafter.
</P>
<P>(4) The condition in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall not apply to transactions by dealers requiring delivery of a final prospectus pursuant to section 4(3) of the Act.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exclusions.</I> This section shall not apply to any:
</P>
<P>(1) Offering of any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company;
</P>
<P>(2) A business combination transaction as defined in § 230.165(f)(1);
</P>
<P>(3) Offering registered on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(4) Offering of any registered non-variable annuity securities.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44808, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33353, June 1, 2020; 89 FR 60083, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.173" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.173   Notice of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In a transaction that represents a sale by the issuer or an underwriter, or a sale where there is not an exclusion or exemption from the requirement to deliver a final prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act pursuant to section 4(3) of the Act or Rule 174 (§ 230.174), each underwriter or dealer selling in such transaction shall provide to each purchaser from it, not later than two business days following the completion of such sale, a copy of the final prospectus or, in lieu of such prospectus, a notice to the effect that the sale was made pursuant to a registration statement or in a transaction in which a final prospectus would have been required to have been delivered in the absence of Rule 172 (§ 230.172).
</P>
<P>(b) If the sale was by the issuer and was not effected by or through an underwriter or dealer, the responsibility to send a prospectus, or in lieu of such prospectus, such notice as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, shall be the issuer's.
</P>
<P>(c) Compliance with the requirements of this section is not a condition to reliance on Rule 172.
</P>
<P>(d) A purchaser may request from the person responsible for sending a notice a copy of the final prospectus if one has not been sent.
</P>
<P>(e) After the effective date of the registration statement with respect to an offering, notices as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, are exempt from the provisions of section 5(b)(1) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exclusions.</I> This section shall not apply to any:
</P>
<P>(1) Transaction solely between brokers or dealers in reliance on Rule 153 (§ 230.153);
</P>
<P>(2) Offering of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company;
</P>
<P>(3) A business combination transaction as defined in § 230.165(f)(1) (Rule 165(f)(1)); or
</P>
<P>(4) Offering registered on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44809, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 85 FR 33353, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.174" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.174   Delivery of prospectus by dealers; exemptions under section 4(3) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The obligations of a dealer (including an underwriter no longer acting as an underwriter in respect of the security involved in such transactions) to deliver a prospectus in transactions in a security as to which a registration statement has been filed taking place prior to the expiration of the 40- or 90-day period specified in section 4(3) of the Act after the effective date of such registration statement or prior to the expiration of such period after the first date upon which the security was bona fide offered to the public by the issuer or by or through an underwriter after such effective date, whichever is later, shall be subject to the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(a) No prospectus need be delivered if the registration statement is on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) No prospectus need be delivered if the issuer is subject, immediately prior to the time of filing the registration statement, to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where a registration statement relates to offerings to be made from time to time no prospectus need be delivered after the expiration of the initial prospectus delivery period specified in section 4(3) of the Act following the first bona fide offering of securities under such registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(d) If (1) the registration statement relates to the security of an issuer that is not subject, immediately prior to the time of filing the registration statement, to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (2) as of the offering date, the security is listed on a registered national securities exchange or authorized for inclusion in an electronic inter-dealer quotation system sponsored and governed by the rules of a registered securities association, no prospectus need be delivered after the expiration of twenty-five calendar days after the offering date. For purposes of this provision, the term <I>offering date</I> refers to the later of the effective date of the registration statement or the first date on which the security was bona fide offered to the public. 
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the period during which a prospectus must be delivered by a dealer shall be: 
</P>
<P>(1) As specified in section 4(3) of the Act if the registration statement was the subject of a stop order issued under section 8 of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(2) As the Commission may provide upon application or on its own motion in a particular case. 
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section shall affect the obligation to deliver a prospectus pursuant to the provisions of section 5 of the Act by a dealer who is acting as an underwriter with respect to the securities involved or who is engaged in a transaction as to securities constituting the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer as a participant in the distribution of such securities by the issuer or by or through an underwriter. 
</P>
<P>(g) If the registration statement relates to an offering of securities of a “blank check company,” as defined in Rule 419 under the Act (17 CFR 230.419), the statutory period for prospectus delivery specified in section 4(3) of the Act shall not terminate until 90 days after the date funds and securities are released from the escrow or trust account pursuant to Rule 419 under the Act.
</P>
<P>(h) Any obligation pursuant to Section 4(3) of the Act and this section to deliver a prospectus, other than pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, may be satisfied by compliance with the provisions of Rule 172 (§ 230.172).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 18457, Dec. 4, 1970, as amended at 48 FR 12347, Mar. 24, 1983; 53 FR 11845, Apr. 11, 1988; 57 FR 18043, Apr. 28, 1992; 70 FR 44809, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.175" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.175   Liability for certain statements by issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A statement within the coverage of paragraph (b) of this section which is made by or on behalf of an issuer or by an outside reviewer retained by the issuer shall be deemed not to be a fraudulent statement (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section), unless it is shown that such statement was made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or was disclosed other than in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) This rule applies to the following statements: 
</P>
<P>(1) A forward-looking statement (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) made in a document filed with the Commission, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, (§ 249.308a of this chapter), or in an annual report to security holders meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3(b) and (c) or 14c-3(a) and (b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or 240.14c-3(a) and (b) of this chapter), a statement reaffirming such forward-looking statement after the date the document was filed or the annual report was made publicly available, or a forward-looking statement made before the date the document was filed or the date the annual report was publicly available if such statement is reaffirmed in a filed document, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or in an annual report made publicly available within a reasonable time after the making of such forward-looking statement; <I>Provided,</I> that
</P>
<P>(i) At the time such statements are made or reaffirmed, either the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has complied with the requirements of Rule 13a-1 or 15d-1 (§§ 239.13a-1 or 239.15d-1 of this chapter) thereunder, if applicable, to file its most recent annual report on Form 10-K, Form 20-F, or Form 40-F; or if the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the statements are made in a registration statement filed under the Act, offering statement or solicitation of interest, written document or broadcast script under Regulation A or pursuant to sections 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The statements are not made by or on behalf of an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
</P>
<P>(2) Information that is disclosed in a document filed with the Commission, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) or in an annual report to shareholders meeting the requirements of Rules 14a-3 (b) and (c) or 14c-3 (a) and (b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or 240.14c-3(a) and (b) of this chapter) and that relates to:
</P>
<P>(i) The effects of changing prices on the business enterprise, presented voluntarily or pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter), “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Item 5 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220(f) of this chapter), “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter), “Supplementary Financial Information,” or Rule 3-20(c) of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-20(c) of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of proved oil and gas reserves (such as a standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves as set forth in FASB ASC paragraphs 932-235-50-29 through 932-235-50-36 (Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas Topic) presented voluntarily or pursuant to Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of this rule, the term <I>forward-looking statement</I> shall mean and shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement containing a projection of revenues, income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of management's plans and objectives for future operations;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of future economic performance contained in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations included pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter) or Item 9 of Form 20-F; or Item 5 of Form 20-F.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosed statements of the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the statements described in paragraphs (c) (1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of this rule the term <I>fraudulent statement</I> shall mean a statement which is an untrue statement of a material fact, a statement false or misleading with respect to any material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a statement not misleading, or which constitutes the employment of a manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of business, or an artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 13990, Feb. 25, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 19457, Mar. 31, 1981; 47 FR 54770, Dec. 6, 1982; 48 FR 19875, May 3, 1983; 56 FR 30054, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 36468, Aug. 13, 1992; 64 FR 53909, Oct. 5, 1999; 73 FR 967, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 50121, Aug. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.176" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.176   Circumstances affecting the determination of what constitutes reasonable investigation and reasonable grounds for belief under section 11 of the Securities Act.</HEAD>
<P>In determining whether or not the conduct of a person constitutes a reasonable investigation or a reasonable ground for belief meeting the standard set forth in section 11(c), relevant circumstances include, with respect to a person other than the issuer.
</P>
<P>(a) The type of issuer;
</P>
<P>(b) The type of security;
</P>
<P>(c) The type of person;
</P>
<P>(d) The office held when the person is an officer;
</P>
<P>(e) The presence or absence of another relationship to the issuer when the person is a director or proposed director;
</P>
<P>(f) Reasonable reliance on officers, employees, and others whose duties should have given them knowledge of the particular facts (in the light of the functions and responsibilities of the particular person with respect to the issuer and the filing);
</P>
<P>(g) When the person is an underwriter, the type of underwriting arrangement, the role of the particular person as an underwriter and the availability of information with respect to the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(h) Whether, with respect to a fact or document incorporated by reference, the particular person had any responsibility for the fact or document at the time of the filing from which it was incorporated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11433, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.180" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.180   Exemption from registration of interests and participations issued in connection with certain H.R. 10 plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interest or participation in a single trust fund or in a collective trust fund maintained by a bank, or any security arising out of a contract issued by an insurance company, issued to an employee benefit plan shall be exempt from the provisions of section 5 of the Act if the following terms and conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The plan covers employees, some or all of whom are employees within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, and is either: (i) A pension or profit-sharing plan which meets the requirements for qualification under section 401 of such Code, or (ii) an annuity plan which meets the requirements for the deduction of the employer's contribution under section 404(a)(2) of such Code;
</P>
<P>(2) The plan covers only employees of a single employer or employees of interrelated partnerships; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer of such interest, participation or security shall have reasonable grounds to believe and, after making reasonable inquiry, shall believe immediately prior to any issuance that:
</P>
<P>(i) The employer is a law firm, accounting firm, investment banking firm, pension consulting firm or investment advisory firm that is engaged in furnishing services of a type that involve such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the employer is able to represent adequately its interests and those of its employees; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In connection with the plan, the employer prior to adopting the plan obtains the advice of a person or entity that (A) is not a financial institution providing any funding vehicle for the plan, and is neither an affiliated person as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 of, nor a person who has a material business relationship with, a financial institution providing a funding vehicle for the plan; and (B) is, by virtue of knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, able to represent adequately the interests of the employer and its employees.
</P>
<P>(b) Any interest or participation issued to a participant in either a pension or profit-sharing plan which meets the requirements for qualification under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 or an annuity plan which meets the requirements for the deduction of the employer's contribution under section 404(a)(2) of such Code, and which covers employees, some or all of whom are employees within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) of such Code, shall be exempt from the provisions of section 5 of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 58291, Dec. 1, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.190" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.190   Registration of underlying securities in asset-backed securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In an offering of asset-backed securities where the asset pool includes securities of another issuer (“underlying securities”), unless the underlying securities are themselves exempt from registration under section 3 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c), the offering of the relevant underlying securities itself must be registered as a primary offering of such securities in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section unless all of the following are true. Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(1) Neither the issuer of the underlying securities nor any of its affiliates has a direct or indirect agreement, arrangement, relationship or understanding, written or otherwise, relating to the underlying securities and the asset-backed securities transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Neither the issuer of the underlying securities nor any of its affiliates is an affiliate of the sponsor, depositor, issuing entity or underwriter of the asset-backed securities transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) If the underlying securities are restricted securities, as defined in § 230.144(a)(3), § 230.144 must be available for the sale of the securities, provided however, that notwithstanding any other provision of § 230.144, § 230.144 shall only be so available if at least two years have elapsed since the later of the date the securities were acquired from the issuer of the underlying securities or from an affiliate of the issuer of the underlying securities; and
</P>
<P>(4) The depositor would be free to publicly resell the underlying securities without registration under the Act. For example, the offering of the asset-backed security does not constitute part of a distribution of the underlying securities. An offering of asset-backed securities with an asset pool containing underlying securities that at the time of the purchase for the asset pool are part of a subscription or unsold allotment would be a distribution of the underlying securities. For purposes of this section, in an offering of asset-backed securities involving a sponsor, depositor or underwriter that was an underwriter or an affiliate of an underwriter in a registered offering of the underlying securities, the distribution of the asset-backed securities will not constitute part of a distribution of the underlying securities if the underlying securities were purchased at arm's length in the secondary market at least three months after the last sale of any unsold allotment or subscription by the affiliated underwriter that participated in the registered offering of the underlying securities.
</P>
<P>(b) If all of the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section are not met, the offering of the relevant underlying securities itself must be registered as a primary offering of such securities in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the offering of asset-backed securities is registered on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), the offering of the underlying securities itself must be eligible to be registered under Form SF-3, Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), or F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) as a primary offering of such securities;
</P>
<P>(2) The plan of distribution in the registration statement for the offering of the underlying securities contemplates this type of distribution at the time of the commencement of the offering of the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(3) The prospectus for the asset-backed securities offering describes the plan of distribution for both the underlying securities and the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(4) The prospectus relating to the offering of the underlying securities is delivered simultaneously with the delivery of the prospectus relating to the offering of the asset-backed securities, and the prospectus for the asset-backed securities includes disclosure that the prospectus for the offering of the underlying securities will be delivered along with, or is combined with, the prospectus for the offering of the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(5) The prospectus for the asset-backed securities offering identifies the issuing entity, depositor, sponsor and each underwriter for the offering of the asset-backed securities as an underwriter for the offering of the underlying securities; and
</P>
<P>(6) Neither prospectus disclaims or limits responsibility by the issuing entity, sponsor, depositor, trustee or any underwriter for information regarding the underlying securities.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, if the asset pool for the asset-backed securities includes a pool asset representing an interest in or the right to the payments or cash flows of another asset pool, then that pool asset is not considered an “underlying security” for purposes of this section (although its distribution in connection with the asset-backed securities transaction may need to be separately registered) if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Both the issuing entity for the asset-backed securities and the entity issuing the pool asset were established under the direction of the same sponsor and depositor;
</P>
<P>(2) The pool asset is created solely to satisfy legal requirements or otherwise facilitate the structuring of the asset-backed securities transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) The pool asset is not part of a scheme to avoid registration or the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The pool asset is held by the issuing entity and is a part of the asset pool for the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section (that is, although the pool asset described in paragraph (c) of this section is an not an “underlying security” for purposes of this section), if the pool assets for the asset-backed securities are collateral certificates or special units of beneficial interest, those collateral certificates or special units of beneficial interest must be registered concurrently with the registration of the asset-backed securities. However, pursuant to § 230.457(t) no separate registration fee for the certificates or special units of beneficial interest is required to be paid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1615, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 71571, Dec. 17, 2007; 79 FR 57328, Sept. 24, 2014; 80 FR 6652, Feb. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.191" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.191   Definition of “issuer” in section 2(a)(4) of the Act in relation to asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>The following applies with respect to asset-backed securities under the Act. Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(a) The depositor for the asset-backed securities acting solely in its capacity as depositor to the issuing entity is the “issuer” for purposes of the asset-backed securities of that issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(b) The person acting in the capacity as the depositor specified in paragraph (a) of this section is a different “issuer” from that same person acting as a depositor for another issuing entity or for purposes of that person's own securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1615, Jan. 7, 2005]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.192" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.192   Conflicts of interest relating to certain securitizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful activity</I>—(1) <I>Prohibition.</I> A securitization participant shall not, for a period commencing on the date on which such person has reached an agreement that such person will become a securitization participant with respect to an asset-backed security and ending on the date that is one year after the date of the first closing of the sale of such asset-backed security, directly or indirectly engage in any transaction that would involve or result in any material conflict of interest between the securitization participant and an investor in such asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material conflict of interest.</I> For purposes of this section, engaging in any transaction would involve or result in a material conflict of interest between a securitization participant for an asset-backed security and an investor in such asset-backed security if such a transaction is a conflicted transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conflicted transaction.</I> For purposes of this section, a conflicted transaction means any of the following transactions with respect to which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the transaction important to the investor's investment decision, including a decision whether to retain the asset-backed security:
</P>
<P>(i) A short sale of the relevant asset-backed security;
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase of a credit default swap or other credit derivative pursuant to which the securitization participant would be entitled to receive payments upon the occurrence of specified credit events in respect of the relevant asset-backed security; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale of any financial instrument (other than the relevant asset-backed security) or entry into a transaction that is substantially the economic equivalent of a transaction described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any transaction that only hedges general interest rate or currency exchange risk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted activity.</I> The following activities are not prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Risk-mitigating hedging activities</I>—(i) <I>Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</I> Risk-mitigating hedging activities of a securitization participant conducted in accordance with this paragraph (b)(1) in connection with and related to individual or aggregated positions, contracts, or other holdings of the securitization participant, including those arising out of its securitization activities, such as the origination or acquisition of assets that it securitizes.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Conditions.</I> Risk-mitigating hedging activities are permitted under paragraph (b)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(A) At the inception of the hedging activity and at the time of any adjustments to the hedging activity, the risk-mitigating hedging activity is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks arising in connection with and related to identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the securitization participant, based upon the facts and circumstances of the identified underlying and hedging positions, contracts or other holdings and the risks and liquidity thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) The risk-mitigating hedging activity is subject, as appropriate, to ongoing recalibration by the securitization participant to ensure that the hedging activity satisfies the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and does not facilitate or create an opportunity to materially benefit from a conflicted transaction other than through risk-reduction; and
</P>
<P>(C) The securitization participant has established, and implements, maintains, and enforces, an internal compliance program that is reasonably designed to ensure the securitization participant's compliance with the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures regarding the risk-mitigating hedging activities that provide for the specific risk and risk-mitigating hedging activity to be identified, documented, and monitored.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liquidity commitments.</I> Purchases or sales of the asset-backed security made pursuant to, and consistent with, commitments of the securitization participant to provide liquidity for the asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bona fide market-making activities</I>—(i) <I>Permitted bona fide market-making activities.</I> Bona fide market-making activities, including market-making related hedging, of the securitization participant conducted in accordance with this paragraph (b)(3) in connection with and related to asset-backed securities with respect to which the prohibition in paragraph (a)(1) of this section applies, the assets underlying such asset-backed securities, or financial instruments that reference such asset-backed securities or underlying assets or with respect to which the prohibition in paragraph (a)(1) of this section otherwise applies, except that the initial distribution of an asset-backed security is not bona fide market-making activity for purposes of paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Conditions.</I> Bona fide market-making activities are permitted under paragraph (b)(3) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(A) The securitization participant routinely stands ready to purchase and sell one or more types of the financial instruments described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section as a part of its market-making related activities in such financial instruments, and is willing and available to quote, purchase and sell, or otherwise enter into long and short positions in those types of financial instruments, in commercially reasonable amounts and throughout market cycles on a basis appropriate for the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(B) The securitization participant's market-making related activities are designed not to exceed, on an ongoing basis, the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) The compensation arrangements of persons performing the foregoing activity are designed not to reward or incentivize conflicted transactions;
</P>
<P>(D) The securitization participant is licensed or registered, if required, to engage in the activity described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section in accordance with applicable law and self-regulatory organization rules; and
</P>
<P>(E) The securitization participant has established, and implements, maintains, and enforces, an internal compliance program that is reasonably designed to ensure the securitization participant's compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures that demonstrate a process for prompt mitigation of the risks of its market-making positions and holdings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Asset-backed security</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), and also includes a synthetic asset-backed security and a hybrid cash and synthetic asset-backed security.
</P>
<P><I>Distribution</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An offering of securities, whether or not subject to registration under the Securities Act of 1933, that is distinguished from ordinary trading transactions by the presence of special selling efforts and selling methods; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An offering of securities made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P><I>Initial purchaser</I> means a person who has agreed with an issuer to purchase a security from the issuer for resale to other purchasers in transactions that are not required to be registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon 17 CFR 230.144A or that are otherwise not required to be registered because they do not involve any public offering.
</P>
<P><I>Placement agent</I> and <I>underwriter</I> each mean a person who has agreed with an issuer or selling security holder to:
</P>
<P>(i) Purchase securities from the issuer or selling security holder for distribution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engage in a distribution for or on behalf of such issuer or selling security holder; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Manage or supervise a distribution for or on behalf of such issuer or selling security holder.
</P>
<P><I>Securitization participant</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An underwriter, placement agent, initial purchaser, or sponsor of an asset-backed security; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any affiliate (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405) or subsidiary (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405) of a person described in paragraph (i) of this definition if the affiliate or subsidiary:
</P>
<P>(A) Acts in coordination with a person described in paragraph (i) of this definition; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has access to or receives information about the relevant asset-backed security or the asset pool underlying or referenced by the relevant asset-backed security prior to the first closing of the sale of the relevant asset-backed security.
</P>
<P><I>Sponsor</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who organizes and initiates an asset-backed securities transaction by selling or transferring assets, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, to the entity that issues the asset-backed security; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person with a contractual right to direct or cause the direction of the structure, design, or assembly of an asset-backed security or the composition of the pool of assets underlying or referenced by the asset-backed security, other than a person who acts solely pursuant to such person's contractual rights as a holder of a long position in the asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (ii) of this definition, a person that performs only administrative, legal, due diligence, custodial, or ministerial acts related to the structure, design, assembly, or ongoing administration of an asset-backed security or the composition of the pool of assets underlying or referenced by the asset-backed security will not be a sponsor for purposes of this rule.
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this definition, the United States or an agency of the United States will not be a sponsor for purposes of this rule with respect to an asset-backed security that is fully insured or fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Anti-evasion.</I> If a securitization participant engages in a transaction or a series of related transactions that, although in technical compliance with paragraph (b) of this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibition in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, that transaction or series of related transactions will be deemed to violate paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Safe harbor for certain foreign transactions.</I> The prohibition in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply to any asset-backed security for which all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The asset-backed security (as defined in this section) is not issued by a U.S. person (as defined in 17 CFR 230.902(k)); and
</P>
<P>(2) The offer and sale of the asset-backed security (as defined by this section) is in compliance with 17 CFR 230.901 through 905 (Regulation S).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 85464, Dec. 7, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.193" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.193   Review of underlying assets in asset-backed securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>An issuer of an “asset-backed security,” as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), offering and selling such a security pursuant to a registration statement shall perform a review of the pool assets underlying the asset-backed security. At a minimum, such review must be designed and effected to provide reasonable assurance that the disclosure regarding the pool assets in the form of prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter is accurate in all material respects. The issuer may conduct the review or an issuer may employ a third party engaged for purposes of performing the review. If the findings and conclusions of the review are attributed to the third party, the third party must be named in the registration statement and consent to being named as an expert in accordance with § 230.436 of this chapter.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to § 230.193:</I> An issuer of an “asset-backed security” may rely on one or more third parties to fulfill its obligation to perform a review under this section, provided that the reviews performed by the third parties and the issuer, in the aggregate, comply with the minimum standard in this section. The issuer must comply with the requirements of this section for each third party engaged by the issuer to perform the review for purposes of this section. An issuer may not rely on a review performed by an unaffiliated originator for purposes of performing the review required under this section.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4244, Jan. 25, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.194" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.194   Definitions of the terms “swap” and “security-based swap” as used in the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>swap</I> as used in section 2(a)(17) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(17)) has the same meaning as provided in section 3(a)(69) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)) and 17 CFR 240.3a69-1 through 240.3a69-3.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 2(a)(17) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(17)) has the same meaning as provided in section 3(a)(68) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) and 17 CFR 240.3a68-1a through 240.3a68-5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.215" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.215   Accredited investor.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>accredited investor</I> as used in section 2(a)(15)(ii) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(15)(ii)) shall have the same meaning as the definition of that term in rule 501(a) under the Act (17 CFR 230.501(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 64276, Oct. 9, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="39" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation A-R—Special Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.236" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.236   Exemption of shares offered in connection with certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Shares of stock or similar security offered to provide funds to be distributed to shareholders of the issuer of such securities in lieu of issuing fractional shares, script certificates or order forms, in connection with a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, conversion, merger or similar transaction, shall be exempt from registration under the Act if the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(a) The issuer of such shares is required to file and has filed reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) The aggregate gross proceeds from the sale of all shares offered in connection with the transaction for the purpose of providing such funds does not exceed $300,000.
</P>
<P>(c) At least ten days prior to the offering of the shares, the issuer shall furnish to the Commission in writing the following information: (1) That it proposes to offer shares in reliance upon the exemption provided by this rule; (2) the estimated number of shares to be so offered; (3) the aggregate market value of such shares as of the latest practicable date; and (4) a brief description of the transaction in connection with which the shares are to be offered. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 4, and 19, 48 Stat. 75, 77, 85, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77s; secs. 3(b), 4(l), 19(a), 48 Stat. 75, 77, 85; secs. 209, 48 Stat. 908; 59 Stat. 167; sec. 12, 78 Stat. 580; 84 Stat. 1480; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57; sec. 18, 92 Stat. 275; sec. 2, 92 Stat. 962; sec. 301, 94 Stat. 2291, 2294; secs. 12(a), 12(h), 12(i), 16(a), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 896, 901; sec. 203a, 49 Stat. 704; sec. 8, 49 Stat. 1379, secs. 3, 8, 78 Stat. 565-568, 579; sec. 1, 82 Stat. 454; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; sec. 18, 89 Stat. 155; 15 U.S.C. 77c(b), 77d(l), 77s(a), 78<I>l</I>(a), 78<I>l</I>(h), 78<I>l</I>(i), 78p(a), 78w(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 3289, Apr. 6, 1962, as amended at 37 FR 22978, Oct. 27, 1972; 47 FR 29652, July 8, 1982; 61 FR 49959, Sept. 24, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.237" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.237   Exemption for offers and sales to certain Canadian tax-deferred retirement savings accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Canadian law</I> means the federal laws of Canada, the laws of any province or territory of Canada, and the rules or regulations of any federal, provincial, or territorial regulatory authority, or any self-regulatory authority, of Canada. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Canadian Retirement Account</I> means a trust or other arrangement, including, but not limited to, a “Registered Retirement Savings Plan” or “Registered Retirement Income Fund” administered under Canadian law, that is managed by the Participant and: 
</P>
<P>(i) Operated to provide retirement benefits to a Participant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Established in Canada, administered under Canadian law, and qualified for tax-deferred treatment under Canadian law. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Eligible Security</I> means a security issued by a Qualified Company that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is offered to a Participant, or sold to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, in reliance on this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) May also be purchased by Canadians other than Participants. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign Government</I> means the government of any foreign country or of any political subdivision of a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Foreign Issuer</I> means any issuer that is a Foreign Government, a national of any foreign country or a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country, except an issuer meeting the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) More than 50 percent of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer are held of record either directly or through voting trust certificates or depositary receipts by residents of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) The majority of the executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents; 
</P>
<P>(B) More than 50 percent of the assets of the issuer are located in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(C) The business of the issuer is administered principally in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this definition, the term <I>resident,</I> as applied to security holders, means any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer, the voting trustee, or the depositary as being located in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Participant</I> means a natural person who is a resident of the United States, or is temporarily present in the United States, and who contributes to, or is or will be entitled to receive the income and assets from, a Canadian Retirement Account. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Qualified Company</I> means a Foreign Issuer whose securities are qualified for investment on a tax-deferred basis by a Canadian Retirement Account under Canadian law. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption.</I> The offer to a Participant, or the sale to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, of Eligible Securities by any person is exempt from Section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) if the person: 
</P>
<P>(1) Includes in any written offering materials delivered to a Participant, or to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, a prominent statement that the Eligible Security is not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Eligible Security is being offered or sold in the United States under an exemption from registration. 
</P>
<P>(2) Has not asserted that Canadian law, or the jurisdiction of the courts of Canada, does not apply in a proceeding involving an Eligible Security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 37676, June 15, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.238" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.238   Exemption for standardized options.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> Except as expressly provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Act does not apply to any standardized option, as that term is defined by section 240.9b-1(a)(4) of this chapter, that is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Issued by a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or on a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 780-3(a)). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitation.</I> The exemption provided in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the provisions of section 17 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77q). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Offers and sales.</I> Any offer or sale of a standardized option by or on behalf of the issuer of the securities underlying the standardized option, an affiliate of the issuer, or an underwriter, will constitute a contract for sale of, sale of, offer for sale, or offer to sell the underlying securities as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(3)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 192, Jan. 2, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.239" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.239   Exemption for offers and sales of certain security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provided that the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section are satisfied and except as expressly provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the Act does not apply to any offer or sale of a security-based swap that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is issued or will be issued by a clearing agency that is either registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or exempt from registration under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to a rule, regulation, or order of the Commission (“eligible clearing agency”), and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission has determined is required to be cleared or that is permitted to be cleared pursuant to the eligible clearing agency's rules.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided in paragraph (a) of this section applies only to an offer or sale of a security-based swap described in paragraph (a) of this section if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap is offered or sold in a transaction involving the eligible clearing agency in its function as a central counterparty with respect to such security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap is sold only to an eligible contract participant (as defined in Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18))); and
</P>
<P>(3) The eligible clearing agency posts on its publicly available Web site at a specified Internet address or includes in its agreement covering the security-based swap that the eligible clearing agency provides or makes available to its counterparty the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement identifying any security, issuer, loan, or narrow-based security index underlying the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement indicating the security or loan to be delivered (or class of securities or loans), or if cash settled, the security, loan, or narrow-based security index (or class of securities or loans) whose value is to be used to determine the amount of the settlement obligation under the security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of whether the issuer of any security or loan, each issuer of a security in a narrow-based security index, or each referenced issuer underlying the security-based swap is subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m and 78o) and, if not subject to such reporting requirements, whether public information, including financial information, about any such issuer is available and where the information is available.
</P>
<P>(c) The exemption provided in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the provisions of Section 17(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20549, Apr. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.240" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.240   Exemption for certain security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as expressly provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the Act does not apply to the offer or sale of any security-based swap that is:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>security-based swap agreement,</I> as defined in Section 2A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(b)-1) as in effect prior to July 16, 2011; and
</P>
<P>(2) Entered into between eligible contract participants (as defined in Section 1a(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(12)) as in effect prior to July 16, 2011, other than a person who is an eligible contract participant under Section 1a(12)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act as in effect prior to July 16, 2011).
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided in paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the provisions of Section 17(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) This section will expire on February 11, 2018.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 10707, Feb. 15, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.241" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.39.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.241   Solicitations of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Solicitation of interest.</I> At any time before making a determination as to the exemption from registration under the Act under which an offering of securities will be conducted, an issuer or any person authorized to act on behalf of an issuer may communicate orally or in writing to determine whether there is any interest in a contemplated offering of securities exempt from registration under the Act. Such communications are deemed to be an offer of a security for sale for purposes of the antifraud provisions of the Federal securities laws. No solicitation or acceptance of money or other consideration, nor of any commitment, binding or otherwise, from any person is permitted until the issuer makes a determination as to the exemption to be relied on and the offering, meeting the requirements of the exemption, is commenced.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> The communications must state that:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer is considering an offering of securities exempt from registration under the Act, but has not determined a specific exemption from registration the issuer intends to rely on for the subsequent offer and sale of the securities;
</P>
<P>(2) No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
</P>
<P>(3) No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the issuer determines the exemption under which the offering is intended to be conducted and, where applicable, the filing, disclosure, or qualification requirements of such exemption are met; and
</P>
<P>(4) A person's indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Indications of interest.</I> Any written communication under this section may include a means by which a person may indicate to the issuer that such person is interested in a potential offering. The issuer may require the name, address, telephone number, and/or email address in any response form included pursuant to this paragraph (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3596, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="40" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation A—Conditional Small Issues Exemption</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 230.251 to 230.263 issued under 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77s.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 36468, Aug. 13, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.251" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.251   Scope of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tier 1 and Tier 2.</I> A public offer or sale of eligible securities, as defined in Rule 261 (§ 230.261), pursuant to Regulation A shall be exempt under section 3(b) from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tier 1.</I> Offerings pursuant to Regulation A in which the sum of all cash and other consideration to be received for the securities being offered (“aggregate offering price”) plus the gross proceeds for all securities sold pursuant to other offering statements within the 12 months before the start of and during the current offering of securities (“aggregate sales”) does not exceed $20,000,000, including not more than $6,000,000 offered by all selling securityholders that are affiliates of the issuer (“Tier 1 offerings”).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tier 2.</I> Offerings pursuant to §§ 230.251 through 230.263 (Regulation A) in which the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales does not exceed $75,000,000, including not more than $22,500,000 offered by all selling securityholders that are affiliates of the issuer (“Tier 2 offerings”).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional limitation on secondary sales in first year.</I> The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to the securities of selling securityholders shall not exceed 30% of the aggregate offering price of a particular offering in:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer's first offering pursuant to Regulation A; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any subsequent Regulation A offering that is qualified within one year of the qualification date of the issuer's first offering.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).</HED>
<P>Where a mixture of cash and non-cash consideration is to be received, the aggregate offering price must be based on the price at which the securities are offered for cash. Any portion of the aggregate offering price or aggregate sales attributable to cash received in a foreign currency must be translated into United States currency at a currency exchange rate in effect on, or at a reasonable time before, the date of the sale of the securities. If securities are not offered for cash, the aggregate offering price or aggregate sales must be based on the value of the consideration as established by bona fide sales of that consideration made within a reasonable time, or, in the absence of sales, on the fair value as determined by an accepted standard. Valuations of non-cash consideration must be reasonable at the time made. If convertible securities or warrants are being offered and such securities are convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable within one year of the offering statement's qualification or at the discretion of the issuer, the underlying securities must also be qualified and the aggregate offering price must include the actual or maximum estimated conversion, exercise, or exchange price of such securities.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Issuer.</I> The issuer of the securities:
</P>
<P>(1) Is an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada;
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Is not a development stage company that either has no specific business plan or purpose, or has indicated that its business plan is to merge with or acquire an unidentified company or companies;
</P>
<P>(4) Is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48));
</P>
<P>(5) Is not issuing fractional undivided interests in oil or gas rights, or a similar interest in other mineral rights;
</P>
<P>(6) Is not, and has not been, subject to any order of the Commission entered pursuant to Section 12(j) (15 U.S.C. 78l(j)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) within five years before the filing of the offering statement;
</P>
<P>(7) Has filed with the Commission all reports required to be filed, if any, pursuant to § 230.257 or pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) during the two years before the filing of the offering statement (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports); and
</P>
<P>(8) Is not disqualified under Rule 262 (§ 230.262).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Integration with other offerings.</I> To determine whether offers and sales should be integrated, see § 230.152.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Offering conditions</I>—(1) <I>Offers.</I> (i) Except as allowed by Rule 255 (§ 230.255), no offer of securities may be made unless an offering statement has been filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) After the offering statement has been filed, but before it is qualified:
</P>
<P>(A) Oral offers may be made;
</P>
<P>(B) Written offers pursuant to Rule 254 (§ 230.254) may be made; and
</P>
<P>(C) Solicitations of interest and other communications pursuant to Rule 255 (§ 230.255) may be made.
</P>
<P>(iii) Offers may be made after the offering statement has been qualified, but any written offers must be accompanied with or preceded by the most recent offering circular filed with the Commission for such offering.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sales.</I> (i) No sale of securities may be made:
</P>
<P>(A) Until the offering statement has been qualified;
</P>
<P>(B) By issuers that are not currently required to file reports pursuant to Rule 257(b) (§ 230.257(b)), until a Preliminary Offering Circular is delivered at least 48 hours before the sale to any person that before qualification of the offering statement had indicated an interest in purchasing securities in the offering, including those persons that responded to an issuer's solicitation of interest materials; and
</P>
<P>(C) In a Tier 2 offering of securities that are not listed on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification, unless the purchaser is either an accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 (§ 230.501)) or the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the purchaser for the securities (including the actual or maximum estimated conversion, exercise, or exchange price for any underlying securities that have been qualified) is no more than ten percent (10%) of the greater of such purchaser's:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Annual income or net worth if a natural person (with annual income and net worth for such natural person purchasers determined as provided in Rule 501 (§ 230.501)); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Revenue or net assets for such purchaser's most recently completed fiscal year end if a non-natural person.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(2)(<E T="01">i</E>)(C).</HED>
<P>When securities underlying warrants or convertible securities are being qualified pursuant to Tier 2 of Regulation A one year or more after the qualification of an offering for which investment limitations previously applied, purchasers of the underlying securities for which investment limitations would apply at that later date may determine compliance with the ten percent (10%) investment limitation using the conversion, exercise, or exchange price to acquire the underlying securities at that later time without aggregating such price with the price of the overlying warrants or convertible securities.</P></NOTE>
<P>(D) The issuer may rely on a representation of the purchaser when determining compliance with the ten percent (10%) investment limitation in this paragraph (d)(2)(i)(C), provided that the issuer does not know at the time of sale that any such representation is untrue.
</P>
<P>(ii) In a transaction that represents a sale by the issuer or an underwriter, or a sale by a dealer within 90 calendar days after qualification of the offering statement, each underwriter or dealer selling in such transaction must deliver to each purchaser from it, not later than two business days following the completion of such sale, a copy of the Final Offering Circular, subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(A) If the sale was by the issuer and was not effected by or through an underwriter or dealer, the issuer is responsible for delivering the Final Offering Circular as if the issuer were an underwriter;
</P>
<P>(B) For continuous or delayed offerings pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the 90 calendar day period for dealers shall commence on the day of the first bona fide offering of securities under such offering statement;
</P>
<P>(C) If the security is listed on a registered national securities exchange, no offering circular need be delivered by a dealer more than 25 calendar days after the later of the qualification date of the offering statement or the first date on which the security was bona fide offered to the public;
</P>
<P>(D) No offering circular need be delivered by a dealer if the issuer is subject, immediately prior to the time of the filing of the offering statement, to the reporting requirements of Rule 257(b) (§ 230.257(b)); and
</P>
<P>(E) The Final Offering Circular delivery requirements set forth in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section may be satisfied by delivering a notice to the effect that the sale was made pursuant to a qualified offering statement that includes the uniform resource locator (“URL”), which, in the case of an electronic-only offering, must be an active hyperlink, where the Final Offering Circular, or the offering statement of which such Final Offering Circular is part, may be obtained on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) and contact information sufficient to notify a purchaser where a request for a Final Offering Circular can be sent and received in response.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Continuous or delayed offerings.</I> (i) Continuous or delayed offerings may be made under this Regulation A, so long as the offering statement pertains only to:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities that are to be offered or sold solely by or on behalf of a person or persons other than the issuer, a subsidiary of the issuer, or a person of which the issuer is a subsidiary;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities that are to be offered and sold pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan or an employee benefit plan of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(C) Securities that are to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, or rights;
</P>
<P>(D) Securities that are to be issued upon conversion of other outstanding securities;
</P>
<P>(E) Securities that are pledged as collateral; or
</P>
<P>(F) Securities the offering of which will be commenced within two calendar days after the qualification date, will be made on a continuous basis, may continue for a period in excess of 30 calendar days from the date of initial qualification, and will be offered in an amount that, at the time the offering statement is qualified, is reasonably expected to be offered and sold within two years from the initial qualification date. These securities may be offered and sold only if not more than three years have elapsed since the initial qualification date of the offering statement under which they are being offered and sold; provided, however, that if a new offering statement has been filed pursuant to this paragraph (d)(3)(i)(F), securities covered by the prior offering statement may continue to be offered and sold until the earlier of the qualification date of the new offering statement or 180 calendar days after the third anniversary of the initial qualification date of the prior offering statement. Before the end of such three-year period, an issuer may file a new offering statement covering the securities. The new offering statement must include all the information that would be required at that time in an offering statement relating to all offerings that it covers. Before the qualification date of the new offering statement, the issuer may include as part of such new offering statement any unsold securities covered by the earlier offering statement by identifying on the cover page of the new offering circular, or the latest amendment, the amount of such unsold securities being included. The offering of securities on the earlier offering statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of qualification of the new offering statement. Securities may be sold pursuant to this paragraph (d)(3)(i)(F) only if the issuer is current in its annual and semiannual filings pursuant to Rule 257(b) (§ 230.257(b)), at the time of such sale.
</P>
<P>(ii) At the market offerings, by or on behalf of the issuer or otherwise, are not permitted under this Regulation A. As used in this paragraph (d)(3)(ii), the term <I>at the market offering</I> means an offering of equity securities into an existing trading market for outstanding shares of the same class at other than a fixed price.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> A request for confidential treatment may be made under Rule 406 (§ 230.406) for information required to be filed, and Rule 83 (§ 200.83) for information not required to be filed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Documents filed or otherwise provided to the Commission pursuant to this Regulation A must be submitted in electronic format by means of EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR part 232).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015, as amended at 84 FR 529, Jan. 31, 2019; 86 FR 3596, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.252" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.252   Offering statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Documents to be included.</I> The offering statement consists of the contents required by Form 1-A (§ 239.90 of this chapter) and any other material information necessary to make the required statements, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Paper, printing, language and pagination.</I> Except as otherwise specified in this rule, the requirements for offering statements are the same as those specified in Rule 403 (§ 230.403) for registration statements under the Act. No fee is payable to the Commission upon either the submission or filing of an offering statement on Form 1-A, or any amendment to an offering statement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signatures.</I> The issuer, its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and a majority of the members of its board of directors or other governing body, must sign the offering statement in the manner prescribed by Form 1-A. If a signature is by a person on behalf of any other person, evidence of authority to sign must be filed, except where an executive officer signs for the issuer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-public submission.</I> An issuer whose securities have not been previously sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement under this Regulation A or an effective registration statement under the Securities Act may submit a draft offering statement to the Commission for non-public review by the staff of the Commission before public filing, provided that the offering statement shall not be qualified less than 21 calendar days after the public filing with the Commission of:
</P>
<P>(1) The initial non-public submission;
</P>
<P>(2) All non-public amendments; and
</P>
<P>(3) All non-public correspondence submitted by or on behalf of the issuer to the Commission staff regarding such submissions (subject to any separately approved confidential treatment request under Rule 251(e) (§ 230.251(e)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Qualification.</I> An offering statement and any amendment thereto can be qualified only at such date and time as the Commission may determine.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Amendments.</I> (1)(i) Amendments to an offering statement must be signed and filed with the Commission in the same manner as the initial filing. Amendments to an offering statement must be filed under cover of Form 1-A and must be numbered consecutively in the order in which filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Every amendment that includes amended audited financial statements must include the consent of the certifying accountant to the use of such accountant's certification in connection with the amended financial statements in the offering statement or offering circular and to being named as having audited such financial statements.
</P>
<P>(iii) Amendments solely relating to Part III of Form 1-A must comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, except that such amendments may be limited to Part I of Form 1-A, an explanatory note, and all of the information required by Part III of Form 1-A.
</P>
<P>(2) Post-qualification amendments must be filed in the following circumstances for ongoing offerings:
</P>
<P>(i) At least every 12 months after the qualification date to include the financial statements that would be required by Form 1-A as of such date; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To reflect any facts or events arising after the qualification date of the offering statement (or the most recent post-qualification amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the offering statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.253" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.253   Offering circular.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents.</I> An offering circular must include the information required by Form 1-A for offering circulars.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information that may be omitted.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a qualified offering circular may omit information with respect to the public offering price, underwriting syndicate (including any material relationships between the issuer or selling securityholders and the unnamed underwriters, brokers or dealers), underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds, conversion rates, call prices and other items dependent upon the offering price, delivery dates, and terms of the securities dependent upon the offering date; provided, that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities to be qualified are offered for cash.
</P>
<P>(2) The outside front cover page of the offering circular includes a bona fide estimate of the range of the maximum offering price and the maximum number of shares or other units of securities to be offered or a bona fide estimate of the principal amount of debt securities offered, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The range must not exceed $2 for offerings where the upper end of the range is $10 or less or 20% if the upper end of the price range is over $10; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The upper end of the range must be used in determining the aggregate offering price under Rule 251(a) (§ 230.251(a)).
</P>
<P>(3) The offering statement does not relate to securities to be offered by competitive bidding.
</P>
<P>(4) The volume of securities (the number of equity securities or aggregate principal amount of debt securities) to be offered may not be omitted in reliance on this paragraph (b).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>).</HED>
<P>A decrease in the volume of securities offered or a change in the bona fide estimate of the offering price range from that indicated in the offering circular filed as part of a qualified offering statement may be disclosed in the offering circular filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 253(g) (§ 230.253(g)), so long as the decrease in the volume of securities offered or change in the price range would not materially change the disclosure contained in the offering statement at qualification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any decrease in the volume of securities offered and any deviation from the low or high end of the price range may be reflected in the offering circular supplement filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 253(g)(1) or (3) (§ 230.253(g)(1) or (3)) if, in the aggregate, the decrease in volume and/or change in price represent no more than a 20% change from the maximum aggregate offering price calculable using the information in the qualified offering statement. In no circumstances may this paragraph be used to offer securities where the maximum aggregate offering price would result in the offering exceeding the limit set forth in Rule 251(a) (§ 230.251(a)) or if the change would result in a Tier 1 offering becoming a Tier 2 offering. An offering circular supplement may not be used to increase the volume of securities being offered. Additional securities may only be offered pursuant to a new offering statement or post-qualification amendment qualified by the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Filing of omitted information.</I> The information omitted from the offering circular in reliance upon paragraph (b) of this section must be contained in an offering circular filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section; except that if such offering circular is not so filed by the later of 15 business days after the qualification date of the offering statement or 15 business days after the qualification of a post-qualification amendment thereto that contains an offering circular, the information omitted in reliance upon paragraph (b) of this section must be contained in a qualified post-qualification amendment to the offering statement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Presentation of information.</I> (1) Information in the offering circular must be presented in a clear, concise and understandable manner and in a type size that is easily readable. Repetition of information should be avoided; cross-referencing of information within the document is permitted.
</P>
<P>(2) Where an offering circular is distributed through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Date.</I> An offering circular must be dated approximately as of the date it was filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Cover page legend.</I> The cover page of every offering circular must display the following statement highlighted by prominent type or in another manner:
</P>
<P>The United States Securities and Exchange Commission does not pass upon the merits of or give its approval to any securities offered or the terms of the offering, nor does it pass upon the accuracy or completeness of any offering circular or other solicitation materials. These securities are offered pursuant to an exemption from registration with the Commission; however, the Commission has not made an independent determination that the securities offered are exempt from registration.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Offering circular supplements.</I> (1) An offering circular that discloses information previously omitted from the offering circular in reliance upon Rule 253(b) (§ 230.253(b)) must be filed with the Commission no later than two business days following the earlier of the date of determination of the offering price or the date such offering circular is first used after qualification in connection with a public offering or sale.
</P>
<P>(2) An offering circular that reflects information other than that covered in paragraph (g)(1) of this section that constitutes a substantive change from or addition to the information set forth in the last offering circular filed with the Commission must be filed with the Commission no later than five business days after the date it is first used after qualification in connection with a public offering or sale. If an offering circular filed pursuant to this paragraph (g)(2) consists of an offering circular supplement attached to an offering circular that previously had been filed or was not required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section because it did not contain substantive changes from an offering circular that previously was filed, only the offering circular supplement need be filed under paragraph (g) of this section, provided that the cover page of the offering circular supplement identifies the date(s) of the related offering circular and any offering circular supplements thereto that together constitute the offering circular with respect to the securities currently being offered or sold.
</P>
<P>(3) An offering circular that discloses information, facts or events covered in both paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section must be filed with the Commission no later than two business days following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after qualification in connection with a public offering or sale.
</P>
<P>(4) An offering circular required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section that is not filed within the time frames specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable, must be filed pursuant to this paragraph (g)(4) as soon as practicable after the discovery of such failure to file.
</P>
<P>(5) Each offering circular filed under this section must contain in the upper right corner of the cover page the paragraphs of paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this section under which the filing is made, and the file number of the offering statement to which the offering circular relates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.254" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.254   Preliminary offering circular.</HEAD>
<P>After the filing of an offering statement, but before its qualification, written offers of securities may be made if they meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Outside front cover page.</I> The outside front cover page of the material bears the caption <I>Preliminary Offering Circular,</I> the date of issuance, and the following legend, which must be highlighted by prominent type or in another manner:
</P>
<P>An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other contents.</I> The Preliminary Offering Circular contains substantially the information required to be in an offering circular by Form 1-A (§ 239.90 of this chapter), except that certain information may be omitted under Rule 253(b) (§ 230.253(b)) subject to the conditions set forth in such rule.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing.</I> The Preliminary Offering Circular is filed as a part of the offering statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.255" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.255   Solicitations of interest and other communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Solicitation of interest.</I> At any time before the qualification of an offering statement, including before the non-public submission or public filing of such offering statement, an issuer or any person authorized to act on behalf of an issuer may communicate orally or in writing to determine whether there is any interest in a contemplated securities offering. Such communications are deemed to be an offer of a security for sale for purposes of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws. No solicitation or acceptance of money or other consideration, nor of any commitment, binding or otherwise, from any person is permitted until qualification of the offering statement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> The communications must:
</P>
<P>(1) State that no money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
</P>
<P>(2) State that no offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
</P>
<P>(3) State that a person's indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
</P>
<P>(4) After the public filing of the offering statement:
</P>
<P>(i) State from whom a copy of the most recent version of the Preliminary Offering Circular may be obtained, including a phone number and address of such person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the URL where such Preliminary Offering Circular, or the offering statement in which such Preliminary Offering Circular was filed, may be obtained; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Include a complete copy of the Preliminary Offering Circular.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Indications of interest.</I> Any written communication under this rule may include a means by which a person may indicate to the issuer that such person is interested in a potential offering. This issuer may require the name, address, telephone number, and/or email address in any response form included pursuant to this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Revised solicitations of interest.</I> If solicitation of interest materials are used after the public filing of the offering statement and such solicitation of interest materials contain information that is inaccurate or inadequate in any material respect, revised solicitation of interest materials must be redistributed in a substantially similar manner as such materials were originally distributed. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this paragraph (d), if the only information that is inaccurate or inadequate is contained in a Preliminary Offering Circular provided with the solicitation of interest materials pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section, no such redistribution is required in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) in the case of paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, the revised Preliminary Offering Circular will be provided to any persons making new inquiries and will be recirculated to any persons making any previous inquiries; or
</P>
<P>(2) in the case of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, the URL continues to link directly to the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular or to the offering statement in which such revised Preliminary Offering Circular was filed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3596, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.256" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.256   Definition of “qualified purchaser”.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Section 18(b)(3) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77r(b)(3)], a “qualified purchaser” means any person to whom securities are offered or sold pursuant to a Tier 2 offering of this Regulation A.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.257" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.257   Periodic and current reporting; exit report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tier 1: Exit report.</I> Each issuer that has filed an offering statement for a Tier 1 offering that has been qualified pursuant to this Regulation A must file an exit report on Form 1-Z (§ 239.94 of this chapter) not later than 30 calendar days after the termination or completion of the offering.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tier 2: Periodic and current reporting.</I> Each issuer that has filed an offering statement for a Tier 2 offering that has been qualified pursuant to this Regulation A must file with the Commission the following periodic and current reports:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Annual reports.</I> An annual report on Form 1-K (§ 239.91 of this chapter) for the fiscal year in which the offering statement became qualified and for any fiscal year thereafter, unless the issuer's obligation to file such annual report is suspended under paragraph (d) of this section. Annual reports must be filed within the period specified in Form 1-K.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special financial report.</I> (i) A special financial report on Form 1-K or Form 1-SA if the offering statement did not contain the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Audited financial statements for the issuer's most recent fiscal year (or for the life of the issuer if less than a full fiscal year) preceding the fiscal year in which the issuer's offering statement became qualified; or
</P>
<P>(B) unaudited financial statements covering the first six months of the issuer's current fiscal year if the offering statement was qualified during the last six months of that fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) The special financial report described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section must be filed under cover of Form 1-K within 120 calendar days after the qualification date of the offering statement and must include audited financial statements for such fiscal year or other period specified in that paragraph, as the case may be. The special financial report described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section must be filed under cover of Form 1-SA within 90 calendar days after the qualification date of the offering statement and must include the semiannual financial statements for the first six months of the issuer's fiscal year, which may be unaudited.
</P>
<P>(iii) A special financial report must be signed in accordance with the requirements of the form on which it is filed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Semiannual report.</I> A semiannual report on Form 1-SA (§ 239.92 of this chapter) within the period specified in Form 1-SA. Semiannual reports must cover the first six months of each fiscal year of the issuer, commencing with the first six months of the fiscal year immediately following the most recent fiscal year for which full financial statements were included in the offering statement, or, if the offering statement included financial statements for the first six months of the fiscal year following the most recent full fiscal year, for the first six months of the following fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current reports.</I> Current reports on Form 1-U (§ 239.93 of this chapter) with respect to the matters and within the period specified in that form, unless substantially the same information has been previously reported to the Commission by the issuer under cover of Form 1-K or Form 1-SA.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reporting by successor issuers.</I> Where in connection with a succession by merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, securities of any issuer that is not required to file reports pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section are issued to the holders of any class of securities of another issuer that is required to file such reports, the duty to file reports pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be deemed to have been assumed by the issuer of the class of securities so issued. The successor issuer must, after the consummation of the succession, file reports in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, unless that issuer is exempt from filing such reports or the duty to file such reports is terminated or suspended under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Exchange Act reporting requirements.</I> The duty to file reports under this rule shall be deemed to have been met if the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 15 U.S.C. 78o) and, as of each Form 1-K and Form 1-SA due date, has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 15 U.S.C. 78o) during the 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) preceding such due date.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exemption for subsidiary issuers of guaranteed securities and subsidiary guarantors.</I> Any issuer of a guaranteed security, or guarantor of a security, that is permitted to omit financial statements by Item (b)(7)(i) of Part F/S of Form 1-A (referenced in § 239.90), Item 7(g)(1) of Part II of Form 1-K (referenced in § 239.91), and Item 3(e) of Form 1-SA (referenced in § 239.92), is exempt from the requirements of this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendments.</I> All amendments to the reports described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be filed under cover of the form amended, marked with the letter <I>A</I> to designate the document as an amendment, e.g., “1-K/A,” and in compliance with pertinent requirements applicable to such reports. Amendments filed pursuant to this paragraph (c) must set forth the complete text of each item as amended, but need not include any items that were not amended. Amendments must be numbered sequentially and be filed separately for each report amended. Amendments must be signed on behalf of the issuer by a duly authorized representative of the issuer. An amendment to any report required to include certifications as specified in the applicable form must include new certifications by the appropriate persons.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Suspension of duty to file reports.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(2) The duty to file reports under paragraph (b) of this section with respect to a class of securities held of record (as defined in Rule 12g5-1 (§ 240.12g5-1 of this chapter)) by less than 300 persons, or less than 1,200 persons for a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), or a bank holding company (as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841)), shall be suspended for such class of securities immediately upon filing with the Commission an exit report on Form 1-Z (§ 239.94 of this chapter) if the issuer of such class has filed all reports due pursuant to this rule before the date of such Form 1-Z filing for the shorter of:
</P>
<P>(i) The period since the issuer became subject to such reporting obligation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Its most recent three fiscal years and the portion of the current year preceding the date of filing Form 1-Z.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the term <I>class</I> shall be construed to include all securities of an issuer that are of substantially similar character and the holders of which enjoy substantially similar rights and privileges. If the Form 1-Z is subsequently withdrawn or if it is denied because the issuer was ineligible to use the form, the issuer must, within 60 calendar days, file with the Commission all reports which would have been required if such exit report had not been filed. If the suspension resulted from the issuer's merger into, or consolidation with, another issuer or issuers, the notice must be filed by the successor issuer.
</P>
<P>(4) The ability to suspend reporting, as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, is not available for any class of securities if:
</P>
<P>(i) During that fiscal year a Tier 2 offering statement was qualified;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer has not filed an annual report under this rule or the Exchange Act for the fiscal year in which a Tier 2 offering statement was qualified; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Offers or sales of securities of that class are being made pursuant to a Tier 2 Regulation A offering.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination of duty to file reports.</I> If the duty to file reports is deemed to have been met pursuant to paragraph (b)(6) of this section and such status ends because the issuer terminates or suspends its duty to file reports under the Exchange Act, the issuer's obligation to file reports under paragraph (b) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Automatically terminate if the issuer is eligible to suspend its duty to file reports under paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Recommence with the report covering the most recent financial period after that included in any effective registration statement or filed Exchange Act report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 45725, Oct. 2, 2017; 83 FR 47836, Sept. 21, 2018; 83 FR 52964, Oct. 19, 2018; 84 FR 529, Jan. 31, 2019; 85 FR 17751, Mar. 31, 2020; 85 FR 22004, Apr. 20, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.258" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.258   Suspension of the exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Suspension.</I> The Commission may at any time enter an order temporarily suspending a Regulation A exemption if it has reason to believe that:
</P>
<P>(1) No exemption is available or any of the terms, conditions or requirements of Regulation A have not been complied with;
</P>
<P>(2) The offering statement, any sales or solicitation of interest material, or any report filed pursuant to Rule 257 (§ 230.257) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>(3) The offering is being made or would be made in violation of section 17 of the Securities Act;
</P>
<P>(4) An event has occurred after the filing of the offering statement that would have rendered the exemption hereunder unavailable if it had occurred before such filing;
</P>
<P>(5) Any person specified in Rule 262(a) (§ 230.262(a)) has been indicted for any crime or offense of the character specified in Rule 262(a)(1) (§ 230.262(a)(1)), or any proceeding has been initiated for the purpose of enjoining any such person from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice of the character specified in Rule 262(a)(2) (§ 230.262(a)(2)), or any proceeding has been initiated for the purposes of Rule 262(a)(3)-(8) (§ 230.262(a)(3) through (8)); or
</P>
<P>(6) The issuer or any promoter, officer, director, or underwriter has failed to cooperate, or has obstructed or refused to permit the making of an investigation by the Commission in connection with any offering made or proposed to be made in reliance on Regulation A.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice and hearing</I>. Upon the entry of an order under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission will promptly give notice to the issuer, any underwriter, and any selling securityholder:
</P>
<P>(1) That such order has been entered, together with a brief statement of the reasons for the entry of the order; and
</P>
<P>(2) That the Commission, upon receipt of a written request within 30 calendar days after the entry of the order, will, within 20 calendar days after receiving the request, order a hearing at a place to be designated by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Suspension order</I>. If no hearing is requested and none is ordered by the Commission, an order entered under paragraph (a) of this section shall become permanent on the 30th calendar day after its entry and shall remain in effect unless or until it is modified or vacated by the Commission. Where a hearing is requested or is ordered by the Commission, the Commission will, after notice of and opportunity for such hearing, either vacate the order or enter an order permanently suspending the exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permanent suspension</I>. The Commission may, at any time after notice of and opportunity for hearing, enter an order permanently suspending the exemption for any reason upon which it could have entered a temporary suspension order under paragraph (a) of this section. Any such order shall remain in effect until vacated by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice procedures</I>. All notices required by this rule must be given by personal service, registered or certified mail to the addresses given by the issuer, any underwriter and any selling securityholder in the offering statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.259" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.259   Withdrawal or abandonment of offering statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Withdrawal</I>. If none of the securities that are the subject of an offering statement has been sold and such offering statement is not the subject of a proceeding under Rule 258 (§ 230.258), the offering statement may be withdrawn with the Commission's consent. The application for withdrawal must state the reason the offering statement is to be withdrawn and must be signed by an authorized representative of the issuer. Any withdrawn document will remain in the Commission's files, as well as the related request for withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Abandonment.</I> When an offering statement, or a post-qualification amendment to such statement, has been on file with the Commission for nine months without amendment and has not become qualified, the Commission may, in its discretion, declare the offering statement or post-qualification amendment abandoned. If the offering statement has been amended, or if the post-qualification amendment has been amended, the nine-month period shall be computed from the date of the latest amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3596, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.260" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.260   Insignificant deviations from a term, condition or requirement of Regulation A.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Failure to comply</I>. A failure to comply with a term, condition or requirement of Regulation A will not result in the loss of the exemption from the requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act for any offer or sale to a particular individual or entity, if the person relying on the exemption establishes that:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure to comply did not pertain to a term, condition or requirement directly intended to protect that particular individual or entity;
</P>
<P>(2) The failure to comply was insignificant with respect to the offering as a whole, provided that any failure to comply with Rule 251(a), (b), and (d)(1) and (3) (§ 230.251(a), (b), and (d)(1) and (3)) shall be deemed to be significant to the offering as a whole; and
</P>
<P>(3) A good faith and reasonable attempt was made to comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of Regulation A.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Action by Commission</I>. A transaction made in reliance upon Regulation A must comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of the regulation. Where an exemption is established only through reliance upon paragraph (a) of this section, the failure to comply shall nonetheless be actionable by the Commission under section 20 of the Securities Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Suspension</I>. This provision provides no relief or protection from a proceeding under Rule 258 (§ 230.258).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.261" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.261   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this Regulation A, all terms have the same meanings as in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), except that all references to <I>registrant</I> in those definitions shall refer to the issuer of the securities to be offered and sold under Regulation A. In addition, these terms have the following meanings:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliated issuer</I>. An affiliate (as defined in Rule 501 (§ 230.501)) of the issuer that is issuing securities in the same offering.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Business day</I>. Any day except Saturdays, Sundays or United States federal holidays.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Eligible securities</I>. Equity securities, debt securities, and securities convertible or exchangeable to equity interests, including any guarantees of such securities, but not including asset-backed securities as such term is defined in Item 1101(c) of Regulation AB.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final order</I>. A written directive or declaratory statement issued by a federal or state agency described in Rule 262(a)(3) (§ 230.262(a)(3)) under applicable statutory authority that provides for notice and an opportunity for hearing, which constitutes a final disposition or action by that federal or state agency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final offering circular</I>. The more recent of: the current offering circular contained in a qualified offering statement; and any offering circular filed pursuant to Rule 253(g) (§ 230.253(g)). If, however, the issuer is relying on Rule 253(b) ((§ 230.253(b)), the Final Offering Circular is the most recent of the offering circular filed pursuant to Rule 253(g)(1) or (3) (§ 230.253(g)(1) or (3)) and any subsequent offering circular filed pursuant to Rule 253(g) (§ 230.253(g)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offering statement</I>. An offering statement prepared pursuant to Regulation A.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Preliminary offering circular</I>. The offering circular described in Rule 254 (§ 230.254).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.262" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.262   Disqualification provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disqualification events.</I> No exemption under §§ 230.251 through 230.263 (Regulation A) shall be available for a sale of securities if the issuer; any predecessor of the issuer; any affiliated issuer; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the issuer; any beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter connected with the issuer in any capacity at the time of filing, any offer after qualification, or such sale; any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with such sale of securities; any general partner or managing member of any such solicitor; or any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any such solicitor or general partner or managing member of such solicitor:
</P>
<P>(1) Has been convicted, within 10 years before the filing of the offering statement or such sale (or five years, in the case of issuers, their predecessors and affiliated issuers), of any felony or misdemeanor:
</P>
<P>(i) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years before the filing of the offering statement or such sale that, at the time of such filing or such sale, restrains or enjoins such person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:
</P>
<P>(i) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Is subject to a final order (as defined in § 230.261) of a State securities commission (or an agency or officer of a State performing like functions); a State authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a State insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a State performing like functions); an appropriate Federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the National Credit Union Administration that:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time of the filing of the offering statement or such sale, bars the person from:
</P>
<P>(A) Association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer;
</P>
<P>(B) Engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or
</P>
<P>(C) Engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct entered within ten years before such filing of the offering statement or such sale;
</P>
<P>(4) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b) or 78<I>o</I>-4(c)) or section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)) that, at the time of the filing of the offering statement or such sale:
</P>
<P>(i) Suspends or revokes such person's registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(ii) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of such person; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Bars such person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock;
</P>
<P>(5) Is subject to any order of the Commission entered within five years before the filing of the offering statement or such sale that, at the time of such filing or sale, orders the person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the Federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, section 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)(1)) and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)), or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e).
</P>
<P>(6) Is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade;
</P>
<P>(7) Has filed (as a registrant or issuer), or was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or offering statement filed with the Commission that, within five years before the filing of the offering statement or such sale, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, at the time of such filing or such sale, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued; or
</P>
<P>(8) Is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within five years before the filing of the offering statement or such sale, or is, at the time of such filing or such sale, subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a):</I> With respect to any beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, the issuer is required to determine whether a disqualifying event has occurred only as of the time of filing of the offering statement and not from the time of such sale.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transition, waivers, reasonable care exception</I>. Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any order under § 230.262(a)(3) or (5) that occurred or was issued before June 19, 2015;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon a showing of good cause and without prejudice to any other action by the Commission, if the Commission determines that it is not necessary under the circumstances that an exemption be denied;
</P>
<P>(3) If, before the filing of the offering statement or the relevant sale, the court or regulatory authority that entered the relevant order, judgment or decree advises in writing (whether contained in the relevant judgment, order or decree or separately to the Commission or its staff) that disqualification under paragraph (a) of this section should not arise as a consequence of such order, judgment or decree; or
</P>
<P>(4) If the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known that a disqualification existed under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(4).</HED>
<P>An issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist. The nature and scope of the factual inquiry will vary based on the facts and circumstances concerning, among other things, the issuer and the other offering participants.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Affiliated issuers</I>. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, events relating to any affiliated issuer that occurred before the affiliation arose will be not considered disqualifying if the affiliated entity is not:
</P>
<P>(1) In control of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(2) Under common control with the issuer by a third party that was in control of the affiliated entity at the time of such events.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure of prior “bad actor” events</I>. The issuer must include in the offering circular a description of any matters that would have triggered disqualification under paragraphs (a)(3) and (5) of this section but occurred before June 19, 2015. The failure to provide such information shall not prevent an issuer from relying on Regulation A if the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known of the existence of the undisclosed matter or matters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3597, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.263" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.263   Consent to service of process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the issuer is not organized under the laws of any of the states or territories of the United States of America, it shall furnish to the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) at the time of filing the offering statement required by Rule 252 (§ 230.252).
</P>
<P>(b) Any change to the name or address of the agent for service of the issuer shall be communicated promptly to the Commission through amendment of the requisite form and referencing the file number of the relevant offering statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21895, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 230.300-230.346" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.40.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 230.300-230.346   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV7 N="41" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.41" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation C—Registration</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In §§ 230.400 to 230.499, the numbers to the right of the decimal point correspond with the respective rule number in Regulation C, under the Securities Act of 1933.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.400" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.98" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.400   Application of §§ 230.400 to 230.494, inclusive.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 230.400 to 230.494 shall govern every registration of securities under the Act, except that any provision in a form, or an item of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.001 <I>et seq.</I>) referred to in such form, covering the same subject matter as any such rule shall be controlling unless otherwise specifically provided in §§ 230.400 to 230.494.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11434, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="42" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>general requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.401" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.99" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.401   Requirements as to proper form.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The form and contents of a registration statement and prospectus shall conform to the applicable rules and forms as in effect on the initial filing date of such registration statement and prospectus.
</P>
<P>(b) If an amendment to a registration statement and prospectus is filed for the purpose of meeting the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act or pursuant to the provisions of section 24(e) or 24(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the form and contents of such an amendment shall conform to the applicable rules and forms as in effect on the filing date of such amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) An amendment to a registration statement and prospectus, other than an amendment described in paragraph (b) of this section, may be filed on any shorter Securities Act registration form for which it is eligible on the filing date of the amendment. At the issuer's option, the amendment also may be filed on the same Securities Act registration form used for the most recent amendment described in paragraph (b) of this section or, if no such amendment has been filed, the initial registration statement and prospectus. 
</P>
<P>(d) The form and contents of a prospectus forming part of a registration statement which is the subject of a stop order entered under section 8(d) of the Act, if used after the date such stop order ceases to be effective, shall conform to the applicable rules and forms as in effect on the date such stop order ceases to be effective.
</P>
<P>(e) A prospectus filed as part of an amendment to an effective registration statement, or other amendment to such registration statement, on any form may be prepared in accordance with the requirements of any other form which would then be appropriate for the registration of securities to which the prospectus or other amendment relates, provided that all of the other requirements of such other form and applicable rules (including any required undertakings) are met.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a registrant (1) shall comply with the rules and forms as in effect at a date different from those specified in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section if the rules or forms or amendments thereto specifically so provide; and (2) may comply voluntarily with the rules and forms as in effect at dates subsequent to those specified in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section, provided that all of the requirements of the particular rules and forms in effect at such dates (including any required undertakings) are met.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Subject to paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section, except for registration statements and post-effective amendments that become effective immediately pursuant to Rule 462 and Rule 464 (§ 230.462 and § 230.464), a registration statement or any amendment thereto is deemed filed on the proper registration form unless the Commission objects to the registration form before the effective date.
</P>
<P>(2) An automatic shelf registration statement as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405) and any post-effective amendment thereto are deemed filed on the proper registration form unless and until the Commission notifies the issuer of its objection to the use of such form. Following any such notification, the issuer must amend its automatic shelf registration statement onto the registration form it is then eligible to use, <I>provided, however,</I> that any continuous offering of securities pursuant to Rule 415 (§ 230.415) that the issuer has commenced pursuant to the registration statement before the Commission has notified the issuer of its objection to the use of such form may continue until the effective date of a new registration statement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement that the issuer has filed on the proper registration form, if the issuer files promptly after notification the new registration statement or post-effective amendment and if the offering is permitted to be made under the new registration statement or post-effective amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Violations of General Instruction I.B.6. of Form S-3 or General Instruction I.B.5. of Form F-3 will also violate the requirements as to proper form under this section notwithstanding that the registration statement may have been declared effective previously.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding that the registration statement may have become effective previously, requirements as to proper form under this section will have been violated for any offering of securities where the requirements of General Instruction I.A. of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) have not been met as of ninety days after the end of the depositor's fiscal year end prior to such offering.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11434, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 39762, July 24, 1997; 64 FR 11116, Mar. 8, 1999; 70 FR 44809, Aug. 3, 2005; 72 FR 73551, Dec. 27, 2007; 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.401a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.100" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.401a   Requirements as to proper form.</HEAD>
<P>With regard to issuers eligible to rely on Release No. 34-45589 (March 18, 2002) (which may be viewed on the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov</I>), the filing of reports in accordance with the provisions of that Release shall result in those reports being “timely filed” for purposes of all form eligibility standards in registration statement forms under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 13536, Mar. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.402" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.101" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.402   Number of copies; binding; signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of the complete registration statement, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part of the statement, shall be filed with the Commission. Each copy shall be bound, in one or more parts, without stiff covers. The binding shall be made on the side or stitching margin in such manner as to leave the reading matter legible. At least one such copy of every registration shall be signed by the persons specified in section 6(a) of the Act. Unsigned copies shall be conformed.
</P>
<P>(b) Ten additional copies of the registration statement, similarly bound, shall be furnished for use in the examination of the registration statement, public inspection, copying and other purposes. Where a registration statement incorporates into the prospectus documents which are required to be delivered with the prospectus in lieu of prospectus presentation, the ten additional copies of the registration statement shall be accompanied by ten copies of such documents. No other exhibits are required to accompany such additional copies.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if a registration statement is filed on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter), three copies of the complete registration statement, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part of the statement, shall be filed with the Commission. Each copy shall be bound, in one or more parts, without stiff covers. The binding shall be made on the side or stitching margin in such manner as to leave the reading matter legible. At least one such copy shall be signed by the persons specified in section 6(a) of the Act. Unsigned copies shall be conformed. Three additional copies of the registration statement, similarly bound, also shall be furnished to the Commission for use in the examination of the registration statement, public inspection, copying and other purposes. No exhibits are required to accompany the additional 

copies of registration statements filed on Form S-8.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if a registration statement is filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) and Rule 110(d) (§ 230.110(d)), one copy of the complete registration statement, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part thereof shall be filed with the Commission. Such copy should not be bound and may contain facsimile versions of manual signatures in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signatures.</I> Where the Act or the rules thereunder, including paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the registrant for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (e). Upon request, the registrant shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11434, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 23922, June 13, 1990; 60 FR 26615, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 85 FR 78228, Dec. 4, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.403" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.102" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.403   Requirements as to paper, printing, language and pagination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Registration statements, applications and reports shall be filed on good quality, unglazed, white paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size, insofar as practicable. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size.
</P>
<P>(b) The registration statement and, insofar as practicable, all papers and documents filed as a part thereof shall be printed, lithographed, mimeographed or typewritten. However, the statement or any portion thereof may be prepared by any similar process which, in the opinion of the Commission, produces copies suitable for a permanent record. Irrespective of the process used, all copies of any such material shall be clear, easily readable and suitable for repeated photocopying. Debits in credit categories and credits in debit categories shall be designated so as to be clearly distinguishable as such on photocopies.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) All Securities Act filings and submissions must be in the English language, except as otherwise provided by this section. If a registration statement or other filing requires the inclusion of a document that is in a foreign language, the filer must submit instead a fair and accurate English translation of the entire foreign language document, except as provided by paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a registration statement or other filing or submission subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance requires the inclusion of a foreign language document as an exhibit or attachment, the filer must submit a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document if consisting of any of the following, or an amendment of any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Articles of incorporation, memoranda of association, bylaws, and other comparable documents, whether original or restated; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures qualified or to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Voting agreements, including voting trust agreements; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Contracts to which directors, officers, promoters, voting trustees or security holders named in a registration statement are parties; 
</P>
<P>(v) Contracts upon which a filer's business is substantially dependent; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Audited annual and interim consolidated financial information; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Any document that is or will be the subject of a confidential treatment request under § 230.406 or § 240.24b-2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A filer may submit an English summary instead of an English translation of a foreign language document as an exhibit or attachment to a filing subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance as long as: 
</P>
<P>(A) The foreign language document does not consist of any of the subject matter enumerated in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The applicable form permits the use of an English summary. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any English summary submitted under paragraph (c)(3) of this section must: 
</P>
<P>(A) Fairly and accurately summarize the terms of each material provision of the foreign language document; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Fairly and accurately describe the terms that have been omitted or abridged. 
</P>
<P>(4) When submitting an English summary or English translation of a foreign language document under this section, a filer must identify the submission as either an English summary or English translation. A filer may submit a copy of the unabridged foreign language document when including an English summary or English translation of a foreign language document in a filing. A filer must provide a copy of any foreign language document upon the request of Commission staff. 
</P>
<P>(5) A Canadian issuer may file an exhibit or other part of a registration statement on Form F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10, or F-80 (§§ 239.37, 239.38, 239.39, 239.40, or 239.41 of this chapter), that contains text in both French and English if the issuer included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority and, for an electronic filing, if the filing is an HTML document, as defined in Regulation S-T Rule 11(§ 232.11).
</P>
<P>(d) The manually signed original (or in the case of duplicate originals, one duplicate original) of all registrations, applications, statements, reports or other documents filed under the Act shall be numbered sequentially (in addition to any internal numbering which otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed or other legible form of notation from the first page of the document through the last page of that document and any exhibits or attachments thereto. Further, the total number of pages contained in a numbered original shall be set forth on the first page of the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11434, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 58238, Dec. 30, 1982; 67 FR 36698, May 24, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.103" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.404   Preparation of registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registration statement shall consist of the facing sheet of the applicable form; a prospectus containing the information called for by Part I of such form; the information, list of exhibits, undertakings and signatures required to be set forth in Part II of such form; financial statements and schedules; exhibits; any other information or documents filed as part of the registration statement; and all documents or information incorporated by reference in the foregoing (whether or not required to be filed).
</P>
<P>(b) All general instructions, instructions to items of the form, and instructions as to financial statements, exhibits, or prospectuses are to be omitted from the registration statement in all cases.
</P>
<P>(c) The prospectus shall contain the information called for by all of the items of Part I of the applicable form, except that unless otherwise specified, no reference need be made to inapplicable items, and negative answers to any item in Part I may be omitted. A copy of the prospectus may be filed as a part of the registration statement in lieu of furnishing the information in item-and-answer form. Wherever a copy of the prospectus is filed in lieu of information in item-and-answer form, the text of the items of the form is to be omitted from the registration statement, as well as from the prospectus, except to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this rule.
</P>
<P>(d) Where any items of a form call for information not required to be included in the prospectus, generally Part II of such form, the text of such items, including the numbers and captions thereof, together with the answers thereto shall be filed with the prospectus under cover of the facing sheet of the form as a part of the registration statement. However, the text of such items may be omitted provided the answers are so prepared as to indicate the coverage of the item without the necessity of reference to the text of the item. If any such item is inapplicable, or the answer thereto is in the negative, a statement to that effect shall be made. Any financial statements not required to be included in the prospectus shall also be filed as a part of the registration statement proper, unless incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 (§ 230.411).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11435, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 39763, July 24, 1997; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.405" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.104" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.405   Definitions of terms.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in §§ 230.400 to 230.494, inclusive, or in the forms for registration have the same meanings as in the Act and in the general rules and regulations. In addition, the following definitions apply, unless the context otherwise requires:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate.</I> An <I>affiliate</I> of, or person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specified person, is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P><I>Amount.</I> The term <I>amount,</I> when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to shares, and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security.
</P>
<P><I>Associate.</I> The term <I>associate,</I> when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means (1) a corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority-owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (2) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity, and (3) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic shelf registration statement.</I> The term <I>automatic shelf registration statement</I> means a registration statement filed on Form S-3, Form F-3, or Form N-2 (§ 239.13, § 239.33, or §§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) by a well-known seasoned issuer pursuant to General Instruction I.D. of Form S-3, General Instruction I.C. of Form F-3, or General Instruction B of Form N-2.


</P>
<P><I>Blank check company.</I> For purposes of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77z-2), the term <I>blank check company</I> means a company that has no specific business plan or purpose or has indicated that its business plan is to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies, or other entity or person.


</P>
<P><I>Business combination related shell company.</I> The term <I>business combination related shell company</I> means a shell company (as defined in § 230.405) that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Formed by an entity that is not a shell company solely for the purpose of changing the corporate domicile of that entity solely within the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Formed by an entity that is not a shell company solely for the purpose of completing a business combination transaction (as defined in § 230.165(f)) among one or more entities other than the shell company, none of which is a shell company. 
</P>
<P><I>Business development company.</I> The term <I>business development company</I> refers to a company which has elected to be regulated as a business development company under sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P><I>Certified.</I> The term <I>certified,</I> when used in regard to financial statements, means examined and reported upon with an opinion expressed by an independent public or certified public accountant.
</P>
<P><I>Charter.</I> The term <I>charter</I> includes articles of incorporation, declarations of trust, articles of association or partnership, or any similar instrument, as amended, affecting (either with or without filing with any governmental agency) the organization or creation of an incorporated or unincorporated person.
</P>
<P><I>Common equity.</I> The term <I>common equity</I> means any class of common stock or an equivalent interest, including but not limited to a unit of beneficial interest in a trust or a limited partnership interest.
</P>
<P><I>Commission.</I> The term <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Control.</I> The term <I>control</I> (including the terms <I>controlling, controlled by</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Depositary share.</I> The term <I>depositary share</I> means a security, evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt, that represents a foreign security or a multiple of or fraction thereof deposited with a depositary.
</P>
<P><I>Director.</I> The term <I>director</I> means any director of a corporation or any person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.
</P>
<P><I>Dividend or interest reinvestment plan.</I> The term <I>dividend or interest reinvestment plan</I> means a plan which is offered solely to the existing security holders of the registrant, which allows such persons to reinvest dividends or interest paid to them on securities issued by the registrant, and also may allow additional cash amounts to be contributed by the participants in the plan, provided the securities to be registered are newly issued, or are purchased for the account of plan participants, at prices not in excess of current market prices at the time of purchase, or at prices not in excess of an amount determined in accordance with a pricing formula specified in the plan and based upon average or current market prices at the time of purchase.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic filer.</I> The term <I>electronic filer</I> means a person or an entity that submits filings electronically pursuant to Rules 100 and 101 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.100 and 232.101 of this chapter, respectively). 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic filing.</I> The term <I>electronic filing</I> means a document under the federal securities laws that is transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format. 
</P>
<P><I>Emerging growth company.</I> (1) The term <I>emerging growth company</I> means an issuer that had total annual gross revenues of less than $1,235,000,000 during its most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer that is an emerging growth company as of the first day of that fiscal year shall continue to be deemed an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
</P>
<P>(i) The last day of the fiscal year of the issuer during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1,235,000,000 or more;
</P>
<P>(ii) The last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the issuer pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date on which such issuer has, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The date on which such issuer is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Employee.</I> The term <I>employee</I> does not include a director, trustee, or officer.
</P>
<P><I>Employee benefit plan.</I> The term <I>employee benefit plan</I> means any written purchase, savings, option, bonus, appreciation, profit sharing, thrift, incentive, pension or similar plan or written compensation contract solely for employees, directors, general partners, trustees (where the registrant is a business trust), officers, or consultants or advisors. However, consultants or advisors may participate in an employee benefit plan only if:
</P>
<P>(1) They are natural persons;
</P>
<P>(2) They provide <I>bona fide</I> services to the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(3) The services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the registrant's securities.
</P>
<P><I>Equity security.</I> The term <I>equity security</I> means any stock or similar security, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, voting trust certificate or certificate of deposit for an equity security, limited partnership interest, interest in a joint venture, or certificate of interest in a business trust; any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying such a security from or selling such a security to another without being bound to do so. 
</P>
<P><I>Exchange-traded vehicle security.</I> The term <I>exchange-traded vehicle security</I> means a security:
</P>
<P>(1) Of an issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is not a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The assets of which consist primarily of commodities, currencies, or derivative instruments that reference commodities or currencies, or interests in the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(2) Offered or sold in a registered offering on a continuous basis pursuant to § 230.415 (Rule 415) by or on behalf of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(3) Of a class of securities that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange at or immediately after the time of effectiveness of the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(4) Which is able to be purchased or redeemed, subject to conditions or limitations as described in the registration statement for the offering of such security, by the issuer for a ratable share of the issuer's assets (or the cash equivalent thereof) at their net asset value each business day.
</P>
<P><I>Executive officer.</I> The term <I>executive officer,</I> when used with reference to a registrant, means its president, any vice president of the registrant in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy making function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the registrant. Executive officers of subsidiaries may be deemed executive officers of the registrant if they perform such policy making functions for the registrant.
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal year.</I> The term <I>fiscal year</I> means the annual accounting period or, if no closing date has been adopted, the calendar year ending on December 31.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign government.</I> The term <I>foreign government</I> means the government of any foreign country or of any political subdivision of a foreign country.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign issuer.</I> The term <I>foreign issuer</I> means any issuer which is a foreign government, a national of any foreign country or a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign private issuer.</I> (1) The term <I>foreign private issuer</I> means any foreign issuer other than a foreign government except an issuer meeting the following conditions as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter:
</P>
<P>(i) More than 50 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer are directly or indirectly owned of record by residents of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The majority of the executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents;
</P>
<P>(B) More than 50 percent of the assets of the issuer are located in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(C) The business of the issuer is administered principally in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (1) of the definition of <I>Foreign private issuer:</I></HED>
<P>To determine the percentage of outstanding voting securities held by U.S. residents:
</P>
<P>A. Use the method of calculating record ownership in § 240.12g3-2(a) of this chapter, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) The inquiry as to the amount of shares represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States may be limited to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in:
</P>
<P>(i) The United States,
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The jurisdiction that is the primary trading market for the issuer's voting securities, if different than the issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding § 240.12g5-1(a)(8) of this chapter, the issuer shall not exclude securities held by persons who received the securities pursuant to an employee compensation plan.
</P>
<P>B. If, after reasonable inquiry, the issuer is unable to obtain information about the amount of shares represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, the issuer may assume, for purposes of this definition, that the customers are residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>C. Count shares of voting securities beneficially owned by residents of the United States as reported on reports of beneficial ownership provided to the issuer or filed publicly and based on information otherwise provided to the issuer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) In the case of a new registrant with the Commission, the determination of whether an issuer is a foreign private issuer shall be made as of a date within 30 days prior to the issuer's filing of an initial registration statement under either the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(3) Once an issuer qualifies as a foreign private issuer, it will immediately be able to use the forms and rules designated for foreign private issuers until it fails to qualify for this status at the end of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter. An issuer's determination that it fails to qualify as a foreign private issuer governs its eligibility to use the forms and rules designated for foreign private issuers beginning on the first day of the fiscal year following the determination date. Once an issuer fails to qualify for foreign private issuer status, it will remain unqualified unless it meets the requirements for foreign private issuer status as of the last business day of its second fiscal quarter.


</P>
<P><I>Form available solely to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. A form available solely to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940</I> includes the form used to register the offering of securities of a registered non-variable annuity for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933.


</P>
<P><I>Free writing prospectus.</I> Except as otherwise specifically provided or the context otherwise requires, a <I>free writing prospectus</I> is any written communication as defined in this section that constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the securities relating to a registered offering that is used after the registration statement in respect of the offering is filed (or, in the case of a well-known seasoned issuer, whether or not such registration statement is filed) and is made by means other than:
</P>
<P>(1) A prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act, Rule 430 (§ 230.430), Rule 430A (§ 230.430A), Rule 430B (§ 230.430B), Rule 430C (§ 230.430C), Rule 430D (§ 230.430D), or Rule 431 (§ 230.431);
</P>
<P>(2) A written communication used in reliance on Rule 167 and Rule 426 (§ 230.167 and § 230.426);
</P>
<P>(3) A written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy such securities that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in clause (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(4) A written communication used in reliance on Rule 163B (§ 230.163B) or on section 5(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Graphic communication.</I> The term <I>graphic communication</I>, which appears in the definition of “write, written” in section 2(a)(9) of the Act and in the definition of written communication in this section, shall include all forms of electronic media, including, but not limited to, audiotapes, videotapes, facsimiles, CD-ROM, electronic mail, Internet Web sites, substantially similar messages widely distributed (rather than individually distributed) on telephone answering or voice mail systems, computers, computer networks and other forms of computer data compilation. Graphic communication shall not include a communication that, at the time of the communication, originates live, in real-time to a live audience and does not originate in recorded form or otherwise as a graphic communication, although it is transmitted through graphic means.
</P>
<P><I>Ineligible issuer.</I> (1) An <I>ineligible issuer</I> is an issuer with respect to which any of the following is true as of the relevant date of determination:
</P>
<P>(i) Any issuer that is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) or section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29) that has not filed all reports and other materials required to be filed during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940), other than reports on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) required solely pursuant to an item specified in General Instruction I.A.3(b) of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) or General Instruction A.2.a of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) (or in the case of an asset-backed issuer, to the extent the depositor or any issuing entity previously established, directly or indirectly, by the depositor (as such terms are defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter (Item 1101 of Regulation AB) are or were at any time during the preceding 12 calendar months required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to a class of asset-backed securities involving the same asset class, such depositor and each such issuing entity must have filed all reports and other material required to be filed for such period (or such shorter period that each such entity was required to file such reports), other than reports on Form 8-K required solely pursuant to an item specified in General Instruction I.A.2 of Form SF-3);
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer is, or during the past three years the issuer or any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(A) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(B) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in this section;
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer in an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer is a limited partnership that is offering and selling its securities other than through a firm commitment underwriting;
</P>
<P>(iv) Within the past three years, a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against the issuer, or a court appointed a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer with respect to the business or property of the issuer subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of an involuntary bankruptcy in which a petition was filed against the issuer, ineligibility will occur upon the earlier to occur of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 90 days following the date of the filing of the involuntary petition (if the case has not been earlier dismissed); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The conversion of the case to a voluntary proceeding under federal bankruptcy or state insolvency laws; and
</P>
<P>(B) Ineligibility will terminate under this paragraph (1)(iv) if an issuer has filed an annual report with audited financial statements subsequent to its emergence from that bankruptcy, insolvency, or receivership process;
</P>
<P>(v) Within the past three years, the issuer or any entity that at the time was a subsidiary of the issuer was convicted of any felony or misdemeanor described in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of section 15(b)(4)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(4)(B)(i) through (iv));
</P>
<P>(vi) Within the past three years (but in the case of a decree or order agreed to in a settlement, not before December 1, 2005), the issuer or any entity that at the time was a subsidiary of the issuer was made the subject of any judicial or administrative decree or order arising out of a governmental action that:
</P>
<P>(A) Prohibits certain conduct or activities regarding, including future violations of, the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws;
</P>
<P>(B) Requires that the person cease and desist from violating the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws; or
</P>
<P>(C) Determines that the person violated the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws;
</P>
<P>(vii) The issuer has filed a registration statement that is the subject of any pending proceeding or examination under section 8 of the Act or has been the subject of any refusal order or stop order under section 8 of the Act within the past three years; 
</P>
<P>(viii) The issuer is the subject of any pending proceeding under section 8A of the Act in connection with an offering; or
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of an issuer that is a registered closed-end investment company or a business development company, within the past three years any person or entity that at the time was an investment adviser to the issuer, including any sub-adviser, was made the subject of any judicial or administrative decree or order arising out of a governmental action that determines that the investment adviser aided, abetted or caused the issuer to have violated the anti-fraud provisions of the Federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer shall not be an ineligible issuer if the Commission determines, upon a showing of good cause, that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the issuer be considered an ineligible issuer. Any such determination shall be without prejudice to any other action by the Commission in any other proceeding or matter with respect to the issuer or any other person.
</P>
<P>(3) The date of determination of whether an issuer is an ineligible issuer is as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of determining whether an issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer, at the date specified for purposes of such determination in paragraph (2) of the definition of well-known seasoned issuer in this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of determining whether an issuer or offering participant may use free writing prospectuses in respect of an offering in accordance with the provisions of Rules 164 and 433 (§ 230.164 and § 230.433), at the date in respect of the offering specified in paragraph (h) of Rule 164. 
</P>
<P><I>Majority-owned subsidiary.</I> The term <I>majority-owned subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary more than 50 percent of whose outstanding securities representing the right, other than as affected by events of default, to vote for the election of directors, is owned by the subsidiary's parent and/or one or more of the parent's other majority-owned subsidiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Material.</I> The term <I>material,</I> when used to qualify a requirement for the furnishing of information as to any subject, limits the information required to those matters to which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would attach importance in determining whether to purchase the security registered.
</P>
<P><I>Officer.</I> The term <I>officer</I> means a president, vice president, secretary, treasurer or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any person routinely performing corresponding functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.
</P>
<P><I>Parent.</I> A <I>parent</I> of a specified person is an affiliate controlling such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
</P>
<P><I>Predecessor.</I> The term <I>predecessor</I> means a person the major portion of the business and assets of which another person acquired in a single succession, or in a series of related successions in each of which the acquiring person acquired the major portion of the business and assets of the acquired person.
</P>
<P><I>Principal underwriter.</I> The term <I>principal underwriter</I> means an underwriter in privity of contract with the issuer of the securities as to which he is underwriter, the term <I>issuer</I> having the meaning given in sections 2(4) and 2(11) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Promoter.</I> (1) The term <I>promoter</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons, directly or indirectly takes initiative in founding and organizing the business or enterprise of an issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person who, in connection with the founding and organizing of the business or enterprise of an issuer, directly or indirectly receives in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, 10 percent or more of any class of securities of the issuer or 10 percent or more of the proceeds from the sale of any class of such securities. However, a person who receives such securities or proceeds either solely as underwriting commissions or solely in consideration of property shall not be deemed a promoter within the meaning of this paragraph if such person does not otherwise take part in founding and organizing the enterprise.
</P>
<P>(2) All persons coming within the definition of <I>promoter</I> in paragraph (1) of this definition may be referred to as <I>founders</I> or <I>organizers</I> or by another term provided that such term is reasonably descriptive of those persons' activities with respect to the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Prospectus.</I> Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the term <I>prospectus</I> means a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P><I>Registered closed-end investment company.</I> The term <I>registered closed-end investment company</I> means a closed-end company, as defined in section 5(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(2)), that is registered under the Investment Company Act.


</P>
<P><I>Registered index-linked annuity.</I> The term <I>registered index-linked annuity</I> means an annuity or an option available under an annuity:
</P>
<P>(1) That is deemed a security;
</P>
<P>(2) That is offered or sold in a registered offering;
</P>
<P>(3) That is issued by an insurance company that is the subject to the supervision of either the insurance commissioner or bank commissioner of any State or any agency or officer performing like functions as such commissioner;
</P>
<P>(4) That is not issued by an investment company; and
</P>
<P>(5) Whose contract value, either during the accumulation period or after annuitization or both, will earn positive or negative interest based, in part, on the performance of any index, rate, or benchmark.


</P>
<P><I>Registered market value adjustment annuity.</I> The term <I>registered market value adjustment annuity</I> means an annuity or an option available under an annuity, that is not a registered index-linked annuity, and:
</P>
<P>(1) That is deemed a security;
</P>
<P>(2) That is offered or sold in a registered offering;
</P>
<P>(3) That is issued by an insurance company that is subject to the supervision of either the insurance commissioner or bank commissioner of any State or any agency or officer performing like functions as such commissioner;
</P>
<P>(4) That is not issued by an investment company; and
</P>
<P>(5) Whose contract value may reflect a positive or negative adjustment (based on calculations using a predetermined formula, a change in interest rates, or some other factor or benchmark) if amounts are withdrawn before the end of a specified period.




</P>
<P><I>Registered non-variable annuity.</I> The term <I>registered non-variable annuity</I> means any registered index-linked annuity or registered market value adjustment annuity.




</P>
<P><I>Registrant.</I> The term <I>registrant</I> means the issuer of the securities for which the registration statement is filed.
</P>
<P><I>Share.</I> The term <I>share</I> means a share of stock in a corporation or unit of interest in an unincorporated person.
</P>
<P><I>Shell company.</I> The term <I>shell company</I> means a registrant, other than an asset-backed issuer as defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter), that has:
</P>
<P>(1) No or nominal operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Either:
</P>
<P>(i) No or nominal assets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For purposes of this definition, the determination of a registrant's assets (including cash and cash equivalents) is based solely on the amount of assets that would be reflected on the registrant's balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on the date of that determination.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Significant subsidiary.</I> The term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the conditions in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition; however, if the registrant is a registered investment company or a business development company, the tested subsidiary meets any of the conditions in paragraph (4) of this definition instead of any of the conditions in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition. A registrant that files its financial statements in accordance with or provides a reconciliation to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) must use amounts determined under U.S. GAAP. A foreign private issuer that files its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) must use amounts determined under IFRS-IASB.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Investment test.</I> (i) For acquisitions, other than those described in paragraph (1)(ii) of this definition, and dispositions this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or if the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value, the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(A) For acquisitions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the consideration transferred, adjusted to exclude the registrant's and its subsidiaries' proportionate interest in the carrying value of assets transferred by the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated to the tested subsidiary that will remain with the combined entity after the acquisition. It must include the fair value of contingent consideration if required to be recognized at fair value by the registrant at the acquisition date under U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable; however if recognition at fair value is not required, it must include all contingent consideration, except contingent consideration for which the likelihood of payment is remote.
</P>
<P>(B) For dispositions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, for the disposed subsidiary when comparing to the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or, when the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value, the carrying value of the disposed subsidiary when comparing to total assets of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(C) When determining the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, use the average of such aggregate worldwide market value calculated daily for the last five trading days of the registrant's most recently completed month ending prior to the earlier of the registrant's announcement date or agreement date of the acquisition or disposition.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a combination between entities or businesses under common control, this test is met when either the net book value of the tested subsidiary exceeds 10 percent of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated total assets or the number of common shares exchanged or to be exchanged by the registrant exceeds 10 percent of its total common shares outstanding at the date the combination is initiated.
</P>
<P>(iii) In all other cases, this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Asset test.</I> This test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total assets (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Income test.</I> (i) This test is met when:
</P>
<P>(A) The absolute value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' equity in the tested subsidiary's consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests exceeds 10 percent of the absolute value of such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(B) The registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total revenue from continuing operations (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total revenue of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year. This paragraph (3)(i)(B) does not apply if either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary did not have material revenue in each of the two most recently completed fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(ii) When determining the income component in paragraph (3)(i)(A) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(A) If a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interest has been incurred by either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary, but not both, exclude the equity in the income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) of the tested subsidiary attributable to the controlling interest from such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for purposes of the computation;
</P>
<P>(B) Compute the test using the average described in this paragraph (3)(ii)(B) if the revenue component in paragraph (3)(i)(B) in this definition does not apply and the absolute value of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests for the most recent fiscal year is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(C) Entities reporting losses must not be aggregated with entities reporting income where the test involves combined entities, as in the case of determining whether summarized financial data must be presented or whether the aggregate impact specified in §§ 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv) and 210.3-14(b)(2)(i)(C) of this chapter is met, except when determining whether related businesses meet this test for purposes of §§ 210.3-05 and 210.8-04 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Registered investment company or business development company.</I> For a registrant that is a registered investment company or a business development company, the term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions using amounts determined under U.S. GAAP and, if applicable, section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Investment test.</I> The value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the value of the total investments of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Income test.</I> The absolute value of the sum of combined investment income from dividends, interest, and other income, the net realized gains and losses on investments, and the net change in unrealized gains and losses on investments from the tested subsidiary (except, for purposes of § 210.6-11 of this chapter, the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the tested subsidiary), for the most recently completed fiscal year exceeds:
</P>
<P>(A) 80 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(B) 10 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year and the investment test (paragraph (4)(i) of this definition) condition exceeds 5 percent. However, if the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years, then the registrant may compute both conditions of the income test using the average of the absolute value of such amounts for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for each of its last five fiscal years.


</P>
<P><I>Smaller reporting company.</I> As used in this part, the term <I>smaller reporting company</I> means an issuer that is not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company and that:
</P>
<P>(1) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
</P>
<P>(2) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
</P>
<P>(i) No public float; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A public float of less than $700 million.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company is determined on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
</P>
<P>(ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this definition. In the case of a determination based on an initial Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of shares sold.
</P>
<P>(iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its annual determination either:
</P>
<P>(A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; or
</P>
<P>(B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the following chart:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Prior annual revenues
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Prior public float
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">None or less than $700 million
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$700 million or more
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than $100 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neither threshold exceeded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $100 million.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$100 million or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—None or less than $700 million; and</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Instruction 1 to definition of “smaller reporting company”:</E> A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company under the public float thresholds identified in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) of this definition will qualify as a smaller reporting company regardless of its revenues.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Instruction 2 to definition of “smaller reporting company”:</E> A foreign private issuer is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies unless it uses the forms and rules designated for domestic issuers and provides financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iv) Upon the consummation of a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) of this chapter (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), an issuer must re-determine its status as a smaller reporting company pursuant to the thresholds set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition prior to its first filing, other than pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K, following the de-SPAC transaction and reflect this re-determination in its filings beginning 45 days after consummation of the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within four business days after the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction and is computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of that date by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are the annual revenues of the target company, as defined in § 229.1601(d) of this chapter (Item 1601(d) of Regulation S-K), as of the most recently completed fiscal year reported in the Form 8-K filed pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K.




</P>
<P><I>Subsidiary.</I> A <I>subsidiary</I> of a specified person is an affiliate controlled by such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. (See also <I>majority owned subsidiary, significant subsidiary, totally held subsidiary,</I> and <I>wholly owned subsidiary.</I>)
</P>
<P><I>Sub-underwriter.</I> The term <I>sub-underwriter</I> means a dealer that is participating as an underwriter in an offering by committing to purchase securities from a principal underwriter for the securities but is not itself in privity of contract with the issuer of the securities.
</P>
<P><I>Succession.</I> The term <I>succession</I> means the direct acquisition of the assets comprising a going business, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase, or other direct transfer. The term does not include the acquisition of control of a business unless followed by the direct acquisition of its assets. The terms <I>succeed</I> and <I>successor</I> have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
</P>
<P><I>Totally held subsidiary.</I> The term <I>totally held subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary (1) substantially all of whose outstanding securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries, and (2) which is not indebted to any person other than its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries in an amount which is material in relation to the particular subsidiary, excepting indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not overdue and which matures within one year from the date of its creation, whether evidenced by securities or not.
</P>
<P><I>Voting securities.</I> The term <I>voting securities</I> means securities the holders of which are presently entitled to vote for the election of directors.
</P>
<P><I>Well-known seasoned issuer.</I> A <I>well-known seasoned issuer</I> is an issuer that, as of the most recent determination date determined pursuant to paragraph (2) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Meets all the registrant requirements of General Instruction I.A. of Form S-3 or Form F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter), or General Instructions A.2.a and A.2.b of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) and either:
</P>
<P>(A) As of a date within 60 days of the determination date, has a worldwide market value of its outstanding voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more; or
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) As of a date within 60 days of the determination date, has issued in the last three years at least $1 billion aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in primary offerings for cash, not exchange, registered under the Act; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Will register only non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and full and unconditional guarantees permitted pursuant to paragraph (1)(ii) of this definition unless, at the determination date, the issuer also is eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1. of Form S-3 or Form F-3 or is eligible to register a primary offering described in General Instruction I.B.1. of Form S-3 relying on General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Provided that as to a parent issuer only, for purposes of calculating the aggregate principal amount of outstanding non-convertible securities under paragraph (1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this definition, the parent issuer may include the aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of its majority-owned subsidiaries issued in registered primary offerings for cash, not exchange, that it has fully and unconditionally guaranteed, within the meaning of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-10 of this chapter) in the last three years; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is a well-known seasoned issuer pursuant to paragraph (1)(i) of this definition and, as to the subsidiaries' securities that are being or may be offered on that parent's registration statement:
</P>
<P>(A) The parent has provided a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on the subsidiary's securities and the securities are non-convertible securities, other than common equity;
</P>
<P>(B) The securities are guarantees of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of its parent being registered; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of another majority-owned subsidiary being registered where there is a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of such non-convertible securities by the parent; or
</P>
<P>(C) The securities of the majority-owned subsidiary meet the conditions of General Instruction I.B.2 of Form S-3 or Form F-3.
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not an ineligible issuer as defined in this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Is not an asset-backed issuer as defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(v) Is not an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this definition, the determination date as to whether an issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer shall be the latest of:
</P>
<P>(i) The time of filing of its most recent shelf registration statement; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The time of its most recent amendment (by post-effective amendment, incorporated report filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d) of this chapter), or form of prospectus) to a shelf registration statement for purposes of complying with section 10(a)(3) of the Act (or if such amendment has not been made within the time period required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act, the date on which such amendment is required); or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the event that the issuer has not filed a shelf registration statement or amended a shelf registration statement for purposes of complying with section 10(a)(3) of the Act for sixteen months, the time of filing of the issuer's most recent annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), or Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter) (or if such report has not been filed by its due date, such due date).
</P>
<P><I>Wholly owned subsidiary.</I> The term <I>wholly owned subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary substantially all of whose outstanding voting securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other wholly owned subsidiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Written communication.</I> Except as otherwise specifically provided or the context otherwise requires, a <I>written communication</I> is any communication that is written, printed, a radio or television broadcast, or a graphic communication as defined in this section. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Note to definition of “written communication.”
</P>
<P>A communication that is a radio or television broadcast is a written communication regardless of the means of transmission of the broadcast.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11435, Mar. 16, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 230.405, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.406" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.105" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.406   Confidential treatment of information filed with the Commission.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="10">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21919, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28d">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P>Confidential treatment of supplemental information or other information not required to be filed under the Act should be requested under 17 CFR 200.83 and not under this rule. All confidential treatment requests shall be submitted in paper format only, whether or not the filer is an electronic filer. <I>See</I> Rule 101(c)(1)(i) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.101(c)(1)(i) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(a) Any person submitting any information in a document required to be filed under the Act may make written objection to its public disclosure by following the procedure in paragraph (b) of this section, which shall be the exclusive means of requesting confidential treatment of information included in any document (hereinafter referred to as the <I>material filed</I>) required to be filed under the Act, <I>except</I> that if the material filed is a registration statement on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter) or on Form S-3, F-2, F-3 (§ 239.13, § 239.32 or § 239.33 of this chapter) relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan, or on Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) complying with General Instruction G of that Form or if the material filed is a registration statement that does not contain a delaying amendment pursuant to Rule 473 (§ 230.473 of this chapter), the person shall comply with the procedure in paragraph (b) <I>prior</I> to the filing of a registration statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The person shall omit from the material filed the portion thereof which it desires to keep undisclosed (hereinafter called the <I>confidential portion</I>). In lieu thereof, the person shall indicate at the appropriate place in the material filed that the confidential portion has been so omitted and filed separately with the Commission. The person shall file with the material filed: 
</P>
<P>(1) One copy of the confidential portion, marked “Confidential Treatment,” of the material filed with the Commission. The copy shall contain an appropriate identification of the item or other requirement involved and, notwithstanding that the confidential portion does not constitute the whole of the answer or required disclosure, the entire answer or required disclosure, except that in the case where the confidential portion is part of a financial statement or schedule, only the particular financial statement or schedule need be included. The copy of the confidential portion shall be in the same form as the remainder of the material filed; 
</P>
<P>(2) An application making objection to the disclosure of the confidential portion. Such application shall be on a sheet or sheets separate from the confidential portion, and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of the portion;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the grounds of the objection referring to and analyzing the applicable exemption(s) from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and a justification of the period of time for which confidential treatment is sought;
</P>
<P>(iii) A detailed explanation of why, based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case, disclosure of the information is unnecessary for the protection of investors;
</P>
<P>(iv) A written consent to the furnishing of the confidential portion to other government agencies, offices, or bodies and to the Congress; and
</P>
<P>(v) The name, address and telephone number of the person to whom all notices and orders issued under this rule at any time should be directed.
</P>
<P>(3) The copy of the confidential portion and the application filed in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall be enclosed in a separate envelope marked “Confidential Treatment” and addressed to The Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549. 
</P>
<P>(c) Pending a determination as to the objection, the material for which confidential treatment has been applied will not be made available to the public.
</P>
<P>(d) If it is determined by the Division, acting pursuant to delegated authority, that the application should be granted, an order to that effect will be entered, and a notation to that effect will be made at the appropriate place in the material filed. Such a determination will not preclude reconsideration whenever appropriate, such as upon receipt of any subsequent request under the Freedom of Information Act and, if appropriate, revocation of the confidential status of all or a portion of the information in question.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Commission denies the application, or the Division, acting pursuant to delegated authority, denies the application and Commission review is not sought pursuant to § 201.431 of this chapter, confirmed telegraphic notice of the order of denial will be sent to the person named in the application pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section. In such case, if the material filed may be withdrawn pursuant to an applicable statute, rule, or regulation, the registrant shall have the right to withdraw the material filed in accordance with the terms of the applicable statute, rule, or regulation, but without the necessity of stating any grounds for the withdrawal or of obtaining the further assent of the Commission. In the event of such withdrawal, the confidential portion will be returned to the registrant. If the material filed may not be so withdrawn, the confidential portion will be made available for public inspection in the same manner as if confidential treatment had been revoked under paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) If a right of withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section is not exercised, the confidential portion will be made available for public inspection as part of the material filed, and the registrant shall amend the material filed to include all information required to be set forth in regard to such confidential portion.
</P>
<P>(g) In any case where a prior grant of confidential treatment has been revoked, the person named in the application pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section will be so informed by registered or certified mail. Pursuant to § 201.431 of this chapter, persons making objection to disclosure may petition the Commission for review of a determination by the Division revoking confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(h) Upon revocation of confidential treatment, the confidential portion shall be made available to the public at the time and according to the conditions specified in paragraphs (h) (1)-(2):
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the lapse of five days after the dispatch of notice by registered or certified mail of a determination disallowing an objection, if prior to the lapse of such five days the person shall not have communicated to the Secretary of the Commission his intention to seek review by the Commission under § 201.431 of this chapter of the determination made by the Division; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If such a petition for review shall have been filed under § 201.431 of this chapter, upon final disposition adverse to the petitioner. 
</P>
<P>(i) If the confidential portion is made available to the public, one copy thereof shall be attached to each copy of the material filed with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 13336, Apr. 4, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 19000, May 6, 1985; 58 FR 14669, 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 60 FR 32824, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 47692, Sept. 14, 1995; 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 84 FR 50739, Sept. 26, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.408" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.106" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.408   Additional information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the information expressly required to be included in a registration statement, there shall be added such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the required statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, unless otherwise required to be included in the registration statement, the failure to include in a registration statement information included in a free writing prospectus will not, solely by virtue of inclusion of the information in a free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405)), be considered an omission of material information required to be included in the registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4072, June 24, 1947, as amended at 70 FR 44811, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.409" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.107" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.409   Information unknown or not reasonably available.</HEAD>
<P>Information required need be given only insofar as it is known or reasonably available to the registrant. If any required information is unknown and not reasonably available to the registrant, either because the obtaining thereof could involve unreasonable effort or expense, or because it rests peculiarly within the knowledge of another person not affiliated with the registrant, the information may be omitted, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(a) The registrant shall give such information on the subject as it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense, together with the sources thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) The registrant shall include a statement either showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved or indicating the absence of any affiliation with the person within whose knowledge the information rests and stating the result of a request made to such person for the information. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4072, June 24, 1947, as amended at 14 FR 91, Jan. 7, 1949]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.410" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.108" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.410   Disclaimer of control.</HEAD>
<P>If the existence of control is open to reasonable doubt in any instance, the registrant may disclaim the existence of control and any admission thereof; in such case, however, the registrant shall state the material facts pertinent to the possible existence of control. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4073, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.411" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.109" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.411   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prospectus.</I> Except as provided by this section, Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c) of this chapter) for registered offerings of asset-backed securities, or unless otherwise provided in the appropriate form, information must not be incorporated by reference into the prospectus. Where a summary or outline of the provisions of any document is required in the prospectus, the summary or outline may incorporate by reference particular items, sections or paragraphs of any exhibit and may be qualified in its entirety by such reference. In any financial statements, incorporating by reference, or cross-referencing to, information outside of the financial statements is not permitted unless otherwise specifically permitted or required by the Commission's rules or by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information not required in a prospectus.</I> Information may be incorporated by reference in answer, or partial answer, to any item of a registration statement that calls for information not required to be included in a prospectus. Except as provided in the Commission's rules or by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, whichever is applicable, financial information required to be given in comparative form for two or more fiscal years or periods must not be incorporated by reference unless the information incorporated by reference includes the entire period for which the comparative data is given. In any financial statements, incorporating by reference, or cross-referencing to, information outside of the financial statements is not permitted unless otherwise specifically permitted or required by the Commission's rules or by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exhibits.</I> Any document or part thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to any Act administered by the Commission may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any registration statement filed with the Commission by the same or any other person. If any modification has occurred in the text of any document incorporated by reference since the filing thereof, the registrant must file with the reference a statement containing the text of such modification and the date thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hyperlinks.</I> Include an active hyperlink to information incorporated into a registration statement or prospectus by reference if such information is publicly available on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) at the time the registration statement or prospectus is filed. For hyperlinking to exhibits, please refer to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601 of this chapter) or the appropriate form.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>General.</I> Include an express statement clearly describing the specific location of the information you are incorporating by reference. The statement must identify the document where the information was originally filed or submitted and the location of the information within that document. The statement must be made at the particular place where the information is required, if applicable. Information must not be incorporated by reference in any case where such incorporation would render the disclosure incomplete, unclear, or confusing. For example, unless expressly permitted or required, disclosure must not be incorporated by reference from a second document if that second document incorporates information pertinent to such disclosure by reference to a third document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12721, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.412" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.110" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.412   Modified or superseded documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference or deemed to be part of a registration statement or the prospectus that is part of the registration statement shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of the registration statement or the prospectus that is part of the registration statement to the extent that a statement contained in the prospectus that is part of the registration statement or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference or deemed to be part of the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement modifies or replaces such statement. Any statement contained in a document that is deemed to be incorporated by reference or deemed to be part of a registration statement or the prospectus that is part of the registration statement after the most recent effective date or after the date of the most recent prospectus that is part of the registration statement may modify or replace existing statements contained in the registration statement or the prospectus that is part of the registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(b) The modifying or superseding statement may, but need not, state that it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set forth in the document which is not so modified or superseded. The making of a modifying or superseding statement shall not be deemed an admission that the modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted an untrue statement of a material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a statement not misleading, or the employment of a manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of business or artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) Any statement so modified shall not be deemed in its unmodified form to constitute part of the registration statement or prospectus for purpose of the Act. Any statement so superseded shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the registration statement or the prospectus for purposes of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11438, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 70 FR 44811, Aug. 3, 2005; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.413" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.111" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.413   Registration of additional securities and additional classes of securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in section 24(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(f)) and in paragraph (b) of this section, where a registration statement is already in effect, the registration of additional securities shall only be effected through a separate registration statement relating to the additional securities.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the following additional securities or additional classes of securities may be added to an automatic shelf registration statement already in effect by filing a post-effective amendment to that automatic shelf registration statement:
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of a class different than those registered on the effective automatic shelf registration statement identified as provided in Rule 430B(a) (§ 230.430B(a)); or
</P>
<P>(2) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that are permitted to be included in an automatic shelf registration statement, provided that the subsidiary and the securities are identified as provided in Rule 430B and the subsidiary satisfies the signature requirements of an issuer in the post-effective amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44811, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.414" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.112" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.414   Registration by certain successor issuers.</HEAD>
<P>If any issuer, except a foreign issuer exempted by Rule 3a12-3 (17 CFR 240.3a12-3), incorporated under the laws of any State or foreign government and having securities registered under the Act has been succeeded by an issuer incorporated under the laws of another State or foreign government for the purpose of changing the State or country of incorporation of the enterprises, or if any issuer has been succeeded by an issuer for the purpose of changing its form of organization, the registration statement of the predecessor issuer shall be deemed the registration statement of the successor issuer for the purpose of continuing the offering provided:
</P>
<P>(a) Immediately prior to the succession the successor issuer had no assets or liabilities other than nominal assets or liabilities; 
</P>
<P>(b) The succession was effected by a merger or similar succession pursuant to statutory provisions or the terms of the organic instruments under which the successor issuer acquired all of the assets and assumed all of the liabilities and obligations of the predecessor issuer; 
</P>
<P>(c) The succession was approved by security holders of the predecessor issuer at a meeting for which proxies were solicited pursuant to section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or section 20(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or information was furnished to security holders pursuant to section 14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 
</P>
<P>(d) The successor issuer has filed an amendment to the registration statement of the predecessor issuer expressly adopting such statements as its own registration statement for all purposes of the Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and setting forth any additional information necessary to reflect any material changes made in connection with or resulting from the succession, or necessary to keep the registration statement from being misleading in any material respect, and such amendment has become effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11438, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.415" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.113" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.415   Delayed or continuous offering and sale of securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Securities may be registered for an offering to be made on a continuous or delayed basis in the future, <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration statement pertains only to:
</P>
<P>(i) Securities which are to be offered or sold solely by or on behalf of a person or persons other than the registrant, a subsidiary of the registrant or a person of which the registrant is a subsidiary;
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities which are to be offered and sold pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan or an employee benefit plan of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities which are to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants or rights;
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities which are to be issued upon conversion of other outstanding securities;
</P>
<P>(v) Securities which are pledged as collateral;
</P>
<P>(vi) Securities which are registered on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(vii) Asset-backed securities (as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c)) registered (or qualified to be registered) on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) which are to be offered and sold on an immediate or delayed basis by or on behalf of the registrant;
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(1)(vii):</I> The requirements of General Instruction I.B.1 of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) must be met for any offerings of an asset-backed security (as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c)) registered in reliance on this paragraph (a)(1)(vii).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(viii) Securities which are to be issued in connection with business combination transactions;
</P>
<P>(ix) Securities, other than asset-backed securities (as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c)), the offering of which will be commenced promptly, will be made on a continuous basis and may continue for a period in excess of 30 days from the date of initial effectiveness;
</P>
<P>(x) Securities registered (or qualified to be registered) on Form S-3 or Form F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter), or on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of that form, which are to be offered and sold on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis by or on behalf of the registrant, a majority-owned subsidiary of the registrant or a person of which the registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary; or
</P>
<P>(xi) Shares of common stock which are to be offered and sold on a delayed or continuous basis by or on behalf of a registered closed-end investment company or business development company that makes periodic repurchase offers pursuant to § 270.23c-3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(xii) Asset-backed securities (as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c)) that are to be offered and sold on a continuous basis if the offering is commenced promptly and being conducted on the condition that the consideration paid for such securities will be promptly refunded to the purchaser unless:
</P>
<P>(A) All of the securities being offered are sold at a specified price within a specified time; and
</P>
<P>(B) The total amount due to the seller is received by him by a specified date.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Exchange-traded vehicle securities which are to be offered and sold on a continuous basis by or on behalf of the registrant in accordance with § 230.456(d) (Rule 456(d)).
</P>
<P>(2) Securities in paragraphs (a)(1)(viii) and (ix) of this section that are not registered on Form S-3 or Form F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter), or on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of that form, may only be registered in an amount which, at the time the registration statement becomes effective, is reasonably expected to be offered and sold within two years from the initial effective date of the registration.
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant furnishes the undertakings required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(a) of this chapter), except that a registrant that is an investment company filing on Form N-2 must furnish the undertakings required by Item 34.4 of Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a registration statement pertaining to an at the market offering of equity securities by or on behalf of the registrant, the offering must come within paragraph (a)(1)(x) of this section. As used in this paragraph, the term “at the market offering” means an offering of equity securities into an existing trading market for outstanding shares of the same class at other than a fixed price.
</P>
<P>(5) Securities registered on an automatic shelf registration statement and securities described in paragraphs (a)(1)(vii), (ix), and (x) of this section may be offered and sold only if not more than three years have elapsed since the initial effective date of the registration statement under which they are being offered and sold, <I>provided, however,</I> that if a new registration statement has been filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) If the new registration statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, it shall be immediately effective pursuant to Rule 462(e) (§ 230.462(e)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the new registration statement is not an automatic shelf registration statement:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities covered by the prior registration statement may continue to be offered and sold until the earlier of the effective date of the new registration statement or 180 days after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the prior registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) A continuous offering of securities covered by the prior registration statement that commenced within three years of the initial effective date may continue until the effective date of the new registration statement if such offering is permitted under the new registration statement.
</P>
<P>(6) Prior to the end of the three-year period described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, an issuer may file a new registration statement covering securities described in such paragraph (a)(5) of this section, which may, if permitted, be an automatic shelf registration statement. The new registration statement and prospectus included therein must include all the information that would be required at that time in a prospectus relating to all offering(s) that it covers. Prior to the effective date of the new registration statement (including at the time of filing in the case of an automatic shelf registration statement), the issuer may include on such new registration statement any unsold securities covered by the earlier registration statement by identifying on the bottom of the facing page of the new registration statement or latest amendment thereto, unless expressly required in another part of the registration statement, the amount of such unsold securities being included and any filing fee paid in connection with such unsold securities, which will continue to be applied to such unsold securities. The offering of securities on the earlier registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of effectiveness of the new registration statement.


</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to any registration statement pertaining to a registered non-variable annuity, securities issued by a face-amount certificate company, or redeemable securities issued by an open-end management company or unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any registration statement filed by any foreign government or political subdivision thereof.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 52896, Nov. 23, 1983, as amended at 59 FR 43470, Aug. 24, 1994; 70 FR 44812, Aug. 3, 2005; 73 FR 968, Jan. 4, 2008; 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 33354, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 70199, Dec. 9, 2021; 89 FR 60083, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.416" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.114" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.416   Securities to be issued as a result of stock splits, stock dividends and anti-dilution provisions and interests to be issued pursuant to certain employee benefit plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a registration statement purports to register securities to be offered pursuant to terms which provide for a change in the amount of securities being offered or issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends, or similar transactions, such registration statement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be deemed to cover the additional securities to be offered or issued in connection with any such provision. 
</P>
<P>(b) If prior to completion of the distribution of the securities covered by a registration statement, additional securities of the same class are issued or issuable as a result of a stock split or stock dividend, the registration statement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, be deemed to cover such additional securities resulting from the split of, or the stock dividend on, the registered securities. If prior to completion of the distribution of the securities covered by a registration statement, all the securities of a class which includes the registered securities are combined by a reverse split into a lesser amount of securities of the same class, the amount of undistributed securities of such class deemed to be covered by the registration statement shall be proportionately reduced. If paragraph (a) of this section is not applicable, the registration statement shall be amended prior to the offering of such additional or lesser amount of securities to reflect the change in the amount of securities registered. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where a registration statement on Form S-8 relates to securities to be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan, including interests in such plan that constitute separate securities required to be registered under the Act, such registration statement shall be deemed to register an indeterminate amount of such plan interests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 13824, Oct. 30, 1965, as amended at 55 FR 23923, June 13, 1990] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.417" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.115" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.417   Date of financial statements.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever financial statements of any person are required to be furnished as of a date within a specified period prior to the date of filing the registration statement and the last day of such period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, such registration statement may be filed on the first business day following the last day of the specified period. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[22 FR 2328, Apr. 9, 1957] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.418" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.116" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.418   Supplemental information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission or its staff may, where it is deemed appropriate, request supplemental information concerning the registrant, the registration statement, the distribution of the securities, market activities and underwriters' activities. Such information includes, but is not limited to, the following items which the registrant should be prepared to furnish promptly upon request:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Any reports or memoranda which have been prepared for external use by the registrant or a principal underwriter, as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405), in connection with the proposed offering;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement as to the actual or proposed use and distribution of the reports or memoranda specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, identifying each class of persons who have received or will receive such reports or memoranda and the number of copies distributed to each such class;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a registration statement relating to a business combination as defined in Rule 145(a) (17 CFR 230.145(a)), exchange offer, tender offer or similar transaction, any feasibility studies, management analyses, fairness opinions or similar reports prepared by or for any of the parties to the subject transaction in connection with such transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) Except in the case of a registrant eligible to use Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), or Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) under General Instruction A.2 of that form, any engineering, management or similar reports or memoranda relating to broad aspects of the business, operations or products of the registrant, which have been prepared within the past twelve months for or by the registrant and any affiliate of the registrant or any principal underwriter, as defined in § 230.405 (Rule 405), of the securities being registered except for:
</P>
<P>(i) Reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell or hold the securities of the registrant, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any information contained in documents already filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) Where there is a registration of an at-the-market offering, as defined in § 242.100 of this chapter, of more than 10 percent of the securities outstanding, where the offering includes securities owned by officers, directors or affiliates of the registrant and where there is no underwriting agreement, information (i) concerning contractual arrangements between selling security holders of a limited group or of several groups of related shareholders to comply with the anti-manipulation rules until the offering by all members of the group is completed and to inform the exchange, brokers and selling security holders when the distribution by the members of the group is over; or (ii) concerning the registrant's efforts to notify members of a large group of unrelated sellers of the applicable Commission rules and regulations;
</P>
<P>(5) Where the registrant recently has introduced a new product or has begun to do business in a new industry segment or has made public its intentions to introduce a new product or to do business in a new industry segment, and this action requires the investment of a material amount of the assets of the registrant or otherwise is material, copies of any studies prepared for the registrant by outside persons or any internal studies, documents, reports or memoranda the contents of which were material to the decision to develop the product or to do business in the new segment including, but not limited to, documents relating to financial requirements and engineering, competitive, environmental and other considerations, but excluding technical documents;
</P>
<P>(6) Where reserve estimates are referred to in a document, a copy of the full report of the engineer or other expert who estimated the reserves; 
</P>
<P>(7) With respect to the extent of the distribution of a preliminary prospectus, information concerning:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of the preliminary prospectus distributed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dates or approximate dates of distribution;
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of prospective underwriters and dealers to whom the preliminary prospectus was furnished;
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of prospectuses so distributed;
</P>
<P>(v) The number of prospectuses distributed to others, identifying them in general terms; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The steps taken by such underwriters and dealers to comply with the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.15c2-8 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(8) Any free writing prospectuses used in connection with the offering.
</P>
<P>(b) Supplemental information described in paragraph (a) of this section shall not be required to be filed with or deemed part of and included in the registration statement, unless otherwise required. The information shall be returned to the registrant upon request, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such request is made at the time such information is furnished to the staff;
</P>
<P>(2) The return of such information is consistent with the protection of investors;
</P>
<P>(3) The return of such information is consistent with the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act [5 U.S.C. 552]; and
</P>
<P>(4) The information was not filed in electronic format. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11439, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 14669, 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 62 FR 543, Jan. 3, 1997; 70 FR 44812, Aug. 3, 2005; 85 FR 33354, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.419" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.42.117" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.419   Offerings by blank check companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of the rule and definitions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall apply to every registration statement filed under the Act relating to an offering by a blank check company.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the term “blank check company” shall mean a company that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is a development stage company that has no specific business plan or purpose or has indicated that its business plan is to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies, or other entity or person; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is issuing “penny stock,” as defined in Rule 3a51-1 (17 CFR 240.3a51-1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the term “purchaser” shall mean any person acquiring securities directly or indirectly in the offering, for cash or otherwise, including promoters or others receiving securities as compensation in connection with the offering.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Deposit of securities and proceeds in escrow or trust account</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> (i) Except as otherwise provided in this section or prohibited by other applicable law, all securities issued in connection with an offering by a blank check company and the gross proceeds from the offering shall be deposited promptly into:
</P>
<P>(A) An escrow account maintained by an “insured depository institution,” as that term is defined in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(C)(2)); or
</P>
<P>(B) A separate bank account established by a broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act maintaining net capital equal to or exceeding $25,000 (as calculated pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1), in which the broker or dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
</P>
<P>(ii) If funds and securities are deposited into an escrow account maintained by an insured depository institution, the deposit account records of the insured depository institution must provide that funds in the escrow account are held for the benefit of the purchasers named and identified in accordance with 12 CFR 330.1 of the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the records of the escrow agent, maintained in good faith and in the regular course of business, must show the name and interest of each party to the account. If funds and securities are deposited in a separate bank account established by a broker or dealer acting as a trustee, the books and records of the broker-dealer must indicate the name, address, and interest of each person for whom the account is held.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deposit and investment of proceeds.</I> (i) All offering proceeds, after deduction of cash paid for underwriting commissions, underwriting expenses and dealer allowances, and amounts permitted to be released to the registrant pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(vi) of this section, shall be deposited promptly into the escrow or trust account; <I>provided, however,</I> that no deduction may be made for underwriting commissions, underwriting expenses or dealer allowances payable to an affiliate of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(ii) Deposited proceeds shall be in the form of checks, drafts, or money orders payable to the order of the escrow agent or trustee.
</P>
<P>(iii) Deposited proceeds and interest or dividends thereon, if any, shall be held for the sole benefit of the purchasers of the securities.
</P>
<P>(iv) Deposited proceeds shall be invested in one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) An obligation that constitutes a “deposit,” as that term is defined in section 3(<I>1</I>) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813 (<I>1</I>));
</P>
<P>(B) Securities of any open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of paragraph (d) of 17 CFR 270.2a-7 (Rule 2a-7) under the Investment Company Act; or
</P>
<P>(C) Securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.419(<E T="01">b</E>)(2)(<E T="01">iv</E>):</HED>
<P>Issuers are cautioned that investments in government securities are inappropriate unless such securities can be readily sold or otherwise disposed of for cash at the time required without any dissipation of offering proceeds invested.</P></NOTE>
<P>(v) Interest or dividends earned on the funds, if any, shall be held in the escrow or trust account until the funds are released in accordance with the provisions of this section. If funds held in the escrow or trust account are released to a purchaser of the securities, the purchasers shall receive interest or dividends earned, if any, on such funds up to the date of release. If funds held in the escrow or trust account are released to the registrant, interest or dividends earned on such funds up to the date of release may be released to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(vi) The registrant may receive up to 10 percent of the proceeds remaining after payment of underwriting commissions, underwriting expenses and dealer allowances permitted by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, exclusive of interest or dividends, as those proceeds are deposited into the escrow or trust account.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deposit of securities.</I> (i) All securities issued in connection with the offering, whether or not for cash consideration, and any other securities issued with respect to such securities, including securities issued with respect to stock splits, stock dividends, or similar rights, shall be deposited directly into the escrow or trust account promptly upon issuance. The identity of the purchaser of the securities shall be included on the stock certificates or other documents evidencing such securities. See also 17 CFR 240.15g-8 regarding restrictions on sales of, or offers to sell, securities deposited in the escrow or trust account.
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities held in the escrow or trust account are to remain as issued and deposited and shall be held for the sole benefit of the purchasers, who shall have voting rights, if any, with respect to securities held in their names, as provided by applicable state law. No transfer or other disposition of securities held in the escrow or trust account or any interest related to such securities shall be permitted other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), or Title 1 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>), or the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(iii) Warrants, convertible securities or other derivative securities relating to securities held in the escrow or trust account may be exercised or converted in accordance with their terms; <I>provided, however,</I> that securities received upon exercise or conversion, together with any cash or other consideration paid in connection with the exercise or conversion, are promptly deposited into the escrow or trust account.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Escrow or trust agreement.</I> A copy of the executed escrow or trust agreement shall be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement and shall contain the provisions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), and (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Request for supplemental information. Upon request by the Commission or the staff, the registrant shall furnish as supplemental information the names and addresses of persons for whom securities are held in the escrow or trust account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.419(<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>With respect to a blank check offering subject to both Rule 419 and Exchange Act Rule 15c2-4 (17 CFR 240.15c2-4, the requirements of Rule 15c2-4 are applicable only until the conditions of the offering governed by that Rule are met (e.g., reaching the minimum in a “part-or-none” offering). When those conditions are satisfied, Rule 419 continues to govern the use of offering proceeds.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosure of offering terms.</I> The initial registration statement shall disclose the specific terms of the offering, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The terms and provisions of the escrow or trust agreement and the effect thereof upon the registrant's right to receive funds and the effect of the escrow or trust agreement upon the purchaser's funds and securities required to be deposited into the escrow or trust account, including, if applicable, any material risk of non-insurance of purchasers' funds resulting from deposits in excess of the insured amounts; and
</P>
<P>(2) The obligation of the registrant to provide, and the right of the purchaser to receive, information regarding an acquisition, including the requirement that pursuant to this section, purchasers confirm in writing their investment in the registrant's securities as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Probable acquisition post-effective amendment requirement.</I> If, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a significant acquisition becomes probable, the registrant shall file promptly a post-effective amendment disclosing the information specified by the applicable registration statement form and Industry Guides, including financial statements of the registrant and the company to be acquired as well as pro forma financial information required by the form and applicable rules and regulations. Where warrants, rights or other derivative securities issued in the initial offering are exercisable, there is a continuous offering of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Release of deposited and funds securities</I>—(1) <I>Post-effective amendment for acquisition agreement.</I> Upon execution of an agreement(s) for the acquisition(s) of a business(es) or assets that will constitute the business (or a line of business) of the registrant and for which the fair value of the business(es) or net assets to be acquired represents at least 80 percent of the maximum offering proceeds, including proceeds received or to be received upon the exercise or conversion of any securities offered, but excluding amounts payable to non-affiliates for underwriting commissions, underwriting expenses, and dealer allowances, the registrant shall file a post-effective amendment that:
</P>
<P>(i) Discloses the information specified by the applicable registration statement form and Industry Guides, including financial statements of the registrant and the company acquired or to be acquired and pro forma financial information required by the form and applicable rules and regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Discloses the results of the initial offering, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) The gross offering proceeds received to date, specifying the amounts paid for underwriter commissions, underwriting expenses and dealer allowances, amounts disbursed to the registrant, and amounts remaining in the escrow or trust account; and
</P>
<P>(B) The specific amount, use and application of funds disbursed to the registrant to date, including, but not limited to, the amounts paid to officers, directors, promoters, controlling shareholders or affiliates, either directly or indirectly, specifying the amounts and purposes of such payments; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Discloses the terms of the offering as described pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Terms of the offering.</I> The terms of the offering must provide, and the registrant must satisfy, the following conditions.
</P>
<P>(i) Within five business days after the effective date of the post-effective amendment(s), the registrant shall send by first class mail or other equally prompt means, to each purchaser of securities held in escrow or trust, a copy of the prospectus contained in the post-effective amendment and any amendment or supplement thereto;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each purchaser shall have no fewer than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment to notify the registrant in writing that the purchaser elects to remain an investor. If the registrant has not received such written notification by the 45th business day following the effective date of the post-effective amendment, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the escrow or trust account shall be sent by first class mail or other equally prompt means to the purchaser within five business days;
</P>
<P>(iii) The acquisition(s) meeting the criteria set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section will be consummated if a sufficient number of purchasers confirm their investments; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If a consummated acquisition(s) meeting the requirements of this section has not occurred by a date 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the escrow or trust account shall be returned by first class mail or equally prompt means to the purchaser within five business days following that date.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conditions for release of deposited securities and funds.</I> Funds held in the escrow or trust account may be released to the registrant and securities may be delivered to the purchaser or other registered holder identified on the deposited securities only at the same time as or after:
</P>
<P>(i) The escrow agent or trustee has received a signed representation from the registrant, together with other evidence acceptable to the escrow agent or trustee, that the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section have been met; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Consummation of an acquisition(s) meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prospectus supplement.</I> If funds and securities are released from the escrow or trust account to the registrant pursuant to this paragraph, the prospectus shall be supplemented to indicate the amount of funds and securities released and the date of release.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to § 230.419(<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>1. With respect to a blank check offering subject to both Rule 419 and Exchange Act Rule 10b-9 (17 CFR 240.10b-9), the requirements of Rule 10b-9 are applicable only until the conditions of the offering governed by that Rule are met (e.g., reaching the minimum in a “part-or-none” offering). When those conditions are satisfied, Rule 419 continues to govern the use of offering proceeds.
</P>
<P>2. If the business(es) or assets are acquired for cash, the fair value shall be presumed to be equal to the cash paid. If all or part of the consideration paid consists of securities or other non-cash consideration, the fair value shall be determined by an accepted standard, such as bona fide sales of the assets or similar assets made within a reasonable time, forecasts of expected cash flows, independent appraisals, etc. Such valuation must be reasonable at the time made.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) <I>Financial statements.</I> The registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Furnish to security holders audited financial statements for the first full fiscal year of operations following consummation of an acquisition pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, together with the information required by § 229.303(b) of this chapter (Item 303(b) of Regulation S-K), no later than 90 days after the end of such fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(2) File the financial statements and additional information with the Commission under cover of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308); <I>provided, however,</I> that such financial statements and related information need not be filed separately if the registrant is filing reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18043, Apr. 28, 1992, as amended at 79 FR 47957, Aug. 14, 2014; 86 FR 2129, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="43" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>form and content of prospectuses</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.420" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.118" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.420   Legibility of prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The body of all printed prospectuses and all notes to financial statements and other tabular data included therein shall be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 10-point modern type. However, (a) to the extent necessary for convenient presentation, financial statements and other tabular data, including tabular data in notes, and (b) prospectuses deemed to be omitting prospectuses under rule 482 (17 CFR 230.482) may be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All such type shall be leaded at least 2 points.
</P>
<P>(b) Where a prospectus is distributed through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as paper size, type size and font, bold-face type, italics and red ink, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors, and where indicated, in a manner reasonably calculated to draw investor attention to specific information. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 3878, Feb. 10, 1988, as amended at 61 FR 24655, May 15, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.421" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.119" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.421   Presentation of information in prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The information required in a prospectus need not follow the order of the items or other requirements in the form. Such information shall not, however, be set forth in such fashion as to obscure any of the required information or any information necessary to keep the required information from being incomplete or misleading. Where an item requires information to be given in a prospectus in tabular form it shall be given in substantially the tabular form specified in the item.
</P>
<P>(b) You must present the information in a prospectus in a clear, concise and understandable manner. You must prepare the prospectus using the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Present information in clear, concise sections, paragraphs, and sentences. Whenever possible, use short, explanatory sentences and bullet lists;
</P>
<P>(2) Use descriptive headings and subheadings;
</P>
<P>(3) Avoid frequent reliance on glossaries or defined terms as the primary means of explaining information in the prospectus. Define terms in a glossary or other section of the document only if the meaning is unclear from the context. Use a glossary only if it facilitates understanding of the disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid legal and highly technical business terminology.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.421(<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>In drafting the disclosure to comply with this section, you should avoid the following:
</P>
<P>1. Legalistic or overly complex presentations that make the substance of the disclosure difficult to understand;
</P>
<P>2. Vague “boilerplate” explanations that are imprecise and readily subject to different interpretations;
</P>
<P>3. Complex information copied directly from legal documents without any clear and concise explanation of the provision(s); and
</P>
<P>4. Disclosure repeated in different sections of the document that increases the size of the document but does not enhance the quality of the information.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) All information required to be included in a prospectus shall be clearly understandable without the necessity of referring to the particular form or to the general rules and regulations. Except as to financial statements and information required in a tabular form, the information set forth in a prospectus may be expressed in condensed or summarized form. In lieu of repeating information in the form of notes to financial statements, references may be made to other parts of the prospectus where such information is set forth.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) To enhance the readability of the prospectus, you must use plain English principles in the organization, language, and design of the front and back cover pages, the summary, and the risk factors section.
</P>
<P>(2) You must draft the language in these sections so that at a minimum it substantially complies with each of the following plain English writing principles:
</P>
<P>(i) Short sentences;
</P>
<P>(ii) Definite, concrete, everyday words;
</P>
<P>(iii) Active voice;
</P>
<P>(iv) Tabular presentation or bullet lists for complex material, whenever possible;
</P>
<P>(v) No legal jargon or highly technical business terms; and
</P>
<P>(vi) No multiple negatives.
</P>
<P>(3) In designing these sections or other sections of the prospectus, you may include pictures, logos, charts, graphs, or other design elements so long as the design is not misleading and the required information is clear. You are encouraged to use tables, schedules, charts and graphic illustrations of the results of operations, balance sheet, or other financial data that present the data in an understandable manner. Any presentation must be consistent with the financial statements and non-financial information in the prospectus. You must draw the graphs and charts to scale. Any information you provide must not be misleading.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to § 230.421:</I> You should read Securities Act Release No. 33-7497 (January 28, 1998) for information on plain English principles.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11439, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 63 FR 6384, Feb. 6, 1998; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.423" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.120" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.423   Date of prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>Except for a form of prospectus used after the effective date of the registration statement and before the determination of the offering price as permitted by Rule 430A(c) under the Securities Act (§ 230.430A(c) of this chapter) or before the opening of bids as permitted by Rule 445(c) under the Securities Act (§ 230.445(c) of this chapter), each prospectus used after the effective date of the registration statement shall be dated approximately as of such effective date; provided, however, that a revised or amended prospectus used thereafter need only bear the approximate date of its issuance. Each supplement to a prospectus shall be dated separately the approximate date of its issuance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11440, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 21260, June 5, 1987; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.424" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.121" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.424   Filing of prospectuses, number of copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, five copies of every form of prospectus sent or given to any person prior to the effective date of the registration statement which varies from the form or forms of prospectus included in the registration statement as filed pursuant to § 230.402(a) of this chapter shall be filed as a part of the registration statement not later than the date such form of prospectus is first sent or given to any person: <I>Provided, however,</I> That only a form of prospectus that contains substantive changes from or additions to a prospectus previously filed with the Commission as part of a registration statement need be filed pursuant to this paragraph (a). 
</P>
<P>(b) Ten copies of each form of prospectus purporting to comply with section 10 of the Act, except for documents constituting a prospectus pursuant to Rule 428(a) (§ 230.428(a)) or free writing prospectuses pursuant to Rule 164 and Rule 433 (§ 230.164 and § 230.433), shall be filed with the Commission in the form in which it is used after the effectiveness of the registration statement and identified as required by paragraph (e) of this section; <I>provided, however,</I> that only a form of prospectus that contains substantive changes from or additions to a previously filed prospectus is required to be filed; <I>Provided, further,</I> that this paragraph (b) shall not apply in respect of a form of prospectus contained in a registration statement and relating solely to securities offered at competitive bidding, which prospectus is intended for use prior to the opening of bids. Ten copies of the form of prospectus shall be filed or transmitted for filing as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) A form of prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act (§ 230.430A of this chapter) shall be filed with the commission no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(2) A form of prospectus that is used in connection with a primary offering of securities pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(x)) or a primary offering of securities registered for issuance on a delayed basis pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii)) and that, in the case of Rule 415(a)(1)(viii) discloses the public offering price, description of securities or similar matters, and in the case of Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) and (x) discloses information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B), or, in the case of asset-backed securities, Rule 430D (§ 230.430D) shall be filed with the Commission no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date. 
</P>
<P>(3) A form of prospectus that reflects facts or events other than those covered in paragraphs (b) (1), (2) and (6) of this section that constitute a substantive change from or addition to the information set forth in the last form of prospectus filed with the Commission under this section or as part of a registration statement under the Securities Act shall be filed with the Commission no later than the fifth business day after the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date. 
</P>
<P>(4) A form of prospectus that discloses information, facts or events covered in both paragraphs (b) (1) and (3) shall be filed with the Commission no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(5) A form of prospectus that discloses information, facts or events covered in both paragraphs (b) (2) and (3) shall be filed with the Commission no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(6) A form of prospectus used in connection with an offering of securities under Canada's National Policy Statement No. 45 pursuant to rule 415 under the Securities Act (§ 230.415 of this chapter) that is not made in the United States shall be filed with the Commission no later than the date it is first used in Canada, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(7) A form of prospectus that identifies selling security holders and the amounts to be sold by them that was previously omitted from the registration statement and the prospectus in reliance upon Rule 430B (§ 230.430B) shall be filed with the Commission no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of sale or the date of first use or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(8) A form of prospectus otherwise required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section that is not filed within the time frames specified in paragraph (b) of this section must be filed pursuant to this paragraph as soon as practicable after the discovery of such failure to file. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(8) of Rule 424.</HED>
<P>A form of prospectus required to be filed pursuant to another paragraph of Rule 424(b) that is filed under Rule 424(b)(8) shall nonetheless be “required to be filed” under such other paragraph.</P></NOTE>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b):</I> Notwithstanding § 230.424 (b)(2) and (b)(5) above, a form of prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to an offering of asset-backed securities under § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or 230.415(a)(1)(xii) that is required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be filed with the Commission no later than the second business day following the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) If a form of prospectus, other than one filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(4) of this Rule, consists of a prospectus supplement attached to a form of prospectus that (1) previously had been filed or (2) was not required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (b) because it did not contain substantive changes from a prospectus that previously was filed, only the prospectus supplement need be filed under paragraph (b) of this rule, provided that the first page of each prospectus supplement includes a cross reference to the date(s) of the related prospectus and any prospectus supplements thereto that together constitute the prospectus required to be delivered by Section 5(b) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)) with respect to the securities currently being offered or sold. The cross reference may be set forth in longhand, provided it is legible.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Any prospectus supplement being filed separately that is smaller than a prospectus page should be attached to an 8
<FR>1/2</FR>″ × 11″ sheet of paper.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) Every prospectus consisting of a radio or television broadcast shall be reduced to writing. Five copies of every such prospectus shall be filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each copy of a form of prospectus filed under this rule shall contain in the upper right corner of the cover page the paragraph of this rule, including the subparagraph if applicable, under which the filing is made, and the file number of the registration statement to which the prospectus relates. The information required by this paragraph may be set forth in longhand, provided it is legible.


</P>
<P>(f) This section shall not apply with respect to prospectuses of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (other than a registered closed-end investment company) or prospectuses that pertain to a registered non-variable annuity. References to “form of prospectus” in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section shall be deemed also to refer to the form of Statement of Additional Information.




</P>
<P>(g) A form of prospectus filed pursuant to this section must include the following information, as applicable, in a single exhibit submitted as required by § 232.408 of this chapter (Rule 408 of Regulation S-T), provided, however, that if the exhibit is submitted in connection with Form SF-1 (§ 239.44 of this chapter) or Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), it is permitted but not required to be submitted as otherwise required by Rule 408.
</P>
<P>(1) If the form of prospectus operates to reflect the payment of filing fees for an offering or offerings pursuant to § 230.456(b) or (c) (Rule 456(b) or (c)), the calculation of filing fee table immediately followed by the information required by the form instructions to the registration fee table reflecting the payment of such filing fees for the securities that are the subject of the payment; and
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum aggregate amount or maximum aggregate offering price of the securities to which the final prospectus relates and indication that the final prospectus is a final prospectus for the related offering, as applicable, as required by General Instruction II.F of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), General Instruction II.G of Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter), General Instruction II.D of Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), General Instruction H of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter), and General Instruction C.2 of Form N-2 ((§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Three copies of a form of prospectus relating to an offering of asset-backed securities pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or § 230.415(a)(1)(xii) disclosing information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on § 230.430D shall be filed with the Commission at least three business days before the date of the first sale in the offering, or if used earlier, the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicable number of business days before the date of the first sale; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The second business day after first use.
</P>
<P>(2) Three copies of a prospectus supplement relating to an offering of asset-backed securities pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or § 230.415(a)(1)(xii) that reflects any material change from the information contained in a prospectus filed in accordance with § 230.424(h)(1) shall be filed with the Commission at least forty-eight hours before the date and time of the first sale in the offering. The prospectus supplement must clearly delineate what material information has changed and how the information has changed from the prospectus filed in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (h):</I> The filing requirements of this paragraph (h) do not apply if a filing is made solely to add fees pursuant to § 230.457 and for no other purpose.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(i)(1) A form of prospectus filed pursuant to this section that operates to reflect the payment of filing fees for an offering of an indeterminate amount of exchange-traded vehicle securities pursuant to §§ 230.456(d) and 230.457(u) (Rule 456(d) and Rule 457(u)) shall be filed with the Commission within the time period set forth in Rule 456(d). The form of prospectus must be accompanied by the appropriate registration fee.
</P>
<P>(2) The form of prospectus must include the following information in an exhibit submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the securities for which the prospectus is filed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Securities Act file number(s) of the registration statement(s) associated with the offering;
</P>
<P>(iv) The last day of the fiscal year for the issuer for which the prospectus is filed;
</P>
<P>(v) The calculation of registration fee information calculated pursuant to Rule 457(u); and
</P>
<P>(vi) The total interest due pursuant to Rule 456(d)(5) and the total amount of registration fee due including any such interest, if the prospectus is being filed more than 90 days after the end of the issuer's fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[14 FR 202, Jan. 14, 1949, as amended at 16 FR 8736, Aug. 29, 1951; 19 FR 400, Jan. 22, 1954; 19 FR 6728, Oct. 20, 1954; 21 FR 1046, Feb. 15, 1956; 52 FR 21260, June 5, 1987; 53 FR 3878, Feb. 10, 1988; 55 FR 23923, June 13, 1990; 56 FR 30054, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 48975, Oct. 29, 1992; 60 FR 26615, May 17, 1995; 62 FR 39763, July 24, 1997; 70 FR 44812, Aug. 3, 2005; 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 33354, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 70199, Dec. 9, 2021; 89 FR 60083, July 24, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.425" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.122" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.425   Filing of certain prospectuses and communications under § 230.135 in connection with business combination transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All written communications made in reliance on § 230.165 are prospectuses that must be filed with the Commission under this section on the date of first use.
</P>
<P>(b) All written communications that contain no more information than that specified in § 230.135 must be filed with the Commission on or before the date of first use except as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. A communication limited to the information specified in § 230.135 will not be deemed an offer in accordance with § 230.135 even though it is filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each prospectus or § 230.135 communication filed under this section must identify the filer, the company that is the subject of the offering and the Commission file number for the related registration statement or, if that file number is unknown, the subject company's Exchange Act or Investment Company Act file number, in the upper right corner of the cover page.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the following need not be filed under this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Any written communication that is limited to the information specified in § 230.135 and does not contain new or different information from that which was previously publicly disclosed and filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Any research report used in reliance on § 230.137, § 230.138 and § 230.139;
</P>
<P>(3) Any confirmation described in § 240.10b-10 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any prospectus filed under § 230.424. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to § 230.425:</HED>
<P>1. File five copies of the prospectus or § 230.135 communication if paper filing is permitted.
</P>
<P>2. No filing is required under § 240.13e-4(c), § 240.14a-12(b), § 240.14d-2(b), or § 240.14d-9(a), if the communication is filed under this section. Communications filed under this section also are deemed filed under the other applicable sections.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61450, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.426" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.123" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.426   Filing of certain prospectuses under § 230.167 in connection with certain offerings of asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All written communications made in reliance on § 230.167 are prospectuses that must be filed with the Commission in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) and incorporated by reference to the related registration statement for the offering of asset-backed securities. Each prospectus filed under this section must identify the Commission file number of the related registration statement on the cover page of the related Form 8-K in addition to any other information required by that form. The information contained in any such prospectus shall be deemed to be a part of the registration statement as of the earlier of the time of filing of such information or the time of the filing of the final prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) relating to such offering pursuant to § 230.424(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> made in reliance on § 230.167 that meet the conditions in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be filed within the time frame specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conditions for which materials must be filed.</I> The materials are provided to prospective investors under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) If a prospective investor has indicated to the issuer or an underwriter that it will purchase all or a portion of the class of asset-backed securities to which such materials relate, all materials relating to such class that are or have been provided to such prospective investor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For any other prospective investor, all materials provided to such prospective investor after the final terms have been established for all classes of the offering.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time frame to file the materials.</I> The materials must be filed by the later of:
</P>
<P>(i) The due date for filing the final prospectus relating to such offering that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) pursuant to § 230.424(b); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Two business days after first use.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the following need not be filed under this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> that relate to abandoned structures or that are furnished to a prospective investor prior to the time the final terms have been established for all classes of the offering where such prospective investor has not indicated to the issuer or an underwriter its intention to purchase the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(2) Any <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> if a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) relating to the offering of such asset-backed securities accompanies or precedes the use of such material.
</P>
<P>(3) Any <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> that does not contain new or different information from that which was previously disclosed and filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Any written communication that is limited to the information specified in § 230.134, 230.135 or 230.135c.
</P>
<P>(5) Any research report used in reliance on § 230.137, 230.138, 230.139 or 230.139a.
</P>
<P>(6) Any confirmation described in § 240.10b-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Any prospectus filed under § 230.424.
</P>
<P>(8) Any free writing prospectus used in reliance on Rule 164 and Rule 433 (§ 230.164 and § 230.433).
</P>
<P>(d) Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to § 230.426.</I> The issuer may aggregate data presented in <I>ABS informational and computational material</I> that are to be filed and file such data in consolidated form. Any such aggregation, however, must not result in either the omission of any information contained in such material otherwise to be filed, or a presentation that makes the information misleading.</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1616, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 44813, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.427" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.124" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.427   Contents of prospectus used after nine months.</HEAD>
<P>There may be omitted from any prospectus used more than 9 months after the effective date of the registration statement any information previously required to be contained in the prospectus insofar as later information covering the same subjects, including the latest available certified financial statement, as of a date not more than 16 months prior to the use of the prospectus is contained therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11440, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.428" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.125" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.428   Documents constituting a section 10(a) prospectus for Form S-8 registration statement; requirements relating to offerings of securities registered on Form S-8.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Where securities are to be offered pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter), the following, taken together, shall constitute a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) The document(s), or portions thereof as permitted by paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, containing the employee benefit plan information required by Item 1 of the Form;
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement of availability of registrant information, employee benefit plan annual reports and other information required by Item 2; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The documents containing registrant information and employee benefit plan annual reports that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement pursuant to Item 3.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant shall maintain a file of the documents that, pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, at any time are part of the section 10(a) prospectus, except for documents required to be incorporated by reference in the registration statement pursuant to Item 3 of Form S-8. Each such document shall be included in the file until five years after it is last used as part of the Section 10(a) prospectus to offer or sell securities pursuant to the plan. With respect to documents containing specifically designated portions that constitute part of the section 10(a) prospectus pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, the entire document shall be maintained in the file. Upon request, the registrant shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all of the documents included in the file.
</P>
<P>(b) Where securities are offered pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The registrant shall deliver or cause to be delivered, to each employee who is eligible to participate (or selected by the registrant to participate, in the case of a stock option or other plan with selective participation) in an employee benefit plan to which the registration statement relates, the information required by Part I of Form S-8. The information shall be in written form and shall be updated in writing in a timely manner to reflect any material changes during any period in which offers or sales are being made. When updating information is furnished, documents previously furnished need not be re-delivered, but the registrant shall furnish promptly without charge to each employee, upon written or oral request, a copy of all documents containing the plan information required by Part I that then constitute part of the section 10(a) prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant may designate an entire document or only portions of a document as constituting part of the section 10(a) prospectus. If the registrant designates only portions of a document as constituting part of the prospectus, rather than the entire document, a statement clearly identifying such portions, for example, by reference to section headings, section numbers, paragraphs or page numbers within the document must be included in a conspicuous place in the forepart of the document, or such portions must be specifically designated throughout the text of the document. Registrants shall not designate only words or sentences within a paragraph as part of a prospectus. Unless the portions of a document constituting part of the section 10(a) prospectus are clearly identified, the entire document shall constitute part of the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(iii) The registrant shall date any document constituting part of the section 10(a) prospectus or containing portions constituting part of the prospectus and shall include the following printed, stamped or typed legend in a conspicuous place in the forepart of the document, substituting the bracketed language as appropriate: “This document [Specifically designated portions of this document] constitutes [constitute] part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.”
</P>
<P>(iv) The registrant shall revise the document(s) containing the plan information sent or given to newly eligible participants pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, if documents containing updating information would obscure the readability of the plan information.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant shall deliver or cause to be delivered with the document(s) containing the information required by Part I of Form S-8, to each employee to whom such information is sent or given, a copy of any one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant's annual report to security holders containing the information required by Rule 14a-3(b) (§ 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (<I>Exchange Act</I>) for its latest fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant's annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or, in the case of registrants described in General Instruction A.(2) of Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter), for its latest fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(iii) The latest prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)) under the Act that contains audited financial statements for the registrant's latest fiscal year, <I>Provided</I> that the financial statements are not incorporated by reference from another filing, and <I>Provided</I> further that such prospectus contains substantially the information required by Rule 14a-3(b) (§ 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter) or the registration statement was on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) or F-1 (§ 239.31 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The registrant's effective Exchange Act registration statement on Form 10 (§ 249.210 of this chapter), 20-F or, in the case of registrants described in General Instruction A.(2) of Form 40-F, containing audited financial statements for the registrant's latest fiscal year.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions.</I> 1. If a registrant has previously sent or given an employee a copy of any document specified in clauses (i)-(iv) of paragraph (b)(2) for the latest fiscal year, it need not be re-delivered, but the registrant shall furnish promptly, without charge, a copy of such document upon written or oral request of the employee.
</FP>
<P>2. If the latest fiscal year of the registrant has ended within 120 days (or 190 days with respect to foreign private issuers) prior to the delivery of the documents containing the information specified by Part I of Form S-8, the registrant may deliver a document containing financial statements for the fiscal year preceding the last fiscal year, <I>Provided that</I> within the 120 or 190 day period a document containing financial statements for the latest fiscal year is furnished to each employee.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) The registrant shall deliver or cause to be delivered promptly, without charge, to each employee to whom information is required to be delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the information that has been incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 3 of Form S-8 (not including exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that the registration statement incorporates).
</P>
<P>(4) Where interests in a plan are registered, the registrant shall deliver or cause to be delivered promptly, without charge, to each employee to whom information is required to be delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the then latest annual report of the plan filed pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whether on Form 11-K (§ 249.311 of this chapter) or included as part of the registrant's annual report on Form 10-K.
</P>
<P>(5) The registrant shall deliver or cause to be delivered to all employees participating in a stock option plan or plan fund that invests in registrant securities (and other plan participants who request such information orally or in writing) who do not otherwise receive such material, copies of all reports, proxy statements and other communications distributed to its security holders generally, provided that such material is sent or delivered no later than the time it is sent to security holders.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this Rule, the term <I>employee benefit plan</I> is defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C (§ 230.405 of this chapter) and the term <I>employee</I> is defined in General Instruction A.1 of Form S-8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 23923, June 13, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 10614, Mar. 27, 1992; 73 FR 969, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.429" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.126" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.429   Prospectus relating to several registration statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a registrant has filed two or more registration statements, it may file a single prospectus in the latest registration statement in order to satisfy the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder for that offering and any other offering(s) registered on the earlier registration statement(s). The combined prospectus in the latest registration statement must include all of the information that currently would be required in a prospectus relating to all offering(s) that it covers. The combined prospectus may be filed as part of the initial filing of the latest registration statement, in a pre-effective amendment to it or in a post-effective amendment to it. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where a registrant relies on paragraph (a) of this section, the registration statement containing the combined prospectus shall act, upon effectiveness, as a post-effective amendment to any earlier registration statement whose prospectus has been combined in the latest registration statement. The registrant must identify any earlier registration statement to which the combined prospectus relates by setting forth the Commission file number at the bottom of the facing page of the latest registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 8896, Feb. 5, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.430" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.127" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.430   Prospectus for use prior to effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A form of prospectus filed as a part of the registration statement shall be deemed to meet the requirements of section 10 of the Act for the purpose of section 5(b)(1) thereof prior to the effective date of the registration statement, provided such form of prospectus contains substantially the information required by the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to be included in a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act for the securities being registered, or contains substantially that information except for the omission of information with respect to the offering price, underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds, conversion rates, call prices, or other matters dependent upon the offering price. Every such form of prospectus shall be deemed to have been filed as a part of the registration statement for the purpose of section 7 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) A form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement on Form N-1A (§ 239.15A and § 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 239.17a and § 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 239.17b and § 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§ 239.17c and § 274.11d of this chapter) shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Section 10 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j) for the purpose of Section 5(b)(1) thereof (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Such form of prospectus meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Such registration statement contains a form of Statement of Additional Information that is made available to persons receiving such prospectus upon written or oral request, and without charge, unless the form of prospectus contains the information otherwise required to be disclosed in the form of Statement of Additional Information. Every such form of prospectus shall be deemed to have been filed as part of the registration statement for the purpose of section 7 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11440, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 56834, Dec. 1, 1992; 67 FR 19868, Apr. 23, 2002; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.430A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.128" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.430A   Prospectus in a registration statement at the time of effectiveness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement that is declared effective may omit information with respect to the public offering price, underwriting syndicate (including any material relationships between the registrant and underwriters not named therein), underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds, conversion rates, call prices and other items dependent upon the offering price, delivery dates, and terms of the securities dependent upon the offering date; and such form of prospectus need not contain such information in order for the registration statement to meet the requirements of Section 7 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77g) for the purposes of Section 5 thereof (15 U.S.C. 77e), <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities to be registered are offered for cash;
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant furnishes the undertakings required by § 229.512(i) of this chapter (Item 512(i) of Regulation S-K), or the undertakings required by Item 34.4 of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(3) The information ommitted in reliance upon paragraph (a) from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement that is declared effective is contained in a form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act (§§ 230.424(b) or 230.497(h) of this chapter); except that if such form of prospectus is not so filed by the later of fifteen business days after the effective date of the registration statement or fifteen business days after the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment thereto that contains a form of prospectus, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date, the information omitted in reliance upon paragraph (a) must be contained in an effective post-effective amendment to the registration statement.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (a):</I> A decrease in the volume of securities offered or change in the bona fide estimate of the maximum offering price range from that indicated in the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement that is declared effective may be disclosed in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(b) or § 230.497(h) under the Securities Act so long as the decrease in the volume or change in the price range would not materially change the disclosure contained in the registration statement at effectiveness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) (§ 230.424(b)(1)) or Rule 497(h) (§ 230.497(h)) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The information omitted in reliance upon paragraph (a) from the form of prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement, and contained in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act (§§ 230.424(b) or 230.497(h) of this chapter), shall be deemed to be a part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
</P>
<P>(c) When used prior to determination of the offering price of the securities, a form of prospectus relating to the securities offered pursuant to a registration statement that is declared effective with information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of such effective registration statement in reliance upon this Rule 430A need not contain information omitted pursuant to paragraph (a), in order to meet the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77j) for the purpose of section 5(b)(1) (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) thereof. This provision shall not limit the information required to be contained in a form of prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(2) thereof or exception (a) of Section 2(10) (15 U.S.C. 77b(10)) thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d) This rule shall not apply to registration statements for securities to be offered by competitive bidding. 
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§ 239.15A and § 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 239.17a and § 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 239.17b and § 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§ 239.17c and § 274.11d of this chapter), the references to “form of prospectus” in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the accompanying Note shall be deemed also to refer to the form of Statement of Additional Information filed as part of such a registration statement.
</P>
<P>(f) This section may apply to registration statements that are immediately effective pursuant to Rule 462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If information is omitted in reliance upon paragraph (a) from the form of prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement, or effective post-effective amendment thereto, the registrant must ascertain promptly whether a form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) of Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act actually was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, promptly file such prospectus.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 21261, June 5, 1987, as amended at 56 FR 48103, Sept. 24, 1991; 57 FR 48976, Oct. 29, 1992; 57 FR 56834, Dec. 1, 1992; 60 FR 26616, May 17, 1995; 67 FR 19869, Apr. 23, 2002; 70 FR 44813, Aug. 3, 2005; 85 FR 33354, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.430B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.129" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.430B   Prospectus in a registration statement after effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement for offerings pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(x)) may omit from the information required by the form to be in the prospectus information that is unknown or not reasonably available to the issuer pursuant to Rule 409 (§ 230.409). In addition, a form of prospectus filed as part of an automatic shelf registration statement for offerings pursuant to Rule 415(a) (§ 230.415(a)), other than Rule 415(a)(1)(viii), also may omit information as to whether the offering is a primary offering or an offering on behalf of persons other than the issuer, or a combination thereof, the plan of distribution for the securities, a description of the securities registered other than an identification of the name or class of such securities, and the identification of other issuers. Each such form of prospectus shall be deemed to have been filed as part of the registration statement for the purpose of section 7 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) A form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement for offerings pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i) by an issuer eligible to use Form S-3 or Form F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter) for primary offerings pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1 of such forms, or an issuer eligible to register such a primary offering under General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), may omit the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section, and may also omit the identities of selling security holders and amounts of securities to be registered on their behalf if:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration statement is an automatic shelf registration statement as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(2) All of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The initial offering transaction of the securities (or securities convertible into such securities) the resale of which are being registered on behalf of each of the selling security holders, was completed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities (or securities convertible into such securities) were issued and outstanding prior to the original date of filing the registration statement covering the resale of the securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The registration statement refers to any unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering transaction in which the securities were sold; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The issuer is not and during the past three years neither the issuer nor any of its predecessors was:
</P>
<P>(A) A blank check company as defined in Rule 419(a)(2) (§ 230.419(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(B) A shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, each as defined in Rule 405; or
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer in an offering of penny stock as defined in Rule 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.3a51-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) A form of prospectus that is part of a registration statement that omits information in reliance upon paragraph (a) or (b) of this section meets the requirements of section 10 of the Act for the purpose of section 5(b)(1) thereof. This provision shall not limit the information required to be contained in a form of prospectus in order to meet the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(2) thereof or exception (a) of section 2(a)(10) thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) or (b) of this section may be included subsequently in the prospectus that is part of a registration statement by:
</P>
<P>(1) A post-effective amendment to the registration statement;
</P>
<P>(2) A prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)); or
</P>
<P>(3) If the applicable form permits, including the information in the issuer's periodic or current reports filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus that is part of the registration statement in accordance with applicable requirements, subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), other than as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, shall be deemed part of and included in the registration statement as of the date such form of filed prospectus is first used after effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and is contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement on the earlier of the date such subsequent form of prospectus is first used or the date and time of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering to which such subsequent form of prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which a form of prospectus is deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be deemed, for purposes of liability under section 11 of the Act of the issuer and any underwriter at the time only, to be a new effective date of the part of such registration statement relating to the securities to which such form of prospectus relates, such part of the registration statement consisting of all information included in the registration statement and any prospectus relating to the offering of such securities (including information relating to the offering in a prospectus already included in the registration statement) as of such date and all information relating to the offering included in reports and materials incorporated by reference into such registration statement and prospectus as of such date, and in each case not modified or superseded pursuant to Rule 412 (§ 230.412). The offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial <I>bona fide</I> offering thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) If a registration statement is amended to include or is deemed to include, through incorporation by reference or otherwise, except as otherwise provided in Rule 436 (§ 230.436), a report or opinion of any person made on such person's authority as an expert whose consent would be required under section 7 of the Act because of being named as having prepared or certified part of the registration statement, then for purposes of this section and for liability purposes under section 11 of the Act, the part of the registration statement for which liability against such person is asserted shall be considered as having become effective with respect to such person as of the time the report or opinion is deemed to be part of the registration statement and a consent required pursuant to section 7 of the Act has been provided as contemplated by section 11 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for an effective date resulting from the filing of a form of prospectus filed for purposes of including information required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act or pursuant to § 229.512(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter (Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K) or Item 34.3.a(2) of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), the date a form of prospectus is deemed part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to this paragraph (f)(4) shall not be an effective date established pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section as to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any director (or person acting in such capacity) of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person signing any report or document incorporated by reference into the registration statement, except for such a report or document incorporated by reference for purposes of including information required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act or pursuant to Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K or Item 34.3.a(2) of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) (such person except for such reports being deemed not to be a person who signed the registration statement within the meaning of section 11(a) of the Act).
</P>
<P>(5) The date a form of prospectus is deemed part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall not be an effective date established pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section as to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any accountant with respect to financial statements or other financial information contained in the registration statement as of a prior effective date and for which the accountant previously provided a consent to be named as required by section 7 of the Act, unless the form of prospectus contains new audited financial statements or other financial information as to which the accountant is an expert and for which a new consent is required pursuant to section 7 of the Act or Rule 436; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other person whose report or opinion as an expert or counsel has, with their consent, previously been included in the registration statement as of a prior effective date, unless the form of prospectus contains a new report or opinion for which a new consent is required pursuant to section 7 of the Act or Rule 436.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (e) or (f) of this section or paragraph (a) of Rule 412, no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement after the effective date of such registration statement or portion thereof in respect of an offering determined pursuant to this section will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.
</P>
<P>(h) Where a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) relating to an offering does not include disclosure of omitted information regarding the terms of the offering, the securities, or the plan of distribution, or selling security holders for the securities that are the subject of the form of prospectus, because such omitted information has been included in periodic or current reports filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus, the issuer shall file a form of prospectus identifying the periodic or current reports that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus that is part of the registration statement that contain such omitted information. Such form of prospectus shall be required to be filed, depending on the nature of the incorporated information, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7).
</P>
<P>(i) Issuers relying on this section shall furnish the undertakings required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S-K or Item 34.3 of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) as applicable.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Rule 430B:</HED>
<P>The provisions of paragraph (b) of Rule 401 (§ 230.401(b)) shall apply to any prospectus filed for purposes of including information required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44813, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 969, Jan. 4, 2008; 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 33354, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.430C" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.130" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.430C   Prospectus in a registration statement pertaining to an offering other than pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 430B after the effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In offerings made other than in reliance on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B) or Rule 430D (§ 230.430D) and other than for prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A), information contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)) or Rule 497(b), (c), (d), or (e) (§ 230.497(b), (c), (d) or (e)), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement on the date it is first used after effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section or paragraph (a) of Rule 412 (§ 230.412), no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall affect the information required to be included in an issuer's registration statement and prospectus.
</P>
<P>(d) Issuers subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall furnish the undertakings required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(a) of this chapter) or Item 34.4 of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44815, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 969, Jan. 4, 2008; 79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.430D" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.131" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.430D   Prospectus in a registration statement after effective date for asset-backed securities offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement for primary offerings of asset-backed securities pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or § 230.415(a)(1)(xii) may omit from the information required by the form to be in the prospectus information that is unknown or not reasonably available to the issuer pursuant to § 230.409.
</P>
<P>(b) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section (other than information with respect to offering price, underwriting syndicate (including any material relationships between the registrant and underwriters not named therein), underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds or other matters dependent upon the offering price to the extent such information is unknown or not reasonably available to the issuer pursuant to § 230.409) shall be disclosed in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(h). Each such form of prospectus shall be deemed to have been filed as part of the registration statement for the purpose of section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77g).
</P>
<P>(c) A form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement that omits information in reliance upon paragraph (a) of this section meets the requirements of section 10 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j) for the purpose of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)). This provision shall not limit the information required to be contained in a form of prospectus in order to meet the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(2) (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)) or exception (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)(a)).
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) or (d)(2) of this section, information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section may be included subsequently in the prospectus that is part of a registration statement by:
</P>
<P>(i) A post-effective amendment to the registration statement;
</P>
<P>(ii) A prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424(b); or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the applicable form permits, including the information in the issuer's periodic or current reports filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus that is part of the registration statement in accordance with the applicable requirements, subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section that adds a new structural feature or credit enhancement must be included subsequently in the prospectus that is part of a registration statement by a post-effective amendment to the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section and contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(b), other than as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, shall be deemed part of and included in the registration statement as of the date such form of filed prospectus is first used after effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(2) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section and contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(h) shall be deemed part of and included in the registration statement the earlier of the date such form of filed prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(h) or, if used earlier than the date of filing, the date it is first used after effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Information omitted from a form of prospectus that is part of an effective registration statement in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section, and is contained in a form of prospectus required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 230.424(b)(2) or (b)(5), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement on the earlier of the date such subsequent form of prospectus is first used or the date and time of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering to which such subsequent form of prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which a form of prospectus is deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be deemed, for purposes of liability under section 11 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77k) of the issuer and any underwriter at the time only, to be a new effective date of the part of such registration statement relating to the securities to which such form of prospectus relates, such part of the registration statement consisting of all information included in the registration statement and any prospectus relating to the offering of such securities (including information relating to the offering in a prospectus already included in the registration statement) as of such date and all information relating to the offering included in reports and materials incorporated by reference into such registration statement and prospectus as of such date, and in each case not modified or superseded pursuant to § 230.412. The offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial <I>bona fide</I> offering thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) If a registration statement is amended to include or is deemed to include, through incorporation by reference or otherwise, except as otherwise provided in § 230.436, a report or opinion of any person made on such person's authority as an expert whose consent would be required under section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77g) because of being named as having prepared or certified part of the registration statement, then for purposes of this section and for liability purposes under section 11 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77k), the part of the registration statement for which liability against such person is asserted shall be considered as having become effective with respect to such person as of the time the report or opinion is deemed to be part of the registration statement and a consent required pursuant to section 7 of the Act has been provided as contemplated by section 11 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for an effective date resulting from the filing of a form of prospectus filed for purposes of including information required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)) or pursuant to Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the date a form of prospectus is deemed part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to this paragraph shall not be an effective date established pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section as to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any director (or person acting in such capacity) of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person signing any report or document incorporated by reference into the registration statement, except for such a report or document incorporated by reference for purposes of including information required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)) or pursuant to Item 512(a)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter) (such person except for such reports being deemed not to be a person who signed the registration statement within the meaning of section 11(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77k(a)).
</P>
<P>(5) The date a form of prospectus is deemed part of and included in the registration statement pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall not be an effective date established pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section as to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any accountant with respect to financial statements or other financial information contained in the registration statement as of a prior effective date and for which the accountant previously provided a consent to be named as required by section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77g), unless the form of prospectus contains new audited financial statements or other financial information as to which the accountant is an expert and for which a new consent is required pursuant to section 7 of the Act or § 230.436; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other person whose report or opinion as an expert or counsel has, with their consent, previously been included in the registration statement as of a prior effective date, unless the form of prospectus contains a new report or opinion for which a new consent is required pursuant to section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77g) or § 230.436.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (e) or (f) of this section or § 230.412(a), no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement after the effective date of such registration statement or portion thereof in respect of an offering determined pursuant to this section will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.
</P>
<P>(h) Where a form of prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424(b) relating to an offering does not include disclosure of omitted information regarding the terms of the offering, the securities or the plan of distribution for the securities that are the subject of the form of prospectus, because such omitted information has been included in periodic or current reports filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus, the issuer shall file a form of prospectus identifying the periodic or current reports that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus that is part of the registration statement that contain such omitted information. Such form of prospectus shall be required to be filed, depending on the nature of the incorporated information, pursuant to § 230.424(b)(2) or (b)(5).
</P>
<P>(i) Issuers relying on this section shall furnish the undertakings required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(a) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57329, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.431" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.132" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.431   Summary prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A summary prospectus prepared and filed (except a summary prospectus filed by an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a separate account (as defined in section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6) as part of a registration statement in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be a prospectus permitted under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) if the form used for registration of the securities to be offered provides for the use of a summary prospectus and the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The registrant is organized under the laws of the United States or any State or Territory or the District of Columbia and has its principal business operations in the United States or its territories; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant is a foreign private issuer eligible to use Form F-2 (§ 239.32 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of that Act or is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of that Act;
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant: (i) Has been subject to the requirements of section 12 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of that Act for a period of at least thirty-six calendar months immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement; and (ii) has filed in a timely manner all reports required to be filed during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement and, if the registrant has used (during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement) Rule 12b-25(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b-25 of this chapter) with respect to a report or portion of a report, that report or portion thereof has actually been filed within the time period prescribed by that Rule; and
</P>
<P>(4) Neither the registrant nor any of its consolidated or unconsolidated subsidiaries has, since the end of its last fiscal year for which certified financial statements of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries were included in a report filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: (i) failed to pay any dividend or sinking fund installment on preferred stock; or (ii) defaulted on any installment or installments on indebtedness for borrowed money, or on any rental on one or more long term leases, which defaults in the aggregate are material to the financial position of the registrant and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
</P>
<P>(b) A summary prospectus shall contain the information specified in the instructions as to summary prospectuses in the form used for registration of the securities to be offered. Such prospectus may include any other information the substance of which is contained in the registration statement except as otherwise specifically provided in the instructions as to summary prospectuses in the form used for registration. It shall not include any information the substance of which is not contained in the registration statement except that a summary prospectus may contain any information specified in Rule 134(a) (§ 230.134(a)). No reference need be made to inapplicable terms and negative answers to any item of the form may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(c) All information included in a summary prospectus, other than the statement required by paragraph (e) of this section, may be expressed in such condensed or summarized form as may be appropriate in the light of the circumstances under which the prospectus is to be used. The information need not follow the numerical sequence of the items of the form used for registration. Every summary prospectus shall be dated approximately as of the date of its first use.
</P>
<P>(d) When used prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a summary prospectus shall be captioned a “Preliminary Summary Prospectus” and shall comply with the applicable requirements relating to a preliminary prospectus.
</P>
<P>(e) A statement to the following effect shall be prominently set forth in conspicuous print at the beginning or at the end of every summary prospectus:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>“Copies of a more complete prospectus may be obtained from” (Insert name(s), address(es) and telephone number(s)).</FP></EXTRACT>
<FP>Copies of a summary prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section may omit the names of persons from whom the complete prospectus may be obtained.
</FP>
<P>(f) Any summary prospectus published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical need only be set in type at least as large as 7 point modern type. Nothing in this rule shall prevent the use of reprints of a summary prospectus published in a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, if such reprints are clearly legible.
</P>
<P>(g) Eight copies of every proposed summary prospectus shall be filed as a part of the registration statement, or as an amendment thereto, at least 5 days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) prior to the use thereof, or prior to the release for publication by any newspaper, magazine or other person, whichever is earlier. The Commission may, however, in its discretion, authorize such use or publication prior to the expiration of the 5-day period upon a written request for such authorization. Within 7 days after the first use or publication thereof, 5 additional copies shall be filed in the exact form in which it was used or published.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11440, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 54770, Dec. 6, 1982; 63 FR 13984, Mar. 23, 1998; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 85 FR 26093, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.432" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.133" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.432   Additional information required to be included in prospectuses relating to tender offers.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the provisions of any form for the registration of securities under the Act, any prospectus relating to securities to be offered in connection with a tender offer for, or a request or invitation for tenders of, securities subject to either § 240.13e-4 or section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)) must include the information required by § 240.13e-4(d)(1) or § 240.14d-6(d)(1) of this chapter, as applicable, in all tender offers, requests or invitations that are published, sent or given to security holders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61451, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.433" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.43.134" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.433   Conditions to permissible post-filing free writing prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of section.</I> This section applies to any free writing prospectus with respect to securities of any issuer (except as set forth in Rule 164 (§ 230.164)) that are the subject of a registration statement that has been filed under the Act. Such a free writing prospectus that satisfies the conditions of this section may include information the substance of which is not included in the registration statement. Such a free writing prospectus that satisfies the conditions of this section will be a prospectus permitted under section 10(b) of the Act for purposes of sections 2(a)(10), 5(b)(1), and 5(b)(2) of the Act and will, for purposes of considering it a prospectus, be deemed to be public, without regard to its method of use or distribution, because it is related to the public offering of securities that are the subject of a filed registration statement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permitted use of free writing prospectus.</I> Subject to the conditions of this paragraph (b) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section, a free writing prospectus may be used under this section and Rule 164 in connection with a registered offering of securities:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Eligibility and prospectus conditions for seasoned issuers, well-known seasoned issuers, and offerings of registered non-variable annuity securities.</I> Subject to the provisions of Rule 164(e), (f), and (g), the issuer or any other offering participant may use a free writing prospectus in the following offerings after a registration statement relating to the offering has been filed that includes a prospectus that, other than by reason of this section or Rule 431, satisfies the requirements of section 10 of the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) Offerings of securities registered on Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1, I.B.2, I.C., or I.D. thereof or on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter) or on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction A.2 with respect to the same transactions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Offerings of securities registered on Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction I.A.5, I.B.1, I.B.2, or I.C. thereof;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other offering not excluded from reliance on this section and Rule 164 of securities of a well-known seasoned issuer;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other offering not excluded from reliance on this section and Rule 164 of securities of an issuer eligible to use Form S-3 or Form F-3 for primary offerings pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1 of such Forms or an issuer eligible to use General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 to register a primary offering described in General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3; and
</P>
<P>(v) Offerings of registered non-variable annuity securities registered on Form N-4 (§ 239.17b of this chapter) where the issuer would otherwise be eligible to use Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) pursuant to General Instruction I.B.1, I.B.2, I.C, or I.D.






</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligibility and prospectus conditions for non-reporting and unseasoned issuers.</I> If the issuer does not fall within the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, then, subject to the provisions of Rule 164(e), (f), and (g), any person participating in the offer or sale of the securities may use a free writing prospectus as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If the free writing prospectus is or was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by an issuer or any other offering participant, if consideration has been or will be given by the issuer or other offering participant for the dissemination (in any format) of any free writing prospectus (including any published article, publication, or advertisement), or if section 17(b) of the Act requires disclosure that consideration has been or will be given by the issuer or other offering participant for any activity described therein in connection with the free writing prospectus, then a registration statement relating to the offering must have been filed that includes a prospectus that, other than by reason of this section or Rule 431, satisfies the requirements of section 10 of the Act, including a price range where required by rule, and the free writing prospectus shall be accompanied or preceded by the most recent such prospectus; <I>provided, however</I>, that use of the free writing prospectus is not conditioned on providing the most recent such prospectus if a prior such prospectus has been provided and there is no material change from the prior prospectus reflected in the most recent prospectus; <I>provided further,</I> that after effectiveness and availability of a final prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act, no such earlier prospectus may be provided in satisfaction of this condition, and such final prospectus must precede or accompany any free writing prospectus provided after such availability, whether or not an earlier prospectus had been previously provided. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2)(<E T="01">i</E>) of Rule 433.</HED>
<P>1. The condition that a free writing prospectus shall be accompanied or preceded by the most recent prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10 of the Act would be satisfied if a free writing prospectus that is an electronic communication contained an active hyperlink to such most recent prospectus; and
</P>
<P>2. A communication for which disclosure would be required under section 17(b) of the Act as a result of consideration given or to be given, directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of an issuer or other offering participant is an offer by the issuer or such other offering participant as the case may be and is, if written, a free writing prospectus of the issuer or other offering participant.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) Where paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section does not apply, a registration statement relating to the offering has been filed that includes a prospectus that, other than by reason of this section or Rule 431 satisfies the requirements of section 10 of the Act, including a price range where required by rule. For purposes of paragraph (f) of this section, the prospectus included in the registration statement relating to the offering that has been filed does not have to include a price range otherwise required by rule.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Successors.</I> A successor issuer will be considered to satisfy the applicable provisions of this paragraph (b) if:
</P>
<P>(i) Its predecessor and it, taken together, satisfy the conditions, provided that the succession was primarily for the purpose of changing the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation of the predecessor or forming a holding company and the assets and liabilities of the successor at the time of succession were substantially the same as those of the predecessor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) All predecessors met the conditions at the time of succession and the issuer has continued to do so since the succession.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information in a free writing prospectus.</I> (1) A free writing prospectus used in reliance on this section may include information the substance of which is not included in the registration statement but such information shall not conflict with:
</P>
<P>(i) Information contained in the filed registration statement, including any prospectus or prospectus supplement that is part of the registration statement (including pursuant to Rule 430B (§ 230.430B), Rule 430C (§ 230.430C) or Rule 430D (§ 230.430D) and not superseded or modified; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Information contained in the issuer's periodic and current reports filed or furnished to the Commission pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement and not superseded or modified, or pursuant to section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A free writing prospectus used in reliance on this section shall contain substantially the following legend: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The issuer has filed a registration statement (including a prospectus) with the SEC for the offering to which this communication relates. Before you invest, you should read the prospectus in that registration statement and other documents the issuer has filed with the SEC for more complete information about the issuer and this offering. You may get these documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the SEC Web site at <I>www.sec.gov.</I> Alternatively, the issuer, any underwriter or any dealer participating in the offering will arrange to send you the prospectus if you request it by calling toll-free 1-8[xx-xxx-xxxx].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The legend also may provide an e-mail address at which the documents can be requested and may indicate that the documents also are available by accessing the issuer's Web site and provide the Internet address and the particular location of the documents on the Web site.
</P>
<P>(3) A free writing prospectus with respect to securities of a registered closed-end investment company or a business development company that includes fee or expense information must comply with paragraphs (i) and (j) of § 230.482 (Rule 482), as applicable.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing conditions.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3), (d)(4), (d)(5), (d)(6), (d)(7), (d)(8), and (f) of this section, the following shall be filed with the Commission under this section by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing no later than the date of first use. The free writing prospectus filed for purposes of this section will not be filed as part of the registration statement:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer shall file:
</P>
<P>(A) Any issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in paragraph (h) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Any issuer information that is contained in a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of or used by any other offering participant (but not information prepared by or on behalf of a person other than the issuer on the basis of or derived from that issuer information); and
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the final terms of the issuer's securities in the offering or of the offering contained in a free writing prospectus or portion thereof prepared by or on behalf of the issuer or any offering participant, after such terms have been established for all classes in the offering; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any offering participant, other than the issuer, shall file any free writing prospectus that is used or referred to by such offering participant and distributed by or on behalf of such person in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination.
</P>
<P>(2) Each free writing prospectus or issuer information contained in a free writing prospectus filed under this section shall identify in the filing the Commission file number for the related registration statement or, if that file number is unknown, a description sufficient to identify the related registration statement.
</P>
<P>(3) The condition to file a free writing prospectus under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not apply if the free writing prospectus does not contain substantive changes from or additions to a free writing prospectus previously filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) The condition to file issuer information contained in a free writing prospectus of an offering participant other than the issuer shall not apply if such information is included (including through incorporation by reference) in a prospectus or free writing prospectus previously filed that relates to the offering.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) To the extent a free writing prospectus or portion thereof otherwise required to be filed contains a description of terms of the issuer's securities in the offering or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, such free writing prospectus or portion thereof is not required to be filed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A free writing prospectus or portion thereof that contains only a description of the final terms of the issuer's securities in the offering or of the offerings shall be filed by the issuer within two days of the later of the date such final terms have been established for all classes of the offering and the date of first use.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, in an offering of asset-backed securities, a free writing prospectus or portion thereof required to be filed that contains only ABS informational and computational materials as defined in Item 1101(a) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter), may be filed under this section within the timeframe permitted by Rule 426(b) (§ 230.426(b)) and such filing will satisfy the filing conditions under this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that a free writing prospectus is used in reliance on this section and Rule 164 and the conditions of this section and Rule 164 (which may include the conditions of paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section) are satisfied with respect thereto, then the use of that free writing prospectus shall not be conditioned on satisfaction of the provisions, including without limitation the filing conditions, of Rule 167 and Rule 426 (§§ 230.167 and 230.426). In the event that ABS informational and computational materials are used in reliance on Rule 167 and Rule 426 and the conditions of those rules are satisfied with respect thereto, then the use of those materials shall not be conditioned on the satisfaction of the conditions of Rule 164 and this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The condition to file a free writing prospectus or issuer information pursuant to this paragraph (d) for a free writing prospectus used at the same time as a communication in a business combination transaction subject to Rule 425 (§ 230.425) shall be satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(i) The free writing prospectus or issuer information is filed in accordance with the provisions of Rule 425, including the filing timeframe of Rule 425;
</P>
<P>(ii) The filed material pursuant to Rule 425 indicates on the cover page that it also is being filed pursuant to Rule 433; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The filed material pursuant to Rule 425 contains the information specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (d):
</P>
<P>(i) A road show for an offering that is a written communication is a free writing prospectus, provided that, except as provided in paragraph (d)(8)(ii) of this section, a written communication that is a road show shall not be required to be filed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a road show that is a written communication for an offering of common equity or convertible equity securities by an issuer that is, at the time of the filing of the registration statement for the offering, not required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such a road show is required to be filed pursuant to this section unless the issuer of the securities makes at least one version of a <I>bona fide</I> electronic road show available without restriction by means of graphic communication to any person, including any potential investor in the securities (and if there is more than one version of a road show for the offering that is a written communication, the version available without restriction is made available no later than the other versions). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(8):</HED>
<P>A communication that is provided or transmitted simultaneously with a road show and is provided or transmitted in a manner designed to make the communication available only as part of the road show and not separately is deemed to be part of the road show. Therefore, if the road show is not a written communication, such a simultaneous communication (even if it would otherwise be a graphic communication or other written communication) is also deemed not to be written. If the road show is written and not required to be filed, such a simultaneous communication is also not required to be filed. Otherwise, a written communication that is an offer contained in a separate file from a road show, whether or not the road show is a written communication, or otherwise transmitted separately from a road show, will be a free writing prospectus subject to any applicable filing conditions of paragraph (d) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Treatment of information on, or hyperlinked from, an issuer's Web site.</I> (1) An offer of an issuer's securities that is contained on an issuer's Web site or hyperlinked by the issuer from the issuer's Web site to a third party's Web site is a written offer of such securities by the issuer and, unless otherwise exempt or excluded from the requirements of section 5(b)(1) of the Act, the filing conditions of paragraph (d) of this section apply to such offer.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section, historical issuer information that is identified as such and located in a separate section of the issuer's Web site containing historical issuer information, that has not been incorporated by reference into or otherwise included in a prospectus of the issuer for the offering and that has not otherwise been used or referred to in connection with the offering, will not be considered a current offer of the issuer's securities and therefore will not be a free writing prospectus.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Free writing prospectuses published or distributed by media.</I> Any written offer for which an issuer or any other offering participant or any person acting on its behalf provided, authorized, or approved information that is prepared and published or disseminated by a person unaffiliated with the issuer or any other offering participant that is in the business of publishing, radio or television broadcasting or otherwise disseminating written communications would be considered at the time of publication or dissemination to be a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the issuer or such other offering participant for purposes of this section subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The conditions of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section will not apply and the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2) and (d) of this section will be deemed to be satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(i) No payment is made or consideration given by or on behalf of the issuer or other offering participant for the written communication or its dissemination; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer or other offering participant in question files the written communication with the Commission, and includes in the filing the legend required by paragraph (c)(2) of this section, within four business days after the issuer or other offering participant becomes aware of the publication, radio or television broadcast, or other dissemination of the written communication.
</P>
<P>(2) The filing obligation under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section shall be subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer or other offering participant shall not be required to file a free writing prospectus if the substance of that free writing prospectus has previously been filed with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any filing made pursuant to paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section may include information that the issuer or offering participant in question reasonably believes is necessary or appropriate to correct information included in the communication; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In lieu of filing the actual written communication as published or disseminated as required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the issuer or offering participant in question may file a copy of the materials provided to the media, including transcripts of interviews or similar materials, provided the copy or transcripts contain all the information provided to the media.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph (f) of this section, an issuer that is in the business of publishing or radio or television broadcasting may rely on this paragraph (f) as to any publication or radio or television broadcast that is a free writing prospectus in respect of an offering of securities of the issuer if the issuer or an affiliate:
</P>
<P>(i) Is the publisher of a <I>bona fide</I> newspaper, magazine, or business or financial publication of general and regular circulation or <I>bona fide</I> broadcaster of news including business and financial news;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has established policies and procedures for the independence of the content of the publications or broadcasts from the offering activities of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Publishes or broadcasts the communication in the ordinary course.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Record retention.</I> Issuers and offering participants shall retain all free writing prospectuses they have used, and that have not been filed pursuant to paragraph (d) or (f) of this section, for 3 years following the initial <I>bona fide</I> offering of the securities in question.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>) of § 230.433.</HED>
<P>To the extent that the record retention requirements of Rule 17a-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.17a-4 of this chapter) apply to free writing prospectuses required to be retained by a broker-dealer under this section, such free writing prospectuses are required to be retained in accordance with such requirements.</P></NOTE>
<P>(h) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) An <I>issuer free writing prospectus</I> means a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the issuer or used or referred to by the issuer and, in the case of an asset-backed issuer, prepared by or on behalf of a depositor, sponsor, or servicer (as defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB) or affiliated depositor or used or referred to by any such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Issuer information</I> means material information about the issuer or its securities that has been provided by or on behalf of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(3) A written communication or information is prepared or provided by or on behalf of a person if the person or an agent or representative of the person authorizes the communication or information or approves the communication or information before it is used. An offering participant other than the issuer shall not be an agent or representative of the issuer solely by virtue of its acting as an offering participant.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>road show</I> means an offer (other than a statutory prospectus or a portion of a statutory prospectus filed as part of a registration statement) that contains a presentation regarding an offering by one or more members of the issuer's management (and in the case of an offering of asset-backed securities, management involved in the securitization or servicing function of one or more of the depositors, sponsors, or servicers (as such terms are defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB) or an affiliated depositor) and includes discussion of one or more of the issuer, such management, and the securities being offered; and
</P>
<P>(5) A <I>bona fide electronic road show</I> means a road show that is a written communication transmitted by graphic means that contains a presentation by one or more officers of an issuer or other persons in an issuer's management (and in the case of an offering of asset-backed securities, management involved in the securitization or servicing function of one or more of the depositors, sponsors, or servicers (as such terms are defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB) or an affiliated depositor) and, if more than one road show that is a written communication is being used, includes discussion of the same general areas of information regarding the issuer, such management, and the securities being offered as such other issuer road show or shows for the same offering that are written communications.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 230.433.</HED>
<P>This section does not affect the operation of the provisions of clause (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the Act providing an exception from the definition of “prospectus.”</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 44815, Aug. 3, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 7413, Feb. 13, 2006; 79 FR 57331, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 33355, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 72846, Nov. 25, 2022; 89 FR 60083, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="44" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>written consents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.436" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.135" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.436   Consents required in special cases.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="10">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21919, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28c">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P>(a) If any portion of the report or opinion of an expert or counsel is quoted or summarized as such in the registration statement or in a prospectus, the written consent of the expert or counsel shall be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement and shall expressly state that the expert or counsel consents to such quotation or summarization.
</P>
<P>(b) If it is stated that any information contained in the registration statement has been reviewed or passed upon by any persons and that such information is set forth in the registration statement upon the authority of or in reliance upon such persons as experts, the written consents of such persons shall be filed as exhibits to the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, a report on unaudited interim financial information (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) by an independent accountant who has conducted a review of such interim financial information shall not be considered a part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of sections 7 and 11 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>report on unaudited interim financial information</I> shall mean a report which consists of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the review of interim financial information was made in accordance with established professional standards for such reviews;
</P>
<P>(2) An identification of the interim financial information reviewed;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the procedures for a review of interim financial information;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that a review of interim financial information is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the objective of which is an expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole, and, accordingly, no such opinion is expressed; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement about whether the accountant is aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial information so that it conforms with generally accepted accounting principles. 
</P>
<P>(e) Where a counsel is named as having acted for the underwriters or selling security holders, no consent will be required by reason of his being named as having acted in such capacity.
</P>
<P>(f) Where the opinion of one counsel relies upon the opinion of another counsel, the consent of the counsel whose prepared opinion is relied upon need not be furnished.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the security rating assigned to a class of debt securities, a class of convertible debt securities, or a class of preferred stock by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or with respect to registration statements on Form F-9 (§ 239.39 of this chapter) by any other rating organization specified in the Instruction to paragraph (a)(2) of General Instruction I of Form F-9, shall not be considered a part of the registration statement prepared or certified by a person within the meaning of sections 7 and 11 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the term <I>nationally recognized statistical rating organization</I> shall have the same meaning as used in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1 (c)(2)(vi)(F)).
</P>
<P>(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, any description about matters identified by a qualified person pursuant to § 229.1302(f) of this chapter shall not be considered a part of the registration statement prepared or certified by the qualified person within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Securities Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11441, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 62030, Nov. 23, 1993; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 83 FR 50212, Oct. 4, 2018; 83 FR 66461, Dec. 26, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.437" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.136" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.437   Application to dispense with consent.</HEAD>
<P>An application to the Commission to dispense with any written consent of an expert pursuant to section 7 of the act shall be made by the registrant and shall be supported by an affidavit or affidavits establishing that the obtaining of such consent is impracticable or involves undue hardship on the registrant. Such application shall be filed and the consent of the Commission shall be obtained prior to the effective date of the registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4074, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.437a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.137" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.437a   Written consents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies only to registrants that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Are not a “blank check company” as defined in § 230.419(a)(2); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Are filing a registration statement containing financial statements in which Arthur Andersen LLP (or a foreign affiliate of Arthur Andersen LLP) had been acting as the independent public accountant. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding any other Commission rule or regulation, every registrant eligible to rely on this section may dispense with the requirement for the registrant to file the written consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (or a foreign affiliate of Arthur Andersen LLP) as required by Section 7 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77g) where: 
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant has not already obtained the written consent that would be required if not for this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant is not able to obtain the written consent after reasonable efforts; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant discloses clearly any limitations on recovery by investors posed by the lack of consent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 13537, Mar. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.438" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.138" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.438   Consents of persons about to become directors.</HEAD>
<P>If any person who has not signed the registration statement is named therein as about to become a director, the written consent of such person shall be filed with the registration statement. Any such consent, however, may be omitted if there is filed with the registration statement a statement by the registrant, supported by an affidavit or affidavits, setting forth the reasons for such omission and establishing that the obtaining of such consent is impracticable or involves undue hardship on the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4074, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.439" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.139" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.439   Consent to use of material incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission require the filing of a written consent to the use of any material in connection with the registration statement, such consent shall be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement even though the material is incorporated therein by reference. Where the filing of a written consent is required with respect to material incorporated in the registration statement by reference, which is to be filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement, such consent shall be filed as an amendment to the registration statement no later than the date on which such material is filed with the Commission, unless express consent to incorporation by reference is contained in the material to be incorporated by reference.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, any required consent may be incorporated by reference into a registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) or a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(e) (§ 230.462(e)) from a previously filed registration statement relating to that offering, provided that the consent contained in the previously filed registration statement expressly provides for such incorporation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11441, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 60 FR 26615, 26617, May 17, 1995; 70 FR 44818, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 230.445-230.447" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.44.140" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 230.445-230.447   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="45" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>filings; fees; effective date</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.455" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.141" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.455   Place of filing.</HEAD>
<P>All registration statements and other papers filed with the Commission shall be filed at its principal office. Such material may be filed by delivery to the Commission; provided, however, that only registration statements and post-effective amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) and Rule 110(d) (§ 230.110(d)) may be filed by means of facsimile transmission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 969, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.456" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.142" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.456   Date of filing; timing of fee payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The date on which any papers are actually received by the Commission shall be the date of filing thereof, if all the requirements of the act and the rules with respect to such filing have been complied with and the required fee paid. The failure to pay an insignificant amount of the required fee at the time of filing, as the result of a bona fide error, shall not be deemed to affect the date of filing.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a well-known seasoned issuer that registers securities offerings on an automatic shelf registration statement, or registers additional securities or classes of securities thereon pursuant to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b)), may, but is not required to, defer payment of all or any part of the registration fee to the Commission required by section 6(b)(2) of the Act on the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the issuer elects to defer payment of the registration fee, it shall pay the registration fees (pay-as-you-go registration fees) calculated in accordance with Rule 457(r) (§ 230.457(r)) in advance of or in connection with an offering of securities from the registration statement within the time required to file the prospectus supplement pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b)) for the offering, <I>provided, however</I>, that if the issuer fails, after a good faith effort to pay the filing fee within the time required by this section, the issuer may still be considered to have paid the fee in a timely manner if it is paid within four business days of its original due date; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer reflects the amount of the pay-as-you-go registration fee paid or to be paid in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section by updating the “Calculation of Filing Fee Tables” to indicate the class and aggregate offering price of securities offered and the amount of registration fee paid or to be paid in connection with the offering or offerings either in a post-effective amendment filed at the time of the fee payment or in the manner specified by § 230.424(g) (Rule 424(g)) in a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b).
</P>
<P>(2) A registration statement filed relying on the pay-as-you-go registration fee payment provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be considered filed as to the securities or classes of securities identified in the registration statement for purposes of this section and section 5 of the Act when it is received by the Commission, if it complies with all other requirements of the Act and the rules with respect to it.
</P>
<P>(3) The securities sold pursuant to a registration statement will be considered registered, for purposes of section 6(a) of the Act, if the pay-as-you-go registration fee has been paid and the post-effective amendment or prospectus including the amended “Calculation of Registration Fee” table is filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, an asset-backed issuer that registers asset-backed securities offerings on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), may, but is not required to, defer payment of all or any part of the registration fee to the Commission required by section 6(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77f(b)(1)) on the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the issuer elects to defer payment of the registration fee, it shall pay the registration fees (pay-as-you-go registration fees) calculated in accordance with § 230.457(s) in advance of or in connection with an offering of securities from the registration statement at the time of filing the prospectus pursuant to § 230.424(h) for the offering; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer reflects the amount of the pay-as-you-go registration fee paid or to be paid in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section by updating the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table to indicate the class and aggregate offering price of securities offered and the amount of registration fee paid or to be paid in connection with the offering or offerings in the manner specified by Rule 424(g) in a prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424(h) (Rule 424(h)).
</P>
<P>(2) A registration statement filed relying on the pay-as-you-go registration fee payment provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be considered filed as to the securities or classes of securities identified in the registration statement for purposes of this section and section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) when it is received by the Commission, if it complies with all other requirements of the Act and the rules with respect to it.
</P>
<P>(3) The securities sold pursuant to a registration statement will be considered registered, for purpose of section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77f(a)), if the pay-as-you-go registration fee has been paid and the prospectus including the amended “Calculation of Registration Fee” table is filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, where a registration statement relates to an offering of exchange-traded vehicle securities, an issuer may elect to register an offering of an indeterminate amount of such securities if it meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer must state in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table that it is offering an indeterminate amount of such securities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer must, not later than 90 days after the end of any fiscal year during which it has publicly offered such securities, pay a registration fee to the Commission calculated in accordance with § 230.457(u) (Rule 457(u)) and file a prospectus in accordance with § 230.424(i) (Rule 424(i)).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (d)(1)(ii):</I> To determine the date on which the registration fee must be paid, the first day of the 90-day period is the first calendar day of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the registration fee is to be paid. If the last day of the 90-day period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the registration fee is due on the first business day thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) If a registrant elects to register an offering of an indeterminate amount of exchange-traded vehicle securities pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the securities sold will be considered registered, for purposes of section 6(a) of the Act, if the registration fee has been paid and a prospectus is filed pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) not later than the end of the 90-day period.
</P>
<P>(3) A registration statement filed relying on the registration fee payment provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section will be considered filed as to the securities identified in the registration statement for purposes of this section and section 5 of the Act when it is received by the Commission, if it complies with all other requirements under the Act, including this part.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, if an issuer ceases operations, the date the issuer ceases operations will be deemed to be the end of its fiscal year. In the case of a liquidation, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets (“merger”) of the issuer, the issuer will be deemed to have ceased operations for the purposes of this section on the date the merger is consummated; provided, however, that in the case of a merger of an issuer or a series of an issuer (“Predecessor Issuer”) with another issuer or a series of an issuer (“Successor Issuer”), the Predecessor Issuer will not be deemed to have ceased operations and the Successor Issuer will assume the obligations, fees, and redemption credits of the Predecessor Issuer incurred pursuant to this section if the Successor Issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) Had no assets or liabilities, other than nominal assets or liabilities, and no operating history immediately prior to the merger;
</P>
<P>(ii) Acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities and obligations of the Predecessor Issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The merger is not designed to result in the Predecessor Issuer merging with, or substantially all of its assets being acquired by, an issuer (or a series of an issuer) that would not meet the conditions of paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) An issuer paying the fee required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section or any portion thereof more than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer shall pay to the Commission interest on unpaid amounts, calculated based on the interest rate in effect at the time of the interest payment by reference to the “current value of funds rate” on the Treasury Department's Financial Management Service internet site at <I>http://www.fms.treas.gov,</I> or by calling (202) 874-6995, and using the following formula: I = (X) (Y) (Z/365), where: I = Amount of interest due; X = Amount of registration fee due; Y = Applicable interest rate, expressed as a fraction; Z = Number of days by which the registration fee payment is late. The payment of interest pursuant to this paragraph (d)(5) shall not preclude the Commission from bringing an action to enforce the requirements of this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(6) An immaterial or unintentional failure to comply with a requirement of this paragraph (d) will not result in a violation of section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77f(a)), so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the requirement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a late payment of a registration fee, the issuer pays the registration fee and any interest due thereon as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to pay the registration fee.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, where a registration statement relates to an offering of registered non-variable annuity securities, an issuer shall be deemed to register an offering of an indeterminate amount of such securities and shall, not later than 90 days after the end of any fiscal year during which it has publicly offered such securities, pay a registration fee to the Commission calculated in accordance with § 230.457(u) (Rule 457(u)) and file Form 24F-2 (referenced in 17 CFR 274.24) with the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (e)(1):</I> To determine the date on which the registration fee must be paid, the first day of the 90-day period is the first calendar day of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the registration fee is to be paid. If the last day of the 90-day period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the registration fee is due on the first business day thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) When registering an offering of an indeterminate amount of registered non-variable annuity securities pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the securities sold will be considered registered, for purposes of section 6(a) of the Act, if the registration fee has been paid and the issuer has filed a Form 24F-2 filing pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section not later than the end of the 90-day period.
</P>
<P>(3) A registration statement filed in accordance with the registration fee payment provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section will be considered filed as to the securities identified in the registration statement for purposes of this section and section 5 of the Act when it is received by the Commission, if it complies with all other requirements under the Act, including this part.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, if an issuer ceases operations, the date the issuer ceases operations will be deemed to be the end of its fiscal year. In the case of a liquidation, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets (“merger”) of the issuer, the issuer will be deemed to have ceased operations for the purposes of this section on the date the merger is consummated; provided, however, that in the case of a merger of an issuer or a series of an issuer (“Predecessor”) with another issuer or a series of an issuer (“Successor”), the Predecessor will not be deemed to have ceased operations and the Successor will assume the obligations, fees, and redemption credits of the Predecessor incurred pursuant to this section if the Successor:
</P>
<P>(i) Had no assets or liabilities, other than nominal assets or liabilities, and no operating history immediately prior to the merger;
</P>
<P>(ii) Acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities and obligations of the Predecessor; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The merger is not designed to result in the Predecessor merging with, or substantially all of its assets being acquired by, an issuer (or a series of an issuer) that would not meet the conditions of paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) An issuer paying the fee required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section or any portion thereof more than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer shall pay to the Commission interest on unpaid amounts, calculated based on the interest rate in effect at the time of the interest payment by reference to the “current value of funds rate” on the Treasury Department's Bureau of Fiscal Service internet site at <I>https://fiscal.treasury.gov/,</I> or by calling (202) 874-6995, and using the following formula: I = (X) (Y) (Z/365), where: I = Amount of interest due; X = Amount of registration fee due; Y = Applicable interest rate, expressed as a fraction; Z = Number of days by which the registration fee payment is late. The payment of interest pursuant to this paragraph (e)(5) shall not preclude the Commission from bringing an action to enforce the requirements of this paragraph (e).
</P>
<P>(6) An immaterial or unintentional failure to comply with a requirement of this paragraph (e) will not result in a violation of section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77f(a)), so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) A good faith and reasonable effort was made to comply with the requirement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a late payment of a registration fee, the issuer pays the registration fee and any interest due thereon as soon as practicable after discovery of the failure to pay the registration fee.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951, as amended at 70 FR 44818, Aug. 3, 2005; 79 FR 57331, Sept. 24, 2014; 81 FR 40512, June 22, 2016; 85 FR 33355, June 1, 2020; 86 FR 70199, Dec. 9, 2021; 89 FR 60083, July 24, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.457" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.143" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.457   Computation of fee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a filing fee based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum offering price, computed in accordance with this rule where applicable, has been paid, no additional filing fee shall be required as a result of changes in the proposed offering price. If the number of shares or other units of securities, or the principal amount of debt securities to be offered is increased by an amendment filed prior to the effective date of the registration statement, an additional filing fee, computed on the basis of the offering price of the additional securities, shall be paid. There will be no refund once the statement is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) A required fee shall be reduced in an amount equal to any fee paid with respect to such transaction pursuant to sections 13(e) and 14(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any applicable provision of this section; the fee requirements under sections 13(e) and 14(g) shall be reduced in an amount equal to the fee paid the Commission with respect to a transaction under this section. No part of a filing fee is refundable.
</P>
<P>(c) Where securities are to be offered at prices computed upon the basis of fluctuating market prices, the registration fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the price of securities of the same class, as follows: either the average of the high and low prices reported in the consolidated reporting system (for exchange traded securities and last sale reported over-the-counter securities) or the average of the bid and asked price (for other over-the-counter securities) as of a specified date within 5 business days prior to the date of filing the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(d) Where securities are to be offered at varying prices based upon fluctuating values of underlying assets, the registration fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the market value of such assets as of a specified date within fifteen days prior to the date of filing, in accordance with the method to be used in calculating the daily offering price.
</P>
<P>(e) Where securities are to be offered to existing security holders and the portion, if any, not taken by such security holders is to be reoffered to the general public, the registration fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the proposed offering price to such security holders or the proposed reoffering price to the general public, whichever is higher.
</P>
<P>(f) Where securities are to be offered in exchange for other securities (except where such exchange results from the exercise of a conversion privilege) or in a reclassification or recapitalization which involves the substitution of a security for another security, a merger, a consolidation, or a similar plan of acquisition, the registration fee is to be calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the basis of the market value of the securities to be received by the registrant or canceled in the exchange or transaction as established by the price of securities of the same class, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If there is no market for the securities to be received by the registrant or cancelled in the exchange or transaction, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing the registration statement shall be used, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership, or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used.
</P>
<P>(3) If any cash is to be received by the registrant in connection with the exchange or transaction, the amount thereof shall be added to the value of the securities to be received by the registrant or cancelled as computed in accordance with (e) (1) or (2) of this section. If any cash is to be paid by the registrant in connection with the exchange or transaction, the amount thereof shall be deducted from the value of the securities to be received by the registrant in exchange as computed in accordance with (e) (1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Securities to be offered directly or indirectly for certificates of deposit shall be deemed to be offered for the securities represented by the certificates of deposit.
</P>
<P>(5) If a filing fee is paid under this paragraph for the registration of an offering and the registration statement also covers the resale of such securities, no additional filing fee is required to be paid for the resale transaction. 
</P>
<P>(g) Where securities are to be offered pursuant to warrants or other rights to purchase such securities and the holders of such warrants or rights may be deemed to be underwriters, as defined in section 2(11) of the Act, with respect to the warrants or rights or the securities subject thereto, the registration fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the price at which the warrants or rights or securities subject thereto are to be offered to the public. If such offering price cannot be determined at the time of filing the registration statement, the registration fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the highest of the following: (1) the price at which the warrants or rights may be exercised, if known at the time of filing the registration statement; (2) the offering price of securities of the same class included in the registration statement; or (3) the price of securities of the same class, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. If the fee is to be calculated upon the basis of the price at which the warrants or rights may be exercised and they are exercisable over a period of time at progressively higher prices, the fee shall be calculated on the basis of the highest price at which they may be exercised. If the warrants or rights are to be registered for distribution in the same registration statement as the securities to be offered pursuant thereto, no separate registration fee shall be required.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Where securities are to be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan, the aggregate offering price and the amount of the registration fee shall be computed with respect to the maximum number of the registrant's securities issuable under the plan that are covered by the registration statement. If the offering price is not known, the fee shall be computed upon the basis of the price of securities of the same class, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. In the case of an employee stock option plan, the aggregate offering price and the fee shall be computed upon the basis of the price at which the options may be exercised, or, if such price is not known, upon the basis of the price of securities of the same class, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. If there is no market for the securities to be offered, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing the registration statement shall be used.
</P>
<P>(2) If the registration statement registers securities of the registrant and also registers interests in the plan constituting separate securities, no separate fee is required with respect to the plan interests.
</P>
<P>(3) Where a registration statement includes securities to be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan and covers the resale of the same securities, no additional filing fee shall be paid with respect to the securities to be offered for resale. A filing fee determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section shall be paid with respect to any additional securities to be offered for resale.
</P>
<P>(i) Where convertible securities and the securities into which conversion is offered are registered at the same time, the registration fee is to be calculated on the basis of the proposed offering price of the convertible securities alone, except that if any additional consideration is to be received in connection with the exercise of the conversion privilege the maximum amount which may be received shall be added to the proposed offering price of the convertible securities.
</P>
<P>(j) Where securities are sold prior to the registration thereof and are subsequently registered for the purpose of making an offer of rescission of such sale or sales, the registration fee is to be calculated on the basis of the amount at which such securities were sold, except that where securities repurchased pursuant to such offer of rescission are to be reoffered to the general public at a price in excess of such amount the registration fee is to be calculated on the basis of the proposed reoffering price.
</P>
<P>(k) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this rule, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts shall, only for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, be computed upon the basis of the maximum aggregate fees or charges to be imposed in connection with the issuance of such receipts.
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this rule, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of any put or call option which is traded on an exchange and registered by such exchange or a facility thereof or which is traded over the counter shall, for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, be computed upon the basis of the maximum aggregate fees or charges to be imposed by such registrant in connection with the issuance of such option.
</P>
<P>(m) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this rule, where the securities to be registered include (1) any note, draft, bill of exchange, or bankers' acceptance which meets all the conditions of section 3(a)(3) hereof, and (2) any note, draft, bill of exchange or bankers' acceptance which has a maturity at the time of issuance of not exceeding nine months exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal thereof the maturity date of which is likewise limited, but which otherwise does not meet the conditions of section 3(a)(3), the registration fee shall be calculated by taking one-fiftieth of 1 per centum of the maximum principal amount of only those securities not meeting the conditions of section 3(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(n) Where the securities to be offered are guarantees of other securities which are being registered concurrently, no separate fee for the guarantees shall be payable.
</P>
<P>(o) Where an issuer registers an offering of securities, the registration fee may be calculated on the basis of the maximum aggregate offering price of all the securities listed in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table. The number of shares or units of securities need not be included in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” Table. If the maximum aggregate offering price increases prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a pre-effective amendment must be filed to increase the maximum dollar value being registered and the additional filing fee shall be paid.
</P>
<P>(p) Where all or a portion of the securities offered under a registration statement remain unsold after the offering's completion or termination, or withdrawal of the registration statement, the aggregate total dollar amount of the filing fee associated with those unsold securities (whether computed under paragraph (a) or (o) of this section) may be offset against the total filing fee due for a subsequent registration statement or registration statements. The subsequent registration statement(s) must be filed within five years of the initial filing date of the earlier registration statement, and must be filed by the same registrant (including a successor within the meaning of § 230.405), a majority-owned subsidiary of that registrant, or a parent that owns more than 50 percent of the registrant's outstanding voting securities. A note should be added to the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the subsequent registration statement(s) providing the following information unless expressly required in another part of the registration statement:
</P>
<P>(1) The dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due filing fee;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of unsold securities or unsold aggregate offering amount from the prior registration statement associated with the claimed offset;
</P>
<P>(3) The file number of, and the name of the registrant that filed, the earlier registration statement from which the filing fee is offset;
</P>
<P>(4) The initial filing date of the earlier registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that the registrant has:
</P>
<P>(i) Withdrawn the prior registration statement; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Terminated or completed any offering that included the unsold securities associated with the claimed offset under the prior registration statement.
</P>
<P>(q) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, no filing fee is required for the registration of an indeterminate amount of securities to be offered solely for market-making purposes by an affiliate of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(r) Where securities are to be offered pursuant to an automatic shelf registration statement, the registration fee is to be calculated in accordance with this section. When the issuer elects to defer payment of the fees pursuant to Rule 456(b) (§ 230.456(b)), the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the registration statement must indicate that the issuer is relying on Rule 456(b) but does not need to include the number of shares or units of securities or the maximum aggregate offering price of any securities until the issuer updates the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table to reflect payment of the registration fee, including a pay-as-you-go registration fee in accordance with Rule 456(b). The registration fee shall be calculated based on the fee payment rate in effect on the date of the fee payment.
</P>
<P>(s) Where securities are asset-backed securities being offered pursuant to a registration statement on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter), the registration fee is to be calculated in accordance with this section. When the issuer elects to defer payment of the fees pursuant to § 230.456(c), the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the registration statement must indicate that the issuer is relying on § 230.456(c) but does not need to include the number of units of securities or the maximum aggregate offering price of any securities until the issuer updates the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table to reflect payment of the registration fee, including a pay-as-you-go registration fee in accordance with § 230.456(c). The registration fee shall be calculated based on the fee payment rate in effect on the date of the fee payment.
</P>
<P>(t) Where the security to be offered is a collateral certificate or is a special unit of beneficial interest, underlying asset-backed securities (as defined in § 229.1101(c) of this chapter) which are being registered concurrently, no separate fee for the certificate or the special unit of beneficial interest shall be payable.


</P>
<P>(u) Where an issuer elects or is required to register an offering of an indeterminate amount of exchange-traded vehicle securities in accordance with § 230.456(d) (Rule 456(d)) or registered non-variable annuity securities in accordance with § 230.456(e) (Rule 456(e)), the registration fee is to be calculated in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the aggregate sale price of such securities sold during the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate redemption or repurchase price of such securities redeemed or repurchased during the fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate redemption or repurchase price of such securities redeemed or repurchased during a prior fiscal year that were not used previously to reduce registration fees payable to the Commission, if the prior fiscal year ended no earlier than August 1, 2021 in the case of exchange traded vehicle securities, or September 23, 2024 in the case of registered non-variable annuity securities.
</P>
<P>(3) Subtract the amount in paragraph (u)(2) of this section from the amount in paragraph (u)(1) of this section. If the resulting amount is positive, the amount is the net sales amount. If the resulting amount is negative, it is the amount of redemption credits available for use in future years to offset sales.
</P>
<P>(4) The registration fee is calculated by multiplying the net sales amount by the fee payment rate in effect on the date of the fee payment. If the issuer determines that it had net redemptions or repurchases for the fiscal year, no registration fee is due.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11442, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 12347, Mar. 24, 1983; 51 FR 2475, Jan. 17, 1986; 55 FR 23924, June 13, 1990; 57 FR 48976, Oct. 29, 1992; 59 FR 21650, Apr. 26, 1994; 60 FR 26617, May 17, 1995; 66 FR 8896, Feb. 5, 2001; 70 FR 44818, Aug. 3, 2005; 79 FR 57331, Sept. 24, 2014; 86 FR 33356, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 70199, Dec. 9, 2021; 89 FR 60084, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.459" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.144" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.459   Calculation of effective date.</HEAD>
<P>Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be counted in computing the effective date of registration statements under section 8(a) of the act. In the case of statements which become effective on the twentieth day after filing, the twentieth day shall be deemed to begin at the expiration of nineteen periods of 24 hours each from 5:30 p.m. eastern standard time or eastern daylight-saving time, whichever is in effect at the principal office of the Commission on the date of filing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4075, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.460" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.145" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.460   Distribution of preliminary prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to the statutory requirement that the Commission in ruling upon requests for acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement shall have due regard to the adequacy of the information respecting the issuer theretofore available to the public, the Commission may consider whether the persons making the offering have taken reasonable steps to make the information contained in the registration statement conveniently available to underwriters and dealers who it is reasonably anticipated will be invited to participate in the distribution of the security to be offered or sold.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) As a minimum, reasonable steps to make the information conveniently available would involve the distribution, to each underwriter and dealer who it is reasonably anticipated will be invited to participate in the distribution of the security, a reasonable time in advance of the anticipated effective date of the registration statement, of as many copies of the proposed form of preliminary prospectus permitted by Rule 430 (§ 230.430) as appears to be reasonable to secure adequate distribution of the preliminary prospectus.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a registration statement filed by a closed-end investment company on Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), reasonable steps to make information conveniently available would involve distribution of a sufficient number of copies of the Statement of Additional Information required by § 230.430(b) as it appears to be reasonable to secure their adequate distribution either to each underwriter or dealer who it is reasonably anticipated will be invited to participate in the distribution of the security, or to the underwriter, dealer or other source named on the cover page of the preliminary prospectus as being the person investors should contact in order to obtain the Statement of Additional Information. 
</P>
<P>(c) The granting of acceleration will not be conditioned upon
</P>
<P>(1) The distribution of a preliminary prospectus in any state where such distribution would be illegal; or
</P>
<P>(2) The distribution of a preliminary prospectus (i) in the case of a registration statement relating solely to securities to be offered at competitive bidding, provided the undertaking in Item 512(d)(1) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(d)(2) of this chapter) is included in the registration statement and distribution of prospectuses pursuant to such undertaking is made prior to the publication or distribution of the invitation for bids, or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a registration statement relating to a security issued by a face-amount certificate company or a redeemable security issued by an open-end management company or unit investment trust if any other security of the same class is currently being offered or sold, pursuant to an effective registration statement by the issuer or by or through an underwriter, or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an offering of subscription rights unless it is contemplated that the distribution will be made through dealers and the underwriters intend to make the offering during the stockholders' subscription period, in which case copies of the preliminary prospectus must be distributed to dealers prior to the effective date of the registration statement in the same fashion as is required in the case of other offerings through underwriters, or
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a registration statement pertaining to a security to be offered pursuant to an exchange offer or transaction described in Rule 145 (§ 230.145).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11443, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 56834, Dec. 1, 1992; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.461" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.146" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.461   Acceleration of effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Requests for acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement shall be made by the registrant and the managing underwriters of the proposed issue, or, if there are no managing underwriters, by the principal underwriters of the proposed issue, and shall state the date upon which it is desired that the registration statement shall become effective. Such requests may be made in writing or orally, provided that, if an oral request is to be made, a letter indicating that fact and stating that the registrant and the managing or principal underwriters are aware of their obligations under the Act must accompany the registration statement for a pre-effective amendment thereto) at the time of filing with the Commission. Written requests may be sent to the Commission by facsimile transmission. If, by reason of the expected arrangement in connection with the offering, it is to be requested that the registration statement shall become effective at a particular hour of the day, the Commission must be advised to that effect not later than the second business day before the day which it is desired that the registration statement shall become effective. A person's request for acceleration will be considered confirmation of such person's awareness of the person's obligations under the Act. Not later than the time of filing the last amendment prior to the effective date of the registration statement, the registrant shall inform the Commission as to whether or not the amount of compensation to be allowed or paid to the underwriters and any other arrangements among the registrant, the underwriters and other broker dealers participating in the distribution, as described in the registration statement, have been reviewed to the extent required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and such Association has issued a statement expressing no objections to the compensation and other arrangements.
</P>
<P>(b) Having due regard to the adequacy of information respecting the registrant theretofore available to the public, to the facility with which the nature of the securities to be registered, their relationship to the capital structure of the registrant issuer and the rights of holders thereof can be understood, and to the public interest and the protection of investors, as provided in section 8(a) of the Act, it is the general policy of the Commission, upon request, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, to permit acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement as soon as possible after the filing of appropriate amendments, if any. In determining the date on which a registration statement shall become effective, the following are included in the situations in which the Commission considers that the statutory standards of section 8(a) may not be met and may refuse to accelerate the effective date:
</P>
<P>(1) Where there has not been a bona fide effort to make the prospectus reasonably concise, readable, and in compliance with the plain English requirements of Rule 421(d) of Regulation C (17 CFR 230.421(d)) in order to facilitate an understanding of the information in the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the form of preliminary prospectus, which has been distributed by the issuer or underwriter, is found to be inaccurate or inadequate in any material respect, until the Commission has received satisfactory assurance that appropriate correcting material has been sent to all underwriters and dealers who received such preliminary prospectus or prospectuses in quantity sufficient for their information and the information of others to whom the inaccurate or inadequate material was sent.
</P>
<P>(3) Where the Commission is currently making an investigation of the issuer, a person controlling the issuer, or one of the underwriters, if any, of the securities to be offered, pursuant to any of the Acts administered by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) Where one or more of the underwriters, although firmly committed to purchase securities covered by the registration statement, is subject to and does not meet the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.15c3-1 of this chapter). For the purposes of this paragraph underwriters will be deemed to be firmly committed even though the obligation to purchase is subject to the usual conditions as to receipt of opinions of counsel, accountants, etc., the accuracy of warranties or representations, the happening of calamities or the occurrence of other events the determination of which is not expressed to be in the sole or absolute discretion of the underwriters.
</P>
<P>(5) Where there have been transactions in securities of the registrant by persons connected with or proposed to be connected with the offering which may have artificially affected or may artificially affect the market price of the security being offered.
</P>
<P>(6) Where the amount of compensation to be allowed or paid to the underwriters and any other arrangements among the registrant, the underwriters and other broker dealers participating in the distribution, as described in the registration statement, if required to be reviewed by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), have been reviewed by the NASD and the NASD has not issued a statement expressing no objections to the compensation and other arrangements.
</P>
<P>(7) Where, in the case of a significant secondary offering at the market, the registrant, selling security holders and underwriters have not taken sufficient measures to insure compliance with Regulation M (§§ 242.100 through 242.105 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Insurance against liabilities arising under the Act, whether the cost of insurance is borne by the registrant, the insured or some other person, will not be considered a bar to acceleration, unless the registrant is a registered investment company or a business development company and the cost of such insurance is borne by other than an insured officer or director of the registrant. In the case of such a registrant, the Commission may refuse to accelerate the effective date of the registration statement when the registrant is organized or administered pursuant to any instrument (including a contract for insurance against liabilities arising under the Act) that protects or purports to protect any director or officer of the company against any liability to the company or its security holders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11444, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 18146, Apr. 8, 1993; 60 FR 26615, 26617, May 17, 1995; 62 FR 543, Jan. 3, 1997; 63 FR 6385, Feb. 6, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.462" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.147" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.462   Immediate effectiveness of certain registration statements and post-effective amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registration statement on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter) and a registration statement on Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter) or on Form F-3 (§ 239.33 of this chapter) for a dividend or interest reinvestment plan shall become effective upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) A registration statement and any post-effective amendment thereto shall become effective upon filing with the Commission if:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration statement is for registering additional securities of the same class(es) as were included in an earlier registration statement for the same offering and declared effective by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) The new registration statement is filed prior to the time confirmations are sent or given; and
</P>
<P>(3) The new registration statement registers additional securities in an amount and at a price that together represent no more than 20% of the maximum aggregate offering price set forth for each class of securities in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table contained in such earlier registration statement.
</P>
<P>(c) If the prospectus contained in a post-effective amendment filed prior to the time confirmations are sent or given contains no substantive changes from or additions to the prospectus previously filed as part of the effective registration statement, other than price-related information omitted from the registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A of the Act (§ 230.430A), such post-effective amendment shall become effective upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) A post-effective amendment filed solely to add exhibits to a registration statement shall become effective upon filing with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(e) An automatic shelf registration statement, including an automatic shelf registration statement filed in accordance with Rule 415(a)(6) (§ 230.415(a)(6)), and any post-effective amendment thereto, including a post-effective amendment filed to register additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b)), shall become effective upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) A post-effective amendment filed pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section for purposes of adding a new issuer and its securities as permitted by § 230.413(b) (Rule 413(b)) that satisfies the requirements of Form S-3, Form F-3, or General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 (§ 239.13, § 239.33, or §§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), as applicable, including the signatures required by § 230.402(e) (Rule 402(e)), and contains a prospectus satisfying the requirements of § 230.430B (Rule 430B), shall become effective upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 21650, Apr. 26, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 26617, May 17, 1995; 62 FR 39763, July 24, 1997; 70 FR 44818, Aug. 3, 2005; 85 FR 33356, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.463" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.148" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.463   Report of offering of securities and use of proceeds therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, following the effective date of the first registration statement filed under the Act by an issuer, the issuer or successor issuer shall report the use of proceeds pursuant to Item 701 of Regulation D-B or S-K or Item 14(e) of Form 20-F, as applicable, on its first periodic report filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) and 78o(d)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 after effectiveness, and thereafter on each of its subsequent periodic reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 through the later of disclosure of the application of all the offering proceeds or disclosure of the termination of the offering. 
</P>
<P>(b) A successor issuer shall comply with paragraph (a) of this section only if a report of the use of proceeds is required with respect to the first effective registration statement of the predecessor issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>offering proceeds</I> shall not include any amount(s) received for the account(s) of any selling security holder(s).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>application</I> shall not include the temporary investment of proceeds by the issuer pending final application.
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not apply to any effective registration statement for securities to be issued:
</P>
<P>(1) In a business combination described in Rule 145(a) (§ 230.145(a)); 
</P>
<P>(2) By an issuer which pursuant to a business combination described in Rule 145(a) has succeeded to another issuer that prior to such business combination had a registration statement become effective under the Act and on the date of such business combination was not subject to paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to an employee benefit plan;
</P>
<P>(4) Pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan;
</P>
<P>(5) As American depository receipts for foreign securities;
</P>
<P>(6) By any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any issuer that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under sections 54 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53 through 80a-64); 
</P>
<P>(7) By any public utility company or public utility holding company required to file reports with any State or Federal authority.
</P>
<P>(8) In a merger in which a vote or consent of the security holders of the company being acquired is not required pursuant to applicable state law; or 
</P>
<P>(9) In an exchange offer for the securities of the issuer or another entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48142, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 19001, May 6, 1985; 57 FR 56834, Dec. 1, 1992; 62 FR 39763, July 24, 1997; 64 FR 53910, Oct. 5, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.464" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.149" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.464   Effective date of post-effective amendments to registration statements filed on Form S-8 and on certain Forms S-3, S-4, F-2 and F-3.</HEAD>
<P><I>Provided.</I> That, at the time of filing of each post-effective amendment with the Commission, the issuer continues to meet the requirements of filing on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter); or on Form S-3, F-2 or F-3 (§§ 239.13, 239.32 or 239.33 of this chapter) for a registration statement relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; or in the case of a registration statement on Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) that there is continued compliance with General Instruction G of that Form:
</P>
<P>(a) The post-effective amendment shall become effective upon filing with the Commission: and
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to securities sold on or after the filing date pursuant to a prospectus which forms a part of a Form S-8 registration statement; or a Form S-3, F-2, or F-3 registration statement relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; or a Form S-4 registration statement complying with General Instruction G of that Form and which has been amended to include or incorporate new full year financial statments or to comply with the provisions of section 10(a)(3) of the Act, the effective date of the registration statement shall be deemed to be the filing date of the post-effective amendment.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6, 7, 8, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 78, 79, 81, 85; secs. 205, 209, 48 Stat. 906, 908; sec. 301, 54 Stat. 857; sec. 8, 68 Stat. 685; sec. 1, 79 Stat. 1051; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 12, 13, 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; secs. 1, 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1375, 1377, 1379; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; sec. 202, 68 Stat. 686; secs. 3, 4, 6, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574; secs. 1, 2, 82 Stat. 454; sec. 28(c), 84 Stat. 1435; secs. 1, 2, 84 Stat. 1497; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; secs. 8, 9, 10, 18, 89 Stat. 117, 118, 119, 155; sec. 308(b), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 202, 203, 204, 91 Stat. 1494, 1498, 1499, 1500; secs. 8 30, 31(c), 38(a), 54 Stat. 803, 836, 838, 841; 74 Stat. 201; 84 Stat. 1415; 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78<I>o</I>(d), 78w(a), 80a-8, 80a-29, 80a-30(c), 80a-37(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54770, Dec. 6, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 19001, May 6, 1985; 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996 ] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.466" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.150" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.466   Effective date of certain registration statements on Form F-6.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A depositary that previously has filed a registration statement on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter) may designate a date and time for a registration statement (including post-effective amendments) on Form F-6 to become effective and such registration statement shall become effective in accordance with such designation if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The depositary previously has filed a registration statement on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter), which the Commission has declared effective, with identical terms of deposit, except for the number of foreign securities a Depositary Share represents, and the depositary so certifies; and
</P>
<P>(2) The designation of the effective date and time is set forth on the facing-page of the registration statement, or in any pre-effective amendment thereto. A pre-effective amendment containing such a designation properly made shall be deemed to have been filed with the consent of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Commission may, in the manner and under the circumstances set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, suspend the ability of a depositary to designate the date and time of effectiveness of a registration statement, and such suspension shall remain in effect until the Commission furnishes written notice to the depositary that the suspension has been terminated. Any suspension, so long as it is in effect, shall apply to any registration statement that has been filed but has not, at the time of such suspension, become effective and to any registration statement the depositary files after such suspension. Any such suspension applies only to the ability to designate the date and time of effectiveness under paragraph (a) of this section and does not otherwise affect the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(2) Any suspension under paragraph (b)(1) of this section becomes effective when the Commission furnishes written notice thereof to the depositary. The Commission may issue a suspension if it appears to the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(i) That any registration statement containing a designation under this section is incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect, whether or not such registration has become effective, or
</P>
<P>(ii) That the depositary has not complied with any of the conditions of this section. The depositary may petition the Commission to review the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for such a hearing is included in the petition.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6, 7, 8, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 78, 79, 81, 85; secs. 205, 209, 48 Stat. 906, 908; sec. 301, 54 Stat. 857; sec. 8, 68 Stat. 685; sec. 1, 79 Stat. 1051; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 12, 13, 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; secs. 1, 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1375, 1377, 1379; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; sec. 202, 68 Stat. 686; secs. 3, 4, 6, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574; secs. 1, 2, 82 Stat. 454; sec. 28(c), 84 Stat. 1435; secs. 1, 2, 84 Stat. 1497; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; secs. 8, 9, 10, 18, 89 Stat. 117, 118, 119, 155; sec. 308(b), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 202, 203, 204, 91 Stat. 1494, 1498, 1499, 1500; 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78<I>o</I>(d), 78w(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 12347, Mar. 24, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.467" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.45.151" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.467   Effectiveness of registration statements and post-effective amendments thereto made on Forms F-7, F-8, F-10 and F-80.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registration statement on Form F-7, Form F-8 or Form F-80 (§ 239.37, § 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter), and any amendment thereto, shall become effective upon filing with the Commission. A registration statement on Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter), and any amendment thereto, relating to an offering being made contemporaneously in the United States and Canada shall become effective upon filing with the Commission, unless designated as preliminary material on the Form. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where no contemporaneous offering is being made in Canada, a registrant filing on Form F-10 may designate on the facing page of the registration statement, or any amendment thereto, a date and time for such filing to become effective that is not earlier than seven calendar days after the date of filing with the Commission, and such registration statement or amendment shall become effective in accordance with such designation; <I>provided, however,</I> That such registration statement or amendment may become effective prior to seven calendar days after the date of filing with the Commission if the securities regulatory authority in the review jurisdiction issues a receipt or notification of clearance with respect thereto before such time elapses, in which case the registration statement or amendment shall become effective by order of the Commission as soon as practicable after receipt of written notification by the Commission from the registrant or the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority of the issuance of such receipt or notification of clearance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30054, July 1, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="46" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>amendments; withdrawals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.470" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.152" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.470   Formal requirements for amendments.</HEAD>
<P>Except for telegraphic amendments filed pursuant to Rule 473 (§ 230.473), amendments to a registration statement shall be filed under cover of an appropriate facing sheet, shall be numbered consecutively in the order in which filed, and shall indicate on the facing sheet the applicable registration form on which the amendment is prepared and the file number of the registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11445, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.471" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.153" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.471   Signatures to amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in Rule 447 (§ 230.447) and in Rule 478 (§ 230.478), every amendment to a registration statement shall be signed by the persons specified in section 6(a) of the Act. At least one copy of every amendment filed with the Commission shall be signed. Unsigned copies shall be conformed.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the Act or the rules thereunder require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the registrant for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (b). Upon request, the registrant shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11445, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 85 FR 78228, Dec. 4, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.472" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.154" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.472   Filing of amendments; number of copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for telegraphic amendments filed pursuant to Rule 473 (§ 230.473), there shall be filed with the Commission three complete, unmarked copies of every amendment, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as part of the amendment, and eight additional copies of such amendment at least five of which shall be marked to indicate clearly and precisely, by underlining or in some other appropriate manner, the changes effected in the registration statement by the amendment. Where the amendment to the registration statement incorporates into the prospectus documents which are required to be delivered with the prospectus in lieu of prospectus presentation, the eight additional copies shall be accompanied by eight copies of such documents. No other exhibits are required to accompany such additional copies.
</P>
<P>(b) Every amendment which relates to a prospectus shall include copies of the prospectus as amended. Each such copy of the amended prospectus shall be accompanied by a copy of the cross reference sheet required by Rule 481(a) (§ 230.481(a)), where applicable, if the amendment of the prospectus resulted in any change in the accuracy of the cross reference sheet previously filed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, only copies of the changed pages of the prospectus, and the cross reference sheet if amended, need be included in an amendment filed pursuant to an undertaking referred to in Item 512(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.512(d) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) Every amendment of a financial statement which is not included in the prospectus shall include copies of the financial statement as amended. Every amendment relating to a certified financial statement shall include the consent of the certifying accountant to the use of his certificate in connection with the amended financial statement in the registration statement or prospectus and to being named as having certified such financial statement.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if a registration statement filed on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter) is amended, there shall be filed with the Commission three complete, unmarked copies of every amendment, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as part of the amendment. Three additional, unmarked copies of such amendments shall be furnished to the Commission. No exhibits are required to accompany the additional copies of amendments to registration statements filed on Form S-8.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if a post-effective amendment is filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) and Rule 110(d) (§ 230.110(d)), one copy of the complete post-effective amendment, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part thereof shall be filed with the Commission. Such copy should not be bound and may contain facsimile versions of manual signatures in accordance with Rule 402(e) (§ 230.402(e)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11445, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 23924, June 13, 1990; 60 FR 26618, May 17, 1995: 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.473" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.155" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.473   Delaying amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An amendment in the following form filed with a registration statement, or as an amendment to a registration statement which has not become effective, shall be deemed, for the purpose of section 8(a) of the Act, to be filed on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay the effective date of such registration statement (1) until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states as provided in paragraph (b) of this section that such registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Act, or (2) until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to section 8(a), may determine:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) An amendment which for the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section specifically states that a registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Act, shall be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>This registration statement shall hereafter become effective in accordance with the provisions of section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) An amendment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section which is filed with a registration statement shall be set forth on the facing page thereof. Any such amendment filed after the filing of the registration statement, any amendment altering the proposed date of public sale of the securities being registered, or any amendment filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section may be made by telegram, letter, or facsimile transmission. Each such telegraphic amendment shall be confirmed in writing within a reasonable time by the filing of a signed copy of the amendment. Such confirmation shall not be deemed an amendment.
</P>
<P>(d) No amendments pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section may be filed with a registration statement on Form F-7, F-8 or F-80 (§ 239.37, § 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter); on F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter) relating to an offering being made contemporaneously in the United States and the issuer's home jurisdiction; on Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter); on Form S-3 or F-3 (§ 239.13 or § 239.33 of this chapter) relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; on Form S-3 or Form F-3 relating to an automatic shelf registration statement; or on Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) complying with General Instruction G of that Form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11445, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 30054, 30055, July 1, 1991; 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 70 FR 44819, Aug. 3, 2005; 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 86 70200, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.474" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.156" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.474   Date of filing of amendments.</HEAD>
<P>The date on which amendments are actually received by the Commission shall be the date of filing thereof, if all of the requirements of the act and the rules with respect to such filing have been complied with. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.475" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.157" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.475   Amendment filed with consent of Commission.</HEAD>
<P>An application for the Commission's consent to the filing of an amendment with the effect provided in section 8(a) of the Act may be filed before or after or concurrently with the filing of the amendment. The application shall be signed and shall state fully the grounds upon which it is made. The Commission's consent shall be deemed to have been given and the amendment shall be treated as a part of the registration statement only when the Commission shall after the filing of such amendment enter an order to that effect. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4075, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.475a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.158" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.475a   Certain pre-effective amendments deemed filed with the consent of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Amendments to a registration statement on Form F-2 (§ 239.32 of this chapter) relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan, or on Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) complying with General Instruction G of that Form, filed prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement shall be deemed to have been filed with a consent of the Commission and shall accordingly be treated as part of the registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 21650, Apr. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.476" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.159" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.476   Amendment filed pursuant to order of Commission.</HEAD>
<P>An amendment filed prior to the effective date of a registration statement shall be deemed to have been filed pursuant to an order of the Commission within the meaning of section 8(a) of the act so as to be treated as a part of the registration statement only when the Commission shall after the filing of such amendment enter an order declaring that it has been filed pursuant to the Commission's previous order. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4075, June 24, 1947]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.477" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.160" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.477   Withdrawal of registration statement or amendment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any registration statement or any amendment or exhibit thereto may be withdrawn upon application if the Commission, finding such withdrawal consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors, consents thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Any application for withdrawal of a registration statement filed on Form F-2 (§ 239.32 of this chapter) relating to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan, or on Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) complying with General Instruction G of that Form, and/or any pre-effective amendment thereto, will be deemed granted upon filing if such filing is made prior to the effective date. Any other application for withdrawal of an entire registration statement made before the effective date of the registration statement will be deemed granted at the time the application is filed with the Commission unless, within 15 calendar days after the registrant files the application, the Commission notifies the registrant that the application for withdrawal will not be granted. 
</P>
<P>(c) The registrant must sign any application for withdrawal and must state fully in it the grounds on which the registrant makes the application. The fee paid upon the filing of the registration statement will not be refunded to the registrant. The registrant must state in the application that no securities were sold in connection with the offering. If the registrant applies for withdrawal in anticipation of reliance on § 230.155(c), the registrant must, without discussing any terms of the private offering, state in the application that the registrant may undertake a subsequent private offering in reliance on § 230.155(c). 
</P>
<P>(d) Any withdrawn document will remain in the Commission's public files, as well as the related request for withdrawal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11445, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 54770, Dec. 6, 1982; 50 FR 19001, May 6, 1985; 59 FR 21650, Apr. 26, 1994; 66 FR 8897, Feb. 5, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.478" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.161" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.478   Powers to amend or withdraw registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>All persons signing a registration statement shall be deemed, in the absence of a statement to the contrary, to confer upon the registrant, and upon the agent for service named in the registration statement, the following powers: 
</P>
<P>(a) A power to amend the registration statement (1) by filing an amendment as provided in § 230.473; (2) by filing any written consent; (3) by correcting typographical errors; (4) by reducing the amount of securities registered, pursuant to an undertaking contained in the registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(b) A power to make application pursuant to § 230.475 for the Commission's consent to the filing of an amendment. 
</P>
<P>(c) A power to withdraw the registration statement or any amendment or exhibit thereto. 
</P>
<P>(d) A power to consent to the entry of an order under section 8(b) of the act, waiving notice and hearing, such order being entered without prejudice to the right of the registrant thereafter to have the order vacated upon a showing to the Commission that the registration statement as amended is no longer incomplete or inaccurate on its face in any material respect. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. C, 12 FR 4076, June 24, 1947, as amended at 16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.479" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.46.162" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.479   Procedure with respect to abandoned registration statements and post-effective amendments.</HEAD>
<P>When a registration statement, or a post-effective amendment to such a statement, has been on file with the Commission for a period of nine months and has not become effective the Commission may, in its discretion, proceed in the following manner to determine whether such registration statement or amendment has been abandoned by the registrant. If the registration statement has been amended, otherwise than for the purpose of delaying the effective date thereof, or if the post-effective amendment has been amended, the nine-month period shall be computed from the date of the latest such amendment.
</P>
<P>(a) A notice will be sent to the registrant, and to the agent for service named in the registration statement, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the most recent addresses for the registrant and the agent for service reflected in the registration statement. Such notice will inform the registrant and the agent for service that the registration statement or amendment is out of date and must be either amended to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder or be withdrawn within 30 days after the date of such notice.
</P>
<P>(b) If the registrant or the agent for service fails to respond to such notice by filing a substantive amendment or withdrawing the registration statement and does not furnish a satisfactory explanation as to why it has not done so within such 30 days, the Commission may, where consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors, enter an order declaring the registration statement or amendment abandoned.
</P>
<P>(c) When such an order is entered by the Commission the papers comprising the registration statement or amendment will not be removed from the files of the Commission but an order shall be included in the file for the registration statement in the following manner: “Declared abandoned by order dated ___.”___
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11446, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="47" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.47" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>investment companies; business development companies</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.480 through 230.485 appear at 47 FR 11446, Mar. 16, 1982, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The rules in this section of regulation C (§§ 230.480 to 230.488 and §§ 230.495 to 230.498) apply only to investment companies and business development companies. Section 230.489 applies to certain entities excepted from the definition of investment company by rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The rules in the rest of Regulation C (§§ 230.400 to 230.479 and §§ 230.490 to 230.494), unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, also apply to investment companies and business development companies. <I>See</I> § 230.400.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.480" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.163" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.480   Title of securities.</HEAD>
<P>If a registration statement is prepared on a form available solely to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a business development company which is selling or proposing to sell its securities pursuant to a registration statement which has been filed under the Act, wherever the title of securities is required to be stated there shall be given such information as will indicate the type and general character of the securities, including the following:
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of shares, the par or stated value, if any; the rate of dividends, if fixed, and whether cumulative or non-cumulative; a brief indication of the preference, if any; and, if convertible, a statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of funded debt, the rate of interest; the date of maturity, or, if the issue matures serially, a brief indication of the serial maturities, such as “maturing serially from 1950 to 1960”; if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contingency; a brief indication of the priority of the issue; and, if convertible, a statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of any other kind of security, appropriate information of comparable character.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.481" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.164" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.481   Information required in prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>Disclose the following in registration statements prepared on a form available solely to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in registration statements filed under the Act for a company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under Sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-54—80a-64):
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Facing page.</I> Indicate the approximate date of the proposed sale of the securities to the public.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outside front cover page.</I> If applicable, include the following in plain English as required by § 230.421(d):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commission legend.</I> Provide a legend that indicates that the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved of the securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure in the prospectus and that any contrary representation is a criminal offense. The legend may be in one of the following or other clear and concise language:
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example A:</HED><PSPACE>The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example B:</HED><PSPACE>The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) <I>“Subject to Completion” legend.</I> (i) If a prospectus or Statement of Additional Information will be used before the effective date of the registration statement, include on the outside front cover page of the prospectus or Statement of Additional Information, a prominent statement that:
</P>
<P>(A) The information in the prospectus or Statement of Additional Information will be amended or completed;
</P>
<P>(B) A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) The securities may not be sold until the registration statement becomes effective; and
</P>
<P>(D) In a prospectus, that the prospectus is not an offer to sell the securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy the securities in any state where offers or sales are not permitted, or in a Statement of Additional Information, that the Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) The legend may be in the following language or other clear and understandable language:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The information in this prospectus (or Statement of Additional Information) is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus (or Statement of Additional Information) is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) In the case of a prospectus that omits pricing information under § 230.430A, provide the information and legend in paragraph (b)(2) of this section if the prospectus or Statement of Additional Information is used before the initial public offering price is determined.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Table of contents.</I> Include on either the outside front, inside front, or outside back cover page of the prospectus, a reasonably detailed table of contents. It must show the page number of the various sections or subdivisions of the prospectus. Include this table of contents immediately following the cover page in any prospectus delivered electronically.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stabilization and other transactions.</I> (1) Indicate on the front cover page of the prospectus if the underwriter has any arrangement with the issuer, such as an over-allotment option, under which the underwriter may purchase additional shares in connection with the offering, and state the amount of additional shares the underwriter may purchase under the arrangement. Provide disclosure in the prospectus that briefly describes any transaction that the underwriter intends to conduct during the offering that stabilizes, maintains, or otherwise affects the market price of the offered securities. Include information on stabilizing transactions, syndicate short covering transactions, penalty bids, or any other transactions that affect the offered security's price. Describe the nature of the transactions clearly and explain how the transactions affect the offered security's price. Identify the exchange or other market on which these transactions may occur. If true, disclose that the underwriter may discontinue these transactions at any time;
</P>
<P>(2) If the stabilizing began before the effective date of the registration statement, disclose in the prospectus the amount of securities bought, the prices at which they were bought and the period within which they were bought. In the event that § 230.430A of this chapter is used, the prospectus filed under § 230.497(h) or included in a post-effective amendment must contain information on the stabilizing transactions that took place before the determination of the public offering price shown in the prospectus; and
</P>
<P>(3) If you are making a warrant or rights offering of securities to existing security holders and the securities not purchased by existing security holders are to be reoffered to the public, disclose in the prospectus used in connection with the reoffering:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of securities bought in stabilization activities during the offering period and the price or range of prices at which the securities were bought;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of the offered securities subscribed for during the offering period;
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of the offered securities subscribed for by the underwriters during the offering period;
</P>
<P>(iv) The amount of the offered securities sold during the offering period by the underwriters and the price or range of prices at which the securities were sold; and
</P>
<P>(v) The amount of the offered securities to be reoffered to the public and the public offering price.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dealer prospectus delivery obligations.</I> On the outside back cover page of the prospectus, advise dealers of their prospectus delivery obligation, including the expiration date specified by Section 4(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(3)) and § 230.174. If the expiration date is not known on the effective date of the registration statement, include the expiration date in the copy of the prospectus filed under § 230.497. This information need not be included if dealers are not required to deliver a prospectus under § 230.174 or Section 24(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-24). Use the following or other clear, plain language:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
</HD1>
<P>Until (insert date), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic distribution.</I> Where a prospectus is distributed through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as paper size, type size and font, bold-face type, italics and red ink, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors, and where indicated, in a manner reasonably calculated to draw investor attention to specific information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 6385, Feb. 6, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.482" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.165" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.482   Advertising by an investment company as satisfying requirements of section 10.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of rule.</I> This section applies to an advertisement or other sales material (<I>advertisement</I>) with respect to securities of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) (<I>1940 Act</I>), or a business development company, that is selling or proposing to sell its securities pursuant to a registration statement that has been filed under the Act. This section does not apply to an advertisement that is excepted from the definition of prospectus by section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)), § 230.498(d), or § 230.498A(g) or (j)(2), or to a summary prospectus under § 230.498 or § 230.498A. An advertisement that complies with this section, which may include information the substance of which is not included in the prospectus specified in section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C 77j(a)), will be deemed to be a prospectus under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (a):</HED>
<P>The fact that an advertisement complies with this section does not relieve the investment company, underwriter, or dealer of any obligations with respect to the advertisement under the antifraud provisions of the Federal securities laws. For guidance about factors to be weighed in determining whether statements, representations, illustrations, and descriptions contained in investment company advertisements are misleading, see § 230.156. In addition, an advertisement that complies with this section is subject to the legibility requirements of § 230.420.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Required disclosure.</I> This paragraph describes information that is required to be included in an advertisement in order to comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Availability of additional information.</I> An advertisement must include a statement that advises an investor to consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the investment company carefully before investing; explains that the prospectus and, if available, the summary prospectus contain this and other information about the investment company; identifies a source from which an investor may obtain a prospectus and, if available, a summary prospectus; and states that the prospectus and, if available, the summary prospectus should be read carefully before investing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Advertisements used prior to effectiveness of registration statement.</I> An advertisement that is used prior to effectiveness of the investment company's registration statement or the determination of the public offering price (in the case of a registration statement that becomes effective omitting information from the prospectus contained in the registration statement in reliance upon § 230.430A) must include the “Subject to Completion” legend required by § 230.481(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Advertisements including performance data.</I> An advertisement that includes performance data of an open-end management investment company or a separate account registered under the 1940 Act as a unit investment trust offering variable annuity contracts (<I>trust account</I>) must include the following
</P>
<P>(i) A legend disclosing that the performance data quoted represents past performance; that past performance does not guarantee future results; that the investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor's shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost; and that current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data quoted. The legend should also identify either a toll-free (or collect) telephone number or a Web site where an investor may obtain performance data current to the most recent month-end unless the advertisement includes total return quotations current to the most recent month ended seven business days prior to the date of use. An advertisement for a money market fund that is a government money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(16) of this chapter, or a retail money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(25) of this chapter may omit the disclosure about principal value fluctuation; and
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3)(<E T="01">i</E>):</HED>
<P>The date of use refers to the date or dates when an advertisement is used by investors, not the date on which an advertisement is published or submitted for publication. The date of use refers to the entire period of use by investors and not simply the first date on which an advertisement is used.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) If a sales load or any other nonrecurring fee is charged, the maximum amount of the load or fee, and if the sales load or fee is not reflected, a statement that the performance data does not reflect the deduction of the sales load or fee, and that, if reflected, the load or fee would reduce the performance quoted.




</P>
<P>(4) <I>Money market funds.</I> (i) An advertisement for an investment company that holds itself out to be a money market fund, that is not a government money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(14) of this chapter, or a retail money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(21) of this chapter, must include the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>You could lose money by investing in the Fund. Because the share price of the Fund will fluctuate, when you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you originally paid for them. The Fund may impose a fee upon sale of your shares. The Fund generally must impose a fee when net sales of Fund shares exceed certain levels. An investment in the Fund is not a bank account and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The Fund's sponsor is not required to reimburse the Fund for losses, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Fund at any time, including during periods of market stress.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) An advertisement for an investment company that holds itself out to be a money market fund, that is a government money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(14) of this chapter, or a retail money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(21) of this chapter, and that is subject to the requirements of § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i) of this chapter (or is not subject to the requirements of § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i) of this chapter pursuant to § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i)(B) of this chapter, but has chosen to rely on the ability to impose liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i)), must include the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>You could lose money by investing in the Fund. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it cannot guarantee it will do so. The Fund may impose a fee upon sale of your shares. An investment in the Fund is not a bank account and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The Fund's sponsor is not required to reimburse the Fund for losses, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Fund at any time, including during periods of market stress.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) An advertisement for an investment company that holds itself out to be a money market fund, that is a government money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(14) of this chapter, that is not subject to the requirements of § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i) of this chapter pursuant to § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i)(B) of this chapter, and that has not chosen to rely on the ability to impose liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of § 270.2a-7(c)(2)(i), must include the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>You could lose money by investing in the Fund. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it cannot guarantee it will do so. An investment in the Fund is not a bank account and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The Fund's sponsor is not required to reimburse the Fund for losses, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Fund at any time, including during periods of market stress.</P></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (b)(4).
</HED>
<P>If an affiliated person, promoter, or principal underwriter of the Fund, or an affiliated person of such a person, has contractually committed to provide financial support to the Fund, the statement may omit the last sentence (“The Fund's sponsor is not required to reimburse the Fund for losses, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Fund at any time, including during periods of market stress.”) for the term of the agreement. For purposes of this note, the term “financial support” includes any capital contribution, purchase of a security from the Fund in reliance on § 270.17a-9 of this chapter, purchase of any defaulted or devalued security at par, execution of letter of credit or letter of indemnity, capital support agreement (whether or not the Fund ultimately received support), performance guarantee, or any other similar action reasonably intended to increase or stabilize the value or liquidity of the fund's portfolio; however, the term “financial support” excludes any routine waiver of fees or reimbursement of fund expenses, routine inter-fund lending, routine inter-fund purchases of fund shares, or any action that would qualify as financial support as defined in this note, that the board of directors has otherwise determined not to be reasonably intended to increase or stabilize the value or liquidity of the fund's portfolio.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) <I>Presentation.</I> In a print advertisement, the statements required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section must be presented in a type size at least as large as and of a style different from, but at least as prominent as, that used in the major portion of the advertisement, provided that when performance data is presented in a type size smaller than that of the major portion of the advertisement, the statements required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section may appear in a type size no smaller than that of the performance data. If an advertisement is delivered through an electronic medium, the legibility requirements for the statements required by paragraph (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section relating to type size and style may be satisfied by presenting the statements in any manner reasonably calculated to draw investor attention to them. In a radio or television advertisement, the statements required by paragraph (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section must be given emphasis equal to that used in the major portion of the advertisement. The statements required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section must be presented in close proximity to the performance data, and, in a print advertisement, must be presented in the body of the advertisement and not in a footnote.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission legend.</I> An advertisement that complies with this section need not contain the Commission legend required by § 230.481(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use of applications.</I> An advertisement that complies with this section may not contain or be accompanied by any application by which a prospective investor may invest in the investment company, except that a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) by which a unit investment trust offers variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts may contain a contract application although the prospectus includes, or is accompanied by, information about an investment company in which the unit investment trust invests that, pursuant to this section, is deemed a prospectus under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Performance data for non-money market funds.</I> In the case of an open-end management investment company or a trust account (other than a money market fund referred to in paragraph (e) of this section), any quotation of the company's performance contained in an advertisement shall be limited to quotations of:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Current yield.</I> A current yield that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is based on the methods of computation prescribed in Form N-1A(§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), or N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Is accompanied by quotations of total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is set out in no greater prominence than the required quotations of total return; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Adjacent to the quotation and with no less prominence than the quotation, identifies the length of and the date of the last day in the base period used in computing the quotation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tax-equivalent yield.</I> A tax-equivalent yield that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is based on the methods of computation prescribed in Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), or N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Is accompanied by quotations of yield as provided for in paragraph (d)(1) of this section and total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is set out in no greater prominence than the required quotations of yield and total return;
</P>
<P>(iv) Relates to the same base period as the required quotation of yield; and
</P>
<P>(v) Adjacent to the quotation and with no less prominence than the quotation, identifies the length of and the date of the last day in the base period used in computing the quotation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Average annual total return.</I> Average annual total return for one, five, and ten year periods, except that if the company's registration statement under the Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) has been in effect for less than one, five, or ten years, the time period during which the registration statement was in effect is substituted for the period(s) otherwise prescribed. The quotations must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be based on the methods of computation prescribed in Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), or N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Be current to the most recent calendar quarter ended prior to the submission of the advertisement for publication;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be set out with equal prominence; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Adjacent to the quotation and with no less prominence than the quotation, identify the length of and the last day of the one, five, and ten year periods.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>After-tax return.</I> For an open-end management investment company, average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) and average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption) for one, five, and ten year periods, except that if the company's registration statement under the Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) has been in effect for less than one, five, or ten years, the time period during which the registration statement was in effect is substituted for the period(s) otherwise prescribed. The quotations must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be based on the methods of computation prescribed in Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Be current to the most recent calendar quarter ended prior to the submission of the advertisement for publication;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be accompanied by quotations of total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Include both average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) and average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption);
</P>
<P>(v) Be set out with equal prominence and be set out in no greater prominence than the required quotations of total return; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Adjacent to the quotations and with no less prominence than the quotations, identify the length of and the last day of the one, five, and ten year periods.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other performance measures.</I> Any other historical measure of company performance (not subject to any prescribed method of computation) if such measurement:
</P>
<P>(i) Reflects all elements of return;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is accompanied by quotations of total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of any measure of performance adjusted to reflect the effect of taxes, is accompanied by quotations of total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is set out in no greater prominence than the required quotations of total return; and
</P>
<P>(v) Adjacent to the measurement and with no less prominence than the measurement, identifies the length of and the last day of the period for which performance is measured.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Performance data for money market funds.</I> In the case of a money market fund:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Yield.</I> Any quotation of the money market fund's yield in an advertisement shall be based on the methods of computation prescribed in Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), or N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter) and may include:
</P>
<P>(i) A quotation of current yield that, adjacent to the quotation and with no less prominence than the quotation, identifies the length of and the date of the last day in the base period used in computing that quotation;
</P>
<P>(ii) A quotation of effective yield if it appears in the same advertisement as a quotation of current yield and each quotation relates to an identical base period and is presented with equal prominence; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A quotation or quotations of tax-equivalent yield or tax-equivalent effective yield if it appears in the same advertisement as a quotation of current yield and each quotation relates to the same base period as the quotation of current yield, is presented with equal prominence, and states the income tax rate used in the calculation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Total return.</I> Accompany any quotation of the money market fund's total return in an advertisement with a quotation of the money market fund's current yield under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section. Place the quotations of total return and current yield next to each other, in the same size print, and if there is a material difference between the quoted total return and the quoted current yield, include a statement that the yield quotation more closely reflects the current earnings of the money market fund than the total return quotation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Advertisements that make tax representations.</I> An advertisement for an open-end management investment company (other than a company that is permitted under § 270.35d-1(a)(4) of this chapter to use a name suggesting that the company's distributions are exempt from federal income tax or from both federal and state income tax) that represents or implies that the company is managed to limit or control the effect of taxes on company performance must accompany any quotation of the company's performance permitted by paragraph (d) of this section with quotations of total return as provided for in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Timeliness of performance data.</I> All performance data contained in any advertisement must be as of the most recent practicable date considering the type of investment company and the media through which the data will be conveyed, except that any advertisement containing total return quotations will be considered to have complied with this paragraph provided that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The total return quotations are current to the most recent calendar quarter ended prior to the submission of the advertisement for publication; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Total return quotations current to the most recent month ended seven business days prior to the date of use are provided at the toll-free (or collect) telephone number or Web site identified pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) The total return quotations are current to the most recent month ended seven business days prior to the date of use of the advertisement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>):</HED>
<P>The date of use refers to the date or dates when an advertisement is used by investors, not the date on which an advertisement is published or submitted for publication. The date of use refers to the entire period of use by investors and not simply the first date on which an advertisement is used.</P></NOTE>
<P>(h) <I>Filing.</I> An advertisement that complies with this section need not be filed as part of the registration statement filed under the Act.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">h</E>):</HED>
<P>These advertisements, unless filed with NASD Regulation, Inc., are required to be filed in accordance with the requirements of § 230.497.</P></NOTE>
<P>(i) <I>Advertisements including fee or expense figures.</I> An advertisement that provides fee or expense figures for an investment company must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum amount of any sales load, or any other nonrecurring fee, and the total annual expenses without any fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, based on the methods of computation prescribed by the investment company's registration statement form under the 1940 Act or under the Act for a prospectus and presented at least as prominently as any other fee or expense figure included in the advertisement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The expected termination date of a fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, if the advertisement provides total annual expenses net of fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement amounts.


</P>
<P>(j) <I>Timeliness of fee and expense information.</I> Fee and expense information contained in an advertisement must be as of the date of the investment company's most recent prospectus or, if the company no longer has an effective registration statement under the Act, as of the date of its most recent annual shareholder report, except that a company may provide more current information if available.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 57777, Oct. 6, 2003, as amended at 74 FR 4584, Jan. 26, 2009; 79 FR 47957, Aug. 14, 2014; 85 FR 26093, May 1, 2020; 87 FR 72846, Nov. 25, 2022; 88 FR 17710, Mar. 24, 2023; 89 FR 90590, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.483" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.166" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.483   Exhibits for certain registration statements.</HEAD>
<P>If a registration statement is prepared on a form available solely to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a business development company which is selling or proposing to sell its securities pursuant to a registration statement which has been filed under the Act, the following provisions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) Such registration statement shall contain an exhibit index, which should immediately precede the exhibits filed with such registration statement. The exhibit index shall indicate by handwritten, typed, printed or other legible form of notation in the manually signed original registration statement the page number in the sequential numbering system where such exhibit can be found. Where exhibits are incorporated by reference, this fact shall be noted in the exhibit index referred to in the preceding sentence. Further, the first page of the manually signed registration statement shall list the page in the filing where the exhibit index is located.
</P>
<P>(b) If any name is signed to the registration statement pursuant to a power of attorney, copies of such powers of attorney shall be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. In addition, if the name of any officer signing on behalf of the registrant, or attesting the registrant's seal, is signed pursuant to a power of attorney, certified copies of a resolution of the registrant's board of directors authorizing such signature shall also be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A power of attorney that is filed with the Commission shall relate to a specific filing, an amendment thereto, or a related registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) All written consents are required to be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, together with a list thereof. Such consents shall be dated and manually signed. Where the consent of an expert or counsel is contained in his report or opinion, a reference shall be made in the list to the report or opinion containing the consent.
</P>
<P>(2) In a registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) by a closed-end company, any required consent may be incorporated by reference into the registration statement from a previously filed registration statement related to the offering, provided that the consent contained in the previously filed registration statement expressly provides for such incorporation. Any consent filed in a Rule 462(b) (§ 230.462(b)) registration statement may contain duplicated or facsimile versions of required signatures, and such signatures shall be considered manually filed for the purposes of the Act and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) The registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) May file such exhibits as it may desire in addition to those required by the appropriate form. Such exhibits shall be so marked as to indicate clearly the subject matters to which they refer;
</P>
<P>(2) In any case where two or more indentures, contracts, frachises, or other documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, the dates of execution, or other details, need file a copy of only one of such documents, with a schedule identifying the other documents omitted and setting forth the material details in which such documents differ from the document of which a copy is filed. The Commission may at any time in its discretion require filing of copies of any documents so omitted; and
</P>
<P>(3) If an exhibit to a registration statement (other than an opinion or consent), filed in preliminary form, has been changed only (i) to insert information as to interest, dividend or conversion rates, redemption or conversion prices, purchase or offering prices, underwriters' or dealers' commission, names, addresses or participation of underwriters or similar matters, which information appears elsewhere in an amendment to the registration statement, or (ii) to correct typographical errors, insert signatures or make other similar immaterial changes, then, notwithstanding any contrary requirement of any rule or form, need not refile such exhibit as so amended; provided the registrant states in the amendment to the registration statement the basis provided by this rule for not refiling such exhibit. Any such incomplete exhibit may not, however, be incorporated by reference in any subsequent filing under any Act administered by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11446, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 14857, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 36261, July 15, 1994; 59 FR 67761, Dec. 30, 1994; 60 FR 26618, May 17, 1995; 63 FR 13943, Mar. 23, 1998; 65 FR 24799, Apr. 27, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.484" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.167" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.484   Undertaking required in certain registration statements.</HEAD>
<P>If a registration statement is prepared on a form available solely to investment companies registered under the investment Company Act of 1940, or a business development company which is selling or proposing to sell its securities pursuant to a registration statement which has been filed under the Act, if
</P>
<P>(a) Any acceleration is requested of the effective date of the registration statement pursuant to Rule 461 (§ 230.461), and
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Any provision or arrangement exists whereby the registrant may indemnify a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant against liabilities arising under the Act, or
</P>
<P>(2) The underwriting agreement contains provisions by which indemnification against such liabilities is given by the registrant to the underwriter or controlling persons of the underwriter and the director, officer or controlling person of the registrant is such an underwriter or controlling person thereof or a member of any firm which is an underwriter, and
</P>
<P>(3) The benefits of such indemnification are not waived by such persons; the registration statement shall include a brief description of the indemnification provisions and an undertaking in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.485" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.168" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.485   Effective date of post-effective amendments filed by certain registered investment companies or issuers offering registered non-variable annuities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Automatic effectiveness.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed by a registered open-end management investment company, unit investment trust or, separate account as defined in section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)] or to register an offering of a registered non-variable annuity securities shall become effective on the sixtieth day after the filing thereof, or a later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the amendment, which date shall be no later than eighty days after the date on which the amendment is filed.(


</P>
<P>(2) A post-effective amendment filed by a registered open-end management investment company for the purpose of adding a series shall become effective on the seventy-fifth day after the filing thereof or a later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the amendment, which date shall be no later than ninety-five days after the date on which the amendment is filed. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission, having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors, may declare an amendment filed under this paragraph (a) effective on an earlier date. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Immediate effectiveness.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed by a registered open-end management investment company, unit investment trust or separate account as defined in section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)] or to register an offering of a registered non-variable annuity securities shall become effective on the date upon which it is filed with the Commission, or a later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the amendment, which date shall be not later than thirty days after the date on which the amendment is filed, except that a post-effective amendment including a designation of a new effective date pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section shall become effective on the new effective date designated therein, Provided, that the following conditions are met:




</P>
<P>(1) It is filed for no purpose other than one or more of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Bringing the financial statements up to date under section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)] or Rules 3-12 or 3-18 of Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210.3-12 and 210.3-18]; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Complying with an undertaking to file an amendment containing financial statements, which may be unaudited, within four to six months after the effective date of the registrant's registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>]; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Designating a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, which has not yet become effective, <I>Provided,</I> that the new effective date shall be no earlier than the effective date designated in the previously filed amendment under paragraph (a) of this section and no later than thirty days after that date; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclosing or updating the information required by Item 5(b) or 10(a)(2) of Form N-1A [17 CFR 239.15A and 274.11A]; 
</P>
<P>(v) Making any non-material changes which the registrant deems appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of a separate account registered as a unit investment trust, to make changes in the disclosure in the unit investment trust's registration statement to reflect changes to disclosure in the registration statement of the investment company in which the unit investment trust invests all of its assets; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Any other purpose which the Commission shall approve. 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant represents that the amendment is filed solely for one or more of the purposes specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and that no material event requiring disclosure in the prospectus, other than one listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or one for which the Commission has approved a filing under paragraph (b)(1)(vii) of this section, has occurred since the latest of the following three dates: 
</P>
<P>(i) The effective date of the registrant's registration statement; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective date of its most recent post-effective amendment to its registration statement which included a prospectus; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The filing date of a post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (a) of this section which has not become effective. 
</P>
<P>(3) The amendment recites on its facing sheet that the registrant proposes that the amendment will become effective under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The representations of the registrant referred to in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be made by certification on the signature page of the post-effective amendment that the amendment meets all the requirements for effectiveness under paragraph (b) of this section. If counsel prepared or reviewed the post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (b) of this section, counsel shall furnish to the Commission at the time the amendment is filed a written representation that the amendment does not contain disclosures that would render it ineligible to become effective under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Incomplete or inaccurate amendments; suspension of use of paragraph (b) of this section.</I> (1) No amendment shall become effective under paragraph (a) of this section if, prior to the effective date of the amendment, it should appear to the Commission that the amendment may be incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect, and the Commission furnishes to the registrant written notice that the effective date of the amendment is to be suspended. Following such action by the Commission, the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for such a hearing is included in the petition. If the Commission has suspended the effective date of an amendment, the amendment shall become effective on such date as the Commission may determine, having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, in the manner and under the circumstances set forth in this paragraph (c)(2), suspend the ability of registrant to file a post-effective amendment under paragraph (b) of this section. The notice of such suspension shall be in writing and shall specify the period for which such suspension shall remain in effect. The Commission may issue a suspension if it appears to the Commission that a registrant which files a post-effective amendment under paragraph (b) of this section has not complied with the conditions of that paragraph. Any suspension under this paragraph (c)(2) shall become effective at such time as the Commission furnishes written notice thereof to the registrant. Any such suspension, so long as it is in effect, shall apply to any post-effective amendment that has been filed but has not, at the time of such suspension, become effective, and to any post-effective amendment that may be filed after the suspension. Any suspension shall apply only to the ability to file a post-effective amendment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and shall not otherwise affect any post-effective amendment. Following this action by the Commission the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for a hearing is included in the petition. 


</P>
<P>(3) A registrant's ability to file a post-effective amendment, other than an amendment filed solely for purposes of submitting an Interactive Data File, under paragraph (b) of this section is automatically suspended if a registrant fails to submit any Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) required by the registration form on which the registrant is filing the post-effective amendment. A suspension under this paragraph (c)(3) shall become effective at such time as the registrant fails to submit an Interactive Data File as required by the relevant registration form. Any such suspension, so long as it is in effect, shall apply to any post-effective amendment that is filed after the suspension becomes effective, but shall not apply to any post-effective amendment that was filed before the suspension became effective. Any suspension shall apply only to the ability to file a post-effective amendment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and shall not otherwise affect any post-effective amendment. Any suspension under this paragraph (c)(3) shall terminate as soon as a registrant has submitted the Interactive Data File required by the relevant registration form.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Subsequent amendments.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a post-effective amendment that includes a prospectus shall not become effective under paragraph (a) of this section if a subsequent post-effective amendment relating to the prospectus is filed before such amendment becomes effective. 
</P>
<P>(2) A post-effective amendment that includes a prospectus shall become effective under paragraph (a) of this section notwithstanding the filing of a subsequent post-effective amendment relating to the prospectus, <I>Provided,</I> that the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) the subsequent amendment is filed under paragraph (b) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) the subsequent amendment designates as its effective date either: 
</P>
<P>(A) the date on which the prior post-effective amendment was to become effective under paragraph (a) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(B) a new effective date designated under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<FP>In this case the prior post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (a) of this section and any prior post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (b) of this section shall also become effective on the new effective date designated under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. 
</FP>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, if another post-effective amendment relating to the same prospectus is filed under paragraph (a) of this section before the prior amendments filed pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section have become effective, none of such prior amendments shall become effective under this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certain separate accounts.</I> For purposes of this section, a post-effective amendment to a registration statement for an offering of securities by a registered open-end management investment company or unit investment trust as those terms are used in paragraphs (a), (b), and (e) of this section and as such amendments are referred to in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, shall include a post-effective amendment to an offering of securities by an insurance company funded through a separate account, as defined in section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)], where the separate account need not register under the Investment Company Act of 1940 under section 3(c)(11) thereof [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(11)]. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic filers.</I> When ascertaining the date of filing, electronic filers should not presume a registration statement has been accepted until notice of acceptance has been received from the Commission. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>To determine the date of automatic effectiveness, the day following the filing date is the first day of the time period. For example, a post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (a) of this section on November 1 would become effective on December 31.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43464, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 47938, Sept. 12, 1997; 63 FR 13943, Mar. 23, 1998; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 74 FR 4584, Jan. 26, 2009; 74 FR 7774, Feb. 19, 2009; 83 FR 40873, Aug. 16, 2018; 85 FR 26093, May 1, 2020; 88 FR 70507, Oct. 11, 2023; 89 FR 60084, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.486" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.169" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.486   Effective date of post-effective amendments and registration statements filed by certain closed-end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Automatic effectiveness.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, a post-effective amendment to a registration statement, or a registration statement described in paragraph (g) of this section, filed by a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company which makes periodic repurchase offers under § 270.23c-3 of this chapter or which offers securities under § 230.415(a)(1)(ix), shall become effective on the sixtieth day after the filing thereof, or a later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the amendment or registration statement, which date shall not be later than eighty days after the date on which the amendment or registration statement is filed, <I>Provided,</I> that the Commission, having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors, may declare an amendment or registration statement filed under this paragraph (a) effective on an earlier date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Immediate effectiveness.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, a post-effective amendment to a registration statement, or a registration statement, filed by a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company which makes periodic repurchase offers under § 270.23c-3 of this chapter or which offers securities under § 230.415(a)(1)(ix), shall become effective on the date on which it is filed with the Commission, or a later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the amendment or registration statement, which date shall be not later than thirty days after the date on which the amendment or registration statement is filed, except that a post-effective amendment including a designation of a new effective date under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section shall become effective on the new effective date designated therein, <I>Provided,</I> that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) It is filed for no purpose other than one or more of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Registering additional shares of common stock for which a registration statement filed on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) is effective; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Bringing the financial statements up to date under section 10(a)(3) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)] or rule 3-18 of Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210.3-18]; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Designating a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment or registration statement for additional shares under paragraph (a) of this section, which has not yet become effective, <I>Provided,</I> that the new effective date shall be no earlier than the effective date designated in the previously filed amendment or registration statement under paragraph (a) of this section and no later than thirty days after that date; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclosing or updating the information required by Item 9.1.c of Form N-2 [17 CFR 239.14 and 274.11a-1];
</P>
<P>(v) Making any non-material changes which the registrant deems appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Complying with § 230.415(a)(5) and (6); and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Any other purpose which the Commission shall approve. 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant represents that the amendment is filed solely for one or more of the purposes specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and that no material event requiring disclosure in the prospectus, other than one listed in paragraph (b)(1) or one for which the Commission has approved a filing under paragraph (b)(1)(vii) of this section, has occurred since the latest of the following three dates:
</P>
<P>(i) The effective date of the registrant's registration statement; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective date of its most recent post-effective amendment to its registration statement which included a prospectus; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The filing date of a post-effective amendment or registration statement filed under paragraph (a) of this section which has not become effective; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The amendment or registration statement recites on the facing sheet thereof that the registrant proposes that the amendment or registration statement will become effective under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The representations of the registrant referred to in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be made by certification on the signature page of the post-effective amendment or registration statement that the amendment or registration statement meets all of the requirements for effectiveness under paragraph (b) of this section. If counsel prepared or reviewed the post-effective amendment or registration statement filed under paragraph (b) of this section, counsel shall furnish to the Commission at the time the amendment or registration statement is filed a written representation that the amendment or registration statement does not contain disclosure which would render it ineligible to become effective under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Incomplete or inaccurate amendments; suspension of use of paragraph (b) of this section.</I> (1) No amendment or registration statement shall become effective under paragraph (a) of this section if, prior to the effective date of the amendment or registration statement, it should appear to the Commission that the amendment or registration statement may be incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect, and the Commission furnishes to the registrant written notice that the effective date of the amendment or registration statement is to be suspended. Following such action by the Commission, the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for such a hearing is included in the petition. If the Commission has suspended the effective date of an amendment or registration statement, the amendment or registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission may determine, having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, in the manner and under the circumstances set forth in this paragraph (c)(2), suspend the ability of a registrant to file a post-effective amendment or registration statement under paragraph (b) of this section. The notice of such suspension shall be in writing and shall specify the period for which such suspension shall remain in effect. The Commission may issue a suspension if it appears to the Commission that a registrant which files a post-effective amendment under paragraph (b) of this section has not complied with the conditions of that paragraph. Any suspension under this paragraph shall become effective at such time as the Commission furnishes written notice thereof to the company. Any such suspension, so long as it is in effect, shall apply to any post-effective amendment or registration statement that has been filed but has not, at the time of such suspension, become effective, and to any post-effective amendment or registration statement that may be filed after the suspension. Any suspension shall apply only to the ability to file a post-effective amendment or registration statement under paragraph (b) of this section and shall not otherwise affect any post-effective amendment or registration statement. Following this action by the Commission, the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for a hearing is included in the petition. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Subsequent amendments.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a post-effective amendment or registration statement which includes a prospectus shall not become effective under paragraph (a) of this section if a subsequent post-effective amendment or registration statement relating to the prospectus is filed before such amendment or registration statement becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(2) A post-effective amendment or registration statement which includes a prospectus shall become effective under paragraph (a) of this section notwithstanding the filing of a subsequent post-effective amendment or registration statement relating to the prospectus, <I>Provided,</I> that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The subsequent amendment or registration statement is filed under paragraph (b) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The subsequent amendment or registration statement designates as its effective date either: 
</P>
<P>(A) The date on which the prior post-effective amendment or registration statement was to become effective under paragraph (a) of this section or 
</P>
<P>(B) A new effective date designated under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<FP>In this case the prior post-effective amendment or registration statement filed under paragraph (a) of this section and any prior post-effective amendment or registration statement filed under paragraph (b) of this section shall also become effective on the new effective date designated under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
</FP>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, if another post-effective amendment or registration statement relating to the same prospectus is filed under paragraph (a) of this section before the prior amendments or registration statements filed under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section have become effective, none of such prior amendments or registration statements shall become effective under this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Condition to use of paragraphs (a) or (b).</I> A post-effective amendment or new registration statement shall not become effective under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section unless within two years prior to the filing thereof a post-effective amendment or registration statement relating to the common stock of the registrant has become effective.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic filers.</I> When ascertaining the date of filing, electronic filers should not presume a registration statement has been accepted until notice of acceptance has been received from the Commission. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>To determine the date of automatic effectiveness, the day following the filing date is the first day of the time period. For example, a post-effective amendment filed under paragraph (a) of this section on November 1 would become effective on December 31.</P></NOTE>
<P>(g) <I>Registration statements.</I> A registration statement can become effective under paragraph (a) of this section if it is filed for the purpose of:
</P>
<P>(1) Registering additional shares of common stock for which a registration statement filed on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) is effective; or
</P>
<P>(2) Complying with § 230.415(a)(5) and (6).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43466, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 85 FR 33356, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.487" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.170" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.487   Effectiveness of registration statements filed by certain unit investment trusts.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A unit investment trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that files a registration statement pursuant to the Act in connection with the offering of the securities of a series of the unit investment trust, except the first series of such trust, may designate a date and time for such registration statement to become effective. If the registrant complies with the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the registration statement shall become effective in accordance with such designation.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant may designate the date and time of effectiveness in the registration statement or in any pre-effective amendment thereto. A pre-effective amendment to a registration statement with respect to which such a designation is properly made shall be deemed to have been filed with the consent of the Commission and shall accordingly be treated as part of the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(b) Availability of effectiveness of a registration statement in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section is conditioned upon compliance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant is not engaged in the business of investing in securities issued by one or more open-end management investment companies;
</P>
<P>(2) The designation provided for in paragraph (a) of this section is set forth on the facing sheet of such registration statement or a pre-effective amendment thereto;
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant identifies one or more previous series of the trust for which the effective date of the registration statement was determined by the Commission or its staff, and makes the following representations:
</P>
<P>(i) That the portfolio securities deposited in the series with respect to which the registration statement or pre-effective amendment is being filed do not differ materially in type or quality from those deposited in such previous series identified by the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) That, except to the extent necessary to identify the specific portfolio securities deposited in, and to provide essential financial information for, the series with respect to which the registration statement or pre-effective amendment thereto is being filed, the registration statement or pre-effective amendment thereto does not contain disclosures that differ in any material respect from those contained in the registration statement of such previous series identified by the registrant;
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant represents that it has complied with rule 460 under the Act (17 CFR 230.460);
</P>
<P>(5) The identification and representations provided for in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section are made on the signature page of the registration statement or a pre-effective amendment thereto; and
</P>
<P>(6) If counsel prepared or reviewed such registration statement or a pre-effective amendment thereto, such counsel shall furnish to the Commission at the time the registration statement or pre-effective amendment thereto is filed a written representation that such registration statement or pre-effective amendment does not contain disclosures which would render such registration statement ineligible to become effective pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Commission may, in the manner and under the circumstances set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, suspend the ability of a unit investment trust to designate the date and time of effectiveness of a series of such trust. Any such suspension, so long as it is in effect, shall apply to any registration statement that has been filed but has not, at the time of such suspension, become effective, and to any registration statement with respect to any series of such trust that may be filed after such suspension. Any suspension shall apply only to the ability to designate the date and time of effectiveness pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and shall not otherwise affect any registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any suspension pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall become effective at such time as the Commission furnishes written notice thereof to the company or the sponsor of the unit investment trust. The notice of such suspension shall be in writing and shall specify the period for which such suspension shall remain in effect. The Commission may issue such suspension if it appears to the Commission that any registration statement containing a designation pursuant to this section is incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect, whether or not such registration statement has become effective, or that the registrant has not complied with the conditions of this section. Following such action by the Commission, the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for a hearing is included in the petition. 
</P>
<P>(d) When ascertaining the date of filing, electronic filers should not presume a registration statement has been accepted until notice of acceptance has been received from the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 20294, May 12, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 14858, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 43467, Aug. 24, 1994; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.488" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.171" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.488   Effective date of registration statements relating to securities to be issued in certain business combination transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registration statement filed on Form N-14 by a registered open-end management investment company for the purpose of registering securities to be issued in an exchange offer or other business combination transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) shall become effective on the thirtieth day after the date upon which it is filed with the Commission, or such later date designated by the registrant on the facing sheet of the registration statement, which date shall be not later than fifty days after the date on which the registration statement is filed, unless the Commission having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors declares such amendment effective on an earlier date, provided the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any prospectus filed as a part of the registration statement does not include disclosure relating to any other proposal to be acted on at a meeting of the shareholders of either company other than proposals related to an exchange offer, or a business combination transaction pursuant to Rule 145(a), and any other proposal relating to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Uncontested election of directors, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Ratification of the selection of accountants, 
</P>
<P>(iii) The continuation of a current advisory contract, 
</P>
<P>(iv) Increases in the number or amount of shares authorized to be issued by the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Continuation of any current contract relating to the distribution of shares issued by the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The registration statement recites on the facing sheet that the registrant proposes that the filing become effective pursuant to this rule. 
</P>
<P>(b) No registration statement shall become effective pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section if, prior to the effective date of the registration statement, it should appear to the Commission that the registration statement may be incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect and the Commission furnishes to the registrant written notice that the effective date is to be suspended. Following such action by the Commission, the registrant may file with the Commission at any time a petition for review of the suspension. The Commission will order a hearing on the matter if a request for such a hearing is included in the petition. If the Commission has suspended the effective date of the registration statement, it shall become effective on such date as the Commission may determine, having due regard to the public interest and the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(c) When ascertaining the date of filing, electronic filers should not presume a registration statement has been accepted until notice of acceptance has been received from the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 48383, Nov. 25, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 14858, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 67761, Dec. 30, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.489" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.172" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.489   Filing of form by foreign banks and insurance companies and certain of their holding companies and finance subsidiaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following foreign issuers shall file Form F-N [17 CFR 239.43] under the Act appointing an agent for service of process when filing a registration statement under the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) A foreign issuer that is a foreign bank or foreign insurance company excepted from the definition of investment company by rule 3a-6 (17 CFR 270.3a-6) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”);
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign issuer that is a finance subsidiary of a foreign bank or foreign insurance company, as those terms are defined in rule 3a-6 under the 1940 Act, if the finance subsidiary is excepted from the definition of investment company by rule 3a-5 [17 CFR 270.3a-5] under the 1940 Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) A foreign issuer that is excepted from the definition of investment company by rule 3a-1 (17 CFR 270.3a-1) under the 1940 Act because some or all of its majority-owned subsidiaries are foreign banks or insurance companies excepted from the definition of investment company by rule 3a-6 under the 1940 Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A foreign issuer that has filed Form F-X (17 CFR 239.42) under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the securities being offered; and
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign issuer filing a registration statement relating to debt securities or non-voting preferred stock that has on file with the Commission a currently accurate Form N-6C9 (17 CFR 274.304, rescinded) under the 1940 Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Six copies of Form F-N, one of which shall be manually signed, shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 56299, Nov. 4, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="48" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>registration by foreign governments or political subdivisions thereof</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.490 through 230.494 appear at 12 FR 4076, June 24, 1947, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.490" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.173" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.490   Information to be furnished under paragraph (3) of Schedule B.</HEAD>
<P>Any issuer filing a registration statement pursuant to Schedule B of the act need not furnish the detailed information specified in paragraph (3) as to issues of outstanding funded debt the aggregate amount of which outstanding is less than 5 percent of the total funded debt outstanding and to be created by the security to be offered, provided the amount thereof is included in the statement of the total amount of funded debt outstanding and a statement is made as to the title, amount outstanding, rate of interest, and date of maturity of each such issue. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.491" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.174" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.491   Information to be furnished under paragraph (6) of Schedule B.</HEAD>
<P>Any foreign government filing a registration statement pursuant to Schedule B of the act need state, in furnishing the information required by paragraph (6), the names and addresses only of principal underwriters, namely, underwriters in privity of contract with the registrant, provided they are designated as principal underwriters and a brief statement is made as to the discounts and commissions to be received by sub-underwriters or dealers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12721, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.492" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.175" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.492   Omissions from prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a security for which a registration statement conforming to Schedule B is in effect, the following information, contained in the registration statement, may be omitted from any prospectus: Information in answer to paragraph (3) of the Schedule with respect to the amortization and retirement provisions for debt not being registered, and with respect to the provisions for the substitution of security for such debt; the addresses of underwriters in answer to paragraph (6); information in answer to paragraph (11); the addresses of counsel in answer to paragraph (12); the copy of any agreement or agreements required by paragraph (13); the agreement required by paragraph (14); and all information, whether contained in the registration statement itself or in any exhibit thereto, not required by Schedule B. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 10(a)(4), 19(a), 48 Stat. 81, 85; sec. 209, 48 Stat. 908; 15 U.S.C. 77(j)(a)(4), 77(s)(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 12010, Mar. 23, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.493" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.176" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.493   Additional Schedule B disclosure and filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The copy of the opinion or opinions of counsel required by paragraph (14) of Schedule B shall be filed either as a part of the registration statement as originally filed, or as an amendment to the registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(b) A foreign government or political subdivision of a foreign government must file a registration statement submitted under Schedule B of the Act on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (EDGAR) unless it has obtained a hardship exemption under § 232.201 or § 232.202 of this chapter (Regulation S-T). 
</P>
<P>(c) A foreign government or political subdivision must disclose in its Schedule B registration statement: 
</P>
<P>(1) That the Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The address for the Commission Internet site (<I>http://www.sec.gov</I>). A foreign government or political subdivision filing on EDGAR is further encouraged to give its Internet address, if available.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 36699, May 24, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.494" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.177" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.494   Newspaper prospectuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section shall apply only to newspaper prospectuses relating to securities, as to which a registration statement has become effective, issued by a foreign national government with which the United States maintains diplomatic relations. The term <I>newspaper prospectus</I> means an advertisement of securities in newspapers, magazines or other periodicals which are admitted to the mails as second-class matter and which are not distributed by the advertiser. The term does not include reprints, reproductions or detached copies of such advertisements. A newspaper prospectus shall not be deemed a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10 for the purpose of section 2(10)(a) or 5(b)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) All information included in a newspaper prospectus may be expressed in such condensed or summarized form as may be necessary in the light of the circumstances under which newspaper prospectuses are authorized to be used. The information need not follow the order in which the information is set forth in the registration statement or in the full prospectus. No information need be set forth in tabular form.
</P>
<P>(c) The following statement shall be set forth at the head of every newspaper prospectus in conspicuous print: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>These securities, though registered, have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, which does not pass on the merits of any registered securities.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) There shall be set forth at the foot of every newspaper prospectus in conspicuous print a statement to the following effect: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Further information, particularly financial information, is contained in the registration statement filed with the Commission and in a more complete prospectus which must be furnished to each purchaser and is obtainable from the following persons:
</FP>
<P>(Insert names.)</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) If the registrant or any of the underwriters knows or has reasonable grounds to believe that it is intended to stablize the price of any security to facilitate the offering of the registered security, there shall be placed in the newspaper prospectus, in capital letters, the statement required by Item 502(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.502(d) of this chapter) to be included in the full prospectus.
</P>
<P>(f) A newspaper prospectus shall contain the information specified in paragraphs (f) (1) to (9) of this section. All other information and documents contained in the registration statement may be omitted. The following information shall be included:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the borrowing government;
</P>
<P>(2) A brief description of the securities to be offered;
</P>
<P>(3) The price at which it is proposed to offer the security to the public in the United States;
</P>
<P>(4) The purpose and approximate amounts to be devoted to such purposes, so far as determinable, for which the security to be offered is to supply funds; and if funds for such purposes are to be raised in part from other sources, the amounts and the sources thereof:
</P>
<P>(5) A brief statement as to the amount of funded and floating debt outstanding and to be created, excluding inter-governmental debt;
</P>
<P>(6) A condensed or summarized statement of receipt and expenditures for the last three fiscal years for which data are available;
</P>
<P>(7) A condensed or summarized statement of the balance of international payments for the last three fiscal years for which data are available;
</P>
<P>(8) If the issuer or its predecessor has defaulted on the principal or interest of any external debt, excluding intergovernmental debt, during the last twenty years, the date, amount and circumstances of such default and the general effect of any succeeding arrangement;
</P>
<P>(9) Underwriting discounts and commissions per unit and in the aggregate.
</P>
<P>(g) A newspaper prospectus may also include, in condensed, summarized or graphic form, additional information the substance of which is contained in the registration statement. A newspaper prospectus shall not contain any information the substance of which is not set forth in the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(h) All information included in a newspaper prospectus shall be set forth in type at least as large as seven-point modern type: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such information shall not be so arranged as to be misleading or obscure the information required to be included in such a prospectus.
</P>
<P>(i) Five copies of every proposed newspaper prospectus, in the size and form in which it is intended to be published shall be filed with the Commission at least three business days before definitive copies thereof are submitted to the newspaper, magazine or other periodical for publication. Within seven days after publication, five additional copies shall be filed in the exact form in which it was published and shall be accompanied by a statement of the date and manner of its publication.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Interprets or applies sec. 7, 48 Stat. 78, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 77g; secs. 6, 7, 8, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 78, 79, 81, 85, secs. 205, 209, 48 Stat. 906, 908; sec. 301, 54 Stat. 857; sec. 8, 68 Stat. 685; sec. 1, 79 Stat. 1051; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 12, 13, 14, 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 895, 901; secs. 1, 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1375, 1377, 1379; sec 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; sec. 202, 68 Stat. 686; secs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574; secs. 1, 2, 3, 82 Stat. 454, 455; secs. 28(c), 1, 2, 3-5, 84 Stat. 1435, 1497; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; secs. 8, 9, 10, 18, 89 Stat. 117, 118, 119, 155; sec. 308(b), 90 Stat. 57; secs. 202, 203, 204, 81 Stat. 1494, 1498, 1499, 1500; 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a), 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78w(a))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8820 Aug. 31, 1951, as amended at 19 FR 6729, Oct. 20, 1954; 48 FR 19875, May 3, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.495" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.178" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.495   Preparation of registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registration statement on Form N-1A (§ 239.15A and § 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 239.17a and § 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 239.17b and § 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§ 239.17c and § 274.11d of this chapter), shall consist of the facing sheet of the applicable form; a prospectus containing the information called for by such form; the information, list of exhibits, undertakings and signatures required to be set forth in such form; financial statements and schedules; exhibits; and other information or documents filed as part of the registration statement; and all documents or information incorporated by reference in the foregoing (whether or not required to be filed).
</P>
<P>(b) All general instructions, instructions to items of the form, and instructions as to financial statements, exhibits, or prospectuses are to be omitted from the registration statement in all cases.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), Parts A and B shall contain the information called for by each of the items of the applicable Part, except that unless otherwise specified, no reference need be made to inapplicable items, and negative answers to any item may be omitted. Copies of Parts A and B may be filed as part of the registration statement in lieu of furnishing the information in item-and-answer form. Wherever such copies are filed in lieu of information in item-and-answer form, the text of the items of the form is to be omitted from the registration statement, as well as from Parts A and B, except to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of the section. 
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), where any item of those forms calls for information not required to be included in Parts A and B (generally Part C of such form), the text of such items, including the numbers and captions thereof, together with the answers thereto, shall be filed with Parts A or B under cover of the facing sheet of the form as part of the registration statement. However, the text of such items may be omitted, provided the answers are so prepared as to indicate the coverage of the item without the necessity of reference to the text of the item. If any such item is inapplicable, or the answer thereto is in the negative, a statement to that effect shall be made. Any financial statements not required to be included in Parts A and B shall also be filed as part of the registration statement proper, unless incorporated by reference pursuant to § 230.411.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Electronic filings.</I> When ascertaining the date of filing, electronic filers should not presume a registration statement has been accepted until notice of acceptance has been received from the Commission. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Securities Act of 1933)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 37938, Aug. 22, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 26159, June 25, 1985; 57 FR 56834, Dec. 1, 1992; 58 FR 14859, Mar. 18, 1993; 63 FR 13943, Mar. 23, 1998; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 67 FR 19869, Apr. 23, 2002] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.496" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.179" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.496   Contents of prospectus and statement of additional information used after nine months.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), there may be omitted from any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information used more than nine months after the effective date of the registration statement any information previously required to be contained in the prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information insofar as later information covering the same subjects, including the latest available certified financial statements, as of a date not more than 16 months prior to the use of the prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information is contained therein.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 230.496:</HED>
<P>For a discussion of the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to certain discontinued contracts subject to a Commission position as of July 1, 2020, see Investment Company Release No. 33814 (March 11, 2020).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26093, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.497" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.180" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.497   Filing of investment company or registered non-variable annuity prospectuses—number of copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Five copies of every form of prospectus sent or given to any person prior to the effective date of the registration statement that varies from the form or forms of prospectus included in the registration statement filed pursuant to § 230.402(a) shall be filed as part of the registration statement not later than the date that form of prospectus is first sent or given to any person, except that an investment company advertisement under § 230.482 shall be filed under this paragraph (a) (but not as part of the registration statement) unless filed under paragraph (i) of this section.


</P>
<P>(b) For unit investment trusts filing on § 274.12 of this chapter (Form N-8B-2) or § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6), within five days after the effective date of a registration statement or the commencement of a public offering after the effective date of a registration statement, whichever occurs later, 10 copies of each form of prospectus used after the effective date in connection with such offering shall be filed with the Commission in the exact form in which it was used. A registrant must submit an Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) if required by the form on which it files its registration statement.


</P>
<P>(c) For investment companies filing on §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6), or an offering of registered non-variable annuities being filed on Form N-4, within five days after the effective date of a registration statement or the commencement of a public offering after the effective date of a registration statement, whichever occurs later, 10 copies of each form of prospectus and form of Statement of Additional Information used after the effective date in connection with such offering shall be filed with the Commission in the exact form in which it was used. Investment companies filing on Forms N-1A, N-3, N-4, or N-6 and issuers of registered non-variable annuities filing on Form N-4 must, if applicable pursuant to General Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N-1A, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-3, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-4, or General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-6, submit an Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter).












</P>
<P>(d) After the effective date of a registration statement no prospectus which purports to comply with section 10 of the Act and which varies from any form of prospectus filed pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall be used until 10 copies thereof have been filed with, or mailed for filing to, the Commission. A registrant must submit an Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter) if required by the Form on which it files its registration statement.




</P>
<P>(e) For investment companies filing on §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6), or an offering of registered non-variable annuities being filed on Form N-4, after the effective date of a registration statement, no prospectus that purports to comply with Section 10 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j) or Statement of Additional Information that varies from any form of prospectus or form of Statement of Additional Information filed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section shall be used until five copies thereof have been filed with, or mailed for filing to the Commission. Investment companies filing on Forms N-1A, N-3, N-4, or N-6 and issuers of registered non-variable annuities filing on Form N-4 must, if applicable pursuant to General Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N-1A, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-3, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-4, or General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-6, submit an Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter).


</P>
<P>(f) Every prospectus consisting of a radio or television broadcast shall be reduced in writing. Five copies of every such prospectus shall be filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Each copy of a prospectus under this rule shall contain in the upper right hand corner of the cover page the paragraph of this rule under which the filing is made and the file number of the registration statement to which the prospectus relates. In addition, each investment company advertisement deemed to be a section 10(b) prospectus pursuant to § 230.482 of this chapter shall contain in the upper right hand corner of the cover page the legend “Rule 482 ad.” The information required by this paragraph may be set forth in longhand, provided it is legible. 
</P>
<P>(h) No later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price or the date it is first used after effectiveness in connection with a public offering or sales, ten copies of every form of prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, where applicable, that discloses the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act (§ 230.430A of this chapter) shall be filed with the Commission in the exact form in which it is used, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date. 
</P>
<P>(i) An investment company advertisement deemed to be a section 10(b) prospectus pursuant to § 230.482 of this chapter shall be considered to be filed with the Commission upon filing with a national securities association registered under Section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) that has adopted rules providing standards for the investment company advertising practices of its members and has established and implemented procedures to review that advertising. 
</P>
<P>(j) In lieu of filing under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, a registrant may file a certification that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The form of prospectus and Statement of Additional Information that would have been filed under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section would not have differed from that contained in the most recent registration statement or amendment, and 
</P>
<P>(2) The text of the most recent registration statement or amendment has been filed electronically. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Summary prospectus filing requirements</I>. This paragraph (k), and not the other provisions of this section, shall govern the filing of summary prospectuses under §§ 230.498 and 230.498A. Each definitive form of a summary prospectus under §§ 230.498 and 230.498A shall be filed with the Commission no later than the date that it is first used.
</P>
<P>(l) Except for an investment company advertisement deemed to be a section 10(b) prospectus pursuant to § 230.482, this section shall not apply with respect to prospectuses of a registered closed-end investment company, or a business development company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 37939, Aug. 22, 1983]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 230.497, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.498" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.181" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.498   Summary Prospectuses for open-end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Class</I> means a class of shares issued by a Fund that has more than one class that represent interests in the same portfolio of securities under § 270.18f-3 of this chapter or under an order exempting the Fund from sections 18(f), 18(g), and 18(i) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(f), 80a-18(g), and 80a-18(i)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exchange-Traded Fund</I> means a Fund or a Class, the shares of which are traded on a national securities exchange, and that has formed and operates pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the Commission or in reliance on § 270.6c-11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fund</I> means an open-end management investment company, or any Series of such a company, that has, or is included in, an effective registration statement on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter) and that has a current prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Series</I> means shares offered by a Fund that represent undivided interests in a portfolio of investments and that are preferred over all other series of shares for assets specifically allocated to that series in accordance with § 270.18f-2(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Statement of Additional Information</I> means the statement of additional information required by Part B of Form N-1A.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Statutory Prospectus</I> means a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Summary Prospectus</I> means the summary prospectus described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements for Summary Prospectus.</I> This paragraph describes the requirements for a Fund's Summary Prospectus. A Summary Prospectus that complies with this paragraph (b) will be deemed to be a prospectus that is authorized under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) and section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(g)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cover page or beginning of Summary Prospectus.</I> Include on the cover page of the Summary Prospectus or at the beginning of the Summary Prospectus:
</P>
<P>(i) The Fund's name and the Class or Classes, if any, to which the Summary Prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(ii) The exchange ticker symbol of the Fund's shares or, if the Summary Prospectus relates to one or more Classes of the Fund's shares, adjacent to each such Class, the exchange ticker symbol of such Class of the Fund's shares. If the Fund is an Exchange-Traded Fund, also identify the principal U.S. market or markets on which the Fund shares are traded.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement identifying the document as a “Summary Prospectus.”
</P>
<P>(iv) The approximate date of the Summary Prospectus's first use.
</P>
<P>(v) The following legend:
</P>
<P>Before you invest, you may want to review the Fund's prospectus, which contains more information about the Fund and its risks. You can find the Fund's prospectus, reports to shareholders, and other information about the Fund online at [______]. You can also get this information at no cost by calling [______] or by sending an email request to [______].


</P>
<P>(A) The legend must provide a website address, other than the address of the Commission's electronic filing system; toll free (or collect) telephone number; and email address that investors can use to obtain the Statutory Prospectus and other information. The website address must be specific enough to lead investors directly to the Statutory Prospectus and other materials that are required to be accessible under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, rather than to the home page or other section of the website on which the materials are posted. The website could be a central site with prominent links to each document. The legend may indicate, if applicable, that the Statutory Prospectus and other information are available from a financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) through which shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold.


</P>
<P>(B) If a Fund incorporates any information by reference into the Summary Prospectus, the legend must identify the type of document (<I>e.g.,</I> Statutory Prospectus) from which the information is incorporated and the date of the document. If a Fund incorporates by reference a part of a document, the legend must clearly identify the part by page, paragraph, caption, or otherwise. If information is incorporated from a source other than the Statutory Prospectus, the legend must explain that the incorporated information may be obtained, free of charge, in the same manner as the Statutory Prospectus. A Fund may modify the legend to include a statement to the effect that the Summary Prospectus is intended for use in connection with a defined contribution plan that meets the requirements for qualification under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), a tax-deferred arrangement under section 403(b) or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 403(b) or 457), or a variable contract as defined in section 817(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 817(d)), as applicable, and is not intended for use by other investors.
</P>
<P>(vi) The Summary Prospectus may provide instructions describing how a shareholder can elect to receive prospectuses or other documents and communications by electronic delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents of the Summary Prospectus.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b), provide the information required or permitted by Items 2 through 8 of Form N-1A, and only that information, in the order required by the form. A Summary Prospectus may omit the explanation and information required by Instruction 2(c) to Item 4(b)(2) of Form N-1A.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> (i) Except as provided by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, information may not be incorporated by reference into a Summary Prospectus. Information that is incorporated by reference into a Summary Prospectus in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section need not be sent or given with the Summary Prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) A Fund may incorporate by reference into a Summary Prospectus any or all of the information contained in the Fund's Statutory Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and any information from the Fund's reports to shareholders under § 270.30e-1 that the Fund has incorporated by reference into the Fund's Statutory Prospectus, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The conditions of paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(B) and (e) of this section are met;
</P>
<P>(B) A Fund may not incorporate by reference into a Summary Prospectus information that paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section require to be included in the Summary Prospectus; and
</P>
<P>(C) Information that is permitted to be incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus may be incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus only by reference to the specific document that contains the information, not by reference to another document that incorporates such information by reference.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of § 230.159, information is conveyed to a person not later than the time that a Summary Prospectus is received by the person if the information is incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Multiple Funds and Classes.</I> A Summary Prospectus may describe only one Fund, but may describe more than one Class of a Fund.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transfer of the security.</I> Any obligation under section 5(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)) to have a Statutory Prospectus precede or accompany the carrying or delivery of a Fund security in an offering registered on Form N-1A is satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(1) A Summary Prospectus is sent or given no later than the time of the carrying or delivery of the Fund security;
</P>
<P>(2) The Summary Prospectus is not bound together with any materials, except that a Summary Prospectus for a Fund that is available as an investment option in a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract may be bound together with the Statutory Prospectus for the contract (or a summary prospectus for the contract provided under § 230.498A) and Summary Prospectuses and Statutory Prospectuses for other investment options available in the contract, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) All of the Funds to which the Summary Prospectuses and Statutory Prospectuses that are bound together relate are available to the person to whom such documents are sent or given; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A table of contents identifying each Summary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, and summary prospectus under § 230.498A that is bound together, and the page number on which it is found, is included at the beginning or immediately following a cover page of the bound materials;
</P>
<P>(3) The Summary Prospectus that is sent or given satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section at the time of the carrying or delivery of the Fund security; and
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraph (e) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sending communications.</I> A communication relating to an offering registered on Form N-1A sent or given after the effective date of a Fund's registration statement (other than a prospectus permitted or required under section 10 of the Act) shall not be deemed a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) if:
</P>
<P>(1) It is proved that prior to or at the same time with such communication a Summary Prospectus was sent or given to the person to whom the communication was made;
</P>
<P>(2) The Summary Prospectus is not bound together with any materials, except as permitted by paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The Summary Prospectus that was sent or given satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section at the time of such communication; and
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraph (e) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Availability of Fund's Statutory Prospectus and certain other Fund documents.</I> (1) The Fund's current Summary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders under § 270.30e-1 are publicly accessible, free of charge, at the Web site address specified on the cover page or at the beginning of the Summary Prospectus on or before the time that the Summary Prospectus is sent or given and current versions of those documents remain on the Web site through the date that is at least 90 days after:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of reliance on paragraph (c) of this section, the date that the Fund security is carried or delivered; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of reliance on paragraph (d) of this section, the date that the communication is sent or given.
</P>
<P>(2) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be presented on the Web site in a format, or formats, that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are human-readable and capable of being printed on paper in human-readable format;
</P>
<P>(ii) Permit persons accessing the Statutory Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information to move directly back and forth between each section heading in a table of contents of such document and the section of the document referenced in that section heading; provided that, in the case of the Statutory Prospectus, the table of contents is either required by § 230.481(c) or contains the same section headings as the table of contents required by § 230.481(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Permit persons accessing the Summary Prospectus to move directly back and forth between:
</P>
<P>(A) Each section of the Summary Prospectus and any section of the Statutory Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information that provides additional detail concerning that section of the Summary Prospectus; or
</P>
<P>(B) Links located at both the beginning and end of the Summary Prospectus, or that remain continuously visible to persons accessing the Summary Prospectus, and tables of contents of both the Statutory Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information that meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Persons accessing the materials specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be able to permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that meet each of the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section shall be deemed to be met, notwithstanding the fact that the materials specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are not available for a time in the manner required by paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Fund has reasonable procedures in place to ensure that the specified materials are available in the manner required by paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Fund takes prompt action to ensure that the specified documents become available in the manner required by paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section, as soon as practicable following the earlier of the time at which it knows or reasonably should have known that the documents are not available in the manner required by paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other requirements</I>—(1) <I>Delivery upon request.</I> If paragraph (c) or (d) of this section is relied on with respect to a Fund, the Fund (or a financial intermediary through which shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold) must send, at no cost to the requestor and by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt means, a paper copy of the Fund's Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders to any person requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for a paper copy. If paragraph (c) or (d) of this section is relied on with respect to a Fund, the Fund (or a financial intermediary through which shares of the Fund may be purchased or sold) must send, at no cost to the requestor and by e-mail, an electronic copy of the Fund's Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders to any person requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for an electronic copy. The requirement to send an electronic copy of a document by e-mail may be satisfied by sending a direct link to the document on the Internet; provided that a current version of the document is directly accessible through the link from the time that the e-mail is sent through the date that is six months after the date that the e-mail is sent and the e-mail explains both how long the link will remain useable and that, if the recipient desires to retain a copy of the document, he or she should access and save the document.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Greater prominence.</I> If paragraph (c) or (d) of this section is relied on with respect to a Fund, the Fund's Summary Prospectus shall be given greater prominence than any materials that accompany the Fund's Summary Prospectus, with the exception of other Summary Prospectuses, Statutory Prospectuses, or a Notice of internet Availability of Proxy Materials under § 240.14a-16 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Convenient for reading and printing.</I> If paragraph (c) or (d) of this section is relied on with respect to a Fund:
</P>
<P>(i) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be presented on the Web site in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons accessing the materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be able to permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Information in Summary Prospectus must be the same as information in Statutory Prospectus.</I> If paragraph (c) or (d) of this section is relied on with respect to a Fund, the information provided in response to Items 2 through 8 of Form N-1A in the Fund's Summary Prospectus must be the same as the information provided in response to Items 2 through 8 of Form N-1A in the Fund's Statutory Prospectus except as expressly permitted by paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Compliance with paragraph (f) not a condition to reliance on paragraphs (c) and (d).</I> Compliance with this paragraph (f) is not a condition to the ability to rely on paragraph (c) or (d) of this section with respect to a Fund, and failure to comply with paragraph (f) does not negate the ability to rely on paragraph (c) or (d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 4585, Jan. 26, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 9081, Feb. 26, 2010; 83 FR 29204, June 22, 2018; 85 FR 26094, May 1, 2020; 88 FR 17710, Mar. 24, 2023; 90 FR 59045, Dec. 18, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.498A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.48.182" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.498A   Summary prospectuses for separate accounts offering variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and for offering registered non-variable annuity contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Class</I> means a class of a Contract that varies principally with respect to distribution-related fees and expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Contract</I> means a Variable Annuity Contract, a Variable Life Insurance Contract, a RILA Contract, or a Registered Market Value Adjustment Annuity Contract as defined in this section, respectively, as well as any Contract that offers a combination of Index-Linked Options, Variable Options, and/or Fixed Options (including Fixed Options subject to a Contract Adjustment).
</P>
<P><I>Contract Adjustment</I> means a positive or negative adjustment made to the value of the Contract by the Insurance Company if amounts are withdrawn from an Investment Option or from the Contract before the end of a specified period. This adjustment may be based on calculations using a predetermined formula, or a change in interest rates, or some other factor or benchmark.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed Option</I> means an Investment Option under a Contract pursuant to which the value of the Contract (for a Form N-3 or Form N-4 Registrant, either during an accumulation period or after annuitization, or both) will earn interest at a rate specified by the Company, subject to a minimum guaranteed rate under the Contract. The term Fixed Option includes Fixed Options that are subject to a Contract Adjustment.
</P>
<P><I>Index-Linked Option</I> means an Investment Option offered under a Contract, pursuant to which the value of the Contract, either during an accumulation period or after annuitization, or both, will earn positive or negative interest based, in part, on the performance of a specified index, rate, or benchmark (such as a registered exchange-traded fund that tracks an index).
</P>
<P><I>Initial Summary Prospectus</I> means the initial summary prospectus described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Insurance Company</I> means the insurance company issuing the Contract, which company is subject to State supervision. The Insurance Company may also be the depositor or sponsor of any Registered Separate Account in which the Contract participates.
</P>
<P><I>Investment Option</I> means a Fixed Option, an Index-Linked Option, and/or a Variable Option, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Portfolio Company</I> means any company in which a Registrant on Form N-4 or Form N-6 invests and which may be selected as a Variable Option by the investor.
</P>
<P><I>Portfolio Company Prospectus</I> means the Statutory Prospectus of a Portfolio Company and a summary prospectus of a Portfolio Company permitted by § 230.498.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Market Value Adjustment Annuity Contract</I> means a registered market value adjustment annuity contract, any portion thereof, or any unit of interest or participation therein, issued by an Insurance Company.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Separate Account</I> means a separate account (as defined in section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) that has an effective registration statement on §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6) and that has a current prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Registrant</I> means, as applicable, a Registered Separate Account or the Insurance Company.
</P>
<P><I>RILA Contract</I> means any registered index-linked annuity contract, any portion thereof, or any unit of interest or participation therein, issued by an Insurance Company, that offers Index-Linked Options.
</P>
<P><I>Statement of Additional Information</I> means the statement of additional information required by Part B of Form N-1A, Form N-3, Form N-4, or Form N-6.
</P>
<P><I>Statutory Prospectus</I> means a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Summary Prospectus</I> refers to both the Initial Summary Prospectus and the Updating Summary Prospectus.
</P>
<P><I>Updating Summary Prospectus</I> means the updating summary prospectus described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Variable Annuity Contract</I> means any accumulation contract or annuity contract, any portion thereof, or any unit of interest or participation therein, issued by an Insurance Company, pursuant to which the value of the contract, either during an accumulation period or after annuitization, or both, varies according to the investment experience of a Portfolio Company.
</P>
<P><I>Variable Life Insurance Contract</I> means a life insurance contract, issued by an Insurance Company, that provides for death benefits and cash values that may vary with the investment performance of any separate account.
</P>
<P><I>Variable Option</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) In the context of a Registrant on Form N-4 or Form N-6, an Investment Option under any Contract pursuant to which the value of the Contract (for a Form N-4 Registrant, either during an accumulation period or after annuitization, or both) varies according to the investment experience of a Portfolio Company;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the context of a Registrant on Form N-3, any portfolio of investments in which a Registrant on Form N-3 invests and which may be selected as an option by the investor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General Requirements for Initial Summary Prospectus.</I> An Initial Summary Prospectus that complies with this paragraph (b) will be deemed to be a prospectus that is authorized under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) and section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(g)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Scope of Initial Summary Prospectus.</I> An Initial Summary Prospectus may only describe a single Contract (but may describe more than one Class of the Contract) currently offered by the Registrant under the Statutory Prospectus to which the Initial Summary Prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cover Page or Beginning of Initial Summary Prospectus.</I> Include on the front cover page or the beginning of the Initial Summary Prospectus:
</P>
<P>(i) The Insurance Company's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the Contract, and the Class or Classes if any, to which the Initial Summary Prospectus relates;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement identifying the document as a “Summary Prospectus for New Investors”;
</P>
<P>(iv) The approximate date of the first use of the Initial Summary Prospectus;
</P>
<P>(v) The following legend, which for Initial Summary Prospectuses of Contracts registered on Form N-4 would be included along with the statements described in Item 1(a)(6) through (8) of Form N-4:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This Summary Prospectus summarizes key features of the [Contract].
</P>
<P>Before you invest, you should also review the prospectus for the [Contract], which contains more information about the [Contract's] features, benefits, and risks. You can find this document and other information about the [Contract] online at [___]. You can also obtain this information at no cost by calling [___] or by sending an email request to [___].
</P>
<P>You may cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties [although we will apply the Contract Adjustment]. In some States, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive either a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total contract value. You should review the prospectus, or consult with your investment professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.
</P>
<P>Additional information about certain investment products, including [type of Contract], has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff and is available at <I>Investor.gov.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<P>(A) A Registrant may modify the legend so long as the modified legend contains comparable information.
</P>
<P>(B) The legend must provide a website address, other than the address of the Commission's electronic filing system; toll-free telephone number; and email address that investors can use to obtain the Statutory Prospectus and other materials, request other information about the Contract, and make investor inquiries. The website address must be specific enough to lead investors directly to the Statutory Prospectus and other materials that are required to be accessible under paragraph (h)(1) of this section, rather than to the home page or other section of the website on which the materials are posted. The website could be a central site with prominent links to each document. The legend may indicate, if applicable, that the Statutory Prospectus and other information are available from a financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer) through which the Contract may be purchased or sold. If a Registered Separate Account that has an effective registration statement on Form N-3 relies on § 270.30e-3 of this chapter to transmit a report, the legend must also include the website address required by § 270.30e-3(c)(1)(iii) of this chapter if different from the website address required by this paragraph (b)(2)(v)(B).
</P>
<P>(C) The paragraph of the legend regarding cancellation of the Contract may be omitted if not applicable. If this paragraph is included in the legend, the paragraph must be presented in a manner reasonably calculated to draw investor attention to that paragraph.
</P>
<P>(D) The legend may include instructions describing how a shareholder can elect to receive prospectuses or other documents and communications by electronic delivery.
</P>
<P>(vi) For a RILA Contract and any Contract that offers Index-Linked Options along with other Investment Options, the statement required by rule 481(b)(1) under the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.481(b)(1)].
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Back Cover Page or Last Page of Initial Summary Prospectus.</I> (i) If a Registrant incorporates any information by reference into the Summary Prospectus, include a legend identifying the type of document (<I>e.g.,</I> Statutory Prospectus) from which the information is incorporated and the date of the document. If a Registrant incorporates by reference a part of a document, the legend must clearly identify the part by page, paragraph, caption, or otherwise. If information is incorporated from a source other than the Statutory Prospectus, the legend must explain that the incorporated information may be obtained, free of charge, in the same manner as the Statutory Prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) Include on the bottom of the back cover page or the last page of the Initial Summary Prospectus the EDGAR contract identifier for the contract in type size smaller than that generally used in the prospectus (<I>e.g.,</I> 8-point modern type).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Table of Contents.</I> An Initial Summary Prospectus may include a table of contents meeting the requirements of § 230.481(c).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Contents of Initial Summary Prospectus.</I> An Initial Summary Prospectus must contain the information required by this paragraph (b)(5) with respect to the applicable registration form, and only the information required by this paragraph (b)(5), in the order provided in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (ix) of this section, except that, for an Initial Summary Prospectus related to a Contract registered on Form N-4, provide the information provided in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) before the information provided by paragraph (b)(5)(i).
</P>
<P>(i) Under the heading “Important Information You Should Consider About the [Contract],” the information required by Item 2 of Form N-3, Item 3 of Form N-4, or Item 2 of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(ii) Under the heading “Overview of the [Contract],” the information required by Item 3 of Form N-3, Item 2 of Form N-4, or Item 3 of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(iii) Under the heading “Standard Death Benefits,” the information required by Item 10(a) of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(iv) Under the heading “Benefits Available Under the [Contract],” the information required by Item 11(a) of Form N-3 or Item 10(a) of Form N-4. Under the heading “Other Benefits Available Under the [Contract],” the information required by Item 11(a) of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(v) Under the heading “Buying the [Contract],” the information required by Item 12(a) of Form N-3, Item 11(a) of Form N-4, or Item 9(a) through (c) of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(vi) Under the heading “How Your [Contract] Can Lapse,” the information required by Item 14(a) through (c) of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(vii) Under the heading “Making Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in Your [Contract],” the information required by Item 13(a) of Form N-3, Item 12(a) of Form N-4, or Item 12(a) of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(viii) Under the heading “Additional Information About Fees,” the information required by Item 4 of Form N-3, Item 4 of Form N-4, or Item 4 of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(ix) Under the heading “Appendix: [Portfolio Companies][Investment Options] Available Under the Contract,” include as an appendix the information required by Item 18 of Form N-3, Item 17 of Form N-4, or Item 18 of Form N-6. Alternatively, an Initial Summary Prospectus for a Contract registered on Form N-3 may include the information required by Item 19 of Form N-3, under the heading “Additional Information About Investment Options Available Under the Contract.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General Requirements for Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> An Updating Summary Prospectus that complies with this paragraph (c) will be deemed to be a prospectus that is authorized under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) and section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(g)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Use of Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> A Registrant may only use an Updating Summary Prospectus if the Registrant uses an Initial Summary Prospectus for each currently offered Contract described under the Statutory Prospectus to which the Updating Summary Prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Scope of Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> An Updating Summary Prospectus may describe one or more Contracts (and more than one Class) described under the Statutory Prospectus to which the Updating Summary Prospectus relates.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cover Page or Beginning of Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> Include on the front cover page or at the beginning of the Updating Summary Prospectus:
</P>
<P>(i) The Insurance Company's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the Contract(s) and the Class or Classes, if any, to which the Updating Summary Prospectus relates;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement identifying the document as an “Updating Summary Prospectus”;
</P>
<P>(iv) The approximate date of the first use of the Updating Summary Prospectus; and
</P>
<P>(v) The following legend, which must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(v)(A), (B), and (D) of this section, as applicable, and for Updating Summary Prospectuses of Contracts registered on Form N-4 would be included along with the statements described in Item 1(a)(6) through (8) of Form N-4:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The prospectus for the [Contract] contains more information about the [Contract], including its features, benefits, and risks. You can find the current prospectus and other information about the [Contract] online at [___]. You can also obtain this information at no cost by calling [___] or by sending an email request to [___].
</P>
<P>Additional information about certain investment products, including [type of Contract], has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff and is available at <I>Investor.gov.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<P>(vi) For a RILA Contract and any Contract that offers Index-Linked Options along with other Investment Options, the statement required by rule 481(b)(1) under the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.481(b)(1)].
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Back Cover Page or Last Page of Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> Include on the bottom of the back cover page or the last page of the Updating Summary Prospectus:
</P>
<P>(i) The legend required by paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The EDGAR contract identifier(s) for each contract in type size smaller than that generally used in the prospectus (<I>e.g.,</I> 8-point modern type).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Table of Contents.</I> An Updating Summary Prospectus may include a table of contents meeting the requirements of § 230.481(c).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Contents of Updating Summary Prospectus.</I> An Updating Summary Prospectus must contain the information required by this paragraph (c)(6) with respect to the applicable registration form, in the order provided in paragraphs (c)(6)(i) through (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) If any changes have been made with respect to the Contract after the date of the most recent Updating Summary Prospectus or Statutory Prospectus that was sent or given to investors with respect to the availability of Investment Options (for Registrants on Form N-3 and Form N-4) or Portfolio Companies (for Registrants on Form N-6) under the Contract (including, for RILA Contracts, a change to any of the features of the Index-Linked Options disclosed in the table that Item 17(b)(1) of Form N-4 requires, and for Contracts that offer Fixed Options, a change to any of the features of the Fixed Options disclosed in the table that Item 17(c) of Form N-4 requires), or the disclosure that the Registrant included in response to Item 2 (Key Information), Item 3 (Overview of the Contract), Item 4 (Fee Table), Item 11 (Benefits Available Under the Contract), Item 12 (Purchases and Contract Value), or Item 13 (Surrenders and Withdrawals) of Form N-3; Item 2 (Overview of the Contract), Item 3 (Key Information), Item 4 (Fee Table), Item 10 (Benefits Available Under the Contract), Item 11 (Purchases and Contract Value), or Item 12 (Surrenders and Withdrawals) of Form N-4; and Item 2 (Key Information), Item 3 (Overview of the Contract), Item 4 (Fee Table), Item 9 (Premiums), Item 10 (Standard Death Benefits), Item 11 (Other Benefits Available Under the Contract), Item 12 (Surrenders and Withdrawals), or Item 14 (Lapse and Reinstatement) of Form N-6, include the following as applicable, under the heading “Updated Information About Your [Contract]”:
</P>
<P>(A) The following legend: “The information in this Updating Summary Prospectus is a summary of certain [Contract] features that have changed since the Updating Summary Prospectus dated [date]. This may not reflect all of the changes that have occurred since you entered into your [Contract].”
</P>
<P>(B) As applicable, provide a concise description of each change specified in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section. Provide enough detail to allow investors to understand the change and how it will affect investors, including indicating whether the change only applies to certain Contracts described in the Updating Summary Prospectus.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition to the changes specified in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, a Registrant may provide a concise description of any other information relevant to the Contract within the time period that paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section specifies, under the heading “Updated Information About Your [Contract].” Any additional information included pursuant to this paragraph (c)(6)(ii) should not, by its nature, quantity, or manner of presentation, obscure or impede understanding of the information that paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section requires.
</P>
<P>(iii) Under the heading “Important Information You Should Consider About the [Contract],” provide the information required by Item 2 of Form N-3, Item 3 of Form N-4, or Item 2 of Form N-6.
</P>
<P>(iv) Under the heading “Appendix: [Portfolio Companies][Investment Options] Available Under the [Contract],” include as an appendix the information required by Item 18 of Form N-3, Item 17 of Form N-4, or Item 18 of Form N-6. Alternatively, an Updating Summary Prospectus for a Contract registered on Form N-3 may include, under the heading “Additional Information About [Investment Options] Available Under the [Contract],” the information required by Item 19 of Form N-3.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incorporation by Reference into a Summary Prospectus.</I> (1) Except as provided by paragraph (d)(2) of this section, information may not be incorporated by reference into a Summary Prospectus. Information that is incorporated by reference into a Summary Prospectus in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section need not be sent or given with the Summary Prospectus.
</P>
<P>(2) A Registrant may incorporate by reference into a Summary Prospectus any or all of the information contained in the Registrant's Statutory Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and any information from the Registrant's reports under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter that the Registrant has incorporated by reference into the Registrant's Statutory Prospectus, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of paragraphs (b)(2)(v)(B), (c)(3)(v), and (h) of this section are met;
</P>
<P>(ii) A Registrant may not incorporate by reference into a Summary Prospectus information that paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section require to be included in an Initial Summary Prospectus or Updating Summary Prospectus, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information that is permitted to be incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus may be incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus only by reference to the specific document that contains the information, not by reference to another document that incorporates such information by reference.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of § 230.159, information is conveyed to a person not later than the time that a Summary Prospectus is received by the person if the information is incorporated by reference into the Summary Prospectus in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Terms used in the Summary Prospectus.</I> Define special terms used in the Initial Summary Prospectus and Updating Summary Prospectus using any presentation style that clearly conveys their meaning to investors, such as the use of a glossary or list of definitions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Transfer of the Contract Security.</I> Any obligation under section 5(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)) to have a Statutory Prospectus precede or accompany the carrying or delivery of a Contract security in an offering registered on Form N-3, Form N-4, or Form N-6 is satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(1) A Summary Prospectus is sent or given no later than the time of the carrying or delivery of the Contract security (an Initial Summary Prospectus in the case of a purchase of a new Contract, or an Updating Summary Prospectus in the case of additional purchase payments in an existing Contract);
</P>
<P>(2) The Summary Prospectus is not bound together with any materials except Portfolio Company Prospectuses for Portfolio Companies available as Variable Options under the Contract, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) All of the Portfolio Companies are available as investment options to the person to whom such documents are sent or given; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A table of contents identifying each Portfolio Company Prospectus that is bound together, and the page number on which each document is found, is included at the beginning or immediately following a cover page of the bound materials.
</P>
<P>(3) The Summary Prospectus that is sent or given satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, as applicable, at the time of the carrying or delivery of the Contract security; and
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraph (h) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Sending Communications.</I> A communication relating to an offering registered on Form N-3, Form N-4, or Form N-6 sent or given after the effective date of a Contract's registration statement (other than a prospectus permitted or required under section 10 of the Act) shall not be deemed a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) if:
</P>
<P>(1) It is proved that prior to or at the same time with such communication a Summary Prospectus was sent or given to the person to whom the communication was made;
</P>
<P>(2) The Summary Prospectus is not bound together with any materials, except as permitted by paragraph (f)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The Summary Prospectus that was sent or given satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, as applicable, at the time of such communication; and
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraph (h) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Availability of the Statutory Prospectus and Certain Other Documents.</I> (1) The current Initial Summary Prospectus, Updating Summary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and in the case of a Registrant on Form N-3, the Registrant's most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter, are publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address specified on the cover page or beginning of the Summary Prospectuses, on or before the time that the Summary Prospectuses are sent or given and current versions of those documents remain on the website through the date that is at least 90 days after:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of reliance on paragraph (f) of this section, the date that the Contract security is carried or delivered; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of reliance on paragraph (g) of this section, the date that the communication is sent or given.
</P>
<P>(2) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be presented on the website in a format, or formats, that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are human-readable and capable of being printed on paper in human-readable format;
</P>
<P>(ii) Permit persons accessing the Statutory Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information for the Contract to move directly back and forth between each section heading in a table of contents of such document and the section of the document referenced in that section heading; provided that, in the case of the Statutory Prospectus, the table of contents is either required by § 230.481(c) or contains the same section headings as the table of contents required by § 230.481(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Permit persons accessing a Summary Prospectus to move directly back and forth between:
</P>
<P>(A) Each section of the Summary Prospectus and any section of the Statutory Prospectus and Contract Statement of Additional Information that provides additional detail concerning that section of the Summary Prospectus; or
</P>
<P>(B) Links located at both the beginning and end of the Summary Prospectus, or that remain continuously visible to persons accessing the Summary Prospectus, and tables of contents of both the Statutory Prospectus and the Contract Statement of Additional Information that meet the requirements of paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permit persons accessing the Summary Prospectus to view the definition of each special term used in the Summary Prospectus (as required by paragraph (e) of this section) upon command (<I>e.g.,</I> by moving or “hovering” the computer's pointer or mouse over the term, or selecting the term on a mobile device); or permits persons accessing the Contract Summary Prospectus to move directly back and forth between each special term and the corresponding entry in any glossary or list of definitions in the Contract Summary Prospectus (as described in paragraph (e) of this section).
</P>
<P>(3) Persons accessing the materials specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be able to permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that meet each of the requirements of paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The conditions set forth in paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section shall be deemed to be met, notwithstanding the fact that the materials specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section are not available for a time in the manner required by paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Registrant has reasonable procedures in place to ensure that the specified materials are available in the manner required by paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Registrant takes prompt action to ensure that the specified documents become available in the manner required by paragraphs (h) through (3) of this section, as soon as practicable following the earlier of the time at which it knows or reasonably should have known that the documents are not available in the manner required by paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Other Requirements</I> (1) <I>Delivery upon request.</I> If paragraph (f) or (g) of this section is relied on with respect to a Contract, the Registrant (or a financial intermediary through which the Contract may be purchased) must send, at no cost to the requestor and by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt means, a paper copy of the Contract Statutory Prospectus, Contract Statement of Additional Information, and in the case of a Registrant on Form N-3, the Registrant's most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter, to any person requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for a paper copy. If paragraph (f) or (g) of this section is relied on with respect to a Contract, the Registrant (or a financial intermediary through which Contract may be purchased) must send, at no cost to the requestor, and by email, an electronic copy of any of the documents listed in this paragraph (i)(1) to any person requesting a copy of such document within three business days after receiving a request for an electronic copy. The requirement to send an electronic copy of a document may be satisfied by sending a direct link to the online document; provided that a current version of the document is directly accessible through the link from the time that the email is sent through the date that is six months after the date that the email is sent and the email explains both how long the link will remain useable and that, if the recipient desires to retain a copy of the document, he or she should access and save the document.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Greater prominence.</I> If paragraph (f) or (g) of this section is relied on with respect to a Contract, the Summary Prospectus shall be given greater prominence than any materials that accompany the Summary Prospectus.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Convenient for reading and printing.</I> If paragraph (f) or (g) of this section is relied on with respect to a Contract:
</P>
<P>(i) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be presented on the website in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons accessing the materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be able to permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Website addresses.</I> If paragraph (f) or (g) of this section is relied on with respect to a Contract, any website address that is included in an electronic version of the Summary Prospectus must include an active hyperlink or provide another means of facilitating access through equivalent methods or technologies that lead directly to the relevant website address. This paragraph (i)(4) does not apply to electronic versions of a Summary Prospectus that are filed on the EDGAR system.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Compliance with this paragraph (i) not a condition to reliance on paragraph (f) or (g) of this section.</I> Compliance with this paragraph (i) is not a condition to the ability to rely on paragraph (f) or (g) of this section with respect to a Contract, and failure to comply with this paragraph (i) does not negate the ability to rely on paragraph (f) or (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Portfolio Company Prospectuses</I>—(1) <I>Transfer of the Portfolio Company security.</I> Any obligation under section 5(b)(2) of the Act to have a Statutory Prospectus precede or accompany the carrying or delivery of a Portfolio Company security is satisfied if, and information contained in the documents referenced in paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section is conveyed for purposes of § 230.159 when:
</P>
<P>(i) An Initial Summary Prospectus is used for each currently offered Contract described under the related registration statement;
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary prospectus is used for the Portfolio Company (if the Portfolio Company is registered on Form N-1A); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The current summary prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and most recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter for the Portfolio Company are publicly accessible, free of charge, at the same website address referenced in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, and are accessible under the conditions set forth in paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2)(i) and (ii), and (h)(3) and (4) of this section, with respect to the availability of documents relating to the Contract.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Communications.</I> Any communication relating to a Portfolio Company (other than a prospectus permitted or required under section 10 of the Act) shall not be deemed a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) if the conditions set forth in paragraph (j)(1) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other requirements.</I> The materials referenced in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section must be delivered upon request, presented, and able to be retained under the conditions set forth in paragraphs (i)(1) and (3) of this section. Compliance with this paragraph (j)(3) is not a condition to the ability to rely on paragraph (j)(1) or (2) of this section, and failure to comply with this paragraph (j)(3) does not negate the ability to rely on paragraph (j)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 60085, July 24, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="49" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation D—Rules Governing the Limited Offer and Sale of Securities Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.501 through 230.506 appear at 47 FR 11262, Mar. 16, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.183" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.500   Use of Regulation D.</HEAD>
<P>Users of Regulation D (§§ 230.500 <I>et seq.</I>) should note the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Regulation D relates to transactions exempted from the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) (15 U.S.C.77a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended). Such transactions are not exempt from the antifraud, civil liability, or other provisions of the federal securities laws. Issuers are reminded of their obligation to provide such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the information required under Regulation D, in light of the circumstances under which it is furnished, not misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in Regulation D obviates the need to comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer and sale of securities. Regulation D is intended to be a basic element in a uniform system of federal-state limited offering exemptions consistent with the provisions of sections 18 and 19(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77r and 77(s)(c)). In those states that have adopted Regulation D, or any version of Regulation D, special attention should be directed to the applicable state laws and regulations, including those relating to registration of persons who receive remuneration in connection with the offer and sale of securities, to disqualification of issuers and other persons associated with offerings based on state administrative orders or judgments, and to requirements for filings of notices of sales.
</P>
<P>(c) Attempted compliance with any rule in Regulation D does not act as an exclusive election; the issuer can also claim the availability of any other applicable exemption. For instance, an issuer's failure to satisfy all the terms and conditions of rule 506(b) (§ 230.506(b)) shall not raise any presumption that the exemption provided by section 4(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)) is not available.
</P>
<P>(d) Regulation D is available only to the issuer of the securities and not to any affiliate of that issuer or to any other person for resales of the issuer's securities. Regulation D provides an exemption only for the transactions in which the securities are offered or sold by the issuer, not for the securities themselves.
</P>
<P>(e) Regulation D may be used for business combinations that involve sales by virtue of rule 145(a) (§ 230.145(a)) or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(f) In view of the objectives of Regulation D and the policies underlying the Act, Regulation D is not available to any issuer for any transaction or chain of transactions that, although in technical compliance with Regulation D, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act. In such cases, registration under the Act is required.
</P>
<P>(g) Securities offered and sold outside the United States in accordance with §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S) need not be registered under the Act. See Release No. 33-6863. Regulation S may be relied on for such offers and sales even if coincident offers and sales are made in accordance with Regulation D inside the United States. See § 230.152(b)(2). Thus, for example, persons who are offered and sold securities in accordance with Regulation S would not be counted in the calculation of the number of purchasers under Regulation D. Similarly, proceeds from such sales would not be included in the aggregate offering price. The provisions of this paragraph (g), however, do not apply if the issuer elects to rely solely on Regulation D for offers or sales to persons made outside the United States. See §§ 230.502(a) and 230.152.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 18684, Mar. 28, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 44804, July 24, 2013; 86 FR 3597, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.501" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.184" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.501   Definitions and terms used in Regulation D.</HEAD>
<P>As used in Regulation D (§ 230.500 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter), the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Accredited investor. Accredited investor</I> shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any investment adviser registered pursuant to section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or registered pursuant to the laws of a state; any investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the Commission under section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any Rural Business Investment Company as defined in section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;
</P>
<P>(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
</P>
<P>(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or limited liability company, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;
</P>
<P>(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse or spousal equivalent, exceeds $1,000,000;
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, for purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (a)(5):
</P>
<P>(A) The person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset;
</P>
<P>(B) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and
</P>
<P>(C) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section will not apply to any calculation of a person's net worth made in connection with a purchase of securities in accordance with a right to purchase such securities, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such right was held by the person on July 20, 2010;
</P>
<P>(B) The person qualified as an accredited investor on the basis of net worth at the time the person acquired such right; and
</P>
<P>(C) The person held securities of the same issuer, other than such right, on July 20, 2010.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(5):</HED>
<P>For the purposes of calculating joint net worth in this paragraph (a)(5): Joint net worth can be the aggregate net worth of the investor and spouse or spousal equivalent; assets need not be held jointly to be included in the calculation. Reliance on the joint net worth standard of this paragraph (a)(5) does not require that the securities be purchased jointly.</P></NOTE>
<P>(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse or spousal equivalent in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;
</P>
<P>(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in § 230.506(b)(2)(ii); 
</P>
<P>(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(8):</HED>
<P>It is permissible to look through various forms of equity ownership to natural persons in determining the accredited investor status of entities under this paragraph (a)(8). If those natural persons are themselves accredited investors, and if all other equity owners of the entity seeking accredited investor status are accredited investors, then this paragraph (a)(8) may be available.</P></NOTE>
<P>(9) Any entity, of a type not listed in paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (7), or (8), not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, owning investments in excess of $5,000,000;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(9):</HED>
<P>For the purposes this paragraph (a)(9), “investments” is defined in rule 2a51-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (17 CFR 270.2a51-1(b)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(10) Any natural person holding in good standing one or more professional certifications or designations or credentials from an accredited educational institution that the Commission has designated as qualifying an individual for accredited investor status. In determining whether to designate a professional certification or designation or credential from an accredited educational institution for purposes of this paragraph (a)(10), the Commission will consider, among others, the following attributes:
</P>
<P>(i) The certification, designation, or credential arises out of an examination or series of examinations administered by a self-regulatory organization or other industry body or is issued by an accredited educational institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) The examination or series of examinations is designed to reliably and validly demonstrate an individual's comprehension and sophistication in the areas of securities and investing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Persons obtaining such certification, designation, or credential can reasonably be expected to have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to evaluate the merits and risks of a prospective investment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) An indication that an individual holds the certification or designation is either made publicly available by the relevant self-regulatory organization or other industry body or is otherwise independently verifiable;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(10):</HED>
<P>The Commission will designate professional certifications or designations or credentials for purposes of this paragraph (a)(10), by order, after notice and an opportunity for public comment. The professional certifications or designations or credentials currently recognized by the Commission as satisfying the above criteria will be posted on the Commission's website.</P></NOTE>
<P>(11) Any natural person who is a “knowledgeable employee,” as defined in rule 3c-5(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (17 CFR 270.3c-5(a)(4)), of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold where the issuer would be an investment company, as defined in section 3 of such act, but for the exclusion provided by either section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of such act;
</P>
<P>(12) Any “family office,” as defined in rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1):
</P>
<P>(i) With assets under management in excess of $5,000,000,
</P>
<P>(ii) That is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whose prospective investment is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; and
</P>
<P>(13) Any “family client,” as defined in rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1)), of a family office meeting the requirements in paragraph (a)(12) of this section and whose prospective investment in the issuer is directed by such family office pursuant to paragraph (a)(12)(iii).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affiliate.</I> An <I>affiliate</I> of, or person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specified person shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aggregate offering price. Aggregate offering price</I> shall mean the sum of all cash, services, property, notes, cancellation of debt, or other consideration to be received by an issuer for issuance of its securities. Where securities are being offered for both cash and non-cash consideration, the aggregate offering price shall be based on the price at which the securities are offered for cash. Any portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to cash received in a foreign currency shall be translated into United States currency at the currency exchange rate in effect at a reasonable time prior to or on the date of the sale of the securities. If securities are not offered for cash, the aggregate offering price shall be based on the value of the consideration as established by bona fide sales of that consideration made within a reasonable time, or, in the absence of sales, on the fair value as determined by an accepted standard. Such valuations of non-cash consideration must be reasonable at the time made.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Business combination. Business combination</I> shall mean any transaction of the type specified in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 under the Act (17 CFR 230.145) and any transaction involving the acquisition by one issuer, in exchange for all or a part of its own or its parent's stock, of stock of another issuer if, immediately after the acquisition, the acquiring issuer has control of the other issuer (whether or not it had control before the acquisition).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Calculation of number of purchasers.</I> For purposes of calculating the number of purchasers under § 230.506(b) only, the following shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The following purchasers shall be excluded:
</P>
<P>(i) Any relative, spouse or relative of the spouse of a purchaser who has the same primary residence as the purchaser;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any trust or estate in which a purchaser and any of the persons related to him as specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (e)(1)(iii) of this section collectively have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest (excluding contingent interests); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any corporation or other organization of which a purchaser and any of the persons related to him as specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (e)(1)(ii) of this section collectively are beneficial owners of more than 50 percent of the equity securities (excluding directors' qualifying shares) or equity interests; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any accredited investor.
</P>
<P>(2) A corporation, partnership or other entity shall be counted as one purchaser. If, however, that entity is organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and is not an accredited investor under paragraph (a)(8) of this section, then each beneficial owner of equity securities or equity interests in the entity shall count as a separate purchaser for all provisions of Regulation D (§§ 230.501-230.508), except to the extent provided in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A non-contributory employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 shall be counted as one purchaser where the trustee makes all investment decisions for the plan. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The issuer must satisfy all the other provisions of Regulation D for all purchasers whether or not they are included in calculating the number of purchasers. Clients of an investment adviser or customers of a broker or dealer shall be considered the “purchasers” under Regulation D regardless of the amount of discretion given to the investment adviser or broker or dealer to act on behalf of the client or customer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) <I>Executive officer. Executive officer</I> shall mean the president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy making function, or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the issuer. Executive officers of subsidiaries may be deemed executive officers of the issuer if they perform such policy making functions for the issuer.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Final order. Final order</I> shall mean a written directive or declaratory statement issued by a federal or state agency described in § 230.506(d)(1)(iii) under applicable statutory authority that provides for notice and an opportunity for hearing, which constitutes a final disposition or action by that federal or state agency.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Issuer.</I> The definition of the term <I>issuer</I> in section 2(a)(4) of the Act shall apply, except that in the case of a proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 101 <I>et seq.</I>), the trustee or debtor in possession shall be considered the issuer in an offering under a plan or reorganization, if the securities are to be issued under the plan.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Purchaser representative. Purchaser representative</I> shall mean any person who satisfies all of the following conditions or who the issuer reasonably believes satisfies all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not an affiliate, director, officer or other employee of the issuer, or beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of the equity securities or 10 percent or more of the equity interest in the issuer, except where the purchaser is:
</P>
<P>(i) A relative of the purchaser representative by blood, marriage or adoption and not more remote than a first cousin;
</P>
<P>(ii) A trust or estate in which the purchaser representative and any persons related to him as specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) or (iii) of this section collectively have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest (excluding contingent interest) or of which the purchaser representative serves as trustee, executor, or in any similar capacity; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A corporation or other organization of which the purchaser representative and any persons related to him as specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section collectively are the beneficial owners of more than 50 percent of the equity securities (excluding directors' qualifying shares) or equity interests;
</P>
<P>(2) Has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating, alone, or together with other purchaser representatives of the purchaser, or together with the purchaser, the merits and risks of the prospective investment;
</P>
<P>(3) Is acknowledged by the purchaser in writing, during the course of the transaction, to be his purchaser representative in connection with evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; and
</P>
<P>(4) Discloses to the purchaser in writing a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities to that purchaser any material relationship between himself or his affiliates and the issuer or its affiliates that then exists, that is mutually understood to be contemplated, or that has existed at any time during the previous two years, and any compensation received or to be received as a result of such relationship.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Spousal equivalent.</I> The term <I>spousal equivalent</I> shall mean a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 230.501:</HED>
<P>A person acting as a purchaser representative should consider the applicability of the registration and antifraud provisions relating to brokers and dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (<I>Exchange Act</I>) (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended) and relating to investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 230.501:</HED>
<P>The acknowledgment required by paragraph (h)(3) and the disclosure required by paragraph (h)(4) of this section must be made with specific reference to each prospective investment. Advance blanket acknowledgment, such as for <I>all securities transactions</I> or <I>all private placements,</I> is not sufficient.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to § 230.501:</HED>
<P>Disclosure of any material relationships between the purchaser representative or his affiliates and the issuer or its affiliates does not relieve the purchaser representative of his obligation to act in the interest of the purchaser.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11262, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 7868, Mar. 10, 1988; 54 FR 11372, Mar. 20, 1989; 76 FR 81806, Dec. 29, 2011; 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 78 FR 44770, 44804, July 24, 2013; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016; 85 FR 64277, Oct. 9, 2020; 90 FR 9687, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.502" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.185" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.502   General conditions to be met.</HEAD>
<P>The following conditions shall be applicable to offers and sales made under Regulation D (§ 230.500 <I>et seq.</I> of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Integration.</I> To determine whether offers and sales should be integrated, see § 230.152.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information requirements</I>—(1) <I>When information must be furnished.</I> If the issuer sells securities under § 230.506(b) to any purchaser that is not an accredited investor, the issuer shall furnish the information specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to such purchaser a reasonable time prior to sale. The issuer is not required to furnish the specified information to purchasers when it sells securities under § 230.504, or to any accredited investor.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When an issuer provides information to investors pursuant to paragraph (b)(1), it should consider providing such information to accredited investors as well, in view of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) <I>Type of information to be furnished.</I> (i) If the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, at a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities the issuer shall furnish to the purchaser, to the extent material to an understanding of the issuer, its business and the securities being offered: 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Non-financial statement information.</I> If the issuer is eligible to use Regulation A (§ 230.251-263), the same kind of information as would be required in Part II of Form 1-A (§ 239.90 of this chapter). If the issuer is not eligible to use Regulation A, the same kind of information as required in Part I of a registration statement filed under the Securities Act on the form that the issuer would be entitled to use. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Financial statement information</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>Offerings up to $20,000,000.</I> The financial statement information required by paragraph (b) of Part F/S of Form 1-A. Such financial statement information must be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). If the issuer is a foreign private issuer, such financial statements must be prepared in accordance with either US GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). If the financial statements comply with IFRS, such compliance must be explicitly and unreservedly stated in the notes to the financial statements and if the financial statements are audited, the auditor's report must include an opinion on whether the financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Offerings over $20,000,000.</I> The financial statement information required by paragraph (c) of Part F/S of Form 1-A (referenced in § 239.90 of this chapter). If the issuer is a foreign private issuer, such financial statements must be prepared in accordance with either US GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB. If the financial statements comply with IFRS, such compliance must be explicitly and unreservedly stated in the notes to the financial statements and the auditor's report must include an opinion on whether the financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
</P>
<P>(C) If the issuer is a foreign private issuer eligible to use Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), the issuer shall disclose the same kind of information required to be included in a registration statement filed under the Act on the form that the issuer would be entitled to use. The financial statements need be certified only to the extent required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) (B) (<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>) or (<I>3</I>) of this section, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, at a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities the issuer shall furnish to the purchaser the information specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, and in either event the information specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer's annual report to shareholders for the most recent fiscal year, if such annual report meets the requirements of Rules 14a-3 or 14c-3 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-3 or § 240.14c-3 of this chapter), the definitive proxy statement filed in connection with that annual report, and if requested by the purchaser in writing, a copy of the issuer's most recent Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(B) The information contained in an annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act or in a registration statement on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) or S-11 (§ 239.18 of this chapter) under the Act or on Form 10 (§ 249.210 of this chapter) under the Exchange Act, whichever filing is the most recent required to be filed.
</P>
<P>(C) The information contained in any reports or documents required to be filed by the issuer under sections 13(a), 14(a), 14(c), and 15(d) of the Exchange Act since the distribution or filing of the report or registration statement specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) (A) or (B), and a brief description of the securities being offered, the use of the proceeds from the offering, and any material changes in the issuer's affairs that are not disclosed in the documents furnished.
</P>
<P>(D) If the issuer is a foreign private issuer, the issuer may provide in lieu of the information specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) (A) or (B) of this section, the information contained in its most recent filing on Form 20-F or Form F-1 (§ 239.31 of the chapter). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Exhibits required to be filed with the Commission as part of a registration statement or report, other than an annual report to shareholders or parts of that report incorporated by reference in a Form 10-K report, need not be furnished to each purchaser that is not an accredited investor if the contents of material exhibits are identified and such exhibits are made available to a purchaser, upon his or her written request, a reasonable time before his or her purchase.
</P>
<P>(iv) At a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities to any purchaser that is not an accredited investor in a transaction under § 230.506(b), the issuer shall furnish to the purchaser a brief description in writing of any material written information concerning the offering that has been provided by the issuer to any accredited investor but not previously delivered to such unaccredited purchaser. The issuer shall furnish any portion or all of this information to the purchaser, upon his written request a reasonable time prior to his purchase.
</P>
<P>(v) The issuer shall also make available to each purchaser at a reasonable time prior to his purchase of securities in a transaction under § 230.506(b) the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering and to obtain any additional information which the issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to verify the accuracy of information furnished under paragraph (b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(vi) For business combinations or exchange offers, in addition to information required by Form S-4 (17 CFR 239.25), the issuer shall provide to each purchaser at the time the plan is submitted to security holders, or, with an exchange, during the course of the transaction and prior to sale, written information about any terms or arrangements of the proposed transactions that are materially different from those for all other security holders. For purposes of this subsection, an issuer which is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act may satisfy the requirements of Part I.B. or C. of Form S-4 by compliance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this § 230.502.
</P>
<P>(vii) At a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities to any purchaser that is not an accredited investor in a transaction under § 230.506(b), the issuer shall advise the purchaser of the limitations on resale in the manner contained in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Such disclosure may be contained in other materials required to be provided by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(viii) At a reasonable time prior to the sale of securities to any purchaser that is not an accredited investor in a transaction under § 230.506(b), the issuer shall provide the purchaser with any written communication or broadcast script used under the authorization of § 230.241 within 30 days prior to such sale.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation on manner of offering.</I> Except as provided in § 230.504(b)(1) or § 230.506(c), neither the issuer nor any person acting on its behalf shall offer or sell the securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including, but not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television or radio; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; <I>Provided, however,</I> that publication by an issuer of a notice in accordance with § 230.135c or filing with the Commission by an issuer of a notice of sales on Form D (17 CFR 239.500) in which the issuer has made a good faith and reasonable attempt to comply with the requirements of such form, shall not be deemed to constitute general solicitation or general advertising for purposes of this section; <I>Provided further,</I> that, if the requirements of § 230.135e are satisfied, providing any journalist with access to press conferences held outside of the United States, to meetings with issuer or selling security holder representatives conducted outside of the United States, or to written press-related materials released outside the United States, at or in which a present or proposed offering of securities is discussed, will not be deemed to constitute general solicitation or general advertising for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations on resale.</I> Except as provided in § 230.504(b)(1), securities acquired in a transaction under Regulation D shall have the status of securities acquired in a transaction under section 4(a)(2) of the Act and cannot be resold without registration under the Act or an exemption therefrom. The issuer shall exercise reasonable care to assure that the purchasers of the securities are not underwriters within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Act, which reasonable care may be demonstrated by the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Reasonable inquiry to determine if the purchaser is acquiring the securities for himself or for other persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Written disclosure to each purchaser prior to sale that the securities have not been registered under the Act and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Act or unless an exemption from registration is available; and
</P>
<P>(3) Placement of a legend on the certificate or other document that evidences the securities stating that the securities have not been registered under the Act and setting forth or referring to the restrictions on transferability and sale of the securities.
</P>
<FP>While taking these actions will establish the requisite reasonable care, it is not the exclusive method to demonstrate such care. Other actions by the issuer may satisfy this provision. In addition, § 230.502(b)(2)(vii) requires the delivery of written disclosure of the limitations on resale to investors in certain instances.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11262, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 54771, Dec. 6, 1982; 53 FR 7869, Mar. 11, 1988; 54 FR 11372, Mar. 20, 1989; 55 FR 18322, May 2, 1990; 56 FR 30054, 30055, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 47409, Oct. 16, 1992; 58 FR 26514, May 4, 1993; 59 FR 21650, Apr. 26, 1994; 62 FR 53954, Oct. 17, 1997; 73 FR 969, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 10615, Feb. 27, 2008; 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 78 FR 44804, July 24, 2013; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016; 86 FR 3598, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.503" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.186" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.503   Filing of notice of sales.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When notice of sales on Form D is required and permitted to be filed.</I> (1) An issuer offering or selling securities in reliance on § 230.504 or § 230.506 must file with the Commission a notice of sales containing the information required by Form D (17 CFR 239.500) for each new offering of securities no later than 15 calendar days after the first sale of securities in the offering, unless the end of that period falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, in which case the due date would be the first business day following.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer may file an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D at any time.
</P>
<P>(3) An issuer must file an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D for an offering:
</P>
<P>(i) To correct a material mistake of fact or error in the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, as soon as practicable after discovery of the mistake or error;
</P>
<P>(ii) To reflect a change in the information provided in the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, as soon as practicable after the change, except that no amendment is required to reflect a change that occurs after the offering terminates or a change that occurs solely in the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The address or relationship to the issuer of a related person identified in response to Item 3 of the notice of sales on Form D;
</P>
<P>(B) An issuer's revenues or aggregate net asset value;
</P>
<P>(C) The minimum investment amount, if the change is an increase, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in a decrease of more than 10%;
</P>
<P>(D) Any address or state(s) of solicitation shown in response to Item 12 of the notice of sales on Form D;
</P>
<P>(E) The total offering amount, if the change is a decrease, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in an increase of more than 10%;
</P>
<P>(F) The amount of securities sold in the offering or the amount remaining to be sold;
</P>
<P>(G) The number of non-accredited investors who have invested in the offering, as long as the change does not increase the number to more than 35;
</P>
<P>(H) The total number of investors who have invested in the offering; or
</P>
<P>(I) The amount of sales commissions, finders' fees or use of proceeds for payments to executive officers, directors or promoters, if the change is a decrease, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in an increase of more than 10%; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Annually, on or before the first anniversary of the filing of the notice of sales on Form D or the filing of the most recent amendment to the notice of sales on Form D, if the offering is continuing at that time.
</P>
<P>(4) An issuer that files an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D must provide current information in response to all requirements of the notice of sales on Form D regardless of why the amendment is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How notice of sales on Form D must be filed and signed.</I> (1) A notice of sales on Form D must be filed with the Commission in electronic format by means of the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (EDGAR) in accordance with EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR Part 232).
</P>
<P>(2) Every notice of sales on Form D must be signed by a person duly authorized by the issuer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 10615, Feb. 27, 2008, as amended at 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.504" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.187" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.504   Exemption for limited offerings and sales of securities not exceeding $10,000,000.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> Offers and sales of securities that satisfy the conditions in paragraph (b) of this § 230.504 by an issuer that is not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,; 
</P>
<P>(2) An investment company; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A development stage company that either has no specific business plan or purpose or has indicated that its business plan is to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies, or other entity or person, shall be exempt from the provision of section 5 of the Act under section 3(b) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to be met</I>—(1) <I>General conditions.</I> To qualify for exemption under this § 230.504, offers and sales must satisfy the terms and conditions of §§ 230.501 and 230.502 (a), (c) and (d), except that the provisions of § 230.502 (c) and (d) will not apply to offers and sales of securities under this § 230.504 that are made:
</P>
<P>(i) Exclusively in one or more states that provide for the registration of the securities, and require the public filing and delivery to investors of a substantive disclosure document before sale, and are made in accordance with those state provisions;
</P>
<P>(ii) In one or more states that have no provision for the registration of the securities or the public filing or delivery of a disclosure document before sale, if the securities have been registered in at least one state that provides for such registration, public filing and delivery before sale, offers and sales are made in that state in accordance with such provisions, and the disclosure document is delivered before sale to all purchasers (including those in the states that have no such procedure); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Exclusively according to state law exemptions from registration that permit general solicitation and general advertising so long as sales are made only to “accredited investors” as defined in § 230.501(a).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Offering limit.</I> The aggregate offering price for an offering of securities under this § 230.504, as defined in § 230.501(c), shall not exceed $10,000,000, less the aggregate offering price for all securities sold within the 12 months before the start of and during the offering of securities under this § 230.504 or in violation of section 5(a) of the Securities Act.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(2):</I> If a transaction under § 230.504 fails to meet the limitation on the aggregate offering price, it does not affect the availability of this § 230.504 for the other transactions considered in applying such limitation. For example, if an issuer sold $10,000,000 of its securities on June 1, 2021, under this § 230.504 and an additional $500,000 of its securities on December 1, 2021, this § 230.504 would not be available for the later sale, but would still be applicable to the June 1, 2021, sale.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disqualifications.</I> No exemption under this section shall be available for the securities of any issuer if such issuer would be subject to disqualification under § 230.506(d) on or after January 20, 2017; provided that disclosure of prior “bad actor” events shall be required in accordance with § 230.506(e).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(3):</I> For purposes of disclosure of prior “bad actor” events pursuant to § 230.506(e), an issuer shall furnish to each purchaser, a reasonable time prior to sale, a description in writing of any matters that would have triggered disqualification under this paragraph (b)(3) but occurred before January 20, 2017.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 36473, Aug. 13, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 64 FR 11094, Mar. 8, 1999; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016; 82 FR 12067, Feb. 28, 2017; 86 FR 3598, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.505" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.188" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.505   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.506" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.189" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.506   Exemption for limited offers and sales without regard to dollar amount of offering.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> Offers and sales of securities by an issuer that satisfy the conditions in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall be deemed to be transactions not involving any public offering within the meaning of section 4(a)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to be met in offerings subject to limitation on manner of offering</I>—(1) <I>General conditions.</I> To qualify for an exemption under this section, offers and sales must satisfy all the terms and conditions of §§ 230.501 and 230.502.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific conditions</I>— (i) <I>Limitation on number of purchasers.</I> There are no more than, or the issuer reasonably believes that there are no more than, 35 purchasers of securities from the issuer in offerings under this section in any 90-calendar-day period. 


</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (b)(2)(i):</HED>
<P>See § 230.501(e) for the calculation of the number of purchasers and § 230.502(a) for what may or may not constitute an offering under paragraph (b) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) <I>Nature of purchasers.</I> Each purchaser who is not an accredited investor either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, or the issuer reasonably believes immediately prior to making any sale that such purchaser comes within this description.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions to be met in offerings not subject to limitation on manner of offering</I>—(1) <I>General conditions.</I> To qualify for exemption under this section, sales must satisfy all the terms and conditions of §§ 230.501 and 230.502(a) and (d).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific conditions</I>—(i) <I>Nature of purchasers.</I> All purchasers of securities sold in any offering under paragraph (c) of this section are accredited investors.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Verification of accredited investor status.</I> The issuer shall take reasonable steps to verify that purchasers of securities sold in any offering under paragraph (c) of this section are accredited investors. The issuer shall be deemed to take reasonable steps to verify if the issuer uses, at its option, one of the following non-exclusive and non-mandatory methods of verifying that a natural person who purchases securities in such offering is an accredited investor; provided, however, that the issuer does not have knowledge that such person is not an accredited investor:
</P>
<P>(A) In regard to whether the purchaser is an accredited investor on the basis of income, reviewing any Internal Revenue Service form that reports the purchaser's income for the two most recent years (including, but not limited to, Form W-2, Form 1099, Schedule K-1 to Form 1065, and Form 1040) and obtaining a written representation from the purchaser that he or she has a reasonable expectation of reaching the income level necessary to qualify as an accredited investor during the current year;
</P>
<P>(B) In regard to whether the purchaser is an accredited investor on the basis of net worth, reviewing one or more of the following types of documentation dated within the prior three months and obtaining a written representation from the purchaser that all liabilities necessary to make a determination of net worth have been disclosed:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to assets: Bank statements, brokerage statements and other statements of securities holdings, certificates of deposit, tax assessments, and appraisal reports issued by independent third parties; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to liabilities: A consumer report from at least one of the nationwide consumer reporting agencies; 
</P>
<P>(C) Obtaining a written confirmation from one of the following persons or entities that such person or entity has taken reasonable steps to verify that the purchaser is an accredited investor within the prior three months and has determined that such purchaser is an accredited investor:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A registered broker-dealer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A licensed attorney who is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdictions in which he or she is admitted to practice law; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A certified public accountant who is duly registered and in good standing under the laws of the place of his or her residence or principal office;
</P>
<P>(D) In regard to any person who purchased securities in an issuer's Rule 506(b) offering as an accredited investor prior to September 23, 2013 and continues to hold such securities, for the same issuer's Rule 506(c) offering, obtaining a certification by such person at the time of sale that he or she qualifies as an accredited investor; or
</P>
<P>(E) In regard to any person that the issuer previously took reasonable steps to verify as an accredited investor in accordance with this paragraph (c)(2)(ii), so long as the issuer is not aware of information to the contrary, obtaining a written representation from such person at the time of sale that he or she qualifies as an accredited investor. A written representation under this method of verification will satisfy the issuer's obligation to verify the person's accredited investor status for a period of five years from the date the person was previously verified as an accredited investor.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (c)(2)(ii):</I> of this section.
</P>
<P>1. The issuer is not required to use any of these methods in verifying the accredited investor status of natural persons who are purchasers. These methods are examples of the types of non-exclusive and non-mandatory methods that satisfy the verification requirement in § 230.506(c)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>2. In the case of a person who qualifies as an accredited investor based on joint income with that person's spouse, the issuer would be deemed to satisfy the verification requirement in § 230.506(c)(2)(ii)(A) by reviewing copies of Internal Revenue Service forms that report income for the two most recent years in regard to, and obtaining written representations from, both the person and the spouse.
</P>
<P>3. In the case of a person who qualifies as an accredited investor based on joint net worth with that person's spouse, the issuer would be deemed to satisfy the verification requirement in § 230.506(c)(2)(ii)(B) by reviewing such documentation in regard to, and obtaining written representations from, both the person and the spouse.
</P>
<P>(d) “<I>Bad Actor” disqualification.</I> (1) No exemption under this section shall be available for a sale of securities if the issuer; any predecessor of the issuer; any affiliated issuer; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the issuer; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the issuer's outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter connected with the issuer in any capacity at the time of such sale; any investment manager of an issuer that is a pooled investment fund; any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with such sale of securities; any general partner or managing member of any such investment manager or solicitor; or any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any such investment manager or solicitor or general partner or managing member of such investment manager or solicitor:
</P>
<P>(i) Has been convicted, within ten years before such sale (or five years, in the case of issuers, their predecessors and affiliated issuers), of any felony or misdemeanor:
</P>
<P>(A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years before such sale, that, at the time of such sale, restrains or enjoins such person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:
</P>
<P>(A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
</P>
<P>(B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the National Credit Union Administration that:
</P>
<P>(A) At the time of such sale, bars the person from:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or
</P>
<P>(B) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct entered within ten years before such sale;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b) or 78<I>o</I>-4(c)) or section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)) that, at the time of such sale:
</P>
<P>(A) Suspends or revokes such person's registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(B) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of such person; or
</P>
<P>(C) Bars such person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock;
</P>
<P>(v) Is subject to any order of the Commission entered within five years before such sale that, at the time of such sale, orders the person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:
</P>
<P>(A) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, section 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)(1)) and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)), or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(B) Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e).
</P>
<P>(vi) Is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade;
</P>
<P>(vii) Has filed (as a registrant or issuer), or was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the Commission that, within five years before such sale, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, at the time of such sale, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued; or
</P>
<P>(viii) Is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within five years before such sale, or is, at the time of such sale, subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to any conviction, order, judgment, decree, suspension, expulsion or bar that occurred or was issued before September 23, 2013;
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon a showing of good cause and without prejudice to any other action by the Commission, if the Commission determines that it is not necessary under the circumstances that an exemption be denied;
</P>
<P>(iii) If, before the relevant sale, the court or regulatory authority that entered the relevant order, judgment or decree advises in writing (whether contained in the relevant judgment, order or decree or separately to the Commission or its staff) that disqualification under paragraph (d)(1) of this section should not arise as a consequence of such order, judgment or decree; or
</P>
<P>(iv) If the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known that a disqualification existed under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (d)(2)(iv).</I> An issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist. The nature and scope of the factual inquiry will vary based on the facts and circumstances concerning, among other things, the issuer and the other offering participants.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, events relating to any affiliated issuer that occurred before the affiliation arose will be not considered disqualifying if the affiliated entity is not:
</P>
<P>(i) In control of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Under common control with the issuer by a third party that was in control of the affiliated entity at the time of such events.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disclosure of prior “bad actor” events.</I> The issuer shall furnish to each purchaser, a reasonable time prior to sale, a description in writing of any matters that would have triggered disqualification under paragraph (d)(1) of this section but occurred before September 23, 2013. The failure to furnish such information timely shall not prevent an issuer from relying on this section if the issuer establishes that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care, could not have known of the existence of the undisclosed matter or matters.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (e).</I> An issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist. The nature and scope of the factual inquiry will vary based on the facts and circumstances concerning, among other things, the issuer and the other offering participants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11262, Mar. 6, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 11373, Mar. 20, 1989; 78 FR 44770, 44804, July 24, 2013; 86 FR 3598, Jan. 14, 2021] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.507" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.190" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.507   Disqualifying provision relating to exemptions under §§ 230.504 and 230.506.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No exemption under § 230.504 or § 230.506 shall be available for an issuer if such issuer, any of its predecessors or affiliates have been subject to any order, judgment, or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction temporarily, preliminary or permanently enjoining such person for failure to comply with § 230.503.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply if the Commission determines, upon a showing of good cause, that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the exemption be denied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 11374, Mar. 20, 1989, as amended at 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.508" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.49.191" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.508   Insignificant deviations from a term, condition or requirement of Regulation D.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A failure to comply with a term, condition or requirement of § 230.504 or § 230.506 will not result in the loss of the exemption from the requirements of section 5 of the Act for any offer or sale to a particular individual or entity, if the person relying on the exemption shows:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure to comply did not pertain to a term, condition or requirement directly intended to protect that particular individual or entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) The failure to comply was insignificant with respect to the offering as a whole, provided that any failure to comply with paragraph (c) of § 230.502, paragraph (b)(2) of § 230.504 and paragraph (b)(2)(i) of § 230.506 shall be deemed to be significant to the offering as a whole; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A good faith and reasonable attempt was made to comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of § 230.504 or § 230.506.
</P>
<P>(b) A transaction made in reliance on § 230.504 or § 230.506 shall comply with all applicable terms, conditions and requirements of Regulation D. Where an exemption is established only through reliance upon paragraph (a) of this section, the failure to comply shall nonetheless be actionable by the Commission under section 20 of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 11374, Mar. 20, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 36473, Aug. 13, 1992; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="50" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.50" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation E—Exemption for Securities of Small Business Investment Companies</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.601 to 230.610a issued under sec. 19, 48 Stat. 85, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 77s. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.601 through 230.610a appear at 23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For regulations of Small Business Administration under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, see 13 CFR, Chapter I.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.601" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.192" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.601   Definitions of terms used in §§ 230.601 to 230.610a.</HEAD>
<P>As used in §§ 230.601 to 230.610a, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated: 
</P>
<P><I>Act.</I> The term <I>Act</I> refers to the Securities Act of 1933 unless specifically stated otherwise. 
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate.</I> An <I>affiliate</I> of an issuer is a person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such issuer. An individual who controls an issuer is also an affiliate of such issuer. 
</P>
<P><I>Notification.</I> The term <I>notification</I> means the notification required by § 230.604. 
</P>
<P><I>Offering circular.</I> The term <I>offering circular</I> means the offering circular required by § 230.605. 
</P>
<P><I>State.</I> A <I>State</I> is any State, Territory or insular possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P><I>Underwriter.</I> The term <I>underwriter</I> shall have the meaning given in section 2(11) of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.602" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.193" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.602   Securities exempted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as hereinafter provided in this rule, securities issued by any small business investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or has notified the Commission that it intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, subject to the terms and conditions of §§ 230.601 to 230.610a. As used in this paragraph, the term <I>small business investment company</I> means any company which is licensed as a small business investment company under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or which has received the preliminary approval of the Small Business Administration and has been notified by the Administration that it may submit a license application. As used in this paragraph, the term <I>business development company</I> means any closed-end investment company which meets the definitional requirements of section 2(a)(48) (A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)).
</P>
<P>(b) No exemption under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a shall be available for the securities of any issuer if such issuer or any of its affiliates: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has filed a registration statement which is the subject of any proceeding or examination under section 8 of the Act, or is the subject of any refusal order or stop order entered thereunder within five years prior to the filing of the notification; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is subject to pending proceedings under § 230.610 or any similar rule adopted under section 3(b) of the Act, or to an order entered thereunder within five years prior to the filing of such notification; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has been convicted within five years prior to the filing of such notification of any crime or offense involving the purchase or sale of securities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years prior to the filing of such notification, temporarily or permanently restraining or enjoining such person from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with the purchase or sale of securities; 
</P>
<P>(5) Is subject to pending proceedings under section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or to any suspension or revocation order issued thereunder; 
</P>
<P>(6) Is subject to an injunction issued pursuant to section 35(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or 
</P>
<P>(7) Is subject to a U.S. Post Office fraud order. 
</P>
<P>(c) No exemption under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a shall be available for the securities of any issuer, if any of its directors, officers or principal security holders, any investment adviser or any underwriter of the securities to be offered, or any partner, director or officer of any such investment advisor or underwriter: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has been convicted within ten years prior to the filing of the notification of any crime or offense involving the purchase or sale of any security or arising out of such person's conduct as an underwriter, broker, dealer or investment adviser; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is temporarily or permanently restrained or enjoined by any court from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or arising out of such person's conduct as an underwriter, broker, dealer or investment adviser; 
</P>
<P>(3) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15A(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b) or 78<I>o</I>-3(1)); has been found by the Commission to be a cause of any such order which is still in effect; or is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f));
</P>
<P>(4) Is suspended or has been expelled from membership in a national securities dealers association or a national securities exchange for conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Is subject to a U.S. Post Office fraud order. 
</P>
<P>(d) No exemption under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a shall be available for the securities of any issuer if any underwriter of such securities, or any director, officer or partner of any such underwriter was, or was named as, an underwriter of any securities: 
</P>
<P>(1) Covered by any registration statement which is the subject of any proceeding or examination under section 8 of the Act, or is the subject of any refusal order or stop order entered thereunder within five years prior to the filing of the notification; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Covered by any filing which is subject to pending proceedings under § 230.610 or any similar rule adopted under section 3(b) of the Act, or to an order entered thereunder within five years prior to the filing of such notification. 
</P>
<P>(e) Paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section shall not apply to the securities of any issuer if the Commission determines, upon a showing of good cause, that it is not necessary under the circumstances that the exemption be denied. Any such determination by the Commission shall be without prejudice to any other action by the Commission in any other proceeding or matter with respect to the issuer or any other person. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b) and 3(c) Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 49 FR 35344, Sept. 7, 1984; 78 FR 79299, Dec. 30, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.603" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.194" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.603   Amount of securities exempted.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The aggregate offering price of all of the following securities of the issuer shall not exceed $5,000,000:
</P>
<P>(1) All securities presently being offered under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a, or specified in the notification as proposed to be so offered; 
</P>
<P>(2) All securities previously sold pursuant to an offering under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a, commenced within one year prior to the commencement of the proposed offering; and 
</P>
<P>(3) All securities sold in violation of section 5(a) of the Act within one year prior to the commencement of the proposed offering. 
</P>
<FP>Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate offering price of all securities so offered or sold on behalf of any one person other than the issuer shall not exceed $100,000, except that this limitation shall not apply if the securities are to be offered on behalf of the estate of a deceased person within two years after the death of such person. 
</FP>
<P>(b) The aggregate offering price of securities, which have a determinable market value shall be computed upon the basis of such market value as determined from transactions or quotations on a specified date within 15 days prior to the date of filing the notification, or the offering price to the public, whichever is higher: <I>Provided,</I> That the aggregate gross proceeds actually received from the public shall not exceed the maximum aggregate offering price permitted in the particular case by paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) In computing the amount of securities which may be offered under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a, there need not be included unsold securities the offering of which has been withdrawn with the consent of the Commission by amending the pertinent notification to reduce the amount stated therein as proposed to be offered. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 77c; secs. 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 36 FR 7050, Apr. 14, 1971; 49 FR 35344, Sept. 7, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.604" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.195" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.604   Filing of notification on Form 1-E.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At least 10 days (Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excluded) prior to the date on which the initial offering or sale of any securities is to be made under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a, there shall be filed with the Commission four copies of a notification on Form 1-E. The Commission may, however, in its discretion, authorize the commencement of the offering or sale prior to the expiration of such 10-day period upon a written request for such authorization.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification shall be signed by the issuer and each person, other than the issuer, for whose account any of the securities are to be offered. If the notification is signed by any person on behalf of any other person, evidence of authority to sign on behalf of such other person shall be filed with the notification, except where an officer of the issuer signs on behalf of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any amendment to the notification shall be signed in the same manner as the original notification. Four copies of such amendment shall be filed with the Commission at least 10 days prior to any offering or sale of the securities subsequent to the filing of such amendment, or such shorter period as the Commission, in its discretion, may authorize upon a written request for such authorization.
</P>
<P>(d) A notification or any exhibit or other document filed as a part thereof may be withdrawn upon application unless the notification is subject to an order under § 230.610 at the time the application is filed or becomes subject to such an order within 15 days (Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excluded) thereafter: <I>Provided,</I> That a notification may not be withdrawn after any of the securities proposed to be offered thereunder have been sold. Any such application shall be signed in the same manner as the notification. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 37 FR 1471, Jan. 29, 1972; 49 FR 35344, Sept. 7, 1984; 61 FR 49959, Sept. 24, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.605" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.196" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.605   Filing and use of the offering circular.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) or (f) of this rule and in § 230.606:
</P>
<P>(1) No written offer of securities of any issuer shall be made under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a unless an offering circular containing the information specified in Schedule A or Schedule B, as appropriate, is concurrently given or has previously been given to the person to whom the offer is made, or has been sent to such person under such circumstances that it would normally have been received by him at or prior to the time of such written offer; and
</P>
<P>(2) No securities of such issuer shall be sold under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a unless such an offering circular is given to the person to whom the securities were sold, or is sent to such person under such circumstances that it would normally be received by him, with or prior to any confirmation of the sale, or prior to the payment by him of all or any part of the purchase price of the securities, whichever first occurs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any written advertisement or other written communication, or any radio or television broadcast, which states from whom an offering circular may be obtained and in addition contains no more than the following information may be published, distributed or broadcast at or after the commencement of the public offering to any person prior to sending or giving such person a copy of such circular: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the issuer of such security; 
</P>
<P>(2) The title of the security, the amount being offered, and the per-unit offering price to the public; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The identity of the general type of business of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The offering circular may be printed, mimeographed, lithographed or typewritten, or prepared by any similar process which will result in clearly legible copies. If printed, it shall be set in roman type at least as large as ten-point modern type, except that financial statements and other statistical or tabular matter may be set in roman type at least as large as eight-point modern type. All type shall be leaded at least two points.
</P>
<P>(2) Where an offering circular is distributed through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the offering is not completed within nine months from the date of the offering circular, a revised offering circular shall be prepared, filed and used in accordance with §§ 230.601 to 230.610a as for an original offering circular. In no event shall an offering circular be used which is false or misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. 
</P>
<P>(e) Four copies of the offering circular required by this section, which is to be used at the commencement of the offering, shall be filed with the notification at the time such notification is filed and shall be deemed a part thereof. If the offering circular is thereafter revised or amended, four copies of such revised or amended circular shall be filed as an amendment to the notification at least 10 days prior to its use, or such shorter period as the Commission may, in its discretion, authorize upon a written request for such authorization. 
</P>
<P>(f) An offering circular filed pursuant to paragraph (e) may be distributed prior to the expiration of the 10-day waiting periods for offerings provided for in § 230.604 (a) and (c) and paragraph (e) of this section and such distribution may be accompanied or followed by oral offers related thereto, provided the conditions in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(4) are met. For the purposes of this section, any offering circular distributed prior to the expiration of the ten day waiting period is called a Preliminary Offering Circular. Such Preliminary Offering Circular may be used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, provided that if a Preliminary Offering Circular is inaccurate or inadequate in any material respect, a revised Preliminary Offering Circular or an offering circular of the type referred to in paragraph (f)(4) shall be furnished to all persons to whom the securities are to be sold at least 48 hours prior to the mailing of any confirmation of sale to such persons, or shall be sent to such persons under such circumstances that it would normally be received by them 48 hours prior to their receipt of confirmation of the sale.
</P>
<P>(1) Such Preliminary Offering Circular contains substantially the information required by this section to be included in an offering circular, or contains substantially that information except for the omission of information with respect to the offering price, underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds, conversion rates, call prices, or other matters dependent upon the offering price.
</P>
<P>(2) The outside front cover page of the Preliminary Offering Circular shall bear the caption “Preliminary Offering Circular,” the date of its issuance, and the following statement which shall run along the left hand margin of the page and printed perpendicular to the text, in boldface type at least as large as that used generally in the body of such offering circular:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>A notification pursuant to Regulation E relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time an offering circular which is not designated as a Preliminary Offering Circular is delivered. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) The Preliminary Offering Circular relates to a proposed public offering of securities that is to be sold by or through one or more underwriters which are broker-dealers registered under section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each of which has furnished a signed Consent and Certification in the form prescribed as a condition to the use of such offering circular;
</P>
<P>(4) An offering circular contains all of the information specified in Schedule A or Schedule B (17 CFR 230.610a) and which is not designated as a Preliminary Offering Circular is furnished with or prior to delivery of the confirmation of sale to any person who has been furnished with a Preliminary Offering Circular pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 49 FR 35344, Sept. 7, 1984; 61 FR 24655, May 15, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.606" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.197" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.606   Offering not in excess of $100,000.</HEAD>
<P>No offering circular need be filed or used in connection with an offering of securities under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a if the aggregate offering price of all securities of the issuer offered or sold without the use of such an offering circular does not exceed $100,000 computed in accordance with § 230.603, <I>Provided,</I> The following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be filed as an exhibit to the notification four copies of a statement setting forth the information (other than financial statements) required by Schedule A or Schedule B to be set forth in an offering circular.
</P>
<P>(b) No advertisement, article or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or other periodical and no radio or television broadcast in regard to the offering shall contain more than the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the issuer of such security; 
</P>
<P>(2) The title of the security, amount offered, and the per-unit offering price to the public; 
</P>
<P>(3) The identity of the general type of business of the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(4) By whom orders will be filled or from whom further information may be obtained. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 49 FR 35344, Sept. 7, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.607" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.198" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.607   Sales material to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>Four copies of each of the following communications prepared or authorized by the issuer or anyone associated with the issuer, any of its affiliates or any principal underwriter for use in connection with the offering of any securities under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a shall be filed with the Commission at least five days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) prior to any use thereof, or such shorter period as the Commission, in its discretion, may authorize: 
</P>
<P>(a) Every advertisement, article or other communication proposed to be published in any newspaper, magazine or other periodical; 
</P>
<P>(b) The script of every radio or television broadcast; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Every letter, circular or other written communication proposed to be sent, given or otherwise communicated to more than ten persons. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.608" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.199" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.608   Prohibition of certain statements.</HEAD>
<P>No offering circular or other written or oral communication used in connection with any offering under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a shall contain any language stating or implying that the Commission has in any way passed upon the merits of, or given approval to, guaranteed or recommended the securities offered or the terms of the offering or has determined that the securities are exempt from registration, or has made any finding that the statements in any such offering circular or other communication are accurate or complete. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.609" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.200" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.609   Reports of sales hereunder.</HEAD>
<P>Within 30 days after the end of each six-month period following the date of the original offering circular, or of the statement required by § 230.606, the issuer or other person for whose account the securities are offered shall file with the Commission four copies of a report on Form 2-E 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> containing the information called for by that form. A final report shall be made upon completion or termination of the offering and may be made prior to the end of the six-month period in which the last sale is made. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Filed as part of original document.</P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.610" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.201" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.610   Suspension of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission may, at any time after the filing of a notification, enter an order temporarily suspending the exemption, if it has reason to believe that: 
</P>
<P>(1) No exemption is available under §§ 230.601 to 230.610a for the securities purported to be offered hereunder or any of the terms or conditions of §§ 230.601 to 230.610a have not been complied with, including failure to file any report as required by § 230.609. 
</P>
<P>(2) The notification, the offering circular or any other sales literature contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; 
</P>
<P>(3) The offering is being made or would be made in violation of section 17 of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any event has occurred after the filing of the notification which would have rendered the exemption hereunder unavailable if it has occurred prior to such filing; 
</P>
<P>(5) Any person specified in paragraph (b) of § 230.602 has been indicted for any crime or offense of the character specified in paragraph (b)(3) thereof, or any proceeding has been initiated for the purpose of enjoining any such person from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice of the character specified in paragraph (b)(4);
</P>
<P>(6) Any person specified in paragraph (c) of § 230.602 has been indicted for any crime or offense of the character specified in paragraph (c)(1) thereof, or any proceeding has been initiated for the purpose of enjoining any such person from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice of the character specified in paragraph (c)(2); or 
</P>
<P>(7) The issuer or any officer, director or underwriter has failed to cooperate, or has obstructed or refused to permit the making of an investigation by the Commission in connection with any offering made or proposed to be made hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the entry of an order under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission will promptly give notice to the persons on whose behalf the notification was filed (1) that such order has been entered, together with a brief statement of the reasons for the entry of the order, and (2) that the Commission, upon receipt of a written request within 30 days after the entry of such order, will, within 20 days after the receipt of such request, set the matter down for hearing at a place to be designated by the Commission. If no hearing is requested and none is ordered by the Commission, the order shall become permanent on the thirtieth day after its entry and shall remain in effect unless or until it is modified or vacated by the Commission. Where a hearing is requested or is ordered by the Commission, the Commission will, after notice of an opportunity for such hearing, either vacate the order or enter an order permanently suspending the exemption. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may at any time after notice of and opportunity for hearing, enter an order permanently suspending the exemption for any reason upon which it could have entered a temporary suspension order under paragraph (a) of this section. Any such order shall remain in effect until vacated by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) All notices required by this part shall be given to the person or persons on whose behalf the notification was filed by personal service, registered or certified mail or confirmed telegraphic notice at the addresses of such persons given in the notification. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[23 FR 10484, Dec. 30, 1958, as amended at 29 FR 16982, Dec. 11, 1964] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.610a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.202" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.610a   Schedule A: Contents of offering circular for small business investment companies; Schedule B: Contents of offering circular for business development companies.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Schedule A—Contents of Offering Circular for Small Business Investment Companies
</HD1>
<HD2>General Instructions
</HD2>
<P>1. The information in the offering circular should be organized to make it easier to understand the organization and operation of the company. The required information need not be in any particular order, except that Items 1 and 2 must be the first and second items in the offering circular.
</P>
<P>2. The offering circular, including the cover page, may contain more information than is called for by this Schedule, provided that it is not incomplete, inaccurate, or misleading. Also, the additional information should not, by its nature, quantity, or manner of presentation, obscure or impede understanding of required information.
</P>
<HD2>Item 1. Cover Page
</HD2>
<P>The cover page of the offering circular shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The name of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(b) The mailing address of the issuer's principal executive offices including the zip code and the issuer's telephone number;
</P>
<P>(c) The date of the offering circular;
</P>
<P>(d) A list of the type and amount of securities offered (e.g., if the securities offered include redemption or conversion features, so state);
</P>
<P>(e) The following statement in capital letters printed in boldface roman type at least as large as ten-point modern type and at least two points leaded:
</P>
<FP>“THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION. THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING LITERATURE.”
</FP>
<P>(f) The name of the underwriter or underwriters, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(g) A cross-reference to the place in the offering circular discussing the material risks involved in purchasing the securities, printed in bold-face roman type at least as high as ten-point modern type and at least two points leaded;
</P>
<P>(h) The approximate date when the proposed sale to the public will begin; and
</P>
<P>(i) The information called for by the following table shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, on the outside front cover page of the offering circular as to all securities being offered (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Offering price to public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Underwriting discounts and commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to issuer or other persons
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per share or other unit basis
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>If the securities are to be offered on a best efforts basis, the cover page should set forth the termination date, if any, of the offering, any minimum required sale, and any arrangements to place the funds received in an escrow, trust, or similar arrangement. The following tabular presentation of the total maximum and minimum securities to be offered should be combined with the table required above:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Offering price to public 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Underwriting discounts and commissions 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to issuer or other persons
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Minimum
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Instructions
</HD2>
<P>1. The term <I>commissions</I> shall include all cash, securities, contracts, or anything else of value, paid, to be set aside, disposed of, or understandings with or for the benefit of any other persons in which any underwriter is interested, made in connection with the sale of such security.
</P>
<P>2. Only commissions paid by the issuer in cash are to be indicated in the table. Commissions paid by other persons or any form of non-cash compensation shall be briefly identified in a note to the table with a cross-reference to a more complete description elsewhere in the offering circular.
</P>
<P>3. If the securities are not to be offered for cash, state the basis upon which the offering is to be made.
</P>
<P>4. (a) If it is impracticable to state the price to the public, briefly state the method by which the price is to be determined.
</P>
<P>(b) Any <I>finder's fees</I> or similar payments must be disclosed in a note to the table with a reference to a more complete discussion in the offering circular.
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of the expenses of the offering borne by the issuer, including underwriting expenses to be borne by the issuer, should be disclosed in a note to the table.
</P>
<P>5. If any of the securities are to be offered for the account of any security holder, state the identity of each selling security holder, the amount owned by him, the amount offered for his account and the amount to be owned after the offering.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. General Description of Issuer
</HD2>
<P>(a) Concisely discuss the organization and operation or proposed operation of the issuer. Include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Basic identifying information, including: 
</P>
<P>(A) The date and form of organization of the issuer and the name of the state under whose laws it is organized;
</P>
<P>(B) A brief description of the nature of a small business investment company; and
</P>
<P>(C) The classification and subclassification of the issuer as specified in sections 4 and 5 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(ii) A concise description of the investment objectives and policies of the issuer, including:
</P>
<P>(A) If those objectives may be changed without a vote of the holders of the majority of the voting securities, a brief statement to that effect; and
</P>
<P>(B) A brief discussion of how the issuer proposes to achieve its objectives, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The types of securities (for example, bonds, convertible debentures, preferred stocks, common stocks) in which it may invest, and the proportion of the assets which may be invested in each such type of security;
</P>
<P>(2) If the issuer proposes to have a policy of concentrating in a particular industry or group of industries, identification of such industry or industries. (Concentration, for purposes of this item, is deemed to be 25% or more of the value of the issuer's total assets invested or proposed to be invested in a particular industry or group of industries).
</P>
<P>(C) A concise description of any other policies of the issuer that may not be changed without the vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities, including those policies which the issuer deems to be fundamental within the meaning of Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(D) A concise description of those significant investment policies or techniques (such as investing for control or management or investing in other investment companies) that are not described pursuant to subparagraphs (B) or (C) above that issuer employs or has the current intention of employing in the foreseeable future.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If the effect of a policy is to prohibit a particular practice, or, if the policy permits a particular practice but the issuer has not employed that practice within the past year and has no current intention of doing so in the foreseeable future, do not include disclosure as to that policy.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Discuss briefly the principal risk factors associated with investment in the issuer, including factors peculiar to the issuer as well as those generally attendant to investment in a small business investment company with investment policies and objectives similar to the issuer.
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Plan of Distribution 
</HD2>
<P>(a) If the securities are to be offered through underwriters, give the names of the principal underwriters, and state the amounts underwritten by each. Identify each underwriter having a material relationship to the issuer and state the nature of the relationship. State briefly the nature of the underwriters' obligation to take the securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) If <I>finder's fees</I> are to be paid, identify the <I>finder,</I> the nature of the services rendered and the nature of any relationship between the <I>finder</I> and the issuer, its officers, directors, promoters, principal stockholders and underwriters (including any affiliates thereof). If a <I>finder</I> is not registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer, disclose that fact. 
</P>
<P>(d) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of any securities being issued which are to be offered through the selling efforts of brokers or dealers or otherwise than through underwriters. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Describe any arrangements for the return of funds to subscribers if all of the securities to be offered are not sold; if there are no such arrangements, so state. 
</P>
<P>(2) If there will be material delay in the payment of the proceeds of the offering by the underwriter to the issuer, the nature of the delay and the effects on the issuer should be briefly described.
</P>
<HD2>Item 4. Management and Certain Security Holders of the Issuer 
</HD2>
<P>(a) Give the full names and complete addresses of all directors, officers, members of any advisory board of the issuer and any person who owns more than 5 percent of any class of securities of the issuer (other than the Small Business Administration if the issuer is a small business investment company as defined in § 230.602(a) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Identify each person who as of a specified date no more than 30 days prior to the date of filing of this registration statement, controls the issuer as specified in section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(c) Give the business experience over the last five years of any person named in (a) above who is or is expected to be significantly involved in the investment decisions of the issuer or in providing advisory services, direction or control of portfolio companies of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(d) State the aggregate annual remuneration of each of the three highest-paid persons who are officers or directors of the issuer and all officers and directors as a group during the issuer's last fiscal year. State the number of persons in the group referred to above without naming them.
</P>
<P>(e) Describe all direct and indirect interests (by security holdings or otherwise) of each person named in (a) above (i) in the issuer and (ii) in any material transactions within the past two years or in any material proposed transaction to which the issuer was or is to be a party. Include the cost to such persons of any assets or services for which any payment by or for the account of the issuer has been or is to be made.
</P>
<P>(f) Provide, if applicable, for each investment adviser of the issuer as defined in section 2(a)(20) of the Investment Company Act of 1940: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the investment adviser and a brief description of its experience as an investment adviser, and, if the investment adviser is controlled by another person, the name of that person and the general nature of its business. (If the investment adviser is subject to more than one level of control, it is sufficient to give the name of the ultimate control person.) 
</P>
<P>(ii) A brief description of the services provided by the investment adviser. (If, in addition to providing investment advice, the investment adviser or persons employed by or associated with the investment adviser are, subject to the authority of the board of directors, responsible for overall management of issuer's business affairs, it is sufficient to state that fact in lieu of listing all services provided.) 
</P>
<P>(iii) A brief description of the investment adviser's compensation. (If the issuer has been in operation for a full fiscal year, provide the compensation paid to the adviser for the most recent fiscal year as a percentage of average net assets. No further information is required in response to this Item if the adviser is paid on the basis of a percentage of net assets and if the issuer has neither changed investment advisers nor changed the basis on which the adviser was compensated during the most recent fiscal year. If the fee is paid in some manner other than on the basis of average net assets, briefly describe the basis of payment. If the registrant has not been in operation for a full fiscal year, state generally what the investment adviser's fee will be as a percentage of average net assets, including any breakpoints, but it is not necessary to include precise details as to how the fee is computed or paid.)
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Portfolio Companies
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the following information, in the tabular form indicated, with respect to the portfolio companies of the issuer, as of a specified date within 90 days prior to the date of filing the notification with the Commission pursuant to an offering of securities under Regulation E.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name and address of portfolio companies
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nature of its principal business
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Title of securities owned, controlled or held by issuer
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of shares or amount of loan to portfolio companies
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percentage of class of securities owned, controlled or held by issuer
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percentage of total value of portfolio companies
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Instructions
</HD2>
<P>1. Provide the city and state for address of portfolio companies.
</P>
<P>2. State the value as of date of balance sheet required under Item 7.
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Capital Stock and Other Securities
</HD2>
<P>(a) Describe concisely the nature and most significant attributes of the security being offered, including: (i) a brief discussion of voting rights; (ii) restrictions, if any, on the right freely to retain or dispose of such security; (iii) conversion rights, if applicable; and (iv) and any material obligations or potential liability associated with ownership of such security (not including risks).
</P>
<P>(b) If the rights of holders of such security may be modified otherwise than by a vote of majority or more of the shares outstanding, voting as a class, so state and explain briefly.
</P>
<P>(c) If issuer has any other classes of securities outstanding (other than bank borrowings or borrowings that are not senior securities under Section 18(g) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 identify them and state whether they have any preference over the security being offered.
</P>
<P>(d) Describe briefly the issuer's policy with respect to dividends and distributions, including any options shareholders may have as to the receipt of such dividends and distributions.
</P>
<P>(e) Describe briefly the tax consequences to investors of an investment in the securities being offered. Such description should not include detailed discussions of applicable law. If the issuer intends to qualify for treatment under Subchapter M, it is sufficient, in the absence of special circumstances, to state briefly that in that case: (1) the issuer will distribute all of its net income and gains to shareholders and that such distributions are taxable income or capital gains; (ii) shareholders may be proportionately liable for taxes on income and gains of the issuer but that shareholders not subject to tax on their income will not be required to pay tax on amounts distributed to them; and that (iii) the issuer will inform shareholders of the amount and nature of such income or gains.
</P>
<P>(f) Where there is a material disparity between the public offering price and the effective cash cost to officers, directors, promoters and affiliated persons for shares acquired by them in a transaction during the past three years, or which they have a right to acquire, there should be included a comparison of the public contribution under the proposed public offering and the effective cash contribution of such persons. In such cases, and in other instances where the extent of the dilution makes it appropriate, the following shall be given: (1) the net tangible book value per share before and after the distribution; (2) the amount of the increase in such net tangible book value per share attributable to the cash payment made by purchasers of the shares being offered; and (3) the amount of the immediate dilution from the public offering price which will be absorbed by such purchasers.
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Financial Statements
</HD2>
<P>Furnish appropriate financial statements of the issuer as required below. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. The statements required for the issuer's latest fiscal year shall be certified by an independent public accountant or certified public accountant in accordance with Regulation S-X if the issuer has filed or is required to file with the Commission certified financial statements for such fiscal year; the statements filed for the period or periods preceding such latest year need not be certified.
</P>
<P>(a) A blance sheet as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of filing the notification with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) A profit and loss or income statement for each of the last two fiscal years and for any subsequent period up to the date of the balance sheet furnished pursuant to (a) above.
</P>
<HD1>Schedule B: Contents of Offering Circular for Business Development Companies
</HD1>
<HD2>General Instructions.
</HD2>
<P>Same as General Instructions to Schedule A.
</P>
<P><I>Item 1.</I> Same as Item 1 of Schedule A.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. General Description of Issuer
</HD2>
<P>(a) Concisely discuss the organization and operation or proposed operation of the issuer. Include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Basic identifying information, including:
</P>
<P>(A) The date and form of organization of the issuer and the name of the state under the laws of which it is organized; and
</P>
<P>(B) A brief description of the nature of a business development company.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A business development company having a wholly-owned small business investment company subsidiary should disclose how the subsidiary is regulated, e.g., as an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and what percentage of the parent company's assets are, or are expected to be, invested in the subsidiary. The business development company should also describe the small business investment company's operations, including any material difference in investment policies between the business development company and its small business investment company subsidiary.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) A concise description of the investment objectives and policies of the issuer, including:
</P>
<P>(A) If those objectives may be changed without a vote of the holders of the majority of the voting securities, a brief statement to that effect; and
</P>
<P>(B) A brief discussion of how the issuer proposes to achieve such objectives, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The types of securities (for example, bonds, convertible debentures, preferred stocks, common stock) in which it may invest, indicating the proportion of the assets which may be invested in each such type of security;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer proposes to have a policy of concentrating in a particular industry or group of industries, identification of such industry or industries. (Concentration, for purposes of this item, is deemed to be 25% or more of the value of the issuer's total assets invested or proposed to be invested in a particular industry or group of industries).
</P>
<P>(3) In companies for the purpose of exercising control or management;
</P>
<P>(4) The policy with respect to any assets that are not required to be invested in eligible portfolio companies or other companies qualifying under section 55 of the Investment Company Act of 1940;
</P>
<P>(5) The policy with respect to rendering significant managerial assistance to eligible portfolio companies or other companies qualifying under section 55 of the Investment Company Act of 1940;
</P>
<P>(6) The policy with respect to investing as part of a group.
</P>
<P>(C) Identification of any other policies of the issuer that may not be changed without the vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities, including the policy not to withdraw its election as a business development company without approval by the majority of the outstanding voting securities.
</P>
<P>(D) A concise description of those significant investment policies or techniques (such as investing for control or management) that are not described pursuant to subparagraphs (B) or (C) above that the issuer employs or has the current intention of employing in the forseeable future.
</P>
<P>(b) Discuss briefly the principal risk factors associated with investment in the issuer, including factors peculiar to the issuer as well as those generally attendant to investment in a business development company with investment policies and objectives similar to the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Item 3.</I> Same as Item 3 of Schedule A.
</P>
<P><I>Item 4.</I> Same as Item 4 of Schedule A.
</P>
<P><I>Item 5.</I> Same as Item 5 of Schedule A.
</P>
<P><I>Item 6.</I> Same as Item 6 of Schedule A.
</P>
<P><I>Item 7.</I> Same as Item 7 of Schedule A.</P></EXTRACT>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c)); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 35345, Sept. 7, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 230.651-230.656" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.203" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 230.651-230.656   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.701" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.204" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.701   Exemption for offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes:</HED>
<P>1. This section relates to transactions exempted from the registration requirements of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e). These transactions are not exempt from the antifraud, civil liability, or other provisions of the federal securities laws. Issuers and persons acting on their behalf have an obligation to provide investors with disclosure adequate to satisfy the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>2. In addition to complying with this section, the issuer also must comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer and sale of securities.
</P>
<P>3. An issuer that attempts to comply with this section, but fails to do so, may claim any other exemption that is available.
</P>
<P>4. This section is available only to the issuer of the securities. Affiliates of the issuer may not use this section to offer or sell securities. This section also does not cover resales of securities by any person. This section provides an exemption only for the transactions in which the securities are offered or sold by the issuer, not for the securities themselves.
</P>
<P>5. The purpose of this section is to provide an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act for securities issued in compensatory circumstances. This section is not available for plans or schemes to circumvent this purpose, such as to raise capital. This section also is not available to exempt any transaction that is in technical compliance with this section but is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act. In any of these cases, registration under the Act is required unless another exemption is available.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> Offers and sales made in compliance with all of the conditions of this section are exempt from section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Issuers eligible to use this section</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> This section is available to any issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Issuers that become subject to reporting.</I> If an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) after it has made offers complying with this section, the issuer may nevertheless rely on this section to sell the securities previously offered to the persons to whom those offers were made.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Guarantees by reporting companies.</I> An issuer subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d)) may rely on this section if it is merely guaranteeing the payment of a subsidiary's securities that are sold under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transactions exempted by this section.</I> This section exempts offers and sales of securities (including plan interests and guarantees pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section) under a written compensatory benefit plan (or written compensation contract) established by the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parent, for the participation of their employees, directors, general partners, trustees (where the issuer is a business trust), officers, or consultants and advisors, and their family members who acquire such securities from such persons through gifts or domestic relations orders. This section exempts offers and sales to former employees, directors, general partners, trustees, officers, consultants and advisors only if such persons were employed by or providing services to the issuer at the time the securities were offered. In addition, the term “employee” includes insurance agents who are exclusive agents of the issuer, its subsidiaries or parents, or derive more than 50% of their annual income from those entities.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Special requirements for consultants and advisors.</I> This section is available to consultants and advisors only if:
</P>
<P>(i) They are natural persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) They provide <I>bona fide</I> services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parent; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer's securities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Definition of “compensatory benefit plan.”</I> For purposes of this section, a <I>compensatory benefit plan</I> is any purchase, savings, option, bonus, stock appreciation, profit sharing, thrift, incentive, deferred compensation, pension or similar plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definition of “family member.”</I> For purposes of this section, <I>family member</I> includes any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the employee's household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the employee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amounts that may be sold</I>—(1) <I>Offers.</I> Any amount of securities may be offered in reliance on this section. However, for purposes of this section, sales of securities underlying options must be counted as sales on the date of the option grant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sales.</I> The aggregate sales price or amount of securities sold in reliance on this section during any consecutive 12-month period must not exceed the greatest of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) $1,000,000;
</P>
<P>(ii) 15% of the total assets of the issuer (or of the issuer's parent if the issuer is a wholly-owned subsidiary and the securities represent obligations that the parent fully and unconditionally guarantees), measured at the issuer's most recent balance sheet date (if no older than its last fiscal year end); or
</P>
<P>(iii) 15% of the outstanding amount of the class of securities being offered and sold in reliance on this section, measured at the issuer's most recent balance sheet date (if no older than its last fiscal year end).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rules for calculating prices and amounts</I>—(i) <I>Aggregate sales price.</I> The term <I>aggregate sales price</I> means the sum of all cash, property, notes, cancellation of debt or other consideration received or to be received by the issuer for the sale of the securities. Non-cash consideration must be valued by reference to <I>bona fide</I> sales of that consideration made within a reasonable time or, in the absence of such sales, on the fair value as determined by an accepted standard. The value of services exchanged for securities issued must be measured by reference to the value of the securities issued. Options must be valued based on the exercise price of the option.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Time of the calculation.</I> With respect to options to purchase securities, the aggregate sales price is determined when an option grant is made (without regard to when the option becomes exercisable). With respect to other securities, the calculation is made on the date of sale. With respect to deferred compensation or similar plans, the calculation is made when the irrevocable election to defer is made.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Derivative securities.</I> In calculating outstanding securities for purposes of paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, treat the securities underlying all currently exercisable or convertible options, warrants, rights or other securities, other than those issued under this exemption, as outstanding. In calculating the amount of securities sold for other purposes of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, count the amount of securities that would be acquired upon exercise or conversion in connection with sales of options, warrants, rights or other exercisable or convertible securities, including those to be issued under this exemption.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Other exemptions.</I> Amounts of securities sold in reliance on this section do not affect “aggregate offering prices” in other exemptions, and amounts of securities sold in reliance on other exemptions do not affect the amount that may be sold in reliance on this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disclosure that must be provided.</I> The issuer must deliver to investors a copy of the compensatory benefit plan or the contract, as applicable. In addition, if the aggregate sales price or amount of securities sold during any consecutive 12-month period exceeds $10 million, the issuer must deliver the following disclosure to investors a reasonable period of time before the date of sale:
</P>
<P>(1) If the plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) (29 U.S.C. 1104-1107), a copy of the summary plan description required by ERISA;
</P>
<P>(2) If the plan is not subject to ERISA, a summary of the material terms of the plan;
</P>
<P>(3) Information about the risks associated with investment in the securities sold pursuant to the compensatory benefit plan or compensation contract; and
</P>
<P>(4) Financial statements required to be furnished by Part F/S of Form 1-A (Regulation A Offering Statement) (§ 239.90 of this chapter) under Regulation A (§§ 230.251 through 230.263). Foreign private issuers as defined in Rule 405 must provide a reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) if their financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter)). The financial statements required by this section must be as of a date no more than 180 days before the sale of securities in reliance on this exemption.
</P>
<P>(5) If the issuer is relying on paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section to use its parent's total assets to determine the amount of securities that may be sold, the parent's financial statements must be delivered. If the parent is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), the financial statements of the parent required by Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.10-01 of this chapter) and Item 310 of Regulation D-B (§ 228.310 of this chapter), as applicable, must be delivered.
</P>
<P>(6) If the sale involves a stock option or other derivative security, the issuer must deliver disclosure a reasonable period of time before the date of exercise or conversion. For deferred compensation or similar plans, the issuer must deliver disclosure to investors a reasonable period of time before the date the irrevocable election to defer is made.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>No integration with other offerings.</I> Offers and sales exempt under this section are deemed to be a part of a single, discrete offering and are not subject to integration with any other offers or sales, whether registered under the Act or otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Resale limitations.</I> (1) Securities issued under this section are deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in § 230.144.
</P>
<P>(2) Resales of securities issued pursuant to this section must be in compliance with the registration requirements of the Act or an exemption from those requirements.
</P>
<P>(3) Ninety days after the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), securities issued under this section may be resold by persons who are not affiliates (as defined in § 230.144) in reliance on § 230.144, without compliance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of § 230.144, and by affiliates without compliance with paragraph (d) of § 230.144.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 11101, Mar. 8, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 61498, Nov. 12, 1999; 72 FR 71571, Dec. 17, 2007; 73 FR 1009, Jan. 4, 2008; 83 FR 34944, July 24, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 230.702(T)-230.703(T)" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51.205" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 230.702(T)-230.703(T)   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="51" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.51" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemptions for Cross-Border Rights Offerings, Exchange Offers and Business Combinations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.800 through 230.802 appear at 64 FR 61400, Nov. 10, 1999, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>General Notes to §§ 230.800, 230.801 and 230.802
</HD1>
<P>1. Sections 230.801 and 230.802 relate only to the applicability of the registration provisions of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) and not to the applicability of the anti-fraud, civil liability or other provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>2. The exemptions provided by § 230.801 and § 230.802 are not available for any securities transaction or series of transactions that technically complies with § 230.801 and § 230.802 but are part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>3. An issuer who relies on § 230.801 or an offeror who relies on § 230.802 must still comply with the securities registration or broker-dealer registration requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) and any other applicable provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>4. An issuer who relies on § 230.801 or an offeror who relies on § 230.802 must still comply with any applicable state laws relating to the offer and sale of securities.
</P>
<P>5. Attempted compliance with § 230.801 or § 230.802 does not act as an exclusive election; an issuer making an offer or sale of securities in reliance on § 230.801 or § 230.802 may also rely on any other applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>6. Section 230.801 and § 230.802 provide exemptions only for the issuer of the securities and not for any affiliate of that issuer or for any other person for resales of the issuer's securities. These sections provide exemptions only for the transaction in which the issuer or other person offers or sells the securities, not for the securities themselves. Securities acquired in a § 230.801 or § 230.802 transaction may be resold in the United States only if they are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available.
</P>
<P>7. Unregistered offers and sales made outside the United States will not affect contemporaneous offers and sales made in compliance with § 230.801 or § 230.802. A transaction that complies with § 230.801 or § 230.802 will not be integrated with offerings exempt under other provisions of the Act, even if both transactions occur at the same time.
</P>
<P>8. Securities acquired in a rights offering under § 230.801 are “restricted securities” within the meaning of § 230.144(a)(3) to the same extent and proportion that the securities held by the security holder as of the record date for the rights offering were restricted securities. Likewise, securities acquired in an exchange offer or business combination subject to § 230.802 are “restricted securities” within the meaning of § 230.144(a)(3) to the same extent and proportion that the securities tendered or exchanged by the security holder in that transaction were restricted securities.
</P>
<P>9. Section 230.801 does not apply to a rights offering by an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company. Section 230.802 does not apply to exchange offers or business combinations by an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.</P></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.800" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.52.206" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.800   Definitions for §§ 230.800, 230.801 and 230.802.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply in §§ 230.800, 230.801 and 230.802.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Business combination. Business combination</I> means a statutory amalgamation, merger, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the vote of security holders of one or more of the participating companies. It also includes a statutory short form merger that does not require a vote of security holders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equity security. Equity security</I> means the same as in § 240.3a11-1 of this chapter, but for purposes of this section only does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) Any debt security that is convertible into an equity security, with or without consideration;
</P>
<P>(2) Any debt security that includes a warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase an equity security;
</P>
<P>(3) Any such warrant or right; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege that gives the holder the option of buying or selling a security but does not require the holder to do so.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exchange offer. Exchange offer</I> means a tender offer in which securities are issued as consideration.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign private issuer. Foreign private issuer</I> means the same as in § 230.405 of Regulation C.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Foreign subject company. Foreign subject company</I> means any foreign private issuer whose securities are the subject of the exchange offer or business combination.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Home jurisdiction. Home jurisdiction</I> means both the jurisdiction of the foreign subject company's (or in the case of a rights offering, the foreign private issuer's) incorporation, organization or chartering and the principal foreign market where the foreign subject company's (or in the case of a rights offering, the issuer's) securities are listed or quoted.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rights offering. Rights offering</I> means offers and sales for cash of equity securities where:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer grants the existing security holders of a particular class of equity securities (including holders of depositary receipts evidencing those securities) the right to purchase or subscribe for additional securities of that class; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of additional shares an existing security holder may purchase initially is in proportion to the number of securities he or she holds of record on the record date for the rights offering. If an existing security holder holds depositary receipts, the proportion must be calculated as if the underlying securities were held directly.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>U.S. holder. U.S. holder</I> means any security holder resident in the United States. To determine the percentage of outstanding securities held by U.S. holders:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculate the percentage of outstanding securities held by U.S. holders as of a date no more than 60 days before or 30 days after the public announcement of a business combination conducted under § 230.802 under the Act or of the record date in a rights offering conducted under § 230.801 under the Act. For a business combination conducted under § 230.802, if you are unable to calculate as of a date within these time frames, the calculation may be made as of the most recent practicable date before public announcement, but in no event earlier than 120 days before public announcement.
</P>
<P>(2) Include securities underlying American Depositary Shares convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer when calculating the number of subject securities outstanding, as well as the number held by U.S. holders. Exclude from the calculation other types of securities that are convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer, such as warrants, options and convertible securities. Exclude from those calculations securities held by the acquiror in an exchange offer or business combination;
</P>
<P>(3) Use the method of calculating record ownership in Rule 12g3-2(a) under the Exchange Act (§ 240.12g3-2(a) of this chapter), except that your inquiry as to the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States may be limited to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in the United States, the subject company's jurisdiction of incorporation or that of each participant in a business combination, and the jurisdiction that is the primary trading market for the subject securities, if different from the subject company's jurisdiction of incorporation;
</P>
<P>(4) If, after reasonable inquiry, you are unable to obtain information about the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, you may assume, for purposes of this provision, that the customers are residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(5) Count securities as owned by U.S. holders when publicly filed reports of beneficial ownership or information that is otherwise provided to you indicates that the securities are held by U.S. residents.
</P>
<P>(6) For exchange offers conducted pursuant to § 230.802 under the Act by persons other than the issuer of the subject securities or its affiliates that are not made pursuant to an agreement with the issuer of the subject securities, the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U.S. holders will be presumed to hold 10 percent or less of the outstanding subject securities, unless paragraphs (h)(7)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section indicate otherwise.
</P>
<P>(7) For rights offerings and business combinations, including exchange offers conducted pursuant to § 230.802 under the Act, where the offeror is unable to conduct the analysis of U.S. ownership set forth in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U.S. holders will be presumed to hold 10 percent or less of the outstanding subject securities so long as there is a primary trading market for the subject securities outside the United States, as defined in § 240.12h-6(f)(5) of this chapter, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Average daily trading volume of the subject securities in the United States for a recent twelve-month period ending on a date no more than 60 days before the public announcement of the business combination or of the record date for a rights offering exceeds 10 percent of the average daily trading volume of that class of securities on a worldwide basis for the same period; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The most recent annual report or annual information filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of the home jurisdiction or with the Commission or any jurisdiction in which the subject securities trade before the public announcement of the offer indicates that U.S. holders hold more than 10 percent of the outstanding subject class of securities; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The acquiror or issuer knows or has reason to know, before the public announcement of the offer, that the level of U.S. ownership exceeds 10 percent of such securities. As an example, an acquiror or issuer is deemed to know information about U.S. ownership of the subject class of securities that is publicly available and that appears in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory body in the issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation or (if different) the non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the primary trading market for the subject securities is located. The acquiror in a business combination is deemed to know information about U.S. ownership available from the issuer. The acquiror or issuer is deemed to know information obtained or readily available from any other source that is reasonably reliable, including from persons it has retained to advise it about the transaction, as well as from third-party information providers. These examples are not intended to be exclusive.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>United States. United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61400, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 60087, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.801" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.52.207" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.801   Exemption in connection with a rights offering.</HEAD>
<P>A rights offering is exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility of issuer.</I> The issuer is a foreign private issuer on the date the securities are first offered to U.S. holders.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitation on U.S. ownership.</I> U.S. holders hold no more than 10 percent of the outstanding class of securities that is the subject of the rights offering (as determined under the definition of “U.S. holder” in § 230.800(h)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equal treatment.</I> The issuer permits U.S. holders to participate in the rights offering on terms at least as favorable as those offered the other holders of the securities that are the subject of the offer. The issuer need not, however, extend the rights offering to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that require registration or qualification.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Informational documents.</I> (i) If the issuer publishes or otherwise disseminates an informational document to the holders of the securities in connection with the rights offering, the issuer must furnish that informational document, including any amendments thereto, in English, to the Commission on Form CB (§ 239.800 of this chapter) by the first business day after publication or dissemination. If the issuer is a foreign company, it must also file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the same time as the submission of Form CB to appoint an agent for service in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer must disseminate any informational document to U.S. holders, including any amendments thereto, in English, on a comparable basis to that provided to security holders in the home jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the issuer disseminates by publication in its home jurisdiction, the issuer must publish the information in the United States in a manner reasonably calculated to inform U.S. holders of the offer.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Eligibility of securities.</I> The securities offered in the rights offering are equity securities of the same class as the securities held by the offerees in the United States directly or through American Depositary Receipts.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Limitation on transferability of rights.</I> The terms of the rights prohibit transfers of the rights by U.S. holders except in accordance with Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Legends.</I> The following legend or an equivalent statement in clear, plain language, to the extent applicable, appears on the cover page or other prominent portion of any informational document the issuer disseminates to U.S. holders: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This rights offering is made for the securities of a foreign company. The offer is subject to the disclosure requirements of a foreign country that are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included in the document, if any, have been prepared in accordance with foreign accounting standards that may not be comparable to the financial statements of United States companies.
</P>
<P>It may be difficult for you to enforce your rights and any claim you may have arising under the federal securities laws, since the issuer is located in a foreign country, and some or all of its officers and directors may be residents of a foreign country. You may not be able to sue the foreign company or its officers or directors in a foreign court for violations of the U.S. securities laws. It may be difficult to compel a foreign company and its affiliates to subject themselves to a U.S. court's judgment.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.802" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.52.208" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.802   Exemption for offerings in connection with an exchange offer or business combination for the securities of foreign private issuers.</HEAD>
<P>Offers and sales in any exchange offer for a class of securities of a foreign private issuer, or in any exchange of securities for the securities of a foreign private issuer in any business combination, are exempt from the provisions of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e), if they satisfy the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions to be met</I>—(1) <I>Limitation on U.S. ownership.</I> Except in the case of an exchange offer or business combination that is commenced during the pendency of a prior exchange offer or business combination made in reliance on this paragraph, U.S. holders of the foreign subject company must hold no more than 10 percent of the securities that are the subject of the exchange offer or business combination (as determined under the definition of “U.S. holder” in § 230.800(h)). In the case of a business combination in which the securities are to be issued by a successor registrant, U.S. holders may hold no more than 10 percent of the class of securities of the successor registrant, as if measured immediately after completion of the business combination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Equal treatment.</I> The offeror must permit U.S. holders to participate in the exchange offer or business combination on terms at least as favorable as those offered any other holder of the subject securities. The offeror, however, need not extend the offer to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that require registration or qualification, except that the offeror must offer the same cash alternative to security holders in any such state that it has offered to security holders in any other state or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Informational documents.</I> (i) If the offeror publishes or otherwise disseminates an informational document to the holders of the subject securities in connection with the exchange offer or business combination, the offeror must furnish that informational document, including any amendments thereto, in English, to the Commission on Form CB (§ 239.800 of this chapter) by the first business day after publication or dissemination. If the offeror is a foreign company, it must also file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the same time as the submission of the Form CB to appoint an agent for service of process in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) The offeror must disseminate any informational document to U.S. holders, including any amendments thereto, in English, on a comparable basis to that provided to security holders in the foreign subject company's home jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the offeror disseminates by publication in its home jurisdiction, the offeror must publish the information in the United States in a manner reasonably calculated to inform U.S. holders of the offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Legends.</I> The following legend or an equivalent statement in clear, plain language, to the extent applicable, must be included on the cover page or other prominent portion of any informational document the offeror publishes or disseminates to U.S. holders: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This exchange offer or business combination is made for the securities of a foreign company. The offer is subject to disclosure requirements of a foreign country that are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included in the document, if any, have been prepared in accordance with foreign accounting standards that may not be comparable to the financial statements of United States companies.
</P>
<P>It may be difficult for you to enforce your rights and any claim you may have arising under the federal securities laws, since the issuer is located in a foreign country, and some or all of its officers and directors may be residents of a foreign country. You may not be able to sue a foreign company or its officers or directors in a foreign court for violations of the U.S. securities laws. It may be difficult to compel a foreign company and its affiliates to subject themselves to a U.S. court's judgment.
</P>
<P>You should be aware that the issuer may purchase securities otherwise than under the exchange offer, such as in open market or privately negotiated purchases.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61400, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 60088, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="52" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.52" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation S—Rules Governing Offers and Sales Made Outside the United States Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 230.901 through 230.904 appear at 55 FR 18322, May 2, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes:</HED>
<P>1. The following rules relate solely to the application of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the <I>Act</I>) [15 U.S.C. 77e] and not to antifraud or other provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>2. In view of the objective of these rules and the policies underlying the Act, Regulation S is not available with respect to any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with these rules, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act. In such cases, registration under the Act is required.
</P>
<P>3. Nothing in these rules obviates the need for any issuer or any other person to comply with the securities registration or broker-dealer registration requirements of the Securities Exchange Act (the <I>Exchange Act</I>), whenever such requirements are applicable.
</P>
<P>4. Nothing in these rules obviates the need to comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer and sale of securities.
</P>
<P>5. Attempted compliance with any rule in Regulation S does not act as an exclusive election; a person making an offer or sale of securities may also claim the availability of any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The availability of the Regulation S safe harbor to offers and sales that occur outside of the United States will not be affected by the subsequent offer and sale of these securities into the United States or to U.S. persons during the distribution compliance period, as long as the subsequent offer and sale are made pursuant to registration or an exemption therefrom under the Act.
</P>
<P>6. Regulation S is available only for offers and sales of securities outside the United States. Securities acquired overseas, whether or not pursuant to Regulation S, may be resold in the United States only if they are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available. 
</P>
<P>7. Nothing in these rules precludes access by journalists for publications with a general circulation in the United States to offshore press conferences, press releases and meetings with company press spokespersons in which an offshore offering or tender offer is discussed, provided that the information is made available to the foreign and United States press generally and is not intended to induce purchases of securities by persons in the United States or tenders of securities by United States holders in the case of exchange offers. Where applicable, issuers and bidders may also look to § 230.135e and § 240.14d-1(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>8. The provisions of this Regulation S shall not apply to offers and sales of securities issued by open-end investment companies or unit investment trusts registered or required to be registered or closed-end investment companies required to be registered, but not registered, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>] (the <I>1940 Act</I>).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 18322, May 2, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 53954, Oct. 17, 1997; 63 FR 9642, Feb. 25, 1998]


</CITA>

<DIV8 N="§ 230.901" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.209" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.901   General statement.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes only of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. § 77e), the terms <I>offer, offer to sell, sell, sale,</I> and <I>offer to buy</I> shall be deemed to include offers and sales that occur within the United States and shall be deemed not to include offers and sales that occur outside the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.902" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.210" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.902   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in Regulation S, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Debt securities.</I> “Debt securities” of an issuer is defined to mean any security other than an equity security as defined in § 230.405, as well as the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Non-participatory preferred stock, which is defined as non-convertible capital stock, the holders of which are entitled to a preference in payment of dividends and in distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the issuer, but are not entitled to participate in residual earnings or assets of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(2) Asset-backed securities, which are securities of a type that either:
</P>
<P>(i) Represent an ownership interest in a pool of discrete assets, or certificates of interest or participation in such assets (including any rights designed to assure servicing, or the receipt or timeliness of receipt by holders of such assets, or certificates of interest or participation in such assets, of amounts payable thereunder), provided that the assets are not generated or originated between the issuer of the security and its affiliates; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Are secured by one or more assets or certificates of interest or participation in such assets, and the securities, by their terms, provide for payments of principal and interest (if any) in relation to payments or reasonable projections of payments on assets meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, or certificates of interest or participations in assets meeting such requirements.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the term “assets” means securities, installment sales, accounts receivable, notes, leases or other contracts, or other assets that by their terms convert into cash over a finite period of time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Designated offshore securities market.</I> “Designated offshore securities market” means:
</P>
<P>(1) The Eurobond market, as regulated by the International Securities Market Association; the Alberta Stock Exchange; the Amsterdam Stock Exchange; the Australian Stock Exchange Limited; the Bermuda Stock Exchange; the Bourse de Bruxelles; the Copenhagen Stock Exchange; the European Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation; the Frankfurt Stock Exchange; the Helsinki Stock Exchange; The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; the Irish Stock Exchange; the Istanbul Stock Exchange; the Johannesburg Stock Exchange; the London Stock Exchange; the Bourse de Luxembourg; the Mexico Stock Exchange; the Borsa Valori di Milan; the Montreal Stock Exchange; the Oslo Stock Exchange; the Bourse de Paris; the Stock Exchange of Singapore Ltd.; the Stockholm Stock Exchange; the Tokyo Stock Exchange; the Toronto Stock Exchange; the Vancouver Stock Exchange; the Warsaw Stock Exchange and the Zurich Stock Exchange; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any foreign securities exchange or non-exchange market designated by the Commission. Attributes to be considered in determining whether to designate an offshore securities market, among others, include:
</P>
<P>(i) Organization under foreign law;
</P>
<P>(ii) Association with a generally recognized community of brokers, dealers, banks, or other professional intermediaries with an established operating history;
</P>
<P>(iii) Oversight by a governmental or self-regulatory body;
</P>
<P>(iv) Oversight standards set by an existing body of law;
</P>
<P>(v) Reporting of securities transactions on a regular basis to a governmental or self-regulatory body;
</P>
<P>(vi) A system for exchange of price quotations through common communications media; and
</P>
<P>(vii) An organized clearance and settlement system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Directed selling efforts.</I> (1) “Directed selling efforts” means any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for any of the securities being offered in reliance on this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes). Such activity includes placing an advertisement in a publication “with a general circulation in the United States” that refers to the offering of securities being made in reliance upon this Regulation S.
</P>
<P>(2) Publication “with a general circulation in the United States”:
</P>
<P>(i) Is defined as any publication that is printed primarily for distribution in the United States, or has had, during the preceding twelve months, an average circulation in the United States of 15,000 or more copies per issue; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Will encompass only the U.S. edition of any publication printing a separate U.S. edition if the publication, without considering its U.S. edition, would not constitute a publication with a general circulation in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) The following are not “directed selling efforts”:
</P>
<P>(i) Placing an advertisement required to be published under U.S. or foreign law, or under rules or regulations of a U.S. or foreign regulatory or self-regulatory authority, provided the advertisement contains no more information than legally required and includes a statement to the effect that the securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States (or to a U.S. person, if the advertisement relates to an offering under Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) in § 230.903) absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Contact with persons excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(vi) of this section or persons holding accounts excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section, solely in their capacities as holders of such accounts;
</P>
<P>(iii) A tombstone advertisement in any publication with a general circulation in the United States, provided:
</P>
<P>(A) The publication has less than 20% of its circulation, calculated by aggregating the circulation of its U.S. and comparable non-U.S. editions, in the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Such advertisement contains a legend to the effect that the securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States (or to a U.S. person, if the advertisement relates to an offering under Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) in § 230.903) absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such advertisement contains no more information than:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The issuer's name;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The amount and title of the securities being sold;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A brief indication of the issuer's general type of business;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The price of the securities;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The yield of the securities, if debt securities with a fixed (non-contingent) interest provision;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The name and address of the person placing the advertisement, and whether such person is participating in the distribution;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) The names of the managing underwriters;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) The dates, if any, upon which the sales commenced and concluded;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Whether the securities are offered or were offered by rights issued to security holders and, if so, the class of securities that are entitled or were entitled to subscribe, the subscription ratio, the record date, the dates (if any) upon which the rights were issued and expired, and the subscription price; and
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Any legend required by law or any foreign or U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory authority;
</P>
<P>(iv) Bona fide visits to real estate, plants or other facilities located in the United States and tours thereof conducted for a prospective investor by an issuer, a distributor, any of their respective affiliates or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
</P>
<P>(v) Distribution in the United States of a foreign broker-dealer's quotations by a third-party system that distributes such quotations primarily in foreign countries if:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities transactions cannot be executed between foreign broker-dealers and persons in the United States through the system; and
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer, distributors, their respective affiliates, persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, foreign broker-dealers and other participants in the system do not initiate contacts with U.S. persons or persons within the United States, beyond those contacts exempted under § 240.15a-6 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Publication by an issuer of a notice in accordance with § 230.135 or § 230.135c;
</P>
<P>(vii) Providing any journalist with access to press conferences held outside of the United States, to meetings with the issuer or selling security holder representatives conducted outside the United States, or to written press-related materials released outside the United States, at or in which a present or proposed offering of securities is discussed, if the requirements of § 230.135e are satisfied; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Publication or distribution of a research report by a broker or dealer in accordance with Rule 138(c) (§ 230.138(c)) or Rule 139(b) (§ 230.139(b)). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Distributor.</I> “Distributor” means any underwriter, dealer, or other person who participates, pursuant to a contractual arrangement, in the distribution of the securities offered or sold in reliance on this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Domestic issuer/Foreign issuer.</I> “Domestic issuer” means any issuer other than a “foreign government” or “foreign private issuer” (both as defined in § 230.405). “Foreign issuer” means any issuer other than a “domestic issuer.”
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Distribution compliance period.</I> “Distribution compliance period” means a period that begins when the securities were first offered to persons other than distributors in reliance upon this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes) or the date of closing of the offering, whichever is later, and continues until the end of the period of time specified in the relevant provision of § 230.903, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) All offers and sales by a distributor of an unsold allotment or subscription shall be deemed to be made during the distribution compliance period;
</P>
<P>(2) In a continuous offering, the distribution compliance period shall commence upon completion of the distribution, as determined and certified by the managing underwriter or person performing similar functions;
</P>
<P>(3) In a continuous offering of non-convertible debt securities offered and sold in identifiable tranches, the distribution compliance period for securities in a tranche shall commence upon completion of the distribution of such tranche, as determined and certified by the managing underwriter or person performing similar functions; and
</P>
<P>(4) That in a continuous offering of securities to be acquired upon the exercise of warrants, the distribution compliance period shall commence upon completion of the distribution of the warrants, as determined and certified by the managing underwriter or person performing similar functions, if requirements of § 230.903(b)(5) are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Offering restrictions.</I> “Offering restrictions” means:
</P>
<P>(1) Each distributor agrees in writing:
</P>
<P>(i) That all offers and sales of the securities prior to the expiration of the distribution compliance period specified in Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) in § 230.903, as applicable, shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of § 230.903 or § 230.904; pursuant to registration of the securities under the Act; or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For offers and sales of equity securities of domestic issuers, not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such securities prior to the expiration of the distribution compliance period specified in Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) in § 230.903, as applicable, unless in compliance with the Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) All offering materials and documents (other than press releases) used in connection with offers and sales of the securities prior to the expiration of the distribution compliance period specified in Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) in § 230.903, as applicable, shall include statements to the effect that the securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons (other than distributors) unless the securities are registered under the Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act is available. For offers and sales of equity securities of domestic issuers, such offering materials and documents also must state that hedging transactions involving those securities may not be conducted unless in compliance with the Act. Such statements shall appear:
</P>
<P>(i) On the cover or inside cover page of any prospectus or offering circular used in connection with the offer or sale of the securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the underwriting section of any prospectus or offering circular used in connection with the offer or sale of the securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In any advertisement made or issued by the issuer, any distributor, any of their respective affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing. Such statements may appear in summary form on prospectus cover pages and in advertisements.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Offshore transaction.</I> (1) An offer or sale of securities is made in an “offshore transaction” if:
</P>
<P>(i) The offer is not made to a person in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) At the time the buy order is originated, the buyer is outside the United States, or the seller and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe that the buyer is outside the United States; or
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Section 230.903, the transaction is executed in, on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Section 230.904, the transaction is executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market described in paragraph (b) of this section, and neither the seller nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, offers and sales of securities specifically targeted at identifiable groups of U.S. citizens abroad, such as members of the U.S. armed forces serving overseas, shall not be deemed to be made in “offshore transactions.”
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, offers and sales of securities to persons excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(vi) of this section or persons holding accounts excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section, solely in their capacities as holders of such accounts, shall be deemed to be made in “offshore transactions.”
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, publication or distribution of a research report in accordance with Rule 138(c) (§ 230.138(c)) or Rule 139(b) (§ 230.139(b)) by a broker or dealer at or around the time of an offering in reliance on Regulation S (§§ 230.901 through 230.905) will not cause the transaction to fail to be an offshore transaction as defined in this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reporting issuer.</I> “Reporting issuer” means an issuer other than an investment company registered or required to register under the 1940 Act that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b) or 78<I>l</I>(g)) or is required to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(d)); and
</P>
<P>(2) Has filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78<I>o</I>(d)) for a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding the offer or sale of securities made in reliance upon this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes) (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such material).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Substantial U.S. market interest.</I> (1) “Substantial U.S. market interest” with respect to a class of an issuer's equity securities means:
</P>
<P>(i) The securities exchanges and inter-dealer quotation systems in the United States in the aggregate constituted the single largest market for such class of securities in the shorter of the issuer's prior fiscal year or the period since the issuer's incorporation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 20 percent or more of all trading in such class of securities took place in, on or through the facilities of securities exchanges and inter-dealer quotation systems in the United States and less than 55 percent of such trading took place in, on or through the facilities of securities markets of a single foreign country in the shorter of the issuer's prior fiscal year or the period since the issuer's incorporation.
</P>
<P>(2) “Substantial U.S. market interest” with respect to an issuer's debt securities means:
</P>
<P>(i) Its debt securities, in the aggregate, are held of record (as that term is defined in § 240.12g5-1 of this chapter and used for purposes of paragraph (j)(2) of this section) by 300 or more U.S. persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) $1 billion or more of: The principal amount outstanding of its debt securities, the greater of liquidation preference or par value of its securities described in § 230.902(a)(1), and the principal amount or principal balance of its securities described in § 230.902(a)(2), in the aggregate, is held of record by U.S. persons; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 20 percent or more of: The principal amount outstanding of its debt securities, the greater of liquidation preference or par value of its securities described in § 230.902(a)(1), and the principal amount or principal balance of its securities described in § 230.902(a)(2), in the aggregate, is held of record by U.S. persons.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (j)(2) of this section, substantial U.S. market interest with respect to an issuer's debt securities is calculated without reference to securities that qualify for the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(3)).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>U.S. person.</I> (1) “U.S. person” means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any natural person resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(v) Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Any partnership or corporation if:
</P>
<P>(A) Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(B) Formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in § 230.501(a)) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.
</P>
<P>(2) The following are not “U.S. persons”:
</P>
<P>(i) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if:
</P>
<P>(A) An executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and
</P>
<P>(B) The estate is governed by foreign law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person, if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(iv) An employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;
</P>
<P>(v) Any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if:
</P>
<P>(A) The agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and
</P>
<P>(B) The agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>United States.</I> “United States” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 9642, Feb. 25, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 44819, Aug. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.903" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.211" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.903   Offers or sales of securities by the issuer, a distributor, any of their respective affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing; conditions relating to specific securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An offer or sale of securities by the issuer, a distributor, any of their respective affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, shall be deemed to occur outside the United States within the meaning of § 230.901 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The offer or sale is made in an offshore transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) No directed selling efforts are made in the United States by the issuer, a distributor, any of their respective affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(3) The conditions of paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional conditions</I>—(1) <I>Category 1.</I> No conditions other than those set forth in § 230.903(a) apply to securities in this category. Securities are eligible for this category if:
</P>
<P>(i) The securities are issued by a foreign issuer that reasonably believes at the commencement of the offering that:
</P>
<P>(A) There is no substantial U.S. market interest in the class of securities to be offered or sold (if equity securities are offered or sold);
</P>
<P>(B) There is no substantial U.S. market interest in its debt securities (if debt securities are offered or sold);
</P>
<P>(C) There is no substantial U.S. market interest in the securities to be purchased upon exercise (if warrants are offered or sold); and
</P>
<P>(D) There is no substantial U.S. market interest in either the convertible securities or the underlying securities (if convertible securities are offered or sold);
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities are offered and sold in an overseas directed offering, which means:
</P>
<P>(A) An offering of securities of a foreign issuer that is directed into a single country other than the United States to the residents thereof and that is made in accordance with the local laws and customary practices and documentation of such country; or
</P>
<P>(B) An offering of non-convertible debt securities of a domestic issuer that is directed into a single country other than the United States to the residents thereof and that is made in accordance with the local laws and customary practices and documentation of such country, provided that the principal and interest of the securities (or par value, as applicable) are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars and such securities are neither convertible into U.S. dollar-denominated securities nor linked to U.S. dollars (other than through related currency or interest rate swap transactions that are commercial in nature) in a manner that in effect converts the securities to U.S. dollar-denominated securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) The securities are backed by the full faith and credit of a foreign government; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The securities are offered and sold to employees of the issuer or its affiliates pursuant to an employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States, and customary practices and documentation of such country, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The securities are issued in compensatory circumstances for bona fide services rendered to the issuer or its affiliates in connection with their businesses and such services are not rendered in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction;
</P>
<P>(B) Any interests in the plan are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution;
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer takes reasonable steps to preclude the offer and sale of interests in the plan or securities under the plan to U.S. residents other than employees on temporary assignment in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(D) Documentation used in connection with any offer pursuant to the plan contains a statement that the securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States unless registered or an exemption from registration is available.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Category 2.</I> The following conditions apply to securities that are not eligible for Category 1 (paragraph (b)(1)) of this section and that are equity securities of a reporting foreign issuer, or debt securities of a reporting issuer or of a non-reporting foreign issuer.
</P>
<P>(i) Offering restrictions are implemented;
</P>
<P>(ii) The offer or sale, if made prior to the expiration of a 40-day distribution compliance period, is not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person (other than a distributor); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each distributor selling securities to a distributor, a dealer, as defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(12)), or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the securities sold, prior to the expiration of a 40-day distribution compliance period, sends a confirmation or other notice to the purchaser stating that the purchaser is subject to the same restrictions on offers and sales that apply to a distributor.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Category 3.</I> The following conditions apply to securities that are not eligible for Category 1 or 2 (paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2)) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Offering restrictions are implemented;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of debt securities:
</P>
<P>(A) The offer or sale, if made prior to the expiration of a 40-day distribution compliance period, is not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person (other than a distributor); and
</P>
<P>(B) The securities are represented upon issuance by a temporary global security which is not exchangeable for definitive securities until the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period and, for persons other than distributors, until certification of beneficial ownership of the securities by a non-U.S. person or a U.S. person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of equity securities:
</P>
<P>(A) The offer or sale, if made prior to the expiration of a one-year distribution compliance period (or six-month distribution compliance period if the issuer is a reporting issuer), is not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person (other than a distributor); and
</P>
<P>(B) The offer or sale, if made prior to the expiration of a one-year distribution compliance period (or six-month distribution compliance period if the issuer is a reporting issuer), is made pursuant to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The purchaser of the securities (other than a distributor) certifies that it is not a U.S. person and is not acquiring the securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person or is a U.S. person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The purchaser of the securities agrees to resell such securities only in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration; and agrees not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such securities unless in compliance with the Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The securities of a domestic issuer contain a legend to the effect that transfer is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S (§§ 230.901 through 230.905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration; and that hedging transactions involving those securities may not be conducted unless in compliance with the Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The issuer is required, either by contract or a provision in its bylaws, articles, charter or comparable document, to refuse to register any transfer of the securities not made in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S (§§ 230.901 through 230.905, and Preliminary Notes), pursuant to registration under the Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration; <I>provided, however,</I> that if the securities are in bearer form or foreign law prevents the issuer of the securities from refusing to register securities transfers, other reasonable procedures (such as a legend described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(B)(<I>3</I>) of this section) are implemented to prevent any transfer of the securities not made in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Each distributor selling securities to a distributor, a dealer (as defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(12)), or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration, prior to the expiration of a 40-day distribution compliance period in the case of debt securities, or a one-year distribution compliance period (or six-month distribution compliance period if the issuer is a reporting issuer) in the case of equity securities, sends a confirmation or other notice to the purchaser stating that the purchaser is subject to the same restrictions on offers and sales that apply to a distributor.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Guaranteed securities.</I> Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section, in offerings of debt securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and interest by the parent of the issuer of the debt securities, only the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section that are applicable to the offer and sale of the guarantee must be satisfied with respect to the offer and sale of the guaranteed debt securities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Warrants.</I> An offer or sale of warrants under Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) of this section also must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Each warrant must bear a legend stating that the warrant and the securities to be issued upon its exercise have not been registered under the Act and that the warrant may not be exercised by or on behalf of any U.S. person unless registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each person exercising a warrant is required to give:
</P>
<P>(A) Written certification that it is not a U.S. person and the warrant is not being exercised on behalf of a U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(B) A written opinion of counsel to the effect that the warrant and the securities delivered upon exercise thereof have been registered under the Act or are exempt from registration thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Procedures are implemented to ensure that the warrant may not be exercised within the United States, and that the securities may not be delivered within the United States upon exercise, other than in offerings deemed to meet the definition of “offshore transaction” pursuant to § 230.902(h), unless registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 9645, Feb. 25, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 71571, Dec. 17, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.904" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.212" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.904   Offshore resales.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An offer or sale of securities by any person other than the issuer, a distributor, any of their respective affiliates (except any officer or director who is an affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position), or any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, shall be deemed to occur outside the United States within the meaning of § 230.901 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The offer or sale are made in an offshore transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) No directed selling efforts are made in the United States by the seller, an affiliate, or any person acting on their behalf; and
</P>
<P>(3) The conditions of paragraph (b) of this section, if applicable, are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional conditions</I>—(1) <I>Resales by dealers and persons receiving selling concessions.</I> In the case of an offer or sale of securities prior to the expiration of the distribution compliance period specified in Category 2 or 3 (paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3)) of § 230.903, as applicable, by a dealer, as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(12)), or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the securities offered or sold:
</P>
<P>(i) Neither the seller nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the offeree or buyer of the securities is a U.S. person; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the seller or any person acting on the seller's behalf knows that the purchaser is a dealer, as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(12)), or is a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the securities sold, the seller or a person acting on the seller's behalf sends to the purchaser a confirmation or other notice stating that the securities may be offered and sold during the distribution compliance period only in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes); pursuant to registration of the securities under the Act; or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Resales by certain affiliates.</I> In the case of an offer or sale of securities by an officer or director of the issuer or a distributor, who is an affiliate of the issuer or distributor solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling concession, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with such offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker's commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 9646, Feb. 25, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.905" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.213" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.905   Resale limitations.</HEAD>
<P>Equity securities of domestic issuers acquired from the issuer, a distributor, or any of their respective affiliates in a transaction subject to the conditions of § 230.901 or § 230.903 are deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in § 230.144. Resales of any of such restricted securities by the offshore purchaser must be made in accordance with this Regulation S (§ 230.901 through § 230.905, and Preliminary Notes), the registration requirements of the Act or an exemption therefrom. Any “restricted securities,” as defined in § 230.144, that are equity securities of a domestic issuer will continue to be deemed to be restricted securities, notwithstanding that they were acquired in a resale transaction made pursuant to § 230.901 or § 230.904.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 9647, Feb. 25, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="53" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation CE—Coordinated Exemptions for Certain Issues of Securities Exempt Under State Law</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.1001" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.13.0.53.214" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.1001   Exemption for transactions exempt from qualification under § 25102(n) of the California Corporations Code.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes:</HED>
<P>(1) Nothing in this section is intended to be or should be construed as in any way relieving issuers or persons acting on behalf of issuers from providing disclosure to prospective investors necessary to satisfy the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws. This section only provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (“the Act”) [15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>]. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section obviates the need to comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer and sales of securities. 
</P>
<P>(3) Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an exclusive election; the issuer also can claim the availability of any other applicable exemption. 
</P>
<P>(4) This exemption is not available to any issuer for any transaction which, while in technical compliance with the provision of this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act. In such cases, registration under the Act is required.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> Offers and sales of securities that satisfy the conditions of paragraph (n) of § 25102 of the California Corporations Code, and paragraph (b) of this section, shall be exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 by virtue of Section 3(b) of that Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitation on and computation of offering price.</I> The sum of all cash and other consideration to be received for the securities shall not exceed $5,000,000, less the aggregate offering price for all other securities sold in the same offering of securities, whether pursuant to this or another exemption. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Resale limitations.</I> Securities issued pursuant to this § 230.1001 are deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in Securities Act Rule 144 [§ 230.144]. Resales of such securities must be made in compliance with the registration requirements of the Act or an exemption therefrom.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 21359, May 9, 1996]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="231" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 231—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>

</PSPACE></AUTH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial text of letter of Chief of Securities Division of Federal Trade Commission relating to section 11(e)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 22, 1933</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10947.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of Federal Trade Commission relating to offers of sale prior to the effective date of the registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 6, 1933</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10948.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Federal Trade Commission relating to registration of stock issued by certain mortgage loan companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 13, 1933</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extracts from letters of Federal Trade Commission relating to applications of various sections of the Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 28, 1933</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10949.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extract from letter of Federal Trade Commission discussing availability of a “broker's exemption” to the customer of the broker</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 13, 1934</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10951.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Federal Trade Commission discussing the amendment of the Securities Act to include fractional undivided interests in oil, gas or other mineral rights in the definition of security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 20, 1934</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Federal Trade Commission relating to the availability of an exemption from registration where a secondary distribution involves sales outside the State of incorporation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 20, 1934</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10952.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing factors to be considered in determining the availability of the exemption from registration provided by the second clause of section 4(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">285</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 24, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing the availability of an exemption from registration for securities issued in exchange for other securities where terms of the issuance and exchange are subject to approval by a State public utility commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 15, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10953.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing availability of an exemption from registration for collateral trust notes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">401</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 18, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing distribution by statistical service of bulletins and circulars describing securities for which registration statements have been filed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">464</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 19, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing the availability of an exemption from registration for the issuance of securities under deposit agreements where solicitations under the agreements were begun prior to the effective date of the registration requirements of the Securities Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 26, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10955.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing the availability of exemption from registration of the second clause of section 4(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">603</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 16, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letters of General Counsel discussing application of section 3(a)(9)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">646</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 3, 1936</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10956.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter by General Counsel discussing circulation by underwriters and dealers of summaries of information contained in registration statements prior to the effective date of such statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">802</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 23, 1936</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10957.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing the application of section 5(b)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">828</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 4, 1936</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Director of the Division of Forms and Regulations relating to Rule 821(a) (17 CFR 230.821(a))</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">874</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 2, 1936</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing whether a sale of a security is involved in the payment of a dividend</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">929</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1936</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing solicitation by financial and security houses of brokerage orders for the purchase of securities prior to the effective date of a registration statement for such securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1256</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 9, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10958.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Director of the Division of Forms and Regulations discussing the definition of “parent” as used in various forms under Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1376</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 7, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel discussing nature of exemption from registration provided by section 3(a)(11)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1459</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 29, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Director of the Division of Forms and Regulations relating to Rule 821(a) (17 CFR 230.821(a))</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 12, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10959.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of the Director of the Division of Forms and Regulations relating to Rule 821(a) (17 CFR 230.821(a))</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 19, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10961.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to Rule 142 (17 CFR 230.142)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1862</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 14, 1938</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10962.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel concerning the services of former employees of the Commission in connection with matters with which such employees became familiar during their course of employment with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1939</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10963.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to sections 3(a)(9) and 4(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 8, 1939</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10953.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission policy with respect to the acceleration of the effective date of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 23, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10964.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel concerning the application of the third clause of section 4(1) in various situations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 25, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extract from letter of Director of the Corporation Finance Division</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2899</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10965.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to the violation of the anti-fraud provisions of the Securities Act by manipulation of prices of securities not registered on a national securities exchange</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2955</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 16, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to the violation of the anti-fraud provisions of the Securities Act in cases of a “syndicate account” while members of the syndicate or selling group are engaged in the retail distribution of such security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2956</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 11, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission relating to the anti-fraud provisions of section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 and sections 10(b) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1, 1944</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Chief Counsel to the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 3(a)(10)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 7, 1944</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10965.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Chief Counsel to the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 3(a)(10)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 28, 1944</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10966.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission relating to section 3(a)(10)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, and sections 10(b) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission policy as to acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement where a selling stockholder does not bear his equitable proportion of the expense of registration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3055</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 7, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission policy as to the acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement in cases where an inadequate “red herring” prospectus has been issued</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3061</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 30, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission with respect to representations that the Commission has approved the price of a security offered to the public under a registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 24, 1946</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10967.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statements of the Commission accompanying adoption of § 230.131 (Rule 131)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3177</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 30, 1946</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 14726.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of the Director of the Corporation Finance Division regarding registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of certain warrants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 9, 1947</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12 FR 2513.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to “when-issued” trading</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3343</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 24, 1949</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14 FR 2831.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission relating to § 230.220(i) of this chapter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3399</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 6, 1950</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 FR 8965.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel relating to the use of “hedge clauses” by brokers, dealers, investment advisers, and others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 18, 1951</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16 FR 3387.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statements of the Commission respecting purpose of § 230.132 (Rule 132); respecting acceleration of identifying statements and proposed prospectuses pursuant to § 230.131 and § 230.132 (Rules 131 and 132); and respecting acceleration policy where there has been no bona fide effort to prepare a reasonably concise and readable prospectus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3453</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 1, 1952</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17 FR 8900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission relating to publication of information prior to or after the effective date of a registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3844</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 4, 1957</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22 FR 8359.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission concerning the interpretation and application of § 230.133 (Rule 133)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 8, 1957</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22 FR 8361.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission regarding trading stamps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 21, 1958</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23 FR 498.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission regarding public offerings of investment contracts providing for the acquisition, sale or servicing of mortgages or deeds of trust</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3892</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 31, 1958</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23 FR 840.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission as to the applicability of the Federal securities laws to real estate investment trusts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4298</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 18, 1960</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 FR 12177.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission concerning interpretation of section 39(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4412</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 20, 1961</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 FR 9158.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission concerning exemption for local offerings from registration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4434</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 6, 1961</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 FR 11896.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission concerning standards of conduct for registered broker-dealers in the distribution of unregistered securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4445</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 1251.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission in regard to the wide variation of certificates used by independent accountants in their registration statements concerning verification of inventories (income statements) of prior years in first audits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 2312.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission in regard to the increase of time between the filing and the effective dates of a substantial volume of registration statements and suggested assistance to issuers, counsels, and others preparing registration statements to remedy this delay</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4475</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 13, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 3990.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission cautioning broker-dealers about violating the anti-fraud provisions of the Federal securities laws when making short sales in which they delay effecting the covering transaction to acquire the security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4476</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 16, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 3991.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Commission that “Equity Funding”, “Secured Funding”, or “Life Funding” constitutes an investment contract and when publicly offered is required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4491</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 22, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 5190.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission regarding limitations of the availability of so-called “private offering exemption.”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 6, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 11316.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission showing circumstances in 7 cases where profits in real estate transactions were not earned at time transactions were recorded but that the sales were designed to create the illusion of profits or value as a basis for the sales of securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4566</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 28, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 FR 276.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's publication of policies and practices of its Division of Corporation Finance to be used as guide for preparation and filing of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4666</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 7, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 2490.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission explaining the operation of section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 in the offer and sale of securities by underwriters and dealers prior to and after the filing of a registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4697</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 28, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 7317.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission re applicability of Securities Act of 1933 to offerings of securities outside the U.S. and re applicability of section 15(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to foreign underwriters as part of program of Presidential Task Force to reduce U.S. balance of payments deficit and protect U.S. gold reserves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4708</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 9, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 9828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of Chief Counsel of Division of Corporation Finance recommending against proposed amendment to Rule 134 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.134) with specific interpretations valuable to would be users of “tombstone” advertisements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4709</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 14, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 9827.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Summary and interpretation by the Commission of amendments to the Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as contained in the Securities Acts Amendments of 1964</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4725</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 13455.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission re the registration of securities purchased through employee stock purchase plans and warning that plans not subject to registration should be limited to securities of reliable companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4790</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 13, 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 FR 9059.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion and statement of the Commission in regard to proper reporting of deferred income taxes arising from installment sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4811</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 7, 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 FR 15420.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to clarify the meaning of “beneficial ownership of securities” as relates to beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4817</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 19, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 1005.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Restatement (superseding Release No. 4669) of the Commission alerting the financial community to the limitations of Rule 154 (17 CFR 230.154) under the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4818</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 21, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 2544.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting the date of May 1, 1966 after which filings must reflect beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4819</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 14, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 3175.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Request by the Commission to issuers to use language that can be understood readily by employees in prospectuses for securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-8 (17 CFR 239.16b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4844</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 5, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 10667.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission prepared in conjunction with Maryland, Virginia, and District of Columbia authorities re applicability of Federal Securities Laws as to registration requirements and antifraud provisions in real estate syndications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4877</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 8, 1967</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 FR 11705.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinions of the Commission on the acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and on the clearance of proxy material such as convertible preferred shares considered residual securities in determining earnings per share applicable to common stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 18, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 10086.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to alert prospective borrowers obtaining loans for real estate development about recent fraudulent schemes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4913</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 5, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 10134.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission clarifying that industrial revenue bonds sold under Rule 131 (17 CFR 230.131) and Rule 3b-5 (17 CFR 240.3b-5) are not effected if acquired and paid for by the underwriters on or before December 31, 1968</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4923</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 16, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 14545.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting forth certain procedures for the staff of its Division of Corporation Finance to adopt in order to expedite the filing of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 21, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 17900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Director of the Commission's Division of Corporate Regulation re the filing of supplements to investment company prospectuses under the Securities Act of 1933 as a result of changes in stock exchange rules effective December 5, 1968 relating to “customer-directed give ups”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC-5554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 3, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 18576.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for preparation and filing of registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4936</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 9, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 18617.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of Chief Counsel of Division of Corporate Regulation setting forth the Commission's interpretation as to references to certain financial services in “Tombstone” advertisements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 382.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting forth emergency procedures adopted by the Division of Corporate Regulation to expedite processing of registration statements, amendments, and proxy statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4955</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 12, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 5547.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Proposed guide for prospective registrants re the use of misleading names</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 7, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 6575.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Declaration of the Commission that prior delivery of preliminary prospectus to underwriters and dealers will accelerate the effective date of a registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4968</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 24, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 7235.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy of Commission's Division of Corporation Finance to send only one letter of comments re registration statement to the issuer or its counsel and one to the principal underwriter or its counsel if there are underwriters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 7613.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission cautioning brokers and dealers with respect to effecting transactions of “spin offs” and “shell corporations”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 2, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 11581.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's proposed guide for prospectuses relating to public offering of interests in oil and gas drilling programs to assist issuers in preparing registration statements and to help investors in understanding and analysis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 27, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 14125.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Proposed guide for prospective registrants re the use of misleading names adopted unchanged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 15245.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretations by the Commission re the publication of information prior to or after filing of a registration statement, and also re its proposal to amend Rule 174 to change effective date restrictions of the existing prospectus delivery requirements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 7, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 16870.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement about publicity concerning the petroleum discoveries on the North Slope of Alaska</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 20, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 17433.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's warning statement re sale and distribution of whisky warehouse receipts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 4, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 18160.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Commission's views re preparation of prospectuses relating to public offerings of interests in oil and gas programs are represented by Guide No. 55 set forth here and in Securities Act Release No. 4936 rather than the proposed guide in Securities Act Release No. 5001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5036</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 19, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 1233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Conclusion by the Commission that a registration statement will be considered defective under the 1933 Act when the certificate does not meet the requirements of 17 CFR 210.2-02 because the accountant qualifies his opinion due to doubt as to whether the company will continue as a going concern</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 17, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 4121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's guidelines re applicability of Federal securities laws to offer and sale outside the U.S. of shares of registered open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5068</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 12103.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission reminding reporting companies of obligation re Commission's rules to file reports on a timely basis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 15, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 16733.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication by the Commission of a registration guide relating to the interest of legal counsel and experts in the registrant</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5094</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 21, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 16919.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's Guide No. 58 requiring disclosure in prospectus of address and telephone number of the registrant's principal executive offices</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 12, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 17990.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement re exemption of certain industrial revenue bonds from registration, etc. requirements in view of amendment of Securities Act of 1933 and of Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by “section 401” (PL 91-373)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 6, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 17990.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views relating to important questions re the accounting by registered investment companies for investment securities in their financial statements and in the periodic computations of net asset value for the purpose of pricing their shares</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 19986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement setting forth its policy on use of legends and stop-transfer instructions as evidence of nonpublic offering</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 30, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 1525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's procedure to be followed if requests are to be met for no action or interpretative letters and responses thereto to be made available for public use</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretations of the Commission in regard to requirements for registration statements and reports concerning information requested re description of business, summary of operations, and financial statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5133</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 18, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 4483.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Third in a series of statements by the Commission on problems arising under PL 91-547 re registration and regulation of insurance company separate accounts used as funding vehicles for certain employee stock bonus, pension and profit sharing plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 2, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 7897.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission warning the public about novel unsecured debt securities which appear to invite unwarranted comparisons with bank savings accounts, savings and loan association accounts, and bank time deposit certificates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-9143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 12, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 8238.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission prohibiting the reduction of fixed charges by amounts representing interest or investment income or gains on retirement of debt in registration statements or reports filed with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 16, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 11918.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission calling attention to requirements in its forms and rules under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 for disclosure of legal proceedings and descriptions of registrant's business as these requirements relate to material matters involving the environment and civil rights</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 19, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 13989.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's authorization of publication of amended Registration Guide No. 8 which sets forth the policy of the Commission's Division of Corporation Finance with respect to pictorial or graphic representations in prospectives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5171</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 20, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 13915.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's policy requiring the inclusion in financial statements of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the total enterprise in equivalent prominence with the ratio for the registrant or registrant and consolidated subsidiaries</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 10, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 15527.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for release of information by issuers whose securities are “in registration”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 16, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 16506.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy of Commission's Division of Corporation Finance to defer processing registration statements and amendments filed under the Securities Act of 1933 by issuers whose reports are delinquent until such reports are brought up to date</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5196</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 19362.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication by the Commission of a registration guide relating to “insurance premium funding” programs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 8, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 22013.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement concerning applicability of securities laws to multilevel distributorships and other business opportunities offered through pyramid sales plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5211</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 30, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 23289.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement concerning offering and sale of securities in nonpublic offerings and applicability of antifraud provisions of securities acts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5226</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 14, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of procedures followed by the staff of its Division of Corporation Finance in examining registration statements; request to issuers to follow certain procedures to expedite registration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 2, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 4327.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission endorses the establishment by all publicly held companies of audit committees composed of outside directors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5237</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 6850.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of Commission's policy statement on the future structure of securities markets to selection of brokers and payment of commissions by institutional managers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 9988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement and policy on misleading pro rata stock distributions to shareholders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5255</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 11559.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines prepared by the Division of Corporate Regulation for use in preparing and filing registration statements for open-end and closed-end management investment companies on Forms S-4 and S-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5259</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 29, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 12790.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on independence of certifying accountants; example cases and Commission's conclusions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 14294.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guides for preparation and filing of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5278</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 15986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's procedures for processing post effective amendments filed by all registered investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5305</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 29, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 20317.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretations of rules concerning underwriters by the Commission's Corporate Finance Division</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 31, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 23180.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's decisions on recommendations of advisory committee regarding commencement of enforcement proceedings and termination of staff investigations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 5457.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretation of risk-sharing test in pooling of interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 20937.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement that short-selling securities prior to offering date is a possible violation of antifraud and antimanipulative laws</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 25, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 22796.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission reaffirms proper accounting treatment to be followed by a lessee when the lessor is created as a conduit for debt financing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 13, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 26516.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement to builders and sellers of condominiums of their obligations under the Securities Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5347</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 1735.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment of previous interpretation (AS-130) of risk-sharing test in pooling-of-interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5348</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 1734.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's policy on the use of “sales literature” in Investment Company prospectuses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5359</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 7220.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's findings on disclosure of projections of future economic performance by issuers of publicly traded securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5362</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 7220.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on reporting cash flow and other related data</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5377</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 11, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 9158.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on advertising and sales practices in connection with offers and sales of securities involving Condominium Units and other Units in real estate development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5382</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 9587.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on preparation and filing of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5396</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 29, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 17200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on obligations of underwriters with respect to discretionary accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5398</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 29, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 17201.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement calling attention to requirements for completing and filing of Form 144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 3, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 17715.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission expresses concern with failure of issuers to timely and properly file periodic and current reports</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5492</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 18366.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on exceptions for filing registration statements for variable life insurance contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5413</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 16, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 22121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's conclusions as to certain problems relating to the effect of treasury stock transactions on accounting for business combinations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 24635.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission requests comments on Accounting Series Release No. 146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 17, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 28819.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission on disclosure of the impact of possible fuel shortages on the operations of issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5447</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 1511.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on disclosure of inventory profits reflected in income in periods of rising prices</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5449</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 17, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 2085.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission views on disclosure of illegal campaign contributions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5466</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 10237.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission views and positions with respect to Rule 145 and related matters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 22, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 10891.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of policy and interpretations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5416A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 25, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 14588.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on business combinations involving open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 23, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 26719.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for filings related to extractive reserves and natural gas supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5511</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 23, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 26720.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's practices on reporting of natural gas reserve estimates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5504</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 30, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 27556.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's revised position concerning dividend reinvestment plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5515</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 8, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 28520.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for registration and reporting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5520</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 3, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 31894.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's requirements for financial statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5528</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 11, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 36578.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letters of the Division of Corporation Finance with respect to certain proposed arrangements for the sale of gold bullion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 9, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 1695.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's examples of unusual risks and uncertainties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5551</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 15, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 2678.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on disclosure problems relating to LIFO accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5558</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 12, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 6483.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on Accounting Series Release No. 148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5590</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 30, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 27441.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statements of Investment Policies of Money Market Funds Relating to Industry Concentration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5639</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 21, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 54241.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of guide for preparation of registration statements relating to interests in real estate limited partnerships</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5692</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 26, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 17374.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Standards for disclosure; oil and gas reserve</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5706</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 28, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 21764.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for statistical disclosure by bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5735</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 39010.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Registration statements (not including post-effective amendments)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5738</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 1976
<br/>Oct. 26, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 39013.
<br/>41 FR 46851.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guide for preparation of registration statements relating to interests in real estate limited partnerships</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5745</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 1, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 43398.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for preparation and filing of registration statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5791
<br/>6049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 28, 1976
<br/>Apr. 3, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 56306.
<br/>44 FR 21567.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission amends the general instructions to a short form registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5821</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 15, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 22139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Recission of certain accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 15, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 33282.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Withdrawal of undertaking required of investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5854</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 12, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 42196.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industry segment determination</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 9599.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of registration requirements to certain tender offers and the application of tender offer provisions to certain cash-option mergers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5927</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 24, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 18163.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guide for reports or memoranda concerning registrants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5929</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 12, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 20484.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prospectus delivery requirements in special offerings to mutual fund shareholders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 4, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 47492;
<br/>43 FR 52022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for disclosure of projections of future economic performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 7, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 53246.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement regarding disclosure of impact of Wage and Price Standards for 1979 on the operations of issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 29, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 57596.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Withdrawal of statement of policy on investment company sales literature</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6047</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 28, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 21007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General statement of policy regarding exemptive provisions relating to annuity and insurance contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6051</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 21626.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission recommends certain techniques in drafting trust indentures to the attention of persons registering offerings of debt securities under the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 11, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 43466.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Resales of restricted and other securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 2, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 46752.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Environmental disclosure requirements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 56924.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No action position respecting public offerings of debt securities registered on Form S-18 without qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 16, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 61941.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of management remuneration by certain foreign private issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 29, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 70130.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pooled income funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 3258.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employee benefit plans; interpretation of statute</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6188</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 8962.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effect of credit controls on the operations of certain registered investment companies including money market funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 14, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 17954.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendments to guides for statistical disclosure by bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 8, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 47140.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendments to annual report form, related forms, rules, regulations and guides; integration of Securities' Acts Disclosure System</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 63644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uniform instructions as to financial statements—regulation S-X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6234</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 63692.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delayed offerings by foreign governments or political subdivisions thereof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 10, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 72644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Procedures utilized by the division of corporation finance for rendering informal advice</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 28, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 72644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Simplified form of trust indenture</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6279</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 8, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 3500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employee benefit plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6281</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 15, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 8446.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option and option-related transactions during underwritten offerings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6297</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 6, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 16670.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issuance of “Retail Repurchase Agreements” by Banks and Savings and Loan Associations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6351</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 25, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48637.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effect of Revenue Ruling 81-225 on Issuers and Holders of Certain Variable Annuity Contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 28, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48640.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Recission of Guides and Redesignation of Industry Guides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6384</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 11480.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revisions to the Division of Corporation Finance's Guide 5 and Amendment of Related Disclosure Provisions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 3, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 25122.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Continuous and Delayed Offerings by Foreign Governments or Political Subdivisions thereof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 39809.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Supplemental disclosures of oil and gas producing activities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6444</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 15, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 57914.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6455</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 10045.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revision of Financial Statement Requirements and Industry Guide Disclosure for Bank Holding Companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 7, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 11113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revision of Industry Guide Disclosures for Bank Holding Companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 11, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 37613.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public Statements by Corporate Representatives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6504</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 13, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 2469.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rules and Guide for Disclosures Concerning Reserves for Unpaid Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses of Property-Casualty Underwriters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6559</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 27, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 47594.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Securities Issued or Guaranteed by United States Branches or Agencies of Foreign Banks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6661</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 29, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 34462.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendments to Industry Guide Disclosures by Bank Holding Companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6677</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 3, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 43594.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Companies Affected by the Government's Defense Contract Procurement Inquiry and Related Issues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 1, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 29226.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure by Issuers of Interests in Publicly Offered Commodity Pools</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6815</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 5600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Certain Investment Company Disclosures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 22427.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Limited Partnership Reorganizations and Public Offerings of Limited Partnership Interests</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 17, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 28986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acceptability in Financial Statements of an Accounting Standard Permitting the Return of a Nonaccrual Loan to Accrual Status After a Partial Charge-off</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6906</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 37000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Municipal Securities Issuers and Others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 9, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 12758.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment of Interpretation Regarding Substantive Repossession of Collateral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7060</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 12, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 26109.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Problematic Practices Under Regulation S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 27, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 35666.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of Electronic Media for Delivery Purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 6, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 53467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of Electronic Media by Broker-Dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 15, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 FR 24651.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of Internet Web Sites to Offer Securities, Solicit Securities Transactions, or Advertise Investment Services Offshore</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 27, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 14813.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues and Consequences by Public Companies, Investment Advisers, Investment Companies, and Municipal Securities Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7558</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 4, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 41404.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of Electronic Media</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7856</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 28, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 25843.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exemption From Section 101(c)(1) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act for Registered Investment Companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7877</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 27, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 47284.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act to Record Retention Requirements Pertaining to Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 14, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 33176.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation of Average Weekly Trading Volume</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8005A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 49274.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance and Rules to Trading in Security Future Products</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 21, 2002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67 FR 43246.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 19, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 75065.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's Auditing and Related Professional Practice Standard No. 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8422</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 14, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 29066.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Prohibited Conduct in Connection with IPO Allocations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8565</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 7, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 19677.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8642</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 5, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 73345.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance and Revisions to the Cross-Border Tender Offer, Exchange Offer, Rights Offerings, and Business Combination Rules and Beneficial Ownership Reporting Rules for Certain Foreign Institutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8957</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 19, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 60088.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9062A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 42773.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Disclosure Related to Climate Change</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 6297.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Presentation of Liquidity and Capital Resources Disclosures in Management's Discussion and Analysis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 59897.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Definition of the Terms “Spouse” and “Marriage” Following the Supreme Court's Decision in <E T="03">United States</E> v. <E T="03">Windsor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-9850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80 FR 37536.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Revenue Recognition for Bill-and-Hold Arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-10402</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41148.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Updates to Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-10403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-10751</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">January 30, 2020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85 FR 10571.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acceleration of Effectiveness of Registration Statements of Issuers with Certain Mandatory Arbitration Provisions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90 FR 45125.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the Federal Securities Laws to Certain Types of Crypto Assets and Certain Transactions Involving Crypto Assets</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11412</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">March 17, 2026</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">91 FR 13732
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="232" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 232—REGULATION S-T—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR ELECTRONIC FILINGS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77c, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a), 77z-3, 77sss(a), 78c(b), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o(d), 78w(a), 78<I>ll,</I> 80a-6(c), 80a-8, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-37, 7201 <I>et seq.;</I> and 18 U.S.C. 1350, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE><P>Section 232.302 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub.L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.




</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="54" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.10   Application of part 232.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part, in conjunction with the EDGAR Filer Manual and the electronic filing provisions of applicable rules, regulations and forms, shall govern the electronic submission of documents filed or otherwise submitted to the Commission and shall be controlling for an electronic format document in the manner and respects provided in this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each electronic filer must, before filing on EDGAR:
</P>
<P>(1) File electronically the information required by Form ID (§§ 239.63, 249.446, 269.7, and 274.402 of this chapter), the application for EDGAR access and
</P>
<P>(2) File, by uploading as a Portable Document Format (PDF) attachment to the Form ID filing, a notarized document, signed by the electronic filer or its authorized individual, that includes the information required to be included in the Form ID filing and confirms the authenticity of the Form ID filing.




</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of § 232.302 (Rule 302) do not apply to the notarized document required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) To file on EDGAR, each electronic filer must comply with the EDGAR account access and account management requirements set forth in this section and in the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic filer may only authorize individuals to act on its behalf on the dashboard if those individuals have obtained individual account credentials for EDGAR in the manner specified in the EDGAR Filer Manual;
</P>
<P>(2) Each electronic filer must authorize and maintain at least two individuals as account administrators to act on the electronic filer's behalf to manage its EDGAR account, except each individual or single-member company electronic filer must authorize and maintain at least one individual as an account administrator to manage its EDGAR account;
</P>
<P>(3) If the electronic filer chooses to connect to an EDGAR Application Programming Interface, the electronic filer, through its authorized account administrator(s), must authorize at least two technical administrators to manage technical matters related to the electronic filer's connection to any EDGAR Application Programming Interface, unless the electronic filer delegates to a delegated entity that is in compliance with the technical administrator requirements of this paragraph and connects to the EDGAR Application Programming Interface using its delegated entity's filer API tokens and API connections;
</P>
<P>(4) The electronic filer, through its authorized account administrator(s), must confirm annually on EDGAR that all account administrators, users, technical administrators, and/or delegated entities reflected on the dashboard for its EDGAR account are authorized by the electronic filer to act on its behalf, and that all information about the filer on the dashboard is accurate;
</P>
<P>(5) The electronic filer, through its authorized account administrator(s), must maintain accurate and current information on EDGAR concerning the electronic filer's account, including but not limited to accurate corporate information and contact information; and
</P>
<P>(6) The electronic filer, through its authorized account administrator(s), must securely maintain information relevant to the ability to access the electronic filer's EDGAR account, including but not limited to access through any EDGAR Application Programming Interfaces.


</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 232.10:
</HED>
<P>The Commission staff carefully review each Form ID, and electronic filers should expect that the Commission staff will require sufficient time to review the Form ID upon its submission. Therefore, any applicant seeking EDGAR access is encouraged to submit the Form ID for review well in advance of the first required filing to allow sufficient time for staff to review the application.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 36456, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 69 FR 22709, Apr. 26, 2004; 74 FR 10838, Mar. 13, 2009; 77 FR 54807, Sept. 6, 2012; 85 FR 17751, Mar. 31, 2020; 86 FR 7972, Feb. 3, 2021; 86 FR 25805, May 11, 2021; 89 Fr 106222, Dec. 27, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.11   Definition of terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specifically provided, the terms used in Regulation S-T (part 232 of this chapter) have the same meanings as in the federal securities laws and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder. In addition, the following definitions of terms apply specifically to electronic format documents and shall apply wherever they appear in laws, rules, regulations and forms governing such documents, unless the context otherwise specifies: 
</P>
<P><I>Account administrator.</I> The term <I>account administrator</I> means an individual that the electronic filer authorizes to manage its EDGAR account and to make filings on EDGAR on the electronic filer's behalf.




</P>
<P><I>Animated graphics.</I> The term <I>animated graphics</I> means text or images that do not remain static but that may move when viewed in a browser.
</P>
<P><I>Application Programming Interface.</I> The term <I>Application Programming Interface,</I> or <I>API,</I> means a software interface that allows computers or applications to communicate with each other.




</P>
<P><I>ASCII document.</I> The term <I>ASCII document</I> means an electronic text document with contents limited to American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) characters and that is tagged with Standard Generalized Mark Up Language (SGML) tags in the format required for ASCII/SGML documents by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P><I>Asset Data File.</I> The term Asset Data File means the machine-readable computer code that presents information in eXtensible Markup Language (XML) electronic format pursuant to § 229.1111(h) of this chapter.








</P>
<P><I>Authorized individual.</I> The term <I>authorized individual</I> means an individual with the authority to legally bind an entity or individual for purposes of Form ID, or an individual with a power of attorney from an individual with the authority to legally bind an entity or individual for purposes of Form ID. The power of attorney document must clearly state that the individual receiving the power of attorney has either general legal authority to bind the entity or individual or specific legal authority to bind the entity or individual for purposes of Form ID.
</P>
<P><I>Business development company.</I> The term <I>business development company</I> has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act. 
</P>
<P><I>Cover Page Interactive Data File.</I> The term <I>Cover Page Interactive Data File</I> means the machine-readable computer code that presents in Inline XBRL electronic format the cover page information for specified forms as required by Rule 406 (§ 232.406 of this chapter). NOTE to definition of Cover Page Interactive Data File: When a filing is submitted using Inline XBRL, if permitted or required and as provided by the EDGAR Filer Manual, a portion of the Cover Page Interactive Data File must be embedded into a form with the remainder submitted as an exhibit to the form.
</P>
<P><I>Dashboard.</I> The term <I>dashboard</I> means an interactive function on EDGAR where electronic filers manage their EDGAR accounts and individuals that electronic filers authorize may take relevant actions for electronic filers' accounts.




</P>
<P><I>Delegated entity.</I> The term <I>delegated entity</I> means an electronic filer that another electronic filer authorizes, on the dashboard, to file on EDGAR on its behalf. Delegated entities must themselves be electronic filers and must follow all rules applicable to electronic filers. Delegated entities are not permitted to further delegate authority to file for a delegating electronic filer, nor are they permitted to take action on the delegating electronic filer's dashboard.


</P>
<P><I>Direct transmission.</I> The term <I>direct transmission</I> means the transmission to EDGAR of one or more electronic submissions.
</P>
<P><I>Disruptive code.</I> The term <I>disruptive code</I> means any active content or other executable code, or any program or set of electronic computer instructions inserted into a computer, operating system, or program that replicates itself or that actually or potentially modifies or in any way alters, damages, destroys or disrupts the file content or the operation of any computer, computer file, computer database, computer system, computer network or software, and as otherwise set forth in the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P><I>EDGAR.</I> The term <I>EDGAR</I> (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval) means the computer system for the receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents submitted in electronic format. 
</P>
<P><I>EDGAR Filer Manual.</I> The term <I>EDGAR Filer Manual</I> means the manual that sets forth the requirements for access to EDGAR and the procedural requirements to make electronic submissions on EDGAR. <I>See</I> Rule 301 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.301).


</P>
<P><I>Electronic document.</I> The term <I>electronic document</I> means the portion of an electronic submission separately tagged as an individual document in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic filer.</I> The term <I>electronic filer</I> means a person or an entity that submits filings electronically pursuant to Rules 100 and 101 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.100 and 232.101, respectively). 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic filing.</I> The term <I>electronic filing</I> means one or more electronic documents filed under the federal securities laws that are transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format. 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic format.</I> The term <I>electronic format</I> means the computerized format of a document prepared in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual. 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic submission.</I> The term <I>electronic submission</I> means any document, such as a filing, correspondence, or modular submission, or any discrete set of documents, transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format. 
</P>
<P><I>Exchange Act.</I> The term <I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P><I>Executable code.</I> The term <I>executable code</I> means instructions to a computer to carry out operations that use features beyond the viewer's, reader's, or Internet browser's native ability to interpret and display HTML, PDF, and static graphic files. Such code may be in binary (machine language) or in script form. Executable code includes disruptive code.
</P>
<P><I>Filing agent.</I> The term <I>filing agent</I> means any person or entity engaged in the business of making submissions on EDGAR on behalf of electronic filers. To act as a delegated entity for an electronic filer, a filing agent must be an electronic filer with an EDGAR account.


</P>
<P><I>Header information.</I> The term <I>header information</I> means information designated by the EDGAR Filer Manual to precede the text of each electronic submission and document submitted therewith via EDGAR that identifies characteristics of the submission and documents in order to facilitate electronic processing by the EDGAR system. 
</P>
<P><I>HTML document.</I> The term <I>HTML document</I> means an electronic text document tagged with HyperText Markup Language tags in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P><I>Hyperlinks.</I> The term <I>hyperlinks</I> means the representation of an Internet address in a form that an Internet browser application can recognize as an Internet address.
</P>
<P><I>Individual account credentials.</I> The term <I>individual account credentials</I> means credentials issued to individuals for purposes of EDGAR access, as specified in the EDGAR Filer Manual, and used by those individuals to access EDGAR.


</P>
<P><I>Interactive Data File.</I> The term <I>Interactive Data File</I> means the machine-readable computer code that presents information in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) electronic format pursuant to § 232.405 and as specified by the EDGAR Filer Manual. When a filing is submitted using Inline XBRL as provided by § 232.405(a)(3), a portion of the Interactive Data File is embedded into a filing with the remainder submitted as an exhibit to the filing.


</P>
<P><I>Interactive Data Financial Report.</I> The term <I>Interactive Data Financial Report</I> means the machine-readable computer code that presents information in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) electronic format pursuant to § 232.407.


</P>
<P><I>Investment Advisers Act.</I> The term <I>Investment Advisers Act</I> means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
</P>
<P><I>Investment Company Act.</I> The term <I>Investment Company Act</I> means the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P><I>Modular submission.</I> The term <I>modular submission</I> means an electronic submission that contains one or more documents, or portions of a document, submitted for storage in the non-public EDGAR data storage area for purposes of subsequent inclusion in one or more electronic filings pursuant to Rule 501(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.501(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Official filing.</I> The term <I>official filing</I> means any filing that is received and accepted by the Commission, regardless of filing medium and exclusive of header information, tags and any other technical information required in an electronic filing; except that electronic identification of investment company type and inclusion of identifiers for series and class (or contract, in the case of separate accounts of insurance companies) as required by rule 313 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.313) are deemed part of the official filing.
</P>
<P><I>Original.</I> The term <I>original,</I> when used or implied in the securities laws, rules, regulations or forms, includes the writing itself or any counterpart intended to have the same effect by a person executing or issuing it. If data are stored in a computer or similar device, any printout or other output readable by sight, shown to reflect the data accurately, is an original. 
</P>
<P><I>Paper format.</I> The term <I>paper format</I> means a paper document. 
</P>
<P><I>Registrant.</I> The term <I>registrant</I> means an issuer of securities for which a Securities Act registration statement is required to be filed and/or an issuer of securities with respect to which an Exchange Act registration statement or report is required to be filed and/or an investment company required to file an Investment Company Act registration statement or report. 
</P>
<P><I>Related Official Filing.</I> The term <I>Related Official Filing</I> means the ASCII or HTML format part of the official filing with which all or part of an Interactive Data File appears as an exhibit or, in the case of a filing on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), and Form N-CSR (§ 274.128 of this chapter), and, to the extent required by § 232.405 [Rule 405 of Regulation S-T] for a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), and Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), the ASCII or HTML format part of an official filing that contains the information to which an Interactive Data File corresponds.
</P>
<P><I>Related Official Filing.</I> The term <I>Related Official Filing</I> means the ASCII or HTML format part of the official filing with which all or part of an Interactive Data File appears as an exhibit or, in the case of a filing on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), Form N-8B-2 (§ 274.12 of this chapter), Form S-6 (§ 239.16 of this chapter), and Form N-CSR (§ 274.128 of this chapter), and, to the extent required by § 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) for a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), and Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), the ASCII or HTML format part of an official filing that contains the information to which an Interactive Data File corresponds.




</P>
<P><I>Securities Act.</I> The term <I>Securities Act</I> means the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<P><I>Segmented filing.</I> The term <I>segmented filing</I> means an electronic format document assembled from segments previously submitted to the non-public EDGAR data storage for one-time inclusion in an electronic filing pursuant to Rule 501(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.501(b)). 
</P>
<P><I>Single-member company.</I> The term <I>single-member company</I> means a company that has a single individual who acts as the sole equity holder, director, and officer (or, in the case of an entity without directors and officers, holds position(s) performing similar activities as a director and officer).


</P>
<P><I>Tag.</I> The term <I>tag</I> means an identifier that highlights specific information to EDGAR that is in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P><I>Technical administrator.</I> The term <I>technical administrator</I> means an individual that the electronic filer authorizes on the dashboard to manage the technical aspects of the electronic filer's connection to EDGAR Application Programming Interfaces on the electronic filer's behalf.



 
</P>
<P><I>Third party filer.</I> The term <I>third party filer</I> means any person or entity that files documents with the Commission with respect to another entity. 
</P>
<P><I>Trust Indenture Act.</I> The term <I>Trust Indenture Act</I> means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. 
</P>
<P><I>Unofficial PDF copy.</I> The term <I>unofficial PDF copy</I> means an optional copy of an electronic document that may be included in an EDGAR submission tagged as a Portable Document Format document in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual and submitted in accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.104).
</P>
<P><I>User.</I> The term <I>user</I> means an individual that the electronic filer authorizes on the dashboard to make submissions on EDGAR on the electronic filer's behalf.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 36456, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 70 FR 6571, Feb. 8, 2005; 70 FR 43569, July 27, 2005; 74 FR 6813, Feb. 10, 2009; 74 FR 7774, Feb. 19, 2009; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014; 80 FR 14549, Mar. 19, 2015; 82 FR 14142, Mar. 17, 2017; 83 FR 40874, Aug. 16, 2018; 84 FR 12722, Apr. 2, 2019; 85 FR 26099, May 1, 2020; 85 FR 33357, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 38964, June 30, 2022; 88 FR 70507, Oct. 11, 2023; 89 FR 106222, Dec 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.12   Business hours of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The principal office of the Commission, at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and federal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, <I>provided that</I> hours for the filing of documents pursuant to the Acts or the rules and regulations thereunder are as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submissions made in paper.</I> Filers may submit paper documents filed with or otherwise furnished to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submissions by direct transmission.</I> Electronic filings and other documents may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 21349, Apr. 21, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67761, Dec. 30, 1994; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008; 86 FR 7972, Feb. 3, 2021; 88 FR 12209, Feb. 27, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.13   Date of filing; adjustment of filing date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the business day on which a filing is received by the Commission shall be the date of filing thereof, if: 
</P>
<P>(i) All requirements of the Acts and rules applicable to such filing have been complied with; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The filing conforms to the applicable technical standards regarding electronic format in the EDGAR Filer Manual; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to Securities Act filings, including filings under section 24(f) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(f)), the required fee payment has been confirmed, <I>provided that</I> the failure to pay an insignificant amount of the fee at the time of the filing, as a result of a <I>bona fide</I> error, shall not affect the date of filing. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the conditions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section are otherwise satisfied, all filings submitted by direct transmission commencing on or before 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the same business day, and all filings submitted by direct transmission commencing after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed as of the next business day. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section, any registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto filed pursuant to § 230.462(b) of this chapter (Rule 462(b)) by direct transmission commencing on or before 10 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the same business day.




</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a Form 3, 4, or 5 (referenced in §§ 249.103, 249.104, and 249.105 of this chapter, respectively), a Schedule 14N (referenced in § 240.14n-101 of this chapter), a Form 144 (referenced in § 239.144 of this chapter), or a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G, inclusive of any amendments thereto (§§ 240.13d-101 and 240.13d-102 of this chapter), submitted by direct transmission commencing on or before 10 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the same business day.


</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (a):</HED>
<P>Electronic filings that have an automatic or immediate effective date must be deemed filed, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, before any waiting period for automatic effectiveness commences or before the filing becomes immediately effective, whichever applies.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Adjustment of the filing date.</I> If an electronic filer in good faith attempts to file a document with the Commission in a timely manner but the filing is delayed due to technical difficulties beyond the electronic filer's control, the electronic filer may request an adjustment of the filing date of such document. The Commission, or the staff acting pursuant to delegated authority, may grant the request if it appears that such adjustment is appropriate and consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of fees.</I> Fees required with respect to a filing that is submitted electronically shall be paid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Instructions for Filing Fees—Rule 3a of the Commission's Informal and Other Procedures (§ 202.3a of this chapter). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (c):
</HED>
<P>All filing fees paid by electronic filers must be submitted to the lockbox depository or system, as provided in Rule 3a, including those pertaining to documents filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) Where the Commission's rules, schedules and forms provide that a document must be filed on the same day it is published, furnished, sent or given to security holders or others, an electronic filer may file the document with the Commission electronically before or on the date the document is published, furnished, sent or given, or if such publication or distribution does not occur during the official business hours of the Commission, as soon as practicable on the next business day. Any associated time periods shall be calculated on the basis of the publication or distribution date (as applicable), and not on the basis of the date of filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67761, Dec. 30, 1994; 60 FR 26618, May 17, 1995; 62 FR 47938, Sept. 12, 1997; 64 FR 61451, Nov. 10, 1999; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 75 FR 56780, Sept. 16, 2010; 86 FR 70200, Dec. 9, 2021; 88 FR 12209, Feb. 27, 2023; 88 FR 76981, Nov. 7, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.14   Paper filings not accepted without exemption.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission will not accept in paper format any filing required to be submitted electronically under Rules 100 and 101 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.100 and 232.101 respectively), unless the filing satisfies the requirements for a temporary or continuing hardship exemption under Rule 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 or 232.202 respectively).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 58649, Oct. 30, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.54.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.15   Administration of EDGAR.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In its administration of EDGAR, the Commission may take the following actions to promote the reliability and integrity of submissions made through EDGAR.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Commission determines that a submission contains personally identifiable information that if released may result in financial or personal harm to an individual, which may comprise a single item of information or a combination of two or more items, the Commission may redact such information from the submission, prevent dissemination of the submission, and/or remove the submission from the Commission's public website, and may communicate as necessary with the filer to facilitate submission of a version in which such information is redacted;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may prevent the submission to EDGAR of any submission that poses a cybersecurity threat, including but not limited to, submissions containing any malware or virus, and may communicate as necessary with the filer regarding the submission;
</P>
<P>(3) If the Commission determines that a submission has not been processed by EDGAR, or has been processed incorrectly by EDGAR, or contains an error attributable to the Commission staff, the Commission may correct and/or prevent public dissemination of the submission and may communicate with the filer as necessary to facilitate the filer's submission of an amendment to, or a notice of withdrawal of, the filer's submission (a “filer corrective disclosure”);
</P>
<P>(4) If the Commission determines that a submission is made under an incorrect EDGAR unique identifying number, the Commission may remove and/or prevent public dissemination of the submission and may communicate with the filer as necessary to facilitate a filer corrective disclosure;
</P>
<P>(5) If the Commission determines that a dispute exists regarding the authority to make submissions on behalf of a filer, the Commission may prevent a filer's ability to make submissions until the dispute is resolved by the disputing parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(6) If the Commission has reason to believe that an attempted submission may be misleading or manipulative, the Commission may prevent acceptance or dissemination of the submission unless, after evaluating the circumstances surrounding the submission, the Commission's concerns are satisfactorily addressed;
</P>
<P>(7) If the Commission has reason to believe that a filer has made an unauthorized submission or attempted to make an unauthorized submission, the Commission may prevent any further submissions by the filer or otherwise remove the filer's access to EDGAR; and
</P>
<P>(8) If the Commission otherwise has reason to believe that, to promote the reliability and integrity of submissions made through EDGAR, it must address a submission issue that cannot be addressed solely by filer corrective disclosure or by the actions set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, the Commission may take such further steps as are appropriate to address the matter and communicate as necessary with the filer regarding the submission.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may act under paragraph (a) of this section without providing advance notice to the filer or any other person. As soon as reasonably practicable after taking action under paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission will provide written notice and a brief factual statement of the basis for the action to the filer and any other person the Commission determines is relevant to the matter (“relevant persons”). The Commission will send the notice and factual statement by electronic mail to the email address on record in the filer's EDGAR account, and to the email address of any relevant persons. The Commission may also send, if necessary, the notice and factual statement by registered, certified, or express mail to the physical address on record in the filer's EDGAR account and the physical address of any relevant persons.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section prevents a filer from addressing an error or mistake in the filer's submission by making a filer corrective disclosure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 7967, Feb. 3, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="55" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Electronic Filing Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.100" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.100   Persons and entities subject to mandated electronic filing.</HEAD>
<P>The following persons or entities shall be subject to the electronic filing requirements of this part 232: 
</P>
<P>(a) Registrants and other entities whose filings are subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance;
</P>
<P>(b) Persons or entities whose filings are subject to review by the Division of Investment Management;
</P>
<P>(c) Persons or entities whose filings are subject to review by the Division of Trading and Markets; and
</P>
<P>(d) Any party (including natural persons) that files a document jointly with, or as a third party filer with respect to, a person or entity that is subject to mandated electronic filing requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 36456, July 8, 1997, as amended at 67 FR 36699, May 24, 2002; 72 FR 14417, Mar. 28, 2007; 73 FR 10616, Feb. 27, 2008; 87 FR 38964, June 30, 2022; 90 FR 7359, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.101" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.101   Mandated electronic submissions and exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mandated electronic submissions.</I> (1) The following filings, including any related correspondence and supplemental information, except as otherwise provided, shall be submitted in electronic format: 
</P>
<P>(i) Registration statements and prospectuses filed pursuant to the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a, <I>et seq.</I>) or registration statements filed pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(b) or (g)), and certifications that a security has been approved by an exchange for listing and registration filed pursuant to Section 12(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(d)) and § 240.12d1-3 of this chapter (Rule 12d1-3) under the Exchange Act. The certification that a security has been approved by an exchange for listing and registration must be made on EDGAR in the electronic format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T). Notwithstanding § 232.104 of this chapter (Rule 104 of Regulation S-T), the certification filed under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) Statements and applications filed with the Commission pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (15 U.S.C. 77aaa <I>et seq.</I>), other than applications for exemptive relief filed pursuant to section 304 (15 U.S.C. 77ddd) and section 310 (15 U.S.C. 77jjj) of that Act; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Statements, reports, and schedules filed with the Commission pursuant to sections 13, 14, 14A(d), 15(d), or 16(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m, 78n, 78n-1(d), 78o(d), and 78p(a)), and proxy materials required to be furnished for the information of the Commission pursuant to §§ 240.14a-3 and 240.14c-3 of this chapter (Rules 14a-3 and 14c-3) or in connection with annual reports on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) filed pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (a)(1)(iii).
</HED>
<P>Electronic filers filing Schedules 13D and 13G with respect to foreign private issuers should include in the submission header all zeroes (<I>i.e.,</I> 00-0000000) for the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax identification number because the EDGAR system requires an IRS number tag to be inserted for the subject company as a prerequisite to acceptance of the filing.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (a)(1)(iii).
</HED>
<P>Foreign private issuers must file or submit their Form 6-K reports (§ 249.306 of this chapter) in electronic format.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iv) Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to sections 8, 17, 20, 23(c), 24(b), 24(e), 24(f), and 30 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-17, 80a-20, 80a-23(c), 80a-24(b), 80a-24(e), 80a-24(f), and 80a-29) and any application for an order under any section of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>). The filing of an application for an order under any section of the Investment Company Act must be made on EDGAR as required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T). Notwithstanding § 232.104 (Rule 104 of Regulation S-T), the documents filed or furnished under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission;
</P>
<P>(v) Documents relating to offerings exempt from registration under the Securities Act filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation E (§§ 230.601-230.610a of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(vi) Form CB (§§ 239.800 and 249.480 of this chapter) filed or submitted under § 230.801 or 230.802 of this chapter or § 240.13e-4(h)(8), 240.14d-1(c), or 240.14e-2(d) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(vii) Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) when filed in connection with a Form CB (§§ 239.800 and 249.480 of this chapter) or a Form 1-A (§ 239.90 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(viii) Form F-N (§ 239.43 of this chapter) filed by foreign banks and insurance companies and certain of their holding companies and finance subsidiaries under § 230.489 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ix) Form ID (§§ 239.63, 249.446, 269.7 and 274.402 of this chapter); the Form ID authenticating document required by Rule 10(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.10(b)) also shall be filed in electronic format as an uploaded Portable Document Format (PDF) attachment to the Form ID filing. Other related correspondence and supplemental information submitted after the Form ID filing shall not be submitted in electronic format;
</P>
<P>(x) Form 25 (§ 249.25 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(xi) Form TA-1 (§ 249.100 of this chapter), Form TA-2 (§ 249.102 of this chapter), and Form TA-W (§ 249.101 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xii) Forms 15 and 15F (§ 249.323 and § 249.324 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(xiii) Form D (§ 239.500 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(xiv) Form NRSRO (§ 249b.300 of this chapter), and the information and documents in Exhibits 1 through 9 to Form NRSRO, filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission under § 240.17g-1(e), (f), and (g) of this chapter and the annual reports filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission under § 240.17g-3 of this chapter. The filings or furnishings must be made on EDGAR as PDF documents in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.11). Notwithstanding Rule 104 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.104), the PDF documents filed or furnished under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission.
</P>
<P>(xv) Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xvi) Form ABS-15G (as defined in § 249.1400 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xvii) Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to section 13(n) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) and reports filed pursuant to Rules 13n-11(d) and (f) (17 CFR 240.13n-11(d) and (f)) under the Exchange Act; 
</P>
<P>(xviii) Filings made pursuant to Regulation A (§§ 230.251 through 230.262 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(xix) Form C (§ 239.900 of this chapter). Exhibits to Form C (§ 239.900 of this chapter) may be filed on EDGAR as PDF documents in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.11 of this chapter). Notwithstanding Rule 104 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.104 of this chapter), the PDF documents filed under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(xx) Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter). Exhibits and attachments to Form Funding Portal (§ 249.2000 of this chapter) may be filed on EDGAR as PDF documents in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.11 of this chapter). Notwithstanding Rule 104 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.104 of this chapter), the PDF documents filed under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(xxi) Form ATS-N (§ 249.640 of this chapter);




</P>
<P>(xxii) Confidential treatment requests filed with the Commission pursuant to section 13(f) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) and the rules and regulations in this chapter, including Form 13F (§ 249.325 of this chapter), or pursuant to the instructions to Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter). The filings must be made on EDGAR in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T). Notwithstanding § 232.104 (Rule 104 of Regulation S-T), the documents filed or furnished under this paragraph (a)(1)(xxii) will be considered as officially filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission; and




</P>
<P>(xxiii) Any application for an order under any section of the Investment Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>). The filings must be made on EDGAR in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T). Notwithstanding § 232.104 (Rule 104 of Regulation S-T), the documents filed or furnished under this paragraph will be considered as officially filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission.
</P>
<P>(xxiv) Annual reports to security holders furnished for the information of the Commission under § 240.14a-3(c) of this chapter or § 240.14c-3(b) of this chapter, under the requirements of Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) filed by registrants under Exchange Act Section 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), or by foreign private issuers filed on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) under § 240.13a-16 of this chapter or § 240.15d-16 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(xxv) Notices of exempt solicitation furnished for the information of the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6(g) (§ 240.14a-6(g) of this chapter) and notices of exempt preliminary roll-up communications furnished for the information of the Commission pursuant to § 240.14a-6(n) of this chapter (Rule 14a-6(n));
</P>
<P>(xxvi) Form 11-K (§ 249.311 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xxvii) Form 144 (§ 239.144 of this chapter), where the issuer of the securities is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78<I>o</I>(d), respectively);


</P>
<P>(xxviii) Periodic reports and reports with respect to distributions of primary obligations filed by:
</P>
<P>(A) The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development under Section 15(a) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286k-1(a)) and part 285 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) The Inter-American Development Bank under Section 11(a) of the Inter-American Development Bank Act (22 U.S.C. 283h(a)) and part 286 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(C) The Asian Development Bank under Section 11(a) of the Asian Development Bank Act (22 U.S.C. 285h(a)) and part 287 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) The African Development Bank under Section 9(a) of the African Development Bank Act (22 U.S.C. 290i-9(a)) and part 288 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(E) The International Finance Corporation under Section 13(a) of the International Finance Corporation Act (22 U.S.C. 282k(a)) and part 289 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(F) The European Bank for Reconstruction and Development under Section 9(a) of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development Act (22 U.S.C. 290l-7(a)) and part 290 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(xxix) A report or other document submitted by a foreign private issuer under cover of Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) that the issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the issuer is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the foreign private issuer's “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the issuer's securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the issuer's security holders, and, if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K or other Commission filing or submission on EDGAR; 
</P>
<P>(xxx) Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to section 33 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-32); and
</P>
<P>(xxxi) Reports filed pursuant to § 240.17Ad-27 of this chapter (Rule 17Ad-27 under the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(xxxii)(A) The annual reports filed with the Commission under § 240.17a-5(d) of this chapter, the supplemental reports and statements filed with the Commission under § 240.17a-5(k) of this chapter, the annual reports filed with the Commission under § 240.17a-12(b) of this chapter, the accountant's reports filed with the Commission under § 240.17a-12(k), (l), and (m) of this chapter, the reports filed with the Commission under § 240.17a-19 of this chapter, and the annual reports filed with the Commission under § 240.18a-7(c) of this chapter. The submissions must be made on EDGAR in the electronic format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T) and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of this part 232 (Regulation S-T);
</P>
<P>(B) The reports filed and furnished, as applicable, with the Commission under § 240.17h-2T of this chapter. The submissions must be made on EDGAR in the electronic format required by the EDGAR filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T, and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-T;
</P>
<P>(xxxiii) Notices (and withdrawals of notices) filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.3a71-3(d)(1)(vi) of this chapter (Rule 3a71-3(d)(1)(vi));
</P>
<P>(xxxiv) Notices (and amendments, including notices of dispute termination) provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15fi-3(c) of this chapter (Rule 15fi-3(c));
</P>
<P>(xxxv) Compliance reports submitted with the Commission pursuant to § 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A));
</P>
<P>(xxxvi) Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xxxvii) Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(xxxviii) Form 15A (§ 249.801 of this chapter).


</P>
<P>(2) The following amendments to filings and applications, including any related correspondence and supplemental information except as otherwise provided, shall be submitted as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Any amendment to a filing or application submitted by or relating to a registrant or an applicant that is required to file electronically, including any amendment to a paper filing or application, shall be submitted in electronic format; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The first electronic amendment to a paper format Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101 of this chapter) or Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102 of this chapter), shall restate the entire text of the Schedule 13D or 13G, but previously filed paper exhibits to such Schedules are not required to be restated electronically. <I>See</I> Rule 102 (§ 232.102) regarding amendments to exhibits previously filed in paper format. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the sole purpose of filing the first electronic Schedule 13D or 13G amendment is to report a change in beneficial ownership that would terminate the filer's obligation to report, the amendment need not include a restatement of the entire text of the Schedule being amended. 
</P>
<P>(3) Supplemental information, including documents related to applications under any section of the Investment Company Act, shall be submitted in electronic format except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. The information shall be stored in the non-public EDGAR data storage area as correspondence. Supplemental information that is submitted in electronic format shall not be returned. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>Failure to submit a required electronic filing pursuant to this paragraph (a), as well as any required confirming electronic copy of a paper filing made in reliance on a hardship exemption, as provided in Rules 201 and 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 and 232.202), will result in ineligibility to use Forms S-2, S-3, S-8, SF-3, F-2 and F-3 (see §§ 239.12, 239.13, 239.16b, 239.32, 239.33 and 239.45 of this chapter, respectively), restrict incorporation by reference of the document submitted in paper (see Rule 303 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.303)), or toll certain time periods associated with tender offers (see Rule 13e-4(f)(12) (§ 240.13e-4(f)(12) of this chapter) and Rule 14e-1(e) (§ 240.14e-1(e) of this chapter)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Permitted electronic submissions.</I> The following documents may be submitted to the Commission in electronic format, at the option of the electronic filer: 
</P>
<P>(1)-(9) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documents that shall not be submitted in electronic format on EDGAR.</I> Except as otherwise specified in paragraph (d) of this section, the following shall not be submitted in electronic format on EDGAR:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Confidential treatment requests and the information with respect to which confidential treatment is requested; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Preliminary proxy materials and information statements with respect to a matter specified in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) for which confidential treatment has been requested in the manner prescribed by Rule 14a-6(e)(2) (§ 240.14a-6(e)(2) of this chapter) or Rule 14c-5(d)(2) (§ 240.14c-5(d)(2) of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(2) Supplemental information, if the submitter requests that the information be protected from public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 83 (§ 200.83 of this chapter) or if the submitter requests that the information be returned after staff review and the information is of the type typically returned by the staff pursuant to Rule 418(b) of Regulation C (§ 230.418(b) of this chapter) or Rule 12b-4 of Regulation 12B (§ 240.12b-4 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(3) Shareholder proposals and all related correspondence submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-8 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(4) No-action and interpretive letter requests (§ 200.81 of this chapter and 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(h)); 
</P>
<P>(5) Applications for exemptive relief filed pursuant to Sections 304 and 310 of the Trust Indenture Act;


</P>
<P>(6) Filings on Form 144 (§ 239.144 of this chapter) where the issuer of the securities is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78<I>o</I>(d), respectively);


</P>
<P>(7) Promotional and sales material submitted pursuant to Securities Act Industry Guide 5 (§ 229.801(e) of this chapter) or otherwise supplementally furnished for review by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance; 
</P>
<P>(8) [Reserved]



 </P>
<P>(9) Exchange Act filings submitted to the Division of Trading and Markets other than those that are submitted in electronic format as mandated or permitted electronic submissions under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section or that are submitted electronically in a filing system other than EDGAR;
</P>
<P>(10) Documents relating to investigations and litigation submitted pursuant to the Subpart D of Part 201 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(11)-(14) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(15) Annual reports filed with the Commission by indenture trustees pursuant to Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act (15 U.S.C. 77mmm); and 
</P>
<P>(16) Applications for an exemption from Exchange Act reporting obligations filed pursuant to Section 12(h) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(h)).
</P>
<P>(d) The following must be filed or submitted, as applicable, in electronic format:
</P>
<P>(1) All documents, including any information with respect to which confidential treatment is requested, filed pursuant to section 13(n) (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and section 13(f) (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the instructions to Form N-PX (§§  249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) All documents, including any information with respect to which confidential treatment is requested, filed pursuant to §§ 240.17a-5(d), 240.17a-5(k), 240.17a-12(b), 240.17a-12(k) through (m), 240.17a-19, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7(c) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) All notices (and amendments, including notices of dispute termination), including any information with respect to which confidential treatment is requested, provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15fi-3(c) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) All compliance reports, including any information with respect to which confidential treatment is requested, submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this chapter.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 26383, May 3, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 232.101, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.102" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.102   Exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Exhibits to an electronic filing that have not previously been filed with the Commission shall be filed in electronic format, absent a hardship exemption. Previously filed exhibits, whether in paper or electronic format, may be incorporated by reference into an electronic filing to the extent permitted by Rule 411 under the Securities Act (§ 230.411 of this chapter), Rule 12b-23 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-23 of this chapter), Rule 0-4 under the Investment Company Act (§ 270.0-4 of this chapter), Rule 0-6 under the Advisers Act (§ 275.0-6 of this chapter) or Rule 303 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.303). An electronic filer may, at its option, restate in electronic format any exhibit incorporated by reference that originally was filed in paper format.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Exhibits to a Commission schedule filed pursuant to Section 13 or 14(d) of the Exchange Act may be filed in paper under cover of Form SE where such exhibits previously were filed in paper (prior to a registrant's becoming subject to mandated electronic filing or pursuant to a hardship exemption) and are required to be refiled pursuant to the schedule's general instructions. See Rule 311(b) of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.311(b)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Amendments to all exhibits shall be filed in electronic format, absent a hardship exemption. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an electronic filer shall, upon amendment, restate in electronic format its articles of incorporation, by-laws or investment advisory agreement (in the case of a registered investment company or a business development company). 
</P>
<P>(d) Each electronic filing requiring exhibits must include an exhibit index which must appear before the required signatures in the document. The index must list each exhibit filed, whether filed electronically or in paper. For electronic filings on Form S-6 (§ 239.16 of this chapter), Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter), Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter), Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), Form N-5 (§ 274.5 of this chapter), Form N-1A (§ 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 274.11c of this chapter), Form N-6 (§ 274.11d of this chapter), Form N-8B2 (§ 274.12 of this chapter), Form N-CSR (§ 274.128 of this chapter), or filings subject to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601 of this chapter), each exhibit identified in the exhibit index (other than an exhibit filed in eXtensible Business Reporting Language or an exhibit that is filed with Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter)) must include an active link to an exhibit that is filed with the document or, if the exhibit is incorporated by reference, an active hyperlink to the exhibit separately filed on EDGAR. 



Whenever a filer files an exhibit in paper pursuant to a temporary or continuing hardship exemption (§ 232.201 or § 232.202) or pursuant to § 232.311, the filer must place the letter “P” next to the listed exhibit in the exhibit index of the electronic filing to reflect the fact that the filer filed the exhibit in paper. In addition, if the exhibit is filed in paper pursuant to § 232.311, the filer must place the designation “Rule 311” next to the letter “P” in the exhibit index. 

If the exhibit is filed in paper pursuant to a temporary or continuing hardship exemption, the filer must place the letters “TH” or “CH,” respectively, next to the letter “P” in the exhibit index. Whenever an electronic confirming copy of an exhibit is filed pursuant to a hardship exemption (§ 232.201 or § 232.202(d)), the exhibit index should specify where the confirming electronic copy can be located; in addition, the designation “CE” (confirming electronic) should be placed next to the listed exhibit in the exhibit index.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, any incorporation by reference by a registered investment company or a business development company must relate only to documents that have been filed in electronic format on the EDGAR system, unless the document has been filed in paper under a hardship exemption (§ 232.201 or § 232.202) and any required confirming electronic copy has been submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67762, Dec. 30, 1994; 60 FR 32824, June 23, 1995; 62 FR 36457, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 27894, May 21, 1999; 70 FR 43569, July 27, 2005; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 82 FR 14142, Mar. 17, 2017; 84 FR 12722, Apr. 2, 2019; 87 FR 38984, June 30, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.103" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.103   Liability for transmission errors or omissions in documents filed via EDGAR.</HEAD>
<P>An electronic filer shall not be subject to the liability and anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws with respect to an error or omission in an electronic filing resulting solely from electronic transmission errors beyond the control of the filer, where the filer corrects the error or omission by the filing of an amendment in electronic format as soon as reasonably practicable after the electronic filer becomes aware of the error or omission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.104" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.104   Unofficial PDF copies included in an electronic submission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An electronic submission, other than a Form 3 (§ 249.103 of this chapter), a Form 4 (§ 249.104 of this chapter), a Form 5 (§ 249.105 of this chapter), a Form ID (§§ 239.63, 249.446, 269.7 and 274.402 of this chapter), a Form TA-1 (§ 249.100 of this chapter), a Form TA-2 (§ 249.102 of this chapter), a Form TA-W (§ 249.101 of this chapter) or a Form D (§ 239.500 of this chapter), may include one unofficial PDF copy of each electronic document contained within that submission, tagged in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (f) of this section, each unofficial PDF copy must be substantively equivalent to its associated electronic document contained in the electronic submission. An unofficial PDF copy may contain graphic and image material (but not animated graphics, or audio or video material), notwithstanding the fact that its HTML or ASCII document counterpart may not contain such material but instead may contain a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of any omitted graphic or image material.
</P>
<P>(c) If a filer omits an unofficial PDF copy from, or submits one or more flawed unofficial PDF copies in, the electronic submission of an official filing, the filer may add or resubmit an unofficial PDF copy by electronically submitting an amendment to the filing to which it relates. The amendment must include an explanatory note that the purpose of the amendment is to add or to correct an unofficial PDF copy.
</P>
<P>(1) If such an amendment is filed, the official amendment may consist solely of the cover page (or first page of the document), the explanatory note, and the signature page and exhibit index (where appropriate). The corresponding unofficial copy must include the complete text of the official filing document for which the amendment is being submitted.
</P>
<P>(2) If the amendment is being filed to add or resubmit an unofficial PDF copy of one or more exhibits, the submission may consist of the following: the official filing—consisting of the cover page (or first page of the document), the explanatory note, the signature page (where appropriate), the exhibit index, and a separate electronic exhibit document for each exhibit for which an unofficial PDF copy is being submitted—and the corresponding unofficial PDF copy of each exhibit document. However, the text of the official exhibit document need not repeat the text of the exhibit; that document may contain only the following legend: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>RESUBMITTED TO ADD/REPLACE UNOFFICIAL PDF COPY OF EXHIBIT.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) An unofficial PDF copy is not filed for purposes of section 11 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77k), section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), section 323 of the Trust Indenture Act (15 U.S.C. 77www), or section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-33(b)), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of such sections, and is not part of any registration statement to which it relates. An unofficial PDF copy is, however, subject to all other civil liability and anti-fraud provisions of the above Acts or other laws.
</P>
<P>(e) Unofficial PDF copies that are prospectuses are subject to liability under Section 12 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77<I>l</I>).
</P>
<P>(f) An unofficial PDF copy of a correspondence document contained in an electronic submission need not be substantively equivalent to that correspondence document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 27895, May 21, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 69 FR 22709, Apr. 26, 2004; 71 FR 74708, Dec. 12, 2006; 73 FR 10616, Feb. 27, 2008; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.105" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.105   Use of HTML and hyperlinks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Electronic filers may not include in any HTML document hyperlinks to sites, locations, or documents outside the HTML document, except links to officially filed documents within the current submission and to documents previously filed electronically and located in the EDGAR database on the Commission's public Web site (<I>www.sec.gov</I>). Electronic filers also may include within an HTML document links to different sections within that single HTML document.
</P>
<P>(c) If a filer includes an external hyperlink within a filed document, the information contained in the linked material will not be considered part of the document for determining compliance with reporting obligations, but the inclusion of the link will cause the filer to be subject to the civil liability and antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws with reference to the information contained in the linked material.
</P>
<P>(d) Electronic filers submitting Form S-6 (§ 239.16 of this chapter), Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter), Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter), Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), Form N-5 (§ 274.5 of this chapter), Form N-1A (§ 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 274.11c of this chapter), Form N-6 (§ 274.11d of this chapter), Form N-8B2 (§ 274.12 of this chapter), Form N-CSR (§ 274.128 of this chapter), or a registration statement or report subject to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601 of this chapter), must submit such registration statement or report in HTML and each exhibit identified in the exhibit index (other than an exhibit filed in eXtensible Business Reporting Language or an exhibit filed with Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter)) must include an active link to an exhibit that is filed with the registration statement or report or, if the exhibit is incorporated by reference, an active hyperlink to the exhibit separately filed on EDGAR, unless such exhibit is filed in paper pursuant to a temporary or continuing hardship exemption under Rules 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202) or pursuant to Rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311).
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (d):</I> (1) No hyperlink is required for any exhibit incorporated by reference that has not been filed with the Commission in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic filer must correct an inaccurate or nonfunctioning link or hyperlink to an exhibit, in the case of a registration statement that is not yet effective, by filing an amendment to the registration statement containing the inaccurate or nonfunctioning link or hyperlink; or, in the case of a registration statement that has become effective or an Exchange Act report, an electronic filer must correct the inaccurate or nonfunctioning link or hyperlink in the next Exchange Act periodic report that requires, or includes, an exhibit pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601 of this chapter), in the case of an investment company, a report on Form N-CSR (§ 274.128 of this chapter), or, in the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter), Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter). Alternatively, an electronic filer may correct an inaccurate or nonfunctioning link or hyperlink in a registration statement that has become effective by filing a post-effective amendment to the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(e) Except for exhibits, which are covered by paragraph (d) of this section, electronic filers that are incorporating information by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the Securities Act (§ 230.411 of this chapter), Rule 12b-23 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-23 of this chapter), or Rule 0-4 under the Investment Company Act (§ 270.0-4 of this chapter) must submit such registration statement or report in HTML and must include an active hyperlink to such incorporated information when required by those rules. A hyperlink is not required if the incorporated information is filed in paper pursuant to a temporary or continuing hardship exemption under Rules 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202) or pursuant to Rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311).
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to paragraph (e):</I> (1) No hyperlink is required for any information incorporated by reference that has not been filed with the Commission in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a registration statement that is not yet effective, an electronic filer must correct an inaccurate or nonfunctioning hyperlink by filing an amendment to such registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000, as amended at 81 FR 82019, Nov. 18, 2016; 82 FR 14142, Mar. 17, 2017; 84 FR 12722, Apr. 2, 2019; 84 FR 39967, Aug. 13, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.106" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.55.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.106   Prohibition against electronic submissions containing executable code.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Electronic submissions must not contain executable code. Attempted submissions identified as containing executable code will be suspended, unless the executable code is contained only in one or more PDF documents, in which case the submission will be accepted but the PDF document(s) containing executable code will be deleted and not disseminated.
</P>
<P>(b) If an electronic submission has been accepted, and the Commission staff later determines that the accepted submission contains executable code, the staff may delete from the EDGAR system the entire accepted electronic submission or any document contained in the accepted electronic submission. The Commission staff may direct the electronic filer to resubmit electronically replacement document(s) or a replacement submission in its entirety, in compliance with this provision and the EDGAR Filer Manual. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 232.106:</HED>
<P>A violation of this section or the relevant EDGAR Filer Manual section also may be a violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986, as amended, and other statutes and laws.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 27895, May 21, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="56" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.56" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Hardship Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.56.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.201   Temporary hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an electronic filer experiences unanticipated technical difficulties preventing the timely preparation and submission of an electronic filing, other than a Form 3 (§ 249.103 of this chapter), a Form 4 (§ 249.104 of this chapter), a Form 5 (§ 249.105 of this chapter), a Form ID (§§ 239.63, 249.446, 269.7 and 274.402 of this chapter), a Form TA-1 (§ 249.100 of this chapter), a Form TA-2 (§ 249.102 of this chapter), a Form TA-W (§ 249.101 of this chapter), a Form D (§ 239.500 of this chapter), an application for an order under any section of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), an application for an order under any section of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>), a notice or withdrawal of a notice filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 3a71-3(d)(1)(vi) (§ 240.3a71-3(d)(1)(vi) of this chapter) under the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), an Interactive Data File (as defined in § 232.11), an Asset Data File (as defined in § 232.11), or a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (§§ 240.13d-101 and 240.13d-102 of this chapter), the electronic filer may file the subject filing, under cover of Form TH (§§ 239.65, 249.447, 269.10 and 274.404 of this chapter), in paper format no later than one business day after the date on which the filing was to be made.


</P>
<P>(1) An electronic imaged copy of the paper format document shall be the official filing for purposes of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(2) The following legend shall be set forth in capital letters on the cover page of the paper format document: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 201 OF REGULATION S-T, THIS (<I>specify document</I>) IS BEING FILED IN PAPER PURSUANT TO A TEMPORARY HARDSHIP EXEMPTION</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Signatures to the paper format document may be in typed form rather than manual format. See Rule 302 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.302). All other requirements relating to paper format filings shall be satisfied. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the exemption pertains to a document filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m and 78o(d)) or section 30 of the Investment Company Act and the paper format document is filed in the manner specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the filing shall be deemed to have been filed by its required due date.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>1. Where a temporary hardship exemption relates to an exhibit only, the filer must file the paper format exhibit and a Form TH (§§ 239.65, 249.447, 269.10, and 274.404 of this chapter) under cover of Form SE (§§ 239.64, 249.444, 269.8, and 274.403 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. Filers unable to submit a report within a prescribed time period because of electronic difficulties shall comply with the provisions of this section and shall not use Form 12b-25 (§ 249.322 of this chapter) as a notification of late filing.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) An electronic format copy of the filed paper format document shall be submitted to the Commission within six business days of filing the paper format document. Failure to submit the confirming electronic copy of a paper filing made in reliance on the temporary hardship exemption, as required in this paragraph (b), will result in ineligibility to use Form SF-3 (<I>see</I> § 239.45 of this chapter). The electronic format version shall contain the following statement in capital letters at the top of the first page of the document:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>THIS DOCUMENT IS A COPY OF THE (<I>specify document</I>) FILED ON (<I>date</I>) PURSUANT TO A RULE 201 TEMPORARY HARDSHIP EXEMPTION</FP></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>As provided elsewhere in this chapter, failure to submit the confirming electronic copy of a paper filing made in reliance on the temporary hardship exemption, as required in paragraph (b) of this section, will result in ineligibility to use Forms S-3, S-8, and F-3 (<I>see</I> §§ 239.13, 239.16b, and 239.33 of this chapter, respectively), restrict incorporation by reference into an electronic filing of the document submitted in paper (<I>see</I> § 232.303), and toll certain time periods associated with tender offers (<I>see</I> §§ 240.13e-4(f)(13) and 240.14e-1(e) of this chapter).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>If the exemption relates to an exhibit only, the requirement to submit a confirming electronic copy shall be satisfied by refiling the exhibit in electronic format in an amendment to the filing to which it relates. The confirming copy tag should not be used. The amendment should note that the purpose of the amendment is to add an electronic copy of an exhibit previously filed in paper pursuant to a temporary hardship exemption.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) If an electronic filer experiences unanticipated technical difficulties preventing the timely preparation and submission of an Interactive Data File (§ 232.11) as required pursuant to § 232.405, the electronic filer still can timely satisfy the requirement to submit the Interactive Data File in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Substitute for the Interactive Data File exhibit a document that sets forth the following legend:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEMPORARY HARDSHIP EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 201 OF REGULATION S-T, THE DATE BY WHICH THE INTERACTIVE DATA FILE IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED HAS BEEN EXTENDED BY SIX BUSINESS DAYS; and</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Submit the required Interactive Data File no later than six business days after the Interactive Data File originally was required to be submitted.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>As provided elsewhere in this chapter, electronic filers unable to submit the Interactive Data File under the circumstances specified by paragraph (c) of this section, must comply with the provisions of this section and cannot use Form 12b-25 (§ 249.322 of this chapter) as a notification of late filing. As also provided elsewhere in this chapter, failure to submit the Interactive Data File as required by the end of the six-business-day period specified by paragraph (c) of this section will result in ineligibility to use Forms S-3, S-8, and F-3 (§§ 239.13, 239.16b, and 239.33 of this chapter, respectively), constitute a failure to have filed all required reports for purposes of the current public information requirements of § 230.144(c)(1) of this chapter, and, pursuant to § 230.485(c)(3) of this chapter, suspend the ability to file post-effective amendments under § 230.485(b) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) If an electronic filer experiences unanticipated technical difficulties preventing the timely preparation and submission of an Asset Data File (as defined in § 232.11) and any asset related document pursuant to Items 601(b)(102) and 601(b)(103) (§§ 229.601(b)(102) and 229.601(b)(103) of this chapter) the electronic filer still can timely satisfy the requirement to submit the Asset Data File or any asset related document in the following manner by:
</P>
<P>(1) Posting on a Web site the Asset Data File and any asset related documents unrestricted as to access and free of charge;
</P>
<P>(2) Substituting for the Asset Data File and any asset related documents in the required Form ABS-EE (§ 249.1401 of this chapter), a statement specifying the Web site address and that sets forth the following legend; and 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEMPORARY HARDSHIP EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 201 OF REGULATION S-T, THE DATE BY WHICH THE ASSET DATA FILE IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED HAS BEEN EXTENDED BY SIX BUSINESS DAYS.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Submitting the required Asset Data File and asset related documents no later than six business days after the Asset Data File originally was required to be submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 36457, July 8, 1997; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 69 FR 22710, Apr. 26, 2004; 70 FR 43569, July 27, 2005; 71 FR 74708, Dec. 12, 2006; 73 FR 10616, Feb. 27, 2008; 73 FR 65525, Nov. 4, 2008; 74 FR 6813, Feb. 10, 2009; 74 FR 15667, Apr. 7, 2009; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014; 80 FR 6652, Feb. 6, 2015; 83 FR 40874, Aug. 16, 2018; 87 FR 38964, June 30, 2022; 88 FR 76981, Nov. 7, 2023; 90 FR 7359, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.202" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.56.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.202   Continuing hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An electronic filer may apply in writing for a continuing hardship exemption if all or part of a filing, group of filings or submission, other than a Form ID (§§ 239.63, 249.446, 269.7, and 274.402 of this chapter), a Form D (§ 239.500 of this chapter), a notice or withdrawal of a notice filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.3a71-3(d)(1)(vi) of this chapter (Rule 3a71-3(d)(1)(vi)) under the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), or an Asset Data File (§ 232.11), otherwise to be filed or submitted in electronic format cannot be so filed or submitted, as applicable, without undue burden or expense. Such written application shall be made at least ten business days before the required due date of the filing(s) or submission(s) or the proposed filing or submission date, as appropriate, or within such shorter period as may be permitted. The written application shall contain the information set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.


</P>
<P>(1) The application shall not be deemed granted until the applicant is notified by the Commission or the staff. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission, or the staff acting pursuant to delegated authority, denies the application for a continuing hardship exemption, the electronic filer shall file or submit the required document or Interactive Data File in electronic format, as applicable, on the required due date or the proposed filing or submission date, or such other date as may be permitted.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Commission, or the staff acting pursuant to delegated authority, determines that the grant of the exemption is appropriate and consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors and so notifies the applicant, the electronic filer shall follow the procedures set forth in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) The request for the continuing hardship exemption shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The reason(s) that the necessary hardware and software is not available without unreasonable burden and expense; 
</P>
<P>(2) The burden and expense involved to employ alternative means to make the electronic submission; and/or
</P>
<P>(3) The reasons for not submitting electronically the document, group of documents or Interactive Data File, as well as the justification for the requested time period.
</P>
<P>(c) If the request is granted with respect to:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic filing of a document or group of documents, not electronic submission of an Interactive Data File, then the electronic filer shall submit the document or group of documents for which the continuing hardship exemption is granted in paper format on the required due date specified in the applicable form, rule or regulation, or the proposed filing date, as appropriate and the following legend shall be placed in capital letters at the top of the cover page of the paper format document(s):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THIS (specify document) IS BEING FILED IN PAPER PURSUANT TO A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Electronic submission of an Interactive Data File, then the electronic filer shall substitute for the Interactive Data File exhibit a document that sets forth one of the following legends, as appropriate:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>IN ACCORDANCE WITH A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION OBTAINED UNDER RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THE DATE BY WHICH THE INTERACTIVE DATA FILE IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED HAS BEEN EXTENDED TO (specify date); or
</FP>
<FP>IN ACCORDANCE WITH A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION OBTAINED UNDER RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THE INTERACTIVE DATA FILE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) If a continuing hardship exemption is granted for a limited period of time for:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic filing of a document or group of documents, not electronic submission of an Interactive Data File, then the grant may be conditioned upon the filing of the document or group of documents that is the subject of the exemption in electronic format upon the expiration of the period for which the exemption is granted. The electronic format version shall contain the following statement in capital letters at the top of the first page of the document:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>THIS DOCUMENT IS A COPY OF THE (specify document) FILED ON (date) PURSUANT TO A RULE 202(d) CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Electronic submission of an Interactive Data File, then the grant may be conditioned upon the electronic submission of the Interactive Data File that is the subject of the exemption upon the expiration of the period for which the exemption is granted.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 232.202:</HED>
<P>Where a continuing hardship exemption is granted with respect to an exhibit only, the paper format exhibit shall be filed under cover of Form SE (§§ 239.64, 249.444, 269.8 and 274.403 of this chapter).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 232.202:</HED>
<P>If the exemption relates to an exhibit only and a confirming electronic copy of the exhibit is required to be submitted, the exhibit should be refiled in electronic format in an amendment to the filing to which it relates. The confirming copy tag should not be used. The amendment should note that the purpose of the amendment is to add an electronic copy of an exhibit previously filed in paper pursuant to a continuing hardship exemption.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to § 232.202:</HED>
<P>As provided elsewhere in this chapter, failure to submit a required confirming electronic copy of a paper filing made in reliance on a continuing hardship exemption granted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section will result in ineligibility to use Forms S-3, S-8, and F-3 (<I>see,</I> §§ 239.13, 239.16b, and 239.33 of this chapter, respectively), restrict incorporation by reference into an electronic filing of the document submitted in paper (<I>see</I> § 232.303), and toll certain time periods associated with tender offers (<I>see</I> §§ 240.13e-4(f)(13) and 240.14e-1(e) of this chapter).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4 to § 232.202:</HED>
<P>As provided elsewhere in this chapter, failure to submit the Interactive Data File as required by § 232.405 by the end of the continuing hardship exemption if granted for a limited period of time, will result in ineligibility to use Forms S-3, S-8, and F-3 (§§ 239.13, 239.16b, and 239.33 of this chapter, respectively), constitute a failure to have filed all required reports for purposes of the current public information requirements of § 230.144(c)(1) of this chapter, and, pursuant to § 230.485(c)(3) of this chapter, suspend the ability to file post-effective amendments under § 230.485(b) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 36457, July 8, 1997; 69 FR 22710, Apr. 26, 2004; 73 FR 10616, Feb. 27, 2008; 74 FR 6813, Feb. 10, 2009; 74 FR 15667, Apr. 7, 2009; 74 FR 7774, Feb. 19, 2009; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014; 83 FR 40874, Aug. 16, 2018; 90 FR 7360, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="57" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Preparation of Electronic Submissions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.301" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.301   EDGAR Filer Manual.</HEAD>
<P>Filers must prepare electronic filings in the manner prescribed by the EDGAR Filer Manual, promulgated by the Commission, which sets forth the technical formatting requirements for electronic submissions. The requirements for becoming an EDGAR Filer and updating company data are set forth in the EDGAR Filer Manual, Volume I: “General Information,” Version 43 (effective March 16, 2026). The requirements for filing on EDGAR are set forth in the updated EDGAR Filer Manual, Volume II: “EDGAR Filing,” Version 77 (March 16, 2026). All EDGAR material referenced in this paragraph is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You must comply with these requirements in order for documents to be timely received and accepted. The EDGAR Filer Manual is available for inspection at the Commission and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). The EDGAR Filer Manual is available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549; (202) 551-3900; <I>Library@sec.gov,</I> on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Operating conditions may limit access to the Commission's Public Reference Room. The EDGAR Filer Manual may also be obtained from <I>https://www.sec.gov/edgar/filerinformation/current-edgar-filer-manual.</I> For information on the availability of the EDGAR Filer Manual at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 20337, Apr. 16, 2026]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.302" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.302   Signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Required signatures to, or within, any electronic submission (including, without limitation, signatories within the certifications required by §§ 240.13a-14, 240.15d-14, and 270.30a-2 of this chapter) must be in typed form rather than manual format. Signatures in an HTML document that are not required may, but are not required to, be presented in an HTML graphic or image file within the electronic filing, in compliance with the formatting requirements of the EDGAR Filer Manual. When used in connection with an electronic filing, the term “signature” means a computer representation of any symbol or series of symbols comprising a name executed, adopted, or authorized as a signature. Signatures are not required in unofficial PDF copies submitted in accordance with § 232.104.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each signatory to an electronic filing (including, without limitation, each signatory to the certifications required by §§ 240.13a-14, 240.15d-14 and 270.30a-2 of this chapter) shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the electronic filing is made and shall be retained by the filer for a period of five years. An electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (b)(1) must meet the requirements set forth in the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(2) Before a signatory may electronically sign an authentication document pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, such signatory must manually sign a document attesting that, when using electronic signatures for purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the signatory agrees that the use of such electronic signature constitutes the legal equivalent of such individual's manual signature for purposes of authenticating the signature to any filing for which it is provided. An electronic filer must retain this document for as long as the signatory may use an electronic signature to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section and for a minimum period of seven years after the date of the most recent electronically signed authentication document.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon request, an electronic filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section. A manually signed document under paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section, including an initial electronic signature authentication document or a manually signed authentication document, may be retained and stored via electronic means.
</P>
<P>(c) Where the Commission's rules require a registrant to furnish to a national securities exchange or national securities association paper copies of a document filed with the Commission in electronic format, signatures to such paper copies may be in typed form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67762, Dec. 30, 1994; 64 FR 27895, May 21, 1999; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 67 FR 57287, Sept. 9, 2002; 85 FR 78229, Dec. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.303" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.303   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following documents shall not be incorporated by reference into an electronic filing: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any document filed in paper in violation of mandated electronic filing requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) Any document filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption for which a required confirming electronic copy has not been submitted. 
</P>
<P>(3) For a registered investment company or a business development company, documents that have not been filed in electronic format, unless the document has been filed in paper under a hardship exemption (§ 232.201 or 232.202 of this chapter) and any required confirming copy has been submitted.
</P>
<P>(b) If a filer incorporates by reference into an electronic filing any portion of an annual or quarterly report to security holders, it must also file the portion of the annual or quarterly report to security holders in electronic format as an exhibit to the filing, as required by Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(13) (§ 229.601(b)(13) of this chapter). 

If a foreign private issuer incorporates by reference into an electronic filing any portion of an annual or other report to security holders, or of a Form 6-K report (§ 249.306 of this chapter) filed or submitted in paper, it also must file the incorporated portion in electronic format as an exhibit to the filing. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to incorporation by reference by an investment company from an annual or quarterly report to security holders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67762, Dec. 30, 1994; 62 FR 36457, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 27895, May 21, 1999; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 67 FR 36700, May 24, 2002; 84 FR 12722, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.304" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.304   Graphic, image, audio and video material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a filer includes graphic, image, audio or video material in a document delivered to investors and others that is not reproduced in an electronic filing, the electronically filed version of that document must include a fair and accurate narrative description, tabular representation or transcript of the omitted material. Such descriptions, representations or transcripts may be included in the text of the electronic filing at the point where the graphic, image, audio or video material is presented in the delivered version, or they may be listed in an appendix to the electronic filing. Immaterial differences between the delivered and electronically filed versions, such as pagination, color, type size or style, or corporate logo need not be described.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>If the omitted graphic, image, audio or video material includes data, filers must include a tabular representation or other appropriate representation of that data in the electronically filed version of the document.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b)(1) The graphic, image, audio and video material in the version of a document delivered to investors and others is deemed part of the electronic filing and subject to the civil liability and anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(2) Narrative descriptions, tabular representations or transcripts of graphic, image, audio and video material included in an electronic filing or appendix thereto also are deemed part of the filing. However, to the extent such descriptions, representations or transcripts represent a good faith effort to fairly and accurately describe omitted graphic, image, audio or video material, they are not subject to the civil liability and anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(c) An electronic filer must retain for a period of five years a copy of each publicly distributed document, in the format used, that contains graphic, image, audio or video material where such material is not included in the version filed with the Commission. The five-year period shall commence as of the filing date, or the date that appears on the document, whichever is later. Upon request, an electronic filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all of the documents contained in the file. 
</P>
<P>(d) For electronically filed ASCII documents, the performance graph that is to appear in registrant annual reports to security holders required by Exchange Act Rule 14a-3 (§ 240.14a-3 of this chapter) or Exchange Act Rule 14c-3 (§ 240.14c-3 of this chapter) to precede or accompany proxy statements or information statements relating to annual meetings of security holders at which directors are to be elected (or special meetings or written consents in lieu of such meetings), as required by Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(e) of this chapter), and the line graph that is to appear in registrant annual reports to security holders, as required by paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of Item 27 of Form N-1A (§ 274.11A of this chapter), must be furnished to the Commission by presenting the data in tabular or chart form within the electronic ASCII document, in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section and the formatting requirements of the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, electronically filed HTML documents must present the following information in an HTML graphic or image file within the electronic submission in compliance with the formatting requirements of the EDGAR Filer Manual: The performance graph that is to appear in registrant annual reports to security holders required by Exchange Act Rule 14a-3 (§ 240.14a-3 of this chapter) or Exchange Act Rule 14c-3 (§ 240.14c-3 of this chapter) to precede or accompany registrant proxy statements or information statements relating to annual meetings of security holders at which directors are to be elected (or special meetings or written consents in lieu of such meetings), as required by Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(e) of this chapter); the line graph that is to appear in registrant annual reports to security holders, as required by paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of Item 27 of Form N-1A (§ 274.11A of this chapter); and any other graphic material required by rule or form to be filed with the Commission. Filers may, but are not required to, submit any other graphic material in a HTML document by presenting the data in an HTML graphic or image file within the electronic filing, in compliance with the formatting requirements of the EDGAR Filer Manual. However, filers may not present in a graphic or image file information such as text or tables that users must be able to search and/or download into spreadsheet form (e.g., financial statements); filers must present such material as text in an ASCII document or as text or an HTML table in an HTML document. 
</P>
<P>(f) Electronic filers may not include animated graphics in any EDGAR document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67762, Dec. 30, 1994; 61 FR 24655, May 15, 1996; 62 FR 36458, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 27895, May 21, 1999; 65 FR 24800, Apr. 27, 2000; 71 FR 53259, Sept. 8, 2006; 74 FR 4587, Jan. 26, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.305" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.305   Number of characters per line; tabular and columnar information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The narrative portion of a document shall not exceed 80 characters per line, including blank spaces, and shall not be presented in multi-column newspaper format. Non-narrative information (e.g., financial statements) may be presented in tabular or columnar format and may exceed 80 positions only if it is tagged as specified in the EDGAR Filer Manual. In no event shall information presented in tabular or columnar format exceed 132 positions wide. 
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to HTML documents, Interactive Data Files (§ 232.11) or Interactive Data Financial Reports (§ 232.11).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 27896, May 21, 1999; 70 FR 6571, Feb. 8, 2005; 74 FR 6814, Feb. 10, 2009; 79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014; 80 FR 14549, Mar. 19, 2015; 83 FR 40875, Aug 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.306" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.306   Foreign language documents and symbols.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All electronic filings and submissions must be in the English language, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section. If a filing or submission requires the inclusion of a document that is in a foreign language, a party must submit instead a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document in accordance with § 230.403(c) or § 240.12b-12(d) of this chapter, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (c) of this section. Alternatively, if the foreign language document is an exhibit or attachment to a filing or submission subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance, a party may provide a fair and accurate English summary of the foreign language document if permitted by § 230.403(c)(3) or § 240.12b-12(d)(3) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) When including an English summary or English translation of a foreign language document in an electronic filing or submission, a party may also submit a copy of the unabridged foreign language document with the filing in the electronic format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual. A filer must provide a copy of any foreign language document upon the request of Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(c) A foreign government or its political subdivision must electronically file a fair and accurate English translation, if available, of its latest annual budget as presented to its legislative body, as Exhibit B to Form 18 (§ 249.218 of this chapter) or Exhibit (c) to Form 18-K (§ 249.318 of this chapter). If no English translation is available, a foreign government or political subdivision must submit a copy of the foreign language version of its latest annual budget with the filing in the electronic format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(d) A Canadian issuer may file an HTML document, as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter, that contains text in both French and English if the issuer included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority, and the French text is in an exhibit to or part of: 
</P>
<P>(1) A registration statement on Form F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10, or F-80 (§§ 239.37, 239.38, 239.39, 239.40, and 239.41 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(2) A registration statement or annual report on Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter); or 
</P>
<P>(3) A Schedule 13E-4F (§ 240.13e-102 of this chapter), Schedule 14D-1F (§ 240.14d-102), or Schedule 14D-9F (§ 240.14d-103).
</P>
<P>(e) Foreign currency denominations must be expressed in words or letters in the English language rather than representative symbols, except that HTML documents may include any representative foreign currency symbols that the EDGAR Filer Manual specifies. The limitations of this paragraph do not apply to unofficial PDF copies submitted in accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.104).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 21349, Apr. 21, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67762, Dec. 30, 1994; 64 FR 27896, May 21, 1999; 67 FR 36700, May 24, 2002; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 87 FR 35410, June 10, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.307" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.307   Bold face type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Provisions requiring presentation of information in bold face type shall be satisfied in an electronic format document by presenting such information in capital letters. 
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to HTML documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 36458, July 8, 1997, as amended at 64 FR 27896, May 21, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.308" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.308   Type size and font; legibility.</HEAD>
<P>Provisions relating to type size, font and other legibility requirements shall not apply to electronic format documents. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.309" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.309   Paper size; binding; sequential numbering; number of copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Requirements as to paper size, binding, and sequential page numbering shall not apply to electronic format documents. 
</P>
<P>(b) An electronic format document, submitted in the manner prescribed by the EDGAR Filer Manual, shall satisfy any requirement that more than one copy of such document be filed with or provided to the Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.310" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.310   Marking changed material.</HEAD>
<P>Provisions requiring the marking of changed materials are satisfied in ASCII and HTML documents by inserting the tag &lt;R&gt;before and the tag &lt;/R&gt;following a paragraph containing changed material. HTML documents may be marked to show changed materials within paragraphs. Financial statements and notes thereto need not be marked for changed material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 27896, May 21, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.311" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.311   Documents submitted in paper under cover of Form SE.</HEAD>
<P>Form SE (§§ 239.64, 249.444, 259.603, 269.8, and 274.403 of this chapter) shall be filed as a paper cover sheet to the following documents submitted to the Commission in paper: 
</P>
<P>(a) Exhibits filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption shall be filed under cover of Form SE. See Rules 201 and 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 and 232.202). 
</P>
<P>(b) The Form SE shall be submitted in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) If the subject of a temporary hardship exemption is an exhibit only, the filer must file the exhibit and a Form TH (§§ 239.65, 249.447, 269.1, and 274.404 of this chapter) under cover of Form SE (§§ 239.64, 249.444, 269.8, and 274.403 of this chapter) no later than one business day after the date the exhibit was to be filed electronically.
</P>
<P>(2) An exhibit filed pursuant to a continuing hardship exemption may be filed up to six business days prior to, or on the date of filing of, the electronic format document to which it relates but shall not be filed after such filing date. If a paper document is submitted in this manner, requirements that the document be filed with, provided with or accompany the electronic filing shall be satisfied.
</P>
<P>(c) Any requirements as to delivery or furnishing the information to persons other than the Commission shall not be affected by this section.
</P>
<P>(d)-(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 67763, Dec. 30, 1994; 61 FR 30402, June 14, 1996; 62 FR 36458, July 8, 1997; 65 FR 24801, Apr. 27, 2000; 67 FR 36700, May 24, 2002; 70 FR 1617, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 43569, July 27, 2005; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011; 87 FR 35410, June 10, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.312" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.312   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.313" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.313   Identification of investment company type and series and/or class (or contract).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Registered investment companies, business development companies, and offerings of registered non-variable annuities must indicate their investment company type, based on whether the registrant's last effective registration statement or amendment (other than a merger/proxy filing on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter) was filed on Form N-1 (§§ 239.15 and 274.11 of this chapter), Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17A and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter), Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), or Form S-6 (§ 239.16 of this chapter) in those EDGAR submissions identified in the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<P>(b) Registered investment companies or offerings of registered non-variable annuities whose last effective registration statement or amendment (other than a merger/proxy filing on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter) was filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17A and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter) must, under the procedures set forth in the EDGAR Filer Manual:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide electronically, and keep current, information concerning their existing and new series and/or classes (or contracts, in the case of separate accounts), including series and/or class (contract) name and ticker symbol, if any, and be issued series and/or class (or contract) identification numbers;
</P>
<P>(2) Deactivate for EDGAR purposes any series and/or class (or contract, in the case of separate accounts) that are no longer offered, go out of existence, or deregister following the last filing for that series and/or class (or contract, in the case of separate accounts), but the registrant must not deactivate the last remaining series unless the registrant deregisters; and
</P>
<P>(3) For those EDGAR submissions identified in the EDGAR Filer Manual, include all series and/or class (or contract) identifiers of each series and/or class (or contract) on behalf of which the filing is made.




</P>
<P>(c) Registered investment companies whose last effective registration statement or amendment (other than a merger/proxy filing on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter)) was filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17A and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter) must provide electronically, as specified in the EDGAR Filer Manual, in the EDGAR submission identifying information concerning the acquiring fund and the target fund (and the series and/or classes (contracts), if any, of each if in existence at the time of the filing) in connection with merger filings on Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter), under § 230.425 of this chapter, and in compliance with Regulation 14A (§ 240.14a-1 of this chapter), Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter), and all other applicable rules and regulations adopted pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, as referenced in Investment Company Act Rule 20a-1 (§ 270.20a-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(d) Non-registrant third party filers making proxy filings with respect to investment companies must designate in the EDGAR submission the type of investment company (as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section) and include series and/or class (or contract) identifiers in designated EDGAR proxy submission types, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 43569, July 27, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 60090, July 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.314" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.57.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.314   Accommodation for certain securitizers of asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>The information required in response to Rule 15Ga-1 (§ 240.15Ga-1 of this chapter) by a municipal securitizer will be deemed to satisfy the electronic submission requirements of Rule 101 (§ 232.101 of this chapter) under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, a municipal securitizer is a securitizer (as that term is defined in Section 15G(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is any State or Territory of the United States, the District of Columbia, any political subdivision of any State, Territory or the District of Columbia, or any public instrumentality of one or more States, Territories or the District of Columbia; and
</P>
<P>(b) The information required by Rule 15Ga-1 is provided to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board in an electronic format available to the public on the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Internet Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4511, Jan. 26, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="58" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Interactive Data</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 232.401-232.404" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 232.401-232.404   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.405" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.405   Interactive Data File submissions.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240328" REFID="11">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 21919, Mar. 28, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240412" REFID="28e">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 89 FR 25804, Apr. 12, 2024.</XREF>
<P>This section applies to electronic filers that submit Interactive Data Files. Section 229.601(b)(101) of this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S-K), General Instruction F of § 249.311 (Form 11-K), §§ 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 240.17a-5(d)(6)(i), 240.17a-5(k)(2), 240.17a-12(b)(6), 240.17a-12(k), 240.17a-12(l), 240.17a-12(m), 240.17h-2T(a)(2), and 240.18a-7(c)(6) of this chapter (Rules 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 17a-5(d)(6)(i), 17a-5(k)(2), 17a-12(b)(6), 17a-12(k), 17a-12(l), 17a-12(m), 17h-2T(a)(2), and 18a-7(c)(6) under the Exchange Act), paragraph (101) of Part II—Information Not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter (Form F-10), paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter (Form 20-F), paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions to § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40-F), paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to § 249.306 of this chapter (Form 6-K), § 240.17ad-27(d) of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27(d) under the Exchange Act), Note D.5 of § 240.14a-101 of this chapter (Rule 14a-101 under the Exchange Act), Item 1 of § 240.14c-101 of this chapter (Rule 14c-101 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction L of § 240.14d-100 of this chapter (Rule 14d-100 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction I of § 249.333 of this chapter (Form F-SR), General Instruction C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), General Instruction I of §§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter (Form N-2), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6), General Instruction 2.(l) of § 274.12 of this chapter (Form N-8B-2), General Instruction 5 of § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6), General Instruction C.4 of §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR), General Instruction A of § 249.1 of this chapter (Form 1), General Instruction A of § 249b.200 of this chapter (Form CA-1), §§ 242.829 and 831 of this chapter (Rules 829 and 831 of Regulation SE), and the Registration Instructions to Form SBSEF (§ 249.1701 of this chapter) specify when electronic filers are required or permitted to submit an Interactive Data File (§ 232.11), as further described in note 1 to this section. This section imposes content, format and submission requirements for an Interactive Data File, but does not change the substantive content requirements for the financial and other disclosures in the Related Official Filing (§ 232.11).


</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content, format, and submission requirements—General.</I> An Interactive Data File must:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the content, format, and submission requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted only by an electronic filer either required or permitted to submit an Interactive Data File as specified by § 229.601(b)(101) of this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S-K), General Instruction F of § 249.311 (Form 11-K), §§ 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 240.17a-5(d)(6)(i), 240.17a-5(k)(2), 240.17a-12(b)(6), 240.17a-12(k), 240.17a-12(l), 240.17a-12(m), 240.17h-2T(a)(2), and 240.18a-7(c)(6) of this chapter (Rules 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 17a-5(d)(6)(i), 17a-5(k)(2), 17a-12(b)(6), 17a-12(k), 17a-12(l), 17a-12(m), 17h-2T(a)(2), and 18a-7(c)(6) under the Exchange Act), paragraph (101) of Part II—Information Not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter (Form F-10), paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter (Form 20-F), paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions to § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40-F), paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to § 249.306 of this chapter (Form 6-K), § 240.17ad-27(d) of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27(d) under the Exchange Act), Note D.5 of § 240.14a-101 of this chapter (Rule 14a-101 under the Exchange Act), Item 1 of § 240.14c-101 of this chapter (Rule 14c-101 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction L of § 240.14d-100 of this chapter (Rule 14d-100 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), General Instruction I of §§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter (Form N-2), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6), General Instruction 2.(<I>l</I>) of § 274.12 of this chapter (Form N-8B-2), General Instruction 5 of § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6), General Instruction C.4 of §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR), General Instruction A of § 249.1 of this chapter (Form 1), General Instruction A of § 249b.200 of this chapter (Form CA-1), §§ 242.829 and 242.831 of this chapter (Rules 829 and 831 of Regulation SE), and the Registration Instructions to Form SBSEF (§ 249.1701 of this chapter), as applicable;
</P>
<P>(3) Be submitted using Inline XBRL:
</P>
<P>(i) If the electronic filer is not a management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), a separate account as defined in Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a registered non-variable annuity issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), a unit investment trust as defined in Section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4), an entity subject to §§ 240.15fk-1, 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7 of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1, 17a-5, 17a-12, 17h-2T, or 18a-7 under the Exchange Act), an exchange as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1) (Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act), or a clearing agency as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A) (Section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Exchange Act), or subject to §§ 242.800 through 242.835 (Regulation SE), and is not within one of the categories specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, as partly embedded into a filing with the remainder simultaneously submitted as an exhibit to:
</P>
<P>(A) A filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged; or
</P>
<P>(B) An amendment to a filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged if the amendment is filed no more than 30 days after the earlier of the due date or filing date of the filing and the Interactive Data File is the first Interactive Data File the electronic filer submits; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the electronic filer is a management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), a separate account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a registered non-variable annuity issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), a unit investment trust as defined in Section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4), an entity subject to §§ 240.15fk-1, 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7 of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1, 17a-5, 17a-12, 17h-2T, or 18a-7 under the Exchange Act), an exchange as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1) (Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act), or a clearing agency as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A) (Section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Exchange Act), or is subject to §§ 242.800 through 242.835 (Regulation SE), and is not within one of the categories specified in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, as partly embedded into a filing with the remainder simultaneously submitted as an exhibit to a filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged; and
</P>
<P>(4) Be submitted in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual and, as applicable, § 229.601(b)(101) of this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S-K), General Instruction F of § 249.311 of this chapter (Form 11-K), §§ 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 240.17a-5(d)(6)(i), 240.17a-5(k)(2), 240.17a-12(b)(6), 240.17a-12(k), 240.17a-12(l), 240.17a-12(m), 240.17h-2T(a)(2), and 240.18a-7(c)(6) of this chapter (Rules 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 17a-5(d)(6)(i), 17a-5(k)(2), 17a-12(b)(6), 17a-12(k), 17a-12(l), 17a-12(m), 17h-2T(a)(2), and 18a-7(c)(6) under the Exchange Act), paragraph (101) of Part II—Information Not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter (Form F-10), § 240.13a-21 of this chapter (Rule 13a-21 under the Exchange Act), paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter (Form 20-F), paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions to § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40-F), paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to § 249.306 of this chapter (Form 6-K), § 240.17ad-27(d) of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27(d) under the Exchange Act), Note D.5 of § 240.14a-101 of this chapter (Rule 14a-101 under the Exchange Act), Item 1 of § 240.14c-101 of this chapter (Rule 14c-101 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction L of § 240.14d-100 of this chapter (Rule 14d-100 under the Exchange Act), General Instruction I to § 249.333 of this chapter (Form F-SR), General Instruction C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), General Instruction I of §§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter (Form N-2), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4), General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6); General Instruction 2.(<I>l</I>) of § 274.12 of this chapter (Form N-8B-2); General Instruction 5 of § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6); General Instruction C.4 of §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR); General Instruction A of § 249.1 of this chapter (Form 1); General Instruction A of § 249b.200 of this chapter (Form CA-1); §§ 242.829 and 831 of this chapter (Rules 829 and 831 of Regulation SE); or the Registration Instructions to Form SBSEF (§ 249.1701 of this chapter), as applicable.




















</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content—categories of information presented.</I> 


</P>
<P>(1) If the electronic filer is not a management investment company registered under 15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I> (the Investment Company Act of 1940), a separate account as defined in 15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14) (Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a registered non-variable annuity issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), a unit investment trust as defined in Section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4), an entity subject to §§ 240.15fk-1, 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7 of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1, 17a-5, 17a-12, 17h-2T, or 18a-7 under the Exchange Act), an exchange as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1) (Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act), or a clearing agency as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A) (Section 3(a)(23) of the Exchange Act), an Interactive Data File must consist of only a complete set of information for all periods required to be presented in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing, no more and no less, from all of the following categories:




</P>
<P>(i) The complete set of the electronic filer's financial statements (which includes the face of the financial statements and all footnotes);
</P>
<P>(ii) As applicable, all schedules set forth in Article 6A of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.6A-01-210.6A-05) and Article 12 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-01-210.12-29), and all schedules prepared by plans in accordance with the financial reporting requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>) and filed with the Commission on Form 11-K (§ 249.311); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The disclosure set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph <E T="01">(b)(1):</E></HED>
<P>It is not permissible for the Interactive Data File to present only partial face financial statements, such as by excluding comparative financial information for prior periods.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) If the electronic filer is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a separate account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), a registered non-variable annuity issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), a unit investment trust as defined in Section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4), or a clearing agency that provides a central matching service, an Interactive Data File must consist of only a complete set of information for all periods required to be presented in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing, no more and no less, from the information set forth in:
</P>
<P>(i) Items 2, 3, and 4 of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter (Form N-1A), as well as any information provided in response to Item 27A(b)-(h) of Form N-1A included in any report to shareholders filed on §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR);
</P>
<P>(ii) Items 2, 4, 5, 11, 18 and 19 of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N-3);
</P>
<P>(iii) Items 2(b)(2), 2(d), 3, 4, 5, 6(a) (instruction), 6(d), 6(e), 7(e), 10, 17, 26(c), or 31A of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N-4);
</P>
<P>(iv) Items 2, 4, 5, 10, 11, and 18 of §§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N-6);
</P>
<P>(v) Any disclosure provided in response to Item 18 of §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR), or
</P>
<P>(vi) Item 11 of § 274.12 of this chapter (Form N-8B-2) pursuant to Instruction 2, including to the extent required by § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6); as applicable.












</P>
<P>(3) If the electronic filer is either a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), an Interactive Data File must consist only of a complete set of information for all corresponding data in the Related Official Filing, no more and no less, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a business development company, for all periods required to be presented:
</P>
<P>(A) The complete set of the electronic filer's financial statements (which includes the face of the financial statements and all footnotes); 
</P>
<P>(B) All schedules set forth in §§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 of this chapter (Article 12 of Regulation S-X) related to the electronic filer's financial statements; and






</P>
<P>(ii) All of the information required on the cover page of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(iii) As applicable, all of the information provided in response to Items 3.1, 4.3, 8.2.b, 8.2.d, 8.3.a, 8.3.b, 8.5.b, 8.5.c, 8.5.e, 10.1.a-d, 10.2.a-c, 10.2.e, 10.3, and 10.5 of Form N-2 in any registration statement or post-effective amendment thereto filed on Form N-2; or any form of prospectus filed pursuant to § 230.424 of this chapter (Rule 424 under the Securities Act); or, if a Registrant is filing a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2, any documents filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent such information appears therein; and


</P>
<P>(iv) As applicable, the disclosure set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The disclosure provided under 17 CFR part 229 (Regulation S-K) and related provisions that is required to be tagged, including, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The information provided pursuant to § 229.402(v) of this chapter (Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K).




</P>
<P>(ii) Any disclosure provided in response to: § 229.402(w) of this chapter (Item 402(w) of Regulation S-K); Item 6.F of § 249.220f of this chapter (Form 20-F); paragraph (19) of General Instruction B of § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40-F); and Item 18 of §§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter (Form N-CSR).
</P>
<P>(iii) Any disclosure provided in response to: § 229.402(x) of this chapter (Item 402(x) of Regulation S-K); § 229.408(a)(1) and (2) of this chapter (Item 408(a)(1) and (2) of Regulation S-K); § 229.408(b)(1) of this chapter (Item 408(b)(1) of Regulation S-K); and Item 16J(a) of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter).




</P>
<P>(iv) [Reserved]






</P>
<P>(v) Any disclosure provided in response to: § 229.106 of this chapter (Item 106 of Regulation S-K); Item 1.05 of § 249.308 of this chapter (Item 1.05 of Form 8-K); and Item 16K of § 249.220f of this chapter (Item 16K of Form 20-F).
</P>
<P>(vi) The information required by §§ 229.1601 through 229.1610 of this chapter (subpart 1600 of Regulation S-K).


</P>
<P>(5) If an electronic filer is an entity subject to §§ 240.15fk-1, 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7 of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1, 17a-5, 17a-12, 17h-2T, or 18a-7 under the Exchange Act), an exchange as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1) (Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act), a clearing agency as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A) (Section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Exchange Act), or is subject to §§ 242.800 through 242.835 (Regulation SE), an Interactive Data File must consist of only a complete set of information for all periods required to be presented in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing, no more and no less, from all of the following categories, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) For electronic filers of § 249.617 of this chapter (Part III of Form X-17A-5): the disclosures required by Items (a) through (y) of that Form.
</P>
<P>(ii) The disclosure provided pursuant to Item 4 of § 249.328T of this chapter (Form 17-H).
</P>
<P>(iii) The report provided pursuant to § 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A) under the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(iv) The exhibits specified by General Instruction A to § 249.1 of this chapter (Form 1).
</P>
<P>(v) The disclosure provided pursuant to Schedule A and Exhibits C, F, H, J, K, L, M, O, R, and S to § 249b.200 of this chapter (Form CA-1).
</P>
<P>(vi) The information provided pursuant to § 240.17ad-27 of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27 under the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(vii) For electronic filers subject to Regulation SE, the content of documents required to be filed electronically under §§ 242.829 and 242.831 of this chapter (Rules 829 and 831 of Regulation SE); and the Registration Instructions to § 249.1701 of this chapter (Form SBSEF), as applicable.






</P>
<P>(c) <I>Format—Generally.</I> An Interactive Data File must comply with the following requirements, except as modified by paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, as applicable, with respect to the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing consisting of footnotes to financial statements or financial statement schedules as set forth in Article 6A of Regulation S-X, Article 12 of Regulation S-X or the financial reporting requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>), as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data elements and labels</I>—(i) <I>Element accuracy.</I> Each data element (<I>i.e.</I>, all text, line item names, monetary values, percentages, numbers, dates and other labels) contained in the Interactive Data File reflects the same information in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Element specificity.</I> No data element contained in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing is changed, deleted, or summarized in the Interactive Data File;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Standard and special labels and elements.</I> Each data element contained in the Interactive Data File is matched with an appropriate tag from the most recent version of the standard list of tags specified by the EDGAR Filer Manual. A tag is appropriate only when its standard definition, standard label and other attributes as and to the extent identified in the list of tags match the information to be tagged, except that:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Labels.</I> An electronic filer must create and use a new special label to modify a tag's existing standard label when that tag is an appropriate tag in all other respects (<I>i.e.</I>, in order to use a tag from the standard list of tags only its label needs to be changed); and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Elements.</I> An electronic filer must create and use a new special element if and only if an appropriate tag does not exist in the standard list of tags for reasons other than or in addition to an inappropriate standard label; and




</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional mark-up related content.</I> The Interactive Data File contains any additional mark-up related content (e.g., the eXtensible Business Reporting Language tags themselves, identification of the core XML documents used and other technology related content) not found in the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing that is necessary to comply with the EDGAR Filer Manual requirements.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Format—Footnotes—Generally.</I> The part of the Interactive Data File for which the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing consists of footnotes to financial statements must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, as modified by this paragraph (d). Footnotes to financial statements must be tagged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each complete footnote must be block-text tagged;
</P>
<P>(2) Each significant accounting policy within the significant accounting policies footnote must be block-text tagged;
</P>
<P>(3) Each table within each footnote must be block-text tagged; and
</P>
<P>(4) Within each footnote,
</P>
<P>(i) Each amount (<I>i.e.</I>, monetary value, percentage, and number) must be tagged separately; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each narrative disclosure may be tagged separately to the extent the electronic filer chooses.
</P>
<P><I>(e) Format—Schedules—Generally.</I> The part of the Interactive Data File for which the corresponding data in the Related Official Filing consists of financial statement schedules as set forth in 17 CFR 210.6A-01 through 210.6A-05) (Article 6A of Regulation S-X), §§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 of this chapter (Article 12 of Regulation S-X), or the financial reporting requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>), as applicable, must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, as modified by this paragraph (e). Such financial statement schedules must be tagged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each complete financial statement schedule must be block-text tagged; and
</P>
<P>(2) Within each financial statement schedule,
</P>
<P>(i) Each amount (<I>i.e.</I>, monetary value, percentage and number) must be tagged separately; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each narrative disclosure may be tagged separately to the extent the electronic filer chooses.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Format—Phase-in for Inline XBRL submissions.</I> (1) The following electronic filers may choose to submit an Interactive Data File:
</P>
<P>(i) In the manner specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section rather than as specified by paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section: Any electronic filer that is not an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>) if it is within one of the following categories, provided, however, that an Interactive Data File first is required to be submitted in the manner specified by paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section for a periodic report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) if the filer reports on Form 10-Q:
</P>
<P>(A) A large accelerated filer (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter) that prepares its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States and none of the financial statements for which an Interactive Data File is required is for a fiscal period that ends on or after June 15, 2019;
</P>
<P>(B) An accelerated filer (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter) that prepares its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States and none of the financial statements for which an Interactive Data File is required is for a fiscal period that ends on or after June 15, 2020; and
</P>
<P>(C) A filer not specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this section that prepares its financial statements in accordance with either generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and none of the financial statements for which an Interactive Data File is required is for a fiscal period that ends on or after June 15, 2021.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the manner specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section rather than as specified by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section: Any electronic filer that is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>) that, together with other investment companies in the same “group of related investment companies,” as such term is defined in § 270.0-10 of this chapter, has assets of:
</P>
<P>(A) $1 billion or more as of the end of the most recent fiscal year until it files an initial registration statement (or post-effective amendment that is an annual update to an effective registration statement) that becomes effective on or after September 17, 2020; and
</P>
<P>(B) Less than $1 billion as of the end of the most recent fiscal year until it files an initial registration statement (or post-effective amendment that is an annual update to an effective registration statement) that becomes effective on or after September 17, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic filers specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section may submit the Interactive Data File solely as an exhibit to:
</P>
<P>(i) A filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An amendment to a filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged if the amendment is filed no more than 30 days after the earlier of the due date or filing date of the filing and the Interactive Data File is the first Interactive Data File the electronic filer submits.
</P>
<P>(3) The electronic filers specified in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section may submit the Interactive Data File solely as an exhibit to a filing that contains the disclosure this section requires to be tagged, up to 15 business days after the effective date of the registration statement or post-effective amendment that contains the related information, or the filing of a form of prospectus made pursuant to § 230.497(c) or (e) of this chapter (paragraph (c) or (e) of Rule 497).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 232.405:</HED>
<P>Section 229.601(b)(101) of this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S-K) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted and the circumstances under which it is permitted to be submitted, with respect to §§ 239.11 of this chapter (Form S-1), 239.13 of this chapter (Form S-3), 239.25 of this chapter (Form S-4), 239.18 of this chapter (Form S-11), 239.31 of this chapter (Form F-1), 239.33 of this chapter (Form F-3), 239.34 of this chapter (Form F-4), 249.310 of this chapter (Form 10-K), 249.308a of this chapter (Form 10-Q), and 249.308 of this chapter (Form 8-K). General Instruction F of § 249.311 of this chapter (Form 11-K) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted, and the circumstances under which it is permitted to be submitted, with respect to Form 11-K. Paragraph (101) of Part II—Information not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter (Form F-10) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted and the circumstances under which it is permitted to be submitted, with respect to Form F-10. Paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter (Form 20-F) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted and the circumstances under which it is permitted to be submitted, with respect to Form 20-F. Paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions to § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40-F) and Paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to § 249.306 of this chapter (Form 6-K) specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted and the circumstances under which it is permitted to be submitted, with respect to §§ 249.240f (Form 40-F) and 249.306 (Form 6-K) of this chapter. Note D.5 of § 240.14a-101 of this chapter (Schedule 14A) and Item 1 of § 240.14c-101 of this chapter (Schedule 14C) specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted with respect to Schedules 14A and 14C. General Instruction L of § 240.14d-100 of this chapter (Schedule TO) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted with respect to Schedule TO. Section 240.13a-21 of this chapter (Rule 13a-21 under the Exchange Act) and General Instruction I to § 249.333 of this chapter (Form F-SR) specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted, with respect to Form F-SR. §§ 242.829 and 242.831 of this chapter (Rules 829 and 831 of Regulation SE) and the Registration Instructions to § 249.1701 of this chapter (Form SBSEF), as applicable, specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted with respect to filings made under Regulation SE. Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S-K, paragraph (101) of Part II—Information not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of Form F-10, paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to Exhibits of Form 20-F, paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions to Form 40-F, and paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to Form 6-K all prohibit submission of an Interactive Data File by an issuer that prepares its financial statements in accordance with 17 CFR 210.6-01 through 210.6-10 (Article 6 of Regulation S-X). For an issuer that is a management investment company or separate account registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>), a registered non-variable annuity issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), or a unit investment trust as defined in Section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4), General Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), General Instruction I of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N-6 (§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter), General Instruction 2.(l) of Form N-8B-2 (§ 274.12 of this chapter), General Instruction 5 of § 239.16 of this chapter (Form S-6), and General Instruction C.4 of Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter), as applicable, specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted. For entities subject to §§ 240.15fk-1, 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17h-2T, or 240.18a-7 of this chapter (Rule 15fk-1, 17a-5, 17a-12, 17h-2T, or 18a-7 under the Exchange Act), §§ 240.15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 240.17a-5(d)(6)(i), 240.17a-5(k)(2), 240.17a-12(b)(6), 240.17a-12(k), 240.17a-12(l), 240.17a-12(m), 240.17h-2T(a)(2), and 240.18a-7(c)(6) of this chapter (Rules 15fk-1(c)(2)(ii)(A), 17a-5(d)(6)(i), 17a-5(k)(2), 17a-12(b)(6), 17a-12(k), 17a-12(l), 17a-12(m), 17h-2T(a)(2), and 18a-7(c)(6) under the Exchange Act), as applicable, specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted. For an exchange as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1) (Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act), General Instruction A of § 249.1 of this chapter (Form 1) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted. For a clearing agency as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A) (Section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Exchange Act), General Instruction A of § 249.200b of this chapter (Form CA-1) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted with respect to § 249.200b of this chapter (Form CA-1), and § 240.17ad-27(d) of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27(d) under the Exchange Act) specify the circumstances under which an Interactive Data File must be submitted with respect to the reports required under § 249.200b of this chapter (Form CA-1) and § 240.17ad-27 of this chapter (Rule 17ad-27 under the Exchange Act).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 6814, Feb. 10, 2009; 74 FR 15667, Apr. 7, 2009, as amended at 74 FR 7775, Feb. 19, 2009; 74 FR 21256, May 7, 2009; 76 FR 46617, Aug. 3, 2011; 83 FR 40875, Aug. 16, 2018; 85 FR 26099, May 1, 2020; 85 FR 39476, July 1, 2020; 85 FR 33357, June 1, 2020; 85 FR 45092, July 27, 2020; 86 FR 70043,70200, Dec. 9, 2021; 87 FR 22445, Apr. 15, 2022; 87 FR 35410, June 10, 2022; 87 FR 55196, Sept. 9, 2022; 87 FR 72847, Nov. 25, 2022; 87 FR 73138, Nov. 28, 2022; 87 FR 80429, Dec. 29, 2022; 88 FR 13951, Mar. 6, 2023; 88 FR 36057, June 1, 2023; 88 FR 51943, Aug. 4, 2023; 88 FR 70508, Oct. 11, 2023; 88 FR 87283, Dec. 15, 2023; 89 FR 24374, Apr. 8, 2024; 89 FR 14321, Feb. 26, 2024; 89 FR 60090, July 24, 2024; 90 FR 7360, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.406" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.406   Cover Page XBRL Data Tagging.</HEAD>
<P>Electronic filers submitting Forms 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter), 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter) who are required to submit Interactive Data Files (§ 232.11) in Inline XBRL format in accordance with this Regulation S-T must tag in Inline XBRL electronic format, in the manner provided by the EDGAR Filer Manual, all of the information provided by the electronic filer that is required on the cover page of these forms.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12722, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.407" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.407   Interactive data financial report filings.</HEAD>
<P>Section 407 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.407) applies to electronic filers that file Interactive Data Financial Reports (§ 232.11) as required by Rule 13n-11(f)(5) (§ 240.13n-11(f)(5) of this chapter). Section 407 imposes content, format, and filing requirements for Interactive Data Financial Reports, but does not change the substantive content requirements for the financial and other disclosures in the Related Official Financial Report Filing (§ 232.11). Rule 13n-11(f)(5) specifies the circumstances under which an Interactive Data Financial Report must be filed as an exhibit.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Content, format, and filing requirements—General.</I> Interactive Data Financial Reports must:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the content, format, and filing requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Be filed only by an electronic filer that is required to file an Interactive Data Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13n-11(f)(5) (§ 240.13n-11(f)(5) of this chapter) as an exhibit to a filing; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be filed in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual and Rules 13n-11(f)(5) and (g) (§ 240.13n-11(f)(5) and (g) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content—categories of information presented.</I> An Interactive Data Financial Report must consist of only a complete set of information for all periods required to be presented in the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing, no more and no less, for the following categories, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The complete set of the electronic filer's financial statements (which includes the face of the financial statements and all footnotes); and
</P>
<P>(2) All schedules set forth in Article 12 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 of this chapter) related to the electronic filer's financial statements.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>It is not permissible for the Interactive Data Financial Report to present only partial face financial statements, such as by excluding comparative financial information for prior periods.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Format—Generally.</I> An Interactive Data Financial Report must comply with the following requirements, except as modified by paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, as applicable, with respect to the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing consisting of footnotes to financial statements or financial statement schedules as set forth in Article 12 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data elements and labels</I>—(i) <I>Element accuracy.</I> Each data element (<I>i.e.,</I> all text, line item names, monetary values, percentages, numbers, dates and other labels) contained in the Interactive Data Financial Report reflects the same information in the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Element specificity.</I> No data element contained in the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing is changed, deleted or summarized in the Interactive Data Financial Report;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Standard and special labels and elements.</I> Each data element contained in the Interactive Data Financial Report is matched with an appropriate tag from the most recent version of the standard list of tags specified by the EDGAR Filer Manual. A tag is appropriate only when its standard definition, standard label, and other attributes as and to the extent identified in the list of tags match the information to be tagged, except that:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Labels.</I> An electronic filer must create and use a new special label to modify a tag's existing standard label when that tag is an appropriate tag in all other respects (<I>i.e.</I>, in order to use a tag from the standard list of tags only its label needs to be changed); and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Elements.</I> An electronic filer must create and use a new special element if and only if an appropriate tag does not exist in the standard list of tags for reasons other than or in addition to an inappropriate standard label; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional mark-up related content.</I> The Interactive Data Financial Report contains any additional mark-up related content (e.g., the eXtensible Business Reporting Language tags themselves, identification of the core XML documents used and other technology-related content) not found in the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing that is necessary to comply with the EDGAR Filer Manual requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Format—Footnotes—Generally.</I> The part of the Interactive Data Financial Report for which the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing consists of footnotes to financial statements must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, as modified by this paragraph (d). Each complete footnote must be block-text tagged.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Format—Schedules—Generally.</I> The part of the Interactive Data Financial Report for which the corresponding data in the Related Official Financial Report Filing consists of financial statement schedules as set forth in Article 12 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-01 through 210.12-29 of this chapter) must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, as modified by this paragraph (e). Each complete schedule must be block-text tagged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14549, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.408" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.58.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.408   Filing fee exhibit interactive data.</HEAD>
<P>The filing fee exhibit required by the following provisions must be submitted in Inline XBRL as provided by the EDGAR Filer Manual except to the extent the following provisions otherwise provide: § 229.601(b)(107) of this chapter (Item 601(b)(107) of Regulation S-K); paragraph (107) to Part II Information Not Required to be Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter); § 230.424(g) and (i)(2) of this chapter (Rules 424(g) and (i)(2)); § 240.13e-1(a)(7) of this chapter (Rule 13e-1(a)(7)); Item 16(b) of Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100 of this chapter); paragraph (4) under “Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent to Shareholders” of Schedule 13E-4F (§ 240.13e-102 of this chapter); Item 25(b) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter); Item 12(b) of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100 of this chapter); paragraph (4) under “Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent to Shareholders” of Schedule 14D-1F (§ 240.14d-102 of this chapter); Item 25.2.s of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter); and paragraph 18 of Item 16 of Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 70200, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="59" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.59" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>EDGAR Functions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.501" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.59.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.501   Modular submissions and segmented filings.</HEAD>
<P>An electronic filer may use the following procedures to submit information to the EDGAR system for subsequent inclusion in an electronic filing:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Modular submissions.</I> (1) One or more electronic format documents may be submitted for storage in the non-public EDGAR data storage area as a modular submission for subsequent inclusion in one or more electronic submissions. 
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic filer shall be permitted a maximum of ten modular submissions in the non-public EDGAR data storage area at any time, not to exceed a total of one megabyte of digital information. If an electronic filer attempts to submit a modular filing which would cause either of these limits to be exceeded, EDGAR will suspend the modular submission and notify the electronic filer by electronic mail. After six business days, the modular submission held in suspense will be deleted from the system. 
</P>
<P>(3) A modular submission may be corrected or amended only by resubmitting the entire modular submission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Segmented filings.</I> (1) Segments of a document intended to become an electronic filing may be submitted to the non-public EDGAR data storage area for assembly as a segmented filing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Segments shall be submitted no more than six business days in advance of the anticipated filing date and are not limited in number or size. They may be submitted from several geographic locations by more than one filing entity. Segments may be included in only one electronic filing. Once used, segments will be removed from the non-public EDGAR data storage area. The assembly of segments into a segmented filing shall be effected pursuant to the applicable provisions of the EDGAR Filer Manual. If segments are not prepared in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, the filing will not be constructed. The filing date of a segmented filing shall be the date upon which the filing is assembled and satisfies the requirements of Rule 13(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.13(a)). 
</P>
<P>(3) Segments may be corrected or amended only by resubmitting the entire segment. 
</P>
<P>(c) A modular submission or segment shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) be publicly available; 
</P>
<P>(2) Be deemed filed with the Commission for purposes of Securities Act section 11 (15 U.S.C. 77k), Exchange Act section 18 (15 U.S.C. 78r), Trust Indenture Act section 323 (15 U.S.C. 77www), or Investment Company Act section 34(b) (15 U.S.C. 80a-33(b)) prior to its inclusion in a filing; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Be deemed to constitute an official filing prior to its inclusion in a filing under the federal securities laws. Once a modular submission or segment has been included in an electronic filing, the liability and anti-fraud provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Trust Indenture Act, and the Investment Company Act shall apply to the electronic filing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14670, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 21349, Apr. 21, 1993, as amended at 65 FR 24801, Apr. 27, 2000; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="60" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.60" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Foreign Private Issuers and Foreign Governments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 232.600-232.903" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.15.0.60.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 232.600-232.903   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="239" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 239—FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77c, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77sss, 78c, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78<I>o</I>(d), 78<I>o</I>-7 note, 78u-5, 78w(a), 78<I>ll,</I> 78mm, 80a-2(a), 80a-3, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-10, 80a-13, 80a-24, 80a-26, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-37, and sec. 71003 and sec. 84001, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1321, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE><P>Sections 239.31, 239.32 and 239.33 are also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78<I>o,</I> 78w, 80a-8, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-37 and 12 U.S.C. 241.
</P><P>Sections 239.63 and 239.64 are also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a), 77sss(a), 78c(b), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78w(a), 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-29, and 80a-37.


</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 18991, Dec. 20, 1968, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 239.0-1" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.0.61.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms prescribed for use under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Any persons may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (<I>See</I> § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of the SEC regional offices.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17757, Mar. 20, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 26820, June 22, 1982; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 970, Jan. 4, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Forms for Registration Statements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.4-239.10" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.4-239.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.11" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.11   Form S-1, registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be used for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of all registrants for which no other form is authorized or prescribed, except that this Form shall not be used for securities of foreign governments or political subdivisions thereof or asset-backed securities, as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.12" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.13" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.13   Form S-3, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain issuers offered pursuant to certain types of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>This instruction sets forth registrant requirements and transaction requirements for the use of Form S-3. Any registrant which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section (“Registrant Requirements”) may use this Form for the registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) which are offered in any transaction specified in paragraph (b) of this section (“Transaction Requirement”) provided that the requirement applicable to the specified transaction are met. With respect to majority-owned subsidiaries, see paragraph (c) of this section. With respect to well-known seasoned issuers and majority-owned subsidiaries of well-known seasoned issuers, see paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Registrant requirements.</I> Registrants must meet the following conditions in order to use this Form for registration under the Securities Act of securities offered in the transactions specified in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant is organized under the laws of the United States or any State or Territory or the District of Columbia and has its principal business operations in the United States or its territories.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (<I>Exchange Act</I>) or a class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Exchange Act or is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant: (i) Has been subject to the requirements of section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to sections 13, 14 or 15(d) for a period of at least twelve calendar months immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has filed in a timely manner all reports required to be filed during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement, other than a report that is required solely pursuant to Item 1.01, 1.02, 1.05, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 4.02(a), 6.01, 6.03, or 6.05 of Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter). If the registrant has used (during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement) § 240.12b-25(b) of this chapter with respect to a report or a portion of a report, that report or portion thereof has actually been filed within the time period prescribed by that section; and


</P>
<P>(4) Neither the registrant nor any of its consolidated or unconsolidated subsidiaries have, since the end of the last fiscal year for which certified financial statements of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries were included in a report filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (i) Failed to pay any dividend or sinking fund installment on preferred stock; or (ii) defaulted (A) on any installment or installments on indebtedness for borrowed money, or (B) on any rental on one or more long term leases, which defaults in the aggregate are material to the financial position of the registrant and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
</P>
<P>(5) A foreign issuer, other than a foreign government, which satisfies all of the above provisions of these registrant eligibility requirements except the provisions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section relating to organization and principal business shall be deemed to have met these registrant eligibility requirements provided that such foreign issuer files the same reports with the Commission under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as a domestic registrant pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) If the registrant is a successor registrant, it shall be deemed to have met conditions in paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), and (5) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(i) its predecessor and it, taken together, do so, provided that the succession was primarily for the purpose of changing the state of incorporation of the predecessor or forming a holding company and that the assets and liabilities of the successor at the time of succession were substantially the same as those of the predecessor; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If all predecessors met the conditions at the time of succession and the registrant has continued to do so since the succession.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Electronic filings.</I> In addition to satisfying the foregoing conditions, a registrant subject to the electronic filing requirements of Rule 101 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.101 of this chapter) shall have:
</P>
<P>(i) Filed with the Commission all required electronic filings, including electronic copies of documents submitted in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption as provided by Rule 201 or Rule 202(d) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202(d) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submitted electronically to the Commission all Interactive Data Files required to be submitted pursuant to § 232.405 of this chapter during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form (or for such shorter period of time that the registrant was required to submit such files).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transaction requirements.</I> Security offerings meeting any of the following conditions and made by registrants meeting the Registrant Requirements above may be registered on this Form:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Primary and secondary offerings by certain registrants.</I> Securities to be offered for cash by or on behalf of a registrant, or outstanding securities to be offered for cash for the account of any person other than the registrant, including securities acquired by standby underwriters in connection with the call or redemption by the registrant of warrants or a class of convertible securities; <I>provided</I> that the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant is $75 million or more.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(1):</I> The aggregate market value of the registrant's outstanding voting stock shall be computed by use of the price at which the stock was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such stock, as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. See the definition of affiliate in Securities Act Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Primary offerings of non-convertible securities other than common equity.</I> Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, to be offered for cash by or on behalf of a registrant, provided the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) Has issued (as of a date within 60 days prior to the filing of the registration statement) at least $1 billion in non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in primary offerings for cash, not exchange, registered under the Securities Act, over the prior three years; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has outstanding (as of a date within 60 days prior to the filing of the registration statement) at least $750 million of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, issued in primary offerings for cash, not exchange, registered under the Securities Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Is a majority-owned operating partnership of a real estate investment trust that qualifies as a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(v) Discloses in the registration statement that it has a reasonable belief that it would have been eligible to use this Form S-3 as of September 1, 2011 because it is registering a primary offering of non-convertible investment grade securities, discloses the basis for such belief, and files a final prospectus for an offering pursuant to such registration statement on this Form S-3 on or before September 2, 2014.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(2).</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, an insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(13), when using this Form S-3 to register offerings of securities subject to regulation under the insurance laws of any State or Territory of the United States or the District of Columbia (“insurance contracts”), may include purchase payments or premium payments for insurance contracts, including purchase payments or premium payments for variable insurance contracts (not including purchase payments or premium payments initially allocated to investment options that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a)), issued in offerings registered under the Securities Act over the prior three years. For purposes of paragraph (b)(ii) of this section, an insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act of 1933, when using this Form S-3 to register offerings of insurance contracts, may include the contract value, as of the measurement date, of any outstanding insurance contracts, including variable insurance contracts (not including the value allocated as of the measurement date to investment options that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933), issued in offerings registered under the Securities Act of 1933.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Transactions involving secondary offerings.</I> Outstanding securities to be offered for the account of any person other than the issuer, including securities acquired by standby underwriters in connection with the call or redemption by the issuer of warrants or a class of convertible securities, if securities of the same class are listed and registered on a national securities exchange or are quoted on the automated quotation system of a national securities association. In addition, Form S-3 may be used by affiliates to register securities for resale pursuant to the conditions specified in General Instruction C to Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rights offerings, dividend or interest reinvestment plans, and conversions, warrants and options.</I> (i) Securities to be offered:
</P>
<P>(A) Upon the exercise of outstanding rights granted by the issuer of the securities to be offered, if such rights are granted on a <I>pro rata</I> basis to all existing security holders of the class of securities to which the rights attach;
</P>
<P>(B) Under a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; or
</P>
<P>(C) Upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities or the exercise of outstanding warrants or options issued by the issuer of the securities to be offered, or an affiliate of that issuer.
</P>
<P>(ii) However, Form S-3 is available for registering these securities only if the issuer has sent, within the twelve calendar months immediately before the registration statement is filed, material containing the information required by § 240.14a-3(b) of this chapter under the Exchange Act to:
</P>
<P>(A) All record holders of the rights;
</P>
<P>(B) All participants in the plans; or
</P>
<P>(C) All record holders of the convertible securities, warrants or options, respectively.
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer also must have provided, within the twelve calendar months immediately before the Form S-3 registration statement is filed, the information required by Items 401, 402 and 403 of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.401 through 229.403 of this chapter) to:
</P>
<P>(A) Holders of rights exercisable for common stock;
</P>
<P>(B) Holders of securities convertible into common stock; and
</P>
<P>(C) Participants in plans that may invest in common stock, securities convertible into common stock, or warrants or options exercisable for common stock, respectively.
</P>
<P>(5) This Form shall not be used to register offerings of asset-backed securities, as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Majority-owned subsidiaries.</I> If a registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, security offerings may be registered on this Form if:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant-subsidiary itself meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement;
</P>
<P>(2) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the conditions of Transaction Requirement in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Primary offerings of non-convertible investment grade securities) are met; 
</P>
<P>(3) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-10 of this chapter), of the payment obligations on the securities being registered, and the securities being registered are non-convertible securities, other than common equity;
</P>
<P>(4) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and the securities of the registrant-subsidiary being registered are full and unconditional guarantees, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on the parent's non-convertible securities, other than common equity, being registered; or
</P>
<P>(5) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and the securities of the registrant-subsidiary being registered are guarantees of the payment obligations on the non-convertible securities, other than common equity, being registered by another majority-owned subsidiary of the parent, where the parent provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of such non-convertible securities.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>With regard to paragraphs (c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(5) of this section, the guarantor is the issuer of a separate security consisting of the guarantee, which must be concurrently registered, but may be registered on the same registration statement as are the guaranteed non-convertible securities.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Automatic shelf offerings by well-known seasoned issuers.</I> Any registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition may use this Form for registration under the Securities Act of securities offerings, other than pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this chapter), as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities to be offered are:
</P>
<P>(i) Any securities to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B (§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or § 230.430B of this chapter) by:
</P>
<P>(A) A registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(A) of the definition in Rule 405; or
</P>
<P>(B) A registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 if the registrant also is eligible to register a primary offering of its securities pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B by a registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 and does not fall within paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities of majority-owned subsidiaries of the parent registrant to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B if the parent registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer and the securities of the majority-owned subsidiary being registered meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that is a well-known seasoned issuer at the time it becomes a registrant, other than by virtue of paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of well-known seasoned issuer in Rule 405;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that are non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and the parent registrant provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on the non-convertible securities;
</P>
<P>(C) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of the parent registrant being registered;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of another majority-owned subsidiary being registered and the parent has provided a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on such non-convertible securities; or
</P>
<P>(D) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that meet the conditions of the Transaction Requirement set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Primary offerings of non-convertible investment grade securities).
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities to be offered for the account of any person other than the issuer (“selling security holders”), provided that the registration statement and the prospectus are not required to separately identify the selling security holders or the securities to be sold by such persons until the filing of a prospectus, prospectus supplement, post-effective amendment to the registration statement, or periodic or current report under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement and prospectus, identifying the selling security holders and the amount of securities to be sold by each of them and, if included in a periodic or current report, a prospectus or prospectus supplement is filed, as required by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant pays the registration fee pursuant to Rule 456(b) and Rule 457(r) (§ 230.456(b) and § 230.457(r) of this chapter) or in accordance with Rule 456(a) (§ 230.456(a) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(3) If the registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, it is required to file and has filed reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and satisfies the requirements of this Form with regard to incorporation by reference or information about the majority-owned subsidiary is included in the registration statement (or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement);
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant may register additional securities or classes of its or its majority-owned subsidiaries' securities on a post-effective amendment pursuant to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(5) An automatic shelf registration statement and post-effective amendment will become effective immediately pursuant to Rule 462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f) of this chapter) upon filing. All filings made on or in connection with automatic shelf registration statements on this Form become public upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rights offerings by foreign private issuers.</I> A Foreign private issuer meeting eligibility requirements in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section may use Form S-3 to register securities to be offered upon the exercise of outstanding rights granted by the issuer of the securities to be offered if such rights are granted pro rata to all existing security holders of the class of securities to which the rights attach. In complying with Item 11 of this Form, the registrant shall describe those material changes that have occurred since the end of the latest fiscal year for which certified financial statements were included in the registrant's latest filing on Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f). In complying with Item 12 of this Form, the registrant shall incorporate by reference its latest filing on Form 20-F. The registrant also shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Furnish with the prospectus (or have furnished previously) to all its shareholders resident in the United States, including those holding under American Depository Receipts or similar arrangements, a copy of its latest annual report to security holders, if in the English language. Such annual reports or prospectus shall contain the registrant's undertaking to send promptly to any such United States holder, upon written request, a copy of the registrant's latest filing on Form 20-F; or
</P>
<P>(2) Furnish with the prospectus a copy of its latest filing on Form 20-F.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11453, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 30055, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 48976, Oct. 29, 1992; 58 FR 14679, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 16771, Mar. 31, 1993; 62 FR 26388, May 14, 1997; 64 FR 11116, Mar. 8, 1999; 69 FR 15618, Mar. 25, 2004; 70 FR 1618, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 44820, Aug. 3, 2005; 74 FR 6816, Feb. 10, 2009; 79 FR 57332, Sept. 24, 2014; 83 FR 40877, Aug. 16, 2018; 88 FR 51943, Aug. 4, 2023; 90 FR 9688, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.14" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.14   Form N-2 for closed end management investment companies registered on Form N-8A.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-2 shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of all closed end management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on form N-8A (§ 274.10 of this chapter). This form is also to be used for the registration statement of such companies pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 274.11a-1 of this chapter). This form is not applicable for small business investment companies which register pursuant to §§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39554, Sept. 5, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.15" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.15   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.15A" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.15A   Form N-1A, registration statement of open-end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-1A shall be used for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of open-end management investment companies other than separate accounts of insurance companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (on form N-1) (§ 270.11 of this chapter). This form is also to be used for the registration statement of such companies pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 270.11A of this chapter). This form is not applicable for small business investment companies which register pursuant to §§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 37940, Aug. 22, 1983]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-1A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.16" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.16   Form S-6, for unit investment trusts registered on Form N-8B-2.</HEAD>
<P>This form may be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of any unit investment trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-8B-2 (§ 274.12 of this chapter). 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.16b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.16b   Form S-8, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities to be offered to employees pursuant to employee benefit plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any registrant that, immediately prior to the time of filing a registration statement on this form, is subject to the requirement to file reports pursuant to section 13 (15 U.S.C. 78m) or 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; has filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by such requirements during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports and materials); is not a shell company (as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter) and has not been a shell company for at least 60 calendar days previously (subject to Instruction A.1.(a)(7) to Form S-8); and if it has been a shell company at any time previously, has filed current Form 10 information (as defined in Instruction A.1.(a)(6) to Form S-8) with the Commission at least 60 calendar days previously reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company (subject to Instruction A.1.(a)(7) to Form S-8), may use this form for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) of the following securities: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of the registrant to be offered to its employees or employees of its subsidiaries or parents under any employee benefit plan. The form also is available for the exercise of employee benefit plan options by an employee's family member (as defined in General Instruction A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8) who has acquired the options from the employee through a gift or a domestic relations order.
</P>
<P>(2) Interests in the above plans, if such interests constitute securities and are required to be registered under the Act. (<I>See</I> Release No. 33-6188 (February 1, 1980) and section 3(a)(2) of the Act.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filings.</I> In addition to satisfying the foregoing conditions, a registrant subject to the electronic filing requirements of Rule 101 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.101 of this chapter) shall have:
</P>
<P>(1) Filed with the Commission all required electronic filings, including electronic copies of documents submitted in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption as provided by Rule 201 or Rule 202(d) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202(d) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) Submitted electronically to the Commission all Interactive Data Files required to be submitted pursuant to § 232.405 of this chapter during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form (or for such shorter period of time that the registrant was required to submit such files).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 23925, June 13, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 14680, Mar. 18, 1993; 64 FR 11116, Mar. 8, 1999; 70 FR 42246, July 21, 2005; 74 FR 6817, Feb. 10, 2009; 83 FR 40877, Aug. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-8, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.17" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.17   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.17a" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.17a   Form N-3, registration statement for separate accounts organized as management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-3 shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of separate accounts that offer variable annuity contracts and which register under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as management investment companies, and certain other separate accounts. This form is also to be used for the registration statement of such separate accounts pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 274.11b of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 26160, June 25, 1985]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.17b" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.17b   Form N-4, registration statement for separate accounts organized as unit investment trusts.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-4 shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of separate accounts that offer variable annuity contracts and which register under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as unit investment trusts, and certain other separate accounts. This form is also to be used for the registration statement of such separate accounts pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 274.11c of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 26160, June 25, 1985]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.17c" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.17c   Form N-6, registration statement for separate accounts organized as unit investment trusts that offer variable life insurance policies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-6 shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of separate accounts that offer variable life insurance policies and that register under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as unit investment trusts. This form is also to be used for the registration statement of such separate accounts pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 274.11d of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19870, Apr. 23, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.18" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.18   Form S-11, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain real estate companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of (a) securities issued by real estate investment trusts, as defined in section 356 of the Internal Revenue Code, or (b) securities issued by other issuers whose business is primarily that of acquiring and holding for investment real estate or interests in real estate or interests in other issuers whose business is primarily that of acquiring and holding real estate or interests in real estate for investment. This form shall not be used, however, by any issuer which is an investment company registered or required to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In addition, this form shall not be used for an offering of asset-backed securities, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18991, Dec. 20, 1968, as amended at 70 FR 1619, Jan. 7, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-11, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.19" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.20" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.20   Form S-20, for standardized options.</HEAD>
<P>This form may be used to register standardized options under the Securities Act of 1933 where the issuer undertakes not to issue, clear, guarantee or accept an option registered on Form S-20 unless there is a definitive options disclosure document meeting the requirements of Rule 9b-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41955, Sept. 23, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-20, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.23" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.23   Form N-14, for the registration of securities issued in business combination transactions by investment companies and business development companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by a registered investment company or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities to be issued: 
</P>
<P>(a) In a transaction of the type specified in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 (§ 230.145 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(b) In a merger in which the applicable state law would not require the solicitation of the votes or consents of all the security holders of the company being acquired; 
</P>
<P>(c) In an exchange offer for securities of the issuer or another entity; 
</P>
<P>(d) In a public reoffering or resale of any such securities acquired pursuant to this registration statement; 
</P>
<P>(e) In more than one of the kinds of transactions listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) registered on one registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 48383, Nov. 25, 1985]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-14, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.24" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.24   Form N-5, form for registration of small business investment company under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities issued by any small business investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and which is licensed under the Small Business Investment Company Act of 1958 or which has received the preliminary approval of the Small Business Administration and has been notified by the Administration that it may submit a license application. This form may also be used for the registration statement of such company pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The initial registration of such company on this form will be deemed to be filed under both the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 unless it is indicated that the filing is made only for the purpose of one of such acts. (Same as § 274.5 of this chapter.) 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.25" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.25   Form S-4, for the registration of securities issued in business combination transactions.</HEAD>
<P>This form may be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities to be issued (a) in a transaction of the type specified in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 (§ 230.145 of this chapter); (b) in a merger in which the applicable state law would not require the solicitation of the votes or consents of all of the security holders of the company being acquired; (c) in an exchange offer for securities of the issuer or another entity; (d) in a public reoffering or resale of any such securities acquired pursuant to this registration statement; or (e) in more than one of the kinds of transactions listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) registered on one registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 19001, May 6, 1985]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form S-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.26-239.30" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.26-239.30   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.31" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.31   Form F-1, registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for securities of certain foreign private issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form F-1 shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) of securities of all foreign private issuers, as defined in rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) for which no other form is authorized or prescribed. In addition, this form shall not be used for an offering of asset-backed securities, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) If a registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, which does not itself meet the conditions of these eligibility requirements, it shall nevertheless be deemed to have met such conditions if its parent meets the conditions and if the parent fully guarantees the securities being registered as to principal and interest. In such an instance the parent-guarantor is the issuer of a separate security consisting of the guarantee which must be concurrently registered but may be registered on the same registration statement as are the guaranteed securities. Both the parent-guarantor and the subsidiary shall each disclose the information required by this Form as if each were the only registrant except that if the subsidiary will not be eligible to file annual reports on the form described in § 249.229f (Form 20-F) of this chapter after the effective date of the registration statement, then it shall disclose the information specified in the form described in § 239.11 (Form S-1) of this chapter. The requirements of § 210.3-10 (Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter are applicable to financial statements for a subsidiary of a parent company that issues securities guaranteed by the parent company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54771, Dec. 6, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 30055, 30056, July 1, 1991; 70 FR 1619, Jan. 7, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.32" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.33" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.33   Form F-3, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain foreign private issuers offered pursuant to certain types of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>This instruction set forth registrant requirements and transaction requirements for the use of Form F-3. Any foreign private issuer, as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter), which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section (the “Registrant Requirements”) may use this Form for the registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) which are offered in any transaction specified in paragraph (b) of this section (the “Transaction Requirements”), provided that the requirements applicable to the specified transaction are met. With respect to majority-owned subsidiaries, see paragraph (a)(5) of this section. With respect to well-known seasoned issuers and majority-owned subsidiaries of well-known seasoned issuers, see paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Registrant requirements.</I> Except as set forth in this paragraph (a), all registrants must meet the following conditions in order to use this Form F-3 for registration under the Securities Act of securities offered in the transactions specified in paragraph (b) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) or has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Exchange Act or is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed at least one annual report on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) or, in the case of registrants described in General Instruction A(2) of Form 40-F, on Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter) under the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant: 
</P>
<P>(i) Has been subject to the requirements of section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for a period of at least twelve calendar months immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this form; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has filed in a timely manner all reports required to be filed during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement and, if the registrant has used (during those twelve calendar months and that portion of a month) § 240.12b-25(b) of this chapter with respect to a report or a portion of a report, that report or portion thereof has actually been filed within the time period prescribed by § 240.12b-25(b) of this Chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) Neither the registrant nor any of its consolidated or unconsolidated subsidiaries have, since the end of their last fiscal year for which certified financial statements of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries were included in a report filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (i) Failed to pay any dividend or sinking fund installment on preferred stock; or (ii) defaulted (A) on any installment or installments on indebtedness for borrowed money, or (B) on any rental on one or more long term leases, which defaults in the aggregate are material to the financial position of the registrant and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
</P>
<P>(4) If the registrant is a successor registrant, it shall be deemed to have met conditions 1, 2, 3 and 4 above if: (i) Its predecessor and it, taken together, do so, provided that the succession was primarily for the purpose of changing the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation of the predecessor or forming a holding company and that the assets and liabilities of the successor at the time of succession were substantially the same as those of the predecessor; or (ii) all predecessors met the conditions at the time of succession and the registrant has continued to do so since the succession. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Majority-owned subsidiaries.</I> If a registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, security offerings may be registered on this form if:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant-subsidiary itself meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement;
</P>
<P>(ii) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the conditions of the Transaction Requirement set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Offerings of Certain Debt or Preferred Securities) are met; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.33-10 of this chapter), of the payment obligation on the securities being registered, and the securities being registered are non-convertible securities, other than common equity;
</P>
<P>(iv) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and the securities of the registrant-subsidiary being registered are full and unconditional guarantees, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on the parent's non-convertible securities, other than common equity, being registered; or
</P>
<P>(v) The parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the Registrant Requirements and the applicable Transaction Requirement, and the securities of the registrant-subsidiary being registered are guarantees of the payment obligations on the non-convertible securities, other than common equity, being registered by another majority-owned subsidiary of the parent, where the parent provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of such non-convertible securities.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(5):</HED>
<P>In the situations described in paragraphs (a)(5)(iii) through (v) of this section, the parent or majority-owned subsidiary guarantor is the issuer of a separate security consisting of the guarantee, which must be concurrently registered, but may be registered on the same registration statement as are the guaranteed non-convertible securities. Both the parent and majority-owned subsidiary shall each disclose the information required by this Form as if each were the only registrant except that if the majority-owned subsidiary will not be eligible to file annual reports on the forms described in § 249.220f (Form 20-F) or § 249.240f (Form 40-F) of this chapter after the effective date of the registration statement, then it shall disclose the information specified in the form described in § 239.13 (Form S-3) of this chapter. The requirements of § 210.3-10 (Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter are applicable to financial statements of a subsidiary of a parent company that issues securities guaranteed by the parent company or guarantees securities issued by the parent company.</P></NOTE>
<P>(6) <I>Electronic filings.</I> In addition to satisfying the foregoing conditions, a registrant subject to the electronic filing requirements of Rule 101 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.101 of this chapter) shall have:
</P>
<P>(i) Filed with the Commission all required electronic filings, including electronic copies of documents submitted in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption as provided by Rule 201 or Rule 202(d) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202(d) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submitted electronically to the Commission all Interactive Data Files required to be submitted pursuant to § 232.405 of this chapter during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form (or for such shorter period of time that the registrant was required to submit such files).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transaction requirements.</I> Security offerings meeting any of the following conditions and made by registrants meeting the Registrant Requirements above may be registered on this Form: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Primary offerings by certain registrants.</I> Securities to be offered for cash by or on behalf of a registrant, <I>provided</I> that the aggregate market value worldwide of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant is the equivalent of $75 million or more. In the case of securities registered pursuant to this paragraph, the financial statements included in this registration statement must comply with Item 18 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(1):</I> The aggregate market value of the registrant's outstanding voting stock shall be computed by use of the price at which the stock was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such stock, in the principal market for such stock as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. <I>See</I> the definition of “affiliate” in Securities Act Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Primary offerings of non-convertible securities other than common equity.</I> Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, to be offered for cash by or on behalf of a registrant, provided the registrant:
</P>
<P>(i) Has issued (as of a date within 60 days prior to the filing of the registration statement) at least $1 billion in non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in primary offerings for cash, not exchange, registered under the Securities Act, over the prior three years; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has outstanding (as of a date within 60 days prior to the filing of the registration statement) at least $750 million of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, issued in primary offerings for cash, not exchange, registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Is a majority-owned operating partnership of a real estate investment trust that qualifies as a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in 17 CFR 230.405); or
</P>
<P>(v) Discloses in the registration statement that it has a reasonable belief that it would have been eligible to use Form F-3 as of September 1, 2011 because it is registering a primary offering of non-convertible investment grade securities, discloses the basis for such belief, and files a final prospectus for an offering pursuant to such registration statement on Form F-3 on or before September 2, 2014.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(2).</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, an insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(13)), when using this Form F-3 to register offerings of securities subject to regulation under the insurance laws of any State or Territory of the United States or the District of Columbia (“insurance contracts”), may include purchase payments or premium payments for insurance contracts, including purchase payments or premium payments for variable insurance contracts (not including purchase payments or premium payments initially allocated to investment options that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a)), issued in offerings registered under the Securities Act of 1933 over the prior three years. For purposes of paragraph (b)(ii) of this section, an insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act of 1933, when using this Form F-3 to register offerings of insurance contracts, may include the contract value, as of the measurement date, of any outstanding insurance contracts, including variable insurance contracts (not including the value allocated as of the measurement date to investment options that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933), issued in offerings registered under the Securities Act of 1933.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Transactions involving secondary offerings.</I> Outstanding securities to be offered for the account of any person other than the issuer, including securities acquired by standby underwriters in connection with the call or redemption by the issuer of warrants or a class of convertible securities. In the case of such securities, the financial statements included in this registration statement may comply with Item 17 or 18 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter). In addition, Form F-3 (§ 239.33) may be used by affiliates to register securities for resale pursuant to the conditions specified in General Instruction C to Form S-8 (§ 239.16b). In the case of such securities, the financial statements included in this registration statement must comply with Item 18 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rights offerings, dividend or interest reinvestment plans, and conversions or warrants.</I> Securities to be offered:
</P>
<P>(i) Upon the exercise of outstanding rights granted by the issuer of the securities to be offered, if such rights are granted pro rata to all existing security holders of the class of securities to which the rights attach; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities or upon the exercise of outstanding transferable warrants issued by the issuer of the securities to be offered, or by an affiliate of such issuer. In the case of securities registered pursuant to this paragraph, the financial statements included in this registration statement may comply with Item 17 or 18 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter). The registration of securities to be offered or sold in a standby underwriting in the United States or similar arrangement is not permitted pursuant to this paragraph. See paragraphs (b) (1), (2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automatic shelf offerings by well-known seasoned issuers.</I> Any registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of such definition may use this Form for registration under the Securities Act of securities offerings, other then pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or (viii) of this chapter), as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities to be offered are:
</P>
<P>(i) Any securities to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B (§ 230.415, § 230.430A, or § 230.430B of this chapter) by:
</P>
<P>(A) A registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(A) of the definition in rule 405; or
</P>
<P>(B) A registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 if the registrant also is eligible to register a primary offering of its securities pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B by a registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer only by reason of paragraph (1)(i)(B) of the definition in Rule 405 and does not fall within paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities of majority-owned subsidiaries of the parent registrant to be offered pursuant to Rule 415, Rule 430A, or Rule 430B if the parent registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer and the securities of the majority-owned subsidiary being registered meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that is a well-known seasoned issuer at the time it becomes a registrant, other than by virtue of paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of well-known seasoned issuer in Rule 405;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that are non-convertible securities, other than common equity, and the parent registrant provides a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on the non-convertible securities;
</P>
<P>(C) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that are a guarantee of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of the parent registrant being registered;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Non-convertible securities, other than common equity, of another majority-owned subsidiary being registered and the parent registrant has provided a full and unconditional guarantee, as defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, of the payment obligations on such non-convertible securities; or
</P>
<P>(D) Securities of a majority-owned subsidiary that meet the conditions of the Transaction Requirement set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (Primary offerings of non-convertible investment grade securities).
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities to be offered for the account of any person other than the issuer (“selling security holders”), provided that the registration statement and the prospectus are not required to separately identify the selling security holders or the securities to be sold by such persons until the filing of a prospectus, prospectus supplement, post-effective amendment to the registration statement, or report under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement and prospectus, identifying the selling security holders and the amount of securities to be sold by each of them and, if included in a report under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference, a prospectus or prospectus supplement is filed, as required by Rule 430B, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(7) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant pays the registration fee pursuant to Rules 456(b) and 457(r) (§ 230.456(b) and § 230.457(r) of this chapter) or in accordance with Rule 456(a) (§ 230.456(a) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(3) If the registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, it is required to file and has filed reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and satisfies the requirements of this Form with regard to incorporation by reference or information about the majority-owned subsidiary is included in the registration statement (or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement);
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant may register additional securities or classes of its or its subsidiaries' securities on a post-effective amendment pursuant to Rule 413(b) (§ 230.413(b) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(5) An automatic shelf registration statement and post-effective amendment will become effective immediately pursuant to Rule 462(e) and (f) (§ 230.462(e) and (f) of this chapter) upon filing. All filings made on or in connection with automatic shelf registration statements on this Form become public upon filing with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54776, Dec. 6, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 30055, 30057, July 1, 1991; 58 FR 14681, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 21652, Apr. 26, 1994; 62 FR 26388, May 14, 1997; 70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 44825, Aug. 3, 2005; 74 FR 6817, Feb. 10, 2009; 83 FR 40877, Aug. 16, 2018]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.34" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.34   Form F-4, for registration of securities of foreign private issuers issued in certain business combination transactions.</HEAD>
<P>This form may be used by any foreign private issuer, as defined in rule 405 (§ 230.405 of this chapter), for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) of securities to be issued: 
</P>
<P>(a) In a transaction of the type specified in paragraph (a) of rule 145 (§ 230.145 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(b) In a merger in which the applicable law would not require the solicitation of the votes or consents of all of the securityholders of the company being acquired; 
</P>
<P>(c) In an exchange offer for securities of the issuer or another entity; 
</P>
<P>(d) In a public reoffering or resale of any such securities acquired pursuant to this registration statement; or 
</P>
<P>(e) In more than one of the kinds of transactions listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) registered on one registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30058, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.35" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.35   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.36" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.36   Form F-6, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of depositary shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts.</HEAD>
<P>Form F-6 may be used for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the <I>Securities Act</I>) of Depositary shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (<I>ADRs</I>) issued by a depositary against the deposit of the securities of a foreign issuer (regardless of the physical location of the certificates) if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(a) The holder of the ADRs is entitled to withdraw the deposited securities at any time subject only to (1) temporary delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or the issuer of the deposited securities or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders' meeting, or the payment of dividends, (2) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar charges, and (3) compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities;
</P>
<P>(b) The deposited securities are offered or sold in transactions registered under the Securities Act or in transactions that would be exempt therefrom if made in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(c) As of the filing date of this registration statement, the issuer of the deposited securities is reporting pursuant to the periodic reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the deposited securities are exempt therefrom by Rule 12g3-2(b) (§ 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter) unless the issuer of the deposited securities concurrently files a registration statement on another form for the deposited securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 12348, Mar. 24, 1983]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.37" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.37   Form F-7, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain Canadian issuers offered for cash upon the exercise of rights granted to existing securityholders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form F-7 may be used for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) of the registrant's securities offered for cash upon the exercise of rights to purchase or subscribe for such securities that are granted to its existing securityholders in proportion to the number of securities held by them as of the record date for the rights offer. 
</P>
<P>(b) Form F-7 is available to any registrant that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a foreign private issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Has had a class of its securities listed on The Montreal Exchange, The Toronto Stock Exchange or the Senior Board of the Vancouver Stock Exchange for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 36 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with obligations arising from such listing and reporting. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction:</I> For purposes of this Form, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) If the registrant is a successor registrant subsisting after a statutory amalgamation, merger, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the vote of shareholders of the participating companies (a “business combination”), the registrant shall be deemed to meet the 36-month reporting requirement and the 12-month listing requirement of paragraph (b)(3) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 36 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the reporting history calculation if the reporting histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the reporting history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 36-month reporting requirement; 
</P>
<P>(2) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the listing requirements of the specified exchanges, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 12 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the listing history calculation if the listing histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the listing history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 12-month listing requirement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The successor registrant has been subject to such continuous disclosure requirements and listing requirements since the business combination, and is currently in compliance with its obligations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(d) The rights in connection with the transaction granted to securityholders that are U.S. holders shall be granted upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those extended to any other holder of the same class of securities. The securities offered or sold upon exercise of rights granted to U.S. holders may not be registered on this Form if such rights are transferable other than in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction:</I> For purposes of this Form, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the registrant, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting on behalf of the registrant as being located in the United States.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) This Form shall not be used if the registrant is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(f) Any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to the securities being registered shall file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the time of filing this Form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30060, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-7, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.38" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.38   Form F-8, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain Canadian issuers to be issued in exchange offers or a business combination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form F-8 may be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) of securities to be issued in an exchange offer or in connection with a statutory amalgamation, merger, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the vote of shareholders of the participating companies (a “business combination”). Securities may be registered on this Form whether they constitute the sole consideration for such exchange offer or business combination, or are offered in conjunction with cash. 
</P>
<P>(b) This Form shall not be used for registration of securities if no takeover bid circular or issuer bid circular (in the case of an exchange offer) or information circular (in the case of a business combination) is prepared pursuant to the requirements of any Canadian jurisdiction due to the availability of an exemption from such requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) This Form may not be used for registration of derivative securities except: 
</P>
<P>(1) Warrants, options and rights, provided that such securities and the underlying securities to which they relate are issued by the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Convertible securities, provided that such securities are convertible only into securities of the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction:</I> For purposes of this Form, an “affiliate” of a person is anyone who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, or exercises control or direction over, more than 10 percent of the outstanding equity shares of such person. The determination of a person's affiliates shall be made as of the end of such person's most recently completed fiscal year.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) In the case of an exchange offer, Form F-8 is available to any registrant that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada, or any Canadian province or territory; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a foreign private issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has had a class of its securities listed on The Montreal Exchange, The Toronto Stock Exchange or the Senior Board of the Vancouver Stock Exchange for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 36 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with obligations arising from such listing and reporting; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Has an aggregate market value of the public float of its outstanding equity shares of (CN) $75 million or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that such public float requirement need not be satisfied if the issuer of the securities to be exchanged is also the registrant on this Form. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of this Form, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of this Form, “equity shares” shall mean common shares, non-voting equity shares and subordinate or restricted voting equity shares, but shall not include preferred shares. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, the “public float” of specified securities shall mean only such securities held by persons other than affiliates of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Form, the market value of the public float of outstanding equity shares shall be computed by use of the price at which such shares were last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such shares, in the principal market for such shares as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. If there is no market for any of such securities, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the filing of this Form shall be used for purposes of calculating the market value, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) In the case of an exchange offer, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U. S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of the securities to be exchanged (the “subject securities”) for the securities of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of an exchange offer, if the registrant is a successor registrant subsisting after a business combination, the registrant shall be deemed to meet the 36-month reporting requirement and the 12-month listing requirement of paragraph (d)(3) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 36 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the reporting history calculation if the reporting histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the reporting history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 36-month reporting requirement; 
</P>
<P>(2) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the listing requirements of the specified exchanges, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 12 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the listing history calculation if the listing histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the listing history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 12-month listing requirement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The successor registrant has been subject to such continuous disclosure requirements and listing requirements since the business combination, and is currently in compliance with its obligations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the subject securities shall be incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and be a foreign private issuer, and less than 25 percent of the class of subject securities outstanding shall be held by U. S. holders. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of exchange offers, the term “U. S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer of the subject securities, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the issuer of the subject securities as being located in the United States. 
</FP>
<P>2. With respect to any tender offer, including any exchange offer, otherwise eligible to proceed in accordance with rule 14d-1(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U. S. holders will be presumed to hold less than 25 percent of such outstanding securities, <I>unless</I> (a) the aggregate trading volume of that class on national securities exchanges in the United States and on NASDAQ exceeded its aggregate trading volume on securities exchanges in Canada and on the Canadian Dealing Network, Inc. (“CDN”) over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of this offer, or if commenced in response to a prior offer, over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of the initial offer (based on volume figures published by such exchanges and NASDAQ and CDN) ; (b) the most recent annual report or annual information form filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of Ontario, Quebec, British Columbia or Alberta (or, if the issuer of the subject securities is not a reporting issuer in any of such provinces, with any other Canadian securities regulator) or with the Commission indicates that U. S. holders hold 25 percent or more of the outstanding subject class of securities; or (c) the offeror has actual knowledge that the level of U. S. ownership equals or exceeds 25 percent of such securities. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, if this Form is filed during the pendency of one or more ongoing cash tender or exchange offers for securities of the class subject to the offer that was commenced or was eligible to be commenced on Schedule 13E-4F, Schedule 14D-1F, and/or Form F-8 or Form F-80, the date for calculation of U.S. ownership shall be the same as that date used by the initial bidder or issuer. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Form, the class of subject securities shall not include any securities that may be converted into or are exchangeable for the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of exchange offers, the calculation of U. S. holders shall be made as of the end of the subject issuer's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of such issuer's preceding quarter.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) In the case of a business combination, Form F-8 is available if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each company participating in the business combination, including the successor registrant, is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and is a foreign private issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each company participating in the business combination other than the successor registrant has had a class of its securities listed on The Montreal Exchange, The Toronto Stock Exchange or the Senior Board of the Vancouver Stock Exchange for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 36 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with obligations arising from such listing and reporting; <I>provided, however,</I> that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such 36-month reporting requirement or 12-month listing requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such reporting and listing requirements; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The aggregate market value of the public float of the outstanding equity shares of each company participating in the business combination other than the successor registrant is (CN) $75 million or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such public float requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such public float requirement; and, <I>provided further,</I> that such public float requirement shall be deemed satisfied in the case of a participating company whose equity shares were the subject of an exchange offer that was registered or would have been eligible for registration on Form F-8, Form F-10 or Form F-80, or a tender offer in connection with which Schedule 13E-4F or 14D-1F was filed or could have been filed, that terminated within the last twelve months, if the participating company would have satisfied such public float requirement immediately prior to commencement of such exchange or tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a business combination, less than 25 percent of the class of securities to be offered by the successor registrant shall be held by U.S. holders as if measured immediately after completion of the business combination. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of business combinations, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of a participating company, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of a participating company as being located in the United States. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of business combinations, the calculation of U.S. holders shall be made by a participant as of the end of such participant's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of such participant's preceding quarter.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(j) In the case of a business combination, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U.S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of such securities of the participating company. 
</P>
<P>(k) This Form shall not be used if the registrant or, in the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the subject securities, is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(l) Registrants and any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to the securities being registered shall each file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the time of filing this Form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30061, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-8, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.39" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.39   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.40" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.40   Form F-10, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain Canadian issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form F-10 may be used for the registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), including securities to be issued in an exchange offer or in connection with a statutory amalgamation, merger, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the vote of shareholders of the participating companies (a “business combination”). 
</P>
<P>(b) This Form may not be used for registration of derivative securities except: 
</P>
<P>(1) Warrants, options and rights, provided that such securities and the underlying securities to which they relate are issued by the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Convertible securities, provided that such securities are convertible only into securities of the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction:</I> For purposes of this Form, an “affiliate” of a person is anyone who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, or exercises control or direction over, more than 10 percent of the outstanding equity shares of such person. The determination of a person's affiliates shall be made as of the end of such person's most recently completed fiscal year.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Form F-10 is available to any registrant that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a foreign private issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with such obligations, <I>provided, however,</I> that in the case of a business combination, each participating company other than the successor registrant must meet such 12-month reporting obligation, except that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such reporting requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such reporting requirement; and
</P>
<P>(4) Has an aggregate market value of the public float of its outstanding equity shares of $75 million or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that in the case of a business combination, the aggregate market value of the public float of the outstanding equity shares of each participating company other than the successor registrant is $75 million or more, except that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such public float requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such public float requirement; and <I>provided, further,</I> that in the case of a business combination, such public float requirement shall be deemed satisfied in the case of a participating company whose equity shares were the subject of an exchange offer that was registered or would have been eligible for registration on Form F-8, Form F-10 or Form F-80 (§§ 239.38, 239.39, 239.40 or 239.41) or a tender offer in connection with which Schedule 13E-4F or 14D-1F (§§ 240.13e-102 or 240.14d-102 of this chapter) was filed or could have been filed, that terminated within the last twelve months, if the participating company would have satisfied such public float requirement immediately prior to commencement of such exchange or tender offer. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of this Form, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of this Form, the “public float” of specified securities shall mean only such securities held by persons other than affiliates of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, “equity shares” shall mean common shares, non-voting equity shares and subordinate or restricted voting equity shares, but shall not include preferred shares. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Form, the market value of outstanding equity shares (whether or not held by affiliates) shall be computed by use of the price at which such shares were last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such shares, in the principal market for such shares as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. If there is no market for any of such securities, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the filing of this Form shall be used for purposes of calculating the market value, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) In the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the securities to be exchanged (the “subject securities”) for securities of the registrant shall be incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and be a foreign private issuer. 
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a business combination, each participating company shall be incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and be a foreign private issuer. 
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of an exchange offer, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U.S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of a business combination, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U.S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of such securities of the participating company. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of exchange offers, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer of the subject securities, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the issuer of the subject securities as being located in the United States. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of business combinations, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of a participating company, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of a participating company as being located in the United States. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, the class of subject securities shall not include any securities that may be converted into or are exchangeable for the subject securities.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) With respect to registration of debt securities or preferred securities on this Form, if the registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary, it shall be deemed to meet the requirements of paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section if the parent of the registrant-subsidiary meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section and fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities being registered as to principal and interest (if debt securities) or as to liquidation preference, redemption price and dividends (if preferred shares); <I>provided, however,</I> that the securities of the subsidiary are only convertible or exchangeable, if at all, for the securities of the parent. 
</P>
<P>(i) If the registrant is a successor registrant subsisting after a business combination, it shall be deemed to meet the 12-month reporting requirement of paragraph (c)(3) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 12 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the reporting history calculation if the reporting histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the reporting history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 12-month reporting requirement; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The successor registrant has been subject to such continuous disclosure requirements since the business combination, and is currently in compliance with its obligations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(j) This Form shall not be used for registration of securities if no takeover bid circular or issuer bid circular (in the case of an exchange offer) or information circular (in the case of a business combination) or prospectus (in all other cases) is prepared pursuant to the requirements of any Canadian jurisdiction due to the availability of an exemption from such requirements. 
</P>
<P>(k) This Form shall not be used if the registrant or, in the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the subject securities is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(l) Registrants and any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to the securities being registered shall each file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the time of filing this Form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30064, July 1, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 62030, Nov. 23, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.41" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.41   Form F-80, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of securities of certain Canadian issuers to be issued in exchange offers or a business combination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form F-80 may be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) of securities to be issued in an exchange offer or in connection with a statutory amalgamation, merger, arrangement or other reorganization requiring the vote of shareholders of the participating companies (a “business combination”). Securities may be registered on this Form whether they constitute the sole consideration for such exchange offer or business combination, or are offered in conjunction with cash. 
</P>
<P>(b) This Form shall not be used for registration of securities if no takeover bid circular or issuer bid circular (in the case of an exchange offer) or information circular (in the case of a business combination) is prepared pursuant to the requirements of any Canadian jurisdiction due to the availability of an exemption from such requirements. 
</P>
<P>(c) This Form may not be used for registration of derivative securities except: 
</P>
<P>(1) Warrants, options and rights, provided that such securities and the underlying securities to which they relate are issued by the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Convertible securities, provided that such securities are convertible only into securities of the registrant, its parent or an affiliate of either. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instruction:</I> For purposes of this Form, an “affiliate” of a person is anyone who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, or exercises control or direction over, more than 10 percent of the outstanding equity shares of such person. The determination of a person's affiliates shall be made as of the end of such person's most recently completed fiscal year.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) In the case of an exchange offer, Form F-80 is available to any registrant that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a foreign private issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has had a class of its securities listed on The Montreal Exchange, The Toronto Stock Exchange or the Senior Board of the Vancouver Stock Exchange for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 36 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with obligations arising from such listing and reporting; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Has an aggregate market value of the public float of its outstanding equity shares of (CN) $75 million or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that such public float requirement need not be satisfied if the issuer of the securities to be exchanged is also the registrant on this Form. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of this Form, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of this Form, “equity shares” shall mean common shares, non-voting equity shares and subordinate or restricted voting equity shares, but shall not include preferred shares. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, the “public float” of specified securities shall mean only such securities held by persons other than affiliates of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Form, the market value of the public float of outstanding equity shares shall be computed by use of the price at which such shares were last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such shares, in the principal market for such shares as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. If there is no market for any of such securities, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the filing of this Form shall be used for purposes of calculating the market value, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) In the case of an exchange offer, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U. S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of the securities to be exchanged (the “subject securities”) for the securities of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of an exchange offer, if the registrant is a successor registrant subsisting after a business combination, the registrant shall be deemed to meet the 36-month reporting requirement and the 12-month listing requirement of paragraph (d) (3) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 36 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the reporting history calculation if the reporting histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the reporting history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 36-month reporting requirement; 
</P>
<P>(2) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the listing requirements of the specified exchanges, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 12 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the listing history calculation if the listing histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the listing history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 12-month listing requirement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The successor registrant has been subject to such continuous disclosure requirements and listing requirements since the business combination, and is currently in compliance with its obligations thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the subject securities shall be incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and be a foreign private issuer, and less than 40 percent of the class of subject securities outstanding shall be held by U.S. holders. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of exchange offers, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer of the subject securities, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the issuer of the subject securities as being located in the United States. 
</FP>
<P>2. With respect to any tender offer, including any exchange offer, otherwise eligible to proceed in accordance with Rule 14d-1(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U.S. holders will be presumed to hold less than 40 percent of such outstanding securities, unless (a) the aggregate trading volume of that class on national securities exchanges in the United States and on NASDAQ exceeded its aggregate trading volume on securities exchanges in Canada and on the Canadian Dealing Network, Inc. (“CDN”) over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of this offer, or if commenced in response to a prior offer, over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of the initial offer (based on volume figures published by such exchanges and NASDAQ and CDN); (b) the most recent annual report or annual information form filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of Ontario, Quebec, British Columbia or Alberta (or, if the issuer of the subject securities is not a reporting issuer in any of such provinces, with any other Canadian securities regulator) or with the Commission indicates that U.S. holders hold 40 percent or more of the outstanding subject class of securities; or (c) the offeror has actual knowledge that the level of U.S. ownership equals or exceeds 40 percent of such securities. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, if this Form is filed during the pendency of one or more ongoing cash tender or exchange offers for securities of the class subject to the offer that was commenced or was eligible to be commenced on Schedule 13E-4F, Schedule 14D-1F, and/or Form F-8 or Form F-80, the date for calculation of U.S. ownership shall be the same as that date used by the initial bidder or issuer. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Form, the class of subject securities shall not include any securities that may be converted into or are exchangeable for the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of exchange offers, the calculation of U.S. holders shall be made as of the end of the subject issuer's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of such issuer's preceding quarter.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) In the case of a business combination, Form F-80 is available if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each company participating in the business combination, including the successor registrant, is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory and is a foreign private issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each company participating in the business combination other than the successor registrant has had a class of its securities listed on The Montreal Exchange, The Toronto Stock Exchange or the Senior Board of the Vancouver Stock Exchange for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 36 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form, and is currently in compliance with obligations arising from such listing and reporting; <I>provided, however,</I> that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such 36-month reporting requirement or 12-month listing requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such reporting and listing requirements; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The aggregate market value of the public float of the outstanding equity shares of each company participating in the business combination other than the successor registrant is (CN) $75 million or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that any such participating company shall not be required to meet such public float requirement if other participating companies whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of the participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years, each meet such public float requirement; and, <I>provided further,</I> that such public float requirement shall be deemed satisfied in the case of a participating company whose equity shares were the subject of an exchange offer that was registered or would have been eligible for registration on Form F-8, Form F-10 or Form F-80, or a tender offer in connection with which Schedule 13E-4F or 14D-1F was filed or could have been filed, that terminated within the last twelve months, if the participating company would have satisfied such public float requirement immediately prior to commencement of such exchange or tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a business combination, less than 40 percent of the class of securities to be offered by the successor registrant shall be held by U.S. holders, as if measured immediately after completion of the business combination. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions:</I> 1. For purposes of business combinations, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of a participating company, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of a participating company as being located in the United States. 
</FP>
<P>2. For purposes of business combinations, the calculation of U.S. holders shall be made by a participant as of the end of such participant's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of such participant's preceding quarter.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(j) In the case of a business combination, the securities to be registered on this Form shall be offered to U.S. holders upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those offered to any other holder of the same class of such securities of the participating company. 
</P>
<P>(k) This Form shall not be used if the registrant or, in the case of an exchange offer, the issuer of the subject securities is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(l) Registrants and any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to the securities being registered shall each file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the time of filing this Form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30065, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-80, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.42" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.42   Form F-X, for appointment of agent for service of process and undertaking for issuers registering securities on Form F-8, F-10, or F-80 (§§ 239.38, 239.39, 239.40, or 239.41), or registering securities or filing periodic reports on Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter), or by any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F, or 14D-9F (§§ 240.13e-102, 240.14d-102, or 240.14d-103 of this chapter), by any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7 (§ 239.37), F-8, F-10, or by a Canadian issuer qualifying an offering statement pursuant to Regulation A (§ 230.251 <E T="7462">et seq.</E> of this chapter) on Form 1-A (§ 239.90), or by any non-U.S. issuer providing Form CB (§ 249.480 of this chapter) to the Commission in connection with a tender offer, rights offering or business combination.</HEAD>
<P>Form F-X shall be filed with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) By any issuer registering securities on Form F-8, F-10, or F-80 under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(b) By any issuer registering securities on Form 40-F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(c) By any issuer filing a periodic report on Form 40-F, if it has not previously filed a Form F-X in connection with the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file a report on Form 40-F arises;
</P>
<P>(d) By any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F, or 14D-9F;
</P>
<P>(e) By any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7, F-8, F-10, or F-80;
</P>
<P>(f) By a Canadian issuer qualifying an offering statement pursuant to the provisions of Regulation A; and
</P>
<P>(g) By any non-U.S. issuer providing Form CB to the Commission in connection with a tender offer, rights offering or business combination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 972, Jan. 4, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 46620, Aug. 3, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.43" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.43   Form F-N, appointment of agent for service of process by foreign banks and foreign insurance companies and certain of their holding companies and finance subsidiaries making public offerings of securities in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>Form F-N shall be filed with the Commission in connection with the filing of a registration statement under the Act by those entities specified in rule 489 (17 CFR 230.489).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 56299, Nov. 4, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.44" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.44   Form SF-1, registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for offerings of asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of all offerings of asset-backed securities, as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57333, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.45" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.45   Form SF-3, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 for offerings of asset-backed issuers offered pursuant to certain types of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>This Form may be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) of offerings of asset-backed securities, as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c). Any registrant which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may use this Form for the registration of asset-backed securities (as defined in 17 CFR 229.1101(c)) under the Securities Act which are offered in any transaction specified in paragraph (b) of this section provided that the requirements applicable to the specified transaction are met. Terms used have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1101).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Registrant requirements.</I> Registrants must meet the following conditions in order to use this Form for registration under the Securities Act of asset-backed securities offered in the transactions specified in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) To the extent the depositor or any issuing entity previously established, directly or indirectly, by the depositor or any affiliate of the depositor (as defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1101)) is or was at any time during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form required to comply with the transaction requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section with respect to a previous offering of asset-backed securities involving the same asset class, the following requirements shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Such depositor and each such issuing entity must have filed on a timely basis all certifications required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such depositor and each such issuing entity must have filed on a timely basis all transaction agreements containing the provisions that are required by paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If such depositor or issuing entity fails to meet the requirements of paragraphs(a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, such depositor or issuing entity will be deemed to satisfy such requirements for purposes of this Form 90 days after the date it files the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section; provided however that if the information is filed within 90 days of evaluating compliance with this paragraph (a) such depositor and issuing entity will be deemed to have been in compliance with such requirements for purposes of this Form 90 days after the date it files the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (a)(1).</I> The registrant must provide disclosure in a prospectus that is part of the registration statement that it has met the registrant requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) To the extent the depositor or any issuing entity previously established, directly or indirectly, by the depositor or any affiliate of the depositor (as defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1101)) is or was at any time during the twelve calendar months and any portion of a month immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement on this Form subject to the requirements of section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> or 78o(d)) with respect to a class of asset-backed securities involving the same asset class, such depositor and each such issuing entity must have filed all material required to be filed regarding such asset-backed securities pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) for such period (or such shorter period that each such entity was required to file such materials). In addition, such material must have been filed in a timely manner, other than a report that is required solely pursuant to Item 1.01, 1.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 4.02(a), 6.01, or 6.03 of Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308). If § 240.12b-25(b) of this chapter was used during such period with respect to a report or a portion of a report, that report or portion thereof has actually been filed within the time period prescribed by § 240.12b-25(b) of this chapter. Regarding an affiliated depositor that became an affiliate as a result of a business combination transaction during such period, the filing of any material prior to the business combination transaction relating to asset-backed securities of an issuing entity previously established, directly or indirectly, by such affiliated depositor is excluded from this section, provided such business combination transaction was not part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. See the definition of “affiliate” in § 230.405 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transaction Requirements.</I> If the registrant meets the registrant requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section, an offering meeting the following conditions may be registered on this Form SF-3:
</P>
<P>(1) Asset-backed securities (as defined in § 229.1101(c) of this chapter) to be offered for cash where the following have been satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Certification.</I> The registrant files a certification in accordance with Item 601(b)(36) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601(b)(36) of this chapter) signed by the chief executive officer of the depositor with respect to each offering of securities that is registered on this Form.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Asset review provision.</I> With respect to each offering of securities that is registered on this Form, the pooling and servicing agreement or other transaction agreement, which shall be filed, must provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The selection and appointment of an asset representations reviewer that is not:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Affiliated with any sponsor, depositor, servicer, or trustee of the transaction, or any of their affiliates; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The same party or an affiliate of any party hired by the sponsor or the underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the pool assets;
</P>
<P>(B) The asset representations reviewer shall have authority to access copies of any underlying documents related to performing a review of the pool assets;
</P>
<P>(C) The asset representations reviewer shall be responsible for reviewing the underlying assets for compliance with the representations and warranties on the pool assets, and shall not otherwise be the party to determine whether noncompliance with representations or warranties constitutes a breach of any contractual provision. Reviews shall be required under the transaction documents, at a minimum, when the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A threshold of delinquent assets, as specified in the transaction agreements, has been reached or exceeded; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An investor vote to direct a review, pursuant to the processes specified in the transaction agreements, provided that the agreement not require more than:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) 5% of the total interest in the pool in order to initiate a vote and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) A simple majority of those interests casting a vote to direct a review by the asset representations reviewer;
</P>
<P>(D) The asset representations reviewer shall perform, at a minimum, reviews of all assets 60 days or more delinquent when the conditions specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(C) of this section are met; and
</P>
<P>(E) The asset representations reviewer shall provide a report to the trustee of the findings and conclusions of the review of the assets.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(1)(ii).</I> The threshold of delinquent assets shall be calculated as a percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of delinquent assets in a given pool to the aggregate dollar amount of all the assets in that particular pool, measured as of the end of the reporting period. If the transaction has multiple sub-pools, the transaction agreements must provide that:
</P>
<P>1. The delinquency threshold shall be calculated with respect to each sub-pool; and
</P>
<P>2. The investor vote calculation shall be measured as a percentage of investors' interest in each sub-pool.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) <I>Dispute resolution provision.</I> With respect to each offering of securities that is registered on this Form, the pooling and servicing agreement or other transaction agreement, which shall be filed, must provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(A) If an asset subject to a repurchase request, pursuant to the terms of the transaction agreements, is not resolved by the end of a 180-day period beginning when notice of the request is received, then the party submitting such repurchase request shall have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation or third-party arbitration, and the party obligated to repurchase must agree to the selected resolution method.
</P>
<P>(B) If the party submitting the request elects third-party arbitration, the arbitrator shall determine the allocation of any expenses. If the party submitting the request elects mediation, the parties shall mutually determine the allocation of any expenses.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Investor communication provision.</I> With respect to each offering of securities that is registered on this Form, the pooling and servicing agreement or other transaction agreement, which shall be filed, must contain a provision requiring that the party responsible for making periodic filings on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter) include in the Form 10-D any request received during the reporting period from an investor to communicate with other investors related to investors exercising their rights under the terms of the transaction agreements. The disclosure regarding the request to communicate is required to include no more than the name of the investor making the request, the date the request was received, a statement to the effect that the party responsible for filing the Form 10-D has received a request from such investor, stating that such investor is interested in communicating with other investors with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the transaction agreements, and a description of the method other investors may use to contact the requesting investor.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to paragraph (b)(1)(iv).</I> If an underlying transaction agreement contains procedures in order to verify that an investor is, in fact, a beneficial owner for purposes of invoking the investor communication provision, the verification procedures may require no more than the following:
</P>
<P>1. If the investor is a record holder of the securities at the time of a request to communicate, then the investor will not have to provide verification of ownership, and
</P>
<P>2. If the investor is not the record holder of the securities, then the person obligated to make the disclosure may require no more than a written certification from the investor that it is a beneficial owner and one other form of documentation such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from the broker or dealer, or other similar document.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(v) <I>Delinquent assets.</I> Delinquent assets do not constitute 20% or more, as measured by dollar volume, of the asset pool as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Residual value for certain securities.</I> With respect to securities that are backed by leases other than motor vehicle leases, the portion of the securitized pool balance attributable to the residual value of the physical property underlying the leases, as determined in accordance with the transaction agreements for the securities, does not constitute 20% or more, as measured by dollar volume, of the securitized pool balance as of the measurement date.
</P>
<P>(2) Securities relating to an offering of asset-backed securities registered in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section where those securities represent an interest in or the right to the payments of cash flows of another asset pool and meet the requirements of § 230.190(c)(1) through (4) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57337, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.46-239.62" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.46-239.62   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.63" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.63   Form ID, application for EDGAR access.</HEAD>
<P>Form ID must be filed by electronic filers, or by their account administrators, to request EDGAR access and to authorize account administrators to manage the electronic filer's EDGAR account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 106223, Dec. 27, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.64" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.64   Form SE, form for submission of paper format exhibits by electronic filers.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by an electronic filer for the submission of any paper format document relating to an otherwise electronic filing, as provided in Rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14682, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.65" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.65   Form TH—Notification of reliance on temporary hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Form TH shall be filed by any electronic filer who submits to the Commission, pursuant to a temporary hardship exemption, a document in paper format that otherwise would be required to be submitted electronically, as prescribed by Rule 201(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201(a) of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14682, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TH, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.66" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.1.61.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.66   Form 24F-2, annual filing of securities sold pursuant to registration of certain investment company securities and registered non-variable annuities.</HEAD>
<P>Form 24F-2 shall be used as the annual report filed by face amount certificate companies, open-end management companies, unit investment trusts, and registered non-variable annuities pursuant to §§ 230.456, 230.457, or 270.24f-2 of this chapter for reporting securities sold during the fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 60092, July 24, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Forms Pertaining to Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.90" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.90   Form 1-A, offering statement under Regulation A.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filing under Regulation A (§§ 230.251-230.263 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 36476, Aug. 13, 1992]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.91" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.91   Form 1-K.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filing annual reports under Regulation A (§§ 230.251-230.263 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21915, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.92" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.92   Form 1-SA.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filing semiannual reports under Regulation A (§§ 230.251-230.263 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21917, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-SA, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.93" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.93   Form 1-U.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filing current reports under Regulation A (§§ 230.251-230.263 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21918, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-U, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.94" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.94   Form 1-Z.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used to file an exit report under Regulation A (§§ 230.251-230.263 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21922, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-Z, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.95-239.143" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.95-239.143   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.144" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.144   Form 144, for notice of proposed sale of securities pursuant to § 230.144 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as indicated in paragraph (b) of this section, each person who intends to sell securities in reliance upon § 230.144 of this chapter, where the issuer of the securities:
</P>
<P>(1) Is, and has been for a period of at least 90 days immediately before the sale, subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78<I>o</I>(d), respectively), shall file this form in electronic format by means of the Commission's Electronic Data, Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (EDGAR) in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in part 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(2) Is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78<I>o</I>(d), respectively), shall file three copies of this form in paper format.


</P>
<P>(b) This form need not be filed if the amount of securities to be sold during any period of three months does not exceed 5,000 shares or other units and the aggregate sale price does not exceed $50,000.
</P>
<P>(c) Under sections 2(11), 4(1), 4(2), 4(4) and 19(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230) and Rule 144 thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this form by persons desiring to sell unregistered securities. Disclosure of the information specified in this form is mandatory before processing notices of proposed sale of securities under § 230.144 of this chapter. The information will be used for the primary purpose of disclosing the proposed sale of unregistered securities by persons deemed not to be engaged in the distribution of securities. This notice will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public. Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can utilize it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the Federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions. Failure to disclose the information requested by Form 144 would make an exception under § 230.144 of this chapter unavailable and may result in civil or criminal action for violations of the Federal securities laws. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 4329, Mar. 2, 1972, as amended at 40 FR 55319, Nov. 28, 1975; 43 FR 5423, Nov. 21, 1978; 62 FR 35340, July 1, 1997; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 72 FR 71571, Dec. 17, 2007] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 144, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.145-239.199" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.145-239.199   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.200" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.200   Form 1-E, notification under Regulation E.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for notification pursuant to Rule 604 (§ 230.604 of this chapter) of Regulation E (§§ 230.601-230.610a of this chapter) by a small business investment company or business development company described in Rule 602 (§ 230.602 of this chapter). 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs 3(b) and 3(c), Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c (b) and (c); sec. 38, Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-37))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 35347, Sept. 7, 1984]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-E, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.201" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.201   Form 2-E, report of sales pursuant to Rule 609 of Regulation E.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for report of sales of securities under Regulation E (§§ 230.601-230.610a of this chapter) by a small business investment company described in Rule 602 (§ 230.602 of this chapter) as required by Rule 609 of Regulation E (§ 230.609 of this chapter). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 239.202-239.300" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 239.202-239.300   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.500" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.500   Form D, notice of sales of securities under Regulation D and section 4(a)(5) of the Securities Act of 1933.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When notice of sales on Form D must be filed.</I> (1) An issuer offering or selling securities in reliance on § 230.504 or § 230.506 of this chapter or section 4(a)(5) of the Securities Act of 1933 must file with the Commission a notice of sales containing the information required by this form for each new offering of securities no later than 15 calendar days after the first sale of securities in the offering, unless the end of that period falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, in which case the due date would be the first business day following.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer may file an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D at any time.
</P>
<P>(3) An issuer must file an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D for an offering:
</P>
<P>(i) To correct a material mistake of fact or error in the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, as soon as practicable after discovery of the mistake or error;
</P>
<P>(ii) To reflect a change in the information provided in the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, as soon as practicable after the change, except that no amendment is required to reflect a change that occurs after the offering terminates or a change that occurs solely in the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The address or relationship to the issuer of a related person identified in response to Item 3 of the notice of sales on Form D;
</P>
<P>(B) An issuer's revenues or aggregate net asset value;
</P>
<P>(C) The minimum investment amount, if the change is an increase, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in a decrease of more than 10%;
</P>
<P>(D) Any address or state(s) of solicitation shown in response to Item 12 of the notice of sales on Form D;
</P>
<P>(E) The total offering amount, if the change is a decrease, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in an increase of more than 10%;
</P>
<P>(F) The amount of securities sold in the offering or the amount remaining to be sold;
</P>
<P>(G) The number of non-accredited investors who have invested in the offering, as long as the change does not increase the number to more than 35;
</P>
<P>(H) The total number of investors who have invested in the offering;
</P>
<P>(I) The amount of sales commissions, finders' fees or use of proceeds for payments to executive officers, directors or promoters, if the change is a decrease, or if the change, together with all other changes in that amount since the previously filed notice of sales on Form D, does not result in an increase of more than 10%; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Annually, on or before the first anniversary of the filing of the notice of sales on Form D or the filing of the most recent amendment to the notice of sales on Form D, if the offering is continuing at that time.
</P>
<P>(4) An issuer that files an amendment to a previously filed notice of sales on Form D must provide current information in response to all requirements of the notice of sales on Form D regardless of why the amendment is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How notice of sales on Form D must be filed and signed.</I> (1) A notice of sales on Form D must be filed with the Commission in electronic format by means of the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (EDGAR) in accordance with EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR Part 232).
</P>
<P>(2) Every notice of sales on Form D must be signed by a person duly authorized by the issuer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 10626, Feb. 27, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 81806, Dec. 29, 2011; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.701" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.701   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.800" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.800   Form CB, report of sales of securities in connection with an exchange offer or a rights offering.</HEAD>
<P>This Form is used to report sales of securities in connection with a rights offering in reliance upon § 230.801 of this chapter and to report sales of securities in connection with an exchange offer or business combination in reliance upon § 230.802 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61403, Nov. 10, 1999]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form CB, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.900" NODE="17:3.0.1.1.16.2.61.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.900   Form C.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filings under Regulation Crowdfunding (part 227 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71550, Nov. 16, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 1, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="4" NODE="17:4" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges--Volume 4</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ii</E>—Securities and Exchange Commission (Continued)
</SUBJECT>
<PG>240 


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="II" NODE="17:4.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER II—SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="240" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c-3, 78c-5, 78d, 78e, 78f, 78g, 78i, 78j, 78j-1, 78j-4, 78k, 78k-1, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78<I>o,</I> 78<I>o</I>-4, 78<I>o</I>-10, 78p, 78q, 78q-1, 78s, 78u-5, 78w, 78x, 78dd, 78<I>ll,</I> 78mm, 80a-20, 80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-37, 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-11, 1681w(a)(1), 6801-6809, 6825, 7201 <I>et seq.,</I> and 8302; 7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C. 1350; Pub. L. 111-203, 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010); and Pub. L. 112-106, sec. 503 and 602, 126 Stat. 326 (2012), unless otherwise noted.














</PSPACE><P>Section 240.3a4-1 also issued under secs. 3 and 15, 89 Stat. 97, as amended, 89 Stat. 121 as amended; 
</P><P>Section 240.3a12-8 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> particularly secs. 3(a)(12), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), and 23(a), 15 U.S.C. 78w(a);
</P><P>Section 240.3a12-10 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78b and c;
</P><P>Section 240.3a12-9 also issued under secs. 3(a)(12), 7(c), 11(d)(1), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), 78g(c), 78k(d)(1)); 
</P><P>Sections 240.3a43-1 and 240.3a44-1 also issued under sec. 3; 15 U.S.C. 78c;
</P><P>Sections 3a67-1 through 3a67-9 and 3a71-1 and 3a71-2 are also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, §§ 712, 761(b), 124 Stat. 1841 (2010).
</P><P>Sections 240.3a67-10, 240.3a71-3, 240.3a71-4, and 240.3a71-5 are also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, section 761(b), 124 Stat. 1754 (2010), and 15 U.S.C. 78dd(c). 
</P><P>Sections 240.3a71-3 and 240.3a71-5 are also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, sec. 761(b), 124 Stat. 1754 (2010), and 15 U.S.C. 78dd(c).
</P><P>Section 240.3b-6 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a). 
</P><P>Section 240.3b-9 also issued under secs. 2, 3 and 15, 89 Stat. 97, as amended, 89 Stat. 121, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78o);
</P><P>Section 240.9b-1 is also issued under sec. 2, 7, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 74, 78, 81, 85; secs. 201, 205, 209, 120, 48 Stat. 905, 906, 908; secs. 1-4, 8, 68 Stat. 683, 685; sec. 12(a), 73 Stat. 143; sec. 7(a), 74 Stat. 412; sec. 27(a), 84 Stat. 1433; sec. 308(a)(2), 90 Stat. 57; sec. 505, 94 Stat. 2292; secs. 9, 15, 23(a), 48 Stat. 889, 895, 901; sec. 230(a), 49 Stat. 704; secs. 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1377, 1379; sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; secs. 6, 10, 78 Stat. 570-574, 580; sec. 11(d), 84 Stat. 121; sec. 18, 89 Stat. 155; sec. 204, 91 Stat. 1500; 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77g, 77j, 77s(a), 78i, 78o, 78w(a); 
</P><P>Section 240.10b-10 is also issued under secs. 2, 3, 9, 10, 11, 11A, 15, 17, 23, 48 Stat. 891, 89 Stat. 97, 121, 137, 156, (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78k, 78k-1, 78o, 78q). 
</P><P>Section 240.12a-7 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> particularly secs. 3(a)(12), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), 6, 15 U.S.C. 78(f), 11A, 15 U.S.C. 78k, 12, 15 U.S.C. 78(l), and 23(a)(1), 15 U.S.C. 78(w)(a)(1).
</P><P>Sections 240.12b-1 to 240.12b-36 also issued under secs. 3, 12, 13, 15, 48 Stat. 892, as amended, 894, 895, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78l, 78m, 78o; 
</P><P>Section 240.12b-15 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.12b-25 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-24(a), 80a-29, and 80a-37.
</P><P>Section 240.12g-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a). 
</P><P>Section 240.12g3-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a). 
</P><P>Section 240.13a-10 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.13a-11 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 306(a), Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.13a-14 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.13a-15 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.13d-3 is also issued under Public Law 111-203 § 766, 124 Stat. 1799 (2010).
</P><P>Sections 240.13e-4, 240.14d-7, 240.14d-10 and 240.14e-1 also issued under secs. 3(b), 9(a)(6), 10(b), 13(e), 14(d) and 14(e), 15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78i(a)(6), 78j(b), 78m(e), 78n(d) and 78n(e) and sec. 23(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C 80a-23(c);
</P><P>Sections 240.13e-4 to 240.13e-101 also issued under secs. 3(b), 9(a)(6), 10(b), 13(e), 14(e), 15(c)(1), 48 Stat. 882, 889, 891, 894, 895, 901, sec. 8, 49 Stat. 1379, sec. 5, 78 Stat. 569, 570, secs. 2, 3, 82 Stat. 454, 455, secs. 1, 2, 3-5, 84 Stat. 1497, secs. 3, 18, 89 Stat. 97, 155; 15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78i(a)(6), 78j(b), 78m(e), 78n(e), 78o(c); sec. 23(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; 54 Stat. 825; 15 U.S.C. 80a-23(c); 
</P><P>Section 240.13p-1 is also issued under sec. 1502, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.13q-1 is also issued under sec. 1504, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 2220.
</P><P>Sections 240.14a-1, 240.14a-3, 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1, 240.14b-2, 240.14c-1, and 240.14c-7 also issued under secs. 12, 15 U.S.C. 781, and 14, Pub. L. 99-222, 99 Stat. 1737, 15 U.S.C. 78n;
</P><P>Sections 240.14a-3, 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1 and 240.14c-7 also issued under secs. 12, 14 and 17, 15 U.S.C. 781, 78n and 78g; 
</P><P>Sections 240.14c-1 to 240.14c-101 also issued under sec. 14, 48 Stat. 895; 15 U.S.C. 78n; 
</P><P>Section 240.14d-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77g, 77j, 77s(a), 77ttt(a), 80a-37.
</P><P>Section 240.14e-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77g, 77h, 77s(a), 77sss, 80a-37(a).
</P><P>Section 240.14e-4 also issued under the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> and particularly sections 3(b), 10(a), 10(b), 14(e), 15(c), and 23(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78j(a), 78j(b), 78n(e), 78<I>o</I>(c), and 78w(a)). 
</P><P>Section 240.15a-6, also issued under secs. 3, 10, 15, and 17, 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78j, 78<I>o,</I> and 78q; 
</P><P>Section 240.15b1-3 also issued under sec. 15, 17; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I> 78q; 
</P><P>Sections 240.15b1-3 and 240.15b2-1 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o,</I> 78<I>q</I>; 
</P><P>Section 240.15b2-2 also issued under secs. 3, 15; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>o</I>;
</P><P>Sections 240.15b10-1 to 240.15b10-9 also issued under secs. 15, 17, 48 Stat. 895, 897, sec. 203, 49 Stat. 704, secs. 4, 8, 49 Stat. 1379, sec. 5, 52 Stat. 1076, sec. 6, 78 Stat. 570; 15 U.S.C. 78o, 78q, 12 U.S.C. 241 nt.; 
</P><P>Section 240.15c2-6, also issued under secs. 3, 10, and 15, 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78j, and 78o.
</P><P>Section 240.15c2-11 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78j(b), 78<I>o</I>(c), 78q(a), and 78w(a).
</P><P>Section 240.15c2-12 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78j, 78<I>o,</I> 78<I>o</I>-4 and 78q.
</P><P>Section 240.15c3-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78o(c)(3), 78o-10(d), and 78o-10(e).
</P><P>Sections 240.15c3-1a, 240.15c3-1e, 240.15c3-1f, 240.15c3-1g are also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, secs. 939, 939A, 124. Stat. 1376 (2010) (15 U.S.C. 78c, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-7 note).
</P><P>Section 240.15c3-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78c-5, 78o(c)(2), 78(c)(3), 78q(a), 78w(a); sec. 6(c), 84 Stat. 1652; 15 U.S.C. 78fff.
</P><P>Section 240.15c3-3(o) is also issued under Pub. L. 106-554, 114 Stat. 2763, section 203.

 </P><P>Section 240.15c3-3a is also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, § 939, 939A, 124. Stat. 1376 (2010) (15 U.S.C. 78c, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-7 note).
</P><P>Section 240.15d-5 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a). 
</P><P>Section 240.15d-10 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-20(a) and 80a-37(a), and secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.15d-11 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 306(a), Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.15d-14 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.15d-15 is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. No. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 240.15<I>l</I>-1 is also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, sec. 913, 124 Stat. 1376, 1827 (2010).
</P><P>Sections 240.15Ba1-1 through 240.15Ba1-8 are also issued under sec. 975, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</P><P>Section 240.15Bc4-1 is also issued under sec. 975, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</P><P>Sections 240.15Ca1-1, 240.15Ca2-1, 240.15Ca2-2, 240.15Ca2-3, 240.15Ca2-4, 240.15Ca2-5, 240.15Cc1-1 also issued under secs. 3, 15C; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>o</I>-5;
</P><P>Sections 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6 and 240.15fk-1 are also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.15Ga-1 is also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.15Ga-2 is also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.</P><P>Section 240.16a-1(a) is also issued under Public Law 111-203 § 766, 124 Stat. 1799 (2010).
</P><P>Sections 240.15fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6 and 240.15Fk-1 are also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.17a-3 also issued under secs. 2, 17, 23a, 48 Stat. 897, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78d-2, 78q; secs. 12, 14, 17, 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 895, 897, 901; secs. 1, 4, 8, 49 Stat. 1375, 1379; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; sec. 5, 52 Stat. 1076; sec. 202, 68 Stat. 686; secs. 3, 5, 10, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570, 580; secs. 1, 3, 82 Stat. 454, 455; secs. 28(c), 3-5, 84 Stat. 1435, 1497; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; secs. 8, 9, 14, 18, 89 Stat. 117, 118, 137, 155; 15 U.S.C. 78l, 78n, 78q, 78w(a); 
</P><P>Section 240.17a-4 also issued under secs. 2, 17, 23(a), 48 Stat. 897, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78a, 78d-1, 78d-2; sec. 14, Pub. L. 94-29, 89 Stat. 137 (15 U.S.C. 78a); sec. 18, Pub. L. 94-29, 89 Stat. 155 (15 U.S.C. 78w);


</P><P>Section 240.17a-14 is also issued under Public Law 111-203, sec. 913, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).


</P><P>Section 240.17a-23 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78o, 78q, and 78w(a).
</P><P>Section 240.17f-1 is also authorized under sections 2, 17 and 17A, 48 Stat. 891, 89 Stat. 137, 141 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1); 
</P><P>Section 240.17g-7 is also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.17g-8 is also issued under sec. 938, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.17g-9 is also issued under sec. 936, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 240.17h-1T also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78q.
</P><P>Sections 240.17Ac2-1(c) and 240.17Ac2-2 also issued under secs. 17, 17A and 23(a); 48 Stat. 897, as amended, 89 Stat. 137, 141 and 48 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 78q, 78q-1, 78w(a));
</P><P>Section 240.17Ad-1 is also issued under secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a); 48 Stat. 841 as amended, 48 Stat. 897, as amended, 89 Stat. 137, 141, and 48 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1, 78w);
</P><P>Sections 240.17Ad-5 and 240.17Ad-10 are also issued under secs. 3 and 17A; 48 Stat. 882, as amended, and 89 Stat. (15 U.S.C. 78c and 78q-1);



 </P><P>Section 240.17ad-7 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, and 78q-1.


</P><P>Section 240.17Ad-17 is also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, section 929W, 124 Stat. 1869 (2010).
</P><P>Section 240.17ad-22 is also issued under 12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.</I>
</P><P>Sections 240.18a-1, 240.18a-1a, 240.18a-1b, 240.18a-1c, 240.18a-1d, 240.18a-2, 240.18a-3, and 240.18a-10 are also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78o-10(d) and 78o-10(e).
</P><P>Section 240.18a-4 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f).
</P><P>Section 240.19b-4 is also issued under 12 U.S.C. 5465(e).
</P><P>Sections 240.19c-4 also issued under secs. 6, 11A, 14, 15A, 19 and 23 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-3, and 78s);
</P><P>Section 240.19c-5 also issued under Sections 6, 11A, and 19 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 48 Stat. 885, as amended, 89 Stat. 111, as amended, and 48 Stat. 898, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 78f, 78k-1, and 78s. 
</P><P>Section 240.21F is also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, § 922(a), 124 Stat. 1841 (2010).
</P><P>Section 240.31-1 is also issued under sec. 31, 48 Stat. 904, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78ee).
</P></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 240 appear at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992, and 57 FR 47409, Oct. 16, 1992.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In §§ 240.0-1 to 240.24b-3, the numbers to the right of the decimal point correspond with the respective rule numbers of the rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</P></NOTE>
<P>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</P>
<P>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.


</P>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Rules and Regulations Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="59" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules of General Application</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in the rules and regulations in this part, prescribed by the Commission pursuant to Title I of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 881-905; 15 U.S.C. chapter 2B), unless the context otherwise specifically requires: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>act</I> means Title I of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>section</I> refers to a section of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The provisions of paragraph (a)(3) of 17 CFR 240.0-1 relate to the terminology of rules and regulations as published by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are inapplicable to the terminology appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) The term <I>rules and regulations</I> refers to all rules and regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to the act, including the forms for registration and reports and the accompanying instructions thereto. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>electronic filer</I> means a person or an entity that submits filings electronically pursuant to Rules 100 and 101 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.100 and 232.101 of this chapter, respectively).
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>electronic filing</I> means a document under the federal securities laws that is transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format. 
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically stated, the terms used in this part shall have the meaning defined in the act. 
</P>
<P>(c) A rule or regulation which defines a term without express reference to the act or to the rules and regulations, or to a portion thereof, defines such term for all purposes as used both in the act and in the rules and regulations, unless the context otherwise specifically requires. 
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the term <I>prospectus</I> means a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. 
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For definition of “listed”, see § 240.3b-1; “officer”, § 240.3b-2; “short sale”, § 240.3b-3. For additional definitions, see § 240.15c1-1.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8178, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 13 FR 9321, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 6730, Oct. 20, 1954; 58 FR 14682, Mar. 18, 1993; 62 FR 36459, July 8, 1997] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-2   Business hours of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The principal office of the Commission, at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever currently is in effect in Washington, DC, <I>provided that</I> hours for the filing of documents pursuant to the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submissions made in paper.</I> Paper documents filed with or otherwise furnished to the Commission may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic filings.</I> Filings made by direct transmission may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For registration and exemption of exchanges, see §§ 240.6a-1 to 240.6a-3. For forms for permanent registration of securities, see § 240.12b-1. For regulations relating to registration of securities, see §§ 240.12b-1 to 240.12b-36. For forms for applications for registration of brokers and dealers, see §§ 240.15b1-1 to 240.15b9-1.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14682, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 65 FR 24801, Apr. 27, 2000; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 73 FR 973, Jan. 4, 2008; 88 FR 12209, Feb. 27, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-3   Filing of material with the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All papers required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder shall be filed at the principal office in Washington, DC. Material may be filed by delivery to the Commission, through the mails or otherwise. The date on which papers are actually received by the Commission shall be the date of filing thereof if all of the requirements with respect to the filing have been complied with, except that if the last day on which papers can be accepted as timely filed falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, such papers may be filed on the first business day following. 
</P>
<P>(b) The manually signed original (or in the case of duplicate originals, one duplicate original) of all registrations, applications, statements, reports, or other documents filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be numbered sequentially (in addition to any internal numbering which otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed, or other legible form of notation from the facing page of the document through the last page of that document and any exhibits or attachments thereto. Further, the total number of pages contained in a numbered original shall be set forth on the first page of the document.
</P>
<P>(c) Each document filed shall contain an exhibit index, which should immediately precede the exhibits filed with such document. The index shall list each exhibit filed and identify by handwritten, typed, printed, or other legible form of notation in the manually signed original, the page number in the sequential numbering system described in paragraph (b) of this section where such exhibit can be found or where it is stated that the exhibit is incorporated by reference. Further, the first page of the manually signed document shall list the page in the filing where the exhibit index is located.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4666, Jan. 23, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 58828, Sept. 5, 1980] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-4   Nondisclosure of information obtained in examinations and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Information or documents obtained by officers or employees of the Commission in the course of any examination or investigation pursuant to section 17(a) (48 Stat. 897, section 4, 49 Stat. 1379; 15 U.S.C. 78q(a)) or 21(a) (48 Stat. 899; 15 U.S.C. 78u(a)) shall, unless made a matter of public record, be deemed confidential. Except as provided by 17 CFR 203.2, officers and employees are hereby prohibited from making such confidential information or documents or any other non-public records of the Commission available to anyone other than a member, officer or employee of the Commission, unless the Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, authorizes the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents as not being contrary to the public interest. Any officer or employee who is served with a subpoena requiring the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents shall appear in court and, unless the authorization described in the preceding sentence shall have been given, shall respectfully decline to disclose the information or produce the documents called for, basing his or her refusal upon this section. Any officer or employee who is served with such a subpoena shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service of such subpoena, the nature of the information or documents sought, and any circumstances which may bear upon the desirability of making available such information or documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 50836, Aug. 30, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 17459, May 17, 1988; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-5   Reference to rule by obsolete designation.</HEAD>
<P>Wherever in any rule, form, or instruction book specific reference is made to a rule by number or other designation which is now obsolete, such reference shall be deemed to be made to the corresponding rule or rules in the existing general rules and regulations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8179, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-6   Disclosure detrimental to the national defense or foreign policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any requirement to the contrary notwithstanding, no registration statement, report, proxy statement or other document filed with the Commission or any securities exchange shall contain any document or information which, pursuant to Executive order, has been classified by an appropriate department or agency of the United States for protection in the interests of national defense or foreign policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where a document or information is omitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, there shall be filed, in lieu of such document or information, a statement from an appropriate department or agency of the United States to the effect that such document or information has been classified or that the status thereof is awaiting determination. Where a document is omitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, but information relating to the subject matter of such document is nevertheless included in material filed with the Commission pursuant to a determination of an appropriate department or agency of the United States that disclosure of such information would not be contrary to the interests of national defense or foreign policy, a statement from such department or agency to that effect shall be submitted for the information of the Commission. A registrant may rely upon any such statement in filing or omitting any document or information to which the statement relates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may protect any information in its possession which may require classification in the interests of national defense or foreign policy pending determination by an appropriate department or agency as to whether such information should be classified. 
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be the duty of the registrant to submit the documents or information referred to in paragraph (a) of this section to the appropriate department or agency of the United States prior to filing them with the Commission and to obtain and submit to the Commission, at the time of filing such documents or information, or in lieu thereof, as the case may be, the statements from such department or agency required by paragraph (b) of this section. All such statements shall be in writing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 7682, May 24, 1968] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-8   Application of rules to registered broker-dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Any provision of any rule or regulation under the Act which prohibits any act, practice, or course of business by any person if the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce are used in connection therewith, shall also prohibit any such act, practice, or course of business by any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act, or any person acting on behalf of such a broker or dealer, irrespective of any use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 12555, Sept. 3, 1964] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-9   Payment of filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>All payment of filing fees shall be made by wire transfer, debit card, or credit card or via the Automated Clearing House Network. Payment of filing fees required by this section shall be made in accordance with the directions set forth in § 202.3a of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 70251, Dec. 9, 2021]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-10   Small entities under the Securities Exchange Act for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Commission rulemaking in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Six of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>), and unless otherwise defined for purposes of a particular rulemaking proceeding, the term <I>small business</I> or <I>small organization</I> shall:
</P>
<P>(a) When used with reference to an “issuer” or a “person,” other than an investment company, mean an “issuer” or “person” that, on the last day of its most recent fiscal year, had total assets of $5 million or less;
</P>
<P>(b) When used with reference to an “issuer” or “person” that is an investment company, have the meaning ascribed to those terms by § 270.0-10 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(c) When used with reference to a broker or dealer, mean a broker or dealer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Had total capital (net worth plus subordinated liabilities) of less than $500,000 on the date in the prior fiscal year as of which its audited financial statements were prepared pursuant to § 240.17a-5(d) or, if not required to file such statements, a broker or dealer that had total capital (net worth plus subordinated liabilities) of less than $500,000 on the last business day of the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter); and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization as defined in this section;
</P>
<P>(d) When used with reference to a clearing agency, mean a clearing agency that:
</P>
<P>(1) Compared, cleared and settled less than $500 million in securities transactions during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(2) Had less than $200 million of funds and securities in its custody or control at all times during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter); and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization as defined in this section;
</P>
<P>(e) When used with reference to an exchange, mean any exchange that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has been exempted from the reporting requirements of § 242.601 of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization as defined in this section;
</P>
<P>(f) When used with reference to a municipal securities dealer that is a bank (including any separately identifiable department or division of a bank), mean any such municipal securities dealer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Had, or is a department of a bank that had, total assets of less than $10 million at all times during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(2) Had an average monthly volume of municipal securities transactions in the preceding fiscal year (or in the time it has been registered, if shorter) of less than $100,000; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization as defined in this section;
</P>
<P>(g) When used with reference to a securities information processor, mean a securities information processor that:
</P>
<P>(1) Had gross revenues of less than $10 million during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time it has been in business, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(2) Provided service to fewer than 100 interrogation devices or moving tickers at all times during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter); and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization under this section; and
</P>
<P>(h) When used with reference to a transfer agent, mean a transfer agent that:
</P>
<P>(1) Received less than 500 items for transfer and less than 500 items for processing during the preceding six months (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(2) Transferred items only of issuers that would be deemed “small businesses” or “small organizations” as defined in this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Maintained master shareholder files that in the aggregate contained less than 1,000 shareholder accounts or was the named transfer agent for less than 1,000 shareholder accounts at all times during the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization under this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, a broker or dealer is affiliated with another person if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such broker or dealer controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such other person; a person shall be deemed to control another person if that person has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities of such other person or is entitled to receive 25 percent or more of the net profits of such other person or is otherwise able to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such other person; or
</P>
<P>(2) Such broker or dealer introduces transactions in securities, other than registered investment company securities or interests or participations in insurance company separate accounts, to such other person, or introduces accounts of customers or other brokers or dealers, other than accounts that hold only registered investment company securities or interests or participations in insurance company separate accounts, to such other person that carries such accounts on a fully disclosed basis.
</P>
<P>(j) For purposes of paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section, a person is affiliated with another person if that person controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such other person; a person shall be deemed to control another person if that person has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities of such other person or is entitled to receive 25 percent or more of the net profits of such other person or is otherwise able to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such other person.
</P>
<P>(k) For purposes of paragraph (g) of this section, “interrogation device” shall refer to any device that may be used to read or receive securities information, including quotations, indications of interest, last sale data and transaction reports, and shall include proprietary terminals or personal computers that receive securities information via computer-to-computer interfaces or gateway access.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 5222, Feb. 4, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986; 63 FR 35514, June 30, 1998; 70 FR 37617, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-11   Filing fees for certain acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) At the time of filing a disclosure document described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section relating to certain acquisitions, dispositions, business combinations, consolidations or similar transactions, the person filing the specified document shall pay a fee payable to the Commission to be calculated as set forth in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A required fee shall be reduced in an amount equal to any fee paid with respect to such transaction pursuant to either section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable provision of this section; the fee requirements under section 6(b) shall be reduced in an amount equal to the fee paid the Commission with respect to a transaction under this section. No part of a filing fee is refundable.
</P>
<P>(3) If at any time after the initial payment the aggregate consideration offered is increased, an additional filing fee based upon such increase shall be paid with the required amended filing. 
</P>
<P>(4) When the fee is based upon the market value of securities, such market value shall be established by either the average of the high and low prices reported in the consolidated reporting system (for exchange traded securities and last sale reported over-the-counter securities) or the average of the bid and asked price (for other over-the-counter securities) as of a specified date within 5 business days prior to the date of the filing. If there is no market for the securities, the value shall be based upon the book value of the securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the date of the filing, unless the issuer of the securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of the securities shall be used. 
</P>
<P>(5) An exhibit to the filing shall set forth the calculation of the fee in tabular format, as well as the amount offset by a previous filing and the identification of such filing, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Section 13(e)(1) filings.</I> At the time of filing such statement as the Commission may require pursuant to section 13(e)(1) of the Exchange Act, a fee equal to the product of the rate applicable under section 13(e) of the Exchange Act multiplied by the value of the securities proposed to be acquired by the acquiring person. The value of the securities proposed to be acquired shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The value of the securities to be acquired solely for cash shall be the amount of cash to be paid for them:
</P>
<P>(2) The value of the securities to be acquired with securities or other non-cash consideration, whether or not in combination with a cash payment for the same securities, shall be based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the acquiring person as established in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proxy and information statement filings.</I> At the time of filing a preliminary proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-6(a) or preliminary information statement pursuant to Rule 14c-5(a) that concerns a merger, consolidation, acquisition of a company, or proposed sale or other disposition of substantially all the assets of the registrant (including a liquidation), the following fee:
</P>
<P>(1) For preliminary material involving a vote upon a merger, consolidation or acquisition of a company, a fee equal to the product of the rate applicable under section 14(g) of the Exchange Act multiplied by the proposed cash payment or, if the consideration does not consistent entirely of cash, the value of the securities and other property to be transferred to security holders in the transaction. The fee is payable whether the registrant is acquiring another company or being acquired.
</P>
<P>(i) The value of securities or other property to be transferred to security holders, whether or not in combination with a cash payment for the same securities, shall be based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the acquiring person as established in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the above, where the acquisition, merger or consolidation is for the sole purpose of changing the registrant's domicile, no filing fee is required to be paid. 
</P>
<P>(2) For preliminary material involving a vote upon a proposed sale or other disposition of substantially all the assets of the registrant, a fee equal to the product of the rate applicable under section 14(g) of the Exchange Act multiplied by the aggregate of, as applicable, the cash and the value of the securities (other than its own) and other property to be received by the registrant. In the case of a disposition in which the registrant will not receive any property, such as at liquidation or spin-off, the fee shall be equal to the product of the rate applicable under section 14(g) of the Exchange Act multiplied by the aggregate of, as applicable, the cash and the value of the securities and other property to be distributed to security holders.
</P>
<P>(i) The value of the securities to be received (or distributed in the case of a spin-off or liquidation) shall be based upon the market value of such securities as established in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of other property shall be a bona fide estimate of the fair market value of such property. 
</P>
<P>(3) Where two or more companies are involved in the transaction, each shall pay a proportionate share of such fee, determined by the persons involved. 
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the above, the fee required by this paragraph (c) shall not be payable for a proxy statement filed by a company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Section 14(d)(1) filings.</I> At the time of filing such statement as the Commission may require pursuant to section 14(d)(1) of the Act, a fee equal to the product of the rate applicable under section 14(g) of the Exchange Act multiplied by the cash or, if the consideration does not consist entirely of cash, the value of the securities and other property offered by the bidder. Where the bidder is offering securities or other non-cash consideration for some or all of the securities to be acquired, whether or not in combination with a cash payment for the same securities, the value of the consideration to be offered for such securities shall be based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the bidder as established in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 2476, Jan. 17, 1986, as amended at 58 FR 14682, Mar. 18, 1993; 61 FR 49959, Sept. 24, 1996; 73 FR 17813, Apr. 1, 2008; 86 FR 70251, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-12   Commission procedures for filing applications for orders for exemptive relief under Section 36 of the Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application shall be in writing in the form of a letter, must include any supporting documents necessary to make the application complete, and otherwise must comply with § 240.0-3. All applications must be submitted to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission. Requestors may seek confidential treatment of their applications to the extent provided under § 200.81 of this chapter. If an application is incomplete, the Commission, through the Division handling the application, may request that the application be withdrawn unless the applicant can justify, based on all the facts and circumstances, why supporting materials have not been submitted and undertakes to submit the omitted materials promptly.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant may submit a request electronically. The electronic mailbox to use for these applications is described on the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov</I> in the “Exchange Act Exemptive Applications” section. In the event the electronic mailbox is revised in the future, applicants can find the appropriate mailbox by accessing the “Electronic Mailboxes at the Commission” section.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant also may submit a request in paper format. Five copies of every paper application and every amendment to such an application must be submitted to the Office of the Secretary at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applications must be on white paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inches in size. The left margin of applications must be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide, and if the application is bound, it must be bound on the left side. All typewritten or printed material must be on one side of the paper only and must be set forth in black ink so as to permit photocopying.
</P>
<P>(d) Every application (electronic or paper) must contain the name, address and telephone number of each applicant and the name, address, and telephone number of a person to whom any questions regarding the application should be directed. The Commission will not consider hypothetical or anonymous requests for exemptive relief. Each applicant shall state the basis for the relief sought, and identify the anticipated benefits for investors and any conditions or limitations the applicant believes would be appropriate for the protection of investors. Applicants should also cite to and discuss applicable precedent.
</P>
<P>(e) Amendments to the application should be prepared and submitted as set forth in these procedures and should be marked to show what changes have been made.
</P>
<P>(f) After the filing is complete, the applicable Division will review the application. Once all questions and issues have been answered to the satisfaction of the Division, the staff will make an appropriate recommendation to the Commission. After consideration of the recommendation by the Commission, the Commission's Office of the Secretary will issue an appropriate response and will notify the applicant. If the application pertains to a section of the Exchange Act pursuant to which the Commission has delegated its authority to the appropriate Division, the Division Director or his or her designee will issue an appropriate response and notify the applicant.
</P>
<P>(g) The Commission, in its sole discretion, may choose to publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice that the application has been submitted. The notice would provide that any person may, within the period specified therein, submit to the Commission any information that relates to the Commission action requested in the application. The notice also would indicate the earliest date on which the Commission would take final action on the application, but in no event would such action be taken earlier than 25 days following publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(h) The Commission may, in its sole discretion, schedule a hearing on the matter addressed by the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 8102, Feb. 18, 1998, as amended at 73 FR 973, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 43891, July 22, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.0-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.0-13   Commission procedures for filing applications to request a substituted compliance or listed jurisdiction order under the Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application shall be in writing in the form of a letter, must include any supporting documents necessary to make the application complete, and otherwise must comply with § 240.0-3. All applications must be submitted to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, by a party that potentially would comply with requirements under the Exchange Act pursuant to a substituted compliance or listed jurisdiction order, or by the relevant foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities. If an application is incomplete, the Commission may request that the application be withdrawn unless the applicant can justify, based on all the facts and circumstances, why supporting materials have not been submitted and undertakes to submit the omitted materials promptly.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant may submit a request electronically. The electronic mailbox to use for these applications is described on the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov</I> in the “Exchange Act Substituted Compliance and Listed Jurisdiction Applications” section. In the event electronic mailboxes are revised in the future, applicants can find the appropriate mailbox by accessing the “Electronic Mailboxes at the Commission” section.
</P>
<P>(c) All filings and submissions filed pursuant to this rule must be in the English language. If a filing or submission filed pursuant to this rule requires the inclusion of a document that is in a foreign language, a party must submit instead a fair and accurate English translation of the entire foreign language document. A party may submit a copy of the unabridged foreign language document when including an English translation of a foreign language document in a filing or submission filed pursuant to this rule. A party must provide a copy of any foreign language document upon the request of Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant also may submit a request in paper format. Five copies of every paper application and every amendment to such an application must be submitted to the Office of the Secretary at 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applications must be on white paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inches in size. The left margin of applications must be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide, and if the application is bound, it must be bound on the left side. All typewritten or printed material must be set forth in black ink so as to permit photocopying.
</P>
<P>(e) Every application (electronic or paper) must contain the name, address, telephone number, and email address of each applicant and the name, address, telephone number, and email address of a person to whom any questions regarding the application should be directed. The Commission will not consider hypothetical or anonymous requests for a substituted compliance or listed jurisdiction order. Each applicant shall provide the Commission with any supporting documentation it believes necessary for the Commission to make such determination, including information regarding applicable requirements established by the foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities, as well as the methods used by the foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities to monitor and enforce compliance with such rules. Applicants should also cite to and discuss applicable precedent.
</P>
<P>(f) Amendments to the application should be prepared and submitted as set forth in these procedures and should be marked to show what changes have been made.
</P>
<P>(g) After the filing is complete, the staff will review the application. Once all questions and issues have been answered to the satisfaction of the staff, the staff will make an appropriate recommendation to the Commission. After consideration of the recommendation and a vote by the Commission, the Commission's Office of the Secretary will issue an appropriate response and will notify the applicant.
</P>
<P>(h) The Commission shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice that a complete application has been submitted. The notice will provide that any person may, within the period specified therein, submit to the Commission any information that relates to the Commission action requested in the application. The notice also will indicate the earliest date on which the Commission would take final action on the application, but in no event would such action be taken earlier than 25 days following publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission may, in its sole discretion, schedule a hearing on the matter addressed by the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47369, Aug. 12, 2014, as amended at 85 FR 6350, Feb. 4, 2020]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a1-1   Exemption from the definition of “Exchange” under Section 3(a)(1) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An organization, association, or group of persons shall be exempt from the definition of the term “exchange” under section 3(a)(1) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1)), if such organization, association, or group of persons:
</P>
<P>(1) Is operated by a national securities association;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in compliance with Regulation ATS, 17 CFR 242.300 through 242.304; 
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of § 242.301 of Regulation ATS, 17 CFR 242.301(a), is not required to comply with Regulation ATS, 17 CFR 242.300 through 242.304;
</P>
<P>(4) Has registered with the Commission as a security-based swap execution facility pursuant § 242.803 of this chapter and provides a market place or facilities for no securities other than security-based swaps; or
</P>
<P>(5) Has registered with the Commission as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and limits its exchange functions to operation of a trading session that is designed to further the accuracy of end-of-day valuations of security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, an organization, association, or group of persons shall not be exempt under this section from the definition of “exchange,” if:




</P>
<P>(1) During three of the preceding four calendar quarters such organization, association, or group of persons had:
</P>
<P>(i) Fifty percent or more of the average daily dollar trading volume in any security and five percent or more of the average daily dollar trading volume in any class of securities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Forty percent or more of the average daily dollar trading volume in any class of securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission determines, after notice to the organization, association, or group of persons, and an opportunity for such organization, association, or group of persons to respond, that such an exemption would not be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or consistent with the protection of investors taking into account the requirements for exchange registration under section 6 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78f), and the objectives of the national market system under section 11A of the Act, (15 U.S.C 78k-1).
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, each of the following shall be considered a “class of securities”:
</P>
<P>(i) Equity securities, which shall have the same meaning as in § 240.3a11-1;
</P>
<P>(ii) Listed options, which shall mean any options traded on a national securities exchange or automated facility of a national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(iii) Unlisted options, which shall mean any options other than those traded on a national securities exchange or automated facility of a national securities association;
</P>
<P>(iv) Municipal securities, which shall have the same meaning as in section 3(a)(29) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29));
</P>
<P>(v) Corporate debt securities, which shall mean any securities that:
</P>
<P>(A) Evidence a liability of the issuer of such securities;
</P>
<P>(B) Have a fixed maturity date that is at least one year following the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(C) Are not exempted securities, as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12));
</P>
<P>(vi) Foreign corporate debt securities, which shall mean any securities that:
</P>
<P>(A) Evidence a liability of the issuer of such debt securities;
</P>
<P>(B) Are issued by a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country; and
</P>
<P>(C) Have a fixed maturity date that is at least one year following the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Foreign sovereign debt securities, which shall mean any securities that:
</P>
<P>(A) Evidence a liability of the issuer of such debt securities;
</P>
<P>(B) Are issued or guaranteed by the government of a foreign country, any political subdivision of a foreign country or any supranational entity; and
</P>
<P>(C) Do not have a maturity date of a year or less following the date of issuance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70917, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 74 FR 52372, Oct. 9, 2009; 83 FR 38911, Aug. 7, 2018; 88 FR 87285, Dec. 15, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a4-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a4-1   Associated persons of an issuer deemed not to be brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An associated person of an issuer of securities shall not be deemed to be a broker solely by reason of his participation in the sale of the securities of such issuer if the associated person:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not subject to a statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act, at the time of his participation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not compensated in connection with his participation by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on transactions in securities; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not at the time of his participation an associated person of a broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(4) Meets the conditions of any one of paragraph (a)(4) (i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The associated person restricts his participation to transactions involving offers and sales of securities:
</P>
<P>(A) To a registered broker or dealer; a registered investment company (or registered separate account); an insurance company; a bank; a savings and loan association; a trust company or similar institution supervised by a state or federal banking authority; or a trust for which a bank, a savings and loan association, a trust company, or a registered investment adviser either is the trustee or is authorized in writing to make investment decisions; or
</P>
<P>(B) That are exempted by reason of section 3(a)(7), 3(a)(9) or 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933 from the registration provisions of that Act; or
</P>
<P>(C) That are made pursuant to a plan or agreement submitted for the vote or consent of the security holders who will receive securities of the issuer in connection with a reclassification of securities of the issuer, a merger or consolidation or a similar plan of acquisition involving an exchange of securities, or a transfer of assets of any other person to the issuer in exchange for securities of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(D) That are made pursuant to a bonus, profit-sharing, pension, retirement, thrift, savings, incentive, stock purchase, stock ownership, stock appreciation, stock option, dividend reinvestment or similar plan for employees of an issuer or a subsidiary of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The associated person meets all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The associated person primarily performs, or is intended primarily to perform at the end of the offering, substantial duties for or on behalf of the issuer otherwise than in connection with transactions in securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) The associated person was not a broker or dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer, within the preceding 12 months; and
</P>
<P>(C) The associated person does not participate in selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months other than in reliance on paragraph (a)(4)(i) or (iii) of this section, except that for securities issued pursuant to rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, the 12 months shall begin with the last sale of any security included within one rule 415 registration.
</P>
<P>(iii) The associated person restricts his participation to any one or more of the following activities:
</P>
<P>(A) Preparing any written communication or delivering such communication through the mails or other means that does not involve oral solicitation by the associated person of a potential purchaser; <I>Provided, however,</I> that the content of such communication is approved by a partner, officer or director of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(B) Responding to inquiries of a potential purchaser in a communication initiated by the potential purchaser; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the content of such responses are limited to information contained in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or other offering document; or
</P>
<P>(C) Performing ministerial and clerical work involved in effecting any transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) No presumption shall arise that an associated person of an issuer has violated section 15(a) of the Act solely by reason of his participation in the sale of securities of the issuer if he does not meet the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>associated person of an issuer</I> means any natural person who is a partner, officer, director, or employee of:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A corporate general partner of a limited partnership that is the issuer;
</P>
<P>(iii) A company or partnership that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 to an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which is the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>associated person of a broker or dealer</I> means any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such broker or dealer (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such broker or dealer, or any employee of such broker or dealer, except that any person associated with a broker or dealer whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial and any person who is required under the laws of any State to register as a broker or dealer in that State solely because such person is an issuer of securities or associated person of an issuer of securities shall not be included in the meaning of such term for purposes of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 27946, July 9, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 240.3a4-2—240.3a4-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 240.3a4-2--240.3a4-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a5-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a5-1   Exemption from the definition of “dealer” for a bank engaged in riskless principal transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “dealer” to the extent that it engages in or effects riskless principal transactions if the number of such riskless principal transactions during a calendar year combined with transactions in which the bank is acting as an agent for a customer pursuant to section 3(a)(4)(B)(xi) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(xi)) during that same year does not exceed 500. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term riskless principal transaction means a transaction in which, after having received an order to buy from a customer, the bank purchased the security from another person to offset a contemporaneous sale to such customer or, after having received an order to sell from a customer, the bank sold the security to another person to offset a contemporaneous purchase from such customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 8700, Feb. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a5-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a5-2   Exemption from the definition of “dealer” for banks effecting transactions in securities issued pursuant to Regulation S.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “dealer” under section 3(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)), to the extent that, in a riskless principal transaction, the bank:
</P>
<P>(1) Purchases an eligible security from an issuer or a broker-dealer and sells that security in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903 to a purchaser who is not in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases from a person who is not a U.S. person under 17 CFR 230.902(k) an eligible security after its initial sale with a reasonable belief that the eligible security was initially sold outside of the United States within the meaning of and in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903, and resells that security to a purchaser who is not in the United States or to a registered broker or dealer, provided that if the resale is made prior to the expiration of any applicable distribution compliance period specified in 17 CFR 230.903(b)(2) or (b)(3), the resale is made in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.904; or
</P>
<P>(3) Purchases from a registered broker or dealer an eligible security after its initial sale with a reasonable belief that the eligible security was initially sold outside of the United States within the meaning of and in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903, and resells that security to a purchaser who is not in the United States, provided that if the resale is made prior to the expiration of any applicable distribution compliance period specified in 17 CFR 230.903(b)(2) or (b)(3), the resale is made in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.904.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Distributor</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 230.902(d).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligible security</I> means a security that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not being sold from the inventory of the bank or an affiliate of the bank; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not being underwritten by the bank or an affiliate of the bank on a firm-commitment basis, unless the bank acquired the security from an unaffiliated distributor that did not purchase the security from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Purchaser</I> means a person who purchases an eligible security and who is not a U.S. person under 17 CFR 230.902(k).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Riskless principal transaction</I> means a transaction in which, after having received an order to buy from a customer, the bank purchased the security from another person to offset a contemporaneous sale to such customer or, after having received an order to sell from a customer, the bank sold the security to another person to offset a contemporaneous purchase from such customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56567, Oct. 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a5-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a5-3   Exemption from the definition of “dealer” for banks engaging in securities lending transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “dealer” under section 3(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)), to the extent that, as a conduit lender, it engages in or effects securities lending transactions, and any securities lending services in connection with such transactions, with or on behalf of a person the bank reasonably believes to be:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified investor as defined in section 3(a)(54)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(54)(A)); or
</P>
<P>(2) Any employee benefit plan that owns and invests, on a discretionary basis, not less than $25,000,000 in investments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities lending transaction</I> means a transaction in which the owner of a security lends the security temporarily to another party pursuant to a written securities lending agreement under which the lender retains the economic interests of an owner of such securities, and has the right to terminate the transaction and to recall the loaned securities on terms agreed by the parties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securities lending services</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Selecting and negotiating with a borrower and executing, or directing the execution of the loan with the borrower;
</P>
<P>(2) Receiving, delivering, or directing the receipt or delivery of loaned securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Receiving, delivering, or directing the receipt or delivery of collateral;
</P>
<P>(4) Providing mark-to-market, corporate action, recordkeeping or other services incidental to the administration of the securities lending transaction;
</P>
<P>(5) Investing, or directing the investment of, cash collateral; or
</P>
<P>(6) Indemnifying the lender of securities with respect to various matters.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>conduit lender</I> means a bank that borrows or loans securities, as principal, for its own account, and contemporaneously loans or borrows the same securities, as principal, for its own account. A bank that qualifies under this definition as a conduit lender at the commencement of a transaction will continue to qualify, notwithstanding whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The lending or borrowing transaction terminates and so long as the transaction is replaced within one business day by another lending or borrowing transaction involving the same securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any substitutions of collateral occur.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56567, Oct. 3, 2007]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a5-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.59.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a5-4   Further definition of “as a part of a regular business” in connection with certain liquidity providers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person that is engaged in buying and selling securities for its own account is engaged in such activity “as a part of a regular business” as the phrase is used in section 3(a)(5)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)(B)) if that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Engages in a regular pattern of buying and selling securities that has the effect of providing liquidity to other market participants by:
</P>
<P>(i) Regularly expressing trading interest that is at or near the best available prices on both sides of the market for the same security and that is communicated and represented in a way that makes it accessible to other market participants; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Earning revenue primarily from capturing bid-ask spreads, by buying at the bid and selling at the offer, or from capturing any incentives offered by trading venues to liquidity-supplying trading interest; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that has or controls total assets of less than $50 million;
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A central bank, sovereign entity, or international financial institution.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>person</I> has the same meaning as prescribed in section 3(a)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(9)).
</P>
<P>(2) A person's <I>own account</I> means any account:
</P>
<P>(i) Held in the name of that person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Held for the benefit of that person.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>central bank</I> means a reserve bank or monetary authority of a central government (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of the Federal Reserve Banks) and the Bank for International Settlements.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>international financial institution</I> means the African Development Bank; African Development Fund; Asian Development Bank; Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica; Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa; Caribbean Development Bank; Corporación Andina de Fomento; Council of Europe Development Bank; European Bank for Reconstruction and Development; European Investment Bank; European Investment Fund; European Stability Mechanism; Inter-American Development Bank; Inter-American Investment Corporation; International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; International Development Association; International Finance Corporation; International Monetary Fund; Islamic Development Bank; Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency; Nordic Investment Bank; North American Development Bank; and any other entity that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or contributing member.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>sovereign entity</I> means a central government (including the U.S. Government), or an agency, department, or ministry of a central government.
</P>
<P>(c) No person shall evade the registration requirements of this section by:
</P>
<P>(1) Engaging in activities indirectly that would satisfy paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Disaggregating accounts.
</P>
<P>(d) No presumption shall arise that a person is not a dealer within the meaning of section 3(a)(5) of the Act solely because that person does not satisfy paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 15009, Feb. 29, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="60" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.60" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Definition of “Equity Security” as Used in Sections 12(<E T="01">g</E>) and 16</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a11-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.60.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a11-1   Definition of the term “equity security.”</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>equity security</I> is hereby defined to include any stock or similar security, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, voting trust certificate or certificate of deposit for an equity security, limited partnership interest, interest in a joint venture, or certificate of interest in a business trust; any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying such a security from or selling such a security to another without being bound to do so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19673, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="61" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Miscellaneous Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-1   Exemption of certain mortgages and interests in mortgages.</HEAD>
<P>Mortgages, as defined in section 302(d) of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, which are or have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation are hereby exempted from the operation of such provisions of the Act as by their terms do not apply to an “exempted security” or to “exempted securities”. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3(a)(12), 48 Stat. 882, 15 U.S.C. 78(c)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 25167, Nov. 28, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-3   Exemption from sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(f), 16(b) and 16(c) for securities of certain foreign issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Securities for which the filing of registration statements on Form 18 [17 CFR 249.218] are authorized shall be exempt from the operation of sections 14 and 16 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Securities registered by a foreign private issuer, as defined in Rule 3b-4 (§ 240.3b-4 of this chapter), shall be exempt from sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(f), 16(b) and 16(c) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70137, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 54780, Dec. 6, 1982; 56 FR 30067, July 1, 1991; 91 FR 10333, Mar. 3, 2026] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-4   Exemptions from sections 15(a) and 15(c)(3) for certain mortgage securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When used in this Rule the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>whole loan mortgage</I> means an evidence of indebtedness secured by mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien upon real estate or upon leasehold interests therein where the entire mortgage, deed or other lien is transferred with the entire evidence of indebtedness. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>aggregated whole loan mortgage</I> means two or more whole loan mortgages that are grouped together and sold to one person in one transaction. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>participation interest</I> means an undivided interest representing one of only two such interests in a whole loan mortgage or in an aggregated whole loan mortgage, provided that the other interest is retained by the originator of such participation interest. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>commitment</I> means a contract to purchase a whole loan mortgage, an aggregated whole loan mortgage or a participation interest which by its terms requires that the contract be fully executed within 2 years. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>mortgage security</I> means a whole loan mortgage, an aggregated whole loan mortgage, a participation interest, or a commitment. 
</P>
<P>(b) A mortgage security shall be deemed an “exempted security” for purposes of subsections (a) and (c)(3) of section 15 of the Act provided that, in the case of and at the time of any sale of the mortgage security by a broker or dealer, such mortgage security is not in default and has an unpaid principal amount of at least $50,000. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 19945, June 5, 1974] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-5   Exemption of certain investment contract securities from sections 7(c) and 11(d)(1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) An investment contract security involving the direct ownership of specified residential real property shall be exempted from the provisions of sections 7(c) and 11(d)(1) of the Act with respect to any transaction by a broker or dealer who, directly or indirectly, arranges for the extension or maintenance of credit on the security to or from a customer, if the credit: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is secured by a lien, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other similar security interest related only to real property: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this provision shall not prevent a lender from requiring (i) a security interest in the common areas and recreational facilities or furniture and fixtures incidental to the investment contract if the purchase of such furniture and fixtures is required by, or subject to the approval of, the issuer, as a condition of purchase; or (ii) an assignment of future rentals in the event of default by the purchaser or a co-signer or guarantor on the debt obligation other than the issuer, its affiliates, or any broker or dealer offering such securities; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is to be repaid by periodic payments of principal and interest pursuant to an amortization schedule established by the governing instruments: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this provision shall not prevent the extension of credit on terms which require the payment of interest only, if extended in compliance with the other provisions of this rule; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Is extended by a lender which is not, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the broker or dealer or the issuer of the securities or affiliates thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Residential real property</I> shall mean real property containing living accommodations, whether used on a permanent or transient basis, and may include furniture or fixtures if required as a condition of purchase of the investment contract or if subject to the approval of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Direct ownership</I> shall mean ownership of a fee or leasehold estate or a beneficial interest in a trust the purchase of which, under applicable local law, is financed and secured by a security interest therein similar to a mortgage or deed of trust, but it shall not include an interest in a real estate investment trust, an interest in a general or limited partnership, or similar indirect interest in the ownership of real property. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3(a)(12), 48 Stat. 882, as amended 84 Stat. 718, 1435, 1499 (15 U.S.C. 78c(12)); sec. 7(c), 48 Stat. 886, as amended 82 Stat. 452 (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)); sec. 11(d)(1), 48 Stat. 891 as amended 68 Stat. 636 (15 U.S.C. 78k(d)(1)); sec. 15(c), 48 Stat. 895, as amended 52 Stat. 1075, 84 Stat. 1653 (15 U.S.C. 78o(c)); sec. 23(a), 48 Stat. 901, as amended 49 Stat. 704, 1379 (15 U.S.C. 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 6646, Feb. 13, 1975] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-6   Definition of “common trust fund” as used in section 3(a)(12) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>common trust fund</I> as used in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) shall include a common trust fund which is maintained by a bank which is a member of an affiliated group, as defined in section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1504(a)), and which is maintained exclusively for the collective investment and reinvestment of monies contributed thereto by one or more bank members of such affiliated group in the capacity of trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) The common trust fund is operated in compliance with the same state and federal regulatory requirements as would apply if the bank maintaining such fund and any other contributing banks were the same entity; and
</P>
<P>(b) The rights of persons for whose benefit a contributing bank acts as trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian would not be diminished by reason of the maintenance of such common trust fund by another bank member of the affiliated group.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78c(b)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2392, Jan. 17, 1978] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-7   Exemption for certain derivative securities traded otherwise than on a national securities exchange.</HEAD>
<P>Any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege traded exclusively otherwise than on a national securities exchange and for which quotations are not disseminated through an automated quotation system of a registered securities association, which relates to any securities which are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States, or securities issued or guaranteed by a corporation in which the United States has a direct or indirect interest as shall be designated for exemption by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 3(a)(12) of the Act, shall be exempt from all provisions of the Act which by their terms do not apply to any “exempted security” or “exempted securities,” provided that the securities underlying such put, call, straddle, option or privilege represent an obligation equal to or exceeding $250,000 principal amount.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> and particularly secs. 3(a)(12), 15(a)(2) and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), 78<I>o</I>(a)(2) and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 5073, Feb. 10, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-8   Exemption for designated foreign government securities for purposes of futures trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When used in this Rule, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>designated foreign government security</I> shall mean a security not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 nor the subject of any American depositary receipt so registered, and representing a debt obligation of the government of 
</P>
<P>(i) The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;
</P>
<P>(ii) Canada;
</P>
<P>(iii) Japan;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Commonwealth of Australia;
</P>
<P>(v) The Republic of France;
</P>
<P>(vi) New Zealand;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Republic of Austria;
</P>
<P>(viii) The Kingdom of Denmark;
</P>
<P>(ix) The Republic of Finland;
</P>
<P>(x) The Kingdom of the Netherlands;
</P>
<P>(xi) Switzerland;
</P>
<P>(xii) The Federal Republic of Germany;
</P>
<P>(xiii) The Republic of Ireland;
</P>
<P>(xiv) The Republic of Italy;
</P>
<P>(xv) The Kingdom of Spain;
</P>
<P>(xvi) The United Mexican States;
</P>
<P>(xvii) The Federative Republic of Brazil;
</P>
<P>(xviii) The Republic of Argentina;
</P>
<P>(xix) The Republic of Venezuela;
</P>
<P>(xx) The Kingdom of Belgium; or
</P>
<P>(xxi) The Kingdom of Sweden.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>qualifying foreign futures contracts</I> shall mean any contracts for the purchase or sale of a designated foreign government security for future delivery, as “future delivery” is defined in 7 U.S.C. 2, provided such contracts require delivery outside the United States, any of its possessions or territories, and are traded on or through a board of trade, as defined at 7 U.S.C. 2.
</P>
<P>(b) Any designated foreign government security shall, for purposes only of the offer, sale or confirmation of sale of qualifying foreign futures contracts, be exempted from all provisions of the Act which by their terms do not apply to an “exempted security” or “exempted securities.”
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> and particularly secs. 3(a)(12), and 23(a) 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 8599, Mar. 8, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 25998, July 18, 1986; 52 FR 8877, Mar. 20, 1987; 52 FR 42279, Nov. 4, 1987; 53 FR 43863, Oct. 31, 1988; 57 FR 1378, Jan. 14, 1992; 59 FR 54815, Nov. 2, 1994; 60 FR 62326, Dec. 6, 1995; 61 FR 10274, Mar. 13, 1996; 64 FR 10567, Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 29553, June 2, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-9   Exemption of certain direct participation program securities from the arranging provisions of sections 7(c) and 11(d)(1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Direct participation program securities sold on a basis whereby the purchase price is paid to the issuer in one or more mandatory deferred payments shall be deemed to be exempted securities for purposes of the arranging provisions of sections 7(c) and 11(d)(1) of the Act, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The securities are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or are sold or offered exclusively on an intrastate basis in reliance upon section 3(a)(11) of that Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The mandatory deferred payments bear a reasonable relationship to the capital needs and program objectives described in a business development plan disclosed to investors in a registration statement filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or, where no registration statement is required to be filed with the Commission, as part of a statement filed with the relevant state securities administrator;
</P>
<P>(3) Not less than 50 percent of the purchase price of the direct participation program security is paid by the investor at the time of sale;
</P>
<P>(4) The total purchase price of the direct participation program security is due within three years in specified property programs or two years in non-specified property programs. Such pay-in periods are to be measured from the earlier of the completion of the offering or one year following the effective date of the offering.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Direct participation program</I> shall mean a program financed through the sale of securities, other than securities that are listed on an exchange, quoted on NASDAQ, or will otherwise be actively traded during the pay-in period as a result of efforts by the issuer, underwriter, or other participants in the initial distribution of such securities, that provides for flow-through tax consequences to its investors; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term “direct participation program” does not include real estate investment trusts, Subchapter S corporate offerings, tax qualified pension and profit sharing plans under sections 401 and 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), tax shelter annuities under section 403(b) of the Code, individual retirement plans under section 408 of the Code, and any issuer, including a separate account, that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business development plan</I> shall mean a specific plan describing the program's anticipated economic development and the amounts of future capital contributions, in the form of mandatory deferred payments, to be required at specified times or upon the occurrence of certain events.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Specified property program</I> shall mean a direct participation program in which, at the date of effectiveness, more than 75 percent of the net proceeds from the sale of program securities are committed to specific purchases or expenditures. <I>Non-specified property program</I> shall mean any other direct participation program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 8801, Mar. 14, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-10   Exemption of certain securities issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation.</HEAD>
<P>Securities that are issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation pursuant to section 21B(f) of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1421 <I>et seq.</I>) are exempt from the operation of all provisions of the Act that by their terms do not apply to any “exempted security” or to “exempted securities.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 37789, Sept. 13, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-11   Exemption from sections 8(a), 14(a), 14(b), and 14(c) for debt securities listed on a national securities exchange.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Debt securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange shall be exempt from the restrictions on borrowing of section 8(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78h(a)). 
</P>
<P>(b) Debt securities registered pursuant to the provisions of section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b)) shall be exempt from sections 14(a), 14(b), and 14(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(a), (b), and (c)), <I>except that</I> §§ 240.14a-1, 240.14a-2(a), 240.14a-9, 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1, 240.14b-2, 240.14c-1, 240.14c-6 and 240.14c-7 shall continue to apply. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, <I>debt securities</I> is defined to mean any securities that are not “equity securities” as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and § 240.3a11-1 thereunder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 55347, Nov. 7, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a12-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a12-12   Exemption from certain provisions of section 16 of the Act for asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>Asset-backed securities, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter, are exempt from section 16 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78p).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a40-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a40-1   Designation of financial responsibility rules.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>financial responsibility rules</I> for purposes of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 shall include: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any rule adopted by the Commission pursuant to sections 8, 15(c)(3), 17(a) or 17(e)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
</P>
<P>(b) Any rule adopted by the Commission relating to hypothecation or lending of customer securities; 
</P>
<P>(c) Any rule adopted by any self-regulatory organization relating to capital, margin, recordkeeping, hypothecation or lending requirements; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Any other rule adopted by the Commission or any self-regulatory organization relating to the protection of funds or securities. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 15(c)(3), 17(a) and 23 (15 U.S.C. 78c, 78o, 78q(a) and 78u)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 28318, May 15, 1979] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a43-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a43-1   Customer-related government securities activities incidental to the futures-related business of a futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) is not a government securities broker or government securities dealer solely because such futures commission merchant effects transactions in government securities that are defined in paragraph (b) of this section as incidental to such person's futures-related business. 
</P>
<P>(b) Provided that the futures commission merchant maintains in a regulated account all funds and securities associated with such government securities transactions (except funds and securities associated with transactions under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section and does not advertise that it is in the business of effecting transactions in government securities otherwise than in connection with futures or options on futures trading or the investment of margin or excess funds related to such trading or the trading of any other instrument subject to CFTC jurisdiction, the following transactions in government securities are incidental to the futures-related business of such a futures commission merchant:
</P>
<P>(1) Transactions as agent for a customer—
</P>
<P>(i) To effect delivery pursuant to a futures contract; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For risk reduction or arbitrage of existing or contemporaneously created postions in futures or options on futures;
</P>
<P>(2) Transactions as agent for a customer for investment of margin and excess funds related to futures or options on futures trading or the trading of other instruments subject to CFTC jurisdiction, provided further that,
</P>
<P>(i) Such transactions involve Treasury securities with a maturity of less than 93 days at the time of the transation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such transactions generate no monetary profit for the futures commission merchant in excess of the costs of executing such transactions, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Such transactions are unsolicited, and commissions and other income generated on transactions pursuant to this paragraph (b)(2)(iii) (including transactional fees paid by the futures commission merchant and charged to its customer) do not exceed 2% of such futures commission merchant's total commission revenues;
</P>
<P>(3) Exchange of futures for physicals transactions as agent for or as principal with a customer; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any transaction or transactions that the Commission exempts, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, as incidental to the futures-related business of a specified futures commission merchant, a specified category of futures commission merchants, or futures commission merchants generally.
</P>
<P>(c) Definitions. (1) <I>Customer</I> means any person for whom the futures commission merchant effects or intends to effect transactions in futures, options on futures, or any other instruments subject to CFTC jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Regulated account</I> means a customer segregation account subject to the regulations of the CFTC; provided, however, that, where such regulations do not permit to be maintained in such an account or require to be maintained in a separate regulated account funds or securities in proprietary accounts or funds or securities used as margin for or excess funds related to futures contracts, options on futures or any other instruments subject to CFTC jurisdiction that trade outside the United States, its territories, or possessions, the term <I>regulated account</I> means such separate regulated account or any other account subject to record-keeping regulations of the CFTC. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Unsolicited transaction</I> means a transaction that is not effected in a discretionary account or recommended to a customer by the futures commission merchant, an associated person of a futures commission merchant, a business affiliate that is controlled by, controlling, or under common control with the futures commission merchant, or an introducing broker that is guaranteed by the futures commission merchant. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Futures</I> and <I>futures contracts</I> mean contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market designated by the CFTC or traded on or subject to the rules of any board of trade located outside the United States, its territories, or possessions. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Options on futures</I> means puts or calls on a futures contract traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market designated by the CFTC or traded or subject to the rules of any board of trade located outside the United States, its territories, or possessions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27969, July 24, 1987] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a44-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a44-1   Proprietary government securities transactions incidental to the futures-related business of a CFTC-regulated person.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), a contract market designated by the CFTC, such a contract market's affiliated clearing organization, or any floor trader or such a contract market (hereinafter referred to collectively as a “CFTC-regulated person”) is not a government securities dealer solely because such person effects transactions for its own account in government securities that are defined in paragraph (b) of this section as incidental to such person's futures-related business. 
</P>
<P>(b) Provided that a CFTC-regulated person does not advertise or otherwise hold itself out as a government securities dealer except as permitted under rule 3a43-1 (§ 240.3a43-1) the following transactions in government securities for its own account are incidental to the futures-related business of such a CFTC-regulated person: 
</P>
<P>(1) Transactions to effect delivery of a government security pursuant to a futures contract; 
</P>
<P>(2) Exchange of futures for physicals transactions with (i) a government securities broker or government securities dealer that has registered with the Commission or filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Act or (ii) a CFTC-regulated person; 
</P>
<P>(3) Transactions (including repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements) involving segregated customer funds and securities or funds and securities held by a clearing organization with (i) a government securities broker or government securities dealer that has registered with the Commission of filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Act or (ii) a bank;
</P>
<P>(4) Transactions for risk reduction or arbitrage of existing or contemporaneously created positions in futures or options on futures with (i) a government securities broker or government securities dealer that has registered with the Commission or filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Act or (ii) a CFTC-regulated person;
</P>
<P>(5) Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreement transactions between a futures commission merchant acting in a proprietary capacity and another CFTC-regulated person acting in a proprietary capacity and contemporaneous offsetting transactions between such a futures commission merchant and (i) a government securities broker or government securities dealer that has registered with the Commission or filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Act, (ii) a bank, or (iii) a CFTC-regulated person acting in a proprietary capacity; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any transaction or transactions that the Commission exempts, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, as incidental to the futures related business of a specified CFTC-regulated person, a specified category of CFTC-regulated persons, or CFTC-regulated persons generally.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Segregated customer funds</I> means funds subject to CFTC segregation requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Futures</I> and <I>futures contracts</I> means contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market designated by the CFTC or traded on or subject to the rules of any board of trade located outside the United States, its territories, or possessions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Options on futures</I> means puts or calls on a futures contract traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market designated by the CFTC or traded on or subject to the rules of any board of trade located outside the United States, its territories, or possessions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27970, July 24, 1987]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a44-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a44-2   Further definition of “as a part of a regular business” in connection with certain liquidity providers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person that is engaged in buying and selling government securities for its own account is engaged in such activity “as a part of a regular business” as the phrase is used in section 3(a)(44)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(44)(A)) if that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Engages in a regular pattern of buying and selling government securities that has the effect of providing liquidity to other market participants by:
</P>
<P>(i) Regularly expressing trading interest that is at or near the best available prices on both sides of the market for the same security and that is communicated and represented in a way that makes it accessible to other market participants; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Earning revenue primarily from capturing bid-ask spreads, by buying at the bid and selling at the offer, or from capturing any incentives offered by trading venues to liquidity-supplying trading interest; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that has or controls total assets of less than $50 million; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A central bank, sovereign entity, or international financial institution.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>person</I> has the same meaning as prescribed in section 3(a)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(9)).
</P>
<P>(2) A person's <I>own account</I> means any account:
</P>
<P>(i) Held in the name of that person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Held for the benefit of that person.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>central bank</I> means a reserve bank or monetary authority of a central government (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of the Federal Reserve Banks) and the Bank for International Settlements.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>international financial institution</I> means the African Development Bank; African Development Fund; Asian Development Bank; Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica; Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa; Caribbean Development Bank; Corporación Andina de Fomento; Council of Europe Development Bank; European Bank for Reconstruction and Development; European Investment Bank; European Investment Fund; European Stability Mechanism; Inter-American Development Bank; Inter-American Investment Corporation; International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; International Development Association; International Finance Corporation; International Monetary Fund; Islamic Development Bank; Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency; Nordic Investment Bank; North American Development Bank; and any other entity that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or contributing member.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>sovereign entity</I> means a central government (including the U.S. Government), or an agency, department, or ministry of a central government.
</P>
<P>(c) No person shall evade the registration requirements of this section by:
</P>
<P>(1) Engaging in activities indirectly that would satisfy paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Disaggregating accounts.
</P>
<P>(d) No presumption shall arise that a person is not a government securities dealer within the meaning of section 3(a)(44) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(44)) solely because that person does not satisfy paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 15009, Feb. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a51-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a51-1   Definition of “penny stock”.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 3(a)(51) of the Act, the term “penny stock” shall mean any equity security other than a security: 
</P>
<P>(a) That is an NMS stock, as defined in § 242.600(b)(65) of this chapter, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The security is registered, or approved for registration upon notice of issuance, on a national securities exchange that has been continuously registered as a national securities exchange since April 20, 1992 (the date of the adoption of Rule 3a51-1 (§ 240.3a51-1) by the Commission); and the national securities exchange has maintained quantitative listing standards that are substantially similar to or stricter than those listing standards that were in place on that exchange on January 8, 2004; or
</P>
<P>(2) The security is registered, or approved for registration upon notice of issuance, on a national securities exchange, or is listed, or approved for listing upon notice of issuance on, an automated quotation system sponsored by a registered national securities association, that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has established initial listing standards that meet or exceed the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer shall have:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Stockholders' equity of $5,000,000;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Market value of listed securities of $50 million for 90 consecutive days prior to applying for the listing (market value means the closing bid price multiplied by the number of securities listed); or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Net income of $750,000 (excluding non-recurring items) in the most recently completed fiscal year or in two of the last three most recently completed fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer shall have an operating history of at least one year or a market value of listed securities of $50 million (market value means the closing bid price multiplied by the number of securities listed);
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer's stock, common or preferred, shall have a minimum bid price of $4 per share;
</P>
<P>(D) In the case of common stock, there shall be at least 300 round lot holders of the security (a round lot holder means a holder of a normal unit of trading);
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of common stock, there shall be at least 1,000,000 publicly held shares and such shares shall have a market value of at least $5 million (market value means the closing bid price multiplied by number of publicly held shares, and shares held directly or indirectly by an officer or director of the issuer and by any person who is the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of the total shares outstanding are not considered to be publicly held);
</P>
<P>(F) In the case of a convertible debt security, there shall be a principal amount outstanding of at least $10 million;
</P>
<P>(G) In the case of rights and warrants, there shall be at least 100,000 issued and the underlying security shall be registered on a national securities exchange or listed on an automated quotation system sponsored by a registered national securities association and shall satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) or (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(H) In the case of put warrants (that is, instruments that grant the holder the right to sell to the issuing company a specified number of shares of the company's common stock, at a specified price until a specified period of time), there shall be at least 100,000 issued and the underlying security shall be registered on a national securities exchange or listed on an automated quotation system sponsored by a registered national securities association and shall satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) or (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(I) In the case of units (that is, two or more securities traded together), all component parts shall be registered on a national securities exchange or listed on an automated quotation system sponsored by a registered national securities association and shall satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) or (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(J) In the case of equity securities (other than common and preferred stock, convertible debt securities, rights and warrants, put warrants, or units), including hybrid products and derivative securities products, the national securities exchange or registered national securities association shall establish quantitative listing standards that are substantially similar to those found in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (a)(2)(i)(I) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has established quantitative continued listing standards that are reasonably related to the initial listing standards set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, and that are consistent with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets;
</P>
<P>(b) That is issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 
</P>
<P>(c) That is a put or call option issued by the Options Clearing Corporation; 
</P>
<P>(d) Except for purposes of section 7(b) of the Securities Act and Rule 419 (17 CFR 230.419), that has a price of five dollars or more; 
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of paragraph (d) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) A security has a price of five dollars or more for a particular transaction if the security is purchased or sold in that transaction at a price of five dollars or more, excluding any broker or dealer commission, commission equivalent, mark-up, or mark-down; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Other than in connection with a particular transaction, a security has a price of five dollars or more at a given time if the inside bid quotation is five dollars or more; <I>provided, however,</I> that if there is no such inside bid quotation, a security has a price of five dollars or more at a given time if the average of three or more interdealer bid quotations at specified prices displayed at that time in an interdealer quotation system, as defined in 17 CFR 240.15c2-7(c)(1), by three or more market makers in the security, is five dollars or more. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The term “inside bid quotation” shall mean the highest bid quotation for the security displayed by a market maker in the security on an automated interdealer quotation system that has the characteristics set forth in section 17B(b)(2) of the Act, or such other automated interdealer quotation system designated by the Commission for purposes of this section, at any time in which at least two market makers are contemporaneously displaying on such system bid and offer quotations for the security at specified prices. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a security is a unit composed of one or more securities, the unit price divided by the number of shares of the unit that are not warrants, options, rights, or similar securities must be five dollars or more, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and any share of the unit that is a warrant, option, right, or similar security, or a convertible security, must have an exercise price or conversion price of five dollars or more; 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) That is registered, or approved for registration upon notice of issuance, on a national securities exchange that makes transaction reports available pursuant to § 242.601, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Price and volume information with respect to transactions in that security is required to be reported on a current and continuing basis and is made available to vendors of market information pursuant to the rules of the national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(ii) The security is purchased or sold in a transaction that is effected on or through the facilities of the national securities exchange, or that is part of the distribution of the security; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The security satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) A security that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph (e), but does not otherwise satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), or (g) of this section, shall be a penny stock for purposes of section 15(b)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(6));
</P>
<P>(f) That is a security futures product listed on a national securities exchange or an automated quotation system sponsored by a registered national securities association; or 
</P>
<P>(g) Whose issuer has: 
</P>
<P>(1) Net tangible assets (i.e., total assets less intangible assets and liabilities) in excess of $2,000,000, if the issuer has been in continuous operation for at least three years, or $5,000,000, if the issuer has been in continuous operation for less than three years; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Average revenue of at least $6,000,000 for the last three years. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (g) of this section, net tangible assets or average revenues must be demonstrated by financial statements dated less than fifteen months prior to the date of the transaction that the broker or dealer has reviewed and has a reasonable basis for believing are accurate in relation to the date of the transaction, and: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the issuer is other than a foreign private issuer, are the most recent financial statements for the issuer that have been audited and reported on by an independent public accountant in accordance with the provisions of 17 CFR 210.2-02; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer is a foreign private issuer, are the most recent financial statements for the issuer that have been filed with the Commission or furnished to the Commission pursuant to 17 CFR 240.12g3-2(b); <I>provided, however,</I> that if financial statements for the issuer dated less than fifteen months prior to the date of the transaction have not been filed with or furnished to the Commission, financial statements dated within fifteen months prior to the transaction shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the country of incorporation, audited in compliance with the requirements of that jurisdiction, and reported on by an accountant duly registered and in good standing in accordance with the regulations of that jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(4) The broker or dealer shall preserve, as part of its records, copies of the financial statements required by paragraph (g)(3) of this section for the period specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18032, Apr. 28, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 58101, Oct. 29, 1993; 70 FR 40631, July 13, 2005; 70 FR 46090, Aug. 9, 2005; 83 FR 50221, Oct. 4, 2018; 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a55-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a55-1   Method for determining market capitalization and dollar value of average daily trading volume; application of the definition of narrow-based security index.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Market capitalization.</I> For purposes of Section 3(a)(55)(C)(i)(III)(bb) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(C)(i)(III)(bb)):
</P>
<P>(1) On a particular day, a security shall be 1 of 750 securities with the largest market capitalization as of the preceding 6 full calendar months when it is included on a list of such securities designated by the Commission and the CFTC as applicable for that day.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that the Commission and the CFTC have not designated a list under paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The method to be used to determine market capitalization of a security as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the values of the market capitalization of such security for each U.S. trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(ii) The 750 securities with the largest market capitalization shall be identified from the universe of all NMS securities as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter that are common stock or depositary shares.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dollar value of ADTV.</I> (1) For purposes of Section 3(a)(55)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(B)):
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV of a security is to sum the dollar value of ADTV of all reported transactions in such security in each jurisdiction as calculated pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (iii).
</P>
<P>(B) The dollar value of ADTV of a security shall include the value of all reported transactions for such security and for any depositary share that represents such security.
</P>
<P>(C) The dollar value of ADTV of a depositary share shall include the value of all reported transactions for such depositary share and for the security that is represented by such depositary share.
</P>
<P>(ii) For trading in a security in the United States, the method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value of all reported transactions in such security for each U.S. trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) For trading in a security in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value in U.S. dollars of all reported transactions in such security in such jurisdiction for each trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of trading days in such jurisdiction during the preceding 6 full calendar months.
</P>
<P>(B) If the value of reported transactions used in calculating the ADTV of securities under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the total value of each day's transactions in such currency shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange for that day obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of ADTV of the lowest weighted 25% of an index is the sum of the dollar value of ADTV of each of the component securities comprising the lowest weighted 25% of such index.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of Section 3(a)(55)(C)(i)(III)(cc) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(C)(i)(III)(cc)):
</P>
<P>(i) On a particular day, a security shall be 1 of 675 securities with the largest dollar value of ADTV as of the preceding 6 full calendar months when it is included on a list of such securities designated by the Commission and the CFTC as applicable for that day.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the Commission and the CFTC have not designated a list under paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The method to be used to determine the dollar value of ADTV of a security as of the preceding 6 full calendar months is to sum the value of all reported transactions in such security in the United States for each U.S. trading day during the preceding 6 full calendar months, and to divide this sum by the total number of such trading days.
</P>
<P>(B) The 675 securities with the largest dollar value of ADTV shall be identified from the universe of all NMS securities as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter that are common stock or depositary shares.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Depositary Shares and Section 12 Registration.</I> For purposes of Section 3(a)(55)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(C)), the requirement that each component security of an index be registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) shall be satisfied with respect to any security that is a depositary share if the deposited securities underlying the depositary share are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act and the depositary share is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) on Form F-6 (17 CFR 239.36).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>CFTC</I> means Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Closing price</I> of a security means:
</P>
<P>(i) If reported transactions in the security have taken place in the United States, the price at which the last transaction in such security took place in the regular trading session of the principal market for the security in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) If no reported transactions in a security have taken place in the United States, the closing price of such security shall be the closing price of any depositary share representing such security divided by the number of shares represented by such depositary share.
</P>
<P>(iii) If no reported transactions in a security or in a depositary share representing such security have taken place in the United States, the closing price of such security shall be the price at which the last transaction in such security took place in the regular trading session of the principal market for the security. If such price is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such price shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange relevant for the time of the transaction obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Depositary share</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.12b-2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign financial regulatory authority</I> has the same meaning as in Section 3(a)(52) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(52)).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Lowest weighted 25% of an index.</I> With respect to any particular day, the lowest weighted component securities comprising, in the aggregate, 25% of an index's weighting for purposes of Section 3(a)(55)(B)(iv) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(B)(iv)) (“lowest weighted 25% of an index”) means those securities:
</P>
<P>(i) That are the lowest weighted securities when all the securities in such index are ranked from lowest to highest based on the index's weighting methodology; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the sum of the weight of such securities is equal to, or less than, 25% of the index's total weighting.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Market capitalization</I> of a security on a particular day:
</P>
<P>(i) If the security is not a depositary share, is the product of:
</P>
<P>(A) The closing price of such security on that same day; and
</P>
<P>(B) The number of outstanding shares of such security on that same day.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the security is a depositary share, is the product of:
</P>
<P>(A) The closing price of the depositary share on that same day divided by the number of deposited securities represented by such depositary share; and
</P>
<P>(B) The number of outstanding shares of the security represented by the depositary share on that same day.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Outstanding shares</I> of a security means the number of outstanding shares of such security as reported on the most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 10-KSB, Form 10-QSB, or Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.310, 249.308a, 249.310b, 249.308b, or 249.220f) filed with the Commission by the issuer of such security, including any change to such number of outstanding shares subsequently reported by the issuer on a Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Preceding 6 full calendar months</I> means, with respect to a particular day, the period of time beginning on the same day of the month 6 months before and ending on the day prior to such day.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Principal market</I> for a security means the single securities market with the largest reported trading volume for the security during the preceding 6 full calendar months.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Reported transaction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to securities transactions in the United States, any transaction for which a transaction report is collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan, or for which a transaction report, last sale data, or quotation information is disseminated through an automated quotation system as described in Section 3(a)(51)(A)(ii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(51)(A)(ii); and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to securities transactions outside the United States, any transaction that has been reported to a foreign financial regulatory authority in the jurisdiction where such transaction has taken place.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>U.S. trading day</I> means any day on which a national securities exchange is open for trading.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Weighting</I> of a component security of an index means the percentage of such index's value represented, or accounted for, by such component security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44514, Aug. 23, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 43750, July 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a55-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a55-2   Indexes underlying futures contracts trading for fewer than 30 days.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An index on which a contract of sale for future delivery is trading on a designated contract market, registered derivatives transaction execution facility, or foreign board of trade is not a narrow-based security index under Section 3(a)(55) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)) for the first 30 days of trading, if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such index would not have been a narrow-based security index on each trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months with respect to a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of such contract;
</P>
<P>(2) On each trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months with respect to a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading such contract:
</P>
<P>(i) Such index had more than 9 component securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) No component security in such index comprised more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(iii) The 5 highest weighted component securities in such index did not comprise, in the aggregate, more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The dollar value of the trading volume of the lowest weighted 25% of such index was not less than $50 million (or in the case of an index with 15 or more component securities, $30 million); or
</P>
<P>(3) On each trading day of the preceding 6 full calendar months, with respect to a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading such contract:
</P>
<P>(i) Such index had at least 9 component securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) No component security in such index comprised more than 30 percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each component security in such index was:
</P>
<P>(A) Registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78) or was a depositary share representing a security registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act;
</P>
<P>(B) 1 of 750 securities with the largest market capitalization that day; and
</P>
<P>(C) 1 of 675 securities with the largest dollar value of trading volume that day.
</P>
<P>(b) An index that is not a narrow-based security index for the first 30 days of trading pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, shall become a narrow-based security index if such index has been a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(c) An index that becomes a narrow-based security index solely because it was a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over 3 consecutive calendar months pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall not be a narrow-based security index for the following 3 calendar months.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Market capitalization</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a55-1(d)(6).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dollar value of trading volume</I> of a security on a particular day is the value in U.S. dollars of all reported transactions in such security on that day. If the value of reported transactions used in calculating dollar value of trading volume is reported in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the total value of each day's transactions shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of a spot rate of exchange for that day obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Lowest weighted 25% of an index</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a55-1(d)(5).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Preceding 6 full calendar months</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a55-1(d)(8).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reported transaction</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a55-1(d)(10).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44514, Aug. 23, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a55-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a55-3   Futures contracts on security indexes trading on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade.</HEAD>
<P>When a contract of sale for future delivery on a security index is traded on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade, such index shall not be a narrow-based security index if it would not be a narrow-based security index if a futures contract on such index were traded on a designated contract market or registered derivatives transaction execution facility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 44514, Aug. 23, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a55-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.61.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a55-4   Exclusion from definition of narrow-based security index for indexes composed of debt securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An index is not a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Each of the securities of an issuer included in the index is a security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933(15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(1)) and section 3(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10)) and the respective rules promulgated thereunder, that is a note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness;
</P>
<P>(ii) None of the securities of an issuer included in the index is an equity security, as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and the rules promulgated thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iii) The index is comprised of more than nine securities that are issued by more than nine non-affiliated issuers;
</P>
<P>(iv) The securities of any issuer included in the index do not comprise more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(v) The securities of any five non-affiliated issuers included in the index do not comprise more than 60 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(viii) of this section, for each security of an issuer included in the index one of the following criteria is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer of the security is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m and 78<I>o</I>(d));
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer of the security has a [Worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $71 million or more;
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer of the security has outstanding securities that are notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(D) The security is an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) and the rules promulgated thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(E) The issuer of the security is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(vii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(viii) of this section, for each security of an issuer included in the index one of the following criteria is satisfied
</P>
<P>(A) The security has a total remaining principal amount of at least $250,000,000; or
</P>
<P>(B) The security is a municipal security, as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)) and the rules promulgated thereunder that has a total remaining principal amount of at least $200,000,000 and the issuer of such municipal security has outstanding securities that are notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) and (a)(1)(vii) of this section will not apply to securities of an issuer included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(A) All securities of such issuer included in the index represent less than 5 percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(B) Securities comprising at least 80 percent of the index's weighting satisfy the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) and (a)(1)(vii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The index includes exempted securities, other than municipal securities, as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Notes, bonds, debentures, or evidences of indebtedness; and
</P>
<P>(B) Not equity securities, as defined in section 3(a)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and the rules promulgated thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of such exempted securities, other than municipal securities, the remaining portion of the index would not be a narrow-based security index: meeting all the conditions under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer is affiliated with another issuer if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, <I>control</I> means ownership of 20 percent or more of an issuer's equity, or the ability to direct the voting of 20 percent or more of the issuer's voting equity.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>issuer</I> includes a single issuer or group of affiliated issuers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 39542, July 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="62" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Security-Based Swap Dealer and Participant Definitions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 30751, May 23, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-1   Definition of “major security-based swap participant.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General. Major security-based swap participant</I> means any person:
</P>
<P>(1) That is not a security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) That maintains a substantial position in security-based swaps for any of the major security-based swap categories, excluding both positions held for hedging or mitigating commercial risk, and positions maintained by any employee benefit plan (or any contract held by such a plan) as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002) for the primary purpose of hedging or mitigating any risk directly associated with the operation of the plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose outstanding security-based swaps create substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That is a financial entity that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is highly leveraged relative to the amount of capital such entity holds and that is not subject to capital requirements established by an appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(72)); and
</P>
<P>(B) Maintains a substantial position in outstanding security-based swaps in any major security-based swap category.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope of designation.</I> A person that is a major security-based swap participant in general shall be deemed to be a major security-based swap participant with respect to each security-based swap it enters into, regardless of the category of the security-based swap or the person's activities in connection with the security-based swap, unless the Commission limits the person's designation as a major security-based swap participant to specified categories of security-based swaps.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-2   Categories of security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and the rules thereunder, the terms <I>major security-based swap category, category of security-based swaps</I> and any similar terms mean either of the following categories of security-based swaps:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Debt security-based swaps.</I> Any security-based swap that is based, in whole or in part, on one or more instruments of indebtedness (including loans), or on a credit event relating to one or more issuers or securities, including but not limited to any security-based swap that is a credit default swap, total return swap on one or more debt instruments, debt swap, debt index swap, or credit spread.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other security-based swaps.</I> Any security-based swap not described in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-3   Definition of “substantial position.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and § 240.3a67-1, the term <I>substantial position</I> means security-based swap positions that equal or exceed either of the following thresholds in any major category of security-based swaps:
</P>
<P>(1) $1 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(2) $2 billion in:
</P>
<P>(i) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; plus
</P>
<P>(ii) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I>—(1) <I>General. Aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I> in general means the sum of the current exposure, obtained by marking-to-market using industry standard practices, of each of the person's security-based swap positions with negative value in a major security-based swap category, less the value of the collateral the person has posted in connection with those positions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure.</I> In calculating this amount the person shall, with respect to each of its security-based swap counterparties in a given major security-based swap category:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine the dollar value of the aggregate current exposure arising from each of its security-based swap positions with negative value (subject to the netting provisions described below) in that major category by marking-to-market using industry standard practices; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Deduct from that dollar amount the aggregate value of the collateral the person has posted with respect to the security-based swap positions.
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure shall be the sum of those uncollateralized amounts across all of the person's security-based swap counterparties in the applicable major category.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Relevance of netting agreements.</I> (i) If a person has one or more master netting agreements with a counterparty, the person may measure the current exposure arising from its security-based swaps in any major category on a net basis, applying the terms of those agreements. Calculation of current exposure may take into account offsetting positions entered into with that particular counterparty involving security-based swaps (in any security-based swap category) as well as swaps and securities financing transactions (consisting of securities lending and borrowing, securities margin lending and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements), and other financial instruments that are subject to netting offsets for purposes of applicable bankruptcy law, to the extent these are consistent with the offsets permitted by the master netting agreements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such adjustments may not take into account any offset associated with positions that the person has with separate counterparties.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Allocation of uncollateralized outward exposure.</I> If a person calculates current exposure with a particular counterparty on a net basis, as provided by paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the amount of current uncollateralized exposure attributable to each “major” category of security-based swaps should be calculated according to the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23my12.001.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(4).</HED>
<P><I>Where: E</I><E T="52">SBS(MC)</E> equals the amount of aggregate current exposure attributable to the entity's security-based swap positions in the “major” category at issue (either security-based credit derivatives or other security-based swaps); <I>E</I><E T="52">net total</E> equals the entity's aggregate current exposure to the counterparty at issue, after accounting for the netting of positions and the posting of collateral; <I>OTM</I><E T="52">SBS(MC)</E> equals the current exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions in security-based swaps in the “major” category at issue, subject to those netting arrangements; and <I>OTM</I><E T="52">SBS(O)</E> equals the current exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions in the other “major” category of security-based swaps, subject to those netting arrangements; and <I>OTM</I><E T="52">non-SBS</E> equals the current exposure associated with the entity's out-of-the-money positions associated with instruments, other than security-based swaps, that are subject to those netting arrangements.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Aggregate potential outward exposure</I>—(1) <I>General. Aggregate potential outward exposure</I> means the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate potential outward exposure for each of the person's security-based swap positions in a major security-based swap category that are neither cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency nor subject to daily mark-to-market margining, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate potential outward exposure for each of the person's security-based swap positions in a major security-based swap category that are either cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or subject to daily mark-to-market margining, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of potential outward exposure for security-based swaps that are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or subject to daily mark-to-market margining</I>—(i) <I>General</I>—(A)(<I>1</I>) For positions in security-based swaps that are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or subject to daily mark-to-market margining, potential outward exposure equals the total notional principal amount of those positions, multiplied by the following factors on a position-by-position basis reflecting the type of security-based swap. For any security-based swap that is not of the “debt” type, the “equity and other” conversion factors are to be used:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Residual maturity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Debt
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equity and other
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">One year or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over one to five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over five years</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If a security-based swap is structured such that on specified dates any outstanding exposure is settled and the terms are reset so that the market value of the security-based swap is zero, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next reset date.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Use of effective notional amounts.</I> If the stated notional amount on a position is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the position, the calculation in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall be based on the effective notional amount of the position rather than on the stated notional amount.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Exclusion of certain positions.</I> The calculation in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall exclude:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Positions that constitute the purchase of an option, such that the person has no additional payment obligations under the position;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Other positions for which the person has prepaid or otherwise satisfied all of its payment obligations; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Positions for which, pursuant to regulatory requirement, the person has assigned an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities that is sufficient to pay the person's maximum possible liability under the position, and the person may not use that cash or those Treasury securities for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Adjustment for certain positions.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section, the potential outward exposure associated with a position by which a person buys credit protection using a credit default swap, or associated with a position by which a person purchases an option for which the person retains additional payment obligations under the position, is capped at the net present value of the unpaid premiums.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Adjustment for netting agreements.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, for positions subject to master netting agreements the potential outward exposure associated with the person's security-based swaps with each counterparty equals a weighted average of the potential outward exposure for the person's security-based swaps with that counterparty as calculated under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, and that amount reduced by the ratio of net current exposure to gross current exposure, consistent with the following equation as calculated on a counterparty-by-counterparty basis:
</P>
<FP-2><I>P</I><E T="54">Net</E> = 0.4 × <I>P</I><E T="54">Gross</E> + 0.6 × <I>NGR</I> × <I>P</I><E T="54">Gross</E>
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P><I>Where: P</I><E T="54">Net</E> is the potential outward exposure, adjusted for bilateral netting, of the person's security-based swaps with a particular counterparty; <I>P</I><E T="54">Gross</E> is the potential outward exposure without adjustment for bilateral netting, as calculated pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section; and <I>NGR</I> is the ratio of:
</P>
<P>1. The current exposure arising from its security-based swaps in the major category as calculated on a net basis according to paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, divided by
</P>
<P>2. The current exposure arising from its security-based swaps in the major category as calculated in the absence of those netting procedures.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) <I>Calculation of potential outward exposure for security-based swaps that are either cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or subject to daily mark-to-market margining.</I> For positions in security-based swaps that are cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency or subject to daily mark-to-market margining:
</P>
<P>(i) Potential outward exposure equals the potential outward exposure that would be attributed to such positions using the procedures in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, multiplied by:
</P>
<P>(A) 0.1, in the case of positions cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency; or
</P>
<P>(B) 0.2, in the case of positions that are subject to daily mark-to-market margining but that are not cleared by a registered or exempt clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(ii) Solely for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure:
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap shall be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining if, and for as long as, the counterparties follow the daily practice of exchanging collateral to reflect changes in the current exposure arising from the security-based swap (after taking into account any other financial positions addressed by a netting agreement between the counterparties).
</P>
<P>(B) If the person is permitted by agreement to maintain a threshold for which it is not required to post collateral, the position still will be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure, but the total amount of that threshold (regardless of the actual exposure at any time) less any initial margin posted up to the amount of that threshold, shall be added to the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) If the minimum transfer amount under the agreement is in excess of $1 million, the position still will be considered to be subject to daily mark-to-market margining for purposes of calculating potential outward exposure, but the entirety of the minimum transfer amount shall be added to the person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(D) A person may, at its discretion, calculate the potential outward exposure of positions in security-based swaps that are subject to daily mark-to-market margining in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section in lieu of calculating the potential outward exposure of such positions in accordance with this paragraph (c)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Calculation of daily average.</I> Measures of daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure and daily average aggregate potential outward exposure shall equal the arithmetic mean of the applicable measure of exposure at the close of each business day, beginning the first business day of each calendar quarter and continuing through the last business day of that quarter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inter-affiliate activities.</I> In calculating its aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure and its aggregate potential outward exposure, a person shall not consider its security-based swap positions with counterparties that are majority-owned affiliates. For these purposes the parties are majority-owned affiliates if one party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the security-based swap, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-4   Definition of “hedging or mitigating commercial risk.”</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and § 240.3a67-1, a security-based swap position shall be deemed to be held for the purpose of hedging or mitigating commercial risk when:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Such position is economically appropriate to the reduction of risks that are associated with the present conduct and management of a commercial enterprise (or of a majority owned affiliate of the enterprise), or are reasonably expected to arise in the future conduct and management of the commercial enterprise, where such risks arise from:
</P>
<P>(i) The potential change in the value of assets that a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes, or merchandises or reasonably anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing, processing, or merchandising in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise (or of an affiliate under common control with the enterprise);
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential change in the value of liabilities that a person has incurred or reasonably anticipates incurring in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise (or of an affiliate under common control with the enterprise); or
</P>
<P>(iii) The potential change in the value of services that a person provides, purchases, or reasonably anticipates providing or purchasing in the ordinary course of business of the enterprise (or of an affiliate under common control with the enterprise);
</P>
<P>(2) Depending on the applicable facts and circumstances, the security-based swap positions described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be expected to encompass, among other positions:
</P>
<P>(i) Positions established to manage the risk posed by a customer's, supplier's or counterparty's potential default in connection with: Financing provided to a customer in connection with the sale of real property or a good, product or service; a customer's lease of real property or a good, product or service; a customer's agreement to purchase real property or a good, product or service in the future; or a supplier's commitment to provide or sell a good, product or service in the future;
</P>
<P>(ii) Positions established to manage the default risk posed by a financial counterparty (different from the counterparty to the hedging position at issue) in connection with a separate transaction (including a position involving a credit derivative, equity swap, other security-based swap, interest rate swap, commodity swap, foreign exchange swap or other swap, option, or future that itself is for the purpose of hedging or mitigating commercial risk pursuant to this section or 17 CFR 1.3(kkk));
</P>
<P>(iii) Positions established to manage equity or market risk associated with certain employee compensation plans, including the risk associated with market price variations in connection with stock-based compensation plans, such as deferred compensation plans and stock appreciation rights;
</P>
<P>(iv) Positions established to manage equity market price risks connected with certain business combinations, such as a corporate merger or consolidation or similar plan or acquisition in which securities of a person are exchanged for securities of any other person (unless the sole purpose of the transaction is to change an issuer's domicile solely within the United States), or a transfer of assets of a person to another person in consideration of the issuance of securities of such other person or any of its affiliates;
</P>
<P>(v) Positions established by a bank to manage counterparty risks in connection with loans the bank has made; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Positions to close out or reduce any of the positions described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(v) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(b) Such position is:
</P>
<P>(1) Not held for a purpose that is in the nature of speculation or trading; and
</P>
<P>(2) Not held to hedge or mitigate the risk of another security-based swap position or swap position, unless that other position itself is held for the purpose of hedging or mitigating commercial risk as defined by this section or 17 CFR 1.3(kkk).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-5   Definition of “substantial counterparty exposure.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and § 240.3a67-1, the term <I>substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets</I> means a security-based swap position that satisfies either of the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(1) $2 billion in daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; or
</P>
<P>(2) $4 billion in:
</P>
<P>(i) Daily average aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure; plus
</P>
<P>(ii) Daily average aggregate potential outward exposure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Calculation.</I> For these purposes, daily average <I>aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure</I> and daily average <I>aggregate potential outward exposure</I> shall be calculated the same way as is prescribed in § 240.3a67-3, except that these amounts shall be calculated by reference to all of the person's security-based swap positions, rather than by reference to a specific major security-based swap category.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-6   Definition of “financial entity.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and § 240.3a67-1, the term <I>financial entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) A major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(3) A commodity pool as defined in section 1a(10) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(10));
</P>
<P>(4) A private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a));
</P>
<P>(5) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002); and
</P>
<P>(6) A person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking or financial in nature, as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843k).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusion for centralized hedging facilities</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, for purposes of this section the term <I>financial entity</I> shall not encompass a person that would be a financial entity solely as a result of the person's activities that facilitate hedging and/or treasury functions on behalf of one or more majority-owned affiliates that themselves do not constitute a financial entity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Meaning of majority-owned.</I> For these purposes the counterparties to a security-based swap are majority-owned affiliates if one counterparty directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the security-based swap, where “majority interest” includes, but is not limited to, the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-7   Definition of “highly leveraged.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For purposes of section 3(a)(67) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67), and § 240.3a67-1, the term <I>highly leveraged</I> means the existence of a ratio of an entity's total liabilities to equity in excess of 12 to 1 as measured at the close of business on the last business day of the applicable fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Measurement of liabilities and equity.</I> For purposes of this section, liabilities and equity generally should each be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that a person that is an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002), may, for purposes of this paragraph (b):
</P>
<P>(1) Exclude obligations to pay benefits to plan participants from the calculation of liabilities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Substitute the total value of plan assets for equity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-8   Timing requirements, reevaluation period, and termination of status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timing requirements.</I> A person that is not registered as a major security-based swap participant, but that meets the criteria in § 240.3a67-1 to be a major security-based swap participant as a result of its security-based swap activities in a fiscal quarter, will not be deemed to be a major security-based swap participant until the earlier of the date on which it submits a complete application for registration pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) or two months after the end of that quarter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reevaluation period.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a person that is not registered as a major security-based swap participant meets the criteria in § 240.3a67-1 to be a major security-based swap participant in a fiscal quarter, but does not exceed any applicable threshold by more than twenty percent in that quarter:
</P>
<P>(1) That person will not immediately be deemed a major security-based swap participant pursuant to the timing requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section; but
</P>
<P>(2) That person will be deemed a major security-based swap participant pursuant to the timing requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section at the end of the next fiscal quarter if the person exceeds any of the applicable daily average thresholds in that next fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination of status.</I> A person that is deemed to be a major security-based swap participant shall continue to be deemed a major security-based swap participant until such time that its security-based swap activities do not exceed any of the daily average thresholds set forth within § 240.3a67-1 for four consecutive fiscal quarters after the date on which the person becomes registered as a major security-based swap participant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-9   Calculation of major participant status by certain persons.</HEAD>
<P>A person shall not be deemed to be a major security-based swap participant, regardless of whether the criteria in § 240.3a67-1 otherwise would cause the person to be a major security-based swap participant, provided the person meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions</I>—(1) <I>Caps on uncollateralized exposure and notional positions</I>—(i) <I>Maximum potential uncollateralized exposure.</I> The express terms of the person's agreements or arrangements relating to security-based swaps with its counterparties at no time would permit the person to maintain a total uncollateralized exposure of more than $100 million to all such counterparties, including any exposure that may result from thresholds or minimum transfer amounts established by credit support annexes or similar arrangements; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Maximum notional amount of security-based swap positions.</I> The person does not maintain security-based swap positions in an effective notional amount of more than $2 billion in any major category of security-based swaps, or more than $4 billion in aggregate; or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Caps on uncollateralized exposure plus monthly calculation</I>—(i) <I>Maximum potential uncollateralized exposure.</I> The express terms of the person's agreements or arrangements relating to security-based swaps with its counterparties at no time would permit the person to maintain a total uncollateralized exposure of more than $200 million to all such counterparties (with regard to security-based swaps and any other instruments by which the person may have exposure to those counterparties), including any exposure that may result from thresholds or minimum transfer amounts established by credit support annexes or similar arrangements; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Calculation of positions.</I> (A) At the end of each month, the person performs the calculations prescribed by §§ 240.3a67-3 and 240.3a67-5 with regard to whether the aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure as of that day constitute a substantial position in a major category of security-based swaps, or pose substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets; these calculations shall disregard provisions of those rules that provide for the analyses to be determined based on a daily average over a calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(B) Each such analysis produces thresholds of no more than:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) $1 billion in aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure in any major category of security-based swaps; if the person is subject to § 240.3a67-3(a)(2)(iii), by virtue of being a highly leveraged financial entity that is not subject to capital requirements established by an appropriate Federal banking agency, this analysis shall account for all of the person's security-based swap positions in that major category (without excluding hedging positions), otherwise this analysis shall exclude the same hedging and related positions that are excluded from consideration pursuant to § 240.3a67-3(a)(2)(i); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) $2 billion in aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure plus aggregate potential outward exposure (without any positions excluded from the analysis) with regard to all of the person's security-based swap positions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Calculations based on certain information.</I> (i) At the end of each month:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure with respect to its security-based swap positions is less than $500 million with respect to each of the major security-based swap categories; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The sum of the amount calculated under paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section with respect to each major security-based swap category and the total notional principal amount of the person's security-based swap positions in each such major security-based swap category, adjusted by the multipliers set forth in § 240.3a67-3(c)(2)(i)(A) on a position-by-position basis reflecting the type of security-based swap, is less than $1 billion with respect to each of the major security-based swap categories; or
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure with respect to its security-based swap positions across all major security-based swap categories is less than $500 million; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The sum of the amount calculated under paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section and the product of the total effective notional principal amount of the person's security-based swap positions in all major security-based swap categories multiplied by 0.10 is less than $1 billion.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of the calculations set forth in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for positions held with security-based swap dealers shall be equal to such exposure reported on the most recent reports of such exposure received from such security-based swap dealers; and
</P>
<P>(B) The person's aggregate uncollateralized outward exposure for positions that are not reflected in any report of exposure from a security-based swap dealer (including all security-based swap positions it holds with persons other than security-based swap dealers) shall be calculated in accordance with § 240.3a67-3(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of the calculations set forth by this section, the person shall use the effective notional amount of a position rather than the stated notional amount of the position if the stated notional amount is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the position.
</P>
<P>(c) No presumption shall arise that a person is required to perform the calculations needed to determine if it is a major security-based swap participant, solely by reason that the person does not meet the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a67-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.62.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a67-10   Foreign major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conduit affiliate</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign branch</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transaction conducted through a foreign branch</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>U.S. person</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>U.S. major security-based swap participant</I> means a major security-based swap participant, as defined in section 3(a)(67) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, that is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Foreign major security-based swap participant</I> means a major security-based swap participant, as defined in section 3(a)(67) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of major security-based swap participant tests in the cross-border context.</I> For purposes of calculating a person's status as a major security-based swap participant as defined in section 3(a)(67) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, a person shall include the following security-based swap positions:
</P>
<P>(1) If such person is a U.S. person, all security-based swap positions that are entered into by the person, including positions entered into through a foreign branch;
</P>
<P>(2) If such person is a conduit affiliate, all security-based swap positions that are entered into by the person; and
</P>
<P>(3) If such person is a non-U.S. person other than a conduit affiliate, all of the following types of security-based swap positions that are entered into by the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Security-based swap positions that are entered into with a U.S. person; provided, however, that this paragraph (b)(3)(i) shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(A) Positions with a U.S. person counterparty that arise from transactions conducted through a foreign branch of the counterparty, when the counterparty is a registered security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(B) Positions with a U.S. person counterparty that arise from transactions conducted through a foreign branch of the counterparty, when the transaction is entered into prior to 60 days following the earliest date on which the registration of security-based swap dealers is first required pursuant to the applicable final rules and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap positions for which the non-U.S. person's counterparty to the security-based swap has rights of recourse against a U.S. person; for these purposes a counterparty has rights of recourse against the U.S. person if the counterparty has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right, in whole or in part, to receive payments from, or otherwise collect from, the U.S. person in connection with the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attributed positions</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> For purposes of calculating a person's status as a major security-based swap participant as defined in section 3(a)(67) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, a person also shall include the following security-based swap positions:
</P>
<P>(i) If such person is a U.S. person, any security-based swap position of a non-U.S. person for which the non-U.S. person's counterparty to the security-based swap has rights of recourse against that U.S. person.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1)(<E T="01">i</E>). </HED>
<P>This paragraph describes attribution requirements for a U.S. person solely with respect to the guarantee of the obligations of a non-U.S. person under a security-based swap. The Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission previously provided an interpretation about attribution to a U.S. parent, other affiliate, or guarantor to the extent that the counterparties to those positions have recourse against that parent, other affiliate, or guarantor in connection with the position. <I>See</I> Intermediary Definitions Adopting Release, <I>http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-08-13/pdf/2012-18003.pdf.</I> The Commission explained that it intended to issue separate releases addressing the application of the major participant definition, and Title VII generally, to non-U.S. persons. <I>See id.</I> at note 1041.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) If such person is a non-U.S. person:
</P>
<P>(A) Any security-based swap position of a U.S. person for which that person's counterparty has rights of recourse against the non-U.S. person; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any security-based swap position of another non-U.S. person entered into with a U.S. person counterparty who has rights of recourse against the first non-U.S. person, provided, however, that this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) shall not apply to positions described in § 240.3a67-10(b)(3)(i)(A) and (B).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a person shall not include such security-based swap positions if the person whose performance is guaranteed in connection with the security-based swap is:
</P>
<P>(i) Subject to capital regulation by the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (including, but not limited to regulation as a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, futures commission merchant, broker, or dealer);
</P>
<P>(ii) Regulated as a bank in the United States;
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject to capital standards, adopted by the person's home country supervisor, that are consistent in all respects with the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Deemed not to be a major security-based swap participant pursuant to § 240.3a67-8(a).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application of customer protection requirements.</I> (1) A registered foreign major security-based swap participant shall not be subject to the requirements relating to business conduct standards described in section 15F(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, other than rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 15F(h)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o- 10(h)(1)(B)), with respect to a security-based swap transaction with a counterparty that is not a U.S. person or with a counterparty that is a U.S. person in a transaction conducted through a foreign branch of the U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(2) A registered U.S. major security-based swap participant shall not be subject to the requirements relating to business conduct standards described in section 15F(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, other than rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 15F(h)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)(1)(B)), with respect to a security-based swap transaction that constitutes a transaction conducted through a foreign branch of the registered U.S. major security-based swap participant with a non-U.S. person or with a U.S.-person counterparty that constitutes a transaction conducted through a foreign branch of that U.S.-person counterparty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47369, Aug. 12, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 30142, May 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="63" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Further Definition of Swap, Security-Based Swap, and Security-Based Swap Agreement; Mixed Swaps; Security-Based Swap Agreement Recordkeeping</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-1a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-1a   Meaning of “issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index” as used in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding § 240.3a68-3(a), and solely for purposes of determining whether a credit default swap is a security-based swap under section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III)), the term <I>issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index</I> as used in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(III) of the Act means issuers of securities included in an index (including an index referencing loan borrowers or loans of such borrowers) in which:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) There are nine or fewer non-affiliated issuers of securities that are reference entities included in the index, provided that an issuer of securities shall not be deemed a reference entity included in the index for purposes of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(A) A credit event with respect to such reference entity would result in a payment by the credit protection seller to the credit protection buyer under the credit default swap based on the related notional amount allocated to such reference entity; or
</P>
<P>(B) The fact of such credit event or the calculation in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section of the amount owed with respect to such credit event is taken into account in determining whether to make any future payments under the credit default swap with respect to any future credit events;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective notional amount allocated to any reference entity included in the index comprises more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(iii) The effective notional amount allocated to any five non-affiliated reference entities included in the index comprises more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for each reference entity included in the index, none of the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(A) through (a)(1)(iv)(H) of this section is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The reference entity included in the index is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(B) The reference entity included in the index is eligible to rely on the exemption provided in § 240.12g3-2(b);
</P>
<P>(C) The reference entity included in the index has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(D) The reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) has outstanding notes, bonds, debentures, loans, or evidences of indebtedness (other than revolving credit facilities) having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(E) The reference entity included in the index is the issuer of an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)));
</P>
<P>(F) The reference entity included in the index is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(G) If the reference entity included in the index is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), such asset-backed security was issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and has publicly available distribution reports; and
</P>
<P>(H) For a credit default swap entered into solely between eligible contract participants as defined in section 3(a)(65) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(65)):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) makes available to the public or otherwise makes available to such eligible contract participant information about the reference entity included in the index pursuant to § 230.144A(d)(4)) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Financial information about the reference entity included in the index (other than a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) is otherwise publicly available; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of a reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), information of the type and level included in publicly available distribution reports for similar asset-backed securities is publicly available about both the reference entity included in the index and such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The index is not composed solely of reference entities that are issuers of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of reference entities that are issuers of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), the remaining portion of the index would be within the term “issuer of securities in a narrow-based security index” under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section will not apply with respect to a reference entity included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(1) The effective notional amounts allocated to such reference entity comprise less than five percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(2) The effective notional amounts allocated to reference entities included in the index that satisfy paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section comprise at least 80 percent of the index's weighting.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A reference entity included in the index is affiliated with another reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section) if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that other reference entity included in the index or other entity, as applicable; provided that each reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) will not be considered affiliated with any other reference entity included in the index or any other entity that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(2) Control for purposes of this section means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of a reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section), or the ability to direct the voting of more than 50 percent of the voting equity of a reference entity included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section).
</P>
<P>(3) In identifying a reference entity included in the index for purposes of this section, the term <I>reference entity</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer of securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) An issuer of securities that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) An issuer of securities that is a borrower with respect to any loan identified in an index of borrowers or loans.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of calculating the thresholds in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the term <I>reference entity included in the index</I> includes a single reference entity included in the index or a group of affiliated reference entities included in the index as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section (with each reference entity included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) being considered a separate reference entity included in the index).
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of determining whether one of the criterion in either paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(A) through (a)(1)(iv)(D) of this section or paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(H)(<I>1</I>) and (a)(1)(iv)(H)(<I>2</I>) of this section is met, the term <I>reference entity included in the index</I> includes a single reference entity included in the index or a group of affiliated entities as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section (with each issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) being considered a separate entity).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-1b" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-1b   Meaning of “narrow-based security index” as used in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding § 240.3a68-3(a), and solely for purposes of determining whether a credit default swap is a security-based swap under section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I)), the term <I>narrow-based security index</I> as used in section 3(a)(68)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act means an index in which:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The index is composed of nine or fewer securities or securities that are issued by nine or fewer non-affiliated issuers, provided that a security shall not be deemed a component of the index for purposes of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(A) A credit event with respect to the issuer of such security or a credit event with respect to such security would result in a payment by the credit protection seller to the credit protection buyer under the credit default swap based on the related notional amount allocated to such security; or
</P>
<P>(B) The fact of such credit event or the calculation in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section of the amount owed with respect to such credit event is taken into account in determining whether to make any future payments under the credit default swap with respect to any future credit events;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective notional amount allocated to the securities of any issuer included in the index comprises more than 30 percent of the index's weighting;
</P>
<P>(iii) The effective notional amount allocated to the securities of any five non-affiliated issuers included in the index comprises more than 60 percent of the index's weighting; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for each security included in the index none of the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(A) through (a)(1)(iv)(H) of this section is satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer of the security included in the index is required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer of the security included in the index is eligible to rely on the exemption provided in § 240.12g3-2(b);
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer of the security included in the index has a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more;
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) has outstanding notes, bonds, debentures, loans, or evidences of indebtedness (other than revolving credit facilities) having a total remaining principal amount of at least $1 billion;
</P>
<P>(E) The security included in the index is an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)));
</P>
<P>(F) The issuer of the security included in the index is a government of a foreign country or a political subdivision of a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(G) If the security included in the index is an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), the security was issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and has publicly available distribution reports; and
</P>
<P>(H) For a credit default swap entered into solely between eligible contract participants as defined in section 3(a)(65) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(65)):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) makes available to the public or otherwise makes available to such eligible contract participant information about such issuer pursuant to § 230.144A(d)(4)) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Financial information about the issuer of the security included in the index (other than an issuer of the security that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) is otherwise publicly available; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), information of the type and level included in public distribution reports for similar asset-backed securities is publicly available about both the issuing entity and such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The index is not composed solely of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Without taking into account any portion of the index composed of exempted securities as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29))), the remaining portion of the index would be within the term “narrow-based security index” under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section will not apply with respect to securities of an issuer included in the index if:
</P>
<P>(1) The effective notional amounts allocated to all securities of such issuer included in the index comprise less than five percent of the index's weighting; and
</P>
<P>(2) The securities that satisfy paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section comprise at least 80 percent of the index's weighting.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer of securities included in the index is affiliated with another issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section) if it controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that other issuer or other entity, as applicable; provided that each issuer of securities included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) will not be considered affiliated with any other issuer of securities included in the index or any other entity that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(2) Control for purposes of this section means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of an issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section), or the ability to direct the voting of more than 50 percent of the voting equity an issuer of securities included in the index (for purposes of paragraph (c)(4) of this section) or another entity (for purposes of paragraph (c)(5) of this section).
</P>
<P>(3) In identifying an issuer of securities included in the index for purposes of this section, the term <I>issuer</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer of securities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An issuer of securities that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)).
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of calculating the thresholds in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the term <I>issuer of the security included in the index</I> includes a single issuer of securities included in the index or a group of affiliated issuers of securities included in the index as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section (with each issuer of securities included in the index that is an issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) being considered a separate issuer of securities included in the index).
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of determining whether one of the criterion in either paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(A) through (a)(1))(iv)(D) of this section or paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(H)(<I>1</I>) and (a)(1)(iv)(H)(<I>2</I>) of this section is met, the term <I>issuer of the security included in the index</I> includes a single issuer of securities included in the index or a group affiliated entities as determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section (with each issuing entity of an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) being considered a separate entity).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-2   Requests for interpretation of swaps, security-based swaps, and mixed swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Any person may submit a request to the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to provide a joint interpretation of whether a particular agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) is:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(3) A mixed swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68)(D) of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Request process.</I> In making a request pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the requesting person must provide the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All material information regarding the terms of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof);
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the economic characteristics and purpose of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof);
</P>
<P>(3) The requesting person's determination as to whether the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) should be characterized as a swap, a security-based swap, or both (i.e., a mixed swap), including the basis for such determination; and
</P>
<P>(4) Such other information as may be requested by the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Request withdrawal.</I> A person may withdraw a request made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section at any time prior to the issuance of a joint interpretation or joint proposed rule by the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in response to the request; provided, however, that notwithstanding such withdrawal, the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission may provide a joint interpretation of whether the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) is a swap, a security-based swap, or both (i.e., a mixed swap).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request by the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.</I> In the absence of a request for a joint interpretation under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission receives a proposal to list, trade, or clear an agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) that raises questions as to the appropriate characterization of such agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) as a swap, a security-based swap, or both (i.e., a mixed swap), the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, promptly shall notify the other of the agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof); and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or their Chairmen jointly, may submit a request for a joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section; such submission shall be made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, and may be withdrawn pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Timeframe for joint interpretation.</I> (1) If the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission determine to issue a joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section, such joint interpretation shall be issued within 120 days after receipt of a complete submission requesting a joint interpretation under paragraph (a) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall consult with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System prior to issuing any joint interpretation as described in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission seek public comment with respect to a joint interpretation regarding an agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof), the 120-day period described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be stayed during the pendency of the comment period, but shall recommence with the business day after the public comment period ends.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section shall require the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to issue any joint interpretation.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission do not issue a joint interpretation within the time period described in paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(3) of this section, each of the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall publicly provide the reasons for not issuing such a joint interpretation within the applicable timeframes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Joint proposed rule.</I> (1) Rather than issue a joint interpretation pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission may issue a joint proposed rule, in consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to further define one or more of the terms swap, security-based swap, or mixed swap.
</P>
<P>(2) A joint proposed rule described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be issued within the timeframe for issuing a joint interpretation set forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-3   Meaning of “narrow-based security index” as used in the definition of “security-based swap.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in § 240.3a68-1a and § 240.3a68-1b, for purposes of section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)), the term <I>narrow-based security index</I> has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(55) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)), and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Commission thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tolerance period for swaps traded on designated contract markets, swap execution facilities and foreign boards of trade.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, solely for purposes of swaps traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), a security index underlying such swaps shall not be considered a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A swap on the index is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>) for at least 30 days as a swap on an index that was not a narrow-based security index; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such index was not a narrow-based security index during every trading day of the six full calendar months preceding a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of a swap on such index on a market described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The index has been a narrow-based security index for no more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tolerance period for security-based swaps traded on national securities exchanges or security-based swap execution facilities.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, solely for purposes of security-based swaps traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility, a security index underlying such security-based swaps shall be considered a narrow-based security index if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A security-based swap on the index is traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility for at least 30 days as a security-based swap on a narrow-based security index; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such index was a narrow-based security index during every trading day of the six full calendar months preceding a date no earlier than 30 days prior to the commencement of trading of a security-based swap on such index on a market described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The index has been a security index that is not a narrow-based security index for no more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Grace period.</I> (1) Solely with respect to a swap that is traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market, swap execution facility or foreign board of trade pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), an index that becomes a narrow-based security index under paragraph (b) of this section solely because it was a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months shall not be a narrow-based security index for the following three calendar months.
</P>
<P>(2) Solely with respect to a security-based swap that is traded on a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility, an index that becomes a security index that is not a narrow-based security index under paragraph (c) of this section solely because it was not a narrow-based security index for more than 45 business days over three consecutive calendar months shall be a narrow-based security index for the following three calendar months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-4   Regulation of mixed swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The term mixed swap has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(68)(D) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(D)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulation of bilateral uncleared mixed swaps entered into by dually-registered dealers or major participants.</I> A mixed swap:
</P>
<P>(1) That is neither executed on nor subject to the rules of a designated contract market, national securities exchange, swap execution facility, security-based swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade;
</P>
<P>(2) That will not be submitted to a derivatives clearing organization or registered or exempt clearing agency to be cleared; and
</P>
<P>(3) Where at least one party is registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and also with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant, shall be subject to:
</P>
<P>(i) The following provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, set forth in the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission:
</P>
<P>(A) Examinations and information sharing: 7 U.S.C. 6s(f) and 12;
</P>
<P>(B) Enforcement: 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(B), 6(b), 6b, 6c, 6s(h)(1)(A), 6s(h)(4)(A), 9, 13b, 13a-1, 13a-2, 13, 13c(a), 13c(b), 15 and 26;
</P>
<P>(C) Reporting to a swap data repository: 7 U.S.C. 6r;
</P>
<P>(D) Real-time reporting: 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(13);
</P>
<P>(E) Capital: 7 U.S.C. 6s(e); and
</P>
<P>(F) Position Limits: 7 U.S.C. 6a; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The provisions of the Federal securities laws, as defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47)), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Process for determining regulatory treatment for other mixed swaps</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Any person who desires or intends to list, trade, or clear a mixed swap (or class thereof) that is not subject to paragraph (b) of this section may request the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to issue a joint order permitting the requesting person (and any other person or persons that subsequently lists, trades, or clears that mixed swap) to comply, as to parallel provisions only, with specified parallel provisions of either the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) or the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, <I>specified parallel provisions</I>), instead of being required to comply with parallel provisions of both the Act and the Commodity Exchange Act. For purposes of this paragraph (c), <I>parallel provisions</I> means comparable provisions of the Act and the Commodity Exchange Act that were added or amended by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 with respect to security-based swaps and swaps, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request process.</I> A person submitting a request pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section must provide the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) All material information regarding the terms of the specified, or specified class of, mixed swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The economic characteristics and purpose of the specified, or specified class of, mixed swap;
</P>
<P>(iii) The specified parallel provisions, and the reasons the person believes such specified parallel provisions would be appropriate for the mixed swap (or class thereof); and
</P>
<P>(iv) An analysis of:
</P>
<P>(A) The nature and purposes of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(B) The comparability of such parallel provisions;
</P>
<P>(C) The extent of any conflicts or differences between such parallel provisions; and
</P>
<P>(D) Such other information as may be requested by the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Request withdrawal.</I> A person may withdraw a request made pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section at any time prior to the issuance of a joint order under paragraph (c)(4) of this section by the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in response to the request.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuance of orders.</I> In response to a request under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as necessary to carry out the purposes of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, may issue a joint order, after notice and opportunity for comment, permitting the requesting person (and any other person or persons that subsequently lists, trades, or clears that mixed swap) to comply, as to parallel provisions only, with the specified parallel provisions (or another subset of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request, as the Commissions determine is appropriate), instead of being required to comply with parallel provisions of both the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) and the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>). In determining the contents of such joint order, the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission may consider, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature and purposes of the parallel provisions that are the subject of the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The comparability of such parallel provisions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The extent of any conflicts or differences between such parallel provisions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Timeframe.</I> (i) If the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission determine to issue a joint order as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, such joint order shall be issued within 120 days after receipt of a complete request for a joint order under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, which time period shall be stayed during the pendency of the public comment period provided for in paragraph (c)(4) of this section and shall recommence with the business day after the public comment period ends.
</P>
<P>(ii) Nothing in this section shall require the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to issue any joint order.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission do not issue a joint order within the time period described in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, each of the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall publicly provide the reasons for not issuing such a joint order within that timeframe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a68-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a68-5   Regulation of certain futures contracts on foreign sovereign debt.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) does not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that is based on or references a qualifying foreign futures contract (as defined in § 240.3a12-8 on the debt securities of any one or more of the foreign governments enumerated in § 240.3a12-8, provided that such agreement, contract, or transaction satisfies the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The futures contract that the agreement, contract, or transaction references or upon which the agreement, contract, or transaction is based is a qualifying foreign futures contract that satisfies the conditions of § 240.3a12-8 applicable to qualifying foreign futures contracts;
</P>
<P>(b) The agreement, contract, or transaction is traded on or through a board of trade (as defined in 7 U.S.C. 2);
</P>
<P>(c) The debt securities upon which the qualifying foreign futures contract is based or referenced and any security used to determine the cash settlement amount pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77 <I>et seq.</I>) or the subject of any American depositary receipt registered under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(d) The agreement, contract, or transaction may only be cash settled; and
</P>
<P>(e) The agreement, contract or transaction is not entered into by the issuer of the debt securities upon which the qualifying foreign futures contract is based or referenced (including any security used to determine the cash payment due on settlement of such agreement, contract or transaction), an affiliate (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77 <I>et seq.</I>) and the rules and regulations thereunder) of the issuer, or an underwriter of such issuer's debt securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a69-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a69-1   Safe Harbor Definition of “security-based swap” and “swap” as used in sections 3(a)(68) and 3(a)(69) of the Act—insurance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This paragraph is a non-exclusive safe harbor. The terms <I>security-based swap</I> as used in section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) and <I>swap</I> as used in section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)) do not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that:
</P>
<P>(1) By its terms or by law, as a condition of performance on the agreement, contract, or transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) Requires the beneficiary of the agreement, contract, or transaction to have an insurable interest that is the subject of the agreement, contract, or transaction and thereby carry the risk of loss with respect to that interest continuously throughout the duration of the agreement, contract, or transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requires that loss to occur and to be proved, and that any payment or indemnification therefor be limited to the value of the insurable interest;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not traded, separately from the insured interest, on an organized market or over the counter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to financial guaranty insurance only, in the event of payment default or insolvency of the obligor, any acceleration of payments under the policy is at the sole discretion of the insurer; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is provided:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) By a person that is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner (or similar official or agency) of any State, as defined in section 3(a)(16) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(16)), or by the United States or an agency or instrumentality thereof; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such agreement, contract, or transaction is regulated as insurance under applicable State law or the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Directly or indirectly by the United States, any State or any of their respective agencies or instrumentalities; or
</P>
<P>(B) Pursuant to a statutorily authorized program thereof; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of reinsurance only by a person to another person that satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such person is not prohibited by applicable State law or the laws of the United States from offering such agreement, contract, or transaction to such person that satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The agreement, contract, or transaction to be reinsured satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or (3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Except as otherwise permitted under applicable State law, the total amount reimbursable by all reinsurers for such agreement, contract, or transaction may not exceed the claims or losses paid by the person writing the risk being ceded or transferred by such person; or
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of non-admitted insurance by a person who:
</P>
<P>(A) Is located outside of the United States and listed on the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers as maintained by the International Insurers Department of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; or
</P>
<P>(B) Meets the eligibility criteria for non-admitted insurers under applicable State law; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is provided in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and is one of the following types of products:
</P>
<P>(i) Surety bond;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fidelity bond;
</P>
<P>(iii) Life insurance;
</P>
<P>(iv) Health insurance;
</P>
<P>(v) Long term care insurance;
</P>
<P>(vi) Title insurance;
</P>
<P>(vii) Property and casualty insurance;
</P>
<P>(viii) Annuity;
</P>
<P>(ix) Disability insurance;
</P>
<P>(x) Insurance against default on individual residential mortgages; and
</P>
<P>(xi) Reinsurance of any of the foregoing products identified in paragraphs (i) through (x) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The terms security-based swap as used in section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) and swap as used in section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)) do not include an agreement, contract, or transaction that was entered into on or before the effective date of this section and that, at such time that it was entered into, was provided in accordance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a69-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a69-2   Definition of “swap” as used in section 3(a)(69) of the Act—additional products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The term <I>swap</I> has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inclusion of particular products.</I> (1) The term <I>swap</I> includes, without limiting the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)), the following agreements, contracts, and transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) A cross-currency swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) A currency option, foreign currency option, foreign exchange option and foreign exchange rate option;
</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign exchange forward;
</P>
<P>(iv) A foreign exchange swap;
</P>
<P>(v) A forward rate agreement; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A non-deliverable forward involving foreign exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>swap</I> does not include an agreement, contract, or transaction described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that is otherwise excluded by section 1a(47)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(B)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A foreign exchange forward or a foreign exchange swap shall not be considered a swap if the Secretary of the Treasury makes a determination described in section 1a(47)(E)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(E)(i)).
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting requirements set forth in section 4r of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6r) and regulations promulgated thereunder shall apply to a foreign exchange forward or foreign exchange swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The business conduct standards set forth in section 4s(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6s) and regulations promulgated thereunder shall apply to a swap dealer or major swap participant that is a party to a foreign exchange forward or foreign exchange swap.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of section 1a(47)(E) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(E)) and this section, the term <I>foreign exchange forward</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24)).
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of section 1a(47)(E) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(E)) and this section, the term <I>foreign exchange swap</I> has the meaning set forth in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(25)).
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of sections 1a(24) and 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24) and (25)) and this section, the following transactions are not foreign exchange forwards or foreign exchange swaps:
</P>
<P>(i) A currency swap or a cross-currency swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) A currency option, foreign currency option, foreign exchange option, or foreign exchange rate option; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A non-deliverable forward involving foreign exchange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a69-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a69-3   Books and records requirements for security-based swap agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person registered as a swap data repository under section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 24a) and the rules and regulations thereunder:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not be required to keep and maintain additional books and records regarding security-based swap agreements other than the books and records regarding swaps required to be kept and maintained pursuant to section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 24a) and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not be required to collect and maintain additional data regarding security-based swap agreements other than the data regarding swaps required to be collected and maintained by such persons pursuant to section 21 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 24a) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A person shall not be required to keep and maintain additional books and records, including daily trading records, regarding security-based swap agreements other than the books and records regarding swaps required to be kept and maintained by such persons pursuant to section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6s) and the rules and regulations thereunder if such person is registered as:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap dealer under section 4s(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6s(a)(1)) and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) A major swap participant under section 4s(a)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6s(a)(2)) and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap dealer under section 15F(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(a)(1)) and the rules and regulations thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(4) A major security-based swap participant under section 15F(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(a)(2)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>security-based swap agreement</I> has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(78) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(78)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 48356, Aug. 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-1   Definition of “security-based swap dealer.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The term <I>security-based swap dealer</I> in general means any person who:
</P>
<P>(1) Holds itself out as a dealer in security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(2) Makes a market in security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(3) Regularly enters into security-based swaps with counterparties as an ordinary course of business for its own account; or
</P>
<P>(4) Engages in any activity causing it to be commonly known in the trade as a dealer or market maker in security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> The term <I>security-based swap dealer</I> does not include a person that enters into security-based swaps for such person's own account, either individually or in a fiduciary capacity, but not as a part of regular business.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope of designation.</I> A person that is a security-based swap dealer in general shall be deemed to be a security-based swap dealer with respect to each security-based swap it enters into, regardless of the type, class, or category of the security-based swap or the person's activities in connection with the security-based swap, unless the Commission limits the person's designation as a security-based swap dealer to specified types, classes, or categories of security-based swaps or specified activities of the person in connection with security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Inter-affiliate activities</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> In determining whether a person is a security-based swap dealer, that person's security-based swaps with majority-owned affiliates shall not be considered.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Meaning of majority-owned.</I> For these purposes the counterparties to a security-based swap are majority-owned affiliates if one counterparty directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the security-based swap, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 30751, May 23, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-2   <E T="7462">De minimis</E> exception.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> For purposes of section 3(a)(71) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)) and § 240.3a71-1, a person that is not currently registered as a security-based swap dealer shall be deemed not to be a security-based swap dealer, and, therefore, shall not be subject to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) and the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder, as a result of security-based swap dealing activity that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notional thresholds.</I> The security-based swap positions connected with the dealing activity in which the person—or any other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the person—engages over the course of the immediately preceding 12 months (or following the effective date of final rules implementing section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)) if that period is less than 12 months) have:
</P>
<P>(i) An aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $3 billion, subject to a phase-in level of an aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $8 billion applied in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, with regard to credit default swaps that constitute security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) An aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $150 million, subject to a phase-in level of an aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $400 million applied in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, with regard to security-based swaps not described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An aggregate gross notional amount of no more than $25 million with regard to all security-based swaps in which the counterparty is a special entity (as that term is defined in section 15F(h)(2)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)(2)(C)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Phase-in procedure</I>—(i) <I>Phase-in period.</I> For purposes of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, a person that engages in security-based swap dealing activity that does not exceed either of the phase-in levels set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, as applicable, shall be deemed not to be a security-based swap dealer, and, therefore, shall not be subject to Section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) and the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder, as a result of its security-based swap dealing activity, until the “phase-in termination date” established as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; provided, however, that this phase-in period shall not be available to the extent that a person engages in security-based swap dealing activity with counterparties that are natural persons, other than natural persons who qualify as eligible contract participants by virtue of section 1a(18)(A)(xi)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act, (7 U.S.C. 1a(18)(A)(xi)(II)). The Commission shall announce the phase-in termination date on the Commission Web site and publish such date in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Establishment of phase-in termination date.</I> (A) Nine months after the publication of the staff report described in Appendix A of this section, and after giving due consideration to that report and any associated public comment, the Commission may either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Terminate the phase-in period set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, in which case the phase-in termination date shall be established by the Commission by order published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Determine that it is necessary or appropriate in the public interest to propose through rulemaking an alternative to the $3 billion and $150 million amounts set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, as applicable, that would constitute a <I>de minimis</I> quantity of security-based swap dealing in connection with transactions with or on behalf of customers within the meaning of section 3(a)(71)(D) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)(D)), in which case the Commission shall by order published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> provide notice of such determination to propose through rulemaking an alternative, which order shall also establish the phase-in termination date.
</P>
<P>(B) If the phase-in termination date has not been previously established pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, then in any event the phase-in termination date shall occur five years after the data collection initiation date defined in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Data collection initiation date.</I> The term “<I>data collection initiation date</I>” shall mean the date that is the later of: the last compliance date for the registration and regulatory requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants under Section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10); or the first date on which compliance with the trade-by-trade reporting rules for credit-related and equity-related security-based swaps to a registered security-based swap data repository is required. The Commission shall announce the data collection initiation date on the Commission Web site and publish such date in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Use of effective notional amounts.</I> For purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the stated notional amount of a security-based swap is leveraged or enhanced by the structure of the security-based swap, the calculation shall be based on the effective notional amount of the security-based swap rather than on the stated notional amount.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Registration period for persons that no longer can take advantage of the exception.</I> A person that has not registered as a security-based swap dealer by virtue of satisfying the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, but that no longer can take advantage of the <I>de minimis</I> exception provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, will be deemed not to be a security-based swap dealer under section 3(a)(71) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)) and subject to the requirements of section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) and the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder until the earlier of the date on which it submits a complete application for registration pursuant to section 15F(b) (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) or two months after the end of the month in which that person becomes no longer able to take advantage of the exception.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability to registered security-based swap dealers.</I> A person who currently is registered as a security-based swap dealer may apply to withdraw that registration, while continuing to engage in security-based swap dealing activity in reliance on this section, so long as that person has been registered as a security-based swap dealer for at least 12 months and satisfies the conditions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Future adjustments to scope of the de minimis exception.</I> The Commission may by rule or regulation change the requirements of the <I>de minimis</I> exception described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Voluntary registration.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a person that chooses to register with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer shall be deemed to be a security-based swap dealer, and, therefore, shall be subject to Section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C 78o-10) and the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 30751, May 23, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-2A" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-2A   Report regarding the “security-based swap dealer” and “major security-based swap participant” definitions (Appendix A to 17 CFR 240.3a71-2).</HEAD>
<P>Appendix A to § 240.3a71-2 sets forth guidelines applicable to a report that the Commission has directed its staff to make in connection with the rules and interpretations further defining the Act's definitions of the terms “security-based swap dealer” (including the <I>de minimis</I> exception to that definition) and “major security-based swap participant.” The Commission intends to consider this report in reviewing the effect and application of these rules based on the evolution of the security-based swap market following the implementation of the registration and regulatory requirements of Section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10). The report may also be informative as to potential changes to the rules further defining those terms. In producing this report, the staff shall consider security-based swap data collected by the Commission pursuant to other Title VII rules, as well as any other applicable information as the staff may determine to be appropriate for its analysis.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Report topics.</I> As appropriate, based on the availability of data and information, the report should address the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>De minimis exception.</I> In connection with the <I>de minimis</I> exception to the definition of “security-based swap dealer,” the report generally should assess whether any of the <I>de minimis</I> thresholds set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of § 240.3a71-2 should be increased or decreased;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General security-based swap dealer analysis.</I> In connection with the definition of “security-based swap dealer,” the report generally should consider the factors that are useful for identifying security-based swap dealing activity, including the application of the dealer-trader distinction for that purpose, and the potential use of more objective tests or safe harbors as part of the analysis;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>General major security-based swap participant analysis.</I> In connection with the definition of “major security-based swap participant,” the report generally should consider the tests used to identify the presence of a “substantial position” in a major category of security-based swaps, and the tests used to identify persons whose security-based swap positions create “substantial counterparty exposure,” including the potential use of alternative tests or thresholds;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commercial risk hedging exclusion.</I> In connection with the definition of “major security-based swap participant,” the report generally should consider the definition of “hedging or mitigating commercial risk,” including whether that latter definition inappropriately permits certain positions to be excluded from the “substantial position” analysis, and whether the continued availability of the exclusion for such hedging positions should be conditioned on a person assessing and documenting the hedging effectiveness of those positions;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Highly leveraged financial entities.</I> In connection with the definition of “major security-based swap participant,” the report generally should consider the definition of “highly leveraged,” including whether alternative approaches should be used to identify highly leveraged financial entities;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Inter-affiliate exclusions.</I> In connection with the definitions of “security-based swap dealer” and “major security-based swap participant,” the report generally should consider the impact of rule provisions excluding inter-affiliate transactions from the relevant analyses, and should assess potential alternative approaches for such exclusions; and
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Other topics.</I> Any other analysis of security-based swap data and information the Commission or the staff deem relevant to this rule.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing of report.</I> The report shall be completed no later than three years following the data collection initiation date, established pursuant to § 240.3a71-2(a)(2)(iii).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public comment on the report.</I> Following completion of the report, the report shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for public comment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-3   Cross-border security-based swap dealing activity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conduit affiliate</I>—(i) <I>Definition. Conduit affiliate</I> means a person, other than a U.S. person, that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is directly or indirectly majority-owned by one or more U.S. persons; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the regular course of business enters into security-based swaps with one or more other non-U.S. persons, or with foreign branches of U.S. banks that are registered as security-based swap dealers, for the purpose of hedging or mitigating risks faced by, or otherwise taking positions on behalf of, one or more U.S. persons (other than U.S. persons that are registered as security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants) who are controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the person, and enters into offsetting security-based swaps or other arrangements with such U.S. persons to transfer risks and benefits of those security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Majority-ownership standard.</I> The majority-ownership standard in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section is satisfied if one or more persons described in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4)(i)(B) directly or indirectly own a majority interest in the non-U.S. person, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution, or the contribution of, a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign branch</I> means any branch of a U.S. bank if:
</P>
<P>(i) The branch is located outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The branch operates for valid business reasons; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The branch is engaged in the business of banking and is subject to substantive banking regulation in the jurisdiction where located.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transaction conducted through a foreign branch</I>—(i) <I>Definition. Transaction conducted through a foreign branch</I> means a security-based swap transaction that is arranged, negotiated, and executed by a U.S. person through a foreign branch of such U.S. person if:
</P>
<P>(A) The foreign branch is the counterparty to such security-based swap transaction; and
</P>
<P>(B) The security-based swap transaction is arranged, negotiated, and executed on behalf of the foreign branch solely by persons located outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Representations.</I> A person shall not be required to consider its counterparty's activity in connection with paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) of this section in determining whether a security-based swap transaction is a transaction conducted through a foreign branch if such person receives a representation from its counterparty that the security-based swap transaction is arranged, negotiated, and executed on behalf of the foreign branch solely by persons located outside the United States, unless such person knows or has reason to know that the representation is not accurate; for the purposes of this final rule a person would have reason to know the representation is not accurate if a reasonable person should know, under all of the facts of which the person is aware, that it is not accurate.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>U.S. person.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section, <I>U.S. person</I> means any person that is:
</P>
<P>(A) A natural person resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) A partnership, corporation, trust, investment vehicle, or other legal person organized, incorporated, or established under the laws of the United States or having its principal place of business in the United States;
</P>
<P>(C) An account (whether discretionary or non-discretionary) of a U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(D) An estate of a decedent who was a resident of the United States at the time of death.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, <I>principal place of business</I> means the location from which the officers, partners, or managers of the legal person primarily direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the legal person. With respect to an externally managed investment vehicle, this location is the office from which the manager of the vehicle primarily directs, controls, and coordinates the investment activities of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>U.S. person</I> does not include the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies and pension plans.
</P>
<P>(iv) A person shall not be required to consider its counterparty to a security-based swap to be a U.S. person if such person receives a representation from the counterparty that the counterparty does not satisfy the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section, unless such person knows or has reason to know that the representation is not accurate; for the purposes of this final rule a person would have reason to know the representation is not accurate if a reasonable person should know, under all of the facts of which the person is aware, that it is not accurate.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>U.S. security-based swap dealer</I> means a security-based swap dealer, as defined in section 3(a)(71) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, that is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Foreign security-based swap dealer</I> means a security-based swap dealer, as defined in section 3(a)(71) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>U.S. business</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a foreign security-based swap dealer:
</P>
<P>(A) Any security-based swap transaction entered into, or offered to be entered into, by or on behalf of such foreign security-based swap dealer, with a U.S. person (other than a transaction conducted through a foreign branch of that person); or
</P>
<P>(B) Any security-based swap transaction arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of the foreign security-based swap dealer located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of the foreign security-based swap dealer located in a U.S. branch or office; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a U.S. security-based swap dealer, any transaction entered into or offered to be entered into by or on behalf of such U.S. security-based swap dealer, other than a transaction conducted through a foreign branch with a non-U.S. person or with a U.S.-person counterparty that constitutes a transaction conducted through a foreign branch of the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Foreign business</I> means security-based swap transactions entered into, or offered to be entered into, by or on behalf of a security-based swap dealer, other than the U.S. business of such person.
</P>
<P>(10) An entity is a <I>majority-owned affiliate</I> of another entity if the entity directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both entities, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution, or the contribution of, a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Foreign associated person</I> means a natural person domiciled outside the United States who—with respect to a non-U.S. person relying on the exception set forth in paragraph (d) of this section—is a partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such non-U.S. person (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such non-U.S. person, or any employee of such non-U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Listed jurisdiction</I> means any jurisdiction that the Commission by order has designated as a listed jurisdiction for purposes of the exception specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Covered inter-dealer security-based swap</I> means any security-based swap between:
</P>
<P>(i) A non-U.S. person relying on the exception in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A non-U.S. person that is, or is an affiliate of, a registered security-based swap dealer or registered broker that has filed with the Commission a notice pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(vi) of this section; <I>provided, however,</I> that a covered inter-dealer security-based swap does not include a security-based swap with a non-U.S. person that the non-U.S. person relying on the exception in paragraph (d) of this section reasonably determines at the time of execution of the security-based swap is neither a registered security-based swap dealer or registered broker that has filed with the Commission a notice pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(vi) of this section nor an affiliate of such a registered security-based swap dealer or registered broker.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of de minimis exception to cross-border dealing activity.</I> For purposes of calculating the amount of security-based swap positions connected with dealing activity under § 240.3a71-2(a)(1), except as provided in § 240.3a71-5, a person shall include the following security-based swap transactions:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) If such person is a U.S. person, all security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages, including transactions conducted through a foreign branch;
</P>
<P>(ii) If such person is a conduit affiliate, all security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If such person is a non-U.S. person other than a conduit affiliate, all of the following types of transactions:
</P>
<P>(A) Security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages that are entered into with a U.S. person; provided, however, that this paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Transactions with a U.S. person counterparty that constitute transactions conducted through a foreign branch of the counterparty, when the counterparty is a registered security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Transactions with a U.S. person counterparty that constitute transactions conducted through a foreign branch of the counterparty, when the transaction is entered into prior to 60 days following the earliest date on which the registration of security-based swap dealers is first required pursuant to the applicable final rules and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(B) Security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which such person engages for which the counterparty to the security-based swap has rights of recourse against a U.S. person that is controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the non-U.S. person; for these purposes a counterparty has rights of recourse against the U.S. person if the counterparty has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right, in whole or in part, to receive payments from, or otherwise collect from, the U.S. person in connection with the security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(C) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, or unless such person is a person described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section, security-based swap transactions connected with such person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office; and
</P>
<P>(2) If such person engages in transactions described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except as provided in § 240.3a71-4, all of the following types of security-based swap transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) Security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which any U.S. person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such person engages, including transactions conducted through a foreign branch;
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity in which any conduit affiliate controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such person engages; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Security-based swap transactions connected with the dealing activity of any non-U.S. person, other than a conduit affiliate, that is controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such person, that are described in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of customer protection requirements.</I> A registered security-based swap dealer, with respect to its foreign business, shall not be subject to the requirements relating to business conduct standards described in section 15F(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, other than the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 15F(h)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h)(1)(B)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception from counting certain transactions.</I> The counting requirement described by paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(C) of this section will not apply to the security-based swap dealing transactions of a non-U.S. person if the conditions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section have been satisfied.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conditions</I>—(i) <I>Entity conducting U.S. activity.</I> All activity that otherwise would cause a security-based swap transaction to be described by paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(C) of this section—namely, all arranging, negotiating or executing activity that is conducted by personnel of the entity (or its agent) located in a branch or office in the United States—is conducted by such U.S. personnel in their capacity as persons associated with an entity that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is registered with the Commission as:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A broker registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o) that is subject to and complies with § 240.15c3-1(a)(7);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A broker registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o), other than a broker that is subject to § 240.15c3-1(a)(7), that complies with § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), as if that entity were registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer, if it is not so registered; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(B) Is a majority-owned affiliate of the non-U.S. person relying on this exception.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Compliance with specified security-based swap dealer requirements</I>—(A) <I>Compliance required.</I> In connection with such transactions, the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section complies with the requirements described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B) of this section
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) As if the counterparties to the non-U.S. person relying on this exception also were counterparties to that entity; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) As if that entity were registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer, if it is not so registered.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Applicable requirements.</I> The compliance obligation described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section applies to the following provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Section 15F(h)(3)(B)(i), (ii) and § 240.15Fh-3(b), including in connection with material incentives and conflicts of interest associated with the non-U.S. person relying on the exception;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Section 240.15Fh-3(f)(1); <I>provided, however,</I> that if the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section reasonably determines that the counterparty to whom it recommends a security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap is an “institutional counterparty” as defined in § 240.15Fh-3(f)(4), the registered entity instead may fulfill its obligations under § 240.15Fh-3(f)(1)(ii) if it discloses to the counterparty that it is not undertaking to assess the suitability of the security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap for the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Section 15F(h)(3)(C) of the Act and § 240.15Fh-3(g); and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Sections 240.15Fi-1 and 240.15Fi-2.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Commission access to books, records and testimony.</I> (A) The non-U.S. person relying on this exception promptly provides representatives of the Commission (upon request of the Commission or its representatives or pursuant to a supervisory or enforcement memorandum of understanding or other arrangement or agreement reached between any foreign securities authority, including any foreign government, as specified in section 3(a)(50) of the Act, and the Commission or the U.S. Government) with any information or documents within the non-U.S. person's possession, custody, or control, promptly makes its foreign associated persons available for testimony, and provides any assistance in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, that the Commission or its representatives requests and that relates to transactions subject to this exception; <I>provided, however,</I> that if, after exercising its best efforts, the non-U.S. person is prohibited by applicable foreign law or regulations from providing such information, documents, testimony, or assistance, the non-U.S. person may continue to rely on this exception until the Commission issues an order modifying or withdrawing an associated “listed jurisdiction” determination pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Creates and maintains books and records relating to the transactions subject to this exception that are required, as applicable, by §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4, or by §§ 240.18a-5 and 240.18a-6, including any books and records requirements relating to the provisions specified in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Obtains from the non-U.S. person relying on the exception, and maintains for not less than three years following the activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, the first two years in an easily accessible place, documentation regarding such non-U.S. person's compliance with the condition in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Obtains from the non-U.S. person relying on the exception, and maintains for not less than three years following the activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, the first two years in an easily accessible place, documentation encompassing all terms governing the trading relationship between the non-U.S. person and its counterparty relating to the transactions subject to this exception, including, without limitation, terms addressing payment obligations, netting of payments, events of default or other termination events, calculation and netting of obligations upon termination, transfer of rights and obligations, allocation of any applicable regulatory reporting obligations, governing law, valuation, and dispute resolution; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Obtains from the non-U.S. person relying on this exception, and maintains for not less than three years following the activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, the first two years in an easily accessible place, written consent to service of process for any civil action brought by or proceeding before the Commission, providing that process may be served on the non-U.S. person by service on the registered entity in the manner set forth in the registered entity's current Form BD, SBSE, SBSE-A or SBSE-BD, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Counterparty notification</I> In connection with the transaction, the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section notifies the counterparties of the non-U.S. person relying on this exception that the non-U.S. person is not registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer, and that certain Exchange Act provisions or rules addressing the regulation of security-based swaps would not be applicable in connection with the transaction, including provisions affording clearing rights to counterparties. Such notice shall be provided contemporaneously with, and in the same manner as, the arranging, negotiating, or executing activity at issue; <I>provided, however,</I> that during a period in which a counterparty is neither a customer (as such term is defined in § 240.15c3-3) of the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section (if such registered entity is a registered broker or dealer) nor a counterparty to a security-based swap with the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, such notice need only be provided contemporaneously with, and in the same manner as, the first such arranging, negotiating, or executing activity during such period. This disclosure will not be required if the identity of that counterparty is not known to that registered entity at a reasonably sufficient time prior to the execution of the transaction to permit such disclosure.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Subject to regulation of a listed jurisdiction.</I> The non-U.S. person relying on this exception is subject to the margin and capital requirements of a listed jurisdiction when engaging in the transactions subject to this exception.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Notices and withdrawals of notices by registered entity.</I> Before an associated person of the registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section commences the activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, such registered entity shall have filed a notice with the Commission (that has not been withdrawn) that its associated persons may conduct such activity. Such registered entity shall file this notice electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). A registered entity whose associated persons will no longer conduct the activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section may withdraw, and an entity that no longer is described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall promptly withdraw, its previously filed notice by filing a withdrawal electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T, and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-T. Such notices and withdrawals shall be publicly disseminated through the Commission's EDGAR system.




</P>
<P>(2) <I>Order for listed jurisdiction designation.</I> The Commission by order, may conditionally or unconditionally determine that a foreign jurisdiction is a listed jurisdiction for purposes of this section. The Commission may make listed jurisdiction determinations in response to applications, or upon the Commission's own initiative.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Applications.</I> Applications for an order requesting listed jurisdiction status may be made by a party or group of parties that potentially would seek to rely on the exception provided by paragraph (d) of this section, or by any foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities supervising such a party or its security-based swap activities. Applications must be filed pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 240.0-13.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Criteria considered.</I> In considering a foreign jurisdiction's potential status as a listed jurisdiction, the Commission may consider factors relevant for purposes of assessing whether such an order would be in the public interest, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Applicable margin and capital requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system; and
</P>
<P>(B) The effectiveness of the supervisory compliance program administered by, and the enforcement authority exercised by, the foreign financial regulatory authority in connection with such requirements, including the application of those requirements in connection with an entity's cross-border business.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Withdrawal or modification of listed jurisdiction status.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, by order after notice and opportunity for comment, modify or withdraw a jurisdiction's status as a listed jurisdiction, if the Commission determines that continued listed jurisdiction status no longer would be in the public interest, based on:
</P>
<P>(A) The criteria set forth in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Any laws or regulations that have had the effect of preventing the Commission or its representatives, on request, to promptly access information or documents regarding the activities of persons relying on the exception provided by this paragraph (d), to obtain the testimony of their foreign associated persons, and to obtain the assistance of persons relying on this exception in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, as described in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any other factor the Commission determines to be relevant to whether continued status as a listed jurisdiction would be in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception for person that engages in arranging, negotiating, or executing activity as agent.</I> The registered entity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section need not count, against the <I>de minimis</I> thresholds described in § 240.3a71-2(a)(1), the transactions described by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limited exemption from registration as a broker.</I> A registered security-based swap dealer and its associated persons who conduct the activities described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section shall not be subject to registration as a broker pursuant to section 15(a)(1) of the Act solely because the registered entity or the associated person conducts any activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section with or for a person that is an eligible contract participant, <I>provided</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section are satisfied in connection with such activities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If § 240.10b-10 would apply to an activity subject to the exception in paragraph (d)(1)(i), such registered security-based swap dealer provides to the customer the disclosures required by § 240.10b-10(a)(2) (excluding § 240.10b-10(a)(2)(i) and (ii)) and § 240.10b-10(a)(8) in accordance with the time and form requirements set forth in § 240.15Fi-2(b) and (c) or, alternatively, promptly after discovery of any defect in the registered security-based swap dealer's good faith effort to comply with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exemption from</I> § 240.<I>10b-10.</I> A broker or dealer that is also a registered security-based swap dealer or registered broker described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section shall be exempt from the requirements of § 240.10b-10 with respect to activity described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, <I>provided</I> that such broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Complies with paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B)(<I>4</I>) of this section in connection with such activity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides to the customer the disclosures required by § 240.10b-10(a)(2) (excluding § 240.10b-10(a)(2)(i) and (ii)) and § 240.10b-10(a)(8) in accordance with the time and form requirements set forth in § 240.15Fi-2(b) and (c) or, alternatively, promptly after discovery of any defect in the broker or dealer's good faith effort to comply with such requirements.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Limitation for covered inter-dealer security-based swaps</I>—(i) <I>Scope of limitation for covered inter-dealer security-based swaps.</I> The threshold described in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section applies to covered inter-dealer security-based swap positions connected with dealing activity subject to the exception in this paragraph (d) engaged in by any of the following persons:
</P>
<P>(A) The non-U.S. person relying on the exception in this paragraph (d); and
</P>
<P>(B) Any affiliate of such person, except for an affiliate that is deemed not to be a security-based swap dealer pursuant to Rule 3a71-2(b).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Impact of exceeding exception threshold.</I> If the threshold described in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section is exceeded, then
</P>
<P>(A) As of the date the condition in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section is no longer satisfied, the non-U.S. person that is no longer able to satisfy that condition may not rely on the exception in this paragraph (d) for future security-based swap transactions.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of calculating the amount of security-based swap positions connected with dealing activity under § 240.3a71-2(a)(1), the non-U.S. person that is no longer able to satisfy the condition in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section shall include all covered inter-dealer security-based swap positions connected with dealing activity subject to the exception in this paragraph (d) engaged in by persons described in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section over the course of the immediately preceding 12 months, such positions to be included in such calculation as of the date that the condition in paragraph (d)(1)(vii) of this section is no longer satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47370, Aug. 12, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 8637, Feb. 19, 2016, 81 FR 30142, May 13, 2016; 85 FR 6350, Feb. 4, 2020; 90 FR 7632, Jan. 21, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-4   Exception from aggregation for affiliated groups with registered security-based swap dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding §§ 240.3a71-2(a)(1) and 240.3a71-3(b)(2), a person shall not include the security-based swap transactions of another person (an “affiliate”) controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such person where such affiliate either is:
</P>
<P>(a) Registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer; or
</P>
<P>(b) Deemed not to be a security-based swap dealer pursuant to § 240.3a71-2(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47370, Aug. 12, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-5   Exception for cleared transactions executed on a swap execution facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of § 240.3a71-3(b)(1), a non-U.S. person, other than a conduit affiliate, shall not include its security-based swap transactions that are entered into anonymously on an execution facility or national securities exchange and are cleared through a clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of § 240.3a71-3(b)(2), a person shall not include security-based swap transactions of an affiliated non-U.S. person, other than a conduit affiliate, when such transactions are entered into anonymously on an execution facility or national securities exchange and are cleared through a clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(c) The exceptions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply to any security-based swap transactions of a non-U.S. person or of an affiliated non-U.S. person connected with the person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47370, Aug. 12, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 8637, Feb. 19, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3a71-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.63.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3a71-6   Substituted compliance for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determinations</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the Commission may, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, make a determination with respect to a foreign financial regulatory system that compliance with specified requirements under such foreign financial regulatory system by a registered security-based swap dealer and/or by a registered major security-based swap participant (each a “security-based swap entity”), or class thereof, may satisfy the corresponding requirements identified in paragraph (d) of this section that would otherwise apply to such security-based swap entity (or class thereof).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standard.</I> The Commission shall not make a substituted compliance determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section unless the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) Determines that the requirements of such foreign financial regulatory system applicable to such security-based swap entity (or class thereof) or to the activities of such security-based swap entity (or class thereof) are comparable to otherwise applicable requirements, after taking into account such factors as the Commission determines are appropriate, such as the scope and objectives of the relevant foreign regulatory requirements (taking into account the applicable criteria set forth in paragraph (d) of this section), as well as the effectiveness of the supervisory compliance program administered, and the enforcement authority exercised, by a foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities in such system to support its oversight of such security-based swap entity (or class thereof) or of the activities of such security-based swap entity (or class thereof); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has entered into a supervisory and enforcement memorandum of understanding and/or other arrangement with the relevant foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities under such foreign financial regulatory system addressing supervisory and enforcement cooperation and other matters arising under the substituted compliance determination.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Withdrawal or modification.</I> The Commission may, on its own initiative, by order, modify or withdraw a substituted compliance determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, after appropriate notice and opportunity for comment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reliance by security-based swap entities.</I> A registered security-based swap entity may satisfy the requirements described in paragraph (d) of this section by complying with corresponding law, rules and regulations under a foreign financial regulatory system, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission has made a substituted compliance determination pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section regarding such foreign financial regulatory system providing that compliance with specified requirements under such foreign financial regulatory system by such registered security-based swap entity (or class thereof) may satisfy the corresponding requirements described in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such registered security-based swap entity satisfies any conditions set forth in a substituted compliance determination made by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for determinations.</I> (1) A party or group of parties that potentially would comply with specified requirements pursuant to paragraph (a)(1), or any foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities supervising such a party or its security-based swap activities, may file an application, pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 240.0-13, requesting that the Commission make a substituted compliance determination pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, with respect to one or more requirements described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Such a party or group of parties may make a request under paragraph (c)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) Each such party, or the party's activities, is directly supervised by the foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities with respect to the foreign regulatory requirements relating to the applicable requirements described in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each such party provides the certification and opinion of counsel as described in § 240.15Fb2-4(c), as if the party were subject to that requirement at the time of the request.
</P>
<P>(3) Such foreign financial authority or authorities may make a request under paragraph (c)(1) of this section only if each such authority provides adequate assurances that no law or policy of any relevant foreign jurisdiction would impede the ability of any entity that is directly supervised by the foreign financial regulatory authority and that may register with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to provide prompt access to the Commission to such entity's books and records or to submit to onsite inspection or examination by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Eligible requirements.</I> The Commission may make a substituted compliance determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section to permit security-based swap entities that are not U.S. persons (as defined in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4)), but not security-based swap entities that are U.S. persons, to satisfy the following requirements by complying with comparable foreign requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Business conduct and supervision.</I> The business conduct and supervision requirements of sections 15F(h) and (j) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(h) and (j)) and §§ 240.15Fh-3 through 15Fh-6, other than the antifraud provisions of section 15F(h)(4)(A) of the Act and § 240.15Fh-4(a), and other than the provisions of sections 15F(j)(3) and 15F(j)(4)(B) of the Act; provided, however, that prior to making such a substituted compliance determination the Commission intends to consider whether the information that is required to be provided to counterparties pursuant to the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system, the counterparty protections under the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system, the mandates for supervisory systems under the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system, and the duties imposed by the foreign financial regulatory system, are comparable to those associated with the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer requirements of section 15F(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(k)) and § 240.15Fk-1; provided, however, that prior to making such a substituted compliance determination the Commission intends to consider whether the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system regarding chief compliance officer obligations are comparable to those required pursuant to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Trade acknowledgment and verification.</I> The trade acknowledgment and verification requirements of section 15F(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(i)) and § 240.15Fi-2; provided, however, that prior to making such a substituted compliance determination the Commission intends to consider whether the information that is required to be provided pursuant to the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system, and the manner and timeframe by which that information must be provided, are comparable to those required pursuant to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capital</I>—(i) <I>Security-based swap dealers.</I> The capital requirements of section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-1; provided, however, that prior to making such substituted compliance determination, the Commission intends to consider (in addition to any conditions imposed) whether the capital requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system are designed to help ensure the safety and soundness of registrants in a manner that is comparable to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Major security-based swap participants.</I> The capital requirements of section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-2; provided, however, that prior to making such substituted compliance determination, the Commission intends to consider (in addition to any conditions imposed) whether the capital requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system are comparable to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Margin</I>—(i) <I>Security-based swap dealers.</I> The margin requirements of section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-3; provided, however, that prior to making such substituted compliance determination, the Commission intends to consider (in addition to any conditions imposed) whether the foreign financial regulatory system requires registrants to adequately cover their current and potential future exposure to over-the-counter derivatives counterparties, and ensures registrants' safety and soundness, in a manner comparable to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Major security-based swap participants.</I> The margin requirements of section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-3; provided, however, that prior to making such substituted compliance determination, the Commission intends to consider (in addition to any conditions imposed) whether the foreign financial regulatory system requires registrants to adequately cover their current exposure to over-the-counter derivatives counterparties, and ensures registrants' safety and soundness, in a manner comparable to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Recordkeeping and reporting.</I> The recordkeeping and reporting requirements of Section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) and §§ 240.18a-5 through 240.18a-9; provided, however, that prior to making such a substituted compliance determination the Commission intends to consider (in addition to any conditions imposed), whether the foreign financial regulatory system's required records and reports, the timeframes for recording or reporting information, the accounting standards governing the records and reports, and the required format of the records and reports are comparable to applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations and would permit the Commission to examine and inspect regulated firms' compliance with the applicable securities laws.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Portfolio reconciliation, portfolio compression, and trading relationship documentation requirements.</I> The portfolio reconciliation, portfolio compression, and trading relationship documentation requirements of section 15F(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(i)) and §§ 240.15Fi-3 through 240.15Fi-5; provided, however, that prior to making such a substituted compliance determination the Commission intends to consider whether the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system for engaging in portfolio reconciliation and portfolio compression and for executing trading relationship documentation with counterparties, the duties imposed by the foreign financial regulatory system, and the information that is required to be provided to counterparties pursuant to the requirements of the foreign financial regulatory system, are comparable to those required pursuant to the applicable provisions arising under the Act and its rules and regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30143, May 13, 2016, as amended at 81 FR 39844, June 17, 2016; 84 FR 44041, Aug. 22, 2019; 84 FR 68646, Dec. 16, 2019; 85 FR 6412, Feb. 4, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="64" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-1   Definition of “listed”.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>listed</I> means admitted to full trading privileges upon application by the issuer or its fiscal agent or, in the case of the securities of a foreign corporation, upon application by a banker engaged in distributing them; and includes securities for which authority to add to the list on official notice of issuance has been granted. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 48 Stat. 884; 15 U.S.C. 78c) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8179, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-2   Definition of “officer”.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>officer</I> means a president, vice president, secretary, treasury or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any person routinely performing corresponding functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11464, Mar. 16, 1982; 47 FR 11819, Mar. 19, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-4   Definition of “foreign government,” “foreign issuer” and “foreign private issuer”.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>foreign government</I> means the government of any foreign country or of any political subdivision of a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>foreign issuer</I> means any issuer which is a foreign government, a national of any foreign country or a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>foreign private issuer</I> means any foreign issuer other than a foreign government except for an issuer meeting the following conditions as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter:
</P>
<P>(1) More than 50 percent of the issuer's outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by residents of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The majority of the executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents;
</P>
<P>(ii) More than 50 percent of the assets of the issuer are located in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The business of the issuer is administered principally in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>To determine the percentage of outstanding voting securities held by U.S. residents:
</P>
<P>A. Use the method of calculating record ownership in § 240.12g3-2(a), except that:
</P>
<P>(1) Your inquiry as to the amount of shares represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States may be limited to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in:
</P>
<P>(i) The United States,
</P>
<P>(ii) Your jurisdiction of incorporation, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The jurisdiction that is the primary trading market for your voting securities, if different than your jurisdiction of incorporation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding § 240.12g5-1(a)(8) of this chapter, you shall not exclude securities held by persons who received the securities pursuant to an employee compensation plan.
</P>
<P>B. If, after reasonable inquiry, you are unable to obtain information about the amount of shares represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, you may assume, for purposes of this definition, that the customers are residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>C. Count shares of voting securities beneficially owned by residents of the United States as reported on reports of beneficial ownership provided to you or filed publicly and based on information otherwise provided to you.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section, in the case of a new registrant with the Commission, the determination of whether an issuer is a foreign private issuer will be made as of a date within 30 days prior to the issuer's filing of an initial registration statement under either the Act or the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(e) Once an issuer qualifies as a foreign private issuer, it will immediately be able to use the forms and rules designated for foreign private issuers until it fails to qualify for this status at the end of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter. An issuer's determination that it fails to qualify as a foreign private issuer governs its eligibility to use the forms and rules designated for foreign private issuers beginning on the first day of the fiscal year following the determination date. Once an issuer fails to qualify for foreign private issuer status, it will remain unqualified unless it meets the requirements for foreign private issuer status as of the last business day of its second fiscal quarter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 7848, May 30, 1967, as amended at 48 FR 46739, Oct. 14, 1983; 64 FR 53912, Oct. 5, 1999; 73 FR 58323, Oct. 6, 2008; 81 FR 28705, May 10, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-5   Non-exempt securities issued under governmental obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any part of an obligation evidenced by any bond, note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness issued by any governmental unit specified in section 3(a)(12) of the Act which is payable from payments to be made in respect of property or money which is or will be used, under a lease, sale, or loan arrangement, by or for industrial or commercial enterprise, shall be deemed to be a separate “security” within the meaning of section 3(a)(10) of the Act, issued by the lessee or obligor under the lease, sale or loan arrangement. 
</P>
<P>(b) An obligation shall not be deemed a separate “security” as defined in paragraph (a) of this section if, (1) the obligation is payable from the general revenues of a governmental unit, specified in section 3(a)(12) of the Act, having other resources which may be used for the payment of the obligation, or (2) the obligation relates to a public project or facility owned and operated by or on behalf of and under the control of a governmental unit specified in such section, or (3) the obligation relates to a facility which is leased to and under the control of an industrial or commercial enterprise but is a part of a public project which, as a whole, is owned by and under the general control of a governmental unit specified in such section, or an instrumentality thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) This rule shall apply to transactions of the character described in paragraph (a) of this section only with respect to bonds, notes, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness sold after December 31, 1968. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 48 Stat. 882; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 77s) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 12648, Sept. 6, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 6000, Apr. 11, 1970] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-6   Liability for certain statements by issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A statement within the coverage of paragraph (b) of this section which is made by or on behalf of an issuer or by an outside reviewer retained by the issuer shall be deemed not to be a fraudulent statement (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section), unless it is shown that such statement was made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or was disclosed other than in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) This rule applies to the following statements:
</P>
<P>(1) A forward-looking statement (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) made in a document filed with the Commission, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, § 249.308a of this chapter, or in an annual report to security holders meeting the requirements of Rules 14a-3(b) and (c) or 14c-3(a) and (b) (§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or § 240.14c-3(a) and (b)), a statement reaffirming such forward-looking statement after the date the document was filed or the annual report was made publicly available, or a forward-looking statement made before the date the document was filed or the date the annual report was made publicly available if such statement is reaffirmed in a filed document, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or in an annual report made publicly available within a reasonable time after the making of such forward-looking statement; <I>Provided,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time such statements are made or reaffirmed, either the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act and has complied with the requirements of Rule 13a-1 or 15d-1 thereunder, if applicable, to file its most recent annual report on Form 10-K, Form 20-F or Form 40-F; or if the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act, the statements are made in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 offering statement or solicitation of interest, written document or broadcast script under Regulation A or pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The statements are not made by or on behalf of an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Information that is disclosed in a document filed with the Commission in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) or in an annual report to security holders meeting the requirements of Rules 14a-3(b) and (c) or 14c-3(a) and (b) under the Act (§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or § 240.14c-3(a) and (b) of this chapter) and that relates to:
</P>
<P>(i) The effects of changing prices on the business enterprise, presented voluntarily or pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter), “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Item 5 of Form 20-F (§ 240.220(f) of this chapter), “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter) “Supplementary Financial Information,” or Rule 3-20(c) of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-20(c) of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of proved oil and gas reserves (such as a standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves as set forth in FASB ASC paragraphs 932-235-50-29 through 932-235-50-36 (Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas Topic)), presented voluntarily or pursuant to Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of this rule, the term <I>forward-looking statement</I> shall mean and shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement containing a projection of revenues, income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of management's plans and objectives for future operations;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of future economic performance contained in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations included pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter) or Item 5 of Form 20-F or
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosed statements of the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the statements described in paragraphs (c) (1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of this rule the term <I>fraudulent statement</I> shall mean a statement which is an untrue statement of a material fact, a statement false or misleading with respect to any material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a statement not misleading, or which constitutes the employment of a manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of business, or an artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 13990, Feb. 25, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 19457, Mar. 31, 1981; 47 FR 11464, Mar. 16, 1982; 47 FR 54780, Dec. 6, 1982; 47 FR 57915, Dec. 29, 1982; 48 FR 19876, May 3, 1983; 56 FR 30067, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 36494, Aug. 13, 1992; 64 FR 53912, Oct. 5, 1999; 73 FR 973, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 50122, Aug. 12, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-7   Definition of “executive officer”.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>executive officer,</I> when used with reference to a registrant, means its president, any vice president of the registrant in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy making function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the registrant. Executive officers of subsidiaries may be deemed executive officers of the registrant if they perform such policy making functions for the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11464, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-8   Definitions of “Qualified OTC Market Maker, Qualified Third Market Maker” and “Qualified Block Positioner”.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of Regulation U under the Act (12 CFR part 221): 
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>Qualified OTC Market Maker</I> in an over-the-counter (“OTC”) margin security means a dealer in any “OTC Margin Security” (as that term is defined in section 2(j) of Regulation U (12 CFR 221.2(j)) who (1) is a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act, (2) is subject to and is in compliance with Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1), (3) has and maintains minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1, of the lesser of (i) $250,000 or (ii) $25,000 plus $5,000 for each security in excess of five with regard to which the broker or dealer is, or is seeking to become a Qualified OTC Market Maker, and (4) except when such activity is unlawful, meets all of the following conditions with respect to such security: (i) He regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, (ii) he furnishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations to other brokers and dealers on request, (iii) he is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable amounts, and at his quoted prices, with other brokers and dealers, and (iv) he has a reasonable average rate of inventory turnover in such security.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>Qualified Third Market Maker</I> means a dealer in any stock registered on a national securities exchange (“exchange”) who (1) is a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act, (2) is subject to and is in compliance with Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1), (3) has and maintains minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1, of the lesser of (i) $500,000 or (ii) $100,000 plus $20,000 for each security in excess of five with regard to which the broker or dealer is, or is seeking to become, a Qualified Third Market Maker, and (4) except when such activity is unlawful, meets all of the following conditions with respect to such security: (i) He furnishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations at all times to other brokers and dealers on request, (ii) he is ready, willing and able to effect transactions for his own account in reasonable amounts, and at his quoted prices with other brokers and dealers, and (iii) he has a reasonable average rate of inventory turnover in such security.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>Qualified Block Positioner</I> means a dealer who (1) is a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act, (2) is subject to and in compliance with Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1), (3) has and maintains minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 of $1,000,000 and (4) except when such activity is unlawful, meets all of the following conditions: (i) He engages in the activity of purchasing long or selling short, from time to time, from or to a customer (other than a partner or a joint venture or other entity in which a partner, the dealer, or a person associated with such dealer, as defined in section 3(a) (18) of the Act, participates) a block of stock with a current market value of $200,000 or more in a single transaction, or in several transactions at approximately the same time, from a single source to facilitate a sale or purchase by such customer, (ii) he has determined in the exercise of reasonable diligence that the block could not be sold to or purchased from others on equivalent or better terms, and (iii) he sells the shares comprising the block as rapidly as possible commensurate with the circumstances.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended by Pub. L. 94-29 (June 4, 1975), particularly secs. 2, 3, 11, 15, 17 and 23 thereof (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78k, 78<I>o,</I> 78q and 78w)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 39606, Sept. 1, 1983] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 240.3b-9—240.3b-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 240.3b-9--240.3b-10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-11   Definitions relating to limited partnership roll-up transactions for purposes of sections 6(b)(9), 14(h) and 15A(b)(12)-(13).</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of sections 6(b)(9), 14(h) and 15A(b)(12)-(13) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(9), 78n(h) and 78o-3(b)(12)-(13)): 
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>limited partnership roll-up transaction</I> does not include a transaction involving only entities that are not “finite-life” as defined in Item 901(b)(2) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(b)(2) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>limited partnership roll-up transaction</I> does not include a transaction involving only entities registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or any Business Development Company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)). 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>regularly traded</I> shall be defined as in Item 901(c)(2)(v)(C) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c)(2)(v)(C) of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63684, Dec. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-12   Definition of OTC derivatives dealer.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> means any dealer that is affiliated with a registered broker or dealer (other than an OTC derivatives dealer), and whose securities activities:
</P>
<P>(a) Are limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Engaging in dealer activities in eligible OTC derivative instruments that are securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Issuing and reacquiring securities that are issued by the dealer, including warrants on securities, hybrid securities, and structured notes;
</P>
<P>(3) Engaging in cash management securities activities;
</P>
<P>(4) Engaging in ancillary portfolio management securities activities; and
</P>
<P>(5) Engaging in such other securities activities that the Commission designates by order pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(1); and
</P>
<P>(b) Consist primarily of the activities described in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(c) Do not consist of any other securities activities, including engaging in any transaction in any security that is not an eligible OTC derivative instrument, except as permitted under paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, the term <I>hybrid security</I> means a security that incorporates payment features economically similar to options, forwards, futures, swap agreements, or collars involving currencies, interest or other rates, commodities, securities, indices, quantitative measures, or other financial or economic interests or property of any kind, or any payment or delivery that is dependent on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence (or any combination, permutation, or derivative of such contract or underlying interest).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59394, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-13   Definition of eligible OTC derivative instrument.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the term <I>eligible OTC derivative instrument</I> means any contract, agreement, or transaction that:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides, in whole or in part, on a firm or contingent basis, for the purchase or sale of, or is based on the value of, or any interest in, one or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates, indices, quantitative measures, or other financial or economic interests or property of any kind; or
</P>
<P>(2) Involves any payment or delivery that is dependent on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence; or
</P>
<P>(3) Involves any combination or permutation of any contract, agreement, or transaction or underlying interest, property, or event described in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>eligible OTC derivative instrument</I> does not include any contract, agreement, or transaction that:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides for the purchase or sale of a security, on a firm basis, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The settlement date for such purchase or sale occurs at least one year following the trade date or, in the case of an eligible forward contract, at least four months following the trade date; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The material economic features of the contract, agreement, or transaction consist primarily of features of a type described in paragraph (a) of this section other than the provision for the purchase or sale of a security on a firm basis; or
</P>
<P>(2) Provides, in whole or in part, on a firm or contingent basis, for the purchase or sale of, or is based on the value of, or any interest in, any security (or group or index of securities), and is:
</P>
<P>(i) Listed on, or traded on or through, a national securities exchange or registered national securities association, or facility or market thereof; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as otherwise determined by the Commission by order pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(2), one of a class of fungible instruments that are standardized as to their material economic terms.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may issue an order pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(3) clarifying whether certain contracts, agreements, or transactions are within the scope of eligible OTC derivative instrument.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, the term <I>eligible forward contract</I> means a forward contract that provides for the purchase or sale of a security other than a government security, provided that, if such contract provides for the purchase or sale of margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 CFR Part 221), such contract either:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides for the purchase or sale of such stock by the issuer thereof (or an affiliate that is not a bank or a broker or dealer); or
</P>
<P>(2) Provides for the transfer of transaction collateral in an amount that would satisfy the requirements, if any, that would be applicable assuming the OTC derivatives dealer party to such transaction were not eligible for the exemption from Regulation T of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 CFR part 220, set forth in § 240.36a1-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59395, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-14   Definition of cash management securities activities.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>cash management securities activities</I> means securities activities that are limited to transactions involving:
</P>
<P>(a) Any taking possession of, and any subsequent sale or disposition of, collateral provided by a counterparty, or any acquisition of, and any subsequent sale or disposition of, collateral to be provided to a counterparty, in connection with any securities activities of the dealer permitted under § 240.15a-1 or any non-securities activities of the dealer that involve eligible OTC derivative instruments or other financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(b) Cash management, in connection with any securities activities of the dealer permitted under § 240.15a-1 or any non-securities activities of the dealer that involve eligible OTC derivative instruments or other financial instruments; or
</P>
<P>(c) Financing of positions of the dealer acquired in connection with any securities activities of the dealer permitted under § 240.15a-1 or any non-securities activities that involve eligible OTC derivative instruments or other financial instruments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59395, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-15   Definition of ancillary portfolio management securities activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>ancillary portfolio management securities activities</I> means securities activities that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are limited to transactions in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) Dealer activities in eligible OTC derivative instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuance of securities by the dealer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Such other securities activities that the Commission designates by order pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(1); and
</P>
<P>(2) Are conducted for the purpose of reducing the market or credit risk of the dealer or consist of incidental trading activities for portfolio management purposes; and
</P>
<P>(3) Are limited to risk exposures within the market, credit, leverage, and liquidity risk parameters set forth in:
</P>
<P>(i) The trading authorizations granted to the associated person (or to the supervisor of such associated person) who executes a particular transaction for, or on behalf of, the dealer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The written guidelines approved by the governing body of the dealer and included in the internal risk management control system for the dealer pursuant to § 240.15c3-4; and
</P>
<P>(4) Are conducted solely by one or more associated persons of the dealer who perform substantial duties for, or on behalf of, the dealer in connection with its dealer activities in eligible OTC derivative instruments.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may issue an order pursuant to § 240.15a-1(b)(4) clarifying whether certain securities activities are within the scope of ancillary portfolio management securities activities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59395, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-16   Definitions of terms used in Section 3(a)(1) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An organization, association, or group of persons shall be considered to constitute, maintain, or provide “a market place or facilities for bringing together purchasers and sellers of securities or for otherwise performing with respect to securities the functions commonly performed by a stock exchange,” as those terms are used in section 3(a)(1) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1)), if such organization, association, or group of persons:
</P>
<P>(1) Brings together the orders for securities of multiple buyers and sellers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Uses established, non-discretionary methods (whether by providing a trading facility or by setting rules) under which such orders interact with each other, and the buyers and sellers entering such orders agree to the terms of a trade.
</P>
<P>(b) An organization, association, or group of persons shall not be considered to constitute, maintain, or provide “a market place or facilities for bringing together purchasers and sellers of securities or for otherwise performing with respect to securities the functions commonly performed by a stock exchange,” solely because such organization, association, or group of persons engages in one or more of the following activities:
</P>
<P>(1) Routes orders to a national securities exchange, a market operated by a national securities association, or a broker-dealer for execution; or
</P>
<P>(2) Allows persons to enter orders for execution against the bids and offers of a single dealer; and
</P>
<P>(i) As an incidental part of these activities, matches orders that are not displayed to any person other than the dealer and its employees; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the course of acting as a market maker registered with a self-regulatory organization, displays the limit orders of such market maker's, or other broker-dealer's, customers; and
</P>
<P>(A) Matches customer orders with such displayed limit orders; and
</P>
<P>(B) As an incidental part of its market making activities, crosses or matches orders that are not displayed to any person other than the market maker and its employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section the term <I>order</I> means any firm indication of a willingness to buy or sell a security, as either principal or agent, including any bid or offer quotation, market order, limit order, or other priced order.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this section, the terms <I>bid</I> and <I>offer</I> shall have the same meaning as under § 242.600 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may conditionally or unconditionally exempt any organization, association, or group of persons from the definition in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70918, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 37617, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-17   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-18   Definitions of terms used in Section 3(a)(5) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of section 3(a)(5)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)(C): 
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>affiliate</I> means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>consumer-related receivable</I> means any obligation incurred by any natural person to pay money arising out of a transaction in which the money, property, insurance, or services (being purchased) are primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>member</I> as it relates to the term “syndicate of banks” means a bank that is a participant in a syndicate of banks and together with its affiliates, other than its broker or dealer affiliates, originates no less than 10% of the value of the obligations in a pool of obligations used to back the securities issued through a grantor trust or other separate entity. 
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>obligation</I> means any note, draft, acceptance, loan, lease, receivable, or other evidence of indebtedness that is not a security issued by a person other than the bank. 
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>originated</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Funding an obligation at the time that the obligation is created; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Initially approving and underwriting the obligation, or initially agreeing to purchase the obligation, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The obligation conforms to the underwriting standards or is evidenced by the loan documents of the bank or its affiliates, other than its broker or dealer affiliates; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The bank or its affiliates, other than its broker or dealer affiliates, fund the obligation in a timely manner, not to exceed six months after the obligation is created. 
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>pool</I> means more than one obligation or type of obligation grouped together to provide collateral for a securities offering. 
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>predominantly originated</I> means that no less than 85% of the value of the obligations in any pool were originated by: 
</P>
<P>(1) The bank or its affiliates, other than its broker or dealer affiliates; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Banks that are members of a syndicate of banks and affiliates of such banks, other than their broker or dealer affiliates, if the obligations or pool of obligations consist of mortgage obligations or consumer-related receivables. 
</P>
<P>(3) For this purpose, the bank and its affiliates include any financial institution with which the bank or its affiliates have merged but does not include the purchase of a pool of obligations or the purchase of a line of business. 
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>syndicate of banks</I> means a group of banks that acts jointly, on a temporary basis, to issue through a grantor trust or other separate entity, securities backed by obligations originated by each of the individual banks or their affiliates, other than their broker or dealer affiliates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 8700, Feb. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3b-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.64.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3b-19   Definition of “issuer” in section 3(a)(8) of the Act in relation to asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>The following applies with respect to asset-backed securities under the Act. Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(a) The depositor for the asset-backed securities acting solely in its capacity as depositor to the issuing entity is the “issuer” for purposes of the asset-backed securities of that issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(b) The person acting in the capacity as the depositor specified in paragraph (a) of this section is a different “issuer” from that same person acting as a depositor for another issuing entity or for purposes of that person's own securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="65" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.65" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Clearing of Security-Based Swaps</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3Ca-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.65.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3Ca-1   Stay of clearing requirement and review by the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After making a determination pursuant to a clearing agency's security-based swap submission that a security-based swap, or any group, category, type or class of security-based swaps, is required to be cleared, the Commission, on application of a counterparty to a security-based swap or on the Commission's own initiative, may stay the clearing requirement until the Commission completes a review of the terms of the security-based swap (or group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps) and the clearing of the security-based swap (or group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps) by the clearing agency that has accepted it for clearing.
</P>
<P>(b) A counterparty to a security-based swap applying for a stay of the clearing requirement for a security-based swap (or group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps) shall submit a written statement to the Commission that includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A request for a stay of the clearing requirement;
</P>
<P>(2) The identity of the counterparties to the security-based swap and a contact at the counterparty requesting the stay;
</P>
<P>(3) The identity of the clearing agency clearing the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(4) The terms of the security-based swap subject to the clearing requirement and a description of the clearing arrangement; and
</P>
<P>(5) Reasons why such stay should be granted and why the security-based swap should not be subject to a clearing requirement, specifically addressing the same factors a clearing agency must address in its security-based-swap submission pursuant to § 240.19b-4(o)(3).
</P>
<P>(c) A stay of the clearing requirement may be granted with respect to a security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, as determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission's review shall include a quantitative and qualitative assessment of the factors specified in § 240.19b-4(o)(3). Any clearing agency that has accepted for clearing a security-based swap, or any group, category, type or class of security-based swaps, that is subject to the stay of the clearing requirement shall provide information requested by the Commission as necessary to assess any of the factors it determines to be appropriate in the course of its review.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon completion of its review, the Commission may:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine, subject to any terms and conditions that the Commission determines to be appropriate in the public interest, that the security-based swap, or group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps must be cleared; or
</P>
<P>(2) Determine that the clearing requirement will not apply to the security-based swap, or group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, but clearing may continue on a non-mandatory basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 41647, July 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3Ca-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.65.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3Ca-2   Submission of security-based swaps for clearing.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to section 3C(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(a)(1)), it shall be unlawful for any person to engage in a security-based swap unless that person submits such security-based swap for clearing to a clearing agency that is registered under this Act or a clearing agency that is exempt from registration under the Act if the security-based swap is required to be cleared. The phrase <I>submits such security-based swap for clearing to a clearing agency</I> in the clearing requirement of Section 3C(a)(1) of the Act shall mean that the security-based swap will be submitted for central clearing to a clearing agency that functions as a central counterparty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 41647, July 13, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="66" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Registration and Exemption of Exchanges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6a-1   Application for registration as a national securities exchange or exemption from registration based on limited volume.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration as a national securities exchange, or for exemption from such registration based on limited volume, shall be filed on Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter), in accordance with the instructions contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) Promptly after the discovery that any information filed on Form 1 was inaccurate when filed, the exchange shall file with the Commission an amendment correcting such inaccuracy.
</P>
<P>(c) Promptly after the discovery that any information in the statement, any exhibit, or any amendment was inaccurate when filed, the exchange shall file with the Commission an amendment correcting such inaccuracy. 
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever the number of changes to be reported in an amendment, or the number of amendments filed, are so great that the purpose of clarity will be promoted by the filing of a new complete statement and exhibits, an exchange may, at its election, or shall, upon request of the Commission, file as an amendment a complete new statement together with all exhibits which are prescribed to be filed in connection with Form 1. 
</P>
<P>(e) Filings on Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter) submitted pursuant to this chapter shall be filed electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). Except as otherwise specified on Form 1, the disclosure required to be included in Exhibits D, E, and I must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).


</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 5, 6, 17, 48 Stat. 885, 897, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78e, 78f, 78q) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[14 FR 7759, Dec. 29, 1949, as amended at 63 FR 70918, Dec. 22, 1998; 90 FR 7363, Jan. 21, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6a-2   Amendments to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A national securities exchange, or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, shall electronically file an amendment to Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter), in accordance with § 240.6a-1(e), which shall set forth the nature and effective date of the action taken and shall provide any new information and correct any information rendered inaccurate, on Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter), within 10 days after any action is taken that renders inaccurate, or that causes to be incomplete, any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Information filed on Sections I and II of Form 1, or amendment thereto; or
</P>
<P>(2) Information filed as part of Exhibits C, F, G, H, J, K or M, or any amendments thereto.


</P>
<P>(b) On or before June 30 of each year, a national securities exchange, or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, shall electronically file, as an amendment to Form 1, in accordance with § 240.6a-1(e), the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Exhibits D and I as of the end of the latest fiscal year of the exchange; and
</P>
<P>(2) Exhibits K, M, and N, which shall be up to date as of the latest date practicable within 3 months of the date the amendment is filed.
</P>
<P>(c) On or before June 30, 2025, and every three years thereafter, a national securities exchange, or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, shall electronically file, as an amendment to Form 1, in accordance with § 240.6a-1(e), complete Exhibits A, B, C, and J. The information filed under this paragraph (c) shall be current as of the latest practicable date, but shall, at a minimum, be up to date within 3 months as of the date the amendment is filed.


</P>
<P>(d)(1) If an exchange, on an annual or more frequent basis, publishes, or cooperates in the publication of, any of the information required to be filed by paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of this section, in lieu of filing such information, an exchange may:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify on Form 1 the publication in which such information is available, the name, address, and telephone number of the person from whom such publication may be obtained, and the price of such publication; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Certify on Form 1 to the accuracy of such information as of its publication date.
</P>
<P>(2) If an exchange keeps the information required under paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of this section up to date and makes it available to the Commission and the public upon request, in lieu of filing such information, an exchange may certify on Form 1 that the information is kept up to date and is available to the Commission and the public upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) If the information required to be filed under paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of this section is available continuously on an internet website controlled by an exchange, in lieu of filing such information with the Commission, such exchange may:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide on Form 1 the Uniform Resource Locator(s) (URL(s)) of the location(s) on the internet website where such information may be found; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Certify on Form 1 that the information available at such location(s) is accurate as of its date and is free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public.


</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may exempt a national securities exchange, or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, from filing the amendment required by this section for any affiliate or subsidiary listed in Exhibit C of the exchange's application for registration, as amended, that either:
</P>
<P>(1) Is listed in Exhibit C of the application for registration or notice of registration, as amended, of one or more other national securities exchanges; or
</P>
<P>(2) Was an inactive subsidiary throughout the subsidiary's latest fiscal year. Any such exemption may be granted upon terms and conditions the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, provided however, that at least one national securities exchange shall be required to file the amendments required by this section for an affiliate or subsidiary described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(1)) shall be exempt from the requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70918, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 43741, Aug. 20, 2001; 90 FR 7363, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6a-3   Supplemental material to be filed by exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A national securities exchange, or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, shall file with the Commission any material (including notices, circulars, bulletins, lists, and periodicals) issued or made generally available to members of, or participants or subscribers to, the exchange. Such material shall be electronically filed with the Commission on Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter), in accordance with § 240.6a-1(e), within 10 days after issuing or making such material available to members, participants or subscribers.
</P>
<P>(2) If the information required to be filed under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is available continuously on an internet website controlled by an exchange, in lieu of filing such information with the Commission, such exchange may:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide on Form 1 the Uniform Resource Locator(s) (URL(s)) of the location(s) on the internet website where such information may be found; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Certify on Form 1 that the information available at such location(s) is accurate as of its date and is free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public.


</P>
<P>(b) Within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, a national securities exchange or an exchange exempted from such registration based on limited volume, shall electronically file on Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter), in accordance with § 240.6a-1(e), a report concerning the securities sold on such exchange during the calendar month. Such report shall set forth:


</P>
<P>(1) The number of shares of stock sold and the aggregate dollar amount of such stock sold;
</P>
<P>(2) The principal amount of bonds sold and the aggregate dollar amount of such bonds sold; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number of rights and warrants sold and the aggregate dollar amount of such rights and warrants sold.
</P>
<P>(c) A national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(1)) shall be exempt from the requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70919, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 43741, Aug. 20, 2001; 90 FR 7363, Jan. 21, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6a-4   Notice of registration under Section 6(g) of the Act, amendment to such notice, and supplemental materials to be filed by exchanges registered under Section 6(g) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of registration.</I> (1) An exchange may register as a national securities exchange solely for the purposes of trading security futures products by filing Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter) (“notice of registration”), in accordance with the instructions contained therein, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The exchange is a board of trade, as that term is defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(6)), that:
</P>
<P>(A) Has been designated a contract market by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and such designation is not suspended by order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is registered as a derivative transaction execution facility under Section 6(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 8(a)) and such registration is not suspended by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such exchange does not serve as a marketplace for transactions in securities other than:
</P>
<P>(A) Security futures products; or
</P>
<P>(B) Futures on exempted securities or on groups or indexes of securities or options thereon that have been authorized under Section 2(a)(1)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(C)).
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly after the discovery that any information filed on Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter) was inaccurate when filed, the exchange shall file with the Commission an amendment correcting such inaccuracy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendment to notice of registration.</I> (1) A national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(1)) (“Security Futures Product Exchange”) shall file an amendment to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), which shall set forth the nature and effective date of the action taken and shall provide any new information and correct any information rendered inaccurate, on Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), within:
</P>
<P>(i) Ten days after any action is taken that renders inaccurate, or that causes to be incomplete, any information filed on Sections I through III of Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), or amendment thereto; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 30 days after any action is taken that renders inaccurate, or that causes to be incomplete, any information filed as part of Exhibit F to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), or any amendments thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) A Security Futures Product Exchange shall maintain records relating to changes in information required in Exhibits C and E to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter) which shall be current of as of the latest practicable date, but shall, at a minimum, be up-to-date within 30 days. A Security Futures Product Exchange shall make such records available to the Commission and the public upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) On or before June 30, 2023, and by June 30 every year thereafter, a Security Futures Product Exchange shall file, as an amendment to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), Exhibits F, H, and I, which shall be current as of the latest practicable date, but shall, at a minimum, be up to date within three months as of the date the amendment is filed.
</P>
<P>(4) On or before June 30, 2025, and by June 30 every three years thereafter, a Security Futures Product Exchange shall file, as an amendment to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), complete Exhibits A, B, C, and E, which shall be current as of the latest practicable date, but shall, at a minimum, be up to date within three months as of the date the amendment is filed.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) If a Security Futures Product Exchange, on an annual or more frequent basis, publishes, or cooperates in the publication of, any of the information required to be filed by paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, in lieu of filing such information, a Security Futures Product Exchange may:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify on Form 1-N the publication in which such information is available, the name, address, and telephone number of the person from whom such publication may be obtained, and the price of such publication; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certify on Form 1-N to the accuracy of such information as of its publication date.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a Security Futures Product Exchange keeps the information required under paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section up to date and makes it available to the Commission and the public upon request, in lieu of filing such information, a Security Futures Product Exchange may certify on Form 1-N that the information is kept up to date and is available to the Commission and the public upon request.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the information required to be filed under paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section is available continuously on an internet website controlled by a Security Futures Product Exchange, in lieu of filing such information with the Commission, such Security Futures Product Exchange may:
</P>
<P>(A) Provide on Form 1-N the Uniform Resource Locator(s) (URL(s)) of the location(s) of the internet website where such information may be found; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certify on Form 1-N that the information available at such location(s) is accurate as of its date and is free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) The Commission may exempt a Security Futures Product Exchange from filing the amendment required by this section for any affiliate or subsidiary listed in Exhibit C to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), as amended, that either:
</P>
<P>(A) Is listed in Exhibit C to Form 1 (§ 249.1 of this chapter) or to Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter), as amended, of one or more other national securities exchanges; or
</P>
<P>(B) Was an inactive affiliate or subsidiary throughout the affiliate's or subsidiary's latest fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any such exemption may be granted upon terms and conditions the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, provided however, that at least one national securities exchange shall be required to file the amendments required by this section for an affiliate or subsidiary described in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) If a Security Futures Product Exchange has filed documents with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, to the extent that such documents contain information satisfying the Commission's informational requirements, copies of such documents may be filed with the Commission in lieu of the required written notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplemental material to be filed by Security Futures Product Exchanges.</I> (1)(i) A Security Futures Product Exchange shall file with the Commission any material related to the trading of security futures products (including notices, circulars, bulletins, lists, and periodicals) issued or made generally available to members of, participants in, or subscribers to, the exchange. Such material shall be filed with the Commission within ten days after issuing or making such material available to members, participants, or subscribers.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the information required to be filed under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is available continuously on an internet website controlled by an exchange, in lieu of filing such information with the Commission, such exchange may:
</P>
<P>(A) Provide on Form 1-N the Uniform Resource Locator(s) (URL(s)) of the location(s) of the internet website where such information may be found; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certify on Form 1-N that the information available at such location(s) is accurate as of its date and is free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, a Security Futures Product Exchange shall file a report concerning the security futures products traded on such exchange during the previous calendar month. Such a report shall state:
</P>
<P>(i) For each contract of sale for future delivery of a single security, the number of contracts traded on such exchange during the relevant calendar month and the total number of shares underlying such contracts traded; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For each contract of sale for future delivery of a narrow-based security index, the number of contracts traded on such exchange during the relevant calendar month and the total number of shares represented by the index underlying such contracts traded.
</P>
<P>(d) Filings on Form 1-N (§ 249.10 of this chapter) submitted pursuant to this section shall be filed electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43741, Aug. 20, 2001; 90 FR 7364, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6h-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6h-1   Settlement and regulatory halt requirements for security futures products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Opening price</I> means the price at which a security opened for trading, or a price that fairly reflects the price at which a security opened for trading, during the regular trading session of the national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security. If the security is not listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association, then <I>opening price</I> shall mean the price at which a security opened for trading, or a price that fairly reflects the price at which a security opened for trading, on the primary market for the security. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Regular trading session</I> of a security means the normal hours for business of a national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulatory halt</I> means a delay, halt, or suspension in the trading of a security, that is instituted by the national securities exchange or national securities association that lists the security, as a result of: 
</P>
<P>(i) A determination that there are matters relating to the security or issuer that have not been adequately disclosed to the public, or that there are regulatory problems relating to the security which should be clarified before trading is permitted to continue; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The operation of circuit breaker procedures to halt or suspend trading in all equity securities trading on that national securities exchange or national securities association. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final settlement prices for security futures products.</I> (1) The final settlement price of a cash-settled security futures product must fairly reflect the opening price of the underlying security or securities. 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if an opening price for one or more securities underlying a security futures product is not readily available, the final settlement price of the security futures product shall fairly reflect: 
</P>
<P>(i) The price of the underlying security or securities during the most recent regular trading session for such security or securities; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The next available opening price of the underlying security or securities. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, if a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1), or exempt from registration pursuant to Section 17A(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(7)), to which the final settlement price of a security futures product is or would be reported determines, pursuant to its rules, that such final settlement price is not consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, taking into account such factors as fairness to buyers and sellers of the affected security futures product, the maintenance of a fair and orderly market in such security futures product, and consistency of interpretation and practice, the clearing agency shall have the authority to determine, under its rules, a final settlement price for such security futures product. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulatory trading halts.</I> The rules of a national securities exchange or national securities association registered pursuant to Section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that lists or trades one or more security futures products must include the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Trading of a security futures product based on a single security shall be halted at all times that a regulatory halt has been instituted for the underlying security; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Trading of a security futures product based on a narrow-based security index shall be halted at all times that a regulatory halt has been instituted for one or more underlying securities that constitute 50 percent or more of the market capitalization of the narrow-based security index. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission may exempt from the requirements of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any national securities exchange or national securities association, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors. An exemption granted pursuant to this paragraph shall not operate as an exemption from any Commodity Futures Trading Commission rules. Any exemption that may be required from such rules must be obtained separately from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 36762, May 24, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.6h-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.6h-2   Security future based on note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness.</HEAD>
<P>A security future may be based upon a security that is a note, bond, debenture, or evidence of indebtedness or a narrow-based security index composed of such securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 39543, July 13, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.7c2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.66.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.7c2-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="67" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.67" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Hypothecation of Customers' Securities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.8c-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.67.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.8c-1   Hypothecation of customers' securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> No member of a national securities exchange, and no broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of any such member shall, directly or indirectly, hypothecate or arrange for or permit the continued hypothecation of any securities carried for the account of any customer under circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) That will permit the commingling of securities carried for the account of any such customer with securities carried for the account of any other customer, without first obtaining the written consent of each such customer to such hypothecation; 
</P>
<P>(2) That will permit such securities to be commingled with securities carried for the account of any person other than a bona fide customer of such member, broker or dealer under a lien for a loan made to such member, broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(3) That will permit securities carried for the account of customers to be hypothecated or subjected to any lien or liens or claim or claims of the pledges or pledgees, for a sum which exceeds the aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts; except that this clause shall not be deemed to be violated by reason of an excess arising on any day through the reduction of the aggregate indebtedness of customers on such day, provided that funds or securities in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess are paid or placed in transfer to pledgees for the purpose of reducing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities carried for the account of customers are subjected as promptly as practicable after such reduction occurs, but before the lapse of one-half hour after the commencement of banking hours on the next banking day at the place where the largest principal amount of loans of such member, broker or dealer are payable and, in any event, before such member, broker or dealer on such day has obtained or increased any bank loan collateralized by securities carried for the account of customers. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>customer</I> shall not include any general or special partner or any director or officer of such member, broker or dealer, or any participant, as such, in any joint, group or syndicate account with such member, broker or dealer or with any partner, officer or director thereof. The term also shall not include any counterparty who has delivered collateral to an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to a transaction in an eligible OTC derivative instrument, or pursuant to the OTC derivatives dealer's cash management securities activities or ancillary portfolio management securities activities, and who has received a prominent written notice from the OTC derivatives dealer that:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the OTC derivatives dealer and the counterparty, the dealer may repledge or otherwise use the collateral in its business;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of the OTC derivatives dealer's failure, the counterparty will likely be considered an unsecured creditor of the dealer as to that collateral;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa through 78lll) does not protect the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The collateral will not be subject to the requirements of § 240.8c-1, § 240.15c2-1, § 240.15c3-2, or § 240.15c3-3;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>securities carried for the account of any customer</I> shall be deemed to mean: 
</P>
<P>(i) Securities received by or on behalf of such member, broker or dealer for the account of any customer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities sold and appropriated by such member, broker or dealer to a customer, except that if such securities were subject to a lien when appropriated to a customer they shall not be deemed to be “securities carried for the account of any customer” pending their release from such lien as promptly as practicable: 
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities sold, but not appropriated, by such member, broker or dealer to a customer who has made any payment therefor, to the extent that such member, broker or dealer owns and has received delivery of securities of like kind, except that if such securities were subject to a lien when such payment was made they shall not be deemed to be “securities carried for the account of any customer” pending their release from such lien as promptly as practicable: 
</P>
<P>(3) “Aggregate indebtedness” shall not be deemed to be reduced by reason of uncollected items. In computing aggregate indebtedness, related guaranteed and guarantor accounts shall be treated as a single account and considered on a consolidated basis, and balances in accounts carrying both long and short positions shall be adjusted by treating the market value of the securities required to cover such short positions as though such market value were a debit; and 
</P>
<P>(4) In computing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities carried for the account of customers of a member, broker or dealer are subject, any rehypothecation of such securities by another member, broker or dealer who is subject to this section or to § 240.15c2-1 shall be disregarded. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for cash accounts.</I> The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities carried for the account of a customer in a special cash account within the meaning of 12 CFR 220.4(c): <I>Provided,</I> That at or before the completion of the transaction of purchase of such securities for, or of sale of such securities to, such customer, written notice is given or sent to such customer disclosing that such securities are or may be hypothecated under circumstances which will permit the commingling thereof with securities carried for the account of other customers. The term <I>the completion of the transaction</I> shall have the meaning given to such term by § 240.15c1-1(b). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption for clearinghouse liens.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (f) of this section shall not apply to any lien or claim of the clearing corporation, or similar department or association, of a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association for a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day, which is incidental to the clearing of transactions in securities or loans through such corporation, department, or association: <I>Provided, however,</I> That for the purpose of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, “aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts” shall not include indebtedness in respect of any securities subject to any lien or claim exempted by this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemption for certain liens on securities of noncustomers.</I> The provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not be deemed to prevent such member, broker or dealer from permitting securities not carried for the account of a customer to be subjected (1) to a lien for a loan made against securities carried for the account of customers, or (2) to a lien for a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day. For the purpose of this exemption, a loan shall be deemed to be “made against securities carried for the account of customers” if only securities carried for the account of customers are used to obtain or to increase such loan or as substitutes for other securities carried for the account of customers. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notice and certification requirements.</I> No person subject to this section shall hypothecate any security carried for the account of a customer unless at or prior to the time of each such hypothecation, he gives written notice to the pledgee that the security pledged is carried for the account of a customer and that such hypothecation does not contravene any provision of this section, except that in the case of an omnibus account the members, broker or dealer for whom such account is carried may furnish a signed statement to the person carrying such account that all securities carried therein by such member, broker or dealer will be securities carried for the account of his customers and that the hypothecation thereof by such member, broker or dealer will not contravene any provision of this section. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities under any lien or claim of a pledgee securing a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day. 
</P>
<P>(g) The fact that securities carried for the accounts of customers and securities carried for the accounts of others are represented by one or more certificates in the custody of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either a national securities exchange or of a registered national securities association, or of a custodian bank, in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, pursuant to which system the hypothecation of such securities is effected by bookkeeping entries without physical delivery of such securities, shall not, in and of itself, result in a commingling of securities prohibited by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, whenever a participating member, broker or dealer hypothecates securities in accordance with such system: <I>Provided, however,</I> That (1) any such custodian of any securities held by or for such system shall agree that it will not for any reason, including the assertion of any claim, right or lien of any kind, refuse to refrain from promptly delivering any such securities (other than securities then hypothecated in accordance with such system) to such clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization or as directed by it, except that nothing in such agreement shall be deemed to require the custodian to deliver any securities in contravention of any notice of levy, seizure or similar notice, or order or judgment, issued or directed by a governmental agency or court, or officer thereof, having jurisdiction over such custodian, which on its face affects such securities; (2) such systems shall have safeguards in the handling, transfer and delivery of securities and provisions for fidelity bond coverage of the employees and agents of the clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization and for periodic examinations by independent public accountants; and (3) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be effective with respect to any particular system unless the agreement required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the safeguards and provisions required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall have been deemed adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors, and unless any subsequent amendments to such agreement, safeguards or provisions shall have been deemed adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 8, 15, 48 Stat. 882, 888, 895; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78h, 78<I>o</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative releases applicable to § 240.8c-1, see Nos. 2690 and 2822 in tabulation, part 241 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8180, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 31 FR 7740, June 1, 1966; 37 FR 73, Jan. 5, 1973; 63 FR 59395, Nov. 3, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.9b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.67.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.9b-1   Options disclosure document.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions shall apply for the purpose of this rule.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Options market</I> means a national securities exchange, an automated quotation system of a registered securities association or a foreign securities exchange on which standardized options are traded.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Options class</I> means all options contracts covering the same underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Options disclosure document</I> means a document, including all amendments and supplements thereto, prepared by one or more options markets which has been filed with the Commission or distributed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. <I>Definitive options disclosure document</I> or <I>document</I> means an options disclosure document furnished to customers in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Standardized options</I> are options contracts trading on a national securities exchange, an automated quotation system of a registered securities association, or a foreign securities exchange which relate to options classes the terms of which are limited to specific expiration dates and exercise prices, or such other securities as the Commission may, by order, designate.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Five preliminary copies of an options disclosure document containing the information specified in paragraph (c) of this section shall be filed with the Commission by an options market at least 60 days prior to the date definitive copies are furnished to customers, unless the commission determines otherwise having due regard to the adequacy of the information disclosed and the public interest and protection of investors. Five copies of the definitive options disclosure document shall be filed with the Commission not later than the date the options disclosure document is furnished to customers. Notwithstanding the above, the use of an options disclosure document shall not be permitted unless the options class to which such document relates is the subject of an effective registration statement on Form S-20 under the Securities Act of 1933, or is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the information contained in the options disclosure document becomes or will become materially inaccurate or incomplete or there is or will be an omission of material information necessary to make the options disclosure document not misleading, the options market shall amend or supplement its options disclosure document by filing five copies of an amendment or supplement to such options disclosure document with the Commission at least 30 days prior to the date definitive copies are furnished to customers, unless the Commission determines otherwise having due regard to the adequacy of the information disclosed and the public interest and protection of investors. Five copies of the definitive options disclosure document, as amended or supplemented, shall be filed with the Commission not later than the date the amendment or supplement, or the amended options disclosure document, is furnished to customers. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, an options market may distribute an amendment or supplement to an options disclosure document prior to such 30 day period if it determines, in good faith, that such delivery is necessary to ensure timely and accurate disclosure with respect to one or more of the options classes covered by the document. Five copies of any amendment or supplement distributed pursuant to this paragraph shall be filed with the Commission at the time of distribution. In that instance, if the Commission determines, having given due regard to the adequacy of the information disclosed and the public interest and the protection of investors, it may require refiling of the amendment pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information required in an options disclosure document.</I> An options disclosure document shall contain the following information, unless otherwise provided by the Commission, with respect to the options classes covered by the document: 
</P>
<P>(1) A glossary of terms; 
</P>
<P>(2) A discussion of the mechanics of exercising the options; 
</P>
<P>(3) A discussion of the risks of being a holder or writer of the options; 
</P>
<P>(4) The identification of the market or markets in which the options are traded; 
</P>
<P>(5) A brief reference to the transaction costs, margin requirements and tax consequences of options trading; 
</P>
<P>(6) The identification of the issuer of the options; 
</P>
<P>(7) A general identification of the type of instrument or instruments underlying the options class or classes covered by the document; 
</P>
<P>(8) If the options are not exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the registration of the options on form S-20 (17 CFR 239.20) and the availability of the prospectus and the information in part II of the registration statement; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Such other information as the Commission may specify. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Broker-dealer obligations.</I> (1) No broker or dealer shall accept an order from a customer to purchase or sell an option contract relating to an options class that is the subject of a definitive options disclosure document, or approve the customer's account for the trading of such option, unless the broker or dealer furnishes or has furnished to the customer a copy of the definitive options disclosure document. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a definitive options disclosure document relating to an options class is amended or supplemented, each broker and dealer shall promptly send a copy of the definitive amendment or supplement or a copy of the definitive options disclosure document as amended to each customer whose account is approved for trading the options class or classes to which the amendment or supplement relates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41956, Sept. 23, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 14982, Apr. 22, 1986; 65 FR 64139, Oct. 26, 2000; 68 FR 192, Jan. 2, 2003] 






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="68" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Manipulative and Deceptive Devices and Contrivances</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.9j-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.9j-1   Prohibition against fraud, manipulation, or deception in connection with security-based swaps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, to effect any transaction in, or attempt to effect any transaction in, any security-based swap, or to purchase or sell, or induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, any security-based swap (including but not limited to, in whole or in part, the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of any rights or obligations under, a security based-swap, as the context may require), in connection with which such person:
</P>
<P>(1) Employs or attempts to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud or manipulate;
</P>
<P>(2) Makes or attempts to make any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>(3) Obtains money or property by means of any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>(4) Engages in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person;
</P>
<P>(5) Attempts to obtain money or property by means of any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or attempts to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person; or
</P>
<P>(6) Manipulates or attempts to manipulate the price or valuation of any security-based swap, or any payment or delivery related thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Wherever communicating, or purchasing or selling a security (other than a security-based swap) while in possession of material nonpublic information would violate, or result in liability to any purchaser or seller of the security under, either the Act or the Securities Act of 1933, or any rule or regulation thereunder, such conduct in connection with a purchase or sale of a security-based swap with respect to such security or with respect to a group or index of securities including such security shall also violate, and result in comparable liability to any purchaser or seller of that security under, such provision, rule, or regulation.
</P>
<P>(c) Wherever taking any of the actions set forth in paragraph (a) of this section involving a security-based swap would violate, or result in liability under, Section 9(j) of the Act or this section, such conduct, when taken by a counterparty to such security-based swap (or any affiliate of, or a person acting in concert with, such security-based swap counterparty in furtherance of such prohibited activity), in connection with a purchase or sale of a security, loan, or group or index of securities on which such security-based swap is based, shall also violate, and shall be deemed a violation of, section 9(j) of the Act or paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, the terms “purchase” and “sale” shall have the same meanings as set forth in Sections 3(a)(13) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(13)) and 3(a)(14) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(14)) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) A person shall not be liable under paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section solely for being aware of material nonpublic information while taking the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) Actions taken by a person in accordance with binding contractual rights and obligations under a security-based swap (as reflected in the written documentation governing such security-based swap or any amendment thereto) so long as the person demonstrates that:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap was entered into, or the amendment was made, before the person became aware of such material nonpublic information, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap was entered into in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Actions taken by a person other than a natural person if the person demonstrates that:
</P>
<P>(i) The individual making the investment decision on behalf of the person taking the action was not aware of the material nonpublic information, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The person had implemented reasonable policies and procedures, taking into consideration the nature of the person's business, to ensure that individuals making investment decisions would not be in violation of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section. These policies and procedures may include those that restrict effecting a transaction in, or purchasing or selling, any security, including any security-based swap, as to which the person has material nonpublic information, or those that prevent such individuals from becoming aware of such information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 42584, June 30, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 240.10a-1—240.10a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.98" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 240.10a-1--240.10a-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.99" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-1   Prohibition of use of manipulative or deceptive devices or contrivances with respect to certain securities exempted from registration.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 10(b) (48 Stat. 891; 15 U.S.C. 78j(b)), is hereby defined to include any act or omission to act with respect to any security exempted from the operation of section 12(a) (48 Stat. 892; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(a)) pursuant to any section in this part which specifically provides that this section shall be applicable to such security if such act or omission to act would have been unlawful under section 9(a) (48 Stat. 889; 15 U.S.C. 78i(a)), or any rule or regulation heretofore or hereafter prescribed thereunder, if done or omitted to be done with respect to a security registered on a national securities exchange, and the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce or of the mails or of any facility of any national securities exchange to use or employ any such device or contrivance in connection with the purchase or sale of any such security is hereby prohibited. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 10, 12, 48 Stat. 891, 892; 15 U.S.C. 78j, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For applicability of this section, see §§ 240.12a-4 and 240.12a-5. For regulations relating to employment of manipulative and deceptive devices, see §§ 240.10b-3 and 240.10b-5.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8183, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.100" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.101" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-3   Employment of manipulative and deceptive devices by brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer, directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or of the mails, or of any facility of any national securities exchange, to use or employ, in connection with the purchase or sale of any security otherwise than on a national securities exchange, any act, practice, or course of business defined by the Commission to be included within the term “manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance”, as such term is used in section 15(c)(1) of the act. 
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for any municipal securities dealer directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or of the mails, or of any facility of any national securities exchange, to use or employ, in connection with the purchase or sale of any municipal security, any act, practice, or course of business defined by the Commission to be included within the term “manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,” as such term is used in section 15(c)(1) of the act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 10, 12, 48 Stat. 891, 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78j, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>See also § 240.10b-5. For regulation relating to prohibition of manipulative or deceptive devices, see § 240.10b-1. For the term “manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance”, as used in section 15(c)(1) of the act, see §§ 240.15c1-2 to 240.15c1-9.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8183, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 19 FR 8017, Dec. 4, 1954; 41 FR 22824, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.102" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.103" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-5   Employment of manipulative and deceptive devices.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or of the mails or of any facility of any national securities exchange, 
</P>
<P>(a) To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud, 
</P>
<P>(b) To make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or 
</P>
<P>(c) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person, 
</P>
<FP>in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. 
</FP>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 10; 48 Stat. 891; 15 U.S.C. 78j) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8183, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 16 FR 7928, Aug. 11, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b5-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.104" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b5-1   Trading “on the basis of” material nonpublic information in insider trading cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manipulative or deceptive devices.</I> The “manipulative or deceptive device[s] or contrivance[s]” prohibited by Section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78j) and § 240.10b-5 (Rule 10b-5) thereunder include, among other things, the purchase or sale of a security of any issuer, on the basis of material nonpublic information about that security or issuer, in breach of a duty of trust or confidence that is owed directly, indirectly, or derivatively, to the issuer of that security or the shareholders of that issuer, or to any other person who is the source of the material nonpublic information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Awareness of material nonpublic information.</I> Subject to the affirmative defenses in paragraph (c) of this section, a purchase or sale of a security of an issuer is on the basis of material nonpublic information for purposes of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 if the person making the purchase or sale was aware of the material nonpublic information when the person made the purchase or sale. The law of insider trading is otherwise defined by judicial opinions construing Rule 10b-5, and Rule 10b5-1 does not modify the scope of insider trading law in any other respect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Affirmative defenses.</I> (1)(i) Subject to paragraph  (1)(ii) of this section, a person's purchase or sale is not on the basis of material nonpublic information if the person making the purchase or sale demonstrates that:
</P>
<P>(A) Before becoming aware of the information, the person had:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Entered into a binding contract to purchase or sell the security,
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Instructed another person to purchase or sell the security for the instructing person's account, or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Adopted a written plan for trading securities;
</P>
<P>(B) The contract, instruction, or plan described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Specified the amount of securities to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities were to be purchased or sold;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Included a written formula or algorithm, or computer program, for determining the amount of securities to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities were to be purchased or sold; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Did not permit the person to exercise any subsequent influence over how, when, or whether to effect purchases or sales; provided, in addition, that any other person who, pursuant to the contract, instruction, or plan, did exercise such influence must not have been aware of the material nonpublic information when doing so; and
</P>
<P>(C) The purchase or sale that occurred was pursuant to the contract, instruction, or plan. A purchase or sale is not “pursuant to a contract, instruction, or plan” if, among other things, the person who entered into the contract, instruction, or plan altered or deviated from the contract, instruction, or plan to purchase or sell securities (whether by changing the amount, price, or timing of the purchase or sale), or entered into or altered a corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to those securities. </P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is applicable only when:
</P>
<P>(A) The contract, instruction, or plan to purchase or sell securities was given or entered into in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of this section, and the person who entered into the contract, instruction, or plan has acted in good faith with respect to the contract, instruction or plan;
</P>
<P>(B) If the person who entered into the contract, instruction, or plan is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1)</I> A director or officer (as defined in § 240.16a-1(f) (Rule 16a-1(f)) of the issuer, no purchases or sales occur until expiration of a cooling-off period consisting of the later of:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Ninety days after the adoption of the contract, instruction, or plan or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Two business days following the disclosure of the issuer's financial results in a Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) or Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) for the completed fiscal quarter in which the plan was adopted or, for foreign private issuers, in a Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) that discloses the issuer's financial results (but, in any event, this required cooling-off period is subject to a maximum of 120 days after adoption of the contract, instruction, or plan); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Not the issuer and not a director or officer (as defined in § 240.16a-1(f) (Rule 16a-1(f)) of the issuer, no purchases or sales occur until the expiration of a cooling-off period that is 30 days after the adoption of the contract, instruction or plan;
</P>
<P>(C) If the person who entered into a plan as described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A)(3) of this section is a director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) (§ 240.16a-1(f)) of the issuer of the securities, such director or officer included a representation in the plan certifying that, on the date of adoption of the plan:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The individual director or officer is not aware of any material nonpublic information about the security or issuer; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The individual director or officer is adopting the plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) The person (other than the issuer) who entered into the contract, instruction, or plan has no outstanding (and does not subsequently enter into any additional) contract, instruction, or plan that would qualify for the affirmative defense under paragraph (c)(1) of this section for purchases or sales of the issuer's securities on the open market; except that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D), a series of separate contracts with different broker-dealers or other agents acting on behalf of the person (other than the issuer) to execute trades thereunder may be treated as a single “plan,” provided that the individual constituent contracts with each broker-dealer or other agent, when taken together as a whole, meet all of the applicable conditions of and remain collectively subject to the provisions of this rule, including that a modification of any individual contract acts as modification of the whole contract, instruction of plan, as defined in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section. The substitution of a broker-dealer or other agent acting on behalf of the person (other than the issuer) for another broker-dealer that is executing trades pursuant to a contract, instruction or plan shall not be a modification of the contract, instruction, or plan (as defined in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section) as long as the purchase or sales instructions applicable to the substitute and substituted broker are identical with respect to the prices of securities to be purchased or sold, dates of the purchases or sales to be executed, and amount of securities to be purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The person (other than the issuer) may have one later-commencing contract, instruction, or plan for purchases or sales of any securities of the issuer on the open market under which trading is not authorized to begin until after all trades under the earlier-commencing contract, instruction, or plan are completed or expired without execution; provided, however, that if the first trade under the later-commencing contract, instruction, or plan is scheduled during the Effective Cooling-Off Period, the later-commencing contract, instruction, or plan may not rely on this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D)(<I>2</I>). For purposes of this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D)(<I>2</I>), “Effective Cooling-Off Period” means the cooling-off period that would be applicable under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section with respect to the later-commencing contract, instruction, or plan if the date of adoption of the later-commencing contract, instruction, or plan were deemed to be the date of termination of the earlier-commencing contract, instruction, or plan; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A contract, instruction, or plan providing for an eligible sell-to-cover transaction shall not be considered an outstanding or additional contract, instruction, or plan under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D) of this section, and such eligible sell-to-cover transaction shall not be subject to the limitation under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D) of this section. A contract, instruction, or plan provides for an eligible sell-to-cover transaction where the contract, instruction, or plan authorizes an agent to sell only such securities as are necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising exclusively from the vesting of a compensatory award, such as restricted stock or stock appreciation rights, and the insider does not otherwise exercise control over the timing of such sales; and
</P>
<P>(E) With respect to persons (other than the issuer), if the contract, instruction, or plan does not provide for an eligible sell-to-cover transaction as described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(D)(<I>3</I>) of this section and is designed to effect the open-market purchase or sale of the total amount of securities as a single transaction, the person who entered into the contract, instruction, or plan has not during the prior 12-month period adopted a contract, instruction, or plan that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) was designed to effect the open-market purchase or sale of all of the securities covered by such prior contract, instruction or plan, in a single transaction; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Would otherwise qualify for the affirmative defense under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) This paragraph (c)(1)(iii) defines certain terms as used in paragraph (c) of this Section. 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Amount.</I> “Amount” means either a specified number of shares or other securities or a specified dollar value of securities. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Price.</I> “Price” means the market price on a particular date or a limit price, or a particular dollar price. 
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Date.</I> “Date” means, in the case of a market order, the specific day of the year on which the order is to be executed (or as soon thereafter as is practicable under ordinary principles of best execution). “Date” means, in the case of a limit order, a day of the year on which the limit order is in force. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any modification or change to the amount, price, or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities underlying a contract, instruction, or written plan as described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section is a termination of such contract, instruction, or written plan, and the adoption of a new contract, instruction, or written plan. A plan modification, such as the substitution or removal of a broker that is executing trades pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 arrangement on behalf of the person, that changes the price or date on which purchases or sales are to be executed, is a termination of such plan and the adoption of a new plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A person other than a natural person also may demonstrate that a purchase or sale of securities is not “on the basis of” material nonpublic information if the person demonstrates that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The individual making the investment decision on behalf of the person to purchase or sell the securities was not aware of the information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The person had implemented reasonable policies and procedures, taking into consideration the nature of the person's business, to ensure that individuals making investment decisions would not violate the laws prohibiting trading on the basis of material nonpublic information. These policies and procedures may include those that restrict any purchase, sale, and causing any purchase or sale of any security as to which the person has material nonpublic information, or those that prevent such individuals from becoming aware of such information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51737, Aug. 24, 2000, as amended at 87 FR 80429, Dec. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b5-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.105" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b5-2   Duties of trust or confidence in misappropriation insider trading cases.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 240.10<E T="01">b</E>5-2:</HED>
<P>This section provides a non-exclusive definition of circumstances in which a person has a duty of trust or confidence for purposes of the “misappropriation” theory of insider trading under Section 10(b) of the Act and Rule 10b-5. The law of insider trading is otherwise defined by judicial opinions construing Rule 10b-5, and Rule 10b5-2 does not modify the scope of insider trading law in any other respect.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of Rule.</I> This section shall apply to any violation of Section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and § 240.10b-5 thereunder that is based on the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of, or the communication of, material nonpublic information misappropriated in breach of a duty of trust or confidence. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Enumerated “duties of trust or confidence.”</I> For purposes of this section, a “duty of trust or confidence” exists in the following circumstances, among others: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; 
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever the person communicating the material nonpublic information and the person to whom it is communicated have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences, such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material nonpublic information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever a person receives or obtains material nonpublic information from his or her spouse, parent, child, or sibling; <I>provided,</I> however, that the person receiving or obtaining the information may demonstrate that no duty of trust or confidence existed with respect to the information, by establishing that he or she neither knew nor reasonably should have known that the person who was the source of the information expected that the person would keep the information confidential, because of the parties' history, pattern, or practice of sharing and maintaining confidences, and because there was no agreement or understanding to maintain the confidentiality of the information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51738, Aug. 24, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 240.10b-6—240.10b-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.106" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 240.10b-6--240.10b-8   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.107" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-9   Prohibited representations in connection with certain offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall constitute a <I>manipulative or deception device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 10(b) of the Act, for any person, directly or indirectly, in connection with the offer or sale of any security, to make any representation: 
</P>
<P>(1) To the effect that the security is being offered or sold on an “all-or-none” basis, unless the security is part of an offering or distribution being made on the condition that all or a specified amount of the consideration paid for such security will be promptly refunded to the purchaser unless (i) all of the securities being offered are sold at a specified price within a specified time, and (ii) the total amount due to the seller is received by him by a specified date; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To the effect that the security is being offered or sold on any other basis whereby all or part of the consideration paid for any such security will be refunded to the purchaser if all or some of the securities are not sold, unless the security is part of an offering or distribution being made on the condition that all or a specified part of the consideration paid for such security will be promptly refunded to the purchaser unless (i) a specified number of units of the security are sold at a specified price within a specified time, and (ii) the total amount due to the seller is received by him by a specified date. 
</P>
<P>(b) This rule shall not apply to any offer or sale of securities as to which the seller has a firm commitment from underwriters or others (subject only to customary conditions precedent, including “market outs”) for the purchase of all the securities being offered. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 10, 48 Stat. 891, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78j) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 9943, Oct. 10, 1962] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.108" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-10   Confirmation of transactions.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note.</HED>
<P>This section requires broker-dealers to disclose specified information in writing to customers at or before completion of a transaction. The requirements under this section that particular information be disclosed is not determinative of a broker-dealer's obligation under the general antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws to disclose additional information to a customer at the time of the customer's investment decision.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosure requirement.</I> It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer to effect for or with an account of a customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by such customer of, any security (other than U.S. Savings Bonds or municipal securities) unless such broker or dealer, at or before completion of such transaction, gives or sends to such customer written notification disclosing: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date and time of the transaction (or the fact that the time of the transaction will be furnished upon written request to such customer) and the identity, price, and number of shares or units (or principal amount) of such security purchased or sold by such customer; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the broker or dealer is acting as agent for such customer, as agent for some other person, as agent for both such customer and some other person, or as principal for its own account; and if the broker or dealer is acting as principal, whether it is a market maker in the security (other than by reason of acting as a block positioner); and 
</P>
<P>(i) If the broker or dealer is acting as agent for such customer, for some other person, or for both such customer and some other person: 
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the person from whom the security was purchased, or to whom it was sold, for such customer or the fact that the information will be furnished upon written request of such customer; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The amount of any remuneration received or to be received by the broker from such customer in connection with the transaction unless remuneration paid by such customer is determined pursuant to written agreement with such customer, otherwise than on a transaction basis; and 
</P>
<P>(C) For a transaction in any NMS stock as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter or a security authorized for quotation on an automated interdealer quotation system that has the characteristics set forth in section 17B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-2), a statement whether payment for order flow is received by the broker or dealer for transactions in such securities and the fact that the source and nature of the compensation received in connection with the particular transaction will be furnished upon written request of the customer; <I>provided, however</I>, that brokers or dealers that do not receive payment for order flow in connection with any transaction have no disclosure obligations under this paragraph; and 
</P>
<P>(D) The source and amount of any other remuneration received or to be received by the broker in connection with the transaction: <I>Provided, however,</I> that if, in the case of a purchase, the broker was not participating in a distribution, or in the case of a sale, was not participating in a tender offer, the written notification may state whether any other remuneration has been or will be received and the fact that the source and amount of such other remuneration will be furnished upon written request of such customer; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the broker or dealer is acting as principal for its own account: 
</P>
<P>(A) In the case where such broker or dealer is not a market maker in an equity security and, if, after having received an order to buy from a customer, the broker or dealer purchased the equity security from another person to offset a contemporaneous sale to such customer or, after having received an order to sell from a customer, the broker or dealer sold the security to another person to offset a contemporaneous purchase from such customer, the difference between the price to the customer and the dealer's contemporaneous purchase (for customer purchases) or sale price (for customer sales); or 
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of any other transaction in an NMS stock as defined by § 242.600 of this chapter, or an equity security that is traded on a national securities exchange and that is subject to last sale reporting, the reported trade price, the price to the customer in the transaction, and the difference, if any, between the reported trade price and the price to the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether any odd-lot differential or equivalent fee has been paid by such customer in connection with the execution of an order for an odd-lot number of shares or units (or principal amount) of a security and the fact that the amount of any such differential or fee will be furnished upon oral or written request: <I>Provided, however,</I> that such disclosure need not be made if the differential or fee is included in the remuneration disclosure, or exempted from disclosure, pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of any transaction in a debt security subject to redemption before maturity, a statement to the effect that such debt security may be redeemed in whole or in part before maturity, that such a redemption could affect the yield represented and the fact that additional information is available upon request; and 
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected exclusively on the basis of a dollar price: 
</P>
<P>(i) The dollar price at which the transaction was effected, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The yield to maturity calculated from the dollar price: <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (a)(5)(ii) shall not apply to a transaction in a debt security that either:
</P>
<P>(A) Has a maturity date that may be extended by the issuer thereof, with a variable interest payable thereon; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Is an asset-backed security, that represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables or other financial assets that are subject continuously to prepayment; and 
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected on the basis of yield: 
</P>
<P>(i) The yield at which the transaction was effected, including the percentage amount and its characterization (e.g., current yield, yield to maturity, or yield to call) and if effected at yield to call, the type of call, the call date and call price; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The dollar price calculated from the yield at which the transaction was effected; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If effected on a basis other than yield to maturity and the yield to maturity is lower than the represented yield, the yield to maturity as well as the represented yield; <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (a)(6)(iii) shall not apply to a transaction in a debt security that either: 
</P>
<P>(A) Has a maturity date that may be extended by the issuer thereof, with a variable interest rate payable thereon; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Is an asset-backed security, that represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables or other financial assets that are subject continuously to prepayment; and 
</P>
<P>(7) In the case of a transaction in a debt security that is an asset-backed security, which represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables or other financial assets that are subject continuously to prepayment, a statement indicating that the actual yield of such asset-backed security may vary according to the rate at which the underlying receivables or other financial assets are prepaid and a statement of the fact that information concerning the factors that affect yield (including at a minimum estimated yield, weighted average life, and the prepayment assumptions underlying yield) will be furnished upon written request of such customer; and 
</P>
<P>(8) That the broker or dealer is not a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC), or that the broker or dealer clearing or carrying the customer account is not a member of SIPC, if such is the case: <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (a)(9) shall not apply in the case of a transaction in shares of a registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The customer sends funds or securities directly to, or receives funds or securities directly from, the registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust, its transfer agent, its custodian, or other designated agent, and such person is not an associated person of the broker or dealer required by paragraph (a) of this section to send written notification to the customer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The written notification required by paragraph (a) of this section is sent on behalf of the broker or dealer to the customer by a person described in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative periodic reporting.</I> A broker or dealer may effect transactions for or with the account of a customer without giving or sending to such customer the written notification described in paragraph (a) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such transactions are effected pursuant to a periodic plan or an investment company plan, or effected in shares of any open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that holds itself out as a money market fund and attempts to maintain a stable net asset value per share: <I>Provided, however,</I> that no sales load is deducted upon the purchase or redemption of shares in the money market fund; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Such broker or dealer gives or sends to such customer within five business days after the end of each <I>quarterly</I> period, for transactions involving investment company and periodic plans, and after the end of each <I>monthly</I> period, for other transactions described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a written statement disclosing each purchase or redemption, effected for or with, and each dividend or distribution credited to or reinvested for, the account of such customer during the month; the date of such transaction; the identity, number, and price of any securities purchased or redeemed by such customer in each such transaction; the total number of shares of such securities in such customer's account; any remuneration received or to be received by the broker or dealer in connection therewith; and that any other information required by paragraph (a) of this section will be furnished upon written request: <I>Provided, however,</I> that the written statement may be delivered to some other person designated by the customer for distribution to the customer; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Such customer is provided with prior notification in writing disclosing the intention to send the written information referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section in lieu of an immediate confirmation. 
</P>
<P>(c) A broker or dealer shall give or send to a customer information requested pursuant to this rule within 5 business days of receipt of the request: <I>Provided, however,</I> That in the case of information pertaining to a transaction effected more than 30 days prior to receipt of the request, the information shall be given or sent to the customer within 15 business days. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Customer</I> shall not include a broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Completion of the transaction</I> shall have the meaning provided in rule 15c1-1 under the Act; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Time of the transaction</I> means the time of execution, to the extent feasible, of the customer's order; 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Debt security</I> as used in paragraphs (a)(3), (4), and (5) only, means any security, such as a bond, debenture, note, or any other similar instrument which evidences a liability of the issuer (including any such security that is convertible into stock or a similar security) and fractional or participation interests in one or more of any of the foregoing: <I>Provided, however,</I> That securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 shall not be included in this definition;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Periodic plan</I> means any written authorization for a broker acting as agent to purchase or sell for a customer a specific security or securities (other than securities issued by an open end investment company or unit investment trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940), in specific amounts (calculated in security units or dollars), at specific time intervals and setting forth the commissions or charges to be paid by the customer in connection therewith (or the manner of calculating them); and 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Investment company plan</I> means any plan under which securities issued by an open-end investment company or unit investment trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are purchased by a customer (the payments being made directly to, or made payable to, the registered investment company, or the principal underwriter, custodian, trustee, or other designated agent of the registered investment company), or sold by a customer pursuant to: 
</P>
<P>(i) An individual retirement or individual pension plan qualified under the Internal Revenue Code; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A contractual or systematic agreement under which the customer purchases at the applicable public offering price, or redeems at the applicable redemption price, such securities in specified amounts (calculated in security units or dollars) at specified time intervals and setting forth the commissions or charges to be paid by such customer in connection therewith (or the manner of calculating them; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other arrangement involving a group of two or more customers and contemplating periodic purchases of such securities by each customer through a person designated by the group: <I>Provided,</I> That such arrangement requires the registered investment company or its agent— 
</P>
<P>(A) To give or send to the designated person, at or before the completion of the transaction for the purchase of such securities, a written notification of the receipt of the total amount paid by the group; 
</P>
<P>(B) To send to anyone in the group who was a customer in the prior quarter and on whose behalf payment has not been received in the current quarter a quarterly written statement reflecting that a payment was not received on his behalf; and 
</P>
<P>(C) To advise each customer in the group if a payment is not received from the designated person on behalf of the group within 10 days of a date certain specified in the arrangement for delivery of that payment by the designated person and thereafter to send to each such customer the written notification described in paragraph (a) of this section for the next three succeeding payments. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>NMS stock</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 242.600 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Payment for order flow</I> shall mean any monetary payment, service, property, or other benefit that results in remuneration, compensation, or consideration to a broker or dealer from any broker or dealer, national securities exchange, registered securities association, or exchange member in return for the routing of customer orders by such broker or dealer to any broker or dealer, national securities exchange, registered securities association, or exchange member for execution, including but not limited to: research, clearance, custody, products or services; reciprocal agreements for the provision of order flow; adjustment of a broker or dealer's unfavorable trading errors; offers to participate as underwriter in public offerings; stock loans or shared interest accrued thereon; discounts, rebates, or any other reductions of or credits against any fee to, or expense or other financial obligation of, the broker or dealer routing a customer order that exceeds that fee, expense or financial obligation.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Asset-backed security</I> means a security that is primarily serviced by the cashflows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to the security holders. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Security futures products.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply to a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)(A)) to the extent that it effects transactions for customers in security futures products in a futures account (as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(15)) and a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(1)) that is also a futures commission merchant registered pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)), to the extent that it effects transactions for customers in security futures products in a futures account (as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(15)), <I>Provided</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer that effects any transaction for a customer in security futures products in a futures account gives or sends to the customer no later than the next business day after execution of any futures securities product transaction, written notification disclosing: 
</P>
<P>(i) The date the transaction was executed, the identity of the single security or narrow-based security index underlying the contract for the security futures product, the number of contracts of such security futures product purchased or sold, the price, and the delivery month; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The source and amount of any remuneration received or to be received by the broker or dealer in connection with the transaction, including, but not limited to, markups, commissions, costs, fees, and other charges incurred in connection with the transaction, provided, however, that if no remuneration is to be paid for an initiating transaction until the occurrence of the corresponding liquidating transaction, that the broker or dealer may disclose the amount of remuneration only on the confirmation for the liquidating transaction; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The fact that information about the time of the execution of the transaction, the identity of the other party to the contract, and whether the broker or dealer is acting as agent for such customer, as agent for some other person, as agent for both such customer and some other person, or as principal for its own account, and if the broker or dealer is acting as principal, whether it is engaging in a block transaction or an exchange of security futures products for physical securities, will be available upon written request of the customer; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether payment for order flow is received by the broker or dealer for such transactions, the amount of this payment and the fact that the source and nature of the compensation received in connection with the particular transaction will be furnished upon written request of the customer; provided, however, that brokers or dealers that do not receive payment for order flow have no disclosure obligation under this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transitional provision.</I> (i) Broker-dealers are not required to comply with paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section until June 1, 2003, <I>Provided</I> that, if, not withstanding the absence of the disclosure required in that paragraph, the broker-dealer receives a written request from a customer for the information described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, the broker-dealer must make the information available to the customer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Broker-dealers are not required to comply with paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section until June 1, 2003.
</P>
<P>(f) The Commission may exempt any broker or dealer from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section with regard to specific transactions of specific classes of transactions for which the broker or dealer will provide alternative procedures to effect the purposes of this section; any such exemption may be granted subject to compliance with such alternative procedures and upon such other stated terms and conditions as the Commission may impose. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 47503, Oct. 16, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 17585, Apr. 25, 1983; 50 FR 37654, Sept. 17, 1985; 53 FR 40721, Oct. 18, 1988; 59 FR 55012, Nov. 2, 1994; 59 FR 59620, Nov. 17, 1994; 59 FR 60555, Nov. 25, 1994; 67 FR 58312, Sept. 13, 2002; 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005; 79 FR 1549, Jan. 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.109" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-13   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.110" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-16   Disclosure of credit terms in margin transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer to extend credit, directly or indirectly, to any customer in connection with any securities transaction unless such broker or dealer has established procedures to assure that each customer: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is given or sent at the time of opening the account, a written statement or statements disclosing (i) the conditions under which an interest charge will be imposed; (ii) the annual rate or rates of interest that can be imposed; (iii) the method of computing interest; (iv) if rates of interest are subject to change without prior notice, the specific conditions under which they can be changed; (v) the method of determining the debit balance or balances on which interest is to be charged and whether credit is to be given for credit balances in cash accounts; (vi) what other charges resulting from the extension of credit, if any, will be made and under what conditions; and (vii) the nature of any interest or lien retained by the broker or dealer in the security or other property held as collateral and the conditions under which additional collateral can be required: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the requirements of this subparagraph will be met in any case where the account is opened by telephone if the information required to be disclosed is orally communicated to the customer at that time and the required written statement or statements are sent to the customer immediately thereafter: <I>And provided, further,</I> That in the case of customers to whom credit is already being extended on the effective date of this section, the written statement or statements required hereunder must be given or sent to said customers within 90 days after the effective date of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is given or sent a written statement or statements, at least quarterly, for each account in which credit was extended, disclosing (i) the balance at the beginning of the period; the date, amount and a brief description of each debit and credit entered during such period; the closing balance; and, if interest is charged for a period different from the period covered by the statement, the balance as of the last day of the interest period; (ii) the total interest charge for the period during which interest is charged (or, if interest is charged separately for separate accounts, the total interest charge for each such account), itemized to show the dates on which the interest period began and ended; the annual rate or rates of interest charged and the interest charge for each such different annual rate of interest; and either each different debit balance on which an interest calculation was based or the average debit balance for the interest period, except that if an average debit balance is used, a separate average debit balance must be disclosed for each interest rate applied; and (iii) all other charges resulting from the extension of credit in that account: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the interest charge disclosed on a statement is for a period different from the period covered by the statement, there must be printed on the statement appropriate language to the effect that it should be retained for use in conjunction with the next statement containing the remainder of the required information: <I>And provided further,</I> That in the case of “equity funding programs” registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the requirements of this paragraph will be met if the broker or dealer furnishes to the customer, within 1 month after each extension of credit, a written statement or statements containing the information required to be disclosed under this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer to make any changes in the terms and conditions under which credit charges will be made (as described in the initial statement made under paragraph (a) of this section), unless the customer shall have been given not less than thirty (30) days written notice of such changes, except that no such prior notice shall be necessary where such changes are required by law: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if any change for which prior notice would otherwise be required under this paragraph results in a lower interest charge to the customer than would have been imposed before the change, notice of such change may be given within a reasonable time after the effective date of the change. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78j) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 19718, Dec. 16, 1969] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.111" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-17   Untimely announcements of record dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall constitute a “manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance” as used in section 10(b) of the Act for any issuer of a class of securities publicly traded by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce or of the mails or of any facility of any national securities exchange to fail to give notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section of the following actions relating to such class of securities: 
</P>
<P>(1) A dividend or other distribution in cash or in kind, except an ordinary interest payment on a debt security, but including a dividend or distribution of any security of the same or another issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) A stock split or reverse split; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A rights or other subscription offering. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notice shall be deemed to have been given in accordance with this section only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Given to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., no later than 10 days prior to the record date involved or, in case of a rights subscription or other offering if such 10 days advance notice is not practical, on or before the record date and in no event later than the effective date of the registration statement to which the offering relates, and such notice includes: 
</P>
<P>(i) Title of the security to which the declaration relates; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of declaration; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of record for determining holders entitled to receive the dividend or other distribution or to participate in the stock or reverse split; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of payment or distribution or, in the case of a stock or reverse split or rights or other subscription offering, the date of delivery; 
</P>
<P>(v) For a dividend or other distribution including a stock or reverse split or rights or other subscription offering: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) In cash, the amount of cash to be paid or distributed per share, except if exact per share cash distributions cannot be given because of existing conversion rights which may be exercised during the notice period and which may affect the per share cash distribution, then a reasonable approximation of the per share distribution may be provided so long as the actual per share distribution is subsequently provided on the record date, 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) In the same security, the amount of the security outstanding immediately prior to and immediately following the dividend or distribution and the rate of the dividend or distribution, 
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) In any other security of the same issuer, the amount to be paid or distributed and the rate of the dividend or distribution, 
</P>
<P>(<I>d</I>) In any security of another issuer, the name of the issuer and title of that security, the amount to be paid or distributed, and the rate of the dividend or distribution and if that security is a right or a warrant, the subscription price, 
</P>
<P>(<I>e</I>) In any other property (including securities not covered under paragraphs (b)(1)(v) (<I>b</I>) through (<I>d</I>) of this section) the identity of the property and its value and basis for assigning that value; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Method of settlement of fractional interests; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Details of any condition which must be satisfied or Government approval which must be secured to enable payment of distribution; and in 
</P>
<P>(viii) The case of stock or reverse split in addition to the aforementioned information; 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) The name and address of the transfer or exchange agent; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempts the issuer from compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section either unconditionally or on specified terms or conditions, as not constituting a manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance comprehended within the purpose of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Given in accordance with procedures of the national securities exchange or exchanges upon which a security of such issuer is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act which contain requirements substantially comparable to those set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this rule shall not apply, however, to redeemable securities issued by open-end investment companies and unit investment trusts registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 10(b), 23(a), 48 Stat. 891, as amended, 49 Stat. 1379, 15 U.S.C. 78j) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 11514, June 15, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 4330, Mar. 2, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.112" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-18   Purchases of certain equity securities by the issuer and others.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes to § 240.10<E T="01">b</E>-18</HED>
<P>1. Section 240.10b-18 provides an issuer (and its affiliated purchasers) with a “safe harbor” from liability for manipulation under sections 9(a)(2) of the Act and § 240.10b-5 under the Act <I>solely</I> by reason of the manner, timing, price, and volume of their repurchases when they repurchase the issuer's common stock in the market in accordance with the section's manner, timing, price, and volume conditions. As a safe harbor, compliance with § 240.10b-18 is voluntary. To come within the safe harbor, however, an issuer's repurchases must satisfy (on a daily basis) each of the section's four conditions. Failure to meet any one of the four conditions will remove all of the issuer's repurchases from the safe harbor for that day. The safe harbor, moreover, is not available for repurchases that, although made in technical compliance with the section, are part of a plan or scheme to evade the federal securities laws. 
</P>
<P>2. Regardless of whether the repurchases are effected in accordance with § 240.10b-18, reporting issuers must report their repurchasing activity as required by Item 703 of Regulations S-K and S-B (17 CFR 229.703 and 228.703) and Item 15(e) of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f) (regarding foreign private issuers), and closed-end management investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 must report their repurchasing activity as required by Item 8 of Form N-CSR (17 CFR 249.331; 17 CFR 274.128).</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless otherwise provided, all terms used in this section shall have the same meaning as in the Act. In addition, the following definitions shall apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>ADTV</I> means the average daily trading volume reported for the security during the four calendar weeks preceding the week in which the Rule 10b-18 purchase is to be effected. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Affiliate</I> means any person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Affiliated purchaser</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) A person acting, directly or indirectly, in concert with the issuer for the purpose of acquiring the issuer's securities; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) An affiliate who, directly or indirectly, controls the issuer's purchases of such securities, whose purchases are controlled by the issuer, or whose purchases are under common control with those of the issuer; <I>Provided, however,</I> that “affiliated purchaser” shall not include a broker, dealer, or other person solely by reason of such broker, dealer, or other person effecting Rule 10b-18 purchases on behalf of the issuer or for its account, and shall not include an officer or director of the issuer solely by reason of that officer or director's participation in the decision to authorize Rule 10b-18 purchases by or on behalf of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Agent independent of the issuer</I> has the meaning contained in § 242.100 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Block</I> means a quantity of stock that either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Has a purchase price of $200,000 or more; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is at least 5,000 shares and has a purchase price of at least $50,000; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is at least 20 round lots of the security and totals 150 percent or more of the trading volume for that security or, in the event that trading volume data are unavailable, is at least 20 round lots of the security and totals at least one-tenth of one percent (.001) of the outstanding shares of the security, exclusive of any shares owned by any affiliate; <I>Provided, however,</I> That a block under paragraph (a)(5)(i), (ii), and (iii) shall not include any amount a broker or dealer, acting as principal, has accumulated for the purpose of sale or resale to the issuer or to any affiliated purchaser of the issuer if the issuer or such affiliated purchaser knows or has reason to know that such amount was accumulated for such purpose, nor shall it include any amount that a broker or dealer has sold short to the issuer or to any affiliated purchaser of the issuer if the issuer or such affiliated purchaser knows or has reason to know that the sale was a short sale. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Consolidated system</I> means a consolidated transaction or quotation reporting system that collects and publicly disseminates on a current and continuous basis transaction or quotation information in common equity securities pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or an effective national market system plan (as those terms are defined in § 242.600 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Market-wide trading suspension</I> means a market-wide trading halt of 30 minutes or more that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Imposed pursuant to the rules of a national securities exchange or a national securities association in response to a market-wide decline during a single trading session; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Declared by the Commission pursuant to its authority under section 12(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> (k)). 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Plan</I> has the meaning contained in § 242.100 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Principal market</I> for a security means the single securities market with the largest reported trading volume for the security during the six full calendar months preceding the week in which the Rule 10b-18 purchase is to be effected. 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Public float value</I> has the meaning contained in § 242.100 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Purchase price</I> means the price paid per share as reported, exclusive of any commission paid to a broker acting as agent, or commission equivalent, mark-up, or differential paid to a dealer. 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Riskless principal transaction</I> means a transaction in which a broker or dealer after having received an order from an issuer to buy its security, buys the security as principal in the market at the same price to satisfy the issuer's buy order. The issuer's buy order must be effected at the same price per-share at which the broker or dealer bought the shares to satisfy the issuer's buy order, exclusive of any explicitly disclosed markup or markdown, commission equivalent, or other fee. In addition, only the first leg of the transaction, when the broker or dealer buys the security in the market as principal, is reported under the rules of a self-regulatory organization or under the Act. For purposes of this section, the broker or dealer must have written policies and procedures in place to assure that, at a minimum, the issuer's buy order was received prior to the offsetting transaction; the offsetting transaction is allocated to a riskless principal account or the issuer's account within 60 seconds of the execution; and the broker or dealer has supervisory systems in place to produce records that enable the broker or dealer to accurately and readily reconstruct, in a time-sequenced manner, all orders effected on a riskless principal basis. 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Rule 10b-18 purchase</I> means a purchase (or any bid or limit order that would effect such purchase) of an issuer's common stock (or an equivalent interest, including a unit of beneficial interest in a trust or limited partnership or a depository share) by or for the issuer or any affiliated purchaser (including riskless principal transactions). However, it does <I>not</I> include any purchase of such security: 
</P>
<P>(i) Effected during the applicable restricted period of a distribution that is subject to § 242.102 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Effected by or for an issuer plan by an agent independent of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Effected as a fractional share purchase (a fractional interest in a security) evidenced by a script certificate, order form, or similar document; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Effected during the period from the time of public announcement (as defined in § 230.165(f)) of a merger, acquisition, or similar transaction involving a recapitalization, until the earlier of the completion of such transaction or the completion of the vote by target shareholders. This exclusion does <I>not</I> apply to Rule 10b-18 purchases: 
</P>
<P>(A) Effected during such transaction in which the consideration is solely cash and there is no valuation period; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Where: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The total volume of Rule 10b-18 purchases effected on any single day does not exceed the lesser of 25% of the security's four-week ADTV or the issuer's average daily Rule 10b-18 purchases during the three full calendar months preceding the date of the announcement of such transaction; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The issuer's block purchases effected pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section do not exceed the average size and frequency of the issuer's block purchases effected pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section during the three full calendar months preceding the date of the announcement of such transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Such purchases are not otherwise restricted or prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(v) Effected pursuant to § 240.13e-1; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Effected pursuant to a tender offer that is subject to § 240.13e-4 or specifically excepted from § 240.13e-4; or 
</P>
<P>(vii) Effected pursuant to a tender offer that is subject to section 14(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to be met.</I> Rule 10b-18 purchases shall not be deemed to have violated the anti-manipulation provisions of sections 9(a)(2) or 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78i(a)(2) or 78j(b)), or § 240.10b-5 under the Act, solely by reason of the time, price, or amount of the Rule 10b-18 purchases, or the number of brokers or dealers used in connection with such purchases, if the issuer or affiliated purchaser of the issuer effects the Rule 10b-18 purchases according to each of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>One broker or dealer.</I> Rule 10b-18 purchases must be effected from or through only one broker or dealer on any single day; <I>Provided, however,</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The “one broker or dealer” condition shall not apply to Rule 10b-18 purchases that are not solicited by or on behalf of the issuer or its affiliated purchaser(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) Where Rule 10b-18 purchases are effected by or on behalf of more than one affiliated purchaser of the issuer (or the issuer and one or more of its affiliated purchasers) on a single day, the issuer and all affiliated purchasers must use the same broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Where Rule 10b-18 purchases are effected on behalf of the issuer by a broker-dealer that is not an electronic communication network (ECN) or other alternative trading system (ATS), that broker-dealer can access ECN or other ATS liquidity in order to execute repurchases on behalf of the issuer (or any affiliated purchaser of the issuer) on that day.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time of purchases.</I> Rule 10b-18 purchases must not be:
</P>
<P>(i) The opening (regular way) purchase reported in the consolidated system;
</P>
<P>(ii) Effected during the 10 minutes before the scheduled close of the primary trading session in the principal market for the security, and the 10 minutes before the scheduled close of the primary trading session in the market where the purchase is effected, for a security that has an ADTV value of $1 million or more and a public float value of $150 million or more; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Effected during the 30 minutes before the scheduled close of the primary trading session in the principal market for the security, and the 30 minutes before the scheduled close of the primary trading session in the market where the purchase is effected, for all other securities;
</P>
<P>(iv) However, for purposes of this section, Rule 10b-18 purchases may be effected following the close of the primary trading session until the termination of the period in which last sale prices are reported in the consolidated system so long as such purchases are effected at prices that do not exceed the lower of the closing price of the primary trading session in the principal market for the security and any lower bids or sale prices subsequently reported in the consolidated system, and all of this section's conditions are met. However, for purposes of this section, the issuer may use one broker or dealer to effect Rule 10b-18 purchases during this period that may be different from the broker or dealer that it used during the primary trading session. However, the issuer's Rule 10b-18 purchase may not be the opening transaction of the session following the close of the primary trading session.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Price of purchases.</I> Rule 10b-18 purchases must be effected at a purchase price that:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not exceed the highest independent bid or the last independent transaction price, whichever is higher, quoted or reported in the consolidated system at the time the Rule 10b-18 purchase is effected;
</P>
<P>(ii) For securities for which bids and transaction prices are not quoted or reported in the consolidated system, Rule 10b-18 purchases must be effected at a purchase price that does not exceed the highest independent bid or the last independent transaction price, whichever is higher, displayed and disseminated on any national securities exchange or on any inter-dealer quotation system (as defined in § 240.15c2-11) that displays at least two priced quotations for the security, at the time the Rule 10b-18 purchase is effected; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For all other securities, Rule 10b-18 purchases must be effected at a price no higher than the highest independent bid obtained from three independent dealers.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Volume of purchases.</I> The total volume of Rule 10b-18 purchases effected by or for the issuer and any affiliated purchasers effected on any single day must not exceed 25 percent of the ADTV for that security; <I>However,</I> once each week, in lieu of purchasing under the 25 percent of ADTV limit for that day, the issuer or an affiliated purchaser of the issuer may effect one block purchase if:
</P>
<P>(i) No other Rule 10b-18 purchases are effected that day, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The block purchase is <I>not</I> included when calculating a security's four week ADTV under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative conditions.</I> The conditions of paragraph (b) of this section shall apply in connection with Rule 10b-18 purchases effected during a trading session following the imposition of a market-wide trading suspension, except:
</P>
<P>(1) That the time of purchases condition in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall not apply, either:
</P>
<P>(i) From the reopening of trading until the scheduled close of trading on the day that the market-wide trading suspension is imposed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) At the opening of trading on the next trading day until the scheduled close of trading that day, if a market-wide trading suspension was in effect at the close of trading on the preceding day; and
</P>
<P>(2) The volume of purchases condition in paragraph (b)(4) of this section is modified so that the amount of Rule 10b-18 purchases must not exceed 100 percent of the ADTV for that security.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other purchases.</I> No presumption shall arise that an issuer or an affiliated purchaser has violated the anti-manipulation provisions of sections 9(a)(2) or 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78i(a)(2) or 78j(b)), or § 240.10b-5 under the Act, if the Rule 10b-18 purchases of such issuer or affiliated purchaser do not meet the conditions specified in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 64970, Nov. 17, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10b-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.113" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10b-21   Deception in connection with a seller's ability or intent to deliver securities on the date delivery is due.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 240.10<E T="01">b</E>-21:</HED>
<P>This rule is not intended to limit, or restrict, the applicability of the general antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, such as section 10(b) of the Act and rule 10b-5 thereunder.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) It shall also constitute a “manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance” as used in section 10(b) of this Act for any person to submit an order to sell an equity security if such person deceives a broker or dealer, a participant of a registered clearing agency, or a purchaser about its intention or ability to deliver the security on or before the settlement date, and such person fails to deliver the security on or before the settlement date.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, the term <I>settlement date</I> shall mean the business day on which delivery of a security and payment of money is to be made through the facilities of a registered clearing agency in connection with the sale of a security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 61677, Oct. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10c-1a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.68.114" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10c-1a   Securities lending transparency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting requirements for covered persons.</I> Any covered person who agrees to a covered securities loan on behalf of itself or another person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide to a registered national securities association (“RNSA”) the information in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section (“Rule 10c-1a information”), in the format and manner required by the applicable rule(s) of such RNSA, and within the time periods specified in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Provided, however, a covered person may rely on a reporting agent to fulfill its reporting obligations under paragraph (a)(1) of this section if such covered person:
</P>
<P>(i) Enters into a written agreement with a reporting agent that agrees to provide the Rule 10c-1a information to an RNSA on behalf of such covered person in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides such reporting agent with timely access to the Rule 10c-1a information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting agent requirements.</I> Any reporting agent that assumes the reporting obligation on behalf of a covered person pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide such Rule 10c-1a information to an RNSA, in the format and manner required by the applicable rule(s) of such RNSA, and within the time periods specified in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to provide Rule 10c-1a information to an RNSA on behalf of a covered person in the format and manner required by the applicable rule(s) of an RNSA, and within the time periods specified in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Enter into a written agreement with an RNSA that permits the reporting agent to provide Rule 10c-1a information to an RNSA on behalf of a covered person;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide an RNSA with a list naming each covered person on whose behalf the reporting agent is providing Rule 10c-1a information to an RNSA and provide an RNSA with any updates to the list of such persons by the end of the day such list changes; and
</P>
<P>(5) Preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(i) The Rule 10c-1a information obtained by the reporting agent from the covered person pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, including the time of receipt, and the corresponding Rule 10c-1a information provided by the reporting agent to an RNSA, including the time of transmission to an RNSA; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The written agreements under paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Data elements.</I> A covered person shall provide the following information, if applicable, to an RNSA, by the end of the day on which a covered securities loan is effected:
</P>
<P>(1) The legal name of the security issuer, and the Legal Entity Identifier (“LEI”) of the issuer, if the issuer has a non-lapsed LEI;
</P>
<P>(2) The ticker symbol, International Securities Identification Number (“ISIN”), Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”), or Financial Instrument Global Identifier (“FIGI”) of the security, or other security identifier;
</P>
<P>(3) The date the covered securities loan was effected;
</P>
<P>(4) The time the covered securities loan was effected;
</P>
<P>(5) The name of the platform or venue where the covered securities loan was effected;
</P>
<P>(6) The amount, such as size, volume, or both, of the reportable securities loaned;
</P>
<P>(7) The type of collateral used to secure the covered securities loan;
</P>
<P>(8) For a covered securities loan collateralized by cash, the rebate rate or any other fee or charges;
</P>
<P>(9) For a covered securities loan not collateralized by cash, the securities lending fee or rate, or any other fee or charges;
</P>
<P>(10) The percentage of collateral to value of reportable securities loaned required to secure such covered securities loan;
</P>
<P>(11) The termination date of the covered securities loan; and
</P>
<P>(12) Whether the borrower is a broker or dealer, a customer (if the person lending securities is a broker or dealer), a clearing agency, a bank, a custodian, or other person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Loan modification data elements.</I> A covered person shall provide the following information to an RNSA by the end of the day on which a covered securities loan is modified:
</P>
<P>(1) If the modification occurs after the data elements under paragraph (c) of this section for such covered securities loan are provided to an RNSA, and results in a change to information previously required to be provided to an RNSA under paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The date and time of the modification;
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific modification and the specific data element in paragraph (c) of this section being modified; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The unique identifier assigned to the original covered securities loan under paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) If the modification is to a covered securities loan for which reporting under paragraph (a) was not required on the date the loan was agreed to or last modified and results in a change to any of the data elements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (12) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The data elements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (12) of this section as of the date of modification and the date and time of the modification.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidential data elements.</I> A covered person shall provide the following information to an RNSA, if applicable, by the end of the day on which a covered securities loan is effected:
</P>
<P>(1) If known, the legal name of each party to the covered securities loan, other than the customer from whom a broker or dealer borrows fully paid or excess margin securities pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(b)(3) (“Rule 15c3-3(b)(3)”) of the Exchange Act, Central Registration Depository (“CRD”) or Investment Adviser Registration Depository (“IARD”) Number, market participant identification (“MPID”), and the LEI of each party to the covered securities loan, and whether such person is the lender, the borrower, or an intermediary between the lender and the borrower;
</P>
<P>(2) If the person lending securities is a broker or dealer and the borrower is its customer, whether the security is loaned from a broker's or dealer's securities inventory to a customer of such broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(3) If known, whether the covered securities loan is being used to close out a fail to deliver pursuant to § 242.204 of this chapter (“Rule 204 of Regulation SHO”) or to close out a fail to deliver outside of §§ 242.200 through 242.204 of this chapter (“Regulation SHO”).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>RNSA rules.</I> An RNSA shall implement rules regarding the format and manner of its collection of information described in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section and make publicly available such information in accordance with rules promulgated pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78s(b) (“section 19(b)”) and § 240.19b-4 (“Rule 19b-4”) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>RNSA publication of data.</I> An RNSA shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Following receipt of information pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, as soon as practicable, and not later than the morning of the business day after the covered securities loan is effected, assign a unique identifier to the covered securities loan and make publicly available the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) For each covered securities loan effected on the previous business day:
</P>
<P>(A) The unique identifier assigned by an RNSA;
</P>
<P>(B) The information it receives under paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) and (7) through (12) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) The security identifier(s) under paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of this section that an RNSA determines is appropriate to identify the relevant reportable security.
</P>
<P>(2) Following receipt of information pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, on the twentieth business day after the covered securities loan is effected, make publicly available the information specified in paragraph (c)(6) of this section along with the loan and security identifying information specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)(A) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Following receipt of information pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, assign a unique identifier to the covered securities loan if one was not assigned pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section; and:
</P>
<P>(i) As soon as practicable, and not later than the morning of the business day after the covered securities loan is modified, make publicly available information pertaining to any modification to the data specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) and (7) through (12) of this section; provided however, for a covered securities loan for which paragraph (c) information is reported to an RNSA pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, make publicly available the data specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) and (7) through (12); and
</P>
<P>(ii) On the twentieth business day after the covered securities loan is modified, make publicly available the data specified in paragraph (c)(6) of this section along with the loan and security identifying information specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)(A) or (g)(3), as applicable, and (g)(1)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Following receipt of information pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, keep such information confidential, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section and applicable law.
</P>
<P>(5) Following the receipt of information specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, as soon as practicable, and not later than the morning of the business day after covered securities loans are effected or modified, make publicly available, on a daily basis, information pertaining to the aggregate transaction activity and distribution of loan rates for each reportable security and the security identifier(s) under paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of this section for which an RNSA determines is appropriate to identify.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Data retention and availability.</I> An RNSA shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Retain the information collected pursuant to paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section in a convenient and usable standard electronic data format that is machine readable and text searchable without any manual intervention for a period of five years;
</P>
<P>(2) Make the information collected pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4) and (c) through (e) of this section available to the Commission; or other persons as the Commission may designate by order upon a demonstrated regulatory need;
</P>
<P>(3) Make the information collected under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section available to the public in the same manner such information is maintained pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) of this section on an RNSA's website or similar means of electronic distribution, without use restrictions, for a period of at least five years; and
</P>
<P>(4) Establish, maintain, and enforce reasonably designed written policies and procedures to maintain the security and confidentiality of confidential information required by paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>RNSA fees.</I> An RNSA may establish and collect reasonable fees, pursuant to rules that are promulgated pursuant to section 19(b) and Rule 19b-4 of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>covered person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person that agrees to a covered securities loan on behalf of a lender (“intermediary”) other than a clearing agency when providing only the functions of a central counterparty pursuant to § 240.17Ad-22(a)(2) (“Rule 17Ad-22(a)(2)”) of the Exchange Act or a central securities depository pursuant to § 240.17Ad-22(a)(3) (“Rule 17Ad-22(a)(3)”) of the Exchange Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person that agrees to a covered securities loan as a lender when an intermediary is not used unless paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section applies; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A broker or dealer when borrowing fully paid or excess margin securities pursuant to Rule 15c3-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>covered securities loan</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A transaction in which any person on behalf of itself or one or more other persons, lends a reportable security to another person.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section, a position at a clearing agency that results from central counterparty services pursuant to Rule 17Ad-22(a)(2) of the Exchange Act or central securities depository services pursuant to Rule 17Ad-22(a)(3) of the Exchange Act will not be a covered securities loan for purposes of this rule.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section, the use of margin securities, as defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(4) (“Rule 15c3-3(a)(4)”) of the Exchange Act, by a broker or dealer will not be a covered securities loan for purposes of this rule.
</P>
<P>(A) Provided, however, if a broker or dealer lends such margin securities to another person, the loan to the other person is a covered securities loan for purposes of this rule.
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>reportable security</I> means any security or class of an issuer's securities for which information is reported or required to be reported to the consolidated audit trail as required by § 242.613 (“Rule 613”) of the Exchange Act and the CAT NMS Plan (“CAT”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority's Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (“TRACE”), or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Real-Time Transaction Reporting System (“RTRS”), or any reporting system that replaces one of these systems.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>reporting agent</I> means a broker, dealer, or registered clearing agency that enters into a written agreement with a covered person under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>RNSA</I> means an association of brokers and dealers that is registered as a national securities association pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3 (“section 15A”) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 75740, Nov. 3, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="69" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.69" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Reports Under Section 10A</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10A-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.69.115" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10A-1   Notice to the Commission Pursuant to Section 10A of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) If any issuer with a reporting obligation under the Act receives a report requiring a notice to the Commission in accordance with section 10A(b)(3) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(b)(3), the issuer shall submit such notice to the Commission's Office of the Chief Accountant within the time period prescribed in that section. The notice may be provided by facsimile, telegraph, personal delivery, or any other means, <I>provided</I> it is received by the Office of the Chief Accountant within the required time period. 
</P>
<P>(2) The notice specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be in writing and: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall identify the issuer (including the issuer's name, address, phone number, and file number assigned to the issuer's filings by the Commission) and the independent accountant (including the independent accountant's name and phone number, and the address of the independent accountant's principal office); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall state the date that the issuer received from the independent accountant the report specified in section 10A(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(b)(2); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Shall provide, at the election of the issuer, either: 
</P>
<P>(A) A summary of the independent accountant's report, including a description of the act that the independent accountant has identified as a likely illegal act and the possible effect of that act on all affected financial statements of the issuer or those related to the most current three-year period, whichever is shorter; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of the independent accountant's report; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) May provide additional information regarding the issuer's views of and response to the independent accountant's report. 
</P>
<P>(3) Reports of the independent accountant submitted by the issuer to the Commission's Office of the Chief Accountant in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(B) of this section shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to section 10A(b)(3) or section 10A(b)(4) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(b)(3) or 78j-1(b)(4), for purposes of the safe harbor provided by section 10A(c) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(c). 
</P>
<P>(4) Submission of the notice in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall not relieve the issuer from its obligations to comply fully with all other reporting requirements, including, without limitation: 
</P>
<P>(i) The filing requirements of Form 8-K, § 249.308 of this chapter, and Form N-CSR, § 274.128 of this chapter, regarding a change in the issuer's certifying accountant and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The disclosure requirements of Item 304 of Regulation S-K, § 229.304 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Any independent accountant furnishing to the Commission a copy of a report (or the documentation of any oral report) in accordance with section 10A(b)(3) or section 10A(b)(4) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(b)(3) or 78j-1(b)(4), shall submit that report (or documentation) to the Commission's Office of the Chief Accountant within the time period prescribed by the appropriate section of the Act. The report (or documentation) may be submitted to the Commission's Office of the Chief Accountant by facsimile, telegraph, personal delivery, or any other means, <I>provided</I> it is received by the Office of the Chief Accountant within the time period set forth in section 10A(b)(3) or 10A(b)(4) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78j-1(b)(3) or 78j-(b)(4), whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the report (or documentation) submitted to the Office of the Chief Accountant in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not clearly identify both the issuer (including the issuer's name, address, phone number, and file number assigned to the issuer's filings with the Commission) and the independent accountant (including the independent accountant's name and phone number, and the address of the independent accountant's principal office), then the independent accountant shall place that information in a prominent attachment to the report (or documentation) and shall submit that attachment to the Office of the Chief Accountant at the same time and in the same manner as the report (or documentation) is submitted to that Office. 
</P>
<P>(3) Submission of the report (or documentation) by the independent accountant as described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section shall not replace, or otherwise satisfy the need for, the newly engaged and former accountants' letters under §§ 229.304(a)(2)(D) and 229.304(a)(3) of this chapter (Items 304(a)(2)(D) and 304(a)(3) of Regulation S-K, respectively) and shall not limit, reduce, or affect in any way the independent accountant's obligations to comply fully with all other legal and professional responsibilities, including, without limitation, those under the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and the rules or interpretations of the Commission that modify or supplement those auditing standards.
</P>
<P>(c) A notice or report submitted to the Office of the Chief Accountant in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be deemed to be an investigative record and shall be nonpublic and exempt from disclosure pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act to the same extent and for the same periods of time that the Commission's investigative records are nonpublic and exempt from disclosure under, among other applicable provisions, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(7). Nothing in this paragraph, however, shall relieve, limit, delay, or affect in any way, the obligation of any issuer or any independent accountant to make all public disclosures required by law, by any Commission disclosure item, rule, report, or form, or by any applicable accounting, auditing, or professional standard.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>Issuers and independent accountants may apply for additional bases for confidential treatment for a notice, report, or part thereof, in accordance with § 200.83 of this chapter. That section indicates, in part, that any person who, pursuant to any requirement of law, submits any information or causes or permits any information to be submitted to the Commission, may request that the Commission afford it confidential treatment by reason of personal privacy or business confidentiality, or for any other reason permitted by Federal law. </P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 12749, Mar. 18, 1997, as amended at 73 FR 973, Jan. 4, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 50221, Oct. 4, 2018; 84 FR 50739, Sept. 26, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10A-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.69.116" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10A-2   Auditor independence.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for an auditor not to be independent under § 210.2-01(c)(2)(iii)(B), (c)(4), (c)(6), (c)(7), and § 210.2-07.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 6048, Feb. 5, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10A-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.69.117" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10A-3   Listing standards relating to audit committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to section 10A(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78j-1(m)) and section 3 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7202):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>National securities exchanges.</I> The rules of each national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f) must, in accordance with the provisions of this section, prohibit the initial or continued listing of any security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of any portion of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>National securities associations.</I> The rules of each national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3) must, in accordance with the provisions of this section, prohibit the initial or continued listing in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of any security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of any portion of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opportunity to cure defects.</I> The rules required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section must provide for appropriate procedures for a listed issuer to have an opportunity to cure any defects that would be the basis for a prohibition under paragraph (a) of this section, before the imposition of such prohibition. Such rules also may provide that if a member of an audit committee ceases to be independent in accordance with the requirements of this section for reasons outside the member's reasonable control, that person, with notice by the issuer to the applicable national securities exchange or national securities association, may remain an audit committee member of the listed issuer until the earlier of the next annual shareholders meeting of the listed issuer or one year from the occurrence of the event that caused the member to be no longer independent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notification of noncompliance.</I> The rules required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section must include a requirement that a listed issuer must notify the applicable national securities exchange or national securities association promptly after an executive officer of the listed issuer becomes aware of any material noncompliance by the listed issuer with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Implementation.</I> (i) The rules of each national securities exchange or national securities association meeting the requirements of this section must be operative, and listed issuers must be in compliance with those rules, by the following dates:
</P>
<P>(A) July 31, 2005 for foreign private issuers and smaller reporting companies (as defined in § 240.12b-2); and
</P>
<P>(B) For all other listed issuers, the earlier of the listed issuer's first annual shareholders meeting after January 15, 2004, or October 31, 2004.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each national securities exchange and national securities association must provide to the Commission, no later than July 15, 2003, proposed rules or rule amendments that comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each national securities exchange and national securities association must have final rules or rule amendments that comply with this section approved by the Commission no later than December 1, 2003.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required standards</I>—(1) <I>Independence.</I> (i) Each member of the audit committee must be a member of the board of directors of the listed issuer, and must otherwise be independent; provided that, where a listed issuer is one of two dual holding companies, those companies may designate one audit committee for both companies so long as each member of the audit committee is a member of the board of directors of at least one of such dual holding companies.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Independence requirements for non-investment company issuers.</I> In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), a member of an audit committee of a listed issuer that is not an investment company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee:
</P>
<P>(A) Accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the issuer or any subsidiary thereof, provided that, unless the rules of the national securities exchange or national securities association provide otherwise, compensatory fees do not include the receipt of fixed amounts of compensation under a retirement plan (including deferred compensation) for prior service with the listed issuer (provided that such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service); or
</P>
<P>(B) Be an affiliated person of the issuer or any subsidiary thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Independence requirements for investment company issuers.</I> In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), a member of an audit committee of a listed issuer that is an investment company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee:
</P>
<P>(A) Accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the issuer or any subsidiary thereof, provided that, unless the rules of the national securities exchange or national securities association provide otherwise, compensatory fees do not include the receipt of fixed amounts of compensation under a retirement plan (including deferred compensation) for prior service with the listed issuer (provided that such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service); or
</P>
<P>(B) Be an “interested person” of the issuer as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Exemptions from the independence requirements.</I> (A) For an issuer listing securities pursuant to a registration statement under section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l), or for an issuer that has a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) covering an initial public offering of securities to be listed by the issuer, where in each case the listed issuer was not, immediately prior to the effective date of such registration statement, required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) All but one of the members of the listed issuer's audit committee may be exempt from the independence requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for 90 days from the date of effectiveness of such registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A minority of the members of the listed issuer's audit committee may be exempt from the independence requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for one year from the date of effectiveness of such registration statement.
</P>
<P>(B) An audit committee member that sits on the board of directors of a listed issuer and an affiliate of the listed issuer is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section if the member, except for being a director on each such board of directors, otherwise meets the independence requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section for each such entity, including the receipt of only ordinary-course compensation for serving as a member of the board of directors, audit committee or any other board committee of each such entity.
</P>
<P>(C) An employee of a foreign private issuer who is not an executive officer of the foreign private issuer is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section if the employee is elected or named to the board of directors or audit committee of the foreign private issuer pursuant to the issuer's governing law or documents, an employee collective bargaining or similar agreement or other home country legal or listing requirements.
</P>
<P>(D) An audit committee member of a foreign private issuer may be exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section if that member meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The member is an affiliate of the foreign private issuer or a representative of such an affiliate;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The member has only observer status on, and is not a voting member or the chair of, the audit committee; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Neither the member nor the affiliate is an executive officer of the foreign private issuer.
</P>
<P>(E) An audit committee member of a foreign private issuer may be exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section if that member meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The member is a representative or designee of a foreign government or foreign governmental entity that is an affiliate of the foreign private issuer; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The member is not an executive officer of the foreign private issuer.
</P>
<P>(F) In addition to paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A) through (E) of this section, the Commission may exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(1)(iii) of this section a particular relationship with respect to audit committee members, as the Commission determines appropriate in light of the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Responsibilities relating to registered public accounting firms.</I> The audit committee of each listed issuer, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, must be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged (including resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the listed issuer, and each such registered public accounting firm must report directly to the audit committee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Complaints.</I> Each audit committee must establish procedures for:
</P>
<P>(i) The receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the listed issuer regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the listed issuer of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Authority to engage advisers.</I> Each audit committee must have the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers, as it determines necessary to carry out its duties.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Funding.</I> Each listed issuer must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the audit committee, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, for payment of:
</P>
<P>(i) Compensation to any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the listed issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Compensation to any advisers employed by the audit committee under paragraph (b)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ordinary administrative expenses of the audit committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General exemptions.</I> (1) At any time when an issuer has a class of securities that is listed on a national securities exchange or national securities association subject to the requirements of this section, the listing of other classes of securities of the listed issuer on a national securities exchange or national securities association is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) At any time when an issuer has a class of common equity securities (or similar securities) that is listed on a national securities exchange or national securities association subject to the requirements of this section, the listing of classes of securities of a direct or indirect consolidated subsidiary or an at least 50% beneficially owned subsidiary of the issuer (except classes of equity securities, other than non-convertible, non-participating preferred securities, of such subsidiary) is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The listing of securities of a foreign private issuer is not subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section if the foreign private issuer meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign private issuer has a board of auditors (or similar body), or has statutory auditors, established and selected pursuant to home country legal or listing provisions expressly requiring or permitting such a board or similar body;
</P>
<P>(ii) The board or body, or statutory auditors is required under home country legal or listing requirements to be either:
</P>
<P>(A) Separate from the board of directors; or
</P>
<P>(B) Composed of one or more members of the board of directors and one or more members that are not also members of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(iii) The board or body, or statutory auditors, are not elected by management of such issuer and no executive officer of the foreign private issuer is a member of such board or body, or statutory auditors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Home country legal or listing provisions set forth or provide for standards for the independence of such board or body, or statutory auditors, from the foreign private issuer or the management of such issuer;
</P>
<P>(v) Such board or body, or statutory auditors, in accordance with any applicable home country legal or listing requirements or the issuer's governing documents, are responsible, to the extent permitted by law, for the appointment, retention and oversight of the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged (including, to the extent permitted by law, the resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The audit committee requirements of paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section apply to such board or body, or statutory auditors, to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(4) The listing of a security futures product cleared by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or that is exempt from the registration requirements of section 17A pursuant to paragraph (b)(7)(A) of such section is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The listing of a standardized option, as defined in § 240.9b-1(a)(4), issued by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The listing of securities of the following listed issuers are not subject to the requirements of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Asset-Backed Issuers (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Unit investment trusts (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)); and
</P>
<P>(iii)Foreign governments (as defined in § 240.3b-4(a)).
</P>
<P>(7) The listing of securities of a listed issuer is not subject to the requirements of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The listed issuer, as reflected in the applicable listing application, is organized as a trust or other unincorporated association that does not have a board of directors or persons acting in a similar capacity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The activities of the listed issuer that is described in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section are limited to passively owning or holding (as well as administering and distributing amounts in respect of) securities, rights, collateral or other assets on behalf of or for the benefit of the holders of the listed securities.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure.</I> Any listed issuer availing itself of an exemption from the independence standards contained in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section (except paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section), the general exemption contained in paragraph (c)(3) of this section or the last sentence of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose its reliance on the exemption and its assessment of whether, and if so, how, such reliance would materially adversely affect the ability of the audit committee to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of this section in any proxy or information statement for a meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected that is filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of section 14 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n); and
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose the information specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section in, or incorporate such information by reference from such proxy or information statement filed with the Commission into, its annual report filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section have the same meaning as in the Act. In addition, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The term <I>affiliate</I> of, or a person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specified person, means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A person will be deemed not to be in control of a specified person for purposes of this section if the person:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of voting equity securities of the specified person; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is not an executive officer of the specified person.
</P>
<P>(B) Paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of this section only creates a safe harbor position that a person does not control a specified person. The existence of the safe harbor does not create a presumption in any way that a person exceeding the ownership requirement in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section controls or is otherwise an affiliate of a specified person.
</P>
<P>(iii) The following will be deemed to be affiliates:
</P>
<P>(A) An executive officer of an affiliate;
</P>
<P>(B) A director who also is an employee of an affiliate;
</P>
<P>(C) A general partner of an affiliate; and
</P>
<P>(D) A managing member of an affiliate.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, dual holding companies will not be deemed to be affiliates of or persons affiliated with each other by virtue of their dual holding company arrangements with each other, including where directors of one dual holding company are also directors of the other dual holding company, or where directors of one or both dual holding companies are also directors of the businesses jointly controlled, directly or indirectly, by the dual holding companies (and, in each case, receive only ordinary-course compensation for serving as a member of the board of directors, audit committee or any other board committee of the dual holding companies or any entity that is jointly controlled, directly or indirectly, by the dual holding companies).
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of foreign private issuers with a two-tier board system, the term <I>board of directors</I> means the supervisory or non-management board.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a listed issuer that is a limited partnership or limited liability company where such entity does not have a board of directors or equivalent body, the term <I>board of directors</I> means the board of directors of the managing general partner, managing member or equivalent body.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>control</I> (including the terms <I>controlling, controlled by</I> and under <I>common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>dual holding companies</I> means two foreign private issuers that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are organized in different national jurisdictions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Collectively own and supervise the management of one or more businesses which are conducted as a single economic enterprise; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Do not conduct any business other than collectively owning and supervising such businesses and activities reasonably incidental thereto.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>executive officer</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3b-7.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>foreign private issuer</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3b-4(c).
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>indirect</I> acceptance by a member of an audit committee of any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee includes acceptance of such a fee by a spouse, a minor child or stepchild or a child or stepchild sharing a home with the member or by an entity in which such member is a partner, member, an officer such as a managing director occupying a comparable position or executive officer, or occupies a similar position (except limited partners, non-managing members and those occupying similar positions who, in each case, have no active role in providing services to the entity) and which provides accounting, consulting, legal, investment banking or financial advisory services to the issuer or any subsidiary of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(9) The terms <I>listed</I> and <I>listing</I> refer to securities listed on a national securities exchange or listed in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association or to issuers of such securities.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to § 240.10A-3:</HED>
<P>1. The requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5), (c)(3)(v) and (c)(3)(vi) of this section do not conflict with, and do not affect the application of, any requirement or ability under a listed issuer's governing law or documents or other home country legal or listing provisions that requires or permits shareholders to ultimately vote on, approve or ratify such requirements. The requirements instead relate to the assignment of responsibility as between the audit committee and management. In such an instance, however, if the listed issuer provides a recommendation or nomination regarding such responsibilities to shareholders, the audit committee of the listed issuer, or body performing similar functions, must be responsible for making the recommendation or nomination.
</P>
<P>2. The requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5), (c)(3)(v), (c)(3)(vi) and Instruction 1 of this section do not conflict with any legal or listing requirement in a listed issuer's home jurisdiction that prohibits the full board of directors from delegating such responsibilities to the listed issuer's audit committee or limits the degree of such delegation. In that case, the audit committee, or body performing similar functions, must be granted such responsibilities, which can include advisory powers, with respect to such matters to the extent permitted by law, including submitting nominations or recommendations to the full board.
</P>
<P>3. The requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5), (c)(3)(v) and (c)(3)(vi) of this section do not conflict with any legal or listing requirement in a listed issuer's home jurisdiction that vests such responsibilities with a government entity or tribunal. In that case, the audit committee, or body performing similar functions, must be granted such responsibilities, which can include advisory powers, with respect to such matters to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this section, the determination of a person's beneficial ownership must be made in accordance with § 240.13d-3.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 18818, Apr. 16, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 973, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="70" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.70" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Requirements Under Section 10C</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10C-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.70.118" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10C-1   Listing standards relating to compensation committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to section 10C(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78j-3(a)) and section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1900):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>National securities exchanges.</I> The rules of each national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f), to the extent such national securities exchange lists equity securities, must, in accordance with the provisions of this section, prohibit the initial or continued listing of any equity security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of any portion of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>National securities associations.</I> The rules of each national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3), to the extent such national securities association lists equity securities in an automated inter-dealer quotation system, must, in accordance with the provisions of this section, prohibit the initial or continued listing in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of any equity security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of any portion of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opportunity to cure defects.</I> The rules required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section must provide for appropriate procedures for a listed issuer to have a reasonable opportunity to cure any defects that would be the basis for a prohibition under paragraph (a) of this section, before the imposition of such prohibition. Such rules may provide that if a member of a compensation committee ceases to be independent in accordance with the requirements of this section for reasons outside the member's reasonable control, that person, with notice by the issuer to the applicable national securities exchange or national securities association, may remain a compensation committee member of the listed issuer until the earlier of the next annual shareholders meeting of the listed issuer or one year from the occurrence of the event that caused the member to be no longer independent.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Implementation.</I> (i) Each national securities exchange and national securities association that lists equity securities must provide to the Commission, no later than 90 days after publication of this section in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> proposed rules or rule amendments that comply with this section. Each submission must include, in addition to any other information required under section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) and the rules thereunder, a review of whether and how existing or proposed listing standards satisfy the requirements of this rule, a discussion of the consideration of factors relevant to compensation committee independence conducted by the national securities exchange or national securities association, and the definition of independence applicable to compensation committee members that the national securities exchange or national securities association proposes to adopt or retain in light of such review.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each national securities exchange and national securities association that lists equity securities must have rules or rule amendments that comply with this section approved by the Commission no later than one year after publication of this section in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required standards.</I> The requirements of this section apply to the compensation committees of listed issuers.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Independence.</I> (i) Each member of the compensation committee must be a member of the board of directors of the listed issuer, and must otherwise be independent.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Independence requirements.</I> In determining independence requirements for members of compensation committees, the national securities exchanges and national securities associations shall consider relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) The source of compensation of a member of the board of directors of an issuer, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the issuer to such member of the board of directors; and
</P>
<P>(B) Whether a member of the board of directors of an issuer is affiliated with the issuer, a subsidiary of the issuer or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exemptions from the independence requirements.</I> (A) The listing of equity securities of the following categories of listed issuers is not subject to the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Limited partnerships;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Companies in bankruptcy proceedings;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Open-end management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any foreign private issuer that discloses in its annual report the reasons that the foreign private issuer does not have an independent compensation committee.
</P>
<P>(B) In addition to the issuer exemptions set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, a national securities exchange or a national securities association, pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) and the rules thereunder, may exempt from the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section a particular relationship with respect to members of the compensation committee, as each national securities exchange or national securities association determines is appropriate, taking into consideration the size of an issuer and any other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authority to retain compensation consultants, independent legal counsel and other compensation advisers.</I> (i) The compensation committee of a listed issuer, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser.
</P>
<P>(ii) The compensation committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel and other adviser retained by the compensation committee.
</P>
<P>(iii) Nothing in this paragraph (b)(2) shall be construed:
</P>
<P>(A) To require the compensation committee to implement or act consistently with the advice or recommendations of the compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser to the compensation committee; or
</P>
<P>(B) To affect the ability or obligation of a compensation committee to exercise its own judgment in fulfillment of the duties of the compensation committee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Funding.</I> Each listed issuer must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the compensation committee, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or any other adviser retained by the compensation committee.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Independence of compensation consultants and other advisers.</I> The compensation committee of a listed issuer may select a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser to the compensation committee only after taking into consideration the following factors, as well as any other factors identified by the relevant national securities exchange or national securities association in its listing standards:
</P>
<P>(i) The provision of other services to the issuer by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of fees received from the issuer by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser;
</P>
<P>(iii) The policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser with a member of the compensation committee;
</P>
<P>(v) Any stock of the issuer owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, other adviser or the person employing the adviser with an executive officer of the issuer.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(4) of this section:</HED>
<P>A listed issuer's compensation committee is required to conduct the independence assessment outlined in paragraph (b)(4) <I>of this section</I> with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that provides advice to the compensation committee, other than in-house legal counsel.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) <I>General exemptions.</I> (i) The national securities exchanges and national securities associations, pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) and the rules thereunder, may exempt from the requirements of this section certain categories of issuers, as the national securities exchange or national securities association determines is appropriate, taking into consideration, among other relevant factors, the potential impact of such requirements on smaller reporting issuers.
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any controlled company or to any smaller reporting company.
</P>
<P>(iii) The listing of a security futures product cleared by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or that is exempt from the registration requirements of section 17A(b)(7)(A) (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(7)(A)) is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) The listing of a standardized option, as defined in § 240.9b-1(a)(4), issued by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) is not subject to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section have the same meaning as in the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of foreign private issuers with a two-tier board system, the term <I>board of directors</I> means the supervisory or non-management board.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>compensation committee</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A committee of the board of directors that is designated as the compensation committee; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the absence of a committee of the board of directors that is designated as the compensation committee, a committee of the board of directors performing functions typically performed by a compensation committee, including oversight of executive compensation, even if it is not designated as the compensation committee or also performs other functions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this section other than paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(3), in the absence of a committee as described in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, the members of the board of directors who oversee executive compensation matters on behalf of the board of directors.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>controlled company</I> means an issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is listed on a national securities exchange or by a national securities association; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Of which more than 50 percent of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company.
</P>
<P>(4) The terms <I>listed</I> and <I>listing</I> refer to equity securities listed on a national securities exchange or listed in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association or to issuers of such securities.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>open-end management investment company</I> means an open-end company, as defined by Section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(1)), that is registered under that Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 38454, June 27, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="71" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.71" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Requirements Under Section 10D</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.10D-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.71.119" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.10D-1   Listing standards relating to recovery of erroneously awarded compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f) and each national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3), to the extent such national securities exchange or association lists securities, must:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with the provisions of this section, prohibit the initial or continued listing of any security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of any portion of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) No later than February 27, 2023, propose rules or rule amendments that comply with this section. Such rules or rule amendments that comply with this section must be effective no later than one year after November 28, 2022;
</P>
<P>(3) Require that each listed issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt the recovery policy required by this section no later than 60 days following the effective date of the listing standard referenced in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to which the issuer is subject;
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with that recovery policy for all incentive-based compensation received (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) by executive officers on or after the effective date of the applicable listing standard;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide the disclosures required by this section and in the applicable Commission filings required on or after the effective date of the listing standard referenced in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to which the issuer is subject.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation.</I> The issuer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Adopt and comply with a written policy providing that the issuer will recover reasonably promptly the amount of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation in the event that the issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the issuer with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer's recovery policy must apply to all incentive-based compensation received by a person:
</P>
<P>(A) After beginning service as an executive officer;
</P>
<P>(B) Who served as an executive officer at any time during the performance period for that incentive-based compensation;
</P>
<P>(C) While the issuer has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association; and
</P>
<P>(D) During the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. In addition to these last three completed fiscal years, the recovery policy must apply to any transition period (that results from a change in the issuer's fiscal year) within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years. However, a transition period between the last day of the issuer's previous fiscal year end and the first day of its new fiscal year that comprises a period of nine to 12 months would be deemed a completed fiscal year. An issuer's obligation to recover erroneously awarded compensation is not dependent on if or when the restated financial statements are filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of determining the relevant recovery period, the date that an issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is the earlier to occur of:
</P>
<P>(A) The date the issuer's board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, or the officer or officers of the issuer authorized to take such action if board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the issuer to prepare an accounting restatement as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount of incentive-based compensation that must be subject to the issuer's recovery policy (“erroneously awarded compensation”) is the amount of incentive-based compensation received that exceeds the amount of incentive-based compensation that otherwise would have been received had it been determined based on the restated amounts, and must be computed without regard to any taxes paid. For incentive-based compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of erroneously awarded compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in an accounting restatement:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the accounting restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the incentive-based compensation was received; and
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer must maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the exchange or association.
</P>
<P>(iv) The issuer must recover erroneously awarded compensation in compliance with its recovery policy except to the extent that the conditions of paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(A), (B), or (C) of this section are met, and the issuer's committee of independent directors responsible for executive compensation decisions, or in the absence of such a committee, a majority of the independent directors serving on the board, has made a determination that recovery would be impracticable.
</P>
<P>(A) The direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the policy would exceed the amount to be recovered. Before concluding that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of erroneously awarded compensation based on expense of enforcement, the issuer must make a reasonable attempt to recover such erroneously awarded compensation, document such reasonable attempt(s) to recover, and provide that documentation to the exchange or association.
</P>
<P>(B) Recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022. Before concluding that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of erroneously awarded compensation based on violation of home country law, the issuer must obtain an opinion of home country counsel, acceptable to the applicable national securities exchange or association, that recovery would result in such a violation, and must provide such opinion to the exchange or association.
</P>
<P>(C) Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the registrant, to fail to meet the requirements of26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(v) The issuer is prohibited from indemnifying any executive officer or former executive officer against the loss of erroneously awarded compensation.
</P>
<P>(2) File all disclosures with respect to such recovery policy in accordance with the requirements of the Federal securities laws, including the disclosure required by the applicable Commission filings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General Exemptions.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply to the listing of:
</P>
<P>(1) A security futures product cleared by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or that is exempt from the registration requirements of section 17A(b)(7)(A) (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(7)(A));
</P>
<P>(2) A standardized option, as defined in 17 CFR 240.9b-1(a)(4), issued by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1);
</P>
<P>(3) Any security issued by a unit investment trust, as defined in 15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2);
</P>
<P>(4) Any security issued by a management company, as defined in 15 U.S.C. 80a-4(3), that is registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), if such management company has not awarded incentive-based compensation to any executive officer of the company in any of the last three fiscal years, or in the case of a company that has been listed for less than three fiscal years, since the listing of the company.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Executive Officer.</I> An <I>executive officer</I> is the issuer's president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president of the issuer in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the issuer. Executive officers of the issuer's parent(s) or subsidiaries are deemed executive officers of the issuer if they perform such policy making functions for the issuer. In addition, when the issuer is a limited partnership, officers or employees of the general partner(s) who perform policy-making functions for the limited partnership are deemed officers of the limited partnership. When the issuer is a trust, officers, or employees of the trustee(s) who perform policy-making functions for the trust are deemed officers of the trust. Policy-making function is not intended to include policy-making functions that are not significant. Identification of an executive officer for purposes of this section would include at a minimum executive officers identified pursuant to 17 CFR 229.401(b).
</P>
<P><I>Financial reporting measures. Financial reporting measures</I> are measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the issuer's financial statements, and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures. Stock price and total shareholder return are also financial reporting measures. A financial reporting measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in a filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Incentive-based compensation. Incentive-based compensation</I> is any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a financial reporting measure.
</P>
<P><I>Received.</I> Incentive-based compensation is deemed received in the issuer's fiscal period during which the financial reporting measure specified in the incentive-based compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the incentive-based compensation occurs after the end of that period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 73138, Nov. 28, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="72" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Adoption of Floor Trading Regulation (Rule 11a-1)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.120" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a-1   Regulation of floor trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No member of a national securities exchange, while on the floor of such exchange, shall initiate, directly or indirectly, any transaction in any security admitted to trading on such exchange, for any account in which such member has an interest, or for any such account with respect to which such member has discretion as to the time of execution, the choice of security to be bought or sold, the total amount of any security to be bought or sold, or whether any such transaction shall be one of purchase or sale. 
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any transaction by a registered specialist in a security in which he is so registered on such exchange; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any transaction for the account of an odd-lot dealer in a security in which he is so registered on such exchange; 
</P>
<P>(3) Any stabilizing transaction effected in compliance with § 242.104 of this chapter to facilitate a distribution of such security in which such member is participating; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any bona fide arbitrage transaction; 
</P>
<P>(5) Any transaction made with the prior approval of a floor official of such exchange to permit such member to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market in such security, or any purchase or sale to reverse any such transaction; 
</P>
<P>(6) Any transaction to offset a transaction made in error; or 
</P>
<P>(7) Any transaction effected in conformity with a plan designed to eliminate floor trading activities which are not beneficial to the market and which plan has been adopted by an exchange and declared effective by the Commission. For the purpose of this rule, a plan filed with the Commission by a national securities exchange shall not become effective unless the Commission, having due regard for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, for the public interest, and for the protection of investors, declares the plan to be effective. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of this rule the term “on the floor of such exchange” shall include the trading floor; the rooms, lobbies, and other premises immediately adjacent thereto for use of members generally; other rooms, lobbies and premises made available primarily for use by members generally; and the telephone and other facilities in any such place. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any national securities exchange may apply for an exemption from the provisions of this rule in compliance with the provisions of section 11(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 11, 48 Stat. 891; 15 U.S.C. 78k) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 7381, June 6, 1964, as amended at 62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997] 
</CITA>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The Commission finding that the floor trading plan of the New York Stock Exchange filed on May 25, 1964 is designed to eliminate floor trading activities not beneficial to the market hereby declares such plan effective August 3, 1964 subject to suspension or termination on sixty days written notice from the Commission, 29 FR 7381, June 6, 1964.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The text of the Commission's action declaring effective the amendments to the Floor Trading Plan of the American Stock Exchange (33 FR 1073, Jan. 27, 1968) is as follows: 
</P>
<P>The Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, particularly sections 11(a) and 23(a) thereof, and Rule 11a-1 (17 CFR 240.11a-1) under the Act, deeming it necessary for the exercise of the functions vested in it, and having due regard for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, for the public interest, and for the protection of investors, hereby declares the Floor Trading Plan of the American Stock Exchange, as amended by amendments filed on May 11, 1967, effective January 31, 1968. If at any time it appears to the Commission to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, or that floor trading activities which are not beneficial to the market have not been eliminated by the Floor Trading Plan of the American Stock Exchange, the Commission may suspend or terminate the effectiveness of the plan by sending at least 60 days written notice to the American Stock Exchange. The American Stock Exchange shall have the opportunity to submit any written data, facts, arguments, or modifications in its plan within such 60-day period in such form as the Commission deems appropriate under the circumstances. The Commission has been informed that all persons subject to the Floor Trading Plan of the American Stock Exchange, as amended, have had actual notice thereof, and the Commission finds that notice and procedure pursuant to section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. section 553) are impracticable and unnecessary and that such Plan, as amended, may be, and is hereby, declared effective on January 31, 1968.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-1(T)" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.121" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-1(T)   Transactions yielding priority, parity, and precedence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transaction effected on a national securities exchange for the account of a member which meets the requirements of section 11(a)(1)(G)(i) of the Act shall be deemed, in accordance with the requirements of section 11(a)(1)(G)(ii), to be not inconsistent with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and to yield priority, parity, and precedence in execution to orders for the account of persons who are not members or associated with members of the exchange if such transaction is effected in compliance with each of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) A member shall disclose that a bid or offer for its account is for its account to any member with whom such bid or offer is placed or to whom it is communicated, and any such member through whom that bid or offer is communicated shall disclose to others participating in effecting the order that it is for the account of a member. 
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately before executing the order, a member (other than the specialist in such security) presenting any order for the account of a member on the exchange shall clearly announce or otherwise indicate to the specialist and to other members then present for the trading in such security on the exchange that he is presenting an order for the account of a member. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding rules of priority, parity, and precedence otherwise applicable, any member presenting for execution a bid or offer for its own account or for the account of another member shall grant priority to any bid or offer at the same price for the account of a person who is not, or is not associated with, a member, irrespective of the size of any such bid or offer or the time when entered. 
</P>
<P>(b) A member shall be deemed to meet the requirements of section 11(a)(1)(G)(i) of the Act if during its preceding fiscal year more than 50 percent of its gross revenues was derived from one or more of the sources specified in that section. In addition to any revenue which independently meets the requirements of section 11(a)(1)(G)(i), revenue derived from any transaction specified in paragraph (A), (B), or (D) of section 11(a)(1) of the Act or specified in 17 CFR 240.11a1-4(T) shall be deemed to be revenue derived from one or more of the sources specified in section 11(a)(1)(G)(i). A member may rely on a list of members which are stated to meet the requirements of section 11(a)(1)(G)(i) if such list is prepared, and updated at least annually, by the exchange. In preparing any such list, an exchange may rely on a report which sets forth a statement of gross revenues of a member if covered by a report of independent accountants for such member to the effect that such report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 6, 11, 11A, and 23, 89 Stat. 97, 104, 110, 111, 156 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78k, 78k-1, 78w); secs. 2, 3, 11, 23, 48 Stat. 881, 882, 885, 891, 901, as amended) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 11553, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 18562, May 1, 1978; 44 FR 6093, Jan. 31, 1979] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.122" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-2   Transactions for certain accounts of associated persons of members.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction effected by a member of a national securities exchange for the account of an associated person thereof shall be deemed to be of a kind which is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets if the transaction is effected:
</P>
<P>(a) For the account of and for the benefit of an associated person, if, assuming such transaction were for the account of a member, or
</P>
<P>(b) For the account of an associated person but for the benefit of an account carried by such associated person, if, assuming such account were carried on the same basis by a member. 
</P>
<FP>The member would have been permitted, under section 11(a) of the Act and the other rules thereunder, to effect the transaction: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a transaction may not be effected by a member for the account of and for the benefit of an associated person under section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act and Rule 11a1-1(T) thereunder unless the associated person derived, during its preceding fiscal year, more than 50 percent of its gross revenues from one or more of the sources specified in section 11(a)(1)(G)(i) of the Act.
</FP>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 11, 18, 89 Stat. 97, 104, 110, 111, 121, 155 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78k, 78k-1, 78<I>o,</I> 78w); secs. 2, 3, 10, 23, 48 Stat. 881, 882, 891, 901, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78j)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 11553, Mar. 17, 1978; 43 FR 14451, Apr. 6, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-3(T)" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.123" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-3(T)   Bona fide hedge transactions in certain securities.</HEAD>
<P>A bona fide hedge transaction effected on a national securities exchange by a member for its own account or an account of an associated person thereof and involving a long or short position in a security entitling the holder to acquire or sell an equity security, and a long or short position in one or more other securities entitling the holder to acquire or sell such equity security, shall be deemed to be of a kind which is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 6, 11, 11A, and 23, 89 Stat. 97, 104, 110, 111, 156 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78k, 78k-1, 78w); secs. 2, 3, 11, 23, 48 Stat. 881, 882, 885, 891, 901, as amended) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 6093, Jan. 31, 1979] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-4(T)" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.124" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-4(T)   Bond transactions on national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction in a bond, note, debenture, or other form of indebtedness effected on a national securities exchange by a member for its own account or the account of an associated person thereof shall be deemed to be of a kind which is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 6, 10, 11, 11A, 15 and 23 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78j, 78k, 78k-1, 78<I>o,</I> and 78w)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18562, May 1, 1978] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.125" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-5   Transactions by registered competitive market makers and registered equity market makers.</HEAD>
<P>Any transaction by a New York Stock Exchange registered competitive market maker or an American Stock Exchange registered equity market maker effected in compliance with their respective governing rules shall be deemed to be of a kind which is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 14889, Mar. 3, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a1-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.126" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a1-6   Transactions for certain accounts of OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction effected by a member of a national securities exchange for the account of an OTC derivatives dealer that is an associated person of that member shall be deemed to be of a kind that is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)), the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets if, assuming such transaction were for the account of a member, the member would have been permitted, under section 11(a) of the Act and the other rules thereunder (with the exception of § 240.11a1-2), to effect the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59396, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11a2-2(T)" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.72.127" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11a2-2(T)   Transactions effected by exchange members through other members.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A member of a national securities exchange (the “initiating member”) may not effect a transaction on that exchange for its own account, the account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which it or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction is of a kind described in paragraphs A through H of section 11(a)(1) of the Act and is effected in accordance with applicable rules and regulations thereunder; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction is effected in compliance with each of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The transaction is executed on the floor, or through use of the facilities, of the exchange by a member (the “executing member”) which is not an associated person of the initiating member;
</P>
<P>(ii) The order for the transaction is transmitted from off the exchange floor;
</P>
<P>(iii) Neither the initiating member nor an associated person of the initiating member participates in the execution of the transaction at any time after the order for the transaction has been so transmitted; and
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a transaction effected for an account with respect to which the initiating member or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating member nor any associated person thereof retains any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this condition shall not apply to the extent that the person or persons authorized to transact business for the account have expressly provided otherwise by written contract referring to section 11(a) of the Act and this section executed on or after March 15, 1978, by each of them and by such exchange member or associated person exercising investment discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a member “effects” a securities transaction when it performs any function in connection with the processing of that transaction, including, but not limited to, (1) transmission of an order for execution, (2) execution of the order, (3) clearance and settlement of the transaction, and (4) arranging for the performance of any such function.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the term “compensation in connection with effecting the transaction” refers to compensation directly or indirectly received or calculated on a transaction-related basis for the performance of any function involved in effecting a securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) A member, or an associated person of a member, authorized by written contract to retain compensation in connection with effecting transactions pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section shall furnish at least annually to the person or persons authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained by the member or any associated person thereof in connection with effecting transactions for that account during the period covered by the statement, which amount shall be exclusive of all amounts paid to others during that period for services rendered in effecting such transactions.
</P>
<P>(e) A transaction effected in compliance with the requirements of this section shall be deemed to be of a kind which is consistent with the purposes of section 11(a)(1) of the Act, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<P>(f) The provisions of this section shall not apply to transactions by exchange members to which, by operation of section 11(a)(3) of the Act, section 11(a)(1) of the Act is not effective.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 11, 18, 89 Stat. 97, 104, 110, 111, 121, 155 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78k, 78k-1, 78<I>o,</I> 78w); secs. 2, 3, 10, 23, 48 Stat. 881, 882, 891, 901, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78j)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 11554, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 18562, May 1, 1978] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="73" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.73" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Adoption of Regulation on Conduct of Specialists</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.73.128" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11b-1   Regulation of specialists.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The rules of a national securities exchange may permit a member of such exchange to register as a specialist and to act as a dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules of a national securities exchange permitting a member of such exchange to register as a specialist and to act as a dealer shall include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Adequate minimum capital requirements in view of the markets for securities on such exchange; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Requirements, as a condition of a specialist's registration, that a specialist engage in a course of dealings for his own account to assist in the maintenance, so far as practicable, of a fair and orderly market, and that a finding by the exchange of any substantial or continued failure by a specialist to engage in such a course of dealings will result in the suspension or cancellation of such specialist's registration in one or more of the securities in which such specialist is registered; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provisions restricting his dealings so far as practicable to those reasonably necessary to permit him to maintain a fair and orderly market or necessary to permit him to act as an odd-lot dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provisions stating the responsibilities of a specialist acting as a broker in securities in which he is registered; and
</P>
<P>(v) Procedures to provide for the effective and systematic surveillance of the activities of specialists. 
</P>
<P>(b) If after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing the Commission finds that a member of a national securities exchange registered with such exchange as a specialist in specified securities has, for any account in which he, his member organization, or any participant therein has any beneficial interest, direct or indirect, effected transactions in such securities which were not part of a course of dealings reasonably necessary to permit such specialist to maintain a fair and orderly market, or to act as an odd-lot dealer, in the securities in which he is registered and were not effected in a manner consistent with the rules adopted by such exchange pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the Commission may by order direct such exchange to cancel, or to suspend for such period as the Commission may determine, such specialist's registration in one or more of the securities in which such specialist is registered: <I>Provided, however,</I> If such exchange has itself suspended or cancelled such specialist's registration in one or more of the securities in which such specialist is registered, no further sanction shall be imposed pursuant to this paragraph (b) except in a case where the Commission finds substantial or continued misconduct by a specialist: <I>And provided, further,</I> That the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall not apply to a member of a national securities exchange exempted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>rules</I> of an exchange shall mean its constitution, articles of incorporation, by-laws, or rules or instruments corresponding thereto, whatever the name, and its stated policies. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any national securities exchange may apply for an exemption from the provisions of this section in compliance with the provisions of section 11(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 11, 48 Stat. 891, 892; 15 U.S.C. 78k) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 15863, Nov. 26, 1964, as amended at 46 FR 15135, Mar. 4, 1981] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="74" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.74" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain Securities From Section 11(<E T="01">d</E>)(1)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11d1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.74.129" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11d1-1   Exemption of certain securities from section 11(d)(1).</HEAD>
<P>A security shall be exempt from the provisions of section 11(d)(1) with respect to any transaction by a broker and dealer who, directly or indirectly extends or maintains or arranges for the extension or maintenance of credit on the security to or for a customer if: 
</P>
<P>(a) The broker and dealer has not sold the security to the customer or bought the security for the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The security is acquired by the customer in exchange with the issuer thereof for an outstanding security of the same issuer on which credit was lawfully maintained for the customer at the time of the exchange; or 
</P>
<P>(c) The customer is a broker or dealer or bank; or 
</P>
<P>(d) The security is acquired by the customer through the exercise of a right evidenced by a warrant or certificate expiring within 90 days after issuance, provided such right was originally issued to the customer as a stockholder of the corporation issuing the security upon which credit is to be extended. The right shall be deemed to be issued to the customer as a stockholder if he actually owned the stock giving rise to the right when such right accrued, even though such stock was not registered in his name; and in determining such fact the broker and dealer may rely upon a signed statement of the customer which the broker and dealer accepts in good faith; or 
</P>
<P>(e) Such broker and dealer would otherwise be subject to the prohibition of section 11(d)(1) with respect to 50 percent or less of all the securities of the same class which are outstanding or currently being distributed, and such broker and dealer sold the security to the customer or bought the security for the customer's account on a day when he was not participating in the distribution of any new issue of such security. A brokerdealer shall be deemed to be participating in a distribution of a new issue if (1) he owns, directly or indirectly, any undistributed security of such issue, or (2) he is engaged in any stabilizing activities to facilitate a distribution of such issue, or (3) he is a party to any syndicate agreement under which such stabilizing activities are being or may be undertaken, or (4) he is a party to an executory agreement to purchase or distribute such issue. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8184, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11d1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.74.130" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11d1-2   Exemption from section 11(d)(1) for certain investment company securities held by broker-dealers as collateral in margin accounts.</HEAD>
<P>Any securities issued by a registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 shall be exempted from the provisions of section 11(d)(1) with respect to any transaction by a person who is a broker and a dealer who, directly or indirectly, extends or maintains or arranges for the extension or maintenance of credit on such security, provided such security has been owned by the person to whom credit would be provided for more than 30 days, or purchased by such person pursuant to a plan for the automatic reinvestment of the dividends of such company or trust.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 11, and 23, Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78k and 78w) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 50174, Dec. 27, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11d2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.74.131" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11d2-1   Exemption from Section 11(d)(2) for certain broker-dealers effecting transactions for customers security futures products in futures accounts.</HEAD>
<P>A broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(1)) that is also a futures commission merchant registered pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)), to the extent that it effects transactions for customers in security futures products in a futures account (as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(15)), is exempt from section 11(d)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k(d)(2)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 58313, Sept. 13, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="75" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Securities Exempted From Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.132" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-4   Exemption of certain warrants from section 12(a).</HEAD>
<P>(a) When used in this section, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>warrant</I> means any warrant or certificate evidencing a right to subscribe to or otherwise acquire another security, issued or unissued. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>beneficiary security</I> means a security to the holders of which a warrant or right to subscribe to or otherwise acquire another security is granted. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>subject security</I> means a security which is the subject of a warrant or right to subscribe to or otherwise acquire such security. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>in the process of admission to dealing,</I> in respect of a specified security means that (i) an application has been filed pursuant to section 12 (b) and (c) of the Act for the registration of such security on a national securities exchange; or (ii) the Commission has granted an application made pursuant to section 12(f) of the Act to continue or extend unlisted trading privileges to such security on a national securities exchange; or (iii) written notice has been filed with the Commission by a national securities exchange to the effect that such security has been approved for admission to dealing as a security exempted from the operation of section 12(a) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any issued or unissued warrant granted to the holders of a security admitted to dealing on a national securities exchange, shall be exempt from the operation of section 12(a) of the Act to the extent necessary to render lawful the effecting of transactions therein on any national securities exchange (i) on which the beneficiary security is admitted to dealing or (ii) on which the subject security is admitted to dealing or is in the process of admission to dealing, subject to the following terms and conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such warrant by its terms expires within 90 days after the issuance thereof; 
</P>
<P>(2) A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is in effect as to such warrant and as to each subject security, or the applicable terms of any exemption from such registration have been met in respect to such warrant and each subject security; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Within five days after the exchange has taken official action to admit such warrant to dealing, it shall notify the Commission of such action. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, no exemption pursuant to this section shall be available for transactions in any such warrant on any exchange on which the beneficiary security is admitted to dealing unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each subject security is admitted to dealing or is in process of admission to dealing on a national securities exchange; or 
</P>
<P>(2) There is available from a registration statement and periodic reports or other data filed by the issuer of the subject security, pursuant to any act administered by the Commission, information substantially equivalent to that available with respect to a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an unissued warrant shall not be exempt pursuant to this section unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) Formal or official announcement has been made by the issuer specifying (i) the terms upon which such warrant and each subject security is to be issued, (ii) the date, if any, as of which the security holders entitled to receive such warrant will be determined, (iii) the approximate date of the issuance of such warrant, and (iv) the approximate date of the issuance of each subject security; and, 
</P>
<P>(2) The members of the exchange are subject to rules which provide that the performance of the contract to purchase and sell an unissued warrant shall be conditioned upon the issuance of such warrant. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission may by order deny or revoke the exemption of a warrant under this section, if, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing to the issuer of such warrant and to the exchange or exchanges on which such warrant is admitted to dealing as an exempted security, it finds that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any of the terms or conditions of this section have not been met with respect to such exemption, or 
</P>
<P>(2) At any time during the period of such exemption transactions have been effected on any such exchanges in such warrant which (i) create or induce a false, misleading or artificial appearance of activity, (ii) unduly or improperly influence the market price, or (iii) make a price which does not reflect the true state of the market; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Any other facts exist which make such denial or revocation necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(f) If it appears necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, the Commission may summarily suspend the exemption of such warrant pending the determination by the Commission whether such exemption shall be denied or revoked. 
</P>
<P>(g) Section 240.10b-1 shall be applicable to any warrant exempted by this section. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 12, 48 Stat. 882, as amended, 892; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[15 FR 3450, June 2, 1950, as amended at 18 FR 128, Jan. 7, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.133" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-5   Temporary exemption of substituted or additional securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Subject to the conditions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, whenever the holders of a security admitted to trading on a national securities exchange (hereinafter called the original security) obtain the right, by operation of law or otherwise, to acquire all or any part of a class of another or substitute security of the same or another issuer, or an additional amount of the original security, then: 
</P>
<P>(i) All or any part of the class of such other or substituted security shall be temporarily exempted from the operation of section 12(a) to the extent necessary to render lawful transactions therein on an issued or “when-issued” basis on any national securities exchange on which the original, the other or the substituted security is lawfully admitted to trading; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The additional amount of the original security shall be temporarily exempted from the operation of section 12(a) to the extent necessary to render lawful transactions therein on a “when-issued” basis on any national securities exchange on which the original security is lawfully admitted to trading. 
</P>
<P>(2) The exemptions provided by paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be available only if the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) A registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 to the extent required as to the security which is the subject of such exemption, or the terms of any applicable exemption from registration under such act have been complied with, if required; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any stockholder approval necessary to the issuance of the security which is the subject of the exemption, has been obtained; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) All other necessary official action, other than the filing or recording of charter amendments or other documents with the appropriate State authorities, has been taken to authorize and assure the issuance of the security which is the subject of such exemption. 
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided by this section shall terminate on the earliest of the following dates: 
</P>
<P>(1) When registration of the exempt security on the exchange become effective; 
</P>
<P>(2) When the exempt security is granted unlisted trading privileges on the exchange; 
</P>
<P>(3) The close of business on the tenth day after (i) withdrawal of an application for registration of the exempt security on the exchange; (ii) withdrawal by the exchange of its certification of approval of the exempt security for listing and registration; (iii) withdrawal of an application for admission of the exempt security to unlisted trading privileges on the exchange; or (iv) the sending to the exchange of notice of the entry of an order by the Commission denying any application for admission of the exempt security to unlisted trading privileges on the exchange; 
</P>
<P>(4) The close of business on the one hundred and twentieth day after the date on which the exempt security was admitted by action of the exchange to trading thereon as a security exempted from the operation of section 12 (a) by this section, unless prior thereto an application for registration of the exempt security or for admission of the exempt security to unlisted trading privileges on the exchange has been filed. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, the Commission, having due regard for the public interest and the protection of investors, may at any time extend the period of exemption of any security by this rule or may sooner terminate the exemption upon notice to the exchange and to the issuer of the extension or termination thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Exchange shall file with the Commission a notification on Form 26 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> promptly after taking action to admit any security to trading under this section: <I>Provided, however,</I> That no notification need be filed under this section concerning the admission or proposed admission to trading of additional amounts of a class of security admitted to trading on such exchange. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Copy filed with the Federal Register Division.</P></FTNT>
<P>(e) Section 240.10b-1 shall be applicable to all securities exempted from the operation of section 12(a) of the act by this section. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 12, 48 Stat. 882, 892; 15 U.S.C. 78c (12), 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8185, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 19 FR 669, Feb. 5, 1954; 20 FR 2081, Apr. 2, 1955; 53 FR 41206, Oct. 20, 1988] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.134" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-6   Exemption of securities underlying certain options from section 12(a).</HEAD>
<P>(a) When used in this rule, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>option</I> shall include any put, call, spread, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying a security from or selling a security to another without being bound to do so, but such term shall not include any such option where the writer is: The issuer of the security which may be purchased or sold upon exercise of the option, or is a person that directly, or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>underlying security</I> means a security which relates to or is the subject of an option. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any underlying security shall be exempt from the operation of section 12(a) of the Act if all of the following terms and conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The related option is duly listed and registered on a national securities exchange; 
</P>
<P>(2) The only transactions on such exchange with respect to such underlying securities consist of the delivery of and payment for such underlying securities pursuant to the terms of such options relating to the exercise thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Such underlying security is (i) duly listed and registered on another national securities exchange at the time the option is issued; or (ii) duly quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) at the time the option is issued.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(a)(12); 48 Stat. 882, 84 Stat. 718, 1435, 1499 (15 U.S.C. 78(c))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 11449, May 8, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 20203, May 15, 1985] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.135" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-7   Exemption of stock contained in standardized market baskets from section 12(a) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any component stock of a standardized market basket shall be exempt from the registration requirement of section 12(a) of the Act, solely for the purpose of inclusion in a standardized market basket, provided that all of the following terms and conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The standardized market basket has been duly approved by the Commission for listing on a national securities exchange pursuant to the requirements of section 19(b) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) The stock is an NMS stock as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter and is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Listed and registered for trading on a national securities exchange by the issuer or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System;
</P>
<P>(b) When used in this rule, the term standardized market basket means a group of at least 100 stocks purchased or sold in a single execution and at a single trading location with physical delivery and transfer of ownership of each component stock resulting from such execution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28322, June 20, 1991, as amended at 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.136" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-8   Exemption of depositary shares.</HEAD>
<P>Depositary shares (as that term is defined in § 240.12b-2) registered on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter), but not the underlying deposited securities, shall be exempt from the operation of section 12(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39766, July 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.137" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-9   Exemption of standardized options from section 12(a) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of section 12(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(a)) do not apply in respect of any standardized option, as defined by section 240.9b-1(a)(4), issued by a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 192, Jan. 2, 2003]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.138" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-10   Exemption of security-based swaps from section 12(a) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of Section 12(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(a)) do not apply to any security-based swap that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is issued or will be issued by a clearing agency registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or exempt from registration under Section 17A of the Act pursuant to a rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, in its function as a central counterparty with respect to the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission has determined is required to be cleared or that is permitted to be cleared pursuant to the clearing agency's rules;
</P>
<P>(c) Is sold to an eligible contract participant (as defined in Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18))) in reliance on Rule 239 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.239); and
</P>
<P>(d) Is traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20549, Apr. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12a-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.75.139" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12a-11   Exemption of security-based swaps sold in reliance on Securities Act of 1933 Rule 240 (§ 230.240) from section 12(a) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of Section 12(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(a)) do not apply to any security-based swap offered and sold in reliance on § 230.240 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This section will expire on February 11, 2018.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 10707, Feb. 15, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="76" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.1.76" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 12B: Registration and Reporting</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.12b-1 through 240.12b-36 appear at 13 FR 9321, Dec. 31, 1948, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

</DIV6>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS 
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV7 N="77" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.140" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-1   Scope of regulation.</HEAD>
<P>The rules contained in this regulation shall govern all registration statements pursuant to sections 12(b) and 12(g) of the Act and all reports filed pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act, including all amendments to such statements and reports, except that any provision in a form covering the same subject matter as any such rule shall be controlling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11464, Mar. 16, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.141" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, when used in the rules contained in this regulation or in Regulation 13A or 15D or in the forms for statements and reports filed pursuant to sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the act, shall have the respective meanings indicated in this rule: 
</P>
<P><I>Accelerated filer and large accelerated filer</I>—(1) <I>Accelerated filer.</I> The term <I>accelerated filer</I> means an issuer after it first meets the following conditions as of the end of its fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer had an aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by its non-affiliates of $75 million or more, but less than $700 million, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer has been subject to the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) for a period of at least twelve calendar months; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer has filed at least one annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The issuer is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Large accelerated filer.</I> The term <I>large accelerated filer</I> means an issuer after it first meets the following conditions as of the end of its fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer had an aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by its non-affiliates of $700 million or more, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer has been subject to the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act for a period of at least twelve calendar months; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer has filed at least one annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The issuer is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Entering and exiting accelerated filer and large accelerated filer status.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The determination at the end of the issuer's fiscal year for whether a non-accelerated filer becomes an accelerated filer, or whether a non-accelerated filer or accelerated filer becomes a large accelerated filer, governs the deadlines for the annual report to be filed for that fiscal year, the quarterly and annual reports to be filed for the subsequent fiscal year and all annual and quarterly reports to be filed thereafter while the issuer remains an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Once an issuer becomes an accelerated filer, it will remain an accelerated filer unless: The issuer determines, at the end of a fiscal year, that the aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by its non-affiliates was less than $60 million, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or it determines that it is eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, as applicable. An issuer that makes either of these determinations becomes a non-accelerated filer. The issuer will not become an accelerated filer again unless it subsequently meets the conditions in paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(iii) Once an issuer becomes a large accelerated filer, it will remain a large accelerated filer unless: It determines, at the end of a fiscal year, that the aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by its non-affiliates (“aggregate worldwide market value”) was less than $560 million, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter or it determines that it is eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, as applicable. If the issuer's aggregate worldwide market value was $60 million or more, but less than $560 million, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and it is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, as applicable, it becomes an accelerated filer. If the issuer's aggregate worldwide market value was less than $60 million, as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or it is eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, it becomes a non-accelerated filer. An issuer will not become a large accelerated filer again unless it subsequently meets the conditions in paragraph (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(iv) The determination at the end of the issuer's fiscal year for whether an accelerated filer becomes a non-accelerated filer, or a large accelerated filer becomes an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer, governs the deadlines for the annual report to be filed for that fiscal year, the quarterly and annual reports to be filed for the subsequent fiscal year and all annual and quarterly reports to be filed thereafter while the issuer remains an accelerated filer or non-accelerated filer. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (1), (2) and (3):</HED>
<P>The aggregate worldwide market value of the issuer's outstanding voting and non-voting common equity shall be computed by use of the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such common equity, in the principal market for such common equity.</P></NOTE>
<P>(4) For purposes of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this definition only, a business development company is considered to be eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies under the revenue test in paragraph (2) or (3)(iii)(B) of the “smaller reporting company” definition in this section, provided that the business development company meets the requirements of the test using annual investment income under Rule 6-07.1 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.6-07.1) as the measure of its “annual revenues” for purposes of the test.
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate.</I> An “affiliate” of, or a person “affiliated” with, a specified person, is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified. 
</P>
<P><I>Amount.</I> The term “amount,” when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to shares, and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security. 
</P>
<P><I>Associate.</I> The term “associate” used to indicate a relationship with any person, means (1) any corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority-owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (2) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (3) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P><I>Blank check company.</I> For purposes of section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u-5), the term <I>blank check company</I> means a company that has no specific business plan or purpose or has indicated that its business plan is to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies, or other entity or person.


</P>
<P><I>Business combination related shell company:</I> The term <I>business combination related shell company</I> means a shell company (as defined in § 240.12b-2) that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Formed by an entity that is not a shell company solely for the purpose of changing the corporate domicile of that entity solely within the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Formed by an entity that is not a shell company solely for the purpose of completing a business combination transaction (as defined in § 230.165(f) of this chapter) among one or more entities other than the shell company, none of which is a shell company.
</P>
<P><I>Certified.</I> The term “certified,” when used in regard to financial statements, means examined and reported upon with an opinion expressed by an independent public or certified public accountant.
</P>
<P><I>Charter.</I> The term “charter” includes articles of incorporation, declarations of trust, articles of association or partnership, or any similar instrument, as amended, effecting (either with or without filing with any governmental agency) the organization or creation of an incorporated or unincorporated person. 
</P>
<P><I>Common equity.</I> The term “common equity” means any class of common stock or an equivalent interest, including but not limited to a unit of beneficial interest in a trust or a limited partnership interest.
</P>
<P><I>Control.</I> The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Depositary share.</I> The term “depositary share” means a security, evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt, that represents a foreign security or a multiple of or fraction thereof deposited with a depositary.
</P>
<P><I>Emerging growth company.</I> (1) The term <I>emerging growth company</I> means an issuer that had total annual gross revenues of less than $1,235,000,000 during its most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer that is an emerging growth company as of the first day of that fiscal year shall continue to be deemed an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
</P>
<P>(i) The last day of the fiscal year of the issuer during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1,235,000,000 or more;
</P>
<P>(ii) The last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the issuer pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date on which such issuer has, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The date on which such issuer is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, as defined in Rule 12b-2 (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Employee.</I> The term “employee” does not include a director, trustee, or officer. 
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal year.</I> The term “fiscal year” means the annual accounting period or, if no closing date has been adopted, the calendar year ending on December 31. 
</P>
<P><I>Majority-owned subsidiary.</I> The term “majority-owned subsidiary” means a subsidiary more than 50 percent of whose outstanding securities representing the right, other than as affected by events of default, to vote for the election of directors, is owned by the subsidiary's parent and/or one or more of the parent's other majority-owned subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P><I>Managing underwriter.</I> The term “managing underwriter” includes an underwriter (or underwriters) who, by contract or otherwise, deals with the registrant; organizes the selling effort; receives some benefit directly or indirectly in which all other underwriters similarly situated do not share in proportion to their respective interests in the underwriting; or represents any other underwriters in such matters as maintaining the records of the distribution, arranging the allotments of securities offered or arranging for appropriate stabilization activities, if any.
</P>
<P><I>Material.</I> The term “material,” when used to qualify a requirement for the furnishing of information as to any subject, limits the information required to those matters to which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would attach importance in determining whether to buy or sell the securities registered. 
</P>
<P><I>Material weakness.</I> The term <I>material weakness</I> is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the registrant's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
</P>
<P><I>Parent.</I> A “parent” of a specified person is an affiliate controlling such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 
</P>
<P><I>Predecessor.</I> The term “predecessor” means a person the major portion of the business and assets of which another person acquired in a single succession or in a series of related successions in each of which the acquiring person acquired the major portion of the business and assets of the acquired person. 
</P>
<P><I>Previously filed or reported.</I> The terms “previously filed” and “previously reported” mean previously filed with, or reported in, a statement under section 12, a report under section 13 or 15(d), a definitive proxy statement or information statement under section 14 of the act, or a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933: <I>Provided,</I> That information contained in any such document shall be deemed to have been previously filed with, or reported to, an exchange only if such document is filed with such exchange. 
</P>
<P><I>Principal underwriter.</I> The term “principal underwriter” means an underwriter in privity of contract with the issuer of the securities as to which he is underwriter. 
</P>
<P><I>Promoter.</I> (1) The term “promoter” includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons, directly or indirectly takes initiative in founding and organizing the business or enterprise of an issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person who, in connection with the founding and organizing of the business or enterprise of an issuer, directly or indirectly receives in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, 10 percent or more of any class of securities of the issuer or 10 percent or more of the proceeds from the sale of any class of such securities. However, a person who receives such securities or proceeds either solely as underwriting commissions or solely in consideration of property shall not be deemed a promoter within the meaning of this paragraph if such person does not otherwise take part in founding and organizing the enterprise.
</P>
<P>(2) All persons coming within the definition of “promoter” in paragraph (1) of this definition may be referred to as “founders” or “organizers” or by another term provided that such term is reasonably descriptive of those persons' activities with respect to the issuer.
</P>
<P><I>Prospectus.</I> Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the term “prospectus” means a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. 
</P>
<P><I>Registrant.</I> The term “registrant” means an issuer of securities with respect to which a registration statement or report is to be filed. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration statement.</I> The term “registration statement” or “statement”, when used with reference to registration pursuant to section 12 of the act, includes both an application for registration of securities on a national securities exchange pursuant to section 12(b) of the act and a registration statement filed pursuant to section 12(g) of the act. 
</P>
<P><I>Share.</I> The term “share” means a share of stock in a corporation or unit of interest in an unincorporated person. 
</P>
<P><I>Shell company:</I> The term <I>shell company</I> means a registrant, other than an asset-backed issuer as defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter), that has:
</P>
<P>(1) No or nominal operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Either:
</P>
<P>(i) No or nominal assets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For purposes of this definition, the determination of a registrant's assets (including cash and cash equivalents) is based solely on the amount of assets that would be reflected on the registrant's balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on the date of that determination.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Significant deficiency.</I> The term <I>significant deficiency</I> is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the registrant's financial reporting.
</P>
<P><I>Significant subsidiary.</I> The term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the conditions in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition; however, if the registrant is a registered investment company or a business development company, the tested subsidiary meets any of the conditions in paragraph (4) of this definition instead of any of the conditions in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition. A registrant that files its financial statements in accordance with or provides a reconciliation to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) must use amounts determined under U.S. GAAP. A foreign private issuer that files its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) must use amounts determined under IFRS-IASB.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Investment test.</I> (i) For acquisitions, other than those described in paragraph (1)(ii) of this definition, and dispositions this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or if the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value, the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(A) For acquisitions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the consideration transferred, adjusted to exclude the registrant's and its subsidiaries' proportionate interest in the carrying value of assets transferred by the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated to the tested subsidiary that will remain with the combined entity after the acquisition. It must include the fair value of contingent consideration if required to be recognized at fair value by the registrant at the acquisition date under U.S. GAAP or IFRS-IASB, as applicable; however if recognition at fair value is not required, it must include all contingent consideration, except contingent consideration for which the likelihood of payment is remote.
</P>
<P>(B) For dispositions, the “investments in” the tested subsidiary is the fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, for the disposed subsidiary when comparing to the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, or, when the registrant has no such aggregate worldwide market value, the carrying value of the disposed subsidiary when comparing to total assets of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(C) When determining the aggregate worldwide market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common equity, use the average of such aggregate worldwide market value calculated daily for the last five trading days of the registrant's most recently completed month ending prior to the earlier of the registrant's announcement date or agreement date of the acquisition or disposition.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a combination between entities or businesses under common control, this test is met when either the net book value of the tested subsidiary exceeds 10 percent of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated total assets or the number of common shares exchanged or to be exchanged by the registrant exceeds 10 percent of its total common shares outstanding at the date the combination is initiated.
</P>
<P>(iii) In all other cases, this test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Asset test.</I> This test is met when the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total assets (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Income test.</I> (i) This test is met when:
</P>
<P>(A) The absolute value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' equity in the tested subsidiary's consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests exceeds 10 percent of the absolute value of such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(B) The registrant's and its other subsidiaries' proportionate share of the tested subsidiary's consolidated total revenue from continuing operations (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 10 percent of such total revenue of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year. This paragraph (3)(i)(B) does not apply if either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary did not have material revenue in each of the two most recently completed fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(ii) When determining the income component in paragraph (3)(i)(A) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(A) If a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interest has been incurred by either the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated or the tested subsidiary, but not both, exclude the equity in the income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) of the tested subsidiary attributable to the controlling interest from such income or loss of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for purposes of the computation;
</P>
<P>(B) Compute the test using the average described in this paragraph (3)(ii)(B) if the revenue component in paragraph (3)(i)(B) in this definition does not apply and the absolute value of the registrant's and its subsidiaries' consolidated income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to the controlling interests for the most recent fiscal year is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(C) Entities reporting losses must not be aggregated with entities reporting income where the test involves combined entities, as in the case of determining whether summarized financial data must be presented or whether the aggregate impact specified in §§ 210.3-05(b)(2)(iv) and 210.3-14(b)(2)(i)(C) of this chapter is met, except when determining whether related businesses meet this test for purposes of §§ 210.3-05 and 210.8-04 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Registered investment company or business development company.</I> For a registrant that is a registered investment company or a business development company, the term <I>significant subsidiary</I> means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions using amounts determined under U.S. GAAP and, if applicable, section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Investment test.</I> The value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the value of the total investments of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Income test.</I> The absolute value of the sum of combined investment income from dividends, interest, and other income, the net realized gains and losses on investments, and the net change in unrealized gains and losses on investments from the tested subsidiary (except, for purposes of § 210.6-11 of this chapter, the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the tested subsidiary), for the most recently completed fiscal year exceeds:
</P>
<P>(A) 80 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(B) 10 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year and the investment test (paragraph (4)(i) of this definition) condition exceeds 5 percent. However, if the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years, then the registrant may compute both conditions of the income test using the average of the absolute value of such amounts for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for each of its last five fiscal years.




</P>
<P><I>Smaller reporting company.</I> As used in this part, the term <I>smaller reporting company</I> means an issuer that is not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company and that:
</P>
<P>(1) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
</P>
<P>(2) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
</P>
<P>(i) No public float; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A public float of less than $700 million.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company is determined on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
</P>
<P>(ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity:
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares;
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available; and
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this definition. In the case of a determination based on an initial Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of shares sold.
</P>
<P>(iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its annual determination either:
</P>
<P>(A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; or
</P>
<P>(B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the following chart:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Prior annual revenues
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Prior public float
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">None or less than $700 million
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">$700 million or more
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than $100 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neither threshold exceeded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $100 million.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">$100 million or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—None or less than $700 million; and</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public float—Less than $560 million; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues—Less than $80 million.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Instruction 1 to definition of “smaller reporting company”:</E> A registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company under the public float thresholds identified in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) of this definition will qualify as a smaller reporting company regardless of its revenues.
</P>
<P>Instruction 2 to definition of “smaller reporting company”: A foreign private issuer is not eligible to use the requirements for smaller reporting companies unless it uses the forms and rules designated for domestic issuers and provides financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iv) Upon the consummation of a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) of this chapter (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), an issuer must re-determine its status as a smaller reporting company pursuant to the thresholds set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition prior to its first filing, other than pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K, following the de-SPAC transaction and reflect this re-determination in its filings, beginning 45 days after consummation of the de-SPAC transaction.
</P>
<P>(A) Public float is measured as of a date within four business days after the consummation of the de-SPAC transaction and is computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of that date by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Annual revenues are the annual revenues of the target company, as defined in § 229.1601(d) of this chapter (Item 1601(d) of Regulation S-K), as of the most recently completed fiscal year reported in the Form 8-K filed pursuant to Items 2.01(f), 5.01(a)(8), and/or 9.01(c) of Form 8-K.


</P>
<P><I>Succession:</I> The term <I>succession</I> means the direct acquisition of the assets comprising a going business, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase, or other direct transfer; or the acquisition of control of a shell company in a transaction required to be reported on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) in compliance with Item 5.01 of that Form or on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) in compliance with Rule 13a-19 (§ 240.13a-19) or Rule 15d-19 (§ 240.15d-19). Except for an acquisition of control of a shell company, the term does not include the acquisition of control of a business unless followed by the direct acquisition of its assets. The terms <I>succeed</I> and <I>successor</I> have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
</P>
<P><I>Totally held subsidiary.</I> The term “totally held subsidiary” means a subsidiary (1) substantially all of whose outstanding securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries, and (2) which is not indebted to any person other than its parent and/or the parent's other totally held subsidiaries in an amount which is material in relation to the particular subsidiary, excepting indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not overdue and which matures within one year from the date of its creation, whether evidenced by securities or not.
</P>
<P><I>Voting securities.</I> The term “voting securities” means securities the holders of which are presently entitled to vote for the election of directors. 
</P>
<P><I>Wholly-owned subsidiary.</I> The term “wholly-owned subsidiary” means a subsidiary substantially all of whose outstanding voting securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other wholly-owned subsidiaries. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 9321, Dec. 31, 1948]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.12b-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.142" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-3   Title of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Wherever the title of securities is required to be stated there shall be given such information as will indicate the type and general character of the securities, including the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of shares, the par or stated value, if any; the rate of dividends, if fixed, and whether cumulative or noncumulative; a brief indication of the preference, if any; and if convertible, a statement to that effect. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of funded debt, the rate of interest; the date of maturity, or if the issue matures serially, a brief indication of the serial maturities, such as “maturing serially from 1950 to 1960”; if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contingency; a brief indication of the priority of the issue; and if convertible, a statement to that effect. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of any other kind of security, appropriate information of comparable character. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.143" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-4   Supplemental information.</HEAD>
<P>The Commission or its staff may, where it is deemed appropriate, request supplemental information concerning the registrant, a registration statement or a periodic or other report under the Act. This information shall not be required to be filed with or deemed part of the registration statement or report. The information shall be returned to the registrant upon request, provided that:
</P>
<P>(a) Such request is made at the time such information is furnished to the staff;
</P>
<P>(b) The return of such information is consistent with the protection of investors; and
</P>
<P>(c) The return of such information is consistent with the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11465, Mar. 16, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.144" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-5   Determination of affiliates of banks.</HEAD>
<P>In determining whether a person is an “affiliate” or “parent” of a bank or whether a bank is a “subsidiary” or “majority-owner subsidiary” of a person within the meaning of those terms as defined in § 240.12b-2, voting securities of the bank held by a corporation all of the stock of which is directly owned by the United States Government shall not be taken into consideration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.145" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-6   When securities are deemed to be registered.</HEAD>
<P>A class of securities with respect to which a registration statement has been filed pursuant to section 12 of the act shall be deemed to be registered for the purposes of sections 13, 14, 15(d) and 16 of the act and the rules and regulations thereunder only when such statement has become effective as provided in section 12, and securities of said class shall not be subject to sections 13, 14 and 16 of the act until such statement has become effective as provided in section 12. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 14, 16, 48 Stat. 882, 895, 896, sec. 3(d), 78 Stat. 568; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78n, 78p, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 482, Jan. 14, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.77.146" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="78" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Formal Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.147" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-10   Requirements as to proper form.</HEAD>
<P>Every statement or report shall be on the form prescribed therefor by the Commission, as in effect on the date of filing. Any statement or report shall be deemed to be filed on the proper form unless objection to the form is made by the Commission within thirty days after the date of filing. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2022, Feb. 13, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.148" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-11   Number of copies; signatures; binding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in a particular form, three complete copies of each statement or report, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be filed with the Commission. At least one complete copy of each statement shall be filed with each exchange on which the securities covered thereby are to be registered. At least one complete copy of each report under section 13 of the Act shall be filed with each exchange on which the registrant has securities registered.
</P>
<P>(b) At least one copy of each statement or report filed with the Commission and one copy thereof filed with each exchange shall be signed in the manner prescribed by the appropriate form.
</P>
<P>(c) Each copy of a statement or report filed with the Commission or with an exchange shall be bound in one or more parts. Copies filed with the Commission shall be bound without stiff covers. The statement or report shall be bound on the left side in such a manner as to leave the reading matter legible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signatures.</I> Where the Act or the rules, forms, reports or schedules thereunder, including paragraph (b) of this section, require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the filer for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (d). Upon request, the filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11465, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 30403, June 14, 1996; 85 FR 78229, Dec. 4, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.149" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-12   Requirements as to paper, printing and language.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Statements and reports shall be filed on good quality, unglazed white paper, no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size, insofar as practicable. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size.
</P>
<P>(b) The statement or report and, insofar as practicable, all papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be printed, lithographed, mimeographed, or typewritten. However, the statement or report or any portion thereof may be prepared by any similar process which, in the opinion of the Commission, produces copies suitable for a permanent record and microfilming. Irrespective of the process used, all copies of any such material shall be clear, easily readable and suitable for repeated photocopying. Debits in credit categories and credits in debit categories shall be designated so as to be clearly distinguishable as such on photocopies.
</P>
<P>(c) The body of all printed statements and reports and all notes to financial statements and other tabular data included therein shall be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 10-point modern type. However, to the extent necessary for convenient presentation, financial statements and other tabular data, including tabular data in notes, may be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All such type shall be leaded at least 2 points.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) All Exchange Act filings and submissions must be in the English language, except as otherwise provided by this section. If a filing or submission requires the inclusion of a document that is in a foreign language, a party must submit instead a fair and accurate English translation of the entire foreign language document, except as provided by paragraph (d)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a filing or submission subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance requires the inclusion of a foreign language document as an exhibit or attachment, a party must submit a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document if consisting of any of the following, or an amendment of any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Articles of incorporation, memoranda of association, bylaws, and other comparable documents, whether original or restated; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures qualified or to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Voting agreements, including voting trust agreements; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Contracts to which directors, officers, promoters, voting trustees or security holders named in a registration statement, report or other document are parties; 
</P>
<P>(v) Contracts upon which a filer's business is substantially dependent; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Audited annual and interim consolidated financial information; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Any document that is or will be the subject of a confidential treatment request under § 240.24b-2 or § 230.406 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A party may submit an English summary instead of an English translation of a foreign language document as an exhibit or attachment to a filing or submission subject to review by the Division of Corporation Finance, as long as: 
</P>
<P>(A) The foreign language document does not consist of any of the subject matter enumerated in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The applicable form permits the use of an English summary. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any English summary submitted under paragraph (d)(3) of this section must: 
</P>
<P>(A) Fairly and accurately summarize the terms of each material provision of the foreign language document; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Fairly and accurately describe the terms that have been omitted or abridged. 
</P>
<P>(4) When submitting an English summary or English translation of a foreign language document under this section, a party must identify the submission as either an English summary or English translation. A party may submit a copy of the unabridged foreign language document when including an English summary or English translation of a foreign language document in a filing or submission. A party must provide a copy of any foreign language document upon the request of Commission staff. 
</P>
<P>(5) A foreign government or its political subdivision must provide a fair and accurate English translation of its latest annual budget submitted as Exhibit B to Form 18 (§ 249.218 of this chapter) or Exhibit (c) to Form 18-K (§ 249.318 of this chapter) only if one is available. If no English translation is available, a filer must provide a copy of the foreign language version of its latest annual budget as an exhibit. 
</P>
<P>(6) A Canadian issuer may file an exhibit, attachment or other part of a Form 40-F registration statement or annual report (§ 249.240f of this chapter), Schedule 13E-4F (§ 240.13e-102), Schedule 14D-1F (§ 240.14d-102), or Schedule 14D-9F (§ 240.14d-103), that contains text in both French and English if the issuer included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority and, for an electronic filing, if the filing is an HTML document, as defined in Regulation S-T Rule 11 (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(e) Where a statement or report is distributed to investors through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as paper size and type size and font, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11466, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 58238, Dec. 30, 1982; 61 FR 24656, May 15, 1996; 67 FR 36704, May 24, 2002] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.150" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-13   Preparation of statement or report.</HEAD>
<P>The statement or report shall contain the numbers and captions of all items of the appropriate form, but the text of the items may be omitted provided the answers thereto are so prepared as to indicate to the reader the coverage of the items without the necessity of his referring to the text of the items or instructions thereto. However, where any item requires information to be given in tabular form, it shall be given in substantially the tabular form specified in the item. All instructions, whether appearing under the items of the form or elsewhere therein, are to be omitted. Unless expressly provided otherwise, if any item is inapplicable or the answer thereto is in the negative, an appropriate statement to that effect shall be made. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2023, Feb. 13, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.151" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-14   Riders; inserts.</HEAD>
<P>Riders shall not be used. If the statement or report is typed on a printed form, and the space provided for the answer to any given item is insufficient, reference shall be made in such space to a full insert page or pages on which the item number and caption and the complete answer are given.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2023, Feb. 13, 1965]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.78.152" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-15   Amendments.</HEAD>
<P>All amendments must be filed under cover of the form amended, marked with the letter “A” to designate the document as an amendment, e.g., “10-K/A,” and in compliance with pertinent requirements applicable to statements and reports. Amendments filed pursuant to this section must set forth the complete text of each item as amended. Amendments must be numbered sequentially and be filed separately for each statement or report amended. Amendments to a statement may be filed either before or after registration becomes effective. Amendments must be signed on behalf of the registrant by a duly authorized representative of the registrant. An amendment to any report required to include the certifications as specified in § 240.13a-14(a) or § 240.15d-14(a) must include new certifications by each principal executive and principal financial officer of the registrant, and an amendment to any report required to be accompanied by the certifications as specified in § 240.13a-14(b) or § 240.15d-14(b) must be accompanied by new certifications by each principal executive and principal financial officer of the registrant. An amendment to any report required to include the certifications as specified in § 240.13a-14(d) or § 240.15d-14(d) must include a new certification by an individual specified in § 240.13a-14(e) or § 240.15d-14(e), as applicable. The requirements of the form being amended will govern the number of copies to be filed in connection with a paper format amendment. Electronic filers satisfy the provisions dictating the number of copies by filing one copy of the amendment in electronic format. See § 232.309 of this chapter (Rule 309 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36665, June 18, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="79" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Requirements as to Contents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-20" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.153" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-20   Additional information.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the information expressly required to be included in a statement or report, there shall be added such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the required statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made not misleading. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2023, Feb. 13, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.154" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-21   Information unknown or not available.</HEAD>
<P>Information required need be given only insofar as it is known or reasonably available to the registrant. If any required information is unknown and not reasonably available to the registrant, either because the obtaining thereof would involve unreasonable effort or expense, or because it rests peculiarly within the knowledge of another person not affiliated with the registrant, the information may be omitted, subject to the following conditions. 
</P>
<P>(a) The registrant shall give such information on the subject as it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense, together with the sources thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) The registrant shall include a statement either showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved or indicating the absence of any affiliation with the person within whose knowledge the information rests and stating the result of a request made to such person for the information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-22" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.155" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-22   Disclaimer of control.</HEAD>
<P>If the existence of control is open to reasonable doubt in any instance, the registrant may disclaim the existence of control and any admission thereof; in such case, however, the registrant shall state the material facts pertinent to the possible existence of control. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-23" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.156" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-23   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration statement or report.</I> Except as provided by this section or in the appropriate form, information may be incorporated by reference in answer, or partial answer, to any item of a registration statement or report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial information.</I> Except as provided in the Commission's rules, financial information required to be given in comparative form for two or more fiscal years or periods must not be incorporated by reference unless the information incorporated by reference includes the entire period for which the comparative data is given. In the financial statements, incorporating by reference, or cross-referencing to, information outside of the financial statements is not permitted unless otherwise specifically permitted or required by the Commission's rules or by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exhibits.</I> Any document or part thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to any Act administered by the Commission may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any statement or report filed with the Commission by the same or any other person. Any document or part thereof filed with an exchange pursuant to the Act may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any statement or report filed with the exchange by the same or any other person. If any modification has occurred in the text of any document incorporated by reference since the filing thereof, the registrant must file with the reference a statement containing the text of any such modification and the date thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hyperlinks.</I> You must include an active hyperlink to information incorporated into a registration statement or report by reference if such information is publicly available on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) at the time the registration statement or form is filed. For hyperlinking to exhibits, please refer to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.601 of this chapter) or the appropriate form.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>General.</I> Include an express statement clearly describing the specific location of the information you are incorporating by reference. The statement must identify the document where the information was originally filed or submitted and the location of the information within that document. The statement must be made at the particular place where the information is required, if applicable. Information must not be incorporated by reference in any case where such incorporation would render the disclosure incomplete, unclear, or confusing. For example, unless expressly permitted or required, disclosure must not be incorporated by reference from a second document if that second document incorporates information pertinent to such disclosure by reference to a third document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12727, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-24" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.157" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-25" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.79.158" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-25   Notification of inability to timely file all or any required portion of a Form 10-K, 20-F, 11-K, N-CEN , N-CSR, 10-Q, or 10-D.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If all or any required portion of an annual or transition report on Form 10-K, 20-F or 11-K (17 CFR 249.310, 249.220f or 249.311), a quarterly or transition report on Form 10-Q (17 CFR 249.308a), or a distribution report on Form 10-D (17 CFR 249.312) required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and rules thereunder, or if all or any required portion of a semi-annual, annual or transition report on Form N-CSR (17 CFR 249.331; 17 CFR 274.128) or Form N-CEN (17 CFR 249.330; 17 CFR 274.101) required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act or section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29) and the rules thereunder, is not filed within the time period prescribed for such report, the registrant, no later than one business day after the due date for such report, shall file a Form 12b-25 (17 CFR 249.322) with the Commission which shall contain disclosure of its inability to file the report timely and the reasons therefore in reasonable detail.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to any report or portion of any report described in paragraph (a) of this section which is not timely filed because the registrant is unable to do so without unreasonable effort or expense, such report shall be deemed to be filed on the prescribed due date for such report if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant files the Form 12b-25 in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section and, when applicable, furnishes the exhibit required by paragraph (c) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant represents in the Form 12b-25 that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reason(s) causing the inability to file timely could not be eliminated by the registrant without unreasonable effort or expense; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The subject annual report, semi-annual report or transition report on Form 10-K, 20-F, 11-K, N-CEN , or N-CSR, or portion thereof, will be filed no later than the fifteenth calendar day following the prescribed due date; or the subject quarterly report or transition report on Form 10-Q or distribution report on Form 10-D, or portion thereof, will be filed no later than the fifth calendar day following the prescribed due date; and
</P>
<P>(3) The report/portion thereof is actually filed within the period specified by paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) If paragraph (b) of this section is applicable and the reason the subject report/portion thereof cannot be filed timely without unreasonable effort or expense relates to the inability of any person, other than the registrant, to furnish any required opinion, report or certification, the Form 12b-25 shall have attached as an exhibit a statement signed by such person stating the specific reasons why such person is unable to furnish the required opinion, report or certification on or before the date such report must be filed. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, a registrant will not be eligible to use any registration statement form under the Securities Act of 1933 the use of which is predicated on timely filed reports until the subject report is actually filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a Form 12b-25 filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this sectin relates only to a portion of a subject report, the registrant shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) File the balance of such report and indicate on the cover page thereof which disclosure items are omitted; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Include, on the upper right corner of the amendment to the report which includes the previously omitted information, the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The following items were the subject of a Form 12b-25 and are included herein: (<I>List Item Numbers</I>)</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) The provisions of this section shall not apply to financial statements to be filed by amendment to a form 10-K as provided for by paragraph (a) of § 210.3-09 or schedules to be filed by amendment in accordance with General Instruction A to form 10-K.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Electronic filings.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to reports required to be filed in electronic format if the sole reason the report is not filed within the time period prescribed is that the filer is unable to file the report in electronic format. Filers unable to submit a report in electronic format within the time period prescribed solely due to difficulties with electronic filing should comply with either Rule 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter), or apply for an adjustment of filing date pursuant to Rule 13(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.13(c) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Interactive data submissions.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to the submission or posting of an Interactive Data File (§ 232.11 of this chapter). Filers unable to submit or post an Interactive Data File within the time period prescribed should comply with either Rule 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 23652, Apr. 8, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 1449, Jan. 11, 1985; 50 FR 2957, Jan. 23, 1985; 54 FR 10316, Mar. 13, 1989; 58 FR 14683, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 21349, Apr. 21, 1993; 59 FR 67764, Dec. 30, 1994; 68 FR 5364, Feb. 3, 2003; 70 FR 1620, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 974, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 6818, Feb. 10, 2009; 81 82020, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="80" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.80" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exhibits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-30" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.80.159" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-30   Additional exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>The registrant may file such exhibits as it may desire, in addition to those required by the appropriate form. Such exhibits shall be so marked as to indicate clearly the subject matters to which they refer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-31" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.80.160" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-31   Omission of substantially identical documents.</HEAD>
<P>In any case where two or more indentures, contracts, franchises, or other documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, the dates of execution, or other details, the registrant need file a copy of only one of such documents, with a schedule identifying the other documents omitted and setting forth the material details in which such documents differ from the document of which a copy is filed. The Commission may at any time in its discretion require the filing of copies of any documents so omitted. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-32" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.80.161" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-33" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.80.162" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-33   Annual reports to other Federal agencies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any rule or other requirement to the contrary, whenever copies of an annual report by a registrant to any other Federal agency are required or permitted to be filed as an exhibit to an application or report filed by such registrant with the Commission or with a securities exchange, only one copy of such annual report need be filed with the Commission and one copy thereof with each such exchange, provided appropriate reference to such copy is made in each copy of the application or report filed with the Commission or with such exchange. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 1441, Mar. 13, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="81" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.81" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Special Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-35" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.81.163" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-35   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-36" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.81.164" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-36   Use of financial statements filed under other acts.</HEAD>
<P>Where copies of certified financial statements filed under other acts administered by the Commission are filed with a statement or report, the accountant's certificate shall be manually signed or manually signed copies of the certificate shall be filed with the financial statements. Where such financial statements are incorporated by reference in a statement or report, the written consent of the accountant to such incorporation by reference shall be filed with the statement or report. Such consent shall be dated and signed manually. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2023, Feb. 13, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12b-37" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.81.165" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12b-37   Satisfaction of filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>With regard to issuers eligible to rely on Release No. 34-45589 (March 18, 2002) or Release No. IC-25463 (March 18, 2002) (each of which may be viewed on the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov</I>), filings made in accordance with the provisions of those Releases shall satisfy the issuer's requirement to make such a filing under Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77m(a), 78n or 78o(d)), as applicable, and the Commission's rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 13537, Mar. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="82" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Certification by Exchanges and Effectiveness of Registration</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.12d1-1 through 240.12d-6 appear at 19 FR 670, Feb. 5, 1954, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.166" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-1   Registration effective as to class or series.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application filed pursuant to section 12 (b) and (c) of the act for registration of a security on a national securities exchange shall be deemed to apply for registration of the entire class of such security. Registration shall become effective, as provided in section 12(d) of the act, (1) as to the shares or amounts of such class then issued, and (2), without further application for registration, upon issuance as to additional shares or amounts of such class then or thereafter authorized. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall apply to classes of securities of which a specified number of shares or amounts was registered or registered upon notice of issuance, and to applications for registration filed, prior to the close of business on January 28, 1954, as well as to classes registered, or applications filed, thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not affect the right of a national securities exchange to require the issuer of a registered security to file documents with or pay fees to the exchange in connection with the modification of such security or the issuance of additional shares or amounts. 
</P>
<P>(d) If a class of security is issuable in two or more series with different terms, each such series shall be deemed a separate class for the purposes of this section. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.167" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-2   Effectiveness of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A request for acceleration of the effective date of registration pursuant to section 12(d) of the act and § 240.12d1-1 shall be made in writing by either the registrant, the exchange, or both and shall briefly describe the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(b) A registration statement on Form 8-A (17 CFR 249.208a) for the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b)) shall become effective: 
</P>
<P>(1) If a class of securities is not concurrently being registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), upon the later of receipt by the Commission of certification from the national securities exchange or the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If a class of securities is concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the later of the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission, receipt by the Commission of certification from the national securities exchange listed on the Form 8-A or effectiveness of the Securities Act registration statement relating to the class of securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) A registration statement on Form 8-A (17 CFR 249.208a) for the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) shall become effective: 
</P>
<P>(1) If a class of securities is not concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) If class of securities is concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the later of the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission or the effectiveness of the Securities Act registration statement relating to the class of securities. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 670, Feb. 5, 1954, as amended at 59 FR 55347, Nov. 7, 1994; 62 FR 39766, July 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.168" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-3   Requirements as to certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certification that a security has been approved by an exchange for listing and registration pursuant to section 12(d) of the act and § 240.12d1-1 shall be made by the governing committee or other corresponding authority of the exchange. 
</P>
<P>(b) The certification shall specify (1) the approval of the exchange for listing and registration; (2) the title of the security so approved; (3) the date of filing with the exchange of the application for registration and of any amendments thereto; and (4) any conditions imposed on such certification. The exchange shall promptly notify the Commission of the partial or complete satisfaction of any such conditions. 
</P>
<P>(c) The certification must be filed in electronic format via the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in § 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 670, Feb. 5, 1954, as amended at 87 FR 35413, June 10, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.169" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-4   Date of receipt of certification by Commission.</HEAD>
<P>The date of receipt by the Commission of the certification approving a security for listing and registration shall be the date on which the certification is actually received by the Commission or the date on which the application for registration to which the certification relates is actually received by the Commission, whichever date is later. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.170" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-5   Operation of certification on subsequent amendments.</HEAD>
<P>If an amendment to the application for registration of a security is filed with the exchange and with the Commission after the receipt by the Commission of the certification of the exchange approving the security for listing and registration, the certification, unless withdrawn, shall be deemed made with reference to the application as amended. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d1-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.82.171" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d1-6   Withdrawal of certification.</HEAD>
<P>An exchange may, by notice to the Commission, withdraw its certification prior to the time that the registration to which it relates first becomes effective pursuant to § 240.12d1-1. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 


</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="83" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.83" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Suspension of Trading, Withdrawal, and Striking From Listing and Registration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.83.172" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d2-1   Suspension of trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A national securities exchange may suspend from trading a security listed and registered thereon in accordance with its rules. Such exchange shall promptly notify the Commission of any such suspension, the effective date thereof, and the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any such suspension may be continued until such time as it shall appear to the Commission that such suspension is designed to evade the provisions of section 12(d) and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to the withdrawal and striking of a security from listing and registration. During the continuance of such suspension the exchange shall notify the Commission promptly of any change in the reasons for the suspension. Upon the restoration to trading of any security suspended under this rule, the exchange shall notify the Commission promptly of the effective date thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) Suspension of trading shall not terminate the registration of any security. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 48 Stat. 892, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 1506, Feb. 16, 1963] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12d2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.83.173" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12d2-2   Removal from listing and registration.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Notes:</HED>
<P>1. The filing of the Form 25 (Sec. 249.25 of this chapter) by an issuer relates solely to the withdrawal of a class of securities from listing on a national securities exchange and/or from registration under section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(b)), and shall not affect its obligation to be registered under section 12(g) of the Act and/or reporting obligations under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>2. Implementation. The rules of each national securities exchange must be designed to meet the requirements of this section and must be operative no later than April 24, 2006. Each national securities exchange must submit to the Commission a proposed rule change that complies with section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s) and Rule 19b-4 (17 CFR 240.19b-4) thereunder, and this section no later than October 24, 2005.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) A national securities exchange must file with the Commission an application on Form 25 (17 CFR 249.25) to strike a class of securities from listing on a national securities exchange and/or registration under section 12(b) of the Act within a reasonable time after the national securities exchange is reliably informed that any of the following conditions exist with respect to such a security:
</P>
<P>(1) The entire class of the security has been called for redemption, maturity or retirement; appropriate notice thereof has been given; funds sufficient for the payment of all such securities have been deposited with an agency authorized to make such payments; and such funds have been made available to security holders. 
</P>
<P>(2) The entire class of the security has been redeemed or paid at maturity or retirement. 
</P>
<P>(3) The instruments representing the securities comprising the entire class have come to evidence, by operation of law or otherwise, other securities in substitution therefor and represent no other right, except, if such be the fact, the right to receive an immediate cash payment (the right of dissenters to receive the appraised or fair value of their holdings shall not prevent the application of this provision). 
</P>
<P>(4) All rights pertaining to the entire class of the security have been extinguished; provided, however, that where such an event occurs as a result of an order of a court or other governmental authority, the order shall be final, all applicable appeal periods shall have expired, and no appeals shall be pending.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Effective Date:</HED>
<P>Such an application shall be deemed to be granted and shall become effective at the opening of business on such date as the exchange shall specify in said application, but not less than 10 days following the date on which said application is filed with the Commission; <I>Provided, however,</I> That in the event removal is being effected under paragraph (a)(3) of this section and the exchange has admitted or intends to admit a successor security to trading under the temporary exemption provided for by § 240.12a-5, such date shall not be earlier than the date on which the successor security is removed from its exempt status.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b)(1) In cases not provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, a national securities exchange may file an application on Form 25 to strike a class of securities from listing and/or withdraw the registration of such securities, in accordance with its rules, if the rules of such exchange, at a minimum, provide for:
</P>
<P>(i) Notice to the issuer of the exchange's decision to delist its securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) An opportunity for appeal to the national securities exchange's board of directors, or to a committee designated by the board; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Public notice of the national securities exchange's final determination to remove the security from listing and/or registration, by issuing a press release and posting notice on its Web site. Public notice under this paragraph shall be disseminated no fewer than 10 days before the delisting becomes effective pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and must remain posted on its Web site until the delisting is effective.
</P>
<P>(2) A national securities exchange must promptly deliver a copy of the application on Form 25 to the issuer.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The issuer of a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange and/or registered under section 12(b) of the Act may file an application on Form 25 to notify the Commission of its withdrawal of such securities from listing on such national securities exchange and its intention to withdraw the securities from registration under section 12(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer filing Form 25 under this paragraph must satisfy the requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of this section and represent on the Form 25 that such requirements have been met:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer must comply with all applicable laws in effect in the state in which it is incorporated and with the national securities exchange's rules governing an issuer's voluntary withdrawal of a class of securities from listing and/or registration.
</P>
<P>(ii) No fewer than 10 days before the issuer files an application on Form 25 with the Commission, the issuer must provide written notice to the national securities exchange of its determination to withdraw the class of securities from listing and/or registration on such exchange. Such written notice must set forth a description of the security involved, together with a statement of all material facts relating to the reasons for withdrawal from listing and/or registration.
</P>
<P>(iii) Contemporaneous with providing written notice to the exchange of its intent to withdraw a class of securities from listing and/or registration, the issuer must publish notice of such intention, along with its reasons for such withdrawal, via a press release and, if it has a publicly accessible Web site, posting such notice on that Web site. Any notice provided on an issuer's Web site under this paragraph shall remain available until the delisting on Form 25 has become effective pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section. If the issuer has not arranged for listing and/or registration on another national securities exchange or for quotation of its security in a quotation medium (as defined in § 240.15c2-11), then the press release and posting on the Web site must contain this information.
</P>
<P>(3) A national securities exchange, that receives, pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, written notice from an issuer that such issuer has determined to withdraw a class of securities from listing and/or registration on such exchange, must provide notice on its Web site of the issuer's intent to delist and/or withdraw from registration its securities by the next business day. Such notice must remain posted on the exchange's Web site until the delisting on Form 25 is effective pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) An application on Form 25 to strike a class of securities from listing on a national securities exchange will be effective 10 days after Form 25 is filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) An application on Form 25 to withdraw the registration of a class of securities under section 12(b) of the Act will be effective 90 days, or such shorter period as the Commission may determine, after filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, the Commission may, by written notice to the exchange and issuer, postpone the effectiveness of an application to delist and/or to deregister to determine whether the application on Form 25 to strike the security from registration under section 12(b) of the Act has been made in accordance with the rules of the exchange, or what terms should be imposed by the Commission for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section, whenever the Commission commences a proceeding against an issuer under section 12 of the Act prior to the withdrawal of the registration of a class of securities, such security will remain registered under section 12(b) of the Act until the final decision of such proceeding or until the Commission otherwise determines to suspend the effective date of, or revoke, the registration of a class of securities.
</P>
<P>(5) An issuer's duty to file any reports under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) and the rules and regulations thereunder solely because of such security's registration under section 12(b) of the Act will be suspended upon the effective date for the delisting pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section. If, following the effective date of delisting on Form 25, the Commission, an exchange, or an issuer delays the withdrawal of a security's registration under section 12(b) of the Act, an issuer shall, within 60 days of such delay, file any reports that would have been required under section 13(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, had the Form 25 not been filed. The issuer also shall timely file any subsequent reports required under section 13(a) of the Act for the duration of the delay.
</P>
<P>(6) An issuer whose reporting responsibilities under section 13(a) of the Act are suspended for a class of securities under paragraph (d)(5) of this section is, nevertheless, required to file any reports that an issuer with such a class of securities registered under section 12 of the Act would be required to file under section 13(a) of the Act if such class of securities:
</P>
<P>(i) Is registered under section 12(g) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Would be registered, or would be required to be registered, under section 12(g) of the Act but for the exemption from registration under section 12(g) of the Act provided by section 12(g)(2)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) An issuer whose reporting responsibilities under section 13(a) of the Act are suspended under paragraph (d)(5) of this section is, nevertheless, required to file any reports that would be required under section 15(d) of the Act but for the fact that the reporting obligations are:
</P>
<P>(A) Suspended for a class of securities under paragraph (d)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Suspended, terminated, or otherwise absent under section 12(g) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) The reporting responsibilities of an issuer under section 15(d) of the Act shall continue until the issuer is required to file reports under section 13(a) of the Act or the issuer's reporting responsibilities under section 15(d) of the Act are otherwise suspended.
</P>
<P>(8) In the event removal is being effected under paragraph (a)(3) of this section and the national securities exchange has admitted or intends to admit a successor security to trading under the temporary exemption provided for by § 240.12a-5, the effective date of the Form 25, as set forth in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, shall not be earlier than the date the successor security is removed from its exempt status.
</P>
<P>(e) The following are exempt from section 12(d) of the Act and the provisions of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Any standardized option, as defined in § 240.9b-1, that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); and
</P>
<P>(2) Any security futures product that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Traded on a national securities exchange registered under section 6(a) of the Act or on a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cleared by a clearing agency registered as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Act or is exempt from registration under section 17A(b)(7) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[28 FR 1506, Feb. 16, 1963, as amended at 70 FR 42468, July 22, 2005] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="84" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Unlisted Trading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.174" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-1   Applications for permission to reinstate unlisted trading privileges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application to reinstate unlisted trading privileges may be made to the Commission by any national securities exchange for the extension of unlisted trading privileges to any security for which such unlisted trading privileges have been suspended by the Commission, pursuant to section 12(f)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(2)(A)). One copy of such application, executed by a duly authorized officer of the exchange, shall be filed and shall set forth: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name of issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Title of security; 
</P>
<P>(3) The name of each national securities exchange, if any, on which such security is listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether transaction information concerning such security is reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan contemplated by § 242.601 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(5) The date of the Commission's suspension of unlisted trading privileges in the security on the exchange; 
</P>
<P>(6) Any other information which is deemed pertinent to the question of whether the reinstatement of unlisted trading privileges in such security is consistent with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and the protection of investors; and 
</P>
<P>(7) That a copy of the instant application has been mailed, or otherwise personally provided, to the issuer of the securities for which unlisted trading privileges are sought and to each exchange listed in item (3) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 75134, Dec. 19, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 12390, Feb. 26, 1980; 45 FR 36076, May 29, 1980; 60 FR 20896, Apr. 28, 1995; 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.175" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-2   Extending unlisted trading privileges to a security that is the subject of an initial public offering.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provision.</I> A national securities exchange may extend unlisted trading privileges to a subject security when at least one transaction in the subject security has been effected on the national securities exchange upon which the security is listed and the transaction has been reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan, as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The extension of unlisted trading privileges pursuant to this section shall be subject to all the provisions set forth in Section 12(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(f)), as amended, and any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, or which may be promulgated thereunder while the extension is in effect. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>subject security</I> shall mean a security that is the subject of an initial public offering, as that term is defined in section 12(f)(1)(G)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(f)(1)(G)(i)), and 
</P>
<P>(2) An <I>initial public offering commences</I> at such time as is described in section 12(f)(1)(G)(ii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(f)(<I>1</I>)(G)(ii)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 20896, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended at 65 FR 53565, Sept. 5, 2000; 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.176" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-3   Termination or suspension of unlisted trading privileges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The issuer of any security for which unlisted trading privileges on any exchange have been continued or extended, or any broker or dealer who makes or creates a market for such security, or any other person having a bona fide interest in the question of termination or suspension of such unlisted trading privileges, may make application to the Commission for the termination or suspension of such unlisted trading privileges. One duly executed copy of such application shall be filed, and it shall contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name and address of applicant; 
</P>
<P>(2) A brief statement of the applicant's interest in the question of termination or suspension of such unlisted trading privileges; 
</P>
<P>(3) Title of security; 
</P>
<P>(4) Names of issuer; 
</P>
<P>(5) Amount of such security issued and outstanding (number of shares of stock or principal amount of bonds), stating source of information; 
</P>
<P>(6) Annual volume of public trading in such security (number of shares of stock or principal amount of bonds) on such exchange for each of the three calendar years immediately preceding the date of such application, and monthly volume of trading in such security for each of the twelve calendar months immediately preceding the date of such application; 
</P>
<P>(7) Price range on such exchange for each of the twelve calendar months immediately preceding the date of such application; and 
</P>
<P>(8) A brief statement of the information in the applicant's possession, and the source thereof, with respect to (i) the extent of public trading in such security on such exchange, and (ii) the character of trading in such security on such exchange; and 
</P>
<P>(9) A brief statement that a copy of the instant application has been mailed, or otherwise personally provided, to the exchange from which the suspension or termination of unlisted trading privileges is sought, and to any other exchange on which such security is listed or traded pursuant to unlisted trading privileges. 
</P>
<P>(b) Unlisted trading privileges in any security on any national securities exchange may be suspended or terminated by such exchange in accordance with its rules. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 12(f) and 23, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> and 78w) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[20 FR 6702, Sept. 13, 1955, as amended at 44 FR 75135, Dec. 19, 1979; 45 FR 36076, May 29, 1980; 60 FR 20896, Apr. 28, 1995] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.177" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-4   Exemption of securities admitted to unlisted trading privileges from sections 13, 14 and 16.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any security for which unlisted trading privileges on any national securities exchange have been continued or extended pursuant to section 12(f) of the Act shall be exempt from section 13 of the Act unless (1) such security or another security of the same issuer is listed and registered on a national securities exchange or registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act, or (2) such issuer would be required to file information, documents and reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act but for the fact that securities of the issuer are deemed to be “registered on a national securities exchange” within the meaning of section 12(f)(6) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any security for which unlisted trading privileges on any national securities exchange have been continued or extended pursuant to section 12(f) of the Act shall be exempt from section 14 of the Act unless such security is also listed and registered on a national securities exchange or registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Any equity security for which unlisted trading privileges on any national securities exchange have been continued or extended pursuant to section 12(f) of the Act shall be exempt from section 16 of the act unless such security or another equity security of the same issuer is listed and registered on a national securities exchange or registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any equity security for which unlisted trading privileges on any national securities exchange have been continued or extended pursuant to section 12(f) of the Act and which is not listed and registered on any other such exchange or registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act shall be exempt from section 16 of the Act insofar as that section would otherwise apply to any person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of such security, unless another equity security of the issuer of such unlisted security is so listed or registered and such beneficial owner is a director or officer of such issuer or directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of any such listed security. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any reference in this section to a security registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act shall include, and any reference to a security not so registered shall exclude, any security as to which a registration statement pursuant to such section is at the time required to be effective. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 78 Stat. 565, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 482, Jan. 14, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.178" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-5   Exchange rules for securities to which unlisted trading privileges are extended.</HEAD>
<P>A national securities exchange shall not extend unlisted trading privileges to any security unless the national securities exchange has in effect a rule or rules providing for transactions in the class or type of security to which the exchange extends unlisted trading privileges. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 20896, Apr. 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12f-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.84.179" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12f-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="85" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Extensions and Temporary Exemptions; Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.180" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g-1   Registration of securities; exemption from section 12(g).</HEAD>
<P>An issuer is not required to register a class of equity securities pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(1)) if on the last day of its most recent fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(a) The issuer had total assets not exceeding $10 million; or
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The class of equity securities was held of record by fewer than 2,000 persons and fewer than 500 of those persons were not accredited investors (as such term is defined in § 230.501(a) of this chapter, determined as of such day rather than at the time of the sale of the securities); or
</P>
<P>(2) The class of equity securities was held of record by fewer than 2,000 persons in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">81 FR 28705, May 10, 2016, as amended at 81 FR 95458, Dec. 28, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.181" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g-2   Securities deemed to be registered pursuant to section 12(g)(1) upon termination of exemption pursuant to section 12(g)(2)(A) or (B).</HEAD>
<P>Any class of securities that would have been required to be registered pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(1)) except for the fact that it was exempt from such registration by section 12(g)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(2)(A)) because it was listed and registered on a national securities exchange, or by section 12(g)(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(2)(B)) because it was issued by an investment company registered pursuant to section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), shall upon the termination of the listing and registration of such class or the termination of the registration of such company and without the filing of an additional registration statement be deemed to be registered pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act if at the time of such termination:
</P>
<P>(a) The issuer of such class of securities has elected to be regulated as a business development company pursuant to sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-54 through 64) and such election has not been withdrawn; or
</P>
<P>(b) Securities of the class are not exempt from such registration pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) or rules thereunder and all securities of such class are held of record by 300 or more persons, or 1,200 or more persons in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 28705, May 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.182" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g-3   Registration of securities of successor issuers under section 12(b) or 12(g).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where in connection with a succession by merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, securities of an issuer that are not already registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) are issued to the holders of any class of securities of another issuer that is registered pursuant to either section 12 (b) or (g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> (b) or (g)), the class of securities so issued shall be deemed to be registered under the same paragraph of section 12 of the Act unless upon consummation of the succession: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such class is exempt from such registration other than by § 240.12g3-2; 
</P>
<P>(2) All securities of such class are held of record by fewer than 300 persons, or 1,200 persons in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841); or
</P>
<P>(3) The securities issued in connection with the succession were registered on Form F-8 or Form F-80 (§ 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter) and following succession the successor would not be required to register such class of securities under section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) but for this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where in connection with a succession by merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, securities of an issuer that are not already registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) are issued to the holders of any class of securities of another issuer that is required to file a registration statement pursuant to either section 12(b) or (g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b) or (g)) but has not yet done so, the duty to file such statement shall be deemed to have been assumed by the issuer of the class of securities so issued. The successor issuer shall file a registration statement pursuant to the same paragraph of section 12 of the Act with respect to such class within the period of time the predecessor issuer would have been required to file such a statement unless upon consummation of the succession: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such class is exempt from such registration other than by § 240.12g3-2; 
</P>
<P>(2) All securities of such class are held of record by fewer than 300 persons, or 1,200 persons in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841); or
</P>
<P>(3) The securities issued in connection with the succession were registered on Form F-8 or Form F-80 (§ 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter) and following the succession the successor would not be required to register such class of securities under section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) but for this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where in connection with a succession by merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, securities of an issuer that are not already registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) are issued to the holders of classes of securities of two or more other issuers that are each registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act, the class of securities so issued shall be deemed to be registered under section 12 of the Act unless upon consummation of the succession: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such class is exempt from such registration other than by § 240.12g3-2; 
</P>
<P>(2) All securities of such class are held of record by fewer than 300 persons, or 1,200 persons in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841); or
</P>
<P>(3) The securities issued in connection with the succession were registered on Form F-8 or Form F-80 (§ 239.38 or § 239.41 of this chapter) and following succession the successor would not be required to register such class of securities under section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) but for this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the classes of securities issued by two or more predecessor issuers (as described in paragraph (c) of this section) are registered under the same paragraph of section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), the class of securities issued by the successor issuer shall be deemed registered under the same paragraph of section 12 of the Act. If the classes of securities issued by the predecessor issuers are not registered under the same paragraph of section 12 of the Act, the class of securities issued by the successor issuer shall be deemed registered under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)).
</P>
<P>(e) An issuer that is deemed to have a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) according to paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section shall file reports on the same forms and such class of securities shall be subject to the provisions of sections 14 and 16 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n and 78p) to the same extent as the predecessor issuers, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer that is not a foreign issuer shall not be eligible to file on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or to use the exemption in § 240.3a12-3.
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign private issuer shall be eligible to file on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) and to use the exemption in § 240.3a12-3. 
</P>
<P>(f) An issuer that is deemed to have a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) according to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section shall indicate in the Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) report filed with the Commission in connection with the succession, pursuant to the requirements of Form 8-K, the paragraph of section 12 of the Act under which the class of securities issued by the successor issuer is deemed registered by operation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section. If a successor issuer that is deemed registered under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) by paragraph (d) of this section intends to list a class of securities on a national securities exchange, it must file a registration statement pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b)) with respect to that class of securities.
</P>
<P>(g) An issuer that is deemed to have a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) according to paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section shall file an annual report for each fiscal year beginning on or after the date as of which the succession occurred. Annual reports shall be filed within the period specified in the appropriate form. Each such issuer shall file an annual report for each of its predecessors that had securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) covering the last full fiscal year of the predecessor before the registrant's succession, unless such report has been filed by the predecessor. Such annual report shall contain information that would be required if filed by the predecessor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39767, July 24, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 28706, May 10, 2016; 83 FR 50221, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.183" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g-4   Certifications of termination of registration under section 12(g).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Termination of registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) shall take effect 90 days, or such shorter period as the Commission may determine, after the issuer certifies to the Commission on Form 15 (§ 249.323 of this chapter) that the class of securities is held of record by:
</P>
<P>(1) Fewer than 300 persons, or in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), 1,200 persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) Fewer than 500 persons, where the total assets of the issuer have not exceeded $10 million on the last day of each of the issuer's most recent three fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(b) The issuer's duty to file any reports required under section 13(a) shall be suspended immediately upon filing a certification on Form 15; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the certification on Form 15 is subsequently withdrawn or denied, the issuer shall, within 60 days after the date of such withdrawal or denial, file with the Commission all reports which would have been required had the certification on Form 15 not been filed. If the suspension resulted from the issuer's merger into, or consolidation with, another issuer or issuers, the certification shall be filed by the successor issuer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 12689, Mar. 30, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986; 61 FR 21356, May 9, 1996; 72 FR 16956, Apr. 5, 2007; 81 FR 28706, May 10, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.184" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g-6   Exemption for securities issued pursuant to section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act of 1933 or Regulation Crowdfunding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of determining whether an issuer is required to register a security with the Commission pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)(1)), the definition of held of record shall not include securities issued pursuant to the offering exemption under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) or §§ 227.100 through 227.504 (Regulation Crowdfunding) by an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is current in filing its ongoing annual reports required pursuant to § 227.202 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Has total assets not in excess of $25 million as of the end of its most recently completed fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(3) Has engaged a transfer agent registered pursuant to Section 17A(c) of the Act to perform the function of a transfer agent with respect to such securities.
</P>
<P>(b) An issuer that would be required to register a class of securities under Section 12(g) of the Act as a result of exceeding the asset threshold in paragraph (a)(2) of this section may continue to exclude the relevant securities from the definition of “held of record” for a transition period ending on the penultimate day of the fiscal year two years after the date it became ineligible. The transition period terminates immediately upon the failure of an issuer to timely file any periodic report due pursuant to § 227.202 at which time the issuer must file a registration statement that registers that class of securities under the Act within 120 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71750, Nov. 16, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 3601, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g3-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.185" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g3-2   Exemptions for American depositary receipts and certain foreign securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Securities of any class issued by any foreign private issuer shall be exempt from section 12(g) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) of the Act if the class has fewer than 300 holders resident in the United States. This exemption shall continue until the next fiscal year end at which the issuer has a class of equity securities held by 300 or more persons resident in the United States. For the purpose of determining whether a security is exempt pursuant to this paragraph: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities held of record by persons resident in the United States shall be determined as provided in § 240.12g5-1 except that securities held of record by a broker, dealer, bank or nominee for any of them for the accounts of customers resident in the United States shall be counted as held in the United States by the number of separate accounts for which the securities are held. The issuer may rely in good faith on information as to the number of such separate accounts supplied by all owners of the class of its securities which are brokers, dealers, or banks or a nominee for any of them. 
</P>
<P>(2) Persons in the United States who hold the security only through a Canadian Retirement Account (as that term is defined in rule 237(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.237(a)(2) of this chapter)), shall not be counted as holders resident in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A foreign private issuer shall be exempt from the requirement to register a class of equity securities under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)) if:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer is not required to file or furnish reports under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d));
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer currently maintains a listing of the subject class of securities on one or more exchanges in a foreign jurisdiction that, either singly or together with the trading of the same class of the issuer's securities in another foreign jurisdiction, constitutes the primary trading market for those securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer has published in English, on its Internet Web site or through an electronic information delivery system generally available to the public in its primary trading market, information that, since the first day of its most recently completed fiscal year, it:
</P>
<P>(A) Has made public or been required to make public pursuant to the laws of the country of its incorporation, organization or domicile;
</P>
<P>(B) Has filed or been required to file with the principal stock exchange in its primary trading market on which its securities are traded and which has been made public by that exchange; and
</P>
<P>(C) Has distributed or been required to distribute to its security holders.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>For the purpose of paragraph (b) of this section, <I>primary trading market</I> means that at least 55 percent of the trading in the subject class of securities on a worldwide basis took place in, on or through the facilities of a securities market or markets in a single foreign jurisdiction or in no more than two foreign jurisdictions during the issuer's most recently completed fiscal year. If a foreign private issuer aggregates the trading of its subject class of securities in two foreign jurisdictions for the purpose of this paragraph, the trading for the issuer's securities in at least one of the two foreign jurisdictions must be larger than the trading in the United States for the same class of the issuer's securities. When determining an issuer's primary trading market under this paragraph, calculate average daily trading volume in the United States and on a worldwide basis as under Rule 12h-6 under the Act (§ 240.12h-6).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section does not apply to an issuer when claiming the exemption under paragraph (b) of this section upon the effectiveness of the termination of its registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act, or the termination of its obligation to file or furnish reports under section 15(d) of the Act.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Compensatory stock options for which the underlying securities are in a class exempt under paragraph (b) of this section are also exempt under that paragraph.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2)(i) In order to maintain the exemption under paragraph (b) of this section, a foreign private issuer shall publish, on an ongoing basis and for each subsequent fiscal year, in English, on its Internet Web site or through an electronic information delivery system generally available to the public in its primary trading market, the information specified in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An issuer must electronically publish the information required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section promptly after the information has been made public.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The information required to be published electronically under paragraph (b) of this section is information that is material to an investment decision regarding the subject securities, such as information concerning:
</P>
<P>(A) Results of operations or financial condition;
</P>
<P>(B) Changes in business;
</P>
<P>(C) Acquisitions or dispositions of assets;
</P>
<P>(D) The issuance, redemption or acquisition of securities;
</P>
<P>(E) Changes in management or control;
</P>
<P>(F) The granting of options or the payment of other remuneration to directors or officers; and
</P>
<P>(G) Transactions with directors, officers or principal security holders.
</P>
<P>(ii) At a minimum, a foreign private issuer shall electronically publish English translations of the following documents required to be published under paragraph (b) of this section if in a foreign language:
</P>
<P>(A) Its annual report, including or accompanied by annual financial statements;
</P>
<P>(B) Interim reports that include financial statements;
</P>
<P>(C) Press releases; and
</P>
<P>(D) All other communications and documents distributed directly to security holders of each class of securities to which the exemption relates.
</P>
<P>(c) The exemption under paragraph (b) of this section shall remain in effect until:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer no longer satisfies the electronic publication condition of paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer no longer maintains a listing of the subject class of securities on one or more exchanges in a primary trading market, as defined under paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer registers a class of securities under section 12 of the Act or incurs reporting obligations under section 15(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) Depositary shares registered on Form F-6 (§ 239.36 of this chapter), but not the underlying deposited securities, are exempt from section 12(g) of the Act under this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 46739, Oct. 14, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 12689, Mar. 30, 1984; 56 FR 30068, July 1, 1991; 65 FR 37676, June 15, 2000; 72 FR 16955, Apr. 5, 2007; 73 FR 52768, Sept. 10, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g5-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.186" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g5-1   Definition of securities “held of record”.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of determining whether an issuer is subject to the provisions of sections 12(g) and 15(d) of the Act, securities shall be deemed to be “held of record” by each person who is identified as the owner of such securities on records of security holders maintained by or on behalf of the issuer, subject to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) In any case where the records of security holders have not been maintained in accordance with accepted practice, any additional person who would be identified as such an owner on such records if they had been maintained in accordance with accepted practice shall be included as a holder of record. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as specified in paragraph (a)(9) of this section, securities identified as held of record by a corporation, a partnership, a trust whether or not the trustees are named, or other organization shall be included as so held by one person.
</P>
<P>(3) Securities identified as held of record by one or more persons as trustees, executors, guardians, custodians or in other fiduciary capacities with respect to a single trust, estate or account shall be included as held of record by one person. 
</P>
<P>(4) Securities held by two or more persons as coowners shall be included as held by one person. 
</P>
<P>(5) Each outstanding unregistered or bearer certificate shall be included as held of record by a separate person, except to the extent that the issuer can establish that, if such securities were registered, they would be held of record, under the provisions of this rule, by a lesser number of persons. 
</P>
<P>(6) Securities registered in substantially similar names where the issuer has reason to believe because of the address or other indications that such names represent the same person, may be included as held of record by one person. 
</P>
<P>(7) Other than when determining compliance with Rule 257(d)(2) of Regulation A (§ 230.257(d)(2) of this chapter), the definition of “held of record” shall not include securities issued in a Tier 2 offering pursuant to Regulation A by an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 257(b) of Regulation A (§ 230.257(b) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Is current in filing annual, semiannual and special financial reports pursuant to such rule as of its most recently completed fiscal year end;
</P>
<P>(iii) Has engaged a transfer agent registered pursuant to Section 17A(c) of the Act to perform the function of a transfer agent with respect to such securities; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Had a public float of less than $75 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed semiannual period, computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its common equity securities held by non-affiliates by the price at which such securities were last sold (or the average bid and asked prices of such securities) in the principal market for such securities or, in the event the result of such public float calculation was zero, had annual revenues of less than $50 million as of its most recently completed fiscal year. An issuer that would be required to register a class of securities under Section 12(g) of the Act as a result of exceeding the applicable threshold in this paragraph (a)(7)(iv), may continue to exclude the relevant securities from the definition of “held of record” for a transition period ending on the penultimate day of the fiscal year two years after the date it became ineligible. The transition period terminates immediately upon the failure of an issuer to timely file any periodic report due pursuant to Rule 257 (§ 230.257 of this chapter) at which time the issuer must file a registration statement that registers that class of securities under the Act within 120 days.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) For purposes of determining whether an issuer is required to register a class of equity securities with the Commission pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(1)), an issuer may exclude securities:
</P>
<P>(A) Held by persons who received the securities pursuant to an employee compensation plan in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e); and
</P>
<P>(B) Held by persons who received the securities in a transaction exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) from the issuer, a predecessor of the issuer or an acquired company in substitution or exchange for excludable securities under paragraph (a)(8)(i)(A) of this section, as long as the persons were eligible to receive securities pursuant to § 230.701(c) of this chapter at the time the excludable securities were originally issued to them.
</P>
<P>(ii) As a non-exclusive safe harbor under this paragraph (a)(8):
</P>
<P>(A) An issuer may deem a person to have received the securities pursuant to an employee compensation plan if such plan and the person who received the securities pursuant to the plan met the plan and participant conditions of § 230.701(c) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(B) An issuer may, solely for the purposes of Section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(1)), deem the securities to have been issued in a transaction exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77e) if the issuer had a reasonable belief at the time of the issuance that the securities were issued in such a transaction.
</P>
<P>(9) For purposes of determining whether a crowdfunding issuer, as defined in § 270.3a-9(b)(1) of this chapter, or a crowdfunding vehicle, as defined in § 270.3a-9(b)(2) of this chapter, is required to register a class of equity securities with the Commission pursuant to section 12(g)(1) of the Act, both the crowdfunding issuer and the crowdfunding vehicle:
</P>
<P>(i) May exclude securities issued by a crowdfunding vehicle, as defined in § 270.3a-9(b)(2) of this chapter, in an offering under §§ 227.100 through 227.504 (Regulation Crowdfunding) in which the crowdfunding vehicle and the crowdfunding issuer are deemed to be co-issuers under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and that are held by natural persons; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall include securities issued by a crowdfunding vehicle, as defined in § 270.3a-9(b)(2) of this chapter, in an offering under Regulation Crowdfunding in which the crowdfunding vehicle and the crowdfunding issuer are deemed to be co-issuers under the Securities Act and that are held by investors that are not natural persons.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities held, to the knowledge of the issuer, subject to a voting trust, deposit agreement or similar arrangement shall be included as held of record by the record holders of the voting trust certificates, certificates of deposit, receipts or similar evidences of interest in such securities: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the issuer may rely in good faith on such information as is received in response to its request from a non-affiliated issuer of the certificates or evidences of interest. 
</P>
<P>(2) Whole or fractional securities issued by a savings and loan association, building and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association, or similar institution for the sole purpose of qualifying a borrower for membership in the issuer, and which are to be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer when the borrower's loan is terminated, shall not be included as held of record by any person. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the issuer knows or has reason to know that the form of holding securities of record is used primarily to circumvent the provisions of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Act, the beneficial owners of such securities shall be deemed to be the record owners thereof. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 48 Stat. 882, as amended, sec. 3, 78 Stat. 566; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 484, Jan. 14, 1965, as amended at 80 FR 21922, Apr. 20, 2015; 81 FR 28706, May 10, 2016; 86 FR 3601, Jan. 14, 2021] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12g5-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.187" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12g5-2   Definition of “total assets”.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of section 12(g)(1) of the Act, the term <I>total assets</I> shall mean the total assets as shown on the issuer's balance sheet or the balance sheet of the issuer and its subsidiaries consolidated, whichever is larger, as required to be filed on the form prescribed for registration under this section and prepared in accordance with the pertinent provisions of Regulation S-X (17 CFR part 210). Where the security is a certificate of deposit, voting trust certificate, or certificate or other evidence of interest in a similar trust or agreement, the “total assets” of the issuer of the security held under the trust or agreement shall be deemed to be the “total assets” of the issuer of such certificate or evidence of interest. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3, 48 Stat. 882, as amended, sec. 3, 78 Stat. 566; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>l</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 484, Jan. 14, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.188" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-1   Exemptions from registration under section 12(g) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>Issuers shall be exempt from the provisions of section 12(g) of the Act with respect to the following securities: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any interest or participation in an employee stock bonus, stock purchase, profit sharing, pension, retirement, incentive, thrift, savings or similar plan which is not transferable by the holder except in the event of death or mental incompetency, or any security issued solely to fund such plans; 
</P>
<P>(b) Any interest or participation in any common trust fund or similar fund maintained by a bank exclusively for the collective investment and reinvestment of monies contributed thereto by the bank in its capacity as a trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian. For purposes of this paragraph (b), the term “common trust fund” shall include a common trust fund which is maintained by a bank which is a member of an affiliated group, as defined in section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1504(a)), and which is maintained exclusively for the investment and reinvestment of monies contributed thereto by one or more bank members of such affilated group in the capacity of trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian; <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) The common trust fund is operated in compliance with the same state and Federal regulatory requirements as would apply if the bank maintaining such fund as any other contributing banks were the same entity; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The rights of persons for whose benefit a contributiong bank acts as trustee, executor, administrator or guardian would not be diminished by reason of the maintenance of such common trust fund by another bank member of the affiliated group;
</P>
<P>(c) Any class of equity security which would not be outstanding 60 days after a registration statement would be required to be filed with respect thereto; 
</P>
<P>(d) Any standardized option, as that term is defined in section 240.9b-1(a)(4), that is issued by a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or on a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 780-3(a));
</P>
<P>(e) Any security futures product that is traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f) or on a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 780-3(a)) and cleared by a clearing agency that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or is exempt from registration under section 17A(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(7)).
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Stock options issued under written compensatory stock option plans under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer of the equity security underlying the stock options does not have a class of security registered under section 12 of the Act and is not required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The stock options have been issued pursuant to one or more written compensatory stock option plans established by the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parents; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>All stock options issued under all written compensatory stock option plans on the same class of equity security of the issuer will be considered part of the same class of equity security for purposes of the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) The stock options are held only by those persons described in Rule 701(c) under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.701(c)) or their permitted transferees as provided in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) The stock options and, prior to exercise, the shares to be issued on exercise of the stock options are restricted as to transfer by the optionholder other than to persons who are family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.701(c)(3)) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or to an executor or guardian of the optionholder upon the death or disability of the optionholder until the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant to this section; provided that the optionholder may transfer the stock options to the issuer, or in connection with a change of control or other acquisition transaction involving the issuer, if after such transaction the stock options no longer will be outstanding and the issuer no longer will be relying on the exemption pursuant to this section; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>):</HED>
<P>For purposes of this section, optionholders may include any permitted transferee under paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section; provided that such permitted transferees may not further transfer the stock options.</P></NOTE>
<P>(v) The stock options and the shares issuable upon exercise of such stock options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in § 240.16a-1(h) of this chapter), or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in § 240.16a-1(b) of this chapter) by the optionholder prior to exercise of an option, except in the circumstances permitted in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section, until the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant paragraph (f)(1) of this section; and 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (<E T="01">f</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>) and (<E T="01">f</E>)(1)(<E T="01">v</E>):</HED>
<P>The transferability restrictions in paragraphs (f)(1)(iv) and (f)(1)(v) of this section must be contained in a written compensatory stock option plan, individual written compensatory stock option agreement, other stock purchase or stockholder agreement to which the issuer and the optionholder are a signatory or party, other enforceable agreement by or against the issuer and the optionholder, or in the issuer's by-laws or certificate or articles of incorporation.</P></NOTE>
<P>(vi) The issuer has agreed in the written compensatory stock option plan, the individual written compensatory stock option agreement, or another agreement enforceable against the issuer to provide the following information to optionholders once the issuer is relying on the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section until the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant paragraph (f)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>The information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.701(e)(3), (4), and (5)), every six months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the optionholders or by written notice to the optionholders of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(1)(<E T="01">vi</E>):</HED>
<P>The issuer may request that the optionholder agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an optionholder does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the issuer is not required to provide the information.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) If the exemption provided by paragraph (f)(1) of this section ceases to be available, the issuer of the stock options that is relying on the exemption provided by this section must file a registration statement to register the class of stock options under section 12 of the Act within 120 calendar days after the exemption provided by paragraph (f)(1) of this section ceases to be available; and
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Stock options issued under written compensatory stock option plans under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer of the equity security underlying the stock options has registered a class of security under section 12 of the Act or is required to file periodic reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The stock options have been issued pursuant to one or more written compensatory stock option plans established by the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parents; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>All stock options issued under all of the written compensatory stock option plans on the same class of equity security of the issuer will be considered part of the same class of equity security of the issuer for purposes of the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) The stock options are held only by those persons described in Rule 701(c) under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.701(c)) or those persons specified in General Instruction A.1(a) of Form S-8 (17 CFR 239.16b); provided that an issuer can still rely on this exemption if there is an insignificant deviation from satisfaction of the condition in this paragraph (g)(1)(iii) and after December 7, 2007 the issuer has made a good faith and reasonable attempt to comply with the conditions of this paragraph (g)(1)(iii). For purposes of this paragraph (g)(1)(iii), an insignificant deviation exists if the number of optionholders that do not meet the condition in this paragraph (g)(1)(iii) are insignificant both as to the aggregate number of optionholders and number of outstanding stock options.
</P>
<P>(2) If the exemption provided by paragraph (g)(1) of this section ceases to be available, the issuer of the stock options that is relying on the exemption provided by this section must file a registration statement to register the class of stock options or a class of security under section 12 of the Act within 60 calendar days after the exemption provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this section ceases to be available.
</P>
<P>(h) Any security-based swap that is issued by a clearing agency registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or exempt from registration under Section 17A of the Act pursuant to a rule, regulation, or order of the Commission in its function as a central counterparty that the Commission has determined must be cleared or that is permitted to be cleared pursuant to the clearing agency's rules, and that was sold to an eligible contract participant (as defined in Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18))) in reliance on Rule 239 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.239).
</P>
<P>(i) Any security-based swap offered and sold in reliance on § 230.240 of this chapter. This section will expire on February 11, 2018.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 6114, Apr. 30, 1965, as amended at 43 FR 2392, Jan. 17, 1978. Redesignated at 47 FR 17052, Apr. 21, 1982; 68 FR 192, Jan. 2, 2003; 72 FR 69566, Dec. 7, 2007; 76 FR 40612, July 11, 2011; 77 FR 20549, Apr. 5, 2012; 78 FR 7659, Feb. 4, 2013; 79 FR 7576, Feb. 10, 2014; 82 FR 10707, Feb. 15, 2017] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.189" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.190" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-3   Suspension of duty to file reports under section 15(d).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the duty under section 15(d) to file reports required by section 13(a) of the Act with respect to a class of securities specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be suspended for such class of securities immediately upon filing with the Commission a certification on Form 15 (17 CFR 249.323) if the issuer of such class has filed all reports required by section 13(a), without regard to Rule 12b-25 (17 CFR 249.322), for the shorter of its most recent three fiscal years and the portion of the current year preceding the date of filing Form 15, or the period since the issuer became subject to such reporting obligation. If the certification on Form 15 is subsequently withdrawn or denied, the issuer shall, within 60 days, file with the Commission all reports which would have been required if such certification had not been filed.
</P>
<P>(b) The classes of securities eligible for the suspension provided in paragraph (a) of this section are:
</P>
<P>(1) Any class of securities, other than any class of asset-backed securities, held of record by:
</P>
<P>(i) Fewer than 300 persons, or in the case of a bank; a savings and loan holding company, as such term is defined in section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461); or a bank holding company, as such term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), 1,200 persons; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Fewer than 500 persons, where the total assets of the issuer have not exceeded $10 million on the last day of each of the issuer's three most recent fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any class or securities deregistered pursuant to section 12(d) of the Act if such class would not thereupon be deemed registered under section 12(g) of the Act or the rules thereunder.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>The suspension of classes of asset-backed securities is addressed in § 240.15d-22.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) This section shall not be available for any class of securities for a fiscal year in which a registration statement relating to that class becomes effective under the Securities Act of 1933, or is required to be updated pursuant to section 10(a)(3) of the Act, and, in the case of paragraph (b)(1)(ii), the two succeeding fiscal years; <I>Provided, however,</I> That this paragraph shall not apply to the duty to file reports which arises solely from a registration statement filed by an issuer with no significant assets, for the reorganization of a non-reporting issuer into a one subsidiary holding company in which equity security holders receive the same proportional interest in the holding company as they held in the non-reporting issuer, except for changes resulting from the exercise of dissenting shareholder rights under state law.
</P>
<P>(d) The suspension provided by this rule relates only to the reporting obligation under section 15(d) with respect to a class of securities, does not affect any other duties imposed on that class of securities, and shall continue as long as either criteria (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b)(1) is met on the first day of any subsequent fiscal year; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such criteria need not be met if the duty to file reports arises solely from a registration statement filed by an issuer with no significant assets in a reorganization of a non-reporting company into a one subsidiary holding company in which equity security holders receive the same proportional interest in the holding company as they held in the non-reporting issuer except for changes resulting from the exercise of dissenting shareholder rights under state law.
</P>
<P>(e) If the suspension provided by this section is discontinued because a class of securities does not meet the eligibility criteria of paragraph (b) of this section on the first day of an issuer's fiscal year, then the issuer shall resume periodic reporting pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act by filing an annual report on Form 10-K for its preceding fiscal year, not later than 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 12689, Mar. 30, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986; 61 FR 21356, May 9, 1996; 72 FR 16956, Apr. 5, 2007; 73 FR 975, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 52555, Aug. 23, 2011; 81 FR 28706, May 10, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.191" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-4   Exemption from duty to file reports under section 15(d).</HEAD>
<P>An issuer shall be exempt from the duty under section 15(d) of the Act to file reports required by section 13(a) of the Act with respect to securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form F-7, Form F-8 or Form F-80, provided that the issuer is exempt from the obligations of Section 12(g) of the Act pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30068, July 1, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.192" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-5   Exemption for subsidiary issuers of guaranteed securities and subsidiary guarantors.</HEAD>
<P>Any issuer of a guaranteed security, or guarantor of a security, that is permitted to omit financial statements by § 210.3-10 (Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X) of this chapter is exempt from the requirements of 15 U.S.C. 78m(a) (Section 13(a) of the Act) or 78o(d) (Section 15(d) of the Act).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 22006, Apr. 20, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.193" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-6   Certification by a foreign private issuer regarding the termination of registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) or the duty to file reports under section 13(a) or section 15(d).</HEAD>
<P>(a) A foreign private issuer may terminate the registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)), or terminate the obligation under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) to file or furnish reports required by section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) with respect to a class of equity securities, or both, after certifying to the Commission on Form 15F (17 CFR 249.324) that:
</P>
<P>(1) The foreign private issuer has had reporting obligations under section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act for at least the 12 months preceding the filing of the Form 15F, has filed or furnished all reports required for this period, and has filed at least one annual report pursuant to section 13(a) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign private issuer's securities have not been sold in the United States in a registered offering under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) during the 12 months preceding the filing of the Form 15F, other than securities issued:
</P>
<P>(i) To the issuer's employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) By selling security holders in non-underwritten offerings;
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon the exercise of outstanding rights granted by the issuer if the rights are granted pro rata to all existing security holders of the class of the issuer's securities to which the rights attach;
</P>
<P>(iv) Pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan; or
</P>
<P>(v) Upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities or upon the exercise of outstanding transferable warrants issued by the issuer; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>The exceptions in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii) through (v) do not apply to securities issued pursuant to a standby underwritten offering or other similar arrangement in the United States.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) The foreign private issuer has maintained a listing of the subject class of securities for at least the 12 months preceding the filing of the Form 15F on one or more exchanges in a foreign jurisdiction that, either singly or together with the trading of the same class of the issuer' s securities in another foreign jurisdiction, constitutes the primary trading market for those securities; and
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The average daily trading volume of the subject class of securities in the United States for a recent 12-month period has been no greater than 5 percent of the average daily trading volume of that class of securities on a worldwide basis for the same period; or
</P>
<P>(ii) On a date within 120 days before the filing date of the Form 15F, a foreign private issuer's subject class of equity securities is either held of record by:
</P>
<P>(A) Less than 300 persons on a worldwide basis; or
</P>
<P>(B) Less than 300 persons resident in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(4):</HED>
<P>If an issuer's equity securities trade in the form of American Depositary Receipts in the United States, for purposes of paragraph (a)(4)(i), it must calculate the trading volume of its American Depositary Receipts in terms of the number of securities represented by those American Depositary Receipts.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) A foreign private issuer must wait at least 12 months before it may file a Form 15F to terminate its section 13(a) or 15(d) reporting obligations in reliance on paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer has delisted a class of equity securities from a national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system in the United States, and at the time of delisting, the average daily trading volume of that class of securities in the United States exceeded 5 percent of the average daily trading volume of that class of securities on a worldwide basis for the preceding 12 months; or
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer has terminated a sponsored American Depositary Receipts facility, and at the time of termination the average daily trading volume in the United States of the American Depositary Receipts exceeded 5 percent of the average daily trading volume of the underlying class of securities on a worldwide basis for the preceding 12 months.
</P>
<P>(c) A foreign private issuer may terminate its duty to file or furnish reports pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act with respect to a class of debt securities after certifying to the Commission on Form 15F that:
</P>
<P>(1) The foreign private issuer has filed or furnished all reports required by section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act, including at least one annual report pursuant to section 13(a) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(2) On a date within 120 days before the filing date of the Form 15F, the class of debt securities is either held of record by:
</P>
<P>(i) Less than 300 persons on a worldwide basis; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Less than 300 persons resident in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Following a merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, a foreign private issuer that has succeeded to the registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act of another issuer pursuant to § 240.12g-3, or to the reporting obligations of another issuer under section 15(d) of the Act pursuant to § 240.15d-5, may file a Form 15F to terminate that registration or those reporting obligations if:
</P>
<P>(i) Regarding a class of equity securities, the successor issuer meets the conditions under paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Regarding a class of debt securities, the successor issuer meets the conditions under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When determining whether it meets the prior reporting requirement under paragraph (a)(1) or paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a successor issuer may take into account the reporting history of the issuer whose reporting obligations it has assumed pursuant to § 240.12g-3 or § 240.15d-5.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Counting method.</I> When determining under this section the number of United States residents holding a foreign private issuer's equity or debt securities:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Use the method for calculating record ownership § 240.12g3-2(a), except that you may limit your inquiry regarding the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in:
</P>
<P>(A) The United States;
</P>
<P>(B) The foreign private issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation, legal organization or establishment; and
</P>
<P>(C) The foreign private issuer's primary trading market, if different from the issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation, legal organization or establishment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If you aggregate the trading volume of the issuer's securities in two foreign jurisdictions for the purpose of complying with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, you must include both of those foreign jurisdictions when conducting your inquiry under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If, after reasonable inquiry, you are unable without unreasonable effort to obtain information about the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, for purposes of this section, you may assume that the customers are the residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(3) You must count securities as owned by United States holders when publicly filed reports of beneficial ownership or other reliable information that is provided to you indicates that the securities are held by United States residents.
</P>
<P>(4) When calculating under this section the number of your United States resident security holders, you may rely in good faith on the assistance of an independent information services provider that in the regular course of its business assists issuers in determining the number of, and collecting other information concerning, their security holders.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Debt security</I> means any security other than an equity security as defined under § 240.3a11-1, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Non-participatory preferred stock, which is defined as non-convertible capital stock, the holders of which are entitled to a preference in payment of dividends and in distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the issuer, but are not entitled to participate in residual earnings or assets of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding § 240.3a11-1, any debt security described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employee</I> has the same meaning as the definition of employee provided in Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equity security</I> means the same as under § 240.3a11-1, but, for purposes of paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4)(i) of this section, does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any debt security that is convertible into an equity security, with or without consideration;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any debt security that includes a warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase an equity security;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any such warrant or right; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege that gives the holder the option of buying or selling a security but does not require the holder to do so.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign private issuer</I> has the same meaning as under § 240.3b-4.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Primary trading market</I> means that:
</P>
<P>(i) At least 55 percent of the trading in a foreign private issuer's class of securities that is the subject of Form 15F took place in, on or through the facilities of a securities market or markets in a single foreign jurisdiction or in no more than two foreign jurisdictions during a recent 12-month period; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If a foreign private issuer aggregates the trading of its subject class of securities in two foreign jurisdictions for the purpose of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the trading for the issuer's securities in at least one of the two foreign jurisdictions must be larger than the trading in the United States for the same class of the issuer's securities.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Recent 12-month period</I> means a 12-calendar-month period that ended no more than 60 days before the filing date of the Form 15F.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Suspension of a foreign private issuer's duty to file reports under section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act shall occur immediately upon filing the Form 15F with the Commission if filing pursuant to paragraph (a), (c) or (d) of this section. If there are no objections from the Commission, 90 days, or such shorter period as the Commission may determine, after the issuer has filed its Form 15F, the effectiveness of any of the following shall occur:
</P>
<P>(i) The termination of registration of a class of securities under section 12(g); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The termination of a foreign private issuer's duty to file reports under section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Form 15F is subsequently withdrawn or denied, the issuer shall, within 60 days after the date of the withdrawal or denial, file with or submit to the Commission all reports that would have been required had the issuer not filed the Form 15F.
</P>
<P>(h) As a condition to termination of registration or reporting under paragraph (a), (c) or (d) of this section, a foreign private issuer must, either before or on the date that it files its Form 15F, publish a notice in the United States that discloses its intent to terminate its registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act, or its reporting obligations under section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Act, or both. The issuer must publish the notice through a means reasonably designed to provide broad dissemination of the information to the public in the United States. The issuer must also submit a copy of the notice to the Commission, either under cover of a Form 6-K (17 CFR 249.306) before or at the time of filing of the Form 15F, or as an exhibit to the Form 15F.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) A foreign private issuer that, before the effective date of this section, terminated the registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act or suspended its reporting obligations regarding a class of equity or debt securities under section 15(d) of the Act may file a Form 15F in order to:
</P>
<P>(i) Terminate under this section the registration of a class of equity securities that was the subject of a Form 15 (§ 249.323 of this chapter) filed by the issuer pursuant to § 240.12g-4; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Terminate its reporting obligations under section 15(d) of the Act, which had been suspended by the terms of that section or by the issuer's filing of a Form 15 pursuant to § 240.12h-3, regarding a class of equity or debt securities.
</P>
<P>(2) In order to be eligible to file a Form 15F under this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) If a foreign private issuer terminated the registration of a class of securities pursuant to § 240.12g-4 or suspended its reporting obligations pursuant to § 240.12h-3 or section 15(d) of the Act regarding a class of equity securities, the issuer must meet the requirements under paragraph (a)(3) and paragraph (a)(4)(i) or (a)(4)(ii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If a foreign private issuer suspended its reporting obligations pursuant to § 240.12h-3 or section 15(d) of the Act regarding a class of debt securities, the issuer must meet the requirements under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If the Commission does not object, 90 days after the filing of a Form 15F under this paragraph, or such shorter period as the Commission may determine, the effectiveness of any of the following shall occur:
</P>
<P>(A) The termination under this section of the registration of a class of equity securities, which was the subject of a Form 15 filed pursuant to § 240.12g-4, and the duty to file reports required by section 13(a) of the Act regarding that class of securities; or
</P>
<P>(B) The termination of a foreign private issuer's reporting obligations under section 15(d) of the Act, which had previously been suspended by the terms of that section or by the issuer's filing of a Form 15 pursuant to § 240.12h-3, regarding a class of equity or debt securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Form 15F is subsequently withdrawn or denied, the foreign private issuer shall, within 60 days after the date of the withdrawal or denial, file with or submit to the Commission all reports that would have been required had the issuer not filed the Form 15F.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.12<E T="01">h</E>-6:</HED>
<P>The suspension of classes of asset-backed securities is addressed in § 240.15d-22.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 16956, Apr. 5, 2007, as amended at 76 FR 52555, Aug. 23, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.12h-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.85.194" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.12h-7   Exemption for issuers of securities that are subject to insurance regulation.</HEAD>
<P>An issuer shall be exempt from the duty under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) to file reports required by section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) with respect to securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), provided that:
</P>
<P>(a) The issuer is a corporation subject to the supervision of the insurance commissioner, bank commissioner, or any agency or officer performing like functions, of any State;
</P>
<P>(b) The securities do not constitute an equity interest in the issuer and are either subject to regulation under the insurance laws of the domiciliary State of the issuer or are guarantees of securities that are subject to regulation under the insurance laws of that jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(c) The issuer files an annual statement of its financial condition with, and is supervised and its financial condition examined periodically by, the insurance commissioner, bank commissioner, or any agency or officer performing like functions, of the issuer's domiciliary State;
</P>
<P>(d) The securities are not listed, traded, or quoted on an exchange, alternative trading system (as defined in § 242.300(a) of this chapter), inter-dealer quotation system (as defined in § 240.15c2-11(e)(2)), electronic communications network, or any other similar system, network, or publication for trading or quoting;
</P>
<P>(e) The issuer takes steps reasonably designed to ensure that a trading market for the securities does not develop, including, except to the extent prohibited by the law of any State or by action of the insurance commissioner, bank commissioner, or any agency or officer performing like functions of any State, requiring written notice to, and acceptance by, the issuer prior to any assignment or other transfer of the securities and reserving the right to refuse assignments or other transfers at any time on a non-discriminatory basis; and
</P>
<P>(f) The prospectus for the securities contains a statement indicating that the issuer is relying on the exemption provided by this rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 3175, Jan. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="86" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.86" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 13A: Reports of Issuers of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="87" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.87" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Annual Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.87.195" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-1   Requirements of annual reports.</HEAD>
<P>Every issuer having securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) shall file an annual report on the appropriate form authorized or prescribed therefor for each fiscal year after the last full fiscal year for which financial statements were filed in its registration statement. Annual reports shall be filed within the period specified in the appropriate form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39767, July 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.87.196" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.87.197" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-3   Reporting by Form 40-F registrant.</HEAD>
<P>A registrant that is eligible to use Forms 40-F and 6-K and files reports in accordance therewith shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Regulation 13A (§§ 240.13a-1 through 240.13a-17 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30068, July 1, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="88" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Other Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.198" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-10   Transition reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent fiscal year and the opening date of its new fiscal year; <I>Provided, however,</I> that an issuer shall file an annual report for any fiscal year that ended before the date on which the issuer determined to change its fiscal year end. In no event shall the transition report cover a period of 12 or more months. 
</P>
<P>(b) The report pursuant to this section shall be filed for the transition period not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after either the close of the transition period or the date of the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The report shall be filed on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer, shall cover the period from the close of the last fiscal year end and shall indicate clearly the period covered. The financial statements for the transition period filed therewith shall be audited. Financial statements, which may be unaudited, shall be filed for the comparable period of the prior year, or a footnote, which may be unaudited, shall state for the comparable period of the prior year, revenues, gross profits, income taxes, income or loss from continuing operations and net income or loss. The effects of any discontinued operations as classified under the provisions of generally accepted accounting principles also shall be shown, if applicable. Per share data based upon such income or loss and net income or loss shall be presented in conformity with applicable accounting standards. Where called for by the time span to be covered, the comparable period financial statements or footnote shall be included in subsequent filings.
</P>
<P>(c) If the transition period covers a period of less than six months, in lieu of the report required by paragraph (b) of this section, a report may be filed for the transition period on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after either the close of the transition period or the date of the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The report on Form 10-Q shall cover the period from the close of the last fiscal year end and shall indicate clearly the period covered. The financial statements filed therewith need not be audited but, if they are not audited, the issuer shall file with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period. The notes to financial statements for the transition period included in such first annual report may be integrated with the notes to financial statements for the full fiscal period. A separate audited balance sheet as of the end of the transition period shall be filed in the annual report only if the audited balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year prior to the transition period is not filed. Schedules need not be filed in transition reports on Form 10-Q.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, the issuer need not file a separate transition report if either: 
</P>
<P>(1) The first report required to be filed by the issuer for the newly adopted fiscal year after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year end is an annual report, and that report covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year; or 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The issuer files with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The first report required to be filed by the issuer for the newly adopted fiscal year after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year end is a quarterly report on Form 10-Q; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information on the transition period is included in the issuer's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first quarterly period (except the fourth quarter) of the newly adopted fiscal year that ends after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year. The information covering the transition period required by Part II and Item 2 of Part I may be combined with the information regarding the quarter. However, the financial statements required by Part I, which may be unaudited, shall be furnished separately for the transition period.
</P>
<P>(e) Every issuer required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q pursuant to § 240.13a-13 of this chapter that changes its fiscal year end shall:
</P>
<P>(1) File a quarterly report on Form 10-Q within the time period specified in General Instruction A.1. to that form for any quarterly period (except the fourth quarter) of the old fiscal year that ends before the date on which the issuer determined to change its fiscal year end, except that the issuer need not file such quarterly report if the date on which the quarterly period ends also is the date on which the transition period ends;
</P>
<P>(2) File a quarterly report on Form 10-Q within the time specified in General Instruction A.1. to that form for each quarterly period of the old fiscal year within the transition period. In lieu of a quarterly report for any quarter of the old fiscal year within the transition period, the issuer may file a quarterly report on Form 10-Q for any period of three months within the transition period that coincides with a quarter of the newly adopted fiscal year if the quarterly report is filed within the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the end of such three month period, provided the issuer thereafter continues filing quarterly reports on the basis of the quarters of the newly adopted fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(3) Commence filing quarterly reports for the quarters of the new fiscal year no later than the quarterly report for the first quarter of the new fiscal year that ends after the date on which the issuer determined to change the fiscal year end; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Unless such information is or will be included in the transition report, or the first annual report on Form 10-K for the newly adopted fiscal year, include in the initial quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the newly adopted fiscal year information on any period beginning on the first day subsequent to the period covered by the issuer's final quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K for the old fiscal year. The information covering such period required by Part II and Item 2 of Part I may be combined with the information regarding the quarter. However, the financial statements required by Part I, which may be unaudited, shall be furnished separately for such period.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (<E T="01">c</E>) and (<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>If it is not practicable or cannot be cost-justified to furnish in a transition report on Form 10-Q or a quarterly report for the newly adopted fiscal year financial statements for corresponding periods of the prior year where required, financial statements may be furnished for the quarters of the preceding fiscal year that most nearly are comparable if the issuer furnishes an adequate discussion of seasonal and other factors that could affect the comparability of information or trends reflected, an assessment of the comparability of the data, and a representation as to the reason recasting has not been undertaken.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) Every successor issuer with securities registered under Section 12 of this Act that has a different fiscal year from that of its predecessor(s) shall file a transition report pursuant to this section, containing the required information about each predecessor, for the transition period, if any, between the close of the fiscal year covered by the last annual report of each predecessor and the date of succession. The report shall be filed for the transition period on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the date of the succession, with financial statements in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. If the transition period covers a period of less than six months, in lieu of a transition report on the form appropriate for the issuer's annual reports, the report may be filed for the transition period on Form 10-Q and Form 10-QSB not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the date of the succession, with financial statements in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, the successor issuer need not file a separate transition report if the information is reported by the successor issuer in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section shall not apply to foreign private issuers. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every foreign private issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent fiscal year and the opening date of its new fiscal year. In no event shall a transition report cover a period longer than 12 months. 
</P>
<P>(3) The report for the transition period shall be filed on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) responding to all items to which such issuer is required to respond when Form 20-F is used as an annual report. The financial statements for the transition period filed therewith shall be audited. The report shall be filed within four months after either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(4) If the transition period covers a period of six or fewer months, in lieu of the report required by paragraph (g)(3) of this section, a report for the transition period may be filed on Form 20-F responding to Items 5, 8.A.7., 13, 14, and 17 or 18 within three months after either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The financial statements required by either Item 17 or Item 18 shall be furnished for the transition period. Such financial statements may be unaudited and condensed as permitted in Article 10 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.10-01 of this chapter), but if the financial statements are unaudited and condensed, the issuer shall file with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period. 
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, a foreign private issuer need not file a separate transition report if the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(h) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to investment companies required to file reports pursuant to Rule 30a-1 (§ 270.30a-1 of this chapter) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(i) No filing fee shall be required for a transition report filed pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) For transition reports to be filed on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) for large accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2);
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days for accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2); and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other issuers; and
</P>
<P>(2) For transition reports to be filed on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 40 days for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2); and
</P>
<P>(ii) 45 days for all other issuers. 
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section shall not apply to asset-backed issuers.
</P>
<P>(2) Every asset-backed issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent fiscal year and the opening date of its new fiscal year. In no event shall a transition report cover a period longer than 12 months.
</P>
<P>(3) The report for the transition period shall be filed on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) responding to all items to which such asset-backed issuer is required to respond pursuant to General Instruction J. of Form 10-K. Such report shall be filed within 90 days after the later of either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (k)(2) and (k)(3) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, an asset-backed issuer need not file a separate transition report if the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) Any obligation of the asset-backed issuer to file distribution reports pursuant to § 240.13a-17 will continue to apply regardless of a change in the asset-backed issuer's fiscal closing date.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>In addition to the report or reports required to be filed pursuant to this section, every issuer, except a foreign private issuer or an investment company required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter, that changes its fiscal closing date is required to file a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) report that includes the information required by Item 5.03 of Form 8-K within the period specified in General Instruction B.1. to that form.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The report or reports to be filed pursuant to this section must include the certification required by § 240.13a-14.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 10316, Mar. 13, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 30068, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 53912, Oct. 5, 1999; 67 FR 57288, Sept. 9, 2002; 67 FR 58505, Sept. 16, 2002; 69 FR 15618, Mar. 25, 2004; 69 FR 68325, Nov. 23, 2004; 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 76641, Dec. 27, 2005; 73 FR 975, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 58323, Oct. 6, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 50221, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.199" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-11   Current reports on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, every registrant subject to § 240.13a-1 shall file a current report on Form 8-K within the period specified in that form unless substantially the same information as that required by Form 8-K has been previously reported by the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to foreign governments, foreign private issuers required to make reports on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) pursuant to § 240.13a-16, issuers of American Depositary Receipts for securities of any foreign issuer, or investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter under the Investment Company Act of 1940, except where such an investment company is required to file notice of a blackout period pursuant to § 245.104 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) No failure to file a report on Form 8-K that is required solely pursuant to Item 1.01, 1.02, 1.05, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 4.02(a), 5.02(e), or 6.03 of Form 8-K shall be deemed to be a violation of 15 U.S.C. 78j(b) and § 240.10b-5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 4428, Jan. 25, 1977, as amended at 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 68 FR 4355, Jan. 28, 2003; 69 FR 15618, Mar. 25, 2004; 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 53260, Sept. 8, 2006; 75 FR 56780, Sept. 16, 2010; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 88 FR 51493, Aug. 4, 2023; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.200" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-13   Quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every issuer that has securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act and is required to file annual reports pursuant to section 13 of the Act, and has filed or intends to file such reports on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), shall file a quarterly report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter) within the period specified in General Instruction A.1. to that form for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the issuer, commencing with the first fiscal quarter following the most recent fiscal year for which full financial statements were included in the registration statement, or, if the registration statement included financial statements for an interim period subsequent to the most recent fiscal year end meeting the requirements of Article 10 of Regulation S-X and Rule 8-03 of Regulation S-X for smaller reporting companies, for the first fiscal quarter subsequent to the quarter reported upon in the registration statement. The first quarterly report of the issuer shall be filed either within 45 days after the effective date of the registration statement or on or before the date on which such report would have been required to be filed if the issuer has been required to file reports on Form 10-Q as of its last fiscal quarter, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to the following issuers: 
</P>
<P>(1) Investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1; 
</P>
<P>(2) Foreign private issuers required to file reports pursuant to § 240.13a-16; and
</P>
<P>(3) Asset-backed issuers required to file reports pursuant to § 240.13a-17.
</P>
<P>(c) Part I of the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q need not be filed by:
</P>
<P>(1) Mutual life insurance companies; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Mining companies not in the production stage but engaged primarily in the exploration for the development of mineral deposits other than oil, gas or coal, if all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant has not been in production during the current fiscal year or the two years immediately prior thereto; except that being in production for an aggregate period of not more than eight months over the three-year period shall not be a violation of this condition. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipts from the sale of mineral products or from the operations of mineral producing properties by the registrant and its subsidiaries combined have not exceeded $500,000 in any of the most recent six years and have not aggregated more than $1,500,000 in the most recent six fiscal years. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the financial information required by Part I of Form 10-Q shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of Section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act, but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24064, May 12, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 19877, May 3, 1983; 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 54 FR 10317, Mar. 13, 1989; 57 FR 10615, Mar. 27, 1992; 61 FR 30403, June 14, 1996; 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 975, Jan. 4, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.201" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-14   Certification of disclosure in annual and quarterly reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each report, including transition reports, filed on Form 10-Q, Form 10-K, Form 20-F or Form 40-F (§ 249.308a, § 249.310, § 249.220f or § 249.240f of this chapter) under Section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)), other than a report filed by an Asset-Backed Issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter) or a report on Form 20-F filed under § 240.13a-19, must include certifications in the form specified in the applicable exhibit filing requirements of such report and such certifications must be filed as an exhibit to such report. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the issuer, or persons performing similar functions, at the time of filing of the report must sign a certification. The principal executive and principal financial officers of an issuer may omit the portion of the introductory language in paragraph 4 as well as language in paragraph 4(b) of the certification that refers to the certifying officers' responsibility for designing, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the issuer until the issuer becomes subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements in § 240.13a-15 or § 240.15d-15.
</P>
<P>(b) Each periodic report containing financial statements filed by an issuer pursuant to section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) must be accompanied by the certifications required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350) and such certifications must be furnished as an exhibit to such report as specified in the applicable exhibit requirements for such report. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the issuer (or equivalent thereof) must sign a certification. This requirement may be satisfied by a single certification signed by an issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers.
</P>
<P>(c) A person required to provide a certification specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this section may not have the certification signed on his or her behalf pursuant to a power of attorney or other form of confirming authority. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each annual report and transition report filed on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) by an asset-backed issuer under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) must include a certification in the form specified in the applicable exhibit filing requirements of such report and such certification must be filed as an exhibit to such report. Terms used in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to asset-backed issuers, the certification required by paragraph (d) of this section must be signed by either:
</P>
<P>(1) The senior officer in charge of securitization of the depositor if the depositor is signing the report; or
</P>
<P>(2) The senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the servicer if the servicer is signing the report on behalf of the issuing entity. If multiple servicers are involved in servicing the pool assets, the senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the master servicer (or entity performing the equivalent function) must sign if a representative of the servicer is to sign the report on behalf of the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The certification requirements of this section do not apply to an Interactive Data File, as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 57288, Sept. 9, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 36665, June 18, 2003; 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 6572, Feb. 8, 2005; 70 FR 42247, July 21, 2005; 71 FR 76596, Dec. 21, 2006; 73 FR 976, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 6818, Feb. 10, 2009; 83 FR 40878, Aug. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.202" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-15   Controls and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every issuer that has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>1</I>), other than an Asset-Backed Issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter), a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), or a unit investment trust as defined in section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)), must maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) and, if the issuer either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, internal control over financial reporting (as defined in paragraph (f) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) Each such issuer's management must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, except that management must perform this evaluation:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4) as of the end of each fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), within the 90-day period prior to the filing date of each report requiring certification under § 270.30a-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The management of each such issuer, that either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or previously had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, other than an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness, as of the end of each fiscal year, of the issuer's internal control over financial reporting. The framework on which management's evaluation of the issuer's internal control over financial reporting is based must be a suitable, recognized control framework that is established by a body or group that has followed due-process procedures, including the broad distribution of the framework for public comment. Although there are many different ways to conduct an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to meet the requirements of this paragraph, an evaluation that is conducted in accordance with the interpretive guidance issued by the Commission in Release No. 34-55929 will satisfy the evaluation required by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) The management of each such issuer that either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d) for the prior fiscal year or had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, other than an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, any change in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting, that occurred during each of the issuer's fiscal quarters, or fiscal year in the case of a foreign private issuer, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer's internal control over financial reporting. 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, the term <I>disclosure controls and procedures</I> means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>internal control over financial reporting</I> is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the issuer's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
</P>
<P>(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the issuer are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the issuer's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36666, June 18, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 76596, Dec. 21, 2006; 72 FR 35321, June 27, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.203" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-16   Reports of foreign private issuers on Form 6-K (17 CFR 249.306).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every foreign private issuer which is subject to Rule 13a-1 (17 CFR 240.13a-1) shall make reports on Form 6-K, except that this rule shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter ;
</P>
<P>(2) Issuers of American depositary receipts for securities of any foreign issuer;
</P>
<P>(3) Issuers filing periodic reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, and Form 8-K; or
</P>
<P>(4) Asset-backed issuers, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Such reports shall be transmitted promptly after the information required by Form 6-K is made public by the issuer, by the country of its domicile or under the laws of which it was incorporated or organized, or by a foreign securities exchange with which the issuer has filed the information. 
</P>
<P>(c) Reports furnished pursuant to this rule shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 7849, May 30, 1967, as amended at 44 FR 70137, Dec. 6, 1979; 47 FR 54781, Dec. 6, 1982; 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 57 FR 10615, Mar. 27, 1991; 70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 976, Jan. 4, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.204" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-17   Reports of asset-backed issuers on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>Every asset-backed issuer subject to § 240.13a-1 shall make reports on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter). Such reports shall be filed within the period specified in Form 10-D.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.205" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-18   Compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to every class of asset-backed securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)). Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports on assessments of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required.</I> With regard to a class of asset-backed securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) of the Act, the annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) for such class must include from each party participating in the servicing function a report regarding its assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria specified in paragraph (d) of Item 1122 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1122(d) of this chapter), as of and for the period ending the end of each fiscal year, with respect to asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving the party participating in the servicing function and that are backed by the same asset type backing the class of asset-backed securities (including the asset-backed securities transaction that is to be the subject of the report on Form 10-K for that fiscal year).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attestation reports on assessments of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required.</I> With respect to each report included pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the annual report on Form 10-K must also include a report by a registered public accounting firm that attests to, and reports on, the assessment made by the asserting party. The attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities must be made in accordance with standards for attestation engagements issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.13<E T="01">a</E>-18.</HED>
<P>If multiple parties are participating in the servicing function, a separate assessment report and attestation report must be included for each party participating in the servicing function. A party participating in the servicing function means any entity (e.g., master servicer, primary servicers, trustees) that is performing activities that address the criteria in paragraph (d) of Item 1122 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1122(d) of this chapter), unless such entity's activities relate only to 5% or less of the pool assets.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1621, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.206" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-19   Reports by shell companies on Form 20-F.</HEAD>
<P>Every foreign private issuer that was a shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, immediately before a transaction that causes it to cease to be a shell company shall, within four business days of completion of that transaction, file a report on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) containing the information that would be required if the issuer were filing a form for registration of securities on Form 20-F to register under the Act all classes of the issuer's securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 (15 U.S.C. 78m) or section 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) of the Act upon consummation of the transaction, with such information reflecting the registrant and its securities upon consummation of the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 42247, July 21, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-20" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.207" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-20   Plain English presentation of specified information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any information included or incorporated by reference in a report filed under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 402, 403, 404 or 407 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402, § 229.403, § 229.404 or § 229.407 of this chapter) must be presented in a clear, concise and understandable manner. You must prepare the disclosure using the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Present information in clear, concise sections, paragraphs and sentences;
</P>
<P>(2) Use short sentences;
</P>
<P>(3) Use definite, concrete, everyday words;
</P>
<P>(4) Use the active voice;
</P>
<P>(5) Avoid multiple negatives;
</P>
<P>(6) Use descriptive headings and subheadings;
</P>
<P>(7) Use a tabular presentation or bullet lists for complex material, wherever possible;
</P>
<P>(8) Avoid legal jargon and highly technical business and other terminology;
</P>
<P>(9) Avoid frequent reliance on glossaries or defined terms as the primary means of explaining information. Define terms in a glossary or other section of the document only if the meaning is unclear from the context. Use a glossary only if it facilitates understanding of the disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(10) In designing the presentation of the information you may include pictures, logos, charts, graphs and other design elements so long as the design is not misleading and the required information is clear. You are encouraged to use tables, schedules, charts and graphic illustrations that present relevant data in an understandable manner, so long as such presentations are consistent with applicable disclosure requirements and consistent with other information in the document. You must draw graphs and charts to scale. Any information you provide must not be misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.13<E T="01">a</E>-20:</HED>
<P>In drafting the disclosure to comply with this section, you should avoid the following:
</P>
<P>1. Legalistic or overly complex presentations that make the substance of the disclosure difficult to understand;
</P>
<P>2. Vague “boilerplate” explanations that are imprecise and readily subject to different interpretations;
</P>
<P>3. Complex information copied directly from legal documents without any clear and concise explanation of the provision(s); and
</P>
<P>4. Disclosure repeated in different sections of the document that increases the size of the document but does not enhance the quality of the information.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53261, Sept. 8, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 976, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13a-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.88.208" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13a-21   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="89" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.89" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 13b-2: Maintenance of Records and Preparation of Required Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13b2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.89.209" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13b2-1   Falsification of accounting records.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall directly or indirectly, falsify or cause to be falsified, any book, record or account subject to section 13(b)(2)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78m(b)(2); 15 U.S.C. 78m(a), 78m(b)(1), 78o(d), 78j(b), 78n(a), 78t(b), 78t(c)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 10970, Feb. 23, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13b2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.89.210" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13b2-2   Representations and conduct in connection with the preparation of required reports and documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No director or officer of an issuer shall, directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(1) Make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement to an accountant in connection with; or
</P>
<P>(2) Omit to state, or cause another person to omit to state, any material fact necessary in order to make statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading, to an accountant in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) Any audit, review or examination of the financial statements of the issuer required to be made pursuant to this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The preparation or filing of any document or report required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this subpart or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) No officer or director of an issuer, or any other person acting under the direction thereof, shall directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence any independent public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance of an audit or review of the financial statements of that issuer that are required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this subpart or otherwise if that person knew or should have known that such action, if successful, could result in rendering the issuer's financial statements materially misleading.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, actions that, “if successful, could result in rendering the issuer's financial statements materially misleading” include, but are not limited to, actions taken at any time with respect to the professional engagement period to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence an auditor:
</P>
<P>(i) To issue or reissue a report on an issuer's financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of generally accepted accounting principles, the standards of the PCAOB, or other professional or regulatory standards);
</P>
<P>(ii) Not to perform audit, review or other procedures required by the standards of the PCAOB or other professional standards;
</P>
<P>(iii) Not to withdraw an issued report; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Not to communicate matters to an issuer's audit committee.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition, in the case of an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), no officer or director of the company's investment adviser, sponsor, depositor, trustee, or administrator (or, in the case of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, any other person acting under the direction thereof) shall, directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Make or cause to be made a materially false or misleading statement to an accountant in connection with; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Omit to state, or cause another person to omit to state, any material fact necessary in order to make statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading to an accountant in connection with:
</P>
<P>(A) Any audit, review, or examination of the financial statements of the investment company required to be made pursuant to this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(B) The preparation or filing of any document or report required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this subpart or otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(2) Take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence any independent public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance of an audit or review of the financial statements of that investment company that are required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this subpart or otherwise if that person knew or should have known that such action, if successful, could result in rendering the investment company's financial statements materially misleading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 31830, May 28, 2003, as amended at 83 FR 50222, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="90" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.90" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 13D-G</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.13d-1 through 240.13f-1 appear at 43 FR 18495, Apr. 28, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS 
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.211" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-1   Filing of Schedules 13D and 13G.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who, after acquiring directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of any equity security of a class which is specified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the class shall, within five business days after the date of the acquisition, file with the Commission, a statement containing the information required by Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101)

.


</P>
<P>(b)(1) A person who would otherwise be obligated under paragraph (a) of this section to file a statement on Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) may, in lieu thereof, file with the Commission, a short-form statement on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102), <I>Provided,</I> That:


</P>
<P>(i) Such person has acquired such securities in the ordinary course of the person's business and not with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, nor in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to § 240.13d-3(b) and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person is:
</P>
<P>(A) A broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o);
</P>
<P>(B) A bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(C) An insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(D) An investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8);
</P>
<P>(E) Any person registered as an investment adviser under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) or under the laws of any state;
</P>
<P>(F) An employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I> (“ERISA”) that is subject to the provisions of ERISA, or any such plan that is not subject to ERISA that is maintained primarily for the benefit of the employees of a state or local government or instrumentality, or an endowment fund;
</P>
<P>(G) A parent holding company or control person, provided the aggregate amount held directly by the parent or control person, and directly and indirectly by their subsidiaries or affiliates that are not persons specified in § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(A) through (J), does not exceed one percent of the securities of the subject class; 
</P>
<P>(H) A savings association as defined in Section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
</P>
<P>(I) A church plan that is excluded from the definition of an investment company under section 3(c)(14) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3);
</P>
<P>(J) A non-U.S. institution that is the functional equivalent of any of the institutions listed in § 240.13d-1 (b)(1)(ii)(A) through (I), so long as the non-U.S. institution is subject to a regulatory scheme that is substantially comparable to the regulatory scheme applicable to the equivalent U.S. institution; and
</P>
<P>(K) A group, provided that all the members are persons specified in § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(A) through (J). 


</P>
<P>(iii) Such person has promptly notified any other person (or group within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) of the Act) on whose behalf it holds, on a discretionary basis, securities exceeding five percent of the class, of any acquisition or transaction on behalf of such other person which might be reportable by that person under section 13(d) of the Act. This paragraph (b)(1)(iii) only requires notice to the account owner of information which the filing person reasonably should be expected to know and which would advise the account owner of an obligation such account owner may have to file a statement, or an amendment thereto, pursuant to section 13(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The Schedule 13G filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be filed within 45 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the person became obligated under paragraph (b)(1) of this section to report the person's beneficial ownership as of the last day of the calendar quarter, <I>provided,</I> that it shall not be necessary to file a Schedule 13G unless the percentage of the class of equity security specified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section beneficially owned as of the end of the calendar quarter is more than five percent; <I>however,</I> if the person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership exceeds 10 percent of the class of equity securities prior to the end of the calendar quarter, the initial Schedule 13G shall be filed within five business days after the end of the first month in which the person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership exceeds 10 percent of the class of equity securities, computed as of the last day of the month.


</P>
<P>(c) A person who would otherwise be obligated under paragraph (a) of this section to file a statement on Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) may, in lieu thereof, file with the Commission, within five business days after the date of an acquisition described in paragraph (a) of this section, a short-form statement on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102). <I>Provided,</I> that the person:


</P>
<P>(1) Has not acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to § 240.13d-3(b)
</P>
<P>(2) Is not a person reporting pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 20 percent or more of the class.


</P>
<P>(d) Any person who, as of the end of any calendar quarter, is or becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any equity security of a class specified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section and who is not required to file a statement under paragraph (a) of this section by virtue of the exemption provided by section 13(d)(6)(A) or (B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(d)(6)(A) or 78m(d)(6)(B)), or because the beneficial ownership was acquired prior to December 22, 1970, or because the person otherwise (except for the exemption provided by section 13(d)(6)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(d)(6)(C))) is not required to file a statement, shall file with the Commission, within 45 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the person became obligated to report under this paragraph (d), a statement containing the information required by Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102).






</P>
<P>(e)(1) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and § 240.13d-2(b), a person that has reported that it is the beneficial owner of more than five percent of a class of equity securities in a statement on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, or is required to report the acquisition but has not yet filed the schedule, shall immediately become subject to paragraph (a) of this section and § 240.13d-2(a) and shall file a statement on Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) within five business days if, and shall remain subject to those requirements for so long as, the person:


</P>
<P>(i) Has acquired or holds the securities with a purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to § 240.13d-3(b); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is at that time the beneficial owner of more than five percent of a class of equity securities described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) From the time the person has acquired or holds the securities with a purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect until the expiration of the tenth day from the date of the filing of the Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) pursuant to this section, that person shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Vote or direct the voting of the securities described therein; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Acquire an additional beneficial ownership interest in any equity securities of the issuer of the securities, nor of any person controlling the issuer.


</P>
<P>(f)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section and § 240.13d-2(b), persons reporting on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section shall immediately become subject to paragraph (a) of this section and § 240.13d-2(a) and shall remain subject to those requirements for so long as, and shall file a statement on Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) within five business days after the date on which the person's beneficial ownership equals or exceeds 20 percent of the class of equity securities.


</P>
<P>(2) From the time of the acquisition of 20 percent or more of the class of equity securities until the expiration of the tenth day from the date of the filing of the Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) pursuant to this section, the person shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Vote or direct the voting of the securities described therein, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Acquire an additional beneficial ownership interest in any equity securities of the issuer of the securities, nor of any person controlling the issuer.


</P>
<P>(g) Any person who has reported an acquisition of securities in a statement on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, or has become obligated to report on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) but has not yet filed the Schedule, and thereafter ceases to be a person specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section or determines that it no longer has acquired or holds the securities in the ordinary course of business shall immediately become subject to paragraph (a) or (c) of this section (if the person satisfies the requirements specified in paragraph (c)) and § 240.13d-2(a), (b), or (d), and shall file, within five business days thereafter, a statement on Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) or amendment to Schedule 13G, as applicable, if the person is a beneficial owner at that time of more than five percent of the class of equity securities.


</P>
<P>(h) Any person who has filed a Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) pursuant to paragraph (e), (f) or (g) of this section may again report its beneficial ownership on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section provided the person qualifies thereunder, as applicable, by filing a Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) once the person determines that the provisions of paragraph (e), (f) or (g) of this section no longer apply.


</P>
<P>(i)(1) For the purpose of this section, the term <I>equity security</I> means any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act, or any equity security of any insurance company which would have been required to be so registered except for the exemption contained in section 12(g)(2)(G) of the Act, or any equity security issued by a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; <I>provided,</I> such term shall not include securities of a class of non-voting securities.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of this section, the term <I>business day</I> means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday, from 12 a.m. to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time.




</P>
<P>(j) For the purpose of sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Act, any person, in determining the amount of outstanding securities of a class of equity securities, may rely upon information set forth in the issuer's most recent quarterly or annual report, and any current report subsequent thereto, filed with the Commission pursuant to the Act, unless such person knows or has reason to believe that the information contained therein is inaccurate.


</P>
<P>(k)(1) Whenever two or more persons are required to file a statement containing the information required by Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G with respect to the same securities, only one statement need be filed: <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(i) Each person on whose behalf the statement is filed is individually eligible to use the Schedule on which the information is filed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each person on whose behalf the statement is filed is responsible for the timely filing of such statement and any amendments thereto, and for the completeness and accuracy of the information concerning such person contained therein; such person is not responsible for the completeness or accuracy of the information concerning the other persons making the filing, unless such person knows or has reason to believe that such information is inaccurate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Such statement identifies all such persons, contains the required information with regard to each such person, indicates that such statement is filed on behalf of all such persons, and includes, as an exhibit, their agreement in writing that such a statement is filed on behalf of each of them. 
</P>
<P>(2) A group's filing obligation may be satisfied either by a single joint filing or by each of the group's members making an individual filing. If the group's members elect to make their own filings, each such filing should identify all members of the group but the information provided concerning the other persons making the filing need only reflect information which the filing person knows or has reason to know.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18495, Apr. 28, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 29768, July 11, 1978; 43 FR 55755, Nov. 29, 1978; 44 FR 10703, Feb. 23, 1979; 63 FR 2865, Jan. 16, 1998; 63 FR 15287, Mar. 31, 1998; 73 FR 60089, Oct. 9, 2008; 75 FR 56780, Sept. 16, 2010; 88 FR 76981, Nov. 7, 2023; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.212" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-2   Filing of amendments to Schedules 13D or 13G.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If any material change occurs in the facts set forth in the Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) required by § 240.13d-1(a), including, but not limited to, any material increase or decrease in the percentage of the class beneficially owned, the person or persons who were required to file the statement shall file or cause to be filed with the Commission an amendment disclosing that change within two business days after the date of such change. An acquisition or disposition of beneficial ownership of securities in an amount equal to one percent or more of the class of securities shall be deemed “material” for purposes of this section; acquisitions or dispositions of less than those amounts may be material, depending upon the facts and circumstances.






</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, and provided that the person filing a Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b) or (c) continues to meet the requirements set forth therein, any person who has filed a Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b), (c), or (d) shall amend the statement within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter if, as of the end of the calendar quarter, there are any material changes in the information reported in the previous filing on that Schedule; <I>provided, however,</I> that an amendment need not be filed with respect to a change in the percent of the class outstanding previously reported if the change results solely from a change in the aggregate number of securities outstanding. Once an amendment has been filed reflecting beneficial ownership of five percent or less of the class of securities, no additional filings are required unless the person thereafter becomes the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the class and is required to file pursuant to § 240.13d-1.




</P>
<P>(c) Any person relying on § 240.13d-1(b) that has filed its initial Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b) shall, in addition to filing any amendments pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, file an amendment on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) within five business days after the end of the first month in which the person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership, computed as of the last day of the month, exceeds 10 percent of the class of equity securities. Thereafter, that person shall, in addition to filing any amendments pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, file an amendment on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) within five business days after the end of the first month in which the person's direct or indirect beneficial ownership, computed as of the last day of the month, increases or decreases by more than five percent of the class of equity securities. Once an amendment has been filed reflecting beneficial ownership of five percent or less of the class of securities, no additional filings are required by this paragraph (c).


</P>
<P>(d) Any person relying on § 240.13d-1(c) that has filed its initial Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) pursuant to § 240.13d-1(c) shall, in addition to filing any amendments pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, file an amendment on Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102) within two business days after acquiring, directly or indirectly, greater than 10 percent of a class of equity securities specified in § 240.13d-1(d), and thereafter within two business days after increasing or decreasing its beneficial ownership by more than five percent of the class of equity securities. Once an amendment has been filed reflecting beneficial ownership of five percent or less of the class of securities, no additional filings are required by this paragraph (d).




</P>
<P>(e) The first electronic amendment to a paper format Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101 of this chapter) or Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102 of this chapter) shall restate the entire text of the Schedule 13D or 13G, but previously filed paper exhibits to such Schedules are not required to be restated electronically. <I>See</I> Rule 102 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.102 of this chapter) regarding amendments to exhibits previously filed in paper format. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the sole purpose of filing the first electronic Schedule 13D or 13G amendment is to report a change in beneficial ownership that would terminate the filer's obligation to report, the amendment need not include a restatement of the entire text of the Schedule being amended.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.13<E T="01">d</E>-2:</HED>
<P>For persons filing a short-form statement pursuant to Rule 13d-1(b) or (c), see also Rules 13d-1(e), (f), and (g).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18495, Apr. 28, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 81558, Dec. 11, 1980; 47 FR 49964, Nov. 4, 1982; 58 FR 14683, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 67764, Dec. 30, 1994; 62 FR 36459, July 8, 1997; 63 FR 2866, Jan. 16, 1998; 88 FR 76982, Nov. 7, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.213" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-3   Determination of beneficial owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Act a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise has or shares:
</P>
<P>(1) Voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or,
</P>
<P>(2) Investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who, directly or indirectly, creates or uses a trust, proxy, power of attorney, pooling arrangement or any other contract, arrangement, or device with the purpose of effect of divesting such person of beneficial ownership of a security or preventing the vesting of such beneficial ownership as part of a plan or scheme to evade the reporting requirements of section 13(d) or (g) of the Act shall be deemed for purposes of such sections to be the beneficial owner of such security.
</P>
<P>(c) All securities of the same class beneficially owned by a person, regardless of the form which such beneficial ownership takes, shall be aggregated in calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by such person.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this rule: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of a security, subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this rule, if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security, as defined in Rule 13d-3(a) (§ 240.13d-3(a)) within sixty days, including but not limited to any right to acquire: (A) Through the exercise of any option, warrant or right; (B) through the conversion of a security; (C) pursuant to the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account, or similar arrangement; or (D) pursuant to the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement; provided, however, any person who acquires a security or power specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A), (B) or (C), of this section, with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities which may be acquired through the exercise or conversion of such security or power. Any securities not outstanding which are subject to such options, warrants, rights or conversion privileges shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class owned by such person but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class by any other person.
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section remains applicable for the purpose of determining the obligation to file with respect to the underlying security even though the option, warrant, right or convertible security is of a class of equity security, as defined in § 240.13d-1(i), and may therefore give rise to a separate obligation to file.
</P>
<P>(2) A member of a national securities exchange shall not be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities held directly or indirectly by it on behalf of another person solely because such member is the record holder of such securities and, pursuant to the rules of such exchange, may direct the vote of such securities, without instruction, on other than contested matters or matters that may affect substantially the rights or privileges of the holders of the securities to be voted, but is otherwise precluded by the rules of such exchange from voting without instruction.


</P>
<P>(3) A person who in the ordinary course of such person's business is a pledgee of securities under a written pledge agreement shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such pledged securities until the pledgee has taken all formal steps necessary which are required to declare a default and determines that the power to vote or to direct the vote or to dispose or to direct the disposition of such pledged securities will be exercised, provided, that:
</P>
<P>(i) The pledgee agreement is bona fide and was not entered into with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, nor in connection with any transaction having such purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to Rule 13d-3(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) The pledgee is a person specified in Rule 13d-1(b)(ii), including persons meeting the conditions set forth in paragraph (G) thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The pledgee agreement, prior to default, does not grant to the pledgee; 
</P>
<P>(A) The power to vote or to direct the vote of the pledged securities; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The power to dispose or direct the disposition of the pledged securities, other than the grant of such power(s) pursuant to a pledge agreement under which credit is extended subject to regulation T (12 CFR 220.1 to 220.8) and in which the pledgee is a broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the act.


</P>
<P>(4) A person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities who acquires securities through such person's participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting registered under the Securities Act of 1933 shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18495, Apr. 28, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 29768, July 11, 1978; 63 FR 2867, Jan. 16, 1998; 88 FR 76983, Nov. 7, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.214" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-4   Disclaimer of beneficial ownership.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may expressly declare in any statement filed that the filing of such statement shall not be construed as an admission that such person is, for the purposes of sections 13(d) or 13(g) of the Act, the beneficial owner of any securities covered by the statement.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b), 13(d)(1), 13(d)(2), 13(d)(5), 13(d)(6), 14(d)(1), 23; 48 Stat. 882, 894, 895, 901; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704, sec. 8, 49 Stat. 1379; sec. 10, 78 Stat. 88a; secs. 2, 3, 82 Stat. 454, 455; secs. 1, 2, 3-5, 84 Stat. 1497; secs. 3, 18, 89 Stat. 97, 155 (15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78m(d)(1), 89m(d)(2), 78m(d)(5), 78m(d)(6), 78n(d)(1), 78w) 




</SECAUTH>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.215" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-5   Acquisition of beneficial ownership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who becomes a beneficial owner of securities shall be deemed to have acquired such beneficial ownership for purposes of section 13(d)(1) of the Act, whether such acquisition was through purchase or otherwise. However, executors or administrators of a decedent's estate generally will be presumed not to have acquired the beneficial ownership held by the decedent's estate until such time as such executors or administrators are qualified under local law to perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(b)(1)(i) When two or more persons agree to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of equity securities of an issuer, the group formed thereby shall be deemed to have acquired beneficial ownership, for purposes of sections 13(d) and (g) of the Act, as of the date of such agreement, of all equity securities of that issuer beneficially owned by any such persons.
</P>
<P>(ii) A group regulated as a person pursuant to section 13(d)(3) of the Act shall be deemed to have acquired beneficial ownership, as determined under paragraph (a) of this section and for purposes of sections 13(d)(1) and (2) of the Act, if any member of the group becomes the beneficial owner of additional equity securities in the same class beneficially owned by the group after the group's formation. The beneficial ownership so acquired shall be reported as being held by the group through the earlier of {x} the date of the group's dissolution or {y} the date of that member's withdrawal from the group.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, a group regulated under section 13(d)(3) of the Act shall not be deemed to have acquired beneficial ownership, as determined under paragraph (a) of this section, if, after the group's formation, a member of the group becomes the beneficial owner of additional equity securities in the same class beneficially owned by the group through a sale by or transfer from another member of the group.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A group regulated as a person pursuant to section 13(g)(3) of the Act shall be deemed to have become the beneficial owner, for purposes of sections 13(g)(1) and (2) of the Act, if any member of the group becomes a beneficial owner of additional equity securities in the same class held by the group after the group's formation and through the earlier of {x} the date of the group's dissolution or {y} the date of that member's withdrawal from the group.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, a group regulated under section 13(g)(3) of the Act shall not be deemed to have become the beneficial owner of additional equity securities in the same class beneficially owned by the group if, after the group's formation, a member of the group becomes the beneficial owner of additional equity securities in the same class beneficially owned by the group through a sale by or transfer from another member of the group.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 76983, Nov. 7, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.216" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-6   Exemption of certain acquisitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The acquisition of securities of an issuer by a person who, prior to such acquisition, was a beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding securities of the same class as those acquired shall be exempt from section 13(d) of the Act; provided, that:
</P>
<P>(1) The acquisition is made pursuant to preemptive subscription rights in an offering made to all holders of securities of the class to which the preemptive subscription rights pertain;
</P>
<P>(2) Such person does not acquire additional securities except through the exercise of such person's pro rata share of the preemptive subscription rights; and
</P>
<P>(3) The acquisition is duly reported, if required, pursuant to section 16(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A group shall be deemed not to have acquired any equity securities beneficially owned by the other members of the group solely by virtue of their concerted actions relating to the purchase of equity securities directly from an issuer in a transaction not involving a public offering; provided, that:
</P>
<P>(1) All the members of the group are persons specified in § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii);
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase is in the ordinary course of each member's business and not with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer, nor in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to § 240.13d-3(b);
</P>
<P>(3) There is no agreement among or between any members of the group to act together with respect to the issuer or its securities except for the purpose of facilitating the specific purchase involved; and
</P>
<P>(4) The only actions among or between any members of the group with respect to the issuer or its securities subsequent to the closing date of the non-public offering are those which are necessary to conclude ministerial matters directly related to the completion of the offer or sale of the securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 76984, Nov. 7, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.217" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.218" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-101   Schedule 13D—Information to be included in statements filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(a) and amendments thereto filed pursuant to § 240.13d-2(a).</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549
</FP-1>
<FP>Schedule 13D
</FP>
<FP>Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
</FP>
<FP>(Amendment No.__)*
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Issuer)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized to Receive Notices and Communications)</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date of Event Which Requires Filing of This Statement)
</FP>
<P>If the filing person has previously filed a statement on Schedule 13G to report the acquisition that is the subject of this Schedule 13D, and is filing this schedule because of §§ 240.13d-1(e), 240.13d-1(f) or 240.13d-1(g), check the following box. □</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<P>* The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting person's initial filing on this form with respect to the subject class of securities, and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would alter disclosures provided in a prior cover page.
</P>
<P>The information required on the remainder of this cover page shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act (however, see the Notes).</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">CUSIP No.______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Names of reporting persons 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Check the appropriate box if a member of a group</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(see instructions)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) SEC use only
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Source of funds (see instructions)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Check if disclosure of legal proceedings is required pursuant to Items 2(d) or 2(e)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Citizenship or place of organization
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Number of shares beneficially owned by each reporting person with:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(7) Sole voting power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(8) Shared voting power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(9) Sole dispositive power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(10) Shared dispositive power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(11) Aggregate amount beneficially owned by each reporting person
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(12) Check if the aggregate amount in Row (11) excludes certain shares (see instructions)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(13) Percent of class represented by amount in Row (11)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(14) Type of reporting person (see instructions)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD3>Page __ of __ Pages

</HD3>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions for Cover Page</I>
</FP>
<P>(1) <I>Names of Reporting Persons</I>—Furnish the full legal name of each person for whom the report is filed—i.e., each person required to sign the schedule itself—including each member of a group. Do not include the name of a person required to be identified in the report but who is not a reporting person.
</P>
<P>(2) If any of the shares beneficially owned by a reporting person are held as a member of the group and the membership is expressly affirmed, please check row 2(a). If the reporting person disclaims membership in a group or describes a relationship with other person but does not affirm the existence of a group, please check row 2(b) (unless it is a joint filing pursuant to Rule 13d-1(k)(1) in which case it may not be necessary to check row 2(b)). 
</P>
<P>(3) The 3rd row is for SEC internal use; please leave blank. 
</P>
<P>(4) Classify the source of funds or other consideration used or to be used in making the purchases as required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 3 of Schedule 13D and insert the appropriate symbol (or symbols if more than one is necessary) in row (4):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category of Source
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Symbol
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subject Company (Company whose securities are being acquired)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Affiliate (of reporting person)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">AF
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Working Capital (of reporting person)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personal Funds (of reporting person)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PF
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OO</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) If disclosure of legal proceedings or actions is required pursuant to either Items 2(d) or 2(e) of Schedule 13D, row 5 should be checked. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Citizenship or Place of Organization</I>—Furnish citizenship if the named reporting person is a natural person. Otherwise, Furnish place of organization. (See Item 2 of Schedule 13D). 


</P>
<P>(7)-(11) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(12) Check if the aggregate amount reported as beneficially owned in row (11) does not include shares which the reporting person discloses in the report but as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed pursuant to Rule 13d-4 [17 CFR 240.13d-4] under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Aggregate Amount Beneficially Owned by Each Reporting Person, Etc.</I>—Rows (7) through (11), inclusive, and (13) are to be completed in accordance with the provisions of Item 5 of Schedule 13D. All percentages are to be rounded off to nearest tenth (one place after decimal point). 
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Type of Reporting Person</I>—Please classify each “reporting person” according to the following breakdown and place the appropriate symbol (or symbols, i.e., if more than one is applicable, insert all applicable symbols) on the form:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Symbol
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Broker Dealer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BD
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BK
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance Company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment Company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IV
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment Adviser</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employee Benefit Plan or Endowment Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EP
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parent Holding Company/Control Person</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Savings Association</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Church Plan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CP
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corporation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CO
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partnership</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PN
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Individual</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IN
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OO</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>Attach as many copies of the second part of the cover page as are needed, one reporting person per page.
</P>
<P>Filing persons may, in order to avoid unnecessary duplication, answer items on the schedules (Schedule 13D, 13G or TO) by appropriate cross references to an item or items on the cover page(s). This approach may only be used where the cover page item or items provide all the disclosure required by the schedule item. Moreover, such a use of a cover page item will result in the item becoming a part of the schedule and accordingly being considered as “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act.
</P>
<P>Reporting persons may comply with their cover page filing requirements by filing either completed copies of the blank forms available from the Commission, printed or typed facsimiles, or computer printed facsimiles, provided the documents filed have identical formats to the forms prescribed in the Commission's regulations and meet existing Securities Exchange Act rules as to such matters as clarity and size (Securities Exchange Act Rule 12b-12).</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Special Instructions for Complying With Schedule 13D
</HD1>
<P>Under sections 13(d) and 23 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this schedule by certain security holders of certain issuers.
</P>
<P>Disclosure of the information specified in this schedule is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of determining and disclosing the holdings of certain beneficial owners of certain equity securities. This statement will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public.
</P>
<P>Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can use it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions.
</P>
<P>Failure to disclose the information requested by this schedule may result in civil or criminal action against the persons involved for violation of the federal securities laws and rules promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> A. The item numbers and captions of the items shall be included but the text of the items is to be omitted. The answers to the items shall be so prepared as to indicate clearly the coverage of the items without referring to the text of the items. Answer every item. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state. 
</P>
<P>B. Information contained in exhibits to the statement may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any item or sub-item of the statement unless it would render such answer misleading, incomplete, unclear or confusing. Material incorporated by reference shall be clearly identified in the reference by page, paragraph, caption or otherwise. An express statement that the specified matter is incorporated by reference shall be made at the particular place in the statement where the information is required. A copy of any information or a copy of the pertinent pages of a document containing such information which is incorporated by reference shall be submitted with this statement as an exhibit and shall be deemed to be filed with the Commission for all purposes of the Act. 
</P>
<P>C. If the statement is filed by a general or limited partnership, syndicate, or other group, the information called for by Items 2-6, inclusive, shall be given with respect to (i) each partner of such general partnership; (ii) each partner who is denominated as a general partner or who functions as a general partner of such limited partnership; (iii) each member of such syndicate or group; and (iv) each person controlling such partner or member. If the statement is filed by a corporation or if a person referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Instruction is a corporation, the information called for by the above mentioned items shall be given with respect to (a) each executive officer and director of such corporation; (b) each person controlling such corporation; and (c) each executive officer and director of any corporation or other person ultimately in control of such corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Item 1. Security and Issuer.</I> State the title of the class of equity securities to which this statement relates and the name and address of the principal executive offices of the issuer of such securities. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 2. Identity and Background.</I> If the person filing this statement or any person enumerated in Instruction C of this statement is a corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group of persons, state its name, the state or other place of its organization, its principal business, the address of its principal office and the information required by (d) and (e) of this Item. If the person filing this statement or any person enumerated in Instruction C is a natural person, provide the information specified in (a) through (f) of this Item with respect to such person(s). 
</P>
<P>(a) Name; 
</P>
<P>(b) Residence or business address; 
</P>
<P>(c) Present principal occupation or employment and the name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in which such employment is conducted; 
</P>
<P>(d) Whether or not, during the last five years, such person has been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors) and, if so, give the dates, nature of conviction, name and location of court, any penalty imposed, or other disposition of the case; 
</P>
<P>(e) Whether or not, during the last five years, such person was a party to a civil proceeding of a judicial or administrative body of competent jurisdiction and as a result of such proceeding was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final order enjoining future violations of, or prohibiting or mandating activities subject to, federal or state securities laws or finding any violation with respect to such laws; and, if so, identify and describe such proceedings and summarize the terms of such judgment, decree or final order; and 
</P>
<P>(f) Citizenship. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 3. Source and Amount of Funds or Other Consideration.</I> State the source and the amount of funds or other consideration used or to be used in making the purchases, and if any part of the purchase price is or will be represented by funds or other consideration borrowed or otherwise obtained for the purpose of acquiring, holding, trading or voting the securities, a description of the transaction and the names of the parties thereto. Where material, such information should also be provided with respect to prior acquisitions not previously reported pursuant to this regulation. If the source of all or any part of the funds is a loan made in the ordinary course of business by a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act, the name of the bank shall not be made available to the public if the person at the time of filing the statement so requests in writing and files such request, naming such bank, with the Secretary of the Commission. If the securities were acquired other than by purchase, describe the method of acquisition. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 4. Purpose of Transaction.</I> State the purpose or purposes of the acquisition of securities of the issuer. Describe any plans or proposals which the reporting persons may have which relate to or would result in: 
</P>
<P>(a) The acquisition by any person of additional securities of the issuer, or the disposition of securities of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(b) An extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the issuer or any of its subsidiaries; 
</P>
<P>(c) A sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of the issuer or any of its subsidiaries; 
</P>
<P>(d) Any change in the present board of directors or management of the issuer, including any plans or proposals to change the number or term of directors or to fill any existing vacancies on the board; 
</P>
<P>(e) Any material change in the present capitalization or dividend policy of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(f) Any other material change in the issuer's business or corporate structure, including but not limited to, if the issuer is a registered closed-end investment company, any plans or proposals to make any changes in its investment policy for which a vote is required by section 13 of the Investment Company Act of 1940; 
</P>
<P>(g) Changes in the issuer's charter, bylaws or instruments corresponding thereto or other actions which may impede the acquisition of control of the issuer by any person; 
</P>
<P>(h) Causing a class of securities of the issuer to be delisted from a national securities exchange or to cease to be authorized to be quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; 
</P>
<P>(i) A class of equity securities of the issuer becoming eligible for termination of registration pursuant to section 12(g)(4) of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(j) Any action similar to any of those enumerated above. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 5. Interest in Securities of the Issuer.</I> (a) State the aggregate number and percentage of the class of securities identified pursuant to Item 1 (which may be based on the number of securities outstanding as contained in the most recently available filing with the Commission by the issuer unless the filing person has reason to believe such information is not current) beneficially owned (identifying those shares which there is a right to acquire) by each person named in Item 2. The above mentioned information should also be furnished with respect to persons who, together with any of the persons named in Item 2, comprise a group within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(b) For each person named in response to paragraph (a), indicate the number of shares as to which there is sole power to vote or to direct the vote, sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition, or shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition. Provide the applicable information required by Item 2 with respect to each person with whom the power to vote or to direct the vote or to dispose or direct the disposition is shared; 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any transactions in the class of securities reported on that were effected during the past sixty days or since the most recent filing of Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101), whichever is less, by the persons named in response to paragraph (a). 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> The description of a transaction required by Item 5(c) shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: (1) The identity of the person covered by Item 5(c) who effected the transaction; (2) the date of transaction; (3) the amount of securities involved; (4) the price per share or unit; and (5) where and how the transaction was effected. 
</P>
<P>(d) If any other person is known to have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such securities, a statement to that effect should be included in response to this item and, if such interest relates to more than five percent of the class, such person should be identified. A listing of the shareholders of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, pension fund or endowment fund is not required. 
</P>
<P>(e) If applicable, state the date on which the reporting person ceased to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the class of securities. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> For computations regarding securities which represent a right to acquire an underlying security, see Rule 13d-3(d)(1) and the note thereto. 


</P>
<P><I>Item 6. Contracts, Arrangements, Understandings or Relationships With Respect to Securities of the Issuer.</I> Describe any contracts, arrangements, understandings, or relationships (legal or otherwise) among the persons named in Item 2 and between such persons and any person with respect to any securities of the issuer, including any class of such issuer's securities used as a reference security, in connection with any of the following: call options, put options, security-based swaps or any other derivative securities, transfer or voting of any of the securities, finder's fees, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, guarantees of profits, division of profits or loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies, naming the persons with whom such contracts, arrangements, understandings, or relationships have been entered into. Include such information for any of the securities that are pledged or otherwise subject to a contingency the occurrence of which would give another person voting power or investment power over such securities except that disclosure of standard default and similar provisions contained in loan agreements need not be included.




</P>
<P><I>Item 7. Material to be Filed as Exhibits.</I> The following shall be filed as exhibits: Copies of written agreements relating to the filing of joint acquisition statements as required by Rule 13d-1(k) and copies of all written agreements, contracts, arrangements, understanding, plans or proposals relating to: (1) The borrowing of funds to finance the acquisition as disclosed in Item 3; (2) the acquisition of issuer control, liquidation, sale of assets, merger, or change in business or corporate structure, or any other matter as disclosed in Item 4; and (3) the transfer or voting of the securities, finder's fees, joint ventures, options, puts, calls, guarantees of loans, guarantees against loss or of profit, or the giving or withholding of any proxy as disclosed in Item 6. 
</P>
<P><I>Signature.</I> After reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct. 
</P>
<FP-DASH>Date 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name/Title 





 </FP-DASH>
<P>The original statement shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the statement is filed or such person's authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by such person's authorized representative (other than an executive officer or general partner of the filing person), evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of such person shall be filed with the statement; <I>provided, however,</I> that a power of attorney for this purpose which is already on file with the Commission may be incorporated by reference. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement shall be typed or printed beneath such person's signature.


</P>
<P><E T="04">Attention</E>—Intentional misstatements or omissions of fact constitute Federal criminal violations (See 18 U.S.C. 1001).</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 2145, Jan. 9, 1979; 44 FR 11751, Mar. 2, 1979; 44 FR 70340, Dec. 6, 1979; 47 FR 11466, Mar. 16, 1982; 61 FR 49959, Sept. 24, 1996; 62 FR 35340, July 1, 1997; 63 FR 2867, Jan. 16, 1998; 63 FR 15287, Mar. 31, 1998; 72 FR 45111, Aug. 10, 2007; 73 FR 17813, Apr. 1, 2008; 88 FR 76984, Nov. 7, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13d-102" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.219" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13d-102   Schedule 13G—Information to be included in statements filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b), (c), and (d) and amendments thereto filed pursuant to § 240.13d-2.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549
</FP-1>
<FP>Schedule 13G
</FP>
<FP>Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
</FP>
<FP>(Amendment No.__)*
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Issuer)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date of Event Which Requires Filing of this Statement)
</FP>
<P>Check the appropriate box to designate the rule pursuant to which this Schedule is filed:
</P>
<FP-1>[ ] Rule 13d-1(b)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Rule 13d-1(c)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Rule 13d-1(d)
</FP-1>
<P>* The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting person's initial filing on this form with respect to the subject class of securities, and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would alter the disclosures provided in a prior cover page. 
</P>
<P>The information required in the remainder of this cover page shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act (however, see the Notes).</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">CUSIP No.______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Names of reporting persons 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Check the appropriate box if a member of a group</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(see instructions)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) SEC use only
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Citizenship or place of organization
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Number of shares beneficially owned by each reporting person with:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(5) Sole voting power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(6) Shared voting power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(7) Sole dispositive power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(8) Shared dispositive power
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Aggregate amount beneficially owned by each reporting person
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(10) Check if the aggregate amount in Row (9) excludes certain shares (see instructions)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(11) Percent of class represented by amount in Row (9)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(12) Type of reporting person (see instructions)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD3>Page __ of __ Pages

</HD3>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Instructions for Cover Page:</I>
</FP>
<P>(1) <I>Names of Reporting Persons</I>—Furnish the full legal name of each person for whom the report is filed—i.e., each person required to sign the schedule itself—including each member of a group. Do not include the name of a person required to be identified in the report but who is not a reporting person.
</P>
<P>(2) If any of the shares beneficially owned by a reporting person are held as a member of a group and that membership is expressly affirmed, please check row 2(a). If the reporting person disclaims membership in a group or describes a relationship with other person but does not affirm the existence of a group, please check row 2(b) [unless it is a joint filing pursuant to Rule 13d-1(k)(1) in which case it may not be necessary to check row 2(b)].
</P>
<P>(3) The third row is for SEC internal use; please leave blank. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Citizenship or Place of Organization</I>—Furnish citizenship if the named reporting person is a natural person. Otherwise, furnish place of organization. 
</P>
<P>(5)-(9), (11) <I>Aggregated Amount Beneficially Owned By Each Reporting Person, etc.</I>—Rows (5) through (9) inclusive, and (11) are to be completed in accordance with the provisions of Item 4 of Schedule 13G. All percentages are to be rounded off to the nearest tenth (one place after decimal point).
</P>
<P>(10) Check if the aggregate amount reported as beneficially owned in row (9) does not include shares as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed pursuant to Rule 13d-4 [17 CFR 240.13d-4] under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Type of Reporting Person</I>—Please classify each “reporting person” according to the following breakdown (see Item 3 of Schedule 13G) and place the appropriate Symbol on the form: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Symbol
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Broker Dealer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BD 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bank</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BK 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance Company</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment Company</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IV 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment Adviser</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employee Benefit Plan or Endowment Fund</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">EP 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parent Holding Company/Control Person</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">HC 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Savings Association</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Church Plan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">CP 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corporation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">CO 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partnership</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">PN 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Individual</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IN 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-U.S. Institution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">FI 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">OO</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>Attach as many copies of the second part of the cover page as are needed, one reporting person per page. 
</P>
<P>Filing persons may, in order to avoid unnecessary duplication, answer items on the schedules (Schedule 13D, 13G or TO) by appropriate cross references to an item or items on the cover page(s). This approach may only be used where the cover page item or items provide all the disclosure required by the schedule item. Moreover, such a use of a cover page item will result in the item becoming a part of the schedule and accordingly being considered as “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act. 
</P>
<P>Reporting persons may comply with their cover page filing requirements by filing either completed copies of the blank forms available from the Commission, printed or typed facsimiles, or computer printed facsimiles, provided the documents filed have identical formats to the forms prescribed in the Commission's regulations and meet existing Securities Exchange Act rules as to such matters as clarity and size (Securities Exchange Act Rule 12b-12).</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Special Instructions for Complying With Schedule 13G
</HD1>
<P>Under Sections 13(d), 13(g) and 23 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this schedule by certain security holders of certain issuers.
</P>
<P>Disclosure of the information specified in this schedule is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of determining and disclosing the holdings of certain beneficial owners of certain equity securities. This statement will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public.
</P>
<P>Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can use it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the Federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions.
</P>
<P>Failure to disclose the information requested by this schedule may result in civil or criminal action against the persons involved for violation of the Federal securities laws and rules promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> A. Statements filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(b) containing the information required by this schedule shall be filed within the time specified in Rules 13d-1(b)(2), 13d-2(b) and 13d-2(c). Statements filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(c) shall be filed within the time specified in Rules 13d-1(c), 13d-2(b) and 13d-2(d). Statements filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(d) shall be filed within the time specified in Rules 13d-1(d) and 13d-2(b).


</P>
<P>B. Information contained in a form which is required to be filed by rules under section 13(f) (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) for the same calendar year as that covered by a statement on this schedule may be incorporated by reference in response to any of the items of this schedule. If such information is incorporated by reference in this schedule, copies of the relevant pages of such form shall be filed as an exhibit to this schedule. 
</P>
<P>C. The item numbers and captions of the items shall be included but the text of the items is to be omitted. The answers to the items shall be so prepared as to indicate clearly the coverage of the items without referring to the text of the items. Answer every item. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state. 
</P>
<P>Item 1(a) Name of issuer:______
</P>
<P>Item 1(b) Address of issuer's principal executive offices:________
</P>
<P>2(a) Name of person filing:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>2(b) Address or principal business office or, if none, residence:
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>2(c) Citizenship: 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>2(d) Title of class of securities: 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>2(e) CUSIP No.: 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P><I>Item 3.</I> If this statement is filed pursuant to §§ 240.13d-1(b) or 240.13d-2(b) or (c), check whether the person filing is a:
</P>
<P>(a) [ ] Broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o);
</P>
<P>(b) [ ] Bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(c) [ ] Insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(d) [ ] Investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C 80a-8);
</P>
<P>(e) [ ] An investment adviser in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E);
</P>
<P>(f) [ ] An employee benefit plan or endowment fund in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(F);
</P>
<P>(g) [ ] A parent holding company or control person in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G);
</P>
<P>(h) [ ] A savings associations as defined in Section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
</P>
<P>(i) [ ] A church plan that is excluded from the definition of an investment company under section 3(c)(14) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3);
</P>
<P>(j) [ ] A non-U.S. institution in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J). If filing as a non-U.S. institution in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J), please specify the type of institution: ___;


</P>
<P>(k) [ ] Group, in accordance with § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(K).


</P>
<HD2>Item 4. Ownership
</HD2>
<P>Provide the following information regarding the aggregate number and percentage of the class of securities of the issuer identified in Item 1.
</P>
<P>(a) Amount beneficially owned: __________.
</P>
<P>(b) Percent of class: __________.
</P>
<P>(c) Number of shares as to which the person has:
</P>
<P>(i) Sole power to vote or to direct the vote __________.
</P>
<P>(ii) Shared power to vote or to direct the vote __________.
</P>
<P>(iii) Sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of __________.
</P>
<P>(iv) Shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of __________.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> For computations regarding securities which represent a right to acquire an underlying security <I>see</I> § 240.13d-3(d)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Item 5.</I> Ownership of 5 Percent or Less of a Class. If this statement is being filed to report the fact that as of the date hereof the reporting person has ceased to be the beneficial owner of more than 5 percent of the class of securities, check the following [ ]. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Dissolution of a group requires a response to this item. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 6.</I> Ownership of More than 5 Percent on Behalf of Another Person. If any other person is known to have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such securities, a statement to that effect should be included in response to this item and, if such interest relates to more than 5 percent of the class, such person should be identified. A listing of the shareholders of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the beneficiaries of employee benefit plan, pension fund or endowment fund is not required. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 7.</I> Identification and Classification of the Subsidiary Which Acquired the Security Being Reported on by the Parent Holding Company or Control Person. If a parent holding company or control person has filed this schedule pursuant to Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G), so indicate under Item 3(g) and attach an exhibit stating the identity and the Item 3 classification of the relevant subsidiary. If a parent holding company or control person has filed this schedule pursuant to Rule 13d-1(c) or Rule 13d-1(d), attach an exhibit stating the identification of the relevant subsidiary.
</P>
<HD2>Item 8. Identification and Classification of Members of the Group
</HD2>
<P>If a group has filed this schedule pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(K), so indicate under Item 3(k) and attach an exhibit stating the identity and Item 3 classification of each member of the group. If a group has filed this schedule pursuant to Rule 13d-1(c) or Rule 13d-1(d), attach an exhibit stating the identity of each member of the group.
</P>
<P><I>Item 9.</I> Notice of Dissolution of Group. Notice of dissolution of a group may be furnished as an exhibit stating the date of the dissolution and that all further filings with respect to transactions in the security reported on will be filed, if required, by members of the group, in their individual capacity. See Item 5.
</P>
<HD2>Item 10. Certifications
</HD2>
<P>(a) The following certification shall be included if the statement is filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b):
</P>
<P>By signing below I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the securities referred to above were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business and were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities and were not acquired and are not held in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect.
</P>
<P>(b) The following certification shall be included if the statement is filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J), or if the statement is filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(K) and a member of the group is a non-U.S. institution eligible to file pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J):
</P>
<P>By signing below I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the foreign regulatory scheme applicable to [insert particular category of institutional investor] is substantially comparable to the regulatory scheme applicable to the functionally equivalent U.S. institution(s). I also undertake to furnish to the Commission staff, upon request, information that would otherwise be disclosed in a Schedule 13D. 
</P>
<P>(c) The following certification shall be included if the statement is filed pursuant to § 240.13d-1(c):
</P>
<P>By signing below I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the securities referred to above were not acquired and are not held for the purpose of or with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities and were not acquired and are not held in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having that purpose or effect.</P>
<P><I>Signature.</I> After reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct. 
</P>
<P>Dated:____ 
</P>
<FRP>__________. 
</FRP>
<FRP>Signature. 
</FRP>
<FRP>__________. 
</FRP>
<FRP>Name/Title. 
</FRP>
<P>The original statement shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the statement is filed or such person's authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by such person's authorized representative other than an executive officer or general partner of the filing person, evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of such person shall be filed with the statement; <I>provided, however,</I> that a power of attorney for this purpose which is already on file with the Commission may be incorporated by reference. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement shall be typed or printed beneath such person's signature.
</P></EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Attention:</E> Intentional misstatements or omissions of fact constitute Federal criminal violations (see 18 U.S.C. 1001).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 18499, Apr. 28, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 55756, Nov. 29, 1978; 44 FR 2148, Jan. 9, 1979; 44 FR 11751, Mar. 2, 1979; 61 FR 49959, Sept. 24, 1996; 62 FR 35340, July 1, 1997; 63 FR 2867, Jan. 16, 1998; 63 FR 15287, Mar. 31, 1998; 72 FR 45112, Aug. 10, 2007; 73 FR 17813, Apr. 1, 2008; 73 FR 60089, Oct. 9, 2008; 75 FR 56780, Sept. 16, 2010; 88 FR 76984, Nov. 7, 2023; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.220" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-1   Purchase of securities by the issuer during a third-party tender offer.</HEAD>
<P>An issuer that has received notice that it is the subject of a tender offer made under Section 14(d)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n), that has commenced under § 240.14d-2 must not purchase any of its equity securities during the tender offer unless the issuer first:
</P>
<P>(a) Files a statement with the Commission containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The title and number of securities to be purchased;
</P>
<P>(2) The names of the persons or classes of persons from whom the issuer will purchase the securities;
</P>
<P>(3) The name of any exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or any other market on or through which the securities will be purchased;
</P>
<P>(4) The purpose of the purchase;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the issuer will retire the securities, hold the securities in its treasury, or dispose of the securities. If the issuer intends to dispose of the securities, describe how it intends to do so;
</P>
<P>(6) The source and amount of funds or other consideration to be used to make the purchase. If the issuer borrows any funds or other consideration to make the purchase or enters any agreement for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or trading the securities, describe the transaction and agreement and identify the parties; and 
</P>
<P>(7) An exhibit to the statement that sets forth the transaction valuation, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated in Tables 1 and 2 to this paragraph (a)(7) and as further specified in this paragraph (a)(7).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(a)(7)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transaction
<br/>valuation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph <E T="01">(a)(7)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant
<br/>or filer
<br/>name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form
<br/>or
<br/>filing
<br/>type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File
<br/>number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial
<br/>filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset
<br/>claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid
<br/>with fee
<br/>offset
<br/>source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) <I>General requirements</I>—(A) <I>Applicable table requirements.</I> The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Fee rate.</I> For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Explanations.</I> If not otherwise explained in response to this paragraph (a)(7), disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of § 240.0-11 (Rule 0-11). All disclosure this paragraph (a)(7) requires that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Table 1 to this paragraph (a)(7)</I>—(A) <I>Fees to be paid and fees previously paid</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>Fees to be paid.</I> Provide the information Table 1 to this paragraph (a)(7) requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) <I>Initial filings.</I> For an initial filing on the statement, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) <I>Amendments with then-current total transaction valuation higher than highest total transaction valuation previously reported.</I> For amendments to the statement that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Fees previously paid.</I> Provide the information Table 1 to this paragraph (a)(7) requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to the statement that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Other tabular information.</I> Provide the following information in Table 1 to this paragraph (a)(7) for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The transaction valuation computed pursuant to Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The filing fee due without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Totals</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>Total transaction valuation.</I> Provide the sum of the transaction valuations for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Total fees due for filing.</I> Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Total fees previously paid.</I> Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>Total fee offsets.</I> Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 to this paragraph (a)(7) pursuant to paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) <I>Net fee due.</I> Provide the difference between:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The total fees due for the statement from the “Total Fees Due for Filing” row; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The sum of the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the “Total Fees Previously Paid” row; and the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the “Total Fee Offsets” row.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Narrative disclosure.</I> Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Table 2 to this paragraph (a)(7)</I>—(A) <I>Terminology.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a)(7)(iii) and Table 2 to this paragraph (a)(7):
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The term <I>submission</I> means any:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under § 230.424 of this chapter (Rule 424 under the Securities Act), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment.
</P>
<P>Note 1 to paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(A). For purposes of this paragraph (a)(7)(iii), a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables in Item 16(b) of § 240.13e-100 (Schedule 13E-3) for an example.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Rule 0-11(a)(2).</I> If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on the statement by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than the statement) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Fee offset claims.</I> For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 to this paragraph (a)(7) requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note 2 to paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>). If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Fee offset sources.</I> With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 to this paragraph (a)(7) requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) Pays the fee required by § 240.0-11 when it files the initial statement and any amendment with respect to which an additional fee is due.
</P>
<P>(c) Submits to the Commission the exhibit required by paragraph (a)(7) of this section as required by § 232.408 of this chapter (Rule 408 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to periodic repurchases in connection with an employee benefit plan or other similar plan of the issuer so long as the purchases are made in the ordinary course and not in response to the tender offer. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to § 240.13<E T="01">e</E>-1:</HED>
<P>File eight copies if paper filing is permitted.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61452, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 86 FR 70251, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.221" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.222" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-3   Going private transactions by certain issuers or their affiliates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless indicated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section and in Schedule 13E-3 [§ 240.13e-100] shall have the same meaning as in the Act or elsewhere in the General Rules and Regulations thereunder. In addition, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) An <I>affiliate</I> of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such issuer. For the purposes of this section only, a person who is not an affiliate of an issuer at the commencement of such person's tender offer for a class of equity securities of such issuer will not be deemed an affiliate of such issuer prior to the stated termination of such tender offer and any extensions thereof;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>purchase</I> means any acquisition for value including, but not limited to, (i) any acquisition pursuant to the dissolution of an issuer subsequent to the sale or other disposition of substantially all the assets of such issuer to its affiliate, (ii) any acquisition pursuant to a merger, (iii) any acquisition of fractional interests in connection with a reverse stock split, and (iv) any acquisition subject to the control of an issuer or an affiliate of such issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) A <I>Rule 13e-3 transaction</I> is any transaction or series of transactions involving one or more of the transactions described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section which has either a reasonable likelihood or a purpose of producing, either directly or indirectly, any of the effects described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(i) The transactions referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are:
</P>
<P>(A) A purchase of any equity security by the issuer of such security or by an affiliate of such issuer; 
</P>
<P>(B) A tender offer for or request or invitation for tenders of any equity security made by the issuer of such class of securities or by an affiliate of such issuer; or 
</P>
<P>(C) A solicitation subject to Regulation 14A [§§ 240.14a-1 to 240.14b-1] of any proxy, consent or authorization of, or a distribution subject to Regulation 14C [§§ 240.14c-1 to 14c-101] of information statements to, any equity security holder by the issuer of the class of securities or by an affiliate of such issuer, in connection with: a merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction of an issuer or between an issuer (or its subsidiaries) and its affiliate; a sale of substantially all the assets of an issuer to its affiliate or group of affiliates; or a reverse stock split of any class of equity securities of the issuer involving the purchase of fractional interests. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The effects referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are: 
</P>
<P>(A) Causing any class of equity securities of the issuer which is subject to section 12(g) or section 15(d) of the Act to become eligible for termination of registration under Rule 12g-4 (§ 240.12g-4) or Rule 12h-6 (§ 240.12h-6), or causing the reporting obligations with respect to such class to become eligible for termination under Rule 12h-6 (§ 240.12h-6); or suspension under Rule 12h-3 (§ 240.12h-3) or section 15(d); or
</P>
<P>(B) Causing any class of equity securities of the issuer which is either listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association to be neither listed on any national securities exchange nor authorized to be quoted on an inter-dealer quotation system of any registered national securities association. 
</P>
<P>(4) An <I>unaffiliated security holder</I> is any security holder of an equity security subject to a Rule 13e-3 transaction who is not an affiliate of the issuer of such security. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of section to an issuer (or an affiliate of such issuer) subject to section 12 of the Act.</I> (1) It shall be a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice, in connection with a Rule 13e-3 transaction, for an issuer which has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act or which is a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or an affiliate of such issuer, directly or indirectly 
</P>
<P>(i) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any person; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
</P>
<P>(2) As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices in connection with any Rule 13e-3 transaction, it shall be unlawful for an issuer which has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act, or an affiliate of such issuer, to engage, directly or indirectly, in a Rule 13e-3 transaction unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Such issuer or affiliate complies with the requirements of paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Rule 13e-3 transaction is not in violation of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of section to an issuer (or an affiliate of such issuer) subject to section 15(d) of the Act.</I> (1) It shall be unlawful as a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice for an issuer which is required to file periodic reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act, or an affiliate of such issuer, to engage, directly or indirectly, in a Rule 13e-3 transaction unless such issuer or affiliate complies with the requirements of paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer or affiliate which is subject to paragraph (c)(1) of this section and which is soliciting proxies or distributing information statements in connection with a transaction described in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section may elect to use the timing procedures for conducting a solicitation subject to Regulation 14A (§§ 240.14a-1 to 240.14b-1) or a distribution subject to Regulation 14C (§§ 240.14c-1 to 240.14c-101) in complying with paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of this section, provided that if an election is made, such solicitation or distribution is conducted in accordance with the requirements of the respective regulations, including the filing of preliminary copies of soliciting materials or an information statement at the time specified in Regulation 14A or 14C, respectively.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Material required to be filed.</I> The issuer or affiliate engaging in a Rule 13e-3 transaction must file with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(1) A Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100), including all exhibits;
</P>
<P>(2) An amendment to Schedule 13E-3 reporting promptly any material changes in the information set forth in the schedule previously filed; and
</P>
<P>(3) A final amendment to Schedule 13E-3 reporting promptly the results of the Rule 13e-3 transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disclosure of information to security holders.</I> (1) In addition to disclosing the information required by any other applicable rule or regulation under the federal securities laws, the issuer or affiliate engaging in a § 240.13e-3 transaction must disclose to security holders of the class that is the subject of the transaction, as specified in paragraph (f) of this section, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by Item 1 of Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100) (Summary Term Sheet);
</P>
<P>(ii) The information required by Items 7, 8 and 9 of Schedule 13E-3, which must be prominently disclosed in a “Special Factors” section in the front of the disclosure document;
</P>
<P>(iii) A prominent legend on the outside front cover page that indicates that neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has: approved or disapproved of the transaction; passed upon the merits or fairness of the transaction; or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of the disclosure in the document. The legend also must make it clear that any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense;
</P>
<P>(iv) The information concerning appraisal rights required by § 229.1016(f) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(v) The information required by the remaining items of Schedule 13E-3, except for § 229.1016 of this chapter (exhibits), or a fair and adequate summary of the information. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>1. If the Rule 13e-3 transaction also is subject to Regulation 14A (§§ 240.14a-1 through 240.14b-2) or 14C (§§ 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101), the registration provisions and rules of the Securities Act of 1933, Regulation 14D or § 240.13e-4, the information required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be combined with the proxy statement, information statement, prospectus or tender offer material sent or given to security holders.
</P>
<P>2. If the Rule 13e-3 transaction involves a registered securities offering, the legend required by § 229.501(b)(7) of this chapter must be combined with the legend required by paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>3. The required legend must be written in clear, plain language.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) If there is any material change in the information previously disclosed to security holders, the issuer or affiliate must disclose the change promptly to security holders as specified in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Dissemination of information to security holders.</I> (1) If the Rule 13e-3 transaction involves a purchase as described in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section or a vote, consent, authorization, or distribution of information statements as described in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) of this section, the issuer or affiliate engaging in the Rule 13e-3 transaction shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the information required by paragraph (e) of this section: (A) In accordance with the provisions of any applicable Federal or State law, but in no event later than 20 days prior to: any such purchase; any such vote, consent or authorization; or with respect to the distribution of information statements, the meeting date, or if corporate action is to be taken by means of the written authorization or consent of security holders, the earliest date on which corporate action may be taken: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the purchase subject to this section is pursuant to a tender offer excepted from Rule 13e-4 by paragraph (g)(5) of Rule 13e-4, the information required by paragraph (e) of this section shall be disseminated in accordance with paragraph (e) of Rule 13e-4 no later than 10 business days prior to any purchase pursuant to such tender offer, (B) to each person who is a record holder of a class of equity securities subject to the Rule 13e-3 transaction as of a date not more than 20 days prior to the date of dissemination of such information.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer or affiliate knows that securities of the class of securities subject to the Rule 13e-3 transaction are held of record by a broker, dealer, bank or voting trustee or their nominees, such issuer or affiliate shall (unless Rule 14a-13(a) [§ 240.14a-13(a)] or 14c-7 [§ 240.14c-7] is applicable) furnish the number of copies of the information required by paragraph (e) of this section that are requested by such persons (pursuant to inquiries by or on behalf of the issuer or affiliate), instruct such persons to forward such information to the beneficial owners of such securities in a timely manner and undertake to pay the reasonable expenses incurred by such persons in forwarding such information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Promptly disseminate disclosure of material changes to the information required by paragraph (d) of this section in a manner reasonably calculated to inform security holders. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Rule 13e-3 transaction is a tender offer or a request or invitation for tenders of equity securities which is subject to Regulation 14D [§§ 240.14d-1 to 240.14d-101] or Rule 13e-4 [§ 240.13e-4], the tender offer containing the information required by paragraph (e) of this section, and any material change with respect thereto, shall be published, sent or given in accordance with Regulation 14D or Rule 13e-4, respectively, to security holders of the class of securities being sought by the issuer or affiliate. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any Rule 13e-3 transaction by or on behalf of a person which occurs within one year of the date of termination of a tender offer in which such person was the bidder and became an affiliate of the issuer as a result of such tender offer: <I>Provided,</I> That the consideration offered to unaffiliated security holders in such Rule 13e-3 transaction is at least equal to the highest consideration offered during such tender offer and <I>Provided further,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) If such tender offer was made for any or all securities of a class of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(A) Such tender offer fully disclosed such person's intention to engage in a Rule 13e-3 transaction, the form and effect of such transaction and, to the extent known, the proposed terms thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Such Rule 13e-3 transaction is substantially similar to that described in such tender offer; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If such tender offer was made for less than all the securities of a class of the issuer: 
</P>
<P>(A) Such tender offer fully disclosed a plan of merger, a plan of liquidation or a similar binding agreement between such person and the issuer with respect to a Rule 13e-3 transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Such Rule 13e-3 transaction occurs pursuant to the plan of merger, plan of liquidation or similar binding agreement disclosed in the bidder's tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any Rule 13e-3 transaction in which the security holders are offered or receive only an equity security <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such equity security has substantially the same rights as the equity security which is the subject of the Rule 13e-3 transaction including, but not limited to, voting, dividends, redemption and liquidation rights except that this requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if unaffiliated security holders are offered common stock; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Such equity security is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act or reports are required to be filed by the issuer thereof pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the security which is the subject of the Rule 13e-3 transaction was either listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted in an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association, such equity security is either listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association. 
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) Redemptions, calls or similar purchases of an equity security by an issuer pursuant to specific provisions set forth in the instrument(s) creating or governing that class of equity securities; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Any solicitation by an issuer with respect to a plan of reorganization under Chapter XI of the Bankruptcy Act, as amended, if made after the entry of an order approving such plan pursuant to section 1125(b) of that Act and after, or concurrently with, the transmittal of information concerning such plan as required by section 1125(b) of that Act. 
</P>
<P>(6) Any tender offer or business combination made in compliance with § 230.802 of this chapter, § 240.13e-4(h)(8) or § 240.14d-1(c) or any other kind of transaction that otherwise meets the conditions for reliance on the cross-border exemptions set forth in § 240.13e-4(h)(8), § 240.14d-1(c) or § 230.802 of this chapter except for the fact that it is not technically subject to those rules.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to § 240.13<E T="01">e</E>-3(<E T="01">g</E>)(6):</HED>
<P>To the extent applicable, the acquiror must comply with the conditions set forth in § 230.802 of this chapter, and §§ 240.13e-4(h)(8) and 14d-1(c). If the acquiror publishes or otherwise disseminates an informational document to the holders of the subject securities in connection with the transaction, the acquiror must furnish an English translation of that informational document, including any amendments thereto, to the Commission under cover of Form CB (§ 239.800 of this chapter) by the first business day after publication or dissemination. If the acquiror is a foreign entity, it must also file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the same time as the submission of the Form CB to appoint an agent for service in the United States.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 46741, Aug. 8, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 11466, Mar. 16, 1982; 48 FR 19877, May 3, 1983; 48 FR 34253, July 28, 1983; 51 FR 42059, Nov. 20, 1986; 61 FR 24656, May 15, 1996; 64 FR 61403, 64 FR 61452, Nov. 10, 1999; 73 FR 17813, Apr. 1, 2008; 73 FR 58323, Oct. 6, 2008; 73 FR 60090, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.223" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-4   Tender offers by issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section and in Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) shall have the same meaning as in the Act or elsewhere in the General Rules and Regulations thereunder. In addition, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>issuer</I> means any issuer which has a class of equity security registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act, or which is required to file periodic reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act, or which is a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>issuer tender offer</I> refers to a tender offer for, or a request or invitation for tenders of, any class of equity security, made by the issuer of such class of equity security or by an affiliate of such issuer.
</P>
<P>(3) As used in this section and in Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100), the term <I>business day</I> means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday, and shall consist of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight Eastern Time. In computing any time period under this Rule or Schedule TO, the date of the event that begins the running of such time period shall be included <I>except that</I> if such event occurs on other than a business day such period shall begin to run on and shall include the first business day thereafter.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>commencement</I> means 12:01 a.m. on the date that the issuer or affiliate has first published, sent or given the means to tender to security holders. For purposes of this section, the means to tender includes the transmittal form or a statement regarding how the transmittal form may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>termination</I> means the date after which securities may not be tendered pursuant to an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>security holders</I> means holders of record and beneficial owners of securities of the class of equity security which is the subject of an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>security position listing</I> means, with respect to the securities of any issuer held by a registered clearing agency in the name of the clearing agency or its nominee, a list of those participants in the clearing agency on whose behalf the clearing agency holds the issuer's securities and of the participants' respective positions in such securities as of a specified date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing, disclosure and dissemination.</I> As soon as practicable on the date of commencement of the issuer tender offer, the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer must comply with:
</P>
<P>(1) The filing requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The dissemination requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Material required to be filed.</I> The issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer must file with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(1) All written communications made by the issuer or affiliate relating to the issuer tender offer, from and including the first public announcement, as soon as practicable on the date of the communication;
</P>
<P>(2) A Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100), including all exhibits;
</P>
<P>(3) An amendment to Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) reporting promptly any material changes in the information set forth in the schedule previously filed; and
</P>
<P>(4) A final amendment to Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) reporting promptly the results of the issuer tender offer.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to § 240.13<E T="01">e</E>-4(c):</HED>
<P>1. Pre-commencement communications must be filed under cover of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) and the box on the cover page of the schedule must be marked.
</P>
<P>2. Any communications made in connection with an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act of 1933 need only be filed under § 230.425 of this chapter and will be deemed filed under this section.
</P>
<P>3. Each pre-commencement written communication must include a prominent legend in clear, plain language advising security holders to read the tender offer statement when it is available because it contains important information. The legend also must advise investors that they can get the tender offer statement and other filed documents for free at the Commission's web site and explain which documents are free from the issuer.
</P>
<P>4. See §§ 230.135, 230.165 and 230.166 of this chapter for pre-commencement communications made in connection with registered exchange offers.
</P>
<P>5. “Public announcement” is any oral or written communication by the issuer, affiliate or any person authorized to act on their behalf that is reasonably designed to, or has the effect of, informing the public or security holders in general about the issuer tender offer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure of tender offer information to security holders.</I> (1) The issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer must disclose, in a manner prescribed by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by Item 1 of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) (summary term sheet); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The information required by the remaining items of Schedule TO for issuer tender offers, except for Item 12 (exhibits), or a fair and adequate summary of the information.
</P>
<P>(2) If there are any material changes in the information previously disclosed to security holders, the issuer or affiliate must disclose the changes promptly to security holders in a manner specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the issuer or affiliate disseminates the issuer tender offer by means of summary publication as described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, the summary advertisement must not include a transmittal letter that would permit security holders to tender securities sought in the offer and must disclose at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The information required by § 229.1004(a)(1) and § 229.1006(a) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) Instructions on how security holders can obtain promptly a copy of the statement required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section, at the issuer or affiliate's expense; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that the information contained in the statement required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section is incorporated by reference.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dissemination of tender offers to security holders.</I> An issuer tender offer will be deemed to be published, sent or given to security holders if the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer complies fully with one or more of the methods described in this section.
</P>
<P>(1) For issuer tender offers in which the consideration offered consists solely of cash and/or securities exempt from registration under section 3 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c):
</P>
<P>(i) Dissemination of cash issuer tender offers by long-form publication: By making adequate publication of the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section in a newspaper or newspapers, on the date of commencement of the issuer tender offer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Dissemination of any issuer tender offer by use of stockholder and other lists:
</P>
<P>(A) By mailing or otherwise furnishing promptly a statement containing the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section to each security holder whose name appears on the most recent stockholder list of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(B) By contacting each participant on the most recent security position listing of any clearing agency within the possession or access of the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer, and making inquiry of each participant as to the approximate number of beneficial owners of the securities sought in the offer that are held by the participant;
</P>
<P>(C) By furnishing to each participant a sufficient number of copies of the statement required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section for transmittal to the beneficial owners; and
</P>
<P>(D) By agreeing to reimburse each participant promptly for its reasonable expenses incurred in forwarding the statement to beneficial owners.
</P>
<P>(iii) Dissemination of certain cash issuer tender offers by summary publication:
</P>
<P>(A) If the issuer tender offer is not subject to § 240.13e-3, by making adequate publication of a summary advertisement containing the information required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section in a newspaper or newspapers, on the date of commencement of the issuer tender offer; and
</P>
<P>(B) By mailing or otherwise furnishing promptly the statement required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section and a transmittal letter to any security holder who requests a copy of the statement or transmittal letter. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>For purposes of paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(iii) of this section, adequate publication of the issuer tender offer may require publication in a newspaper with a national circulation, a newspaper with metropolitan or regional circulation, or a combination of the two, depending upon the facts and circumstances involved.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) For tender offers in which the consideration consists solely or partially of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, a registration statement containing all of the required information, including pricing information, has been filed and a preliminary prospectus or a prospectus that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)), including a letter of transmittal, is delivered to security holders. However, for going-private transactions (as defined by § 240.13e-3) and roll-up transactions (as described by Item 901 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901 of this chapter)), a registration statement registering the securities to be offered must have become effective and only a prospectus that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act may be delivered to security holders on the date of commencement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>1. If the prospectus is being delivered by mail, mailing on the date of commencement is sufficient.
</P>
<P>2. A preliminary prospectus used under this section may not omit information under § 230.430 or § 230.430A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>3. If a preliminary prospectus is used under this section and the issuer must disseminate material changes, the tender offer must remain open for the period specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>4. If a preliminary prospectus is used under this section, tenders may be requested in accordance with § 230.162(a) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) If a material change occurs in the information published, sent or given to security holders, the issuer or affiliate must disseminate promptly disclosure of the change in a manner reasonably calculated to inform security holders of the change. In a registered securities offer where the issuer or affiliate disseminates the preliminary prospectus as permitted by paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the offer must remain open from the date that material changes to the tender offer materials are disseminated to security holders, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Five business days for a prospectus supplement containing a material change other than price or share levels;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ten business days for a prospectus supplement containing a change in price, the amount of securities sought, the dealer's soliciting fee, or other similarly significant change;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ten business days for a prospectus supplement included as part of a post-effective amendment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Twenty business days for a revised prospectus when the initial prospectus was materially deficient.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Manner of making tender offer.</I> (1) The issuer tender offer, unless withdrawn, shall remain open until the expiration of: 
</P>
<P>(i) At least twenty business days from its commencement; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least ten business days from the date that notice of an increase or decrease in the percentage of the class of securities being sought or the consideration offered or the dealer's soliciting fee to be given is first published, sent or given to security holders.
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That, for purposes of this paragraph, the acceptance for payment by the issuer or affiliate of an additional amount of securities not to exceed two percent of the class of securities that is the subject of the tender offer shall not be deemed to be an increase. For purposes of this paragraph, the percentage of a class of securities shall be calculated in accordance with section 14(d)(3) of the Act.
</FP>
<P>(2) The issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer shall permit securities tendered pursuant to the issuer tender offer to be withdrawn: 
</P>
<P>(i) At any time during the period such issuer tender offer remains open; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If not yet accepted for payment, after the expiration of forty business days from the commencement of the issuer tender offer.
</P>
<P>(3) If the issuer or affiliate makes a tender offer for less than all of the outstanding equity securities of a class, and if a greater number of securities is tendered pursuant thereto than the issuer or affiliate is bound or willing to take up and pay for, the securities taken up and paid for shall be taken up and paid for as nearly as may be pro rata, disregarding fractions, according to the number of securities tendered by each security holder during the period such offer remains open; <I>Provided, however,</I> That this provision shall not prohibit the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender offer from: 
</P>
<P>(i) Accepting all securities tendered by persons who own, beneficially or of record, an aggregate of not more than a specified number which is less than one hundred shares of such security and who tender all their securities, before prorating securities tendered by others; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Accepting by lot securities tendered by security holders who tender all securities held by them and who, when tendering their securities, elect to have either all or none or at least a minimum amount or none accepted, if the issuer or affiliate first accepts all securities tendered by security holders who do not so elect;
</P>
<P>(4) In the event the issuer or affiliate making the issuer tender increases the consideration offered after the issuer tender offer has commenced, such issuer or affiliate shall pay such increased consideration to all security holders whose tendered securities are accepted for payment by such issuer or affiliate. 
</P>
<P>(5) The issuer or affiliate making the tender offer shall either pay the consideration offered, or return the tendered securities, promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(6) Until the expiration of at least ten business days after the date of termination of the issuer tender offer, neither the issuer nor any affiliate shall make any purchases, otherwise than pursuant to the tender offer, of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any security which is the subject of the issuer tender offer, or any security of the same class and series, or any right to purchase any such securities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of an issuer tender offer which is an exchange offer, any security being offered pursuant to such exchange offer, or any security of the same class and series, or any right to purchase any such security. 
</P>
<P>(7) The time periods for the minimum offering periods pursuant to this section shall be computed on a concurrent as opposed to a consecutive basis.
</P>
<P>(8) No issuer or affiliate shall make a tender offer unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The tender offer is open to all security holders of the class of securities subject to the tender offer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The consideration paid to any security holder for securities tendered in the tender offer is the highest consideration paid to any other security holder for securities tendered in the tender offer.
</P>
<P>(9) Paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Affect dissemination under paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prohibit an issuer or affiliate from making a tender offer excluding all security holders in a state where the issuer or affiliate is prohibited from making the tender offer by administrative or judicial action pursuant to a state statute after a good faith effort by the issuer or affiliate to comply with such statute.
</P>
<P>(10) Paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section shall not prohibit the offer of more than one type of consideration in a tender offer, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) Security holders are afforded equal right to elect among each of the types of consideration offered; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The highest consideration of each type paid to any security holder is paid to any other security holder receiving that type of consideration.
</P>
<P>(11) If the offer and sale of securities constituting consideration offered in an issuer tender offer is prohibited by the appropriate authority of a state after a good faith effort by the issuer or affiliate to register or qualify the offer and sale of such securities in such state:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer or affiliate may offer security holders in such state an alternative form of consideration; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (f)(10) of this section shall not operate to require the issuer or affiliate to offer or pay the alternative form of consideration to security holders in any other state.
</P>
<P>(12)(i) Paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section shall not prohibit the negotiation, execution or amendment of an employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangement, or payments made or to be made or benefits granted or to be granted according to such an arrangement, with respect to any security holder of the issuer, where the amount payable under the arrangement:
</P>
<P>(A) Is being paid or granted as compensation for past services performed, future services to be performed, or future services to be refrained from performing, by the security holder (and matters incidental thereto); and
</P>
<P>(B) Is not calculated based on the number of securities tendered or to be tendered in the tender offer by the security holder.
</P>
<P>(ii) The provisions of paragraph (f)(12)(i) of this section shall be satisfied and, therefore, pursuant to this non-exclusive safe harbor, the negotiation, execution or amendment of an arrangement and any payments made or to be made or benefits granted or to be granted according to that arrangement shall not be prohibited by paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section, if the arrangement is approved as an employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangement solely by independent directors as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee of the issuer approves the arrangement, regardless of whether the issuer is a party to the arrangement, or, if an affiliate is a party to the arrangement, the compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee of the affiliate approves the arrangement; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the issuer's or affiliate's board of directors, as applicable, does not have a compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee or if none of the members of the issuer's or affiliate's compensation committee or committee that performs functions similar to a compensation committee is independent, a special committee of the board of directors formed to consider and approve the arrangement approves the arrangement; or
</P>
<P>(C) If the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, is a foreign private issuer, any or all members of the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors authorized to approve employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangements under the laws or regulations of the home country approves the arrangement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(12)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>For purposes of determining whether the members of the committee approving an arrangement in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (f)(12)(ii) of this section are independent, the following provisions shall apply:
</P>
<P>1. If the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, is a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter) whose securities are listed either on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or in an inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that has independence requirements for compensation committee members that have been approved by the Commission (as those requirements may be modified or supplemented), apply the issuer's or affiliate's definition of independence that it uses for determining that the members of the compensation committee are independent in compliance with the listing standards applicable to compensation committee members of the listed issuer.
</P>
<P>2. If the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, is not a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter), apply the independence requirements for compensation committee members of a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or an inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that have been approved by the Commission (as those requirements may be modified or supplemented). Whatever definition the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, chooses, it must apply that definition consistently to all members of the committee approving the arrangement.
</P>
<P>3. Notwithstanding Instructions 1 and 2 to paragraph (f)(12)(ii), if the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, is a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a director is considered to be independent if the director is not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board of directors or any board committee, an “interested person” of the investment company, as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)).
</P>
<P>4. If the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, is a foreign private issuer, apply either the independence standards set forth in Instructions 1 and 2 to paragraph (f)(12)(ii) or the independence requirements of the laws, regulations, codes or standards of the home country of the issuer or affiliate, as applicable, for members of the board of directors or the committee of the board of directors approving the arrangement.
</P>
<P>5. A determination by the issuer's or affiliate's board of directors, as applicable, that the members of the board of directors or the committee of the board of directors, as applicable, approving an arrangement in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (f)(12)(ii) are independent in accordance with the provisions of this instruction to paragraph (f)(12)(ii) shall satisfy the independence requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(ii).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(12):</HED>
<P>The fact that the provisions of paragraph (f)(12) of this section extend only to employment compensation, severance and other employee benefit arrangements and not to other arrangements, such as commercial arrangements, does not raise any inference that a payment under any such other arrangement constitutes consideration paid for securities in a tender offer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(13) <I>Electronic filings.</I> If the issuer or affiliate is an electronic filer, the minimum offering periods set forth in paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be tolled for any period during which it fails to file in electronic format, absent a hardship exemption (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter), the Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100), the tender offer material specified in Item 1016(a)(1) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1016(a)(1) of this chapter), and any amendments thereto. If such documents were filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption (<I>see</I> § 232.201 and § 232.202 of this chapter), the minimum offering periods shall be tolled for any period during which a required confirming electronic copy of such Schedule and tender offer material is delinquent. 
</P>
<P>(g) The requirements of section 13(e) (1) of the Act and Rule 13e-4 and Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) thereunder shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuer tender offer, including any exchange offer, where the issuer is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory, is a foreign private issuer, and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, if less than 40 percent of the class of securities that is the subject of the tender offer is held by U. S. holders, and the tender offer is subject to, and the issuer complies with, the laws, regulations and policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories governing the conduct of the offer (unless the issuer has received an exemption(s) from, and the issuer tender offer does not comply with, requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by this section), <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Where the consideration for an issuer tender offer subject to this paragraph consists solely of cash, the entire disclosure document or documents required to be furnished to holders of the class of securities to be acquired shall be filed with the Commission on Schedule 13E-4F (§ 240.13e-102) and disseminated to shareholders residing in the United States in accordance with such Canadian laws, regulations and policies; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Where the consideration for an issuer tender offer subject to this paragraph includes securities to be issued pursuant to the offer, any registration statement and/or prospectus relating thereto shall be filed with the Commission along with the Schedule 13E-4F referred to in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, and shall be disseminated, together with the home jurisdiction document(s) accompanying such Schedule, to shareholders of the issuer residing in the United States in accordance with such Canadian laws, regulations and policies.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Notwithstanding the grant of an exemption from one or more of the applicable Canadian regulatory provisions imposing requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by this section, the issuer tender offer will be eligible to proceed in accordance with the requirements of this section if the Commission by order determines that the applicable Canadian regulatory provisions are adequate to protect the interest of investors.</P></NOTE>
<P>(h) This section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Calls or redemptions of any security in accordance with the terms and conditions of its governing instruments; 
</P>
<P>(2) Offers to purchase securities evidenced by a scrip certificate, order form or similar document which represents a fractional interest in a share of stock or similar security; 
</P>
<P>(3) Offers to purchase securities pursuant to a statutory procedure for the purchase of dissenting security holders' securities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any tender offer which is subject to section 14(d) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(5) Offers to purchase from security holders who own an aggregate of not more than a specified number of shares that is less than one hundred: <I>Provided, however,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) The offer complies with paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section with respect to security holders who own a number of shares equal to or less than the specified number of shares, except that an issuer can elect to exclude participants in a plan as that term is defined in § 242.100 of this chapter, or to exclude security holders who do not own their shares as of a specified date determined by the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The offer complies with paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section or the consideration paid pursuant to the offer is determined on the basis of a uniformly applied formula based on the market price of the subject security; 
</P>
<P>(6) An issuer tender offer made solely to effect a rescission offer: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the offer is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), and the consideration is equal to the price paid by each security holder, plus legal interest if the issuer elects to or is required to pay legal interest; 
</P>
<P>(7) Offers by closed-end management investment companies to repurchase equity securities pursuant to § 270.23c-3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Cross-border tender offers (Tier I).</I> Any issuer tender offer (including any exchange offer) where the issuer is a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 if the following conditions are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(i) Except in the case of an issuer tender offer that is commenced during the pendency of a tender offer made by a third party in reliance on § 240.14d-1(c), U.S. holders do not hold more than 10 percent of the subject class sought in the offer (as determined under Instructions 2 or 3 to paragraph (h)(8) and paragraph (i) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer or affiliate must permit U.S. holders to participate in the offer on terms at least as favorable as those offered any other holder of the same class of securities that is the subject of the offer; however:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Registered exchange offers.</I> If the issuer or affiliate offers securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the issuer or affiliate need not extend the offer to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that prohibit the offer or sale of the securities after the issuer or affiliate has made a good faith effort to register or qualify the offer and sale of securities in that state or jurisdiction, except that the issuer or affiliate must offer the same cash alternative to security holders in any such state or jurisdiction that it has offered to security holders in any other state or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Exempt exchange offers.</I> If the issuer or affiliate offers securities exempt from registration under § 230.802 of this chapter, the issuer or affiliate need not extend the offer to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that require registration or qualification, except that the issuer or affiliate must offer the same cash alternative to security holders in any such state or jurisdiction that it has offered to security holders in any other state or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Cash only consideration.</I> The issuer or affiliate may offer U.S. holders cash only consideration for the tender of the subject securities, notwithstanding the fact that the issuer or affiliate is offering security holders outside the United States a consideration that consists in whole or in part of securities of the issuer or affiliate, if the issuer or affiliate has a reasonable basis for believing that the amount of cash is substantially equivalent to the value of the consideration offered to non-U.S. holders, and either of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The offered security is a “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.2) and the issuer or affiliate undertakes to provide, upon the request of any U.S. holder or the Commission staff, the closing price and daily trading volume of the security on the principal trading market for the security as of the last trading day of each of the six months preceding the announcement of the offer and each of the trading days thereafter; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the offered security is not a “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.2), the issuer or affiliate undertakes to provide, upon the request of any U.S. holder or the Commission staff, an opinion of an independent expert stating that the cash consideration offered to U.S. holders is substantially equivalent to the value of the consideration offered security holders outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Disparate tax treatment.</I> If the issuer or affiliate offers “loan notes” solely to offer sellers tax advantages not available in the United States and these notes are neither listed on any organized securities market nor registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the loan notes need not be offered to U.S. holders.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Informational documents.</I> (A) If the issuer or affiliate publishes or otherwise disseminates an informational document to the holders of the securities in connection with the issuer tender offer (including any exchange offer), the issuer or affiliate must furnish that informational document, including any amendments thereto, in English, to the Commission on Form CB (§ 249.480 of this chapter) by the first business day after publication or dissemination. If the issuer or affiliate is a foreign company, it must also file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the same time as the submission of Form CB to appoint an agent for service in the United States.
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer or affiliate must disseminate any informational document to U.S. holders, including any amendments thereto, in English, on a comparable basis to that provided to security holders in the home jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(C) If the issuer or affiliate disseminates by publication in its home jurisdiction, the issuer or affiliate must publish the information in the United States in a manner reasonably calculated to inform U.S. holders of the offer.
</P>
<P>(iv) An investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company, may not use this paragraph (h)(8); or
</P>
<P>(9) Any other transaction or transactions, if the Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempts such transaction or transactions, either unconditionally, or on specified terms and conditions, as not constituting a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice comprehended within the purpose of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cross-border tender offers (Tier II).</I> Any issuer tender offer (including any exchange offer) that meets the conditions in paragraph (i)(1) of this section shall be entitled to the exemptive relief specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, provided that such issuer tender offer complies with all the requirements of this section other than those for which an exemption has been specifically provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. In addition, any issuer tender offer (including any exchange offer) subject only to the requirements of section 14(e) of the Act and Regulation 14E (§§ 240.14e-1 through 240.14e-8) thereunder that meets the conditions in paragraph (i)(1) of this section also shall be entitled to the exemptive relief specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, to the extent needed under the requirements of Regulation 14E, so long as the tender offer complies with all requirements of Regulation 14E other than those for which an exemption has been specifically provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conditions.</I> (i) The issuer is a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Except in the case of an issuer tender offer commenced during the pendency of a tender offer made by a third party in reliance on § 240.14d-1(d), U.S. holders do not hold more than 40 percent of the class of securities sought in the offer (as determined in accordance with Instructions 2 or 3 to paragraphs (h)(8) and (i) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemptions.</I> The issuer tender offer shall comply with all requirements of this section other than the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Equal treatment—loan notes.</I> If the issuer or affiliate offers loan notes solely to offer sellers tax advantages not available in the United States and these notes are neither listed on any organized securities market nor registered under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the loan notes need not be offered to U.S. holders, notwithstanding paragraph (f)(8) and (h)(9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Equal treatment—separate U.S. and foreign offers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (f)(8) of this section, an issuer or affiliate conducting an issuer tender offer meeting the conditions of paragraph (i)(1) of this section may separate the offer into multiple offers: one offer made to U.S. holders, which also may include all holders of American Depositary Shares representing interests in the subject securities, and one or more offers made to non-U.S. holders. The U.S. offer must be made on terms at least as favorable as those offered any other holder of the same class of securities that is the subject of the tender offers. U.S. holders may be included in the foreign offer(s) only where the laws of the jurisdiction governing such foreign offer(s) expressly preclude the exclusion of U.S. holders from the foreign offer(s) and where the offer materials distributed to U.S. holders fully and adequately disclose the risks of participating in the foreign offer(s). 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Notice of extensions.</I> Notice of extensions made in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction law or practice will satisfy the requirements of § 240.14e-1(d).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Prompt payment.</I> Payment made in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction law or practice will satisfy the requirements of § 240.14e-1(c).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Suspension of withdrawal rights during counting of tendered securities.</I> The issuer or affiliate may suspend withdrawal rights required under paragraph (f)(2) of this section at the end of the offer and during the period that securities tendered into the offer are being counted, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer or affiliate has provided an offer period, including withdrawal rights, for a period of at least 20 U.S. business days;
</P>
<P>(B) At the time withdrawal rights are suspended, all offer conditions have been satisfied or waived, except to the extent that the issuer or affiliate is in the process of determining whether a minimum acceptance condition included in the terms of the offer has been satisfied by counting tendered securities; and
</P>
<P>(C) Withdrawal rights are suspended only during the counting process and are reinstated immediately thereafter, except to the extent that they are terminated through the acceptance of tendered securities.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Early termination of an initial offering period.</I> An issuer or affiliate conducting an issuer tender offer may terminate an initial offering period, including a voluntary extension of that period, if at the time the initial offering period and withdrawal rights terminate, the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The initial offering period has been open for at least 20 U.S. business days;
</P>
<P>(B) The issuer or affiliate has adequately discussed the possibility of and the impact of the early termination in the original offer materials;
</P>
<P>(C) The issuer or affiliate provides a subsequent offering period after the termination of the initial offering period;
</P>
<P>(D) All offer conditions are satisfied as of the time when the initial offering period ends; and
</P>
<P>(E) The issuer or affiliate does not terminate the initial offering period or any extension of that period during any mandatory extension required under U.S. tender offer rules.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">h</E>)(8) and (<E T="01">i</E>) of this section:</HED>
<P>1. <I>Home jurisdiction</I> means both the jurisdiction of the issuer's incorporation, organization or chartering and the principal foreign market where the issuer's securities are listed or quoted.
</P>
<P>2. <I>U.S. holder</I> means any security holder resident in the United States. To determine the percentage of outstanding securities held by U.S. holders:
</P>
<P>i. Calculate the U.S. ownership as of a date no more than 60 days before and no more than 30 days after the public announcement of the tender offer. If you are unable to calculate as of a date within these time frames, the calculation may be made as of the most recent practicable date before public announcement, but in no event earlier than 120 days before announcement;
</P>
<P>ii. Include securities underlying American Depositary Shares convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer when calculating the number of subject securities outstanding, as well as the number held by U.S. holders. Exclude from the calculations other types of securities that are convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer, such as warrants, options and convertible securities; 
</P>
<P>iii. Use the method of calculating record ownership in § 240.12g3-2(a), except that your inquiry as to the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States may be limited to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in the United States, your jurisdiction of incorporation, and the jurisdiction that is the primary trading market for the subject securities, if different than your jurisdiction of incorporation;
</P>
<P>iv. If, after reasonable inquiry, you are unable to obtain information about the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, you may assume, for purposes of this definition, that the customers are residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business; and
</P>
<P>v. Count securities as beneficially owned by residents of the United States as reported on reports of beneficial ownership that are provided to you or publicly filed and based on information otherwise provided to you.
</P>
<P>3. If you are unable to conduct the analysis of U.S. ownership set forth in Instruction 2 above, U.S. holders will be presumed to hold 10 percent or less of the outstanding subject securities (40 percent for Tier II) so long as there is a primary trading market outside the United States, as defined in § 240.12h-6(f)(5) of this chapter, unless:
</P>
<P>i. Average daily trading volume of the subject securities in the United States for a recent twelve-month period ending on a date no more than 60 days before the public announcement of the tender offer exceeds 10 percent (or 40 percent) of the average daily trading volume of that class of securities on a worldwide basis for the same period; or
</P>
<P>ii. The most recent annual report or annual information filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of the home jurisdiction or with the Commission or any jurisdiction in which the subject securities trade before the public announcement of the offer indicates that U.S. holders hold more than 10 percent (or 40 percent) of the outstanding subject class of securities; or
</P>
<P>iii. You know or have reason to know, before the public announcement of the offer, that the level of U.S. ownership of the subject securities exceeds 10 percent (or 40 percent) of such securities. As an example, you are deemed to know information about U.S. ownership of the subject class of securities that is publicly available and that appears in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory body in the home jurisdiction and, if different, the non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the primary trading market for the subject class of securities is located. You are also deemed to know information obtained or readily available from any other source that is reasonably reliable, including from persons you have retained to advise you about the transaction, as well as from third-party information providers. These examples are not intended to be exclusive.
</P>
<P>4. <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>5. The exemptions provided by paragraphs (h)(8) and (i) of this section are not available for any securities transaction or series of transactions that technically complies with paragraph (h)(8) and (i) of this section but are part of a plan or scheme to evade the provisions of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(j)(1) It shall be a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice, in connection with an issuer tender offer, for an issuer or an affiliate of such issuer, in connection with an issuer tender offer:
</P>
<P>(i) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any person;
</P>
<P>(ii) To make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
</P>
<P>(2) As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices in connection with any issuer tender offer, it shall be unlawful for an issuer or an affiliate of such issuer to make an issuer tender offer unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Such issuer or affiliate complies with the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer tender offer is not in violation of paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 49410, Aug. 22, 1979]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.13e-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-100" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.224" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-100   Schedule 13E-3, Transaction statement under section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 13e-3 (§ 240.13e-3) thereunder.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>Securities and Exchange Commission</I>,</FP-2>
<FP-2>Washington, D.C. 20549
</FP-2>
<FP>Rule 13e-3 Transaction Statement under Section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No. __)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of the Issuer)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Names of Persons Filing Statement)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name, Address, and Telephone Numbers of Person Authorized to Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of the Persons Filing Statement) 
</FP>
<P>This statement is filed in connection with (check the appropriate box):
</P>
<P>a. [ ] The filing of solicitation materials or an information statement subject to Regulation 14A (§§ 240.14a-1 through 240.14b-2), Regulation 14C (§§ 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101) or Rule 13e-3(c) (§ 240.13e-3(c)) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“the Act”).
</P>
<P>b. [ ] The filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>c. [ ] A tender offer.
</P>
<P>d. [ ] None of the above.
</P>
<P>Check the following box if the soliciting materials or information statement referred to in checking box (a) are preliminary copies: [ ]
</P>
<P>Check the following box if the filing is a final amendment reporting the results of the transaction [ ]
</P>
<P><I>General Instructions:</I>
</P>
<P>A. File eight copies of the statement, including all exhibits, with the Commission if paper filing is permitted.
</P>
<P>B. This filing must be accompanied by a fee payable to the Commission as required by § 240.0-11(b). The filing fee exhibit required by Item 16(b) of this schedule must be submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.408 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>C. If the statement is filed by a general or limited partnership, syndicate or other group, the information called for by Items 3, 5, 6, 10 and 11 must be given with respect to: (i) Each partner of the general partnership; (ii) each partner who is, or functions as, a general partner of the limited partnership; (iii) each member of the syndicate or group; and (iv) each person controlling the partner or member. If the statement is filed by a corporation or if a person referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Instruction is a corporation, the information called for by the items specified above must be given with respect to: (a) Each executive officer and director of the corporation; (b) each person controlling the corporation; and (c) each executive officer and director of any corporation or other person ultimately in control of the corporation.
</P>
<P>D. Depending on the type of Rule 13e-3 transaction (§ 240.13e-3(a)(3)), this statement must be filed with the Commission:
</P>
<P>1. At the same time as filing preliminary or definitive soliciting materials or an information statement under Regulations 14A or 14C of the Act;
</P>
<P>2. At the same time as filing a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>3. As soon as practicable on the date a tender offer is first published, sent or given to security holders; or
</P>
<P>4. At least 30 days before any purchase of securities of the class of securities subject to the Rule 13e-3 transaction, if the transaction does not involve a solicitation, an information statement, the registration of securities or a tender offer, as described in paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 of this Instruction; and
</P>
<P>5. If the Rule 13e-3 transaction involves a series of transactions, the issuer or affiliate must file this statement at the time indicated in paragraphs 1 through 4 of this Instruction for the first transaction and must amend the schedule promptly with respect to each subsequent transaction.
</P>
<P>E. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state. The statement published, sent or given to security holders may omit negative and not applicable responses, except that responses to Items 7, 8 and 9 of this schedule must be provided in full. If the schedule includes any information that is not published, sent or given to security holders, provide that information or specifically incorporate it by reference under the appropriate item number and heading in the schedule. Do not recite the text of disclosure requirements in the schedule or any document published, sent or given to security holders. Indicate clearly the coverage of the requirements without referring to the text of the items.
</P>
<P>F. Information contained in exhibits to the statement may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any item unless it would render the answer misleading, incomplete, unclear or confusing. A copy of any information that is incorporated by reference or a copy of the pertinent pages of a document containing the information must be submitted with this statement as an exhibit, unless it was previously filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR. If an exhibit contains information responding to more than one item in the schedule, all information in that exhibit may be incorporated by reference once in response to the several items in the schedule for which it provides an answer. Information incorporated by reference is deemed filed with the Commission for all purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>G. If the Rule 13e-3 transaction also involves a transaction subject to Regulation 14A (§§ 240.14a-1 through 240.14b-2) or 14C (§§ 240.14c-1 through 240.14c-101) of the Act, the registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and the General Rules and Regulations of that Act, or a tender offer subject to Regulation 14D (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-101) or § 240.13e-4, this statement must incorporate by reference the information contained in the proxy, information, registration or tender offer statement in answer to the items of this statement.
</P>
<P>H. The information required by the items of this statement is intended to be in addition to any disclosure requirements of any other form or schedule that may be filed with the Commission in connection with the Rule 13e-3 transaction. If those forms or schedules require less information on any topic than this statement, the requirements of this statement control.
</P>
<P>I. If the Rule 13e-3 transaction involves a tender offer, then a combined statement on Schedules 13E-3 and TO may be filed with the Commission under cover of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100). See Instruction J of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100).
</P>
<P>J. Amendments disclosing a material change in the information set forth in this statement may omit any information previously disclosed in this statement.
</P>
<HD2>Item 1. Summary Term Sheet
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1001 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1001 of this chapter) unless information is disclosed to security holders in a prospectus that meets the requirements of § 230.421(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Subject Company Information
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1002 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1002 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Identity and Background of Filing Person
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1003(a) through (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1003 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 4. Terms of the Transaction
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1004(a) and (c) through (f) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Past Contacts, Transactions, Negotiations and Agreements
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1005(a) through (c) and (e) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Purposes of the Transaction and Plans or Proposals
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1006(b) and (c)(1) through (8) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1006 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 6:</I> In providing the information specified in Item 1006(c) for this item, discuss any activities or transactions that would occur after the Rule 13e-3 transaction.
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Purposes, Alternatives, Reasons and Effects
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1013 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1013 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 8. Fairness of the Transaction
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1014 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1014 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 9. Reports, Opinions, Appraisals and Negotiations
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1015 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1015 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 10. Source and Amounts of Funds or Other Consideration
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1007 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1007 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 11. Interest in Securities of the Subject Company
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1008 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1008 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 12. The Solicitation or Recommendation
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1012(d) and (e) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1012 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 13. Financial Statements
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1010(a) through (b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1010 of this chapter) for the issuer of the subject class of securities.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 13:</I> 1. The disclosure materials disseminated to security holders may contain the summarized financial information required by Item 1010(c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1010 of this chapter) instead of the financial information required by Item 1010(a) and (b). In that case, the financial information required by Item 1010(a) and (b) of Regulation M-A must be disclosed directly or incorporated by reference in the statement. If summarized financial information is disseminated to security holders, include appropriate instructions on how more complete financial information can be obtained. If the summarized financial information is prepared on the basis of a comprehensive body of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP, the summarized financial information must be accompanied by a reconciliation as described in Instruction 2.
</P>
<P>2. If the financial statements required by this Item are prepared on the basis of a comprehensive body of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP, provide a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP in accordance with Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter).
</P>
<P>3. The filing person may incorporate by reference financial statements contained in any document filed with the Commission, solely for the purposes of this schedule, if: (a) The financial statements substantially meet the requirements of this Item; (b) an express statement is made that the financial statements are incorporated by reference; (c) the matter incorporated by reference is clearly identified by page, paragraph, caption or otherwise; and (d) if the matter incorporated by reference is not filed with this Schedule, an indication is made where the information may be inspected and copies obtained. Financial statements that are required to be presented in comparative form for two or more fiscal years or periods may not be incorporated by reference unless the material incorporated by reference includes the entire period for which the comparative data is required to be given. <I>See</I> General Instruction F to this Schedule.
</P>
<HD2>Item 14. Persons/Assets, Retained, Employed, Compensated or Used
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1009 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1009 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 15. Additional Information
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1011(b) and (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1011(b) and (c) of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 16. Exhibits
</HD2>
<P>File each of the following as an exhibit to the Schedule:
</P>
<P>(a) All documents specified in Item 1016(a) through (d), (f) and (g) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1016 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(b) The transaction valuation, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Transaction Valuation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transaction valuation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Fee Offset Claims and Sources
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant
<br/>or filer
<br/>name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form
<br/>or
<br/>filing
<br/>type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File
<br/>number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial
<br/>filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset
<br/>claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid
<br/>with fee
<br/>offset
<br/>source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables and Related Disclosure (“Instructions”):</I>
</P>
<P>1. General Requirements.
</P>
<P>A. Applicable Table Requirements.
</P>
<P>The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>B. Fee Rate.
</P>
<P>For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>C. Explanations.
</P>
<P>If not otherwise explained in response to these instructions, disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter). All disclosure these Instructions require that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>2. Table 1: Transaction Valuation Table and Related Disclosure.
</P>
<P>A. Fees to Be Paid and Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>i. Fees to Be Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Initial Filings.
</P>
<P>For an initial filing on this schedule, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>b. Amendments with Then-Current Total Transaction Valuation Higher than Highest Total Transaction Valuation Previously Reported.
</P>
<P>For amendments to this schedule that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>ii. Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to this transaction statement that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>B. Other Tabular Information.
</P>
<P>Provide the following information in the table for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”, as applicable:
</P>
<P>i. The transaction valuation computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>ii. The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>iii. The filing fee due, without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>C. Totals.
</P>
<P>i. Total Transaction Valuation.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the transaction valuations for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>ii. Total Fees Due for Filing.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>iii. Total Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>iv. Total Fee Offsets.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 pursuant to Instruction 3.
</P>
<P>v. Net Fee Due.
</P>
<P>Provide the difference between (a) the total fees due for this transaction statement from the Total Fees Due for Filing row; and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the Total Fees Previously Paid row; and (ii) the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the Total Fee Offsets row.
</P>
<P>D. Narrative Disclosure
</P>
<P>Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>3. Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources.
</P>
<P>A. Terminology.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Instruction 3 and Table 2, the term “submission” means any (i) initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or (ii) fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (§ 230.424 of this chapter), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment. For purposes of these instructions to Table 2, a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Instruction 3.B.ii requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C for an example.
</P>
<P>B. Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on this transaction statement by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than this Schedule 13E-3) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>i. Fee Offset Claims.
</P>
<P>For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note to Instruction 3.B.i.
</P>
<P>If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>ii. Fee Offset Sources.
</P>
<P>With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>C. Fee Offset Source Submission Identification Example.
</P>
<P>A filer:
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X1 (assigned file number 333-123456) with a fee payment of $10,000;
</P>
<P>• Files pre-effective amendment number 1 to the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 2/15/20X1 with a fee payment of $15,000 and the registration statement goes effective on 2/20/20X1;
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X4 (assigned file number 333-123467) with a fee payment of $25,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $10,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the previously filed Form S-1 (333-123456) and apply it to the $35,000 filing fee due and the registration statement goes effective on 2/15/20X4.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement related to a tender offer on Form S-4 (assigned file number 333-123478) on 1/15/20X7 with a fee payment of $15,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $30,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the most recently effective Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a Schedule TO related to the same tender offer on 1/22/20X7 and relies on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to claim an offset of $45,000 from the fee paid directly and by offset claimed on the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed 1/15/20X7 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>For the Schedule TO filed on 1/22/20X7, the filer can satisfy the submission identification requirement when it claims the $45,000 fee offset from the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 by referencing any combination of the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7, the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4, the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 or the initial filing of the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 in relation to which contemporaneous fee payments were made equal to $45,000.
</P>
<P>One example could be:
</P>
<P>• The Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 in relation to the payment of $15,000 made with that submission;
</P>
<P>• the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 in relation to the payment of $25,000 made with that submission; and
</P>
<P>• the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 in relation to the payment of $5,000 out of the payment of $15,000 made with that submission (it would not matter if the filer cited to this pre-effective amendment and/or the initial submission of this Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 as long as singly or together they were cited as relating to a total of $5,000 in this example).
</P>
<P>In this example, the filer could not satisfy the submission identification requirement solely by citing to the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 because even though the offset claimed and available from that filing was $45,000, the contemporaneous fee payment made with that filing ($15,000) was less than the offset being claimed. As a result, the filer must also identify a prior submission or submissions with an aggregate of contemporaneous fee payment(s) of $30,000 as the original source(s) to which the rest of the claimed offset can be traced.</P></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Signature.</I> After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name and title)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date)
</FP></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Instruction to Signature:</I> The statement must be signed by the filing person or that person's authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by an authorized representative (other than an executive officer of a corporation or general partner of a partnership), evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of the person must be filed with the statement. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement must be typed or printed beneath the signature. See § 240.12b-11 with respect to signature requirements.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61454, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 6045, Feb. 2, 2011; 86 FR 70253, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.225" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-101   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13e-102" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.226" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13e-102   Schedule 13E-4F. Tender offer statement pursuant to section 13(e) (1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.13e-4 thereunder.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Securities and Exchange Commission 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Washington, DC 20549 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Schedule 13E-4F 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Issuer Tender Offer Statement Pursuant to Section 13(e)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Amendment No. ____] 
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Exact name of Issuer as specified in its charter) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Translation of Issuer's Name into English (if applicable)) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Jurisdiction of Issuer's Incorporation or Organization) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name(s) of Person(s) Filing Statement) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Title of Class of Securities)
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities) (if applicable) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of person authorized to receive notices and communications on behalf of the person(s) filing statement) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Date tender offer first published, sent or given to securityholders)
</P>
<HD1>General Instructions 
</HD1>
<HD1>I. Eligibility Requirements for Use of Schedule 13E-4F
</HD1>
<P>A. Schedule 13E-4F may be used by any foreign private issuer if: (1) The issuer is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory; (2) the issuer is making a cash tender or exchange offer for the issuer's own securities; and (3) less than 40 percent of the class of such issuer's securities outstanding that is the subject of the tender offer is held by U.S. holders. The calculation of securities held by U.S. holders shall be made as of the end of the issuer's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of the issuer's preceding quarter. 
</P>
<HD2>Instructions 
</HD2>
<P>1. For purposes of this Schedule, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of this Schedule, the term “U.S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the issuer as being located in the United States. 
</P>
<P>3. If this Schedule is filed during the pendency of one or more ongoing cash tender or exchange offers for securities of the class subject to this offer that was commenced or was eligible to be commenced on Schedule 14D-1F and/or Form F-8 or Form F-80, the date for calculation of U.S. ownership for purposes of this Schedule shall be the same as that date used by the initial bidder or issuer. 
</P>
<P>4. For purposes of this Schedule, the class of subject securities shall not include any securities that may be converted into or are exchangeable for the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>B. Any issuer using this Schedule must extend the cash tender or exchange offer to U.S. holders of the class of securities subject to the offer upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those extended to any other holder of the same class of such securities, and must comply with the requirements of any Canadian federal, provincial and/or territorial law, regulation or policy relating to the terms and conditions of the offer. 
</P>
<P>C. This Schedule shall not be used if the issuer is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Filing Instructions and Fees 
</HD1>
<P>A.(1) The issuer must file this Schedule and any amendment to the Schedule (<I>see</I> Part I, Item 1.(b)), including all exhibits and other documents filed as part of the Schedule or amendment, in electronic format via the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR part 232). The filing fee exhibit required by paragraph (4) under “Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent to Shareholders” must be submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.408 of this chapter). For assistance with technical questions about EDGAR or to request an access code, call the EDGAR Filer Support Office at (202) 551-8900. For assistance with the EDGAR rules, call EDGAR filer support at (202) 551-8900.
</P>
<P>(2) If filing the Schedule in paper under a hardship exemption in 17 CFR 232.201 or 232.202 of Regulation S-T, or as otherwise permitted, the issuer must file with the Commission at its principal office five copies of the complete Schedule and any amendment, including exhibits and all other documents filed as a part of the Schedule or amendment. The issuer must bind, staple or otherwise compile each copy in one or more parts without stiff covers. The issuer must further bind the Schedule or amendment on the side or stitching margin in a manner that leaves the reading matter legible. The issuer must provide three additional copies of the Schedule or amendment without exhibits to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>B. An electronic filer must provide the signatures required for the Schedule or amendment in accordance with 17 CFR 232.302 of Regulation S-T. An issuer filing in paper must have the original and at least one copy of the Schedule and any amendment signed in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 12b-11(d) (17 CFR 12b-11(d)) by the persons whose signatures are required for this Schedule or amendment. The issuer must also conform the unsigned copies. 
</P>
<P>C. At the time of filing this Schedule with the Commission, the issuer shall pay to the Commission in accordance with Rule 0-11 of the Exchange Act, a fee in U.S. dollars in the amount prescribed by section 13(e)(3) of the Exchange Act. See also Rule 0-9 of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(1) The value of the securities to be acquired solely for cash shall be the amount of cash to be paid for them, calculated into U.S. dollars. 
</P>
<P>(2) The value of the securities to be acquired with securities or other non-cash consideration, whether or not in combination with a cash payment for the same securities, shall be based on the market value of the securities to be acquired by the issuer as established in accordance with paragraph (3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) When the fee is based upon the market value of the securities, such market value shall be established by either the average of the high and low prices reported on the consolidated reporting system (for exchange-traded securities and last sale reported for over-the-counter securities) or the average of the bid and asked price (for other over-the-counter securities) as of a specified date within 5 business days prior to the date of filing the Schedule. If there is no market for the securities to be acquired by the issuer, the value shall be based upon the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing of the Schedule, unless the issuer of the securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used. 
</P>
<P>D. If at any time after the initial payment of the fee the aggregate consideration offered is increased, an additional filing fee based upon such increase shall be paid with the required amended filing. 
</P>
<P>E. The issuer must file the Schedule or amendment in electronic format in the English language in accordance with 17 CFR 232.306 of Regulation S-T. The issuer may file part of the Schedule or amendment, or exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment, in both French and English if the issuer included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority and, for an electronic filing, if the filing is an HTML document, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 of Regulation S-T. For both an electronic filing and a paper filing, the issuer may provide an English translation or English summary of a foreign language document as an exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment as permitted by the rules of the applicable Canadian securities administrator. 
</P>
<P>F. A paper filer must number sequentially the signed original of the Schedule or amendment (in addition to any internal numbering that otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed or other legible form of notation from the first page through the last page of the Schedule or amendment, including any exhibits or attachments. A paper filer must disclose the total number of pages on the first page of the sequentially numbered Schedule or amendment. 
</P>
<HD1>III. Compliance with the Exchange Act 
</HD1>
<P>A. Pursuant to Rule 13e-4(g) under the Exchange Act, the issuer shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of section 13(e)(1) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13e-4 and Schedule TO thereunder in connection with a cash tender or exchange offer for securities that may be made pursuant to this Schedule, <I>provided that,</I> if an exemption has been granted from the requirements of Canadian federal, provincial and/or territorial laws, regulations or policies, and the tender offer does not comply with requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by Rule 13e-4, the issuer (absent an order from the Commission) shall comply with the provisions of section 13(e)(1) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13e-4 and Schedule TO thereunder. 
</P>
<P>B. Any cash tender or exchange offer made pursuant to this Schedule is not exempt from the antifraud provisions of section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, section 13(e)(1) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13e-4(b)(1) thereunder, and section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-3 thereunder, and this Schedule shall be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>C. The issuer's attention is directed to Regulation M (§§ 242.100 through 242.105 of this chapter), in the case of an issuer exchange offer, and to Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14e-5), in the case of an issuer cash tender offer or issuer exchange offer. [<I>See</I> Exchange Act Release No. 29355 (June 21, 1991) containing an exemption from Rule 10b-13, the predecessor to Rule 14e-5.] 
</P>
<HD3>Part I—Information Required To Be Sent to Shareholders 
</HD3>
<HD2>Item 1. Home Jurisdiction Documents 
</HD2>
<P>(a) This Schedule shall be accompanied by the entire disclosure document or documents required to be delivered to holders of securities to be acquired by the issuer in the proposed transaction pursuant to the laws, regulations or policies of the Canadian jurisdiction in which the issuer is incorporated or organized, and any other Canadian federal, provincial and/or territorial law, regulation or policy relating to the terms and conditions of the offer. The Schedule need not include any documents incorporated by reference into such disclosure document(s) and not distributed to offerees pursuant to any such law, regulation or policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any amendment made by the issuer to a home jurisdiction document or documents shall be filed with the Commission under cover of this Schedule, which must indicate on the cover page the number of the amendment. 
</P>
<P>(c) In an exchange offer where securities of the issuer have been or are to be offered or cancelled in the transaction, such securities shall be registered on forms promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 including, where available, the Commission's Form F-8 or F-80 providing for inclusion in that registration statement of the home jurisdiction prospectus. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Informational Legends 
</HD2>
<P>The following legends, to the extent applicable, shall appear on the outside front cover page of the home jurisdiction document(s) in bold-face roman type at least as high as ten-point modern type and at least two-points leaded: 
</P>
<P>“This tender offer is made by a foreign issuer for its own securities, and while the offer is subject to disclosure requirements of the country in which the issuer is incorporated or organized, investors should be aware that these requirements are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included herein, if any, have been prepared in accordance with foreign generally accepted accounting principles and thus may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies. 
</P>
<P>“The enforcement by investors of civil liabilities under the federal securities laws may be affected adversely by the fact that the issuer is located in a foreign country, and that some or all of its officers and directors are residents of a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>“Investors should be aware that the issuer or its affiliates, directly or indirectly, may bid for or make purchases of the securities of the issuer subject to the offer, or of its related securities, during the period of the issuer tender offer, as permitted by applicable Canadian laws or provincial laws or regulations.” 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Item 2.</HED>
<P>If the home jurisdiction document(s) are delivered through an electronic medium, the issuer may satisfy the legibility requirements for the required legends relating to type size and fonts by presenting the legend in any manner reasonably calculated to draw security holder attention to it.</P></NOTE>
<HD3>Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent to Shareholders 
</HD3>
<P>The exhibits specified below shall be filed as part of the Schedule, but are not required to be sent to shareholders unless so required pursuant to the laws, regulations or policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories. Exhibits shall be lettered or numbered appropriately for convenient reference. 
</P>
<P>(1) File any reports or information that, in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction(s), must be made publicly available by the issuer in connection with the transaction, but need not be disseminated to shareholders. 
</P>
<P>(2) File copies of any documents incorporated by reference into the home jurisdiction document(s) . 
</P>
<P>(3) If any name is signed to the Schedule pursuant to power of attorney, manually signed copies of any such power of attorney shall be filed. If the name of any officer signing on behalf of the issuer is signed pursuant to a power of attorney, certified copies of a resolution of the issuer's board of directors authorizing such signature also shall be filed. 
</P>
<P>(4) File the following information: The transaction valuation, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Transaction Valuation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transaction valuation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Fee Offset Claims and Sources
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant
<br/>or filer
<br/>name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form
<br/>or
<br/>filing
<br/>type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File
<br/>number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial
<br/>filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing
<br/>date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset
<br/>claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid
<br/>with fee
<br/>offset
<br/>source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables and Related Disclosure (“Instructions”):</I>
</P>
<P>1. General Requirements.
</P>
<P>A. Applicable Table Requirements.
</P>
<P>The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>B. Fee Rate.
</P>
<P>For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>C. Additional Filing Fee Provisions.
</P>
<P><I>See</I> General Instructions II.C and D of this Schedule for additional provisions regarding filing fees.
</P>
<P>D. Explanations.
</P>
<P>If not otherwise explained in response to these instructions, disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter). All disclosure these Instructions require that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>2. Table 1: Transaction Valuation Table and Related Disclosure.
</P>
<P>A. Fees to Be Paid and Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>i. Fees to Be Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Initial Filings.
</P>
<P>For an initial filing on this schedule, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>b. Amendments with Then-Current Total Transaction Valuation Higher than Highest Total Transaction Valuation Previously Reported.
</P>
<P>For amendments to this schedule that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>ii. Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to this schedule that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>B. Other Tabular Information.
</P>
<P>Provide the following information in the table for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”, as applicable:
</P>
<P>i. The transaction valuation computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>ii. The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>iii. The filing fee due without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>C. Totals.
</P>
<P>i. Total Transaction Valuation.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the transaction valuations for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”.
</P>
<P>ii. Total Fees Due for Filing.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>iii. Total Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>iv. Total Fee Offsets.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 pursuant to Instruction 3.
</P>
<P>v. Net Fee Due.
</P>
<P>Provide the difference between (a) the total fees due for this tender offer statement from the Total Fees Due for Filing row; and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the Total Fees Previously Paid row; and (ii) the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the Total Fee Offsets row.
</P>
<P>D. Narrative Disclosure
</P>
<P>Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>3. Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources.
</P>
<P>A. Terminology.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Instruction 3 and Table 2, the term “submission” means any (i) initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or (ii) fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (§ 230.424 of this chapter), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment. For purposes of these instructions to Table 2, a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Instruction 3.B.ii requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C for an example.
</P>
<P>B. Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on this tender offer statement by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than this Schedule 13E-4F) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>i. Fee Offset Claims.
</P>
<P>For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note to Instruction 3.B.i.
</P>
<P>If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>ii. Fee Offset Sources.
</P>
<P>With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>C. Fee Offset Source Submission Identification Example.
</P>
<P>A filer:
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X1 (assigned file number 333-123456) with a fee payment of $10,000;
</P>
<P>• Files pre-effective amendment number 1 to the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 2/15/20X1 with a fee payment of $15,000 and the registration statement goes effective on 2/20/20X1;
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X4 (assigned file number 333-123467) with a fee payment of $25,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $10,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the previously filed Form S-1 (333-123456) and apply it to the $35,000 filing fee due and the registration statement goes effective on 2/15/20X4.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement related to a tender offer on Form S-4 (assigned file number 333-123478) on 1/15/20X7 with a fee payment of $15,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $30,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the most recently effective Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a Schedule TO related to the same tender offer on 1/22/20X7 and relies on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to claim an offset of $45,000 from the fee paid directly and by offset claimed on the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed 1/15/20X7 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>For the Schedule TO filed on 1/22/20X7, the filer can satisfy the submission identification requirement when it claims the $45,000 fee offset from the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 by referencing any combination of the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7, the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4, the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 or the initial filing of the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 in relation to which contemporaneous fee payments were made equal to $45,000. One example could be:
</P>
<P>• The Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 in relation to the payment of $15,000 made with that submission;
</P>
<P>• the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 in relation to the payment of $25,000 made with that submission; and
</P>
<P>• the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 in relation to the payment of $5,000 out of the payment of $15,000 made with that submission (it would not matter if the filer cited to this pre-effective amendment and/or the initial submission of this Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 as long as singly or together they were cited as relating to a total of $5,000 in this example).
</P>
<P>In this example, the filer could not satisfy the submission identification requirement solely by citing to the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 because even though the offset claimed and available from that filing was $45,000, the contemporaneous fee payment made with that filing ($15,000) was less than the offset being claimed. As a result, the filer must also identify a prior submission or submissions with an aggregate of contemporaneous fee payment(s) of $30,000 as the original source(s) to which the rest of the claimed offset can be traced.
</P>
<HD3>Part III—Undertakings and Consent to Service of Process 
</HD3>
<HD2>1. Undertakings 
</HD2>
<P>The Schedule shall set forth the following undertakings of the issuer: 
</P>
<P>(a) The issuer undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to this Schedule or to transactions in said securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) The issuer also undertakes to disclose in the United States, on the same basis as it is required to make such disclosure pursuant to applicable Canadian federal and/or provincial or territorial laws, regulations or policies, or otherwise discloses, information regarding purchases of the issuer's securities in connection with the cash tender or exchange offer covered by this Schedule. Such information shall be set forth in amendments to this Schedule. 
</P>
<HD2>2. Consent to Service of Process 
</HD2>
<P>(a) At the time of filing this Schedule, the issuer shall file with the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form F-X. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any change to the name or address of a registrant's agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the Commission by amendment to Form F-X referencing the file number of the registrant. 
</P>
<HD3>Part IV—Signatures 
</HD3>
<P>A. The Schedule shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the Schedule is filed or its authorized representative. If the Schedule is signed on behalf of a person by his authorized representative (other than an executive officer or general partner of the company), evidence of the representative's authority shall be filed with the Schedule. 
</P>
<P>B. The name of each person who signs the Schedule shall be typed or printed beneath his signature. 
</P>
<P>C. By signing this Schedule, the person(s) filing the Schedule consents without power of revocation that any administrative subpoena may be served, or any administrative proceeding, civil suit or civil action where the cause of action arises out of or relates to or concerns any offering made or purported to be made in connection with the filing on Schedule 13E-4F or any purchases or sales of any security in connection therewith, may be commenced against it in any administrative tribunal or in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States by service of said subpoena or process upon the registrant's designated agent. 
</P>
<P>After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct. 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Signature) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name and Title) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Date)</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30069, July 1, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 24656, May 15, 1996; 62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997; 67 FR 36705, May 24, 2002; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 86 FR 70255, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13f-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.227" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13f-1   Reporting by institutional investment managers of information with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Every institutional investment manager which exercises investment discretion with respect to accounts holding section 13(f) securities, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, having an aggregate fair market value on the last trading day of any month of any calendar year of at least $100,000,000 shall file a report on Form 13F (§ 249.325 of this chapter) with the Commission within 45 days after the last day of such calendar year and within 45 days after the last day of each of the first three calendar quarters of the subsequent calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(2) An amendment to a Form 13F (§ 249.325 of this chapter) report, other than one reporting only holdings that were not previously reported in a public filing for the same period, must set forth the complete text of the Form 13F. Amendments must be numbered sequentially.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this rule, “investment descretion” has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(35) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(35)). An institutional investment manager shall also be deemed to exercise “investment discretion” with respect to all accounts over which any person under its control exercises investment discretion.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this rule “section 13(f) securities” shall mean equity securities of a class described in section 13(d)(1) of the Act that are admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on the automated quotation system of a registered securities association. In determining what classes of securities are section 13(f) securities, an institutional investment manager may rely on the most recent list of such securities published by the Commission pursuant to section 13(f)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(4)). Only securities of a class on such list shall be counted in determining whether an institutional investment manager must file a report under this rule (§ 240.13f-1(a)) and only those securities shall be reported in such report. Where a person controls the issuer of a class of equity securities which are “section 13(f) securities” as defined in this rule, those securities shall not be deemed to be “section 13(f) securities” with respect to the controlling person, provided that such person does not otherwise exercise investment descretion with respect to accounts with fair market value of at least $100,000,000 within the meaning of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3(b), 13(f) and 23 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78m(f) and 78w)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 26705, June 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 3034, Jan. 15, 1979; 64 FR 2849, Jan. 19, 1999; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13f-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.228" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13f-2   Reporting by institutional investment managers regarding gross short position and activity information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An institutional investment manager shall file a report on Form SHO (referenced in 17 CFR 249.332), in accordance with the form's instructions, with the Commission within 14 calendar days after the end of each calendar month with regard to:
</P>
<P>(1) Each equity security that is of a class of securities that is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act or for which the issuer of that class of securities is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act over which the institutional investment manager and all accounts over which the institutional investment manager (or any person under the institutional investment manager's control) has investment discretion with respect to either:
</P>
<P>(i) A monthly average gross short position at the close of regular trading hours in the equity security with a U.S. dollar value of $10 million or more; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A monthly average gross short position at the close of regular trading hours as a percentage of shares outstanding in the equity security of 2.5 percent or more; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each equity security that is of a class of securities that is not registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act or for which the issuer of that class of securities is not required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act over which the institutional investment manager and all accounts over which the institutional investment manager (or any person under the institutional investment manager's control) has investment discretion with respect to a gross short position in the equity security with a U.S. dollar value of $500,000 or more at the close of regular trading hours on any settlement date during the calendar month.
</P>
<P>(3) Form SHO and any amendments thereto must be filed with the Commission via the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), in accordance with 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The Commission will publish, on an aggregated basis, certain information regarding each equity security reported by institutional investment managers on Form SHO and filed with the Commission via EDGAR.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>institutional investment manager</I> has the same meaning as in section 13(f)(6)(A) of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>equity security</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act and § 240.3a11-1 (Rule 3a11-1).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>investment discretion</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.13f-1(b) (Rule 13f-1(b)).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>gross short position</I> means the number of shares of the equity security that are held short as a result of short sales as defined in 17 CFR 242.200(a) (Rule 200(a) of Regulation SHO), without inclusion of any offsetting economic positions such as shares of the equity security or derivatives of such equity security.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>regular trading hours</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 242.600(b)(77) (Rule 600(b)(77)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 75185, Nov. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13h-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.229" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13h-1   Large trader reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>large trader</I> means any person that:
</P>
<P>(i) Directly or indirectly, including through other persons controlled by such person, exercises investment discretion over one or more accounts and effects transactions for the purchase or sale of any NMS security for or on behalf of such accounts, by or through one or more registered broker-dealers, in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the identifying activity level; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Voluntarily registers as a large trader by filing electronically with the Commission Form 13H (§ 249.327 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>person</I> has the same meaning as in Section 13(h)(8)(E) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(h)(8)(E)).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>control</I> (including the terms <I>controlling, controlled by</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. For purposes of this section only, any person that directly or indirectly has the right to vote or direct the vote of 25% or more of a class of voting securities of an entity or has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25% or more of a class of voting securities of such entity, or in the case of a partnership, has the right to receive, upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25% or more of the capital, is presumed to control that entity.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>investment discretion</I> has the same meaning as in Section 3(a)(35) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(3)(a)(35)). A person's employees who exercise investment discretion within the scope of their employment are deemed to do so on behalf of such person.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>NMS security</I> has the meaning provided for in § 242.600(b)(64) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>transaction</I> or <I>transactions</I> means all transactions in NMS securities, excluding the purchase or sale of such securities pursuant to exercises or assignments of option contracts. For the sole purpose of determining whether a person is a large trader, the following transactions are excluded from this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) Any journal or bookkeeping entry made to an account in order to record or memorialize the receipt or delivery of funds or securities pursuant to the settlement of a transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any transaction that is part of an offering of securities by or on behalf of an issuer, or by an underwriter on behalf of an issuer, or an agent for an issuer, whether or not such offering is subject to registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a), provided, however, that this exemption shall not include an offering of securities effected through the facilities of a national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any transaction that constitutes a gift;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any transaction effected by a court appointed executor, administrator, or fiduciary pursuant to the distribution of a decedent's estate;
</P>
<P>(v) Any transaction effected pursuant to a court order or judgment;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any transaction effected pursuant to a rollover of qualified plan or trust assets subject to Section 402(a)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(vii) Any transaction between an employer and its employees effected pursuant to the award, allocation, sale, grant, or exercise of a NMS security, option or other right to acquire securities at a pre-established price pursuant to a plan which is primarily for the purpose of an issuer benefit plan or compensatory arrangement; or
</P>
<P>(viii) Any transaction to effect a business combination, including a reclassification, merger, consolidation, or tender offer subject to Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)); an issuer tender offer or other stock buyback by an issuer; or a stock loan or equity repurchase agreement.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>identifying activity level</I> means: aggregate transactions in NMS securities that are equal to or greater than:
</P>
<P>(i) During a calendar day, either two million shares or shares with a fair market value of $20 million; or
</P>
<P>(ii) During a calendar month, either twenty million shares or shares with a fair market value of $200 million.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>reporting activity level</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Each transaction in NMS securities, effected in a single account during a calendar day, that is equal to or greater than 100 shares;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any transaction in NMS securities for fewer than 100 shares, effected in a single account during a calendar day, that a registered broker-dealer may deem appropriate; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Such other amount that may be established by order of the Commission from time to time.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>Unidentified Large Trader</I> means each person who has not complied with the identification requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section that a registered broker-dealer knows or has reason to know is a large trader. For purposes of determining under this section whether a registered broker-dealer has reason to know that a person is large trader, a registered broker-dealer need take into account only transactions in NMS securities effected by or through such broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification requirements for large traders</I>—(1) <I>Form 13H.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, each large trader shall file electronically Form 13H (17 CFR 249.327) with the Commission, in accordance with the instructions contained therein:
</P>
<P>(i) Promptly after first effecting aggregate transactions, or after effecting aggregate transactions subsequent to becoming inactive pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, equal to or greater than the identifying activity level;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 45 days after the end of each full calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Promptly following the end of a calendar quarter in the event that any of the information contained in a Form 13H filing becomes inaccurate for any reason.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosure of large trader status.</I> Each large trader shall disclose to the registered broker-dealers effecting transactions on its behalf its large trader identification number and each account to which it applies. A large trader on Inactive Status pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section must notify broker-dealers promptly after filing for reactivated status with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Filing requirement</I>—(i) <I>Compliance by controlling person.</I> A large trader shall not be required to separately comply with the requirements of this paragraph (b) if a person who controls the large trader complies with all of the requirements under paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(4) of this section applicable to such large trader with respect to all of its accounts.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Compliance by controlled person.</I> A large trader shall not be required to separately comply with the requirements of this paragraph (b) if one or more persons controlled by such large trader collectively comply with all of the requirements under paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(4) of this section applicable to such large trader with respect to all of its accounts.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Inactive status.</I> A large trader that has not effected aggregate transactions at any time during the previous full calendar year in an amount equal to or greater than the identifying activity level shall become inactive upon filing a Form 13H (17 CFR 249.327) and thereafter shall not be required to file Form 13H or disclose its large trader status unless and until its transactions again are equal to or greater than the identifying activity level. A large trader that has ceased operations may elect to become inactive by filing an amended Form 13H to indicate its terminated status.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other information.</I> Upon request, a large trader must promptly provide additional descriptive or clarifying information that would allow the Commission to further identify the large trader and all accounts through which the large trader effects transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aggregation</I>—(1) <I>Transactions.</I> For the purpose of determining whether a person is a large trader, the following shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The volume or fair market value of transactions in equity securities and the volume or fair market value of the equity securities underlying transactions in options on equity securities, purchased and sold, shall be aggregated;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fair market value of transactions in options on a group or index of equity securities (or based on the value thereof), purchased and sold, shall be aggregated; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Under no circumstances shall a person subtract, offset, or net purchase and sale transactions, in equity securities or option contracts, and among or within accounts, when aggregating the volume or fair market value of transactions for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accounts.</I> Under no circumstances shall a person disaggregate accounts to avoid the identification requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping requirements for broker and dealers</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> Every registered broker-dealer shall maintain records of all information required under paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section for all transactions effected directly or indirectly by or through:
</P>
<P>(i) An account such broker-dealer carries for a large trader or an Unidentified Large Trader, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the broker-dealer is a large trader, any proprietary or other account over which such broker-dealer exercises investment discretion.
</P>
<P>(iii) Additionally, where a non-broker-dealer carries an account for a large trader or an Unidentified Large Trader, the broker-dealer effecting transactions directly or indirectly for such large trader or Unidentified Large Trader shall maintain records of all of the information required under paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section for those transactions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information.</I> The information required to be maintained for all transactions shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The clearing house number or alpha symbol of the broker or dealer submitting the information and the clearing house numbers or alpha symbols of the entities on the opposite side of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifying symbol assigned to the security;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date transaction was executed;
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of shares or option contracts traded in each specific transaction; whether each transaction was a purchase, sale, or short sale; and, if an option contract, whether the transaction was a call or put option, an opening purchase or sale, a closing purchase or sale, or an exercise or assignment;
</P>
<P>(v) Transaction price;
</P>
<P>(vi) Account number;
</P>
<P>(vii) Identity of the exchange or other market center where the transaction was executed.
</P>
<P>(viii) A designation of whether the transaction was effected or caused to be effected for the account of a customer of such registered broker-dealer, or was a proprietary transaction effected or caused to be effected for the account of such broker-dealer;
</P>
<P>(ix) If part or all of an account's transactions at the registered broker-dealer have been transferred or otherwise forwarded to one or more accounts at another registered broker-dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction; and if part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting broker-dealer have been transferred or otherwise received from one or more other registered broker-dealers, an identifier for this type of transaction;
</P>
<P>(x) If part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting broker-dealer have been transferred or otherwise received from another account at the reporting broker-dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction; and if part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting broker-dealer have been transferred or otherwise forwarded to one or more other accounts at the reporting broker-dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction;
</P>
<P>(xi) If a transaction was processed by a depository institution, the identifier assigned to the account by the depository institution;
</P>
<P>(xii) The time that the transaction was executed; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) The large trader identification number(s) associated with the account, unless the account is for an Unidentified Large Trader.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Information relating to Unidentified Large Traders.</I> With respect to transactions effected directly or indirectly by or through the account of an Unidentified Large Trader, the information required to be maintained for all transactions also shall include such Unidentified Large Trader's name, address, date the account was opened, and tax identification number(s).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Retention.</I> The records and information required to be made and kept pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be kept for such periods of time as provided in § 240.17a-4(b).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Availability of information.</I> The records and information required to be made and kept pursuant to the provisions of this rule shall be available on the morning after the day the transactions were effected (including Saturdays and holidays).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting requirements for brokers and dealers.</I> Upon the request of the Commission, every registered broker-dealer who is itself a large trader or carries an account for a large trader or an Unidentified Large Trader shall electronically report to the Commission, using the infrastructure supporting § 240.17a-25, in machine-readable form and in accordance with instructions issued by the Commission, all information required under paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section for all transactions effected directly or indirectly by or through accounts carried by such broker-dealer for large traders and Unidentified Large Traders, equal to or greater than the reporting activity level. Additionally, where a non-broker-dealer carries an account for a large trader or an Unidentified Large Trader, the broker-dealer effecting such transactions directly or indirectly for a large trader shall electronically report using the infrastructure supporting § 240.17a-25, in machine-readable form and in accordance with instructions issued by the Commission, all information required under paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section for such transactions equal to or greater than the reporting activity level. Such reports shall be submitted to the Commission no later than the day and time specified in the request for transaction information, which shall be no earlier than the opening of business of the day following such request, unless in unusual circumstances the same-day submission of information is requested.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Monitoring safe harbor.</I> For the purposes of this rule, a registered broker-dealer shall be deemed not to know or have reason to know that a person is a large trader if it does not have actual knowledge that a person is a large trader and it establishes policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify persons who have not complied with the identification requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section but whose transactions effected through an account or a group of accounts carried by such broker-dealer or through which such broker-dealer executes transactions, as applicable (and considering account name, tax identification number, or other identifying information available on the books and records of such broker-dealer) equal or exceed the identifying activity level;
</P>
<P>(2) Treat any persons identified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section as an Unidentified Large Trader for purposes of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Inform any person identified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section of its potential obligations under this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exemptions.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may by order exempt, upon specified terms and conditions or for stated periods, any person or class of persons or any transaction or class of transactions from the provisions of this section to the extent that such exemption is consistent with the purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 47002, Aug. 3, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13k-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.230" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13k-1   Foreign bank exemption from the insider lending prohibition under section 13(k).</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Foreign bank</I> means an institution: 
</P>
<P>(i) The home jurisdiction of which is other than the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That is regulated as a bank in its home jurisdiction; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) That engages directly in the business of banking. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Home jurisdiction</I> means the country, political subdivision or other place in which a foreign bank is incorporated or organized. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Engages directly in the business of banking</I> means that an institution engages directly in banking activities that are usual for the business of banking in its home jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Affiliate, parent</I> and <I>subsidiary</I> have the same meaning as under 17 CFR 240.12b-2. 
</P>
<P>(b) An issuer that is a foreign bank or the parent or other affiliate of a foreign bank is exempt from the prohibition of extending, maintaining, arranging for, or renewing credit in the form of a personal loan to or for any of its directors or executive officers under section 13(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(k)) with respect to any such loan made by the foreign bank as long as: 
</P>
<P>(1) Either: 
</P>
<P>(i) The laws or regulations of the foreign bank's home jurisdiction require the bank to insure its deposits or be subject to a deposit guarantee or protection scheme; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined that the foreign bank or another bank organized in the foreign bank's home jurisdiction is subject to comprehensive supervision or regulation on a consolidated basis by the bank supervisor in its home jurisdiction under 12 CFR 211.24(c); and 
</P>
<P>(2) The loan by the foreign bank to any of its directors or executive officers or those of its parent or other affiliate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions by the foreign bank with other persons who are not executive officers, directors or employees of the foreign bank, its parent or other affiliate; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the employees of the foreign bank, its parent or other affiliate and does not give preference to any of the executive officers or directors of the foreign bank, its parent or other affiliate over any other employees of the foreign bank, its parent or other affiliate; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Has received express approval by the bank supervisor in the foreign bank's home jurisdiction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>1. The exemption provided in paragraph (b) of this section applies to a loan by the subsidiary of a foreign bank to a director or executive officer of the foreign bank, its parent or other affiliate as long as the subsidiary is under the supervision or regulation of the bank supervisor in the foreign bank's home jurisdiction, the subsidiary's loan meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and the foreign bank meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>2. For the purpose of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, a foreign bank may rely on a determination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System that another bank in the foreign bank's home jurisdiction is subject to comprehensive supervision or regulation on a consolidated basis by the bank supervisor under 12 CFR 211.24(c) as long as the foreign bank is under substantially the same banking supervision or regulation as the other bank in their home jurisdiction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) As used in paragraph (1) of section 13(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(k)(1)), <I>issuer</I> does not include a foreign government, as defined under 17 CFR 230.405, that files a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) on Schedule B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 24024, Apr. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.231" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-1   Registration of security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section —
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-resident security-based swap data repository</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an individual, one who resides in or has his principal place of business in any place not in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a partnership or other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tag</I> (including the term <I>tagged</I>) has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(b) An application for the registration of a security-based swap data repository and all amendments thereto shall be filed electronically in a tagged data format on Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) with the Commission in accordance with the instructions contained therein. As part of the application process, each security-based swap data repository shall provide additional information to any representative of the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 90 days of the date of the publication of notice of the filing of such application (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents), the Commission shall -
</P>
<P>(1) By order grant registration; or
</P>
<P>(2) Institute proceedings to determine whether registration should be granted or denied. Such proceedings shall include notice of the issues under consideration and opportunity for hearing on the record and shall be concluded within 180 days of the date of the publication of notice of the filing of the application for registration under paragraph (b) of this section. At the conclusion of such proceedings, the Commission, by order, shall grant or deny such registration. The Commission may extend the time for conclusion of such proceedings for up to 90 days if it finds good cause for such extension and publishes its reasons for so finding or for such longer period as to which the applicant consents.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall grant the registration of a security-based swap data repository if the Commission finds that such security-based swap data repository is so organized, and has the capacity, to be able to assure the prompt, accurate, and reliable performance of its functions as a security-based swap data repository, comply with any applicable provision of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and carry out its functions in a manner consistent with the purposes of section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Commission shall deny the registration of a security-based swap data repository if it does not make any such finding.
</P>
<P>(d) If any information reported in items 1 through 17, 26, and 48 of Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) or in any amendment thereto is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, whether before or after the registration has been granted, the security-based swap data repository shall promptly file an amendment on Form SDR updating such information. In addition, the security-based swap data repository shall annually file an amendment on Form SDR within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of such security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(e) Each security-based swap data repository shall designate and authorize on Form SDR an agent in the United States, other than a Commission member, official, or employee, who shall accept any notice or service of process, pleadings, or other documents in any action or proceedings brought against the security-based swap data repository to enforce the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(f) Any non-resident security-based swap data repository applying for registration pursuant to this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Certify on Form SDR that the security-based swap data repository can, as a matter of law, and will provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such security-based swap data repository and can, as a matter of law, and will submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission, and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide an opinion of counsel that the security-based swap data repository can, as a matter of law, provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such security-based swap data repository and can, as a matter of law, submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(g) An application for registration or any amendment thereto that is filed pursuant to this section shall be considered a “report” filed with the Commission for purposes of sections 18(a) and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78r(a) and 78ff(a)) and the rules and regulations thereunder and other applicable provisions of the United States Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.232" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-2   Withdrawal from registration; revocation and cancellation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>tag</I> (including the term <I>tagged</I>) has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(b) A registered security-based swap data repository may withdraw from registration by filing a withdrawal from registration on Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) electronically in a tagged data format. The security-based swap data repository shall designate on Form SDR a person to serve as the custodian of the security-based swap data repository's books and records. When filing a withdrawal from registration on Form SDR, a security-based swap data repository shall update any inaccurate information.
</P>
<P>(c) A withdrawal from registration filed by a security-based swap data repository shall become effective for all matters (except as provided in this paragraph (c)) on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission, within such longer period of time as to which such security-based swap data repository consents or which the Commission, by order, may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine.
</P>
<P>(d) A withdrawal from registration that is filed pursuant to this section shall be considered a “report” filed with the Commission for purposes of sections 18(a) and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78r(a) and 78ff(a)) and the rules and regulations thereunder and other applicable provisions of the United States Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing, that any registered security-based swap data repository has obtained its registration by making any false and misleading statements with respect to any material fact or has violated or failed to comply with any provision of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Commission, by order, may revoke the registration. Pending final determination of whether any registration shall be revoked, the Commission, by order, may suspend such registration, if such suspension appears to the Commission, after notice and opportunity for hearing on the record, to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Commission finds that a registered security-based swap data repository is no longer in existence or has ceased to do business in the capacity specified in its application for registration, the Commission, by order, may cancel the registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.233" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-3   Registration of successor to registered security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a security-based swap data repository succeeds to and continues the business of a security-based swap data repository registered pursuant to section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)), the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if, within 30 days after such succession, the successor files an application for registration on Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500), and the predecessor files a withdrawal from registration on Form SDR; <I>provided, however,</I> that the registration of the predecessor security-based swap data repository shall cease to be effective 90 days after the publication of notice of the filing of the application for registration on Form SDR filed by the successor security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a security-based swap data repository succeeds to and continues the business of a registered predecessor security-based swap data repository, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor security-based swap data repository on Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.234" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-4   Duties and core principles of security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate</I> of a security-based swap data repository means a person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board</I> means the board of directors of the security-based swap data repository or a body performing a function similar to the board of directors of the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Control</I> (including the terms <I>controlled by</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. A person is presumed to control another person if the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Is a director, general partner, or officer exercising executive responsibility (or having similar status or functions);
</P>
<P>(ii) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities or has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a partnership, has the right to receive, upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Director</I> means any member of the board.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Direct electronic access</I> means access, which shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, to data stored by a security-based swap data repository in an electronic format and updated at the same time as the security-based swap data repository's data is updated so as to provide the Commission or any of its designees with the ability to query or analyze the data in the same manner that the security-based swap data repository can query or analyze the data.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Market participant</I> means any person participating in the security-based swap market, including, but not limited to, security-based swap dealers, major security-based swap participants, and any other counterparties to a security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> of a security-based swap data repository means any person except:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any affiliate of the security-based swap data repository; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A person employed by a security-based swap data repository and any entity that is not the security-based swap data repository's affiliate (and “nonaffiliated third party” includes such entity that jointly employs the person).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Person associated with a security-based swap data repository</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any partner, officer, or director of such security-based swap data repository (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such security-based swap data repository; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any employee of such security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties.</I> To be registered, and maintain registration, as a security-based swap data repository, a security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Subject itself to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(2) Accept data as prescribed in Regulation SBSR (17 CFR 242.900 through 242.909) for each security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(3) Confirm, as prescribed in Rule 13n-5 (§ 240.13n-5), with both counterparties to the security-based swap the accuracy of the data that was submitted;
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain, as prescribed in Rule 13n-5, the data described in Regulation SBSR in such form, in such manner, and for such period as provided therein and in the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide direct electronic access to the Commission (or any designee of the Commission, including another registered entity);
</P>
<P>(6) Provide the information described in Regulation SBSR in such form and at such frequency as prescribed in Regulation SBSR to comply with the public reporting requirements set forth in section 13(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(m)) and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(7) At such time and in such manner as may be directed by the Commission, establish automated systems for monitoring, screening, and analyzing security-based swap data;
</P>
<P>(8) Maintain the privacy of any and all security-based swap transaction information that the security-based swap data repository receives from a security-based swap dealer, counterparty, or any registered entity as prescribed in Rule 13n-9 (§ 240.13n-9); 
</P>
<P>(9) On a confidential basis, pursuant to section 24 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x), upon request, and after notifying the Commission of the request in a manner consistent with paragraph (d) of this section, make available security-based swap data obtained by the security-based swap data repository, including individual counterparty trade and position data, to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Federal Reserve Bank;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Farm Credit Administration;
</P>
<P>(v) The Federal Housing Finance Agency;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Financial Stability Oversight Council;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
</P>
<P>(viii) The Department of Justice;
</P>
<P>(ix) The Office of Financial Research; and
</P>
<P>(x) Any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, including, but not limited to—
</P>
<P>(A) Foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities);
</P>
<P>(B) Foreign central banks;
</P>
<P>(C) Foreign ministries; and
</P>
<P>(D) Other foreign authorities;
</P>
<P>(10) Before sharing information with any entity described in paragraph (b)(9) of this section, there shall be in effect an arrangement between the Commission and the entity (in the form of a memorandum of understanding or otherwise) to address the confidentiality of the security-based swap information made available to the entity; this arrangement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement, set forth in section 13(n)(5)(H) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(H)), that the security-based swap data repository receive a written agreement from the entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x) relating to the information on security-based swap transactions that is provided; and
</P>
<P>(11) Designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance with core principles.</I> A security-based swap data repository shall comply with the core principles as described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Market access to services and data.</I> Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, the security-based swap data repository shall not adopt any policies or procedures or take any action that results in an unreasonable restraint of trade or impose any material anticompetitive burden on the trading, clearing, or reporting of transactions. To comply with this core principle, each security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure that any dues, fees, or other charges imposed by, and any discounts or rebates offered by, a security-based swap data repository are fair and reasonable and not unreasonably discriminatory. Such dues, fees, other charges, discounts, or rebates shall be applied consistently across all similarly-situated users of such security-based swap data repository's services, including, but not limited to, market participants, market infrastructures (including central counterparties), venues from which data can be submitted to the security-based swap data repository (including exchanges, security-based swap execution facilities, electronic trading venues, and matching and confirmation platforms), and third party service providers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Permit market participants to access specific services offered by the security-based swap data repository separately;
</P>
<P>(iii) Establish, monitor on an ongoing basis, and enforce clearly stated objective criteria that would permit fair, open, and not unreasonably discriminatory access to services offered and data maintained by the security-based swap data repository as well as fair, open, and not unreasonably discriminatory participation by market participants, market infrastructures, venues from which data can be submitted to the security-based swap data repository, and third party service providers that seek to connect to or link with the security-based swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to review any prohibition or limitation of any person with respect to access to services offered, directly or indirectly, or data maintained by the security-based swap data repository and to grant such person access to such services or data if such person has been discriminated against unfairly.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Governance arrangements.</I> Each security-based swap data repository shall establish governance arrangements that are transparent to fulfill public interest requirements under the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; to carry out functions consistent with the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the purposes of the Act; and to support the objectives of the Federal Government, owners, and participants. To comply with this core principle, each security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish governance arrangements that are well defined and include a clear organizational structure with effective internal controls;
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish governance arrangements that provide for fair representation of market participants;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide representatives of market participants, including end-users, with the opportunity to participate in the process for nominating directors and with the right to petition for alternative candidates; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the security-based swap data repository's senior management and each member of the board or committee that has the authority to act on behalf of the board possess requisite skills and expertise to fulfill their responsibilities in the management and governance of the security-based swap data repository, have a clear understanding of their responsibilities, and exercise sound judgment about the security-based swap data repository's affairs.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> Each security-based swap data repository shall establish and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the security-based swap data repository and establish a process for resolving any such conflicts of interest. Such conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to: conflicts between the commercial interests of a security-based swap data repository and its statutory and regulatory responsibilities; conflicts in connection with the commercial interests of certain market participants or linked market infrastructures, third party service providers, and others; conflicts between, among, or with persons associated with the security-based swap data repository, market participants, affiliates of the security-based swap data repository, and nonaffiliated third parties; and misuse of confidential information, material, nonpublic information, and/or intellectual property. To comply with this core principle, each security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify and mitigate potential and existing conflicts of interest in the security-based swap data repository's decision-making process on an ongoing basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to the decision-making process for resolving any conflicts of interest, require the recusal of any person involved in such conflict from such decision-making; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Establish, maintain, and enforce reasonable written policies and procedures regarding the security-based swap data repository's non-commercial and/or commercial use of the security-based swap transaction information that it receives from a market participant, any registered entity, or any other person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification requirement compliance.</I> To satisfy the notification requirement of the data access provisions of paragraph (b)(9) of this section, a security-based swap data repository shall inform the Commission upon its receipt of the first request for security-based swap data from a particular entity (which may include any request to be provided ongoing online or electronic access to the data), and the repository shall maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent requests for data access from that entity, including records of all instances of online or electronic access, and records of all data provided in connection with such requests or access.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.13n-4:</HED>
<P>This rule is not intended to limit, or restrict, the applicability of other provisions of the federal securities laws, including, but not limited to, section 13(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(m)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 60607, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.235" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-5   Data collection and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Asset class</I> means those security-based swaps in a particular broad category, including, but not limited to, credit derivatives and equity derivatives.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Position</I> means the gross and net notional amounts of open security-based swap transactions aggregated by one or more attributes, including, but not limited to, the:
</P>
<P>(i) Underlying instrument, index, or reference entity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Counterparty;
</P>
<P>(iii) Asset class;
</P>
<P>(iv) Long risk of the underlying instrument, index, or reference entity; and
</P>
<P>(v) Short risk of the underlying instrument, index, or reference entity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transaction data</I> means all information reported to a security-based swap data repository pursuant to the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, except for information provided pursuant to Rule 906(b) of Regulation SBSR (17 CFR 242.906(b)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> Every security-based swap data repository registered with the Commission shall comply with the following data collection and data maintenance standards:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Transaction data.</I> (i) Every security-based swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed for the reporting of complete and accurate transaction data to the security-based swap data repository and shall accept all transaction data that is reported in accordance with such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a security-based swap data repository accepts any security-based swap in a particular asset class, the security-based swap data repository shall accept all security-based swaps in that asset class that are reported to it in accordance with its policies and procedures required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Every security-based swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to satisfy itself that the transaction data that has been submitted to the security-based swap data repository is complete and accurate, and clearly identifies the source for each trade side and the pairing method (if any) for each transaction in order to identify the level of quality of the transaction data.
</P>
<P>(iv) Every security-based swap data repository shall promptly record the transaction data it receives.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Positions.</I> Every security-based swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to calculate positions for all persons with open security-based swaps for which the security-based swap data repository maintains records.
</P>
<P>(3) Every security-based swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the transaction data and positions that it maintains are complete and accurate.
</P>
<P>(4) Every security-based swap data repository shall maintain transaction data and related identifying information for not less than five years after the applicable security-based swap expires and historical positions for not less than five years:
</P>
<P>(i) In a place and format that is readily accessible and usable to the Commission and other persons with authority to access or view such information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In an electronic format that is non-rewriteable and non-erasable.
</P>
<P>(5) Every security-based swap data repository shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent any provision in a valid security-based swap from being invalidated or modified through the procedures or operations of the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(6) Every security-based swap data repository shall establish procedures and provide facilities reasonably designed to effectively resolve disputes over the accuracy of the transaction data and positions that are recorded in the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(7) If a security-based swap data repository ceases doing business, or ceases to be registered pursuant to section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder, it must continue to preserve, maintain, and make accessible the transaction data and historical positions required to be collected, maintained, and preserved by this section in the manner required by the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and for the remainder of the period required by this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Every security-based swap data repository shall make and keep current a plan to ensure that the transaction data and positions that are recorded in the security-based swap data repository continue to be maintained in accordance with Rule 13n-5(b)(7) (§ 240.13n-5(b)(7)), which shall include procedures for transferring the transaction data and positions to the Commission or its designee (including another registered security-based swap data repository).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.236" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-6   Automated systems.</HEAD>
<P>Every security-based swap data repository, with respect to those systems that support or are integrally related to the performance of its activities, shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that its systems provide adequate levels of capacity, integrity, resiliency, availability, and security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.237" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-7   Recordkeeping of security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every security-based swap data repository shall make and keep current the following books and records relating to its business:
</P>
<P>(1) A record for each office listing, by name or title, each person at that office who, without delay, can explain the types of records the security-based swap data repository maintains at that office and the information contained in those records; and
</P>
<P>(2) A record listing each officer, manager, or person performing similar functions of the security-based swap data repository responsible for establishing policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping rule for security-based swap data repositories.</I> (1) Every security-based swap data repository shall keep and preserve at least one copy of all documents, including all documents and policies and procedures required by the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, and other such records as shall be made or received by it in the course of its business as such.
</P>
<P>(2) Every security-based swap data repository shall keep all such documents for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in a place that is immediately available to representatives of the Commission for inspection and examination.
</P>
<P>(3) Every security-based swap data repository shall, upon request of any representative of the Commission, promptly furnish to the possession of such representative copies of any documents required to be kept and preserved by it pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) If a security-based swap data repository ceases doing business, or ceases to be registered pursuant to section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder, it must continue to preserve, maintain, and make accessible the records and data required to be collected, maintained and preserved by this section in the manner required by this section and for the remainder of the period required by this section.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to transaction data and positions collected and maintained pursuant to Rule 13n-5 (§ 240.13n-5).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.238" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-8   Reports to be provided to the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>Every security-based swap data repository shall promptly report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.239" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-9   Privacy requirements of security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate</I> of a security-based swap data repository means a person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Control</I> (including the terms <I>controlled by</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. A person is presumed to control another person if the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Is a director, general partner, or officer exercising executive responsibility (or having similar status or functions);
</P>
<P>(ii) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities or has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a partnership, has the right to receive, upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Market participant</I> means any person participating in the security-based swap market, including, but not limited to, security-based swap dealers, major security-based swap participants, and any other counterparties to a security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> of a security-based swap data repository means any person except:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap data repository's affiliate; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A person employed by a security-based swap data repository and any entity that is not the security-based swap data repository's affiliate (and <I>nonaffiliated third party</I> includes such entity that jointly employs the person).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Nonpublic personal information</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Personally identifiable information that is not publicly available information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any list, description, or other grouping of market participants (and publicly available information pertaining to them) that is derived using personally identifiable information that is not publicly available information.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Personally identifiable information</I> means any information:
</P>
<P>(i) A market participant provides to a security-based swap data repository to obtain service from the security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(ii) About a market participant resulting from any transaction involving a service between the security-based swap data repository and the market participant; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap data repository obtains about a market participant in connection with providing a service to that market participant.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Person associated with a security-based swap data repository</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any partner, officer, or director of such security-based swap data repository (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such security-based swap data repository; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any employee of such security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(b) Each security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to protect the privacy of any and all security-based swap transaction information that the security-based swap data repository receives from a security-based swap dealer, counterparty, or any registered entity. Such policies and procedures shall include, but are not limited to, policies and procedures to protect the privacy of any and all security-based swap transaction information that the security-based swap data repository shares with affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish and maintain safeguards, policies, and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misappropriation or misuse, directly or indirectly, of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any confidential information received by the security-based swap data repository, including, but not limited to, trade data, position data, and any nonpublic personal information about a market participant or any of its customers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Material, nonpublic information; and/or
</P>
<P>(iii) Intellectual property, such as trading strategies or portfolio positions, by the security-based swap data repository or any person associated with the security-based swap data repository for their personal benefit or the benefit of others. Such safeguards, policies, and procedures shall address, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(A) Limiting access to such confidential information, material, nonpublic information, and intellectual property;
</P>
<P>(B) Standards pertaining to the trading by persons associated with the security-based swap data repository for their personal benefit or the benefit of others; and
</P>
<P>(C) Adequate oversight to ensure compliance with this subparagraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.240" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-10   Disclosure requirements of security-based swap data repository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, m<I>arket participant</I> means any person participating in the over-the-counter derivatives market, including, but not limited to, security-based swap dealers, major security-based swap participants, and any other counterparties to a security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) Before accepting any security-based swap data from a market participant or upon a market participant's request, a security-based swap data repository shall furnish to the market participant a disclosure document that contains the following written information, which must reasonably enable the market participant to identify and evaluate accurately the risks and costs associated with using the services of the security-based swap data repository:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap data repository's criteria for providing others with access to services offered and data maintained by the security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap data repository's criteria for those seeking to connect to or link with the security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the security-based swap data repository's policies and procedures regarding its safeguarding of data and operational reliability, as described in Rule 13n-6 (§ 240.13n-6);
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the security-based swap data repository's policies and procedures reasonably designed to protect the privacy of any and all security-based swap transaction information that the security-based swap data repository receives from a security-based swap dealer, counterparty, or any registered entity, as described in Rule 13n-9(b)(1) (§ 240.13n-9(b)(1));
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the security-based swap data repository's policies and procedures regarding its non-commercial and/or commercial use of the security-based swap transaction information that it receives from a market participant, any registered entity, or any other person;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the security-based swap data repository's dispute resolution procedures involving market participants, as described in Rule 13n-5(b)(6) (§ 240.13n-5(b)(6));
</P>
<P>(7) A description of all the security-based swap data repository's services, including any ancillary services;
</P>
<P>(8) The security-based swap data repository's updated schedule of any dues; unbundled prices, rates, or other fees for all of its services, including any ancillary services; any discounts or rebates offered; and the criteria to benefit from such discounts or rebates; and
</P>
<P>(9) A description of the security-based swap data repository's governance arrangements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.241" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-11   Chief compliance officer of security-based swap data repository; compliance reports and financial reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Each security-based swap data repository shall identify on Form SDR (17 CFR 249.1500) a person who has been designated by the board to serve as a chief compliance officer of the security-based swap data repository. The compensation, appointment, and removal of the chief compliance officer shall require the approval of a majority of the security-based swap data repository's board.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Board</I> means the board of directors of the security-based swap data repository or a body performing a function similar to the board of directors of the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Director</I> means any member of the board.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>EDGAR Filer Manual</I> has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Interactive Data Financial Report</I> has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Material change</I> means a change that a chief compliance officer would reasonably need to know in order to oversee compliance of the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Material compliance matter</I> means any compliance matter that the board would reasonably need to know to oversee the compliance of the security-based swap data repository and that involves, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) A violation of the federal securities laws by the security-based swap data repository, its officers, directors, employees, or agents;
</P>
<P>(ii) A violation of the policies and procedures of the security-based swap data repository by the security-based swap data repository, its officers, directors, employees, or agents; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A weakness in the design or implementation of the policies and procedures of the security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Official filing</I> has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Senior officer</I> means the chief executive officer or other equivalent officer.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Tag</I> (including the term <I>tagged</I>) has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.11).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties.</I> Each chief compliance officer of a security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(2) Review the compliance of the security-based swap data repository with respect to the requirements and core principles described in section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) In consultation with the board or the senior officer of the security-based swap data repository, take reasonable steps to resolve any material conflicts of interest that may arise;
</P>
<P>(4) Be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to section 13 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m) and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(5) Take reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to security-based swaps, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under section 13 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m);
</P>
<P>(6) Establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
</P>
<P>(i) Compliance office review;
</P>
<P>(ii) Look-back;
</P>
<P>(iii) Internal or external audit finding;
</P>
<P>(iv) Self-reported error; or
</P>
<P>(v) Validated complaint; and
</P>
<P>(7) Establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance reports</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of the compliance of the security-based swap data repository with respect to the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and each policy and procedure of the security-based swap data repository (including the code of ethics and conflicts of interest policies of the security-based swap data repository). Each compliance report shall also contain, at a minimum, a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap data repository's enforcement of its policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the preceding compliance report;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any recommendation for material changes to the policies and procedures as a result of the annual review, the rationale for such recommendation, and whether such policies and procedures were or will be modified by the security-based swap data repository to incorporate such recommendation; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any material compliance matters identified since the date of the preceding compliance report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> A financial report of the security-based swap data repository shall be filed with the Commission as described in paragraph (g) of this section and shall accompany a compliance report as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The compliance report shall include a certification by the chief compliance officer that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete. The compliance report shall also be filed in a tagged data format in accordance with the instructions contained in the EDGAR Filer Manual, as described in Rule 301 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.301).
</P>
<P>(e) The chief compliance officer shall submit the annual compliance report to the board for its review prior to the filing of the report with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Financial reports.</I> Each financial report filed with a compliance report shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a complete set of financial statements of the security-based swap data repository that are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for the most recent two fiscal years of the security-based swap data repository;
</P>
<P>(2) Be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board by a registered public accounting firm that is qualified and independent in accordance with Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.2-01);
</P>
<P>(3) Include a report of the registered public accounting firm that complies with paragraphs (a) through (d) of Rule 2-02 of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.2-02);
</P>
<P>(4) If the security-based swap data repository's financial statements contain consolidated information of a subsidiary of the security-based swap data repository, provide condensed financial information, in a financial statement footnote, as to the financial position, changes in financial position and results of operations of the security-based swap data repository, as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements are required. Such financial information need not be presented in greater detail than is required for condensed statements by Rules 10-01(a)(2), (3), and (4) of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.10-01). Detailed footnote disclosure that would normally be included with complete financial statements may be omitted with the exception of disclosures regarding material contingencies, long-term obligations, and guarantees. Descriptions of significant provisions of the security-based swap data repository's long-term obligations, mandatory dividend or redemption requirements of redeemable stocks, and guarantees of the security-based swap data repository shall be provided along with a five-year schedule of maturities of debt. If the material contingencies, long-term obligations, redeemable stock requirements, and guarantees of the security-based swap data repository have been separately disclosed in the consolidated statements, then they need not be repeated in this schedule; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be provided as an official filing in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual and include, as part of the official filing, an Interactive Data Financial Report filed in accordance with Rule 407 of Regulation S-T (17 CFR 232.407).
</P>
<P>(g) Reports filed pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (f) of this section shall be filed within 60 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by such reports.
</P>
<P>(h) No officer, director, or employee of a security-based swap data repository may directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence the security-based swap data repository's chief compliance officer in the performance of his or her duties under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13n-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.242" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13n-12   Exemption from requirements governing security-based swap data repositories for certain non-U.S. persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-U.S. person</I> means a person that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>U.S. person</I> shall have the same meaning as set forth in Rule 3a71-3(a)(4)(i) (§ 240.3a71-3(a)(4)(i)).
</P>
<P>(b) A non-U.S. person that performs the functions of a security-based swap data repository within the United States shall be exempt from the registration and other requirements set forth in section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)), and the rules and regulations thereunder, provided that each regulator with supervisory authority over such non-U.S. person has entered into a memorandum of understanding or other arrangement with the Commission that addresses the confidentiality of data collected and maintained by such non-U.S. person, access by the Commission to such data, and any other matters determined by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14550, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13p-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.243" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13p-1   Requirement of report regarding disclosure of registrant's supply chain information regarding conflict minerals.</HEAD>
<P>Every registrant that files reports with the Commission under Sections 13(a) (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) or 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) of the Exchange Act, having conflict minerals that are necessary to the functionality or production of a product manufactured or contracted by that registrant to be manufactured, shall file a report on Form SD within the period specified in that Form disclosing the information required by the applicable items of Form SD as specified in that Form (17 CFR 249b.400).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 56362, Sept. 12, 2012]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.13q-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91.244" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.13q-1   Disclosure of payments made by resource extraction issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Resource extraction issuers.</I> Every issuer that is required to file an annual report with the Commission on Form 10-K (17 CFR 249.310), Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f), or Form 40-F (17 CFR 249.240f) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78<I>o</I>(d)) and engages in the commercial development of oil, natural gas, or minerals must furnish a report on Form SD (17 CFR 249b.400) within the period specified in that Form disclosing the information required by the applicable items of Form SD as specified in that Form.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Anti-evasion.</I> Disclosure is required under this section in circumstances in which an activity related to the commercial development of oil, natural gas, or minerals, or a payment or series of payments made by a resource extraction issuer to a foreign government or the Federal Government for the purpose of commercial development of oil, natural gas, or minerals, is not, in form or characterization, within one of the categories of activities or payments specified in Form SD, but is part of a plan or scheme to evade the disclosure required under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative reporting.</I> An application for recognition by the Commission that an alternative reporting regime requires disclosure that satisfies the transparency objectives of Section 13(q) (15 U.S.C. 78m(q)), for purposes of alternative reporting pursuant to Item 2.01(c) of Form SD, must be filed in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 240.0-13, except that, for purposes of this paragraph (c), applications may be submitted by resource extraction issuers, governments, industry groups, or trade associations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions</I>—(1) <I>Conflicts of law.</I> A resource extraction issuer that is prohibited by the law of the jurisdiction where the project is located from providing the payment information required by Form SD may exclude such disclosure, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer has taken all reasonable steps to seek and use any exemptions or other relief under the applicable law of the foreign jurisdiction, and has been unable to obtain or use such an exemption or other relief;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer must disclose on Form SD:
</P>
<P>(A) The foreign jurisdiction for which it is omitting the disclosure pursuant to this paragraph (d)(1);
</P>
<P>(B) The particular law of that jurisdiction that prevents the issuer from providing such disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(C) The efforts the issuer has undertaken to seek and use exemptions or other relief under the applicable law of that jurisdiction, and the results of those efforts; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer must furnish as an exhibit to Form SD a legal opinion from counsel that opines on the issuer's inability to provide such disclosure without violating the foreign jurisdiction's law.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conflicts with pre-existing contracts.</I> A resource extraction issuer that is unable to provide the payment information required by Form SD without violating one or more contract terms that were in effect prior to the effective date of this section may exclude such disclosure, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer has taken all reasonable steps to obtain the consent of the relevant contractual parties, or to seek and use another contractual exception or other relief, to disclose the payment information, and has been unable to obtain such consent or other contractual exception or relief;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer must disclose on Form SD:
</P>
<P>(A) The jurisdiction for which it is omitting the disclosure pursuant to this paragraph (d)(2);
</P>
<P>(B) The particular contract terms that prohibit the issuer from providing such disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(C) The efforts the issuer has undertaken to obtain the consent of the contracting parties, or to seek and use another contractual exception or relief, to disclose the payment information, and the results of those efforts; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The issuer must furnish as an exhibit to Form SD a legal opinion from counsel that opines on the issuer's inability to provide such disclosure without violating the contractual terms.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exemption for emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies.</I> An issuer that is an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company, each as defined under § 240.12b-2, is exempt from, and need not comply with, the requirements of this section, unless it is subject to the resource extraction payment disclosure requirements of an alternative reporting regime, which has been deemed by the Commission to require disclosure that satisfies the transparency objectives of Section 13(q) (15 U.S.C. 78m(q)), pursuant to § 240.13q-1(c).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Case-by-case exemption.</I> A resource extraction issuer may file an application for exemptive relief under this section in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 240.0-12.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compilation.</I> To the extent practicable, the staff will periodically make a compilation of the information required to be submitted under this section publicly available online. The staff may determine the form, manner and timing of the compilation, except that no information included therein may be anonymized (whether by redacting the names of the resource extraction issuers or otherwise).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 4714, Jan. 15, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="91" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.91" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 14A: Solicitation of Proxies</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS 
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.245" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this regulation have the same meanings as in the Act or elsewhere in the general rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, the following definitions apply unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Associate.</I> The term “associate,” used to indicate a relationship with any person, means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee benefit plan.</I> For purposes of §§ 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1 and 240.14b-2, the term “employee benefit plan” means any purchase, savings, option, bonus, appreciation, profit sharing, thrift, incentive, pension or similar plan primarily for employees, directors, trustees or officers. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Entity that exercises fiduciary powers.</I> The term “entity that exercises fiduciary powers” means any entity that holds securities in nominee name or otherwise on behalf of a beneficial owner but does not include a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act or a broker or a dealer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exempt employee benefit plan securities.</I> For purposes of §§ 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1 and 240.14b-2, the term “exempt employee benefit plan securities” means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of the registrant held by an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, where such plan is established by the registrant; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If notice regarding the current solicitation has been given pursuant to § 240.14a-13(a)(1)(ii)(C) or if notice regarding the current request for a list of names, addresses and securities positions of beneficial owners has been given pursuant to § 240.14a-13(b)(3), securities of the registrant held by an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, where such plan is established by an affiliate of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Last fiscal year.</I> The term “last fiscal year” of the registrant means the last fiscal year of the registrant ending prior to the date of the meeting for which proxies are to be solicited or if the solicitation involves written authorizations or consents in lieu of a meeting, the earliest date they may be used to effect corporate action. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Proxy.</I> The term “proxy” includes every proxy, consent or authorization within the meaning of section 14(a) of the Act. The consent or authorization may take the form of failure to object or to dissent. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Proxy statement.</I> The term “proxy statement” means the statement required by § 240.14a-3(a) whether or not contained in a single document. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Record date.</I> The term “record date” means the date as of which the record holders of securities entitled to vote at a meeting or by written consent or authorization shall be determined. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Record holder.</I> For purposes of §§ 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1 and 240.14b-2, the term “record holder” means any broker, dealer, voting trustee, bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers which holds securities of record in nominee name or otherwise or as a participant in a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Registrant.</I> The term “registrant” means the issuer of the securities in respect of which proxies are to be solicited. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Respondent bank.</I> For purposes of §§ 240.14a-13, 240.14b-1 and 240.14b-2, the term “respondent bank” means any bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers which holds securities on behalf of beneficial owners and deposits such securities for safekeeping with another bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Solicitation.</I> (1) The terms “solicit” and “solicitation” include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any request for a proxy whether or not accompanied by or included in a form of proxy: 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any request to execute or not to execute, or to revoke, a proxy; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The furnishing of a form of proxy or other communication to security holders under circumstances reasonably calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or revocation of a proxy, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Any proxy voting advice that makes a recommendation to a security holder as to its vote, consent, or authorization on a specific matter for which security holder approval is solicited, and that is furnished by a person that markets its expertise as a provider of such proxy voting advice, separately from other forms of investment advice, and sells such proxy voting advice for a fee.
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The terms do not apply, however, to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The furnishing of a form of proxy to a security holder upon the unsolicited request of such security holder; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The performance by the registrant of acts required by § 240.14a-7; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The performance by any person of ministerial acts on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A communication by a security holder who does not otherwise engage in a proxy solicitation (other than a solicitation exempt under § 240.14a-2) stating how the security holder intends to vote and the reasons therefor, provided that the communication:
</P>
<P>(A) Is made by means of speeches in public forums, press releases, published or broadcast opinions, statements, or advertisements appearing in a broadcast media, or newspaper, magazine or other bona fide publication disseminated on a regular basis,
</P>
<P>(B) Is directed to persons to whom the security holder owes a fiduciary duty in connection with the voting of securities of a registrant held by the security holder, or
</P>
<P>(C) Is made in response to unsolicited requests for additional information with respect to a prior communication by the security holder made pursuant to this paragraph (l)(2)(iv); or
</P>
<P>(v) The furnishing of any proxy voting advice by a person who furnishes such advice only in response to an unprompted request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 44275, Dec. 9, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 23648, June 24, 1987; 53 FR 16405, May 9, 1988; 57 FR 48290, Oct. 22, 1992; 85 FR 55154, Sept. 3, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.246" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-2   Solicitations to which § 240.14a-3 to § 240.14a-15 apply.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 240.14a-3 to 240.14a-15, except as specified, apply to every solicitation of a proxy with respect to securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), whether or not trading in such securities has been suspended. To the extent specified below, certain of these sections also apply to roll-up transactions that do not involve an entity with securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(a) Sections 240.14a-3 to 240.14a-15 do not apply to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any solicitation by a person in respect to securities carried in his name or in the name of his nominee (otherwise than as voting trustee) or held in his custody, if such person—
</P>
<P>(i) Receives no commission or remuneration for such solicitation, directly or indirectly, other than reimbursement of reasonable expenses, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Furnishes promptly to the person solicited (or such person's household in accordance with § 240.14a-3(e)(1)) a copy of all soliciting material with respect to the same subject matter or meeting received from all persons who shall furnish copies thereof for such purpose and who shall, if requested, defray the reasonable expenses to be incurred in forwarding such material, and 
</P>
<P>(iii) In addition, does no more than impartially instruct the person solicited to forward a proxy to the person, if any, to whom the person solicited desires to give a proxy, or impartially request from the person solicited instructions as to the authority to be conferred by the proxy and state that a proxy will be given if no instructions are received by a certain date. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any solicitation by a person in respect of securities of which he is the beneficial owner; 
</P>
<P>(3) Any solicitation involved in the offer and sale of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933: <I>Provided,</I> That this paragraph shall not apply to securities to be issued in any transaction of the character specified in paragraph (a) of Rule 145 under that Act; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any solicitation with respect to a plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, if made after the entry of an order approving the written disclosure statement concerning a plan of reorganization pursuant to section 1125 of said Act and after, or concurrently with, the transmittal of such disclosure statement as required by section 1125 of said Act; 
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) Any solicitation through the medium of a newspaper advertisement which informs security holders of a source from which they may obtain copies of a proxy statement, form of proxy and any other soliciting material and does no more than:
</P>
<P>(i) Name the registrant, 
</P>
<P>(ii) State the reason for the advertisement, and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify the proposal or proposals to be acted upon by security holders. 
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 240.14a-3 through 240.14a-6 (other than § 240.14a-6(g) and (p)), 240.14a-8, 240.14a-10, 240.14a-12 through 240.14a-15, and 240.14a-19 do not apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any solicitation by or on behalf of any person who does not, at any time during such solicitation, seek directly or indirectly, either on its own or another's behalf, the power to act as proxy for a security holder and does not furnish or otherwise request, or act on behalf of a person who furnishes or requests, a form of revocation, abstention, consent or authorization. <I>Provided, however,</I> That the exemption set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant or an affiliate or associate of the registrant (other than an officer or director or any person serving in a similar capacity);
</P>
<P>(ii) An officer or director of the registrant or any person serving in a similar capacity engaging in a solicitation financed directly or indirectly by the registrant; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An officer, director, affiliate or associate of a person that is ineligible to rely on the exemption set forth in this paragraph (other than persons specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section), or any person serving in a similar capacity; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any nominee for whose election as a director proxies are solicited; 
</P>
<P>(v) Any person soliciting in opposition to a merger, recapitalization, reorganization, sale of assets or other extraordinary transaction recommended or approved by the board of directors of the registrant who is proposing or intends to propose an alternative transaction to which such person or one of its affiliates is a party; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Any person who is required to report beneficial ownership of the registrant's equity securities on a Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101), unless such person has filed a Schedule 13D and has not disclosed pursuant to Item 4 thereto an intent, or reserved the right, to engage in a control transaction, or any contested solicitation for the election of directors; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Any person who receives compensation from an ineligible person directly related to the solicitation of proxies, other than pursuant to § 240.14a-13;
</P>
<P>(viii) Where the registrant is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), an “interested person” of that investment company, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2); 
</P>
<P>(ix) Any person who, because of a substantial interest in the subject matter of the solicitation, is likely to receive a benefit from a successful solicitation that would not be shared pro rata by all other holders of the same class of securities, other than a benefit arising from the person's employment with the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(x) Any person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any solicitation made otherwise than on behalf of the registrant where the total number of persons solicited is not more than ten;
</P>
<P>(3) The furnishing of proxy voting advice by any person (the “advisor”) to any other person with whom the advisor has a business relationship, if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The advisor renders financial advice in the ordinary course of his business; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The advisor discloses to the recipient of the advice any significant relationship with the registrant or any of its affiliates, or a security holder proponent of the matter on which advice is given, as well as any material interests of the advisor in such matter; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The advisor receives no special commission or remuneration for furnishing the proxy voting advice from any person other than a recipient of the advice and other persons who receive similar advice under this subsection; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The proxy voting advice is not furnished on behalf of any person soliciting proxies or on behalf of a participant in an election subject to the provisions of § 240.14a-12(c); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Any solicitation in connection with a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901 of this chapter) in which the holder of a security that is the subject of a proposed roll-up transaction engages in preliminary communications with other holders of securities that are the subject of the same limited partnership roll-up transaction for the purpose of determining whether to solicit proxies, consents, or authorizations in opposition to the proposed limited partnership roll-up transaction; <I>provided, however,</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(i) This exemption shall not apply to a security holder who is an affiliate of the registrant or general partner or sponsor; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) This exemption shall not apply to a holder of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding securities of a class that is the subject of the proposed roll-up transaction who engages in the business of buying and selling limited partnership interests in the secondary market unless that holder discloses to the persons to whom the communications are made such ownership interest and any relations of the holder to the parties of the transaction or to the transaction itself, as required by § 240.14a-6(n)(1) and specified in the Notice of Exempt Preliminary Roll-up Communication (§ 240.14a-104). If the communication is oral, this disclosure may be provided to the security holder orally. Whether the communication is written or oral, the notice required by § 240.14a-6(n) and § 240.14a-104 shall be furnished to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(5) Publication or distribution by a broker or a dealer of a research report in accordance with Rule 138 (§ 230.138 of this chapter) or Rule 139 (§ 230.139 of this chapter) during a transaction in which the broker or dealer or its affiliate participates or acts in a an advisory role.
</P>
<P>(6) Any solicitation by or on behalf of any person who does not seek directly or indirectly, either on its own or another's behalf, the power to act as proxy for a shareholder and does not furnish or otherwise request, or act on behalf of a person who furnishes or requests, a form of revocation, abstention, consent, or authorization in an electronic shareholder forum that is established, maintained or operated pursuant to the provisions of § 240.14a-17, provided that the solicitation is made more than 60 days prior to the date announced by a registrant for its next annual or special meeting of shareholders. If the registrant announces the date of its next annual or special meeting of shareholders less than 60 days before the meeting date, then the solicitation may not be made more than two days following the date of the registrant's announcement of the meeting date. Participation in an electronic shareholder forum does not eliminate a person's eligibility to solicit proxies after the date that this exemption is no longer available, or is no longer being relied upon, provided that any such solicitation is conducted in accordance with this regulation.
</P>
<P>(7) [Reserved]




</P>
<P>(8) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(9) Paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3) of this section shall not be available to a person furnishing proxy voting advice covered by § 240.14a-1(l)(1)(iii)(A) (“proxy voting advice business”) unless the proxy voting advice business includes in its proxy voting advice or in an electronic medium used to deliver the proxy voting advice prominent disclosure of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any information regarding an interest, transaction, or relationship of the proxy voting advice business (or its affiliates) that is material to assessing the objectivity of the proxy voting advice in light of the circumstances of the particular interest, transaction, or relationship; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any policies and procedures used to identify, as well as the steps taken to address, any such material conflicts of interest arising from such interest, transaction, or relationship.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 68769, Nov. 29, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 42059, Nov. 20, 1986; 52 FR 21936, June 10, 1987; 57 FR 48290, Oct. 22, 1992; 59 FR 63684, Dec. 8, 1994; 65 FR 65749, Nov. 2, 2000; 70 FR 44829, Aug. 3, 2005; 72 FR 4166, Jan. 29, 2007; 73 FR 4458, Jan. 25, 2008; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 75 FR 56780, Sept. 16, 2010; 85 FR 55154, Sept. 3, 2020; 86 FR 68378, Dec. 1, 2021; 87 FR 43196, July 19, 2022; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.247" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-3   Information to be furnished to security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No solicitation subject to this regulation shall be made unless each person solicited is concurrently furnished or has previously been furnished with:
</P>
<P>(1) A publicly-filed preliminary or definitive proxy statement, in the form and manner described in § 240.14a-16, containing the information specified in Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101);
</P>
<P>(2) A preliminary or definitive written proxy statement included in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter) or Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter) and containing the information specified in such Form; or
</P>
<P>(3) A publicly-filed preliminary or definitive proxy statement, not in the form and manner described in § 240.14a-16, containing the information specified in Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101), if:
</P>
<P>(i) The solicitation relates to a business combination transaction as defined in § 230.165 of this chapter, as well as transactions for cash consideration requiring disclosure under Item 14 of § 240.14a-101; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The solicitation may not follow the form and manner described in § 240.14a-16 pursuant to the laws of the state of incorporation of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the solicitation is made on behalf of the registrant, other than an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and relates to an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting of security holders, or written consent in lieu of such meeting, at which directors are to be elected, each proxy statement furnished pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be accompanied or preceded by an annual report to security holders as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The report shall include, for the registrant and its subsidiaries, consolidated and audited balance sheets as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years and audited statements of income and cash flows for each of the three most recent fiscal years prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X (part 210 of this chapter), except that the provisions of Article 3 (other than §§ 210.3-03(e), 210.3-04 and 210.3-20) and Article 11 shall not apply. Any financial statement schedules or exhibits or separate financial statements which may otherwise be required in filings with the Commission may be omitted. If the financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated in the annual report filed or to be filed with the Commission are not required to be audited, the financial statements required by this paragraph may be unaudited. A smaller reporting company may provide the information in Article 8 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.8 of this chapter) in lieu of the financial information required by this paragraph 9(b)(1).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>If the financial statements for a period prior to the most recently completed fiscal year have been examined by a predecessor accountant, the separate report of the predecessor accountant may be omitted in the report to security holders, provided the registrant has obtained from the predecessor accountant a reissued report covering the prior period presented and the successor accountant clearly indicates in the scope paragraph of his or her report (a) that the financial statements of the prior period were examined by other accountants, (b) the date of their report, (c) the type of opinion expressed by the predecessor accountant and (d) the substantive reasons therefore, if it was other than unqualified. It should be noted, however, that the separate report of any predecessor accountant is required in filings with the Commission. If, for instance, the financial statements in the annual report to security holders are incorporated by reference in a Form 10-K, the separate report of a predecessor accountant shall be filed in Part II or in Part IV as a financial statement schedule.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>For purposes of complying with § 240.14a-3, if the registrant has changed its fiscal closing date, financial statements covering two years and one period of 9 to 12 months shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements for statements of income and cash flows for the three most recent fiscal years.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2)(i) Financial statements and notes thereto shall be presented in roman type at least as large and as legible as 10-point modern type. If necessary for convenient presentation, the financial statements may be in roman type as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All type shall be leaded at least 2 points. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the annual report to security holders is delivered through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as type size and font, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors.
</P>
<P>(3) The report shall contain the supplementary financial information required by item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(4) The report shall contain information concerning changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure required by Item 304 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.304 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(5)(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) The report shall contain management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations required by Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) The report shall contain the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk required by Item 305 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.305 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(6) The report shall contain a brief description of the business done by the registrant and its subsidiaries during the most recent fiscal year which will, in the opinion of management, indicate the general nature and scope of the business of the registrant and its subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(7) The report shall contain information relating to the registrant's industry segments, classes of similar products or services, foreign and domestic operations and exports sales required by paragraphs (b), (c)(1)(i) and (d) of Item 101 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.101 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(8) The report shall identify each of the registrant's directors and executive officers, and shall indicate the principal occupation or employment of each such person and the name and principal business of any organization by which such person is employed. 
</P>
<P>(9) The report shall contain the market price of and dividends on the registrant's common equity and related security holder matters required by Items 201(a), (b) and (c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(a), (b) and (c) of this chapter). If the report precedes or accompanies a proxy statement or information statement relating to an annual meeting of security holders at which directors are to be elected (or special meeting or written consents in lieu of such meeting), furnish the performance graph required by Item 201(e) (§ 229.201(e) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(10) The registrant's proxy statement, or the report, shall contain an undertaking in bold face or otherwise reasonably prominent type to provide without charge to each person solicited upon the written request of any such person, a copy of the registrant's annual report on Form 10-K, including the financial statements and the financial statement schedules, required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 13a-1 (§ 240.13a-1 of this chapter) under the Act for the registrant's most recent fiscal year, and shall indicate the name and address (including title or department) of the person to whom such a written request is to be directed. In the discretion of management, a registrant need not undertake to furnish without charge copies of all exhibits to its Form 10-K, provided that the copy of the annual report on Form 10-K furnished without charge to requesting security holders is accompanied by a list briefly describing all the exhibits not contained therein and indicating that the registrant will furnish any exhibit upon the payment of a specified reasonable fee, which fee shall be limited to the registrant's reasonable expenses in furnishing such exhibit. If the registrant's annual report to security holders complies with all of the disclosure requirements of Form 10-K and is filed with the Commission in satisfaction of its Form 10-K filing requirements, such registrant need not furnish a separate Form 10-K to security holders who receive a copy of such annual report.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(10):</HED>
<P>Pursuant to the undertaking required by paragraph (b)(10) of this section, a registrant shall furnish a copy of its annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) to a beneficial owner of its securities upon receipt of a written request from such person. Each request must set forth a good faith representation that, as of the record date for the solicitation requiring the furnishing of the annual report to security holders pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the person making the request was a beneficial owner of securities entitled to vote.</P></NOTE>
<P>(11) Subject to the foregoing requirements, the report may be in any form deemed suitable by management and the information required by paragraphs (b)(5) to (10) of this section may be presented in an appendix or other separate section of the report, provided that the attention of security holders is called to such presentation.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Registrants are encouraged to utilize tables, schedules, charts and graphic illustrations of present financial information in an understandable manner. Any presentation of financial information must be consistent with the data in the financial statements contained in the report and, if appropriate, should refer to relevant portions of the financial statements and notes thereto.</P></NOTE>
<P>(12) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(13) Paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply, however, to solicitations made on behalf of the registrant before the financial statements are available if a solicitation is being made at the same time in opposition to the registrant and if the registrant's proxy statement includes an undertaking in bold face type to furnish such annual report to security holders to all persons being solicited at least 20 calendar days before the date of the meeting or, if the solicitation refers to a written consent or authorization in lieu of a meeting, at least 20 calendar days prior to the earliest date on which it may be used to effect corporate action. 
</P>
<P>(c) The report sent to security holders pursuant to this rule shall be submitted in electronic format, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, to the Commission, solely for its information, not later than the date on which such report is first sent or given to security holders or the date on which preliminary copies, or definitive copies, if preliminary filing was not required, of solicitation material are filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.14a-6, whichever date is later. The report is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to this regulation otherwise than as provided in this Rule, or to the liabilities of section 18 of the Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically requests that it be treated as a part of the proxy soliciting material or incorporates it in the proxy statement or other filed report by reference.
</P>
<P>(d) An annual report to security holders prepared on an integrated basis pursuant to General Instruction H to Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) may also be submitted in satisfaction of this section. When filed as the annual report on Form 10-K, responses to the Items of that form are subject to section 18 of the Act notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e)(1)(i) A registrant will be considered to have delivered an annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as described in § 240.14a-16, to all security holders of record who share an address if:
</P>
<P>(A) The registrant delivers one annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, to the shared address;
</P>
<P>(B) The registrant addresses the annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, to the security holders as a group (for example, “ABC Fund [or Corporation] Security Holders,” “Jane Doe and Household,” “The Smith Family”), to each of the security holders individually (for example, “John Doe and Richard Jones”) or to the security holders in a form to which each of the security holders has consented in writing;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1)(<E T="01">i</E>)(B):</HED>
<P>Unless the registrant addresses the annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to the security holders as a group or to each of the security holders individually, it must obtain, from each security holder to be included in the household group, a separate affirmative written consent to the specific form of address the registrant will use.</P></NOTE>
<P>(C) The security holders consent, in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, to delivery of one annual report to security holders or proxy statement, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(D) With respect to delivery of the proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, the registrant delivers, together with or subsequent to delivery of the proxy statement, a separate proxy card for each security holder at the shared address; and
</P>
<P>(E) The registrant includes an undertaking in the proxy statement to deliver promptly upon written or oral request a separate copy of the annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, to a security holder at a shared address to which a single copy of the document was delivered.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Consent</I>—(A) <I>Affirmative written consent.</I> Each security holder must affirmatively consent, in writing, to delivery of one annual report to security holders or proxy statement, as applicable. A security holder's affirmative written consent will be considered valid only if the security holder has been informed of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The duration of the consent; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The specific types of documents to which the consent will apply; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The procedures the security holder must follow to revoke consent; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The registrant's obligation to begin sending individual copies to a security holder within thirty days after the security holder revokes consent. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Implied consent.</I> The registrant need not obtain affirmative written consent from a security holder for purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of this section if all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The security holder has the same last name as the other security holders at the shared address or the registrant reasonably believes that the security holders are members of the same family; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The registrant has sent the security holder a notice at least 60 days before the registrant begins to rely on this section concerning delivery of annual reports to security holders, proxy statements or Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to that security holder. The notice must:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Be a separate written document; 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) State that only one annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, will be delivered to the shared address unless the registrant receives contrary instructions;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Include a toll-free telephone number, or be accompanied by a reply form that is pre-addressed with postage provided, that the security holder can use to notify the registrant that the security holder wishes to receive a separate annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials; 
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) State the duration of the consent; 
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Explain how a security holder can revoke consent; 
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) State that the registrant will begin sending individual copies to a security holder within thirty days after the security holder revokes consent; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) Contain the following prominent statement, or similar clear and understandable statement, in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Delivery of Security Holder Documents.” This statement also must appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered. Alternatively, if the notice is delivered separately from other communications to security holders, this statement may appear either on the notice or on the envelope in which the notice is delivered. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>)(B)(<I>2</I>):</HED>
<P>The notice should be written in plain English. See § 230.421(d)(2) of this chapter for a discussion of plain English principles.</P></NOTE>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The registrant has not received the reply form or other notification indicating that the security holder wishes to continue to receive an individual copy of the annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, within 60 days after the registrant sent the notice required by paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The registrant delivers the document to a post office box or residential street address. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>)(B)(<I>4</I>):</HED>
<P>The registrant can assume that a street address is residential unless the registrant has information that indicates the street address is a business.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) <I>Revocation of consent.</I> If a security holder, orally or in writing, revokes consent to delivery of one annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to a shared address, the registrant must begin sending individual copies to that security holder within 30 days after the registrant receives revocation of the security holder's consent.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Definition of address.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, for purposes of this section, address means a street <I>address,</I> a post office box number, an electronic mail address, a facsimile telephone number or other similar destination to which paper or electronic documents are delivered, unless otherwise provided in this section. If the registrant has reason to believe that the address is a street address of a multi-unit building, the address must include the unit number. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>A person other than the registrant making a proxy solicitation may deliver a single proxy statement to security holders of record or beneficial owners who have separate accounts and share an address if: (a) the registrant or intermediary has followed the procedures in this section; and (b) the registrant or intermediary makes available the shared address information to the person in accordance with § 240.14a-7(a)(2)(i) and (ii).</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, unless state law requires otherwise, a registrant is not required to send an annual report to security holders, proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to a security holder if:
</P>
<P>(i) An annual report to security holders and a proxy statement, or a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, for two consecutive annual meetings; or
</P>
<P>(ii) All, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities, or dividend reinvestment confirmations, during a twelve month period, have been mailed to such security holder's address and have been returned as undeliverable. If any such security holder delivers or causes to be delivered to the registrant written notice setting forth his then current address for security holder communications purposes, the registrant's obligation to deliver an annual report to security holders, a proxy statement or a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials under this section is reinstated.
</P>
<P>(f) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to a communication made by means of speeches in public forums, press releases, published or broadcast opinions, statements, or advertisements appearing in a broadcast media, newspaper, magazine or other bona fide publication disseminated on a regular basis, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(1) No form of proxy, consent or authorization or means to execute the same is provided to a security holder in connection with the communication; and 
</P>
<P>(2) At the time the communication is made, a definitive proxy statement is on file with the Commission pursuant to § 240.14a-6(b). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 40768, Nov. 20, 1974]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.14a-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.248" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-4   Requirements as to proxy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The form of proxy (1) shall indicate in bold-face type whether or not the proxy is solicited on behalf of the registrant's board of directors or, if provided other than by a majority of the board of directors, shall indicate in bold-face type on whose behalf the solicitation is made; 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall provide a specifically designated blank space for dating the proxy card; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Shall identify clearly and impartially each separate matter intended to be acted upon, whether or not related to or conditioned on the approval of other matters, and whether proposed by the registrant or by security holders. No reference need be made, however, to proposals as to which discretionary authority is conferred pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3) (Electronic filers):</HED>
<P>Electronic filers shall satisfy the filing requirements of Rule 14a-6(a) or (b) (§ 240.14a-6(a) or (b)) with respect to the form of proxy by filing the form of proxy as an appendix at the end of the proxy statement. Forms of proxy shall not be filed as exhibits or separate documents within an electronic submission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b)(1) Means shall be provided in the form of proxy whereby the person solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify by boxes a choice between approval or disapproval of, or abstention with respect to each separate matter referred to therein as intended to be acted upon, other than elections to office and votes to determine the frequency of shareholder votes on executive compensation pursuant to § 240.14a-21(b) of this chapter. A proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to matters as to which a choice is not specified by the security holder provided that the form of proxy states in bold-face type how it is intended to vote the shares represented by the proxy in each such case. 
</P>
<P>(2) A form of proxy that provides for the election of directors shall set forth the names of persons nominated for election as directors, including any person whose nomination by a shareholder or shareholder group satisfies the requirements of an applicable state or foreign law provision, or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as otherwise provided in § 240.14a-19, a form of proxy that provides for the election of directors may provide a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees set forth, as a group, provided that there is a similar means for the security holder to withhold authority to vote for such group of nominees (or, when applicable state law gives legal effect to votes cast against a nominee, a similar means for the security holder to vote against such group of nominees and a means for security holders to abstain from voting for such group of nominees). Any such form of proxy which is executed by the security holder in such manner as not to withhold authority to vote for the election of any nominee, or not to grant authority to vote against the election of any nominee, shall be deemed to grant authority to vote for the election of any nominee, provided that the form of proxy so states in bold-face type. Means to grant authority to vote for any nominees as a group or to withhold authority for any nominees as a group or to vote against any nominees as a group may not be provided if the form of proxy includes one or more shareholder nominees in accordance with an applicable state or foreign law provision, or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(4) When applicable state law gives legal effect to votes cast against a nominee, then in lieu of providing a means for security holders to withhold authority to vote, the form of proxy shall provide a means for security holders to vote against each nominee and a means for security holders to abstain from voting. When applicable state law does not give legal effect to votes cast against a nominee, such form of proxy shall not provide a means for security holders to vote against any nominee and such form of proxy shall clearly provide any of the following means for security holders to withhold authority to vote for each nominee:
</P>
<P>(i) A box opposite the name of each nominee which may be marked to indicate that authority to vote for such nominee is withheld; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An instruction in bold-face type which indicates that the security holder may withhold authority to vote for any nominee by lining through or otherwise striking out the name of any nominee; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Designated blank spaces in which the security holder may enter the names of nominees with respect to whom the security holder chooses to withhold authority to vote; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other similar means, provided that clear instructions are furnished indicating how the security holder may withhold authority to vote for any nominee.
</P>
<P>Instruction 1 to paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4). Paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) do not apply in the case of a merger, consolidation or other plan if the election of directors is an integral part of the plan.
</P>
<P>(5) A form of proxy which provides for a shareholder vote on the frequency of shareholder votes to approve the compensation of executives required by section 14A(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a)(2)) shall provide means whereby the person solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify by boxes a choice among 1, 2 or 3 years, or abstain.
</P>
<P>(c) A proxy may confer discretionary authority to vote on any of the following matters:
</P>
<P>(1) For an annual meeting of shareholders, if the registrant did not have notice of the matter at least 45 days before the date on which the registrant first sent its proxy materials for the prior year's annual meeting of shareholders (or date specified by an advance notice provision), and a specific statement to that effect is made in the proxy statement or form of proxy. If during the prior year the registrant did not hold an annual meeting, or if the date of the meeting has changed more than 30 days from the prior year, then notice must not have been received a reasonable time before the registrant sends its proxy materials for the current year.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case in which the registrant has received timely notice in connection with an annual meeting of shareholders (as determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section), if the registrant includes, in the proxy statement, advice on the nature of the matter and how the registrant intends to exercise its discretion to vote on each matter. However, even if the registrant includes this information in its proxy statement, it may not exercise discretionary voting authority on a particular proposal if the proponent:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides the registrant with a written statement, within the time-frame determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, that the proponent intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the company's voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes the same statement in its proxy materials filed under § 240.14a-6; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Immediately after soliciting the percentage of shareholders required to carry the proposal, provides the registrant with a statement from any solicitor or other person with knowledge that the necessary steps have been taken to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the company's voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal.
</P>
<P>(3) For solicitations other than for annual meetings or for solicitations by persons other than the registrant, matters which the persons making the solicitation do not know, a reasonable time before the solicitation, are to be presented at the meeting, if a specific statement to that effect is made in the proxy statement or form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(4) Approval of the minutes of the prior meeting if such approval does not amount to ratification of the action taken at that meeting; 
</P>
<P>(5) The election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee is named in a proxy statement and such nominee is unable to serve or for good cause will not serve.
</P>
<P>(6) Any proposal omitted from the proxy statement and form of proxy pursuant to § 240.14a-8 or § 240.14a-9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Matters incident to the conduct of the meeting. 
</P>
<P>(d) No proxy shall confer authority:
</P>
<P>(1) To vote for the election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee is not named in the proxy statement:
</P>
<P>(i) A person shall not be deemed to be a bona fide nominee and shall not be named as such unless the person has consented to being named in a proxy statement relating to the registrant's next annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected (or a special meeting in lieu of such meeting) and to serve if elected.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, if the registrant is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)), a person shall not be deemed to be a bona fide nominee and shall not be named as such unless the person has consented to being named in the proxy statement and to serve if elected. Provided, however, that nothing in this section shall prevent any person soliciting in support of nominees who, if elected, would constitute a minority of the board of directors of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, from seeking authority to vote for nominees named in the registrant's proxy statement, so long as the soliciting party:
</P>
<P>(A) Seeks authority to vote in the aggregate for the number of director positions then subject to election;
</P>
<P>(B) Represents that it will vote for all the registrant nominees, other than those registrant nominees specified by the soliciting party;
</P>
<P>(C) Provides the security holder an opportunity to withhold authority with respect to any other registrant nominee by writing the name of that nominee on the form of proxy; and
</P>
<P>(D) States on the form of proxy and in the proxy statement that there is no assurance that the registrant's nominees will serve if elected with any of the soliciting party's nominees;
</P>
<P>(2) To vote at any annual meeting other than the next annual meeting (or any adjournment thereof) to be held after the date on which the proxy statement and form of proxy are first sent or given to security holders; 
</P>
<P>(3) To vote with respect to more than one meeting (and any adjournment thereof) or more than one consent solicitation; or 
</P>
<P>(4) To consent to or authorize any action other than the action proposed to be taken in the proxy statement, or matters referred to in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) The proxy statement or form of proxy shall provide, subject to reasonable specified conditions, that the shares represented by the proxy will be voted and that where the person solicited specifies by means of a ballot provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section a choice with respect to any matter to be acted upon, the shares will be voted in accordance with the specifications so made. 
</P>
<P>(f) No person conducting a solicitation subject to this regulation shall deliver a form of proxy, consent or authorization to any security holder unless the security holder concurrently receives, or has previously received, a definitive proxy statement that has been filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.14a-6(b). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[17 FR 11432, Dec. 18, 1952, as amended at 31 FR 212, Jan. 7, 1966; 32 FR 20963, Dec. 29, 1967; 44 FR 68770, Nov. 29, 1979; 45 FR 76979, Nov. 21, 1980; 51 FR 42060, Nov. 20, 1986; 57 FR 48291, Oct. 22, 1992; 59 FR 67764, Dec. 30, 1994; 63 FR 29118, May 28, 1998; 63 FR 50622, Sept. 22, 1998; 64 FR 61456, Nov. 10, 1999; 72 FR 4167, Jan. 29, 2007; 76 FR 6045, Feb. 2, 2011; 75 FR 56781, Sept. 16, 2010; 86 FR 68378, Dec. 1, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.249" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-5   Presentation of information in proxy statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The information included in the proxy statement shall be clearly presented and the statements made shall be divided into groups according to subject matter and the various groups of statements shall be preceded by appropriate headings. The order of items and sub-items in the schedule need not be followed. Where practicable and appropriate, the information shall be presented in tabular form. All amounts shall be stated in figures. Information required by more than one applicable item need not be repeated. No statement need be made in response to any item or sub-item which is inapplicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any information required to be included in the proxy statement as to terms of securities or other subject matter which from a standpoint of practical necessity must be determined in the future may be stated in terms of present knowledge and intention. To the extent practicable, the authority to be conferred concerning each such matter shall be confined within limits reasonably related to the need for discretionary authority. Subject to the foregoing, information which is not known to the persons on whose behalf the solicitation is to be made and which it is not reasonably within the power of such persons to ascertain or procure may be omitted, if a brief statement of the circumstances rendering such information unavailable is made. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any information contained in any other proxy soliciting material which has been or will be furnished to each person solicited in connection with the same meeting or subject matter may be omitted from the proxy statement, if a clear reference is made to the particular document containing such information.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) All printed proxy statements shall be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 10-point modern type, except that to the extent necessary for convenient presentation financial statements and other tabular data, but not the notes thereto, may be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All such type shall be leaded at least 2 points. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where a proxy statement is delivered through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as type size and font, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors.
</P>
<P>(e) All proxy statements shall disclose, under an appropriate caption, the following dates:
</P>
<P>(1) The deadline for submitting shareholder proposals for inclusion in the registrant's proxy statement and form of proxy for the registrant's next annual meeting, calculated in the manner provided in § 240.14a-8(e)(Question 5); 
</P>
<P>(2) The date after which notice of a shareholder proposal submitted outside the processes of § 240.14a-8 is considered untimely, either calculated in the manner provided by § 240.14a-4(c)(1) or as established by the registrant's advance notice provision, if any, authorized by applicable state law;
</P>
<P>(3) The deadline for submitting nominees for inclusion in the registrant's proxy statement and form of proxy pursuant to an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials for the registrant's next annual meeting of shareholders; and
</P>
<P>(4) The deadline for providing notice of a solicitation of proxies in support of director nominees other than the registrant's nominees pursuant to § 240.14a-19 for the registrant's next annual meeting unless the registrant is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)).
</P>
<P>(f) If the date of the next annual meeting is subsequently advanced or delayed by more than 30 calendar days from the date of the annual meeting to which the proxy statement relates, the registrant shall, in a timely manner, inform shareholders of such change, and the new dates referred to in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section, by including a notice, under Item 5, in its earliest possible quarterly report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), or, in the case of investment companies, in a shareholder report under § 270.30d-1 of this chapter under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or, if impracticable, any means reasonably calculated to inform shareholders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[17 FR 11432, Dec. 18, 1952, as amended at 36 FR 8935, May 15, 1971; 37 FR 23179, Oct. 31, 1972; 44 FR 68770, Nov. 29, 1979; 51 FR 42061, Nov. 20, 1986; 61 FR 24656, May 15, 1996; 63 FR 29118, May 28, 1998; 63 FR 46881, Sept. 3, 1998; 73 FR 977, Jan. 4, 2008; 75 FR 56782, Sept. 16, 2010; 86 FR 68379, Dec. 1, 2021; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.250" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-6   Filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preliminary proxy statement.</I> Five preliminary copies of the proxy statement and form of proxy shall be filed with the Commission at least 10 calendar days prior to the date definitive copies of such material are first sent or given to security holders, or such shorter period prior to that date as the Commission may authorize upon a showing of good cause thereunder. A registrant, however, shall not file with the Commission a preliminary proxy statement, form of proxy or other soliciting material to be furnished to security holders concurrently therewith if the solicitation relates to an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting, or for an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company, if the solicitation relates to any meeting of security holders at which the only matters to be acted upon are: 
</P>
<P>(1) The election of directors; 
</P>
<P>(2) The election, approval or ratification of accountant(s); 
</P>
<P>(3) A security holder proposal included pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (§ 240.14a-8 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(4) A shareholder nominee for director included pursuant to an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents  as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(5) The approval or ratification of a plan as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(6)(ii) of this chapter) or amendments to such a plan; 
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company, a proposal to continue, without change, any advisory or other contract or agreement that previously has been the subject of a proxy solicitation for which proxy material was filed with the Commission pursuant to this section; 
</P>
<P>(7) With respect to an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a proposal to increase the number of shares authorized to be issued; and/or
</P>
<P>(8) A vote to approve the compensation of executives as required pursuant to section 14A(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a)(1)) and § 240.14a-21(a) of this chapter, or pursuant to section 111(e)(1) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(1)) and § 240.14a-20 of this chapter, a vote to determine the frequency of shareholder votes to approve the compensation of executives as required pursuant to Section 14A(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a)(2)) and § 240.14a-21(b) of this chapter, or any other shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation.
</P>
<FP>This exclusion from filing preliminary proxy material does not apply if the registrant comments upon or refers to a solicitation in opposition in connection with the meeting in its proxy material. 
</FP>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The filing of revised material does not recommence the ten day time period unless the revised material contains material revisions or material new proposal(s) that constitute a fundamental change in the proxy material.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The official responsible for the preparation of the proxy material should make every effort to verify the accuracy and completeness of the information required by the applicable rules. The preliminary material should be filed with the Commission at the earliest practicable date.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Solicitation in Opposition. For purposes of the exclusion from filing preliminary proxy material, a “solicitation in opposition” includes: {a} Any solicitation opposing a proposal supported by the registrant; {b} any solicitation supporting a proposal that the registrant does not expressly support, other than a security holder proposal included in the registrant's proxy material pursuant to § 240.14a-8; and {c} any solicitation subject to § 240.14a-19. The inclusion of a security holder proposal in the registrant's proxy material pursuant to § 240.14a-8 does not constitute a “solicitation in opposition,” even if the registrant opposes the proposal and/or includes a statement in opposition to the proposal. The inclusion of a shareholder nominee in the registrant's proxy materials pursuant to an applicable state or foreign law provision, or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials does not constitute a “solicitation in opposition” for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, even if the registrant opposes the shareholder nominee and solicits against the shareholder nominee and in favor of a registrant nominee.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>A registrant that is filing proxy material in preliminary form only because the registrant has commented on or referred to a solicitation in opposition should indicate that fact in a transmittal letter when filing the preliminary material with the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Definitive proxy statement and other soliciting material.</I> Eight definitive copies of the proxy statement, form of proxy and all other soliciting materials, in the same form as the materials sent to security holders, must be filed with the Commission no later than the date they are first sent or given to security holders. Three copies of these materials also must be filed with, or mailed for filing to, each national securities exchange on which the registrant has a class of securities listed and registered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Personal solicitation materials.</I> If part or all of the solicitation involves personal solicitation, then eight copies of all written instructions or other materials that discuss, review or comment on the merits of any matter to be acted on, that are furnished to persons making the actual solicitation for their use directly or indirectly in connection with the solicitation, must be filed with the Commission no later than the date the materials are first sent or given to these persons.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Release dates.</I> All preliminary proxy statements and forms of proxy filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be accompanied by a statement of the date on which definitive copies thereof filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section are intended to be released to security holders. All definitive material filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be accompanied by a statement of the date on which copies of such material were released to security holders, or, if not released, the date on which copies thereof are intended to be released. All material filed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section shall be accompanied by a statement of the date on which copies thereof were released to the individual who will make the actual solicitation or if not released, the date on which copies thereof are intended to be released. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Public availability of information.</I> All copies of preliminary proxy statements and forms of proxy filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be clearly marked “Preliminary Copies,” and shall be deemed immediately available for public inspection unless confidential treatment is obtained pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> If action will be taken on any matter specified in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101), all copies of the preliminary proxy statement and form of proxy filed under paragraph (a) of this section will be for the information of the Commission only and will not be deemed available for public inspection until filed with the Commission in definitive form so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The proxy statement does not relate to a matter or proposal subject to § 240.13e-3 or a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Neither the parties to the transaction nor any persons authorized to act on their behalf have made any public communications relating to the transaction except for statements where the content is limited to the information specified in § 230.135 of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The materials are filed in paper and marked “Confidential, For Use of the Commission Only.” In all cases, the materials may be disclosed to any department or agency of the United States Government and to the Congress, and the Commission may make any inquiries or investigation into the materials as may be necessary to conduct an adequate review by the Commission.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>If communications are made publicly that go beyond the information specified in § 230.135 of this chapter, the preliminary proxy materials must be re-filed promptly with the Commission as public materials.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) <I>Communications not required to be filed.</I> Copies of replies to inquiries from security holders requesting further information and copies of communications which do no more than request that forms of proxy theretofore solicited be signed and returned need not be filed pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Solicitations subject to § 240.14a-2(b)(1).</I> (1) Any person who:
</P>
<P>(i) Engages in a solicitation pursuant to § 240.14a-2(b)(1), and 
</P>
<P>(ii) At the commencement of that solicitation owns beneficially securities of the class which is the subject of the solicitation with a market value of over $5 million, 
</P>
<FP>shall furnish or mail to the Commission, not later than three days after the date the written solicitation is first sent or given to any security holder, five copies of a statement containing the information specified in the Notice of Exempt Solicitation (§ 240.14a-103) which statement shall attach as an exhibit all written soliciting materials. Five copies of an amendment to such statement shall be furnished or mailed to the Commission, in connection with dissemination of any additional communications, not later than three days after the date the additional material is first sent or given to any security holder. Three copies of the Notice of Exempt Solicitation and amendments thereto shall, at the same time the materials are furnished or mailed to the Commission, be furnished or mailed to each national securities exchange upon which any class of securities of the registrant is listed and registered. 
</FP>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(1) of this section, no such submission need be made with respect to oral solicitations (other than with respect to scripts used in connection with such oral solicitations), speeches delivered in a public forum, press releases, published or broadcast opinions, statements, and advertisements appearing in a broadcast media, or a newspaper, magazine or other bona fide publication disseminated on a regular basis.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Revised material.</I> Where any proxy statement, form of proxy or other material filed pursuant to this section is amended or revised, two of the copies of such amended or revised material filed pursuant to this section (or in the case of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, three of such copies) shall be marked to indicate clearly and precisely the changes effected therein. If the amendment or revision alters the text of the material the changes in such text shall be indicated by means of underscoring or in some other appropriate manner. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fees.</I> At the time of filing the proxy solicitation material, the persons upon whose behalf the solicitation is made, other than investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, shall pay to the Commission the following applicable fee: 
</P>
<P>(1) For preliminary proxy material involving acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, consolidations or proposed sales or other dispositions of substantially all the assets of the company, a fee established in accordance with Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter) shall be paid. No refund shall be given. 
</P>
<P>(2) For all other proxy submissions and submissions made pursuant to § 240.14a-6(g), no fee shall be required. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Merger proxy materials.</I> (1) Any proxy statement, form of proxy or other soliciting material required to be filed by this section that also is either
</P>
<P>(i) Included in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 on Forms S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter), F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter) or N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Filed under § 230.424, § 230.425 or § 230.497 of this chapter is required to be filed only under the Securities Act, and is deemed filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Under paragraph (j)(1) of this section, the fee required by paragraph (i) of this section need not be paid.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Computing time periods.</I> In computing time periods beginning with the filing date specified in Regulation 14A (§§ 240.14a-1 to 240.14b-1 of this chapter), the filing date shall be counted as the first day of the time period and midnight of the last day shall constitute the end of the specified time period.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Roll-up transactions.</I> If a transaction is a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.901(c)) and is registered (or authorized to be registered) on Form S-4 (17 CFR 229.25) or Form F-4 (17 CFR 229.34), the proxy statement of the sponsor or the general partner as defined in Item 901(d) and Item 901(a), respectively, of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.901) must be distributed to security holders no later than the lesser of 60 calendar days prior to the date on which the meeting of security holders is held or action is taken, or the maximum number of days permitted for giving notice under applicable state law. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Cover page.</I> Proxy materials filed with the Commission shall include a cover page in the form set forth in Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter). The cover page required by this paragraph need not be distributed to security holders. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Solicitations subject to § 240.14a-2(b)(4).</I> Any person who: 
</P>
<P>(1) Engages in a solicitation pursuant to § 240.14a-2(b)(4); and 
</P>
<P>(2) At the commencement of that solicitation both owns five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding securities of a class that is the subject of the proposed roll-up transaction, and engages in the business of buying and selling limited partnership interests in the secondary market, shall furnish or mail to the Commission, not later than three days after the date an oral or written solicitation by that person is first made, sent or provided to any security holder, five copies of a statement containing the information specified in the Notice of Exempt Preliminary Roll-up Communication (§ 240.14a-104). Five copies of any amendment to such statement shall be furnished or mailed to the Commission not later than three days after a communication containing revised material is first made, sent or provided to any security holder. 
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Solicitations before furnishing a definitive proxy statement.</I> Solicitations that are published, sent or given to security holders before they have been furnished a definitive proxy statement must be made in accordance with § 240.14a-12 unless there is an exemption available under § 240.14a-2.
</P>
<P>(p) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(q) <I>De-SPAC transactions.</I> If a transaction is a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) of this chapter (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), the proxy statement of the special purpose acquisition company, as defined in § 229.1601(b) of this chapter (Item 1601(b) of Regulation S-K), must be distributed to security holders no later than the lesser of 20 calendar days prior to the date on which the meeting of security holders is to be held or action is to be taken in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or the maximum number of days permitted for disseminating the proxy statement under the applicable laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[17 FR 11432, Dec. 18, 1952]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.14a-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.251" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-7   Obligations of registrants to provide a list of, or mail soliciting material to, security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registrant has made or intends to make a proxy solicitation in connection with a security holder meeting or action by consent or authorization, upon the written request by any record or beneficial holder of securities of the class entitled to vote at the meeting or to execute a consent or authorization to provide a list of security holders or to mail the requesting security holder's materials, regardless of whether the request references this section, the registrant shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Deliver to the requesting security holder within five business days after receipt of the request: 
</P>
<P>(i) Notification as to whether the registrant has elected to mail the security holder's soliciting materials or provide a security holder list if the election under paragraph (b) of this section is to be made by the registrant;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the approximate number of record holders and beneficial holders, separated by type of holder and class, owning securities in the same class or classes as holders which have been or are to be solicited on management's behalf, or any more limited group of such holders designated by the security holder if available or retrievable under the registrant's or its transfer agent's security holder data systems; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The estimated cost of mailing a proxy statement, form of proxy or other communication to such holders, including to the extent known or reasonably available, the estimated costs of any bank, broker, and similar person through whom the registrant has solicited or intends to solicit beneficial owners in connection with the security holder meeting or action; 
</P>
<P>(2) Perform the acts set forth in either paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section, at the registrant's or requesting security holder's option, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Send copies of any proxy statement, form of proxy, or other soliciting material, including a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (as described in § 240.14a-16), furnished by the security holder to the record holders, including banks, brokers, and similar entities, designated by the security holder. A sufficient number of copies must be sent to the banks, brokers, and similar entities for distribution to all beneficial owners designated by the security holder. The security holder may designate only record holders and/or beneficial owners who have not requested paper and/ or e-mail copies of the proxy statement. If the registrant has received affirmative written or implied consent to deliver a single proxy statement to security holders at a shared address in accordance with the procedures in § 240.14a-3(e)(1), a single copy of the proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials furnished by the security holder shall be sent to that address, provided that if multiple copies of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials are furnished by the security holder for that address, the registrant shall deliver those copies in a single envelope to that address. The registrant shall send the security holder material with reasonable promptness after tender of the material to be sent, envelopes or other containers therefore, postage or payment for postage and other reasonable expenses of effecting such distribution. The registrant shall not be responsible for the content of the material; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Deliver the following information to the requesting security holder within five business days of receipt of the request:
</P>
<P>(A) A reasonably current list of the names, addresses and security positions of the record holders, including banks, brokers and similar entities holding securities in the same class or classes as holders which have been or are to be solicited on management's behalf, or any more limited group of such holders designated by the security holder if available or retrievable under the registrant's or its transfer agent's security holder data systems;
</P>
<P>(B) The most recent list of names, addresses and security positions of beneficial owners as specified in § 240.14a-13(b), in the possession, or which subsequently comes into the possession, of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(C) The names of security holders at a shared address that have consented to delivery of a single copy of proxy materials to a shared address, if the registrant has received written or implied consent in accordance with § 240.14a-3(e)(1); and
</P>
<P>(D) If the registrant has relied on § 240.14a-16, the names of security holders who have requested paper copies of the proxy materials for all meetings and the names of security holders who, as of the date that the registrant receives the request, have requested paper copies of the proxy materials only for the meeting to which the solicitation relates.
</P>
<P>(iii) All security holder list information shall be in the form requested by the security holder to the extent that such form is available to the registrant without undue burden or expense. The registrant shall furnish the security holder with updated record holder information on a daily basis or, if not available on a daily basis, at the shortest reasonable intervals; provided, however, the registrant need not provide beneficial or record holder information more current than the record date for the meeting or action.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The requesting security holder shall have the options set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and the registrant shall have corresponding obligations, if the registrant or general partner or sponsor is soliciting or intends to solicit with respect to: 
</P>
<P>(i) A proposal that is subject to § 240.13e-3; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter) that involves an entity with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter) that involves a limited partnership, unless the transaction involves only: 
</P>
<P>(A) Partnerships whose investors will receive new securities or securities in another entity that are not reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1); or 
</P>
<P>(B) Partnerships whose investors' securities are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under Section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1). 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to all other requests pursuant to this section, the registrant shall have the option to either mail the security holder's material or furnish the security holder list as set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) At the time of a list request, the security holder making the request shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) If holding the registrant's securities through a nominee, provide the registrant with a statement by the nominee or other independent third party, or a copy of a current filing made with the Commission and furnished to the registrant, confirming such holder's beneficial ownership; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the registrant with an affidavit, declaration, affirmation or other similar document provided for under applicable state law identifying the proposal or other corporate action that will be the subject of the security holder's solicitation or communication and attesting that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The security holder will not use the list information for any purpose other than to solicit security holders with respect to the same meeting or action by consent or authorization for which the registrant is soliciting or intends to solicit or to communicate with security holders with respect to a solicitation commenced by the registrant; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The security holder will not disclose such information to any person other than a beneficial owner for whom the request was made and an employee or agent to the extent necessary to effectuate the communication or solicitation. 
</P>
<P>(d) The security holder shall not use the information furnished by the registrant pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section for any purpose other than to solicit security holders with respect to the same meeting or action by consent or authorization for which the registrant is soliciting or intends to solicit or to communicate with security holders with respect to a solicitation commenced by the registrant; or disclose such information to any person other than an employee, agent, or beneficial owner for whom a request was made to the extent necessary to effectuate the communication or solicitation. The security holder shall return the information provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section and shall not retain any copies thereof or of any information derived from such information after the termination of the solicitation. 
</P>
<P>(e) The security holder shall reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by the registrant in performing the acts requested pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 240.14a-7.</HED>
<P>Reasonably prompt methods of distribution to security holders may be used instead of mailing. If an alternative distribution method is chosen, the costs of that method should be considered where necessary rather than the costs of mailing.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to § 240.14a-7</HED>
<P>When providing the information required by § 240.14a-7(a)(1)(ii), if the registrant has received affirmative written or implied consent to delivery of a single copy of proxy materials to a shared address in accordance with § 240.14a-3(e)(1), it shall exclude from the number of record holders those to whom it does not have to deliver a separate proxy statement.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 48292, Oct. 22, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 63684, Dec. 8, 1994; 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 65 FR 65750, Nov. 2, 2000; 72 FR 4167, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 42238, Aug. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.252" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-8   Shareholder proposals.</HEAD>
<P>This section addresses when a company must include a shareholder's proposal in its proxy statement and identify the proposal in its form of proxy when the company holds an annual or special meeting of shareholders. In summary, in order to have your shareholder proposal included on a company's proxy card, and included along with any supporting statement in its proxy statement, you must be eligible and follow certain procedures. Under a few specific circumstances, the company is permitted to exclude your proposal, but only after submitting its reasons to the Commission. We structured this section in a question-and-answer format so that it is easier to understand. The references to “you” are to a shareholder seeking to submit the proposal.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Question 1:</I> What is a proposal? A shareholder proposal is your recommendation or requirement that the company and/or its board of directors take action, which you intend to present at a meeting of the company's shareholders. Your proposal should state as clearly as possible the course of action that you believe the company should follow. If your proposal is placed on the company's proxy card, the company must also provide in the form of proxy means for shareholders to specify by boxes a choice between approval or disapproval, or abstention. Unless otherwise indicated, the word “proposal” as used in this section refers both to your proposal, and to your corresponding statement in support of your proposal (if any).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Question 2:</I> Who is eligible to submit a proposal, and how do I demonstrate to the company that I am eligible? (1) To be eligible to submit a proposal, you must satisfy the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) You must have continuously held:
</P>
<P>(A) At least $2,000 in market value of the company's securities entitled to vote on the proposal for at least three years; or
</P>
<P>(B) At least $15,000 in market value of the company's securities entitled to vote on the proposal for at least two years; or
</P>
<P>(C) At least $25,000 in market value of the company's securities entitled to vote on the proposal for at least one year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) You must provide the company with a written statement that you intend to continue to hold the requisite amount of securities, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, through the date of the shareholders' meeting for which the proposal is submitted; and
</P>
<P>(iii) You must provide the company with a written statement that you are able to meet with the company in person or via teleconference no less than 10 calendar days, nor more than 30 calendar days, after submission of the shareholder proposal. You must include your contact information as well as business days and specific times that you are available to discuss the proposal with the company. You must identify times that are within the regular business hours of the company's principal executive offices. If these hours are not disclosed in the company's proxy statement for the prior year's annual meeting, you must identify times that are between 9 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. in the time zone of the company's principal executive offices. If you elect to co-file a proposal, all co-filers must either:
</P>
<P>(A) Agree to the same dates and times of availability, or
</P>
<P>(B) Identify a single lead filer who will provide dates and times of the lead filer's availability to engage on behalf of all co-filers; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If you use a representative to submit a shareholder proposal on your behalf, you must provide the company with written documentation that:
</P>
<P>(A) Identifies the company to which the proposal is directed;
</P>
<P>(B) Identifies the annual or special meeting for which the proposal is submitted;
</P>
<P>(C) Identifies you as the proponent and identifies the person acting on your behalf as your representative;
</P>
<P>(D) Includes your statement authorizing the designated representative to submit the proposal and otherwise act on your behalf;
</P>
<P>(E) Identifies the specific topic of the proposal to be submitted;
</P>
<P>(F) Includes your statement supporting the proposal; and
</P>
<P>(G) Is signed and dated by you.
</P>
<P>(v) The requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section shall not apply to shareholders that are entities so long as the representative's authority to act on the shareholder's behalf is apparent and self-evident such that a reasonable person would understand that the agent has authority to submit the proposal and otherwise act on the shareholder's behalf.
</P>
<P>(vi) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, you may not aggregate your holdings with those of another shareholder or group of shareholders to meet the requisite amount of securities necessary to be eligible to submit a proposal.
</P>
<P>(2) One of the following methods must be used to demonstrate your eligibility to submit a proposal:
</P>
<P>(i) If you are the registered holder of your securities, which means that your name appears in the company's records as a shareholder, the company can verify your eligibility on its own, although you will still have to provide the company with a written statement that you intend to continue to hold the requisite amount of securities, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, through the date of the meeting of shareholders.
</P>
<P>(ii) If, like many shareholders, you are not a registered holder, the company likely does not know that you are a shareholder, or how many shares you own. In this case, at the time you submit your proposal, you must prove your eligibility to the company in one of two ways:
</P>
<P>(A) The first way is to submit to the company a written statement from the “record” holder of your securities (usually a broker or bank) verifying that, at the time you submitted your proposal, you continuously held at least $2,000, $15,000, or $25,000 in market value of the company's securities entitled to vote on the proposal for at least three years, two years, or one year, respectively. You must also include your own written statement that you intend to continue to hold the requisite amount of securities, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, through the date of the shareholders' meeting for which the proposal is submitted; or
</P>
<P>(B) The second way to prove ownership applies only if you were required to file, and filed, a Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101), Schedule 13G (§ 240.13d-102), Form 3 (§ 249.103 of this chapter), Form 4 (§ 249.104 of this chapter), and/or Form 5 (§ 249.105 of this chapter), or amendments to those documents or updated forms, demonstrating that you meet at least one of the share ownership requirements under paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section. If you have filed one or more of these documents with the SEC, you may demonstrate your eligibility to submit a proposal by submitting to the company:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A copy of the schedule(s) and/or form(s), and any subsequent amendments reporting a change in your ownership level;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Your written statement that you continuously held at least $2,000, $15,000, or $25,000 in market value of the company's securities entitled to vote on the proposal for at least three years, two years, or one year, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Your written statement that you intend to continue to hold the requisite amount of securities, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, through the date of the company's annual or special meeting.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Question 3:</I> How many proposals may I submit? Each person may submit no more than one proposal, directly or indirectly, to a company for a particular shareholders' meeting. A person may not rely on the securities holdings of another person for the purpose of meeting the eligibility requirements and submitting multiple proposals for a particular shareholders' meeting.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Question 4:</I> How long can my proposal be? The proposal, including any accompanying supporting statement, may not exceed 500 words.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Question 5:</I> What is the deadline for submitting a proposal? (1) If you are submitting your proposal for the company's annual meeting, you can in most cases find the deadline in last year's proxy statement. However, if the company did not hold an annual meeting last year, or has changed the date of its meeting for this year more than 30 days from last year's meeting, you can usually find the deadline in one of the company's quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308a of this chapter), or in shareholder reports of investment companies under § 270.30d-1 of this chapter of the Investment Company Act of 1940. In order to avoid controversy, shareholders should submit their proposals by means, including electronic means, that permit them to prove the date of delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) The deadline is calculated in the following manner if the proposal is submitted for a regularly scheduled annual meeting. The proposal must be received at the company's principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days before the date of the company's proxy statement released to shareholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting. However, if the company did not hold an annual meeting the previous year, or if the date of this year's annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year's meeting, then the deadline is a reasonable time before the company begins to print and send its proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(3) If you are submitting your proposal for a meeting of shareholders other than a regularly scheduled annual meeting, the deadline is a reasonable time before the company begins to print and send its proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Question 6:</I> What if I fail to follow one of the eligibility or procedural requirements explained in answers to Questions 1 through 4 of this section? (1) The company may exclude your proposal, but only after it has notified you of the problem, and you have failed adequately to correct it. Within 14 calendar days of receiving your proposal, the company must notify you in writing of any procedural or eligibility deficiencies, as well as of the time frame for your response. Your response must be postmarked, or transmitted electronically, no later than 14 days from the date you received the company's notification. A company need not provide you such notice of a deficiency if the deficiency cannot be remedied, such as if you fail to submit a proposal by the company's properly determined deadline. If the company intends to exclude the proposal, it will later have to make a submission under § 240.14a-8 and provide you with a copy under Question 10 below, § 240.14a-8(j).
</P>
<P>(2) If you fail in your promise to hold the required number of securities through the date of the meeting of shareholders, then the company will be permitted to exclude all of your proposals from its proxy materials for any meeting held in the following two calendar years.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Question 7:</I> Who has the burden of persuading the Commission or its staff that my proposal can be excluded? Except as otherwise noted, the burden is on the company to demonstrate that it is entitled to exclude a proposal.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Question 8:</I> Must I appear personally at the shareholders' meeting to present the proposal? (1) Either you, or your representative who is qualified under state law to present the proposal on your behalf, must attend the meeting to present the proposal. Whether you attend the meeting yourself or send a qualified representative to the meeting in your place, you should make sure that you, or your representative, follow the proper state law procedures for attending the meeting and/or presenting your proposal.
</P>
<P>(2) If the company holds its shareholder meeting in whole or in part via electronic media, and the company permits you or your representative to present your proposal via such media, then you may appear through electronic media rather than traveling to the meeting to appear in person.
</P>
<P>(3) If you or your qualified representative fail to appear and present the proposal, without good cause, the company will be permitted to exclude all of your proposals from its proxy materials for any meetings held in the following two calendar years.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Question 9:</I> If I have complied with the procedural requirements, on what other bases may a company rely to exclude my proposal? (1) Improper under state law: If the proposal is not a proper subject for action by shareholders under the laws of the jurisdiction of the company's organization;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">i</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Depending on the subject matter, some proposals are not considered proper under state law if they would be binding on the company if approved by shareholders. In our experience, most proposals that are cast as recommendations or requests that the board of directors take specified action are proper under state law. Accordingly, we will assume that a proposal drafted as a recommendation or suggestion is proper unless the company demonstrates otherwise.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) <I>Violation of law:</I> If the proposal would, if implemented, cause the company to violate any state, federal, or foreign law to which it is subject;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">i</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>We will not apply this basis for exclusion to permit exclusion of a proposal on grounds that it would violate foreign law if compliance with the foreign law would result in a violation of any state or federal law.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) <I>Violation of proxy rules:</I> If the proposal or supporting statement is contrary to any of the Commission's proxy rules, including § 240.14a-9, which prohibits materially false or misleading statements in proxy soliciting materials;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Personal grievance; special interest:</I> If the proposal relates to the redress of a personal claim or grievance against the company or any other person, or if it is designed to result in a benefit to you, or to further a personal interest, which is not shared by the other shareholders at large;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Relevance:</I> If the proposal relates to operations which account for less than 5 percent of the company's total assets at the end of its most recent fiscal year, and for less than 5 percent of its net earnings and gross sales for its most recent fiscal year, and is not otherwise significantly related to the company's business;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Absence of power/authority:</I> If the company would lack the power or authority to implement the proposal;
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Management functions:</I> If the proposal deals with a matter relating to the company's ordinary business operations;
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Director elections:</I> If the proposal:
</P>
<P>(i) Would disqualify a nominee who is standing for election;
</P>
<P>(ii) Would remove a director from office before his or her term expired;
</P>
<P>(iii) Questions the competence, business judgment, or character of one or more nominees or directors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Seeks to include a specific individual in the company's proxy materials for election to the board of directors; or
</P>
<P>(v) Otherwise could affect the outcome of the upcoming election of directors.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Conflicts with company's proposal:</I> If the proposal directly conflicts with one of the company's own proposals to be submitted to shareholders at the same meeting;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">i</E>)(9):</HED>
<P>A company's submission to the Commission under this section should specify the points of conflict with the company's proposal.</P></NOTE>
<P>(10) <I>Substantially implemented:</I> If the company has already substantially implemented the proposal;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">i</E>)(10):</HED>
<P>A company may exclude a shareholder proposal that would provide an advisory vote or seek future advisory votes to approve the compensation of executives as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter) or any successor to Item 402 (a “say-on-pay vote”) or that relates to the frequency of say-on-pay votes, provided that in the most recent shareholder vote required by § 240.14a-21(b) of this chapter a single year (<I>i.e.,</I> one, two, or three years) received approval of a majority of votes cast on the matter and the company has adopted a policy on the frequency of say-on-pay votes that is consistent with the choice of the majority of votes cast in the most recent shareholder vote required by § 240.14a-21(b) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(11) <I>Duplication:</I> If the proposal substantially duplicates another proposal previously submitted to the company by another proponent that will be included in the company's proxy materials for the same meeting;
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Resubmissions.</I> If the proposal addresses substantially the same subject matter as a proposal, or proposals, previously included in the company's proxy materials within the preceding five calendar years if the most recent vote occurred within the preceding three calendar years and the most recent vote was:
</P>
<P>(i) Less than 5 percent of the votes cast if previously voted on once;
</P>
<P>(ii) Less than 15 percent of the votes cast if previously voted on twice; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Less than 25 percent of the votes cast if previously voted on three or more times.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Specific amount of dividends:</I> If the proposal relates to specific amounts of cash or stock dividends.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Question 10:</I> What procedures must the company follow if it intends to exclude my proposal? (1) If the company intends to exclude a proposal from its proxy materials, it must file its reasons with the Commission no later than 80 calendar days before it files its definitive proxy statement and form of proxy with the Commission. The company must simultaneously provide you with a copy of its submission. The Commission staff may permit the company to make its submission later than 80 days before the company files its definitive proxy statement and form of proxy, if the company demonstrates good cause for missing the deadline.
</P>
<P>(2) The company must file six paper copies of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The proposal;
</P>
<P>(ii) An explanation of why the company believes that it may exclude the proposal, which should, if possible, refer to the most recent applicable authority, such as prior Division letters issued under the rule; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A supporting opinion of counsel when such reasons are based on matters of state or foreign law.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Question 11:</I> May I submit my own statement to the Commission responding to the company's arguments?
</P>
<P>Yes, you may submit a response, but it is not required. You should try to submit any response to us, with a copy to the company, as soon as possible after the company makes its submission. This way, the Commission staff will have time to consider fully your submission before it issues its response. You should submit six paper copies of your response.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Question 12:</I> If the company includes my shareholder proposal in its proxy materials, what information about me must it include along with the proposal itself?
</P>
<P>(1) The company's proxy statement must include your name and address, as well as the number of the company's voting securities that you hold. However, instead of providing that information, the company may instead include a statement that it will provide the information to shareholders promptly upon receiving an oral or written request.
</P>
<P>(2) The company is not responsible for the contents of your proposal or supporting statement.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Question 13:</I> What can I do if the company includes in its proxy statement reasons why it believes shareholders should not vote in favor of my proposal, and I disagree with some of its statements?
</P>
<P>(1) The company may elect to include in its proxy statement reasons why it believes shareholders should vote against your proposal. The company is allowed to make arguments reflecting its own point of view, just as you may express your own point of view in your proposal's supporting statement.
</P>
<P>(2) However, if you believe that the company's opposition to your proposal contains materially false or misleading statements that may violate our anti-fraud rule, § 240.14a-9, you should promptly send to the Commission staff and the company a letter explaining the reasons for your view, along with a copy of the company's statements opposing your proposal. To the extent possible, your letter should include specific factual information demonstrating the inaccuracy of the company's claims. Time permitting, you may wish to try to work out your differences with the company by yourself before contacting the Commission staff.
</P>
<P>(3) We require the company to send you a copy of its statements opposing your proposal before it sends its proxy materials, so that you may bring to our attention any materially false or misleading statements, under the following timeframes:
</P>
<P>(i) If our no-action response requires that you make revisions to your proposal or supporting statement as a condition to requiring the company to include it in its proxy materials, then the company must provide you with a copy of its opposition statements no later than 5 calendar days after the company receives a copy of your revised proposal; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In all other cases, the company must provide you with a copy of its opposition statements no later than 30 calendar days before its files definitive copies of its proxy statement and form of proxy under § 240.14a-6.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 29119, May 28, 1998; 63 FR 50622, 50623, Sept. 22, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 4168, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 70456, Dec. 11, 2007; 73 FR 977, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 6045, Feb. 2, 2011; 75 FR 56782, Sept. 16, 2010; 85 FR 70294, Nov. 4, 2020; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.253" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-9   False or misleading statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No solicitation subject to this regulation shall be made by means of any proxy statement, form of proxy, notice of meeting or other communication, written or oral, containing any statement which, at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or which omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of a proxy for the same meeting or subject matter which has become false or misleading. 
</P>
<P>(b) The fact that a proxy statement, form of proxy or other soliciting material has been filed with or examined by the Commission shall not be deemed a finding by the Commission that such material is accurate or complete or not false or misleading, or that the Commission has passed upon the merits of or approved any statement contained therein or any matter to be acted upon by security holders. No representation contrary to the foregoing shall be made. 
</P>
<P>(c) No nominee, nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group, or any member thereof, shall cause to be included in a registrant's proxy materials, either pursuant to the Federal proxy rules, an applicable state or foreign law provision, or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to including shareholder nominees for director in a registrant's proxy materials, include in a notice on Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101), or include in any other related communication, any statement which, at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or which omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to a solicitation for the same meeting or subject matter which has become false or misleading.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The following are some examples of what, depending upon particular facts and circumstances, may be misleading within the meaning of this section. 
</P>
<P>a. Predictions as to specific future market values. 
</P>
<P>b. Material which directly or indirectly impugns character, integrity or personal reputation, or directly or indirectly makes charges concerning improper, illegal or immoral conduct or associations, without factual foundation. 
</P>
<P>c. Failure to so identify a proxy statement, form of proxy and other soliciting material as to clearly distinguish it from the soliciting material of any other person or persons soliciting for the same meeting or subject matter. 
</P>
<P>d. Claims made prior to a meeting regarding the results of a solicitation.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 212, Jan. 7, 1966, as amended at 41 FR 19933, May 14, 1976; 44 FR 38815, July 2, 1979; 44 FR 68456, Nov. 29, 1979; 75 FR 56782, Sept. 16, 2010; 85 FR 55155, Sept. 3, 2020; 87 FR 43196, July 19, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.254" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-10   Prohibition of certain solicitations.</HEAD>
<P>No person making a solicitation which is subject to §§ 240.14a-1 to 240.14a-10 shall solicit: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any undated or postdated proxy; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Any proxy which provides that it shall be deemed to be dated as of any date subsequent to the date on which it is signed by the security holder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[17 FR 11434, Dec. 18, 1952] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.255" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-12   Solicitation before furnishing a proxy statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 240.14a-3(a), a solicitation may be made before furnishing security holders with a proxy statement meeting the requirements of § 240.14a-3(a) if:
</P>
<P>(1) Each written communication includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of the participants in the solicitation (as defined in Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101)) and a description of their direct or indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, or a prominent legend in clear, plain language advising security holders where they can obtain that information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A prominent legend in clear, plain language advising security holders to read the proxy statement when it is available because it contains important information. The legend also must explain to investors that they can get the proxy statement, and any other relevant documents, for free at the Commission's web site and describe which documents are available free from the participants; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A definitive proxy statement meeting the requirements of § 240.14a-3(a) is sent or given to security holders solicited in reliance on this section before or at the same time as the forms of proxy, consent or authorization are furnished to or requested from security holders.
</P>
<P>(b) Any soliciting material published, sent or given to security holders in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section must be filed with the Commission no later than the date the material is first published, sent or given to security holders. Three copies of the material must at the same time be filed with, or mailed for filing to, each national securities exchange upon which any class of securities of the registrant is listed and registered. The soliciting material must include a cover page in the form set forth in Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101) and the appropriate box on the cover page must be marked. Soliciting material in connection with a registered offering is required to be filed only under § 230.424 or § 230.425 of this chapter, and will be deemed filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Solicitations by any person or group of persons for the purpose of opposing a solicitation subject to this regulation by any other person or group of persons with respect to the election or removal of directors at any annual or special meeting of security holders also are subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Application of this rule to annual report to security holders.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of § 240.14a-3 (b) and (c), any portion of the annual report to security holders referred to in § 240.14a-3(b) that comments upon or refers to any solicitation subject to this rule, or to any participant in the solicitation, other than the solicitation by the management, must be filed with the Commission as proxy material subject to this regulation. This must be filed in electronic format unless an exemption is available under Rules 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Use of reprints or reproductions.</I> In any solicitation subject to this § 240.14a-12(c), soliciting material that includes, in whole or part, any reprints or reproductions of any previously published material must:
</P>
<P>(i) State the name of the author and publication, the date of prior publication, and identify any person who is quoted without being named in the previously published material.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except in the case of a public or official document or statement, state whether or not the consent of the author and publication has been obtained to the use of the previously published material as proxy soliciting material.
</P>
<P>(iii) If any participant using the previously published material, or anyone on his or her behalf, paid, directly or indirectly, for the preparation or prior publication of the previously published material, or has made or proposes to make any payments or give any other consideration in connection with the publication or republication of the material, state the circumstances.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction 1 to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-12.</HED>
<P>If paper filing is permitted, file eight copies of the soliciting material with the Commission, except that only three copies of the material specified by § 240.14a-12(c)(1) need be filed.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction 2 to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-12.</HED>
<P>Any communications made under this section after the definitive proxy statement is on file but before it is disseminated also must specify that the proxy statement is publicly available and the anticipated date of dissemination.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction 3 to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-12.</HED>
<P>Inclusion of a nominee pursuant to an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents 

 as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials, or solicitations by a nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group that are made in connection with that nomination constitute solicitations in opposition subject to § 240.14a-12(c), except for purposes of § 240.14a-6(a).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61456, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 72 FR 4168, Jan. 29, 2007; 75 FR 56787, Sept. 16, 2010; 90 FR 9689, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.256" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-13   Obligation of registrants in communicating with beneficial owners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registrant knows that securities of any class entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consents or authorizations if no meeting is held) with respect to which the registrant intends to solicit proxies, consents or authorizations are held of record by a broker, dealer, voting trustee, bank, association, or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers in nominee name or otherwise, the registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) By first class mail or other equally prompt means:
</P>
<P>(i) Inquire of each such record holder:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether other persons are the beneficial owners of such securities and if so, the number of copies of the proxy and other soliciting material necessary to supply such material to such beneficial owners;
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting, or written consents in lieu of such meeting, at which directors are to be elected, the number of copies of the annual report to security holders necessary to supply such report to beneficial owners to whom such reports are to be distributed by such record holder or its nominee and not by the registrant;
</P>
<P>(C) If the record holder has an obligation under § 240.14b-1(b)(3) or § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(ii) and (iii), whether an agent has been designated to act on its behalf in fulfilling such obligation and, if so, the name and address of such agent; and
</P>
<P>(D) Whether it holds the registrant's securities on behalf of any respondent bank and, if so, the name and address of each such respondent bank; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate to each such record holder:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the registrant, pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, intends to distribute the annual report to security holders to beneficial owners of its securities whose names, addresses and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) or § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(ii) and (iii); 
</P>
<P>(B) The record date; and 
</P>
<P>(C) At the option of the registrant, any employee benefit plan established by an affiliate of the registrant that holds securities of the registrant that the registrant elects to treat as exempt employee benefit plan securities; 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a record holder's or respondent bank's response indicating, pursuant to § 240.14b-2(b)(1)(i), the names and addresses of its respondent banks, within one business day after the date such response is received, make an inquiry of and give notification to each such respondent bank in the same manner required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> the inquiry required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall not cover beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities; 
</P>
<P>(3) Make the inquiry required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section at least 20 business days prior to the record date of the meeting of security holders, or
</P>
<P>(i) If such inquiry is impracticable 20 business days prior to the record date of a special meeting, as many days before the record date of such meeting as is practicable or, 
</P>
<P>(ii) If consents or authorizations are solicited, and such inquiry is impracticable 20 business days before the earliest date on which they may be used to effect corporate action, as many days before that date as is practicable, or
</P>
<P>(iii) At such later time as the rules of a national securities exchange on which the class of securities in question is listed may permit for good cause shown; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if a record holder or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such inquiries, the inquiry shall be made to such designated office(s) or department(s); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Supply, in a timely manner, each record holder and respondent bank of whom the inquiries required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section are made with copies of the proxy, other proxy soliciting material, and/or the annual report to security holders, in such quantities, assembled in such form and at such place(s), as the record holder or respondent bank may reasonably request in order to send such material to each beneficial owner of securities who is to be furnished with such material by the record holder or respondent bank; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Upon the request of any record holder or respondent bank that is supplied with proxy soliciting material and/or annual reports to security holders pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section, pay its reasonable expenses for completing the sending of such material to beneficial owners.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>If the registrant's list of security holders indicates that some of its securities are registered in the name of a clearing agency registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Act (e.g., “Cede &amp; Co.,” nominee for the Depository Trust Company), the registrant shall make appropriate inquiry of the clearing agency and thereafter of the participants in such clearing agency who may hold on behalf of a beneficial owner or respondent bank, and shall comply with the above paragraph with respect to any such participant (<I>see</I> § 240.14a-1(i)).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The attention of registrants is called to the fact that each broker, dealer, bank, association, and other entity that exercises fiduciary powers has an obligation pursuant to § 240.14b-1 and § 240.14b-2 (except as provided therein with respect to exempt employee benefit plan securities held in nominee name) and, with respect to brokers and dealers, applicable self-regulatory organization requirements to obtain and forward, within the time periods prescribed therein, (a) proxies (or in lieu thereof requests for voting instructions) and proxy soliciting materials to beneficial owners on whose behalf it holds securities, and (b) annual reports to security holders to beneficial owners on whose behalf it holds securities, unless the registrant has notified the record holder or respondent bank that it has assumed responsibility to send such material to beneficial owners whose names, addresses, and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) and § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(ii) and (iii).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3:</HED>
<P>The attention of registrants is called to the fact that registrants have an obligation, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, to cause proxies (or in lieu thereof requests for voting instructions), proxy soliciting material and annual reports to security holders to be furnished, in a timely manner, to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Any registrant requesting pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) or § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(ii) and (iii) a list of names, addresses and securities positions of beneficial owners of its securities who either have consented or have not objected to disclosure of such information shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) By first class mail or other equally prompt means, inquire of each record holder and each respondent bank identified to the registrant pursuant to § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(i) whether such record holder or respondent bank holds the registrant's securities on behalf of any respondent banks and, if so, the name and address of each such respondent bank; 
</P>
<P>(2) Request such list to be compiled as of a date no earlier than five business days after the date the registrant's request is received by the record holder or respondent bank; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the record holder or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such requests, the request shall be made to such designated office(s) or department(s); 
</P>
<P>(3) Make such request to the following persons that hold the registrant's securities on behalf of beneficial owners: all brokers, dealers, banks, associations and other entities that exercises fiduciary powers; <I>Provided however,</I> such request shall not cover beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities as defined in § 240.14a-1(d)(1); and, at the option of the registrant, such request may give notice of any employee benefit plan established by an affiliate of the registrant that holds securities of the registrant that the registrant elects to treat as exempt employee benefit plan securities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Use the information furnished in response to such request exclusively for purposes of corporate communications; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Upon the request of any record holder or respondent bank to whom such request is made, pay the reasonable expenses, both direct and indirect, of providing beneficial owner information.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A registrant will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under paragraph (b) of this section by requesting consenting and non-objecting beneficial owner lists from a designated agent acting on behalf of the record holder or respondent bank and paying to that designated agent the reasonable expenses of providing the beneficial owner information.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) A registrant, at its option, may send its annual report to security holders to the beneficial owners whose identifying information is provided by record holders and respondent banks, pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) or § 240.14b-2(b)(4)(ii) and (iii), provided that such registrant notifies the record holders and respondent banks, at the time it makes the inquiry required by paragraph (a) of this section, that the registrant will send the annual report to security holders to the beneficial owners so identified.
</P>
<P>(d) If a registrant solicits proxies, consents or authorizations from record holders and respondent banks who hold securities on behalf of beneficial owners, the registrant shall cause proxies (or in lieu thereof requests or voting instructions), proxy soliciting material and annual reports to security holders to be furnished, in a timely manner, to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 44276, Dec. 9, 1986; 52 FR 2220, Jan. 21, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 23648, June 24, 1987; 53 FR 16405, May 9, 1988; 57 FR 1099, Jan. 10, 1992; 72 FR 4168, Jan. 29, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.257" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-14   Modified or superseded documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference shall be deemed to be modified or superseded, for purposes of the proxy statement, to the extent that a statement contained in the proxy statement or in any other subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference modifies or replaces such statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The modifying or superseding statement may, but need not, state it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set forth in the document that is not so modified or superseded. The making of a modifying or superseding statement shall not be deemed an admission that the modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted an untrue statement of a material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a statement not misleading, or the employment of a manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of business or artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“the Act”), the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) Any statement so modified shall not be deemed in its unmodified form to constitute part of the proxy statement for purposes of the Act. Any statement so superseded shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the proxy statement for purposes of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 21936, June 10, 1987, as amended at 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.258" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-15   Differential and contingent compensation in connection with roll-up transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for any person to receive compensation for soliciting proxies, consents, or authorizations directly from security holders in connection with a roll-up transaction as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, if the compensation is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Based on whether the solicited proxy, consent, or authorization either approves or disapproves the proposed roll-up transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Contingent on the approval, disapproval, or completion of the roll-up transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section is applicable to a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter), except for a transaction involving only: 
</P>
<P>(1) Finite-life entities that are not limited partnerships; 
</P>
<P>(2) Partnerships whose investors will receive new securities or securities in another entity that are not reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1); or 
</P>
<P>(3) Partnerships whose investors' securities are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63684, Dec. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.259" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-16   Internet availability of proxy materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A registrant shall furnish a proxy statement pursuant to § 240.14a-3(a), or an annual report to security holders pursuant to § 240.14a-3(b), to a security holder by sending the security holder a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as described in this section, 40 calendar days or more prior to the security holder meeting date, or if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days or more prior to the date the votes, consents or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action, and complying with all other requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless the registrant chooses to follow the full set delivery option set forth in paragraph (n) of this section, it must provide the record holder or respondent bank with all information listed in paragraph (d) of this section in sufficient time for the record holder or respondent bank to prepare, print and send a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to beneficial owners at least 40 calendar days before the meeting date. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) All materials identified in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials must be publicly accessible, free of charge, at the Web site address specified in the notice on or before the time that the notice is sent to the security holder and such materials must remain available on that Web site through the conclusion of the meeting of security holders.
</P>
<P>(2) All additional soliciting materials sent to security holders or made public after the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials has been sent must be made publicly accessible at the specified Web site address no later than the day on which such materials are first sent to security holders or made public.
</P>
<P>(3) The Web site address relied upon for compliance under this section may not be the address of the Commission's electronic filing system.
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant must provide security holders with a means to execute a proxy as of the time the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials is first sent to security holders.
</P>
<P>(c) The materials must be presented on the Web site in a format, or formats, convenient for both reading online and printing on paper.
</P>
<P>(d) The Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A prominent legend in bold-face type that states “Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting To Be Held on [insert meeting date]”;
</P>
<P>(2) An indication that the communication is not a form for voting and presents only an overview of the more complete proxy materials, which contain important information and are available on the Internet or by mail, and encouraging a security holder to access and review the proxy materials before voting;
</P>
<P>(3) The Internet Web site address where the proxy materials are available;
</P>
<P>(4) Instructions regarding how a security holder may request a paper or e-mail copy of the proxy materials at no charge, including the date by which they should make the request to facilitate timely delivery, and an indication that they will not otherwise receive a paper or e-mail copy;
</P>
<P>(5) The date, time, and location of the meeting, or if corporate action is to be taken by written consent, the earliest date on which the corporate action may be effected;
</P>
<P>(6) A clear and impartial identification of each separate matter intended to be acted on and the soliciting person's recommendations, if any, regarding those matters, but no supporting statements; 
</P>
<P>(7) A list of the materials being made available at the specified Web site;
</P>
<P>(8) A toll-free telephone number, an e-mail address, and an Internet Web site where the security holder can request a copy of the proxy statement, annual report to security holders, and form of proxy, relating to all of the registrant's future security holder meetings and for the particular meeting to which the proxy materials being furnished relate;
</P>
<P>(9) Any control/identification numbers that the security holder needs to access his or her form of proxy;
</P>
<P>(10) Instructions on how to access the form of proxy, provided that such instructions do not enable a security holder to execute a proxy without having access to the proxy statement and, if required by § 240.14a-3(b), the annual report to security holders; and
</P>
<P>(11) Information on how to obtain directions to be able to attend the meeting and vote in person.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials may not be incorporated into, or combined with, another document, except that it may be incorporated into, or combined with, a notice of security holder meeting required under state law, unless state law prohibits such incorporation or combination.
</P>
<P>(2) The Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials may contain only the information required by paragraph (d) of this section and any additional information required to be included in a notice of security holders meeting under state law; provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant must revise the information on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, including any title to the document, to reflect the fact that:
</P>
<P>(A) The registrant is conducting a consent solicitation rather than a proxy solicitation; or
</P>
<P>(B) The registrant is not soliciting proxy or consent authority, but is furnishing an information statement pursuant to § 240.14c-2; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The registrant may include a statement on the Notice to educate security holders that no personal information other than the identification or control number is necessary to execute a proxy.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials must be sent separately from other types of security holder communications and may not accompany any other document or materials, including the form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the registrant may accompany the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials with:
</P>
<P>(i) A pre-addressed, postage-paid reply card for requesting a copy of the proxy materials;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of any notice of security holder meeting required under state law if that notice is not combined with the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials; 
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the company's prospectus, a summary prospectus that satisfies the requirements of § 230.498(b) or § 230.498A(b) or (c) of this chapter, a Notice under § 270.30e-3 of this chapter, or a report that is required to be transmitted to stockholders by section 30(e) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(e)) and its implementing regulations (<I>e.g.,</I> §§ 270.30e-1 and 270.30e-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iv) An explanation of the reasons for a registrant's use of the rules detailed in this section and the process of receiving and reviewing the proxy materials and voting as detailed in this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Plain English.</I> (1) To enhance the readability of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, the registrant must use plain English principles in the organization, language, and design of the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant must draft the language in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials so that, at a minimum, it substantially complies with each of the following plain English writing principles:
</P>
<P>(i) Short sentences;
</P>
<P>(ii) Definite, concrete, everyday words;
</P>
<P>(iii) Active voice;
</P>
<P>(iv) Tabular presentation or bullet lists for complex material, whenever possible;
</P>
<P>(v) No legal jargon or highly technical business terms; and
</P>
<P>(vi) No multiple negatives.
</P>
<P>(3) In designing the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, the registrant may include pictures, logos, or similar design elements so long as the design is not misleading and the required information is clear.
</P>
<P>(h) The registrant may send a form of proxy to security holders if:
</P>
<P>(1) At least 10 calendar days or more have passed since the date it first sent the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to security holders and the form of proxy is accompanied by a copy of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials; or
</P>
<P>(2) The form of proxy is accompanied or preceded by a copy, via the same medium, of the proxy statement and any annual report to security holders that is required by § 240.14a-3(b). 
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant must file a form of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials with the Commission pursuant to § 240.14a-6(b) no later than the date that the registrant first sends the notice to security holders.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Obligation to provide copies.</I> (1) The registrant must send, at no cost to the record holder or respondent bank and by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt means, a paper copy of the proxy statement, information statement, annual report to security holders, and form of proxy (to the extent each of those documents is applicable) to any record holder or respondent bank requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for a paper copy.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant must send, at no cost to the record holder or respondent bank and via e-mail, an electronic copy of the proxy statement, information statement, annual report to security holders, and form of proxy (to the extent each of those documents is applicable) to any record holder or respondent bank requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for an electronic copy via e-mail.
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant must provide copies of the proxy materials for one year after the conclusion of the meeting or corporate action to which the proxy materials relate, provided that, if the registrant receives the request after the conclusion of the meeting or corporate action to which the proxy materials relate, the registrant need not send copies via First Class mail and need not respond to such request within three business days. 
</P>
<P>(4) The registrant must maintain records of security holder requests to receive materials in paper or via e-mail for future solicitations and must continue to provide copies of the materials to a security holder who has made such a request until the security holder revokes such request.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Security holder information.</I> (1) A registrant or its agent shall maintain the Internet Web site on which it posts its proxy materials in a manner that does not infringe on the anonymity of a person accessing such Web site.
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant and its agents shall not use any e-mail address obtained from a security holder solely for the purpose of requesting a copy of proxy materials pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section for any purpose other than to send a copy of those materials to that security holder. The registrant shall not disclose such information to any person other than an employee or agent to the extent necessary to send a copy of the proxy materials pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(l) A person other than the registrant may solicit proxies pursuant to the conditions imposed on registrants by this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) A soliciting person other than the registrant is required to provide copies of its proxy materials only to security holders to whom it has sent a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials; and
</P>
<P>(2) A soliciting person other than the registrant must send its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials by the later of:
</P>
<P>(i) 40 Calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date or, if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days prior to the date the votes, consents, or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date on which it files its definitive proxy statement with the Commission, provided its preliminary proxy statement is filed no later than 10 calendar days after the date that the registrant files its definitive proxy statement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content of the soliciting person's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.</I> (i) If, at the time a soliciting person other than the registrant sends its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, the soliciting person is not aware of all matters on the registrant's agenda for the meeting of security holders, the soliciting person's Notice on Internet Availability of Proxy Materials must provide a clear and impartial identification of each separate matter on the agenda to the extent known by the soliciting person at that time. The soliciting person's notice also must include a clear statement indicating that there may be additional agenda items of which the soliciting person is not aware and that the security holder cannot direct a vote for those items on the soliciting person's proxy card provided at that time.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a soliciting person other than the registrant sends a form of proxy not containing all matters intended to be acted upon, the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials must clearly state whether execution of the form of proxy will invalidate a security holder's prior vote on matters not presented on the form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(m) This section shall not apply to a proxy solicitation in connection with a business combination transaction, as defined in § 230.165 of this chapter, as well as transactions for cash consideration requiring disclosure under Item 14 of § 240.14a-101.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Full Set Delivery Option.</I> (1) For purposes of this paragraph (n), the term full set of proxy materials shall include all of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the proxy statement;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the annual report to security holders if required by § 240.14a-3(b); and
</P>
<P>(iii) A form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraphs (e) and (f)(2) of this section, a registrant or other soliciting person may:
</P>
<P>(i) Accompany the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials with a full set of proxy materials; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Send a full set of proxy materials without a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials if all of the information required in a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (n)(4) of this section is incorporated in the proxy statement and the form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(3) A registrant or other soliciting person that sends a full set of proxy materials to a security holder pursuant to this paragraph (n) need not comply with
</P>
<P>(i) The timing provisions of paragraphs (a) and (l)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The obligation to provide copies pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A registrant or other soliciting person that sends a full set of proxy materials to a security holder pursuant to this paragraph (n) need not include in its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, proxy statement, or form of proxy the following disclosures:
</P>
<P>(i) Instructions regarding the nature of the communication pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Instructions on how to request a copy of the proxy materials; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Instructions on how to access the form of proxy pursuant to paragraph (d)(10) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 4168, Jan. 29, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 42238, Aug. 1, 2007; 72 FR 42238, Aug. 1, 2007; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 75 FR 9081, Feb. 26, 2010; 83 FR 29204, June 22, 2018; 85 FR 26101, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.260" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-17   Electronic shareholder forums.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A shareholder, registrant, or third party acting on behalf of a shareholder or registrant may establish, maintain, or operate an electronic shareholder forum to facilitate interaction among the registrant's shareholders and between the registrant and its shareholders as the shareholder or registrant deems appropriate. Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the forum must comply with the federal securities laws, including Section 14(a) of the Act and its associated regulations, other applicable federal laws, applicable state laws, and the registrant's governing documents.
</P>
<P>(b) No shareholder, registrant, or third party acting on behalf of a shareholder or registrant, by reason of establishing, maintaining, or operating an electronic shareholder forum, will be liable under the federal securities laws for any statement or information provided by another person to the electronic shareholder forum. Nothing in this section prevents or alters the application of the federal securities laws, including the provisions for liability for fraud, deception, or manipulation, or other applicable federal and state laws to the person or persons that provide a statement or information to an electronic shareholder forum.
</P>
<P>(c) Reliance on the exemption in § 240.14a-2(b)(6) to participate in an electronic shareholder forum does not eliminate a person's eligibility to solicit proxies after the date that the exemption in § 240.14a-2(b)(6) is no longer available, or is no longer being relied upon, provided that any such solicitation is conducted in accordance with this regulation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 4458, Jan. 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.261" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-18   Disclosure regarding nominating shareholders and nominees submitted for inclusion in a registrant's proxy materials pursuant to applicable state or foreign law, or a registrant's governing documents.</HEAD>
<P>To have a nominee included in a registrant's proxy materials pursuant to a procedure set forth under applicable state or foreign law, or the registrant's governing documents addressing the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials, the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group must provide notice to the registrant of its intent to do so on a Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101) and file that notice, including the required disclosure, with the Commission on the date first transmitted to the registrant. This notice shall be postmarked or transmitted electronically to the registrant by the date specified by the registrant's advance notice provision or, where no such provision is in place, no later than 120 calendar days before the anniversary of the date that the registrant mailed its proxy materials for the prior year's annual meeting, except that, if the registrant did not hold an annual meeting during the prior year, or if the date of the meeting has changed by more than 30 calendar days from the prior year, then the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group must provide notice a reasonable time before the registrant mails its proxy materials, as specified by the registrant in a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) filed pursuant to Item 5.08 of Form 8-K.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-18.</HED>
<P>The registrant is not responsible for any information provided in the Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101) by the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group, which is submitted as required by this section or otherwise provided by the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group that is included in the registrant's proxy materials.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 56787, Sept. 16, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.262" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-19   Solicitation of proxies in support of director nominees other than the registrant's nominees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the registrant's nominees unless such person:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice to the registrant in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section unless the information required by paragraph (b) of this section has been provided in a preliminary or definitive proxy statement previously filed by such person;
</P>
<P>(2) Files a definitive proxy statement with the Commission in accordance with § 240.14a-6(b) by the later of:
</P>
<P>(i) 25 calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Five (5) calendar days after the date that the registrant files its definitive proxy statement; and
</P>
<P>(3) Solicits the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the election of directors and includes a statement to that effect in the proxy statement or form of proxy.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be postmarked or transmitted electronically to the registrant at its principal executive office no later than 60 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting date, except that, if the registrant did not hold an annual meeting during the previous year, or if the date of the meeting has changed by more than 30 calendar days from the previous year, then notice must be provided by the later of 60 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the 10th calendar day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the registrant;
</P>
<P>(2) Include the names of all nominees for whom such person intends to solicit proxies; and
</P>
<P>(3) Include a statement that such person intends to solicit the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the election of directors in support of director nominees other than the registrant's nominees.
</P>
<P>(c) If any change occurs with respect to such person's intent to solicit the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the election of directors in support of director nominees other than the registrant's nominees or with respect to the names of such person's nominees, such person shall notify the registrant promptly.
</P>
<P>(d) A registrant shall notify the person conducting a proxy solicitation subject to this section of the names of all nominees for whom the registrant intends to solicit proxies unless the names have been provided in a preliminary or definitive proxy statement previously filed by the registrant. The notice shall be postmarked or transmitted electronically no later than 50 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting date, except that, if the registrant did not hold an annual meeting during the previous year, or if the date of the meeting has changed by more than 30 calendar days from the previous year, then notice must be provided no later than 50 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting. If any change occurs with respect to the names of the registrant's nominees, the registrant shall notify the person conducting a proxy solicitation subject to this section promptly.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 240.14a-4(b)(2), if any person is conducting a proxy solicitation subject to this section, the form of proxy of the registrant and the form of proxy of any person soliciting proxies pursuant to this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set forth the names of all persons nominated for election by the registrant and by any person or group of persons that has complied with this section and the name of any person whose nomination by a shareholder or shareholder group satisfies the requirements of an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees set forth;
</P>
<P>(3) Clearly distinguish between the nominees of the registrant, the nominees of the person or group of persons that has complied with this section and the nominees of any shareholder or shareholder group whose nominees are included in a registrant's proxy materials pursuant to the requirements of an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents;
</P>
<P>(4) Within each group of nominees referred to in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, list nominees in alphabetical order by last name;
</P>
<P>(5) Use the same font type, style and size for all nominees;
</P>
<P>(6) Prominently disclose the maximum number of nominees for which authority to vote can be granted; and
</P>
<P>(7) Prominently disclose the treatment and effect of a proxy executed in a manner that grants authority to vote for the election of fewer or more nominees than the number of directors being elected and the treatment and effect of a proxy executed in a manner that does not grant authority to vote with respect to any nominees.
</P>
<P>(f) If any person is conducting a proxy solicitation subject to this section, the form of proxy of the registrant and the form of proxy of any person soliciting proxies pursuant to this section may provide a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees of the registrant set forth, as a group, and a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees of any other soliciting person set forth, as a group, provided that there is a similar means for the security holder to withhold authority to vote for such groups of nominees unless the number of nominees of the registrant or of any other soliciting person is less than the number of directors being elected. Means to grant authority to vote for any nominees as a group or to withhold authority for any nominees as a group may not be provided if the form of proxy includes one or more shareholder nominees in accordance with an applicable state or foreign law provision or a registrant's governing documents as they relate to the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials.
</P>
<P>(g) This section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A consent solicitation; or
</P>
<P>(2) A solicitation in connection with an election of directors at an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)).
</P>
<P>Instruction 1 to paragraphs (b)(1) and (d). Where the deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, the deadline will be treated as the first business day following the Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.
</P>
<P>Instruction 2 to paragraph (f). Where applicable state law gives legal effect to votes cast against a nominee, the form of proxy may provide a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees of the registrant set forth, as a group, and a means for the security holder to grant authority to vote for the nominees of any other soliciting person set forth, as a group, provided that, in lieu of the ability to withhold authority to vote as a group, there is a similar means for the security holder to vote against such group of nominees (as well as a means for security holders to abstain from voting for such group of nominees).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 68380, Dec. 1, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-20" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.263" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-20   Shareholder approval of executive compensation of TARP recipients.</HEAD>
<P>If a solicitation is made by a registrant that is a <I>TARP recipient,</I> as defined in section 111(a)(3) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5221(a)(3)), during the period in which any obligation arising from financial assistance provided under the <I>TARP,</I> as defined in section 3(8) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5202(8)), remains outstanding and the solicitation relates to an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting of security holders for which proxies will be solicited for the election of directors, as required pursuant to section 111(e)(1) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(1)), the registrant shall provide a separate shareholder vote to approve the compensation of executives, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter), including the compensation discussion and analysis, the compensation tables, and any related material.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-20:</HED>
<P>TARP recipients that are smaller reporting companies entitled to provide scaled disclosure pursuant to Item 402(l) of Regulation S-K are not required to include a compensation discussion and analysis in their proxy statements in order to comply with this section. In the case of these smaller reporting companies, the required vote must be to approve the compensation of executives as disclosed pursuant to Item 402(m) through (q) of Regulation S-K.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2794, Jan. 19, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.264" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-21   Shareholder approval of executive compensation, frequency of votes for approval of executive compensation and shareholder approval of golden parachute compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a solicitation is made by a registrant, other than an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 (§ 240.12b-2), and the solicitation relates to an annual or other meeting of shareholders at which directors will be elected and for which the rules of the Commission require executive compensation disclosure pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter), the registrant shall, for the first annual or other meeting of shareholders on or after January 21, 2011, or for the first annual or other meeting of shareholders on or after January 21, 2013 if the registrant is a smaller reporting company, and thereafter no later than the annual or other meeting of shareholders held in the third calendar year after the immediately preceding vote under this subsection, include a separate resolution subject to shareholder advisory vote to approve the compensation of its named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The registrant's resolution shall indicate that the shareholder advisory vote under this subsection is to approve the compensation of the registrant's named executive officers as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter). The following is a non-exclusive example of a resolution that would satisfy the requirements of this subsection: “RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the company's named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion is hereby APPROVED.”</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) If a solicitation is made by a registrant, other than an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 (§ 240.12b-2), and the solicitation relates to an annual or other meeting of shareholders at which directors will be elected and for which the rules of the Commission require executive compensation disclosure pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter), the registrant shall, for the first annual or other meeting of shareholders on or after January 21, 2011, or for the first annual or other meeting of shareholders on or after January 21, 2013 if the registrant is a smaller reporting company, and thereafter no later than the annual or other meeting of shareholders held in the sixth calendar year after the immediately preceding vote under this subsection, include a separate resolution subject to shareholder advisory vote as to whether the shareholder vote required by paragraph (a) of this section should occur every 1, 2 or 3 years. Registrants required to provide a separate shareholder vote pursuant to § 240.14a-20 of this chapter shall include the separate resolution required by this section for the first annual or other meeting of shareholders after the registrant has repaid all obligations arising from financial assistance provided under the TARP, as defined in section 3(8) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5202(8)), and thereafter no later than the annual or other meeting of shareholders held in the sixth calendar year after the immediately preceding vote under this subsection.
</P>
<P>(c) If a solicitation is made by a registrant, other than an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 (§ 240.12b-2), for a meeting of shareholders at which shareholders are asked to approve an acquisition, merger, consolidation or proposed sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the registrant, the registrant shall include a separate resolution subject to shareholder advisory vote to approve any agreements or understandings and compensation disclosed pursuant to Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(t) of this chapter), unless such agreements or understandings have been subject to a shareholder advisory vote under paragraph (a) of this section. Consistent with section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(b)), any agreements or understandings between an acquiring company and the named executive officers of the registrant, where the registrant is not the acquiring company, are not required to be subject to the separate shareholder advisory vote under this paragraph.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to § 240.14<E T="01">a</E>-21:</HED>
<P>1. Disclosure relating to the compensation of directors required by Item 402(k) (§ 229.402(k) of this chapter) and Item 402(r) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(r) of this chapter) is not subject to the shareholder vote required by paragraph (a) of this section. If a registrant includes disclosure pursuant to Item 402(s) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(s) of this chapter) about the registrant's compensation policies and practices as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives, these policies and practices would not be subject to the shareholder vote required by paragraph (a) of this section. To the extent that risk considerations are a material aspect of the registrant's compensation policies or decisions for named executive officers, the registrant is required to discuss them as part of its Compensation Discussion and Analysis under § 229.402(b) of this chapter, and therefore such disclosure would be considered by shareholders when voting on executive compensation.
</P>
<P>2. If a registrant includes disclosure of golden parachute compensation arrangements pursuant to Item 402(t) (§ 229.402(t) of this chapter) in an annual meeting proxy statement, such disclosure would be subject to the shareholder advisory vote required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>3. Registrants that are smaller reporting companies entitled to provide scaled disclosure in accordance with Item 402(<I>l</I>) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(<I>l</I>) of this chapter) are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis in their proxy statements in order to comply with this section. For smaller reporting companies, the vote required by paragraph (a) of this section must be to approve the compensation of the named executive officers as disclosed pursuant to Item 402(m) through (q) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(m) through (q) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>4. A registrant that has ceased being an emerging growth company shall include the first separate resolution described under § 240.14a-21(a) not later than the end of (i) in the case of a registrant that was an emerging growth company for less than two years after the date of first sale of common equity securities of the registrant pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the three-year period beginning on such date; and (ii) in the case of any other registrant, the one-year period beginning on the date the registrant is no longer an emerging growth company.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 6045, Feb. 2, 2011, as amended at 82 FR 17555, Apr. 12, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.265" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-101   Schedule 14A. Information required in proxy statement.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Schedule 14A Information
</HD1>
<HD2>Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</HD2>
<HD3>(Amendment No.  ) 
</HD3>
<FP-2>Filed by the Registrant [ ] </FP-2>
<FP-2>Filed by a party other than the Registrant [ ] </FP-2>
<FP-2>Check the appropriate box: </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Preliminary Proxy Statement </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2)) </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Definitive Proxy Statement </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Definitive Additional Materials </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Soliciting Material under § 240.14a-12</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
</FP>
<P>Payment of Filing Fee (Check all boxes that apply):
</P>
<FP-1>[ ] No fee required
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Fee computed on table in exhibit required by Item 25(b) per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11
</FP-1>
<HD1>Notes
</HD1>
<P>Notes: A. Where any item calls for information with respect to any matter to be acted upon and such matter involves other matters with respect to which information is called for by other items of this schedule, the information called for by such other items also shall be given. For example, where a solicitation of security holders is for the purpose of approving the authorization of additional securities which are to be used to acquire another specified company, and the registrants' security holders will not have a separate opportunity to vote upon the transaction, the solicitation to authorize the securities is also a solicitation with respect to the acquisition. Under those facts, information required by Items 11, 13 and 14 shall be furnished. 
</P>
<P>B. Where any item calls for information with respect to any matter to be acted upon at the meeting, such item need be answered in the registrant's soliciting material only with respect to proposals to be made by or on behalf of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>C. Except as otherwise specifically provided, where any item calls for information for a specified period with regard to directors, executive officers, officers or other persons holding specified positions or relationships, the information shall be given with regard to any person who held any of the specified positions or relationship at any time during the period. Information, other than information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.404 of this chapter), need not be included for any portion of the period during which such person did not hold any such position or relationship, provided a statement to that effect is made.
</P>
<P>D. Information may be incorporated by reference only in the manner and to the extent specifically permitted in the items of this schedule. Where incorporation by reference is used, the following shall apply: 
</P>
<P>1. Disclosure must not be incorporated by reference from a second document if that second document incorporates information pertinent to such disclosure by reference to a third document. A registrant incorporating any documents, or portions of documents, shall include a statement on the last page(s) of the proxy statement as to which documents, or portions of documents, are incorporated by reference. Information shall not be incorporated by reference in any case where such incorporation would render the statement incomplete, unclear or confusing.
</P>
<P>2. If a document is incorporated by reference but not delivered to security holders, include an undertaking to provide, without charge, to each person to whom a proxy statement is delivered, upon written or oral request of such person and by first class mail or other equally prompt means within one business day of receipt of such request, a copy of any and all of the information that has been incorporated by reference in the proxy statement (not including exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that the proxy statement incorporates), and the address (including title or department) and telephone numbers to which such a request is to be directed. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date on which definitive copies of the proxy statement are sent or given to security holders, up to the date of responding to the request. 
</P>
<P>3. If a document or portion of a document other than an annual report sent to security holders pursuant to the requirements of Rule 14a-3 (§ 240.14a-3 of this chapter) with respect to the same meeting or solicitation of consents or authorizations as that to which the proxy statement relates is incorporated by reference in the manner permitted by Item 13(b) or 14(e)(1) of this schedule, the proxy statement must be sent to security holders no later than 20 business days prior to the date on which the meeting of such security holders is held or, if no meeting is held, at least 20 business days prior to the date the votes, consents or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Electronic filings.</I> If any of the information required by Items 13 or 14 of this Schedule is incorporated by reference from an annual or quarterly report to security holders, such report, or any portion thereof incorporated by reference, shall be filed in electronic format with the proxy statement. This provision shall not apply to registered investment companies.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Interactive Data File.</I> An Interactive Data File must be included in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter and the EDGAR Filer Manual where applicable pursuant to § 232.405(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>E. In Item 13 of this Schedule, the reference to “meets the requirement of Form S-3” or “meets the requirements of General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2” shall refer to a registrant who meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) A registrant meets the requirements of Form S-3 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant meets the requirements of General Instruction I.A. of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) One of the following is met:
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant meets the aggregate market value requirement of General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Action is to be taken as described in Items 11, 12, and 14 of this schedule which concerns non-convertible debt or preferred securities issued by a registrant meeting the requirements of General Instruction I.B.2. of Form S-3 (referenced in 17 CFR 239.13); or
</P>
<P>(iii) The registrant is a majority-owned subsidiary and one of the conditions of General Instruction I.C. of Form S-3 is met.
</P>
<P>(b) A registrant meets the requirements of General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter) if the registrant meets the conditions included in such General Instruction, provided that General Instruction A.2.c of Form N-2 is subject to the same limitations described in paragraph (a)(2) of this Note E.
</P>
<P><I>Item 1. Date, time and place information.</I> (a) State the date, time and place of the meeting of security holders, and the complete mailing address, including ZIP Code, of the principal executive offices of the registrant, unless such information is otherwise disclosed in material furnished to security holders with or preceding the proxy statement. If action is to be taken by written consent, state the date by which consents are to be submitted if state law requires that such a date be specified or if the person soliciting intends to set a date. 
</P>
<P>(b) On the first page of the proxy statement, as delivered to security holders, state the approximate date on which the proxy statement and form of proxy are first sent or given to security holders. 
</P>
<P>(c) Furnish the information required to be in the proxy statement by Rule 14a-5(e) (§ 240.14a-5(e) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P><I>Item 2. Revocability of proxy.</I> State whether or not the person giving the proxy has the power to revoke it. If the right of revocation before the proxy is exercised is limited or is subject to compliance with any formal procedure, briefly describe such limitation or procedure. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 3. Dissenters' right of appraisal.</I> Outline briefly the rights of appraisal or similar rights of dissenters with respect to any matter to be acted upon and indicate any statutory procedure required to be followed by dissenting security holders in order to perfect such rights. Where such rights may be exercised only within a limited time after the date of adoption of a proposal, the filing of a charter amendment or other similar act, state whether the persons solicited will be notified of such date. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Indicate whether a security holder's failure to vote against a proposal will constitute a waiver of his appraisal or similar rights and whether a vote against a proposal will be deemed to satisfy any notice requirements under State law with respect to appraisal rights. If the State law is unclear, state what position will be taken in regard to these matters. 
</P>
<P>2. Open-end investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are not required to respond to this item. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 4. Persons Making the Solicitation</I>—(a) Solicitations not subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)). (1) If the solicitation is made by the registrant, so state. Give the name of any director of the registrant who has informed the registrant in writing that he intends to oppose any action intended to be taken by the registrant and indicate the action which he intends to oppose. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the solicitation is made otherwise than by the registrant, so state and give the names of the participants in the solicitation, as defined in paragraphs (a) (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of Instruction 3 to this Item. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the solicitation is to be made otherwise than by the use of the mails or pursuant to § 240.14a-16, describe the methods to be employed. If the solicitation is to be made by specially, engaged employees or paid solicitors, state (i) the material features of any contract or arrangement for such solicitation and identify the parties, and (ii) the cost or anticipated cost thereof. 
</P>
<P>(4) State the names of the persons by whom the cost of solicitation has been or will be borne, directly or indirectly. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Solicitations subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)).</I> (1) State by whom the solicitation is made and describe the methods employed and to be employed to solicit security holders.
</P>
<P>(2) If regular employees of the registrant or any other participant in a solicitation have been or are to be employed to solicit security holders, describe the class or classes of employees to be so employed, and the manner and nature of their employment for such purpose. 
</P>
<P>(3) If specially engaged employees, representatives or other persons have been or are to be employed to solicit security holders, state (i) the material features of any contract or arrangement for such solicitation and the identity of the parties, (ii) the cost or anticipated cost thereof and (iii) the approximate number of such employees of employees or any other person (naming such other person) who will solicit security holders). 
</P>
<P>(4) State the total amount estimated to be spent and the total expenditures to date for, in furtherance of, or in connection with the solicitation of security holders. 
</P>
<P>(5) State by whom the cost of the solicitation will be borne. If such cost is to be borne initially by any person other than the registrant, state whether reimbursement will be sought from the registrant, and, if so, whether the question of such reimbursement will be submitted to a vote of security holders. 
</P>
<P>(6) If any such solicitation is terminated pursuant to a settlement between the registrant and any other participant in such solicitation, describe the terms of such settlement, including the cost or anticipated cost thereof to the registrant. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. With respect to solicitations subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)), costs and expenditures within the meaning of this Item 4 shall include fees for attorneys, accountants, public relations or financial advisers, solicitors, advertising, printing, transportation, litigation and other costs incidental to the solicitation, except that the registrant may exclude the amount of such costs represented by the amount normally expended for a solicitation for an election of directors in the absence of a contest, and costs represented by salaries and wages of regular employees and officers, provided a statement to that effect is included in the proxy statement. 
</P>
<P>2. The information required pursuant to paragraph (b)(6) of this Item should be included in any amended or revised proxy statement or other soliciting materials relating to the same meeting or subject matter furnished to security holders by the registrant subsequent to the date of settlement. 
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Item 4 and Item 5 of this Schedule 14A: 
</P>
<P>(a) The terms “participant” and “participant in a solicitation” include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a solicitation made on behalf of the registrant, the registrant, each director of the registrant and each of the registrant's nominees for election as a director;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a solicitation made otherwise than on behalf of the registrant, each of the soliciting person's nominees for election as a director;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any committee or group which solicits proxies, any member of such committee or group, and any person whether or not named as a member who, acting alone or with one or more other persons, directly or indirectly takes the initiative, or engages, in organizing, directing, or arranging for the financing of any such committee or group; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any person who finances or joins with another to finance the solicitation of proxies, except persons who contribute not more than $500 and who are not otherwise participants; 
</P>
<P>(v) Any person who lends money or furnishes credit or enters into any other arrangements, pursuant to any contract or understanding with a participant, for the purpose of financing or otherwise inducing the purchase, sale, holding or voting of securities of the registrant by any participant or other persons, in support of or in opposition to a participant; except that such terms do not include a bank, broker or dealer who, in the ordinary course of business, lends money or executes orders for the purchase or sale of securities and who is not otherwise a participant; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any person who solicits proxies.
</P>
<P>(b) The terms “participant” and “participant in a solicitation” do not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person or organization retained or employed by a participant to solicit security holders and whose activities are limited to the duties required to be performed in the course of such employment; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person who merely transmits proxy soliciting material or performs other ministerial or clerical duties; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person employed by a participant in the capacity of attorney, accountant, or advertising, public relations or financial adviser, and whose activities are limited to the duties required to be performed in the course of such employment; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any person regularly employed as an officer or employee of the registrant or any of its subsidiaries who is not otherwise a participant; or 
</P>
<P>(v) Any officer or director of, or any person regularly employed by, any other participant, if such officer, director or employee is not otherwise a participant. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 5. Interest of certain Persons in Matters To Be Acted Upon</I> (a) <I>Solicitations not subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)).</I> Describe briefly any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, of each of the following persons in any matter to be acted upon, other than elections to office:
</P>
<P>(1) If the solicitation is made on behalf of the registrant, each person who has been a director or executive officer of the registrant at any time since the beginning of the last fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the solicitation is made otherwise than on behalf of the registrant, each participant in the solicitation, as defined in paragraphs (a) (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of this Schedule 14A. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each nominee for election as a director of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each associate of any of the foregoing persons. 
</P>
<P>(5) If the solicitation is made on behalf of the registrant, furnish the information required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(t) of this chapter).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>).</HED>
<P>Except in the case of a solicitation subject to this regulation made in opposition to another solicitation subject to this regulation, this sub-item (a) shall not apply to any interest arising from the ownership of securities of the registrant where the security holder receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Solicitation subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)).</I> With respect to any solicitation subject to Rule 14a-12(c) (§ 240.14a-12(c)): 
</P>
<P>(1) Describe briefly any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, of each participant as defined in paragraphs (a) (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of this Schedule 14A, in any matter to be acted upon at the meeting, and include with respect to each participant the following information, or a fair and accurate summary thereof: 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and business address of the participant. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The participant's present principal occupation or employment and the name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in which such employment is carried on. 
</P>
<P>(iii) State whether or not, during the past ten years, the participant has been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors) and, if so, give dates, nature of conviction, name and location of court, and penalty imposed or other disposition of the case. A negative answer need not be included in the proxy statement or other soliciting material.
</P>
<P>(iv) State the amount of each class of securities of the registrant which the participant owns beneficially, directly or indirectly. 
</P>
<P>(v) State the amount of each class of securities of the registrant which the participant owns of record but not beneficially.
</P>
<P>(vi) State with respect to all securities of the registrant purchased or sold within the past two years, the dates on which they were purchased or sold and the amount purchased or sold on each such date.
</P>
<P>(vii) If any part of the purchase price or market value of any of the shares specified in paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of this Item is represented by funds borrowed or otherwise obtained for the purpose of acquiring or holding such securities, so state and indicate the amount of the indebtedness as of the latest practicable date. If such funds were borrowed or obtained otherwise than pursuant to a margin account or bank loan in the regular course of business of a bank, broker or dealer, briefly describe the transaction, and state the names of the parties. 
</P>
<P>(viii) State whether or not the participant is, or was within the past year, a party to any contract, arrangements or understandings with any person with respect to any securities of the registrant, including, but not limited to joint ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts or calls, guarantees against loss or guarantees of profit, division of losses or profits, or the giving or withholding of proxies. If so, name the parties to such contracts, arrangements or understandings and give the details thereof. 
</P>
<P>(ix) State the amount of securities of the registrant owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by each of the participant's associates and the name and address of each such associate. 
</P>
<P>(x) State the amount of each class of securities of any parent or subsidiary of the registrant which the participant owns beneficially, directly or indirectly. 
</P>
<P>(xi) Furnish for the participant and associates of the participant the information required by Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.404(a) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(xii) State whether or not the participant or any associates of the participant have any arrangement or understanding with any person—
</P>
<FP>(A) with respect to any future employment by the registrant or its affiliates; or 
</FP>
<FP>(B) with respect to any future transactions to which the registrant or any of its affiliates will or may be a party.
</FP>
<FP>If so, describe such arrangement or understanding and state the names of the parties thereto. 
</FP>
<P>(2) With respect to any person, other than a director or executive officer of the registrant acting solely in that capacity, who is a party to an arrangement or understanding pursuant to which a nominee for election as director is proposed to be elected, describe any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, that such person has in any matter to be acted upon at the meeting, and furnish the information called for by paragraphs (b)(1) (xi) and (xii) of this Item. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the solicitation is made on behalf of the registrant, furnish the information required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(t) of this chapter).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>For purposes of this Item 5, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Act (Section 240.13d-3 of this chapter).</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Item 6. Voting securities and principal holders thereof,</I> (a) As to each class of voting securities of the registrant entitled to be voted at the meeting (or by written consents or authorizations if no meeting is held), state the number of shares outstanding and the number of votes to which each class is entitled. 
</P>
<P>(b) State the record date, if any, with respect to this solicitation. If the right to vote or give consent is not to be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a record date, indicate the criteria for the determination of security holders entitled to vote or give consent.
</P>
<P>(c) If action is to be taken with respect to the election of directors and if the persons solicited have cumulative voting rights: (1) Make a statement that they have such rights, (2) briefly describe such rights, (3) state briefly the conditions precedent to the exercise thereof, and (4) if discretionary authority to cumulate votes is solicited, so indicate.
</P>
<P>(d) Furnish the information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.403 of this chapter) to the extent known by the persons on whose behalf the solicitation is made.
</P>
<P>(e) If, to the knowledge of the persons on whose behalf the solicitation is made, a change in control of the registrant has occurred since the beginning of its last fiscal year, state the name of the person(s) who acquired such control, the amount and the source of the consideration used by such person or persons; the basis of the control, the date and a description of the transaction(s) which resulted in the change of control and the percentage of voting securities of the registrant now beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the person(s) who acquired control; and the identity of the person(s) from whom control was assumed. If the source of all or any part of the consideration used is a loan made in the ordinary course of business by a bank as defined by section 3(a)(6) of the Act, the identity of such bank shall be omitted provided a request for confidentiality has been made pursuant to section 13(d)(1)(B) of the Act by the person(s) who acquired control. In lieu thereof, the material shall indicate that the identity of the bank has been so omitted and filed separately with the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> 1. State the terms of any loans or pledges obtained by the new control group for the purpose of acquiring control, and the names of the lenders or pledgees.
</P>
<P>2. Any arrangements or understandings among members of both the former and new control groups and their associates with respect to election of directors or other matters should be described.
</P>
<P><I>Item 7. Directors and executive officers.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the election of directors, furnish the following information in tabular form to the extent practicable. If, however, the solicitation is made on behalf of persons other than the registrant, the information required need be furnished only as to nominees of the persons making the solicitation.
</P>
<P>(a) The information required by Item 103(c)(2) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.103(c)(2) of this chapter) with respect to directors and executive officers.
</P>
<P>(b) The information required by Items 401, 404(a) and (b), 405, 407 and 408(b) of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.401, 229.404(a) and (b), 229.405, 229.407, and 229.408(b) of this chapter), other than the information required by:
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph (c)(3) of Item 407 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.407(c)(3) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of Item 407 of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.407(e)(4) and 229.407(e)(5) of this chapter) (which are required by Item 8 of this Schedule 14A).
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(d) If a registrant is required to include a shareholder nominee or nominees submitted to the registrant for inclusion in the registrant's proxy materials pursuant to a procedure set forth under applicable state or foreign law, or the registrant's governing documents providing for the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials, the registrant must include in its proxy statement the disclosure required from the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group under Item 6 of § 240.14n-101 with regard to the nominee or nominees and the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group.
</P>
<P>(e) In lieu of the information required by this Item 7, investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) must furnish the information required by Item 22(b) of this Schedule 14A.
</P>
<P>(f) If a person is conducting a solicitation that is subject to § 240.14a-19, the registrant must include in its proxy statement a statement directing shareholders to refer to any other soliciting person's proxy statement for information required by Item 7 of this Schedule 14A with regard to such person's nominee or nominees and a soliciting person other than the registrant must include in its proxy statement a statement directing shareholders to refer to the registrant's or other soliciting person's proxy statement for information required by Item 7 of this Schedule 14A with regard to the registrant's or other soliciting person's nominee or nominees. The statement must explain to shareholders that they can access the other soliciting person's proxy statement, and any other relevant documents, without cost on the Commission's website.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to Item 7.</HED>
<P>The information disclosed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Item 7will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), or the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates that information by reference.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Item 8. Compensation of directors and executive officers.</I> Furnish the information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402 of this chapter) and paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of Item 407 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of this chapter) if action is to be taken with regard to: 
</P>
<P>(a) The election of directors;
</P>
<P>(b) Any bonus, profit sharing or other compensation plan, contract or arrangement in which any director, nominee for election as a director, or executive officer of the registrant will participate;
</P>
<P>(c) Any pension or retirement plan in which any such person will participate; or
</P>
<P>(d) The granting or extension to any such person of any options, warrants or rights to purchase any securities, other than warrants or rights issued to security holders as such, on a pro rata basis. 
</P>
<P>However, if the solicitation is made on behalf of persons other than the registrant, the information required need be furnished only as to nominees of the persons making the solicitation and associates of such nominees. In the case of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), furnish the information required by Item 22(b)(13) of this Schedule 14A. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> If an otherwise reportable compensation plan became subject to such requirements because of an acquisition or merger and, within one year of the acquisition or merger, such plan was terminated for purposes of prospective eligibility, the registrant may furnish a description of its obligation to the designated individuals pursuant to the compensation plan. Such description may be furnished in lieu of a description of the compensation plan in the proxy statement.
</P>
<P><I>Item 9. Independent public accountants.</I> If the solicitation is made on behalf of the registrant and relates to: (1) The annual (or special meeting in lieu of annual) meeting of security holders at which directors are to be elected, or a solicitation of consents or authorizations in lieu of such meeting or (2) the election, approval or ratification of the registrant's accountant, furnish the following information describing the registrant's relationship with its independent public accountant:
</P>
<P>(a) The name of the principal accountant selected or being recommended to security holders for election, approval or ratification for the current year. If no accountant has been selected or recommended, so state and briefly describe the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(b) The name of the principal accountant for the fiscal year most recently completed if different from the accountant selected or recommended for the current year or if no accountant has yet been selected or recommended for the current year.
</P>
<P>(c) The proxy statement shall indicate: (1) Whether or not representatives of the principal accountant for the current year and for the most recently completed fiscal year are expected to be present at the security holders' meeting, (2) whether or not they will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and (3) whether or not such representatives are expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions.
</P>
<P>(d) If during the registrant's two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period, (1) an independent accountant who was previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit the registrant's financial statements, or an independent accountant on whom the principal accountant expressed reliance in its report regarding a significant subsidiary, has resigned (or indicated it has declined to stand for re-election after the completion of the current audit) or was dismissed, or (2) a new independent accountant has been engaged as either the principal accountant to audit the registrant's financial statements or as an independent accountant on whom the principal accountant has expressed or is expected to express reliance in its report regarding a significant subsidiary, then, notwithstanding any previous disclosure, provide the information required by Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.304 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Disclose, under the caption <I>Audit Fees</I>, the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of the registrant's annual financial statements and review of financial statements included in the registrant's Form 10-Q (17 CFR 249.308a) or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose, under the caption <I>Audit-Related Fees,</I> the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for assurance and related services by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the registrant's financial statements and are not reported under paragraph (e)(1) of this section. Registrants shall describe the nature of the services comprising the fees disclosed under this category. 
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose, under the caption <I>Tax Fees,</I> the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning. Registrants shall describe the nature of the services comprising the fees disclosed under this category. 
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose, under the caption <I>All Other Fees,</I> the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by the principal accountant, other than the services reported in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section. Registrants shall describe the nature of the services comprising the fees disclosed under this category. 
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Disclose the audit committee's pre-approval policies and procedures described in 17 CFR 210.2-01(c)(7)(i). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the percentage of services described in each of paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) of this section that were approved by the audit committee pursuant to 17 CFR 210.2-01(c)(7)(i)(C). 
</P>
<P>(6) If greater than 50 percent, disclose the percentage of hours expended on the principal accountant's engagement to audit the registrant's financial statements for the most recent fiscal year that were attributed to work performed by persons other than the principal accountant's full-time, permanent employees. 
</P>
<P>(7) If the registrant is an investment company, disclose the aggregate non-audit fees billed by the registrant's accountant for services rendered to the registrant, and to the registrant's investment adviser (not including any subadviser whose role is primarily portfolio management and is subcontracted with or overseen by another investment adviser), and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser that provides ongoing services to the registrant for each of the last two fiscal years of the registrant. 
</P>
<P>(8) If the registrant is an investment company, disclose whether the audit committee of the board of directors has considered whether the provision of non-audit services that were rendered to the registrant's investment adviser (not including any subadviser whose role is primarily portfolio management and is subcontracted with or overseen by another investment adviser), and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment adviser that provides ongoing services to the registrant that were not pre-approved pursuant to 17 CFR 210.2-01(c)(7)(ii) is compatible with maintaining the principal accountant's independence. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 9(e).</I> For purposes of Item 9(e)(2), (3), and (4), registrants that are investment companies must disclose fees billed for services rendered to the registrant and separately, disclose fees required to be approved by the investment company registrant's audit committee pursuant to 17 CFR 210.2-01(c)(7)(ii). Registered investment companies must also disclose the fee percentages as required by item 9(e)(5)(ii) for the registrant and separately, disclose the fee percentages as required by item 9(e)(5)(ii) for the fees required to be approved by the investment company registrant's audit committee pursuant to 17 CFR 210.2-01(c)(7)(ii).
</P>
<P><I>Item 10. Compensation Plans.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any plan pursuant to which cash or noncash compensation may be paid or distributed, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Plans subject to security holder action.</I> (1) Describe briefly the material features of the plan being acted upon, identify each class of persons who will be eligible to participate therein, indicate the approximate number of persons in each such class, and state the basis of such participation.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) In the tabular format specified below, disclose the benefits or amounts that will be received by or allocated to each of the following under the plan being acted upon, if such benefits or amounts are determinable:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">New Plan Benefits
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Plan name
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name and position 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dollar value ($) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of units
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CEO 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Executive Group
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Executive Director Group
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-Executive Officer Employee Group</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) The table required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this Item shall provide information as to the following persons:
</P>
<P>(A) Each person (stating name and position) specified in paragraph (a)(3) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(3) of this chapter);
</P>
<P><I>Instruction:</I> In the case of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, furnish the information for Compensated Persons as defined in Item 22(b)(13) of this Schedule in lieu of the persons specified in paragraph (a)(3) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(3) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(B) All current executive officers as a group;
</P>
<P>(C) All current directors who are not executive officers as a group; and
</P>
<P>(D) All employees, including all current officers who are not executive officers, as a group.
</P>
<HD1>Instruction to New Plan Benefits Table
</HD1>
<P>Additional columns should be added for each plan with respect to which security holder action is to be taken.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the benefits or amounts specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this item are not determinable, state the benefits or amounts which would have been received by or allocated to each of the following for the last completed fiscal year if the plan had been in effect, if such benefits or amounts may be determined, in the table specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this Item: 
</P>
<P>(A) Each person (stating name and position) specified in paragraph (a)(3) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(3) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(B) All current executive officers as a group;
</P>
<P>(C) All current directors who are not executive officers as a group; and
</P>
<P>(D) All employees, including all current officers who are not executive officers, as a group.
</P>
<P>(3) If the plan to be acted upon can be amended, otherwise than by a vote of security holders, to increase the cost thereof to the registrant or to alter the allocation of the benefits as between the persons and groups specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this item, state the nature of the amendments which can be so made.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Additional information regarding specified plans subject to security holder action.</I> With respect to any pension or retirement plan submitted for security holder action, state:
</P>
<P>(i) The approximate total amount necessary to fund the plan with respect to past services, the period over which such amount is to be paid and the estimated annual payments necessary to pay the total amount over such period; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The estimated annual payment to be made with respect to current services. In the case of a pension or retirement plan, information called for by paragraph (a)(2) of this Item may be furnished in the format specified by paragraph (h)(2) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(h)(2) of this chapter).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>).</HED>
<P>In the case of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), refer to Instruction 4 in Item 22(b)(13)(i) of this Schedule in lieu of paragraph (h)(2) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(h)(2) of this chapter).</P></NOTE>
<P>(2)(i) With respect to any specific grant of or any plan containing options, warrants or rights submitted for security holder action, state:
</P>
<P>(A) The title and amount of securities underlying such options, warrants or rights;
</P>
<P>(B) The prices, expiration dates and other material conditions upon which the options, warrants or rights may be exercised;
</P>
<P>(C) The consideration received or to be received by the registrant or subsidiary for the granting or extension of the options, warrants or rights;
</P>
<P>(D) The market value of the securities underlying the options, warrants, or rights as of the latest practicable date; and 
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of options, the federal income tax consequences of the issuance and exercise of such options to the recipient and the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) State separately the amount of such options received or to be received by the following persons if such benefits or amounts are determinable:
</P>
<P>(A) Each person (stating name and position) specified in paragraph (a)(3) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(3) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(B) All current executive officers as a group;
</P>
<P>(C) All current directors who are not executive officers as a group;
</P>
<P>(D) Each nominee for election as a director;
</P>
<P>(E) Each associate of any of such directors, executive officers or nominees;
</P>
<P>(F) Each other person who received or is to receive 5 percent of such options, warrants or rights; and
</P>
<P>(G) All employees, including all current officers who are not executive officers, as a group.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information regarding plans and other arrangements not subject to security holder action.</I> Furnish the information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(d) of this chapter). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>).</HED>
<P>1. If action is to be taken as described in paragraph (a) of this Item with respect to the approval of a new compensation plan under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance, information about the plan shall be disclosed as required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Item and shall not be included in the disclosure required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(d) of this chapter). If action is to be taken as described in paragraph (a) of this Item with respect to the amendment or modification of an existing plan under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance, the registrant shall include information about securities previously authorized for issuance under the plan (including any outstanding options, warrants and rights previously granted pursuant to the plan and any securities remaining available for future issuance under the plan) in the disclosure required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(d) of this chapter). Any additional securities that are the subject of the amendments or modification of the existing plan shall be disclosed as required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Item and shall not be included in the Item 201(d) disclosure.</P></NOTE>
<HD2>Instructions
</HD2>
<P>1. The term <I>plan</I> as used in this Item means any plan as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(6)(ii) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. If action is to be taken with respect to a material amendment or modification of an existing plan, the item shall be answered with respect to the plan as proposed to be amended or modified and shall indicate any material differences from the existing plan.
</P>
<P>3. If the plan to be acted upon is set forth in a written document, three copies thereof shall be filed with the Commission at the time copies of the proxy statement and form of proxy are first filed pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of § 240.14a-6. Electronic filers shall file with the Commission a copy of such written plan document in electronic format as an appendix to the proxy statement. It need not be provided to security holders unless it is a part of the proxy statement.
</P>
<P>4. Paragraph (b)(2)(ii) does not apply to warrants or rights to be issued to security holders as such on a pro rata basis.
</P>
<P>5. The Commission shall be informed, as supplemental information, when the proxy statement is first filed, as to when the options, warrants or rights and the shares called for thereby will be registered under the Securities Act or, if such registration is not contemplated, the section of the Securities Act or rule of the Commission under which exemption from such registration is claimed and the facts relied upon to make the exemption available.
</P>
<P><I>Item 11. Authorization or issuance of securities otherwise than for exchange.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the authorization or issuance of any securities otherwise than for exchange for outstanding securities of the registrant, furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) State the title and amount of securities to be authorized or issued. 
</P>
<P>(b) Furnish the information required by Item 202 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202 of this chapter). If the terms of the securities cannot be stated or estimated with respect to any or all of the securities to be authorized, because no offering thereof is contemplated in the proximate future, and if no further authorization by security holders for the issuance thereof is to be obtained, it should be stated that the terms of the securities to be authorized, including dividend or interest rates, conversion prices, voting rights, redemption prices, maturity dates, and similar matters will be determined by the board of directors. If the securities are additional shares of common stock of a class outstanding, the description may be omitted except for a statement of the preemptive rights, if any. Where the statutory provisions with respect to preemptive rights are so indefinite or complex that they cannot be stated in summarized form, it will suffice to make a statement in the form of an opinion of counsel as to the existence and extent of such rights. 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe briefly the transaction in which the securities are to be issued including a statement as to (1) the nature and approximate amount of consideration received or to be received by the registrant and (2) the approximate amount devoted to each purpose so far as determinable for which the net proceeds have been or are to be used. If it is impracticable to describe the transaction in which the securities are to be issued, state the reason, indicate the purpose of the authorization of the securities, and state whether further authorization for the issuance of the securities by a vote of security holders will be solicited prior to such issuance. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the securities are to be issued otherwise than in a public offering for cash, state the reasons for the proposed authorization or issuance and the general effect thereof upon the rights of existing security holders. 
</P>
<P>(e) Furnish the information required by Item 13(a) of this schedule. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 12. Modification or exchange of securities.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the modification of any class of securities of the registrant, or the issuance or authorization for issuance of securities of the registrant in exchange for outstanding securities of the registrant furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) If outstanding securities are to be modified, state the title and amount thereof. If securities are to be issued in exchange for outstanding securities, state the title and amount of securities to be so issued, the title and amount of outstanding securities to be exchanged therefor and the basis of the exchange. 
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any material differences between the outstanding securities and the modified or new securities in respect of any of the matters concerning which information would be required in the description of the securities in Item 202 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.202 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) State the reasons for the proposed modification or exchange and the general effect thereof upon the rights of existing security holders. 
</P>
<P>(d) Furnish a brief statement as to arrears in dividends or as to defaults in principal or interest in respect to the outstanding securities which are to be modified or exchanged and such other information as may be appropriate in the particular case to disclose adequately the nature and effect of the proposed action. 
</P>
<P>(e) Outline briefly any other material features of the proposed modification or exchange. If the plan of proposed action is set forth in a written document, file copies thereof with the Commission in accordance with § 240.14a-6. 
</P>
<P>(f) Furnish the information required by Item 13(a) of this Schedule. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> If the existing security is presently listed and registered on a national securities exchange, state whether the registrant intends to apply for listing and registration of the new or reclassified security on such exchange or any other exchange. If the registrant does not intend to make such application, state the effect of the termination of such listing and registration. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 13. Financial and other information.</I> (<I>See</I> Notes D and E at the beginning of this Schedule.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Information required.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any matter specified in Item 11 or 12, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Financial statements meeting the requirements of Regulation S-X, including financial information required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X with respect to transactions other than pursuant to which action is to be taken as described in this proxy statement (A smaller reporting company may provide the information in Rules 8-04 and 8-05 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.8-04 and 210.8-05 of this chapter) in lieu of the financial information required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X);
</P>
<P>(2) Item 302 of Regulation S-K, supplementary financial information;
</P>
<P>(3) Item 303 of Regulation S-K, management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
</P>
<P>(4) Item 304 of Regulation S-K, changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure; 
</P>
<P>(5) Item 305 of Regulation S-K, quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement as to whether or not representatives of the principal accountants for the current year and for the most recently completed fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(i) Are expected to be present at the security holders' meeting;
</P>
<P>(ii) Will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Are expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The information required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Item may be incorporated by reference into the proxy statement as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>S-3 registrants and certain N-2 registrants.</I> If the registrant meets the requirements of Form S-3 or General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 (see Note E to this Schedule), it may incorporate by reference to previously-filed documents any of the information required by paragraph (a) of this Item, provided that the requirements of paragraph (c) are met. Where the registrant meets the requirements of Form S-3 or General Instruction A.2 of Form N-2 and has elected to furnish the required information by incorporation by reference, the registrant may elect to update the information so incorporated by reference to information in subsequently-filed documents.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>All registrants.</I> The registrant may incorporate by reference any of the information required by paragraph (a) of this Item, provided that the information is contained in an annual report to security holders or a previously-filed statement or report, such report or statement is delivered to security holders with the proxy statement and the requirements of paragraph (c) are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain conditions applicable to incorporation by reference.</I> Registrants eligible to incorporate by reference into the proxy statement the information required by paragraph (a) of this Item in the manner specified by paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) may do so only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The information is not required to be included in the proxy statement pursuant to the requirement of another Item;
</P>
<P>(2) The proxy statement identifies on the last page(s) the information incorporated by reference; and
</P>
<P>(3) The material incorporated by reference substantially meets the requirements of this Item or the appropriate portions of this Item. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 13.</I> 1. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Item, any or all of the information required by paragraph (a) of this Item not material for the exercise of prudent judgment in regard to the matter to be acted upon may be omitted. In the usual case the information is deemed material to the exercise of prudent judgment where the matter to be acted upon is the authorization or issuance of a material amount of senior securities, but the information is not deemed material where the matter to be acted upon is the authorization or issuance of common stock, otherwise than in an exchange, merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar transaction, the authorization of preferred stock without present intent to issue or the authorization of preferred stock for issuance for cash in an amount constituting fair value. 
</P>
<P>2. In order to facilitate compliance with Rule 2-02(a) of Regulation S-X, one copy of the definitive proxy statement filed with the Commission shall include a manually signed copy of the accountant's report. If the financial statements are incorporated by reference, a manually signed copy of the accountant's report shall be filed with the definitive proxy statement. 
</P>
<P>3. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation S-X, no schedules other than those prepared in accordance with Rules 12-15, 12-28 and 12-29 (or, for management investment companies, Rules 12-12 through 12-14) of that regulation need be furnished in the proxy statement. 
</P>
<P>4. Unless registered on a national securities exchange or otherwise required to furnish such information, registered investment companies need not furnish the information required by paragraph (a)(2) or (3) of this Item. 
</P>
<P>5. If the registrant submits preliminary proxy material incorporating by reference financial statements required by this Item, the registrant should furnish a draft of the financial statements if the document from which they are incorporated has not been filed with or furnished to the Commission.
</P>
<P>6. A registered investment company need not comply with items (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(5) of this Item 13.
</P>
<P><I>Item 14. Mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and similar matters.</I> (See Notes A and D at the beginning of this Schedule)
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 14:</I> 1. In transactions in which the consideration offered to security holders consists wholly or in part of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, furnish the information required by Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter), Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), or Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter), as applicable, instead of this Item. Only a Form S-4, Form F-4, or Form N-14 must be filed in accordance with § 240.14a-6(j).
</P>
<P>2. (a) In transactions in which the consideration offered to security holders consists wholly of cash, the information required by paragraph (c)(1) of this Item for the acquiring company need not be provided unless the information is material to an informed voting decision (e.g., the security holders of the target company are voting and financing is not assured).
</P>
<P>(b) Additionally, if only the security holders of the target company are voting:
</P>
<P>i. The financial information in paragraphs (b)(8)-(11) of this Item for the acquiring company and the target need not be provided; and
</P>
<P>ii. The information in paragraph (c)(2) of this Item for the target company need not be provided.
</P>
<P>If, however, the transaction is a going-private transaction (as defined by § 240.13e-3), then the information required by paragraph (c)(2) of this Item must be provided and to the extent that the going-private rules require the information specified in paragraph (b)(8)-(b)(11) of this Item, that information must be provided as well.
</P>
<P>3. In transactions in which the consideration offered to security holders consists wholly of securities exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or a combination of exempt securities and cash, information about the acquiring company required by paragraph (c)(1) of this Item need not be provided if only the security holders of the acquiring company are voting, unless the information is material to an informed voting decision. If only the security holders of the target company are voting, information about the target company in paragraph (c)(2) of this Item need not be provided. However, the information required by paragraph (c)(2) of this Item must be provided if the transaction is a going-private (as defined by § 240.13e-3) or roll-up (as described by Item 901 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901 of this chapter)) transaction.
</P>
<P>4. The information required by paragraphs (b)(8)-(11) and (c) need not be provided if the plan being voted on involves only the acquiring company and one or more of its totally held subsidiaries and does not involve a liquidation or a spin off.
</P>
<P>5. To facilitate compliance with Rule 2-02(a) of Regulation S-X (§ 210.2-02(a) of this chapter) (technical requirements relating to accountants' reports), one copy of the definitive proxy statement filed with the Commission must include a signed copy of the accountant's report. If the financial statements are incorporated by reference, a signed copy of the accountant's report must be filed with the definitive proxy statement. Signatures may be typed if the document is filed electronically on EDGAR. See Rule 302 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.302 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>6. Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation S-X, no schedules other than those prepared in accordance with § 210.12-15, § 210.12-28 and § 210.12-29 of this chapter (or, for management investment companies, §§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of this chapter) of that regulation need be furnished in the proxy statement.
</P>
<P>7. If the preliminary proxy material incorporates by reference financial statements required by this Item, a draft of the financial statements must be furnished to the Commission staff upon request if the document from which they are incorporated has not been filed with or furnished to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any of the following transactions, provide the information required by this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) A merger or consolidation;
</P>
<P>(2) An acquisition of securities of another person;
</P>
<P>(3) An acquisition of any other going business or the assets of a going business;
</P>
<P>(4) A sale or other transfer of all or any substantial part of assets; or
</P>
<P>(5) A liquidation or dissolution.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transaction information.</I> Provide the following information for each of the parties to the transaction unless otherwise specified:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Summary term sheet.</I> The information required by Item 1001 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1001 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contact information.</I> The name, complete mailing address and telephone number of the principal executive offices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Business conducted.</I> A brief description of the general nature of the business conducted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Terms of the transaction.</I> The information required by Item 1004(a)(2) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Regulatory approvals.</I> A statement as to whether any federal or state regulatory requirements must be complied with or approval must be obtained in connection with the transaction and, if so, the status of the compliance or approval.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Reports, opinions, appraisals.</I> If a report, opinion or appraisal materially relating to the transaction has been received from an outside party, and is referred to in the proxy statement, furnish the information required by Item 1015(b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1015 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Past contacts, transactions or negotiations.</I> The information required by Items 1005(b) and 1011(a)(1) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005 of this chapter and § 229.1011 of this chapter), for the parties to the transaction and their affiliates during the periods for which financial statements are presented or incorporated by reference under this Item.
</P>
<P>(8)—(10) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Financial information.</I> If material, financial information required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.10-01 through 229.11-03 of this chapter) with respect to this transaction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(11):</HED>
<P>1. Present any Article 11 information required with respect to transactions other than those being voted upon (where not incorporated by reference) together with the pro forma information relating to the transaction being voted upon. In presenting this information, you must clearly distinguish between the transaction being voted upon and any other transaction.
</P>
<P>2. If current pro forma financial information with respect to all other transactions is incorporated by reference, you need only present the pro forma effect of this transaction.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Information about the parties to the transaction</I>—(1) <I>Acquiring company.</I> Furnish the information required by Part B (Registrant Information) of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) or Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), as applicable, for the acquiring company. However, financial statements need only be presented for the latest two fiscal years and interim periods.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Acquired company.</I> Furnish the information required by Part C (Information with Respect to the Company Being Acquired) of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) or Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information about parties to the transaction: registered investment companies and business development companies.</I> If the acquiring company or the acquired company is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined by Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, provide the following information for that company instead of the information specified by paragraph (c) of this Item:
</P>
<P>(1) Information required by Item 101 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.101 of this chapter), description of business;
</P>
<P>(2) Information required by Item 102 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.102 of this chapter), description of property;
</P>
<P>(3) Information required by Item 103 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.103 of this chapter), legal proceedings;
</P>
<P>(4) Information required by Item 201(a), (b) and (c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.201(a), (b) and (c) of this chapter), market price of and dividends on the registrant's common equity and related stockholder matters;
</P>
<P>(5) Financial statements meeting the requirements of Regulation S-X, including financial information required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-05 and § 210.11-01 through § 210.11-03 of this chapter) with respect to transactions other than that as to which action is to be taken as described in this proxy statement;
</P>
<P>(6) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(7) Information required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter), supplementary financial information;
</P>
<P>(8) Information required by Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter), management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; and
</P>
<P>(9) Information required by Item 304 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.304 of this chapter), changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>) of Item 14:</HED>
<P>Unless registered on a national securities exchange or otherwise required to furnish such information, registered investment companies need not furnish the information required by paragraphs (d)(6), (d)(7) and (d)(8) of this Item.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> (1) The information required by paragraph (c) of this section may be incorporated by reference into the proxy statement to the same extent as would be permitted by Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) or Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Alternatively, the registrant may incorporate by reference into the proxy statement the information required by paragraph (c) of this Item if it is contained in an annual report sent to security holders in accordance with § 240.14a-3 of this chapter with respect to the same meeting or solicitation of consents or authorizations that the proxy statement relates to and the information substantially meets the disclosure requirements of Item 14 or Item 17 of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) or Form F-4 (§ 239.34 of this chapter), as applicable.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>De-SPAC transactions.</I> (1) If the transaction is a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), then the disclosure provisions of §§ 229.1603, 229.1604(b)(1) through (6) and (c), 229.1605 through 229.1607, and 229.1609 (Items 1603, 1604(b)(1) through (6) and (c), 1605 through 1607, and 1609 of Regulation S-K) apply in addition to the provisions of this schedule and disclosure thereunder must be provided in the proxy statement, and the structured data provisions of § 229.1610 (Item 1610 of Regulation S-K) apply to those disclosures. The information required by § 229.1604(b)(1) through (6) must be briefly described in the front of the disclosure document. To the extent that the applicable disclosure requirements of subpart 229.1600 of Regulation S-K are inconsistent with the disclosure requirements of this schedule, the requirements of subpart 229.1600 are controlling.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the following additional information for the target company:
</P>
<P>(i) Information required by § 229.101 (Item 101 of Regulation S-K, description of business);
</P>
<P>(ii) Information required by § 229.102 (Item 102 of Regulation S-K, description of property);
</P>
<P>(iii) Information required by § 229.103 (Item 103 of Regulation S-K, legal proceedings);
</P>
<P>(iv) Information required by § 229.304 (Item 304 of Regulation S-K, changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure);
</P>
<P>(v) Information required by § 229.403 (Item 403 of Regulation S-K, security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management), assuming the completion of the de-SPAC transaction and any related financing transaction; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Information required by § 229.701 (Item 701 of Regulation S-K, recent sales of unregistered securities).


</P>
<P><I>Item 15. Acquisition or disposition of property.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the acquisition or disposition of any property, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) Describe briefly the general character and location of the property.
</P>
<P>(b) State the nature and amount of consideration to be paid or received by the registrant or any subsidiary. To the extent practicable, outline briefly the facts bearing upon the question of the fairness of the consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) State the name and address of the transferer or transferee, as the case may be and the nature of any material relationship of such person to the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(d) Outline briefly any other material features of the contract or transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Item 16. Restatement of accounts.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the restatement of any asset, capital, or surplus account of the registrant furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) State the nature of the restatement and the date as of which it is to be effective.
</P>
<P>(b) Outline briefly the reasons for the restatement and for the selection of the particular effective date.
</P>
<P>(c) State the name and amount of each account (including any reserve accounts) affected by the restatement and the effect of the restatement thereon. Tabular presentation of the amounts shall be made when appropriate, particularly in the case of recapitalizations.
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent practicable, state whether and the extent, if any, to which, the restatement will, as of the date thereof, alter the amount available for distribution to the holders of equity securities.
</P>
<P><I>Item 17. Action with respect to reports.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any report of the registrant or of its directors, officers or committees or any minutes of a meeting of its security holders, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) State whether or not such action is to constitute approval or disapproval of any of the matters referred to in such reports or minutes.
</P>
<P>(b) Identify each of such matters which it is intended will be approved or disapproved, and furnish the information required by the appropriate item or items of this schedule with respect to each such matter.
</P>
<P><I>Item 18. Matters not required to be submitted.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any matter which is not required to be submitted to a vote of security holders, state the nature of such matter, the reasons for submitting it to a vote of security holders and what action is intended to be taken by the registrant in the event of a negative vote on the matter by the security holders.
</P>
<P><I>Item 19. Amendment of character, bylaws or other documents.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to any amendment of the registrant's charter, bylaws or other documents as to which information is not required above, state briefly the reasons for and the general effect of such amendment.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Where the matter to be acted upon is the classification of directors, state whether vacancies which occur during the year may be filled by the board of directors to serve only until the next annual meeting or may be so filled for the remainder of the full term.
</P>
<P>2. Attention is directed to the discussion of disclosure regarding anti-takeover and similar proposals in Release No. 34-15230 (October 13, 1978).
</P>
<P><I>Item 20. Other proposed action.</I> If action is to be taken on any matter not specifically referred to in this Schedule 14A, describe briefly the substance of each such matter in substantially the same degree of detail as is required by Items 5 to 19, inclusive, of this Schedule, and, with respect to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, Item 22 of this Schedule. Registrants required to provide a separate shareholder vote pursuant to section 111(e)(1) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(1)) and § 240.14a-20 shall disclose that they are providing such a vote as required pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, and briefly explain the general effect of the vote, such as whether the vote is non-binding.
</P>
<P><I>Item 21. Voting procedures.</I> As to each matter which is to be submitted to a vote of security holders, furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) State the vote required for approval or election, other than for the approval of auditors. 
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose the method by which votes will be counted, including the treatment and effect under applicable state law and registrant charter and bylaw provisions of abstentions, broker non-votes, and, to the extent applicable, a security holder's withholding of authority to vote for a nominee in an election of directors.
</P>
<P>(c) When applicable, disclose how the soliciting person intends to treat proxy authority granted in favor of any other soliciting person's nominees if such other soliciting person abandons its solicitation or fails to comply with § 240.14a-19.
</P>
<P><I>Item 22. Information required in investment company proxy statement.</I> (a) <I>General.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Item that are defined in § 240.14a-1 (with respect to proxy soliciting material), in § 240.14c-1 (with respect to information statements), and in the Investment Company Act of 1940 shall have the same meanings provided therein and the following terms shall also apply:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Administrator.</I> The term “Administrator” shall mean any person who provides significant administrative or business affairs management services to a Fund.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Affiliated broker.</I> The term “Affiliated Broker” shall mean any broker: 
</P>
<P>(A) That is an affiliated person of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(B) That is an affiliated person of such person; or 
</P>
<P>(C) An affiliated person of which is an affiliated person of the Fund, its investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Distribution plan.</I> The term “Distribution Plan” shall mean a plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (§ 270.12b-1 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Family of Investment Companies.</I> The term “Family of Investment Companies” shall mean any two or more registered investment companies that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Fund.</I> The term “Fund” shall mean a Registrant or, where the Registrant is a series company, a separate portfolio of the Registrant. 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Fund complex.</I> The term “Fund Complex” shall mean two or more Funds that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other Funds. 
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Immediate Family Member.</I> The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean a person's spouse; child residing in the person's household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152). 
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Officer.</I> The term “Officer” shall mean the president, vice-president, secretary, treasurer, controller, or any other officer who performs policy-making functions.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Parent.</I> The term “Parent” shall mean the affiliated person of a specified person who controls the specified person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Registrant.</I> The term “Registrant” shall mean an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) or a business development company as defined by section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48)). 
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Sponsoring Insurance Company.</I> The term “Sponsoring Insurance Company” of a Fund that is a separate account shall mean the insurance company that establishes and maintains the separate account and that owns the assets of the separate account.
</P>
<P>(xii) <I>Subsidiary.</I> The term “Subsidiary” shall mean an affiliated person of a specified person who is controlled by the specified person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) <I>General disclosure.</I> Furnish the following information in the proxy statement of a Fund or Funds: 
</P>
<P>(i) State the name and address of the Fund's investment adviser, principal underwriter, and Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(ii) When a Fund proxy statement solicits a vote on proposals affecting more than one Fund or class of securities of a Fund (unless the proposal or proposals are the same and affect all Fund or class shareholders), present a summary of all of the proposals in tabular form on one of the first three pages of the proxy statement and indicate which Fund or class shareholders are solicited with respect to each proposal. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Unless the proxy statement is accompanied by a copy of the Fund's most recent annual report, state prominently in the proxy statement that the Fund will furnish, without charge, a copy of the annual report and the most recent semi-annual report succeeding the annual report, if any, to a shareholder upon request, providing the name, address, and toll-free telephone number of the person to whom such request shall be directed (or, if no toll-free telephone number is provided, a self-addressed postage paid card for requesting the annual report). The Fund should provide a copy of the annual report and the most recent semi-annual report succeeding the annual report, if any, to the requesting shareholder by first class mail, or other means designed to assure prompt delivery, within three business days of the request. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the action to be taken would, directly or indirectly, establish a new fee or expense or increase any existing fee or expense to be paid by the Fund or its shareholders, provide a table showing the current and pro forma fees (with the required examples) using the format prescribed in the appropriate registration statement form under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (for open-end management investment companies, Item 3 of Form N-1A (§ 239.15A); for closed-end management investment companies, Item 3 of Form N-2 (§ 239.14); and for separate accounts that offer variable annuity contracts, Item 4 of Form N-3 (§ 239.17a)).
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Where approval is sought only for a change in asset breakpoints for a pre-existing fee that would not have increased the fee for the previous year (or have the effect of increasing fees or expenses, but for any other reason would not be reflected in a pro forma fee table), describe the likely effect of the change in lieu of providing pro forma fee information. 
</P>
<P>2. An action would indirectly establish or increase a fee or expense where, for example, the approval of a new investment advisory contract would result in higher custodial or transfer agency fees. 
</P>
<P>3. The tables should be prepared in a manner designed to facilitate understanding of the impact of any change in fees or expenses. 
</P>
<P>4. A Fund that offers its shares exclusively to one or more separate accounts and thus is not required to include a fee table in its prospectus (see Item 3 of Form N-1A (§ 239.15A)) should nonetheless prepare a table showing current and pro forma expenses and disclose that the table does not reflect separate account expenses, including sales load. 
</P>
<P>(v) If action is to be taken with respect to the election of directors or the approval of an advisory contract, describe any purchases or sales of securities of the investment adviser or its Parents, or Subsidiaries of either, since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year by any director or any nominee for election as a director of the Fund. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Identify the parties, state the consideration, the terms of payment and describe any arrangement or understanding with respect to the composition of the board of directors of the Fund or of the investment adviser, or with respect to the selection of appointment of any person to any office with either such company. 
</P>
<P>2. Transactions involving securities in an amount not exceeding one percent of the outstanding securities of any class of the investment adviser or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Election of Directors.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to the election of directors of a Fund, furnish the following information in the proxy statement in addition to, in the case of business development companies, the information (and in the format) required by Item 7 and Item 8 of this Schedule 14A. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to introductory text of paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>).</HED>
<P>1. Furnish information with respect to a prospective investment adviser to the extent applicable. 
</P>
<P>2. If the solicitation is made by or on behalf of a person other than the Fund or an investment adviser of the Fund, provide information only as to nominees of the person making the solicitation. 
</P>
<P>3. When providing information about directors and nominees for election as directors in response to this Item 22(b), furnish information for directors or nominees who are or would be “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)) separately from the information for directors or nominees who are not or would not be interested persons of the Fund. For example, when furnishing information in a table, you should provide separate tables (or separate sections of a single table) for directors and nominees who are or would be interested persons and for directors or nominees who are not or would not be interested persons. When furnishing information in narrative form, indicate by heading or otherwise the directors or nominees who are or would be interested persons and the directors or nominees who are not or would not be interested persons. 
</P>
<P>4. No information need be given about any director whose term of office as a director will not continue after the meeting to which the proxy statement relates. 
</P>
<P>(1) Provide the information required by the following table for each director, nominee for election as director, Officer of the Fund, person chosen to become an Officer of the Fund, and, if the Fund has an advisory board, member of the board. Explain in a footnote to the table any family relationship between the persons listed.</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(6) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name, Address, and Age</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Position(s) Held with Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Term of Office and Length of Time Served</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director or Nominee for Director</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other Directorships Held by Director or Nominee for Director</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1).</HED>
<P>1. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “family relationship” means any relationship by blood, marriage, or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. 
</P>
<P>2. No nominee or person chosen to become a director or Officer who has not consented to act as such may be named in response to this Item. In this regard, see Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14a-4(d)). 
</P>
<P>3. If fewer nominees are named than the number fixed by or pursuant to the governing instruments, state the reasons for this procedure and that the proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of persons than the number of nominees named. 
</P>
<P>4. For each director or nominee for election as director who is or would be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), describe, in a footnote or otherwise, the relationship, events, or transactions by reason of which the director or nominee is or would be an interested person. 
</P>
<P>5. State the principal business of any company listed under column (4) unless the principal business is implicit in its name. 
</P>
<P>6. Include in column (5) the total number of separate portfolios that a nominee for election as director would oversee if he were elected. 
</P>
<P>7. Indicate in column (6) directorships not included in column (5) that are held by a director or nominee for election as director in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), or subject to the requirements of section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (15 U.S.C. 80a), as amended, and name the companies in which the directorships are held. Where the other directorships include directorships overseeing two or more portfolios in the same Fund Complex, identify the Fund Complex and provide the number of portfolios overseen as a director in the Fund Complex rather than listing each portfolio separately.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) For each individual listed in column (1) of the table required by paragraph (b)(1) of this Item, except for any director or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), describe any positions, including as an officer, employee, director, or general partner, held with affiliated persons or principal underwriters of the Fund. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2).</HED>
<P>When an individual holds the same position(s) with two or more registered investment companies that are part of the same Fund Complex, identify the Fund Complex and provide the number of registered investment companies for which the position(s) are held rather than listing each registered investment company separately. </P></NOTE>
<P>(3)(i) For each director or nominee for election as director, briefly discuss the specific experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills that led to the conclusion that the person should serve as a director for the Fund at the time that the disclosure is made in light of the Fund's business and structure. If material, this disclosure should cover more than the past five years, including information about the person's particular areas of expertise or other relevant qualifications.
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe briefly any arrangement or understanding between any director, nominee for election as director, Officer, or person chosen to become an Officer, and any other person(s) (naming the person(s)) pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee, or Officer. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3)(<E T="01">ii</E>).</HED>
<P>Do not include arrangements or understandings with directors or Officers acting solely in their capacities as such.</P></NOTE>
<P>(4)(i) Unless disclosed in the table required by paragraph (b)(1) of this Item, describe any positions, including as an officer, employee, director, or general partner, held by any director or nominee for election as director, who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee, during the past five years, with: 
</P>
<P>(A) The Fund; 
</P>
<P>(B) An investment company, or a person that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) and (c)(7)), having the same investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company as the Fund or having an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(C) An investment adviser, principal underwriter, Sponsoring Insurance Company, or affiliated person of the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(D) Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Unless disclosed in the table required by paragraph (b)(1) of this Item or in response to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this Item, indicate any directorships held during the past five years by each director or nominee for election as director in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) or subject to the requirements of section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), as amended, and name the companies in which the directorships were held.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(4).</HED>
<P>When an individual holds the same position(s) with two or more portfolios that are part of the same Fund Complex, identify the Fund Complex and provide the number of portfolios for which the position(s) are held rather than listing each portfolio separately.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) For each director or nominee for election as director, state the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the director or nominee as required by the following table: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the Fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) On an aggregate basis, in any registered investment companies overseen or to be overseen by the director or nominee within the same Family of Investment Companies as the Fund.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of Director or Nominee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen or to be Overseen by Director or Nominee in Family of Investment Companies</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(5).</HED>
<P>1. Information should be provided as of the most recent practicable date. Specify the valuation date by footnote or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>2. Determine “beneficial ownership” in accordance with rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Exchange Act (§ 240.16a-1(a)(2)). 
</P>
<P>3. If action is to be taken with respect to more than one Fund, disclose in column (2) the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by a director or nominee in each such Fund overseen or to be overseen by the director or nominee. 
</P>
<P>4. In disclosing the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by a director or nominee in columns (2) and (3), use the following ranges: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000.</P></NOTE>
<P>(6) For each director or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19), and his Immediate Family Members, furnish the information required by the following table as to each class of securities owned beneficially or of record in: 
</P>
<P>(i) An investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(6) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of Director or Nominee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Name of Owners and Relationships to Director or Nominee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title of Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Value of Securities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Percent of Class</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(6).</HED>
<P>1. Information should be provided as of the most recent practicable date. Specify the valuation date by footnote or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>2. An individual is a “beneficial owner” of a security if he is a “beneficial owner” under either rule 13d-3 or rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Exchange Act (§§ 240.13d-3 or 240.16a-1(a)(2)). 
</P>
<P>3. Identify the company in which the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee owns securities in column (3). When the company is a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company, describe the company's relationship with the investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company. 
</P>
<P>4. Provide the information required by columns (5) and (6) on an aggregate basis for each director (or nominee) and his Immediate Family Members.</P></NOTE>
<P>(7) Unless disclosed in response to paragraph (b)(6) of this Item, describe any direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, of each director or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee, during the past five years, in: 
</P>
<P>(i) An investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(7).</HED>
<P>1. A director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member has an interest in a company if he is a party to a contract, arrangement, or understanding with respect to any securities of, or interest in, the company. 
</P>
<P>2. The interest of the director (or nominee) and the interests of his Immediate Family Members should be aggregated in determining whether the value exceeds $120,000.</P></NOTE>
<P>(8) Describe briefly any material interest, direct or indirect, of any director or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee, in any transaction, or series of similar transactions, since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, or in any currently proposed transaction, or series of similar transactions, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and to which any of the following persons was or is to be a party: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Fund; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An Officer of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An investment company, or a person that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) and (c)(7)), having the same investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company as the Fund or having an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(iv) An Officer of an investment company, or a person that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) and (c)(7)), having the same investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company as the Fund or having an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(v) An investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(vi) An Officer of an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(vii) A person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(viii) An Officer of a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(8).</HED>
<P>1. Include the name of each director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member whose interest in any transaction or series of similar transactions is described and the nature of the circumstances by reason of which the interest is required to be described. 
</P>
<P>2. State the nature of the interest, the approximate dollar amount involved in the transaction, and, where practicable, the approximate dollar amount of the interest. 
</P>
<P>3. In computing the amount involved in the transaction or series of similar transactions, include all periodic payments in the case of any lease or other agreement providing for periodic payments. 
</P>
<P>4. Compute the amount of the interest of any director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee without regard to the amount of profit or loss involved in the transaction(s). 
</P>
<P>5. As to any transaction involving the purchase or sale of assets, state the cost of the assets to the purchaser and, if acquired by the seller within two years prior to the transaction, the cost to the seller. Describe the method used in determining the purchase or sale price and the name of the person making the determination. 
</P>
<P>6. If the proxy statement relates to multiple portfolios of a series Fund with different fiscal years, then, in determining the date that is the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, use the earliest date of any series covered by the proxy statement. 
</P>
<P>7. Disclose indirect, as well as direct, material interests in transactions. A person who has a position or relationship with, or interest in, a company that engages in a transaction with one of the persons listed in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item may have an indirect interest in the transaction by reason of the position, relationship, or interest. The interest in the transaction, however, will not be deemed “material” within the meaning of paragraph (b)(8) of this Item where the interest of the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member arises solely from the holding of an equity interest (including a limited partnership interest, but excluding a general partnership interest) or a creditor interest in a company that is a party to the transaction with one of the persons specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item, and the transaction is not material to the company. 
</P>
<P>8. The materiality of any interest is to be determined on the basis of the significance of the information to investors in light of all the circumstances of the particular case. The importance of the interest to the person having the interest, the relationship of the parties to the transaction with each other, and the amount involved in the transaction are among the factors to be considered in determining the significance of the information to investors. 
</P>
<P>9. No information need be given as to any transaction where the interest of the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member arises solely from the ownership of securities of a person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item and the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all holders of the class of securities. 
</P>
<P>10. Transactions include loans, lines of credit, and other indebtedness. For indebtedness, indicate the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding at any time during the period, the nature of the indebtedness and the transaction in which it was incurred, the amount outstanding as of the latest practicable date, and the rate of interest paid or charged. 
</P>
<P>11. No information need be given as to any routine, retail transaction. For example, the Fund need not disclose that a director has a credit card, bank or brokerage account, residential mortgage, or insurance policy with a person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item unless the director is accorded special treatment.</P></NOTE>
<P>(9) Describe briefly any direct or indirect relationship, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, of any director or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee, that exists, or has existed at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, or is currently proposed, with any of the persons specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item. Relationships include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Payments for property or services to or from any person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Provision of legal services to any person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provision of investment banking services to any person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item, other than as a participating underwriter in a syndicate; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any consulting or other relationship that is substantially similar in nature and scope to the relationships listed in paragraphs (b)(9)(i) through (b)(9)(iii) of this Item. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(9).</HED>
<P>1. Include the name of each director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member whose relationship is described and the nature of the circumstances by reason of which the relationship is required to be described. 
</P>
<P>2. State the nature of the relationship and the amount of business conducted between the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member and the person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item as a result of the relationship since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund or proposed to be done during the Fund's current fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>3. In computing the amount involved in a relationship, include all periodic payments in the case of any agreement providing for periodic payments. 
</P>
<P>4. If the proxy statement relates to multiple portfolios of a series Fund with different fiscal years, then, in determining the date that is the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, use the earliest date of any series covered by the proxy statement. 
</P>
<P>5. Disclose indirect, as well as direct, relationships. A person who has a position or relationship with, or interest in, a company that has a relationship with one of the persons listed in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item may have an indirect relationship by reason of the position, relationship, or interest. 
</P>
<P>6. In determining whether the amount involved in a relationship exceeds $120,000, amounts involved in a relationship of the director (or nominee) should be aggregated with those of his Immediate Family Members. 
</P>
<P>7. In the case of an indirect interest, identify the company with which a person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item has a relationship; the name of the director, nominee, or Immediate Family Member affiliated with the company and the nature of the affiliation; and the amount of business conducted between the company and the person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund or proposed to be done during the Fund's current fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>8. In calculating payments for property and services for purposes of paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this Item, the following may be excluded: 
</P>
<P>A. Payments where the transaction involves the rendering of services as a common contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority; or 
</P>
<P>B. Payments that arise solely from the ownership of securities of a person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item and no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all holders of the class of securities is received. 
</P>
<P>9. No information need be given as to any routine, retail relationship. For example, the Fund need not disclose that a director has a credit card, bank or brokerage account, residential mortgage, or insurance policy with a person specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (b)(8)(viii) of this Item unless the director is accorded special treatment.</P></NOTE>
<P>(10) If an Officer of an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund, or an Officer of a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company of the Fund, serves, or has served since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, on the board of directors of a company where a director of the Fund or nominee for election as director who is not or would not be an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), or Immediate Family Member of the director or nominee, is, or was since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, an Officer, identify: 
</P>
<P>(i) The company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The individual who serves or has served as a director of the company and the period of service as director; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company or person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Sponsoring Insurance Company where the individual named in paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this Item holds or held office and the office held; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The director of the Fund, nominee for election as director, or Immediate Family Member who is or was an Officer of the company; the office held; and the period of holding the office. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(10).</HED>
<P>If the proxy statement relates to multiple portfolios of a series Fund with different fiscal years, then, in determining the date that is the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of the Fund, use the earliest date of any series covered by the proxy statement.</P></NOTE>
<P>(11) Provide in tabular form, to the extent practicable, the information required by Items 401(f) and (g), 404(a), 405, and 407(h) of Regulation S-K (§§ 229.401(f) and (g), 229.404(a), 229.405, and 229.407(h) of this chapter).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(11).</HED>
<P>Information provided under paragraph (b)(8) of this Item 22 is deemed to satisfy the requirements of Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K for information about directors, nominees for election as directors, and Immediate Family Members of directors and nominees, and need not be provided under this paragraph (b)(11).</P></NOTE>
<P>(12) Describe briefly any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Fund's business, to which any director or nominee for director or affiliated person of such director or nominee is a party adverse to the Fund or any of its affiliated persons or has a material interest adverse to the Fund or any of its affiliated persons. Include the name of the court where the case is pending, the date instituted, the principal parties, a description of the factual basis alleged to underlie the proceeding, and the relief sought. 
</P>
<P>(13) In the case of a Fund that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), for all directors, and for each of the three highest-paid Officers that have aggregate compensation from the Fund for the most recently completed fiscal year in excess of $60,000 (“Compensated Persons”): 
</P>
<P>(i) Furnish the information required by the following table for the last fiscal year: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Compensation Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Name of Person, Position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aggregate Compensation From Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total Compensation From Fund and Complex Paid to Directors</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(13)(<E T="01">i</E>).</HED>
<P>1. For column (1), indicate, if necessary, the capacity in which the remuneration is received. For Compensated Persons that are directors of the Fund, compensation is amounts received for service as a director. 
</P>
<P>2. If the Fund has not completed its first full year since its organization, furnish the information for the current fiscal year, estimating future payments that would be made pursuant to an existing agreement or understanding. Disclose in a footnote to the Compensation Table the period for which the information is furnished. 
</P>
<P>3. Include in column (2) amounts deferred at the election of the Compensated Person, whether pursuant to a plan established under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)) or otherwise, for the fiscal year in which earned. Disclose in a footnote to the Compensation Table the total amount of deferred compensation (including interest) payable to or accrued for any Compensated Person. 
</P>
<P>4. Include in columns (3) and (4) all pension or retirement benefits proposed to be paid under any existing plan in the event of retirement at normal retirement date, directly or indirectly, by the Fund or any of its Subsidiaries, or by other companies in the Fund Complex. Omit column (4) where retirement benefits are not determinable. 
</P>
<P>5. For any defined benefit or actuarial plan under which benefits are determined primarily by final compensation (or average final compensation) and years of service, provide the information required in column (4) in a separate table showing estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement (including amounts attributable to any defined benefit supplementary or excess pension award plans) in specified compensation and years of service classifications. Also provide the estimated credited years of service for each Compensated Person. 
</P>
<P>6. Include in column (5) only aggregate compensation paid to a director for service on the board and other boards of investment companies in a Fund Complex specifying the number of such other investment companies.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) Describe briefly the material provisions of any pension, retirement, or other plan or any arrangement other than fee arrangements disclosed in paragraph (b)(13)(i) of this Item pursuant to which Compensated Persons are or may be compensated for any services provided, including amounts paid, if any, to the Compensated Person under any such arrangements during the most recently completed fiscal year. Specifically include the criteria used to determine amounts payable under any plan, the length of service or vesting period required by the plan, the retirement age or other event that gives rise to payments under the plan, and whether the payment of benefits is secured or funded by the Fund. 
</P>
<P>(14) State whether or not the Fund has a separately designated audit committee established in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)(A)). If the entire board of directors is acting as the Fund's audit committee as specified in section 3(a)(58)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(58)(B)), so state. If applicable, provide the disclosure required by § 240.10A-3(d) regarding an exemption from the listing standards for audit committees. Identify the other standing committees of the Fund's board of directors, and provide the following information about each committee, including any separately designated audit committee and any nominating committee:
</P>
<P>(i) A concise statement of the functions of the committee; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The members of the committee and, in the case of a nominating committee, whether or not the members of the committee are “interested persons” of the Fund as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of committee meetings held during the last fiscal year. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(14):</HED>
<P>For purposes of Item 22(b)(14), the term “nominating committee” refers not only to nominating committees and committees performing similar functions, but also to groups of directors fulfilling the role of a nominating committee, including the entire board of directors.</P></NOTE>
<P>(15)(i) Provide the information (and in the format) required by Items 407(b)(1), (b)(2) and (f) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.407(b)(1), (b)(2) and (f) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the following regarding the requirements for the director nomination process:
</P>
<P>(A) The information (and in the format) required by Items 407(c)(1) and (c)(2) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.407(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(B) If the Fund is a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter) whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that has independence requirements for nominating committee members, identify each director that is a member of the nominating committee that is not independent under the independence standards described in this paragraph. In determining whether the nominating committee members are independent, use the Fund's definition of independence that it uses for determining if the members of the nominating committee are independent in compliance with the independence standards applicable for the members of the nominating committee in the listing standards applicable to the Fund. If the Fund does not have independence standards for the nominating committee, use the independence standards for the nominating committee in the listing standards applicable to the Fund.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(15)(<E T="01">ii</E>)(B).</HED>
<P>If the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Fund's securities are listed has exemptions to the independence requirements for nominating committee members upon which the Fund relied, disclose the exemption relied upon and explain the basis for the Fund's conclusion that such exemption is applicable.</P></NOTE>
<P>(16) In the case of a Fund that is a closed-end investment company:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the information (and in the format) required by Item 407(d)(1), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.407(d)(1), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify each director that is a member of the Fund's audit committee that is not independent under the independence standards described in this paragraph. If the Fund does not have a separately designated audit committee, or committee performing similar functions, the Fund must provide the disclosure with respect to all members of its board of directors.
</P>
<P>(A) If the Fund is a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter) whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that has independence requirements for audit committee members, in determining whether the audit committee members are independent, use the Fund's definition of independence that it uses for determining if the members of the audit committee are independent in compliance with the independence standards applicable for the members of the audit committee in the listing standards applicable to the Fund. If the Fund does not have independence standards for the audit committee, use the independence standards for the audit committee in the listing standards applicable to the Fund.
</P>
<P>(B) If the Fund is not a listed issuer whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)), in determining whether the audit committee members are independent, use a definition of independence of a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 780-3(a)) which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent and that has been approved by the Commission, and state which definition is used. Whatever such definition the Fund chooses, it must use the same definition with respect to all directors and nominees for director. If the national securities exchange or national securities association whose standards are used has independence standards for the members of the audit committee, use those specific standards.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(16)(<E T="01">ii</E>).</HED>
<P>If the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Fund's securities are listed has exemptions to the independence requirements for nominating committee members upon which the Fund relied, disclose the exemption relied upon and explain the basis for the Fund's conclusion that such exemption is applicable. The same disclosure should be provided if the Fund is not a listed issuer and the national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system selected by the Fund has exemptions that are applicable to the Fund.</P></NOTE>
<P>(17) In the case of a Fund that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), if a director has resigned or declined to stand for re-election to the board of directors since the date of the last annual meeting of security holders because of a disagreement with the registrant on any matter relating to the registrant's operations, policies or practices, and if the director has furnished the registrant with a letter describing such disagreement and requesting that the matter be disclosed, the registrant shall state the date of resignation or declination to stand for re-election and summarize the director's description of the disagreement. If the registrant believes that the description provided by the director is incorrect or incomplete, it may include a brief statement presenting its view of the disagreement. 
</P>
<P>(18) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(19) If a Fund is required to include a shareholder nominee or nominees submitted to the Fund for inclusion in the Fund's proxy materials pursuant to a procedure set forth under applicable state or foreign law or the Fund's governing documents providing for the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the Fund's proxy materials, the Fund must include in its proxy statement the disclosure required from the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group under Item 6 of § 240.14n-101 with regard to the nominee or nominees and the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(19).</HED>
<P>The information disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(19) of this Item will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), or the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), except to the extent that the Fund specifically incorporates that information by reference.</P></NOTE>
<P>(20) In the case of a Fund that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) that is required to develop and implement a policy regarding the recovery of erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b)(1), if at any time during the last completed fiscal year the Fund was required to prepare an accounting restatement that required recovery of erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to the Fund's compensation recovery policy required by the listing standards adopted pursuant to 240.10D-1, or there was an outstanding balance as of the end of the last completed fiscal year of erroneously awarded compensation to be recovered from the application of the policy to a prior restatement, the Fund must provide the information required by Item 18 of Form N-CSR, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval of investment advisory contract.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to an investment advisory contract, include the following information in the proxy statement.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Furnish information with respect to a prospective investment adviser to the extent applicable (including the name and address of the prospective investment adviser). 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the existing investment advisory contract: 
</P>
<P>(i) State the date of the contract and the date on which it was last submitted to a vote of security holders of the Fund, including the purpose of such submission; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Briefly describe the terms of the contract, including the rate of compensation of the investment adviser; 
</P>
<P>(iii) State the aggregate amount of the investment adviser's fee and the amount and purpose of any other material payments by the Fund to the investment adviser, or any affiliated person of the investment adviser, during the last fiscal year of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(iv) If any person is acting as an investment adviser of the Fund other than pursuant to a written contract that has been approved by the security holders of the company, identify the person and describe the nature of the services and arrangements; 
</P>
<P>(v) Describe any action taken with respect to the investment advisory contract since the beginning of the Fund's last fiscal year by the board of directors of the Fund (unless described in response to paragraph (c)(1)(vi)) of this Item 22); and 
</P>
<P>(vi) If an investment advisory contract was terminated or not renewed for any reason, state the date of such termination or non-renewal, identify the parties involved, and describe the circumstances of such termination or non-renewal. 
</P>
<P>(2) State the name, address and principal occupation of the principal executive officer and each director or general partner of the investment adviser. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> If the investment adviser is a partnership with more than ten general partners, name: 
</P>
<P>(i) The general partners with the five largest economic interests in the partnership, and, if different, those general partners comprising the management or executive committee of the partnership or exercising similar authority; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The general partners with significant management responsibilities relating to the fund. 
</P>
<P>(3) State the names and addresses of all Parents of the investment adviser and show the basis of control of the investment adviser and each Parent by its immediate Parent. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. If any person named is a corporation, include the percentage of its voting securities owned by its immediate Parent. 
</P>
<P>2. If any person named is a partnership, name the general partners having the three largest partnership interests (computed by whatever method is appropriate in the particular case).
</P>
<P>(4) If the investment adviser is a corporation and if, to the knowledge of the persons making the solicitation or the persons on whose behalf the solicitation is made, any person not named in answer to paragraph (c)(3) of this Item 22 owns, of record or beneficially, ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the investment adviser, indicate that fact and state the name and address of each such person. 
</P>
<P>(5) Name each officer or director of the Fund who is an officer, employee, director, general partner or shareholder of the investment adviser. As to any officer or director who is not a director or general partner of the investment adviser and who owns securities or has any other material direct or indirect interest in the investment adviser or any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment adviser, describe the nature of such interest. 
</P>
<P>(6) Describe briefly and state the approximate amount of, where practicable, any material interest, direct or indirect, of any director of the Fund in any material transactions since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, or in any material proposed transactions, to which the investment adviser of the Fund, any Parent or Subsidiary of the investment adviser (other than another Fund), or any Subsidiary of the Parent of such entities was or is to be a party.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Include the name of each person whose interest in any transaction is described and the nature of the relationship by reason of which such interest is required to be described. Where it is not practicable to state the approximate amount of the interest, indicate the approximate amount involved in the transaction. 
</P>
<P>2. As to any transaction involving the purchase or sale of assets by or to the investment adviser, state the cost of the assets to the purchaser and the cost thereof to the seller if acquired by the seller within two years prior to the transaction. 
</P>
<P>3. If the interest of any person arises from the position of the person as a partner in a partnership, the proportionate interest of such person in transactions to which the partnership is a party need not be set forth, but state the amount involved in the transaction with the partnership. 
</P>
<P>4. No information need be given in response to this paragraph (c)(6) of Item 22 with respect to any transaction that is not related to the business or operations of the Fund and to which neither the Fund nor any of its Parents or Subsidiaries is a party.
</P>
<P>(7) Disclose any financial condition of the investment adviser that is reasonably likely to impair the financial ability of the adviser to fulfill its commitment to the fund under the proposed investment advisory contract. 
</P>
<P>(8) Describe the nature of the action to be taken on the investment advisory contract and the reasons therefor, the terms of the contract to be acted upon, and, if the action is an amendment to, or a replacement of, an investment advisory contract, the material differences between the current and proposed contract. 
</P>
<P>(9) If a change in the investment advisory fee is sought, state: 
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate amount of the investment adviser's fee during the last year; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount that the adviser would have received had the proposed fee been in effect; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The difference between the aggregate amounts stated in response to paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this item (c)(9) as a percentage of the amount stated in response to paragraph (i) of this item (c)(9). 
</P>
<P>(10) If the investment adviser acts as such with respect to any other Fund having a similar investment objective, identify and state the size of such other Fund and the rate of the investment adviser's compensation. Also indicate for any Fund identified whether the investment adviser has waived, reduced, or otherwise agreed to reduce its compensation under any applicable contract.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Furnish the information in response to this paragraph (c)(10) of Item 22 in tabular form.
</P>
<P>(11) Discuss in reasonable detail the material factors and the conclusions with respect thereto that form the basis for the recommendation of the board of directors that the shareholders approve an investment advisory contract. Include the following in the discussion:
</P>
<P>(i) Factors relating to both the board's selection of the investment adviser and approval of the advisory fee and any other amounts to be paid by the Fund under the contract. This would include, but not be limited to, a discussion of the nature, extent, and quality of the services to be provided by the investment adviser; the investment performance of the Fund and the investment adviser; the costs of the services to be provided and profits to be realized by the investment adviser and its affiliates from the relationship with the Fund; the extent to which economies of scale would be realized as the Fund grows; and whether fee levels reflect these economies of scale for the benefit of Fund investors. Also indicate in the discussion whether the board relied upon comparisons of the services to be rendered and the amounts to be paid under the contract with those under other investment advisory contracts, such as contracts of the same and other investment advisers with other registered investment companies or other types of clients (e.g., pension funds and other institutional investors). If the board relied upon such comparisons, describe the comparisons that were relied on and how they assisted the board in determining to recommend that the shareholders approve the advisory contract; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If applicable, any benefits derived or to be derived by the investment adviser from the relationship with the Fund such as soft dollar arrangements by which brokers provide research to the Fund or its investment adviser in return for allocating Fund brokerage.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. Conclusory statements or a list of factors will not be considered sufficient disclosure. Relate the factors to the specific circumstances of the Fund and the investment advisory contract for which approval is sought and state how the board evaluated each factor. For example, it is not sufficient to state that the board considered the amount of the investment advisory fee without stating what the board concluded about the amount of the fee and how that affected its determination to recommend approval of the contract.
</P>
<P>2. If any factor enumerated in paragraph (c)(11)(i) of this Item 22 is not relevant to the board's evaluation of the investment advisory contract for which approval is sought, note this and explain the reasons why that factor is not relevant.
</P>
<P>(12) Describe any arrangement or understanding made in connection with the proposed investment advisory contract with respect to the composition of the board of directors of the Fund or the investment adviser or with respect to the selection or appointment of any person to any office with either such company. 
</P>
<P>(13) For the most recently completed fiscal year, state: 
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate amount of commissions paid to any Affiliated Broker; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The percentage of the Fund's aggregate brokerage commissions paid to any such Affiliated Broker.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Identify each Affiliated Broker and the relationships that cause the broker to be an Affiliated Broker.
</P>
<P>(14) Disclose the amount of any fees paid by the Fund to the investment adviser, its affiliated persons or any affiliated person of such person during the most recent fiscal year for services provided to the Fund (other than under the investment advisory contract or for brokerage commissions). State whether these services will continue to be provided after the investment advisory contract is approved. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Approval of distribution plan.</I> If action is to be taken with respect to a Distribution Plan, include the following information in the proxy statement.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Furnish information on a prospective basis to the extent applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the nature of the action to be taken on the Distribution Plan and the reason therefor, the terms of the Distribution Plan to be acted upon, and, if the action is an amendment to, or a replacement of, a Distribution Plan, the material differences between the current and proposed Distribution Plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Fund has a Distribution Plan in effect: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the date that the Distribution Plan was adopted and the date of the last amendment, if any; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the persons to whom payments may be made under the Distribution Plan, the rate of the distribution fee and the purposes for which such fee may be used; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclose the amount of distribution fees paid by the Fund pursuant to the plan during its most recent fiscal year, both in the aggregate and as a percentage of the Fund's average net assets during the period; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclose the name of, and the amount of any payments made under the Distribution Plan by the Fund during its most recent fiscal year to, any person who is an affiliated person of the Fund, its investment adviser, principal underwriter, or Administrator, an affiliated person of such person, or a person that during the most recent fiscal year received 10% or more of the aggregate amount paid under the Distribution Plan by the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(v) Describe any action taken with respect to the Distribution Plan since the beginning of the Fund's most recent fiscal year by the board of directors of the Fund; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) If a Distribution Plan was or is to be terminated or not renewed for any reason, state the date or prospective date of such termination or non-renewal, identify the parties involved, and describe the circumstances of such termination or non-renewal. 
</P>
<P>(3) Describe briefly and state the approximate amount of, where practicable, any material interest, direct or indirect, of any director or nominee for election as a director of the Fund in any material transactions since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, or in any material proposed transactions, to which any person identified in response to Item 22(d)(2)(iv) was or is to be a party.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions. 1.</I> Include the name of each person whose interest in any transaction is described and the nature of the relationship by reason of which such interest is required to be described. Where it is not practicable to state the approximate amount of the interest, indicate the approximate amount involved in the transaction. 
</P>
<P>2. As to any transaction involving the purchase or sale of assets, state the cost of the assets to the purchaser and the cost thereof to the seller if acquired by the seller within two years prior to the transaction. 
</P>
<P>3. If the interest of any person arises from the position of the person as a partner in a partnership, the proportionate interest of such person in transactions to which the partnership is a party need not be set forth but state the amount involved in the transaction with the partnership. 
</P>
<P>4. No information need be given in response to this paragraph (d)(3) of Item 22 with respect to any transaction that is not related to the business or operations of the Fund and to which neither the Fund nor any of its Parents or Subsidiaries is a party.
</P>
<P>(4) Discuss in reasonable detail the material factors and the conclusions with respect thereto which form the basis for the conclusion of the board of directors that there is a reasonable likelihood that the proposed Distribution Plan (or amendment thereto) will benefit the Fund and its shareholders. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Conclusory statements or a list of factors will not be considered sufficient disclosure.
</P>
<P><I>Item 23. Delivery of documents to security holders sharing an address.</I> If one annual report to security holders, proxy statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials is being delivered to two or more security holders who share an address in accordance with § 240.14a-3(e)(1), furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) State that only one annual report to security holders, proxy statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, is being delivered to multiple security holders sharing an address unless the registrant has received contrary instructions from one or more of the security holders;
</P>
<P>(b) Undertake to deliver promptly upon written or oral request a separate copy of the annual report to security holders, proxy statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, to a security holder at a shared address to which a single copy of the documents was delivered and provide instructions as to how a security holder can notify the registrant that the security holder wishes to receive a separate copy of an annual report to security holders, proxy statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(c) Provide the phone number and mailing address to which a security holder can direct a notification to the registrant that the security holder wishes to receive a separate annual report to security holders, proxy statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, in the future; and
</P>
<P>(d) Provide instructions how security holders sharing an address can request delivery of a single copy of annual reports to security holders, proxy statements, or Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials if they are receiving multiple copies of annual reports to security holders, proxy statements, or Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 24. Shareholder Approval of Executive Compensation.</I> Registrants required to provide any of the separate shareholder votes pursuant to § 240.14a-21 of this chapter shall disclose that they are providing each such vote as required pursuant to section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1), briefly explain the general effect of each vote, such as whether each such vote is non-binding, and, when applicable, disclose the current frequency of shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation required by Rule 14a-21(a) and when the next such shareholder advisory vote will occur.
</P>
<P><I>Item 25. Exhibits.</I> Provide each of the following in an exhibit to this Schedule 14A:
</P>
<P>(a) The legal opinion required to be filed by Item 402(u)(4)(i) of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.402(u)); 


</P>
<P>(b) If the transaction is a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), all reports, opinions, or appraisals required to be filed or included by § 229.1607(c) (Item 1607(c) of Regulation S-K); and


</P>
<P>(c) If a fee is required, the title of each class of securities to which the transaction applies, aggregate number of securities to which the transaction applies, per unit price or other underlying value of the transaction computed pursuant to § 240.0-11, proposed maximum aggregate value of the transaction, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated.
</P>
<P>Registered funds that must pay registration fees using Form 24F-2 (§ 274.24) are not required to respond to this Item.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Transaction Valuation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proposed
<br/>maximum
<br/>aggregate
<br/>value of
<br/>transaction
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Fee Offset Claims and Sources
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant or filer name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form or
<br/>filing type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid with fee
<br/>offset source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables and Related Disclosure (“Instructions”):</I>
</P>
<P>1. General Requirements.
</P>
<P>A. Applicable Table Requirements.
</P>
<P>The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>B. Fee Rate.
</P>
<P>For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>C. Explanations.
</P>
<P>Disclose the (i) title of each class of securities to which the transaction applies; (ii) aggregate number of securities to which the transaction apples; and (iii) per unit price or other underlying value of the transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined). If not otherwise explained in response to these instructions, disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter). All disclosure these Instructions require that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>D. Submission Method.
</P>
<P>If a filing fee exhibit is required to be provided pursuant to this Item 25(b), it must be submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.408 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. Table 1: Transaction Valuation Table and Related Disclosure.
</P>
<P>A. Fees to Be Paid and Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>i. Fees to Be Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>b. Initial Filings.
</P>
<P>For an initial filing on this schedule, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>c. Amendments with Then-Current Total Transaction Valuation Higher than Highest Total Transaction Valuation Previously Reported.
</P>
<P>For amendments to this schedule that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>ii. Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to this schedule that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>B. Other Tabular Information.
</P>
<P>Provide the following information in the table for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”, as applicable:
</P>
<P>i. The proposed maximum aggregate value of the transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>ii. The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>iii. The filing fee due without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>C. Totals.
</P>
<P>i. Total Transaction Valuation.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the proposed maximum aggregate values for the line items “Fees to Be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”.
</P>
<P>ii. Total Fees Due for Filing.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>iii. Total Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>iv. Total Fee Offsets.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 pursuant to Instruction 3.
</P>
<P>v. Net Fee Due.
</P>
<P>Provide the difference between (a) the total fees due for this schedule from the Total Fees Due for Filing row; and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the Total Fees Previously Paid row; and (ii) the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the Total Fee Offsets row.
</P>
<P>D. Narrative Disclosure.
</P>
<P>Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>3. Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources.
</P>
<P>A. Terminology.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Instruction 3 and Table 2, the term “submission” means any (i) initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or (ii) fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (§ 230.424 of this chapter), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment. For purposes of these instructions to Table 2, a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Instruction 3.B.ii requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C for an example.
</P>
<P>B. Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on this schedule by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than this Schedule 14A) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>i. Fee Offset Claims.
</P>
<P>For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note to Instruction 3.B.i.
</P>
<P>If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>ii. Fee Offset Sources.
</P>
<P>With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>C. Fee Offset Source Submission Identification Example.
</P>
<P>A filer:
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X1 (assigned file number 333-123456) with a fee payment of $10,000;
</P>
<P>• Files pre-effective amendment number 1 to the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 2/15/20X1 with a fee payment of $15,000 and the registration statement goes effective on 2/20/20X1;
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X4 (assigned file number 333-123467) with a fee payment of $25,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $10,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the previously filed Form S-1 (333-123456) and apply it to the $35,000 filing fee due and the registration statement goes effective on 2/15/20X4.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement related to a tender offer on Form S-4 (assigned file number 333-123478) on 1/15/20X7 with a fee payment of $15,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $30,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the most recently effective Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a Schedule TO related to the same tender offer on 1/22/20X7 and relies on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to claim an offset of $45,000 from the fee paid directly and by offset claimed on the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed 1/15/20X7 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>For the Schedule TO filed on 1/22/20X7, the filer can satisfy the submission identification requirement when it claims the $45,000 fee offset from the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 by referencing any combination of the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7, the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4, the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 or the initial filing of the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 in relation to which contemporaneous fee payments were made equal to $45,000. One example could be:
</P>
<P>• The Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 in relation to the payment of $15,000 made with that submission;
</P>
<P>• the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 in relation to the payment of $25,000 made with that submission; and
</P>
<P>• the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 in relation to the payment of $5,000 out of the payment of $15,000 made with that submission (it would not matter if the filer cited to this pre-effective amendment and/or the initial submission of this Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 as long as singly or together they were cited as relating to a total of $5,000 in this example).
</P>
<P>In this example, the filer could not satisfy the submission identification requirement solely by citing to the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 because even though the offset claimed and available from that filing was $45,000, the contemporaneous fee payment made with that filing ($15,000) was less than the offset being claimed. As a result, the filer must also identify a prior submission or submissions with an aggregate of contemporaneous fee payment(s) of $30,000 as the original source(s) to which the rest of the claimed offset can be traced.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 42063, Nov. 20, 1986; 51 FR 45576, Dec. 19, 1986]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.14a-101, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-102" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.266" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-102   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-103" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.267" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-103   Notice of Exempt Solicitation. Information to be included in statements submitted by or on behalf of a person pursuant to § 240.14a-6(g).</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, DC 20549 
</HD3>
<HD3>Notice of Exempt Solicitation 
</HD3>
<FP-2>1. Name of the Registrant: </FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>2. Name of person relying on exemption: </FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>3. Address of person relying on exemption: </FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>4. Written materials. Attach written material required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-6(g)(1) [§ 240.14a-6(g)(1)].</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 48294, Oct. 22, 1992, as amended at 89 FR 14323, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14a-104" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.268" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14a-104   Notice of Exempt Preliminary Roll-up Communication. Information regarding ownership interests and any potential conflicts of interest to be included in statements submitted by or on behalf of a person pursuant to § 240.14a-2(b)(4) and § 240.14a-6(n).</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>United States Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, D.C. 20549 
</HD3>
<HD3>Notice of Exempt Preliminary Roll-Up Communication 
</HD3>
<FP-2>1. Name of registrant appearing on Securities Act of 1933 registration statement for the roll-up transaction (or, if registration statement has not been filed, name of entity into which partnerships are to be rolled up):
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>2. Name of partnership that is the subject of the proposed roll-up transaction:
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>3. Name of person relying on exemption:
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>4. Address of person relying on exemption:
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>5. Ownership interest of security holder in partnership that is the subject of the proposed roll-up transaction:
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>To the extent that the holder owns securities in any other entities involved in this roll-up transaction, disclosure of these interests also should be made.</P></NOTE>
<FP-2>6. Describe any and all relations of the holder to the parties to the transaction or to the transaction itself:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a. The holder is engaged in the business of buying and selling limited partnership interests in the secondary market would be adversely affected if the roll-up transaction were completed.
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>b. The holder would suffer direct (or indirect) material financial injury if the roll-up transaction were completed since it is a service provider to an affected limited partnership.
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>c. The holder is engaged in another transaction that may be competitive with the pending roll-up transaction.
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-2>d. Any other relations to the parties involved in the transaction or to the transaction itself, or any benefits enjoyed by the holder not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class of securities of the partnership that is the subject of the proposed roll-up transaction.
</FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH></FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63685, Dec. 8, 1994]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14Ad-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.269" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14Ad-1   Report of proxy voting record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every institutional investment manager (as that term is defined in section 13(f)(6)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(6)(A))) that is required to file reports under section 13(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) must file an annual report on Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter) not later than August 31 of each year, for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30, containing the institutional investment manager's proxy voting record for each shareholder vote pursuant to sections 14A(a) and (b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n-1(a) and (b)) with respect to each security over which the manager exercised voting power (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) An institutional investment manager is not required to file a report on Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter) for the 12-month period ending June 30 of the calendar year in which the manager's initial filing on Form 13F (§ 249.325 of this chapter) is due pursuant to § 240.13f-1. For purposes of this paragraph (b), “initial filing” on Form 13F means any quarterly filing on Form 13F if no filing on Form 13F was required for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(c) An institutional investment manager is not required to file a report on Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter) with respect to any shareholder vote at a meeting that occurs after September 30 of the calendar year in which the manager's final filing on Form 13F (§ 249.325 of this chapter) is due pursuant to § 240.13f-1. An institutional investment manager is required to file a Form N-PX for the period July 1 through September 30 of the calendar year in which the manager's final filing on Form 13F is due pursuant to § 240.13f-1; this filing is required to be made not later than March 1 of the immediately following calendar year. For purposes of this paragraph (c), “final filing” on Form 13F means any quarterly filing on Form 13F if no filing on Form 13F is required for the immediately subsequent calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Voting power</I> means the ability, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship, to vote a security or direct the voting of a security, including the ability to determine whether to vote a security or to recall a loaned security.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exercise</I> of voting power means using voting power to influence a voting decision with respect to a security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 78808, Dec. 22, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.270" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14b-1   Obligation of registered brokers and dealers in connection with the prompt forwarding of certain communications to beneficial owners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section shall have the same meanings as in the Act and, with respect to proxy soliciting material, as in § 240.14a-1 thereunder and, with respect to information statements, as in § 240.14c-1 thereunder. In addition, as used in this section, the term “registrant” means:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer of a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(2) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dissemination and beneficial owner information requirements.</I> A broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Act shall comply with the following requirements for disseminating certain communications to beneficial owners and providing beneficial owner information to registrants.
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer shall respond, by first class mail or other equally prompt means, directly to the registrant no later than seven business days after the date it receives an inquiry made in accordance with § 240.14a-13(a) or § 240.14c-7(a) by indicting, by means of a search card or otherwise: 
</P>
<P>(i) The approximate number of customers of the broker or dealer who are beneficial owners of the registrant's securities that are held of record by the broker, dealer, or its nominee;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of customers of the broker or dealer who are beneficial owners of the registrant's securities who have objected to disclosure of their names, addresses,and securities positions if the registrant has indicated, pursuant to § 240.14a-13(a)(1)(ii)(A) or § 240.14c-7(a)(1)(ii)(A), that it will distribute the annual report to security holders to beneficial owners of its securities whose names, addresses and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The identity of the designated agent of the broker or dealer, if any, acting on its behalf in fulfilling its obligations under paragraph (b)(3) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that if the broker or dealer has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such inquiries, receipt for purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall mean receipt by such designated office(s) or department(s).
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer shall, upon receipt of the proxy, other proxy soliciting material, information statement, and/or annual report to security holders from the registrant or other soliciting person, forward such materials to its customers who are beneficial owners of the registrant's securities no later than five business days after receipt of the proxy material, information statement or annual report to security holders.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>At the request of a registrant, or on its own initiative so long as the registrant does not object, a broker or dealer may, but is not required to, deliver one annual report to security holders, proxy statement, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to more than one beneficial owner sharing an address if the requirements set forth in § 240.14a-3(e)(1) (with respect to annual reports to security holders, proxy statements, and Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) and § 240.14c-3(c) (with respect to annual reports to security holders, information statements, and Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) applicable to registrants, with the exception of § 240.14a-3(e)(1)(i)(E), are satisfied instead by the broker or dealer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) The broker or dealer shall, through its agent or directly:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the registrant, upon the registrant's request, with the names, addresses, and securities positions, compiled as of a date specified in the registrant's request which is no earlier than five business days after the date the registrant's request is received, of its customers who are beneficial owners of the registrant's securities and who have not objected to disclosure of such information; <I>Provided , however,</I> that if the broker or dealer has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such requests, receipt shall mean receipt by such designated office(s) or department(s); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Transmit the data specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section to the registrant no later than five business days after the record date or other date specified by the registrant.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>Where a broker or dealer employs a designated agent to act on its behalf in performing the obligations imposed on the broker or dealer by paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the five business day time period for determining the date as of which the beneficial owner information is to be compiled is calculated from the date the designated agent receives the registrant's request. In complying with the registrant's request for beneficial owner information under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, a broker or dealer need only supply the registrant with the names, addresses, and securities positions of non-objecting beneficial owners.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>If a broker or dealer receives a registrant's request less than five business days before the requested compilation date, it must provide a list compiled as of a date that is no more than five business days after receipt and transmit the list within five business days after the compilation date.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to dissemination and beneficial owner information requirements.</I> A broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act shall be subject to the following with respect to its dissemination and beneficial owner information requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) With regard to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities, the broker or dealer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Not include information in its response pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section or forward proxies (or in lieu thereof requests for voting instructions), proxy soliciting material, information statements, or annual reports to security holders pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section to such beneficial owners; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not include in its response, pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, data concerning such beneficial owners.
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer need not satisfy:
</P>
<P>(i) Its obligations under paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3) and (d) of this section if the registrant or other soliciting person, as applicable, does not provide assurance of reimbursement of the broker's or dealer's reasonable expenses, both direct and indirect, incurred in connection with performing the obligations imposed by paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3) and (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Its obligation under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to forward annual reports to security holders to non-objecting beneficial owners identified by the broker or dealer, through its agent or directly, pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section if the registrant notifies the broker or dealer pursuant to § 240.14a-13(c) or § 240.14c-7(c) that the registrant will send the annual report to security holders to such non-objecting beneficial owners identified by the broker or dealer and delivered in a list to the registrant pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In its response pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a broker or dealer shall not include information about annual reports to security holders, proxy statements or information statements that will not be delivered to security holders sharing an address because of the broker or dealer's reliance on the procedures referred to in the Note to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receipt from the soliciting person of all of the information listed in § 240.14a-16(d), the broker or dealer shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare and send a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials containing the information required in paragraph (e) of this section to beneficial owners no later than:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a registrant, 40 calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date or, if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days prior to the date the votes, consents, or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a soliciting person other than the registrant, the later of:
</P>
<P>(A) 40 calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date or, if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days prior to the date the votes, consents, or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action; or
</P>
<P>(B) 10 calendar days after the date that the registrant first sends its proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to security holders.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish a Web site at which beneficial owners are able to access the broker or dealer's request for voting instructions and, at the broker or dealer's option, establish a Web site at which beneficial owners are able to access the proxy statement and other soliciting materials, provided that such Web sites are maintained in a manner consistent with paragraphs (b), (c), and (k) of § 240.14a-16;
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a request from the registrant or other soliciting person, send to security holders specified by the registrant or other soliciting person a copy of the request for voting instructions accompanied by a copy of the intermediary's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials 10 calendar days or more after the broker or dealer sends its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials pursuant to paragraph (d)(1); and
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receipt of a request for a copy of the materials from a beneficial owner:
</P>
<P>(i) Request a copy of the soliciting materials from the registrant or other soliciting person, in the form requested by the beneficial owner, within three business days after receiving the beneficial owner's request;
</P>
<P>(ii) Forward a copy of the soliciting materials to the beneficial owner, in the form requested by the beneficial owner, within three business days after receiving the materials from the registrant or other soliciting person; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain records of security holder requests to receive a paper or e-mail copy of the proxy materials in connection with future proxy solicitations and provide copies of the proxy materials to a security holder who has made such a request for all securities held in the account of that security holder until the security holder revokes such request.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this paragraph (d), if the broker or dealer receives copies of the proxy statement and annual report to security holders (if applicable) from the soliciting person with instructions to forward such materials to beneficial owners, the broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall either:
</P>
<P>(A) Prepare a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and forward it with the proxy statement and annual report to security holders (if applicable); or
</P>
<P>(B) Incorporate any information required in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials that does not appear in the proxy statement into the broker or dealer's request for voting instructions to be sent with the proxy statement and annual report (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(ii) Need not comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(A) The timing provisions of paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Paragraph (d)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Need not include in its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or request for voting instructions the following disclosures:
</P>
<P>(A) Legends 1 and 3 in § 240.14a-16(d)(1); and
</P>
<P>(B) Instructions on how to request a copy of the proxy materials. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.</I> The broker or dealer's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include all information, as it relates to beneficial owners, required in a registrant's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials under § 240.14a-16(d), provided that the broker or dealer shall provide its own, or its agent's, toll-free telephone number, an e-mail address, and an Internet Web site to service requests for copies from beneficial owners;
</P>
<P>(2) Include a brief description, if applicable, of the rules that permit the broker or dealer to vote the securities if the beneficial owner does not return his or her voting instructions; and
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise be prepared and sent in a manner consistent with paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of § 240.14a-16.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 1099, Jan. 10, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 65751, Nov. 2, 2000; 72 FR 4170, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 42238, Aug. 1, 2007; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92.271" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14b-2   Obligation of banks, associations and other entities that exercise fiduciary powers in connection with the prompt forwarding of certain communications to beneficial owners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this section shall have the same meanings as in the Act and, with respect to proxy soliciting material, as in § 240.14a-1 thereunder and, with respect to information statements, as in § 240.14c-1 thereunder. In addition, as used in this section, the following terms shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>bank</I> means a bank, association, or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>beneficial owner</I> includes any person who has or shares, pursuant to an instrument, agreement, or otherwise, the power to vote, or to direct the voting of a security.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>If more than one person shares voting power, the provisions of the instrument creating that voting power shall govern with respect to whether consent to disclosure of beneficial owner information has been given.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>If more than one person shares voting power or if the instrument creating that voting power provides that such power shall be exercised by different persons depending on the nature of the corporate action involved, all persons entitled to exercise such power shall be deemed beneficial owners; <I>Provided, however,</I> that only one such beneficial owner need be designated among the beneficial owners to receive proxies or requests for voting instructions, other proxy soliciting material, information statements, and/or annual reports to security holders, if the person so designated assumes the obligation to disseminate, in a timely manner, such materials to the other beneficial owners.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) The term <I>registrant</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer of a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dissemination and beneficial owner information requirements.</I> A bank shall comply with the following requirements for disseminating certain communications to beneficial owners and providing beneficial owner information to registrants.
</P>
<P>(1) The bank shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Respond, by first class mail or other equally prompt means, directly to the registrant, no later than one business day after the date it receives an inquiry made in accordance with § 240.14a-13(a) or § 240.14c-7(a) by indicating the name and address of each of its respondent banks that holds the registrant's securities on behalf of beneficial owners, if any; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Respond, by first class mail or other equally prompt means, directly to the registrant no later than seven business days after the date it receives an inquiry made in accordance with § 240.14a-13(a) or § 240.14c-7(a) by indicating, by means of a search card or otherwise:
</P>
<P>(A) The approximate number of customers of the bank who are beneficial owners of the registrant's securities that are held of record by the bank or its nominee;
</P>
<P>(B) If the registrant has indicated, pursuant to § 240.14a-13(a)(1)(ii)(A) or § 240.14c-7(a)(1)(ii)(A), that it will distribute the annual report to security holders to beneficial owners of its securities whose names, addresses, and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to customer accounts opened on or before December 28, 1986, the number of beneficial owners of the registrant's securities who have affirmatively consented to disclosure of their names, addresses, and securities positions; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to customer accounts opened after December 28, 1986, the number of beneficial owners of the registrant's securities who have not objected to disclosure of their names, addresses, and securities positions; and
</P>
<P>(C) The identity of its designated agent, if any, acting on its behalf in fulfilling its obligations under paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> that, if the bank or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such inquiries, receipt for purposes of paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section shall mean receipt by such designated office(s) or department(s).
</FP>
<P>(2) Where proxies are solicited, the bank shall, within five business days after the record date:
</P>
<P>(i) Execute an omnibus proxy, including a power of substitution, in favor of its respondent banks and forward such proxy to the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Furnish a notice to each respondent bank in whose favor an omnibus proxy has been executed that it has executed such a proxy, including a power of substitution, in its favor pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of the proxy, other proxy soliciting material, information statement, and/or annual report to security holders from the registrant or other soliciting person, the bank shall forward such materials to each beneficial owner on whose behalf it holds securities, no later than five business days after the date it receives such material and, where a proxy is solicited, the bank shall forward, with the other proxy soliciting material and/or the annual report to security holders, either:
</P>
<P>(i) A properly executed proxy:
</P>
<P>(A) Indicating the number of securities held for such beneficial owner;
</P>
<P>(B) Bearing the beneficial owner's account number or other form of identification, together with instructions as to the procedures to vote the securities;
</P>
<P>(C) Briefly stating which other proxies, if any, are required to permit securities to be voted under the terms of the instrument creating that voting power or applicable state law; and
</P>
<P>(D) Being accompanied by an envelope addressed to the registrant or its agent, if not provided by the registrant; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A request for voting instructions (for which registrant's form of proxy may be used and which shall be voted by the record holder bank or respondent bank in accordance with the instructions received), together with an envelope addressed to the record holder bank or respondent bank.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>At the request of a registrant, or on its own initiative so long as the registrant does not object, a bank may, but is not required to, deliver one annual report to security holders, proxy statement, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to more than one beneficial owner sharing an address if the requirements set forth in § 240.14a-3(e)(1) (with respect to annual reports to security holders, proxy statements, and Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) and § 240.14c-3(c) (with respect to annual reports to security holders, information statements, and Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) applicable to registrants, with the exception of § 240.14a-3(e)(1)(i)(E), are satisfied instead by the bank.</P></NOTE>
<P>(4) The bank shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Respond, by first class mail or other equally prompt means, directly to the registrant no later than one business day after the date it receives an inquiry made in accordance with § 240.14a-13(b)(1) or § 240.14c-7(b)(1) by indicating the name and address of each of its respondent banks that holds the registrant's securities on behalf of beneficial owners, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) Through its agent or directly, provide the registrant, upon the registrant's request, and within the time specified in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, with the names, addresses, and securities position, compiled as of a date specified in the registrant's request which is no earlier than five business days after the date the registrant's request is received, of:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to customer accounts opened on or before December 28, 1986, beneficial owners of the registrant's securities on whose behalf it holds securities who have consented affirmatively to disclosure of such information, subject to paragraph (b)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to customer accounts opened after December 28, 1986, beneficial owners of the registrant's securities on whose behalf it holds securities who have not objected to disclosure of such information;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> that if the record holder bank or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such requests, receipt for purposes of paragraphs (b)(4) (i) and (ii) of this section shall mean receipt by such designated office(s) or department(s); and
</FP>
<P>(iii) Through its agent or directly, transmit the data specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section to the registrant no later than five business days after the date specified by the registrant.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>Where a record holder bank or respondent bank employs a designated agent to act on its behalf in performing the obligations imposed on it by paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section, the five business day time period for determining the date as of which the beneficial owner information is to be compiled is calculated from the date the designated agent receives the registrant's request. In complying with the registrant's request for beneficial owner information under paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section, a record holder bank or respondent bank need only supply the registrant with the names, addresses and securities positions of affirmatively consenting and non-objecting beneficial owners.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>If a record holder bank or respondent bank receives a registrant's request less than five business days before the requested compilation date, it must provide a list compiled as of a date that is no more than five business days after receipt and transmit the list within five business days after the compilation date.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) For customer accounts opened on or before December 28, 1986, unless the bank has made a good faith effort to obtain affirmative consent to disclosure of beneficial owner information pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, the bank shall provide such information as to beneficial owners who do not object to disclosure of such information. A good faith effort to obtain affirmative consent to disclosure of beneficial owner information shall include, but shall not be limited to, making an inquiry:
</P>
<P>(i) Phrased in neutral language, explaining the purpose of the disclosure and the limitations on the registrant's use thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) Either in at least one mailing separate from other account mailings or in repeated mailings; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In a mailing that includes a return card, postage paid enclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to dissemination and beneficial owner information requirements.</I> The bank shall be subject to the following respect to its dissemination and beneficial owner requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) With regard to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities, the bank shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Include information in its response pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or forward proxies (or in lieu thereof requests for voting instructions), proxy soliciting material, information statements, or annual reports to security holders pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section to such beneficial owners; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Include in its response pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section data concerning such beneficial owners.
</P>
<P>(2) The bank need not satisfy:
</P>
<P>(i) Its obligations under paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (d) of this section if the registrant or other soliciting person, as applicable, does not provide assurance of reimbursement of its reasonable expenses, both direct and indirect, incurred in connection with performing the obligations imposed by paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (d) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Its obligation under paragraph (b)(3) of this section to forward annual reports to security holders to consenting and non-objecting beneficial owners identified pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section if the registrant notifies the record holder bank or respondent bank, pursuant to § 240.14a-13(c) or § 240.14c-7(c), that the registrant will send the annual report to security holders to beneficial owners whose names addresses and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4) (ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of determining the fees which may be charged to registrants pursuant to § 240.14a-13(b)(5), § 240.14c-7(a)(5), and paragraph (c)(2) of this section for performing obligations under paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section, an amount no greater than that permitted to be charged by brokers or dealers for reimbursement of their reasonable expenses, both direct and indirect, incurred in connection with performing the obligations imposed by paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of § 240.14b-1, shall be deemed to be reasonable.
</P>
<P>(4) In its response pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, a bank shall not include information about annual reports to security holders, proxy statements or information statements that will not be delivered to security holders sharing an address because of the bank's reliance on the procedures referred to in the Note to paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receipt from the soliciting person of all of the information listed in § 240.14a-16(d), the bank shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare and send a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials containing the information required in paragraph (e) of this section to beneficial owners no later than:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a registrant, 40 calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date or, if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days prior to the date the votes, consents, or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a soliciting person other than the registrant, the later of:
</P>
<P>(A) 40 calendar days prior to the security holder meeting date or, if no meeting is to be held, 40 calendar days prior to the date the votes, consents, or authorizations may be used to effect the corporate action; or
</P>
<P>(B) 10 calendar days after the date that the registrant first sends its proxy statement or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to security holders.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish a Web site at which beneficial owners are able to access the bank's request for voting instructions and, at the bank's option, establish a Web site at which beneficial owners are able to access the proxy statement and other soliciting materials, provided that such Web sites are maintained in a manner consistent with paragraphs (b), (c), and (k) of § 240.14a-16;
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a request from the registrant or other soliciting person, send to security holders specified by the registrant or other soliciting person a copy of the request for voting instructions accompanied by a copy of the intermediary's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials 10 days or more after the bank sends its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials pursuant to paragraph (d)(1); and
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receipt of a request for a copy of the materials from a beneficial owner:
</P>
<P>(i) Request a copy of the soliciting materials from the registrant or other soliciting person, in the form requested by the beneficial owner, within three business days after receiving the beneficial owner's request;
</P>
<P>(ii) Forward a copy of the soliciting materials to the beneficial owner, in the form requested by the beneficial owner, within three business days after receiving the materials from the registrant or other soliciting person; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain records of security holder requests to receive a paper or e-mail copy of the proxy materials in connection with future proxy solicitations and provide copies of the proxy materials to a security holder who has made such a request for all securities held in the account of that security holder until the security holder revokes such request.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this paragraph (d), if the bank receives copies of the proxy statement and annual report to security holders (if applicable) from the soliciting person with instructions to forward such materials to beneficial owners, the bank:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall either:
</P>
<P>(A) Prepare a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and forward it with the proxy statement and annual report to security holders (if applicable); or
</P>
<P>(B) Incorporate any information required in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials that does not appear in the proxy statement into the bank's request for voting instructions to be sent with the proxy statement and annual report (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(ii) Need not comply with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(A) The timing provisions of paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Paragraph (d)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Need not include in its Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or request for voting instructions the following disclosures:
</P>
<P>(A) Legends 1 and 3 in § 240.14a-16(d)(1); and
</P>
<P>(B) Instructions on how to request a copy of the proxy materials. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.</I> The bank's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include all information, as it relates to beneficial owners, required in a registrant's Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials under § 240.14a-16(d), provided that the bank shall provide its own, or its agent's, toll-free telephone number, e-mail address, and Internet Web site to service requests for copies from beneficial owners; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise be prepared and sent in a manner consistent with paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of § 240.14a-16.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 1100, Jan. 10, 1992, as amended at 65 FR 65751, Nov. 2, 2000; 72 FR 4171, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 42239, Aug. 1, 2007; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="92" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.92" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 14C: Distribution of Information Pursuant to Section 14(<E T="01">c</E>)</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.272" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in this regulation have the same meanings as in the Act or elsewhere in the general rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, the following definitions apply unless the context otherwise requires:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Associate.</I> The term “associate,” used to indicate a relationship with any person, means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any corporation or organization (other than the registrant or a majority owned subsidiary of the registrant) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fidiciary capacity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee benefit plan.</I> For purposes of § 240.14c-7, the term “employee benefit plan” means any purchase, savings, option, bonus, appreciation, profit sharing, thrift, incentive, pension or similar plan primarily for employees, directors, trustees or officers. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Entity that exercises fiduciary powers.</I> The term “entity that exercises fiduciary powers” means any entity that holds securities in nominee name or otherwise on behalf of a beneficial owner but does not include a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act, or a broker or a dealer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exempt employee benefit plan securities.</I> For purposes of § 240.14c-7, the term “exempt employee benefit plan securities” means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of the registrant held by an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, where such plan is established by the registrant; or
</P>
<P>(2) If notice regarding the current distribution of information statements has been given pursuant to § 240.14c-7(a)(1)(ii)(C) or if notice regarding the current request for a list of names, addresses and securities positions of beneficial owners has been given pursuant to § 240.14c-7(b)(3), securities of the registrant held by an employee benefit plan, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, where such plan is established by an affiliate of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information statement.</I> The term “information statement” means the statement required by § 240.14c-2, whether or not contained in a single document. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Last fiscal year.</I> The term “last fiscal year” of the registrant means the last fiscal year of the registrant ending prior to the date of the meeting with respect to which an information statement is required to be distributed, or if the information statement involves consents or authorizations in lieu of a meeting, the earliest date on which they may be used to effect corporate action. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Proxy.</I> The term “proxy” includes every proxy, consent or authorization within the meaning of section 14(a) of the Act. The consent or authorization may take the form of failure to object or to dissent. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Record date.</I> The term “record date” means the date as of which the record holders of securities entitled to vote at a meeting or by written consent or authorization shall be determined. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Record holder.</I> For purposes of § 240.14c-7, the term “record holder” means any broker, dealer, voting trustee, bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers which holds securities of record in nominee name or otherwise or as a participant in a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Registrant.</I> The term “registrant” means:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer of a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that has made a public offering of its securities. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Respondent bank.</I> For purposes of § 240.14c-7, the term “respondent bank” means any bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers which holds securities on behalf of beneficial owners and deposits such securities for safekeeping with another bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 44279, Dec. 9, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 23649, June 24, 1987; 53 FR 16406, May 9, 1988; 57 FR 1101, Jan. 10, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.273" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-2   Distribution of information statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) In connection with every annual or other meeting of the holders of the class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act or of a class of securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that has made a public offering of securities, including the taking of corporate action by the written authorization or consent of security holders, the registrant shall transmit to every security holder of the class that is entitled to vote or give an authorization or consent in regard to any matter to be acted upon and from whom proxy authorization or consent is not solicited on behalf of the registrant pursuant to section 14(a) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) A written information statement containing the information specified in Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101);
</P>
<P>(ii) A publicly-filed information statement, in the form and manner described in § 240.14c-3(d), containing the information specified in Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101); or
</P>
<P>(iii) A written information statement included in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-4 or F-4 (§ 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter) or Form N-14 (§ 239.23 of this chapter) and containing the information specified in such Form.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a class of securities in unregistered or bearer form, such statements need to be transmitted only to those security holders whose names are known to the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No such statements need to be transmitted to a security holder if a registrant would be excused from delivery of an annual report to security holders or a proxy statement under § 240.14a-3(e)(2) if such section were applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) The information statement shall be sent or given at least 20 calendar days prior to the meeting date or, in the case of corporate action taken pursuant to the consents or authorizations of security holders, at least 20 calendar days prior to the earliest date on which the corporate action may be taken. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a transaction is a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.901(c)) and is registered (or authorized to be registered) on Form S-4 (17 CFR 229.25) or Form F-4 (17 CFR 229.34), the information statement must be distributed to security holders no later than the lesser of 60 calendar days prior to the date on which the meeting of security holders is held or action is taken, or the maximum number of days permitted for giving notice under applicable state law.
</P>
<P>(d) A registrant shall transmit an information statement to security holders pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by satisfying the requirements set forth in § 240.14a-16; provided, however, that the registrant shall revise the information required in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, including changing the title of that notice, to reflect the fact that the registrant is not soliciting proxies for the meeting.
</P>
<P>(e) If a transaction is a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) of this chapter (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), the information statement of the special purpose acquisition company, as defined in § 229.1601(b) (Item 1601(b) of Regulation S-K), must be distributed to security holders no later than the lesser of 20 calendar days prior to the date on which the meeting of security holders is to be held or action is to be taken in connection with the de-SPAC transaction or the maximum number of days permitted for disseminating the information statement under the applicable laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 42070, Nov. 20, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 57254, Nov. 8, 1991; 57 FR 1102, Jan. 10, 1992; 57 FR 48295, Oct. 22, 1992; 72 FR 4171, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 42239, Aug. 1, 2007; 89 FR 14324, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.274" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-3   Annual report to be furnished security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the information statement relates to an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting, or written consent in lieu of such meeting, of security holders at which directors of the registrant, other than an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, are to be elected, it shall be accompanied or preceded by an annual report to security holders: 
</P>
<P>(1) The annual report to security holders shall contain the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(11) of § 240.14a-3.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The report sent to security holders pursuant to this rule shall be submitted in electronic format, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, to the Commission, solely for its information, not later than the date on which such report is first sent or given to security holders or the date on which preliminary copies, or definitive copies, if preliminary filing was not required, of the information statement are filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.14c-5, whichever date is later. The report is not deemed to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to this regulation otherwise than as provided in this rule, or to the liabilities of section 18 of the Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically requests that it be treated as a part of the information statement or incorporates it in the information statement or other filed report by reference.
</P>
<P>(c) A registrant will be considered to have delivered a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, annual report to security holders or information statement to security holders of record who share an address if the requirements set forth in § 240.14a-3(e)(1) are satisfied with respect to the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, annual report to security holders or information statement, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) A registrant shall furnish an annual report to security holders pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by satisfying the requirements set forth in § 240.14a-16.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 40770, Nov. 20, 1974, as amended at 45 FR 63647, Sept. 25, 1980; 51 FR 42071, Nov. 20, 1986; 52 FR 48984, Dec. 29, 1987; 58 FR 26519, May 4, 1993; 59 FR 52700, Oct. 19, 1994; 59 FR 67765, Dec. 30, 1994; 64 FR 62547, Nov. 16, 1999; 65 FR 65751, Nov. 2, 2000; 72 FR 4172, Jan. 29, 2007; 72 FR 42239, Aug. 1, 2007; 73 FR 977, Jan. 4, 2008; 87 FR 35413, June 10, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.275" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-4   Presentation of information in information statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The information included in the information statement shall be clearly presented and the statements made shall be divided into groups according to subject matter and the various groups of statements shall be preceded by appropriate headings. The order of items and sub-items in the schedule need not be followed. Where practicable and appropriate, the information shall be presented in tabular form. All amounts shall be stated in figures. Information required by more than one applicable item need not be repeated. No statement need be made in response to any item or sub-item which is inapplicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any information required to be included in the information statement as to terms of securities or other subject matters which from a standpoint of practical necessity must be determined in the future may be stated in terms of present knowledge and intention. Subject to the foregoing, information which is not known to the registrant and which it is not reasonably within the power of the registrant to ascertain or procure may be omitted, if a brief statement of the circumstances rendering such information unavailable is made. 
</P>
<P>(c) All printed information statements shall be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 10-point modern type except that to the extent necessary for convenient presentation, financial statements and other tabular data, but not the notes thereto, may be in roman type at least as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All such type shall be leaded at least 2 points. 
</P>
<P>(d) Where an information statement is delivered through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as type size and font, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 262, Jan. 8, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 8935, May 15, 1971; 51 FR 42071, Nov. 20, 1986; 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.276" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-5   Filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preliminary information statement.</I> Five preliminary copies of the information statement shall be filed with the Commission at least 10 calendar days prior to the date definitive copies of such statement are first sent or given to security holders, or such shorter period prior to that date as the Commission may authorize upon a showing of good cause therefor. In computing the 10-day period, the filing date of the preliminary copies is to be counted as the first day and the 11th day is the date on which definitive copies of the information statement may be sent to security holders. A registrant, however, shall not file with the Commission a preliminary information statement if it relates to an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting, of security holders at which the only matters to be acted upon are: 
</P>
<P>(1) The election of directors; 
</P>
<P>(2) The election, approval or ratification of accountant(s); 
</P>
<P>(3) A security holder proposal identified in the registrant's information statement pursuant to Item 4 of Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101); and/or 
</P>
<P>(4) The approval or ratification of a plan as defined in paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of Item 402 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(a)(6)(ii) of this chapter) or amendments to such a plan. 
</P>
<FP>This exclusion from filing a preliminary information statement does not apply if the registrant comments upon or refers to a solicitation in opposition in connection with the meeting in its information statement. 
</FP>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The filing of revised material does not recommence the ten day time period unless the revised material contains material revisions or material new proposal(s) that constitute a fundamental change in the information statement.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The officials responsible for the preparation of the information statement should make every effort to verify the accuracy and completeness of the information required by the applicable rules. The preliminary statement should be filed with the Commission at the earliest practicable date.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3:</HED>
<P>Solicitation in Opposition—For purposes of the exclusion from filing a preliminary information statement, a “solicitation in opposition” includes: (a) Any solicitation opposing a proposal supported by the registrant; and (b) any solicitation supporting a proposal that the registrant does not expressly support, other than a security holder proposal identified in the registrant's information statement pursuant to Item 4 of Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101 of this chapter). The identification of a security holder proposal in the registrant's information statement does not constitute a “solicitation in opposition,” even if the registrant opposes the proposal and/or includes a statement in opposition to the proposal.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4:</HED>
<P>A registrant that is filing an information statement in preliminary form only because the registrant has commented on or referred to an opposing solicitation should indicate that fact in a transmittal letter when filing the preliminary material with the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Definitive information statement.</I> Eight definitive copies of the information statement, in the form in which it is furnished to security holders, must be filed with the Commission no later than the date the information statement is first sent or given to security holders. Three copies of these materials also must be filed with, or mailed for filing to, each national securities exchange on which the registrant has a class of securities listed and registered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Release dates.</I> All preliminary material filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be accompanied by a statement of the date on which copies thereof filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section are intended to be released to security holders. All definitive material filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be accompanied by a statement of the date on which copies of such material have been released to security holders or, if not released, the date on which copies thereof are intended to be released.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Public availability of information.</I> All copies of material filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be clearly marked “Preliminary Copies,” and shall be deemed immediately available for public inspection unless confidential treatment is obtained pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> If action will be taken on any matter specified in Item 14 of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101), all copies of the preliminary information statement filed under paragraph (a) of this section will be for the information of the Commission only and will not be deemed available for public inspection until filed with the Commission in definitive form so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The information statement does not relate to a matter or proposal subject to § 240.13e-3 or a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Neither the parties to the transaction nor any persons authorized to act on their behalf have made any public communications relating to the transaction except for statements where the content is limited to the information specified in § 230.135 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The materials are filed in paper and marked “Confidential, For Use of the Commission Only”. In all cases, the materials may be disclosed to any department or agency of the United States Government and to the Congress, and the Commission may make any inquiries or investigation into the materials as may be necessary to conduct an adequate review by the Commission. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>If communications are made publicly that go beyond the information specified in § 230.135, the materials must be re-filed publicly with the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Revised information statements.</I> Where any information statement filed pursuant to this section is amended or revised, two of the copies of such amended or revised material filed pursuant to this section shall be marked to indicate clearly and precisely the changes effected therein. If the amendment or revision alters the text of the material, the changes in such text shall be indicated by means of underscoring or in some other appropriate manner. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Merger material.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, any information statement or other material included in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form N-14, S-4, or F-4 (§ 239.23, § 239.25 or § 239.34 of this chapter) shall be deemed filed both for the purposes of that Act and for the purposes of this section, but separate copies of such material need not be furnished pursuant to this section, nor shall any fee be required under paragraph (a) of this section. However, any additional material used after the effective date of the registration statement on Form N-14, S-4, or F-4 shall be filed in accordance with this section, unless separate copies of such material are required to be filed as an amendment of such registration statement. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fees.</I> At the time of filing a preliminary information statement regarding an acquisition, merger, spinoff, consolidation or proposed sale or other disposition of substantially all the assets of the company, the registrant shall pay the Commission a fee, no part of which shall be refunded, established in accordance with § 240.0-11. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Cover page.</I> Each information statement filed with the Commission shall include a cover page in the form set forth in Schedule 14C (§ 240.14c-101). The cover page required by this paragraph need not be distributed to security holders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 42071, Nov. 20, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 48984, Dec. 29, 1987; 57 FR 48295, Oct. 22, 1992; 58 FR 14684, Mar. 18, 1993; 58 FR 69226, Dec. 30, 1993; 59 FR 67765, Dec. 30, 1994; 61 FR 49960, Sept. 24, 1996; 64 FR 61459, Nov. 10, 1999; 71 FR 53263, Sept. 8, 2006; 72 FR 4172, Jan. 29, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.277" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-6   False or misleading statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No information statement shall contain any statement which, at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or which omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the same meeting or subject matter which has become false or misleading. 
</P>
<P>(b) The fact that an information statement has been filed with or examined by the Commission shall not be deemed a finding by the Commission that such material is accurate or complete or not false or misleading, or that the Commission has passed upon the merits of or approved any statement contained therein or any matter to be acted upon by security holders. No representation contrary to the foregoing shall be made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[31 FR 262, Jan. 8, 1966]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.278" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-7   Providing copies of material for certain beneficial owners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registrant knows that securities of any class entitled to vote at a meeting, or by written authorizations or consents if no meeting is held, are held of record by a broker, dealer, voting trustee, or bank, association, or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers in nominee name or otherwise, the registrant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) By first class mail or other equally prompt means:
</P>
<P>(i) Inquire of each such record holder:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether other persons are the beneficial owners of such securities and, if so, the number of copies of the information statement necessary to supply such material to such beneficial owners; 
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of an annual (or special meeting in lieu of the annual) meeting, or written consents in lieu of such meeting, at which directors are to be elected, the number of copies of the annual report to security holders, necessary to supply such report to such beneficial owners for whom proxy material has not been and is not to be made available and to whom such reports are to be distributed by such record holder or its nominee and not by the registrant; 
</P>
<P>(C) If the record holder or respondent bank has an obligation under § 240.14b-1(b)(3) or § 240.14b-2(b)(4) (ii) and (iii), whether an agent has been designated to act on its behalf in fulfilling such obligation, and, if so, the name and address of such agent; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Whether it holds the registrant's securities on behalf of any respondent bank and, if so, the name and address of each such respondent bank; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate to each such record holder:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the registrant pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, intends to distribute the annual report to security holders to beneficial owners of its securities whose names, addresses and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) and § 240.14b-2(b)(4) (ii) and (iii); 
</P>
<P>(B) The record date; and 
</P>
<P>(C) At the option of the registrant, any employee benefit plan established by an affiliate of the registrant that holds securities of the registrant that the registrant elects to treat as exempt employee benefit plan securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a record holder's or respondent bank's response indicating, pursuant to § 240.14b-2(a)(1), the names and addresses of its respondent banks, within one business day after the date such response is received, make an inquiry of and give notification to each such respondent bank in the same manner required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> the inquiry required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall not cover beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Make the inquiry required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section on the earlier of: 
</P>
<P>(i) At least 20 business days prior to the record date of the meeting of security holders or the record date of written consents in lieu of a meeting; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least 20 business days prior to the date the information statement is required to be sent or given pursuant to § 240.14c-2(b); 
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That, if a record holder or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such inquiries, the inquiry shall be made to such designated office(s) or department(s); 
</FP>
<P>(4) Supply, in a timely manner, each record holder and respondent bank of whom the inquiries required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section are made with copies of the information statement and/or the annual report to security holders, in such quantities, assembled in such form and at such place(s), as the record holder or respondent bank may reasonably request in order to send such material to each beneficial owner of securities who is to be furnished with such material by the record holder or respondent bank; and
</P>
<P>(5) Upon the request of any record holder or respondent bank that is supplied with Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, information statements and/or annual reports to security holders pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, pay its reasonable expenses for completing the sending of such material to beneficial owners.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>If the registrant's list of security holders indicates that some of its securities are registered in the name of a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (e.g., “Cede &amp; Co.,” nominee for the Depository Trust Company), the registrant shall make appropriate inquiry of the clearing agency and thereafter of the participants in such clearing agency who may hold on behalf of a beneficial owner or respondent bank, and shall comply with the above paragraph with respect to any such participant (<I>see</I> § 240.14c-1 (h)).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The attention of registrants is called to the fact that each broker, dealer, bank, association, and other entity that exercises fiduciary powers has an obligation pursuant to § 240.14b-1 and § 240.14b-2 (except as provided therein with respect to exempt employee benefit plan securities held in nominee name) and, with respect to brokers and dealers, applicable self-regulatory organization requirements to obtain and forward, within the time periods prescribed therein, (a) information statements to beneficial owners on whose behalf it holds securities, and (b) annual reports to security holders to beneficial owners on whose behalf it holds securities, unless the registrant has notified the record holder or respondent bank that it has assumed responsibility to send such material to beneficial owners whose names, addresses, and securities positions are disclosed pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) and § 240.14b-2(b)(4) (ii) and (iii).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3:</HED>
<P>The attention of registrants is called to the fact that registrants have an obligation, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, to cause information statements and annual reports to security holders to be furnished, in accordance with § 240.14c-2, to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Any registrant requesting pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) and § 240.14b-2(b)(4) (ii) and (iii) a list of names, addresses and securities positions of beneficial owners of its securities who either have consented or have not objected to disclosure of such information shall:
</P>
<P>(1) By first class mail or other equally prompt means, inquire of each record holder and each respondent bank identified to the registrant pursuant to § 240.14b-2(e)(1) whether such record holder or respondent bank holds the registrant's securities on behalf of any respondent banks and, if so, the name and address of each such respondent bank; 
</P>
<P>(2) Request such list be compiled as of a date no earlier than five business days after the date the registant's request is received by the record holder or respondent bank; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the record holder or respondent bank has informed the registrant that a designated office(s) or department(s) is to receive such requests, the request shall be made to such designated office(s) or department(s); 
</P>
<P>(3) Make such request to the following persons that hold the registrant's securities on behalf of beneficial owners: all brokers, dealers, banks, associations and other entities that exercise fiduciary powers; <I>Provided, however,</I> such request shall not cover beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities as defined in § 240.14a-1(d)(1); and, at the option of the registrant, such request may give notice of any employee benefit plan established by an affiliate of the registrant that holds securities of the registrant that the registrant elects to treat as exempt employee benefit plan securities;
</P>
<P>(4) Use the information furnished in response to such request exclusively for purposes of corporate communications; and
</P>
<P>(5) Upon the request of any record holder or respondent bank to whom such request is made, pay the reasonable expenses, both direct and indirect, of providing beneficial owner information.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>A registrant will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under paragraph (b) of this section by requesting consenting and non-objecting beneficial owner lists from a designated agent acting on behalf of the record holder or respondent bank and paying to that designated agent the reasonable expenses of providing the beneficial owner information.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) A registrant, at its option, may send by mail or other equally prompt means, its annual report to security holders to the beneficial owners whose identifying information is provided by record holders and respondent banks, pursuant to § 240.14b-1(b)(3) and § 240.14b-2(b)(4) (ii) and (iii), provided that such registrant notifies the record holders and respondent banks at the time it makes the inquiry required by paragraph (a) of this section that the registrant will send the annual report to security holders to the beneficial owners so identified.
</P>
<P>(d) If a registrant furnishes information statements to record holders and respondent banks who hold securities on behalf of beneficial owners, the registrant shall cause information statements and annual reports to security holders to be furnished, in accordance with § 240.14c-2, to beneficial owners of exempt employee benefit plan securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 44280, Dec. 9, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 23649, June 24, 1987; 53 FR 16406, May 9, 1988; 57 FR 1102, Jan. 10, 1992; 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 64 FR 62547, Nov. 16, 1999; 72 FR 4172, Jan. 29, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14c-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93.279" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14c-101   Schedule 14C. Information required in information statement.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Schedule 14C Information 
</HD1>
<HD2>Information Statement Pursuant to Section 14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</HD2>
<HD3>(Amendment No.  ) 
</HD3>
<FP-2>Check the appropriate box: </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Preliminary Information Statement </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14c-5(d)(2)) </FP-2>
<FP-2>[ ] Definitive Information Statement </FP-2>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter) 
</FP>
<P>Payment of Filing Fee (Check all boxes that apply):
</P>
<FP-1>[ ] No fee required
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[ ] Fee computed on table in exhibit required by Item 25(b) of Schedule 14A (17 CFR 240.14a-101) per Item 1 of this Schedule and Exchange Act Rules 14c-5(g) and 0-11
</FP-1>
<HD1>Note
</HD1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Cover Page:</HED>
<P>Where any item, other than Item 4, calls for information with respect to any matter to be acted upon at the meeting or, if no meeting is being held, by written authorization or consent, such item need be answered only with respect to proposals to be made by the registrant. Registrants and acquirees that meet the definition of “smaller reporting company” under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (§ 240.12b-2) shall refer to the disclosure items in Regulation S-K (§§ 229.10 through 229.1123 of this chapter) with specific attention to the scaled disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies, if any. A smaller reporting company may provide the information in Article 8 of Regulation S-X in lieu of any financial statements required by Item 1 of § 240.14c-101.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Item 1. Information required by Items of Schedule 14A (17 CFR 240.14a-101).</I> Furnish the information called for by all of the items of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (17 CFR 240.14a-101) (other than Items 1(c), 2, 4 and 5 thereof) which would be applicable to any matter to be acted upon at the meeting if proxies were to be solicited in connection with the meeting. Notes A, C, D, and E to Schedule 14A (including the requirement in Note D.5 to provide an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter and the EDGAR Filer Manual where applicable pursuant to § 232.405(b) of this chapter) are also applicable to Schedule 14C.
</P>
<P><I>Item 2. Statement that proxies are not solicited.</I> The following statement shall be set forth on the first page of the information statement in bold-face type:
</P>
<HD1>We Are Not Asking You for a Proxy and You are Requested Not To Send Us a Proxy
</HD1>
<P><I>Item 3. Interest of certain persons in or opposition to matters to be acted upon.</I> (a) Describe briefly any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, of each of the following persons in any matter to be acted upon, other than elections to office:
</P>
<P>(1) Each person who has been a director or officer of the registrant at any time since the beginning of the last fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) Each nominee for election as a director of the registrant;
</P>
<P>(3) Each associate of any of the foregoing persons.
</P>
<P>(b) Give the name of any director of the registrant who has informed the registrant in writing that he intends to oppose any action to be taken by the registrant at the meeting and indicate the action which he intends to oppose.
</P>
<P>(c) Furnish the information required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402(t) of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Item 4. Proposals by security holders.</I> If any security holder entitled to vote at the meeting or by written authorization or consent has submitted to the registrant a reasonable time before the information statement is to be transmitted to security holders a proposal, other than elections to office, which is accompanied by notice of his intention to present the proposal for action at the meeting the registrant shall, if a meeting is held, make a statement to that effect, identify the proposal and indicate the disposition proposed to be made of the proposal by the registrant at the meeting.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions.</I> 1. This item need not be answered as to any proposal submitted with respect to an annual meeting if such proposal is submitted less than 60 days in advance of a day corresponding to the date of sending a proxy statement or information statement in connection with the last annual meeting of security holders.
</P>
<P>2. If the registrant intends to rule a proposal out of order, the Commission shall be so advised 20 calendar days prior to the date the definitive copies of the information statement are filed with the Commission, together with a statement of the reasons why the proposal is not deemed to be a proper subject for action by security holders.</P></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Item 5. Delivery of documents to security holders sharing an address.</I> If one annual report to security holders, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials is being delivered to two or more security holders who share an address, furnish the following information in accordance with § 240.14a-3(e)(1):
</P>
<P>(a) State that only one annual report to security holders, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, is being delivered to multiple security holders sharing an address unless the registrant has received contrary instructions from one or more of the security holders;
</P>
<P>(b) Undertake to deliver promptly upon written or oral request a separate copy of the annual report to security holders, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, to a security holder at a shared address to which a single copy of the documents was delivered and provide instructions as to how a security holder can notify the registrant that the security holder wishes to receive a separate copy of an annual report to security holders, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(c) Provide the phone number and mailing address to which a security holder can direct a notification to the registrant that the security holder wishes to receive a separate annual report to security holders, information statement, or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, as applicable, in the future; and
</P>
<P>(d) Provide instructions how security holders sharing an address can request delivery of a single copy of annual reports to security holders, information statements, or Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials if they are receiving multiple copies of annual reports to security holders, information statements, or Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 42072, Nov. 20, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 48984, Dec. 29, 1987; 57 FR 36495, Aug. 13, 1992; 58 FR 14684, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 67765, Dec. 30, 1994; 61 FR 49960, Sept. 24, 1996; 65 FR 65752, Nov. 2, 2000; 72 FR 4172, Jan. 29, 2007; 73 FR 977, Jan. 4, 2008; 76 FR 6046, Feb. 2, 2011; 86 FR 70259, Dec. 9, 2021; 87 FR 55197, Sept. 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="93" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.93" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 14D</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.280" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-1   Scope of and definitions applicable to Regulations 14D and 14E.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Regulation 14D (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-101) shall apply to any tender offer that is subject to section 14(d)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(1)), including, but not limited to, any tender offer for securities of a class described in that section that is made by an affiliate of the issuer of such class. Regulation 14E (§§ 240.14e-1 through 240.14e-8) shall apply to any tender offer for securities (other than exempted securities) unless otherwise noted therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements imposed by sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Act, Regulation 14D and Schedules TO and 14D-9 thereunder, and Rule 14e-1 of Regulation 14E under the Act, shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any tender offer, including any exchange offer, for the securities of an issuer incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory, if such issuer is a foreign private issuer and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, if less than 40 percent of the class of securities outstanding that is the subject of the tender offer is held by U.S. holders, and the tender offer is subject to, and the bidder complies with, the laws, regulations and policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories governing the conduct of the offer (unless the bidder has received an exemption(s) from, and the tender offer does not comply with, requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by Regulation 14D or 14E), <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of tender offers subject to section 14(d)(1) of the Act, where the consideration for a tender offer subject to this section consists solely of cash, the entire disclosure document or documents required to be furnished to holders of the class of securities to be acquired shall be filed with the Commission on Schedule 14D-1F (§ 240.14d-102) and disseminated to shareholders of the subject company residing in the United States in accordance with such Canadian laws, regulations and policies; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Where the consideration for a tender offer subject to this section includes securities of the bidder to be issued pursuant to the offer, any registration statement and/or prospectus relating thereto shall be filed with the Commission along with the Schedule 14D-1F referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and shall be disseminated, together with the home jurisdiction document(s) accompanying such Schedule, to shareholders of the subject company residing in the United States in accordance with such Canadian laws, regulations and policies. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>1. For purposes of any tender offer, including any exchange offer, otherwise eligible to proceed in accordance with Rule 14d-1(b) under the Act, the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U.S. holders will be presumed to hold less than 40 percent of such outstanding securities, unless (a) the aggregate trading volume of that class on national securities exchanges in the United States and on NASDAQ exceeded its aggregate trading volume on securities exchanges in Canada and on the Canadian Dealing Network, Inc. (“CDN”) over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of this offer, or if commenced in response to a prior offer, over the 12 calendar month period prior to the commencement of the initial offer (based on volume figures published by such exchanges and NASDAQ and CDN); (b) the most recent annual report or annual information form filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of Ontario, Quebec, British Columbia or Alberta (or, if the issuer of the subject securities is not a reporting issuer in any of such provinces, with any other Canadian securities regulator) or with the Commission indicates that U.S. holders hold 40 percent or more of the outstanding subject class of securities; or (c) the offeror has actual knowledge that the level of U.S. ownership equals or exceeds 40 percent of such securities. 
</P>
<P>2. Notwithstanding the grant of an exemption from one or more of the applicable Canadian regulatory provisions imposing requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by Regulation 14D or 14E, the tender offer will be eligible to proceed in accordance with the requirements of this section if the Commission by order determines that the applicable Canadian regulatory provisions are adequate to protect the interest of investors.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Tier I.</I> Any tender offer for the securities of a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 is exempt from the requirements of sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(1) through 78n(d)(7)), Regulation 14D (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-10) and Schedules TO (§ 240.14d-100) and 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) thereunder, and § 240.14e-1 and § 240.14e-2 of Regulation 14E under the Act if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>U.S. ownership limitation.</I> Except in the case of a tender offer that is commenced during the pendency of a tender offer made by a prior bidder in reliance on this paragraph or § 240.13e-4(h)(8), U.S. holders do not hold more than 10 percent of the class of securities sought in the offer (as determined under Instructions 2 or 3 to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Equal treatment.</I> The bidder must permit U.S. holders to participate in the offer on terms at least as favorable as those offered any other holder of the same class of securities that is the subject of the tender offer; however:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Registered exchange offers.</I> If the bidder offers securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the bidder need not extend the offer to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that prohibit the offer or sale of the securities after the bidder has made a good faith effort to register or qualify the offer and sale of securities in that state or jurisdiction, except that the bidder must offer the same cash alternative to security holders in any such state or jurisdiction that it has offered to security holders in any other state or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exempt exchange offers.</I> If the bidder offers securities exempt from registration under § 230.802 of this chapter, the bidder need not extend the offer to security holders in those states or jurisdictions that require registration or qualification, except that the bidder must offer the same cash alternative to security holders in any such state or jurisdiction that it has offered to security holders in any other state or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Cash only consideration.</I> The bidder may offer U.S. holders only a cash consideration for the tender of the subject securities, notwithstanding the fact that the bidder is offering security holders outside the United States a consideration that consists in whole or in part of securities of the bidder, so long as the bidder has a reasonable basis for believing that the amount of cash is substantially equivalent to the value of the consideration offered to non-U.S. holders, and either of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The offered security is a “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.2) and the issuer undertakes to provide, upon the request of any U.S. holder or the Commission staff, the closing price and daily trading volume of the security on the principal trading market for the security as of the last trading day of each of the six months preceding the announcement of the offer and each of the trading days thereafter; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the offered security is not a “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.2) the issuer undertakes to provide, upon the request of any U.S. holder or the Commission staff, an opinion of an independent expert stating that the cash consideration offered to U.S. holders is substantially equivalent to the value of the consideration offered security holders outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Disparate tax treatment.</I> If the bidder offers loan notes solely to offer sellers tax advantages not available in the United States and these notes are neither listed on any organized securities market nor registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the loan notes need not be offered to U.S. holders.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Informational documents.</I> (i) The bidder must disseminate any informational document to U.S. holders, including any amendments thereto, in English, on a comparable basis to that provided to security holders in the home jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the bidder disseminates by publication in its home jurisdiction, the bidder must publish the information in the United States in a manner reasonably calculated to inform U.S. holders of the offer.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of tender offers for securities described in section 14(d)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(1)), if the bidder publishes or otherwise disseminates an informational document to the holders of the securities in connection with the tender offer, the bidder must furnish that informational document, including any amendments thereto, in English, to the Commission on Form CB (§ 249.480 of this chapter) by the first business day after publication or dissemination. If the bidder is a foreign company, it must also file a Form F-X (§ 239.42 of this chapter) with the Commission at the same time as the submission of Form CB to appoint an agent for service in the United States.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Investment companies.</I> The issuer of the securities that are the subject of the tender offer is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tier II.</I> A person conducting a tender offer (including any exchange offer) that meets the conditions in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be entitled to the exemptive relief specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, provided that such tender offer complies with all the requirements of this section other than those for which an exemption has been specifically provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. In addition, a person conducting a tender offer subject only to the requirements of section 14(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(e)) and Regulation 14E thereunder (§§ 240.14e-1 through 240.14e-8) that meets the conditions in paragraph (d)(1) of the section also shall be entitled to the exemptive relief specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, to the extent needed under the requirements of Regulation 14E, so long as the tender offer complies with all requirements of Regulation 14E other than those for which an exemption has been specifically provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conditions.</I> (i) The subject company is a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), other than a registered closed-end investment company;
</P>
<P>(ii) Except in the case of a tender offer that is commenced during the pendency of a tender offer made by a prior bidder in reliance on this paragraph or § 240.13e-4(i), U.S. holders do not hold more than 40 percent of the class of securities sought in the offer (as determined under Instructions 2 or 3 to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The bidder complies with all applicable U.S. tender offer laws and regulations, other than those for which an exemption has been provided for in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemptions</I>—(i) <I>Equal treatment—loan notes.</I> If the bidder offers loan notes solely to offer sellers tax advantages not available in the United States and these notes are neither listed on any organized securities market nor registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), the loan notes need not be offered to U.S. holders, notwithstanding § 240.14d-10.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Equal treatment—separate U.S. and foreign offers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of § 240.14d-10, a bidder conducting a tender offer meeting the conditions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section may separate the offer into multiple offers: One offer made to U.S. holders, which also may include all holders of American Depositary Shares representing interests in the subject securities, and one or more offers made to non-U.S. holders. The U.S. offer must be made on terms at least as favorable as those offered any other holder of the same class of securities that is the subject of the tender offers. U.S. holders may be included in the foreign offer(s) only where the laws of the jurisdiction governing such foreign offer(s) expressly preclude the exclusion of U.S. holders from the foreign offer(s) and where the offer materials distributed to U.S. holders fully and adequately disclose the risks of participating in the foreign offer(s). 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Notice of extensions.</I> Notice of extensions made in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction law or practice will satisfy the requirements of § 240.14e-1(d).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Prompt payment.</I> Payment made in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction law or practice will satisfy the requirements of § 240.14e-1(c). Where payment may not be made on a more expedited basis under home jurisdiction law or practice, payment for securities tendered during any subsequent offering period within 20 business days of the date of tender will satisfy the prompt payment requirements of § 240.14d-11(e). For purposes of this paragraph (d), a business day is determined with reference to the target's home jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Subsequent offering period/Withdrawal rights.</I> A bidder will satisfy the announcement and prompt payment requirements of § 240.14d-11(d), if the bidder announces the results of the tender offer, including the approximate number of securities deposited to date, and pays for tendered securities in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction law or practice and the subsequent offering period commences immediately following such announcement. Notwithstanding section 14(d)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(5)), the bidder need not extend withdrawal rights following the close of the offer and prior to the commencement of the subsequent offering period. 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Payment of interest on securities tendered during subsequent offering period.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of § 240.14d-11(f), the bidder may pay interest on securities tendered during a subsequent offering period, if required under applicable foreign law. Paying interest on securities tendered during a subsequent offering period in accordance with this section will not be deemed to violate § 240.14d-10(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Suspension of withdrawal rights during counting of tendered securities.</I> The bidder may suspend withdrawal rights required under section 14(d)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(5)) at the end of the offer and during the period that securities tendered into the offer are being counted, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The bidder has provided an offer period including withdrawal rights for a period of at least 20 U.S. business days;
</P>
<P>(B) At the time withdrawal rights are suspended, all offer conditions have been satisfied or waived, except to the extent that the bidder is in the process of determining whether a minimum acceptance condition included in the terms of the offer has been satisfied by counting tendered securities; and
</P>
<P>(C) Withdrawal rights are suspended only during the counting process and are reinstated immediately thereafter, except to the extent that they are terminated through the acceptance of tendered securities.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Mix and match elections and the subsequent offering period.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of § 240.14d-11(b), where the bidder offers target security holders a choice between different forms of consideration, it may establish a ceiling on one or more forms of consideration offered. Notwithstanding the requirements of § 240.14d-11(f), a bidder that establishes a ceiling on one or more forms of consideration offered pursuant to this subsection may offset elections of tendering security holders against one another, subject to proration, so that elections are satisfied to the greatest extent possible and prorated to the extent that they cannot be satisfied in full. Such a bidder also may separately offset and prorate securities tendered during the initial offering period and those tendered during any subsequent offering period, notwithstanding the requirements of § 240.14d-10(c).
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Early termination of an initial offering period.</I> A bidder may terminate an initial offering period, including a voluntary extension of that period, if at the time the initial offering period and withdrawal rights terminate, the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The initial offering period has been open for at least 20 U.S. business days;
</P>
<P>(B) The bidder has adequately discussed the possibility of and the impact of the early termination in the original offer materials;
</P>
<P>(C) The bidder provides a subsequent offering period after the termination of the initial offering period;
</P>
<P>(D) All offer conditions are satisfied as of the time when the initial offering period ends; and
</P>
<P>(E) The bidder does not terminate the initial offering period or any extension of that period during any mandatory extension required under U.S. tender offer rules.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraphs (<E T="01">c</E>) and (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>1. <I>Home jurisdiction</I> means both the jurisdiction of the subject company's incorporation, organization or chartering and the principal foreign market where the subject company's securities are listed or quoted.
</P>
<P>2. <I>U.S. holder</I> means any security holder resident in the United States. Except as otherwise provided in Instruction 3 below, to determine the percentage of outstanding securities held by U.S. holders:
</P>
<P>i. Calculate the U.S. ownership as of a date no more than 60 before and no more than 30 days after public announcement of the tender offer. If you are unable to calculate as of a date within these time frames, the calculation may be made as of the most recent practicable date before public announcement, but in no event earlier than 120 days before announcement;
</P>
<P>ii. Include securities underlying American Depositary Shares convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer when calculating the number of subject securities outstanding, as well as the number held by U.S. holders. Exclude from the calculations other types of securities that are convertible or exchangeable into the securities that are the subject of the tender offer, such as warrants, options and convertible securities. Exclude from those calculations securities held by the bidder; 
</P>
<P>iii. Use the method of calculating record ownership in Rule 12g3-2(a) under the Act (§ 240.12g3-2(a) of this chapter), except that your inquiry as to the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States may be limited to brokers, dealers, banks and other nominees located in the United States, the subject company's jurisdiction of incorporation or that of each participant in a business combination, and the jurisdiction that is the primary trading market for the subject securities, if different than the subject company's jurisdiction of incorporation;
</P>
<P>iv. If, after reasonable inquiry, you are unable to obtain information about the amount of securities represented by accounts of customers resident in the United States, you may assume, for purposes of this definition, that the customers are residents of the jurisdiction in which the nominee has its principal place of business; and
</P>
<P>v. Count securities as beneficially owned by residents of the United States as reported on reports of beneficial ownership that are provided to you or publicly filed and based on information otherwise provided to you.
</P>
<P>3. In a tender offer by a bidder other than an affiliate of the issuer of the subject securities that is not made pursuant to an agreement with the issuer of the subject securities, the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U.S. holders will be presumed to hold less than 10 percent (40 percent in the case of paragraph (d) of this section) of such outstanding securities, unless paragraphs 3.i., ii., or iii. of the instructions to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section indicate otherwise. In addition, where the bidder is unable to conduct the analysis of U.S. ownership set forth in Instruction 2 to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the bidder may presume that the percentage of securities held by U.S. holders is less than 10 percent (40 percent in the case of paragraph (d) of this section) of the outstanding securities so long as there is a primary trading market for the subject securities outside the U.S., as defined in § 240.12h-6(f)(5) of this chapter, unless:
</P>
<P>i. Average daily trading volume of the subject securities in the United States for a recent twelve-month period ending on a date no more than 60 days before the public announcement of the offer exceeds 10 percent (40 percent in the case of paragraph (d) of this section) of the average daily trading volume of that class of securities on a worldwide basis for the same period; or
</P>
<P>ii. The most recent annual report or annual information filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of the home jurisdiction or with the Commission or any jurisdiction in which the subject securities trade before the public announcement of the offer indicates that U.S. holders hold more than 10 percent (40 percent in the case of paragraph (d) of this section) of the outstanding subject class of securities; or
</P>
<P>iii. The bidder knows or has reason to know, before the public announcement of the offer, that the level of U.S. ownership exceeds 10 percent (40 percent in the case of paragraph (d) of this section) of such securities. As an example, a bidder is deemed to know information about U.S. ownership of the subject class of securities that is publicly available and that appears in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory body in the issuer's jurisdiction of incorporation or (if different) the non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the primary trading market for the subject securities is located. The bidder is deemed to know information about U.S. ownership available from the issuer or obtained or readily available from any other source that is reasonably reliable, including from persons it has retained to advise it about the transaction, as well as from third-party information providers. These examples are not intended to be exclusive. 
</P>
<P>iv. The bidder knows or has reason to know that the level of U.S. ownership exceeds 10 percent (40 percent in the case of 14d-1(d)) of such securities.
</P>
<P>4. <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>5. The exemptions provided by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section are not available for any securities transaction or series of transactions that technically complies with paragraph (c) or (d) of this section but are part of a plan or scheme to evade the provisions of Regulations 14D or 14E.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the requirements imposed by sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(1) through 78n(d)(7)], Regulation 14D promulgated thereunder (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-10), and §§ 240.14e-1 and 240.14e-2 shall not apply by virtue of the fact that a bidder for the securities of a foreign private issuer, as defined in § 240.3b-4, the subject company of such a tender offer, their representatives, or any other person specified in § 240.14d-9(d), provides any journalist with access to its press conferences held outside of the United States, to meetings with its representatives conducted outside of the United States, or to written press-related materials released outside the United States, at or in which a present or proposed tender offer is discussed, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Access is provided to both U.S. and foreign journalists; and 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any written press-related materials released by the bidder or its representatives that discuss a present or proposed tender offer for equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act [15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>], the written press-related materials must state that these written press-related materials are not an extension of a tender offer in the United States for a class of equity securities of the subject company. If the bidder intends to extend the tender offer in the United States at some future time, a statement regarding this intention, and that the procedural and filing requirements of the Williams Act will be satisfied at that time, also must be included in these written press-related materials. No means to tender securities, or coupons that could be returned to indicate interest in the tender offer, may be provided as part of, or attached to, these written press-related materials.
</P>
<P>(f) For the purpose of § 240.14d-1(e), a bidder may presume that a target company qualifies as a foreign private issuer if the target company is a foreign issuer and files registration statements or reports on the disclosure forms specifically designated for foreign private issuers, claims the exemption from registration under the Act pursuant to § 240.12g3-2(b), or is not reporting in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in Regulation 14D and Regulation 14E have the same meaning as in the Act and in Rule 12b-2 (§ 240.12b-2) promulgated thereunder. In addition, for purposes of sections 14(d) and 14(e) of the Act and Regulations 14D and 14E, the following definitions apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>beneficial owner</I> shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Rule 13d-3: <I>Provided, however,</I> That, except with respect to Rule 14d-3, Rule 14d-9(d), the term shall not include a person who does not have or share investment power or who is deemed to be a beneficial owner by virtue of Rule 13d-3(d)(1) (§ 240.13d-3(d)(1)); 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>bidder</I> means any person who makes a tender offer or on whose behalf a tender offer is made: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term does not include an issuer which makes a tender offer for securities of any class of which it is the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>business day</I> means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday or a federal holiday, and shall consist of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight Eastern time. In computing any time period under section 14(d)(5) or section 14(d)(6) of the Act or under Regulation 14D or Regulation 14E, the date of the event which begins the running of such time period shall be included <I>except that</I> if such event occurs on other than a business day such period shall begin to run on and shall include the first business day thereafter; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>initial offering period</I> means the period from the time the offer commences until all minimum time periods, including extensions, required by Regulations 14D (§§ 240.14d-1 through 240.14d-103) and 14E (§§ 240.14e-1 through 240.14e-8) have been satisfied and all conditions to the offer have been satisfied or waived within these time periods.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>security holders</I> means holders of record and beneficial owners of securities which are the subject of a tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>security position listing</I> means, with respect to securities of any issuer held by a registered clearing agency in the name of the clearing agency or its nominee, a list of those participants in the clearing agency on whose behalf the clearing agency holds the issuer's securities and of the participants' respective positions in such securities as of a specified date.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>subject company</I> means any issuer of securities which are sought by a bidder pursuant to a tender offer;
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>subsequent offering period</I> means the period immediately following the initial offering period meeting the conditions specified in § 240.14d-11.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>tender offer material</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) The bidder's formal offer, including all the material terms and conditions of the tender offer and all amendments thereto; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The related transmittal letter (whereby securities of the subject company which are sought in the tender offer may be transmitted to the bidder or its depositary) and all amendments thereto; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Press releases, advertisements, letters and other documents published by the bidder or sent or given by the bidder to security holders which, directly or indirectly, solicit, invite or request tenders of the securities being sought in the tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Signatures.</I> Where the Act or the rules, forms, reports or schedules thereunder require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the filer for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (h). Upon request, the filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Signatures.</I> Where the Act or the rules, forms, reports or schedules thereunder require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the filer for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (h). Upon request, the filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70340, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 11470, Mar. 16, 1982; 56 FR 30071, July 1, 1991; 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 30403, June 14, 1996; 62 FR 53955, Oct. 17, 1997; 64 FR 61404, 61459, Nov. 10, 1999; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 73 FR 60091, Oct. 9, 2008; 85 FR 78229, Dec. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.281" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-2   Commencement of a tender offer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Date of commencement.</I> A bidder will have commenced its tender offer for purposes of section 14(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n) and the rules under that section at 12:01 a.m. on the date when the bidder has first published, sent or given the means to tender to security holders. For purposes of this section, the means to tender includes the transmittal form or a statement regarding how the transmittal form may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-commencement communications.</I> A communication by the bidder will not be deemed to constitute commencement of a tender offer if:
</P>
<P>(1) It does not include the means for security holders to tender their shares into the offer; and
</P>
<P>(2) All written communications relating to the tender offer, from and including the first public announcement, are filed under cover of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) with the Commission no later than the date of the communication. The bidder also must deliver to the subject company and any other bidder for the same class of securities the first communication relating to the transaction that is filed, or required to be filed, with the Commission.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>1. The box on the front of Schedule TO indicating that the filing contains pre-commencement communications must be checked.
</P>
<P>2. Any communications made in connection with an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act of 1933 need only be filed under § 230.425 of this chapter and will be deemed filed under this section.
</P>
<P>3. Each pre-commencement written communication must include a prominent legend in clear, plain language advising security holders to read the tender offer statement when it is available because it contains important information. The legend also must advise investors that they can get the tender offer statement and other filed documents for free at the Commission's web site and explain which documents are free from the offeror.
</P>
<P>4. See §§ 230.135, 230.165 and 230.166 of this chapter for pre-commencement communications made in connection with registered exchange offers.
</P>
<P>5. “Public announcement” is any oral or written communication by the bidder, or any person authorized to act on the bidder's behalf, that is reasonably designed to, or has the effect of, informing the public or security holders in general about the tender offer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Filing and other obligations triggered by commencement.</I> As soon as practicable on the date of commencement, a bidder must comply with the filing requirements of § 240.14d-3(a), the dissemination requirements of § 240.14d-4(a) or (b), and the disclosure requirements of § 240.14d-6(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61459, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.282" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-3   Filing and transmission of tender offer statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and transmittal.</I> No bidder shall make a tender offer if, after consummation thereof, such bidder would be the beneficial owner of more than 5 percent of the class of the subject company's securities for which the tender offer is made, unless as soon as practicable on the date of the commencement of the tender offer such bidder: 
</P>
<P>(1) Files with the Commission a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100), including all exhibits thereto; 
</P>
<P>(2) Delivers a copy of such Schedule TO, including all exhibits thereto: 
</P>
<P>(i) To the subject company at its principal executive office; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) To any other bidder, which has filed a Schedule TO with the Commission relating to a tender offer which has not yet terminated for the same class of securities of the subject company, at such bidder's principal executive office or at the address of the person authorized to receive notices and communications (which is disclosed on the cover sheet of such other bidder's Schedule TO); 
</P>
<P>(3) Gives telephonic notice of the information required by Rule 14d-6(d)(2)(i) and (ii) (§ 240.14d-6(d)(2)(i) and (ii)) and mails by means of first class mail a copy of such Schedule TO, including all exhibits thereto:
</P>
<P>(i) To each national securities exchange where such class of the subject company's securities is registered and listed for trading (which may be based upon information contained in the subject company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) filed with the Commission unless the bidder has reason to believe that such information is not current), which telephonic notice shall be made when practicable before the opening of each such exchange; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) if such class of the subject company's securities is authorized for quotation in the NASDAQ interdealer quotation system. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Post-commencement amendments and additional materials.</I> The bidder making the tender offer must file with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(1) An amendment to Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) reporting promptly any material changes in the information set forth in the schedule previously filed and including copies of any additional tender offer materials as exhibits; and
</P>
<P>(2) A final amendment to Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) reporting promptly the results of the tender offer.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>A copy of any additional tender offer materials or amendment filed under this section must be sent promptly to the subject company and to any exchange and/or NASD, as required by paragraph (a) of this section, but in no event later than the date the materials are first published, sent or given to security holders.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Certain announcements.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, if the additional tender offer material or an amendment to Schedule TO discloses only the number of shares deposited to date, and/or announces an extension of the time during which shares may be tendered, then the bidder may file such tender offer material or amendment and send a copy of such tender offer material or amendment to the subject company, any exchange and/or the NASD, as required by paragraph (a) of this section, promptly after the date such tender offer material is first published or sent or given to security holders. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70341, Dec. 6, 1979; 64 FR 61460, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 977, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.283" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-4   Dissemination of tender offers to security holders.</HEAD>
<P>As soon as practicable on the date of commencement of a tender offer, the bidder must publish, send or give the disclosure required by § 240.14d-6 to security holders of the class of securities that is the subject of the offer, by complying with all of the requirements of any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cash tender offers and exempt securities offers.</I> For tender offers in which the consideration consists solely of cash and/or securities exempt from registration under section 3 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Long-form publication.</I> The bidder makes adequate publication in a newspaper or newspapers of long-form publication of the tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary publication.</I> (i) If the tender offer is not subject to Rule 13e-3 (§ 240.13e-3), the bidder makes adequate publication in a newspaper or newspapers of a summary advertisement of the tender offer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Mails by first class mail or otherwise furnishes with reasonable promptness the bidder's tender offer materials to any security holder who requests such tender offer materials pursuant to the summary advertisement or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Use of stockholder lists and security position listings.</I> Any bidder using stockholder lists and security position listings under § 240.14d-5 must comply with paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section on or before the date of the bidder's request under § 240.14d-5(a).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Tender offers may be published or sent or given to security holders by other methods, but with respect to summary publication and the use of stockholder lists and security position listings under § 240.14d-5, paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section are exclusive.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Registered securities offers.</I> For tender offers in which the consideration consists solely or partially of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, a registration statement containing all of the required information, including pricing information, has been filed and a preliminary prospectus or a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)), including a letter of transmittal, is delivered to security holders. However, for going-private transactions (as defined by § 240.13e-3) and roll-up transactions (as described by Item 901 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901 of this chapter)), a registration statement registering the securities to be offered must have become effective and only a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act may be delivered to security holders on the date of commencement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>1. If the prospectus is being delivered by mail, mailing on the date of commencement is sufficient.
</P>
<P>2. A preliminary prospectus used under this section may not omit information under §§ 230.430 or 230.430A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>3. If a preliminary prospectus is used under this section and the bidder must disseminate material changes, the tender offer must remain open for the period specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>4. If a preliminary prospectus is used under this section, tenders may be requested in accordance with § 230.162(a) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Adequate publication.</I> Depending on the facts and circumstances involved, adequate publication of a tender offer pursuant to this section may require publication in a newspaper with a national circulation or may only require publication in a newspaper with metropolitan or regional circulation or may require publication in a combination thereof: <I>Provided, however,</I> That publication in all editions of a daily newspaper with a national circulation shall be deemed to constitute adequate publication. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Publication of changes and extension of the offer.</I> (1) If a tender offer has been published or sent or given to security holders by one or more of the methods enumerated in this section, a material change in the information published or sent or given to security holders shall be promptly disseminated to security holders in a manner reasonably designed to inform security holders of such change; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the bidder has elected pursuant to rule 14d-5 (f)(1) of this section to require the subject company to disseminate amendments disclosing material changes to the tender offer materials pursuant to Rule 14d-5, the bidder shall disseminate material changes in the information published or sent or given to security holders at least pursuant to Rule 14d-5. 
</P>
<P>(2) In a registered securities offer where the bidder disseminates the preliminary prospectus as permitted by paragraph (b) of this section, the offer must remain open from the date that material changes to the tender offer materials are disseminated to security holders, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Five business days for a prospectus supplement containing a material change other than price or share levels;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ten business days for a prospectus supplement containing a change in price, the amount of securities sought, the dealer's soliciting fee, or other similarly significant change;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ten business days for a prospectus supplement included as part of a post-effective amendment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Twenty business days for a revised prospectus when the initial prospectus was materially deficient.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70341, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 64 FR 61460, Nov. 10, 1999; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.284" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-5   Dissemination of certain tender offers by the use of stockholder lists and security position listings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Obligations of the subject company.</I> Upon receipt by a subject company at its principal executive offices of a bidder's written request, meeting the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, the subject company shall comply with the following sub-paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(1) The subject company shall notify promptly transfer agents and any other person who will assist the subject company in complying with the requirements of this section of the receipt by the subject company of a request by a bidder pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) The subject company shall promptly ascertain whether the most recently prepared stockholder list, written or otherwise, within the access of the subject company was prepared as of a date earlier than ten business days before the date of the bidder's request and, if so, the subject company shall promptly prepare or cause to be prepared a stockholder list as of the most recent practicable date which shall not be more than ten business days before the date of the bidder's request. 
</P>
<P>(3) The subject company shall make an election to comply and shall comply with all of the provisions of either paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this section. The subject company's election once made shall not be modified or revoked during the bidder's tender offer and extensions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(4) No later than the second business day after the date of the bidder's request, the subject company shall orally notify the bidder, which notification shall be confirmed in writing, of the subject company's election made pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Such notification shall indicate (i) the approximate number of security holders of the class of securities being sought by the bidder and, (ii) if the subject company elects to comply with paragraph (b) of this section, appropriate information concerning the location for delivery of the bidder's tender offer materials and the approximate direct costs incidental to the mailing to security holders of the bidder's tender offer materials computed in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mailing of tender offer materials by the subject company.</I> A subject company which elects pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section to comply with the provisions of this paragraph shall perform the acts prescribed by the following paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(1) The subject company shall promptly contact each participant named on the most recent security position listing of any clearing agency within the access of the subject company and make inquiry of each such participant as to the approximate number of beneficial owners of the subject company securities being sought in the tender offer held by each such participant. 
</P>
<P>(2) No later than the third business day after delivery of the bidder's tender offer materials pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the subject company shall begin to mail or cause to be mailed by means of first class mail a copy of the bidder's tender offer materials to each person whose name appears as a record holder of the class of securities for which the offer is made on the most recent stockholder list referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The subject company shall use its best efforts to complete the mailing in a timely manner but in no event shall such mailing be completed in a substantially greater period of time than the subject company would complete a mailing to security holders of its own materials relating to the tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(3) No later than the third business day after the delivery of the bidder's tender offer materials pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the subject company shall begin to transmit or cause to be transmitted a sufficient number of sets of the bidder's tender offer materials to the participants named on the security position listings described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The subject company shall use its best efforts to complete the transmittal in a timely manner but in no event shall such transmittal be completed in a substantially greater period of time than the subject company would complete a transmittal to such participants pursuant to security position listings of clearing agencies of its own material relating to the tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(4) The subject company shall promptly give oral notification to the bidder, which notification shall be confirmed in writing, of the commencement of the mailing pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section and of the transmittal pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) During the tender offer and any extension thereof the subject company shall use reasonable efforts to update the stockholder list and shall mail or cause to be mailed promptly following each update a copy of the bidder's tender offer materials (to the extent sufficient sets of such materials have been furnished by the bidder) to each person who has become a record holder since the later of (i) the date of preparation of the most recent stockholder list referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section or (ii) the last preceding update. 
</P>
<P>(6) If the bidder has elected pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section to require the subject company to disseminate amendments disclosing material changes to the tender offer materials pursuant to this section, the subject company, promptly following delivery of each such amendment, shall mail or cause to be mailed a copy of each such amendment to each record holder whose name appears on the shareholder list described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(5) of this section and shall transmit or cause to be transmitted sufficient copies of such amendment to each participant named on security position listings who received sets of the bidder's tender offer materials pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(7) The subject company shall not include any communication other than the bidder's tender offer materials or amendments thereto in the envelopes or other containers furnished by the bidder. 
</P>
<P>(8) Promptly following the termination of the tender offer, the subject company shall reimburse the bidder the excess, if any, of the amounts advanced pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(iii) over the direct costs incidental to compliance by the subject company and its agents in performing the acts required by this section computed in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery of stockholder lists and security position listings.</I> A subject company which elects pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section to comply with the provisions of this paragraph shall perform the acts prescribed by the following paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(1) No later than the third business day after the date of the bidder's request, the subject company must furnish to the bidder at the subject company's principal executive office a copy of the names and addresses of the record holders on the most recent stockholder list referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; the names and addresses of participants identified on the most recent security position listing of any clearing agency that is within the access of the subject company; and the most recent list of names, addresses and security positions of beneficial owners as specified in § 240.14a-13(b), in the possession of the subject company, or that subsequently comes into its possession. All security holder list information must be in the format requested by the bidder to the extent the format is available to the subject company without undue burden or expense.
</P>
<P>(2) If the bidder has elected pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section to require the subject company to disseminate amendments disclosing material changes to the tender offer materials, the subject company shall update the stockholder list by furnishing the bidder with the name and address of each record holder named on the stockholder list, and not previously furnished to the bidder, promptly after such information becomes available to the subject company during the tender offer and any extensions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability of subject company and others.</I> Neither the subject company nor any affiliate or agent of the subject company nor any clearing agency shall be: 
</P>
<P>(1) Deemed to have made a solicitation or recommendation respecting the tender offer within the meaning of section 14(d)(4) based solely upon the compliance or noncompliance by the subject company or any affiliate or agent of the subject company with one or more requirements of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) Liable under any provision of the Federal securities laws to the bidder or to any security holder based solely upon the inaccuracy of the current names or addresses on the stockholder list or security position listing, unless such inaccuracy results from a lack of reasonable care on the part of the subject company or any affiliate or agent of the subject company; 
</P>
<P>(3) Deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of section (2)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933 for any purpose of that Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder based solely upon the compliance or noncompliance by the subject company or any affiliate or agent of the subject company with one or more of the requirements of this section; 
</P>
<P>(4) Liable under any provision of the Federal securities laws for the disclosure in the bidder's tender offer materials, including any amendment thereto, based solely upon the compliance or noncompliance by the subject company or any affiliate or agent of the subject company with one or more of the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of the bidder's request.</I> The bidder's written request referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of the bidder; 
</P>
<P>(2) The title of the class of securities which is the subject of the bidder's tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the bidder is making a request to the subject company pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section for the use of the stockholder list and security position listings for the purpose of disseminating a tender offer to security holders; 
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that the bidder is aware of and will comply with the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(5) A statement as to whether or not it has elected pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section to disseminate amendments disclosing material changes to the tender offer materials pursuant to this section; and 
</P>
<P>(6) The name, address and telephone number of the person whom the subject company shall contact pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Obligations of the bidder.</I> Any bidder who requests that a subject company comply with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with the following paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(1) The bidder shall make an election whether or not to require the subject company to disseminate amendments disclosing material changes to the tender offer materials pursuant to this section, which election shall be included in the request referred to in paragraph (a) of this section and shall not be revocable by the bidder during the tender offer and extensions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a tender offer subject to section 14(d)(1) of the Act in which the consideration consists solely of cash and/or securities exempt from registration under section 3 of the Securities Act of 1933, the bidder shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14d-4(a)(3). 
</P>
<P>(3) If the subject company elects to comply with paragraph (b) of this section, 
</P>
<P>(i) The bidder shall promptly deliver the tender offer materials after receipt of the notification from the subject company as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The bidder shall promptly notify the subject company of any amendment to the bidder's tender offer materials requiring compliance by the subject company with paragraph (b)(6) of this section and shall promptly deliver such amendment to the subject company pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The bidder shall advance to the subject company an amount equal to the approximate cost of conducting mailings to security holders computed in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The bidder shall promptly reimburse the subject company for the direct costs incidental to compliance by the subject company and its agents in performing the acts required by this section computed in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section which are in excess of the amount advanced pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The bidder shall mail by means of first class mail or otherwise furnish with reasonable promptness the tender offer materials to any security holder who requests such materials. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the subject company elects to comply with paragraph (c) of this section, 
</P>
<P>(i) The bidder shall use the stockholder list and security position listings furnished to the bidder pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section exclusively in the dissemination of tender offer materials to security holders in connection with the bidder's tender offer and extensions thereof; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The bidder shall return the stockholder lists and security position listings furnished to the bidder pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section promptly after the termination of the bidder's tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The bidder shall accept, handle and return the stockholder lists and security position listings furnished to the bidder pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section to the subject company on a confidential basis; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The bidder shall not retain any stockholder list or security position listing furnished by the subject company pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, or any copy thereof, nor retain any information derived from any such list or listing or copy thereof after the termination of the bidder's tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(v) The bidder shall mail by means of first class mail, at its own expense, a copy of its tender offer materials to each person whose identity appears on the stockholder list as furnished and updated by the subject company pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The bidder shall contact the participants named on the security position listing of any clearing agency, make inquiry of each participant as to the approximate number of sets of tender offer materials required by each such participant, and furnish, at its own expense, sufficient sets of tender offer materials and any amendment thereto to each such participant for subsequent transmission to the beneficial owners of the securities being sought by the bidder; 
</P>
<P>(vii) The bidder shall mail by means of first class mail or otherwise furnish with reasonable promptness the tender offer materials to any security holder who requests such materials; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) The bidder shall promptly reimburse the subject company for direct costs incidental to compliance by the subject company and its agents in performing the acts required by this section computed in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delivery of materials, computation of direct costs.</I> (1) Whenever the bidder is required to deliver tender offer materials or amendments to tender offer materials, the bidder shall deliver to the subject company at the location specified by the subject company in its notice given pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section a number of sets of the materials or of the amendment, as the case may be, at least equal to the approximate number of security holders specified by the subject company in such notice, together with appropriate envelopes or other containers therefor: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such delivery shall be deemed not to have been made unless the bidder has complied with paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section at the time the materials or amendments, as the case may be, are delivered. 
</P>
<P>(2) The approximate direct cost of mailing the bidder's tender offer materials shall be computed by adding (i) the direct cost incidental to the mailing of the subject company's last annual report to shareholders (excluding employee time), less the costs of preparation and printing of the report, and postage, plus (ii) the amount of first class postage required to mail the bidder's tender offer materials. The approximate direct costs incidental to the mailing of the amendments to the bidder's tender offer materials shall be computed by adding (iii) the estimated direct costs of preparing mailing labels, of updating shareholder lists and of third party handling charges plus (iv) the amount of first class postage required to mail the bidder's amendment. Direct costs incidental to the mailing of the bidder's tender offer materials and amendments thereto when finally computed may include all reasonable charges paid by the subject company to third parties for supplies or services, including costs attendant to preparing shareholder lists, mailing labels, handling the bidder's materials, contacting participants named on security position listings and for postage, but shall exclude indirect costs, such as employee time which is devoted to either contesting or supporting the tender offer on behalf of the subject company. The final billing for direct costs shall be accompanied by an appropriate accounting in reasonable detail.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.14<E T="01">d</E>-5.</HED>
<P>Reasonably prompt methods of distribution to security holders may be used instead of mailing. If alternative methods are chosen, the approximate direct costs of distribution shall be computed by adding the estimated direct costs of preparing the document for distribution through the chosen medium (including updating of shareholder lists) plus the estimated reasonable cost of distribution through that medium. Direct costs incidental to the distribution of tender offer materials and amendments thereto may include all reasonable charges paid by the subject company to third parties for supplies or services, including costs attendant to preparing shareholder lists, handling the bidder's materials, and contacting participants named on security position listings, but shall not include indirect costs, such as employee time which is devoted to either contesting or supporting the tender offer on behalf of the subject company.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70342, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 64 FR 61460, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.285" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-6   Disclosure of tender offer information to security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information required on date of commencement</I>—(1) <I>Long-form publication.</I> If a tender offer is published, sent or given to security holders on the date of commencement by means of long-form publication under § 240.14d-4(a)(1), the long-form publication must include the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary publication.</I> If a tender offer is published, sent or given to security holders on the date of commencement by means of summary publication under § 240.14d-4(a)(2):
</P>
<P>(i) The summary advertisement must contain at least the information required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tender offer materials furnished by the bidder upon request of any security holder must include the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Use of stockholder lists and security position listings.</I> If a tender offer is published, sent or given to security holders on the date of commencement by the use of stockholder lists and security position listings under § 240.14d-4(a)(3):
</P>
<P>(i) The summary advertisement must contain at least the information required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tender offer materials transmitted to security holders pursuant to such lists and security position listings and furnished by the bidder upon the request of any security holder must include the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other tender offers.</I> If a tender offer is published or sent or given to security holders other than pursuant to § 240.14d-4(a), the tender offer materials that are published or sent or given to security holders on the date of commencement of such offer must include the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information required in other tender offer materials published after commencement.</I> Except for tender offer materials described in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (a)(3)(ii) of this section, additional tender offer materials published, sent or given to security holders after commencement must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The identities of the bidder and subject company;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount and class of securities being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) The type and amount of consideration being offered; and
</P>
<P>(4) The scheduled expiration date of the tender offer, whether the tender offer may be extended and, if so, the procedures for extension of the tender offer. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>If the additional tender offer materials are summary advertisements, they also must include the information required by paragraphs (d)(2)(v) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Material changes.</I> A material change in the information published or sent or given to security holders must be promptly disclosed to security holders in additional tender offer materials.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information to be included</I>—(1) <I>Tender offer materials other than summary publication.</I> The following information is required by paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2)(ii), (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(4) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by Item 1 of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) (Summary Term Sheet); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The information required by the remaining items of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) for third-party tender offers, except for Item 12 (exhibits) of Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100), or a fair and adequate summary of the information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Summary Publication.</I> The following information is required in a summary advertisement under paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(3)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of the bidder and the subject company;
</P>
<P>(ii) The information required by Item 1004(a)(1) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004(a)(1) of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) If the tender offer is for less than all of the outstanding securities of a class of equity securities, a statement as to whether the purpose or one of the purposes of the tender offer is to acquire or influence control of the business of the subject company;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section is incorporated by reference into the summary advertisement;
</P>
<P>(v) Appropriate instructions as to how security holders may obtain promptly, at the bidder's expense, the bidder's tender offer materials; and
</P>
<P>(vi) In a tender offer published or sent or given to security holders by use of stockholder lists and security position listings under § 240.14d-4(a)(3), a statement that a request is being made for such lists and listings. The summary publication also must state that tender offer materials will be mailed to record holders and will be furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose name appears or whose nominee appears on the list of security holders or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency's security position listing for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of such securities. If the list furnished to the bidder also included beneficial owners pursuant to § 240.14d-5(c)(1) and tender offer materials will be mailed directly to beneficial holders, include a statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>No transmittal letter.</I> Neither the initial summary advertisement nor any subsequent summary advertisement may include a transmittal letter (the letter furnished to security holders for transmission of securities sought in the tender offer) or any amendment to the transmittal letter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61460, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.286" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-7   Additional withdrawal rights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rights.</I> (1) In addition to the provisions of section 14(d)(5) of the Act, any person who has deposited securities pursuant to a tender offer has the right to withdraw any such securities during the period such offer request or invitation remains open. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemption during subsequent offering period.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of section 14(d)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(d)(5)) and paragraph (a) of this section, the bidder need not offer withdrawal rights during a subsequent offering period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of withdrawal.</I> Notice of withdrawal pursuant to this section shall be deemed to be timely upon the receipt by the bidder's depositary of a written notice of withdrawal specifying the name(s) of the tendering stockholder(s), the number or amount of the securities to be withdrawn and the name(s) in which the certificate(s) is (are) registered, if different from that of the tendering security holder(s). A bidder may impose other reasonable requirements, including certificate numbers and a signed request for withdrawal accompained by a signature guarantee, as conditions precedent to the physical release of withdrawn securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70345, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 25882, July 17, 1986; 51 FR 32630, Sept. 15, 1986; 64 FR 61461, Nov. 10, 1999; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.287" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-8   Exemption from statutory pro rata requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the pro rata provisions of section 14(d)(6) of the Act, if any person makes a tender offer or request or invitation for tenders, for less than all of the outstanding equity securities of a class, and if a greater number of securities are deposited pursuant thereto than such person is bound or willing to take up and pay for, the securities taken up and paid for shall be taken up and paid for as nearly as may be pro rata, disregarding fractions, according to the number of securities deposited by each depositor during the period such offer, request or invitation remains open.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 23, 48 Stat. 901; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; sec. 8, 49 Stat. 1379; sec. 10, 78 Stat. 580; sec. 3, 82 Stat. 455; secs. 3-5, 84 Stat. 1497; sec. 18, 89 Stat. 155; 15 U.S.C. 78n(e), 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 57680, Dec. 28, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.288" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-9   Recommendation or solicitation by the subject company and others.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-commencement communications.</I> A communication by a person described in paragraph (e) of this section with respect to a tender offer will not be deemed to constitute a recommendation or solicitation under this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The tender offer has not commenced under § 240.14d-2; and
</P>
<P>(2) The communication is filed under cover of Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) with the Commission no later than the date of the communication.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>1. The box on the front of Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) indicating that the filing contains pre-commencement communications must be checked.
</P>
<P>2. Any communications made in connection with an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act of 1933 need only be filed under § 230.425 of this chapter and will be deemed filed under this section.
</P>
<P>3. Each pre-commencement written communication must include a prominent legend in clear, plain language advising security holders to read the company's solicitation/recommendation statement when it is available because it contains important information. The legend also must advise investors that they can get the recommendation and other filed documents for free at the Commission's web site and explain which documents are free from the filer.
</P>
<P>4. See §§ 230.135, 230.165 and 230.166 of this chapter for pre-commencement communications made in connection with registered exchange offers.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Post-commencement communications.</I> After commencement by a bidder under § 240.14d-2, no solicitation or recommendation to security holders may be made by any person described in paragraph (e) of this section with respect to a tender offer for such securities unless as soon as practicable on the date such solicitation or recommendation is first published or sent or given to security holders such person complies with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Such person shall file with the Commission a Tender Offer Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101), including all exhibits thereto; and
</P>
<P>(2) If such person is either the subject company or an affiliate of the subject company,
</P>
<P>(i) Such person shall hand deliver a copy of the Schedule 14D-9 to the bidder at its principal office or at the address of the person authorized to receive notices and communications (which is set forth on the cover sheet of the bidder's Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) filed with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person shall give telephonic notice (which notice to the extent possible shall be given prior to the opening of the market) of the information required by Items 1003(d) and 1012(a) of Regulation M—A (§ 229.1003(d) and § 229.1012(a)) and shall mail a copy of the Schedule to each national securities exchange where the class of securities is registered and listed for trading and, if the class is authorized for quotation in the NASDAQ interdealer quotation system, to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”).
</P>
<P>(3) If such person is neither the subject company nor an affiliate of the subject company,
</P>
<P>(i) Such person shall mail a copy of the schedule to the bidder at its principal office or at the address of the person authorized to receive notices and communications (which is set forth on the cover sheet of the bidder's Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) filed with the Commission); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person shall mail a copy of the Schedule to the subject company at its principal office. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendments.</I> If any material change occurs in the information set forth in the Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) required by this section, the person who filed such Schedule 14D-9 shall:
</P>
<P>(1) File with the Commission an amendment on Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) disclosing such change promptly, but not later than the date such material is first published, sent or given to security holders; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly deliver copies and give notice of the amendment in the same manner as that specified in paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of this section, whichever is applicable; and
</P>
<P>(3) Promptly disclose and disseminate such change in a manner reasonably designed to inform security holders of such change. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information required in solicitation or recommendation.</I> Any solicitation or recommendation to holders of a class of securities referred to in section 14(d)(1) of the Act with respect to a tender offer for such securities shall include the name of the person making such solicitation or recommendation and the information required by Items 1 through 8 of Schedule 14D-9 (§ 240.14d-101) or a fair and adequate summary thereof: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such solicitation or recommendation may omit any of such information previously furnished to security holders of such class of securities by such person with respect to such tender offer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) Except as is provided in paragraphs (e)(2) and (f) of this section, this section shall only apply to the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) The subject company, any director, officer, employee, affiliate or subsidiary of the subject company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any record holder or beneficial owner of any security issued by the subject company, by the bidder, or by any affiliate of either the subject company or the bidder; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person who makes a solicitation or recommendation to security holders on behalf of any of the foregoing or on behalf of the bidder other than by means of a solicitation or recommendation to security holders which has been filed with the Commission pursuant to this section or Rule 14d-3 (§ 240.14d-3). 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section, this section shall not apply to the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) A bidder who has filed a Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) pursuant to Rule 14d-3 (§ 240.14d-3);
</P>
<P>(ii) Attorneys, banks, brokers, fiduciaries or investment advisers who are not participating in a tender offer in more than a ministerial capacity and who furnish information and/or advice regarding such tender offer to their customers or clients on the unsolicited request of such customers or clients or solely pursuant to a contract or a relationship providing for advice to the customer or client to whom the information and/or advice is given.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(A) The subject company is the subject of a tender offer conducted under § 240.14d-1(c);
</P>
<P>(B) Any person specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section furnishes to the Commission on Form CB (§ 249.480 of this chapter) the entire informational document it publishes or otherwise disseminates to holders of the class of securities in connection with the tender offer no later than the next business day after publication or dissemination;
</P>
<P>(C) Any person specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section disseminates any informational document to U.S. holders, including any amendments thereto, in English, on a comparable basis to that provided to security holders in the issuer's home jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any person specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section disseminates by publication in its home jurisdiction, such person must publish the information in the United States in a manner reasonably calculated to inform U.S. security holders of the offer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stop-look-and-listen communication.</I> This section shall not apply to the subject company with respect to a communication by the subject company to its security holders which only:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies the tender offer by the bidder;
</P>
<P>(2) States that such tender offer is under consideration by the subject company's board of directors and/or management;
</P>
<P>(3) States that on or before a specified date (which shall be no later than 10 business days from the date of commencement of such tender offer) the subject company will advise such security holders of (i) whether the subject company recommends acceptance or rejection of such tender offer; expresses no opinion and remains neutral toward such tender offer; or is unable to take a position with respect to such tender offer and (ii) the reason(s) for the position taken by the subject company with respect to the tender offer (including the inability to take a position); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Requests such security holders to defer making a determination whether to accept or reject such tender offer until they have been advised of the subject company's position with respect thereto pursuant to paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Statement of management's position.</I> A statement by the subject company's of its position with respect to a tender offer which is required to be published or sent or given to security holders pursuant to Rule 14e-2 shall be deemed to constitute a solicitation or recommendation within the meaning of this section and section 14(d)(4) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70345, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 64 FR 61406, 61461, Nov. 10, 1999; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.289" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-10   Equal treatment of security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No bidder shall make a tender offer unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The tender offer is open to all security holders of the class of securities subject to the tender offer; and
</P>
<P>(2) The consideration paid to any security holder for securities tendered in the tender offer is the highest consideration paid to any other security holder for securities tendered in the tender offer.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Affect dissemination under Rule 14d-4 (§ 240.14d-4); or 
</P>
<P>(2) Prohibit a bidder from making a tender offer excluding all security holders in a state where the bidder is prohibited from making the tender offer by administrative or judicial action pursuant to a state statute after a good faith effort by the bidder to comply with such statute. 
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not prohibit the offer of more than one type of consideration in a tender offer, <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) Security holders are afforded equal right to elect among each of the types of consideration offered; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The highest consideration of each type paid to any security holder is paid to any other security holder receiving that type of consideration. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not prohibit the negotiation, execution or amendment of an employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangement, or payments made or to be made or benefits granted or to be granted according to such an arrangement, with respect to any security holder of the subject company, where the amount payable under the arrangement:
</P>
<P>(i) Is being paid or granted as compensation for past services performed, future services to be performed, or future services to be refrained from performing, by the security holder (and matters incidental thereto); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not calculated based on the number of securities tendered or to be tendered in the tender offer by the security holder.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be satisfied and, therefore, pursuant to this non-exclusive safe harbor, the negotiation, execution or amendment of an arrangement and any payments made or to be made or benefits granted or to be granted according to that arrangement shall not be prohibited by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if the arrangement is approved as an employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangement solely by independent directors as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee of the subject company approves the arrangement, regardless of whether the subject company is a party to the arrangement, or, if the bidder is a party to the arrangement, the compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee of the bidder approves the arrangement; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the subject company's or bidder's board of directors, as applicable, does not have a compensation committee or a committee of the board of directors that performs functions similar to a compensation committee or if none of the members of the subject company's or bidder's compensation committee or committee that performs functions similar to a compensation committee is independent, a special committee of the board of directors formed to consider and approve the arrangement approves the arrangement; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the subject company or bidder, as applicable, is a foreign private issuer, any or all members of the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors authorized to approve employment compensation, severance or other employee benefit arrangements under the laws or regulations of the home country approves the arrangement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instructions to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>For purposes of determining whether the members of the committee approving an arrangement in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section are independent, the following provisions shall apply:
</P>
<P>1. If the bidder or subject company, as applicable, is a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter) whose securities are listed either on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or in an inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that has independence requirements for compensation committee members that have been approved by the Commission (as those requirements may be modified or supplemented), apply the bidder's or subject company's definition of independence that it uses for determining that the members of the compensation committee are independent in compliance with the listing standards applicable to compensation committee members of the listed issuer.
</P>
<P>2. If the bidder or subject company, as applicable, is not a listed issuer (as defined in § 240.10A-3 of this chapter), apply the independence requirements for compensation committee members of a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or an inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) that have been approved by the Commission (as those requirements may be modified or supplemented). Whatever definition the bidder or subject company, as applicable, chooses, it must apply that definition consistently to all members of the committee approving the arrangement.
</P>
<P>3. Notwithstanding Instructions 1 and 2 to paragraph (d)(2), if the bidder or subject company, as applicable, is a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a director is considered to be independent if the director is not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board of directors or any board committee, an “interested person” of the investment company, as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)).
</P>
<P>4. If the bidder or the subject company, as applicable, is a foreign private issuer, apply either the independence standards set forth in Instructions 1 and 2 to paragraph (d)(2) or the independence requirements of the laws, regulations, codes or standards of the home country of the bidder or subject company, as applicable, for members of the board of directors or the committee of the board of directors approving the arrangement.
</P>
<P>5. A determination by the bidder's or the subject company's board of directors, as applicable, that the members of the board of directors or the committee of the board of directors, as applicable, approving an arrangement in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) are independent in accordance with the provisions of this instruction to paragraph (d)(2) shall satisfy the independence requirements of paragraph (d)(2).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>The fact that the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section extend only to employment compensation, severance and other employee benefit arrangements and not to other arrangements, such as commercial arrangements, does not raise any inference that a payment under any such other arrangement constitutes consideration paid for securities in a tender offer.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) If the offer and sale of securities constituting consideration offered in a tender offer is prohibited by the appropriate authority of a state after a good faith effort by the bidder to register or qualify the offer and sale of such securities in such state: 
</P>
<P>(1) The bidder may offer security holders in such state an alternative form of consideration; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (c) of this section shall not operate to require the bidder to offer or pay the alternative form of consideration to security holders in any other state. 
</P>
<P>(f) This section shall not apply to any tender offer with respect to which the Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, determines that compliance with this section is not necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 25882, July 17, 1986, as amended at 71 FR 65408, Nov. 8, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.290" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-11   Subsequent offering period.</HEAD>
<P>A bidder may elect to provide a subsequent offering period of at least three business days during which tenders will be accepted if: 
</P>
<P>(a) The initial offering period of at least 20 business days has expired;
</P>
<P>(b) The offer is for all outstanding securities of the class that is the subject of the tender offer, and if the bidder is offering security holders a choice of different forms of consideration, there is no ceiling on any form of consideration offered;
</P>
<P>(c) The bidder immediately accepts and promptly pays for all securities tendered during the initial offering period;
</P>
<P>(d) The bidder announces the results of the tender offer, including the approximate number and percentage of securities deposited to date, no later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time on the next business day after the expiration date of the initial offering period and immediately begins the subsequent offering period;
</P>
<P>(e) The bidder immediately accepts and promptly pays for all securities as they are tendered during the subsequent offering period; and
</P>
<P>(f) The bidder offers the same form and amount of consideration to security holders in both the initial and the subsequent offering period.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.14<E T="01">d</E>-11:</HED>
<P>No withdrawal rights apply during the subsequent offering period in accordance with § 240.14d-7(a)(2).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61462, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 60092, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-100" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.291" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-100   Schedule TO. Tender offer statement under section 14(d)(1) or 13(e)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>Securities and Exchange Commission</I>,
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Washington, D.C. 20549
</FP-2>
<FP>Schedule TO
</FP>
<FP>Tender Offer Statement under Section 14(d)(1) or 13(e)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
</FP>
<FP>(Amendment No. ______)*
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Subject Company (issuer))
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Names of Filing Persons (identifying status as offeror, issuer or other person))
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)
</FP>
<FP>(Name, address, and telephone numbers of person authorized to receive notices and communications on behalf of filing persons) 
</FP>
<P>[ ] Check the box if the filing relates solely to preliminary communications made before the commencement of a tender offer.
</P>
<P>Check the appropriate boxes below to designate any transactions to which the statement relates:
</P>
<P>[ ] third-party tender offer subject to Rule 14d-1.
</P>
<P>[ ] issuer tender offer subject to Rule 13e-4.
</P>
<P>[ ] going-private transaction subject to Rule 13e-3.
</P>
<P>[ ] amendment to Schedule 13D under Rule 13d-2.
</P>
<P>Check the following box if the filing is a final amendment reporting the results of the tender offer: [ ]
</P>
<P>If applicable, check the appropriate box(es) below to designate the appropriate rule provision(s) relied upon: 
</P>
<P>[ ] Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) 
</P>
<P>[ ] Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) 
</P>
<P><I>General Instructions:</I>
</P>
<P>A. File eight copies of the statement, including all exhibits, with the Commission if paper filing is permitted.
</P>
<P>B. This filing must be accompanied by a fee payable to the Commission as required by § 240.0-11.
</P>
<P>C. If the statement is filed by a general or limited partnership, syndicate or other group, the information called for by Items 3 and 5-8 for a third-party tender offer and Items 5-8 for an issuer tender offer must be given with respect to: (i) Each partner of the general partnership; (ii) each partner who is, or functions as, a general partner of the limited partnership; (iii) each member of the syndicate or group; and (iv) each person controlling the partner or member. If the statement is filed by a corporation or if a person referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Instruction is a corporation, the information called for by the items specified above must be given with respect to: (a) Each executive officer and director of the corporation; (b) each person controlling the corporation; and (c) each executive officer and director of any corporation or other person ultimately in control of the corporation.
</P>
<P>D. If the filing contains only preliminary communications made before the commencement of a tender offer, no signature or filing fee is required. The filer need not respond to the items in the schedule. Any pre-commencement communications that are filed under cover of this schedule need not be incorporated by reference into the schedule.
</P>
<P>E. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state. The statement published, sent or given to security holders may omit negative and not applicable responses. If the schedule includes any information that is not published, sent or given to security holders, provide that information or specifically incorporate it by reference under the appropriate item number and heading in the schedule. Do not recite the text of disclosure requirements in the schedule or any document published, sent or given to security holders. Indicate clearly the coverage of the requirements without referring to the text of the items.
</P>
<P>F. Information contained in exhibits to the statement may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any item unless it would render the answer misleading, incomplete, unclear or confusing. A copy of any information that is incorporated by reference or a copy of the pertinent pages of a document containing the information must be submitted with this statement as an exhibit, unless it was previously filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR. If an exhibit contains information responding to more than one item in the schedule, all information in that exhibit may be incorporated by reference once in response to the several items in the schedule for which it provides an answer. Information incorporated by reference is deemed filed with the Commission for all purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>G. A filing person may amend its previously filed Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) on Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) if the appropriate box on the cover page is checked to indicate a combined filing and the information called for by the fourteen disclosure items on the cover page of Schedule 13D (§ 240.13d-101) is provided on the cover page of the combined filing with respect to each filing person.
</P>
<P>H. The final amendment required by § 240.14d-3(b)(2) and § 240.13e-4(c)(4) will satisfy the reporting requirements of section 13(d) of the Act with respect to all securities acquired by the offeror in the tender offer.
</P>
<P>I. Amendments disclosing a material change in the information set forth in this statement may omit any information previously disclosed in this statement.
</P>
<P>J. If the tender offer disclosed on this statement involves a going-private transaction, a combined Schedule TO (§ 240.14d-100) and Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100) may be filed with the Commission under cover of Schedule TO. The Rule 13e-3 box on the cover page of the Schedule TO must be checked to indicate a combined filing. All information called for by both schedules must be provided except that Items 1-3, 5, 8 and 9 of Schedule TO may be omitted to the extent those items call for information that duplicates the item requirements in Schedule 13E-3.


</P>
<P>K. If the filing relates to a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), then the provisions of §§ 229.1603, 229.1604(b)(1) through (6) and (c) and 229.1605 through 229.1609 (Items 1603, 1604(b)(1) through (6) and (c) and 1605 through 1609 of Regulation S-K) apply in addition to the provisions of this schedule and disclosure thereunder must be provided in this schedule, and the structured data provisions of § 229.1610 (Item 1610 of Regulation S-K) apply to those disclosures. The information required by § 229.1604(b)(1) through (6) must be briefly described in the front of the disclosure document. If the filing by a special purpose acquisition company, as defined in § 229.1601(b) (Item 1601(b) of Regulation S-K), relates to any other redemption of securities offered to security holders, then the provisions of § 229.1608 (Item 1608 of Regulation S-K) apply in addition to the provisions of this schedule and disclosure thereunder, if applicable, must be provided in this schedule and the structured data provisions of § 229.1610 (Item 1610 of Regulation S-K) apply to those disclosures. To the extent that the applicable disclosure requirements of subpart 229.1600 of Regulation S-K are inconsistent with the disclosure requirements of this filing, the requirements of subpart 229.1600 of this chapter are controlling.


</P>
<P>L. An Interactive Data File must be included in accordance with § 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) and the EDGAR Filer Manual where applicable pursuant to General Instruction K and § 232.405(b).


</P>
<P>M. For purposes of this statement, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>offeror</I> means any person who makes a tender offer or on whose behalf a tender offer is made;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>issuer tender offer</I> has the same meaning as in Rule 13e-4(a)(2); and
</P>
<P>(3) The term third-party tender offer means a tender offer that is not an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<HD1>Special Instructions for Complying With Schedule TO
</HD1>
<P>Under Sections 13(e), 14(d) and 23 of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Act, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this schedule.
</P>
<P>Disclosure of the information specified in this schedule is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of disclosing tender offer and going-private transactions. This statement will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public.
</P>
<P>Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can use it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions.
</P>
<P>Failure to disclose the information required by this schedule may result in civil or criminal action against the persons involved for violation of the federal securities laws and rules.
</P>
<HD2>Item 1. Summary Term Sheet
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1001 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1001 of this chapter) unless information is disclosed to security holders in a prospectus that meets the requirements of § 230.421(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Subject Company Information
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1002(a) through (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1002 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Identity and Background of Filing Person
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1003(a) through (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1003 of this chapter) for a third-party tender offer and the information required by Item 1003(a) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1003 of this chapter) for an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<HD2>Item 4. Terms of the Transaction
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1004(a) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004 of this chapter) for a third-party tender offer and the information required by Item 1004(a) through (b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1004 of this chapter) for an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Past Contacts, Transactions, Negotiations and Agreements
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1005(a) and (b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005 of this chapter) for a third-party tender offer and the information required by Item 1005(e) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005) for an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Purposes of the Transaction and Plans or Proposals
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1006(a) and (c)(1) through (7) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1006 of this chapter) for a third-party tender offer and the information required by Item 1006(a) through (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1006 of this chapter) for an issuer tender offer.
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Source and Amount of Funds or Other Consideration
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1007(a), (b) and (d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1007 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 8. Interest in Securities of the Subject Company
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1008 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1008 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 9. Persons/Assets, Retained, Employed, Compensated or Used
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1009(a) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1009 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 10. Financial Statements
</HD2>
<P>If material, furnish the information required by Item 1010(a) and (b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1010 of this chapter) for the issuer in an issuer tender offer and for the offeror in a third-party tender offer.
</P>
<P><I>Instructions to Item 10:</I> 1. Financial statements must be provided when the offeror's financial condition is material to security holder's decision whether to sell, tender or hold the securities sought. The facts and circumstances of a tender offer, particularly the terms of the tender offer, may influence a determination as to whether financial statements are material, and thus required to be disclosed.
</P>
<P>2. Financial statements are <I>not</I> considered material when: (a) The consideration offered consists solely of cash; (b) the offer is not subject to any financing condition; <I>and</I> either: (c) the offeror is a public reporting company under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act that files reports electronically on EDGAR, or (d) the offer is for all outstanding securities of the subject class. Financial information may be required, however, in a two-tier transaction. <I>See</I> Instruction 5 below.
</P>
<P>3. The filing person may incorporate by reference financial statements contained in any document filed with the Commission, solely for the purposes of this schedule, if: (a) The financial statements substantially meet the requirements of this item; (b) an express statement is made that the financial statements are incorporated by reference; (c) the information incorporated by reference is clearly identified by page, paragraph, caption or otherwise; and (d) if the information incorporated by reference is not filed with this schedule, an indication is made where the information may be inspected and copies obtained. Financial statements that are required to be presented in comparative form for two or more fiscal years or periods may not be incorporated by reference unless the material incorporated by reference includes the entire period for which the comparative data is required to be given. <I>See</I> General Instruction F to this schedule.
</P>
<P>4. If the offeror in a third-party tender offer is a natural person, and such person's financial information is material, disclose the net worth of the offeror. If the offeror's net worth is derived from material amounts of assets that are not readily marketable or there are material guarantees and contingencies, disclose the nature and approximate amount of the individual's net worth that consists of illiquid assets and the magnitude of any guarantees or contingencies that may negatively affect the natural person's net worth.
</P>
<P>5. Pro forma financial information is required in a negotiated third-party cash tender offer when securities are intended to be offered in a subsequent merger or other transaction in which remaining target securities are acquired and the acquisition of the subject company is significant to the offeror under § 210.11-01(b)(1) of this chapter. The offeror must disclose the financial information specified in Item 3(f) and Item 5 of Form S-4 (§ 239.25 of this chapter) in the schedule filed with the Commission, but may furnish only the summary financial information specified in Item 3(d), (e) and (f) of Form S-4 in the disclosure document sent to security holders. If pro forma financial information is required by this instruction, the historical financial statements specified in Item 1010 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1010 of this chapter) are required for the bidder.
</P>
<P>6. The disclosure materials disseminated to security holders may contain the summarized financial information specified by Item 1010(c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1010 of this chapter) instead of the financial information required by Item 1010(a) and (b). In that case, the financial information required by Item 1010(a) and (b) of Regulation M-A must be disclosed in the statement. If summarized financial information is disseminated to security holders, include appropriate instructions on how more complete financial information can be obtained. If the summarized financial information is prepared on the basis of a comprehensive body of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP, the summarized financial information must be accompanied by a reconciliation as described in Instruction 8 of this Item.
</P>
<P>7. If the offeror is not subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Act, the financial statements required by this Item need not be audited if audited financial statements are not available or obtainable without unreasonable cost or expense. Make a statement to that effect and the reasons for their unavailability.
</P>
<P>8. If the financial statements required by this Item are prepared on the basis of a comprehensive body of accounting principles other than U.S. GAAP, provide a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP in accordance with Item 17 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), unless a reconciliation is unavailable or not obtainable without unreasonable cost or expense. At a minimum, however, when financial statements are prepared on a basis other than U.S. GAAP, a narrative description of all material variations in accounting principles, practices and methods used in preparing the non-U.S. GAAP financial statements from those accepted in the U.S. must be presented.
</P>
<HD2>Item 11. Additional Information.
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1011(a) and (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1011 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 12. Exhibits
</HD2>
<P>File each of the following as an exhibit to the Schedule:
</P>
<P>(a) All documents specified in Item 1016(a), (b), (d), (g) and (h) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1016 of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(b) If the filing relates to a de-SPAC transaction, as defined in § 229.1601(a) (Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), all reports, opinions, or appraisals required to be filed or included by § 229.1607(c) (Item 1607(c) of Regulation S-K); and


</P>
<P>(c) The transaction valuation, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Transaction Valuation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transaction valuation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Fee Offset Claims and Sources
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant or filer name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form or
<br/>filing type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid with fee
<br/>offset source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables and Related Disclosure (“Instructions”):</I>
</P>
<P>1. General Requirements.
</P>
<P>A. Applicable Table Requirements.
</P>
<P>The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>B. Fee Rate.
</P>
<P>For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>C. Explanations.
</P>
<P>If not otherwise explained in response to these instructions, disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter). All disclosure these Instructions require that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>D. Submission Method.
</P>
<P>If a filing fee exhibit is required to be provided pursuant to this Item 12(b), it must be submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.408 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. Table 1: Transaction Valuation Table and Related Disclosure.
</P>
<P>A. Fees to Be Paid and Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>i. Fees to Be Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Initial Filings.
</P>
<P>For an initial filing on this schedule, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>b. Amendments with Then-Current Total Transaction Valuation Higher than Highest Total Transaction Valuation Previously Reported. For amendments to this schedule that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>ii. Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to this schedule that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>B. Other Tabular Information.
</P>
<P>Provide the following information in the table for the line items “Fees to Be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”, as applicable:
</P>
<P>i. The transaction valuation computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>ii. The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>iii. The filing fee due without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>C. Totals.
</P>
<P>i. Total Transaction Valuation.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the transaction valuations for the line items “Fees to Be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>ii. Total Fees Due for Filing.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to Be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>iii. Total Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>iv. Total Fee Offsets.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 pursuant to Instruction 3.
</P>
<P>v. Net Fee Due.
</P>
<P>Provide the difference between (a) the total fees due for this schedule from the Total Fees Due for Filing row; and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the Total Fees Previously Paid row; and (ii) the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the Total Fee Offsets row.
</P>
<P>D. Narrative Disclosure.
</P>
<P>Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>3. Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources.
</P>
<P>A. Terminology.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Instruction 3 and Table 2, the term “submission” means any (i) initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or (ii) fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (§ 230.424 of this chapter), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment. For purposes of these instructions to Table 2, a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Instruction 3.B.ii requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C for an example.
</P>
<P>B. Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on this tender offer statement by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than this Schedule TO) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>i. Fee Offset Claims.
</P>
<P>For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note to Instruction 3.B.i.
</P>
<P>If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>ii. Fee Offset Sources.
</P>
<P>With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>C. Fee Offset Source Submission Identification Example.
</P>
<P>A filer:
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X1 (assigned file number 333-123456) with a fee payment of $10,000;
</P>
<P>• Files pre-effective amendment number 1 to the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 2/15/20X1 with a fee payment of $15,000 and the registration statement goes effective on 2/20/20X1;
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X4 (assigned file number 333-123467) with a fee payment of $25,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $10,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the previously filed Form S-1 (333-123456) and apply it to the $35,000 filing fee due and the registration statement goes effective on 2/15/20X4.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement related to a tender offer on Form S-4 (assigned file number 333-123478) on 1/15/20X7 with a fee payment of $15,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $30,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the most recently effective Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a Schedule TO related to the same tender offer on 1/22/20X7 and relies on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to claim an offset of $45,000 from the fee paid directly and by offset claimed on the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed 1/15/20X7 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>For the Schedule TO filed on 1/22/20X7, the filer can satisfy the submission identification requirement when it claims the $45,000 fee offset from the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 by referencing any combination of the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7, the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4, the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 or the initial filing of the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 in relation to which contemporaneous fee payments were made equal to $45,000.
</P>
<P>One example could be:
</P>
<P>• The Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 in relation to the payment of $15,000 made with that submission;
</P>
<P>• the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 in relation to the payment of $25,000 made with that submission; and
</P>
<P>• the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 in relation to the payment of $5,000 out of the payment of $15,000 made with that submission (it would not matter if the filer cited to this pre-effective amendment and/or the initial submission of this Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 as long as singly or together they were cited as relating to a total of $5,000 in this example).
</P>
<P>In this example, the filer could not satisfy the submission identification requirement solely by citing to the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 because even though the offset claimed and available from that filing was $45,000, the contemporaneous fee payment made with that filing ($15,000) was less than the offset being claimed. As a result, the filer must also identify a prior submission or submissions with an aggregate of contemporaneous fee payment(s) of $30,000 as the original source(s) to which the rest of the claimed offset can be traced.
</P>
<HD2>Item 13. Information Required by Schedule 13E-3
</HD2>
<P>If the Schedule TO is combined with Schedule 13E-3 (§ 240.13e-100), set forth the information required by Schedule 13E-3 that is not included or covered by the items in Schedule TO. 
</P>
<FP><I>Signature.</I> After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct. 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name and title) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date) 
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction to Signature:</I> The statement must be signed by the filing person or that person's authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by an authorized representative (other than an executive officer of a corporation or general partner of a partnership), evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of the person must be filed with the statement. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement must be typed or printed beneath the signature. See §§ 240.12b-11 and 240.14d-1(h) with respect to signature requirements.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61462, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 72 FR 45112, Aug. 10, 2007; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 73 FR 60093, Oct. 9, 2008; 76 FR 6046, Feb. 2, 2011; 86 FR 70259, Dec. 9, 2021; 89 FR 14324, Feb. 26, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.292" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-101   Schedule 14D-9.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Securities and Exchange Commission
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Washington, D.C. 20549</I>
</FP-2>
<FP>Schedule 14D-9 
</FP>
<FP>Solicitation/Recommendation Statement under Section 14(d)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</FP>
<FP>(Amendment No. ______) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Subject Company) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Names of Persons Filing Statement) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name, address, and telephone numbers of person authorized to receive notices and communications on behalf of the persons filing statement) 
</FP>
<P>[ ] Check the box if the filing relates solely to preliminary communications made before the commencement of a tender offer.
</P>
<P><I>General Instructions:</I>
</P>
<P>A. File eight copies of the statement, including all exhibits, with the Commission if paper filing is permitted.
</P>
<P>B. If the filing contains only preliminary communications made before the commencement of a tender offer, no signature is required. The filer need not respond to the items in the schedule. Any pre-commencement communications that are filed under cover of this schedule need not be incorporated by reference into the schedule.
</P>
<P>C. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state. The statement published, sent or given to security holders may omit negative and not applicable responses. If the schedule includes any information that is not published, sent or given to security holders, provide that information or specifically incorporate it by reference under the appropriate item number and heading in the schedule. Do not recite the text of disclosure requirements in the schedule or any document published, sent or given to security holders. Indicate clearly the coverage of the requirements without referring to the text of the items.
</P>
<P>D. Information contained in exhibits to the statement may be incorporated by reference in answer or partial answer to any item unless it would render the answer misleading, incomplete, unclear or confusing. A copy of any information that is incorporated by reference or a copy of the pertinent pages of a document containing the information must be submitted with this statement as an exhibit, unless it was previously filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR. If an exhibit contains information responding to more than one item in the schedule, all information in that exhibit may be incorporated by reference once in response to the several items in the schedule for which it provides an answer. Information incorporated by reference is deemed filed with the Commission for all purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>E. Amendments disclosing a material change in the information set forth in this statement may omit any information previously disclosed in this statement.
</P>
<HD2>Item 1. Subject Company Information
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1002(a) and (b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1002 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Identity and Background of Filing Person
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1003(a) and (d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1003 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Past Contacts, Transactions, Negotiations and Agreements
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1005(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1005 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 4. The Solicitation or Recommendation
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1012(a) through (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1012 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Person/Assets, Retained, Employed, Compensated or Used
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1009(a) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1009 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Interest in Securities of the Subject Company
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1008(b) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1008 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Purposes of the Transaction and Plans or Proposals
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1006(d) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1006 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 8. Additional Information
</HD2>
<P>Furnish the information required by Item 1011(b) and (c) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1011 of this chapter).
</P>
<HD2>Item 9. Exhibits
</HD2>
<P>File as an exhibit to the Schedule all documents specified by Item 1016(a), (e) and (g) of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1016 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Signature.</I> After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct. 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name and title) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date) 
</FP>
<P><I>Instruction to Signature:</I> The statement must be signed by the filing person or that person's authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by an authorized representative (other than an executive officer of a corporation or general partner of a partnership), evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of the person must be filed with the statement. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement must be typed or printed beneath the signature. See § 240.14d-1(h) with respect to signature requirements.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61464, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 76 FR 6046, Feb. 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-102" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.293" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-102   Schedule 14D-1F. Tender offer statement pursuant to rule 14d-1(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Securities and Exchange Commission 
</HD3>
<HD3>Washington, DC 
</HD3>
<HD3>Schedule 14D-1F 
</HD3>
<HD3>Tender Offer Statement Pursuant to Rule 14d-1(b) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</HD3>
<HD3>[Amendment No. ________]
</HD3>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name of Subject Company [Issuer]) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Translation of Subject Company's [Issuer's] name into English (if applicable)) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Jurisdiction of Subject Company's [Issuer's] Incorporation or Organization) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Bidder) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities (if applicable)) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of person(s) authorized to receive notices and communications on behalf of bidder) 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Date tender offer first published, sent or given to securityholders)
</FP>
<HD3>General Instructions 
</HD3>
<HD1>I. Eligibility Requirements for Use of Schedule 14D-1F
</HD1>
<P>A. Schedule 14D-1F may be used by any person making a cash tender or exchange offer (the “bidder”) for securities of any issuer incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory that is a foreign private issuer, where less than 40 percent of the outstanding class of such issuer's securities that is the subject of the offer is held by U.S. holders. The calculation of U.S. holders shall be made as of the end of the subject issuer's last quarter or, if such quarter terminated within 60 days of the filing date, as of the end of such issuer's preceding quarter. 
</P>
<HD2>Instructions 
</HD2>
<P>1. For purposes of this Schedule, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of this Schedule, the term “U. S. holder” shall mean any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer, any voting trustee, any depositary, any share transfer agent or any person acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the issuer as being located in the United States. 
</P>
<P>3. With respect to any tender offer, including any exchange offer, otherwise eligible to proceed in accordance with Rule 14d-1(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the issuer of the subject securities will be presumed to be a foreign private issuer and U. S. holders will be presumed to hold less than 40 percent of such outstanding securities, unless (a) the aggregate trading volume of that class on national securities exchanges in the United States and on NASDAQ exceeded its aggregate trading volume on securities exchanges in Canada and on the Canadian Dealing Network, Inc. (“CDN”) over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of this offer, or if commenced in response to a prior offer, over the 12 calendar month period prior to commencement of the initial offer (based on volume figures published by such exchanges and NASDAQ and CDN) ; (b) the most recent annual report or annual information form filed or submitted by the issuer with securities regulators of Ontario, Quebec, British Columbia or Alberta (or, if the issuer of the subject securities is not a reporting issuer in any of such provinces, with any other Canadian securities regulator) or with the Commission indicates that U. S. holders hold 40 percent or more of the subject class of securities; or (c) the offeror has actual knowledge that the level of U. S. ownership equals or exceeds 40 percent of such securities. 
</P>
<P>4. If this Schedule is filed during the pendency of one or more ongoing cash tender or exchange offers for securities of the class subject to this offer that was commenced or was eligible to be commenced on Schedule 13E-4F, Schedule 14D-1F and/or Form F-8 or Form F-80, the date for calculation of U. S. ownership for purposes of this Schedule shall be the same as that date used by the initial bidder or issuer. 
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of this Schedule, the class of subject securities shall not include any securities that may be converted into or are exchangeable for the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>B. Any bidder using this Schedule must extend the cash tender or exchange offer to U. S. holders of securities of the subject company upon terms and conditions not less favorable than those extended to any other holder of such securities, and must comply with the requirements of any Canadian federal, provincial and/or territorial law, regulation or policy relating to the terms and conditions of the offer. 
</P>
<P>C. This Schedule shall not be used if the subject company is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>D. This Schedule shall not be used to comply with the reporting requirements of section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. Persons using this Schedule are reminded of their obligation to file or update a Schedule 13D where required by section 13(d)(1) of the Exchange Act and the Commission's rules and regulations thereunder. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Filing Instructions and Fee 
</HD1>
<P>A.(1) The bidder must file this Schedule and any amendment to the Schedule (see Part I, Item 1.(b)), including all exhibits and other documents filed as part of the Schedule or amendment, in electronic format via the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR Part 232). For assistance with technical questions about EDGAR or to request an access code, call the EDGAR Filer Support Office at (202) 551-8900. For assistance with the EDGAR rules, call the Office of EDGAR and Information Analysis at (202) 551-3610. 
</P>
<P>(2) If filing the Schedule in paper under a hardship exemption in 17 CFR 232.201 or 232.202 of Regulation S-T, or as otherwise permitted, the bidder must file with the Commission at its principal office five copies of the complete Schedule and any amendment, including exhibits and all other documents filed as a part of the Schedule or amendment. The bidder must bind, staple or otherwise compile each copy in one or more parts without stiff covers. The bidder must further bind the Schedule or amendment on the side or stitching margin in a manner that leaves the reading matter legible. The bidder must provide three additional copies of the Schedule or amendment without exhibits to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>B. An electronic filer must provide the signatures required for the Schedule or amendment in accordance with 17 CFR 232.302 of Regulation S-T. A bidder filing in paper must have the original and at least one copy of the Schedule and any amendment signed in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 12b-11(d) (17 CFR 12b-11(d)) by the persons whose signatures are required for this Schedule or amendment. The bidder must also conform the unsigned copies.
</P>
<P>C. At the time of filing this Schedule with the Commission, the bidder shall pay to the Commission in accordance with Rule 0-11 of the Exchange Act, a fee in U. S. dollars in the amount prescribed by section 14(g)(3) of the Exchange Act. See also Rule 0-9 under the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(1) Where the bidder is offering securities or other non-cash consideration for some or all of the securities to be acquired, whether or not in combination with a cash payment for the same securities, the value of the consideration shall be based on the market value of the securities to be received by the bidder as established by paragraph 3 of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) If there is no market for the securities to be acquired by the bidder, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing the Schedule shall be used, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used. 
</P>
<P>(3) When the fee is based upon the market value of the securities, such market value shall be calculated upon the basis of either the average of the high and low prices reported in the consolidated reporting system (for exchange traded securities and last sale reported for over-the-counter securities) or the average of the bid and asked price (for other over-the-counter securities) as of a specified date within five business days prior to the date of filing the Schedule. 
</P>
<P>D. If at any time after the initial payment of the fee the aggregate consideration offered is increased, an additional filing fee based upon such increase shall be paid with the required amended filing. 
</P>
<P>E. The bidder must file the Schedule or amendment in electronic format in the English language in accordance with 17 CFR 232.306 of Regulation S-T. The bidder may file part of the Schedule or amendment, or exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment, in both French and English if the bidder included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority and, for an electronic filing, if the filing is an HTML document, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 of Regulation S-T. For both an electronic filing and a paper filing, the bidder may provide an English translation or English summary of a foreign language document as an exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment as permitted by the rules of the applicable Canadian securities administrator. 
</P>
<P>F. A paper filer must number sequentially the signed original of the Schedule or amendment (in addition to any internal numbering that otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed or other legible form of notation from the first page through the last page of the Schedule or amendment, including any exhibits or attachments. A paper filer must disclose the total number of pages on the first page of the sequentially numbered Schedule or amendment.
</P>
<HD1>III. Compliance With the Exchange Act 
</HD1>
<P>A. Pursuant to Rule 14d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, the bidder shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Exchange Act, Regulation 14D under the Exchange Act and Schedule TO thereunder, and Rule 14e-1 under Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, in connection with a cash tender or exchange offer for securities that may be made pursuant to this Schedule; <I>provided that,</I> if an exemption has been granted from requirements of Canadian federal, provincial, and/or territorial laws, regulations or policies, and the tender offer does not comply with requirements that otherwise would be prescribed by Regulation 14D or 14E, the bidder (absent an order from the Commission) shall comply with the provisions of sections 14(d)(1) through 14(d)(7) of the Exchange Act, Regulation 14D and Schedule TO thereunder, and Rule 14e-1 under Regulation 14E. 
</P>
<P>B. Any cash tender or exchange offer made pursuant to this Schedule is not exempt from the antifraud provisions of section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, and section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-3 thereunder, and this Schedule shall be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>C. The bidder's attention is directed to Regulation M (§§ 242.100 through 242.105 of this chapter) in the case of an exchange offer, and to Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.14e-5) for any exchange or cash tender offer. [<I>See</I> Exchange Act Release No. 29355 (June 21, 1991) containing an exemption from Rule 10b-13, the predecessor to Rule 14e-5.] 
</P>
<HD1>PART I—INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE SENT TO SHAREHOLDERS 


</HD1>
<HD2>Item 1. Home Jurisdiction Documents 
</HD2>
<P>(a) This Schedule shall be accompanied by the entire disclosure document or documents required to be delivered to holders of securities to be acquired in the proposed transaction by the bidder pursuant to the laws, regulations or policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories governing the conduct of the tender offer. It shall not include any documents incorporated by reference into such disclosure document(s) and not distributed to offerees pursuant to any such law, regulation or policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any amendment made by the bidder to a home jurisdiction document or documents shall be filed with the Commission under cover of this Schedule, which must indicate on the cover page the number of the amendment. 
</P>
<P>(c) In an exchange offer where securities of the bidder have been or are to be offered or cancelled in the transaction, such securities shall be registered on forms promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 including, where available, the Commission's Form F-8 or F-80 providing for inclusion in that registration statement of the home jurisdiction prospectus. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Informational Legends 
</HD2>
<P>The following legends, to the extent applicable, shall appear on the outside front cover page of the home-jurisdiction document(s) in bold-face roman type at least as high as ten-point modern type and at least two points leaded: 
</P>
<P>“This tender offer is made for the securities of a foreign issuer and while the offer is subject to disclosure requirements of the country in which the subject company is incorporated or organized, investors should be aware that these requirements are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included herein, if any, have been prepared in accordance with foreign generally accepted accounting principles and thus may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies. 
</P>
<P>“The enforcement by investors of civil liabilities under the federal securities laws may be affected adversely by the fact that the subject company is located in a foreign country, and that some or all of its officers and directors are residents of a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>“Investors should be aware that the bidder or its affiliates, directly or indirectly, may bid for or make purchases of the issuer's securities subject to the offer, or of the issuer's related securities, during the period of the tender offer, as permitted by applicable Canadian laws or provincial laws or regulations. ” 
</P>
<P>In the case of an exchange offer: 
</P>
<P>“Investors should be aware that the bidder or its affiliates, directly or indirectly, may bid for or make purchases of the issuer's securities subject to the offer or of the issuer's related securities, or of the bidder's securities to be distributed or of the bidder's related securities, during the period of the tender offer, as permitted by applicable Canadian laws or provincial laws or regulations. ” 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Item 2.</HED>
<P>If the home-jurisdiction document(s) are delivered through an electronic medium, the issuer may satisfy the legibility requirements for the required legends relating to type size and font by presenting the legend in any manner reasonably calculated to draw security holder attention to it.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED TO BE SENT TO SHAREHOLDERS 
</HD1>
<P>The exhibits specified below shall be filed as part of the Schedule, but are not required to be sent to shareholders unless so required pursuant to the laws, regulations or policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories. Exhibits shall be appropriately lettered or numbered for convenient reference. 
</P>
<P>(1) File any reports or information that, in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction(s), must be made publicly available by the bidder in connection with the transaction but need not be disseminated to shareholders. 
</P>
<P>(2) File copies of any documents incorporated by reference into the home jurisdiction document(s). 
</P>
<P>(3) If any name is signed to this Schedule pursuant to power of attorney, manually signed copies of any such power of attorney shall be filed. If the name of any officer signing on behalf of the bidder is signed pursuant to a power of attorney, certified copies of the bidder's board of directors authorizing such signature also shall be filed. 
</P>
<P>(4) File the following information: The transaction valuation, fee rate, amount of filing fee and, as applicable, information relating to reliance on § 240.0-11(a)(2) in the tabular form indicated.
</P>
<HD1>Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Transaction Valuation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transaction valuation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of
<br/>filing fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees to Be Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Transaction Valuation</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Due for Filing</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fees Previously Paid</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Fee Offsets</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net Fee Due</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Fee Offset Claims and Sources
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registrant or filer name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form or
<br/>filing type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">File number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filing date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee offset claimed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee paid with fee
<br/>offset source
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Claims</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fee Offset Sources</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Instructions to the Calculation of Filing Fee Tables and Related Disclosure (“Instructions”):</I>
</P>
<P>1. General Requirements.
</P>
<P>A. Applicable Table Requirements.
</P>
<P>The “X” designation indicates the information required to be disclosed, as applicable, in tabular format. Add as many rows of each table as necessary.
</P>
<P>B. Fee Rate.
</P>
<P>For the current fee rate, <I>see https://www.sec.gov/ofm/Article/feeamt.html.</I>
</P>
<P>C. Additional Filing Fee Provisions.
</P>
<P><I>See</I> General Instructions II.C and D for additional provisions regarding filing fees.
</P>
<P>D. Explanations.
</P>
<P>If not otherwise explained in response to these instructions, disclose specific details relating to the fee calculation as necessary to clarify the information presented in each table, including references to the applicable provisions of Rule 0-11 (§ 240.0-11 of this chapter). All disclosure these Instructions require that is not specifically required to be presented in tabular format must appear in narrative format immediately after the table(s) to which it corresponds.
</P>
<P>E. Submission Method.
</P>
<P>A filing fee exhibit required to be provided pursuant to this paragraph (4) under “Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent To Shareholders” must be submitted as required by Rule 408 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.408 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>2. Table 1: Transaction Valuation Table and Related Disclosure.
</P>
<P>A. Fees to Be Paid and Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>i. Fees to Be Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees to Be Paid” as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Initial Filings.
</P>
<P>For an initial filing on this schedule, provide the required information for the total transaction valuation.
</P>
<P>b. Amendments with Then-Current Total Transaction Valuation Higher than Highest Total Transaction Valuation Previously Reported. For amendments to this schedule that reflect a then-current total transaction valuation higher than the highest total transaction valuation previously reported, provide the required information for the incremental increase.
</P>
<P>ii. Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the information Table 1 requires for the line item “Fees Previously Paid” for the prior initial filing or amendment to this schedule that reflected a then-current total transaction valuation that was the highest total transaction valuation previously reported.
</P>
<P>B. Other Tabular Information.
</P>
<P>Provide the following information in the table for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid”:
</P>
<P>i. The transaction valuation computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11;
</P>
<P>ii. The fee rate; and
</P>
<P>iii. The filing fee due without regard to any previous payments or offsets.
</P>
<P>C. Totals.
</P>
<P>i. Total Transaction Valuation.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the transaction valuations for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>ii. Total Fees Due for Filing.
</P>
<P>Provide the sum of the fees due without regard to any previous payments or offsets for the line items “Fees to be Paid” and “Fees Previously Paid.”
</P>
<P>iii. Total Fees Previously Paid.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of filing fees previously paid with this filing.
</P>
<P>iv. Total Fee Offsets.
</P>
<P>Provide the aggregate of the fee offsets that are claimed in Table 2 pursuant to Instruction 3.
</P>
<P>v. Net Fee Due.
</P>
<P>Provide the difference between (a) the total fees due for this schedule from the Total Fees Due for Filing row; and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate of filing fees previously paid from the Total Fees Previously Paid row; and (ii) the aggregate fee offsets claimed from the Total Fee Offsets row.
</P>
<P>D. Narrative Disclosure.
</P>
<P>Explain how the transaction valuation was determined.
</P>
<P>3. Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources.
</P>
<P>A. Terminology.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Instruction 3 and Table 2, the term “submission” means any (i) initial filing of, or amendment (pre-effective or post-effective), to a fee-bearing document; or (ii) fee-bearing form of prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (§ 230.424 of this chapter), in all cases that was accompanied by a contemporaneous fee payment. For purposes of these instructions to Table 2, a contemporaneous fee payment is the payment of a required fee that is satisfied through the actual transfer of funds, and does not include any amount of a required fee satisfied through a claimed fee offset. Instruction 3.B.ii requires a filer that claims a fee offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2) to identify previous submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which the fee offsets claimed on this filing can be traced. <I>See</I> Instruction 3.C for an example.
</P>
<P>B. Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>If relying on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to offset some or all of the filing fee due on this tender offer statement by amounts paid in connection with earlier filings (other than this Schedule 14D-1F) relating to the same transaction, provide the following information:
</P>
<P>i. Fee Offset Claims.
</P>
<P>For each earlier filed Securities Act registration statement or Exchange Act document relating to the same transaction from which a fee offset is being claimed, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Claims”. The “Fee Offset Claimed” column requires the dollar amount of the previously paid filing fee to be offset against the currently due fee.
</P>
<P>Note to Instruction 3.B.i.
</P>
<P>If claiming an offset from a Securities Act registration statement, provide a detailed explanation of the basis for the claimed offset.
</P>
<P>ii. Fee Offset Sources.
</P>
<P>With respect to amounts claimed as an offset under Rule 0-11(a)(2), identify those submissions with contemporaneous fee payments that are the original source to which those amounts can be traced. For each submission identified, provide the information that Table 2 requires for the line item “Fee Offset Sources”. The “Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source” column requires the dollar amount of the contemporaneous fee payment made with respect to each identified submission that is the source of the fee offset claimed pursuant to Rule 0-11(a)(2).
</P>
<P>C. Fee Offset Source Submission Identification Example.
</P>
<P>A filer:
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X1 (assigned file number 333-123456) with a fee payment of $10,000;
</P>
<P>• Files pre-effective amendment number 1 to the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 2/15/20X1 with a fee payment of $15,000 and the registration statement goes effective on 2/20/20X1;
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement on Form S-1 on 1/15/20X4 (assigned file number 333-123467) with a fee payment of $25,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $10,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the previously filed Form S-1 (333-123456) and apply it to the $35,000 filing fee due and the registration statement goes effective on 2/15/20X4.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a registration statement related to a tender offer on Form S-4 (assigned file number 333-123478) on 1/15/20X7 with a fee payment of $15,000 and relies on Rule 457(p) to claim an offset of $30,000 related to the unsold securities registered on the most recently effective Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>• Initially files a Schedule TO related to the same tender offer on 1/22/20X7 and relies on Rule 0-11(a)(2) to claim an offset of $45,000 from the fee paid directly and by offset claimed on the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed 1/15/20X7 and apply it to the $45,000 filing fee due.
</P>
<P>For the Schedule TO filed on 1/22/20X7, the filer can satisfy the submission identification requirement when it claims the $45,000 fee offset from the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 by referencing any combination of the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7, the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4, the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 or the initial filing of the Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 in relation to which contemporaneous fee payments were made equal to $45,000.
</P>
<P>One example could be:
</P>
<P>• the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 in relation to the payment of $15,000 made with that submission;
</P>
<P>• the Form S-1 (333-123467) filed on 1/15/20X4 in relation to the payment of $25,000 made with that submission; and
</P>
<P>• the pre-effective amendment to the Form S-1 (333-123456) filed on 2/15/20X1 in relation to the payment of $5,000 out of the payment of $15,000 made with that submission (it would not matter if the filer cited to this pre-effective amendment and/or the initial submission of this Form S-1 (333-123456) on 1/15/20X1 as long as singly or together they were cited as relating to a total of $5,000 in this example).
</P>
<P>In this example, the filer could not satisfy the submission identification requirement solely by citing to the Form S-4 (333-123478) filed on 1/15/20X7 because even though the offset claimed and available from that filing was $45,000, the contemporaneous fee payment made with that filing ($15,000) was less than the offset being claimed. As a result, the filer must also identify a prior submission or submissions with an aggregate of contemporaneous fee payment(s) of $30,000 as the original source(s) to which the rest of the claimed offset can be traced.
</P>
<HD1>PART III—UNDERTAKINGS AND CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS 
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Undertakings</I> 
</P>
<P>The Schedule shall set forth the following undertakings of the bidder: 
</P>
<P>a. The bidder undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to this Schedule or to transactions in said securities. 
</P>
<P>b. The bidder undertakes to disclose in the United States, on the same basis as it is required to make such disclosure pursuant to applicable Canadian federal and/or provincial or territorial laws, regulations or policies, or otherwise discloses, information regarding purchases of the issuer's securities in connection with the cash tender or exchange offer covered by this Schedule. Such information shall be set forth in amendments to this Schedule. 
</P>
<P>c. In the case of an exchange offer: 
</P>
<P>The bidder undertakes to disclose in the United States, on the same basis as it is required to make such disclosure pursuant to any applicable Canadian federal and/or provincial or territorial law, regulation or policy, or otherwise discloses, information regarding purchases of the issuer's or bidder's securities in connection with the offer. 
</P>
<P>2. <I>Consent to Service of Process</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) At the time of filing this Schedule, the bidder (if a non-U. S. person) shall file with the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form F-X. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any change to the name or address of a registrant's agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the Commission by amendment to Form F-X referencing the file number of the registrant. 
</P>
<HD1>PART IV—SIGNATURES
</HD1>
<P>A. The Schedule shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the Schedule is filed or its authorized representative. If the Schedule is signed on behalf of a person by his authorized representative (other than an executive officer or general partner of the bidder), evidence of the representative's authority shall be filed with the Schedule.
</P>
<P>B. The name and any title of each person who signs the Schedule shall be typed or printed beneath his signature.
</P>
<P>C. By signing this Schedule, the bidder consents without power of revocation that any administrative subpoena may be served, or any administrative proceeding, civil suit or civil action where the cause of action arises out of or relates to or concerns any offering made or purported to be made in connection with the filing on Schedule 14D-1F or any purchases or sales of any security in connection therewith, may be commenced against it in any administrative tribunal or in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States by service of said subpoena or process upon the registrant's designated agent.
</P>
<P>After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Signature)
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name and Title)
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Date)</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30071, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 10615, Mar. 27, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997; 67 FR 36705, May 24, 2002; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008; 86 FR 70260, Dec. 9, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14d-103" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94.294" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14d-103   Schedule 14D-9F. Solicitation/recommendation statement pursuant to section 14(d)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules 14d-1(b) and 14e-2(c) thereunder.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, DC 20549 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Schedule 14D-9F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solicitation/Recommendation Statement Pursuant to Section 14(d)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rules 14d-1(b) and 14e-2(c) Thereunder
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Amendment No. ____] 
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name of Subject Company [Issuer]) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Translation of Subject Company's [Issuer's] Name into English (if applicable)) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Jurisdiction of Subject Company's [Issuer's] Incorporation or Organization) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name(s) of Person(s) Filing Statement) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Title of Class of Securities) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(CUSIP Number of Class of Securities (if applicable)) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of person(s) authorized to receive notices and communications on behalf of the person(s) filing statement) 
</P>
<HD3>General Instructions
</HD3>
<HD1>I. Eligibility Requirements for Use of Schedule 14D-9F
</HD1>
<P>A. Schedule 14D-9F is used by any issuer incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory that is a foreign private issuer (the “subject company”) , or by any director or officer of such issuer, where the issuer is the subject of a cash tender or exchange offer for a class of its securities filed on Schedule 14D-1F.
</P>
<P>For purposes of this Schedule, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
</P>
<P>B. Any person(s) using this Schedule must comply with the requirements of any Canadian federal, provincial and/or territorial law, regulation or policy relating to a recommendation by the subject issuer's board of directors, or any director or officer thereof, with respect to the offer.
</P>
<HD1>II. Filing Instructions 
</HD1>
<P>A.(1) The subject issuer must file this Schedule and any amendment to the Schedule (see Part I, Item 1.(b)), including all exhibits and other documents filed as part of the Schedule or amendment, in electronic format via the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system in accordance with the EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T (17 CFR Part 232). For assistance with technical questions about EDGAR or to request an access code, call the EDGAR Filer Support Office at (202) 551-8900. For assistance with the EDGAR rules, call the Office of EDGAR and Information Analysis at (202) 551-3610. 
</P>
<P>(2) If filing the Schedule in paper under a hardship exemption in 17 CFR 232.201 or 232.202 of Regulation S-T, or as otherwise permitted, the subject issuer must file with the Commission at its principal office five copies of the complete Schedule and any amendment, including exhibits and all other documents filed as a part of the Schedule or amendment. The subject issuer must bind, staple or otherwise compile each copy in one or more parts without stiff covers. The subject issuer must further bind the Schedule or amendment on the side or stitching margin in a manner that leaves the reading matter legible. The subject issuer must provide three additional copies of the Schedule or amendment without exhibits to the Commission. 
</P>
<P>B. An electronic filer must provide the signatures required for the Schedule or amendment in accordance with 17 CFR 232.302 of Regulation S-T. A subject issuer filing in paper must have the original and at least one copy of the Schedule and any amendment signed in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 12b-11(d) (17 CFR 12b-11(d)) by the persons whose signatures are required for this Schedule or amendment. The subject issuer must also conform the unsigned copies. 
</P>
<P>C. The subject issuer must file the Schedule or amendment in electronic format in the English language in accordance with 17 CFR 232.306 of Regulation S-T. The subject issuer may file part of the Schedule or amendment, or exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment, in both French and English if the bidder included the French text to comply with the requirements of the Canadian securities administrator or other Canadian authority and, for an electronic filing, if the filing is an HTML document, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 of Regulation S-T. For both an electronic filing and a paper filing, the subject issuer may provide an English translation or English summary of a foreign language document as an exhibit or other attachment to the Schedule or amendment as permitted by the rules of the applicable Canadian securities administrator. 
</P>
<P>D. A paper filer must number sequentially the signed original of the Schedule or amendment (in addition to any internal numbering that otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed or other legible form of notation from the first page through the last page of the Schedule or amendment, including any exhibits or attachments. A paper filer must disclose the total number of pages on the first page of the sequentially numbered Schedule or amendment.
</P>
<HD1>III. Compliance with the Exchange Act
</HD1>
<P>A. Pursuant to Rule 14e-2(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), this Schedule shall be filed by an issuer, a class of the securities of which is the subject of a cash tender or exchange offer filed on Schedule 14D-1F, and may be filed by any director or officer of such issuer.
</P>
<P>B. Any recommendation with respect to a cash tender or exchange offer for a class of securities of the subject company made pursuant to this Schedule is not exempt from the antifraud provisions of section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-3 thereunder, and this Schedule shall be deemed “filed” with the Commission for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act.
</P>
<HD3>Part I—Information Required To Be Sent to Shareholders
</HD3>
<HD2>Item 1. Home Jurisdiction Documents
</HD2>
<P>(a) This Schedule shall be accompanied by the entire disclosure document or documents required to be delivered to holders of securities to be acquired in the proposed transaction pursuant to the laws, regulations or policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories governing the conduct of the offer. It shall not include any documents incorporated by reference into such disclosure document(s) and not distributed to offerees pursuant to any such law, regulation or policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any amendment made to a home jurisdiction document or documents shall be filed with the Commission under cover of this Schedule, which must indicate on the cover page the number of the amendment.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Informational Legends
</HD2>
<P>The following legends, to the extent applicable, shall appear on the outside front cover page of the home jurisdiction document(s) in bold-face roman type at least as high as ten-point modern type and at least two points leaded: 
</P>
<P>“This tender offer is made for the securities of a foreign issuer and while the offer is subject to disclosure requirements of the country in which the subject issuer is incorporated or organized, investors should be aware that these requirements are different from those of the United States. Financial statements included herein, if any, have been prepared in accordance with foreign generally accepted accounting principles and thus may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies.
</P>
<P>“The enforcement by investors of civil liabilities under the federal securities laws may be affected adversely by the fact that the issuer is located in a foreign country, and that some or all of its officers and directors are residents of a foreign country.”
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Item 2.</HED>
<P>If the home jurisdiction document(s) are delivered through an electronic medium, the issuer may satisfy the legibility requirements for the required legends relating to type size and font by presenting the legend in any manner reasonably calculated to draw security holder attention to it.</P></NOTE>
<HD3>Part II—Information Not Required To Be Sent to Shareholders
</HD3>
<P>The exhibits specified below shall be filed as part of the Schedule, but are not required to be sent to shareholders unless so required pursuant to the laws, or regulations or policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories. Exhibits shall be appropriately lettered or numbered for convenient reference.
</P>
<P>(1) File any reports or information that, in accordance with the requirements of the home jurisdiction(s), must be made publicly available by the person(s) filing this Schedule in connection with the transaction, but need not be disseminated to shareholders.
</P>
<P>(2) File copies of any documents incorporated by reference into the home jurisdiction document(s) .
</P>
<P>(3) If any name is signed to the Schedule pursuant to power of attorney, manually signed copies of any such power of attorney shall be filed. If the name of any officer signing on behalf of the issuer is signed pursuant to a power of attorney, certified copies of a resolution of the issuer's board of directors authorizing such signature also shall be filed.
</P>
<HD3>Part III—Undertaking and Consent to Service of Process
</HD3>
<P>1. <I>Undertaking</I>
</P>
<P>The Schedule shall set forth the following undertaking of the person filing it: 
</P>
<P>The person(s) filing this Schedule undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to this Schedule or to transactions in said securities.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Consent to Service of Process.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) At the time of filing this Schedule, the person(s) (if a non-U. S. person) so filing shall file with the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form F-X.
</P>
<P>(b) Any change to the name or address of a registrant's agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the Commission by amendment to Form F-X referencing the file number of the registrant.
</P>
<HD3>Part IV—Signatures 
</HD3>
<P>A. The Schedule shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the Schedule is filed or its authorized representative. If the Schedule is signed on behalf of a person by his authorized representative (other than an executive officer or general partner of the subject company), evidence of the representative's authority shall be filed with the Schedule.
</P>
<P>B. The name and any title of each person who signs the Schedule shall be typed or printed beneath his signature.
</P>
<P>C. By signing this Schedule, the persons signing consent without power of revocation that any administrative subpoena may be served, or any administrative proceeding, civil suit or civil action where the cause of action arises out of or relates to or concerns any offering made or purported to be made in connection with filing on this Schedule 14D-9F or any purchases or sales of any security in connection therewith, may be commenced against them in any administrative tribunal or in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States by service of said subpoena or process upon the registrant's designated agent.
</P>
<P>After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Signature) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Name and Title) 
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>(Date)</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30073, July 1, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 67 FR 36706, May 24, 2002; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="94" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.94" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 14E</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For the scope of and definitions applicable to Regulation 14E, refer to § 240.14d-1.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.295" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-1   Unlawful tender offer practices.</HEAD>
<P>As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices within the meaning of section 14(e) of the Act, no person who makes a tender offer shall: 
</P>
<P>(a) Hold such tender offer open for less than twenty business days from the date such tender offer is first published or sent to security holders; provided, however, that if the tender offer involves a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.901(c)) and the securities being offered are registered (or authorized to be registered) on Form S-4 (17 CFR 229.25) or Form F-4 (17 CFR 229.34), the offer shall not be open for less than sixty calendar days from the date the tender offer is first published or sent to security holders; 
</P>
<P>(b) Increase or decrease the percentage of the class of securities being sought or the consideration offered or the dealer's soliciting fee to be given in a tender offer unless such tender offer remains open for at least ten business days from the date that notice of such increase or decrease is first published or sent or given to security holders.
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That, for purposes of this paragraph, the acceptance for payment of an additional amount of securities not to exceed two percent of the class of securities that is the subject of the tender offer shall not be deemed to be an increase. For purposes of this paragraph, the percentage of a class of securities shall be calculated in accordance with section 14(d)(3) of the Act. 
</FP>
<P>(c) Fail to pay the consideration offered or return the securities deposited by or on behalf of security holders promptly after the termination or withdrawal of a tender offer. This paragraph does not prohibit a bidder electing to offer a subsequent offering period under § 240.14d-11 from paying for securities during the subsequent offering period in accordance with that section.
</P>
<P>(d) Extend the length of a tender offer without issuing a notice of such extension by press release or other public announcement, which notice shall include disclosure of the approximate number of securities deposited to date and shall be issued no later than the earlier of: (i) 9:00 a.m. Eastern time, on the next business day after the scheduled expiration date of the offer or (ii), if the class of securities which is the subject of the tender offer is registered on one or more national securities exchanges, the first opening of any one of such exchanges on the next business day after the scheduled expiration date of the offer. 
</P>
<P>(e) The periods of time required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be tolled for any period during which the bidder has failed to file in electronic format, absent a hardship exemption (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter), the Schedule TO Tender Offer Statement (§ 240.14d-100), any tender offer material required to be filed by Item 12 of that Schedule pursuant to paragraph (a) of Item 1016 of Regulation M-A (§ 229.1016(a) of this chapter), and any amendments thereto. If such documents were filed in paper pursuant to a hardship exemption (<I>see</I> § 232.201 and § 232.202(d)), the minimum offering periods shall be tolled for any period during which a required confirming electronic copy of such Schedule and tender offer material is delinquent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70348, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 3035, Jan. 23, 1986; 51 FR 25883, July 17, 1986; 51 FR 32630, Sept. 15, 1986; 56 FR 57255, Nov. 8, 1991; 58 FR 14682, 14685, Mar. 18, 1993; 59 FR 67765, Dec. 30, 1994; 62 FR 36459, July 8, 1997; 64 FR 61465, Nov. 10, 1999; 73 FR 17814, Apr. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.296" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-2   Position of subject company with respect to a tender offer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Position of subject company.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices withing the meaning of section 14(e) of the Act, the subject company, no later than 10 business days from the date the tender offer is first published or sent or given, shall publish, send or give to security holders a statement disclosing that the subject company: 
</P>
<P>(1) Recommends acceptance or rejection of the bidder's tender offer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Expresses no opinion and is remaining neutral toward the bidder's tender offer; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Is unable to take a position with respect to the bidder's tender offer. Such statement shall also include the reason(s) for the position (including the inability to take a position) disclosed therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Material change.</I> If any material change occurs in the disclosure required by paragraph (a) of this section, the subject company shall promptly publish or send or give a statement disclosing such material change to security holders. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any issuer, a class of the securities of which is the subject of a tender offer filed with the Commission on Schedule 14D-1F and conducted in reliance upon and in conformity with Rule 14d-1(b) under the Act, and any director or officer of such issuer where so required by the laws, regulations and policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories, in lieu of the statements called for by paragraph (a) of this section and Rule 14d-9 under the Act, shall file with the Commission on Schedule 14D-9F the entire disclosure document(s) required to be furnished to holders of securities of the subject issuer by the laws, regulations and policies of Canada and/or any of its provinces or territories governing the conduct of the tender offer, and shall disseminate such document(s) in the United States in accordance with such laws, regulations and policies.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption for cross-border tender offers.</I> The subject company shall be exempt from this section with respect to a tender offer conducted under § 240.14d-1(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 70348, Dec. 6, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 61406, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.297" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-3   Transactions in securities on the basis of material, nonpublic information in the context of tender offers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If any person has taken a substantial step or steps to commence, or has commenced, a tender offer (the “offering person”), it shall constitute a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice within the meaning of section 14(e) of the Act for any other person who is in possession of material information relating to such tender offer which information he knows or has reason to know is nonpublic and which he knows or has reason to know has been acquired directly or indirectly from:
</P>
<P>(1) The offering person, 
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer of the securities sought or to be sought by such tender offer, or 
</P>
<P>(3) Any officer, director, partner or employee or any other person acting on behalf of the offering person or such issuer, to purchase or sell or cause to be purchased or sold any of such securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such securities or any option or right to obtain or to dispose of any of the foregoing securities, unless within a reasonable time prior to any purchase or sale such information and its source are publicly disclosed by press release or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) A person other than a natural person shall not violate paragraph (a) of this section if such person shows that:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual(s) making the investment decision on behalf of such person to purchase or sell any security described in paragraph (a) of this section or to cause any such security to be purchased or sold by or on behalf of others did not know the material, nonpublic information; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such person had implemented one or a combination of policies and procedures, reasonable under the circumstances, taking into consideration the nature of the person's business, to ensure that individual(s) making investment decision(s) would not violate paragraph (a) of this section, which policies and procedures may include, but are not limited to, (i) those which restrict any purchase, sale and causing any purchase and sale of any such security or (ii) those which prevent such individual(s) from knowing such information.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a) of this section to contrary, the following transactions shall not be violations of paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Purchase(s) of any security described in paragraph (a) of this section by a broker or by another agent on behalf of an offering person; or
</P>
<P>(2) Sale(s) by any person of any security described in paragraph (a) of this section to the offering person.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices within the meaning of section 14(e) of the Act, it shall be unlawful for any person described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section to communicate material, nonpublic information relating to a tender offer to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such communication is likely to result in a violation of this section <I>except</I> that this paragraph shall not apply to a communication made in good faith,
</P>
<P>(i) To the officers, directors, partners or employees of the offering person, to its advisors or to other persons, involved in the planning, financing, preparation or execution of such tender offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) To the issuer whose securities are sought or to be sought by such tender offer, to its officers, directors, partners, employees or advisors or to other persons, involved in the planning, financing, preparation or execution of the activities of the issuer with respect to such tender offer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To any person pursuant to a requirement of any statute or rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) The persons referred to in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are:
</P>
<P>(i) The offering person or its officers, directors, partners, employees or advisors;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer of the securities sought or to be sought by such tender offer or its officers, directors, partners, employees or advisors;
</P>
<P>(iii) Anyone acting on behalf of the persons in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section or the issuer or persons in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any person in possession of material information relating to a tender offer which information he knows or has reason to know is nonpublic and which he knows or has reason to know has been acquired directly or indirectly from any of the above.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 60418, Sept. 12, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.298" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-4   Prohibited transactions in connection with partial tender offers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of a person's “net long position” in a subject security shall equal the excess, if any, of such person's “long position” over such person's “short position.” For the purposes of determining the net long position as of the end of the proration period and for tendering concurrently to two or more partial tender offers, securities that have been tendered in accordance with the rule and not withdrawn are deemed to be part of the person's long position.
</P>
<P>(i) Such person's <I>long position</I> is the amount of subject securities that such person:
</P>
<P>(A) Or his agent has title to or would have title to but for having lent such securities; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has purchased, or has entered into an unconditional contract, binding on both parties thereto, to purchase but has not yet received; or
</P>
<P>(C) Has exercised a standardized call option for; or
</P>
<P>(D) Has converted, exchanged, or exercised an equivalent security for; or
</P>
<P>(E) Is entitled to receive upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of an equivalent security.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person's <I>short position,</I> is the amount of subject securities or subject securities underlying equivalent securities that such person:
</P>
<P>(A) Has sold, or has entered into an unconditional contract, binding on both parties thereto, to sell; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has borrowed; or
</P>
<P>(C) Has written a non-standardized call option, or granted any other right pursuant to which his shares may be tendered by another person; or
</P>
<P>(D) Is obligated to deliver upon exercise of a standardized call option sold on or after the date that a tender offer is first publicly announced or otherwise made known by the bidder to holders of the security to be acquired, if the exercise price of such option is lower than the highest tender offer price or stated amount of the consideration offered for the subject security. For the purpose of this paragraph, if one or more tender offers for the same security are ongoing on such date, the announcement date shall be that of the first announced offer.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>equivalent security</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any security (including any option, warrant, or other right to purchase the subject security), issued by the person whose securities are the subject of the offer, that is immediately convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, a subject security, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other right or option (other than a standardized call option) that entitles the holder thereof to acquire a subject security, but only if the holder thereof reasonably believes that the maker or writer of the right or option has title to and possession of the subject security and upon exercise will promptly deliver the subject security.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>subject security</I> means a security that is the subject of any tender offer or request or invitation for tenders. 
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this rule, a person shall be deemed to “tender” a security if he: 
</P>
<P>(i) Delivers a subject security pursuant to an offer, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Causes such delivery to be made, 
</P>
<P>(iii) Guarantees delivery of a subject security pursuant to a tender offer,
</P>
<P>(iv) Causes a guarantee of such delivery to be given by another person, or
</P>
<P>(v) Uses any other method by which acceptance of a tender offer may be made. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>partial tender offer</I> means a tender offer or request or invitation for tenders for less than all of the outstanding securities subject to the offer in which tenders are accepted either by lot or on a <I>pro rata</I> basis for a specified period, or a tender offer for all of the outstanding shares that offers a choice of consideration in which tenders for different forms of consideration may be accepted either by lot or on a <I>pro rata</I> basis for a specified period.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>standardized call option</I> means any call option that is traded on an exchange, or for which quotation information is disseminated in an electronic interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be unlawful for any person acting alone or in concert with others, directly or indirectly, to tender any subject security in a partial tender offer:
</P>
<P>(1) For his own account unless at the time of tender, and at the end of the proration period or period during which securities are accepted by lot (including any extensions thereof), he has a net long position equal to or greater than the amount tendered in:
</P>
<P>(i) The subject security and will deliver or cause to be delivered such security for the purpose of tender to the person making the offer within the period specified in the offer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An equivalent security and, upon the acceptance of his tender will acquire the subject security by conversion, exchange, or exercise of such equivalent security to the extent required by the terms of the offer, and will deliver or cause to be delivered the subject security so acquired for the purpose of tender to the person making the offer within the period specified in the offer; or
</P>
<P>(2) For the account of another person unless the person making the tender:
</P>
<P>(i) Possesses the subject security or an equivalent security, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a reasonable belief that, upon information furnished by the person on whose behalf the tender is made, such person owns the subject security or an equivalent security and will promptly deliver the subject security or such equivalent security for the purpose of tender to the person making the tender.
</P>
<P>(c) This rule shall not prohibit any transaction or transactions which the Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempts, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 13870, Apr. 9, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 8102, Feb. 28, 1985. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 50320, Dec. 6, 1990] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.299" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-5   Prohibiting purchases outside of a tender offer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful activity.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices in connection with a tender offer for equity securities, no covered person may directly or indirectly purchase or arrange to purchase any subject securities or any related securities except as part of the tender offer. This prohibition applies from the time of public announcement of the tender offer until the tender offer expires. This prohibition does not apply to any purchases or arrangements to purchase made during the time of any subsequent offering period as provided for in § 240.14d-11 if the consideration paid or to be paid for the purchases or arrangements to purchase is the same in form and amount as the consideration offered in the tender offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted activity.</I> The following transactions in subject securities or related securities are not prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exercises of securities.</I> Transactions by covered persons to convert, exchange, or exercise related securities into subject securities, if the covered person owned the related securities before public announcement;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Purchases for plans.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase by or for a plan that are made by an agent independent of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Purchases during odd-lot offers.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase if the tender offer is excepted under § 240.13e-4(h)(5);
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Purchases as intermediary.</I> Purchases by or through a dealer-manager or its affiliates that are made in the ordinary course of business and made either:
</P>
<P>(i) On an agency basis not for a covered person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As principal for its own account if the dealer-manager or its affiliate is not a market maker, and the purchase is made to offset a contemporaneous sale after having received an unsolicited order to buy from a customer who is not a covered person;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Basket transactions.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase a basket of securities containing a subject security or a related security if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The purchase or arrangement to purchase is made in the ordinary course of business and not to facilitate the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basket contains 20 or more securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Covered securities and related securities do not comprise more than 5% of the value of the basket;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Covering transactions.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase that are made to satisfy an obligation to deliver a subject security or a related security arising from a short sale or from the exercise of an option by a non-covered person if:
</P>
<P>(i) The short sale or option transaction was made in the ordinary course of business and not to facilitate the offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a short sale, the short sale was entered into before public announcement of the tender offer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an exercise of an option, the covered person wrote the option before public announcement of the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Purchases pursuant to contractual obligations.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase pursuant to a contract if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The contract was entered into before public announcement of the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contract is unconditional and binding on both parties; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The existence of the contract and all material terms including quantity, price and parties are disclosed in the offering materials;
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an affiliate of the dealer-manager.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an affiliate of a dealer-manager if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The dealer-manager maintains and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the flow of information to or from the affiliate that might result in a violation of the federal securities laws and regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dealer-manager is registered as a broker or dealer under Section 15(a) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) The affiliate has no officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees (other than clerical, ministerial, or support personnel) in common with the dealer-manager that direct, effect, or recommend transactions in securities; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The purchases or arrangements to purchase are not made to facilitate the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Purchases by connected exempt market makers or connected exempt principal traders.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer of the subject security is a foreign private issuer, as defined in § 240.3b-4(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) The tender offer is subject to the United Kingdom's City Code on Takeovers and Mergers;
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or arrangement to purchase is effected by a connected exempt market maker or a connected exempt principal trader, as those terms are used in the United Kingdom's City Code on Takeovers and Mergers;
</P>
<P>(iv) The connected exempt market maker or the connected exempt principal trader complies with the applicable provisions of the United Kingdom's City Code on Takeovers and Mergers; and
</P>
<P>(v) The tender offer documents disclose the identity of the connected exempt market maker or the connected exempt principal trader and disclose, or describe how U.S. security holders can obtain, information regarding market making or principal purchases by such market maker or principal trader to the extent that this information is required to be made public in the United Kingdom;
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Purchases during cross-border tender offers.</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The tender offer is excepted under § 240.13e-4(h)(8) or § 240.14d-1(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) The offering documents furnished to U.S. holders prominently disclose the possibility of any purchases, or arrangements to purchase, or the intent to make such purchases;
</P>
<P>(iii) The offering documents disclose the manner in which any information about any such purchases or arrangements to purchase will be disclosed;
</P>
<P>(iv) The offeror discloses information in the United States about any such purchases or arrangements to purchase in a manner comparable to the disclosure made in the home jurisdiction, as defined in § 240.13e-4(i)(3); and
</P>
<P>(v) The purchases comply with the applicable tender offer laws and regulations of the home jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Purchases or arrangements to purchase pursuant to a foreign tender offer(s).</I> Purchases or arrangements to purchase pursuant to a foreign offer(s) where the offeror seeks to acquire subject securities through a U.S. tender offer and a concurrent or substantially concurrent foreign offer(s), if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) The U.S. and foreign tender offer(s) meet the conditions for reliance on the Tier II cross-border exemptions set forth in § 240.14d-1(d);
</P>
<P>(ii) The economic terms and consideration in the U.S. tender offer and foreign tender offer(s) are the same, provided that any cash consideration to be paid to U.S. security holders may be converted from the currency to be paid in the foreign tender offer(s) to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate disclosed in the U.S. offering documents;
</P>
<P>(iii) The procedural terms of the U.S. tender offer are at least as favorable as the terms of the foreign tender offer(s);
</P>
<P>(iv) The intention of the offeror to make purchases pursuant to the foreign tender offer(s) is disclosed in the U.S. offering documents; and
</P>
<P>(v) Purchases by the offeror in the foreign tender offer(s) are made solely pursuant to the foreign tender offer(s) and not pursuant to an open market transaction(s), a private transaction(s), or other transaction(s); and
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an affiliate of the financial advisor and an offeror and its affiliates.</I> (i) Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an affiliate of a financial advisor and an offeror and its affiliates that are permissible under and will be conducted in accordance with the applicable laws of the subject company's home jurisdiction, if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(A) The subject company is a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4(c);
</P>
<P>(B) The covered person reasonably expects that the tender offer meets the conditions for reliance on the Tier II cross-border exemptions set forth in § 240.14d-1(d);
</P>
<P>(C) No purchases or arrangements to purchase otherwise than pursuant to the tender offer are made in the United States;
</P>
<P>(D) The United States offering materials disclose prominently the possibility of, or the intention to make, purchases or arrangements to purchase subject securities or related securities outside of the tender offer, and if there will be public disclosure of purchases of subject or related securities, the manner in which information regarding such purchases will be disseminated;
</P>
<P>(E) There is public disclosure in the United States, to the extent that such information is made public in the subject company's home jurisdiction, of information regarding all purchases of subject securities and related securities otherwise than pursuant to the tender offer from the time of public announcement of the tender offer until the tender offer expires;
</P>
<P>(F) Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an offeror and its affiliates must satisfy the following additional condition: the tender offer price will be increased to match any consideration paid outside of the tender offer that is greater than the tender offer price; and
</P>
<P>(G) Purchases or arrangements to purchase by an affiliate of a financial advisor must satisfy the following additional conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The financial advisor and the affiliate maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the transfer of information among the financial advisor and affiliate that might result in a violation of U.S. federal securities laws and regulations through the establishment of information barriers;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The financial advisor has an affiliate that is registered as a broker or dealer under section 15(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a));
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The affiliate has no officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees (other than clerical, ministerial, or support personnel) in common with the financial advisor that direct, effect, or recommend transactions in the subject securities or related securities who also will be involved in providing the offeror or subject company with financial advisory services or dealer-manager services; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The purchases or arrangements to purchase are not made to facilitate the tender offer.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the term:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliate</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.12b-2;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Agent independent of the issuer</I> has the same meaning as in § 242.100(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The offeror and its affiliates;
</P>
<P>(ii) The offeror's dealer-manager and its affiliates;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any advisor to any of the persons specified in paragraph (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, whose compensation is dependent on the completion of the offer; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any person acting, directly or indirectly, in concert with any of the persons specified in this paragraph (c)(3) in connection with any purchase or arrangement to purchase any subject securities or any related securities;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Plan</I> has the same meaning as in § 242.100(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Public announcement</I> is any oral or written communication by the offeror or any person authorized to act on the offeror's behalf that is reasonably designed to, or has the effect of, informing the public or security holders in general about the tender offer;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Related securities</I> means securities that are immediately convertible into, exchangeable for, or exercisable for subject securities;
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Subject securities</I> has the same meaning as in § 229.1000 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Subject company</I> has the same meaning as in § 229.1000 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Home jurisdiction</I> has the same meaning as in the Instructions to paragraphs (c) and (d) of § 240.14d-1. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms or conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions or any security or class of security, or any person or class of persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61465, Nov. 10, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 60093, Oct. 9, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.300" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-6   Repurchase offers by certain closed-end registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 240.14e-1 and 240.14e-2 shall not apply to any offer by a closed-end management investment company to repurchase equity securities of which it is the issuer pursuant to § 270.23c-3 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19343, Apr. 14, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.301" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-7   Unlawful tender offer practices in connection with roll-ups.</HEAD>
<P>In order to implement section 14(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n(h)): 
</P>
<P>(a)(1) It shall be unlawful for any person to receive compensation for soliciting tenders directly from security holders in connection with a roll-up transaction as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if the compensation is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Based on whether the solicited person participates in the tender offer; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Contingent on the success of the tender offer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (a)(1) of this section is applicable to a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter), structured as a tender offer, except for a transaction involving only: 
</P>
<P>(i) Finite-life entities that are not limited partnerships; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Partnerships whose investors will receive new securities or securities in another entity that are not reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Partnerships whose investors' securities are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1). 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) It shall be unlawful for any finite-life entity that is the subject of a roll-up transaction as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to fail to provide a security holder list or mail communications related to a tender offer that is in furtherance of the roll-up transaction, at the option of a requesting security holder, pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 240.14a-7. 
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (b)(1) of this section is applicable to a roll-up transaction as defined in Item 901(c) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(c) of this chapter), structured as a tender offer, that involves: 
</P>
<P>(i) An entity with securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A limited partnership, unless the transaction involves only: 
</P>
<P>(A) Partnerships whose investors will receive new securities or securities in another entity that are not reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1); or 
</P>
<P>(B) Partnerships whose investors' securities are reported under a transaction reporting plan declared effective before December 17, 1993 by the Commission under section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63685, Dec. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14e-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.302" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14e-8   Prohibited conduct in connection with pre-commencement communications.</HEAD>
<P>It is a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative act or practice within the meaning of section 14(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78n) for any person to publicly announce that the person (or a party on whose behalf the person is acting) plans to make a tender offer that has not yet been commenced, if the person:
</P>
<P>(a) Is making the announcement of a potential tender offer without the intention to commence the offer within a reasonable time and complete the offer;
</P>
<P>(b) Intends, directly or indirectly, for the announcement to manipulate the market price of the stock of the bidder or subject company; or
</P>
<P>(c) Does not have the reasonable belief that the person will have the means to purchase securities to complete the offer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61466, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14f-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.303" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14f-1   Change in majority of directors.</HEAD>
<P>If, pursuant to any arrangement or understanding with the person or persons acquiring securities in a transaction subject to section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act, any persons are to be elected or designated as directors of the issuer, otherwise than at a meeting of security holders, and the persons so elected or designated will constitute a majority of the directors of the issuer, then, not less than 10 days prior to the date any such person take office as a director, or such shorter period prior to that date as the Commission may authorize upon a showing of good cause therefor, the issuer shall file with the Commission and transmit to all holders of record of securities of the issuer who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for election of directors, information substantially equivalent to the information which would be required by Items 6 (a), (d) and (e), 7 and 8 of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter) to be transmitted if such person or persons were nominees for election as directors at a meeting of such security holders. Eight copies of such information shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 11017, Aug. 2, 1968, as amended at 34 FR 6101, Apr. 4, 1969; 51 FR 42072, Nov. 20, 1986] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="95" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 14N: Filings Required by Certain Nominating Shareholders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14n-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.304" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14n-1   Filing of Schedule 14N.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A shareholder or group of shareholders that submits a nominee or nominees in accordance with a procedure set forth under applicable state or foreign law or a registrant's governing documents providing for the inclusion of shareholder director nominees in the registrant's proxy materials shall file with the Commission a statement containing the information required by Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101) and simultaneously provide the notice on Schedule 14N to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Whenever two or more persons are required to file a statement containing the information required by Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101), only one statement need be filed. The statement must identify all such persons, contain the required information with regard to each such person, indicate that the statement is filed on behalf of all such persons, and include, as an appendix, their agreement in writing that the statement is filed on behalf of each of them. Each person on whose behalf the statement is filed is responsible for the timely filing of that statement and any amendments thereto, and for the completeness and accuracy of the information concerning such person contained therein; such person is not responsible for the completeness or accuracy of the information concerning the other persons making the filing.
</P>
<P>(2) If the group's members elect to make their own filings, each filing should identify all members of the group but the information provided concerning the other persons making the filing need only reflect information which the filing person knows or has reason to know.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 56788, Sept. 16, 2010, as amended at 90 FR 9690, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14n-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.305" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14n-2   Filing of amendments to Schedule 14N.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If any material change occurs with respect to the nomination, or in the disclosure or certifications set forth in the Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101) required by § 240.14n-1(a), the person or persons who were required to file the statement shall promptly file or cause to be filed with the Commission an amendment disclosing that change.
</P>
<P>(b) An amendment shall be filed within 10 calendar days of the final results of the election being announced by the registrant stating the nominating shareholder's or the nominating shareholder group's intention with regard to continued ownership of their shares.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 56788, Sept. 16, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14n-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.306" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14n-3   Dissemination.</HEAD>
<P>One copy of Schedule 14N (§ 240.14n-101) filed pursuant to §§ 240.14n-1 and 240.14n-2 shall be mailed by registered or certified mail or electronically transmitted to the registrant at its principal executive office. Three copies of the material must at the same time be filed with, or mailed for filing to, each national securities exchange upon which any class of securities of the registrant is listed and registered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 56788, Sept. 16, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.14n-101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.95.307" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.14n-101   Schedule 14N—Information to be included in statements filed pursuant to § 240.14n-1 and amendments thereto filed pursuant to § 240.14n-2.</HEAD>
<FP-1>Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Schedule 14N
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Amendment No. __)*
</FP-1>
<FP>(Name of Issuer)
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH></FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<FP>(Title of Class of Securities)
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH></FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<FP>(CUSIP Number)
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH></FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>[ ] Notice of Submission of a Nominee or Nominees in Accordance with Procedures Set Forth Under Applicable State or Foreign Law, or the Registrant's Governing Documents
</FP-1>
<P>* The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting person's initial filing on this form, and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would alter the disclosures provided in a prior cover page.
</P>
<P>The information required in the remainder of this cover page shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) Names of reporting persons: ________________________
</P>
<P>(2) Mailing address and phone number of each reporting person (or, where applicable, the authorized representative): ________________________
</P>
<P>(3) Amount of securities held that are entitled to be voted on the election of directors held by each reporting person (and, where applicable, amount of securities held in the aggregate by the nominating shareholder group), but including loaned securities and net of securities sold short or borrowed for purposes other than a short sale: ________________________
</P>
<P>(4) Number of votes attributable to the securities entitled to be voted on the election of directors represented by amount in Row (3) (and, where applicable, aggregate number of votes attributable to the securities entitled to be voted on the election of directors held by group): ________________________
</P>
<P><I>Instructions for Cover Page:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Names of Reporting Persons</I>—Furnish the full legal name of each person for whom the report is filed—<I>i.e.,</I> each person required to sign the schedule itself—including each member of a group. Do not include the name of a person required to be identified in the report but who is not a reporting person.
</P>
<P>(3) and (4) <I>Amount Held by Each Reporting Person</I>—Rows (3) and (4) are to be completed in accordance with the provisions of Item 3 of Schedule 14N.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>Attach as many copies of parts one through three of the cover page as are needed, one reporting person per copy.</P></NOTE>
<P>Filing persons may, in order to avoid unnecessary duplication, answer items on Schedule 14N by appropriate cross references to an item or items on the cover page(s). This approach may only be used where the cover page item or items provide all the disclosure required by the schedule item. Moreover, such a use of a cover page item will result in the item becoming a part of the schedule and accordingly being considered as “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act.
</P>
<HD1>Special Instructions for Complying With Schedule 14N
</HD1>
<P>Under Sections 14 and 23 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this Schedule. The information will be used for the primary purpose of determining and disclosing the holdings and interests of a nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group. This statement will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public.
</P>
<P>Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can use it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the Federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions. Failure to disclose the information requested by this schedule may result in civil or criminal action against the persons involved for violation of the Federal securities laws and rules promulgated thereunder, or in some cases, exclusion of the nominee from the registrant's proxy materials.
</P>
<HD2>General Instructions to Item Requirements
</HD2>
<P>The item numbers and captions of the items shall be included but the text of the items is to be omitted. The answers to the items shall be prepared so as to indicate clearly the coverage of the items without referring to the text of the items. Answer every item. If an item is inapplicable or the answer is in the negative, so state.
</P>
<HD1>Item 1(<E T="01">a</E>). Name of Registrant
</HD1>
<HD1>Item 1(<E T="01">b</E>). Address of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices
</HD1>
<HD1>Item 2(<E T="01">a</E>). Name of Person Filing
</HD1>
<HD1>Item 2(<E T="01">b</E>). Address or Principal Business Office or, if None, Residence
</HD1>
<HD1>Item 2(<E T="01">c</E>). Title of Class of Securities
</HD1>
<HD1>Item 2(<E T="01">d</E>). CUSIP No.
</HD1>
<HD1>Items 3.-5.[Reserved]






</HD1>
<HD1>Item 6. Disclosure Required by § 240.14a-18
</HD1>
<P>If a nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group is submitting this notice in connection with the inclusion of a shareholder nominee or nominees for director in the registrant's proxy materials pursuant to a procedure set forth under applicable state or foreign law, or the registrant's governing documents provide the following disclosure:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement that the nominee consents to be named in the registrant's proxy statement and form of proxy and, if elected, to serve on the registrant's board of directors;
</P>
<P>(b) Disclosure about the nominee as would be provided in response to the disclosure requirements of Items 4(b), 5(b), 7(a), (b) and (c) and, for investment companies, Item 22(b) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101), as applicable;
</P>
<P>(c) Disclosure about the nominating shareholder or each member of a nominating shareholder group as would be required in response to the disclosure requirements of Items 4(b) and 5(b) of Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101), as applicable;
</P>
<P>(d) Disclosure about whether the nominating shareholder or any member of a nominating shareholder group has been involved in any legal proceeding during the past ten years, as specified in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.10 of this chapter). Disclosure pursuant to this paragraph need not be provided if provided in response to Item 6(c) of this section;
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 1 to Item 6(c) and (d).</I> Where the nominating shareholder is a general or limited partnership, syndicate or other group, the information called for in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Item must be given with respect to:
</P>
<P>a. Each partner of the general partnership;
</P>
<P>b. Each partner who is, or functions as, a general partner of the limited partnership;
</P>
<P>c. Each member of the syndicate or group; and
</P>
<P>d. Each person controlling the partner or member.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction 2 to Item 6(c) and (d).</I> If the nominating shareholder is a corporation or if a person referred to in a., b., c. or d. of Instruction 1 to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Item is a corporation, the information called for in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Item must be given with respect to:
</P>
<P>a. Each executive officer and director of the corporation;
</P>
<P>b. Each person controlling the corporation; and
</P>
<P>c. Each executive officer and director of any corporation or other person ultimately in control of the corporation.
</P>
<P>(e) The following information regarding the nature and extent of the relationships between the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group, the nominee, and/or the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant:
</P>
<P>(1) Any direct or indirect material interest in any contract or agreement between the nominating shareholder or any member of the nominating shareholder group, the nominee, and/or the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, or consulting agreement);
</P>
<P>(2) Any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which the nominating shareholder or any member of the nominating shareholder group and/or nominee is a party or a material participant, involving the registrant, any of its executive officers or directors, or any affiliate of the registrant; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any other material relationship between the nominating shareholder or any member of the nominating shareholder group, the nominee, and/or the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant not otherwise disclosed; and
</P>
<P><I>Instruction to Item 6(e)(3).</I> Any other material relationship of the nominating shareholder or any member of the nominating shareholder group with the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant may include, but is not limited to, whether the nominating shareholder or any member of the nominating shareholder group currently has, or has had in the past, an employment relationship with the registrant or any affiliate of the registrant (including consulting arrangements).
</P>
<P>(f) The Web site address on which the nominating shareholder or nominating shareholder group may publish soliciting materials, if any.
</P>
<HD1>Item 7. Notice of Dissolution of Group or Termination of Shareholder Nomination
</HD1>
<P>Notice of dissolution of a nominating shareholder group or the termination of a shareholder nomination shall state the date of the dissolution or termination.
</P>
<HD1>Item 8. Signatures




</HD1>
<P>The following certification shall be provided by the filing person or persons submitting this notice in connection with the submission of a nominee or nominees in accordance with procedures set forth under applicable state or foreign law or the registrant's governing documents:
</P>
<P>I, [identify the certifying individual], after reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, certify that the information set forth in this notice on Schedule 14N is true, complete and correct.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Dated:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name/Title:</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>The original statement shall be signed by each person on whose behalf the statement is filed or his authorized representative. If the statement is signed on behalf of a person by his authorized representative other than an executive officer or general partner of the filing person, evidence of the representative's authority to sign on behalf of such person shall be filed with the statement, <I>provided, however,</I> that a power of attorney for this purpose which is already on file with the Commission may be incorporated by reference. The name and any title of each person who signs the statement shall be typed or printed beneath his signature.
</P>
<P><I>Attention:</I> Intentional misstatements or omissions of fact constitute Federal criminal violations (see 18 U.S.C. 1001).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 56788, Sept. 16, 2010, as amended at 90 FR 9690, Feb. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="96" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.96" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain OTC Derivatives Dealers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.96.308" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-1   Securities activities of OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>OTC derivatives dealers are a special class of broker-dealers that are exempt from certain broker-dealer requirements, including membership in a self-regulatory organization (§ 240.15b9-2), regular broker-dealer margin rules (§ 240.36a1-1), and application of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (§ 240.36a1-2). OTC derivative dealers are subject to special requirements, including limitations on the scope of their securities activities (§ 240.15a-1), specified internal risk management control systems (§ 240.15c3-4), recordkeeping obligations (§ 240.17a-3(a)(10)), and reporting responsibilities (§ 240.17a-12). They are also subject to alternative net capital treatment (§ 240.15c3-1(a)(5)). This rule 15a-1 uses a number of defined terms in setting forth the securities activities in which an OTC derivatives dealer may engage: “OTC derivatives dealer,” “eligible OTC derivative instrument,” “cash management securities activities,” and “ancillary portfolio management securities activities.” These terms are defined under Rules 3b-12 through 3b-15 (§ 240.3b-12 through § 240.3b-15).</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) The securities activities of an OTC derivatives dealer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Engaging in dealer activities in eligible OTC derivative instruments that are securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issuing and reacquiring securities that are issued by the dealer, including warrants on securities, hybrid securities, and structured notes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Engaging in cash management securities activities;
</P>
<P>(iv) Engaging in ancillary portfolio management securities activities; and
</P>
<P>(v) Engaging in such other securities activities that the Commission designates by order pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Consist primarily of the activities described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), and (a)(1)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not consist of any other securities activities, including engaging in any transaction in any security that is not an eligible OTC derivative instrument, except as permitted under paragraphs (a)(1)(iii), (a)(1)(iv), and (a)(1)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission, by order, entered upon its own initiative or after considering an application for exemptive relief, may clarify or expand the scope of eligible OTC derivative instruments and the scope of permissible securities activities of an OTC derivatives dealer. Such orders may:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify other permissible securities activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Determine that a class of fungible instruments that are standardized as to their material economic terms is within the scope of eligible OTC derivative instrument;
</P>
<P>(3) Clarify whether certain contracts, agreements, or transactions are within the scope of eligible OTC derivative instrument; or
</P>
<P>(4) Clarify whether certain securities activities are within the scope of ancillary portfolio management securities activities.
</P>
<P>(c) To the extent an OTC derivatives dealer engages in any securities transaction pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(v) of this section, such transaction shall be effected through a registered broker or dealer (other than an OTC derivatives dealer) that, in the case of any securities transaction pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i), or (a)(1)(iii) through (a)(1)(v) of this section, is an affiliate of the OTC derivatives dealer, except that this paragraph (c) shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) The counterparty to the transaction with the OTC derivatives dealer is acting as principal and is:
</P>
<P>(i) A registered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A bank acting in a dealer capacity, as permitted by U.S. law;
</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An affiliate of the OTC derivatives dealer; or
</P>
<P>(2) The OTC derivatives dealer is engaging in an ancillary portfolio management securities activity, and the transaction is in a foreign security, and a registered broker or dealer, a bank, or a foreign broker or dealer is acting as agent for the OTC derivatives dealer.
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent an OTC derivatives dealer induces or attempts to induce any counterparty to enter into any securities transaction pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(v) of this section, any communication or contact with the counterparty concerning the transaction (other than clerical and ministerial activities conducted by an associated person of the OTC derivatives dealer) shall be conducted by one or more registered persons that, in the case of any securities transaction pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i), or (a)(1)(iii) through (a)(1)(v) of this section, is associated with an affiliate of the OTC derivatives dealer, except that this paragraph (d) shall not apply if the counterparty to the transaction with the OTC derivatives dealer is:
</P>
<P>(1) A registered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) A bank acting in a dealer capacity, as permitted by U.S. law;
</P>
<P>(3) A foreign broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(4) An affiliate of the OTC derivatives dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, the term <I>hybrid security</I> means a security that incorporates payment features economically similar to options, forwards, futures, swap agreements, or collars involving currencies, interest or other rates, commodities, securities, indices, quantitative measures, or other financial or economic interests or property of any kind, or any payment or delivery that is dependent on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence (or any combination, permutation, or derivative of such contract or underlying interest).
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of this section, the term <I>affiliate</I> means any organization (whether incorporated or unincorporated) that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the OTC derivatives dealer.
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of this section, the term <I>foreign broker or dealer</I> means any person not resident in the United States (including any U.S. person engaged in business as a broker or dealer entirely outside the United States, except as otherwise permitted by § 240.15a-6) that is not an office or branch of, or a natural person associated with, a registered broker or dealer, whose securities activities, if conducted in the United States, would be described by the definition of “broker” in section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) or “dealer” in section 3(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)).
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of this section, the term <I>foreign security</I> means any security (including a depositary share issued by a United States bank, provided that the depositary share is initially offered and sold outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S (17 CFR 230.901 through 230.904)) issued by a person not organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States, provided the transaction that involves such security is not effected on a national securities exchange or on a market operated by a registered national securities association; or a debt security (including a convertible debt security) issued by an issuer organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States that is initially offered and sold outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S (17 CFR 230.901 through 230.904).
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of this section, the term <I>registered person</I> is:
</P>
<P>(A) A natural person who is associated with a registered broker or dealer and is registered or approved under the rules of a self-regulatory organization of which such broker or dealer is a member; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the counterparty to the transaction with the OTC derivatives dealer is a resident of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a natural person who is not resident in the United States and is associated with a broker or dealer that is registered or licensed by a foreign financial regulatory authority in the jurisdiction in which such counterparty is resident or in which such natural person is located, in accordance with applicable legal requirements, if any.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59396, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="97" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.97" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain Securities From Section 15(<E T="01">a</E>)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.97.309" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-2   Exemption of certain securities of cooperative apartment houses from section 15(a).</HEAD>
<P>Shares of a corporation which represent ownership, or entitle the holders thereof to possession and occupancy, of specific apartment units in property owned by such corporations and organized and operated on a cooperative basis are hereby exempted from the operation of section 15(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, when such shares are sold by or through a real estate broker licensed under the laws of the political subdivision in which the property is located. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 48 Stat. 882, as amended, 895, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78o) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8204, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.97.310" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.97.311" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-4   Forty-five day exemption from registration for certain members of national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A natural person who is a member of a national securities exchange shall, upon termination of his association with a registered broker-dealer, be exempt, for a period of forty-five days after such termination, from the registration requirement of section 15(a) of the Act solely for the purpose of continuing to effect transactions on the floor of such exchange if (1) such person has filed with the Commission an application for registration as a broker-dealer and such person complies in all material respects with rules of the Commission applicable to registered brokers and dealers and (2) such exchange has filed with the Commission a statement that it has reviewed such application and that there do not appear to be grounds for its denial. 
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption from registration provided by this rule shall not be available to any person while there is pending before the Commission any proceeding involving any such person pursuant to section 15(b)(1)(B) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18290, May 3, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.97.312" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-5   Exemption of certain nonbank lenders.</HEAD>
<P>A lender approved under the rules and regulations of the Small Business Administration shall be exempt from the registration requirement of section 15(a) (1) of the Act if it does not engage in the business of effecting transactions in securities or of buying and selling securities for its own account except in respect of receiving notes evidencing loans to small business concerns and selling the portion of such notes guaranteed by the Small Business Administration through or to a registered broker or dealer or to a bank, a savings institution, an insurance company, or an account over which an investment adviser registered pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 exercises investment discretion. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 50645, Nov. 17, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="98" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Registration of Brokers and Dealers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.313" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-6   Exemption of certain foreign brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A foreign broker or dealer shall be exempt from the registration requirements of sections 15(a)(1) or 15B(a)(1) of the Act to the extent that the foreign broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>(1) Effects transactions in securities with or for persons that have not been solicited by the foreign broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Furnishes research reports to major U.S. institutional investors, and effects transactions in the securities discussed in the research reports with or for those major U.S. institutional investors, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The research reports do not recommend the use of the foreign broker or dealer to effect trades in any security; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign broker or dealer does not initiate contact with those major U.S. institutional investors to follow up on the research reports, and does not otherwise induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of any security by those major U.S. institutional investors; 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the foreign broker or dealer has a relationship with a registered broker or dealer that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, any transactions with the foreign broker or dealer in securities discussed in the research reports are effected only through that registered broker or dealer, pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The foreign broker or dealer does not provide research to U.S. persons pursuant to any express or implied understanding that those U.S. persons will direct commission income to the foreign broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Induces or attempts to induce the purchase or sale of any security by a U.S. institutional investor or a major U.S. institutional investor, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>(A) Effects any resulting transactions with or for the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor through a registered broker or dealer in the manner described by paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Provides the Commission (upon request or pursuant to agreements reached between any foreign securities authority, including any foreign government, as specified in section 3(a)(50) of the Act, and the Commission or the U.S. Government) with any information or documents within the possession, custody, or control of the foreign broker or dealer, any testimony of foreign associated persons, and any assistance in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, that the Commission requests and that relates to transactions under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, except that if, after the foreign broker or dealer has exercised its best efforts to provide the information, documents, testimony, or assistance, including requesting the appropriate governmental body and, if legally necessary, its customers (with respect to customer information) to permit the foreign broker or dealer to provide the information, documents, testimony, or assistance to the Commission, the foreign broker or dealer is prohibited from providing this information, documents, testimony, or assistance by applicable foreign law or regulations, then this paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) shall not apply and the foreign broker or dealer will be subject to paragraph (c) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The foreign associated person of the foreign broker or dealer effecting transactions with the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor: 
</P>
<P>(A) Conducts all securities activities from outside the U.S., except that the foreign associated persons may conduct visits to U.S. institutional investors and major U.S. institutional investors within the United States, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The foreign associated person is accompanied on these visits by an associated person of a registered broker or dealer that accepts responsibility for the foreign associated person's communications with the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S institutional investor; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Transactions in any securities discussed during the visit by the foreign associated person are effected only through the registered broker or dealer, pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Is determined by the registered broker or dealer to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Not be subject to a statutory disqualification specified in section 3(a)(39) of the Act, or any substantially equivalent foreign
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Expulsion or suspension from membership,
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Bar or suspension from association,
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Denial of trading privileges,
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Order denying, suspending, or revoking registration or barring or suspending association, or
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Finding with respect to causing any such effective foreign suspension, expulsion, or order;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Not to have been convicted of any foreign offense, enjoined from any foreign act, conduct, or practice, or found to have committed any foreign act substantially equivalent to any of those listed in sections 15(b)(4) (B), (C), (D), or (E) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Not to have been found to have made or caused to be made any false foreign statement or omission substantially equivalent to any of those listed in section 3(a)(39)(E) of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The registered broker or dealer through which the transaction with the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor is effected:
</P>
<P>(A) Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Effecting the transactions conducted under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, other than negotiating their terms;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Issuing all required confirmations and statements to the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) As between the foreign broker or dealer and the registered broker or dealer, extending or arranging for the extension of any credit to the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor in connection with the transactions;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Maintaining required books and records relating to the transactions, including those required by Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 under the Act (17 CFR 2410.17a-3 and l7a-4);
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Complying with Rule 15c3-1 under the Act (17 CFR 240.15c3-1) with respect to the transactions; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Receiving, delivering, and safeguarding funds and securities in connection with the transactions on behalf of the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor in compliance with Rule 15c3-3 under the Act (17 CFR 240.15c3-3); 
</P>
<P>(B) Participates through an associated person in all oral communications between the foreign associated person and the U.S. institutional investor, other than a major U.S. institutional investor;
</P>
<P>(C) Has obtained from the foreign broker or dealer, with respect to each foreign associated person, the types of information specified in Rule l7a-3(a)(12) under the Act (17 CFR 240.17a-3(a)(12)), provided that the information required by paragraph (a)(12)(d) of that Rule shall include sanctions imposed by foreign securities authorities, exchanges, or associations, including without limitation those described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Has obtained from the foreign broker or dealer and each foreign associated person written consent to service of process for any civil action brought by or proceeding before the Commission or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Act), providing that process may be served on them by service on the registered broker or dealer in the manner set forth on the registered broker's or dealer's current Form BD; and
</P>
<P>(E) Maintains a written record of the information and consents required by paragraphs (a)(3)(iii) (C) and (D) of this section, and all records in connection with trading activities of the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor involving the foreign broker or dealer conducted under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, in an office of the registered broker or dealer located in the United States (with respect to nonresident registered brokers or dealers, pursuant to Rule 17a-7(a) under the Act (17 CFR 240.17a-7(a))), and makes these records available to the Commission upon request; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Effects transactions in securities with or for, or induces or attempts to induce the purchase or sale of any security by: 
</P>
<P>(i) A registered broker or dealer, whether the registered broker or dealer is acting as principal for its own account or as agent for others, or a bank acting pursuant to an exception or exemption from the definition of “broker” or “dealer” in sections 3(a)(4)(B), 3(a)(4)(E), or 3(a)(5)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(E), or 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)(C)) or the rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) The African Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates, and pension funds; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign person temporarily present in the United States, with whom the foreign broker or dealer had a bona fide, pre-existing relationship before the foreign person entered the United States; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any agency or branch of a U.S. person permanently located outside the United States, provided that the transactions occur outside the United States; or 
</P>
<P>(v) U.S. citizens resident outside the United States, provided that the transactions occur outside the United States, and that the foreign broker or dealer does not direct its selling efforts toward identifiable groups of U.S. citizens resident abroad. 
</P>
<P>(b) When used in this rule, 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>family of investment companies</I> shall mean: 
</P>
<P>(i) Except for insurance company separate accounts, any two or more separately registered investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to insurance company separate accounts, any two or more separately registered separate accounts under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and function under operational or accounting or control systems that are substantially similar. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>foreign associated person</I> shall mean any natural person domiciled outside the United States who is an associated person, as defined in section 3(a)(18) of the Act, of the foreign broker or dealer, and who participates in the solicitation of a U.S. institutional investor or a major U.S. institutional investor under paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>foreign broker or dealer</I> shall mean any non-U.S. resident person (including any U.S. person engaged in business as a broker or dealer entirely outside the United States, except as otherwise permitted by this rule) that is not an office or branch of, or a natural person associated with, a registered broker or dealer, whose securities activities, if conducted in the United States, would be described by the definition of “broker” or “dealer” in sections 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>major U.S. institutional investor</I> shall mean a person that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) A U.S. institutional investor that has, or has under management, total assets in excess of $100 million; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the total assets of an investment company under this rule, the investment company may include the assets of any family of investment companies of which it is a part; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) An investment adviser registered with the Commission under section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 that has total assets under management in excess of $100 million. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>registered broker or dealer</I> shall mean a person that is registered with the Commission under sections 15(b), 15B(a)(2), or 15C(a)(2) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>United States</I> shall mean the United States of America, including the States and any territories and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>U.S. institutional investor</I> shall mean a person that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) An investment company registered with the Commission under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, business development company, small business investment company, or employee benefit plan defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.501(a)(1)); a private business development company defined in Rule 501(a)(2) (17 CFR 230.501(a)(2)); an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, as defined in Rule 501(a)(3) (17 CFR 230.501(a)(3)); or a trust defined in Rule 501(a)(7) (17 CFR 230.501(a)(7)). 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission, by order after notice and opportunity for hearing, may withdraw the exemption provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section with respect to the subsequent activities of a foreign broker or dealer or class of foreign brokers or dealers conducted from a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the laws or regulations of that foreign country have prohibited the foreign broker or dealer, or one of a class of foreign brokers or dealers, from providing, in response to a request from the Commission, information or documents within its possession, custody, or control, testimony of foreign associated persons, or assistance in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, related to activities exempted by paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 30031, July 18, 1989, as amended at 72 FR 56568, Oct. 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 240.15a-7—240.15a-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.314" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 240.15a-7--240.15a-9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.315" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-10   Exemption of certain brokers or dealers with respect to security futures products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker or dealer that is registered by notice with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) and that is not a member of either a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) will be exempt from the registration requirement of section 15(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(1)) solely to act as a broker or a dealer in security futures products. 
</P>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer that is registered by notice with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) and that is a member of either a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)) will be exempt from the registration requirement of section 15(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)(1)) solely to act as a broker or a dealer in security futures products, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The rules of any such exchange or association of which the broker or dealer is a member provides specifically for a broker or dealer that is registered by notice with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) to become a member of such exchange or association; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer complies with section 11(a)-(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k(a)-(c)) with respect to any transactions in security futures products on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) of which it is a member, notwithstanding section 15(b)(11)(B)(ii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(B)(ii)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 45146, Aug. 27, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.316" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15a-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.317" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15a-12   Exemption for certain security-based swap execution facilities from certain broker requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, an <I>SBSEF-B</I> means a security-based swap execution facility that does not engage in any securities activity other than facilitating the trading of security-based swaps on or through the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) An SBSEF-B that registers with the Commission pursuant to § 242.803 of this chapter shall be deemed also to have registered with the Commission pursuant to sections 15(a) and (b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(a)(1) and (b)).
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, an SBSEF-B shall be exempt from any provision of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder applicable to brokers that, by its terms, requires, prohibits, restricts, limits, conditions, or affects the activities of a broker, unless such provision specifies that it applies to a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section, the following provisions of the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder shall apply to an SBSEF-B:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 15(b)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(4));
</P>
<P>(2) Section 15(b)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(6)); and
</P>
<P>(3) Section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)).
</P>
<P>(e) An SBSEF-B shall be exempt from the Securities Investor Protection Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 87285, Dec. 15, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.318" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-1   Application for registration of brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration of a broker or dealer that is filed pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) shall be filed on Form BD (§ 249.501 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions to the form. A broker or dealer that is an OTC derivatives dealer shall indicate where appropriate on Form BD that the type of business in which it is engaged is that of acting as an OTC derivatives dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) Every application for registration of a broker or dealer that is filed on or after January 25, 1993, shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
</P>
<P>(c) An application for registration that is filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall be considered a “report” filed with the Commission for purposes of Sections 15(b), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 1041, Feb. 24, 1954. Redesignated at 30 FR 11851, Sept. 16, 1965, and amended at 58 FR 14, Jan. 4, 1993; 63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998; 64 FR 25147, May 10, 1999; 73 FR 4692, Jan. 28, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.319" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.320" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-3   Registration of successor to registered broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a broker or dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act, the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after such succession, files an application for registration on Form BD, and the predecessor files a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the registration of the predecessor broker or dealer will cease to be effective as the registration of the successor broker or dealer 45 days after the application for registration on Form BD is filed by such successor.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a broker or dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a registered predecessor broker or dealer, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor broker or dealer on Form BD to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 10, Jan. 4, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.321" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-4   Registration of fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a broker or dealer shall be deemed to be the registration of any executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in insolvency or bankruptcy, or other fiduciary, appointed or qualified by order, judgment, or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to continue the business of such registered broker or dealer; <I>Provided,</I> That such fiduciary files with the Commission, within 30 days after entering upon the performance of his duties, a statement setting forth as to such fiduciary substantially the information required by Form BD. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 15, 17, 48 Stat. 895, as amended, 897 as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o,</I> 78q) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 1041, Feb. 24, 1954. Redesignated at 30 FR 11851, Sept. 16, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.322" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-5   Consent to service of process to be furnished by nonresident brokers or dealers and by nonresident general partners or managing agents of brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each nonresident broker or dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each nonresident general partner of a broker or dealer partnership which is registered or applying for registration, and each nonresident managing agent of any other unincorporated broker or dealer which is registered or applying for registration, shall furnish to the Commission, in a form prescribed by or acceptable to it, a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney which (1) designates the Securities and Exchange Commission as an agent upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, or other papers in any civil suit or action brought in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, with respect to any cause of action (i) which accrues during the period beginning when such broker or dealer becomes registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder and ending either when such registration is cancelled or revoked, or when the Commission receives from such broker or dealer a notice to withdraw from such registration, whichever is earlier, (ii) which arises out of any activity, in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, occurring in connection with the conduct of business of a broker or dealer, and (iii) which is founded directly or indirectly, upon the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or any rule or regulation under any of said Acts; and (2) stipulates and agrees that any such civil suit or action may be commended by the service of process upon the Commission and the forwarding of a copy thereof as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and that the service as aforesaid of any such process, pleadings, or other papers upon the Commission shall be taken and held in all courts to be as valid and binding as if due personal service thereof had been made. 
</P>
<P>(b) The required consent and power of attorney shall be furnished to the Commission within the following period of time: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each nonresident broker or dealer registered at the time this section becomes effective, and each nonresident general partner or managing agent of an unincorporated broker or dealer registered at the time this section becomes effective, shall furnish such consent and power of attorney within 60 days after such date; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each broker or dealer applying for registration after the effective date of this section shall furnish, at the time of filing such application, all the consents and powers of attorney required to be furnished by such broker or dealer and by each general partner or managing agent thereof; <I>Provided, however,</I> That where an application for registration of a broker or dealer is pending at the time this section becomes effective such consents and powers of attorney shall be furnished within 30 days after this section becomes effective. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each broker or dealer registered or applying for registration who or which becomes a nonresident broker or dealer after the effective date of this section, and each general partner or managing agent, of an unincorporated broker or dealer registered or applying for registration, who becomes a nonresident after the effective date of this section, shall furnish such consent and power of attorney within 30 days thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(c) Service of any process, pleadings or other papers on the Commission under this part shall be made by delivering the requisite number of copies thereof to the Secretary of the Commission or to such other person as the Commission may authorize to act in its behalf. Whenever any process, pleadings or other papers as aforesaid are served upon the Commission, it shall promptly forward a copy thereof by registered or certified mail to the appropriate defendants at their last address of record filed with the Commission. The Commission shall be furnished a sufficient number of copies for such purpose, and one copy for its file. 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section the following definitions shall apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>broker</I> shall have the meaning set out in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>dealer</I> shall have the meaning set out in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>managing agent</I> shall mean any person, including a trustee, who directs or manages or who participated in the directing or managing of the affairs of any unincoprorated organization or association which is not a partnership. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>nonresident broker or dealer</I> shall mean (i) in the case of an individual, one who resides in or has his principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; (ii) in the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; (iii) in the case of a partnership or other unincoporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(5) A general partner or managing agent of a broker or dealer shall be deemed to be a nonresident if he resides in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 319, 53 Stat. 1173, secs. 38, 211, 54 Stat. 641, 855; 15 U.S.C. 77sss, 80a-37, 80b-11) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 2578, May 2, 1953, as amended at 23 FR 9691, Dec. 16, 1958; 29 FR 16982, Dec. 11, 1964. Redesignated at 30 FR 11851, Sept. 16, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b1-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.323" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b1-6   Notice to brokers and dealers of requirements regarding lost securityholders and unresponsive payees.</HEAD>
<P>Brokers and dealers are hereby notified of Rule 17Ad-17 (§ 240.17Ad-17), which addresses certain requirements with respect to lost securityholders and unresponsive payees that may be applicable to them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 4783, Jan. 23, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.324" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b2-2   Inspection of newly registered brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For the purpose of this section the term <I>applicable financial responsibility rules</I> shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Any rule adopted by the Commission pursuant to sections 8, 15(c)(3), 17(a), or 17(e)(1)(A) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Any rule adopted by the Commission relating to hypothecation or lending of customer securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Any other rule adopted by the Commission relating to the protection of funds or securities; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any rule adopted by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 15C(b)(1) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Each self-regulatory organization that has responsibility for examining a broker or dealer member (including members that are government securities brokers or government securities dealers registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act) for compliance with applicable financial responsibility rules is authorized and directed to conduct an inspection of the member, within six months of the member's registration with the Commission, to determine whether the member is operating in conformity with applicable financial responsibility rules.
</P>
<P>(c) The examining self-regulatory organization is further authorized and directed to conduct an inspection of the member no later than twelve months from the member's registration with the Commission, to determine whether the member is operating in conformity with all other applicable provisions of the Act and rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) In each case where the examining self-regulatory organization determines that a broker or dealer member has not commenced actual operations within six months of the member's registration with the Commission, it shall delay the inspection pursuant to this section until the second six month period from the member's registration with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) No inspection need be conducted as provided for in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The member was registered with the Commission prior to April 26, 1982; 
</P>
<P>(2) An inspection of the member has already been conducted by another self-regulatory organization pursuant to this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) An inspection of the member has already been conducted by the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(2)(C) of the Act.; or
</P>
<P>(4) The member is registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 11269, Mar. 16, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 16838, May 6, 1987; 53 FR 4121, Feb. 12, 1988; 66 FR 45147, Aug. 27, 2001] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.325" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b3-1   Amendments to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the information contained in any application for registration as a broker or dealer, or in any amendment thereto, is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, the broker or dealer shall promptly file with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) an amendment on Form BD correcting such information.
</P>
<P>(b) Every amendment filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15(b), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14, Jan. 4, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 25147, May 10, 1999; 64 FR 37593, July 12, 1999; 64 FR 42595, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4692, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b5-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.326" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b5-1   Extension of registration for purposes of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 after cancellation or revocation.</HEAD>
<P>Commission revocation or cancellation of the registration of a broker or dealer pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act: (i) shall be effective for all purposes, except as hereinafter provided, on the date of the order of revocation or cancellation or, if such order is stayed, on the date the stay is terminated; and (ii) shall be effective six months after the date of the order of revocation or cancellation (or, if such order is stayed, the date the stay is terminated) with respect to a broker's or dealer's registration status as a member within the meaning of Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 for purposes of the application of sections 5, 6, and 7 thereof to customer claims arising prior to the date of the order of revocation or cancellation (or, if such order is stayed, the date the stay is terminated). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 37485, Oct. 22, 1974] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b6-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.327" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b6-1   Withdrawal from registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of withdrawal from registration as a broker or dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Act shall be filed on Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Every notice of withdrawal from registration as a broker or dealer shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) in accordance with applicable filing requirements. Prior to filing a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a), a broker or dealer shall amend Form BD (17 CFR 249.501) in accordance with § 240.15b3-1(a) to update any inaccurate information.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of withdrawal from registration filed by a broker or dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) shall become effective for all matters (except as provided in this paragraph (b) and in paragraph (c) of this section) on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission, within such longer period of time as to which such broker or dealer consents or which the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice of withdrawal from registration is filed with the Commission at any time subsequent to the date of the issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) to censure, place limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or suspend or revoke the registration of, such broker or dealer, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal pursuant to this paragraph (b), the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective pursuant to this paragraph (b) except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to a broker's or dealer's registration status as a member within the meaning of Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78ccc(a)(2)) for purposes of the application of Sections 5, 6, and 7 (15 U.S.C. 78eee, 78fff, and 78fff-1) thereof to customer claims arising prior to the effective date of withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the effective date of a broker's or dealer's withdrawal from registration pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be six months after the effective date of withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section or such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine.
</P>
<P>(d) Every notice of withdrawal filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15(b), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission, by order, may exempt any broker or dealer from the filing requirements provided in Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) under conditions that differ from the filing instructions contained in Form BDW.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25147, May 10, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 42595, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4692, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b7-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.328" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b7-1   Compliance with qualification requirements of self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>No registered broker or dealer shall effect any transaction in, or induce the purchase or sale of, any security unless any natural person associated with such broker or dealer who effects or is involved in effecting such transaction is registered or approved in accordance with the standards of training, experience, competence, and other qualification standards (including but not limited to submitting and maintaining all required forms, paying all required fees, and passing any required examinations) established by the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association of which such broker or dealer is a member or under the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (if it is subject to the rules of that organization). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 27658, May 11, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b7-3T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.329" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b7-3T   Operational capability in a Year 2000 environment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to every broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78o) that uses computers in the conduct of its business as a broker or dealer. If you have a material Year 2000 problem, then you do not have operational capability within the meaning of Section 15(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(7)).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) You have a material Year 2000 problem under paragraph (a) of this section if, at any time on or after August 31, 1999:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of your mission critical computer systems incorrectly identifies any date in the Year 1999 or the Year 2000; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The error impairs or, if uncorrected, is likely to impair, any of your mission critical systems.
</P>
<P>(2) You will be presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem if, at any time on or after August 31, 1999, you:
</P>
<P>(i) Do not have written procedures reasonably designed to identify, assess, and remediate any Year 2000 problems in mission critical systems under your control;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have not verified your Year 2000 remediation efforts through reasonable internal testing of mission critical systems under your control;
</P>
<P>(iii) Have not verified your Year 2000 remediation efforts by satisfying Year 2000 testing requirements imposed by self-regulatory organizations to which you are subject; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Have not remediated all exceptions related to your mission critical systems contained in any independent public accountant's report prepared on your behalf pursuant to § 240.17a-5(e)(5)(vi).
</P>
<P>(c) If you have or are presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you must immediately notify the Commission and your designated examining authority of the problem. You must send this notice to the Commission by overnight delivery to the Division of Market Regulation, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-6628 Attention: Y2K Compliance.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) If you are a broker or dealer that is not operationally capable because you have or are presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you may not, on or after August 31, 1999:
</P>
<P>(i) Effect any transaction in, or induce the purchase or sale of, any security; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Receive or hold customer funds or securities, or carry customer accounts.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section, you may continue to effect transactions in, or induce the purchase or sale of, a security, receive or hold customer funds or securities, or carry customer accounts:
</P>
<P>(i) Until December 1, 1999, if you have submitted a certificate to the Commission in compliance with paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Solely to the extent necessary to effect an orderly cessation or transfer of these functions.
</P>
<P>(e)(1)(i) If you are a broker or dealer that is not operationally capable because you have or are presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you may, in addition to providing the Commission the notice required by paragraph (c) of this section, provide the Commission and your designated examining authority a certificate signed by your chief executive officer (or an individual with similar authority) stating:
</P>
<P>(A) You are in the process of remediating your material Year 2000 problem;
</P>
<P>(B) You have scheduled testing of your affected mission critical systems to verify that the material Year 2000 problem has been remediated, and specify the testing dates;
</P>
<P>(C) The date by which you anticipate completing remediation of the material Year 2000 problem in your mission critical systems, and will therefore be operationally capable; and
</P>
<P>(D) Based on inquiries and to the best of the chief executive officer's knowledge, you do not anticipate that the existence of the material Year 2000 problem in your mission critical systems will impair your ability, depending on the nature of your business, to ensure prompt and accurate processing of securities transactions, including order entry, execution, comparison, allocation, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, the maintenance of customer accounts, or the delivery of funds and securities; and you anticipate that the steps referred to in paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section will result in remedying the material Year 2000 problem on or before November 15, 1999.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the information contained in any certificate provided to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section is or becomes misleading or inaccurate for any reason, you must promptly file an updated certificate correcting such information. In addition to the information contained in the certificate, you may provide the Commission with any other information necessary to establish that your mission critical systems will not have material Year 2000 problems on or after November 15, 1999.
</P>
<P>(2) If you have submitted a certificate pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, you must submit a certificate to the Commission and your designated examining authority signed by your chief executive officer (or an individual with similar authority) on or before November 15, 1999, stating that, based on inquiries and to the best of the chief executive officer's knowledge, you have remediated your Year 2000 problem or that you will cease operations. This certificate must be sent to the Commission by overnight delivery to the Division of Market Regulation, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-6628 Attention: Y2K Compliance.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section, you must comply with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section if you have been so ordered by the Commission or by a court.
</P>
<P>(g) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>mission critical system</I> means any system that is necessary, depending on the nature of your business, to ensure prompt and accurate processing of securities transactions, including order entry, execution, comparison, allocation, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, the maintenance of customer accounts, and the delivery of funds and securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>customer</I> includes a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(h) This temporary section will expire on July 1, 2001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 42028, Aug. 3, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 32227, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b9-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.330" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b9-1   Exemption for certain exchange members.</HEAD>
<P>Any broker or dealer required by section 15(b)(8) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(8)) to become a member of a registered national securities association shall be exempt from such requirement if it:
</P>
<P>(a) Is a member of a national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(b) Carries no customer accounts; and
</P>
<P>(c) Effects transactions in securities solely on a national securities exchange of which it is a member, except that with respect to this paragraph (c):
</P>
<P>(1) A broker or dealer may effect transactions in securities otherwise than on a national securities exchange of which the broker or dealer is a member that result solely from orders that are routed by a national securities exchange of which the broker or dealer is a member to comply with § 242.611 of this chapter or the Options Order Protection and Locked/Crossed Market Plan; or
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer may effect transactions in securities otherwise than on a national securities exchange of which the broker or dealer is a member, with or through another registered broker or dealer, that are solely for the purpose of executing the stock leg of a stock-option order. A broker or dealer seeking to rely on this exception shall establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure and demonstrate that such transactions are solely for the purpose of executing the stock leg of a stock-option order. Such broker or dealer shall preserve a copy of its policies and procedures in a manner consistent with § 240.17a-4 until three years after the date the policies and procedures are replaced with updated policies and procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 61893, Sept. 7, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b9-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.331" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b9-2   Exemption from SRO membership for OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<P>An OTC derivatives dealer, as defined in § 240.3b-12, shall be exempt from any requirement under section 15(b)(8) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(8)) to become a member of a registered national securities association.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15b11-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.98.332" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15b11-1   Registration by notice of security futures product broker-dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker or dealer may register by notice pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker, as those terms are defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>), respectively; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a member of the National Futures Association or another national securities association registered under section 15A(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(k)); and 
</P>
<P>(3) Is not required to register as a broker or dealer in connection with transactions in securities other than security futures products. 
</P>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer registering by notice pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) must file Form BD-N (17 CFR 249.501b) in accordance with the instructions to the form. A broker or dealer registering by notice pursuant to this section must indicate where appropriate on Form BD-N that it satisfies all of the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the information contained in any notice of registration filed on Form BD-N (17 CFR 249.501b) pursuant to this section is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, the broker or dealer shall promptly file an amendment on Form BD-N correcting such information. 
</P>
<P>(d) An application for registration by notice, and any amendments thereto, that are filed on Form BD-N (17 CFR 249.501b) pursuant to this section will be considered a “report” filed with the Commission for purposes of sections 15(b), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 45146, Aug. 27, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="99" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Relating to Over-the-Counter Markets</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.333" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in any rule adopted pursuant to section 15(c)(1) of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>customer</I> shall not include a broker or dealer or a municipal securities dealer; provided, however, that the term “customer” shall include a municipal securities dealer (other than a broker or dealer) with respect to transactions in securities other than municipal securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>the completion of the transaction</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the time when such customer pays the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer any part of the purchase price, or, if payment is effected by a bookkeeping entry, the time when such bookkeeping entry is made by the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer for any part of the purchase price; 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer and who makes payment therefor prior to the time when payment is requested or notification is given that payment is due, the time when such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer delivers the security to or into the account of such customer; 
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, if the security is not in the custody of the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer at the time of sale, the time when the security is delivered to the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, and if the security is in the custody of the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer at the time of sale, the time when the broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer transfers the security from the account of such customer; 
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer and who delivers such security to such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer prior to the time when delivery is requested or notification is given that delivery is due, the time when such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer makes payment to or into the account of such customer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.334" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-2   Fraud and misrepresentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act (section 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)(1), is hereby defined to include any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any untrue statement of a material fact and any omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, which statement or omission is made with knowledge or reasonable grounds to believe that it is untrue or misleading. 
</P>
<P>(c) The scope of this section shall not be limited by any specific definitions of the term “manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance” contained in other rules adopted pursuant to section 15(c)(1) of the act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For regulation prohibiting employment of manipulative and deceptive devices as such term is used in section 15 of the Act, by any broker or dealer, see § 240.10b-3.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.335" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-3   Misrepresentation by brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers as to registration.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any representation by a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer that the registration of a broker or dealer, pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act, or the registration of a municipal securities dealer pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act, or the failure of the Commission to deny or revoke such registration, indicates in any way that the Commission has passed upon or approved the financial standing, business, or conduct of such registered broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer or the merits of any security or any transaction or transactions therein. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.336" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.337" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-5   Disclosure of control.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer controlled by, controlling, or under common control with, the issuer of any security, designed to effect with or for the account of a customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by such customer of, such security unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, before entering into any contract with or for such customer for the purchase or sale of such security, discloses to such customer the existence of such control, and unless such disclosure, if not made in writing, is supplemented by the giving or sending of written disclosure at or before the completion of the transaction. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22825, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.338" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-6   Disclosure of interest in distribution.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker who is acting for a customer or for both such customer and some other person, or of any dealer or municipal securities dealer who receives or has promise of receiving a fee from a customer for advising such customer with respect to securities, designed to effect with or for the account of such customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by such customer of, any security in the primary or secondary distribution of which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer is participating or is otherwise financially interested unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, at or before the completion of each such transaction gives or sends to such customer written notification of the existence of such participation or interest. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.339" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-7   Discretionary accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer designed to effect with or for any customer's account in respect to which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer or his agent or employee is vested with any discretionary power any transactions or purchase or sale which are excessive in size or frequency in view of the financial resources and character of such account. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer designed to effect with or for any customer's account in respect to which such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer or his agent or employee is vested with any discretionary power any transaction of purchase or sale unless immediately after effecting such transaction such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer makes a record of such transaction which record includes the name of such customer, the name, amount and price of the security, and the date and time when such transaction took place. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.340" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-8   Sales at the market.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any representation made to a customer by a broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer who is participating or otherwise financially interested in the primary or secondary distribution of any security which is not admitted to trading on a national securities exchange that such security is being offered to such customer “at the market” or at a price related to the market price unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer knows or has reasonable grounds to believe that a market for such security exists other than that made, created, or controlled by him, or by any person for whom he is acting or with whom he is associated in such distribution, or by any person controlled by, controlling or under common control with him. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c1-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.341" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c1-9   Use of pro forma balance sheets.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance,</I> as used in section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include the use of financial statements purporting to give effect to the receipt and application of any part of the proceeds from the sale or exchange of securities, unless the assumptions upon which each such financial statement is based are clearly set forth as part of the caption to each such statement in type at least as large as that used generally in the body of the statement. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.342" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-1   Hypothecation of customers' securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> The term <I>fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or practice,</I> as used in section 15(c) (2) of the Act, is hereby defined to include the direct or indirect hypothecation by a broker or dealer, or his arranging for or permitting, directly or indirectly, the continued hypothecation of any securities carried for the account of any customer under circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) That will permit the commingling of securities carried for the account of any such customer with securities carried for the account of any other customer, without first obtaining the written consent of each such customer to such hypothecation; 
</P>
<P>(2) That will permit such securities to be commingled with securities carried for the account of any person other than a bona fide customer of such broker or dealer under a lien for a loan made to such broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(3) That will permit securities carried for the account of customers to be hypothecated, or subjected to any lien or liens or claims or claims of the pledgee or pledgees, for a sum which exceeds the aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts; except that this clause shall not be deemed to be violated by reason of an excess arising on any day through the reduction of the aggregate indebtedness of customers on such day, provided that funds or securities in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess are paid or placed in transfer to pledgees for the purpose of reducing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities carried for the account of customers are subject as promptly as practicable after such reduction occurs, but before the lapse of one half hour after the commencement of banking hours on the next banking day at the place where the largest principal amount of loans of such broker or dealer are payable and, in any event, before such broker or dealer on such day has obtained or increased any bank loan collateralized by securities carried for the account of customers. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>customer</I> shall not include any general or special partner or any director or officer of such broker or dealer, or any participant, as such, in any joint, group or syndicate account with such broker or dealer or with any partner, officer or director thereof. The term also shall not include a counterparty who has delivered collateral to an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to a transaction in an eligible OTC derivative instrument, or pursuant to the OTC derivatives dealer's cash management securities activities or ancillary portfolio management securities activities, and who has received a prominent written notice from the OTC derivatives dealer that:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the OTC derivatives dealer and the counterparty, the dealer may repledge or otherwise use the collateral in its business;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of the OTC derivatives dealer's failure, the counterparty will likely be considered an unsecured creditor of the dealer as to that collateral;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C 78aaa through 78lll) does not protect the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The collateral will not be subject to the requirements of § 240.8c-1, § 240.15c2-1, § 240.15c3-2, or § 240.15c3-3;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>securities carried for the account of any customer</I> shall be deemed to mean: 
</P>
<P>(i) Securities received by or on behalf of such broker or dealer for the account of any customer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities sold and appropriated by such broker or dealer to a customer, except that if such securities were subject to a lien when appropriated to a customer they shall not be deemed to be “securities carried for the account of any customer” pending their release from such lien as promptly as practicable; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities sold, but not appropriated, by such broker or dealer to a customer who has made any payment therefor, to the extent that such broker or dealer owns and has received delivery of securities of like kind, except that if such securities were subject to a lien when such payment was made they shall not be deemed to be “securities carried for the account of any customer” pending their release from such lien as promptly as practicable; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Aggregate indebtedness</I> shall not be deemed to be reduced by reason of uncollected items. In computing aggregate indebtedness, related guaranteed and guarantor accounts shall be treated as a single account and considered on a consolidated basis, and balances in accounts carrying both long and short positions shall be adjusted by treating the market value of the securities required to cover such short positions as though such market value were a debit; and 
</P>
<P>(4) In computing the sum of the liens or claims to which securities carried for the account of customers of a broker or dealer are subject, any rehypothecation of such securities by another broker or dealer who is subject to this section or to § 240.8c-1 shall be disregarded. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for cash accounts.</I> The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities carried for the account of a customer in a special cash account within the meaning of 12 CFR 220.4(c): <I>Provided,</I> That at or before the completion of the transaction of purchase of such securities for, or of sale of such securities to, such customer, written notice is given or sent to such customer disclosing that such securities are or may be hypothecated under circumstances which will permit the commingling thereof with securities carried for the account of other customers. The term <I>the completion of the transaction</I> shall have the meaning given to such term by § 240.15c1-1(b). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption for clearing house liens.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (f) of this section shall not apply to any lien or claim of the clearing corporation, or similar department or association, of a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, for a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day, which is incidental to the clearing of transactions in securities or loans through such corporation, department, or association: <I>Provided, however,</I> That for the purpose of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, “aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts” shall not include indebtedness in respect of any securities subject to any lien or claim exempted by this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemption for certain liens on securities of noncustomers.</I> The provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not be deemed to prevent such broker or dealer from permitting securities not carried for the account of a customer to be subjected (1) to a lien for a loan made against securities carried for the account of customers, or (2) to a lien for a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day. For the purpose of this exemption, a loan shall be deemed to be “made against securities carried for the account of customers” if only securities carried for the account of customers are used to obtain or to increase such loan or as substitutes for other securities carried for the account of customers. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notice and certification requirements.</I> No person subject to this section shall hypothecate any security carried for the account of a customer unless, at or prior to the time of each such hypothecation, he gives written notice to the pledgee that the security pledged is carried for the account of a customer and that such hypothecation does not contravene any provision of this section, except that in the case of an omnibus account the broker or dealer for whom such account is carried may furnish a signed statement to the person carrying such account that all securities carried therein by such broker or dealer will be securities carried for the account of his customers and that the hypothecation thereof by such broker or dealer will not contravene any provision of this section. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any hypothecation of securities under any lien or claim of a pledgee securing a loan made and to be repaid on the same calendar day. 
</P>
<P>(g) The fact that securities carried for the accounts of customers and securities carried for the accounts of others are represented by one or more certificates in the custody of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either a national securities exchange or of a registered national securities association, or of a custodian bank, in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, pursuant to which system the hypothecation of such securities is effected by bookkeeping entries without physical delivery of such securities, shall not, in and of itself, result in a commingling of securities prohibited by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, whenever a participating member, broker or dealer hypothecates securities in accordance with such system: <I>Provided, however,</I> That (1) any such custodian of any securities held by or for such system shall agree that it will not for any reason, including the assertion of any claim, right or lien of any kind, refuse or refrain from promptly delivering any such securities (other than securities then hypothecated in accordance with such system) to such clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization or as directed by it, except that nothing in such agreement shall be deemed to require the custodian to deliver any securities in contravention of any notice of levy, seizure or similar notice, or order or judgment, issued or directed by a governmental agency or court, or officer thereof, having jurisdiction over such custodian, which on its face affects such securities; (2) such systems shall have safeguards in the handling, transfer and delivery of securities and provisions for fidelity bond coverage of the employees and agents of the clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization and for periodic examinations by independent public accountants; and (3) the provisions of this paragraph (g) shall not be effective with respect to any particular system unless the agreement required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the safeguards and provisions required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall have been deemed adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors, and unless any subsequent amendments to such agreement, safeguards or provisions shall have been deemed adequate by the Commission for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8, 15, 48 Stat. 888, 895, sec. 2, 52 Stat. 1075; 15 U.S.C. 78b. 78<I>o</I>) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative releases applicable to § 240.15c2-1, see Nos. 2690 and 2822 in tabulation, part 241 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8205, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 31 FR 7741, June 1, 1966; 37 FR 73, Jan. 5, 1972; 63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.343" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.344" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-4   Transmission or maintenance of payments received in connection with underwritings.</HEAD>
<P>It shall constitute a “fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or practice” as used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer participating in any distribution of securities, other than a firm-commitment underwriting, to accept any part of the sale price of any security being distributed unless: 
</P>
<P>(a) The money or other consideration received is promptly transmitted to the persons entitled thereto; or 
</P>
<P>(b) If the distribution is being made on an “all-or-none” basis, or on any other basis which contemplates that payment is not to be made to the person on whose behalf the distribution is being made until some further event or contingency occurs, (1) the money or other consideration received is promptly deposited in a separate bank account, as agent or trustee for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein, until the appropriate event or contingency has occurred, and then the funds are promptly transmitted or returned to the persons entitled thereto, or (2) all such funds are promptly transmitted to a bank which has agreed in writing to hold all such funds in escrow for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein and to transmit or return such funds directly to the persons entitled thereto when the appropriate event or contingency has occurred. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.345" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-5   Disclosure and other requirements when extending or arranging credit in certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall constitute a “fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or practice” as used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act for any broker or dealer to offer or sell any security to, or to attempt to induce the purchase of any security by, any person, in connection with which such broker or dealer directly or indirectly offers to extend any credit to or to arrange any loan for such person, or extends to or participates in arranging any loan for such person, unless such broker or dealer, before any purchase, loan or other related element of the transaction is entered into: 
</P>
<P>(1) Delivers to such person a written statement setting forth the exact nature and extent of (i) such person's obligations under the particular loan arrangement, including among other things, the specific charges which such person will incur under such loan in each period during which the loan may continue or be extended, (ii) the risks and disadvantages which such person will incur in the entire transaction, including the loan arrangement, (iii) all commissions, discounts, and other remuneration received and to be received in connection with the entire transaction including the loan arrangment, by the broker or dealer, by any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the broker or dealer, and by any other person participating in the transaction; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with this paragraph if the customer, before any purchase, loan, or other related element of the transaction is entered into in a manner legally binding upon the customer, receives a statement from the lender, or receives a prospectus or offering circular from the broker or dealer, which statement, prospectus or offering circular contains the information required by this paragraph; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Obtains from such person information concerning his financial situation and needs, reasonably determines that the entire transaction, including the loan arrangement, is suitable for such person, and retains in his files a written statement setting forth the basis upon which the broker or dealer made such determination; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the written statement referred to in this paragraph must be made available to the customer on request. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to any credit extended or any loan arranged by any broker or dealer subject to the provisions of Regulation T (12 CFR part 220) if such credit is extended or such loan is arranged, in compliance with the requirements of such regulation, only for the purpose of purchasing or carrying the security offered or sold: <I>Provided, however,</I> That notwithstanding this paragraph, the provisions of paragraph (a) shall apply in full force with respect to any transaction involving the extension of or arrangement for credit by a broker or dealer (i) in a special insurance premium funding account within the meaning of section 4(k) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4(k)) or (ii) in compliance with the terms of § 240.3a12-5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not apply to any offer to extend credit or arrange any loan, or to any credit extended or loan arranged, in connection with any offer or sale, or attempt to induce the purchase, of any municipal security. 
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not apply to a transaction involving the extension of credit by an OTC derivatives dealer, as defined in § 240.3b-12, if the transaction is exempt from the provisions of Section 7(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)) pursuant to § 240.36a1-1.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 3(a)(12), 48 Stat. 882, as amended, 84 Stat. 718, 1435, 1499 (15 U.S.C. 78c(12)); sec. 7(c), 48 Stat. 886, as amended, 82 Stat. 452 (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)); sec. 11(d)(1), 48 Stat. 891 as amended, 68 Stat. 686 (15 U.S.C. 78k(d)(1)); sec. 15(c), 48 Stat. 895, as amended, 52 Stat. 1075, 84 Stat. 1653 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)); sec. 23(a), 48 Stat. 901, as amended, 49 Stat. 704, 1379 (15 U.S.C. 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 6646, Feb. 13, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976; 63 FR 59397, Nov. 3, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.346" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.347" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-7   Identification of quotations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall constitute an attempt to induce the purchase or sale of a security by making a “fictitious quotation” within the meaning of section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for any broker or dealer to furnish or submit, directly or indirectly, any quotation for a security (other than a municipal security) to an inter-dealer quotation system unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) The inter-dealer-quotation-system is informed, if such is the case, that the quotation is furnished or submitted; 
</P>
<P>(i) By a correspondent broker or dealer for the account or in behalf of another broker or dealer, and if so, the identity of such other broker or dealer; and/or 
</P>
<P>(ii) In furtherance of one or more other arrangements (including a joint account, guarantee of profit, guarantee against loss, commission, markup, markdown, indication of interest and accommodation arrangement) between or among brokers or dealers, and if so, the identity of each broker or dealer participating in any such arrangement or arrangements: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the provisions of this subparagraph shall not apply if only one of the brokers or dealers participating in any such arrangment or arrangements furnishes or submits a quotation with respect to the security to an inter-dealer-quotation-system. 
</P>
<P>(2) The inter-dealer-quotation-system to which the quotation is furnished or submitted makes it a general practice to disclose with each published quotation, by appropriate symbol or otherwise, the category or categories (paragraph (a)(1)(i) and/or (ii) of this section) in furtherance of which the quotation is submitted, and the identities of all other brokers and dealers referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section where such information is supplied to the inter-dealer-quotation-system under the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) It shall constitute an attempt to induce the purchase or sale of a security by making a “fictitious quotation,” within the meaning of section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for a broker or dealer to enter into any correspondent or other arrangement (including a joint account, guarantee of profit, guarantee against loss, commission, markup, markdown, indication of interest and accommodation arrangement) in furtherance of which two or more brokers or dealers furnish or submit quotations with respect to a particular security unless such broker or dealer informs all brokers or dealers furnishing or submitting such quotations of the existence of such correspondent and other arrangments, and the identity of the parties thereto. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>inter-dealer-quotation-system</I> shall mean any system of general circulation to brokers and dealers which regularly disseminates quotations of identified brokers or dealers but shall not include a quotation sheet prepared and distributed by a broker or dealer in the regular course of his business and containing only quotations of such broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>quotation</I> shall mean any bid or offer, or any indication of interest (such as OW or BW) in any bid or offer. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>correspondent</I> shall mean a broker or dealer who has a direct line of communication to another broker or dealer located in a different city or geographic area. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 15, 48 Stat. 895, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78o) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 11530, Aug. 12, 1964, as amended at 41 FR 22826, June 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.348" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-8   Delivery of prospectus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall constitute a deceptive act or practice, as those terms are used in section 15(c)(2) of the Act, for a broker or dealer to participate in a distribution of securities with respect to which a registration statement has been filed under the Securities Act of 1933 unless he complies with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section. For the purposes of this section, a broker or dealer participating in the distribution shall mean any underwriter and any member or proposed member of the selling group. 
</P>
<P>(b) In connection with an issue of securities, the issuer of which has not previously been required to file reports pursuant to sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, unless such issuer has been exempted from the requirement to file reports thereunder pursuant to section 12(h) of the Act, such broker or dealer shall deliver a copy of the preliminary prospectus to any person who is expected to receive a confirmation of sale at least 48 hours prior to the sending of such confirmation. This paragraph (b) does not apply with respect to asset-backed securities (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter) that meet the requirements of General Instruction I.B.5 of Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter). Provided, however, this paragraph (b) shall apply to all issuances of asset-backed securities (as defined in § 229.1101(c) of this chapter) regardless of whether the issuer has previously been required to file reports pursuant to sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or exempted from the requirement to file reports thereunder pursuant to section 12(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l).
</P>
<P>(c) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to furnish to any person who makes written request for a preliminary prospectus between the filing date and a reasonable time prior to the effective date of the registration statement to which such prospectus relates, a copy of the latest preliminary prospectus on file with the Commission. Reasonable steps shall include receiving an undertaking by the managing underwriter or underwriters to send such copy to the address given in the requests. 
</P>
<P>(d) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to comply promptly with the written request of any person for a copy of the final prospectus relating to such securities during the period between the effective date of the registration statement and the later of either the termination of such distribution, or the expiration of the applicable 40- or 90-day period under section 4(3) of the Securities Act of 1933. Reasonable steps shall include receiving an undertaking by the managing underwriter or underwriters to send such copy to the address given in the requests. (The 40-day and 90-day periods referred to above shall be deemed to apply for purposes of this rule irrespective of the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of § 230.174 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(e) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps (1) to make available a copy of the preliminary prospectus relating to such securities to each of his associated persons who is expected, prior to the effective date, to solicit customers' order for such securities before the making of any such solicitation by such associated persons and (2) to make available to each such associated person a copy of any amended preliminary prospectus promptly after the filing thereof. 
</P>
<P>(f) Such broker or dealer shall take reasonable steps to make available a copy of the final prospectus relating to such securities to each of his associated persons who is expected, after the effective date, to solicit customers orders for such securities prior to the making of any such solicitation by such associated persons, unless a preliminary prospectus which is substantially the same as the final prospectus except for matters relating to the price of the stocks, has been so made available. 
</P>
<P>(g) If the broker or dealer is a managing underwriter of such distribution, he shall take reasonable steps to see to it that all other brokers or dealers participating in such distribution are promptly furnished with sufficient copies, as requested by them, of each preliminary prospectus, each amended preliminary prospectus and the final prospectus to enable them to comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(h) If the broker or dealer is a managing underwriter of such distribution, he shall take reasonable steps to see that any broker or dealer participating in the distribution or trading in the registered security is furnished reasonable quantities of the final prospectus relating to such securities, as requested by him, in order to enable him to comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of section 5(b) (1) and (2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<P>(i) This section shall not require the furnishing of prospectuses in any state where such furnishing would be unlawful under the laws of such state: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this provision is not to be construed to relieve a broker or dealer from complying with the requirements of section 5(b)(1) and (2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 18457, Dec. 4, 1970, as amended at 47 FR 11470, Mar. 16, 1982; 53 FR 11845, Apr. 11, 1988; 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.349" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-11   Publication or submission of quotations without specified information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful activity.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Brokers or dealers.</I> A broker or dealer to publish any quotation for a security or, directly or indirectly, to submit any such quotation for publication, in any quotation medium, unless:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Such broker or dealer has in its records the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Such documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) are current and publicly available; and
</P>
<P>(C) Based upon a review of the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section, together with any other documents and information required by paragraph (c) of this section, such broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are accurate in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The sources of the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are reliable; or
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The quotation medium is a qualified interdealer quotation system that made a publicly available determination that it has performed the activities described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such quotation is published or submitted for publication within three business days after such qualified interdealer quotation system makes such publicly available determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Qualified interdealer quotation systems.</I> A qualified interdealer quotation system to make known to others the quotation of a broker or dealer that is published or submitted for publication pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Such qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section except where the qualified interdealer quotation system has knowledge or possession of this information);
</P>
<P>(ii) Such documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) are current and publicly available;
</P>
<P>(iii) Based upon a review of the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section, except where the qualified interdealer quotation system has knowledge or possession of this information), together with any other documents and information required by paragraph (c) of this section, such qualified interdealer quotation system has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing that:
</P>
<P>(A) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are accurate in all material respects; and
</P>
<P>(B) The sources of the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are reliable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The qualified interdealer quotation system makes a publicly available determination that it has performed the activities described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Qualified interdealer quotation systems or registered national securities Associations.</I> A qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association to make a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B), (f)(3)(ii)(A), or (f)(7) of this section, unless such qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association establishes, maintains, and enforces reasonably designed written policies and procedures to determine whether:
</P>
<P>(i) The documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly available; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirements of an exception under paragraph (f) of this section are met, if it makes a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specified information.</I> (1) A copy of the prospectus specified by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 for an issuer that has filed a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form F-6, that became effective less than 90 calendar days prior to the day on which such broker or dealer publishes or submits the quotation to the quotation medium; <I>Provided,</I> That such registration statement has not thereafter been the subject of a stop order that is still in effect when the quotation is published or submitted; or
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the offering circular provided for under Regulation A (§§ 230.251 through 230.263 of this chapter) for an issuer that has filed an offering statement under Regulation A that was qualified less than 40 calendar days prior to the day on which such broker or dealer publishes or submits the quotation to the quotation medium; <I>Provided,</I> That the Regulation A exemption, with respect to such issuer, has not thereafter become subject to a suspension order that is still in effect when the quotation is published or submitted; or
</P>
<P>(3) A current copy of:
</P>
<P>(i) An annual report filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, together with any periodic and current reports that have been filed thereafter under the Act by the issuer, except for current reports filed during the three business days prior to the publication or submission of the quotation; <I>Provided, however,</I> That, until such issuer has filed its first such annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records a copy of the registration statement filed by the issuer under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form F-6, that became effective within the prior 16 months, or a copy of any registration statement filed by the issuer under section 12 of the Act that became effective within the prior 16 months, together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under section 13 or 15(d) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) An annual report filed pursuant to Regulation A, together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under Regulation A by the issuer, except for current reports filed during the three business days prior to the publication or submission of the quotation; <I>Provided, however,</I> That, until such issuer has filed its first such annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records a copy of the offering statement filed by the issuer under Regulation A, that was qualified within the prior 16 months, together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under Regulation A;
</P>
<P>(iii) An annual report filed pursuant to Regulation Crowdfunding (§§ 227.100 through 227.503 of this chapter); <I>Provided, however,</I> that, until such issuer has filed its first such annual report, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records a copy of the Form C filed by the issuer under Regulation Crowdfunding within the prior 16 months, together with any Form C/A and Form C/U filed thereafter under Regulation Crowdfunding;
</P>
<P>(iv) An annual statement referred to in section 12(g)(2)(G)(i) of the Act (in the case of an issuer required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act), together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under the Act by the issuer, except for current reports filed during the three business days prior to the publication or submission of the quotation; <I>Provided, however,</I> that, until such issuer has filed its first such annual statement, the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system has in its records a copy of the registration statement filed by the issuer under the Securities Act of 1933, other than a registration statement on Form F-6, that became effective within the prior 16 months, or a copy of any registration statement filed by the issuer under section 12 of the Act, that became effective within the prior 16 months, together with any periodic and current reports filed thereafter under section 13 or 15(d) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(v) An annual statement referred to in section 12(g)(2)(G)(i) of the Act (in the case of an issuer of a security that falls within the provisions of section 12(g)(2)(G) of the Act); or
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of the information that, since the first day of its most recently completed fiscal year, the issuer has published as required to establish the exemption from registration under section 12(g) of the Act pursuant to § 240.12g3-2(b) of this chapter, which the broker or dealer must make available upon the request of a person expressing an interest in a proposed transaction in the issuer's security with the broker or dealer, such as by providing the requesting person with appropriate instructions regarding how to obtain the information electronically; or
</P>
<P>(5)(i) The following information, which must be (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P) of this section) as of a date within 12 months prior to the publication or submission of the quotation, unless otherwise specified:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the issuer and any predecessors during the past five years;
</P>
<P>(B) The address(es) of the issuer's principal executive office and of its principal place of business;
</P>
<P>(C) The state of incorporation or registration of the issuer and of each of its predecessors (if any) during the past five years;
</P>
<P>(D) The title, class, and ticker symbol (if assigned) of the security;
</P>
<P>(E) The par or stated value of the security;
</P>
<P>(F) The number of shares or total amount of the securities outstanding as of the end of the issuer's most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(G) The name and address of the transfer agent;
</P>
<P>(H) A description of the issuer's business;
</P>
<P>(I) A description of products or services offered by the issuer;
</P>
<P>(J) A description and extent of the issuer's facilities;
</P>
<P>(K) The name and title of all company insiders;
</P>
<P>(L) The issuer's most recent balance sheet (as of a date less than 16 months before the publication or submission of the quotation) and profit and loss and retained earnings statements (for the 12 months preceding the date of the most recent balance sheet);
</P>
<P>(M) Similar financial information for such part of the two preceding fiscal years as the issuer or its predecessors has been in existence;
</P>
<P>(N) Whether the broker or dealer or any associated person of the broker or dealer is affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the issuer;
</P>
<P>(O) Whether the quotation is being published or submitted on behalf of any other broker or dealer and, if so, the name of such broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(P) Whether the quotation is being submitted or published, directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of the issuer or a company insider and, if so, the name of such person and the basis for any exemption under the federal securities laws for any sales of such securities on behalf of such person.
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer must make the documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section available upon the request of a person expressing an interest in a proposed transaction in the issuer's security with the broker or dealer, such as by providing the requesting person with appropriate instructions regarding how to obtain such publicly available documents and information electronically. If such information is made available to others upon request pursuant to this paragraph, such delivery, unless otherwise represented, shall not constitute a representation by such broker or dealer that such information is accurate but shall constitute a representation by such broker or dealer that the information is current in relation to the day the quotation is submitted, the broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing the information is accurate in all material respects, and the information was obtained from sources that the broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing are reliable. The documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section must be reviewed where paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section do not apply to such issuer. For purposes of compliance with paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section must be reviewed for an issuer for which the documents and information specified in paragraph (b)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section regarding such issuer are not current.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplemental information.</I> With respect to any security the quotation of which is within the provisions of this section, the broker or dealer submitting or publishing such quotation, or any qualified interdealer quotation system that makes known to others the quotation of a broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall have in its records the following documents and information:
</P>
<P>(1) Records related to the submission or publication of such quotation, including the identity of the person or persons for whom the quotation is being published or submitted, whether such person or persons is the issuer or a company insider, and any information regarding the transactions provided to the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system by such person or persons;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of any trading suspension order issued by the Commission pursuant to section 12(k) of the Act regarding any securities of the issuer or its predecessor (if any) during the 12 months preceding the date of the publication or submission of the quotation or a copy of the public release issued by the Commission announcing such trading suspension order; and
</P>
<P>(3) A copy or a written record of any other material information (including adverse information) regarding the issuer that comes to the knowledge or possession of the broker, dealer, or qualified interdealer quotation system before the publication or submission of the quotation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1)(i) The following persons shall preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the documents and information required under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, except for the documents and information that are available on the Commission's <I>Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System</I> (EDGAR):
</P>
<P>(A) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a security; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any qualified interdealer quotation system that makes known to others the quotation of a broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section for a security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section shall preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the name of the qualified interdealer quotation system that made a publicly available determination that it has performed the activities described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The following persons shall preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the documents and information that demonstrate that the requirements for an exception under paragraph (f)(2), (3), (5), (6), or (7) of this section are met, except for the documents and information that are available on EDGAR:
</P>
<P>(i) Any qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that makes a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B), (f)(3)(ii)(A), or (f)(7) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any broker or dealer that publishes or submits a quotation pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> That any broker or dealer that relies on a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B) or (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section shall preserve only a record of the name of the qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that determined whether the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly available in addition to the documents and information that demonstrate that the other requirements of the exception provided in paragraph (f)(2) or (3), respectively, are met; and that any broker or dealer that relies on a publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(7) of this section shall preserve only a record of the exception provided in paragraph (f)(1), (f)(3)(i), or (f)(4) or (5) for which the publicly available determination is made and the name of the qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that determined that the requirements of that exception are met.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Company insider</I> shall mean any officer or director of the issuer, or person that performs a similar function, or any person who is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of the outstanding units or shares of any class of any equity security of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Current</I> shall mean, for the documents and information specified in:
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph (b)(1), (2), (4), or (5) of this section, filed, published, or are as of a date in accordance with the time frames specified in the applicable paragraph for such documents and information; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the most recently required annual report or statement filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act and any rule(s) thereunder, Regulation A, Regulation Crowdfunding, or section 12(G)(2)(g) of the Act, together with any subsequently required periodic reports or statements, filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act and any rule(s) thereunder, Regulation A, Regulation Crowdfunding, or section 12(G)(2)(g) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interdealer quotation system</I> shall mean any system of general circulation to brokers or dealers that regularly disseminates quotations of identified brokers or dealers.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuer,</I> in the case of quotations for American Depositary Receipts, shall mean the issuer of the deposited shares represented by such American Depositary Receipts.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Publicly available</I> shall mean available on EDGAR; on the website of a state or federal agency, a qualified interdealer quotation system, a registered national securities association, an issuer, or a registered broker or dealer; or through an electronic information delivery system that is generally available to the public in the primary trading market of a foreign private issuer as defined in § 240.3b-4 of this chapter; <I>Provided, however,</I> that <I>publicly available</I> shall mean where access is not restricted by user name, password, fees, or other restraints.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Qualified interdealer quotation system</I> shall mean any interdealer quotation system that meets the definition of an “alternative trading system” under § 242.300(a) of this chapter and operates pursuant to the exemption from the definition of an “exchange” under § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Quotation,</I> except as otherwise specified in this section, shall mean any bid or offer at a specified price with respect to a security, or any indication of interest by a broker or dealer in receiving bids or offers from others for a security, or any indication by a broker or dealer that wishes to advertise its general interest in buying or selling a particular security.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Quotation medium</I> shall mean any “interdealer quotation system” or any publication or electronic communications network or other device that is used by brokers or dealers to make known to others their interest in transactions in any security, including offers to buy or sell at a stated price or otherwise, or invitations of offers to buy or sell.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Shell company</I> shall mean any issuer, other than a business combination related shell company, as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter, or an asset-backed issuer as defined in Item 1101(b) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101(b) of this chapter), that has:
</P>
<P>(i) No or nominal operations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) No or nominal assets;
</P>
<P>(B) Assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents; or
</P>
<P>(C) Assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the provisions of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) The publication or submission of a quotation for a security that is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange and that is traded on such an exchange on the same day as, or on the business day next preceding, the day the quotation is published or submitted.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The publication or submission by a broker or dealer, solely on behalf of a customer (other than a person acting as or for a dealer), of a quotation that represents the customer's unsolicited indication of interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provided, however, that this paragraph (f)(2) shall not apply to a quotation:
</P>
<P>(A) Consisting of both a bid and an offer, each of which is at a specified price, unless the quotation medium specifically identifies the quotation as representing such an unsolicited customer interest; or
</P>
<P>(B) Published or submitted, directly or indirectly on behalf of a company insider or affiliate as defined in § 230.144(a)(1) of this chapter, unless the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a broker or dealer that publishes or submits quotations may rely on either a:
</P>
<P>(A) Written representation from the customer's broker that such customer is not a company insider or an affiliate if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Such representation is received prior to, and on the same day that, the quotation representing the customer's unsolicited indication of interest is published or submitted; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The broker or dealer has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing that the customer's broker is a reliable source; or
</P>
<P>(B) Publicly available determination by a qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section are current and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(3)(i)(A) The publication or submission, in an interdealer quotation system that specifically identifies as such unsolicited customer indications of interest of the kind described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, of a quotation for a security that has been the subject of a bid or offer quotation (exclusive of any identified customer interests) in such a system at a specified price, with no more than four business days in succession without such a quotation;
</P>
<P>(B) Provided, however, that this paragraph (f)(3) shall not apply to a quotation that is published or submitted by a broker or dealer for the security of an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Was the subject of a trading suspension order issued by the Commission pursuant to section 12(k) of the Act until 60 calendar days after the expiration of such order;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such broker or dealer, or any qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association, has a reasonable basis under the circumstances for believing is a shell company, unless such quotation is published or submitted within the 18 months following the initial quotation for such issuer's security that is the subject of a bid or offer quotation in an interdealer quotation system at a specified price;
</P>
<P>(C) Provided further, that this paragraph (f)(3) shall apply to the publication or submission of a quotation for a security of an issuer only if the documents and information regarding such issuer that are specified in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Paragraph (b)(3)(i), (iv), or (v) of this section are filed within 180 calendar days from the end of the issuer's most recent fiscal year or any quarterly reporting period that is covered by a report required by section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (iii) of this section are timely filed;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Paragraph (b)(4) or (b)(5)(i) (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) are current and publicly available; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Paragraph (b)(3)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) are filed within 15 calendar days starting on the date on which a publicly available determination is made pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) regarding an issuer are no longer current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, a broker or dealer may continue to publish or submit a quotation for such issuer's security in an interdealer quotation system during the time frame specified in in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(C) if:
</P>
<P>(A) Within the first four business days that such documents and information are no longer current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as applicable, a qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association makes a publicly available determination that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Such documents and information are no longer current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The exception provided in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section is available only during the 15 calendar days starting on the date on which the publicly available determination described in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section is made; and
</P>
<P>(B) The broker or dealer complies with the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) and (f)(3)(i) of this section, except for the requirement that the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) regarding such issuer be current and publicly available, timely filed, or filed within 180 calendar days, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(C) Provided, however, that the provisions of this paragraph (f)(3)(ii) shall apply only during the shorter of the period beginning with the date on which a qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association makes a publicly available determination identified in paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) and ending on:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The date on which the documents and information specified in paragraph (b) of this section (excluding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(N) through (P)) regarding such issuer become current and publicly available or filed; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The fourteenth calendar day following the date on which such publicly available determination was made.
</P>
<P>(4) The publication or submission of a quotation for a municipal security.
</P>
<P>(5) The publication or submission of a quotation for:
</P>
<P>(i) A security with a worldwide average daily trading volume value of at least $100,000 reported during the 60 calendar days immediately before the publication of the quotation of such security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuer of such security has at least $50 million in total assets and $10 million in shareholders' equity as reflected in the issuer's publicly available audited balance sheet issued within six months after the end of its most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(6) The publication or submission of a quotation for a security by a broker or dealer that is named as an underwriter in a registration statement for an offering of that class of security referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or in an offering statement for an offering of that class of security referenced in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> that this paragraph (f)(6) shall apply only to the publication or submission of a quotation for such security within the time frames specified in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The publication or submission of a quotation by a broker or dealer that relies on a publicly available determination by a qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that the requirements of an exception provided in paragraph (f)(1), (f)(3)(i), or (f)(4) or (5) of this section are met; <I>Provided, however,</I> that any qualified interdealer quotation system or registered national securities association that makes a publicly available determination that the requirements of the exception provided in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section are met must subsequently make a publicly available determination under paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may, conditionally or unconditionally, exempt by order any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision or provisions of this section, to the extent that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 68203, Oct. 27, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c2-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.350" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c2-12   Municipal securities disclosure.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>For a discussion of disclosure obligations relating to municipal securities, issuers, brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers should refer to Securities Act Release No. 7049, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 33741, FR-42 (March 9, 1994). For a discussion of the obligations of underwriters to have a reasonable basis for recommending municipal securities, brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers should refer to Securities Exchange Act Release No. 26100 (Sept. 22, 1988) and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 26985 (June 28, 1989).</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for any broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer (a “Participating Underwriter” when used in connection with an Offering) to act as an underwriter in a primary offering of municipal securities with an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or more (an “Offering”) unless the Participating Underwriter complies with the requirements of this section or is exempted from the provisions of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) Prior to the time the Participating Underwriter bids for, purchases, offers, or sells municipal securities in an Offering, the Participating Underwriter shall obtain and review an official statement that an issuer of such securities deems final as of its date, except for the omission of no more than the following information: The offering price(s), interest rate(s), selling compensation, aggregate principal amount, principal amount per maturity, delivery dates, any other terms or provisions required by an issuer of such securities to be specified in a competitive bid, ratings, other terms of the securities depending on such matters, and the identity of the underwriter(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Except in competitively bid offerings, from the time the Participating Underwriter has reached an understanding with an issuer of municipal securities that it will become a Participating Underwriter in an Offering until a final official statement is available, the Participating Underwriter shall send no later than the next business day, by first-class mail or other equally prompt means, to any potential customer, on request, a single copy of the most recent preliminary official statement, if any.
</P>
<P>(3) The Participating Underwriter shall contract with an issuer of municipal securities or its designated agent to receive, within seven business days after any final agreement to purchase, offer, or sell the municipal securities in an Offering and in sufficient time to accompany any confirmation that requests payment from any customer, copies of a final official statement in sufficient quantity to comply with paragraph (b)(4) of this rule and the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.
</P>
<P>(4) From the time the final official statement becomes available until the earlier of—
</P>
<P>(i) Ninety days from the end of the underwriting period or
</P>
<P>(ii) The time when the official statement is available to any person from the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, but in no case less than twenty-five days following the end of the underwriting period, the Participating Underwriter in an Offering shall send no later than the next business day, by first-class mail or other equally prompt means, to any potential customer, on request, a single copy of the final official statement.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) A Participating Underwriter shall not purchase or sell municipal securities in connection with an Offering unless the Participating Underwriter has reasonably determined that an issuer of municipal securities, or an obligated person for whom financial or operating data is presented in the final official statement has undertaken, either individually or in combination with other issuers of such municipal securities or obligated persons, in a written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such securities, to provide the following to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board in an electronic format as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, either directly or indirectly through an indenture trustee or a designated agent:
</P>
<P>(A) Annual financial information for each obligated person for whom financial information or operating data is presented in the final official statement, or, for each obligated person meeting the objective criteria specified in the undertaking and used to select the obligated persons for whom financial information or operating data is presented in the final official statement, except that, in the case of pooled obligations, the undertaking shall specify such objective criteria;
</P>
<P>(B) If not submitted as part of the annual financial information, then when and if available, audited financial statements for each obligated person covered by paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(C) In a timely manner not in excess of ten business days after the occurrence of the event, notice of any of the following events with respect to the securities being offered in the Offering:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Principal and interest payment delinquencies; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Non-payment related defaults, if material;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties; 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements reflecting financial difficulties; 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform; 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax status of the security, or other material events affecting the tax status of the security;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Modifications to rights of security holders, if material;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Bond calls, if material, and tender offers;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Defeasances; 
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the securities, if material;
</P>
<P>(<I>11</I>) Rating changes;
</P>
<P>(<I>12</I>) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the obligated person;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(5)(<E T="01">i</E>)(C)(<I>12</I>):</HED>
<P>For the purposes of the event identified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12) of this section, the event is considered to occur when any of the following occur: The appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer for an obligated person in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or in any other proceeding under state or federal law in which a court or governmental authority has assumed jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person, or if such jurisdiction has been assumed by leaving the existing governing body and officials or officers in possession but subject to the supervision and orders of a court or governmental authority, or the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation by a court or governmental authority having supervision or jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person.</P></NOTE>
<P>(<I>13</I>) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving an obligated person or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the obligated person, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material;
</P>
<P>(<I>14</I>) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material; 
</P>
<P>(<I>15</I>) Incurrence of a financial obligation of the obligated person, if material, or agreement to covenants, events of default, remedies, priority rights, or other similar terms of a financial obligation of the obligated person, any of which affect security holders, if material; and
</P>
<P>(<I>16</I>) Default, event of acceleration, termination event, modification of terms, or other similar events under the terms of a financial obligation of the obligated person, any of which reflect financial difficulties; and
</P>
<P>(D) In a timely manner, notice of a failure of any person specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section to provide required annual financial information, on or before the date specified in the written agreement or contract. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such securities also shall identify each person for whom annual financial information and notices of material events will be provided, either by name or by the objective criteria used to select such persons, and, for each such person shall: 
</P>
<P>(A) Specify, in reasonable detail, the type of financial information and operating data to be provided as part of annual financial information; 
</P>
<P>(B) Specify, in reasonable detail, the accounting principles pursuant to which financial statements will be prepared, and whether the financial statements will be audited; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Specify the date on which the annual financial information for the preceding fiscal year will be provided. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such securities also may provide that the continuing obligation to provide annual financial information and notices of events may be terminated with respect to any obligated person, if and when such obligated person no longer remains an obligated person with respect to such municipal securities. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such securities also shall provide that all documents provided to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall be accompanied by identifying information as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recommendations.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for any broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer to recommend the purchase or sale of a municipal security unless such broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer has procedures in place that provide reasonable assurance that it will receive prompt notice of any event disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C), paragraph (b)(5)(i)(D), and paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section with respect to that security. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) This section shall not apply to a primary offering of municipal securities in authorized denominations of $100,000 or more, if such securities: 
</P>
<P>(i) Are sold to no more than thirty-five persons each of whom the Participating Underwriter reasonably believes: 
</P>
<P>(A) Has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Is not purchasing for more than one account or with a view to distributing the securities; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a maturity of nine months or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall not apply to an Offering of municipal securities if, at such time as an issuer of such municipal securities delivers the securities to the Participating Underwriters: 
</P>
<P>(i) No obligated person will be an obligated person with respect to more than $10,000,000 in aggregate amount of outstanding municipal securities, including the offered securities and excluding municipal securities that were offered in a transaction exempt from this section pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An issuer of municipal securities or obligated person has undertaken, either individually or in combination with other issuers of municipal securities or obligated persons, in a written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such municipal securities, to provide the following to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board in an electronic format as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board:
</P>
<P>(A) At least annually, financial information or operating data regarding each obligated person for which financial information or operating data is presented in the final official statement, as specified in the undertaking, which financial information and operating data shall include, at a minimum, that financial information and operating data which is customarily prepared by such obligated person and is publicly available; and
</P>
<P>(B) In a timely manner not in excess of ten business days after the occurrence of the event, notice of events specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C) of this section with respect to the securities that are the subject of the Offering; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such written agreement or contract for the benefit of holders of such securities also shall provide that all documents provided to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall be accompanied by identifying information as prescribed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The final official statement identifies by name, address, and telephone number the persons from which the foregoing information, data, and notices can be obtained. 
</P>
<P>(3) The provisions of paragraph (b)(5) of this section, other than paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C) of this section, shall not apply to an Offering of municipal securities, if such municipal securities have a stated maturity of 18 months or less. 
</P>
<P>(4) The provisions of paragraph (c) of this section shall not apply to municipal securities: 
</P>
<P>(i) Sold in an Offering to which paragraph (b)(5) of this section did not apply, other than Offerings exempt under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Sold in an Offering exempt from this section under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) With the exception of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4), this section shall apply to a primary offering of municipal securities in authorized denominations of $100,000 or more if such securities may, at the option of the holder thereof, be tendered to an issuer of such securities or its designated agent for redemption or purchase at par value or more at least as frequently as every nine months until maturity, earlier redemption, or purchase by an issuer or its designated agent; provided, however, that paragraphs (b)(5) and (c) of this section shall not apply to such securities outstanding on November 30, 2010, for so long as they continuously remain in authorized denominations of $100,000 or more and may, at the option of the holder thereof, be tendered to an issuer of such securities or its designated agent for redemption or purchase at par value or more at least as frequently as every nine months until maturity, earlier redemption, or purchase by an issuer or its designated agent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> The Commission, upon written request, or upon its own motion, may exempt any broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer, whether acting in the capacity of a Participating Underwriter or otherwise, that is a participant in a transaction or class of transactions from any requirement of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such an exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this rule—
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>authorized denominations of $100,000 or more</I> means municipal securities with a principal amount of $100,000 or more and with restrictions that prevent the sale or transfer of such securities in principal amounts of less than $100,000 other than through a primary offering; except that, for municipal securities with an original issue discount of 10 percent or more, the term means municipal securities with a minimum purchase price of $100,000 or more and with restrictions that prevent the sale or transfer of such securities, in principal amounts that are less than the original principal amount at the time of the primary offering, other than through a primary offering. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>end of the underwriting period</I> means the later of such time as 
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer of municipal securities delivers the securities to the Participating Underwriters or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Participating Underwriter does not retain, directly or as a member or an underwriting syndicate, an unsold balance of the securities for sale to the public.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>final official statement</I> means a document or set of documents prepared by an issuer of municipal securities or its representatives that is complete as of the date delivered to the Participating Underwriter(s) and that sets forth information concerning the terms of the proposed issue of securities; information, including financial information or operating data, concerning such issuers of municipal securities and those other entities, enterprises, funds, accounts, and other persons material to an evaluation of the Offering; and a description of the undertakings to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(i), paragraph (d)(2)(ii), and paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, if applicable, and of any instances in the previous five years in which each person specified pursuant to paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section failed to comply, in all material respects, with any previous undertakings in a written contract or agreement specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section. Financial information or operating data may be set forth in the document or set of documents, or may be included by specific reference to documents available to the public on the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Internet Web site or filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>issuer of municipal securities</I> means the governmental issuer specified in section 3(a)(29) of the Act and the issuer of any separate security, including a sepatate security as defined in rule 3b-5(a) under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>potential customer</I> means (i) Any person contacted by the Participating Underwriter concerning the purchase of municipal securities that are intended to be offered or have been sold in an offering, (ii) Any person who has expressed an interest to the Participating Underwriter in possibly purchasing such municipal securities, and (iii) Any person who has a customer account with the Participating Underwriter. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>preliminary official statement</I> means an official statement prepared by or for an issuer of municipal securities for dissemination to potential customers prior to the availability of the final official statement. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>primary offering</I> means an offering of municipal securities directly or indirectly by or on behalf of an issuer of such securities, including any remarketing of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(i) That is accompanied by a change in the authorized denomination of such securities from $100,000 or more to less than $100,000, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) That is accompanied by a change in the period during which such securities may be tendered to an issuer of such securities or its designated agent for redemption or purchase from a period of nine months or less to a period of more than nine months. 
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>underwriter</I> means any person who has purchased from an issuer of municipal securities with a view to, or offers or sells for an issuer of municipal securities in connection with, the offering of any municipal security, or participates or has a direct or indirect participation in any such undertaking, or participates or has a participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking; except, that such term shall not include a person whose interest is limited to a commission, concession, or allowance from an underwriter, broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commission, concession, or allowance. 
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>annual financial information</I> means financial information or operating data, provided at least annually, of the type included in the final official statement with respect to an obligated person, or in the case where no financial information or operating data was provided in the final official statement with respect to such obligated person, of the type included in the final official statement with respect to those obligated persons that meet the objective criteria applied to select the persons for which financial information or operating data will be provided on an annual basis. Financial information or operating data may be set forth in the document or set of documents, or may be included by specific reference to documents available to the public on the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Internet Web site or filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(10) The term <I>obligated person</I> means any person, including an issuer of municipal securities, who is either generally or through an enterprise, fund, or account of such person committed by contract or other arrangement to support payment of all, or part of the obligations on the municipal securities to be sold in the Offering (other than providers of municipal bond insurance, letters of credit, or other liquidity facilities). 
</P>
<P>(11)(i) The term <I>financial obligation</I> means a:
</P>
<P>(A) Debt obligation;
</P>
<P>(B) Derivative instrument entered into in connection with, or pledged as security or a source of payment for, an existing or planned debt obligation; or
</P>
<P>(C) Guarantee of paragraph (f)(11)(i)(A) or (B).
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>financial obligation</I> shall not include municipal securities as to which a final official statement has been provided to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board consistent with this rule.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Transitional provision.</I> If on July 28, 1989, a Participating Underwriter was contractually committed to act as underwriter in an Offering of municipal securities originally issued before July 29, 1989, the requirements of paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) shall not apply to the Participating Underwriter in connection with such an Offering. Paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall not apply to a Participating Underwriter that has contractually committed to act as an underwriter in an Offering of municipal securities before July 3, 1995; <I>except that</I> paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) and paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) shall not apply with respect to fiscal years ending prior to January 1, 1996. Paragraph (c) shall become effective on January 1, 1996. Paragraph (d)(2)(ii) and paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section shall not apply to an Offering of municipal securities commencing prior to January 1, 1996. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 28813, July 10, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 59609, Nov. 17, 1994; 73 FR 76132, Dec. 15, 2008; 75 FR 33155, June 10, 2010; 83 FR 44742, Aug. 31, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.351" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1   Net capital requirements for brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every broker or dealer must at all times have and maintain net capital no less than the greater of the highest minimum requirement applicable to its ratio requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or to any of its activities under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and must otherwise not be “insolvent” as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(16) of this section. In lieu of applying paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, an OTC derivatives dealer shall maintain net capital pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) of this section. Each broker or dealer also shall comply with the supplemental requirements of paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(9) of this section, to the extent either paragraph is applicable to its activities. In addition, a broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than its own net capital requirement plus the sum of each broker's or dealer's subsidiary or affiliate minimum net capital requirements, which is consolidated pursuant to appendix C, § 240.15c3-1c.
</P>
<HD1>Ratio Requirements
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Aggregate Indebtedness Standard</HD2></EXTRACT>
<P>(1)(i) No broker or dealer, other than one that elects the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, shall permit its aggregate indebtedness to all other persons to exceed 1500 percent of its net capital (or 800 percent of its net capital for 12 months after commencing business as a broker or dealer).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Alternative Standard</HD2></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer may elect not to be subject to the Aggregate Indebtedness Standard of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section. That broker or dealer shall not permit its net capital to be less than the greater of $250,000 or 2 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with the Formula for Determination of Reserve Requirements for Brokers and Dealers (Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3, § 240.15c3-3a). Such broker or dealer shall notify its Examining Authority, in writing, of its election to operate under this paragraph (a)(1)(ii). Once a broker or dealer has notified its Examining Authority, it shall continue to operate under this paragraph unless a change is approved upon application to the Commission. A broker or dealer that elects this standard and is not exempt from Rule 15c3-3 shall:


</P>
<P>(A) Make the computation required by § 240.15c3-3(e) and set forth in Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a, on a weekly basis and, in lieu of the 1% reduction of certain debit items required by Note E (3) in the computation of its Exhibit A requirement, reduce aggregate debit items in such computation by 3%; provided, however, that, if a broker or dealer is required to make the computation required by § 240.15c3-3(e) and set forth in Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a, on a daily basis, the broker or dealer may reduce aggregate debit items in such computation by 2%;


</P>
<P>(B) Include in Items 7 and 8 of Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a, the market value of items specified therein more than 7 business days old;
</P>
<P>(C) Exclude credit balances in accounts representing amounts payable for securities not yet received from the issuer or its agent which securities are specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) and (E) of this section and any related debit items from the Exhibit A requirement for 3 business days; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Deduct from net worth in computing net capital 1 percent of the contract value of all failed to deliver contracts or securities borrowed that were allocated to failed to receive contracts of the same issue and which thereby were excluded from Items 11 or 12 of Exhibit A, § 240.15c3-3a.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Futures Commission Merchants</HD2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) No broker or dealer registered as a futures commission merchant shall permit its net capital to be less than the greater of its requirement under paragraph (a)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section, or 4 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the customer's account).
</P>
<HD1>Minimum Requirements
</HD1>
<P>See Appendix E (§ 240.15c3-1e) for temporary minimum requirements.
</P>
<HD2>Brokers or Dealers That Carry Customer Accounts
</HD2>
<P>(2)(i) A broker or dealer (other than one described in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) or (a)(8) of this section) shall maintain net capital of not less than $250,000 if it carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and receives or holds funds or securities for those persons. A broker or dealer shall be deemed to receive funds, or to carry customer or broker or dealer accounts and to receive funds from those persons if, in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, it receives checks, drafts, or other evidences of indebtedness made payable to itself or persons other than the requisite registered broker or dealer carrying the account of a customer, escrow agent, issuer, underwriter, sponsor, or other distributor of securities. A broker or dealer shall be deemed to hold securities for, or to carry customer or broker or dealer accounts, and hold securities of, those persons if it does not promptly forward or promptly deliver all of the securities of customers or of other brokers or dealers received by the firm in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer. A broker or dealer, without complying with this paragraph (a)(2)(i), may receive securities only if its activities conform with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2) (iv) or (v) of this section, and may receive funds only in connection with the activities described in paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer that is exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) thereof shall maintain net capital of not less than $100,000.
</P>
<HD2>Dealers
</HD2>
<P>(iii) A dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $100,000. For the purposes of this section, the term “dealer” includes:
</P>
<P>(A) Any broker or dealer that endorses or writes options otherwise than on a registered national securities exchange or a facility of a registered national securities association; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Any broker or dealer that effects more than ten transactions in any one calendar year for its own investment account. This section shall not apply to those persons engaging in activities described in paragraphs (a)(2)(v), (a)(2)(vi) or (a)(8) of this section, or to those persons whose underwriting activities are limited solely to acting as underwriters in best efforts or all or none underwritings in conformity with paragraph (b)(2) of § 240.15c2-4, so long as those persons engage in no other dealer activities.
</P>
<HD2>Brokers or Dealers That Introduce Customer Accounts And Receive Securities
</HD2>
<P>(iv) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $50,000 if it introduces transactions and accounts of customers or other brokers or dealers to another registered broker or dealer that carries such accounts on a fully disclosed basis, and if the broker or dealer receives but does not hold customer or other broker or dealer securities. A broker or dealer operating under this paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section may participate in a firm commitment underwriting without being subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, but may not enter into a commitment for the purchase of shares related to that underwriting.
</P>
<HD2>Brokers or Dealers Engaged in the Sale of Redeemable Shares of Registered Investment Companies and Certain Other Share Accounts
</HD2>
<P>(v) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $25,000 if it acts as a broker or dealer with respect to the purchase, sale and redemption of redeemable shares of registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account directly from or to the issuer on other than a subscription way basis. A broker or dealer operating under this section may sell securities for the account of a customer to obtain funds for the immediate reinvestment in redeemable securities of registered investment companies. A broker or dealer operating under this paragraph (a)(2)(v) must promptly transmit all funds and promptly deliver all securities received in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, and may not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers.
</P>
<HD2>Other Brokers or Dealers
</HD2>
<P>(vi) A broker or dealer that does not receive, directly or indirectly, or hold funds or securities for, or owe funds or securities to, customers and does not carry accounts of, or for, customers and does not engage in any of the activities described in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through (v) of this section shall maintain net capital of not less than $5,000. A broker or dealer operating under this paragraph may engage in the following dealer activities without being subject to the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of a buy order, prior to executing such customer's order, it purchases as principal the same number of shares or purchases shares to accumulate the number of shares necessary to complete the order, which shall be cleared through another registered broker or dealer or
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a sell order, prior to executing such customer's order, it sells as principal the same number of shares or a portion thereof, which shall be cleared through another registered broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<HD2>Capital Requirements for Market Makers
</HD2>
<P>(4) A broker or dealer engaged in activities as a market maker as defined in paragraph (c)(8) of this section shall maintain net capital in an amount not less than $2,500 for each security in which it makes a market (unless a security in which it makes a market has a market value of $5 or less, in which event the amount of net capital shall be not less than $1,000 for each such security) based on the average number of such markets made by such broker or dealer during the 30 days immediately preceding the computation date. Under no circumstances shall it have net capital less than that required by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, or be required to maintain net capital of more than $1,000,000 unless required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) In accordance with appendix F to this section (§ 240.15c3-1f), the Commission may grant an application by an OTC derivatives dealer when calculating net capital to use the market risk standards of appendix F as to some or all of its positions in lieu of the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and the credit risk standards of appendix F to its receivables (including counterparty net exposure) arising from transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments in lieu of the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. An OTC derivatives dealer shall at all times maintain tentative net capital of not less than $100 million and net capital of not less than $20 million.
</P>
<P>(ii) An OTC derivatives dealer that is also registered as a security-based swap dealer under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) is subject to the capital requirements in §§ 240.18a-1, 240.18a-1a, 240.18a-1b, 240.18a-1c and 240.18a-1d instead of the capital requirements of this section and its appendices.
</P>
<HD2>Market Makers, Specialists and Certain Other Dealers
</HD2>
<P>(6)(i) A dealer who meets the conditions of paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section may elect to operate under this paragraph (a)(6) and thereby not apply, except to the extent required by this paragraph (a)(6), the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) or appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a) of this section to market maker and specialist transactions and, in lieu thereof, apply thereto the provisions of paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) This paragraph (a)(6) shall be available to a dealer who does not effect transactions with other than brokers or dealers, who does not carry customer accounts, who does not effect transactions in options not listed on a registered national securities exchange or facility of a registered national securities association, and whose market maker or specialist transactions are effected through and carried in a market maker or specialist account cleared by another broker or dealer as provided in paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A dealer who elects to operate pursuant to this paragraph (a)(6) shall at all times maintain a liquidating equity in respect of securities positions in his market maker or specialist account at least equal to: 
</P>
<P>(A) An amount equal to 25 percent (5 percent in the case of exempted securities) of the market value of the long positions and 30 percent of the market value of the short positions; provided, however, in the case of long or short positions in options and long or short positions in securities other than options which relate to a bona fide hedged position as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(x)(C) of this section, such amount shall equal the deductions in respect of such positions specified by appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a). 
</P>
<P>(B) Such lesser requirement as may be approved by the Commission under specified terms and conditions upon written application of the dealer and the carrying broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(iii), equity in such specialist or market maker account shall be computed by (<I>1</I>) marking all securities positions long or short in the account to their respective current market values, (<I>2</I>) adding (deducting in the case of a debit balance) the credit balance carried in such specialist or market maker account, and (<I>3</I>) adding (deducting in the case of short positions) the market value of positions long in such account. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The dealer shall obtain from the broker or dealer carrying the market maker or specialist account a written undertaking which shall be designated “Notice Pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(6) of Intention to Carry Specialist or Market Maker Account.” Said undertaking shall contain the representations required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section and shall be filed with the Commission's Washington, DC, Office, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business and the Designated Examining Authorities of both firms prior to effecting any transactions in said account. The broker or dealer carrying such account: 
</P>
<P>(A) Shall mark the account to the market not less than daily and shall issue appropriate calls for additional equity which shall be met by noon of the following business day; 
</P>
<P>(B) Shall notify by telegraph the Commission and the Designated Examining Authorities pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17a-11, if the market maker or specialist fails to deposit any required equity within the time prescribed in paragraph (a)(6)(iv)(A) of this section; said telegraphic notice shall be received by the Commission and the Designated Examining Authorities not later than the close of business on the day said call is not met; 
</P>
<P>(C) Shall not extend further credit in the account if the equity in the account falls below that prescribed in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section, and 
</P>
<P>(D) Shall take steps to liquidate promptly existing positions in the account in the event of a failure to meet a call for equity.
</P>
<P>(v) No such carrying broker or dealer shall permit the sum of (A) the deductions required by paragraph (c)(2)(x)(A) of this section in respect of all transactions in market maker accounts guaranteed, indorsed or carried by such broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(x) of this section and (B) the equity required by paragraph (iii) of this paragraph (a)(6) in respect of all transactions in the accounts of specialists of market makers in options carried by such broker or dealer pursuant to this paragraph (a)(6) to exceed 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for any period exceeding five business days; <I>Provided,</I> That solely for purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(v), deductions or equity required in a specialist or market maker account in respect of positions in fully paid securities (other than options), which do not underlie options listed on the national securities exchange or facility of a national securities association of which the specialist or market marker is a member, need not be recognized. <I>Provided further,</I> That if at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital, then the broker or dealer shall immediately transmit telegraphic notice of such event to the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business, and such broker's or dealer's Designated Examining Authority. <I>Provided further,</I> That if at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital, then such broker or dealer shall be subject to the prohibitions against withdrawal of equity capital set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, and to the prohibitions against reduction, prepayment and repayment of subordination agreements set forth in paragraph (b)(11) of § 240.15c3-1d, as if such broker or dealer's net capital were below the minimum standards specified by each of the aforementioned paragraphs. 
</P>
<HD1>Alternative Net Capital Computation for Broker-Dealers Authorized to Use Models


</HD1>
<P>(7) In accordance with appendix E to this section (§ 240.15c3-1e), the Commission may approve, in whole or in part, an application or an amendment to an application by a broker or dealer to calculate net capital using the market risk standards of appendix E to compute a deduction for market risk on some or all of its positions, instead of the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(vii) of this section, and using the credit risk standards of appendix E to compute a deduction for credit risk on certain credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments, instead of the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section, subject to any conditions or limitations on the broker or dealer the Commission may require as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. A broker or dealer that has been approved to calculate its net capital under appendix E must: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) At all times maintain tentative net capital of not less than $5 billion and net capital of not less than the greater of $1 billion or the sum of the ratio requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Two percent of the risk margin amount; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after the third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had previously issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(7)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of brokers or dealers subject to paragraph (a)(7) of this section, as well as the risks of their security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(7)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) or (<I>3</I>) of this section, the Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an order regarding any such change.
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice that same day in accordance with § 240.17a-11(g) if the broker's or dealer's tentative net capital is less than $6 billion. The Commission may, upon written application, lower the threshold at which notification is necessary under this paragraph (a)(7)(ii), either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if a broker or dealer satisfies the Commission that notification at the $6 billion threshold is unnecessary because of, among other factors, the special nature of its business, its financial position, its internal risk management system, or its compliance history; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Comply with § 240.15c3-4 as though it were an OTC derivatives dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs (c)(5)(xiii), (c)(5)(xiv), (d)(8), and (d)(9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Municipal securities brokers' brokers.</I> (i) A municipal securities brokers' brokers, as defined in subsection (ii) of this paragraph (a)(8), may elect not to be subject to the limitations of paragraph (c)(2)(ix) of this section provided that such brokers' broker complies with the requirements set out in paragraphs (a)(8) (iii), (iv) and (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>municipal securities brokers' broker</I> shall mean a municipal securities broker or dealer who acts exclusively as an undisclosed agent in the purchase or sale of municipal securities for a registered broker or dealer or registered municipal securities dealer, who has no “customers” as defined in this rule and who does not have or maintain any municipal securities in its proprietary or other accounts.
</P>
<P>(iii) In order to qualify to operate under this paragraph (a)(8), a brokers' broker shall at all times have and maintain net capital of not less than $150,000.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(8), a brokers' broker shall deduct from net worth 1% of the contract value of each municipal failed to deliver contract which is outstanding 21 business days or longer. Such deduction shall be increased by any excess of the contract price of the fail to deliver over the market value of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(8), a brokers' broker may exclude from its aggregate indebtedness computation indebtedness adequately collateralized by municipal securities outstanding for not more than one business day and offset by municipal securities failed to deliver of the same issue and quantity. In no event may a brokers' broker exclude any overnight bank loan attributable to the same municipal securities failed to deliver contract for more than one business day. A brokers' broker need not deduct from net worth the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive outstanding longer than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of those failed to receive as required by Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(E).
</P>
<HD2>Certain Additional Capital Requirements for Brokers or Dealers Engaging in Reverse Repurchase Agreements
</HD2>
<P>(9) A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital in addition to the amounts required under paragraph (a) of this section in an amount equal to 10 percent of:
</P>
<P>(i) The excess of the market value of United States Treasury Bills, Bonds and Notes subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 105 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party;
</P>
<P>(ii) The excess of the market value of securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage related securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 110 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The excess of the market value of other securities subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 120 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party.
</P>
<HD2>Broker-Dealers Registered as Security-Based Swap Dealers
</HD2>
<P>(10) A broker or dealer registered with the Commission as a security-based swap dealer, other than a broker or dealer subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(7) of this section, must:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) At all times maintain net capital of not less than the greater of $20 million or the sum of the ratio requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Two percent of the risk margin amount; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after the third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had previously issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(10)(i)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of brokers or dealers subject to paragraph (a)(10) of this section, as well as the risks of their security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(10)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) or (<I>3</I>) of this section, the Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an order regarding any such change; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with § 240.15c3-4 as though it were an OTC derivatives dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs (c)(5)(xiii) and (xiv), and (d)(8) and (9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply.
</P>
<P>(b) Exemptions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any specialist:
</P>
<P>(i) Whose securities business, except for an occasional non-specialist related securities transaction for its own account, is limited to that of acting as an options market maker on a national securities exchange; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That is a member in good standing and subject to the capital requirements of a national securities exchange; 
</P>
<P>(iii) That does not transact a business in securities with other than a broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 or section 15C of the Act or a member of a national securities exchange; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) That is not a clearing member of The Options Clearing Corporation and whose securities transactions are effected through and carried in an account cleared by another broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) A member in good standing of a national securities exchange who acts as a floor broker (and whose activities do not require compliance with other provisions of this rule), may elect to comply, in lieu of the other provisions of this section, with the following financial responsibility standard: The value of the exchange membership of the member (based on the lesser of the most recent sale price or current bid price for an exchange membership) is not less than $15,000, or an amount equal to the excess of $15,000 over the value of the exchange membership is held by an independent agent in escrow: <I>Provided,</I> That the rules of such exchange require that the proceeds from the sale of the exchange membership of the member and the amount held in escrow pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the prior claims of the exchange and its clearing corporation and those arising directly from the closing out of contracts entered into on the floor of such exchanges. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may, upon written application, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any broker or dealer who satisfies the Commission that, because of the special nature of its business, its financial position, and the safeguards it has established for the protection of customers' funds and securities, it is not necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors to subject the particular broker or dealer to the provisions of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section: 
</P>
<HD1>Aggregate Indebtedness 
</HD1>
<P>(1) The term <I>aggregate indebtedness</I> shall be deemed to mean the total money liabilities of a broker or dealer arising in connection with any transaction whatsoever and includes, among other things, money borrowed, money payable against securities loaned and securities “failed to receive,” the market value of securities borrowed to the extent to which no equivalent value is paid or credited (other than the market value of margin securities borrowed from customers in accordance with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-3 and margin securities borrowed from non-customers), customers' and non-customers' free credit balances, credit balances in customers' and non-customers' accounts having short positions in securities, equities in customers' and non-customers' future commodities accounts and credit balances in customers' and non-customers' commodities accounts, but excluding: 
</P>
<HD1>Exclusions From Aggregate Indebtedness 
</HD1>
<P>(i) Indebtedness adequately collateralized by securities which are carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or by securities which collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to appendix D to this section 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d; indebtedness adequately collateralized by spot commodities which are carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold; or, until October 1, 1976, indebtedness adequately collateralized by municipal securities outstanding for not more than one business day and offset by municipal securities failed to deliver of the same issue and quantity, where such indebtedness is incurred by a broker or dealer effecting transactions solely in municipal securities who is either registered with the Commission or temporarily exempt from such registration pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15a-1(T) or 17 CFR 240.15Ba2-3(T); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Amounts payable against securities loaned, which securities are carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or which securities collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c) 
</P>
<P>(iii) Amounts payable against securities failed to receive which securities are carried long by the broker or dealer and which have not been sold or which securities collateralize a secured demand note pursuant to Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d) or amounts payable against securities failed to receive for which the broker or dealer also has a receivable related to securities of the same issue and quantity thereof which are either fails to deliver or securities borrowed by the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Credit balances in accounts representing amounts payable for securities or money market instruments not yet received from the issuer or its agent which securities are specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(E) and which amounts are outstanding in such accounts not more than three (3) business days; 
</P>
<P>(v) Equities in customers' and non-customers' accounts segregated in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Liability reserves established and maintained for refunds of charges required by section 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, but only to the extent of amounts on deposit in a segregated trust account in accordance with 17 CFR 270.27d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Amounts payable to the extent funds and qualified securities are required to be on deposit and are deposited in a “Special Reserve Bank Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers” pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Fixed liabilities adequately secured by assets acquired for use in the ordinary course of the trade or business of a broker or dealer but no other fixed liabilities secured by assets of the broker or dealer shall be so excluded unless the sole recourse of the creditor for nonpayment of such liability is to such asset; 
</P>
<P>(ix) Liabilities on open contractual commitments; 
</P>
<P>(x) Indebtedness subordinated to the claims of creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement, as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d); 
</P>
<P>(xi) Liabilities which are effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors (but which are not subject to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d)) by non-customers of the broker or dealer prior to such subordination, except such subordinations by customers as may be approved by the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(xii) Credit balances in accounts of general partners; 
</P>
<P>(xiii) Deferred tax liabilities;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Eighty-five percent of amounts payable to a registered investment company related to fail to deliver receivables of the same quantity arising out of purchases of shares of those registered investment companies; and
</P>
<P>(xv) Eighty-five percent of amounts payable against securities loaned for which the broker or dealer has receivables related to securities of the same class and issue and quantity that are securities borrowed by the broker or dealer.
</P>
<HD1>Net Capital 
</HD1>
<P>(2) The term <I>net capital</I> shall be deemed to mean the net worth of a broker or dealer, adjusted by: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Adjustments to net worth related to unrealized profit or loss, deferred tax provisions, and certain liabilities.</I> (A) Adding unrealized profits (or deducting unrealized losses) in the accounts of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) In determining net worth, all long and all short positions in listed options shall be marked to their market value and all long and all short securities and commodities positions shall be marked to their market value. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In determining net worth, the value attributed to any unlisted option shall be the difference between the option's exercise value and the market value of the underlying security. In the case of an unlisted call, if the market value of the underlying security is less than the exercise value of such call it shall be given no value and in the case of an unlisted put if the market value of the underlying security is more than the exercise value of the unlisted put it shall be given no value. 
</P>
<P>(C) Adding to net worth the lesser of any deferred income tax liability related to the items in (<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), and (<I>3</I>) below, or the sum of (<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>) and (<I>3</I>) below; 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The aggregate amount resulting from applying to the amount of the deductions computed in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and Appendices A and B, § 240.15c3-1a and 240.15c3-1b, the appropriate Federal and State tax rate(s) applicable to any unrealized gain on the asset on which the deduction was computed;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any deferred tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any deferred tax liability related to unrealized appreciation in value of any asset(s) which has been otherwise deducted from net worth in accordance with the provisions of this section; and, 
</P>
<P>(D) Adding, in the case of future income tax benefits arising as a result of unrealized losses, the amount of such benefits not to exceed the amount of income tax liabilities accrued on the books and records of the broker or dealer, but only to the extent such benefits could have been applied to reduce accrued tax liabilities on the date of the capital computation, had the related unrealized losses been realized on that date. 
</P>
<P>(E) Adding to net worth any actual tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(F) Subtracting from net worth any liability or expense relating to the business of the broker or dealer for which a third party has assumed the responsibility, unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the third party has adequate resources independent of the broker or dealer to pay the liability or expense.
</P>
<P>(G) Subtracting from net worth any contribution of capital to the broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Under an agreement that provides the investor with the option to withdraw the capital; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) That is intended to be withdrawn within a period of one year of contribution. Any withdrawal of capital made within one year of its contribution is deemed to have been intended to be withdrawn within a period of one year, unless the withdrawal has been approved in writing by the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subordinated liabilities.</I> Excluding liabilities of the broker or dealer which are subordinated to the claims of creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement, as defined in appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d). 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Sole proprietors.</I> Deducting, in the case of a broker or dealer who is a sole proprietor, the excess of liabilities which have not been incurred in the course of business as a broker or dealer over assets not used in the business. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Assets not readily convertible into cash.</I> Deducting fixed assets and assets which cannot be readily converted into cash (less any indebtedness excluded in accordance with subdivision (c)(1)(viii) of this section) including, among other things: 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Fixed assets and prepaid items.</I> Real estate; furniture and fixtures; exchange memberships; prepaid rent, insurance and other expenses; goodwill, organization expenses; 
</P>
<HD2>Certain Unsecured and Partly Secured Receivables
</HD2>
<P>(B) All unsecured advances and loans; deficits in customers' and non-customers' unsecured and partly secured notes; deficits in omnibus credit accounts maintained in compliance with the requirements of 12 CFR 220.7(f) of Regulation T under the Act, or similar accounts carried on behalf of another broker or dealer, after application of calls for margin, marks to the market or other required deposits that are outstanding 5 business days or less; deficits in customers' and non-customers' unsecured and partly secured accounts after application of calls for margin, marks to market or other required deposits that are outstanding 5 business days or less, except deficits in cash accounts as defined in 12 CFR 220.8 of Regulation T under the Act for which not more than one extension respecting a specified securities transaction has been requested and granted, and deducting for securities carried in any of such accounts the percentages specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a; the market value of stock loaned in excess of the value of any collateral received therefor; receivables arising out of free shipments of securities (other than mutual fund redemptions) in excess of $5,000 per shipment and all free shipments (other than mutual fund redemptions) outstanding more than 7 business days, and mutual fund redemptions outstanding more than 16 business days; and any collateral deficiencies in secured demand notes as defined in appendix D, § 240.15c3-1d; a broker or dealer that participates in a loan of securities by one party to another party will be deemed a principal for the purpose of the deductions required under this section, unless the broker or dealer has fully disclosed the identity of each party to the other and each party has expressly agreed in writing that the obligations of the broker or dealer do not include a guarantee of performance by the other party and that such party's remedies in the event of a default by the other party do not include a right of setoff against obligations, if any, of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(C) Interest receivable, floor brokerage receivable, commissions receivable from other brokers or dealers (other than syndicate profits which shall be treated as required in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(E) of this section), mutual fund concessions receivable and management fees receivable from registered investment companies, all of which receivables are outstanding longer than thirty (30) days from the date they arise; dividends receivable outstanding longer than thirty (30) days from the payable date; good faith deposits arising in connection with a non-municipal securities underwriting, outstanding longer than eleven (11) business days from the settlement of the underwriting with the issuer; receivables due from participation in municipal securities underwriting syndicates and municipal securities joint underwriting accounts which are outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from settlement of the underwriting with the issuer and good faith deposits arising in connection with an underwriting of municipal securities, outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from settlement of the underwriting with the issuer; and receivables due from participation in municipal securities secondary trading joint accounts, which are outstanding longer than sixty (60) days from the date all securities have been delivered by the account manager to the account members; 
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Insurance claims.</I> Insurance claims which, after seven (7) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered, are not covered by an opinion of outside counsel that the claim is valid and is covered by insurance policies presently in effect; insurance claims which after twenty (20) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered and which are accompanied by an opinion of outside counsel described above, have not been acknowledged in writing by the insurance carrier as due and payable; and insurance claims acknowledged in writing by the carrier as due and payable outstanding longer than twenty (20) business days from the date they are so acknowledged by the carrier; and, 
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Other deductions.</I> All other unsecured receivables; all assets doubtful of collection less any reserves established therefor; the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive outstanding longer than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of such fails to receive; and the funds on deposit in a “segregated trust account” in accordance with 17 CFR 270.27d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, but only to the extent that the amount on deposit in such segregated trust account exceeds the amount of liability reserves established and maintained for refunds of charges required by sections 27(d) and 27(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; <I>Provided,</I> That the following need not be deducted:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any amounts deposited in a Customer Reserve Bank Account or PAB Reserve Bank Account pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e) or in the “special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers” established pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(p)(3),
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Cash and securities held in a securities account at a carrying broker or dealer (except where the account has been subordinated to the claims of creditors of the carrying broker or dealer), and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Clearing deposits.
</P>
<P>(F)(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The term <I>reverse repurchase agreement deficit</I> shall mean the difference between the contract price for resale of the securities under a reverse repurchase agreement and the market value of those securities (if less than the contract price).
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The term <I>repurchase agreement deficit</I> shall mean the difference between the market value of securities subject to the repurchase agreement and the contract price for repurchase of the securities (if less than the market value of the securities).
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) As used in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>1</I>) of this section, the term <I>contract price</I> shall include accrued interest.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Reverse repurchase agreement deficits and the repurchase agreement deficits where the counterparty is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall be disregarded.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) In the case of a reverse repurchase agreement, the deduction shall be equal to the reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In determining the required deductions under paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section, the broker or dealer may reduce the reverse repurchase agreement deficit by:
</P>
<P>(<I>A</I>) Any margin or other deposits held by the broker or dealer on account of the reverse repurchase agreement;
</P>
<P>(<I>B</I>) Any excess market value of the securities over the contract price for resale of those securities under any other reverse repurchase agreement with the same party;
</P>
<P>(<I>C</I>) The difference between the contract price for resale and the market value of securities subject to repurchase agreements with the same party (if the market value of those securities is less than the contract price); and
</P>
<P>(<I>D</I>) Calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding one business day or less.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) (<I>i</I>) In the case of repurchase agreements, the deduction shall be:
</P>
<P>(<I>A</I>) The excess of the repurchase agreement deficit over 5 percent of the contract price for resale of United States Treasury Bills, Notes and Bonds, 10 percent of the contract price for the resale of securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage related securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act and 20 percent of the contract price for the resale of other securities and;
</P>
<P>(<I>B</I>) The excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits with any one party over 25 percent of the broker or dealer's net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section (less any deduction taken with respect to repurchase agreements with that party under paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>)(<I>A</I>) of this section) or, if greater;
</P>
<P>(<I>C</I>) The excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits over 300 percent of the broker's or dealer's net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In determining the required deduction under paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section, the broker or dealer may reduce a repurchase agreement deficit by:
</P>
<P>(<I>A</I>) Any margin or other deposits held by the broker or dealer on account of a reverse repurchase agreement with the same party to the extent not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase deficit;
</P>
<P>(<I>B</I>) The difference between the contract price and the market value of securities subject to other repurchase agreements with the same party (if the market value of those securities is less than the contract price) not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit; and
</P>
<P>(<I>C</I>) Calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding one business day or less to the extent not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Securities borrowed.</I> 1 percent of the market value of securities borrowed collateralized by an irrevocable letter of credit.
</P>
<P>(H) Any receivable from an affiliate of the broker or dealer (not otherwise deducted from net worth) and the market value of any collateral given to an affiliate (not otherwise deducted from net worth) to secure a liability over the amount of the liability of the broker or dealer unless the books and records of the affiliate are made available for examination when requested by the representatives of the Commission or the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer in order to demonstrate the validity of the receivable or payable. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply where the affiliate is a registered broker or dealer, registered government securities broker or dealer or bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act or investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or federally insured savings and loan association or futures commission merchant registered pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Deducting the market value of all short securities differences (which shall include securities positions reflected on the securities record which are not susceptible to either count or confirmation) unresolved after discovery in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Differences 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Numbers of business days after discovery
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Percentage of market value of short securities differences.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(B) Deducting the market value of any long securities differences, where such securities have been sold by the broker or dealer before they are adequately resolved, less any reserves established therefor;
</P>
<P>(C) The designated examining authority for a broker or dealer may extend the periods in (v)(A) of this section for up to 10 business days if it finds that exceptional circumstances warrant an extension.
</P>
<HD2>Securities Haircuts
</HD2>
<P>(vi) Deducting the percentages specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (M) of this section (or the deductions prescribed for securities positions set forth in Appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a) of the market value of all securities, money market instruments or options in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) In the case of a security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States or any agency thereof, the applicable percentages of the market value of the net long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Category 1
</HD1>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 3 months to maturity—0 percent.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 3 months but less than 6 months to maturity—
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1 percent.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 6 months but less than 9 months to maturity—
<FR>3/4</FR> of 1 percent.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 9 months but less than 12 months to maturity—1 percent.
</P>
<HD1>Category 2
</HD1>
<P>(<I>i</I>) 1 year but less than 2 years to maturity—1
<FR>1/2</FR> percent.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 2 years but less than 3 years to maturity—2 percent.
</P>
<HD1>Category 3
</HD1>
<P>(<I>i</I>) 3 years but less than 5 years to maturity—3%.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity—4%.
</P>
<HD1>Category 4
</HD1>
<P>(<I>i</I>) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity—4
<FR>1/2</FR>%.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 15 years but less than 20 years to maturity—5%.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 20 years but less than 25 years to maturity—5
<FR>1/2</FR>%.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 25 years or more to maturity—6%.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>Brokers or dealers shall compute a deduction for each category above as follows: Compute the deductions for the net long or short positions in each subcategory above. The deduction for the category shall be the net of the aggregate deductions on the long positions and the aggregate deductions on the short positions in each category plus 50% of the lesser of the aggregate deductions on the long or short positions.
</FP>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A broker or dealer may elect to deduct, in lieu of the computation required under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, the applicable percentages of the market value of the net long or short positions in each of the subcategories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In computing deductions under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, a broker or dealer may elect to exclude the market value of a long or short security from one category and a security from another category, <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Such securities have maturity dates:
</P>
<P>(<I>A</I>) Between 9 months and 15 months and within 3 months of one another.
</P>
<P>(<I>B</I>) Between 2 years and 4 years and within 1 year of one another; or
</P>
<P>(<I>C</I>) Between 8 years and 12 years and within 2 years of one another.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The net market value of the two excluded securities shall remain in the category of the security with the higher market value.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) In computing deductions under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, a broker or dealer may include in the categories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, long or short positions in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof that are deliverable against long or short positions in futures contracts relating to Government securities, traded on a recognized contract market approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which are held in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer. The value of the long or short positions included in the categories shall be determined by the contract value of the futures contract held in the account. The provisions of Appendix B to Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1b) will in any event apply to the positions in futures contracts.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) In the case of a Government securities dealer that reports to the Federal Reserve System, that transacts business directly with the Federal Reserve System, and that maintains at all times a minimum net capital of at least $50,000,000, before application of the deductions provided for in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, the deduction for a security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States or any agency thereof shall be 75 percent of the deduction otherwise computed under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) In the case of any municipal security which has a scheduled maturity at date of issue of 731 days or less and which is issued at par value and pays interest at maturity, or which is issued at a discount, and which is not traded flat or in default as to principal or interest, the applicable percentages of the market value on the greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 30 days to maturity—0%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 30 days but less than 91 days to maturity—
<FR>1/8</FR> of 1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 91 days but less than 181 days to maturity—
<FR>1/4</FR> of 1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 181 days but less than 271 days to maturity—
<FR>3/8</FR> of 1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) 271 days but less than 366 days to maturity—
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) 366 days but less than 456 days to maturity—
<FR>3/4</FR> of 1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) 456 days but less than 732 days to maturity—1%. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In the case of any municipal security, other than those specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>), which is not traded flat or in default as to principal or interest, the applicable percentages of the market value of the greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 1 year to maturity—1%.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 1 year but less than 2 years to maturity—2%.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 2 years but less than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> years to maturity—3%.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 3
<FR>1/2</FR> years but less than 5 years to maturity—4%.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) 5 years but less than 7 years to maturity—5%.
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) 7 years but less than 10 years to maturity—5
<FR>1/2</FR>%.
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity—6%.
</P>
<P>(<I>viii</I>) 15 years but less than 20 years to maturity—6
<FR>1/2</FR>%.
</P>
<P>(<I>ix</I>) 20 years or more to maturity—7%.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Canadian Debt Obligations.</I> In the case of any security issued or unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Government of Canada, the percentages of market value to be deducted shall be the same as in paragraph (A) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets consist of cash or money market instruments and which is described in § 270.2a-7 of this chapter, the deduction will be 2% of the market value of the greater of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets are in the form of cash or securities or money market instruments of any maturity which are described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (C) or (E) of this section, the deduction shall be 7% of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of redeemable securities of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which assets are in the form of cash or securities or money market instruments which are described in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (C) or (E) and (F) of this section, the deduction shall be 9% of the market value of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Commercial paper, bankers' acceptances and certificates of deposit.</I> In the case of any short term promissory note or evidence of indebtedness which has a fixed rate of interest or is sold at a discount, which has a maturity date at date of issuance not exceeding nine months exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal thereof, the maturity of which is likewise limited and has only a minimal amount of credit risk, or in the case of any negotiable certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptance or similar type of instrument issued or guaranteed by any bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), the applicable percentage of the market value of the greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Less than 30 days to maturity—0 percent. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 30 days but less than 91 days to maturity 
<FR>1/8</FR> of 1 percent. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 91 days but less than 181 days to maturity 
<FR>1/4</FR> of 1 percent. 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) 181 days but less than 271 days to maturity 
<FR>3/8</FR> of 1 percent. 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) 271 days but less than 1 year to maturity 
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1 percent; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) With respect to any negotiable certificate of deposit or bankers acceptance or similar type of instrument issued or guaranteed by any bank, as defined above, having 1 year or more to maturity, the deduction shall be on the greater of the long or short position and shall be the same percentage as that prescribed in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(F)(<I>1</I>) <I>Nonconvertible debt securities.</I> In the case of nonconvertible debt securities having a fixed interest rate and a fixed maturity date, which are not traded flat or in default as to principal or interest and which have only a minimal amount of credit risk, the applicable percentages of the market value of the greater of the long or short position in each of the categories specified below are:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 1 year to maturity—2%
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 1 year but less than 2 years to maturity—3%
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 2 years but less than 3 years to maturity—5%
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 3 years but less than 5 years to maturity—6%
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity—7%
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity—7
<FR>1/2</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) 15 years but less than 20 years to maturity—8%
</P>
<P>(<I>viii</I>) 20 years but less than 25 years to maturity—8
<FR>1/2</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>ix</I>) 25 years or more to maturity—9%
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A broker or dealer may elect to exclude from the above categories long or short positions that are hedged with short or long positions in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof or nonconvertible debt securities having a fixed interest rate and a fixed maturity date and which are not traded flat or in default as to principal or interest, and which have only a minimal amount of credit risk if such securities have maturity dates:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than five years and within 6 months of each other; 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Between 5 years and 10 years and within 9 months of each other;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Between 10 years and 15 years and within 2 years of each other; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 15 years or more and within 10 years of each other. 
</P>
<FP>The broker-dealer shall deduct the amounts specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(F) (<I>3</I>) and (<I>4</I>) of this section. 
</FP>
<P>(<I>3</I>) With respect to those positions described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>2</I>) of this section that include a long or short position in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof, the broker or dealer shall exclude the hedging short or long United States or agency securities position from the applicable haircut category under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section. The broker or dealer shall deduct the percentage of the market value of the hedged long or short position in nonconvertible debt securities as specified in each of the categories below: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 5 years to maturity—1
<FR>1/2</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity—2
<FR>1/2</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity—2
<FR>3/4</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 15 years or more to maturity—3%
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) With respect to those positions described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>2</I>) of this section that include offsetting long and short positions in nonconvertible debt securities, the broker or dealer shall deduct a percentage of the market value of the hedged long or short position in nonconvertible debt securities as specified in each of the categories below:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Less than 5 years to maturity—1
<FR>3/4</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) 5 years but less than 10 years to maturity—3%
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) 10 years but less than 15 years to maturity—3
<FR>1/4</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) 15 years or more to maturity—3
<FR>1/2</FR>%
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) In computing deductions under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>3</I>) of this section, a broker or dealer may include in the categories specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>3</I>) of this section, long or short positions in securities issued by the United States or any agency thereof that are deliverable against long or short positions in futures contracts relating to Government securities, traded on a recognized contract market approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which are held in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer. The value of the long or short positions included in the categories shall be determined by the contract value of the futures contract held in the account. 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The provisions of Appendix B to Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1b) will in any event apply to the positions in futures contracts. 
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Convertible debt securities.</I> In the case of a debt security not in default which has a fixed rate of interest and a fixed maturity date and which is convertible into an equity security, the deductions shall be as follows: If the market value is 100 percent or more of the principal amount, the deduction shall be determined as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section; if the market value is less than the principal amount, the deduction shall be determined as specified in paragraph (F) of this section; if such securities are rated as required of paragraph (F) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(H) In the case of cumulative, non-convertible preferred stock ranking prior to all other classes of stock of the same issuer, which has only a minimal amount of credit risk and which are not in arrears as to dividends, the deduction shall be 10% of the market value of the greater of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(I) In order to apply a deduction under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(E), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>1</I>), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>2</I>), or (c)(2)(vi)(H) of this section, the broker or dealer must assess the creditworthiness of the security or money market instrument pursuant to policies and procedures for assessing and monitoring creditworthiness that the broker or dealer establishes, documents, maintains, and enforces. The policies and procedures must be reasonably designed for the purpose of determining whether a security or money market instrument has only a minimal amount of credit risk. Policies and procedures that are reasonably designed for this purpose should result in assessments of creditworthiness that typically are consistent with market data. A broker-dealer that opts not to make an assessment of creditworthiness under this paragraph may not apply the deductions under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(E), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(1), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(2), or (c)(2)(vi)(H) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2)(<E T="01">vi</E>)(I):</HED>
<P>For a discussion of the “minimal amount of credit risk” standard, <I>see Removal of Certain References to Credit Ratings Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,</I> Exchange Act Release No. 34-71194 (Dec. 27, 2013), at <I>http://www.sec.gov/rules/final.shtml.</I></P></NOTE>
<HD2>All Other Securities
</HD2>
<P>(J) In the case of all securities or evidences of indebtedness, except those described in appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, which are not included in any of the percentage categories enumerated in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (H) of this section or paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(K)(ii) of this section, the deduction shall be 15 percent of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions and to the extent the market value of the lesser of the long or short positions exceeds 25 percent of the market value of the greater of the long or short positions, the percentage deduction on such excess shall be 15 percent of the market value of such excess. No deduction need be made in the case of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A security that is convertible into or exchangeable for another security within a period of 90 days, subject to no conditions other than the payment of money, and the other securities into which such security is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, are short in the accounts of such broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A security that has been called for redemption and that is redeemable within 90 days.
</P>
<P>(K) <I>Securities with a limited market.</I> In the case of securities (other than exempted securities, nonconvertible debt securities, and cumulative nonconvertible preferred stock) which are not: (<I>1</I>) Traded on a national securities exchange; (<I>2</I>) designated as “OTC Margin Stock” pursuant to Regulation T under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (<I>3</I>) quoted on “NASDAQ”; or (<I>4</I>) redeemable shares of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the deduction shall be as follows: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) In the case where there are regular quotations in an inter-dealer quotations system for the securities by three or more independent market-makers (exclusive of the computing broker or dealer) and where each such quotation represents a bona fide offer to brokers or dealers to both buy and sell in reasonable quantities at stated prices, or where a ready market as defined in paragraph (c)(11) (ii) is deemed to exist, the deduction shall be determined in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In the case where there are regular quotations in an inter-dealer quotations system for the securities by only one or two independent market-makers (exclusive of the computing broker or dealer) and where each such quotation represents a bona fide offer to brokers or dealers both to buy and sell in reasonable quantities, at stated prices, the deduction on both the long and short position shall be 40 percent. 
</P>
<P>(L) Where a broker or dealer demonstrates that there is sufficient liquidity for any securities long or short in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer which are subject to a deduction required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(K) of this section, such deduction, upon a proper showing to the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer, may be appropriately decreased, but in no case shall such deduction be less than that prescribed in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section. 
</P>
<HD2>Undue Concentration
</HD2>
<P>(M)(<I>1</I>) In the case of money market instruments, or securities of a single class or series of an issuer, including any option written, endorsed or held to purchase or sell securities of such a single class or series of an issuer (other than “exempted securities” and redeemable securities of an investment company registered pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940), and securities underwritten (in which case the deduction provided for herein shall be applied after 11 business days), which are long or short in the proprietary or other accounts of a broker or dealer, including securities that are collateral to secured demand notes defined in appendix D, § 240.15c3-1d, and that have a market value of more than 10 percent of the “net capital” of a broker or dealer before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, there shall be an additional deduction from net worth and/or the Collateral Value for securities collateralizing a secured demand note defined in appendix D, § 240.15c3-1d, equal to 50 percent of the percentage deduction otherwise provided by this paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a, on that portion of the securities position in excess of 10 percent of the “net capital” of the broker or dealer before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a. In the case of securities described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J), the additional deduction required by this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall be 15 percent.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall apply notwithstanding any long or short position exemption provided for in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section (except for long or short position exemptions arising out of the first proviso to paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J)) and the deduction on any such exempted position shall be 15 percent of that portion of the securities position in excess of 10 percent of the broker or dealer's net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) shall be applied to an issue of equity securities only on the market value of such securities in excess of $10,000 or the market value of 500 shares, whichever is greater, or $25,000 in the case of a debt security.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) This paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M) will be applied to an issue of municipal securities having the same security provisions, date of issue, interest rate, day, month and year of maturity only if such securities have a market value in excess of $500,000 in bonds ($5,000,000 in notes) or 10 percent of tentative net capital, whichever is greater, and are held in position longer than 20 business days from the date the securities are received by the syndicate manager from the issuer.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any specialist that is subject to a deduction required by this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M), respecting its specialty stock, that can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer that there is sufficient liquidity for such specialist's specialty stock and that such deduction need not be applied in the public interest for the protection of investors, may upon a proper showing to such Examining Authority have such undue concentration deduction appropriately decreased, but in no case shall the deduction prescribed in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section above be reduced. Each such Examining Authority shall make and preserve for a period of not less than 3 years a record of each application granted pursuant to this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(M)(5), which shall contain a summary of the justification for the granting of the application.
</P>
<P>(N) Any specialist that limits its securities business to that of a specialist (except for an occasional non-specialist related securities transaction for its own account), that does not transact a business in securities with other than a broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15 or 15C of the Act or a member of a national securities exchange, and that is not a clearing member of The Options Clearing Corporation need not deduct from net worth in computing net capital those deductions, as to its specialty securities, set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section, except for paragraph (e) of this section limiting withdrawals of equity capital and appendix D to this section relating to satisfactory subordination agreements. As to a specialist that is solely an options specialist, in paragraph (e) the term “net capital” shall be deemed to mean “net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section” and “excess net capital” shall be deemed to be the amount of net capital before the application of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section in excess of the amount of net capital required under paragraph (a) of this section. In reports filed pursuant to § 240.17a-5 and in making the record required by § 240.17a-3(a)(11) each specialists shall include the deductions that would otherwise have been required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix A to this section in the absence of this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(N). 
</P>
<P>(O) <I>Cleared security-based swaps.</I> In the case of a cleared security-based swap held in a proprietary account of the broker or dealer, deducting the amount of the applicable margin requirement of the clearing agency or, if the security-based swap references an equity security, the broker or dealer may take a deduction using the method specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
</P>
<P>(P) <I>Non-cleared security-based swaps</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>Credit default swaps</I>—(<I>i</I>) <I>Short positions (selling protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in accordance with table 1 to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 240.15<E T="01">c</E>3-1(<E T="01">c</E>)(2)(<E T="01">vi</E>)(P)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">i</E> )
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Length of time to maturity of credit default swap contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Basis point spread
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">100 or less


<br/>%
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">101-300


<br/>%
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">301-400


<br/>%
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">401-500


<br/>%
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">501-699


<br/>%
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">700 or more


<br/>%
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 12 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 months but less than 24 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 months but less than 36 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 months but less than 48 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 months but less than 60 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 months but less than 72 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72 months but less than 84 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84 months but less than 120 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 months and longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) <I>Long positions (purchasing protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section if the non-cleared security-based swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) <I>Long and short credit default swaps.</I> In the case of non-cleared security-based swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same entity (in the case of non-cleared credit default swap security-based swaps referencing a corporate entity) or obligation (in the case of non-cleared credit default swap security-based swaps referencing an asset-backed security), that have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of protection, that have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category, deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity category under paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) or (<I>ii</I>) on the excess of the long or short position. In the case of non-cleared security-based swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing corporate entities in the same industry sector and the same spread and maturity categories prescribed in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section, deducting 50 percent of the amount required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section on the short position plus the deduction required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this section on the excess long position, if any. For the purposes of this section, the broker or dealer must use an industry sector classification system that is reasonable in terms of grouping types of companies with similar business activities and risk characteristics and the broker or dealer must document the industry sector classification system used pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) <I>Long security and long credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a debt security and the broker or dealer is long the same debt security, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this section for the debt security, provided that the broker or dealer can deliver the debt security to satisfy the obligation of the broker or dealer on the credit default swap.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) <I>Short security and short credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a debt security or a corporate entity, and the broker or dealer is short the debt security or a debt security issued by the corporate entity, deducting the amount specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this section for the debt security. In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap referencing an asset-backed security and the broker or dealer is short the asset-backed security, deducting the amount specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (vii) of this section for the asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Non-cleared security-based swaps that are not credit default swaps.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is not a credit default swap, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional amount of the security-based swap and the percentage specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section applicable to the reference security. A broker or dealer may reduce the deduction under this paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>2</I>) by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference security under paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and, in the case of a security-based swap referencing an equity security, the method specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Non-marketable securities.</I> Deducting 100 percent of the carrying value in the case of securities or evidence of indebtedness in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer, for which there is no ready market, as defined in paragraph (c)(11) of this section, and securities, in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer, which cannot be publicly offered or sold because of statutory, regulatory or contractual arrangements or other restrictions. 
</P>
<HD2>Open Contractual Commitments
</HD2>
<P>(viii) Deducting, in the case of a broker or dealer that has open contractual commitments (other than those option positions subject to appendix A, § 240.15c3-1a), the respective deductions as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section or appendix B, § 240.15c3-1b, from the value (which shall be the market value whenever there is a market) of each net long and each net short position contemplated by any open contractual commitment in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(A) The deduction for contractual commitments in those securities that are treated in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J) of this section shall be 30 percent unless the class and issue of the securities subject to the open contractual commitment deduction are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or are designated as NASDAQ National Market System Securities.
</P>
<P>(B) A broker or dealer that maintains in excess of $250,000 of net capital may add back to net worth up to $150,000 of any deduction computed under this paragraph (c)(2)(viii)(B).
</P>
<P>(C) The deduction with respect to any single commitment shall be reduced by the unrealized profit in such commitment, in an amount not greater than the deduction provided for by this paragraph (or increased by the unrealized loss), in such commitment, and in no event shall an unrealized profit on any closed transactions operate to increase net capital.
</P>
<P>(ix) Deducting from the contract value of each failed to deliver contract that is outstanding five business days or longer (21 business days or longer in the case of municipal securities) the percentages of the market value of the underlying security that would be required by application of the deduction required by paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section. Such deduction, however, shall be increased by any excess of the contract price of the failed to deliver contract over the market value of the underlying security or reduced by any excess of the market value of the underlying security over the contract value of the failed to deliver contract, but not to exceed the amount of such deduction. The designated examining authority for the broker or dealer may, upon application of the broker or dealer, extend for a period up to 5 business days, any period herein specified when it is satisfied that the extension is warranted. The designated examining authority upon expiration of the extension may extend for one additional period of up to 5 business days, any period herein specified when it is satisfied that the extension is warranted.
</P>
<HD2>Brokers or Dealers Carrying Accounts of Listed Options Specialists
</HD2>
<P>(x)(A) With respect to any transaction of a specialist in listed options, who is either not otherwise subject to the provisions of this section or is described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(N) of this section, for whose specialist account a broker or dealer acts as a guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer, such broker or dealer shall adjust its net worth by deducting as of noon of each business day the amounts computed as of the prior business day pursuant to § 240.15c3-1a. The required deductions may be reduced by any liquidating equity that exists in such specialist's market-maker account as of that time and shall be increased to the extent of any liquidating deficit in such account. Noon shall be determined according to the local time where the broker or dealer is headquartered. In no event shall excess equity in the specialist's market-maker account result in an increase of the net capital of any such guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Definitions.</I> (<I>1</I>) The term <I>listed option</I> shall mean any option traded on a registered national securities exchange or automated facility of a registered national securities association.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this section, the equity in an individual specialist's market-maker account shall be computed by:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Marking all securities positions long or short in the account to their respective current market values;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Adding (deducting in the case of a debit balance) the credit balance carried in such specialist's market-maker account; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Adding (deducting in the case of short positions) the market value of positions long in such account.
</P>
<P>(C) No guarantor, endorser, or carrying broker or dealer shall permit the sum of the deductions required pursuant to § 240.15c3-1a in respect of all transactions in specialists' market-maker accounts guaranteed, endorsed, or carried by such broker or dealer to exceed 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2) for any period exceeding three business days. If at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital, then the broker or dealer shall:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Immediately transmit telegraphic or facsimile notice of such event to the Division of Market Regulation in the headquarters office of the Commission in Washington, DC, to the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business, and to its examining authority designated pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(d)) (“Designated Examining Authority”); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Be subject to the prohibitions against withdrawal of equity capital set forth in § 240.15c3-1(e) and to the prohibitions against reduction, prepayment, and repayment of subordination agreements set forth in paragraph (b)(11) of § 240.15c3-1d, as if such broker or dealer's net capital were below the minimum standards specified by each of those paragraphs.
</P>
<P>(D) If at any time there is a liquidating deficit in a specialist's market-maker account, then the broker or dealer guaranteeing, endorsing, or carrying listed options transactions in such specialist's market-maker account may not extend any further credit in that account, and shall take steps to liquidate promptly existing positions in the account. This paragraph shall not prevent the broker or dealer from, upon approval by the broker's or dealer's Designated Examining Authority, entering into hedging positions in the specialist's market-maker account. The broker or dealer also shall transmit telegraphic or facsimile notice of the deficit and its amount by the close of business of the following business day to its Designated Examining Authority and the Designated Examining Authority of the specialist, if different from its own.
</P>
<P>(E) Upon written application to the Commission by the specialist and the broker or dealer guaranteeing, endorsing, or carrying options transactions in such specialist's market-maker account, the Commission may approve upon specified terms and conditions lesser adjustments to net worth than those specified in § 240.15c3-1a. 
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Brokers or dealers carrying specialists or market makers accounts.</I> With respect to a broker or dealer who carries a market maker or specialist account, or with respect to any transaction in options listed on a registered national securities exchange for which a broker or dealer acts as a guarantor or endorser of options written by a specialist in a specialist account, the broker or dealer shall deduct, for each account carried or for each class or series of options guaranteed or endorsed, any deficiency in collateral required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(xii)(A) <I>Deduction from net worth for certain undermargined accounts.</I> Deducting the amount of cash required in each customer's or non-customer's account to meet the maintenance margin requirements of the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer, after application of calls for margin, marks to the market or other required deposits which are outstanding 5 business days or less.
</P>
<P>(B) Deducting the amount of cash required in the account of each security-based swap and swap customer to meet the margin requirements of a clearing agency, Examining Authority, the Commission, derivatives clearing organization, or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, after application of calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding within the required time frame to collect the margin, mark to the market, or other required deposits.
</P>
<P>(xiii) <I>Deduction from net worth for indebtedness collateralized by exempted securities.</I> Deducting, at the option of the broker or dealer, in lieu of including such amounts in aggregate indebtedness, 4 percent of the amount of any indebtedness secured by exempted securities or municipal securities if such indebtedness would otherwise be includable in aggregate indebtedness. 
</P>
<P>(xiv) <I>Deduction from net worth for excess deductible amounts related to fidelity bond coverage.</I> Deducting the amount specified by rule of the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer with respect to a requirement to maintain fidelity bond coverage.
</P>
<P>(xv) <I>Deduction from net worth in lieu of collecting collateral for non-cleared security-based swap and swap transactions</I>—(A) <I>Security-based swaps.</I> Deducting the initial margin amount calculated pursuant to § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B) for the account of a counterparty at the broker or dealer that is subject to a margin exception set forth in § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(iii), less the margin value of collateral held in the account.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Swaps.</I> Deducting the initial margin amount calculated pursuant to the margin rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in the account of a counterparty at the broker or dealer that is subject to a margin exception in those rules, less the margin value of collateral held in the account.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Treatment of collateral held at a third-party custodian.</I> For the purposes of the deductions required pursuant to paragraphs (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B) of this section, collateral held by an independent third-party custodian as initial margin may be treated as collateral held in the account of the counterparty at the broker or dealer if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The independent third-party custodian is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The broker or dealer, the independent third-party custodian, and the counterparty that delivered the collateral to the custodian have executed an account control agreement governing the terms under which the custodian holds and releases collateral pledged by the counterparty as initial margin that is a legal, valid, binding, and enforceable agreement under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions, including in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of any of the parties to the agreement, and that provides the broker or dealer with the right to access the collateral to satisfy the counterparty's obligations to the broker or dealer arising from transactions in the account of the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The broker or dealer maintains written documentation of its analysis that in the event of a legal challenge the relevant court or administrative authorities would find the account control agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under the applicable law, including in the event of the receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or a similar proceeding of any of the parties to the agreement.
</P>
<HD1>Exempted Securities 
</HD1>
<P>(3) The term <I>exempted securities</I> shall mean those securities deemed exempted securities by section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder. 
</P>
<HD1>Contractual Commitments 
</HD1>
<P>(4) The term <I>contractual commitments</I> shall include underwriting, when issued, when distributed and delayed delivery contracts, the writing or endorsement of puts and calls and combinations thereof, commitments in foreign currencies, and spot (cash) commodities contracts, but shall not include uncleared regular way purchases and sales of securities and contracts in commodities futures. A series of contracts of purchase or sale of the same security conditioned, if at all, only upon issuance may be treated as an individual commitment. 
</P>
<HD1>Adequately Secured 
</HD1>
<P>(5) Indebtedness shall be deemed to be adequately secured within the meaning of this section when the excess of the market value of the collateral over the amount of the indebtedness is sufficient to make the loan acceptable as a fully secured loan to banks regularly making secured loans to brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<HD1>Customer 
</HD1>
<P>(6) The term <I>customer</I> shall mean any person from whom, or on whose behalf, a broker or dealer has received, acquired or holds funds or securities for the account of such person, but shall not include a broker or dealer or a registered municipal securities dealer, or a general, special or limited partner or director or officer of the broker or dealer, or any person to the extent that such person has a claim for property or funds which by contract, agreement, or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer. <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term “customer” shall also include a broker or dealer, but only insofar as such broker or dealer maintains a special omnibus account carried with another broker or dealer in compliance with 12 CFR 220.4(b) of Regulation T under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<HD1>Non-Customer 
</HD1>
<P>(7) The term <I>non-customer</I> means a broker or dealer, registered municipal securities dealer, general partner, limited partner, officer, director and persons to the extent their claims are subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<HD1>Market Maker 
</HD1>
<P>(8) The term <I>market maker</I> shall mean a dealer who, with respect to a particular security, (i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized interdealer quotation system; or (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request; and, (iii) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<HD1>Promptly Transmit and Deliver
</HD1>
<P>(9) A broker or dealer is deemed to “promptly transmit” all funds and to “promptly deliver” all securities within the meaning of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(v) of this section where such transmission or delivery is made no later than noon of the next business day after the receipt of such funds or securities; provided, however, that such prompt transmission or delivery shall not be required to be effected prior to the settlement date for such transaction.
</P>
<HD1>Promptly Forward 
</HD1>
<P>(10) A broker or dealer is deemed to “promptly forward” funds or securities within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section only when such forwarding occurs no later than noon of the next business day following receipt of such funds or securities. 
</P>
<HD1>Ready Market 
</HD1>
<P>(11)(i) The term <I>ready market</I> shall include a recognized established securities market in which there exists independent bona fide offers to buy and sell so that a price reasonably related to the last sales price or current bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations can be determined for a particular security almost instantaneously and where payment will be received in settlement of a sale at such price within a relatively short time conforming to trade custom. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A <I>ready market</I> shall also be deemed to exist where securities have been accepted as collateral for a loan by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and where the broker or dealer demonstrates to its Examining Authority that such securities adequately secure such loans as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. 
</P>
<HD1>Examining Authority 
</HD1>
<P>(12) The term <I>Examining Authority</I> of a broker or dealer shall mean for the purposes of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1a-d the national securities exchange or national securities association of which the broker or dealer is a member or, if the broker or dealer is a member of more than one such self-regulatory organization, the organization designated by the Commission as the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer, or if the broker or dealer is not a member of any such self-regulatory organization, the Regional Office of the Commission where such broker or dealer has its principal place of business. 
</P>
<HD1>Entities That Have a Principal Regulator 
</HD1>
<P>(13)(i) For purposes of § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g, the term <I>entity that has a principal regulator</I> shall mean a person (other than a natural person) that is not a registered broker or dealer (other than a broker or dealer registered under section 15(b)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)), provided that the person is: 
</P>
<P>(A) An insured depository institution as defined in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2)); 
</P>
<P>(B) Registered as a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; 
</P>
<P>(C) Registered with or licensed by a State insurance regulator and issues any insurance, endowment, or annuity policy or contract; 
</P>
<P>(D) A foreign bank as defined in section 1(b)(7) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101(7)) that has its headquarters in a jurisdiction for which any foreign bank has been approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to conduct business pursuant to the standards set forth in 12 CFR 211.24(c), provided such foreign bank represents to the Commission that it is subject to the same supervisory regime as the foreign bank previously approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; 
</P>
<P>(E) Not primarily in the securities business, and the person is: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A corporation organized under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611 through 633); or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A corporation having an agreement or undertaking with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601 through 604a); or 
</P>
<P>(F) A person that the Commission finds is another entity that is subject to comprehensive supervision, has in place appropriate arrangements so that information that the person provides to the Commission is sufficiently reliable for the purposes of determining compliance with § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g, and it is appropriate to consider the person to be an entity that has a principal regulator considering all relevant circumstances, including the person's mix of business. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of §§ 240.15c3-1e, 240.15c3-1g, 240.17h-1T, and 240.17h2T, the term <I>ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator</I> shall mean a person (other than a natural person) that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Is a financial holding company or a company that is treated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1840 <I>et seq.</I>), or 
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission determines to be an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, if that person is subject to consolidated, comprehensive supervision; there are in place appropriate arrangements so that information that the person provides to the Commission is sufficiently reliable for the purposes of determining compliance with § 240.15c3-1e and § 240.15c3-1g; and it is appropriate to consider the person to be an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator in view of all relevant circumstances, including the person's mix of business.
</P>
<P>(14) The term <I>municipal securities</I> shall mean those securities included within the definition of “municipal securities” in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(15) The term <I>tentative net capital</I> shall mean the net capital of a broker or dealer before deducting the securities haircuts computed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and the charges on inventory computed pursuant to appendix B to this section (§ 240.15c3-1b). However, for purposes of paragraph (a)(5) of this section, the term <I>tentative net capital</I> means the net capital of an OTC derivatives dealer before deducting the charges for market and credit risk as computed pursuant to appendix F to this section (§ 240.15c3-1f) or paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, if applicable, and increased by the balance sheet value (including counterparty net exposure) resulting from transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments which would otherwise be deducted by virtue of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. For purposes of paragraph (a)(7) of this section, the term <I>tentative net capital</I> means the net capital of the broker or dealer before deductions for market and credit risk computed pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e or paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section, if applicable, and increased by the balance sheet value (including counterparty net exposure) resulting from transactions in derivative instruments which would otherwise be deducted by virtue of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. Tentative net capital shall include securities for which there is no ready market, as defined in paragraph (c)(11) of this section, if the use of mathematical models has been approved for purposes of calculating deductions from net capital for those securities pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e. 
</P>
<HD1>Insolvent
</HD1>
<P>(16) For the purposes of this section, a broker or dealer is insolvent if the broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Is the subject of any bankruptcy, equity receivership proceeding or any other proceeding to reorganize, conserve, or liquidate such broker or dealer or its property or is applying for the appointment or election of a receiver, trustee, or liquidator or similar official for such broker or dealer or its property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is insolvent within the meaning of section 101 of title 11 of the United States Code, or is unable to meet its obligations as they mature, and has made an admission to such effect in writing or in any court or before any agency of the United States or any State; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Is unable to make such computations as may be necessary to establish compliance with this section or with § 240.15c3-3.
</P>
<P>(17) The term <I>risk margin amount</I> means the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The total initial margin required to be maintained by the broker or dealer at each clearing agency with respect to security-based swap transactions cleared for security-based swap customers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The total initial margin amount calculated by the broker or dealer with respect to non-cleared security-based swaps pursuant to § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Debt-equity requirements.</I> No broker or dealer shall permit the total of outstanding principal amounts of its satisfactory subordination agreements (other than such agreements which qualify under this paragraph (d) as equity capital) to exceed 70 percent of its debt-equity total, as hereinafter defined, for a period in excess of 90 days or for such longer period which the Commission may, upon application of the broker or dealer, grant in the public interest or for the protection of investors. In the case of a corporation, the debt-equity total shall be the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, par or stated value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings, unrealized profit and loss or other capital accounts. In the case of a partnership, the debt-equity total shall be the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, capital accounts of partners (exclusive of such partners' securities accounts) subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section, and unrealized profit and loss. In the case of a sole proprietorship, the debt-equity total shall include the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, capital accounts of the sole proprietorship and unrealized profit and loss. <I>Provided, however,</I> That a satisfactory subordination agreement entered into by a partner or stockholder which has an initial term of at least three years and has a remaining term of not less than 12 months shall be considered equity for the purposes of this paragraph (d) if:
</P>
<P>(1) It does not have any of the provisions for accelerated maturity provided for by paragraphs (b)(9)(i), (10)(i) or (10)(ii) of Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d) and is maintained as capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section or
</P>
<P>(2) The partnership agreement provides that capital contributed pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined in Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d) shall in all respects be partnership capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Notice provisions relating to limitations on the withdrawal of equity capital.</I> No equity capital of the broker or dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate without written notice given in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Two business days prior to any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 30 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital. A broker or dealer, in an emergency situation, may make withdrawals, advances or loans that on a net basis exceed 30 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital in any 30 calendar day period without giving the advance notice required by this paragraph, with the prior approval of its Examining Authority. Where a broker or dealer makes a withdrawal with the consent of its Examining Authority, it shall in any event comply with paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Two business days after any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 20 percent of the broker or dealer's excess net capital.
</P>
<P>(iii) This paragraph (e)(1) does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities or commodities transactions in the ordinary course of business between a broker or dealer and an affiliate where the broker or dealer makes payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment from such affiliate for the securities or commodities transaction within two business days from the date of the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(B) Withdrawals, advances or loans which in the aggregate in any thirty calendar day period, on a net basis, equal $500,000 or less. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Each required notice shall be effective when received by the Commission in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business, the broker or dealer's Examining Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission if such broker or dealer is registered with that Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitations on Withdrawal of equity capital.</I> No equity capital of the broker or dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate, if after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances or loans and any Payments of Payment Obligations (as defined in appendix D (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d)) under satisfactory subordination agreements which are scheduled to occur within 180 days following such withdrawal, advance or loan if:
</P>
<P>(i) The broker or dealer's net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker-dealer is registered as a futures commission merchant, its net capital would be less than 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account);
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker-dealer's net capital would be less than 25 percent of deductions from net worth in computing net capital required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi), (f) and appendix A, of this section, unless the broker or dealer has the prior approval of the Commission to make such withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements of the broker or dealer and any subsidiaries or affiliates consolidated pursuant to appendix C (17 CFR 240.15c3-1c) (other than such agreements which qualify as equity under paragraph (d) of this section) would exceed 70% of the debt-equity total as defined in paragraph (d) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(v) The broker or dealer is subject to the aggregate indebtedness limitations of paragraph (a) of this section, the aggregate indebtedness of any of the consolidated entities exceeds 1000 percent of its net capital; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) The broker or dealer is subject to the alternative net capital requirement of paragraph (f) of this section, its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) <I>Temporary restrictions on withdrawal of net capital.</I> The Commission may by order restrict, for a period of up to twenty business days, any withdrawal by the broker or dealer of equity capital or unsecured loan or advance to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, member, employee or affiliate under such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or consistent with the protection of investors if the Commission, based on the information available, concludes that such withdrawal, advance or loan may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the broker or dealer, or may unduly jeopardize the broker or dealer's ability to repay its customer claims or other liabilities which may cause a significant impact on the markets or expose the customers or creditors of the broker or dealer to loss without taking into account the application of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970.
</P>
<P>(ii) An order temporarily prohibiting the withdrawal of capital shall be rescinded if the Commission determines that the restriction on capital withdrawal should not remain in effect. A hearing on an order temporarily prohibiting the withdrawal of capital will be held within two business days from the date of the request in writing by the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) <I>Miscellaneous provisions.</I> Excess net capital is that amount in excess of the amount required under paragraph (a) of this section. For the purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section, a broker or dealer may use the amount of excess net capital and deductions required under paragraphs (c)(2)(vi), (f) and appendix A of this section reported in its most recently required filed Form X-17A-5 for the purposes of calculating the effect of a projected withdrawal, advance or loan relative to excess net capital or deductions. The broker or dealer must assure itself that the excess net capital or the deductions reported on the most recently required filed Form X-17A-5 have not materially changed since the time such report was filed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The term equity capital includes capital contributions by partners, par or stated value of capital stock, paid-in capital in excess of par, retained earnings or other capital accounts. The term equity capital does not include securities in the securities accounts of partners and balances in limited partners' capital accounts in excess of their stated capital contributions. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section shall not preclude a broker or dealer from making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners of reasonable compensation, and such payments shall not be included in the calculation of withdrawals, advances, or loans for purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iv) For the purpose of this paragraph (e) of this section, any transaction between a broker or dealer and a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate that results in a diminution of the broker or dealer's net capital shall be deemed to be an advance or loan of net capital. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29799, July 16, 1975]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.15c3-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.352" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1a   Options (Appendix A to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) The term <I>unlisted option</I> shall mean any option not included in the definition of listed option provided in paragraph (c)(2)(x) of § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>option series</I> refers to listed option contracts of the same type (either a call or a put) and exercise style, covering the same underlying security with the same exercise price, expiration date, and number of underlying units.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>related instrument</I> within an option class or product group refers to futures contracts, options on futures contracts, security-based swaps on a narrow-based security index, and swaps covering the same underlying instrument. In relation to options on foreign currencies, a related instrument within an option class also shall include forward contracts on the same underlying currency.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>underlying instrument</I> refers to long and short positions, as appropriate, covering the same foreign currency, the same security, security future, or security-based swap other than a security-based swap on a narrow-based security index, or a security which is exchangeable for or convertible into the underlying security within a period of 90 days. If the exchange or conversion requires the payment of money or results in a loss upon conversion at the time when the security is deemed an underlying instrument for purposes of this section, the broker or dealer will deduct from net worth the full amount of the conversion loss. The term <I>underlying instrument</I> shall not be deemed to include securities options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, security-based swaps on a narrow-based security index, qualified stock baskets, unlisted instruments, or swaps.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>options class</I> refers to all options contracts covering the same underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>product group</I> refers to two or more option classes, related instruments, underlying instruments, and qualified stock baskets in the same portfolio type (see paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section) for which it has been determined that a percentage of offsetting profits may be applied to losses at the same valuation point.
</P>
<P>(b) The deduction under this Appendix A to § 240.15c3-1 shall equal the sum of the deductions specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(C) or (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<HD1>Theoretical Pricing Charges
</HD1>
<P>(1)(i) <I>Definitions.</I> (A) The terms <I>theoretical gains and losses</I> shall mean the gain and loss in the value of individual option series, the value of underlying instruments, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that option's class, at 10 equidistant intervals (valuation points) ranging from an assumed movement (both up and down) in the current market value of the underlying instrument equal to the percentage corresponding to the deductions otherwise required under § 240.15c3-1 for the underlying instrument (See paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). Theoretical gains and losses shall be calculated using a theoretical options pricing model that satisfies the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The term <I>theoretical options pricing model</I> shall mean any mathematical model, other than a broker-dealer proprietary model, approved by a Designated Examining Authority. Such Designated Examining Authority shall submit the model to the Commission, together with a description of its methods for approving models. Any such model shall calculate theoretical gains and losses as described in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section for all series and issues of equity, index and foreign currency options and related instruments, and shall be made available equally and on the same terms to all registered brokers or dealers. Its procedures shall include the arrangement of the vendor to supply accurate and timely data to each broker-dealer with respect to its services, and the fees for distribution of the services. The data provided to brokers or dealers shall also contain the minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(C) of this section and the product group offsets set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(B) of this section. At a minimum, the model shall consider the following factors in pricing the option:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The current spot price of the underlying asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The exercise price of the option;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The remaining time until the option's expiration;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The volatility of the underlying asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any cash flows associated with ownership of the underlying asset that can reasonably be expected to occur during the remaining life of the option; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The current term structure of interest rates.
</P>
<P>(C) The term <I>major market foreign currency</I> shall mean the currency of a sovereign nation for which there is a substantial inter-bank forward currency market. 
</P>
<P>(D) The term <I>qualified stock basket</I> shall mean a set or basket of stock positions which represents no less than 50% of the capitalization for a high-capitalization or non-high-capitalization diversified market index, or, in the case of a narrow-based index, no less than 95% of the capitalization for such narrow-based index.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to positions involving listed options in a single specialist's market-maker account, and, separately, with respect to positions involving listed option positions in its proprietary or other account, the broker or dealer shall group long and short positions into the following portfolio types:
</P>
<P>(A) Equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in that underlying instrument;
</P>
<P>(B) Options on the same major market foreign currency, positions in that major market foreign currency, and related instruments within those options' classes;
</P>
<P>(C) High-capitalization diversified market index options, related instruments within the option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index;
</P>
<P>(D) Non-high-capitalization diversified index options, related instruments within the index option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index; and
</P>
<P>(E) Narrow-based index options, related instruments within the index option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index.
</P>
<P>(iii) Before making the computation, each broker or dealer shall obtain the theoretical gains and losses for each options series and for the related and underlying instruments within those options' class in each specialist's market-maker account guaranteed, endorsed, or carried by a broker or dealer, or in the proprietary or other accounts of that broker or dealer. For each option series, the theoretical options pricing model shall calculate theoretical prices at 10 equidistant valuation points within a range consisting of an increase or a decrease of the following percentages of the daily market price of the underlying instrument:
</P>
<P>(A) + (−)15% for equity securities with a ready market, narrow-based indexes, and non-high-capitalization diversified indexes;
</P>
<P>(B) + (−)6% for major market foreign currencies;
</P>
<P>(C) + (−) 20% for all other currencies; and
</P>
<P>(D) + (−)10% for high-capitalization diversified indexes.
</P>
<P>(iv) As to non-clearing option specialists and market-makers, the percentages of the daily market price of the underlying instrument shall be:
</P>
<P>(A) + (−) 4
<FR>1/2</FR>% for major market foreign currencies; and
</P>
<P>(B) + 6(−)8% for high-capitalization diversified indexes.
</P>
<P>(C) + (−) 10% for a non-clearing market-maker, or specialist in non-high capitalization diversified index product group.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) The broker or dealer shall multiply the corresponding theoretical gains and losses at each of the 10 equidistant valuation points by the number of positions held in a particular options series, the related instruments and qualified stock baskets within the option's class, and the positions in the same underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(B) In determining the aggregate profit or loss for each portfolio type, the broker or dealer will be allowed the following offsets in the following order, provided, that in the case of qualified stock baskets, the broker or dealer may elect to net individual stocks between qualified stock baskets and take the appropriate deduction on the remaining, if any, securities:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) First, a broker or dealer is allowed the following offsets within an option's class:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Between options on the same underlying instrument, positions covering the same underlying instrument, and related instruments within the option's class, 100% of a position's gain shall offset another position's loss at the same valuation point;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Between index options, related instruments within the option's class, and qualified stock baskets on the same index, 95%, or such other amount as designated by the Commission, of gains shall offset losses at the same valuation point;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Second, a broker-dealer is allowed the following offsets within an index product group:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Among positions involving different high-capitalization diversified index option classes within the same product group, 90% of the gain in a high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in a different high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Among positions involving different non-high-capitalization diversified index option classes within the same product group, 75% of the gain in a non-high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another non-high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class or product group;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Among positions involving different narrow-based index option classes within the same product group, 90% of the gain in a narrow-based market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another narrow-based market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class or product group;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) No qualified stock basket should offset another qualified stock basket; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Third, a broker-dealer is allowed the following offsets between product groups: Among positions involving different diversified index product groups within the same market group, 50% of the gain in a diversified market index option, a related instrument, or a qualified stock basket within that index option's product group shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another product group;
</P>
<P>(C) For each portfolio type, the total deduction shall be the larger of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The amount for any of the 10 equidistant valuation points representing the largest theoretical loss after applying the offsets provided in paragraph (b)(1)(v)(B) if this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A minimum charge equal to 25% times the multiplier for each equity and index option contract and each related instrument within the option's class or product group, or $25 for each option on a major market foreign currency with the minimum charge for futures contracts and options on futures contracts adjusted for contract size differentials, not to exceed market value in the case of long positions in options and options on futures contracts; plus
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of 5 percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for high-capitalization diversified and narrow-based indexes;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of 7 
<FR>1/2</FR> percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for non-high-capitalization diversified indexes; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving security futures and equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in that underlying instrument, there will be a minimum charge of 25 percent times the multiplier for each security future and equity option.
</P>
<HD1>Alternative Strategy Based Method
</HD1>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer may elect to apply the alternative strategy based method in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Definitions.</I> (A) The term <I>intrinsic value</I> or <I>in-the-money amount</I> shall mean the amount by which the exercise value, in the case of a call, is less than the current market value of the underlying instrument, and, in the case of a put, is greater than the current market value of the underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(B) The term <I>out-of-the-money amount</I> shall mean the amount by which the exercise value, in the case of a call, is greater than the current market value of the underlying instrument, and, in the case of a put, is less than the current market value of the underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(C) The term <I>time value</I> shall mean the current market value of an option contract that is in excess of its intrinsic value.
</P>
<P>(ii) Every broker or dealer electing to calculate adjustments to net worth in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2) must make the following adjustments to net worth:
</P>
<P>(A) Add the time value of a short position in a listed option; and
</P>
<P>(B) Deduct the time value of a long position in a listed option, which relates to a position in the same underlying instrument or in a related instrument within the option class or product group as recognized in the strategies enumerated in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Add the net short market value or deduct the long market value of listed options as recognized in the strategies enumerated in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(E)(<I>1</I>) and (<I>2</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) In computing net capital after the adjustments provided for in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, every broker or dealer shall deduct the percentages specified in this paragraph (b)(2)(iii) for all listed option positions, positions covering the same underlying instrument and related instruments within the options' class or product group.
</P>
<HD1>Uncovered Calls
</HD1>
<P>(A) Where a broker or dealer is short a call, deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market value of the underlying instrument for such option reduced by its out-of-the-money amount, to the extent that such reduction does not operate to increase net capital. In no event shall this deduction be less than the greater of $250 for each short call option contract for 100 shares or 50% of the aforementioned percentage.
</P>
<HD1>Uncovered Puts
</HD1>
<P>(B) Where a broker or dealer is short a put, deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market value of the underlying instrument for such option reduced by its out-of-the-money amount, to the extent that such reduction does not operate to increase net capital. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than the greater of $250 for each short put option contract for 100 shares or 50% of the aforementioned percentage.
</P>
<HD1>Long Positions
</HD1>
<P>(C) Where a broker or dealer is long puts or calls, deducting 50 percent of the market value of the net long put and call positions in the same options series.
</P>
<HD1>Certain Security Positions With Offsetting Options
</HD1>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) Where a broker or dealer is long a put for which it has an offsetting long position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument, deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the long offsetting position, not to exceed the out-of-the-money amount of the option. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100 shares, provided that the minimum charge need not exceed the intrinsic value of the option.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Where a broker or dealer is long a call for which it has an offsetting short position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument, deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the short offsetting position, not to exceed the out-of-the-money amount of the option. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100 shares, provided that the minimum charge need not exceed the intrinsic value of the option.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Where a broker or dealer is short a call for which it has an offsetting long position in the same number of units of the same underlying instrument, deducting the percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1 of the current market value of the underlying instrument for the offsetting long position reduced by the short call's intrinsic value. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $25 for each option contract for 100 shares.
</P>
<HD1>Certain Spread Positions
</HD1>
<P>(E)(<I>1</I>) Where a broker or dealer is short a listed call and is also long a listed call in the same class of options contracts and the long option expires on the same date as or subsequent to the short option, the deduction, after adjustments required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be the amount by which the exercise value of the long call exceeds the exercise value of the short call. If the exercise value of the long call is less than or equal to the exercise value of the short call, no deduction is required.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Where a broker or dealer is short a listed put and is also long a listed put in the same class of options contracts and the long option expires on the same date as or subsequent to the short option, the deduction, after the adjustments required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be the amount by which the exercise value of the short put exceeds the exercise value of the long put. If the exercise value of the long put is equal to or greater than the exercise value of the short put, no deduction is required.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to transactions involving unlisted options, every broker or dealer shall determine the value of unlisted option positions in accordance with the provision of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of § 240.15c3-1, and shall deduct the percentages of all securities positions or unlisted options in the proprietary or other accounts of the broker or dealer specified in this paragraph (c). However, where computing the deduction required for a security position as if the security position had no related unlisted option position and positions in unlisted options as if uncovered would result in a lesser deduction from net worth, the broker or dealer may compute such deductions separately.
</P>
<HD1>Uncovered Calls
</HD1>
<P>(1) Where a broker or dealer is short a call, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the security underlying such option reduced by any excess of the exercise value of the call over the current market value of the underlying security. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $250 for each option contract for 100 shares.
</P>
<HD1>Uncovered Puts
</HD1>
<P>(2) Where a broker or dealer is short a put, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the security underlying the option reduced by any excess of the market value of the underlying security over the exercise value of the put. In no event shall the deduction provided by this paragraph be less than $250 for each option contract for 100 shares.
</P>
<HD1>Covered Calls
</HD1>
<P>(3) Where a broker or dealer is short a call and long equivalent units of the underlying security, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the underlying security reduced by any excess of the current market value of the underlying security over the exercise value of the call. No reduction under this paragraph shall have the effect of increasing net capital.
</P>
<HD1>Covered Puts
</HD1>
<P>(4) Where a broker or dealer is short a put and short equivalent units of the underlying security, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the underlying security reduced by any excess of the exercise value of the put over the market value of the underlying security. No such reduction shall have the effect of increasing net capital.
</P>
<HD1>Conversion Accounts
</HD1>
<P>(5) Where a broker or dealer is long equivalent units of the underlying security, long a put written or endorsed by a broker or dealer and short a call in its proprietary or other accounts, deducting 5 percent (or 50 percent of such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the current market value of the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(6) Where a broker or dealer is short equivalent units of the underlying security, long a call written or endorsed by a broker or dealer and short a put in his proprietary or other accounts, deducting 5 percent (or 50 percent of such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the market value of the underlying security.
</P>
<HD1>Long Options
</HD1>
<P>(7) Where a broker or dealer is long a put or call endorsed or written by a broker or dealer, deducting 15 percent (or such other percentage required by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) (A) through (K) of § 240.15c3-1) of the market value of the underlying security, not to exceed any value attributed to such option in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 6481, Feb. 12, 1997, as amended at 78 FR 51901, Aug. 21, 2013; 79 FR 1549, Jan. 8, 2014; 84 FR 44044, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1b" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.353" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1b   Adjustments to net worth and aggregate indebtedness for certain commodities transactions (appendix B to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every broker or dealer in computing net capital pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Where a broker or dealer has an asset or liability which is treated or defined in paragraph (c) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital shall be in accordance with paragraph (c) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, except as specifically provided otherwise in this appendix B. Where a commodity related asset or liability is specifically treated or defined in 17 CFR 1.17 and is not generally or specifically treated or defined in 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or this appendix B, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital shall be in accordance with 17 CFR 1.17. 
</P>
<HD1>Aggregate Indebtedness
</HD1>
<P>(2) The term <I>aggregate indebtedness</I> as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall exclude with respect to commodity-related transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) Indebtedness arising in connection with an advance to a non-proprietary account when such indebtedness is adequately collateralized by spot commodities eligible for delivery on a contract market and when such spot commodities are covered.
</P>
<P>(ii) Advances received by the broker or dealer against bills of lading issued in connection with the shipment of commodities sold by the broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Equity balances in the accounts of general partners.
</P>
<HD1>Net Capital
</HD1>
<P>(3) In computing net capital as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the net worth of a broker or dealer shall be adjusted as follows with respect to commodity-related transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Unrealized profit or loss for certain commodities transactions.</I> (A) Unrealized profits shall be added and unrealized losses shall be deducted in the commodities accounts of the broker or dealer, including unrealized profits and losses on fixed price commitments and forward contracts; and
</P>
<P>(B) The value attributed to any commodity option which is not traded on a contract market shall be the difference between the option's strike price and the market value for the physical or futures contract which is the subject of the option. In the case of a long call commodity option, if the market value for the physical or futures contract which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option, it shall be given no value. In the case of a long put commodity option, if the market value for the physical commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is more than the striking price of the option, it shall be given no value.
</P>
<P>(ii) Deduct any unsecured commodity futures or option account containing a ledger balance and open trades, the combination of which liquidates to a deficit or containing a debit ledger balance only: <I>Provided, however,</I> Deficits or debit ledger balances in unsecured customers', non-customers' and proprietary accounts, which are the subject of calls for margin or other required deposits need not be deducted until the close of business on the business day following the date on which such deficit or debit ledger balance originated;
</P>
<P>(iii) Deduct all unsecured receivables, advances and loans except for:
</P>
<P>(A) Management fees receivable from commodity pools outstanding no longer than thirty (30) days from the date they are due;
</P>
<P>(B) Receivables from foreign clearing organizations;
</P>
<P>(C) Receivables from registered futures commission merchants or brokers, resulting from cleared swap transactions or, commodity futures or option transactions, except those specifically excluded under paragraph (3)(ii) of this appendix B. In the case of an introducing broker or an applicant for registration as an introducing broker, include 50 percent of the value of a guarantee or security deposit with a futures commission merchant which carries or intends to carry accounts for the customers of the introducing broker.
</P>
<P>(iv) Deduct all inventories (including work in process, finished goods, raw materials and inventories held for resale) except for readily marketable spot commodities; or spot commodities which adequately collateralize indebtedness under paragraph (c)(7) of 17 CFR 1.17;
</P>
<P>(v) Guarantee deposits with commodities clearing organizations are not required to be deducted from net worth;
</P>
<P>(vi) Stock in commodities clearing organizations to the extent of its margin value is not required to be deducted from net worth; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Deduct from net worth the amount by which any advances paid by the broker or dealer on cash commodity contracts and used in computing net capital exceeds 95 percent of the market value of the commodities covered by such contracts. 
</P>
<P>(viii) Do not include equity in the commodity accounts of partners in net worth. 
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of all inventory, fixed price commitments and forward contracts, except for inventory and forward contracts in the inter-bank market in those foreign currencies which are purchased or sold for further delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market and covered by an open futures contract for which there will be no charge, deduct the applicable percentage of the net position specified below: 
</P>
<P>(A) Inventory which is currently registered as deliverable on a contract market and covered by an open futures contract or by a commodity option on a physical—No charge.
</P>
<P>(B) Inventory which is covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—5% of the market value. 
</P>
<P>(C) Inventory which is not covered—20% of the market value. 
</P>
<P>(D) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—10% of the market value. 
</P>
<P>(E) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are not covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—20% of the market value. 
</P>
<P>(x) Deduct 4% of the market value of commodity options granted (sold) by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market.
</P>
<P>(xi) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(xii) Deduct for undermargined customer commodity futures accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are outstanding three business days or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements on such accounts, then deduct the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits outstanding three days or less to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. <I>Provided,</I> To the extent a deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this appendix B, such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(3)(xii). In the event that an owner of a customer account has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure his account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of (A) the value attributable to such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or (B) the market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this appendix B or, where appropriate, specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (c)(2)(vii) of § 240.15c3-1 this chapter;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Deduct for undermargined non-customer and omnibus commodity futures accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are outstanding two business days or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements, then deduct the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits outstanding two days or less to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. <I>Provided,</I> To the extent a deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this appendix B such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(3)(xiii). In the event that an owner of a non-customer or omnibus account has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure his account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of (A) the value attributable to such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or (B) the market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this appendix B or, where appropriate, specified in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (c)(2)(vii) of § 240.15c3-1 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(xiv) In the case of open futures contracts and granted (sold) commodity options held in proprietary accounts carried by the broker or dealer which are not covered by a position held by the broker or dealer or which are not the result of a “changer trade” made in accordance with the rules of a contract market, deduct:
</P>
<P>(A) For a broker or dealer which is a clearing member of a contract market for the positions on such contract market cleared by such member, the applicable margin requirement of the applicable clearing organization; 
</P>
<P>(B) For a broker or dealer which is a member of a self-regulatory organization 150% of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(C) For all other brokers or dealers, 200% of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or 
</P>
<P>(D) For open contracts or granted (sold) commodity options for which there are no applicable maintenance margin requirements, 200% of the applicable initial margin requirement;
</P>
<P><I>Provided,</I> the equity in any such proprietary account shall reduce the deduction required by this paragraph (a)(3)(xiv) if such equity is not otherwise includable in net capital.
</P>
<P>(xv) In the case of a broker or dealer which is a purchaser of a commodity option which is traded on a contract market the deduction shall be the same safety factor as if the broker or dealer were the grantor of such option in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(xiv), but in no event shall the safety factor be greater than the market value attributed to such option.
</P>
<P>(xvi) In the case of a broker or dealer which is a purchaser of a commodity option not traded on a contract market which has value and such value is used to increase net capital, the deduction is ten percent of the market value of the physical or futures contract which is the subject of such option but in no event more than the value attributed to such option.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Deduction 5% of all unsecured receivables includable under paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(C) of this appendix B used by the broker or dealer in computing “net capital” and which are not receivable from (A) a futures commission merchant registered as such with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or (B) a broker or dealer which is registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(xviii) A loan or advance or any other form of receivable shall not be considered “secured” for the purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this appendix B unless the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(A) The receivable is secured by readily marketable collateral which is otherwise unencumbered and which can be readily converted into cash: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the receivable will be considered secured only to the extent of the market value of such collateral after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this appendix B; and
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) The readily marketable collateral is in the possession or control of the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The broker or dealer has a legally enforceable, written security agreement, signed by the debtor, and has a perfected security interest in the readily marketable collateral within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the readily marketable collateral is located.
</P>
<P>(xix) The term <I>cover</I> for purposes of this appendix B shall mean cover as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(j). 
</P>
<P>(xx) The term <I>customer</I> for purposes of this Appendix B shall mean customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(2). The term “non-customer” for purposes of this appendix B shall mean non-customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(4). 
</P>
<P>(b) Every broker or dealer in computing net capital pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cleared swaps.</I> In the case of a cleared swap held in a proprietary account of the broker or dealer, deducting the amount of the applicable margin requirement of the derivatives clearing organization or, if the swap references an equity security index, the broker or dealer may take a deduction using the method specified in § 240.15c3-1a.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-cleared swaps</I>—(i) <I>Credit default swaps referencing broad-based security indices.</I> In the case of a non-cleared credit default swap for which the deductions in § 240.15c3-1e do not apply:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Short positions (selling protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in accordance table 1 to § 240.15c3-1a(b)(2)(i)(A):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 240.15<E T="01">c3-1a(b)(2)(i</E>)(A)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Length of time to maturity of credit default swap contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Basis point spread
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">100 or less


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">101-300


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">301-400


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">401-500


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">501-699


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">700 or more


<br/>(%)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 12 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 months but less than 24 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 months but less than 36 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 months but less than 48 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 months but less than 60 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 months but less than 72 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72 months but less than 84 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84 months but less than 120 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 months and longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.33</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(B) <I>Long positions (purchasing protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section if the non-cleared swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Long and short credit default swaps.</I> In the case of non-cleared swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same broad-based security index, have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of protection, have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category, deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity category under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section on the excess of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Long basket of obligors and long credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the broker or dealer is long a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities, provided the broker or dealer can deliver the component securities to satisfy the obligation of the broker or dealer on the credit default swap.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Short basket of obligors and short credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the broker or dealer is short a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>All other swaps.</I> (A) In the case of a non-cleared swap that is not a credit default swap for which the deductions in § 240.15c3-1e do not apply, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional value of the swap by the percentage specified in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Section 240.15c3-1 applicable to the reference asset if § 240.15c3-1 specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 17 CFR 1.17 applicable to the reference asset if 17 CFR 1.17 specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset and § 240.15c3-1 does not specify a percentage deduction for the type of asset; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of non-cleared interest rate swap, § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(A) based on the maturity of the swap, provided that the percentage deduction must be no less than one eighth of 1 percent of the amount of a long position that is netted against a short position in the case of a non-cleared swap with a maturity of three months or more.
</P>
<P>(B) A broker or dealer may reduce the deduction under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference asset or interest rate under § 240.15c3-1 or 17 CFR 1.17.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 15(c)(3), 17(a) and 23(a), 15 U.S.C. 78o(c)(3), 78q(a), and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 34886, June 15, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 37041, July 17, 1981; 49 FR 31848, Aug. 9, 1984; 84 FR 44044, Aug. 22, 2019] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1c" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.354" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1c   Consolidated computations of net capital and aggregate indebtedness for certain subsidiaries and affiliates (appendix C to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Flow through capital benefits.</I> Every broker or dealer in computing its net capital and aggregate indebtedness pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 shall, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this appendix, consolidate in a single computation assets and liabilities of any subsidiary or affiliate for which it guarantees, endorses or assumes directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities. The assets and liabilities of a subsidiary or affiliate whose liabilities and obligations have not been guaranteed, endorsed, or assumed directly or indirectly by the broker or dealer may also be so consolidated if an opinion of counsel is obtained as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required counsel opinions.</I> (1) If the consolidation, provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, of any such subsidiary or affiliate results in the increase of the broker's or dealer's net capital and/or the decrease of the broker's or dealer's minimum net capital requirement under paragraph (a) of § 240.15c3-1 and an opinion of counsel described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section has not been obtained, such benefits shall not be recognized in the broker's or dealer's computation required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, consolidation shall be permitted with respect to any subsidiaries or affiliates which are majority owned and controlled by the broker or dealer for which the broker or dealer can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission, through the Examining Authority, by an opinion of counsel that the net asset values, or the portion thereof related to the parent's ownership interest in the subsidiary or affiliate may be caused by the broker or dealer or a trustee appointed pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, to be distributed to the broker or dealer within 30 calendar days. Such opinion shall also set forth the actions necessary to cause such a distribution to be made, identify the parties having the authority to take such actions, identify and describe the rights of other parties or classes of parties, including but not limited to customers, general creditors, subordinated lenders, minority shareholders, employees, litigants and governmental or regulatory authorities, who may delay or prevent such a distribution and such other assurances as the Commission or the Examining Authority by rule or interpretation may require. Such opinion shall be current and periodically renewed in connection with the broker's or dealer's annual audit pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17a-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or upon any material change in circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Principles of consolidation.</I> In preparing a consolidated computation of net capital and/or aggregate indebtedness pursuant to this section, the following minimum and non-exclusive requirements shall be observed: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consolidated net worth shall be reduced by the estimated amount of any tax reasonably anticipated to be incurred upon distribution of the assets of the subsidiary or affiliate. 
</P>
<P>(2) Liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate which are subordinated to the claims of present and future creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement shall not be added to consolidated net worth unless such subordination extends also to the claims of present or future creditors of the parent broker or dealer and all consolidated subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(3) Subordinated liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate which are consolidated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section may not be prepaid, repaid or accelerated if any of the entities included in such consolidation would otherwise be unable to comply with the provisions of Appendix (D), 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each broker or dealer included within the consolidation shall at all times be in compliance with the net capital requirement to which it is subject. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain precluded acts.</I> No broker or dealer shall guarantee, endorse or assume directly or indirectly any obligation or liability of a subsidiary or affiliate unless the obligation or liability is reflected in the computation of net capital and/or aggregate indebtedness pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or this appendix (C), except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29808, July 16, 1975, as amended at 57 FR 56988, Dec. 2, 1992] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1d" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.355" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1d   Satisfactory Subordination Agreements (Appendix D to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Introduction.</I> (1) This appendix sets forth minimum and non-exclusive requirements for satisfactory subordination agreements (hereinafter “subordination agreement”). The Examining Authority may require or the broker or dealer may include such other provisions as deemed necessary or appropriate to the extent such provisions do not cause the subordination agreement to fail to meet the minimum requirements of this Appendix (D). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain definitions.</I> For purposes of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and this Appendix (D): 
</P>
<P>(i) A subordination agreement may be either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>subordinated loan agreement</I> shall mean the agreement or agreements evidencing or governing a subordinated borrowing of cash. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>collateral value</I> of any securities pledged to secure a secured demand note shall mean the market value of such securities after giving effect to the percentage deductions set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of § 240.15c3-1 except for paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(J). In lieu of the deduction under (c)(2)(vi)(J), the broker or dealer shall reduce the market value of the securities pledged to secure the secured demand note by 30 percent.
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>payment obligation</I> shall mean the obligation of a broker or dealer in respect to any subordination agreement (A) to repay cash loaned to the broker or dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement or (B) to return a secured demand note contributed to the broker or dealer or reduce the unpaid principal amount thereof and to return cash or securities pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note and (C) “Payment” shall mean the performance by a broker or dealer of a Payment Obligation. 
</P>
<P>(v)(A) The term <I>secured demand note agreement</I> shall mean an agreement (including the related secured demand note) evidencing or governing the contribution of a secured demand note to a broker or dealer and the pledge of securities and/or cash with the broker or dealer as collateral to secure payment of such secured demand note. The secured demand note agreement may provide that neither the lender, his heirs, executors, administrators or assigns shall be personally liable on such note and that in the event of default the broker or dealer shall look for payment of such note solely to the collateral then pledged to secure the same. 
</P>
<P>(B) The secured demand note shall be a promissory note executed by the lender and shall be payable on the demand of the broker or dealer to which it is contributed; provided, however, that the making of such demand may be conditioned upon the occurrence of any of certain events which are acceptable to the Commission and to the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(C) If such note is not paid upon presentment and demand as provided for therein, the broker or dealer shall have the right to liquidate all or any part of the securities then pledged as collateral to secure payment of the same and to apply the net proceeds of such liquidation, together with any cash then included in the collateral, in payment of such note. Subject to the prior rights of the broker or dealer as pledgee, the lender, as defined herein, may retain ownership of the collateral and have the benefit of any increases and bear the risks of any decreases in the value of the collateral and may retain the right to vote securities contained within the collateral and any right to income therefrom or distributions thereon, except the broker or dealer shall have the right to receive and hold as pledgee all dividends payable in securities and all partial and complete liquidating dividends. 
</P>
<P>(D) Subject to the prior rights of the broker or dealer as pledgee, the lender may have the right to direct the sale of any securities included in the collateral, to direct the purchases of securities with any cash included therein, to withdraw excess collateral or to substitute cash or other securities as collateral, provided that the net proceeds of any such sale and the cash so substituted and the securities so purchased or substituted are held by the broker or dealer, as pledgee, and are included within the collateral to secure payment of the secured demand note, and provided further that no such transaction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the sum of the amount of any cash, plus the Collateral Value of the securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note would be less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note. 
</P>
<P>(E) Upon payment by the lender, as distinguished from a reduction by the lender which is provided for in (b)(6)(iii) or reduction by the broker or dealer as provided for in subparagraph (b)(7) of this appendix (D), of all or any part of the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note, a broker or dealer shall issue to the lender a subordinated loan agreement in the amount of such payment (or in the case of a broker or dealer that is a partnership credit a capital account of the lender) or issue preferred or common stock of the broker or dealer in the amount of such payment, or any combination of the foregoing, as provided for in the secured demand note agreement. 
</P>
<P>(F) The term <I>lender</I> shall mean the person who lends cash to a broker or dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement and the person who contributes a secured demand note to a broker or dealer pursuant to a secured demand note agreement. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum requirements for subordination agreements.</I> (1) Subject to paragraph (a) of this section, a subordination agreement shall mean a written agreement between the broker or dealer and the lender, which (i) has a minimum term of one year, except for temporary subordination agreements provided for in paragraph (c)(5) of this appendix (D), and (ii) is a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject as to enforcement to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws) against the broker or dealer and the lender and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific amount.</I> All subordination agreements shall be for a specific dollar amount which shall not be reduced for the duration of the agreement except by installments as specifically provided for therein and except as otherwise provided in this appendix (D). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective subordination.</I> The subordination agreement shall effectively subordinate any right of the lender to receive any Payment with respect thereto, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the broker or dealer arising out of any matter occurring prior to the date on which the related Payment Obligation matures consistent with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or junior to the claim of the lender under such subordination agreements. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Proceeds of subordinated loan agreements.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall provide that the cash proceeds thereof shall be used and dealt with by the broker or dealer as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of the business. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Certain rights of the broker or dealer.</I> The subordination agreement shall provide that the broker or dealer shall have the right to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Deposit any cash proceeds of a subordinated loan agreement and any cash pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Pledge, repledge, hypothecate and rehypothecate, any or all of the securities pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note, without notice, separately or in common with other securities or property for the purpose of securing any indebtedness of the broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Lend to itself or others any or all of the securities and cash pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Collateral for secured demand notes.</I> Only cash and securities which are fully paid for and which may be publicly offered or sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, and the offer, sale and transfer of which are not otherwise restricted, may be pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note. The secured demand note agreement shall provide that if at any time the sum of the amount of any cash, plus the Collateral Value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note is less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note, the broker or dealer must immediately transmit written notice to that effect to the lender and the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer. The secured demand note agreement shall also require that following such transmittal: 
</P>
<P>(i) The lender, prior to noon of the business day next succeeding the transmittal of such notice, may pledge as collateral additional cash or securities sufficient, after giving effect to such pledge, to bring the sum of the amount of any cash plus the Collateral Value of any securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note, up to an amount not less than the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Unless additional cash or securities are pledged by the lender as provided in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, the broker or dealer at noon on the business day next succeeding the transmittal of notice to the lender must commence sale, for the account of the lender, of such of the securities then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note and apply so much of the net proceeds thereof, together with such of the cash then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note as may be necessary to eliminate the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note need not be reduced below the sum of the amount of any remaining cash, plus the Collateral Value of the remaining securities, then pledged as collateral to secure the secured demand note. The broker or dealer may not purchase for its own account any securities subject to such a sale. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The secured demand note agreement also may provide that, in lieu of the procedures specified in the provisions required by paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, the lender with the prior written consent of the broker or dealer and the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer may reduce the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note. After giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer may not exceed 1000 percent of its net capital or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of § 240.15c3-1, net capital may not be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater. No single secured demand note shall be permitted to be reduced by more than 15 percent of its original principal amount and after such reduction no excess collateral may be withdrawn. No Examining Authority shall consent to a reduction of the principal amount of a secured demand note if, after giving effect to such reduction, net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<HD2>Permissive Prepayments
</HD2>
<P>(7) A broker or dealer at its option but not at the option of the lender may, if the subordination agreement so provides, make a Payment of all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such Payment Obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”), but in no event may any Prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date such subordination agreement became effective. This restriction shall not apply to temporary subordination agreements that comply with the provisions of paragraph (c)(5) of this section. No Prepayment shall be made, if, after giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated agreements then outstanding the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 1000 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1 or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5 percent of its aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or if registered as a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), or if, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than 120 percent of its minimum requirement.
</P>
<HD2>Suspended Repayment
</HD2>
<P>(8)(i) The Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer in respect of any subordination agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to Payment of such Payment Obligation (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations of such broker or dealer under any other subordination agreement(s) then outstanding that are scheduled to mature on or before such Payment Obligation) either:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 1200 percent of its net capital, or in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than 120 percent of its minimum requirement; or
</P>
<P>(B) Its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1 including paragraph (a)(1)(ii), if applicable. The subordination agreement may provide that if the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer thereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirement of this paragraph (b)(8) for a period of not less than six months, the broker or dealer shall thereupon commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its business, but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of §§ 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Accelerated maturity-obligation to repay to remain subordinate.</I> (i) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix, a subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the broker or dealer and the Examining Authority given not earlier than six months after the effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after the giving of such notice, but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix, the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer with respect to a subordination agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the broker or dealer but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d. 
</P>
<P>(10)(i) <I>Accelerated maturity of subordination agreements on event of default and event of acceleration—obligation to repay to remain subordinate.</I> A subordination agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the broker or dealer and the Examining Authority of the broker or dealer of the occurrence of any Event of Acceleration (as hereinafter defined) given no sooner than six months after the effective date of such subordination agreement, accelerate the date on which the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature, to the last business day of a calendar month which is not less than six months after notice of acceleration is received by the broker or dealer and the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer. Any subordination agreement containing such Events of Acceleration may also provide, that if upon such accelerated maturity date the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer is suspended as required by paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix (D) and liquidation of the broker or dealer has not commenced on or prior to such accelerated maturity date, then notwithstanding paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer with respect to such subordination agreement shall mature on the day immediately following such accelerated maturity date and in any such event the Payment Obligations of the broker or dealer with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall also mature at the same time but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Appendix (D). Events of Acceleration which may be included in a subordination agreement complying with this paragraph (b)(10) shall be limited to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on a subordination agreement as scheduled; 
</P>
<P>(B) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified material amount; 
</P>
<P>(C) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty of the broker or dealer which is included in the subordination agreement and on which the subordination agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the time made; 
</P>
<P>(D) Any specified and clearly measurable event which is included in the subordination agreement and which the lender and the broker or dealer agree (<I>1</I>) is a significant indication that the financial position of the broker or dealer has changed materially and adversely from agreed upon specified norms or (<I>2</I>) could materially and adversely affect the ability of the broker or dealer to conduct its business as conducted on the date the subordination agreement was made; or (<I>3</I>) is a significant change in the senior management of the broker or dealer or in the general business conducted by the broker or dealer from that which obtained on the date the subordination agreement became effective; 
</P>
<P>(E) Any continued failure to perform agreed covenants included in the subordination agreement relating to the conduct of the business of the broker or dealer or relating to the maintenance and reporting of its financial position; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this appendix, a subordination agreement may provide that, if liquidation of the business of the broker or dealer has not already commenced, the Payment Obligation of the broker or dealer shall mature, together with accrued interest or compensation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined). Such agreement may also provide that, if liquidation of the business of the broker or dealer has not already commenced, the rapid and orderly liquidation of the business of the broker or dealer shall then commence upon the happening of an Event of Default. Any subordination agreement which so provides for maturity of the Payment Obligation upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall also provide that the date on which such Event of Default occurs shall, if liquidation of the broker or dealer has not already commenced, be the date on which the Payment Obligations of the broker or dealer with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall mature but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Appendix (D). Events of Default which may be included in a subordination agreement shall be limited to: 
</P>
<P>(A) The making of an application by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation for a decree adjudicating that customers of the broker or dealer are in need of protection under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 and the failure of the broker or dealer to obtain the dismissal of such application within 30 days; 
</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer exceeding 1500 percent of its net capital or, in the case of a broker or dealer that has elected to operate under § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital computed in accordance therewith is less than two percent of its aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, four percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital is less than its minimum requirement, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business days, commencing on the day the broker or dealer first determines and notifies the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer, or the Examining Authority or the Commission first determines and notifies the broker or dealer of such fact;
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission shall revoke the registration of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(D) The Examining Authority shall suspend (and not reinstate within 10 days) or revoke the broker's or dealer's status as a member thereof; 
</P>
<P>(E) Any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<FP>A subordination agreement which contains any of the provisions permitted by this paragraph (b)(10) shall not contain the provision otherwise permitted by clause (i) of paragraph (b)(9).
</FP>
<HD1>Brokers and Dealers Carrying the Accounts of Specialists and Market Makers in Listed Options
</HD1>
<P>(11) A subordination agreement which becomes effective on or after August 1, 1977 in favor of a broker or dealer who guarantees, endorses, carries or clears specialist or market maker transactions in options listed on a national securities exchange or facility of a national securities association shall provide that reduction, prepayment or repayment of the unpaid principal amount thereof, pursuant to those terms of the agreement required or permitted by paragraphs (b)(6)(iii), (b)(7), or (b)(8)(i) of this section, shall not occur in contravention of paragraphs (a)(6)(v), (a)(7)(iv), or (c)(2)(x)(B)(<I>1</I>) of § 240.15c3-1 insofar as they apply to such broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Miscellaneous Provisions</I>—(1) <I>Prohibited Cancellation.</I> The subordination agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no Payment shall be made with respect thereto and the agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every broker or dealer shall immediately notify the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer if, after giving effect to all Payments of Payment Obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding that are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer either the aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 1200 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1, or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than 120 percent of its minimum requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certain legends.</I> If all the provisions of a satisfactory subordination agreement do not appear in a single instrument, then the debenture or other evidence of indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that it is issued subject to the provisions of a satisfactory subordination agreement which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Legal title to securities.</I> All securities pledged as collateral to secure a secured demand note must be in bearer form, or registered in the name of the broker or dealer or the name of its nominee or custodian. 
</P>
<HD2>Temporary and Revolving Subordination Agreements
</HD2>
<P>(5)(i) For the purpose of enabling a broker or dealer to participate as an underwriter of securities or other extraordinary activities in compliance with the net capital requirements of § 240.15c3-1, a broker or dealer shall be permitted, on no more than three occasions in any 12 month period, to enter into a subordination agreement on a temporary basis that has a stated term of no more than 45 days from the date such subordination agreement became effective. This temporary relief shall not apply to a broker or dealer if, within the preceding thirty calendar days, it has given notice pursuant to § 240.17a-11, or if immediately prior to entering into such subordination agreement, either:
</P>
<P>(A) The aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer exceeds 1000 percent of its net capital or its net capital is less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1, or
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(1)(ii), its net capital is less than 5 percent of aggregate debits computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, less than 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(10), its net capital would be less than 120 percent of its minimum requirement, or
</P>
<P>(C) The amount of its then outstanding subordination agreements exceeds the limits specified in paragraph (d) of § 240.15c3-1. Such temporary subordination agreement shall be subject to all other provisions of this appendix D. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer shall be permitted to enter into a revolving subordinated loan agreement which provides for prepayment within less than one year of all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder at the option of the broker or dealer upon the prior written approval of the Examining Authority for the broker or dealer. The Examining Authority, however, shall not approve any prepayment if:
</P>
<P>(A) After giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 900 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 200 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by § 240.15c3-1 or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of § 240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 6 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 10 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or its net capital would be less than 200 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section or 
</P>
<P>(B) Pre-tax losses during the latest three-month period equalled more than 15% of current excess net capital. 
</P>
<FP>Any subordination agreement entered into pursuant to this paragraph (c)(5)(ii) shall be subject to all the other provisions of this Appendix D. Any such subordination agreement shall not be considered equity for purposes of subsection (d) of section 15c3-1, despite the length of the initial term of the loan.
</FP>
<P>(6)(i) <I>Filing.</I> Two copies of any proposed subordination agreement (including nonconforming subordination agreements) shall be filed at least 10 days prior to the proposed execution date of the agreement with the Commission's Regional Office for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business or at such other time as the Regional Office for good cause shall accept such filing. Copies of the proposed agreement shall also be filed with the Examining Authority in such quantities and at such time as the Examining Authority may require. The broker or dealer shall also file with said parties a statement setting forth the name and address of the lender, the business relationship of the lender to the broker or dealer, and whether the broker or dealer carried funds or securities for the lender at or about the time the proposed agreement was so filed. All agreements shall be examined by the Commission's Regional Office or the Examining Authority with whom such agreement is required to be filed prior to their becoming effective. No proposed agreement shall be a satisfactory subordination agreement for the purposes of this section unless and until the Examining Authority has found the agreement acceptable and such agreement has become effective in the form found acceptable. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer need not file with the Regional Office for the region in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business (if a Regional Office is not its Examining Authority) copies of any proposed subordination agreement or the statement described above if the Examining Authority for that broker or dealer has consented to file with the Commission periodic reports (not less than monthly) summarizing for the period, on a firm-by-firm basis, the subordination agreements it has approved for that period. Such reports should include at the minimum, the amount of the loan and its duration, the name of the lender and the business relationship of the lender to the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Subordination agreements in effect prior to adoption.</I> Any subordination agreement which has been entered into prior to December 20, 1978 and which has been deemed to be satisfactorily subordinated pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 as in effect prior to December 20, 1978, shall continue to be deemed a satisfactory subordination agreement until the maturity of such agreement. <I>Provided,</I> That no renewal of an agreement which provides for automatic or optional renewal by the broker or dealer or lender shall be deemed to be a satisfactory subordination agreement unless such renewed agreement meets the requirements of this appendix within 6 months from December 20, 1978. <I>Provided, further,</I> That all subordination agreements must meet the requirements of this appendix within 5 years of December 20, 1978. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29808, July 16, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 31778, June 23, 1977; 44 FR 34887, June 15, 1979; 46 FR 35635, July 10, 1981; 47 FR 21775, May 20, 1982; 49 FR 31848, Aug. 9, 1984; 57 FR 56988, Dec. 2, 1992; 58 FR 37657, July 13, 1993; 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008; 84 FR 44045, Aug. 22, 2019] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1e" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.356" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1e   Deductions for market and credit risk for certain brokers or dealers (Appendix E to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>Sections 240.15c3-1e and 240.15c3-1g set forth a program that allows a broker or dealer to use an alternative approach to computing net capital deductions, subject to the conditions described in §§ 240.15c3-1e and 240.15c3-1g, including supervision of the broker's or dealer's ultimate holding company under the program. The program is designed to reduce the likelihood that financial and operational weakness in the holding company will destabilize the broker or dealer, or the broader financial system. The focus of this supervision of the ultimate holding company is its financial and operational condition and its risk management controls and methodologies.
</P>
<HD2>Application
</HD2>
<P>(a) A broker or dealer may apply to the Commission for authorization to compute deductions for market risk pursuant to this section in lieu of computing deductions pursuant to §§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (vii) and 240.15c3-1b, and to compute deductions for credit risk pursuant to this section on credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments (if this section is used to calculate deductions for market risk on these instruments) in lieu of computing deductions pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv) and (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B):
</P>
<P>(1) A broker-dealer shall submit the following information to the Commission with its application: 
</P>
<P>(i) An executive summary of the information provided to the Commission with its application and an identification of the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A comprehensive description of the internal risk management control system of the broker or dealer and how that system satisfies the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-4; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of the categories of positions that the broker or dealer holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the methods that the broker or dealer will use to calculate deductions for market and credit risk on those categories of positions; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the mathematical models to be used to price positions and to compute deductions for market risk, including those portions of the deductions attributable to specific risk, if applicable, and deductions for credit risk; a description of the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a description of the broker's or dealer's internal risk management controls over those models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the backtesting procedures the broker or dealer will use to backtest the mathematical model used to calculate maximum potential exposure; a description of how each mathematical model satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this appendix E; and a statement describing the extent to which each mathematical model used to compute deductions for market and credit risk will be used as part of the risk analyses and reports presented to senior management; 
</P>
<P>(v) If the broker or dealer is applying to the Commission for approval to use scenario analysis to calculate deductions for market risk for certain positions, a list of those types of positions, a description of how those deductions will be calculated using scenario analysis, and an explanation of why each scenario analysis is appropriate to calculate deductions for market risk on those types of positions; 
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of how the broker or dealer will calculate current exposure; 
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of how the broker or dealer will determine internal credit ratings of counterparties and internal credit risk weights of counterparties, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(viii) A written undertaking by the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer, if it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the ultimate holding company, to the effect that, as a condition of Commission approval of the application of the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk pursuant to this appendix E, the ultimate holding company agrees to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with all applicable provisions of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(B) Comply with all applicable provisions of § 240.15c3-1g; 
</P>
<P>(C) Comply with the provisions of § 240.15c3-4 with respect to an internal risk management control system for the affiliate group as though it were an OTC derivatives dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that paragraphs (c)(5)(xiii), (c)(5)(xiv), (d)(8), and (d)(9) of § 240.15c3-4 shall not apply; 
</P>
<P>(D) As part of the internal risk management control system for the affiliate group, establish, document, and maintain procedures for the detection and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing; 
</P>
<P>(E) Permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the ultimate holding company and any of its affiliates, if the affiliate is not an entity that has a principal regulator; 
</P>
<P>(F) If the disclosure to the Commission of any information required as a condition for the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk pursuant to this appendix E could be prohibited by law or otherwise, cooperate with the Commission, to the extent permissible, including by describing any secrecy laws or other impediments that could restrict the ability of material affiliates to provide information on their operations or activities and by discussing the manner in which the ultimate holding company and the broker or dealer propose to provide the Commission with adequate information or assurances of access to information; 
</P>
<P>(G) Make available to the Commission information about the ultimate holding company or any of its material affiliates that the Commission finds is necessary to evaluate the financial and operational risk within the ultimate holding company and its material affiliates and to evaluate compliance with the conditions of eligibility of the broker or dealer to compute deductions to net capital under the alternative method of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(H) Make available examination reports of principal regulators for those affiliates of the ultimate holding company that are not subject to Commission examination; and 
</P>
<P>(I) Acknowledge that, if the ultimate holding company fails to comply in a material manner with any provision of its undertaking, the Commission may, in addition to any other conditions necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, increase the multiplication factors the ultimate holding company uses to calculate allowances for market and credit risk, as defined in § 240.15c3-1g(a)(2) and (a)(3) or impose any condition with respect to the broker or dealer listed in paragraph (e) of this appendix E; and 
</P>
<P>(ix) A written undertaking by the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer, if the ultimate holding company has a principal regulator, in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the ultimate holding company, to the effect that, as a condition of Commission approval of the application of the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk pursuant to this appendix E, the ultimate holding company agrees to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with all applicable provisions of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(B) Comply with all applicable provisions of § 240.15c3-1g; 
</P>
<P>(C) Make available to the Commission information about the ultimate holding company that the Commission finds is necessary to evaluate the financial and operational risk within the ultimate holding company and to evaluate compliance with the conditions of eligibility of the broker or dealer to compute net capital under the alternative method of this appendix E; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Acknowledge that if the ultimate holding company fails to comply in a material manner with any provision of its undertaking, the Commission may, in addition to any other conditions necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, impose any condition with respect to the broker or dealer listed in paragraph (e) of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(2) As a condition of Commission approval, the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer, if it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, shall include the following information with the application: 
</P>
<P>(i) A narrative description of the business and organization of the ultimate holding company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphabetical list of the affiliates of the ultimate holding company (referred to as the “affiliate group,” which shall include the ultimate holding company), with an identification of the financial regulator, if any, that regulates the affiliate, and a designation of the members of the affiliate group that are material to the ultimate holding company (“material affiliates”); 
</P>
<P>(iii) An organizational chart that identifies the ultimate holding company, the broker or dealer, and the material affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the ultimate holding company as of the end of the quarter preceding the filing of the application; 
</P>
<P>(v) Sample computations for the ultimate holding company of allowable capital and allowances for market risk, credit risk, and operational risk, determined pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(a)(1)-(a)(4); 
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of the categories of positions that the affiliate group holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the method that the ultimate holding company proposes to use to calculate allowances for market and credit risk, pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(a)(2) and (a)(3), on those categories of positions; 
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of the mathematical models to be used to price positions and to compute the allowance for market risk, including those portions of the allowance attributable to specific risk, if applicable, and the allowance for credit risk; a description of the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a description of the ultimate holding company's internal risk management controls over those models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the backtesting procedures the ultimate holding company will use to backtest the mathematical model used to calculate maximum potential exposure; a description of how each mathematical model satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this appendix E; a statement describing the extent to which each mathematical model used to compute allowances for market and credit risk is used as part of the risk analyses and reports presented to senior management; and a description of any positions for which the ultimate holding company proposes to use a method other than VaR to compute an allowance for market risk and a description of how that allowance would be determined; 
</P>
<P>(viii) A description of how the ultimate holding company will calculate current exposure; 
</P>
<P>(ix) A description of how the ultimate holding company will determine the credit risk weights of counterparties and internal credit ratings of counterparties, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(x) A description of how the ultimate holding company will calculate an allowance for operational risk under § 240.15c3-1g(a)(4); 
</P>
<P>(xi) For each instance in which a mathematical model used by the broker or dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical model used by the ultimate holding company to calculate an allowance for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description of the difference(s) between the mathematical models; 
</P>
<P>(xii) A comprehensive description of the risk management control system for the affiliate group that the ultimate holding company has established to manage affiliate group-wide risk, including market, credit, liquidity and funding, legal and compliance, and operational risks, and how that system satisfies the requirements of § 240.15c3-4; and 
</P>
<P>(xiii) Sample risk reports that are provided to the persons at the ultimate holding company who are responsible for managing group-wide risk and that will be provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15c3-1g(b)(1)(i)(H); 
</P>
<P>(3) As a condition of Commission approval, the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer, if the ultimate holding company has a principal regulator, shall include the following information with the broker's or dealer's application: 
</P>
<P>(i) A narrative description of the business and organization of the ultimate holding company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An alphabetical list of the affiliates of the ultimate holding company (referred to as the “affiliate group,” which shall include the ultimate holding company), with an identification of the financial regulator, if any, that regulates the affiliate, and a designation of those affiliates that are material to the ultimate holding company (“material affiliates”); 
</P>
<P>(iii) An organizational chart that identifies the ultimate holding company, the broker or dealer, and the material affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the ultimate holding company as of the end of the quarter preceding the filing of the application; 
</P>
<P>(v) The most recent capital measurements of the ultimate holding company, as reported to its principal regulator, calculated in accordance with the standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time; 
</P>
<P>(vi) For each instance in which a mathematical model to be used by the broker or dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical model used by the ultimate holding company to calculate an allowance for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description of the difference(s) between the mathematical models; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Sample risk reports that are provided to the persons at the ultimate holding company who are responsible for managing group-wide risk and that will be provided to the Commission under § 240.15c3-1g(b)(1)(i)(H); 
</P>
<P>(4) The application of the broker or dealer shall be supplemented by other information relating to the internal risk management control system, mathematical models, and financial position of the broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer that the Commission may request to complete its review of the application; 
</P>
<P>(5) The application shall be considered filed when received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A person who files an application pursuant to this section for which it seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested.” All information submitted in connection with the application will be accorded confidential treatment, to the extent permitted by law; 
</P>
<P>(6) If any of the information filed with the Commission as part of the application of the broker or dealer is found to be or becomes inaccurate before the Commission approves the application, the broker or dealer must notify the Commission promptly and provide the Commission with a description of the circumstances in which the information was found to be or has become inaccurate along with updated, accurate information; 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) The Commission may approve the application or an amendment to the application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission may require, if the Commission finds the approval to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, after determining, among other things, whether the broker or dealer has met the requirements of this appendix E and is in compliance with other applicable rules promulgated under the Act and by self-regulatory organizations, and whether the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer is in compliance with the terms of its undertakings, as provided to the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may approve the temporary use of a provisional model in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission may require, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The broker or dealer has a complete application pending under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The use of the provisional model has been approved by:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A prudential regulator;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a futures association registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a foreign financial regulatory system with capital requirements that the Commission has found are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model is used for the purposes of calculating net capital;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a foreign financial regulatory system with margin requirements that the Commission has found are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model is used for the purposes of calculating initial margin pursuant to § 240.18a-3; or
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any other foreign supervisory authority that the Commission finds has approved and monitored the use of the provisional model through a process comparable to the process set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(8) A broker or dealer shall amend its application to calculate certain deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E and submit the amendment to the Commission for approval before it may change materially a mathematical model used to calculate market or credit risk or before it may change materially its internal risk management control system; 
</P>
<P>(9) As a condition to the broker's or dealer's calculation of deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E, an ultimate holding company that does not have a principal regulator shall submit to the Commission, as an amendment to the broker's or dealer's application, any material changes to a mathematical model or other methods used to calculate allowances for market, credit, and operational risk, and any material changes to the internal risk management control system for the affiliate group. The ultimate holding company must submit these material changes to the Commission before making them; 
</P>
<P>(10) As a condition for the broker or dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E, the broker or dealer agrees that: 
</P>
<P>(i) It will notify the Commission 45 days before it ceases to compute deductions for market and credit risk under this appendix E; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may determine by order that the notice will become effective after a shorter or longer period of time if the broker or dealer consents or if the Commission determines that a shorter or longer period of time is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors; and 
</P>
<P>(11) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(10) of this section, the Commission, by order, may revoke a broker's or dealer's exemption that allows it to use the market risk standards of this appendix E to calculate deductions for market risk, instead of the provisions of § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(vii), and the exemption to use the credit risk standards of this appendix E to calculate deductions for credit risk on certain credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments, instead of the provisions of § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv), if the Commission finds that such exemption is no longer necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. In making its finding, the Commission will consider the compliance history of the broker or dealer related to its use of models, the financial and operational strength of the broker or dealer and its ultimate holding company, the broker's or dealer's compliance with its internal risk management controls, and the ultimate holding company's compliance with its undertakings. 
</P>
<HD2>Market Risk
</HD2>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer whose application, including amendments, has been approved under paragraph (a) of this appendix E shall compute a deduction for market risk in an amount equal to the sum of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) For positions for which the Commission has approved the broker's or dealer's use of value-at risk (“VaR”) models, the VaR of the positions multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor determined according to paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this appendix E, except that the initial multiplication factor shall be three, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the broker's or dealer's application or an amendment to the application under paragraph (a) of this appendix E, including a review of its internal risk management control system and practices and VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(2) For positions for which the VaR model does not incorporate specific risk, a deduction for specific risk to be determined by the Commission based on a review of the broker's or dealer's application or an amendment to the application under paragraph (a) of this appendix E and the positions involved; 
</P>
<P>(3) For positions for which the Commission has approved the broker's or dealer's application to use scenario analysis, the greatest loss resulting from a range of adverse movements in relevant risk factors, prices, or spreads designed to represent a negative movement greater than, or equal to, the worst ten-day movement over the four years preceding calculation of the greatest loss, or some multiple of the greatest loss based on the liquidity of the positions subject to scenario analysis. If historical data is insufficient, the deduction shall be the largest loss within a three standard deviation movement in those risk factors, prices, or spreads over a ten-day period, multiplied by an appropriate liquidity adjustment factor. Irrespective of the deduction otherwise indicated under scenario analysis, the resulting deduction for market risk must be at least $25 per 100 share equivalent contract for equity positions, or one-half of one percent of the face value of the contract for all other types of contracts, even if the scenario analysis indicates a lower amount. A qualifying scenario must include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A set of pricing equations for the positions based on, for example, arbitrage relations, statistical analysis, historic relationships, merger evaluation, or fundamental valuation of an offering of securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Auxiliary relationships mapping risk factors to prices; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Data demonstrating the effectiveness of the scenario in capturing market risk, including specific risk; and 
</P>
<P>(4) For all remaining positions, the deductions specified in §§ 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi), (c)(2)(vii), and applicable appendices to § 240.15c3-1. 
</P>
<HD2>Credit Risk
</HD2>
<P>(c) A broker or dealer whose application, including amendments, has been approved under paragraph (a) of this appendix E shall compute a deduction for credit risk on transactions in derivative instruments (if this appendix E is used to calculate a deduction for market risk on those instruments) in an amount equal to the sum of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A counterparty exposure charge in an amount equal to the sum of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The net replacement value in the account of each counterparty that is insolvent, or in bankruptcy, or that has senior unsecured long-term debt in default; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a counterparty not otherwise described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this appendix E, the credit equivalent amount of the broker's or dealer's exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this appendix E, multiplied by the credit risk weight of the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of this appendix E, multiplied by 8%; 
</P>
<P>(2) A concentration charge by counterparty in an amount equal to the sum of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of 20% or less, 5% of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5% of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than 20% but less than 50%, 20% of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5% of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than 50%, 50% of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5% of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A portfolio concentration charge of 100 percent of the amount of the broker's or dealer's aggregate current exposure for all counterparties in excess of 10 percent of the tentative net capital of the broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Terms.</I> (i) The <I>credit equivalent amount</I> of the broker's or dealer's exposure to a counterparty is the sum of the broker's or dealer's maximum potential exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this appendix E, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor, and the broker's or dealer's current exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this appendix E. The broker or dealer must use the multiplication factor determined according to paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this appendix E, except that the initial multiplication factor shall be one, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the broker's or dealer's application or an amendment to the application approved under paragraph (a) of this appendix E, including a review of its internal risk management control system and practices and VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The <I>maximum potential exposure</I> is the VaR of the counterparty's positions with the broker or dealer, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this appendix E, taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the broker or dealer in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this appendix E, and taking into account the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The <I>current exposure</I> of the broker or dealer to a counterparty is the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the broker or dealer, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this appendix E and taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the broker or dealer in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Netting agreements.</I> A broker or dealer may include the effect of a netting agreement that allows the broker or dealer to net gross receivables from and gross payables to a counterparty upon default of the counterparty if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The netting agreement is legally enforceable in each relevant jurisdiction, including in insolvency proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(B) The gross receivables and gross payables that are subject to the netting agreement with a counterparty can be determined at any time; and 
</P>
<P>(C) For internal risk management purposes, the broker-dealer monitors and controls its exposure to the counterparty on a net basis; 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Collateral.</I> When calculating maximum potential exposure and current exposure to a counterparty, the fair market value of collateral pledged and held may be taken into account provided: 
</P>
<P>(A) The collateral is marked to market each day and is subject to a daily margin maintenance requirement; 
</P>
<P>(B) The collateral is subject to the broker's or dealer's physical possession or control; 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The collateral is subject to the broker's or dealer's physical possession or control and may be liquidated promptly by the firm without intervention by any other party; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The collateral is held by an independent third-party custodian that is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(C) The collateral is liquid and transferable; 
</P>
<P>(D) The collateral agreement is legally enforceable by the broker or dealer against the counterparty and any other parties to the agreement; 
</P>
<P>(E) The collateral does not consist of securities issued by the counterparty or a party related to the broker or dealer or to the counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(F) The Commission has approved the broker's or dealer's use of a VaR model to calculate deductions for market risk for the type of collateral in accordance with this appendix E; and 
</P>
<P>(G) The collateral is not used in determining the credit rating of the counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Credit risk weights of counterparties.</I> A broker or dealer that computes its deductions for credit risk pursuant to this Appendix E shall apply a credit risk weight for transactions with a counterparty of either 20%, 50%, or 150% based on an internal credit rating the broker or dealer determines for the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(A) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the broker or dealer may request Commission approval to apply a credit risk weight of either 20%, 50%, or 150% based on internal calculations of credit ratings, including internal estimates of the maturity adjustment. Based on the strength of the broker's or dealer's internal credit risk management system, the Commission may approve the application. The broker or dealer must make and keep current a record of the basis for the credit rating of each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(B) For the portion of a current exposure covered by a written guarantee where that guarantee is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of the due and punctual payment and performance of the obligation and the broker or dealer can demand immediate payment from the guarantor after any payment is missed without having to make collection efforts, the broker or dealer may substitute the credit risk weight of the guarantor for the credit risk weight of the counterparty; and 
</P>
<P>(C) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the broker or dealer may request Commission approval to reduce deductions for credit risk through the use of credit derivatives. 
</P>
<HD2>VaR Models
</HD2>
<P>(d) To be approved, each VaR model must meet the following minimum qualitative and quantitative requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualitative requirements.</I> (i) The VaR model used to calculate market or credit risk for a position must be integrated into the daily internal risk management system of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The VaR model must be reviewed both periodically and annually. The periodic review may be conducted by the broker's or dealer's internal audit staff, but the annual review must be conducted by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 <I>et seq.</I>); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of computing market risk, the broker or dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning three months after the broker or dealer begins using the VaR model to calculate market risk, the broker or dealer must conduct backtesting of the model by comparing its actual daily net trading profit or loss with the corresponding VaR measure generated by the VaR model, using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one business-day movement in rates and prices, for each of the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use; 
</P>
<P>(B) On the last business day of each quarter, the broker or dealer must identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of business days in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the actual net trading loss, if any, exceeds the corresponding VaR measure; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The broker or dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in Table 1 of this appendix E in determining its market risk until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results; 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Multiplication factor based on the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of exceptions 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplication factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 or fewer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.65 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.85 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) For purposes of incorporating specific risk into a VaR model, a broker or dealer must demonstrate that it has methodologies in place to capture liquidity, event, and default risk adequately for each position. Furthermore, the models used to calculate deductions for specific risk must: 
</P>
<P>(A) Explain the historical price variation in the portfolio; 
</P>
<P>(B) Capture concentration (magnitude and changes in composition); 
</P>
<P>(C) Be robust to an adverse environment; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Be validated through backtesting; and 
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of computing the credit equivalent amount of the broker's or dealer's exposures to a counterparty, the broker or dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning three months after it begins using the VaR model to calculate maximum potential exposure, the broker or dealer must conduct backtesting of the model by comparing, for at least 80 counterparties with widely varying types and sizes of positions with the firm, the ten-business day change in its current exposure to the counterparty based on its positions held at the beginning of the ten-business day period with the corresponding ten-business day maximum potential exposure for the counterparty generated by the VaR model; 
</P>
<P>(B) As of the last business day of each quarter, the broker or dealer must identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of ten-business day periods in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the change in current exposure to a counterparty exceeds the corresponding maximum potential exposure; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The broker or dealer will propose, as part of its application, a schedule of multiplication factors, which must be approved by the Commission based on the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model. The broker or dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in the approved schedule in determining the credit equivalent amount of its exposures to a counterparty until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the Commission determines, based on, among other relevant factors, a review of the broker's or dealer's internal risk management control system, including a review of the VaR model, that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Quantitative requirements.</I> (i) For purposes of determining market risk, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a ten business-day movement in rates and prices; 
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of determining maximum potential exposure, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one-year movement in rates and prices; or based on a review of the broker's or dealer's procedures for managing collateral and if the collateral is marked to market daily and the broker or dealer has the ability to call for additional collateral daily, the Commission may approve a time horizon of not less than ten business days; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The VaR model must use an effective historical observation period of at least one year. The broker or dealer must consider the effects of market stress in its construction of the model. Historical data sets must be updated at least monthly and reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities change significantly; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The VaR model must take into account and incorporate all significant, identifiable market risk factors applicable to positions in the accounts of the broker or dealer, including: 
</P>
<P>(A) Risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of derivatives and the sensitivity of the market value of those positions to changes in the volatility of the derivatives' underlying rates and prices; 
</P>
<P>(B) Empirical correlations with and across risk factors or, alternatively, risk factors sufficient to cover all the market risk inherent in the positions in the proprietary or other trading accounts of the broker or dealer, including interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange risk, and commodity price risk; 
</P>
<P>(C) Spread risk, where applicable, and segments of the yield curve sufficient to capture differences in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve for securities and derivatives that are sensitive to different interest rates; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Specific risk for individual positions. 
</P>
<HD2>Additional Conditions
</HD2>
<P>(e) As a condition for the broker or dealer to use this appendix E to calculate certain of its capital charges, the Commission may impose additional conditions on the broker or dealer, which may include, but are not limited to restricting the broker's or dealer's business on a product-specific, category-specific, or general basis; submitting to the Commission a plan to increase the broker's or dealer's net capital or tentative net capital; filing more frequent reports with the Commission; modifying the broker's or dealer's internal risk management control procedures; or computing the broker's or dealer's deductions for market and credit risk in accordance with § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv), (vi), and (vii), (c)(2)(xv)(A) and (B), as appropriate, and § 240.15c-1b, as appropriate. If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, the Commission also may require, as a condition of continuation of the exemption, the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer to file more frequent reports or to modify its group-wide internal risk management control procedures. If the Commission finds it is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, the Commission may impose additional conditions on either the broker-dealer, or the ultimate holding company, if it is an ultimate holding company that does not have a principal regulator, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer is required by § 240.15c3-1(a)(7)(ii) to provide notice to the Commission that the broker's or dealer's tentative net capital is less than $6 billion;
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer fails to meet the reporting requirements set forth in § 240.17a-5 or 240.15c3-1g(b), as applicable; 
</P>
<P>(3) Any event specified in § 240.17a-11 occurs; 
</P>
<P>(4) There is a material deficiency in the internal risk management control system or in the mathematical models used to price securities or to calculate deductions for market and credit risk or allowances for market and credit risk, as applicable, of the broker or dealer or the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(5) The ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer fails to comply with its undertakings that the broker or dealer has filed with its application pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(viii) or (a)(1)(ix) of this appendix E; 
</P>
<P>(6) The broker or dealer fails to comply with this appendix E; or 
</P>
<P>(7) The Commission finds that imposition of other conditions is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 34462, June 21, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 1549, Jan. 8, 2014; 79 FR 38451, July 8, 2014; 84 FR 44046, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1f" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.357" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1f   Optional market and credit risk requirements for OTC derivatives dealers (Appendix F to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<HD2>Application Requirements
</HD2>
<P>(a) An OTC derivatives dealer may apply to the Commission for authorization to compute capital charges for market and credit risk pursuant to this Appendix F in lieu of computing securities haircuts pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi).
</P>
<P>(1) An OTC derivatives dealer's application shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Executive summary.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer shall include in its application an Executive Summary of information provided to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Description of methods for computing market risk charges.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer shall provide a description of all statistical models used for pricing OTC derivative instruments and for computing value-at-risk (“VAR”), a description of the applicant's controls over those models, and a statement regarding whether the firm has developed its own internal VAR models. If the OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, the dealer shall describe its process for measuring correlations and describe the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the model which at a minimum must adhere to the criteria set forth in paragraph (e) of this appendix F. The application shall further state whether the OTC derivatives dealer intends to use an alternative method for computing its market risk charge for equity instruments and, if applicable, a description of how its own theoretical pricing model contains the minimum pricing factors set forth in appendix A (§ 240.15c3-1a). The application shall also describe any category of securities having no ready market or any category of debt securities which are below investment grade for which the OTC derivatives dealer wishes to use its VAR model to calculate its market risk charge or for which it wishes to use an alternative method for computing this charge and a description of how those charges would be determined.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Internal risk management control systems.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer shall provide a comprehensive description of its internal risk management control systems and how those systems adhere to the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-4(a) through (d).
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may approve the application after reviewing the application to determine whether the OTC derivatives dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Has adopted internal risk management control systems that meet the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-4; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has adopted a VAR model that meets the requirements set forth in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this appendix F.
</P>
<P>(3) If the OTC derivatives dealer materially amends its VAR model or internal risk management control systems as described in its application, including any material change in the categories of non-marketable securities that it wishes to include in its VAR model, the dealer shall file an application describing the changes which must be approved by the Commission before the changes may be implemented. After reviewing the application for changes to the dealer's VAR model or internal risk management control systems to determine whether, with the changes, the OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model and internal risk management control systems would meet the requirements set forth in this appendix F and § 240.15c3-4, the Commission may approve the application.
</P>
<P>(4) The applications provided for in this paragraph (a) shall be considered filed when received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. All applications filed pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall be deemed to be confidential.
</P>
<HD2>Compliance With § 240.15c3-4
</HD2>
<P>(b) An OTC derivatives dealer must be in compliance in all material respects with § 240.15c3-4 regarding its internal risk management control systems in order to be in compliance with § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<HD2>Market Risk
</HD2>
<P>(c) An OTC derivatives dealer electing to apply this appendix F shall compute a capital charge for market risk which shall be the aggregate of the charges computed below:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Value-at-Risk.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer shall deduct from net worth an amount for market risk for eligible OTC derivative instruments and other positions in its proprietary or other accounts equal to the VAR of these positions obtained from its proprietary VAR model, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor in paragraph (e)(1)(iv)(C) of this appendix F. The OTC derivatives dealer may not elect to calculate its capital charges under this paragraph (c)(1) until its application to use the VAR model has been approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alternative method for equities.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer may elect to use this alternative method to calculate its market risk for equity instruments, including OTC options, upon approval by the Commission on application by the dealer. Under this alternative method, the deduction for market risk must be the amount computed pursuant to appendix A to Rule 15c3-1
</P>
<FP>(§ 240.15c3-1a). In this computation, the OTC derivatives dealer may use its own theoretical pricing model provided that it contains the minimum pricing factors set forth in appendix A.
</FP>
<P>(3) <I>Non-marketable securities.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer may not use a VAR model to determine a capital charge for any category of securities having no ready market or any category of debt securities which are below investment grade or any derivative instrument based on the value of these categories of securities, unless the Commission has granted, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this appendix F, its application to use its VAR model for any such category of securities. The dealer in any event may apply, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this appendix F, for an alternative treatment for any such category of securities, rather than calculate the market risk capital charge for such category of securities under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and (vii).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Residual positions.</I> To the extent that a position has not been included in the calculation of the market risk charge in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section, the market risk charge for the position shall be computed under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi).
</P>
<HD2>Credit Risk
</HD2>
<P>(d) The capital charge for credit risk arising from an OTC derivatives dealer's transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) The net replacement value in the account of a counterparty (including the effect of legally enforceable netting agreements and the application of liquid collateral) that is insolvent, or in bankruptcy, or that has senior unsecured long-term debt in default;
</P>
<P>(2) As to a counterparty not otherwise described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the net replacement value in the account of the counterparty (including the effect of legally enforceable netting agreements and the application of liquid collateral) multiplied by 8%, and further multiplied by a counterparty factor of 20%, 50%, or 100% based on an internal credit rating the OTC derivatives dealer determines for the counterparty; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A concentration charge where the net replacement value in the account of any one counterparty (other than a counterparty described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section) exceeds 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer's tentative net capital, calculated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt or commercial paper that would apply a 20% counterparty factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 5% of the amount of the net replacement value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer's tentative net capital;
</P>
<P>(ii) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt that would apply a 50% counterparty factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 20% of the amount of the net replacement value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer's tentative net capital;
</P>
<P>(iii) For counterparties for which an OTC derivatives dealer assigns an internal rating for senior unsecured long-term debt that would apply a 100% counterparty factor under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 50% of the amount of the net replacement value in excess of 25% of the OTC derivatives dealer's tentative net capital.
</P>
<P>(4) Counterparties may be rated by the OTC derivatives dealer, or by an affiliated bank or affiliated broker-dealer of the OTC derivatives dealer, upon approval by the Commission on application by the OTC derivatives dealer. Based on the strength of the OTC derivatives dealer's internal credit risk management system, the Commission may approve the application. The OTC derivatives dealer must make and keep current a record of the basis for the credit rating for each counterparty.
</P>
<HD2>VAR Models
</HD2>
<P>(e) An OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must meet the following qualitative and quantitative requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualitative requirements.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer applying this appendix F must have a VAR model that meets the following minimum qualitative requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must be integrated into the firm's daily risk management process;
</P>
<P>(ii) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct appropriate stress tests of the VAR model, and develop appropriate procedures to follow in response to the results of such tests;
</P>
<P>(iii) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct periodic reviews (which may be performed by internal audit staff) of its VAR model. The OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model also must be subject to annual reviews conducted by independent public accountants; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The OTC derivatives dealer must conduct backtesting of the VAR model pursuant to the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning one year after the OTC derivatives dealer begins using its VAR model to calculate its net capital, the OTC derivatives dealer must conduct backtesting by comparing each of its most recent 250 business days' actual net trading profit or loss with the corresponding daily VAR measures generated for determining market risk capital charges and calibrated to a one-day holding period and a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level;
</P>
<P>(B) Once each quarter, the OTC derivatives dealer must identify the number of exceptions, that is, the number of business days for which the actual daily net trading loss, if any, exceeded the corresponding daily VAR measure; and
</P>
<P>(C) An OTC derivatives dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in Table 1 of this appendix F in determining its capital charge for market risk until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the Commission determines that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Multiplication Factor Based on Results of Backtesting
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of exceptions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplication factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 4 or fewer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Quantitative requirements.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer applying this appendix F must have a VAR model that meets the following minimum quantitative requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The VAR measures must be calculated on a daily basis using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with a price change equivalent to a ten-business day movement in rates and prices;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective historical observation period for VAR measures must be at least one year, and the weighted average time lag of the individual observations cannot be less than six months. Historical data sets must be updated at least every three months and reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities are subject to large changes;
</P>
<P>(iii) The VAR measures must include the risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of options positions and the sensitivity of the market value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying rates or prices. An OTC derivatives dealer must measure the volatility of options positions by different maturities;
</P>
<P>(iv) The VAR measures may incorporate empirical correlations within and across risk categories, provided that the OTC derivatives dealer has described its process for measuring correlations in its application to apply this appendix F and the Commission has approved its application. In the event that the VAR measures do not incorporate empirical correlations across risk categories, the OTC derivatives dealer must add the separate VAR measures for the four major risk categories in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this appendix F to determine its aggregate VAR measure; and
</P>
<P>(v) The OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model must use risk factors sufficient to measure the market risk inherent in all covered positions. The risk factors must address, at a minimum, the following major risk categories: interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange rate risk, and commodity price risk. For material exposures in the major currencies and markets, modeling techniques must capture, at a minimum, spread risk and must incorporate enough segments of the yield curve to capture differences in volatility and less-than-perfect correlation of rates along the yield curve. An OTC derivatives dealer must provide the Commission with evidence that the OTC derivatives dealer's VAR model takes account of specific risk in positions, including specific equity risk, if the OTC derivatives dealer intends to utilize its VAR model to compute capital charges for equity price risk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59398, Nov. 3, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 1549, Jan. 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-1g" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.358" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-1g   Conditions for ultimate holding companies of certain brokers or dealers (Appendix G to 17 CFR 240.15c3-1).</HEAD>
<P>As a condition for a broker or dealer to compute certain of its deductions to capital in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e, pursuant to its undertaking, the ultimate holding company of the broker or dealer shall: 
</P>
<HD1>Conditions Regarding Computation of Allowable Capital and Risk Allowances 
</HD1>
<P>(a) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), calculate allowable capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risk on a consolidated basis as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Allowable capital.</I> The ultimate holding company must compute allowable capital as the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Common shareholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheet of the holding company less: 
</P>
<P>(A) Goodwill; 
</P>
<P>(B) Deferred tax assets, except those permitted for inclusion in Tier 1 capital by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) (12 CFR 225, appendix A); 
</P>
<P>(C) Other intangible assets; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Other deductions from common stockholders' equity as required by the Federal Reserve in calculating Tier 1 capital (as defined in 12 CFR 225, appendix A); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Cumulative and non-cumulative preferred stock, except that the amount of cumulative preferred stock may not exceed 33% of the items included in allowable capital pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this appendix G, excluding cumulative preferred stock, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(A) The stock does not have a maturity date; 
</P>
<P>(B) The stock cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder of the instrument; 
</P>
<P>(C) The stock has no other provisions that will require future redemption of the issue; and 
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer of the stock can defer or eliminate dividends; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The sum of the following items on the consolidated balance sheet, to the extent that the sum does not exceed the sum of the items included in allowable capital pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this Appendix G: 
</P>
<P>(A) Cumulative preferred stock in excess of the 33% limit specified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this appendix G and subject to the conditions of paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (D) of this appendix G; 
</P>
<P>(B) Subordinated debt if the original weighted average maturity of the subordinated debt is at least five years; each subordinated debt instrument states clearly on its face that repayment of the debt is not protected by any Federal agency or the Securities Investor Protection Corporation; the subordinated debt is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the ultimate holding company; and the subordinated debt instrument permits acceleration only in the event of bankruptcy or reorganization of the ultimate holding company under Chapters 7 (liquidation) and 11 (reorganization) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; and 
</P>
<P>(C) As part of the broker's or dealer's application to calculate deductions for market and credit risk under § 240.15c3-1e, an ultimate holding company may request to include, for a period of three years after adoption of this appendix G, long-term debt that has an original weighted average maturity of at least five years and that cannot be accelerated, except upon the occurrence of certain events as the Commission may approve. As part of a subsequent amendment to the broker's or dealer's application, the broker or dealer may request permission for the ultimate holding company to include long-term debt that meets these criteria in allowable capital for up to an additional two years; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Hybrid capital instruments that are permitted for inclusion in Tier 2 capital by the Federal Reserve (as defined in 12 CFR 225, appendix A); 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Allowance for market risk.</I> The ultimate holding company shall compute an allowance for market risk for all proprietary positions, including debt instruments, equity instruments, commodity instruments, foreign exchange contracts, and derivative contracts, as the aggregate of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Value at risk.</I> The VaR of its positions, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor as set forth in § 240.15c3-1e(d). The VaR of the positions must be obtained using approved VaR models meeting the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements of § 240.15c3-1e(d); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Alternative method.</I> For positions for which there does not exist adequate historical data to support a VaR model, the ultimate holding company must propose a model that produces a suitable allowance for market risk for those positions; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Allowance for credit risk.</I> The ultimate holding company shall compute an allowance for credit risk for certain assets on the consolidated balance sheet and certain off-balance sheet items, including loans and loan commitments, exposures due to derivatives contracts, structured financial products, and other extensions of credit, and credit substitutes as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) By multiplying the credit equivalent amount of the ultimate holding company's exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A), (B) and (C) of this appendix G, by the appropriate credit risk weight, as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(F) of this appendix G, of the asset, off-balance sheet item, or counterparty, then multiplying that product by 8%, in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) For certain loans and loan commitments, the credit equivalent amount is determined by multiplying the nominal amount of the contract by the following credit conversion factors: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 0% credit conversion factor for loan commitments that: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) May be unconditionally cancelled by the lender; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) May be cancelled by the lender due to credit deterioration of the borrower; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 20% credit conversion factor for: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Loan commitments of less than one year; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Short-term self-liquidating trade related contingencies, including letters of credit; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) 50% credit conversion factor for loan commitments with an original maturity of greater than one year that contain transaction contingencies, including performance bonds, revolving underwriting facilities, note issuance facilities and bid bonds; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) 100% credit conversion factor for bankers' acceptances, stand-by letters of credit, and forward purchases of assets, and similar direct credit substitutes; 
</P>
<P>(B) For derivatives contracts and for repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, stock lending and borrowing, and similar collateralized transactions, the credit equivalent amount is the sum of the ultimate holding company's maximum potential exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(E) of this appendix G, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor, and the ultimate holding company's current exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(i)(D) of this appendix G. The ultimate holding company must use the multiplication factor determined according to § 240.15c3-1e(d)(1)(v), except that the initial multiplication factor shall be one, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the group-wide internal risk management control system and practices, including a review of the VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(C) The credit equivalent amount for other assets shall be the asset's book value on the ultimate holding company's consolidated balance sheet or other amount as determined according to the standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time; 
</P>
<P>(D) The <I>current exposure</I> is the current replacement value of a counterparty's positions, after applying netting agreements with that counterparty meeting the requirements of § 240.15c3-1e(c)(4)(iv) and taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e(c)(4)(v); 
</P>
<P>(E) The <I>maximum potential exposure</I> is the VaR of the counterparty's positions with the member of the affiliate group, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of § 240.15c3-1e, taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the member of the affiliate in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(v) of § 240.15c3-1e, and taking into account the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the member of the affiliate group, except that for repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, stock lending and borrowing, and similar collateralized transactions, maximum potential exposure must be calculated using a time horizon of not less than five days; 
</P>
<P>(F) Credit ratings and credit risk weights shall be determined according to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(4)(vi)(A) and (c)(4)(vi)(B) of § 240.15c3-1e, respectively; 
</P>
<P>(G) As part of the broker's or dealer's initial application or in an amendment, the ultimate holding company may request Commission approval to reduce allowances for credit risk through the use of credit derivatives; 
</P>
<P>(H) For the portion of a current exposure covered by a written guarantee, where that guarantee is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of the due and punctual payment and performance of the obligation and the ultimate holding company or member of the affiliate group can demand payment after any payment is missed without having to make collection efforts, the ultimate holding company or member of the affiliate group may substitute the credit risk weight of the guarantor for the credit risk weight of the counterparty; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of the broker's or dealer's initial application or in an amendment to the application, the ultimate holding company may request Commission approval to use a method of calculating credit risk that is consistent with standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (July 1988), as amended from time to time; and 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Allowance for operational risk.</I> The ultimate holding company shall compute an allowance for operational risk in accordance with the standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time. 
</P>
<HD1>Conditions Regarding Reporting Requirements 
</HD1>
<P>(b) File reports with the Commission in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), the ultimate holding company shall file with the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(i) A report as of the end of each month, filed not later than 30 calendar days after the end of the month. A monthly report need not be filed for a month-end that coincides with a fiscal quarter-end. The monthly report shall include: 
</P>
<P>(A) A consolidated balance sheet and income statement (including notes to the financial statements) for the ultimate holding company and statements of allowable capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risk computed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this appendix G, <I>except</I> that the consolidated balance sheet and income statement for the first month of the fiscal year may be filed at a later time to which the Commission agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's application under § 240.15c3-1e(a)). A statement of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) shall be included in place of an income statement, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(B) A graph reflecting, for each business line, the daily intra-month VaR; 
</P>
<P>(C) Consolidated credit risk information, including aggregate current exposure and current exposures (including commitments) listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures; 
</P>
<P>(D) The 10 largest commitments listed by counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(E) Maximum potential exposure listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures; 
</P>
<P>(F) The aggregate maximum potential exposure; 
</P>
<P>(G) A summary report reflecting the geographic distribution of the ultimate holding company's exposures on a consolidated basis for each of the top ten countries to which it is exposed (by residence of the main operating group of the counterparty); and 
</P>
<P>(H) Certain regular risk reports provided to the persons responsible for managing group-wide risk as the Commission may request from time to time; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A quarterly report as of the end of each fiscal quarter, filed not later than 35 calendar days after the end of the quarter. The quarterly report shall include, in addition to the information contained in the monthly report as required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix G, the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) Consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the ultimate holding company. The consolidating balance sheet must provide information regarding each material affiliate of the ultimate holding company in a separate column, but may aggregate information regarding members of the affiliate group that are not material affiliates into one column. Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) shall be included in place of an income statement, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles;
</P>
<P>(B) The results of backtesting of all internal models used to compute allowable capital and allowances for market and credit risk indicating, for each model, the number of backtesting exceptions; 
</P>
<P>(C) A description of all material pending legal or arbitration proceedings, involving either the ultimate holding company or any of its affiliates, that are required to be disclosed by the ultimate holding company under generally accepted accounting principles; 
</P>
<P>(D) The aggregate amount of unsecured borrowings and lines of credit, segregated into categories, scheduled to mature within twelve months from the most recent fiscal quarter as to each material affiliate; and 
</P>
<P>(E) For a quarter-end that coincides with the ultimate holding company's fiscal year-end, the ultimate holding company need not include consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements (or statements of comprehensive income, as applicable) in its quarterly reports. The consolidating balance sheet and income statement (or statement of comprehensive income, as applicable) for the quarter-end that coincides with the fiscal year-end may be filed at a later time to which the Commission agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's application under § 240.15c3-1e(a));
</P>
<P>(iii) An annual audited report as of the end of the ultimate holding company's fiscal year, filed not later than 65 calendar days after the end of the fiscal year. The annual report shall include: 
</P>
<P>(A) Consolidated financial statements for the ultimate holding company audited by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 <I>et seq.</I>). The audit shall be made in accordance with the rules promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The audited financial statements must include a supporting schedule containing statements of allowable capital and allowances for market, credit, and operational risk computed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this appendix G; and 
</P>
<P>(B) A supplemental report entitled “Accountant's Report on Internal Risk Management Control System” prepared by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 <I>et seq.</I>), indicating the results of the registered public accounting firm's review of the ultimate holding company's compliance with § 240.15c3-4. The procedures are to be performed and the report is to be prepared in accordance with procedures agreed upon by the ultimate holding company and the registered public accounting firm conducting the review. The agreed-upon procedures are to be performed and the report is to be prepared in accordance with rules promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The ultimate holding company must file, before commencement of the initial review, the procedures agreed upon by the ultimate holding company and the registered public accounting firm with the Division of Market Regulation, Office of Financial Responsibility, at Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. Before commencement of each subsequent review, the ultimate holding company must notify the Commission of any changes in the procedures; 
</P>
<P>(iv) An organizational chart, as of the ultimate holding company's fiscal year-end, concurrently with its quarterly report for the quarter-end that coincides with its fiscal year-end. The ultimate holding company must provide quarterly updates of the organizational chart if a material change in the information provided to the Commission has occurred; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the ultimate holding company is an entity that has a principal regulator, as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), the ultimate holding company must file with the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(i) A quarterly report as of the end of each fiscal quarter, filed not later than 35 calendar days after the end of the quarter, or a later time to which the Commission may agree upon application. The quarterly report shall include: 
</P>
<P>(A) Consolidated (including notes to the financial statements) and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the ultimate holding company. Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X) shall be included in place of income statements, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles;
</P>
<P>(B) Its most recent capital measurements computed in accordance with the standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time, as reported to its principal regulator; 
</P>
<P>(C) Certain regular risk reports provided to the persons responsible for managing group-wide risk as the Commission may request from time to time; and 
</P>
<P>(D) For a quarter-end that coincides with the ultimate holding company's fiscal year-end, the ultimate holding company need not include consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements (or statements of comprehensive income, as applicable) in its quarterly reports. The consolidating balance sheet and income statement (or statement of comprehensive income, as applicable) for the quarter-end that coincides with the fiscal year-end may be filed at a later time to which the Commission agrees (when reviewing the affiliated broker's or dealer's application under § 240.15c3-1e(a)).
</P>
<P>(ii) An annual audited report as of the end of the ultimate holding company's fiscal year, filed with the Commission when required to be filed by any regulator; 
</P>
<P>(3) The reports that the ultimate holding company must file in accordance with paragraph (b) of this appendix G will be considered filed when two copies are received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A person who files reports pursuant to this section for which he or she seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested.” The copies shall be addressed to the Division of Market Regulation, Risk Assessment Group; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The reports that the ultimate holding company must file with the Commission in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Appendix G will be accorded confidential treatment to the extent permitted by law. 
</P>
<HD1>Conditions Regarding Records To Be Made 
</HD1>
<P>(c) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, make and keep current the following records: 
</P>
<P>(1) A record of the results of funding and liquidity stress tests that the ultimate holding company has conducted in response to the following events at least once each quarter and a record of the contingency plan to respond to each of these events: 
</P>
<P>(i) A credit rating downgrade of the ultimate holding company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access capital markets for unsecured short-term funding; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access liquid assets in regulated entities across international borders when the events described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this appendix G occur; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) An inability of the ultimate holding company to access credit or assets held at a particular institution when the events described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this appendix G occur; 
</P>
<P>(2) A record of the basis for the determination of credit risk weights for each counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(3) A record of the basis for the determination of internal credit ratings for each counterparty; and 
</P>
<P>(4) A record of the calculations of allowable capital and allowances for market, credit and operational risk computed currently at least once per month on a consolidated basis. 
</P>
<HD1>Conditions Regarding Preservation of Records 
</HD1>
<P>(d)(1) Must preserve the following information, documents, and reports for a period of not less than three years in an easily accessible place using any media acceptable under § 240.17a-4(f): 
</P>
<P>(i) The documents created in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Appendix G; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any application or documents filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e and this appendix G and any written responses received from the Commission; 
</P>
<P>(iii) All reports and notices filed with the Commission pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e and this appendix G; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the ultimate holding company does not have a principal regulator, all written policies and procedures concerning the group-wide internal risk management control system established pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e(a)(1)(viii)(C); and 
</P>
<P>(2) The ultimate holding company may maintain the records referred to in paragraph (d)(1) of this appendix G either at the ultimate holding company, at an affiliate, or at a records storage facility, provided that the records are located within the United States. If the records are maintained by an entity other than the ultimate holding company, the ultimate holding company shall obtain and file with the Commission a written undertaking by the entity maintaining the records, in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person at the entity maintaining the records, to the effect that the records will be treated as if the ultimate holding company were maintaining the records pursuant to this section and that the entity maintaining the records will permit examination of such records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Commission and will promptly furnish the Commission or its designee a true, legible, complete, and current paper copy of any or all or any part of such records. The election to operate pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve the ultimate holding company that is required to maintain and preserve such records from any of its reporting or recordkeeping responsibilities under this section. 
</P>
<HD1>Conditions Regarding Notification 
</HD1>
<P>(e) The ultimate holding company of a broker or dealer that computes certain of its capital charges in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of the following events: 
</P>
<P>(i) The early warning indications of low capital as the Commission may agree; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The ultimate holding company files a Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308) with the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) A material affiliate declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes insolvent; and 
</P>
<P>(2) If it is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13), send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of the following events: 
</P>
<P>(i) The ultimate holding company becomes aware that an NRSRO has determined to reduce materially its assessment of the creditworthiness of a material affiliate or the credit rating(s) assigned to one or more outstanding short or long-term obligations of a material affiliate; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The ultimate holding company becomes aware that any financial regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization has taken significant enforcement or regulatory action against a material affiliate; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The occurrence of any backtesting exception under § 240.15c3-1e(d)(1)(iii) or (iv) that would require that the ultimate holding company use a higher multiplication factor in the calculation of its allowances for market or credit risk; 
</P>
<P>(3) Every notice given or transmitted by paragraph (e) of this appendix G will be given or transmitted to the Division of Market Regulation, Office of Financial Responsibility, at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC. A person who files notification pursuant to this section for which he or she seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Request.” For the purposes of this appendix G, “notice” shall be given or transmitted by telegraphic notice or facsimile transmission. The notice described by paragraph (e)(2) of this appendix G may be transmitted by overnight delivery. Notices filed pursuant to this paragraph will be accorded confidential treatment to the extent permitted by law; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Upon the written request of the ultimate holding company, or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of the requirements of this paragraph (e) either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 34467, June 21, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 1550, Jan. 8, 2014; 83 FR 50222, Oct. 4, 2018; 90 FR 2836, Jan. 13, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.359" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.360" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-3   Customer protection—reserves and custody of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Except where otherwise noted, § 240.15c3-3 applies to a broker or dealer registered under section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)), including a broker or dealer also registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)). A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant registered under section 15F(b) of the Act that is not also registered as a broker or dealer under section 15(b) of the Act is subject to the requirements under § 240.18a-4.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>customer</I> shall mean any person from whom or on whose behalf a broker or dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or securities for the account of that person. The term shall not include a broker or dealer, a municipal securities dealer, or a government securities broker or government securities dealer. The term shall, however, include another broker or dealer to the extent that broker or dealer maintains an omnibus account for the account of customers with the broker or dealer in compliance with Regulation T (12 CFR 220.1 through 220.12). The term shall not include a general partner or director or principal officer of the broker or dealer or any other person to the extent that person has a claim for property or funds which by contract, agreement or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer or is subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or dealer. In addition, the term shall not include a person to the extent that the person has a claim for security futures products held in a futures account, or any security futures product and any futures product held in a “proprietary account” as defined by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in § 1.3(y) of this chapter. The term also shall not include a counterparty who has delivered collateral to an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to a transaction in an eligible OTC derivative instrument, or pursuant to the OTC derivatives dealer's cash management securities activities or ancillary portfolio management securities activities, and who has received a prominent written notice from the OTC derivatives dealer that:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the OTC derivatives dealer and the counterparty, the dealer may repledge or otherwise use the collateral in its business;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of the OTC derivatives dealer's failure, the counterparty will likely be considered an unsecured creditor of the dealer as to that collateral;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (SIPA) does not protect the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The collateral will not be subject to the requirements of § 240.8c-1, § 240.15c2-1, § 240.15c3-2, or § 240.15c3-3.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>securities carried for the account of a customer</I> (hereinafter also “customer securities”) shall mean: 
</P>
<P>(i) Securities received by or on behalf of a broker or dealer for the account of any customer and securities carried long by a broker or dealer for the account of any customer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities sold to, or bought for, a customer by a broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>fully paid securities</I> means all securities carried for the account of a customer in a cash account as defined in Regulation T (12 CFR 220.1 <I>et seq.</I>), as well as securities carried for the account of a customer in a margin account or any special account under Regulation T that have no loan value for margin purposes, and all margin equity securities in such accounts if they are fully paid: <I>Provided, however,</I> that the term <I>fully paid securities</I> does not apply to any securities purchased in transactions for which the customer has not made full payment.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>margin securities</I> means those securities carried for the account of a customer in a margin account as defined in section 4 of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4), as well as securities carried in any other account (such accounts hereinafter referred to as “margin accounts”) other than the securities referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>excess margin securities</I> shall mean those securities referred to in paragraph (a)(4) of this section carried for the account of a customer having a market value in excess of 140 percent of the total of the debit balances in the customer's account or accounts encompassed by paragraph (a)(4) of this section which the broker or dealer identifies as not constituting margin securities. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>qualified security</I> shall mean a security issued by the United States or a security in respect of which the principal and interest are guaranteed by the United States. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>bank</I> means a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act and will also mean any building and loan, savings and loan or similar banking institution subject to supervision by a Federal banking authority. With respect to a broker or dealer that maintains its principal place of business in Canada, the term “bank” also means a Canadian bank subject to supervision by a Canadian authority.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>free credit balances</I> means liabilities of a broker or dealer to customers which are subject to immediate cash payment to customers on demand, whether resulting from sales of securities, dividends, interest, deposits or otherwise, excluding, however, funds in commodity accounts which are segregated in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act or in a similar manner, or which are funds carried in a proprietary account as that term is defined in regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act. The term “free credit balances” also includes, if subject to immediate cash payment to customers on demand, funds carried in a securities account pursuant to a self-regulatory organization portfolio margining rule approved by the Commission under section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) (“SRO portfolio margining rule”), including variation margin or initial margin, marks to market, and proceeds resulting from margin paid or released in connection with closing out, settling or exercising futures contracts and options thereon.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>other credit balances</I> means cash liabilities of a broker or dealer to customers other than free credit balances and funds in commodity accounts which are segregated in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act or in a similar manner, or funds carried in a proprietary account as that term is defined in regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act. The term “other credit balances” also includes funds that are cash liabilities of a broker or dealer to customers other than free credit balances and are carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule, including variation margin or initial margin, marks to market, and proceeds resulting from margin paid or released in connection with closing out, settling or exercising futures contracts and options thereon.
</P>
<P>(10) The term <I>funds carried for the account of any customer</I> (hereinafter also “customer funds”) shall mean all free credit and other credit balances carried for the account of the customer. 
</P>
<P>(11) The term <I>principal officer</I> shall mean the president, executive vice president, treasurer, secretary or any other person performing a similar function with the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(12) The term <I>household members and other persons related to principals</I> includes husbands or wives, children, sons-in-law or daughters-in-law and any household relative to whose support a principal contributes directly or indirectly. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(12), a principal shall be deemed to be a director, general partner, or principal officer of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(13) The term <I>affiliated person</I> includes any person who directly or indirectly controls a broker or dealer or any person who is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the broker or dealer. Ownership of 10% or more of the common stock of the relevant entity will be deemed prima facie control of that entity for purposes of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(14) The term <I>securities account</I> shall mean an account that is maintained in accordance with the requirements of section 15(c)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(c)(3)) and § 240.15c3-3. 
</P>
<P>(15) The term <I>futures account</I> (also referred to as “commodity account”) shall mean an account that is maintained in accordance with the segregation requirements of section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(16) The term <I>PAB account</I> means a proprietary securities account of a broker or dealer (which includes a foreign broker or dealer, or a foreign bank acting as a broker or dealer) other than a delivery-versus-payment account or a receipt-versus-payment account. The term does not include an account that has been subordinated to the claims of creditors of the carrying broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(17) The term <I>Sweep Program</I> means a service provided by a broker or dealer where it offers to its customer the option to automatically transfer free credit balances in the securities account of the customer to either a money market mutual fund product as described in § 270.2a-7 of this chapter or an account at a bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Physical possession or control of securities.</I> (1) A broker or dealer shall promptly obtain and shall thereafter maintain the physical possession or control of all fully-paid securities and excess margin securities carried by a broker or dealer for the account of customers. 
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control of customers' securities if, solely as the result of normal business operations, temporary lags occur between the time when a security is required to be in the possession or control of the broker or dealer and the time that it is placed in the broker's or dealer's physical possession or under its control, provided that the broker or dealer takes timely steps in good faith to establish prompt physical possession or control. The burden of proof shall be on the broker or dealer to establish that the failure to obtain physical possession or control of securities carried for the account of customers as required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section is merely temporary and solely the result of normal business operations including same day receipt and redelivery (turnaround), and to establish that it has taken timely steps in good faith to place them in its physical possession or control. 
</P>
<P>(3) A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control of fully-paid or excess margin securities borrowed from any person, provided that the broker or dealer and the lender, at or before the time of the loan, enter into a written agreement that, at a minimum; 
</P>
<P>(i) Sets forth in a separate schedule or schedules the basis of compensation for any loan and generally the rights and liabilities of the parties as to the borrowed securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides that the lender will be given a schedule of the securities actually borrowed at the time of the borrowing of the securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Specifies that the broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>(A) Must provide to the lender, upon the execution of the agreement or by the close of the business day of the loan if the loan occurs subsequent to the execution of the agreement, collateral, which fully secures the loan of securities, consisting exclusively of cash or United States Treasury bills and Treasury notes or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6)(A)-(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)(A)-(C)) or such other collateral as the Commission designates as permissible by order as necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors after giving consideration to the collateral's liquidity, volatility, market depth and location, and the issuer's creditworthiness; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Must mark the loan to the market not less than daily and, in the event that the market value of all the outstanding securities loaned at the close of trading at the end of the business day exceeds 100 percent of the collateral then held by the lender, the borrowing broker or dealer must provide additional collateral of the type described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section to the lender by the close of the next business day as necessary to equal, together with the collateral then held by the lender, not less than 100 percent of the market value of the securities loaned; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Contains a prominent notice that the provisions of the SIPA may not protect the lender with respect to the securities loan transaction and that, therefore, the collateral delivered to the lender may constitute the only source of satisfaction of the broker's or dealer's obligation in the event the broker or dealer fails to return the securities.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section, a broker or dealer that retains custody of securities that are the subject of a repurchase agreement between the broker or dealer and a counterparty shall: 
</P>
<P>(A) Obtain the repurchase agreement in writing;
</P>
<P>(B) Confirm in writing the specific securities that are the subject of a repurchase transaction pursuant to such agreement at the end of the trading day on which the transaction is initiated and at the end of any other day during which other securities are substituted if the substitution results in a change to issuer, maturity date, par amount or coupon rate as specified in the previous confirmation;
</P>
<P>(C) Advise the counterparty in the repurchase agreement that the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position that the provisions of the SIPA do not protect the counterparty with respect to the repurchase agreement; and
</P>
<P>(D) Maintain possession or control of securities that are the subject of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purpose of this paragraph (b)(4), securities are in the broker's or dealer's control only if they are in the control of the broker or dealer within the meaning of § 240.15c3-3 (c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(5) or (c)(6) of this title.
</P>
<P>(iii) A broker or dealer shall not be in violation of the requirement to maintain possession or control pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) during the trading day if:
</P>
<P>(A) In the written repurchase agreement, the counterparty grants the broker or dealer the right to substitute other securities for those subject to the agreement; and
</P>
<P>(B) The provision in the written repurchase agreement governing the right, if any, to substitute is immediately preceded by the following disclosure statement, which must be prominently displayed:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Required Disclosure
</HD1>
<P>The [seller] is not permitted to substitute other securities for those subject to this agreement and therefore must keep the [buyer's] securities segregated at all times, unless in this agreement the [buyer] grants the [seller] the right to substitute other securities. If the [buyer] grants the right to substitute, this means that the [buyer's] securities will likely be commingled with the [seller's] own securities during the trading day. The [buyer] is advised that, during any trading day that the [buyer's] securities are commingled with the [seller's] securities, they will be subject to liens granted by the [seller] to its clearing bank and may be used by the [seller] for deliveries on other securities transactions. Whenever the securities are commingled, the [seller's] ability to resegregate substitute securities for the [buyer] will be subject to the [seller's] ability to satisfy the clearing lien or to obtain substitute securities.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(iv) A confirmation issued in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of this section shall specify the issuer, maturity date, coupon rate, par amount and market value of the security and shall further identify a CUSIP or mortgage-backed security pool number, as appropriate, except that a CUSIP or a pool number is not required on the confirmation if it is identified in internal records of the broker or dealer that designate the specific security of the counterparty. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)(iv), the market value of any security that is the subject of the repurchase transaction shall be the most recently available bid price plus accrued interest, obtained by any reasonable and consistent methodology.
</P>
<P>(v) This paragraph (b)(4) shall not apply to a repurchase agreement between the broker or dealer and another broker or dealer (including a government securities broker or dealer), a registered municipal securities dealer, or a general partner or director or principal officer of the broker or dealer or any person to the extent that the person's claim is explicitly subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(5) A broker or dealer is required to obtain and thereafter maintain the physical possession or control of securities carried for a PAB account, unless the broker or dealer has provided written notice to the account holder that the securities may be used in the ordinary course of its securities business, and has provided an opportunity for the account holder to object.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Control of securities.</I> Securities under the control of a broker or dealer shall be deemed to be securities which: 
</P>
<P>(1) Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national securities exchanges or of a registered national securities association, or of a custodian bank in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities complying with the provisions of §§ 240.8c-1(g) and 240.15c2-1(g) the delivery of which certificates to the broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value, and if the books or records of the broker or dealer identify the customers entitled to receive specified quantities or units of the securities so held for such customers collectively; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Are carried for the account of any customer by a broker or dealer and are carried in an omnibus credit account in the name of such broker or dealer with another broker or dealer in compliance with the requirements of section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.7(f)), such securities being deemed to be under the control of such broker or dealer to the extent that it has instructed such carrying broker or dealer to maintain physical possession or control of them free of any charge, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of such carrying broker or dealer or any persons claiming through such carrying broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that securities shall be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide items of transfer if, within 40 calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer by the broker or dealer to the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to the instructions of the broker or dealer have not been received by the broker or deal, the broker or dealer has not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent acknowledging the transfer instructions and the possession of the securities or the broker or dealer has not obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from a transfer agent with respect to the certificate delivered for transfer; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Are in the custody of a foreign depository, foreign clearing agency or foreign custodian bank which the Commission upon application from a broker or dealer, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, or upon its own motion shall designate as a satisfactory control location for securities; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act, the delivery of which securities to the broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in writing that the securities in its custody or control are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of a bank or any person claiming through the bank; or 
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Are held in or are in transit between offices of the broker or dealer; or (ii) are held by a corporate subsidiary if the broker or dealer owns and exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities of such subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's obligations and liabilities, operates the subsidiary as a branch office of the broker or dealer, and assumes full responsibility for compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with the provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the other acts of the subsidiary and such associated persons; or 
</P>
<P>(7) Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon application from a broker or dealer find and designate to be adequate for the protection of customer securities. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirement to reduce securities to possession or control.</I> Not later than the next business day, a broker or dealer, as of the close of the preceding business day, shall determine from its books or records the quantity of fully paid securities and excess margin securities in its possession or control and the quantity of fully paid securities and excess margin securities not in its possession or control. In making this daily determination inactive margin accounts (accounts having no activity by reason of purchase or sale of securities, receipt or delivery of cash or securities or similar type events) may be computed not less than once weekly. If such books or records indicate, as of such close of the business day, that such broker or dealer has not obtained physical possession or control of all fully paid and excess margin securities as required by this section and there are securities of the same issue and class in any of the following noncontrol locations: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities subject to a lien securing moneys borrowed by the broker or dealer or securities loaned to another broker or dealer or a clearing corporation, then the broker or dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such determination is made, issue instructions for the release of such securities from the lien or return of such loaned securities and shall obtain physical possession or control of such securities within two business days following the date of issuance of the instructions in the case of securities subject to lien securing borrowed moneys and within five business days following the date of issuance of instructions in the case of securities loaned; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Securities included on the broker's or dealer's books or records as failed to receive more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of securities so failed to receive through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Securities receivable by the broker or dealer as a security dividend receivable, stock split or similar distribution for more than 45 calendar days, then the broker or dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of securities so receivable through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Securities included on the broker's or dealer's books or records that allocate to a short position of the broker or dealer or a short position for another person, excluding positions covered by paragraph (m) of this section, for more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer must, not later than the business day following the day on which the determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of such securities. For the purposes of this paragraph (d)(4), the 30 day time period will not begin to run with respect to a syndicate short position established in connection with an offering of securities until the completion of the underwriter's participation in the distribution as determined pursuant to § 242.100(b) of Regulation M of this chapter (17 CFR 242.100 through 242.105); or
</P>
<P>(5) A broker or dealer which is subject to the requirements of § 240.15c3-3 with respect to physical possession or control of fully paid and excess margin securities shall prepare and maintain a current and detailed description of the procedures which it utilizes to comply with the possession or control requirements set forth in this section. The records required herein shall be made available upon request to the Commission and to the designated examining authority for such broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special reserve bank accounts for the exclusive benefit of customers and PAB accounts.</I> (1) Every broker or dealer must maintain with a bank or banks at all times when deposits are required or hereinafter specified a “Special Reserve Bank Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers” (hereinafter referred to as the <I>Customer Reserve Bank Account</I>) and a “Special Reserve Bank Account for Brokers and Dealers” (hereinafter referred to as the <I>PAB Reserve Bank Account</I>), each of which will be separate from the other and from any other bank account of the broker or dealer. Such broker or dealer must at all times maintain in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and the PAB Reserve Bank Account, through deposits made therein, cash and/or qualified securities in amounts computed in accordance with the formula attached as Exhibit A (17 CFR 240.15c3-3a), as applied to customer and PAB accounts respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to each computation required pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a broker or dealer must not accept or use any of the amounts under items comprising Total Credits under the formula referred to in paragraph (e)(1) of this section except for the specified purposes indicated under items comprising Total Debits under the formula, and, to the extent Total Credits exceed Total Debits, at least the net amount thereof must be maintained in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reserve Bank Account computations.</I> 


</P>
<P>(i)(A) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) and (C) of this section, computations necessary to determine the amount required to be deposited in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must be made weekly, as of the close of the last business day of the week, and the deposit so computed must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) A broker or dealer with average total credits that are equal to or greater than $500 million must make the computations necessary to determine the amount required to be deposited in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account, as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, daily as of the close of the previous business day, and the deposit so computed must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. A broker or dealer must comply with this paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) no later than six months after having average total credits equal to or greater than $500 million and until such time as it has average total credits of less than $500 million and 60 days after having provided the 60-day notice required by paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (e)(3), <I>average total credits</I> means the arithmetic mean of the sum of Total Credits in the Customer Reserve Bank Account computation and the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation reported in the 12 most recently filed month-end Forms X-17A-5.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A broker or dealer computing the Customer Reserve Bank Account computation and the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation daily under paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section whose average total credits falls below $500 million may elect to compute the Customer Reserve Bank Account and the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation weekly under paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section. Such broker or dealer must notify its designated examining authority, in writing, of this election at least 60 calendar days before computing the Customer Reserve Bank Account and the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation weekly under paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) A broker or dealer which has aggregate indebtedness not exceeding 800% of net capital (as defined in § 240.15c3-1) and which carries aggregate customer funds (as defined in paragraph (a)(10) of this section), as computed at the last required computation pursuant to this section, not exceeding $1,000,000, may in the alternative make the Customer Reserve Bank Account computation monthly, as of the close of the last business day of the month, and, in such event, must deposit not less than 105% of the amount so computed no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day.




</P>
<P>(ii) If a broker or dealer, computing on a monthly basis, has, at the time of any required computation, aggregate indebtedness in excess of 800 percent of net capital, such broker or dealer must thereafter compute weekly as aforesaid until four successive weekly Customer Reserve Bank Account computations are made, none of which were made at a time when its aggregate indebtedness exceeded 800 percent of its net capital.
</P>
<P>(iii) A broker or dealer that does not carry the accounts of a “customer” as defined by this section or conduct a proprietary trading business may make the computation to be performed with respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this section monthly rather than weekly. If a broker or dealer performing the computation with respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this section on a monthly basis is, at the time of any required computation, required to deposit additional cash or qualified securities in the PAB Reserve Bank Account, the broker or dealer must thereafter perform the computation required with respect to PAB accounts under paragraph (e)(1) of this section weekly until four successive weekly computations are made, none of which is made at a time when the broker or dealer was required to deposit additional cash or qualified securities in the PAB Reserve Bank Account.
</P>
<P>(iv) Computations in addition to the computations required in this paragraph (e)(3), other than computations made under paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, may be made as of the close of any business day, and the deposits so computed must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day.


</P>
<P>(v) A broker or dealer may elect to voluntarily compute the Customer Reserve Bank Account computation daily under paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section and reduce aggregate debit items in such computation by 2% under § 240.15c3-1(a)(ii)(A). Such broker or dealer must notify its designated examining authority, in writing, of its election to operate under this paragraph (e)(3)(v) at least 30 calendar days before beginning such computation. If a broker or dealer has notified the broker or dealer's designated examining authority of its election to operate under this paragraph (e)(3)(v), the broker or dealer must continue to compute the Customer Reserve Bank Account computation daily unless a change is approved by its designated examining authority.


</P>
<P>(vi) The broker or dealer must make and maintain a record of each such computation made pursuant to this paragraph (e)(3) or otherwise and preserve each such record in accordance with § 240.17a-4.






</P>
<P>(4) If the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section with respect to PAB accounts results in a deposit requirement, the requirement may be satisfied to the extent of any excess debit in the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section with respect to customer accounts of the same date. However, a deposit requirement resulting from the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section with respect to customer accounts cannot be satisfied with excess debits from the computation performed under paragraph (e)(3) of this section with respect to PAB accounts.
</P>
<P>(5) In determining whether a broker or dealer maintains the minimum deposits required under this section, the broker or dealer must exclude the total amount of any cash deposited with an affiliated bank. The broker or dealer also must exclude cash deposited with a non-affiliated bank to the extent that the amount of the deposit exceeds 15% of the bank's equity capital as reported by the bank in its most recent Call Report or any successor form the bank is required to file by its appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined by section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notification of banks.</I> A broker or dealer required to maintain a Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account prescribed by paragraph (e)(1) of this section or who maintains a Special Account referred to in paragraph (k) of this section must obtain and preserve in accordance with § 240.17a-4 a written notification from each bank with which it maintains a Customer Reserve Bank Account, a PAB Reserve Bank Account, or a Special Account that the bank was informed that all cash and/or qualified securities deposited therein are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of the customers and account holders of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission, and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the bank, and the broker or dealer must have a written contract with the bank which provides that the cash and/or qualified securities will at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the broker or dealer by the bank and will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Withdrawals from the reserve bank account.</I> A broker or dealer may make withdrawals from a Customer Reserve Bank Account and a PAB Reserve Bank Account if and to the extent that at the time of the withdrawal the amount remaining in the Customer Reserve Bank Account and PAB Reserve Bank Account is not less than the amount then required by paragraph (e) of this section. A bank may presume that any request for withdrawal from a reserve bank account is in conformity and compliance with this paragraph (g). On any business day on which a withdrawal is made, the broker or dealer shall make a record of the computation on the basis of which he makes such withdrawal, and he shall preserve such computation in accordance with § 240.17a-4. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Buy-in of short security differences.</I> A broker or dealer shall within 45 calendar days after the date of the examination, count, verification and comparison of securities pursuant to § 240.17a-13 or otherwise or to the annual report of financial condition in accordance with § 240.17a-5 or 240.17a-12, buy-in all short security differences which are not resolved during the 45-day period. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notification in the event of failure to make a required deposit.</I> If a broker or dealer shall fail to make in its Customer Reserve Bank Account, PAB Reserve Bank Account or special account a deposit, as required by this section, the broker or dealer shall by telegram immediately notify the Commission and the regulatory authority for the broker or dealer, which examines such broker or dealer as to financial responsibility and shall promptly thereafter confirm such notification in writing.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Treatment of free credit balances.</I> (1) A broker or dealer must not accept or use any free credit balance carried for the account of any customer of the broker or dealer unless such broker or dealer has established adequate procedures pursuant to which each customer for whom a free credit balance is carried will be given or sent, together with or as part of the customer's statement of account, whenever sent but not less frequently than once every three months, a written statement informing the customer of the amount due to the customer by the broker or dealer on the date of the statement, and that the funds are payable on demand of the customer.
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer must not convert, invest, or transfer to another account or institution, credit balances held in a customer's account except as provided in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A broker or dealer is permitted to invest or transfer to another account or institution, free credit balances in a customer's account only upon a specific order, authorization, or draft from the customer, and only in the manner, and under the terms and conditions, specified in the order, authorization, or draft.
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer is permitted to transfer free credit balances held in a customer's securities account to a product in its Sweep Program or to transfer a customer's interest in one product in a Sweep Program to another product in a Sweep Program, <I>provided:</I>
</P>
<P>(A) For an account opened on or after the effective date of this paragraph (j)(2)(ii), the customer gives prior written affirmative consent to having free credit balances in the customer's securities account included in the Sweep Program after being notified:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Of the general terms and conditions of the products available through the Sweep Program; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) That the broker or dealer may change the products available under the Sweep Program.
</P>
<P>(B) For any account:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The broker or dealer provides the customer with the disclosures and notices regarding the Sweep Program required by each self-regulatory organization of which the broker or dealer is a member;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The broker or dealer provides notice to the customer, as part of the customer's quarterly statement of account, that the balance in the bank deposit account or shares of the money market mutual fund in which the customer has a beneficial interest can be liquidated on the customer's order and the proceeds returned to the securities account or remitted to the customer; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) The broker or dealer provides the customer with written notice at least 30 calendar days before:
</P>
<P>(<I>A</I>) Making changes to the terms and conditions of the Sweep Program;
</P>
<P>(<I>B</I>) Making changes to the terms and conditions of a product currently available through the Sweep Program;
</P>
<P>(<I>C</I>) Changing, adding or deleting products available through the Sweep Program; or
</P>
<P>(<I>D</I>) Changing the customer's investment through the Sweep Program from one product to another.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The notice must describe the new terms and conditions of the Sweep Program or product or the new product, and the options available to the customer if the customer does not accept the new terms and conditions or product.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not be applicable to a broker or dealer meeting all of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The broker's or dealer's transactions as dealer (as principal for its own account) are limited to the purchase, sale, and redemption of redeemable securities of registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account, whether or not registered as an investment company; except that a broker or dealer transacting business as a sole proprietor may also effect occasional transactions in other securities for its own account with or through another registered broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker's or dealer's transactions as broker (agent) are limited to: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) The sale and redemption of redeemable securities of registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account, whether or not registered as an investment company; 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) the solicitation of share accounts for savings and loan associations insured by an instrumentality of the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) the sale of securities for the account of a customer to obtain funds for immediate reinvestment in redeemable securities of registered investment companies; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker or dealer promptly transmits all funds and delivers all securities received in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, and does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this section shall not apply to any insurance company which is a registered broker-dealer, and which otherwise meets all of the conditions in paragraphs (k)(1) (i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, solely by reason of its participation in transactions that are a part of the business of insurance, including the purchasing, selling, or holding of securities for or on behalf of such company's general and separate accounts. 
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of this section shall not be applicable to a broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>(i) Who carries no margin accounts, promptly transmits all customer funds and delivers all securities received in connection with its activities as a broker or dealer, does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and effectuates all financial transactions between the broker or dealer and its customers through one or more bank accounts, each to be designated as “Special Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers of (name of the broker or dealer)”; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Who, as an introducing broker or dealer, clears all transactions with and for customers on a fully disclosed basis with a clearing broker or dealer, and who promptly transmits all customer funds and securities to the clearing broker or dealer which carries all of the accounts of such customers and maintains and preserves such books and records pertaining thereto pursuant to the requirements of §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4 of this chapter, as are customarily made and kept by a clearing broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(3) Upon written application by a broker or dealer, the Commission may exempt such broker or dealer from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission finds that the broker or dealer has established safeguards for the protection of funds and securities of customers comparable with those provided for by this section and that it is not necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors to subject the particular broker or dealer to the provisions of this section. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Delivery of securities.</I> Nothing stated in this section shall be construed as affecting the absolute right of a customer of a broker or dealer to receive in the course of normal business operations following demand made on the broker or dealer, the physical delivery of certificates for: 
</P>
<P>(1) Fully-paid securities to which he is entitled, and, 
</P>
<P>(2) Margin securities upon full payment by such customer to the broker or dealer of the customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer; and, subject to the right of the broker or dealer under Regulation T (12 CFR 220) to retain collateral for its own protection beyond the requirements of Regulation T, excess margin securities not reasonably required to collateralize such customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Completion of sell orders on behalf of customers.</I> If a broker or dealer executes a sell order of a customer (other than an order to execute a sale of securities which the seller does not own) and if for any reason whatever the broker or dealer has not obtained possession of the securities from the customer within 10 business days after the settlement date, the broker or dealer shall immediately thereafter close the transaction with the customer by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity: <I>Provided, however,</I> The term <I>customer</I> for the purpose of this paragraph (m) shall not include a broker or dealer who maintains an omnibus credit account with another broker or dealer in compliance with section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.7(f)). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">m</E>):</HED>
<P>See 38 FR 12103, May 9, 1973 for an order suspending indefinitely the operation of paragraph (m) as to sell orders for exempted securities (e.g., U.S. Government and municipal obligations).</P></NOTE>
<P>(n) <I>Extensions of time.</I> If a registered national securities exchange or a registered national securities association is satisfied that a broker or dealer is acting in good faith in making the application and that exceptional circumstances warrant such action, such exchange or association, on application of the broker or dealer, may extend any period specified in paragraphs (d) (2) through (4), (h) and (m) of this section, relating to the requirement that such broker or dealer take action within a designated period of time to buy-in a security, for one or more limited periods commensurate with the circumstances. Each such exchange or association shall make and preserve for a period of not less than 3 years a record of each extension granted pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section which shall contain a summary of the justification for the granting of the extension. 
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Security futures products</I>—(1) <I>Where security futures products shall be held.</I> A broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(1)) that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)): 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall hold a customer's security futures products in either a securities account or a futures account; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall establish written policies or procedures for determining whether customer security futures products will be placed in a securities account or a futures account and, if applicable, the process by which a customer may elect the type or types of account in which security futures products will be held (including the procedure to be followed if a customer fails to make an election of account type). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosure and record requirements.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (o)(2)(ii), before a broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)) accepts the first order for a security futures product from or on behalf of a customer, the broker or dealer shall furnish the customer with a disclosure document containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set forth under this section and SIPA applicable to a securities account; 
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the protections provided by the requirements set forth under section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) applicable to a futures account; 
</P>
<P>(C) A statement indicating whether the customer's security futures products will be held in a securities account or a futures account, or whether the firm permits customers to make or change an election of account type; and 
</P>
<P>(D) A statement that, with respect to holding the customer's security futures products in a securities account or a futures account, the alternative regulatory scheme is not available to the customer with relation to that account. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a customer account containing an open security futures product position is transferred to a broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)), that broker or dealer may instead provide the statements described in paragraphs (o)(2)(i)(C) and (o)(2)(i)(D) of this section no later than ten business days after the date the account is received. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Changes in account type.</I> A broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(1)) that is also a futures commission merchant registered pursuant to section 4f(a)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)) may change the type of account in which a customer's security futures products will be held; <I>provided</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The broker or dealer creates a record of each change in account type, including the name of the customer, the account number, the date the broker or dealer received the customer's request to change the account type, if applicable, and the date the change in account type became effective; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer, at least ten days before the customer's account type is changed: 
</P>
<P>(A) Notifies the customer in writing of the date that the change will become effective; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Provides the customer with the disclosures described in paragraph (o)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Segregation requirements for security-based swaps.</I> The following requirements apply to the security-based swap activities of a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>cleared security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1);
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>excess securities collateral</I> means securities and money market instruments carried for the account of a security-based swap customer that have a market value in excess of the current exposure of the broker or dealer (after reducing the current exposure by the amount of cash in the account) to the security-based swap customer, excluding:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified clearing agency account but only to the extent the securities and money market instruments are being used to meet a margin requirement of the clearing agency resulting from a security-based swap transaction of the security-based swap customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account or in a third-party custodial account but only to the extent the securities and money market instruments are being used to meet a regulatory margin requirement of a security-based swap dealer resulting from the broker or dealer entering into a non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the security-based swap dealer to offset the risk of a non-cleared security-based swap transaction between the broker or dealer and the security-based swap customer;
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>qualified clearing agency account</I> means an account of a broker or dealer at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that holds funds and other property in order to margin, guarantee, or secure cleared security-based swap transactions for the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The account is designated “Special Clearing Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Cleared Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(B) The clearing agency has acknowledged in a written notice provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property in the account are being held by the clearing agency for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the clearing agency which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the clearing agency or any person claiming through the clearing agency, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a cleared security-based swap transaction effected in the account.
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>qualified registered security-based swap dealer account</I> means an account at a security-based swap dealer that is registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15F of the Act that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(B) The security-based swap dealer has acknowledged in a written notice provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the security-based swap dealer for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the security-based swap dealer which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the security-based swap dealer or any person claiming through the security-based swap dealer, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a non-cleared security-based swap transaction effected in the account; and
</P>
<P>(D) The account and the assets in the account are not subject to any type of subordination agreement between the broker or dealer and the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(v) The term <I>qualified security</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) Obligations of the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States; and
</P>
<P>(C) General obligations of any State or a political subdivision of a State that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Are not traded flat and are not in default;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Were part of an initial offering of $500 million or greater; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Were issued by an issuer that has published audited financial statements within 120 days of its most recent fiscal year end.
</P>
<P>(vi) The term <I>security-based swap customer</I> means any person from whom or on whose behalf the broker or dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or other property for the account of the person with respect to a cleared or non-cleared security-based swap transaction. The term does not include a person to the extent that person has a claim for funds or other property which by contract, agreement or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer or, in the case of an affiliate of the broker or dealer, is subordinated to all claims of customers (including PAB customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(vii) The term <I>special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers</I> means an account at a bank that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(B) The account is subject to a written acknowledgement by the bank provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the bank; and
</P>
<P>(C) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the bank which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan or other extension of credit to the broker or dealer by the bank and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank.
</P>
<P>(viii) The term <I>third-party custodial account</I> means an account carried by an independent third-party custodian that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The account is established for the purposes of meeting regulatory margin requirements of another security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) The account is carried by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository or, if the collateral to be held in the account consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(C) The account is designated for and on behalf of the broker or dealer for the benefit of its security-based swap customers and the account is subject to a written acknowledgement by the bank, clearing organization, or depository provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the bank, clearing organization, or depository for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer with the bank, clearing organization, or depository; and
</P>
<P>(D) The account is subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the bank, clearing organization, or depository which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan or other extension of credit to the security-based swap dealer by the bank, clearing organization, or depository and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank, clearing organization, or depository or any person claiming through the bank, clearing organization, or depository.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Physical possession or control of excess securities collateral.</I> (i) A broker or dealer must promptly obtain and thereafter maintain physical possession or control of all excess securities collateral carried for the security-based swap accounts of security-based swap customers.
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer has <I>control</I> of excess securities collateral only if the securities and money market instruments:
</P>
<P>(A) Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national securities exchanges, or of a custodian bank in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities complying with the provisions of §§ 240.8c-1(g) and 240.15c2-1(g) the delivery of which certificates to the broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value, and if the books or records of the broker or dealer identify the security-based swap customers entitled to receive specified quantities or units of the securities so held for such security-based swap customers collectively;
</P>
<P>(B) Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that securities and money market instruments shall be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide items of transfer if, within 40 calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer by the broker or dealer to the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to the instructions of the broker or dealer have not been received by the broker or dealer, the broker or dealer has not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent acknowledging the transfer instructions and the possession of the securities or money market instruments, or the broker or dealer has not obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from a transfer agent with respect to the certificate delivered for transfer;
</P>
<P>(C) Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act, the delivery of which securities or money market instruments to the broker or dealer does not require the payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in writing that the securities and money market instruments in its custody or control are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of a bank or any person claiming through the bank;
</P>
<P>(D)(<I>1</I>) Are held in or are in transit between offices of the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Are held by a corporate subsidiary if the broker or dealer owns and exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities of such subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's obligations and liabilities, operates the subsidiary as a branch office of the broker or dealer, and assumes full responsibility for compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with the provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the other acts of the subsidiary and such associated persons; or
</P>
<P>(E) Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon application from a broker or dealer find and designate to be adequate for the protection of security-based swap customer securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each business day the broker or dealer must determine from its books and records the quantity of excess securities collateral in its possession or control as of the close of the previous business day and the quantity of excess securities collateral not in its possession or control as of the previous business day. If the broker or dealer did not obtain possession or control of all excess securities collateral on the previous business day as required by this section and there are securities or money market instruments of the same issue and class in any of the following non-control locations:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities or money market instruments subject to a lien securing an obligation of the broker or dealer, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments from the lien and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(B) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified clearing agency account, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments by the clearing agency and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(C) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account maintained by another security-based swap dealer or in a third-party custodial account, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments by the security-based swap dealer or the third-party custodian and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(D) Securities or money market instruments loaned by the broker or dealer, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the return of the loaned securities or money market instruments and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within five business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(E) Securities or money market instruments failed to receive more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(F) Securities or money market instruments receivable by the broker or dealer as a security dividend, stock split or similar distribution for more than 45 calendar days, then the broker or dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(G) Securities or money market instruments included on the broker's or dealer's books or records that allocate to a short position of the broker or dealer or a short position for another person, for more than 30 calendar days, then the broker or dealer must, not later than the business day following the day on which the determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of such securities or money market instruments.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deposit requirement for special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers.</I> (i) A broker or dealer must maintain a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers that is separate from any other bank account of the broker or dealer. The broker or dealer must at all times maintain in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers, through deposits into the account, cash and/or qualified securities in amounts computed in accordance with the formula set forth in § 240.15c3-3b. In determining the amount maintained in a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers, the broker or dealer must deduct:
</P>
<P>(A) The percentage of the value of a general obligation of a State or a political subdivision of a State specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi);
</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate value of general obligations of a State or a political subdivision of a State to the extent the amount of the obligations of a single issuer (after applying the deduction in paragraph (p)(3)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds two percent of the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(C) The aggregate value of all general obligations of States or political subdivisions of States to the extent the amount of the obligations (after applying the deduction in paragraph (p)(3)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds 10 percent of the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of cash deposited with a single non-affiliated bank to the extent the amount exceeds 15 percent of the equity capital of the bank as reported by the bank in its most recent Call Report or any successor form the bank is required to file by its appropriate federal banking agency (as defined by section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)); and
</P>
<P>(E) The total amount of cash deposited with an affiliated bank.
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer must not accept or use credits identified in the items of the formula set forth in § 240.15c3-3b except for the specified purposes indicated under items comprising Total Debits under the formula, and, to the extent Total Credits exceed Total Debits, at least the net amount thereof must be maintained in the Special Reserve Account pursuant to paragraph (p)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) The computations necessary to determine the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers must be made weekly as of the close of the last business day of the week and any deposit required to be made into the account must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. The broker or dealer may make a withdrawal from the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers only if the amount remaining in the account after the withdrawal is equal to or exceeds the amount required to be maintained in the account pursuant to paragraph (p)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) (B) Computations in addition to the computations required pursuant to paragraph (p)(3)(iii)(A) of this section may be made as of the close of any business day, and deposits so computed must be made no later than one hour after the open of banking business on the second following business day.
</P>
<P>(iv) A broker or dealer must promptly deposit into a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers cash and/or qualified securities of the broker or dealer if the amount of cash and/or qualified securities in one or more special reserve accounts for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers falls below the amount required to be maintained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps</I>—(i) <I>Notice.</I> A broker or dealer registered under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must provide the notice required pursuant to section 3E(f)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)) in writing to a duly authorized individual prior to the execution of the first non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the counterparty occurring after the compliance date of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subordination</I>—(A) <I>Counterparty that elects to have individual segregation at an independent third-party custodian.</I> A broker or dealer must obtain an agreement from a counterparty whose funds or other property to meet a margin requirement of the broker or dealer are held at a third-party custodian in which the counterparty agrees to subordinate its claims against the broker or dealer for the funds or other property held at the third-party custodian to the claims of customers (including PAB customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer but only to the extent that funds or other property provided by the counterparty to the independent third-party custodian are not treated as <I>customer property</I> as that term is defined in 11 U.S.C. 741 or <I>customer</I> property as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78<I>lll</I>(4) in a liquidation of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Counterparty that elects to have no segregation.</I> A broker or dealer registered under section 15F(b) of the Act as a security-based swap dealer must obtain an agreement from a counterparty that is an affiliate of the broker or dealer that affirmatively chooses not to require segregation of funds or other property pursuant to section 3E(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)) in which the counterparty agrees to subordinate all of its claims against the broker or dealer to the claims of customers (including PAB customers) and security-based swap customers of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 25226, Nov. 29, 1972; 38 FR 6277, Mar. 8, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 23790, May 10, 1977; 44 FR 1975, Jan. 9, 1979; 45 FR 37688, June 4, 1980; 47 FR 21775, May 20, 1982; 47 FR 23920, June 2, 1982; 50 FR 41340, Oct. 10, 1985; 52 FR 30333, Aug. 14, 1987; 63 FR 59400, Nov. 3, 1998; 67 FR 58299, Sept. 13, 2002; 68 FR 12783, Mar. 17, 2003; 78 FR 51902, Aug. 21, 2013; 84 FR 44047, Aug. 22, 2019; 90 FR 2837, Jan. 13, 2025] 












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-3a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.361" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-3a   Exhibit A—Formula for determination of customer and PAB account reserve requirements of brokers and dealers under § 240.15c3-3.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Credits
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Debits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Free credit balances and other credit balances in customers' security accounts. (See Note A)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Monies borrowed collateralized by securities carried for the accounts of customers (See Note B)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Monies payable against customers' securities loaned (See Note C)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Customers' securities failed to receive (See Note D)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Credit balances in firm accounts which are attributable to principal sales to customers</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Market value of stock dividends, stock splits and similar distributions receivable outstanding over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Market value of short security count differences over 30 calendar days old</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Market value of short securities and credits (not to be offset by longs or by debits) in all suspense accounts over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Market value of securities which are in transfer in excess of 40 calendar days and have not been confirmed to be in transfer by the transfer agent or the issuer during the 40 days</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. Debit balances in customers' cash and margin accounts excluding unsecured accounts and accounts doubtful of collection. (See Note E)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11. Securities borrowed to effectuate short sales by customers and securities borrowed to make delivery on customers' securities failed to deliver</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12. Failed to deliver of customers' securities not older than 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13. Margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation for all option contracts written or purchased in customer accounts. (See Note F)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14. Margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) related to the following types of positions written, purchased or sold in customer accounts: (1) security futures products and (2) futures contracts (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule (See Note G)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15. Margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) resulting from the following types of transactions in U.S. Treasury securities in customer accounts that have been cleared, settled, and novated by the clearing agency: (1) purchases and sales of U.S. Treasury securities; and (2) U.S. Treasury securities repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements (See Note H)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total credits
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total debits
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16. Excess of total credits (sum of items 1-9) over total debits (sum of items 10-15) required to be on deposit in the “Reserve Bank Account” (§ 240.15c3-3(e)). If the computation is made monthly as permitted by this section, the deposit must be not less than 105 percent of the excess of total credits over total debits</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">XXX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Notes Regarding the Customer Reserve Bank Account Computation
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Note A.</E> Item 1 must include all outstanding drafts payable to customers which have been applied against free credit balances or other credit balances and must also include checks drawn in excess of bank balances per the records of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note B.</E> Item 2 must include the amount of options-related or security futures product-related Letters of Credit obtained by a member of a registered clearing agency or a derivatives clearing organization which are collateralized by customers' securities, to the extent of the member's margin requirement at the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. Item 2 must also include the amount of Letters of Credit which are collateralized by customers' securities and related to other futures contracts (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an SRO portfolio margining rule. Item 2 must include the market value of customers' securities on deposit at a “qualified clearing agency” as defined in Note H below.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note C.</E> Item 3 must include in addition to monies payable against customers' securities loaned the amount by which the market value of securities loaned exceeds the collateral value received from the lending of such securities.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note D.</E> Item 4 must include in addition to customers' securities failed to receive the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive and outstanding more than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds their contract value.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note E.</E> (1) Debit balances in margin accounts must be reduced by the amount by which a specific security (other than an exempted security) which is collateral for margin accounts exceeds in aggregate value 15 percent of the aggregate value of all securities which collateralize all margin accounts receivable; provided, however, the required reduction must not be in excess of the amounts of the debit balance required to be excluded because of this concentration rule. A specified security is deemed to be collateral for a margin account only to the extent it represents in value not more than 140 percent of the customer debit balance in a margin account.
</P>
<P>(2) Debit balances in special omnibus accounts, maintained in compliance with the requirements of Section 7(f) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.7(f)) or similar accounts carried on behalf of another broker or dealer, must be reduced by any deficits in such accounts (or if a credit, such credit must be increased) less any calls for margin, mark to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding five business days or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Debit balances in customers' cash and margin accounts included in the formula under Item 10 must be reduced by an amount equal to 1 percent of their aggregate value.
</P>
<P>(4) Debit balances in cash and margin accounts of household members and other persons related to principals of a broker or dealer and debit balances in cash and margin accounts of affiliated persons of a broker or dealer must be excluded from the Reserve Formula, unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that such debit balances are directly related to credit items in the formula.
</P>
<P>(5) Debit balances in margin accounts (other than omnibus accounts) must be reduced by the amount by which any single customer's debit balance exceeds 25 percent (to the extent such amount is greater than $50,000) of the broker-dealer's tentative net capital (<I>i.e.,</I> net capital prior to securities haircuts) unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the Reserve Formula. Related accounts (<I>e.g.,</I> the separate accounts of an individual, accounts under common control or subject to cross guarantees) will be deemed to be a single customer's accounts for purposes of this provision. If the registered national securities exchange or the registered national securities association having responsibility for examining the broker or dealer (“designated examining authority”) is satisfied, after taking into account the circumstances of the concentrated account including the quality, diversity, and marketability of the collateral securing the debit balances or margin accounts subject to this provision, that the concentration of debit balances is appropriate, then such designated examining authority may grant a partial or plenary exception from this provision. The debit balance may be included in the reserve formula computation for five business days from the day the request is made.
</P>
<P>(6) Debit balances in joint accounts, custodian accounts, participation in hedge funds or limited partnerships or similar type accounts or arrangements that include both assets of a person or persons who would be excluded from the definition of customer (“noncustomer”) and assets of a person or persons who would be included in the definition of customer must be included in the Reserve Formula in the following manner: if the percentage ownership of the non-customer is less than 5 percent then the entire debit balance shall be included in the formula; if such percentage ownership is between 5 percent and 50 percent then the portion of the debit balance attributable to the non-customer must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula; or if such percentage ownership is greater than 50 percent, then the entire debit balance must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note F.</E> Item 13 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation to the extent such margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities and letters of credit collateralized by customers' securities.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note G.</E> (a) Item 14 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) for customer accounts to the extent that the margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by customers' securities.
</P>
<P>(b) Item 14 will apply only if the broker or dealer has the margin related to security futures products, or futures (and options thereon) carried in a securities account pursuant to an approved SRO portfolio margining program on deposit with:
</P>
<P>(1) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintains security deposits from clearing members in connection with regulated options or futures transactions and assessment power over member firms that equal a combined total of at least $2 billion, at least $500 million of which must be in the form of security deposits. For the purposes of this Note G, the term “security deposits” refers to a general fund, other than margin deposits or their equivalent, that consists of cash or securities held by a registered clearing agency or derivative clearing organization; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintains at least $3 billion in margin deposits; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this Note G, if the Commission has determined, upon a written request for exemption by or for the benefit of the broker or dealer, that the broker or dealer may utilize such a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. The Commission may, in its sole discretion, grant such an exemption subject to such conditions as are appropriate under the circumstances, if the Commission determines that such conditional or unconditional exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors; and
</P>
<P>(2) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that, if it holds funds or securities deposited as margin for security futures products or futures in a portfolio margin account in a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), obtains and preserves written notification from the bank at which it holds such funds and securities or at which such funds and securities are held on its behalf. The written notification will state that all funds and/or securities deposited with the bank as margin (including customer security futures products and futures in a portfolio margin account), or held by the bank and pledged to such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing agency as margin, are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of clearing members of the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization (subject to the interest of such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization therein), and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with the bank. The written notification also will provide that such funds and/or securities will at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization by the bank, and will be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank. This provision, however, will not prohibit a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization from pledging customer funds or securities as collateral to a bank for any purpose that the rules of the Commission or the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization otherwise permit; and
</P>
<P>(3) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization establishes, documents, and maintains:
</P>
<P>(i) Safeguards in the handling, transfer, and delivery of cash and securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fidelity bond coverage for its employees and agents who handle customer funds or securities. In the case of agents of a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, the agent may provide the fidelity bond coverage; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provisions for periodic examination by independent public accountants; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A derivatives clearing organization that, if it is not otherwise registered with the Commission, has provided the Commission with a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, executed by a duly authorized person at the derivatives clearing organization, to the effect that, with respect to the clearance and settlement of the customer security futures products and futures in a portfolio margin account of the broker or dealer, the derivatives clearing organization will permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-3a, Note G (b)(1) through (3).
</P>
<P>(c) Item 14 will apply only if a broker or dealer determines, at least annually, that the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the broker or dealer has on deposit margin related to securities future products or futures in a portfolio margin account meets the conditions of this Note G.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note H.</E> (a) Item 15 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that clears, settles, and novates transactions in U.S. Treasury securities (“qualified clearing agency”) to the extent that the margin is:
</P>
<P>(1) In the form of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, or qualified customer securities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Being used to margin U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer that are cleared, settled, and novated by the qualified clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Item 15 will apply only if the cash and securities required and on deposit at the qualified clearing agency:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Are cash owed by the broker or dealer to the customer of the broker or dealer that was delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency and not for any other customer's or the broker's or dealer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) U.S. Treasury securities or qualified customer securities held in custody by the broker or dealer for the customer of the broker or dealer that were delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency and not for any other customer's or the broker's or dealer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency; or
</P>
<P>(iii) U.S. Treasury securities owned by the broker or dealer that were delivered by the broker or dealer to the qualified clearing agency to meet a margin requirement resulting from a customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The broker or dealer did not owe to the customer or hold in custody for the customer sufficient cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement resulting from that customer's U.S. Treasury securities positions cleared, settled, and novated at the qualified clearing agency at the time the margin requirement arose;
</P>
<P>(B) The broker or dealer calls for the customer to deliver a sufficient amount of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet the margin requirement on the day the margin requirement arose; and
</P>
<P>(C) The broker or dealer receives a sufficient amount of cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet the margin requirement by the close of the next business day after the margin requirement arose.
</P>
<P>(2) Are treated in accordance with rules of the qualified clearing agency that impose the following requirements and the qualified clearing agency and broker or dealer are in compliance with the requirements of the rules (as applicable):
</P>
<P>(i) Rules requiring the qualified clearing agency to calculate a separate margin amount for each customer of the broker or dealer and the broker or dealer to deliver that amount of margin for each customer on a gross basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rules limiting the qualified clearing agency from investing cash delivered by the broker or dealer to margin U.S. Treasury security transactions of the customers of the broker or dealer or cash realized through using U.S. Treasury securities delivered by the broker or dealer for that purpose in any asset other than U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity of one year or less;
</P>
<P>(iii) Rules requiring that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities used to margin the U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer be held in an account of the broker or dealer at the qualified clearing agency that is segregated from any other account of the broker or dealer at the qualified clearing agency and that is:
</P>
<P>(A) Used exclusively to clear, settle, novate, and margin U.S. Treasury securities transactions of the customers of the broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) Designated “Special Clearing Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Customers of [name of broker or dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(C) Subject to a written notice of the qualified clearing agency provided to and retained by the broker or dealer that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are being held by the qualified clearing agency for the exclusive benefit of the customers of the broker or dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the broker or dealer or any other clearing member at the qualified clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(D) Subject to a written contract between the broker or dealer and the qualified clearing agency which provides that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are not available to cover claims arising from the broker or dealer or any other clearing member defaulting on an obligation to the qualified clearing agency or subject to any other right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the qualified clearing agency or any person claiming through the qualified clearing agency, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a cleared U.S. Treasury securities transaction of a customer of the broker or dealer effected in the account;
</P>
<P>(iv) Rules requiring the qualified clearing agency to hold the customer cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities used to margin the U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customers of the broker or dealer itself or in an account of the clearing agency at a U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or a “bank,” as that term is defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and that the account at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank must be:
</P>
<P>(A) Segregated from any other account of the qualified clearing agency or any other person at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank and used exclusively to hold cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities to meet current margin requirements of the qualified clearing agency resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer members of the qualified clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(B) Subject to a written notice of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank provided to and retained by the qualified clearing agency that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are being held by the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank pursuant to § 240.15c3-3 and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the qualified clearing agency or any other person at the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank; and
</P>
<P>(C) Subject to a written contract between the qualified clearing agency and the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank which provides that the cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities in the account are subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank or any person claiming through the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank or bank; and
</P>
<P>(v) Rules requiring systems, controls, policies, and procedures to return cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and qualified customer securities to the broker or dealer that are no longer needed to meet a current margin requirement resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission has approved rules of the qualified clearing agency that meet the conditions of this Note H and has published (and not subsequently withdrawn) a notice that brokers or dealers may include a debit in the customer reserve formula when depositing cash, U.S. Treasury securities, and/or qualified customer securities to meet a margin requirement of the qualified clearing agency resulting from positions in U.S. Treasury securities of the customers of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this Note H, the term “qualified customer securities” means the securities of a customer of the broker or dealer (other than U.S. Treasury securities) that are held in custody by the broker or dealer for the customer and that under the rules of the qualified clearing agency are eligible to be used to margin U.S. Treasury securities positions of the customer that are cleared, settled, and novated by the qualified clearing agency.</P></EXTRACT>
<HD1>Notes Regarding the PAB Reserve Bank Account Computation
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P><E T="04">Note 1.</E> Broker-dealers should use the formula in Exhibit A for the purposes of computing the PAB reserve requirement, except that references to “accounts,” “customer accounts, or “customers” will be treated as references to PAB accounts.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 2.</E> Any credit (including a credit applied to reduce a debit) that is included in the computation required by § 240.15c3-3 with respect to customer accounts (the “customer reserve computation”) may not be included as a credit in the computation required by § 240.15c3-3 with respect to PAB accounts (the “PAB reserve computation”).
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 3.</E> Note E(1) to § 240.15c3-3a does not apply to the PAB reserve computation.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 4.</E> Note E(3) to § 240.15c3-3a which reduces debit balances by 1 percent does not apply to the PAB reserve computation.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 5.</E> Interest receivable, floor brokerage, and commissions receivable of another broker or dealer from the broker or dealer (excluding clearing deposits) that are otherwise allowable assets under § 240.15c3-1 need not be included in the PAB reserve computation, provided the amounts have been clearly identified as payables on the books of the broker or dealer. Commissions receivable and other receivables of another broker or dealer from the broker or dealer that are otherwise non-allowable assets under § 240.15c3-1 and clearing deposits of another broker or dealer may be included as “credit balances” for purposes of the PAB reserve computation, provided the commissions receivable and other receivables are subject to immediate cash payment to the other broker or dealer and the clearing deposit is subject to payment within 30 days.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 6.</E> Credits included in the PAB reserve computation that result from the use of securities held for a PAB account (“PAB securities”) that are pledged to meet intra-day margin calls in a cross-margin account established between the Options Clearing Corporation and any regulated derivatives clearing organization may be reduced to the extent that the excess margin held by the other clearing corporation in the cross-margin relationship is used the following business day to replace the PAB securities that were previously pledged. In addition, balances resulting from a portfolio margin account that are segregated pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission regulations need not be included in the PAB Reserve Bank Account computation.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 7.</E> Deposits received prior to a transaction pending settlement which are $5 million or greater for any single transaction or $10 million in aggregate may be excluded as credits from the PAB reserve computation if such balances are placed and maintained in a separate PAB Reserve Bank Account by 12 p.m. Eastern Time on the following business day. Thereafter, the money representing any such deposits may be withdrawn to complete the related transactions without performing a new PAB reserve computation.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 8.</E> A credit balance resulting from a PAB reserve computation may be reduced by the amount that items representing such credits are swept into money market funds or mutual funds of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on or prior to 10 a.m. Eastern Time on the deposit date provided that the credits swept into any such fund are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the investment company or the broker or dealer. Any credits that have been swept into money market funds or mutual funds must be maintained in the name of a particular broker or for the benefit of another broker.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 9.</E> Clearing deposits required to be maintained at registered clearing agencies may be included as debits in the PAB reserve computation to the extent the percentage of the deposit, which is based upon the clearing agency's aggregate deposit requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> dollar trading volume), that relates to the proprietary business of other brokers and dealers can be identified. However, Note H to Item 15 of § 240.15c3-3a applies with respect to margin delivered to a U.S. Treasury securities clearing agency.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Note 10.</E> A broker or dealer that clears PAB accounts through an affiliate or third party clearing broker must include these PAB account balances and the omnibus PAB account balance in its PAB reserve computation.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 51904, Aug. 21, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 1550, Jan. 8, 2014; 89 FR 2826, Jan. 16, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-3b" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.362" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-3b   Exhibit B—Formula for determination of security-based swap customer reserve requirements of brokers and dealers under § 240.15c3-3.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Credits
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Debits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Free credit balances and other credit balances in the accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note A)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Monies borrowed collateralized by securities in accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note B)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Monies payable against security-based swap customers' securities loaned (See Note C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Security-based swap customers' securities failed to receive (See Note D)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Credit balances in firm accounts which are attributable to principal sales to security-based swap customers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Market value of stock dividends, stock splits and similar distributions receivable outstanding over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Market value of short security count differences over 30 calendar days old</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Market value of short securities and credits (not to be offset by longs or by debits) in all suspense accounts over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Market value of securities which are in transfer in excess of 40 calendar days and have not been confirmed to be in transfer by the transfer agent or the issuer during the 40 days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. Debit balances in accounts carried for security-based swap customers, excluding unsecured accounts and accounts doubtful of collection (See Note E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11. Securities borrowed to effectuate short sales by security-based swap customers and securities borrowed to make delivery on security-based swap customers' securities failed to deliver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12. Failed to deliver of security-based swap customers' securities not older than 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13. Margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation for all option contracts written or purchased in accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note F)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14. Margin related to security futures products written, purchased or sold in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) (See Note G)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15. Margin related to cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16. Margin related to non-cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account at a security-based swap dealer or at a third-party custodial account</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Credits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total Debits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Excess of Credits over Debits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note A. Item 1 must include all outstanding drafts payable to security-based swap customers which have been applied against free credit balances or other credit balances and must also include checks drawn in excess of bank balances per the records of the broker or dealer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note B. Item 2 must include the amount of options-related or security futures product-related Letters of Credit obtained by a member of a registered clearing agency or a derivatives clearing organization which are collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities, to the extent of the member's margin requirement at the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note C. Item 3 must include in addition to monies payable against security-based swap customers' securities loaned the amount by which the market value of securities loaned exceeds the collateral value received from the lending of such securities.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note D. Item 4 must include in addition to security-based swap customers' securities failed to receive the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive and outstanding more than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds their contract value.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note E. (1) Debit balances in accounts carried for security-based swap customers must be reduced by the amount by which a specific security (other than an exempted security) which is collateral for margin requirements exceeds in aggregate value 15 percent of the aggregate value of all securities which collateralize all accounts receivable; provided, however, the required reduction must not be in excess of the amount of the debit balance required to be excluded because of this concentration rule. A specified security is deemed to be collateral for an account only to the extent it is not an excess margin security.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) Debit balances in special omnibus accounts, maintained in compliance with the requirements of section 4(b) of Regulation T under the Act (12 CFR 220.4(b)) or similar accounts carried on behalf of a security-based swap dealer, must be reduced by any deficits in such accounts (or if a credit, such credit must be increased) less any calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding 5 business days or less.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) Debit balances in security-based swap customers' accounts included in the formula under item 10 must be reduced by an amount equal to 1 percent of their aggregate value.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) Debit balances in accounts of household members and other persons related to principals of a broker or dealer and debit balances in accounts of affiliated persons of a broker or dealer must be excluded from the reserve formula, unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that such debit balances are directly related to credit items in the formula.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(5) Debit balances in accounts (other than omnibus accounts) must be reduced by the amount by which any single security-based swap customer's debit balance exceeds 25 percent (to the extent such amount is greater than $50,000) of the broker's or dealer's tentative net capital (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> net capital prior to securities haircuts) unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the Reserve Formula. Related accounts (e.g.,&gt; the separate accounts of an individual, accounts under common control or subject to cross guarantees) will be deemed to be a single security-based swap customer's account for purposes of this provision.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">If the registered national securities exchange or the registered national securities association having responsibility for examining the broker or dealer (“designated examining authority”) is satisfied, after taking into account the circumstances of the concentrated account including the quality, diversity, and marketability of the collateral securing the debit balances in accounts subject to this provision, that the concentration of debit balances is appropriate, then such designated examining authority may, by order, grant a partial or plenary exception from this provision. The debit balance may be included in the reserve formula computation for five business days from the day the request is made.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(6) Debit balances of joint accounts, custodian accounts, participations in hedge funds or limited partnerships or similar type accounts or arrangements that include both assets of a person who would be excluded from the definition of security-based swap customer (“non-security-based swap customer”) and assets of a person or persons includible in the definition of security-based swap customer must be included in the Reserve Formula in the following manner: if the percentage ownership of the non-security-based swap customer is less than 5 percent then the entire debit balance shall be included in the formula; if such percentage ownership is between 5 percent and 50 percent then the portion of the debit balance attributable to the non-security-based swap customer must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula; if such percentage ownership is greater than 50 percent, then the entire debit balance must be excluded from the formula unless the broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the formula.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note F. Item 13 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with Options Clearing Corporation to the extent such margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note G. (a) Item 14 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) for security-based swap customer accounts to the extent that the margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Item 14 will apply only if the broker or dealer has the margin related to security futures products on deposit with:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(i) Maintains security deposits from clearing members in connection with regulated options or futures transactions and assessment power over member firms that equal a combined total of at least $2 billion, at least $500 million of which must be in the form of security deposits. For purposes of this Note G, the term “security deposits” refers to a general fund, other than margin deposits or their equivalent, that consists of cash or securities held by a registered clearing agency or derivative clearing organization;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(ii) Maintains at least $3 billion in margin deposits; or
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(iii) Does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(ii) of this Note G, if the Commission has determined, upon a written request for exemption by or for the benefit of the broker or dealer, that the broker or dealer may utilize such a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. The Commission may, in its sole discretion, grant such an exemption subject to such conditions as are appropriate under the circumstances, if the Commission determines that such conditional or unconditional exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that, if it holds funds or securities deposited as margin for security futures products in a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), obtains and preserves written notification from the bank at which it holds such funds and securities or at which such funds and securities are held on its behalf. The written notification will state that all funds and/or securities deposited with the bank as margin (including security-based swap customer security futures products margin), or held by the bank and pledged to such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing agency as margin, are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of clearing members of the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization (subject to the interest of such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization therein), and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with the bank. The written notification also will provide that such funds and/or securities will at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization by the bank, and will be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank. This provision, however, will not prohibit a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization from pledging security-based swap customer funds or securities as collateral to a bank for any purpose that the rules of the Commission or the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization otherwise permit; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that establishes, documents, and maintains:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(i) Safeguards in the handling, transfer, and delivery of cash and securities;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(ii) Fidelity bond coverage for its employees and agents who handle security-based swap customer funds or securities. In the case of agents of a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, the agent may provide the fidelity bond coverage; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(iii) Provisions for periodic examination by independent public accountants; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) A derivatives clearing organization that, if it is not otherwise registered with the Commission, has provided the Commission with a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, executed by a duly authorized person at the derivatives clearing organization, to the effect that, with respect to the clearance and settlement of the security-based swap customer security futures products of the broker or dealer, the derivatives clearing organization will permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-3a, Note G. (b)(1) through (3).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(c) Item 14 will apply only if a broker or dealer determines, at least annually, that the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the broker or dealer has on deposit margin related to security futures products meets the conditions of this Note G.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44050, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.363" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-4   Internal risk management control systems for OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An OTC derivatives dealer shall establish, document, and maintain a system of internal risk management controls to assist it in managing the risks associated with its business activities, including market, credit, leverage, liquidity, legal, and operational risks.
</P>
<P>(b) An OTC derivatives dealer shall consider the following when adopting its internal control system guidelines, policies, and procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) The ownership and governance structure of the OTC derivatives dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) The composition of the governing body of the OTC derivatives dealer;
</P>
<P>(3) The management philosophy of the OTC derivatives dealer;
</P>
<P>(4) The scope and nature of established risk management guidelines;
</P>
<P>(5) The scope and nature of the permissible OTC derivatives activities;
</P>
<P>(6) The sophistication and experience of relevant trading, risk management, and internal audit personnel;
</P>
<P>(7) The sophistication and functionality of information and reporting systems; and
</P>
<P>(8) The scope and frequency of monitoring, reporting, and auditing activities.
</P>
<P>(c) An OTC derivatives dealer's internal risk management control system shall include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A risk control unit that reports directly to senior management and is independent from business trading units;
</P>
<P>(2) Separation of duties between personnel responsible for entering into a transaction and those responsible for recording the transaction in the books and records of the OTC derivatives dealer;
</P>
<P>(3) Periodic reviews (which may be performed by internal audit staff) and annual reviews (which must be conducted by independent certified public accountants) of the OTC derivatives dealer's risk management systems;
</P>
<P>(4) Definitions of risk, risk monitoring, and risk management; and
</P>
<P>(5) Written guidelines, approved by the OTC derivatives dealer's governing body, that include and discuss the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The OTC derivatives dealer's consideration of the elements in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The scope, and the procedures for determining the scope, of authorized activities or any nonquantitative limitation on the scope of authorized activities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Quantitative guidelines for managing the OTC derivatives dealer's overall risk exposure;
</P>
<P>(iv) The type, scope, and frequency of reporting by management on risk exposures;
</P>
<P>(v) The procedures for and the timing of the governing body's periodic review of the risk monitoring and risk management written guidelines, systems, and processes;
</P>
<P>(vi) The process for monitoring risk independent of the business or trading units whose activities create the risks being monitored;
</P>
<P>(vii) The performance of the risk management function by persons independent from or senior to the business or trading units whose activities create the risks;
</P>
<P>(viii) The authority and resources of the groups or persons performing the risk monitoring and risk management functions;
</P>
<P>(ix) The appropriate response by management when internal risk management guidelines have been exceeded;
</P>
<P>(x) The procedures to monitor and address the risk that an OTC derivatives transaction contract will be unenforceable;
</P>
<P>(xi) The procedures requiring the documentation of the principal terms of OTC derivatives transactions and other relevant information regarding such transactions;
</P>
<P>(xii) The procedures authorizing specified employees to commit the OTC derivatives dealer to particular types of transactions;
</P>
<P>(xiii) The procedures to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from engaging in any securities transaction that is not permitted under § 240.15a-1; and
</P>
<P>(xiv) The procedures to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from improperly relying on the exceptions to § 240.15a-1(c) and § 240.15a-1(d), including the procedures to determine whether a counterparty is acting in the capacity of principal or agent.
</P>
<P>(d) Management must periodically review, in accordance with written procedures, the OTC derivatives dealer's business activities for consistency with risk management guidelines including that:
</P>
<P>(1) Risks arising from the OTC derivatives dealer's OTC derivatives activities are consistent with prescribed guidelines;
</P>
<P>(2) Risk exposure guidelines for each business unit are appropriate for the business unit;
</P>
<P>(3) The data necessary to conduct the risk monitoring and risk management function as well as the valuation process over the OTC derivatives dealer's portfolio of products is accessible on a timely basis and information systems are available to capture, monitor, analyze, and report relevant data;
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures are in place to enable management to take action when internal risk management guidelines have been exceeded;
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures are in place to monitor and address the risk that an OTC derivatives transaction contract will be unenforceable;
</P>
<P>(6) Procedures are in place to identify and address any deficiencies in the operating systems and to contain the extent of losses arising from unidentified deficiencies;
</P>
<P>(7) Procedures are in place to authorize specified employees to commit the OTC derivatives dealer to particular types of transactions, to specify any quantitative limits on such authority, and to provide for the oversight of their exercise of such authority;
</P>
<P>(8) Procedures are in place to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from engaging in any securities transaction that is not permitted under § 240.15a-1;
</P>
<P>(9) Procedures are in place to prevent the OTC derivatives dealer from improperly relying on the exceptions to § 240.15a-1(c) and § 240.15a-1(d), including procedures to determine whether a counterparty is acting in the capacity of principal or agent;
</P>
<P>(10) Procedures are in place to provide for adequate documentation of the principal terms of OTC derivatives transactions and other relevant information regarding such transactions;
</P>
<P>(11) Personnel resources with appropriate expertise are committed to implementing the risk monitoring and risk management systems and processes; and
</P>
<P>(12) Procedures are in place for the periodic internal and external review of the risk monitoring and risk management functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59400, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c3-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.364" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c3-5   Risk management controls for brokers or dealers with market access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>market access</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(i) Access to trading in securities on an exchange or alternative trading system as a result of being a member or subscriber of the exchange or alternative trading system, respectively; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Access to trading in securities on an alternative trading system provided by a broker-dealer operator of an alternative trading system to a non-broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>regulatory requirements</I> shall mean all federal securities laws, rules and regulations, and rules of self-regulatory organizations, that are applicable in connection with market access.
</P>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer with market access, or that provides a customer or any other person with access to an exchange or alternative trading system through use of its market participant identifier or otherwise, shall establish, document, and maintain a system of risk management controls and supervisory procedures reasonably designed to manage the financial, regulatory, and other risks of this business activity. Such broker or dealer shall preserve a copy of its supervisory procedures and a written description of its risk management controls as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with § 240.17a-4(e)(7). A broker-dealer that routes orders on behalf of an exchange or alternative trading system for the purpose of accessing other trading centers with protected quotations in compliance with Rule 611 of Regulation NMS (§ 242.611) for NMS stocks, or in compliance with a national market system plan for listed options, shall not be required to comply with this rule with regard to such routing services, except with regard to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The risk management controls and supervisory procedures required by paragraph (b) of this section shall include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Financial risk management controls and supervisory procedures.</I> The risk management controls and supervisory procedures shall be reasonably designed to systematically limit the financial exposure of the broker or dealer that could arise as a result of market access, including being reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(i) Prevent the entry of orders that exceed appropriate pre-set credit or capital thresholds in the aggregate for each customer and the broker or dealer and, where appropriate, more finely-tuned by sector, security, or otherwise by rejecting orders if such orders would exceed the applicable credit or capital thresholds; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prevent the entry of erroneous orders, by rejecting orders that exceed appropriate price or size parameters, on an order-by-order basis or over a short period of time, or that indicate duplicative orders.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Regulatory risk management controls and supervisory procedures.</I> The risk management controls and supervisory procedures shall be reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all regulatory requirements, including being reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(i) Prevent the entry of orders unless there has been compliance with all regulatory requirements that must be satisfied on a pre-order entry basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prevent the entry of orders for securities for a broker or dealer, customer, or other person if such person is restricted from trading those securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Restrict access to trading systems and technology that provide market access to persons and accounts pre-approved and authorized by the broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Assure that appropriate surveillance personnel receive immediate post-trade execution reports that result from market access.
</P>
<P>(d) The financial and regulatory risk management controls and supervisory procedures described in paragraph (c) of this section shall be under the direct and exclusive control of the broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section may reasonably allocate, by written contract, after a thorough due diligence review, control over specific regulatory risk management controls and supervisory procedures described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section to a customer that is a registered broker or dealer, provided that such broker or dealer subject to paragraph (b) of this section has a reasonable basis for determining that such customer, based on its position in the transaction and relationship with an ultimate customer, has better access than the broker or dealer to that ultimate customer and its trading information such that it can more effectively implement the specified controls or procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) Any allocation of control pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not relieve a broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section from any obligation under this section, including the overall responsibility to establish, document, and maintain a system of risk management controls and supervisory procedures reasonably designed to manage the financial, regulatory, and other risks of market access.
</P>
<P>(e) A broker or dealer that is subject to paragraph (b) of this section shall establish, document, and maintain a system for regularly reviewing the effectiveness of the risk management controls and supervisory procedures required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and for promptly addressing any issues.
</P>
<P>(1) Among other things, the broker or dealer shall review, no less frequently than annually, the business activity of the broker or dealer in connection with market access to assure the overall effectiveness of such risk management controls and supervisory procedures. Such review shall be conducted in accordance with written procedures and shall be documented. The broker or dealer shall preserve a copy of such written procedures, and documentation of each such review, as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with § 240.17a-4(e)(7) and § 240.17a-4(b), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) The Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent officer) of the broker or dealer shall, on an annual basis, certify that such risk management controls and supervisory procedures comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and that the broker or dealer conducted such review, and such certifications shall be preserved by the broker or dealer as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with § 240.17a-4(b).
</P>
<P>(f) The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any broker or dealer, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 69825, Nov. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c6-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.365" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c6-1   Settlement cycle.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, a broker or dealer shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security (other than an exempted security, a government security, a municipal security, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, or commercial bills) that provides for payment of funds and delivery of securities later than the first business day after the date of the contract unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Contracts for the purchase or sale of limited partnership interests that are not listed on an exchange or for which quotations are not disseminated through an automated quotation system of a registered securities association;
</P>
<P>(2) Security-based swaps; or
</P>
<P>(3) Contracts for the purchase or sale of securities that the Commission may from time to time, taking into account then existing market practices, exempt by order from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to contracts for the sale for cash of securities that are priced after 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on the date such securities are priced and that are sold by an issuer to an underwriter pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or sold to an initial purchaser by a broker-dealer participating in such offering provided that a broker or dealer shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of such securities that provides for payment of funds and delivery of securities later than the second business day after the date of the contract unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the parties to a contract shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to an alternate date for payment of funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction for a contract for the sale for cash of securities pursuant to a firm commitment offering if the managing underwriter and the issuer have agreed to such date for all securities sold pursuant to such offering and the parties to the contract have not expressly agreed to another date for payment of funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 13952, Mar. 6, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15c6-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.99.366" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15c6-2   Same-day allocation, confirmation, and affirmation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any broker or dealer engaging in the allocation, confirmation, or affirmation process with another party or parties to achieve settlement of a securities transaction that is subject to the requirements of § 240.15c6-1(a) shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Enter into a written agreement with the relevant parties to ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or any combination thereof, for the transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no later than the end of the day on trade date in such form as necessary to achieve settlement of the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or any combination thereof, for the transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no later than the end of the day on trade date in such form as necessary to achieve settlement of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) To ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, affirmation, or any combination thereof for the transaction as soon as technologically practicable and no later than the end of the day on trade date, the reasonably designed written policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and describe any technology systems, operations, and processes that the broker or dealer uses to coordinate with other relevant parties, including investment advisers and custodians, to ensure completion of the allocation, confirmation, or affirmation process for the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Set target time frames on trade date for completing the allocation, confirmation, and affirmation for the transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the procedures that the broker or dealer will follow to ensure the prompt communication of trade information, investigate any discrepancies in trade information, and adjust trade information to help ensure that the allocation, confirmation, and affirmation can be completed by the target time frames on trade date;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe how the broker or dealer plans to identify and address delays if another party, including an investment adviser or a custodian, is not promptly completing the allocation or affirmation for the transaction, or if the broker or dealer experiences delays in promptly completing the confirmation; and
</P>
<P>(5) Measure, monitor, and document the rates of allocations, confirmations, and affirmations completed as soon as technologically practicable and no later than the end of the day on trade date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 13953, Mar. 6, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="100" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.100" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation 15D: Reports of Registrants Under the Securities Act of 1933</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="101" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Annual Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.367" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-1   Requirement of annual reports.</HEAD>
<P>Every registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 shall file an annual report, on the appropriate form authorized or prescribed therefor, for the fiscal year in which the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 became effective and for each fiscal year thereafter, unless the registrant is exempt from such filing by section 15(d) of the Act or rules thereunder. Annual reports shall be filed within the period specified in the appropriate report form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 17052, Apr. 21, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 49960, Sept. 24, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.368" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-2   Special financial report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 did not contain certified financial statements for the registrant's last full fiscal year (or for the life of the registrant if less than a full fiscal year) preceding the fiscal year in which the registration statement became effective, the registrant shall, within 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement, file a special report furnishing certified financial statements for such last full fiscal year or other period, as the case may be, meeting the requirements of the form appropriate for annual reports of the registrant. If the registrant is a foreign private issuer as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter, then the special financial report shall be filed on the appropriate form for annual reports of the registrant and shall be filed by the later of 90 days after the date on which the registration statement became effective, or four months following the end of the registrant's latest full fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) The report shall be filed under cover of the facing sheet of the form appropriate for annual reports of the registrant, shall indicate on the facing sheet that it contains only financial statements for the fiscal year in question, and shall be signed in accordance with the requirements of the annual report form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 9326, Dec. 31, 1948, as amended at 36 FR 1891, Feb. 3, 1971; 58 FR 60306, Nov. 15, 1993; 73 FR 58324, Oct. 6, 2008; 83 FR 50222, Oct. 4, 2018] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.369" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-3   Reports for depositary shares registered on Form F-6.</HEAD>
<P>Annual and other reports are not required with respect to Depositary Shares registered on Form F-6 (§ 230.36 of this chapter). The exemption in this section does not apply to any deposited securities registered on any other form under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39768, July 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.370" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-4   Reporting by Form 40-F registrants.</HEAD>
<P>A registrant that is eligible to use Forms 40-F and 6-K and files reports in accordance therewith shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Regulation 15D (§§ 240.15d-1 through 240.15d-21 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.371" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-5   Reporting by successor issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where in connection with a succession by merger, consolidation, exchange of securities, acquisition of assets or otherwise, securities of any issuer that is not required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) of the Act are issued to the holders of any class of securities of another issuer that is required to file such reports, the duty to file reports pursuant to such section shall be deemed to have been assumed by the issuer of the class of securities so issued. The successor issuer shall, after the consummation of the succession, file reports in accordance with section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) and the rules and regulations thereunder, unless that issuer is exempt from filing such reports or the duty to file such reports is suspended under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>(b) An issuer that is deemed to be a successor issuer according to paragraph (a) of this section shall file reports on the same forms as the predecessor issuer except as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer that is not a foreign issuer shall not be eligible to file on Form 20-F (§ 240.220f of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(2) A foreign private issuer shall be eligible to file on Form 20-F.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to an issuer of securities in connection with a succession that was registered on Form F-8 (§ 239.38 of this chapter), Form F-10 (§ 239.40 of this chapter) or Form F-80 (§ 239.41 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 3805, Feb. 27, 1971, as amended at 48 FR 46740, Oct. 14, 1983; 56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991; 62 FR 39768, July 24, 1997] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.101.372" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-6   Suspension of duty to file reports.</HEAD>
<P>If the duty of an issuer to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act as to any fiscal year is suspended as provided in section 15(d) of the Act, such issuer shall, within 30 days after the beginning of the first fiscal year, file a notice on Form 15 informing the Commission of such suspension unless Form 15 has already been filed pursuant to Rule 12h-3. If the suspension resulted from the issuer's merger into, or consolidation with, another issuer or issuers, the notice shall be filed by the successor issuer.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 12(g)(4), 12(h), 13(a), 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; secs. 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1377, 1379; secs. 3, 4, 6, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574; sec. 18, 89 Stat. 155; sec. 204, 91 Stat. 1500; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(4), 78<I>l</I>(h), 78m(a), 78o(d), 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 12690, Mar. 30, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="102" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Other Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.373" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-10   Transition reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent fiscal year and the opening date of its new fiscal year; <I>Provided, however,</I> that an issuer shall file an annual report for any fiscal year that ended before the date on which the issuer determined to change its fiscal year end. In no event shall the transition report cover a period of 12 or more months.
</P>
<P>(b) The report pursuant to this section shall be filed for the transition period not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after either the close of the transition period or the date of the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The report shall be filed on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer, shall cover the period from the close of the last fiscal year end and shall indicate clearly the period covered. The financial statements for the transition period filed therewith shall be audited. Financial statements, which may be unaudited, shall be filed for the comparable period of the prior year, or a footnote, which may be unaudited, shall state for the comparable period of the prior year, revenues, gross profits, income taxes, income or loss from continuing operations and net income or loss. The effects of any discontinued operations as classified under the provisions of generally accepted accounting principles also shall be shown, if applicable. Per share data based upon such income or loss and net income or loss shall be presented in conformity with applicable accounting standards. Where called for by the time span to be covered, the comparable period financial statements or footnote shall be included in subsequent filings.
</P>
<P>(c) If the transition period covers a period of less than six months, in lieu of the report required by paragraph (b) of this section, a report may be filed for the transition period on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308 of this chapter) not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after either the close of the transition period or the date of the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The report on Form 10-Q shall cover the period from the close of the last fiscal year end and shall indicate clearly the period covered. The financial statements filed therewith need not be audited but, if they are not audited, the issuer shall file with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period. The notes to financial statements for the transition period included in such first annual report may be integrated with the notes to financial statements for the full fiscal period. A separate audited balance sheet as of the end of the transition period shall be filed in the annual report only if the audited balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year before the transition period is not filed. Schedules need not be filed in transition reports on Form 10-Q.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, the issuer need not file a separate transition report if either:
</P>
<P>(1) The first report required to be filed by the issuer for the newly adopted fiscal year after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year end is an annual report, and that report covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year; or 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The issuer files with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The first report required to be filed by the issuer for the newly adopted fiscal year after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year end is a quarterly report on Form 10-Q; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information on the transition period is included in the issuer's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first quarterly period (except the fourth quarter) of the newly adopted fiscal year that ends after the date of the determination to change the fiscal year. The information covering the transition period required by Part II and Item 2 of Part I may be combined with the information regarding the quarter. However, the financial statements required by Part I, which may be unaudited, shall be furnished separately for the transition period.
</P>
<P>(e) Every issuer required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q pursuant to § 240.15d-13 that changes its fiscal year end shall:
</P>
<P>(1) File a quarterly report on Form 10-Q within the time period specified in General Instruction A.1. to that form for any quarterly period (except the fourth quarter) of the old fiscal year that ends before the date on which the issuer determined to change its fiscal year end, except that the issuer need not file such quarterly report if the date on which the quarterly period ends also is the date on which the transition period ends;
</P>
<P>(2) File a quarterly report on Form 10-Q within the time specified in General Instruction A.1 to that form for each quarterly period of the old fiscal year within the transition period. In lieu of a quarterly report for any quarter of the old fiscal year within the transition period, the issuer may file a quarterly report on Form 10-Q for any period of three months within the transition period that coincides with a quarter of the newly adopted fiscal year if the quarterly report is filed within the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the end of such three month period, provided the issuer thereafter continues filing quarterly reports on the basis of the quarters of the newly adopted fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(3) Commence filing quarterly reports for the quarters of the new fiscal year no later than the quarterly report for the first quarter of the new fiscal year that ends after the date on which the issuer determined to change the fiscal year end; and
</P>
<P>(4) Unless such information is or will be included in the transition report, or the first annual report on Form 10-K for the newly adopted fiscal year, include in the initial quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the newly adopted fiscal year information on any period beginning on the first day after the period covered by the issuer's final quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K for the old fiscal year. The information covering such period required by Part II and Item 2 of Part I may be combined with the information regarding the quarter. However, the financial statements required by Part I, which may be unaudited, shall be furnished separately for such period.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (<E T="01">c</E>) and (<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>If it is not practicable or cannot be cost-justified to furnish in a transition report on Form 10-Q or a quarterly report for the newly adopted fiscal year financial statements for corresponding periods of the prior year where required, financial statements may be furnished for the quarters of the preceding fiscal year that most nearly are comparable if the issuer furnishes an adequate discussion of seasonal and other factors that could affect the comparability of information or trends reflected, an assessment of the comparability of the data, and a representation as to the reason recasting has not been undertaken.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) Every successor issuer that has a different fiscal year from that of its predecessor(s) shall file a transition report pursuant to this section, containing the required information about each predecessor, for the transition period, if any, between the close of the fiscal year covered by the last annual report of each predecessor and the date of succession. The report shall be filed for the transition period on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the date of the succession, with financial statements in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. If the transition period covers a period of less than six months, in lieu of a transition report on the form appropriate for the issuer's annual reports, the report may be filed for the transition period on Form 10-Q not more than the number of days specified in paragraph (j) of this section after the date of the succession, with financial statements in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, the successor issuer need not file a separate transition report if the information is reported by the successor issuer in conformity with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section shall not apply to foreign private issuers.
</P>
<P>(2) Every foreign private issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent year and the opening date of its new fiscal year. In no event shall a transition report cover a period longer than 12 months.
</P>
<P>(3) The report for the transition period shall be filed on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) responding to all items to which such issuer is required to respond when Form 20-F is used as an annual report. The financial statements for the transition period filed therewith shall be audited. The report shall be filed within four months after either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(4) If the transition period covers a period of six or fewer months, in lieu of the report required by paragraph (g)(3) of this section, a report for the transition period may be filed on Form 20-F responding to Items 5, 8.A.7., 13, 14, and 17 or 18 within three months after either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date, whichever is later. The financial statements required by either Item 17 or Item 18 shall be furnished for the transition period. Such financial statements may be unaudited and condensed as permitted in Article 10 of Regulation S-X (§ 210.10-01 of this chapter), but if the financial statements are unaudited and condensed, the issuer shall file with the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year separate audited statements of income and cash flows covering the transition period.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, a foreign private issuer need not file a separate transition report if the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(h) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to investment companies required to file reports pursuant to Rule 30a-1 (§ 270.30a-1 of this chapter) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>(i) No filing fee shall be required for a transition report filed pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) For transition reports to be filed on the form appropriate for annual reports of the issuer, the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 60 days (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) for large accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2);
</P>
<P>(ii) 75 days for accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2); and
</P>
<P>(iii) 90 days for all other issuers; and
</P>
<P>(2) For transition reports to be filed on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308 of this chapter), the number of days shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) 40 days for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2); and
</P>
<P>(ii) 45 days for all other issuers. 
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section shall not apply to asset-backed issuers.
</P>
<P>(2) Every asset-backed issuer that changes its fiscal closing date shall file a report covering the resulting transition period between the closing date of its most recent fiscal year and the opening date of its new fiscal year. In no event shall a transition report cover a period longer than 12 months.
</P>
<P>(3) The report for the transition period shall be filed on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) responding to all items to which such asset-backed issuer is required to respond pursuant to General Instruction J. of Form 10-K. Such report shall be filed within 90 days after the later of either the close of the transition period or the date on which the issuer made the determination to change the fiscal closing date.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (k)(2) and (k)(3) of this section, if the transition period covers a period of one month or less, an asset-backed issuer need not file a separate transition report if the first annual report for the newly adopted fiscal year covers the transition period as well as the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) Any obligation of the asset-backed issuer to file distribution reports pursuant to § 240.15d-17 will continue to apply regardless of a change in the asset-backed issuer's fiscal closing date.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>In addition to the report or reports required to be filed pursuant to this section, every issuer, except a foreign private issuer or an investment company required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30b1-1 of this chapter, that changes its fiscal closing date is required to file a Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) report that includes the information required by Item 5.03 of Form 8-K within the period specified in General Instruction B.1. to that form.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>The report or reports to be filed pursuant to this section must include the certification required by § 240.15d-14.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 10318, Mar. 13, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 53912, Oct. 5, 1999; 67 FR 57289, Sept. 9, 2002; 67 FR 58505, Sept. 16, 2002; 69 FR 15618, Mar. 25, 2004; 69 FR 68236, Nov. 23, 2004; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 76642, Dec. 27, 2005; 73 FR 978, Jan. 4, 2008; 73 FR 58324, Oct. 6, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 83 FR 50222, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.374" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-11   Current reports on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, every registrant subject to § 240.15d-1 shall file a current report on Form 8-K within the period specified in that form unless substantially the same information as that required by Form 8-K has been previously reported by the registrant. 


</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to foreign governments, foreign private issuers required to make reports on Form 6-K (§ 249.306 of this chapter) pursuant to § 240.15d-16, issuers of American Depositary Receipts for securities of any foreign issuer, or investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter under the Investment Company Act of 1940, except where such an investment company is required to file notice of a blackout period pursuant to § 245.104 of this chapter.




</P>
<P>(c) No failure to file a report on Form 8-K that is required solely pursuant to Item 1.01, 1.02, 1.05, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 4.02(a), 5.02(e), or 6.03 of Form 8-K shall be deemed to be a violation of 15 U.S.C. 78j(b) and § 240.10b-5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 4429, Jan. 25, 1977, as amended at 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 68 FR 4355, Jan. 28, 2002; 69 FR 15618, Mar. 25, 2004; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 53263, Sept. 8, 2006; 75 FR 56792, Sept. 16, 2010; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 88 FR 51943, Aug. 4, 2023; 90 FR 9690, Feb. 18, 2025]  


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.375" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-13   Quarterly reports on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every issuer that has securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act and is required to file annual reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) shall file a quarterly report on Form 10-Q (§ 249.308 of this chapter) within the period specified in General Instruction A.1 to that form for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the issuer, commencing with the first fiscal quarter following the most recent fiscal year for which full financial statements were included in the registration statement, or, if the registration statement included financial statements for an interim period after the most recent fiscal year end meeting the requirements of Article 10 of Regulation S-X, or Rule 8-03 of Regulation S-X for smaller reporting companies, for the first fiscal quarter after the quarter reported upon in the registration statement. The first quarterly report of the issuer shall be filed either within 45 days after the effective date of the registration statement or on or before the date on which such report would have been required to be filed if the issuer had been required to file reports on Form 10-Q as of its last fiscal quarter, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to the following issuers: 
</P>
<P>(1) Investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1; 
</P>
<P>(2) Foreign private issuers required to file reports pursuant to § 240.15d-16; and
</P>
<P>(3) Asset-backed issuers required to file reports pursuant to § 240.15d-17.
</P>
<P>(c) Part I of the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q need not be filed by:
</P>
<P>(1) Mutual life insurance companies; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Mining companies not in the production stage but engaged primarily in the exploration for the development of mineral deposits other than oil, gas or coal, if all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) The registrant has not been in production during the current fiscal year or the two years immediately prior thereto; except that being in production for an aggregate period of not more than eight months over the three-year period shall not be a violation of this condition. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipts from the sale of mineral products or from the operations of mineral producing properties by the registrant and its subsidiaries combined have not exceeded $500,000 in any of the most recent six years and have not aggregated more than $1,500,000 in the most recent six fiscal years. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the financial information required by Part I of Form 10-Q shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act, but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the financial information required by Part I of Form 10-Q, or financial information submitted in lieu thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act, but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24065, May 12, 1977, as amended at 46 FR 63255, Dec. 31, 1981; 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 54 FR 10319, Mar. 13, 1989, 61 FR 30403, June 14, 1996; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 978, Jan. 4, 2008; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.376" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-14   Certification of disclosure in annual and quarterly reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each report, including transition reports, filed on Form 10-Q, Form 10-K, Form 20-F or Form 40-F (§ 249.308a, § 249.310, § 249.220f or § 249.240f of this chapter) under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), other than a report filed by an Asset-Backed Issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter) or a report on Form 20-F filed under § 240.15d-19, must include certifications in the form specified in the applicable exhibit filing requirements of such report, and such certifications must be filed as an exhibit to such report. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the issuer, or persons performing similar functions, at the time of filing of the report must sign a certification. The principal executive and principal financial officers of an issuer may omit the portion of the introductory language in paragraph 4 as well as language in paragraph 4(b) of the certification that refers to the certifying officers' responsibility for designing, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the issuer until the issuer becomes subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements in § 240.13a-15 or § 240.15d-15.
</P>
<P>(b) Each periodic report containing financial statements filed by an issuer pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) must be accompanied by the certifications required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350) and such certifications must be furnished as an exhibit to such report as specified in the applicable exhibit requirements for such report. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the issuer (or equivalent thereof) must sign a certification. This requirement may be satisfied by a single certification signed by an issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers. 
</P>
<P>(c) A person required to provide a certification specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this section may not have the certification signed on his or her behalf pursuant to a power of attorney or other form of confirming authority. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each annual report and transition report filed on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter) by an asset-backed issuer under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) must include a certification in the form specified in the applicable exhibit filing requirements of such report and such certification must be filed as an exhibit to such report. Terms used in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to asset-backed issuers, the certification required by paragraph (d) of this section must be signed by either:
</P>
<P>(1) The senior officer in charge of securitization of the depositor if the depositor is signing the report; or
</P>
<P>(2) The senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the servicer if the servicer is signing the report on behalf of the issuing entity. If multiple servicers are involved in servicing the pool assets, the senior officer in charge of the servicing function of the master servicer (or entity performing the equivalent function) must sign if a representative of the servicer is to sign the report on behalf of the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The certification requirements of this section do not apply to an Interactive Data File, as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 57289, Sept. 9, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 36666, June 18, 2003; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 6572, Feb. 8, 2005; 70 FR 42247, July 21, 2005; 71 FR 76596, Dec. 21, 2006; 73 FR 979, Jan. 4, 2008; 74 FR 6819, Feb. 10, 2009; 83 FR 40878, Aug. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.377" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-15   Controls and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every issuer that files reports under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), other than an Asset Backed Issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter), a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), or a unit investment trust as defined in section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)), must maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) and, if the issuer either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, internal control over financial reporting (as defined in paragraph (f) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) Each such issuer's management must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, except that management must perform this evaluation: 
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4) as of the end of each fiscal year; and 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), within the 90-day period prior to the filing date of each report requiring certification under § 270.30a-2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The management of each such issuer, that either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or previously had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, other than an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness, as of the end of each fiscal year, of the issuer's internal control over financial reporting. The framework on which management's evaluation of the issuer's internal control over financial reporting is based must be a suitable, recognized control framework that is established by a body or group that has followed due-process procedures, including the broad distribution of the framework for public comment. Although there are many different ways to conduct an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to meet the requirements of this paragraph, an evaluation that is conducted in accordance with the interpretive guidance issued by the Commission in Release No. 34-55929 will satisfy the evaluation required by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) The management of each such issuer that previously either had been required to file an annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) for the prior fiscal year or previously had filed an annual report with the Commission for the prior fiscal year, other than an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), must evaluate, with the participation of the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, any change in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting, that occurred during each of the issuer's fiscal quarters, or fiscal year in the case of a foreign private issuer, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer's internal control over financial reporting. 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, the term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>internal control over financial reporting</I> is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the issuer's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the issuer are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the issuer's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36667, June 18, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 71 FR 76596, Dec. 21, 2006; 72 FR 35322, June 27, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.378" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-16   Reports of foreign private issuers on Form 6-K [17 CFR 249.306].</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every foreign private issuer which is subject to Rule 15d-1 [17 CFR 240.15d-1] shall make reports on Form 6-K, except that this rule shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Investment companies required to file reports pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(2) Issuers of American depositary receipts for securities of any foreign issuer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Asset-backed issuers, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Such reports shall be transmitted promptly after the information required by Form 6-K is made public by the issuer, by the country of its domicile or under the laws of which it was incorporated or organized or by a foreign securities exchange with which the issuer has filed the information. 
</P>
<P>(c) Reports furnished pursuant to this rule shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 7849, May 30, 1967, as amended at 44 FR 70137, Dec. 6, 1979; 47 FR 54781, Dec. 6, 1982; 50 FR 27939, July 9, 1985; 56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991; 70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.379" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-17   Reports of asset-backed issuers on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>Every asset-backed issuer subject to § 240.15d-1 shall make reports on Form 10-D (§ 249.312 of this chapter). Such reports shall be filed within the period specified in Form 10-D.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.380" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-18   Compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to every class of asset-backed securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)). Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports on assessments of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required.</I> With regard to a class of asset-backed securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 15(d) of the Act, the annual report on Form 10-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) for such class must include from each party participating in the servicing function a report regarding its assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria specified in paragraph (d) of Item 1122 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1122(d) of this chapter), as of and for the period ending the end of each fiscal year, with respect to asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving the party participating in the servicing function and that are backed by the same asset type backing the class of asset-backed securities (including the asset-backed securities transaction that is to be the subject of the report on Form 10-K for that fiscal year).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attestation reports on assessments of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required.</I> With respect to each report included pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the annual report on Form 10-K must also include a report by a registered public accounting firm that attests to, and reports on, the assessment made by the asserting party. The attestation report on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities must be made in accordance with standards for attestation engagements issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.15<E T="01">d</E>-18:</HED>
<P>If multiple parties are participating in the servicing function, a separate assessment report and attestation report must be included for each party participating in the servicing function. A party participating in the servicing function means any entity (e.g., master servicer, primary servicers, trustees) that is performing activities that address the criteria in paragraph (d) of Item 1122 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1122(d) of this chapter), unless such entity's activities relate only to 5% or less of the pool assets.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1622, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.381" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-19   Reports by shell companies on Form 20-F.</HEAD>
<P>Every foreign private issuer that was a shell company, other than a business combination related shell company, immediately before a transaction that causes it to cease to be a shell company shall, within four business days of completion of that transaction, file a report on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) containing the information that would be required if the issuer were filing a form for registration of securities on Form 20-F to register under the Act all classes of the issuer's securities subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 (15 U.S.C. 78m) or section 15(d) (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) of the Act upon consummation of the transaction, with such information reflecting the registrant and its securities upon consummation of the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 42247, July 21, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-20" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.102.382" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-20   Plain English presentation of specified information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any information included or incorporated by reference in a report filed under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 402, 403, 404 or 407 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.402, § 229.403, § 229.404 or § 229.407 of this chapter) must be presented in a clear, concise and understandable manner. You must prepare the disclosure using the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Present information in clear, concise sections, paragraphs and sentences;
</P>
<P>(2) Use short sentences;
</P>
<P>(3) Use definite, concrete, everyday words;
</P>
<P>(4) Use the active voice;
</P>
<P>(5) Avoid multiple negatives;
</P>
<P>(6) Use descriptive headings and subheadings;
</P>
<P>(7) Use a tabular presentation or bullet lists for complex material, wherever possible;
</P>
<P>(8) Avoid legal jargon and highly technical business and other terminology;
</P>
<P>(9) Avoid frequent reliance on glossaries or defined terms as the primary means of explaining information. Define terms in a glossary or other section of the document only if the meaning is unclear from the context. Use a glossary only if it facilitates understanding of the disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(10) In designing the presentation of the information you may include pictures, logos, charts, graphs and other design elements so long as the design is not misleading and the required information is clear. You are encouraged to use tables, schedules, charts and graphic illustrations that present relevant data in an understandable manner, so long as such presentations are consistent with applicable disclosure requirements and consistent with other information in the document. You must draw graphs and charts to scale. Any information you provide must not be misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.15<E T="01">d</E>-20:</HED>
<P>In drafting the disclosure to comply with this section, you should avoid the following:
</P>
<P>1. Legalistic or overly complex presentations that make the substance of the disclosure difficult to understand;
</P>
<P>2. Vague “boilerplate” explanations that are imprecise and readily subject to different interpretations;
</P>
<P>3. Complex information copied directly from legal documents without any clear and concise explanation of the provision(s); and
</P>
<P>4. Disclosure repeated in different sections of the document that increases the size of the document but does not enhance the quality of the information.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53263, Sept. 8, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 979, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="103" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain Issuers From Section 15(<E T="01">d</E>) of the Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.383" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-21   Reports for employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Separate annual and other reports need not be filed pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act with respect to any employee stock purchase, savings or similar plan: <I>Provided,</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer of the stock or other securities offered to employees through their participation in the plan files annual reports on Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) Such issuer furnishes, as a part of its annual report on such form or as an amendment thereto, the financial statements required by Form 11-K (§ 249.311 of this chapter) with respect to the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) If the procedure permitted by this Rule is followed, the financial statements required by Form 11-K with respect to the plan shall be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the plan, either as a part of or as an amendment to the annual report of the issuer for its last fiscal year, <I>provided that</I> if the fiscal year of the plan ends within 62 days prior to the end of the fiscal year of the issuer, such information, financial statements and exhibits may be furnished as a part of the issuer's next annual report. If a plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 uses the procedure permitted by this Rule, the financial statements required by Form 11-K shall be filed within 180 days after the plan's fiscal year end.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 7871, Aug. 9, 1962, as amended at 55 FR 23929, June 13, 1990; 73 FR 979, Jan. 4, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-22" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.384" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-22   Reporting regarding asset-backed securities under section 15(d) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to an offering of asset-backed securities registered pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or § 230.415(a)(1)(xii) of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Annual and other reports need not be filed pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) regarding any class of securities to which such registration statement relates until the first bona fide sale in a takedown of securities under the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The starting and suspension dates for any reporting obligation under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) with respect to a takedown of any class of asset-backed securities are determined separately for each takedown of securities under the registration statement.
</P>
<P>(b) The duty to file annual and other reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) regarding any class of asset-backed securities is suspended:
</P>
<P>(1) As to any semi-annual fiscal period, if, at the beginning of the semi-annual fiscal period, other than a period in the fiscal year within which the registration statement became effective, or, for offerings conducted pursuant to § 230.415(a)(1)(vii) or § 230.415(a)(1)(xii), the takedown for the offering occurred, there are no asset-backed securities of such class that were sold in a registered transaction held by non-affiliates of the depositor and a certification on Form 15 (17 CFR 249.323) has been filed; or
</P>
<P>(2) When there are no asset-backed securities of such class that were sold in a registered transaction still outstanding, immediately upon filing with the Commission a certification on Form 15 (17 CFR 249.323) if the issuer of such class has filed all reports required by Section 13(a), without regard to Rule 12b-25 (17 CFR 249.322), for the shorter of its most recent three fiscal years and the portion of the current year preceding the date of filing Form 15, or the period since the issuer became subject to such reporting obligation. If the certification on Form 15 is subsequently withdrawn or denied, the issuer shall, within 60 days, file with the Commission all reports which would have been required if such certification had not been filed.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>Securities held of record by a broker, dealer, bank or nominee for any of them for the accounts of customers shall be considered as held by the separate accounts for which the securities are held.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>An issuer may not suspend reporting if the issuer and its affiliates acquire and resell securities as part of a plan or scheme to evade the reporting obligations of Section 15(d).</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) This section does not affect any other reporting obligation applicable with respect to any classes of securities from additional takedowns under the same or different registration statements or any reporting obligation that may be applicable pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 52555, Aug. 23, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15d-23" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.385" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15d-23   Reporting regarding certain securities underlying asset-backed securities under section 15(d) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Regarding a class of asset-backed securities, if the asset pool for the asset-backed securities includes a pool asset representing an interest in or the right to the payments or cash flows of another asset pool, then no separate annual and other reports need be filed pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) because of the separate registration of the distribution of the pool asset under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Both the issuing entity for the asset-backed securities and the entity that issued the pool asset were established under the direction of the same sponsor and depositor;
</P>
<P>(2) The pool asset was created solely to satisfy legal requirements or otherwise facilitate the structuring of the asset-backed securities transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) The pool asset is not part of a scheme to avoid the registration or reporting requirements of the Act;
</P>
<P>(4) The pool asset is held by the issuing entity and is a part of the asset pool for the asset-backed securities; and
</P>
<P>(5) The offering of the asset-backed securities and the offering of the pool asset were both registered under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not affect any reporting obligation applicable with respect to the asset-backed securities or any other reporting obligation that may be applicable with respect to the pool asset or any other securities by the issuer of that pool asset pursuant to section 12 or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> or 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not affect any obligation to provide information regarding the pool asset or the asset pool underlying the pool asset in a filing with respect to the asset-backed securities. See Item 1100(d) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(d) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(d) Terms used in this section have the same meaning as in Item 1101 of Regulation AB (§ 229.1101 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1623, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.386" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-1   Exemptions for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>The following transactions shall be exempt from 17 CFR 240.15g-2, 17 CFR 240.15g-3, 17 CFR 240.15g-4, 17 CFR 240.15g-5, and 17 CFR 240.15g-6: 
</P>
<P>(a) Transactions by a broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whose commissions, commission equivalents, mark-ups, and mark-downs from transactions in penny stocks during each of the immediately preceding three months and during eleven or more of the preceding twelve months, or during the immediately preceding six months, did not exceed five percent of its total commissions, commission equivalents, mark-ups, and mark-downs from transactions in securities during those months; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Who has not been a market maker in the penny stock that is the subject of the transaction in the immediately preceding twelve months. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Prior to April 28, 1993, commissions, commission equivalents, mark-ups, and mark-downs from transactions in designated securities, as defined in 17 CFR 240.15c2-6(d)(2) as of April 15, 1992, may be considered to be commissions, commission equivalents, mark-ups, and mark-downs from transactions in penny stocks for purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Transactions in which the customer is an institutional accredited investor, as defined in 17 CFR 230.501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7), (8), (9), (12), or (13).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>Though the definition of “family client” from rule 501(a)(13) includes both natural persons and institutions, only family clients that are institutions may be considered institutional accredited investors.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) Transactions that meet the requirements of Regulation D (17 CFR 230.500 <I>et seq.</I>), or transactions with an issuer not involving any public offering pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(d) Transactions in which the customer is the issuer, or a director, officer, general partner, or direct or indirect beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of equity security of the issuer, of the penny stock that is the subject of the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(e) Transactions that are not recommended by the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(f) Any other transaction or class of transactions or persons or class of persons that, upon prior written request or upon its own motion, the Commission conditionally or unconditionally exempts by order as consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18032, Apr. 28, 1992, as amended at 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 85 FR 64278, Oct. 9, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.387" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-2   Penny stock disclosure document relating to the penny stock market.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful for a broker or dealer to effect a transaction in any penny stock for or with the account of a customer unless, prior to effecting such transaction, the broker or dealer has furnished to the customer a document containing the information set forth in Schedule 15G, § 240.15g-100, and has obtained from the customer a signed and dated acknowledgment of receipt of the document.
</P>
<P>(b) Regardless of the form of acknowledgment used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, it shall be unlawful for a broker or dealer to effect a transaction in any penny stock for or with the account of a customer less than two business days after the broker or dealer sends such document.
</P>
<P>(c) The broker or dealer shall preserve, as part of its records, a copy of the written acknowledgment required by paragraph (a) of this section for the period specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(d) Upon request of the customer, the broker or dealer shall furnish the customer with a copy of the information set forth on the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov/investor/pubs/microcapstock.htm.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 37417, July 12, 1993, as amended at 70 FR 40632, July 13, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.388" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-3   Broker or dealer disclosure of quotations and other information relating to the penny stock market.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement.</I> It shall be unlawful for a broker or dealer to effect a transaction in any penny stock with or for the account of a customer unless such broker or dealer discloses to such customer, within the time periods and in the manner required by paragraph (b) of this section, the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The inside bid quotation and the inside offer quotation for the penny stock. 
</P>
<P>(2) If paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply because of the absence of an inside bid quotation and an inside offer quotation:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a transaction effected with or for a customer on a principal basis (other than as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section): 
</P>
<P>(A) The dealer shall disclose its offer price for the security: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If during the previous five days the dealer has effected no fewer than three <I>bona fide</I> sales to other dealers consistently at its offer price for the security current at the time of those sales, and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the dealer reasonably believes in good faith at the time of the transaction with the customer that its offer price accurately reflects the price at which it is willing to sell one or more round lots to another dealer. For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section, “consistently” shall constitute, at a minimum, seventy-five percent of the dealer's <I>bona fide</I> interdealer sales during the previous five-day period, and, if the dealer has effected only three <I>bona fide</I> inter-dealer sales during such period, all three of such sales. 
</P>
<P>(B) The dealer shall disclose its bid price for the security: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If during the previous five days the dealer has effected no fewer than three <I>bona fide</I> purchases from other dealers consistently at its bid price for the security current at the time of those purchases, and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the dealer reasonably believes in good faith at the time of the transaction with the customer that its bid price accurately reflects the price at which it is willing to buy one or more round lots from another dealer. For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section, “consistently” shall constitute, at a minimum, seventy-five percent of the dealer's <I>bona fide</I> interdealer purchases during the previous five-day period, and, if the dealer has effected only three <I>bona fide</I> inter-dealer purchases during such period, all three of such purchases. 
</P>
<P>(C) If the dealer's bid or offer prices to the customer do not satisfy the criteria of paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) or (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section, the dealer shall disclose to the customer: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That it has not effected inter-dealer purchases or sales of the penny stock consistently at its bid or offer price, and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The price at which it last purchased the penny stock from, or sold the penny stock to, respectively, another dealer in a <I>bona fide</I> transaction. 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to transactions effected by a broker or dealer with or for the account of the customer: 
</P>
<P>(A) On an agency basis or 
</P>
<P>(B) On a basis other than as a market maker in the security, where, after having received an order from the customer to purchase a penny stock, the dealer effects the purchase from another person to offset a contemporaneous sale of the penny stock to such customer, or, after having received an order from the customer to sell the penny stock, the dealer effects the sale to another person to offset a contemporaneous purchase from such customer, the broker or dealer shall disclose the best independent interdealer bid and offer prices for the penny stock that the broker or dealer obtains through reasonable diligence. A broker-dealer shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable diligence if it obtains quotations from three market makers in the security (or all known market makers if there are fewer than three). 
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to bid or offer prices and transaction prices disclosed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the broker or dealer shall disclose the number of shares to which the bid and offer prices apply. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing.</I> (1) The information described in paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be provided to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting any transaction with or for the customer for the purchase or sale of such penny stock; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be given or sent to the customer in writing, at or prior to the time that any written confirmation of the transaction is given or sent to the customer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10b-10 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer, at the time of making the disclosure pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall make and preserve as part of its records, a record of such disclosure for the period specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>bid price</I> shall mean the price most recently communicated by the dealer to another broker or dealer at which the dealer is willing to purchase one or more round lots of the penny stock, and shall not include indications of interest. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>offer price</I> shall mean the price most recently communicated by the dealer to another broker or dealer at which the dealer is willing to sell one or more round lots of the penny stock, and shall not include indications of interest. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>inside bid quotation</I> for a security shall mean the highest bid quotation for the security displayed by a market maker in the security on a Qualifying Electronic Quotation System, at any time in which at least two market makers are contemporaneously displaying on such system bid and offer quotations for the security at specified prices. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>inside offer quotation</I> for a security shall mean the lowest offer quotation for the security displayed by a market maker in the security on a Qualifying Electronic Quotation System, at any time in which at least two market makers are contemporaneously displaying on such system bid and offer quotations for the security at specified prices. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>Qualifying Electronic Quotation System</I> shall mean an automated interdealer quotation system that has the characteristics set forth in section 17B(b)(2) of the Act, or such other automated interdealer quotation system designated by the Commission for purposes of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18033, Apr. 28, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.389" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-4   Disclosure of compensation to brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>Brokers and dealers may wish to refer to Securities Exchange Act Release No. 30608 (April 20, 1992) for a discussion of the procedures for computing compensation in active and competitive markets, inactive and competitive markets, and dominated and controlled markets.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosure requirement.</I> It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer to effect a transaction in any penny stock for or with the account of a customer unless such broker or dealer discloses to such customer, within the time periods and in the manner required by paragraph (b) of this section, the aggregate amount of any compensation received by such broker or dealer in connection with such transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing.</I> (1) The information described in paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be provided to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting any transaction with or for the customer for the purchase or sale of such penny stock; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be given or sent to the customer in writing, at or prior to the time that any written confirmation of the transaction is given or sent to the customer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10b-10. 
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer, at the time of making the disclosure pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall make and preserve as part of its records, a record of such disclosure for the period specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of compensation.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>compensation</I> means, with respect to a transaction in a penny stock: 
</P>
<P>(1) If a broker is acting as agent for a customer, the amount of any remuneration received or to be received by it from such customer in connection with such transaction; 
</P>
<P>(2) If, after having received a buy order from a customer, a dealer other than a market maker purchased the penny stock as principal from another person to offset a contemporaneous sale to such customer or, after having received a sell order from a customer, sold the penny stock as principal to another person to offset a contemporaneous purchase from such customer, the difference between the price to the customer and such contemporaneous purchase or sale price; or 
</P>
<P>(3) If the dealer otherwise is acting as principal for its own account, the difference between the price to the customer and the prevailing market price. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Active and competitive</I> market. For purposes of this section only, a market may be deemed to be “active and competitive” in determining the prevailing market price with respect to a transaction by a market maker in a penny stock if the aggregate number of transactions effected by such market maker in the penny stock in the five business days preceding such transaction is less than twenty percent of the aggregate number of all transactions in the penny stock reported on a Qualifying Electronic Quotation System (as defined in 17 CFR 240.15g-3(c)(5)) during such five-day period. No presumption shall arise that a market is not “active and competitive” solely by reason of a market maker not meeting the conditions specified in this paragraph. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18034, Apr. 28, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.390" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-5   Disclosure of compensation of associated persons in connection with penny stock transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> It shall be unlawful for a broker or dealer to effect a transaction in any penny stock for or with the account of a customer unless the broker or dealer discloses to such customer, within the time periods and in the manner required by paragraph (b) of this section, the aggregate amount of cash compensation that any associated person of the broker or dealer who is a natural person and has communicated with the customer concerning the transaction at or prior to receipt of the customer's transaction order, other than any person whose function is solely clerical or ministerial, has received or will receive from any source in connection with the transaction and that is determined at or prior to the time of the transaction, including separate disclosure, if applicable, of the source and amount of such compensation that is not paid by the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing.</I> (1) The information described in paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be provided to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting any transaction with or for the customer for the purchase or sale of such penny stock; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be given or sent to the customer in writing, at or prior to the time that any written confirmation of the transaction is given or sent to the customer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.10b-10. 
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer, at the time of making the disclosure pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall make and preserve as part of its records, a record of such disclosure for the period specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contingent compensation arrangements.</I> Where a portion or all of the cash or other compensation that the associated person may receive in connection with the transaction may be determined and paid following the transaction based on aggregate sales volume levels or other contingencies, the written disclosure required by paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section shall state that fact and describe the basis upon which such compensation is determined. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18034, Apr. 28, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.391" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-6   Account statements for penny stock customers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement.</I> It shall be unlawful for any broker or dealer that has effected the sale to any customer, other than in a transaction that is exempt pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15g-1, of any security that is a penny stock on the last trading day of any calendar month, or any successor of such broker or dealer, to fail to give or send to such customer a written statement containing the information described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section with respect to each such month in which such security is held for the customer's account with the broker or dealer, within ten days following the end of such month. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> A broker or dealer shall be exempted from the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section under either of the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the broker or dealer does not effect any transactions in penny stocks for or with the account of the customer during a period of six consecutive calendar months, then the broker or dealer shall not be required to provide monthly statements for each quarterly period that is immediately subsequent to such six-month period and in which the broker or dealer does not effect any transaction in penny stocks for or with the account of the customer, <I>provided</I> that the broker or dealer gives or sends to the customer written statements containing the information described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section on a quarterly basis, within ten days following the end of each such quarterly period. 
</P>
<P>(2) If, on all but five or fewer trading days of any quarterly period, a security has a price of five dollars or more, the broker or dealer shall not be required to provide a monthly statement covering the security for subsequent quarterly periods, until the end of any such subsequent quarterly period on the last trading day of which the price of the security is less than five dollars. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Price determinations.</I> For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the price of a security on any trading day shall be determined at the close of business in accordance with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.3a51-1(d)(1). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Market and price information.</I> The statement required by paragraph (a) of this section shall contain at least the following information with respect to each penny stock covered by paragraph (a) of this section, as of the last trading day of the period to which the statement relates: 
</P>
<P>(1) The identity and number of shares or units of each such security held for the customer's account; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The estimated market value of the security, to the extent that such estimated market value can be determined in accordance with the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The highest inside bid quotation for the security on the last trading day of the period to which the statement relates, multiplied by the number of shares or units of the security held for the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section is not applicable because of the absence of an inside bid quotation, and if the broker or dealer furnishing the statement has effected at least ten separate Qualifying Purchases in the security during the last five trading days of the period to which the statement relates, the weighted average price per share paid by the broker or dealer in all Qualifying Purchases effected during such five-day period, multiplied by the number of shares or units of the security held for the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) If neither of paragraphs (d)(2)(i) nor (d)(2)(ii) of this section is applicable, a statement that there is “no estimated market value” with respect to the security. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Legend.</I> In addition to the information required by paragraph (d) of this section, the written statement required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include a conspicuous legend that is identified with the penny stocks described in the statement and that contains the following language: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>If this statement contains an estimated value, you should be aware that this value may be based on a limited number of trades or quotes. Therefore, you may not be able to sell these securities at a price equal or near to the value shown. However, the broker-dealer furnishing this statement may not refuse to accept your order to sell these securities. Also, the amount you receive from a sale generally will be reduced by the amount of any commissions or similar charges. If an estimated value is not shown for a security, a value could not be determined because of a lack of information.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Preservation of records.</I> Any broker or dealer subject to this section shall preserve, as part of its records, copies of the written statements required by paragraph (a) of this section and keep such records for the periods specified in 17 CFR 240.17a-4(b). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Quarterly period</I> shall mean any period of three consecutive full calendar months. 
</P>
<P>(2) The <I>inside bid quotation</I> for a security shall mean the highest bid quotation for the security displayed by a market maker in the security on a Qualifying Electronic Quotation System, at any time in which at least two market makers are contemporaneously displaying on such system bid and offer quotations for the security at specified prices. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Qualifying Electronic Quotation System</I> shall mean an automated interdealer quotation system that has the characteristics set forth in section 17B(b)(2) of the Act, or such other automated interdealer quotation system designated by the Commission for purposes of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>Qualifying Purchases</I> shall mean <I>bona fide</I> purchases by a broker or dealer of a penny stock for its own account, each of which involves at least 100 shares, but excluding any block purchase involving more than one percent of the outstanding shares or units of the security. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18034, Apr. 28, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.392" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-8   Sales of escrowed securities of blank check companies.</HEAD>
<P>As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for any person to sell or offer to sell any security that is deposited and held in an escrow or trust account pursuant to Rule 419 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.419), or any interest in or related to such security, other than pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (26 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I>), or the rules thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 18045, Apr. 28, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.393" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-9   Sales practice requirements for certain low-priced securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts or practices, it shall be unlawful for a broker or dealer to sell a penny stock to, or to effect the purchase of a penny stock by, any person unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction is exempt under paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) The broker or dealer has approved the person's account for transactions in penny stocks in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The broker or dealer has received from the person an agreement to the transaction setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased; and
</P>
<P>(B) Regardless of the form of agreement used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, it shall be unlawful for such broker or dealer to sell a penny stock to, or to effect the purchase of a penny stock by, for or with the account of a customer less than two business days after the broker or dealer sends such agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to approve a person's account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Obtain from the person information concerning the person's financial situation, investment experience, and investment objectives;
</P>
<P>(2) Reasonably determine, based on the information required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section and any other information known by the broker-dealer, that transactions in penny stocks are suitable for the person, and that the person (or the person's independent adviser in these transactions) has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters that the person (or the person's independent adviser in these transactions) reasonably may be expected to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks;
</P>
<P>(3) Deliver to the person a written statement:
</P>
<P>(i) Setting forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the determination required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Stating in a highlighted format that it is unlawful for the broker or dealer to effect a transaction in a penny stock subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section unless the broker or dealer has received, prior to the transaction, a written agreement to the transaction from the person; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Stating in a highlighted format immediately preceding the customer signature line that:
</P>
<P>(A) The broker or dealer is required by this section to provide the person with the written statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) The person should not sign and return the written statement to the broker or dealer if it does not accurately reflect the person's financial situation, investment experience, and investment objectives; and
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Obtain from the person a signed and dated copy of the statement required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Regardless of the form of statement used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, it shall be unlawful for such broker or dealer to sell a penny stock to, or to effect the purchase of a penny stock by, for or with the account of a customer less than two business days after the broker or dealer sends such statement. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the following transactions shall be exempt: 
</P>
<P>(1) Transactions that are exempt under 17 CFR 240.15g-1 (a), (b), (d), (e), and (f). 
</P>
<P>(2) Transactions that meet the requirements of 17 CFR 230.506 (including, where applicable, the requirements of 17 CFR 230.501 through 230.503, and 17 CFR 230.507 through 230.508), or transactions with an issuer not involving any public offering pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<P>(3) Transactions in which the purchaser is an established customer of the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>penny stock</I> shall have the same meaning as in 17 CFR 240.3a51-1. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>established customer</I> shall mean any person for whom the broker or dealer, or a clearing broker on behalf of such broker or dealer, carries an account, and who in such account: 
</P>
<P>(i) Has effected a securities transaction, or made a deposit of funds or securities, more than one year previously; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has made three purchases of penny stocks that occurred on separate days and involved different issuers. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 35481, Aug. 28, 1989. Redesignated and amended at 58 FR 37417, July 12, 1993; 70 FR 40632, July 13, 2005; 81 FR 83553, Nov. 21, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15g-100" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.394" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15g-100   Schedule 15G—Information to be included in the document distributed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.15g-2.</HEAD>
<HD1>SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
</HD1>
<HD3>Washington, DC 20549 
</HD3>
<HD1>SCHEDULE 15G 
</HD1>
<HD3>Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
</HD3>
<HD3>Instructions to Schedule 15G
</HD3>
<P>A. Schedule 15G (Schedule) may be provided to customers in its entirety either on paper or electronically. It may also be provided to customers electronically through a link to the SEC's Web site.
</P>
<P>1. <I>If the Schedule is sent in paper form</I>, the format and typeface of the Schedule must be reproduced exactly as presented. For example, words that are capitalized must remain capitalized, and words that are underlined or bold must remain underlined or bold. The typeface must be clear and easy to read. The Schedule may be reproduced either by photocopy or by printing.
</P>
<P>2. <I>If the Schedule is sent electronically</I>, the e-mail containing the Schedule must have as a subject line “Important Information on Penny Stocks.” The Schedule reproduced in the text of the e-mail must be clear, easy-to-read type presented in a manner reasonably calculated to draw the customer's attention to the language in the document, especially words that are capitalized, underlined or in bold.
</P>
<P>3. <I>If the Schedule is sent electronically using a hyperlink to the SEC Web site</I>, the e-mail containing the hyperlink must have as a subject line: “Important Information on Penny Stocks.” Immediately before the hyperlink, the text of the e-mail must reproduce the following statement in clear, easy-to-read type presented in a manner reasonably calculated to draw the customer's attention to the words: “We are required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to give you the following disclosure statement: <I>http://www.sec.gov/investor/schedule15g.htm.</I> It explains some of the risks of investing in penny stocks. Please read it carefully before you agree to purchase or sell a penny stock.”
</P>
<P>B. Regardless of how the Schedule is provided to the customer, the communication must also provide the name, address, telephone number and e-mail address of the broker. E-mail messages may also include any privacy or confidentiality information that the broker routinely includes in e-mail messages sent to customers. No other information may be included in these communications, other than instructions on how to provide a signed and dated acknowledgement of receipt of the Schedule.
</P>
<P>C. The document entitled “Important Information on Penny Stocks” must be distributed as Schedule 15G and must be no more than two pages in length if provided in paper form.
</P>
<P>D. The disclosures made through the Schedule are in addition to any other disclosures that are required under the Federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>E. Recipients of the document must not be charged any fee for the document.
</P>
<P>F. The content of the Schedule is as follows:
</P>
<P> [next page] 
</P>
<HD2>Important Information on Penny Stocks
</HD2>
<P>The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires your broker to give this statement to you, and to obtain your signature to show that you have received it, before your first trade in a penny stock. This statement contains important information—and you should read it carefully before you sign it, and before you decide to purchase or sell a penny stock.
</P>
<P>In addition to obtaining your signature, the SEC requires your broker to wait at least two business days after sending you this statement before executing your first trade to give you time to carefully consider your trade. 
</P>
<HD3>Penny Stocks Can Be Very Risky
</HD3>
<P>Penny stocks are low-priced shares of small companies. Penny stocks may trade infrequently—which means that it may be difficult to sell penny stock shares once you have them. Because it may also be difficult to find quotations for penny stocks, they may be impossible to accurately price. Investors in penny stock should be prepared for the possibility that they may lose their whole investment.
</P>
<P>While penny stocks generally trade over-the-counter, they may also trade on U.S. securities exchanges, facilities of U.S. exchanges, or foreign exchanges. You should learn about the market in which the penny stock trades to determine how much demand there is for this stock and how difficult it will be to sell. Be especially careful if your broker is offering to sell you newly issued penny stock that has no established trading market.
</P>
<P>The securities you are considering have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC. Moreover, the SEC has not passed upon the fairness or the merits of this transaction nor upon the accuracy or adequacy of the information contained in any prospectus or any other information provided by an issuer or a broker or dealer. 
</P>
<HD3>Information You Should Get
</HD3>
<P>In addition to this statement, your broker is required to give you a statement of your financial situation and investment goals explaining why his or her firm has determined that penny stocks are a suitable investment for you. In addition, your broker is required to obtain your agreement to the proposed penny stock transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Before you buy penny stock,</I> Federal law requires your salesperson to tell you the “<I>offer</I>” and the “<I>bid</I>” on the stock, and the “<I>compensation</I>” the salesperson and the firm receive for the trade. The firm also must send a confirmation of these prices to you after the trade. You will need this price information to determine what profit or loss, if any, you will have when you sell your stock.
</P>
<P>The offer price is the wholesale price at which the dealer is willing to sell stock to other dealers. The bid price is the wholesale price at which the dealer is willing to buy the stock from other dealers. In its trade with you, the dealer may add a retail charge to these wholesale prices as compensation (called a “markup” or “markdown”).
</P>
<P>The difference between the bid and the offer price is the dealer's “<I>spread.</I>” A spread that is large compared with the purchase price can make a resale of a stock very costly. To be profitable when you sell, the bid price of your stock must rise above the amount of this spread and the compensation charged by both your selling and purchasing dealers. <I>Remember that if the dealer has no bid price, you may not be able to sell the stock after you buy it, and may lose your whole investment.</I>
</P>
<P><I>After you buy penny stock</I>, your brokerage firm must send you a monthly account statement that gives an estimate of the value of each penny stock in your account, if there is enough information to make an estimate. If the firm has not bought or sold any penny stocks for your account for six months, it can provide these statements every three months.
</P>
<P>Additional information about low-priced securities—including penny stocks—is available on the SEC's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov/investor/pubs/microcapstock.htm.</I> In addition, your broker will send you a copy of this information upon request. The SEC encourages you to learn all you can before making this investment. 
</P>
<HD3>Brokers' Duties and Customers' Rights and Remedies
</HD3>
<P>Remember that your salesperson is not an impartial advisor—he or she is being paid to sell you stock. Do not rely only on the salesperson, but seek outside advice before you buy any stock. You can get the disciplinary history of a salesperson or firm from NASD at 1-800-289-9999 or contact NASD via the Internet at <I>http://www.nasd.com.</I> You can also get additional information from your state securities official. The North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. can give you contact information for your state. You can reach NASAA at (202) 737-0900 or via the Internet at <I>http://www.nasaa.org.</I>
</P>
<P>If you have problems with a salesperson, contact the firm's compliance officer. You can also contact the securities regulators listed above. Finally, if you are a victim of fraud, you may have rights and remedies under state and Federal law. In addition to the regulators listed above, you also may contact the SEC with complaints at (800) SEC-0330 or via the Internet at <I>help@sec.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 40632, July 13, 2005]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15l-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.103.395" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15l-1   Regulation best interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Best interest obligation.</I> (1) A broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities (including account recommendations) to a retail customer, shall act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer making the recommendation ahead of the interest of the retail customer.
</P>
<P>(2) The best interest obligation in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Disclosure obligation.</I> The broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, prior to or at the time of the recommendation, provides the retail customer, in writing, full and fair disclosure of:
</P>
<P>(A) All material facts relating to the scope and terms of the relationship with the retail customer, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That the broker, dealer, or such natural person is acting as a broker, dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer with respect to the recommendation;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The material fees and costs that apply to the retail customer's transactions, holdings, and accounts; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The type and scope of services provided to the retail customer, including any material limitations on the securities or investment strategies involving securities that may be recommended to the retail customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) All material facts relating to conflicts of interest that are associated with the recommendation.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Care obligation.</I> The broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, in making the recommendation, exercises reasonable diligence, care, and skill to:
</P>
<P>(A) Understand the potential risks, rewards, and costs associated with the recommendation, and have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation could be in the best interest of at least some retail customers;
</P>
<P>(B) Have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation is in the best interest of a particular retail customer based on that retail customer's investment profile and the potential risks, rewards, and costs associated with the recommendation and does not place the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer;
</P>
<P>(C) Have a reasonable basis to believe that a series of recommended transactions, even if in the retail customer's best interest when viewed in isolation, is not excessive and is in the retail customer's best interest when taken together in light of the retail customer's investment profile and does not place the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person making the series of recommendations ahead of the interest of the retail customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Conflict of interest obligation.</I> The broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify and at a minimum disclose, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, or eliminate, all conflicts of interest associated with such recommendations;
</P>
<P>(B) Identify and mitigate any conflicts of interest associated with such recommendations that create an incentive for a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer to place the interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer;
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) Identify and disclose any material limitations placed on the securities or investment strategies involving securities that may be recommended to a retail customer and any conflicts of interest associated with such limitations, in accordance with subparagraph (a)(2)(i), and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Prevent such limitations and associated conflicts of interest from causing the broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of the broker or dealer to make recommendations that place the interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer; and
</P>
<P>(D) Identify and eliminate any sales contests, sales quotas, bonuses, and non-cash compensation that are based on the sales of specific securities or specific types of securities within a limited period of time.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Compliance obligation.</I> In addition to the policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with Regulation Best Interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless otherwise provided, all terms used in this rule shall have the same meaning as in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, the following definitions shall apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Retail customer</I> means a natural person, or the legal representative of such natural person, who:
</P>
<P>(i) Receives a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities from a broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Uses the recommendation primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retail customer investment profile</I> includes, but is not limited to, the retail customer's age, other investments, financial situation and needs, tax status, investment objectives, investment experience, investment time horizon, liquidity needs, risk tolerance, and any other information the retail customer may disclose to the broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer in connection with a recommendation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conflict of interest</I> means an interest that might incline a broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer —consciously or unconsciously—to make a recommendation that is not disinterested.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 33491, July 12, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="104" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>National and Affiliated Securities Associations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15aa-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.396" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15aa-1   Registration of a national or an affiliated securities association.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for registration of an association as a national, or as an affiliated, securities association shall be submitted on Form 15A. Filings on Form 15A (§ 249.801 of this chapter) submitted pursuant to this section shall be filed electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7365, Jan. 21, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15aa-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.397" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15aa-2   Amendments and supplements to registration statements of securities associations.</HEAD>
<P>Every association applying for registration or registered as a national securities association or as an affiliated securities association shall keep its registration statement up-to-date in the manner prescribed below:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Amendments.</I> Promptly after the discovery of any inaccuracy in the registration statement or in any amendment or supplement thereto the association shall file with the Commission an amendment correcting such inaccuracy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Current supplements.</I> Promptly after any change which renders no longer accurate any information contained or incorporated in the registration statement or in any amendment or supplement thereto the association shall file with the Commission a current supplement setting forth such change, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) No current supplements need be filed with respect to changes in the information called for in Exhibit B.
</P>
<P>(2) Supplements setting forth changes in the information called for in Exhibit C need not be filed until 10 days after the calendar month in which the changes occur.
</P>
<P>(3) If changes in the information called for in Items (1) and (2) of Exhibit C are reported in any record which is published at least once a month by the association and promptly filed with the Commission, no current supplement need be filed with respect thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual supplements.</I> (1) Promptly after March 1 of each year, the association shall file with the Commission an annual consolidated supplement as of such date on Form 15A (§ 249.801 of this chapter) except that:
</P>
<P>(i) If the securities association publishes or cooperates in the publication of the information required in Items 6(a) and 6(b) of Form 15A on an annual or more frequent basis, in lieu of filing such an item the securities association may:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify on Form 15A the publication in which such information is available, the name, address, and telephone number of the person from whom such publication may be obtained, and the price thereof; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certify on Form 15A to the accuracy of such information as of its date.
</P>
<P>(ii) Promptly after March 1, 2025, and every three years thereafter each association shall file complete Exhibit A to Form 15A. The information contained in this exhibit shall be up-to-date as of the latest practicable date within 3 months of the date on which these exhibits are filed. If the association publishes or cooperates in the publication of the information required in this exhibit on an annual or more frequent basis, in lieu of filing such exhibit the association may:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify on Form 15A the publication in which such information is available, the name, address, and telephone number of the person from whom such publication may be obtained, and the price thereof; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certify on Form 15A to the accuracy of such information as of its date. If a securities association keeps the information required in the exhibit up-to-date and makes it available to the Commission and the public upon request, in lieu of filing such an exhibit a securities association may certify on Form 15A that the information is kept up-to-date and is available to the Commission and the public upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly after the close of each fiscal year of the association, it shall file with the Commission a supplement setting forth its balance sheet as of the close of such year and its income and expense statement for such year.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing, dating, etc.</I> (1) Each amendment or supplement, including the annual consolidated supplement, shall be submitted electronically on Form 15A in a manner prescribed in § 240.15aa-1 (Rule 15aa-1).
</P>
<P>(2) One amendment or supplement may include any number of changes. In addition to the formal filing of amendments and supplements above described, each association shall electronically file with the Commission copies of any notices, reports, circulars, loose-leaf insertions, riders, new additions, lists or other records of changes covered by amendments or supplements when, as and if such records are made available to members of the association.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8209, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 18 FR 6259, Oct. 1, 1953. Redesignated at 30 FR 11851, Sept. 16, 1965; 59 FR 66700, Dec. 28, 1994; 90 FR 7365, Jan. 21, 2025] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Al2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.398" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Al2-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.399" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) in §§ 240.15Ba1-1 through 240.15Ba1-8 and 240.15Bc4-1:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Guaranteed investment contract</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(2)); <I>provided, however,</I> that the contract relates to investments of proceeds of municipal securities or municipal escrow investments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investment strategies</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(3)), and includes plans or programs for the investment of proceeds of municipal securities that are not municipal derivatives or guaranteed investment contracts, and the recommendation of and brokerage of municipal escrow investments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Managing agent</I> means any person, including a trustee, who directs or manages, or who participates in directing or managing, the affairs of any unincorporated organization or association other than a partnership.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Municipal advisor.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section, the term <I>municipal advisor</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)). Under section 15B(e)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)(A)), the term <I>municipal advisor</I> means a person (who is not a municipal entity or an employee of a municipal entity) that provides advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, including advice with respect to the structure, timing, terms, and other similar matters concerning such financial products or issues; or undertakes a solicitation of a municipal entity or an obligated person. Under section 15B(e)(4)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)(C)) and paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a <I>municipal advisor</I> does not include a person that engages in specified excluded activities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Advice standard.</I> For purposes of the municipal advisor definition under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, advice excludes, among other things, the provision of general information that does not involve a recommendation regarding municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities (including with respect to the structure, timing, terms and other similar matters concerning such financial products or issues).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Certain types of municipal advisors.</I> Under section 15B(e)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)(B)), <I>municipal advisors</I> include, without limitation, financial advisors, guaranteed investment contract brokers, third-party marketers, placement agents, solicitors, finders, and swap advisors, to the extent that such persons otherwise meet the requirements of the municipal advisor definition in this paragraph (d)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions from municipal advisor definition.</I> Pursuant to section 15B(e)(4)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)(C)), the term <I>municipal advisor</I> excludes the following persons with respect to the specified excluded activities:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Serving as an underwriter.</I> A broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer serving as an underwriter of a particular issuance of municipal securities to the extent that the broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer engages in activities that are within the scope of an underwriting of such issuance of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Registered investment advisers—In general.</I> Any investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>) or any person associated with such registered investment adviser to the extent that such registered investment adviser or such person is providing investment advice in such capacity. Solely for purposes of this paragraph (d)(2)(ii), investment advice does not include advice concerning whether and how to issue municipal securities, advice concerning the structure, timing, and terms of an issuance of municipal securities and other similar matters, advice concerning municipal derivatives, or a solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registered commodity trading advisors.</I> Any commodity trading advisor registered under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), or person associated with a registered commodity trading advisor, to the extent that such registered commodity trading advisor or such person is providing advice that is related to swaps (as defined in Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)) and section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)), and any rules and regulations thereunder).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Attorneys.</I> Any attorney to the extent that the attorney is offering legal advice or providing services that are of a traditional legal nature with respect to the issuance of municipal securities or municipal financial products to a client of such attorney that is a municipal entity, obligated person, or other participant in the transaction. To the extent an attorney represents himself or herself as a financial advisor or financial expert regarding the issuance of municipal securities or municipal financial products, however, the attorney is not excluded with respect to such financial activities under this paragraph (d)(2)(iv).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Engineers.</I> Any engineer to the extent that the engineer is providing engineering advice.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exemptions from municipal advisor definition.</I> The Commission exempts the following persons from the definition of municipal advisor to the extent they are engaging in the specified activities:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Accountants.</I> Any accountant to the extent that the accountant is providing audit or other attest services, preparing financial statements, or issuing letters for underwriters for, or on behalf of, a municipal entity or obligated person.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Public officials and employees.</I> (A) Any person serving as a member of a governing body, an advisory board, or a committee of, or acting in a similar official capacity with respect to, or as an official of, a municipal entity or obligated person to the extent that such person is acting within the scope of such person's official capacity.
</P>
<P>(B) Any employee of a municipal entity or obligated person to the extent that such person is acting within the scope of such person's employment.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Banks.</I> Any bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), to the extent the bank provides advice with respect to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Any investments that are held in a deposit account, savings account, certificate of deposit, or other deposit instrument issued by a bank;
</P>
<P>(B) Any extension of credit by a bank to a municipal entity or obligated person, including the issuance of a letter of credit, the making of a direct loan, or the purchase of a municipal security by the bank for its own account;
</P>
<P>(C) Any funds held in a sweep account that meets the requirements of section 3(a)(4)(B)(v) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(v)); or
</P>
<P>(D) Any investment made by a bank acting in the capacity of an indenture trustee or similar capacity.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Responses to requests for proposals or qualifications.</I> Any person providing a response in writing or orally to a request for proposals or qualifications from a municipal entity or obligated person for services in connection with a municipal financial product or the issuance of municipal securities; <I>provided, however,</I> that such person does not receive separate direct or indirect compensation for advice provided as part of such response.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Swap dealers.</I> (A) A swap dealer (as defined in Section 1a(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(49)) and the rules and regulations thereunder) registered under the Commodity Exchange Act or associated person of the swap dealer recommending a municipal derivative or a trading strategy that involves a municipal derivative, so long as the registered swap dealer or associated person is not <I>acting as an advisor</I> to the municipal entity or obligated person with respect to the municipal derivative or trading strategy pursuant to Section 4s(h)(4) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of determining whether a swap dealer is <I>acting as an advisor</I> in this paragraph (d)(3)(v), the municipal entity or obligated person involved in the transaction will be treated as a <I>special entity</I> under Section 4s(h)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (even if such municipal entity or obligated person does not satisfy the definition of <I>special entity</I> under those provisions).
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Participation by an independent registered municipal advisor.</I> Any person engaging in municipal advisory activities in a circumstance in which a municipal entity or obligated person is otherwise represented by an independent registered municipal advisor with respect to the same aspects of a municipal financial product or an issuance of municipal securities, provided that the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Independent registered municipal advisor.</I> An independent registered municipal advisor is providing advice with respect to the same aspects of the municipal financial product or issuance of municipal securities. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(3)(vi), the term <I>independent registered municipal advisor</I> means a municipal advisor registered pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) and the rules and regulations thereunder and that is not, and within at least the past two years was not, associated (as defined in section 15B(e)(7) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(7)) of the Act) with the person seeking to rely on this paragraph (d)(3)(vi).
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Required representation.</I> A person seeking to rely on this paragraph (d)(3)(vi) receives from the municipal entity or obligated person a representation in writing that it is represented by, and will rely on the advice of, an independent registered municipal advisor, provided that the person receiving such representation has a reasonable basis for relying on the representation.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Required disclosures.</I> (<I>1</I>) With respect to a municipal entity, such person discloses in writing to the municipal entity that, by obtaining such representation from the municipal entity, such person is not a municipal advisor and is not subject to the fiduciary duty set forth in section 15B(c)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c)(1)) with respect to the municipal financial product or issuance of municipal securities, and provides a copy of such disclosure to the independent registered municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to an obligated person, such person discloses in writing to the obligated person that, by obtaining such representation from the obligated person, such person is not a municipal advisor with respect to the municipal financial product or issuance of municipal securities, and provides a copy of such disclosure to the independent registered municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Each such disclosure must be made at a time and in a manner reasonably designed to allow the municipal entity or obligated person to assess the material incentives and conflicts of interest that such person may have in connection with the municipal advisory activities.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Persons that provide advice on certain investment strategies.</I> A person that provides advice with respect to investment strategies that are not plans or programs for the investment of the proceeds of municipal securities or the recommendation of and brokerage of municipal escrow investments.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Certain solicitations.</I> A person that undertakes a solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person for the purpose of obtaining or retaining an engagement by a municipal entity or by an obligated person of a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, or municipal advisor for or in connection with municipal financial products that are investment strategies to the extent that those investment strategies are not plans or programs for the investment of the proceeds of municipal securities or the recommendation of and brokerage of municipal escrow investments.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Special rule for separately identifiable departments or divisions of banks for municipal advisory purposes.</I> If a bank engages in municipal advisory activities through a separately identifiable department or division that meets the requirements of this paragraph (d)(4), the determination of whether those municipal advisory activities cause any person to be a municipal advisor may be made separately for such department or division. In such event, that department or division, rather than the bank itself, shall be deemed to be the municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Separately identifiable department or division.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (d)(4), a <I>separately identifiable department or division</I> of a bank is that unit of the bank which conducts all of the municipal advisory activities of the bank, provided that the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Supervision.</I> Such unit is under the direct supervision of an officer or officers designated by the board of directors of the bank as responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the bank's municipal advisory activities, including the supervision of all bank employees engaged in the performance of such activities.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Separate records.</I> All of the records relating to the bank's municipal advisory activities are separately maintained in, or extractable from, such unit's own facilities or the facilities of the bank, and such records are so maintained or otherwise accessible as to permit independent examination thereof and enforcement of applicable provisions of the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board relating to municipal advisors.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Municipal advisory activities</I> means the following activities specified in section 15B(e)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(4)(A)) and paragraph (d)(1) of this section that, absent the availability of an exclusion under paragraph (d)(2) of this section or an exemption under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, would cause a person to be a municipal advisor:
</P>
<P>(1) Providing advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, including advice with respect to the structure, timing, terms, and other similar matters concerning such financial products or issues; or
</P>
<P>(2) Solicitation of a municipal entity or an obligated person.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Municipal derivatives</I> means any swap (as defined in Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)) and section 3(a)(69) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(69)), including any rules and regulations thereunder) or security-based swap (as defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)), including any rules and regulations thereunder) to which:
</P>
<P>(1) A municipal entity is a counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(2) An obligated person, acting in such capacity, is a counterparty.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Municipal entity</I> means any State, political subdivision of a State, or municipal corporate instrumentality of a State or of a political subdivision of a State, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the State, political subdivision, or municipal corporate instrumentality;
</P>
<P>(2) Any plan, program, or pool of assets sponsored or established by the State, political subdivision, or municipal corporate instrumentality or any agency, authority, or instrumentality thereof; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any other issuer of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Municipal escrow investments.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, <I>municipal escrow investments</I> means proceeds of municipal securities and any other funds of a municipal entity that are deposited in an escrow account to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on one or more issues of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reasonable reliance on representations.</I> In determining whether or not funds to be invested or reinvested constitute municipal escrow investments for purposes of this section, a person may rely on representations in writing made by a knowledgeable official of the municipal entity or obligated person whose funds are to be invested or reinvested regarding the nature of such investments, provided that the person seeking to rely on such representations has a reasonable basis for such reliance.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Municipal financial product</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(5)).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Non-resident</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an individual, one who resides in or has his principal office and place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal office and place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a partnership or other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal office and place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Obligated person</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(10)); <I>provided, however,</I> that the term <I>obligated person</I> shall not include:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who provides municipal bond insurance, letters of credit, or other liquidity facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) A person whose financial information or operating data is not material to a municipal securities offering, without reference to any municipal bond insurance, letter of credit, liquidity facility, or other credit enhancement; or
</P>
<P>(3) The federal government.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Principal office and place of business</I> means the executive office of the municipal advisor from which the officers, partners, or managers of the municipal advisor direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(m)(1) <I>Proceeds of municipal securities—In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (m)(2) and (m)(3) of this section, <I>proceeds of municipal securities</I> means monies derived by a municipal entity from the sale of municipal securities, investment income derived from the investment or reinvestment of such monies, and any monies of a municipal entity or obligated person held in funds under legal documents for the municipal securities that are reasonably expected to be used as security or a source of payment for the payment of the debt service on the municipal securities, including reserves, sinking funds, and pledged funds created for such purpose, and the investment income derived from the investment or reinvestment of monies in such funds. When such monies are spent to carry out the authorized purposes of municipal securities, they cease to be proceeds of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception for Section 529 college savings plans.</I> Solely for purposes of this paragraph (m), monies derived from a municipal security issued by an education trust established by a State under Section 529(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 529(b)) are not proceeds of municipal securities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reasonable reliance on representations.</I> In determining whether or not funds to be invested constitute proceeds of municipal securities for purposes of this section, a person may rely on representations in writing made by a knowledgeable official of the municipal entity or obligated person whose funds are to be invested regarding the nature of such funds, provided that the person seeking to rely on such representations has a reasonable basis for such reliance.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person</I> has the same meaning as in section 15B(e)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(9)); <I>provided, however,</I> that a solicitation does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) Advertising by a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, municipal advisor, or investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(2) Solicitation of an obligated person, if such obligated person is not acting in the capacity of an obligated person or the solicitation of the obligated person is not in connection with the issuance of municipal securities or with respect to municipal financial products.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.400" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-2   Registration of municipal advisors and information regarding certain natural persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form MA.</I> A person applying for registration with the Commission as a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) must complete Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) in accordance with the instructions in the Form and file the Form electronically with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form MA-I.</I> (1) A person applying for registration or registered with the Commission as a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) must complete Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310) with respect to each natural person who is a person associated with the municipal advisor (as defined in section 15B(e)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(7))) and engaged in municipal advisory activities on its behalf in accordance with the instructions in the Form and file the Form electronically with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) A natural person applying for registration with the Commission as a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4), in addition to completing and filing Form MA pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, must complete Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310) in accordance with the instructions in the Form and file the Form electronically with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When filed.</I> Each Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) shall be considered filed with the Commission upon submission of a completed Form MA, together with all additional required documents, including all required filings of Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310), to the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form MA and Form MA-I are reports.</I> Each Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) and Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310) required to be filed under this section shall constitute a report within the meaning of sections 15B(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.401" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-3   Exemption of certain natural persons from registration under section 15B(a)(1)(B) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>A natural person municipal advisor shall be exempt from section 15B(a)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)(1)(B)) if he or she:
</P>
<P>(a) Is an associated person of an advisor that is registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15B(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)(2)) and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(b) Engages in municipal advisory activities solely on behalf of a registered municipal advisor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.402" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-4   Withdrawal from municipal advisor registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form MA-W.</I> Notice of withdrawal from registration as a municipal advisor shall be filed on Form MA-W (17 CFR 249.1320) in accordance with the instructions to the Form.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Any notice of withdrawal on Form MA-W (17 CFR 249.1320) must be filed electronically.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date.</I> A notice of withdrawal from registration shall become effective for all matters on the 60th day after the filing thereof, within such longer period of time as to which the municipal advisor consents or which the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice of withdrawal from registration is filed at any time subsequent to the date of the issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings pursuant to section 15B(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c)) to censure, place limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or suspend or revoke the registration of, the municipal advisor, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal pursuant to this paragraph (c), the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective pursuant to this paragraph (c) except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form MA-W is a report.</I> Each Form MA-W (17 CFR 249.1320) required to be filed under this section shall constitute a report within the meaning of sections 15B(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.403" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-5   Amendments to Form MA and Form MA-I.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When amendment is required—Form MA.</I> A registered municipal advisor shall promptly amend the information contained in its Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300):
</P>
<P>(1) At least annually, within 90 days of the end of a municipal advisor's fiscal year, or of the end of the calendar year for a sole proprietor; and
</P>
<P>(2) More frequently, if required by the General Instructions (17 CFR 249.1300), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When amendment is required—Form MA-I.</I> A registered municipal advisor shall promptly amend the information contained in Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310) by filing an amended Form MA-I whenever the information contained in the Form MA-I becomes inaccurate for any reason.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic filing of amendments.</I> A registered municipal advisor shall file all amendments to Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) and Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310) electronically.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendments to Form MA and Form MA-I are reports.</I> Each amendment required to be filed under this section shall constitute a report within the meaning of sections 15B(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.404" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-6   Consent to service of process to be filed by non-resident municipal advisors; legal opinion to be provided by non-resident municipal advisors.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each non-resident municipal advisor applying for registration pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)) shall, at the time of filing of the municipal advisor's application on Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300), file with the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) to appoint an agent in the United States, other than a Commission member, official, or employee, upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, or other papers in any action brought against the non-resident municipal advisor to enforce this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each municipal advisor applying for registration pursuant to or registered under section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) shall, at the time of filing the relevant Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) or Form MA-I (17 CFR 249.1310), file with the Commission a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) to appoint an agent in the United States, other than a Commission member, official, or employee, upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, or other papers in any action brought against the municipal advisor's non-resident general partner or non-resident managing agent, or non-resident natural persons who are persons associated with the municipal advisor (as defined in section 15B(e)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(7))) and engaged in municipal advisory activities on its behalf, to enforce this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The registered municipal advisor shall communicate promptly to the Commission by filing a new Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) any change to the name or address of the agent for service of process of each such non-resident municipal advisor, general partner, managing agent, or natural persons who are persons associated with the municipal advisor (as defined in section 15B(e)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(7))) and engaged in municipal advisory activities on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each registered non-resident municipal advisor must promptly appoint a successor agent for service of process and file a new Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) if the non-resident municipal advisor discharges its identified agent for service of process or if its agent for service of process is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf of the non-resident municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(2) Each registered municipal advisor must require each of its non-resident general partners or non-resident managing agents, or non-resident natural persons who are persons associated with the municipal advisor (as defined in section 15B(e)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(e)(7))) and engaged in municipal advisory activities on its behalf, to promptly appoint a successor agent for service of process and the registered municipal advisor must file a new Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) if such non-resident general partner, managing agent, or associated person discharges the identified agent for service of process or if the agent for service of process is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf such person.
</P>
<P>(d) Each non-resident municipal advisor applying for registration pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)) shall provide an opinion of counsel on Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) that the municipal advisor can, as a matter of law, provide the Commission with access to the books and records of the municipal advisor as required by law and that the municipal advisor can, as a matter of law, submit to inspection and examination by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) Form MA-NR (17 CFR 249.1330) must be filed electronically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.405" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-7   Registration of successor to municipal advisor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a municipal advisor succeeds to and continues the business of a municipal advisor registered pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(a)), the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after the succession, files an application for registration on Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300), and the predecessor files a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form MA-W (17 CFR 249.1320); <I>provided, however,</I> that the registration of the predecessor municipal advisor will cease to be effective as the registration of the successor municipal advisor 45 days after the application for registration on Form MA is filed by the successor.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a municipal advisor succeeds to and continues the business of a registered predecessor municipal advisor, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor municipal advisor on Form MA (17 CFR 249.1300) to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba1-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.406" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba1-8   Books and records to be made and maintained by municipal advisors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every person registered or required to be registered under section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) and the rules and regulations thereunder shall make and keep true, accurate, and current the following books and records relating to its municipal advisory activities:
</P>
<P>(1) Originals or copies of all written communications received, and originals or copies of all written communications sent, by such municipal advisor (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to municipal advisory activities, regardless of the format of such communications;
</P>
<P>(2) All check books, bank statements, general ledgers, cancelled checks and cash reconciliations of the municipal advisor;
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of each version of the municipal advisor's policies and procedures, if any, that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are in effect; or
</P>
<P>(ii) At any time within the last five years were in effect, not including those in effect prior to July 1, 2014;
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of any document created by the municipal advisor that was material to making a recommendation to a municipal entity or obligated person or that memorializes the basis for that recommendation;
</P>
<P>(5) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by the municipal advisor with any municipal entity, employee of a municipal entity, or an obligated person or otherwise relating to the business of such municipal advisor as such;
</P>
<P>(6) A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, associated with the municipal advisor, not including persons associated with the municipal advisor prior to July 1, 2014;
</P>
<P>(7) Books and records containing a list or other record of:
</P>
<P>(i) The names, titles, and business and residence addresses of all persons associated with the municipal advisor;
</P>
<P>(ii) All municipal entities or obligated persons with which the municipal advisor is engaging or has engaged in municipal advisory activities in the past five years, not including those prior to July 1, 2014;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and business address of each person to whom the municipal advisor provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to solicit a municipal entity, an employee of a municipal entity, or an obligated person on its behalf; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The name and business address of each person that provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to the municipal advisor to solicit a municipal entity, an employee of a municipal entity, or an obligated person on its behalf; and
</P>
<P>(8) Written consents to service of process from each natural person who is a person associated with the municipal advisor and engages in municipal advisory activities solely on behalf of such municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) All books and records required to be made under this section shall be maintained and preserved for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(2) Partnership articles and any amendments thereto, articles of incorporation, charters, minute books, and stock certificate books of the municipal advisor and of any predecessor, excluding those that were only in effect prior to July 1, 2014, shall be maintained in the principal office of the municipal advisor and preserved until at least three years after termination of the business or withdrawal from registration as a municipal advisor.
</P>
<P>(c) A municipal advisor subject to paragraph (a) of this section, before ceasing to conduct or discontinuing business as a municipal advisor, shall arrange for and be responsible for the preservation of the books and records required to be maintained and preserved under this section for the remainder of the period specified in this section, and shall notify the Commission in writing, at its principal office in Washington, DC, of the exact address where such books and records will be maintained during such period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Electronic storage permitted.</I> (1) <I>General.</I> The records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to this part may be maintained and preserved for the required time on:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronic storage media, including any digital storage medium or system that meets the terms of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Paper documents.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General requirements.</I> The municipal advisor must:
</P>
<P>(i) Arrange and index the records in a way that permits easy location, access, and retrieval of any particular record;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide promptly any of the following that the Commission (by its staff or other representatives) may request:
</P>
<P>(A) A legible, true, and complete copy of the record in the medium and format in which it is stored;
</P>
<P>(B) A legible, true, and complete printout of the record; and
</P>
<P>(C) Means to access, view, and print the records; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Separately store, for the time required for preservation of the record, a duplicate copy of the record on any medium allowed by this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special requirements for electronic storage media.</I> In the case of records on electronic storage media, the municipal advisor must establish and maintain procedures:
</P>
<P>(i) To maintain and preserve the records, so as to reasonably safeguard them from loss, alteration, or destruction;
</P>
<P>(ii) To limit access to the records to properly authorized personnel and the Commission (including its staff and other representatives); and
</P>
<P>(iii) To reasonably ensure that any reproduction of a non-electronic record on electronic storage media is complete, true, and legible when retrieved.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Any book or other record made, kept, maintained, and preserved in compliance with §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4, rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, or § 275.204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>), which is substantially the same as a book or other record required to be made, kept, maintained, and preserved under this section, shall satisfy the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A record made and kept pursuant to any provision of paragraph (a) of this section that contains all the information required under any other provision of paragraph (a) of this section, need not be maintained in duplicate in order to meet the requirements of the other provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, each non-resident municipal advisor registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) and the rules and regulations thereunder shall keep, maintain, and preserve, at a place within the United States designated in a notice from such municipal advisor as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, true, correct, complete, and current copies of books and records that such municipal advisor is required to make, keep current, maintain or preserve pursuant to any provisions of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, each non-resident municipal advisor subject to paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall furnish to the Commission a written notice specifying the address of the place within the United States where the copies of the books and records required to be kept, maintained, and preserved by such municipal advisor pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section are located. Each non-resident municipal advisor registered or applying for registration when this paragraph becomes effective shall file such notice within 30 calendar days after this paragraph becomes effective. Each non-resident municipal advisor that files an application for registration after this paragraph becomes effective shall file such notice with such application for registration.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section, a non-resident municipal advisor need not keep, maintain, or preserve within the United States copies of the books and records referred to in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section, if:
</P>
<P>(i) Such non-resident municipal advisor files with the Commission, at the time or within the period provided by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission and signed by a duly authorized person, to furnish to the Commission, upon demand, at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission designated in such demand, true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all of the books and records which such municipal advisor is required to make, keep current, maintain, or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act, or any part of such books and records that may be specified in such demand. Such undertaking shall be in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby undertakes to furnish at its own expense to the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC or at any Regional Office of the Commission specified in a demand for copies of books and records made by or on behalf of the Commission, true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all, or any part, of the books and records that the undersigned is required to make, keep current, maintain, or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This undertaking shall be suspended during any period when the undersigned is making, keeping current, maintaining, and preserving copies of all of said books and records at a place within the United States in compliance with 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-7(f)(1) and (2). This undertaking shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, successors and assigns of the undersigned, and the written irrevocable consents and powers of attorney of the undersigned, its general partners, and managing agents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall extend to and cover any action to enforce the same.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>and
</FP>
<P>(ii) Such non-resident municipal advisor furnishes to the Commission, at such municipal advisor's own expense 14 calendar days after written demand therefor forwarded to such municipal advisor by registered mail at such municipal advisor's last address of record filed with the Commission and signed by the Secretary of the Commission or such person as the Commission may authorize to act in its behalf, true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all books and records which such municipal advisor is required to make, keep current, maintain, or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act, or any part of such books and records that may be specified in said written demand. Such copies shall be furnished to the Commission at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission which may be specified in said written demand.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67633, Nov. 12, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 2779, Jan. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.407" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba2-1   Application for registration of municipal securities dealers which are banks or separately identifiable departments or divisions of banks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration, pursuant to Section 15B(a) of the Act, of a municipal securities dealer which is a bank (as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act) or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank (as defined by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board), shall be filed with the Commission on Form MSD (§ 249.950 of this chapter), in accordance with the instructions contained therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the information contained in any application for registration pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or in any amendment to such application, is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, applicant shall promptly file an amendment on Form MSD (§ 249.950 of this chapter) correcting such information. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every amendment filed pursuant to this rule shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 17 and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q and 78ff (a)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 49776, Oct. 24, 1975] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.408" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba2-2   Application for registration of non-bank municipal securities dealers whose business is exclusively intrastate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration, pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Act, of a municipal securities dealer who is not subject to the requirements of § 240.15Ba2-1, that is filed on or after January 25, 1993, shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) on Form BD in accordance with the instructions contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) Every applicant shall file with its application for registration a statement that such applicant is filing for registration as an intrastate dealer in accordance with the requirements of this section. Such statement shall be deemed a part of the application for registration.
</P>
<P>(c) If the information contained in any application for registration filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or in any amendment to such application, is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, the dealer shall promptly file with the Central Registration Depository an amendment on Form BD correcting such information.
</P>
<P>(d) Every application or amendment filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15(b), 15B(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78o-4(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14, Jan. 4, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 25148, May 10, 1999; 64 FR 37594, July 12, 1999; 64 FR 42596, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4692, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba2-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.409" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba2-4   Registration of successor to registered municipal securities dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a municipal securities dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a registered municipal securities dealer, the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after such succession, files an application for registration on Form MSD, in the case of a municipal securities dealer that is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank, or Form BD, in the case of any other municipal securities dealer, and the predecessor files a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form MSDW or Form BDW, as the case may be; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the registration of the predecessor dealer will cease to be effective as the registration of the successor dealer 45 days after the application for registration on Form MSD or Form BD is filed by such successor.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a municipal securities dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a registered predecessor municipal securities dealer, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor dealer on Form MSD, in the case of a predecessor municipal securities dealer that is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank, or on Form BD, in the case of any other municipal securities dealer, to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 10, Jan. 4, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba2-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.410" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba2-5   Registration of fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a municipal securities dealer shall be deemed to be the registration of any executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in insolvency or bankruptcy, or other fiduciary, appointed or qualified by order, judgment, or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to continue the business of such registered municipal securities dealer, provided that such fiduciary files with the Commission, within 30 days after entering upon the performance of his duties, a statement setting forth as to such fiduciary substantially the information required by Form MSD, if the municipal securities dealer is a bank or a separately identifiable department of a bank, or Form BD, if the municipal securities dealer is other than a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28948, July 14, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ba2-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.411" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ba2-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Bc3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.412" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Bc3-1   Withdrawal from registration of municipal securities dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of withdrawal from registration as a municipal securities dealer pursuant to Section 15B(c) (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)) shall be filed on Form MSDW (17 CFR 249.1110), in the case of a municipal securities dealer which is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank, or Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a), in the case of any other municipal securities dealer, in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Prior to filing a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form MSDW (17 CFR 249.1110) or Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a), a municipal securities dealer shall amend Form MSD (17 CFR 249.1100) in accordance with § 240.15Ba2-1(b) or amend Form BD (17 CFR 249.501) in accordance with § 240.15Ba2-2(c) to update any inaccurate information.
</P>
<P>(b) Every notice of withdrawal from registration as a municipal securities dealer that is filed on Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) in accordance with applicable filing requirements. Every notice of withdrawal of Form MSDW (17 CFR 249.1110) shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) A notice of withdrawal from registration filed by a municipal securities dealer pursuant to Section 15B(c) (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)) shall become effective for all matters on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission, within such longer period of time as to which such municipal securities dealer consents or which the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice of withdrawal from registration is filed with the Commission at any time subsequent to the date of the issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 15B(c) (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)) to censure, place limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or suspend or revoke the registration of, such municipal securities dealer, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal pursuant to this paragraph (c), the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective pursuant to this paragraph (c) except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(d) Every notice of withdrawal filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15B(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission, by order, may exempt any broker or dealer from the filing requirements provided in Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) under conditions that differ from the filing instructions contained in Form BDW.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25148, May 10, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 42596, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4692, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Bc4-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.413" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Bc4-1   Persons associated with municipal advisors.</HEAD>
<P>A person associated, seeking to become associated, or, at the time of the alleged misconduct, associated or seeking to become associated with a municipal advisor, shall be subject to a Commission order that censures or places limitations on the activities or functions of such person, or suspends for a period not exceeding twelve months or bars such person from being associated with a broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, municipal advisor, transfer agent, or nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such censure, placing of limitations, suspension, or bar is in the public interest and that such person has committed any act, or is subject to an order or finding, enumerated in subparagraph (A), (D), (E), (H), or (G) of paragraph (4) of section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(A), 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(D), 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(E), 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(H), 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(G)), has been convicted of any offense specified in subparagraph (B) of such paragraph (4) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(B)) within 10 years of the commencement of the proceedings under section 15B(c)(4) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c)(4)), or is enjoined from any action, conduct, or practice specified in subparagraph (C) of such paragraph (4) (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(4)(C)). It shall be unlawful for any person as to whom an order entered pursuant to section 15B(c)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c)(4)) or section 15B(c)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4(c)(5)) suspending or barring him from being associated with a municipal advisor is in effect willfully to become, or to be, associated with a municipal advisor without the consent of the Commission, and it shall be unlawful for any municipal advisor to permit such a person to become, or remain, a person associated with it without the consent of the Commission, if such municipal advisor knew, or, in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of such order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 67638, Nov. 12, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Bc7-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.104.414" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Bc7-1   Availability of examination reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon written request, copies of any report of an examination of a municipal securities dealer made by the Commission or furnished to it by an appropriate regulatory agency pursuant to section 17(c)(3) of the Act or by a registered securities association pursuant to section 15B(c)(7)(B) of the Act shall be made available to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (the “Board”) by the Commission subject to the following limitations: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Board shall establish by rule and shall maintain adequate procedures for ensuring the confidentiality of any information made available to it by the Commission pursuant to section 15B(c)(7)(B) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(2) Information made available to the Board shall not identify any municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, or associated person that is the subject of a non-public examination report. 
</P>
<P>(b) If information to be made available to the Board is furnished to the Commission on a separate form prepared by an appropriate regulatory agency other than the Commission or by a registered securities association, that form, rather than a copy of any report of an examination, will be made available to the Board, provided that the conditions set forth in this paragraph are satisfied. Within sixty days of every six month period ending May 31 and November 30, each appropriate regulatory agency or registered securities association making available information on a separate form shall furnish to the Commission two copies of a form containing the information set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(8) of this section. The Commission shall make one copy of the form promptly available to the Board. Copies of any forms furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall not identify any municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, or associated person that is the subject of an examination from which information was derived for the form; however, the Commission may obtain for its own use, upon request, the identity of any such examinee or the full examination reports. Furnished forms shall include the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The report period. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) With respect to a registered securities association, the number of examinations that formed the basis of the report and, of these examinations, the number that were routine, special, and financial/operational. 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to an appropriate regulatory agency that is a bank agency, the number of examinations that formed the basis of the report and, of these examinations, the number that were routine, special, and financial/operational. The number of examinations that formed the basis of the report of bank dealers and the number of examinations of separately identifiable departments or divisions of banks effecting municipal securities transactions. 
</P>
<P>(3) Indications of the violations of each Board rule found in examinations that formed the basis for the report. 
</P>
<P>(4) Copies of public notices issued during the report period of any formal actions and non-public information regarding any actions taken on violations of Board rules. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any comments concerning any questionable practices relating to municipal securities activities, whether or not covered by provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including the rules of the Board. 
</P>
<P>(6) Descriptions of any significant or recurring customer complaints relating to municipal securities activities received by the appropriate regulatory agency or registered securities association during the report period or by municipal securities dealers during the 12 month period preceding the examination. 
</P>
<P>(7) Description of any novel issues or interpretations arising under the Board's rules. 
</P>
<P>(8) Description of any changes to existing Board rules or additional rules that would improve the regulatory scheme for municipal securities professionals or assist in the enforcement of the Board's rules. 
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of any report of an examination of a municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer made by the Commission or furnished to it pursuant to section 15B(c)(7)(B) or 17(c)(3) of the Act, or separate forms made available to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, will be maintained in a non-public file. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 48556, Nov. 26, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="105" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Registration of Government Securities Brokers and Government Securities Dealers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.15.Ca1-1 through 240.15Cc1-1 appear at 52 FR 16839, May 6, 1987, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.415" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca1-1   Notice of government securities broker-dealer activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every government securities broker or government securities dealer that is a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 or 15B of the Act (other than a financial institution as defined in section 3(a)(46) of the Act) shall file with the Commission written notice on Form BD (§ 249.501 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions contained therein that it is a government securities broker or government securities dealer. After July 25, 1987, every broker or dealer subject to this paragraph shall file notice that it is a government securities broker or government securities dealer prior to or on the date it begins acting as a government securities broker or government securities dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) Every government securities broker or government securities dealer required to file notice under paragraph (a) of this section shall file with the Commission written notice on Form BD in accordance with the instructions contained therein when it ceases to be a government securities broker or government securities dealer. Notice shall be filed within 30 days after the date the broker or dealer has ceased acting as a government securities broker or a government securities dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) Any notice required pursuant to this section shall be considered filed with the Commission if it is filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) in accordance with applicable filing requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 16839, May 6, 1987, as amended at 58 FR 14, Jan. 4, 1993; 64 FR 25148, May 10, 1999; 73 FR 4693, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.416" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca2-1   Application for registration as a government securities broker or government securities dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration pursuant to Section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act, of a government securities broker or government securities dealer that is filed on or after January 25, 1993, shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) on Form BD in accordance with the instructions contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) Every application or amendment filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15, 15C, 17(a), 18, 32(a), and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 15, Jan. 4, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 37594, July 12, 1999; 64 FR 42596, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4693, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.417" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca2-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca2-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.418" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca2-3   Registration of successor to registered government securities broker or government securities dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a government securities broker or government securities dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a government securities broker or government securities dealer registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act, the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after such succession, files an application for registration on Form BD, and the predecessor files a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the registration of the predecessor government securities broker or government securities dealer will cease to be effective as the registration of the successor government securities broker or government securities dealer 45 days after the application for registration on Form BD is filed by such successor.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a government securities broker or government securities dealer succeeds to and continues the business of a predecessor government securities broker or government securities dealer that is registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor broker or dealer on Form BD to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 11, Jan. 4, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca2-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.419" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca2-4   Registration of fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a government securities broker or government securities dealer pursuant to section 15C of the Act shall be deemed to be the registration of any executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in insolvency or bankruptcy, or other fiduciary, appointed or qualified by order, judgment, or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to continue the business of such registered government securities broker or government securities dealer, provided that such fiduciary files with the Commission, no more than 30 days after entering upon the performance of its duties, a statement setting forth as to such fiduciary substantially the information required by Form BD.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ca2-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.420" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ca2-5   Consent to service of process to be furnished by non-resident government securities brokers or government securities dealers and by non-resident general partners or managing agents of government securities brokers or government securities dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each non-resident government securities broker or government securities dealer applying for registration pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act, each non-resident general partner of a government securities broker or government securities dealer partnership that is applying for such registration, and each non-resident managing agent of any other unincorporated government securities broker or government securities dealer that is applying for registration, shall furnish to the Commission, in a form acceptable to the Commission, a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney that—
</P>
<P>(1) Designates the Securities and Exchange Commission as an agent of such government securities broker or government securities dealer upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, or other papers in any civil suit or action brought in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, with respect to any cause of action,
</P>
<P>(i) That accrues during the period beginning when such government securities broker or government securities dealer becomes registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act and ending either when such registration is cancelled or revoked, or when a notice filed by such government securities broker or government securities dealer to withdraw from such registration becomes effective, whichever is earlier,
</P>
<P>(ii) That arises out of any activity, in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, occurring in connection with the conduct of the business of such government securities broker or government securities dealer, and
</P>
<P>(iii) That is founded, directly or indirectly, upon the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or any rule or regulation under any of those Acts, and
</P>
<P>(2) Stipulates and agrees that any such civil suit or action may be commenced against such government securities broker or government securities dealer by the service of process upon the Commission and the forwarding of a copy thereof as provided in paragraph (c) of this section and that the service as aforesaid of any such process, pleadings, or other papers upon the Commission shall be taken and held in all courts to be as valid and binding as if due process service thereof had been made.
</P>
<P>(b) Each government securities broker or government securities dealer registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act that becomes a non-resident government securities broker or government securities dealer, and each general partner or managing agent of an unincorporated government securities broker or government securities dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act who becomes a non-resident after such registration or filing of an application for such registration, shall furnish such consent and power of attorney no more than 30 days thereafter.
</P>
<P>(c) Service of any process, pleadings, or other papers on the Commission under this rule shall be made by delivering the requisite number of copies thereof to the Secretary of the Commission or to such other person as the Commission may authorize to act in its behalf. Whenever any process, pleadings, or other papers as aforesaid are served upon the Commission, it shall promptly forward a copy thereof by registered or certified mail to the appropriate defendants at their last address of record filed with the Commission; but any failure by the Commission to forward such a copy shall have no effect on the validity of the service made upon the Commission. The Commission shall be furnished a sufficient number of copies for such purpose, and one copy for its file.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this rule the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>managing agent</I> shall mean any person, including a trustee, who directs or manages or who participates in the directing or managing of the affairs of any unincorporated organization or association that is not a partnership.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>non-resident government securities broker or government securities dealer</I> shall mean (i) in the case of an individual, one who is domiciled in or has his principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, (ii) in the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; (iii) in the case of a partnership or other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) A general partner or managing agent of a government securities broker or government securities dealer shall be deemed to be a non-resident if he is domiciled in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Cc1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.105.421" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Cc1-1   Withdrawal from registration of government securities brokers or government securities dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of withdrawal from registration as a government securities broker or government securities dealer pursuant to Section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(A)) shall be filed on Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Every notice of withdrawal from registration as a government securities broker or dealer shall be filed with the Central Registration Depository (operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) in accordance with applicable filing requirements. Prior to filing a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a), a government securities broker or government securities dealer shall amend Form BD (17 CFR 249.501) in accordance with 17 CFR 400.5(a) to update any inaccurate information.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of withdrawal from registration filed by a government securities broker or government securities dealer shall become effective for all matters on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission, within such longer period of time as to which such government securities broker or government securities dealer consents or the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice of withdrawal from registration is filed with the Commission at any time subsequent to the date of the issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 15C(c) (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(c)) to censure, place limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or suspend or revoke the registration of such government securities broker or government securities dealer, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal pursuant to this paragraph (b), the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective pursuant to this paragraph (b) except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(c) Every notice of withdrawal filed with the Central Registration Depository pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” filed with the Commission within the meaning of Sections 15(b), 15C(c), 17(a), 18(a), 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), 78o-5(c), 78q(a), 78r(a), 78ff(a)) and other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission, by order, may exempt any broker or dealer from the filing requirements provided in Form BDW (17 CFR 249.501a) under conditions that differ from the filing instructions contained in Form BDW.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25148, May 10, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 42596, Aug. 5, 1999; 73 FR 4693, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="106" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Registration and Regulation of Security-based Swap Dealers and Major Security-based Swap Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.15Fb1-1 through 240.15Fb6-2 appear at 80 FR 49013, Aug. 14, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb1-1." NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.422" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb1-1.   Signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Required signatures to, or within, any electronic submission (including, without limitation, signatories within the forms and certifications required by §§ 240.15Fb2-1, 240.15Fb2-4, and 240.15Fb6-2) must be in typed form rather than manual format. Signatures in an HTML, XML or XBRL document that are not required may, but are not required to, be presented in a graphic or image file within the electronic filing. When used in connection with an electronic filing, the term “signature” means an electronic entry in the form of a magnetic impulse or other form of computer data compilation of any letters or series of letters or characters comprising a name, executed, adopted or authorized as a signature.
</P>
<P>(b) Each signatory to an electronic filing (including, without limitation, each signatory to the forms and certifications required by §§ 240.15Fb2-1, 240.15Fb2-4, and 240.15Fb6-2) shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the electronic filing is made. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (b). Upon request, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) A person required to provide a signature on an electronic submission (including, without limitation, each signatory to the forms and certifications required by §§ 240.15Fb2-1, 240.15Fb2-4, and 240.15Fb6-2) may not have the form or certification signed on his or her behalf pursuant to a power of attorney or other form of confirming authority.
</P>
<P>(d) Each manually or electronically signed signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing (“authentication document”)—
</P>
<P>(1) On Schedule F to Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, shall be retained by the filer until at least three years after the form or certification has been replaced or is no longer effective;
</P>
<P>(2) On Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter) shall be retained by the filer until at least three years after the Form was filed with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 49013, Aug. 14, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 78229, Dec. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.423" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb2-1   Registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> An application for registration of a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant that is filed pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall be filed on Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter) or Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter) or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, in accordance with paragraph (c) and the instructions to the forms. Applicants shall also file as part of their application the required certifications on Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Senior Officer Certification.</I> A senior officer shall certify on Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter) that;
</P>
<P>(1) After due inquiry, he or she has reasonably determined that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has developed and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of federal securities laws and the rules thereunder, and
</P>
<P>(2) He or she has documented the process by which he or she reached such determination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing</I>—(1) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Every application for registration of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and any additional registration documents shall be filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission's EDGAR system.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing date.</I> An application of a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be considered filed when an applicant has submitted a complete Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter) and a complete Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, and all required additional documents electronically with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditional registration.</I> (1) An applicant that has submitted a complete Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter) and a complete Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter) or Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter) or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as applicable, in accordance with paragraph (c) within the time periods set forth in § 240.3a67-8 (if the person is a major security-based swap participant) or § 240.3a71-2(b) (if the person is a security-based swap dealer), and has not withdrawn its registration shall be conditionally registered.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section, an applicant that is a nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant (each as defined in § 240.15Fb2-4(a)) that is unable to provide the certification and opinion of counsel required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1) shall instead provide a conditional certification and opinion of counsel as discussed in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, and upon the provision of such conditional certification and opinion of counsel, shall be conditionally registered, if the nonresident applicant submits a Form SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter) and a Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter) or SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as applicable, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section within the time periods set forth in § 240.3a67-8 (if the person is a major security-based swap participant) or § 240.3a71-2(b) (if the person is a security-based swap dealer), that is complete in all respects but for the failure to provide the certification and the opinion of counsel required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1), and has not withdrawn from registration.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, a conditional certification and opinion of counsel means a certification as required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(i) and an opinion of counsel as required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(ii) that identify, and are conditioned upon, the occurrence of a future action that would provide the Commission with adequate assurances of prompt access to the books and records of the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant, and the ability of the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant to submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission. Such future action could include:
</P>
<P>(i) Entry by the Commission and the foreign financial regulatory authority of the jurisdiction(s) in which the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant maintains the books and records that are addressed by the certification and opinion of counsel required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1) into a memorandum of understanding, agreement, protocol, or other regulatory arrangement providing the Commission with adequate assurances of:
</P>
<P>(A) Prompt access to the books and records of the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant; and
</P>
<P>(B) The ability of the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant to submit to onsite inspection or examination by the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Issuance by the Commission of an order granting substituted compliance in accordance with § 240.3a71-6 to the jurisdiction(s) in which the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant maintains the books and records that are addressed by the certification and opinion of counsel required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other action that would provide the Commission with the assurances required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(i) and by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commission Decision.</I> (1) The Commission may deny or grant ongoing registration to a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant based on a security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's application, filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The Commission will grant ongoing registration if it finds that the requirements of section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) are satisfied. The Commission may institute proceedings to determine whether ongoing registration should be denied if it does not or cannot make such finding or if the applicant is subject to a statutory disqualification (as described in sections 3(a)(39)(A) through (F) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)(A)-(F)), or the Commission is aware of inaccurate statements in the application. Such proceedings shall include notice of the grounds for denial under consideration and opportunity for hearing. At the conclusion of such proceedings, the Commission shall grant or deny such registration.
</P>
<P>(2) If an applicant that is a nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant has become conditionally registered in reliance on paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the applicant will remain conditionally registered until the Commission acts to grant or deny ongoing registration in accordance with (e)(1) of this section. If none of the future actions in paragraph (d)(3) that are included in an applicant's conditional certification and opinion of counsel occurs within 24 months of the compliance date for § 240.15Fb2-1, and there is not otherwise a basis that would provide the Commission with the assurances required by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(i) and by § 240.15Fb2-4(c)(1)(ii), the Commission may institute proceedings thereafter to determine whether ongoing registration should be denied, in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 49013, Aug. 14, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 6352, Feb. 4, 2020]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb2-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.424" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb2-3   Amendments to Form SBSE, Form SBSE-A, and Form SBSE-BD.</HEAD>
<P>If a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant finds that the information contained in its Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, or in any amendment thereto, is or has become inaccurate for any reason, the security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant shall promptly file an amendment electronically with the Commission through the Commission's EDGAR system on the appropriate Form to correct such information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb2-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.425" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb2-4   Nonresident security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, the terms <I>nonresident security-based swap dealer</I> and <I>nonresident major security-based swap participant</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an individual, one who resides, or has his or her principal place of business, in any place not in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a partnership or other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Power of attorney.</I> (1) Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant registered or applying for registration pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall obtain a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney appointing an agent in the United States, other than the Commission or a Commission member, official or employee, upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, or other papers in any action brought against the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant to enforce the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>). This consent and power of attorney must be signed by the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant and the named agent(s) for service of process.
</P>
<P>(2) Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall, at the time of filing its application on Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, furnish to the Commission the name and address of its United States agent for service of process on Schedule F to the appropriate form.
</P>
<P>(3) Any change of a nonresident security-based swap dealer's and nonresident major security-based swap participant's agent for service of process and any change of name or address of a nonresident security-based swap dealer's and nonresident major security-based swap participant's existing agent for service of process shall be communicated promptly to the Commission through amendment of the Schedule F of Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant must promptly appoint a successor agent for service of process, consistent with the process described in paragraph (b)(1), if the nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant discharges its identified agent for service of process or if its agent for service of process is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf of the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(5) Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant must maintain, as part of its books and records, the agreement identified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(4) of this section for at least three years after the agreement is terminated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to books and records</I>—(1) <I>Certification and opinion of counsel.</I> Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant applying for registration pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b) shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Certify on Schedule F of Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, that the nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant can, as a matter of law, and will provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant, and can, as a matter of law, and will submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide an opinion of counsel that the nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant can, as a matter of law, provide the Commission with prompt access to the books and records of such nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant, and can, as a matter of law, submit to onsite inspection and examination by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amendments.</I> Each nonresident security-based swap dealer and nonresident major security-based swap participant shall re-certify, on Schedule F to Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as applicable, within 90 days after any changes in the legal or regulatory framework that would impact the nonresident security-based swap dealer's or nonresident major security-based swap participant's ability to provide, or the manner in which it provides the Commission with prompt access to its books and records, or would impact the Commission's ability to inspect and examine the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant. The re-certification shall be accompanied by a revised opinion of counsel describing how, as a matter of law, the nonresident security-based swap dealer or nonresident major security-based swap participant will continue to meet its obligations to provide the Commission with prompt access to its books and records and to be subject to Commission inspection and examination under the new regulatory regime.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb2-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.426" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb2-5   Registration of successor to registered security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant succeeds to and continues the business of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)), the registration of the predecessor shall be deemed to remain effective as the registration of the successor if the successor, within 30 days after such succession, files an application for registration in accordance with § 240.15Fb2-1, and the predecessor files a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form SBSE-W (§ 249.1601 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant succeeds to and continues the business of a registered predecessor security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, and the succession is based solely on a change in the predecessor's date or state of incorporation, form of organization, or composition of a partnership, the successor may, within 30 days after the succession, amend the registration of the predecessor security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant on Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, to reflect these changes. This amendment shall be deemed an application for registration filed by the predecessor and adopted by the successor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb2-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.427" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb2-6   Registration of fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The registration of a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant shall be deemed to be the registration of any executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in insolvency or bankruptcy, or other fiduciary, appointed or qualified by order, judgment, or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction to continue the business of such registered security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant; Provided, that such fiduciary files with the Commission, within 30 days after entering upon the performance of his or her duties, an amended Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, indicating the fiduciary's position with respect to management of the firm and, as an additional document, a copy of the order, judgment, decree, or other document appointing the fiduciary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.428" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb3-1   Duration of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A person registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in accordance with § 240.15Fb2-1 will continue to be so registered until the effective date of any cancellation, revocation or withdrawal of such registration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditional registration.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, conditional registration shall expire on the date the registrant withdraws from registration or the Commission grants or denies the person's ongoing registration in accordance with § 240.15Fb2-1(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb3-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.429" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb3-2   Withdrawal from registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of withdrawal from registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall be filed on Form SBSE-W (§ 249.1601 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Every notice of withdrawal from registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission's EDGAR system. Prior to filing a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form SBSE-W, a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall amend its Form SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), Form SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter) or Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), as appropriate, in accordance with § 240.15Fb2-3(a) to update any inaccurate information.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of withdrawal from registration filed by a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) shall become effective for all matters (except as provided in this paragraph (b)) on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the Commission or its designee, within such longer period of time as to which such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant consents or which the Commission by order may determine as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice of withdrawal from registration is filed with the Commission at any time subsequent to the date of the issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings to censure, place limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or suspend or revoke the registration of, such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal pursuant to this paragraph (b), the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms or conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective pursuant to this paragraph (b) except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb3-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.430" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb3-3   Cancellation and revocation of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cancellation.</I> If the Commission finds that any person registered pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1 is no longer in existence or has ceased to do business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, the Commission shall by order cancel the registration of such person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Revocation.</I> The Commission, by order, shall censure, place limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of, or revoke the registration of any security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that has registered with the Commission if it makes a finding as specified in Section 15F(l)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(l)(2)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb6-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.431" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb6-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fb6-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.432" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fb6-2   Associated person certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification.</I> No registered security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall act as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant unless it has certified electronically on Form SBSE-C (Section 249.1600c of this chapter) that it neither knows, nor in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, that any person associated with such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who effects or is involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is subject to a statutory disqualification, as described in Sections 3(a)(39)(A) through (F) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)(A)-(F)), unless otherwise specifically provided by rule, regulation or order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) To support the certification required by paragraph (a) of this section, the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's Chief Compliance Officer, or his or her designee, shall review and sign the questionnaire or application for employment, which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required to obtain pursuant to the relevant recordkeeping rule applicable to such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, executed by each associated person who is a natural person and who effects or is involved in effecting security based swaps on the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's behalf. The questionnaire or application shall serve as a basis for a background check of the associated person to verify that the person is not subject to statutory disqualification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fh-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.433" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fh-1   Scope and reliance on representations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Sections 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6, and 240.15Fk-1 are not intended to limit, or restrict, the applicability of other provisions of the federal securities laws, including but not limited to section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 and sections 9 and 10(b) of the Act, and rules and regulations thereunder, or other applicable laws and rules and regulations. Sections 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6, and 240.15Fk-1 apply, as relevant, in connection with entering into security-based swaps and continue to apply, as appropriate, over the term of executed security-based swaps. Sections 240.15Fh-3(a) through 240.15Fh-3(f), 240.15Fh-4(b) and 240.15Fh-5 are not applicable to security-based swaps that security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants enter into with their majority-owned affiliates. For these purposes the counterparties to a security-based swap are majority-owned affiliates if one counterparty directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in the other, or if a third party directly or indirectly owns a majority interest in both counterparties to the security-based swap, where “majority interest” is the right to vote or direct the vote of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, the power to sell or direct the sale of a majority of a class of voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution or the contribution of a majority of the capital of a partnership.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reliance on representations.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may rely on written representations from the counterparty or its representative to satisfy its due diligence requirements under § 240.15Fh, unless it has information that would cause a reasonable person to question the accuracy of the representation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fh-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.434" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fh-2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act as an advisor to a special entity.</I> A security-based swap dealer <I>acts as an advisor to a special entity</I> when it recommends a security-based swap or a trading strategy that involves the use of a security-based swap to the special entity, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a special entity as defined in § 240.15Fh-2(d)(3):
</P>
<P>(i) The special entity represents in writing that it has a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002) that is responsible for representing the special entity in connection with the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fiduciary represents in writing that it acknowledges that the security-based swap dealer is not acting as an advisor; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The special entity represents in writing:
</P>
<P>(A) That it will comply in good faith with written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that any recommendation the special entity receives from the security-based swap dealer involving a security-based swap transaction is evaluated by a fiduciary before the transaction is entered into; or
</P>
<P>(B) That any recommendation the special entity receives from the security-based swap dealer involving a security-based swap transaction will be evaluated by a fiduciary before the transaction is entered into.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any special entity:
</P>
<P>(i) The special entity represents in writing that:
</P>
<P>(A) It acknowledges that the security-based swap dealer is not acting as an advisor; and
</P>
<P>(B) The special entity will rely on advice from a qualified independent representative as defined in § 240.15Fh-5(a); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap dealer discloses to the special entity that it is not undertaking to act in the best interest of the special entity, as otherwise required by section 15F(h)(4) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Eligible contract participant</I> means any person as defined in section 3(a)(65) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant</I> includes, where relevant, an associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal agency;
</P>
<P>(2) A State, State agency, city, county, municipality, other political subdivision of a State, or any instrumentality, department, or a corporation of or established by a State or political subdivision of a State;
</P>
<P>(3) Any employee benefit plan, subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002);
</P>
<P>(4) Any employee benefit plan defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002) and not otherwise defined as a special entity, unless such employee benefit plan elects not to be a special entity by notifying a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant of its election prior to entering into a security-based swap with the particular security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(5) Any governmental plan, as defined in section 3(32) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002(32)); or
</P>
<P>(6) Any endowment, including an endowment that is an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
</P>
<P>(e) A person is <I>subject to a statutory disqualification</I> for purposes of § 240.15Fh-5 if that person would be subject to a statutory disqualification, as described in section 3(a)(39)(A)-(F) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fh-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.435" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fh-3   Business conduct requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Counterparty status</I>—(1) <I>Eligible contract participant.</I> A security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant shall verify that a counterparty meets the eligibility standards for an eligible contract participant before entering into a security-based swap with that counterparty, provided that the requirements of this paragraph (a)(1) shall not apply to a transaction executed on a registered national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special entity.</I> A security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant shall verify whether a counterparty is a special entity before entering into a security-based swap with that counterparty, unless the transaction is executed on a registered or exempt security-based swap execution facility or registered national securities exchange, and the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant does not know the identity of the counterparty at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to comply with the obligations of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special entity election.</I> In verifying the special entity status of a counterparty pursuant to § 240.15Fh-3(a)(2), a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall verify whether a counterparty is eligible to elect not to be a special entity under § 240.15Fh-2(d)(4) and, if so, notify such counterparty of its right to make such an election.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure.</I> At a reasonably sufficient time prior to entering into a security-based swap, a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall disclose to a counterparty, other than a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, swap dealer or major swap participant, material information concerning the security-based swap in a manner reasonably designed to allow the counterparty to assess the material risks and characteristics and material incentives or conflicts of interest, as described below, so long as the identity of the counterparty is known to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to comply with the obligations of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Material risks and characteristics</I> means the material risks and characteristics of the particular security-based swap, which may include:
</P>
<P>(i) Market, credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal, operational, and any other applicable risks; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The material economic terms of the security-based swap, the terms relating to the operation of the security-based swap, and the rights and obligations of the parties during the term of the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material incentives or conflicts of interest</I> means any material incentives or conflicts of interest that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may have in connection with the security-based swap, including any compensation or other incentives from any source other than the counterparty in connection with the security-based swap to be entered into with the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record.</I> The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall make a written record of the non-written disclosures made pursuant to this paragraph (b), and provide a written version of these disclosures to its counterparties in a timely manner, but in any case no later than the delivery of the trade acknowledgement of the particular transaction pursuant to § 240.15Fi-1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Daily mark.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall disclose the daily mark to the counterparty, other than a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, swap dealer or major swap participant, which shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) For a cleared security-based swap, upon request of the counterparty, the daily mark that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant receives from the appropriate clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(2) For an uncleared security-based swap, the midpoint between the bid and offer, or the calculated equivalent thereof, as of the close of business, unless the parties agree in writing otherwise to a different time, on each business day during the term of the security-based swap. The daily mark may be based on market quotations for comparable security-based swaps, mathematical models or a combination thereof. The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall also disclose its data sources and a description of the methodology and assumptions used to prepare the daily mark, and promptly disclose any material changes to such data sources, methodology and assumptions during the term of the security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(3) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall provide the daily mark without charge to the counterparty and without restrictions on the internal use of the daily mark by the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure regarding clearing rights.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall disclose the following information to a counterparty, other than a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, swap dealer or major swap participant, so long as the identity of the counterparty is known to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to comply with the obligations of paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>For security-based swaps subject to clearing requirement.</I> Before entering into a security-based swap subject to the clearing requirement under section 3C(a) of the Act, a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose to the counterparty the names of the clearing agencies that accept the security-based swap for clearing, and through which of those clearing agencies the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is authorized or permitted, directly or through a designated clearing member, to clear the security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify the counterparty that it shall have the sole right to select which of the clearing agencies described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section shall be used to clear the security-based swap subject to section 3C(g)(5) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For security-based swaps not subject to clearing requirement.</I> Before entering into a security-based swap not subject to the clearing requirement under section 3C(a) of the Act, a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine whether the security-based swap is accepted for clearing by one or more clearing agencies;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose to the counterparty the names of the clearing agencies that accept the security-based swap for clearing, and whether the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is authorized or permitted, directly or through a designated clearing member, to clear the security-based swap through such clearing agencies; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Notify the counterparty that it may elect to require clearing of the security-based swap and shall have the sole right to select the clearing agency at which the security-based swap will be cleared, provided it is a clearing agency at which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is authorized or permitted, directly or through a designated clearing member, to clear the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record.</I> The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall make a written record of the non-written disclosures made pursuant to this paragraph (d), and provide a written version of these disclosures to its counterparties in a timely manner, but in any case no later than the delivery of the trade acknowledgement of the particular transaction pursuant to § 240.15Fi-1.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Know your counterparty.</I> Each security-based swap dealer shall establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to obtain and retain a record of the essential facts concerning each counterparty whose identity is known to the security-based swap dealer that are necessary for conducting business with such counterparty. For purposes of paragraph (e) of this section, the <I>essential facts concerning a counterparty</I> are:
</P>
<P>(1) Facts required to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Facts required to implement the security-based swap dealer's credit and operational risk management policies in connection with transactions entered into with such counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information regarding the authority of any person acting for such counterparty.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recommendations of security-based swaps or trading strategies.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer that recommends a security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap to a counterparty, other than a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, swap dealer, or major swap participant, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Undertake reasonable diligence to understand the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a reasonable basis to believe that a recommended security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap is suitable for the counterparty. To establish a reasonable basis for a recommendation, a security-based swap dealer must have or obtain relevant information regarding the counterparty, including the counterparty's investment profile, trading objectives, and its ability to absorb potential losses associated with the recommended security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer may also fulfill its obligations under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to an institutional counterparty, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap dealer reasonably determines that the counterparty, or an agent to which the counterparty has delegated decision-making authority, is capable of independently evaluating investment risks with regard to the relevant security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The counterparty or its agent affirmatively represents in writing that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the recommendations of the security-based swap dealer with regard to the relevant security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap dealer discloses that it is acting in its capacity as a counterparty, and is not undertaking to assess the suitability of the security-based swap or trading strategy for the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap dealer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section if it receives written representations, as provided in § 240.15Fh-1(b), that:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a counterparty that is not a special entity, the counterparty has complied in good faith with written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the persons responsible for evaluating the recommendation and making trading decisions on behalf of the counterparty are capable of doing so; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a counterparty that is a special entity, satisfy the terms of the safe harbor in § 240.15Fh-5(b).
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of paragraph (f)(2) of this section, an institutional counterparty is a counterparty that is an eligible contract participant as defined in clauses (A)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (viii), (ix) or (x), or clause (B)(ii) (other than a person described in clause (A)(v)) of section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(18)) and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any person (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Fair and balanced communications.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall communicate with counterparties in a fair and balanced manner based on principles of fair dealing and good faith. In particular:
</P>
<P>(1) Communications must provide a sound basis for evaluating the facts with regard to any particular security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(2) Communications may not imply that past performance will recur or make any exaggerated or unwarranted claim, opinion or forecast; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any statement referring to the potential opportunities or advantages presented by a security-based swap shall be balanced by an equally detailed statement of the corresponding risks.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Supervision</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall establish and maintain a system to supervise, and shall diligently supervise, its business and the activities of its associated persons. Such a system shall be reasonably designed to prevent violations of the provisions of applicable federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minimum requirements.</I> The system required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section shall, at a minimum, provide for:
</P>
<P>(i) The designation of at least one person with authority to carry out the supervisory responsibilities of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for each type of business in which it engages for which registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required;
</P>
<P>(ii) The use of reasonable efforts to determine that all supervisors are qualified, either by virtue of experience or training, to carry out their assigned responsibilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Establishment, maintenance and enforcement of written policies and procedures addressing the supervision of the types of security-based swap business in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is engaged and the activities of its associated persons that are reasonably designed to prevent violations of applicable federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and that include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Procedures for the review by a supervisor of transactions for which registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required;
</P>
<P>(B) Procedures for the review by a supervisor of incoming and outgoing written (including electronic) correspondence with counterparties or potential counterparties and internal written communications relating to the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's business involving security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(C) Procedures for a periodic review, at least annually, of the security-based swap business in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant engages that is reasonably designed to assist in detecting and preventing violations of applicable federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(D) Procedures to conduct a reasonable investigation regarding the good character, business repute, qualifications, and experience of any person prior to that person's association with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(E) Procedures to consider whether to permit an associated person to establish or maintain a securities or commodities account or a trading relationship in the name of, or for the benefit of such associated person, at another security-based swap dealer, broker, dealer, investment adviser, or other financial institution; and if permitted, procedures to supervise the trading at the other security-based swap dealer, broker, dealer, investment adviser, or financial institution;
</P>
<P>(F) A description of the supervisory system, including the titles, qualifications and locations of supervisory persons and the responsibilities of each supervisory person with respect to the types of business in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is engaged;
</P>
<P>(G) Procedures prohibiting an associated person who performs a supervisory function from supervising his or her own activities or reporting to, or having his or her compensation or continued employment determined by, a person or persons he or she is supervising; provided, however, that if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant determines, with respect to any of its supervisory personnel, that compliance with this requirement is not possible because of the firm's size or a supervisory person's position within the firm, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must document the factors used to reach such determination and how the supervisory arrangement with respect to such supervisory personnel otherwise complies with paragraph (h)(1) of this section, and include a summary of such determination in the annual compliance report prepared by the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's chief compliance officer pursuant to § 240.15Fk-1(c);
</P>
<P>(H) Procedures reasonably designed to prevent the supervisory system required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section from being compromised due to the conflicts of interest that may be present with respect to the associated person being supervised, including the position of such person, the revenue such person generates for the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or any compensation that the associated person conducting the supervision may derive from the associated person being supervised; and
</P>
<P>(I) Procedures reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of such security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's business, to comply with the duties set forth in section 15F(j) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Failure to supervise.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or an associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall not be deemed to have failed to diligently supervise any other person, if such other person is not subject to his or her supervision, or if:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has established and maintained written policies and procedures as required in § 240.15Fh-3(h)(2)(iii), and a documented system for applying those policies and procedures, that would reasonably be expected to prevent and detect, insofar as practicable, any violation of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to security-based swaps; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, has reasonably discharged the duties and obligations required by such written policies and procedures and documented system and did not have a reasonable basis to believe that such written policies and procedures and documented system were not being followed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Maintenance of written supervisory procedures.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Promptly amend its written supervisory procedures as appropriate when material changes occur in applicable securities laws or rules or regulations thereunder, and when material changes occur in its business or supervisory system; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Promptly communicate any material amendments to its supervisory procedures to all associated persons to whom such amendments are relevant based on their activities and responsibilities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15fh-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.436" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15fh-4   (Rule 15fh-4) Antifraud provisions for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants; special requirements for security-based swap dealers acting as advisors to special entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Antifraud provisions.</I> It shall be unlawful for a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant:
</P>
<P>(1) To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any special entity or prospective customer who is a special entity;
</P>
<P>(2) To engage in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit on any special entity or prospective customer who is a special entity; or
</P>
<P>(3) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special requirements for security-based swap dealers acting as advisors to special entities.</I> A security-based swap dealer that acts as an advisor to a special entity regarding a security-based swap shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Duty.</I> The security-based swap dealer shall have a duty to make a reasonable determination that any security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap recommended by the security-based swap dealer is in the best interests of the special entity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reasonable efforts.</I> The security-based swap dealer shall make reasonable efforts to obtain such information that the security-based swap dealer considers necessary to make a reasonable determination that a security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap is in the best interests of the special entity. This information shall include, but not be limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The authority of the special entity to enter into a security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial status of the special entity, as well as future funding needs;
</P>
<P>(iii) The tax status of the special entity;
</P>
<P>(iv) The hedging, investment, financing or other objectives of the special entity;
</P>
<P>(v) The experience of the special entity with respect to entering into security-based swaps, generally, and security-based swaps of the type and complexity being recommended;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the special entity has the financial capability to withstand changes in market conditions during the term of the security-based swap; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Such other information as is relevant to the particular facts and circumstances of the special entity, market conditions and the type of security-based swap or trading strategy involving a security-based swap being recommended.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements of this paragraph (b) shall not apply with respect to a security-based swap if:
</P>
<P>(i) The transaction is executed on a registered or exempt security-based swap execution facility or registered national securities exchange; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap dealer does not know the identity of the counterparty at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer to comply with the obligations of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>No undue influence over chief compliance officer.</I> It shall be unlawful for any officer, director, supervised person, or employee of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or any person acting under such person's direction, to directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's chief compliance officer in the performance of their duties under the Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 42585, June 30, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fh-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.437" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fh-5   Special requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants acting as counterparties to special entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that offers to enter into or enters into a security-based swap with a special entity, other than a special entity defined in § 240.15Fh-2(d)(3), must have a reasonable basis to believe that the special entity has a qualified independent representative. For these purposes, a qualified independent representative is a representative that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has sufficient knowledge to evaluate the transaction and risks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not subject to a statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(iii) Undertakes a duty to act in the best interests of the special entity;
</P>
<P>(iv) Makes appropriate and timely disclosures to the special entity of material information concerning the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(v) Evaluates, consistent with any guidelines provided by the special entity, the fair pricing and the appropriateness of the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of a special entity defined in §§ 240.15Fh-2(d)(2) or (5), is a person that is subject to rules of the Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a self-regulatory organization subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission prohibiting it from engaging in specified activities if certain political contributions have been made, <I>provided that</I> this paragraph (a)(1)(vi) shall not apply if the independent representative is an employee of the special entity; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Is independent of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(A) A representative of a special entity is independent of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant if the representative does not have a relationship with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, whether compensatory or otherwise, that reasonably could affect the independent judgment or decision-making of the representative.
</P>
<P>(B) A representative of a special entity will be deemed to be independent of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The representative is not and, within one year of representing the special entity in connection with the security-based swap, was not an associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The representative provides timely disclosures to the special entity of all material conflicts of interest that could reasonably affect the judgment or decision making of the representative with respect to its obligations to the special entity and complies with policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage and mitigate such material conflicts of interest; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant did not refer, recommend, or introduce the representative to the special entity within one year of the representative's representation of the special entity in connection with the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that offers to enter into or enters into a security-based swap with a special entity as defined in § 240.15Fh-2(d)(3) must have a reasonable basis to believe that the special entity has a representative that is a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safe harbor.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be deemed to have a reasonable basis to believe that the special entity, other than a special entity defined in § 240.15Fh-2(d)(3), has a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The special entity represents in writing to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that it has complied in good faith with written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it has selected a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and that such policies and procedures provide for ongoing monitoring of the performance of such representative consistent with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The representative represents in writing to the special entity and security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that the representative:
</P>
<P>(A) Has policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it satisfies the applicable requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Meets the independence test in paragraph (a)(1)(vii) of this section; has the knowledge required under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section; is not subject to a statutory disqualification under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section; undertakes a duty to act in the best interests of the special entity as required under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section; and is subject to the requirements regarding political contributions, as applicable, under paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is legally obligated to comply with the applicable requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section by agreement, condition of employment, law, rule, regulation, or other enforceable duty.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be deemed to have a reasonable basis to believe that a special entity defined in § 240.15Fh-2(d)(3) of this section has a representative that satisfies the applicable requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, provided that the special entity provides in writing to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant the representative's name and contact information, and represents in writing that the representative is a fiduciary as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002).
</P>
<P>(c) Before initiation of a security-based swap with a special entity, a security-based swap dealer shall disclose to the special entity in writing the capacity in which the security-based swap dealer is acting in connection with the security-based swap and, if the security-based swap dealer engages in business with the counterparty in more than one capacity, the security-based swap dealer shall disclose the material differences between such capacities and any other financial transaction or service involving the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect to a security-based swap if:
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction is executed on a registered or exempt security-based swap execution facility or registered national securities exchange; and
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant does not know the identity of the counterparty at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to comply with the obligations of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fh-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.438" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fh-6   Political contributions by certain security-based swap dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>contribution</I> means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made:
</P>
<P>(i) For the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state or local office;
</P>
<P>(ii) For payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For transition or inaugural expenses incurred by the successful candidate for state or local office.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>covered associate</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any general partner, managing member or executive officer, or other person with a similar status or function;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any employee who solicits a municipal entity to enter into a security-based swap with the security-based swap dealer and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A political action committee controlled by the security-based swap dealer or by a person described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>executive officer of a security-based swap dealer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The president;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance);
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other officer of the security-based swap dealer who performs a policy-making function; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>municipal entity</I> is defined in section 15B(e)(8) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>official of a municipal entity</I> means any person (including any election committee for such person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a municipal entity, if the office:
</P>
<P>(i) Is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the selection of a security-based swap dealer by a municipal entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the selection of a security-based swap dealer by a municipal entity.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>payment</I> means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>regulated person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that is subject to rules of the Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a self-regulatory organization subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission prohibiting it from engaging in specified activities if certain political contributions have been made, or its officers or employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) A general partner, managing member or executive officer of such person, or other individual with a similar status or function; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An employee of such person who solicits a municipal entity for the security-based swap dealer and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>solicit</I> means a direct or indirect communication by any person with a municipal entity for the purpose of obtaining or retaining an engagement related to a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions and exceptions.</I> (1) It shall be unlawful for a security-based swap dealer to offer to enter into, or enter into, a security-based swap, or a trading strategy involving a security-based swap, with a municipal entity within two years after any contribution to an official of such municipal entity was made by the security-based swap dealer, or by any covered associate of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) The prohibition in paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If the only contributions made by the security-based swap dealer to an official of such municipal entity were made by a covered associate, if a natural person:
</P>
<P>(A) To officials for whom the covered associate was entitled to vote at the time of the contributions, <I>if</I> the contributions in the aggregate do not exceed $350 to any one official per election; or
</P>
<P>(B) To officials for whom the covered associate was not entitled to vote at the time of the contributions, <I>if</I> the contributions in the aggregate do not exceed $150 to any one official, per election;
</P>
<P>(ii) To a security-based swap dealer as a result of a contribution made by a natural person more than six months prior to becoming a covered associate of the security-based swap dealer, <I>however,</I> this exclusion shall not apply if the natural person, after becoming a covered associate, solicits the municipal entity on behalf of the security-based swap dealer to offer to enter into, or to enter into, security-based swap, or a trading strategy involving a security-based swap; or
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to a security-based swap that is executed on a registered national securities exchange or registered or exempt security-based swap execution facility where the security-based swap dealer does not know the identity of the counterparty to the transaction at a reasonably sufficient time prior to execution of the transaction to permit the security-based swap dealer to comply with the obligations of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) No security-based swap dealer or any covered associate of the security-based swap dealer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide or agree to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any person to solicit a municipal entity to offer to enter into, or to enter into, a security-based swap or any trading strategy involving a security-based swap with that security-based swap dealer unless such person is a regulated person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Coordinate, or solicit any person or political action committee to make, any:
</P>
<P>(A) Contribution to an official of a municipal entity with which the security-based swap dealer is offering to enter into, or has entered into, a security-based swap or a trading strategy involving a security-based swap; or
</P>
<P>(B) Payment to a political party of a state or locality with which the security-based swap dealer is offering to enter into, or has entered into, a security-based swap or a trading strategy involving a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Circumvention of rule.</I> No security-based swap dealer shall, directly or indirectly, through or by any other person or means, do any act that would result in a violation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requests for exemption.</I> The Commission, upon application, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt a security-based swap dealer from the prohibition under paragraph (b)(1) of this section. In determining whether to grant an exemption, the Commission will consider, among other factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the security-based swap dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) Before the contribution resulting in the prohibition was made, adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to or at the time the contribution which resulted in such prohibition was made, had no actual knowledge of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After learning of the contribution:
</P>
<P>(A) Has taken all available steps to cause the contributor involved in making the contribution which resulted in such prohibition to obtain a return of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(B) Has taken such other remedial or preventive measures as may be appropriate under the circumstances;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether, at the time of the contribution, the contributor was a covered associate or otherwise an employee of the security-based swap dealer, or was seeking such employment;
</P>
<P>(4) The timing and amount of the contribution which resulted in the prohibition;
</P>
<P>(5) The nature of the election (<I>e.g.,</I> federal, state or local); and
</P>
<P>(6) The contributor's apparent intent or motive in making the contribution that resulted in the prohibition, as evidenced by the facts and circumstances surrounding the contribution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibitions inapplicable.</I> (1) The prohibitions under paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply to a contribution made by a covered associate of the security-based swap dealer if:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap dealer discovered the contribution within 120 calendar days of the date of such contribution;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contribution did not exceed $350; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The covered associate obtained a return of the contribution within 60 calendar days of the date of discovery of the contribution by the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer that has more than 50 covered associates may not rely on paragraph (e)(1) of this section more than three times in any 12-month period, while a security-based swap dealer that has 50 or fewer covered associates may not rely on paragraph (e)(1) of this section more than twice in any 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap dealer may not rely on paragraph (e)(1) of this section more than once for any covered associate, regardless of the time between contributions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fi-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.439" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fi-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of §§ 240.15Fi-1 through 240.15Fi-5:
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>bilateral portfolio compression exercise</I> means an exercise by which two security-based swap counterparties wholly terminate or change the notional value of some or all of the security-based swaps submitted by the counterparties for inclusion in the portfolio compression exercise and, depending on the methodology employed, replace the terminated security-based swaps with other security-based swaps whose combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) is less than the combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) of the terminated security-based swaps in the exercise.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P>(c) Solely for purposes of § 240.15Fi-2, the term <I>clearing agency</I> means a clearing agency as defined in section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)) that is registered pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and provides central counterparty services for security-based swap transactions.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>clearing transaction</I> means a security-based swap that has a clearing agency as a direct counterparty.
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>day of execution</I> means the calendar day of the counterparty to the security-based swap transaction that ends the latest, provided that if a security-based swap transaction is:
</P>
<P>(1) Entered into after 4:00 p.m. in the place of a counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(2) Entered into on a day that is not a business day in the place of a counterparty, then such security-based swap transaction shall be deemed to have been entered into by that counterparty on the immediately succeeding business day of that counterparty, and the day of execution shall be determined with reference to such business day.
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>execution</I> means the point at which the counterparties become irrevocably bound to a transaction under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>financial counterparty</I> means a counterparty that is not a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant and that is one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) A major swap participant;
</P>
<P>(3) A commodity pool as defined in section 1a(10) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(10));
</P>
<P>(4) A private fund as defined in section 202(a)(29) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a));
</P>
<P>(5) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002); and
</P>
<P>(6) A person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking, or in activities that are financial in nature, as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843k).
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>fully offsetting security-based swaps</I> means security-based swaps of equivalent terms where no net cash flow would be owed to either counterparty after the offset of payment obligations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>material terms</I> means each term that is required to be reported to a registered security-based swap data repository or the Commission pursuant to § 242.901 of this chapter; provided, however, that such definition does not include any term that is not relevant to the ongoing rights and obligations of the parties and the valuation of the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(j) The term <I>multilateral portfolio compression exercise</I> means an exercise by which multiple security-based swap counterparties wholly terminate or change the notional value of some or all of the security-based swaps submitted by the counterparties for inclusion in the portfolio compression exercise and, depending on the methodology employed, replace the terminated security-based swaps with other security-based swaps whose combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) is less than the combined notional value (or some other measure of risk) of the terminated security-based swaps in the exercise.
</P>
<P>(k) The term <I>national securities exchange</I> means an exchange as defined in section 3(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1)) that is registered pursuant to section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
</P>
<P>(l) The term <I>portfolio reconciliation</I> means any process by which the counterparties to one or more security-based swaps:
</P>
<P>(1) Exchange the material terms of all security-based swaps in the security-based swap portfolio between the counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Exchange each counterparty's valuation of each security-based swap in the security-based swap portfolio between the counterparties as of the close of business on the immediately preceding business day; and
</P>
<P>(3) Resolve any discrepancy in valuations or material terms.
</P>
<P>(m) The term <I>prudential regulator</I> has the meaning given to the term in section 3(a)(74) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(74)) and includes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Farm Credit Association, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as applicable to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(n) The term <I>security-based swap execution facility</I> means a security-based swap execution facility as defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) that is registered pursuant to section 3D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c-4).
</P>
<P>(o) The term <I>security-based swap portfolio</I> means all security-based swaps currently in effect between a particular security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and a particular counterparty.
</P>
<P>(p) The term <I>trade acknowledgment</I> means a written or electronic record of a security-based swap transaction sent by one counterparty of the security-based swap transaction to the other.
</P>
<P>(q) The term <I>valuation</I> means the current market value or net present value of a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(r) The term <I>verification</I> means the process by which a trade acknowledgment has been manually, electronically, or by some other legally equivalent means, signed by the receiving counterparty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 6412, Feb. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fi-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.440" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fi-2   Acknowledgment and verification of security-based swap transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trade acknowledgment requirement.</I> In any transaction in which a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant purchases from or sells to any counterparty a security-based swap, a trade acknowledgment must be provided by:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap dealer, if the transaction is between a security-based swap dealer and a major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, if only one counterparty in the transaction is a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant; or
</P>
<P>(3) The counterparty that the counterparties have agreed will provide the trade acknowledgment in any transaction other than one described by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prescribed time.</I> Any trade acknowledgment required by paragraph (a) of this section must be provided promptly, but in any event by the end of the first business day following the day of execution.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and content of trade acknowledgment.</I> Any trade acknowledgment required by paragraph (a) of this section must be provided through electronic means that provide reasonable assurance of delivery and a record of transmittal, and must disclose all the terms of the security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Trade verification.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to obtain prompt verification of the terms of a trade acknowledgment provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must promptly verify the accuracy of, or dispute with its counterparty, the terms of a trade acknowledgment it receives pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception for clearing transactions.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is excepted from the requirements of this section with respect to any clearing transaction.
</P>
<P>(f) Exception for transactions executed on a security-based swap execution facility or national securities exchange or accepted for clearing by a clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(1) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is excepted from the requirements of this subsection with respect to any security-based swap transaction executed on a security-based swap execution facility or national securities exchange, provided that the rules, procedures or processes of the security-based swap execution facility or national securities exchange provide for the acknowledgment and verification of all terms of the security-based swap transaction no later than the time required by paragraphs (b) and (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is excepted from the requirements of this subsection with respect to any security-based swap transaction that is submitted for clearing to a clearing agency, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap transaction is submitted for clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but in any event no later than the time established for providing a trade acknowledgment under paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules, procedures or processes of the clearing agency provide for the acknowledgment and verification of all terms of the security-based swap transaction prior to or at the same time that the security-based swap transaction is accepted for clearing.
</P>
<P>(3) If a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant receives notice that a security-based swap transaction has not been acknowledged and verified pursuant to the rules, procedures or processes of a security-based swap execution facility or a national securities exchange, or accepted for clearing by a clearing agency, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall comply with the requirements of this section with respect to such security-based swap transaction as if such security-based swap transaction were executed at the time the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant receives such notice.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exemption from § 240.10b-10.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that is also a broker or dealer, is purchasing from or selling to any counterparty, and that complies with paragraph (a) or (d)(2) of this section with respect to the security-based swap transaction, is exempt from the requirements of § 240.10b-10 with respect to the security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 39844, June 17, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15fi-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.441" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15fi-3   Security-based swap portfolio reconciliation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security-based swaps with security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall engage in portfolio reconciliation as follows for all security-based swaps in which its counterparty is also a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(1) Each security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall agree in writing with each of its counterparties on the terms of the portfolio reconciliation including, if applicable, agreement on the selection of any third party service provider who may be performing the portfolio reconciliation.
</P>
<P>(2) The portfolio reconciliation may be performed on a bilateral basis by the counterparties or by a third party selected by the counterparties in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The portfolio reconciliation shall be performed no less frequently than:
</P>
<P>(i) Once each business day for each security-based swap portfolio that includes 500 or more security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Once each week for each security-based swap portfolio that includes more than 50 but fewer than 500 security-based swaps on any business day during the week; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Once each calendar quarter for each security-based swap portfolio that includes no more than 50 security-based swaps at any time during the calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(4) Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall resolve immediately any discrepancy in a material term of a security-based swap identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(5) Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to resolve any discrepancy in a valuation identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise as soon as possible, but in any event within five business days after the date on which the discrepancy is first identified, provided that the security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant establishes, maintains, and follows written policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify how the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant will comply with any variation margin requirements under section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-3 (and any subsequent regulations promulgated pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e))) pending resolution of the discrepancy in valuation. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(5), a difference between the lower valuation and the higher valuation of less than 10 percent of the higher valuation need not be deemed a discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security-based swaps with entities other than security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it engages in portfolio reconciliation for all security-based swaps in which its counterparty is neither a security-based swap dealer nor a major security-based swap participant as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) Each security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall agree in writing with each of its counterparties on the terms of the portfolio reconciliation including, if applicable, agreement on the selection of any third party service provider who may be performing the reconciliation.
</P>
<P>(2) The portfolio reconciliation may be performed on a bilateral basis by the counterparties or by one or more third parties selected by the counterparties in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The portfolio reconciliation will be required to be performed no less frequently than:
</P>
<P>(i) Once each calendar quarter for each security-based swap portfolio that includes more than 100 security-based swaps at any time during the calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Once annually for each security-based swap portfolio that includes no more than 100 security-based swaps at any time during the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) Each security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written procedures reasonably designed to resolve any discrepancies in the valuation or material terms of each security-based swap identified as part of a portfolio reconciliation or otherwise with a counterparty that is neither a security-based swap dealer nor major security-based swap participant in a timely fashion. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(4), a difference between the lower valuation and the higher valuation of less than 10 percent of the higher valuation need not be deemed a discrepancy.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting of security-based swap valuation disputes</I>—(1) <I>Notice requirement.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall promptly notify the Commission, electronically through the Commission's EDGAR system, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in § 232.11 of this chapter (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T), and any applicable prudential regulator, in a form and manner acceptable to such applicable prudential regulator, of any security-based swap valuation dispute in excess of $20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency), at either the transaction or portfolio level, if not resolved within:
</P>
<P>(i) Three business days, if the dispute is with a counterparty that is a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Five business days, if the dispute is with a counterparty that is not a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amendments.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall notify the Commission, electronically through the Commission's EDGAR system, in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T, and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-T, and any applicable prudential regulator, in a form and manner acceptable to such applicable prudential regulator, if the amount of any security-based swap valuation dispute that was the subject of a previous notice made pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section increases or decreases by more than $20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency), at either the transaction or portfolio level. Such amended notice shall be provided to the Commission and any applicable prudential regulator no later than the last business day of the calendar month in which the applicable security-based swap valuation dispute increases or decreases by the applicable dispute amount.




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconciliation of cleared security-based swaps.</I> Nothing in this section shall apply to any security-based swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or by a clearing agency that the Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 6413, Feb. 4, 2020. Redesignated and amended at 90 FR 7365, Jan. 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fi-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.442" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fi-4   Security-based swap portfolio compression.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Portfolio compression with security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants</I>—(1) <I>Bilateral offset.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for terminating each fully offsetting security-based swap between a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and another security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in a timely fashion, when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bilateral compression.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically engaging in bilateral portfolio compression exercises, when appropriate, with each counterparty that is also a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. Such policies and procedures shall address, among other things, the evaluation of bilateral portfolio compression exercises that are initiated, offered, or sponsored by any third party.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Multilateral compression.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically engaging in multilateral portfolio compression exercises, when appropriate, with each counterparty that is also a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. Such policies and procedures shall address, among other things, the evaluation of multilateral portfolio compression exercises that are initiated, offered, or sponsored by any third party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Portfolio compression with counterparties other than security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures for periodically terminating fully offsetting security-based swaps and for engaging in bilateral or multilateral portfolio compression exercises with respect to security-based swaps in which its counterparty is an entity other than a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, when appropriate and to the extent requested by any such counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portfolio compression of cleared security-based swaps.</I> Nothing in this section shall apply to any security-based swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or by a clearing agency that the Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 6414, Feb. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 7366, Jan. 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Fi-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.443" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Fi-5   Security-based swap trading relationship documentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope</I>—(1) <I>Applicability.</I> The requirements of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Security-based swaps executed prior to the date on which a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required to be in compliance with this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any security-based swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or by a clearing agency that the Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Security-based swaps executed anonymously on a national securities exchange or a security-based swap execution facility, <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(A) Such security-based swaps are intended to be cleared and are actually submitted for clearing to a clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(B) All terms of such security-based swaps conform to the rules of the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(C) Upon acceptance of such security-based swap by the clearing agency:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The original security-based swap is extinguished;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The original security-based swap is replaced by equal and opposite security-based swaps with the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) All terms of the security-based swap shall conform to the product specifications of the cleared security-based swap established under the clearing agency's rules; and <I>Provided further,</I> That if a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant receives notice that a security-based swap transaction has not been accepted for clearing by a clearing agency, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall be required to comply with the requirements of this section in all respects promptly after receipt of such notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall establish, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant executes written security-based swap trading relationship documentation with its counterparty that complies with the requirements of this section. The policies and procedures shall be approved in writing by a senior officer of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, and a record of the approval shall be retained. Other than trade acknowledgements and verifications of security-based swap transactions under § 240.15Fi-2, the security-based swap trading relationship documentation shall be executed prior to, or contemporaneously with, executing a security-based swap with any counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security-based swap trading relationship documentation.</I> (1) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation shall be in writing and shall include all terms governing the trading relationship between the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and its counterparty, including, without limitation, terms addressing payment obligations, netting of payments, events of default or other termination events, calculation and netting of obligations upon termination, transfer of rights and obligations, governing law, valuation, and dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation shall include all trade acknowledgements and verifications of security-based swap transactions under § 240.15Fi-2.
</P>
<P>(3) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation shall include credit support arrangements, which shall contain, in accordance with applicable requirements under Commission regulations or regulations adopted by prudential regulators and without limitation, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Initial and variation margin requirements, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) Types of assets that may be used as margin and asset valuation haircuts, if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) Investment and re-hypothecation terms for assets used as margin for uncleared security-based swaps, if any; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Custodial arrangements for margin assets, including whether margin assets are to be segregated with an independent third party, in accordance with the notice requirement in section 3E(f)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)(1)(A)) (and either § 240.15c3-3(p)(4)(i) or § 240.18a-4(d)(1) thereunder, as applicable), if any.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation between security-based swap dealers, between major security-based swap participants, between a security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant, between a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and a financial counterparty, and, if requested by any other counterparty, between a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and such counterparty, shall include written documentation in which the parties agree on the process, which may include any agreed upon methods, procedures, rules, and inputs, for determining the value of each security-based swap at any time from execution to the termination, maturity, or expiration of such security-based swap for the purposes of complying with the margin requirements under section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e)) and § 240.18a-3 (and any subsequent regulations promulgated pursuant to section 15F(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(e))), and the risk management requirements under section 15F(j) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(j)) of the Act and § 240.15Fh-3(h)(2)(iii)(I) (and any subsequent regulations promulgated pursuant to section 15F(j) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(j))). To the maximum extent practicable, the valuation of each security-based swap shall be based on recently executed transactions, valuations provided by independent third parties, or other objective criteria.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such documentation shall include either:
</P>
<P>(A) Alternative methods for determining the value of the security-based swap for the purposes of complying with this paragraph (b)(4) in the event of the unavailability or other failure of any input required to value the security-based swap for such purposes; or
</P>
<P>(B) A valuation dispute resolution process by which the value of the security-based swap shall be determined for the purposes of complying with this paragraph (b)(4).
</P>
<P>(iii) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is not required to disclose to the counterparty confidential, proprietary information about any model it may use to value a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(iv) The parties may agree on changes or procedures for modifying or amending the documentation at any time.
</P>
<P>(5) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of whether the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is an insured depository institution (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813) or a financial company (as defined in section 201(a)(11) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(11));
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of whether the counterparty is an insured depository institution or financial company;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that in the event either the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or its counterparty becomes a covered financial company (as defined in section 201(a)(8) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 12 U.S.C. 5381(a)(8)) or is an insured depository institution for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) has been appointed as a receiver (the “covered party”), certain limitations under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act or the Federal Deposit Insurance Act may apply to the right of the non-covered party to terminate, liquidate, or net any security-based swap by reason of the appointment of the FDIC as receiver, notwithstanding the agreement of the parties in the security-based swap trading relationship documentation, and that the FDIC may have certain rights to transfer security-based swaps of the covered party under section 210(c)(9)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(9)(A), or 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)(A); and
</P>
<P>(iv) An agreement between the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and its counterparty to provide notice if either it or its counterparty becomes or ceases to be an insured depository institution or a financial company.
</P>
<P>(6) The security-based swap trading relationship documentation of each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall contain a notice that, upon acceptance of a security-based swap by a clearing agency:
</P>
<P>(i) The original security-based swap is extinguished;
</P>
<P>(ii) The original security-based swap is replaced by equal and opposite security-based swaps with the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All terms of the security-based swap shall conform to the product specifications of the cleared security-based swap established under the clearing agency's rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Audit of security-based swap trading relationship documentation.</I> Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall have an independent auditor conduct periodic audits sufficient to identify any material weakness in its documentation policies and procedures required by this section. A record of the results of each audit shall be retained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 6414, Feb. 4, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15fk-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.444" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15fk-1   Designation of chief compliance officer for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer on its registration form.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report directly to the board of directors or to the senior officer of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take reasonable steps to ensure that the registrant establishes, maintains and reviews written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by:
</P>
<P>(i) Reviewing the compliance of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with respect to the security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant requirements described in section 15F of the Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, where the review shall involve preparing the registrant's annual assessment of its written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with section 15F of the Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Taking reasonable steps to ensure that the registrant establishes, maintains and reviews policies and procedures reasonably designed to remediate non-compliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any means, including any:
</P>
<P>(A) Compliance office review;
</P>
<P>(B) Look-back;
</P>
<P>(C) Internal or external audit finding;
</P>
<P>(D) Self-reporting to the Commission and other appropriate authorities; or
</P>
<P>(E) Complaint that can be validated; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Taking reasonable steps to ensure that the registrant establishes and follows procedures reasonably designed for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and resolution of non-compliance issues;
</P>
<P>(3) In consultation with the board of directors or the senior officer of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, take reasonable steps to resolve any material conflicts of interest that may arise; and
</P>
<P>(4) Administer each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to section 15F of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual reports</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a compliance report that contains a description of the written policies and procedures of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant described in paragraph (b) of this section (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> (i) Each compliance report shall also contain, at a minimum, a description of:
</P>
<P>(A) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant's assessment of the effectiveness of its policies and procedures relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based participant;
</P>
<P>(B) Any material changes to the registrant's policies and procedures since the date of the preceding compliance report;
</P>
<P>(C) Any areas for improvement, and recommended potential or prospective changes or improvements to its compliance program and resources devoted to compliance;
</P>
<P>(D) Any material non-compliance matters identified; and
</P>
<P>(E) The financial, managerial, operational, and staffing resources set aside for compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, including any material deficiencies in such resources.
</P>
<P>(ii) A compliance report under paragraph (c)(1) of this section also shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Be submitted to the Commission electronically through the EDGAR system as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) within 30 days following the deadline for filing the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's annual financial report with the Commission pursuant to section 15F of the Act and rules and regulations thereunder;
</P>
<P>(B) Be submitted to the board of directors and audit committee (or equivalent bodies) and the senior officer of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant prior to submission to the Commission;
</P>
<P>(C) Be discussed in one or more meetings conducted by the senior officer with the chief compliance officer(s) in the preceding 12 months, the subject of which addresses the obligations in this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Include a certification by the chief compliance officer or senior officer that, to the best of his or her knowledge and reasonable belief and under penalty of law, the information contained in the compliance report is accurate and complete in all material respects.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Extensions of time.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may request from the Commission an extension of time to submit its compliance report, provided the registrant's failure to timely submit the report could not be eliminated by the registrant without unreasonable effort or expense. Extensions of the deadline will be granted at the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may incorporate by reference sections of a compliance report that have been submitted within the current or immediately preceding reporting period to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Amendments.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall promptly submit an amended compliance report if material errors or omissions in the report are identified. An amendment must contain the certification required under paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compensation and removal.</I> The compensation and removal of the chief compliance officer shall require the approval of a majority of the board of directors of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, references to:
</P>
<P>(1) The <I>board</I> or <I>board of directors</I> shall include a body performing a function similar to the board of directors.
</P>
<P>(2) The <I>senior officer</I> shall include the chief executive officer or other equivalent officer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Complaint that can be validated</I> shall include any written complaint by a counterparty involving the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that can be supported upon reasonable investigation.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>material non-compliance matter</I> means any non-compliance matter about which the board of directors of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant would reasonably need to know to oversee the compliance of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, and that involves, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(i) A violation of the federal securities laws relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by the firm or its officers, directors, employees or agents;
</P>
<P>(ii) A violation of the policies and procedures relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by the firm or its officers, directors, employees or agents; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A weakness in the design or implementation of the policies and procedures relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 30144, May 13, 2016. Redesignated and amended at 90 FR 7366, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ga-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.445" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ga-1   Repurchases and replacements relating to asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> With respect to any asset-backed security (as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) for which the underlying transaction agreements contain a covenant to repurchase or replace an underlying asset for breach of a representation or warranty, a securitizer (as that term is defined in Section 15G(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall disclose fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests across all trusts by providing the information required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section concerning all assets securitized by the securitizer that were the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of the representations and warranties concerning the pool assets for all asset-backed securities held by non-affiliates of the securitizer during the reporting period.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26ja11.005.gif"/>
<P>(1) The table shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose the asset class and group the issuing entities by asset class (column (a)).
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose the name of the issuing entity (as that term is defined in Item 1101(f) of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1101(f)) of the asset-backed securities. List the issuing entities in order of the date of formation (column (a)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>Include all issuing entities with outstanding asset-backed securities during the reporting period.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) For each named issuing entity, indicate by check mark whether the transaction was registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (column (b)) and disclose the CIK number of the issuing entity (column (a)).
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclose the name of the originator of the underlying assets (column (c)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>):</HED>
<P>Include all originators that originated assets in the asset pool for each issuing entity.</P></NOTE>
<P>(v) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets at the time of securitization (columns (d) through (f)).
</P>
<P>(vi) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that were subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties (columns (g) through (i)).
</P>
<P>(vii) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that were repurchased or replaced for breach of representations and warranties (columns (j) through (l)).
</P>
<P>(viii) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that are pending repurchase or replacement for breach of representations and warranties due to the expiration of a cure period (columns (m) through (o)).
</P>
<P>(ix) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that are pending repurchase or replacement for breach of representations and warranties because the demand is currently in dispute (columns (p) through (r)).
</P>
<P>(x) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that were not repurchased or replaced because the demand was withdrawn (columns (s) through (u)).
</P>
<P>(xi) Disclose the number, outstanding principal balance and percentage by principal balance of assets that were not repurchased or replaced because the demand was rejected (columns (v) through (x)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraphs (<E T="01">a</E>)(1)(<E T="01">vi</E>) through (<E T="01">xi</E>):</HED>
<P>For purposes of these (a)(1)(vi) through (xi) the outstanding principal balance shall be the principal balance as of the reporting period end date and the percentage by principal balance shall be the outstanding principal balance of an asset divided by the outstanding principal balance of the asset pool as of the reporting period end date.</P></NOTE>
<P>(xii) Provide totals by asset class, issuing entity and for all issuing entities for columns that require number of assets and principal amounts (columns (d), (e), (g), (h), (j), (k), (m), (n) (p), (q), (s), (t), (v) and (w)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>The table should include any activity during the reporting period, including activity related to assets subject to demands made prior to the beginning of the reporting period.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Indicate by footnote and provide narrative disclosure in order to further explain the information presented in the table, as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) If any of the information required by this paragraph (a) is unknown and not available to the securitizer without unreasonable effort or expense, such information may be omitted, provided the securitizer provides the information it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense, and the securitizer includes a statement showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved in obtaining the omitted information. Further, if a securitizer requested and was unable to obtain all information with respect to investor demands upon a trustee that occurred prior to July 22, 2010, so state by footnote. In this case, also state that the disclosures do not contain investor demands upon a trustee made prior to July 22, 2010.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of multiple affiliated securitizers for a single asset-backed securities transaction, if one securitizer has filed all the disclosures required in order to meet the obligations under paragraph (a) of this section, other affiliated securitizers shall not be required to separately provide and file the same disclosures related to the same asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(c) The disclosures in paragraph (a) of this section shall be provided by a securitizer:
</P>
<P>(1) For the three year period ended December 31, 2011, by any securitizer that issued an asset-backed security during the period, or organized and initiated an asset-backed securities transaction during the period, by securitizing an asset, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, in each case, if the underlying transaction agreements provide a covenant to repurchase or replace an underlying asset for breach of a representation or warranty and the securitizer has asset-backed securities, containing such a covenant, outstanding and held by non-affiliates as of the end of the three year period. If a securitizer has no activity to report, it shall indicate by checking the appropriate box on Form ABS-15G (17 CFR 249.1400). The requirement of this paragraph (c)(1) applies to all issuances of asset-backed securities whether or not publicly registered under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933. The disclosures required by this paragraph (c)(1) shall be filed no later than February 14, 2012.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>For demands made prior to January 1, 2009, the disclosure should include any related activity subsequent to January 1, 2009 associated with such demand.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) For each calendar quarter, by any securitizer that issued an asset-backed security during the period, or organized and initiated an asset-backed securities transaction by securitizing an asset, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, or had outstanding asset-backed securities held by non-affiliates during the period, in each case, if the underlying transaction agreements provide a covenant to repurchase or replace an underlying asset for breach of a representation or warranty. The disclosures required by this paragraph (c)(2) shall be filed no later than 45 calendar days after the end of such calendar quarter:
</P>
<P>(i) Except that, a securitizer may suspend its duty to provide periodic quarterly disclosures if no activity occurred during the initial filing period in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or during a calendar quarter that is required to be reported under paragraph (a) of this section. A securitizer shall indicate that it has no activity to report by checking the appropriate box on Form ABS-15G (17 CFR 249.1400). Thereafter, a periodic quarterly report required by this paragraph (c)(2) will only be required if a change in the demand, repurchase or replacement activity occurs that is required to be reported under paragraph (a) of this section during a calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Except that, annually, any securitizer that has suspended its duty to provide quarterly disclosures pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section must confirm that no activity occurred during the previous calendar year by checking the appropriate box on Form ABS-15G (17 CFR 249.1400). The confirmation required by this paragraph (c)(2)(ii) shall be filed no later than 45 days after each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) Except that, if a securitizer has no asset-backed securities outstanding held by non-affiliates, the duty under paragraph (c)(2) of this section to file periodically the disclosures required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be terminated immediately upon filing a notice on Form ABS-15G (17 CFR 249.1400).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4511, Jan. 26, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 54375, Sept. 1, 2011; 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.15Ga-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.106.446" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.15Ga-2   Findings and conclusions of third-party due diligence reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The issuer or underwriter of an offering of any asset-backed security (as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79))) that is to be rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization must furnish Form ABS-15G (§ 249.1400 of this chapter) to the Commission containing the findings and conclusions of any third-party due diligence report obtained by the issuer or underwriter at least five business days prior to the first sale in the offering.
</P>
<P>Instruction to paragraph (a): Disclosure of the findings and conclusions includes, but is not limited to, disclosure of the criteria against which the loans were evaluated, and how the evaluated loans compared to those criteria along with the basis for including any loans not meeting those criteria. This disclosure is only required for an initial rating and does not need to be furnished in connection with any subsequent rating actions. For purposes of this rule, the date of first sale is the date on which the first investor is irrevocably contractually committed to invest, which, depending on the terms and conditions of the contract, could be the date on which the issuer receives the investor's subscription agreement or check.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case where the issuer and one or more underwriters have obtained the same third-party due diligence report related to a particular asset-backed securities transaction, if any one such party has furnished all the disclosures required in order to meet the obligations under paragraph (a) of this section, the other party or parties are not required to separately furnish the same disclosures related to such third-party due diligence report.
</P>
<P>(c) If the disclosure required by this rule has been made in the prospectus (including an attribution to the third-party that provided the third-party due diligence report), the issuer or underwriter may refer to that section of the prospectus in Form ABS-15G rather than providing the findings and conclusions itself directly in Form ABS-15G.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, <I>issuer</I> is defined in Rule 17g-10(d)(2) (§ 240.17g-10(d)(2) of this chapter) and <I>third-party due diligence report</I> means any report containing findings and conclusions of any <I>due diligence services</I> as defined in Rule 17g-10(d)(1) (§ 240.17g-10(d)(1) of this chapter) performed by a third party.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of this rule would not apply to an offering of an asset-backed security if certain conditions are met, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The offering is not required to be, and is not, registered under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuer of the rated security is not a U.S. person (as defined in § 230.902(k)); and
</P>
<P>(3) All offers and sales of the security by any issuer, sponsor, or underwriter linked to the security will occur outside the United States (as that phrase is used in §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S)).
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of this rule would not apply to an offering of an asset-backed security if certain conditions are met, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer of the rated security is a municipal issuer; and
</P>
<P>(2) The offering is not required to be, and is not, registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of paragraph (f) of this section, a municipal issuer is an <I>issuer</I> (as that term is defined in Rule 17g-10(d)(2) (§ 240.17g-10(d)(2) of this chapter)) that is any State or Territory of the United States, the District of Columbia, any political subdivision of any State, Territory or the District of Columbia, or any public instrumentality of one or more States, Territories or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(h) An offering of an asset-backed security that is exempted from the requirements of this rule pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section remains subject to the requirements of Section 15E(s)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(s)(4)(A)), which requires that the issuer or underwriter of any asset-backed security shall make publicly available the findings and conclusions of any third-party due diligence report obtained by the issuer or underwriter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 55261, Sept. 15, 2014; 79 FR 61576, Oct. 14, 2014, as amended at 84 84 FR 40258, Sept. 13, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="107" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Reports of Directors, Officers, and Principal Shareholders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.447" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-1   Definition of terms.</HEAD>
<P>Terms defined in this rule shall apply solely to section 16 of the Act and the rules thereunder. These terms shall not be limited to section 16(a) of the Act but also shall apply to all other subsections under section 16 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>beneficial owner</I> shall have the following applications:
</P>
<P>(1) Solely for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act, the term “beneficial owner” shall mean any person who is deemed a beneficial owner pursuant to section 13(d) of the Act and the rules thereunder; <I>provided, however,</I> that the following institutions or persons shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of securities of such class held for the benefit of third parties or in customer or fiduciary accounts in the ordinary course of business (or in the case of an employee benefit plan specified in paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section, of securities of such class allocated to plan participants where participants have voting power) as long as such shares are acquired by such institutions or persons without the purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer or engaging in any arrangement subject to Rule 13d-3(b) (§ 240.13d-3(b)): 
</P>
<P>(i) A broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o);
</P>
<P>(ii) A bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(iii) An insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c);
</P>
<P>(iv) An investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8);
</P>
<P>(v) Any person registered as an investment adviser under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) or under the laws of any state;
</P>
<P>(vi) An employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 1001 <I>et seq.</I> (“ERISA”) that is subject to the provisions of ERISA, or any such plan that is not subject to ERISA that is maintained primarily for the benefit of the employees of a state or local government or instrumentality, or an endowment fund;
</P>
<P>(vii) A parent holding company or control person, provided the aggregate amount held directly by the parent or control person, and directly and indirectly by their subsidiaries or affiliates that are not persons specified in § 240.16a-1 (a)(1)(i) through (x), does not exceed one percent of the securities of the subject class; 
</P>
<P>(viii) A savings association as defined in Section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
</P>
<P>(ix) A church plan that is excluded from the definition of an investment company under section 3(c)(14) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-30;
</P>
<P>(x) A non-U.S. institution that is the functional equivalent of any of the institutions listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (ix) of this section, so long as the non-U.S. institution is subject to a regulatory scheme that is substantially comparable to the regulatory scheme applicable to the equivalent U.S. institution and the non-U.S. institution is eligible to file a Schedule 13G pursuant to § 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J); and
</P>
<P>(xi) A group, provided that all the members are persons specified in § 240.16a-1 (a)(1)(i) through (x). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>Pursuant to this section, a person deemed a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under section 12 of the Act would file a Form 3 (§ 249.103), but the securities holdings disclosed on Form 3, and changes in beneficial ownership reported on subsequent Forms 4 (§ 249.104) or 5 (§ 249.105), would be determined by the definition of “beneficial owner” in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term <I>beneficial owner</I> shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>pecuniary interest</I> in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>indirect pecuniary interest</I> in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities held by members of a person's immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; <I>see</I> also § 240.16a-1(a)(4);
</P>
<P>(B) A general partner's proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner's proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership's most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The general partner's share of the partnership's profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership's portfolio securities; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The general partner's share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner. 
</P>
<P>(C) A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; <I>provided, however,</I> that no pecuniary interest shall be present where: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary's overall performance over a period of one year or more; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
</P>
<P>(D) A person's right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
</P>
<P>(E) A person's interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in § 240.16a-8(b); and
</P>
<P>(F) A person's right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity's portfolio.
</P>
<P>(3) Where more than one person subject to section 16 of the Act is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same equity securities, all such persons must report as beneficial owners of the securities, either separately or jointly, as provided in § 240.16a-3(j). In such cases, the amount of short-swing profit recoverable shall not be increased above the amount recoverable if there were only one beneficial owner. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any person filing a statement pursuant to section 16(a) of the Act may state that the filing shall not be deemed an admission that such person is, for purposes of section 16 of the Act or otherwise, the beneficial owner of any equity securities covered by the statement. 
</P>
<P>(5) The following interests are deemed not to confer beneficial ownership for purposes of section 16 of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(i) Interests in portfolio securities held by any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Interests in securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market basket or index of stocks, approved for trading by the appropriate federal governmental authority.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>call equivalent position</I> shall mean a derivative security position that increases in value as the value of the underlying equity increases, including, but not limited to, a long convertible security, a long call option, and a short put option position.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>derivative securities</I> shall mean any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to an equity security, or similar securities with a value derived from the value of an equity security, but shall not include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Rights of a pledgee of securities to sell the pledged securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Rights of all holders of a class of securities of an issuer to receive securities pro rata, or obligations to dispose of securities, as a result of a merger, exchange offer, or consolidation involving the issuer of the securities; 
</P>
<P>(3) Rights or obligations to surrender a security, or have a security withheld, upon the receipt or exercise of a derivative security or the receipt or vesting of equity securities, in order to satisfy the exercise price or the tax withholding consequences of receipt, exercise or vesting; 
</P>
<P>(4) Interests in broad-based index options, broad-based index futures, and broad-based publicly traded market baskets of stocks approved for trading by the appropriate federal governmental authority;
</P>
<P>(5) Interests or rights to participate in employee benefit plans of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(6) Rights with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price that is not fixed; or
</P>
<P>(7) Options granted to an underwriter in a registered public offering for the purpose of satisfying over-allotments in such offering. 
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>equity security of such issuer</I> shall mean any equity security or derivative security relating to an issuer, whether or not issued by that issuer.
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>immediate family</I> shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.
</P>
<P>(f) The term “officer” shall mean an issuer's president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or, if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president of the issuer in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the issuer. Officers of the issuer's parent(s) or subsidiaries shall be deemed officers of the issuer if they perform such policy-making functions for the issuer. In addition, when the issuer is a limited partnership, officers or employees of the general partner(s) who perform policy-making functions for the limited partnership are deemed officers of the limited partnership. When the issuer is a trust, officers or employees of the trustee(s) who perform policy-making functions for the trust are deemed officers of the trust.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>“Policy-making function” is not intended to include policy-making functions that are not significant. If pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.401(b)) the issuer identifies a person as an “executive officer,” it is presumed that the Board of Directors has made that judgment and that the persons so identified are the officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Act, as are such other persons enumerated in this paragraph (f) but not in Item 401(b).</P></NOTE>
<P>(g) The term <I>portfolio securities</I> shall mean all securities owned by an entity, other than securities issued by the entity.
</P>
<P>(h) The term <I>put equivalent position</I> shall mean a derivative security position that increases in value as the value of the underlying equity decreases, including, but not limited to, a long put option and a short call option position. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 19927, May 1, 1991; 61 FR 30391, June 14, 1996; 63 FR 2868, Jan. 16, 1998; 73 FR 60093, Oct. 9, 2008; 76 FR 71876, Nov. 21, 2011]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.448" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-2   Persons and transactions subject to section 16.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities (“ten percent beneficial owner”) registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), any director or officer of the issuer of such securities, and any person specified in section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)), including any person specified in § 240.16a-8, shall be subject to the provisions of section 16 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78p). The rules under section 16(a) of the Act do not apply to ten percent beneficial owners of an issuer that is a foreign private issuer, as defined in Rule 3b-4 (§ 240.3b-4 of this chapter). The rules under section 16 of the Act apply to any class of equity securities of an issuer whether or not registered under section 12 of the Act. The rules under section 16 of the Act also apply to non-equity securities as provided by the Investment Company Act of 1940. With respect to transactions by persons subject to section 16 of the Act:


</P>
<P>(a) A transaction(s) carried out by a director or officer in the six months prior to the director or officer becoming subject to section 16 of the Act shall be subject to section 16 of the Act and reported on the first required Form 4 only if the transaction(s) occurred within six months of the transaction giving rise to the Form 4 filing obligation and the director or officer became subject to section 16 of the Act solely as a result of the issuer registering a class of equity securities pursuant to section 12 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) A transaction(s) following the cessation of director or officer status shall be subject to section 16 of the Act only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Executed within a period of less than six months of an opposite transaction subject to section 16(b) of the Act that occurred while that person was a director or officer; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Not otherwise exempted from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>For purposes of this paragraph, an acquisition and a disposition each shall be an opposite transaction with respect to the other.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) The transaction that results in a person becoming a ten percent beneficial owner is not subject to section 16 of the Act unless the person otherwise is subject to section 16 of the Act. A ten percent beneficial owner not otherwise subject to section 16 of the Act must report only those transactions conducted while the beneficial owner of more than ten percent of a class of equity securities of the issuer registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Transactions by a person or entity shall be exempt from the provisions of section 16 of the Act for the 12 months following appointment and qualification, to the extent such person or entity is acting as: 
</P>
<P>(i) Executor or administrator of the estate of a decedent; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Guardian or member of a committee for an incompetent; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, assignee for the benefit of creditors, conservator, liquidating agent, or other similar person duly authorized by law to administer the estate or assets of another person; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Fiduciary in a similar capacity. 
</P>
<P>(2) Transactions by such person or entity acting in a capacity specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section after the period specified in that paragraph shall be subject to section 16 of the Act only where the estate, trust or other entity is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity security registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 30392, June 14, 1996; 67 FR 43535, June 28, 2002; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011; 91 FR 10333, Mar. 3, 2026; 91 FR 32336, June 1, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.449" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-3   Reporting transactions and holdings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Initial statements of beneficial ownership of equity securities required by section 16(a) of the Act shall be filed on Form 3. Statements of changes in beneficial ownership required by that section shall be filed on Form 4. Annual statements shall be filed on Form 5. At the election of the reporting person, any transaction required to be reported on Form 5 may be reported on an earlier filed Form 4. All such statements shall be prepared and filed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable form.
</P>
<P>(b) A person filing statements pursuant to section 16(a) of the Act with respect to any class of equity securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act need not file an additional statement on Form 3: 
</P>
<P>(1) When an additional class of equity securities of the same issuer becomes registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(2) When such person assumes a different or an additional relationship to the same issuer (for example, when an officer becomes a director).
</P>
<P>(c) Any issuer that has equity securities listed on more than one national securities exchange may designate one exchange as the only exchange with which reports pursuant to section 16(a) of the Act need be filed. Such designation shall be made in writing and shall be filed with the Commission and with each national securities exchange on which any equity security of the issuer is listed at the time of such election. The reporting person's obligation to file reports with each national securities exchange on which any equity security of the issuer is listed shall be satisfied by filing with the exchange so designated.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person required to file a statement with respect to securities of a single issuer under both section 16(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78p(a)) and section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)) may file a single statement containing the required information, which will be deemed to be filed under both Acts. 
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f)(1) A Form 5 shall be filed by every person who at any time during the issuer's fiscal year was subject to section 16 of the Act with respect to such issuer, except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The Form shall be filed within 45 days after the issuer's fiscal year end, and shall disclose the following holdings and transactions not reported previously on Forms 3, 4 or 5: 
</P>
<P>(i) All transactions during the most recent fiscal year that were exempt from section 16(b) of the Act, except: 
</P>
<P>(A) Exercises and conversions of derivative securities exempt under either § 240.16b-3 or § 240.16b-6(b), dispositions by bona fide gifts exempt under § 240.16b-5, and any transaction exempt under § 240.16b-3(d), § 240.16b-3(e), or § 240.16b-3(f), (these are required to be reported on Form 4);
</P>
<P>(B) Transactions exempt from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to § 240.16b-3(c), which shall be exempt from section 16(a) of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Transactions exempt from section 16(a) of the Act pursuant to another rule; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Transactions that constituted small acquisitions pursuant to § 240.16a-6(a); 
</P>
<P>(iii) All holdings and transactions that should have been reported during the most recent fiscal year, but were not; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to the first Form 5 requirement for a reporting person, all holdings and transactions that should have been reported in each of the issuer's last two fiscal years but were not, based on the reporting person's reasonable belief in good faith in the completeness and accuracy of the information.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the above, no Form 5 shall be required where all transactions otherwise required to be reported on the Form 5 have been reported before the due date of the Form 5.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Persons no longer subject to section 16 of the Act, but who were subject to the Section at any time during the issuer's fiscal year, must file a Form 5 unless paragraph (f)(2) is satisfied. <I>See also</I> § 240.16a-2(b) regarding the reporting obligations of persons ceasing to be officers or directors.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g)(1) A Form 4 must be filed to report: All transactions not exempt from section 16(b) of the Act; all transactions exempt from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to § 240.16b-3(d), § 240.16b-3(e), or § 240.16b-3(f); and dispositions by bona fide gifts and all exercises and conversions of derivative securities, regardless of whether exempt from section 16(b) of the Act. Form 4 must be filed before the end of the second business day following the day on which the subject transaction has been executed.
</P>
<P>(2) Solely for purposes of section 16(a)(2)(C) of the Act and paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the date on which the executing broker, dealer or plan administrator notifies the reporting person of the execution of the transaction is deemed the date of execution for a transaction where the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(i) the transaction is pursuant to a contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of equity securities of the issuer (as defined in § 16a-1(d)) that satisfies the affirmative defense conditions of § 240.10b5-1(c) of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) the reporting person does not select the date of execution. 
</P>
<P>(3) Solely for purposes of section 16(a)(2)(C) of the Act and paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the date on which the plan administrator notifies the reporting person that the transaction has been executed is deemed the date of execution for a discretionary transaction (as defined in § 16b-3(b)(1)) for which the reporting person does not select the date of execution. 
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of the transactions described in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section, if the notification date is later than the third business day following the trade date of the transaction, the date of execution is deemed to be the third business day following the trade date of the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(5) At the option of the reporting person, transactions that are reportable on Form 5 may be reported on Form 4, so long as the Form 4 is filed no later than the due date of the Form 5 on which the transaction is otherwise required to be reported.
</P>
<P>(h) The date of filing with the Commission shall be the date of receipt by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Signatures.</I> Where Section 16 of the Act, or the rules or forms thereunder, require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, such document shall be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. Where typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Such authentication document shall be executed before or at the time the filing is made and shall be retained by the filer for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (i). Upon request, the filer shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Where more than one person subject to section 16 of the Act is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same equity securities, all such persons must report as beneficial owners of the securities, either separately or jointly. Where persons in a group are deemed to be beneficial owners of equity securities pursuant to § 240.16a-1(a)(1) due to the aggregation of holdings, a single Form 3, 4 or 5 may be filed on behalf of all persons in the group. Joint and group filings must include all required information for each beneficial owner, and such filings must be signed by each beneficial owner, or on behalf of such owner by an authorized person. 
</P>
<P>(k) Any issuer that maintains a corporate Web site shall post on that Web site by the end of the business day after filing any Form 3, 4 or 5 filed under section 16(a) of the Act as to the equity securities of that issuer. Each such form shall remain accessible on such issuer's Web site for at least a 12-month period. In the case of an issuer that is an investment company and that does not maintain its own Web site, if any of the issuer's investment adviser, sponsor, depositor, trustee, administrator, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the investment company maintains a Web site that includes the name of the issuer, the issuer shall comply with the posting requirements by posting the forms on one such Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 30392, 30404, June 14, 1996; 67 FR 43535, June 28, 2002; 67 FR 56467, Sept. 3, 2002; 68 FR 25799, May 13, 2003; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011; 84 FR 12728, Apr. 2, 2019; 85 FR 78230, Dec. 4, 2020; 87 FR 80430, Dec. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.450" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-4   Derivative securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of section 16 of the Act, both derivative securities and the underlying securities to which they relate shall be deemed to be the same class of equity securities, <I>except that</I> the acquisition or disposition of any derivative security shall be separately reported.
</P>
<P>(b) The exercise or conversion of a call equivalent position shall be reported on Form 4 and treated for reporting purposes as: 
</P>
<P>(1) A purchase of the underlying security; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A closing of the derivative security position. 
</P>
<P>(c) The exercise or conversion of a put equivalent position shall be reported on Form 4 and treated for reporting purposes as: 
</P>
<P>(1) A sale of the underlying security; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A closing of the derivative security position. 
</P>
<P>(d) The disposition or closing of a long derivative security position, as a result of cancellation or expiration, shall be exempt from section 16(a) of the Act if exempt from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to § 240.16b-6(d). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 240.16<E T="01">a</E>-4:</HED>
<P>A purchase or sale resulting from an exercise or conversion of a derivative security may be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to § 240.16b-3 or § 240.16b-6(b).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 19927, May 1, 1991; 61 FR 30392, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.451" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-5   Odd-lot dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Transactions by an odd-lot dealer (a) in odd-lots as reasonably necessary to carry on odd-lot transactions, or (b) in round lots to offset odd-lot transactions previously or simultaneously executed or reasonably anticipated in the usual course of business, shall be exempt from the provisions of section 16(a) of the Act with respect to participation by such odd-lot dealer in such transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.452" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-6   Small acquisitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any acquisition of an equity security or the right to acquire such securities, other than an acquisition from the issuer (including an employee benefit plan sponsored by the issuer), not exceeding $10,000 in market value shall be reported on Form 5, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such acquisition, when aggregated with other acquisitions of securities of the same class (including securities underlying derivative securities, but excluding acquisitions exempted by rule from section 16(b) or previously reported on Form 4 or Form 5) within the prior six months, does not exceed a total of $10,000 in market value; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The person making the acquisition does not within six months thereafter make any disposition, other than by a transaction exempt from section 16(b) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) If an acquisition no longer qualifies for the reporting deferral in paragraph (a) of this section, all such acquisitions that have not yet been reported must be reported on Form 4 before the end of the second business day following the day on which the conditions of paragraph (a) of this section are no longer met.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 30392, June 14, 1996; 67 FR 56467, Sept. 3, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.453" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-7   Transactions effected in connection with a distribution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of a security that is made in connection with the distribution of a substantial block of securities shall be exempt from the provisions of section 16(a) of the Act, to the extent specified in this rule, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The person effecting the transaction is engaged in the business of distributing securities and is participating in good faith, in the ordinary course of such business, in the distribution of such block of securities; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The security involved in the transaction is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Part of such block of securities and is acquired by the person effecting the transaction, with a view to distribution thereof, from the issuer or other person on whose behalf such securities are being distributed or from a person who is participating in good faith in the distribution of such block of securities; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A security purchased in good faith by or for the account of the person effecting the transaction for the purpose of stabilizing the market price of securities of the class being distributed or to cover an over-allotment or other short position created in connection with such distribution.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person participating in the transaction must qualify on an individual basis for an exemption pursuant to this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.454" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-8   Trusts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Persons subject to section 16</I>—(1) <I>Trusts.</I> A trust shall be subject to section 16 of the Act with respect to securities of the issuer if the trust is a beneficial owner, pursuant to § 240.16a-1(a)(1), of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities of the issuer registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act (“ten percent beneficial owner”). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trustees, beneficiaries, and settlors.</I> In determining whether a trustee, beneficiary, or settlor is a ten percent beneficial owner with respect to the issuer: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such persons shall be deemed the beneficial owner of the issuer's securities held by the trust, to the extent specified by § 240.16a-1(a)(1); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Settlors shall be deemed the beneficial owner of the issuer's securities held by the trust where they have the power to revoke the trust without the consent of another person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trust Holdings and Transactions.</I> Holdings and transactions in the issuer's securities held by a trust shall be reported by the trustee on behalf of the trust, if the trust is subject to section 16 of the Act, except as provided below. Holdings and transactions in the issuer's securities held by a trust (whether or not subject to section 16 of the Act) may be reportable by other parties as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Trusts.</I> The trust need not report holdings and transactions in the issuer's securities held by the trust in an employee benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act over which no trustee exercises investment control. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trustees.</I> If, as provided by § 240.16a-1(a)(2), a trustee subject to section 16 of the Act has a pecuniary interest in any holding or transaction in the issuer's securities held by the trust, such holding or transaction shall be attributed to the trustee and shall be reported by the trustee in the trustee's individual capacity, as well as on behalf of the trust. With respect to performance fees and holdings of the trustee's immediate family, trustees shall be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the trust holdings and transactions in the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(i) A performance fee is received that does not meet the proviso of § 240.16a-1(a)(2)(ii)(C); or
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one beneficiary of the trust is a member of the trustee's immediate family. The pecuniary interest of the immediate family member(s) shall be attributed to and reported by the trustee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Beneficiaries.</I> A beneficiary subject to section 16 of the Act shall have or share reporting obligations with respect to transactions in the issuer's securities held by the trust, if the beneficiary is a beneficial owner of the securities pursuant to § 240.16a-1(a)(2), as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) If a beneficiary shares investment control with the trustee with respect to a trust transaction, the transaction shall be attributed to and reported by both the beneficiary and the trust; 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a beneficiary has investment control with respect to a trust transaction without consultation with the trustee, the transaction shall be attributed to and reported by the beneficiary only; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) In making a determination as to whether a beneficiary is the beneficial owner of the securities pursuant to § 240.16a-1(a)(2), beneficiaries shall be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the issuer's securities held by the trust to the extent of their pro rata interest in the trust where the trustee does not exercise exclusive investment control.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>Transactions and holdings attributed to a trust beneficiary may be reported by the trustee on behalf of the beneficiary, provided that the report is signed by the beneficiary or other authorized person. Where the transactions and holdings are attributed both to the trustee and trust beneficiary, a joint report may be filed in accordance with § 240.16a-3(j).</P></NOTE>
<P>(4) <I>Settlors.</I> If a settlor subject to section 16 of the Act reserves the right to revoke the trust without the consent of another person, the trust holdings and transactions shall be attributed to and reported by the settlor instead of the trust; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the settlor does not exercise or share investment control over the issuer's securities held by the trust, the trust holdings and transactions shall be attributed to and reported by the trust instead of the settlor. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Remainder interests.</I> Remainder interests in a trust are deemed not to confer beneficial ownership for purposes of section 16 of the Act, provided that the persons with the remainder interests have no power, directly or indirectly, to exercise or share investment control over the trust.
</P>
<P>(d) A trust, trustee, beneficiary or settlor becoming subject to section 16(a) of the Act pursuant to this rule also shall be subject to sections 16(b) and 16(c) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 19927, May 1, 1991; 61 FR 30392, June 14, 1996; 67 FR 56467, Sept. 3, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.455" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-9   Stock splits, stock dividends, and pro rata rights.</HEAD>
<P>The following shall be exempt from section 16 of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(a) The increase or decrease in the number of securities held as a result of a stock split or stock dividend applying equally to all securities of a class, including a stock dividend in which equity securities of a different issuer are distributed; and 
</P>
<P>(b) The acquisition of rights, such as shareholder or pre-emptive rights, pursuant to a pro rata grant to all holders of the same class of equity securities registered under section 12 of the Act.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The exercise or sale of a pro rata right shall be reported pursuant to § 240.16a-4 and the exercise shall be eligible for exemption from section 16(b) of the Act pursuant to § 240.16b-6(b).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7265, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 30393, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.456" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-10   Exemptions under section 16(a).</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 240.16a-6, any transaction exempted from the requirements of section 16(a) of the Act, insofar as it is otherwise subject to the provisions of section 16(b), shall be likewise exempt from section 16(b) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.457" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-11   Dividend or interest reinvestment plans.</HEAD>
<P>Any acquisition of securities resulting from the reinvestment of dividends or interest on securities of the same issuer shall be exempt from section 16 of the Act if the acquisition is made pursuant to a plan providing for the regular reinvestment of dividends or interest and the plan provides for broad-based participation, does not discriminate in favor of employees of the issuer, and operates on substantially the same terms for all plan participants. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30393, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.458" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-12   Domestic relations orders.</HEAD>
<P>The acquisition or disposition of equity securities pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder, shall be exempt from section 16 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30393, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16a-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.107.459" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16a-13   Change in form of beneficial ownership.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction, other than the exercise or conversion of a derivative security or deposit into or withdrawal from a voting trust, that effects only a change in the form of beneficial ownership without changing a person's pecuniary interest in the subject equity securities shall be exempt from section 16 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30393, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="108" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain Transactions From Section 16(<E T="01">b</E>)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.16b-1 through 240.16b-8 appear at 56 FR 7270, Feb. 21, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.460" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-1   Transactions approved by a regulatory authority.</HEAD>
<P>Any purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of a security shall be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act, if the transaction is effected by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) and both the purchase and sale of such security have been exempted from the provisions of section 17(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, by rule or order of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7270, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 30404, June 14, 1996; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.461" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.462" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-3   Transactions between an issuer and its officers or directors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A transaction between the issuer (including an employee benefit plan sponsored by the issuer) and an officer or director of the issuer that involves issuer equity securities shall be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act if the transaction satisfies the applicable conditions set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) A <I>Discretionary Transaction</I> shall mean a transaction pursuant to an employee benefit plan that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is at the volition of a plan participant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not made in connection with the participant's death, disability, retirement or termination of employment; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not required to be made available to a plan participant pursuant to a provision of the Internal Revenue Code; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Results in either an intra-plan transfer involving an issuer equity securities fund, or a cash distribution funded by a volitional disposition of an issuer equity security. 
</P>
<P>(2) An <I>Excess Benefit Plan</I> shall mean an employee benefit plan that is operated in conjunction with a Qualified Plan, and provides only the benefits or contributions that would be provided under a Qualified Plan but for any benefit or contribution limitations set forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any successor provisions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A <I>Non-Employee Director</I> shall mean a director who: 
</P>
<P>(A) Is not currently an officer (as defined in § 240.16a-1(f)) of the issuer or a parent or subsidiary of the issuer, or otherwise currently employed by the issuer or a parent or subsidiary of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(B) Does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the issuer or a parent or subsidiary of the issuer, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount for which disclosure would be required pursuant to § 229.404(a) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(C) Does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required pursuant to § 229.404(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, a <I>Non-Employee Director</I> of a closed-end investment company shall mean a director who is not an “interested person” of the issuer, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>Qualified Plan</I> shall mean an employee benefit plan that satisfies the coverage and participation requirements of sections 410 and 401(a)(26) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any successor provisions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(5) A <I>Stock Purchase Plan</I> shall mean an employee benefit plan that satisfies the coverage and participation requirements of sections 423(b)(3) and 423(b)(5), or section 410, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any successor provisions thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tax-conditioned plans.</I> Any transaction (other than a Discretionary Transaction) pursuant to a Qualified Plan, an Excess Benefit Plan, or a Stock Purchase Plan shall be exempt without condition. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Acquisitions from the issuer.</I> Any transaction, other than a Discretionary Transaction, involving an acquisition from the issuer (including without limitation a grant or award), whether or not intended for a compensatory or other particular purpose, shall be exempt if:
</P>
<P>(1) The transaction is approved by the board of directors of the issuer, or a committee of the board of directors that is composed solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors; 
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction is approved or ratified, in compliance with section 14 of the Act, by either: the affirmative votes of the holders of a majority of the securities of the issuer present, or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable laws of the state or other jurisdiction in which the issuer is incorporated; or the written consent of the holders of a majority of the securities of the issuer entitled to vote; <I>provided that</I> such ratification occurs no later than the date of the next annual meeting of shareholders; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer equity securities so acquired are held by the officer or director for a period of six months following the date of such acquisition, <I>provided that</I> this condition shall be satisfied with respect to a derivative security if at least six months elapse from the date of acquisition of the derivative security to the date of disposition of the derivative security (other than upon exercise or conversion) or its underlying equity security. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dispositions to the issuer.</I> Any transaction, other than a Discretionary Transaction, involving the disposition to the issuer of issuer equity securities, whether or not intended for a compensatory or other particular purpose, shall be exempt, provided that the terms of such disposition are approved in advance in the manner prescribed by either paragraph (d)(1) or paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discretionary Transactions.</I> A Discretionary Transaction shall be exempt only if effected pursuant to an election made at least six months following the date of the most recent election, with respect to any plan of the issuer, that effected a Discretionary Transaction that was:
</P>
<P>(1) An acquisition, if the transaction to be exempted would be a disposition; or
</P>
<P>(2) A disposition, if the transaction to be exempted would be an acquisition.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Notes to § 240.16<E T="01">b</E>-3</HD1></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note (1):</HED>
<P>The exercise or conversion of a derivative security that does not satisfy the conditions of this section is eligible for exemption from section 16(b) of the Act to the extent that the conditions of § 240.16b-6(b) are satisfied.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note (2):</HED>
<P>Section 16(a) reporting requirements applicable to transactions exempt pursuant to this section are set forth in § 240.16a-3(f) and (g) and § 240.16a-4.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note (3):</HED>
<P>The approval conditions of paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) and (e) of this section require the approval of each specific transaction, and are not satisfied by approval of a plan in its entirety except for the approval of a plan pursuant to which the terms and conditions of each transaction are fixed in advance, such as a formula plan. Where the terms of a subsequent transaction (such as the exercise price of an option, or the provision of an exercise or tax withholding right) are provided for in a transaction as initially approved pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) or (e), such subsequent transaction shall not require further specific approval.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note (4):</HED>
<P>For purposes of determining a director's status under those portions of paragraph (b)(3)(i) that reference § 229.404(a) of this chapter, an issuer may rely on the disclosure provided under § 229.404(a) of this chapter for the issuer's most recent fiscal year contained in the most recent filing in which disclosure required under § 229.404(a) is presented. Where a transaction disclosed in that filing was terminated before the director's proposed service as a Non-Employee Director, that transaction will not bar such service. The issuer must believe in good faith that any current or contemplated transaction in which the director participates will not be required to be disclosed under § 229.404(a) of this chapter, based on information readily available to the issuer and the director at the time such director proposes to act as a Non-Employee Director. At such time as the issuer believes in good faith, based on readily available information, that a current or contemplated transaction with a director will be required to be disclosed under § 229.404(a) in a future filing, the director no longer is eligible to serve as a Non-Employee Director; <I>provided, however,</I> that this determination does not result in retroactive loss of a Rule 16b-3 exemption for a transaction previously approved by the director while serving as a Non-Employee Director consistent with this note. In making the determinations specified in this Note, the issuer may rely on information it obtains from the director, for example, pursuant to a response to an inquiry.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30393, June 14, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 46089, Aug. 9, 2005; 71 FR 53263, Sept. 8, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.463" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.464" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-5   Bona fide gifts and inheritance.</HEAD>
<P>Both the acquisition and the disposition of equity securities shall be exempt from the operation of section 16(b) of the Act if they are: (a) Bona fide gifts; or (b) transfers of securities by will or the laws of descent and distribution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.465" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-6   Derivative securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The establishment of or increase in a call equivalent position or liquidation of or decrease in a put equivalent position shall be deemed a purchase of the underlying security for purposes of section 16(b) of the Act, and the establishment of or increase in a put equivalent position or liquidation of or decrease in a call equivalent position shall be deemed a sale of the underlying securities for purposes of section 16(b) of the Act: <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the increase or decrease occurs as a result of the fixing of the exercise price of a right initially issued without a fixed price, where the date the price is fixed is not known in advance and is outside the control of the recipient, the increase or decrease shall be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act with respect to any offsetting transaction within the six months prior to the date the price is fixed.
</P>
<P>(b) The closing of a derivative security position as a result of its exercise or conversion shall be exempt from the operation of section 16(b) of the Act, and the acquisition of underlying securities at a fixed exercise price due to the exercise or conversion of a call equivalent position or the disposition of underlying securities at a fixed exercise price due to the exercise of a put equivalent position shall be exempt from the operation of section 16(b) of the Act: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the acquisition of underlying securities from the exercise of an out-of-the-money option, warrant, or right shall not be exempt unless the exercise is necessary to comport with the sequential exercise provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 422A).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>The exercise or conversion of a derivative security that does not satisfy the conditions of this section is eligible for exemption from section 16(b) of the Act to the extent that the conditions of § 240.16b-3 are satisfied.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) In determining the short-swing profit recoverable pursuant to section 16(b) of the Act from transactions involving the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of derivative and other securities, the following rules apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) Short-swing profits in transactions involving the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of derivative securities that have identical characteristics (e.g., purchases and sales of call options of the same strike price and expiration date, or purchases and sales of the same series of convertible debentures) shall be measured by the actual prices paid or received in the short-swing transactions. 
</P>
<P>(2) Short-swing profits in transactions involving the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of derivative securities having different characteristics but related to the same underlying security (e.g., the purchase of a call option and the sale of a convertible debenture) or derivative securities and underlying securities shall not exceed the difference in price of the underlying security on the date of purchase or sale and the date of sale or purchase. Such profits may be measured by calculating the short-swing profits that would have been realized had the subject transactions involved purchases and sales solely of the derivative security that was purchased or solely of the derivative security that was sold, valued as of the time of the matching purchase or sale, and calculated for the lesser of the number of underlying securities actually purchased or sold.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon cancellation or expiration of an option within six months of the writing of the option, any profit derived from writing the option shall be recoverable under section 16(b) of the Act. The profit shall not exceed the premium received for writing the option. The disposition or closing of a long derivative security position, as a result of cancellation or expiration, shall be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act where no value is received from the cancellation or expiration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7270, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 30394, June 14, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.466" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-7   Mergers, reclassifications, and consolidations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of section 16(b) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) The acquisition of a security of a company, pursuant to a merger, reclassification or consolidation, in exchange for a security of a company that before the merger, reclassification or consolidation, owned 85 percent or more of either:
</P>
<P>(i) The equity securities of all other companies involved in the merger, reclassification or consolidation, or in the case of a consolidation, the resulting company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The combined assets of all the companies involved in the merger, reclassification or consolidation, computed according to their book values before the merger, reclassification or consolidation as determined by reference to their most recent available financial statements for a 12 month period before the merger, reclassification or consolidation, or such shorter time as the company has been in existence.
</P>
<P>(2) The disposition of a security, pursuant to a merger, reclassification or consolidation, of a company that before the merger, reclassification or consolidation, owned 85 percent or more of either:
</P>
<P>(i) The equity securities of all other companies involved in the merger, reclassification or consolidation or, in the case of a consolidation, the resulting company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The combined assets of all the companies undergoing merger, reclassification or consolidation, computed according to their book values before the merger, reclassification or consolidation as determined by reference to their most recent available financial statements for a 12 month period before the merger, reclassification or consolidation.
</P>
<P>(b) A merger within the meaning of this section shall include the sale or purchase of substantially all the assets of one company by another in exchange for equity securities which are then distributed to the security holders of the company that sold its assets.
</P>
<P>(c) The exemption provided by this section applies to any securities transaction that satisfies the conditions specified in this section and is not conditioned on the transaction satisfying any other conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a person subject to section 16 of the Act makes any non-exempt purchase of a security in any company involved in the merger, reclassification or consolidation and any non-exempt sale of a security in any company involved in the merger, reclassification or consolidation within any period of less than six months during which the merger, reclassification or consolidation took place, the exemption provided by this section shall be unavailable to the extent of such purchase and sale.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 46089, Aug. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16b-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.108.467" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16b-8   Voting trusts.</HEAD>
<P>Any acquisition or disposition of an equity security or certificate representing equity securities involved in the deposit or withdrawal from a voting trust or deposit agreement shall be exempt from section 16(b) of the Act if substantially all of the assets held under the voting trust or deposit agreement immediately after the deposit or immediately prior to the withdrawal consisted of equity securities of the same class as the security deposited or withdrawn: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this exemption shall not apply if there is a non-exempt purchase or sale of an equity security of the class deposited within six months (including the date of withdrawal or deposit) of a non-exempt sale or purchase, respectively, of any certificate representing such equity security (other than the actual deposit or withdrawal).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="109" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.109" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exemption of Certain Transactions From Section 16(<E T="01">c</E>)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.16c-1 through 240.16c-4 appear at 56 FR 7273, Feb. 21, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.16c-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.109.468" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16c-1   Brokers.</HEAD>
<P>Any transaction shall be exempt from section 16(c) of the Act to the extent necessary to render lawful the execution by a broker of an order for an account in which the broker has no direct or indirect interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16c-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.109.469" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16c-2   Transactions effected in connection with a distribution.</HEAD>
<P>Any transaction shall be exempt from section 16(c) of the Act to the extent necessary to render lawful any sale made by or on behalf of a dealer in connection with a distribution of a substantial block of securities, where the sale is represented by an over-allotment in which the dealer is participating as a member of an underwriting group, or the dealer or a person acting on the dealer's behalf intends in good faith to offset such sale with a security to be acquired by or on behalf of the dealer as a participant in an underwriting, selling, or soliciting-dealer group of which the dealer is a member at the time of the sale, whether or not the security to be acquired is subject to a prior offering to existing security holders or some other class of persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16c-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.109.470" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16c-3   Exemption of sales of securities to be acquired.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever any person is entitled, incident to ownership of an issued security and without the payment of consideration, to receive another security “when issued” or “when distributed,” the sale of the security to be acquired shall be exempt from the operation of section 16(c) of the Act: <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) The sale is made subject to the same conditions as those attaching to the right of acquisition;
</P>
<P>(2) Such person exercises reasonable diligence to deliver such security to the purchaser promptly after the right of acquisition matures; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Such person reports the sale on the appropriate form for reporting transactions by persons subject to section 16(a) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not exempt transactions involving both a sale of the issued security and a sale of a security “when issued” or “when distributed” if the combined transactions result in a sale of more securities than the aggregate of issued securities owned by the seller plus those to be received for the other security “when issued” or “when distributed.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16c-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.109.471" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16c-4   Derivative securities.</HEAD>
<P>Establishing or increasing a put equivalent position shall be exempt from section 16(c) of the Act, so long as the amount of securities underlying the put equivalent position does not exceed the amount of underlying securities otherwise owned. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="110" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.110" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Arbitrage Transactions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.16e-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.110.472" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.16e-1   Arbitrage transactions under section 16.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be unlawful for any director or officer of an issuer of an equity security which is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act to effect any foreign or domestic arbitrage transaction in any equity security of such issuer, whether registered or not, unless he shall include such transaction in the statements required by section 16(a) and shall account to such issuer for the profits arising from such transaction, as provided in section 16(b). The provision of section 16(c) shall not apply to such arbitrage transactions. The provisions of section 16 shall not apply to any bona fide foreign or domestic arbitrage transaction insofar as it is effected by any person other than such director or officer of the issuer of such security. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 4, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 24, 48 Stat. 77, 892, 894, 895, 896, 85, as amended, 901; 15 U.S.C. 77d, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78<I>o,</I> 78p, 77s, 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 2025, Feb. 13, 1965]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="111" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Preservation of Records and Reports of Certain Stabilizing Activities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.473" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-1   Recordkeeping rule for national securities exchanges, national securities associations, registered clearing agencies and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every national securities exchange, national securities association, registered clearing agency and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall keep and preserve at least one copy of all documents, including all correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, and other such records as shall be made or received by it in the course of its business as such and in the conduct of its self-regulatory activity.
</P>
<P>(b) Every national securities exchange, national securities association, registered clearing agency and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall keep all such documents for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, subject to the destruction and disposition provisions of Rule 17a-6.
</P>
<P>(c) Every national securities exchange, registered securities association, registered clearing agency and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall, upon request of any representative of the Commission, promptly furnish to the possession of such representative copies of any documents required to be kept and preserved by it pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 79426, Dec. 1, 1980] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.474" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-2   Recordkeeping requirements relating to stabilizing activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of section.</I> This section shall apply to any person who effects any purchase of a security subject to § 242.104 of this chapter for the purpose of, or who participates in a syndicate or group that engages in, “stabilizing,” as defined in § 242.100 of this chapter, the price of any security; or effects a purchase that is a “syndicate covering transaction,” as defined in § 242.100 of this chapter; or imposes a “penalty bid,” as defined in § 242.100 of this chapter: 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to which a registration statement has been, or is to be, filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>); or 
</P>
<P>(2) Which is being, or is to be, offered pursuant to an exemption from registration under Regulation A (§§ 230.251 through 230.263 of this chapter) adopted under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>); or 
</P>
<P>(3) Which is being, or is to be, otherwise offered, if the aggregate offering price of the securities being offered exceeds $5,000,000. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>manager</I> shall mean the person stabilizing or effecting syndicate covering transactions or imposing a penalty bid for its sole account or for the account of a syndicate or group in which it is a participant, and who, by contract or otherwise, deals with the issuer, organizes the selling effort, receives some benefit from the underwriting that is not shared by other underwriters, or represents any other underwriters in such matters as maintaining the records of the distribution and arranging for allotments of the securities offered. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>exempted security</I> means an exempted security as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act, including securities issued, or guaranteed both as to principal and interest, by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records relating to stabilizing, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids required to be maintained by manager.</I> Any person subject to this section who acts as a manager and stabilizes or effects syndicate covering transactions or imposes a penalty bid shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly record and maintain the following separately retrievable information, for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if the information is in a record required to be made pursuant to § 240.17a-3 or § 240.17a-4, or otherwise preserved, such information need not be maintained in a separate file if the person can sort promptly and retrieve the information as if it had been kept in a separate file as a record made pursuant to, and preserves the information in accordance with the time periods specified in, this paragraph (c)(1): 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and class of any security stabilized or any security in which syndicate covering transactions have been effected or a penalty bid has been imposed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The price, date, and time at which each stabilizing purchase or syndicate covering transaction was effected by the manager or by any participant in the syndicate or group, and whether any penalties were assessed; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The names and the addresses of the members of the syndicate or group; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Their respective commitments, or, in the case of a standby or contingent underwriting, the percentage participation of each member of the syndicate or group therein; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The dates when any penalty bid was in effect. 
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly furnish to each of the members of the syndicate or group the name and class of any security being stabilized, and the date and time at which the first stabilizing purchase was effected by the manager or by any participant in the syndicate or group; and
</P>
<P>(3) Promptly notify each of the members of such syndicate or group of the date and time when stabilizing was terminated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification to manager.</I> Any person who has a participation in a syndicate account but who is not a manager of such account, and who effects one or more stabilizing purchases or syndicate covering transactions for its sole account or for the account of a syndicate or group, shall within three business days following such purchase notify the manager of the price, date, and time at which such stabilizing purchase or syndicate covering transaction was effected, and shall in addition notify the manager of the date and time when such stabilizing purchase or syndicate covering transaction was terminated. The manager shall maintain such notifications in a separate file, together with the information required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 9(a)(6), 10(b), 17(a) and 23(a) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78i(a)(6), 78j(b), 78q(a) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 41378, Sept. 15, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.475" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-3   Records to be made by certain exchange members, brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.18a-5 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) Every member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange, every broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of any such member, and every broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) must make and keep current the following books and records relating to its business:
</P>
<P>(1) Blotters (or other records of original entry) containing an itemized daily record of all purchases and sales of securities (including security-based swaps), all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers), all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits. Such records must show the account for which each such purchase or sale was effected, the name and amount of securities, the unit and aggregate purchase or sale price, if any (including the financial terms for security-based swaps), the trade date, and the name or other designation of the person from whom such securities were purchased or received or to whom sold or delivered. For security-based swaps, such records must also show, for each transaction, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(2) Ledgers (or other records) reflecting all assets and liabilities, income and expense and capital accounts. 
</P>
<P>(3) Ledger accounts (or other records) itemizing separately as to each cash, margin, or security-based swap account of every customer and of such member, broker or dealer and partners thereof, all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities (including security-based swaps) and commodities for such account, and all other debits and credits to such account; and, in addition, for a security-based swap, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(4) Ledgers (or other records) reflecting the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Securities in transfer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Dividends and interest received; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities borrowed and securities loaned; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Moneys borrowed and moneys loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and any substitutions in such collateral); 
</P>
<P>(v) Securities failed to receive and failed to deliver;
</P>
<P>(vi) All long and all short securities record differences arising from the examination, count, verification, and comparison pursuant to §§ 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, 240.17a-13, and 240.18a-7, as applicable (by date of examination, count, verification, and comparison showing for each security the number of long or short count differences); and
</P>
<P>(vii) Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.
</P>
<P>(5) A securities record or ledger reflecting separately for each:
</P>
<P>(i) Security, other than a security-based swap, as of the clearance dates all “long” or “short” positions (including securities in safekeeping and securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements) carried by such member, broker or dealer for its account or for the account of its customers or partners, or others, and showing the location of all securities long and the offsetting position to all securities short, including long security count differences and short security count differences classified by the date of the physical count and verification in which they were discovered, and in all cases the name or designation of the account in which each position is carried.
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the unique transaction identifier, the counterparty's unique identification code, whether it is a “bought” or “sold” position in the security-based swap, whether the security-based swap is cleared or not cleared, and if cleared, identification of the clearing agency where the security-based swap is cleared.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) A memorandum of each brokerage order, and of any other instruction, given or received for the purchase or sale of a security, except for the purchase or sale of a security-based swap, whether executed or unexecuted.
</P>
<P>(A) The memorandum must show the terms and conditions of the order or instructions and of any modification or cancellation thereof, the account for which entered, the time the order was received, the time of entry, the price at which executed, the identity of each associated person, if any, responsible for the account, the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer, or, if a customer entered the order on an electronic system, a notation of that entry; and, to the extent feasible, the time of execution or cancellation. The memorandum need not show the identity of any person, other than the associated person responsible for the account, who may have entered or accepted the order if the order is entered into an electronic system that generates the memorandum and if that system is not capable of receiving an entry of the identity of any person other than the responsible associated person; in that circumstance, the member, broker or dealer must produce upon request by a representative of a securities regulatory authority a separate record which identifies each other person. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority by the member, broker or dealer, or associated person thereof, must be so designated. The term <I>instruction</I> must include instructions between partners and employees of a member, broker or dealer. The term <I>time of entry</I> means the time when the member, broker or dealer transmits the order or instruction for execution.
</P>
<P>(B) The memorandum need not be made as to a purchase, sale or redemption of a security on a subscription way basis directly from or to the issuer, if the member, broker or dealer maintains a copy of the customer's or non-customer's subscription agreement regarding a purchase, or a copy of any other document required by the issuer regarding a sale or redemption.
</P>
<P>(ii) A memorandum of each brokerage order, and of any other instruction, given or received for the purchase or sale of a security-based swap, whether executed or unexecuted. The memorandum must show the terms and conditions of the order or instructions and of any modification or cancellation thereof; the account for which entered; the time the order was received; the time of entry; the price at which executed; the identity of each associated person, if any, responsible for the account; the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer, or, if a customer entered the order on an electronic system, a notation of that entry; and, to the extent feasible, the time of cancellation, if applicable. The memorandum also must include the type of the security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority must be so designated.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) A memorandum of each purchase or sale of a security, other than for the purchase or sale of a security-based swap, for the account of the member, broker or dealer showing the price and, to the extent feasible, the time of execution; and, in addition, where the purchase or sale is with a customer other than a broker or dealer, a memorandum of each order received, showing the time of receipt; the terms and conditions of the order and of any modification thereof; the account for which it was entered; the identity of each associated person, if any, responsible for the account; the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer, or, if a customer entered the order on an electronic system, a notation of that entry. The memorandum need not show the identity of any person other than the associated person responsible for the account who may have entered the order if the order is entered into an electronic system that generates the memorandum and if that system is not capable of receiving an entry of the identity of any person other than the responsible associated person. In the circumstance in the preceding sentence, the member, broker or dealer must produce upon request by a representative of a securities regulatory authority a separate record that identifies each other person. An order with a customer other than a member, broker or dealer entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority by the member, broker or dealer, or associated person thereof, must be so designated.
</P>
<P>(ii) A memorandum of each purchase or sale of a security-based swap for the account of the member, broker or dealer showing the price; and, in addition, where the purchase or sale is with a customer other than a broker or dealer, a memorandum of each order received, showing the time of receipt; the terms and conditions of the order and of any modification thereof; the account for which it was entered; the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer, or, if a customer entered the order on an electronic system, a notation of that entry. The memorandum must also include the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority must be so designated.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) With respect to a security other than a security-based swap, copies of confirmations of all purchases and sales of securities, including all repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and copies of notices of all other debits and credits for securities, cash and other items for the account of customers and partners of such member, broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a security-based swap, copies of the security-based swap trade acknowledgment and verification made in compliance with § 240.15Fi-2.
</P>
<P>(9) A record with respect to each cash, margin, and security-based swap account with such member, broker or dealer indicating, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the beneficial owner of such account;
</P>
<P>(ii) Except with respect to exempt employee benefit plan securities as defined in § 240.14a-1(d), but only to the extent such securities are held by employee benefit plans established by the issuer of the securities, whether or not the beneficial owner of securities registered in the name of such members, brokers or dealers, or a registered clearing agency or its nominee objects to disclosure of his or her identity, address, and securities positions to issuers;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a margin account, the signature of such owner; provided that, in the case of a joint account or an account of a corporation, such records are required only in respect of the person or persons authorized to transact business for such account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For each security-based swap account, a record of the unique identification code of such counterparty, the name and address of such counterparty, and a record of the authorization of each person the counterparty has granted authority to transact business in the security-based swap account.
</P>
<P>(10) A record of all puts, calls, spreads, straddles, and other options in which such member, broker or dealer has any direct or indirect interest or which such member, broker or dealer, has granted or guaranteed, containing, at least, an identification of the security, and the number of units involved. An OTC derivatives dealer must also keep a record of all eligible OTC derivative instruments as defined in § 240.3b-13 in which the OTC derivatives dealer has any direct or indirect interest or which it has written or guaranteed, containing, at a minimum, an identification of the security or other instrument, the number of units involved, and the identity of the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(11) A record of the proof of money balances of all ledger accounts in the form of trial balances and a record of the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital, as of the trial balance date, pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 or § 240.18a-1, as applicable. The computation need not be made by any member, broker or dealer unconditionally exempt from § 240.15c3-1 pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(b)(1) or (3). Such trial balances and computations must be prepared currently at least once a month.
</P>
<P>(12)(i) A questionnaire or application for employment executed by each <I>associated person</I> as that term is defined in paragraph (g)(4) of this section of the member, broker or dealer, which questionnaire or application must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of the member, broker or dealer and must contain at least the following information with respect to the associated person:
</P>
<P>(A) The associated person's name, address, social security number, and the starting date of the associated person's employment or other association with the member, broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) The associated person's date of birth; 
</P>
<P>(C) A complete, consecutive statement of all the associated person's business connections for at least the preceding ten years, including whether the employment was part-time or full-time;
</P>
<P>(D) A record of any denial of membership or registration, and of any disciplinary action taken, or sanction imposed, upon the associated person by any federal or state agency, or by any national securities exchange or national securities association, including any finding that the associated person was a cause of any disciplinary action or had violated any law; 
</P>
<P>(E) A record of any denial, suspension, expulsion, or revocation of membership or registration of any member, broker or dealer with which the associated person was associated in any capacity when such action was taken;
</P>
<P>(F) A record of any permanent or temporary injunction entered against the associated person, or any member, broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with which the associated person was associated in any capacity at the time such injunction was entered;
</P>
<P>(G) A record of any arrest or indictment for any felony, or any misdemeanor pertaining to securities, commodities, banking, insurance or real estate (including, but not limited to, acting or being associated with a broker or dealer, investment company, investment adviser, futures sponsor, bank, or savings and loan association), fraud, false statements or omissions, wrongful taking of property or bribery, forgery, counterfeiting, or extortion, and the disposition of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(H) A record of any other name or names by which the associated person has been known or which the associated person has used.
</P>
<P>(I) Provided, however, that if such associated person has been registered as a registered representative of such member, broker or dealer with, or the associated person's employment has been approved by a registered national securities association or a registered national securities exchange, then retention of a full, correct, and complete copy of any and all applications for such registration or approval will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (a)(12)(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) A record listing every associated person of the member, broker or dealer which shows, for each associated person, every office of the member, broker or dealer, where the associated person regularly conducts the business of handling funds or securities or effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of any security for the member, broker or dealer and the Central Registration Depository number, if any, and every internal identification number or code assigned to that person by the member, broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(13) Records required to be maintained pursuant to paragraph (d) of § 240.17f-2. 
</P>
<P>(14) Copies of all Forms X-17F-1A filed pursuant to § 240.17f-1, all agreements between reporting institutions regarding registration or other aspects of § 240.17f-1, and all confirmations or other information received from the Commission or its designee as a result of inquiry. 
</P>
<P>(15) Records required to be maintained pursuant to paragraph (e) of § 240.17f-2.
</P>
<P>(16)(i) The following records regarding any internal broker-dealer system of which such a broker or dealer is the sponsor:
</P>
<P>(A) A record of the broker's or dealer's customers that have access to an internal broker-dealer system sponsored by such broker or dealer (identifying any affiliations between such customers and the broker or dealer);
</P>
<P>(B) Daily summaries of trading in the internal broker-dealer system, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Securities for which transactions have been executed through use of such system; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Transaction volume (separately stated for trading occurring during hours when consolidated trade reporting facilities are and are not in operation):
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) With respect to equity securities, stated in number of trades, number of shares, and total U.S. dollar value;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) With respect to debt securities, stated in total settlement value in U.S. dollars; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) With respect to other securities, stated in number of trades, number of units of securities, and in dollar value, or other appropriate commonly used measure of value of such securities; and
</P>
<P>(C) Time-sequenced records of each transaction effected through the internal broker-dealer system, including date and time executed, price, size, security traded, counterparty identification information, and method of execution (if internal broker-dealer system allows alternative means or locations for execution, such as routing to another market, matching with limit orders, or executing against the quotations of the broker or dealer sponsoring the system).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the term:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Internal broker-dealer system</I> means any facility, other than a national securities exchange, an exchange exempt from registration based on limited volume, or an alternative trading system as defined in Regulation ATS, §§ 242.300 through 242.303 of this chapter, that provides a mechanism, automated in full or in part, for collecting, receiving, disseminating, or displaying system orders and facilitating agreement to the basic terms of a purchase or sale of a security between a customer and the sponsor, or between two customers of the sponsor, through use of the internal broker-dealer system or through the broker or dealer sponsor of such system;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Sponsor</I> means any broker or dealer that organizes, operates, administers, or otherwise directly controls an internal broker-dealer trading system or, if the operator of the internal broker-dealer system is not a registered broker or dealer, any broker or dealer that, pursuant to contract, affiliation, or other agreement with the system operator, is involved on a regular basis with executing transactions in connection with use of the internal broker-dealer system, other than solely for its own account or as a customer with access to the internal broker-dealer system; and
</P>
<P>(C) <I>System order</I> means any order or other communication or indication submitted by any customer with access to the internal broker-dealer system for entry into a trading system announcing an interest in purchasing or selling a security. The term “system order” does not include inquiries or indications of interest that are not entered into the internal broker-dealer system.
</P>
<P>(17) For each account with a natural person as a customer or owner: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) An account record including the customer's or owner's name, tax identification number, address, telephone number, date of birth, employment status (including occupation and whether the customer is an associated person of a member, broker or dealer), annual income, net worth (excluding value of primary residence), and the account's investment objectives. In the case of a joint account, the account record must include personal information for each joint owner who is a natural person; however, financial information for the individual joint owners may be combined. The account record must indicate whether it has been signed by the associated person responsible for the account, if any, and approved or accepted by a principal of the member, broker or dealer. For accounts in existence on the effective date of this section, the member, broker or dealer must obtain this information within three years of the effective date of the section.
</P>
<P>(B) A record indicating that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The member, broker or dealer has furnished to each customer or owner within three years of the effective date of this section, and to each customer or owner who opened an account after the effective date of this section within thirty days of the opening of the account, and thereafter at intervals no greater than thirty-six months, a copy of the account record or an alternate document with all information required by paragraph (a)(17)(i)(A) of this section. The member, broker or dealer may elect to send this notification with the next statement mailed to the customer or owner after the opening of the account. The member, broker or dealer may choose to exclude any tax identification number and date of birth from the account record or alternative document furnished to the customer or owner. The member, broker or dealer must include with the account record or alternative document provided to each customer or owner an explanation of any terms regarding investment objectives. The account record or alternate document furnished to the customer or owner must include or be accompanied by prominent statements that the customer or owner should mark any corrections and return the account record or alternate document to the member, broker or dealer, and that the customer or owner should notify the member, broker or dealer of any future changes to information contained in the account record.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For each account record updated to reflect a change in the name or address of the customer or owner, the member, broker or dealer furnished a notification of that change to the customer's old address, or to each joint owner, and the associated person, if any, responsible for that account, on or before the 30th day after the date the member, broker or dealer received notice of the change.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For each change in the account's investment objectives the member, broker or dealer has furnished to each customer or owner, and the associated person, if any, responsible for that account a copy of the updated customer account record or alternative document with all information required to be furnished by paragraph (a)(17)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section, on or before the 30th day after the date the member, broker or dealer received notice of any change, or, if the account was updated for some reason other than the firm receiving notice of a change, after the date the account record was updated. The member, broker or dealer may elect to send this notification with the next statement scheduled to be mailed to the customer or owner.
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(17), the neglect, refusal, or inability of a customer or owner to provide or update any account record information required under paragraph (a)(17)(i)(A) of this section will excuse the member, broker or dealer from obtaining that required information.
</P>
<P>(D) The account record requirements in paragraph (a)(17)(i)(A) of this section will only apply to accounts for which the member, broker or dealer is, or has within the past 36 months been, required to make a suitability determination under the federal securities laws or under the requirements of a self-regulatory organization of which it is a member. Additionally, the furnishing requirement in paragraph (a)(17)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section will not be applicable to an account for which, within the last 36 months, the member, broker or dealer has not been required to make a suitability determination under the federal securities laws or under the requirements of a self-regulatory organization of which it is a member. This paragraph (a)(17)(i)(D) does not relieve a member, broker or dealer from any obligation arising from the rules of a self-regulatory organization of which it is a member regarding the collection of information from a customer or owner.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an account is a discretionary account, a record containing the dated signature of each customer or owner granting the authority and the dated signature of each natural person to whom discretionary authority was granted.
</P>
<P>(iii) A record for each account indicating that each customer or owner was furnished with a copy of each written agreement entered into on or after the effective date of this paragraph pertaining to that account and that, if requested by the customer or owner, the customer or owner was furnished with a fully executed copy of each agreement.
</P>
<P>(18) A record: 
</P>
<P>(i) As to each associated person of each written customer complaint received by the member, broker or dealer concerning that associated person. The record must include the complainant's name, address, and account number; the date the complaint was received; the name of any other associated person identified in the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; and the disposition of the complaint. Instead of the record, a member, broker or dealer may maintain a copy of each original complaint in a separate file by the associated person named in the complaint along with a record of the disposition of the complaint. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicating that each customer of the member, broker or dealer has been provided with a notice containing the address and telephone number of the department of the member, broker or dealer to which any complaints as to the account may be directed. 
</P>
<P>(19) A record: 
</P>
<P>(i) As to each associated person listing each purchase and sale of a security attributable, for compensation purposes, to that associated person. The record must include the amount of compensation if monetary and a description of the compensation if non-monetary. In lieu of making this record, a member, broker or dealer may elect to produce the required information promptly upon request of a representative of a securities regulatory authority. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Of all agreements pertaining to the relationship between each associated person and the member, broker or dealer including a summary of each associated person's compensation arrangement or plan with the member, broker or dealer, including commission and concession schedules and, to the extent that compensation is based on factors other than remuneration per trade, the method by which the compensation is determined. 
</P>
<P>(20) A record, which need not be separate from the advertisements, sales literature, or communications, documenting that the member, broker or dealer has complied with, or adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to establish compliance with, applicable federal requirements and rules of a self-regulatory organization of which the member, broker or dealer is a member which require that advertisements, sales literature, or any other communications with the public by a member, broker or dealer or its associated persons be approved by a principal. 
</P>
<P>(21) A record for each office listing, by name or title, each person at that office who, without delay, can explain the types of records the firm maintains at that office and the information contained in those records. 
</P>
<P>(22) A record listing each principal of a member, broker or dealer responsible for establishing policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with any applicable federal requirements or rules of a self-regulatory organization of which the member, broker or dealer is a member that require acceptance or approval of a record by a principal.
</P>
<P>(23) A record documenting the credit, market, and liquidity risk management controls established and maintained by the broker or dealer to assist it in analyzing and managing the risks associated with its business activities, <I>Provided,</I> that the records required by this paragraph (a)(23) need only be made if the broker or dealer has more than:
</P>
<P>(i) $1,000,000 in aggregate credit items as computed under § 240.15c3-3a; or
</P>
<P>(ii) $20,000,000 in capital, which includes debt subordinated in accordance with § 240.15c3-1d.
</P>
<P>(24) A record of the date that each Form CRS was provided to each retail investor, including any Form CRS provided before such retail investor opens an account.
</P>
<P>(25) A record of the daily calculation of the current exposure and, if applicable, the initial margin amount for each account of a counterparty required under § 240.18a-3(c).
</P>
<P>(26) A record of compliance with possession or control requirements under § 240.15c3-3(p)(2).
</P>
<P>(27) A record of the reserve computation required under § 240.15c3-3(p)(3).
</P>
<P>(28) A record of each security-based swap transaction that is not verified under § 240.15Fi-2 within five business days of execution that includes, at a minimum, the unique transaction identifier and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(29) A record documenting that the broker or dealer has complied with the business conduct standards as required under § 240.15Fh-6.
</P>
<P>(30) A record documenting that the broker or dealer has complied with the business conduct standards as required under §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-5 and 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(31)(i) A record of each security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3 or otherwise, including the dates of the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, the number of portfolio reconciliation discrepancies, the number of security-based swap valuation disputes (including the time-to-resolution of each valuation dispute and the age of outstanding valuation disputes, categorized by transaction and counterparty), and the name of the third-party entity performing the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, if any.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of each notification required to be provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3(c).
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of each bilateral offset and each bilateral portfolio compression exercise or multilateral portfolio compression exercise in which it participates, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-4 or otherwise, including the dates of the offset or compression, the security-based swaps included in the offset or compression, the identity of the counterparties participating in the offset or compression, the results of the compression, and the name of the third-party entity performing the offset or compression, if any.
</P>
<P>(32)-(34) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(35) For each retail customer to whom a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities is or will be provided:
</P>
<P>(i) A record of all information collected from and provided to the retail customer pursuant to § 240.15<I>l</I>-1, as well as the identity of each natural person who is an associated person, if any, responsible for the account.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(35), the neglect, refusal, or inability of the retail customer to provide or update any information described in paragraph (a)(35)(i) of this section shall excuse the broker, dealer, or associated person from obtaining that required information.
</P>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer may comply with the recordkeeping requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title applicable to swap dealers and major swap participants in lieu of complying with paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (5) of this section solely with respect to required information regarding security-based swap transactions and positions if:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer is registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10);
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer is registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title;
</P>
<P>(3) The broker or dealer is subject to 17 CFR 23.201, 23.202, 23.402, and 23.501 with respect to its swap-related books and records;
</P>
<P>(4) The broker or dealer preserves all of the data elements necessary to create the records required by paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (5) of this section as they pertain to security-based swap and swap transactions and positions;
</P>
<P>(5) The broker or dealer upon request furnishes promptly to representatives of the Commission the records required by paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (5) of this section as well as the records required by 17 CFR 23.201, 23.202, 23.402, and 23.501 as they pertain to security-based swap and swap transactions and positions in the format applicable to that category of record as set forth in this section; and
</P>
<P>(6) The broker or dealer provides notice of its intent to utilize this paragraph (b) by notifying in writing the Commission, both at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC, and at the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the registrant has its principal place of business, as well as by notifying in writing the registrant's designated examining authority.
</P>
<P>(c) A member of a national securities exchange, or a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>), that introduces accounts on a fully-disclosed basis, is not required to make or keep such records of transactions cleared for such member, broker or dealer as are made and kept by a clearing broker or dealer pursuant to the requirements of this section and § 240.17a-4. Nothing in this paragraph (c) will be deemed to relieve such member, broker or dealer from the responsibility that such books and records be accurately maintained and preserved as specified in this section and § 240.17a-4.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of transactions in municipal securities by municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers, compliance with Rule G-8 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board or any successor rule will be deemed to be in compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(e) The provisions of this section will not apply to security futures product transactions and positions in a <I>futures account</I> (as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(15)); provided, that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission's recordkeeping rules apply to those transactions and positions.
</P>
<P>(f) Every member, broker or dealer must make and keep current, as to each office, the books and records described in paragraphs (a)(1), (6), (7), (12), and (17), (a)(18)(i), and (a)(19) through (22) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>office</I> means any location where one or more associated persons regularly conduct the business of handling funds or securities or effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of, any security.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>principal</I> means any individual registered with a registered national securities association as a principal or branch manager of a member, broker or dealer or any other person who has been delegated supervisory responsibility over associated persons by the member, broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>securities regulatory authority</I> means the Commission, any self-regulatory organization, or any securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of the States.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>associated person</I> means a “person associated with a broker or dealer” or “person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant” as defined in sections 3(a)(18) and (70) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(18) and (70)) respectively, but does not include persons whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative release applicable to § 240.17a-3, see No. 3040 in tabulation, part 241 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8212, Dec. 22, 1948]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.17a-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.476" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-4   Records to be preserved by certain exchange members, brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.18a-6 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) Every member, broker or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 must preserve for a period of not less than 6 years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all records required to be made pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(1) through (3), (5), and (21) and (22), and analogous records created pursuant to § 240.17a-3(e).
</P>
<P>(b) Every member, broker or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 must preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All records required to be made pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(4), (6) through (11), (16), (18) through (20), and (25) through (31), and analogous records created pursuant to § 240.17a-3(e).
</P>
<P>(2) All check books, bank statements, cancelled checks and cash reconciliations. 
</P>
<P>(3) All bills receivable or payable (or copies thereof), paid or unpaid, relating to the member, broker or dealer's business as such.
</P>
<P>(4) Originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent (and any approvals thereof) by the member, broker or dealer (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to its business as such, including all communications which are subject to rules of a self-regulatory organization of which the member, broker or dealer is a member regarding communications with the public. As used in this paragraph (b)(4), the term <I>communications</I> includes sales scripts and recordings of telephone calls required to be maintained pursuant to section 15F(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10(g)(1)).
</P>
<P>(5) All trial balances, computations of aggregate indebtedness and net capital (and working papers in connection therewith), financial statements, branch office reconciliations, and internal audit working papers, relating to the member, broker or dealer's business as such.
</P>
<P>(6) All guarantees of accounts and all powers of attorney and other evidence of the granting of any discretionary authority given in respect of any account, and copies of resolutions empowering an agent to act on behalf of a corporation. 
</P>
<P>(7) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by such member, broker or dealer relating to its business as such, including agreements with respect to any account. Written agreements with respect to a security-based swap customer or non-customer, including governing documents or any document establishing the terms and conditions of the customer's or non-customer's security-based swaps must be maintained with the customer's or non-customer's account records.
</P>
<P>(8) Records which contain the following information in support of amounts included in the report prepared as of the fiscal year end on Part II or IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as applicable, and in the annual financial statements filed with the Commission required by § 240.17a-5(d), § 240.17a-12(b), or § 240.18a-7(c), as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Money balance and position, long or short, including description, quantity, price, and valuation of each security including contractual commitments in customers' accounts, in cash and fully secured accounts, partly secured accounts, unsecured accounts, and in securities accounts payable to customers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Money balance and position, long or short, including description, quantity, price and valuation of each security including contractual commitments in non-customers' accounts, in cash and fully secured accounts, partly secured and unsecured accounts, and in securities accounts payable to non-customers; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Position, long or short, including description, quantity, price and valuation of each security including contractual commitments included in the Computation of Net Capital as commitments, securities owned, securities owned not readily marketable, and other investments owned not readily marketable; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Amount of secured demand note, description of collateral securing such secured demand note including quantity, price and valuation of each security and cash balance securing such secured demand note; 
</P>
<P>(v) Description of futures commodity contracts or swaps, contract value on trade date, market value, gain or loss, and liquidating equity or deficit in customers' and non-customers' accounts;
</P>
<P>(vi) Description of futures commodity contracts or swaps, contract value on trade date, market value, gain or loss, and liquidating equity or deficit in trading and investment accounts;
</P>
<P>(vii) Description, money balance, quantity, price, and valuation of each spot commodity, and swap position or commitments in customers' and non-customers' accounts;
</P>
<P>(viii) Description, money balance, quantity, price, and valuation of each spot commodity, and swap position or commitments in trading and investment accounts;
</P>
<P>(ix) Number of shares, description of security, exercise price, cost and market value of put and call options including short out of the money options having no market or exercise value, showing listed and unlisted put and call options separately; 
</P>
<P>(x) Quantity, price, and valuation of each security underlying the haircut for undue concentration made in the Computation for Net Capital; 
</P>
<P>(xi) Description, quantity, price and valuation of each security and commodity position or contractual commitment, long or short, in each joint account in which the broker or dealer has an interest, including each participant's interest and margin deposit; 
</P>
<P>(xii) Description, settlement date, contract amount, quantity, market price, and valuation for each aged failed to deliver requiring a charge in the Computation of Net Capital pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 or § 240.18a-1, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Detail relating to information for possession or control requirements under § 240.15c3-3 or § 240.18a-4, as applicable and reported in Part II or IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as applicable;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Detail relating to information for security-based swap possession or control requirements under § 240.15c3-3 or § 240.18a-4, as applicable, and reported in Part II or IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(xv) Detail of all items, not otherwise substantiated, which are charged or credited in the Computation of Net Capital pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 or § 240.18a-1, as applicable, such as cash margin deficiencies, deductions related to securities values and undue concentration, aged securities differences, and insurance claims receivable;
</P>
<P>(xvi) Detail relating to the calculation of the risk margin amount pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(c)(17) or § 240.18a-1(c)(6), as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(xvii) Other schedules which are specifically prescribed by the Commission as necessary to support information reported as required by §§ 240.17a-5, 240.17a-12, and 240.18a-7, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(9) The records required to be made pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(d)(5) and (o) or § 240.18a-4, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(10) The records required to be made pursuant to § 240.15c3-4 and the results of the periodic reviews conducted pursuant to § 240.15c3-4(d).
</P>
<P>(11) All notices relating to an internal broker-dealer system provided to the customers of the broker or dealer that sponsors such internal broker-dealer system, as defined in paragraph (a)(16)(ii)(A) of § 240.17a-3. Notices, whether written or communicated through the internal broker-dealer trading system or other automated means, must be preserved under this paragraph (b)(11) if they are provided to all customers with access to an internal broker-dealer system, or to one or more classes of customers. Examples of notices to be preserved under this paragraph (b)(11) include, but are not limited to, notices addressing hours of system operations, system malfunctions, changes to system procedures, maintenance of hardware and software, and instructions pertaining to access to the internal broker-dealer system.
</P>
<P>(12) The records required to be made pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e(c)(4)(vi) or § 240.18a-1(e)(2)(iii)(F)(<I>2</I>), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(13) The written policies and procedures the broker-dealer establishes, documents, maintains, and enforces to assess creditworthiness for the purpose of § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(E), (c)(2)(vi)(F)(<I>1</I>) and (<I>2</I>), and (c)(2)(vi)(H) or § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(vi)(<I>2</I>), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(14) A copy of information required to be reported under §§ 242.901 through 242.909 of this chapter (Regulation SBSR).
</P>
<P>(15) Copies of documents, communications, disclosures, and notices related to business conduct standards as required under §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6 and 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(16) Copies of documents used to make a reasonable determination with respect to special entities, including information relating to the financial status, the tax status, the investment or financing objectives of the special entity as required under section 15F(h)(4)(C) and (5)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10(h)(4)(C) and (5)(A)).
</P>
<P>(17) The written probability of default determination, relied upon by such broker or dealer, pursuant to § 242.101(c)(2)(i) or § 242.102(d)(2)(i) of this chapter (Rule 101 or Rule 102 of Regulation M), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) Every member, broker or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 must preserve for a period of not less than six years after the closing of any customer's account any account cards or records which relate to the terms and conditions with respect to the opening and maintenance of the account.
</P>
<P>(d) Every member, broker or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 must preserve during the life of the enterprise and of any successor enterprise all partnership articles or, in the case of a corporation, all articles of incorporation or charter, minute books, and stock certificate books (or, in the case of any other form of legal entity, all records such as articles of organization or formation, and minute books used for a purpose similar to those records required for corporations or partnerships), all Forms BD (§ 249.501 of this chapter), all Forms BDW (§ 249.501a of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-W (§ 249.1601 of this chapter), all amendments to these forms, and all licenses or other documentation showing the registration of the member, broker or dealer with any securities regulatory authority or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) Every member, broker or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 must maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All records required under § 240.17a-3(a)(12) until at least three years after the associated person's employment and any other connection with the member, broker or dealer has terminated.
</P>
<P>(2) All records required under § 240.17a-3(a)(13) until at least three years after the termination of employment or association of those persons required by § 240.17f-2 to be fingerprinted.
</P>
<P>(3) All records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(15) during the life of the enterprise.
</P>
<P>(4) All records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(14) for three years.
</P>
<P>(5) All account record information required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(17) and all records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(35), in each case until at least six years after the earlier of the date the account was closed or the date on which the information was collected, provided, replaced, or updated.
</P>
<P>(6) Each report which a securities regulatory authority or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has requested or required the member, broker or dealer to make and furnish to it pursuant to an order or settlement, and each securities regulatory authority, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or prudential regulator examination report until three years after the date of the report.
</P>
<P>(7) Each compliance, supervisory, and procedures manual, including any updates, modifications, and revisions to the manual, describing the policies and practices of the member, broker or dealer with respect to compliance with applicable laws and rules, and supervision of the activities of each natural person associated with the member, broker or dealer until three years after the termination of the use of the manual. 
</P>
<P>(8) All reports produced to review for unusual activity in customer accounts until eighteen months after the date the report was generated. In lieu of maintaining the reports, a member, broker or dealer may produce promptly the reports upon request by a representative of a securities regulatory authority. If a report was generated in a computer system that has been changed in the most recent eighteen month period in a manner such that the report cannot be reproduced using historical data in the same format as it was originally generated, the report may be produced by using the historical data in the current system, but must be accompanied by a record explaining each system change which affected the reports. If a report is generated in a computer system that has been changed in the most recent eighteen month period in a manner such that the report cannot be reproduced in any format using historical data, the member, broker or dealer must promptly produce upon request a record of the parameters that were used to generate the report at the time specified by a representative of a securities regulatory authority, including a record of the frequency with which the reports were generated.
</P>
<P>(9) All records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(23) until three years after the termination of the use of the risk management controls documented therein.
</P>
<P>(10) All records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(24), as well as a copy of each Form CRS, until at least six years after such record or Form CRS is created.
</P>
<P>(11) The written policies and procedures required pursuant to §§ 240.15Fi-3, 240.15Fi-4, and 240.15Fi-5 until three years after termination of the use of the policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(12)(i) Each written agreement with counterparties on the terms of portfolio reconciliation with those counterparties as required to be created under § 240.15Fi-3(a)(1) and (b)(1) until three years after the termination of the agreement and all transactions governed thereby.
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap trading relationship documentation with counterparties required to be created under § 240.15Fi-5 until three years after the termination of such documentation and all transactions governed thereby.
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of the results of each audit required to be performed pursuant to § 240.15Fi-5(c) until three years after the conclusion of the audit.
</P>
<P>(13) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(14)(i) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(1) of this chapter until three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) The written documentation of any detected unauthorized access to or use of customer information, as well as any response to, and recovery from such unauthorized access to or use of customer information required by § 248.30(a)(3) of this chapter for three years from the date when the records were made;
</P>
<P>(iii) The written documentation of any investigation and determination made regarding whether notification is required pursuant to § 248.30(a)(4) of this chapter, including the basis for any determination made, any written documentation from the United States Attorney General related to a delay in notice, as well as a copy of any notice transmitted following such determination, for three years from the date when the records were made;
</P>
<P>(iv) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5)(i) of this chapter until three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(v) The written documentation of any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5) of this chapter until three years after the termination of such contract or agreement; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(b)(2) of this chapter until three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures;


</P>
<P>(f) Subject to the conditions set forth in this paragraph (f), the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.17a-3 and this section may be immediately produced or reproduced by means of an electronic recordkeeping system or by means of micrographic media and be maintained and preserved for the required time in that form.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this paragraph (f):
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>micrographic media</I> means microfilm or microfiche, or any similar medium;
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>electronic recordkeeping system</I> means a system that preserves records in a digital format in a manner that permits the records to be viewed and downloaded;
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>designated executive officer</I> means a member of senior management of the member, broker, or dealer who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system either directly or through a <I>designated specialist</I> who reports directly or indirectly to the designated executive officer;
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>designated officer</I> means an employee of the member, broker, or dealer who reports directly or indirectly to the designated executive officer and who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system either directly or through a <I>designated specialist</I> who reports directly or indirectly to the designated officer;
</P>
<P>(v) The term <I>designated specialist</I> means an employee of the member, broker, or dealer who has access to, and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on, the electronic recordkeeping system; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The term <I>designated third party</I> means a person that is not affiliated with the member, broker, or dealer who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system.
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic recordkeeping system must:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Preserve a record for the duration of its applicable retention period in a manner that maintains a complete time-stamped audit trail that includes:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) All modifications to and deletions of the record or any part thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The date and time of actions that create, modify, or delete the record;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If applicable, the identity of the individual creating, modifying, or deleting the record; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any other information needed to maintain an audit trail of the record in a way that maintains security, signatures, and data to ensure the authenticity and reliability of the record and will permit re-creation of the original record if it is modified or deleted; or
</P>
<P>(B) Preserve the records exclusively in a non-rewriteable, non-erasable format;
</P>
<P>(ii) Verify automatically the completeness and accuracy of the processes for storing and retaining records electronically;
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, serialize the original and duplicate units of the storage media, and time-date the required period of retention for the information placed on such electronic storage media;
</P>
<P>(iv) Have the capacity to readily download and transfer copies of a record and its audit trail (if applicable) in both a human readable format and in a reasonably usable electronic format and to readily download and transfer the information needed to locate the electronic record, as required by the staffs of the Commission, the self-regulatory organizations of which the member, broker, or dealer is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Include a backup electronic recordkeeping system that meets the other requirements of this paragraph (f) and that retains the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.17a-3 and in accordance with this section in a manner that will serve as a redundant set of records if the original electronic recordkeeping system is temporarily or permanently inaccessible; or
</P>
<P>(B) Have other redundancy capabilities that are designed to ensure access to the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.17a-3 and this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A member, broker, or dealer using an electronic recordkeeping system must:
</P>
<P>(i) At all times have available, for examination by the staffs of the Commission, the self-regulatory organizations of which the member, broker, or dealer is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer, facilities for immediately producing the records preserved by means of the electronic recordkeeping system and for producing copies of those records.
</P>
<P>(ii) Be ready at all times to provide, and immediately provide, any record stored by means of the electronic recordkeeping system that the staffs of the Commission, the self-regulatory organizations of which the member, broker, or dealer is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer may request.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a broker-dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i)(B) of this section, the member, broker, or dealer must have in place an audit system providing for accountability regarding inputting of records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.17a-3 and this section to the electronic recordkeeping system and inputting of any changes made to every original and duplicate record maintained and preserved thereby.
</P>
<P>(A) At all times, a member, broker, or dealer must be able to have the results of such audit system available for examination by the staffs of the Commission and the self-regulatory organization of which the broker or dealer is a member.
</P>
<P>(B) The audit results must be preserved for the time required for the audited records.
</P>
<P>(iv) Organize, maintain, keep current, and provide promptly upon request by the staffs of the Commission, the self-regulatory organizations of which the member, broker, or dealer is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer all information necessary to access and locate records preserved by means of the electronic recordkeeping system.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Have at all times filed with the designated examining authority for the member, broker, or dealer the following undertakings with respect to such records signed by either a designated executive officer or designated third party (hereinafter, the “undersigned”):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby undertakes to furnish promptly to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), its designees or representatives, any self- regulatory organization of which [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer], upon reasonable request, such information as is deemed necessary by the staff of the Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer], and to download copies of a record and its audit trail (if applicable) preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system of [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] into both a human readable format and a reasonably usable electronic format in the event of a failure on the part of [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] to download a requested record or its audit trail (if applicable).
</P>
<P>Furthermore, the undersigned hereby undertakes to take reasonable steps to provide access to the information preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system of [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer], including, as appropriate, downloading any record required to be maintained and preserved by [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] pursuant to §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4 in a format acceptable to the staff of the Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer]. Specifically, the undersigned will take reasonable steps to, in the event of a failure on the part of [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] to download the record into a human readable format or a reasonably usable electronic format and after reasonable notice to [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer], download the record into a human readable format or a reasonably usable electronic format at the request of the staffs of the Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer] is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) A designated executive officer who signs the undertaking required pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(v)(A) of this section may:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Appoint in writing up to two designated officers who will take the steps necessary to fulfill the obligations of the designated executive officer set forth in the undertakings in the event the designated executive officer is unable to fulfill those obligations; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Appoint in writing up to three designated specialists.
</P>
<P>(C) The appointment of, or reliance on, a designated officer or designated specialist does not relieve the designated executive officer of the obligations set forth in the undertaking.
</P>
<P>(4) A broker-dealer using a micrographic media system must:
</P>
<P>(i) At all times have available, for examination by the staffs of the Commission, self-regulatory organizations of which it is a member, and any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer, facilities for immediate, easily readable projection or production of micrographic media and for producing easily readable images;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be ready at all times to provide, and immediately provide, any facsimile enlargement which the staffs of the Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which it is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker, or dealer may request;
</P>
<P>(iii) Store, separately from the original, a duplicate copy of the record stored on any medium acceptable under this section for the time required; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Organize and index accurately all information maintained on both original and duplicate storage media.
</P>
<P>(A) At all times, a member, broker, or dealer must be able to have such indexes available for examination by the staffs of the Commission, the self-regulatory organizations of which the broker or dealer is a member, and any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the member, broker or, dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) Each index must be duplicated and the duplicate copies must be stored separately from the original copy of each index.
</P>
<P>(C) Original and duplicate indexes must be preserved for the time required for the indexed records.
</P>
<P>(g) If a person who has been subject to § 240.17a-3 ceases to transact a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange, or ceases to transact a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange, or ceases to be registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) such person must, for the remainder of the periods of time specified in this section, continue to preserve the records which it theretofore preserved pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of transactions in municipal securities by municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers, compliance with Rule G-9 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board or any successor rule will be deemed to be in compliance with this section. 
</P>
<P>(i)(1)(i) If the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of § 240.17a-3 and this section are prepared or maintained by an outside service bureau, depository, bank, or other recordkeeping service, including a recordkeeping service that owns and operates the servers or other storage devices on which the records are preserved or maintained, (none of which operate pursuant to § 240.17a-3(c)) on behalf of the member, broker, or dealer required to maintain and preserve such records, such outside entity must file with the Commission a written undertaking in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that such records are the property of the member, broker, or dealer required to maintain and preserve such records and will be surrendered promptly on request of the member, broker, or dealer and including the following provision:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>With respect to any books and records maintained or preserved on behalf of [Name of the Member, Broker, or Dealer], the undersigned hereby undertakes to permit examination of such books and records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Securities and Exchange Commission and to promptly furnish to said Commission or its designee true, correct, complete and current hard copies of any or all or any part of such books and records.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii)(A) If the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of § 240.17a-3 and this section are maintained and preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system as defined in paragraph (f) of this section utilizing servers or other storage devices that are owned or operated by an outside entity (including an affiliate) and the broker, dealer, or member has <I>independent access</I> to the records as defined in paragraph (i)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, the outside entity may file with the Commission the following undertaking signed by a duly authorized person in lieu of the undertaking required under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the records of [name of member, broker, or dealer] are the property of [name of member, broker, or dealer] and [name of member, broker, or dealer] has represented: one, that it is subject to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the maintenance and preservation of certain records, two, that it has independent access to the records maintained by [name of outside entity], and, three, that it consents to [name of outside entity] fulfilling the obligations set forth in this undertaking. The undersigned undertakes that [name of outside entity] will facilitate within its ability, and not impede or prevent, the examination, access, download, or transfer of the records by a representative or designee of the Securities and Exchange Commission as permitted under the law. Further, the undersigned undertakes to facilitate within its ability, and not impede or prevent, a trustee appointed under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 to liquidate [name of member, broker, or dealer] in accessing, downloading, or transferring the records as permitted under the law.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) A broker, dealer, or member utilizing servers or other storage devices that are owned or operated by an outside entity has independent access to records with respect to such outside entity if it can regularly access the records without the need of any intervention of the outside entity and through such access:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Permit examination of the records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Promptly furnish to the Commission or its designee a true, correct, complete and current hard copy of any or all or any part of such records.
</P>
<P>(2) An agreement with an outside entity will not relieve such member, broker, or dealer from the responsibility to prepare and maintain records as specified in this section or in § 240.17a-3.
</P>
<P>(j) Every member, broker and dealer subject to this section must furnish promptly to a representative of the Commission legible, true, complete, and current copies of those records of the member, broker, or dealer that are required to be preserved under this section, or any other records of the member, broker, or dealer subject to examination under section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>q</I>(b)) that are requested by the representative of the Commission. The member, broker, or dealer must furnish a record and its audit trail (if applicable) preserved on an electronic recordkeeping system pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section in a reasonably usable electronic format, if requested by a representative of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, upon request of any designee or representative of the Commission or of any self-regulatory organization of which it is a member, every member, broker or dealer subject to this section must request and obtain from its customers documentation regarding an exchange of security futures products for physical securities, including documentation of underlying cash transactions and exchanges. Upon receipt of such documentation, the member, broker or dealer must promptly provide that documentation to the requesting designee or representative. 
</P>
<P>(2) This paragraph (k) does not apply to an underlying cash transaction(s) or exchange(s) that was effected through a member, broker or dealer registered with the Commission and is of a type required to be recorded pursuant to § 240.17a-3.
</P>
<P>(l) Records for the most recent two year period required to be made pursuant to § 240.17a-3(f) and paragraphs (b)(4) and (e)(7) of this section which relate to an office shall be maintained at the office to which they relate. If an office is a private residence where only one associated person (or multiple associated persons who reside at that location and are members of the same immediate family) regularly conducts business, and it is not held out to the public as an office nor are funds or securities of any customer of the member, broker or dealer handled there, the member, broker or dealer need not maintain records at that office, but the records must be maintained at another location within the same State as the member, broker or dealer may select. Rather than maintain the records at each office, the member, broker or dealer may choose to produce the records promptly at the request of a representative of a securities regulatory authority at the office to which they relate or at another location agreed to by the representative.
</P>
<P>(m) When used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>office</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.17a-3(g)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>principal</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.17a-3(g)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>securities regulatory authority</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.17a-3(g)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>associated person</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.17a-3(g)(4).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>business as such</I> includes security-based swap activity.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative releases applicable to § 240.17a-4, see No. 3040 and No. 8024 in tabulation, part 241 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8212, Dec. 22, 1948]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.17a-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.477" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-5   Reports to be made by certain brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: Except as provided in this introductory text, a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12 registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10); and a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a major-security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act. Section 240.18a-7 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also an OTC derivatives dealer; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Monthly and quarterly reports.</I> (1)(i) Every broker or dealer subject to this paragraph (a) who clears transactions or carries customer accounts must file with the Commission Part I of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 10 business days after the end of each month. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Every broker or dealer subject to this paragraph (a) who clears transactions or carries customer accounts and every broker or dealer that is registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) must file with the Commission an executed Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 17 business days after the end of the calendar quarter and within 17 business days after the end of the fiscal year of the broker or dealer where that date is not the end of a calendar quarter. Certain of such brokers or dealers must file with the Commission an executed Part IIA in lieu thereof if the nature of their business is limited as described in the instructions to Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) Every broker or dealer that neither clears transactions nor carries customer accounts and that is not registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) must file with the Commission an executed Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter and within 17 business days after the end of the fiscal year of the broker or dealer where that date is not the end of a calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(iv) Upon receiving written notice from the Commission or the examining authority designated pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(d)) (“designated examining authority”), a broker or dealer who receives such notice must file with the Commission on a monthly basis, or at such times as will be specified, an executed Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), and such other financial or operational information as will be required by the Commission or the designated examining authority.
</P>
<P>(2) The reports provided for in this paragraph (a) that must be filed with the Commission will be considered filed when received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business. All reports filed pursuant to this paragraph (a) will be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section will not apply to a member of a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association if said exchange or association maintains records containing the information required by Part I, Part II, or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as to such member, and transmits to the Commission a copy of the applicable parts of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) as to such member, pursuant to a plan, the procedures and provisions of which have been submitted to and declared effective by the Commission. Any such plan filed by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association may provide that when a member is also a member of one or more national securities exchanges, or of one or more national securities exchanges and a registered national securities association, the information required to be submitted with respect to any such member may be submitted by only one specified national securities exchange or registered national securities association. For the purposes of this section, a plan filed with the Commission by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association will not become effective unless the Commission, having due regard for the fulfillment of the Commission's duties and responsibilities under the provisions of the Act, declares the plan to be effective. Further, the Commission, in declaring any such plan effective, may impose such terms and conditions relating to the provisions of the plan and the period of its effectiveness as may be deemed necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or to carry out the Commission's duties and responsibilities under the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) Every broker or dealer subject to this paragraph (a) must file Form Custody (§ 249.639 of this chapter) with its designated examining authority within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter and within 17 business days after the end of the fiscal year of the broker or dealer where that date is not the end of a calendar quarter. The designated examining authority must maintain the information obtained through the filing of Form Custody and must promptly transmit that information to the Commission at such time as it transmits the applicable part of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) as required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Broker-dealers that have been authorized by the Commission to compute net capital pursuant to § 240.15c3-1e must file the following additional reports with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) For each product for which the broker or dealer calculates a deduction for market risk other than in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e(b)(1) or (3), the product category and the amount of the deduction for market risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(ii) A graph reflecting, for each business line, the daily intra-month value at risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate value at risk for the broker or dealer within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(iv) For each product for which the broker or dealer uses scenario analysis, the product category and the deduction for market risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(v) Credit risk information on derivatives exposures within 17 business days after the end of the month, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Overall current exposure;
</P>
<P>(B) Current exposure (including commitments) listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(C) The ten largest commitments listed by counterparty;
</P>
<P>(D) The broker's or dealer's maximum potential exposure listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(E) The broker's or dealer's aggregate maximum potential exposure;
</P>
<P>(F) A summary report reflecting the broker's or dealer's current and maximum potential exposures by credit rating category; and
</P>
<P>(G) A summary report reflecting the broker's or dealer's current exposure for each of the top ten countries to which the broker or dealer is exposed (by residence of the main operating group of the counterparty);
</P>
<P>(vi) Regular risk reports supplied to the broker's or dealer's senior management in the format described in the application, within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(vii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(viii) A report identifying the number of business days for which the actual daily net trading loss exceeded the corresponding daily VaR within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(ix) The results of backtesting of all internal models used to compute allowable capital, including VaR and credit risk models, indicating the number of backtesting exceptions within 17 business days after the end of the calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(6) Upon written application by a broker or dealer to its designated examining authority, the designated examining authority may extend the time for filing the information required by this paragraph (a). The designated examining authority for the broker or dealer will maintain, in the manner prescribed in § 240.17a-1, a record of each extension granted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report filed upon termination of membership interest.</I> (1) If a broker or dealer holding any membership interest in a national securities exchange or registered national securities association ceases to be a member in good standing of such exchange or association, such broker or dealer must, within two business days after such event, file with the Commission Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) as determined by the standards set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section as of the date of such event. The report must be filed at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, and with the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business; <I>provided, however,</I> that such report need not be made or filed if the Commission, upon written request or upon its own motion, exempts such broker or dealer, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, from such requirement; <I>provided, further,</I> that the Commission may, upon request of the broker or dealer, grant extensions of time for filing the report specified herein for good cause shown.


</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer must attach to the report required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section an oath or affirmation that to the best knowledge and belief of the person making the oath or affirmation the information contained in the report is true and correct. The oath or affirmation must be made before a person duly authorized to administer such oaths or affirmations. If the broker or dealer is a sole proprietorship, the oath or affirmation must be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; if a corporation, by a duly authorized officer; or if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, manager, managing member, or those members vested with management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of this paragraph (b) “membership interest” will include the following: full membership, allied membership, associated membership, floor privileges, and any other interest that entitles a broker or dealer to the exercise of any privilege on an exchange or with an association.
</P>
<P>(4) For the purposes of this paragraph (b), any broker or dealer will  be deemed to have ceased to be a member in good standing of such exchange or association when the broker or dealer has resigned, withdrawn, or been suspended or expelled from a membership interest in such exchange or association, or has directly or through any associated person sold or entered into an agreement for the sale of a membership interest which would on consummation thereof result in the termination of the broker's or dealer's membership interest in such exchange or association.
</P>
<P>(5) Whenever any national securities exchange or registered national securities association takes any action which causes any broker or dealer which is a member of such exchange or association to cease to be a member in good standing of such exchange or association or when such exchange or association learns of any action by such member of any other person which causes such broker or dealer to cease to be a member in good standing of such exchange or association, such exchange or association will report such action promptly to the Commission, furnishing information as to the circumstances surrounding the event, and will send a copy of such notification to the broker or dealer and notify such broker or dealer of its responsibilities under this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Customer Statements</I>—(1) <I>Who must furnish the statements.</I> Every broker or dealer must file with the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, with the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business, and with each national securities exchange and registered national securities association of which it is a member, and must send to its customers the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c) (2) and (3) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section or if the activities of such broker or dealer are limited to any one or combination of the following and are conducted in the manner prescribed herein: 
</P>
<P>(i) As introducing broker or dealer, the forwarding of all the transactions of customers of the introducing broker or dealer to a clearing broker or dealer on a fully disclosed basis: <I>Provided,</I> That such clearing broker or dealer reflects such transactions on its books and records in accounts it carries in the names of such customers and that the introducing broker or dealer does not hold funds or securities for, or owe funds or securities to, customers other than funds and securities promptly forwarded to the clearing broker or dealer or to customers; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The prompt forwarding of subscriptions for securities to the issuer, underwriter or other distributor of such securities and of receiving checks, drafts, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness payable solely to the issuer, underwriter or other distributor who delivers the security directly to the subscriber or to a custodian bank, if the broker or dealer does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The sale and redemption of redeemable shares of registered investment companies or the solicitation of share accounts of savings and loan associations and otherwise qualified to maintain net capital of no less than what is required under § 240.15c3-1(a)(2)(iv) or the offering to extend any credit to or participate in arranging a loan for a customer to purchase insurance in connection with the sale of redeemable shares of registered investment companies; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Conduct which would exempt the broker or dealer from the provisions of § 240.17a-13 by reason of the provisions of paragraph (a) of that section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Audited statements to be furnished.</I> Audited statements must be furnished within 105 days after the end of the fiscal year of the broker or dealer. The statements may be furnished 30 days after that time limit has expired if the broker or dealer sends them with the next mailing of the broker's or dealer's quarterly customer statements of account. In that case, the broker or dealer must include a statement in that mailing of the amount of the broker's or dealer's net capital and its required net capital in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, as of a fiscal month end that is within the 75-day period immediately preceding the date the statements are sent to customers. The audited statements must  include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A Statement of Financial Condition with appropriate notes prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles which must be audited if the financial statements furnished in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section are required to be certified; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A footnote containing a statement of the amount of the broker's or dealer's net capital and its required net capital, computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-1. Such statement must include summary financial statements of subsidiaries consolidated pursuant to Appendix C of § 240.15c3-1, where material, and the effect thereof on the net capital and required net capital of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement indicating that the Statement of Financial Condition of the most recent financial report of the broker or dealer under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section is available for examination at the principal office of the broker or dealer and at the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If, in connection with the most recent annual reports required under paragraph (d) of this section, the report of the independent public accountant required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section covering the report of the broker or dealer required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section identifies one or more <I>material weaknesses,</I> a statement by the broker or dealer that one or more <I>material weaknesses</I> have been identified and that a copy of the report of the independent public accountant required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section is currently available for the customer's inspection at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC, and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Unaudited statements to be furnished.</I> Unaudited statements dated 6 months after the date of the audited statements required to be furnished by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section must be furnished within 65 days after the date of the unaudited statements. The unaudited statements may be furnished 70 days after that time limit has expired if the broker or dealer sends them with the next mailing of the broker's or dealer's quarterly customer statements of account. In that case, the broker or dealer must include a statement in that mailing of the amount of the broker's or dealer's net capital and its required net capital in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, as of a fiscal month end that is within the 75-day period immediately preceding the date the statements are sent to customers. The unaudited statements must contain the information specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definition of “customer.”</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c), the term <I>customer</I> includes any person other than:
</P>
<P>(i) Another broker or dealer who is exempted by paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A general, special or limited partner or director or officer of a broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person to the extent that such person has a claim for property or funds which by contract, agreement or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the broker or dealer or is subordinated to the claims of creditors of the broker or dealer, for or with whom a broker or dealer has effected a securities transaction in a particular month, which month must be either the month preceding the balance sheet date or the month following the balance sheet date in which the statement is sent.
</P>
<P>(iv) The term “customer” also includes any person for whom the broker or dealer holds securities for safekeeping or as collateral or for whom the broker or dealer carries a free credit balance in the month in which customers are determined for purposes of this paragraph (c). 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exemption from sending certain financial information to customers.</I> A broker or dealer is not required to send to its customers the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section if the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) The broker or dealer semi-annually sends its customers, at the times it otherwise is required to send its customers the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, a financial disclosure statement that includes: 
</P>
<P>(A) The amount of the broker's or dealer's net capital and its required net capital in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, as of the date of the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(B) To the extent required under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, a description of the effect on the broker's or dealer's net capital and required net capital of the consolidation of the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries or affiliates consolidated pursuant to Appendix C of § 240.15c3-1; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Any statements otherwise required by paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial disclosure statement is given prominence in the materials delivered to customers of the broker or dealer and includes an appropriate caption stating that customers may obtain the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, at no cost, by: 
</P>
<P>(A) Accessing the broker's or dealer's Website at the specified Internet Uniform Resource Locator (URL); or 
</P>
<P>(B) Calling the broker's or dealer's specified toll-free telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Not later than 90 days after the date of the audited statements prescribed by paragraph (c)(2) of this section and not later than 75 days after the date of the unaudited statements prescribed by paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the broker or dealer publishes the statements on its Website, accessible by hyperlinks in either textual or button format, which are separate, prominent links, are clearly visible, and are placed in each of the following locations: 
</P>
<P>(A) On the broker's or dealer's Website home page; and 
</P>
<P>(B) On each page at which a customer can enter or log on to the broker's or dealer's Website; and 
</P>
<P>(C) If the Websites for two or more brokers or dealers can be accessed from the same home page, on the home page of the Website of each broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The broker or dealer maintains a toll-free telephone number that customers can call to request a copy of the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(v) If a customer requests a copy of the statements prescribed by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, the broker or dealer sends it promptly at no cost to the customer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual reports.</I> (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, every broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>) must file annually:
</P>
<P>(A) A financial report as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and


</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) If the broker or dealer did not claim it was exempt from § 240.15c3-3 throughout the most recent fiscal year or the broker or dealer is subject to § 240.15c3-3(p), a compliance report as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section executed by the person who makes the oath or affirmation under paragraph (e)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the broker or dealer did claim it was exempt from § 240.15c3-3 throughout the most recent fiscal year and the broker or dealer is not subject to § 240.15c3-3(p), an exemption report as described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section executed by the person who makes the oath or affirmation under paragraph (e)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, a report prepared by an independent public accountant, under the engagement provisions in paragraph (g) of this section, covering each report required to be filed under paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The reports required to be filed under this paragraph (d) must be as of the same fiscal year end each year, unless a change is approved in writing by the designated examining authority for the broker or dealer under paragraph (n) of this section. A copy of the written approval must be sent to the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(iii) A broker or dealer succeeding to and continuing the business of another broker or dealer need not file the reports under this paragraph (d) as of a date in the fiscal year in which the succession occurs if the predecessor broker or dealer has filed reports in compliance with this paragraph (d) as of a date in such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(iv) A broker or dealer that is a member of a national securities exchange, has transacted a business in securities solely with or for other members of a national securities exchange, and has not carried any margin account, credit balance, or security for any person who is defined as a <I>customer</I> in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, is not required to file reports under this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial report.</I> The financial report must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A Statement of Financial Condition, a Statement of Income, a Statement of Cash Flows, a Statement of Changes in Stockholders' or Partners' or Sole Proprietor's Equity, and a Statement of Changes in Liabilities Subordinated to Claims of General Creditors. The statements must be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and must be in a format that is consistent with the statements contained in Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as applicable. If the Statement of Financial Condition filed in accordance with instructions to Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as applicable, is not consolidated, a summary of financial data, including the assets, liabilities, and net worth or stockholders' equity, for subsidiaries not consolidated in the applicable Part II or Part IIA as filed by the broker or dealer must be included in the notes to the financial statements reported on by the independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(ii) Supporting schedules that include, from Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), a Computation of Net Capital under § 240.15c3-1, a Computation for Determination of Customer Reserve Requirements under § 240.15c3-3a (Exhibit A of § 240.15c3-3), a Computation for Determination of PAB Requirements under Exhibit A of § 240.15c3-3, a Computation for Determination of Security-Based Swap Customer Reserve Requirements under § 240.15c3-3b (Exhibit B of § 240.15c3-3), Information Relating to the Possession or Control Requirements for Customers under § 240.15c3-3, and Information Relating to the Possession or Control Requirements for Security-Based Swap Customers under § 240.15c3-3, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(iii) If any of the Computation of Net Capital under § 240.15c3-1, the Computation for Determination of Customer Reserve Requirements Under Exhibit A of § 240.15c3-3, or the Computation for Determination of Security-Based Swap Customer Reserve Requirements under Exhibit B of § 240.15c3-3, as applicable, in the financial report is materially different from the corresponding computation in the most recent Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), as applicable, filed by the broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, between the computation in the financial report and the computation in the most recent Part II or Part IIA of Form X-17A-5, as applicable, filed by the broker or dealer. If no material differences exist, a statement so indicating must be included in the financial report.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compliance report.</I> (i) The compliance report must contain:
</P>
<P>(A) Statements as to whether:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The broker or dealer has established and maintained <I>Internal Control Over Compliance</I> as that term is defined in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Internal Control Over Compliance of the broker or dealer was effective during the most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The Internal Control Over Compliance of the broker or dealer was effective as of the end of the most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The broker or dealer was in compliance with §§ 240.15c3-1, 240.15c3-3(e) and, if applicable, 240.15c3-3(p)(3) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The information the broker or dealer used to state whether it was in compliance with §§ 240.15c3-1, 240.15c3-3(e) and, if applicable, 240.15c3-3(p)(3) was derived from the books and records of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) If applicable, a description of each identified material weakness in the Internal Control Over Compliance of the broker or dealer during the most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(C) If applicable, a description of an instance of non-compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3(e), or, if applicable, § 240.15c3-3(p)(3) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>Internal Control Over Compliance</I> means internal controls that have the objective of providing the broker or dealer with reasonable assurance that non-compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, § 240.17a-13, or any rule of the designated examining authority of the broker or dealer that requires account statements to be sent to the customers of the broker or dealer (an “Account Statement Rule”) will be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker or dealer is not permitted to conclude that its Internal Control Over Compliance was effective during the most recent fiscal year if there were one or more material weaknesses in its Internal Control Over Compliance during the most recent fiscal year. The broker or dealer is not permitted to conclude that its Internal Control Over Compliance was effective as of the end of the most recent fiscal year if there were one or more material weaknesses in its internal control as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. A <I>material weakness</I> is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in Internal Control Over Compliance such that there is a reasonable possibility that non-compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3(e), or § 240.15c3-3(p)(3) will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis or that non-compliance to a material extent with § 240.15c3-3, except for paragraph (e), § 240.15c3-3(p), except for paragraph (p)(3), § 240.17a-13, or any Account Statement Rule will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in Internal Control Over Compliance exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow the management or employees of the broker or dealer, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect on a timely basis non-compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, or § 240.17a-13, or any Account Statement Rule.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exemption report.</I> The exemption report must contain the following statements made to the best knowledge and belief of the broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that identifies the provisions in § 240.15c3-3(k) under which the broker or dealer claimed an exemption from § 240.15c3-3;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the broker or dealer met the identified exemption provisions in § 240.15c3-3(k) throughout the most recent fiscal year without exception or that it met the identified exemption provisions in § 240.15c3-3(k) throughout the most recent fiscal year except as described under paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, a statement that identifies each exception during the most recent fiscal year in meeting the identified exemption provisions in § 240.15c3-3(k) and that briefly describes the nature of each exception and the approximate date(s) on which the exception existed.
</P>
<P>(5) The annual reports must be filed not more than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of the fiscal year of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) <I>Filing with the Commission.</I> The annual reports must be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T) and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The annual reports must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Filing with other organizations.</I> The annual reports also must be filed with the designated examining authority for the broker or dealer and with the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) if the broker or dealer is a member of SIPC. Copies of the reports must be provided to all self-regulatory organizations of which the broker or dealer is a member, unless the self-regulatory organization by rule waives this requirement.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Nature and form of reports.</I> The annual reports filed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section must be prepared and filed in accordance with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The broker or dealer is not required to engage an independent public accountant to provide the reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section if, since the date of the registration of the broker or dealer under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o) or of the previous annual reports filed under paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The securities business of the broker or dealer has been limited to acting as broker (agent) for a single issuer in soliciting subscriptions for securities of that issuer, the broker has promptly transmitted to the issuer all funds and promptly delivered to the subscriber all securities received in connection with the transaction, and the broker has not otherwise held funds or securities for or owed money or securities to customers; or
</P>
<P>(B) The securities business of the broker or dealer has been limited to buying and selling evidences of indebtedness secured by mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien upon real estate or leasehold interests, and the broker or dealer has not carried any margin account, credit balance, or security for any securities customer.
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker or dealer that files an annual report under paragraph (d) of this section that is not covered by a report prepared by an independent public accountant must include in the oath or affirmation required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section a statement of the facts and circumstances relied upon as a basis for exemption from the requirement that the annual report filed under paragraph (d) of this section be covered by reports prepared by an independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer must attach to the financial report an oath or affirmation that, to the best knowledge and belief of the person making the oath or affirmation:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial report is true and correct; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Neither the broker or dealer, nor any partner, officer, director, or equivalent person, as the case may be, has any proprietary interest in any account classified solely as that of a customer. The oath or affirmation must be made before a person duly authorized to administer such oaths or affirmations. If the broker or dealer is a sole proprietorship, the oath or affirmation must be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; if a corporation, by a duly authorized officer; or if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, manager, managing member, or those members vested with management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.


</P>
<P>(iii) The broker or dealer must keep the original oath or affirmation for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place and in accordance with the requirements of § 240.17a-4 of this chapter (Rule 17a-4) under the Exchange Act.


</P>
<P>(3) The annual reports filed under paragraph (d) of this section may be filed as:
</P>
<P>(i) One public document; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Two documents:
</P>
<P>(A) A document consisting of the Statement of Financial Condition, the notes to the Statement of Financial Condition, and the report of the independent public accountant covering the Statement of Financial Condition, which is not confidential; and
</P>
<P>(B) A document containing the balance of the annual reports for which confidential treatment may be requested and which will be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act. However, the annual reports, including the confidential portions, will be available for official use by any official or employee of the U.S. or any State, by national securities exchanges and registered national securities associations of which the broker or dealer filing such a report is a member, by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and by any other person if the Commission authorizes disclosure of the annual reports to that person. Nothing contained in this paragraph (e)(3) may be construed to be in derogation of the rules of any registered national securities association or national securities exchange that give to customers of a broker or dealer the right, upon request to the broker or dealer, to obtain information relative to its financial condition.


</P>
<P>(4) The broker or dealer must file with SIPC a report on the SIPC annual general assessment reconciliation or exclusion from membership forms that contains such information and is in such format as determined by SIPC by rule and approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) <I>Qualifications of independent public accountant.</I> The independent public accountant must be qualified and independent in accordance with § 210.2-01 of this chapter and the independent public accountant must be registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board if required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Statement regarding independent public accountant.</I> (i) Every broker or dealer that is required to file annual reports under paragraph (d) of this section must file no later than December 10 of each year (or 30 calendar days after the effective date of its registration as a broker or dealer, if earlier) a statement as prescribed in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which its principal place of business is located, and the principal office of the designated examining authority for the broker or dealer. The statement must be dated no later than December 1 (or 20 calendar days after the effective date of its registration as a broker or dealer, if earlier). If the engagement of an independent public accountant is of a continuing nature, providing for successive engagements, no further filing is required. If the engagement is for a single year, or if the most recent engagement has been terminated or amended, a new statement must be filed by the required date.
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement must be headed “Statement regarding independent public accountant under Rule 17a-5(f)(2)” and must contain the following information and representations:
</P>
<P>(A) Name, address, telephone number, and registration number of the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) Name, address, and telephone number of the independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(C) The date of the fiscal year of the annual reports of the broker or dealer covered by the engagement.
</P>
<P>(D) Whether the engagement is for a single year or is of a continuing nature.
</P>
<P>(E) A representation that the independent public accountant has undertaken the items enumerated in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(F) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, a representation that the broker or dealer agrees to allow representatives of the Commission or its designated examining authority, if requested in writing for purposes of an examination of the broker or dealer, to review the audit documentation associated with the reports of the independent public accountant filed under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph, “audit documentation” has the meaning provided in standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Commission anticipates that, if requested, it will accord confidential treatment to all documents it may obtain from an independent public accountant under this paragraph to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(G) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, a representation that the broker or dealer agrees to allow the independent public accountant to discuss with representatives of the Commission and its designated examining authority, if requested in writing for purposes of an examination of the broker or dealer, the findings associated with the reports of the independent public accountant filed under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a broker or dealer neither clears transactions nor carries customer accounts, the broker or dealer is not required to include the representations in paragraphs (f)(2)(ii)(F) and (G) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any broker or dealer that is not required to file reports prepared by an independent public accountant under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section must file a statement required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section indicating the date as of which the unaudited reports will be prepared.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Replacement of accountant.</I> A broker or dealer must file a notice that must be received by the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which its principal place of business is located, and the principal office of the designated examining authority for the broker or dealer not more than 15 business days after:
</P>
<P>(i) The broker or dealer has notified the independent public accountant that provided the reports the broker or dealer filed under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section for the most recent fiscal year that the independent public accountant's services will not be used in future engagements; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer has notified an independent public accountant that was engaged to provide the reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section that the engagement has been terminated; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An independent public accountant has notified the broker or dealer that the independent public accountant would not continue under an engagement to provide the reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A new independent public accountant has been engaged to provide the reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section without any notice of termination having been given to or by the previously engaged independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(v) The notice must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of notification of the termination of the engagement or of the engagement of the new independent public accountant, as applicable; and


</P>
<P>(B) The details of any issues arising during the 24 months (or the period of the engagement, if less than 24 months) preceding the termination or new engagement relating to any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, auditing scope or procedure, or compliance with applicable rules of the Commission, which issues, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former independent public accountant, would have caused the independent public accountant to make reference to them in the report of the independent public accountant. The issues required to be reported include both those resolved to the former independent public accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction. Issues contemplated by this section are those that occur at the decision-making level—that is, between principal financial officers of the broker or dealer and personnel of the accounting firm responsible for rendering its report. The notice must also state whether the accountant's report filed under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section for any of the past two fiscal years contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion or was qualified as to uncertainties, audit scope, or accounting principles, and must describe the nature of each such adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or qualification. The broker or dealer must also request the former independent public accountant to furnish the broker or dealer with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether the independent public accountant agrees with the statements contained in the notice of the broker or dealer and, if not, stating the respects in which the independent public accountant does not agree. The broker or dealer must file three copies of the notice and the accountant's letter, one copy of which must be signed by the sole proprietor, a general partner, or a duly authorized corporate, limited liability company, or limited liability partnership officer or member, as appropriate, and by the independent public accountant, respectively.


</P>
<P>(g) <I>Engagement of independent public accountant.</I> The independent public accountant engaged by the broker or dealer to provide the reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section must, as part of the engagement, undertake the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on an examination of the financial report required to be filed by the broker or dealer under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on an examination of the statements required under paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) through (<I>5</I>) of this section in the compliance report required to be filed by the broker or dealer under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on a review of the statements required under paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section in the exemption report required to be filed by the broker or dealer under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notification of non-compliance or material weakness.</I> If, during the course of preparing the independent public accountant's reports required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section, the independent public accountant determines that the broker or dealer is not in compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, or § 240.17a-13 or any rule of the designated examining authority of the broker or dealer that requires account statements to be sent to the customers of the broker or dealer, as applicable, or the independent public accountant determines that any material weaknesses (as defined in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section) exist, the independent public accountant must immediately notify the chief financial officer of the broker or dealer of the nature of the non-compliance or material weakness. If the notice from the accountant concerns an instance of non-compliance that would require a broker or dealer to provide a notification under § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, or § 240.17a-11, or if the notice concerns a material weakness, the broker or dealer must provide a notification in accordance with § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, or § 240.17a-11, as applicable, and provide a copy of the notification to the independent public accountant. If the independent public accountant does not receive the notification within one business day, or if the independent public accountant does not agree with the statements in the notification, then the independent public accountant must notify the Commission and the designated examining authority within one business day. The report from the accountant must, if the broker or dealer failed to file a notification, describe any instances of non-compliance that required a notification under § 240.15c3-1, § 240.15c3-3, or § 240.17a-11, or any material weaknesses. If the broker or dealer filed a notification, the report from the accountant must detail the aspects of the notification of the broker or dealer with which the accountant does not agree.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">h</E>):</HED>
<P>The attention of the broker or dealer and the independent public accountant is called to the fact that under § 240.17a-11(a)(1), among other things, a broker or dealer whose net capital declines below the minimum required pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with § 240.17a-11(h) and the notice must specify the broker or dealer's net capital requirement and its current amount of net capital. The attention of the broker or dealer and accountant also is called to the fact that under § 240.15c3-3(i), if a broker or dealer fails to make a reserve bank account or special reserve account deposit, as required by § 240.15c3-3, the broker or dealer must immediately notify the Commission and the regulatory authority for the broker or dealer, which examines such broker or dealer as to financial responsibility and must promptly thereafter confirm such notification in writing.</P></NOTE>
<P>(i) <I>Reports of the independent public accountant required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(C) of this section</I>—(1) <I>Technical requirements.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be dated;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be signed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Indicate the city and state where issued; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Identify without detailed enumeration the items covered by the reports.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representations.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether the examinations or review, as applicable, were made in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify any examination and, if applicable, review procedures deemed necessary by the independent public accountant under the circumstances of the particular case that have been omitted and the reason for their omission.
</P>
<P>(iii) Nothing in this section may be construed to imply authority for the omission of any procedure that independent public accountants would ordinarily employ in the course of an examination or review made for the purpose of expressing the opinions or conclusions required under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opinion or conclusion to be expressed.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must state clearly:
</P>
<P>(i) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the financial report required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section and the accounting principles and practices reflected in that report;
</P>
<P>(ii) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the financial report required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section, as to the consistency of the application of the accounting principles, or as to any changes in those principles, that have a material effect on the financial statements; and
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the statements required under paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) through (<I>5</I>) of this section in the compliance report required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The conclusion of the independent public accountant with respect to the statements required under paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section in the exemption report required under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exceptions.</I> Any matters to which the independent public accountant takes exception must be clearly identified, the exceptions must be specifically and clearly stated, and, to the extent practicable, the effect of each such exception on any related items contained in the annual reports required under paragraph (d) of this section must be given.
</P>
<P>(j) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(k) <I>Supplemental reports.</I> (1) Each broker or dealer that computes certain of its capital charges in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e shall file concurrently with the annual reports a supplemental report on management controls, which must be prepared by a registered public accounting firm (as that term is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 <I>et seq.</I>)). The supplemental report must indicate the results of the accountant's review of the internal risk management control system established and documented by the broker or dealer in accordance with § 240.15c3-4. This review shall be conducted in accordance with procedures agreed upon by the broker or dealer and the registered public accounting firm conducting the review. The agreed upon procedures are to be performed and the report is to be prepared in accordance with the rules promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The purpose of the review is to confirm that the broker or dealer has established, documented, and is in compliance with the internal risk management controls established in accordance with § 240.15c3-4. Before commencement of the review and no later than December 10 of each year, the broker or dealer must file a statement with the Commission that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the agreed-upon procedures agreed to by the broker or dealer and the registered public accounting firm; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A notice describing changes in those agreed-upon procedures, if any. If there are no changes, the broker or dealer should so indicate.
</P>
<P>(2) The supplemental report and statement to be filed under paragraph (k)(1) of this section must be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in the manner described by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The supplemental report and statement must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).


</P>
<P>(l) <I>Use of certain statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.</I> At the request of any broker or dealer who is  an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or  a sponsor or depositor of such a registered investment company who effects transactions in securities only with, or on behalf of, such registered investment company, the Commission will accept the financial statements filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the  Act or section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as a filing pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Such a filing must be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this section for any calendar year in which such financial statements are filed, provided that the statements so filed meet the requirements of the other rules under which they are filed with respect to time of filing and content. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Extentions and exemptions.</I> (1) A broker's or dealer's designated examining authority may extend the period under paragraph (d) of this section for filing annual reports. The designated examining authority for the broker or dealer must maintain, in the manner prescribed in § 240.17a-1, a record of each extension granted.
</P>
<P>(2) Any “bank” as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c) and any “insurance company” as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c) registered as a broker or dealer to sell variable contracts but exempt from § 240.15c3-1 shall be exempt from the provisions of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) On written request of any national securities exchange, registered national securities association, broker or dealer, or on its own motion, the Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of the requirements of this section either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions. 
</P>
<P>(4) The provisions of § 240.17a-5 will not apply to a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)(A)) that is not a member of either a national securities exchange pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(a)). 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Notification of change of fiscal year.</I> (1) In the event any broker or dealer finds it necessary to change its fiscal year, it must file, with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business and the principal office of the designated examining authority for such broker or dealer, a notice of such change.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice must contain a detailed explanation of the reasons for the change. Any change in the filing period for the annual report must be approved in writing by the designated examining authority of the broker or dealer


</P>
<P>(o) <I>Compliance with § 240.17a-12.</I> An OTC derivatives dealer may comply with § 240.17a-5 by complying with the provisions of § 240.17a-12.


</P>
<P>(p) <I>Signatures.</I> Any signature required by this section may be a manual or electronic signature. The signing process for an electronic signature must, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the signatory to present a physical, logical, or digital credential that authenticates the signatory's individual identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Reasonably provide for non-repudiation of the signature;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide that the signature be attached, affixed, or otherwise logically associated with the signature page or document being signed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include a timestamp to record the date and time of the signature.


</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative release applicable to § 240.17a-5, see No. 51 in tabulation, part 211 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 59713, Dec. 30, 1975]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.17a-5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.478" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-6   Right of national securities exchange, national securities association, registered clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board to destroy or dispose of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any document kept by or on file with a national securities exchange, national securities association, registered clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board pursuant to the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of by such exchange, association, clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board at the end of five years or at such earlier date as is specified in a plan for the destruction or disposition of any such documents if such plan has been filed with the Commission by such exchange, association, clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and has been declared effective by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) Such plan may provide that any such document may be transferred to microfilm or other recording medium after such time as specified in the plan and thereafter be maintained and preserved in that form. If a national securities exchange, association, clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board uses microfilm or other recording medium it shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be ready at all times to provide, and immediately provide, easily readable projection of the microfilm or other recording medium and easily readable hard copy thereof; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide indexes permitting the immediate location of any such document on the microfilm or other recording medium; and 
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of microfilm, store a duplicate copy of the microfilm separately from the original microfilm for the time required.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this rule a plan filed with the Commission by a national securities exchange, association, clearing agency or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall not become effective unless the Commission, having due regard for the public interest and for the protection of investors, declares the plan to be effective. The Commission in its declaration may limit the applications, reports, and documents as to which it shall apply, and may impose any other terms and conditions to the plan and to the period of its effectiveness which it deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 79426, Dec. 1, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.479" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-7   Records of non-resident brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each non-resident broker or dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall keep, maintain, and preserve, at a place within the United States designated in a notice from him as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, true, correct, complete and current copies of the books and records which he is required to make, keep current, maintain or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the act. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each non-resident broker or dealer subject to this section shall furnish to the Commission a written notice specifying the address of the place within the United States where the copies of the books and records required to be kept and preserved by him pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section are located. Each non-resident broker or dealer registered or applying for registration when this section becomes effective shall file such notice within 30 days after such rule becomes effective. Each non-resident broker or dealer who files an application for registration after this section becomes effective shall file such notice with such application for registration. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, a non-resident broker or dealer subject to this section need not keep or preserve within the United States copies of the books and records referred to in said paragraph (a) of this section, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such broker or dealer files with the Commission, at the time or within the period provided by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a written undertaking in form acceptable to the Commission and signed by a person thereunto duly authorized, to furnish to the Commission, upon demand, at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission designated in such demand, true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all of the books and records which he is required to make, keep current, maintain, or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in such demand. Such undertaking shall be in substantially the following form: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby undertakes to furnish at his own expense to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of said Commission specified in a demand for copies of books and records made by or on behalf of said Commission, true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all, or any part, of the books and records which the undersigned is required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This undertaking shall be suspended during any period when the undersigned is making, keeping current, and preserving copies of all of said books and records at a place within the United States in compliance with § 240.17a-7 (Rule X-17A-7) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This undertaking shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, successors and assigns of the undersigned, and the written irrevocable consents and powers of attorney of the undersigned, its general partners and managing agents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall extend to and cover any action to enforce same.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>and 
</FP>
<P>(2) Such broker or dealer furnishes to the Commission at his own expense within 14 days after written demand therefor forwarded to him by registered mail at his last address of record filed with the Commission and signed by the Secretary of the Commission or such other person as the Commission may authorize to act in its behalf, true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all books and records which such broker or dealer is required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in said written demand. Such copies shall be furnished to the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission which may be specified in said written demand. 
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)(A)) that is not a member of either a national securities exchange pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(a)).
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section the following definitions shall apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>broker</I> shall have the meaning set out in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>dealer</I> shall have the meaning set out in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>non-resident broker or dealer</I> shall mean (i) in the case of an individual, one who resides in or has his principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; (ii) in the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; (iii) in the case of a partnership of other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[21 FR 5524, July 24, 1956, as amended at 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 67 FR 58300, Sept. 13, 2002; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.480" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-8   Financial recordkeeping and reporting of currency and foreign transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered broker or dealer who is subject to the requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 shall comply with the reporting, recordkeeping and record retention requirements of chapter X of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Where chapter X of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations and § 240.17a-4 of this chapter require the same records or reports to be preserved for different periods of time, such records or reports shall be preserved for the longer period of time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61455, Dec. 17, 1981, as amended at 76 FR 11328, Mar. 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-9T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.481" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-9T   Records to be made and retained by certain exchange members, brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to every member, broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>), that is required to maintain, as of December 29, December 30 and December 31, 1999, minimum net capital of $250,000 pursuant to § 240.15c3-1(a)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>(a) You must make before January 1, 2000, for each of December 29, December 30 and December 31, 1999, separate copies of the blotters pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) You must make before January 1, 2000, as of the close of business for each of December 29, December 30 and December 31, 1999, a separate copy of the securities record or ledger pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(c) You must preserve these records for a period of not less than one year.
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions of § 240.17a-4(i) shall apply as if part of this § 240.17a-9T.
</P>
<P>(e) You may preserve these records in any format that is acceptable and in compliance with the conditions described in § 240.17a-4(f).
</P>
<P>(f) You must furnish promptly to a representative of the Commission such legible, true and complete copies of those records, as may be requested.
</P>
<P>(g) This temporary section will expire on July 1, 2001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 42029, Aug. 3, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.482" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-10   Report on revenue and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Every broker or dealer exempted from the filing requirements of paragraph (a) of § 240.17a-5 shall, not later than 17 business days after the close of each calendar year, file the Facing Page, a Statement of Income (Loss) and balance sheet from Part IIA of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) and Schedule I of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) for such calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) Every broker or dealer subject to the filing requirements of paragraph (a) of § 240.17a-5 shall submit Schedule I of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) with its Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) for the calendar quarter ending December 31 of each year.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to a member of a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association which maintains records containing the information required by Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) as to each of its members, and which transmits to the Commission a copy of the record as to each such member, pursuant to a plan the procedures and provisions of which have been submitted to and declared effective by the Commission. Any such plan filed by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association may provide that when a member is also a member of one or more national securities exchanges, or of one or more national securities exchanges and a registered national securities association, the information required to be submitted with respect to any such member may be transmitted by only one specified national securities exchange or registered national securities association. For the purpose of this section, a plan filed with the Commission by a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association shall not become effective unless the Commission, having due regard for the public interest, for the protection of investors, and for the fulfillment of the Commission's functions under the provisions of the Act, declares the plan to be effective. Further, the Commission, in declaring any such plan effective, may impose such terms and conditions relating to the provisions of the plan and the period of its effectiveness as may be deemed necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or to carry out the Commission's duties under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) Individual reports filed by, or on behalf of, brokers, dealers, or members of national securities exchanges pursuant to this section are to be considered nonpublic information, except in cases where the Commission determines that it is in the public interest to direct otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(d) In the event any broker or dealer finds that it cannot file the annual report required by paragraph (a) of this section within the time specified without undue hardship, it may file with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC, prior to the date upon which the report is due, an application for an extension of time to a specified date which shall not be later than 60 days after the close of the calendar year for which the report is to be made. The application shall state the reasons for the requested extension and shall contain an agreement to file the report on or before the specified date.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 17, 48 Stat. 897; 15 U.S.C. 78q) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 10390, July 20, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 3804, Feb. 27, 1970; 35 FR 7644, May 16, 1970; 37 FR 13615, July 12, 1972; 40 FR 59717, Dec. 30, 1975; 42 FR 23789, May 10, 1977; 46 FR 60193, Dec. 9, 1981] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.483" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-11   Notification provisions for brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: Except as provided in this introductory text, a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10); and a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a major-security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act. Section 240.18a-8 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also an OTC derivatives dealer; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Every broker or dealer whose net capital declines below the minimum amount required pursuant to § 240.15c3-1, or is insolvent as that term is defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(16), must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. The notice must specify the broker or dealer's net capital requirement and its current amount of net capital. If a broker or dealer is informed by its designated examining authority or the Commission that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.15c3-1 and the broker or dealer has not given notice of the capital deficiency under this section, the broker or dealer, even if it does not agree that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.15c3-1, must give notice of the claimed deficiency, which notice may specify the broker's or dealer's reasons for its disagreement.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, an OTC derivatives dealer or broker or dealer permitted to compute net capital pursuant to the alternative method of § 240.15c3-1e must also provide notice if its tentative net capital falls below the minimum amount required pursuant to § 240.15c3-1. The notice must specify the tentative net capital requirements, and current amount of net capital and tentative net capital, of the OTC derivatives dealer or the broker or dealer permitted to compute net capital pursuant to the alternative method of § 240.15c3-1e.
</P>
<P>(b) Every broker or dealer must send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of the events specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If a computation made by a broker or dealer subject to the aggregate indebtedness standard of § 240.15c3-1 shows that its aggregate indebtedness is in excess of 1,200 percent of its net capital; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a computation made by a broker or dealer, which has elected the alternative standard of § 240.15c3-1, shows that its net capital is less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with § 240.15c3-3a Exhibit A: Formula for Determination Reserve Requirement of Brokers and Dealers under § 240.15c3-3; or
</P>
<P>(3) If a computation made by a broker or dealer pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 shows that its total net capital is less than 120 percent of the broker's or dealer's required minimum net capital, or if a computation made by an OTC derivatives dealer pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 shows that its total tentative net capital is less than 120 percent of the dealer's required minimum tentative net capital.
</P>
<P>(4) The occurrence of the fourth and each subsequent backtesting exception under § 240.15c3-1f(e)(1)(iv) during any 250 business day measurement period.
</P>
<P>(5) If a computation made by a broker or dealer pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 shows that the total amount of money payable against all securities loaned or subject to a repurchase agreement or the total contract value of all securities borrowed or subject to a reverse repurchase agreement is in excess of 2500 percent of its tentative net capital; <I>provided,</I> however, that for purposes of this leverage test transactions involving government securities, as defined in section 3(a)(42) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)), must be excluded from the calculation; <I>provided</I> further, however, that a broker or dealer will not be required to send the notice required by this paragraph (c)(5) if it reports monthly its securities lending and borrowing and repurchase and reverse repurchase activity (including the total amount of money payable against securities loaned or subject to a repurchase agreement and the total contract value of securities borrowed or subject to a reverse repurchase agreement) to its designated examining authority in a form acceptable to its designated examining authority.
</P>
<P>(c) Every broker or dealer that fails to make and keep current the books and records required by § 240.17a-3, must give notice of this fact that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current. The broker or dealer must also transmit a report in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section within 48 hours of the notice stating what the broker or dealer has done or is doing to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever any broker or dealer discovers, or is notified by an independent public accountant under § 240.17a-12(i)(2), of the existence of any material inadequacy as defined in § 240.17a-12(h)(2), or whenever any broker or dealer discovers, or is notified by an independent public accountant under § 240.17a-5(h), of the existence of any material weakness as defined in § 240.17a-5(d)(3)(iii), the broker or dealer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Give notice, in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, of the material inadequacy or material weakness within 24 hours of the discovery or notification of the material inadequacy or material weakness; and
</P>
<P>(2) Transmit a report in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, within 48 hours of the notice stating what the broker or dealer has done or is doing to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) If a broker-dealer fails to make in its special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers a deposit, as required by § 240.15c3-3(p), the broker-dealer must give immediate notice in writing in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Every national securities exchange or national securities association that learns that a broker or dealer has failed to send notice or transmit a report as required by this section, even after being advised by the securities exchange or the national securities association to send notice or transmit a report, must immediately give notice of such failure in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) Every notice or report required to be given or transmitted by this section must be given or transmitted to the principal office of the Commission in Washington DC and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business, or to an email address provided on the Commission's website, and to the designated examining authority of which such broker or dealer is a member, and to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) if the broker or dealer is registered as a futures commission merchant with the CFTC. The report required by paragraph (c) or (d)(2) of this section may be transmitted by overnight delivery.
</P>
<P>(i) Other notice provisions relating to the Commission's financial responsibility or reporting rules are contained in §§ 240.15c3-1, 240.15c3-1d, 240.15c3-3, 240.17a-5, and 240.17a-12.
</P>
<P>(j) The provisions of this section will not apply to a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)(A)) that is not a member of either a national securities exchange pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 37657, July 13, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 5945, Feb. 9, 1994; 63 FR 59401, Nov. 3, 1998; 67 FR 58300, Sept. 13, 2002; 69 FR 34472, June 21, 2004; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008; 78 FR 51907, Aug. 21, 2013; 78 FR 51933, Aug. 21, 2013; 84 FR 68655, Dec. 16, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.484" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-12   Reports to be made by certain OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of quarterly reports.</I> (1) This paragraph (a) shall apply to every OTC derivatives dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o).
</P>
<P>(i) Every OTC derivatives dealer shall file Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter and within 17 business days after the date selected for the annual audit of financial statements where said date is other than the end of the calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon receiving from the Commission written notice that additional reporting is required, an OTC derivatives dealer shall file monthly, or at such times as shall be specified, Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) and such other financial or operational information as shall be required by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The reports provided for in this paragraph (a) must be filed with the Commission electronically on the SEC eFOCUS system. All reports filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed to be confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon written application by an OTC derivatives dealer to the Commission, the Commission may extend the time for filing the information required by this paragraph (a). The written application shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office in Washington DC.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual filing of audited financial statements.</I> (1)(i) Every OTC derivatives dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o) shall file annually, on a calendar or fiscal year basis, a report which shall be audited by a certified public accountant. Reports filed pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be as of the same fixed or determinable date each year, unless a change is approved in writing by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) An OTC derivatives dealer succeeding to and continuing the business of another OTC derivatives dealer need not file a report under this paragraph (b) as of a date in the fiscal or calendar year in which the succession occurs if the predecessor OTC derivatives dealer has filed a report in compliance with this paragraph (b) as of a date in such fiscal or calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual audit report shall contain a Statement of Financial Condition (in a format and on a basis which is consistent with the total reported on the Statement of Financial Condition contained in Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), Part II, a Statement of Income, a Statement of Cash Flows, a Statement of Changes in Stockholders' or Partners' or Sole Proprietor's Equity, and a Statement of Changes in Liabilities Subordinated to Claims of General Creditors. Such statements shall be in a format which is consistent with such statements as contained in Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), Part II. If the Statement of Financial Condition filed in accordance with instructions to Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), Part II, is not consolidated, a summary of financial data for subsidiaries not consolidated in the Part II Statement of Financial Condition as filed by the OTC derivatives dealer shall be included in the notes to the consolidated statement of financial condition reported on by the certified public accountant. The summary financial data shall include the assets, liabilities, and net worth or stockholders' equity of the unconsolidated subsidiaries.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2).</HED>
<P>If there is other comprehensive income in the period(s) presented, the financial report must contain a Statement of Comprehensive Income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) in place of a Statement of Income.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) Supporting schedules shall include, from Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), a Computation of Net Capital under § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<P>(4) A reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, of the Computation of Net Capital under § 240.15c3-1 contained in the audit report with the broker's or dealer's corresponding unaudited most recent Part II filing shall be filed with the report when material differences exist. If no material differences exist, a statement so indicating shall be filed.
</P>
<P>(5) The annual audit report shall be filed not more than sixty days after the date of the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(6) The annual audit report shall be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in the manner described by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The annual audit report must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nature and form of reports.</I> The financial statements filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be prepared and filed in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) An audit shall be conducted by a certified public accountant who shall be in fact independent as defined in paragraph (f) of this section, and it shall give an opinion covering the statements filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Attached to the report shall be an oath or affirmation that, to the best knowledge and belief of the person making such oath or affirmation, the financial statements and schedules are true and correct and neither the OTC derivatives dealer, nor any partner, officer, or director, as the case may be, has any significant interest in any counterparty or in any account classified solely as that of a counterparty. The oath or affirmation shall be made before a person duly authorized to administer such oaths or affirmations. If the OTC derivatives dealer is a sole proprietorship, the oath or affirmation shall be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; or if a corporation, by a duly authorized officer.
</P>
<P>(3) The OTC derivatives dealer must keep the original oath or affirmation for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place and in accordance with the requirements of § 240.17a-4 (Rule 17a-4 under the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(4) An OTC derivatives dealer may request confidential treatment for all of the statements filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and such statements will be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act. However, such statements shall be available for use by any official or employee of the United States or by any other person if the Commission authorizes disclosure of such information to that person.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Qualification of accountants.</I> The Commission will not recognize any person as a certified public accountant who is not duly registered and in good standing as such under the laws of the State of his principal office.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Designation of accountant.</I> (1) Every OTC derivatives dealer shall file no later than December 10 of each year with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC a statement indicating the existence of an agreement, dated no later than December 1 of that year, with a certified public accountant covering a contractual commitment to conduct the OTC derivatives dealer's annual audit during the following calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) If the agreement is of a continuing nature, providing for successive yearly audits, no further filing is required. If the agreement is for a single audit, or if the continuing agreement previously filed has been terminated or amended, a new statement must be filed by the required date.
</P>
<P>(3) The statement shall be headed “Notice pursuant to § 240.17a-12(e)” and shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name, address, telephone number, and registration number of the OTC derivatives dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name, address, and telephone number of the certified public accounting firm; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The audit date of the OTC derivatives dealer for the year covered by the agreement.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the date of filing specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, every OTC derivatives dealer shall file the notice provided for in paragraph (e) of this section within 30 days following the effective date of registration as an OTC derivatives dealer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Independence of accountant.</I> A certified public accountant shall be independent in accordance with the provisions of § 210.2-01(b) and (c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Replacement of accountant.</I> (1) An OTC derivatives dealer shall file a notice that must be received by the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC not more than 15 business days after:
</P>
<P>(i) The OTC derivatives dealer has notified the certified public accountant whose opinion covered the most recent financial statements filed under paragraph (b) of this section that the certified public accountant's services will not be utilized in future engagements; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The OTC derivatives dealer has notified a certified public accountant who was engaged to give an opinion covering the financial statements to be filed under paragraph (b) of this section that the engagement has been terminated; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A certified public accountant has notified the OTC derivatives dealer that it will not continue under an engagement or give an opinion covering the financial statements to be filed under paragraph (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A new certified public accountant has been engaged to give an opinion covering the financial statements to be filed under paragraph (b) of this section without any notice of termination having been given to or by the previously engaged certified public accountant.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice shall state the date of notification of the termination of the engagement of the former certified public accountant or the engagement of the new certified public accountant, as applicable, and the details of any disagreements existing during the 24 months (or the period of the engagement, if less) preceding such termination or new engagement relating to any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, auditing scope or procedure, or compliance with applicable rules of the Commission, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former certified public accountant, would have caused the former certified public accountant to make reference to them in connection with the report on the subject matter of the disagreements. The disagreements required to be reported in response to the preceding sentence include both those resolved to the former certified public accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former certified public accountant's satisfaction. Disagreements contemplated by this section are those that occur at the decision-making level (<I>i.e.,</I> between principal financial officers of the OTC derivatives dealer and personnel of the certified public accounting firm responsible for rendering its report). The notice shall also state whether the certified public accountant's report on the financial statements for any of the past two years contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion or was qualified as to uncertainties, audit scope, or accounting principles, and describe the nature of each such adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or qualification. The OTC derivatives dealer shall also request the former certified public accountant to furnish the OTC derivatives dealer with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether the former certified public accountant agrees with the statements contained in the notice of the OTC derivatives dealer and, if not, stating the respects in which the former certified public accountant does not agree. The OTC derivatives dealer shall file three copies of the notice and the accountant's letter, one copy of which shall be signed by the sole proprietor, a general partner, or a duly authorized corporate, limited liability company, or limited liability partnership officer or member, as appropriate, and by the independent public accountant, respectively.




</P>
<P>(h) <I>Audit objectives.</I> (1) The audit shall be made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards and shall include a review of the accounting system, the internal accounting controls, and procedures for safeguarding securities including appropriate tests thereof for the period since the date of the prior audited financial statements. The audit shall include all procedures necessary under the circumstances to enable the certified public accountant to express an opinion on the statement of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the Computation of Net Capital under § 240.15c3-1. The scope of the audit and review of the accounting system, the internal accounting controls, and procedures for safeguarding securities shall be sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies existing at the date of the examination in the following are disclosed:
</P>
<P>(i) The accounting system;
</P>
<P>(ii) The internal accounting controls; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The procedures for safeguarding securities.
</P>
<P>(2) A material inadequacy in the accounting system, internal accounting controls, procedures for safeguarding securities, and practices and procedures referred to in paragraph (h) (1) of this section that must be reported under these audit objectives includes any condition which has contributed substantially to or, if appropriate corrective action is not taken, could reasonably be expected to:
</P>
<P>(i) Inhibit an OTC derivatives dealer from promptly completing securities transactions or promptly discharging its responsibilities to counterparties, other brokers and dealers, or creditors;
</P>
<P>(ii) Result in material financial loss;
</P>
<P>(iii) Result in material misstatements of the OTC derivatives dealer's financial statements; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Result in violations of the Commission's recordkeeping or financial responsibility rules to an extent that could reasonably be expected to result in the conditions described in paragraphs (h)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Extent and timing of audit procedures.</I> (1) The extent and timing of audit procedures are matters for the certified public accountant to determine on the basis of its review and evaluation of existing internal controls and other audit procedures performed in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards and the audit objectives set forth in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If, during the course of the audit or interim work, the certified public accountant determines that any material inadequacies exist in the accounting system, internal accounting controls, procedures for safeguarding securities, or as otherwise defined in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, then the certified public accountant shall call it to the attention of the chief financial officer of the OTC derivatives dealer, who shall inform the Commission by telegraphic or facsimile notice within 24 hours thereafter as set forth in § 240.17a-11. The OTC derivatives dealer shall also furnish the certified public accountant with a copy of said notice to the Commission by telegram or facsimile within the same 24 hour period. If the certified public accountant fails to receive such notice from the OTC derivatives dealer within that 24 hour period, or if the certified public accountant disagrees with the statements contained in the notice of the OTC derivatives dealer, the certified public accountant shall inform the Commission by report of material inadequacy within 24 hours thereafter as set forth in § 240.17a-11. Such report from the certified public accountant shall, if the OTC derivatives dealer failed to file a notice, describe any material inadequacies found to exist. If the OTC derivatives dealer filed a notice, the certified public accountant shall file a report detailing the aspects, if any, of the OTC derivatives dealer's notice with which the certified public accountant does not agree.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Accountant's report, general provisions</I>—(1) <I>Technical requirements.</I> The certified public accountant's report shall be dated; be signed; indicate the city and State where issued; and identify without detailed enumeration the financial statements and schedules covered by the report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representations as to the audit.</I> The certified public accountant's report shall state that the audit was made in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards; state whether the certified public accountant reviewed the procedures followed for safeguarding securities; and designate any auditing procedures deemed necessary by the certified public accountant under the circumstances of the particular case that have been omitted, and the reason for their omission. Nothing in this section shall be construed to imply authority for the omission of any procedure which certified public accountants would ordinarily employ in the course of an audit made for the purpose of expressing the opinions required under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opinion to be expressed.</I> The certified public accountant's report shall state clearly the opinion of the certified public accountant:
</P>
<P>(i) In respect of the financial statements and schedules covered by the report and the accounting principles and practices reflected therein; and
</P>
<P>(ii) As to the consistency of the application of the accounting principles, or as to any changes in such principles which have a material effect on the financial statements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exceptions.</I> Any matters to which the certified public accountant takes exception shall be clearly identified, explained, and, to the extent practicable, the effect of each such exception on the related financial statements shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section, the terms <I>audit</I> (or <I>examination</I>), <I>accountant's report,</I> and <I>certified</I> shall have the meanings given in § 210.1-02 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Accountant's report on material inadequacies and reportable conditions.</I> The OTC derivatives dealer shall file concurrently with the annual audit report a supplemental report by the certified public accountant describing any material inadequacies or any matter that would be deemed to be a reportable condition under U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards that are unresolved as of the date of the certified public accountant's report. The report shall also describe any material inadequacies found to have existed since the date of the previous audit. The supplemental report shall indicate any corrective action taken or proposed by the OTC derivatives dealer with regard to any identified material inadequacies or reportable conditions. If the audit did not disclose any material inadequacies or reportable conditions, the supplemental report shall so state. This supplemental report shall be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in the manner described by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). This supplemental report must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).




</P>
<P>(l) <I>Accountant's report on management controls.</I> (1) The OTC derivatives dealer shall file concurrently with the annual audit report a supplemental report by the certified public accountant indicating the results of the certified public accountant's review of the OTC derivatives dealer's internal risk management control system with respect to the requirements of § 240.15c3-4. This review shall be conducted in accordance with procedures agreed to by the OTC derivatives dealer and the certified public accountant conducting the review. The purpose of the review is to confirm that the OTC derivatives dealer has established, documented, and maintained an internal risk management control system in accordance with § 240.15c3-4, and is in compliance with that internal risk management control system. This supplemental report shall be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in the manner described by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T) and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). This supplemental report must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(2) The agreed-upon procedures are to be performed, and the report is to be prepared, in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Attestation Standards.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to the commencement of the initial review, every OTC derivatives dealer shall file the procedures to be performed pursuant to paragraph (l)(1) of this section with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. Prior to the commencement of any subsequent review, every OTC derivatives dealer shall file with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC a notice of changes to the agreed-upon procedures.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Accountant's report on inventory pricing and modeling.</I> (1) The OTC derivatives dealer shall file concurrently with the annual audit report a supplemental report by the certified public accountant indicating the results of the certified public accountant's review of the broker's or dealer's inventory pricing and modeling procedures. This review shall be conducted in accordance with procedures agreed to by the OTC derivatives dealer and by the certified public accountant conducting the review. The purpose of the review is to confirm that the pricing and modeling procedures relied upon by the OTC derivatives dealer conform to the procedures submitted to the Commission as part of its OTC derivatives dealer application, and that the procedures comply with the qualitative and quantitative standards set forth in § 240.15c3-1f. This supplemental report shall be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in the manner described by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). This supplemental report must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).


</P>
<P>(2) The agreed-upon procedures are to be performed and the report is to be prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Attestation Standards.
</P>
<P>(3) Every OTC derivatives dealer shall file prior to the commencement of the initial review, the procedures to be performed pursuant to paragraph (m)(1) of this section with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. Prior to the commencement of each subsequent review, every OTC derivatives dealer shall file with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC notice of changes in the agreed-upon procedures.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Extensions and exemptions.</I> Upon the written request of the OTC derivatives dealer, or on its own motion, the Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption from any of the requirements of this section either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Notification of change of fiscal year.</I> (1) In the event any OTC derivatives dealer finds it necessary to change its fiscal year, it must file a notice of such change with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice shall contain a detailed explanation of the reasons for the change. Any change in the filing period for the audit report must be approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(p) Unless otherwise stated in this rule, for purposes of filing requirements as described in § 240.17a-12, these filings shall be deemed to have been accomplished upon receipt at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(q) Any signature required by this section may be a manual or electronic signature. The signing process for an electronic signature must, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the signatory to present a physical, logical, or digital credential that authenticates the signatory's individual identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Reasonably provide for non-repudiation of the signature;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide that the signature be attached, affixed, or otherwise logically associated with the signature page or document being signed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include a timestamp to record the date and time of the signature.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59401, Nov. 3, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 34494, June 21, 2004; 83 FR 50223, Oct. 4, 2018; 84 FR 68656, Dec. 16, 2019; 86 FR 31116, June 11, 2021; 90 FR 7367, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.485" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-13   Quarterly security counts to be made by certain exchange members, brokers, and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section shall apply to every member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with or for others than members of a national securities exchange, every broker or dealer (other than a member) who transacts a business in securities through the medium of any member of a national securities exchange, and every broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; except that a broker or dealer meeting all of the following conditions shall be exempt from the provisions of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) His dealer transactions (as principal for his own account) are limited to the purchase, sale, and redemption of redeemable shares of registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account, whether or not registered as an investment company; except that a broker or dealer transacting business as a sole proprietor may also effect occasional transactions in other securities for his own account with or through another registered broker-dealer; 
</P>
<P>(2) His transactions as broker (agent) are limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The sale and redemption of redeemable securities of registered investment companies or of interests or participations in an insurance company separate account, whether or not registered as an investment company;
</P>
<P>(ii) The solicitation of share accounts for savings and loan associations insured by an instrumentality of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The sale of securities for the account of a customer to obtain funds for immediate reinvestment in redeemable securities of registered investment companies; and 
</P>
<P>(3) He promptly transmits all funds and delivers all securities received in connection with his activities as a broker or dealer, and does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers. 
</P>
<FP>Notwithstanding the foregoing, this rule shall not apply to any insurance company which is a registered broker-dealer, and which otherwise meets all of the conditions in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, solely by reason of its participation in transactions that are a part of the business of insurance, including the purchasing, selling, or holding of securities for or on behalf of such company's general and separate accounts. 
</FP>
<P>(b) Any member, broker, or dealer who is subject to the provisions of this rule shall at least once in each calendar quarter-year: 
</P>
<P>(1) Physically examine and count all securities held including securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(2) Account for all securities in transfer, in transit, pledged, loaned, borrowed, deposited, failed to receive, failed to deliver, subject to repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise subject to his control or direction but not in his physical possession by examination and comparison of the supporting detail records with the appropriate ledger control accounts;
</P>
<P>(3) Verify all securities in transfer, in transit, pledge, loaned, borrowed, deposited, failed to receive, failed to deliver, subject to repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise subject to his control or direction but not in his physical possession, where such securities have been in said status for longer than thirty days;
</P>
<P>(4) Compare the results of the count and verification with his records; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Record on the books and records of the member, broker, or dealer all unresolved differences setting forth the security involved and date of comparison in a security count difference account no later than 7 business days after the date of each required quarterly security examination, count, and verification in accordance with the requirements provided in paragraph (c) of this section. <I>Provided, however,</I> That no examination, count, verification, and comparison for the purpose of this section shall be within 2 months of or more than 4 months following a prior examination, count, verification, and comparison made hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(c) The examination, count, verification, and comparison may be made either as of a date certain or on a cyclical basis covering the entire list of securities. In either case the recordation shall be effected within 7 business days subsequent to the examination, count, verification, and comparison of a particular security. In the event that an examination, count, verification, and comparison is made on a cyclical basis, it shall not extend over more than 1 calendar quarter-year, and no security shall be examined, counted, verified, or compared for the purpose of this rule less than 2 months or more than 4 months after a prior examination, count, verification, and comparison. 
</P>
<P>(d) The examination, count, verification, and comparison shall be made or supervised by persons whose regular duties do not require them to have direct responsibility for the proper care and protection of the securities or the making or preservation of the subject records. 
</P>
<P>(e) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)(A)) that is not a member of either a national securities exchange pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)) or a national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(a)). 
</P>
<P>(f) The Commission may, upon written request, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any member, broker, or dealer who satisfies the Commission that it is not necessary in the public interest and for the protection of investors to subject the particular member, broker, or dealer to certain or all of the provisions of this section, because of the special nature of his business, the safeguards he has established for the protection of customers' funds and securities, or such other reason as the Commission deems appropriate. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 21179, Nov. 4, 1971, as amended at 42 FR 23790, May 10, 1977; 52 FR 22299, June 11, 1987; 67 FR 58300, Sept. 13, 2002]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.486" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-14   Form CRS, for preparation, filing and delivery of Form CRS.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of section.</I> This section shall apply to every broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15 of the Act that offers services to a retail investor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form CRS.</I> You must:
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare Form CRS 17 CFR 249.640, by following the instructions in the form.
</P>
<P>(2) File your current Form CRS electronically with the Commission through the Central Registration Depository (“Web CRD®”) operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., and thereafter, file an amended Form CRS in accordance with the instructions in Form CRS.
</P>
<P>(3) Amend your Form CRS as required by the instructions in the form.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery of Form CRS.</I> You must:
</P>
<P>(1) Deliver to each retail investor your current Form CRS before or at the earliest of:
</P>
<P>(i) A recommendation of an account type, a securities transaction; or an investment strategy involving securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Placing an order for the retail investor; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The opening of a brokerage account for the retail investor.
</P>
<P>(2) Deliver to each retail investor who is an existing customer your current Form CRS before or at the time you:
</P>
<P>(i) Open a new account that is different from the retail investor's existing account(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommend that the retail investor roll over assets from a retirement account into a new or existing account or investment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Recommend or provide a new brokerage service or investment that does not necessarily involve the opening of a new account and would not be held in an existing account.
</P>
<P>(3) Post the current Form CRS prominently on your public website, if you have one, in a location and format that is easily accessible for retail investors.
</P>
<P>(4) Communicate any changes made to Form CRS to each retail investor who is an existing customer within 60 days after the amendments are required to be made and without charge. The communication can be made by delivering the amended Form CRS or by communicating the information through another disclosure that is delivered to the retail investor.
</P>
<P>(5) Deliver a current Form CRS to each retail investor within 30 days upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other disclosure obligations.</I> Delivering a Form CRS in compliance with this section does not relieve you of any other disclosure obligations arising under the federal securities laws and regulations or other laws or regulations (including the rules of a self-regulatory organization).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Current Form CRS</I> means the most recent version of the Form CRS.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retail investor</I> means a natural person, or the legal representative of such natural person, who seeks to receive or receives services primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Transition rule.</I> (1) If you are registered with the Commission prior to June 30, 2020, pursuant to Section 15 of the Act, you must file your initial Form CRS with the Commission in accordance with section (b)(2) of this section, beginning on May 1, 2020, and by no later than June 30, 2020.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after June 30, 2020, if you file an application for registration with the Commission or have an application for registration pending with the Commission as a broker or dealer pursuant to Section 15 of the Act, you must begin to comply with this section by the date on which your registration application becomes effective pursuant to Section 15 of the Act, including by filing your Form CRS in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 30 days after the date by which you are first required by paragraph (f) of this section to electronically file your initial Form CRS with the Commission, you must deliver to each of your existing customers who is a retail investor your current Form CRS.
</P>
<P>(4) As of the date by which you are first required to electronically file your Form CRS with the Commission pursuant to this section, you must begin using your Form CRS as required to comply with paragraph (c) of this rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 33629, July 12, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.487" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-18   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.488" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-19   Form X-17A-19 Report by national securities exchanges and registered national securities associations of changes in the membership status of any of their members.</HEAD>
<P>Every national securities exchange and every registered national securities association must file with the Commission and with the Securities Investor Protection Corporation such information as is required by § 249.635 of this chapter on Form X-17A-19 within five business days of the occurrence of the initiation of the membership of any person or the suspension or termination of the membership of any member. Form X-17A-19 must be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-T. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to relieve a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association of its responsibilities under § 240.17a-5(b)(5) except that, to the extent a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association promptly files a report on Form X-17A-19 including therewith, inter alia, information sufficient to satisfy the requirements of § 240.17a-5(b)(5), it shall not be required to file a report pursuant to § 240.17a-5(b). Upon the occurrence of the events described in this paragraph, every national securities exchange and every registered national securities association shall notify in writing such member of its responsibilities under § 240.17a-5(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7368, Jan. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-21" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.489" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-21   Reports of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Annual Report of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.</I> The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file annual reports with the Commission as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to October 1, 1976, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file with the Commission an annual report for the period from its formation until June 30, 1976 and shall include whatever information, data and recommendations it considers advisable with regard to matters within its jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to December 1, 1977, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file with the Commission an annual report for the period from July 1, 1976 until September 30, 1977 and shall include whatever information, data and recommendations it considers advisable with regard to matters within its jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to December 1 of each year beginning in 1978, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file with the Commission an annual report for the twelve months immediately preceding October 1 of that year and shall include whatever information, data and recommendations it considers advisable with regard to matters within its jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(4) The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall include in its annual report a statement and an analysis of its expenses and operations including: 
</P>
<P>(i) A balance sheet as of the end of the period covered by the report and a statement of revenues and expenses for the Board for that period; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules of the Board including any written interpretations of the rules or staff interpretive letters, except that this information may be included in the annual report once every three years and shall be up to date as of the latest practicable date within 3 months of the date on which this information is filed. If the Board publishes or cooperates in the publication of this information on an annual or more frequent basis, in lieu of including such information in the annual report the Board may: 
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the publication in which such information is available, the name, address, and telephone number of the person from whom such publication may be obtained, and the price thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Certify to the accuracy of such information as of its date. If the Board keeps this information up to date and makes it available to the Commission and the public upon request, in lieu of filing such information the Board may certify that the information is kept up to date and is available to the Commission and the public upon request; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The following information concerning members of the Board: 
</P>
<P>(A) Name; 
</P>
<P>(B) Dates of commencement and termination of present term of office; 
</P>
<P>(C) Length of time each member has held such office; 
</P>
<P>(D) Name of principal organization with which connected; 
</P>
<P>(E) Title; and 
</P>
<P>(F) City wherein the principal office of such organization is located; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Address of the Board, the name and address of each person authorized to receive notices on behalf of the Board from the Commission, and the name and address of counsel to the Board, if any; and 
</P>
<P>(v) A list, including addresses, as of the latest practicable date, alphabetically arranged, of all municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers which have paid to the Board fees and charges to defray the costs and expenses of operating the Board. 
</P>
<P>(5) Within 10 days after the discovery of any material inaccuracy in its annual report or in any amendment thereto the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file with the Commission an amendment correcting such inaccuracy. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental reports of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.</I> The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file supplemental reports to the Commission as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Within 10 days after issuing or making generally available to municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers any materials (including notices, circulars, bulletins, lists, periodicals, etc.), the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall file with the Commission three copies of such material (unless such material is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 19b-4). 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 10 days after any action is taken which renders no longer accurate any of the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this section to be contained in the annual report of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (except action reported to the Commission pursuant to Rule 19b-4), the Board shall file with the Commission written notification in triplicate setting forth the nature of such action and the effective date thereof. Such notice may be filed either in the form of a letter or in the form of a notice made generally available to municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 36200, Aug. 27, 1976, as amended at 59 FR 66701, Dec. 28, 1994] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-22" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.490" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-22   Supplemental material of registered clearing agencies.</HEAD>
<P>Within two business days after issuing, or making generally available, to its participants or to other entities with whom it has a significant relationship, any material (including, for example, manuals, notices, circulars, bulletins, lists or periodicals) that are not otherwise required to be posted on its internet website pursuant to any requirement under Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act or any rule under § 240.19b-4, a registered clearing agency shall prominently post such material on its internet website.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7369, Jan. 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17a-25" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.491" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17a-25   Electronic submission of securities transaction information by exchange members, brokers, and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every member, broker, or dealer subject to § 240.17a-3 shall, upon request, electronically submit to the Commission the securities transaction information as required in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the transaction was a proprietary transaction effected or caused to be effected by the member, broker, or dealer for any account in which such member, broker, or dealer, or person associated with the member, broker, or dealer, is directly or indirectly interested, such member, broker or dealer shall submit the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) Clearing house number, or alpha symbol of the member, broker, or dealer submitting the information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearing house number(s), or alpha symbol(s) of the member(s), broker(s) or dealer(s) on the opposite side of the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Identifying symbol assigned to the security; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Date transaction was executed; 
</P>
<P>(v) Number of shares, or quantity of bonds or options contracts, for each specific transaction; whether each transaction was a purchase, sale, or short sale; and, if an options contract, whether open long or short or close long or short; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Transaction price; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Account number; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) The identity of the exchange or other market where the transaction was executed. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the transaction was effected or caused to be effected by the member, broker, or dealer for any customer account, such member, broker, or dealer shall submit the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) Information contained in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(viii) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Customer name, address(es), branch office number, registered representative number, whether the order was solicited or unsolicited, date account opened, and the customer's tax identification number(s); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the transaction was effected for a customer of another member, broker, or dealer, whether the other member, broker, or dealer was acting as principal or agent on the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the information in paragraph (a) of this section, a member, broker, or dealer shall, upon request, electronically submit to the Commission the following securities transaction information for transactions involving entities that trade using multiple accounts: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) If part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting member, broker, or dealer have been transferred or otherwise forwarded to one or more accounts at another member, broker, or dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) If part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting member, broker, or dealer have been transferred or otherwise received from one or more other members, brokers, or dealers, an identifier for this type of transaction. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting member, broker, or dealer have been transferred or otherwise received from another account at the reporting member, broker, or dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) If part or all of an account's transactions at the reporting member, broker, or dealer have been transferred or otherwise forwarded to one or more other accounts at the reporting member, broker, or dealer, an identifier for this type of transaction. 
</P>
<P>(3) If an account's transaction was processed by a depository institution, the identifier assigned to the account by the depository institution. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every member, broker, or dealer shall, upon request, submit to the Commission and, keep current, information containing the full name, title, address, telephone number(s), facsimile number(s), and electronic-mail address(es) for each person designated by the member, broker, or dealer as responsible for processing securities transaction information requests from the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) The member, broker, or dealer should comply with the format for the electronic submission of the securities transaction information described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section as specified by the member, broker, or dealer's designated self-regulatory organization under § 240.17d-1, unless otherwise specified by Commission rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 35843, July 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17d-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.492" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17d-1   Examination for compliance with applicable financial responsibility rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a member of SIPC is a member of more than one self-regulatory organization, the Commission shall designate by written notice to one of such organizations responsibility for examining such member for compliance with applicable financial responsibility rules. In making such designations the Commission shall take into consideration the regulatory capabilities and procedures of the self-regulatory organizations, availability of staff, convenience of location, unnecessary regulatory duplication, and such other factors as the Commission may consider germane to the protection of investors, the cooperation and coordination among self-regulatory organizations, and the development of a national market system and a national system for the clearance and settlement of securities transactions. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon designation of responsibility pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, all other self-regulatory organizations of which such person is a member shall be relieved of such responsibility to the extent specified. 
</P>
<P>(c) After the Commission has acted pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, any self-regulatory organization relieved of responsibility with respect to a member may notify customers of, and persons doing business with, such member of the limited nature of its responsibility for such member's compliance with applicable financial responsibility rules. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18809, May 7, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17d-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.493" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17d-2   Program for allocation of regulatory responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any two or more self-regulatory organizations may file with the Commission within ninety (90) days of the effective date of this rule, and thereafter as changes in designation are necessary or appropriate, a plan for allocating among the self-regulatory organizations the responsibility to receive regulatory reports from persons who are members or participants of more than one of such self-regulatory organizations to examine such persons for compliance, or to enforce compliance by such persons, with specified provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of such self-regulatory organizations, or to carry out other specified regulatory functions with respect to such persons. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any plan filed hereunder may contain provisions for the allocation among the parties of expenses reasonably incurred by the self-regulatory organization having regulatory responsibilities under the plan. 
</P>
<P>(c) After appropriate notice and opportunity for comment, the Commission may, by written notice, declare such a plan, or any part of the plan, effective if it finds the plan, or any part thereof, necessary or appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors, to foster cooperation and coordination among self-regulatory organizations, or to remove impediments to and foster the development of the national market system and a national system for the clearance and settlement of securities transactions and in conformity with the factors set forth in section 17(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(d) Upon the effectiveness of such a plan or part thereof, any self-regulatory organization which is a party to the plan shall be relieved of responsibility as to any person for whom such responsibility is allocated under the plan to another self-regulatory organization to the extent of such allocation. 
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing herein shall preclude any self-regulatory organization from entering into more than one plan filed hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(f) After the Commission has declared a plan or part thereof effective pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or acted pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, a self-regulatory organization relieved of responsibility may notify customers of, and persons doing business with, such member or participant of the limited nature of its responsibility for such member's or participant's acts, practices, and course of business. 
</P>
<P>(g) In the event that plans declared effective pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section do not provide for all members or participants or do not allocate all regulatory responsibilities, the Commission may, after due consideration of the factors enumerated in section 17(d)(1) and notice and opportunity for comment, designate one or more of the self-regulatory organizations responsible for specified regulatory responsibilities with respect to such members or participants. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 49093, Nov. 8, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17f-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.494" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17f-1   Requirements for reporting and inquiry with respect to missing, lost, counterfeit or stolen securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>reporting institution</I> shall include every national securities exchange, member thereof, registered securities association, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, registered transfer agent, registered clearing agency, participant therein, member of the Federal Reserve System and bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>uncertificated security</I> shall mean a security not represented by an instrument and the transfer of which is registered upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>global certificate securities issue</I> shall mean a securities issue for which a single master certificate representing the entire issue is registered in the nominee name of a registered clearing agency and for which beneficial owners cannot receive negotiable securities certificates; 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>customer</I> shall mean any person with whom the reporting institution has entered into at least one prior securities-related transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>securities-related transaction</I> shall mean a purpose, sale or pledge of investment securities, or a custodial arrangement for investment securities. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>securities certificate</I> means any physical instrument that represents or purports to represent ownership in a security that was printed by or on behalf of the issuer thereof and shall include any such instrument that is or was: 
</P>
<P>(i) Printed but not issued; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Issued and outstanding, including treasury securities; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Cancelled, which for this purpose means either or both of the procedures set forth in § 240.17Ad-19(a)(1); or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Counterfeit or reasonably believed to be counterfeit. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>issuer</I> shall include an issuer's: 
</P>
<P>(i) Transfer agent(s), paying agent(s), tender agent(s), and person(s) providing similar services; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Corporate predecessor(s) and successor(s). 
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>missing</I> shall include any securities certificate that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Cannot be located or accounted for, but is not believed to be lost or stolen; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A transfer agent claims or believes was destroyed in any manner other than by the transfer agent's own certificate destruction procedures as provided in § 240.17Ad-19. 
</P>
<P>(b) Every reporting institution shall register with the Commission or its designee in accordance with instructions issued by the Commission except: 
</P>
<P>(1) A member of a national securities exchange who effects securities transactions through the trading facilities of the exchange and has not received or held customer securities within the last six months; 
</P>
<P>(2) A reporting institution that, within the last six months, limited its securities activities exclusively to uncertificated securities, global securities issues or any securities issue for which neither record nor beneficial owners can obtain a negotiable securities certificate; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A reporting institution whose business activities, within the last six months, did not involve the handling of securities certificates. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting requirements</I>—(1) <I>Stolen securities.</I> (i) Every reporting institution shall report to the Commission or its designee, and to a registered transfer agent for the issue, the discovery of the theft or loss of any securities certificates where there is substantial basis for believing that criminal activity was involved. Such report shall be made within one business day of the discovery and, if the certificate numbers of the securities cannot be ascertained at that time, they shall be reported as soon thereafter as possible. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Every reporting institution shall promptly report to the Federal Bureau of Investigation upon the discovery of the theft or loss of any securities certificate where there is substantial basis for believing that criminal activity was involved. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Missing or lost securities.</I> Every reporting institution shall report to the Commission or its designee, and to a registered transfer agent for the issue, the discovery of the loss of any securities certificate where criminal actions are not suspected when the securities certificate has been missing or lost for a period of two business days. Such report shall be made within one business day of the end of such period except that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Securities certificates lost, missing, or stolen while in transit to customers, transfer agents, banks, brokers or dealers shall be reported by the delivering institution by the later of two business days after notice of non-receipt or as soon after such notice as the certificate numbers of the securities can be ascertained. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a shipment of retired securities certificates is in transit between any transfer agents, banks, brokers, dealers, or other reporting institutions, with no affiliation existing between such entities, and the delivering institution fails to receive notice of receipt or non-receipt of the certificates, the delivering institution shall act to determine the facts. In the event of non-delivery where the certificates are not recovered by the delivering institution, the delivering institution shall report the certificates as lost, stolen, or missing to the Commission or its designee within a reasonable time under the circumstances but in any event within twenty business days from the date of shipment. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities certificates considered lost or missing as a result of securities counts or verifications required by rule, regulation or otherwise (e.g., dividend record date verification made as a result of firm policy or internal audit function report) shall be reported by the later of ten business days after completion of such securities count or verification or as soon after such count or verification as the certificate numbers of the securities can be ascertained. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities certificates not received during the completion of delivery, deposit or withdrawal shall be reported in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(A) Where delivery of the securities certificates is through a clearing agency, the delivering institution shall supply to the receiving institution the certificate number of the security within two business days from the date of request from the receiving institution. The receiving institution shall report within one business day of notification of the certificate number; 
</P>
<P>(B) Where the delivery of securities certificates is in person and where the delivering institution has a receipt, the delivering institution shall supply the receiving institution the certificate numbers of the securities within two business days from the date of request from the receiving institution. The receiving institution shall report within one business day of notification of the certificate number;
</P>
<P>(C) Where the delivery of securities certificates is in person and where the delivering institution has no receipt, the delivering institution shall report within two business days of notification of non-receipt by the receiving institution; or
</P>
<P>(D) Where delivery of securities certificates is made by mail or via draft, if payment is not received within ten business days, the delivering institution shall confirm with the receiving institution the failure to receive such delivery; if confirmation shows non-receipt, the delivering institution shall report within two business days of such confirmation. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Counterfeit securities.</I> Every reporting institution shall report the discovery of any counterfeit securities certificate to the Commission or its designee, to a registered transfer agent for the issue, and to the Federal Bureau of Investigation within one business day of such discovery. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transfer agent reporting obligations.</I> Every transfer agent shall make the reports required above only if it receives notification of the loss, theft or counterfeiting from a non-reporting institution or if it receives notification other than on a Form X-17F-1A or if the certificate was in its possession at the time of the loss. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Recovery.</I> Every reporting institution that originally reported a lost, missing or stolen securities certificate pursuant to this Section shall report recovery of that securities certificate to the Commission or its designee and to a registered transfer agent for the issue within one business day of such recovery or finding. Every reporting institution that originally made a report in which criminality was indicated also shall notify the Federal Bureau of Investigation that the securities certificate has been recovered. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Information to be reported.</I> All reports made pursuant to this Section shall include, if applicable or available, the following information with respect to each securities certificate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Issuer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Type of security and series; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of issue; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Maturity date; 
</P>
<P>(v) Denomination; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Interest rate; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Certificate number, including alphabetical prefix or suffix; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Name in which registered; 
</P>
<P>(ix) Distinguishing characteristics, if counterfeit; 
</P>
<P>(x) Date of discovery of loss or recovery; 
</P>
<P>(xi) CUSIP number; 
</P>
<P>(xii) Financial Industry Numbering System (“FINS”) Number; and 
</P>
<P>(xiii) Type of loss. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Forms.</I> Reporting institutions shall make all reports to the Commission or its designee and to a registered transfer agent for the issue pursuant to this section on Form X-17F-1A. Reporting institutions shall make reports to the Federal Bureau of Investigation pursuant to this Section on Form X-17F-1A, unless the reporting institution is a member of the Federal Reserve System or a bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in which case reports may be made on the form required by the institution's appropriate regulatory agency for reports to the Federal Bureau of Investigation. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required inquiries.</I> (1) Every reporting institution (except a reporting institution that, acting in its capacity as transfer agent, paying agent, exchange agent or tender agent for an equity issue, or registrar for a bond or other debt issue, compares all transactions against a shareholder or bondholder list and a current list of stop transfers) shall inquire of the Commission or its designee with respect to every securities certificate which comes into its possession or keeping, whether by pledge, transfer or otherwise, to ascertain whether such securities certificate has been reported as missing, lost, counterfeit or stolen, unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) The securities certificate is received directly from the issuer or issuing agent at issuance; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities certificate is received from another reporting institution or from a Federal Reserve Bank or Branch; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The securities certificate is received from a customer of the reporting institution; and 
</P>
<P>(A) Is registered in the name of such customer or its nominee; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Was previously sold to such customer, as verified by the internal records of the reporting institution; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The securities certificate is received as part of a transaction which has an aggregate face value of $10,000 or less in the case of bonds, or market value of $10,000 or less in the case of stocks; or 
</P>
<P>(v) The securities certificate is received directly from a drop which is affiliated with a reporting institution for the purposes of receiving or delivering certificates on behalf of the reporting institution. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form of inquiry.</I> Inquiries shall be made in such manner as prescribed by the Commission or its designee. 
</P>
<P>(3) A reporting institution shall make required inquiries by the end of the fifth business day after a securities certificate comes into its possession or keeping, provided that such inquiries shall be made before the certificate is sold, used as collateral, or sent to another reporting institution. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permissive reports and inquiries.</I> Every reporting insitution may report to or inquire of the Commission or its designee with respect to any securities certificate not otherwise required by this section to be the subject of a report or inquiry. The Commission on written request or upon its own motion may permit reports to and inquiries of the system by any other person or entity upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate and necessary in the public interest and for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemptions.</I> The following types of securities are not subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Security issues not assigned CUSIP numbers; 
</P>
<P>(2) Bond coupons; 
</P>
<P>(3) Uncertificated securities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Global securities issues; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Any securities issue for which neither record nor beneficial owners can obtain a negotiable securities certificates.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Every reporting institution shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place for three years copies of all Forms X-17F-1A filed pursuant to this section, all agreements between reporting institutions regarding registration or other aspects of this section, and all confirmations or other information received from the Commission or its designee as a result of inquiry. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, and 23, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78w) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31503, May 31, 1979; 45 FR 14022, Mar. 3, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 37289, Sept. 26, 1988; 53 FR 40721, Oct. 18, 1988; 68 FR 74400, Dec. 23, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17f-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.111.495" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17f-2   Fingerprinting of securities industry personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemptions for the fingerprinting requirement.</I> Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency shall require that each of its partners, directors, officers and employees be fingerprinted and shall submit, or cause to be submitted, the fingerprints of such persons to the Attorney General of the United States or its designee for identification and appropriate processing.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Permissive exemptions.</I> Every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency may claim one or more of the exemptions in paragraph (a)(1) (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this section; <I>Provided,</I> That all the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section are also satisfied. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer or registered clearing agency.</I> Every person who is a partner, director, officer or employee of a member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, or registered clearing agency shall be exempt if that person:
</P>
<P>(A) Is not engaged in the sale of securities;
</P>
<P>(B) Does not regularly have access to the keeping, handling or processing of (<I>1</I>) securities, (<I>2</I>) monies, or (<I>3</I>) the original books and records relating to the securities or the monies; and
</P>
<P>(C) Does not have direct supervisory responsibility over persons engaged in the activities referred to in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) (A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Registered transfer agents.</I> Every person who is a partner, director, officer or employee of a registered transfer agent shall be exempt if that person:
</P>
<P>(A) Is not engaged in transfer agent functions (as defined in section 3(a)(25) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or activities incidental thereto; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Meets the conditions in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) (B) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Registered broker-dealers engaged in sales of certain securities.</I> Every partner, director, officer and employee of a registered broker or dealer who satisfies paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section shall be exempt if that broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(A) Is engaged exclusively in the sale of shares of registered open-end management investment companies, variable contracts, or interests in limited partnerships, unit investment trusts or real estate investment trusts; <I>Provided,</I> That those securities ordinarily are not evidenced by certificates;
</P>
<P>(B) Is current in its continuing obligation under §§ 240.15b1-1 and 15b3-1(b) to update Item 10 of Form BD to disclose the existence of any statutory disqualification set forth in sections 3(a)(39), 15(b)(4) and 15(b)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
</P>
<P>(C) Has insurance or bonding indemnifying it for losses to customers caused by the fraudulent or criminal acts of any of its partners, directors, officers or employees for whom an exemption is being claimed under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Is subject to the jurisdiction of a state insurance department with respect to its sale of variable contracts.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Illegible fingerprint cards.</I> Every person who is a partner, director, officer or employee shall be exempt if that member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent or registered clearing agency, on at least three occasions: 
</P>
<P>(A) Attempts in good faith to obtain from such person a complete set of fingerprints acceptable to the Attorney General or its designee for identification and appropriate processing by requiring that person to be fingerprinted, by having that person's fingerprints rolled by a person competent to do so and by submitting the fingerprint cards for that person to the Attorney General of the United States or its designee in accordance with proper procedures; 
</P>
<P>(B) Has that person's fingerprint cards returned to it by the Attorney General of the United States or its designee without that person's fingerprints having been identified because the fingerprints were illegible; and
</P>
<P>(C) Retains the returned fingerprint cards and any other required records in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section and §§ 240.17a-3(a)(13), 17a-4(e)(2) and 240.17Ad-7(e)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other exemptions by application to the Commission.</I> The Commission, upon specified terms, conditions and periods, may grant exemptions to any class of partners, directors, officers or employees of any member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent or registered clearing agency, if the Commission finds that such action is not inconsistent with the public interest or the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fingerprinting pursuant to other law.</I> Every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency may satisfy the fingerprinting requirement of section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as to any partner, director, officer or employee, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The person, in connection with his or her present employment with such organization, has been fingerprinted pursuant to any other law, statute, rule or regulation of any state or federal government or agency thereof; 
</P>
<P>(2) The fingerprint cards for that person are submitted, or are caused to be submitted, to the Attorney General of the United States or its designee for identification and appropriate processing, and the Attorney General or its designee has processed those fingerprint cards; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The processed fingerprint cards or any substitute records, together with any information received from the Attorney General or its designee, are maintained in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fingerprinting plans of self-regulatory organizations.</I> The fingerprinting requirement of section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be satisfied by submitting appropriate and complete fingerprint cards to a registered national securities exchange or to a registered national securities association which, pursuant to a plan filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission, forwards such fingerprint cards to the Attorney General of the United States or its designee for identification and appropriate processing. Any plan filed by a registered national securities exchange or a registered national securities association shall not become effective, unless declared effective by the Commission as not inconsistent with the public interest or the protection of investors; and, in declaring any such plan effective, the Commission may impose any terms and conditions relating to the provisions of the plan and the period of its effectiveness as it may deem necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record maintenance</I>—(1) <I>Maintenance of processed fingerprint cards and other related information.</I> Every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency shall maintain the processed fingerprint card or any substitute record when such card is not returned after processing, together with any information received from the Attorney General or its designee, for every person required to be fingerprinted under section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and for persons who have complied with this section pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section. Every substitute record shall state the name of the person whose fingerprint card was submitted to the Attorney General of the United States, the name of the member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent or registered clearing agency that submitted the fingerprint card, the name of the person or organization that rolled the fingerprints, the date on which the fingerprints were rolled, and the date the fingerprint card was submitted to the Attorney General of the United States. The processed fingerprint card and every other substitute record containing the information required by this paragraph, together with any information received from the Attorney General of the United States, shall be kept in an easily accessible place at the organization's principal office and shall be made available upon request to the Commission, the appropriate regulatory agency (if not the Commission) or other designated examining authority. The organization's principal office must provide to the regional, branch or satellite office actually employing the person written evidence that the person's fingerprints have been processed by the FBI, and must provide to that office a copy of any criminal history record information received from the FBI. All fingerprint cards, records and information required to be maintained under this paragraph shall be retained for a period of not less than three years after termination of that person's employment or relationship with the organization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Record maintenance by designated examining authorities.</I> The records required to be maintained and preserved by a member of a national securities exchange, broker, or dealer pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section may be maintained and preserved on behalf of that member, broker, or dealer by a self-regulatory organization that is also the designated examining authority for that member, broker or dealer, <I>Provided</I> That the self-regulatory organization has filed in accordance with § 240.17f-2(c) a fingerprinting plan or amendments to an existing plan concerning the storage and maintenance of records and that plan, as amended, has been declared effective by the Commission, and <I>Provided Further</I> That:
</P>
<P>(i) Such records are subject at any time, or from time to time, to reasonable periodic, special or other examinations by representatives of the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The self-regulatory organization furnishes to the Commission, upon demand, at either the principal office or at the regional office complete, correct and current hard copies of any and all such records.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reproduction of records on microfilm.</I> The records required to be maintained pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section may be produced or reproduced on microfilm and preserved in that form. If such microfilm substitution for hard copy is made by a member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent or registered clearing agency, or by a self-regulatory organization maintaining and storing records pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, it shall at all times:
</P>
<P>(i) Have available for examination by the Commission, the appropriate regulatory agency (if not the Commission) or other designated examining authority, facilities for the immediate, easily readable projection of the microfilm and for the production of easily readable and legible facsimile enlargements;
</P>
<P>(ii) File and index the films in such a manner as to permit the immediate location and retrieval of any particular record;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be ready to provide, and immediately provide, any facsimile enlargement which the Commission, the appropriate regulatory agency (if not the Commission) or other designated examining authority by their examiners or other representatives may request; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For the period for which the microfilm records are required to be maintained, store separately from the original microfilm records a copy of the microfilm records.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice requirement.</I> Every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency that claims one or more of the exemptions in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall make and keep current a statement entitled “Notice Pursuant to Rule 17f-2” containing the information specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contents of statement.</I> The Notice required by paragraph (e) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(i) State the name of the organization and state whether it is a member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent, or registered clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify by division, department, class, or name and position within the organization all persons who are claimed to have satisfied the fingerprinting requirement of section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify by division, department, class, title or position within the organization all persons claimed to be exempt under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, and identify by name all persons claimed to be exempt under paragraph (a)(1)(iv). Persons identified under this paragraph (e)(1)(iii) shall be exempt from the requirement of section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 unless notified to the contrary by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe, in generic terms, the nature of the duties of the person or classes of persons, and the nature of the functions and operations of the divisions and departments, identified as exempt in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(v) Describe the security measures utilized to ensure that only those persons who have been fingerprinted in accordance with the fingerprinting requirement of section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or who are exempt under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section have access to the keeping, handling or processing of securities or monies or the original books and records relating thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Record maintenance.</I> A copy of the Notice required to be made and kept current under paragraph (e) of this section shall be kept in an easily accessible place at the organization's principal office and at the office employing the persons for whom exemptions are claimed and shall be made available upon request for inspection by the Commission, appropriate regulatory agency (if not the Commission) or other designated examining authority.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exemption from the notice requirement.</I> A registered transfer agent that performs transfer agent functions only on behalf of itself as an issuer and that receives fewer than 500 items for transfer and fewer than 500 items for processing during any six consecutive months shall be exempt from the notice requirement of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54060, Dec. 1, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="112" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 33620, June 18, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.496" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-1   Application for registration as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial application.</I> A credit rating agency applying to the Commission to be registered under section 15E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7) as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization must file with the Commission two paper copies of an initial application on Form NRSRO (§ 249b.300 of this chapter) that follows all applicable instructions for the Form.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application to register for an additional class of credit ratings.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization applying to register for an additional class of the credit ratings described in section 3(a)(62)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(62)(B)) must file with the Commission two paper copies of an application to add a class of credit ratings on Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form. The application will be subject to the requirements of section 15E(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplementing an application prior to final action by the Commission.</I> An applicant must promptly file with the Commission two paper copies of a written notice if information submitted to the Commission in an initial application to be registered as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or in an application to register for an additional class of credit ratings is found to be or becomes materially inaccurate prior to the date of a Commission order granting or denying the application. The notice must identify the information that was found to be materially inaccurate. The applicant also must promptly file with the Commission two paper copies of an application supplement on Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawing an application.</I> An applicant may withdraw an initial application to be registered as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or an application to register for an additional class of credit ratings prior to the date of a Commission order granting or denying the application. To withdraw the application, the applicant must furnish the Commission with two paper copies of a written notice of withdrawal executed by a duly authorized person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Update of registration.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization amending materially inaccurate information in its application for registration pursuant to section 15E(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(b)(1)) must promptly file with the Commission an update of its registration on Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form. A Form NRSRO and the information and documents in Exhibits 2 through 9 to Form NRSRO, as applicable, filed under this paragraph must be filed electronically with the Commission on EDGAR as a PDF document in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.11 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Annual certification.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization amending its application for registration pursuant to section 15E(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(b)(2)) must file with the Commission an annual certification on Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form not later than 90 days after the end of each calendar year. A Form NRSRO and the information and documents in Exhibits 1 through 9 to Form NRSRO filed under this paragraph must be filed electronically with the Commission on EDGAR as a PDF document in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Withdrawal from registration.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization withdrawing from registration pursuant to section 15E(e)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(e)(1)) must furnish the Commission with a notice of withdrawal from registration on Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form. The withdrawal from registration will become effective 45 calendar days after the notice is furnished to the Commission upon such terms and conditions as the Commission may establish as necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors. A Form NRSRO furnished under this paragraph must be furnished electronically with the Commission on EDGAR as a PDF document in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Filing or furnishing Form NRSRO.</I> A Form NRSRO filed or furnished, as applicable, under any paragraph of this section will be considered filed with or furnished to the Commission on the date the Commission receives a complete and properly executed Form NRSRO that follows all applicable instructions for the Form. Information filed or furnished, as applicable, on a confidential basis and for which confidential treatment has been requested pursuant to applicable Commission rules will be accorded confidential treatment to the extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Public availability of Form NRSRO.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must make its current Form NRSRO and information and documents in Exhibits 1 through 9 to Form NRSRO publicly and freely available on an easily accessible portion of its corporate Internet Web site within 10 business days after the date of the Commission order granting an initial application for registration as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or an application to register for an additional class of credit ratings and within 10 business days after filing with or furnishing to, as applicable, the Commission a Form NRSRO under paragraph (e), (f), or (g) of this section. In addition, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization must make its most recently filed Exhibit 1 to Form NRSRO freely available in writing to any individual who requests a copy of the Exhibit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8178, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 79 FR 55262, Sept. 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.497" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-2   Records to be made and retained by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Records required to be made and retained.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must make and retain the following books and records, which must be complete and current:
</P>
<P>(1) Records of original entry into the accounting system of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and records reflecting entries to and balances in all general ledger accounts of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for each fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) Records with respect to each current credit rating of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization indicating (as applicable):
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of any credit analyst(s) that participated in determining the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the person(s) that approved the credit rating before it was issued;
</P>
<P>(iii) If a quantitative model was a substantial component in the process of determining the credit rating of a security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction, a record of the rationale for any material difference between the credit rating implied by the model and the final credit rating issued; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the credit rating was solicited or unsolicited.
</P>
<P>(3) An account record for each person (for example, an obligor, issuer, underwriter, or other user) that has paid the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the issuance or maintenance of a credit rating indicating:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity and address of the person; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The credit rating(s) determined or maintained for the person.
</P>
<P>(4) An account record for each subscriber to the credit ratings and/or credit analysis reports of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization indicating the identity and address of the subscriber.
</P>
<P>(5) A record listing the general types of services and products offered by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(6) A record documenting the established procedures and methodologies used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine credit ratings.
</P>
<P>(7) A record that lists each security and money market instrument and its corresponding credit rating issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction where the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, in determining the credit rating for the security or money market instrument, treats assets within such pool or as a part of such transaction that are not subject to a credit rating of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization by any or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Determining credit ratings for the unrated assets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Performing credit assessments or determining private credit ratings for the unrated assets;
</P>
<P>(iii) Determining credit ratings or private credit ratings, or performing credit assessments for the unrated assets by taking into consideration the internal credit analysis of another person; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Determining credit ratings or private credit ratings, or performing credit assessments for the unrated assets by taking into consideration (but not necessarily adopting) the credit ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(8) For each outstanding credit rating, a record showing all rating actions and the date of such actions from the initial credit rating to the current credit rating identified by the name of the rated security or obligor and, if applicable, the CUSIP of the rated security or the Central Index Key (CIK) number of the rated obligor.
</P>
<P>(9) A record documenting the policies and procedures the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, and enforce pursuant to section 15E(h)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(h)(4)(A)) and § 240.17g-8(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records required to be retained.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must retain the following books and records (excluding drafts of documents) that relate to its business as a credit rating agency:
</P>
<P>(1) Significant records (for example, bank statements, invoices, and trial balances) underlying the information included in the annual financial reports the nationally recognized statistical rating organization filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission pursuant to § 240.17g-3.
</P>
<P>(2) Internal records, including nonpublic information and work papers, used to form the basis of a credit rating issued by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(3) Credit analysis reports, credit assessment reports, and private credit rating reports of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and internal records, including nonpublic information and work papers, used to form the basis for the opinions expressed in these reports.
</P>
<P>(4) Compliance reports and compliance exception reports.
</P>
<P>(5) Internal audit plans, internal audit reports, documents relating to internal audit follow-up measures, and all records identified by the internal auditors of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization as necessary to perform the audit of an activity that relates to its business as a credit rating agency.
</P>
<P>(6) Marketing materials of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that are published or otherwise made available to persons that are not associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(7) External and internal communications, including electronic communications, received and sent by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and its employees that relate to initiating, determining, maintaining, monitoring, changing,, or withdrawing a credit rating.
</P>
<P>(8) Any written communications received from persons not associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that contain complaints about the performance of a credit analyst in initiating, determining, maintaining, monitoring, changing, or withdrawing a credit rating.
</P>
<P>(9) Internal documents that contain information, analysis, or statistics that were used to develop a procedure or methodology to treat the credit ratings of another nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the purpose of determining a credit rating for a security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or part of any asset-backed securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(10) For each security or money market instrument identified in the record required to be made and retained under paragraph (a)(7) of this section, any document that contains a description of how assets within such pool or as a part of such transaction not rated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization but rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization were treated for the purpose of determining the credit rating of the security or money market instrument.
</P>
<P>(11) Forms NRSRO (including Exhibits and accompanying information and documents) the nationally recognized statistical rating organization filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission.
</P>
<P>(12) The internal control structure the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, enforce, and document pursuant to section 15E(c)(3)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(c)(3)(A)).
</P>
<P>(13) The policies and procedures the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, enforce, and document pursuant to § 240.17g-8(a).
</P>
<P>(14) The policies and procedures the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, enforce, and document pursuant to § 240.17g-8(b).
</P>
<P>(15) The standards of training, experience, and competence for credit analysts the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, enforce, and document pursuant to § 240.17g-9.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record retention periods.</I> The records required to be retained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be retained for three years after the date the record is made or received, except that a record identified in paragraph (a)(9), (b)(12), (b)(13), (b)(14), or (b)(15) of this section must be retained until three years after the date the record is replaced with an updated record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manner of retention.</I> An original, or a true and complete copy of the original, of each record required to be retained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be maintained in a manner that, for the applicable retention period specified in paragraph (c) of this section, makes the original record or copy easily accessible to the principal office of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and to any other office that conducted activities causing the record to be made or received.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Third-party record custodian.</I> The records required to be retained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may be made or retained by a third-party record custodian, provided the nationally recognized statistical rating organization furnishes the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC with a written undertaking of the custodian executed by a duly authorized person. The undertaking must be in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned acknowledges that books and records it has made or is retaining for [the nationally recognized statistical rating organization] are the exclusive property of [the nationally recognized statistical rating organization]. The undersigned undertakes that upon the request of [the nationally recognized statistical rating organization] it will promptly provide the books and records to [the nationally recognized statistical rating organization] or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) or its representatives and that upon the request of the Commission it will promptly permit examination by the Commission or its representatives of the records at any time or from time to time during business hours and promptly furnish to the Commission or its representatives a true and complete copy of any or all or any part of such books and records.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>A nationally recognized statistical rating organization that engages a third-party record custodian remains responsible for complying with every provision of this section.
</FP>
<P>(f) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must promptly furnish the Commission or its representatives with legible, complete, and current copies, and, if specifically requested, English translations of those records of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization required to be retained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) this section, or any other records of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization subject to examination under section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(b)) that are requested by the Commission or its representatives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 33620, June 18, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 6482, Feb. 9, 2009; 74 FR 63863, Dec. 4, 2009; 79 FR 55263, Nov. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.498" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-3   Annual financial and other reports to be filed or furnished by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must annually, not more than 90 calendar days after the end of its fiscal year (as indicated on its current Form NRSRO):
</P>
<P>(1) File with the Commission a financial report, as of the end of the fiscal year, containing audited financial statements of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or audited consolidated financial statements of its parent if the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is a separately identifiable division or department of the parent. The audited financial statements must:
</P>
<P>(i) Include a balance sheet, an income statement (or a statement of comprehensive income, as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles noted in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and statement of cash flows, and a statement of changes in ownership equity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction in which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or its parent is incorporated, organized, or has its principal office; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be certified by an accountant who is qualified and independent in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (8) of § 210.2-01 of this chapter. The accountant must give an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of § 210.2-02 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) File with the Commission a financial report, as of the end of the fiscal year, containing, if applicable, unaudited consolidating financial statements of the parent of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that include the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>This financial report must be filed only if the audited financial statements provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section are consolidated financial statements of the parent of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) File with the Commission an unaudited financial report, as of the end of the fiscal year, providing information concerning the revenue of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization in each of the following categories (as applicable) for the fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(i) Revenue from determining and maintaining credit ratings;
</P>
<P>(ii) Revenue from subscribers;
</P>
<P>(iii) Revenue from granting licenses or rights to publish credit ratings; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Revenue from all other services and products (include descriptions of any major sources of revenue).
</P>
<P>(4) File with the Commission an unaudited financial report, as of the end of the fiscal year, providing the total aggregate and median annual compensation of the credit analysts of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the fiscal year.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(4):</HED>
<P>In calculating total and median annual compensation, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization may exclude deferred compensation, provided such exclusion is noted in the report.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) File with the Commission an unaudited financial report, as of the end of the fiscal year, listing the 20 largest issuers and subscribers that used credit rating services provided by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization by amount of net revenue attributable to the issuer or subscriber during the fiscal year. Additionally, include on the list any obligor or underwriter that used the credit rating services provided by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization if the net revenue attributable to the obligor or underwriter during the fiscal year equaled or exceeded the net revenue attributable to the 20th largest issuer or subscriber. Include the net revenue amount for each person on the list.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(5):</HED>
<P>A person is deemed to have “used the credit rating services” of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization if the person is any of the following: an obligor that is rated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization (regardless of whether the obligor paid for the credit rating); an issuer that has securities or money market instruments subject to a credit rating of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization (regardless of whether the issuer paid for the credit rating); any other person that has paid the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine a credit rating with respect to a specific obligor, security, or money market instrument; or a subscriber to the credit ratings, credit ratings data, or credit analysis of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization. In calculating net revenue attributable to a person, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization should include all revenue earned by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for any type of service or product, regardless of whether related to credit rating services, and net of any rebates and allowances paid or owed to the person by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P></NOTE>
<P>(6) Furnish the Commission with an unaudited report, as of the end of the fiscal year, of the number of credit ratings actions (upgrades, downgrades, placements on credit watch, and withdrawals) taken during the fiscal year in each class of credit ratings identified in section 3(a)(62)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(62)(B)) for which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered with the Commission.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(6):</HED>
<P>A nationally recognized statistical rating organization registered in the class of credit ratings described in section 3(a)(62)(B)(iv) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(62)(B)(iv)) must include credit ratings actions taken on credit ratings of any security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction for purposes of reporting the number of credit ratings actions in this class.</P></NOTE>
<P>(7)(i) File with the Commission an unaudited report containing an assessment by management of the effectiveness during the fiscal year of the internal control structure governing the implementation of and adherence to policies, procedures, and methodologies for determining credit ratings the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, enforce, and document pursuant to section 15E(c)(3)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(c)(3)(A)) that includes:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of the responsibility of management in establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of each material weakness in the internal control structure identified during the fiscal year, if any, and a description, if applicable, of how each identified material weakness was addressed; and
</P>
<P>(C) A statement as to whether the internal control structure was effective as of the end of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) Management is not permitted to conclude that the internal control structure of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization was effective as of the end of the fiscal year if there were one or more material weaknesses in the internal control structure as of the end of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(7), a deficiency in the internal control structure exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect a failure of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to:
</P>
<P>(A) Implement a policy, procedure, or methodology for determining credit ratings in accordance with the policies and procedures of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; or
</P>
<P>(B) Adhere to an implemented policy, procedure, or methodology for determining credit ratings.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(7), a material weakness exists if a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in the design or operation of the internal control structure creates a reasonable possibility that a failure identified in paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section that is material will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(8) File with the Commission an unaudited annual report on the compliance of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization with the securities laws and the policies and procedures of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization pursuant to section 15E(j)(5)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(j)(5)(B)).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must attach to the reports filed or furnished, as applicable, pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section a signed statement by a duly authorized person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization stating that the person has responsibility for the reports and, to the best knowledge of the person, the reports fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, revenues, analyst compensation, and credit rating actions of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the period presented; and
</P>
<P>(2) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must attach to the report filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of this section a signed statement by the chief executive officer of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if the nationally recognized statistical rating organization does not have a chief executive officer, an individual performing similar functions, stating that the chief executive officer or equivalent individual has responsibility for the report and, to the best knowledge of the chief executive officer or equivalent individual, the report fairly presents, in all material respects: an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the internal control structure during the fiscal year that includes a description of the responsibility of management in establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure; a description of each material weakness in the internal control structure identified during the fiscal year, if any, and a description, if applicable, of how each identified material weakness was addressed; and an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the internal control structure as of the end of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may grant an extension of time or an exemption with respect to any requirements in this section either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions on the written request of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization if the Commission finds that such extension or exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Electronic filing.</I> The reports must be filed with or furnished to, as applicable, the Commission electronically on EDGAR as PDF documents in the format required by the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> Information in a report filed or furnished, as applicable, on a confidential basis and for which confidential treatment has been requested pursuant to applicable Commission rules will be accorded confidential treatment to the extent permitted by law. Confidential treatment may be requested by marking each page “Confidential Treatment Requested” and by complying with Commission rules governing confidential treatment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 33620, June 18, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 6482, Feb. 9, 2009; 79 FR 55263, Sept. 15, 2014; 79 FR 61576, Nov. 14, 2014; 83 FR 50223, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.499" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-4   Prevention of misuse of material nonpublic information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The written policies and procedures a nationally recognized statistical rating organization establishes, maintains, and enforces to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information pursuant to section 15E(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(g)(1)) must include policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent:
</P>
<P>(1) The inappropriate dissemination within and outside the nationally recognized statistical rating organization of material nonpublic information obtained in connection with the performance of credit rating services;
</P>
<P>(2) A person within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization from purchasing, selling, or otherwise benefiting from any transaction in securities or money market instruments when the person is aware of material nonpublic information obtained in connection with the performance of credit rating services that affects the securities or money market instruments; and
</P>
<P>(3) The inappropriate dissemination within and outside the nationally recognized statistical rating organization of a pending credit rating action before issuing the credit rating on the Internet or through another readily accessible means.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>person within a nationally recognized statistical rating organization</I> means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, its credit rating affiliates identified on Form NRSRO, and any partner, officer, director, branch manager, and employee of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or its credit rating affiliates (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.500" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-5   Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person within a nationally recognized statistical rating organization is prohibited from having a conflict of interest relating to the issuance or maintenance of a credit rating identified in paragraph (b) of this section, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization has disclosed the type of conflict of interest in Exhibit 6 to Form NRSRO in accordance with section 15E(a)(1)(B)(vi) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(a)(1)(B)(vi)) and § 240.17g-1;
</P>
<P>(2) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization has established and is maintaining and enforcing written policies and procedures to address and manage conflicts of interest in accordance with section 15E(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(h)); and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of the conflict of interest identified in paragraph (b)(9) of this section relating to issuing or maintaining a credit rating for a security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintains on a password-protected Internet Web site a list of each such security or money market instrument for which it is currently in the process of determining an initial credit rating in chronological order and identifying the type of security or money market instrument, the name of the issuer, the date the rating process was initiated, and the Internet Web site address where the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter of the security or money market instrument represents that the information described in paragraphs (a)(3)(iii)(C) through (E) of this section can be accessed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides free and unlimited access to such password-protected Internet Web site during the applicable calendar year to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that provides it with a copy of the certification described in paragraph (e) of this section that covers that calendar year, provided that such certification indicates that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization providing the certification either:
</P>
<P>(A) Determined and maintained credit ratings for at least 10% of the issued securities and money market instruments for which it accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3)(iii) in the calendar year prior to the year covered by the certification, if it accessed such information for 10 or more issued securities or money market instruments; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has not accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) 10 or more times during the most recently ended calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Obtains from the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter of each such security or money market instrument a written representation that can reasonably be relied upon that the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter will:
</P>
<P>(A) Maintain the information described in paragraphs (a)(3)(iii)(C) through (E) of this section available at an identified password-protected Internet Web site that presents the information in a manner indicating which information currently should be relied on to determine or monitor the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(B) Provide access to such password-protected Internet Web site during the applicable calendar year to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that provides it with a copy of the certification described in paragraph (e) of this section that covers that calendar year, provided that such certification indicates that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization providing the certification either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Determined and maintained credit ratings for at least 10% of the issued securities and money market instruments for which it accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3)(iii) in the calendar year prior to the year covered by the certification, if it accessed such information for 10 or more issued securities or money market instruments; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has not accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) 10 or more times during the most recently ended calendar year.
</P>
<P>(C) Post on such password-protected Internet Web site all information the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter provides to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or contracts with a third party to provide to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, for the purpose of determining the initial credit rating for the security or money market instrument, including information about the characteristics of the assets underlying or referenced by the security or money market instrument, and the legal structure of the security or money market instrument, at the same time such information is provided to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
</P>
<P>(D) Post on such password-protected Internet Web site all information the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter provides to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or contracts with a third party to provide to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, for the purpose of undertaking credit rating surveillance on the security or money market instrument, including information about the characteristics and performance of the assets underlying or referenced by the security or money market instrument at the same time such information is provided to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(E) Post on such password-protected Internet Web site, promptly after receipt, any executed Form ABS Due Diligence-15E (§ 249b.500 of this chapter) containing information about the security or money market instrument delivered by a person employed to provide third-party due diligence services with respect to the security or money market instrument.
</P>
<P>(iv) The provisions of paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section will not apply to a nationally recognized statistical rating organization when issuing or maintaining a credit rating for a security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The issuer of the security or money market instrument is not a U.S. person (as defined in § 230.902(k) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(B) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization has a reasonable basis to conclude that all offers and sales of the security or money market instrument by any issuer, sponsor, or underwriter linked to the security or money market instrument will occur outside the United States (as that phrase is used in §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> For purposes of this section, each of the following is a conflict of interest:
</P>
<P>(1) Being paid by issuers or underwriters to determine credit ratings with respect to securities or money market instruments they issue or underwrite.
</P>
<P>(2) Being paid by obligors to determine credit ratings with respect to the obligors.
</P>
<P>(3) Being paid for services in addition to determining credit ratings by issuers, underwriters, or obligors that have paid the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine a credit rating.
</P>
<P>(4) Being paid by persons for subscriptions to receive or access the credit ratings of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and/or for other services offered by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization where such persons may use the credit ratings of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to comply with, and obtain benefits or relief under, statutes and regulations using the term <I>nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</I>
</P>
<P>(5) Being paid by persons for subscriptions to receive or access the credit ratings of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and/or for other services offered by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization where such persons also may own investments or have entered into transactions that could be favorably or adversely impacted by a credit rating issued by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(6) Allowing persons within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to directly own securities or money market instruments of, or having other direct ownership interests in, issuers or obligors subject to a credit rating determined by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(7) Allowing persons within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to have a business relationship that is more than an arms length ordinary course of business relationship with issuers or obligors subject to a credit rating determined by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(8) Having a person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that is a broker or dealer engaged in the business of underwriting securities or money market instruments.
</P>
<P>(9) Issuing or maintaining a credit rating for a security or money market instrument issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction that was paid for by the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter of the security or money market instrument;
</P>
<P>(10) Any other type of conflict of interest relating to the issuance of credit ratings by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that is material to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization and that is identified by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization in Exhibit 6 to Form NRSRO in accordance with section 15E(a)(1)(B)(vi) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(a)(1)(B)(vi)) and § 240.17g-1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibited conflicts.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization is prohibited from having the following conflicts of interest relating to the issuance or maintenance of a credit rating as a credit rating agency:
</P>
<P>(1) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating solicited by a person that, in the most recently ended fiscal year, provided the nationally recognized statistical rating organization with net revenue (as reported under § 240.17g-3) equaling or exceeding 10% of the total net revenue of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating with respect to a person (excluding a sovereign nation or an agency of a sovereign nation) where the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, a credit analyst that participated in determining the credit rating, or a person responsible for approving the credit rating, directly owns securities of, or has any other direct ownership interest in, the person that is subject to the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(3) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating with respect to a person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
</P>
<P>(4) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating where a credit analyst who participated in determining the credit rating, or a person responsible for approving the credit rating, is an officer or director of the person that is subject to the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(5) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating with respect to an obligor or security where the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or a person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization made recommendations to the obligor or the issuer, underwriter, or sponsor of the security about the corporate or legal structure, assets, liabilities, or activities of the obligor or issuer of the security;
</P>
<P>(6) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating where the fee paid for the rating was negotiated, discussed, or arranged by a person within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization who has responsibility for participating in determining credit ratings or for developing or approving procedures or methodologies used for determining credit ratings, including qualitative and quantitative models; 
</P>
<P>(7) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating where a credit analyst who participated in determining or monitoring the credit rating, or a person responsible for approving the credit rating received gifts, including entertainment, from the obligor being rated, or from the issuer, underwriter, or sponsor of the securities being rated, other than items provided in the context of normal business activities such as meetings that have an aggregate value of no more than $25; or
</P>
<P>(8) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization issues or maintains a credit rating where a person within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization who participates in determining or monitoring the credit rating, or developing or approving procedures or methodologies used for determining the credit rating, including qualitative and quantitative models, also:
</P>
<P>(i) Participates in sales or marketing of a product or service of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or a product or service of an affiliate of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is influenced by sales or marketing considerations.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>person within a nationally recognized statistical rating organization</I> means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, its credit rating affiliates identified on Form NRSRO, and any partner, officer, director, branch manager, and employee of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or its credit rating affiliates (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> In order to access a password-protected Internet Web site described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization must furnish to the Commission, for each calendar year for which it is requesting a password, the following certification, signed by a person duly authorized by the certifying entity:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby certifies that it will access the Internet Web sites described in 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) solely for the purpose of determining or monitoring credit ratings. Further, the undersigned certifies that it will keep the information it accesses pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) confidential and treat it as material nonpublic information subject to its written policies and procedures established, maintained, and enforced pursuant to section 15E(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(g)(1)) and 17 CFR 240.17g-4. Further, the undersigned certifies that it will determine and maintain credit ratings for at least 10% of the issued securities and money market instruments for which it accesses information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3)(iii), if it accesses such information for 10 or more issued securities or money market instruments in the calendar year covered by the certification. Further, the undersigned certifies one of the following as applicable: (1) In the most recent calendar year during which it accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3), the undersigned accessed information for [Insert Number] issued securities and money market instruments through Internet Web sites described in 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) and determined and maintained credit ratings for [Insert Number] of such securities and money market instruments; or (2) The undersigned previously has not accessed information pursuant to 17 CFR 240.17g-5(a)(3) 10 or more times during the most recently ended calendar year.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) Upon written application by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, the Commission may exempt, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, such nationally recognized statistical rating organization from the provisions of paragraph (c)(8) of this section if the Commission finds that due to the small size of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization it is not appropriate to require the separation within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization of the production of credit ratings from sales and marketing activities and such exemption is in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(g) In a proceeding pursuant to section 15E(d)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(d)(1)), the Commission shall suspend or revoke the registration of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization if the Commission finds, in lieu of a finding specified under sections 15E(d)(1)(A), (B), (C), (D), (E), or (F) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(d)(1)(A) through (F)), that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has violated a rule issued under section 15E(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(h)) and that the violation affected a credit rating.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 33620, June 18, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 6482, Feb. 9, 2009; 74 FR 63864, Dec. 4, 2009; 79 FR 55264, Sept. 15, 2014; 79 FR 61576, Oct. 14, 2014; 84 FR 40258, Sept. 13, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.501" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-6   Prohibited acts and practices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitions.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization is prohibited from engaging in any of the following unfair, coercive, or abusive practices:
</P>
<P>(1) Conditioning or threatening to condition the issuance of a credit rating on the purchase by an obligor or issuer, or an affiliate of the obligor or issuer, of any other services or products, including pre-credit rating assessment products, of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or any person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(2) Issuing, or offering or threatening to issue, a credit rating that is not determined in accordance with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization's established procedures and methodologies for determining credit ratings, based on whether the rated person, or an affiliate of the rated person, purchases or will purchase the credit rating or any other service or product of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or any person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(3) Modifying, or offering or threatening to modify, a credit rating in a manner that is contrary to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization's established procedures and methodologies for modifying credit ratings based on whether the rated person, or an affiliate of the rated person, purchases or will purchase the credit rating or any other service or product of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or any person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(4) Issuing or threatening to issue a lower credit rating, lowering or threatening to lower an existing credit rating, refusing to issue a credit rating, or withdrawing or threatening to withdraw a credit rating, with respect to securities or money market instruments issued by an asset pool or as part of any asset-backed securities transaction, unless all or a portion of the assets within such pool or part of such transaction also are rated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, where such practice is engaged in by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for an anticompetitive purpose.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8178, Dec. 22, 1948, as amended at 79 FR 55264, Sept. 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.502" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-7   Disclosure requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disclosures to be made when taking a rating action.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization must publish the items described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, as applicable, when taking a rating action with respect to a credit rating assigned to an obligor, security, or money market instrument in a class of credit ratings for which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered. For purposes of this section, the term <I>rating action</I> means any of the following: the publication of an expected or preliminary credit rating assigned to an obligor, security, or money market instrument before the publication of an initial credit rating; an initial credit rating; an upgrade or downgrade of an existing credit rating (including a downgrade to, or assignment of, default); and an affirmation or withdrawal of an existing credit rating if the affirmation or withdrawal is the result of a review of the credit rating assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization using applicable procedures and methodologies for determining credit ratings. The items described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section must be published in the same manner as the credit rating that is the result or subject of the rating action and made available to the same persons who can receive or access the credit rating that is the result or subject of the rating action.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Information disclosure form.</I> A form generated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Format.</I> The form generated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must be in a format that:
</P>
<P>(A) Organizes the information into numbered items that are identified by the type of information being disclosed and a reference to the paragraph in this section that specifies the disclosure of the information, and are in the order that the paragraphs specifying the information to be disclosed are codified in this section;
</P>
<P><I>Note to paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A):</I> A given item in the form should be identified by a title that identifies the type of information and references paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), or (a)(2) of this section based on the information being disclosed in the item. For example, the information specified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C) of this section should be identified with the caption “Main Assumptions and Principles Used to Construct the Rating Methodology used to Determine the Credit Rating as required by Paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C) of Rule 17g-7”). The form must organize the items of information in the following order: items 1 through 14 must contain the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) through (N) of this section, respectively, and item 15 must contain the certifications specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section (the information specified in each paragraph comprising a separate item). For example, item 3 must contain the information specified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Is easy to use and helpful for users of credit ratings to understand the information contained in the form; and
</P>
<P>(C) Provides the content described in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(K) through (M) of this section in a manner that is directly comparable across types of obligors, securities, and money market instruments.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Content.</I> The form generated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must contain the following information about the credit rating:
</P>
<P>(A) The symbol, number, or score in the rating scale used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to denote credit rating categories and notches within categories assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument that is the subject of the credit rating and, as applicable, the identity of the obligor or the identity and a description of the security or money market instrument;
</P>
<P>(B) The version of the procedure or methodology used to determine the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(C) The main assumptions and principles used in constructing the procedures and methodologies used to determine the credit rating, including qualitative methodologies and quantitative inputs, and, if the credit rating is for a structured finance product, assumptions about the correlation of defaults across the underlying assets;
</P>
<P>(D) The potential limitations of the credit rating, including the types of risks excluded from the credit rating that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization does not comment on, including, as applicable, liquidity, market, and other risks;
</P>
<P>(E) Information on the uncertainty of the credit rating including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Information on the reliability, accuracy, and quality of the data relied on in determining the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A statement relating to the extent to which data essential to the determination of the credit rating were reliable or limited, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Any limits on the scope of historical data; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Any limits on accessibility to certain documents or other types of information that would have better informed the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(F) Whether and to what extent the nationally recognized statistical rating organization used due diligence services of a third party in taking the rating action, and, if the nationally recognized statistical rating organization used such services, either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A description of the information that the third party reviewed in conducting the due diligence services and a summary of the findings and conclusions of the third party; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A cross-reference to a Form ABS Due Diligence-15E executed by the third party that is published with the form, provided the cross-referenced Form ABS Due Diligence-15E (§ 249b.500 of this chapter) contains a description of the information that the third party reviewed in conducting the due diligence services and a summary of the findings and conclusions of the third party;
</P>
<P>(G) If applicable, how servicer or remittance reports were used, and with what frequency, to conduct surveillance of the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(H) A description of the types of data about any obligor, issuer, security, or money market instrument that were relied upon for the purpose of determining the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(I) A statement containing an overall assessment of the quality of information available and considered in determining the credit rating for the obligor, security, or money market instrument, in relation to the quality of information available to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization in rating similar obligors, securities, or money market instruments;
</P>
<P>(J) Information relating to conflicts of interest of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, which must include:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) As applicable, a statement that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization was:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Paid to determine the credit rating by the obligor being rated or the issuer, underwriter, depositor, or sponsor of the security or money market instrument being rated;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Paid to determine the credit rating by a person other than the obligor being rated or the issuer, underwriter, depositor, or sponsor of the security or money market instrument being rated; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Not paid to determine the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If applicable, in a statement required under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(J)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) or (<I>ii</I>) of this section, a statement that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization also was paid for services other than determining credit ratings during the most recently ended fiscal year by the person that paid the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the rating action results from a review conducted pursuant to section 15E(h)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(h)(4)(A)) and § 240.17g-8(c), the following information (as applicable):
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) If the rating action is a revision of a credit rating pursuant to § 240.17g-8(c)(2)(i)(A), an explanation that the reason for the action is the discovery that a credit rating assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument in one or more prior rating actions was influenced by a conflict of interest, including a description of the nature of the conflict, the date and associated credit rating of each prior rating action that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has determined was influenced by the conflict, and a description of the impact the conflict had on the prior rating action or actions; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) If the rating action is an affirmation of a credit rating pursuant to § 240.17g-8(c)(2)(i)(B), an explanation that the reason for the action is the discovery that a credit rating assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument in one or more prior rating actions was influenced by a conflict of interest, including a description of the nature of the conflict, an explanation of why no rating action was taken to revise the credit rating notwithstanding the presence of the conflict, the date and associated credit rating of each prior rating action the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has determined was influenced by the conflict, and a description of the impact the conflict had on the prior rating action or actions.
</P>
<P>(K) An explanation or measure of the potential volatility of the credit rating, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any factors that are reasonably likely to lead to a change in the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The magnitude of the change that could occur under different market conditions determined by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to be relevant to the rating;
</P>
<P>(L) Information on the content of the credit rating, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If applicable, the historical performance of the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The expected probability of default and the expected loss in the event of default;
</P>
<P>(M) Information on the sensitivity of the credit rating to assumptions made by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Five assumptions made in the ratings process that, without accounting for any other factor, would have the greatest impact on the credit rating if the assumptions were proven false or inaccurate; provided that, if the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has made fewer than five such assumptions, it need only disclose information on the assumptions that would have an impact on the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An analysis, using specific examples, of how each of the assumptions identified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(M)(<I>1</I>) of this section impacts the credit rating;
</P>
<P>(N)(<I>1</I>) If the credit rating is assigned to an asset-backed security as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)), information on:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The representations, warranties, and enforcement mechanisms available to investors which were disclosed in the prospectus, private placement memorandum or other offering documents for the asset-backed security and that relate to the asset pool underlying the asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) How they differ from the representations, warranties, and enforcement mechanisms in issuances of similar securities;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must include the information required under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(N)(<I>1</I>) of this section only if the rating action is a preliminary credit rating, an initial credit rating, or, in the case of a rating action other than a preliminary credit rating or initial credit rating, the rating action is the first rating action taken after a material change in the representations, warranties, or enforcement mechanisms described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(N)(<I>1</I>) of this section and the rating action involves an asset-backed security that was initially rated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization on or after September 26, 2011.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Attestation.</I> The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must attach to the form a signed statement by a person within the nationally recognized statistical rating organization stating that the person has responsibility for the rating action and, to the best knowledge of the person:
</P>
<P>(A) No part of the credit rating was influenced by any other business activities;
</P>
<P>(B) The credit rating was based solely upon the merits of the obligor, security, or money market instrument being rated; and
</P>
<P>(C) The credit rating was an independent evaluation of the credit risk of the obligor, security, or money market instrument.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Third-party due diligence certification.</I> Any executed Form ABS Due Diligence-15E (§ 249b.500 of this chapter) containing information about the security or money market instrument subject to the rating action that is received by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or obtained by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization through an Internet Web site maintained by the issuer, sponsor, or underwriter of the security or money market instrument pursuant to § 240.17g-5(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exemption.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section do not apply to a rating action if:
</P>
<P>(i) The rated obligor or issuer of the rated security or money market instrument is not a U.S. person (as defined in § 230.902(k) of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization has a reasonable basis to conclude that:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to any security or money market instrument issued by a rated obligor, all offers and sales by any issuer, sponsor, or underwriter linked to the security or money market instrument will occur outside the United States (as that phrase is used in §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S) of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a rated security or money market instrument, all offers and sales by any issuer, sponsor, or underwriter linked to the security or money market instrument will occur outside the United States (as that phrase is used in §§ 230.901 through 230.905 (Regulation S) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure of credit rating histories</I>—(1) <I>Credit ratings subject to the disclosure requirement.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must publicly disclose for free on an easily accessible portion of its corporate Internet Web site:
</P>
<P>(i) For a class of credit rating in which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered with the Commission as of the effective date of paragraph (b) of this section, the credit rating assigned to each obligor, security, and money market instrument in the class that was outstanding as of, or initially determined on or after, the date three years prior to the effective date of this rule, and any subsequent upgrade or downgrade of the credit rating (including a downgrade to, or assignment of, default), and a withdrawal of the credit rating; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For a class of credit rating in which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered with the Commission after the effective date of paragraph (b) of this section, the credit rating assigned to each obligor, security, and money market instrument in the class that was outstanding as of, or initially determined on or after, the date three years prior to the date the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered in the class, and any subsequent upgrade or downgrade of the credit rating (including a downgrade to, or assignment of, default), and a withdrawal of the credit rating.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Information.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must include, at a minimum, the following information with each credit rating disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization disclosing the rating action;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date of the rating action;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the rating action is taken with respect to a credit rating of an obligor as an entity, the following identifying information about the obligor, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) The Legal Entity Identifier issued by a utility endorsed or otherwise governed by the Global LEI Regulatory Oversight Committee or the Global LEI Foundation (LEI) of the obligor, if available, or, if an LEI is not available, the Central Index Key (CIK) number of the obligor, if available; and
</P>
<P>(B) The name of the obligor.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the rating action is taken with respect to a credit rating of a security or money market instrument, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) The LEI of the issuer of the security or money market instrument, if available, or, if an LEI is not available, the CIK number of the issuer of the security or money market instrument, if available;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of the issuer of the security or money market instrument; and
</P>
<P>(C) The CUSIP of the security or money market instrument;
</P>
<P>(v) A classification of the rating action as either:
</P>
<P>(A) An addition to the rating history disclosure because the credit rating was outstanding as of the date three years prior to the effective date of the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section or because the credit rating was outstanding as of the date three years prior to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization becoming registered in the class of credit ratings;
</P>
<P>(B) An initial credit rating;
</P>
<P>(C) An upgrade of an existing credit rating;
</P>
<P>(D) A downgrade of an existing credit rating, which would include classifying the obligor, security, or money market instrument as in default, if applicable; or
</P>
<P>(E) A withdrawal of an existing credit rating and, if the classification is withdrawal, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization also must classify the reason for the withdrawal as either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The obligor defaulted, or the security or money market instrument went into default;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The obligation subject to the credit rating was extinguished by payment in full of all outstanding principal and interest due on the obligation according to the terms of the obligation; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The credit rating was withdrawn for reasons other than those set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(v)(E)(<I>1</I>) or (<I>2</I>) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The classification of the class or subclass that applies to the credit rating as either:
</P>
<P>(A) Financial institutions, brokers, or dealers;
</P>
<P>(B) Insurance companies;
</P>
<P>(C) Corporate issuers; or
</P>
<P>(D) Issuers of structured finance products in one of the following subclasses:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Residential mortgage backed securities (“RMBS”) (for purposes of this subclass, RMBS means a securitization primarily of residential mortgages);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”) (for purposes of this subclass, CMBS means a securitization primarily of commercial mortgages);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) (for purposes of this subclass, a CLO means a securitization primarily of commercial loans);
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) (for purposes of this subclass, a CDO means a securitization primarily of other debt instruments such as RMBS, CMBS, CLOs, CDOs, other asset backed securities, and corporate bonds);
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Asset-backed commercial paper conduits (“ABCP”) (for purposes of this subclass, ABCP means short term notes issued by a structure that securitizes a variety of financial assets, such as trade receivables or credit card receivables, which secure the notes);
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Other asset-backed securities (“other ABS”) (for purposes of this subclass, other ABS means a securitization primarily of auto loans, auto leases, floor plans, credit card receivables, student loans, consumer loans, or equipment leases); or
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Other structured finance products (“other SFPs”) (for purposes of this subclass, other SFPs means any structured finance product not identified in paragraphs (b)(2)(iv)(D)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>6</I>)) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(E) Issuers of government securities, municipal securities, or securities issued by a foreign government in one of the following subclasses:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Sovereign issuers;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) U.S. public finance; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) International public finance; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The credit rating symbol, number, or score in the applicable rating scale of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument as a result of the rating action or, if the credit rating remained unchanged as a result of the action, the credit rating symbol, number, or score in the applicable rating scale of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument as of the date of the rating action (in either case, include a credit rating in a default category, if applicable).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Format and frequency of updating.</I> The information identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section must be disclosed in an interactive data file that uses an XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language) format and the List of XBRL Tags for nationally recognized statistical rating organizations as published on the Internet Web site of the Commission, and must be updated no less frequently than monthly.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Timing.</I> The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must disclose the information required in paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Within twelve months from the date the rating action is taken, if the credit rating subject to the action was paid for by the obligor being rated or by the issuer, underwriter, depositor, or sponsor of the security being rated; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Within twenty-four months from the date the rating action is taken, if the credit rating subject to the action is not a credit rating described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Removal of a credit rating history.</I> The nationally recognized statistical rating organization may cease disclosing a rating history of an obligor, security, or money market instrument if at least 15 years have elapsed since a rating action classified as a withdrawal of a credit rating pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(v)(E) of this section was disclosed in the rating history of the obligor, security, or money market instrument.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 55264, Sept. 15, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 40258, Sept. 13, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.503" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-8   Policies, procedures, and internal controls.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policies and procedures with respect to the procedures and methodologies used to determine credit ratings.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must establish, maintain, enforce, and document policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) That the procedures and methodologies, including qualitative and quantitative data and models, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings are approved by its board of directors or a body performing a function similar to that of a board of directors.
</P>
<P>(2) That the procedures and methodologies, including qualitative and quantitative data and models, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings are developed and modified in accordance with the policies and procedures of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
</P>
<P>(3) That material changes to the procedures and methodologies, including changes to qualitative and quantitative data and models, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings are:
</P>
<P>(i) Applied consistently to all current and future credit ratings to which the changed procedures or methodologies apply; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent that the changes are to surveillance or monitoring procedures and methodologies, applied to current credit ratings to which the changed procedures or methodologies apply within a reasonable period of time, taking into consideration the number of credit ratings impacted, the complexity of the procedures and methodologies used to determine the credit ratings, and the type of obligor, security, or money market instrument being rated.
</P>
<P>(4) That the nationally recognized statistical rating organization promptly publishes on an easily accessible portion of its corporate Internet Web site:
</P>
<P>(i) Material changes to the procedures and methodologies, including to qualitative models or quantitative inputs, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings, the reason for the changes, and the likelihood the changes will result in changes to any current credit ratings; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Notice of the existence of a significant error identified in a procedure or methodology, including a qualitative or quantitative model, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings that may result in a change to current credit ratings.
</P>
<P>(5) That the nationally recognized statistical rating organization discloses the version of a credit rating procedure or methodology, including the qualitative methodology or quantitative inputs, used with respect to a particular credit rating.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Policies and procedures with respect to credit rating symbols, numbers, or scores.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must establish, maintain, enforce, and document policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Assess the probability that an issuer of a security or money market instrument will default, fail to make timely payments, or otherwise not make payments to investors in accordance with the terms of the security or money market instrument.
</P>
<P>(2) Clearly define each symbol, number, or score in the rating scale used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to denote a credit rating category and notches within a category for each class of credit ratings for which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered (including subclasses within each class) and to include such definitions in Exhibit 1 to Form NRSRO (§ 249b.300 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) Apply any symbol, number, or score defined pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section in a manner that is consistent for all types of obligors, securities, and money market instruments for which the symbol, number, or score is used.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Policies and procedures with respect to look-back reviews.</I> The policies and procedures a nationally recognized statistical rating organization is required to establish, maintain, and enforce pursuant to section 15E(h)(4)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(h)(4)(A)) must address instances in which a review conducted pursuant to those policies and procedures determines that a conflict of interest influenced a credit rating assigned to an obligor, security, or money market instrument by including, at a minimum, procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization will:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly determine whether the current credit rating assigned to the obligor, security, or money market instrument must be revised so that it no longer is influenced by a conflict of interest and is solely a product of the documented procedures and methodologies the nationally recognized statistical rating organization uses to determine credit ratings; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Promptly publish, based on the determination of whether a current credit rating referred to in paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be revised (as applicable):
</P>
<P>(A) A revised credit rating, if appropriate, and include with the publication of the revised credit rating the information required by § 240.17g-7(a)(1)(ii)(J)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>); or
</P>
<P>(B) An affirmation of the credit rating, if appropriate, and include with the publication of the affirmation the information required by § 240.17g-7(a)(1)(ii)(J)(<I>3</I>)(<I>ii</I>).
</P>
<P>(ii) If the credit rating is not revised or affirmed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section within fifteen calendar days of the date of the discovery that the credit rating was influenced by a conflict of interest, publish a rating action placing the credit rating on watch or review and include with the publication an explanation that the reason for the action is the discovery that the credit rating was influenced by a conflict of interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Internal control structures.</I> A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must take into consideration the factors identified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section when establishing, maintaining, enforcing, and documenting an effective internal control structure governing the implementation of and adherence to policies, procedures, and methodologies for determining credit ratings pursuant to section 15E(c)(3)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to establishing the internal control structure, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must take into consideration:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that a newly developed methodology or proposed update to an in-use methodology for determining credit ratings is subject to an appropriate review process (for example, by persons who are independent from the persons that developed the methodology or methodology update) and to management approval prior to the new or updated methodology being employed by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine credit ratings;
</P>
<P>(ii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that a newly developed methodology or update to an in-use methodology for determining credit ratings is disclosed to the public for consultation prior to the new or updated methodology being employed by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine credit ratings, that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization makes comments received as part of the consultation publicly available, and that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization considers the comments before implementing the methodology;
</P>
<P>(iii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that in-use methodologies for determining credit ratings are periodically reviewed (for example, by persons who are independent from the persons who developed and/or use the methodology) in order to analyze whether the methodology should be updated;
</P>
<P>(iv) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that market participants have an opportunity to provide comment on whether in-use methodologies for determining credit ratings should be updated, that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization makes any such comments received publicly available, and that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization considers the comments;
</P>
<P>(v) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that newly developed or updated quantitative models proposed to be incorporated into a credit rating methodology are evaluated and validated prior to being put into use;
</P>
<P>(vi) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that quantitative models incorporated into in-use credit rating methodologies are periodically reviewed and back-tested;
</P>
<P>(vii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that a nationally recognized statistical rating organization engages in analysis before commencing the rating of a class of obligors, securities, or money market instruments the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has not previously rated to determine whether the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has sufficient competency, access to necessary information, and resources to rate the type of obligor, security, or money market instrument;
</P>
<P>(viii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that a nationally recognized statistical rating organization engages in analysis before commencing the rating of an “exotic” or “bespoke” type of obligor, security, or money market instrument to review the feasibility of determining a credit rating;
</P>
<P>(ix) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that measures (for example, statistics) are used to evaluate the performance of credit ratings as part of the review of in-use methodologies for determining credit ratings to analyze whether the methodologies should be updated or the work of the analysts employing the methodologies should be reviewed;
</P>
<P>(x) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that, with respect to determining credit ratings, the work and conclusions of the lead credit analyst developing an initial credit rating or conducting surveillance on an existing credit rating is reviewed by other analysts, supervisors, or senior managers before a rating action is formally taken (for example, having the work reviewed through a rating committee process);
</P>
<P>(xi) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that a credit analyst documents the steps taken in developing an initial credit rating or conducting surveillance on an existing credit rating with sufficient detail to permit an after-the-fact review or internal audit of the rating file to analyze whether the analyst adhered to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization's procedures and methodologies for determining credit ratings;
</P>
<P>(xii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization conducts periodic reviews or internal audits of rating files to analyze whether analysts adhere to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization's procedures and methodologies for determining credit ratings; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) Any other controls necessary to establish an effective internal control structure taking into consideration the nature of the business of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, including its size, activities, organizational structure, and business model.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to maintaining the internal control structure, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must take into consideration:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization conducts periodic reviews of whether it has devoted sufficient resources to implement and operate the documented internal control structure as designed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization conducts periodic reviews or ongoing monitoring to evaluate the effectiveness of the internal control structure and whether it should be updated;
</P>
<P>(iii) Controls reasonably designed to ensure that any identified deficiencies in the internal control structure are assessed and addressed on a timely basis;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other controls necessary to maintain an effective internal control structure taking into consideration the nature of the business of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, including its size, activities, organizational structure, and business model.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to enforcing the internal control structure, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must take into consideration:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls designed to ensure that additional training is provided or discipline taken with respect to employees who fail to adhere to requirements imposed by the internal control structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Controls designed to ensure that a process is in place for employees to report failures to adhere to the internal control structure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other controls necessary to enforce an effective internal control structure taking into consideration the nature of the business of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, including its size, activities, organizational structure, and business model.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to documenting the internal control structure, the nationally recognized statistical rating organization must take into consideration any controls necessary to document an effective internal control structure taking into consideration the nature of the business of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, including its size, activities, organizational structure, and business model.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 55267, Sept. 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.504" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-9   Standards of training, experience, and competence for credit analysts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization must establish, maintain, enforce, and document standards of training, experience, and competence for the individuals it employs to participate in the determination of credit ratings that are reasonably designed to achieve the objective that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization produces accurate credit ratings in the classes of credit ratings for which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is registered.
</P>
<P>(b) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must consider the following when establishing the standards required under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If the credit rating procedures and methodologies used by the individual involve qualitative analysis, the knowledge necessary to effectively evaluate and process the data relevant to the creditworthiness of the obligor being rated or the issuer of the securities or money market instruments being rated;
</P>
<P>(2) If the credit rating procedures and methodologies used by the individual involve quantitative analysis, the technical expertise necessary to understand any models and model inputs that are a part of the procedures and methodologies;
</P>
<P>(3) The classes and subclasses of credit ratings for which the individual participates in determining credit ratings and the factors relevant to such classes and subclasses, including the geographic location, sector, industry, regulatory and legal framework, and underlying assets, applicable to the obligors or issuers in the classes and subclasses; and
</P>
<P>(4) The complexity of the obligors, securities, or money market instruments for which the individual participates in determining credit ratings.
</P>
<P>(c) The nationally recognized statistical rating organization must include the following in the standards required under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A requirement for periodic testing of the individuals employed by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to participate in the determination of credit ratings on their knowledge of the procedures and methodologies used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to determine credit ratings in the classes and subclasses of credit ratings for which the individual participates in determining credit ratings; and
</P>
<P>(2) A requirement that at least one individual with an appropriate level of experience in performing credit analysis, but not less than three years, participates in the determination of a credit rating.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 55269, Sept. 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17g-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.505" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17g-10   Certification of providers of third-party due diligence services in connection with asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The written certification that a person employed to provide third-party due diligence services is required to provide to a nationally recognized statistical rating organization pursuant to section 15E(s)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(s)(4)(B)) must be on Form ABS Due Diligence-15E (§ 249b.500 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) The written certification must be signed by an individual who is duly authorized by the person providing the third-party due diligence services to make such a certification.
</P>
<P>(c) A person employed to provide third-party due diligence services will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under section 15E(s)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(s)(4)(B)) if the person promptly delivers an executed Form ABS Due Diligence-15E (§ 249b.500 of this chapter) after completion of the due diligence services to:
</P>
<P>(1) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization that provided a written request for the Form prior to the completion of the due diligence services stating that the services relate to a credit rating the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is producing;
</P>
<P>(2) A nationally recognized statistical rating organization that provides a written request for the Form after the completion of the due diligence services stating that the services relate to a credit rating the nationally recognized statistical rating organization is producing; and
</P>
<P>(3) The issuer or underwriter of the asset-backed security for which the due diligence services relate that maintains the Internet Web site with respect to the asset-backed security pursuant to § 240.17g-5(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of section 15E(s)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-7(s)(4)(B)) and this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>due diligence services</I> means a review of the assets underlying an asset-backed security, as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)) for the purpose of making findings with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) The accuracy of the information or data about the assets provided, directly or indirectly, by the securitizer or originator of the assets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the origination of the assets conformed to, or deviated from, stated underwriting or credit extension guidelines, standards, criteria, or other requirements;
</P>
<P>(iii) The value of collateral securing the assets;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the originator of the assets complied with federal, state, or local laws or regulations; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any other factor or characteristic of the assets that would be material to the likelihood that the issuer of the asset-backed security will pay interest and principal in accordance with applicable terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>issuer</I> includes a sponsor, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter, or depositor, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter, that participates in the issuance of an asset-backed security, as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>originator</I> has the same meaning as in section 15G(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-9(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>securitizer</I> has the same meaning as in section 15G(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-9(a)(3)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 55270, Sept. 15, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17h-1T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.506" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17h-1T   Risk assessment recordkeeping requirements for associated persons of brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to maintain and preserve information.</I> (1) Every broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15 of the Act, and every municipal securities dealer registered pursuant to Section 15B of the Act for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, unless exempt pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, shall maintain and preserve the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) An organizational chart which includes the broker or dealer and all its associated persons. Included in the organizational chart shall be a designation of which associated persons are Material Associated Persons as that term is used in paragraph (a)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Written policies, procedures, or systems concerning the broker or dealer's:
</P>
<P>(A) Method(s) for monitoring and controlling financial and operational risks to it resulting from the activities of any of its associated persons, other than a natural person;
</P>
<P>(B) Financing and capital adequacy, including information regarding sources of funding, together with a narrative discussion by management of the liquidity of the material assets, the structure of debt capital, and sources of alternative funding; and
</P>
<P>(C) Trading positions and risks, such as records regarding reporting responsibilities for trading activities, policies relating to restrictions or limitations on trading securities and financial instruments or products, and a description of the types of reviews conducted to monitor existing positions, and limitations or restrictions on trading activities.
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of all material pending legal or arbitration proceedings involving a Material Associated Person or the broker or dealer that are required to be disclosed by the ultimate holding company under generally accepted accounting principles on a consolidated basis;
</P>
<P>(iv) Consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which may be unaudited and which shall include the notes to the financial statements, as of quarter end for the broker or dealer and its ultimate holding company;
</P>
<P>(v) Quarterly consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which may be unaudited and which shall include the notes to the financial statements, for the broker or dealer and its ultimate holding company;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1)(<E T="01">v</E>).</HED>
<P>Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of Regulation S-X of this chapter) must be included in place of income statements, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles.</P></NOTE>
<P>(vi) The amount as of quarter end, and at month end if greater than quarter end, of the aggregate long and short securities and commodities positions held by each Material Associated Person, including a separate listing of each single unhedged securities or commodities position, other than U.S. government or agency securities, that exceeds the Materiality Threshold at any month end;
</P>
<P>(vii) The notional or contractual amounts, and in the case of options, the value of the underlying instruments, as of quarter end, of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk and financial instruments with concentrations of credit risk where the Material Associated Person operates a trading book, with a separate entry of each commitment where the credit risk (defined as the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract) with respect to a counterparty exceeds the Materiality Threshold at quarter end;
</P>
<P>(viii) The aggregate amount as of quarter end, and the amount at month end if greater than quarter end, of all bridge loans and those other material unsecured extensions of credit (not including intra-group receivables) with an initial or remaining maturity of less than one year by each Material Associated Person, together with the allowance for losses for such transactions, including a specific description of any extensions of credit to a single borrower exceeding the Materiality Threshold at any month end;
</P>
<P>(ix) The aggregate amount as of quarter end, and the amount at month end if greater than quarter end, of commercial paper, secured and other unsecured borrowing, bank loans, lines of credit, or any other borrowings, and the principal installments of long-term or medium-term debt, scheduled to mature within twelve months from the most recent fiscal quarter for the broker or dealer and each Material Associated Person; and 
</P>
<P>(x) Data relating to real estate activities, including mortgage loans and investments in real estate, but not including trading positions in whole loans, conducted by each Material Associated Person, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Real estate loans and investments by type of property, such as construction and development, residential, commercial and industrial or farmland;
</P>
<P>(B) The geographic distribution, as of quarter end, by type of loan or investment where the amount exceeds the Materiality Threshold at quarter end;
</P>
<P>(C) The aggregate carrying value of loans which each Material Associated Person deems to be not current as to interest or principal, together with the Material Associated Person's criteria for the determination of which loans are not current, or which are in the process of foreclosure or that have been restructured;
</P>
<P>(D) The allowance for losses on loans and on investment real estate by type of loan or investment, and the activity in the allowance for losses account; and
</P>
<P>(E) Information about risk concentration in the real estate investment and loan portfolio, including information about risk concentration to a single borrower or location of property if the risk concentration exceeds the Materiality Threshold at quarter end.
</P>
<P>(2) The determination of whether an associated person of a broker or dealer is a Material Associated Person shall involve consideration of all aspects of the activities of, and the relationship between, both entities, including without limitation, the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal relationship between the broker or dealer and the associated person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The overall financing requirements of the broker or dealer and the associated person, and the degree, if any, to which the broker or dealer and the associated person are financially dependent on each other;
</P>
<P>(iii) The degree, if any, to which the broker or dealer or its customers rely on the associated person for operational support or services in connection with the broker's or dealer's business;
</P>
<P>(iv) The level of risk present in the activities of the broker's or dealer's associated persons; and
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which the associated person has the authority or the ability to cause a withdrawal of capital from the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) The information, reports and records required by the provisions of this section shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the provisions of § 240.17a-4 and shall be kept for a period of not less than three years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(4) For the purposes of this section and § 240.17h-2T, the term “Materiality Threshold” shall mean the greater of: 
</P>
<P>(i) $100 million; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 10 percent of the broker or dealer's tentative net capital based on the most recently filed Form X-17A-5 or 10 percent of the Material Associated Person's tangible net worth, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special provisions with respect to material associated persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such Material Associated Person is subject to examination by, or the reporting requirements of, a Federal banking agency and the broker or dealer maintains in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of all reports submitted by such Material Associated Person with the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 other than the Form FR 2068; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If such Material Associated Person is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official or agency of a state, and the broker or dealer maintains in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the Annual and Quarterly Statements with Schedules and Exhibits prepared by the insurance company on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the event an insurance company is not required to prepare Quarterly Statements on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, the broker or dealer must maintain and preserve the records required by paragraph (a) of this section on a quarterly basis; or
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a Material Associated Person that is subject to the supervision of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the broker or dealer maintains in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the reports filed on Forms 1 FR-FCM or 1 FR-IB by such Material Associated Person with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to material associated persons subject to the supervision of a foreign financial regulatory authority.</I> A broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if such broker or dealer maintains in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the reports filed by such Material Associated Persons with a Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority. The broker or dealer shall maintain a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority shall have the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(51) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any broker or dealer which is exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3:
</P>
<P>(i) Pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of § 240.15c3-3; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of § 240.15c3-3; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the broker or dealer does not qualify for an exemption from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 and such broker or dealer does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and does not carry the accounts of or for customers; unless
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of paragraphs (d)(1)(ii) or (d)(1)(iii) of this section, the broker or dealer maintains capital including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 equal to or greater than $20,000,000.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any broker or dealer which maintains capital including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of section 240.15c3-1 of less than $250,000, even if the broker or dealer hold funds or securities for, or owes money or securities to, customers or carries the accounts of or for customers.
</P>
<P>(3) In calculating capital for the purposes of this paragraph, a broker or dealer shall include the equity capital and subordinated debt of any other registered brokers or dealers that are associated with the broker or dealer and are not otherwise exempt from the provisions pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a broker or dealer that computes certain of its capital charges in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e if that broker or dealer is affiliated with an ultimate holding company that is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13).
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission may, upon written application by a Reporting Broker or Dealer, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any brokers or dealers associated with such Reporting Broker or Dealer. The term “Reporting Broker or Dealer” shall mean, in the case of a broker or dealer that is associated with other registered brokers or dealers, the broker or dealer which maintains the greatest amount of net capital as reported on its most recently fixed Form X-17A-5. In granting exemptions under this section, the Commission shall consider, among other factors, whether the records and other information required to be maintained pursuant to this section concerning the Material Associated Persons of the broker or dealer associated with the Reporting Broker or Dealer will be available to the Commission pursuant to § 240.17h-2T.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Location of records.</I> A broker or dealer required to maintain records concerning a Material Associated Person pursuant to this section may maintain those records either at the Material Associated Person or at a records storage facility provided that the records are located within the boundaries of the United States and the records are kept in an easily accessible place, as that term is used in § 240.17a-4. In order to operate pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, the Material Associated Person or other entity maintaining the records shall file with the Commission a written undertaking in form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that the records will be treated as if the broker or dealer was maintaining the records pursuant to this section and that the entity maintaining the records undertakes to permit examination of such records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Commission and to promptly furnish the Commission or its designee true, correct, complete and current hard copy of any or all or any part of such records. The election to operate pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve the broker or dealer required to maintain and preserve such records from any of its responsibilities under this section or section 240.17h-2T.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a broker or dealer concerning a Material Associated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Temporary implementation schedule.</I> Every broker or dealer subject to the requirements of this section shall maintain and preserve the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section commencing September 30, 1992. Commencing December 31, 1992, the provisions of this section shall apply in their entirety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 32168, July 21, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 25774, Apr. 28, 1993; 69 FR 34472, June 21, 2004; 69 FR 34494, June 21, 2004; 76 FR 50122, Aug. 12, 2011; 78 FR 42865, July 18, 2013; 83 FR 50223, Oct. 4, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17h-2T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.507" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17h-2T   Risk assessment reporting requirements for brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting requirements of risk assessment information required to be maintained by section 240.17h-1T.</I> (1) Every broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15 of the Act, and every municipal securities dealer registered pursuant to section 15B of the Act for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, unless exempt pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, shall file a Form 17-H within 60 calendar days after the end of each fiscal quarter. The Form 17-H for the fourth fiscal quarter shall be filed within 60 calendar days of the end of the fiscal year. The cumulative year-end financial statements required by section 240.17h-1T may be filed separately within 105 calendar days of the end of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) The reports required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The filings must be provided as Interactive Data Files in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the term Material Associated Person shall have the meaning used in § 240.17h-1T.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any broker or dealer which is exempt from the provisions of section 240.15c3-3:
</P>
<P>(i) Pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of § 240.15c3-3; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of § 240.15c3-3; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the broker or dealer does not qualify for an exemption from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 and such broker or dealer does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and does not carry the accounts of or for customers; unless
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(1)(iii) of this section, the broker or dealer maintains capital including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 equal to or greater than $20,000,000.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any broker or dealer which maintains capital including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 of less than $250,000, even if the broker or dealer hold funds or securities for, or owes money or securities to, customers or carries the accounts of or for customers.
</P>
<P>(3) In calculating capital and subordinated debt for the purposes of this section, a broker or dealer shall include the equity capital and subordinated debt of any other registered brokers or dealers that are associated with the broker or dealer and are not otherwise exempt from the provisions pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a broker or dealer that computes certain of its capital charges in accordance with § 240.15c3-1e if that broker or dealer is affiliated with an ultimate holding company that is not an ultimate holding company that has a principal regulator, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(13). 
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission may, upon written application by a Reporting Broker or Dealer, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any brokers or dealers associated with the Reporting Broker or Dealer. The term “Reporting Broker or Dealer” shall mean, in the case of a broker or dealer that is associated with other registered brokers or dealers, the broker or dealer which maintains the greatest amount of net capital as reported on its most recently filed Form X-17A-5. In granting exemptions under this section, the Commission shall consider, among other factors, whether the records and other information required to be maintained pursuant to § 240.17h-1T concerning the Material Associated Persons of the broker or dealer associated with the Reporting Broker or Dealer will be available to the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to material associated persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such Material Associated Person is subject to examination by or the reporting requirements of a Federal banking agency and the broker or dealer or such Material Associated Person furnishes in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section copies of reports filed on Form FR Y-9C, Form FR Y-6, Form FR Y-7, and Form FR 2068 by the Material Associated Person with the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the Material Associated Person is subject to the supervision of an insurance commissioner or other similar official agency of a state; and
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a Material Associated Person organized as a public stock company, the broker or dealer furnishes in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the filings made by the insurance company pursuant to sections 13 or 15 of the Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of Material Associated Person organized as a mutual insurance company or a non-public stock company, the broker or dealer furnishes in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the Annual and Quarterly Statements prepared by the insurance company on forms prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. The Annual Statement furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section shall include: The classification (distribution by state) section from the schedule of real estate; distribution by state, the interest overdue (more than three months), in process of foreclosure, and foreclosed properties transferred to real estate during the year sections from the schedule of mortgages; and the quality and maturity distribution of all bonds at statement values and by major types of issues section from the schedule of bonds and stocks. All other Schedules and Exhibits to such Annual and Quarterly Statements shall be maintained at the broker-dealer pursuant to the provisions of § 240.17h-1T but not furnished to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the event an insurance company organized as a stock or mutual company is not required to prepare Quarterly Statements, the broker or dealer must file with the Commission a Form 17-H in accordance with the provisions of this section on a quarterly basis.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a Material Associated Person that is subject to the supervision of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the broker or dealer furnishes in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the reports filed by the Material Associated Person with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission on Forms 1 FR-FCM or 1 FR-IB.
</P>
<P>(4) No broker or dealer shall be required to furnish to the Commission any examination report of any Federal banking agency or any supervisory recommendations or analyses contained therein with respect to a Material Associated Person that is subject to the regulation of a Federal banking agency. All information received by the Commission pursuant to this section concerning a Material Associated Person that is subject to examination by or the reporting requirements of a Federal banking agency shall be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) The furnishing of any information or documents by a broker or dealer pursuant to this section shall not constitute an admission for any purpose that a Material Associated Person is otherwise subject to the Act. Any documents or information furnished to the Commission by a broker or dealer pursuant to this rule shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purposes of the liabilities set forth in section 18 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special provisions with respect to material associated persons subject to the supervision of a foreign financial regulatory authority.</I> A broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if such broker or dealer furnishes in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the reports filed by such Material Associated Person with a Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority. The broker or dealer shall file a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority shall have the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(51) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality.</I> All information obtained by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of this section from a broker or dealer concerning a Material Associated Person shall be deemed confidential information for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Temporary implementation schedule.</I> Every broker or dealer subject to the requirements of this section shall file the information required by Items 1, 2 and 3 of Form 17-H by October 31, 1992. Commencing December 31, 1992, the provisions of this section shall apply in their entirety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 32170, July 21, 1992, as amended at 69 FR 34472, June 21, 2004; 69 FR 34494, June 21, 2004; 78 FR 42865, July 18, 2013; 90 FR 7369, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17ab2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.508" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17ab2-1   Registration of clearing agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency, as defined in section 3(a)(23) of the Act, or an amendment to any such application shall be filed electronically with the Commission on Form CA-1, in accordance with the instructions thereto and paragraph (g) below.
</P>
<P>(b) Any applicant for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency whose application is filed with the Commission on or before November 24, 1975, on and in accordance with the instructions to Form CA-1, with respect to the clearing agency activities described in the application shall, during the period from December 1, 1975, until the Commission grants registration, denies registration or grants an exemption from registration, be exempt from the registration provisions of section 17A(b) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, unless the Commission shall otherwise provide by rule or by order, the provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder which would be applicable to clearing agencies as a result of registration under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Commission, upon the request of a clearing agency, may grant registration of the clearing agency in accordance with sections 17A(b) and 19(a)(1) of the Act but exempt the registrant from one or more of the requirements as to which the Commission is directed to make a determination pursuant to paragraphs (A) through (I) of section 17A(b)(3) of the Act, provided that any such registration shall be effective only for eighteen months from the date the registration is made effective (or such longer period as the Commission may provide by order).
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of any clearing agency registered in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, not later than nine months from the date such registration is made effective the Commission either will grant registration in accordance with sections 17A(b) and 19(a)(1) of the Act, without exempting the registrant from one or more of the requirements as to which the Commission is directed to make a determination pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (I) of section 17A(b)(3) of the Act, or will institute proceedings in accordance with section 19(a)(1)(B) of the Act to determine whether registration should be denied at the expiration of the registration granted in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The electronic filing of an amendment to an application for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency, which registration or exemption has not been granted, or the electronic filing of additional information or documents prior to the granting of registration or an exemption from registration shall extend to ninety days from the date such electronic filing is made (or to such longer period as to which the applicant consents) the period within which the Commission shall grant registration, institute proceedings to determine whether such registration shall be denied, or conditionally or unconditionally exempt registrant from the registration and other provisions of section 17A of the Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(e) If any information reported at Items 1-3 of Form CA-1 is or becomes inaccurate, misleading or incomplete for any reason, whether before or after registration or an exemption from registration has been granted, the registrant shall electronically file promptly an amendment on Form CA-1 correcting the inaccurate, misleading or incomplete information.
</P>
<P>(f) Every application for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency or amendment to, or additional information or document electronically filed in connection with, any such application shall constitute a “report” or “application” within the meaning of sections 17, 17A, 19, and 32(a) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Filings on Form CA-1 made pursuant to this section shall be made electronically and shall contain an electronic signature.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this section, the term <I>electronic signature</I> means an electronic entry in the form of a magnetic impulse or other form of computer data compilation of any letter or series of letters or characters composed of a name, executed, adopted or authorized as a signature.
</P>
<P>(3) If the conditions of this section and Form CA-1 are otherwise satisfied, all filings submitted electronically on or before 5:30 p.m. eastern standard time or eastern daylight saving time, whichever is currently in effect, on a business day, shall be deemed filed on that business day, and all filings submitted after 5:30 p.m. eastern standard time or eastern daylight saving time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the next business day. A filing would be deemed timely filed if it is required to be filed on a day that is not a business day and it is filed on the next available business day.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, the term <I>business day</I> means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal holiday, a day that the Office of Personnel Management has announced that Federal agencies in the Washington, DC, area, are closed to the public, a day on which the Commission is subject to a Federal Government shutdown, or a day on which the Commission's Washington, DC, office is otherwise not open for regular business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 7369, Jan. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ab2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.509" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ab2-2   Determinations affecting covered clearing agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission may, if it deems appropriate, upon application by any clearing agency or member of a clearing agency, or on its own initiative, determine whether a covered clearing agency is systemically important in multiple jurisdictions. In determining whether a covered clearing agency is systemically important in multiple jurisdictions, the Commission may consider:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the covered clearing agency is a designated clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the clearing agency has been determined to be systemically important by one or more jurisdictions other than the United States through a process that includes consideration of whether the foreseeable effects of a failure or disruption of the designated clearing agency could threaten the stability of each relevant jurisdiction's financial system.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may, if it deems appropriate, determine whether any of the activities of a clearing agency providing central counterparty services, in addition to clearing agencies registered with the Commission for the purpose of clearing security-based swaps, have a more complex risk profile. In determining whether a clearing agency's activity has a more complex risk profile, the Commission may consider whether the clearing agency clears financial instruments that are characterized by discrete jump-to-default price changes or that are highly correlated with potential participant defaults.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission may, if it deems appropriate, upon application by any clearing agency or member of a clearing agency, or on its own initiative, determine whether to rescind any determination made pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. In determining whether to rescind any such determination, the Commission may consider a change in circumstances such that the covered clearing agency no longer meets the criteria supporting the determination in effect.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission shall publish notice of its intention to consider making a determination under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, together with a brief statement of the grounds under consideration therefor, and provide at least a 30-day public comment period prior to any such determination, giving all interested persons an opportunity to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning such proposed determination. The Commission may provide the clearing agency subject to the proposed determination opportunity for hearing regarding the proposed determination.
</P>
<P>(e) Notice of determinations under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section shall be given by prompt publication thereof, together with a statement of written reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of this rule, the terms <I>covered clearing agency, designated clearing agency,</I> and <I>systemically important in multiple jurisdictions</I> shall have the meanings set forth in § 240.17Ad-22(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 70901, Oct. 13, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ac2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.510" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ac2-1   Application for registration of transfer agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for registration, pursuant to section 17A(c) of the Act, of a transfer agent for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, as defined in section 3(a)(34)(B) of the Act, shall be filed with the Commission on Form TA-1, in accordance with the instructions contained therein and shall become effective on the thirtieth day following the date on which the application is filed, unless the Commission takes affirmative action to accelerate, deny or postpone such registration in accord- ance with the provisions of section 17A(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) The filing of any amendment to an application for registration as a transfer agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, which registration has not become effective, shall postpone the effective date of the registration until the thirtieth day following the date on which the amendment is filed, unless the Commission takes affirmative action to accelerate, deny or postpone the registration in accord- ance with the provisions of section 17A(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) If any of the information reported on Form TA-1 (§ 249b.100 of this chapter) becomes inaccurate, misleading, or incomplete, the registrant shall correct the information by filing an amendment within sixty days following the date on which the information becomes inaccurate, misleading, or incomplete.
</P>
<P>(d) Every registration and amendment filed pursuant to this section shall be filed with the Commission electronically in the Commission's EDGAR system. Transfer agents should refer to Form TA-1 and the instructions to the form (§ 249b.100 of this chapter) and to the EDGAR Filer Manual (§ 232.301 of this chapter) for the technical requirements and instructions for electronic filing. Transfer agents that have previously filed a Form TA-1 with the Commission must refile the information on their Form TA-1, as amended, in electronic format in EDGAR as an amended Form TA-1. 
</P>
<P>(e) Every registration and amendment filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” or “application” within the meaning of sections 17, 17A(c), and 32(a) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 51184, Nov. 4, 1975, as amended at 51 FR 12127, Apr. 9, 1986; 71 FR 74708, Dec. 12, 2006] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ac2-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.511" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ac2-2   Annual reporting requirement for registered transfer agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every transfer agent registered on December 31 must file a report covering the reporting period on Form TA-2 (§ 249b.102 of this chapter) by March 31 following the end of the reporting period. Form TA-2 must be completed in accordance with the instructions contained in the Form. A transfer agent may file an amendment to Form TA-2 pursuant to the instructions on the form to correct information that has become inaccurate, incomplete, or misleading. A transfer agent may file an amendment at any time; however, in order to be timely filed, all required portions of the form must be completed and filed in accordance with this section and the instructions to the form by the date the form is required to be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(1) A registered transfer agent that received fewer than 1,000 items for transfer in the reporting period and that did not maintain master securityholder files for more than 1,000 individual securityholder accounts as of December 31 of the reporting period must complete Questions 1 through 5, 11, and the signature section of Form TA-2. 
</P>
<P>(2) A named transfer agent that engaged a service company to perform all of its transfer agent functions during the reporting period must complete Questions 1 through 3 and the signature section of Form TA-2. 
</P>
<P>(3) A named transfer agent that engaged a service company to perform some but not all of its transfer agent functions during the reporting period must complete all of Form TA-2 but should enter zero (0) for those questions that relate to transfer agent functions performed by the service company on behalf of the named transfer agent. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term <I>reporting period</I> shall mean the calendar year ending December 31 for which Form TA-2 is being filed. The term <I>named transfer agent</I> shall have the same meaning as defined in § 240.17Ad-9(j). The term <I>service company</I> shall have the same meaning as defined in § 240.17Ad-9(k). 
</P>
<P>(c) Every annual report and amendment filed pursuant to this section shall be filed with the Commission electronically in the Commission's EDGAR system. Transfer agents should refer to Form TA-2 and the instructions to the form (§ 249b.102 of this chapter) and the EDGAR Filer Manual (§ 232.301 of this chapter) for further information regarding electronic filing. Every registered transfer agent must file an electronic Form TA-1 with the Commission, or an electronic amendment to its Form TA-1 if the transfer agent previously filed a paper Form TA-1 with the Commission, before it may file an electronic Form TA-2 or Form TA-W with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 36610, June 9, 2000, as amended at 71 FR 74708, Dec. 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ac3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.512" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ac3-1   Withdrawal from registration with the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notice of withdrawal from registration as a transfer agent with the Commission pursuant to section 17A(c)(4) of the Act shall be filed on Form TA-W in accordance with the instructions contained thereon.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as hereinafter provided, a notice to withdraw from registration filed by a transfer agent pursuant to section 17A(c)(4) of the Act shall become effective on the sixtieth day after the filing thereof with the Commission or within such shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. If a notice to withdraw from registration is filed with the Commission at any time subsequent to the date of issuance of a Commission order instituting proceedings pursuant to section 17A(c)(3) of the Act, or if prior to the effective date of the notice of withdrawal the Commission institutes such a proceeding or a proceeding to impose terms and conditions upon such withdrawal, the notice of withdrawal shall not become effective except at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or in furtherance of the purposes of section 17A.
</P>
<P>(c) Every withdrawal from registration filed pursuant to this section shall be filed with the Commission electronically in the Commission's EDGAR system. Transfer agents should refer to Form TA-W and the instructions to the form (§ 249b.101 of this chapter) and the EDGAR Filer Manual (§ 232.301 of this chapter) for further information regarding electronic filing. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every notice of withdrawal filed pursuant to this rule shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 17 and 32(a) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 44984, Sept. 8, 1977, as amended at 71 FR 74709, Dec. 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.513" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this section and §§ 240.17Ad-2, 240.17Ad-3, 240.17Ad-4, 240.17Ad-5, 240.17Ad-6, and 240.17Ad-7:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) The term <I>item</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A certificate or certificates of the same issue of securities covered by one ticket (or, if there is no ticket, presented by one presentor) presented for transfer, or an instruction to a transfer agent which holds securities registered in the name of the presentor to transfer or to make available all or a portion of those securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each line on a “deposit shipment control list” or a “withdrawal shipment control list” submitted by a registered clearing agency; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an outside registrar, each certificate to be countersigned.
</P>
<P>(2) If a “deposit shipment control list” or “withdrawal shipment control list” contains both routine and non-routine transfer instructions, a registered transfer agent shall at its option:
</P>
<P>(i) Retain all transfer instructions listed on the shipment control list and treat each line on the shipment control list as a routine item; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Return promptly to the registered clearing agency a shipment control list line containing non-routine transfer instructions (together with a copy of the shipment control list, an explanation for the return instructions and all routine transfer instructions reflected on the same line) and treat each line on the shipment control list that reflects retained transfer instructions as a routine item.
</P>
<P>(3) A <I>deposit shipment control list</I> means a list of transfer instructions that accompanies certificates to be cancelled and reissued in the nominee name of a registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>withdrawal shipment control list</I> means a list of instructions (either in paper or electronic medium) that:
</P>
<P>(i) Directs issuance of certificates in the names of persons or entities other than the registered clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Accompanies certificates to be cancelled which are registered in the nominee name of a registered clearing agency, or directs the transfer agent to reduce certificate or position balances maintained by the transfer agent on behalf of a registered clearing agency under that clearing agency's transfer agent custody program
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>outside registrar</I> with respect to a transfer item means a transfer agent which performs only the registrar function for the certificate or certificates presented for transfer and includes the persons performing similar functions with respect to debt issues.
</P>
<P>(c) An item is <I>made available</I> when
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an item for which the services of an outside registrar are not required, or which has been received from an outside registrar after processing, the transfer agent dispatches or mails the item to, or the item is awaiting pick-up by, the presentor or a person designated by the presentor, or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an item for which the services of an outside registrar are required, the transfer agent dispatches or mails the item to, or the item is awaiting pick-up by, the outside registrar, or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of an item for which an outside registrar has completed processing, the outside registrar dispatches or mails the item to, or the item is awaiting pick-up by, the presenting transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(d) The <I>transfer</I> of an item is accomplished when, in accordance with the presentor's instructions, all acts necessary to cancel the certificate or certificates presented for transfer and to issue a new certificate or certificates, including the performance of the registrar function, are completed and the item is made available to the presentor by the transfer agent, or when, in accordance with the presentor's instructions, a transfer agent which holds securities registered in the name of the presentor completes all acts necessary to issue a new certificate or certificates representing all or a portion of those securities and makes available the new certificate or certificates to the presentor or a person designated by the presentor or, with respect to those transfers of record ownership to be accomplished without the physical issuance of certificates, completes registration of change in ownership of all or a portion of those securities.
</P>
<P>(e) The <I>turnaround</I> of an item is completed when transfer is accomplished or, when an outside registrar is involved, the transfer agent in accordance with the presentor's instructions completes all acts necessary to cancel the certificate or certificates presented for transfer and to issue a new certificate or certificates, and the item is made available to an outside registrar.
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>process</I> means the accomplishing by an outside registrar of all acts necessary to perform the registrar function and to make available to the presenting transfer agent the completed certificate or certificates or to advise the presenting transfer agent, orally or in writing, why performance of the registrar function is delayed or may not be completed.
</P>
<P>(g) The <I>receipt</I> of an item or a written inquiry or request occurs when the item or written inquiry or request arrives at the premises at which the transfer agent performs transfer agent functions, as defined in section 3(a)(25) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(h) A <I>business day</I> is any day during which the transfer agent is normally open for business and excludes Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, or other holidays normally observed by the transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(i) An item is <I>routine</I> if it does not (1) require requisitioning certificates of an issue for which the transfer agent, under the terms of its agency, does not maintain a supply of certificates; (2) include a certificate as to which the transfer agent has received notice of a stop order, adverse claim, or any other restriction on transfer; (3) require any additional certificates, documentation, instructions, assignments, guarantees, endorsements, explanations, or opinions of counsel before transfer may be effected; (4) require review of supporting documentation other than assignments, endorsements or stock powers, certified corporate resolutions, signature, or other common and ordinary guarantees, or appropriate tax, or tax waivers; (5) involve a transfer in connection with a reorganization, tender offer, exchange, redemption, or liquidation; (6) include a warrant, right, or convertible security presented for transfer of record ownership within five business days before any day upon which exercise or conversion privileges lapse or change; (7) include a warrant, right, or convertible security presented for exercise or conversion; or (8) include a security of an issue which within the previous 15 business days was offered to the public, pursuant to a registration statement effective under the Securities Act of 1933, in an offering not of a continuing nature.
</P>
<P>(j) The term <I>depository-eligible securities issue</I> means an issue of securities that is eligible for deposit at any securities depository that is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a clearing agency.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1 and 78w(a)); secs. 3, 17A and 23(a), 15 U.S.C. 78c, 78q-1 and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32411, June 24, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 40575, Oct. 17, 1984; 51 FR 36551, Oct. 14, 1986] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.514" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-2   Turnaround, processing, and forwarding of items.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered transfer agent (except when acting as an outside registrar) shall turnaround within three business days of receipt at least 90 percent of all routine items received for transfer during a month. For the purposes of this paragraph, items received at or before noon on a business day shall be deemed to have been received at noon on that day, and items received after noon on a business day or received on a day not a business day shall be deemed to have been received at noon on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(b) Every registered transfer agent acting as an outside registrar shall process at least 90 percent of all items received during a month (1) by the opening of business on the next business day, in the case of items received at or before noon on a business day, and (2) by noon of the next business day, in the case of items received after noon on a business day. For the purposes of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, “items received” shall not include any item enumerated in § 240.17Ad-1(i) (5), (6), (7), or (8) or any item which is not accompanied by a debit or cancelled certificate. For the purposes of this paragraph, items received on a day not a business day shall be deemed to have been received before noon on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(c) Any registered transfer agent which fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section with respect to any month shall, within ten business days following the end of such month, file with the Commission and the transfer agent's appropriate regulatory agency, if it is not the Commission, a written notice in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. Such notice shall state the number of routine items and the number of non-routine items received for transfer during the month, the number of routine items which the registered transfer agent failed to turnaround in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the percentage that such routine items represent of all routine items received during the month, the reasons for such failure, the steps which have been taken, are being taken or will be taken to prevent a future failure and the number of routine items, aged in increments of one business day, which as of the close of business on the last business day of the month have been in its possession for more than four business days and have not been turned around.
</P>
<P>(d) Any registered transfer agent which fails to comply with paragraph (b) of this section with respect to any month shall, within ten business days following the end of such month, file with the Commission and the transfer agent's appropriate regulatory agency, if it is not the Commission, a written notice in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. Such notice shall state the number of items received for processing during the month, the number of items which the registered transfer agent failed to process in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the percentage that such items represent of all items received during the month, the reasons for such failure and the steps which have been taken, are being taken or will be taken to prevent a future failure and the number of items which as of the close of business on the last business day of the month have been in the transfer agent's possession for more than the time allowed for processing and have not been processed.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, all routine items not turned around within three business days of receipt as required by paragraph (a) of this section and all items not processed within the periods required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be turned around promptly, and all nonroutine items shall receive diligent and continuous attention and shall be turned around as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(2) A transfer agent that is exempt under § 240.17Ad-4(b) and that has received 30 days notice of depository-eligibility of an issue for which it performs transfer agent functions shall turnaround ninety percent of all routine items received during a month within five business days of receipt. Such transfer agent shall devote diligent and continuous attention to the remaining ten percent of routine items and shall turnaround these items as soon as possible. 
</P>
<P>(f) A registered transfer agent which receives items at locations other than the premises at which it performs transfer agent functions shall have appropriate procedures to assure, and shall assure, that items are forwarded to such premises promptly.
</P>
<P>(g) A registered transfer agent which receives processed items from an outside registrar shall have appropriate procedures to assure, and shall assure, that such items are made available promptly to the presentor.
</P>
<P>(h) Any notice required by this section or § 240.17Ad-4 shall be filed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Any notice required to be filed with the Commission shall be filed in triplicate with the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC 20549 and, in the case of a registered transfer agent for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, an additional copy shall be filed with the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the registered transfer agent has its principal office for transfer agent activities.
</P>
<P>(2) Any notice required to be filed with the Comptroller of the Currency shall be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Administrator of National Banks, Washington, DC 20219.
</P>
<P>(3) Any notice required to be filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall be filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20251 and with the Federal Reserve Bank of the district in which the registered transfer agent's principal banking operations are conducted.
</P>
<P>(4) Any notice required to be filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall be filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, DC 20429.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32412, June 24, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 40575, Oct. 17, 1984; 59 FR 5946, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.515" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-3   Limitations on expansion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any registered transfer agent which is required to file any notice pursuant to § 240.17Ad-2 (c) or (d) for each of three consecutive months shall not from the fifth business day after the end of the third such month until the end of the next following period of three successive months during which no such notices have been required:
</P>
<P>(1) Initiate the performance of any transfer agent function or activity for an issue for which the transfer agent does not perform, or is not under agreement to perform, transfer agent functions prior to such fifth business day; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to an issue for which transfer agent functions are being performed on such fifth business day, initiate for that issue the performance of an additional transfer agent function or activity which the transfer agent does not perform, or is not under agreement to perform, prior to such fifth business day. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any registered transfer agent which for each of two consecutive months fails to turn around at least 75% of all routine items in accordance with the requirements of § 240.17Ad-2(a) or to process at least 75% of all items in accordance with the requirements of § 240.17Ad-2(b) shall be subject to the limitations imposed by paragraph (a) of this section and further shall, within twenty business days after the close of the second such month, send to the chief executive officer of each issuer for which such registered transfer agent acts a copy of the written notice filed pursuant to § 240.17Ad-2 (c) or (d) with respect to the second such month.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1 and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32412, June 24, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.516" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-4   Applicability of §§ 240.17Ad-2, 240.17Ad-3 and 240.17Ad-6(a) (1) through (7) and (11).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 240.17Ad-2, 240.17Ad-3 and 240.17Ad-6(a) (1) through (7) and (11) shall not apply to interests in limited partnerships, to redeemable securities of investment companies registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or to interests in dividend reinvestment programs.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For purposes of this section, <I>exempt transfer agent</I> means a transfer agent that during any six consecutive months shall have received fewer than 500 items for transfer and fewer than 500 items for processing.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an exempt transfer agent that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) shall be exempt from the provisions of §§ 240.17Ad-2 (a), (b), (c), (d) and (h), 240.17Ad-3 and 240.17Ad-6(a) (2) through (7) and (11).
</P>
<P>(3) Within ten business days following the close of the sixth consecutive month described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, an exempt transfer agent shall:
</P>
<P>(i) If its appropriate regulatory agency is either the Commission or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, prepare and maintain in its possession a document certifying that the transfer agent qualifies as exempt under paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If its appropriate regulatory agency is either the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, file with the appropriate regulatory agency a notice certifying that it qualifies as exempt under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Within five business days following the close of each month, every exempt transfer agent shall calculate the number of items which it received during the preceding six months. Whenever any exempt transfer agent no longer qualifies as such under paragraph (b)(1), within ten business days after the end of such month: (1) It shall prepare and maintain in its possession a document so stating, if subject to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section; or (2) it shall file with its appropriate regulatory agency a notice to that effect, if subject to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. Thereafter, beginning with the first month following the month in which such document is required to be prepared or such notice is required to be filed, the registered transfer agent no longer shall be exempt under paragraph (b) of this section. Any registered transfer agent which has ceased to be an exempt transfer agent under this paragraph shall not qualify again for exemption until it has conducted its transfer agent operations pursuant to the foregoing sections for six consecutive months following the month in which it was required to prepare the document or prepare and file the notice specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1 and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32413, June 24, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 28246, June 21, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.517" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-5   Written inquiries and requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When any person makes a written inquiry to a registered transfer agent concerning the status of an item presented for transfer during the preceding six months by such person or anyone acting on his behalf, which inquiry identifies the issue, the number of shares (or principal amount of debt securities or number of units if relating to any other kind of security) presented, the approximate date of presentment and the name in which it is registered, the registered transfer agent shall, within five business days following receipt of the inquiry, respond, stating whether the item has been received; if received, whether it has been transferred; if received and not transferred, the reason for the delay and what additional matter, if any, is necessary before transfer may be effected; and, if received and transferred, the date and manner in which the completed item was made available, the addressee and address to which it was made available and the number of any new certificate which was registered and the name in which it was registered. If a new certificate is dispatched or mailed to the presentor within five business days following receipt of an inquiry pertaining to that certificate, no further response to the inquiry shall be required pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) When any broker-dealer requests in writing that a registered transfer agent acknowledge the transfer instructions and the possession of a security presented for transfer by such broker-dealer or revalidate a window ticket with respect to such security and the request identifies the issue, the number of shares (or principal amount of debt securities or number of units if relating to any other kind of security), the approximate date of presentment, the certificate number and the name in which it is registered, every registered transfer agent shall, within five business days following receipt of the request, in writing, confirm or deny possession of the security, and, if the registered transfer agent has possession, (1) acknowledge the transfer instructions or (2) revalidate the window ticket. If a new certificate is dispatched or mailed to the presentor within five business days following receipt of a request pertaining to that certificate, no further response to the inquiry shall be required pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) When any person, or anyone acting under his authority, requests in writing that a transfer agent confirm possession as of a given date of a certificate presented by such person during the 30 days before the date the inquiry is received and the request identifies the issue, the number of shares (or principal amount of debt securities or number of units if relating to any other kind of security), the approximate date of presentment, the certificate number and the name in which the certificate was registered, every registered transfer agent shall, within ten business days following receipt of the request and upon assurance of payment of a reasonable fee if required by such transfer agent, make available a written response to such person, or anyone acting under his authority, confirming or denying possession of such security as of such given date.
</P>
<P>(d) When any person requests in writing a transcript of such person's account with respect to a particular issue, either as the account appears currently or as it appeared on a specific date not more than six months prior to the date the registered transfer agent receives the request, every registered transfer agent shall, within twenty business days following receipt of the request and upon assurance of payment of a reasonable fee if required by such transfer agent, make available to such person a transcript, ledger or statement of account in sufficient detail to permit reconstruction of such account as of the date for which the transcript was requested.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Response to written inquiries concerning dividend and interest payments.</I> A registered transfer agent shall respond, within ten business days of receipt, to current claims that contain sufficient detail. A registered transfer agent shall respond, within twenty business days of receipt, to aged claims that contain sufficient detail. The response shall indicate in writing that the inquiry has been received, whether the claim requires further research and, if so, a reasonable estimate of how long that research may take. If no further research is required, the response shall indicate whether that claim is being or will be paid and, if not, the reason for not paying the claim. A registered transfer agent shall devote diligent attention to unresolved inquiries and shall resolve all inquiries as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Misdirected written inquiries concerning dividend and interest payments.</I> In the event that a transfer agent is not the dividend disbursing or interest paying agent for an issue that is the subject of a claim under this section, but performed those or any transfer agent services for that issue within the preceding three years, the transfer agent shall provide in writing to the inquirer, within ten business days of receipt of the inquiry, the name and address of the current dividend disbursing or interest paying agent. If the transfer agent did not perform those or other transfer agent services for the issue within the preceding three years, the transfer agent must respond to the inquiry and may respond by returning the inquiry with a statement that the transfer agent is not the current dividend disbursing or interest paying agent and that it does not know the name and address of the current dividend disbursing or interest paying agent.
</P>
<P>(3) As used in this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) A <I>current claim</I> means a written inquiry concerning non-payment or incorrect payment of dividends or interest, the payment date for which occurred within the preceding six months.
</P>
<P>(ii) An <I>aged claim</I> means a written inquiry concerning non-payment or incorrect payment of dividends or interest, the payment date for which occurred more than six months before the inquiry.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Sufficient detail</I> means a written inquiry or request that identifies: The issue; the name(s) in which the securities are registered; the number of shares (or principal amount of debt securities or number of units for any other kind of security) involved; the approximate record date(s) or payment date(s) relating to the claim; and, with respect to registered broker-dealers, registered clearing agencies, or banks, certificate numbers.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Telephone response.</I> (1) A transfer agent may satisfy the written response requirements of this section by a telephone response to the inquirer if:
</P>
<P>(i) The telephone response resolves that inquiry; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The inquirer does not request a written response.
</P>
<P>(2) When any person makes a written inquiry or request that would qualify under paragraph (e) of this section except that it fails to provide sufficient detail as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section, a registered transfer agent may telephone the inquirer to obtain the necessary additional detail within the time periods specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. If the transfer agent does not receive the additional detail within ten business days, the transfer agent immediately shall make a written request for the additional information.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) When any person makes a written inquiry or request which would qualify under paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section except that it fails to provide all of the information specified in those paragraphs, or requests information which refers to a time earlier than the time periods specified in those paragraphs, a registered transfer agent shall confirm promptly receipt of the inquiry or request and respond to it as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(2) When any person makes a written inquiry or request which would qualify under paragraph (e) of this section except that it fails to provide sufficient detail as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section, a registered transfer agent must respond to the inquiry within the time periods specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. A registered transfer agent may respond to such an inquiry in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section as though sufficient detail had been provided, or may return it to the inquirer, requesting the additional necessary details.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1 and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32413, June 24, 1977, as amended at 51 FR 5707, Feb. 18, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.518" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-6   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered transfer agent shall make and keep current the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A receipt, ticket, schedule, log or other record showing the business day each routine item and each non-routine item is (i) received from the presentor and, if applicable, from the outside registrar and (ii) made available to the presentor and, if applicable, to the outside registrar;
</P>
<P>(2) A log, tally, journal, schedule or other record showing for each month:
</P>
<P>(i) The number of routine items received;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of routine items received during the month that were turned around within three business days of receipt;
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of routine items received during the month that were not turned around within three business days of receipt;
</P>
<P>(iv) The number of non-routine items received during the month;
</P>
<P>(v) The number of non-routine items received during the month that were turned around;
</P>
<P>(vi) The number of routine items that, as of the close of business on the last business day of each month, have been in such registered transfer agent's possession for more than four business days, aged in increments of one business day (beginning on the fifth business day); and
</P>
<P>(vii) The number of non-routine items in such registered transfer agent's possession as of the close of business on the last business day of each month;
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to items for which the registered transfer agent acts as an outside registrar:
</P>
<P>(i) A receipt, ticket, schedule, log or other record showing the date and time:
</P>
<P>(A) Each item is (<I>1</I>) received from the presenting transfer agent and (<I>2</I>) made available to the presenting transfer agent;
</P>
<P>(B) Each written or oral notice of refusal to perform the registrar function is made available to the presenting transfer agent (and the substance of the notice); and
</P>
<P>(ii) A log, tally, journal, schedule or other record showing for each month:
</P>
<P>(A) The number of items received;
</P>
<P>(B) The number of items processed within the time required by § 240.17Ad-2(b); and
</P>
<P>(C) The number of items not processed within the time required by § 240.17Ad-2(b);
</P>
<P>(4) A record of calculations demonstrating the registered transfer agent's monitoring of its performance under § 240.17Ad-2 (a) and (b);
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of any written notice filed pursuant to § 240.17Ad-2;
</P>
<P>(6) Any written inquiry or request, including those not subject to the requirements of § 240.17Ad-5, concerning an item, showing the date received; a copy of any written response to an inquiry or request, showing the date dispatched or mailed to the presentor; if no response to an inquiry or request was made, the date the certificate involved was made available to the presentor; or, in the case of an inquiry or request under § 240.17Ad-5(a) responded to by telephone, a telephone log or memorandum showing the date and substance of any telephone response to the inquiry;
</P>
<P>(7) A log, journal, schedule or other record showing the number of inquiries subject to § 240.17Ad-5 (a), (b), (c) and (d) received during each month but not responded to within the required time frames and the number of such inquiries pending as of the close of business on the last business day of each month;
</P>
<P>(8) Any document, resolution, contract, appointment or other writing, any supporting document, concerning the appointment and the termination of such appointment of such registered transfer agent to act in any capacity for any issue on behalf of the issuer, on behalf of itself as the issuer or on behalf of any person who was engaged by the issuer to act on behalf of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(9) Any record of an active (i.e., unreleased) stop order, notice of adverse claim or any other restriction on transfer;
</P>
<P>(10) A copy of any transfer journal and registrar journal prepared by such registered transfer agent; and
</P>
<P>(11) Any document upon which the transfer agent bases its determination that an item received for transfer was received in connection with a reorganization, tender offer, exchange, redemption, liquidation, conversion or the sale of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 and, accordingly, was not routine under § 240.17Ad-1(i) (5) or (8).
</P>
<P>(b) Every registered transfer agent which, under the terms of its agency, maintains securityholder records for an issue or which acts as a registrar for an issue shall, with respect to such issue, obtain from the issuer or its transfer agent and retain documentation setting forth the total number of shares or principal amount of debt securities or total number of units if relating to any other kind of security authorized and the total issued and outstanding pursuant to issuer authorization.
</P>
<P>(c) Every registered transfer agent which, under the terms of its agency, maintains securityholder records for an issue shall, with respect to such issue, retain each cancelled registered bond, debenture, share, warrant or right, other registered evidence of indebtedness, or other certificate of ownership and all accompanying documentation, except legal papers returned to the presentor.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q, 78q-1 and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32413, June 24, 1977]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17ad-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.519" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17ad-7   (Rule 17Ad-7) Record retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The records required by § 240.17Ad-6(a)(1), (3)(i), (6) or (11) shall be maintained for a period of not less than two years, the first six months in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(b) The records required by § 240.17Ad-6(a) (2), (3)(ii), (4), (5) or (7) shall be maintained for a period of not less than two years, the first year in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(c) The records required by § 240.17Ad-6(a) (8), (9) and (10) and (b) shall be maintained in an easily accessible place during the continuance of the transfer agency and shall be maintained for one year after termination of the transfer agency.
</P>
<P>(d) The records required by § 240.17Ad-6(c) shall be maintained for a period of not less than six years, the first six months in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(e) Every registered transfer agent shall maintain in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All records required under § 240.17f-2(d) until at least three years after the termination of employment of those persons required by § 240.17f-2 to be fingerprinted; and
</P>
<P>(2) All records required pursuant to § 240.17f-2(e).
</P>
<P>(f) Subject to the conditions set forth in this section, the records required to be maintained pursuant to § 240.17Ad-6 may be retained using electronic or micrographic media and may be preserved in those formats for the time required by § 240.17Ad-7. Records stored electronically or micrographically in accordance with this paragraph may serve as a substitute for the hard copy records required to be maintained pursuant to § 240.17Ad-6. 
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>micrographic media</I> means microfilm or microfiche or any similar medium.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>electronic storage media</I> means any digital storage medium or system.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>ARA</I> means your appropriate regulatory agency as that term is defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34).
</P>
<P>(2) If you as a registered transfer agent use electronic storage media or micrographic media to store your records, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Have available at all times for examination by the staffs of the Commission and of your ARA facilities to project or produce immediately easily readable images of such records;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be ready at all times to provide such records that the staffs of the Commission and your ARA or their representatives may request;
</P>
<P>(iii) Create an accurate index of such records, store the index with those records, and have the index available at all times for examination by the staffs of the Commission and your ARA;
</P>
<P>(iv) Have quality assurance procedures to verify the quality and accuracy of the electronic or micrographic recording process; and
</P>
<P>(v) Maintain separately from the originals duplicates of the records and the index that you store on electronic storage media or micrographic media. You may store the duplicates of the indexed records on any medium permitted by this section. You must preserve the duplicate records and index for the same time that is required by this section for the indexed records, and you must have them available at all times for examination by the staffs of the Commission and your ARA.
</P>
<P>(3) Any electronic storage media that you use to store your records must:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure the security and integrity of the records by means of manual and automated controls that assure the authenticity and quality of the electronic facsimile, detect attempts to alter or remove the records, and provide means to recover altered, damaged, or lost records resulting from any cause;
</P>
<P>(ii) Externally label all removable units of storage media using a unique identifier that allows the manual association of that removable storage unit with its place and order in the recordkeeping system; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Uniquely identify files and internally label each file with its unique name, the date and time of file creation, the date and time of last modification or extension, and a file sequence number when the file spans more than one volume.
</P>
<P>(4) If you use electronic storage media or micrographic media to store your records, you must establish an audit system that accounts for the inputting of and any changes to every record that is stored on electronic storage media or micrographic media. The results of such audit system must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be available at all times for examination by the staffs of the Commission and your ARA; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Be preserved for the same time that is required by this section for the underlying records.
</P>
<P>(5) If you use electronic storage media or micrographic media to store your records, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain, keep current, and provide promptly upon request by the staffs of the Commission and your ARA all information necessary to access the records and indexes stored on electronic storage media or micrographic media; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Place, or have a third party place on your behalf, in escrow with an independent third party and keep current a copy of the physical and logical format of the electronic storage or micrographic media, the field format of all different information types written on the electronic storage media and source code, and the appropriate documentation and information necessary to access records and indexes. The independent escrow agent must file an undertaking signed by a duly authorized person with the Commission and your ARA stating that:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“[Name of Third Party] hereby undertakes to furnish promptly upon request to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, its designees, or representatives, upon reasonable request, a current copy of the physical and logical format of the electronic storage or micrographic media, the field format of all different information types written on the electronic storage media and source code, and the appropriate documentation and information necessary to access the records and indexes of [Name of Transfer Agent]'s electronic records management system.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) (i) If you use a third party to maintain or preserve some or all of the required records using electronic storage media or micrographic media, such third party shall file a written undertaking signed by a duly authorized person with the Commission and your ARA stating that:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“With respect to any books and records maintained or preserved on behalf of [Name of Transfer Agent], [Name of Third Party] hereby undertakes to permit examination of such books and records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and to promptly furnish to said Commission or its designee true, correct, complete, and current hard copies of any or all or any part of such books and records.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Agreement with a third party to maintain your records shall not relieve you from the responsibility to prepare and maintain records as specified in this section or in § 240.17Ad-6.
</P>
<P>(g) If the records required to be maintained and preserved by a registered transfer agent pursuant to the requirements of §§ 240.17Ad-6 and 240.17Ad-7 are maintained and preserved on behalf of the registered transfer agent by an outside service bureau, other recordkeeping service or the issuer, the registered transfer agent shall obtain, from such outside service bureau, other recordkeeping service or the issuer, an agreement, in writing, to the effect that:
</P>
<P>(1) Such records are subject at any time, or from time to time, to reasonable periodic, special, or other examinations by representatives of the Commission and the appropriate regulatory agency for such registered transfer agent if it is not the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The outside service bureau, recordkeeping service, or issuer will furnish to the Commission and the appropriate regulatory agency, upon demand, at either the principal office or at any regional office, complete, correct and current hard copies of any and all such records.
</P>
<P>(h) When a registered transfer agent ceases to perform transfer agent functions for an issue, the responsibility of such transfer agent under § 240.17Ad-7 to retain the records required to be made and kept current under § 240.17Ad-6(a) (1), (6), (9), (10) and (11), (b) and (c) shall end upon the delivery of such records to the successor transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(i) The records required by §§ 240.17Ad-17(d) and 240.17Ad-19(c) shall be maintained for a period of not less than three years, the first year in an easily accessible place.


</P>
<P>(j) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(k) Every registered transfer agent shall maintain in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(1) of this chapter for no less than three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) The written documentation of any detected unauthorized access to or use of customer information, as well as any response to, and recovery from such unauthorized access to or use of customer information required by § 248.30(a)(3) of this chapter for no less than three years from the date when the records were made;
</P>
<P>(3) The written documentation of any investigation and determination made regarding whether notification is required pursuant to § 248.30(a)(4) of this chapter, including the basis for any determination made, any written documentation from the United States Attorney General related to a delay in notice, as well as a copy of any notice transmitted following such determination, for no less than three years from the date when the records were made;
</P>
<P>(4) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5)(i) of this chapter until three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(5) The written documentation of any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5) of this chapter until three years after the termination of such contract or agreement; and
</P>
<P>(6) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(b)(2) of this chapter for no less than three years after the termination of the use of the policies and procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 32414, June 24, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 54063, Dec. 1, 1982; 62 FR 52237, Oct. 7, 1997; 66 FR 21659, May 1, 2001; 68 FR 74401, Dec. 23, 2003; 68 FR 75054, Dec. 29, 2003; 78 FR 4874, Jan. 23, 2013. Redesignated and amended at 89 FR 47785, June 3, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.520" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-8   Securities position listings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term <I>securities position listing</I> means, with respect to the securities of any issuer held by a registered clearing agency in the name of the clearing agency or its nominee, a list of those participants in the clearing agency on whose behalf the clearing agency holds the issuer's securities and of the participants' respective positions in such securities as of a specified date.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon request, a registered clearing agency shall furnish a securities position listing promptly to each issuer whose securities are held in the name of the clearing agency or its nominee. A registered clearing agency may charge issuers requesting securities position listings a fee designed to recover the reasonable costs of providing the securities position listing to the issuer. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17A, and 23(a) (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q-1, and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76777, Dec. 28, 1979] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.521" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-9   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this section and §§ 240.17Ad-10, 240.17Ad-11, 240.17Ad-12 and 240.17Ad-13:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Certificate detail,</I> with respect to certificated securities, includes, at a minimum, all of the following, and with respect to uncertificated securities, includes items (2) through (8):
</P>
<P>(1) The certificate number.
</P>
<P>(2) The number of shares for equity securities or the principal dollar amount for debt securities;
</P>
<P>(3) The securityholder's registration;
</P>
<P>(4) The address of the registered securityholder;
</P>
<P>(5) The issue date of the security;
</P>
<P>(6) The cancellation date of the security;
</P>
<P>(7) In the case of redeemable securities of investment companies, an appropriate description of each debit and credit (i.e., designation indicating purchase, redemption, or transfer); and
</P>
<P>(8) Any other identifying information about securities and securityholders the transfer agent reasonably deems essential to its recordkeeping system for the efficient and effective research of record differences.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Master securityholder file</I> is the official list of individual securityholder accounts. With respect to uncertificated securities of companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the master securityholder file may consist of multiple, but linked, automated files.
</P>
<P>(c) A <I>subsidiary file</I> is any list or record of accounts, securityholders, or certificates that evidences debits or credits that have not been posted to the master securityholder file.
</P>
<P>(d) A <I>control book</I> is the record or other document that shows the total number of shares (in the case of equity securities) or the principal dollar amount (in the case of debt securities) authorized and issued by the issuer.
</P>
<P>(e) A <I>credit</I> is an addition of appropriate certificate detail to the master securityholder file.
</P>
<P>(f) A <I>debit</I> is a cancellation of appropriate certificate detail from the master securityholder file.
</P>
<P>(g) A <I>record difference</I> occurs when either:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of shares or total principal dollar amount of securities in the master securityholder file does not equal the number of shares or principal dollar amount in the control book; or
</P>
<P>(2) The security transferred or redeemed contains certificate detail different from the certificate detail currently on the master securityholder file, which difference cannot be immediately resolved.
</P>
<P>(h) A <I>recordkeeping transfer agent</I> is the registered transfer agent that maintains and updates the master securityholder file.
</P>
<P>(i) A <I>co-transfer agent</I> is the registered transfer agent that transfers securities but does not maintain and update the master securityholder file.
</P>
<P>(j) A <I>named transfer agent</I> is the registered transfer agent that is engaged by an issuer to perform transfer agent functions for an issue of securities but has engaged a service company to perform some or all of those functions.
</P>
<P>(k) A <I>service company</I> is the registered transfer agent engaged by a named transfer agent to perform transfer agent functions for that named transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(l) A <I>file</I> includes automated and manual records.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17(a), 17A(d) and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q(a), 78q-1(d) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 28246, June 21, 1983] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.522" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-10   Prompt posting of certificate detail to master securityholder files, maintenance of accurate securityholder files, communications between co-transfer agents and recordkeeping transfer agents, maintenance of current control book, retention of certificate detail and “buy-in” of physical over-issuance.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Every recordkeeping transfer agent shall promptly and accurately post to the master securityholder file debits and credits containing minimum and appropriate certificate detail representing every security transferred, purchased, redeemed or issued; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if a security transferred or redeemed contains certificate detail different from that currently posted to the master securityholder file, the credit shall be posted to the master securityholder file and the debit and related certificate detail shall be maintained in a subsidiary file until resolved. The recordkeeping transfer agent shall exercise diligent and continuous attention to resolve the resulting record difference and, once resolved, shall post to the master securityholder file the debit maintained in the subsidiary file. Postings of certificate detail shall remain on the master securityholder file until a debit to a securityholder acount is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this paragraph, the term <I>promptly</I> means the following number of days after issuance, purchase, transfer, or redemption of a security:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to recordkeeping transfer agents (other than transfer agents that perform transfer agent functions with respect to redeemable securities issued by investment companies registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940) that are exempt transfer agents under § 240.17Ad-4(b), 30 calendar days;
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to recordkeeping transfer agents (other than transfer agents that perform transfer agent functions with respect to redeemable securities issued by investment companies registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940) that:
</P>
<P>(A) Perform transfer agent functions solely for their own or their affiliated companies' securities issues, and
</P>
<P>(B) Employ batch posting systems, ten business days; and
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to all other recordkeeping transfer agents, five business days; <I>Provided, however,</I> That all securities transferred, purchased, redeemed or issued prior to record date, but posted subsequent thereto, shall be posted as of the record date.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to posting certificate detail from transfer journals received by the recordkeeping transfer agent from a co-transfer agent, the time frames set forth in paragraph (a)(2) shall commence upon receipt of those journals by the recordkeeping transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(b) Every recordkeeping transfer agent shall maintain and keep current an accurate master securityholder file and subsidiary files. If such transfer agent has any record difference, its master securityholder file and subsidiary files must accurately represent all relevant debits and credits until the record difference is resolve. The recordkeeping transfer agent shall exercise diligent and continuous attention to resolve all record differences.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Every co-transfer agent shall dispatch or mail promptly to the recordkeeping transfer agent a record of debits and credits for every security transferred or issued. For the purposes of this paragraph, “promptly” means within two business days following transfer of each security, and, with respect to transfers occurring within five business days of record date, daily.
</P>
<P>(2) Within three business days following the end of each month, every co-transfer agent shall mail to the recordkeeping transfer agent for each issue of securities for which it acts as a co-transfer agent, a report setting forth:
</P>
<P>(i) The principal dollar amount of debt securities or the number of shares and related market value of equity securities comprising any buy-in executed by the co-transfer agent during the preceding month pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The reason for the buy-in.
</P>
<P>(d) Every co-transfer agent shall respond promptly to all inquiries from the recordkeeping transfer agent regarding records required to be dispatched or mailed by the co-transfer agent pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10(c). For the purposes of this paragraph, “promptly” means within five business days of receipt of an inquiry from a recordkeeping transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(e) Every recordkeeping transfer agent shall maintain and keep current an accurate control book for each issue of securities. A change in the control book shall not be made except upon written authorization from a duly authorized agent of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(f) Every recordkeeping transfer agent shall retain a record of all certificate detail deleted from the master securityholder file for a period of six years from the date of deletion. In lieu of maintaining a hard copy, a recordkeeping transfer agent may comply with this paragraph by complying with § 240.17Ad-7(f) or § 240.17Ad-7(g).
</P>
<P>(g)(1) A registered transfer agent, in the event of any actual physical overissuance that such transfer agent caused and of which it has knowledge, shall, within 60 days of the discovery of such overissuance, buy in securities equal to the number of shares in the case of equity securities or the principal dollar amount in the case of debt securities. During the sixty-day period, the registered transfer agent shall devote diligent attention to resolving the overissuance and recovering the certificates. This paragraph requires a buy-in only by the transfer agent that erroneously issued the certificate(s) giving rise to the physical overissuance, and applies only to those physical overissuances created by transfers or issuances subsequent to September 30, 1983.
</P>
<P>(2) If a transfer agent obtains a letter from the party holding the overissued certificates that confirms that the overissued certificate(s) will be returned to the transfer agent not later than thirty days after the expiration of the sixty-day period, the transfer agent need not buy in securities by the sixtieth day. If, however, the certificate(s) are not returned to the transfer agent within the additional thirty-day period, the transfer agent immediately must execute the buy-in in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the certificates involved are covered by a surety bond indemnifying the transfer agent for all expenses incurred as a result of actual overissuance, the transfer agent need not buy in the securities. The transfer agent, however, shall devote diligent attention to resolving the overissuance and recovering the certificates.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph, <I>discovery of the overissuance</I> occurs when the transfer agent identifies the erroneously issued certificate(s) and the registered securityholder(s).
</P>
<P>(h) Subsequent to the effective date of this section, registered transfer agents that:
</P>
<P>(1) Assume the maintenance and updating of master securityholder files from predecessor transfer agents,
</P>
<P>(2) Establish a new master securityholder file for a particular issue, or
</P>
<P>(3) Convert from manual to automated systems, 
</P>
<FP>must carry over any existing certificate detail required by this section on the master securityholder file.
</FP>
<FP>A recordkeeping transfer agent shall not be required to add certificate detail to the master securityholder file respecting certificates issued prior to the effective date of this section.
</FP>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17(a), 17A(d) and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q(a), 78q-1(d) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 28246, June 21, 1983, as amended at 51 FR 5708, Feb. 18, 1986] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.523" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-11   Reports regarding aged record differences, buy-ins and failure to post certificate detail to master securityholder and subsidiary files.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Issuer capitalization</I> means the market value of the issuer's authorized and outstanding equity securities or, with respect to a municipal securities issuer, the market value of all debt issues for which the transfer agent performs recordkeeping functions on behalf of that issuer, determined by reference to the control book and current market prices.
</P>
<P>(2) An <I>aged record difference</I> is a record difference that has existed for more than thirty calendar days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports to Issuers.</I> (1) Within ten business days following the end of each month, every recordkeeping transfer agent shall report the information specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the persons specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, when the aggregate market value of aged record differences in all equity securities issues or debt securities issues maintained on behalf of a particular issuer exceeds the thresholds set forth in the table below.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Issuer capitalization
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Aggregate market value of aged record differences exceeds
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For equity securities
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For debt securities
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) $5 million or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$100,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Greater than $5 million but less than $50 million</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Greater than $50 million but less than $150 million</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Greater than $150 million</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Within ten business days following the end of each month (or within ten days thereafter in the case of a named transfer agent that receives a report from a service company pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i)(C)), every recordkeeping transfer agent shall report the information specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section to the persons specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, with respect to each issue of securities for which it acts as recordkeeping transfer agent, concerning any securities bought-in pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10(g) or reported as bought-in pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10(c) during the preceding month.
</P>
<P>(3) The report shall be sent:
</P>
<P>(i) By every recordkeeping transfer agent (other than a recordkeeping transfer agent that performs transfer agent functions solely for its own securities):
</P>
<P>(A) To the official performing corporate secretary functions for the issuer of the securities for which the aged record difference exists or for which the buy-in occurred;
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to an issue of municipal securities, to the chief financial officer of the issuer of the securities for which the aged record difference exists or for which the buy-in occurred; or 
</P>
<P>(C) If it acts as a service company, to the named transfer agent; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) By every named transfer agent that is engaged by an issuer to maintain and update the master securityholder file:
</P>
<P>(A) To the official performing corporate secretary functions for the issuer of the securities for which the aged record difference exists or for which the buy-in occurred; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to an issue of municipal securities, to the chief financial officer of the issuer of the securities for which the aged record difference exists or for which the buy-in occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reports to appropriate regulatory agencies</I> (1) Within ten business days following the end of each calendar quarter, every recordkeeping transfer agent shall report the information specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to its appropriate regulatory agency in accordance with § 240.17Ad-2(h), when the aggregate market value of aged record differences for all issues for which it performs recordkeeping functions exceeds the thresholds specified below:
</P>
<P>(i) $300,000 if it is a recordkeeping transfer agent for 5 or fewer issues;
</P>
<P>(ii) $500,000 for 6-24 issues;
</P>
<P>(iii) $800,000 for 25-49 issues;
</P>
<P>(iv) $1 million for 50-74 issues;
</P>
<P>(v) $1.2 million for 75-99 issues;
</P>
<P>(vi) $1.4 million for 100-499 issues;
</P>
<P>(vii) $1.6 million for 500-999 issues;
</P>
<P>(viii) $2.6 million for 1,000-1,999 issues; and
</P>
<P>(ix) An additional $1 million for each additional 1,000 issues.
</P>
<P>(2) Within ten business days following the end of each calendar quarter, every recordkeeping transfer agent shall report the information specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section to its appropriate regulatory agency in accordance with § 240.17Ad-2(h), concerning buy-ins of all issues for which it acts as recordkeeping transfer agent, when the aggregate market value of all buy-ins executed pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10(g) during that calendar quarter exceeds $100,000.
</P>
<P>(3) When the recordkeeping transfer agent has any debits or credits for securities transferred, purchased, redeemed or issued that are unposted to the master securityholder and/or subsidiary files for more than five business days after debits and credits are required to be posted to the master securityholder file or subsidiary files pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10, it shall immediately report such fact to its appropriate regulatory agency in accordance with § 240.17Ad-2(h) and shall state in that report what steps have been, and are being, taken to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Content of reports.</I> (1) Each report pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) of this section shall set forth with respect to each issue of securities:
</P>
<P>(i) The principal dollar amount and related market value of debt securities or the number of shares and related market value of equity securities comprising the aged record difference (including information concerning aged record differences existing as of the effective date of this section);
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasons for the aged record difference; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The steps being taken or to be taken to resolve the aged record difference.
</P>
<P>(2) Each report pursuant to paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(2) of this section shall set forth with respect to each issue of securities:
</P>
<P>(i) The principal dollar amount of debt securities and related market value or the number of shares and related market value of equity securities comprising any buy-in executed pursuant to § 240.17Ad-10(g);
</P>
<P>(ii) The party that executed the buy-in; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The reason for the buy-in.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, the market value of an issue shall be determined as of the last business day on which market value information is available during the reporting period.
</P>
<P>(f) A copy of any report required under this section shall be retained by the reporting transfer agent for a period of not less than three years, the first year in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17(a), 17A(d) and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q(a), 78q-1(d) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 28247, June 21, 1983] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.524" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-12   Safeguarding of funds and securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any registered transfer agent that has custody or possession of any funds or securities related to its transfer agent activities shall assure that: 
</P>
<P>(1) All such securities are held in safekeeping and are handled, in light of all facts and circumstances, in a manner reasonably free from risk of theft, loss or destruction (other than by a transfer agent's certificate destruction procedures pursuant to § 240.17Ad-19); and 
</P>
<P>(2) All such funds are protected, in light of all facts and circumstances, against misuse. In evaluating which particular safeguards and procedures must be employed, the cost of the various safeguards and procedures as well as the nature and degree of potential financial exposure are two relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term <I>securities</I> shall have the same meaning as the term <I>securities certificate</I> as defined in § 240.17f-1(a)(6).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17(a), 17A(d) and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q(a), 78q-1(d) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 28248, June 21, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 74401, Dec. 23, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.525" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-13   Annual study and evaluation of internal accounting control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accountant's report.</I> Every registered transfer agent, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, shall file annually with the Commission and the transfer agent's appropriate regulatory agency in accordance with § 240.17Ad-2(h), a report specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section prepared by an independent accountant concerning the transfer agent's system of internal accounting control and related procedures for the transfer of record ownership and the safeguarding of related securities and funds. That report shall be filed within 90 calendar days of the date of the study and evaluation set forth in paragraph (a)(1).
</P>
<P>(1) The accountant's report shall:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether the study and evaluation was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards using the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe any material inadequacies found to exist as of the date of the study and evaluation and any corrective action taken, or if no material inadequacy existed, the report shall so state; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Comment on the current status of any material inadequacy described in the immediately preceding report; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Indicate the date of the study and evaluation.
</P>
<P>(2) The study and evaluation of the transfer agent's system of internal accounting control for the transfer of record ownership and the safeguarding of related securities and funds shall cover the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Transferring securities related to changes of ownership (i.e., cancellation of certificates or other instruments evidencing prior ownership and issuance of certificates or instruments evidencing current ownership); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Registering changes of ownership on the books and records of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Transferring record ownership as a result of corporate actions (e.g., issuance, retirement, redemption, liquidation, conversion, exchange, tender offer or other types of reorganization);
</P>
<P>(iv) Dividend disbursement or interest paying-agent activities;
</P>
<P>(v) Administering dividend reinvestment programs; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Distributing statements respecting initial offerings of securities.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this report, the objectives of a transfer agent's system of internal accounting control for the transfer of record ownership and the safeguarding of related securities and funds should be to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that securities and funds are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition and that transfer agent activities are performed promptly and accurately. For purposes of this report, a material inadequacy is a condition for which the independent accountant believes that the prescribed procedures or the degree of compliance with them do not reduce to a relatively low level the risk that errors or irregularities, in amounts that would have a significant adverse effect on the transfer agent's ability promptly and accurately to transfer record ownership and safeguard related securities and funds, would occur or not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. Occurrence of errors or irregularities more frequently than in isolated instances may be evidence that the system has a material inadequacy. A significant adverse effect on a transfer agent's ability promptly and accurately to transfer record ownership and safeguard related securities and funds could result from any condition or conditions that individually, or taken as a whole, would reasonably be expected to:
</P>
<P>(i) Inhibit the transfer agent from promptly and accurately discharging its responsibilities under its contractual agreement with the issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Result in material financial loss to the transfer agent; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Result in a violation of § 240.17Ad-2, 17Ad-10 or 17Ad-12(a). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of corrective action.</I> If the accountant's report describes any material inadequacy, the transfer agent shall, within sixty calendar days after receipt of the report, notify the Commission and its appropriate regulatory agency in writing regarding the corrective action taken or proposed to be taken. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record retention.</I> The accountant's report and any documents required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be maintained by the transfer agent for at least three years, the first year in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The requirements of § 240.17Ad-13 shall not apply to registered transfer agents that qualify for exemptions pursuant to this paragraph, 17Ad-13(d). 
</P>
<P>(1) A registered transfer agent shall be exempt if it performs transfer agent functions solely for: 
</P>
<P>(i) Its own securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities issued by a subsidiary in which it owns 51% or more of the subsidiary's capital stock; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities issued by another corporation that owns 51% or more of the capital stock of the registered transfer agent. 
</P>
<P>(2) A registered transfer agent shall be exempt if it:
</P>
<P>(i) Is an exempt transfer agent pursuant to § 240.17AD-4(b); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a transfer agent that performs transfer agent functions for redeemable securities issued by companies registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, maintains master securityholder files consisting of fewer than 1000 shareholder accounts, in the aggregate, for each of such issues for which it performs transfer agent functions. 
</P>
<P>(3) A registered transfer agent shall be exempt if it is a bank or financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, provided that it is not notified to the contrary by its appropriate regulatory agency and provided that a report similar in scope to the requirements of § 240.17Ad-13(a) is prepared for either the bank's board of directors or an audit committee of the board of directors.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17(a), 17A(d) and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78b, 78q(a), 78q-1(d) and 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 28248, June 21, 1983] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.526" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-14   Tender agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Establishing book-entry depository accounts.</I> When securities of a subject company have been declared eligible by one or more qualified registered securities depositories for the services of those depositories at the time a tender or exchange offer is commenced, no registered transfer agent shall act on behalf of the bidder as a depositary, in the case of a tender offer, or an exchange agent, in the case of an exchange offer, in connection with a tender or exchange offer, unless that transfer agent has established, within two business days after commencement of the offer, specially designated accounts. These accounts shall be maintained throughout the duration of the offer, including protection periods, with all qualified registered securities depositories holding the subject company's securities, for purposes of receiving from depository participants securities being tendered to the bidder by book-entry delivery pursuant to transmittal letters and other documentation and for purposes of allowing tender agents to return to depository participants by book-entry movement securities withdrawn from the offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusions.</I> The rule shall not apply to tender or exchange offers (1) that are made for a class of securities of a subject company that has fewer than (i) 500 security holders of record for that class, or (ii) 500,000 shares of that class outstanding; or (2) that are made exclusively to security holders of fewer than 100 shares of a class of securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this rule, (1) the terms <I>subject company, business day, security holders,</I> and <I>transmittal letter</I> shall be given the meanings provided in § 240.14d-1(b); (2) unless the context otherwise requires, a tender or exchange offer shall be deemed to have commenced as specified in § 240.14d-2; (3) the term <I>bidder</I> shall mean any person who makes a tender or exchange offer or on whose behalf a tender or exchange offer is made; (4) a <I>qualified registered securities depository</I> shall mean a registered clearing agency having rules and procedures approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to enable book-entry delivery of the securities of the subject company to, and return of those securities from, the transfer agent through the facilities of that securities depository; and (5) the term <I>depositary</I> refers to that agent of the bidder receiving securities from tendering depository participants and paying those participants for shares tendered. The term <I>exchange agent</I> refers to the agent performing like functions in connection with an exchange offer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this rule, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any registered transfer agent, tender or exchange offer, or class of tender or exchange offers, if the Commission determines that an exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions, the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, or the removal of impediments to a national clearance and settlement system.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 11A(a)(1)(B), 14(d)(4), 15(c)(3), 15(c)(6), 17A(a), 17A(d)(1), and 23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78k-1(a)(1)(B), 78n(d)(4), 78o(c)(3), 78o(c)(6), 78q-1(a), 78q-1(d)(1) and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3071, Jan. 25, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.527" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-15   Signature guarantees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following terms shall mean: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligible Guarantor Institution</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Banks (as that term is defined in section 3(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813(a)]); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Brokers, dealers municipal securities dealers, municipal securities brokers, government securities dealers, and government securities brokers, as those terms are defined under the Act; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Credit unions (as that term is defined in Section 19 (b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 461(b)]); 
</P>
<P>(iv) National securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies, as those terms are used under the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Savings associations (as that term is defined in section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813(b)]).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Guarantee</I> means a guarantee of the signature of the person endorsing a certificated security, or originating an instruction to transfer ownership of a security or instructions concerning transfer of securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptance of signature guarantees.</I> A registered transfer agent shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any activity in connection with a guarantee, including the acceptance or rejection of such guarantee, that results in the inequitable treatment of any eligible guarantor institution or a class of institutions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transfer agent's standards and procedures.</I> Every registered transfer agent shall establish: 
</P>
<P>(1) Written standards for the acceptance of guarantees of securities transfers from eligible guarantor institutions; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures, including written guidelines where appropriate, to ensure that those standards are used in determining whether to accept or reject guarantees from eligible guarantor institutions. Such standards and procedures shall not establish terms and conditions (including those pertaining to financial condition) that, as written or applied, treat different classes of eligible guarantor institutions inequitably, or result in the rejection of a guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution solely because the guarantor institution is of a particular type specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)-(a)(2)(v) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rejection of items presented for transfer.</I> (1) No registered transfer agent shall reject a request for transfer of a certificated or uncertificated security because the certificate, instruction, or documents accompanying the certificate or instruction includes an unacceptable guarantee, unless the transfer agent determines that the guarantor, if it is an eligible guarantor institution, does not satisfy the transfer agent's written standards or procedures. 
</P>
<P>(2) A registered transfer agent shall notify the guarantor and the presentor of the rejection and the reasons for the rejection within two business days after rejecting a transfer request because of a determination that the guarantor does not satisfy the transfer agent's written standards or procedures. Notification to the presentor may be accomplished by making the rejected item available to the presentor. Notification to the guarantor may be accomplished by telephone, facsimile, or ordinary mail. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Record retention.</I> (1) Every registered transfer agent shall maintain a copy of the standards and procedures specified in paragraph (c) of this section in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every registered transfer agent shall make available a copy of the standards and procedures specified in paragraph (c) of this section to any person requesting a copy of such standards and procedures. The registered transfer agent shall respond within three days of a request for such standards and procedures by sending the requesting party a copy of the requested transfer agent's standards and procedures. 
</P>
<P>(3) Every registered transfer agent shall maintain, for a period of three years following the date of the rejection, a record of transfers rejected, including the reason for the rejection, who the guarantor was and whether the guarantor failed to meet the transfer agent's guarantee standards. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exclusions.</I> Nothing in this section shall prohibit a transfer agent from rejecting a request for transfer of a certificated or uncertificated security: 
</P>
<P>(1) For reasons unrelated to acceptance of the guarantor institution; 
</P>
<P>(2) Because the person acting on behalf of the guarantor institution is not authorized by that institution to act on its behalf, provided that the transfer agent maintains a list of people authorized to act on behalf of that guarantor institution; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Because the eligible guarantor institution of a type specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section is neither a member of a clearing corporation nor maintains net capital of at least $100,000. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Signature guarantee program.</I> (1) A registered transfer agent shall be deemed to comply with paragraph (c) of this section if its standards and procedures include:
</P>
<P>(i) Rejecting a request for transfer because the guarantor is neither a member of nor a participant in a signature guarantee program; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Accepting a guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution who, at the time of issuing the guarantee, is a member of or participant in a signature guarantee program. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within the first six months after revising its standards and procedures to include a signature guarantee program, the transfer agent shall not reject a request for transfer because the guarantor is neither a member of nor participant in a signature guarantee program, unless the transfer agent has given that guarantor ninety days written notice of the transfer agent's intent to reject transfers with guarantees from non-participating or non-member guarantors. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (g) of this section, the term “signature guarantee program,” means a program, the terms and conditions of which the transfer agent reasonably determines: 
</P>
<P>(i) To facilitate the equitable treatment of eligible guarantor institutions; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) To promote the prompt, accurate and safe transfer of securities by providing: 
</P>
<P>(A) Adequate protection to the transfer agent against risk of financial loss in the event persons have no recourse against the eligible guarantor institution; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Adequate protection to the transfer agent against the issuance of unauthorized guarantees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 1095, Jan. 10, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.528" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-16   Notice of assumption or termination of transfer agent services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered transfer agent that ceases to perform transfer agent services on behalf of an issuer of securities, including a registered transfer agent that ceases to perform transfer agent services on behalf of an issuer of securities because of a merger or acquisition by another transfer agent, shall send written notice of such termination to the appropriate qualified registered securities depository on or before the later of ten calendar days prior to the effective date of such termination or the day the transfer agent is notified of the effective date of such termination. Such notice shall include the full name, address, telephone number, and Financial Industry Number Standard (“FINS”) number of the transfer agent ceasing to perform the transfer agent services for the issuer; the issuer's name; the issue or issues handled and their CUSIP number(s); and if known, the name, address, and telephone number of the transfer agent that thereafter will provide transfer services for the issuer. If no successor transfer agent is known, the notice shall include the name and address of a contact person at the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A registered transfer agent that changes its name or address or that assumes transfer agent services on behalf of an issuer of securities, including a transfer agent that assumes transfer agent services on behalf of an issuer of securities because of a merger or acquisition of another transfer agent, shall send written notice of such to the appropriate qualified registered securities depository on or before the later of ten calendar days prior to the effective date of such change in status or the day the transfer agent is notified of the effective date of such change in status. A notice regarding a change of name or address shall include the full name, address, telephone number, and FINS number of the transfer agent and the location where certificates are received for transfer. A notice regarding the assumption of transfer agent services on behalf of an issuer of securities, including assumption of transfer agent services resulting from the merger or acquisition of another transfer agent, shall include the full name, address, telephone number, and FINS number of the transfer agent assuming the transfer agent services for the issuer; the issuer's name; and the issue or issues handled and their CUSIP number(s). 
</P>
<P>(c) The notice described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be delivered by means of secure communication. For purposes of this section, secure communication shall include telegraph, overnight mail, facsimile, or any other form of secure communication. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The appropriate qualified registered securities depository that receives notices pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall deliver within 24 hours a copy of such notices to each qualified registered securities depository. A qualified registered securities depository that receives notice pursuant to this section shall deliver a copy of such notices to its own participants within 24 hours. 
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified registered securities depository may comply with its notice requirements under paragraph (d)(1) of this section by making available the notice of all material information from the notice within 24 hours in a manner set forth in the rules of the qualified registered securities depository. 
</P>
<P>(3) A qualified registered securities depository shall maintain such notices for a period of not less than two years, the first six months in an easily accessible place. Such notice shall be made available to the Commission or other persons as the Commission may designate by order. 
</P>
<P>(4) A registered transfer agent that provides notice pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall maintain such notice for a period of not less than two years, the first six months in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, a <I>qualified registered securities depository</I> shall mean a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that performs clearing agency functions as described in section 3(a)(23)(A)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A)(i)) and that has rules and procedures concerning its responsibility for maintaining, updating, and providing appropriate access to the information it receives pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of this section, an <I>appropriate qualified registered securities depository</I> shall mean the qualified registered securities depository that the Commission so designates by order or, in the absence of such designation, the qualified registered securities depository that is the largest holder of record of all qualified registered securities depositories as of the most recent record date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63661, Dec. 8, 1994] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.529" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-17   Lost securityholders and unresponsive payees.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Every recordkeeping transfer agent whose master securityholder file includes accounts of lost securityholders and every broker or dealer that has customer security accounts that include accounts of lost securityholders shall exercise reasonable care to ascertain the correct addresses of such securityholders. In exercising reasonable care to ascertain such lost securityholders' correct addresses, each such recordkeeping transfer agent and each such broker or dealer shall conduct two database searches using at least one information database service. The transfer agent, broker, or dealer shall search by taxpayer identification number or by name if a search based on taxpayer identification number is not reasonably likely to locate the securityholder. Such database searches must be conducted without charge to a lost securityholder and with the following frequency:
</P>
<P>(i) Between three and twelve months of such securityholder becoming a lost securityholder; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Between six and twelve months after the first search for such lost securityholder by the transfer agent, broker, or dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) A transfer agent, broker, or dealer may not use a search method or service to establish contact with lost securityholders that results in a charge to a lost securityholder prior to completing the searches set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A transfer agent, broker, or dealer need not conduct the searches set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a lost securityholder if:
</P>
<P>(i) It has received documentation that such securityholder is deceased; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate value of assets listed in the lost securityholder's account, including all dividend, interest, and other payments due to the lost securityholder and all securities owned by the lost securityholder as recorded in the master securityholder files of the transfer agent or in the customer security account records of the broker or dealer, is less than $25; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The securityholder is not a natural person.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Information data base service</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(i) Any automated data base service that contains addresses from the entire United States geographic area, contains the names of at least 50% of the United States adult population, is indexed by taxpayer identification number or name, and is updated at least four times a year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any service or combination of services which produces results comparable to those of the service described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section in locating lost securityholders.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lost securityholder</I> means a securityholder:
</P>
<P>(i) To whom an item of correspondence that was sent to the securityholder at the address contained in the transfer agent's master securityholder file or customer security account records of the broker or dealer has been returned as undeliverable; provided, however, that if such item is re-sent within one month to the lost securityholder, the transfer agent, broker, or dealer may deem the securityholder to be a lost securityholder as of the day the resent item is returned as undeliverable; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For whom the transfer agent, broker, or dealer has not received information regarding the securityholder's new address.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The paying agent, as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, shall provide not less than one written notification to each unresponsive payee, as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, stating that such unresponsive payee has been sent a check that has not yet been negotiated. Such notification may be sent with a check or other mailing subsequently sent to the unresponsive payee but must be provided no later than seven (7) months (or 210 days) after the sending of the not yet negotiated check. The paying agent shall not be required to send a written notice to an unresponsive payee if such unresponsive payee would be considered a lost securityholder by a transfer agent, broker, or dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>paying agent</I> shall include any issuer, transfer agent, broker, dealer, investment adviser, indenture trustee, custodian, or any other person that accepts payments from the issuer of a security and distributes the payments to the holders of the security.
</P>
<P>(3) A securityholder shall be considered an <I>unresponsive payee</I> if a check is sent to the securityholder by the paying agent and the check is not negotiated before the earlier of the paying agent's sending the next regularly scheduled check or the elapsing of six (6) months (or 180 days) after the sending of the not yet negotiated check. A securityholder shall no longer be considered an <I>unresponsive payee</I> when the securityholder negotiates the check or checks that caused the securityholder to be considered an <I>unresponsive payee.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) A paying agent shall be excluded from the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section where the value of the not yet negotiated check is less than $25.
</P>
<P>(5) The requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall have no effect on state escheatment laws.
</P>
<P>(d) Every recordkeeping transfer agent, every broker or dealer that has customer security accounts, and every paying agent shall maintain records to demonstrate compliance with the requirements set forth in this section, which records shall include written procedures that describe the transfer agent's, broker's, dealer's, or paying agent's methodology for complying with this section, and shall retain such records in accordance with Rule 17Ad-7(i) (§ 240.17Ad-7(i)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 52237, Oct. 7, 1997; 63 FR 1884, Jan. 12, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 14316, Mar. 25, 2003; 78 FR 4784, Jan. 23, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.530" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-18   Year 2000 Reports to be made by certain transfer agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registered non-bank transfer agent must file Part I of Form TA-Y2K (§ 249.619 of this chapter) with the Commission describing the transfer agent's preparation for Year 2000 Problems. Part I of Form TA-Y2K shall be filed no later than August 31, 1998, and April 30, 1999. Part I of Form TA-Y2K shall reflect the transfer agent's preparation for the Year 2000 as of July 15, 1998, and March 15, 1999, respectively.
</P>
<P>(b) Each registered non-bank transfer agent, except for those transfer agents that qualify for the exemption in paragraph (d) of § 240.17Ad-13, must file with the Commission Part II of Form TA-Y2K (§ 249.619 of this chapter) in addition to Part I of Form TA-Y2K. Part II of Form TA-Y2K report shall address the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the board of directors (or similar body) of the transfer agent has approved and funded plans for preparing and testing its computer systems for Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the plans of the transfer agent exist in writing and address all mission critical computer systems of the transfer agent wherever located throughout the world;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the transfer agent has assigned existing employees, has hired new employees, or has engaged third parties to provide assistance in addressing Year 2000 Problems; and if so, a description of the work that these groups of individuals have performed as of the date of each report;
</P>
<P>(4) The current progress on each stage of preparation for potential problems caused by Year 2000 Problems. These stages are:
</P>
<P>(i) Awareness of potential Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assessment of what steps the transfer agent must take to address Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Implementation of the steps needed to address Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(iv) Internal testing of software designed to address Year 2000 Problems, including the number and description of the material exceptions resulting from such testing that are unresolved as of the reporting date;
</P>
<P>(v) Point-to point or industry-wide testing of software designed to address Year 2000 Problems (including testing with other transfer agents, other financial institutions, and customers), including the number and description of the material exceptions resulting from such testing that are unresolved as of the reporting date; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Implementation of tested software that will address Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the transfer agent has written contingency plans in the event that, after December 31, 1999, it has computer problems caused by Year 2000 Problems; and
</P>
<P>(6) What levels of the transfer agent's management are responsible for addressing potential problems caused by Year 2000 Problems, including a description of the responsibilities for each level of management regarding the Year 2000 Problems;
</P>
<P>(7) Any additional material information in both reports concerning its management of Year 2000 Problems that could help the Commission assess the transfer agent's readiness for the Year 2000.
</P>
<P>(8) Part II of Form TA-Y2K (§ 249.619 of this chapter) shall be filed no later than August 31, 1998, and April 30, 1999. Part II of Form TA-Y2K shall reflect the transfer agent's preparation for the Year 2000 as of July 15, 1998, and March 15, 1999, respectively.
</P>
<P>(c) Any non-bank transfer agent that registers between the adoption of the final rule and December 31, 1999, must file with the Commission Part I of Form TA-Y2K (§ 249.619 of this chapter) no later than 30 days after their registration becomes effective. New transfer agents whose registration with the Commission becomes effective between January 1, 1999, and April 30, 1999, would be required to file the second report due on April 30, 1999.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, the term Year 2000 Problem shall include problems arising from:
</P>
<P>(1) Computer software incorrectly reading the date “01/01/00” as being the year 1900 or another incorrect year;
</P>
<P>(2) Computer software incorrectly identifying a date in the Year 1999 or any year thereafter;
</P>
<P>(3) Computer software failing to detect that the Year 2000 is a leap year; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other computer software error that is directly or indirectly caused by paragraph (d)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, the term non-bank transfer agent means a transfer agent whose:
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriate regulatory agency, as that term is defined by 15 U.S.C. 78(c)(34)(B), is the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not a savings association, as defined by Section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813, which is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Nature and form of reports.</I> No later than April 30, 1999, every non-bank transfer agent required to file Part II of Form TA-Y2K (§ 249.619 of this chapter) pursuant to paragraph (b)(8) of this section shall file with its Form TA-Y2K an original and two copies of a report prepared by an independent public accountant regarding the non-bank transfer agent's process, as of March 15, 1999, for addressing Year 2000 Problems with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. The independent public accountant's report shall be prepared in accordance with standards that have been reviewed by the Commission and that have been issued by a national organization that is responsible for promulgating authoritative accounting and auditing standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 37693, July 13, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 58635, Nov. 2, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-19" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.531" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-19   Requirements for cancellation, processing, storage, transportation, and destruction or other disposition of securities certificates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The terms <I>cancelled</I> or <I>cancellation</I> means the process in which a securities certificate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is physically marked to clearly indicate that it no longer represents a claim against the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is voided on the records of the transfer agent. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>cancelled certificate facility</I> means any location where securities certificates are cancelled and thereafter processed, stored, transported, destroyed or otherwise disposed of. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>certificate number</I> means a unique identification or serial number that is assigned and affixed by an issuer or transfer agent to each securities certificate. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>controlled access</I> means the practice of permitting the entry of only authorized personnel to areas where securities certificates are cancelled and thereafter processed, stored, transported, destroyed or otherwise disposed of. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>CUSIP number</I> means the unique identification number that is assigned to each securities issue. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>destruction</I> means the physical ruination of a securities certificate by a transfer agent as part of the certificate destruction procedures that make the reconstruction of the certificate impossible. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>otherwise disposed of</I> means any disposition other than by destruction. 
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>securities certificate</I> has the same meaning that it has in § 240.17f-1(a)(6). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required procedures for the cancellation, storage, transportation, destruction, or other disposition of securities certificates.</I> Every transfer agent involved in the handling, processing, or storage of securities certificates shall establish and implement written procedures for the cancellation, storage, transportation, destruction, or other disposition of securities certificates. This requirement applies to any agent that the transfer agent uses to perform any of these activities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written procedures.</I> The written procedures required by paragraph (b) of this section at a minimum shall provide that: 
</P>
<P>(1) There is controlled access to any cancelled certificate facility; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each cancelled certificate be marked with the word “CANCELLED” by stamp or perforation on the face of the certificate unless the transfer agent has procedures adopted pursuant to this rule for the destruction of cancelled certificates within three business days of their cancellation; 
</P>
<P>(3) A record that is indexed and retrievable by CUSIP and certificate number that contains the CUSIP number, certificate number with any prefix or suffix, denomination, registration, issue date, and cancellation date of each cancelled certificate; 
</P>
<P>(4) A record that is indexed and retrievable by CUSIP and certificate number of each destroyed securities certificate or securities certificate otherwise disposed of, the records must contain for each destroyed or otherwise disposed of certificate the CUSIP number, certificate number with any prefix or suffix, denomination, registration, issue date, and cancellation date, and additionally for any certificate otherwise disposed of a record of how it was disposed of, the name and address of the party to whom it was disposed, and the date of disposition; 
</P>
<P>(5) The physical transportation of cancelled certificates be made in a secure manner and that the transfer agent maintain separately a record of the CUSIP number and certificate number of each certificate in transit; 
</P>
<P>(6) Authorized personnel of the transfer agent or its designee supervise and witness the intentional destruction of any cancelled certificate and retain copies of all records relating to certificates which were destroyed; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Reports to the Lost and Stolen Securities Program be effected in a timely and complete manner, as provided in § 240.17f-1 of any cancelled certificate that is lost, stolen, missing, or counterfeit. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Every transfer agent subject to this section shall maintain records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements set forth in this section and that describe the transfer agent's methodology for complying with this section for three years, the first year in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from any of the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specific terms and conditions, to any transfer agent or any class of transfer agents and to any securities certificate or any class of securities certificates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 74401, Dec. 23, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-20" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.532" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-20   Issuer restrictions or prohibitions on ownership by securities intermediaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no registered transfer agent shall transfer any equity security registered pursuant to section 12 or any equity security that subjects an issuer to reporting under section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I> or 15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) if such security is subject to any restriction or prohibition on transfer to or from a securities intermediary in its capacity as such.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>securities intermediary</I> means a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a person, including a bank, broker, or dealer, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains securities accounts for others in its capacity as such.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any equity security issued by a partnership as defined in rule 901(b) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.901(b) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 70862, Dec. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-21T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.533" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-21T   Operational capability in a Year 2000 environment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to every registered non-bank transfer agent that uses computers in the conduct of its business as a transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) You have a material Year 2000 problem if, at any time on or after August 31, 1999:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of your mission critical computer systems incorrectly identifies any date in the Year 1999 or the Year 2000, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The error impairs or, if uncorrected, is likely to impair, any of your mission critical systems under your control.
</P>
<P>(2) You will be presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem if, at any time on or after August 31, 1999, you:
</P>
<P>(i) Do not have written procedures reasonably designed to identify, assess, and remediate any material Year 2000 problems in your mission critical systems under your control;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have not verified your Year 2000 remediation efforts through reasonable internal testing of your mission critical systems under your control and reasonable testing of your external links under your control; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Have not remediated all exceptions related to your mission critical systems contained in any independent public accountant's report prepared on your behalf pursuant to § 240.17Ad-18(f).
</P>
<P>(c) If you have or are presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you must immediately notify the Commission and your issuers of the problem. You must send this notice to the Commission by overnight delivery to the Division of Market Regulation, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-6628 Attention: Y2K Compliance.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) If you are a registered non-bank transfer agent that has or is presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you may not, on or after August 31, 1999, engage in any transfer agent function, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Countersigning such securities upon issuance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Monitoring the issuance of such securities with a view to preventing unauthorized issuance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Registering the transfer of such securities;
</P>
<P>(iv) Exchanging or converting such securities; or
</P>
<P>(v) Transferring record ownership of securities by bookkeeping entry without physical issuance of securities certificates.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section, you may continue to engage in transfer agent functions:
</P>
<P>(i) Until December 1, 1999, if you have submitted a certificate to the Commission in compliance with paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Solely to the extent necessary to effect an orderly cessation or transfer of these functions.
</P>
<P>(e)(1)(i) If you are a registered non-bank transfer agent that has or is presumed to have a material Year 2000 problem, you may, in addition to providing the Commission the notice required by paragraph (c) of this section, provide the Commission and your issuers a certificate signed by your chief executive officer (or an individual with similar authority) stating:
</P>
<P>(A) You are in the process of remediating your material Year 2000 problem;
</P>
<P>(B) You have scheduled testing of your affected mission critical systems to verify that the material Year 2000 problem has been remediated, and specify the testing dates;
</P>
<P>(C) The date by which you anticipate completing remediation of the material Year 2000 problem in your mission critical systems; and
</P>
<P>(D) Based on inquiries and to the best of the chief executive officer's knowledge, you do not anticipate that the existence of the material Year 2000 problem in your mission critical systems will impair your ability, depending on the nature of your business, to assure the prompt and accurate transfer and processing of securities, the maintenance of master securityholder files, or the production and retention of required records; and you anticipate that the steps referred to in paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section will result in remedying the material Year 2000 problem on or before November 15, 1999.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the information contained in any certificate provided to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section is or becomes misleading or inaccurate for any reason, you must promptly file an updated certificate correcting such information. In addition to the information contained in the certificate, you may provide the Commission with any other information necessary to establish that your mission critical systems will not have material Year 2000 problems on or after November 15, 1999.
</P>
<P>(2) If you have submitted a certificate pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, you must submit a certificate to the Commission and your issuers signed by your chief executive officer (or an individual with similar authority) on or before November 15, 1999, stating that, based on inquiries and to the best of the chief executive officer's knowledge, you have remediated your Year 2000 problem or that you will cease operations. This certificate must be sent to the Commission by overnight delivery to the Division of Market Regulation, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-6628 Attention: Y2K Compliance.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section, you must comply with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section if you have been so ordered by the Commission or by a court.
</P>
<P>(g) Beginning August 31, 1999, and ending March 31, 2000, you must make backup records for all master securityholder files at the close of each business day and must preserve these backup records for a rolling five business day period in a manner that will allow for the transfer and conversion of the records to a successor transfer agent. If you have a material Year 2000 problem, you must preserve for at least one year the five day backup records immediately preceding the day the problem was discovered. In addition, you must make at the close of business on December 27 through 31, 1999, a backup copy for all master securityholder files and preserve these records for at least one year. Such backup records must permit the timely restoration of such systems to their condition existing prior to experiencing the material Year 2000 problem. Copies of the backup records must be kept in an easily accessible place but must not be located with or held in the same computer system as the primary records, and you must be able to immediately produce or reproduce them. You must furnish promptly to a representative of the Commission such legible, true, and complete copies of those records, as may be requested.
</P>
<P>(h) For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>mission critical system</I> means any system that is necessary, depending on the nature of your business, to assure the prompt and accurate transfer and processing of securities, the maintenance of master securityholder files, and the production and retention of required records as described in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>customer</I> includes an issuer, transfer agent, or other person for which you provide transfer agent services;
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>registered non-bank transfer agent</I> means a transfer agent, whose appropriate regulatory agency is the Commission and not the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>master securityholder file</I> has the same definition as defined in § 240.17Ad-9(b).
</P>
<P>(i) This temporary section will expire on July 1, 2001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 42029, Aug. 3, 1999, as amended at 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17ad-22" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.534" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17ad-22   Standards for clearing agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:


</P>
<P><I>Affiliated counterparty</I> means any counterparty which meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The counterparty is either a bank (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(6)), broker (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(4)), dealer (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(5)), or futures commission merchant (as defined in 7 U.S.C. 1a(28)), or any entity regulated as a bank, broker, dealer, or futures commission merchant in its home jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The counterparty holds, directly or indirectly, a majority ownership interest in the direct participant, or the direct participant, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in the counterparty, or a third party, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in both the direct participant and the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The counterparty, direct participant, or third party referenced in paragraph (ii) of this definition as holding the majority ownership interest would be required to report its financial statements on a consolidated basis under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of the majority-owned party or of both majority-owned parties.


</P>
<P> <I>Backtesting</I> means an ex-post comparison of actual outcomes with expected outcomes derived from the use of margin models.


</P>
<P><I>Central bank</I> means a reserve bank or monetary authority of a central government (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of the Federal Reserve Banks) and the Bank for International Settlements.


</P>
<P> <I>Central counterparty</I> means a clearing agency that interposes itself between the counterparties to securities transactions, acting functionally as the buyer to every seller and the seller to every buyer.
</P>
<P> <I>Central securities depository</I> means a clearing agency that is a securities depository as described in Section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A)).
</P>
<P> <I>Clearing agency involved in activities with a more complex risk profile</I> means a clearing agency registered with the Commission under Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides central counterparty services for security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has been determined by the Commission to be involved in activities with a more complex risk profile at the time of its initial registration; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Is subsequently determined by the Commission to be involved in activities with a more complex risk profile pursuant to § 240.17Ab2-2(b).
</P>
<P> <I>Covered clearing agency</I> means a registered clearing agency that provides the services of a central counterparty or central securities depository.
</P>
<P> <I>Designated clearing agency</I> means a clearing agency registered with the Commission under Section 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that is designated systemically important by the Financial Stability Oversight Council pursuant to the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.</I>) and for which the Commission is the supervisory agency as defined in Section 803(8) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible secondary market transaction</I> refers to a secondary market transaction in U.S. Treasury securities of a type accepted for clearing by a registered covered clearing agency that is:
</P>
<P>(i) A repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, in which one of the counterparties is a direct participant; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A purchase or sale, between a direct participant and:
</P>
<P>(A) Any counterparty, if the direct participant of the covered clearing agency brings together multiple buyers and sellers using a trading facility (such as a limit order book) and is a counterparty to both the buyer and seller in two separate transactions; or
</P>
<P>(B) Registered broker-dealer, government securities broker, or government securities dealer; except that:
</P>
<P>(iii) Any purchase or sale transaction in U.S. Treasury securities or repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities in which one counterparty is a central bank, a sovereign entity, an international financial institution, or a natural person shall be excluded from the definition set forth in this section of an eligible secondary market transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities in which one counterparty is a covered clearing agency providing central counterparty services or a derivatives clearing organization (<I>see</I> 7 U.S.C. 7a-1 and 17 CFR 39.3), or is regulated as a central counterparty in its home jurisdiction, shall be excluded from the definition set forth in this section of an eligible secondary market transaction;
</P>
<P>(v) Any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities in which one counterparty is a state or local government shall be excluded from the definition set forth in this section of an eligible secondary market transaction;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities entered into between a direct participant and an affiliated counterparty shall be excluded from the definition set forth in this section of an eligible secondary market transaction, provided that the affiliated counterparty submit for clearance and settlement all other repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities to which the affiliate is a party.


</P>
<P> <I>Financial market utility</I> has the same meaning as defined in Section 803(6) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5462(6)).


</P>
<P><I>International financial institution</I> means the African Development Bank; African Development Fund; Asian Development Bank; Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica; Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa; Caribbean Development Bank; Corporación Andina de Fomento; Council of Europe Development Bank; European Bank for Reconstruction and Development; European Investment Bank; European Investment Fund; European Stability Mechanism; Inter-American Development Bank; Inter-American Investment Corporation; International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; International Development Association; International Finance Corporation; International Monetary Fund; Islamic Development Bank; Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency; Nordic Investment Bank; North American Development Bank; and any other entity that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or contributing member.




</P>
<P> <I>Link</I> means, for purposes of paragraph (e)(20) of this section, a set of contractual and operational arrangements between two or more clearing agencies, financial market utilities, or trading markets that connect them directly or indirectly for the purposes of participating in settlement, cross margining, expanding their services to additional instruments or participants, or for any other purposes material to their business.
</P>
<P> <I>Model validation</I> means an evaluation of the performance of each material risk management model used by a covered clearing agency (and the related parameters and assumptions associated with such models), including initial margin models, liquidity risk models, and models used to generate clearing or guaranty fund requirements, performed by a qualified person who is free from influence from the persons responsible for the development or operation of the models or policies being validated.
</P>
<P> <I>Net capital</I> as used in paragraph (b)(7) of this section means net capital as defined in § 240.15c3-1 for broker-dealers or any similar risk adjusted capital calculation for all other prospective clearing members.
</P>
<P> <I>Normal market conditions</I> as used in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section means conditions in which the expected movement of the price of cleared securities would produce changes in a clearing agency's exposures to its participants that would be expected to breach margin requirements or other risk control mechanisms only one percent of the time.
</P>
<P> <I>Participant family</I> means that if a participant directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, another participant then the affiliated participants shall be collectively deemed to be a single participant family for purposes of paragraphs (b)(3), (d)(14), (e)(4), and (e)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P> <I>Potential future exposure</I> means the maximum exposure estimated to occur at a future point in time with an established single-tailed confidence level of at least 99 percent with respect to the estimated distribution of future exposure.
</P>
<P> <I>Qualifying liquid resources</I> means, for any covered clearing agency, the following, in each relevant currency:
</P>
<P>(i) Cash held either at the central bank of issue or at creditworthy commercial banks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assets that are readily available and convertible into cash through prearranged funding arrangements, such as:
</P>
<P>(A) Committed arrangements without material adverse change provisions, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Lines of credit;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Foreign exchange swaps; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Repurchase agreements; or
</P>
<P>(B) Other prearranged funding arrangements determined to be highly reliable even in extreme but plausible market conditions by the board of directors of the covered clearing agency following a review conducted for this purpose not less than annually; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Other assets that are readily available and eligible for pledging to (or conducting other appropriate forms of transactions with) a relevant central bank, if the covered clearing agency has access to routine credit at such central bank in a jurisdiction that permits said pledges or other transactions by the covered clearing agency.
</P>
<P> <I>Security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap as defined in Section 3(a)(68) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)).
</P>
<P> <I>Sensitivity analysis</I> means an analysis that involves analyzing the sensitivity of a model to its assumptions, parameters, and inputs that:
</P>
<P>(i) Considers the impact on the model of both moderate and extreme changes in a wide range of inputs, parameters, and assumptions, including correlations of price movements or returns if relevant, which reflect a variety of historical and hypothetical market conditions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Uses actual portfolios and, where applicable, hypothetical portfolios that reflect the characteristics of proprietary positions and customer positions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Considers the most volatile relevant periods, where practical, that have been experienced by the markets served by the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Tests the sensitivity of the model to stressed market conditions, including the market conditions that may ensue after the default of a member and other extreme but plausible conditions as defined in a covered clearing agency's risk policies.


</P>
<P><I>Sovereign entity</I> means a central government (including the U.S. Government), or an agency, department, or ministry of a central government.


</P>
<P><I>State or local government</I> means a state or any political subdivision thereof, or an agency or instrumentality of a State or any political subdivision thereof, but shall not include any pension or retirement plan established and maintained by a State, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees.


</P>
<P> <I>Stress testing</I> means the estimation of credit or liquidity exposures that would result from the realization of potential stress scenarios, such as extreme price changes, multiple defaults, or changes in other valuation inputs and assumptions.
</P>
<P> <I>Systemically important in multiple jurisdictions</I> means, with respect to a covered clearing agency, a covered clearing agency that has been determined by the Commission to be systemically important in more than one jurisdiction pursuant to § 240.17Ab2-2.
</P>
<P> <I>Transparent</I> means, for the purposes of paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (10) of this section, to the extent consistent with other statutory and Commission requirements on confidentiality and disclosure, that documentation required under paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (10) is disclosed to the Commission and, as appropriate, to other relevant authorities, to clearing members and to customers of clearing members, to the owners of the covered clearing agency, and to the public.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. Treasury security</I> means any security issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.




</P>
<P>(b) A registered clearing agency that performs central counterparty services shall establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Measure its credit exposures to its participants at least once a day and limit its exposures to potential losses from defaults by its participants under normal market conditions so that the operations of the clearing agency would not be disrupted and non-defaulting participants would not be exposed to losses that they cannot anticipate or control.
</P>
<P>(2) Use margin requirements to limit its credit exposures to participants under normal market conditions and use risk-based models and parameters to set margin requirements and review such margin requirements and the related risk-based models and parameters at least monthly.
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain sufficient financial resources to withstand, at a minimum, a default by the participant family to which it has the largest exposure in extreme but plausible market conditions; provided that a registered clearing agency acting as a central counterparty for security-based swaps shall maintain additional financial resources sufficient to withstand, at a minimum, a default by the two participant families to which it has the largest exposures in extreme but plausible market conditions, in its capacity as a central counterparty for security-based swaps. Such policies and procedures may provide that the additional financial resources may be maintained by the security-based swap clearing agency generally or in separately maintained funds.
</P>
<P>(4) Provide for an annual model validation consisting of evaluating the performance of the clearing agency's margin models and the related parameters and assumptions associated with such models by a qualified person who is free from influence from the persons responsible for the development or operation of the models being validated.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the opportunity for a person that does not perform any dealer or security-based swap dealer services to obtain membership on fair and reasonable terms at the clearing agency to clear securities for itself or on behalf of other persons.
</P>
<P>(6) Have membership standards that do not require that participants maintain a portfolio of any minimum size or that participants maintain a minimum transaction volume.
</P>
<P>(7) Provide a person that maintains net capital equal to or greater than $50 million with the ability to obtain membership at the clearing agency, provided that such persons are able to comply with other reasonable membership standards, with any net capital requirements being scalable so that they are proportional to the risks posed by the participant's activities to the clearing agency; provided, however, that the clearing agency may provide for a higher net capital requirement as a condition for membership at the clearing agency if the clearing agency demonstrates to the Commission that such a requirement is necessary to mitigate risks that could not otherwise be effectively managed by other measures and the Commission approves the higher net capital requirement as part of a rule filing or clearing agency registration application.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record of financial resources and annual audited financial statements.</I> (1) Each fiscal quarter (based on calculations made as of the last business day of the clearing agency's fiscal quarter), or at any time upon Commission request, a registered clearing agency that performs central counterparty services shall calculate and maintain a record, in accordance with § 240.17a-1 of this chapter, of the financial and qualifying liquid resources necessary to meet the requirements, as applicable, of paragraphs (b)(3), (e)(4), and (e)(7) of this section, and sufficient documentation to explain the methodology it uses to compute such financial resources or qualifying liquid resources requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 60 days after the end of its fiscal year, each registered clearing agency shall post on its Web site its annual audited financial statements. Such financial statements shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Include, for the clearing agency and its subsidiaries, consolidated balance sheets as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years and statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and other comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the two most recent fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, except that for a clearing agency that is a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country the consolidated financial statements may be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be audited in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board by a registered public accounting firm that is qualified and independent in accordance with 17 CFR 210.2-01; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Include a report of the registered public accounting firm that complies with paragraphs (a) through (d) of 17 CFR 210.2-02.
</P>
<P>(d) Each registered clearing agency that is not a covered clearing agency shall establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for a well-founded, transparent, and enforceable legal framework for each aspect of its activities in all relevant jurisdictions.
</P>
<P>(2) Require participants to have sufficient financial resources and robust operational capacity to meet obligations arising from participation in the clearing agency; have procedures in place to monitor that participation requirements are met on an ongoing basis; and have participation requirements that are objective and publicly disclosed, and permit fair and open access.
</P>
<P>(3) Hold assets in a manner that minimizes risk of loss or of delay in its access to them; and invest assets in instruments with minimal credit, market and liquidity risks.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify sources of operational risk and minimize them through the development of appropriate systems, controls, and procedures; implement systems that are reliable, resilient and secure, and have adequate, scalable capacity; and have business continuity plans that allow for timely recovery of operations and fulfillment of a clearing agency's obligations.
</P>
<P>(5) Employ money settlement arrangements that eliminate or strictly limit the clearing agency's settlement bank risks, that is, its credit and liquidity risks from the use of banks to effect money settlements with its participants; and require funds transfers to the clearing agency to be final when effected.
</P>
<P>(6) Be cost-effective in meeting the requirements of participants while maintaining safe and secure operations.
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluate the potential sources of risks that can arise when the clearing agency establishes links either cross-border or domestically to clear or settle trades, and ensure that the risks are managed prudently on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(8) Have governance arrangements that are clear and transparent to fulfill the public interest requirements in Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) applicable to clearing agencies, to support the objectives of owners and participants, and to promote the effectiveness of the clearing agency's risk management procedures.
</P>
<P>(9) Provide market participants with sufficient information for them to identify and evaluate the risks and costs associated with using its services.
</P>
<P>(10) Immobilize or dematerialize securities certificates and transfer them by book entry to the greatest extent possible when the clearing agency provides central securities depository services.
</P>
<P>(11) Make key aspects of the clearing agency's default procedures publicly available and establish default procedures that ensure that the clearing agency can take timely action to contain losses and liquidity pressures and to continue meeting its obligations in the event of a participant default.
</P>
<P>(12) Ensure that final settlement occurs no later than the end of the settlement day; and require that intraday or real-time finality be provided where necessary to reduce risks.
</P>
<P>(13) Eliminate principal risk by linking securities transfers to funds transfers in a way that achieves delivery versus payment.
</P>
<P>(14) Institute risk controls, including collateral requirements and limits to cover the clearing agency's credit exposure to each participant family exposure fully, that ensure timely settlement in the event that the participant with the largest payment obligation is unable to settle when the clearing agency provides central securities depository services and extends intraday credit to participants.
</P>
<P>(15) State to its participants the clearing agency's obligations with respect to physical deliveries and identify and manage the risks from these obligations.
</P>
<P>(e) Each covered clearing agency shall establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for a well-founded, clear, transparent, and enforceable legal basis for each aspect of its activities in all relevant jurisdictions.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide for governance arrangements that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are clear and transparent;
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly prioritize the safety and efficiency of the covered clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Support the public interest requirements in Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) applicable to clearing agencies, and the objectives of owners and participants;
</P>
<P>(iv) Establish that the board of directors and senior management have appropriate experience and skills to discharge their duties and responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(v) Specify clear and direct lines of responsibility; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Consider the interests of participants' customers, securities issuers and holders, and other relevant stakeholders of the covered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain a sound risk management framework for comprehensively managing legal, credit, liquidity, operational, general business, investment, custody, and other risks that arise in or are borne by the covered clearing agency, which:
</P>
<P>(i) Includes risk management policies, procedures, and systems designed to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the range of risks that arise in or are borne by the covered clearing agency, that are subject to review on a specified periodic basis and approved by the board of directors annually;
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes plans for the recovery and orderly wind-down of the covered clearing agency necessitated by credit losses, liquidity shortfalls, losses from general business risk, or any other losses;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides risk management and internal audit personnel with sufficient authority, resources, independence from management, and access to the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Provides risk management and internal audit personnel with a direct reporting line to, and oversight by, a risk management committee and an independent audit committee of the board of directors, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(v) Provides for an independent audit committee.
</P>
<P>(4) Effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to participants and those arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes, including by:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence;
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent not already maintained pursuant to paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, for a covered clearing agency providing central counterparty services that is either systemically important in multiple jurisdictions or a clearing agency involved in activities with a more complex risk profile, maintaining additional financial resources at the minimum to enable it to cover a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios that include, but are not limited to, the default of the two participant families that would potentially cause the largest aggregate credit exposure for the covered clearing agency in extreme but plausible market conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) To the extent not already maintained pursuant to paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, for a covered clearing agency not subject to paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, maintaining additional financial resources at the minimum to enable it to cover a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios that include, but are not limited to, the default of the participant family that would potentially cause the largest aggregate credit exposure for the covered clearing agency in extreme but plausible market conditions;
</P>
<P>(iv) Including prefunded financial resources, exclusive of assessments for additional guaranty fund contributions or other resources that are not prefunded, when calculating the financial resources available to meet the standards under paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(v) Maintaining the financial resources required under paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) and (iii) of this section, as applicable, in combined or separately maintained clearing or guaranty funds;
</P>
<P>(vi) Testing the sufficiency of its total financial resources available to meet the minimum financial resource requirements under paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, as applicable, by:
</P>
<P>(A) Conducting stress testing of its total financial resources once each day using standard predetermined parameters and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(B) Conducting a comprehensive analysis on at least a monthly basis of the existing stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters and assumptions, and considering modifications to ensure they are appropriate for determining the covered clearing agency's required level of default protection in light of current and evolving market conditions;
</P>
<P>(C) Conducting a comprehensive analysis of stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters and assumptions more frequently than monthly when the products cleared or markets served display high volatility or become less liquid, or when the size or concentration of positions held by the covered clearing agency's participants increases significantly; and
</P>
<P>(D) Reporting the results of its analyses under paragraphs (e)(4)(vi)(B) and (C) of this section to appropriate decision makers at the covered clearing agency, including but not limited to, its risk management committee or board of directors, and using these results to evaluate the adequacy of and adjust its margin methodology, model parameters, models used to generate clearing or guaranty fund requirements, and any other relevant aspects of its credit risk management framework, in supporting compliance with the minimum financial resources requirements set forth in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vii) Performing a model validation for its credit risk models not less than annually or more frequently as may be contemplated by the covered clearing agency's risk management framework established pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(viii) Addressing allocation of credit losses the covered clearing agency may face if its collateral and other resources are insufficient to fully cover its credit exposures, including the repayment of any funds the covered clearing agency may borrow from liquidity providers; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Describing the covered clearing agency's process to replenish any financial resources it may use following a default or other event in which use of such resources is contemplated.
</P>
<P>(5) Limit the assets it accepts as collateral to those with low credit, liquidity, and market risks, and set and enforce appropriately conservative haircuts and concentration limits if the covered clearing agency requires collateral to manage its or its participants' credit exposure; and require a review of the sufficiency of its collateral haircuts and concentration limits to be performed not less than annually.
</P>
<P>(6) Cover, if the covered clearing agency provides central counterparty services, its credit exposures to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Considers, and produces margin levels commensurate with, the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market, and, if the covered clearing agency provides central counterparty services for U.S. Treasury securities, calculates, collects, and holds margin amounts from a direct participant for its proprietary positions in Treasury securities separately and independently from margin calculated and collected from that direct participant in connection with U.S. Treasury securities transactions by an indirect participant that relies on the services provided by the direct participant to access the covered clearing agency's payment, clearing, or settlement facilities;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Marks participant positions to market and collects margin (including variation margin or equivalent charges if relevant) at least daily;
</P>
<P>(B) Monitors intraday exposures on an ongoing basis;
</P>
<P>(C) Includes the authority and operational capacity to make intraday margin calls, as frequently as circumstances warrant, including the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) When risk thresholds specified by the covered clearing agency are breached; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) When the products cleared or markets served display elevated volatility; and
</P>
<P>(D) Documents when the covered clearing agency determines not to make an intraday call pursuant to its written policies and procedures required under paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(C) of this section;




</P>
<P>(iii) Calculates margin sufficient to cover its potential future exposure to participants in the interval between the last margin collection and the close out of positions following a participant default;






</P>
<P>(iv)(A) Uses reliable sources of timely price data and other substantive inputs;
</P>
<P>(B) Uses procedures (and, with respect to price data, sound valuation models) for addressing circumstances in which price data or other substantive inputs are not readily available or reliable, to ensure that the covered clearing agency can continue to meet its obligations under this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such procedures under paragraph (e)(6)(iv)(B) of this section must include either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The use of price data or substantive inputs from an alternate source; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If it does not use an alternate source, the use of a risk-based margin system that does not rely on substantive inputs that are unavailable or unreliable;


</P>
<P>(v) Uses an appropriate method for measuring credit exposure that accounts for relevant product risk factors and portfolio effects across products;
</P>
<P>(vi) Is monitored by management on an ongoing basis and is regularly reviewed, tested, and verified by:
</P>
<P>(A) Conducting backtests of its margin model at least once each day using standard predetermined parameters and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(B) Conducting a sensitivity analysis of its margin model and a review of its parameters and assumptions for backtesting on at least a monthly basis, and considering modifications to ensure the backtesting practices are appropriate for determining the adequacy of the covered clearing agency's margin resources;
</P>
<P>(C) Conducting a sensitivity analysis of its margin model and a review of its parameters and assumptions for backtesting more frequently than monthly during periods of time when the products cleared or markets served display high volatility or become less liquid, or when the size or concentration of positions held by the covered clearing agency's participants increases or decreases significantly; and
</P>
<P>(D) Reporting the results of its analyses under paragraphs (e)(6)(vi)(B) and (C) of this section to appropriate decision makers at the covered clearing agency, including but not limited to, its risk management committee or board of directors, and using these results to evaluate the adequacy of and adjust its margin methodology, model parameters, and any other relevant aspects of its credit risk management framework; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Requires a model validation for the covered clearing agency's margin system and related models to be performed not less than annually, or more frequently as may be contemplated by the covered clearing agency's risk management framework established pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Effectively measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by the covered clearing agency, including measuring, monitoring, and managing its settlement and funding flows on an ongoing and timely basis, and its use of intraday liquidity by, at a minimum, doing the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintaining sufficient liquid resources at the minimum in all relevant currencies to effect same-day and, where appropriate, intraday and multiday settlement of payment obligations with a high degree of confidence under a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios that includes, but is not limited to, the default of the participant family that would generate the largest aggregate payment obligation for the covered clearing agency in extreme but plausible market conditions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Holding qualifying liquid resources sufficient to meet the minimum liquidity resource requirement under paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section in each relevant currency for which the covered clearing agency has payment obligations owed to clearing members;
</P>
<P>(iii) Using the access to accounts and services at a Federal Reserve Bank, pursuant to Section 806(a) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5465(a)), or other relevant central bank, when available and where determined to be practical by the board of directors of the covered clearing agency, to enhance its management of liquidity risk;
</P>
<P>(iv) Undertaking due diligence to confirm that it has a reasonable basis to believe each of its liquidity providers, whether or not such liquidity provider is a clearing member, has:
</P>
<P>(A) Sufficient information to understand and manage the liquidity provider's liquidity risks; and
</P>
<P>(B) The capacity to perform as required under its commitments to provide liquidity to the covered clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(v) Maintaining and testing with each liquidity provider, to the extent practicable, the covered clearing agency's procedures and operational capacity for accessing each type of relevant liquidity resource under paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section at least annually;
</P>
<P>(vi) Determining the amount and regularly testing the sufficiency of the liquid resources held for purposes of meeting the minimum liquid resource requirement under paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section by, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Conducting stress testing of its liquidity resources at least once each day using standard and predetermined parameters and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(B) Conducting a comprehensive analysis on at least a monthly basis of the existing stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters and assumptions used in evaluating liquidity needs and resources, and considering modifications to ensure they are appropriate for determining the clearing agency's identified liquidity needs and resources in light of current and evolving market conditions;
</P>
<P>(C) Conducting a comprehensive analysis of the scenarios, models, and underlying parameters and assumptions used in evaluating liquidity needs and resources more frequently than monthly when the products cleared or markets served display high volatility or become less liquid, when the size or concentration of positions held by the clearing agency's participants increases significantly, or in other appropriate circumstances described in such policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(D) Reporting the results of its analyses under paragraphs (e)(7)(vi)(B) and (C) of this section to appropriate decision makers at the covered clearing agency, including but not limited to, its risk management committee or board of directors, and using these results to evaluate the adequacy of and adjust its liquidity risk management methodology, model parameters, and any other relevant aspects of its liquidity risk management framework;
</P>
<P>(vii) Performing a model validation of its liquidity risk models not less than annually or more frequently as may be contemplated by the covered clearing agency's risk management framework established pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(viii) Addressing foreseeable liquidity shortfalls that would not be covered by the covered clearing agency's liquid resources and seek to avoid unwinding, revoking, or delaying the same-day settlement of payment obligations;
</P>
<P>(ix) Describing the covered clearing agency's process to replenish any liquid resources that the clearing agency may employ during a stress event; and
</P>
<P>(x) Undertaking an analysis at least once a year that evaluates the feasibility of maintaining sufficient liquid resources at a minimum in all relevant currencies to effect same-day and, where appropriate, intraday and multiday settlement of payment obligations with a high degree of confidence under a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios that includes, but is not limited to, the default of the two participant families that would potentially cause the largest aggregate payment obligation for the covered clearing agency in extreme but plausible market conditions if the covered clearing agency provides central counterparty services and is either systemically important in multiple jurisdictions or a clearing agency involved in activities with a more complex risk profile.
</P>
<P>(8) Define the point at which settlement is final to be no later than the end of the day on which the payment or obligation is due and, where necessary or appropriate, intraday or in real time.
</P>
<P>(9) Conduct its money settlements in central bank money, where available and determined to be practical by the board of directors of the covered clearing agency, and minimize and manage credit and liquidity risk arising from conducting its money settlements in commercial bank money if central bank money is not used by the covered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(10) Establish and maintain transparent written standards that state its obligations with respect to the delivery of physical instruments, and establish and maintain operational practices that identify, monitor, and manage the risks associated with such physical deliveries.
</P>
<P>(11) When the covered clearing agency provides central securities depository services:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain securities in an immobilized or dematerialized form for their transfer by book entry, ensure the integrity of securities issues, and minimize and manage the risks associated with the safekeeping and transfer of securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Implement internal auditing and other controls to safeguard the rights of securities issuers and holders and prevent the unauthorized creation or deletion of securities, and conduct periodic and at least daily reconciliation of securities issues it maintains; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Protect assets against custody risk through appropriate rules and procedures consistent with relevant laws, rules, and regulations in jurisdictions where it operates.
</P>
<P>(12) Eliminate principal risk by conditioning the final settlement of one obligation upon the final settlement of the other, regardless of whether the covered clearing agency settles on a gross or net basis and when finality occurs if the covered clearing agency settles transactions that involve the settlement of two linked obligations.
</P>
<P>(13) Ensure the covered clearing agency has the authority and operational capacity to take timely action to contain losses and liquidity demands and continue to meet its obligations by, at a minimum, requiring the covered clearing agency's participants and, when practicable, other stakeholders to participate in the testing and review of its default procedures, including any close-out procedures, at least annually and following material changes thereto.
</P>
<P>(14) Enable, when the covered clearing agency provides central counterparty services for security-based swaps or engages in activities that the Commission has determined to have a more complex risk profile, the segregation and portability of positions of a participant's customers and the collateral provided to the covered clearing agency with respect to those positions and effectively protect such positions and related collateral from the default or insolvency of that participant.
</P>
<P>(15) Identify, monitor, and manage the covered clearing agency's general business risk and hold sufficient liquid net assets funded by equity to cover potential general business losses so that the covered clearing agency can continue operations and services as a going concern if those losses materialize, including by:
</P>
<P>(i) Determining the amount of liquid net assets funded by equity based upon its general business risk profile and the length of time required to achieve a recovery or orderly wind-down, as appropriate, of its critical operations and services if such action is taken;
</P>
<P>(ii) Holding liquid net assets funded by equity equal to the greater of either (x) six months of the covered clearing agency's current operating expenses, or (y) the amount determined by the board of directors to be sufficient to ensure a recovery or orderly wind-down of critical operations and services of the covered clearing agency, as contemplated by the plans established under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, and which:
</P>
<P>(A) Shall be in addition to resources held to cover participant defaults or other risks covered under the credit risk standard in paragraph (b)(3) or paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, as applicable, and the liquidity risk standard in paragraphs (e)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Shall be of high quality and sufficiently liquid to allow the covered clearing agency to meet its current and projected operating expenses under a range of scenarios, including in adverse market conditions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintaining a viable plan, approved by the board of directors and updated at least annually, for raising additional equity should its equity fall close to or below the amount required under paragraph (e)(15)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(16) Safeguard the covered clearing agency's own and its participants' assets, minimize the risk of loss and delay in access to these assets, and invest such assets in instruments with minimal credit, market, and liquidity risks.
</P>
<P>(17) Manage the covered clearing agency's operational risks by:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying the plausible sources of operational risk, both internal and external, and mitigating their impact through the use of appropriate systems, policies, procedures, and controls;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensuring that systems have a high degree of security, resiliency, operational reliability, and adequate, scalable capacity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Establishing and maintaining a business continuity plan that addresses events posing a significant risk of disrupting operations.
</P>
<P>(18) Establish objective, risk-based, and publicly disclosed criteria for participation, which:
</P>
<P>(i) Permit fair and open access by direct and, where relevant, indirect participants and other financial market utilities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Require participants to have sufficient financial resources and robust operational capacity to meet obligations arising from participation in the clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Monitor compliance with such participation requirements on an ongoing basis; and
</P>
<P>(iv) When the covered clearing agency provides central counterparty services for transactions in U.S. Treasury securities,
</P>
<P>(A) Require that any direct participant of such covered clearing agency submit for clearance and settlement all of the eligible secondary market transactions to which such direct participant is a counterparty;
</P>
<P>(B) Identify and monitor its direct participants' submission of transactions for clearing as required in paragraph (e)(18)(iv)(A) of this section, including how the covered clearing agency would address a failure to submit transactions in accordance with paragraph (e)(18)(iv)(A) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Ensure that it has appropriate means to facilitate access to clearance and settlement services of all eligible secondary market transactions in U.S. Treasury securities, including those of indirect participants, which policies and procedures the board of directors of such covered clearing agency reviews annually.


</P>
<P>(19) Identify, monitor, and manage the material risks to the covered clearing agency arising from arrangements in which firms that are indirect participants in the covered clearing agency rely on the services provided by direct participants to access the covered clearing agency's payment, clearing, or settlement facilities.
</P>
<P>(20) Identify, monitor, and manage risks related to any link the covered clearing agency establishes with one or more other clearing agencies, financial market utilities, or trading markets.
</P>
<P>(21) Be efficient and effective in meeting the requirements of its participants and the markets it serves, and have the covered clearing agency's management regularly review the efficiency and effectiveness of its:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearing and settlement arrangements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating structure, including risk management policies, procedures, and systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Scope of products cleared or settled; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Use of technology and communication procedures.
</P>
<P>(22) Use, or at a minimum accommodate, relevant internationally accepted communication procedures and standards in order to facilitate efficient payment, clearing, and settlement.
</P>
<P>(23) Provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Publicly disclosing all relevant rules and material procedures, including key aspects of its default rules and procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing sufficient information to enable participants to identify and evaluate the risks, fees, and other material costs they incur by participating in the covered clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Publicly disclosing relevant basic data on transaction volume and values;
</P>
<P>(iv) A comprehensive public disclosure that describes its material rules, policies, and procedures regarding its legal, governance, risk management, and operating framework, accurate in all material respects at the time of publication, that includes:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Executive summary.</I> An executive summary of the key points from paragraphs (e)(23)(iv)(B), (C), and (D) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Summary of material changes since the last update of the disclosure.</I> A summary of the material changes since the last update of paragraph (e)(23)(iv)(C) or (D) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) <I>General background on the covered clearing agency.</I> A description of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The covered clearing agency's function and the markets it serves;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Basic data and performance statistics on the covered clearing agency's services and operations, such as basic volume and value statistics by product type, average aggregate intraday exposures to its participants, and statistics on the covered clearing agency's operational reliability; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The covered clearing agency's general organization, legal and regulatory framework, and system design and operations; and
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Standard-by-standard summary narrative.</I> A comprehensive narrative disclosure for each applicable standard set forth in paragraphs (e)(1) through (23) of this section with sufficient detail and context to enable a reader to understand the covered clearing agency's approach to controlling the risks and addressing the requirements in each standard; and
</P>
<P>(v) Updating the public disclosure under paragraph (e)(23)(iv) of this section every two years, or more frequently following changes to its system or the environment in which it operates to the extent necessary to ensure statements previously provided under paragraph (e)(23)(iv) of this section remain accurate in all material respects.
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of enforcing the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.</I>), a designated clearing agency for which the Commission acts as supervisory agency shall be subject to, and the Commission shall have the authority under, the provisions of paragraphs (b) through (n) of Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if such designated clearing agency were an insured depository institution and the Commission were the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 66285, Nov. 2, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 70901, Oct. 13, 2016; 85 FR 28867, May 14, 2020; Redesignated and amended at 89 FR 2829, Jan. 16, 2024; 89 FR 91058, Nov, 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-24" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.535" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-24   Exemption from clearing agency definition for certain registered security-based swap dealers, registered security-based swap execution facilities, and entities engaging in dealing activity in security-based swaps that are eligible for an exception under § 240.3a71-2(a) (or subject to the period set forth in § 240.3a71-2(b)).</HEAD>
<P>A registered security-based swap dealer, a registered security-based swap execution facility, or an entity engaging in dealing activity in security-based swaps that is eligible for an exception under § 240.3a71-2(a) (or subject to the period set forth in § 240.3a71-2(b)) shall be exempt from inclusion in the term “clearing agency,” as defined in section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Act, where such registered security-based swap dealer, registered security-based swap execution facility, or entity engaging in dealing activity in security-based swaps that is eligible for an exception under § 240.3a71-2(a) (or subject to the period set forth in § 240.3a71-2(b)) would be deemed to be a clearing agency solely by reason of:
</P>
<P>(a) Functions performed by such institution as part of customary dealing activities or providing facilities for comparison of data respecting the terms of settlement of securities transactions effected on such registered security-based swap execution facility, respectively; or
</P>
<P>(b) Acting on behalf of a clearing agency or participant therein in connection with the furnishing by the clearing agency of services to its participants or the use of services of the clearing agency by its participants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 7643, Feb. 1, 2021]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17ad-25" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.536" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17ad-25   Clearing agency boards of directors and conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> All terms used in this section have the same meaning as in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate</I> means a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P><I>Board of directors</I> means the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P><I>Director</I> means a member of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P><I>Family member</I> means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing a household with the director or a nominee for director, a trust in which these persons (or the director or a nominee for director) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the director or a nominee for director) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the director or a nominee for director) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.
</P>
<P><I>Independent director</I> means a director of the registered clearing agency who has no material relationship with the registered clearing agency or any affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Material relationship</I> means a relationship, whether compensatory or otherwise, that exists or existed during a lookback period of one year from the initial determination in paragraph (b)(2) and that reasonably could affect the independent judgment or decision-making of the director.
</P>
<P><I>Service provider for core services</I> means any person that, through a written services provider agreement for services provided to or on behalf of the registered clearing agency, on an ongoing basis, directly supports the delivery of clearance or settlement functionality or any other purposes material to the business of the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Composition of the board of directors.</I> (1) A majority of the members of the board of directors of a registered clearing agency must be independent directors, unless a majority of the voting interests issued as of the immediately prior record date are directly or indirectly held by participants, in which case at least 34 percent of the members of the board of directors must be independent directors.
</P>
<P>(2) Each registered clearing agency shall broadly consider all the relevant facts and circumstances, including under paragraph (g) of this section, on an ongoing basis, to affirmatively determine that a director does not have a material relationship with the registered clearing agency or an affiliate of the registered clearing agency, and is not precluded from being an independent director under paragraph (f) of this section. In making such determination, a registered clearing agency must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the relationships between a director and the registered clearing agency or any affiliate thereof and any circumstances under paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Evaluate whether any relationship is likely to impair the independence of the director in performing the duties of director; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Document the evaluation and determination in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nominating committee.</I> (1) Each registered clearing agency must establish a nominating committee and a written evaluation process whereby such nominating committee shall evaluate nominees for serving as directors and evaluate the independence of nominees and directors.
</P>
<P>(2) A majority of the directors serving on the nominating committee must be independent directors, and the chair of the nominating committee must be an independent director.
</P>
<P>(3) The fitness standards for serving as a director shall be specified by the nominating committee, documented in writing, and approved by the board of directors. Such fitness standards must be consistent with the requirements of this section and include that the individual is not subject to any statutory disqualification as defined under Section 3(a)(39) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) The nominating committee must document the outcome of the written evaluation process consistent with the fitness standards required under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Such process shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Take into account each nominee's expertise, availability, and integrity, and demonstrate that the board of directors, taken as a whole, has a diversity of skills, knowledge, experience, and perspectives;
</P>
<P>(ii) Demonstrate that the nominating committee has considered whether a particular nominee would complement the other board members, such that, if elected, the board of directors, taken as a whole, would represent the views of the owners and participants, including a selection of directors that reflects the range of different business strategies, models, and sizes across participants, as well as the range of customers and clients the participants serve;
</P>
<P>(iii) Demonstrate that the nominating committee considered the views of other stakeholders who may be affected by the decisions of the registered clearing agency, including transfer agents, settlement banks, nostro agents, liquidity providers, technology or other service providers; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Identify whether each nominee or director would meet the definition of independent director in paragraphs (a) and (f) of this section, and whether each such nominee or director has a known material relationship with the registered clearing agency or any affiliate thereof, an owner, a participant, or a representative of another stakeholder of the registered clearing agency described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Risk management committee.</I> (1) Each registered clearing agency must establish a risk management committee (or committees) of the board to assist the board of directors in overseeing the risk management of the registered clearing agency. The membership of each risk management committee must be re-evaluated annually and at all times include representatives from the owners and participants of the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(2) In the performance of its duties, the risk management committee must be able to provide a risk-based, independent, and informed opinion on all matters presented to the committee for consideration in a manner that supports the overall risk management, safety and efficiency of the registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Committees generally.</I> If any committee has the authority to act on behalf of the board of directors, the composition of that committee must have at least the same percentage of independent directors as is required for the board of directors, as set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Circumstances that preclude directors from being independent directors.</I> In addition to how the definition of independent director set forth in this section is applied by a registered clearing agency, the following circumstances preclude a director from being an independent director, subject to a lookback period of one year (counting back from making the initial determination in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) applying to paragraphs (f)(2) through (6) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The director is subject to rules, policies, or procedures by the registered clearing agency that may undermine the director's ability to operate unimpeded, such as removal by less than a majority vote of shares that are entitled to vote in such director's election;
</P>
<P>(2) The director, or a family member, has an employment relationship with or otherwise receives compensation other than as a director from the registered clearing agency or any affiliate thereof, or the holder of a controlling voting interest of the registered clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(3) The director, or a family member, is receiving payments from the registered clearing agency, or any affiliate thereof, or the holder of a controlling voting interest of the registered clearing agency, that reasonably could affect the independent judgment or decision-making of the director, other than the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Compensation for services as a director on the board of directors or a committee thereof; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pension and other forms of deferred compensation for prior services not contingent on continued service;
</P>
<P>(4) The director, or a family member, is a partner in, or controlling shareholder of, any organization to or from which the registered clearing agency, or any affiliate thereof, or the holder of a controlling voting interest of the registered clearing agency, is making or receiving payments for property or services, other than the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Payments arising solely from investments in the securities of the registered clearing agency, or affiliate thereof; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs;
</P>
<P>(5) The director, or a family member, is employed as an executive officer of another entity where any executive officers of the registered clearing agency serve on that entity's compensation committee; or
</P>
<P>(6) The director, or a family member, is a partner of the outside auditor of the registered clearing agency, or any affiliate thereof, or an employee of the outside auditor who is working on the audit of the registered clearing agency, or any affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> Each registered clearing agency must establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and document existing or potential conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the clearing agency involving directors or senior managers of the registered clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(2) Mitigate or eliminate and document the mitigation or elimination of such conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Obligation of directors to report conflicts.</I> Each registered clearing agency must establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to require a director to document and inform the registered clearing agency promptly of the existence of any relationship or interest that reasonably could affect the independent judgment or decision-making of the director.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Management of risks from relationships with service providers for core services.</I> Each registered clearing agency must establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Require senior management to evaluate and document the risks related to an agreement with a service provider for core services, including under changes to circumstances and potential disruptions, and whether the risks can be managed in a manner consistent with the clearing agency's risk management framework;
</P>
<P>(2) Require senior management to submit to the board of directors for review and approval any agreement that would establish a relationship with a service provider for core services, along with the risk evaluation required in paragraph (i)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Require senior management to be responsible for establishing the policies and procedures that govern relationships and manage risks related to such agreements with service providers for core services and require the board of directors to be responsible for reviewing and approving such policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(4) Require senior management to perform ongoing monitoring of the relationship, and report to the board of directors for its evaluation of any action taken by senior management to remedy significant deterioration in performance or address changing risks or material issues identified through such monitoring; or if the risks or issues cannot be remedied, require senior management to assess and document weaknesses or deficiencies in the relationship with the service provider for submission to the board of directors.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Obligation of board of directors to solicit and consider viewpoints of participants and other relevant stakeholders.</I> Each registered clearing agency must establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to require the board of directors to solicit, consider, and document its consideration of the views of participants and other relevant stakeholders of the registered clearing agency regarding material developments in its risk management and operations on a recurring basis.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 84509, Dec. 5, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17ad-26" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.537" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17ad-26   Recovery and orderly wind-down plans of covered clearing agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The plans for the recovery and orderly wind-down of the covered clearing agency referenced in § 240.17ad-22(e)(3)(ii) must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and describe the covered clearing agency's core payment, clearing, and settlement services and address how the covered clearing agency would continue to provide such core services in the event of a recovery and during an orderly wind-down, including by:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying the staffing roles necessary to support such core services; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Analyzing how such staffing roles necessary to support such core services would continue in the event of a recovery and during an orderly wind-down;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Identify and describe any service providers for core services, specifying which core services each service provider supports; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Address how the covered clearing agency would ensure that service providers for core services would continue to perform in the event of a recovery and during an orderly wind-down, including consideration of its written agreements with such service providers and whether the obligations under those written agreements are subject to alteration or termination as a result of initiation of the recovery and orderly wind-down plan;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify and describe scenarios that may potentially prevent the covered clearing agency from being able to provide its core services identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section as a going concern, including uncovered credit losses (as described in § 240.17ad-22(e)(4)(viii)), uncovered liquidity shortfalls (as described in § 240.17ad-22(e)(7)(viii)), and general business losses (as described in § 240.17ad-22(e)(15));
</P>
<P>(4) Identify and describe criteria that could trigger the covered clearing agency's implementation of the recovery and orderly wind-down plans and the process that the covered clearing agency uses to monitor and determine whether the criteria have been met, including the governance arrangements applicable to such process;
</P>
<P>(5) Identify and describe the rules, policies, procedures, and any other tools or resources on which the covered clearing agency would rely in a recovery or orderly wind-down;
</P>
<P>(6) Address how the rules, policies, procedures, and any other tools or resources identified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section would ensure timely implementation of the recovery and orderly wind-down plan;
</P>
<P>(7) Require the covered clearing agency to inform the Commission as soon as practicable when the covered clearing agency is considering implementing a recovery or orderly wind-down;
</P>
<P>(8) Include procedures for testing the covered clearing agency's ability to implement the recovery and orderly wind-down plans at least every 12 months, including by:
</P>
<P>(i) Requiring the covered clearing agency's participants and, when practicable, other stakeholders to participate in the testing of its plans;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requiring that such testing be in addition to testing pursuant to § 240.17ad-22(e)(13);
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing for reporting the results of such testing to the covered clearing agency's board of directors and senior management; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Specifying the procedures for, as appropriate, amending the plans to address the results of such testing; and
</P>
<P>(9) Include procedures requiring review and approval of the plans by the board of directors of the covered clearing agency at least every 12 months or following material changes to the covered clearing agency's operations that would significantly affect the viability or execution of the plans, with such review informed, as appropriate, by the covered clearing agency's testing of the plans.
</P>
<P>(b) All terms used in this section have the same meaning as in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate</I> means a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the covered clearing agency.
</P>
<P><I>Orderly wind-down</I> means the actions of a covered clearing agency to effect the permanent cessation, sale, or transfer of one or more of its core services, as identified by the covered clearing agency pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in a manner that would not increase the risk of significant liquidity, credit, or operational problems spreading among financial institutions or markets and thereby threaten the stability of the U.S. financial system.
</P>
<P><I>Recovery</I> means the actions of a covered clearing agency, consistent with its rules, procedures, and other <I>ex ante</I> contractual arrangements, to address any uncovered loss, liquidity shortfall, or capital inadequacy, whether arising from participant default or other causes (such as business, operational, or other structural weaknesses), including actions to replenish any depleted prefunded financial resources and liquidity arrangements, as necessary to maintain the covered clearing agency's viability as a going concern and to continue its provision of core services, as identified by the covered clearing agency pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Service provider for core services</I> means any person, including an affiliate or a third party, that, through a written agreement for services provided to or on behalf of the covered clearing agency, on an ongoing basis, directly supports the delivery of core services, as identified by the covered clearing agency pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 91059, Nov. 18, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.17Ad-27" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.112.538" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.17Ad-27   Straight-through processing by clearing agencies that provide a central matching service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A clearing agency that provides a central matching service must establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to facilitate straight-through processing of securities transactions at the clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(b) A clearing agency that provides a central matching service must submit to the Commission every twelve months a report that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A summary of the clearing agency's policies and procedures required under paragraph (a) of this section, current as of the last day of the twelve-month period covered by the report required under paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) A qualitative description of the clearing agency's progress in facilitating straight-through processing during the twelve-month period covered by the report required under paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) A quantitative presentation of data that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of trades submitted to the clearing agency for processing;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of allocations submitted to the clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total number of confirmations submitted to the clearing agency, as well as the total number of confirmations cancelled by a user;
</P>
<P>(iv) The percentage of confirmations submitted to the clearing agency that are affirmed on trade date, specifying to the extent practicable the relevant timeframe in which the affirmation is processed on trade date;
</P>
<P>(v) The percentage of allocations and confirmations submitted to the clearing agency that are matched and automatically confirmed through the clearing agency's services; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Metrics concerning the use of manual and automated processes by the clearing agency's users with respect to its services that may be used to assess progress in facilitating straight-through processing.
</P>
<P>(4) Each of the data sets required under paragraph (b)(3) of this section shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) Organized on a month-by-month basis, beginning with January of each year, for the twelve months covered by the report required under paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Separated, where applicable, between the use of central matching and electronic trade confirmation services offered by the clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Separated, as appropriate, by asset class;
</P>
<P>(iv) Separated by type of user; and
</P>
<P>(v) Presented on an anonymized and aggregated basis.
</P>
<P>(5) A qualitative description of the actions the clearing agency intends to take to further facilitate straight-through processing of securities transactions at the clearing agency during the twelve-month period that follows the period covered by the report required under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each report required under paragraph (b) of this section must be filed within 60 days of the end of the twelve-month period covered by the report required under paragraph (b) of this section, and the twelve-month period covered by each report shall commence on January 1 of the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(d) The report required under paragraph (b) of this section must be filed electronically on EDGAR and must be provided in an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T) and the EDGAR Filer Manual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 13953, Mar. 6, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="113" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Capital, Margin and Segregation Requirements for Security-Based Swap Dealers and Major Security-Based Swap Participants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.539" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-1   Net capital requirements for security-based swap dealers for which there is not a prudential regulator.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 240.18a-1, 240.18a-1a, 240.18a-1b, 240.18a-1c, and 240.18a-1d apply to a security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10), including a security-based swap dealer that is an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12. A security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is also a broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o), other than an OTC derivatives dealer, is subject to the net capital requirements in § 240.15c3-1 and its appendices. A security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act that has a prudential regulator is not subject to § 240.18a-1, 240.18a-1a, 240.18a-1b, 240.18a-1c, and 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Minimum requirements.</I> Every registered security-based swap dealer must at all times have and maintain net capital no less than the greater of the highest minimum requirements applicable to its business under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, and tentative net capital no less than the minimum requirement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A security-based swap dealer must at all times maintain net capital of not less than the greater of $20 million or:
</P>
<P>(A) Two percent of the risk margin amount; or
</P>
<P>(B) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after the third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
</P>
<P>(C) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had previously issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of security-based swap dealers subject to this paragraph (a)(1), as well as the risks of their security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) or (C) of this section, the Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an order regarding any such change.
</P>
<P>(2) In accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, the Commission may approve, in whole or in part, an application or an amendment to an application by a security-based swap dealer to calculate net capital using the market risk standards of paragraph (d) to compute a deduction for market risk on some or all of its positions, instead of the provisions of paragraphs (c)(1)(iv), (vi), and (vii) of this section, and § 240.18a-1b, and using the credit risk standards of paragraph (d) to compute a deduction for credit risk on certain credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments, instead of the provisions of paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (c)(1)(ix)(A) and (B) of this section, subject to any conditions or limitations on the security-based swap dealer the Commission may require as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. A security-based swap dealer that has been approved to calculate its net capital under paragraph (d) of this section must at all times maintain tentative net capital of not less than $100 million and net capital of not less than the greater of $20 million or:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Two percent of the risk margin amount;
</P>
<P>(B) Four percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to four percent or less on or after the third anniversary of this section's compliance date; or
</P>
<P>(C) Eight percent or less of the risk margin amount if the Commission issues an order raising the requirement to eight percent or less on or after the fifth anniversary of this section's compliance date and the Commission had previously issued an order raising the requirement under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) If, after considering the capital and leverage levels of security-based swap dealers subject to this paragraph (a)(2), as well as the risks of their security-based swap positions, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to change the percentage pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) or (C) of this section, the Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an order regarding any such change; and
</P>
<P>(b) A security-based swap dealer must at all times maintain net capital in addition to the amounts required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, as applicable, in an amount equal to 10 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The excess of the market value of United States Treasury Bills, Bonds and Notes subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 105 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party;
</P>
<P>(2) The excess of the market value of securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage related securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 110 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party; and
</P>
<P>(3) The excess of the market value of other securities subject to reverse repurchase agreements with any one party over 120 percent of the contract prices (including accrued interest) for reverse repurchase agreements with that party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purpose of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Net capital.</I> The term <I>net capital</I> shall be deemed to mean the net worth of a security-based swap dealer, adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Adjustments to net worth related to unrealized profit or loss and deferred tax provisions.</I>
</P>
<P>(A) Adding unrealized profits (or deducting unrealized losses) in the accounts of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) In determining net worth, all long and all short positions in listed options shall be marked to their market value and all long and all short securities and commodities positions shall be marked to their market value.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In determining net worth, the value attributed to any unlisted option shall be the difference between the option's exercise value and the market value of the underlying security. In the case of an unlisted call, if the market value of the underlying security is less than the exercise value of such call it shall be given no value and in the case of an unlisted put if the market value of the underlying security is more than the exercise value of the unlisted put it shall be given no value.
</P>
<P>(C) Adding to net worth the lesser of any deferred income tax liability related to the items in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>3</I>) of this section, or the sum of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>), (<I>2</I>), and (<I>3</I>) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The aggregate amount resulting from applying to the amount of the deductions computed in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section and Appendices A and B, §§ 240.18a-1a and 240.18a-1b, the appropriate Federal and State tax rate(s) applicable to any unrealized gain on the asset on which the deduction was computed;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any deferred tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any deferred tax liability related to unrealized appreciation in value of any asset(s) which has been otherwise deducted from net worth in accordance with the provisions of this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Adding, in the case of future income tax benefits arising as a result of unrealized losses, the amount of such benefits not to exceed the amount of income tax liabilities accrued on the books and records of the security-based swap dealer, but only to the extent such benefits could have been applied to reduce accrued tax liabilities on the date of the capital computation, had the related unrealized losses been realized on that date.
</P>
<P>(E) Adding to net worth any actual tax liability related to income accrued which is directly related to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subordinated liabilities.</I> Excluding liabilities of the security-based swap dealer that are subordinated to the claims of creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordinated loan agreement, as defined in § 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Assets not readily convertible into cash.</I> Deducting fixed assets and assets which cannot be readily converted into cash, including, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Fixed assets and prepaid items.</I> Real estate; furniture and fixtures; exchange memberships; prepaid rent, insurance and other expenses; goodwill; organization expenses;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Certain unsecured and partly secured receivables.</I> All unsecured advances and loans; deficits in customers' and non-customers' unsecured and partly secured notes; deficits in customers' and non-customers' unsecured and partly secured accounts after application of calls for margin, marks to the market or other required deposits that are outstanding for more than the required time frame to collect the margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits; and the market value of stock loaned in excess of the value of any collateral received therefore.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Insurance claims.</I> Insurance claims that, after seven (7) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered, are not covered by an opinion of outside counsel that the claim is valid and is covered by insurance policies presently in effect; insurance claims that after twenty (20) business days from the date the loss giving rise to the claim is discovered and that are accompanied by an opinion of outside counsel described above, have not been acknowledged in writing by the insurance carrier as due and payable; and insurance claims acknowledged in writing by the carrier as due and payable outstanding longer than twenty (20) business days from the date they are so acknowledged by the carrier; and
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Other deductions.</I> All other unsecured receivables; all assets doubtful of collection less any reserves established therefore; the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive outstanding longer than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of such fails to receive, and the funds on deposit in a “segregated trust account” in accordance with 17 CFR 270.27d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, but only to the extent that the amount on deposit in such segregated trust account exceeds the amount of liability reserves established and maintained for refunds of charges required by sections 27(d) and 27(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; <I>Provided,</I> That any amount deposited in the “special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers” established pursuant to § 240.18a-4 and clearing deposits shall not be so deducted.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Repurchase agreements.</I> (<I>1</I>) For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The term <I>reverse repurchase agreement deficit</I> shall mean the difference between the contract price for resale of the securities under a reverse repurchase agreement and the market value of those securities (if less than the contract price).
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The term <I>repurchase agreement deficit</I> shall mean the difference between the market value of securities subject to the repurchase agreement and the contract price for repurchase of the securities (if less than the market value of the securities).
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) As used in this paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(E)(<I>1</I>), the term <I>contract price</I> shall include accrued interest.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Reverse repurchase agreement deficits and the repurchase agreement deficits where the counterparty is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall be disregarded.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) In the case of a reverse repurchase agreement, the deduction shall be equal to the reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) In determining the required deductions under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(E)(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section, the security-based swap dealer may reduce the reverse repurchase agreement deficit by: Any margin or other deposits held by the security-based swap dealer on account of the reverse repurchase agreement; any excess market value of the securities over the contract price for resale of those securities under any other reverse repurchase agreement with the same party; the difference between the contract price for resale and the market value of securities subject to repurchase agreements with the same party (if the market value of those securities is less than the contract price); and calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits that are outstanding one business day or less.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of repurchase agreements, the deduction shall be:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The excess of the repurchase agreement deficit over 5 percent of the contract price for resale of United States Treasury Bills, Notes and Bonds, 10 percent of the contract price for the resale of securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency of the United States or mortgage related securities as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Act and 20 percent of the contract price for the resale of other securities; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits with any one party over 25 percent of the security-based swap dealer's net capital before the application of paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section (less any deduction taken with respect to repurchase agreements with that party under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(E)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section) or, if greater; the excess of the aggregate repurchase agreement deficits over 300 percent of the security-based swap dealer's net capital before the application of paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) In determining the required deduction under paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(E)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) and (<I>ii</I>) of this section, the security-based swap dealer may reduce a repurchase agreement by any margin or other deposits held by the security-based swap dealer on account of a reverse repurchase agreement with the same party to the extent not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit; the difference between the contract price and the market value of securities subject to other repurchase agreements with the same party (if the market value of those securities is less than the contract price) not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit; and calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits that are outstanding one business day or less to the extent not otherwise used to reduce a reverse repurchase agreement deficit.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Securities borrowed.</I> One percent of the market value of securities borrowed collateralized by an irrevocable letter of credit.
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Affiliate receivables and collateral.</I> Any receivable from an affiliate of the security-based swap dealer (not otherwise deducted from net worth) and the market value of any collateral given to an affiliate (not otherwise deducted from net worth) to secure a liability over the amount of the liability of the security-based swap dealer unless the books and records of the affiliate are made available for examination when requested by the representatives of the Commission in order to demonstrate the validity of the receivable or payable. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply where the affiliate is a registered security-based swap dealer, registered broker or dealer, registered government securities broker or dealer, bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act, insurance company as defined in section 3(a)(19) of the Act, investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, federally insured savings and loan association, or futures commission merchant or swap dealer registered pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Non-marketable securities.</I> Deducting 100 percent of the carrying value in the case of securities or evidence of indebtedness in the proprietary or other accounts of the security-based swap dealer, for which there is no ready market, as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, and securities, in the proprietary or other accounts of the security-based swap dealer, that cannot be publicly offered or sold because of statutory, regulatory or contractual arrangements or other restrictions.
</P>
<P>(v) Deducting from the contract value of each failed to deliver contract that is outstanding five business days or longer (21 business days or longer in the case of municipal securities) the percentages of the market value of the underlying security that would be required by application of the deduction required by paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this section. Such deduction, however, shall be increased by any excess of the contract price of the failed to deliver contract over the market value of the underlying security or reduced by any excess of the market value of the underlying security over the contract value of the failed to deliver contract, but not to exceed the amount of such deduction. The Commission may, upon application of the security-based swap dealer, extend for a period up to 5 business days, any period herein specified when it is satisfied that the extension is warranted. The Commission upon expiration of the extension may extend for one additional period of up to 5 business days, any period herein specified when it is satisfied that the extension is warranted.
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) <I>Cleared security-based swaps.</I> In the case of a cleared security-based swap held in a proprietary account of the security-based swap dealer, deducting the amount of the applicable margin requirement of the clearing agency or, if the security-based swap references an equity security, the security-based swap dealer may take a deduction using the method specified in § 240.18a-1a.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Non-cleared security-based swaps</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>Credit default swaps</I>—(<I>i</I>) <I>Short positions (selling protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in accordance with table 1 to § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(vi)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Length of time to maturity of credit default swap contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Basis point spread
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">100 or less


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">101-300


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">301-400


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">401-500


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">501-699


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">700 or more


<br/>(%)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 12 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 months but less than 24 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 months but less than 36 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 months but less than 48 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 months but less than 60 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 months but less than 72 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72 months but less than 84 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84 months but less than 120 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 months and longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) <I>Long positions (purchasing protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section if the non-cleared security-based swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) <I>Long and short credit default swaps.</I> In the case of non-cleared security-based swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same entity (in the case of non-cleared credit default swap security-based swaps referencing a corporate entity) or obligation (in the case of non-cleared credit default swap security-based swaps referencing an asset-backed security), that have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of protection, that have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category, deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity category under paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) or (<I>ii</I>) on the excess of the long or short position. In the case of non-cleared security-based swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing corporate entities in the same industry sector and the same spread and maturity categories prescribed in paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section, deducting 50 percent of the amount required by paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section on the short position plus the deduction required by paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this section on the excess long position, if any. For the purposes of this section, the security-based swap dealer must use an industry sector classification system that is reasonable in terms of grouping types of companies with similar business activities and risk characteristics and the security-based swap dealer must document the industry sector classification system used pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) <I>Long security and long credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a debt security and the security-based swap dealer is long the same debt security, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) or (vii) for the debt security, provided that the security-based swap dealer can deliver the debt security to satisfy the obligation of the security-based swap dealer on the credit default swap.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) <I>Short security and short credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a debt security or a corporate entity, and the security-based swap dealer is short the debt security or a debt security issued by the corporate entity, deducting the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) or (vii) for the debt security. In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is a short credit default swap referencing an asset-backed security and the security-based swap dealer is short the asset-backed security, deducting the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) or (vii) for the asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>All other security-based swaps.</I> In the case of a non-cleared security-based swap that is not a credit default swap, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional amount of the security-based swap and the percentage specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) applicable to the reference security. A security-based swap dealer may reduce the deduction under this paragraph (c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>2</I>) by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference security under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) and, in the case of a security-based swap referencing an equity security, the method specified in § 240.18a-1a.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>All other securities, money market instruments or options.</I> Deducting the percentages specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the market value of all securities, money market instruments, and options in the proprietary accounts of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Deduction from net worth for certain undermargined accounts.</I> Deducting the amount of cash required in the account of each security-based swap and swap customer to meet the margin requirements of a clearing agency, the Commission, derivatives clearing organization, or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, after application of calls for margin, marks to the market, or other required deposits which are outstanding within the required time frame to collect the margin, mark to the market, or other required deposits.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Deduction from net worth in lieu of collecting collateral for non-cleared security-based swap and swap transactions</I>—(A) <I>Security-based swaps.</I> Deducting the initial margin amount calculated pursuant to § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B) for the account of a counterparty at the security-based swap dealer that is subject to a margin exception set forth in § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(iii), less the margin value of collateral held in the account.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Swaps.</I> Deducting the initial margin amount calculated pursuant to the margin rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in the account of a counterparty at the security-based swap dealer that is subject to a margin exception in those rules, less the margin value of collateral held in the account.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Treatment of collateral held at a third-party custodian.</I> For the purposes of the deductions required pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(ix)(A) and (B) of this section, collateral held by an independent third-party custodian as initial margin may be treated as collateral held in the account of the counterparty at the security-based swap dealer if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The independent third-party custodian is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The security-based swap dealer, the independent third-party custodian, and the counterparty that delivered the collateral to the custodian have executed an account control agreement governing the terms under which the custodian holds and releases collateral pledged by the counterparty as initial margin that is a legal, valid, binding, and enforceable agreement under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions, including in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of any of the parties to the agreement, and that provides the security-based swap dealer with the right to access the collateral to satisfy the counterparty's obligations to the security-based swap dealer arising from transactions in the account of the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The security-based swap dealer maintains written documentation of its analysis that in the event of a legal challenge the relevant court or administrative authorities would find the account control agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under the applicable law, including in the event of the receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or a similar proceeding of any of the parties to the agreement.
</P>
<P>(x)(A) Deducting the market value of all short securities differences (which shall include securities positions reflected on the securities record which are not susceptible to either count or confirmation) unresolved after discovery in accordance with the schedule in table 2 to § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(x)(A):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to § 240.18a-1(<E T="01">c</E>)(1)(<E T="01">x</E>)(A)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Differences 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of business days after discovery
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Percentage of market value of short securities differences.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(B) Deducting the market value of any long securities differences, where such securities have been sold by the security-based swap dealer before they are adequately resolved, less any reserves established therefor;
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission may extend the periods in paragraph (c)(1)(x)(A) of this section for up to 10 business days if it finds that exceptional circumstances warrant an extension.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>exempted securities</I> shall mean those securities deemed exempted securities by section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)) and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Customer.</I> The term <I>customer</I> shall mean any person from whom, or on whose behalf, a security-based swap dealer has received, acquired or holds funds or securities for the account of such person, but shall not include a security-based swap dealer, a broker or dealer, a registered municipal securities dealer, or a general, special or limited partner or director or officer of the security-based swap dealer, or any person to the extent that such person has a claim for property or funds which by contract, agreement, or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ready market.</I> The term <I>ready market</I> shall include a recognized established securities market in which there exist independent bona fide offers to buy and sell so that a price reasonably related to the last sales price or current bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations can be determined for a particular security almost instantaneously and where payment will be received in settlement of a sale at such price within a relatively short time conforming to trade custom.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>tentative net capital</I> means the net capital of the security-based swap dealer before deducting the haircuts computed pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section and the charges on inventory computed pursuant to § 240.18a-1b. However, for purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the term <I>tentative net capital</I> means the net capital of the security-based swap dealer before deductions for market and credit risk computed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section or paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section, if applicable, and increased by the balance sheet value (including counterparty net exposure) resulting from transactions in derivative instruments which would otherwise be deducted pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section. Tentative net capital shall include securities for which there is no ready market, as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, if the use of mathematical models has been approved for purposes of calculating deductions from net capital for those securities pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>risk margin amount</I> means the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The total initial margin required to be maintained by the security-based swap dealer at each clearing agency with respect to security-based swap transactions cleared for security-based swap customers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The total initial margin amount calculated by the security-based swap dealer with respect to non-cleared security-based swaps pursuant to § 240.18a-3(c)(1)(i)(B).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application to use models to compute deductions for market and credit risk.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer may apply to the Commission for authorization to compute deductions for market risk under this paragraph (d) in lieu of computing deductions pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(iv), (vi), and (vii) of this section, and § 240.18a-1b, and to compute deductions for credit risk pursuant to this paragraph (d) on credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments (if this paragraph (d) is used to calculate deductions for market risk on these instruments) in lieu of computing deductions pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (c)(1)(ix)(A) and (B) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A security-based swap dealer shall submit the following information to the Commission with its application:
</P>
<P>(A) An executive summary of the information provided to the Commission with its application and an identification of the ultimate holding company of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) A comprehensive description of the internal risk management control system of the security-based swap dealer and how that system satisfies the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-4;
</P>
<P>(C) A list of the categories of positions that the security-based swap dealer holds in its proprietary accounts and a brief description of the methods that the security-based swap dealer will use to calculate deductions for market and credit risk on those categories of positions;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the mathematical models to be used to price positions and to compute deductions for market risk, including those portions of the deductions attributable to specific risk, if applicable, and deductions for credit risk; a description of the creation, use, and maintenance of the mathematical models; a description of the security-based swap dealer's internal risk management controls over those models, including a description of each category of persons who may input data into the models; if a mathematical model incorporates empirical correlations across risk categories, a description of the process for measuring correlations; a description of the backtesting procedures the security-based swap dealer will use to backtest the mathematical models used to calculate maximum potential exposure; a description of how each mathematical model satisfies the applicable qualitative and quantitative requirements set forth in this paragraph (d); and a statement describing the extent to which each mathematical model used to compute deductions for market risk and credit risk will be used as part of the risk analyses and reports presented to senior management;
</P>
<P>(E) If the security-based swap dealer is applying to the Commission for approval to use scenario analysis to calculate deductions for market risk for certain positions, a list of those types of positions, a description of how those deductions will be calculated using scenario analysis, and an explanation of why each scenario analysis is appropriate to calculate deductions for market risk on those types of positions;
</P>
<P>(F) A description of how the security-based swap dealer will calculate current exposure;
</P>
<P>(G) A description of how the security-based swap dealer will determine internal credit ratings of counterparties and internal credit risk weights of counterparties, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(H) For each instance in which a mathematical model to be used by the security-based swap dealer to calculate a deduction for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for a particular product or counterparty differs from the mathematical model used by the ultimate holding company to calculate an allowance for market risk or to calculate maximum potential exposure for that same product or counterparty, a description of the difference(s) between the mathematical models; and
</P>
<P>(I) Sample risk reports that are provided to management at the security-based swap dealer who are responsible for managing the security-based swap dealer's risk.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved].
</P>
<P>(2) The application of the security-based swap dealer shall be supplemented by other information relating to the internal risk management control system, mathematical models, and financial position of the security-based swap dealer that the Commission may request to complete its review of the application;
</P>
<P>(3) The application shall be considered filed when received at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A person who files an application pursuant to this section for which it seeks confidential treatment may clearly mark each page or segregable portion of each page with the words “Confidential Treatment Requested.” All information submitted in connection with the application will be accorded confidential treatment, to the extent permitted by law;
</P>
<P>(4) If any of the information filed with the Commission as part of the application of the security-based swap dealer is found to be or becomes inaccurate before the Commission approves the application, the security-based swap dealer must notify the Commission promptly and provide the Commission with a description of the circumstances in which the information was found to be or has become inaccurate along with updated, accurate information;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) The Commission may approve the application or an amendment to the application, in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission may require if the Commission finds the approval to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, after determining, among other things, whether the security-based swap dealer has met the requirements of this paragraph (d) and is in compliance with other applicable rules promulgated under the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may approve the temporary use of a provisional model in whole or in part, subject to any conditions or limitations the Commission may require, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The security-based swap dealer has a complete application pending under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The use of the provisional model has been approved by:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A prudential regulator;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a futures association registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a foreign financial regulatory system with capital requirements that the Commission has found are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model is used for the purposes of calculating net capital;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A foreign financial regulatory authority that administers a foreign financial regulatory system with margin requirements that the Commission has found are eligible for substituted compliance under § 240.3a71-6 if the provisional model is used for the purposes of calculating initial margin pursuant to § 240.18a-3; or
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any other foreign supervisory authority that the Commission finds has approved and monitored the use of the provisional model through a process comparable to the process set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(6) A security-based swap dealer shall amend its application to calculate certain deductions for market and credit risk under this paragraph (d) and submit the amendment to the Commission for approval before it may change materially a mathematical model used to calculate market or credit risk or before it may change materially its internal risk management control system;
</P>
<P>(7) As a condition for the security-based swap dealer to compute deductions for market and credit risk under this paragraph (d), the security-based swap dealer agrees that:
</P>
<P>(i) It will notify the Commission 45 days before it ceases to compute deductions for market and credit risk under this paragraph (d); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may determine by order that the notice will become effective after a shorter or longer period of time if the security-based swap dealer consents or if the Commission determines that a shorter or longer period of time is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors; and
</P>
<P>(8) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(7) of this section, the Commission, by order, may revoke a security-based swap dealer's exemption that allows it to use the market risk standards of this paragraph (d) to calculate deductions for market risk, and the exemption to use the credit risk standards of this paragraph (d) to calculate deductions for credit risk on certain credit exposures arising from transactions in derivatives instruments if the Commission finds that such exemption is no longer necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. In making its finding, the Commission will consider the compliance history of the security-based swap dealer related to its use of models, the financial and operational strength of the security-based swap dealer and its ultimate holding company, and the security-based swap dealer's compliance with its internal risk management controls.
</P>
<P>(9) To be approved, each value-at-risk (“VaR”) model must meet the following minimum qualitative and quantitative requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Qualitative requirements.</I> (A) The VaR model used to calculate market or credit risk for a position must be integrated into the daily internal risk management system of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) The VaR model must be reviewed both periodically and annually. The periodic review may be conducted by the security-based swap dealer's internal audit staff, but the annual review must be conducted by a registered public accounting firm, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of computing market risk, the security-based swap dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Beginning three months after the security-based swap dealer begins using the VaR model to calculate market risk, the security-based swap dealer must conduct backtesting of the model by comparing its actual daily net trading profit or loss with the corresponding VaR measure generated by the VaR model, using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one business-day movement in rates and prices, for each of the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) On the last business day of each quarter, the security-based swap dealer must identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of business days in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the actual net trading loss, if any, exceeds the corresponding VaR measure; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The security-based swap dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in table 3 to § 240.18a-1(d)(9)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>) in determining its market risk until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results;
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to § 240.18<E T="01">a</E>-1(<E T="01">d</E>)(9)(<E T="01">i</E>)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>)—Multiplication Factor Based on the Number of Backtesting Exceptions of the V<E T="01">a</E>R model
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of exceptions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplication factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 or fewer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For purposes of incorporating specific risk into a VaR model, a security-based swap dealer must demonstrate that it has methodologies in place to capture liquidity, event, and default risk adequately for each position. Furthermore, the models used to calculate deductions for specific risk must:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Explain the historical price variation in the portfolio;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Capture concentration (magnitude and changes in composition);
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Be robust to an adverse environment;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Capture name-related basis risk;
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Capture event risk; and
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) Be validated through backtesting.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) For purposes of computing the credit equivalent amount of the security-based swap dealer's exposures to a counterparty, the security-based swap dealer must determine the appropriate multiplication factor as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Beginning three months after it begins using the VaR model to calculate maximum potential exposure, the security-based swap dealer must conduct backtesting of the model by comparing, for at least 80 counterparties with widely varying types and sizes of positions with the firm, the ten-business day change in its current exposure to the counterparty based on its positions held at the beginning of the ten-business day period with the corresponding ten-business day maximum potential exposure for the counterparty generated by the VaR model;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) As of the last business day of each quarter, the security-based swap dealer must identify the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model, that is, the number of ten-business day periods in the past 250 business days, or other period as may be appropriate for the first year of its use, for which the change in current exposure to a counterparty exceeds the corresponding maximum potential exposure; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) The security-based swap dealer will propose, as part of its application, a schedule of multiplication factors, which must be approved by the Commission based on the number of backtesting exceptions of the VaR model. The security-based swap dealer must use the multiplication factor indicated in the approved schedule in determining the credit equivalent amount of its exposures to a counterparty until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the Commission determines, based on, among other relevant factors, a review of the security-based swap dealer's internal risk management control system, including a review of the VaR model, that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Quantitative requirements.</I> (A) For purposes of determining market risk, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a ten business-day movement in rates and prices;
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of determining maximum potential exposure, the VaR model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a one-year movement in rates and prices; or based on a review of the security-based swap dealer's procedures for managing collateral and if the collateral is marked to market daily and the security-based swap dealer has the ability to call for additional collateral daily, the Commission may approve a time horizon of not less than ten business days;
</P>
<P>(C) The VaR model must use an effective historical observation period of at least one year. The security-based swap dealer must consider the effects of market stress in its construction of the model. Historical data sets must be updated at least monthly and reassessed whenever market prices or volatilities change significantly; and
</P>
<P>(D) The VaR model must take into account and incorporate all significant, identifiable market risk factors applicable to positions in the accounts of the security-based swap dealer, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of derivatives and the sensitivity of the market value of those positions to changes in the volatility of the derivatives' underlying rates and prices;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Empirical correlations with and across risk factors or, alternatively, risk factors sufficient to cover all the market risk inherent in the positions in the proprietary or other trading accounts of the security-based swap dealer, including interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange risk, and commodity price risk;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Spread risk, where applicable, and segments of the yield curve sufficient to capture differences in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve for securities and derivatives that are sensitive to different interest rates; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Specific risk for individual positions:
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Additional conditions.</I> As a condition for the security-based swap dealer to use this paragraph (d) to calculate certain of its capital charges, the Commission may impose additional conditions on the security-based swap dealer, which may include, but are not limited to restricting the security-based swap dealer's business on a product-specific, category-specific, or general basis; submitting to the Commission a plan to increase the security-based swap dealer's net capital or tentative net capital; filing more frequent reports with the Commission; modifying the security-based swap dealer's internal risk management control procedures; or computing the security-based swap dealer's deductions for market and credit risk in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii), and (c)(1)(ix)(A) and (B), as appropriate, and § 240.18a-1b, as appropriate. If the Commission finds it is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, the Commission may impose additional conditions on the security-based swap dealer, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The security-based swap dealer fails to meet the reporting requirements set forth in § 240.18a-7;
</P>
<P>(B) Any event specified in § 240.18a-8 occurs;
</P>
<P>(C) There is a material deficiency in the internal risk management control system or in the mathematical models used to price securities or to calculate deductions for market and credit risk or allowances for market and credit risk, as applicable, of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(D) The security-based swap dealer fails to comply with this paragraph (d); or
</P>
<P>(E) The Commission finds that imposition of other conditions is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Models to compute deductions for market risk and credit risk</I>—(1) <I>Market risk.</I> A security-based swap dealer whose application, including amendments, has been approved under paragraph (d) of this section, shall compute a deduction for market risk in an amount equal to the sum of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) For positions for which the Commission has approved the security-based swap dealer's use of VaR models, the VaR of the positions multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor determined according to paragraph (d) of this section, except that the initial multiplication factor shall be three, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the security-based swap dealer's application or an amendment to the application under paragraph (d) of this section, including a review of its internal risk management control system and practices and VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate;
</P>
<P>(ii) For positions for which the VaR model does not incorporate specific risk, a deduction for specific risk to be determined by the Commission based on a review of the security-based swap dealer's application or an amendment to the application under paragraph (d) of this section and the positions involved;
</P>
<P>(iii) For positions for which the Commission has approved the security-based swap dealer's application to use scenario analysis, the greatest loss resulting from a range of adverse movements in relevant risk factors, prices, or spreads designed to represent a negative movement greater than, or equal to, the worst ten-day movement of the four years preceding calculation of the greatest loss, or some multiple of the greatest loss based on the liquidity of the positions subject to scenario analysis. If historical data is insufficient, the deduction shall be the largest loss within a three standard deviation movement in those risk factors, prices, or spreads over a ten-day period, multiplied by an appropriate liquidity adjustment factor. Irrespective of the deduction otherwise indicated under scenario analysis, the resulting deduction for market risk must be at least $25 per 100 share equivalent contract for equity positions, or one-half of one percent of the face value of the contract for all other types of contracts, even if the scenario analysis indicates a lower amount. A qualifying scenario must include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A set of pricing equations for the positions based on, for example, arbitrage relations, statistical analysis, historic relationships, merger evaluations, or fundamental valuation of an offering of securities;
</P>
<P>(B) Auxiliary relationships mapping risk factors to prices; and
</P>
<P>(C) Data demonstrating the effectiveness of the scenario in capturing market risk, including specific risk; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For all remaining positions, the deductions specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi), § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vii), and applicable appendices to § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Credit risk.</I> A security-based swap dealer whose application, including amendments, has been approved under paragraph (d) of this section may compute a deduction for credit risk on transactions in derivatives instruments (if this paragraph (e) is used to calculate a deduction for market risk on those positions) in an amount equal to the sum of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Counterparty exposure charge.</I> A counterparty exposure charge in an amount equal to the sum of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The net replacement value in the account of each counterparty that is insolvent, or in bankruptcy, or that has senior unsecured long-term debt in default; and
</P>
<P>(B) For a counterparty not otherwise described in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this section, the <I>credit equivalent amount</I> of the security-based swap dealer's exposure to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, multiplied by the credit risk weight of the counterparty, as determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(F) of this section, multiplied by eight percent; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Counterparty concentration charge.</I> A concentration charge by counterparty in an amount equal to the sum of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of 20 percent or less, 5 percent of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5 percent of the tentative net capital of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than 20 percent but less than 50 percent, 20 percent of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5 percent of the tentative net capital of the security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(C) For each counterparty with a credit risk weight of greater than 50 percent, 50 percent of the amount of the current exposure to the counterparty in excess of 5 percent of the tentative net capital of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Terms.</I> (A) The <I>credit equivalent amount</I> of the security-based swap dealer's exposure to a counterparty is the sum of the security-based swap dealer's <I>maximum potential exposure</I> to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section, multiplied by the appropriate multiplication factor, and the security-based swap dealer's <I>current exposure</I> to the counterparty, as defined in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(C) of this section. The security-based swap dealer must use the multiplication factor determined according to paragraph (d)(9)(i)(C)(<I>5</I>) of this section, except that the initial multiplication factor shall be one, unless the Commission determines, based on a review of the security-based swap dealer's application or an amendment to the application approved under paragraph (d) of this section, including a review of its internal risk management control system and practices and VaR models, that another multiplication factor is appropriate;
</P>
<P>(B) The <I>maximum potential exposure</I> is the VaR of the counterparty's positions with the security-based swap dealer, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(D) of this section, taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the security-based swap dealer in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E) of this section, and taking into account the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) The <I>current exposure</I> of the security-based swap dealer to a counterparty is the current replacement value of the counterparty's positions with the security-based swap dealer, after applying netting agreements with the counterparty meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(D) of this section and taking into account the value of collateral from the counterparty held by the security-based swap dealer in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(E) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Netting agreements.</I> A security-based swap dealer may include the effect of a netting agreement that allows the security-based swap dealer to net gross receivables from and gross payables to a counterparty upon default of the counterparty if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The netting agreement is legally enforceable in each relevant jurisdiction, including in insolvency proceedings;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The gross receivables and gross payables that are subject to the netting agreement with a counterparty can be determined at any time; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For internal risk management purposes, the security-based swap dealer monitors and controls its exposure to the counterparty on a net basis;
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Collateral.</I> When calculating maximum potential exposure and current exposure to a counterparty, the fair market value of collateral pledged and held may be taken into account provided:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The collateral is marked to market each day and is subject to a daily margin maintenance requirement;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) The collateral is subject to the security-based swap dealer's physical possession or control and may be liquidated promptly by the firm without intervention by any other party; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The collateral is held by an independent third-party custodian that is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The collateral is liquid and transferable;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The collateral agreement is legally enforceable by the security-based swap dealer against the counterparty and any other parties to the agreement;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The collateral does not consist of securities issued by the counterparty or a party related to the security-based swap dealer or to the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The Commission has approved the security-based swap dealer's use of a VaR model to calculate deductions for market risk for the type of collateral in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) The collateral is not used in determining the credit rating of the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Credit risk weights of counterparties.</I> A security-based swap dealer that computes its deductions for credit risk pursuant to this paragraph (e)(2) shall apply a credit risk weight for transactions with a counterparty of either 20 percent, 50 percent, or 150 percent based on an internal credit rating the security-based swap dealer determines for the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the security-based swap dealer may request Commission approval to apply a credit risk weight of either 20 percent, 50 percent, or 150 percent based on internal calculations of credit ratings, including internal estimates of the maturity adjustment. Based on the strength of the security-based swap dealer's internal credit risk management system, the Commission may approve the application. The security-based swap dealer must make and keep current a record of the basis for the credit risk weight of each counterparty;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the security-based swap dealer may request Commission approval to determine credit risk weights based on internal calculations, including internal estimates of the maturity adjustment. Based on the strength of the security-based swap dealer's internal credit risk management system, the Commission may approve the application. The security-based swap dealer must make and keep current a record of the basis for the credit risk weight of each counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) As part of its initial application or in an amendment, the security-based swap dealer may request Commission approval to reduce deductions for credit risk through the use of credit derivatives.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Internal risk management control systems.</I> A security-based swap dealer must comply with § 240.15c3-4 as if it were an OTC derivatives dealer with respect to all of its business activities, except that § 240.15c3-4(c)(5)(xiii) and (xiv) and (d)(8) and (9) shall not apply.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Debt-equity requirements.</I> No security-based swap dealer shall permit the total of outstanding principal amounts of its satisfactory subordination agreements (other than such agreements which qualify under this paragraph (g) as equity capital) to exceed 70 percent of its debt-equity total, as hereinafter defined, for a period in excess of 90 days or for such longer period which the Commission may, upon application of the security-based swap dealer, grant in the public interest or for the protection of investors. In the case of a corporation, the debt-equity total shall be the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, par or stated value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings, unrealized profit and loss or other capital accounts. In the case of a partnership, the debt-equity total shall be the sum of its outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements, capital accounts of partners (exclusive of such partners' securities accounts) subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section, and unrealized profit and loss. <I>Provided, however,</I> that a satisfactory subordinated loan agreement entered into by a partner or stockholder which has an initial term of at least three years and has a remaining term of not less than 12 months shall be considered equity for the purposes of this paragraph (g) if:
</P>
<P>(1) It does not have any of the provisions for accelerated maturity provided for by paragraph (b)(8)(i) or (b)(9)(i) or (ii) of § 240.18a-1d and is maintained as capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (h) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) The partnership agreement provides that capital contributed pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement as defined in § 240.18a-1d shall in all respects be partnership capital subject to the provisions restricting the withdrawal thereof required by paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Provisions relating to the withdrawal of equity capital</I>—(1) <I>Notice provisions relating to limitations on the withdrawal of equity capital.</I> No equity capital of the security-based swap dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to § 240.18a-1c may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, employee or affiliate without written notice given in accordance with paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Two business days prior to any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 30 percent of the security-based swap dealer's excess net capital. A security-based swap dealer, in an emergency situation, may make withdrawals, advances or loans that on a net basis exceed 30 percent of the security-based swap dealer's excess net capital in any 30 calendar day period without giving the advance notice required by this paragraph, with the prior approval of the Commission. Where a security-based swap dealer makes a withdrawal with the consent of the Commission, it shall in any event comply with paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Two business days after any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 20 percent of the security-based swap dealer's excess net capital.
</P>
<P>(iii) This paragraph (h)(1) does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(A) Securities or commodities transactions in the ordinary course of business between a security-based swap dealer and an affiliate where the security-based swap dealer makes payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment from such affiliate for the securities or commodities transaction within two business days from the date of the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(B) Withdrawals, advances or loans which in the aggregate in any thirty calendar day period, on a net basis, equal $500,000 or less.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each required notice shall be effective when received by the Commission in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the security-based swap dealer has its principal place of business, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission if such security-based swap dealer is registered with that Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limitations on withdrawal of equity capital.</I> No equity capital of the security-based swap dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to § 240.18a-1c may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, employee or affiliate, if after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances or loans and any Payments of Payments Obligations (as defined in § 240.18a-1d) under satisfactory subordinated loan agreements which are scheduled to occur within 180 days following such withdrawal, advance or loan if:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap dealer's net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The total outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordinated loan agreements of the security-based swap dealer and any subsidiaries or affiliates consolidated pursuant to § 240.18a-1c (other than such agreements which qualify as equity under paragraph (g) of this section) would exceed 70 percent of the debt-equity total as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Temporary restrictions on withdrawal of net capital.</I> (i) The Commission may by order restrict, for a period up to twenty business days, any withdrawal by the security-based swap dealer of equity capital or unsecured loan or advance to a stockholder, partner, member, employee or affiliate under such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or consistent with the protection of investors if the Commission, based on the information available, concludes that such withdrawal, advance or loan may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the security-based swap dealer, or may unduly jeopardize the security-based swap dealer's ability to repay its customer claims or other liabilities which may cause a significant impact on the markets or expose the customers or creditors of the security-based swap dealer to loss.
</P>
<P>(ii) An order temporarily prohibiting the withdrawal of capital shall be rescinded if the Commission determines that the restriction on capital withdrawal should not remain in effect. A hearing on an order temporarily prohibiting withdrawal of capital will be held within two business days from the date of the request in writing by the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Miscellaneous provisions.</I> (i) Excess net capital is that amount in excess of the amount required under paragraph (a) of this section. For the purposes of paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section, a security-based swap dealer may use the amount of excess net capital and deductions required under paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) and § 240.18a-1a reported in its most recently required filed Part II of Form X-17A-5 for the purposes of calculating the effect of a projected withdrawal, advance or loan relative to excess net capital or deductions. The security-based swap dealer must assure itself that the excess net capital or the deductions reported on the most recently required filed Part II of Form X-17A-5 have not materially changed since the time such report was filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term equity capital includes capital contributions by partners, par or stated value of capital stock, paid-in capital in excess of par, retained earnings or other capital accounts. The term equity capital does not include securities in the securities accounts of partners and balances in limited partners' capital accounts in excess of their stated capital contributions.
</P>
<P>(iii) Paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section shall not preclude a security-based swap dealer from making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners of reasonable compensation, and such payments shall not be included in the calculation of withdrawals, advances, or loans for purposes of paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) For the purpose of this paragraph (h), any transactions between a security-based swap dealer and a stockholder, partner, employee or affiliate that results in a diminution of the security-based swap dealer's net capital shall be deemed to be an advance or loan of net capital.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44052, Aug. 22, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 68656, Dec. 16, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-1a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.540" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-1a   Options.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Definitions.</I> The term <I>unlisted option</I> means any option not included in the definition of listed option provided in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(x).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>option series</I> refers to listed option contracts of the same type (either a call or a put) and exercise style, covering the same underlying security with the same exercise price, expiration date, and number of underlying units.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>related instrument</I> within an option class or product group refers to futures contracts, options on futures contracts, security-based swaps on a narrow-based security index, and swaps covering the same underlying instrument. In relation to options on foreign currencies, a related instrument within an option class also shall include forward contracts on the same underlying currency.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>underlying instrument</I> refers to long and short positions, as appropriate, covering the same foreign currency, the same security, security future, or security-based swap other than a security-based swap on a narrow-based security index, or a security which is exchangeable for or convertible into the underlying security within a period of 90 days. If the exchange or conversion requires the payment of money or results in a loss upon conversion at the time when the security is deemed an underlying instrument for purposes of this Appendix A, the broker or dealer will deduct from net worth the full amount of the conversion loss. The term <I>underlying instrument</I> shall not be deemed to include securities options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, security-based swaps on a narrow-based security index, qualified stock baskets, unlisted instruments, or swaps.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>options class</I> refers to all options contracts covering the same underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>product group</I> refers to two or more option classes, related instruments, underlying instruments, and qualified stock baskets in the same portfolio type (see paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section) for which it has been determined that a percentage of offsetting profits may be applied to losses at the same valuation point.
</P>
<P>(b) The deduction under this Appendix A must equal the sum of the deductions specified in paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1)(i) <I>Definitions.</I> (A) The terms <I>theoretical gains and losses</I> mean the gain and loss in the value of individual option series, the value of underlying instruments, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that option's class, at 10 equidistant intervals (valuation points) ranging from an assumed movement (both up and down) in the current market value of the underlying instrument equal to the percentage corresponding to the deductions otherwise required under § 240.15c3-1 for the underlying instrument (see paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section). Theoretical gains and losses shall be calculated using a theoretical options pricing model that satisfies the criteria set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The term <I>theoretical options pricing model</I> means any mathematical model, other than a security-based swap dealer's proprietary model, the use of which has been approved by the Commission. Any such model shall calculate theoretical gains and losses as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section for all series and issues of equity, index and foreign currency options and related instruments, and shall be made available equally and on the same terms to all security-based swap dealers. Its procedures shall include the arrangement of the vendor to supply accurate and timely data to each security-based swap dealer with respect to its services, and the fees for distribution of the services. The data provided to security-based swap dealers shall also contain the minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(C) of this section and the product group offsets set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section. At a minimum, the model shall consider the following factors in pricing the option:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The current spot price of the underlying asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The exercise price of the option;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The remaining time until the option's expiration;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The volatility of the underlying asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Any cash flows associated with ownership of the underlying asset that can reasonably be expected to occur during the remaining life of the option; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The current term structure of interest rates.
</P>
<P>(C) The term <I>major market foreign currency</I> means the currency of a sovereign nation for which there is a substantial inter-bank forward currency market.
</P>
<P>(D) The term <I>qualified stock basket</I> means a set or basket of stock positions which represents no less than 50 percent of the capitalization for a high-capitalization or non-high-capitalization diversified market index, or, in the case of a narrow-based index, no less than 95 percent of the capitalization for such narrow-based index.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to positions involving listed options in its proprietary or other account, the security-based swap dealer shall group long and short positions into the following portfolio types:
</P>
<P>(A) Equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in that underlying instrument;
</P>
<P>(B) Options on the same major market foreign currency, positions in that major market foreign currency, and related instruments within those options' classes;
</P>
<P>(C) High-capitalization diversified market index options, related instruments within the option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index;
</P>
<P>(D) Non-high-capitalization diversified index options, related instruments within the index option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index; and
</P>
<P>(E) Narrow-based index options, related instruments within the index option's class, and qualified stock baskets in the same index.
</P>
<P>(iii) Before making the computation, each security-based swap dealer shall obtain the theoretical gains and losses for each option series and for the related and underlying instruments within those options' class in the proprietary or other accounts of that security-based swap dealer. For each option series, the theoretical options pricing model shall calculate theoretical prices at 10 equidistant valuation points within a range consisting of an increase or a decrease of the following percentages of the daily market price of the underlying instrument:
</P>
<P>(A) +(−) 15 percent for equity securities with a ready market, narrow-based indexes, and non-high-capitalization diversified indexes;
</P>
<P>(B) +(−) 6 percent for major market foreign currencies;
</P>
<P>(C) +(−) 20 percent for all other currencies; and
</P>
<P>(D) +(−)10 percent for high-capitalization diversified indexes.
</P>
<P>(iv)(A) The security-based swap dealer shall multiply the corresponding theoretical gains and losses at each of the 10 equidistant valuation points by the number of positions held in a particular option series, the related instruments and qualified stock baskets within the option's class, and the positions in the same underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(B) In determining the aggregate profit or loss for each portfolio type, the security-based swap dealer will be allowed the following offsets in the following order, provided, that in the case of qualified stock baskets, the security-based swap dealer may elect to net individual stocks between qualified stock baskets and take the appropriate deduction on the remaining, if any, securities:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) First, a security-based swap dealer is allowed the following offsets within an option's class:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Between options on the same underlying instrument, positions covering the same underlying instrument, and related instruments within the option's class, 100 percent of a position's gain shall offset another position's loss at the same valuation point;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Between index options, related instruments within the option's class, and qualified stock baskets on the same index, 95 percent, or such other amount as designated by the Commission, of gains shall offset losses at the same valuation point;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Second, a security-based swap dealer is allowed the following offsets within an index product group:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Among positions involving different high-capitalization diversified index option classes within the same product group, 90 percent of the gain in a high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in a different high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class;
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Among positions involving different non-high-capitalization diversified index option classes within the same product group, 75 percent of the gain in a non-high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another non-high-capitalization diversified market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class or product group;
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Among positions involving different narrow-based index option classes within the same product group, 90 percent of the gain in a narrow-based market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another narrow-based market index option, related instruments, and qualified stock baskets within that index option's class or product group;
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) No qualified stock basket should offset another qualified stock basket; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Third, a security-based swap dealer is allowed the following offsets between product groups: Among positions involving different diversified index product groups within the same market group, 50 percent of the gain in a diversified market index option, a related instrument, or a qualified stock basket within that index option's product group shall offset the loss at the same valuation point in another product group;
</P>
<P>(C) For each portfolio type, the total deduction shall be the larger of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The amount for any of the 10 equidistant valuation points representing the largest theoretical loss after applying the offsets provided in paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) if this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A minimum charge equal to 25 percent times the multiplier for each equity and index option contract and each related instrument within the option's class or product group, or $25 for each option on a major market foreign currency with the minimum charge for futures contracts and options on futures contracts adjusted for contract size differentials, not to exceed market value in the case of long positions in options and options on futures contracts; plus
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of 5 percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for high-capitalization diversified and narrow-based indexes;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving index options and related instruments offset by a qualified stock basket, there will be a minimum charge of 7
<FR>1/2</FR> percent of the market value of the qualified stock basket for non-high-capitalization diversified indexes; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) In the case of portfolio types involving security futures and equity options on the same underlying instrument and positions in that underlying instrument, there will be a minimum charge of 25 percent times the multiplier for each security-future and equity option.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44061, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-1b" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.541" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-1b   Adjustments to net worth for certain commodities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered security-based swap dealer in computing net capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1 shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Where a security-based swap dealer has an asset or liability which is treated or defined in paragraph (c) of § 240.18a-1, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for net capital shall be in accordance with § 240.18a-1, except as specifically provided otherwise in this section. Where a commodity related asset or liability, including a swap-related asset or liability, is specifically treated or defined in 17 CFR 1.17 and is not generally or specifically treated or defined in § 240.18a-1 or this section, the inclusion or exclusion of all or part of such asset or liability for net capital shall be in accordance with 17 CFR 1.17.
</P>
<P>(2) In computing net capital as defined in § 240.18a-1(c)(1), the net worth of a security-based swap dealer shall be adjusted as follows with respect to commodity-related transactions:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Unrealized profits shall be added and unrealized losses shall be deducted in the commodities accounts of the security-based swap dealer, including unrealized profits and losses on fixed price commitments and forward contracts; and
</P>
<P>(B) The value attributed to any commodity option which is not traded on a contract market shall be the difference between the option's strike price and the market value for the physical or futures contract which is the subject of the option. In the case of a long call commodity option, if the market value for the physical or futures contract which is the subject of the option is less than the strike price of the option, it shall be given no value. In the case of a long put commodity option, if the market value for the physical commodity or futures contract which is the subject of the option is more than the striking price of the option, it shall be given no value.
</P>
<P>(ii) Deduct any unsecured commodity futures or option account containing a ledger balance and open trades, the combination of which liquidates to a deficit or containing a debit ledger balance only: <I>Provided, however,</I> Deficits or debit ledger balances in unsecured customers', non-customers' and proprietary accounts, which are the subject of calls for margin or other required deposits need not be deducted until the close of business on the business day following the date on which such deficit or debit ledger balance originated;
</P>
<P>(iii) Deduct all unsecured receivables, advances and loans except for:
</P>
<P>(A) Management fees receivable from commodity pools outstanding no longer than thirty (30) days from the date they are due;
</P>
<P>(B) Receivables from foreign clearing organizations;
</P>
<P>(C) Receivables from registered futures commission merchants or brokers, resulting from cleared swap transactions or, commodity futures or option transactions, except those specifically excluded under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Deduct all inventories (including work in process, finished goods, raw materials and inventories held for resale) except for readily marketable spot commodities; or spot commodities which adequately collateralize indebtedness under 17 CFR 1.17(c)(7);
</P>
<P>(v) Guarantee deposits with commodities clearing organizations are not required to be deducted from net worth;
</P>
<P>(vi) Stock in commodities clearing organizations to the extent of its margin value is not required to be deducted from net worth;
</P>
<P>(vii) Deduct from net worth the amount by which any advances paid by the security-based swap dealer on cash commodity contracts and used in computing net capital exceeds 95 percent of the market value of the commodities covered by such contracts.
</P>
<P>(viii) Do not include equity in the commodity accounts of partners in net worth.
</P>
<P>(ix) In the case of all inventory, fixed price commitments and forward contracts, except for inventory and forward contracts in the inter-bank market in those foreign currencies which are purchased or sold for further delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market and covered by an open futures contract for which there will be no charge, deduct the applicable percentage of the net position specified below:
</P>
<P>(A) Inventory which is currently registered as deliverable on a contract market and covered by an open futures contract or by a commodity option on a physical—No charge.
</P>
<P>(B) Inventory which is covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—5 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(C) Inventory which is not covered—20 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(D) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—10 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(E) Fixed price commitments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts which are not covered by an open futures contract or commodity option—20 percent of the market value.
</P>
<P>(x) Deduct for undermargined customer commodity futures accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are outstanding three business days or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements on such accounts, then deduct the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits outstanding three days or less to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. <I>Provided,</I> To the extent a deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(2)(x). In the event that an owner of a customer account has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure his account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of the value attributable to such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or the market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ix) of this section or, where appropriate, specified in § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(iv), (vi), or (vii) of this part;
</P>
<P>(xi) Deduct for undermargined non-customer and omnibus commodity futures accounts the amount of funds required in each such account to meet maintenance margin requirements of the applicable board of trade or, if there are no such maintenance margin requirements, clearing organization margin requirements applicable to such positions, after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits which are outstanding two business days or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements or clearing organization margin requirements, then deduct the amount of funds required to provide margin equal to the amount necessary after application of calls for margin, or other required deposits outstanding two days or less to restore original margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more. <I>Provided,</I> To the extent a deficit is deducted from net worth in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section such amount shall not also be deducted under this paragraph (a)(2)(xi). In the event that an owner of a non-customer or omnibus account has deposited an asset other than cash to margin, guarantee or secure the account, the value attributable to such asset for purposes of this paragraph shall be the lesser of the value attributable to such asset pursuant to the margin rules of the applicable board of trade, or the market value of such asset after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ix) of this section or, where appropriate, specified in § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(iv), (vi), or (vii) of this part;
</P>
<P>(xii) In the case of open futures contracts and granted (sold) commodity options held in proprietary accounts carried by the security-based swap dealer which are not covered by a position held by the security-based swap dealer or which are not the result of a “changer trade” made in accordance with the rules of a contract market, deduct:
</P>
<P>(A) For a security-based swap dealer which is a clearing member of a contract market for the positions on such contract market cleared by such member, the applicable margin requirement of the applicable clearing organization;
</P>
<P>(B) For a security-based swap dealer which is a member of a self-regulatory organization, 150 percent of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(C) For all other security-based swap dealers, 200 percent of the applicable maintenance margin requirement of the applicable board of trade or clearing organization, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(D) For open contracts or granted (sold) commodity options for which there are no applicable maintenance margin requirements, 200 percent of the applicable initial margin requirement; <I>Provided,</I> the equity in any such proprietary account shall reduce the deduction required by this paragraph (a)(2)(xii) if such equity is not otherwise includable in net capital.
</P>
<P>(xiii) In the case of a security-based swap dealer which is a purchaser of a commodity option which is traded on a contract market, the deduction shall be the same safety factor as if the security-based swap dealer were the grantor of such option in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(xii) of this section, but in no event shall the safety factor be greater than the market value attributed to such option.
</P>
<P>(xiv) In the case of a security-based swap dealer which is a purchaser of a commodity option not traded on a contract market which has value and such value is used to increase net capital, the deduction is ten percent of the market value of the physical or futures contract which is the subject of such option but in no event more than the value attributed to such option.
</P>
<P>(xv) A loan or advance or any other form of receivable shall not be considered “secured” for the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section unless the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(A) The receivable is secured by readily marketable collateral which is otherwise unencumbered and which can be readily converted into cash: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the receivable will be considered secured only to the extent of the market value of such collateral after application of the percentage deductions specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ix) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) The readily marketable collateral is in the possession or control of the security-based swap dealer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The security-based swap dealer has a legally enforceable, written security agreement, signed by the debtor, and has a perfected security interest in the readily marketable collateral within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the readily marketable collateral is located.
</P>
<P>(xvi) The term <I>cover</I> for purposes of this section shall mean cover as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(j).
</P>
<P>(xvii) The term <I>customer</I> for purposes of this section shall mean customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(2). The term <I>non-customer</I> for purposes of this section shall mean non-customer as defined in 17 CFR 1.17(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(b) Every registered security-based swap dealer in computing net capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1 shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cleared swaps.</I> In the case of a cleared swap held in a proprietary account of the security-based swap dealer, deducting the amount of the applicable margin requirement of the derivatives clearing organization or, if the swap references an equity security index, the security-based swap dealer may take a deduction using the method specified in § 240.18a-1a.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-cleared swaps</I>—(i) <I>Credit default swaps referencing broad-based security indices.</I> In the case of a non-cleared credit default swap for which the deductions in § 240.18a-1(e) do not apply:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Short positions (selling protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index, deducting the percentage of the notional amount based upon the current basis point spread of the credit default swap and the maturity of the credit default swap in accordance with table 1 to § 240.18a-1b(b)(2)(i)(A):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 240.18<E T="01">a</E>-1<E T="01">b</E>(<E T="01">b</E>)(2)(<E T="01">i</E>)(A)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Length of time to maturity of credit


<br/>default swap contract
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Basis point spread
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">100 or less


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">101-300


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">301-400


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">401-500


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">501-699


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">700 or more


<br/>(%)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 12 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 months but less than 24 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 months but less than 36 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 months but less than 48 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 months but less than 60 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 months but less than 72 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72 months but less than 84 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84 months but less than 120 months</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 months and longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.33</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(B) <I>Long positions (purchasing protection).</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index, deducting 50 percent of the deduction that would be required by paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section if the non-cleared swap was a short credit default swap, each such deduction not to exceed the current market value of the long position.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Long and short credit default swaps.</I> In the case of non-cleared swaps that are long and short credit default swaps referencing the same broad-based security index, have the same credit events which would trigger payment by the seller of protection, have the same basket of obligations which would determine the amount of payment by the seller of protection upon the occurrence of a credit event, that are in the same or adjacent spread category, and that are in the same or adjacent maturity category and have a maturity date within three months of the other maturity category, deducting the percentage of the notional amount specified in the higher maturity category under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section on the excess of the long or short position.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Long basket of obligors and long credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a long credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the security-based swap dealer is long a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting 50 percent of the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities, provided the security-based swap dealer can deliver the component securities to satisfy the obligation of the security-based swap dealer on the credit default swap.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Short basket of obligors and short credit default swap.</I> In the case of a non-cleared swap that is a short credit default swap referencing a broad-based security index and the security-based swap dealer is short a basket of debt securities comprising all of the components of the security index, deducting the amount specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) for the component securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>All other swaps.</I> (A) In the case of any non-cleared swap that is not a credit default swap for which the deductions in § 240.18a-1(e) do not apply, deducting the amount calculated by multiplying the notional value of the swap by the percentage specified in:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Section 240.15c3-1 applicable to the reference asset if § 240.15c3-1 specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 17 CFR 1.17 applicable to the reference asset if 17 CFR 1.17 specifies a percentage deduction for the type of asset and § 240.15c3-1 does not specify a percentage deduction for the type of asset; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In the case of a non-cleared interest rate swap, § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(A) based on the maturity of the swap, provided that the percentage deduction must be no less than one eighth of 1 percent of the amount of a long position that is netted against a short position in the case of a non-cleared swap with a maturity of three months or more.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap dealer may reduce the deduction under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section by an amount equal to any reduction recognized for a comparable long or short position in the reference asset or interest rate under 17 CFR 1.17 or § 240.15c3-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44063, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-1c" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.542" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-1c   Consolidated Computations of Net Capital for Certain Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Security-Based Swap Dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Every security-based swap dealer in computing its net capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1 shall include in its computation all liabilities or obligations of a subsidiary or affiliate that the security-based swap dealer guarantees, endorses, or assumes either directly or indirectly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44065, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-1d" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.543" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-1d   Satisfactory Subordinated Loan Agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Introduction</I>—(1) <I>Minimum requirements.</I> This section sets forth minimum and non-exclusive requirements for satisfactory subordinated loan agreements. The Commission may require or the security-based swap dealer may include such other provisions as deemed necessary or appropriate to the extent such provisions do not cause the subordinated loan agreement to fail to meet the minimum requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain definitions.</I> For purposes of § 240.18a-1 and this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The term “<I>subordinated loan agreement”</I> shall mean the agreement or agreements evidencing or governing a subordinated borrowing of cash.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term “<I>Payment Obligation”</I> shall mean the obligation of a security-based swap dealer to repay cash loaned to the security-based swap dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement and “Payment” shall mean the performance by a security-based swap dealer of a Payment Obligation.
</P>
<P>(iii) The term “<I>lender”</I> shall mean the person who lends cash to a security-based swap dealer pursuant to a subordinated loan agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum requirements for subordinated loan agreements</I>—(1) <I>Subordinated loan agreement.</I> Subject to paragraph (a) of this section, a subordinated loan agreement shall mean a written agreement between the security-based swap dealer and the lender, which has a minimum term of one year, and is a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject as to enforcement to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws) against the security-based swap dealer and the lender and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific amount.</I> All subordinated loan agreements shall be for a specific dollar amount which shall not be reduced for the duration of the agreement except by installments as specifically provided for therein and except as otherwise provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective subordination.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall effectively subordinate any right of the lender to receive any Payment with respect thereto, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the security-based swap dealer arising out of any matter occurring prior to the date on which the related Payment Obligation matures consistent with the provisions of §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-1d, except for claims which are the subject of subordinated loan agreements that rank on the same priority as or junior to the claim of the lender under such subordinated loan agreements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Proceeds of subordinated loan agreements.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall provide that the cash proceeds thereof shall be used and dealt with by the security-based swap dealer as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of the business.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Certain rights of the security-based swap dealer.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall provide that the security-based swap dealer shall have the right to deposit any cash proceeds of a subordinated loan agreement in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Permissive prepayments.</I> A security-based swap dealer at its option but not at the option of the lender may, if the subordinated loan agreement so provides, make a Payment of all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such Payment Obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”), but in no event may any Prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date such subordinated loan agreement became effective. No Prepayment shall be made, if, after giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated loan agreements then outstanding the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the security-based swap dealer, either its net capital would fall below 120 percent of its minimum requirement under § 240.18a-1, or, if the security-based swap dealer is approved to calculate net capital under § 240.18a-1(d), its tentative net capital would fall to an amount below 120 percent of the minimum requirement. Notwithstanding the above, no Prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Suspended repayment.</I> The Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer in respect of any subordinated loan agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to Payment of such Payment Obligation (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations of such security-based swap dealer under any other subordinated loan agreement(s) then outstanding that are scheduled to mature on or before such Payment Obligation) either its net capital would fall below 120 percent of its minimum requirement under § 240.18a-1, or, if the security-based swap dealer is approved to calculate net capital under § 240.18a-1(d), its tentative net capital would fall to an amount below 120 percent of the minimum requirement. The subordinated loan agreement may provide that if the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer thereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirement of this paragraph (b)(7) for a period of not less than six months, the security-based swap dealer shall thereupon commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its business, but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Accelerated maturity—obligation to repay to remain subordinate.</I> (i) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(7) of this section, a subordinated loan agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the security-based swap dealer and the Commission given not earlier than six months after the effective date of such subordinated loan agreement, accelerate the date on which the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after the giving of such notice, but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(7) of this section, the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer with respect to a subordinated loan agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the security-based swap dealer but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Accelerated maturity of subordinated loan agreements on event of default and event of acceleration—obligation to repay to remain subordinate.</I> (i) A subordinated loan agreement may provide that the lender may, upon prior written notice to the security-based swap dealer and the Commission of the occurrence of any Event of Acceleration (as hereinafter defined) given no sooner than six months after the effective date of such subordinated loan agreement, accelerate the date on which the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature, to the last business day of a calendar month which is not less than six months after notice of acceleration is received by the security-based swap dealer and the Commission. Any subordinated loan agreement containing such Events of Acceleration may also provide, that if upon such accelerated maturity date the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer is suspended as required by paragraph (b)(7) of this section and liquidation of the security-based swap dealer has not commenced on or prior to such accelerated maturity date, then notwithstanding paragraph (b)(7) the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer with respect to such subordinated loan agreement shall mature on the day immediately following such accelerated maturity date and in any such event the Payment Obligations of the security-based swap dealer with respect to all other subordinated loan agreements then outstanding shall also mature at the same time but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this section. Events of Acceleration which may be included in a subordinated loan agreement complying with this paragraph (b)(9) shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on a subordinated loan agreement as scheduled;
</P>
<P>(B) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified material amount;
</P>
<P>(C) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty of the security-based swap dealer which is included in the subordinated loan agreement and on which the subordinated loan agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the time made;
</P>
<P>(D) Any specified and clearly measurable event which is included in the subordinated loan agreement and which the lender and the security-based swap dealer agree:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is a significant indication that the financial position of the security-based swap dealer has changed materially and adversely from agreed upon specified norms; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Could materially and adversely affect the ability of the security-based swap dealer to conduct its business as conducted on the date the subordinated loan agreement was made; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Is a significant change in the senior management of the security-based swap dealer or in the general business conducted by the security-based swap dealer from that which obtained on the date the subordinated loan agreement became effective;
</P>
<P>(E) Any continued failure to perform agreed covenants included in the subordinated loan agreement relating to the conduct of the business of the security-based swap dealer or relating to the maintenance and reporting of its financial position; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(7) of this section, a subordinated loan agreement may provide that, if liquidation of the business of the security-based swap dealer has not already commenced, the Payment Obligation of the security-based swap dealer shall mature, together with accrued interest or compensation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined). Such agreement may also provide that, if liquidation of the business of the security-based swap dealer has not already commenced, the rapid and orderly liquidation of the business of the security-based swap dealer shall then commence upon the happening of an Event of Default. Any subordinated loan agreement which so provides for maturity of the Payment Obligation upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall also provide that the date on which such Event of Default occurs shall, if liquidation of the security-based swap dealer has not already commenced, be the date on which the Payment Obligations of the security-based swap dealer with respect to all other subordinated loan agreements then outstanding shall mature but the rights of the respective lenders to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this section. Events of Default which may be included in a subordinated loan agreement shall be limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) The net capital of the security-based swap dealer falling to an amount below its minimum requirement under § 240.18a-1, or, if the security-based swap dealer is approved to calculate net capital under § 240.18a-1(d), its tentative net capital falling below the minimum requirement, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business days, commencing on the day the security-based swap dealer first determines and notifies the Commission, or the Commission first determines and notifies the security-based swap dealer of such fact;
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission revoking the registration of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission suspending (and not reinstating within 10 days) the registration of the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(D) Any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the security-based swap dealer. A subordinated loan agreement that contains any of the provisions permitted by this paragraph (b)(9) shall not contain the provision otherwise permitted by paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Miscellaneous provisions</I>—(1) <I>Prohibited cancellation.</I> The subordinated loan agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no Payment shall be made with respect thereto and the agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-1d.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notification.</I> Every security-based swap dealer shall immediately notify the Commission if, after giving effect to all Payments of Payment Obligations under subordinated loan agreements then outstanding that are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the security-based swap dealer, either its net capital would fall below 120 percent of its minimum requirement under § 240.18a-1, or, if the security-based swap dealer is approved to calculate net capital under § 240.18a-1(d), its tentative net capital would fall to an amount below 120 percent of the minimum requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certain legends.</I> If all the provisions of a satisfactory subordinated loan agreement do not appear in a single instrument, then the debenture or other evidence of indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that it is issued subject to the provisions of a satisfactory subordinated loan agreement which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Revolving subordinated loan agreements.</I> A security-based swap dealer shall be permitted to enter into a revolving subordinated loan agreement that provides for prepayment within less than one year of all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder at the option of the security-based swap dealer upon the prior written approval of the Commission. The Commission, however, shall not approve any prepayment if:
</P>
<P>(i) After giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated loan agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the security-based swap dealer, either its net capital would fall below 120 percent of its minimum requirement under § 240.18a-1, or, if the security-based swap dealer is approved to calculate net capital under § 240.18a-1(d), its tentative net capital would fall to an amount below 120 percent of the minimum requirement; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pre-tax losses during the latest three-month period equaled more than 15 percent of current excess net capital. Any subordinated loan agreement entered into pursuant to this paragraph (c)(4) shall be subject to all the other provisions of this section. Any such subordinated loan agreement shall not be considered equity for purposes of § 240.18a-1(g), despite the length of the initial term of the loan.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Filing.</I> Two copies of any proposed subordinated loan agreement (including nonconforming subordinated loan agreements) shall be filed at least 30 days prior to the proposed execution date of the agreement with the Commission. The security-based swap dealer shall also file with the Commission a statement setting forth the name and address of the lender, the business relationship of the lender to the security-based swap dealer, and whether the security-based swap dealer carried an account for the lender for effecting transactions in security-based swaps at or about the time the proposed agreement was so filed. All agreements shall be examined by the Commission prior to their becoming effective. No proposed agreement shall be a satisfactory subordinated loan agreement for the purposes of this section unless and until the Commission has found the agreement acceptable and such agreement has become effective in the form found acceptable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44065, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.544" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-2   Capital requirements for major security-based swap participants for which there is not a prudential regulator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every major security-based swap participant for which there is not a prudential regulator and is not registered as a broker or dealer pursuant to section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) must at all times have and maintain positive tangible net worth.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>tangible net worth</I> means the net worth of the major security-based swap participant as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. In determining net worth, all long and short positions in security-based swaps, swaps, and related positions must be marked to their market value. A major security-based swap participant must include in its computation of tangible net worth all liabilities or obligations of a subsidiary or affiliate that the participant guarantees, endorses, or assumes either directly or indirectly.
</P>
<P>(c) Every major security-based swap participant must comply with § 240.15c3-4 as though it were an OTC derivatives dealer with respect to its security-based swap and swap activities, except that § 240.15c3-4(c)(5)(xiii) and (xiv) and (d)(8) and (9) shall not apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44068, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.545" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-3   Non-cleared security-based swap margin requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants for which there is not a prudential regulator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant for which there is not a prudential regulator must comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>account</I> means an account carried by a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that holds one or more non-cleared security-based swaps for a counterparty.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>commercial end user</I> means a counterparty that qualifies for an exception from clearing under section 3C(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(g)(1)) and implementing regulations or satisfies the criteria in section 3C(g)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(g)(4)) and implementing regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>counterparty</I> means a person with whom the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has entered into a non-cleared security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>initial margin amount</I> means the amount calculated pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>non-cleared security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap that is not, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or by a clearing agency that the Commission has exempted from registration by rule or order pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1).
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>security-based swap legacy account</I> means an account that holds no security-based swaps entered into after the compliance date of this section and that only is used to hold one or more security-based swaps entered into prior to the compliance date of this section and collateral for those security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Margin requirements</I>—(1) <I>Security-based swap dealers</I>—(i) <I>Calculation required.</I> A security-based swap dealer must calculate with respect to each account of a counterparty as of the close of each business day:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount of the current exposure in the account of the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(B) The initial margin amount for the account of the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Account equity requirements.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, a security-based swap dealer must take an action required in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section by no later than the close of business of the first business day following the day of the calculation required under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section or, if the counterparty is located in another country and more than four time zones away, the second business day following the day of the calculation required under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Collect from the counterparty collateral in an amount equal to the current exposure that the security-based swap dealer has to the counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2)</I> Deliver to the counterparty collateral in an amount equal to the current exposure that the counterparty has to the security-based swap dealer, provided that such amount does not include the initial margin amount collected from the counterparty under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Collect from the counterparty collateral in an amount equal to the initial margin amount.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exceptions</I>—(A) <I>Commercial end users.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is a commercial end user.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Counterparties that are financial market intermediaries.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is a security-based swap dealer, swap dealer, broker or dealer, futures commission merchant, bank, foreign bank, or foreign broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Counterparties that use third-party custodians.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that delivers the collateral to meet the initial margin amount to an independent third-party custodian.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Security-based swap legacy accounts.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply to a security-based swap legacy account.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Bank for International Settlements, European Stability Mechanism, and Multilateral development banks.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is the Bank for International Settlements or the European Stability Mechanism, or is the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Investment Bank, the European Investment Fund, the Nordic Investment Bank, the Caribbean Development Bank, the Islamic Development Bank, the Council of Europe Development Bank, or any other multilateral development bank that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. government is a shareholder or contributing member.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Sovereign entities.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is a central government (including the U.S. government) or an agency, department, ministry, or central bank of a central government if the security-based swap dealer has determined that the counterparty has only a minimal amount of credit risk pursuant to policies and procedures or credit risk models established pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 or § 240.18a-1 (as applicable).
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Affiliates.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is an affiliate of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(H) <I>Threshold amount.</I> (<I>1</I>) A security-based swap dealer may elect not to collect the initial margin amount required under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section to the extent that the sum of that amount plus all other credit exposures resulting from non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps of the security-based swap dealer and its affiliates with the counterparty and its affiliates does not exceed $50 million. For purposes of this calculation, a security-based swap dealer need not include any exposures arising from non-cleared security based swap transactions with a counterparty that is a commercial end user, and non-cleared swap transactions with a counterparty that qualifies for an exception from margin requirements pursuant to section 4s(e)(4) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6s(e)(4)).
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>One-time deferral.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(H)(<I>1</I>) of this section, a security-based swap dealer may defer collecting the initial margin amount required under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section for up to two months following the month in which a counterparty no longer qualifies for this threshold exception for the first time.
</P>
<P>(I) <I>Minimum transfer amount.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this rule, a security-based swap dealer is not required to collect or deliver collateral pursuant to this section with respect to a particular counterparty unless and until the total amount of collateral that is required to be collected or delivered, and has not yet been collected or delivered, with respect to the counterparty is greater than $500,000.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major security-based swap participants</I>—(i) <I>Calculation required.</I> A major security-based swap participant must with respect to each account of a counterparty calculate as of the close of each business day the amount of the current exposure in the account of the counterparty.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Account equity requirements.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, a major security-based swap participant must take an action required in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section by no later than the close of business of the first business day following the day of the calculation required under paragraph (c)(2)(i) or, if the counterparty is located in another country and more than four time zones away, the second business day following the day of the calculation required under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Collect from the counterparty collateral in an amount equal to the current exposure that the major security-based swap participant has to the counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(B) Deliver to the counterparty collateral in an amount equal to the current exposure that the counterparty has to the major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exceptions</I>—(A) <I>Commercial end users.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is a commercial end user.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Security-based swap legacy accounts.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section do not apply to a security-based swap legacy account.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Bank for International Settlements, European Stability Mechanism, and Multilateral development banks.</I> The requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section do not apply to an account of a counterparty that is the Bank for International Settlements or the European Stability Mechanism, or is the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Investment Bank, the European Investment Fund, the Nordic Investment Bank, the Caribbean Development Bank, the Islamic Development Bank, the Council of Europe Development Bank, or any other multilateral development bank that provides financing for national or regional development in which the U.S. government is a shareholder or contributing member.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Minimum transfer amount.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this rule, a major security-based swap participant is not required to collect or deliver collateral pursuant to this section with respect to a particular counterparty unless and until the total amount of collateral that is required to be collected or delivered, and has not yet been collected or delivered, with respect to the counterparty is greater than $500,000.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deductions for collateral.</I> (i) The fair market value of collateral delivered by a counterparty or the security-based swap dealer must be reduced by the amount of the standardized deductions the security-based swap dealer would apply to the collateral pursuant to § 240.15c3-1 or § 240.18a-1, as applicable, for the purpose of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, the fair market value of assets delivered as collateral by a counterparty or the security-based swap dealer may be reduced by the amount of the standardized deductions prescribed in 17 CFR 23.156 if the security-based swap dealer applies these standardized deductions consistently with respect to the particular counterparty.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Collateral requirements.</I> A security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant when calculating the amounts under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section may take into account the fair market value of collateral delivered by a counterparty provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The collateral:
</P>
<P>(A) Has a ready market;
</P>
<P>(B) Is readily transferable;
</P>
<P>(C) Consists of cash, securities, money market instruments, a major foreign currency, the settlement currency of the non-cleared security-based swap, or gold;
</P>
<P>(D) Does not consist of securities and/or money market instruments issued by the counterparty or a party related to the security-based swap dealer, the major security-based swap participant, or the counterparty; and
</P>
<P>(E) Is subject to an agreement between the security-based swap dealer or the major security-based swap participant and the counterparty that is legally enforceable by the security-based swap dealer or the major security-based swap participant against the counterparty and any other parties to the agreement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The collateral is either:
</P>
<P>(A) Subject to the physical possession or control of the security-based swap dealer or the major security-based swap participant and may be liquidated promptly by the security-based swap dealer or the major security-based swap participant without intervention by any other party; or
</P>
<P>(B) The collateral is carried by an independent third-party custodian that is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty or, if the collateral consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that is not affiliated with the counterparty and that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Qualified netting agreements.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may include the effect of a netting agreement that allows the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to net gross receivables from and gross payables to a counterparty upon the default of the counterparty, for the purposes of the calculations required pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(2)(i) of this section, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The netting agreement is legally enforceable in each relevant jurisdiction, including in insolvency proceedings;
</P>
<P>(ii) The gross receivables and gross payables that are subject to the netting agreement with a counterparty can be determined at any time; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For internal risk management purposes, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant monitors and controls its exposure to the counterparty on a net basis.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Frequency of calculations increased.</I> The calculations required pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(2)(i) of this section must be made more frequently than the close of each business day during periods of extreme volatility and for accounts with concentrated positions.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Liquidation.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must take prompt steps to liquidate positions in an account that does not meet the margin requirements of this section to the extent necessary to eliminate the margin deficiency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Calculating initial margin amount.</I> A security-based swap dealer must calculate the initial margin amount required by paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section for non-cleared security-based swaps as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Standardized approach</I>—(i) <I>Credit default swaps.</I> For credit default swaps, the security-based swap dealer must use the method specified in § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>1</I>) or, if the security-based swap dealer is registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer, the method specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>1</I>).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>All other security-based swaps.</I> For security-based swaps other than credit default swaps, the security-based swap dealer must use the method specified in § 240.18a-1(c)(1)(vi)(B)(<I>2</I>) or, if the security-based swap dealer is registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer, the method specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(P)(<I>2</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Model approach.</I> (i) For security-based swaps other than equity security-based swaps, a security-based swap dealer may apply to the Commission for authorization to use and be responsible for a model to calculate the initial margin amount required by paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section subject to the application process in § 240.15c3-1e or § 240.18a-1(d), as applicable. The model must use a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with price changes equivalent to a ten business-day movement in rates and prices, and must use risk factors sufficient to cover all the material price risks inherent in the positions for which the initial margin amount is being calculated, including foreign exchange or interest rate risk, credit risk, equity risk, and commodity risk, as appropriate. Empirical correlations may be recognized by the model within each broad risk category, but not across broad risk categories.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, a security-based swap dealer that is not registered as a broker or dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)), other than as an OTC derivatives dealer, may apply to the Commission for authorization to use a model to calculate the initial margin amount required by paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section for equity security-based swaps, subject to the application process and model requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; provided, however, the account of the counterparty subject to the requirements of this paragraph may not hold equity security positions other than equity security-based swaps and equity swaps.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Risk monitoring and procedures.</I> A security-based swap dealer must monitor the risk of each account and establish, maintain, and document procedures and guidelines for monitoring the risk of accounts as part of the risk management control system required by § 240.15c3-4. The security-based swap dealer must review, in accordance with written procedures, at reasonable periodic intervals, its non-cleared security-based swap activities for consistency with the risk monitoring procedures and guidelines required by this section. The security-based swap dealer also must determine whether information and data necessary to apply the risk monitoring procedures and guidelines required by this section are accessible on a timely basis and whether information systems are available to adequately capture, monitor, analyze, and report relevant data and information. The risk monitoring procedures and guidelines must include, at a minimum, procedures and guidelines for:
</P>
<P>(1) Obtaining and reviewing account documentation and financial information necessary for assessing the amount of current and potential future exposure to a given counterparty permitted by the security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(2) Determining, approving, and periodically reviewing credit limits for each counterparty, and across all counterparties;
</P>
<P>(3) Monitoring credit risk exposure to the security-based swap dealer from non-cleared security-based swaps, including the type, scope, and frequency of reporting to senior management;
</P>
<P>(4) Using stress tests to monitor potential future exposure to a single counterparty and across all counterparties over a specified range of possible market movements over a specified time period;
</P>
<P>(5) Managing the impact of credit exposure related to non-cleared security-based swaps on the security-based swap dealer's overall risk exposure;
</P>
<P>(6) Determining the need to collect collateral from a particular counterparty, including whether that determination was based upon the creditworthiness of the counterparty and/or the risk of the specific non-cleared security-based swap contracts with the counterparty;
</P>
<P>(7) Monitoring the credit exposure resulting from concentrated positions with a single counterparty and across all counterparties, and during periods of extreme volatility; and
</P>
<P>(8) Maintaining sufficient equity in the account of each counterparty to protect against the largest individual potential future exposure of a non-cleared security-based swap carried in the account of the counterparty as measured by computing the largest maximum possible loss that could result from the exposure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44068, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.546" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-4   Segregation requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>Section 240.18a-4 applies to a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant registered under section 15F(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)), including a security-based swap dealer that is an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12. A security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is also a broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o), other than an <I>OTC derivatives dealer,</I> is subject to the customer protection requirements under § 240.15c3-3, including paragraph (p) of that rule with respect to its security-based swap activity.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>cleared security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1);
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>excess securities collateral</I> means securities and money market instruments carried for the account of a security-based swap customer that have a market value in excess of the current exposure of the security-based swap dealer (after reducing the current exposure by the amount of cash in the account) to the security-based swap customer, excluding:
</P>
<P>(i) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified clearing agency account but only to the extent the securities and money market instruments are being used to meet a margin requirement of the clearing agency resulting from a security-based swap transaction of the security-based swap customer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities and money market instruments held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account or in a third-party custodial account but only to the extent the securities and money market instruments are being used to meet a regulatory margin requirement of another security-based swap dealer resulting from the security-based swap dealer entering into a non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the other security-based swap dealer to offset the risk of a non-cleared security-based swap transaction between the security-based swap dealer and the security-based swap customer.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>foreign major security-based swap participant</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a67-10(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>foreign security-based swap dealer</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>qualified clearing agency account</I> means an account of a security-based swap dealer at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that holds funds and other property in order to margin, guarantee, or secure cleared security-based swap transactions for the security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The account is designated “Special Clearing Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Cleared Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of security-based swap dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The clearing agency has acknowledged in a written notice provided to and retained by the security-based swap dealer that the funds and other property in the account are being held by the clearing agency for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the security-based swap dealer with the clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The account is subject to a written contract between the security-based swap dealer and the clearing agency which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the clearing agency or any person claiming through the clearing agency, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a cleared security-based swap transaction effected in the account.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>qualified registered security-based swap dealer account</I> means an account at another security-based swap dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to section 15F of the Act that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of security-based swap dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The other security-based swap dealer has acknowledged in a written notice provided to and retained by the security-based swap dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the other security-based swap dealer for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the security-based swap dealer with the other security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(iii) The account is subject to a written contract between the security-based swap dealer and the other security-based swap dealer which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the other security-based swap dealer or any person claiming through the other security-based swap dealer, except a right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim resulting from a non-cleared security-based swap transaction effected in the account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The account and the assets in the account are not subject to any type of subordination agreement between the security-based swap dealer and the other security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>qualified security</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Obligations of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iii) General obligations of any State or a political subdivision of a State that:
</P>
<P>(A) Are not traded flat and are not in default;
</P>
<P>(B) Were part of an initial offering of $500 million or greater; and
</P>
<P>(C) Were issued by an issuer that has published audited financial statements within 120 days of its most recent fiscal year end.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>security-based swap customer</I> means any person from whom or on whose behalf the security-based swap dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or other property for the account of the person with respect to a cleared or non-cleared security-based swap transaction. The term does not include a person to the extent that person has a claim for funds or other property which by contract, agreement or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the security-based swap dealer or is subordinated to all claims of security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers</I> means an account at a bank that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The account is designated “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of the Security-Based Swap Customers of [name of security-based swap dealer]”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The account is subject to a written acknowledgement by the bank provided to and retained by the security-based swap dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer in accordance with the regulations of the Commission and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the security-based swap dealer with the bank; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The account is subject to a written contract between the security-based swap dealer and the bank which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan or other extension of credit to the security-based swap dealer by the bank and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank.
</P>
<P>(10) The term <I>third-party custodial account</I> means an account carried by an independent third-party custodian that meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The account is established for the purposes of meeting regulatory margin requirements of another security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The account is carried by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act or a registered U.S. clearing organization or depository or, if the collateral to be held in the account consists of foreign securities or currencies, a supervised foreign bank, clearing organization, or depository that customarily maintains custody of such foreign securities or currencies;
</P>
<P>(iii) The account is designated for and on behalf of the security-based swap dealer for the benefit of its security-based swap customers and the account is subject to a written acknowledgement by the bank, clearing organization, or depository provided to and retained by the security-based swap dealer that the funds and other property held in the account are being held by the bank, clearing organization, or depository for the exclusive benefit of the security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the security-based swap dealer with the bank, clearing organization, or depository; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The account is subject to a written contract between the security-based swap dealer and the bank, clearing organization, or depository which provides that the funds and other property in the account shall at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan or other extension of credit to the security-based swap dealer by the bank, clearing organization, or depository and, shall be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank, clearing organization, or depository or any person claiming through the bank, clearing organization, or depository.
</P>
<P>(11) The term <I>U.S. person</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Physical possession or control of excess securities collateral.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer must promptly obtain and thereafter maintain physical possession or control of all excess securities collateral carried for the security-based swap accounts of security-based swap customers.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer has control of excess securities collateral only if the securities and money market instruments:
</P>
<P>(i) Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control of a clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national securities exchanges, or of a custodian bank in accordance with a system for the central handling of securities complying with the provisions of §§ 240.8c-1(g) and 240.15c2-1(g) the delivery of which certificates to the security-based swap dealer does not require the payment of money or value, and if the books or records of the security-based swap dealer identify the security-based swap customers entitled to receive specified quantities or units of the securities so held for such security-based swap customers collectively;
</P>
<P>(ii) Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that securities and money market instruments shall be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide items of transfer if, within 40 calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer by the security-based swap dealer to the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to the instructions of the security-based swap dealer have not been received by the security-based swap dealer, the security-based swap dealer has not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent acknowledging the transfer instructions and the possession of the securities or money market instruments, or the security-based swap dealer has not obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from a transfer agent with respect to the certificate delivered for transfer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act, the delivery of which securities or money market instruments to the security-based swap dealer does not require the payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in writing that the securities and money market instruments in its custody or control are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of a bank or any person claiming through the bank;
</P>
<P>(iv)(A) Are held in or are in transit between offices of the security-based swap dealer; or (B) Are held by a corporate subsidiary if the security-based swap dealer owns and exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities of such subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's obligations and liabilities, operates the subsidiary as a branch office of the security-based swap dealer, and assumes full responsibility for compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with the provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the other acts of the subsidiary and such associated persons; or
</P>
<P>(v) Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon application from a security-based swap dealer find and designate to be adequate for the protection of security-based swap customer securities.
</P>
<P>(3) Each business day the security-based swap dealer must determine from its books and records the quantity of excess securities collateral in its possession or control as of the close of the previous business day and the quantity of excess securities collateral not in its possession or control as of the previous business day. If the security-based swap dealer did not obtain possession or control of all excess securities collateral on the previous business day as required by this section and there are securities or money market instruments of the same issue and class in any of the following non-control locations:
</P>
<P>(i) Securities or money market instruments subject to a lien securing an obligation of the security-based swap dealer, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments from the lien and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified clearing agency account, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments by the clearing agency and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities or money market instruments held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account maintained by another security-based swap dealer or in a third-party custodial account, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the release of the securities or money market instruments by the other security-based swap dealer or by the third-party custodian and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within two business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities or money market instruments loaned by the security-based swap dealer, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must issue instructions for the return of the loaned securities or money market instruments and must obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments within five business days following the date of the instructions;
</P>
<P>(v) Securities or money market instruments failed to receive for more than 30 calendar days, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(vi) Securities or money market instruments receivable by the security-based swap dealer as a security dividend, stock split or similar distribution for more than 45 calendar days, then the security-based swap dealer, not later than the next business day on which the determination is made, must take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of the securities or money market instruments through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Securities or money market instruments included on the security-based swap dealer's books or records that allocate to a short position of the security-based swap dealer or a short position for another person, for more than 30 calendar days, then the security-based swap dealer must, not later than the business day following the day on which the determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain physical possession or control of such securities or money market instruments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Deposit requirement for special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers.</I> (1) A security-based swap dealer must maintain a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers that is separate from any other bank account of the security-based swap dealer. The security-based swap dealer must at all times maintain in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers, through deposits into the account, cash and/or qualified securities in amounts computed in accordance with the formula set forth in § 240.18a-4a.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining the amount maintained in a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers, the security-based swap dealer must deduct:
</P>
<P>(A) The percentage of the value of a general obligation of a State or a political subdivision of a State specified in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi);
</P>
<P>(B) The aggregate value of general obligations of a State or a political subdivision of a State to the extent the amount of the obligations of a single issuer (after applying the deduction in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds two percent of the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(C) The aggregate value of all general obligations of States or political subdivisions of States to the extent the amount of the obligations (after applying the deduction in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section) exceeds 10 percent of the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(D) The amount of cash deposited with a single non-affiliated bank to the extent the amount exceeds 15 percent of the equity capital of the bank as reported by the bank in its most recent Call Report or any successor form the bank is required to file by its appropriate federal banking agency (as defined by section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)); and
</P>
<P>(E) The total amount of cash deposited with an affiliated bank.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> A security-based swap dealer for which there is a prudential regulator need not take the deduction specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section if it maintains the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers itself rather than at an affiliated or non-affiliated bank.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer must not accept or use credits identified in the items of the formula set forth in § 240.18a-4a except for the specified purposes indicated under items comprising Total Debits under the formula, and, to the extent Total Credits exceed Total Debits, at least the net amount thereof must be maintained in the Special Reserve Account pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The computations necessary to determine the amount required to be maintained in the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers must be made weekly as of the close of the last business day of the week and any deposit required to be made into the account must be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. The security-based swap dealer may make a withdrawal from the special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers only if the amount remaining in the account after the withdrawal is equal to or exceeds the amount required to be maintained in the account pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Computations in addition to the computations required pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section may be made as of the close of any business day, and deposits so computed must be made no later than one hour after the open of banking business on the second following business day.
</P>
<P>(4) A security-based swap dealer must promptly deposit into a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers cash and/or qualified securities of the security-based swap dealer if the amount of cash and/or qualified securities in one or more special reserve accounts for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers falls below the amount required to be maintained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps</I>—(1) <I>Notice.</I> A security-based swap dealer and a major security-based swap participant must provide the notice required pursuant to section 3E(f)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)) in writing to a duly authorized individual prior to the execution of the first non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the counterparty occurring after the compliance date of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subordination</I>—(i) <I>Counterparty that elects to have individual segregation at an independent third-party custodian.</I> A security-based swap dealer must obtain an agreement from a counterparty whose funds or other property to meet a margin requirement of the security-based swap dealer are held at a third-party custodian in which the counterparty agrees to subordinate its claims against the security-based swap dealer for the funds or other property held at the third-party custodian to the claims of security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer but only to the extent that funds or other property provided by the counterparty to the third-party custodian are not treated as <I>customer property</I> as that term is defined in 11 U.S.C. 741 in a liquidation of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Counterparty that elects to have no segregation.</I> A security-based swap dealer must obtain an agreement from a counterparty that affirmatively chooses not to require segregation of funds or other property pursuant to section 3E(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)) in which the counterparty agrees to subordinate all of its claims against the security-based swap dealer to the claims of security-based swap customers of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Segregation and disclosure requirements for foreign security-based swap dealers and foreign major security-based swap participants</I>—(1) <I>Segregation requirements for foreign security-based swap dealers</I>—(i) <I>Foreign bank.</I> Section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5) and this section thereunder apply to a foreign security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) that is a foreign bank, foreign savings bank, foreign cooperative bank, foreign savings and loan association, foreign building and loan association, or foreign credit union:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to a security-based swap customer that is a U.S. person, and
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a security-based swap customer that is not a U.S. person if the foreign security-based swap dealer holds funds or other property arising out of a transaction had by such person with a branch or agency (as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978) in the United States of such foreign security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Not a foreign bank.</I> Section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5) and this section thereunder apply to a foreign security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) that is not a foreign bank, foreign savings bank, foreign cooperative bank, foreign savings and loan association, foreign building and loan association, or foreign credit union:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Cleared security-based swaps.</I> With respect to all cleared security-based swap transactions, if such foreign security-based swap dealer has received or acquired or holds funds or other property for at least one security-based swap customer that is a U.S. person with respect to a cleared security-based swap transaction with such U.S. person, and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Non-cleared security-based swaps.</I> With respect to funds or other property such foreign security-based swap dealer has received or acquired or holds for a security-based swap customer that is a U.S. person with respect to a non-cleared security-based swap transaction with such U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Segregation requirements for foreign major security-based swap participants.</I> Section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5) and this section thereunder apply to a foreign major security-based swap participant registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10), with respect to a counterparty that is a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disclosure requirements for foreign security-based swap dealers.</I> A foreign security-based swap dealer registered under section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10) must disclose in writing to a security-based swap customer that is a U.S. person, prior to receiving, acquiring, or holding funds or other property for such security-based swap customer with respect to a security-based swap transaction, the potential treatment of the funds or other property segregated by such foreign security-based swap dealer pursuant to section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5), and the rules and regulations thereunder, in insolvency proceedings under U.S. bankruptcy law and any applicable foreign insolvency laws. Such disclosure must include whether the foreign security-based swap dealer is subject to the segregation requirement set forth in section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the funds or other property received, acquired, or held for the security-based swap customer that will receive the disclosure, whether the foreign security-based swap dealer could be subject to the stockbroker liquidation provisions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, whether the segregated funds or other property could be afforded customer property treatment under U.S. bankruptcy law, and any other relevant considerations that may affect the treatment of the funds or other property segregated under section 3E of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5), and the rules and regulations thereunder, in insolvency proceedings of the foreign security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemption.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap dealer does not:
</P>
<P>(i) Effect transactions in cleared security-based swaps for or on behalf of another person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have any open transactions in cleared security-based swaps executed for or on behalf of another person; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Hold or control any money, securities, or other property to margin, guarantee, or secure a cleared security-based swap transaction executed for or on behalf of another person (including money, securities, or other property accruing to another person as a result of a cleared security-based swap transaction);
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap dealer provides the notice required pursuant to section 3E(f)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-5(f)(1)(A)) in writing to a duly authorized individual prior to the execution of the first non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the counterparty occurring after the compliance date of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The security-based swap dealer discloses in writing to a counterparty before engaging in the first non-cleared security-based swap transaction with the counterparty that any margin collateral received and held by the security-based swap dealer will not be subject to a segregation requirement and how a claim of a counterparty for the collateral would be treated in a bankruptcy or other formal liquidation proceeding of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44071, Aug. 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-4a" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.547" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-4a   Exhibit A—Formula for determination of security-based swap customer reserve requirements under § 240.18a-4.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Credits
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Debits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Free credit balances and other credit balances in the accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note A)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Monies borrowed collateralized by securities in accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note B)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Security-based swap customers' securities failed to receive (See Note C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Credit balances in firm accounts which are attributable to principal sales to security-based swap customers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Market value of stock dividends, stock splits and similar distributions receivable outstanding over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Market value of short security count differences over 30 calendar days old</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Market value of short securities and credits (not to be offset by longs or by debits) in all suspense accounts over 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Market value of securities which are in transfer in excess of 40 calendar days and have not been confirmed to be in transfer by the transfer agent or the issuer during the 40 days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Securities borrowed to effectuate short sales by security-based swap customers and securities borrowed to make delivery on security-based swap customers' securities failed to deliver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. Failed to deliver of security-based swap customers' securities not older than 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11. Margin required and on deposit with the Options Clearing Corporation for all option contracts written or purchased in accounts carried for security-based swap customers (See Note D)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12. Margin related to security futures products written, purchased or sold in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) (See Note E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13. Margin related to cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and on deposit in a qualified clearing agency account at a clearing agency registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14. Margin related to non-cleared security-based swap transactions in accounts carried for security-based swap customers required and held in a qualified registered security-based swap dealer account at another security-based swap dealer or at a third-party custodial account</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Credits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total Debits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Excess of Credits over Debits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$______</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note A. Item 1 must include all outstanding drafts payable to security-based swap customers which have been applied against free credit balances or other credit balances and must also include checks drawn in excess of bank balances per the records of the security-based swap dealer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note B. Item 2 shall include the amount of options-related or security futures product-related Letters of Credit obtained by a member of a registered clearing agency or a derivatives clearing organization which are collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities, to the extent of the member's margin requirement at the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note C. Item 3 must include in addition to security-based swap customers' securities failed to receive the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive and outstanding more than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds their contract value.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note D. Item 11 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with Options Clearing Corporation to the extent such margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note E. (a) Item 12 must include the amount of margin required and on deposit with a clearing agency registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) for security-based swap customer accounts to the extent that the margin is represented by cash, proprietary qualified securities, and letters of credit collateralized by security-based swap customers' securities.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) Item 12 will apply only if the security-based swap dealer has the margin related to security futures products on deposit with:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(i) Maintains security deposits from clearing members in connection with regulated options or futures transactions and assessment power over member firms that equal a combined total of at least $2 billion, at least $500 million of which must be in the form of security deposits. For purposes of this Note E the term “security deposits” refers to a general fund, other than margin deposits or their equivalent, that consists of cash or securities held by a registered clearing agency or derivative clearing organization;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(ii) Maintains at least $3 billion in margin deposits; or
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(iii) Does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(ii) of this Note E, if the Commission has determined, upon a written request for exemption by or for the benefit of the security-based swap dealer, that the security-based swap dealer may utilize such a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization. The Commission may, in its sole discretion, grant such an exemption subject to such conditions as are appropriate under the circumstances, if the Commission determines that such conditional or unconditional exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that, if it holds funds or securities deposited as margin for security futures products in a bank, as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), obtains and preserves written notification from the bank at which it holds such funds and securities or at which such funds and securities are held on its behalf. The written notification will state that all funds and/or securities deposited with the bank as margin (including security-based swap customer security futures products margin), or held by the bank and pledged to such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing agency as margin, are being held by the bank for the exclusive benefit of clearing members of the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization (subject to the interest of such registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization therein), and are being kept separate from any other accounts maintained by the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with the bank. The written notification also will provide that such funds and/or securities will at no time be used directly or indirectly as security for a loan to the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization by the bank, and will be subject to no right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of the bank or any person claiming through the bank. This provision, however, will not prohibit a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization from pledging security-based swap customer funds or securities as collateral to a bank for any purpose that the rules of the Commission or the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization otherwise permit; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) A registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization that establishes, documents, and maintains:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(i) Safeguards in the handling, transfer, and delivery of cash and securities;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(ii) Fidelity bond coverage for its employees and agents who handle security-based swap customer funds or securities. In the case of agents of a registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization, the agent may provide the fidelity bond coverage; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(iii) Provisions for periodic examination by independent public accountants; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) A derivatives clearing organization that, if it is not otherwise registered with the Commission, has provided the Commission with a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, executed by a duly authorized person at the derivatives clearing organization, to the effect that, with respect to the clearance and settlement of the security-based swap customer security futures products of the security-based swap dealer, the derivatives clearing organization will permit the Commission to examine the books and records of the derivatives clearing organization for compliance with the requirements set forth in § 240.15c3-3a, Note E. (b)(1) through (3).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(c) Item 12 will apply only if a security-based swap dealer determines, at least annually, that the registered clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the security-based swap dealer has on deposit margin related to security futures products meets the conditions of this Note E.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44075, Aug. 22, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.548" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-5   Records to be made by certain security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is not also a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.17a-3 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) This paragraph (a) applies only to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants registered under section 15F of the Act for which there is no prudential regulator. Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant subject to this paragraph (a) must make and keep current the following books and records:
</P>
<P>(1) Blotters (or other records of original entry) containing an itemized daily record of all purchases and sales of securities (including security-based swaps), all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers), all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits. Such records must show the account for which each such purchase or sale was effected, the name and amount of securities, the unit and aggregate purchase or sale price, if any (including the financial terms for security-based swaps), the trade date, and the name or other designation of the person from whom such securities were purchased or received or to whom sold or delivered. For security-based swaps, such records must also show, for each transaction, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(2) Ledgers (or other records) reflecting all assets and liabilities, income and expense and capital accounts.
</P>
<P>(3) Ledger accounts (or other records) itemizing separately as to each account for every customer or non-customer of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, all purchases and sales, receipts and deliveries of securities (including security-based swaps) and commodities for such account and all other debits and credits to such account; and in addition, for a security-based swap, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(4) A securities record or ledger reflecting separately for each:
</P>
<P>(i) Security, other than a security-based swap, as of the clearance dates all “long” or “short” positions (including securities in safekeeping and securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements) carried by such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for its account or for the account of its customers and showing the location of all securities long and the offsetting position to all securities short, including long security count differences and short security count differences classified by the date of the physical count and verification in which they were discovered, and, in all cases the name or designation of the account in which each position is carried.
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the unique transaction identifier, the counterparty's unique identification code, whether it is a “bought” or “sold” position in the security-based swap, whether the security-based swap is cleared or not cleared, and if cleared, identification of the clearing agency where the security-based swap is cleared.
</P>
<P>(5) A memorandum of each purchase or sale of a security-based swap for the account of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant showing the price. The memorandum must also include the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority must be so designated.
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to a security other than a security-based swap, copies of confirmations of all purchases and sales of securities. With respect to a security-based swap, copies of the security-based swap trade acknowledgment and verification made in compliance with § 240.15Fi-2.
</P>
<P>(7) For each security-based swap account, a record of the unique identification code of such counterparty, the name and address of such counterparty, and a record of the authorization of each person the counterparty has granted authority to transact business in the security-based swap account.
</P>
<P>(8) A record of all puts, calls, spreads, straddles and other options in which such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has any direct or indirect interest or which such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has granted or guaranteed, containing, at least, an identification of the security, and the number of units involved.
</P>
<P>(9) A record of the proof of money balances of all ledger accounts in the form of trial balances, and a record of the computation of net capital or tangible net worth, as applicable, as of the trial balance date, pursuant to § 240.18a-1 or § 240.18a-2, respectively. Such trial balances and computations must be prepared currently at least once per month.
</P>
<P>(10)(i) A questionnaire or application for employment executed by each “associated person” (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who effects or is involved in effecting security-based swaps on the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's behalf, which questionnaire or application must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and must contain at least the following information with respect to the associated person:
</P>
<P>(A) The associated person's name, address, social security number, and the starting date of the associated person's employment or other association with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(B) The associated person's date of birth;
</P>
<P>(C) A complete, consecutive statement of all the associated person's business connections for at least the preceding ten years, including whether the employment was part-time or full-time;
</P>
<P>(D) A record of any denial of membership or registration, and of any disciplinary action taken, or sanction imposed, upon the associated person by any Federal or state agency, or by any national securities exchange or national securities association, including any finding that the associated person was a cause of any disciplinary action or had violated any law;
</P>
<P>(E) A record of any denial, suspension, expulsion or revocation of membership or registration of any broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with which the associated person was associated in any capacity at the time such action was taken;
</P>
<P>(F) A record of any permanent or temporary injunction entered against the associated person, or any broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with which the associated person was associated in any capacity at the time such injunction was entered;
</P>
<P>(G) A record of any arrest or indictment for any felony, or any misdemeanor pertaining to securities, commodities, banking, insurance or real estate (including, but not limited to, acting or being associated with a broker or dealer, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, investment company, investment adviser, futures sponsor, bank, or savings and loan association), fraud, false statements or omissions, wrongful taking of property or bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, and the disposition of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(H) A record of any other name or names by which the associated person has been known or which the associated person has used.
</P>
<P>(ii) A record listing every associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant which shows, for each associated person, every office of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant where the associated person regularly conducts the business of handling funds or securities or effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of any security, for the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and the Central Registration Depository number, if any, and every internal identification number or code assigned to that person by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is not required to make and keep current a questionnaire or application for employment executed by an associated person if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is excluded from the prohibition in section 15F(b)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)) with respect to such associated person; and
</P>
<P>(B) A questionnaire or application for employment executed by an associated person who is not a U.S. person (as that term is defined in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4)(i)(A)) need not include the information described in paragraphs (a)(10)(i)(A) through (H) of this section, unless the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required to obtain such information under applicable law in the jurisdiction in which the associated person is employed or located or obtains such information in conducting a background check that is customary for such firms in that jurisdiction and the creation or maintenance of records reflecting that information, would not result in a violation of applicable law in the jurisdiction in which the associated person is employed or located; <I>provided, however,</I> the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must comply with section 15F(b)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)).
</P>
<P>(11) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(12) A record of the daily calculation of the current exposure and, if applicable, the initial margin amount for each account of a counterparty required under § 240.18a-3(c).
</P>
<P>(13) A record of compliance with possession or control requirements under § 240.18a-4(b).
</P>
<P>(14) A record of the reserve computation required under § 240.18a-4(c).
</P>
<P>(15) A record of each security-based swap transaction that is not verified under § 240.15Fi-2 within five business days of execution that includes, at a minimum, the unique transaction identifier and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(16) A record documenting that the security-based swap dealer has complied with the business conduct standards as required under § 240.15Fh-6.
</P>
<P>(17) A record documenting that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has complied with the business conduct standards as required under §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-5 and 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(18)(i) A record of each security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3 or otherwise, including the dates of the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, the number of portfolio reconciliation discrepancies, the number of security-based swap valuation disputes (including the time-to-resolution of each valuation dispute and the age of outstanding valuation disputes, categorized by transaction and counterparty), and the name of the third-party entity performing the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, if any.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of each notification required to be provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3(c).
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of each bilateral offset and each bilateral portfolio compression exercise or multilateral portfolio compression exercise in which it participates, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-4 or otherwise, including the dates of the offset or compression, the security-based swaps included in the offset or compression, the identity of the counterparties participating in the offset or compression, the results of the compression, and the name of the third-party entity performing the offset or compression, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) This paragraph (b) applies only to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants registered under section 15F of the Act for which there is a prudential regulator. Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant subject to this paragraph (b) must make and keep current the following books and records:
</P>
<P>(1) For security-based swaps and any other positions related to the firm's business as such, blotters (or other records of original entry) containing an itemized daily record of all purchases and sales of securities (including security-based swaps), all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers), all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits. Such records must show, the account for which each such purchase and sale was effected, the name and amount of securities, the unit and aggregate purchase or sale price (if any, including the financial terms for security-based swaps), the trade date, and the name or other designation of the person from whom such securities were purchased or received or to whom sold or delivered. For security-based swaps, such records must also show, for each transaction, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(2) Ledger accounts (or other records) itemizing separately as to each account for every security-based swap customer or non-customer of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities (including security-based swaps) and commodities for such account and all other debits and credits to such account; and in addition, for a security-based swap, the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(3) For security-based swaps and any securities positions related to the firm's business as a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant, a securities record or ledger reflecting separately for each:
</P>
<P>(i) Security, other than a security-based swap, as of the clearance dates all “long” or “short” positions (including securities in safekeeping and securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements) carried by such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for its account or for the account of its customers and showing the location of all securities long and the offsetting position to all securities short, including long security count differences and short security count differences classified by the date of the physical count and verification in which they were discovered, and in all cases the name or designation of the account in which each position is carried.
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the unique transaction identifier, the counterparty's unique identification code, whether it is a “bought” or “sold” position in the security-based swap, whether the security-based swap is cleared or not cleared, and if cleared, identification of the clearing agency where the security-based swap is cleared.
</P>
<P>(4) A memorandum of each brokerage order, and of any other instruction, given or received for the purchase or sale of a security-based swap, whether executed or unexecuted. The memorandum must show the terms and conditions of the order or instructions and of any modification or cancellation thereof; the account for which entered; the time the order was received; the time of entry; the price at which executed; the identity of each associated person, if any, responsible for the account; the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer, or, if a customer entered the order on an electronic system, a notation of that entry; and, to the extent feasible, the time of execution or cancellation. The memorandum also must include the type of the security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or associated person thereof, must be so designated. The term <I>instruction</I> must include instructions between partners and employees of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. The term <I>time of entry</I> means the time when the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant transmits the order or instruction for execution.
</P>
<P>(5) A memorandum of each purchase or sale of a security-based swap for the account of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant showing the price. The memorandum must also include the type of security-based swap, the reference security, index, or obligor, the date and time of execution, the effective date, the scheduled termination date, the notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed, the unique transaction identifier, and the counterparty's unique identification code. An order entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary authority must be so designated.
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to a security other than a security-based swap, copies of confirmations of all purchases and sales of securities related to the business of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. With respect to a security-based swap, copies of the security-based swap trade acknowledgment and verification made in compliance with § 240.15Fi-2.
</P>
<P>(7) For each security-based swap account, a record of the counterparty's unique identification code, the name and address of such counterparty, and a record of the authorization of each person the counterparty has granted authority to transact business in the security-based swap account.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) A questionnaire or application for employment executed by each “associated person” (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who effects or is involved in effecting security-based swaps on the security-based swap dealer's or major security-based swap participant's behalf, which questionnaire or application must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and must contain at least the following information with respect to the associated person:
</P>
<P>(A) The associated person's name, address, social security number, and the starting date of the associated person's employment or other association with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(B) The associated person's date of birth;
</P>
<P>(C) A complete, consecutive statement of all the associated person's business connections for at least the preceding ten years, including whether the employment was part-time or full-time;
</P>
<P>(D) A record of any denial of membership or registration, and of any disciplinary action taken, or sanction imposed, upon the associated person by any Federal or state agency, or by any national securities exchange or national securities association, including any finding that the associated person was a cause of any disciplinary action or had violated any law;
</P>
<P>(E) A record of any denial, suspension, expulsion or revocation of membership or registration of any broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with which the associated person was associated in any capacity at the time such action was taken;
</P>
<P>(F) A record of any permanent or temporary injunction entered against the associated person, or any broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with which the associated person was associated in any capacity at the time such injunction was entered;
</P>
<P>(G) A record of any arrest or indictment for any felony, or any misdemeanor pertaining to securities, commodities, banking, insurance or real estate (including, but not limited to, acting or being associated with a broker or dealer, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, investment company, investment adviser, futures sponsor, bank, or savings and loan association), fraud, false statements or omissions, wrongful taking of property or bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, and the disposition of the foregoing; and
</P>
<P>(H) A record of any other name or names by which the associated person has been known or which the associated person has used.
</P>
<P>(ii) A record listing every associated person of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant which shows, for each associated person, every office of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant where the associated person regularly conducts the business of handling funds or securities or effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of any security, for the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and every internal identification number or code assigned to that person by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is not required to make and keep current a questionnaire or application for employment executed by an associated person if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is excluded from the prohibition in section 15F(b)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)) with respect to such associated person; and
</P>
<P>(B) A questionnaire or application for employment executed by an associated person who is not a U.S. person (as that term is defined in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4)(i)(A)) need not include the information described in paragraphs (b)(8)(i)(A) through (H) of this section, unless the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is required to obtain such information under applicable law in the jurisdiction in which the associated person is employed or located or obtains such information in conducting a background check that is customary for such firms in that jurisdiction and the creation or maintenance of records reflecting that information would not result in a violation of applicable law in the jurisdiction in which the associated person is employed or located; <I>provided, however,</I> the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must comply with Section 15F(b)(6) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)(6)).
</P>
<P>(9) A record of compliance with possession or control requirements under § 240.18a-4(b).
</P>
<P>(10) A record of the reserve computation required under § 240.18a-4(c).
</P>
<P>(11) A record of each security-based swap transaction that is not verified under § 240.15Fi-2 within five business days of execution that includes, at a minimum, the unique transaction identifier and the counterparty's unique identification code.
</P>
<P>(12) A record documenting that the security-based swap dealer has complied with the business conduct standards as required under § 240.15Fh-6.
</P>
<P>(13) A record documenting that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has complied with the business conduct standards as required under § 240.15Fh-1 through § 240.15Fh-5 and § 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(14)(i) A record of each security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3 or otherwise, including the dates of the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, the number of portfolio reconciliation discrepancies, the number of security-based swap valuation disputes (including the time-to-resolution of each valuation dispute and the age of outstanding valuation disputes, categorized by transaction and counterparty), and the name of the third-party entity performing the security-based swap portfolio reconciliation, if any.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of each notification required to be provided to the Commission pursuant to § 240.15Fi-3(c).
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of each bilateral offset and each bilateral portfolio compression exercise or multilateral portfolio compression exercise in which it participates, whether conducted pursuant to § 240.15Fi-4 or otherwise, including the dates of the offset or compression, the security-based swaps included in the offset or compression, the identity of the counterparties participating in the offset or compression, the results of the compression, and the name of the third-party entity performing the offset or compression, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may comply with the recordkeeping requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title applicable to swap dealers and major swap participants in lieu of complying with paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (4) or paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable, solely with respect to required information regarding security-based swap transactions and positions if:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant pursuant to section 15F of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant pursuant to section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title;
</P>
<P>(3) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is subject to 17 CFR 23.201, 23.202, 23.402, and 23.501 with respect to its swap-related books and records;
</P>
<P>(4) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant preserves all of the data elements necessary to create the records required by paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (4) or paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable, as they pertain to security-based swap and swap transactions and positions;
</P>
<P>(5) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant upon request furnishes promptly to representatives of the Commission the records required by paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (4) or paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, as applicable, as well as the records required by 17 CFR 23.201, 23.202, 23.402, and 23.501 as they pertain to security-based swap and swap transactions and positions in the format applicable to that category of record as set forth in this section; and
</P>
<P>(6) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant provides notice of its intent to utilize this paragraph (c) by notifying in writing the Commission, both at the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC and at the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the registrant has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The term <I>associated person</I> means for purposes of this section a <I>person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant</I> as that term is defined in section 3(a)(70) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(70)).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>associated person,</I> as to an entity supervised by a prudential regulator, includes only those persons whose activities relate to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68656, Dec. 16, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 6353, 6416, Feb. 4, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.549" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-6   Records to be preserved by certain security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is not also a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.17a-4 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: A member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all records required to be made pursuant to § 240.18a-5(a)(1) through (4).
</P>
<P>(2) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant for which there is a prudential regulator must preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all records required to be made pursuant to § 240.18a-5(b)(1) through (3).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(i) All records required to be made pursuant to § 240.18a-5(a)(5) through (9) and (12) through (18).
</P>
<P>(ii) All check books, bank statements, cancelled checks, and cash reconciliations.
</P>
<P>(iii) All bills receivable or payable (or copies thereof), paid or unpaid, relating to the business of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, as such.
</P>
<P>(iv) Originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent (and any approvals thereof) by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to its business as such. As used in this paragraph (b)(1)(iv), the term “communications” includes sales scripts and recordings of telephone calls required to be maintained pursuant to section 15F(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10(g)(1)).
</P>
<P>(v) All trial balances and computations of net capital or tangible net worth requirements (and working papers in connection therewith), as applicable, financial statements, branch office reconciliations, and internal audit working papers, relating to the business of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant as such.
</P>
<P>(vi) All guarantees of security-based swap accounts and all powers of attorney and other evidence of the granting of any discretionary authority given in respect of any security-based swap account, and copies of resolutions empowering an agent to act on behalf of a corporation.
</P>
<P>(vii) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant relating to its business as such, including agreements with respect to any account. Written agreements with respect to a security-based swap customer or non-customer, including governing documents or any document establishing the terms and conditions of the customer's or non-customer's security-based swaps must be maintained with the customer's or non-customer's account records.
</P>
<P>(viii) Records which contain the following information in support of amounts included in the report prepared as of the audit date on Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) and in annual financial statements required by § 240.18a-7(d):
</P>
<P>(A) Money balance and position, long or short, including description, quantity, price, and valuation of each security, including contractual commitments, in security-based swap customers' accounts, in fully secured accounts, partly secured accounts, unsecured accounts, and in securities accounts payable to security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(B) Money balance and position, long or short, including description, quantity, price, and valuation of each security, including contractual commitments, in security-based swap non-customers' accounts, in fully secured accounts, partly secured accounts, unsecured accounts, and in security-based swap accounts payable to non-security-based swap customers;
</P>
<P>(C) Position, long or short, including description, quantity, price, and valuation of each security, including contractual commitments, included in the Computation of Net Capital as commitments, securities owned, securities owned not readily marketable, and other investments owned not readily marketable;
</P>
<P>(D) Description of futures commodity contracts or swaps, contract value on trade date, market value, gain or loss, and liquidating equity or deficit in customers' and non-customers' accounts;
</P>
<P>(E) Description of futures commodity contracts or swaps, contract value on trade date, market value, gain or loss and liquidating equity or deficit in trading and investment accounts;
</P>
<P>(F) Description, money balance, quantity, price, and valuation of each spot commodity and swap position or commitments in customers' and non-customers' accounts;
</P>
<P>(G) Description, money balance, quantity, price, and valuation of each spot commodity and swap position or commitments in trading and investment accounts;
</P>
<P>(H) Number of shares, description of security, exercise price, cost, and market value of put and call options, including short out of the money options having no market or exercise value, showing listed and unlisted put and call options separately;
</P>
<P>(I) Quantity, price, and valuation of each security underlying the haircut for undue concentration made in the Computation of Net Capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1;
</P>
<P>(J) Description, quantity, price, and valuation of each security and commodity position or contractual commitment, long or short, in each joint account in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has an interest, including each participant's interest and margin deposit;
</P>
<P>(K) Description, settlement date, contract amount, quantity, market price, and valuation for each aged failed to deliver requiring a charge in the Computation of Net Capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1;
</P>
<P>(L) Detail relating to information for possession or control requirements under § 240.18a-4 and reported on Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(M) Detail of all items, not otherwise substantiated, which are charged or credited in the Computation of Net Capital pursuant to §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-2, such as cash margin deficiencies, deductions related to securities values and undue concentration, aged securities differences, and insurance claims receivable;
</P>
<P>(N) Detail relating to the calculation of the risk margin amount pursuant to § 240.18a-1(c)(6); and
</P>
<P>(O) Other schedules which are specifically prescribed by the Commission as necessary to support information reported as required by § 240.18a-7.
</P>
<P>(ix) The records required to be made pursuant to § 240.15c3-4 and the results of the periodic reviews conducted pursuant to § 240.15c3-4(d).
</P>
<P>(x) The records required to be made pursuant to § 240.18a-1(e)(2)(iii)(F)(<I>1</I>) and (<I>2</I>).
</P>
<P>(xi) A copy of information required to be reported under §§ 242.901 through 242.909 of this chapter (Regulation SBSR).
</P>
<P>(xii) Copies of documents, communications, disclosures, and notices related to business conduct standards as required under §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6 and 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Copies of documents used to make a reasonable determination with respect to special entities, including information relating to the financial status, the tax status, and the investment or financing objectives of the special entity as required under sections 15F(h)(4)(C) and (5)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10(h)(4)(C) and (5)(A)).
</P>
<P>(2) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant for which there is a prudential regulator must preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(i) All records required to be made pursuant to § 240.18a-5(b)(4) through (7) and (9) through (14).
</P>
<P>(ii) Originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent (and any approvals thereof) by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant. As used in this paragraph (b)(2)(ii), the term “communications” includes sales scripts and recordings of telephone calls required to be maintained pursuant to section 15F(g)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10(g)(1)).
</P>
<P>(iii) All guarantees of security-based swap accounts and all powers of attorney and other evidence of the granting of any discretionary authority given in respect of any security-based swap account, and copies of resolutions empowering an agent to act on behalf of a corporation.
</P>
<P>(iv) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant relating to its business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, including agreements with respect to any account. Written agreements with respect to a security-based swap customer or non-customer, including governing documents or any document establishing the terms and conditions of the customer's or non-customer's security-based swaps, must be maintained with the customer's or non-customer's account records.
</P>
<P>(v) Detail relating to information for possession or control requirements under § 240.18a-4 and reported on Part IIC of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) that is in support of amounts included in the report prepared as of the audit date on Part IIC of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) and in the registrant's annual reports required by § 240.18a-7(c).
</P>
<P>(vi) A copy of information required to be reported under Regulation SBSR (§§ 242.901 through 242.909 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(vii) Copies of documents, communications, disclosures, and notices related to business conduct standards as required under §§ 240.15Fh-1 through 240.15Fh-6 and 240.15Fk-1.
</P>
<P>(viii) Copies of documents used to make a reasonable determination with respect to special entities, including information relating to the financial status, the tax status, and the investment or financing objectives of the special entity as required under sections 15F(h)(4)(C) and (5)(A) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant subject to this section must preserve during the life of the enterprise and of any successor enterprise all partnership articles or, in the case of a corporation, all articles of incorporation or charter, minute books, and stock certificate books (or, in the case of any other form of legal entity, all records such as articles of organization or formation and minute books used for a purpose similar to those records required for corporations or partnerships), all Forms SBSE (§ 249.1600 of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-C (§ 249.1600c of this chapter), all Forms SBSE-W (§ 249.1601 of this chapter), all amendments to these forms, and all licenses or other documentation showing the registration of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with any securities regulatory authority or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant subject to this section must maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All records required under § 240.18a-5(a)(10) or (b)(8) until at least three years after the associated person's employment and any other connection with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has terminated.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants for which there is not a prudential regulator, each report which a securities regulatory authority or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has requested or required the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to make and furnish to it pursuant to an order or settlement, and each securities regulatory authority or Commodity Futures Trading Commission examination report until three years after the date of the report.
</P>
<P>(ii) For security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants for which there is a prudential regulator, each report related to security-based swap activities which a securities regulatory authority, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a prudential regulator has requested or required the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to make and furnish to it pursuant to an order or settlement, and each securities regulatory authority, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or prudential regulator examination report until three years after the date of the report.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) For security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants for which there is not a prudential regulator, each compliance, supervisory, and procedures manual, including any updates, modifications, and revisions to the manual, describing the policies and practices of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with respect to compliance with applicable laws and rules, and supervision of the activities of each natural person associated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant until three years after the termination of the use of the manual.
</P>
<P>(ii) For security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants for which there is a prudential regulator, each compliance, supervisory, and procedures manual, including any updates, modifications, and revisions to the manual, describing the policies and practices of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with respect to compliance with applicable laws and rules relating to security-based swap activities, and supervision of the activities of each natural person associated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant until three years after the termination of the use of the manual.
</P>
<P>(4) The written policies and procedures required pursuant to §§ 240.15Fi-3, 240.15Fi-4, and 240.15Fi-5 until three years after termination of the use of the policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Each written agreement with counterparties on the terms of portfolio reconciliation with those counterparties as required to be created under § 240.15Fi-3(a)(1) and (b)(1) until three years after the termination of the agreement and all transactions governed thereby.
</P>
<P>(ii) Security-based swap trading relationship documentation with counterparties required to be created under § 240.15Fi-5 until three years after the termination of such documentation and all transactions governed thereby.
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of the results of each audit required to be performed pursuant to § 240.15Fi-5(c) until three years after the conclusion of the audit.
</P>
<P>(e) Subject to the conditions set forth in this paragraph (e), the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.18a-5 and this section may be immediately produced or reproduced by means of an electronic recordkeeping system and be maintained and preserved for the required time in that form.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this paragraph (e):
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>electronic recordkeeping system</I> means a system that preserves records in a digital format in a manner that permits the records to be viewed and downloaded;
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>designated executive officer</I> means a member of senior management of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system either directly or through a <I>designated specialist</I> who reports directly or indirectly to the designated executive officer;
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>designated officer</I> means an employee of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who reports directly or indirectly to the designated executive officer and who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system either directly or through a <I>designated specialist</I> who reports directly or indirectly to the designated officer;
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>designated specialist</I> means an employee of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who has access to, and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on, the electronic recordkeeping system; and
</P>
<P>(v) The term <I>designated third party</I> means a person that is not affiliated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant who has access to and the ability to provide records maintained and preserved on the electronic recordkeeping system.
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic recordkeeping system of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant without a prudential regulator must:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Preserve a record for the duration of its applicable retention period in a manner that maintains a complete time-stamped audit trail that includes:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) All modifications to and deletions of the record or any part thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The date and time of actions that create, modify, or delete the record;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If applicable, the identity of the individual creating, modifying, or deleting the record; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Any other information needed to maintain an audit trail of the record in a way that maintains security, signatures, and data to ensure the authenticity and reliability of the record and will permit re-creation of the original record if it is modified or deleted; or
</P>
<P>(B) Preserve the records exclusively in a non-rewriteable, non-erasable format;
</P>
<P>(ii) Verify automatically the completeness and accuracy of the processes for storing and retaining records electronically;
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, serialize the original and duplicate units of the storage media, and time-date the required period of retention for the information placed on such electronic storage media;
</P>
<P>(iv) Have the capacity to readily download and transfer copies of a record and its audit trail (if applicable) in both a human readable format and in a reasonably usable electronic format and to readily download and transfer the information needed to locate the electronic record, as required by the staffs of the Commission, or any State regulator having jurisdiction over the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant; and
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Include a backup electronic recordkeeping system that meets the other requirements of this paragraph (e) and that retains the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.18a-5 and in accordance with this section in a manner that will serve as a redundant set of records if the original electronic recordkeeping system is temporarily or permanently inaccessible; or
</P>
<P>(B) Have other redundancy capabilities that are designed to ensure access to the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.18a-5 and this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant using an electronic recordkeeping system must:
</P>
<P>(i) At all times have available, for examination by the staffs of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction over the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, facilities for immediately producing the records preserved by means of the electronic recordkeeping system and for producing copies of those records.
</P>
<P>(ii) Be ready at all times to provide, and immediately provide, any record stored by means of the electronic recordkeeping system that the staffs of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction over the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may request.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant operating pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(i)(B) of this section, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must have in place an audit system providing for accountability regarding inputting of records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to § 240.18a-5 and this section to the electronic recordkeeping system and inputting of any changes made to every original and duplicate record maintained and preserved thereby.
</P>
<P>(A) At all times a security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant must be able to have the results of such audit system available for examination by the staff of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(B) The audit results must be preserved for the time required for the audited records.
</P>
<P>(iv) Organize, maintain, keep current, and provide promptly upon request by the staffs of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction over the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant all information necessary to access and locate records preserved by means of the electronic recordkeeping system.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) Have at all times filed with the Commission the following undertakings with respect to such records signed by either a designated executive officer or designated third party (hereinafter, the “undersigned”):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby undertakes to furnish promptly to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and its designees or representatives, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant], upon reasonable request, such information as is deemed necessary by the staff of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant], to download copies of a record and its audit trail (if applicable) preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system of [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant] into both a human readable format and a reasonably usable electronic format in the event of a failure on the part of [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant] to download a requested record or its audit trail (if applicable).
</P>
<P>Furthermore, the undersigned hereby undertakes to take reasonable steps to provide access to the information preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system of [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant], including, as appropriate, downloading any record required to be maintained and preserved by [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant] pursuant to §§ 240.18a-5 and 240.18a-6 in a format acceptable to the staff of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction over [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant]. Specifically, the undersigned will take reasonable steps to, in the event of a failure on the part of [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant] to download the record into a human readable format or a reasonably usable electronic format and after reasonable notice to [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant], download the record into a human readable format or a reasonably usable electronic format at the request of the staff of the Commission or any State regulator having jurisdiction [Name of the Security-Based Swap Dealer or Major Security-Based Swap Participant].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) A designated executive officer who signs the undertaking required pursuant to paragraph (e)(3)(v)(A) of this section may:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Appoint in writing up to two designated officers who will take the steps necessary to fulfill the obligations of the designated executive officer set forth in the undertakings in the event the designated executive officer is unable to fulfill those obligations; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Appoint in writing up to three designated specialists.
</P>
<P>(C) The appointment of, or reliance on, a designated officer or designated specialist does not relieve the designated executive officer of the obligations set forth in the undertaking.
</P>
<P>(f)(1)(i) If the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of § 240.18a-5 and this section are prepared or maintained by a third party, including by a third party that owns and operates the servers or other storage devices on which the records are preserved or maintained, on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, the third party must file with the Commission a written undertaking in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that such records are the property of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and will be surrendered promptly on request of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and including the following provision:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>With respect to any books and records maintained or preserved on behalf of [SBSD or MSBSP], the undersigned hereby undertakes to permit examination of such books and records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to promptly furnish to said Commission or its designee true, correct, complete, and current hard copies of any or all or any part of such books and records.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii)(A) If the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of § 240.18a-5 and this section are maintained and preserved by means of an electronic recordkeeping system as defined in paragraph (e) of this section utilizing servers or other storage devices that are owned or operated by a third party (including an affiliate) and the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has <I>independent access</I> to the records as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, the third party may file with the Commission the following undertaking signed by a duly authorized person in lieu of the undertaking required under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the records of [SBSD or MSBSP] are the property of [SBSD or MSBSP] and [SBSD or MSBSP] has represented: one, that it is subject to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the maintenance and preservation of certain records, two, that it has independent access to the records maintained by [name of third party], and, three, that it consents to [name of third party] fulfilling the obligations set forth in this undertaking. The undersigned undertakes that [name of third party] will facilitate within its ability, and not impede or prevent, the examination, access, download, or transfer of the records by a representative or designee of the Securities and Exchange Commission as permitted under the law.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant utilizing servers or other storage devices that are owned or operated by a third party has independent access to records with respect to such third party if it can regularly access the records without the need of any intervention of the third party and through such access:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Permit examination of the records at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives or designees of the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Promptly furnish to the Commission or its designee a true, correct, complete and current hard copy of any or all or any part of such records.
</P>
<P>(2) Agreement with a third party will not relieve such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant from the responsibility to prepare and maintain records as specified in this section or in § 240.18a-5.
</P>
<P>(g) Every security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant subject to this section must furnish promptly to a representative of the Commission legible, true, complete, and current copies of those records of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that are required to be preserved under this section, or any other records of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant subject to examination or required to be made or maintained pursuant to section 15F of the Act that are requested by a representative of the Commission. The security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant must furnish a record and its audit trail (if applicable) preserved on an electronic recordkeeping system pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section in a reasonably usable electronic format, if requested by a representative of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>securities regulatory authority</I> means the Commission, any self-regulatory organization, or any securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of the States.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>associated person</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.18a-5(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68659, Dec. 16, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 6416, Feb. 4, 2020; 85 FR 33021, June 1, 2020; 87 FR 66450, Nov. 3, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.550" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-7   Reports to be made by certain security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is not also a broker or dealer, other than an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also an OTC derivatives dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.17a-5 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: Except as provided above, a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act; and a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a major-security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of reports.</I> (1) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must file with the Commission or its designee Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 17 business days after the end of each month.
</P>
<P>(2) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is a prudential regulator must file with the Commission or its designee Part IIC of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(3) Security-based swap dealers that have been authorized by the Commission to compute net capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1(d), must file the following additional reports with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(i) For each product for which the security-based swap dealer calculates a deduction for market risk other than in accordance with § 240.18a-1(e)(1)(i) and (iii), the product category and the amount of the deduction for market risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(ii) A graph reflecting, for each business line, the daily intra-month value at risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate value at risk for the security-based swap dealer within 17 business days after end of the month;
</P>
<P>(iv) For each product for which the security-based swap dealer uses scenario analysis, the product category and the deduction for market risk within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(v) Credit risk information on security-based swap, mixed swap and swap exposures, within 17 business days after the end of the month, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Overall current exposure;
</P>
<P>(B) Current exposure (including commitments) listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(C) The ten largest commitments listed by counterparty;
</P>
<P>(D) The broker's or dealer's maximum potential exposure listed by counterparty for the 15 largest exposures;
</P>
<P>(E) The broker's or dealer's aggregate maximum potential exposure;
</P>
<P>(F) A summary report reflecting the broker's or dealer's current and maximum potential exposures by credit rating category; and
</P>
<P>(G) A summary report reflecting the broker's or dealer's current exposure for each of the top ten countries to which the broker or dealer is exposed (by residence of the main operating group of the counterparty);
</P>
<P>(vi) Regular risk reports supplied to the security-based swap dealer's senior management in the format described in the application, within 17 business days after the end of the month;
</P>
<P>(vii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(viii) A report identifying the number of business days for which the actual daily net trading loss exceeded the corresponding daily VaR within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter; and
</P>
<P>(ix) The results of backtesting of all internal models used to compute allowable capital, including VaR and credit risk models, indicating the number of backtesting exceptions within 17 business days after the end of each calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Customer disclosures.</I> (1) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must make publicly available on its website within 10 business days after the date the firm is required to file with the Commission the annual reports pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A Statement of Financial Condition with appropriate notes prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles which must be audited;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the amount of the security-based swap dealer's net capital and its required net capital, computed in accordance with § 240.18a-1. Such statement must include summary financial statements of subsidiaries consolidated pursuant to § 240.18a-1c (appendix C to § 240.18a-1 (Rule 18a-1)), where material, and the effect thereof on the net capital and required net capital of the security-based swap dealer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If, in connection with the most recent annual reports required under paragraph (c) of this section, the report of the independent public accountant required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section covering the report of the security-based swap dealer required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section identifies one or more material weaknesses, a copy of the report.
</P>
<P>(2) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must make publicly available on its website unaudited statements as of the date that is 6 months after the date of the most recent audited statements filed with the Commission under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. These reports must be made publicly available within 30 calendar days of the date of the statements.
</P>
<P>(3) The information that is made publicly available pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section must also be made available in writing, upon request, to any person that has a security-based swap account. The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must maintain a toll-free telephone number to receive such requests.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual reports</I>—(1) <I>Reports required to be filed.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act for which there is no prudential regulator must file annually, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) A financial report as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) If the security-based swap dealer did not claim it was exempt from § 240.18a-4 throughout the most recent fiscal year, a compliance report as described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section executed by the person who makes the oath or affirmation under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the security-based swap dealer did claim it was exempt from § 240.18a-4 throughout the most recent fiscal year, an exemption report as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section executed by the person who makes the oath or affirmation under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) A report prepared by an independent public accountant, under the engagement provisions in paragraph (e) of this section, covering each report required to be filed under paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) The reports required to be filed under this paragraph (c) must be as of the same fiscal year end each year, unless a change is approved in writing by the Commission. The original request for a change must be filed at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. A copy of the written approval must be sent to the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(iii) A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant succeeding to and continuing the business of another security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant need not file reports under this paragraph (c) as of a date in the fiscal year in which the succession occurs if the predecessor security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has filed the reports in compliance with this paragraph (c) as of a date in such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial report.</I> The financial report must contain:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A Statement of Financial Condition, a Statement of Income, a Statement of Cash Flows, a Statement of Changes in Stockholders' or Partners' or Sole Proprietor's Equity, and Statement of Changes in Liabilities Subordinated to Claims of General Creditors. The statements must be prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and must be in a format that is consistent with the statements contained in Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(B) If there is other comprehensive income in the period(s) presented, the financial report must contain a Statement of Comprehensive Income (as defined in § 210.1-02 of this chapter) in place of a Statement of Income.
</P>
<P>(ii) Supporting schedules that include, from Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter), a Computation of Net Capital under § 240.18a-1, a Computation of Tangible Net Worth under § 240.18a-2, a Computation for Determination of Security-Based Swap Customer Reserve Requirements under § 240.18a-4a (Exhibit A of § 240.18a-4), and Information Relating to the Possession or Control Requirements for Security-Based Swap Customers under § 240.18a-4, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(iii) If any of the Computation of Net Capital under § 240.18a-1, the Computation of Tangible Net Worth under § 240.18a-2, or the Computation for Determination of Security-Based Swap Customer Reserve Requirements under Exhibit A of § 240.18a-4 in the financial report is materially different from the corresponding computation in the most recent Part II of Form X-17A-5 (§ 249.617 of this chapter) filed by the registrant pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a reconciliation, including appropriate explanations, between the computation in the financial report and the computation in the most recent Part II of Form X-17A-5 filed by the registrant. If no material differences exist, a statement so indicating must be included in the financial report.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compliance report.</I> (i) The compliance report must contain:
</P>
<P>(A) Statements as to whether:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The security-based swap dealer has established and maintained Internal Control Over Compliance as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Internal Control Over Compliance of the security-based swap dealer was effective during the most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The Internal Control Over Compliance of the security-based swap dealer was effective as of the end of the most recent fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The security-based swap dealer was in compliance with §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-4(c) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The information the security-based swap dealer used to state whether it was in compliance with §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-4(c) was derived from the books and records of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(B) If applicable, a description of each identified material weakness in the Internal Control Over Compliance of the security-based swap dealer during the most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(C) If applicable, a description of an instance of non-compliance with § 240.18a-1 or § 240.18a-4(c) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>Internal Control Over Compliance</I> means internal controls that have the objective of providing the security-based swap dealer with reasonable assurance that non-compliance with § 240.18a-1, § 240.18a-4(c), § 240.18a-9, or § 240.17a-13, as applicable, will be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap dealer is not permitted to conclude that its Internal Control Over Compliance was effective during the most recent fiscal year if there were one or more material weaknesses in its Internal Control Over Compliance during the most recent fiscal year. The security-based swap dealer is not permitted to conclude that its Internal Control Over Compliance was effective as of the end of the most recent fiscal year if there were one or more material weaknesses in its internal control as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. A <I>material weakness</I> is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in Internal Control Over Compliance such that there is a reasonable possibility that non-compliance with § 240.18a-1 or § 240.18a-4(c) will not be prevented, or detected on a timely basis or that non-compliance to a material extent with § 240.18a-4, except for paragraph (c), or § 240.18a-9 or § 240.17a-13, as applicable, will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in Internal Control Over Compliance exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow the management or employees of the security-based swap dealer in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect on a timely basis non-compliance with § 240.18a-1, § 240.18a-4, § 240.18a-9, or § 240.17a-13, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exemption report.</I> The exemption report must contain the following statements made to the best knowledge and belief of the security-based swap dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the security-based swap dealer met the exemption provisions in § 240.18a-4(f) throughout the most recent fiscal year without exception or that it met the exemption provisions in § 240.18a-4(f) throughout the most recent fiscal year except as described under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If applicable, a statement that identifies each exception during the most recent fiscal year in meeting the exemption provisions in § 240.18a-4(f) and that briefly describes the nature of each exception and the approximate date(s) on which the exception existed.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Timing of filing.</I> The annual reports must be filed not more than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of the fiscal year of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Filing with the Commission.</I> The annual reports must be filed with the Commission electronically on EDGAR in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual, as defined in 17 CFR 232.11 (Rule 11 of Regulation S-T), and must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). The annual reports must be provided as an Interactive Data File in accordance with 17 CFR 232.405 (Rule 405 of Regulation S-T).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nature and form of reports.</I> The annual reports filed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section must be prepared and filed in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) <I>Oath or affirmation.</I> The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must attach to the annual reports an oath or affirmation that, to the best knowledge and belief of the person making the oath or affirmation:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial report is true and correct; and
</P>
<P>(B) Neither the registrant, nor any partner, officer, director, or equivalent person, as the case may be, has any proprietary interest in any account classified solely as that of a customer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The oath or affirmation must be made before a person duly authorized to administer such oaths or affirmations. If the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is a sole proprietorship, the oath or affirmation must be made by the proprietor; if a partnership, by a general partner; if a corporation, by a duly authorized officer; or if a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, manager, managing member, or those members vested with management authority for the limited liability company or limited liability partnership.
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must keep the original oath or affirmation for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place in accordance with the requirements of § 240.18a-6 of this chapter (Rule 18a-6 under the Exchange Act).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confidentiality.</I> The annual reports filed under paragraph (c) of this section may be filed as:
</P>
<P>(i) One public document; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Two documents:
</P>
<P>(A) A document consisting of the Statement of Financial Condition, the notes to the Statement of Financial Condition, and the report of the independent public accountant covering the Statement of Financial Condition, which is not confidential; and
</P>
<P>(B) A document containing the balance of the annual reports for which confidential treatment may be requested and which will be deemed confidential for the purposes of section 24(b) of the Act. However, the annual reports, including the confidential portions, will be available for official use by any official or employee of the U.S. or any State, and by any other person if the Commission authorizes disclosure of the annual reports to that person. Nothing contained in paragraph (d)(2) of this section may be construed to be in derogation of the rights of customers of a security-based-swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, upon request to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, to obtain information relative to its financial condition.








</P>
<P>(e) <I>Independent public accountant</I>—(1) <I>Qualifications of independent public accountant.</I> The independent public accountant must be qualified and independent in accordance with § 210.2-01 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Statement regarding independent public accountant.</I> (i) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that is required to file annual reports under paragraph (c) of this section must file no later than December 10 of each year (or 30 days after effective date of its registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant if earlier) a statement as prescribed in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which its principal place of business is located. The statement must be dated no later than December 1 (or 20 calendar days after the effective date of its registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, if earlier). If the engagement of an independent public accountant is of a continuing nature, providing for successive engagements, no further filing is required. If the engagement is for a single year, or if the most recent engagement has been terminated or amended, a new statement must be filed by the required date.
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement must be headed “Statement regarding independent public accountant under Rule 18a-7(e)(2)” and must contain the following information and representations:
</P>
<P>(A) Name, address, telephone number and registration number of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(B) Name, address, and telephone number of the independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(C) The date of the fiscal year of the annual reports of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant covered by the engagement.
</P>
<P>(D) Whether the engagement is for a single year or is of a continuing nature.
</P>
<P>(E) A representation that the independent public accountant has undertaken the items enumerated in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Replacement of accountant.</I> A security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must file a notice that must be received by the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which its principal place of business is located not more than 15 business days after:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has notified the independent public accountant that provided the reports the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant filed under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section for the most recent fiscal year that the independent public accountant's services will not be used in future engagements; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has notified an independent public accountant that was engaged to provide the reports required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section that the engagement has been terminated; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An independent public accountant has notified the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that the independent public accountant would not continue under an engagement to provide the reports required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A new independent public accountant has been engaged to provide the reports required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section without any notice of termination having been given to or by the previously engaged independent public accountant.
</P>
<P>(v) The notice must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of notification of the termination of the engagement or of the engagement of the new independent public accountant, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(B) The details of any issues arising during the 24 months (or the period of the engagement, if less than 24 months) preceding the termination or new engagement relating to any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, auditing scope or procedure, or compliance with applicable rules of the Commission, which issues, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former independent public accountant, would have caused the independent public accountant to make reference to them in the report of the independent public accountant. The issues required to be reported include both those resolved to the former independent public accountant's satisfaction and those not resolved to the former accountant's satisfaction. Issues contemplated by this section are those which occur at the decision-making level—that is, between principal financial officers of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and personnel of the accounting firm responsible for rendering its report. The notice must also state whether the accountant's report filed under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section for any of the past two fiscal years contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion or was qualified as to uncertainties, audit scope, or accounting principles, and must describe the nature of each such adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or qualification. The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must also request the former independent public accountant to furnish the security-based swap dealer or .major security-based swap participant with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether the independent public accountant agrees with the statements contained in the notice of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and, if not, stating the respects in which the independent public accountant does not agree. The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must file three copies of the notice and the accountant's letter, one copy of which must be signed by the sole proprietor, or a general partner or a duly authorized corporate, limited liability company, or limited liability partnership officer or member, as appropriate, and by the independent public accountant, respectively.




</P>
<P>(f) <I>Engagement of the independent public accountant.</I> The independent public accountant engaged by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to provide the reports required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section must, as part of the engagement, undertake the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on an examination of the financial report required to be filed by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States or the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on an examination of the statements required under paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) through (<I>5</I>) of this section in the compliance report required to be filed by the security-based swap dealer under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States or the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To prepare an independent public accountant's report based on a review of the statements required under paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (ii) of this section in the exemption report required to be filed by the security-based swap dealer under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States or the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notification of non-compliance or material weakness.</I> If, during the course of preparing the independent public accountant's reports required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section, the independent public accountant determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) A security-based swap dealer is not in compliance with § 240.18a-1, § 240.18a-4, § 240.18a-9, or § 240.17a-13, as applicable, or the independent public accountant determines that any material weaknesses (as defined in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section) exist, the independent public accountant must immediately notify the chief financial officer of the security-based swap dealer of the nature of the non-compliance or material weakness. If the notice from the accountant concerns an instance of non-compliance that would require a security-based swap dealer to provide a notification under § 240.18a-8, or if the notice concerns a material weakness, the security-based swap dealer must provide a notification in accordance with § 240.18a-8, as applicable, and provide a copy of the notification to the independent public accountant. If the independent public accountant does not receive the notification within one business day, or if the independent public accountant does not agree with the statements in the notification, then the independent public accountant must notify the Commission within one business day. The report from the accountant must, if the security-based swap dealer failed to file a notification, describe any instances of non-compliance that required a notification under § 240.18a-8 or any material weakness. If the security-based swap dealer filed a notification, the report from the accountant must detail the aspects of the notification of the security-based swap dealer with which the accountant does not agree; or
</P>
<P>(2) A major security-based swap participant is not in compliance with § 240.18a-2, the independent public accountant must immediately notify the chief financial officer of the major security-based swap participant of the nature of the non-compliance. If the notice from the accountant concerns an instance of non-compliance that would require a major security-based swap participant to provide a notification under § 240.18a-8, the major security-based swap participant must provide a notification in accordance with § 240.18a-8 and provide a copy of the notification to the independent public accountant. If the independent public accountant does not receive the notification within one business day, or if the independent public accountant does not agree with the statements in the notification, then the independent public accountant must notify the Commission within one business day. The report from the accountant must, if the major security-based swap participant failed to file a notification, describe any instances of non-compliance that required a notification under § 240.18a-8. If the major security-based swap participant filed a notification, the report from the accountant must detail the aspects of the notification of the major security-based swap participant with which the accountant does not agree.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>):</HED>
<P>The attention of the security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, and the independent public accountant is called to the fact that under § 240.18a-8(a), among other things, a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant whose net capital or tangible net worth, as applicable, declines below the minimum required pursuant to § 240.18a-1 or § 240.18a-2, as applicable, must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with § 240.18a-8(h) and the notice must specify the security-based swap dealer's net capital requirement and its current amount of net capital, or the extent of the major security-based swap participant's failure to maintain positive tangible net worth, as applicable.</P></NOTE>
<P>(h) <I>Reports of the independent public accountant required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section</I>—(1) <I>Technical requirements.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be dated;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be signed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Indicate the city and state where issued; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Identify without detailed enumeration the items covered by the reports.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representations.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must:
</P>
<P>(i) State whether the examinations were made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States or the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify any examination procedures deemed necessary by the independent public accountant under the circumstances of the particular case which have been omitted and the reason for their omission.
</P>
<P>(iii) Nothing in this section may be construed to imply authority for the omission of any procedure that independent public accountants would ordinarily employ in the course of an examination for the purpose of expressing the opinions required under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opinion to be expressed.</I> The independent public accountant's reports must state clearly:
</P>
<P>(i) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the financial report required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section and the accounting principles and practices reflected in that report;
</P>
<P>(ii) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the financial report required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section, as to the consistency of the application of the accounting principles, or as to any changes in those principles which have a material effect on the financial statements; and
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) The opinion of the independent public accountant with respect to the statements required under paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) through (<I>5</I>) of this section in the compliance report required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The conclusion of the independent public accountant with respect to the statements required under paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section in the exemption report required under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exceptions.</I> Any matters to which the independent public accountant takes exception must be clearly identified, the exceptions must be specifically and clearly stated, and, to the extent practicable, the effect of each such exception on any related items contained in the annual reports required under paragraph (c) of this section must be given.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notification of change of fiscal year.</I> (1) In the event any security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator finds it necessary to change its fiscal year, it must file, with the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has its principal place of business, a notice of such change.
</P>
<P>(2) Such notice must contain a detailed explanation of the reasons for the change. Any change in the filing period for the annual reports must be approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Signatures.</I> Any signature required by this section may be a manual or electronic signature. The signing process for an electronic signature must, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the signatory to present a physical, logical, or digital credential that authenticates the signatory's individual identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Reasonably provide for non-repudiation of the signature;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide that the signature be attached, affixed, or otherwise logically associated with the signature page or document being signed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include a timestamp to record the date and time of the signature.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68662, Dec. 16, 2019, as amended at 90 FR 7370, Jan. 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.551" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-8   Notification provisions for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to the following types of entities: A security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that is not also a broker or dealer, other than an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>); a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also an OTC derivatives dealer; and a major security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is not also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act. Section 240.17a-11 (rather than this section) applies to the following types of entities: Except as provided above, a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a broker or dealer, other than an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act; and a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act that is also a major-security-based swap participant registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a)(1)(i) Every security-based swap dealer for which there is no prudential regulator whose net capital declines below the minimum amount required pursuant to § 240.18a-1 must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. The notice must specify the security-based swap dealer's net capital requirement and its current amount of net capital. If a security-based swap dealer is informed by the Commission that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-1 and the security-based swap dealer has not given notice of the capital deficiency under this section, the security-based swap dealer, even if it does not agree that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-1, must give notice of the claimed deficiency, which notice may specify the security-based swap dealer's reasons for its disagreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Every security-based swap dealer for which there is no prudential regulator whose tentative net capital declines below the minimum amount required pursuant to § 240.18a-1 must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. The notice must specify the security-based swap dealer's tentative net capital requirement and its current amount of tentative net capital. If a security-based swap is informed by the Commission that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-1 and the security-based swap dealer has not given notice of the capital deficiency under this section, the security-based swap dealer, even if it does not agree that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-1, must give notice of the claimed deficiency, which notice may specify the security-based swap dealer's reasons for its disagreement.
</P>
<P>(2) Every major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator who fails to maintain a positive tangible net worth pursuant to § 240.18a-2 must give notice of such deficiency that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. The notice must specify the extent to which the firm has failed to maintain positive tangible net worth. If a major security-based swap participant is informed by the Commission that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-2 and the major security-based swap participant has not given notice of the capital deficiency under this section, the major security-based swap participant, even if it does not agree that it is, or has been, in violation of § 240.18a-2, must give notice of the claimed deficiency, which notice may specify the major security-based swap participant's reasons for its disagreement.
</P>
<P>(b) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for which there is no prudential regulator must send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of the events specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) or paragraph (b)(4) of this section, as applicable, in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If a computation made by a security-based swap dealer pursuant to § 240.18a-1 shows that its total net capital is less than 120 percent of the security-based swap dealer's required minimum net capital;
</P>
<P>(2) If a computation made by a security-based swap dealer authorized by the Commission to compute net capital pursuant to § 240.18a-1(d) shows that its total tentative net capital is less than 120 percent of the security-based swap dealer's required minimum tentative net capital;
</P>
<P>(3) If the level of tangible net worth of a major security-based swap participant falls below $20 million; and
</P>
<P>(4) The occurrence of the fourth and each subsequent backtesting exception under § 240.18a-1(d)(9) during any 250 business day measurement period.
</P>
<P>(c) Every security-based swap dealer that files a notice of adjustment of its reported capital category with the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must give notice of this fact that same day by transmitting a copy notice of the adjustment of reported capital category in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Every security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that fails to make and keep current the books and records required by § 240.18a-5 or § 240.17a-3, as applicable, must give notice of this fact that same day in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, specifying the books and records which have not been made or which are not current. The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant must also transmit a report in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section within 48 hours of the notice stating what the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has done or is doing to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever any security-based swap dealer for which there is no prudential regulator discovers, or is notified by an independent public accountant under § 240.18a-7(g), of the existence of any material weakness, as defined in § 240.18a-7(c)(3)(iii), the security-based swap dealer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Give notice, in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, of the material weakness within 24 hours of the discovery or notification of the material weakness; and
</P>
<P>(2) Transmit a report in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, within 48 hours of the notice stating what the security-based swap dealer has done or is doing to correct the situation.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) If a security-based swap dealer fails to make in its special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of security-based swap customers a deposit, as required by § 240.18a-4(c), the security-based swap dealer must give immediate notice in writing in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) Every notice or report required to be given or transmitted by this section must be given or transmitted to the principal office of the Commission in Washington, DC and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has its principal place of business, or to an email address provided on the Commission's website, and to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant is registered as a futures commission merchant with the CFTC. The report required by paragraph (d) or (e)(2) of this section may be transmitted by overnight delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68667, Dec. 16, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.552" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-9   Quarterly security counts to be made by certain security-based swap dealers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that does not have a prudential regulator and that is not also a broker or dealer, including an <I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> as that term is defined in § 240.3b-12, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>). Section 240.17a-13 (rather than this section) applies to the following entities (if not exempt under the provisions of § 240.17a-13): A member of a national securities exchange who transacts a business in securities directly with others than members of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of a member of a national securities exchange; a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; a security-based swap dealer registered pursuant to section 15F of the Act that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act; and a major security-based swap participant that is also a broker or dealer, including an OTC derivatives dealer, registered pursuant to section 15 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(a) Any security-based swap dealer that is subject to the provisions of this section must at least once in each calendar quarter-year:
</P>
<P>(1) Physically examine and count all securities held including securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(2) Account for all securities in transfer, in transit, pledged, loaned, borrowed, deposited, failed to receive, failed to deliver, subject to repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise subject to its control or direction but not in its physical possession by examination and comparison of the supporting detailed records with the appropriate ledger control accounts;
</P>
<P>(3) Verify all securities in transfer, in transit, pledged, loaned, borrowed, deposited, failed to receive, failed to deliver, subject to repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise subject to its control or direction but not in its physical possession, where such securities have been in said status for longer than thirty days;
</P>
<P>(4) Compare the results of the count and verification with its records; and
</P>
<P>(5) Record on the books and records of the security-based swap dealer all unresolved differences setting forth the security involved and date of comparison in a security count difference account no later than 7 business days after the date of each required quarterly security examination, count, and verification in accordance with the requirements provided in paragraph (b) of this section. <I>Provided, however,</I> that no examination, count, verification, and comparison for the purpose of this section is within 2 months of or more than 4 months following a prior examination, count, verification, and comparison made under this paragraph (a)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) The examination, count, verification, and comparison may be made either as of a date certain or on a cyclical basis covering the entire list of securities. In either case the recordation must be effected within 7 business days subsequent to the examination, count, verification, and comparison of a particular security. In the event that an examination, count, verification, and comparison is made on a cyclical basis, it may not extend over more than 1 calendar quarter-year, and no security may be examined, counted, verified, or compared for the purpose of this section within 2 months of or more than 4 months after a prior examination, count, verification, and comparison.
</P>
<P>(c) The examination, count, verification, and comparison must be made or supervised by persons whose regular duties do not require them to have direct responsibility for the proper care and protection of the securities or the making or preservation of the subject records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68668, Dec. 16, 2019]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.18a-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.113.553" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.18a-10   Alternative compliance mechanism for security-based swap dealers that are registered as swap dealers and have limited security-based swap activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A security-based swap dealer may comply with capital, margin, segregation, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title applicable to swap dealers in lieu of complying with §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-3 through 240.18a-9 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap dealer is registered as such pursuant to section 15F(b) of the Act and the rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap dealer is registered as a swap dealer pursuant to section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(3) The security-based swap dealer is not registered as a broker or dealer pursuant to section 15 of the Act or the rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(4) The security-based swap dealer meets the conditions to be exempt from § 240.18a-4 specified in paragraph (f) of that section; and
</P>
<P>(5) As of the most recently ended quarter of the fiscal year of the security-based swap dealer, the aggregate gross notional amount of the outstanding security-based swap positions of the security-based swap dealer did not exceed the lesser of the maximum fixed-dollar amount specified in paragraph (f) of this section or 10 percent of the combined aggregate gross notional amount of the security-based swap and swap positions of the security-based swap dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) A security-based swap dealer operating under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with capital, margin, segregation, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title applicable to swap dealers and treat security-based swaps or collateral related to security-based swaps as swaps or collateral related to swaps, as applicable, pursuant to those requirements to the extent the requirements do not specifically address security-based swaps or collateral related to security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose in writing to each counterparty to a security-based swap before entering into the first transaction with the counterparty after the date the security-based swap dealer begins operating under this section that the security-based swap dealer is operating under this section and is therefore complying with the applicable capital, margin, segregation, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules promulgated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission thereunder in lieu of complying with the capital, margin, segregation, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements promulgated by the Commission in §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-3 through 240.18a-9;
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately notify the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in writing if the security-based swap dealer fails to meet a condition specified in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Simultaneously notify the Commission if the security-based swap dealer is required to send a notice concerning its capital, books and records, liquidity, margin operations, or segregation operations to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission by transmitting to the Commission a copy of the notice being sent to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and
</P>
<P>(5) Furnish promptly to a representative of the Commission legible, true, complete, and current copies of those records of the security-based swap dealer that are required to be preserved under the Commodity Exchange Act and chapter I of this title applicable to swap dealers, or any other records of the security-based swap dealer subject to examination pursuant to section 15F of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-10) that are requested by a representative of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) A security-based swap dealer that fails to meet one or more of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section must begin complying with §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-3 through 240.18a-9 no later than:
</P>
<P>(1) Two months after the end of the month in which the security-based swap dealer fails to meet a condition in paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) A longer period of time as granted by the Commission by order subject to any conditions imposed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) A person applying to register as a security-based swap dealer that intends to operate under this section beginning on the date of its registration must provide prior written notice to the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission of its intent to operate under the conditions of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer that elects to operate under this section beginning on a date after the date of its registration as a security-based swap dealer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide prior written notice to the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission of its intent to operate under the conditions of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Continue to comply with §§ 240.18a-1 and 240.18a-3 through 240.18a-9 for at least:
</P>
<P>(A) Two months after the end of the month in which the security-based swap dealer provides the notice; or
</P>
<P>(B) A shorter period of time as granted by the Commission by order subject to any conditions imposed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) The notices required by this section must be sent by facsimile transmission to the principal office of the Commission and the regional office of the Commission for the region in which the security-based swap dealer has its principal place of business or to an email address provided on the Commission's website, and to the principal office of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission in a manner consistent with the notification requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. The notice must include a brief summary of the reason for the notice and the contact information of an individual who can provide further information about the matter that is the subject of the notice.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The maximum fixed-dollar amount is $250 billion until the three-year anniversary of the compliance date of this section at which time the maximum fixed-dollar amount is $50 billion unless the Commission issues an order to:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain the maximum fixed-dollar amount at $250 billion for an additional period of time or indefinitely; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Lower the maximum fixed-dollar amount to an amount that is less than $250 billion but greater than $50 billion.
</P>
<P>(2) If, after considering the levels of security-based swap activity of security-based swap dealers operating under this section, the Commission determines that it may be appropriate to change the maximum fixed-dollar amount pursuant paragraph (f)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, the Commission will publish a notice of the potential change and subsequently will issue an order regarding any such change.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 44076, Aug. 22, 2019, as amended at 84 FR 68668, Dec. 16, 2019]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="114" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Suspension and Expulsion of Exchange Members</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19a3-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.554" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19a3-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.555" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19b-3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19b-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.556" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19b-4   Filings with respect to proposed rule changes by self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>advance notice</I> means a notice required to be made by a designated clearing agency pursuant to Section 806(e) of the Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act (12 U.S.C. 5465(e));
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>designated clearing agency</I> means a clearing agency that is registered with the Commission, and for which the Commission is the Supervisory Agency (as determined in accordance with section 803(8) of the Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act (12 U.S.C. 5462(8)), that has been designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council pursuant to section 804 of the Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act (12 U.S.C. 5463) as systemically important or likely to become systemically important;
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act</I> means Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (124 Stat. 1802, 1803, 1807, 1809, 1811, 1814, 1816, 1818, 1820, 1821; 12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>proposed rule change</I> has the meaning set forth in Section 19(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1));
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>security-based swap submission</I> means a submission of identifying information required to be made by a clearing agency pursuant to section 3C(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(b)(2)) for each security-based swap, or any group, category, type or class of security-based swaps, that such clearing agency plans to accept for clearing;
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>stated policy, practice, or interpretation</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any material aspect of the operation of the facilities of the self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any statement made generally available to the membership of, to all participants in, or to persons having or seeking access (including, in the case of national securities exchanges or registered securities associations, through a member) to facilities of, the self-regulatory organization (“specified persons”), or to a group or category of specified persons, that establishes or changes any standard, limit, or guideline with respect to:
</P>
<P>(A) The rights, obligations, or privileges of specified persons or, in the case of national securities exchanges or registered securities associations, persons associated with specified persons; or
</P>
<P>(B) The meaning, administration, or enforcement of an existing rule.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Filings with respect to proposed rule changes by a self-regulatory organization, except filings with respect to proposed rules changes by self-regulatory organizations submitted pursuant to section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)), shall be made electronically on Form 19b-4 (17 CFR 249.819).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of Section 19(b) of the Act and this rule, a “business day” is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal holiday, a day that the Office of Personnel Management has announced that Federal agencies in the Washington, DC area are closed to the public, a day on which the Commission is subject to a Federal government shutdown or a day on which the Commission's Washington, DC office is otherwise not open for regular business.
</P>
<P>(c) A stated policy, practice, or interpretation of the self-regulatory organization shall be deemed to be a proposed rule change unless (1) it is reasonably and fairly implied by an existing rule of the self-regulatory organization or (2) it is concerned solely with the administration of the self-regulatory organization and is not a stated policy, practice, or interpretation with respect to the meaning, administration, or enforcement of an existing rule of the self-regulatory organization. 
</P>
<P>(d) Regardless of whether it is made generally available, an interpretation of an existing rule of the self-regulatory organization shall be deemed to be a proposed rule change if (1) it is approved or ratified by the governing body of the self-regulatory organization and (2) it is not reasonably and fairly implied by that rule. 
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of this paragraph, <I>new derivative securities product</I> means any type of option, warrant, hybrid securities product or any other security, other than a single equity option or a security futures product, whose value is based, in whole or in part, upon the performance of, or interest in, an underlying instrument.
</P>
<P>(1) The listing and trading of a new derivative securities product by a self-regulatory organization shall not be deemed a proposed rule change, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, if the Commission has approved, pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)), the self-regulatory organization's trading rules, procedures and listing standards for the product class that would include the new derivative securities product and the self-regulatory organization has a surveillance program for the product class.
</P>
<P>(2) Recordkeeping and reporting:
</P>
<P>(i) Self-regulatory organizations shall retain at their principal place of business a file, available to Commission staff for inspection, of all relevant records and information pertaining to each new derivative securities product traded pursuant to this paragraph (e) for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, as prescribed in § 240.17a-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) When relying on paragraph (e) of this section, a self-regulatory organization shall post the following information, using the most recent versions of the XML schema and the associated PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website for all reports required by this section, on its publicly available internet website within five business days after commencement of trading a new derivative securities product:
</P>
<P>(A) Type of issuer of new derivative securities product;
</P>
<P>(B) Class of new derivative securities product;
</P>
<P>(C) Name of underlying instrument;
</P>
<P>(D) If the underlying instrument is an index, identify whether it is broad-based or narrow-based;
</P>
<P>(E) Ticker symbol(s) of new derivative securities product;
</P>
<P>(F) Market(s) upon which securities composing the underlying instrument trade;
</P>
<P>(G) Settlement methodology of new derivative securities product; and
</P>
<P>(H) Position limits of new derivative securities product (if applicable).
</P>
<P>(f) A proposed rule change may take effect upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A), if properly designated by the self-regulatory organization as: 
</P>
<P>(1) Constituting a stated policy, practice, or interpretation with respect to the meaning, administration, or enforcement of an existing rule; 
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing or changing a due, fee, or other charge applicable only to a member;
</P>
<P>(3) Concerned solely with the administration of the self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(4) Effecting a change in an existing service of a registered clearing agency that either: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Does not adversely affect the safeguarding of securities or funds in the custody or control of the clearing agency or for which it is responsible; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Does not significantly affect the respective rights or obligations of the clearing agency or persons using the service; or
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Primarily affects the clearing operations of the clearing agency with respect to products that are not securities, including futures that are not security futures, swaps that are not security-based swaps or mixed swaps, and forwards that are not security forwards; and
</P>
<P>(B) Either
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Does not significantly affect any securities clearing operations of the clearing agency or any rights or obligations of the clearing agency with respect to securities clearing or persons using such securities-clearing service, or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Does significantly affect any securities clearing operations of the clearing agency or the rights or obligations of the clearing agency with respect to securities clearing or persons using such securities-clearing service, but is necessary to maintain fair and orderly markets for products that are not securities, including futures that are not security futures, swaps that are not security-based swaps or mixed swaps, and forwards that are not security forwards. Proposed rule changes filed pursuant to this subparagraph II must also be filed in accordance with the procedures of Section 19(b)(1) for approval pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) and the regulations thereunder within fifteen days of being filed under Section 19(b)(3)(A).
</P>
<P>(5) Effecting a change in an existing order-entry or trading system of a self-regulatory organization that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Does not significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not impose any significant burden on competition; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not have the effect of limiting the access to or availability of the system; or 
</P>
<P>(6) Effecting a change that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Does not significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not impose any significant burden on competition; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) By its terms, does not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest; provided that the self-regulatory organization has given the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(g) Proceedings to determine whether a proposed rule change should be disapproved will be conducted pursuant to 17 CFR 201.700 and 201.701 (Initiation of Proceedings for SRO Proposed Rule Changes and for Proposed NMS Plans and Plan Amendments).
</P>
<P>(h) Notice of orders issued pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act will be given by prompt publication thereof, together with a statement of written reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(i) Self-regulatory organizations shall retain at their principal place of business a file, available to interested persons for public inspection and copying, of all filings, notices and submissions made pursuant to this section and all correspondence and other communications reduced to writing (including comment letters) to and from such self-regulatory organization concerning any such filing, notice or submission, whether such correspondence and communications are received or prepared before or after the filing, notice or submission of the proposed rule change, advance notice or security-based swap submission, as applicable.


</P>
<P>(j) Filings by a self-regulatory organization submitted under 17 CFR 249.819 on Form 19b-4 electronically shall contain an electronic signature. For the purposes of this section, the term <I>electronic signature</I> means an electronic entry in the form of a magnetic impulse or other form of computer data compilation of any letter or series of letters or characters composing a name, executed, adopted or authorized as a signature.


</P>
<P>(k) If the conditions of this section and Form 19b-4 (17 CFR 249.819) are otherwise satisfied, all filings submitted electronically on or before 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, on a business day, shall be deemed filed on that business day, and all filings submitted after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(l) The self-regulatory organization shall post each proposed rule change, and any amendments thereto, on its Web site within two business days after the filing of the proposed rule change, and any amendments thereto, with the Commission. If a self-regulatory organization does not post a proposed rule change on its Web site on the same day that it filed the proposal with the Commission, then the self-regulatory organization shall inform the Commission of the date on which it posted such proposal on its Web site. Such proposed rule change and amendments shall be maintained on the self-regulatory organization's Web site until:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a proposed rule change filed under section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), the Commission approves or disapproves the proposed rule change or the self-regulatory organization withdraws the proposed rule change, or any amendments, or is notified that the proposed rule change is not properly filed; or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a proposed rule change filed under section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)), or any amendment thereto, 60 days after the date of filing, unless the self-regulatory organization withdraws the proposed rule change or is notified that the proposed rule change is not properly filed; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of proposed rule changes approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) or noticed by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)), the self-regulatory organization updates its rule text as required by paragraph (m) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a proposed rule change, or any amendment thereto, that has been disapproved, withdrawn or not properly filed, the self-regulatory organization shall remove the proposed rule change, or any amendment, from its Web site within two business days of notification of disapproval, improper filing, or withdrawal by the SRO of the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(m)(1) Each self-regulatory organization shall post and maintain a current and complete version of its rules on its Web site.
</P>
<P>(2) A self-regulatory organization, other than a self-regulatory organization that is registered with the Commission under section 6(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)) or pursuant to section 15A(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-1(k)), shall update its Web site to reflect rule changes filed pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) within two business days after it has been notified of the Commission's approval of a proposed rule change, and to reflect rule changes filed pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)) within two business days of the Commission's notice of such proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(3) A self-regulatory organization that is registered with the Commission under section 6(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)) or pursuant to section 15A(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-1(k)), shall update its Web site to reflect rule changes filed pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act by two business days after the later of:
</P>
<P>(A) Notification that the Commission has approved a proposed rule change; and
</P>
<P>(B)(i) The filing of a written certification with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c));
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipt of notice from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission that it has determined that review of the proposed rule change is not necessary; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Receipt of notice from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission that it has approved the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(4) If a rule change is not effective for a certain period, the self-regulatory organization shall clearly indicate the effective date in the relevant rule text.
</P>
<P>(n)(1)(i) A designated clearing agency shall provide an advance notice to the Commission of any proposed change to its rules, procedures, or operations that could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by such designated clearing agency. Except as provided in paragraph (n)(1)(ii) of this section, such advance notice shall be submitted to the Commission electronically on Form 19b-4 (referenced in 17 CFR 249.819). The Commission shall, upon the filing of any advance notice, provide for prompt publication thereof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any designated clearing agency that files an advance notice with the Commission prior to December 10, 2013, shall file such advance notice in electronic format to a dedicated email address to be established by the Commission. The contents of an advance notice filed pursuant to this paragraph (n)(1)(ii) shall contain the information required to be included for advance notices in the General Instructions for Form 19b-4 (referenced in 17 CFR 249.819).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For purposes of this paragraph (n), the phrase <I>materially affect the nature or level of risks presented,</I> when used to qualify determinations on a change to rules, procedures, or operations at the designated clearing agency, means matters as to which there is a reasonable possibility that the change could affect the performance of essential clearing and settlement functions or the overall nature or level of risk presented by the designated clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes to rules, procedures, or operations that could materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by a designated clearing agency may include, but are not limited to, changes that materially affect participant and product eligibility, risk management, daily or intraday settlement procedures, default procedures, system safeguards, governance or financial resources of the designated clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(iii) Changes to rules, procedures, or operations that may not materially affect the nature or level of risks presented by a designated clearing agency include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Changes to an existing procedure, control, or service that do not modify the rights or obligations of the designated clearing agency or persons using its payment, clearing, or settlement services and that do not adversely affect the safeguarding of securities, collateral, or funds in the custody or control of the designated clearing agency or for which it is responsible; or
</P>
<P>(B) Changes concerned solely with the administration of the designated clearing agency or related to the routine, daily administration, direction, and control of employees;
</P>
<P>(3) The designated clearing agency shall post the advance notice, and any amendments thereto, on its Web site within two business days after the filing of the advance notice, and any amendments thereto, with the Commission. Such advance notice and amendments shall be maintained on the designated clearing agency's Web site until the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date the designated clearing agency withdraws the advance notice or is notified that the advance notice is not properly filed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the designated clearing agency posts a notice of effectiveness as required by paragraph (n)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The designated clearing agency shall post a notice on its Web site within two business days of the date that any change to its rules, procedures, or operations referred to in an advance notice has been permitted to take effect as such date is determined in accordance with Section 806(e) of the Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act (12 U.S.C. 5465).
</P>
<P>(ii) The designated clearing agency shall post a notice on its Web site within two business days of the effectiveness of any change to its rules, procedures, or operations referred to in an advance notice.
</P>
<P>(5) A designated clearing agency shall provide copies of all materials submitted to the Commission relating to an advance notice with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System contemporaneously with such submission to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) The publication and Web site posting requirements contained in paragraphs (n)(1), (n)(3), and (n)(4) of this section do not apply to any information contained in an advance notice for which a designated clearing agency has requested confidential treatment following the procedures set forth in § 240.24b-2.
</P>
<P>(o)(1) Every clearing agency that is registered with the Commission that plans to accept a security-based swap, or any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps for clearing shall submit to the Commission a security-based swap submission and provide notice to its members of such security-based swap submission.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (o)(2)(ii) of this section, a clearing agency shall submit each security-based swap submission to the Commission electronically on Form 19b-4 (referenced in 17 CFR 249.819) with the information required to be submitted for a security-based swap submission, as provided in § 240.19b-4 and Form 19b-4. Any information submitted to the Commission electronically on Form 19b-4 that is not complete or otherwise in compliance with this section and Form 19b-4 shall not be considered a security-based swap submission and the Commission shall so inform the clearing agency within twenty-one business days of the submission on Form 19b-4 (referenced in 17 CFR 249.819).
</P>
<P>(ii) Any clearing agency that files a security-based swap submission with the Commission prior to December 10, 2013, shall file such security-based swap submission in electronic format to a dedicated email address to be established by the Commission. The contents of a security-based swap submission filed pursuant to this paragraph (o)(2)(ii) shall contain the information required to be included for security-based swap submissions in the General Instructions for Form 19b-4.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap submission submitted by a clearing agency to the Commission shall include a statement that includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) How the security-based swap submission is consistent with Section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1);
</P>
<P>(ii) Information that will assist the Commission in the quantitative and qualitative assessment of the factors specified in Section 3C of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3), including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) The existence of significant outstanding notional exposures, trading liquidity, and adequate pricing data;
</P>
<P>(B) The availability of a rule framework, capacity, operational expertise and resources, and credit support infrastructure to clear the contract on terms that are consistent with the material terms and trading conventions on which the contract is then traded;
</P>
<P>(C) The effect on the mitigation of systemic risk, taking into account the size of the market for such contract and the resources of the clearing agency available to clear the contract;
</P>
<P>(D) The effect on competition, including appropriate fees and charges applied to clearing; and
</P>
<P>(E) The existence of reasonable legal certainty in the event of the insolvency of the relevant clearing agency or one or more of its clearing members with regard to the treatment of customer and security-based swap counterparty positions, funds, and property;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of how the rules of the clearing agency prescribe that all security-based swaps submitted to the clearing agency with the same terms and conditions are economically equivalent within the clearing agency and may be offset with each other within the clearing agency, as applicable to the security-based swaps described in the security-based swap submission; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of how the rules of the clearing agency provide for non-discriminatory clearing of a security-based swap executed bilaterally or on or through the rules of an unaffiliated national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility, as applicable to the security-based swaps described in the security-based swap submission.
</P>
<P>(4) A clearing agency shall submit security-based swaps to the Commission for review by group, category, type or class of security-based swaps, to the extent reasonable and practicable to do so.
</P>
<P>(5) A clearing agency shall post each security-based swap submission, and any amendments thereto, on its Web site within two business days after the submission of the security-based swap submission, and any amendments thereto, with the Commission. Such security-based swap submission and amendments shall be maintained on the clearing agency's Web site until the Commission makes a determination regarding the security-based swap submission or the clearing agency withdraws the security-based swap submission, or is notified that the security-based swap submission is not properly filed.
</P>
<P>(6) In connection with any security-based swap submission that is submitted by a clearing agency to the Commission, the clearing agency shall provide any additional information requested by the Commission as necessary to assess any of the factors it determines to be appropriate in order to make the determination of whether the clearing requirement applies.
</P>
<P>(7) Notices of orders issued pursuant to Section 3C of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3), regarding security-based swap submissions will be given by prompt publication thereof, together with a statement of written reasons therefor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 73914, Nov. 7, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 66701, Dec. 28, 1994; 63 FR 70967, Dec. 22, 1998; 66 FR 43742, Aug. 20, 2001; 69 FR 60300, Oct. 8, 2004; 73 FR 16189, Mar. 27, 2008; 76 FR 4072, Jan. 24, 2011; 76 FR 20509, Apr. 13, 2011; 76 FR 41092, July 13, 2011; 77 FR 41648, July 13, 2012; 77 FR 73305, Dec. 10, 2012; 78 FR 21057, Apr. 9, 2013; 85 FR 65497, Oct. 15, 2020; 90 FR 7371, Jan. 21, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19b-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.557" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19b-5   Temporary exemption from the filing requirements of Section 19(b) of the Act.</HEAD>
<HD1>Preliminary Notes
</HD1>
<P>1. The following section provides for a temporary exemption from the rule filing requirement for self-regulatory organizations that file proposed rule changes concerning the operation of a pilot trading system pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b), as amended). All other requirements under the Act that are applicable to self-regulatory organizations continue to apply.
</P>
<P>2. The disclosures made pursuant to the provisions of this section are in addition to any other applicable disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term <I>specialist</I> means any member subject to a requirement of a self-regulatory organization that such member regularly maintain a market in a particular security.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term <I>trading system</I> means the rules of a self-regulatory organization that:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine how the orders of multiple buyers and sellers are brought together; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish non-discretionary methods under which such orders interact with each other and under which the buyers and sellers entering such orders agree to the terms of trade.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the term <I>pilot trading system</I> shall mean a trading system operated by a self-regulatory organization that is not substantially similar to any trading system or pilot trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization at any time during the preceding year, and that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Has been in operation for less than two years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is independent of any other trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b));
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to each security traded on such pilot trading system, during at least two of the last four consecutive calendar months, has traded no more than 5 percent of the average daily trading volume of such security in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iv) With respect to all securities traded on such pilot trading system, during at least two of the last four consecutive calendar months, has traded no more than 20 percent of the average daily trading volume of all trading systems operated by such self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Has been in operation for less than two years;
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to each security traded on such pilot trading system, during at least two of the last four consecutive calendar months, has traded no more than 1 percent of the average daily trading volume of such security in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to all securities traded on such pilot trading system, during at least two of the last four consecutive calendar months, has traded no more than 20 percent of the average daily trading volume of all trading systems operated by such self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Has been in operation for less than two years; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Satisfied the definition of <I>pilot trading system</I> under paragraph (c)(1) of this section no more than 60 days ago, and continues to be independent of any other trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)); or
</P>
<P>(B) Satisfied the definition of <I>pilot trading system</I> under paragraph (c)(2) of this section no more than 60 days ago.
</P>
<P>(d) A pilot trading system shall be deemed <I>independent</I> of any other trading system operated by a self-regulatory organization if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such pilot trading system trades securities other than the issues of securities that trade on any other trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b));
</P>
<P>(2) Such pilot trading system does not operate during the same trading hours as any other trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)); or
</P>
<P>(3) No specialist or market maker on any other trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)), is permitted to effect transactions on the pilot trading system in securities in which they are a specialist or market maker.
</P>
<P>(e) A self-regulatory organization shall be exempt temporarily from the requirement under section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)), to submit on Form 19b-4, 17 CFR 249.819, proposed rule changes for establishing a pilot trading system, if the self-regulatory organization complies with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Form PILOT.</I> The self-regulatory organization:
</P>
<P>(i) Files Part I of Form PILOT, 17 CFR 249.821, in accordance with the instructions therein, at least 20 days prior to commencing operation of the pilot trading system;
</P>
<P>(ii) Files an amendment on Part I of Form PILOT at least 20 days prior to implementing a material change to the operation of the pilot trading system; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Files a quarterly report on Part II of Form PILOT within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the market has operated after the effective date of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fair access.</I> (i) The self-regulatory organization has in place written rules to ensure that all members of the self-regulatory organization have fair access to the pilot trading system, and that information regarding orders on the pilot trading system is equally available to all members of the self-regulatory organization with access to such pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the requirement in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, a specialist on the pilot trading system may have preferred access to information regarding orders that it represents in its capacity as specialist.
</P>
<P>(iii) The rules established by a self-regulatory organization pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section will be considered rules governing the pilot trading system for purposes of the temporary exemption under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Trading rules and procedures and listing standards.</I> (i) The self-regulatory organization has in place written trading rules and procedures and listing standards necessary to operate the pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules established by a self-regulatory organization pursuant to paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section will be considered rules governing the pilot trading system for purposes of the temporary exemption under this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Surveillance.</I> The self-regulatory organization establishes internal procedures for the effective surveillance of trading activity on the self-regulatory organization's pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Clearance and settlement.</I> The self-regulatory organization establishes reasonable clearance and settlement procedures for transactions effected on the self-regulatory organizations pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Types of securities.</I> The self-regulatory organization permits to trade on the pilot trading system only securities registered under section 12 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Activities of specialists.</I> (i) The self-regulatory organization does not permit any member to be a specialist in a security on the pilot trading system and a specialist in a security on a trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization that has been approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)), or on another pilot trading system operated by such self-regulatory organization, if such securities are related securities, except that a member may be a specialist in related securities that the Commission, upon application by the self-regulatory organization, later determines is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors;
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, a self-regulatory organization may permit a member to be a specialist in any security on a pilot trading system, if the pilot trading system is operated during trading hours different from the trading hours of the trading system in which such member is a specialist.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(7) of this section, the term <I>related securities</I> means any two securities in which:
</P>
<P>(A) The value of one security is determined, in whole or significant part, by the performance of the other security; or
</P>
<P>(B) The value of both securities is determined, in whole or significant part, by the performance of a third security, combination of securities, index, indicator, interest rate or other common factor.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Examinations, inspections, and investigations.</I> The self-regulatory organization cooperates with the examination, inspection, or investigation by the Commission of transactions effected on the pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The self-regulatory organization shall retain at its principal place of business and make available to Commission staff for inspection, all the rules and procedures relating to each pilot trading system operating pursuant to this section for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, as prescribed in § 240.17a-1.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Public availability of pilot trading system rules.</I> The self-regulatory organization makes publicly available all trading rules and procedures, including those established under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) Every notice or amendment filed pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 11A, 17(a), 18(a), and 32(a), (15 U.S.C. 78k-1, 78q(a), 78r(a), and 78ff(a)), and any other applicable provisions of the Act. All notices or reports filed pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall be deemed to be confidential until the pilot trading system commences operation.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) A self-regulatory organization shall request Commission approval, pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), for any rule change relating to the operation of a pilot trading system by submitting Form 19b-4, 17 CFR 249.819, no later than two years after the commencement of operation of such pilot trading system, or shall cease operation of the pilot trading system.
</P>
<P>(2) Simultaneous with a request for Commission approval pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), a self-regulatory organization may request Commission approval pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)), for any rule change relating to the operation of a pilot trading system by submitting Form 19b-4, 17 CFR 249.819, effective immediate upon filing, to continue operations of such trading system for a period not to exceed six months.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (e) of this section, rule changes with respect to pilot trading systems operated by a self-regulatory organization shall not be exempt from the rule filing requirements of section 19(b)(2) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), if the Commission determines, after notice to the SRO and opportunity for the SRO to respond, that exemption of such rule changes is not necessary or appropriate in the public interest or consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70920, Dec. 22, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19b-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.558" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19b-7   Filings with respect to proposed rule changes submitted pursuant to Section 19(b)(7) of the Act.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>A self-regulatory organization also must refer to Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822) for further requirements with respect to the filing of proposed rule changes.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Filings with respect to proposed rule changes by a self-regulatory organization submitted pursuant to section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)) shall be made electronically on Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822).
</P>
<P>(b) A proposed rule change will not be deemed filed on the date it is received by the Commission unless:
</P>
<P>(1) A completed Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822) is submitted electronically; and
</P>
<P>(2) In order to elicit meaningful comment, it is accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(i) A clear and accurate statement of the basis and purpose of such rule change, including the impact on competition or efficiency, if any; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary of any written comments (including e-mail) received by the self-regulatory organization on the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(c) Self-regulatory organizations shall retain at their principle place of business a file, available to interested persons for public inspection and copying, of all filings made pursuant to this section and all correspondence and other communications reduced to writing (including comment letters) to and from such self-regulatory organization concerning such filing, whether such correspondence and communications are received or prepared before or after the filing of the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(d) Filings with respect to proposed rule changes by a self-regulatory organization submitted on Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822) electronically shall contain an electronic signature. For the purposes of this section, the term electronic signature means an electronic entry in the form of a magnetic impulse or other form of computer data compilation of any letter or series of letters or characters comprising a name, executed, adopted or authorized as a signature. The signatory to an electronically submitted rule filing shall manually sign a signature page or other document, in the manner prescribed by Form 19b-7, authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing. Such document shall be executed before or at the time the rule filing is electronically submitted and shall be retained by the filer in accordance with 17 CFR 240.17a-1.
</P>
<P>(e) If the conditions of this section and Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822) are otherwise satisfied, all filings submitted electronically on or before 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, on a business day, shall be deemed filed on that business day, and all filings submitted after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(f) The self-regulatory organization shall post the proposed rule change, and any amendments thereto, submitted on Form 19b-7 (17 CFR 249.822), on its Web site within two business days after the filing of the proposed rule change, and any amendments thereto, with the Commission. Unless the self-regulatory organization withdraws the proposed rule change or is notified that the proposed rule change is not properly filed, such proposed rule change and amendments shall be maintained on the self-regulatory organization's Web site until 60 days after:
</P>
<P>(1) The filing of a written certification with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c));
</P>
<P>(2) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission determines that review of the proposed rule change is not necessary; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission approves the proposed rule change; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a proposed rule change, or any amendment thereto, that has been withdrawn or not properly filed, the self-regulatory organization shall remove the proposed rule change, or any amendment, from its Web site within two business days of notification of improper filing or withdrawal by the self-regulatory organization of the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Each self-regulatory organization shall post and maintain a current and complete version of its rules on its Web site.
</P>
<P>(2) The self-regulatory organization shall update its Web site to reflect rule changes filed pursuant to section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)), by two business days after the later of:
</P>
<P>(A) The Commission's notice of such proposed rule change; and
</P>
<P>(B)(i) The filing of a written certification with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c));
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipt of notice from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission that it has determined that review of the proposed rule change is not necessary; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Receipt of notice from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission that it has approved the proposed rule change.
</P>
<P>(3) If a rule change is not effective for a certain period, the self-regulatory organization shall clearly indicate the effective date in the relevant rule text.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43743, Aug. 20, 2001, as amended at 73 FR 16189, Mar. 27, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19c-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.559" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19c-1   Governing certain off-board agency transactions by members of national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of each national securities exchange shall provide as follows:
</P>
<P>No rule, stated policy, or practice of this exchange shall prohibit or condition, or be construed to prohibit or condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of any member acting as agent to effect any transaction otherwise than on this exchange with another person (except when such member also is acting as agent for such other person in such transaction), in any equity security listed on this exchange or to which unlisted trading privileges on this exchange have been extended.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 3, 6, 11, 17, 19, 23, Pub. L. 78-291, 48 Stat. 881, 882, 885, 891, 897, 898, 901, as amended by secs. 2, 3, 6, 14, 16, 18, Pub. L. 94-29, 89 Stat. 97, 104, 110, 137, 146, 155 (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78c, 78f, 78k, 78q, 78s, 78w, as amended by Pub. L. 94-29 (June 4, 1975)); sec. 7 Pub. L. 94-29, 89 Stat. 111 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1328, Jan. 9, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19c-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.560" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19c-3   Governing off-board trading by members of national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of each national securities exchange shall provide as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) No rule, stated policy or practice of this exchange shall prohibit or condition, or be construed to prohibit, condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of any member to effect any transaction otherwise than on this exchange in any reported security listed and registered on this exchange or as to which unlisted trading privileges on this exchange have been extended (other than a put option or call option issued by the Options Clearing Corporation) which is not a covered security.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule,
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Act</I> shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>exchange</I> shall mean a national securities exchange registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 6 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>covered security</I> shall mean (i) Any equity security or class of equity securities which
</P>
<P>(A) Was listed and registered on an exchange on April 26, 1979, and
</P>
<P>(B) Remains listed and registered on at least one exchange continuously thereafter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any equity security or class of equity securities which
</P>
<P>(A) Was traded on one or more exchanges on April 26, 1979, pursuant to unlisted trading privileges permitted by section 12(f)(1)(A) of the Act, and
</P>
<P>(B) Remains traded on any such exchange pursuant to such unlisted trading privileges continuously thereafter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any equity security or class of equity securities which
</P>
<P>(A) Is issued in connection with a statutory merger, consolidation or similar plan or reorganization (including a reincorporation or change of domicile) in exchange for an equity security or class of equity securities described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this rule,
</P>
<P>(B) Is listed and registered on an exchange after April 26, 1979, and
</P>
<P>(C) Remains listed and registered on at least one exchange continuously thereafter.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>reported security</I> shall mean any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>transaction report</I> shall mean a report containing the price and volume associated with a completed transaction involving the purchase or sale of a security.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>effective transaction reporting plan</I> shall mean any plan approved by the Commission pursuant to § 242.601 of this chapter for collecting, processing, and making available transaction reports with respect to transactions in an equity security or class of equity securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 41134, June 18, 1980, as amended at 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19c-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.561" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19c-4   Governing certain listing or authorization determinations by national securities exchanges and associations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules of each exchange shall provide as follows: No rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation of this exchange shall permit the listing, or the continuance of the listing, of any common stock or other equity security of a domestic issuer, if the issuer of such security issues any class of security, or takes other corporate action, with the effect of nullifying, restricting or disparately reducing the per share voting rights of holders of an outstanding class or classes of common stock of such issuer registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules of each association shall provide as follows: No rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation of this association shall permit the authorization for quotation and/or transaction reporting through an automated inter-dealer quotation system (“authorization”), or the continuance of authorization, of any common stock or other equity security of a domestic issuer, if the issuer of such security issues any class of security, or takes other corporate action, with the effect of nullifying, restricting, or disparately reducing the per share voting rights of holders of an outstanding class or classes of common stock of such issuer registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the following shall be presumed to have the effect of nullifying, restricting, or disparately reducing the per share voting rights of an outstanding class or classes of common stock:
</P>
<P>(1) Corporate action to impose any restriction on the voting power of shares of the common stock of the issuer held by a beneficial or record holder based on the number of shares held by such beneficial or record holder;
</P>
<P>(2) Corporate action to impose any restriction on the voting power of shares of the common stock of the issuer held by a beneficial or record holder based on the length of time such shares have been held by such beneficial or record holder;
</P>
<P>(3) Any issuance of securities through an exchange offer by the issuer for shares of an outstanding class of the common stock of the issuer, in which the securities issued have voting rights greater than or less than the per share voting rights of any outstanding class of the common stock of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(4) Any issuance of securities pursuant to a stock dividend, or any other type of distribution of stock, in which the securities issued have voting rights greater than the per share voting rights of any outstanding class of the common stock of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the following, standing alone, shall be presumed not to have the effect of nullifying, restricting, or disparately reducing the per share voting rights of holders of an outstanding class or classes of common stock:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuance of securities pursuant to an initial registered public offering;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuance of any class of securities, through a registered public offering, with voting rights not greater than the per share voting rights of any outstanding class of the common stock of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(3) The issuance of any class of securities to effect a bona fide merger or acquisition, with voting rights not greater than the per share voting rights of any outstanding class of the common stock of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(4) Corporate action taken pursuant to state law requiring a state's domestic corporation to condition the voting rights of a beneficial or record holder of a specified threshold percentage of the corporation's voting stock on the approval of the corporation's independent shareholders.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this section, and the rules of each exchange and association shall include such definitions for the purposes of the prohibition in paragraphs (a) and (b), respectively, of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Act</I> shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>common stock</I> shall include any security of an issuer designated as common stock and any security of an issuer, however designated, which, by statute or by its terms, is a common stock (e.g., a security which entitles the holders thereof to vote generally on matters submitted to the issuer's security holders for a vote).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>equity security</I> shall include any equity security defined as such pursuant to Rule 3a11-1 under the Act (17 CFR 240.3a11-1).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>domestic issuer</I> shall mean an issuer that is not a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Act (17 CFR 240.3b-4).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>security</I> shall include any security defined as such pursuant to section 3(a)(10) of the Act, but shall exclude any class of security having a preference or priority over the issuer's common stock as to dividends, interest payments, redemption or payments in liquidation, if the voting rights of such securities only become effective as a result of specified events, not relating to an acquisition of the common stock of the issuer, which reasonably can be expected to jeopardize the issuer's financial ability to meet its payment obligations to the holders of that class of securities.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>exchange</I> shall mean a national securities exchange, registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f), which makes transaction reports available pursuant to § 242.601 of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>association</I> shall mean a national securities association registered as such with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 15A of the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) An exchange or association may adopt a rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation, subject to the procedures specified by section 19(b) of the Act, specifying what types of securities issuances and other corporate actions are covered by, or excluded from, the prohibition in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, respectively, if such rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act and this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 26394, July 12, 1988, as amended at 70 FR 37618, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19c-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.562" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19c-5   Governing the multiple listing of options on national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules of each national securities exchange that provides a trading market in standardized put or call options shall provide as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) On and after January 22, 1990, but not before, no rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation of this exchange shall prohibit or condition, or be construed to prohibit or condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of this exchange to list any stock options class first listed on an exchange on or after January 22, 1990, because that options class is listed on another options exchange. 
</P>
<P>(2) During the period from January 22, 1990, to January 21, 1991, but not before, no rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation of this exchange shall prohibit or condition, or be construed to prohibit or condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of this exchange to list up to ten classes of standardized stock options overlying exchange-listed stocks that were listed on another options exchange before January 22, 1990. These ten classes shall be in addition to any option on an exchange-listed stock trading on this exchange that was traded on more than one options exchange before January 22, 1990. 
</P>
<P>(3) On and after January 21, 1991, but not before, no rule, stated policy, practice, or interpretation of this exchange shall prohibit or condition, or be construed to prohibit or condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of this exchange to list any stock options class because that options class is listed on another options exchange. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this Rule, if any options class is delisted from an options exchange as a result of a merger of the equity security underlying the option or a failure of the underlying security to satisfy that exchange's options listing standards, then the exchange is permitted to select a replacement option from among those standardized options overlying exchange-listed stocks that were listed on another options exchange before January 22, 1990. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this Rule, the term <I>exchange</I> shall mean a national securities exchange, registered as such with the Commission pursuant to Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this Rule, the term <I>standardized option</I> shall have the same meaning as that term is defined in Rule 9b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 17 CFR 240.9b-1. 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this Rule, the term <I>options class</I> shall have the same meaning as that term is defined in Rule 9b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 17 CFR 240.9b-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 23976, June 5, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19d-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.563" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19d-1   Notices by self-regulatory organizations of final disciplinary actions, denials, bars, or limitations respecting membership, association, participation, or access to services, and summary suspensions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If any self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency takes any action described in this rule to which the person affected thereby has consented and such action:
</P>
<P>(1) Conditions or limits membership or participation in, association with a member of, or access to services offered by, such organization or a member thereof and
</P>
<P>(2) Is based upon a statutory disqualification defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act, notice thereof shall be filed under Rule 19h-1 and not under this rule.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice requirement of section 19(d)(1) of the Act, concerning an action subject to such section taken by a self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency, shall be satisfied by any notice with respect to such action (including a notice filed pursuant to this rule) which contains the information required in the statement supporting the organization's determination required by section 6(d) (1) or (2), section 15A(h) (1) or (2), or section 17A(b)(5) (A) or (B) of the Act, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Any self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency that takes any final disciplinary action with respect to any person shall promptly file a notice thereof with the Commission in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. For the purposes of this rule, a “final disciplinary action” shall mean the imposition of any final disciplinary sanction pursuant to section 6(b)(6), 15A(b)(7), or 17A(b)(3)(G) of the Act or other action of a self-regulatory organization which, after notice and opportunity for hearing, results in any final disposition of charges of: 
</P>
<P>(i) One or more violations of—
</P>
<P>(A) The rules of such organization; 
</P>
<P>(B) The provisions of the Act or rules thereunder; or 
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of a municipal securities broker or dealer, the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board;
</P>
<P>(ii) Acts or practices constituting a statutory disqualification of a type defined in subparagraph (D) or (E) (except prior convictions) of section 3(a)(39) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a proceeding by a national securities exhange or registered securities association based on section 6(c)(3)(A)(ii), 6(c)(3)(B)(ii), 15A(g)(3)(A)(ii), or 15A(g)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act, acts or practices inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That in the case of a disciplinary action in which a national securities exchange imposes a fine not exceeding $1000 or suspends floor privileges of a clerical employee for not more than five days for violation of any of its regulations concerning personal decorum on a trading floor, the disposition shall not be considered “final” for purposes of this paragraph if the sanctioned person has not sought an adjudication, including a hearing, or otherwise exhausted his administrative remedies at the exchange with respect to the matter. <I>Provided further,</I> That this exemption from the notice requirement of this paragraph shall not be available where a decorum sanction is imposed at, or results from, a hearing on the matter.
</FP>
<P>(2) Any disciplinary action, other than a decorum sanction not deemed “final” under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, taken by a self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency against any person for violation of a rule of the self-regulatory organization which has been designated as a minor rule violation pursuant to a plan or any amendment thereto filed with and declared effective by the Commission under this paragraph, shall not be considered “final” for purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the sanction imposed consists of a fine not exceeding $2500 and the sanctioned person has not sought an adjudication, including a hearing, or otherwise exhausted his administrative remedies at the self-regulatory organization with resepect to the matter. After appropriate notice of the terms of substance of the filing or a description of the subjects and issues involved and opportunity for interested persons to submit written comment, the Commission may, by order, declare such plan or amendment effective if it finds that such plan or amendment is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Commission in its order may restrict the categories of violations to be designated as minor rule violations and may impose any other terms or conditions to the plan (including abbreviated reporting of selected minor rule violations) and to the period of its effectiveness which it deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contents of notice required by paragraph (c)(1).</I> Any notice filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall consist of the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the respondent concerned together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the records of the self-regulatory organization and the name of the person, committee, or other organizational unit which brought the charges involved; except that, as to any respondent who has been found not to have violated a provision covered by a charge, identifying information with respect to such person may be deleted insofar as the notice reports the disposition of that charge, unless, prior to the filing of the notice, the respondent requests otherwise;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement describing the investigative or other origin of the action;
</P>
<P>(3) As charged in the proceeding, the specific provisions of the Act, the rules or regulations thereunder, the rules of the organization, and, in the case of a registered securities association, the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, and, in the event a violation of other statutes or rules constitutes a violation of any rule of the organization, such other statutes or rules; and a statement describing the answer of the respondent to the charges;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement setting forth findings of fact with respect to any act or practice which such respondent was charged with having engaged in or omitted; the conclusion of the organization as to whether such respondent is deemed to have violated any provision covered by the charges; and a statement of the organization in support of the resolution of the principal issues raised in the proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(5) A statement describing any sanction imposed, the reasons therefor, and the date upon which such sanction has or will become effective, together with a finding if appropriate, as to whether such respondent was a cause of any sanction imposed upon any other person; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Such other matters as the organization may deem relevant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of final denial, bar, prohibition, termination or limitation based on qualification or administrative rules.</I> Any final action of a self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency that is taken with respect to any person constituting a denial, bar, prohibition, or limitation of membership, participation or association with a member, or of access to services offered by a self-regulatory organization or a member thereof, and which is based on an alleged failure of any person to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pass any test or examination required by the rules of the Commission or such organization;
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with other qualification standards established by rules of the Commission or such organization; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with any administrative requirements of such organization (including failure to pay entry or other dues or fees or to file prescribed forms or reports) not involving charges of violations which may lead to a disciplinary sanction shall not be considered a “disciplinary action” for purposes of paragraph (c) of this rule; but notice thereof shall be promptly filed with the Commission in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, <I>Provided, however,</I> That no disposition of a matter shall be considered “final” pursuant to this paragraph which results merely from a notice of such failure to the person affected, if such person has not sought an adjudication, including a hearing, or otherwise exhausted his administrative remedies within such organization with respect to such a matter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Contents of notice required by paragraph (e).</I> Any notice filed pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section shall consist of the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of each person concerned together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the records of the organization;
</P>
<P>(2) The specific provisions of the Act, the rules or regulations thereunder, the rules of the organization, and, in the case of a registered securities association, the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, upon which the action of the organization was based, and a statement describing the answer of the person concerned;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement setting forth findings of fact and conclusions as to each alleged failure of the person to pass any required examination, comply with other qualification standards, or comply with administrative obligations, and a statement of the organization in support of the resolution of the principal issues raised in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) The date upon which such action has or will become effective; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other matters as the organization may deem relevant.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of final action based upon prior adjudicated statutory disqualifications.</I> Any self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency that takes any final action with respect to any person which:
</P>
<P>(1) Denies or conditions membership or participation in, or association with a member of, such organization or prohibits or limits access to services offered by such organization or a member thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is based upon a statutory disqualification of a type defined in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 3(a)(39) of the Act or consisting of a prior conviction, as described in subparagraph (E) of said section 3(a)(39), shall promptly file a notice of such action with the Commission in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, <I>provided, however,</I> That no disposition of a matter shall be considered “final” pursuant to this paragraph where such person has not sought an adjudication, including a hearing, or otherwise exhausted his administrative remedies within such organization with respect to such a matter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Contents of notice required by paragraph (g).</I> Any notice filed pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section shall consist of the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person concerned together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the record of the organization;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement setting forth the principal issues raised, the answer of any person concerned, and a statement of the organization in support of the resolution of the principal issues raised in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Any description furnished by or on behalf of the person concerned of the activities engaged in by the person since the adjudication upon which the disqualification is based;
</P>
<P>(4) Any description furnished by or on behalf of the person concerned of the prospective business or employment in which the person plans to engage and the manner and extent of supervision to be exercised over and by such person;
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of the order or decision of the court, the Commission or the self-regulatory organization which adjudicated the matter giving rise to such statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(6) The nature of the action taken and the date upon which such action is to be made effective; and
</P>
<P>(7) Such other matters as the organization deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice of summary suspension of membership, participation, or association, or summary limitation or prohibition of access to services.</I> If any self-regulatory organization for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency summarily suspends a member, participant, or person associated with a member, or summarily limits or prohibits any person with respect to access to or services offered by the organization or (in the case of a national securities exchange or a registered securities association) a member thereof pursuant to the provisions of section 6(d)(3), 15A(h)(3) or 17A(b)(5) (C) of the Act, such organization shall, within 24 hours of the effectiveness of such summary suspension, limitation or prohibition notify the Commission of such action, which notice shall contain at least the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person concerned together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the records of the organization;
</P>
<P>(2) The date upon which such summary action has or will become effective;
</P>
<P>(3) If such summary action is based upon the provisions of section 6(d)(3)(A), 15A(h)(3)(A), or 17A(b)(5) (C)(i) of the Act, a copy of the relevant order or decision of the self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(4) If such summary action is based upon the provisions of section 6(d)(3) (B) or (C), 15A(h)(3) (B) or (C), or 17A(b)(5)(C) (ii) or (iii) of the Act, a statement describing, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial or operating difficulty of the member or participant upon which such organization determined the member or particpant could not be permitted to continue to do business with safety to investors, creditors, other members or participants, or the organization;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pertinent failure to meet qualification requirements or other prerequisites for access and the basis upon which such organization determined that the person concerned could not be permitted to have access with safety to investors, creditors, other members, or the organization; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The default of any delivery of funds or securities to a clearing agency by a participant.
</P>
<P>(5) The nature and effective date of the suspension, limitation or prohibition; and
</P>
<P>(6) Such other matters as the organization deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(j) Notice of limitation or prohibition of access to services by delisting of security. Any national securities exchange for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency that delists a security pursuant to section 12(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(d)), and Sec. 240.12d2-2 must file a notice with the Commission in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) Contents of notice required by paragraph (j) of this section. The national securities exchange shall file notice pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section on Form 25 (§ 249.25 of this chapter). Form 25 shall serve as notification to the Commission of such limitation or prohibition of access to services. The national securities exchange must attach a copy of its delisting determination to Form 25 and file Form 25 with the attachment on EDGAR.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 36415, July 14, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 23831, June 8, 1984; 71 FR 42469, July 22, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19d-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.564" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19d-2   Applications for stays of disciplinary sanctions or summary suspensions by a self-regulatory organization.</HEAD>
<P>If any self-regulatory organization imposes any final disciplinary sanction as to which a notice is required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(d)(1) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d)(1), pursuant to Section 6(b)(6), 15A(b)(7) or 17A(b)(3)(G) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6), 78<I>o</I>-3(b)(7) or 78q-1(b)(3)(G)), or summarily suspends or limits or prohibits access pursuant to Section 6(d)(3), 15A(h)(3) or 17A(b)(5)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(d)(3), 78<I>o</I>-3(h)(3) or 78q-1(b)(5)(C)), any person aggrieved thereby for which the Commission is the appropriate regulatory agency may file with the Commission a written motion for a stay of imposition of such action pursuant to Rule 401 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.401 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32825, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19d-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.565" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19d-3   Applications for review of final disciplinary sanctions, denials of membership, participation or association, or prohibitions or limitations of access to services imposed by self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>Applications to the Commission for review of any final disciplinary sanction, denial or conditioning of membership, participation, bar from association, or prohibition or limitation with respect to access to services offered by a self-regulatory organization or a member thereof by any such organization shall be made pursuant to Rule 420 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, § 201.420 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 32825, June 23, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19d-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.566" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19d-4   Notice by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of disapproval of registration or of disciplinary action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Board</I> means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public accounting firm</I> shall have the meaning set forth in 15 U.S.C. 7201(a)(11). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Registered public accounting firm</I> shall have the meaning set forth in 15 U.S.C. 7201(a)(12). 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Associated person</I> shall mean a person associated with a registered public accounting firm as defined in 15 U.S.C. 7201(a)(9). 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Notice of disapproval of registration.</I> If the Board disapproves a completed application for registration by a public accounting firm, the Board shall file a notice of its disapproval with the Commission within 30 days and serve a copy on the public accounting firm. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents of the notice.</I> The notice required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall provide the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the public accounting firm and the public accounting firm's last known address as reflected in the Board's records; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the Board's disapproval, and a copy of the Board's written notice of disapproval; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Such other information as the Board may deem relevant. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Notice of disciplinary action.</I> If the Board imposes any final disciplinary sanction on any registered public accounting firm or any associated person of a registered public accounting firm under 15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(3) or 7215(c), the Board shall file a notice of the disciplinary sanction with the Commission within 30 days and serve a copy on the person sanctioned. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents of the notice.</I> The notice required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall provide the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the registered public accounting firm or the associated person, together with the firm's or the person's last known address as reflected in the Board's records; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the acts or practices, or omissions to act, upon which the sanction is based; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the sanction imposed, the reasons therefor, or a copy of the Board's statement justifying the sanction, and the effective date of such sanction; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Such other information as the Board may deem relevant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 13182, Mar. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19g2-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.567" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19g2-1   Enforcement of compliance by national securities exchanges and registered securities associations with the Act and rules and regulations thereunder.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In enforcing compliance, within the meaning of section 19(g) of the Act, with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder by its members and persons associated with its members, a national securities exchange or registered securities association is not required: 
</P>
<P>(1) To enforce compliance with sections 12 (other than sections 12(j) and 12(k)), 13, 14 (other than section 14(b)), 15(d) and 16 and the rules thereunder except to the extent of any action normally taken with respect to any person which is not a member or a person associated with a member; 
</P>
<P>(2) To enforce compliance with respect to persons associated with a member, other than securities persons or persons who control a member; and 
</P>
<P>(3) To conduct examinations as to qualifications of, require filing of periodic reports by, or conduct regular inspections (including examinations of books and records) of, persons associated with a member, other than securities persons whose functions are not solely clerical or ministerial. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this rule: 
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>securities person</I> is a person who is a general partner or officer (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee of a member; <I>Provided, however,</I> That a registered broker or dealer which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the member and the general partners and officers (and persons occupying similar status or performing similar functions) and employees of such a registered broker or dealer shall be securities persons if they effect, directly or indirectly, transactions in securities through the member by use of facilities maintained or supervised by such exchange or association; and 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Control</I> means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise; <I>Provided, however,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who, directly or indirectly, (A) has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities, (B) is entitled to receive 25 percent or more of the net profits, or (C) is a director (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of a company shall be presumed to be a person who controls such company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person not covered by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section shall be presumed not to be a person who controls such company; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any presumption may be rebutted on an appropriate showing. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 3, 6, 19, 23, 48 Stat. 882, 885, 898, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78c, 78f, 78s, 78w); sec. 15A, 52 Stat. 1070, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o-</I>3)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 51808, Nov. 24, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.19h-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.114.568" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.19h-1   Notice by a self-regulatory organization of proposed admission to or continuance in membership or participation or association with a member of any person subject to a statutory disqualification, and applications to the Commission for relief therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of admission or continuance notwithstanding a statutory disqualification.</I> (1) Any self-regulatory organization proposing, conditionally or unconditionally, to admit to, or continue any person in, membership or participation or (in the case of a national securities exchange or registered securities association) association with a member, notwithstanding a statutory disqualification, as defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act, with respect to such person, shall file a notice with the Commission of such proposed admission or continuance. If such disqualified person has not consented to the terms of such proposal, notice of the organization's action shall be filed pursuant to rule 19d-1 under the Act and not this rule.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a person associated with a member of a national securities exchange or registered securities association, notices need be filed with the Commission pursuant to this rule only if such person:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls such member, is a general partner or officer (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of such member, is an employee who, on behalf of such member, is engaged in securities advertising, public relations, research, sales, trading, or training or supervision of other employees who engage or propose to engage in such activities, except clerical and ministerial persons engaged in such activities, or is an employee with access to funds, securities or books and records, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a broker or dealer not registered with the Commission, or controls such (unregistered) broker or dealer or is a general partner or officer (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of such broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) A notice need not be filed with the Commission pursuant to this rule if:
</P>
<P>(i) The person subject to the statutory disqualification is already a participant in, a member of, or a person associated with a member of, a self-regulatory organization, and the terms and conditions of the proposed admission by another self-regulatory organization are the same in all material respects as those imposed or not disapproved in connection with such person's prior admission or continuance pursuant to an order of the Commission under paragraph (d) of this section or other substantially equivalent written communication.
</P>
<P>(ii) The self-regulatory organization finds, after reasonable inquiry, that except for the identity of the employer concerned, the terms and conditions of the proposed admission or continuance are the same in all material respects as those imposed or not disapproved in connection with a prior admission or continuance of the person subject to the statutory disqualification pursuant to an order of the Commission under paragraph (d) of this section or other substantially equivalent written communication and that there is no intervening conduct or other circumstance that would cause the employment to be inconsistent with the public interest or the protection of investors;
</P>
<P>(iii) The disqualification consists of (A) an injunction from engaging in any action, conduct, or practice specified in section 15(b)(4)(C) of the Act, which injunction was entered 10 or more years prior to the proposed admission or continuance—<I>Provided, however,</I> That in the case of a final or permanent injunction which was preceded by a preliminary injunction against the same person in the same court proceeding, such ten-year period shall begin to run from the date of such preliminary injunction—and/or (B) a finding by the Commission or a self-regulatory organization of a willful violation of the Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a rule or regulation under one or more of such Acts and the sanction for such violation is no longer in effect; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The disqualification previously (A) was a basis for the institution of an administrative proceeding pursuant to a provision of the federal securities laws, and (B) was considered by the Commission in determining a sanction against such person in the proceeding; and the Commission concluded in such proceeding that it would not restrict or limit the future securities activities of such person in the capacity now proposed or, if it imposed any such restrictions or limitations for a specified time period, such time period has elapsed;
</P>
<P>(v) The disqualification consists of a court order or judgment of injunction or conviction, and such order or judgment (A) expressly includes a provision that, on the basis of such order or judgment, the Commission will not institute a proceeding against such person pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B of the Act or that the future securities activities of such persons in the capacity now proposed will not be restricted or limited or (B) includes such restrictions or limitations for a specified time period and such time period has elapsed; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of a person seeking to become associated with a broker or dealer or municipal securities dealer, the Commission has previously consented to such proposed association pursuant to section 15(b)(6) or 15B(c)(4) of the Act.
</P>
<FP>In the case of an admission to membership, participation, or association, if an exception provided for in this paragraph (a)(3) is applicable, the self-regulatory organization shall, pursuant to its rules, determine when the admission to membership, participation, or association shall become effective.
</FP>
<P>(4) If a self-regulatory organization determines to admit to, or continue any person in, membership, participation, or association with a member pursuant to an exception from the notice requirements provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii), (iv) or (v) of this section, such organization shall, within 14 calendar days of its making of such determination, furnish to the Commission, by letter, a notification setting forth, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the person subject to the statutory disqualification;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the person's prospective and immediately preceding employers who are (were) brokers or dealers or municipal securities dealers;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the person's prospective supervisor(s);
</P>
<P>(iv) The respective places of such employments as reflected on the records of the self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(v) If applicable, the findings of the self-regulatory organization referred to in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section and the nature (including relevant dates) of the previous Commission or court determination referred to in paragraph (a)(3)(iv) or (v) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) An identification of any other self-regulatory organization which has indicated its agreement with the terms and conditions of the proposed admission or continuance;
</P>
<P>(5) If a notice or notification has been previously filed or furnished pursuant to this rule by a self-regulatory organization, any other such organization need not file or furnish a separate notice or notification pursuant to this rule with respect to the same matter if such other organization agrees with the terms and conditions of the membership, participation or association reflected in the notice or notification so filed or furnished, and such agreement is set forth in the notice or notification.
</P>
<P>(6) The notice requirements of sections 6(c)(2), 15A(g)(2), and 17A(b)(4)(A) of the Act concerning an action of a self-regulatory organization subject to one (or more) of such sections and this paragraph (a) shall be satisfied by a notice with respect to such action filed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The Commission, by written notice to a self-regulatory organization on or before the thirtieth day after receipt of a notice under this Rule, may direct that such organization not admit to membership, participation, or association with a member any person who is subject to a statutory disqualification for a period not to exceed an additional 60 days beyond the initial 30 day notice period in order that the Commission may extend its consideration of the proposal; <I>Provided, however,</I> That during such extended period of consideration, the Commission will not direct the self-regulatory organization to bar the proposed admission to membership, participation or association with a member pursuant to section 6(c)(2), 15A(g)(2), or 17A(b)(4)(A) of the Act, and the Commission will not institute proceedings pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B of the Act on the basis of such disqualification if the self-regulatory organization has permitted the admission to membership, participation or association with a member, on a temporary basis, pending a final Commission determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preliminary notifications.</I> Promptly after receiving an application for admission to, or continuance in, participation or membership in, or association with a member of, a self-regulatory organization which would be required to file with the Commission a notice thereof pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section if such admission or continuance is ultimately proposed by such organization, the organization shall file with the Commission a notification of such receipt. Such notification shall include, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date of such receipt;
</P>
<P>(2) The names of the person subject to the statutory disqualification and the prospective employer concerned together with their respective last known places of residence or business as reflected on the records of the organization;
</P>
<P>(3) The basis for any such disqualification including (if based on a prior adjudication) a copy of the order or decision of the court, the Commission, or the self-regulatory organization which adjudicated the matter giving rise to the disqualification; and
</P>
<P>(4) The capacity in which the person concerned is proposed to be employed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of notice of admission or continuance.</I> A notice filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall contain the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person concerned together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the records of the self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(2) The basis for any such disqualification from membership, participation or association including (if based on a prior adjudication) a copy of the order or decision of the court, the Commission or the self-regulatory organization which adjudicated the matter giving rise to such disqualification;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of an admission, the date upon which it is proposed by the organization that such membership, participation or association shall become effective, which shall be not less than 30 days from the date upon which the Commission receives the notice; 
</P>
<P>(4) A description by or on behalf of the person concerned of the activities engaged in by the person since the disqualification arose, the prospective business or employment in which the person plans to engage and the manner and extent of supervision to be exercised over and by such person. This description shall be accompanied by a written statement submitted to the self-regulatory organization by the proposed employer setting forth the terms and conditions of such employment and supervision. The description also shall include (i) the qualifications, experience and disciplinary records of the proposed supervisors of the person and their family relationship (if any) to that person; (ii) the findings and results of all examinations conducted, during the two years preceding the filing of the notice, by self-regulatory organizations of the main office of the proposed employer and of the branch office(s) in which the employment will occur or be subject to supervisory controls; (iii) a copy of a completed Form U-4 with respect to the proposed association of such person and a certification by the self-regulatory organization that such person is fully qualified under all applicable requirements to engage in the proposed activities; and (iv) the name and place of employment of any other associated person of the proposed employer who is subject to a statutory disqualification (other than a disqualification specified in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section);
</P>
<P>(5) If a hearing on the matter has been held by the organization, a certified record of the hearing together with copies of any exhibits introduced therein;
</P>
<P>(6) All written submissions not included in a certified oral hearing record which were considered by the organization in its disposition of the matter;
</P>
<P>(7) An identification of any other self-regulatory organization which has indicated its agreement with the terms and conditions of the proposed admission or continuance;
</P>
<P>(8) All information furnished in writing to the self-regulatory organization by the staff of the Commission for consideration by the organization in its disposition of the matter or the incorporation by reference of such information, and a statement of the organization's views thereon; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Such other matters as the organization or person deems relevant. 
</P>
<FP>If the notice contains assertions of material facts not a matter of record before the self-regulatory organization, such facts shall be sworn to by affidavit of the person or organization offering such facts for Commission consideration. The notice may be accompanied by a brief. 
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Application to the Commission for relief from certain statutory disqualifications.</I> The filing of a notice pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall neither affect nor foreclose any action which the Commission may take with respect to such person pursuant to the provisions of section 15(b), 15B or 19(h) of the Act or any rule thereunder. Accordingly, a notice filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section with respect to the membership, participation, or association of any person subject to an “applicable disqualification,” as defined in paragraph (f) of this section, may be accompanied by an application by or on behalf of the person concerned to the Commission for an order declaring, as applicable, that notwithstanding such disqualification, the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(1) Will not institute proceedings pursuant to section 15(b)(1)(B), 15(b)(4), 15(b)(6), 15B(a)(2), 15B(c)(2), 19(h)(2) or 19(h)(3) of the Act if such person seeks to obtain or continue registration as a broker or dealer or municipal securities dealer or association with a broker or dealer or municipal securities dealer so registered, or membership or participation in a self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(2) Will not direct otherwise, as provided in section 6(c)(2), 15A(g)(2) or 17A(b)(4)(A) of the Act; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Will deem such person qualified pursuant to Rule G-4 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board under the Act.
</P>
<FP>If a Commission consent is required in order to render a proposed association lawful under section 15(b)(6) or 15B(c)(4) of the Act, an application by or on behalf of the person seeking such consent shall accompany the notice of the proposed association filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The Commission may, in its discretion and subject to such terms and conditions as it deems necessary, issue such an order and consent should the Commission determine not to object to the position of the self-regulatory organization set forth in the notice or application; <I>Provided, however,</I> That nothing herein shall foreclose the right of any person, at his election, to apply directly to the Commission for such consent, if he makes such application pursuant to the terms of an existing order of the Commission under section 15(b)(6) or 15B(c)(4) of the Act limiting his association with a broker or dealer or municipal securities dealer but explicitly granting him such a right to apply for entry or reentry at a later time. 
</FP>
<P>(e) <I>Contents of application to the Commission.</I> An application to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section shall consist of the following, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person subject to the disqualification together with his last known place of residence or business as reflected on the records of the self-regulatory organization; 
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the order or decision of the court, the Commission or the self-regulatory organization which adjudicated the matter giving rise to such “applicable disqualification”; 
</P>
<P>(3) The nature of the relief sought and the reasons therefor; 
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the activities engaged in by the person since the disqualification arose; 
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the prospective business or employment in which the person plans to engage and the manner and extent of supervision to be exercised over and by such person. This description shall be accompanied by a written statement submitted to the self-regulatory organization by the proposed employer setting forth the terms and conditions of such employment and supervision. The description also shall include (i) the qualifications, experience, and disciplinary records of the proposed supervisors of the person and their family relationship (if any) to that person; (ii) the findings and results of all examinations conducted, during the two years preceding the filing of the application, by self-regulatory organizations of the main office of the proposed employer and of the branch office(s) in which the employment will occur or be subject to supervisory controls; (iii) a copy of a completed Form U-4 with respect to the proposed association of such person and a certification by the self-regulatory organization that such person is fully qualified under all applicable requirements to engage in the proposed activities; and (iv) the name and place of employment of any other associated person of the proposed employer who is subject to a statutory disqualification (other than a disqualification specified in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(6) If a hearing on the matter has been held by the organization, a certified copy of the hearing record, together with copies of any exhibits introduced therein;
</P>
<P>(7) All written submissions not included in a certified oral hearing record which were considered by the organization in its disposition of the matter;
</P>
<P>(8) All information furnished in writing to the self-regulatory organization by the staff of the Commission for consideration by the organization in its disposition of the matter or the incorporation by reference of such information, and a statement of the organization's views thereon; and
</P>
<P>(9) Such other matters as the organization or person deems relevant.
</P>
<FP>If the application contains assertions of material facts not a matter of record before the organization, such facts shall be sworn to by affidavit of the person or organization offering such facts for Commission consideration.
</FP>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this rule:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>applicable disqualification</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(i) Any effective order of the Commission pursuant to section 15(b) (4) or (6), 15B(c) (2) or (4) or 19(h) (2) or (3) of the Act—
</P>
<P>(A) Revoking, suspending or placing limitations on the registration, activities, functions, or operations of a broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) Suspending, barring, or placing limitations on the association, activities, or functions of an associated person of a broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) Suspending or expelling any person from membership or participation in a self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(D) Suspending or barring any person from being associated with a member of a national securities exchange or registered securities association;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any conviction of injunction of a type described in section 15(b)(4) (B) or (C) of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A failure under the provisions of Rule G-4 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board under the Act, to meet qualifications standards, and such failure may be remedied by a finding or determination by the Commission pursuant to such rule(s) that the person affected nevertheless meets such standards.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>control</I> shall mean the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise; <I>Provided, however,</I> That
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who, directly or indirectly, (A) has the right to vote 10 percent or more of the voting securities, (B) is entitled to receive 10 percent or more of the net profits, or (C) is a director (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of a company shall be presumed to be a person who controls such company;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person not covered by paragraph (i) shall be presumed not to be a person who controls such company; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any presumption may be rebutted on an appropriate showing.
</P>
<P>(g) Where it deems appropriate to do so, the Commission may determine whether to (1) direct, pursuant to section 6(c)(2), 15A(g)(2) or 17A(b)(4)(A) of the Act, that a proposed admission covered by a notice filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be denied or an order barring a proposed association issued or (2) grant or deny an application filed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section on the basis of the notice or application filed by the self-regulatory organization, the person subject to the disqualification, or other applicant (such as the proposed employer) on behalf of such person, without oral hearing. Any request for oral hearing or argument should be submitted with the notice or application.
</P>
<P>(h) The Rules of Practice (17 CFR part 201) shall apply to proceedings under this rule to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this rule.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> as amended by Pub. L. 94-29 (June 4, 1975) and by Pub. L. 98-38 (June 6, 1983), particularly secs. 11A, 15, 19 and 23 thereof (15 U.S.C. 78k-1, 78<I>o,</I> 78s and 78w)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 58661, Dec. 3, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 53691, Nov. 29, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="115" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Securities Whistleblower Incentives and Protections</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 240.21F-1 through 240.21F-17 appear at 76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.569" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-1   General.</HEAD>
<P>Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78u-6), entitled “Securities Whistleblower Incentives and Protection,” requires the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) to pay awards, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to whistleblowers who provide the Commission with original information about violations of the Federal securities laws. These rules describe the whistleblower program that the Commission has established to implement the provisions of Section 21F, and explain the procedures you will need to follow in order to be eligible for an award. You should read these procedures carefully because the failure to take certain required steps within the time frames described in these rules may disqualify you from receiving an award for which you otherwise may be eligible. Unless expressly provided for in these rules, no person is authorized to make any offer or promise, or otherwise to bind the Commission with respect to the payment of any award or the amount thereof. The Securities and Exchange Commission's Office of the Whistleblower administers our whistleblower program. Questions about the program or these rules should be directed to the SEC Office of the Whistleblower, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-5631.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.570" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-2   Whistleblower status, award eligibility, confidentiality, and retaliation protections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Whistleblower status.</I> (1) You are a whistleblower for purposes of Section 21F of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6) as of the time that, alone or jointly with others, you provide the Commission with information in writing that relates to a possible violation of the federal securities laws (including any law, rule, or regulation subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission) that has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur.
</P>
<P>(2) A whistleblower must be an individual. A company or other entity is not eligible to be a whistleblower.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Award eligibility.</I> To be eligible for an award under Section 21F(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(b)) based on any information you provide that relates to a possible violation of the federal securities laws, you must comply with the procedures and the conditions described in §§ 240.21F-4, 240.21F-8, and 240.21F-9. You should carefully review those rules before you submit any information that you may later wish to rely upon to claim an award.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality protections.</I> To qualify for the confidentiality protections afforded by Section 21F(h)(2) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(2)) based on any information you provide that relates to a possible violation of the federal securities laws, you must comply with the procedures and the conditions described in Rule 21F-9(a) (§ 240.21F-9(a)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retaliation protections.</I> (1) To qualify for the retaliation protections afforded by Section 21F(h)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(1)), you must satisfy all of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) You must qualify as a whistleblower under paragraph (a) of this section before experiencing the retaliation for which you seek redress;
</P>
<P>(ii) You must reasonably believe that the information you provide to the Commission under paragraph (a) of this section relates to a possible violation of the federal securities laws; and
</P>
<P>(iii) You must perform a lawful act that meets the following two criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) First, the lawful act must be performed in connection with any of the activities described in Section 21F(h)(1)(A)(i) through (iii) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(1)(A)(i) through (iii)); and
</P>
<P>(B) Second, the lawful act must relate to the subject matter of your submission to the Commission under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) To receive retaliation protection for a lawful act described in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, you do not need to qualify as a whistleblower under paragraph (a) of this section before performing the lawful act, but you must qualify as a whistleblower under paragraph (a) of this section before experiencing retaliation for the lawful act.
</P>
<P>(3) To qualify for retaliation protection, you do not need to satisfy the procedures and conditions for award eligibility in §§ 240.21F-4, 240.21F-8, and 240.21F-9.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 21F(h)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(1)), including any rules promulgated thereunder, shall be enforceable in an action or proceeding brought by the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75942, Nov. 5, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.571" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-3   Payment of awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commission actions:</I> Subject to the eligibility requirements described in §§ 240.21F-2, 240.21F-8, and 240.21F-16 of this chapter, the Commission will pay an award or awards to one or more whistleblowers who:
</P>
<P>(1) Voluntarily provide the Commission
</P>
<P>(2) With original information
</P>
<P>(3) That leads to the successful enforcement by the Commission of a Federal court or administrative action
</P>
<P>(4) In which the Commission obtains monetary sanctions totaling more than $1,000,000.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>The terms <I>voluntarily, original information, leads to successful enforcement, action,</I> and <I>monetary sanctions</I> are defined in § 240.21F-4 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Related actions:</I> The Commission will also pay an award based on amounts collected in certain related actions.
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>related action</I> is a judicial or administrative action that is brought by one of the governmental entities listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section or a self-regulatory organization as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section (collectively “governmental/SRO authority”), that yields monetary sanctions, and that is based upon information that either the whistleblower provided directly to a governmental/SRO entity or the Commission itself passed along to the governmental/SRO entity pursuant to the Commission's procedures for sharing information, and which is the same original information that the whistleblower voluntarily provided to the Commission and that led the Commission to obtain monetary sanctions totaling more than $1,000,000.
</P>
<P>(i) The Attorney General of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate regulatory authority (as defined in § 240.21F-4); or
</P>
<P>(iii) A state Attorney General in a criminal case; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A self-regulatory organization (as defined in § 240.21F-4).


</P>
<P>(2) In order for the Commission to make an award in connection with a related action, the Commission must determine that the same original information that the whistleblower gave to the Commission also led to the successful enforcement of the related action under the same criteria described in these rules for awards made in connection with Commission actions. The Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from the authority bringing the related action in making this determination. The Commission will deny an award in connection with the related action if:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commission determines that the criteria for an award are not satisfied; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission is unable to make a determination because the Office of the Whistleblower could not obtain sufficient and reliable information that could be used as the basis for an award determination pursuant to § 240.21F-12(a) of this chapter. Additional procedures apply to the payment of awards in related actions. These procedures are described in §§ 240.21F-11 and 240.21F-14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The following provision shall apply where a claimant's application for a potential related action may also involve a potential recovery from a comparable whistleblower award program (as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section) for that same action.
</P>
<P>(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if a judicial or administrative action is subject to a separate monetary award program established by the Federal Government, a state government, or a self-regulatory organization (SRO), the action will be deemed eligible to qualify as a potential related-action only if either:
</P>
<P>(A) The Commission finds that the maximum total award that could potentially be paid by the Commission based on the monetary sanctions imposed would not exceed $5 million; or
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission finds (based on the facts and circumstances of the action) that the Commission's whistleblower award program has the more direct or relevant connection to that action.
</P>
<P>(ii) In determining whether a potential related action has a more direct or relevant connection to the Commission's whistleblower program than another award program, the Commission will consider the nature, scope, and impact of the misconduct charged in the potential related action, and its relationship to the Federal securities laws. This inquiry may include consideration of, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) The relative extent to which the misconduct charged in the potential related action implicates the public policy interests underlying the Federal securities laws (such as investor protection) rather than other law-enforcement or regulatory interests (such as tax collection or fraud against the Federal Government);
</P>
<P>(B) The degree to which the monetary sanctions imposed in the potential related action are attributable to conduct that also underlies the Federal securities law violations that were the subject of the Commission's enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(C) Whether the potential related action involves state-law claims and the extent to which the state may have a whistleblower award program that potentially applies to that type of law-enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(iii) The conditions in paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section apply to a determination under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) The Commission shall not make a related-action award to a claimant (or any payment on a related-action award if the Commission has already made an award determination) if the claimant receives any payment from the other program for that action.
</P>
<P>(B) If a claimant was denied an award by the other award program, the claimant will not be permitted to re-adjudicate any issues before the Commission that the governmental/SRO entity responsible for administering the other whistleblower award program resolved, pursuant to a final order of such government/SRO entity, against the claimant as part of the award denial.
</P>
<P>(C) If the Commission makes an award before an award determination is finalized by the governmental/SRO entity responsible for administering the other award program, the award shall be conditioned on the claimant making an irrevocable waiver of any claim to an award from the other award program. The claimant's irrevocable waiver must be made within 60 calendar days of the claimant receiving notification of the Commission's final order.
</P>
<P>(iv) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(3)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section apply to program comparability determinations.
</P>
<P>(A) For purposes of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, a comparable whistleblower award program is an award program that satisfies the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The award program is administered by an authority or entity other than the Commission;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The award program does not have an award range that could operate in a particular action to yield an award for a claimant that is meaningfully lower (when assessed against the maximum and minimum potential awards that program would allow) than the award range that the Commission's program could yield (<I>i.e.,</I> 10 to 30 percent of collected monetary sanctions);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The award program does not have a cap that could operate in a particular action to yield an award for a claimant that is meaningfully lower than the maximum award the Commission could grant for the action (<I>i.e.,</I> 30 percent of collected monetary sanctions in the related action); and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The authority or entity administering the program may not in its discretion deny an award if a whistleblower satisfies the established eligibility requirements and award criteria.
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission shall make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether an alternative award program is a comparable award program for purposes of the particular action on which the claimant is seeking a related-action award with respect to paragraphs (b)(3)(iv)(A)(<I>2</I>) through (<I>3</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) If the Commission determines that an alternative award program is not comparable, the Commission shall condition its award on the meritorious whistleblower making within 60 calendar days of receiving notification of the Commission's final award an irrevocable waiver of any claim to an award from the other award program.
</P>
<P>(D) A whistleblower whose related-action award application is subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(3) of this section (including a whistleblower whose related-action award application implicates another award program that does not qualify as a comparable program as a result of paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(A) of this section) must demonstrate that the whistleblower has complied with the terms and conditions of this section regarding an irrevocable waiver. This shall include taking all steps necessary to authorize the administrators of the other program to confirm to staff in the Office of the Whistleblower (or in writing to the claimant or the Commission) that an irrevocable waiver has been made.
</P>
<P>(v) A claimant seeking a related-action award must promptly inform the Office of the Whistleblower if the claimant applies for an award on the same action from another award program.
</P>
<P>(vi) The Commission may deem a claimant ineligible for a related-action award if any of the conditions and requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section in connection with that related action are not satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70943, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54150, Sept. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-4" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.572" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-4   Other definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Voluntary submission of information.</I> (1) Your submission of information is made <I>voluntarily</I> within the meaning of §§ 240.21F-1 through 240.21F-17 of this chapter if you provide your submission before a request, inquiry, or demand that relates to the subject matter of your submission is directed to you or anyone representing you (such as an attorney):
</P>
<P>(i) By the Commission;
</P>
<P>(ii) In connection with an investigation, inspection, or examination by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or any self-regulatory organization; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In connection with an investigation by Congress, any other authority of the Federal government, or a state Attorney General or securities regulatory authority.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission or any of these other authorities direct a request, inquiry, or demand as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to you or your representative first, your submission will not be considered voluntary, and you will not be eligible for an award, even if your response is not compelled by subpoena or other applicable law. However, your submission of information to the Commission will be considered voluntary if you voluntarily provided the same information to one of the other authorities identified above prior to receiving a request, inquiry, or demand from the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) In addition, your submission will not be considered voluntary if you are required to report your original information to the Commission as a result of a pre-existing legal duty, a contractual duty that is owed to the Commission or to one of the other authorities set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or a duty that arises out of a judicial or administrative order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Original information.</I> (1) In order for your whistleblower submission to be considered <I>original information,</I> it must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Derived from your independent knowledge or independent analysis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not already known to the Commission from any other source, unless you are the original source of the information;
</P>
<P>(iii) Not exclusively derived from an allegation made in a judicial or administrative hearing, in a governmental report, hearing, audit, or investigation, or from the news media, unless you are a source of the information; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provided to the Commission for the first time after July 21, 2010 (the date of enactment of the <I>Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Independent knowledge</I> means factual information in your possession that is not derived from publicly available sources. You may gain independent knowledge from your experiences, communications and observations in your business or social interactions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Independent analysis</I> means your own analysis, whether done alone or in combination with others. <I>Analysis</I> means your examination and evaluation of information that may be publicly available, but which reveals information that is not generally known or available to the public.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission will not consider information to be derived from your independent knowledge or independent analysis in any of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) If you obtained the information through a communication that was subject to the attorney-client privilege, unless disclosure of that information would otherwise be permitted by an attorney pursuant to § 205.3(d)(2) of this chapter, the applicable state attorney conduct rules, or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(ii) If you obtained the information in connection with the legal representation of a client on whose behalf you or your employer or firm are providing services, and you seek to use the information to make a whistleblower submission for your own benefit, unless disclosure would otherwise be permitted by an attorney pursuant to § 205.3(d)(2) of this chapter, the applicable state attorney conduct rules, or otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In circumstances not covered by paragraphs (b)(4)(i) or (b)(4)(ii) of this section, if you obtained the information because you were:
</P>
<P>(A) An officer, director, trustee, or partner of an entity and another person informed you of allegations of misconduct, or you learned the information in connection with the entity's processes for identifying, reporting, and addressing possible violations of law;
</P>
<P>(B) An employee whose principal duties involve compliance or internal audit responsibilities, or you were employed by or otherwise associated with a firm retained to perform compliance or internal audit functions for an entity;
</P>
<P>(C) Employed by or otherwise associated with a firm retained to conduct an inquiry or investigation into possible violations of law; or
</P>
<P>(D) An employee of, or other person associated with, a public accounting firm, if you obtained the information through the performance of an engagement required of an independent public accountant under the Federal securities laws (other than an audit subject to § 240.21F-8(c)(4) of this chapter), and that information related to a violation by the engagement client or the client's directors, officers or other employees.
</P>
<P>(iv) If you obtained the information by a means or in a manner that is determined by a United States court to violate applicable Federal or state criminal law; or
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Exceptions.</I> Paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(A) You have a reasonable basis to believe that disclosure of the information to the Commission is necessary to prevent the relevant entity from engaging in conduct that is likely to cause substantial injury to the financial interest or property of the entity or investors;
</P>
<P>(B) You have a reasonable basis to believe that the relevant entity is engaging in conduct that will impede an investigation of the misconduct; or
</P>
<P>(C) At least 120 days have elapsed since you provided the information to the relevant entity's audit committee, chief legal officer, chief compliance officer (or their equivalents), or your supervisor, or since you received the information, if you received it under circumstances indicating that the entity's audit committee, chief legal officer, chief compliance officer (or their equivalents), or your supervisor was already aware of the information.
</P>
<P>(vi) If you obtained the information from a person who is subject to this section, unless the information is not excluded from that person's use pursuant to this section, or you are providing the Commission with information about possible violations involving that person.
</P>
<P>(5) The Commission will consider you to be an <I>original source</I> of the same information that we obtain from another source if the information satisfies the definition of original information and the other source obtained the information from you or your representative. In order to be considered an original source of information that the Commission receives from Congress, any other authority of the Federal government, a state Attorney General or securities regulatory authority, any self-regulatory organization, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, you must have voluntarily given such authorities the information within the meaning of these rules. You must establish your status as the original source of information to the Commission's satisfaction. In determining whether you are the original source of information, the Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from one of the other authorities described above, or from another entity (including your employer), in the event that you claim to be the original source of information that an authority or another entity provided to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) If the Commission already knows some information about a matter from other sources at the time you make your submission, and you are not an original source of that information under paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the Commission will consider you an original source of any information you provide that is derived from your independent knowledge or analysis and that materially adds to the information that the Commission already possesses.
</P>
<P>(7) If you provide information to the Congress, any other authority of the Federal government, a state Attorney General or securities regulatory authority, any self-regulatory organization, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or to an entity's internal whistleblower, legal, or compliance procedures for reporting allegations of possible violations of law, and you, within 120 days, submit the same information to the Commission pursuant to § 240.21F-9 of this chapter, as you must do in order for you to be eligible to be considered for an award, then, for purposes of evaluating your claim to an award under §§ 240.21F-10 and 240.21F-11 of this chapter, the Commission will consider that you provided information as of the date of your original disclosure, report or submission to one of these other authorities or persons. You must establish the effective date of any prior disclosure, report, or submission, to the Commission's satisfaction. The Commission may seek assistance and confirmation from the other authority or person in making this determination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information that leads to successful enforcement.</I> The Commission will consider that you provided original information that led to the successful enforcement of a judicial or administrative action in any of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) You gave the Commission original information that was sufficiently specific, credible, and timely to cause the staff to commence an examination, open an investigation, reopen an investigation that the Commission had closed, or to inquire concerning different conduct as part of a current examination or investigation, and the Commission brought a successful judicial or administrative action based in whole or in part on conduct that was the subject of your original information; or
</P>
<P>(2) You gave the Commission original information about conduct that was already under examination or investigation by the Commission, the Congress, any other authority of the Federal Government, a state attorney general or securities regulatory authority, any self-regulatory organization, or the PCAOB (except in cases where you were an original source of this information as defined in paragraph (b)(5) of this section), and your submission significantly contributed to the success of the action; or
</P>
<P>(3) You reported original information through an entity's internal whistleblower, legal, or compliance procedures for reporting allegations of possible violations of law before or at the same time you reported them to the Commission; the entity later provided your information to the Commission, or provided results of an audit or investigation initiated in whole or in part in response to information you reported to the entity; and the information the entity provided to the Commission satisfies either paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section. Under this paragraph (c)(3), you must also submit the same information to the Commission in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 240.21F-9 within 120 days of providing it to the entity.
</P>
<P>(d) An <I>action</I> generally means a single captioned judicial or administrative proceeding brought by the Commission. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of making an award under § 240.21F-10 of this chapter, the Commission will treat as a Commission action two or more administrative or judicial proceedings brought by the Commission if these proceedings arise out of the same nucleus of operative facts; or
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of determining the payment on an award under § 240.21F-14 of this chapter, the Commission will deem as part of the Commission action upon which the award was based any subsequent Commission proceeding that, individually, results in a monetary sanction of $1,000,000 or less, and that arises out of the same nucleus of operative facts.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of making an award under §§ 240.21F-10 and 240.21F-11, the following will be deemed to be an administrative action and any money required to be paid thereunder will be deemed a monetary sanction under § 240.21F-4(e):
</P>
<P>(i) A non-prosecution agreement or deferred prosecution agreement entered into by the U.S. Department of Justice; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A similar settlement agreement entered into by the Commission outside of the context of a judicial or administrative proceeding to address violations of the securities laws.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Monetary sanctions</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An order to pay money that results from a Commission action or related action and which is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Expressly designated as a penalty, disgorgement, or interest; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Otherwise ordered as relief for the violations that are the subject of the covered action or related action; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any money deposited into a disgorgement fund or other fund pursuant to section 308(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246(b)), as a result of such action or any settlement of such action.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Appropriate regulatory agency</I> means the Commission, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and any other agencies that may be defined as appropriate regulatory agencies under Section 3(a)(34) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Appropriate regulatory authority</I> means an appropriate regulatory agency other than the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means any national securities exchange, registered securities association, registered clearing agency, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, and any other organizations that may be defined as self-regulatory organizations under Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70943, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54151, Sept. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-5" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.573" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-5   Amount of award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The determination of the amount of an award is in the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) If all of the conditions are met for a whistleblower award in connection with a Commission action or a related action, the Commission will then decide the percentage amount of the award applying the criteria set forth in § 240.21F-6 of this chapter and pursuant to the procedures set forth in §§ 240.21F-10 and 240.21F-11 of this chapter. The amount will be at least 10 percent and no more than 30 percent of the monetary sanctions that the Commission and the other authorities are able to collect. The percentage awarded in connection with a Commission action may differ from the percentage awarded in connection with a related action.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Commission makes awards to more than one whistleblower in connection with the same action or related action, the Commission will determine an individual percentage award for each whistleblower, but in no event will the total amount awarded to all whistleblowers in the aggregate be less than 10 percent or greater than 30 percent of the amount the Commission or the other authorities collect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-6" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.574" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-6   Criteria for determining amount of award.</HEAD>
<P>In exercising its discretion to determine the appropriate award, the Commission may consider the following factors (and only the following factors) in relation to the facts and circumstances of each case in setting the dollar or percentage amount of the award. In the event that awards are determined for multiple whistleblowers in connection an action, these factors will be used to determine the relative allocation of awards among the whistleblowers.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Factors that may increase the amount of a whistleblower's award.</I> In determining whether to increase the amount of an award, the Commission will consider the following factors, which are not listed in order of importance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Significance of the information provided by the whistleblower.</I> The Commission will assess the significance of the information provided by a whistleblower to the success of the Commission action or related action. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature of the information provided by the whistleblower and how it related to the successful enforcement action, including whether the reliability and completeness of the information provided to the Commission by the whistleblower resulted in the conservation of Commission resources;
</P>
<P>(ii) The degree to which the information provided by the whistleblower supported one or more successful claims brought in the Commission or related action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Assistance provided by the whistleblower.</I> The Commission will assess the degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in the Commission action or related action. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the whistleblower provided ongoing, extensive, and timely cooperation and assistance by, for example, helping to explain complex transactions, interpreting key evidence, or identifying new and productive lines of inquiry;
</P>
<P>(ii) The timeliness of the whistleblower's initial report to the Commission or to an internal compliance or reporting system of business organizations committing, or impacted by, the securities violations, where appropriate;
</P>
<P>(iii) The resources conserved as a result of the whistleblower's assistance;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the whistleblower appropriately encouraged or authorized others to assist the staff of the Commission who might otherwise not have participated in the investigation or related action;
</P>
<P>(v) The efforts undertaken by the whistleblower to remediate the harm caused by the violations, including assisting the authorities in the recovery of the fruits and instrumentalities of the violations; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any unique hardships experienced by the whistleblower as a result of his or her reporting and assisting in the enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Law enforcement interest.</I> The Commission will assess its programmatic interest in deterring violations of the securities laws by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that leads to the successful enforcement of such laws. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The degree to which an award enhances the Commission's ability to enforce the Federal securities laws and protect investors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The degree to which an award encourages the submission of high quality information from whistleblowers by appropriately rewarding whistleblowers' submission of significant information and assistance, even in cases where the monetary sanctions available for collection are limited or potential monetary sanctions were reduced or eliminated by the Commission because an entity self-reported a securities violation following the whistleblower's related internal disclosure, report, or submission.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the subject matter of the action is a Commission priority, whether the reported misconduct involves regulated entities or fiduciaries, whether the whistleblower exposed an industry-wide practice, the type and severity of the securities violations, the age and duration of misconduct, the number of violations, and the isolated, repetitive, or ongoing nature of the violations; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The dangers to investors or others presented by the underlying violations involved in the enforcement action, including the amount of harm or potential harm caused by the underlying violations, the type of harm resulting from or threatened by the underlying violations, and the number of individuals or entities harmed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Participation in internal compliance systems.</I> The Commission will assess whether, and the extent to which, the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower participated in internal compliance systems. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether, and the extent to which, a whistleblower reported the possible securities violations through internal whistleblower, legal or compliance procedures before, or at the same time as, reporting them to the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether, and the extent to which, a whistleblower assisted any internal investigation or inquiry concerning the reported securities violations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors that may decrease the amount of a whistleblower's award.</I> In determining whether to decrease the amount of an award, the Commission will consider the following factors, which are not listed in order of importance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Culpability.</I> The Commission will assess the culpability or involvement of the whistleblower in matters associated with the Commission's action or related actions. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) The whistleblower's role in the securities violations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The whistleblower's education, training, experience, and position of responsibility at the time the violations occurred;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the whistleblower acted with scienter, both generally and in relation to others who participated in the violations;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the whistleblower financially benefitted from the violations;
</P>
<P>(v) Whether the whistleblower is a recidivist;
</P>
<P>(vi) The egregiousness of the underlying fraud committed by the whistleblower; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the whistleblower knowingly interfered with the Commission's investigation of the violations or related enforcement actions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unreasonable reporting delay.</I> The Commission will assess whether the whistleblower unreasonably delayed reporting the securities violations. In considering this factor, the Commission may take into account, among other things:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the whistleblower was aware of the relevant facts but failed to take reasonable steps to report or prevent the violations from occurring or continuing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the whistleblower was aware of the relevant facts but only reported them after learning about a related inquiry, investigation, or enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether there was a legitimate reason for the whistleblower to delay reporting the violations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interference with internal compliance and reporting systems.</I> The Commission will assess, in cases where the whistleblower interacted with his or her entity's internal compliance or reporting system, whether the whistleblower undermined the integrity of such system. In considering this factor, the Commission will take into account whether there is evidence provided to the Commission that the whistleblower knowingly:
</P>
<P>(i) Interfered with an entity's established legal, compliance, or audit procedures to prevent or delay detection of the reported securities violation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Made any material false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations that hindered an entity's efforts to detect, investigate, or remediate the reported securities violations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provided any false writing or document knowing the writing or document contained any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or entries that hindered an entity's efforts to detect, investigate, or remediate the reported securities violations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional considerations in connection with certain awards of $5 million or less.</I> (1) This subpart applies when the Commission is considering any meritorious award application where:
</P>
<P>(i) The statutory maximum award of 30 percent of the monetary sanctions collected in any covered and related action(s), in the aggregate, is $5 million or less, and the Commission determines that it does not reasonably anticipate that future collections would cause the statutory maximum award to be paid to any whistleblower to exceed $5 million in the aggregate;
</P>
<P>(ii) None of the negative award factors specified in paragraphs §§ 240.21F-6(b)(1) or 240.21F-6(b)(3) were found present with respect to the claimant's award application, and the award claim does not trigger § 240.21F-16 (concerning awards to whistleblowers who engage in culpable conduct);
</P>
<P>(iii) The claimant did not engage in unreasonable reporting delay under § 240.21F-(6)(b)(2) (although the Commission, in its sole discretion, may in certain limited circumstances determine to waive this criterion if the claimant can demonstrate that doing so based on the facts and circumstances of the matter is consistent with the public interest, the promotion of investor protection, and the objectives of the whistleblower program); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The Commission does not otherwise determine in its sole discretion that application of the enhancement afforded by this subpart would be inappropriate because either:
</P>
<P>(A) The whistleblower's assistance in the covered action or related action (as assessed under § 240.21F-6(a) of this section) was, under the relevant facts and circumstances, limited; or
</P>
<P>(B) Providing the enhancement would be inconsistent with the public interest, the promotion of investor protection, or the objectives of the whistleblower program.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Commission determines that the criteria in § 240.21F-6(c)(1) are satisfied, the resulting payout to a claimant for the original information that the claimant provided that led to one or more successful covered or related action(s), collectively, will be the maximum allowed under the statute.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding § 240.21F-6(c)(2), if two or more claimants qualify for an award in connection with any covered action or related action and at least one of those claimant's award applications qualifies under § 240.21F-6(c)(1), the aggregate amount awarded to all meritorious claimants will be the statutory maximum. In allocating that amount among the meritorious claimants, the Commission will consider whether an individual claimant's award application satisfies §§ 240.21F-6(c)(1)(ii) and 240.21F-6(c)(1)(iii).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consideration of the dollar amount of an award.</I> When applying the award factors specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the Commission may consider the dollar amount of a potential award for the limited purpose of increasing the award amount. The Commission shall not, however, use the dollar amount of a potential award as a basis to lower a potential award, including when applying the factors specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70943, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54150, Sept. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-7" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.575" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-7   Confidentiality of submissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to Section 21F(h)(2) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)(2)) and § 240.21F-2(c), the Commission will not disclose information that could reasonably be expected to reveal the identity of a whistleblower provided that the whistleblower has submitted information utilizing the processes specified in § 240.21F-9(a), except that the Commission may disclose such information in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) When disclosure is required to a defendant or respondent in connection with a Federal court or administrative action that the Commission files or in another public action or proceeding that is filed by an authority to which we provide the information, as described below;
</P>
<P>(2) When the Commission determines that it is necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a) and to protect investors, it may provide your information to the Department of Justice, an appropriate regulatory authority, a self regulatory organization, a state attorney general in connection with a criminal investigation, any appropriate state regulatory authority, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or foreign securities and law enforcement authorities. Each of these entities other than foreign securities and law enforcement authorities is subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 21F(h) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6(h)). The Commission will determine what assurances of confidentiality it deems appropriate in providing such information to foreign securities and law enforcement authorities.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission may make disclosures in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a).
</P>
<P>(b) You may submit information to the Commission anonymously. If you do so, however, you must also do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) You must have an attorney represent you in connection with both your submission of information and your claim for an award, and your attorney's name and contact information must be provided to the Commission at the time you submit your information;
</P>
<P>(2) You and your attorney must follow the procedures set forth in § 240.21F-9 of this chapter for submitting original information anonymously; and
</P>
<P>(3) Before the Commission will pay any award to you, you must disclose your identity to the Commission and your identity must be verified by the Commission as set forth in § 240.21F-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70944, Nov. 5, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-8" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.576" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-8   Eligibility and forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for a whistleblower award, you must give the Commission information in the form and manner that the Commission requires. The procedures for submitting information and making a claim for an award are described in § 240.21F-9 through § 240.21F-11 of this chapter. You should read these procedures carefully because you need to follow them in order to be eligible for an award, except that the Commission may, in its sole discretion, waive any of these procedures based upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to any forms required by these rules, the Commission may also require that you provide certain additional information. You may be required to:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide explanations and other assistance in order that the staff may evaluate and use the information that you submitted;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide all additional information in your possession that is related to the subject matter of your submission in a complete and truthful manner, through follow-up meetings, or in other forms that our staff may agree to;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide testimony or other evidence acceptable to the staff relating to whether you are eligible, or otherwise satisfy any of the conditions, for an award; and
</P>
<P>(4) Enter into a confidentiality agreement in a form acceptable to the Office of the Whistleblower, covering any non-public information that the Commission provides to you, and including a provision that a violation of the agreement may lead to your ineligibility to receive an award.
</P>
<P>(c) You are not eligible to be considered for an award if you do not satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. In addition, you are not eligible if:
</P>
<P>(1) You are, or were at the time you acquired the original information provided to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of the Commission, the Department of Justice, an appropriate regulatory agency, a self-regulatory organization, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or any law enforcement organization;
</P>
<P>(2) You are, or were at the time you acquired the original information provided to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of a foreign government, any political subdivision, department, agency, or instrumentality of a foreign government, or any other foreign financial regulatory authority as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(52) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(52));
</P>
<P>(3) You are convicted of a criminal violation that is related to the Commission action or to a related action (as defined in § 240.21F-4 of this chapter) for which you otherwise could receive an award;
</P>
<P>(4) You obtained the original information that you gave the Commission through an audit of a company's financial statements, and making a whistleblower submission would be contrary to requirements of Section 10A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78j-a).
</P>
<P>(5) You are the spouse, parent, child, or sibling of a member or employee of the Commission, or you reside in the same household as a member or employee of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(6) You acquired the original information you gave the Commission from a person:
</P>
<P>(i) Who is subject to paragraph (c)(4) of this section, unless the information is not excluded from that person's use, or you are providing the Commission with information about possible violations involving that person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With the intent to evade any provision of these rules; or
</P>
<P>(7) The Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that, in your whistleblower submission, your other dealings with the Commission (including your dealings beyond the whistleblower program and covered action), or your dealings with another governmental/SRO entity (as specified in § 240.21F-3(b)(1)) in connection with a related action, you knowingly and willfully made any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or used any false writing or document knowing that it contains any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry with intent to mislead or otherwise hinder the Commission or another governmental/SRO entity, provided that this provision should not apply if the Commission, in its discretion, finds it consistent with the public interest, the promotion of investor protection, and the objectives of the whistleblower program.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission may modify or revise Form TCR and Form WB-APP as provided below.
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission will periodically designate on the Commission's web page a Form TCR (Tip, Complaint, or Referral) that individuals seeking to be eligible for an award through the process identified in § 240.21F-9(a)(2) shall use.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission will also periodically designate on the Commission's web page a Form WB-APP for use by individuals seeking to apply for an award in connection with a Commission-covered judicial or administrative action (15 U.S.C. 21F(a)(1)), or a related action (§ 240.21F-3(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(e) The Commission shall have the authority to impose a permanent bar on a claimant as provided below.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Grounds for a permanent bar.</I> Submissions or applications that are frivolous or fraudulent, or that would otherwise hinder the effective and efficient operation of the Whistleblower Program may result in the Commission issuing a permanent bar as part of a final order in the course of considering a whistleblower award application from you. If such a bar is issued, the Office of the Whistleblower will not accept or act on any other applications from you. A permanent bar may be issued in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) If you make three or more award applications for Commission actions that the Commission finds to be frivolous or lacking a colorable connection between the tip (or tips) and the Commission actions for which you are seeking awards; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Commission finds that you have violated paragraph (c)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General procedures for issuance of a permanent bar.</I> The Commission will consider whether to issue a permanent bar in connection with an award application from you. In general, the Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition must state that a bar is being recommended, and you will then have an opportunity to respond in writing in accordance with the award processing procedures specified in §§ 240.21F-10(e)(2) and 240.21F-18(b)(3). If the basis for a bar arises or is discovered after the issuance of a Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition, the Office of the Whistleblower shall notify you and afford you an opportunity to submit a response before the Commission determines whether to issue a bar.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice and opportunity to withdraw frivolous applications.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, before any Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition is issued that may recommend a bar, the Office of the Whistleblower shall advise you of any assessment by that Office that your award application is frivolous (“frivolous application”) or based on a tip that lacks a colorable connection to the action for which you have sought an award (“noncolorable application”). If you withdraw your award application within 30 days of the notification from the Office of the Whistleblower, it will not be considered by the Commission in determining whether to exercise its authority under this paragraph (e).
</P>
<P>(ii) The notification and opportunity to withdraw provided for by paragraph (e)(3)(i) are limited to the first three applications submitted by you that are reviewed by the Office of the Whistleblower and preliminarily deemed by that Office to be either a frivolous application or a noncolorable application. After these first three award applications, you will not be provided notice or an opportunity to withdraw any other frivolous or noncolorable applications.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of determining whether a bar should be imposed under section (e) of this rule, you will not be permitted to withdraw your application:
</P>
<P>(A) After the 30-day period to withdraw has run following notice from the Office of the Whistleblower with respect to the initial three applications assessed by that Office to be frivolous or lacking a colorable connection to the action; or
</P>
<P>(B) After a Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition has issued in connection with any other such application.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Award applications pending before the effective date of paragraph (e).</I> (i) Paragraph (e) of this section shall apply to all award applications pending as of the effective date of paragraph (e) of this section. But with respect to any such pending award applications, the Office of the Whistleblower shall advise you, before any Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition is issued that may recommend a bar, of any assessment by that Office that the conditions for issuing a bar are satisfied because either:
</P>
<P>(A) You submitted an award application prior to the effective date of this section (e) and that application is frivolous or lacking a colorable connection between the tip and the action for which you have sought an award; or
</P>
<P>(B) You made a materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation or used a false writing or document in violation of paragraph (c)(7) of this section prior to the effective date of this section (e).
</P>
<P>(ii) If, within 30 calendar days of the Office of the Whistleblower providing the foregoing notification, you withdraw the relevant award application(s), the withdrawn award application(s) will not be considered by the Commission in determining whether to exercise its authority under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70944, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54151, Sept. 2, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-9" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.577" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-9   Procedures for submitting original information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To submit information in a manner that satisfies § 240.21F-2(b) and § 240.21F-2(c) of this chapter you must submit your information to the Commission by any of these methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Online, through the Commission's website located at <I>www.sec.gov</I>, using the Commission's electronic TCR portal (Tip, Complaint, or Referral);
</P>
<P>(2) Mailing or faxing a Form TCR to the SEC Office of the Whistleblower at the mailing address or fax number designated on the SEC's web page for making such submissions; or
</P>
<P>(3) By any other such method that the Commission may expressly designate on its website as a mechanism that satisfies §§ 240.21F-2(b) and 240.21F-2(c) of this chapter. For a 30-day period following the Commission's designation of any new forms by placing them on the Commission's website, the Commission shall also continue to accept submissions made using the prior version of the forms.
</P>
<P>(b) Further, to be eligible for an award, you must declare under penalty of perjury at the time you submit your information pursuant to paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section that your information is true and correct to the best of your knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, if you are providing your original information to the Commission anonymously, then your attorney must submit your information on your behalf pursuant to the procedures specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Prior to your attorney's submission, you must provide your attorney with a completed Form TCR that you have signed under penalty of perjury. When your attorney makes her submission on your behalf, your attorney will be required to certify that he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) Has verified your identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Has reviewed your completed and signed Form TCR for completeness and accuracy and that the information contained therein is true, correct and complete to the best of the attorney's knowledge, information and belief;
</P>
<P>(3) Has obtained your non-waivable consent to provide the Commission with your original completed and signed Form TCR in the event that the Commission requests it due to concerns that you may have knowingly and willfully made false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations, or used any false writing or document knowing that the writing or document contains any false fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry; and
</P>
<P>(4) Consents to be legally obligated to provide the signed Form TCR within seven (7) calendar days of receiving such request from the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) If you submitted original information in writing to the Commission after July 21, 2010 (the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) but before the effective date of these rules, your submission will be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. If you were an anonymous whistleblower, however, you must provide your attorney with a completed and signed copy of Form TCR  within 60 days of the effective date of these rules, your attorney must retain the signed form in his or her records, and you must provide of copy of the signed form to the Commission staff upon request by Commission staff prior to any payment of an award to you in connection with your submission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you must follow the procedures and conditions for making a claim for a whistleblower award described in §§ 240.21F-10 and 240.21F-11 of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(e) You must follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section within 30 days of when you first provide the Commission with original information that you rely upon as a basis for claiming an award. If you fail to do so, then you will be deemed ineligible for an award in connection with that information (even if you later resubmit that information in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission shall waive your noncompliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) You demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission that you complied with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section within 30 days of first obtaining actual or constructive notice about those requirements (or 30 days from the date you retain counsel to represent you in connection with your submission of original information, whichever occurs first); and
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission can readily develop an administrative record that unambiguously demonstrates that you would otherwise qualify for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70945, Nov. 5, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-10" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.578" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-10   Procedures for making a claim for a whistleblower award in SEC actions that result in monetary sanctions in excess of $1,000,000.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a Commission action results in monetary sanctions totaling more than $1,000,000, the Office of the Whistleblower will cause to be published on the Commission's Web site a “Notice of Covered Action.” Such Notice will be published subsequent to the entry of a final judgment or order that alone, or collectively with other judgments or orders previously entered in the Commission action, exceeds $1,000,000; or, in the absence of such judgment or order subsequent to the deposit of monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000 into a disgorgement or other fund pursuant to Section 308(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. A claimant will have ninety (90) days from the date of the Notice of Covered Action to file a claim for an award based on that action, or the claim will be barred.
</P>
<P>(b) To file a claim for a whistleblower award, you must file Form WB-APP (as specified in § 240.21F-8(d)(2). You must sign this form as the claimant and submit it to the Office of the Whistleblower by mail, email (as a PDF attachment), or fax (or any other manner that the Office permits).
</P>
<P>(1) All claim forms, including any attachments, must be received by the Office of the Whistleblower within ninety (90) calendar days of the date of the Notice of Covered Action in order to be considered for an award.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) of this section, the time period to file an application for an award based on a Commission settlement agreement covered by § 240.21F-4(d) of this chapter shall be governed exclusively by § 240.21F-11(b)(1) of this chapter if the settlement agreement was entered into after July 21, 2010 but before the effective date of this section as amended in 2020.
</P>
<P>(c) If you provided your original information to the Commission anonymously, you must disclose your identity on the Form WB-APP, and your identity must be verified in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Office of the Whistleblower prior to the payment of any award.
</P>
<P>(d) Once the time for filing any appeals of the Commission's judicial or administrative action has expired, or where an appeal has been filed, after all appeals in the action have been concluded, one or more staff members designated by the Director of the Division of Enforcement (“Claims Review Staff”) will evaluate all timely whistleblower award claims submitted on Form WB-APP in accordance with the criteria set forth in these rules. In connection with this process, the Office of the Whistleblower may require that you provide additional information relating to your eligibility for an award or satisfaction of any of the conditions for an award, as set forth in § 240.21F-8(b) of this chapter. Following a determination by the Claims Review Staff (and an opportunity for the Commission to review that determination), the Office of the Whistleblower will send you a Preliminary Determination setting forth a preliminary assessment as to whether the claim should be allowed or denied and, if allowed, setting forth the proposed award dollar and percentage amount, and the grounds therefore.
</P>
<P>(e) You may contest the Preliminary Determination made by the Claims Review Staff by submitting a written response to the Office of the Whistleblower setting forth the grounds for your objection to either the denial of an award or the proposed amount of an award. The response must be in the form and manner that the Office of the Whistleblower shall require. You may also include documentation or other evidentiary support for the grounds advanced in your response. In applying the award factors and standards specified in § 240.21F-6, and determining the award dollar and percentage amounts set forth in the Preliminary Determination, the award factors may be considered by the SEC staff and the Commission in dollar terms, percentage terms or some combination thereof, subject to the limitations imposed by § 240.21F-6(d). Should you choose to contest a Preliminary Determination, you may set forth the reasons for your objection to the proposed amount of an award, including the grounds therefore, in dollar terms, percentage terms or some combination thereof.
</P>
<P>(1) Before determining whether to contest a Preliminary Determination, you may:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 30 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, request that the Office of the Whistleblower make available for your review the materials from among those set forth in § 240.21F-12(a) that formed the basis of the Claims Review Staff's Preliminary Determination.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 30 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, request a meeting with the Office of the Whistleblower; however, such meetings are not required, and the office may in its sole discretion decline the request.
</P>
<P>(2) If you decide to contest the Preliminary Determination, you must submit your written response and supporting materials within 60 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, or if a request to review materials is made pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, then within 60 calendar days of the Office of the Whistleblower making those materials available for your review.
</P>
<P>(f) If you fail to submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then the Preliminary Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission (except where the Preliminary Determination recommended an award, in which case the Preliminary Determination will be deemed a Proposed Final Determination for purposes of paragraph (h) of this section). Your failure to submit a timely response contesting a Preliminary Determination will constitute a failure to exhaust administrative remedies, and you will be prohibited from pursuing an appeal pursuant to § 240.21F-13 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) If you submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then the Claims Review Staff will consider the issues and grounds advanced in your response, along with any supporting documentation you provided, and will make its Proposed Final Determination.
</P>
<P>(h) The Office of the Whistleblower will then notify the Commission of each Proposed Final Determination. Within thirty 30 days thereafter, any Commissioner may request that the Proposed Final Determination be reviewed by the Commission. If no Commissioner requests such a review within the 30-day period, then the Proposed Final Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission. In the event a Commissioner requests a review, the Commission will review the record that the staff relied upon in making its determinations, including your previous submissions to the Office of the Whistleblower, and issue its Final Order.
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of the Whistleblower will provide you with the Final Order of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70945, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54151, Sept. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-11" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.579" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-11   Procedures for determining awards based upon a related action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are eligible to receive an award following a Commission action that results in monetary sanctions totaling more than $1,000,000, you also may be eligible to receive an award in connection with a related action (as defined in § 240.21F-3(b)).
</P>
<P>(b) You must also use Form WB-APP (as specified in § 240.21F-8(d)(2)) to submit a claim for an award in a potential related action. You must sign this form as the claimant and submit it to the Office of the Whistleblower by mail, email (as a PDF attachment), or fax (or any other manner that the Office permits) as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If a final order imposing monetary sanctions has been entered in a potential related action at the time you submit your claim for an award in connection with a Commission action, you must submit your claim for an award in that related action on the same Form WB-APP that you use for the Commission action. For purposes of this paragraph and paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a final order imposing monetary sanctions is entered on the date of a court or administrative order imposing the monetary sanctions; however, with respect to any agreement covered by § 240.21F-4(d) of this chapter (such as a deferred prosecution agreement or a nonprosecution agreement entered by the Department of Justice), the Commission will deem the date of the entry of the final order to be the later of either:
</P>
<P>(i) The effective date of this section as amended in 2020; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date of the earliest public availability of the instrument reflecting the arrangement if evidenced by a press release or similar dated publication notice (or otherwise, the date of the last signature necessary for the agreement).
</P>
<P>(2) If a final order imposing monetary sanctions in a potential related action has not been entered at the time you submit your claim for an award in connection with a Commission action, you must submit your claim on Form WB-APP within ninety (90) days of the issuance of a final order imposing sanctions in the potential related action.


</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Whistleblower may request additional information from you in connection with your claim for an award in a related action to demonstrate that you directly (or through the Commission) voluntarily provided the governmental/SRO entity (as specified in § 240.21F-3(b)(1)) the same original information that led to the Commission's successful covered action, and that this information led to the successful enforcement of the related action. Further, the Office of the Whistleblower, in its discretion, may seek assistance and confirmation from the governmental/SRO entity in making an award determination. Additionally, if your related-action award application might implicate a second whistleblower program, the Office of the Whistleblower is authorized to request information from you or to contact any authority or entity responsible for administering that other program, including disclosing the whistleblower's identity if necessary, to ensure compliance with the terms of § 240.21F-3(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) Once the time for filing any appeals of the final judgment or order in a potential related action has expired, or if an appeal has been filed, after all appeals in the action have been concluded, the Claims Review Staff (as specified in § 240.21F-10(d) of this chapter) will evaluate all timely whistleblower award claims submitted on Form WB-APP in connection with the related action. The evaluation will be undertaken pursuant to the criteria set forth in these rules. In connection with this process, the Office of the Whistleblower may require that you provide additional information relating to your eligibility for an award or satisfaction of any of the conditions for an award, as set forth in § 240.21F-(8)(b) of this chapter. Following a determination by the Claims Review Staff (and an opportunity for the Commission to review that determination), the Office of the Whistleblower will send you a Preliminary Determination setting forth a preliminary assessment as to whether the claim should be allowed or denied and, if allowed, setting forth the proposed award percentage amount.
</P>
<P>(e) You may contest the Preliminary Determination made by the Claims Review Staff by submitting a written response to the Office of the Whistleblower setting forth the grounds for your objection to either the denial of an award or the proposed amount of an award. The response must be in the form and manner that the Office of the Whistleblower shall require. You may also include documentation or other evidentiary support for the grounds advanced in your response. In applying the award factors and standards specified in § 240.21F-6, and determining the award dollar and percentage amounts set forth in the Preliminary Determination, the award factors may be considered by the SEC staff and the Commission in dollar terms, percentage terms or some combination thereof, subject to the limitations imposed by § 240.21F-6(d). Should you choose to contest a Preliminary Determination, you may set forth the reasons for your objection to the proposed amount of an award, including the grounds therefore, in dollar terms, percentage terms or some combination thereof.
</P>
<P>(1) Before determining whether to contest a Preliminary Determination, you may:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 30 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, request that the Office of the Whistleblower make available for your review the materials from among those set forth in § 240.21F-12(a) that formed the basis of the Claims Review Staff's Preliminary Determination.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 30 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, request a meeting with the Office of the Whistleblower; however, such meetings are not required, and the office may in its sole discretion decline the request.
</P>
<P>(2) If you decide to contest the Preliminary Determination, you must submit your written response and supporting materials within 60 calendar days of the date of the Preliminary Determination, or if a request to review materials is made pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, then within 60 calendar days of the Office of the Whistleblower making those materials available for your review.
</P>
<P>(f) If you fail to submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then the Preliminary Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission (except where the Preliminary Determination recommended an award, in which case the Preliminary Determination will be deemed a Proposed Final Determination for purposes of paragraph (h) of this section). Your failure to submit a timely response contesting a Preliminary Determination will constitute a failure to exhaust administrative remedies, and you will be prohibited from pursuing an appeal pursuant to § 240.21F-13 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) If you submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, then the Claims Review Staff will consider the issues and grounds that you advanced in your response, along with any supporting documentation you provided, and will make its Proposed Final Determination.
</P>
<P>(h) The Office of the Whistleblower will notify the Commission of each Proposed Final Determination. Within thirty 30 days thereafter, any Commissioner may request that the Proposed Final Determination be reviewed by the Commission. If no Commissioner requests such a review within the 30-day period, then the Proposed Final Determination will become the Final Order of the Commission. In the event a Commissioner requests a review, the Commission will review the record that the staff relied upon in making its determinations, including your previous submissions to the Office of the Whistleblower, and issue its Final Order.
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of the Whistleblower will provide you with the Final Order of the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70946, Nov. 5, 2020; 87 FR 54151, Sept. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-12" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.580" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-12   Materials that may form the basis of an award determination and that may comprise the record on appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following items constitute the materials that the Commission, the Claims Review Staff (as specified in § 240.21F-10(d) of this chapter), and the Office of the Whistleblower may rely upon to make an award determination pursuant to §§ 240.21F-10, 240.21F-11, and 240.21F-18 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Any publicly available materials from the covered action or related action, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The complaint, notice of hearing, answers and any amendments thereto;
</P>
<P>(ii) The final judgment, consent order, or final administrative order;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any transcripts of the proceedings, including any exhibits;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any items that appear on the docket; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any appellate decisions or orders.
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower's Form TCR, including attachments, and other related materials provided by the whistleblower to assist the Commission with the investigation or examination;
</P>
<P>(3) The whistleblower's Form WB-APP, including attachments, any supplemental materials submitted by the whistleblower before the deadline to file a claim for a whistleblower award for the relevant Notice of Covered Action, and any other materials timely submitted by the whistleblower in response either
</P>
<P>(i) To a request from the Office of the Whistleblower or the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To the Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition that was provided to the claimant;
</P>
<P>(4) Sworn declarations (including attachments) from the Commission staff regarding any matters relevant to the award determination;
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to an award claim involving a related action, any statements or other information that the entity provides or identifies in connection with an award determination, provided the entity has authorized the Commission to share the information with the claimant. (Neither the Commission nor the Claims Review Staff may rely upon information that the entity has not authorized the Commission to share with the claimant); and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other documents or materials from third parties (including sworn declarations) that are received or obtained by the Office of the Whistleblower to resolve the claimant's award application, including information related to the claimant's eligibility. (The Commission, the Claims Review Staff, and the Office of the Whistleblower may not rely upon information that the third party has not authorized the Commission to share with the claimant.)
</P>
<P>(b) These rules do not entitle claimants to obtain from the Commission any materials (including any pre-decisional or internal deliberative process materials that are prepared exclusively to assist the Commission in deciding the claim) other than those listed in paragraph (a) of this section. Moreover, the Office of the Whistleblower may make redactions as necessary to comply with any statutory restrictions, to protect the Commission's law enforcement and regulatory functions, and to comply with requests for confidential treatment from other law enforcement and regulatory authorities. The Office of the Whistleblower may also require you to sign a confidentiality agreement, as set forth in § 240.21F-(8)(b)(4) of this chapter, before providing these materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70947, Nov. 5, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-13" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.581" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-13   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 21F of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-6) commits determinations of whether, to whom, and in what amount to make awards to the Commission's discretion. A determination of whether or to whom to make an award may be appealed within 30 days after the Commission issues its final decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, or to the circuit where the aggrieved person resides or has his principal place of business. Where the Commission makes an award based on the factors set forth in § 240.21F-6 of this chapter of not less than 10 percent and not more than 30 percent of the monetary sanctions collected in the Commission or related action, the Commission's determination regarding the amount of an award (including the allocation of an award as between multiple whistleblowers, and any factual findings, legal conclusions, policy judgments, or discretionary assessments involving the Commission's consideration of the factors in § 240.21F-6 of this chapter) is not appealable.
</P>
<P>(b) The record on appeal shall consist of the Final Order, any materials that were considered by the Commission in issuing the Final Order, and any materials that were part of the claims process leading from the Notice of Covered Action to the Final Order (including, but not limited to, the Notice of Covered Action, whistleblower award applications filed by the claimant, the Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition, materials that were considered by the Claims Review Staff in issuing the Preliminary Determination or that were provided to the claimant by the Office of the Whistleblower in connection with a Preliminary Summary Disposition, and materials that were timely submitted by the claimant in response to the Preliminary Determination or Preliminary Summary Disposition). The record on appeal shall not include any pre-decisional or internal deliberative process materials that are prepared exclusively to assist the Commission and the Claims Review Staff (as specified in § 240.21F-10(d) of this chapter) in deciding the claim (including the staff's Proposed Final Determination or the Office of the Whistleblower's Proposed Final Summary Disposition, or any Draft Preliminary Determination or Draft Summary Disposition that were provided to the Commission for review). When more than one claimant has sought an award based on a single Notice of Covered Action, the Commission may exclude from the record on appeal any materials that do not relate directly to the claimant who is seeking judicial review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 34363, June 13, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 70947, Nov. 5, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-14" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.582" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-14   Procedures applicable to the payment of awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any award made pursuant to these rules will be paid from the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Protection Fund (the “Fund”).
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient of a whistleblower award is entitled to payment on the award only to the extent that a monetary sanction is collected in the Commission action or in a related action upon which the award is based.
</P>
<P>(c) Payment of a whistleblower award for a monetary sanction collected in a Commission action or related action shall be made following the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the monetary sanction is collected; or
</P>
<P>(2) The completion of the appeals process for all whistleblower award claims arising from:
</P>
<P>(i) The Notice of Covered Action, in the case of any payment of an award for a monetary sanction collected in a Commission action; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The related action, in the case of any payment of an award for a monetary sanction collected in a related action.
</P>
<P>(d) If there are insufficient amounts available in the Fund to pay the entire amount of an award payment within a reasonable period of time from the time for payment specified by paragraph (c) of this section, then subject to the following terms, the balance of the payment shall be paid when amounts become available in the Fund, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where multiple whistleblowers are owed payments from the Fund based on awards that do not arise from the same Notice of Covered Action (or related action), priority in making these payments will be determined based upon the date that the collections for which the whistleblowers are owed payments occurred. If two or more of these collections occur on the same date, those whistleblowers owed payments based on these collections will be paid on a pro rata basis until sufficient amounts become available in the Fund to pay their entire payments.
</P>
<P>(2) Where multiple whistleblowers are owed payments from the Fund based on awards that arise from the same Notice of Covered Action (or related action), they will share the same payment priority and will be paid on a pro rata basis until sufficient amounts become available in the Fund to pay their entire payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-15" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.583" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-15   No amnesty.</HEAD>
<P>The Securities Whistleblower Incentives and Protection provisions do not provide amnesty to individuals who provide information to the Commission. The fact that you may become a whistleblower and assist in Commission investigations and enforcement actions does not preclude the Commission from bringing an action against you based upon your own conduct in connection with violations of the Federal securities laws. If such an action is determined to be appropriate, however, the Commission will take your cooperation into consideration in accordance with its Policy Statement Concerning Cooperation by Individuals in Investigations and Related Enforcement Actions (17 CFR 202.12).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-16" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.584" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-16   Awards to whistleblowers who engage in culpable conduct.</HEAD>
<P>In determining whether the required $1,000,000 threshold has been satisfied (this threshold is further explained in § 240.21F-10 of this chapter) for purposes of making any award, the Commission will not take into account any monetary sanctions that the whistleblower is ordered to pay, or that are ordered against any entity whose liability is based substantially on conduct that the whistleblower directed, planned, or initiated. Similarly, if the Commission determines that a whistleblower is eligible for an award, any amounts that the whistleblower or such an entity pay in sanctions as a result of the action or related actions will not be included within the calculation of the amounts collected for purposes of making payments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-17" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.585" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-17   Staff communications with individuals reporting possible securities law violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may take any action to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission staff about a possible securities law violation, including enforcing, or threatening to enforce, a confidentiality agreement (other than agreements dealing with information covered by § 240.21F-4(b)(4)(i) and § 240.21F-4(b)(4)(ii) of this chapter related to the legal representation of a client) with respect to such communications.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a director, officer, member, agent, or employee of an entity that has counsel, and you have initiated communication with the Commission relating to a possible securities law violation, the staff is authorized to communicate directly with you regarding the possible securities law violation without seeking the consent of the entity's counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.21F-18" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.115.586" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.21F-18   Summary disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the procedures specified in § 240.21F-10(d) through (g) and in § 240.21F-11(d) through (g) of this chapter, the Office of the Whistleblower may determine that an award application that meets any of the following conditions for denial shall be resolved through the summary disposition process described further in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) You submitted an untimely award application;
</P>
<P>(2) You did not comply with the requirements of § 240.21F-9 of this chapter when submitting the tip upon which your award claim is based, and you otherwise are not eligible for a waiver under either § 240.21F-9(e) or the Commission's other waiver authorities;
</P>
<P>(3) The information that you submitted was never provided to or used by the staff handling the covered action or the underlying investigation (or examination), and those staff members otherwise had no contact with you;
</P>
<P>(4) You did not comply with § 240.21F-8(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) You failed to specify in the award application the submission pursuant to § 240.21F-9(a) of this chapter upon which your claim to an award is based;
</P>
<P>(6) Your application does not raise any novel or important legal or policy questions.
</P>
<P>(b) The following procedures shall apply to any award application designated for summary disposition:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of the Whistleblower shall issue a Preliminary Summary Disposition that notifies you that your award application has been designated for resolution through the summary disposition process. The Preliminary Summary Disposition shall also state that the Office has preliminarily determined to recommend that the Commission deny the award application and identify the basis for the denial.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to issuing the Preliminary Summary Disposition, the Office of the Whistleblower shall prepare a staff declaration that sets forth any pertinent facts regarding the Office's recommendation to deny your application. At the same time that it provides you with the Preliminary Summary Disposition, the Office of the Whistleblower shall, in its sole discretion, either
</P>
<P>(i) Provide you with the staff declaration; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify you that a staff declaration has been prepared and advise you that you may obtain the declaration only if within fifteen (15) calendar days you sign and complete a confidentiality agreement in a form and manner acceptable to the Office of the Whistleblower pursuant to § 240.21F-8(b)(4) of this chapter. If you fail to return the signed confidentiality agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days, you will be deemed to have waived your ability to receive the staff declaration.
</P>
<P>(3) You may reply to the Preliminary Summary Disposition by submitting a response to the Office of the Whistleblower within thirty (30) calendar days of the later of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of the Preliminary Summary Disposition, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date that the Office of the Whistleblower sends the staff declaration to you following your timely return of a signed confidentiality agreement. The response must identify the grounds for your objection to the denial (or in the case of item (a)(5) of this section, correct the defect). The response must be in the form and manner that the Office of the Whistleblower shall require. You may include documentation or other evidentiary support for the grounds advanced in your response.
</P>
<P>(4) If you fail to submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the Preliminary Summary Disposition will become the Final Order of the Commission. Your failure to submit a timely written response will constitute a failure to exhaust administrative remedies.
</P>
<P>(5) If you submit a timely response pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the Office of the Whistleblower will consider the issues and grounds advanced in your response, along with any supporting documentation that you provided, and will prepare a Proposed Final Summary Disposition. The Office of the Whistleblower may supplement the administrative record as appropriate. (This provision does not prevent the Office of the Whistleblower from determining that, based on your written response, the award claim is no longer appropriate for summary disposition and that it should be resolved through the claims adjudication procedures specified in either §§ 240.21F-10 or 240.21F-11 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(6) The Office of the Whistleblower will then notify the Commission of the Proposed Final Summary Disposition. Within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter, any Commissioner may request that the Proposed Final Summary Disposition be reviewed by the Commission. If no Commissioner requests such a review within the 30-day period, then the Proposed Final Summary Disposition will become the Final Order of the Commission. In the event a Commissioner requests a review, the Commission will consider the award application and issue a Final Order.
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of the Whistleblower will provide you with the Final Order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) In considering an award determination pursuant to this rule, the Office of the Whistleblower and the Commission may rely upon the items specified in § 240.21F-12(a) of this chapter. Further, § 240.21F-12(b) of this chapter shall apply to summary dispositions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 70947, Nov. 5, 2020]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="116" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Publication of Information Filed Under the Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.24b-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.587" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.24b-1   Documents to be kept public by exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>Upon action of the Commission granting an exchange's application for registration or exemption, the exchange shall make available to public inspection at its offices during reasonable office hours a copy of the statement and exhibits filed with the Commission (including any amendments thereto) except those portions thereof to the disclosure of which the exchange shall have filed objection pursuant to § 240.24b-2 which objection shall not have been overruled by the Commission pursuant to section 24(b) of the Act.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 24, 48 Stat. 901; 15 U.S.C. 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For regulations relating to registration and exemption of exchanges, see §§ 240.6a-1 to 240.6a-3.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[13 FR 8214, Dec. 22, 1948] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.24b-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.588" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.24b-2   Nondisclosure of information filed with the Commission and with any exchange.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this rule, confidential treatment requests shall be submitted in paper format only, whether or not the filer is required to submit a filing in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(a) Any person filing any registration statement, report, application, statement, correspondence, notice or other document (herein referred to as the material filed) pursuant to the Act may make written objection to the public disclosure of any information contained therein in accordance with the procedure set forth below. The procedure provided in this rule shall be the exclusive means of requesting confidential treatment of information required to be filed under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (g), (h), (i), (j), and (k) of this section, the person shall omit from material filed the portion thereof which it desires to keep undisclosed (hereinafter called the confidential portion). In lieu thereof, it shall indicate at the appropriate place in the material filed that the confidential portion has been so omitted and filed separately with the Commission. The person shall file with the copies of the material filed with the Commission:


</P>
<P>(1) One copy of the confidential portion, marked “Confidential Treatment,” of the material filed with the Commission. The copy shall contain an appropriate identification of the item or other requirement involved and, notwithstanding that the confidential portion does not constitute the whole of the answer, the entire answer thereto; except that in the case where the confidential portion is part of a financial statement or schedule, only the particular financial statement or schedule need be included. The copy of the confidential portion shall be in the same form as the remainder of the material filed; 
</P>
<P>(2) An application making objection to the disclosure of the confidential portion. Such application shall be on a sheet or sheets separate from the confidential portion, and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of the portion;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the grounds of objection referring to, and containing an analysis of, the applicable exemption(s) from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)), and a justification of the period of time for which confidential treatment is sought;
</P>
<P>(iii) A written consent to the furnishing of the confidential portion to other government agencies, offices or bodies and to the Congress; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The name of each exchange, if any, with which the material is filed.




</P>
<P>(3) The copy of the confidential portion and the application filed in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall be enclosed in a separate envelope marked “Confidential Treatment” and addressed to The Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549. 
</P>
<P>(c) Pending a determination as to the objection filed the material for which confidential treatment has been applied will not be made available to the public. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) If it is determined that the objection should be sustained, a notation to that effect will be made at the appropriate place in the material filed. Such a determination will not preclude reconsideration whenever appropriate, such as upon receipt of any subsequent request under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and, if appropriate, revocation of the confidential status of all or a portion of the information in question. Where an initial determination has been made under this rule to sustain objections to disclosure, the Commission will attempt to give the person requesting confidential treatment advance notice, wherever possible, if confidential treatment is revoked. 
</P>
<P>(2) In any case where an objection to disclosure has been disallowed or where a prior grant of confidential treatment has been revoked, the person who requested such treatment will be so informed by registered or certified mail to the person or his agent for service. Pursuant to § 201.431 of this chapter, persons making objections to disclosure may petition the Commission for review of a determination by the Division disallowing objections or revoking confidential treatment. 
</P>
<P>(e) The confidential portion shall be made available to the public at the time and according to the conditions specified in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the lapse of five days after the dispatch of notice by registered or certified mail of a determination disallowing an objection, if prior to the lapse of such five days the person shall not have communicated to the Secretary of the Commission his intention to seek review by the Commission under § 201.431 of this chapter of the determination made by the Division; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If such a petition for review shall have been filed under § 201.431 of this chapter, upon final disposition thereof adverse to the petitioner. 
</P>
<P>(f) If the confidential portion is made available to the public, one copy thereof shall be attached to each copy of the material filed with the Commission and with each exchange. 
</P>
<P>(g) An SCI entity (as defined in § 242.1000 of this chapter) shall not omit the confidential portion from the material filed in electronic format on Form SCI pursuant to Regulation SCI, § 242.1000 <I>et. seq.,</I> and, in lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, may request confidential treatment of all information provided on Form SCI by completing Section IV of Form SCI.
</P>
<P>(h) A security-based swap data repository shall not omit the confidential portion from the material filed in electronic format pursuant to section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder. In lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, a security-based swap data repository shall request confidential treatment electronically for any material filed in electronic format pursuant to section 13(n) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(i) An institutional investment manager shall omit the confidential portion from the material publicly filed in electronic format pursuant to section 13(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) and the rules and regulations in this part and the instructions to Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter). The institutional investment manager shall indicate in the appropriate place in the material publicly filed that the confidential portion has been so omitted and filed separately with the Commission. In lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, an institutional investment manager shall request confidential treatment electronically pursuant to section 13(f) (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)), the rules and regulations in this part, and the instructions to Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(j)(1) A broker or dealer shall not omit the confidential portion from the material filed in electronic format pursuant to §§ 240.17a-5(d), 240.17a-5(k), 240.17a-12, or 240.17h-2T of this chapter. In lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, a broker or dealer shall request confidential treatment electronically for any material filed in electronic format pursuant to pursuant to §§ 240.17a-5(d), 240.17a-5(k), 240.17a-12, or 240.17h-2T, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap dealer shall not omit the confidential portion from the material filed in electronic format pursuant to § 240.18a-7(c) of this chapter. In lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, a security-based swap dealer shall request confidential treatment electronically for any material filed in electronic format pursuant to § 240.18a-7(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) An entity shall not omit the confidential portion from the material filed in electronic format on Form CA-1 pursuant to § 240.17ab2-1, and, in lieu of the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section, may request confidential treatment of information provided on Form CA-1 by completing Section X of Form CA-1.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 20578, May 19, 1976, as amended at 58 FR 14685, Mar. 18, 1993; 60 FR 32825, June 23, 1995; 60 FR 47692, Sept. 14, 1995; 61 FR 30404, June 14, 1996; 79 FR 72436, Dec. 5, 2014; 80 FR 14556, Mar. 19, 2015; 84 FR 50739, Sept. 26, 2019; 87 FR 38964, June 30, 2022; 87 FR 78808, Dec. 22, 2022; 90 FR 7371, Jan. 21, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.24b-3" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.589" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.24b-3   Information filed by issuers and others under sections 12, 13, 14, and 16.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section and in § 240.17a-6, each exchange shall keep available to the public under reasonable regulations as to the manner of inspection, during reasonable office hours, all information regarding a security registered on such exchange which is filed with it pursuant to section 12, 13, 14, or 16, or any rules or regulations thereunder. This requirement shall not apply to any information to the disclosure of which objection has been filed pursuant to § 240.24b-2, which objection shall not have been overruled by the Commission pursuant to section 24(b). The making of such information available pursuant to this section shall not be deemed a representation by any exchange as to the accuracy, completeness, or genuineness thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of an application for registration of a security pursuant to section 12 an exchange may delay making available the information contained therein until it has certified to the Commission its approval of such security for listing and registration. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 24, 48 Stat. 901, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 78x) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 3109, Apr. 10, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.24c-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.590" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.24c-1   Access to nonpublic information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, the term “nonpublic information” means records, as defined in Section 24(a) of the Act, and other information in the Commission's possession, which are not available for public inspection and copying. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission may, in its discretion and upon a showing that such information is needed, provide nonpublic information in its possession to any of the following persons if the person receiving such nonpublic information provides such assurances of confidentiality as the Commission deems appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(1) A federal, state, local or foreign government or any political subdivision, authority, agency or instrumentality of such government; 
</P>
<P>(2) A self-regulatory organization as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Act, or any similar organization empowered with self-regulatory responsibilities under the federal securities laws (as defined in Section 3(a)(47) of the Act), the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>), or any substantially equivalent foreign statute or regulation; 
</P>
<P>(3) A foreign financial regulatory authority as defined in Section 3(a)(51) of the Act; 
</P>
<P>(4) The Securities Investor Protection Corporation or any trustee or counsel for a trustee appointed pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970; 
</P>
<P>(5) A trustee in bankruptcy; 
</P>
<P>(6) A trustee, receiver, master, special counsel or other person that is appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction or as a result of an agreement between the parties in connection with litigation or an administrative proceeding involving allegations of violations of the securities laws (as defined in Section 3(a)(47) of the Act) or the Commission's Rules of Practice, 17 CFR part 201, or otherwise, where such trustee, receiver, master, special counsel or other person is specifically designated to perform particular functions with respect to, or as a result of, the litigation or proceeding or in connection with the administration and enforcement by the Commission of the federal securities laws or the Commission's Rules of Practice; 
</P>
<P>(7) A bar association, state accountancy board or other federal, state, local or foreign licensing or oversight authority, or a professional association or self-regulatory authority to the extent that it performs similar functions; or 
</P>
<P>(8) A duly authorized agent, employee or representative of any of the above persons. 
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing contained in this section shall affect: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission's authority or discretion to provide or refuse to provide access to, or copies of, nonpublic information in its possession in accordance with such other authority or discretion as the Commission possesses by statute, rule or regulation; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission's responsibilities under the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), or the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3401-22) as limited by section 21(h) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 52419, Oct. 8, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.31" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.591" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.31   Section 31 transaction fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assessment charge</I> means the amount owed by a covered SRO for a covered round turn transaction pursuant to section 31(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee(d)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Billing period</I> means, for a single calendar year:
</P>
<P>(i) January 1 through August 31 (“billing period 1”); or
</P>
<P>(ii) September 1 through December 31 (“billing period 2”).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Charge date</I> means the date on which a covered sale or covered round turn transaction occurs for purposes of determining the liability of a covered SRO pursuant to section 31 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee). The charge date is:
</P>
<P>(i) The settlement date, with respect to any covered sale (other than a covered sale resulting from the exercise of an option settled by physical delivery or from the maturation of a security future settled by physical delivery) or covered round turn transaction that a covered SRO is required to report to the Commission based on data that the covered SRO receives from a designated clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) The exercise date, with respect to a covered sale resulting from the exercise of an option settled by physical delivery;
</P>
<P>(iii) The maturity date, with respect to a covered sale resulting from the maturation of a security future settled by physical delivery; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The trade date, with respect to all other covered sales and covered round turn transactions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Covered association</I> means any national securities association by or through any member of which covered sales or covered round turn transactions occur otherwise than on a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Covered exchange</I> means any national securities exchange on which covered sales or covered round turn transactions occur.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Covered sale</I> means a sale of a security, other than an exempt sale or a sale of a security future, occurring on a national securities exchange or by or through any member of a national securities association otherwise than on a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Covered round turn transaction</I> means a round turn transaction in a security future, other than a round turn transaction in a future on a narrow-based security index, occurring on a national securities exchange or by or through a member of a national securities association otherwise than on a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Covered SRO</I> means a covered exchange or covered association.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Designated clearing agency</I> means a clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) that clears and settles covered sales or covered round turn transactions.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Due date</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) March 15, with respect to the amounts owed by covered SROs under section 31 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee) for covered sales and covered round turn transactions having a charge date in billing period 2; and
</P>
<P>(ii) September 30, with respect to the amounts owed by covered SROs under section 31 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee) for covered sales and covered round turn transactions having a charge date in billing period 1.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Exempt sale</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any sale of a security offered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (except a sale of a put or call option issued by the Options Clearing Corporation) or offered in accordance with an exemption from registration afforded by section 3(a) or 3(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c(a) or 77c(b)), or a rule thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any sale of a security by an issuer not involving any public offering within the meaning of section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77d(2));
</P>
<P>(iii) Any sale of a security pursuant to and in consummation of a tender or exchange offer;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any sale of a security upon the exercise of a warrant or right (except a put or call), or upon the conversion of a convertible security;
</P>
<P>(v) Any sale of a security that is executed outside the United States and is not reported, or required to be reported, to a transaction reporting association as defined in § 242.600 of this chapter and any approved plan filed thereunder; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Any sale of an option on a security index (including both a narrow-based security index and a non-narrow-based security index);
</P>
<P>(vii) Any sale of a bond, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Any recognized riskless principal sale.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Fee rate</I> means the fee rate applicable to covered sales under section 31(b) or (c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee(b) or (c)), as adjusted from time to time by the Commission pursuant to section 31(j) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee(j)).
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Narrow-based security index</I> means the same as in section 3(a)(55)(B) and (C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(B) and (C)).
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Recognized riskless principal sale</I> means a sale of a security where all of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) A broker-dealer receives from a customer an order to buy (sell) a security;
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker-dealer engages in two contemporaneous offsetting transactions as principal, one in which the broker-dealer buys (sells) the security from (to) a third party and the other in which the broker-dealer sells (buys) the security to (from) the customer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Commission, pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), has approved a proposed rule change submitted by the covered SRO on which the second of the two contemporaneous offsetting transactions occurs that permits that transaction to be reported as riskless.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Round turn transaction in a security future</I> means one purchase and one sale of a contract of sale for future delivery.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Physical delivery exchange-traded option</I> means a securities option that is listed and registered on a national securities exchange and settled by the physical delivery of the underlying securities.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Section 31 bill</I> means the bill sent by the Commission to a covered SRO pursuant to section 31 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee) showing the total amount due from the covered SRO for the billing period, as calculated by the Commission based on the data submitted by the covered SRO in its Form R31 (§ 249.11 of this chapter) submissions for the months of the billing period.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Trade reporting system</I> means an automated facility operated by a covered SRO used to collect or compare trade data.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting of covered sales and covered round turn transactions.</I> (1) Each covered SRO shall submit a completed Form R31 (§ 249.11 of this chapter) to the Commission within ten business days after the end of each month.
</P>
<P>(2) A covered exchange shall provide on Form R31 the following data on covered sales and covered round turn transactions occurring on that exchange and having a charge date in that month:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales that it reported to a designated clearing agency, as reflected in the data provided by the designated clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales resulting from the exercise of physical delivery exchange-traded options or from matured security futures, as reflected in the data provided by a designated clearing agency that clears and settles options or security futures;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales that it captured in a trade reporting system but did not report to a designated clearing agency;
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales that it neither captured in a trade reporting system nor reported to a designated clearing agency; and
</P>
<P>(v) The total number of covered round turn transactions that it reported to a designated clearing agency, as reflected in the data provided by the designated clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(3) A covered association shall provide on Form R31 the following data on covered sales and covered round turn transactions occurring by or through any member of such association otherwise than on a national securities exchange and having a charge date in that month:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales that it captured in a trade reporting system;
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate dollar amount of covered sales that it did not capture in a trade reporting system; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The total number of covered round turn transactions that it reported to a designated clearing agency, as reflected in the data provided by the designated clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Duties of designated clearing agency.</I> (i) A designated clearing agency shall provide a covered SRO, upon request, the data in its possession needed by the covered SRO to complete Part I of Form R31 (§ 249.11 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) If a covered exchange trades physical delivery exchange-traded options or security futures that settle by physical delivery of the underlying securities, the designated clearing agency that clears and settles such transactions shall provide that covered exchange with the data in its possession relating to the covered sales resulting from the exercise of such options or from the matured security futures. If, during a particular month, the designated clearing agency cannot determine the covered exchange on which the options or security futures originally were traded, the designated clearing agency shall assign covered sales resulting from exercises or maturations as follows. To provide Form R31 data to the covered exchange for a particular month, the designated clearing agency shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Calculate the aggregate dollar amount of all covered sales in the previous calendar month resulting from exercises and maturations, respectively, occurring on all covered exchanges for which it clears and settles transactions;
</P>
<P>(B) Calculate, for the previous calendar month, the aggregate dollar amount of covered sales of physical delivery exchange-traded options occurring on each covered exchange for which it clears and settles transactions, and the aggregate dollar amount of covered sales of physical delivery exchange-traded options occurring on all such exchanges collectively;
</P>
<P>(C) Calculate, for the previous calendar month, the total number of covered round turn transactions in security futures that settle by physical delivery that occurred on each covered exchange for which it clears and settles transactions, and the total number of covered round turn transactions in security futures that settle by physical delivery that occurred on all such exchanges collectively;
</P>
<P>(D) Determine for the previous calendar month each covered exchange's percentage of the total dollar volume of physical delivery exchange-traded options (“exercise percentage”) and each covered exchange's percentage of the total number of covered round turn transactions in security futures that settle by physical delivery (“maturation percentage”); and
</P>
<P>(E) In the current month, assign to each covered exchange for which it clears and settles covered sales the exercise percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of covered sales on all covered exchanges resulting from the exercise of physical delivery exchange-traded options and the maturation percentage of all covered sales on all covered exchanges resulting from the maturation of security futures that settle by physical delivery.
</P>
<P>(5) A covered SRO shall provide in Part I of Form R31 only the data supplied to it by a designated clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Calculation and billing of section 31 fees.</I> (1) The amount due from a covered SRO for a billing period, as reflected in its Section 31 bill, shall be the sum of the monthly amounts due for each month in the billing period.
</P>
<P>(2) The monthly amount due from a covered SRO shall equal:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate dollar amount of its covered sales that have a charge date in that month, times the fee rate; plus
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of its covered round turn transactions that have a charge date in that month, times the assessment charge.
</P>
<P>(3) By the due date, each covered SRO shall pay the Commission, either directly or through a designated clearing agency acting as agent, the entire amount due for the billing period, as reflected in its Section 31 bill.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 41078, July 7, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 37619, June 29, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.31T" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.592" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.31T   Temporary rule regarding fiscal year 2004.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>FY2004 adjustment amount</I> means the FY2004 recalculated amount minus the FY2004 prepayment amount.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>FY2004 prepayment amount</I> means the total dollar amount of fees and assessments paid by a covered SRO pursuant to the March 15, 2004, due date for covered sales and covered round turn transactions having a charge date between September 1, 2003, and December 31, 2003, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>FY2004 recalculated amount</I> means the total dollar amount of fees and assessments owed by a covered SRO for covered sales and covered round turn transactions having a charge date between September 1, 2003, and December 31, 2003, inclusive, as calculated by the Commission based on the data submitted by the covered SRO in its Form R31 (§ 249.11 of this chapter) submissions for September 2003, October 2003, November 2003, and December 2003, and indicated on a Section 31 bill for these months.
</P>
<P>(2) Any term used in this section that is defined in § 240.30(a) of this chapter shall have the same meaning as in § 240.30(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) By August 13, 2004, each covered SRO shall submit to the Commission a completed Form R31 for each of the months September 2003 to June 2004, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(c) If the FY2004 adjustment amount of a covered SRO is a positive number, the covered SRO shall include the FY2004 adjustment amount with the payment for its next Section 31 bill.
</P>
<P>(d) If the FY2004 adjustment amount is a negative number, the Commission shall credit the FY2004 adjustment amount to the covered SRO's next Section 31 bill.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, any covered exchange that as of August 2003 was calculating its Section 31 fees based on the trade date of its covered sales shall not include on its September 2003 Form R31 data for any covered sale having a trade date before September 1, 2003.
</P>
<P>(f) This temporary section shall expire on January 1, 2005.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 41080, July 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.36a1-1" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.593" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.36a1-1   Exemption from Section 7 for OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>OTC derivatives dealers are a special class of broker-dealers that are exempt from certain broker-dealer requirements, including membership in a self-regulatory organization (§ 240.15b9-2), regular broker-dealer margin rules (§ 240.36a1-1), and application of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (§ 240.36a1-2). OTC derivative dealers are subject to special requirements, including limitations on the scope of their securities activities (§ 240.15a-1), specified internal risk management control systems (§ 240.15c3-4), recordkeeping obligations (§ 240.17a-3(a)(10)), and reporting responsibilities (§ 240.17a-12). They are also subject to alternative net capital treatment (§ 240.15c3-1(a)(5)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, transactions involving the extension of credit by an OTC derivatives dealer shall be exempt from the provisions of section 7(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)), provided that the OTC derivatives dealer complies with Section 7(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(d)).
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided under paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to extensions of credit made directly by a registered broker or dealer (other than an OTC derivatives dealer) in connection with transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments for which an OTC derivatives dealer acts as counterparty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59404, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.36a1-2" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2.116.594" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.36a1-2   Exemption from SIPA for OTC derivatives dealers.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note:</HED>
<P>OTC derivatives dealers are a special class of broker-dealers that are exempt from certain broker-dealer requirements, including membership in a self-regulatory organization (§ 240.15b9-2), regular broker-dealer margin rules (§ 240.36a1-1), and application of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (§ 240.36a1-2). OTC derivative dealers are subject to special requirements, including limitations on the scope of their securities activities (§ 240.15a-1), specified internal risk management control systems (§ 240.15c3-4), recordkeeping obligations (§ 240.17a-3(a)(10)), and reporting responsibilities (§ 240.17a-12). They are also subject to alternative net capital treatment (§ 240.15c3-1(a)(5)).</P></NOTE>
<P>OTC derivatives dealers, as defined in § 240.3b-12, shall be exempt from the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa through 78lll).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 59404, Nov. 3, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:4.0.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rules and Regulations Under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 25, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="5" NODE="17:5" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges--Volume 5</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ii</E>—Securities and Exchange Commission (Continued)
</SUBJECT>
<PG>241
</PG></CHAPTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter iv</E>—Department of the Treasury
</SUBJECT>
<PG>400


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="II" NODE="17:5.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER II—SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="241" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 241—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>

</PSPACE></AUTH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and Page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excerpt from letter relating to section 16(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 1, 1934</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10968.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission to correct the erroneous impression created by certain commercial institutions with respect to the necessity for filing reports with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 22, 1934</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to section 16(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 9, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to section 16(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 16, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excerpt from a general letter relating to section 16(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 14, 1935</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Director of the Division of Forms and Regulations discussing the definition of “parent” as used in various forms under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 7, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission with respect to the purpose of the disclosure requirements of section 14 and the rules adopted thereunder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 13, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10969.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to Rules X-15C1-6 (17 CFR 240.15c1-6) and X-10B-2 (17 CFR 240.10b-2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 7, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to Rule X-15C1-1(a) (17 CFR, 240.15c1-1a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1462</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 15, 1937</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial text of letter of February 2, 1938, from the Secretary of the New York Stock Exchange to its members, relating to Rules X-3B-3 (17 CFR 240.3b-3), X-10A-1 (17 CFR 240.10a-1), and X-10A-2 (17 CFR 240.10a-2), together with a letter from Director of Trading and Exchange Division, concurring in the opinions expressed by the Exchange</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1938</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to section 16(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1965</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 21, 1938</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10970.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel concerning the services of former employees of the Commission in connection with matters with which such employees become familiar during their course of employment with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 5, 1939</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10971.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission and separate statement by Commissioner Healy on the problem of regulating the “pegging, fixing and stabilizing” of security prices under sections 9(a)(2), 9(a)(6) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 18, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission respecting distinctions between the reporting requirements of section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and section 30(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2687</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 16, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10981.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission issued in connection with the adoption of Rules X-8C-1 (17 CFR, 240.8c-1) and X-15-C2-1 (17 CFR, 240.15c 2-1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 relating to the hypothecation of customers' securities by members of national securities exchanges and other brokers and dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2690</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 15, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10982.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of Rules X-8C-1 (17 CFR, 240.8c-1) and X-15C2-1 (17 CFR, 240.15C 2-1) under the Securities Exchange Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2822</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 17, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10983.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial text of letter sent by Director of the Trading and Exchange Division to certain securities dealers who had failed to keep records of the times of their securities transactions, as required by Rules X-17A-3 (17 CFR, 240.17a-3) and X-17A-4 (17 CFR, 240.17a-4) under the Securities Exchange Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 13, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10984.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to the anti-manipulation provisions of sections 9(a)(2), 10(b) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3056</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 27, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Chief Counsel to the Corporation Finance Division relating to when-issued trading of securities the issuance of which has already been approved by a Federal district court under Chapter X of the Bankruptcy Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3069</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10985.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission policy with respect to the acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3085</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 6, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to sections 14 and 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3380</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excerpts from letters of Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 14 and Schedule 14A under Regulation X-14 (17 CFR, 240.14a-9)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3385</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 17, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to the anti-manipulation provisions of sections 9(a)(2), 10(b), and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 16, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of the Trading and Exchange Division relating to the anti-manipulation provisions of sections 9(a)(2), 10(b), and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3506</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 16, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10987.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission relating to the anti-fraud provisions of section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, and sections 10(b) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3572</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1, 1944</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 20 and to Rule X-14A-7 (17 CFR, 240.14a-7) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3638</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 3, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission relating to section 3(a)(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3639</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission in connection with the adoption of certain amendments to Form 3-M, one of the forms for registration of over-the-counter brokers or dealers under section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to Rule X-15B-2 (17 CFR, 240.15b-2), the rule governing the filing of supplemental statements to such applications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3674</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 9, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by Commission relating to the adoption of Rule X-13A-6B (17 CFR, 240.13a-6b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3803</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 28, 1946</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission in connection with notice of opportunity to submit proposals for regulations or legislation regarding the stabilization of market prices by persons offering securities to the public</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4163</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 16, 1948</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13 FR 4163.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission accompanying November 5, 1948, revision of § 240.14 of this chapter (Regulation X-14)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 5, 1948</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13 FR 6680.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel, relating to the use of “hedge clauses” by brokers, dealers, investment advisers, and others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4593</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 18, 1951</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16 FR 3387.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission regarding public offerings of investment contracts providing for the acquisition, sale or servicing of mortgages or deeds of trust</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5633</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 31, 1958</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23 FR 841.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission as to the applicability of the Federal securities laws to real estate investment trusts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6419</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 18, 1960</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 FR 12178.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission concerning standards of conduct for registered broker-dealers in the distribution of unregistered securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 1251.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Philip A. Loomis, Jr., Director of Division of Trading and Exchanges of the Commission, on the application of section 11(d)(1), Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to broker-dealers engaged in “equity funding”, “secured funding”, and “life funding”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6726</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 8, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 1415.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission cautioning broker-dealers about violating the anti-fraud provisions of the Federal securities laws when making short sales in which they delay effecting the covering transaction to acquire the security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6778</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 16, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 3991.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of Commission showing circumstances in 7 cases where profits in real estate transactions were not earned at time transactions were recorded but that the sales were designed to create the illusion of profits or value as a basis for the sale of securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 28, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 FR 276.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Answer of the Commission to four questions relating to the solicitation of proxies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7078</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 15, 1963</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 FR 5133.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission on the maintenance of rec-ords of transactions by brokers-dealers as underwriters of investment company shares according to Rule 17a-3 under section 17(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.17a-3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 13, 1963</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 FR 12617.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel relating to participation by broker-dealer firms in proxy solicitations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 7, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission re applicability of Securities Act of 1933 to offerings of securities outside the U.S. and re applicability of section 15(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to foreign underwriters as part of program of Presidential Task Force to reduce U.S. balance of payments deficit and protect U.S. gold reserves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 9, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 9828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Summary and interpretation by the Commission of amendments to the Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as contained in the Securities Acts Amendments of 1964</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 1964</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 FR 13455.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion and statement of the Commission in regard to proper reporting of deferred income taxes arising from installment sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7763</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 7, 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 FR 15420.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to clarify the meaning of “beneficial ownership of securities” as relates to beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7793</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 19, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 1005.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Program by the Commission which it requests that issuing companies follow in order to expedite the processing of proxy material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7805</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 26, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 2475.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting the date of May 1, 1966 after which filings must reflect beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 14, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 3175.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy statement by the Director of the Division of Trading and Markets re consummation of securities transactions by brokers-dealers when trading is suspended</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7920</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 19, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 10076.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinions of the Commission on the acceleration of the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and on the clearance of proxy material such as convertible preferred shares considered residual securities in determining earnings per share applicable to common stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8336</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 18, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 10086.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to alert prospective borrowers obtaining loans for real estate development about recent fraudulent schemes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8351</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 5, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 10134.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission warning broker-dealers to be prompt in the consummation of securities transactions and about the penalty for not so doing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 11150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission re broker-dealer registration of insurance companies acting as agents for distribution of “variable annuities” and application of regulations for such under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 29, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 13005.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission reminding broker-dealer managements to establish and maintain an effective supervisory system and failure to do so will result in disciplinary action against the firm and responsible individuals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 11, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 14286.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission clarifying that industrial revenue bonds sold according to Rule 131 (17 CFR 230.131) and Rule 3b-5 (17 CFR 240.3b-5) are not affected if acquired and paid for by the underwriters on or before December 31, 1968</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8409</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 16, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 14545.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission cautioning brokers and dealers with respect to effecting transactions of “spin offs” and “shell corporations”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8638</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 2, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 11581.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement about publicity concerning the petroleum discoveries on the North Slope of Alaska</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8728</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 20, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 17433.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's warning statement re sale and distribution of whisky warehouse receipts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8733</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 4, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 18160.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter by Philip A. Loomis, Jr., General Counsel for the Commission, explaining obligations of mutual fund managements and brokers with respect to commissions on portfolio brokerage of mutual funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8746</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 10, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 18543.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's guidelines re applicability of Federal securities laws to offer and sale outside the U.S. of shares of registered open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8907</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 12103.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission reminding reporting companies of obligation re Commission's rules to file reports on a timely basis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 15, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 16733.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement re exemption of certain industrial revenue bonds from registration, etc. requirements in view of amendment of Securities Act of 1933 and of Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by “section 401” (Pub. L. 91-1037)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 6, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 17990.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views relating to important questions re the accounting by registered investment companies for investment securities in their financial statements and in the periodic computations of net asset value for the purpose of pricing their shares</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 19986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's procedure to be followed if requests are to be met for no action or interpretative letters and responses thereto to be made available for public use</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9065</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretations of the Commission in regard to requirements for registration statements and reports concerning information requested re description of business, summary of operations, and financial statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9083</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 18, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 4483.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission warning the public about novel unsecured debt securities which appear to invite unwarranted comparisons with bank savings accounts, savings and loan association accounts, and bank time deposit certificates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 12, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 8239.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission prohibiting the reduction of fixed charges by amounts representing interest or investment income or gains on retirement of debt in registration statements or reports filed with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 16, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 11918.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission calling attention to requirements in its forms and rules under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 for disclosure of legal proceedings and descriptions of registrant's business as these requirements relate to material matters involving the environment and civil rights</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9252</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 19, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 13988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's policy requiring the inclusion in financial statements of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the total enterprise in equivalent prominence with the ratio for the registrant or registrant and consolidated subsidiaries</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9279</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 10, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 15527.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy of Commission's Division of Corporation Finance to defer processing registration statements and amendments filed under the Securities Act of 1933 by issuers whose reports are delinquent until such reports are brought up to date</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9345</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 19362.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement concerning applicability of securities laws to multilevel distributorships and other business opportunities offered through pyramid sales plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9387</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 30, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 23289.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission regarding payment of solicitation fees in tender offers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9395</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 24, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 23359.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement concerning offering and sale of securities in non-public offerings and applicability of antifraud provisions of securities acts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9444</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 14, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission's views on the present status of the securities markets and the direction in which the public interest requires that they evolve in the future</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 14, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 5286
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission endorses the establishment by all publicly held companies of audit committees composed of outside directors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9548</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 6850.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of Commission's policy statement on the future structure of securities markets to selection of brokers and payment of commissions by institutional managers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9598</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 9988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement and policy on misleading pro rata stock distributions to shareholders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9618</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 11559.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on independence of certifying accountants; example cases and Commission's conclusions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9662</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 14294.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's decisions on recommendations of advisory committee regarding commencement of enforcement proceedings and termination of staff investigations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9796</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 5457.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretation of risk-sharing test in pooling-of-interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9798</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 20937.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement that short-selling securities prior to offering date is a possible violation of antifraud and antimanipulative laws</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 25, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 22796.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission reaffirms proper accounting treatment to be followed by a lessee when the lessor is created as a conduit for debt financing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9867</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 13, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 26516.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretations of a rule (15c3-3) dealing with customer protection by securities brokers and dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9922</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 1737.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment of previous interpretation (AS-130) of risk-sharing test in pooling of interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9927</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 1734.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission clarifies effective dates of Rule 15c3-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9946</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 3313.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's designation of control locations for foreign securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's findings on disclosure of projections of future economic performance by issuers of publicly traded securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 7220.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on reporting cash flow and other related data</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10041</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 11, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 9158.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on obligations of underwriters with respect to discretionary accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 17201.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's opinion on net capital treatment of securities position, obligation and transactions in suspended securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 8, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 16774.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission expresses concern with failure of issuers to timely and properly file periodic and current report</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 18366.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement and policy on application of minimum net capital requirement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 3, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 20820.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's conclusions as to certain problem relating to the effect of treasury stock transactions on accounting for business combinations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 24635.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretation of market identification requirement of rule for reporting of market information on transactions in listed securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10388</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 20, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 26358.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's response to the New York Stock Exchange's proposed interpretation of “affiliated person”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 25, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 26716.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission request for comments on Accounting Series Release No. 46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10422</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 17, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 28819.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for control locations for foreign securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 23, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 29217.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views and comments relating to quarterly reporting on Form 10-Q and Form 10-QSB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10547</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 7, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 1261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission on disclosure of the impact of possible fuel shortages on the operations of issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10569</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 1511.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on disclosure of inventory profits reflected in income in periods of rising prices</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 17, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 2085.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission decision on trading in securities issued or guaranteed by the governments of Bulgaria, Hungary, and Romania</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10610</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 31, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 3932.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission views on disclosure of illegal campaign contributions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10673</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 11, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 10237.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of policy and interpretations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10363A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 12, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 14588.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement regarding maintenance of current books and records by brokers and dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10756</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 9, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 16440.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's practices on reporting of natural gas reserve estimates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10857</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 14, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 27556.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on business combinations involving open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10898</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 3, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 26719.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for filings related to extractive reserves and natural gas supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10899</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 3, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 26720.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for registration and reporting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10961</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 14, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 31894.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's requirements for financial statements; limited partnerships in annual reports</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 36578.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's examples of unusual risks and uncertainties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 2678.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letters of the Division of Corporation Finance with respect to certain proposed arrangements for the sale of gold bullion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 26, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 1695.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on disclosure problems relating to LIFO accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 23, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 6483.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on Accounting Series Release No. 148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11470</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 13, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 27441.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11854</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 20, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 57786.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Financial responsibility requirements of brokers and dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan 2, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 5277.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 3469.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation of certain terms in item 10 of Form BD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12078</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 17, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 7089.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 15, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 15842.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Standards for disclosure; oil and gas reserve</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 12, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 21764.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12496</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 11, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 23668.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of informal proposals for the rendering of staff advice with respect to shareholder proposals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12599</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 20, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 29989.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for statistical disclosure by bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12748</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 31, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 39007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uniform net capital rule</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12766</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 14, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 39014.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uniform net capital rule</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12927</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 27, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 48335.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12932</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 27, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 48336.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 759.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokers and dealers effecting transactions in municipal securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13362</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 21, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 15310.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rescission of certain accounting series releases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 15, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 33282.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guideline regarding the preparation of integrated reports to shareholders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13639</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 17, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 31780.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industry segment determination</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14523</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 9599.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Securities transactions by members of national securities exchanges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14563</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 14, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 11542.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of registration requirements to certain tender offers and the application of tender offer provisions to certain cash-option mergers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14699</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 24, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 18163.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reporting by certain institutional investors of beneficial ownership of certain equity securities which as of the end of any month exceeds ten percent of the class</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14830</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 13, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 25420.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division of investment management's interpretative positions relating to Rule 13f-1 and related Form 13F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15292</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 2, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 52697.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for disclosure of projections of future economic performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15305</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 7, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 53246.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement regarding disclosure of impact of Wage and Price Standards for 1979 on the operations of issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15371</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 29, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 57596.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the views of the Commission's Division of Corporation Finance with respect to disclosure in proxy statements containing certain sale of assets transactions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15572</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 15, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 11541.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Short sales; interpretation of rule</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 30, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 53159.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shareholder communications, shareholder participation in the corporate electoral process and corporate governance generally</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16163</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 6, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 53426.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Environmental disclosure requirements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16224</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 56924.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pooled income funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 3258.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tender offer rules</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 5, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 15521.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Proxy rules</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16833</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 23, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 36374.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing agencies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 17, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 41920.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guides for statistical disclosure by bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16961</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 8, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 47142.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Transfer agents</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 59840.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendments to guides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 63647.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extension date of clearing agencies for form filing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 20, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 70857.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beneficial ownership rules</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 4, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 81559.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Distribution of proxy materials to beneficial shareowners</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 7, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 3204.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 29, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 11544.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Analysis of results of 1980 proxy statement disclosure monitoring program</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17518</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 11954.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Option and option-related transactions during underwritten offerings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17609</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 6, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 16670.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Going private transactions under rule 13e-3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17719</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 13, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 22571.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insider reporting and trading</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 23, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48147.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retail repurchase agreements by banks and savings and loan associations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 25, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48637.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Analysis of results of 1981 proxy statement disclosure monitoring program</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18532</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 10794.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rescission of guides and redesignation of industry guides (effective May 24, 1982)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18525</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 3, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 11481.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendments to guides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19337</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 15, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 57911. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revision of financial statement requirements and industry guide disclosure for bank holding companies.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19570</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 7, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 11104.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on <E T="03">Colema Realty Corp.</E> v. <E T="03">R. D. Bibow, et al</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19756</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 11, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 23173. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revision of industry guide disclosures for bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20068</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 11, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 37609.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public statements by corporate representatives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 13, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 2468.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Research reports</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21332</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 19, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 37574.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission views on computer brokerage systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21383</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 9, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 40159.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guide for disclosures concerning reserves for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses of property-casualty underwriters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21521</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 27, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 47601.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brokerage and research services concerning scope of section 28(e) of Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 23, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 16012.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of Rule 10b—6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to persons participating in shelf distributions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23611</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 11, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 33248.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industry guides for statistical disclosure by bank holding companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 25, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 43599.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tender offers rules</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24296</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 3, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 11458.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Companies Affected by the Government's Defense Contract Procurement Inquiry and Related Issues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25951</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 1, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 29228.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure by Issuers of interests in Publicly Offered Commodity Pools</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 1, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 5603.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; certain investment company disclosures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26831</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 22427.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Modifying and confirming the interpretation of municipal underwriter securities responsibilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 28, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 28814.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquidation of Index Arbitrage Positions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27938</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 30, 1990</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55 FR 17949.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ownership reports on trading by officers, directors and principal security holders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 26, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 19928.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Limited partnership reorganizations and public offerings of limited partnership interests</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 17, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 28986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Registration of Successors to Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31661</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1993</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 FR 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission regarding disclosure obligations of municipal securities issuers and others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33741</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 9, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 12758.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment of interpretation regarding substantive repossession of collateral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34061</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 12, 1994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 FR 26109.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media for delivery purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36345</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 6, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 53467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media for delivery purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 9, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 FR 24651.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Use of Internet Web Sites to Offer Securities, Solicit Securities Transactions or Advertise Investment Services Offshore</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39779</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 23, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 14813.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Confirmation and Affirmation of Securities Trades; Matching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39829</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 6, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 17947.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues and Consequences by Public Companies, Investment Advisers, Investment Companies, and Municipal Securities Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40277</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 41404.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42728</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 28, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 25856.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Mini-Tender Offers and Limited Partnership Tender Offers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43069</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 24, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 46588.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance to Broker-Dealers on the Use of Electronic Storage Media Under the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 With Respect to Rule 17a-4(f)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44238</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 7, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 22921.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act to Record Retention Requirements Pertaining to Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 21, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 33176.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation of Average Weekly Trading Volume</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44820A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 27, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 49274.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on the Scope of Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 27, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67 FR 8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Trading in Security Futures Products</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 21, 2002</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67 FR 43246.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electronic Storage of Broker-Dealer Records</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47806</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 7, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 25283.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Books and Records Requirements for Brokers and Dealers Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 22, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 32311.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Rule 3b-3 and Married Put Transactions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48795</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">November 17, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 65822.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48960</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">December 19, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 FR 75065.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board's Auditing and Related Profesional Practice Standard No. 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49708</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 14, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 29066.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Short Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 28, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 FR 48029.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prohibited Conduct in Connection with IPO Allocations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">April 7, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 19677.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement Into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52885</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">December 5, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 73345.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Client Commission Practices Under Section 28(e) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 18, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">71 FR 41996.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55929</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 20, 2007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72 FR 35343.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding and Amendment to the Rules Relating to Organization and Program Management Concerning Proposed Rule Changes Filed by Self-Regulatory Organizations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 25, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 40152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on the Use of Company Web Sites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 1, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 45874.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance and Revisions to the Cross-Border Tender Offer, Exchange Offer, Rights Offerings, and Business Combination Rules and Beneficial Ownership Reporting Rules for Certain Foreign Institutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58597</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 19, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 60094.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regulation SHO Amendments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58775</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 14, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 61706.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60519A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 25, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74 FR 42773.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Disclosure Related to Climate Change</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61469</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 62973.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment to Municipal Securities Disclosure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62184A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 26, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 33156.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Presentation of Liquidity and Capital Resources Disclosures in Management's Discussion and Analysis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 59897.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Auditing, Attestation, and Related Professional Practice Standards Related to Brokers and Dealers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62991</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 24, 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 60617.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Definitions of Mortgage Related Security and Small Business Related Security</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 17, 2012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">77 FR 42988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Further Definition of “Swap,” “Security-Based Swap,” and “Security-Based Swap Agreement”; Mixed Swaps; Security-Based Swap Agreement Recordkeeping</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67453</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 18, 2012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">77 FR 48362.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of “Security-Based Swap Dealer” and “Major Security-Based Swap Participant” Definitions to Cross-Border Security-Based Swap Activities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-72472</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 25, 2014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79 FR 47371.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Definition of the Terms “Spouse” and “Marriage” Following the Supreme Court's Decision in <E T="03">United States</E> v. <E T="03">Windsor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-75250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80 FR 37536.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation of the SEC's Whistleblower Rules under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-75592</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 4, 2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80 FR 47831.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation Regarding Automated Quotations Under Regulation NMS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-78102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 17, 2016</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">81 FR 40793.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Revenue Recognition for Bill-and-Hold Arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-81428</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41148.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Updates to Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-81429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Interpretation and Guidance Regarding the Applicability of the Proxy Rules to Proxy Voting Advice</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-86721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 21, 2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 47419.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-88094</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 30, 2020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85 FR 10571.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acceleration of Effectiveness of Registration Statements of Issuers with Certain Mandatory Arbitration Provisions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-103988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 17, 2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90 FR 45125.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the Federal Securities Laws to Certain Types of Crypto Assets and Certain Transactions Involving Crypto Assets</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-105020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">March 17, 2026</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">91 FR 13733

.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="242" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 242—REGULATIONS M, SHO, ATS, AC, NMS, SE, AND SBSR, AND CUSTOMER MARGIN REQUIREMENTS FOR SECURITY FUTURES




</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77g, 77q(a), 77s(a), 78b, 78c, 78c-4, 78g(c)(2), 78i(a), 78j, 78k-1(c), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78<I>o</I>(b), 78<I>o</I>(c), 78<I>o</I>(g), 78q(a), 78q(b), 78q(h), 78w(a), 78dd-1, 78mm, 80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-37, and 8343.




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation M</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.100   Preliminary note; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preliminary note:</I> Any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not effected pursuant to the provisions of Regulation M (§§ 242.100-242.105 of this chapter), remain subject to the antifraud and antimanipulation provisions of the securities laws, including, without limitation, Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77q(a)] and Sections 9, 10(b), and 15(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78i, 78j(b), and 78o(c)]. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of regulation M (§§ 242.100 through 242.105 of this chapter) the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>ADTV</I> means the worldwide average daily trading volume during the two full calendar months immediately preceding, or any 60 consecutive calendar days ending within the 10 calendar days preceding, the filing of the registration statement; or, if there is no registration statement or if the distribution involves the sale of securities on a delayed basis pursuant to § 230.415 of this chapter, two full calendar months immediately preceding, or any consecutive 60 calendar days ending within the 10 calendar days preceding, the determination of the offering price. 
</P>
<P><I>Affiliated purchaser</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) A person acting, directly or indirectly, in concert with a distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder in connection with the acquisition or distribution of any covered security; or 
</P>
<P>(2) An affiliate, which may be a separately identifiable department or division of a distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder, that, directly or indirectly, controls the purchases of any covered security by a distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder, whose purchases are controlled by any such person, or whose purchases are under common control with any such person; or 
</P>
<P>(3) An affiliate, which may be a separately identifiable department or division of a distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder, that regularly purchases securities for its own account or for the account of others, or that recommends or exercises investment discretion with respect to the purchase or sale of securities; <I>Provided, however,</I> That this paragraph (3) shall not apply to such affiliate if the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(i) The distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder: 
</P>
<P>(A) Maintains and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the flow of information to or from the affiliate that might result in a violation of §§ 242.101, 242.102, and 242.104; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Obtains an annual, independent assessment of the operation of such policies and procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The affiliate has no officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees (other than clerical, ministerial, or support personnel) in common with the distribution participant, issuer, or selling security holder that direct, effect, or recommend transactions in securities; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The affiliate does not, during the applicable restricted period, act as a market maker (other than as a specialist in compliance with the rules of a national securities exchange), or engage, as a broker or a dealer, in solicited transactions or proprietary trading, in covered securities. 
</P>
<P><I>Agent independent of the issuer</I> means a trustee or other person who is independent of the issuer. The agent shall be deemed to be independent of the issuer only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The agent is not an affiliate of the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Neither the issuer nor any affiliate of the issuer exercises any direct or indirect control or influence over the prices or amounts of the securities to be purchased, the timing of, or the manner in which, the securities are to be purchased, or the selection of a broker or dealer (other than the independent agent itself) through which purchases may be executed; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the issuer or its affiliate will not be deemed to have such control or influence solely because it revises not more than once in any three-month period the source of the shares to fund the plan the basis for determining the amount of its contributions to a plan, or the basis for determining the frequency of its allocations to a plan, or any formula specified in a plan that determines the amount or timing of securities to be purchased by the agent. 
</P>
<P><I>Asset-backed security</I> has the meaning contained in § 229.1101 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>At-the-market offering</I> means an offering of securities at other than a fixed price. 
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> refers to a 24 hour period determined with reference to the principal market for the securities to be distributed, and that includes a complete trading session for that market.
</P>
<P><I>Completion of participation in a distribution.</I> Securities acquired in the distribution for investment by any person participating in a distribution, or any affiliated purchaser of such person, shall be deemed to be distributed. A person shall be deemed to have completed its participation in a distribution as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) An issuer or selling security holder, when the distribution is completed; 
</P>
<P>(2) An underwriter, when such person's participation has been distributed, including all other securities of the same class that are acquired in connection with the distribution, and any stabilization arrangements and trading restrictions in connection with the distribution have been terminated; <I>Provided, however,</I> That an underwriter's participation will not be deemed to have been completed if a syndicate overallotment option is exercised in an amount that exceeds the net syndicate short position at the time of such exercise; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any other person participating in the distribution, when such person's participation has been distributed. 
</P>
<P><I>Covered security</I> means any security that is the subject of a distribution, or any reference security. 
</P>
<P><I>Current exchange rate</I> means the current rate of exchange between two currencies, which is obtained from at least one independent entity that provides or disseminates foreign exchange quotations in the ordinary course of its business. 
</P>
<P><I>Distribution</I> means an offering of securities, whether or not subject to registration under the Securities Act, that is distinguished from ordinary trading transactions by the magnitude of the offering and the presence of special selling efforts and selling methods. 
</P>
<P><I>Distribution participant</I> means an underwriter, prospective underwriter, broker, dealer, or other person who has agreed to participate or is participating in a distribution. 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic communications network</I> has the meaning provided in § 242.600.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> has the meaning contained in Form S-8 (§ 239.16b of this chapter) relating to employee benefit plans. 
</P>
<P><I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P><I>Independent bid</I> means a bid by a person who is not a distribution participant, issuer, selling security holder, or affiliated purchaser. 
</P>
<P><I>NASD</I> means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P><I>Nasdaq</I> means the electronic dealer quotation system owned and operated by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
</P>
<P><I>Nasdaq security</I> means a security that is authorized for quotation on Nasdaq, and such authorization is not suspended, terminated, or prohibited. 
</P>
<P><I>Net purchases</I> means the amount by which a passive market maker's purchases exceed its sales. 
</P>
<P><I>Offering price</I> means the price at which the security is to be or is being distributed. 
</P>
<P><I>Passive market maker</I> means a market maker that effects bids or purchases in accordance with the provisions of § 242.103. 
</P>
<P><I>Penalty bid</I> means an arrangement that permits the managing underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member in connection with an offering when the securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions. 
</P>
<P><I>Plan</I> means any bonus, profit-sharing, pension, retirement, thrift, savings, incentive, stock purchase, stock option, stock ownership, stock appreciation, dividend reinvestment, or similar plan; or any dividend or interest reinvestment plan or employee benefit plan as defined in § 230.405 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Principal market</I> means the single securities market with the largest aggregate reported trading volume for the class of securities during the 12 full calendar months immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement; or, if there is no registration statement or if the distribution involves the sale of securities on a delayed basis pursuant to § 230.415 of this chapter, during the 12 full calendar months immediately preceding the determination of the offering price. For the purpose of determining the aggregate trading volume in a security, the trading volume of depositary shares representing such security shall be included, and shall be multiplied by the multiple or fraction of the security represented by the depositary share. For purposes of this paragraph, depositary share means a security, evidenced by a depositary receipt, that represents another security, or a multiple or fraction thereof, deposited with a depositary. 
</P>
<P><I>Prospective underwriter</I> means a person: 
</P>
<P>(1) Who has submitted a bid to the issuer or selling security holder, and who knows or is reasonably certain that such bid will be accepted, whether or not the terms and conditions of the underwriting have been agreed upon; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Who has reached, or is reasonably certain to reach, an understanding with the issuer or selling security holder, or managing underwriter that such person will become an underwriter, whether or not the terms and conditions of the underwriting have been agreed upon. 
</P>
<P><I>Public float value</I> shall be determined in the manner set forth on the front page of Form 10-K (§ 249.310 of this chapter), even if the issuer of such securities is not required to file Form 10-K, relating to the aggregate market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of the issuer. 
</P>
<P><I>Reference period</I> means the two full calendar months immediately preceding the filing of the registration statement or, if there is no registration statement or if the distribution involves the sale of securities on a delayed basis pursuant to § 230.415 of this chapter, the two full calendar months immediately preceding the determination of the offering price. 
</P>
<P><I>Reference security</I> means a security into which a security that is the subject of a distribution (“subject security”) may be converted, exchanged, or exercised or which, under the terms of the subject security, may in whole or in significant part determine the value of the subject security. 
</P>
<P><I>Restricted period</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) For any security with an ADTV value of $100,000 or more of an issuer whose common equity securities have a public float value of $25 million or more, the period beginning on the later of one business day prior to the determination of the offering price or such time that a person becomes a distribution participant, and ending upon such person's completion of participation in the distribution; and 
</P>
<P>(2) For all other securities, the period beginning on the later of five business days prior to the determination of the offering price or such time that a person becomes a distribution participant, and ending upon such person's completion of participation in the distribution. 
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a distribution involving a merger, acquisition, or exchange offer, the period beginning on the day proxy solicitation or offering materials are first disseminated to security holders, and ending upon the completion of the distribution. 
</P>
<P><I>Securities Act</I> means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P><I>Selling security holder</I> means any person on whose behalf a distribution is made, other than an issuer. 
</P>
<P><I>Stabilize or stabilizing</I> means the placing of any bid, or the effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of a security. 
</P>
<P><I>Structural credit risk model</I> means any commercially or publicly available model that calculates, based on an issuer's balance sheet, the probability that the value of the issuer will fall below the threshold at which the issuer would fail to make scheduled debt payments, at or by the expiration of a defined period.
</P>
<P><I>Syndicate covering transaction</I> means the placing of any bid or the effecting of any purchase on behalf of the sole distributor or the underwriting syndicate or group to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering. 
</P>
<P><I>30% ADTV limitation</I> means 30 percent of the market maker's ADTV in a covered security during the reference period, as obtained from the NASD. 
</P>
<P><I>Underwriter</I> means a person who has agreed with an issuer or selling security holder: 
</P>
<P>(1) To purchase securities for distribution; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To distribute securities for or on behalf of such issuer or selling security holder; or 
</P>
<P>(3) To manage or supervise a distribution of securities for or on behalf of such issuer or selling security holder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 11323, Mar. 12, 1997; 70 FR 1623, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 37619, June 29, 2005; 88 FR 39994, June 20, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.101   Activities by distribution participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful Activity.</I> In connection with a distribution of securities, it shall be unlawful for a distribution participant or an affiliated purchaser of such person, directly or indirectly, to bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce any person to bid for or purchase, a covered security during the applicable restricted period; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if a distribution participant or affiliated purchaser is the issuer or selling security holder of the securities subject to the distribution, such person shall be subject to the provisions of § 242.102, rather than this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted Activity.</I> The following activities shall not be prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Research.</I> The publication or dissemination of any information, opinion, or recommendation, if the conditions of § 230.138, § 230.139, or § 230.139b of this chapter are met; or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transactions complying with certain other sections.</I> Transactions complying with §§ 242.103 or 242.104; or 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Odd-lot transactions.</I> Transactions in odd-lots; or transactions to offset odd-lots in connection with an odd-lot tender offer conducted pursuant to § 240.13e-4(h)(5) of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exercises of securities.</I> The exercise of any option, warrant, right, or any conversion privilege set forth in the instrument governing a security; or 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Unsolicited transactions.</I> Unsolicited brokerage transactions; or unsolicited purchases that are not effected from or through a broker or dealer, on a securities exchange, or through an inter-dealer quotation system or electronic communications network; or 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Basket transactions.</I> (i) Bids or purchases, in the ordinary course of business, in connection with a basket of 20 or more securities in which a covered security does not comprise more than 5% of the value of the basket purchased; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Adjustments to such a basket in the ordinary course of business as a result of a change in the composition of a standardized index; or 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>De minimis transactions.</I> Purchases during the restricted period, other than by a passive market maker, that total less than 2% of the ADTV of the security being purchased, or unaccepted bids; <I>Provided, however,</I> That the person making such bid or purchase has maintained and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the other provisions of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Transactions in connection with a distribution.</I> Transactions among distribution participants in connection with a distribution, and purchases of securities from an issuer or selling security holder in connection with a distribution, that are not effected on a securities exchange, or through an inter-dealer quotation system or electronic communications network; or 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Offers to sell or the solicitation of offers to buy.</I> Offers to sell or the solicitation of offers to buy the securities being distributed (including securities acquired in stabilizing), or securities offered as principal by the person making such offer or solicitation; or 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Transactions in Rule 144A securities.</I> Transactions in securities eligible for resale under § 230.144A(d)(3) of this chapter, or any reference security, if the Rule 144A securities are sold in the United States solely to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A(a)(1) of this chapter, or to purchasers that the seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers, in transactions exempt from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)) or §§ 230.144A or § 230.500 <I>et seq</I> of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons not deemed to be “U.S. persons” for purposes of §§ 230.902(o)(2) or 230.902(o)(7) of this chapter, during a distribution qualifying under paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Excepted Securities.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to any of the following securities: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Actively-traded securities.</I> Securities that have an ADTV value of at least $1 million and are issued by an issuer whose common equity securities have a public float value of at least $150 million; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such securities are not issued by the distribution participant or an affiliate of the distribution participant; or 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain nonconvertible and asset-backed securities.</I> (i) Nonconvertible debt securities and nonconvertible preferred securities of issuers for which the probability of default, estimated as of the sixth business day immediately preceding the determination of the offering price and over the horizon of 12 full calendar months from such day, is 0.055% or less, as determined and documented, in writing, by the distribution participant acting as the lead manager (or in a similar capacity) of a distribution, as derived from a structural credit risk model; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Asset-backed securities that are offered pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement filed on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exempted securities.</I> “Exempted securities” as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)); or 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Face-amount certificates or securities issued by an open-end management investment company or unit investment trust.</I> Face-amount certificates issued by a face-amount certificate company, or redeemable securities issued by an open-end management investment company or a unit investment trust. Any terms used in this paragraph (c)(4) that are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) shall have the meanings specified in such Act. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 78 FR 44805, July 24, 2013; 83 FR 64222, Dec. 13, 2018; 88 FR 39994, June 20, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.102   Activities by issuers and selling security holders during a distribution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful Activity.</I> In connection with a distribution of securities effected by or on behalf of an issuer or selling security holder, it shall be unlawful for such person, or any affiliated purchaser of such person, directly or indirectly, to bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce any person to bid for or purchase, a covered security during the applicable restricted period; <I>Except That</I> if an affiliated purchaser is a distribution participant, such affiliated purchaser may comply with § 242.101, rather than this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted Activity.</I> The following activities shall not be prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Odd-lot transactions.</I> Transactions in odd-lots, or transactions to offset odd-lots in connection with an odd-lot tender offer conducted pursuant to § 240.13e-4(h)(5) of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transactions by closed-end investment companies.</I> (i) Transactions complying with § 270.23c-3 of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Periodic tender offers of securities, at net asset value, conducted pursuant to § 240.13e-4 of this chapter by a closed-end investment company that engages in a continuous offering of its securities pursuant to § 230.415 of this chapter; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such securities are not traded on a securities exchange or through an inter-dealer quotation system or electronic communications network; or 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Redemptions by commodity pools or limited partnerships.</I> Redemptions by commodity pools or limited partnerships, at a price based on net asset value, which are effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of the instruments governing the securities; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such securities are not traded on a securities exchange, or through an inter-dealer quotation system or electronic communications network; or 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exercises of securities.</I> The exercise of any option, warrant, right, or any conversion privilege set forth in the instrument governing a security; or 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Offers to sell or the solicitation of offers to buy.</I> Offers to sell or the solicitation of offers to buy the securities being distributed; or 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Unsolicited purchases.</I> Unsolicited purchases that are not effected from or through a broker or dealer, on a securities exchange, or through an inter-dealer quotation system or electronic communications network; or 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Transactions in Rule 144A securities.</I> Transactions in securities eligible for resale under § 230.144A(d)(3) of this chapter, or any reference security, if the Rule 144A securities are sold in the United States solely to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A(a)(1) of this chapter, or to purchasers that the seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers, in transactions exempt from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)) or §§ 230.144A or § 230.500 <I>et seq</I> of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons not deemed to be “U.S. persons” for purposes of §§ 230.902(o)(2) or 230.902(o)(7) of this chapter, during a distribution qualifying under paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plans.</I> (1) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to distributions of securities pursuant to a plan, which are made: 
</P>
<P>(i) Solely to employees or security holders of an issuer or its subsidiaries, or to a trustee or other person acquiring such securities for the accounts of such persons; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) To persons other than employees or security holders, if bids for or purchases of securities pursuant to the plan are effected solely by an agent independent of the issuer and the securities are from a source other than the issuer or an affiliated purchaser of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Bids for or purchases of any security made or effected by or for a plan shall be deemed to be a purchase by the issuer unless the bid is made, or the purchase is effected, by an agent independent of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Excepted Securities.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to any of the following securities: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Actively-traded reference securities.</I> Reference securities with an ADTV value of at least $1 million that are issued by an issuer whose common equity securities have a public float value of at least $150 million; <I>Provided, however,</I> That such securities are not issued by the issuer, or any affiliate of the issuer, of the security in distribution. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain nonconvertible and asset-backed securities.</I> (i) Nonconvertible debt securities and nonconvertible preferred securities of issuers for which the probability of default, estimated as of the sixth business day immediately preceding the determination of the offering price and over the horizon of 12 full calendar months from such day, is 0.055% or less, as determined and documented, in writing, by the distribution participant acting as the lead manager (or in a similar capacity) of a distribution, as derived from a structural credit risk model, pursuant to § 242.101(c)(2)(i); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Asset-backed securities that are offered pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement filed on Form SF-3 (§ 239.45 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exempted securities.</I> “Exempted securities” as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)); or 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Face-amount certificates or securities issued by an open-end management investment company or unit investment trust.</I> Face-amount certificates issued by a face-amount certificate company, or redeemable securities issued by an open-end management investment company or a unit investment trust. Any terms used in this paragraph (d)(4) that are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) shall have the meanings specified in such Act. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptive Authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 11323, Mar. 12, 1997; 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 78 FR 44805, July 24, 2013; 88 FR 39994, June 20, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.103   Nasdaq passive market making.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of section.</I> This section permits broker-dealers to engage in market making transactions in covered securities that are Nasdaq securities without violating the provisions of § 242.101; <I>Except That</I> this section shall not apply to any security for which a stabilizing bid subject to § 242.104 is in effect, or during any at-the-market offering or best efforts offering. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions to be met</I>—(1) <I>General limitations.</I> A passive market maker must effect all transactions in the capacity of a registered market maker on Nasdaq. A passive market maker shall not bid for or purchase a covered security at a price that exceeds the highest independent bid for the covered security at the time of the transaction, except as permitted by paragraph (b)(3) of this section or required by a rule promulgated by the Commission or the NASD governing the handling of customer orders. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Purchase limitation.</I> On each day of the restricted period, a passive market maker's net purchases shall not exceed the greater of its 30% ADTV limitation or 200 shares (together, “purchase limitation”); <I>Provided, however,</I> That a passive market maker may purchase all of the securities that are part of a single order that, when executed, results in its purchase limitation being equalled or exceeded. If a passive market maker's net purchases equal or exceed its purchase limitation, it shall withdraw promptly its quotations from Nasdaq. If a passive market maker withdraws its quotations pursuant to this paragraph, it may not effect any bid or purchase in the covered security for the remainder of that day, irrespective of any later sales during that day, unless otherwise permitted by § 242.101. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirement to lower the bid.</I> If all independent bids for a covered security are reduced to a price below the passive market maker's bid, the passive market maker must lower its bid promptly to a level not higher than the then highest independent bid; <I>Provided, however,</I> That a passive market maker may continue to bid and effect purchases at its bid at a price exceeding the then highest independent bid until the passive market maker purchases an aggregate amount of the covered security that equals or, through the purchase of all securities that are part of a single order, exceeds the lesser of two times the minimum quotation size for the security, as determined by NASD rules, or the passive market maker's remaining purchasing capacity under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limitation on displayed size.</I> At all times, the passive market maker's displayed bid size may not exceed the lesser of the minimum quotation size for the covered security, or the passive market maker's remaining purchasing capacity under paragraph (b)(2) of this section; <I>Provided, however,</I> That a passive market maker whose purchasing capacity at any time is between one and 99 shares may display a bid size of 100 shares. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Identification of a passive market making bid.</I> The bid displayed by a passive market maker shall be designated as such. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Notification and reporting to the NASD.</I> A passive market maker shall notify the NASD in advance of its intention to engage in passive market making, and shall submit to the NASD information regarding passive market making purchases, in such form as the NASD shall prescribe. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Prospectus disclosure.</I> The prospectus for any registered offering in which any passive market maker intends to effect transactions in any covered security shall contain the information required in §§ 228.502, 228.508, 229.502, and 229.508 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transactions at prices resulting from unlawful activity.</I> No transaction shall be made at a price that the passive market maker knows or has reason to know is the result of activity that is fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive under the securities laws, or any rule or regulation thereunder. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.104" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.104   Stabilizing and other activities in connection with an offering.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful activity.</I> It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, to stabilize, to effect any syndicate covering transaction, or to impose a penalty bid, in connection with an offering of any security, in contravention of the provisions of this section. No stabilizing shall be effected at a price that the person stabilizing knows or has reason to know is in contravention of this section, or is the result of activity that is fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive under the securities laws, or any rule or regulation thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> Stabilizing is prohibited except for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of a security. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Priority.</I> To the extent permitted or required by the market where stabilizing occurs, any person stabilizing shall grant priority to any independent bid at the same price irrespective of the size of such independent bid at the time that it is entered. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Control of stabilizing.</I> No sole distributor or syndicate or group stabilizing the price of a security or any member or members of such syndicate or group shall maintain more than one stabilizing bid in any one market at the same price at the same time. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>At-the-market offerings.</I> Stabilizing is prohibited in an at-the-market offering. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stabilizing levels</I>—(1) <I>Maximum stabilizing bid.</I> Notwithstanding the other provisions of this paragraph (f), no stabilizing shall be made at a price higher than the lower of the offering price or the stabilizing bid for the security in the principal market (or, if the principal market is closed, the stabilizing bid in the principal market at its previous close). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Initiating stabilizing</I>—(i) <I>Initiating stabilizing when the principal market is open.</I> After the opening of quotations for the security in the principal market, stabilizing may be initiated in any market at a price no higher than the last independent transaction price for the security in the principal market if the security has traded in the principal market on the day stabilizing is initiated or on the most recent prior day of trading in the principal market and the current asked price in the principal market is equal to or greater than the last independent transaction price. If both conditions of the preceding sentence are not satisfied, stabilizing may be initiated in any market after the opening of quotations in the principal market at a price no higher than the highest current independent bid for the security in the principal market. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Initiating stabilizing when the principal market is closed.</I> (A) When the principal market for the security is closed, but immediately before the opening of quotations for the security in the market where stabilizing will be initiated, stabilizing may be initiated at a price no higher than the lower of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The price at which stabilizing could have been initiated in the principal market for the security at its previous close; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The most recent price at which an independent transaction in the security has been effected in any market since the close of the principal market, if the person stabilizing knows or has reason to know of such transaction. 
</P>
<P>(B) When the principal market for the security is closed, but after the opening of quotations in the market where stabilizing will be initiated, stabilizing may be initiated at a price no higher than the lower of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The price at which stabilization could have been initiated in the principal market for the security at its previous close; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The last independent transaction price for the security in that market if the security has traded in that market on the day stabilizing is initiated or on the last preceding business day and the current asked price in that market is equal to or greater than the last independent transaction price. If both conditions of the preceding sentence are not satisfied, under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B)(<I>2</I>), stabilizing may be initiated at a price no higher than the highest current independent bid for the security in that market. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Initiating stabilizing when there is no market for the security or before the offering price is determined.</I> If no <I>bona fide</I> market for the security being distributed exists at the time stabilizing is initiated, no stabilizing shall be initiated at a price in excess of the offering price. If stabilizing is initiated before the offering price is determined, then stabilizing may be continued after determination of the offering price at the price at which stabilizing then could be initiated. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Maintaining or carrying over a stabilizing bid.</I> A stabilizing bid initiated pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section, which has not been discontinued, may be maintained, or carried over into another market, irrespective of changes in the independent bids or transaction prices for the security. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Increasing or reducing a stabilizing bid.</I> A stabilizing bid may be increased to a price no higher than the highest current independent bid for the security in the principal market if the principal market is open, or, if the principal market is closed, to a price no higher than the highest independent bid in the principal market at the previous close thereof. A stabilizing bid may be reduced, or carried over into another market at a reduced price, irrespective of changes in the independent bids or transaction prices for the security. If stabilizing is discontinued, it shall not be resumed at a price higher than the price at which stabilizing then could be initiated. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Initiating, maintaining, or adjusting a stabilizing bid to reflect the current exchange rate.</I> If a stabilizing bid is expressed in a currency other than the currency of the principal market for the security, such bid may be initiated, maintained, or adjusted to reflect the current exchange rate, consistent with the provisions of this section. If, in initiating, maintaining, or adjusting a stabilizing bid pursuant to this paragraph (f)(5), the bid would be at or below the midpoint between two trading differentials, such stabilizing bid shall be adjusted downward to the lower differential. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Adjustments to stabilizing bid.</I> If a security goes ex-dividend, ex-rights, or ex-distribution, the stabilizing bid shall be reduced by an amount equal to the value of the dividend, right, or distribution. If, in reducing a stabilizing bid pursuant to this paragraph (f)(6), the bid would be at or below the midpoint between two trading differentials, such stabilizing bid shall be adjusted downward to the lower differential. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stabilizing of components.</I> When two or more securities are being offered as a unit, the component securities shall not be stabilized at prices the sum of which exceeds the then permissible stabilizing price for the unit. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Special prices.</I> Any stabilizing price that otherwise meets the requirements of this section need not be adjusted to reflect special prices available to any group or class of persons (including employees or holders of warrants or rights). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Offerings with no U.S. stabilizing activities.</I> (1) Stabilizing to facilitate an offering of a security in the United States shall not be deemed to be in violation of this section if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(i) No stabilizing is made in the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Stabilizing outside the United States is made in a jurisdiction with statutory or regulatory provisions governing stabilizing that are comparable to the provisions of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) No stabilizing is made at a price above the offering price in the United States, except as permitted by paragraph (f)(5) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (g), the Commission by rule, regulation, or order may determine whether a foreign statute or regulation is comparable to this section considering, among other things, whether such foreign statute or regulation: specifies appropriate purposes for which stabilizing is permitted; provides for disclosure and control of stabilizing activities; places limitations on stabilizing levels; requires appropriate recordkeeping; provides other protections comparable to the provisions of this section; and whether procedures exist to enable the Commission to obtain information concerning any foreign stabilizing transactions. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disclosure and notification.</I> (1) Any person displaying or transmitting a bid that such person knows is for the purpose of stabilizing shall provide prior notice to the market on which such stabilizing will be effected, and shall disclose its purpose to the person with whom the bid is entered. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any person effecting a syndicate covering transaction or imposing a penalty bid shall provide prior notice to the self-regulatory organization with direct authority over the principal market in the United States for the security for which the syndicate covering transaction is effected or the penalty bid is imposed. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any person subject to this section who sells to, or purchases for the account of, any person any security where the price of such security may be or has been stabilized, shall send to the purchaser at or before the completion of the transaction, a prospectus, offering circular, confirmation, or other document containing a statement similar to that comprising the statement provided for in Item 502(d) of Regulation S-B (§ 228.502(d) of this chapter) or Item 502(d) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.502(d) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> A person subject to this section shall keep the information and make the notification required by § 240.17a-2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Excepted securities.</I> The provisions of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exempted securities.</I> “Exempted securities,” as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)); or 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transactions of Rule 144A securities.</I> Transactions in securities eligible for resale under § 230.144A(d)(3) of this chapter, if such securities are sold in the United States solely to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A(a)(1) of this chapter, or to purchasers that the seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers, in a transaction exempt from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(2)) or §§ 230.144A or § 230.500 <I>et seq</I> of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons not deemed to be “U.S. persons” for purposes of §§ 230.902(o)(2) or 230.902(o)(7) of this chapter, during a distribution qualifying under paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 11323, Mar. 12, 1997; 62 FR 13213, Mar. 19, 1997; 77 FR 18685, Mar. 28, 2012; 78 FR 44805, July 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.105" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.105   Short selling in connection with a public offering.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unlawful activity.</I> In connection with an offering of equity securities for cash pursuant to a registration statement or a notification on Form 1-A (§ 239.90 of this chapter) or Form 1-E (§ 239.200 of this chapter) filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (“offered securities”), it shall be unlawful for any person to sell short (as defined in § 242.200(a)) the security that is the subject of the offering and purchase the offered securities from an underwriter or broker or dealer participating in the offering if such short sale was effected during the period (“Rule 105 restricted period”) that is the shorter of the period:
</P>
<P>(1) Beginning five business days before the pricing of the offered securities and ending with such pricing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Beginning with the initial filing of such registration statement or notification on Form 1-A or Form 1-E and ending with the pricing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted activity</I>—(1) <I>Bona fide purchase.</I> It shall not be prohibited for such person to purchase the offered securities as provided in paragraph (a) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) Such person makes a bona fide purchase(s) of the security that is the subject of the offering that is:
</P>
<P>(A) At least equivalent in quantity to the entire amount of the Rule 105 restricted period short sale(s);
</P>
<P>(B) Effected during regular trading hours;
</P>
<P>(C) Reported to an “effective transaction reporting plan” (as defined in § 242.600(b)(35)); and
</P>
<P>(D) Effected after the last Rule 105 restricted period short sale, and no later than the business day prior to the day of pricing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such person did not effect a short sale, that is reported to an effective transaction reporting plan, within the 30 minutes prior to the close of regular trading hours (as defined in § 242.600(b)(88)) on the business day prior to the day of pricing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Separate accounts.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section shall not prohibit the purchase of the offered security in an account of a person where such person sold short during the Rule 105 restricted period in a separate account, if decisions regarding securities transactions for each account are made separately and without coordination of trading or cooperation among or between the accounts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Investment companies.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section shall not prohibit an investment company (as defined by Section 3 of the Investment Company Act) that is registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act, or a series of such company (investment company) from purchasing an offered security where any of the following sold the offered security short during the Rule 105 restricted period:
</P>
<P>(i) An affiliated investment company, or any series of such a company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A separate series of the investment company.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Excepted offerings.</I> This section shall not apply to offerings that are not conducted on a firm commitment basis. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 69 FR 48029, Aug. 6, 2004; 72 FR 45107, Aug. 10, 2007; 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation SHO—Regulation of Short Sales</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.200" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.2.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.200   Definition of “short sale” and marking requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>short sale</I> shall mean any sale of a security which the seller does not own or any sale which is consummated by the delivery of a security borrowed by, or for the account of, the seller.
</P>
<P>(b) A person shall be deemed to own a security if:
</P>
<P>(1) The person or his agent has title to it; or
</P>
<P>(2) The person has purchased, or has entered into an unconditional contract, binding on both parties thereto, to purchase it, but has not yet received it; or
</P>
<P>(3) The person owns a security convertible into or exchangeable for it and has tendered such security for conversion or exchange; or
</P>
<P>(4) The person has an option to purchase or acquire it and has exercised such option; or
</P>
<P>(5) The person has rights or warrants to subscribe to it and has exercised such rights or warrants; or
</P>
<P>(6) The person holds a security futures contract to purchase it and has received notice that the position will be physically settled and is irrevocably bound to receive the underlying security.
</P>
<P>(c) A person shall be deemed to own securities only to the extent that he has a net long position in such securities.
</P>
<P>(d) A broker or dealer shall be deemed to own a security, even if it is not net long, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer acquired that security while acting in the capacity of a block positioner; and
</P>
<P>(2) If and to the extent that the broker or dealer's short position in the security is the subject of offsetting positions created in the course of bona fide arbitrage, risk arbitrage, or bona fide hedge activities.
</P>
<P>(e) A broker-dealer shall be deemed to own a security even if it is not net long, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker-dealer is unwinding index arbitrage position involving a long basket of stock and one or more short index futures traded on a board of trade or one or more standardized options contracts as defined in 17 CFR 240.9b-1(a)(4); and
</P>
<P>(2) If and to the extent that the broker-dealer's short position in the security is the subject of offsetting positions created and maintained in the course of bona-fide arbitrage, risk arbitrage, or bona fide hedge activities; and
</P>
<P>(3) The sale does not occur during a period commencing at the time that the NYSE Composite Index has declined by two percent or more from its closing value on the previous day and terminating upon the end of the trading day. The two percent shall be calculated at the beginning of each calendar quarter and shall be two percent, rounded down to the nearest 10 points, of the average closing value of the NYSE Composite Index for the last month of the previous quarter.
</P>
<P>(f) In order to determine its net position, a broker or dealer shall aggregate all of its positions in a security unless it qualifies for independent trading unit aggregation, in which case each independent trading unit shall aggregate all of its positions in a security to determine its net position. Independent trading unit aggregation is available only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer has a written plan of organization that identifies each aggregation unit, specifies its trading objective(s), and supports its independent identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Each aggregation unit within the firm determines, at the time of each sale, its net position for every security that it trades;
</P>
<P>(3) All traders in an aggregation unit pursue only the particular trading objective(s) or strategy(s) of that aggregation unit and do not coordinate that strategy with any other aggregation unit; and
</P>
<P>(4) Individual traders are assigned to only one aggregation unit at any time.
</P>
<P>(g) A broker or dealer must mark all sell orders of any equity security as “long,” “short,” or “short exempt.”
</P>
<P>(1) An order to sell shall be marked “long” only if the seller is deemed to own the security being sold pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section and either:
</P>
<P>(i) The security to be delivered is in the physical possession or control of the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) It is reasonably expected that the security will be in the physical possession or control of the broker or dealer no later than the settlement of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) A sale order shall be marked “short exempt” only if the provisions of § 242.201(c) or (d) are met.
</P>
<P>(h) Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities, or to any person or class of persons. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 48029, Aug. 6, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 36359, July 3, 2007; 72 FR 45557, Aug. 14, 2007; 75 FR 11323, Mar. 10, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.201" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.2.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.201   Circuit breaker.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>covered security</I> shall mean any NMS stock as defined in § 242.600(b)(65).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>effective transaction reporting plan for a covered security</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(35).
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>listing market</I> shall have the same meaning as the term “primary listing exchange” as defined in § 242.600(b)(79).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>national best bid</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(60).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>odd lot</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(68).
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>plan processor</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(78).
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>regular trading hours</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(88).
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>riskless principal</I> shall mean a transaction in which a broker or dealer, after having received an order to buy a security, purchases the security as principal at the same price to satisfy the order to buy, exclusive of any explicitly disclosed markup or markdown, commission equivalent, or other fee, or, after having received an order to sell, sells the security as principal at the same price to satisfy the order to sell, exclusive of any explicitly disclosed markup or markdown, commission equivalent, or other fee.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>trading center</I> shall have the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(106).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A trading center shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(i) Prevent the execution or display of a short sale order of a covered security at a price that is less than or equal to the current national best bid if the price of that covered security decreases by 10% or more from the covered security's closing price as determined by the listing market for the covered security as of the end of regular trading hours on the prior day; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Impose the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section for the remainder of the day and the following day when a national best bid for the covered security is calculated and disseminated on a current and continuing basis pursuant to an effective national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Provided, however,</I> that the policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to permit:
</P>
<P>(A) The execution of a displayed short sale order of a covered security by a trading center if, at the time of initial display of the short sale order, the order was at a price above the current national best bid; and
</P>
<P>(B) The execution or display of a short sale order of a covered security marked “short exempt” without regard to whether the order is at a price that is less than or equal to the current national best bid.
</P>
<P>(2) A trading center shall regularly surveil to ascertain the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section and shall take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(3) The determination regarding whether the price of a covered security has decreased by 10% or more from the covered security's closing price as determined by the listing market for the covered security as of the end of regular trading hours on the prior day shall be made by the listing market for the covered security and, if such decrease has occurred, the listing market shall immediately make such information available as provided in § 242.603(b). </P>
<P>(c) Following any determination and notification pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section with respect to a covered security, a broker or dealer submitting a short sale order of the covered security in question to a trading center may mark the order “short exempt” if the broker or dealer identifies the order as being at a price above the current national best bid at the time of submission; <I>provided, however:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer that identifies a short sale order of a covered security as “short exempt” in accordance with this paragraph (c) must establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent incorrect identification of orders for purposes of this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer shall regularly surveil to ascertain the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section and shall take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) Following any determination and notification pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section with respect to a covered security, a broker or dealer may mark a short sale order of a covered security “short exempt” if the broker or dealer has a reasonable basis to believe that:
</P>
<P>(1) The short sale order of a covered security is by a person that is deemed to own the covered security pursuant to § 242.200, provided that the person intends to deliver the security as soon as all restrictions on delivery have been removed.
</P>
<P>(2) The short sale order of a covered security is by a market maker to offset customer odd-lot orders or to liquidate an odd-lot position that changes such broker's or dealer's position by no more than a unit of trading.
</P>
<P>(3) The short sale order of a covered security is for a good faith account of a person who then owns another security by virtue of which he is, or presently will be, entitled to acquire an equivalent number of securities of the same class as the securities sold; provided such sale, or the purchase which such sale offsets, is effected for the bona fide purpose of profiting from a current difference between the price of the security sold and the security owned and that such right of acquisition was originally attached to or represented by another security or was issued to all the holders of any such securities of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(4) The short sale order of a covered security is for a good faith account and submitted to profit from a current price difference between a security on a foreign securities market and a security on a securities market subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, provided that the short seller has an offer to buy on a foreign market that allows the seller to immediately cover the short sale at the time it was made. For the purposes of this paragraph (d)(4), a depository receipt of a security shall be deemed to be the same security as the security represented by such receipt.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) The short sale order of a covered security is by an underwriter or member of a syndicate or group participating in the distribution of a security in connection with an over-allotment of securities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The short sale order of a covered security is for purposes of a lay-off sale by an underwriter or member of a syndicate or group in connection with a distribution of securities through a rights or standby underwriting commitment.
</P>
<P>(6) The short sale order of a covered security is by a broker or dealer effecting the execution of a customer purchase or the execution of a customer “long” sale on a riskless principal basis. In addition, for purposes of this paragraph (d)(6), a broker or dealer must have written policies and procedures in place to assure that, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) The customer order was received prior to the offsetting transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The offsetting transaction is allocated to a riskless principal or customer account within 60 seconds of execution; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The broker or dealer has supervisory systems in place to produce records that enable the broker or dealer to accurately and readily reconstruct, in a time-sequenced manner, all orders on which a broker or dealer relies pursuant to this exception.
</P>
<P>(7) The short sale order is for the sale of a covered security at the volume weighted average price (VWAP) that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The VWAP for the covered security is calculated by:
</P>
<P>(A) Calculating the values for every regular way trade reported in the consolidated system for the security during the regular trading session, by multiplying each such price by the total number of shares traded at that price;
</P>
<P>(B) Compiling an aggregate sum of all values; and
</P>
<P>(C) Dividing the aggregate sum by the total number of reported shares for that day in the security.
</P>
<P>(ii) The transactions are reported using a special VWAP trade modifier.
</P>
<P>(iii) The VWAP matched security:
</P>
<P>(A) Qualifies as an “actively-traded security” pursuant to § 242.101 and § 242.102; or
</P>
<P>(B) The proposed short sale transaction is being conducted as part of a basket transaction of twenty or more securities in which the subject security does not comprise more than 5% of the value of the basket traded.
</P>
<P>(iv) The transaction is not effected for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or otherwise affecting the price of any security.
</P>
<P>(v) A broker or dealer shall be permitted to act as principal on the contra-side to fill customer short sale orders only if the broker's or dealer's position in the covered security, as committed by the broker or dealer during the pre-opening period of a trading day and aggregated across all of its customers who propose to sell short the same security on a VWAP basis, does not exceed 10% of the covered security's relevant average daily trading volume.
</P>
<P>(e) No self-regulatory organization shall have any rule that is not in conformity with, or conflicts with, this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any person or class of persons, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities to the extent that such exemption is necessary or appropriate, in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 11323, Mar. 10, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.203" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.2.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.203   Borrowing and delivery requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Long sales.</I> (1) If a broker or dealer knows or has reasonable grounds to believe that the sale of an equity security was or will be effected pursuant to an order marked “long,” such broker or dealer shall not lend or arrange for the loan of any security for delivery to the purchaser's broker after the sale, or fail to deliver a security on the date delivery is due.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply:
</P>
<P>(i) To the loan of any security by a broker or dealer through the medium of a loan to another broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the broker or dealer knows, or has been reasonably informed by the seller, that the seller owns the security, and that the seller would deliver the security to the broker or dealer prior to the scheduled settlement of the transaction, but the seller failed to do so; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If, prior to any loan or arrangement to loan any security for delivery, or failure to deliver, a national securities exchange, in the case of a sale effected thereon, or a national securities association, in the case of a sale not effected on an exchange, finds:
</P>
<P>(A) That such sale resulted from a mistake made in good faith;
</P>
<P>(B) That due diligence was used to ascertain that the circumstances specified in § 242.200(g) existed; and
</P>
<P>(C) Either that the condition of the market at the time the mistake was discovered was such that undue hardship would result from covering the transaction by a “purchase for cash” or that the mistake was made by the seller's broker and the sale was at a permissible price under any applicable short sale price test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Short sales.</I> (1) A broker or dealer may not accept a short sale order in an equity security from another person, or effect a short sale in an equity security for its own account, unless the broker or dealer has:
</P>
<P>(i) Borrowed the security, or entered into a bona-fide arrangement to borrow the security; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Reasonable grounds to believe that the security can be borrowed so that it can be delivered on the date delivery is due; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Documented compliance with this paragraph (b)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) A broker or dealer that has accepted a short sale order from another registered broker or dealer that is required to comply with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, unless the broker or dealer relying on this exception contractually undertook responsibility for compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any sale of a security that a person is deemed to own pursuant to § 242.200, provided that the broker or dealer has been reasonably informed that the person intends to deliver such security as soon as all restrictions on delivery have been removed. If the person has not delivered such security within 35 days after the trade date, the broker-dealer that effected the sale must borrow securities or close out the short position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(iii) Short sales effected by a market maker in connection with bona-fide market making activities in the security for which this exception is claimed; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Transactions in security futures.
</P>
<P>(3) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in a threshold security for thirteen consecutive settlement days, the participant shall immediately thereafter close out the fail to deliver position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Provided, however,</I> that a participant of a registered clearing agency that has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in a threshold security on the effective date of this amendment and which, prior to the effective date of this amendment, had been previously grandfathered from the close-out requirement in this paragraph (b)(3) (i.e., because the participant of a registered clearing agency had a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency on the settlement day preceding the day that the security became a threshold security), shall close out that fail to deliver position within thirty-five consecutive settlement days of the effective date of this amendment by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Provided, however,</I> that if a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in a threshold security that was sold pursuant to § 230.144 of this chapter for thirty-five consecutive settlement days, the participant shall immediately thereafter close out the fail to deliver position in the security by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Provided, however,</I> that a participant of a registered clearing agency that has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in a threshold security on the effective date of this amendment and which, prior to the effective date of this amendment, had been previously excepted from the close-out requirement in paragraph (b)(3) of this section (i.e., because the participant of a registered clearing agency had a fail to deliver position in the threshold security that is attributed to short sales effected by a registered options market maker to establish or maintain a hedge on options positions that were created before the security became a threshold security), shall immediately close out that fail to deliver position, including any adjustments to the fail to deliver position, within 35 consecutive settlement days of the effective date of this amendment by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(iv) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in a threshold security for thirteen consecutive settlement days, the participant and any broker or dealer for which it clears transactions, including any market maker that would otherwise be entitled to rely on the exception provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, may not accept a short sale order in the threshold security from another person, or effect a short sale in the threshold security for its own account, without borrowing the security or entering into a bona-fide arrangement to borrow the security, until the participant closes out the fail to deliver position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(v) If a participant of a registered clearing agency entitled to rely on the 35 consecutive settlement day close-out requirement contained in paragraph (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), or (b)(3)(iii) of this section has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in the threshold security for 35 consecutive settlement days, the participant and any broker or dealer for which it clears transactions, including any market maker, that would otherwise be entitled to rely on the exception provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, may not accept a short sale order in the threshold security from another person, or effect a short sale in the threshold security for its own account, without borrowing the security or entering into a bona fide arrangement to borrow the security, until the participant closes out the fail to deliver position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(vi) If a participant of a registered clearing agency reasonably allocates a portion of a fail to deliver position to another registered broker or dealer for which it clears trades or for which it is responsible for settlement, based on such broker or dealer's short position, then the provisions of this paragraph (b)(3) relating to such fail to deliver position shall apply to the portion of such registered broker or dealer that was allocated the fail to deliver position, and not to the participant; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A participant of a registered clearing agency shall not be deemed to have fulfilled the requirements of this paragraph (b)(3) where the participant enters into an arrangement with another person to purchase securities as required by this paragraph (b)(3), and the participant knows or has reason to know that the other person will not deliver securities in settlement of the purchase.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, the term <I>market maker</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(38) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(38)).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the term <I>participant</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(24) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(24)).
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the term <I>registered clearing agency</I> means a clearing agency, as defined in section 3(a)(23)(A) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)(A)), that is registered with the Commission pursuant to section 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1).
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, the term <I>security future</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(55) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)).
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section, the term <I>settlement day</I> means any business day on which deliveries of securities and payments of money may be made through the facilities of a registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of this section, the term <I>threshold security</I> means any equity security of an issuer that is registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78l) or for which the issuer is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)):
</P>
<P>(i) For which there is an aggregate fail to deliver position for five consecutive settlement days at a registered clearing agency of 10,000 shares or more, and that is equal to at least 0.5% of the issue's total shares outstanding;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is included on a list disseminated to its members by a self-regulatory organization; and
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Provided, however</I>, that a security shall cease to be a threshold security if the aggregate fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency does not exceed the level specified in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section for five consecutive settlement days.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptive authority.</I> Upon written application or upon its own motion, the Commission may grant an exemption from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, to any transaction or class of transactions, or to any security or class of securities, or to any person or class of persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 48029, Aug. 6, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 45557, Aug. 14, 2007; 73 FR 61706, Oct. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.204" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.2.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.204   Close-out requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A participant of a registered clearing agency must deliver securities to a registered clearing agency for clearance and settlement on a long or short sale in any equity security by settlement date, or if a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in any equity security for a long or short sale transaction in that equity security, the participant shall, by no later than the beginning of regular trading hours on the settlement day following the settlement date, immediately close out its fail to deliver position by borrowing or purchasing securities of like kind and quantity; <I>Provided, however:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in any equity security and the participant can demonstrate on its books and records that such fail to deliver position resulted from a long sale, the participant shall by no later than the beginning of regular trading hours on the third consecutive settlement day following the settlement date, immediately close out the fail to deliver position by purchasing or borrowing securities of like kind and quantity;
</P>
<P>(2) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in any equity security resulting from a sale of a security that a person is deemed to own pursuant to § 242.200 and that such person intends to deliver as soon as all restrictions on delivery have been removed, the participant shall, by no later than the begining of regular trading hours on the thirty-fifth consecutive calendar day following the trade date for the transaction, immediately close out the fail to deliver position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity; or
</P>
<P>(3) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in any equity security that is attributable to bona fide market making activities by a registered market maker, options market maker, or other market maker obligated to quote in the over-the-counter market, the participant shall by no later than the beginning of regular trading hours on the third consecutive settlement day following the settlement date, immediately close out the fail to deliver position by purchasing or borrowing securities of like kind and quantity.
</P>
<P>(b) If a participant of a registered clearing agency has a fail to deliver position in any equity security at a registered clearing agency and does not close out such fail to deliver position in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the participant and any broker or dealer from which it receives trades for clearance and settlement, including any market maker that would otherwise be entitled to rely on the exception provided in § 242.203(b)(2)(iii), may not accept a short sale order in the equity security from another person, or effect a short sale in the equity security for its own account, to the extent that the broker or dealer submits its short sales to that participant for clearance and settlement, without first borrowing the security, or entering into a bona fide arrangement to borrow the security, until the participant closes out the fail to deliver position by purchasing securities of like kind and quantity and that purchase has cleared and settled at a registered clearing agency; <I>Provided, however:</I> A broker or dealer shall not be subject to the requirements of this paragraph if the broker or dealer timely certifies to the participant of a registered clearing agency that it has not incurred a fail to deliver position on settlement date for a long or short sale in an equity security for which the participant has a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency or that the broker or dealer is in compliance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The participant must notify any broker or dealer from which it receives trades for clearance and settlement, including any market maker that would otherwise be entitled to rely on the exception provided in § 242.203(b)(2)(iii):
</P>
<P>(1) That the participant has a fail to deliver position in an equity security at a registered clearing agency that has not been closed out in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) When the purchase that the participant has made to close out the fail to deliver position has cleared and settled at a registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(d) If a participant of a registered clearing agency reasonably allocates a portion of a fail to deliver position to another registered broker or dealer for which it clears trades or from which it receives trades for settlement, based on such broker's or dealer's short position, the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section relating to such fail to deliver position shall apply to such registered broker or dealer that was allocated the fail to deliver position, and not to the participant. A broker or dealer that has been allocated a portion of a fail to deliver position that does not comply with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section must immediately notify the participant that it has become subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Even if a participant of a registered clearing agency has not closed out a fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, or has not allocated a fail to deliver position to a broker or dealer in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, a broker or dealer shall not be subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section if the broker or dealer purchases or borrows the securities, and if:
</P>
<P>(1) The purchase or borrow is bona fide;
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase or borrow is executed after trade date but by no later than the end of regular trading hours on settlement date for the transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) The purchase or borrow is of a quantity of securities sufficient to cover the entire amount of that broker's or dealer's fail to deliver position at a registered clearing agency in that security; and
</P>
<P>(4) The broker or dealer can demonstrate that it has a net flat or net long position on its books and records on the day of the purchase or borrow.
</P>
<P>(f) A participant of a registered clearing agency shall not be deemed to have fulfilled the requirements of this section where the participant enters into an arrangement with another person to purchase or borrow securities as required by this section, and the participant knows or has reason to know that the other person will not deliver securities in settlement of the purchase or borrow.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, the term <I>settlement date</I> shall mean the business day on which delivery of a security and payment of money is to be made through the facilities of a registered clearing agency in connection with the sale of a security.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the term <I>regular trading hours</I> has the same meaning as in § 242.600(b)(88) (Rule 600(b)(88) of Regulation NMS).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 38292, July 31, 2009, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.3" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation ATS—Alternative Trading Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 242.300 through 242.303 appear at 63 FR 70921, Dec. 22, 1998, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Preliminary Notes
</HD1>
<P>1. An alternative trading system is required to comply with the requirements in this Regulation ATS, unless such alternative trading system:
</P>
<P>(a) Is registered as a national securities exchange;
</P>
<P>(b) Is exempt from registration as a national securities exchange based on the limited volume of transactions effected on the alternative trading system; or
</P>
<P>(c) Trades only government securities and certain other related instruments.
</P>
<P>All alternative trading systems must comply with the antifraud, antimanipulation, and other applicable provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>2. The requirements imposed upon an alternative trading system by Regulation ATS are in addition to any requirements applicable to broker-dealers registered under section 15 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78o).
</P>
<P>3. An alternative trading system must comply with any applicable state law relating to the offer or sale of securities or the registration or regulation of persons or entities effecting transactions in securities.
</P>
<P>4. The disclosures made pursuant to the provisions of this section are in addition to any other disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws.</P></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.300" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.300   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Alternative trading system</I> means any organization, association, person, group of persons, or system:
</P>
<P>(1) That constitutes, maintains, or provides a market place or facilities for bringing together purchasers and sellers of securities or for otherwise performing with respect to securities the functions commonly performed by a stock exchange within the meaning of § 240.3b-16 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) That does not:
</P>
<P>(i) Set rules governing the conduct of subscribers other than the conduct of such subscribers' trading on such organization, association, person, group of persons, or system; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Discipline subscribers other than by exclusion from trading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subscriber</I> means any person that has entered into a contractual agreement with an alternative trading system to access such alternative trading system for the purpose of effecting transactions in securities or submitting, disseminating, or displaying orders on such alternative trading system, including a customer, member, user, or participant in an alternative trading system. A subscriber, however, shall not include a national securities exchange or national securities association.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Affiliate of a subscriber</I> means any person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by, the subscriber, including any employee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Debt security</I> shall mean any security other than an equity security, as defined in § 240.3a11-1 of this chapter, as well as non-participatory preferred stock.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Order</I> means any firm indication of a willingness to buy or sell a security, as either principal or agent, including any bid or offer quotation, market order, limit order, or other priced order.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Control</I> means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the broker-dealer of an alternative trading system, whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. A person is presumed to <I>control</I> the broker-dealer of an alternative trading system, if that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Is a director, general partner, or officer exercising executive responsibility (or having similar status or performing similar functions);
</P>
<P>(2) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting security or has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities of the broker-dealer of the alternative trading system; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a partnership, has contributed, or has the right to receive upon dissolution, 25 percent or more of the capital of the broker-dealer of the alternative trading system.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>NMS stock</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 242.600; <I>provided, however,</I> that a debt or convertible debt security shall not be deemed an NMS stock for purposes of this Regulation ATS.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Effective transaction reporting plan</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 242.600.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Corporate debt security</I> shall mean any security that:
</P>
<P>(1) Evidences a liability of the issuer of such security;
</P>
<P>(2) Has a fixed maturity date that is at least one year following the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not an exempted security, as defined in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Commercial paper</I> shall mean any note, draft, or bill of exchange which arises out of a current transaction or the proceeds of which have been or are to be used for current transactions, and which has a maturity at the time of issuance of not exceeding nine months, exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal thereof the maturity of which is likewise limited.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>NMS Stock ATS</I> means an alternative trading system, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, that trades NMS stocks, as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 544, Jan. 3, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 37619, June 29, 2005; 74 FR 52372, Oct. 9, 2009; 83 FR 38911, Aug. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.301" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.301   Requirements for alternative trading systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of section.</I> An alternative trading system shall comply with the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, unless such alternative trading system:
</P>
<P>(1) Is registered as an exchange under section 6 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78f);
</P>
<P>(2) Is exempted by the Commission from registration as an exchange based on the limited volume of transactions effected;
</P>
<P>(3) Is operated by a national securities association;
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Is registered as a broker-dealer under sections 15(b) or 15C of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b), and 78o-5), or is a bank, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Limits its securities activities to the following instruments:
</P>
<P>(A) Government securities, as defined in section 3(a)(42) of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42));
</P>
<P>(B) Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements solely involving securities included within paragraph (a)(4)(ii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on a government security, other than a put, call, straddle, option, or privilege that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is traded on one or more national securities exchanges; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For which quotations are disseminated through an automated quotation system operated by a registered securities association; and
</P>
<P>(D) Commercial paper.
</P>
<P>(5) Is exempted, conditionally or unconditionally, by Commission order, after application by such alternative trading system, from one or more of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section or § 242.304. The Commission will grant such exemption only after determining that such an order is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, and the removal of impediments to, and perfection of the mechanisms of, a national market system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> Every alternative trading system subject to this Regulation ATS, pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, shall comply with the requirements in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Broker-dealer registration.</I> The alternative trading system shall register as a broker-dealer under section 15 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78o).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice.</I> (i) The alternative trading system shall file an initial operation report on Form ATS, § 249.637 of this chapter, in accordance with the instructions therein, at least 20 days prior to commencing operation as an alternative trading system.
</P>
<P>(ii) The alternative trading system shall file an amendment on Form ATS at least 20 calendar days prior to implementing a material change to the operation of the alternative trading system.
</P>
<P>(iii) If any information contained in the initial operation report filed under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section becomes inaccurate for any reason and has not been previously reported to the Commission as an amendment on Form ATS, the alternative trading system shall file an amendment on Form ATS correcting such information within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the alternative trading system has operated.
</P>
<P>(iv) The alternative trading system shall promptly file an amendment on Form ATS correcting information previously reported on Form ATS after discovery that any information filed under paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section was inaccurate when filed.
</P>
<P>(v) The alternative trading system shall promptly file a cessation of operations report on Form ATS in accordance with the instructions therein upon ceasing to operate as an alternative trading system.
</P>
<P>(vi) Every notice or amendment filed pursuant to this paragraph (b)(2) shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 11A, 17(a), 18(a), and 32(a), (15 U.S.C. 78k-1, 78q(a), 78r(a), and 78ff(a)), and any other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(vii) The reports provided for in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be considered filed upon receipt by the Division of Trading and Markets, at the Commission's principal office in Washington, DC. Duplicate originals of the reports provided for in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section must be filed with surveillance personnel designated as such by any self-regulatory organization that is the designated examining authority for the alternative trading system pursuant to § 240.17d-1 of this chapter simultaneously with filing with the Commission. Duplicates of the reports required by paragraph (b)(9) of this section shall be provided to surveillance personnel of such self-regulatory authority upon request. All reports filed pursuant to this paragraph (b)(2) and paragraph (b)(9) of this section shall be deemed confidential when filed.
</P>
<P>(viii) An NMS Stock ATS that is operating pursuant to an initial operation report on Form ATS on file with the Commission as of January 7, 2019 (“Legacy NMS Stock ATS”) shall be subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (vii) of this section until that ATS files an initial Form ATS-N with the Commission pursuant to § 242.304(a)(1)(iv)(A). Thereafter, the Legacy NMS Stock ATS shall file reports pursuant to § 242.304. An alternative trading system that trades NMS stocks and securities other than NMS stocks shall be subject to the requirements of § 242.304 of this chapter with respect to NMS stocks and paragraph (b)(2) of this section with respect to non-NMS stocks. As of January 7, 2019, an entity seeking to operate as an NMS Stock ATS shall not be subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (vii) of this section and shall file reports pursuant to § 242.304.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Order display and execution access.</I> (i) An alternative trading system shall comply with the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, with respect to any NMS stock in which the alternative trading system:
</P>
<P>(A) Displays subscriber orders to any person (other than alternative trading system employees); and
</P>
<P>(B) During at least 4 of the preceding 6 calendar months, had an average daily trading volume of 5 percent or more of the aggregate average daily share volume for such NMS stock as reported by an effective transaction reporting plan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such alternative trading system shall provide to a national securities exchange or national securities association the prices and sizes of the orders at the highest buy price and the lowest sell price for such NMS stock, displayed to more than one person in the alternative trading system, for inclusion in the quotation data made available by the national securities exchange or national securities association to vendors pursuant to § 242.602.
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to any order displayed pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, an alternative trading system shall provide to any broker-dealer that has access to the national securities exchange or national securities association to which the alternative trading system provides the prices and sizes of displayed orders pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the ability to effect a transaction with such orders that is:
</P>
<P>(A) Equivalent to the ability of such broker-dealer to effect a transaction with other orders displayed on the exchange or by the association; and
</P>
<P>(B) At the price of the highest priced buy order or lowest priced sell order displayed for the lesser of the cumulative size of such priced orders entered therein at such price, or the size of the execution sought by such broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fees.</I> The alternative trading system shall not charge any fee to broker-dealers that access the alternative trading system through a national securities exchange or national securities association, that is inconsistent with equivalent access to the alternative trading system required by paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section. In addition, if the national securities exchange or national securities association to which an alternative trading system provides the prices and sizes of orders under paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (b)(3)(iii) of this section establishes rules designed to assure consistency with standards for access to quotations displayed on such national securities exchange, or the market operated by such national securities association, the alternative trading system shall not charge any fee to members that is contrary to, that is not disclosed in the manner required by, or that is inconsistent with any standard of equivalent access established by such rules.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fair access.</I> (i) An alternative trading system shall comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section, if during at least 4 of the preceding 6 calendar months, such alternative trading system had:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to any NMS stock, 5 percent or more of the average daily volume in that security reported by an effective transaction reporting plan;
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to an equity security that is not an NMS stock and for which transactions are reported to a self-regulatory organization, 5 percent or more of the average daily trading volume in that security as calculated by the self-regulatory organization to which such transactions are reported;
</P>
<P>(C) With respect to municipal securities, 5 percent or more of the average daily volume traded in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(D) With respect to corporate debt securities, 5 percent or more of the average daily volume traded in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) An alternative trading system shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish written standards for granting access to trading on its system;
</P>
<P>(B) Not unreasonably prohibit or limit any person in respect to access to services offered by such alternative trading system by applying the standards established under paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(A) of this section in an unfair or discriminatory manner;
</P>
<P>(C) Make and keep records of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) All grants of access including, for all subscribers, the reasons for granting such access; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) All denials or limitations of access and reasons, for each applicant, for denying or limiting access; and
</P>
<P>(D) Report the information required on Form ATS-R (§ 249.638 of this chapter) regarding grants, denials, and limitations of access.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section, an alternative trading system shall not be required to comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section, if such alternative trading system:
</P>
<P>(A) Matches customer orders for a security with other customer orders;
</P>
<P>(B) Such customers' orders are not displayed to any person, other than employees of the alternative trading system; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such orders are executed at a price for such security disseminated by an effective transaction reporting plan, or derived from such prices.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Capacity, integrity, and security of automated systems.</I> (i) The alternative trading system shall comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, if during at least 4 of the preceding 6 calendar months, such alternative trading system had:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to municipal securities, 20 percent or more of the average daily volume traded in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to corporate debt securities, 20 percent or more of the average daily volume traded in the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to those systems that support order entry, order routing, order execution, transaction reporting, and trade comparison, the alternative trading system shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Establish reasonable current and future capacity estimates;
</P>
<P>(B) Conduct periodic capacity stress tests of critical systems to determine such system's ability to process transactions in an accurate, timely, and efficient manner;
</P>
<P>(C) Develop and implement reasonable procedures to review and keep current its system development and testing methodology;
</P>
<P>(D) Review the vulnerability of its systems and data center computer operations to internal and external threats, physical hazards, and natural disasters;
</P>
<P>(E) Establish adequate contingency and disaster recovery plans;
</P>
<P>(F) On an annual basis, perform an independent review, in accordance with established audit procedures and standards, of such alternative trading system's controls for ensuring that paragraphs (b)(6)(ii)(A) through (E) of this section are met, and conduct a review by senior management of a report containing the recommendations and conclusions of the independent review; and
</P>
<P>(G) Promptly notify the Commission staff of material systems outages and significant systems changes.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, an alternative trading system shall not be required to comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, if such alternative trading system:
</P>
<P>(A) Matches customer orders for a security with other customer orders;
</P>
<P>(B) Such customers' orders are not displayed to any person, other than employees of the alternative trading system; and
</P>
<P>(C) Such orders are executed at a price for such security disseminated by an effective transaction reporting plan, or derived from such prices.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Examinations, inspections, and investigations.</I> The alternative trading system shall permit the examination and inspection of its premises, systems, and records, and cooperate with the examination, inspection, or investigation of subscribers, whether such examination is being conducted by the Commission or by a self-regulatory organization of which such subscriber is a member.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The alternative trading system shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Make and keep current the records specified in § 242.302; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Preserve the records specified in § 242.303.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Reporting.</I> The alternative trading system shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Separately file the information required by Form ATS-R (§ 249.638 of this chapter) for transactions in NMS stocks, as defined in paragraph (g) of this section, and transactions in securities other than NMS stocks within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the market has operated after the effective date of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Separately file the information required by Form ATS-R for transactions in NMS stocks and transactions in securities other than NMS stocks within 10 calendar days after an alternative trading system ceases to operate.
</P>
<P>(10) <I> Written procedures to ensure the confidential treatment of trading information.</I> (i) The alternative trading system shall establish adequate written safeguards and written procedures to protect subscribers' confidential trading information. Such written safeguards and written procedures shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) Limiting access to the confidential trading information of subscribers to those employees of the alternative trading system who are operating the system or responsible for its compliance with these or any other applicable rules;
</P>
<P>(B) Implementing standards controlling employees of the alternative trading system trading for their own accounts; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The alternative trading system shall adopt and implement adequate written oversight procedures to ensure that the written safeguards and procedures established pursuant to paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section are followed.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Name.</I> The alternative trading system shall not use in its name the word “exchange,” or derivations of the word “exchange,” such as the term “stock market.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70921, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 13235, Mar. 13, 2000; 70 FR 37619, June 29, 2005; 74 FR 52372, Oct. 9, 2009; 79 FR 72436, Dec. 5, 2014; 83 FR 38911, Aug. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.302" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.302   Recordkeeping requirements for alternative trading systems.</HEAD>
<P>To comply with the condition set forth in paragraph (b)(8) of § 242.301, an alternative trading system shall make and keep current the following records:
</P>
<P>(a) A record of subscribers to such alternative trading system (identifying any affiliations between the alternative trading system and subscribers to the alternative trading system, including common directors, officers, or owners);
</P>
<P>(b) Daily summaries of trading in the alternative trading system including:
</P>
<P>(1) Securities for which transactions have been executed;
</P>
<P>(2) Transaction volume, expressed with respect to equity securities in:
</P>
<P>(i) Number of trades;
</P>
<P>(ii) Number of shares traded; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Total settlement value in terms of U.S. dollars; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transaction volume, expressed with respect to debt securities in:
</P>
<P>(i) Number of trades; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Total U.S. dollar value; and
</P>
<P>(c) Time-sequenced records of order information in the alternative trading system, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and time (expressed in terms of hours, minutes, and seconds) that the order was received;
</P>
<P>(2) Identity of the security;
</P>
<P>(3) The number of shares, or principal amount of bonds, to which the order applies;
</P>
<P>(4) An identification of the order as related to a program trade or an index arbitrage trade as defined in New York Stock Exchange Rule 80A;
</P>
<P>(5) The designation of the order as a buy or sell order;
</P>
<P>(6) The designation of the order as a short sale order;
</P>
<P>(7) The designation of the order as a market order, limit order, stop order, stop limit order, or other type or order;
</P>
<P>(8) Any limit or stop price prescribed by the order;
</P>
<P>(9) The date on which the order expires and, if the time in force is less than one day, the time when the order expires;
</P>
<P>(10) The time limit during which the order is in force;
</P>
<P>(11) Any instructions to modify or cancel the order;
</P>
<P>(12) The type of account, i.e., retail, wholesale, employee, proprietary, or any other type of account designated by the alternative trading system, for which the order is submitted;
</P>
<P>(13) Date and time (expressed in terms of hours, minutes, and seconds) that the order was executed;
</P>
<P>(14) Price at which the order was executed;
</P>
<P>(15) Size of the order executed (expressed in number of shares or units or principal amount); and
</P>
<P>(16) Identity of the parties to the transaction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.303" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.303   Record preservation requirements for alternative trading systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To comply with the condition set forth in paragraph (b)(8) of § 242.301, an alternative trading system shall preserve the following records:
</P>
<P>(1) For a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, an alternative trading system shall preserve:
</P>
<P>(i) All records required to be made pursuant to § 242.302;
</P>
<P>(ii) All notices provided by such alternative trading system to subscribers generally, whether written or communicated through automated means, including, but not limited to, notices addressing hours of system operations, system malfunctions, changes to system procedures, maintenance of hardware and software, instructions pertaining to access to the market and denials of, or limitations on, access to the alternative trading system;
</P>
<P>(iii) If subject to paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of § 242.301, at least one copy of such alternative trading system's standards for access to trading, all documents relevant to the alternative trading systems decision to grant, deny, or limit access to any person, and all other documents made or received by the alternative trading system in the course of complying with paragraph (b)(5) of § 242.301; and
</P>
<P>(iv) At least one copy of all documents made or received by the alternative trading system in the course of complying with paragraph (b)(6) of § 242.301, including all correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, reports, test scripts, test results, and other similar records.
</P>
<P>(v) At least one copy of the written safeguards and written procedures to protect subscribers' confidential trading information and the written oversight procedures created in the course of complying with paragraph (b)(10) of § 242.301.
</P>
<P>(2) During the life of the enterprise and of any successor enterprise, an alternative trading system shall preserve:
</P>
<P>(i) All partnership articles or, in the case of a corporation, all articles of incorporation or charter, minute books and stock certificate books; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of reports filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of § 242.301 or § 242.304 of this chapter and records made pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of § 242.301 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must be produced, reproduced, and maintained in paper form or in any of the forms permitted under § 240.17a-4(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Alternative trading systems must comply with any other applicable recordkeeping or reporting requirement in the Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder. If the information in a record required to be made pursuant to this section is preserved in a record made pursuant to § 240.17a-3 or § 240.17a-4 of this chapter, or otherwise preserved by the alternative trading system (whether in summary or some other form), this section shall not require the sponsor to maintain such information in a separate file, provided that the sponsor can promptly sort and retrieve the information as if it had been kept in a separate file as a record made pursuant to this section, and preserves the information in accordance with the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to this section may be prepared or maintained by a service bureau, depository, or other recordkeeping service on behalf of the alternative trading system. An agreement with a service bureau, depository, or other recordkeeping service shall not relieve the alternative trading system from the responsibility to prepare and maintain records as specified in this section. The service bureau, depository, or other recordkeeping service shall file with the Commission a written undertaking in a form acceptable to the Commission, signed by a duly authorized person, to the effect that such records are the property of the alternative trading system required to be maintained and preserved and will be surrendered promptly on request of the alternative trading system, and shall include the following provision: With respect to any books and records maintained or preserved on behalf of (name of alternative trading system), the undersigned hereby undertakes to permit examination of such books and records at any time, or from time to time, during business hours by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any self-regulatory organization of which the alternative trading system is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the alternative trading system, and to promptly furnish to the Commission, self-regulatory organization of which the alternative trading system is a member, or any State securities regulator having jurisdiction over the alternative trading system a true, correct, complete and current hard copy of any, all, or any part of, such books and records.
</P>
<P>(e) Every alternative trading system shall furnish to any representative of the Commission promptly upon request, legible, true, and complete copies of those records that are required to be preserved under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70921, Dec. 22, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 55841, Nov. 2, 2001; 83 FR 38911, Aug. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.304" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.304   NMS Stock ATSs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions to the exemption.</I> Unless not required to comply with Regulation ATS pursuant to § 242.301(a), an NMS Stock ATS must comply with §§ 242.300 through 242.304 (except § 242.301(b)(2)(i) through (vii)) to be exempt pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial Form ATS-N.</I> (i) <I>Filing and effectiveness requirement.</I> No exemption is available to an NMS Stock ATS pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) unless the NMS Stock ATS files with the Commission an initial Form ATS-N, in accordance with the conditions of this section, and the initial Form ATS-N is effective pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iii) or (a)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Commission review period.</I> (A) The Commission may, by order, as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, declare an initial Form ATS-N filed by an NMS Stock ATS ineffective no later than 120 calendar days from the date of filing with the Commission, or, if applicable, the end of the extended review period. The Commission may extend the initial Form ATS-N review period for:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An additional 90 calendar days, if the Form ATS-N is unusually lengthy or raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review, in which case the Commission will notify the NMS Stock ATS in writing within the initial 120-calendar day review period and will briefly describe the reason for the determination for which additional time for review is required; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any extended review period to which a duly authorized representative of the NMS Stock ATS agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(B) During review by the Commission of the initial Form ATS-N, the NMS Stock ATS shall amend its initial Form ATS-N pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (C) of this section. To make material changes to its initial Form ATS-N during the Commission review period, the NMS Stock ATS shall withdraw its filed initial Form ATS-N and may refile an initial Form ATS-N pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Effectiveness; Ineffectiveness determination.</I> (A) An initial Form ATS-N, as amended, filed by an NMS Stock ATS will become effective, unless declared ineffective, upon the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The completion of review by the Commission and publication pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The expiration of the review period, or, if applicable, the end of the extended review period, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission will, by order, declare an initial Form ATS-N ineffective if it finds, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors. If the Commission declares an initial Form ATS-N ineffective, the NMS Stock ATS shall be prohibited from operating as an NMS Stock ATS pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2). An initial Form ATS-N declared ineffective does not prevent the NMS Stock ATS from subsequently filing a new Form ATS-N.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Transition for Legacy NMS Stock ATSs.</I> (A) <I>Initial Form ATS-N filing requirements.</I> A Legacy NMS Stock ATS shall file with the Commission an initial Form ATS-N, in accordance with the conditions of this section, no earlier than January 7, 2019, and no later than February 8, 2019. An initial Form ATS-N filed by a Legacy NMS Stock ATS shall supersede and replace for purposes of the exemption the previously filed Form ATS of the Legacy NMS Stock ATS. The Legacy NMS Stock ATS may operate, on a provisional basis, pursuant to the filed initial Form ATS-N, and any amendments thereto, during the review of the initial Form ATS-N by the Commission. An initial Form ATS-N filed by a Legacy NMS Stock ATS, as amended, will become effective, unless declared ineffective, upon the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The completion of review by the Commission and publication pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The expiration of the review period, or, if applicable, the end of the extended review period, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Commission review period; Ineffectiveness determination.</I> The Commission may, by order, as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, declare an initial Form ATS-N filed by a Legacy NMS Stock ATS ineffective no later than 120 calendar days from the date of filing with the Commission, or, if applicable, the end of the extended review period. The Commission may extend the initial Form ATS-N review period for a Legacy NMS Stock ATS for:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An additional 120 calendar days if the initial Form ATS-N is unusually lengthy or raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review, in which case the Commission will notify the Legacy NMS Stock ATS in writing within the initial 120-calendar day review period and will briefly describe the reason for the determination for which additional time for review is required; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any extended review period to which a duly-authorized representative of the Legacy NMS Stock ATS agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Amendments to initial Form ATS-N.</I> During review by the Commission of the initial Form ATS-N filed by a Legacy NMS Stock ATS, the Legacy NMS Stock ATS shall amend its initial Form ATS-N pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form ATS-N amendment.</I> (i) <I>Filing requirements.</I> An NMS Stock ATS shall amend a Form ATS-N, in accordance with the conditions of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 30 calendar days, except as provided by paragraph (a)(2)(i)(D) of this section, prior to the date of implementation of a material change to the operations of the NMS Stock ATS or to the activities of the broker-dealer operator or its affiliates that are subject to disclosure on Form ATS-N (“Material Amendment”);
</P>
<P>(B) No later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter to correct information that has become inaccurate or incomplete for any reason and was not required to be reported to the Commission as a Form ATS-N amendment pursuant to paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A), (C), or (D) of this section (“Updating Amendment”);
</P>
<P>(C) Promptly, to correct information in any previous disclosure on Form ATS-N, after discovery that any information previously filed on Form ATS-N was materially inaccurate or incomplete when filed (“Correcting Amendment”); or
</P>
<P>(D) No later than seven calendar days after information required to be disclosed in Part III, Items 24 and 25 on Form ATS-N has become inaccurate or incomplete (“Order Display and Fair Access Amendment”).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Commission review period; Ineffectiveness determination.</I> The Commission will, by order, declare ineffective any Form ATS-N amendment filed pursuant to paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section, no later than 30 calendar days from filing with the Commission, if the Commission finds that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors. A Form ATS-N amendment declared ineffective shall prohibit the NMS Stock ATS from operating pursuant to the ineffective Form ATS-N amendment. A Form ATS-N amendment declared ineffective does not prevent the NMS Stock ATS from subsequently filing a new Form ATS-N amendment. During review by the Commission of a Material Amendment, the NMS Stock ATS shall amend the Material Amendment pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) through (C) of this section. To make material changes to a filed Material Amendment during the Commission review period, an NMS Stock ATS shall withdraw its filed Material Amendment and must file the new Material Amendment pursuant to (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of cessation.</I> An NMS Stock ATS shall notice its cessation of operations on Form ATS-N at least 10 business days prior to the date the NMS Stock ATS will cease to operate as an NMS Stock ATS. The notice of cessation shall cause the Form ATS-N to become ineffective on the date designated by the NMS Stock ATS.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Suspension, limitation, and revocation of the exemption from the definition of exchange.</I> (i) The Commission will, by order, if it finds, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors, suspend for a period not exceeding twelve months, limit, or revoke the exemption for an NMS Stock ATS pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the exemption for an NMS Stock ATS is suspended or revoked pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section, the NMS Stock ATS shall be prohibited from operating pursuant to the exemption pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) of this chapter. If the exemption for an NMS Stock ATS is limited pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section, the NMS Stock ATS shall be prohibited from operating in a manner otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Commission order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public disclosures.</I> (1) Every Form ATS-N filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 11A, 17(a), 18(a), and 32(a) (15 U.S.C. 78k-1, 78q(a), 78r(a), and 78ff(a)), and any other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission will make public via posting on the Commission's website, each:
</P>
<P>(i) Effective initial Form ATS-N, as amended;
</P>
<P>(ii) Order of ineffective initial Form ATS-N;
</P>
<P>(iii) Form ATS-N amendment to an effective Form ATS-N:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Material Amendments:</I> The cover page of the Material Amendment will be made public by the Commission upon filing and, unless the Commission declares the Material Amendment ineffective, the entirety of the Material Amendment, as amended, will be made public by the Commission following the expiration of the review period pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Updating, Correcting, and Order Display and Fair Access Amendments:</I> The entirety of Updating, Correcting, and Order Display and Fair Access Amendments will be made public by the Commission upon filing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Updating or Correcting Amendment filed to a Material Amendment will be made public by the Commission following the expiration of the review period for such Material Amendment pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Order of ineffective Form ATS-N amendment;
</P>
<P>(v) Notice of cessation; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Order suspending, limiting, or revoking the exemption for an NMS Stock ATS from the definition of an “exchange” pursuant to § 240.3a1-1(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Each NMS Stock ATS shall make public via posting on its website a direct URL hyperlink to the Commission's website that contains the documents enumerated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form ATS-N disclosure requirements.</I> (1) An NMS Stock ATS must file a Form ATS-N in accordance with the instructions therein.
</P>
<P>(2) Any report required to be filed with the Commission under this section shall be filed on Form ATS-N, and include all information as prescribed in Form ATS-N and the instructions thereto. Such document shall be executed at, or prior to, the time Form ATS-N is filed and shall be retained by the NMS Stock ATS in accordance with §§ 242.303 and § 232.302 of this chapter, and the instructions in Form ATS-N.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 38911, Aug. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Customer Margin Requirements for Security Futures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 53176, Aug. 14, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.400" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.400   Customer margin requirements for security futures—authority, purpose, interpretation, and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and purpose.</I> Sections 242.400 through 242.406 and 17 CFR 41.42 through 41.49 (“this Regulation, §§ 242.400 through 242.406”) are issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) jointly with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), pursuant to authority delegated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 7(c)(2)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(2)(A)). The principal purpose of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) is to regulate customer margin collected by brokers, dealers, and members of national securities exchanges, including futures commission merchants required to register as brokers or dealers under section 15(b)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)), relating to security futures. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interpretation.</I> This Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) shall be jointly interpreted by the Commission and the CFTC, consistent with the criteria set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(2)(B)) and the provisions of Regulation T (12 CFR part 220). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) does not preclude a self-regulatory authority, under rules that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) or section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)) and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c)), or a security futures intermediary from imposing additional margin requirements on security futures, including higher initial or maintenance margin levels, consistent with this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), or from taking appropriate action to preserve its financial integrity. 
</P>
<P>(2) This Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) does not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Financial relations between a customer and a security futures intermediary to the extent that they comply with a portfolio margining system under rules that meet the criteria set forth in section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(2)(B)) and that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a foreign person involving security futures traded on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Margin requirements that clearing agencies registered under section 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or derivatives clearing organizations registered under section 5b of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-1) impose on their members; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a person based on a good faith determination by the security futures intermediary that such person is an exempted person; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Financial relations between a security futures intermediary and, or arranged by a security futures intermediary for, a person relating to trading in security futures by such person for its own account, if such person: 
</P>
<P>(A) Is a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association registered pursuant to section 15A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3(a)); and 
</P>
<P>(B) Is registered with such exchange or such association as a security futures dealer pursuant to rules that are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) and, as applicable, section 5c(c) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c)), that: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Require such member to be registered as a floor trader or a floor broker with the CFTC under Section 4f(a)(1) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(1)), or as a dealer with the Commission under section 15(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)); 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Require such member to maintain records sufficient to prove compliance with this paragraph (c)(2)(v) and the rules of the exchange or association of which it is a member; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Require such member to hold itself out as being willing to buy and sell security futures for its own account on a regular or continuous basis; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Provide for disciplinary action, including revocation of such member's registration as a security futures dealer, for such member's failure to comply with this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) or the rules of the exchange or association. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption.</I> The Commission may exempt, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, financial relations involving any security futures intermediary, customer, position, or transaction, or any class of security futures intermediaries, customers, positions, or transactions, from one or more requirements of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors. An exemption granted pursuant to this paragraph shall not operate as an exemption from any CFTC rules. Any exemption that may be required from such rules must be obtained separately from the CFTC. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.401" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) only, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Applicable margin rules</I> and <I>margin rules applicable to an account</I> mean the rules and regulations applicable to financial relations between a security futures intermediary and a customer with respect to security futures and related positions carried in a securities account or futures account as provided in § 242.402(a) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Broker</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contract multiplier</I> means the number of units of a narrow-based security index expressed as a dollar amount, in accordance with the terms of the security future contract. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current market value</I> means, on any day: 
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a security future: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the instrument underlying such security future is a stock, theproduct of the daily settlement price of such security future as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service, and the applicable number of shares per contract; or 
</P>
<P>(B) If the instrument underlying such security future is a narrow-based security index, as defined in section 3(a)(55)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)(B)), the product of the daily settlement price of such security future as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service, and the applicable contract multiplier. 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a security other than a security future, the most recent closing sale price of the security, as shown by any regularly published reporting or quotation service. If there is no recent closing sale price, the security futures intermediary may use any reasonable estimate of the market value of the security as of the most recent close of business. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Customer</I> excludes an exempted person and includes: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any person or persons acting jointly: 
</P>
<P>(A) On whose behalf a security futures intermediary effects a security futures transaction or carries a security futures position; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Who would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary according to the ordinary usage of the trade; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any partner in a security futures intermediary that is organized as a partnership who would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary absent the partnership relationship; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any joint venture in which a security futures intermediary participates and which would be considered a customer of the security futures intermediary if the security futures intermediary were not a participant. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Daily settlement price</I> means, with respect to a security future, the settlement price of such security future determined at the close of trading each day, under the rules of the applicable exchange, clearing agency, or derivatives clearing organization. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Dealer</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)). 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Equity</I> means the equity or margin equity in a securities or futures account, as computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account and subject to adjustment under § 242.404(c), (d) and (e) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Exempted person</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) A member of a national securities exchange, a registered broker or dealer, or a registered futures commission merchant, a substantial portion of whose business consists of transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, or floor traders, and includes a person who: 
</P>
<P>(A) Maintains at least 1000 active accounts on an annual basis for persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader that are effecting transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options; 
</P>
<P>(B) Earns at least $10 million in gross revenues on an annual basis from transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Earns at least 10 percent of its gross revenues on an annual basis from transactions in securities, commodity futures, or commodity options with persons other than brokers, dealers, persons associated with a broker or dealer, futures commission merchants, floor brokers, floor traders, and persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section only, persons affiliated with a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader means any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader, or any employee of such a futures commission merchant, floor broker, or floor trader. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A member of a national securities exchange, a registered broker or dealer, or a registered futures commission merchant that has been in existence for less than one year may meet the definition of exempted person based on a six-month period. 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Exempted security</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(12) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)). 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Floor broker</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1a(16) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 1a(16)). 
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Floor trader</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1a(17) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 1a(17)). 
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Futures account</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 240.15c3-3(a) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Futures commission merchant</I> shall have the meaning provided in Section 1a of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 1a). 
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Good faith,</I> with respect to making a determination or accepting a statement concerning financial relations with a person, means that the security futures intermediary is alert to the circumstances surrounding such financial relations, and if in possession of information that would cause a prudent person not to make the determination or accept the notice or certification without inquiry, investigates and is satisfied that it is correct. 
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Listed option</I> means a put or call option that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 17q-1) or cleared and guaranteed by a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under Section 5b of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-1); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Traded on or subject to the rules of a self-regulatory authority. 
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Margin call</I> means a demand by a security futures intermediary to a customer for a deposit of cash, securities or other assets to satisfy the required margin for security futures or related positions or a special margin requirement. 
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Margin deficiency</I> means the amount by which the required margin in an account is not satisfied by the equity in the account, as computed in accordance with § 242.404 of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Margin equity security</I> shall have the meaning provided in Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Margin security</I> shall have the meaning provided in Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Member</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(3)), and shall include persons registered under section 15(b)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>(b)(11)) that are permitted to effect transactions on a national securities exchange without the services of another person acting as executing broker. 
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Money market mutual fund</I> means any security issued by an investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8) that is considered a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Persons associated with a broker or dealer</I> shall have the meaning provided in section 3(a)(18) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(18)). 
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Regulation T</I> means Regulation T promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 CFR part 220, as amended from time to time. 
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Regulation T collateral value,</I> with respect to a security, means the current market value of the security reduced by the percentage of required margin for a position in the security held in a margin account under Regulation T. 
</P>
<P>(26) <I>Related position,</I> with respect to a security future, means any position in an account that is combined with the security future to create an offsetting position as provided in § 242.403(b)(2) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(27) <I>Related transaction,</I> with respect to a position or transaction in a security future, means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any transaction that creates, eliminates, increases or reduces an offsetting position involving a security future and a related position, as provided in § 242.403(b)(2) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any deposit or withdrawal of margin for the security future or a related position, except as provided in § 242.405(b) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(28) <I>Securities account</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 240.15c3-3(a) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(29) <I>Security futures intermediary</I> means any creditor as defined in Regulation T with respect to its financial relations with any person involving security futures. 
</P>
<P>(30) <I>Self-regulatory authority</I> means a national securities exchange registered under section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f), a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3), a contract market registered under Section 5 of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7) or Section 5f of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7b-1), or a derivatives transaction execution facility registered under Section 5a of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a). 
</P>
<P>(31) <I>Special margin requirement</I> shall have the meaning provided in § 242.404(e)(1)(ii) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). 
</P>
<P>(32) <I>Variation settlement</I> means any credit or debit to a customer account, made on a daily or intraday basis, for the purpose of marking to market a security future or any other contract that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or cleared and guaranteed by a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under Section 5b of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-1); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Traded on or subject to the rules of a self-regulatory authority. 
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) and not otherwise defined in this section shall have the meaning set forth in the margin rules applicable to the account. 
</P>
<P>(c) Terms used in this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) and not otherwise defined in this section or in the margin rules applicable to the account shall have the meaning set forth in the Act and the CEA; if the definitions of a term in the Act and the CEA are inconsistent as applied in particular circumstances, such term shall have the meaning set forth in rules, regulations, or interpretations jointly promulgated by the Commission and the CFTC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.402" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.402   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicable margin rules.</I> Except to the extent inconsistent with this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406):
</P>
<P>(1) A security futures intermediary that carries a security future on behalf of a customer in a securities account shall record and conduct all financial relations with respect to such security future and related positions in accordance with Regulation T and the margin rules of the self-regulatory authorities of which the security futures intermediary is a member.
</P>
<P>(2) A security futures intermediary that carries a security future on behalf of a customer in a futures account shall record and conduct all financial relations with respect to such security future and related positions in accordance with the margin rules of the self-regulatory authorities of which the security futures intermediary is a member.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separation and consolidation of accounts.</I> (1) The requirements for security futures and related positions in one account may not be met by considering items in any other account, except as permitted or required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section or applicable margin rules. If withdrawals of cash, securities or other assets deposited as margin are permitted under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), bookkeeping entries shall be made when such cash, securities, or assets are used for purposes of meeting requirements in another account.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the security futures intermediary shall consider all futures accounts in which security futures and related positions are held that are within the same regulatory classification or account type and are owned by the same customer to be a single account for purposes of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). The security futures intermediary may combine such accounts with other futures accounts that are within the same regulatory classification or account type and are owned by the same customer for purposes of computing a customer's overall margin requirement, as permitted or required by applicable margin rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Accounts of partners.</I> If a partner of the security futures intermediary has an account with the security futures intermediary in which security futures or related positions are held, the security futures intermediary shall disregard the partner's financial relations with the firm (as shown in the partner's capital and ordinary drawing accounts) in calculating the margin or equity of any such account.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contribution to joint venture.</I> If an account in which security futures or related positions are held is the account of a joint venture in which the security futures intermediary participates, any interest of the security futures intermediary in the joint account in excess of the interest which the security futures intermediary would have on the basis of its right to share in the profits shall be margined in accordance with this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extensions of credit.</I> (1) No security futures intermediary may extend or maintain credit to or for any customer for the purpose of evading or circumventing any requirement under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406).
</P>
<P>(2) A security futures intermediary may arrange for the extension or maintenance of credit to or for any customer by any person, provided that the security futures intermediary does not willfully arrange credit that would constitute a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR parts 220, 221, and 224) by such person.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Change in exempted person status.</I> Once a person ceases to qualify as an exempted person, it shall notify the security futures intermediary of this fact before entering into any new security futures transaction or related transaction that would require additional margin to be deposited under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406). Financial relations with respect to any such transactions shall be subject to the provisions of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.403" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.403   Required margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Each security futures intermediary shall determine the required margin for the security futures and related positions held on behalf of a customer in a securities account or futures account as set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required margin</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> The required margin for each long or short position in a security future shall be fifteen (15) percent of the current market value of such security future. 


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Offsetting positions.</I> Notwithstanding the margin levels specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a self-regulatory authority may set the required initial or maintenance margin level for an offsetting position involving security futures and related positions at a level lower than the level that would be required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section if such positions were margined separately, pursuant to rules that meet the criteria set forth in section 7(c)(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(2)(B)) and are effective in accordance with section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) and, as applicable, Section 5c(c) of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-2(c)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for certain margin level adjustments.</I> An exchange registered under section 6(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)), or a national securities association registered under section 15A(k) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(k)), may raise or lower the required margin level for a security future to a level not lower than that specified in this section, in accordance with section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53176, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 85 FR 75146, Nov. 24, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.404" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.404   Type, form and use of margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When margin is required.</I> Margin is required to be deposited whenever the required margin for security futures and related positions in an account is not satisfied by the equity in the account, subject to adjustment under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable margin deposits.</I> (1) The required margin may be satisfied by a deposit of cash, margin securities (subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section), exempted securities, any other asset permitted under Regulation T to satisfy a margin deficiency in a securities margin account, or any combination thereof, each as valued in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Shares of a money market mutual fund may be accepted as a margin deposit for purposes of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The customer waives any right to redeem the shares without the consent of the security futures intermediary and instructs the fund or its transfer agent accordingly;
</P>
<P>(ii) The security futures intermediary (or clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization with which the shares are deposited as margin) obtains the right to redeem the shares in cash, promptly upon request; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The fund agrees to satisfy any conditions necessary or appropriate to ensure that the shares may be redeemed in cash, promptly upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Adjustments</I>—(1) <I>Futures accounts.</I> For purposes of this section, the equity in a futures account shall be computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account, subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A security future shall have no value;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each net long or short position in a listed option on a contract for future delivery shall be valued in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account;
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as permitted in paragraph (e) of this section, each margin equity security shall be valued at an amount no greater than its Regulation T collateral value;
</P>
<P>(iv) Each other security shall be valued at an amount no greater than its current market value reduced by the percentage specified for such security in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(v) Freely convertible foreign currency may be valued at an amount no greater than its daily marked-to-market U.S. dollar equivalent;
</P>
<P>(vi) Variation settlement receivable (or payable) by an account at the close of trading on any day shall be treated as a credit (or debit) to the account on that day; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Each other acceptable margin deposit or component of equity shall be valued at an amount no greater than its value under Regulation T.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securities accounts.</I> For purposes of this section, the equity in a securities account shall be computed in accordance with the margin rules applicable to the account, subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A security future shall have no value;
</P>
<P>(ii) Freely convertible foreign currency may be valued at an amount no greater than its daily mark-to-market U.S. dollar equivalent; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Variation settlement receivable (or payable) to an account at the close of trading on any day shall be treated as a credit (or debit) by the account on that day.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Satisfaction restriction.</I> Any transaction, position or deposit that is used to satisfy the required margin for security futures or related positions under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), including a related position, shall be unavailable to satisfy the required margin for any other position or transaction or any other requirement.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alternative collateral valuation for margin equity securities in a futures account.</I> (1) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, a security futures intermediary need not value a margin equity security at its Regulation T collateral value when determining whether the required margin for the security futures and related positions in a futures account is satisfied, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The margin equity security is valued at an amount no greater than the current market value of the security reduced by the lowest percentage level of margin required for a long position in the security held in a margin account under the rules of a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(a));
</P>
<P>(ii) Additional margin is required to be deposited on any day when the day's security futures transactions and related transactions would create or increase a margin deficiency in the account if the margin equity securities were valued at their Regulation T collateral value, and shall be for the amount of the margin deficiency so created or increased (a “special margin requirement”); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Cash, securities, or other assets deposited as margin for the positions in an account are not permitted to be withdrawn from the account at any time that:
</P>
<P>(A) Additional cash, securities, or other assets are required to be deposited as margin under this section for a transaction in the account on the same or a previous day; or
</P>
<P>(B) The withdrawal, together with other transactions, deposits, and withdrawals on the same day, would create or increase a margin deficiency if the margin equity securities were valued at their Regulation T collateral value.
</P>
<P>(2) All security futures transactions and related transactions on any day shall be combined to determine the amount of a special margin requirement. Additional margin deposited to satisfy a special margin requirement shall be valued at an amount no greater than its Regulation T collateral value.
</P>
<P>(3) If the alternative collateral valuation method set forth in paragraph (e) of this section is used with respect to an account in which security futures or related positions are carried:
</P>
<P>(i) An account that is transferred from one security futures intermediary to another may be treated as if it had been maintained by the transferee from the date of its origin, if the transferee accepts, in good faith, a signed statement of the transferor (or, if that is not practicable, of the customer), that any margin call issued under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) has been satisfied; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An account that is transferred from one customer to another as part of a transaction, not undertaken to avoid the requirements of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), may be treated as if it had been maintained for the transferee from the date of its origin, if the security futures intermediary accepts in good faith and keeps with the transferee account a signed statement of the transferor describing the circumstances for the transfer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guarantee of accounts.</I> No guarantee of a customer's account shall be given any effect for purposes of determining whether the required margin in an account is satisfied, except as permitted under applicable margin rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.405" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.405   Withdrawal of margin.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By the customer.</I> Except as otherwise provided in § 242.404(e)(1)(ii) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), cash, securities, or other assets deposited as margin for positions in an account may be withdrawn, provided that the equity in the account after such withdrawal is sufficient to satisfy the required margin for the security futures and related positions in the account under this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>By the security futures intermediary.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the security futures intermediary, in its usual practice, may deduct the following items from an account in which security futures or related positions are held if they are considered in computing the balance of such account:
</P>
<P>(1) Variation settlement payable, directly or indirectly, to a clearing agency that is registered under section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) or a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under section 5b of the CEA (7 U.S.C. 7a-1);
</P>
<P>(2) Interest charged on credit maintained in the account;
</P>
<P>(3) Communication or shipping charges with respect to transactions in the account;
</P>
<P>(4) Payment of commissions, brokerage, taxes, storage and other charges lawfully accruing in connection with the positions and transactions in the account;
</P>
<P>(5) Any service charges that the security futures intermediary may impose; or
</P>
<P>(6) Any other withdrawals that are permitted from a securities margin account under Regulation T, to the extent permitted under applicable margin rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.406" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.4.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.406   Undermargined accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Failure to satisfy margin call.</I> If any margin call required by this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406) is not met in full, the security futures intermediary shall take the deduction required with respect to an undermargined account in computing its net capital under Commission or CFTC rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounts that liquidate to a deficit.</I> If at any time there is a liquidating deficit in an account in which security futures are held, the security futures intermediary shall take steps to liquidate positions in the account promptly and in an orderly manner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Liquidation of undermargined accounts not required.</I> Notwithstanding Section 402(a) of this Regulation (§§ 242.400 through 242.406), section 220.4(d) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4(d)) respecting liquidation of positions in lieu of deposit shall not apply with respect to security futures carried in a securities account.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation AC—Analyst Certification</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 9492, February 27, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.500" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.500   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Regulation AC (§§ 242.500 through 242.505 of this chapter) the term: 
</P>
<P><I>Covered person</I> of a broker or dealer means an associated person of that broker or dealer but does not include: 
</P>
<P>(1) An associated person: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the associated person has no officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees in common with the broker or dealer who can influence the activities of research analysts or the content of research reports; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the broker or dealer maintains and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the broker or dealer, any controlling persons, officers (or persons performing similar functions), and employees of the broker or dealer from influencing the activities of research analysts and the content of research reports prepared by the associated person. 
</P>
<P>(2) An associated person who is an investment adviser: 
</P>
<P>(i) Not registered with the Commission as an investment adviser because of the prohibition of section 203A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not registered or required to be registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to definition of covered person:</HED>
<P>An associated person of a broker or dealer who is not a covered person continues to be subject to the federal securities laws, including the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Foreign person</I> means any person who is not a U.S. person. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign security</I> means a security issued by a foreign issuer for which a U.S. market is not the principal trading market. 
</P>
<P><I>Public appearance</I> means any participation by a research analyst in a seminar, forum (including an interactive electronic forum), or radio or television or other interview, in which the research analyst makes a specific recommendation or provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision about a security or an issuer. 
</P>
<P><I>Registered broker or dealer</I> means a broker or dealer registered or required to register pursuant to section 15 or section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o or 78o-4) or a government securities broker or government securities dealer registered or required to register pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(A)). 
</P>
<P><I>Research analyst</I> means any natural person who is primarily responsible for the preparation of the content of a research report. 
</P>
<P><I>Research report</I> means a written communication (including an electronic communication) that includes an analysis of a security or an issuer and provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision. 
</P>
<P><I>Third party research analyst</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a broker or dealer, any research analyst not employed by that broker or dealer or any associated person of that broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a covered person of a broker or dealer, any research analyst not employed by that covered person, by the broker or dealer with whom that covered person is associated, or by any other associated person of the broker or dealer with whom that covered person is associated. 
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> has the meaning contained in § 230.902(l) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>U.S. person</I> has the meaning contained in § 230.902(k) of this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.501" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.501   Certifications in connection with research reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker or dealer or covered person that publishes, circulates, or provides a research report prepared by a research analyst to a U.S. person in the United States shall include in that research report a clear and prominent certification by the research analyst containing the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement attesting that all of the views expressed in the research report accurately reflect the research analyst's personal views about any and all of the subject securities or issuers; and 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A statement attesting that no part of the research analyst's compensation was, is, or will be, directly or indirectly, related to the specific recommendations or views expressed by the research analyst in the research report; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement: 
</P>
<P>(A) Attesting that part or all of the research analyst's compensation was, is, or will be, directly or indirectly, related to the specific recommendations or views expressed by the research analyst in the research report; 
</P>
<P>(B) Identifying the source, amount, and purpose of such compensation; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Further disclosing that the compensation could influence the recommendations or views expressed in the research report. 
</P>
<P>(b) A broker or dealer or covered person that publishes, circulates, or provides a research report prepared by a third party research analyst to a U.S. person in the United States shall be exempt from the requirements of this section with respect to such research report if the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) The employer of the third party research analyst has no officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees in common with the broker or dealer or covered person; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The broker or dealer (or, with respect to a covered person, the broker or dealer with whom the covered person is associated) maintains and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the broker or dealer, any controlling persons, officers (or persons performing similar functions), and employees of the broker or dealer from influencing the activities of the third party research analyst and the content of research reports prepared by the third party research analyst. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.502" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.502   Certifications in connection with public appearances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a broker or dealer publishes, circulates, or provides a research report prepared by a research analyst employed by the broker or dealer or covered person to a U.S. person in the United States, the broker or dealer must make a record within 30 days after any calendar quarter in which the research analyst made a public appearance that contains the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement by the research analyst attesting that the views expressed by the research analyst in all public appearances during the calendar quarter accurately reflected the research analyst's personal views at that time about any and all of the subject securities or issuers; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A statement by the research analyst attesting that no part of the research analyst's compensation was, is, or will be, directly or indirectly, related to the specific recommendations or views expressed by the research analyst in such public appearances. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the broker or dealer does not obtain a statement by the research analyst in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The broker or dealer shall promptly notify in writing its examining authority, designated pursuant to section 17(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q(d)) and § 240.17d-2 of this chapter, that the research analyst did not provide the certifications specified in paragraph (a) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) For 120 days following notification pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the broker or dealer shall disclose in any research report prepared by the research analyst and published, circulated, or provided to a U.S. person in the United States that the research analyst did not provide the certifications specified in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a research analyst who is employed outside the United States by a foreign person located outside the United States, this section shall only apply to a public appearance while the research analyst is physically present in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) A broker or dealer shall preserve the records specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in accordance with § 240.17a-4 of this chapter and for a period of not less than 3 years, the first 2 years in an accessible place. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.503" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.503   Certain foreign research reports.</HEAD>
<P>A foreign person, located outside the United States and not associated with a registered broker or dealer, who prepares a research report concerning a foreign security and provides it to a U.S. person in the United States in accordance with the provisions of § 240.15a-6(a)(2) of this chapter shall be exempt from the requirements of this regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.504" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.504   Notification to associated persons.</HEAD>
<P>A broker or dealer shall notify any person with whom that broker or dealer is associated who publishes, circulates, or provides research reports: 
</P>
<P>(a) Whether the broker or dealer maintains and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the broker or dealer, any controlling persons, officers (or persons performing similar functions), or employees of the broker or dealer from influencing the activities of research analysts and the content of research reports prepared by the associated person; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Whether the associated person has any officers (or persons performing similar functions) or employees in common with the broker or dealer who can influence the activities of research analysts or the content of research reports and, if so, the identity of those persons. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.505" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.5.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.505   Exclusion for news media.</HEAD>
<P>No provision of this Regulation AC shall apply to any person who:
</P>
<P>(a) Is the publisher of any bona fide newspaper, news magazine or business or financial publication of general and regular circulation; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Is not registered or required to be registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer or investment adviser.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation NMS—Regulation of the National Market System</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.600" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.600   NMS security designation and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>national market system security</I> as used in section 11A(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1(a)(2)) shall mean any NMS security as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.


</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Actionable indication of interest</I> means any indication of interest that explicitly or implicitly conveys all of the following information with respect to any order available at the venue sending the indication of interest:
</P>
<P>(i) Symbol;
</P>
<P>(ii) Side (buy or sell);
</P>
<P>(iii) A price that is equal to or better than the national best bid for buy orders and the national best offer for sell orders; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A size that is at least equal to one round lot.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Administrative data</I> means administrative, control, and other technical messages made available by national securities exchanges and national securities associations pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b) or the technical specifications thereto as of April 9, 2021.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Aggregate quotation size</I> means the sum of the quotation sizes of all responsible brokers or dealers who have communicated on any national securities exchange bids or offers for an NMS security at the same price.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Alternative trading system</I> has the meaning provided in § 242.300(a).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Auction information</I> means all information specified by national securities exchange rules or effective national market system plans that is generated by a national securities exchange leading up to and during auctions, including opening, reopening, and closing auctions, and publicly disseminated during the time periods and at the time intervals provided in such rules and plans.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Automated quotation</I> means a quotation displayed by a trading center that:
</P>
<P>(i) Permits an incoming order to be marked as immediate-or-cancel;
</P>
<P>(ii) Immediately and automatically executes an order marked as immediate-or-cancel against the displayed quotation up to its full size;
</P>
<P>(iii) Immediately and automatically cancels any unexecuted portion of an order marked as immediate-or-cancel without routing the order elsewhere;
</P>
<P>(iv) Immediately and automatically transmits a response to the sender of an order marked as immediate-or-cancel indicating the action taken with respect to such order; and
</P>
<P>(v) Immediately and automatically displays information that updates the displayed quotation to reflect any change to its material terms.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Automated trading center</I> means a trading center that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has implemented such systems, procedures, and rules as are necessary to render it capable of displaying quotations that meet the requirements for an automated quotation set forth in paragraph (b)(6) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies all quotations other than automated quotations as manual quotations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Immediately identifies its quotations as manual quotations whenever it has reason to believe that it is not capable of displaying automated quotations; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Has adopted reasonable standards limiting when its quotations change from automated quotations to manual quotations, and vice versa, to specifically defined circumstances that promote fair and efficient access to its automated quotations and are consistent with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Average effective spread</I> means the share-weighted average of effective spreads for order executions calculated, for buy orders, as double the amount of difference between the execution price and the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time of order receipt and, for sell orders, as double the amount of difference between the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time of order receipt and the execution price. For order executions of midpoint-or-better limit orders, average effective spread shall be calculated from the time such orders first become executable rather than the time of order receipt.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Average midpoint</I> means the share-weighted average of the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time of order receipt or, for non-marketable limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders, and orders submitted with stop prices, at the time such orders first become executable.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Average percentage effective spread</I> means the average effective spread for order executions divided by the average midpoint for order executions.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Average percentage realized spread</I> means the average realized spread for order executions divided by the average midpoint for order executions.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Average quoted spread</I> means the share-weighted average of the difference between the national best offer and the national best bid at the time of order receipt or, for order executions of midpoint-or-better limit orders, the difference between the national best offer and the national best bid at the time such orders first become executable.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Average realized spread</I> means the share-weighted average of realized spreads for order executions calculated, for buy orders, as double the amount of difference between the execution price and the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at a specified interval after the time of order execution and, for sell orders, as double the amount of difference between the midpoint and the national best bid and national best offer at a specified interval after the time of order execution and the execution price; provided, however, that the midpoint of the final national best bid and national best offer disseminated for regular trading hours shall be used to calculate a realized spread if it is disseminated less than that specified interval after the time of order execution.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Best available displayed price</I> means, with respect to an order to buy, the lower of: the national best offer at the time of order receipt or the price of the best odd-lot order to sell at the time of order receipt as disseminated pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan; and, with respect to an order to sell, the higher of: the national best bid at the time of order receipt or the price of the best odd-lot order to buy at the time of order receipt as disseminated pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan. With respect to a midpoint-or-better limit order, the best available displayed price shall be determined at the time such order becomes executable rather than the time of order receipt.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Best bid and best offer</I> mean the highest priced bid and the lowest priced offer.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Bid or offer</I> means the bid price or the offer price communicated by a member of a national securities exchange or member of a national securities association to any broker or dealer, or to any customer, at which it is willing to buy or sell one or more round lots of an NMS security, as either principal or agent, but shall not include indications of interest.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Block size with respect to</I> an order means it is:
</P>
<P>(i) Of at least 10,000 shares; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a quantity of stock having a market value of at least $200,000.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Categorized by order size</I> means dividing orders into separate categories for the following sizes:
</P>
<P>(i) Less than $250 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(ii) Less than $250 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(iii) Less than $250 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(iv) $250 to less than $1,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(v) $250 to less than $1,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(vi) $250 to less than $1,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(vii) $1,000 to less than $5,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(viii) $1,000 to less than $5,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(ix) $1,000 to less than $5,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(x) $5,000 to less than $10,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(xi) $5,000 to less than $10,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(xii) $5,000 to less than $10,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(xiii) $10,000 to less than $20,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(xiv) $10,000 to less than $20,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(xv) $10,000 to less than $20,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(xvi) $20,000 to less than $50,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(xvii) $20,000 to less than $50,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(xviii) $20,000 to less than $50,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(xix) $50,000 to less than $200,000 and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(xx) $50,000 to less than $200,000 and odd-lot;
</P>
<P>(xxi) $50,000 to less than $200,000 and at least a round lot;
</P>
<P>(xxii) $200,000 or more and less than a share;
</P>
<P>(xxiii) $200,000 or more and odd-lot; and
</P>
<P>(xxiv) $200,000 or more and at least a round lot.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Categorized by order type</I> means dividing orders into separate categories for market orders, marketable limit orders (excluding immediate-or-cancel orders), marketable immediate-or-cancel orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders (excluding immediate-or-cancel orders), midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable non-marketable limit orders (excluding orders submitted with stop prices, midpoint-or-better limit orders, and immediate-or-cancel orders), executable non-marketable orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, executable stop marketable limit orders, and executable stop non-marketable limit orders.
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Categorized by security</I> means dividing orders into separate categories for each NMS stock that is included in a report.
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Competing consolidator</I> means a securities information processor required to be registered pursuant to § 242.614 (Rule 614) or a national securities exchange or national securities association that receives information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks and generates a consolidated market data product for dissemination to any person.
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Consolidated display</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The prices, sizes, and market identifications of the national best bid and national best offer for a security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Consolidated last sale information for a security.
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Consolidated last sale information</I> means the price, volume, and market identification of the most recent transaction report for a security that is disseminated pursuant to an effective national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Consolidated market data</I> means the following data, consolidated across all national securities exchanges and national securities associations:
</P>
<P>(i) Core data;
</P>
<P>(ii) Regulatory data;
</P>
<P>(iii) Administrative data;
</P>
<P>(iv) Self-regulatory organization-specific program data; and
</P>
<P>(v) Additional regulatory, administrative, or self-regulatory organization-specific program data elements defined as such pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b).
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Consolidated market data product</I> means any data product developed by a competing consolidator that contains consolidated market data or data components of consolidated market data. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(25), data components of consolidated market data include the enumerated elements, and any subcomponent of the enumerated elements, of consolidated market data in paragraph (b)(24) of this section. All consolidated market data products must reflect data consolidated across all national securities exchanges and national securities associations.
</P>
<P>(26) <I>Core data</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The following information with respect to quotations for, and transactions in, NMS stocks:
</P>
<P>(A) Quotation sizes;
</P>
<P>(B) Aggregate quotation sizes;
</P>
<P>(C) Best bid and best offer;
</P>
<P>(D) National best bid and national best offer;
</P>
<P>(E) Protected bid and protected offer;
</P>
<P>(F) Transaction reports;
</P>
<P>(G) Last sale data;
</P>
<P>(H) Odd-lot information;
</P>
<P>(I) Depth of book data; and
</P>
<P>(J) Auction information.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of the calculation and dissemination of core data by competing consolidators, as defined in paragraph (b)(21) of this section, and the calculation of core data by self-aggregators, as defined in paragraph (b)(94) of this section, the best bid and best offer, national best bid and national best offer, protected bid and protected offer, and depth of book data shall include odd-lots that when aggregated are equal to or greater than a round lot; such aggregation shall occur across multiple prices and shall be disseminated at the least aggressive price of all such aggregated odd-lots.
</P>
<P>(iii) Competing consolidators shall represent the quotation sizes of the following data elements, if disseminated in a consolidated market data product as defined in paragraph (b)(25) of this section, as the number of shares rounded down to the nearest multiple of a round lot: The best bid and best offer, national best bid and national best offer, protected bid and protected offer, depth of book data, and auction information.
</P>
<P>(iv) Competing consolidators shall attribute the following data elements, if disseminated in a consolidated market data product as defined in paragraph (b)(25) of this section, to the national securities exchange or national securities association that is the source of each such data element: Best bid and best offer, national best bid and national best offer, protected bid and protected offer, transaction reports, last sale data, odd-lot information, depth of book data, and auction information.
</P>
<P>(27) <I>Covered order</I> means any market order or any limit order (including immediate-or-cancel orders) received by a market center, broker, or dealer during regular trading hours at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is being disseminated and after the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, and, if executed, is executed during regular trading hours; or any non-marketable limit order (including an order submitted with a stop price) received by a market center, broker, or dealer outside of regular trading hours, or at a time before the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, or at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is not being disseminated and, if executed, is executed during regular trading hours. Covered order shall exclude any order for which the customer requests special handling for execution, including, but not limited to, orders to be executed at a market opening price or a market closing price, orders to be executed only at their full size, orders to be executed on a particular type of tick or bid, orders submitted on a “not held” basis, orders for other than regular settlement, and orders to be executed at prices unrelated to the market price of the security at the time of execution.
</P>
<P>(28) <I>Customer</I> means any person that is not a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(29) <I>Customer limit order</I> means an order to buy or sell an NMS stock at a specified price that is not for the account of either a broker or dealer; <I>provided, however,</I> that the term <I>customer limit order</I> shall include an order transmitted by a broker or dealer on behalf of a customer.
</P>
<P>(30) <I>Customer order</I> means an order to buy or sell an NMS security that is not for the account of a broker or dealer, but shall not include any order for a quantity of a security having a market value of at least $50,000 for an NMS security that is an option contract and a market value of at least $200,000 for any other NMS security.
</P>
<P>(31) <I>Depth of book data</I> means all quotation sizes at each national securities exchange and on a facility of a national securities association at each of the next five prices at which there is a bid that is lower than the national best bid and offer that is higher than the national best offer. For these five prices, the aggregate size available at each price, if any, at each national securities exchange and national securities association shall be attributed to such exchange or association.
</P>
<P>(32) <I>Directed order</I> means an order from a customer that the customer specifically instructed the broker or dealer to route to a particular venue for execution.
</P>
<P>(33) <I>Dynamic market monitoring device</I> means any service provided by a vendor on an interrogation device or other display that:
</P>
<P>(i) Permits real-time monitoring, on a dynamic basis, of transaction reports, last sale data, or quotations with respect to a particular security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Displays the most recent transaction report, last sale data, or quotation with respect to that security until such report, data, or quotation has been superseded or supplemented by the display of a new transaction report, last sale data, or quotation reflecting the next reported transaction or quotation in that security.
</P>
<P>(34) <I>Effective national market system plan</I> means any national market system plan approved by the Commission (either temporarily or on a permanent basis) pursuant to § 242.608.
</P>
<P>(35) <I>Effective transaction reporting plan</I> means any transaction reporting plan approved by the Commission pursuant to § 242.601.
</P>
<P>(36) <I>Electronic communications network</I> means, for the purposes of § 242.602(b)(5), any electronic system that widely disseminates to third parties orders entered therein by an exchange market maker or OTC market maker, and permits such orders to be executed against in whole or in part; except that the term <I>electronic communications network</I> shall not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any system that crosses multiple orders at one or more specified times at a single price set by the system (by algorithm or by any derivative pricing mechanism) and does not allow orders to be crossed or executed against directly by participants outside of such times; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any system operated by, or on behalf of, an OTC market maker or exchange market maker that executes customer orders primarily against the account of such market maker as principal, other than riskless principal.
</P>
<P>(37) <I>Exchange market maker</I> means any member of a national securities exchange that is registered as a specialist or market maker pursuant to the rules of such exchange.
</P>
<P>(38) <I>Exchange-traded security</I> means any NMS security or class of NMS securities listed and registered, or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, on a national securities exchange; <I>provided, however,</I> that securities not listed on any national securities exchange that are traded pursuant to unlisted trading privileges are excluded.
</P>
<P>(39) <I>Executable</I> means, for any non-marketable buy order (excluding orders submitted with stop prices), that the limit price is equal to or greater than the national best bid during regular trading hours and after the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, and, for any non-marketable sell order (excluding orders submitted with stop prices), that the limit price is equal to or less than the national best offer during regular trading hours and after the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security. Executable means, for any order submitted with a stop price, that the stop price has been triggered during regular trading hours and after the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security. The time an order becomes executable shall be measured in increments of a millisecond or finer.
</P>
<P>(40) <I>Executable stop marketable limit order</I> means, for buy orders, orders submitted with stop prices that have limit prices that are equal to or greater than the national best offer at the time such orders become executable, and, for sell orders, orders submitted with stop prices that have limit prices that are equal to or less than the national best bid at the time such orders become executable.
</P>
<P>(41) <I>Executable stop non-marketable limit order</I> means, for buy orders, orders submitted with stop prices that have limit prices that are less than the national best offer at the time such orders become executable, and, for sell orders, orders submitted with stop prices that have limit prices that are greater than the national best bid at the time such orders become executable.
</P>
<P>(42) <I>Executed at the quote</I> means, for buy orders, execution at a price equal to the national best offer at the time of order receipt and, for sell orders, execution at a price equal to the national best bid at the time of order receipt.
</P>
<P>(43) <I>Executed outside the best available displayed price</I> means, for buy orders, execution at a price higher than the best available displayed price; and, for sell orders, execution at a price lower than the best available displayed price.
</P>
<P>(44) <I>Executed outside the quote</I> means, for buy orders, execution at a price higher than the national best offer at the time of order receipt and, for sell orders, execution at a price lower than the national best bid at the time of order receipt.
</P>
<P>(45) <I>Executed with price improvement</I> means, for buy orders, execution at a price lower than the national best offer at the time of order receipt and, for sell orders, execution at a price higher than the national best bid at the time of order receipt.
</P>
<P>(46) <I>Executed with price improvement relative to the best available displayed price</I> means, for buy orders, execution at a price lower the best available displayed price and, for sell orders, execution at a price higher than the best available displayed price.
</P>
<P>(47) <I>Intermarket sweep order</I> means a limit order for an NMS stock that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) When routed to a trading center, the limit order is identified as an intermarket sweep order; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Simultaneously with the routing of the limit order identified as an intermarket sweep order, one or more additional limit orders, as necessary, are routed to execute against the full displayed size of any protected bid, in the case of a limit order to sell, or the full displayed size of any protected offer, in the case of a limit order to buy, for the NMS stock with a price that is superior to the limit price of the limit order identified as an intermarket sweep order. These additional routed orders also must be marked as intermarket sweep orders.
</P>
<P>(48) <I>Interrogation device</I> means any securities information retrieval system capable of displaying transaction reports, last sale data, or quotations upon inquiry, on a current basis on a terminal or other device.
</P>
<P>(49) <I>Joint self-regulatory organization plan</I> means a plan as to which two or more self-regulatory organizations, acting jointly, are sponsors.
</P>
<P>(50) <I>Last sale data</I> means any price or volume data associated with a transaction.
</P>
<P>(51) <I>Listed equity security</I> means any equity security listed and registered, or admitted to unlisted trading privileges, on a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(52) <I>Listed option</I> means any option traded on a registered national securities exchange or automated facility of a national securities association.
</P>
<P>(53) <I>Make publicly available</I> means posting on an internet website that is free and readily accessible to the public, furnishing a written copy to customers on request without charge, and notifying customers at least annually in writing that a written copy will be furnished on request.
</P>
<P>(54) <I>Manual quotation</I> means any quotation other than an automated quotation.
</P>
<P>(55) <I>Market center</I> means any exchange market maker, OTC market maker, alternative trading system, national securities exchange, or national securities association.
</P>
<P>(56) <I>Marketable limit order</I> means, with respect to an order received at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is being disseminated and after the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, any buy order with a limit price equal to or greater than the national best offer at the time of order receipt, or any sell order with a limit price equal to or less than the national best bid at the time of order receipt, and, with respect to an order received at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is not being disseminated, any buy order with a limit price equal to or greater than the national best offer at the time that the national best offer is first disseminated during regular trading hours after the time of order receipt, or any sell order with a limit price equal to or less than the national best bid time at the time that the national best bid is first disseminated during regular trading hours after the time of order receipt. For orders received at a time when the national best bid and national best offer is being disseminated but the primary listing market has not disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, whether an order is a marketable limit order shall be determined from the time that the primary listing market disseminates its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security.
</P>
<P>(57) <I>Midpoint-or-better limit order</I> means, with respect to an order received at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is being disseminated and the primary listing market has disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, any non-marketable buy order with a limit price that is equal to or higher than the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time of order receipt and any non-marketable sell order with a limit price that is equal to or lower than the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time of order receipt, and, with respect to an order received at a time when a national best bid and national best offer is not being disseminated, any non-marketable buy order with a limit price that is equal to or higher than the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time that the national best bid and national best offer is first disseminated after the time of order receipt, or any non-marketable sell order with a limit price that is equal to or lower than the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer at the time that the national best bid and national best offer is first disseminated after the time of order receipt. For orders received at a time when the national best bid and national best offer is being disseminated but the primary listing market has not disseminated its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security, whether an order is a midpoint-or-better limit order shall be determined from the time that the primary listing market disseminates its first firm, uncrossed quotations in the security.
</P>
<P>(58) <I>Moving ticker</I> means any continuous real-time moving display of transaction reports or last sale data (other than a dynamic market monitoring device) provided on an interrogation or other display device.
</P>
<P>(59) <I>Nasdaq security</I> means any registered security listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
</P>
<P>(60) <I>National best bid and national best offer</I> means, with respect to quotations for an NMS stock, the best bid and best offer for such stock that are calculated and disseminated on a current and continuing basis by a competing consolidator or calculated by a self-aggregator and, for NMS securities other than NMS stocks, the best bid and best offer for such security that are calculated and disseminated on a current and continuing basis by a plan processor pursuant to an effective national market system plan; provided, that in the event two or more market centers transmit to the plan processor, a competing consolidator or a self-aggregator identical bids or offers for an NMS security, the best bid or best offer (as the case may be) shall be determined by ranking all such identical bids or offers (as the case may be) first by size (giving the highest ranking to the bid or offer associated with the largest size), and then by time (giving the highest ranking to the bid or offer received first in time).
</P>
<P>(61) <I>National market system plan</I> means any joint self-regulatory organization plan in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) The planning, development, operation or regulation of a national market system (or a subsystem thereof) or one or more facilities thereof; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The development and implementation of procedures and/or facilities designed to achieve compliance by self-regulatory organizations and their members with any section of this Regulation NMS and part 240, subpart A, of this chapter promulgated pursuant to section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1).
</P>
<P>(62) <I>National securities association</I> means any association of brokers and dealers registered pursuant to section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3).
</P>
<P>(63) <I>National securities exchange</I> means any exchange registered pursuant to section 6 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f).
</P>
<P>(64) <I>NMS security</I> means any security or class of securities for which transaction reports are collected, processed, and made available pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan, or an effective national market system plan for reporting transactions in listed options.
</P>
<P>(65) <I>NMS stock</I> means any NMS security other than an option.
</P>
<P>(66) <I>Non-directed order</I> means any order from a customer other than a directed order.
</P>
<P>(67) <I>Non-marketable limit order</I> means any limit order other than a marketable limit order.
</P>
<P>(68) <I>Odd-lot</I> means an order for the purchase or sale of an NMS stock in an amount less than a round lot.


</P>
<P>(69) <I>Odd-lot information</I> means:


</P>
<P>(i) Odd-lot transaction data disseminated pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b) as of April 9, 2021; 


</P>
<P>(ii) Odd-lots at a price greater than or equal to the national best bid and less than or equal to the national best offer, aggregated at each price level at each national securities exchange and national securities association; and


</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Best odd-lot order to buy and best odd-lot order to sell.</I> The best odd-lot order to buy means the highest priced odd-lot order to buy that is priced higher than the national best bid, and the best odd-lot order to sell means the lowest priced odd-lot order to sell that is priced lower than the national best offer, for an NMS stock that are calculated and disseminated on a current and continuing basis by a competing consolidator or plan processor or calculated by a self-aggregator; provided, that in the event two or more market centers transmit to a competing consolidator, plan processor, or a self-aggregator identical odd-lot buy orders or odd-lot sell orders for an NMS stock, the highest priced odd-lot buy order or lowest priced odd-lot sell order (as the case may be) shall be determined by ranking all such identical odd-lot buy orders or odd-lot sell orders (as the case may be) first by size (giving the highest ranking to the odd-lot buy order or odd-lot sell order associated with the largest size), and then by time (giving the highest ranking to the odd-lot buy order or odd-lot sell order received first in time).


</P>
<P>(70) <I>Options class</I> means all of the put option or call option series overlying a security, as defined in section 3(a)(10) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10)).
</P>
<P>(71) <I>Options series</I> means the contracts in an options class that have the same unit of trade, expiration date, and exercise price, and other terms or conditions.
</P>
<P>(72) <I>Order size benchmark</I> means the number of shares of the full displayed size of all protected bids at the same price as the national best bid at the time of order receipt, in the case of a market or limit order to sell, or the full displayed size of all protected offers at the same price as the national best offer at the time of order receipt, in the case of a market or limit order to buy. For midpoint-or-better limit orders, the full displayed size should be measured at the time the order becomes executable rather than the time of order receipt. For each order, the share count shall be capped at the order size.
</P>
<P>(73) <I>Orders providing liquidity</I> means orders that were executed against after resting at a trading center.
</P>
<P>(74) <I>Orders removing liquidity</I> means orders that executed against resting trading interest at a trading center.
</P>
<P>(75) <I>OTC market maker</I> means any dealer that holds itself out as being willing to buy from and sell to its customers, or others, in the United States, an NMS stock for its own account on a regular or continuous basis otherwise than on a national securities exchange in amounts of less than block size.
</P>
<P>(76) <I>Participants,</I> when used in connection with a national market system plan, means any self-regulatory organization which has agreed to act in accordance with the terms of the plan but which is not a signatory of such plan.
</P>
<P>(77) <I>Payment for order flow</I> has the meaning provided in § 240.10b-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(78) <I>Plan processor</I> means any self-regulatory organization or securities information processor acting as an exclusive processor in connection with the development, implementation and/or operation of any facility contemplated by an effective national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(79) <I>Primary listing exchange</I> means, for each NMS stock, the national securities exchange identified as the primary listing exchange in the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b).
</P>
<P>(80) <I>Profit-sharing relationship</I> means any ownership or other type of affiliation under which the broker or dealer, directly or indirectly, may share in any profits that may be derived from the execution of non-directed orders.
</P>
<P>(81) <I>Protected bid or protected offer</I> means a quotation in an NMS stock that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is displayed by an automated trading center;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is disseminated pursuant to an effective national market system plan; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is an automated quotation that is the best bid or best offer of a national securities exchange, or the best bid or best offer of a national securities association.
</P>
<P>(82) <I>Protected quotation</I> means a protected bid or a protected offer.
</P>
<P>(83) <I>Published aggregate quotation size</I> means the aggregate quotation size calculated by a national securities exchange and displayed by a vendor on a terminal or other display device at the time an order is presented for execution to a responsible broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(84) <I>Published bid and published offer</I> means the bid or offer of a responsible broker or dealer for an NMS security communicated by it to its national securities exchange or association pursuant to § 242.602 and displayed by a vendor on a terminal or other display device at the time an order is presented for execution to such responsible broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(85) <I>Published quotation size</I> means the quotation size of a responsible broker or dealer communicated by it to its national securities exchange or association pursuant to § 242.602 and displayed by a vendor on a terminal or other display device at the time an order is presented for execution to such responsible broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(86) <I>Quotation</I> means a bid or an offer.
</P>
<P>(87) <I>Quotation size,</I> when used with respect to a responsible broker's or dealer's bid or offer for an NMS security, means:
</P>
<P>(i) The number of shares (or units of trading) of that security which such responsible broker or dealer has specified, for purposes of dissemination to vendors, that it is willing to buy at the bid price or sell at the offer price comprising its bid or offer, as either principal or agent; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event such responsible broker or dealer has not so specified, a normal unit of trading for that NMS security.
</P>
<P>(88) <I>Regular trading hours</I> means the time between 9:30 a.m. and 4 p.m. Eastern Time, or such other time as is set forth in the procedures established pursuant to § 242.605(a)(3).


</P>
<P>(89) <I>Regulatory data</I> means:


</P>
<P>(i) Information required to be collected or calculated by the primary listing exchange for an NMS stock and provided to competing consolidators and self-aggregators pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b), including, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Information regarding Short Sale Circuit Breakers pursuant to § 242.201;
</P>
<P>(B) Information regarding Price Bands required pursuant to the Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility (LULD Plan);
</P>
<P>(C) Information relating to regulatory halts or trading pauses (news dissemination/pending, LULD, Market-Wide Circuit Breakers) and reopenings or resumptions;


</P>
<P>(D) The official opening and closing prices of the primary listing exchange; 


</P>
<P>(E) An indicator of the applicable round lot size; and


</P>
<P>(F) An indicator of the applicable minimum pricing increment required under § 242.612.


</P>
<P>(ii) Information required to be collected or calculated by the national securities exchange or national securities association on which an NMS stock is traded and provided to competing consolidators and self-aggregators pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b), including, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Whenever such national securities exchange or national securities association receives a bid (offer) below (above) an NMS stock's lower (upper) LULD price band, an appropriate regulatory data flag identifying the bid (offer) as non-executable; and
</P>
<P>(B) Other regulatory messages including subpenny execution and trade-though exempt indicators.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (b)(89)(i)(C) of this section, the primary listing exchange that has the largest proportion of companies included in the S&amp;P 500 Index shall monitor the S&amp;P 500 Index throughout the trading day, determine whether a Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 decline, as defined in self-regulatory organization rules related to Market-Wide Circuit Breakers, has occurred, and immediately inform the other primary listing exchanges of all such declines.


</P>
<P>(iv) The primary listing exchange shall also provide the information required under paragraphs (b)(89)(i)(E) and (F) of this section to the applicable plan processor for dissemination.


</P>
<P>(90) <I>Responsible broker or dealer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) When used with respect to bids or offers communicated on a national securities exchange, any member of such national securities exchange who communicates to another member on such national securities exchange, at the location (or locations) or through the facility or facilities designated by such national securities exchange for trading in an NMS security a bid or offer for such NMS security, as either principal or agent; <I>provided, however,</I> that, in the event two or more members of a national securities exchange have communicated on or through such national securities exchange bids or offers for an NMS security at the same price, each such member shall be considered a <I>responsible broker or dealer</I> for that bid or offer, subject to the rules of priority and precedence then in effect on that national securities exchange; and further provided, that for a bid or offer which is transmitted from one member of a national securities exchange to another member who undertakes to represent such bid or offer on such national securities exchange as agent, only the last member who undertakes to represent such bid or offer as agent shall be considered the <I>responsible broker or dealer for that bid or offer;</I> and
</P>
<P>(ii) When used with respect to bids and offers communicated by a member of an association to a broker or dealer or a customer, the member communicating the bid or offer (regardless of whether such bid or offer is for its own account or on behalf of another person).
</P>
<P>(91) <I>Revised bid or offer</I> means a market maker's bid or offer which supersedes its published bid or published offer.
</P>
<P>(92) <I>Revised quotation size</I> means a market maker's quotation size which supersedes its published quotation size.


</P>
<P>(93) <I>Round lot</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) For any NMS stock for which the average closing price on the primary listing exchange during the prior Evaluation Period was:
</P>
<P>(A) $250.00 or less per share, an order for the purchase or sale of an NMS stock of 100 shares;
</P>
<P>(B) $250.01 to $1,000.00 per share, an order for the purchase or sale of an NMS stock of 40 shares;
</P>
<P>(C) $1,000.01 to $10,000.00 per share, an order for the purchase or sale of an NMS stock of 10 shares;
</P>
<P>(D) $10,000.01 or more per share, an order for the purchase or sale of an NMS stock of 1 share; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>New NMS stocks.</I> Any security that becomes an NMS stock during an operative period as described in paragraph (b)(93)(iv) of this section shall be assigned a round lot of 100 shares.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this section only, the Evaluation Period means:
</P>
<P>(A) All trading days in March for the round lot assigned on the first business day of May; and
</P>
<P>(B) All trading days in September for the round lot assigned on the first business day of November during which the average closing price of an NMS stock on the primary listing exchange shall be measured by the primary listing exchange to determine the round lot for each NMS stock.
</P>
<P>(iv) The round lot assigned under this section shall be operative on:
</P>
<P>(A) The first business day of May for the March Evaluation Period and continue through the last business day of October of the calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(B) The first business day of November for the September Evaluation Period and continue through the last business day of April of the next calendar year.


</P>
<P>(94) <I>Self-aggregator</I> means a broker, dealer, national securities exchange, national securities association, or investment adviser registered with the Commission that receives information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks, including all data necessary to generate consolidated market data, and generates consolidated market data solely for internal use. A self-aggregator may make consolidated market data available to its affiliates that are registered with the Commission for their internal use. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, a self-aggregator may not disseminate or otherwise make available consolidated market data, or components of consolidated market data, as provided in paragraph (b)(25) of this section, to any person.
</P>
<P>(95) <I>Self-regulatory organization</I> means any national securities exchange or national securities association.
</P>
<P>(96) <I>Self-regulatory organization-specific program data</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Information related to retail liquidity programs specified by the rules of national securities exchanges and disseminated pursuant to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b) as of April 9, 2021; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Other self-regulatory organization-specific information with respect to quotations for or transactions in NMS stocks as specified by the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b).
</P>
<P>(97) <I>Specified persons,</I> when used in connection with any notification required to be provided pursuant to § 242.602(a)(3) and any election (or withdrawal thereof) permitted under § 242.602(a)(5), means:
</P>
<P>(i) Each vendor;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each plan processor; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The processor for the Options Price Reporting Authority (in the case of a notification for a subject security which is a class of securities underlying options admitted to trading on any national securities exchange).
</P>
<P>(98) <I>Sponsor,</I> when used in connection with a national market system plan, means any self-regulatory organization which is a signatory to such plan and has agreed to act in accordance with the terms of the plan.
</P>
<P>(99) <I>SRO display-only facility</I> means a facility operated by or on behalf of a national securities exchange or national securities association that displays quotations in a security, but does not execute orders against such quotations or present orders to members for execution.
</P>
<P>(100) <I>SRO trading facility</I> means a facility operated by or on behalf of a national securities exchange or a national securities association that executes orders in a security or presents orders to members for execution.
</P>
<P>(101) <I>Subject security</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to a national securities exchange:
</P>
<P>(A) Any exchange-traded security other than a security for which the executed volume of such exchange, during the most recent calendar quarter, comprised one percent or less of the aggregate trading volume for such security as reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any other NMS security for which such exchange has in effect an election, pursuant to § 242.602(a)(5)(i), to collect, process, and make available to a vendor bids, offers, quotation sizes, and aggregate quotation sizes communicated on such exchange; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a member of a national securities association:
</P>
<P>(A) Any exchange-traded security for which such member acts in the capacity of an OTC market maker unless the executed volume of such member, during the most recent calendar quarter, comprised one percent or less of the aggregate trading volume for such security as reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any other NMS security for which such member acts in the capacity of an OTC market maker and has in effect an election, pursuant to § 242.602(a)(5)(ii), to communicate to its association bids, offers, and quotation sizes for the purpose of making such bids, offers, and quotation sizes available to a vendor.
</P>
<P>(102) <I>Time of order execution</I> means the time (at a minimum to the millisecond) that an order was executed at any venue.
</P>
<P>(103) <I>Time of order receipt</I> means the time (at a minimum to the millisecond) that an order was received by a market center for execution, or in the case of a broker or dealer that is not acting as a market center, the time (at a minimum to the millisecond) that an order was received by the broker or dealer for execution.
</P>
<P>(104) <I>Time of the transaction</I> has the meaning provided in § 240.10b-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(105) <I>Trade-through</I> means the purchase or sale of an NMS stock during regular trading hours, either as principal or agent, at a price that is lower than a protected bid or higher than a protected offer.
</P>
<P>(106) <I>Trading center</I> means a national securities exchange or national securities association that operates an SRO trading facility, an alternative trading system, an exchange market maker, an OTC market maker, or any other broker or dealer that executes orders internally by trading as principal or crossing orders as agent.
</P>
<P>(107) <I>Trading rotation</I> means, with respect to an options class, the time period on a national securities exchange during which:
</P>
<P>(i) Opening, re-opening, or closing transactions in options series in such options class are not yet completed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Continuous trading has not yet commenced or has not yet ended for the day in options series in such options class.
</P>
<P>(108) <I>Transaction report</I> means a report containing the price and volume associated with a transaction involving the purchase or sale of one or more round lots of a security.
</P>
<P>(109) <I>Transaction reporting association</I> means any person authorized to implement or administer any transaction reporting plan on behalf of persons acting jointly under § 242.601(a).
</P>
<P>(110) <I>Transaction reporting plan</I> means any plan for collecting, processing, making available or disseminating transaction reports with respect to transactions in securities filed with the Commission pursuant to, and meeting the requirements of, § 242.601.
</P>
<P>(111) <I>Vendor</I> means any securities information processor engaged in the business of disseminating transaction reports, last sale data, or quotations with respect to NMS securities to brokers, dealers, or investors on a real-time or other current and continuing basis, whether through an electronic communications network, moving ticker, or interrogation device.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18809, Apr. 9, 2021; 86 FR 29196, June 1, 2021; 89 FR 26608, Apr. 15, 2024; 89 FR 81772, Oct. 8, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.601" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.601   Dissemination of transaction reports and last sale data with respect to transactions in NMS stocks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and effectiveness of transaction reporting plans.</I> (1) Every national securities exchange shall file a transaction reporting plan regarding transactions in listed equity and Nasdaq securities executed through its facilities, and every national securities association shall file a transaction reporting plan regarding transactions in listed equity and Nasdaq securities executed by its members otherwise than on a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(2) Any transaction reporting plan, or any amendment thereto, filed pursuant to this section shall be filed with the Commission, and considered for approval, in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 242.608(a) and (b). Any such plan, or amendment thereto, shall specify, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) The listed equity and Nasdaq securities or classes of such securities for which transaction reports shall be required by the plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) Reporting requirements with respect to transactions in listed equity securities and Nasdaq securities, for any broker or dealer subject to the plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) The manner of collecting, processing, sequencing, making available and disseminating transaction reports and last sale data reported pursuant to such plan;
</P>
<P>(iv) The manner in which such transaction reports reported pursuant to such plan are to be consolidated with transaction reports from national securities exchanges and national securities associations reported pursuant to any other effective transaction reporting plan;
</P>
<P>(v) The applicable standards and methods which will be utilized to ensure promptness of reporting, and accuracy and completeness of transaction reports;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any rules or procedures which may be adopted to ensure that transaction reports or last sale data will not be disseminated in a fraudulent or manipulative manner;
</P>
<P>(vii) Specific terms of access to transaction reports made available or disseminated pursuant to the plan; and
</P>
<P>(viii) That transaction reports or last sale data made available to any vendor for display on an interrogation device identify the marketplace where each transaction was executed.
</P>
<P>(3) No transaction reporting plan filed pursuant to this section, or any amendment to an effective transaction reporting plan, shall become effective unless approved by the Commission or otherwise permitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 242.608.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions and reporting requirements.</I> (1) No broker or dealer may execute any transaction in, or induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, any NMS stock:
</P>
<P>(i) On or through the facilities of a national securities exchange unless there is an effective transaction reporting plan with respect to transactions in such security executed on or through such exchange facilities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Otherwise than on a national securities exchange unless there is an effective transaction reporting plan with respect to transactions in such security executed otherwise than on a national securities exchange by such broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) Every broker or dealer who is a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association shall promptly transmit to the exchange or association of which it is a member all information required by any effective transaction reporting plan filed by such exchange or association (either individually or jointly with other exchanges and/or associations).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retransmission of transaction reports or last sale data.</I> Notwithstanding any provision of any effective transaction reporting plan, no national securities exchange or national securities association may, either individually or jointly, by rule, stated policy or practice, transaction reporting plan or otherwise, prohibit, condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of any vendor to retransmit, for display in moving tickers, transaction reports or last sale data made available pursuant to any effective transaction reporting plan; <I>provided, however,</I> that a national securities exchange or national securities association may, by means of an effective transaction reporting plan, condition such retransmission upon appropriate undertakings to ensure that any charges for the distribution of transaction reports or last sale data in moving tickers permitted by paragraph (d) of this section are collected.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Charges.</I> Nothing in this section shall preclude any national securities exchange or national securities association, separately or jointly, pursuant to the terms of an effective transaction reporting plan, from imposing reasonable, uniform charges (irrespective of geographic location) for distribution of transaction reports or last sale data.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeals.</I> The Commission may, in its discretion, entertain appeals in connection with the implementation or operation of any effective transaction reporting plan in accordance with the provisions of § 242.608(d).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any national securities exchange, national securities association, broker, dealer, or specified security if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to, and perfection of the mechanisms of, a national market system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.602" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.602   Dissemination of quotations in NMS securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Dissemination requirements for national securities exchanges and national securities associations.</I> (1) Every national securities exchange and national securities association shall establish and maintain procedures and mechanisms for collecting bids, offers, quotation sizes, and aggregate quotation sizes from responsible brokers or dealers who are members of such exchange or association, processing such bids, offers, and sizes, and making such bids, offers, and sizes available to vendors, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Each national securities exchange shall at all times such exchange is open for trading, collect, process, and make available to vendors the best bid, the best offer, and aggregate quotation sizes for each subject security listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges which is communicated on any national securities exchange by any responsible broker or dealer, but shall not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Any bid or offer executed immediately after communication and any bid or offer communicated by a responsible broker or dealer other than an exchange market maker which is cancelled or withdrawn if not executed immediately after communication; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any bid or offer communicated during a period when trading in that security has been suspended or halted, or prior to the commencement of trading in that security on any trading day, on that exchange.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each national securities association shall, at all times that last sale information with respect to NMS securities is reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan, collect, process, and make available to vendors the best bid, best offer, and quotation sizes communicated otherwise than on an exchange by each member of such association acting in the capacity of an OTC market maker for each subject security and the identity of that member (excluding any bid or offer executed immediately after communication), except during any period when over-the-counter trading in that security has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(2) Each national securities exchange shall, with respect to each published bid and published offer representing a bid or offer of a member for a subject security, establish and maintain procedures for ascertaining and disclosing to other members of that exchange, upon presentation of orders sought to be executed by them in reliance upon paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the identity of the responsible broker or dealer who made such bid or offer and the quotation size associated with it.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If, at any time a national securities exchange is open for trading, such exchange determines, pursuant to rules approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)), that the level of trading activities or the existence of unusual market conditions is such that the exchange is incapable of collecting, processing, and making available to vendors the data for a subject security required to be made available pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section in a manner that accurately reflects the current state of the market on such exchange, such exchange shall immediately notify all specified persons of that determination. Upon such notification, responsible brokers or dealers that are members of that exchange shall be relieved of their obligation under paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(3) of this section and such exchange shall be relieved of its obligations under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section for that security; <I>provided, however</I>, that such exchange will continue, to the maximum extent practicable under the circumstances, to collect, process, and make available to vendors data for that security in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) During any period a national securities exchange, or any responsible broker or dealer that is a member of that exchange, is relieved of any obligation imposed by this section for any subject security by virtue of a notification made pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, such exchange shall monitor the activity or conditions which formed the basis for such notification and shall immediately renotify all specified persons when that exchange is once again capable of collecting, processing, and making available to vendors the data for that security required to be made available pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section in a manner that accurately reflects the current state of the market on such exchange. Upon such renotification, any exchange or responsible broker or dealer which had been relieved of any obligation imposed by this section as a consequence of the prior notification shall again be subject to such obligation.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section shall preclude any national securities exchange or national securities association from making available to vendors indications of interest or bids and offers for a subject security at any time such exchange or association is not required to do so pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Any national securities exchange may make an election for purposes of the definition of <I>subject security</I> in § 242.600(b)(101) for any NMS security, by collecting, processing, and making available bids, offers, quotation sizes, and aggregate quotation sizes in that security; except that for any NMS security previously listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on only one exchange and not traded by any OTC market maker, such election shall be made by notifying all specified persons, and shall be effective at the opening of trading on the business day following notification.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any member of a national securities association acting in the capacity of an OTC market maker may make an election for purposes of the definition of <I>subject security</I> in § 242.600(b)(101) for any NMS security, by communicating to its association bids, offers, and quotation sizes in that security; except that for any other NMS security listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on only one exchange and not traded by any other OTC market maker, such election shall be made by notifying its association and all specified persons, and shall be effective at the opening of trading on the business day following notification.
</P>
<P>(iii) The election of a national securities exchange or member of a national securities association for any NMS security pursuant to this paragraph (a)(5) shall cease to be in effect if such exchange or member ceases to make available or communicate bids, offers, and quotation sizes in such security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Obligations of responsible brokers and dealers.</I> (1) Each responsible broker or dealer shall promptly communicate to its national securities exchange or national securities association, pursuant to the procedures established by that exchange or association, its best bids, best offers, and quotation sizes for any subject security.
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, each responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute any order to buy or sell a subject security, other than an odd-lot order, presented to it by another broker or dealer, or any other person belonging to a category of persons with whom such responsible broker or dealer customarily deals, at a price at least as favorable to such buyer or seller as the responsible broker's or dealer's published bid or published offer (exclusive of any commission, commission equivalent or differential customarily charged by such responsible broker or dealer in connection with execution of any such order) in any amount up to its published quotation size.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) No responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a transaction for any subject security as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to purchase or sell that subject security in an amount greater than such revised quotation size if:
</P>
<P>(A) Prior to the presentation of an order for the purchase or sale of a subject security, a responsible broker or dealer has communicated to its exchange or association, pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a revised quotation size; or
</P>
<P>(B) At the time an order for the purchase or sale of a subject security is presented, a responsible broker or dealer is in the process of effecting a transaction in such subject security, and immediately after the completion of such transaction, it communicates to its exchange or association a revised quotation size, such responsible broker or dealer shall not be obligated by paragraph (b)(2) of this section to purchase or sell that subject security in an amount greater than such revised quotation size.
</P>
<P>(ii) No responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a transaction for any subject security as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(A) Before the order sought to be executed is presented, such responsible broker or dealer has communicated to its exchange or association pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a revised bid or offer; or
</P>
<P>(B) At the time the order sought to be executed is presented, such responsible broker or dealer is in the process of effecting a transaction in such subject security, and, immediately after the completion of such transaction, such responsible broker or dealer communicates to its exchange or association pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a revised bid or offer; <I>provided, however</I>, that such responsible broker or dealer shall nonetheless be obligated to execute any such order in such subject security as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section at its revised bid or offer in any amount up to its published quotation size or revised quotation size.
</P>
<P>(4) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(4) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) No national securities exchange or OTC market maker may make available, disseminate or otherwise communicate to any vendor, directly or indirectly, for display on a terminal or other display device any bid, offer, quotation size, or aggregate quotation size for any NMS security which is not a subject security with respect to such exchange or OTC market maker; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No vendor may disseminate or display on a terminal or other display device any bid, offer, quotation size, or aggregate quotation size from any national securities exchange or OTC market maker for any NMS security which is not a subject security with respect to such exchange or OTC market maker.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Entry of any priced order for an NMS security by an exchange market maker or OTC market maker in that security into an electronic communications network that widely disseminates such order shall be deemed to be:
</P>
<P>(A) A bid or offer under this section, to be communicated to the market maker's exchange or association pursuant to this paragraph (b) for at least the minimum quotation size that is required by the rules of the market maker's exchange or association if the priced order is for the account of a market maker, or the actual size of the order up to the minimum quotation size required if the priced order is for the account of a customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) A communication of a bid or offer to a vendor for display on a display device for purposes of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An exchange market maker or OTC market maker that has entered a priced order for an NMS security into an electronic communications network that widely disseminates such order shall be deemed to be in compliance with paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section if the electronic communications network:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Provides to a national securities exchange or national securities association (or an exclusive processor acting on behalf of one or more exchanges or associations) the prices and sizes of the orders at the highest buy price and the lowest sell price for such security entered in, and widely disseminated by, the electronic communications network by exchange market makers and OTC market makers for the NMS security, and such prices and sizes are included in the quotation data made available by such exchange, association, or exclusive processor to vendors pursuant to this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Provides, to any broker or dealer, the ability to effect a transaction with a priced order widely disseminated by the electronic communications network entered therein by an exchange market maker or OTC market maker that is:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Equivalent to the ability of any broker or dealer to effect a transaction with an exchange market maker or OTC market maker pursuant to the rules of the national securities exchange or national securities association to which the electronic communications network supplies such bids and offers; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) At the price of the highest priced buy order or lowest priced sell order, or better, for the lesser of the cumulative size of such priced orders entered therein by exchange market makers or OTC market makers at such price, or the size of the execution sought by the broker or dealer, for such security; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is an alternative trading system that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Displays orders and provides the ability to effect transactions with such orders under § 242.301(b)(3); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Otherwise is in compliance with Regulation ATS (§ 242.300 through § 242.303).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transactions in listed options.</I> (1) A national securities exchange or national securities association:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall not be required, under paragraph (a) of this section, to collect from responsible brokers or dealers who are members of such exchange or association, or to make available to vendors, the quotation sizes and aggregate quotation sizes for listed options, if such exchange or association establishes by rule and periodically publishes the quotation size for which such responsible brokers or dealers are obligated to execute an order to buy or sell an options series that is a subject security at its published bid or offer under paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) May establish by rule and periodically publish a quotation size, which shall not be for less than one contract, for which responsible brokers or dealers who are members of such exchange or association are obligated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to execute an order to buy or sell a listed option for the account of a broker or dealer that is in an amount different from the quotation size for which it is obligated to execute an order for the account of a customer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) May establish and maintain procedures and mechanisms for collecting from responsible brokers and dealers who are members of such exchange or association, and making available to vendors, the quotation sizes and aggregate quotation sizes in listed options for which such responsible broker or dealer will be obligated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to execute an order from a customer to buy or sell a listed option and establish by rule and periodically publish the size, which shall not be less than one contract, for which such responsible brokers or dealers are obligated to execute an order for the account of a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) If, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the rules of a national securities exchange or national securities association do not require its members to communicate to it their quotation sizes for listed options, a responsible broker or dealer that is a member of such exchange or association shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be relieved of its obligations under paragraph (b)(1) of this section to communicate to such exchange or association its quotation sizes for any listed option; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with its obligations under paragraph (b)(2) of this section by executing any order to buy or sell a listed option, in an amount up to the size established by such exchange's or association's rules under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Thirty second response.</I> Each responsible broker or dealer, within thirty seconds of receiving an order to buy or sell a listed option in an amount greater than the quotation size established by a national securities exchange's or national securities association's rules pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or its published quotation size must:
</P>
<P>(i) Execute the entire order; or
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Execute that portion of the order equal to at least:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The quotation size established by a national securities exchange's or national securities association's rules, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, to the extent that such exchange or association does not collect and make available to vendors quotation size and aggregate quotation size under paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Its published quotation size; and
</P>
<P>(B) Revise its bid or offer.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(3) of this section, no responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a transaction for any listed option as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of the circumstances in paragraph (b)(3) of this section exist; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The order for the purchase or sale of a listed option is presented during a trading rotation in that listed option.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any responsible broker or dealer, electronic communications network, national securities exchange, or national securities association if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to and perfection of the mechanism of a national market system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 20051997, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18811, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26614, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.603" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.603   Distribution, consolidation, dissemination, and display of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Distribution of information.</I> (1) Any exclusive processor, or any broker or dealer with respect to information for which it is the exclusive source, that distributes information with respect to quotations for or transactions in an NMS stock to a securities information processor shall do so on terms that are fair and reasonable.
</P>
<P>(2) Any national securities exchange, national securities association, broker, or dealer that distributes information with respect to quotations for or transactions in an NMS stock to a securities information processor, broker, dealer, or other persons shall do so on terms that are not unreasonably discriminatory.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consolidation and dissemination of information.</I> (1) Application of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Compliance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section is required until the date indicated by the Commission in any order approving amendments to the effective national market system plan(s) to effectuate a cessation of the operations of the plan processors that disseminate consolidated information regarding NMS stocks.
</P>
<P>(ii) Compliance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section is required 180 calendar days from the date of the Commission's approval of the amendments, filed as required under § 242.614(e), to the effective national market system plan(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Every national securities exchange on which an NMS stock is traded and national securities association shall act jointly pursuant to one or more effective national market system plans for the dissemination of consolidated market data. Every national securities exchange on which an NMS stock is traded and national securities association shall make available to all competing consolidators and self-aggregators its information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks, including all data necessary to generate consolidated market data, in the same manner and using the same methods, including all methods of access and the same format, as such national securities exchange or national securities association makes available any information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks to any person.
</P>
<P>(3) Every national securities exchange on which an NMS stock is traded and national securities association shall act jointly pursuant to one or more effective national market system plans to disseminate consolidated information, including a national best bid and national best offer and odd-lot information, on quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks. Such plan or plans shall provide for the dissemination of all consolidated information for an individual NMS stock through a single plan processor and such single plan processor must represent quotation sizes in such consolidated information in terms of the number of shares, rounded down to the nearest multiple of a round lot. Every national securities exchange on which an NMS stock is traded and national securities association shall make available to a plan processor all data necessary to generate odd-lot information.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Display of information.</I> (1) No securities information processor, broker, or dealer shall provide, in a context in which a trading or order-routing decision can be implemented, a display of any information with respect to quotations for or transactions in an NMS stock without also providing, in an equivalent manner, a consolidated display for such stock.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall not apply to a display of information on the trading floor or through the facilities of a national securities exchange or to a display in connection with the operation of a market linkage system implemented in accordance with an effective national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any person, security, or item of information, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or items of information, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 86 FR 18811, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 81773, Oct. 8, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.604" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.604   Display of customer limit orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Specialists and OTC market makers.</I> For all NMS stocks:
</P>
<P>(1) Each member of a national securities exchange that is registered by that exchange as a specialist, or is authorized by that exchange to perform functions substantially similar to that of a specialist, shall publish immediately a bid or offer that reflects:
</P>
<P>(i) The price and the full size of each customer limit order held by the specialist that is at a price that would improve the bid or offer of such specialist in such security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The full size of each customer limit order held by the specialist that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is priced equal to the bid or offer of such specialist for such security;
</P>
<P>(B) Is priced equal to the national best bid or national best offer; and
</P>
<P>(C) Represents more than a <I>de minimis</I> change in relation to the size associated with the specialist's bid or offer.
</P>
<P>(2) Each registered broker or dealer that acts as an OTC market maker shall publish immediately a bid or offer that reflects:
</P>
<P>(i) The price and the full size of each customer limit order held by the OTC market maker that is at a price that would improve the bid or offer of such OTC market maker in such security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The full size of each customer limit order held by the OTC market maker that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is priced equal to the bid or offer of such OTC market maker for such security;
</P>
<P>(B) Is priced equal to the national best bid or national best offer; and
</P>
<P>(C) Represents more than a <I>de minimis</I> change in relation to the size associated with the OTC market maker's bid or offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> The requirements in paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to any customer limit order:
</P>
<P>(1) That is executed upon receipt of the order.
</P>
<P>(2) That is placed by a customer who expressly requests, either at the time that the order is placed or prior thereto pursuant to an individually negotiated agreement with respect to such customer's orders, that the order not be displayed.
</P>
<P>(3) That is an odd-lot order.
</P>
<P>(4) That is a block size order, unless a customer placing such order requests that the order be displayed.
</P>
<P>(5) That is delivered immediately upon receipt to a national securities exchange or national securities association-sponsored system, or an electronic communications network that complies with the requirements of § 242.602(b)(5)(ii) with respect to that order.
</P>
<P>(6) That is delivered immediately upon receipt to another exchange member or OTC market maker that complies with the requirements of this section with respect to that order.
</P>
<P>(7) That is an “all or none” order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any responsible broker or dealer, electronic communications network, national securities exchange, or national securities association if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to and perfection of the mechanism of a national market system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.605" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.605   Disclosure of order execution information.</HEAD>
<P>This section requires market centers, brokers, and dealers to make available standardized, monthly reports of statistical information concerning their order executions. This information is presented in accordance with uniform standards that are based on broad assumptions about order execution and routing practices. The information will provide a starting point to promote visibility and competition on the part of market centers and broker-dealers, particularly on the factors of execution price and speed. The disclosures required by this section do not encompass all of the factors that may be important to investors in evaluating the order routing services of a broker-dealer. In addition, any particular market center, broker, or dealer's statistics will encompass varying types of orders routed by different broker-dealers on behalf of customers with a wide range of objectives. Accordingly, the statistical information required by this section alone does not create a reliable basis to address whether any particular broker-dealer failed to obtain the most favorable terms reasonably available under the circumstances for customer orders.


</P>
<P>(a) <I>Monthly electronic reports by market centers, brokers, and dealers.</I> (1) Every market center, broker, or dealer shall make available for each calendar month, in accordance with the procedures established pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a report on the covered orders in NMS stocks that it received for execution from any person or that it received for execution in a prior calendar month but which remained open. Any OTC market maker that provides a trading system for only a single dealer to solely buy and sell securities against all other persons entering orders in that system shall produce a separate report pertaining only to covered orders entered in such trading system. Alternative trading systems (as defined in § 242.300(a)) shall prepare reports separately from their broker-dealer operators to the extent such entities are required to prepare reports. Each report shall be in electronic form; shall be categorized by security, order type, and order size; and shall include the following columns of information:
</P>
<P>(i) For market orders, marketable limit orders, marketable immediate-or-cancel orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable non-marketable limit orders, executable non-marketable limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, executable stop marketable limit orders, and executable stop non-marketable limit orders:
</P>
<P>(A) The number of covered orders;
</P>
<P>(B) The cumulative notional value of covered orders;
</P>
<P>(C) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders;
</P>
<P>(D) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders cancelled prior to execution;
</P>
<P>(E) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed at the receiving market center, broker, or dealer (excluding shares that the market center, broker, or dealer executes on a riskless principal basis);
</P>
<P>(F) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed at any other venue;
</P>
<P>(G) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed less than 100 microseconds after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(H) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 100 microseconds to less than 1 millisecond after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable ;
</P>
<P>(I) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 1 millisecond to less than 10 milliseconds after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(J) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 10 milliseconds to less than 1 second after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(K) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 1 second to less than 10 seconds after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(L) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 10 seconds to less than 30 seconds after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(M) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed from 30 seconds to less than 5 minutes after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(N) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed 5 minutes or more after the time of order receipt; or, for non-marketable limit orders or orders submitted with stop prices, after the time the order becomes executable;
</P>
<P>(O) For executions of covered orders, the average realized spread as calculated 50 milliseconds after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(P) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 50 milliseconds after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(Q) For executions of covered orders, the average realized spread as calculated 1 second after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(R) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 1 second after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(S) For executions of covered orders, the average realized spread as calculated 15 seconds after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(T) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 15 seconds after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(U) For executions of covered orders, the average realized spread as calculated 1 minute after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(V) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 1 minute after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(W) For executions of covered orders, the average realized spread as calculated 5 minutes after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(X) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 5 minutes after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(Y) For executions of covered orders, the average midpoint; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For market orders, marketable limit orders, marketable immediate-or-cancel orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, and executable stop marketable limit orders:
</P>
<P>(A) For executions of covered orders, the average quoted spread;
</P>
<P>(B) For executions of covered orders, the average effective spread;
</P>
<P>(C) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage effective spread;
</P>
<P>(D) For executions of covered orders, the average effective divided by the average quoted spread, expressed as a percentage;
</P>
<P>(E) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed with price improvement;
</P>
<P>(F) For shares executed with price improvement, the share-weighted average amount per share that prices were improved;
</P>
<P>(G) For shares executed with price improvement, the share-weighted average period from the time of order receipt to the time of order execution, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer, or, in the case of midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, and executable stop marketable limit orders, from the time such orders first become executable to the time of order execution, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer;
</P>
<P>(H) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed at the quote;
</P>
<P>(I) For shares executed at the quote, the share-weighted average period from the time of order receipt to the time of order execution, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer, or, in the case of midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, and executable stop marketable limit orders, from the time such orders first become executable to the time of order execution, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer;
</P>
<P>(J) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed outside the quote;
</P>
<P>(K) For shares executed outside the quote, the share-weighted average amount per share that prices were outside the quote;
</P>
<P>(L) For shares executed outside the quote, the share-weighted average period from the time of order receipt, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer, or, in the case of midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable market orders submitted with stop prices, and executable stop marketable limit orders, from the time such orders first become executable to the time of order execution, expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer;
</P>
<P>(M) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed with price improvement relative to the best available displayed price;
</P>
<P>(N) For shares executed with price improvement relative to the best available displayed price, the share-weighted average amount per share that prices were improved as compared to the best available displayed price;
</P>
<P>(O) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed at the best available displayed price;
</P>
<P>(P) The cumulative number of shares of covered orders executed outside the best available displayed price;
</P>
<P>(Q) For shares executed outside the best available displayed price, the share-weighted average amount per share that prices were outside the best available displayed price;
</P>
<P>(R) For executions of covered orders, the cumulative number of shares of the order size benchmark;
</P>
<P>(S) The sum of, for each execution of a covered order, the greater of: the total number of shares executed with price improvement plus the total number of shares executed at the quote minus the order size benchmark, or zero; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For midpoint-or-better limit orders, midpoint-or-better limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, executable non-marketable limit orders, executable non-marketable limit orders that are immediate-or-cancel, and executable stop non-marketable limit orders:
</P>
<P>(A) The number of covered orders that received either a complete or partial fill;
</P>
<P>(B) The cumulative number of shares executed regular way at prices that could have filled the order while the order was in force, as reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan. For each order, the share count shall be capped at the order size;
</P>
<P>(C) The cumulative number of shares executed regular way on any national securities exchange at prices that could have filled the order while the order was in force, as reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or effective national market system plan. For each order, the share count shall be capped at the order size; and
</P>
<P>(D) For shares executed, the share-weighted average period from the time the order becomes executable to the time of order execution expressed in increments of a millisecond or finer.
</P>
<P>(2) Every market center, broker, or dealer shall make publicly available for each calendar month a report providing summary statistics on all covered orders that are market and marketable limit orders that it received for execution from any person. Such report shall be made available as an electronic file using the most recent version of the schema for comma separated values format (CSV) and the associated PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website for all reports required by this paragraph (a)(2). Such report shall include a section for NMS stocks that are included in the S&amp;P 500 Index as of the first day of that month and a section for other NMS stocks. Each section shall be categorized by order type (market orders or marketable limit orders) and order size (less than $250, $250 to less than $1,000, $1,000 to less than $5,000, $5,000 to less than $10,000, $10,000 to less than $20,000, $20,000 to less than $50,000, $50,000 to less than $200,000, $200,000 or more, and all order sizes combined, excluding orders with a notional value of $200,000 or more), and shall include the following columns of information:
</P>
<P>(i) The average order size in shares;
</P>
<P>(ii) The average notional order size;
</P>
<P>(iii) For executions of covered orders, the average midpoint;
</P>
<P>(iv) For executions of covered orders, the percentage of shares executed at the quote or better;
</P>
<P>(v) For executions of covered orders, the percentage of shares that received price improvement;
</P>
<P>(vi) For executions of covered orders, the share-weighted average percentage price improvement, calculated as the cumulative amount that prices were improved less the cumulative amount that prices were executed outside the quote divided by sum of the average midpoint times the number of shares executed;
</P>
<P>(vii) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage effective spread;
</P>
<P>(viii) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage quoted spread, calculated as the average quoted spread divided by the average midpoint for such orders;
</P>
<P>(ix) For executions of covered orders, the average effective spread divided by the average quoted spread, expressed as a percentage;
</P>
<P>(x) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 15 seconds after the time of execution;
</P>
<P>(xi) For executions of covered orders, the average percentage realized spread as calculated 1 minute after the time of execution; and
</P>
<P>(xii) For executions of covered orders, the share-weighted average execution speed, in milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(3) Every national securities exchange on which NMS stocks are traded and each national securities association shall act jointly in establishing procedures for market centers, brokers, and dealers to follow in making available to the public the reports required by this section in a uniform, readily accessible, and usable electronic form.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event there is no effective national market system plan establishing such procedures, market centers, brokers, and dealers shall prepare their reports in a consistent, usable, and machine-readable electronic format, in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and make such reports available for downloading from an internet website that is free and readily accessible to the public.
</P>
<P>(5) Every market center, broker, or dealer shall keep the reports required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section posted on an internet website that is free and readily accessible to the public for a period of three years from the initial date of posting on the internet website.
</P>
<P>(6) A market center, broker, or dealer shall make available the reports required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section within one month after the end of the month addressed in the reports.
</P>
<P>(7) A broker or dealer that is not a market center shall not be subject to the requirements of this section unless that broker or dealer introduces or carries 100,000 or more customer accounts through which transactions are effected for the purchase or sale of NMS stocks (the “customer account threshold” for purposes of this paragraph). For purposes of this section, a broker or dealer that utilizes an omnibus clearing arrangement with respect to any of its underlying customer accounts shall be considered to carry such underlying customer accounts when calculating the number of customer accounts that it introduces or carries. Any broker or dealer that meets or exceeds this customer account threshold and is also a market center shall produce separate reports pertaining to each function. A broker or dealer that meets or exceeds the customer account threshold shall be required to produce reports pursuant to this section for at least three calendar months (“Reporting Period”). The Reporting Period shall begin the first calendar day of the next calendar month after the broker or dealer met or exceeded the customer account threshold, unless it is the first time the broker or dealer has met or exceeded the customer account threshold, in which case the Reporting Period shall begin the first calendar day four calendar months later. If, at any time after a broker or dealer has been required to produce reports pursuant to this section for at least a Reporting Period, a broker or dealer falls below the customer account threshold, the broker or dealer shall not be required to produce a report pursuant to this paragraph (a)(7) for the next calendar month.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may, by order upon application, conditionally or unconditionally exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision or provisions of this section, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018; 89 FR 26614, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.606" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.606   Disclosure of order routing information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quarterly report on order routing.</I> (1) Every broker or dealer shall make publicly available for each calendar quarter a report on its routing of non-directed orders in NMS stocks that are submitted on a held basis and of non-directed orders that are customer orders in NMS securities that are option contracts during that quarter broken down by calendar month and keep such report posted on an internet website that is free and readily accessible to the public for a period of three years from the initial date of posting on the internet website. Such report shall include a section for NMS stocks—separated by securities that are included in the S&amp;P 500 Index as of the first day of that quarter and other NMS stocks—and a separate section for NMS securities that are option contracts. Such report shall be made available using the most recent versions of the XML schema and the associated PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website for all reports required by this section. Each section in a report shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The percentage of total orders for the section that were non-directed orders, and the percentages of total non-directed orders for the section that were market orders, marketable limit orders, non-marketable limit orders, and other orders;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the ten venues to which the largest number of total non-directed orders for the section were routed for execution and of any venue to which five percent or more of non-directed orders were routed for execution, the percentage of total non-directed orders for the section routed to the venue, and the percentages of total non-directed market orders, total non-directed marketable limit orders, total non-directed non-marketable limit orders, and total non-directed other orders for the section that were routed to the venue;
</P>
<P>(iii) For each venue identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the net aggregate amount of any payment for order flow received, payment from any profit-sharing relationship received, transaction fees paid, and transaction rebates received, both as a total dollar amount and per share, for each of the following non-directed order types:
</P>
<P>(A) Market orders;
</P>
<P>(B) Marketable limit orders;
</P>
<P>(C) Non-marketable limit orders; and
</P>
<P>(D) Other orders.
</P>
<P>(iv) A discussion of the material aspects of the broker's or dealer's relationship with each venue identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, including a description of any arrangement for payment for order flow and any profit-sharing relationship and a description of any terms of such arrangements, written or oral, that may influence a broker's or dealer's order routing decision including, among other things:
</P>
<P>(A) Incentives for equaling or exceeding an agreed upon order flow volume threshold, such as additional payments or a higher rate of payment;
</P>
<P>(B) Disincentives for failing to meet an agreed upon minimum order flow threshold, such as lower payments or the requirement to pay a fee;
</P>
<P>(C) Volume-based tiered payment schedules; and
</P>
<P>(D) Agreements regarding the minimum amount of order flow that the broker-dealer would send to a venue.
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer shall make the report required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section publicly available within one month after the end of the quarter addressed in the report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Customer requests for information on order routing.</I> (1) Every broker or dealer shall, on request of a customer, disclose to its customer, for:
</P>
<P>(i) Orders in NMS stocks that are submitted on a held basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Orders in NMS stocks that are submitted on a not held basis and the broker or dealer is not required to provide the customer a report under paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Orders in NMS securities that are option contracts, the identity of the venue to which the customer's orders were routed for execution in the six months prior to the request, whether the orders were directed orders or non-directed orders, and the time of the transactions, if any, that resulted from such orders. Such disclosure shall be made available using the most recent versions of the XML schema and the associated PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website for all reports required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A broker or dealer shall notify customers in writing at least annually of the availability on request of the information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section, every broker or dealer shall, on request of a customer that places, directly or indirectly, one or more orders in NMS stocks that are submitted on a not held basis with the broker or dealer, disclose to such customer within seven business days of receiving the request, a report on its handling of such orders for that customer for the prior six months by calendar month. Such report shall be made available using the most recent versions of the XML schema and the associated PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website for all reports required by this section. For purposes of such report, the handling of a NMS stock order submitted by a customer to a broker-dealer on a not held basis includes the handling of all child orders derived from that order. Such report shall be divided into two sections: One for directed orders and one for non-directed orders. Each section of such report shall include, with respect to such order flow sent by the customer to the broker or dealer, the total number of shares sent to the broker or dealer by the customer during the relevant period; the total number of shares executed by the broker or dealer as principal for its own account; the total number of orders exposed by the broker or dealer through an actionable indication of interest; and the venue or venues to which orders were exposed by the broker or dealer through an actionable indication of interest, provided that, where applicable, a broker or dealer must disclose that it exposed a customer's order through an actionable indication of interest to other customers but need not disclose the identity of such customers. Each section of such report also shall include the following columns of information for each venue to which the broker or dealer routed such orders for the customer, in the aggregate:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information on Order Routing.</I>(A) Total shares routed;
</P>
<P>(B) Total shares routed marked immediate or cancel;
</P>
<P>(C) Total shares routed that were further routable; and
</P>
<P>(D) Average order size routed.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information on Order Execution.</I> (A) Total shares executed;
</P>
<P>(B) Fill rate (shares executed divided by the shares routed);
</P>
<P>(C) Average fill size;
</P>
<P>(D) Average net execution fee or rebate (cents per 100 shares, specified to four decimal places);
</P>
<P>(E) Total number of shares executed at the midpoint;
</P>
<P>(F) Percentage of shares executed at the midpoint;
</P>
<P>(G) Total number of shares executed that were priced on the side of the spread more favorable to the order;
</P>
<P>(H) Percentage of total shares executed that were priced at the side of the spread more favorable to the order;
</P>
<P>(I) Total number of shares executed that were priced on the side of the spread less favorable to the order; and
</P>
<P>(J) Percentage of total shares executed that were priced on the side of the spread less favorable to the order.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Information on Orders that Provided Liquidity.</I> (A) Total number of shares executed of orders providing liquidity;
</P>
<P>(B) Percentage of shares executed of orders providing liquidity;
</P>
<P>(C) Average time between order entry and execution or cancellation, for orders providing liquidity (in milliseconds); and
</P>
<P>(D) Average net execution rebate or fee for shares of orders providing liquidity (cents per 100 shares, specified to four decimal places).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Information on Orders that Removed Liquidity.</I> (A) Total number of shares executed of orders removing liquidity;
</P>
<P>(B) Percentage of shares executed of orders removing liquidity; and
</P>
<P>(C) Average net execution fee or rebate for shares of orders removing liquidity (cents per 100 shares, specified to four decimal places).
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided below, no broker or dealer shall be required to provide reports pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section if the percentage of shares of not held orders in NMS stocks the broker or dealer received from its customers over the prior six calendar months was less than five percent of the total shares in NMS stocks the broker or dealer received from its customers during that time (the “five percent threshold” for purposes of this paragraph). A broker or dealer that equals or exceeds this five percent threshold shall be required (subject to paragraph (b)(5) of this section) to provide reports pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section for at least six calendar months (“Compliance Period”) regardless of the percentage of shares of not held orders in NMS stocks the broker or dealer receives from its customers during the Compliance Period. The Compliance Period shall begin the first calendar day of the next calendar month after the broker or dealer equaled or exceeded the five percent threshold, unless it is the first time the broker or dealer has equaled or exceeded the five percent threshold, in which case the Compliance Period shall begin the first calendar day four calendar months later. A broker or dealer shall not be required to provide reports pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section for orders that the broker or dealer did not receive during a Compliance Period. If, at any time after the end of a Compliance Period, the percentage of shares of not held orders in NMS stocks the broker or dealer received from its customers was less than five percent of the total shares in NMS stocks the broker or dealer received from its customers over the prior six calendar months, the broker or dealer shall not be required to provide reports pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, except for orders that the broker or dealer received during the portion of a Compliance Period that remains covered by paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) No broker or dealer shall be subject to the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section with respect to a customer that traded on average each month for the prior six months less than $1,000,000 of notional value of not held orders in NMS stocks through the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may, by order upon application, conditionally or unconditionally exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision or provisions of this section, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 83 FR 58427, Nov. 19, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.607" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.607   Customer account statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No broker or dealer acting as agent for a customer may effect any transaction in, induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, or direct orders for purchase or sale of, any NMS stock or a security authorized for quotation on an automated inter-dealer quotation system that has the characteristics set forth in section 17B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-2), unless such broker or dealer informs such customer, in writing, upon opening a new account and on an annual basis thereafter, of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker's or dealer's policies regarding receipt of payment for order flow from any broker or dealer, national securities exchange, national securities association, or exchange member to which it routes customers' orders for execution, including a statement as to whether any payment for order flow is received for routing customer orders and a detailed description of the nature of the compensation received; and
</P>
<P>(2) The broker's or dealer's policies for determining where to route customer orders that are the subject of payment for order flow absent specific instructions from customers, including a description of the extent to which orders can be executed at prices superior to the national best bid and national best offer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, upon request or upon its own motion, may exempt by rule or by order, any broker or dealer or any class of brokers or dealers, security or class of securities from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to any transaction or class of transactions, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.608" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.608   Filing and amendment of national market system plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of national market system plans and amendments thereto.</I> (1) Any two or more self-regulatory organizations, acting jointly, may file a national market system plan or may propose an amendment to an effective national market system plan (“proposed amendment”) by submitting the text of the plan or amendment to the Commission by email, together with a statement of the purpose of such plan or amendment and, to the extent applicable, the documents and information required by paragraphs (a)(4) and (5) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may propose amendments to any effective national market system plan by publishing the text thereof, together with a statement of the purpose of such amendment, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Self-regulatory organizations are authorized to act jointly in:
</P>
<P>(i) Planning, developing, and operating any national market subsystem or facility contemplated by a national market system plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) Preparing and filing a national market system plan or any amendment thereto; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Implementing or administering an effective national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(4) Every national market system plan filed pursuant to this section, or any amendment thereto, shall be accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(i) Copies of all governing or constituent documents relating to any person (other than a self-regulatory organization) authorized to implement or administer such plan on behalf of its sponsors; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) A detailed description of the manner in which the plan or amendment, and any facility or procedure contemplated by the plan or amendment, will be implemented;
</P>
<P>(B) A listing of all significant phases of development and implementation (including any pilot phase) contemplated by the plan or amendment, together with the projected date of completion of each phase;
</P>
<P>(C) An analysis of the impact on competition of implementation of the plan or amendment or of any facility contemplated by the plan or amendment;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of any written understandings or agreements between or among plan sponsors or participants relating to interpretations of the plan or conditions for becoming a sponsor or participant in the plan; and
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of a proposed amendment, a statement that such amendment has been approved by the sponsors in accordance with the terms of the plan.
</P>
<P>(5) Every national market system plan, or any amendment thereto, filed pursuant to this section shall include a description of the manner in which any facility contemplated by the plan or amendment will be operated. Such description shall include, to the extent applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The terms and conditions under which brokers, dealers, and/or self-regulatory organizations will be granted or denied access (including specific procedures and standards governing the granting or denial of access);
</P>
<P>(ii) The method by which any fees or charges collected on behalf of all of the sponsors and/or participants in connection with access to, or use of, any facility contemplated by the plan or amendment will be determined and imposed (including any provision for distribution of any net proceeds from such fees or charges to the sponsors and/or participants) and the amount of such fees or charges;
</P>
<P>(iii) The method by which, and the frequency with which, the performance of any person acting as plan processor with respect to the implementation and/or operation of the plan will be evaluated; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The method by which disputes arising in connection with the operation of the plan will be resolved.
</P>
<P>(6) In connection with the selection of any person to act as plan processor with respect to any facility contemplated by a national market system plan (including renewal of any contract for any person to so act), the sponsors shall file with the Commission a statement identifying the person selected, describing the material terms under which such person is to serve as plan processor, and indicating the solicitation efforts, if any, for alternative plan processors, the alternatives considered and the reasons for selection of such person.
</P>
<P>(7) Any national market system plan (or any amendment thereto) which is intended by the sponsors to satisfy a plan filing requirement contained in any other section of this Regulation NMS and part 240, subpart A of this chapter shall, in addition to compliance with this section, also comply with the requirements of such other section.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) A participant in an effective national market system plan shall ensure that a current and complete version of the plan is posted on a plan website or on a website designated by plan participants within two business days after notification by the Commission of effectiveness of the plan. Each participant in an effective national market system plan shall ensure that such website is updated to reflect amendments to such plan within two business days after the plan participants have been notified by the Commission of its approval of a proposed amendment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section. If the amendment is not effective for a certain period, the plan participants shall clearly indicate the effective date in the relevant text of the plan. Each plan participant also shall provide a link on its own website to the website with the current version of the plan.
</P>
<P>(ii) The plan participants shall ensure that any proposed amendments filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section are posted on a plan website or a designated website no later than two business days after the filing of the proposed amendments with the Commission. If the plan participants do not post a proposed amendment on a plan website or a designated website on the same business day that they file such proposed amendment with the Commission, then the plan participants shall inform the Commission of the business day on which they posted such proposed amendment on a plan website or a designated website. The plan participants shall maintain any proposed amendment to the plan on a plan website or a designated website until the Commission approves the plan amendment and the plan participants update the website to reflect such amendment or the plan participants withdraw the proposed amendment or the plan participants are notified pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section that the proposed amendment is not filed in compliance with requirements or the Commission disapproves the proposed amendment. If the plan participants withdraw a proposed amendment or are notified pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section that a proposed amendment is not filed in compliance with requirements or the Commission disapproves a proposed amendment, the plan participants shall remove such amendment from the plan website or designated website within two business days of withdrawal, notification of non-compliant filing or disapproval. Each plan participant shall provide a link to the website with the current version of the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effectiveness of national market system plans.</I> (1) The Commission shall publish notice of the filing of any national market system plan, or any proposed amendment to any effective national market system plan (including any amendment initiated by the Commission), together with the terms of substance of the filing or a description of the subjects and issues involved, and shall provide interested persons an opportunity to submit written comments. No national market system plan, or any amendment thereto, shall become effective unless approved by the Commission or otherwise permitted in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Publication of national market system plans.</I> The Commission shall send the notice of the filing of a national market system plan to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication thereof under this paragraph (b)(1) within 90 days of the business day on which such plan was filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. If the Commission fails to send the notice to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication thereof within such 90-day period, then the date of publication shall be deemed to be the last day of such 90-day period.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Publication of proposed amendments.</I> The Commission shall send the notice of the filing of a proposed amendment to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication thereof under this paragraph (b)(1) within 15 days of the business day on which such proposed amendment was posted on a plan website or a website designated by plan participants pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section after being filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. If the Commission fails to send the notice to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication thereof within such 15-day period, then the date of publication shall be deemed to be the business day on which such website posting was made.
</P>
<P>(iii) A national market system plan or proposed amendment has not been filed with the Commission for purposes of this paragraph (b)(1) if, not later than 7 business days after the business day of receipt by the Commission, the Commission notifies the plan participants that the filing of the national market system plan or proposed amendment does not comply with paragraph (a) of this section or plan filing requirements in other sections of Regulation NMS and part 240, subpart A of this chapter, except that if the Commission determines that the plan or amendment is unusually lengthy and is complex or raises novel regulatory issues, the Commission shall inform the plan participants of such determination not later than 7 business days after the business day of receipt by the Commission and, for purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), the filing of such plan or amendment has not been made with the Commission if, not later than 21 days after the business day of receipt by the Commission, the Commission notifies the plan participants that the filing of such plan or amendment does not comply with paragraph (a) of this section or plan filing requirements in other sections of Regulation NMS and part 240, subpart A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this section, a “business day” is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal holiday, a day that the Office of Personnel Management has announced that Federal agencies in the Washington, DC area are closed to the public, a day on which the Commission is subject to a Federal government shutdown or a day on which the Commission's Washington, DC office is otherwise not open for regular business; provided further, a filing received by the Commission or a website posting made at or before 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, on a business day, shall be deemed received or made on that business day, and a filing received by the Commission or a website posting made after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed received or made on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall approve a national market system plan or proposed amendment to an effective national market system plan, with such changes or subject to such conditions as the Commission may deem necessary or appropriate, if it finds that such plan or amendment is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a national market system, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Commission shall disapprove a national market system plan or proposed amendment if it does not make such a finding. Approval or disapproval of a national market system plan, or an amendment to an effective national market system plan (other than an amendment initiated by the Commission), shall be by order. Promulgation of an amendment to an effective national market system plan initiated by the Commission shall be by rule.
</P>
<P>(i) Within 90 days of the date of publication of notice of the filing of a national market system plan or proposed amendment, or within such longer period as to which the plan participants consent, the Commission shall, by order, approve or disapprove the plan or amendment, or institute proceedings to determine whether the plan or amendment should be disapproved. Proceedings to determine whether the plan or amendment should be disapproved will be conducted pursuant to 17 CFR 201.700 and 201.701. Such proceedings shall include notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration and opportunity for hearing and shall be concluded within 180 days of the date of publication of notice of the plan or amendment. At the conclusion of such proceedings the Commission shall, by order, approve or disapprove the plan or amendment. The time for conclusion of such proceedings may be extended for up to 60 days (up to 240 days from the date of notice publication) if the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination or the plan participants consent to the longer period.
</P>
<P>(ii) The time for conclusion of proceedings to determine whether a national market system plan or proposed amendment should be disapproved may be extended for an additional period up to 60 days beyond the period set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section (up to 300 days from the date of notice publication) if the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination or the plan participants consent to the longer period.
</P>
<P>(3) A proposed amendment may be put into effect upon filing with the Commission if designated by the sponsors as:
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) Concerned solely with the administration of the plan, or involving the governing or constituent documents relating to any person (other than a self-regulatory organization) authorized to implement or administer such plan on behalf of its sponsors; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Involving solely technical or ministerial matters. At any time within 60 days of the filing of any such amendment, the Commission may summarily abrogate the amendment and require that such amendment be refiled in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section and reviewed in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a national market system or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a proposed amendment may be put into effect summarily upon publication of notice of such amendment, on a temporary basis not to exceed 120 days, if the Commission finds that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors or the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a national market system or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) Any plan (or amendment thereto) in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) The planning, development, operation, or regulation of a national market system (or a subsystem thereof) or one or more facilities thereof; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The development and implementation of procedures and/or facilities designed to achieve compliance by self-regulatory organizations and/or their members of any section of this Regulation NMS (§§ 242.600 through 242.612) and part 240, subpart A of this chapter promulgated pursuant to section 11A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1), approved by the Commission pursuant to section 11A of the Act (or pursuant to any rule or regulation thereunder) prior to the effective date of this section (either temporarily or permanently) shall be deemed to have been filed and approved pursuant to this section and no additional filing need be made by the sponsors with respect to such plan or amendment; <I>provided, however,</I> that all terms and conditions associated with any such approval (including time limitations) shall continue to be applicable; <I>provided, further,</I> that any amendment to such plan filed with or approved by the Commission on or after the effective date of this section shall be subject to the provisions of, and considered in accordance with the procedures specified in, this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance with terms of national market system plans.</I> Each self-regulatory organization shall comply with the terms of any effective national market system plan of which it is a sponsor or a participant. Each self-regulatory organization also shall, absent reasonable justification or excuse, enforce compliance with any such plan by its members and persons associated with its members.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appeals.</I> The Commission may, in its discretion, entertain appeals in connection with the implementation or operation of any effective national market system plan as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Any action taken or failure to act by any person in connection with an effective national market system plan (other than a prohibition or limitation of access reviewable by the Commission pursuant to section 11A(b)(5) or section 19(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1(b)(5) or 78s(d))) shall be subject to review by the Commission, on its own motion or upon application by any person aggrieved thereby (including, but not limited to, self-regulatory organizations, brokers, dealers, issuers, and vendors), filed not later than 30 days after notice of such action or failure to act or within such longer period as the Commission may determine.
</P>
<P>(2) Application to the Commission for review, or the institution of review by the Commission on its own motion, shall not operate as a stay of any such action unless the Commission determines otherwise, after notice and opportunity for hearing on the question of a stay (which hearing may consist only of affidavits or oral arguments).
</P>
<P>(3) In any proceedings for review, if the Commission, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing (which hearing may consist solely of consideration of the record of any proceedings conducted in connection with such action or failure to act and an opportunity for the presentation of reasons supporting or opposing such action or failure to act) and upon consideration of such other data, views, and arguments as it deems relevant, finds that the action or failure to act is in accordance with the applicable provisions of such plan and that the applicable provisions are, and were, applied in a manner consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, and the removal of impediments to, and the perfection of the mechanisms of a national market system, the Commission, by order, shall dismiss the proceeding. If the Commission does not make any such finding, or if it finds that such action or failure to act imposes any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Commission, by order, shall set aside such action and/or require such action with respect to the matter reviewed as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, or to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a national market system.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any self-regulatory organization, member thereof, or specified security, if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and the removal of impediments to, and perfection of the mechanisms of, a national market system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005; 71 FR 232, Jan. 4, 2006, as amended at 85 FR 65497, Oct. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.609" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.609   Registration of securities information processors: form of application and amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for the registration of a securities information processor shall be filed on Form SIP (§ 249.1001 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) If any information reported in items 1-13 or item 21 of Form SIP or in any amendment thereto is or becomes inaccurate for any reason, whether before or after the registration has been granted, the securities information processor shall promptly file an amendment on Form SIP correcting such information.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission, upon its own motion or upon application by any securities information processor, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt any securities information processor from any provision of the rules or regulations adopted under section 11A(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1(b)).
</P>
<P>(d) Every amendment filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 17(a), 18(a) and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(a), 78r(a), and 78ff(a)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.610" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.610   Access to quotations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quotations of SRO trading facility.</I> A national securities exchange or national securities association shall not impose unfairly discriminatory terms that prevent or inhibit any person from obtaining efficient access through a member of the national securities exchange or national securities association to the quotations in an NMS stock displayed through its SRO trading facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Quotations of SRO display-only facility.</I> (1) Any trading center that displays quotations in an NMS stock through an SRO display-only facility shall provide a level and cost of access to such quotations that is substantially equivalent to the level and cost of access to quotations displayed by SRO trading facilities in that stock.
</P>
<P>(2) Any trading center that displays quotations in an NMS stock through an SRO display-only facility shall not impose unfairly discriminatory terms that prevent or inhibit any person from obtaining efficient access to such quotations through a member, subscriber, or customer of the trading center.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees for access to quotations.</I> A trading center shall not impose, nor permit to be imposed, any fee or fees for the execution of an order against a protected quotation of the trading center or against any other quotation of the trading center that is the best bid or best offer of a national securities exchange or the best bid or best offer of a national securities association in an NMS stock that exceed or accumulate to more than the following limits:
</P>
<P>(1) If the price of a protected quotation or other quotation is $1.00 or more, the fee or fees cannot exceed or accumulate to more than $0.001 per share; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the price of a protected quotation or other quotation is less than $1.00, the fee or fees cannot exceed or accumulate to more than 0.1% of the quotation price per share.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transparency of fees.</I> A national securities exchange shall not impose, nor permit to be imposed, any fee or fees, or provide, or permit to be provided, any rebate or other remuneration, for the execution of an order in an NMS stock that cannot be determined at the time of execution.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Locking or crossing quotations.</I> Each national securities exchange and national securities association shall establish, maintain, and enforce written rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Require its members reasonably to avoid:
</P>
<P>(i) Displaying quotations that lock or cross any protected quotation in an NMS stock; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Displaying manual quotations that lock or cross any quotation in an NMS stock disseminated pursuant to an effective national market system plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Are reasonably designed to assure the reconciliation of locked or crossed quotations in an NMS stock; and
</P>
<P>(3) Prohibit its members from engaging in a pattern or practice of displaying quotations that lock or cross any protected quotation in an NMS stock, or of displaying manual quotations that lock or cross any quotation in an NMS stock disseminated pursuant to an effective national market system plan, other than displaying quotations that lock or cross any protected or other quotation as permitted by an exception contained in its rules established pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any person, security, quotations, orders, or fees, or any class or classes of persons, securities, quotations, orders, or fees, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 81773, Oct. 8, 2024; 91 FR 24116, May 5, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.611" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.611   Order protection rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reasonable policies and procedures.</I> (1) A trading center shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent trade-throughs on that trading center of protected quotations in NMS stocks that do not fall within an exception set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and, if relying on such an exception, that are reasonably designed to assure compliance with the terms of the exception.
</P>
<P>(2) A trading center shall regularly surveil to ascertain the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section and shall take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was effected when the trading center displaying the protected quotation that was traded through was experiencing a failure, material delay, or malfunction of its systems or equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was not a “regular way” contract.
</P>
<P>(3) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was a single-priced opening, reopening, or closing transaction by the trading center.
</P>
<P>(4) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was executed at a time when a protected bid was priced higher than a protected offer in the NMS stock.
</P>
<P>(5) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution of an order identified as an intermarket sweep order.
</P>
<P>(6) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was effected by a trading center that simultaneously routed an intermarket sweep order to execute against the full displayed size of any protected quotation in the NMS stock that was traded through.
</P>
<P>(7) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution of an order at a price that was not based, directly or indirectly, on the quoted price of the NMS stock at the time of execution and for which the material terms were not reasonably determinable at the time the commitment to execute the order was made.
</P>
<P>(8) The trading center displaying the protected quotation that was traded through had displayed, within one second prior to execution of the transaction that constituted the trade-through, a best bid or best offer, as applicable, for the NMS stock with a price that was equal or inferior to the price of the trade-through transaction.
</P>
<P>(9) The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution by a trading center of an order for which, at the time of receipt of the order, the trading center had guaranteed an execution at no worse than a specified price (a “stopped order”), where:
</P>
<P>(i) The stopped order was for the account of a customer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The customer agreed to the specified price on an order-by-order basis; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The price of the trade-through transaction was, for a stopped buy order, lower than the national best bid in the NMS stock at the time of execution or, for a stopped sell order, higher than the national best offer in the NMS stock at the time of execution.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intermarket sweep orders.</I> The trading center, broker, or dealer responsible for the routing of an intermarket sweep order shall take reasonable steps to establish that such order meets the requirements set forth in § 242.600(b)(47).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any person, security, transaction, quotation, or order, or any class or classes of persons, securities, quotations, or orders, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37620, June 29, 2005, as amended at 83 FR 58429, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18811, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26616, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.612" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.612   Minimum pricing increment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section only, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Evaluation Period</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The three months from January through March of a calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The three months from July through September of a calendar year during which the Time Weighted Average Quoted Spread of an NMS stock shall be measured by the primary listing exchange to determine the minimum pricing increment for each NMS stock.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Time Weighted Average Quoted Spread</I> means the average dollar value difference between the NBB and NBO during regular trading hours where each instance of a unique NBB and NBO is weighted by the length of time that the quote prevailed as the NBB or NBO.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum pricing increments.</I> (1) The minimum pricing increment under paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be operative on:
</P>
<P>(i) The first business day of May for the Evaluation Period from January through March and continue through the last business day of October of the calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The first business day of November for the Evaluation Period from July through September and continue through the last business day of April of the next calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) No national securities exchange, national securities association, alternative trading system, vendor, or broker or dealer shall display, rank, or accept from any person a bid or offer, an order, or an indication of interest in any NMS stock in an increment smaller than required pursuant to either paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section if that bid or offer, order, or indication of interest is priced equal to or greater than $1.00 per share:
</P>
<P>(i) $0.01, if the Time Weighted Average Quoted Spread for the NMS stock during the Evaluation Period was greater than, $0.015; or
</P>
<P>(ii) $0.005, if the Time Weighted Average Quoted Spread for the NMS stock during the Evaluation Period was equal to or less than $0.015.
</P>
<P>(3) No national securities exchange, national securities association, alternative trading system, vendor, or broker or dealer shall display, rank, or accept from any person a bid or offer, an order, or an indication of interest in any NMS stock priced in an increment smaller than $0.0001 if that bid or offer, order, or indication of interest is priced less than $1.00 per share.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New NMS Stocks.</I> Any security that becomes an NMS Stock during an operative period as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be assigned a minimum pricing increment of $0.01 for bids or offers, orders, or indications of interest priced equal to or greater than $1.00 per share.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any person, security, quotation, or order, or any class or classes of persons, securities, quotations, or orders, if the Commission determines that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 81774, Oct. 8, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.613" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.613   Consolidated audit trail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Creation of a national market system plan governing a consolidated audit trail.</I> (1) Each national securities exchange and national securities association shall jointly file on or before 270 days from the date of publication of the Adopting Release in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a national market system plan to govern the creation, implementation, and maintenance of a consolidated audit trail and central repository as required by this section. The national market system plan shall discuss the following considerations:
</P>
<P>(i) The method(s) by which data will be reported to the central repository including, but not limited to, the sources of such data and the manner in which the central repository will receive, extract, transform, load, and retain such data; and the basis for selecting such method(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) The time and method by which the data in the central repository will be made available to regulators, in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section, to perform surveillance or analyses, or for other purposes as part of their regulatory and oversight responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The reliability and accuracy of the data reported to and maintained by the central repository throughout its lifecycle, including transmission and receipt from market participants; data extraction, transformation and loading at the central repository; data maintenance and management at the central repository; and data access by regulators;
</P>
<P>(iv) The security and confidentiality of the information reported to the central repository;
</P>
<P>(v) The flexibility and scalability of the systems used by the central repository to collect, consolidate and store consolidated audit trail data, including the capacity of the consolidated audit trail to efficiently incorporate, in a cost-effective manner, improvements in technology, additional capacity, additional order data, information about additional securities or transactions, changes in regulatory requirements, and other developments;
</P>
<P>(vi) The feasibility, benefits, and costs of broker-dealers reporting to the consolidated audit trail in a timely manner:
</P>
<P>(A) The identity of all market participants (including broker-dealers and customers) that are allocated NMS securities, directly or indirectly, in a primary market transaction;
</P>
<P>(B) The number of such securities each such market participant is allocated; and
</P>
<P>(C) The identity of the broker-dealer making each such allocation;
</P>
<P>(vii) The detailed estimated costs for creating, implementing, and maintaining the consolidated audit trail as contemplated by the national market system plan, which estimated costs should specify:
</P>
<P>(A) An estimate of the costs to the plan sponsors for establishing and maintaining the central repository;
</P>
<P>(B) An estimate of the costs to members of the plan sponsors, initially and on an ongoing basis, for reporting the data required by the national market system plan;
</P>
<P>(C) An estimate of the costs to the plan sponsors, initially and on an ongoing basis, for reporting the data required by the national market system plan; and
</P>
<P>(D) How the plan sponsors propose to fund the creation, implementation, and maintenance of the consolidated audit trail, including the proposed allocation of such estimated costs among the plan sponsors, and between the plan sponsors and members of the plan sponsors;
</P>
<P>(viii) An analysis of the impact on competition, efficiency and capital formation of creating, implementing, and maintaining of the national market system plan;
</P>
<P>(ix) A plan to eliminate existing rules and systems (or components thereof) that will be rendered duplicative by the consolidated audit trail, including identification of such rules and systems (or components thereof); to the extent that any existing rules or systems related to monitoring quotes, orders, and executions provide information that is not rendered duplicative by the consolidated audit trail, an analysis of:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the collection of such information remains appropriate;
</P>
<P>(B) If still appropriate, whether such information should continue to be separately collected or should instead be incorporated into the consolidated audit trail; and
</P>
<P>(C) If no longer appropriate, how the collection of such information could be efficiently terminated; the steps the plan sponsors propose to take to seek Commission approval for the elimination of such rules and systems (or components thereof); and a timetable for such elimination, including a description of how the plan sponsors propose to phase in the consolidated audit trail and phase out such existing rules and systems (or components thereof);
</P>
<P>(x) Objective milestones to assess progress toward the implementation of the national market system plan;
</P>
<P>(xi) The process by which the plan sponsors solicited views of their members and other appropriate parties regarding the creation, implementation, and maintenance of the consolidated audit trail, a summary of the views of such members and other parties, and how the plan sponsors took such views into account in preparing the national market system plan; and
</P>
<P>(xii) Any reasonable alternative approaches to creating, implementing, and maintaining a consolidated audit trail that the plan sponsors considered in developing the national market system plan including, but not limited to, a description of any such alternative approach; the relative advantages and disadvantages of each such alternative, including an assessment of the alternative's costs and benefits; and the basis upon which the plan sponsors selected the approach reflected in the national market system plan.
</P>
<P>(2) The national market system plan, or any amendment thereto, filed pursuant to this section shall comply with the requirements in § 242.608(a), if applicable, and be filed with the Commission pursuant to § 242.608.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities exchange and national securities association to:
</P>
<P>(i) Within two months after effectiveness of the national market system plan jointly (or under the governance structure described in the plan) select a person to be the plan processor;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within four months after effectiveness of the national market system plan synchronize their business clocks and require members of each such exchange and association to synchronize their business clocks in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Within one year after effectiveness of the national market system plan provide to the central repository the data specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Within fourteen months after effectiveness of the national market system plan implement a new or enhanced surveillance system(s) as required by paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Within two years after effectiveness of the national market system plan require members of each such exchange and association, except those members that qualify as small broker-dealers as defined in § 240.0-10(c) of this chapter, to provide to the central repository the data specified in paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Within three years after effectiveness of the national market system plan require members of each such exchange and association that qualify as small broker-dealers as defined in § 240.0-10(c) of this chapter to provide to the central repository the data specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Each national securities exchange and national securities association shall be a sponsor of the national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section and approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) No national market system plan filed pursuant to this section, or any amendment thereto, shall become effective unless approved by the Commission or otherwise permitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 242.608. In determining whether to approve the national market system plan, or any amendment thereto, and whether the national market system plan or any amendment thereto is in the public interest under § 242.608(b)(2), the Commission shall consider the impact of the national market system plan or amendment, as applicable, on efficiency, competition, and capital formation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operation and administration of the national market system plan.</I> (1) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a governance structure to ensure fair representation of the plan sponsors, and administration of the central repository, including the selection of the plan processor.
</P>
<P>(2) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision addressing the requirements for the admission of new sponsors of the plan and the withdrawal of existing sponsors from the plan.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision addressing the percentage of votes required by the plan sponsors to effectuate amendments to the plan.
</P>
<P>(4) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision addressing the manner in which the costs of operating the central repository will be allocated among the national securities exchanges and national securities associations that are sponsors of the plan, including a provision addressing the manner in which costs will be allocated to new sponsors to the plan.
</P>
<P>(5) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer to regularly review the operation of the central repository to assure its continued effectiveness in light of market and technological developments, and make any appropriate recommendations for enhancements to the nature of the information collected and the manner in which it is processed.
</P>
<P>(6) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision requiring the plan sponsors to provide to the Commission, at least every two years after effectiveness of the national market system plan, a written assessment of the operation of the consolidated audit trail. Such document shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) An evaluation of the performance of the consolidated audit trail including, at a minimum, with respect to data accuracy (consistent with paragraph (e)(6) of this section), timeliness of reporting, comprehensiveness of data elements, efficiency of regulatory access, system speed, system downtime, system security (consistent with paragraph (e)(4) of this section), and other performance metrics to be determined by the Chief Compliance Officer, along with a description of such metrics;
</P>
<P>(ii) A detailed plan, based on such evaluation, for any potential improvements to the performance of the consolidated audit trail with respect to any of the following: improving data accuracy; shortening reporting timeframes; expanding data elements; adding granularity and details regarding the scope and nature of Customer-IDs; expanding the scope of the national market system plan to include new instruments and new types of trading and order activities; improving the efficiency of regulatory access; increasing system speed; reducing system downtime; and improving performance under other metrics to be determined by the Chief Compliance Officer;
</P>
<P>(iii) An estimate of the costs associated with any such potential improvements to the performance of the consolidated audit trail, including an assessment of the potential impact on competition, efficiency, and capital formation; and
</P>
<P>(iv) An estimated implementation timeline for any such potential improvements, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include an Advisory Committee which shall function in accordance with the provisions set forth in this paragraph (b)(7). The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to advise the plan sponsors on the implementation, operation, and administration of the central repository.
</P>
<P>(i) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall set forth the term and composition of the Advisory Committee, which composition shall include representatives of the member firms of the plan sponsors.
</P>
<P>(ii) Members of the Advisory Committee shall have the right to attend any meetings of the plan sponsors, to receive information concerning the operation of the central repository, and to provide their views to the plan sponsors; provided, however, that the plan sponsors may meet without the Advisory Committee members in executive session if, by affirmative vote of a majority of the plan sponsors, the plan sponsors determine that such an executive session is required.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Data recording and reporting.</I> (1) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall provide for an accurate, time-sequenced record of orders beginning with the receipt or origination of an order by a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association, and further documenting the life of the order through the process of routing, modification, cancellation, and execution (in whole or in part) of the order.
</P>
<P>(2) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities exchange, national securities association, and member to report to the central repository the information required by paragraph (c)(7) of this section in a uniform electronic format, or in a manner that would allow the central repository to convert the data to a uniform electronic format, for consolidation and storage.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities exchange, national securities association, and member to record the information required by paragraphs (c)(7)(i) through (v) of this section contemporaneously with the reportable event. The national market system plan shall require that information recorded pursuant to paragraphs (c)(7)(i) through (v) of this section must be reported to the central repository by 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the trading day following the day such information has been recorded by the national securities exchange, national securities association, or member. The national market system plan may accommodate voluntary reporting prior to 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time, but shall not impose an earlier reporting deadline on the reporting parties.
</P>
<P>(4) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each member of a national securities exchange or national securities association to record and report to the central repository the information required by paragraphs (c)(7)(vi) through (viii) of this section by 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the trading day following the day the member receives such information. The national market system plan may accommodate voluntary reporting prior to 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time, but shall not impose an earlier reporting deadline on the reporting parties.
</P>
<P>(5) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities exchange and its members to record and report to the central repository the information required by paragraph (c)(7) of this section for each NMS security registered or listed for trading on such exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange.
</P>
<P>(6) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities association and its members to record and report to the central repository the information required by paragraph (c)(7) of this section for each NMS security for which transaction reports are required to be submitted to the association.
</P>
<P>(7) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require each national securities exchange, national securities association, and any member of such exchange or association to record and electronically report to the central repository details for each order and each reportable event, including, but not limited to, the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) For original receipt or origination of an order:
</P>
<P>(A) Customer-ID(s) for each customer;
</P>
<P>(B) The CAT-Order-ID;
</P>
<P>(C) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer receiving or originating the order;
</P>
<P>(D) Date of order receipt or origination;
</P>
<P>(E) Time of order receipt or origination (using time stamps pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(F) Material terms of the order.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the routing of an order, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The CAT-Order-ID;
</P>
<P>(B) Date on which the order is routed;
</P>
<P>(C) Time at which the order is routed (using time stamps pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section);
</P>
<P>(D) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer or national securities exchange routing the order;
</P>
<P>(E) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer, national securities exchange, or national securities association to which the order is being routed;
</P>
<P>(F) If routed internally at the broker-dealer, the identity and nature of the department or desk to which an order is routed; and
</P>
<P>(G) Material terms of the order.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the receipt of an order that has been routed, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The CAT-Order-ID;
</P>
<P>(B) Date on which the order is received;
</P>
<P>(C) Time at which the order is received (using time stamps pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section);
</P>
<P>(D) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer, national securities exchange, or national securities association receiving the order;
</P>
<P>(E) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer or national securities exchange routing the order; and
</P>
<P>(F) Material terms of the order.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the order is modified or cancelled, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The CAT-Order-ID;
</P>
<P>(B) Date the modification or cancellation is received or originated;
</P>
<P>(C) Time the modification or cancellation is received or originated (using time stamps pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section);
</P>
<P>(D) Price and remaining size of the order, if modified;
</P>
<P>(E) Other changes in material terms of the order, if modified; and
</P>
<P>(F) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the broker-dealer or Customer-ID of the person giving the modification or cancellation instruction.
</P>
<P>(v) If the order is executed, in whole or part, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The CAT-Order-ID;
</P>
<P>(B) Date of execution;
</P>
<P>(C) Time of execution (using time stamps pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section);
</P>
<P>(D) Execution capacity (principal, agency, riskless principal);
</P>
<P>(E) Execution price and size;
</P>
<P>(F) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the national securities exchange or broker-dealer executing the order; and
</P>
<P>(G) Whether the execution was reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or the Plan for Reporting of Consolidated Options Last Sale Reports and Quotation Information.
</P>
<P>(vi) If the order is executed, in whole or part, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The account number for any subaccounts to which the execution is allocated (in whole or part);
</P>
<P>(B) The CAT-Reporter-ID of the clearing broker or prime broker, if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(C) The CAT-Order-ID of any contra-side order(s).
</P>
<P>(vii) If the trade is cancelled, a cancelled trade indicator.
</P>
<P>(viii) For original receipt or origination of an order, the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) Information of sufficient detail to identify the customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) Customer account information.
</P>
<P>(8) All plan sponsors and their members shall use the same Customer-ID and CAT-Reporter-ID for each customer and broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Clock synchronization and time stamps.</I> The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require:
</P>
<P>(1) Each national securities exchange, national securities association, and member of such exchange or association to synchronize its business clocks that are used for the purposes of recording the date and time of any reportable event that must be reported pursuant to this section to the time maintained by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, consistent with industry standards;
</P>
<P>(2) Each national securities exchange and national securities association to evaluate annually the clock synchronization standard to determine whether it should be shortened, consistent with changes in industry standards; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each national securities exchange, national securities association, and member of such exchange or association to utilize the time stamps required by paragraph (c)(7) of this section, with at minimum the granularity set forth in the national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section, which shall reflect current industry standards and be at least to the millisecond. To the extent that the relevant order handling and execution systems of any national securities exchange, national securities association, or member of such exchange or association utilize time stamps in increments finer than the minimum required by the national market system plan, the plan shall require such national securities exchange, national securities association, or member to utilize time stamps in such finer increments when providing data to the central repository, so that all reportable events reported to the central repository by any national securities exchange, national securities association, or member can be accurately sequenced. The national market system plan shall require the sponsors of the national market system plan to annually evaluate whether industry standards have evolved such that the required time stamp standard should be in finer increments.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Central repository.</I> (1) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall provide for the creation and maintenance of a central repository. Such central repository shall be responsible for the receipt, consolidation, and retention of all information reported pursuant to paragraph (c)(7) of this section. The central repository shall store and make available to regulators data in a uniform electronic format, and in a form in which all events pertaining to the same originating order are linked together in a manner that ensures timely and accurate retrieval of the information required by paragraph (c)(7) of this section for all reportable events for that order.
</P>
<P>(2) Each national securities exchange, national securities association, and the Commission shall have access to the central repository, including all systems operated by the central repository, and access to and use of the data reported to and consolidated by the central repository under paragraph (c) of this section, for the purpose of performing its respective regulatory and oversight responsibilities pursuant to the federal securities laws, rules, and regulations. The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall provide that such access to and use of such data by each national securities exchange, national securities association, and the Commission for the purpose of performing its regulatory and oversight responsibilities pursuant to the federal securities laws, rules, and regulations shall not be limited.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision requiring the creation and maintenance by the plan processor of a method of access to the consolidated data stored in the central repository that includes the ability to run searches and generate reports.
</P>
<P>(4) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include policies and procedures, including standards, to be used by the plan processor to:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure the security and confidentiality of all information reported to the central repository by requiring that:
</P>
<P>(A) All plan sponsors and their employees, as well as all employees of the central repository, agree to use appropriate safeguards to ensure the confidentiality of such data and agree not to use such data for any purpose other than surveillance and regulatory purposes, provided that nothing in this paragraph (e)(4)(i)(A) shall be construed to prevent a plan sponsor from using the data that it reports to the central repository for regulatory, surveillance, commercial, or other purposes as otherwise permitted by applicable law, rule, or regulation;
</P>
<P>(B) Each plan sponsor adopt and enforce rules that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Require information barriers between regulatory staff and non-regulatory staff with regard to access and use of data in the central repository; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Permit only persons designated by plan sponsors to have access to the data in the central repository;
</P>
<P>(C) The plan processor:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Develop and maintain a comprehensive information security program for the central repository, with dedicated staff, that is subject to regular reviews by the Chief Compliance Officer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Have a mechanism to confirm the identity of all persons permitted to access the data; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Maintain a record of all instances where such persons access the data; and
</P>
<P>(D) The plan sponsors adopt penalties for non-compliance with any policies and procedures of the plan sponsors or central repository with respect to information security.
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure the timeliness, accuracy, integrity, and completeness of the data provided to the central repository pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure the accuracy of the consolidation by the plan processor of the data provided to the central repository pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall address whether there will be an annual independent evaluation of the security of the central repository and:
</P>
<P>(i) If so, provide a description of the scope of such planned evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If not, provide a detailed explanation of the alternative measures for evaluating the security of the central repository that are planned instead.
</P>
<P>(6) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Specify a maximum error rate to be tolerated by the central repository for any data reported pursuant to paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section; describe the basis for selecting such maximum error rate; explain how the plan sponsors will seek to reduce such maximum error rate over time; describe how the plan will seek to ensure compliance with such maximum error rate and, in the event of noncompliance, will promptly remedy the causes thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) Require the central repository to measure the error rate each business day and promptly take appropriate remedial action, at a minimum, if the error rate exceeds the maximum error rate specified in the plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) Specify a process for identifying and correcting errors in the data reported to the central repository pursuant to paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section, including the process for notifying the national securities exchanges, national securities association, and members who reported erroneous data to the central repository of such errors, to help ensure that such errors are promptly corrected by the reporting entity, and for disciplining those who repeatedly report erroneous data; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Specify the time by which data that has been corrected will be made available to regulators.
</P>
<P>(7) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require the central repository to collect and retain on a current and continuing basis and in a format compatible with the information consolidated and stored pursuant to paragraph (c)(7) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Information, including the size and quote condition, on the national best bid and national best offer for each NMS security;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transaction reports reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan filed with the Commission pursuant to, and meeting the requirements of, § 242.601; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Last sale reports reported pursuant to the Plan for Reporting of Consolidated Options Last Sale Reports and Quotation Information filed with the Commission pursuant to, and meeting the requirements of, § 242.608.
</P>
<P>(8) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall require the central repository to retain the information collected pursuant to paragraphs (c)(7) and (e)(7) of this section in a convenient and usable standard electronic data format that is directly available and searchable electronically without any manual intervention for a period of not less than five years.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Surveillance.</I> Every national securities exchange and national securities association subject to this section shall develop and implement a surveillance system, or enhance existing surveillance systems, reasonably designed to make use of the consolidated information contained in the consolidated audit trail.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Compliance by members.</I> (1) Each national securities exchange and national securities association shall file with the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)) and § 240.19b-4 of this chapter on or before 60 days from approval of the national market system plan a proposed rule change to require its members to comply with the requirements of this section and the national market system plan approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) Each member of a national securities exchange or national securities association shall comply with all the provisions of any approved national market system plan applicable to members.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision requiring each national securities exchange and national securities association to agree to enforce compliance by its members with the provisions of any approved plan.
</P>
<P>(4) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a mechanism to ensure compliance with the requirements of any approved plan by the members of a national securities exchange or national securities association.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Compliance by national securities exchanges and national securities associations.</I> (1) Each national securities exchange and national securities association shall comply with the provisions of the national market system plan approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) Any failure by a national securities exchange or national securities association to comply with the provisions of the national market system plan approved by the Commission shall be considered a violation of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a mechanism to ensure compliance by the sponsors of the plan with the requirements of any approved plan. Such enforcement mechanism may include penalties where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Other securities and other types of transactions.</I> The national market system plan submitted pursuant to this section shall include a provision requiring each national securities exchange and national securities association to jointly provide to the Commission within six months after effectiveness of the national market system plan a document outlining how such exchanges and associations could incorporate into the consolidated audit trail information with respect to equity securities that are not NMS securities, debt securities, primary market transactions in equity securities that are not NMS securities, and primary market transactions in debt securities, including details for each order and reportable event that may be required to be provided, which market participants may be required to provide the data, an implementation timeline, and a cost estimate.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>CAT-Order-ID</I> shall mean a unique order identifier or series of unique order identifiers that allows the central repository to efficiently and accurately link all reportable events for an order, and all orders that result from the aggregation or disaggregation of such order.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>CAT-Reporter-ID</I> shall mean, with respect to each national securities exchange, national securities association, and member of a national securities exchange or national securities association, a code that uniquely and consistently identifies such person for purposes of providing data to the central repository.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>customer</I> shall mean:
</P>
<P>(i) The account holder(s) of the account at a registered broker-dealer originating the order; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person from whom the broker-dealer is authorized to accept trading instructions for such account, if different from the account holder(s).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>customer account information</I> shall include, but not be limited to, account number, account type, customer type, date account opened, and large trader identifier (if applicable).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>Customer-ID</I> shall mean, with respect to a customer, a code that uniquely and consistently identifies such customer for purposes of providing data to the central repository.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>error rate</I> shall mean the percentage of reportable events collected by the central repository in which the data reported does not fully and accurately reflect the order event that occurred in the market.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>material terms of the order</I> shall include, but not be limited to, the NMS security symbol; security type; price (if applicable); size (displayed and non-displayed); side (buy/sell); order type; if a sell order, whether the order is long, short, short exempt; open/close indicator; time in force (if applicable); if the order is for a listed option, option type (put/call), option symbol or root symbol, underlying symbol, strike price, expiration date, and open/close; and any special handling instructions.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>order</I> shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any order received by a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association from any person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any order originated by a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any bid or offer.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>reportable event</I> shall include, but not be limited to, the original receipt or origination, modification, cancellation, routing, and execution (in whole or in part) of an order, and receipt of a routed order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 45808, Aug. 1, 2012]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.614" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.6.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.614   Registration and responsibilities of competing consolidators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Competing consolidator registration</I>—(1) <I>Initial Form CC</I>—(i) <I>Filing and effectiveness requirement.</I> No person, other than a national securities exchange or a national securities association:
</P>
<P>(A) May receive directly, pursuant to an effective national market system plan, from a national securities exchange or national securities association information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks; and
</P>
<P>(B) Generate a consolidated market data product for dissemination to any person unless the person files with the Commission an initial Form CC and the initial Form CC has become effective pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Electronic filing and submission.</I> Any reports to the Commission required under this section shall be filed electronically on Form CC (17 CFR 249.1002), include all information as prescribed in Form CC and the instructions thereto, and contain an electronic signature as defined in § 240.19b-4(j) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Commission review period.</I> The Commission may, by order, as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(v)(B) of this section, declare an initial Form CC filed by a competing consolidator ineffective no later than 90 calendar days from the date of filing with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Withdrawal of initial Form CC due to inaccurate or incomplete disclosures.</I> During the review by the Commission of the initial Form CC, if any information disclosed in the initial Form CC is or becomes inaccurate or incomplete, the competing consolidator shall promptly withdraw the initial Form CC and may refile an initial Form CC pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Effectiveness; ineffectiveness determination.</I> (A) An initial Form CC filed by a competing consolidator will become effective, unless declared ineffective, no later than the expiration of the review period provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section and publication pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission shall, by order, declare an initial Form CC ineffective if it finds, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is consistent with the protection of investors. If the Commission declares an initial Form CC ineffective, the competing consolidator shall be prohibited from operating as a competing consolidator. An initial Form CC declared ineffective does not prevent the competing consolidator from subsequently filing a new Form CC.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form CC amendments.</I> A competing consolidator shall amend a Form CC:
</P>
<P>(i) Prior to the implementation of a material change to the pricing, connectivity, or products offered (“material amendment”); and
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar year to correct information that has become inaccurate or incomplete for any reason and to provide an Annual Report as required under Form CC (each a “Form CC amendment”).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of cessation.</I> A competing consolidator shall notice its cessation of operations on Form CC at least 90 calendar days prior to the date the competing consolidator will cease to operate as a competing consolidator. The notice of cessation shall cause the Form CC to become ineffective on the date designated by the competing consolidator.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Date of filing.</I> For purposes of filings made pursuant to this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>business day</I> shall have the same meaning as defined in § 240.19b-4(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the conditions of this section and Form CC are otherwise satisfied, all filings submitted electronically on or before 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, on a business day, shall be deemed filed on that business day, and all filings submitted after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, shall be deemed filed on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public disclosures.</I> (1) Every Form CC filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 11A, 17(a), 18(a), and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78k-1, 78q(a), 78r(a), and 78ff(a)), and any other applicable provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission will make public via posting on the Commission's website:
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of each competing consolidator that has filed an initial Form CC with the Commission and the date of filing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each effective initial Form CC, as amended;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each order of ineffective initial Form CC;
</P>
<P>(iv) Each Form CC amendment. The Commission will make public the entirety of any Form CC amendment no later than 30 calendar days from the date of filing thereof with the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(v) Each notice of cessation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Posting of hyperlink to the Commission's website.</I> Each competing consolidator shall make public via posting on its website a direct URL hyperlink to the Commission's website that contains the documents enumerated in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Responsibilities of competing consolidators.</I> Each competing consolidator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Collect from each national securities exchange and national securities association, either directly or indirectly, any information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks as provided in § 242.603(b) that is necessary to create a consolidated market data product, as defined in § 242.600(b)(25).
</P>
<P>(2) Calculate and generate a consolidated market data product, as defined in § 242.600(b)(25), from the information collected pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Make a consolidated market data product, as defined in § 242.600(b)(25), as timestamped as required by paragraph (d)(4) of this section and including the national securities exchange and national securities association data generation timestamp required to be provided by the national securities exchange and national securities association participants by paragraph (e)(2) of this section, available to subscribers on a consolidated basis on terms that are not unreasonably discriminatory.
</P>
<P>(4) Timestamp the information collected pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section upon:
</P>
<P>(i) Receipt from each national securities exchange and national securities association;
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipt of such information at its aggregation mechanism; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Dissemination of a consolidated market data product to subscribers.
</P>
<P>(5) Within 15 calendar days after the end of each month, publish prominently on its website monthly performance metrics, as defined by the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks, that shall include at least the information in paragraphs (d)(5)(i) through (v) of this section. All information must be publicly posted in downloadable files and must remain free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public on the website for a period of not less than three years from the initial date of posting.
</P>
<P>(i) Capacity statistics;
</P>
<P>(ii) Message rate and total statistics;
</P>
<P>(iii) System availability;
</P>
<P>(iv) Network delay statistics; and
</P>
<P>(v) Latency statistics for the following, with distribution statistics up to the 99.99th percentile:
</P>
<P>(A) When a national securities exchange or national securities association sends an inbound message to a competing consolidator network and when the competing consolidator network receives the inbound message;
</P>
<P>(B) When the competing consolidator network receives the inbound message and when the competing consolidator network sends the corresponding consolidated message to a subscriber; and
</P>
<P>(C) When a national securities exchange or national securities association sends an inbound message to a competing consolidator network and when the competing consolidator network sends the corresponding consolidated message to a subscriber.
</P>
<P>(6) Within 15 calendar days after the end of each month, publish prominently on its website the information in paragraphs (d)(6)(i) through (v) of this section. All information must be publicly posted and must remain free and accessible (without any encumbrances or restrictions) by the general public on the website for a period of not less than three years from the initial date of posting.
</P>
<P>(i) Data quality issues;
</P>
<P>(ii) System issues;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any clock synchronization protocol utilized;
</P>
<P>(iv) For the clocks used to generate the timestamps described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the clock drift averages and peaks, and the number of instances of clock drift greater than 100 microseconds; and
</P>
<P>(v) Vendor alerts.
</P>
<P>(7) Keep and preserve at least one copy of all documents, including all correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, and such other records as shall be made or received by it in the course of its business as such and in the conduct of its business. Competing consolidators shall keep all such documents for a period of no less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(8) Upon request of any representative of the Commission, promptly furnish to the possession of such representative copies of any documents required to be kept and preserved by it.
</P>
<P>(9) Each competing consolidator that is not required to comply with the requirements of §§ 242.1000 through 242.1007 regarding systems compliance and integrity (Regulation SCI) shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (d)(9), the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Systems disruption</I> means an event in a competing consolidator's systems involved in the collection and consolidation of consolidated market data, and dissemination of consolidated market data products, that disrupts, or significantly degrades, the normal operation of such systems.
</P>
<P><I>Systems intrusion</I> means any unauthorized entry into a competing consolidator's systems involved in the collection and consolidation of consolidated market data, and dissemination of consolidated market data products.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Obligations relating to policies and procedures.</I> (A)(<I>1</I>) Establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure: That its systems involved in the collection and consolidation of consolidated market data, and dissemination of consolidated market data products have levels of capacity, integrity, resiliency, availability, and security adequate to maintain the competing consolidator's operational capability and promote the maintenance of fair and orderly markets; and the prompt, accurate, and reliable dissemination of consolidated market data products.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such policies and procedures shall be deemed to be reasonably designed if they are consistent with current industry standards, which shall be comprised of information technology practices that are widely available to information technology professionals in the financial sector and issued by an authoritative body that is a U.S. governmental entity or agency, association of U.S. governmental entities or agencies, or widely recognized organization. Compliance with such current industry standards, however, shall not be the exclusive means to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (d)(9)(ii)(A);
</P>
<P>(B) Periodically review the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by paragraph (d)(9)(ii)(A) of this section, and take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(C) Establish, maintain, and enforce reasonably designed written policies and procedures that include the criteria for identifying responsible personnel, the designation and documentation of responsible personnel, and escalation procedures to quickly inform responsible personnel of potential systems disruptions and systems intrusions; and periodically review the effectiveness of the policies and procedures, and take prompt action to remedy deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Systems disruptions or systems intrusions.</I> (A) Upon responsible personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that a systems disruption or systems intrusion has occurred, begin to take appropriate corrective action which shall include, at a minimum, mitigating potential harm to investors and market integrity resulting from the event and devoting adequate resources to remedy the event as soon as reasonably practicable.
</P>
<P>(B) Promptly upon responsible personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that a systems disruption (other than a system disruption that has had, or the competing consolidator reasonably estimates would have, no or a de minimis impact on the competing consolidator's operations or on market participants) has occurred, publicly disseminate information relating to the event (including the system(s) affected and a summary description); when known, promptly publicly disseminate additional information relating to the event (including a detailed description, an assessment of those potentially affected, a description of the progress of corrective action and when the event has been or is expected to be resolved); and until resolved, provide regular updates with respect to such information.
</P>
<P>(C) Concurrent with public dissemination of information relating to a systems disruption pursuant to paragraph (d)(9)(iii)(B) of this section, or promptly upon responsible personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that a systems intrusion (other than a system intrusion that has had, or the competing consolidator reasonably estimates would have, no or a de minimis impact on the competing consolidator's operations or on market participants) has occurred, provide the Commission notification and, until resolved, updates of such event. Notifications required pursuant to this paragraph (d)(9)(iii)(C) shall include information relating to the event (including the system(s) affected and a summary description); when known, additional information relating to the event (including a detailed description, an assessment of those potentially affected, a description of the progress of corrective action and when the event has been or is expected to be resolved); and until resolved, regular updates with respect to such information. Notifications relating to systems disruptions and systems intrusions pursuant to this paragraph (d)(9)(iii)(C) shall be submitted to the Commission on Form CC.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Coordinated testing.</I> Participate in the industry- or sector-wide coordinated testing of business recovery and disaster recovery plans required of SCI entities pursuant to § 242.1004(c).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Amendment of the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks.</I> The participants to the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks shall file with the Commission, pursuant to § 242.608, an amendment that includes the following provisions within 150 calendar days from June 8, 2021:
</P>
<P>(1) Conforming the effective national market system plan(s) for NMS stocks to reflect provision of information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data by the national securities exchange and national securities association participants to competing consolidators and self-aggregators;
</P>
<P>(2) The application of timestamps by the national securities exchange and national securities association participants on all information with respect to quotations for and transactions in NMS stocks that is necessary to generate consolidated market data, including the time that such information was generated as applicable by the national securities exchange or national securities association and the time the national securities exchange or national securities association made such information available to competing consolidators and self-aggregators;
</P>
<P>(3) Assessments of competing consolidator performance, including speed, reliability, and cost of data provision and the provision of an annual report of such assessment to the Commission, and the Commission will make the annual report publicly available on the Commission's website;
</P>
<P>(4) The development, maintenance, and publication of a list that identifies the primary listing exchange for each NMS stock; and
</P>
<P>(5) The calculation and publication on a monthly basis of consolidated market data gross revenues for NMS stocks as specified by:
</P>
<P>(i) Listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE);
</P>
<P>(ii) Listed on Nasdaq; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Listed on exchanges other than NYSE or Nasdaq.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 18811, Apr. 9, 2021, as amended at 89 FR 26617, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation SE—Registration and Regulation of Security-Based Swap Execution Facilities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>88 FR 87285, Dec. 15, 2023, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.800" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.800   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of §§ 242.800 through 242.835 shall apply to every security-based swap execution facility that is registered or is applying to become registered as a security-based swap execution facility under section 3D of the Securities Exchange Act (“Act”).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.801" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.801   Applicable provisions.</HEAD>
<P>A security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the requirements of §§ 242.800 through 242.835 and all other applicable Commission rules, including any related definitions and cross- referenced sections.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.802" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.802   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following terms, and any other terms defined within §§ 242.800 through 242.835, are defined as follows solely for purposes of §§ 242.800 through 242.835:
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means the intraday period of time starting at 8:15 a.m. and ending at 4:45 p.m. eastern standard time or eastern daylight saving time, whichever is currently in effect in Washington, DC, on all days except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P><I>Committee member</I> means a member, or functional equivalent thereof, of any committee of a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Correcting trade</I> means a trade executed and submitted for clearing to a registered clearing agency with the same terms and conditions as an error trade other than any corrections to any operational or clerical error and the time of execution.
</P>
<P><I>Disciplinary committee</I> means any person or committee of persons, or any subcommittee thereof, that is authorized by a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange to issue disciplinary charges, to conduct disciplinary proceedings, to settle disciplinary charges, to impose disciplinary sanctions, or to hear appeals thereof in cases involving any violation of the rules of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange, except those cases where the person or committee is authorized summarily to impose minor penalties for violating rules regarding decorum, attire, the timely submission of accurate records for clearing or verifying each day's transactions, or other similar activities.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant product</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any security-based swap listed on security-based swap execution facility that has no open interest and in which no trading has occurred for a period of 12 complete calendar months following a certification to, or approval by, the Commission; provided, however, that no security-based swap initially and originally certified to, or approved by, the Commission within the preceding 36 complete calendar months shall be considered to be a dormant product;
</P>
<P>(2) Any security-based swap of a dormant security-based swap execution facility; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any security-based swap not otherwise a dormant product that a security-based swap execution facility self-declares through certification to be a dormant product.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant rule</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any rule of a security-based swap execution facility which remains unimplemented for 12 consecutive calendar months following a certification with, or an approval by, the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any rule or rule amendment of a dormant security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Dormant security-based swap execution facility</I> means a security-based swap execution facility on which no trading has occurred for the previous 12 consecutive calendar months; provided, however, that no security-based swap execution facility shall be considered to be a dormant security-based swap execution facility if its initial and original Commission order of registration was issued within the preceding 36 consecutive calendar months.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic trading facility</I> means a trading facility that operates by means of an electronic or telecommunications network and maintains an automated audit trail of bids, offers, and the matching orders or the execution of transactions on the facility.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means any occurrence or circumstance that, in the opinion of the governing board of a security-based swap execution facility, or a person or persons duly authorized to issue such an opinion on behalf of the governing board of the security-based swap execution facility under circumstances and pursuant to procedures that are specified by rule, requires immediate action and threatens or may threaten such things as the fair and orderly trading in, or the liquidation of or delivery pursuant to, any security-based swaps, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Any manipulative or attempted manipulative activity;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actual, attempted, or threatened corner, squeeze, congestion, or undue concentration of positions;
</P>
<P>(3) Any circumstances which may materially affect the performance of security-based swaps or transactions, including failure of the payment system or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any market participant;
</P>
<P>(4) Any action taken by any governmental body, or any other security-based swap execution facility, market, or facility which may have a direct impact on trading or clearing and settlement; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other circumstance which may have a severe, adverse effect upon the functioning of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any person hired or otherwise employed on a salaried or contract basis by a security-based swap execution facility, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) Any governing board member compensated by the security-based swap execution facility solely for governing board activities; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any committee member compensated by a security-based swap execution facility solely for committee activities; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any consultant hired by a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Error trade</I> means any trade executed on or subject to the rules of a security-based swap execution facility that contains an operational or clerical error.
</P>
<P><I>Governing board</I> means the board of directors of a security-based swap execution facility, or for a security-based swap execution facility whose organizational structure does not include a board of directors, a body performing a function similar to a board of directors.
</P>
<P><I>Governing board member</I> means a member, or functional equivalent thereof, of the governing board of a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Member,</I> with respect to a national securities exchange, has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(3) of the Act. <I>Member,</I> with respect to a security-based swap execution facility, means an individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust owning or holding a membership in, admitted to membership representation on, or having trading privileges on the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Non-U.S. member</I> means a member of a security-based swap execution facility that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P><I>Offsetting trade</I> means a trade executed and submitted for clearing to a registered clearing agency with terms and conditions that economically reverse an error trade that was accepted for clearing.
</P>
<P><I>Order book</I> means an electronic trading facility, a trading facility, or a trading system or platform in which all market participants in the trading system or platform have the ability to enter multiple bids and offers, observe or receive bids and offers entered by other market participants, and transact on such bids and offers.
</P>
<P><I>Oversight panel</I> means any panel, or any subcommittee thereof, authorized by a security-based swap execution facility or security-based swap exchange (“SBS exchange”) to recommend or establish policies or procedures with respect to the surveillance, compliance, rule enforcement, or disciplinary responsibilities of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange.
</P>
<P><I>Records</I> has the meaning as in section 3(a)(37) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(37)).
</P>
<P><I>Rule</I> means any constitutional provision, article of incorporation, bylaw, rule, regulation, resolution, interpretation, stated policy, advisory, terms and conditions, trading protocol, agreement, or instrument corresponding thereto, including those that authorize a response or establish standards for responding to a specific emergency, and any amendment or addition thereto or repeal thereof, made or issued by a security-based swap execution facility or by the governing board thereof or any committee thereof, in whatever form adopted.
</P>
<P><I>SBS exchange</I> means a national securities exchange that posts or makes available for trading security-based swaps.
</P>
<P><I>Security-based swap execution facility</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(77) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)) but does not include an entity that is registered with the Commission as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and limits its security-based swap execution facility functions to operation of a trading session that is designed to further the accuracy of end-of-day valuations.
</P>
<P><I>Senior officer</I> means the chief executive officer or other equivalent officer of a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P><I>Terms and conditions</I> means any definition of the trading unit or the specific asset underlying a security-based swap, description of the payments to be exchanged under a security-based swap, specification of cash settlement or delivery standards and procedures, and establishment of buyers' and sellers' rights and obligations under the security-based swap. Terms and conditions of a security-based swap include provisions relating to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the major group, category, type, or class in which the security-based swap falls (such as a credit or equity security-based swap) and of any further sub-group, category, type, or class that further describes the security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(2) Notional amounts, quantity standards, or other unit size characteristics;
</P>
<P>(3) Any applicable premiums or discounts for delivery of a non-par product;
</P>
<P>(4) Trading hours and the listing of security-based swaps;
</P>
<P>(5) Pricing basis for establishing the payment obligations under, and mark-to-market value of, the security-based swap including, as applicable, the accrual start dates, termination, or maturity dates, and, for each leg of the security-based swap, the initial cash flow components, spreads, and points, and the relevant indexes, prices, rates, coupons, or other price reference measures;
</P>
<P>(6) Any price limits, trading halts, or circuit breaker provisions, and procedures for the establishment of daily settlement prices;
</P>
<P>(7) Payment and reset frequency, day count conventions, business calendars, and accrual features;
</P>
<P>(8) If physical delivery applies, delivery standards and procedures, including fees related to delivery or the delivery process, alternatives to delivery, and applicable penalties or sanctions for failure to perform;
</P>
<P>(9) If cash-settled, the definition, composition, calculation, and revision of the cash settlement price, and the settlement currency;
</P>
<P>(10) Payment or collection of option premiums or margins;
</P>
<P>(11) Option exercise price, if it is constant, and method for calculating the exercise price, if it is variable;
</P>
<P>(12) Threshold prices for an option, the existence of which is contingent upon those prices;
</P>
<P>(13) Any restrictions or requirements for exercising an option; and
</P>
<P>(14) Life cycle events.
</P>
<P><I>Trading facility</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term <I>trading facility</I> means a person or group of persons that constitutes, maintains, or provides a physical or electronic facility or system in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade agreements, contracts, or transactions:
</P>
<P>(i) By accepting bids or offers made by other participants that are open to multiple participants in the facility or system; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Through the interaction of multiple bids or multiple offers within a system with a pre- determined non-discretionary automated trade matching and execution algorithm.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions.</I> (i) The term <I>trading facility</I> does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) A person or group of persons solely because the person or group of persons constitutes, maintains, or provides an electronic facility or system that enables participants to negotiate the terms of and enter into bilateral transactions as a result of communications exchanged by the parties and not from interaction of multiple bids and multiple offers within a predetermined, nondiscretionary automated trade matching and execution algorithm;
</P>
<P>(B) A government securities dealer or government securities broker, to the extent that the dealer or broker executes or trades agreements, contracts, or transactions in government securities, or assists persons in communicating about, negotiating, entering into, executing, or trading an agreement, contract, or transaction in government securities (as the terms <I>government securities dealer, government securities broker,</I> and <I>government securities</I> are defined in section 3(a) of the Act); or
</P>
<P>(C) A facility on which bids and offers, and acceptances of bids and offers effected on the facility, are not binding.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person, group of persons, dealer, broker, or facility described in paragraphs (2)(i)(A) through (C) of this definition of trading facility is excluded from the meaning of the term “trading facility” without any prior specific approval, certification, or other action by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special rule.</I> A person or group of persons that would not otherwise constitute a trading facility shall not be considered to be a trading facility solely as a result of the submission to a registered clearing agency of transactions executed on or through the person or group of persons.
</P>
<P><I>U.S. person</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4) of this chapter.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 242.802:</HED>
<P>The Commission has not yet adopted a definition of “block trade.”</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.803" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.803   Requirements and procedures for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for registration.</I> (1) Any person operating a facility that offers a trading system or platform in which more than one market participant has the ability to execute or trade security-based swaps with more than one other market participant on the system or platform shall register the facility as a security-based swap execution facility under this section or as a national securities exchange pursuant to section 6 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall, at a minimum, offer an order book.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap execution facility is not required to provide an order book under this section for transactions defined in § 242.815(d)(2), (3), and (4) except that a security-based swap execution facility must provide an order book under this section for Required Transactions that are components of transactions defined in § 242.815(d)(2), (3), and (4) when such Required Transactions are not executed as components of transactions defined in § 242.815(d)(2), (3), and (4).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for full registration</I>—(1) <I>Request to register.</I> An entity requesting registration as a security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(i) File electronically a complete Form SBSEF (referenced in § 249.1701), or any successor forms, and all information and documentation described in such forms with the Commission using the EDGAR system and, for the information specified in the Registration Instructions to Form SBSEF, as an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide to the Commission, upon the Commission's request, any additional information and documentation necessary to review an application.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for confidential treatment.</I> (i) An applicant requesting registration as a security-based swap execution facility shall identify with particularity any information in the application that will be subject to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) As set forth in § 242.808, certain information provided in an application shall be made publicly available.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amendment of application prior to full registration.</I> An applicant amending a pending application for registration as a security-based swap execution facility or requesting an amendment to an order of registration shall file an amended application electronically with the Commission using the EDGAR system and, for the information specified in the Registration Instructions to Form SBSEF, as an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Effect of incomplete application.</I> If an application is incomplete pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Commission shall notify the applicant that its application will not be deemed to have been submitted for purposes of the Commission's review.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commission review period.</I> The Commission shall approve or deny an application for registration as a security-based swap execution facility within 180 days of the filing of the application. If the Commission notifies the person that its application is materially incomplete and specifies the deficiencies in the application, the running of the 180-day period shall be stayed from the time of such notification until the application is resubmitted in completed form, <I>provided</I> that the Commission shall have not less than 60 days to approve or deny the application from the time the application is resubmitted in completed form.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Commission determination.</I> (i) The Commission shall issue an order granting registration upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the applicant has demonstrated compliance with the Act and the Commission's rules applicable to security-based swap execution facilities. If deemed appropriate, the Commission may issue an order granting registration subject to conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Commission may issue an order denying registration upon a Commission determination, in its own discretion, that the applicant has not demonstrated compliance with the Act and the Commission's rules applicable to security-based swap execution facilities. If the Commission denies an application, it shall specify the grounds for the denial.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reinstatement of dormant registration.</I> A dormant security-based swap execution facility may reinstate its registration under the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section. The applicant may rely upon previously submitted materials if such materials accurately describe the dormant security-based swap execution facility's conditions at the time that it applies for reinstatement of its registration.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for transfer of registration.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility seeking to transfer its registration from its current legal entity to a new legal entity as a result of a corporate change shall file a request for approval to transfer such registration with the Commission in the form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for transfer of registration shall be filed no later than three months prior to the anticipated corporate change; or in the event that the security-based swap execution facility could not have known of the anticipated change three months prior to the anticipated change, as soon as it knows of such change.
</P>
<P>(3) The request for transfer of registration shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The underlying agreement that governs the corporate change;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the corporate change, including the reason for the change and its impact on the security-based swap execution facility, including its governance and operations, and its impact on the rights and obligations of members;
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of the transferee's ability to comply with the Act, including the core principles applicable to security-based swap execution facilities and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iv) The governing documents of the transferee, including, but not limited to, articles of incorporation and bylaws;
</P>
<P>(v) The transferee's rules marked to show changes from the current rules of the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(vi) A representation by the transferee that it:
</P>
<P>(A) Will be the surviving entity and successor-in-interest to the transferor security-based swap execution facility and will retain and assume, without limitation, all of the assets and liabilities of the transferor;
</P>
<P>(B) Will assume responsibility for complying with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(C) Will assume, maintain, and enforce all rules implementing and complying with the core principles applicable to security-based swap execution facilities, including the adoption of the transferor's rulebook, as amended in the request, and that any such amendments will be submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807;
</P>
<P>(D) Will comply with all regulatory responsibilities except if otherwise indicated in the request, and will maintain and enforce all regulatory programs; and
</P>
<P>(E) Will notify members of all changes to the transferor's rulebook prior to the transfer and will further notify members of the concurrent transfer of the registration to the transferee upon Commission approval and issuance of an order permitting this transfer.
</P>
<P>(vii) A representation by the transferee that upon the transfer:
</P>
<P>(A) It will assume responsibility for and maintain compliance with core principles for all security-based swaps previously made available for trading through the transferor, whether by certification or approval; and
</P>
<P>(B) None of the proposed rule changes will affect the rights and obligations of any member.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon review of a request for transfer of registration, the Commission, as soon as practicable, shall issue an order either approving or denying the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for withdrawal of application for registration.</I> An applicant for registration as a security-based swap execution facility may withdraw its application submitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section by filing a withdrawal request electronically with the Commission using the EDGAR system. Withdrawal of an application for registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the application was pending with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Request for vacation of registration.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may request that its registration be vacated by filing a vacation request electronically with the Commission using the EDGAR system at least 90 days prior to the date that the vacation is requested to take effect. Upon receipt of such request, the Commission shall promptly order the vacation to be effective upon the date named in the request and send a copy of the request and its order to all other security-based swap execution facilities, SBS exchanges, and registered clearing agencies that clear security-based swaps. Vacation of registration shall not affect any action taken or to be taken by the Commission based upon actions, activities, or events occurring during the time that the security-based swap execution facility was registered by the Commission. From and after the date upon which the vacation became effective the said security-based swap execution facility can thereafter be registered again by applying to the Commission in the manner provided in paragraph (b) of this section for an original application.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.804" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.804   Listing products for trading by certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A security-based swap execution facility must comply with the submission requirements of this section prior to listing a product for trading that has not been approved under § 242.805 or that remains a dormant product subsequent to being submitted under this section or approved under § 242.805. A submission shall comply with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap execution facility has filed its submission electronically with the Commission using the EFFS system;
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission has received the submission by the open of business on the business day that is 10 business days preceding the product's listing; and
</P>
<P>(3) The submission includes:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions therein;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the product's rules, including all rules related to its terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) The intended listing date;
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification by the security-based swap execution facility that the product to be listed complies with the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(v) A concise explanation and analysis of the product and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles, and the Commission's rules thereunder. This explanation and analysis shall either be accompanied by the documentation relied upon to establish the basis for compliance with applicable law, or incorporate information contained in such documentation, with appropriate citations to data sources;
</P>
<P>(vi) A certification that the security-based swap execution facility posted a notice of pending product certification with the Commission and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the security-based swap execution facility's website. Information that the security-based swap execution facility seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the security-based swap execution's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A request for confidential treatment, if appropriate, as permitted under § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional information.</I> If requested by Commission staff, a security-based swap execution facility shall provide any additional evidence, information, or data that demonstrates that the security-based swap meets, initially or on a continuing basis, the requirements of the Act or the Commission's rules or policies thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay of certification of product</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The Commission may stay the certification of a product submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by issuing a notification informing the security-based swap execution facility that the Commission is staying the certification of the product on the grounds that the product presents novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, the product is accompanied by an inadequate explanation, or the product is potentially inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder. The Commission will have an additional 90 days from the date of the notification to conduct the review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public comment.</I> The Commission shall provide a 30-day comment period within the 90-day period in which the stay is in effect, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The Commission shall publish a notice of the 30-day comment period on the Commission's website. Comments from the public shall be submitted as specified in that notice.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expiration of a stay of certification of product.</I> A product subject to a stay pursuant to this paragraph shall become effective, pursuant to the certification, at the expiration of the 90-day review period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless the Commission withdraws the stay prior to that time, or the Commission notifies the security-based swap execution facility during the 90-day time period that it objects to the proposed certification on the grounds that the product is inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.805" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.805   Voluntary submission of new products for Commission review and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may request that the Commission approve a new or dormant product prior to listing the product for trading, or if a product was initially submitted under § 242.804, subsequent to listing the product for trading. A submission requesting approval shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed electronically with the Commission using the EFFS system;
</P>
<P>(2) Include a copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions therein;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a copy of the rules that set forth the security-based swap's terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(4) Include an explanation and analysis of the product and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including the core principles and the Commission's rules thereunder. This explanation and analysis shall either be accompanied by the documentation relied upon to establish the basis for compliance with the applicable law, or incorporate information contained in such documentation, with appropriate citations to data sources;
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any agreements or contracts entered into with other parties that enable the security-based swap execution facility to carry out its responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(6) Include, if appropriate, a request for confidential treatment as permitted under § 240.24b-2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) Certify that the security-based swap execution facility posted a notice of its request for Commission approval of the new product and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the security-based swap execution facility's website. Information that the security-based swap execution facility seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the security-based swap execution facility's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(8) Include, if requested by Commission staff, additional evidence, information, or data demonstrating that the security-based swap meets, initially or on a continuing basis, the requirements of the Act, or other requirement for registration under the Act, or the Commission's rules or policies thereunder. The security-based swap execution facility shall submit the requested information by the open of business on the date that is two business days from the date of request by Commission staff, or at the conclusion of such extended period agreed to by Commission staff after timely receipt of a written request from the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard for review and approval.</I> The Commission shall approve a new product unless the terms and conditions of the product violate the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forty-five-day review.</I> A product submitted for Commission approval under this paragraph shall be deemed approved by the Commission 45 days after receipt by the Commission, or at the conclusion of an extended period as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, unless notified otherwise within the applicable period, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The submission complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The submitting security-based swap execution facility does not amend the terms or conditions of the product or supplement the request for approval, except as requested by the Commission or for correction of typographical errors, renumbering, or other non-substantive revisions, during that period. Any voluntary, substantive amendment by the security-based swap execution facility will be treated as a new submission under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Extension of time.</I> The Commission may extend the 45-day review period in paragraph (c) of this section for:
</P>
<P>(1) An additional 45 days, if the product raises novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, in which case the Commission shall notify the security-based swap execution facility within the initial 45-day review period and shall briefly describe the nature of the specific issue(s) for which additional time for review is required; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any extended review period to which the security-based swap execution facility agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of non-approval.</I> The Commission, at any time during its review under this section, may notify the security-based swap execution facility that it will not, or is unable to, approve the product. This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, including the form or content requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, that the product violates, appears to violate, or potentially violates but which cannot be ascertained from the submission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of non-approval.</I> (1) Notification to a security-based swap execution facility under paragraph (e) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a product does not prejudice the security-based swap execution facility from subsequently submitting a revised version of the product for Commission approval, or from submitting the product as initially proposed pursuant to a supplemented submission.
</P>
<P>(2) Notification to a security-based swap execution facility under paragraph (e) of this section of the Commission's refusal to approve a product shall be presumptive evidence that the security-based swap execution facility may not truthfully certify under § 242.804 that the same, or substantially the same, product does not violate the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.806" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.806   Voluntary submission of rules for Commission review and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for approval of rules.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may request that the Commission approve a new rule, rule amendment, or dormant rule prior to implementation of the rule, or if the request was initially submitted under § 242.806 or § 242.807, subsequent to implementation of the rule. A request for approval shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed electronically with the Commission using the EFFS system;
</P>
<P>(2) Include a copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions therein;
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the text of the rule or rule amendment (in the case of a rule amendment, deletions and additions must be indicated);
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the proposed effective date of the rule or rule amendment and any action taken or anticipated to be taken to adopt the proposed rule by the security-based swap execution facility or by its governing board or by any committee thereof, and cite the rules of the security-based swap execution facility that authorize the adoption of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide an explanation and analysis of the operation, purpose, and effect of the proposed rule or rule amendment and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including the core principles relating to security-based swap execution facilities and the Commission's rules thereunder and, as applicable, a description of the anticipated benefits to market participants or others, any potential anticompetitive effects on market participants or others, and how the rule fits into the security-based swap execution facility's framework of regulation;
</P>
<P>(6) Certify that the security-based swap execution facility posted a notice of the pending rule with the Commission and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the security-based swap execution facility's website. Information that the security-based swap execution facility seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the security-based swap execution facility's website but must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) Provide additional information which may be beneficial to the Commission in analyzing the new rule or rule amendment. If a proposed rule affects, directly or indirectly, the application of any other rule of the security-based swap execution facility, the pertinent text of any such rule must be set forth and the anticipated effect described;
</P>
<P>(8) Provide a brief explanation of any substantive opposing views expressed to the security-based swap execution facility by governing board or committee members, members of the security-based swap execution facility, or market participants that were not incorporated into the rule, or a statement that no such opposing views were expressed; and
</P>
<P>(9) As appropriate, include a request for confidential treatment as permitted under § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard for review and approval.</I> The Commission shall approve a new rule or rule amendment unless the rule or rule amendment is inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forty-five-day review.</I> A rule or rule amendment submitted for Commission approval under paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed approved by the Commission 45 days after receipt by the Commission, or at the conclusion of such extended period as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, unless the security-based swap execution facility is notified otherwise within the applicable period, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The submission complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap execution facility does not amend the proposed rule or supplement the submission, except as requested by the Commission, during the pendency of the review period, other than for correction of typographical errors, renumbering, or other non- substantive revisions. Any amendment or supplementation not requested by the Commission will be treated as the submission of a new filing under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Extension of time for review.</I> The Commission may further extend the review period in paragraph (c) of this section for:
</P>
<P>(1) An additional 45 days, if the proposed rule or rule amendment raises novel or complex issues that require additional time for review or is of major economic significance, the submission is incomplete, or the requestor does not respond completely to Commission questions in a timely manner, in which case the Commission shall notify the submitting security-based swap execution facility within the initial 45-day review period and shall briefly describe the nature of the specific issues for which additional time for review shall be required; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any period, beyond the additional 45 days provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, to which the security-based swap execution facility agrees in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of non-approval.</I> Any time during its review under this section, the Commission may notify the security-based swap execution facility that it will not, or is unable to, approve the new rule or rule amendment. This notification will briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific provision of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, including the form or content requirements of this section, with which the new rule or rule amendment is inconsistent or appears to be inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of non-approval.</I> (1) Notification to a security-based swap execution facility under paragraph (e) of this section does not prevent the security-based swap execution facility from subsequently submitting a revised version of the proposed rule or rule amendment for Commission review and approval or from submitting the new rule or rule amendment as initially proposed in a supplemented submission. The revised submission will be reviewed without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(2) Notification to a security-based swap execution facility under paragraph (e) of this section of the Commission's determination not to approve a proposed rule or rule amendment shall be presumptive evidence that the security-based swap execution facility may not truthfully certify the same, or substantially the same, proposed rule or rule amendment under § 242.807(a).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Expedited approval.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, changes to a proposed rule or a rule amendment, including changes to terms and conditions of a product that are consistent with the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder, may be approved by the Commission at such time and under such conditions as the Commission shall specify in the written notification; provided, however, that the Commission may, at any time, alter or revoke the applicability of such a notice to any particular product or rule amendment.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.807" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.807   Self-certification of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Required certification.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the following conditions prior to implementing any rule—other than a rule delisting or withdrawing the certification of a product with no open interest and submitted in compliance with paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (6) of this section—that has not obtained Commission approval under § 242.806, or that remains a dormant rule subsequent to being submitted under this section or approved under § 242.806.
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap execution facility has filed its submission electronically with the Commission using the EFFS system.
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap execution facility has provided a certification that it posted a notice of pending certification with the Commission and a copy of the submission, concurrent with the filing of a submission with the Commission, on the security-based swap execution facility's website. Information that the security-based swap execution facility seeks to keep confidential may be redacted from the documents published on the security-based swap execution facility's website, but it must be republished consistent with any determination made pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission has received the submission not later than the open of business on the business day that is 10 business days prior to the security-based swap execution facility's implementation of the rule or rule amendment.
</P>
<P>(4) The Commission has not stayed the submission pursuant to § 242.807(c).
</P>
<P>(5) A new rule or rule amendment that establishes standards for responding to an emergency shall be submitted pursuant to § 242.807(a). A rule or rule amendment implemented under procedures of the governing board to respond to an emergency shall, if practicable, be filed with the Commission prior to implementation or, if not practicable, be filed with the Commission at the earliest possible time after implementation, but in no event more than 24 hours after implementation. Any such submission shall be subject to the certification and stay provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The rule submission shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the submission cover sheet in accordance with the instructions therein (in the case of a rule or rule amendment that responds to an emergency, “Emergency Rule Certification” should be noted in the description section of the submission cover sheet);
</P>
<P>(ii) The text of the rule (in the case of a rule amendment, deletions and additions must be indicated);
</P>
<P>(iii) The date of intended implementation;
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification by the security-based swap execution facility that the rule complies with the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(v) A concise explanation and analysis of the operation, purpose, and effect of the proposed rule or rule amendment and its compliance with applicable provisions of the Act, including core principles relating to security-based swap execution facilities and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(vi) A brief explanation of any substantive opposing views expressed to the security-based swap execution facility by governing board or committee members, members of the security-based swap execution facility, or market participants, that were not incorporated into the rule, or a statement that no such opposing views were expressed; and
</P>
<P>(vii) As appropriate, a request for confidential treatment pursuant to the procedures provided in § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) The security-based swap execution facility shall provide, if requested by Commission staff, additional evidence, information, or data that may be beneficial to the Commission in conducting a due diligence assessment of the filing and the security-based swap execution facility's compliance with any of the requirements of the Act or the Commission's rules or policies thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review by the Commission.</I> The Commission shall have 10 business days to review the new rule or rule amendment before the new rule or rule amendment is deemed certified and can be made effective, unless the Commission notifies the security-based swap execution facility during the 10-business-day review period that it intends to issue a stay of the certification under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Stay</I>—(1) <I>Stay of certification of new rule or rule amendment.</I> The Commission may stay the certification of a new rule or rule amendment submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section by issuing a notification informing the security-based swap execution facility that the Commission is staying the certification of the rule or rule amendment on the grounds that the rule or rule amendment presents novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, the rule or rule amendment is accompanied by an inadequate explanation, or the rule or rule amendment is potentially inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder. The Commission will have an additional 90 days from the date of the notification to conduct the review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public comment.</I> The Commission shall provide a 30-day comment period within the 90-day period in which the stay is in effect, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The Commission shall publish a notice of the 30-day comment period on the Commission website. Comments from the public shall be submitted as specified in that notice.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Expiration of a stay of certification of new rule or rule amendment.</I> A new rule or rule amendment subject to a stay pursuant to this paragraph shall become effective, pursuant to the certification, at the expiration of the 90-day review period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless the Commission withdraws the stay prior to that time, or the Commission notifies the security-based swap execution facility during the 90-day time period that it objects to the proposed certification on the grounds that the proposed rule or rule amendment is inconsistent with the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification of rule amendments.</I> Notwithstanding the rule certification requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, a security-based swap execution facility may place the following rules or rule amendments into effect without certification to the Commission if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap execution facility provides to the Commission at least weekly a summary notice of all rule amendments made effective pursuant to this paragraph during the preceding week. Such notice must be labeled “Weekly Notification of Rule Amendments” and need not be filed for weeks during which no such actions have been taken. One copy of each such submission shall be furnished electronically using the EFFS system; and
</P>
<P>(2) The rule governs:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Non-substantive revisions.</I> Corrections of typographical errors, renumbering, periodic routine updates to identifying information about the security-based swap execution facility, and other such non-substantive revisions of a product's terms and conditions that have no effect on the economic characteristics of the product;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fees.</I> Fees or fee changes, other than fees or fee changes associated with market making or trading incentive programs, that:
</P>
<P>(A) Total $1.00 or more per contract, and
</P>
<P>(B) Are established by an independent third party or are unrelated to delivery, trading, clearing, or dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Survey lists.</I> Changes to lists of banks, brokers, dealers, or other entities that provide price or cash market information to an independent third party and that are incorporated by reference as product terms;
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Approved brands.</I> Changes in lists of approved brands or markings pursuant to previously certified or Commission approved standards or criteria;
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Trading months.</I> The initial listing of trading months, which may qualify for implementation without notice pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(F) of this section, within the currently established cycle of trading months; or
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Minimum tick.</I> Reductions in the minimum price fluctuation (or “tick”).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notification of rule amendments not required.</I> Notwithstanding the rule certification requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a security-based swap execution facility may place the following rules or rule amendments into effect without certification or notice to the Commission if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap execution facility maintains documentation regarding all changes to rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The rule governs:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Transfer of membership or ownership.</I> Procedures and forms for the purchase, sale, or transfer of membership or ownership, but not including qualifications for membership or ownership, any right or obligation of membership or ownership, or dues or assessments;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Administrative procedures.</I> The organization and administrative procedures of a security-based swap execution facility's governing bodies such as a governing board, officers, and committees, but not voting requirements, governing board, or committee composition requirements or procedures, decision-making procedures, use or disclosure of material non-public information gained through the performance of official duties, or requirements relating to conflicts of interest;
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Administration.</I> The routine daily administration, direction, and control of employees, requirements relating to gratuity and similar funds, but not guaranty, reserves, or similar funds; declaration of holidays; and changes to facilities housing the market, trading floor, or trading area;
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Standards of decorum.</I> Standards of decorum or attire or similar provisions relating to admission to the floor, badges, or visitors, but not the establishment of penalties for violations of such rules;
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Fees.</I> Fees or fee changes, other than fees or fee changes associated with market making or trading incentive programs, that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Are less than $1.00; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Relate to matters such as dues, badges, telecommunication services, booth space, real-time quotations, historical information, publications, software licenses, or other matters that are administrative in nature; and
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Trading months.</I> The initial listing of trading months which are within the currently established cycle of trading months.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.808" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.808   Availability of public information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Commission shall make publicly available on its website the following parts of an application to register as a security-based swap execution facility, unless confidential treatment is obtained pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Transmittal letter and first page of the application cover sheet;
</P>
<P>(2) Exhibit C;
</P>
<P>(3) Exhibit G;
</P>
<P>(4) Exhibit L; and
</P>
<P>(5) Exhibit M.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission shall make publicly available on its website, unless confidential treatment is obtained pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter, a security-based swap execution facility's filing of new products pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 242.804, new products for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 242.805, new rules and rule amendments for Commission review and approval pursuant to § 242.806, and new rules and rule amendments pursuant to the self-certification procedures of § 242.807.
</P>
<P>(c) The terms and conditions of a product submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.804, § 242.805, § 242.806, or § 242.807 shall be made publicly available at the time of submission unless confidential treatment is obtained pursuant to § 240.24b-2 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.809" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.809   Staying of certification and tolling of review period pending jurisdictional determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A product certification made by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to § 242.804 shall be stayed, or the review period for a product that has been submitted for Commission approval by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to § 242.805 shall be tolled, upon request for a joint interpretation of whether the product is a swap, security-based swap, or mixed swap made pursuant to § 240.3a68-2 of this chapter by the security-based swap execution facility, the Commission, or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commission shall provide the security-based swap execution facility with a written notice of the stay or tolling pending issuance of a joint interpretation.
</P>
<P>(c) The stay shall be withdrawn, or the approval review period shall resume, if a joint interpretation finding that the Commission has jurisdiction over the product is issued.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.810" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.810   Product filings by security-based swap execution facilities that are not yet registered and by dormant security-based swap execution facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant for registration as a security-based swap execution facility may submit a security-based swap's terms and conditions prior to listing the product as part of its application for registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Any security-based swap terms and conditions or rules submitted as part of a security-based swap execution facility's application for registration shall be considered for approval by the Commission at the time the Commission issues the security-based swap execution facility's order of registration.
</P>
<P>(c) After the Commission issues the order of registration, the security-based swap execution facility shall submit a security-based swap's terms and conditions, including amendments to such terms and conditions, new rules, or rule amendments pursuant to the procedures in §§ 242.804, 242.805, 242.806, and 242.807.
</P>
<P>(d) Any security-based swap terms and conditions or rules submitted as part of an application to reinstate the registration of a dormant security-based swap execution facility shall be considered for approval by the Commission at the time the Commission approves the reinstatement of registration of the dormant security-based swap execution facility.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.811" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.811   Information relating to security-based swap execution facility compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for information.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a security-based swap execution facility shall file with the Commission information related to its business as a security-based swap execution facility in the form and manner, and within the timeframe, specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demonstration of compliance.</I> Upon the Commission's request, a security-based swap execution facility shall file with the Commission a written demonstration, containing supporting data, information, and documents, that it is in compliance with one or more core principles or with its other obligations under the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, as the Commission specifies in its request. The security-based swap execution facility shall file such written demonstration in the form and manner, and within the timeframe, specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equity interest transfer</I>—(1) <I>Equity interest transfer notification.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall file with the Commission a notification of any transaction involving the direct or indirect transfer of 50 percent or more of the equity interest in the security-based swap execution facility. The Commission may, upon receiving such notification, request supporting documentation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of notification.</I> The equity interest transfer notice described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be filed with the Commission in a form and manner specified by the Commission at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than the open of business 10 business days following the date upon which the security-based swap execution facility enters into a firm obligation to transfer the equity interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rule filing.</I> Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any aspect of an equity interest transfer described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section requires a security-based swap execution facility to file a rule, the security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the applicable rule filing requirements of § 242.806 or § 242.807.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certification.</I> Upon an equity interest transfer described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the security-based swap execution facility shall file with the Commission, in a form and manner specified by the Commission, a certification that the security-based swap execution facility meets all of the requirements of section 3D of the Act and the Commission rules thereunder, no later than two business days following the date on which the equity interest of 50 percent or more was acquired.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pending legal proceedings.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission a copy of the complaint, any dispositive or partially dispositive decision, any notice of appeal filed concerning such decision, and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding to which the security-based swap execution facility is a party or its property or assets is subject.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission a copy of the complaint, any dispositive or partially dispositive decision, any notice of appeal filed concerning such decision, and such further documents as the Commission may thereafter request filed in any material legal proceeding instituted against any officer, director, or other official of the security-based swap execution facility from conduct in such person's capacity as an official of the security-based swap execution facility and alleging violations of:
</P>
<P>(i) The Act or any rule, regulation, or order under the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The constitution, bylaws, or rules of the security-based swap execution facility; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicable provisions of State law relating to the duties of officers, directors, or other officials of business organizations.
</P>
<P>(3) All documents required by this paragraph (d) to be submitted to the Commission shall be submitted electronically in a form and manner specified by the Commission within 10 days after the initiation of the legal proceedings to which they relate, after the date of issuance, or after receipt by the security-based swap execution facility of the notice of appeal, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (d), a “material legal proceeding” includes but is not limited to actions involving alleged violations of the Act or the Commission rules thereunder. However, a legal proceeding is not “material” for the purposes of this rule if the proceeding is not in a Federal or State court or if the Commission is a party.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.812" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.812   Enforceability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transaction entered into on or pursuant to the rules of a security-based swap execution facility shall not be void, voidable, subject to rescission, otherwise invalidated, or rendered unenforceable as a result of a violation by the security-based swap execution facility of the provisions of section 3D of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A security-based swap execution facility shall, as soon as technologically practicable after the time of execution of a transaction entered into on or pursuant to the rules of the facility, provide a written record to each counterparty of all of the terms of the transaction that were agreed to on the facility, which shall legally supersede any previous agreement regarding such terms.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.813" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.813   Prohibited use of data collected for regulatory purposes.</HEAD>
<P>A security-based swap execution facility shall not use for business or marketing purposes any proprietary data or personal information it collects or receives, from or on behalf of any person, for the purpose of fulfilling its regulatory obligations; provided, however, that a security-based swap execution facility may use such data or information for business or marketing purposes if the person from whom it collects or receives such data or information clearly consents to the security-based swap execution facility's use of such data or information in such manner. A security-based swap execution facility shall not condition access to its market(s) or market services on a person's consent to the security-based swap execution facility's use of proprietary data or personal information for business or marketing purposes. A security-based swap execution facility, where necessary for regulatory purposes, may share such data or information with one or more security-based swap execution facilities or national securities exchanges registered with the Commission.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.814" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.814   Entity operating both a national securities exchange and security-based swap execution facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An entity that intends to operate both a national securities exchange and a security-based swap execution facility shall separately register the two facilities pursuant to section 6 of the Act and § 242.803, respectively.
</P>
<P>(b) A national securities exchange shall, to the extent that the exchange also operates a security-based swap execution facility and uses the same electronic trade execution system for listing and executing trades of security-based swaps on or through the exchange and the facility, identify whether electronic trading of such security-based swaps is taking place on or through the national securities exchange or the security-based swap execution facility.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.815" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.815   Methods of execution for Required and Permitted Transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Execution methods for Required Transactions</I>—(1) <I>Required Transaction</I> means any transaction involving a security-based swap that is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 3C(h) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution methods.</I> (i) Each Required Transaction that is not a block trade shall be executed on a security-based swap execution facility in accordance with one of the following methods of execution, except as provided in paragraph (d) or (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) An order book; or
</P>
<P>(B) A request-for-quote system that operates in conjunction with an order book.
</P>
<P>(ii) In providing either one of the execution methods set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, a security-based swap execution facility may for purposes of execution and communication use any means of interstate commerce, including, but not limited to, the mail, internet, email, and telephone, provided that the chosen execution method satisfies the requirements for order books in § 242.802 of this chapter or in paragraph (a)(3) of this section for request-for-quote systems.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Request-for-quote system</I> means a trading system or platform in which a market participant transmits a request for a quote to buy or sell a specific instrument to no less than three market participants in the trading system or platform, to which all such market participants may respond. The three market participants shall not be affiliates of or controlled by the requester and shall not be affiliates of or controlled by each other. A security-based swap execution facility that offers a request-for-quote system in connection with Required Transactions shall provide the following functionality:
</P>
<P>(i) At the same time that the requester receives the first responsive bid or offer, the security-based swap execution facility shall communicate to the requester any firm bid or offer pertaining to the same instrument resting on any of the security-based swap execution facility's order books;
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap execution facility shall provide the requester with the ability to execute against such firm resting bids or offers along with any responsive orders; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap execution facility shall ensure that its trading protocols provide each of its market participants with equal priority in receiving requests for quotes and in transmitting and displaying for execution responsive orders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time delay requirement for Required Transactions on an order book</I>—(1) <I>Time delay requirement.</I> With regard to Required Transactions, a security-based swap execution facility shall require that a broker or dealer who seeks to either execute against its customer's order or execute two of its customers' orders against each other through the security-based swap execution facility's order book, following some form of pre-arrangement or pre-negotiation of such orders, be subject to at least a 15-second time delay between the entry of those two orders into the order book, such that one side of the potential transaction is disclosed and made available to other market participants before the second side of the potential transaction, whether for the broker's or dealer's own account or for a second customer, is submitted for execution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjustment of time delay requirement.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may adjust the time period of the 15-second time delay requirement described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, based upon a security-based swap's liquidity or other product-specific considerations; however, the time delay shall be set for a sufficient period of time so that an order is exposed to the market and other market participants have a meaningful opportunity to execute against such order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Execution methods for Permitted Transactions.</I> (1) <I>Permitted Transaction</I> means any transaction not involving a security-based swap that is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 3C(h) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Execution methods.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may offer any method of execution for each Permitted Transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions to required methods of execution for package transactions.</I> (1) For purposes of this paragraph, a package transaction consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) At least one component transaction is a Required Transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.
</P>
<P>(2) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component security-based swap that is subject exclusively to the Commission's jurisdiction, but is not subject to the clearing requirement under section 3C of the Act and is not intended to be cleared, may be executed on a security-based swap execution facility in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction;
</P>
<P>(3) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component that is not a security-based swap may be executed on a security-based swap execution facility in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction. This provision shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-security-based swap components are U.S. Treasury securities;
</P>
<P>(ii) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-security-based swap components are contracts for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
</P>
<P>(iii) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-security-based swap components are agency mortgage-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(iv) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component transaction that is the issuance of a bond in a primary market; and
</P>
<P>(v) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction in which all other non-security-based swap components are swaps that are subject to a trade execution requirement under 17 CFR 37.9.
</P>
<P>(4) A Required Transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that includes a component security-based swap that is not exclusively subject to the Commission's jurisdiction may be executed on a security-based swap in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section as if it were a Permitted Transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Resolution of operational and clerical error trades.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain rules and procedures that facilitate the resolution of error trades. Such rules shall be fair, transparent, and consistent; allow for timely resolution; require members to provide prompt notice of an error trade—and, as applicable, offsetting and correcting trades—to the security-based swap execution facility; and permit members to:
</P>
<P>(i) Execute a correcting trade, in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, regardless of whether it is a Required or Permitted Transaction, for an error trade that has been rejected from clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but no later than one hour after a registered clearing agency provides notice of the rejection; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Execute an offsetting trade and a correcting trade, in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, regardless of whether it is a Required or Permitted Transaction, for an error trade that was accepted for clearing as soon as technologically practicable, but no later than three days after the error trade was accepted for clearing at a registered clearing agency.
</P>
<P>(2) If a correcting trade is rejected from clearing, then the security-based swap execution facility shall not allow the counterparties to execute another correcting trade.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Counterparty anonymity.</I> (1) Except as otherwise required under the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder, a security-based swap execution facility shall not directly or indirectly, including through a third-party service provider, disclose the identity of a counterparty to a security-based swap that is executed anonymously and intended to be cleared.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules that prohibit any person from directly or indirectly, including through a third-party service provider, disclosing the identity of a counterparty to a security-based swap that is executed anonymously and intended to be cleared.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section, “executed anonymously” shall include a security-based swap that is pre-arranged or pre-negotiated anonymously, including by a member of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(4) For a package transaction that includes a component transaction that is not a security-based swap intended to be cleared, disclosing the identity of a counterparty shall not violate paragraphs (f)(1) or (2) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (f), a “package transaction” consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Transactions not accepted for clearing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules that provide that a security-based swap that is intended to be cleared at the time of the transaction, but is not accepted for clearing at a registered clearing agency, shall be void <I>ab initio.</I>




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.816" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.816   Trade execution requirement and exemptions therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General</I>—(1) <I>Required submission.</I> A security-based swap execution facility that makes a security-based swap available to trade in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall submit to the Commission its determination with respect to such security-based swap as a rule, pursuant to the procedures under § 242.806 or § 242.807.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Listing requirement.</I> A security-based swap execution facility that makes a security-based swap available to trade must demonstrate that it lists or offers that security-based swap for trading on its trading system or platform.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Factors to consider.</I> To make a security-based swap available to trade for purposes of section 3C(h) of the Act, a security-based swap execution facility shall consider, as appropriate, the following factors with respect to such security-based swap:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether there are ready and willing buyers and sellers;
</P>
<P>(2) The frequency or size of transactions;
</P>
<P>(3) The trading volume;
</P>
<P>(4) The number and types of market participants;
</P>
<P>(5) The bid/ask spread; or
</P>
<P>(6) The usual number of resting firm or indicative bids and offers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicability.</I> Upon a determination that a security-based swap is available to trade on a security-based swap execution facility or national securities exchange, all other security-based swap execution facilities and SBS exchanges shall comply with the requirements of section 3C(h) of the Act in listing or offering such security-based swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Removal.</I> The Commission may issue a determination that a security-based swap is no longer available to trade upon determining that no security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange lists such security-based swap for trading.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptions to trade execution requirement.</I> (1) A security-based swap transaction that is executed as a component of a package transaction that also includes a component transaction that is the issuance of a bond in a primary market is exempt from the trade execution requirement in section 3C(h) of the Act. For purposes of paragraph (e) of this section, a package transaction consists of two or more component transactions executed between two or more counterparties where:
</P>
<P>(i) At least one component transaction is subject to the trade execution requirement in section 3C(h) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Execution of each component transaction is contingent upon the execution of all other component transactions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The component transactions are priced or quoted together as one economic transaction with simultaneous or near-simultaneous execution of all components.
</P>
<P>(2) Section 3C(h) of the Act does not apply to a security-based swap transaction that qualifies for an exception under section 3C(g) of the Act, or any exemption from the clearing requirement that is granted by the Commission, for which the associated requirements are met.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Section 3C(h) of the Act does not apply to a security-based swap transaction that is executed between counterparties that qualify as “eligible affiliate counterparties,” as defined below.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (e)(3), counterparties will be “eligible affiliate counterparties” if:
</P>
<P>(A) One counterparty, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in the other counterparty, and the counterparty that holds the majority interest in the other counterparty reports its financial statements on a consolidated basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of the majority-owned counterparty; or
</P>
<P>(B) A third party, directly or indirectly, holds a majority ownership interest in both counterparties, and the third party reports its financial statements on a consolidated basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards, and such consolidated financial statements include the financial results of both of the counterparties.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this paragraph (e)(3), a counterparty or third party directly or indirectly holds a majority ownership interest if it directly or indirectly holds a majority of the equity securities of an entity, or the right to receive upon dissolution, or the contribution of, a majority of the capital of a partnership.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.817" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.817   Trade execution compliance schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A security-based swap transaction shall be subject to the requirements of section 3C(h) of the Act upon the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination by the Commission that the security-based swap is required to be cleared as set forth in section 3C(a) or any later compliance date that the Commission may establish as a term or condition of such determination or following a stay and review of such determination pursuant to section 3C(c) of the Act and § 240.3Ca-1 of this chapter thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty days after the available-to-trade determination submission or certification for that security-based swap is, respectively, deemed approved under § 242.806 or deemed certified under § 242.807.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall prohibit any counterparty from complying voluntarily with the requirements of section 3C(h) of the Act sooner than as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.818" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.818   Core Principle 1—Compliance with core principles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> To be registered, and maintain registration, as a security-based swap execution facility, the security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the core principles described in section 3D of the Act, and any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable discretion of security-based swap execution facility.</I> Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, by rule or regulation, a security-based swap execution facility described in paragraph (a) of this section shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which it complies with the core principles described in section 3D of the Act.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.819" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.819   Core Principle 2—Compliance with rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and enforce compliance with any rule established by such security-based swap execution facility, including the terms and conditions of the security-based swaps traded or processed on or through the facility, and any limitation on access to the facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules, including means to provide market participants with impartial access to the market and to capture information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred; and
</P>
<P>(3) Establish rules governing the operation of the facility, including rules specifying trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded or posted on the facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operation of security-based swap execution facility and compliance with rules.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall establish rules governing the operation of the security-based swap execution facility, including, but not limited to, rules specifying trading procedures to be followed by members when entering and executing orders traded or posted on the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and impartially enforce compliance with the rules of the security-based swap execution facility, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The terms and conditions of any security-based swaps traded or processed on or through the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Access to the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(iii) Trade practice rules;
</P>
<P>(iv) Audit trail requirements;
</P>
<P>(v) Disciplinary rules; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Mandatory trading requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access requirements</I>—(1) <I>Impartial access to markets and market services.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall provide any eligible contract participant and any independent software vendor with impartial access to its market(s) and market services, including any indicative quote screens or any similar pricing data displays, provided that the facility has:
</P>
<P>(i) Criteria governing such access that are impartial, transparent, and applied in a fair and non-discriminatory manner;
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures whereby eligible contract participants provide the security-based swap execution facility with written or electronic confirmation of their status as eligible contract participants, as defined by the Act and Commission rules thereunder, prior to obtaining access; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Comparable fee structures for eligible contract participants and independent software vendors receiving comparable access to, or services from, the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Jurisdiction.</I> Prior to granting any eligible contract participant access to its facilities, a security-based swap execution facility shall require that the eligible contract participant consent to its jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limitations on access.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and impartially enforce rules governing any decision to allow, deny, suspend, or permanently bar an eligible contract participant's access to the security-based swap execution facility, including when a decision is made as part of a disciplinary or emergency action taken by the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Commission review with respect to a denial or limitation of access to any service or a denial or conditioning of membership</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> An application for review by the Commission may be filed by any person who is aggrieved by a determination of a security-based swap execution facility with respect to any final action with respect to a denial or limitation of access to any service offered by the security-based swap execution facility or any final action with respect to a denial or conditioning of membership, as defined in § 242.835(b)(2) of this chapter (Rule 835(b)(2)), in accordance with § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule of Practice 442).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Standard to govern Commission review.</I> In reviewing such a determination, if the Commission finds that the specific grounds on which such denial, limitation, or conditioning is based exist in fact, that such denial, limitation, or conditioning is in accordance with the rules of the security-based swap execution facility, and that such rules are, and were applied in a manner, consistent with the purposes of the Exchange Act, the Commission, by order, shall dismiss the proceeding. If the Commission does not make any such finding or if it finds that such denial, limitation, or conditioning imposes any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act, the Commission, by order, shall set aside the action of the security-based swap execution facility and require it to admit such person to membership or participation or grant such person access to services offered by the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rule enforcement program.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and it shall have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Abusive trading practices prohibited.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall prohibit abusive trading practices on its markets by members. A security-based swap execution facility that permits intermediation shall prohibit customer-related abuses including, but not limited to, trading ahead of customer orders, trading against customer orders, accommodation trading, and improper cross trading. Specific trading practices that shall be prohibited include front-running, wash trading, pre-arranged trading (except for transactions approved by or certified to the Commission pursuant § 242.806 or § 242.807, respectively), fraudulent trading, money passes, and any other trading practices that a security-based swap execution facility deems to be abusive. A security-based swap execution facility shall also prohibit any other manipulative or disruptive trading practices prohibited by the Act or by the Commission pursuant to Commission regulation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Capacity to detect and investigate rule violations.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall have arrangements and resources for effective enforcement of its rules. Such arrangements shall include the authority to collect information and documents on both a routine and non-routine basis, including the authority to examine books and records kept by the security-based swap execution facility's members and by persons under investigation. A security-based swap execution facility's arrangements and resources shall also facilitate the direct supervision of the market and the analysis of data collected to determine whether a rule violation has occurred.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compliance staff and resources.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and maintain sufficient compliance staff and resources to ensure that it can conduct effective audit trail reviews, trade practice surveillance, market surveillance, and real-time market monitoring. The security-based swap execution facility's compliance staff shall also be sufficient to address unusual market or trading events as they arise, and to conduct and complete investigations in a timely manner, as set forth in paragraph (d)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Automated trade surveillance system.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain an automated trade surveillance system capable of detecting potential trade practice violations. The automated trade surveillance system shall load and process daily orders and trades no later than 24 hours after the completion of the trading day. The automated trade surveillance system shall have the capability to detect and flag specific trade execution patterns and trade anomalies; compute, retain, and compare trading statistics; reconstruct the sequence of market activity; perform market analyses; and support system users to perform in-depth analyses and ad hoc queries of trade-related data.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Real-time market monitoring.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct real-time market monitoring of all trading activity on its system(s) or platform(s) to identify any market or system anomalies. A security-based swap execution facility shall have the authority to adjust trade prices or cancel trades when necessary to mitigate market disrupting events caused by malfunctions in its system(s) or platform(s) or errors in orders submitted by members. Any trade price adjustments or trade cancellations shall be transparent to the market and subject to standards that are clear, fair, and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Investigations and investigation reports</I>—(i) <I>Procedures.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and maintain procedures that require its compliance staff to conduct investigations of possible rule violations. An investigation shall be commenced upon the receipt of a request from Commission staff or upon the discovery or receipt of information by the security-based swap execution facility that indicates a reasonable basis for finding that a violation may have occurred or will occur.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Timeliness.</I> Each compliance staff investigation shall be completed in a timely manner. Absent mitigating factors, a timely manner is no later than 12 months after the date that an investigation is opened. Mitigating factors that may reasonably justify an investigation taking longer than 12 months to complete include the complexity of the investigation, the number of firms or individuals involved as potential wrongdoers, the number of potential violations to be investigated, and the volume of documents and data to be examined and analyzed by compliance staff.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Investigation reports when a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> Compliance staff shall submit a written investigation report for disciplinary action in every instance in which compliance staff determines from surveillance or from an investigation that a reasonable basis exists for finding a rule violation. The investigation report shall include the reason the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; compliance staff's analysis and conclusions; and a recommendation as to whether disciplinary action should be pursued.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Investigation reports when no reasonable basis exists for finding a violation.</I> If after conducting an investigation, compliance staff determines that no reasonable basis exists for finding a rule violation, it shall prepare a written report including the reason the investigation was initiated; a summary of the complaint, if any; the relevant facts; and compliance staff's analysis and conclusions.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Warning letters.</I> The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may authorize its compliance staff to issue a warning letter to a person or entity under investigation or to recommend that a disciplinary panel take such an action. No more than one warning letter may be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same rule violation within a rolling 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Regulatory services provided by a third party</I>—(1) <I>Use of regulatory service provider permitted.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may choose to contract with a registered futures association (under section 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act), a board of trade designated as a contract market (under section 5 of the Commodity Exchange Act), a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or another security-based swap execution facility (each a “regulatory service provider”), for the provision of services to assist in complying with the Act and Commission rules thereunder, as approved by the Commission. A security-based swap execution facility that chooses to contract with a regulatory service provider shall ensure that such provider has the capacity and resources necessary to provide timely and effective regulatory services, including adequate staff and automated surveillance systems. A security-based swap execution facility shall at all times remain responsible for the performance of any regulatory services received, for compliance with the security-based swap execution facility's obligations under the Act and Commission rules thereunder, and for the regulatory service provider's performance on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duty to supervise regulatory service provider.</I> A security-based swap execution facility that elects to use the service of a regulatory service provider shall retain sufficient compliance staff to supervise the quality and effectiveness of the regulatory services provided on its behalf. Compliance staff of the security-based swap execution facility shall hold regular meetings with the regulatory service provider to discuss ongoing investigations, trading patterns, market participants, and any other matters of regulatory concern. A security-based swap execution facility shall also conduct periodic reviews of the adequacy and effectiveness of services provided on its behalf. Such reviews shall be documented carefully and made available to the Commission upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulatory decisions required from the security-based swap execution facility.</I> A security-based swap execution facility that elects to use the service of a regulatory service provider shall retain exclusive authority in all substantive decisions made by its regulatory service provider, including, but not limited to, decisions involving the cancellation of trades, the issuance of disciplinary charges against members, and denials of access to the trading platform for disciplinary reasons. A security-based swap execution facility shall document any instances where its actions differ from those recommended by its regulatory service provider, including the reasons for the course of action recommended by the regulatory service provider and the reasons why the security-based swap execution facility chose a different course of action.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Audit trail.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish procedures to capture and retain information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Audit trail required.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall capture and retain all audit trail data necessary to detect, investigate, and prevent customer and market abuses. Such data shall be sufficient to reconstruct all indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades within a reasonable period of time and to provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the security-based swap execution facility. An acceptable audit trail shall also permit the security-based swap execution facility to track a customer order from the time of receipt through execution on the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elements of an acceptable audit trail program</I>—(i) <I>Original source documents.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's audit trail shall include original source documents. Original source documents include unalterable, sequentially identified records on which trade execution information is originally recorded, whether recorded manually or electronically. Records for customer orders (whether filled, unfilled, or cancelled, each of which shall be retained or electronically captured) shall reflect the terms of the order, an account identifier that relates back to the account's owner(s), the time of order entry, and the time of trade execution. A security-based swap execution facility shall require that all orders, indications of interest, and requests for quotes be immediately captured in the audit trail.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Transaction history database.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include an electronic transaction history database. An adequate transaction history database shall include a history of all indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades entered into a security-based swap execution facility's trading system or platform, including all order modifications and cancellations. An adequate transaction history database shall also include:
</P>
<P>(A) All data that are input into the trade entry or matching system for the transaction to match and clear;
</P>
<P>(B) The customer type indicator code; and
</P>
<P>(C) Timing and sequencing data adequate to reconstruct trading.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Electronic analysis capability.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include electronic analysis capability with respect to all audit trail data in the transaction history database. Such electronic analysis capability shall ensure that the security-based swap execution facility has the ability to reconstruct indications of interest, requests for quotes, orders, and trades, and identify possible trading violations with respect to both customer and market abuse.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Safe-storage capability.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's audit trail program shall include the capability to safely store all audit trail data retained in its transaction history database. Such safe-storage capability shall include the capability to store all data in the database in a manner that protects it from unauthorized alteration, as well as from accidental erasure or other loss. Data shall be retained in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements of § 242.826 (Core Principle 9).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Enforcement of audit trail requirements</I>—(i) <I>Annual audit trail and recordkeeping reviews.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall enforce its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements through at least annual reviews of all members and persons and firms subject to the security-based swap execution facility's recordkeeping rules to verify their compliance with the security-based swap execution facility's audit trail and recordkeeping requirements. Such reviews shall include, but are not limited to, reviews of randomly selected samples of front-end audit trail data for order routing systems; a review of the process by which user identifications are assigned and user identification records are maintained; a review of usage patterns associated with user identifications to monitor for violations of user identification rules; and reviews of account numbers and customer type indicator codes in trade records to test for accuracy and improper use.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Enforcement program required.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish a program for effective enforcement of its audit trail and recordkeeping requirements. An effective program shall identify members, persons, and firms subject to the security-based swap execution facility's recordkeeping rules that have failed to maintain high levels of compliance with such requirements, and impose meaningful sanctions when deficiencies are found. Sanctions shall be sufficient to deter recidivist behavior. No more than one warning letter shall be issued to the same person or entity found to have committed the same violation of audit trail or recordkeeping requirements within a rolling 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disciplinary procedures and sanctions.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to enforce such rules through prompt and effective disciplinary action, including suspension or expulsion of members that violate the rules of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Enforcement staff.</I> (i) A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and maintain sufficient enforcement staff and resources to effectively and promptly prosecute possible rule violations within the disciplinary jurisdiction of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(ii) The enforcement staff of a security-based swap execution facility shall not include members or other persons whose interests conflict with their enforcement duties.
</P>
<P>(iii) A member of the enforcement staff shall not operate under the direction or control of any person or persons with trading privileges at the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(iv) The enforcement staff of a security-based swap execution facility may operate as part of the security-based swap execution facility's compliance department.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disciplinary panels.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish one or more disciplinary panels that are authorized to fulfill their obligations under the rules of this section. Disciplinary panels shall meet the composition requirements of § 242.834(d), and shall not include any members of the security-based swap execution facility's compliance staff or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of charges.</I> If compliance staff authorized by a security-based swap execution facility or disciplinary panel thereof determines that a reasonable basis exists for finding a violation and adjudication is warranted, it shall direct that the person or entity alleged to have committed the violation be served with a notice of charges. A notice of charges shall adequately state the acts, conduct, or practices in which the respondent is alleged to have engaged; state the rule or rules alleged to have been violated (or about to be violated); advise the respondent that it is entitled, upon request, to a hearing on the charges; and prescribe the period within which a hearing on the charges may be requested. If the rules of the security-based swap execution facility so provide, a notice may also advise:
</P>
<P>(i) That failure to request a hearing within the period prescribed in the notice, except for good cause, may be deemed a waiver of the right to a hearing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That failure to answer or to deny expressly a charge may be deemed to be an admission of such charge.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Right to representation.</I> Upon being served with a notice of charges, a respondent shall have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all succeeding stages of the disciplinary process, except by any member of the security-based swap execution facility's governing board or disciplinary panel, any employee of the security-based swap execution facility, or any person substantially related to the underlying investigations, such as a material witness or respondent.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Answer to charges.</I> A respondent shall be given a reasonable period of time to file an answer to a notice of charges. The rules of a security-based swap execution facility governing the requirements and timeliness of a respondent's answer to a notice of charges shall be fair, equitable, and publicly available.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Admission or failure to deny charges.</I> The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may provide that, if a respondent admits or fails to deny any of the charges, a disciplinary panel may find that the violations alleged in the notice of charges for which the respondent admitted or failed to deny any of the charges have been committed. If the security-based swap execution facility's rules so provide, then:
</P>
<P>(i) The disciplinary panel may impose a sanction for each violation found to have been committed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The disciplinary panel shall promptly notify the respondent in writing of any sanction to be imposed and shall advise the respondent that the respondent may request a hearing on such sanction within the period of time, which shall be stated in the notice; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may provide that, if a respondent fails to request a hearing within the period of time stated in the notice, the respondent will be deemed to have accepted the sanction.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Denial of charges and right to hearing.</I> Where a respondent has requested a hearing on a charge that is denied, or on a sanction set by the disciplinary panel, the respondent shall be given an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with the rules of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Settlement offers.</I> (i) The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may permit a respondent to submit a written offer of settlement at any time after an investigation report is completed. The disciplinary panel presiding over the matter may accept the offer of settlement, but may not alter the terms of a settlement offer unless the respondent agrees.
</P>
<P>(ii) The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may provide that, in its discretion, a disciplinary panel may permit the respondent to accept a sanction without either admitting or denying the rule violations upon which the sanction is based.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an offer of settlement is accepted, the panel accepting the offer shall issue a written decision specifying the rule violations it has reason to believe were committed, including the basis or reasons for the panel's conclusions, and any sanction to be imposed, which shall include full customer restitution where customer harm is demonstrated, except where the amount of restitution or to whom it should be provided cannot be reasonably determined. If an offer of settlement is accepted without the agreement of the enforcement staff, the decision shall adequately support the disciplinary panel's acceptance of the settlement. Where applicable, the decision shall also include a statement that the respondent has accepted the sanctions imposed without either admitting or denying the rule violations.
</P>
<P>(iv) The respondent may withdraw its offer of settlement at any time before final acceptance by a disciplinary panel. If an offer is withdrawn after submission, or is rejected by a disciplinary panel, the respondent shall not be deemed to have made any admissions by reason of the offer of settlement and shall not be otherwise prejudiced by having submitted the offer of settlement.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Hearings.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall adopt rules that provide for the following minimum requirements for any hearing:
</P>
<P>(i) The hearing shall be fair, shall be conducted before members of the disciplinary panel, and shall be promptly convened after reasonable notice to the respondent. A security-based swap execution facility need not apply the formal rules of evidence for a hearing; nevertheless, the procedures for the hearing may not be so informal as to deny a fair hearing;
</P>
<P>(ii) No member of the disciplinary panel for the hearing may have a financial, personal, or other direct interest in the matter under consideration;
</P>
<P>(iii) In advance of the hearing, the respondent shall be entitled to examine all books, documents, or other evidence in the possession or under the control of the security-based swap execution facility. The security-based swap execution facility may withhold documents that are privileged or constitute attorney work product; were prepared by an employee of the security-based swap execution facility but will not be offered in evidence in the disciplinary proceedings; may disclose a technique or guideline used in examinations, investigations, or enforcement proceedings; or disclose the identity of a confidential source;
</P>
<P>(iv) The security-based swap execution facility's enforcement and compliance staffs shall be parties to the hearing, and the enforcement staff shall present their case on those charges and sanctions that are the subject of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(v) The respondent shall be entitled to appear personally at the hearing, to cross-examine any persons appearing as witnesses at the hearing, to call witnesses, and to present such evidence as may be relevant to the charges;
</P>
<P>(vi) The security-based swap execution facility shall require persons within its jurisdiction who are called as witnesses to participate in the hearing and produce evidence. The security-based swap execution facility shall make reasonable efforts to secure the presence of all other persons called as witnesses whose testimony would be relevant. The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may provide that a sanction may be summarily imposed upon any person within its jurisdiction whose actions impede the progress of a hearing; and
</P>
<P>(vii) If the respondent has requested a hearing, a copy of the hearing shall be made and shall become a part of the record of the proceeding. The record shall not be required to be transcribed unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The transcript is requested by Commission staff or the respondent;
</P>
<P>(B) The decision is appealed pursuant to the rules of the security-based swap execution facility; or
</P>
<P>(C) The decision is reviewed by the Commission pursuant to § 201.442 of this chapter. In all other instances, a summary record of a hearing is permitted.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Decisions.</I> Promptly following a hearing conducted in accordance with the rules of the security-based swap execution facility, the disciplinary panel shall render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and shall provide a copy to the respondent. The decision shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The notice of charges or a summary of the charges;
</P>
<P>(ii) The answer, if any, or a summary of the answer;
</P>
<P>(iii) A summary of the evidence produced at the hearing or, where appropriate, incorporation by reference of the investigation report;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of findings and conclusions with respect to each charge and a complete explanation of the evidentiary and other basis for such findings and conclusions with respect to each charge;
</P>
<P>(v) An indication of each specific rule that the respondent was found to have violated; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A declaration of all sanctions imposed against the respondent, including the basis for such sanctions and the effective date of such sanctions.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Emergency disciplinary actions.</I> (i) A security-based swap execution facility may impose a sanction, including suspension, or take other summary action against a person or entity subject to its jurisdiction upon a reasonable belief that such immediate action is necessary to protect the best interest of the market place.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any emergency disciplinary action shall be taken in accordance with a security-based swap execution facility's procedures that provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(A) If practicable, a respondent should be served with a notice before the action is taken, or otherwise at the earliest possible opportunity. The notice shall state the action, briefly state the reasons for the action, and state the effective time and date, and the duration of the action.
</P>
<P>(B) The respondent shall have the right to be represented by legal counsel or any other representative of its choosing in all proceedings subsequent to the emergency action taken. The respondent shall be given the opportunity for a hearing as soon as reasonably practicable and the hearing shall be conducted before the disciplinary panel pursuant to the rules of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(C) Promptly following the hearing, the security-based swap execution facility shall render a written decision based upon the weight of the evidence contained in the record of the proceeding and shall provide a copy to the respondent. The decision shall include a description of the summary action taken; the reasons for the summary action; a summary of the evidence produced at the hearing; a statement of findings and conclusions; a determination that the summary action should be affirmed, modified, or reversed; and a declaration of any action to be taken pursuant to the determination, and the effective date and duration of such action.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Right to appeal.</I> The rules of a security-based swap execution facility may permit the parties to a proceeding to appeal promptly an adverse decision of a disciplinary panel in all or in certain classes of cases. Such rules may require a party's notice of appeal to be in writing and to specify the findings, conclusions, or sanctions to which objection are taken. If the rules of a security-based swap execution facility permit appeals, then both the respondent and the enforcement staff shall have the opportunity to appeal and:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap execution facility shall establish an appellate panel that is authorized to hear appeals. The rules of the security-based swap execution facility may provide that the appellate panel may, on its own initiative, order review of a decision by a disciplinary panel within a reasonable period of time after the decision has been rendered;
</P>
<P>(ii) The composition of the appellate panel shall be consistent with § 242.834(d) and shall not include any members of the security-based swap execution facility's compliance staff or any person involved in adjudicating any other stage of the same proceeding. The rules of a security-based swap execution facility shall provide for the appeal proceeding to be conducted before all of the members of the appellate panel or a panel thereof;
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for good cause shown, the appeal or review shall be conducted solely on the record before the disciplinary panel, the written exceptions filed by the parties, and the oral or written arguments of the parties; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Promptly following the appeal or review proceeding, the appellate panel shall issue a written decision and shall provide a copy to the respondent. The decision issued by the appellate panel shall adhere to all the requirements of paragraph (g)(10) of this section to the extent that a different conclusion is reached from that issued by the disciplinary panel.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Disciplinary sanctions</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> All disciplinary sanctions imposed by a security-based swap execution facility or its disciplinary panels shall be commensurate with the violations committed and shall be clearly sufficient to deter recidivism or similar violations by other members. All disciplinary sanctions, including sanctions imposed pursuant to an accepted settlement offer, shall take into account the respondent's disciplinary history. In the event of demonstrated customer harm, any disciplinary sanction shall also include full customer restitution, except where the amount of restitution or to whom it should be provided cannot be reasonably determined.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Summary fines for violations of rules regarding timely submission of records.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may adopt a summary fine schedule for violations of rules relating to the failure to timely submit accurate records required for clearing or verifying each day's transactions. A security-based swap execution facility may permit its compliance staff, or a designated panel of security-based swap execution facility officials, to summarily impose minor sanctions against persons within the security-based swap execution facility's jurisdiction for violating such rules. A security-based swap execution facility's summary fine schedule may allow for warning letters to be issued for first-time violations or violators. If adopted, a summary fine schedule shall provide for progressively larger fines for recurring violations.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Commission review of a disciplinary sanction</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> An application for review by the Commission may be filed by any person who is aggrieved by a determination of a security-based swap facility with respect to any final disciplinary action, as defined in § 242.835(b)(1) of this chapter (Rule 835(b)(1)), in accordance with § 201.442 of this chapter (Rule of Practice 442).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Standard to govern Commission review.</I> (A) In reviewing such a determination, if the Commission finds that such person has engaged in such acts or practices, or has omitted such acts, as the security-based swap execution facility has found him to have engaged in or omitted, that such acts or practices, or omissions to act, are in violation of the Exchange Act, the rules or regulations thereunder, or the rules of the security-based swap execution facility, and that such provisions are, and were applied in a manner, consistent with the purposes of Exchange Act, the Commission, by order, shall so declare and, as appropriate, affirm the sanction imposed by the security-based swap execution facility, modify the sanction in accordance with paragraph (C) of this subsection, or remand to the security-based swap execution facility for further proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(B) if the Commission does not make any such finding it shall, by order, set aside the sanction imposed by the security-based swap execution facility and, if appropriate, remand to the security-based swap execution facility for further proceedings.
</P>
<P>(C) If the Commission, having due regard for the public interest and the protection of investors, finds that a sanction imposed by a security-based swap execution facility upon such person imposes any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act or is excessive or oppressive, the Commission may cancel, reduce, or require the remission of such sanction.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Activities of security-based swap execution facility's employees, governing board members, committee members, and consultants</I>—(1) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions shall apply only in this paragraph (h):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Covered interest,</I> with respect to a security-based swap execution facility, means:
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap that trades on the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(B) A security of an issuer that has issued a security that underlies a security-based swap that is listed on that facility; or
</P>
<P>(C) A derivative based on a security that falls within paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Pooled investment vehicle</I> means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in which no covered interest constitutes more than 10 percent of the investment company's assets.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Required rules.</I> A security-based swap execution facility must maintain in effect rules which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807 that, at a minimum, prohibit an employee of the security-based swap execution facility from:
</P>
<P>(i) Trading, directly or indirectly, any covered interest; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclosing to any other person any material, non-public information which such employee obtains as a result of their employment at the security-based swap execution facility, where such employee has or should have a reasonable expectation that the information disclosed may assist another person in trading any covered interest; provided, however, that such rules shall not prohibit disclosures made in the course of an employee's duties, or disclosures made to another security-based swap execution facility, court of competent jurisdiction, or representative of any agency or department of the Federal or State government acting in their official capacity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Possible exemptions.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may adopt rules, which must be submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807, which set forth circumstances under which exemptions from the trading prohibition contained in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section may be granted; such exemptions are to be administered by the security-based swap execution facility on a case-by-case basis. Specifically, such circumstances may include:
</P>
<P>(i) Participation by an employee in a pooled investment vehicle where the employee has no direct or indirect control with respect to transactions executed for or on behalf of such vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Trading by an employee in a derivative based on a pooled investment vehicle that falls within paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Trading by an employee in a derivative based on an index in which no covered interest constitutes more than 10 percent of the index; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Trading by an employee under circumstances enumerated by the security-based swap execution facility in rules which the security-based swap execution facility determines are not contrary to applicable law, the public interest, or just and equitable principles of trade.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prohibited conduct.</I> (i) No employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant of a security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Trade for such person's own account, or for or on behalf of any other account, in any covered interest on the basis of any material, non-public information obtained through special access related to the performance of such person's official duties as an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant; or
</P>
<P>(B) Disclose for any purpose inconsistent with the performance of such person's official duties as an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant any material, non-public information obtained through special access related to the performance of such duties.
</P>
<P>(ii) No person shall trade for such person's own account, or for or on behalf of any other account, in any covered interest on the basis of any material, non-public information that such person knows was obtained in violation of this paragraph (h)(4) from an employee, governing board member, committee member, or consultant.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Service on security-based swap execution facility governing boards or committees by persons with disciplinary histories.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain in effect rules which have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807 that render a person ineligible to serve on its disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels, or governing board who:
</P>
<P>(i) Was found within the prior three years by a final decision of a security-based swap execution facility, a self-regulatory organization, an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Commission to have committed a disciplinary offense;
</P>
<P>(ii) Entered into a settlement agreement with a security-based swap execution facility, a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Commission within the prior three years in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense;
</P>
<P>(iii) Currently is suspended from trading on any security-based swap execution facility, is suspended or expelled from membership with a self-regulatory organization, is serving any sentence of probation, or owes any portion of a fine imposed pursuant to:
</P>
<P>(A) A finding by a final decision of a security-based swap execution facility, a self-regulatory organization, an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Commission that such person committed a disciplinary offense; or
</P>
<P>(B) A settlement agreement with a security-based swap execution facility, a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Commission in which any of the findings or, in the absence of such findings, any of the acts charged included a disciplinary offense;
</P>
<P>(iv) Currently is subject to an agreement with the Commission, a security-based swap execution facility, or a self-regulatory organization not to apply for registration with the Commission or membership in any self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(v) Currently is subject to or has had imposed on him or her within the prior three years a Commission registration revocation or suspension in any capacity for any reason, or has been convicted within the prior three years of any felony; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Currently is subject to a denial, suspension, or disqualification from serving on a disciplinary committee, arbitration panel, or governing board of any security-based swap execution facility or self-regulatory organization.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may serve on a disciplinary committee, arbitration panel, oversight panel or governing board of a security-based swap execution facility if such person is subject to any of the conditions listed in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission a schedule listing all those rule violations which constitute disciplinary offenses and, to the extent necessary to reflect revisions, shall submit an amended schedule within 30 days of the end of each calendar year. A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain and keep current the schedule required by this section, and post the schedule on the security-based swap execution facility's website so that it is in a public place designed to provide notice to members and otherwise ensure its availability to the general public.
</P>
<P>(4) A security-based swap execution facility shall submit to the Commission within 30 days of the end of each calendar year a certified list of any persons who have been removed from its disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels, or governing board pursuant to the requirements of this section during the prior year.
</P>
<P>(5) Whenever a security-based swap execution facility finds by final decision that a person has committed a disciplinary offense and such finding makes such person ineligible to serve on that security-based swap execution facility's disciplinary committees, arbitration panels, oversight panels, or governing board, the security-based swap execution facility shall inform the Commission of that finding and the length of the ineligibility in a form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Arbitration panel</I> means any person or panel empowered by a security-based swap execution facility to arbitrate disputes involving the security-based swap execution facility's members or their customers.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Disciplinary offense</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) Any violation of the rules of a security-based swap execution facility, except a violation resulting in fines aggregating to less than $5,000 within a calendar year involving:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Decorum or attire;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Financial requirements; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Reporting or recordkeeping;
</P>
<P>(B) Any rule violation which involves fraud, deceit, or conversion or results in a suspension or expulsion;
</P>
<P>(C) Any violation of the Act or the Commission's rules thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(D) Any failure to exercise supervisory responsibility when such failure is itself a violation of either the rules of the security-based swap execution facility, the Act, or the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(E) A disciplinary offense must arise out of a proceeding or action which is brought by a security-based swap execution facility, the Commission, any Federal or State agency, or other governmental body.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Final decision</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) A decision of a security-based swap execution facility which cannot be further appealed within the security-based swap execution facility, is not subject to the stay of the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction, and has not been reversed by the Commission or any court of competent jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any decision by an administrative law judge, a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Commission which has not been stayed or reversed.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Notification of final disciplinary action involving financial harm to a customer.</I> (1) Upon any final disciplinary action in which a security-based swap execution facility finds that a member has committed a rule violation that involved a transaction for a customer, whether executed or not, and that resulted in financial harm to the customer:
</P>
<P>(i) The security-based swap execution facility shall promptly provide written notice of the disciplinary action to the member; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap execution facility shall have established a rule pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807 that requires a member that receives such a notice to promptly provide written notice of the disciplinary action to the customer, as disclosed on the member's books and records.
</P>
<P>(2) A written notice required by paragraph (j)(1) of this section must include the principal facts of the disciplinary action and a statement that the security-based swap execution facility has found that the member has committed a rule violation that involved a transaction for the customer, whether executed or not, and that resulted in financial harm to the customer.
</P>
<P>(3) Solely for purposes of this paragraph (j):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Customer</I> means a person that utilizes an agent in connection with trading on a security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Final disciplinary action</I> means any decision by or settlement with a security-based swap execution facility in a disciplinary matter which cannot be further appealed at the security-based swap execution facility, is not subject to the stay of the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction, and has not been reversed by the Commission or any court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Designation of agent for non-U.S. member.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility that admits a non-U.S. person as a member shall be deemed to be the agent of the non-U.S. member with respect to any security-based swaps executed by the non-U.S. member. Service or delivery of any communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the security-based swap execution facility shall constitute valid and effective service upon the non-U.S. member. The security-based swap execution facility which has been served with, or to which there has been delivered, a communication issued by or on behalf of the Commission to a non-U.S. member shall transmit the communication promptly and in a manner which is reasonable under the circumstances, or in a manner specified by the Commission in the communication, to the non-U.S. member.
</P>
<P>(2) It shall be unlawful for a security-based swap execution facility to permit a non-U.S. member to execute security-based swaps on the facility unless the security-based swap execution facility prior thereto informs the non-U.S. member in writing of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements of paragraphs (k)(1) and (2) of this section shall not apply if the non-U.S. member has duly executed and maintains in effect a written agency agreement in compliance with this paragraph with a person domiciled in the United States and has provided a copy of the agreement to the security-based swap execution facility prior to effecting any transaction on the security-based swap execution facility. This agreement must authorize the person domiciled in the United States to serve as the agent of the non-U.S. member for purposes of accepting delivery and service of all communications issued by or on behalf of the Commission to the non-U.S. member and must provide an address in the United States where the agent will accept delivery and service of communications from the Commission. This agreement must be filed with the Commission by the security-based swap execution facility prior to permitting the non-U.S. member to effect any transactions in security-based swaps. Such agreements shall be filed in a manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) A non-U.S. member shall notify the Commission immediately if the written agency agreement is terminated, revoked, or is otherwise no longer in effect. If the security-based swap execution facility knows or should know that the agreement has expired, been terminated, or is no longer in effect, the security-based swap execution facility shall notify the Commission immediately.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.820" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.820   Core Principle 3—Security-based swaps not readily susceptible to manipulation.</HEAD>
<P>The security-based swap execution facility shall permit trading only in security-based swaps that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.821" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.821   Core Principle 4—Monitoring of trading and trade processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and enforce rules or terms and conditions defining, or specifications detailing:
</P>
<P>(i) Trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures for trade processing of security-based swaps on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor trading in security-based swaps to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash settlement process through surveillance, compliance, and disciplinary practices and procedures, including methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading and comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market oversight obligations.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Collect and evaluate data on its members' market activity on an ongoing basis in order to detect and prevent manipulation, price distortions, and, where possible, disruptions of the physical-delivery or cash-settlement process;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor and evaluate general market data in order to detect and prevent manipulative activity that would result in the failure of the market price to reflect the normal forces of supply and demand;
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate an effective program for conducting real-time monitoring of trading for the purpose of detecting and resolving abnormalities. A security-based swap execution facility shall employ automated alerts to detect abnormal price movements and unusual trading volumes in real time and instances or threats of manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions on at least a T + 1 basis. The T + 1 detection and analysis should incorporate any additional data that becomes available on a T + 1 basis, including the trade reconstruction data;
</P>
<P>(4) Demonstrate the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct daily trading activity for the purpose of detecting instances or threats of manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions; and
</P>
<P>(5) Have rules in place that allow it to intervene to prevent or reduce market disruptions. Once a threatened or actual disruption is detected, the security-based swap execution facility shall take steps to prevent the market disruption or reduce its severity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Monitoring of physical-delivery security-based swaps.</I> For physical-delivery security-based swaps, the security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it:
</P>
<P>(1) Monitors a security-based swap's terms and conditions as they relate to the underlying asset market; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitors the availability of the supply of the asset specified by the delivery requirements of the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements for cash-settled security-based swaps.</I> (1) For cash-settled security-based swaps, the security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors the pricing of the reference price used to determine cash flows or settlement.
</P>
<P>(2) For cash-settled security-based swaps listed on the security-based swap execution facility where the reference price is formulated and computed by the security-based swap execution facility, the security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors the continued appropriateness of its methodology for deriving that price and shall promptly amend any methodologies that result, or are likely to result, in manipulation, price distortions, or market disruptions, or impose new methodologies to resolve the threat of disruptions or distortions.
</P>
<P>(3) For cash-settled security-based swaps listed on the security-based swap execution facility where the reference price relies on a third-party index or instrument, including an index or instrument traded on another venue, the security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it monitors for pricing abnormalities in the index or instrument used to calculate the reference price and shall conduct due diligence to ensure that the reference price is not susceptible to manipulation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ability to obtain information.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it has access to sufficient information to assess whether trading in security-based swaps listed on its market, in the index or instrument used as a reference price, or in the underlying asset for its listed security-based swaps is being used to affect prices on its market. The security-based swap execution facility shall demonstrate that it can obtain position and trading information directly from members that conduct substantial trading on its facility or through an information-sharing agreement with other venues or a third-party regulatory service provider. If the position and trading information is not available directly from its members but is available through information-sharing agreements with other trading venues or a third-party regulatory service provider, the security-based swap execution facility should cooperate in such information-sharing agreements.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall have rules that require its members to keep records of their trading, including records of their activity in the underlying asset, and related derivatives markets, and make such records available, upon request, to the security-based swap execution facility or, if applicable, to its regulatory service provider and the Commission. The security-based swap execution facility may limit the application of this requirement to only those members that conduct substantial trading on its facility.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Risk controls for trading.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and maintain risk control mechanisms to prevent and reduce the potential risk of market disruptions, including, but not limited to, market restrictions that pause or halt trading under market conditions prescribed by the security-based swap execution facility. Such risk control mechanisms shall be designed to avoid market disruptions without unduly interfering with that market's price discovery function. The security-based swap execution facility may choose from among controls that include: pre-trade limits on order size, price collars or bands around the current price, message throttles, daily price limits, and intraday position limits related to financial risk to the clearing member, or design other types of controls, as well as clear error-trade and order-cancellation policies. Within the specific array of controls that are selected, the security-based swap execution facility shall set the parameters for those controls, so that the specific parameters are reasonably likely to serve the purpose of preventing market disruptions and price distortions.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Trade reconstruction.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall have the ability to comprehensively and accurately reconstruct all trading on its facility. All audit-trail data and reconstructions shall be made available to the Commission in a form, manner, and time that is acceptable to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Regulatory service provider.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the rules in this section through a dedicated regulatory department or by contracting with a regulatory service provider pursuant to § 242.819(e).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.822" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.822   Core Principle 5—Ability to obtain information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and enforce rules that will allow the facility to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in section 3D of the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the information to the Commission on request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Establish and enforce rules.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules that will allow the security-based swap execution facility to have the ability and authority to obtain sufficient information to allow it to fully perform its operational, risk management, governance, and regulatory functions and any requirements under this section, including the capacity to carry out international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collection of information.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall have rules that allow it to collect information on a routine basis, allow for the collection of non-routine data from its members, and allow for its examination of books and records kept by members on its facility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Provide information to the Commission.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall provide information in its possession to the Commission upon request, in a form and manner specified by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information-sharing agreements.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall share information with other regulatory organizations, data repositories, and third-party data reporting services as required by the Commission or as otherwise necessary and appropriate to fulfill its regulatory and reporting responsibilities. Appropriate information-sharing agreements can be established with such entities, or the Commission can act in conjunction with the security-based swap execution facility to carry out such information sharing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.823" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.823   Core Principle 6—Financial integrity of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of security-based swaps entered on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility, including the clearance and settlement of security-based swaps pursuant to section 3C(a)(1) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required clearing.</I> Transactions executed on or through the security-based swap execution facility that are required to be cleared under section 3C(a)(1) of the Act or are voluntarily cleared by the counterparties shall be cleared through a registered clearing agency or a clearing agency that has obtained an exemption from clearing agency registration to provide central counterparty services for security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General financial integrity.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall provide for the financial integrity of its transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) By establishing minimum financial standards for its members, which shall, at a minimum, require that each member qualify as an eligible contract participant;
</P>
<P>(2) For transactions cleared by a registered clearing agency:
</P>
<P>(i) By ensuring that the security-based swap execution facility has the capacity to route transactions to the registered clearing agency in a manner acceptable to the clearing agency for purposes of clearing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) By coordinating with each registered clearing agency to which it submits transactions for clearing, in the development of rules and procedures to facilitate prompt and efficient transaction processing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Monitoring for financial soundness.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall monitor its members to ensure that they continue to qualify as eligible contract participants.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.824" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.824   Core Principle 7—Emergency authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The security-based swap execution facility shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in any security-based swap or to suspend or curtail trading in a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(b) To comply with this core principle, a security-based swap execution facility shall adopt rules that are reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Allow the security-based swap execution facility to intervene as necessary to maintain markets with fair and orderly trading and to prevent or address manipulation or disruptive trading practices, whether the need for intervention arises exclusively from the security-based swap execution facility's market or as part of a coordinated, cross-market intervention;
</P>
<P>(2) Have the flexibility and independence to address market emergencies in an effective and timely manner consistent with the nature of the emergency, as long as all such actions taken by the security-based swap execution facility are made in good faith to protect the integrity of the markets;
</P>
<P>(3) Take market actions as may be directed by the Commission, including, in situations where a security-based swap is traded on more than one platform, emergency action to liquidate or transfer open interest as directed, or agreed to, by the Commission or the Commission's staff;
</P>
<P>(4) Include procedures and guidelines for decision-making and implementation of emergency intervention that avoid conflicts of interest;
</P>
<P>(5) Include alternate lines of communication and approval procedures to address emergencies associated with real-time events; and
</P>
<P>(6) Allow the security-based swap execution facility, to address perceived market threats, to impose or modify position limits, impose or modify price limits, impose or modify intraday market restrictions, impose special margin requirements, order the liquidation or transfer of open positions in any contract, order the fixing of a settlement price, extend or shorten the expiration date or the trading hours, suspend or curtail trading in any contract, transfer customer contracts and the margin, or alter any contract's settlement terms or conditions, or, if applicable, provide for the carrying out of such actions through its agreements with its third-party provider of clearing or regulatory services.
</P>
<P>(c) A security-based swap execution facility shall promptly notify the Commission of its exercise of emergency authority, explaining its decision-making process, the reasons for using its emergency authority, and how conflicts of interest were minimized, including the extent to which the security-based swap execution facility considered the effect of its emergency action on the underlying markets and on markets that are linked or referenced to the contracts traded on its facility, including similar markets on other trading venues. Information on all regulatory actions carried out pursuant to a security-based swap execution facility's emergency authority shall be included in a timely submission of a certified rule pursuant to § 242.807.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.825" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.825   Core Principle 8—Timely publication of trading information.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The security-based swap execution facility shall make public timely information on price, trading volume, and other trading data on security-based swaps to the extent prescribed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap execution facility shall be required to have the capacity to electronically capture and transmit and disseminate trade information with respect to transactions executed on or through the facility.
</P>
<P>(b) A security-based swap execution facility shall report security-based swap transaction data as required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909 (Regulation SBSR).
</P>
<P>(c) A security-based swap execution facility shall make available a “Daily Market Data Report” containing the information required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section in a manner and timeframe required by this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contents.</I> The Daily Market Data Report of a security-based swap execution facility for a business day shall contain the following information for each tenor of each security-based swap traded on that security-based swap execution facility during that business day:
</P>
<P>(i) The trade count (excluding error trades, correcting trades, and offsetting trades);
</P>
<P>(ii) The total notional amount traded (excluding error trades, correcting trades, and offsetting trades);
</P>
<P>(iii) The total notional amount of block trades, after such time as the Commission adopts a definition of “block trade” in § 242.802 of this chapter (Rule 802);
</P>
<P>(iv) The opening and closing price;
</P>
<P>(v) The price that is used for settlement purposes, if different from the closing price; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The lowest price of a sale or offer, whichever is lower, and the highest price of a sale or bid, whichever is higher, that the security-based swap execution facility reasonably determines accurately reflects market conditions. Bids and offers vacated or withdrawn shall not be used in making this determination. A bid is vacated if followed by a higher bid or price and an offer is vacated if followed by a lower offer or price.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional information.</I> A security-based swap execution facility must record the following information with respect to security-based swaps on that reporting market:
</P>
<P>(i) The method used by the security-based swap execution facility in determining nominal prices and settlement prices; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If discretion is used by the security-based swap execution facility in determining the opening and/or closing ranges or the settlement prices, an explanation that certain discretion may be employed by the security-based swap execution facility and a description of the manner in which that discretion may be employed. Discretionary authority must be noted explicitly in each case in which it is applied (for example, by use of an asterisk or footnote).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Form of publication.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall publicly post the Daily Market Data Report on its website:
</P>
<P>(i) In a downloadable and machine-readable format using the most recent versions of the associated XML schema and PDF renderer as published on the Commission's website;
</P>
<P>(ii) Without fees or other charges;
</P>
<P>(iii) Without any encumbrances on access or usage restrictions; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Without requiring a user to agree to any terms before being allowed to view or download the Daily Market Data Report, such as by waiving any requirements of this paragraph (c)(3). Any such waiver agreed to by a user shall be null and void.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Timing of publication.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall publish the Daily Market Data Report on its website as soon as reasonably practicable on the next business day after the day to which the information pertains, but in no event later than 7 a.m. on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Duration.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall keep each Daily Market Data Report available on its website in the same location as all other Daily Market Data Reports for no less than one year after the date of first publication.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.826" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.826   Core Principle 9—Recordkeeping and reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, including a complete audit trail, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission for a period of five years; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission shall adopt data collection and reporting requirements for security-based swap execution facilities that are comparable to corresponding requirements for clearing agencies and security-based swap data repositories.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required records.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, together with all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to its business with respect to security-based swaps. Such records shall include, without limitation, the audit trail information required under § 242.819(f) and all other records that a security-based swap execution facility is required to create or obtain under §§ 242.800 through 242.835 (Regulation SE).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duration of retention.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall keep records of any security-based swap from the date of execution until the termination, maturity, expiration, transfer, assignment, or novation date of the transaction, and for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, after such date.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall keep each record other than the records described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, from the date on which the record was created.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record retention.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall retain all records in a form and manner that ensures the authenticity and reliability of such records in accordance with the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap execution facility shall, upon request of any representative of the Commission, promptly furnish to the representative legible, true, complete, and current copies of any records required to be kept and preserved pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) An electronic record shall be retained in a form and manner that allows for prompt production at the request of any representative of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(ii) A security-based swap execution facility maintaining electronic records shall establish appropriate systems and controls that ensure the authenticity and reliability of electronic records, including, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(A) Systems that maintain the security, signature, and data as necessary to ensure the authenticity of the information contained in electronic records and to monitor compliance with the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(B) Systems that ensure that the security-based swap execution facility is able to produce electronic records in accordance with this section, and ensure the availability of such electronic records in the event of an emergency or other disruption of the security-based swap execution facility's electronic record retention systems; and
</P>
<P>(C) The creation and maintenance of an up-to-date inventory that identifies and describes each system that maintains information necessary for accessing or producing electronic records.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Record examination.</I> All records required to be kept by a security-based swap execution facility pursuant to this section are subject to examination by any representative of the Commission pursuant to section 17(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records of non-U.S. members.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall keep a record in permanent form, which shall show the true name, address, and principal occupation or business of any non-U.S. member that executes transactions on the facility. Upon request, the security-based swap execution facility shall provide to the Commission information regarding the name of any person guaranteeing such transactions or exercising any control over the trading of such non-U.S. member.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.827" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.827   Core Principle 10—Antitrust considerations.</HEAD>
<P>Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the Act, the security-based swap execution facility shall not:
</P>
<P>(a) Adopt any rules or take any actions that result in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
</P>
<P>(b) Impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.828" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.828   Core Principle 11—Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in its decision-making process; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish a process for resolving the conflicts of interest.
</P>
<P>(b) A security-based swap execution facility shall comply with the requirements of § 242.834.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.829" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.829   Core Principle 12—Financial resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1) The security-based swap execution facility shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the security-based swap execution facility, as determined by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(2) The financial resources of a security-based swap execution facility shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources:
</P>
<P>(i) Enables the organization to meet its financial obligations to its members notwithstanding a default by a member creating the largest financial exposure for that organization in extreme but plausible market conditions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Exceeds the total amount that would enable the security-based swap execution facility to cover the operating costs of the security-based swap execution facility for a one-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain financial resources on an ongoing basis that are adequate to enable it to comply with the core principles set forth in section 3D of the Act and any applicable Commission rules. Financial resources shall be considered adequate if their value exceeds the total amount that would enable the security-based swap execution facility to cover its projected operating costs necessary for the security-based swap execution facility to comply with section 3D of the Act and applicable Commission rules for a one-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Types of financial resources.</I> Financial resources available to satisfy the requirements of this section may include:
</P>
<P>(1) The security-based swap execution facility's own capital, meaning its assets minus its liabilities calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other financial resource deemed acceptable by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquidity of financial resources.</I> The financial resources allocated by a security-based swap execution facility to meet the ongoing requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall include unencumbered, liquid financial assets (<I>i.e.,</I> cash and/or highly liquid securities) equal to at least the greater of three months of projected operating costs, as calculated on a rolling basis, or the projected costs needed to wind down the security-based swap execution facility's operations, in each case as determined under paragraph (e) of this section. If a security-based swap execution facility lacks sufficient unencumbered, liquid financial assets to satisfy its obligations under this section, the security-based swap execution facility may satisfy this requirement by obtaining a committed line of credit or similar facility in an amount at least equal to such deficiency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Computation of costs to meet financial resources requirement.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall, each fiscal quarter, make a reasonable calculation of its projected operating costs and wind-down costs in order to determine its applicable obligations under this section. The security-based swap execution facility shall have reasonable discretion in determining the methodologies used to compute such amounts.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Calculation of projected operating costs.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's calculation of its projected operating costs shall be deemed reasonable if it includes all expenses necessary for the security-based swap execution facility to comply with the core principles set forth in section 3D of the Act and any applicable Commission rules, and if the calculation is based on the security-based swap execution facility's current level of business and business model, taking into account any projected modification to its business model (<I>e.g.,</I> the addition or subtraction of business lines or operations or other changes), and any projected increase or decrease in its level of business over the next 12 months. A security-based swap execution facility may exclude the following expenses (“excludable expenses”) from its projected operating cost calculations:
</P>
<P>(A) Costs attributable solely to sales, marketing, business development, product development, or recruitment and any related travel, entertainment, event, or conference costs;
</P>
<P>(B) Compensation and related taxes and benefits for personnel who are not necessary to ensure that the security-based swap execution facility is able to comply with the core principles set forth in section 3D of the Act and any applicable Commission rules;
</P>
<P>(C) Costs for acquiring and defending patents and trademarks for security-based swap execution facility products and related intellectual property;
</P>
<P>(D) Magazine, newspaper, and online periodical subscription fees;
</P>
<P>(E) Tax preparation and audit fees;
</P>
<P>(F) The variable commissions that a voice-based security-based swap execution facility may pay to its trading specialists, calculated as a percentage of transaction revenue generated by the voice-based security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(G) Any non-cash costs, including depreciation and amortization.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prorated expenses.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's calculation of its projected operating costs shall be deemed reasonable if an expense is prorated and the security-based swap execution facility:
</P>
<P>(A) Maintains sufficient documentation that reasonably shows the extent to which an expense is partially attributable to an excludable expense;
</P>
<P>(B) Identifies any prorated expense in the financial reports that it submits to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Sufficiently explains why it prorated any expense. Common allocation methodologies that may be used include actual use, headcount, or square footage. A security-based swap execution facility may provide documentation, such as copies of service agreements, other legal documents, firm policies, audit statements, or allocation methodologies to support its determination to prorate an expense.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Expenses allocated among affiliates.</I> A security-based swap execution facility's calculation of its projected operating costs shall be deemed reasonable if it prorates any shared expense that the security-based swap execution facility pays for, but only to the extent that such shared expense is attributable to an affiliate and for which the security-based swap execution facility is reimbursed. To prorate a shared expense, the security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Maintain sufficient documentation that reasonably shows the extent to which the shared expense is attributable to and paid for by the security-based swap execution facility and/or affiliated entity. The security-based swap execution facility may provide documentation, such as copies of service agreements, other legal documents, firm policies, audit statements, or allocation methodologies, that reasonably shows how expenses are attributable to, and paid for by, the security-based swap execution facility and/or its affiliated entities to support its determination to prorate an expense;
</P>
<P>(B) Identify any shared expense in the financial reports that it submits to the Commission pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Sufficiently explain why it prorated the shared expense.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding any provision of paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the Commission may review the methodologies and require changes as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Valuation of financial resources.</I> No less than each fiscal quarter, a security-based swap execution facility shall compute the current market value of each financial resource used to meet its obligations under this section. Reductions in value to reflect market and credit risk (“haircuts”) shall be applied as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Reporting to the Commission.</I> (1) Each fiscal quarter, or at any time upon Commission request, a security-based swap execution facility shall provide a report to the Commission that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of financial resources necessary to meet the requirements of this section, computed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, and the market value of each available financial resource, computed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(A) The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, prepared in English, and denominated in U.S. dollars.
</P>
<P>(B) The financial statements of a security-based swap execution facility that is not domiciled in the United States, and is not otherwise required to prepare financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, may satisfy the requirement in paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(A) of this section if such financial statements are prepared in accordance with either International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or a comparable international standard as the Commission may otherwise accept in its discretion.
</P>
<P>(2) The calculations required by this paragraph (g) shall be made as of the last business day of the security-based swap execution facility's applicable fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(3) With each report required under paragraph (g) of this section, the security-based swap execution facility shall also provide the Commission with sufficient documentation explaining the methodology used to compute its financial requirements under this section. Such documentation shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Allow the Commission to reliably determine, without additional requests for information, that the security-based swap execution facility has made reasonable calculations pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) A total list of all expenses, without any exclusion;
</P>
<P>(B) All expenses and the corresponding amounts, if any, that the security-based swap execution facility excluded or prorated when determining its operating costs, calculated on a rolling basis, required under this section, and the basis for any determination to exclude or prorate any such expenses;
</P>
<P>(C) Documentation demonstrating the existence of any committed line of credit or similar facility relied upon for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> copies of agreements establishing or amending a credit facility or similar facility); and
</P>
<P>(D) All costs that a security-based swap execution facility would incur to wind down its operations, the projected amount of time for any such wind-down period, and the basis of its determination for the estimation of its costs and timing.
</P>
<P>(4) The reports and supporting documentation required by this section shall be filed not later than 40 calendar days after the end of the security-based swap execution facility's first three fiscal quarters, and not later than 90 calendar days after the end of the security-based swap execution facility's fourth fiscal quarter, or at such later time as the Commission may permit, in its discretion, upon request by the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(5) A security-based swap execution facility shall provide notice to the Commission no later than 48 hours after it knows or reasonably should know that it no longer meets its obligations under paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) A security-based swap execution facility shall provide the report and documentation required by this section to the Commission electronically using the EDGAR system as an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.830" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.830   Core Principle 13—System safeguards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and automated systems, that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are reliable and secure; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have adequate scalable capacity;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allow for:
</P>
<P>(i) The timely recovery and resumption of operations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(3) Periodically conduct tests to verify that the backup resources of the security-based swap execution facility are sufficient to ensure continued:
</P>
<P>(i) Order processing and trade matching;
</P>
<P>(ii) Price reporting;
</P>
<P>(iii) Market surveillance; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility's program of risk analysis and oversight with respect to its operations and automated systems shall address each of the following categories of risk analysis and oversight:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Enterprise risk management and governance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Assessment, mitigation, and monitoring of security and technology risk; security and technology capital planning and investment; governing board and management oversight of technology and security; information technology audit and controls assessments; remediation of deficiencies; and any other elements of enterprise risk management and governance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information security.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to, controls relating to: Access to systems and data (including least privilege, separation of duties, account monitoring, and control); user and device identification and authentication; security awareness training; audit log maintenance, monitoring, and analysis; media protection; personnel security and screening; automated system and communications protection (including network port control, boundary defenses, and encryption); system and information integrity (including malware defenses and software integrity monitoring); vulnerability management; penetration testing; security incident response and management; and any other elements of information security included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Regular, periodic testing and review of business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities; the controls and capabilities described in paragraphs (b)(3) and (10) of this section; and any other elements of business continuity-disaster recovery planning and resources included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Capacity and performance planning.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Controls for monitoring the security-based swap execution facility's systems to ensure adequate scalable capacity (including testing, monitoring, and analysis of current and projected future capacity and performance, and of possible capacity degradation due to planned automated system changes); and any other elements of capacity and performance planning included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Systems operations.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: System maintenance; configuration management (including baseline configuration, configuration change and patch management, least functionality, and inventory of authorized and unauthorized devices and software); event and problem response and management; and any other elements of system operations included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Systems development and quality assurance.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Requirements development; pre-production and regression testing; change management procedures and approvals; outsourcing and vendor management; training in secure coding practices; and any other elements of systems development and quality assurance included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Physical security and environmental controls.</I> This category includes, but is not limited to: Physical access and monitoring; power, telecommunication, and environmental controls; fire protection; and any other elements of physical security and environmental controls included in generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(2) In addressing the categories of risk analysis and oversight required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a security-based swap execution facility shall follow generally accepted standards and best practices with respect to the development, operation, reliability, security, and capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P>(3) A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain a business continuity-disaster recovery plan and business continuity-disaster recovery resources, emergency procedures, and back-up facilities sufficient to enable timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a security-based swap execution facility following any disruption of its operations. Such responsibilities and obligations include, without limitation: Order processing and trade matching; transmission of matched orders to a registered clearing agency for clearing, where appropriate; price reporting; market surveillance; and maintenance of a comprehensive audit trail. A security-based swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan and resources generally should enable resumption of trading and clearing of security-based swaps executed on or pursuant to the rules of the security-based swap execution facility during the next business day following the disruption. A security-based swap execution facility shall update its business continuity-disaster recovery plan and emergency procedures at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis, but at a minimum no less frequently than annually.
</P>
<P>(4) A security-based swap execution facility satisfies the requirement to be able to resume its operations and resume its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations during the next business day following any disruption of its operations by maintaining either:
</P>
<P>(i) Infrastructure and personnel resources of its own that are sufficient to ensure timely recovery and resumption of its operations and resumption of its ongoing fulfillment of its responsibilities and obligations as a security-based swap execution facility following any disruption of its operations; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Contractual arrangements with other security-based swap execution facilities or disaster recovery service providers, as appropriate, that are sufficient to ensure continued trading and clearing of security-based swaps executed on the security-based swap execution facility, and ongoing fulfillment of all of the security-based swap execution facility's responsibilities and obligations with respect to such security-based swaps, in the event that a disruption renders the security-based swap execution facility temporarily or permanently unable to satisfy this requirement on its own behalf.
</P>
<P>(5) A security-based swap execution facility shall notify Commission staff promptly of all:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronic trading halts and material system malfunctions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Cyber-security incidents or targeted threats that actually or potentially jeopardize automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Activations of the security-based swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan.
</P>
<P>(6) A security-based swap execution facility shall provide Commission staff timely advance notice of all material:
</P>
<P>(i) Planned changes to automated systems that may impact the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of such systems; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Planned changes to the security-based swap execution facility's program of risk analysis and oversight.
</P>
<P>(7) As part of a security-based swap execution facility's obligation to produce books and records in accordance with § 242.826 (Core Principle 9), the security-based swap execution facility shall provide to the Commission the following system-safeguards-related books and records, promptly upon the request of any Commission representative:
</P>
<P>(i) Current copies of its business continuity-disaster recovery plans and other emergency procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) All assessments of its operational risks or system safeguards-related controls;
</P>
<P>(iii) All reports concerning system safeguards testing and assessment required by this chapter, whether performed by independent contractors or by employees of the security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(iv) All other books and records requested by Commission staff in connection with Commission oversight of system safeguards pursuant to the Act or Commission rules, or in connection with Commission maintenance of a current profile of the security-based swap execution facility's automated systems.
</P>
<P>(v) Nothing in paragraph (b)(7) of this section shall be interpreted as reducing or limiting in any way a security-based swap execution facility's obligation to comply with § 242.826 (Core Principle 9).
</P>
<P>(8) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct regular, periodic, objective testing and review of its automated systems to ensure that they are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity. A security-based swap execution facility shall also conduct regular, periodic testing and review of its business continuity-disaster recovery capabilities. Such testing and review shall include, without limitation, all of the types of testing set forth in this paragraph (b)(8).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this paragraph (b)(8):
</P>
<P><I>Controls</I> means the safeguards or countermeasures employed by the security-based swap execution facility to protect the reliability, security, or capacity of its automated systems or the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its data and information, and to enable the security-based swap execution facility to fulfill its statutory and regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Controls testing</I> means assessment of the security-based swap execution facility's controls to determine whether such controls are implemented correctly, are operating as intended, and are enabling the security-based swap execution facility to meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Enterprise technology risk assessment</I> means a written assessment that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of threats and vulnerabilities in the context of mitigating controls. An enterprise technology risk assessment identifies, estimates, and prioritizes risks to security-based swap execution facility operations or assets, or to market participants, individuals, or other entities, resulting from impairment of the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and information or the reliability, security, or capacity of automated systems.
</P>
<P><I>External penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the security-based swap execution facility's automated systems from outside the systems' boundaries to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting external penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Internal penetration testing</I> means attempts to penetrate the security-based swap execution facility's automated systems from inside the systems' boundaries, to identify and exploit vulnerabilities. Methods of conducting internal penetration testing include, but are not limited to, methods for circumventing the security features of an automated system.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident</I> means a cybersecurity or physical security event that actually jeopardizes or has a significant likelihood of jeopardizing automated system operation, reliability, security, or capacity, or the availability, confidentiality or integrity of data.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan</I> means a written plan documenting the security-based swap execution facility's policies, controls, procedures, and resources for identifying, responding to, mitigating, and recovering from security incidents, and the roles and responsibilities of its management, staff, and independent contractors in responding to security incidents. A security incident response plan may be a separate document or a business continuity-disaster recovery plan section or appendix dedicated to security incident response.
</P>
<P><I>Security incident response plan testing</I> means testing of a security-based swap execution facility's security incident response plan to determine the plan's effectiveness, identify its potential weaknesses or deficiencies, enable regular plan updating and improvement, and maintain organizational preparedness and resiliency with respect to security incidents. Methods of conducting security incident response plan testing may include, but are not limited to, checklist completion, walk-through or table-top exercises, simulations, and comprehensive exercises.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability testing</I> means testing of a security-based swap execution facility's automated systems to determine what information may be discoverable through a reconnaissance analysis of those systems and what vulnerabilities may be present on those systems.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vulnerability testing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct vulnerability testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct such vulnerability testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(B) Such vulnerability testing shall include automated vulnerability scanning, which shall follow generally accepted best practices.
</P>
<P>(C) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct vulnerability testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the security-based swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>External penetration testing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct external penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct such external penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct external penetration testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the security-based swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Internal penetration testing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct internal penetration testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct such internal penetration testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct internal penetration testing by engaging independent contractors, or by using employees of the security-based swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Controls testing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing, which includes testing of each control included in its program of risk analysis and oversight, at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. Such testing may be conducted on a rolling basis.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct controls testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the security-based swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being tested.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Security incident response plan testing.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct security incident response plan testing sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct such security incident response plan testing at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap execution facility's security incident response plan shall include, without limitation, the security-based swap execution facility's definition and classification of security incidents, its policies and procedures for reporting security incidents and for internal and external communication and information sharing regarding security incidents, and the hand-off and escalation points in its security incident response process.
</P>
<P>(C) A security-based swap execution facility may coordinate its security incident response plan testing with other testing required by this section or with testing of its other business continuity-disaster recovery and crisis management plans.
</P>
<P>(D) A security-based swap execution facility may conduct security incident response plan testing by engaging independent contractors or by using employees of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Enterprise technology risk assessment.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment of a scope sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A security-based swap execution facility shall conduct enterprise technology risk assessment at a frequency determined by an appropriate risk analysis. A security-based swap execution facility that has conducted an enterprise technology risk assessment that complies with this section may conduct subsequent assessments by updating the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>(B) A security-based swap execution facility may conduct enterprise technology risk assessments by using independent contractors or employees of the security-based swap execution facility who are not responsible for development or operation of the systems or capabilities being assessed.
</P>
<P>(9) To the extent practicable, a security-based swap execution facility shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Coordinate its business continuity-disaster recovery plan with those of its members that it depends upon to provide liquidity, in a manner adequate to enable effective resumption of activity in its markets following a disruption causing activation of the security-based swap execution facility's business continuity-disaster recovery plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) Initiate and coordinate periodic, synchronized testing of its business continuity- disaster recovery plan with those of members that it depends upon to provide liquidity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that its business continuity-disaster recovery plan takes into account the business continuity-disaster recovery plans of its telecommunications, power, water, and other essential service providers.
</P>
<P>(10) The scope for all system safeguards testing and assessment required by this section shall be broad enough to include the testing of automated systems and controls that the security-based swap execution facility's required program of risk analysis and oversight and its current cybersecurity threat analysis indicate is necessary to identify risks and vulnerabilities that could enable an intruder or unauthorized user or insider to:
</P>
<P>(i) Interfere with the security-based swap execution facility's operations or with fulfillment of its statutory and regulatory responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Impair or degrade the reliability, security, or adequate scalable capacity of the security-based swap execution facility's automated systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Add to, delete, modify, exfiltrate, or compromise the integrity of any data related to the security-based swap execution facility's regulated activities; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Undertake any other unauthorized action affecting the security-based swap execution facility's regulated activities or the hardware or software used in connection with those activities.
</P>
<P>(11) Both the senior management and the governing board of a security-based swap execution facility shall receive and review reports setting forth the results of the testing and assessment required by this section. A security-based swap execution facility shall establish and follow appropriate procedures for the remediation of issues identified through such review, as provided in paragraph (b)(12) of this section, and for evaluation of the effectiveness of testing and assessment protocols.
</P>
<P>(12) A security-based swap execution facility shall identify and document the vulnerabilities and deficiencies in its systems revealed by the testing and assessment required by this section. The security-based swap execution facility shall conduct and document an appropriate analysis of the risks presented by such vulnerabilities and deficiencies, to determine and document whether to remediate or accept the associated risk. When the security-based swap execution facility determines to remediate a vulnerability or deficiency, it must remediate in a timely manner given the nature and magnitude of the associated risk.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.831" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.831   Core Principle 14—Designation of chief compliance officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>In general.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duties.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Review compliance with the core principles in this subsection;
</P>
<P>(iii) In consultation with the board of the facility, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior officer of the facility, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be responsible for establishing and administering the policies and procedures required to be established pursuant to this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Ensure compliance with the Act and the rules and regulations issued under the Act, including rules prescribed by the Commission pursuant to section 3D of the Act;
</P>
<P>(vi) Establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues found during compliance office reviews, look backs, internal or external audit findings, self-reported errors, or through validated complaints; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Annual reports</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of:
</P>
<P>(A) The compliance of the security-based swap execution facility with the Act; and
</P>
<P>(B) The policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, of the security-based swap execution facility.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Requirements.</I> The chief compliance officer shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Submit each report described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section with the appropriate financial report of the security-based swap execution facility that is required to be submitted to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include in the report a certification that, under penalty of law, the report is accurate and complete.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority of chief compliance officer.</I> (1) The position of chief compliance officer shall carry with it the authority and resources to develop, in consultation with the governing board or senior officer, the policies and procedures of the security-based swap execution facility and enforce such policies and procedures to fulfill the duties set forth for chief compliance officers in the Act and the Commission's rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(2) The chief compliance officer shall have supervisory authority over all staff acting at the direction of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Qualifications of chief compliance officer.</I> (1) The individual designated to serve as chief compliance officer shall have the background and skills appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the position.
</P>
<P>(2) No individual that would be disqualified from serving on a security-based swap execution facility's governing board or committees pursuant to the criteria set forth in § 242.819(i) may serve as a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(3) In determining whether the background and skills of a potential chief compliance officer are appropriate for fulfilling the responsibilities of the role of the chief compliance officer, a security-based swap execution facility has the discretion to base its determination on the totality of the qualifications of the potential chief compliance officer, including, but not limited to, compliance experience, related career experience, training, potential conflicts of interest, and any other relevant factors to the position.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appointment and removal of chief compliance officer.</I> (1) Only the governing board or the senior officer may appoint or remove the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(2) The security-based swap execution facility shall notify the Commission within two business days of the appointment or removal, whether interim or permanent, of a chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compensation of the chief compliance officer.</I> The governing board or the senior officer shall approve the compensation of the chief compliance officer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Annual meeting with the chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer shall meet with the governing board or senior officer of the security-based swap execution facility at least annually.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Information requested of the chief compliance officer.</I> The chief compliance officer shall provide any information regarding the regulatory program of the security-based swap execution facility as requested by the governing board or the senior officer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Duties of chief compliance officer.</I> The duties of the chief compliance officer shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Overseeing and reviewing compliance of the security-based swap execution facility with section 3D of the Act and the Commission rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(2) Taking reasonable steps, in consultation with the governing board or the senior officer of the security-based swap execution facility, to resolve any material conflicts of interest that may arise, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Conflicts between business considerations and compliance requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conflicts between business considerations and the requirement that the security-based swap execution facility provide fair, open, and impartial access as set forth in § 242.819(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Conflicts between a security-based swap execution facility's management and members of the governing board;
</P>
<P>(3) Establishing and administering written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Act and the rules of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(4) Taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the Act and the rules of the Commission;
</P>
<P>(5) Establishing procedures reasonably designed to handle, respond, remediate, retest, and resolve noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any means, including any compliance office review, look-back, internal or external audit finding, self-reported error, or validated complaint;
</P>
<P>(6) Establishing and administering a compliance manual designed to promote compliance with the applicable laws, rules, and regulations and a written code of ethics for the security-based swap execution facility designed to prevent ethical violations and to promote honesty and ethical conduct by personnel of the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(7) Supervising the regulatory program of the security-based swap execution facility with respect to trade practice surveillance; market surveillance; real-time market monitoring; compliance with audit trail requirements; enforcement and disciplinary proceedings; audits, examinations, and other regulatory responsibilities (including taking reasonable steps to ensure compliance with, if applicable, financial integrity, financial reporting, sales practice, recordkeeping, and other requirements); and
</P>
<P>(8) Supervising the effectiveness and sufficiency of any regulatory services provided to the security-based swap execution facility by a regulatory service provider in accordance with § 242.819(e).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Preparation of annual compliance report.</I> The chief compliance officer shall, not less than annually, prepare and sign an annual compliance report that covers the prior fiscal year. The report shall, at a minimum, contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A description and self-assessment of the effectiveness of the written policies and procedures of the security-based swap execution facility, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, to reasonably ensure compliance with the Act and applicable Commission rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Any material changes made to compliance policies and procedures during the coverage period for the report and any areas of improvement or recommended changes to the compliance program;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the financial, managerial, and operational resources set aside for compliance with the Act and applicable Commission rules;
</P>
<P>(4) Any material non-compliance matters identified and an explanation of the corresponding action taken to resolve such non-compliance matters; and
</P>
<P>(5) A certification by the chief compliance officer that, to the best of their knowledge and reasonable belief, and under penalty of law, the annual compliance report is accurate and complete in all material respects.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Submission of annual compliance report and related matters</I>—(1) <I>Furnishing the annual compliance report prior to submission to the Commission.</I> Prior to submission to the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall provide the annual compliance report for review to the governing board or, in the absence of a governing board, to the senior officer. Members of the governing board and the senior officer shall not require the chief compliance officer to make any changes to the report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submission of annual compliance report to the Commission.</I> The annual compliance report shall be submitted electronically to the Commission using the EDGAR system as an Interactive Data File in accordance with § 232.405 of this chapter not later than 90 calendar days after the end of the security-based swap execution facility's fiscal year. The security-based swap execution facility shall concurrently file the annual compliance report with the fourth-quarter financial report pursuant to § 242.829(g).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Amendments to annual compliance report.</I> (i) Promptly upon discovery of any material error or omission made in a previously filed annual compliance report, the chief compliance officer shall file an amendment with the Commission to correct the material error or omission. The chief compliance officer shall submit the amended annual compliance report to the governing board, or in the absence of a governing board, to the senior officer, pursuant to paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An amendment shall contain the certification required under paragraph (i)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Request for extension.</I> A security-based swap execution facility may request an extension of time to file its annual compliance report from the Commission. Reasonable and valid requests for extensions of the filing deadline may be granted at the discretion of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain all records demonstrating compliance with the duties of the chief compliance officer and the preparation and submission of annual compliance reports consistent with § 242.826 (Core Principle 9).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.832" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.832   Application of the trade execution requirement to cross-border security-based swap transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The trade execution requirement set forth in section 3C(h) of the Act shall not apply in connection with a security-based swap unless at least one counterparty to the security-based swap is a “covered person” as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A “covered person” means, with respect to a particular security-based swap, any person that is:
</P>
<P>(1) A U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(2) A non-U.S. person whose performance under a security-based swap is guaranteed by a U.S. person; or
</P>
<P>(3) A non-U.S. person who, in connection with its security-based swap dealing activity, uses U.S. personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, or personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, to arrange, negotiate, or execute a transaction.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.833" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.833   Cross-border exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemptions for foreign trading venues for security-based swaps.</I> An application for an order for exemptive relief under section 36(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)(1)) relating to the registration status under the Act of a foreign trading venue for security-based swaps that has one or more members who are covered persons, as defined in § 242.832, with respect to security-based swaps transacted on that venue may state that the application also is submitted pursuant to this paragraph (a). In such case, the Commission will consider the submission as an application to exempt the foreign trading venue, with respect to its providing a market place for security-based swaps, from:
</P>
<P>(1) The definition of “exchange” in section 3(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1));
</P>
<P>(2) The definition of “security-based swap execution facility” in section 3(a)(77) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77));
</P>
<P>(3) The definition of “broker” in section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)); and
</P>
<P>(4) Section 3D(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-4(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemptions relating to the trade execution requirement.</I> (1) An application for an order for exemptive relief under section 36(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)(1)) relating to the application of the trade execution requirement in section 3C(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(h)) to security-based swaps executed on a foreign trading venue, may state that the application also is submitted pursuant to this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(2) When considering an application under section 36 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78mm) and this paragraph (b), the Commission may consider:
</P>
<P>(i) The extent to which the security-based swaps traded in the foreign jurisdiction covered by the request are subject to a trade execution requirement comparable to that in section 3C(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(h)) and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(ii) The extent to which trading venues in the foreign jurisdiction covered by the request are subject to regulation and supervision comparable to that under the Act, including section 3D of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-4), and the Commission's rules thereunder;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the foreign trading venue or venues where covered persons, as defined in § 242.832, intend to trade security-based swaps have received an exemption order contemplated by paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other factor that the Commission believes is relevant for assessing whether the exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.834" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.834   Mitigation of conflicts of interest of security-based swap execution facilities and certain exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Family relationship</I> of a person means the person's spouse, former spouse, parent, stepparent, child, stepchild, sibling, stepbrother, stepsister, grandparent, grandchild, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, or in-law.
</P>
<P><I>Major disciplinary committee</I> means a committee of persons who are authorized by a security-based swap execution facility to conduct disciplinary hearings, to settle disciplinary charges, to impose disciplinary sanctions, or to hear appeals thereof in cases involving any violation of the rules of the security-based swap execution facility except those which:
</P>
<P>(i) Are related to decorum or attire, financial requirements, or reporting or recordkeeping; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Do not involve fraud, deceit, or conversion.
</P>
<P><I>Member's affiliated firm</I> is a firm in which the member is a principal or an employee.
</P>
<P><I>Named party in interest</I> means a person or entity that is identified by name as a subject of any matter being considered by a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel.
</P>
<P><I>Significant action</I> includes any of the following types of actions or rule changes by a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange that can be implemented without the Commission's prior approval:
</P>
<P>(i) Any actions or rule changes which address an emergency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any changes in margin levels that are designed to respond to extraordinary market conditions such as an actual or attempted corner, squeeze, congestion, or undue concentration of positions, or that otherwise are likely to have a substantial effect on prices in any contract traded or cleared at such security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange; but does not include any rule not submitted for prior Commission approval because such rule is unrelated to the terms and conditions of any security-based swap traded at such security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ownership and voting limitations.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange shall not permit any of its members, either alone or together with any officer, principal, or employee of the member, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Own, directly or indirectly, 20 percent or more of any class of voting securities or of other voting interest in the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange; or
</P>
<P>(2) Directly or indirectly vote, cause the voting of, or give any consent or proxy with respect to the voting of, any interest that exceeds 20 percent of the voting power of any class of securities or of other ownership interest in the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange.
</P>
<P>(3) The ownership and voting limitations in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section shall not apply to an SBSEF that has, pursuant to § 242.819(e), entered into an agreement with a registered futures association or a national securities association for the provision of regulatory services that encompass, at a minimum, real-time market monitoring under § 242.819(d)(5) and investigations and investigation reports under § 242.819(d)(6).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Enforcement of limitations.</I> The rules of each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange must be reasonably designed, and have an effective mechanism, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Deny effect to the portion of any voting interest held by a member in excess of the limitations in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Compel a member who possesses a voting interest in excess of the limitations in paragraph (b) of this section to divest enough of that voting interest to come within those limitations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Obtain information relating to its ownership and voting interests owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by its members.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disciplinary committees and hearing panels.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange shall ensure that its disciplinary processes preclude any member, or group or class of its members, from dominating or exercising disproportionate influence on the disciplinary process. Each major disciplinary committee or hearing panel thereof shall include sufficient different groups or classes of its members so as to ensure fairness and to prevent special treatment or preference for any person or member in the conduct of the responsibilities of the committee or panel.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Governing board composition.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange shall ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) Twenty percent or more of the persons who are eligible to vote routinely on matters being considered by the governing board (excluding those members who are eligible to vote only in the case of a tie vote by the governing board) are:
</P>
<P>(i) Knowledgeable of security-based swap trading or financial regulation, or otherwise capable of contributing to governing board deliberations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not members of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange;
</P>
<P>(iii) Not salaried employees of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange;
</P>
<P>(iv) Not primarily performing services for the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange in a capacity other than as a member of the governing board; and
</P>
<P>(v) Not officers, principals, or employees of a firm which holds a membership at the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange, either in its own name or through an employee on behalf of the firm; and
</P>
<P>(2) The membership of the governing board includes a diversity of groups or classes of its members. The security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange must be able to demonstrate that the board membership fairly represents the diversity of interests at such security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange and is otherwise consistent with the composition requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Providing information about the board to the Commission.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange shall submit to the Commission, within 30 days after each governing board election, a list of the governing board's members, the groups or classes of its members that they represent, and how the composition of the governing board otherwise meets the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Voting by interested members of governing boards and various committees of security-based swap execution facilities and SBS exchanges</I>—(1) <I>Rules required.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange shall maintain in effect rules to address the avoidance of conflicts of interest in the execution of its regulatory functions. Such rules must provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Relationship with named party in interest</I>—(A) <I>Nature of relationship.</I> A member of a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel of a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange must abstain from such body's deliberations and voting on any matter involving a named party in interest where such member:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is a named party in interest;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is an employer, employee, or fellow employee of a named party in interest;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Has any other significant, ongoing business relationship with a named party in interest, not including relationships limited to executing security-based swaps opposite of each other or to clearing security-based swaps through the same clearing member; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Has a family relationship with a named party in interest.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Disclosure of relationship.</I> Prior to the consideration of any matter involving a named party in interest, each member of a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel of a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange must disclose to the appropriate staff of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange whether they have one of the relationships listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section with a named party in interest.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Procedure for determination.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange must establish procedures for determining whether any member of its governing board, disciplinary committees, or oversight committees is subject to a conflicts restriction in any matter involving a named party in interest. Taking into consideration the exigency of the committee action, such determinations should be based upon:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Information provided by the member pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any other source of information that is held by and reasonably available to the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Financial interest in a significant action</I>—(A) <I>Nature of interest.</I> A member of the governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel of a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange must abstain from such body's deliberations and voting on any significant action if the member knowingly has a direct and substantial financial interest in the result of the vote based upon either exchange or non-exchange positions that could reasonably be expected to be affected by the action.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Disclosure of interest.</I> Prior to the consideration of any significant action, each member of a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel of a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange must disclose to the appropriate staff of the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange the position information referred to in paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(C) of this section that is known to them. This requirement does not apply to members who choose to abstain from deliberations and voting on the subject significant action.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Procedure for determination.</I> Each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange must establish procedures for determining whether any member of its governing board, disciplinary committees, or oversight committees is subject to a conflicts restriction under this section in any significant action. Such determination must include a review of any positions, whether maintained at that security-based swap execution facility, SBS exchange, or elsewhere, held in the member's personal accounts or the proprietary accounts of the member's affiliated firm that the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange reasonably expects could be affected by the significant action.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Bases for determination.</I> Taking into consideration the exigency of the significant action, such determinations should be based upon:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Information provided by the member with respect to positions pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any other source of information that is held by and reasonably available to the security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Participation in deliberations.</I> (A) Under the rules required by this section, a governing board, disciplinary committee, or oversight panel of a security-based swap execution facility or SBS exchange may permit a member to participate in deliberations prior to a vote on a significant action for which they otherwise would be required to abstain, pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, if such participation would be consistent with the public interest and the member recuses from voting on such action.
</P>
<P>(B) In making a determination as to whether to permit a member to participate in deliberations on a significant action for which they otherwise would be required to abstain, the deliberating body shall consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Whether the member's participation in deliberations is necessary for the deliberating body to achieve a quorum in the matter; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether the member has unique or special expertise, knowledge, or experience in the matter under consideration.
</P>
<P>(C) Prior to any determination pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, the deliberating body must fully consider the position information which is the basis for the member's direct and substantial financial interest in the result of a vote on a significant action pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Documentation of determination.</I> The governing boards, disciplinary committees, and oversight panels of each security-based swap execution facility and SBS exchange must reflect in their minutes or otherwise document that the conflicts determination procedures required by this section have been followed. Such records also must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The names of all members who attended the meeting in person or who otherwise were present by electronic means;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of any members who voluntarily recused themselves or were required to abstain from deliberations and/or voting on a matter and the reason for the recusal or abstention, if stated; and
</P>
<P>(C) Information on the position information that was reviewed for each member.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rules required.</I> (1) A security-based swap execution facility shall maintain in effect rules to comply with this section that have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 242.806 or § 242.807.
</P>
<P>(2) An SBS exchange shall maintain in effect rules to comply with this section that have been submitted to the Commission pursuant to § 240.19b-4 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.835" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.7.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.835   Notice to Commission by security-based swap execution facility of final disciplinary action or denial or limitation of access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a security-based swap execution facility issues a final disciplinary action against a member, or takes final action with respect to a denial or conditioning membership, or takes final action with respect to a denial or limitation of access of a person to any services offered by the security-based swap execution facility, the security-based swap execution facility shall file a notice of such action with the Commission within 30 days and serve a copy on the affected person.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A disciplinary action shall not be considered “final” unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The affected person has exhausted their administrative remedies at the security-based swap execution facility; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The disciplinary action is not a summary action permitted under § 242.819(g)(13)(ii).
</P>
<P>(2) A disposition of a matter with respect to a <I>denial or conditioning of membership,</I> or a <I>denial or limitation of access</I> shall not be considered “final” unless such person has exhausted their administrative remedies at the security-based swap execution facility with respect to such matter.
</P>
<P>(c) A notice required by paragraph (a) of this section shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the member and its last known address, as reflected in the security-based swap execution facility's records;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the person, committee, or other organizational unit of the security-based swap execution facility that initiated the disciplinary action or access restriction;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a final disciplinary action:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the acts or practices, or omissions to act, upon which the sanction is based, including, as appropriate, the specific rules that the security-based swap execution facility has found to have been violated;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement describing the respondent's answer to the charges; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the sanction imposed and the reasons therefor;
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a final action with respect to a denial or conditioning of membership, or a denial or limitation of access:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial or operating difficulty of the member or prospective member (as the case may be) upon which the security-based swap execution facility determined that the member or prospective member could not be permitted to do, or continue to do, business with safety to investors, creditors, other members, or the security-based swap execution facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pertinent failure to meet qualification requirements or other prerequisites for membership or access and the basis upon which the security-based swap execution facility determined that the person concerned could not be permitted to have membership or access with safety to investors, creditors, other members, or the security-based swap execution facility; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The default of any delivery of funds or securities to a clearing agency by the member;
</P>
<P>(5) The effective date of the final disciplinary action, or final action with respect to a denial or conditioning of membership, or a denial or limitation of access; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other information that the security-based swap execution facility may deem relevant.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulation SBSR—Regulatory Reporting and Public Dissemination of Security-Based Swap Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.900" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.900   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Terms used in §§ 242.900 through 242.909 that appear in Section 3 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c) have the same meaning as in Section 3 of the Exchange Act and the rules or regulations thereunder. In addition, for purposes of Regulation SBSR (§§ 242.900 through 242.909), the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> means any person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a person.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Asset class</I> means those security-based swaps in a particular broad category, including, but not limited to, credit derivatives and equity derivatives.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved].
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Branch ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a branch or other unincorporated office of a participant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Broker ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a person acting as a broker for a participant.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Business day</I> means a day, based on U.S. Eastern Time, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a U.S. federal holiday.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Clearing transaction</I> means a security-based swap that has a registered clearing agency as a direct counterparty.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Control</I> means, for purposes of §§ 242.900 through 242.909, the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. A person is presumed to control another person if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Is a director, general partner or officer exercising executive responsibility (or having similar status or functions);
</P>
<P>(2) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities or has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a partnership, has the right to receive, upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Counterparty</I> means a person that is a direct counterparty or indirect counterparty of a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Counterparty ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a counterparty to a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Direct counterparty</I> means a person that is a primary obligor on a security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(<I>l</I>) <I>Direct electronic access</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.13n-4(a)(5) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), as amended.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Execution agent ID</I> means the UIC assigned to any person other than a broker or trader that facilitates the execution of a security-based swap on behalf of a direct counterparty.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Foreign branch</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a71-3(a)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Indirect counterparty</I> means a guarantor of a direct counterparty's performance of any obligation under a security-based swap such that the direct counterparty on the other side can exercise rights of recourse against the indirect counterparty in connection with the security-based swap; for these purposes a direct counterparty has rights of recourse against a guarantor on the other side if the direct counterparty has a conditional or unconditional legally enforceable right, in whole or in part, to receive payments from, or otherwise collect from, the guarantor in connection with the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Life cycle event</I> means, with respect to a security-based swap, any event that would result in a change in the information reported to a registered security-based swap data repository under § 242.901(c), (d), or (i), including: An assignment or novation of the security-based swap; a partial or full termination of the security-based swap; a change in the cash flows originally reported; for a security-based swap that is not a clearing transaction, any change to the title or date of any master agreement, collateral agreement, margin agreement, or any other agreement incorporated by reference into the security-based swap contract; or a corporate action affecting a security or securities on which the security-based swap is based (e.g., a merger, dividend, stock split, or bankruptcy). Notwithstanding the above, a life cycle event shall not include the scheduled expiration of the security-based swap, a previously described and anticipated interest rate adjustment (such as a quarterly interest rate adjustment), or other event that does not result in any change to the contractual terms of the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Non-mandatory report</I> means any information provided to a registered security-based swap data repository by or on behalf of a counterparty other than as required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Non-U.S. person</I> means a person that is not a U.S. person.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Parent</I> means a legal person that controls a participant.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Participant,</I> with respect to a registered security-based swap data repository, means:
</P>
<P>(1) A counterparty, that meets the criteria of § 242.908(b), of a security-based swap that is reported to that registered security-based swap data repository to satisfy an obligation under § 242.901(a);
</P>
<P>(2) A platform that reports a security-based swap to that registered security-based swap data repository to satisfy an obligation under § 242.901(a);
</P>
<P>(3) A registered clearing agency that is required to report to that registered security-based swap data repository whether or not it has accepted a security-based swap for clearing pursuant to § 242.901(e)(1)(ii); or
</P>
<P>(4) A registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) that is required to report a security-based swap to that registered security-based swap data repository by § 242.901(a).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Platform</I> means a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility that is registered or exempt from registration.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Platform ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a platform on which a security-based swap is executed.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Post-trade processor</I> means any person that provides affirmation, confirmation, matching, reporting, or clearing services for a security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(y) <I>Pre-enactment security-based swap</I> means any security-based swap executed before July 21, 2010 (the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act (Pub. L. 111-203, H.R. 4173)), the terms of which had not expired as of that date.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Price</I> means the price of a security-based swap transaction, expressed in terms of the commercial conventions used in that asset class.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Product</I> means a group of security-based swap contracts each having the same material economic terms except those relating to price and size.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Product ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a product.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Publicly disseminate</I> means to make available through the Internet or other electronic data feed that is widely accessible and in machine-readable electronic format.
</P>
<P>(dd) [Reserved].
</P>
<P>(ee) <I>Registered clearing agency</I> means a person that is registered with the Commission as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) and any rules or regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(ff) <I>Registered security-based swap data repository</I> means a person that is registered with the Commission as a security-based swap data repository pursuant to section 13(n) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)) and any rules or regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(gg) <I>Reporting side</I> means the side of a security-based swap identified by § 242.901(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(hh) <I>Side</I> means a direct counterparty and any guarantor of that direct counterparty's performance who meets the definition of indirect counterparty in connection with the security-based swap.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Time of execution</I> means the point at which the counterparties to a security-based swap become irrevocably bound under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(jj) <I>Trader ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a natural person who executes one or more security-based swaps on behalf of a direct counterparty.
</P>
<P>(kk) <I>Trading desk</I> means, with respect to a counterparty, the smallest discrete unit of organization of the participant that purchases or sells security-based swaps for the account of the participant or an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(<I>ll</I>) <I>Trading desk ID</I> means the UIC assigned to the trading desk of a participant.
</P>
<P>(mm) <I>Transaction ID</I> means the UIC assigned to a specific security-based swap transaction.
</P>
<P>(nn) <I>Transitional security-based swap</I> means a security-based swap executed on or after July 21, 2010, and before the first date on which trade-by-trade reporting of security-based swaps in that asset class to a registered security-based swap data repository is required pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909.
</P>
<P>(oo) <I>Ultimate parent</I> means a legal person that controls a participant and that itself has no parent.
</P>
<P>(pp) <I>Ultimate parent ID</I> means the UIC assigned to an ultimate parent of a participant.
</P>
<P>(qq) <I>Unique Identification Code</I> or <I>UIC</I> means a unique identification code assigned to a person, unit of a person, product, or transaction.
</P>
<P>(rr) <I>United States</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a71-3(a)(5) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ss) <I>U.S. person</I> has the same meaning as in § 240.3a71-3(a)(4) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(tt) <I>Widely accessible,</I> as used in paragraph (cc) of this section, means widely available to users of the information on a non-fee basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53653, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.901" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.901   Reporting obligations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assigning reporting duties.</I> A security-based swap, including a security-based swap that results from the allocation, termination, novation, or assignment of another security-based swap, shall be reported as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Platform-executed security-based swaps that will be submitted to clearing.</I> If a security-based swap is executed on a platform and will be submitted to clearing, the platform on which the transaction was executed shall report to a registered security-based swap data repository the counterparty ID or the execution agent ID of each direct counterparty, as applicable, and the information set forth in paragraph (c) of this section (except that, with respect to paragraph (c)(5) of this section, the platform need indicate only if both direct counterparties are registered security-based swap dealers) and paragraphs (d)(9) and (10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>All other security-based swaps.</I> For all security-based swaps other than platform-executed security-based swaps that will be submitted to clearing, the reporting side shall provide the information required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909 to a registered security-based swap data repository. The reporting side shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Clearing transactions.</I> For a clearing transaction, the reporting side is the registered clearing agency that is a counterparty to the transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Security-based swaps other than clearing transactions.</I> (A) If both sides of the security-based swap include a registered security-based swap dealer, the sides shall select the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(B) If only one side of the security-based swap includes a registered security-based swap dealer, that side shall be the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(C) If both sides of the security-based swap include a registered major security-based swap participant, the sides shall select the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(D) If one side of the security-based swap includes a registered major security-based swap participant and the other side includes neither a registered security-based swap dealer nor a registered major security-based swap participant, the side including the registered major security-based swap participant shall be the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(E) If neither side of the security-based swap includes a registered security-based swap dealer or registered major security-based swap participant:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If both sides include a U.S. person, the sides shall select the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If one side includes a non-U.S. person that falls within § 242.908(b)(5) or a U.S. person and the other side includes a non-U.S. person that falls within § 242.908(b)(5), the sides shall select the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If one side includes only non-U.S. persons that do not fall within § 242.908(b)(5) and the other side includes a non-U.S. person that falls within § 242.908(b)(5) or a U.S. person, the side including a non-U.S. person that falls within § 242.908(b)(5) or a U.S. person shall be the reporting side.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) If neither side includes a U.S. person and neither side includes a non-U.S. person that falls within § 242.908(b)(5) but the security-based swap is effected by or through a registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility), the registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) shall report the counterparty ID or the execution agent ID of each direct counterparty, as applicable, and the information set forth in paragraph (c) of this section (except that, with respect to paragraph (c)(5) of this section, the registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) need indicate only if both direct counterparties are registered security-based swap dealers) and paragraphs (d)(9) and (10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notification to registered clearing agency.</I> A person who, under paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section, has a duty to report a security-based swap that has been submitted to clearing at a registered clearing agency shall promptly provide that registered clearing agency with the transaction ID of the submitted security-based swap and the identity of the registered security-based swap data repository to which the transaction will be reported or has been reported.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternate recipient of security-based swap information.</I> If there is no registered security-based swap data repository that will accept the report required by § 242.901(a), the person required to make such report shall instead provide the required information to the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Primary trade information.</I> The reporting side shall report the following information within the timeframe specified in paragraph (j) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The product ID, if available. If the security-based swap has no product ID, or if the product ID does not include the following information, the reporting side shall report:
</P>
<P>(i) Information that identifies the security-based swap, including the asset class of the security-based swap and the specific underlying reference asset(s), reference issuer(s), or reference index;
</P>
<P>(ii) The effective date;
</P>
<P>(iii) The scheduled termination date;
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms of any standardized fixed or floating rate payments, and the frequency of any such payments; and
</P>
<P>(v) If the security-based swap is customized to the extent that the information provided in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section does not provide all of the material information necessary to identify such customized security-based swap or does not contain the data elements necessary to calculate the price, a flag to that effect;
</P>
<P>(2) The date and time, to the second, of execution, expressed using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC);
</P>
<P>(3) The price, including the currency in which the price is expressed and the amount(s) and currenc(ies) of any up-front payments;
</P>
<P>(4) The notional amount(s) and the currenc(ies) in which the notional amount(s) is expressed;
</P>
<P>(5) If both sides of the security-based swap include a registered security-based swap dealer, an indication to that effect;
</P>
<P>(6) Whether the direct counterparties intend that the security-based swap will be submitted to clearing; and
</P>
<P>(7) If applicable, any flags pertaining to the transaction that are specified in the policies and procedures of the registered security-based swap data repository to which the transaction will be reported.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Secondary trade information.</I> In addition to the information required under paragraph (c) of this section, for each security-based swap for which it is the reporting side, the reporting side shall report the following information within the timeframe specified in paragraph (j) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The counterparty ID or the execution agent ID of each counterparty, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) As applicable, the branch ID, broker ID, execution agent ID, trader ID, and trading desk ID of the direct counterparty on the reporting side;
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent not provided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the terms of any fixed or floating rate payments, or otherwise customized or non-standard payment streams, including the frequency and contingencies of any such payments;
</P>
<P>(4) For a security-based swap that is not a clearing transaction and that will not be allocated after execution, the title and date of any master agreement, collateral agreement, margin agreement, or any other agreement incorporated by reference into the security-based swap contract;
</P>
<P>(5) To the extent not provided pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or other provisions of this paragraph (d), any additional data elements included in the agreement between the counterparties that are necessary for a person to determine the market value of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(6) If applicable, and to the extent not provided pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the name of the clearing agency to which the security-based swap will be submitted for clearing;
</P>
<P>(7) If the direct counterparties do not intend to submit the security-based swap to clearing, whether they have invoked the exception in Section 3C(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(g));
</P>
<P>(8) To the extent not provided pursuant to the other provisions of this paragraph (d), if the direct counterparties do not submit the security-based swap to clearing, a description of the settlement terms, including whether the security-based swap is cash-settled or physically settled, and the method for determining the settlement value;
</P>
<P>(9) The platform ID, if applicable, or if a registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) is required to report the security-based swap by § 242.901(a)(2)(ii)(E)(<I>4</I>), the broker ID of that registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility); and
</P>
<P>(10) If the security-based swap arises from the allocation, termination, novation, or assignment of one or more existing security-based swaps, the transaction ID of the allocated, terminated, assigned, or novated security-based swap(s), except in the case of a clearing transaction that results from the netting or compression of other clearing transactions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting of life cycle events.</I> (1)(i) <I>Generally.</I> A life cycle event, and any adjustment due to a life cycle event, that results in a change to information previously reported pursuant to paragraph (c), (d), or (i) of this section shall be reported by the reporting side, except that the reporting side shall not report whether or not a security-based swap has been accepted for clearing.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Acceptance for clearing.</I> A registered clearing agency shall report whether or not it has accepted a security-based swap for clearing.
</P>
<P>(2) All reports of life cycle events and adjustments due to life cycle events shall, within the timeframe specified in paragraph (j) of this section, be reported to the entity to which the original security-based swap transaction will be reported or has been reported and shall include the transaction ID of the original transaction.</P>
<P>(f) <I>Time stamping incoming information.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall time stamp, to the second, its receipt of any information submitted to it pursuant to paragraph (c), (d), (e), or (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Assigning transaction ID.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall assign a transaction ID to each security-based swap, or establish or endorse a methodology for transaction IDs to be assigned by third parties.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Format of reported information.</I> A person having a duty to report shall electronically transmit the information required under this section in a format required by the registered security-based swap data repository to which it reports.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reporting of pre-enactment and transitional security-based swaps.</I> With respect to any pre-enactment security-based swap or transitional security-based swap in a particular asset class, and to the extent that information about such transaction is available, the reporting side shall report all of the information required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to a registered security-based swap data repository that accepts security-based swaps in that asset class and indicate whether the security-based swap was open as of the date of such report.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Interim timeframe for reporting.</I> The reporting timeframe for paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall be 24 hours after the time of execution (or acceptance for clearing in the case of a security-based swap that is subject to regulatory reporting and public dissemination solely by operation of § 242.908(a)(1)(ii)), or, if 24 hours after the time of execution or acceptance, as applicable, would fall on a day that is not a business day, by the same time on the next day that is a business day. The reporting timeframe for paragraph (e) of this section shall be 24 hours after the occurrence of the life cycle event or the adjustment due to the life cycle event.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to 17 CFR 242.901 Reports Regarding the Establishment of Block Thresholds and Reporting Delays for Regulatory Reporting of Security-Based Swap Transaction Data
</HD1>
<P>This appendix sets forth guidelines applicable to reports that the Commission has directed its staff to make in connection with the determination of block thresholds and reporting delays for security-based swap transaction data. The Commission intends to use these reports to inform its specification of the criteria for determining what constitutes a large notional security-based swap transaction (block trade) for particular markets and contracts; and the appropriate time delay for reporting large notional security-based swap transactions (block trades) to the public in order to implement regulatory requirements under Section 13 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m). In producing these reports, the staff shall consider security-based swap data collected by the Commission pursuant to other Title VII rules, as well as any other applicable information as the staff may determine to be appropriate for its analysis.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Report topics.</I> As appropriate, based on the availability of data and information, the reports should address the following topics for each asset class:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Price impact.</I> In connection with the Commission's obligation to specify criteria for determining what constitutes a block trade and the appropriate reporting delay for block trades, the report generally should assess the effect of notional amount and observed reporting delay on price impact of trades in the security-based swap market.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hedging.</I> In connection with the Commission's obligation to specify criteria for determining what constitutes a block trade and the appropriate reporting delay for block trades, the report generally should consider potential relationships between observed reporting delays and the incidence and cost of hedging large trades in the security-based swap market, and whether these relationships differ for interdealer trades and dealer to customer trades.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Price efficiency.</I> In connection with the Commission's obligation to specify criteria for determining what constitutes a block trade and the appropriate reporting delay for block trades, the report generally should assess the relationship between reporting delays and the speed with which transaction information is impounded into market prices, estimating this relationship for trades of different notional amounts.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other topics.</I> Any other analysis of security-based swap data and information, such as security-based swap market liquidity and price volatility, that the Commission or the staff deem relevant to the specification of:
</P>
<P>(i) The criteria for determining what constitutes a large notional security-based swap transaction (block trade) for particular markets and contracts; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The appropriate time delay for reporting large notional security-based swap transactions (block trades).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing of reports.</I> Each report shall be complete no later than two years following the initiation of public dissemination of security-based swap transaction data by the first registered SDR in that asset class.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public comment on the report.</I> Following completion of the report, the report shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for public comment.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53653, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.902" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.902   Public dissemination of transaction reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a registered security-based swap data repository shall publicly disseminate a transaction report of a security-based swap, or a life cycle event or adjustment due to a life cycle event, immediately upon receipt of information about the security-based swap, or upon re-opening following a period when the registered security-based swap data repository was closed. The transaction report shall consist of all the information reported pursuant to § 242.901(c), plus any condition flags contemplated by the registered security-based swap data repository's policies and procedures that are required by § 242.907.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved].
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-disseminated information.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall not disseminate:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of any counterparty to a security-based swap;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a security-based swap that is not cleared at a registered clearing agency and that is reported to the registered security-based swap data repository, any information disclosing the business transactions and market positions of any person;
</P>
<P>(3) Any information regarding a security-based swap reported pursuant to § 242.901(i);
</P>
<P>(4) Any non-mandatory report;
</P>
<P>(5) Any information regarding a security-based swap that is required to be reported pursuant to §§ 242.901 and 242.908(a)(1) but is not required to be publicly disseminated pursuant to § 242.908(a)(2);
</P>
<P>(6) Any information regarding a clearing transaction that arises from the acceptance of a security-based swap for clearing by a registered clearing agency or that results from netting other clearing transactions;
</P>
<P>(7) Any information regarding the allocation of a security-based swap; or
</P>
<P>(8) Any information regarding a security-based swap that has been rejected from clearing or rejected by a prime broker if the original transaction report has not yet been publicly disseminated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Temporary restriction on other market data sources.</I> No person shall make available to one or more persons (other than a counterparty or a post-trade processor) transaction information relating to a security-based swap before the primary trade information about the security-based swap is sent to a registered security-based swap data repository.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53654, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.903" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.903   Coded information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an internationally recognized standards-setting system that imposes fees and usage restrictions on persons that obtain UICs for their own usage that are fair and reasonable and not unreasonably discriminatory and that meets the criteria of paragraph (b) of this section is recognized by the Commission and has assigned a UIC to a person, unit of a person, or product (or has endorsed a methodology for assigning transaction IDs), the registered security-based swap data repository shall employ that UIC (or methodology for assigning transaction IDs). If no such system has been recognized by the Commission, or a recognized system has not assigned a UIC to a particular person, unit of a person, or product (or has not endorsed a methodology for assigning transaction IDs), the registered security-based swap data repository shall assign a UIC to that person, unit of person, or product using its own methodology (or endorse a methodology for assigning transaction IDs). If the Commission has recognized such a system that assigns UICs to persons, each participant of a registered security-based swap data repository shall obtain a UIC from or through that system for identifying itself, and each participant that acts as a guarantor of a direct counterparty's performance of any obligation under a security-based swap that is subject to § 242.908(a) shall, if the direct counterparty has not already done so, obtain a UIC for identifying the direct counterparty from or through that system, if that system permits third-party registration without a requirement to obtain prior permission of the direct counterparty.
</P>
<P>(b) A registered security-based swap data repository may permit information to be reported pursuant to § 242.901, and may publicly disseminate that information pursuant to § 242.902, using codes in place of certain data elements, provided that the information necessary to interpret such codes is widely available to users of the information on a non-fee basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.904" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.904   Operating hours of registered security-based swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>A registered security-based swap data repository shall have systems in place to continuously receive and disseminate information regarding security-based swaps pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909, subject to the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(a) A registered security-based swap data repository may establish normal closing hours during periods when, in its estimation, the U.S. market and major foreign markets are inactive. A registered security-based swap data repository shall provide reasonable advance notice to participants and to the public of its normal closing hours.
</P>
<P>(b) A registered security-based swap data repository may declare, on an <I>ad hoc</I> basis, special closing hours to perform system maintenance that cannot wait until normal closing hours. A registered security-based swap data repository shall, to the extent reasonably possible under the circumstances, avoid scheduling special closing hours during periods when, in its estimation, the U.S. market and major foreign markets are most active; and provide reasonable advance notice of its special closing hours to participants and to the public.
</P>
<P>(c) During normal closing hours, and to the extent reasonably practicable during special closing hours, a registered security-based swap data repository shall have the capability to receive and hold in queue information regarding security-based swaps that has been reported pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909.
</P>
<P>(d) When a registered security-based swap data repository re-opens following normal closing hours or special closing hours, it shall disseminate transaction reports of security-based swaps held in queue, in accordance with the requirements of § 242.902.
</P>
<P>(e) If a registered security-based swap data repository could not receive and hold in queue transaction information that was required to be reported pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909, it must immediately upon re-opening send a message to all participants that it has resumed normal operations. Thereafter, any participant that had an obligation to report information to the registered security-based swap data repository pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909, but could not do so because of the registered security-based swap data repository's inability to receive and hold in queue data, must promptly report the information to the registered security-based swap data repository.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.905" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.905   Correction of errors in security-based swap information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to correct.</I> Any counterparty or other person having a duty to report a security-based swap that discovers an error in information previously reported pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909 shall correct such error in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) If a person that was not the reporting side for a security-based swap transaction discovers an error in the information reported with respect to such security-based swap, that person shall promptly notify the person having the duty to report the security-based swap of the error; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the person having the duty to report a security-based swap transaction discovers an error in the information reported with respect to a security-based swap, or receives notification from a counterparty of an error, such person shall promptly submit to the entity to which the security-based swap was originally reported an amended report pertaining to the original transaction report. If the person having the duty to report reported the initial transaction to a registered security-based swap data repository, such person shall submit an amended report to the registered security-based swap data repository in a manner consistent with the policies and procedures contemplated by § 242.907(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty of security-based swap data repository to correct.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon discovery of an error or receipt of a notice of an error, verify the accuracy of the terms of the security-based swap and, following such verification, promptly correct the erroneous information regarding such security-based swap contained in its system; and
</P>
<P>(2) If such erroneous information relates to a security-based swap that the registered security-based swap data repository previously disseminated and falls into any of the categories of information enumerated in § 242.901(c), publicly disseminate a corrected transaction report of the security-based swap promptly following verification of the trade by the counterparties to the security-based swap, with an indication that the report relates to a previously disseminated transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53654, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.906" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.906   Other duties of participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identifying missing UIC information.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall identify any security-based swap reported to it for which the registered security-based swap data repository does not have the counterparty ID and (if applicable) the broker ID, branch ID, execution agent ID, trading desk ID, and trader ID of each direct counterparty. Once a day, the registered security-based swap data repository shall send a report to each participant of the registered security-based swap data repository or, if applicable, an execution agent, identifying, for each security-based swap to which that participant is a counterparty, the security-based swap(s) for which the registered security-based swap data repository lacks counterparty ID and (if applicable) broker ID, branch ID, execution agent ID, trading desk ID, and trader ID. A participant of a registered security-based swap data repository that receives such a report shall provide the missing information with respect to its side of each security-based swap referenced in the report to the registered security-based swap data repository within 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to provide ultimate parent and affiliate information.</I> Each participant of a registered security-based swap data repository that is not a platform, a registered clearing agency, an externally managed investment vehicle, or a registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) that becomes a participant solely as a result of making a report to satisfy an obligation under § 242.901(a)(2)(ii)(E)(<I>4</I>) shall provide to the registered security-based swap data repository information sufficient to identify its ultimate parent(s) and any affiliate(s) of the participant that also are participants of the registered security-based swap data repository, using ultimate parent IDs and counterparty IDs. Any such participant shall promptly notify the registered security-based swap data repository of any changes to that information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Policies and procedures to support reporting compliance.</I> Each participant of a registered security-based swap data repository that is a registered security-based swap dealer, registered major security-based swap participant, registered clearing agency, platform, or registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) that becomes a participant solely as a result of making a report to satisfy an obligation under § 242.901(a)(2)(ii)(E)(<I>4</I>) shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that it complies with any obligations to report information to a registered security-based swap data repository in a manner consistent with §§ 242.900 through 242.909. Each such participant shall review and update its policies and procedures at least annually.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53654, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.907" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.907   Policies and procedures of registered security-based swap data repositories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General policies and procedures.</I> With respect to the receipt, reporting, and dissemination of data pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909, a registered security-based swap data repository shall establish and maintain written policies and procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) That enumerate the specific data elements of a security-based swap that must be reported, which shall include, at a minimum, the data elements specified in § 242.901(c) and (d);
</P>
<P>(2) That specify one or more acceptable data formats (each of which must be an open-source structured data format that is widely used by participants), connectivity requirements, and other protocols for submitting information;
</P>
<P>(3) For specifying procedures for reporting life cycle events and corrections to previously submitted information, making corresponding updates or corrections to transaction records, and applying an appropriate flag to the transaction report to indicate that the report is an error correction required to be disseminated by § 242.905(b)(2), or is a life cycle event, or any adjustment due to a life cycle event, required to be disseminated by § 242.902(a);
</P>
<P>(4) For:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying characteristic(s) of a security-based swap, or circumstances associated with the execution or reporting of the security-based swap, that could, in the fair and reasonable estimation of the registered security-based swap data repository, cause a person without knowledge of these characteristic(s) or circumstance(s), to receive a distorted view of the market;
</P>
<P>(ii) Establishing flags to denote such characteristic(s) or circumstance(s);
</P>
<P>(iii) Directing participants that report security-based swaps to apply such flags, as appropriate, in their reports to the registered security-based swap data repository; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Applying such flags:
</P>
<P>(A) To disseminated reports to help to prevent a distorted view of the market; or
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a transaction referenced in § 242.902(c), to suppress the report from public dissemination entirely, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(5) For assigning UICs in a manner consistent with § 242.903; and
</P>
<P>(6) For periodically obtaining from each participant other than a platform, registered clearing agency, externally managed investment vehicle, or registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility) that becomes a participant solely as a result of making a report to satisfy an obligation under § 242.901(a)(2)(ii)(E)(<I>4</I>) information that identifies the participant's ultimate parent(s) and any participant(s) with which the participant is affiliated, using ultimate parent IDs and counterparty IDs.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved].
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public availability of policies and procedures.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall make the policies and procedures required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909 publicly available on its Web site.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Updating of policies and procedures.</I> A registered security-based swap data repository shall review, and update as necessary, the policies and procedures required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909 at least annually. Such policies and procedures shall indicate the date on which they were last reviewed.
</P>
<P>(e) A registered security-based swap data repository shall provide to the Commission, upon request, information or reports related to the timeliness, accuracy, and completeness of data reported to it pursuant to §§ 242.900 through 242.909 and the registered security-based swap data repository's policies and procedures thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53655, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.908" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.908   Cross-border matters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of Regulation SBSR to cross-border transactions.</I> (1) A security-based swap shall be subject to regulatory reporting and public dissemination if:
</P>
<P>(i) There is a direct or indirect counterparty that is a U.S. person on either or both sides of the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The security-based swap is accepted for clearing by a clearing agency having its principal place of business in the United States;
</P>
<P>(iii) The security-based swap is executed on a platform having its principal place of business in the United States;
</P>
<P>(iv) The security-based swap is effected by or through a registered broker-dealer (including a registered security-based swap execution facility); or
</P>
<P>(v) The transaction is connected with a non-U.S. person's security-based swap dealing activity and is arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office.
</P>
<P>(2) A security-based swap that is not included within paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be subject to regulatory reporting but not public dissemination if there is a direct or indirect counterparty on either or both sides of the transaction that is a registered security-based swap dealer or a registered major security-based swap participant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitation on obligations.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of §§ 242.900 through 242.909, a person shall not incur any obligation under §§ 242.900 through 242.909 unless it is:
</P>
<P>(1) A U.S. person;
</P>
<P>(2) A registered security-based swap dealer or registered major security-based swap participant;
</P>
<P>(3) A platform;
</P>
<P>(4) A registered clearing agency; or
</P>
<P>(5) A non-U.S. person that, in connection with such person's security-based swap dealing activity, arranged, negotiated, or executed the security-based swap using its personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, or using personnel of an agent located in a U.S. branch or office.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Substituted compliance</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Compliance with the regulatory reporting and public dissemination requirements in sections 13(m) and 13A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(m) and 78m-1), and the rules and regulations thereunder, may be satisfied by compliance with the rules of a foreign jurisdiction that is the subject of a Commission order described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, provided that at least one of the direct counterparties to the security-based swap is either a non-U.S. person or a foreign branch.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> (i) The Commission may, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, make a substituted compliance determination regarding regulatory reporting and public dissemination of security-based swaps with respect to a foreign jurisdiction if that jurisdiction's requirements for the regulatory reporting and public dissemination of security-based swaps are comparable to otherwise applicable requirements. The Commission may, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, make a substituted compliance determination regarding regulatory reporting of security-based swaps that are subject to § 242.908(a)(2) with respect to a foreign jurisdiction if that jurisdiction's requirements for the regulatory reporting of security-based swaps are comparable to otherwise applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) A party that potentially would comply with requirements under §§ 242.900 through 242.909 pursuant to a substituted compliance order or any foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities supervising such a person's security-based swap activities may file an application, pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 240.0-13 of this chapter, requesting that the Commission make a substituted compliance determination regarding regulatory reporting and public dissemination with respect to a foreign jurisdiction the rules of which also would require reporting and public dissemination of those security-based swaps.
</P>
<P>(iii) In making such a substituted compliance determination, the Commission shall take into account such factors as the Commission determines are appropriate, such as the scope and objectives of the relevant foreign regulatory requirements, as well as the effectiveness of the supervisory compliance program administered, and the enforcement authority exercised, by the foreign financial regulatory authority to support oversight of its regulatory reporting and public dissemination system for security-based swaps. The Commission shall not make such a substituted compliance determination unless it finds that:
</P>
<P>(A) The data elements that are required to be reported pursuant to the rules of the foreign jurisdiction are comparable to those required to be reported pursuant to § 242.901;
</P>
<P>(B) The rules of the foreign jurisdiction require the security-based swap to be reported and publicly disseminated in a manner and a timeframe comparable to those required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909 (or, in the case of transactions that are subject to § 242.908(a)(2) but not to § 242.908(a)(1), the rules of the foreign jurisdiction require the security-based swap to be reported in a manner and a timeframe comparable to those required by §§ 242.900 through 242.909);
</P>
<P>(C) The Commission has direct electronic access to the security-based swap data held by a trade repository or foreign regulatory authority to which security-based swaps are reported pursuant to the rules of that foreign jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any trade repository or foreign regulatory authority in the foreign jurisdiction that receives and maintains required transaction reports of security-based swaps pursuant to the laws of that foreign jurisdiction is subject to requirements regarding data collection and maintenance; systems capacity, integrity, resiliency, availability, and security; and recordkeeping that are comparable to the requirements imposed on security-based swap data repositories by the Commission's rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Before issuing a substituted compliance order pursuant to this section, the Commission shall have entered into memoranda of understanding and/or other arrangements with the relevant foreign financial regulatory authority or authorities under such foreign financial regulatory system addressing supervisory and enforcement cooperation and other matters arising under the substituted compliance determination.
</P>
<P>(v) The Commission may, on its own initiative, modify or withdraw such order at any time, after appropriate notice and opportunity for comment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14728, Mar. 19, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53655, Aug. 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.909" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.0.8.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.909   Registration of security-based swap data repository as a securities information processor.</HEAD>
<P>A registered security-based swap data repository shall also register with the Commission as a securities information processor on Form SDR (§ 249.1500 of this chapter).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Regulation SCI—Systems Compliance and Integrity</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 72436, Dec. 5, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 242.1000" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1000   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Regulation SCI (§§ 242.1000 through 242.1007), the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Critical SCI systems</I> means any SCI systems of, or operated by or on behalf of, an SCI entity that:
</P>
<P>(1) Directly support functionality relating to:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearance and settlement systems of clearing agencies;
</P>
<P>(ii) Openings, reopenings, and closings on the primary listing market;
</P>
<P>(iii) Trading halts;
</P>
<P>(iv) Initial public offerings;
</P>
<P>(v) The provision of market data by a plan processor; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Exclusively-listed securities; or
</P>
<P>(2) Provide functionality to the securities markets for which the availability of alternatives is significantly limited or nonexistent and without which there would be a material impact on fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.19b-4(j) of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt clearing agency subject to ARP</I> means an entity that has received from the Commission an exemption from registration as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Act, and whose exemption contains conditions that relate to the Commission's Automation Review Policies (ARP), or any Commission regulation that supersedes or replaces such policies.
</P>
<P><I>Indirect SCI systems</I> means any systems of, or operated by or on behalf of, an SCI entity that, if breached, would be reasonably likely to pose a security threat to SCI systems.
</P>
<P><I>Major SCI event</I> means an SCI event that has had, or the SCI entity reasonably estimates would have:
</P>
<P>(1) Any impact on a critical SCI system; or
</P>
<P>(2) A significant impact on the SCI entity's operations or on market participants.
</P>
<P><I>Plan processor</I> has the meaning set forth in § 242.600(b)(78).
</P>
<P><I>Responsible SCI personnel</I> means, for a particular SCI system or indirect SCI system impacted by an SCI event, such senior manager(s) of the SCI entity having responsibility for such system, and their designee(s).
</P>
<P><I>SCI alternative trading system</I> or <I>SCI ATS</I> means an alternative trading system, as defined in § 242.300(a), which during at least four of the preceding six calendar months:
</P>
<P>(1) Had with respect to NMS stocks:
</P>
<P>(i) Five percent (5%) or more in any single NMS stock, and one-quarter percent (0.25%) or more in all NMS stocks, of the average daily dollar volume reported by applicable transaction reporting plans; or
</P>
<P>(ii) One percent (1%) or more in all NMS stocks of the average daily dollar volume reported by applicable transaction reporting plans; or
</P>
<P>(2) Had with respect to equity securities that are not NMS stocks and for which transactions are reported to a self-regulatory organization, five percent (5%) or more of the average daily dollar volume as calculated by the self-regulatory organization to which such transactions are reported;
</P>
<P>(3) Provided, however, that such SCI ATS shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Regulation SCI until six months after satisfying any of paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition, as applicable, for the first time.
</P>
<P><I>SCI competing consolidator</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any competing consolidator, as defined in § 242.600, which, during at least four of the preceding six calendar months, accounted for five percent (5%) or more of consolidated market data gross revenue paid to the effective national market system plan or plans required under § 242.603(b), for NMS stocks:
</P>
<P>(i) Listed on the New York Stock Exchange LLC;
</P>
<P>(ii) Listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Listed on exchanges other than the New York Stock Exchange LLC or The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, as reported by such plan or plans pursuant to the terms thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Provided, however, that such SCI competing consolidator shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this section and §§ 242.1001 through 242.1007 (Regulation SCI) until six months after satisfying any of paragraph (1) of this definition, as applicable, for the first time; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provided, however, that such SCI competing consolidator shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Regulation SCI prior to one year after the compliance date for § 242.614(d)(3).
</P>
<P><I>SCI entity</I> means an SCI self-regulatory organization, SCI alternative trading system, plan processor, exempt clearing agency subject to ARP, or SCI competing consolidator.
</P>
<P><I>SCI event</I> means an event at an SCI entity that constitutes:
</P>
<P>(1) A systems disruption;
</P>
<P>(2) A systems compliance issue; or
</P>
<P>(3) A systems intrusion.
</P>
<P><I>SCI review</I> means a review, following established procedures and standards, that is performed by objective personnel having appropriate experience to conduct reviews of SCI systems and indirect SCI systems, and which review contains:
</P>
<P>(1) A risk assessment with respect to such systems of an SCI entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) An assessment of internal control design and effectiveness of its SCI systems and indirect SCI systems to include logical and physical security controls, development processes, and information technology governance, consistent with industry standards.
</P>
<P><I>SCI self-regulatory organization</I> or <I>SCI SRO</I> means any national securities exchange, registered securities association, or registered clearing agency, or the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; <I>provided however,</I> that for purposes of this section, the term SCI self-regulatory organization shall not include an exchange that is notice registered with the Commission pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78f(g) or a limited purpose national securities association registered with the Commission pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-3(k).
</P>
<P><I>SCI systems</I> means all computer, network, electronic, technical, automated, or similar systems of, or operated by or on behalf of, an SCI entity that, with respect to securities, directly support trading, clearance and settlement, order routing, market data, market regulation, or market surveillance.
</P>
<P><I>Senior management</I> means, for purposes of Rule 1003(b), an SCI entity's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Information Officer, General Counsel, and Chief Compliance Officer, or the equivalent of such employees or officers of an SCI entity.
</P>
<P><I>Systems compliance issue</I> means an event at an SCI entity that has caused any SCI system of such entity to operate in a manner that does not comply with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder or the entity's rules or governing documents, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Systems disruption</I> means an event in an SCI entity's SCI systems that disrupts, or significantly degrades, the normal operation of an SCI system.
</P>
<P><I>Systems intrusion</I> means any unauthorized entry into the SCI systems or indirect SCI systems of an SCI entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 72436, Dec. 5, 2014, as amended at 80 FR 81454, Dec. 30, 2015; 83 FR 58429, Nov. 19, 2018; 86 FR 18814, Apr. 9, 2021; 89 FR 26617, Apr. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1001" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1001   Obligations related to policies and procedures of SCI entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Capacity, integrity, resiliency, availability, and security.</I> (1) Each SCI entity shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that its SCI systems and, for purposes of security standards, indirect SCI systems, have levels of capacity, integrity, resiliency, availability, and security, adequate to maintain the SCI entity's operational capability and promote the maintenance of fair and orderly markets.
</P>
<P>(2) Policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) The establishment of reasonable current and future technological infrastructure capacity planning estimates;
</P>
<P>(ii) Periodic capacity stress tests of such systems to determine their ability to process transactions in an accurate, timely, and efficient manner;
</P>
<P>(iii) A program to review and keep current systems development and testing methodology for such systems;
</P>
<P>(iv) Regular reviews and testing, as applicable, of such systems, including backup systems, to identify vulnerabilities pertaining to internal and external threats, physical hazards, and natural or manmade disasters;
</P>
<P>(v) Business continuity and disaster recovery plans that include maintaining backup and recovery capabilities sufficiently resilient and geographically diverse and that are reasonably designed to achieve next business day resumption of trading and two-hour resumption of critical SCI systems following a wide-scale disruption;
</P>
<P>(vi) Standards that result in such systems being designed, developed, tested, maintained, operated, and surveilled in a manner that facilitates the successful collection, processing, and dissemination of market data; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Monitoring of such systems to identify potential SCI events.
</P>
<P>(3) Each SCI entity shall periodically review the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by this paragraph (a), and take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (a), such policies and procedures shall be deemed to be reasonably designed if they are consistent with current SCI industry standards, which shall be comprised of information technology practices that are widely available to information technology professionals in the financial sector and issued by an authoritative body that is a U.S. governmental entity or agency, association of U.S. governmental entities or agencies, or widely recognized organization. Compliance with such current SCI industry standards, however, shall not be the exclusive means to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Systems compliance.</I> (1) Each SCI entity shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that its SCI systems operate in a manner that complies with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the entity's rules and governing documents, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Policies and procedures required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Testing of all SCI systems and any changes to SCI systems prior to implementation;
</P>
<P>(ii) A system of internal controls over changes to SCI systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) A plan for assessments of the functionality of SCI systems designed to detect systems compliance issues, including by responsible SCI personnel and by personnel familiar with applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the SCI entity's rules and governing documents; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A plan of coordination and communication between regulatory and other personnel of the SCI entity, including by responsible SCI personnel, regarding SCI systems design, changes, testing, and controls designed to detect and prevent systems compliance issues.
</P>
<P>(3) Each SCI entity shall periodically review the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by this paragraph (b), and take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.
</P>
<P>(4) Safe harbor from liability for individuals. Personnel of an SCI entity shall be deemed not to have aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, caused, induced, or procured the violation by an SCI entity of this paragraph (b) if the person:
</P>
<P>(i) Has reasonably discharged the duties and obligations incumbent upon such person by the SCI entity's policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Was without reasonable cause to believe that the policies and procedures relating to an SCI system for which such person was responsible, or had supervisory responsibility, were not established, maintained, or enforced in accordance with this paragraph (b) in any material respect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responsible SCI personnel.</I> (1) Each SCI entity shall establish, maintain, and enforce reasonably designed written policies and procedures that include the criteria for identifying responsible SCI personnel, the designation and documentation of responsible SCI personnel, and escalation procedures to quickly inform responsible SCI personnel of potential SCI events.
</P>
<P>(2) Each SCI entity shall periodically review the effectiveness of the policies and procedures required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1002" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1002   Obligations related to SCI events.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Corrective action.</I> Upon any responsible SCI personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that an SCI event has occurred, each SCI entity shall begin to take appropriate corrective action which shall include, at a minimum, mitigating potential harm to investors and market integrity resulting from the SCI event and devoting adequate resources to remedy the SCI event as soon as reasonably practicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commission notification and recordkeeping of SCI events.</I> Each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon any responsible SCI personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that an SCI event has occurred, notify the Commission of such SCI event immediately;
</P>
<P>(2) Within 24 hours of any responsible SCI personnel having a reasonable basis to conclude that the SCI event has occurred, submit a written notification pertaining to such SCI event to the Commission, which shall be made on a good faith, best efforts basis and include:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the SCI event, including the system(s) affected; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent available as of the time of the notification: The SCI entity's current assessment of the types and number of market participants potentially affected by the SCI event; the potential impact of the SCI event on the market; a description of the steps the SCI entity has taken, is taking, or plans to take, with respect to the SCI event; the time the SCI event was resolved or timeframe within which the SCI event is expected to be resolved; and any other pertinent information known by the SCI entity about the SCI event;
</P>
<P>(3) Until such time as the SCI event is resolved and the SCI entity's investigation of the SCI event is closed, provide updates pertaining to such SCI event to the Commission on a regular basis, or at such frequency as reasonably requested by a representative of the Commission, to correct any materially incorrect information previously provided, or when new material information is discovered, including but not limited to, any of the information listed in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4)(i)(A) If an SCI event is resolved and the SCI entity's investigation of the SCI event is closed within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of the SCI event, then within five business days after the resolution of the SCI event and closure of the investigation regarding the SCI event, submit a final written notification pertaining to such SCI event to the Commission containing the information required in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) If an SCI event is not resolved or the SCI entity's investigation of the SCI event is not closed within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of the SCI event, then submit an interim written notification pertaining to such SCI event to the Commission within 30 calendar days after the occurrence of the SCI event containing the information required in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, to the extent known at the time.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Within five business days after the resolution of such SCI event and closure of the investigation regarding such SCI event, submit a final written notification pertaining to such SCI event to the Commission containing the information required in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Written notifications required by paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) A detailed description of: The SCI entity's assessment of the types and number of market participants affected by the SCI event; the SCI entity's assessment of the impact of the SCI event on the market; the steps the SCI entity has taken, is taking, or plans to take, with respect to the SCI event; the time the SCI event was resolved; the SCI entity's rule(s) and/or governing document(s), as applicable, that relate to the SCI event; and any other pertinent information known by the SCI entity about the SCI event;
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of any information disseminated pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section by the SCI entity to date regarding the SCI event to any of its members or participants; and
</P>
<P>(C) An analysis of parties that may have experienced a loss, whether monetary or otherwise, due to the SCI event, the number of such parties, and an estimate of the aggregate amount of such loss.
</P>
<P>(5) The requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section shall not apply to any SCI event that has had, or the SCI entity reasonably estimates would have, no or a de minimis impact on the SCI entity's operations or on market participants. For such events, each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Make, keep, and preserve records relating to all such SCI events; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submit to the Commission a report, within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, containing a summary description of such systems disruptions and systems intrusions, including the SCI systems and, for systems intrusions, indirect SCI systems, affected by such systems disruptions and systems intrusions during the applicable calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dissemination of SCI events.</I> (1) Each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Promptly after any responsible SCI personnel has a reasonable basis to conclude that an SCI event that is a systems disruption or systems compliance issue has occurred, disseminate the following information about such SCI event:
</P>
<P>(A) The system(s) affected by the SCI event; and
</P>
<P>(B) A summary description of the SCI event; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When known, promptly further disseminate the following information about such SCI event:
</P>
<P>(A) A detailed description of the SCI event;
</P>
<P>(B) The SCI entity's current assessment of the types and number of market participants potentially affected by the SCI event; and
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the progress of its corrective action for the SCI event and when the SCI event has been or is expected to be resolved; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Until resolved, provide regular updates of any information required to be disseminated under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each SCI entity shall, promptly after any responsible SCI personnel has a reasonable basis to conclude that a SCI event that is a systems intrusion has occurred, disseminate a summary description of the systems intrusion, including a description of the corrective action taken by the SCI entity and when the systems intrusion has been or is expected to be resolved, unless the SCI entity determines that dissemination of such information would likely compromise the security of the SCI entity's SCI systems or indirect SCI systems, or an investigation of the systems intrusion, and documents the reasons for such determination.
</P>
<P>(3) The information required to be disseminated under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section promptly after any responsible SCI personnel has a reasonable basis to conclude that an SCI event has occurred, shall be promptly disseminated by the SCI entity to those members or participants of the SCI entity that any responsible SCI personnel has reasonably estimated may have been affected by the SCI event, and promptly disseminated to any additional members or participants that any responsible SCI personnel subsequently reasonably estimates may have been affected by the SCI event; <I>provided, however,</I> that for major SCI events, the information required to be disseminated under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section shall be promptly disseminated by the SCI entity to all of its members or participants.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) SCI events to the extent they relate to market regulation or market surveillance systems; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any SCI event that has had, or the SCI entity reasonably estimates would have, no or a de minimis impact on the SCI entity's operations or on market participants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1003" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1003   Obligations related to systems changes; SCI review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Systems changes.</I> Each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, submit to the Commission a report describing completed, ongoing, and planned material changes to its SCI systems and the security of indirect SCI systems, during the prior, current, and subsequent calendar quarters, including the dates or expected dates of commencement and completion. An SCI entity shall establish reasonable written criteria for identifying a change to its SCI systems and the security of indirect SCI systems as material and report such changes in accordance with such criteria.
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly submit a supplemental report notifying the Commission of a material error in or material omission from a report previously submitted under this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>SCI review.</I> Each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct an SCI review of the SCI entity's compliance with Regulation SCI not less than once each calendar year; <I>provided, however,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) Penetration test reviews of the network, firewalls, and production systems shall be conducted at a frequency of not less than once every three years; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Assessments of SCI systems directly supporting market regulation or market surveillance shall be conducted at a frequency based upon the risk assessment conducted as part of the SCI review, but in no case less than once every three years; and
</P>
<P>(2) Submit a report of the SCI review required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section to senior management of the SCI entity for review no more than 30 calendar days after completion of such SCI review; and
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to the Commission, and to the board of directors of the SCI entity or the equivalent of such board, a report of the SCI review required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, together with any response by senior management, within 60 calendar days after its submission to senior management of the SCI entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1004" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1004   SCI entity business continuity and disaster recovery plans testing requirements for members or participants.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to an SCI entity's business continuity and disaster recovery plans, including its backup systems, each SCI entity shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish standards for the designation of those members or participants that the SCI entity reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans;
</P>
<P>(b) Designate members or participants pursuant to the standards established in paragraph (a) of this section and require participation by such designated members or participants in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans, in the manner and frequency specified by the SCI entity, provided that such frequency shall not be less than once every 12 months; and
</P>
<P>(c) Coordinate the testing of such plans on an industry- or sector-wide basis with other SCI entities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1005" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1005   Recordkeeping requirements related to compliance with Regulation SCI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An SCI SRO shall make, keep, and preserve all documents relating to its compliance with Regulation SCI as prescribed in § 240.17a-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) An SCI entity that is not an SCI SRO shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, keep, and preserve at least one copy of all documents, including correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts, and other such records, relating to its compliance with Regulation SCI, including, but not limited to, records relating to any changes to its SCI systems and indirect SCI systems;
</P>
<P>(2) Keep all such documents for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in a place that is readily accessible to the Commission or its representatives for inspection and examination; and
</P>
<P>(3) Upon request of any representative of the Commission, promptly furnish to the possession of such representative copies of any documents required to be kept and preserved by it pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon or immediately prior to ceasing to do business or ceasing to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, an SCI entity shall take all necessary action to ensure that the records required to be made, kept, and preserved by this section shall be accessible to the Commission and its representatives in the manner required by this section and for the remainder of the period required by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1006" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1006   Electronic filing and submission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except with respect to notifications to the Commission made pursuant to § 242.1002(b)(1) or updates to the Commission made pursuant to paragraph § 242.1002(b)(3), any notification, review, description, analysis, or report to the Commission required to be submitted under Regulation SCI shall be filed electronically on Form SCI (§ 249.1900 of this chapter), include all information as prescribed in Form SCI and the instructions thereto, and contain an electronic signature; and
</P>
<P>(b) The signatory to an electronically filed Form SCI shall manually sign a signature page or document, in the manner prescribed by Form SCI, authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in typed form within the electronic filing. Such document shall be executed before or at the time Form SCI is electronically filed and shall be retained by the SCI entity in accordance with § 242.1005.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1007" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.2.1.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1007   Requirements for service bureaus.</HEAD>
<P>If records required to be filed or kept by an SCI entity under Regulation SCI are prepared or maintained by a service bureau or other recordkeeping service on behalf of the SCI entity, the SCI entity shall ensure that the records are available for review by the Commission and its representatives by submitting a written undertaking, in a form acceptable to the Commission, by such service bureau or other recordkeeping service, signed by a duly authorized person at such service bureau or other recordkeeping service. Such a written undertaking shall include an agreement by the service bureau to permit the Commission and its representatives to examine such records at any time or from time to time during business hours, and to promptly furnish to the Commission and its representatives true, correct, and current electronic files in a form acceptable to the Commission or its representatives or hard copies of any or all or any part of such records, upon request, periodically, or continuously and, in any case, within the same time periods as would apply to the SCI entity for such records. The preparation or maintenance of records by a service bureau or other recordkeeping service shall not relieve an SCI entity from its obligation to prepare, maintain, and provide the Commission and its representatives access to such records.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="243" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 243—REGULATION FD 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78c, 78i, 78j, 78m, 78o, 78w, 78mm, and 80a-29, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 51738, Aug. 24, 2000, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 243.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.3.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.100   General rule regarding selective disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever an issuer, or any person acting on its behalf, discloses any material nonpublic information regarding that issuer or its securities to any person described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the issuer shall make public disclosure of that information as provided in § 243.101(e): 
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneously, in the case of an intentional disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly, in the case of a non-intentional disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, paragraph (a) of this section shall apply to a disclosure made to any person outside the issuer: 
</P>
<P>(i) Who is a broker or dealer, or a person associated with a broker or dealer, as those terms are defined in Section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Who is an investment adviser, as that term is defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)); an institutional investment manager, as that term is defined in Section 13(f)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(6)), that filed a report on Form 13F (17 CFR 249.325) with the Commission for the most recent quarter ended prior to the date of the disclosure; or a person associated with either of the foregoing. For purposes of this paragraph, a “person associated with an investment adviser or institutional investment manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 202(a)(17) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(17)), assuming for these purposes that an institutional investment manager is an investment adviser; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Who is an investment company, as defined in Section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3), or who would be an investment company but for Section 3(c)(1) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)) or Section 3(c)(7) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)) thereof, or an affiliated person of either of the foregoing. For purposes of this paragraph, “affiliated person” means only those persons described in Section 2(a)(3)(C), (D), (E), and (F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)(C), (D), (E), and (F)), assuming for these purposes that a person who would be an investment company but for Section 3(c)(1) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)) or Section 3(c)(7) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 is an investment company; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Who is a holder of the issuer's securities, under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that the person will purchase or sell the issuer's securities on the basis of the information. 
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to a disclosure made: 
</P>
<P>(i) To a person who owes a duty of trust or confidence to the issuer (such as an attorney, investment banker, or accountant); 
</P>
<P>(ii) To a person who expressly agrees to maintain the disclosed information in confidence; 
</P>
<P>(iii) In connection with a securities offering registered under the Securities Act, other than an offering of the type described in any of Rule 415(a)(1)(i) through (vi) under the Securities Act (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i) through (vi) of this chapter) (except an offering of the type described in Rule 415(a)(1)(i) under the Securities Act (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i) of this chapter) also involving a registered offering, whether or not underwritten, for capital formation purposes for the account of the issuer (unless the issuer's offering is being registered for the purpose of evading the requirements of this section)), if the disclosure is by any of the following means:
</P>
<P>(A) A registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including a prospectus contained therein;
</P>
<P>(B) A free writing prospectus used after filing of the registration statement for the offering or a communication falling within the exception to the definition of prospectus contained in clause (a) of section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act;
</P>
<P>(C) Any other Section 10(b) prospectus;
</P>
<P>(D) A notice permitted by Rule 135 under the Securities Act (§ 230.135 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(E) A communication permitted by Rule 134 under the Securities Act (§ 230.134 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(F) An oral communication made in connection with the registered securities offering after filing of the registration statement for the offering under the Securities Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51738, Aug. 24, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 44829, Aug. 3, 2005; 74 FR 63865, Dec. 4, 2009; 75 FR 61051, Oct. 4, 2010; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.3.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.101   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>This section defines certain terms as used in Regulation FD (§§ 243.100-243.103). 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Intentional.</I> A selective disclosure of material nonpublic information is “intentional” when the person making the disclosure either knows, or is reckless in not knowing, that the information he or she is communicating is both material and nonpublic. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Issuer.</I> An “issuer” subject to this regulation is one that has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), or is required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), including any closed-end investment company (as defined in Section 5(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(2)), but not including any other investment company or any foreign government or foreign private issuer, as those terms are defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (§ 230.405 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Person acting on behalf of an issuer.</I> “Person acting on behalf of an issuer” means any senior official of the issuer (or, in the case of a closed-end investment company, a senior official of the issuer's investment adviser), or any other officer, employee, or agent of an issuer who regularly communicates with any person described in § 243.100(b)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii), or with holders of the issuer's securities. An officer, director, employee, or agent of an issuer who discloses material nonpublic information in breach of a duty of trust or confidence to the issuer shall not be considered to be acting on behalf of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Promptly.</I> “Promptly” means as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event after the later of 24 hours or the commencement of the next day's trading on the New York Stock Exchange) after a senior official of the issuer (or, in the case of a closed-end investment company, a senior official of the issuer's investment adviser) learns that there has been a non-intentional disclosure by the issuer or person acting on behalf of the issuer of information that the senior official knows, or is reckless in not knowing, is both material and nonpublic. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public disclosure.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, an issuer shall make the “public disclosure” of information required by § 243.100(a) by furnishing to or filing with the Commission a Form 8-K (17 CFR 249.308) disclosing that information. 
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer shall be exempt from the requirement to furnish or file a Form 8-K if it instead disseminates the information through another method (or combination of methods) of disclosure that is reasonably designed to provide broad, non-exclusionary distribution of the information to the public. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Senior official.</I> “Senior official” means any director, executive officer (as defined in § 240.3b-7 of this chapter), investor relations or public relations officer, or other person with similar functions. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Securities offering.</I> For purposes of § 243.100(b)(2)(iv): 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Underwritten offerings.</I> A securities offering that is underwritten commences when the issuer reaches an understanding with the broker-dealer that is to act as managing underwriter and continues until the later of the end of the period during which a dealer must deliver a prospectus or the sale of the securities (unless the offering is sooner terminated); 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-underwritten offerings.</I> A securities offering that is not underwritten: 
</P>
<P>(i) If covered by Rule 415(a)(1)(x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(x) of this chapter), commences when the issuer makes its first bona fide offer in a takedown of securities and continues until the later of the end of the period during which each dealer must deliver a prospectus or the sale of the securities in that takedown (unless the takedown is sooner terminated); 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a business combination as defined in Rule 165(f)(1) (§ 230.165(f)(1) of this chapter), commences when the first public announcement of the transaction is made and continues until the completion of the vote or the expiration of the tender offer, as applicable (unless the transaction is sooner terminated); 
</P>
<P>(iii) If an offering other than those specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, commences when the issuer files a registration statement and continues until the later of the end of the period during which each dealer must deliver a prospectus or the sale of the securities (unless the offering is sooner terminated). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.3.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.102   No effect on antifraud liability.</HEAD>
<P>No failure to make a public disclosure required solely by § 243.100 shall be deemed to be a violation of Rule 10b-5 (17 CFR 240.10b-5) under the Securities Exchange Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.3.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.103   No effect on Exchange Act reporting status.</HEAD>
<P>A failure to make a public disclosure required solely by § 243.100 shall not affect whether: 
</P>
<P>(a) For purposes of Forms S-3 (17 CFR 239.13), S-8 (17 CFR 239.16b) and SF-3 (17 CFR 239.45) under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), or Form N-2 (17 CFR 239.14 and 274.11a-1) under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), an issuer is deemed to have filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) or where applicable, has made those filings in a timely manner; or
</P>
<P>(b) There is adequate current public information about the issuer for purposes of § 230.144(c) of this chapter (Rule 144(c)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51738, Aug. 24, 2000, as amended at 79 FR 57344, Sept. 24, 2014; 85 FR 33360, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="244" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 244—REGULATION G 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 7261, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78m, 78o, 78w, 78mm, and 80a-29 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 4832, Jan. 30, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 244.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.4.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.100   General rules regarding disclosure of non-GAAP financial measures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a registrant, or person acting on its behalf, publicly discloses material information that includes a non-GAAP financial measure, the registrant must accompany that non-GAAP financial measure with: 
</P>
<P>(1) A presentation of the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP); and 
</P>
<P>(2) A reconciliation (by schedule or other clearly understandable method), which shall be quantitative for historical non-GAAP measures presented, and quantitative, to the extent available without unreasonable efforts, for forward-looking information, of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure disclosed or released with the most comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) A registrant, or a person acting on its behalf, shall not make public a non-GAAP financial measure that, taken together with the information accompanying that measure and any other accompanying discussion of that measure, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measure, in light of the circumstances under which it is presented, not misleading. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not apply to a disclosure of a non-GAAP financial measure that is made by or on behalf of a registrant that is a foreign private issuer if the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) The securities of the registrant are listed or quoted on a securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system outside the United States; 
</P>
<P>(2) The non-GAAP financial measure is not derived from or based on a measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosure is made by or on behalf of the registrant outside the United States, or is included in a written communication that is released by or on behalf of the registrant outside the United States. 
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not apply to a non-GAAP financial measure included in disclosure relating to a proposed business combination, the entity resulting therefrom or an entity that is a party thereto, if the disclosure is contained in a communication that is subject to § 230.425 of this chapter, § 240.14a-12 or § 240.14d-2(b)(2) of this chapter or § 229.1015 of this chapter. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to § 244.100:</HED>
<P>1. If a non-GAAP financial measure is made public orally, telephonically, by Web cast, by broadcast, or by similar means, the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section will be satisfied if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The required information in those paragraphs is provided on the registrant's Web site at the time the non-GAAP financial measure is made public; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The location of the web site is made public in the same presentation in which the non-GAAP financial measure is made public.
</P>
<P>2. The provisions of paragraph (c) of this section shall apply notwithstanding the existence of one or more of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) A written communication is released in the United States as well as outside the United States, so long as the communication is released in the United States contemporaneously with or after the release outside the United States and is not otherwise targeted at persons located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Foreign journalists, U.S. journalists or other third parties have access to the information;
</P>
<P>(iii) The information appears on one or more web sites maintained by the registrant, so long as the web sites, taken together, are not available exclusively to, or targeted at, persons located in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Following the disclosure or release of the information outside the United States, the information is included in a submission by the registrant to the Commission made under cover of a Form 6-K.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.4.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.101   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>This section defines certain terms as used in Regulation G (§§ 244.100 through 244.102).
</P>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Non-GAAP financial measure.</I> A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a registrant's historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows that:
</P>
<P>(i) Excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the statement of income, balance sheet or statement of cash flows (or equivalent statements) of the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented.
</P>
<P>(2) A non-GAAP financial measure does not include operating and other financial measures and ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively one or both of:
</P>
<P>(i) Financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures.
</P>
<P>(3) A non-GAAP financial measure does not include financial measures required to be disclosed by GAAP, Commission rules, or a system of regulation of a government or governmental authority or self-regulatory organization that is applicable to the registrant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>GAAP.</I> GAAP refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of foreign private issuers whose primary financial statements are prepared in accordance with non-U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, GAAP refers to the principles under which those primary financial statements are prepared; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of foreign private issuers that include a non-GAAP financial measure derived from a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, GAAP refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for purposes of the application of the requirements of Regulation G to the disclosure of that measure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registrant.</I> A registrant subject to this regulation is one that has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>), or is required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), excluding any investment company registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>United States.</I> United States means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.4.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.102   No effect on antifraud liability.</HEAD>
<P>Neither the requirements of this Regulation G (17 CFR 244.100 through 244.102) nor a person's compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of this Regulation shall in itself affect any person's liability under Section 10(b) (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or § 240.10b-5 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="245" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 245—REGULATION BLACKOUT TRADING RESTRICTION
</HEAD>
<FP><B>[Regulation BTR—Blackout Trading Restriction]</B>
</FP>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78w(a), unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE><P>Sections 245.100-245.104 are also issued under secs. 3(a) and 306(a), Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 4355, Jan. 28, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 245.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.100   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in Regulation BTR (§§ 245.100 through 245.104), unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>acquired in connection with service or employment as a director or executive officer,</I> when applied to a director or executive officer, means that he or she acquired, directly or indirectly, an equity security: 
</P>
<P>(1) At a time when he or she was a director or executive officer, under a compensatory plan, contract, authorization or arrangement, including, but not limited to, an option, warrants or rights plan, a pension, retirement or deferred compensation plan or a bonus, incentive or profit-sharing plan (whether or not set forth in any formal plan document), including a compensatory plan, contract, authorization or arrangement with a parent, subsidiary or affiliate; 
</P>
<P>(2) At a time when he or she was a director or executive officer, as a result of any transaction or business relationship described in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.404 of this chapter) or, in the case of a foreign private issuer, Item 7.B of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) (but without application of the disclosure thresholds of such provisions), to the extent that he or she has a pecuniary interest (as defined in paragraph (<I>l</I>) of this section) in the equity securities; 
</P>
<P>(3) At a time when he or she was a director or executive officer, as directors' qualifying shares or other securities that he or she must hold to satisfy minimum ownership requirements or guidelines for directors or executive officers; 
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to becoming, or while, a director or executive officer where the equity security was acquired as a direct or indirect inducement to service or employment as a director or executive officer; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Prior to becoming, or while, a director or executive officer where the equity security was received as a result of a business combination in respect of an equity security of an entity involved in the business combination that he or she had acquired in connection with service or employment as a director or executive officer of such entity. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 245.102, the term <I>blackout period</I>: 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the equity securities of any issuer (other than a foreign private issuer), means any period of more than three consecutive business days during which the ability to purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer an interest in any equity security of such issuer held in an individual account plan is temporarily suspended by the issuer or by a fiduciary of the plan with respect to not fewer than 50% of the participants or beneficiaries located in the United States and its territories and possessions under all individual account plans (as defined in paragraph (j) of this section) maintained by the issuer that permit participants or beneficiaries to acquire or hold equity securities of the issuer; 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to the equity securities of any foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4(c) of this chapter), means any period of more than three consecutive business days during which both: 
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section are met; and 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The number of participants and beneficiaries located in the United States and its territories and possessions subject to the temporary suspension exceeds 15% of the total number of employees of the issuer and its consolidated subsidiaries; or 
</P>
<P>(B) More than 50,000 participants and beneficiaries located in the United States and its territories and possessions are subject to the temporary suspension. 
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the individual account plans (as defined in paragraph (j) of this section) maintained by an issuer for purposes of this paragraph (b): 
</P>
<P>(i) The rules under section 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)) are to be applied; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual account plan that is maintained outside of the United States primarily for the benefit of persons substantially all of whom are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of section 104(b)(4) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1003(b)(4))) is not to be considered. 
</P>
<P>(4) In determining the number of participants and beneficiaries in an individual account plan (as defined in paragraph (j) of this section) maintained by an issuer: 
</P>
<P>(i) The determination may be made as of any date within the 12-month period preceding the beginning date of the temporary suspension in question; provided that if there has been a significant change in the number of participants or beneficiaries in an individual account plan since the date selected, the determination for such plan must be made as of the most recent practicable date that reflects such change; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The determination may be made without regard to overlapping plan participation. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The term <I>director</I> has, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(7) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(7)). 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4(c) of this chapter), the term <I>director</I> means an individual within the definition set forth in section 3(a)(7) of the Exchange Act who is a management employee of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>derivative security</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.16a-1(c) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(e) The term <I>equity security</I> has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and § 240.3a11-1 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(f) The term <I>equity security of the issuer</I> means any equity security or derivative security relating to an issuer, whether or not issued by that issuer. 
</P>
<P>(g) The term <I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>(h)(1) The term <I>executive officer</I> has, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, the meaning set forth in § 240.16a-1(f) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4(c) of this chapter), the term <I>executive officer</I> means the principal executive officer or officers, the principal financial officer or officers and the principal accounting officer or officers of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(i) The term <I>exempt security</I> has the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)). 
</P>
<P>(j) The term <I>individual account plan</I> means a pension plan which provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely upon the amount contributed to the participant's account, and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which may be allocated to such participant's account, except that such term does not include a one-participant retirement plan (within the meaning of section 101(i)(8)(B) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1021(i)(8)(B))), nor does it include a pension plan in which participation is limited to directors of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(k) The term <I>issuer</I> means an issuer (as defined in section 3(a)(8) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(8))), the securities of which are registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>) or that is required to file reports under section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) or that files or has filed a registration statement that has not yet become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) and that it has not withdrawn. 
</P>
<P>(l) The term <I>pecuniary interest</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.16a-1(a)(2)(i) of this chapter and the term <I>indirect pecuniary interest</I> has the meaning set forth in § 240.16a-1(a)(2)(ii) of this chapter. Section 240.16a-1(a)(2)(iii) of this chapter also shall apply to determine pecuniary interest for purposes of this regulation. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 4355, Jan. 28, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 53263, Sept. 8, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.101   Prohibition of insider trading during pension fund blackout periods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section, it is unlawful under section 306(a)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7244(a)(1)) for any director or executive officer of an issuer of any equity security (other than an exempt security), directly or indirectly, to purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer any equity security of the issuer (other than an exempt security) during any blackout period with respect to such equity security, if such director or executive officer acquires or previously acquired such equity security in connection with his or her service or employment as a director or executive officer. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of section 306(a)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, any sale or other transfer of an equity security of the issuer during a blackout period will be treated as a transaction involving an equity security “acquired in connection with service or employment as a director or executive officer” (as defined in § 245.100(a)) to the extent that the director or executive officer has a pecuniary interest (as defined in § 245.100(l)) in such equity security, unless the director or executive officer establishes by specific identification of securities that the transaction did not involve an equity security “acquired in connection with service or employment as a director or executive officer.” To establish that the equity security was not so acquired, a director or executive officer must identify the source of the equity securities and demonstrate that he or she has utilized the same specific identification for any purpose related to the transaction (such as tax reporting and any applicable disclosure and reporting requirements). 
</P>
<P>(c) The following transactions are exempt from section 306(a)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any acquisition of equity securities resulting from the reinvestment of dividends in, or interest on, equity securities of the same issuer if the acquisition is made pursuant to a plan providing for the regular reinvestment of dividends or interest and the plan provides for broad-based participation, does not discriminate in favor of employees of the issuer and operates on substantially the same terms for all plan participants; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any purchase or sale of equity securities of the issuer pursuant to a contract, instruction or written plan entered into by the director or executive officer that satisfies the affirmative defense conditions of § 240.10b5-1(c) of this chapter; provided that the director or executive officer did not enter into or modify the contract, instruction or written plan during the blackout period (as defined in § 245.100(b)) in question, or while aware of the actual or approximate beginning or ending dates of that blackout period (whether or not the director or executive officer received notice of the blackout period as required by Section 306(a)(6) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7244(a)(6)));
</P>
<P>(3) Any purchase or sale of equity securities, other than a Discretionary Transaction (as defined in § 240.16b-3(b)(1) of this chapter), pursuant to a Qualified Plan (as defined in § 240.16b-3(b)(4) of this chapter), an Excess Benefit Plan (as defined in § 240.16b-3(b)(2) of this chapter) or a Stock Purchase Plan (as defined in § 240.16b-3(b)(5) of this chapter) (or, in the case of a foreign private issuer, pursuant to an employee benefit plan that either (i) has been approved by the taxing authority of a foreign jurisdiction, or (ii) is eligible for preferential treatment under the tax laws of a foreign jurisdiction because the plan provides for broad-based employee participation); provided that a Discretionary Transaction that meets the conditions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section also shall be exempt; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any grant or award of an option, stock appreciation right or other equity compensation pursuant to a plan that, by its terms: 
</P>
<P>(i) Permits directors or executive officers to receive grants or awards; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Either: 
</P>
<P>(A) States the amount and price of securities to be awarded to designated directors and executive officers or categories of directors and executive officers (though not necessarily to others who may participate in the plan) and specifies the timing of awards to directors and executive officers; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Sets forth a formula that determines the amount, price and timing, using objective criteria (such as earnings of the issuer, value of the securities, years of service, job classification, and compensation levels); 
</P>
<P>(5) Any exercise, conversion or termination of a derivative security that the director or executive officer did not write or acquire during the blackout period (as defined in § 245.100(b)) in question, or while aware of the actual or approximate beginning or ending dates of that blackout period (whether or not the director or executive officer received notice of the blackout period as required by Section 306(a)(6) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002); and either: 
</P>
<P>(i) The derivative security, by its terms, may be exercised, converted or terminated only on a fixed date, with no discretionary provision for earlier exercise, conversion or termination; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The derivative security is exercised, converted or terminated by a counterparty and the director or executive officer does not exercise any influence on the counterparty with respect to whether or when to exercise, convert or terminate the derivative security; 
</P>
<P>(6) Any acquisition or disposition of equity securities involving a bona fide gift or a transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution; 
</P>
<P>(7) Any acquisition or disposition of equity securities pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or Title I of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or the rules thereunder; 
</P>
<P>(8) Any sale or other disposition of equity securities compelled by the laws or other requirements of an applicable jurisdiction; 
</P>
<P>(9) Any acquisition or disposition of equity securities in connection with a merger, acquisition, divestiture or similar transaction occurring by operation of law;
</P>
<P>(10) The increase or decrease in the number of equity securities held as a result of a stock split or stock dividend applying equally to all securities of that class, including a stock dividend in which equity securities of a different issuer are distributed; and the acquisition of rights, such as shareholder or pre-emptive rights, pursuant to a pro rata grant to all holders of the same class of equity securities; and
</P>
<P>(11) Any acquisition or disposition of an asset-backed security, as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1623, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.102   Exceptions to definition of blackout period.</HEAD>
<P>The term “blackout period,” as defined in § 245.100(b), does not include: 
</P>
<P>(a) A regularly scheduled period in which participants and beneficiaries may not purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer an interest in any equity security of an issuer, if a description of such period, including its frequency and duration and the plan transactions to be suspended or otherwise affected, is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Incorporated into the individual account plan or included in the documents or instruments under which the plan operates; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Disclosed to an employee before he or she formally enrolls, or within 30 days following formal enrollment, as a participant under the individual account plan or within 30 days after the adoption of an amendment to the plan. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(2), the disclosure may be provided in any graphic form that is reasonably accessible to the employee; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Any trading suspension described in § 245.100(b) that is imposed in connection with a corporate merger, acquisition, divestiture or similar transaction involving the plan or plan sponsor, the principal purpose of which is to permit persons affiliated with the acquired or divested entity to become participants or beneficiaries, or to cease to be participants or beneficiaries, in an individual account plan; provided that the persons who become participants or beneficiaries in an individual account plan are not able to participate in the same class of equity securities after the merger, acquisition, divestiture or similar transaction as before the transaction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.103   Issuer right of recovery; right of action by equity security owner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recovery of profits.</I> Section 306(a)(2) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7244(a)(2)) provides that any profit realized by a director or executive officer from any purchase, sale or other acquisition or transfer of any equity security of an issuer in violation of section 306(a)(1) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 7244(a)(1)) will inure to and be recoverable by the issuer, regardless of any intention on the part of the director or executive officer in entering into the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Actions to recover profit.</I> Section 306(a)(2) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 provides that an action to recover profit may be instituted at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction by the issuer, or by the owner of any equity security of the issuer in the name and on behalf of the issuer if the issuer fails or refuses to bring such action within 60 days after the date of request, or fails diligently to prosecute the action thereafter, except that no such suit may be brought more than two years after the date on which such profit was realized. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Measurement of profit.</I> (1) In determining the profit recoverable in an action undertaken pursuant to section 306(a)(2) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 from a transaction that involves a purchase, sale or other acquisition or transfer (other than a grant, exercise, conversion or termination of a derivative security) in violation of section 306(a)(1) of that Act of an equity security of an issuer that is registered pursuant to section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b) or (g)) and listed on a national securities exchange or listed in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association, profit (including any loss avoided) may be measured by comparing the difference between the amount paid or received for the equity security on the date of the transaction during the blackout period and the average market price of the equity security calculated over the first three trading days after the ending date of the blackout period. 
</P>
<P>(2) In determining the profit recoverable in an action undertaken pursuant to section 306(a)(2) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 from a transaction that is not described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, profit (including any loss avoided) may be measured in a manner that is consistent with the objective of identifying the amount of any gain realized or loss avoided by a director or executive officer as a result of a transaction taking place in violation of section 306(a)(1) of that Act during the blackout period as opposed to taking place outside of such blackout period. 
</P>
<P>(3) The terms of this section do not limit in any respect the authority of the Commission to seek or determine remedies as the result of a transaction taking place in violation of section 306(a)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.104" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.5.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.104   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In any case in which a director or executive officer is subject to section 306(a)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7244(a)(1)) in connection with a blackout period (as defined in § 245.100(b)) with respect to any equity security, the issuer of the equity security must timely notify each director or officer and the Commission of the blackout period. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The notice must include: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reason or reasons for the blackout period; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the plan transactions to be suspended during, or otherwise affected by, the blackout period; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the class of equity securities subject to the blackout period; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The length of the blackout period by reference to: 
</P>
<P>(A) The actual or expected beginning date and ending date of the blackout period; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The calendar week during which the blackout period is expected to begin and the calendar week during which the blackout period is expected to end, provided that the notice to directors and executive officers describes how, during such week or weeks, a director or executive officer may obtain, without charge, information as to whether the blackout period has begun or ended; and provided further that the notice to the Commission describes how, during the blackout period and for a period of two years after the ending date of the blackout period, a security holder or other interested person may obtain, without charge, the actual beginning and ending dates of the blackout period. 
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(1)(iv), a <I>calendar week</I> means a seven-day period beginning on Sunday and ending on Saturday; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The name, address and telephone number of the person designated by the issuer to respond to inquiries about the blackout period, or, in the absence of such a designation, the issuer's human resources director or person performing equivalent functions. 
</P>
<P>(2) (i) Notice to an affected director or executive officer will be considered timely if the notice described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is provided (in graphic form that is reasonably accessible to the recipient): 
</P>
<P>(A) No later than five business days after the issuer receives the notice required by section 101(i)(2)(E) of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1021(i)(2)(E)); or 
</P>
<P>(B) If no such notice is received by the issuer, a date that is at least 15 calendar days before the actual or expected beginning date of the blackout period. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the requirement to give advance notice will not apply in any case in which the inability to provide advance notice of the blackout period is due to events that were unforeseeable to, or circumstances that were beyond the reasonable control of, the issuer, and the issuer reasonably so determines in writing. Determinations described in the preceding sentence must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the issuer. In any case in which this exception to the advance notice requirement applies, the issuer must provide the notice described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, as well as a copy of the written determination, to all affected directors and executive officers as soon as reasonably practicable. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If there is a subsequent change in the beginning or ending dates of the blackout period as provided in the notice to directors and executive officers under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, an issuer must provide directors and executive officers with an updated notice explaining the reasons for the change in the date or dates and identifying all material changes in the information contained in the prior notice. The updated notice is required to be provided as soon as reasonably practicable, unless such notice in advance of the termination of a blackout period is impracticable. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notice to the Commission will be considered timely if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The issuer, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, files a current report on Form 8-K (§ 249.308 of this chapter) within the time prescribed for filing the report under the instructions for the form; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a foreign private issuer (as defined in § 240.3b-4(c) of this chapter), the issuer includes the information set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section in the first annual report on Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter) or 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter) required to be filed after the receipt of the notice of a blackout period required by 29 CFR 2520.101-3(c) within the time prescribed for filing the report under the instructions for the form or in an earlier filed report on Form 6-K (§ 249.306). 
</P>
<P>(iii) If there is a subsequent change in the beginning or ending dates of the blackout period as provided in the notice to the Commission under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an issuer must file a current report on Form 8-K containing the updated beginning or ending dates of the blackout period, explaining the reasons for the change in the date or dates and identifying all material changes in the information contained in the prior report. The updated notice is required to be provided as soon as reasonably practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="246" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 246—CREDIT RISK RETENTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-3, 78c, 78m, 78o, 78o-11, 78w, 78mm.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 77740, Dec. 24, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Authority, Purpose, Scope and Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.1.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.1   Purpose, scope, and authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and purpose.</I> This part (Regulation RR) is issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) jointly with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and, in the case of the securitization of any residential mortgage asset, together with the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, pursuant to Section 15G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-11). The Commission also is issuing this part pursuant to its authority under Sections 7, 10, 19(a), and 28 of the Securities Act and Sections 3, 13, 15, 23, and 36 of the Exchange Act. This part requires securitizers to retain an economic interest in a portion of the credit risk for any asset that the securitizer, through the issuance of an asset-backed security, transfers, sells, or conveys to a third party. This part specifies the permissible types, forms, and amounts of credit risk retention, and establishes certain exemptions for securitizations collateralized by assets that meet specified underwriting standards or otherwise qualify for an exemption.
</P>
<P>(b) The authority of the Commission under this part shall be in addition to the authority of the Commission to otherwise enforce the federal securities laws, including, without limitation, the antifraud provisions of the securities laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 77766, Dec. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.1.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>ABS interest</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any type of interest or obligation issued by an issuing entity, whether or not in certificated form, including a security, obligation, beneficial interest or residual interest (other than an uncertificated regular interest in a REMIC that is held by another REMIC, where both REMICs are part of the same structure and a single REMIC in that structure issues ABS interests to investors, or a non-economic residual interest issued by a REMIC), payments on which are primarily dependent on the cash flows of the collateral owned or held by the issuing entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not include common or preferred stock, limited liability interests, partnership interests, trust certificates, or similar interests that:
</P>
<P>(i) Are issued primarily to evidence ownership of the issuing entity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The payments, if any, on which are not primarily dependent on the cash flows of the collateral held by the issuing entity; and
</P>
<P>(3) Does not include the right to receive payments for services provided by the holder of such right, including servicing, trustee services and custodial services.
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate</I> of, or a person <I>affiliated</I> with, a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
</P>
<P><I>Appropriate Federal banking agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
</P>
<P><I>Asset</I> means a self-liquidating financial asset (including but not limited to a loan, lease, mortgage, or receivable).
</P>
<P><I>Asset-backed security</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79)).
</P>
<P><I>Collateral</I> means, with respect to any issuance of ABS interests, the assets that provide the cash flow and the servicing assets that support such cash flow for the ABS interests irrespective of the legal structure of issuance, including security interests in assets or other property of the issuing entity, fractional undivided property interests in the assets or other property of the issuing entity, or any other property interest in or rights to cash flow from such assets and related servicing assets. Assets or other property <I>collateralize</I> an issuance of ABS interests if the assets or property serve as collateral for such issuance.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial real estate loan</I> has the same meaning as in § 246.14.
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”:
</P>
<P>(1) Means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(2) Without limiting the foregoing, a person shall be considered to control another person if the first person:
</P>
<P>(i) Owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the other person; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors, trustees or persons performing similar functions of the other person.
</P>
<P><I>Credit risk</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The risk of loss that could result from the failure of the borrower in the case of a securitized asset, or the issuing entity in the case of an ABS interest in the issuing entity, to make required payments of principal or interest on the asset or ABS interest on a timely basis;
</P>
<P>(2) The risk of loss that could result from bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding with respect to the borrower or issuing entity, as appropriate; or
</P>
<P>(3) The effect that significant changes in the underlying credit quality of the asset or ABS interest may have on the market value of the asset or ABS interest.
</P>
<P><I>Creditor</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1602(g).
</P>
<P><I>Depositor</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The person that receives or purchases and transfers or sells the securitized assets to the issuing entity;
</P>
<P>(2) The sponsor, in the case of a securitization transaction where there is not an intermediate transfer of the assets from the sponsor to the issuing entity; or
</P>
<P>(3) The person that receives or purchases and transfers or sells the securitized assets to the issuing entity in the case of a securitization transaction where the person transferring or selling the securitized assets directly to the issuing entity is itself a trust.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible horizontal residual interest</I> means, with respect to any securitization transaction, an ABS interest in the issuing entity:
</P>
<P>(1) That is an interest in a single class or multiple classes in the issuing entity, provided that each interest meets, individually or in the aggregate, all of the requirements of this definition;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to which, on any payment date or allocation date on which the issuing entity has insufficient funds to satisfy its obligation to pay all contractual interest or principal due, any resulting shortfall will reduce amounts payable to the eligible horizontal residual interest prior to any reduction in the amounts payable to any other ABS interest, whether through loss allocation, operation of the priority of payments, or any other governing contractual provision (until the amount of such ABS interest is reduced to zero); and
</P>
<P>(3) That, with the exception of any non-economic REMIC residual interest, has the most subordinated claim to payments of both principal and interest by the issuing entity.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible horizontal cash reserve account</I> means an account meeting the requirements of § 246.4(b).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible vertical interest</I> means, with respect to any securitization transaction, a single vertical security or an interest in each class of ABS interests in the issuing entity issued as part of the securitization transaction that constitutes the same proportion of each such class.
</P>
<P><I>Federal banking agencies</I> means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>GAAP</I> means generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Issuing entity</I> means, with respect to a securitization transaction, the trust or other entity:
</P>
<P>(1) That owns or holds the pool of assets to be securitized; and
</P>
<P>(2) In whose name the asset-backed securities are issued.
</P>
<P><I>Majority-owned affiliate</I> of a person means an entity (other than the issuing entity) that, directly or indirectly, majority controls, is majority controlled by or is under common majority control with, such person. For purposes of this definition, majority control means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of an entity, or ownership of any other controlling financial interest in the entity, as determined under GAAP.
</P>
<P><I>Originator</I> means a person who:
</P>
<P>(1) Through an extension of credit or otherwise, creates an asset that collateralizes an asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sells the asset directly or indirectly to a securitizer or issuing entity.
</P>
<P><I>REMIC</I> has the same meaning as in 26 U.S.C. 860D.
</P>
<P><I>Residential mortgage</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A transaction that is a covered transaction as defined in § 1026.43(b) of Regulation Z (12 CFR 1026.43(b)(1));
</P>
<P>(2) Any transaction that is exempt from the definition of “covered transaction” under § 1026.43(a) of Regulation Z (12 CFR 1026.43(a)); and
</P>
<P>(3) Any other loan secured by a residential structure that contains one to four units, whether or not that structure is attached to real property, including an individual condominium or cooperative unit and, if used as a residence, a mobile home or trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Retaining sponsor</I> means, with respect to a securitization transaction, the sponsor that has retained or caused to be retained an economic interest in the credit risk of the securitized assets pursuant to subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Securitization transaction</I> means a transaction involving the offer and sale of asset-backed securities by an issuing entity.
</P>
<P><I>Securitized asset</I> means an asset that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is transferred, sold, or conveyed to an issuing entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) Collateralizes the ABS interests issued by the issuing entity.
</P>
<P><I>Securitizer</I> means, with respect to a securitization transaction, either:
</P>
<P>(1) The depositor of the asset-backed securities (if the depositor is not the sponsor); or
</P>
<P>(2) The sponsor of the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P><I>Servicer</I> means any person responsible for the management or collection of the securitized assets or making allocations or distributions to holders of the ABS interests, but does not include a trustee for the issuing entity or the asset-backed securities that makes allocations or distributions to holders of the ABS interests if the trustee receives such allocations or distributions from a servicer and the trustee does not otherwise perform the functions of a servicer.
</P>
<P><I>Servicing assets</I> means rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to ABS interest holders and rights or other assets that are related or incidental to purchasing or otherwise acquiring and holding the issuing entity's securitized assets. Servicing assets include amounts received by the issuing entity as proceeds of securitized assets, including proceeds of rights or other assets, whether as remittances by obligors or as other recoveries.
</P>
<P><I>Single vertical security</I> means, with respect to any securitization transaction, an ABS interest entitling the sponsor to a specified percentage of the amounts paid on each class of ABS interests in the issuing entity (other than such single vertical security).
</P>
<P><I>Sponsor</I> means a person who organizes and initiates a securitization transaction by selling or transferring assets, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, to the issuing entity.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> has the same meaning as in Section 3(a)(16) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(16)).
</P>
<P><I>United States or U.S.</I> means the United States of America, including its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Wholly-owned affiliate</I> means a person (other than an issuing entity) that, directly or indirectly, wholly controls, is wholly controlled by, or is wholly under common control with, another person. For purposes of this definition, “wholly controls” means ownership of 100 percent of the equity of an entity.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Credit Risk Retention</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.3   Base risk retention requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Base risk retention requirement.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this part, the sponsor of a securitization transaction (or majority-owned affiliate of the sponsor) shall retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the securitized assets in accordance with any one of §§ 246.4 through 246.10. Credit risk in securitized assets required to be retained and held by any person for purposes of compliance with this part, whether a sponsor, an originator, an originator-seller, or a third-party purchaser, except as otherwise provided in this part, may be acquired and held by any of such person's majority-owned affiliates (other than an issuing entity).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multiple sponsors.</I> If there is more than one sponsor of a securitization transaction, it shall be the responsibility of each sponsor to ensure that at least one of the sponsors of the securitization transaction (or at least one of their majority-owned or wholly-owned affiliates, as applicable) retains an economic interest in the credit risk of the securitized assets in accordance with any one of §§ 246.4, 246.5, 246.8, 246.9, or 246.10.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.4   Standard risk retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Except as provided in §§ 246.5 through 246.10, the sponsor of a securitization transaction must retain an eligible vertical interest or eligible horizontal residual interest, or any combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If the sponsor retains only an eligible vertical interest as its required risk retention, the sponsor must retain an eligible vertical interest in a percentage of not less than 5 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) If the sponsor retains only an eligible horizontal residual interest as its required risk retention, the amount of the interest must equal at least 5 percent of the fair value of all ABS interests in the issuing entity issued as a part of the securitization transaction, determined using a fair value measurement framework under GAAP.
</P>
<P>(3) If the sponsor retains both an eligible vertical interest and an eligible horizontal residual interest as its required risk retention, the percentage of the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest and the percentage of the eligible vertical interest must equal at least five.
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage of the eligible vertical interest, eligible horizontal residual interest, or combination thereof retained by the sponsor must be determined as of the closing date of the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Option to hold base amount in eligible horizontal cash reserve account.</I> In lieu of retaining all or any part of an eligible horizontal residual interest under paragraph (a) of this section, the sponsor may, at closing of the securitization transaction, cause to be established and funded, in cash, an eligible horizontal cash reserve account in the amount equal to the fair value of such eligible horizontal residual interest or part thereof, provided that the account meets all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The account is held by the trustee (or person performing similar functions) in the name and for the benefit of the issuing entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Amounts in the account are invested only in cash and cash equivalents; and
</P>
<P>(3) Until all ABS interests in the issuing entity are paid in full, or the issuing entity is dissolved:
</P>
<P>(i) Amounts in the account shall be released only to:
</P>
<P>(A) Satisfy payments on ABS interests in the issuing entity on any payment date on which the issuing entity has insufficient funds from any source to satisfy an amount due on any ABS interest; or
</P>
<P>(B) Pay critical expenses of the trust unrelated to credit risk on any payment date on which the issuing entity has insufficient funds from any source to pay such expenses and:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Such expenses, in the absence of available funds in the eligible horizontal cash reserve account, would be paid prior to any payments to holders of ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such payments are made to parties that are not affiliated with the sponsor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Interest (or other earnings) on investments made in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be released once received by the account.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosures.</I> A sponsor relying on this section shall provide, or cause to be provided, to potential investors, under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”, a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities in the securitization transaction the following disclosures in written form and within the time frames set forth in this paragraph (c):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Horizontal interest.</I> With respect to any eligible horizontal residual interest held under paragraph (a) of this section, a sponsor must disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) A reasonable period of time prior to the sale of an asset-backed security issued in the same offering of ABS interests,
</P>
<P>(A) The fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor expects to retain at the closing of the securitization transaction. If the specific prices, sizes, or rates of interest of each tranche of the securitization are not available, the sponsor must disclose a range of fair values (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor expects to retain at the close of the securitization transaction based on a range of bona fide estimates or specified prices, sizes, or rates of interest of each tranche of the securitization. A sponsor disclosing a range of fair values based on a range of bona fide estimates or specified prices, sizes or rates of interest of each tranche of the securitization must also disclose the method by which it determined any range of prices, tranche sizes, or rates of interest.
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the material terms of the eligible horizontal residual interest to be retained by the sponsor;
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the valuation methodology used to calculate the fair values or range of fair values of all classes of ABS interests, including any portion of the eligible horizontal residual interest retained by the sponsor;
</P>
<P>(D) All key inputs and assumptions or a comprehensive description of such key inputs and assumptions that were used in measuring the estimated total fair value or range of fair values of all classes of ABS interests, including the eligible horizontal residual interest to be retained by the sponsor.
</P>
<P>(E) To the extent applicable to the valuation methodology used, the disclosure required in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section shall include, but should not be limited to, quantitative information about each of the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Discount rates;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Loss given default (recovery);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Prepayment rates;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Default rates;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Lag time between default and recovery; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The basis of forward interest rates used.
</P>
<P>(F) The disclosure required in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(C) and (D) of this section shall include, at a minimum, descriptions of all inputs and assumptions that either could have a material impact on the fair value calculation or would be material to a prospective investor's ability to evaluate the sponsor's fair value calculations. To the extent the disclosure required in this paragraph (c)(1) includes a description of a curve or curves, the description shall include a description of the methodology that was used to derive each curve and a description of any aspects or features of each curve that could materially impact the fair value calculation or the ability of a prospective investor to evaluate the sponsor's fair value calculation. To the extent a sponsor uses information about the securitized assets in its calculation of fair value, such information shall not be as of a date more than 60 days prior to the date of first use with investors; provided that for a subsequent issuance of ABS interests by the same issuing entity with the same sponsor for which the securitization transaction distributes amounts to investors on a quarterly or less frequent basis, such information shall not be as of a date more than 135 days prior to the date of first use with investors; provided further, that the balance or value (in accordance with the transaction documents) of the securitized assets may be increased or decreased to reflect anticipated additions or removals of assets the sponsor makes or expects to make between the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool collateralizing such asset-backed security and the closing date of the securitization.
</P>
<P>(G) A summary description of the reference data set or other historical information used to develop the key inputs and assumptions referenced in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section, including loss given default and default rates;
</P>
<P>(ii) A reasonable time after the closing of the securitization transaction:
</P>
<P>(A) The fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest the sponsor retained at the closing of the securitization transaction, based on actual sale prices and finalized tranche sizes;
</P>
<P>(B) The fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor is required to retain under this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) To the extent the valuation methodology or any of the key inputs and assumptions that were used in calculating the fair value or range of fair values disclosed prior to sale and required under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section materially differs from the methodology or key inputs and assumptions used to calculate the fair value at the time of closing, descriptions of those material differences.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the sponsor retains risk through the funding of an eligible horizontal cash reserve account:
</P>
<P>(A) The amount to be placed (or that is placed) by the sponsor in the eligible horizontal cash reserve account at closing, and the fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor is required to fund through the eligible horizontal cash reserve account in order for such account, together with other retained interests, to satisfy the sponsor's risk retention requirement;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of the material terms of the eligible horizontal cash reserve account; and
</P>
<P>(C) The disclosures required in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vertical interest.</I> With respect to any eligible vertical interest retained under paragraph (a) of this section, the sponsor must disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) A reasonable period of time prior to the sale of an asset-backed security issued in the same offering of ABS interests,
</P>
<P>(A) The form of the eligible vertical interest;
</P>
<P>(B) The percentage that the sponsor is required to retain as a vertical interest under this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the material terms of the vertical interest and the amount that the sponsor expects to retain at the closing of the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) A reasonable time after the closing of the securitization transaction, the amount of the vertical interest the sponsor retained at closing, if that amount is materially different from the amount disclosed under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record maintenance.</I> A sponsor must retain the certifications and disclosures required in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.5   Revolving pool securitizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Revolving pool securitization</I> means an issuing entity that is established to issue on multiple issuance dates more than one series, class, subclass, or tranche of asset-backed securities that are collateralized by a common pool of securitized assets that will change in composition over time, and that does not monetize excess interest and fees from its securitized assets.
</P>
<P><I>Seller's interest</I> means an ABS interest or ABS interests:
</P>
<P>(1) Collateralized by the securitized assets and servicing assets owned or held by the issuing entity, other than the following that are not considered a component of seller's interest:
</P>
<P>(i) Servicing assets that have been allocated as collateral only for a specific series in connection with administering the revolving pool securitization, such as a principal accumulation or interest reserve account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Assets that are not eligible under the terms of the securitization transaction to be included when determining whether the revolving pool securitization holds aggregate securitized assets in specified proportions to aggregate outstanding investor ABS interests issued; and
</P>
<P>(2) That is <I>pari passu</I> with each series of investor ABS interests issued, or partially or fully subordinated to one or more series in identical or varying amounts, with respect to the allocation of all distributions and losses with respect to the securitized assets prior to early amortization of the revolving securitization (as specified in the securitization transaction documents); and
</P>
<P>(3) That adjusts for fluctuations in the outstanding principal balance of the securitized assets in the pool.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirement.</I> A sponsor satisfies the risk retention requirements of § 246.3 with respect to a securitization transaction for which the issuing entity is a revolving pool securitization if the sponsor maintains a seller's interest of not less than 5 percent of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding investor ABS interests in the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Measuring the seller's interest.</I> In measuring the seller's interest for purposes of meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The unpaid principal balance of the securitized assets for the numerator of the 5 percent ratio shall not include assets of the types excluded from the definition of seller's interest in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate unpaid principal balance of outstanding investor ABS interests in the denominator of the 5 percent ratio may be reduced by the amount of funds held in a segregated principal accumulation account for the repayment of outstanding investor ABS interests, if:
</P>
<P>(i) The terms of the securitization transaction documents prevent funds in the principal accumulation account from being applied for any purpose other than the repayment of the unpaid principal of outstanding investor ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Funds in that account are invested only in the types of assets in which funds held in an eligible horizontal cash reserve account pursuant to § 246.4 are permitted to be invested;
</P>
<P>(3) If the terms of the securitization transaction documents set minimum required seller's interest as a proportion of the unpaid principal balance of outstanding investor ABS interests for one or more series issued, rather than as a proportion of the aggregate outstanding investor ABS interests in all outstanding series combined, the percentage of the seller's interest for each such series must, when combined with the percentage of any minimum seller's interest set by reference to the aggregate outstanding investor ABS interests, equal at least 5 percent;
</P>
<P>(4) The 5 percent test must be determined and satisfied at the closing of each issuance of ABS interests to investors by the issuing entity, and
</P>
<P>(i) At least monthly at a seller's interest measurement date specified under the securitization transaction documents, until no ABS interest in the issuing entity is held by any person not a wholly-owned affiliate of the sponsor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the revolving pool securitization fails to meet the 5 percent test as of any date described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, and the securitization transaction documents specify a cure period, the 5 percent test must be determined and satisfied within the earlier of the cure period, or one month after the date described in paragraph (c)(4)(i).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Measuring outstanding investor ABS interests.</I> In measuring the amount of outstanding investor ABS interests for purposes of this section, ABS interests held for the life of such ABS interests by the sponsor or its wholly-owned affiliates may be excluded.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Holding and retention of the seller's interest; legacy trusts.</I> (1) Notwithstanding § 246.12(a), the seller's interest, and any offsetting horizontal retention interest retained pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, must be retained by the sponsor or by one or more wholly-owned affiliates of the sponsor, including one or more depositors of the revolving pool securitization.
</P>
<P>(2) If one revolving pool securitization issues collateral certificates representing a beneficial interest in all or a portion of the securitized assets held by that securitization to another revolving pool securitization, which in turn issues ABS interests for which the collateral certificates are all or a portion of the securitized assets, a sponsor may satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section by retaining the seller's interest for the assets represented by the collateral certificates through either of the revolving pool securitizations, so long as both revolving pool securitizations are retained at the direction of the same sponsor or its wholly-owned affiliates.
</P>
<P>(3) If the sponsor retains the seller's interest associated with the collateral certificates at the level of the revolving pool securitization that issues those collateral certificates, the proportion of the seller's interest required by paragraph (b) of this section retained at that level must equal the proportion that the principal balance of the securitized assets represented by the collateral certificates bears to the principal balance of the securitized assets in the revolving pool securitization that issues the ABS interests, as of each measurement date required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Offset for pool-level excess funding account.</I> The 5 percent seller's interest required on each measurement date by paragraph (c) of this section may be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the balance, as of such date, of an excess funding account in the form of a segregated account that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is funded in the event of a failure to meet the minimum seller's interest requirements or other requirement to maintain a minimum balance of securitized assets under the securitization transaction documents by distributions otherwise payable to the holder of the seller's interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Is invested only in the types of assets in which funds held in a horizontal cash reserve account pursuant to § 246.4 are permitted to be invested; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the event of an early amortization, makes payments of amounts held in the account to holders of investor ABS interests in the same manner as payments to holders of investor ABS interests of amounts received on securitized assets.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Combined seller's interests and horizontal interest retention.</I> The 5 percent seller's interest required on each measurement date by paragraph (c) of this section may be reduced to a percentage lower than 5 percent to the extent that, for all series of investor ABS interests issued after the applicable effective date of this § 246.5, the sponsor, or notwithstanding § 246.12(a) a wholly-owned affiliate of the sponsor, retains, at a minimum, a corresponding percentage of the fair value of ABS interests issued in each series, in the form of one or more of the horizontal residual interests meeting the requirements of paragraphs (h) or (i).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Residual ABS interests in excess interest and fees.</I> The sponsor may take the offset described in paragraph (g) of this section for a residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees, whether certificated or uncertificated, in a single or multiple classes, subclasses, or tranches, that meets, individually or in the aggregate, the requirements of this paragraph (h);
</P>
<P>(1) Each series of the revolving pool securitization distinguishes between the series' share of the interest and fee cash flows and the series' share of the principal repayment cash flows from the securitized assets collateralizing the revolving pool securitization, which may according to the terms of the securitization transaction documents, include not only the series' ratable share of such cash flows but also excess cash flows available from other series;
</P>
<P>(2) The residual ABS interest's claim to any part of the series' share of the interest and fee cash flows for any interest payment period is subordinated to all accrued and payable interest due on the payment date to more senior ABS interests in the series for that period, and further reduced by the series' share of losses, including defaults on principal of the securitized assets collateralizing the revolving pool securitization (whether incurred in that period or carried over from prior periods) to the extent that such payments would have been included in amounts payable to more senior interests in the series;
</P>
<P>(3) The revolving pool securitization continues to revolve, with one or more series, classes, subclasses, or tranches of asset-backed securities that are collateralized by a common pool of assets that change in composition over time; and
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of taking the offset described in paragraph (g) of this section, the sponsor determines the fair value of the residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees, and the fair value of the series of outstanding investor ABS interests to which it is subordinated and supports using the fair value measurement framework under GAAP, as of:
</P>
<P>(i) The closing of the securitization transaction issuing the supported ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The seller's interest measurement dates described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, except that for these periodic determinations the sponsor must update the fair value of the residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees for the numerator of the percentage ratio, but may at the sponsor's option continue to use the fair values determined in (h)(4)(i) for the outstanding investor ABS interests in the denominator.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Offsetting eligible horizontal residual interest.</I> The sponsor may take the offset described in paragraph (g) of this section for ABS interests that would meet the definition of eligible horizontal residual interests in § 246.2 but for the sponsor's simultaneous holding of subordinated seller's interests, residual ABS interests in excess interests and fees, or a combination of the two, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The sponsor complies with all requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section for its holdings of subordinated seller's interest, and paragraph (h) for its holdings of residual ABS interests in excess interests and fees, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of taking the offset described in paragraph (g) of this section, the sponsor determines the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest as a percentage of the fair value of the outstanding investor ABS interests in the series supported by the eligible horizontal residual interest, determined using the fair value measurement framework under GAAP:
</P>
<P>(i) As of the closing of the securitization transaction issuing the supported ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Without including in the numerator of the percentage ratio any fair value based on:
</P>
<P>(A) The subordinated seller's interest or residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees;
</P>
<P>(B) the interest payable to the sponsor on the eligible horizontal residual interest, if the sponsor is including the value of residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section in taking the offset in paragraph (g) of this section; and,
</P>
<P>(C) the principal payable to the sponsor on the eligible horizontal residual interest, if the sponsor is including the value of the seller's interest pursuant to paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section and distributions on that seller's interest are available to reduce charge-offs that would otherwise be allocated to reduce principal payable to the offset eligible horizontal residual interest.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Specified dates.</I> A sponsor using data about the revolving pool securitization's collateral, or ABS interests previously issued, to determine the closing-date percentage of a seller's interest, residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees, or eligible horizontal residual interest pursuant to this § 246.5 may use such data prepared as of specified dates if:
</P>
<P>(1) The sponsor describes the specified dates in the disclosures required by paragraph (k) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The dates are no more than 60 days prior to the date of first use with investors of disclosures required for the interest by paragraph (k) of this section, or for revolving pool securitizations that make distributions to investors on a quarterly or less frequent basis, no more than 135 days prior to the date of first use with investors of such disclosures.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Disclosure and record maintenance.</I> (1) <I>Disclosure.</I> A sponsor relying on this section shall provide, or cause to be provided, to potential investors, under the caption “Credit Risk Retention” the following disclosure in written form and within the time frames set forth in this paragraph (k):
</P>
<P>(i) A reasonable period of time prior to the sale of an asset-backed security, a description of the material terms of the seller's interest, and the percentage of the seller's interest that the sponsor expects to retain at the closing of the securitization transaction, measured in accordance with the requirements of this § 246.5, as a percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding investor ABS interests issued, or as a percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of outstanding investor ABS interests for one or more series issued, as required by the terms of the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) A reasonable time after the closing of the securitization transaction, the amount of seller's interest the sponsor retained at closing, if that amount is materially different from the amount disclosed under paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the material terms of any horizontal residual interests offsetting the seller's interest in accordance with paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Disclosure of the fair value of those horizontal residual interests retained by the sponsor for the series being offered to investors and described in the disclosures, as a percentage of the fair value of the outstanding investor ABS interests issued, described in the same manner and within the same timeframes required for disclosure of the fair values of eligible horizontal residual interests specified in § 246.4(c).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjusted data.</I> Disclosures required by this paragraph (k) to be made a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of an asset-backed security of the amount of seller's interest, residual ABS interest in excess interest and fees, or eligible horizontal residual interest may include adjustments to the amount of securitized assets for additions or removals the sponsor expects to make before the closing date and adjustments to the amount of outstanding investor ABS interests for expected increases and decreases of those interests under the control of the sponsor.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Record maintenance.</I> A sponsor must retain the disclosures required in paragraph (k)(1) of this section in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Early amortization of all outstanding series.</I> A sponsor that organizes a revolving pool securitization that relies on this § 246.5 to satisfy the risk retention requirements of § 246.3, does not violate the requirements of this part if its seller's interest falls below the level required by § 246. 5 after the revolving pool securitization commences early amortization, pursuant to the terms of the securitization transaction documents, of all series of outstanding investor ABS interests, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The sponsor was in full compliance with the requirements of this section on all measurement dates specified in paragraph (c) of this section prior to the commencement of early amortization;
</P>
<P>(2) The terms of the seller's interest continue to make it <I>pari passu</I> with or subordinate in identical or varying amounts to each series of outstanding investor ABS interests issued with respect to the allocation of all distributions and losses with respect to the securitized assets;
</P>
<P>(3) The terms of any horizontal interest relied upon by the sponsor pursuant to paragraph (g) to offset the minimum seller's interest amount continue to require the interests to absorb losses in accordance with the terms of paragraph (h) or (i) of this section, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(4) The revolving pool securitization issues no additional ABS interests after early amortization is initiated to any person not a wholly-owned affiliate of the sponsor, either at the time of issuance or during the amortization period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.6   Eligible ABCP conduits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following additional definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>100 percent liquidity coverage</I> means an amount equal to the outstanding balance of all ABCP issued by the conduit plus any accrued and unpaid interest without regard to the performance of the ABS interests held by the ABCP conduit and without regard to any credit enhancement.
</P>
<P><I>ABCP</I> means asset-backed commercial paper that has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding 397 days, exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal thereof the maturity of which is likewise limited.
</P>
<P><I>ABCP conduit</I> means an issuing entity with respect to ABCP.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible ABCP conduit</I> means an ABCP conduit, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The ABCP conduit is bankruptcy remote or otherwise isolated for insolvency purposes from the sponsor of the ABCP conduit and from any intermediate SPV;
</P>
<P>(2) The ABS interests acquired by the ABCP conduit are:
</P>
<P>(i) ABS interests collateralized solely by assets originated by an originator-seller and by servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Special units of beneficial interest (or similar ABS interests) in a trust or special purpose vehicle that retains legal title to leased property underlying leases originated by an originator-seller that were transferred to an intermediate SPV in connection with a securitization collateralized solely by such leases and by servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(iii) ABS interests in a revolving pool securitization collateralized solely by assets originated by an originator-seller and by servicing assets; or
</P>
<P>(iv) ABS interests described in paragraph (2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition that are collateralized, in whole or in part, by assets acquired by an originator-seller in a business combination that qualifies for business combination accounting under GAAP, and, if collateralized in part, the remainder of such assets are assets described in paragraph (2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition; and
</P>
<P>(v) Acquired by the ABCP conduit in an initial issuance by or on behalf of an intermediate SPV:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly from the intermediate SPV,
</P>
<P>(B) From an underwriter of the ABS interests issued by the intermediate SPV, or
</P>
<P>(C) From another person who acquired the ABS interests directly from the intermediate SPV;
</P>
<P>(3) The ABCP conduit is collateralized solely by ABS interests acquired from intermediate SPVs as described in paragraph (2) of this definition and servicing assets; and
</P>
<P>(4) A regulated liquidity provider has entered into a legally binding commitment to provide 100 percent liquidity coverage (in the form of a lending facility, an asset purchase agreement, a repurchase agreement, or other similar arrangement) to all the ABCP issued by the ABCP conduit by lending to, purchasing ABCP issued by, or purchasing assets from, the ABCP conduit in the event that funds are required to repay maturing ABCP issued by the ABCP conduit. With respect to the 100 percent liquidity coverage, in the event that the ABCP conduit is unable for any reason to repay maturing ABCP issued by the issuing entity, the liquidity provider shall be obligated to pay an amount equal to any shortfall, and the total amount that may be due pursuant to the 100 percent liquidity coverage shall be equal to 100 percent of the amount of the ABCP outstanding at any time plus accrued and unpaid interest (amounts due pursuant to the required liquidity coverage may not be subject to credit performance of the ABS interests held by the ABCP conduit or reduced by the amount of credit support provided to the ABCP conduit and liquidity support that only funds performing loans or receivables or performing ABS interests does not meet the requirements of this section).
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate SPV</I> means a special purpose vehicle that:
</P>
<P>(1) (i) Is a direct or indirect wholly-owned affiliate of the originator-seller; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has nominal equity owned by a trust or corporate service provider that specializes in providing independent ownership of special purpose vehicles, and such trust or corporate service provider is not affiliated with any other transaction parties;
</P>
<P>(2) Is bankruptcy remote or otherwise isolated for insolvency purposes from the eligible ABCP conduit and from each originator-seller and each majority-owned affiliate in each case that, directly or indirectly, sells or transfers assets to such intermediate SPV;
</P>
<P>(3) Acquires assets from the originator-seller that are originated by the originator-seller or acquired by the originator-seller in the acquisition of a business that qualifies for business combination accounting under GAAP or acquires ABS interests issued by another intermediate SPV of the originator-seller that are collateralized solely by such assets; and
</P>
<P>(4) Issues ABS interests collateralized solely by such assets, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Originator-seller</I> means an entity that originates assets and sells or transfers those assets, directly or through a majority-owned affiliate, to an intermediate SPV, and includes (except for the purposes of identifying the sponsorship and affiliation of an intermediate SPV pursuant to this § 246.6) any affiliate of the originator-seller that, directly or indirectly, majority controls, is majority controlled by or is under common majority control with, the originator-seller. For purposes of this definition, majority control means ownership of more than 50 percent of the equity of an entity, or ownership of any other controlling financial interest in the entity, as determined under GAAP.
</P>
<P><I>Regulated liquidity provider</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A depository institution (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813));
</P>
<P>(2) A bank holding company (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1841), or a subsidiary thereof;
</P>
<P>(3) A savings and loan holding company (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1467a), provided all or substantially all of the holding company's activities are permissible for a financial holding company under 12 U.S.C. 1843(k), or a subsidiary thereof; or
</P>
<P>(4) A foreign bank whose home country supervisor (as defined in § 211.21 of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21)) has adopted capital standards consistent with the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended, and that is subject to such standards, or a subsidiary thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> An ABCP conduit sponsor satisfies the risk retention requirement of § 246.3 with respect to the issuance of ABCP by an eligible ABCP conduit in a securitization transaction if, for each ABS interest the ABCP conduit acquires from an intermediate SPV:
</P>
<P>(1) An originator-seller of the intermediate SPV retains an economic interest in the credit risk of the assets collateralizing the ABS interest acquired by the eligible ABCP conduit in the amount and manner required under § 246.4 or § 246.5; and
</P>
<P>(2) The ABCP conduit sponsor:
</P>
<P>(i) Approves each originator-seller permitted to sell or transfer assets, directly or indirectly, to an intermediate SPV from which an eligible ABCP conduit acquires ABS interests;
</P>
<P>(ii) Approves each intermediate SPV from which an eligible ABCP conduit is permitted to acquire ABS interests;
</P>
<P>(iii) Establishes criteria governing the ABS interests, and the securitized assets underlying the ABS interests, acquired by the ABCP conduit;
</P>
<P>(iv) Administers the ABCP conduit by monitoring the ABS interests acquired by the ABCP conduit and the assets supporting those ABS interests, arranging for debt placement, compiling monthly reports, and ensuring compliance with the ABCP conduit documents and with the ABCP conduit's credit and investment policy; and
</P>
<P>(v) Maintains and adheres to policies and procedures for ensuring that the requirements in this paragraph (b) of this section have been met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Originator-seller compliance with risk retention.</I> The use of the risk retention option provided in this section by an ABCP conduit sponsor does not relieve the originator-seller that sponsors ABS interests acquired by an eligible ABCP conduit from such originator-seller's obligation to comply with its own risk retention obligations under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosures</I>—(1) <I>Periodic disclosures to investors.</I> An ABCP conduit sponsor relying upon this section shall provide, or cause to be provided, to each purchaser of ABCP, before or contemporaneously with the first sale of ABCP to such purchaser and at least monthly thereafter, to each holder of commercial paper issued by the ABCP conduit, in writing, each of the following items of information, which shall be as of a date not more than 60 days prior to date of first use with investors:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and form of organization of the regulated liquidity provider that provides liquidity coverage to the eligible ABCP conduit, including a description of the material terms of such liquidity coverage, and notice of any failure to fund.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to each ABS interest held by the ABCP conduit:
</P>
<P>(A) The asset class or brief description of the underlying securitized assets;
</P>
<P>(B) The standard industrial category code (SIC Code) for the originator-seller that will retain (or has retained) pursuant to this section an interest in the securitization transaction; and
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the percentage amount of risk retention pursuant to the rule by the originator-seller, and whether it is in the form of an eligible horizontal residual interest, vertical interest, or revolving pool securitization seller's interest, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosures to regulators regarding originator-sellers.</I> An ABCP conduit sponsor relying upon this section shall provide, or cause to be provided, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, in writing, all of the information required to be provided to investors in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the name and form of organization of each originator-seller that will retain (or has retained) pursuant to this section an interest in the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sale or transfer of ABS interests between eligible ABCP conduits.</I> At any time, an eligible ABCP conduit that acquired an ABS interest in accordance with the requirements set forth in this section may transfer, and another eligible ABCP conduit may acquire, such ABS interest, if the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) The sponsors of both eligible ABCP conduits are in compliance with this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The same regulated liquidity provider has entered into one or more legally binding commitments to provide 100 percent liquidity coverage to all the ABCP issued by both eligible ABCP conduits.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Duty to comply.</I> (1) The ABCP conduit sponsor shall be responsible for compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) An ABCP conduit sponsor relying on this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall maintain and adhere to policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor compliance by each originator-seller which is satisfying a risk retention obligation in respect of ABS interests acquired by an eligible ABCP conduit with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the ABCP conduit sponsor determines that an originator-seller no longer complies with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Promptly notify the holders of the ABCP, and upon request, the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, in writing of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The name and form of organization of any originator-seller that fails to retain risk in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the amount of ABS interests issued by an intermediate SPV of such originator-seller and held by the ABCP conduit;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The name and form of organization of any originator-seller that hedges, directly or indirectly through an intermediate SPV, its risk retention in violation of paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the amount of ABS interests issued by an intermediate SPV of such originator-seller and held by the ABCP conduit; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any remedial actions taken by the ABCP conduit sponsor or other party with respect to such ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(B) Take other appropriate steps pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(iv) and (v) of this section which may include, as appropriate, curing any breach of the requirements in this section, or removing from the eligible ABCP conduit any ABS interest that does not comply with the requirements in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.7   Commercial mortgage-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definition shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Special servicer</I> means, with respect to any securitization of commercial real estate loans, any servicer that, upon the occurrence of one or more specified conditions in the servicing agreement, has the right to service one or more assets in the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Third-party purchaser.</I> A sponsor may satisfy some or all of its risk retention requirements under § 246.3 with respect to a securitization transaction if a third party (or any majority-owned affiliate thereof) purchases and holds for its own account an eligible horizontal residual interest in the issuing entity in the same form, amount, and manner as would be held by the sponsor under § 246.4 and all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Number of third-party purchasers.</I> At any time, there are no more than two third-party purchasers of an eligible horizontal residual interest. If there are two third-party purchasers, each third-party purchaser's interest must be <I>pari passu</I> with the other third-party purchaser's interest.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Composition of collateral.</I> The securitization transaction is collateralized solely by commercial real estate loans and servicing assets.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Source of funds.</I> (i) Each third-party purchaser pays for the eligible horizontal residual interest in cash at the closing of the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) No third-party purchaser obtains financing, directly or indirectly, for the purchase of such interest from any other person that is a party to, or an affiliate of a party to, the securitization transaction (including, but not limited to, the sponsor, depositor, or servicer other than a special servicer affiliated with the third-party purchaser), other than a person that is a party to the transaction solely by reason of being an investor.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Third-party review.</I> Each third-party purchaser conducts an independent review of the credit risk of each securitized asset prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities in the securitization transaction that includes, at a minimum, a review of the underwriting standards, collateral, and expected cash flows of each commercial real estate loan that is collateral for the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Affiliation and control rights.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section, no third-party purchaser is affiliated with any party to the securitization transaction (including, but not limited to, the sponsor, depositor, or servicer) other than investors in the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section, a third-party purchaser may be affiliated with:
</P>
<P>(A) The special servicer for the securitization transaction; or
</P>
<P>(B) One or more originators of the securitized assets, as long as the assets originated by the affiliated originator or originators collectively comprise less than 10 percent of the unpaid principal balance of the securitized assets included in the securitization transaction at the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Operating Advisor.</I> The underlying securitization transaction documents shall provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The appointment of an operating advisor (the Operating Advisor) that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is not affiliated with other parties to the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(B) Does not directly or indirectly have any financial interest in the securitization transaction other than in fees from its role as Operating Advisor; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is required to act in the best interest of, and for the benefit of, investors as a collective whole;
</P>
<P>(ii) Standards with respect to the Operating Advisor's experience, expertise and financial strength to fulfill its duties and responsibilities under the applicable transaction documents over the life of the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(iii) The terms of the Operating Advisor's compensation with respect to the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) When the eligible horizontal residual interest has been reduced by principal payments, realized losses, and appraisal reduction amounts (which reduction amounts are determined in accordance with the applicable transaction documents) to a principal balance of 25 percent or less of its initial principal balance, the special servicer for the securitized assets must consult with the Operating Advisor in connection with, and prior to, any material decision in connection with its servicing of the securitized assets, including, without limitation:
</P>
<P>(A) Any material modification of, or waiver with respect to, any provision of a loan agreement (including a mortgage, deed of trust, or other security agreement);
</P>
<P>(B) Foreclosure upon or comparable conversion of the ownership of a property; or
</P>
<P>(C) Any acquisition of a property.
</P>
<P>(v) The Operating Advisor shall have adequate and timely access to information and reports necessary to fulfill its duties under the transaction documents, including all reports made available to holders of ABS interests and third-party purchasers, and shall be responsible for:
</P>
<P>(A) Reviewing the actions of the special servicer;
</P>
<P>(B) Reviewing all reports provided by the special servicer to the issuing entity or any holder of ABS interests;
</P>
<P>(C) Reviewing for accuracy and consistency with the transaction documents calculations made by the special servicer; and
</P>
<P>(D) Issuing a report to investors (including any third-party purchasers) and the issuing entity on a periodic basis concerning:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Whether the Operating Advisor believes, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that the special servicer is operating in compliance with any standard required of the special servicer in the applicable transaction documents; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Which, if any, standards the Operating Advisor believes, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, the special servicer has failed to comply.
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) The Operating Advisor shall have the authority to recommend that the special servicer be replaced by a successor special servicer if the Operating Advisor determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The special servicer has failed to comply with a standard required of the special servicer in the applicable transaction documents; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Such replacement would be in the best interest of the investors as a collective whole; and
</P>
<P>(B) If a recommendation described in paragraph (b)(6)(vi)(A) of this section is made, the special servicer shall be replaced upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding principal balance of all ABS interests voting on the matter, with a minimum of a quorum of ABS interests voting on the matter. For purposes of such vote, the applicable transaction documents shall specify the quorum and may not specify a quorum of more than the holders of 20 percent of the outstanding principal balance of all ABS interests in the issuing entity, with such quorum including at least three ABS interest holders that are not affiliated with each other.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Disclosures.</I> The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities as part of the securitization transaction and, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, the following disclosure in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and form of organization of each initial third-party purchaser that acquired an eligible horizontal residual interest at the closing of a securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of each initial third-party purchaser's experience in investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other information regarding each initial third-party purchaser or each initial third-party purchaser's retention of the eligible horizontal residual interest that is material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(iv) The fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that will be retained (or was retained) by each initial third-party purchaser, as well as the amount of the purchase price paid by each initial third-party purchaser for such interest;
</P>
<P>(v) The fair value (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) of the eligible horizontal residual interest in the securitization transaction that the sponsor would have retained pursuant to § 246.4 if the sponsor had relied on retaining an eligible horizontal residual interest in that section to meet the requirements of § 246.3 with respect to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of the material terms of the eligible horizontal residual interest retained by each initial third-party purchaser, including the same information as is required to be disclosed by sponsors retaining horizontal interests pursuant to § 246.4;
</P>
<P>(vii) The material terms of the applicable transaction documents with respect to the Operating Advisor, including without limitation:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and form of organization of the Operating Advisor;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of any material conflict of interest or material potential conflict of interest between the Operating Advisor and any other party to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(C) The standards required by paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section and a description of how the Operating Advisor satisfies each of the standards; and
</P>
<P>(D) The terms of the Operating Advisor's compensation under paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The representations and warranties concerning the securitized assets, a schedule of any securitized assets that are determined not to comply with such representations and warranties, and what factors were used to make the determination that such securitized assets should be included in the pool notwithstanding that the securitized assets did not comply with such representations and warranties, such as compensating factors or a determination that the exceptions were not material.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Hedging, transfer and pledging</I>—(i) <I>General rule.</I> Except as set forth in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this section, each third-party purchaser and its affiliates must comply with the hedging and other restrictions in § 246.12 as if it were the retaining sponsor with respect to the securitization transaction and had acquired the eligible horizontal residual interest pursuant to § 246.4; provided that, the hedging and other restrictions in § 246.12 shall not apply on or after the date that each CRE loan (as defined in § 246.14) that serves as collateral for outstanding ABS interests has been defeased. For purposes of this section, a loan is deemed to be defeased if:
</P>
<P>(A) cash or cash equivalents of the types permitted for an eligible horizontal cash reserve account pursuant to § 246.4 whose maturity corresponds to the remaining debt service obligations, have been pledged to the issuing entity as collateral for the loan and are in such amounts and payable at such times as necessary to timely generate cash sufficient to make all remaining debt service payments due on such loan; and
</P>
<P>(B) the issuing entity has an obligation to release its lien on the loan.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exceptions</I>—(A) <I>Transfer by initial third-party purchaser or sponsor.</I> An initial third-party purchaser that acquired an eligible horizontal residual interest at the closing of a securitization transaction in accordance with this section, or a sponsor that acquired an eligible horizontal residual interest at the closing of a securitization transaction in accordance with this section, may, on or after the date that is five years after the date of the closing of the securitization transaction, transfer that interest to a subsequent third-party purchaser that complies with paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(C) of this section. The initial third-party purchaser shall provide the sponsor with complete identifying information for the subsequent third-party purchaser.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Transfer by subsequent third-party purchaser.</I> At any time, a subsequent third-party purchaser that acquired an eligible horizontal residual interest pursuant to this section may transfer its interest to a different third-party purchaser that complies with paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(C) of this section. The transferring third-party purchaser shall provide the sponsor with complete identifying information for the acquiring third-party purchaser.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Requirements applicable to subsequent third-party purchasers.</I> A subsequent third-party purchaser is subject to all of the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3) through (5), and (b)(8) of this section applicable to third-party purchasers, provided that obligations under paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3) through (5), and (b)(8) of this section that apply to initial third-party purchasers at or before the time of closing of the securitization transaction shall apply to successor third-party purchasers at or before the time of the transfer of the eligible horizontal residual interest to the successor third-party purchaser.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty to comply.</I> (1) The retaining sponsor shall be responsible for compliance with this section by itself and for compliance by each initial or subsequent third-party purchaser that acquired an eligible horizontal residual interest in the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) A sponsor relying on this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall maintain and adhere to policies and procedures to monitor each third-party purchaser's compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3) through (5), and (b)(8) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the sponsor determines that a third-party purchaser no longer complies with one or more of the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3) through (5), or (b)(8) of this section, shall promptly notify, or cause to be notified, the holders of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction of such noncompliance by such third-party purchaser.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.8   Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ABS.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A sponsor satisfies its risk retention requirement under this part if the sponsor fully guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on all ABS interests issued by the issuing entity in the securitization transaction and is:
</P>
<P>(1) The Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation operating under the conservatorship or receivership of the Federal Housing Finance Agency pursuant to section 1367 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4617) with capital support from the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any limited-life regulated entity succeeding to the charter of either the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1367(i) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4617(i)), provided that the entity is operating with capital support from the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certain provisions not applicable.</I> The provisions of § 246.12(b), (c), and (d) shall not apply to a sponsor described in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, its affiliates, or the issuing entity with respect to a securitization transaction for which the sponsor has retained credit risk in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosure.</I> A sponsor relying on this section shall provide to investors, in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention” and, upon request, to the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Commission, a description of the manner in which it has met the credit risk retention requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.9   Open market CLOs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>CLO</I> means a special purpose entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Issues debt and equity interests, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whose assets consist primarily of loans that are securitized assets and servicing assets.
</P>
<P><I>CLO-eligible loan tranche</I> means a term loan of a syndicated facility that meets the criteria set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>CLO manager</I> means an entity that manages a CLO, which entity is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>), or is an affiliate of such a registered investment adviser and itself is managed by such registered investment adviser.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial borrower</I> means an obligor under a corporate credit obligation (including a loan).
</P>
<P><I>Initial loan syndication transaction</I> means a transaction in which a loan is syndicated to a group of lenders.
</P>
<P><I>Lead arranger</I> means, with respect to a CLO-eligible loan tranche, an institution that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is active in the origination, structuring and syndication of commercial loan transactions (as defined in § 246.14) and has played a primary role in the structuring, underwriting and distribution on the primary market of the CLO-eligible loan tranche.
</P>
<P>(ii) Has taken an allocation of the funded portion of the syndicated credit facility under the terms of the transaction that includes the CLO-eligible loan tranche of at least 20 percent of the aggregate principal balance at origination, and no other member (or members affiliated with each other) of the syndication group that funded at origination has taken a greater allocation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is identified in the applicable agreement governing the CLO-eligible loan tranche; represents therein to the holders of the CLO-eligible loan tranche and to any holders of participation interests in such CLO-eligible loan tranche that such lead arranger satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) of this definition and, at the time of initial funding of the CLO-eligible tranche, will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (ii) of this definition; further represents therein (solely for the purpose of assisting such holders to determine the eligibility of such CLO-eligible loan tranche to be held by an open market CLO) that in the reasonable judgment of such lead arranger, the terms of such CLO-eligible loan tranche are consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section; and covenants therein to such holders that such lead arranger will fulfill the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Open market CLO</I> means a CLO:
</P>
<P>(i) Whose assets consist of senior, secured syndicated loans acquired by such CLO directly from the sellers thereof in open market transactions and of servicing assets,
</P>
<P>(ii) That is managed by a CLO manager, and
</P>
<P>(iii) That holds less than 50 percent of its assets, by aggregate outstanding principal amount, in loans syndicated by lead arrangers that are affiliates of the CLO or the CLO manager or originated by originators that are affiliates of the CLO or the CLO manager.
</P>
<P><I>Open market transaction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Either an initial loan syndication transaction or a secondary market transaction in which a seller offers senior, secured syndicated loans to prospective purchasers in the loan market on market terms on an arm's length basis, which prospective purchasers include, but are not limited to, entities that are not affiliated with the seller, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A reverse inquiry from a prospective purchaser of a senior, secured syndicated loan through a dealer in the loan market to purchase a senior, secured syndicated loan to be sourced by the dealer in the loan market.
</P>
<P><I>Secondary market transaction</I> means a purchase of a senior, secured syndicated loan not in connection with an initial loan syndication transaction but in the secondary market.
</P>
<P><I>Senior, secured syndicated loan</I> means a loan made to a commercial borrower that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation for borrowed money of the commercial borrower,
</P>
<P>(ii) Is secured by a valid first priority security interest or lien in or on specified collateral securing the commercial borrower's obligations under the loan, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The value of the collateral subject to such first priority security interest or lien, together with other attributes of the obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow), is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the CLO manager exercised at the time of investment) to repay the loan and to repay all other indebtedness of equal seniority secured by such first priority security interest or lien in or on the same collateral, and the CLO manager certifies, on or prior to each date that it acquires a loan constituting part of a new CLO-eligible tranche, that it has policies and procedures to evaluate the likelihood of repayment of loans acquired by the CLO and it has followed such policies and procedures in evaluating each CLO-eligible loan tranche.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> A sponsor satisfies the risk retention requirements of § 246.3 with respect to an open market CLO transaction if:
</P>
<P>(1) The open market CLO does not acquire or hold any assets other than CLO-eligible loan tranches that meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section and servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(2) The governing documents of such open market CLO require that, at all times, the assets of the open market CLO consist of senior, secured syndicated loans that are CLO-eligible loan tranches and servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(3) The open market CLO does not invest in ABS interests or in credit derivatives other than hedging transactions that are servicing assets to hedge risks of the open market CLO;
</P>
<P>(4) All purchases of CLO-eligible loan tranches and other assets by the open market CLO issuing entity or through a warehouse facility used to accumulate the loans prior to the issuance of the CLO's ABS interests are made in open market transactions on an arms-length basis;
</P>
<P>(5) The CLO manager of the open market CLO is not entitled to receive any management fee or gain on sale at the time the open market CLO issues its ABS interests.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CLO-eligible loan tranche.</I> To qualify as a CLO-eligible loan tranche, a term loan of a syndicated credit facility to a commercial borrower must have the following features:
</P>
<P>(1) A minimum of 5 percent of the face amount of the CLO-eligible loan tranche is retained by the lead arranger thereof until the earliest of the repayment, maturity, involuntary and unscheduled acceleration, payment default, or bankruptcy default of such CLO-eligible loan tranche, provided that such lead arranger complies with limitations on hedging, transferring and pledging in § 246.12 with respect to the interest retained by the lead arranger.
</P>
<P>(2) Lender voting rights within the credit agreement and any intercreditor or other applicable agreements governing such CLO-eligible loan tranche are defined so as to give holders of the CLO-eligible loan tranche consent rights with respect to, at minimum, any material waivers and amendments of such applicable documents, including but not limited to, adverse changes to the calculation or payments of amounts due to the holders of the CLO-eligible tranche, alterations to <I>pro rata</I> provisions, changes to voting provisions, and waivers of conditions precedent; and
</P>
<P>(3) The pro rata provisions, voting provisions, and similar provisions applicable to the security associated with such CLO-eligible loan tranches under the CLO credit agreement and any intercreditor or other applicable agreements governing such CLO-eligible loan tranches are not materially less advantageous to the holder(s) of such CLO-eligible tranche than the terms of other tranches of comparable seniority in the broader syndicated credit facility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosures.</I> A sponsor relying on this section shall provide, or cause to be provided, to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities in the securitization transaction and at least annually with respect to the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section and, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, the following disclosure in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Open market CLOs.</I> A complete list of every asset held by an open market CLO (or before the CLO's closing, in a warehouse facility in anticipation of transfer into the CLO at closing), including the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The full legal name, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) category code, and legal entity identifier (LEI) issued by a utility endorsed or otherwise governed by the Global LEI Regulatory Oversight Committee or the Global LEI Foundation (if an LEI has been obtained by the obligor) of the obligor of the loan or asset;
</P>
<P>(ii) The full name of the specific loan tranche held by the CLO;
</P>
<P>(iii) The face amount of the entire loan tranche held by the CLO, and the face amount of the portion thereof held by the CLO;
</P>
<P>(iv) The price at which the loan tranche was acquired by the CLO; and
</P>
<P>(v) For each loan tranche, the full legal name of the lead arranger subject to the sales and hedging restrictions of § 246.12; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>CLO manager.</I> The full legal name and form of organization of the CLO manager.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.2.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.10   Qualified tender option bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Municipal security</I> or <I>municipal securities</I> shall have the same meaning as the term “municipal securities” in Section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)) and any rules promulgated pursuant to such section.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified tender option bond entity</I> means an issuing entity with respect to tender option bonds for which each of the following applies:
</P>
<P>(i) Such entity is collateralized solely by servicing assets and by municipal securities that have the same municipal issuer and the same underlying obligor or source of payment (determined without regard to any third-party credit enhancement), and such municipal securities are not subject to substitution.
</P>
<P>(ii) Such entity issues no securities other than:
</P>
<P>(A) A single class of tender option bonds with a preferred variable return payable out of capital that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(B) One or more residual equity interests that, in the aggregate, are entitled to all remaining income of the issuing entity.
</P>
<P>(C) The types of securities referred to in paragraphs (ii)(A) and (B) of this definition must constitute asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) The municipal securities held as assets by such entity are issued in compliance with Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRS Code”, 26 U.S.C. 103), such that the interest payments made on those securities are excludable from the gross income of the owners under Section 103 of the IRS Code.
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms of all of the securities issued by the entity are structured so that all holders of such securities who are eligible to exclude interest received on such securities will be able to exclude that interest from gross income pursuant to Section 103 of the IRS Code or as “exempt-interest dividends” pursuant to Section 852(b)(5) of the IRS Code (26 U.S.C. 852(b)(5)) in the case of regulated investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
</P>
<P>(v) Such entity has a legally binding commitment from a regulated liquidity provider as defined in § 246.6(a), to provide a 100 percent guarantee or liquidity coverage with respect to all of the issuing entity's outstanding tender option bonds.
</P>
<P>(vi) Such entity qualifies for monthly closing elections pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-84, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
</P>
<P><I>Tender option bond</I> means a security which has features which entitle the holders to tender such bonds to the issuing entity for purchase at any time upon no more than 397 days' notice, for a purchase price equal to the approximate amortized cost of the security, plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of tender.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk retention options.</I> Notwithstanding anything in this section, the sponsor with respect to an issuance of tender option bonds may retain an eligible vertical interest or eligible horizontal residual interest, or any combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of § 246.4. In order to satisfy its risk retention requirements under this section, the sponsor with respect to an issuance of tender option bonds by a qualified tender option bond entity may retain:
</P>
<P>(1) An eligible vertical interest or an eligible horizontal residual interest, or any combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of § 246.4; or
</P>
<P>(2) An interest that meets the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) A municipal security that meets the requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any combination of interests and securities described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section such that the sum of the percentages held in each form equals at least five.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tender option termination event.</I> The sponsor with respect to an issuance of tender option bonds by a qualified tender option bond entity may retain an interest that upon issuance meets the requirements of an eligible horizontal residual interest but that upon the occurrence of a “tender option termination event” as defined in Section 4.01(5) of IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-84, as amended or supplemented from time to time will meet the requirements of an eligible vertical interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retention of a municipal security outside of the qualified tender option bond entity.</I> The sponsor with respect to an issuance of tender option bonds by a qualified tender option bond entity may satisfy its risk retention requirements under this Section by holding municipal securities from the same issuance of municipal securities deposited in the qualified tender option bond entity, the face value of which retained municipal securities is equal to 5 percent of the face value of the municipal securities deposited in the qualified tender option bond entity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disclosures.</I> The sponsor shall provide, or cause to be provided, to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities as part of the securitization transaction and, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, the following disclosure in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and form of organization of the qualified tender option bond entity;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the form and subordination features of such retained interest in accordance with the disclosure obligations in § 246.4(c);
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent any portion of the retained interest is claimed by the sponsor as an eligible horizontal residual interest (including any interest held in compliance with § 246.10(c)), the fair value of that interest (expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction and as a dollar amount);
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent any portion of the retained interest is claimed by the sponsor as an eligible vertical interest (including any interest held in compliance with § 246.10(c)), the percentage of ABS interests issued represented by the eligible vertical interest; and
</P>
<P>(5) To the extent any portion of the retained interest claimed by the sponsor is a municipal security held outside of the qualified tender option bond entity, the name and form of organization of the qualified tender option bond entity, the identity of the issuer of the municipal securities, the face value of the municipal securities deposited into the qualified tender option bond entity, and the face value of the municipal securities retained by the sponsor or its majority-owned affiliates and subject to the transfer and hedging prohibition.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Prohibitions on Hedging and Transfer.</I> The prohibitions on transfer and hedging set forth in § 246.12, apply to any interests or municipal securities retained by the sponsor with respect to an issuance of tender option bonds by a qualified tender option bond entity pursuant to of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transfer of Risk Retention</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.3.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.11   Allocation of risk retention to an originator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A sponsor choosing to retain an eligible vertical interest or an eligible horizontal residual interest (including an eligible horizontal cash reserve account), or combination thereof under § 246.4, with respect to a securitization transaction may offset the amount of its risk retention requirements under § 246.4 by the amount of the eligible interests, respectively, acquired by an originator of one or more of the securitized assets if:
</P>
<P>(1) At the closing of the securitization transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) The originator acquires the eligible interest from the sponsor and retains such interest in the same manner and proportion (as between horizontal and vertical interests) as the sponsor under § 246.4, as such interest was held prior to the acquisition by the originator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The ratio of the percentage of eligible interests acquired and retained by the originator to the percentage of eligible interests otherwise required to be retained by the sponsor pursuant to § 246.4, does not exceed the ratio of:
</P>
<P>(A) The unpaid principal balance of all the securitized assets originated by the originator; to
</P>
<P>(B) The unpaid principal balance of all the securitized assets in the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(iii) The originator acquires and retains at least 20 percent of the aggregate risk retention amount otherwise required to be retained by the sponsor pursuant to § 246.4; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The originator purchases the eligible interests from the sponsor at a price that is equal, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, to the amount by which the sponsor's required risk retention is reduced in accordance with this section, by payment to the sponsor in the form of:
</P>
<P>(A) Cash; or
</P>
<P>(B) A reduction in the price received by the originator from the sponsor or depositor for the assets sold by the originator to the sponsor or depositor for inclusion in the pool of securitized assets.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disclosures.</I> In addition to the disclosures required pursuant to § 246.4(c), the sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of the asset-backed securities as part of the securitization transaction and, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”, the name and form of organization of any originator that will acquire and retain (or has acquired and retained) an interest in the transaction pursuant to this section, including a description of the form and amount (expressed as a percentage and dollar amount (or corresponding amount in the foreign currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable)) and nature (<I>e.g.,</I> senior or subordinated) of the interest, as well as the method of payment for such interest under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hedging, transferring and pledging.</I> The originator and each of its affiliates complies with the hedging and other restrictions in § 246.12 with respect to the interests retained by the originator pursuant to this section as if it were the retaining sponsor and was required to retain the interest under subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty to comply.</I> (1) The retaining sponsor shall be responsible for compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A retaining sponsor relying on this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall maintain and adhere to policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor the compliance by each originator that is allocated a portion of the sponsor's risk retention obligations with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event the sponsor determines that any such originator no longer complies with any of the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this section, shall promptly notify, or cause to be notified, the holders of the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction of such noncompliance by such originator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.3.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.12   Hedging, transfer and financing prohibitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transfer.</I> Except as permitted by § 246.7(b)(8), and subject to § 246.5, a retaining sponsor may not sell or otherwise transfer any interest or assets that the sponsor is required to retain pursuant to subpart B of this part to any person other than an entity that is and remains a majority-owned affiliate of the sponsor and each such majority-owned affiliate shall be subject to the same restrictions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibited hedging by sponsor and affiliates.</I> A retaining sponsor and its affiliates may not purchase or sell a security, or other financial instrument, or enter into an agreement, derivative or other position, with any other person if:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments on the security or other financial instrument or under the agreement, derivative, or position are materially related to the credit risk of one or more particular ABS interests that the retaining sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) is required to retain with respect to a securitization transaction pursuant to subpart B of this part or one or more of the particular securitized assets that collateralize the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction; and
</P>
<P>(2) The security, instrument, agreement, derivative, or position in any way reduces or limits the financial exposure of the sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) to the credit risk of one or more of the particular ABS interests that the retaining sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) is required to retain with respect to a securitization transaction pursuant to subpart B of this part or one or more of the particular securitized assets that collateralize the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibited hedging by issuing entity.</I> The issuing entity in a securitization transaction may not purchase or sell a security or other financial instrument, or enter into an agreement, derivative or position, with any other person if:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments on the security or other financial instrument or under the agreement, derivative or position are materially related to the credit risk of one or more particular ABS interests that the retaining sponsor for the transaction (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) is required to retain with respect to the securitization transaction pursuant to subpart B of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) The security, instrument, agreement, derivative, or position in any way reduces or limits the financial exposure of the retaining sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) to the credit risk of one or more of the particular ABS interests that the sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) is required to retain pursuant to subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permitted hedging activities.</I> The following activities shall not be considered prohibited hedging activities under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Hedging the interest rate risk (which does not include the specific interest rate risk, known as spread risk, associated with the ABS interest that is otherwise considered part of the credit risk) or foreign exchange risk arising from one or more of the particular ABS interests required to be retained by the sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) under subpart B of this part or one or more of the particular securitized assets that underlie the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction; or
</P>
<P>(2) Purchasing or selling a security or other financial instrument or entering into an agreement, derivative, or other position with any third party where payments on the security or other financial instrument or under the agreement, derivative, or position are based, directly or indirectly, on an index of instruments that includes asset-backed securities if:
</P>
<P>(i) Any class of ABS interests in the issuing entity that were issued in connection with the securitization transaction and that are included in the index represents no more than 10 percent of the dollar-weighted average (or corresponding weighted average in the currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable) of all instruments included in the index; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All classes of ABS interests in all issuing entities that were issued in connection with any securitization transaction in which the sponsor (or any of its majority-owned affiliates) is required to retain an interest pursuant to subpart B of this part and that are included in the index represent, in the aggregate, no more than 20 percent of the dollar-weighted average (or corresponding weighted average in the currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable) of all instruments included in the index.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibited non-recourse financing.</I> Neither a retaining sponsor nor any of its affiliates may pledge as collateral for any obligation (including a loan, repurchase agreement, or other financing transaction) any ABS interest that the sponsor is required to retain with respect to a securitization transaction pursuant to subpart B of this part unless such obligation is with full recourse to the sponsor or affiliate, respectively.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Duration of the hedging and transfer restrictions</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the prohibitions on sale and hedging pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall expire on or after the date that is the latest of:
</P>
<P>(i) The date on which the total unpaid principal balance (if applicable) of the securitized assets that collateralize the securitization transaction has been reduced to 33 percent of the total unpaid principal balance of the securitized assets as of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date on which the total unpaid principal obligations under the ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction has been reduced to 33 percent of the total unpaid principal obligations of the ABS interests at closing of the securitization transaction; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Two years after the date of the closing of the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Securitizations of residential mortgages.</I> (i) If all of the assets that collateralize a securitization transaction subject to risk retention under this part are residential mortgages, the prohibitions on sale and hedging pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall expire on or after the date that is the later of:
</P>
<P>(A) Five years after the date of the closing of the securitization transaction; or
</P>
<P>(B) The date on which the total unpaid principal balance of the residential mortgages that collateralize the securitization transaction has been reduced to 25 percent of the total unpaid principal balance of such residential mortgages at the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, the prohibitions on sale and hedging pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall expire with respect to the sponsor of a securitization transaction described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section on or after the date that is seven years after the date of the closing of the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conservatorship or receivership of sponsor.</I> A conservator or receiver of the sponsor (or any other person holding risk retention pursuant to this part) of a securitization transaction is permitted to sell or hedge any economic interest in the securitization transaction if the conservator or receiver has been appointed pursuant to any provision of federal or State law (or regulation promulgated thereunder) that provides for the appointment of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or an agency or instrumentality of the United States or of a State as conservator or receiver, including without limitation any of the following authorities:
</P>
<P>(i) 12 U.S.C. 1811;
</P>
<P>(ii) 12 U.S.C. 1787;
</P>
<P>(iii) 12 U.S.C. 4617; or
</P>
<P>(iv) 12 U.S.C. 5382.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Revolving pool securitizations.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) are not available to sponsors of revolving pool securitizations with respect to the forms of risk retention specified in § 246.5.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Exceptions and Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.13   Exemption for qualified residential mortgages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Currently performing</I> means the borrower in the mortgage transaction is not currently thirty (30) days or more past due, in whole or in part, on the mortgage transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified residential mortgage</I> means a “qualified mortgage” as defined in section 129C of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C.1639c) and regulations issued thereunder, as amended from time to time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption.</I> A sponsor shall be exempt from the risk retention requirements in subpart B of this part with respect to any securitization transaction, if:
</P>
<P>(1) All of the assets that collateralize the asset-backed securities are qualified residential mortgages or servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(2) None of the assets that collateralize the asset-backed securities are asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(3) As of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction, each qualified residential mortgage collateralizing the asset-backed securities is currently performing; and
</P>
<P>(4)(i) The depositor with respect to the securitization transaction certifies that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls with respect to the process for ensuring that all assets that collateralize the asset-backed security are qualified residential mortgages or servicing assets and has concluded that its internal supervisory controls are effective; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The evaluation of the effectiveness of the depositor's internal supervisory controls must be performed, for each issuance of an asset-backed security in reliance on this section, as of a date within 60 days of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool collateralizing such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, a copy of the certification described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity, and, upon request, to the Commission and its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repurchase of loans subsequently determined to be non-qualified after closing.</I> A sponsor that has relied on the exemption provided in paragraph (b) of this section with respect to a securitization transaction shall not lose such exemption with respect to such transaction if, after closing of the securitization transaction, it is determined that one or more of the residential mortgage loans collateralizing the asset-backed securities does not meet all of the criteria to be a qualified residential mortgage <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The depositor complied with the certification requirement set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The sponsor repurchases the loan(s) from the issuing entity at a price at least equal to the remaining aggregate unpaid principal balance and accrued interest on the loan(s) no later than 90 days after the determination that the loans do not satisfy the requirements to be a qualified residential mortgage; and
</P>
<P>(3) The sponsor promptly notifies, or causes to be notified, the holders of the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction of any loan(s) included in such securitization transaction that is (or are) required to be repurchased by the sponsor pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, including the amount of such repurchased loan(s) and the cause for such repurchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.14   Definitions applicable to qualifying commercial loans, qualifying commercial real estate loans, and qualifying automobile loans.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply for purposes of §§ 246.15 through 246.18:
</P>
<P><I>Appraisal Standards Board</I> means the board of the Appraisal Foundation that develops, interprets, and amends the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), establishing generally accepted standards for the appraisal profession.
</P>
<P><I>Automobile loan:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Means any loan to an individual to finance the purchase of, and that is secured by a first lien on, a passenger car or other passenger vehicle, such as a minivan, van, sport-utility vehicle, pickup truck, or similar light truck for personal, family, or household use; and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not include any:
</P>
<P>(i) Loan to finance fleet sales;
</P>
<P>(ii) Personal cash loan secured by a previously purchased automobile;
</P>
<P>(iii) Loan to finance the purchase of a commercial vehicle or farm equipment that is not used for personal, family, or household purposes;
</P>
<P>(iv) Lease financing;
</P>
<P>(v) Loan to finance the purchase of a vehicle with a salvage title; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Loan to finance the purchase of a vehicle intended to be used for scrap or parts.
</P>
<P><I>Combined loan-to-value (CLTV) ratio</I> means, at the time of origination, the sum of the principal balance of a first-lien mortgage loan on the property, plus the principal balance of any junior-lien mortgage loan that, to the creditor's knowledge, would exist at the closing of the transaction and that is secured by the same property, divided by:
</P>
<P>(1) For acquisition funding, the lesser of the purchase price or the estimated market value of the real property based on an appraisal that meets the requirements set forth in § 246.17(a)(2)(ii); or
</P>
<P>(2) For refinancing, the estimated market value of the real property based on an appraisal that meets the requirements set forth in § 246.17(a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P><I>Commercial loan</I> means a secured or unsecured loan to a company or an individual for business purposes, other than any:
</P>
<P>(1) Loan to purchase or refinance a one-to-four family residential property;
</P>
<P>(2) Commercial real estate loan.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial real estate (CRE) loan</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A loan secured by a property with five or more single family units, or by nonfarm nonresidential real property, the primary source (50 percent or more) of repayment for which is expected to be:
</P>
<P>(i) The proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Rental income associated with the property;
</P>
<P>(2) Loans secured by improved land if the obligor owns the fee interest in the land and the land is leased to a third party who owns all improvements on the land, and the improvements are nonresidential or residential with five or more single family units; and
</P>
<P>(3) Does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A land development and construction loan (including 1- to 4-family residential or commercial construction loans);
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other land loan; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An unsecured loan to a developer.
</P>
<P><I>Debt service coverage (DSC) ratio</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For qualifying leased CRE loans, qualifying multi-family loans, and other CRE loans:
</P>
<P>(i) The annual NOI less the annual replacement reserve of the CRE property at the time of origination of the CRE loan(s) divided by
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of the borrower's annual payments for principal and interest (calculated at the fully-indexed rate) on any debt obligation.
</P>
<P>(2) For commercial loans:
</P>
<P>(i) The borrower's EBITDA as of the most recently completed fiscal year divided by
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of the borrower's annual payments for principal and interest on all debt obligations.
</P>
<P><I>Debt to income (DTI) ratio</I> means the borrower's total debt, including the monthly amount due on the automobile loan, divided by the borrower's monthly income.
</P>
<P><I>Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA)</I> means the annual income of a business before expenses for interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization are deducted, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
</P>
<P><I>Environmental risk assessment</I> means a process for determining whether a property is contaminated or exposed to any condition or substance that could result in contamination that has an adverse effect on the market value of the property or the realization of the collateral value.
</P>
<P><I>First lien</I> means a lien or encumbrance on property that has priority over all other liens or encumbrances on the property.
</P>
<P><I>Junior lien</I> means a lien or encumbrance on property that is lower in priority relative to other liens or encumbrances on the property.
</P>
<P><I>Leverage ratio</I> means the borrower's total debt divided by the borrower's EBITDA.
</P>
<P><I>Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio</I> means, at the time of origination, the principal balance of a first-lien mortgage loan on the property divided by:
</P>
<P>(1) For acquisition funding, the lesser of the purchase price or the estimated market value of the real property based on an appraisal that meets the requirements set forth in § 246.17(a)(2)(ii); or
</P>
<P>(2) For refinancing, the estimated market value of the real property based on an appraisal that meets the requirements set forth in § 246.17(a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P><I>Model year</I> means the year determined by the manufacturer and reflected on the vehicle's Motor Vehicle Title as part of the vehicle description.
</P>
<P><I>Net operating income (NOI)</I> refers to the income a CRE property generates for the owner after all expenses have been deducted for federal income tax purposes, except for depreciation, debt service expenses, and federal and state income taxes, and excluding any unusual and nonrecurring items of income.
</P>
<P><I>Operating affiliate</I> means an affiliate of a borrower that is a lessor or similar party with respect to the commercial real estate securing the loan.
</P>
<P><I>Payments-in-kind</I> means payments of accrued interest that are not paid in cash when due, and instead are paid by increasing the principal balance of the loan or by providing equity in the borrowing company.
</P>
<P><I>Purchase money security interest</I> means a security interest in property that secures the obligation of the obligor incurred as all or part of the price of the property.
</P>
<P><I>Purchase price</I> means the amount paid by the borrower for the vehicle net of any incentive payments or manufacturer cash rebates.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified tenant</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A tenant with a lease who has satisfied all obligations with respect to the property in a timely manner; or
</P>
<P>(2) A tenant who originally had a lease that subsequently expired and currently is leasing the property on a month-to-month basis, has occupied the property for at least three years prior to the date of origination, and has satisfied all obligations with respect to the property in a timely manner.
</P>
<P><I>Qualifying leased CRE loan</I> means a CRE loan secured by commercial nonfarm real property, other than a multi-family property or a hotel, inn, or similar property:
</P>
<P>(1) That is occupied by one or more qualified tenants pursuant to a lease agreement with a term of no less than one (1) month; and
</P>
<P>(2) Where no more than 20 percent of the aggregate gross revenue of the property is payable from one or more tenants who:
</P>
<P>(i) Are subject to a lease that will terminate within six months following the date of origination; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Are not qualified tenants.
</P>
<P><I>Qualifying multi-family loan</I> means a CRE loan secured by any residential property (excluding a hotel, motel, inn, hospital, nursing home, or other similar facility where dwellings are not leased to residents):
</P>
<P>(1) That consists of five or more dwelling units (including apartment buildings, condominiums, cooperatives and other similar structures) primarily for residential use; and
</P>
<P>(2) Where at least 75 percent of the NOI is derived from residential rents and tenant amenities (including income from parking garages, health or swim clubs, and dry cleaning), and not from other commercial uses.
</P>
<P><I>Rental income</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Income derived from a lease or other occupancy agreement between the borrower or an operating affiliate of the borrower and a party which is not an affiliate of the borrower for the use of real property or improvements serving as collateral for the applicable loan; and
</P>
<P>(2) Other income derived from hotel, motel, dormitory, nursing home, assisted living, mini-storage warehouse or similar properties that are used primarily by parties that are not affiliates or employees of the borrower or its affiliates.
</P>
<P><I>Replacement reserve</I> means the monthly capital replacement or maintenance amount based on the property type, age, construction and condition of the property that is adequate to maintain the physical condition and NOI of the property.
</P>
<P><I>Salvage title</I> means a form of vehicle title branding, which notes that the vehicle has been severely damaged and/or deemed a total loss and uneconomical to repair by an insurance company that paid a claim on the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Total debt,</I> with respect to a borrower, means:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an automobile loan, the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) All monthly housing payments (rent- or mortgage-related, including property taxes, insurance and home owners association fees); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the following that is dependent upon the borrower's income for payment:
</P>
<P>(A) Monthly payments on other debt and lease obligations, such as credit card loans or installment loans, including the monthly amount due on the automobile loan;
</P>
<P>(B) Estimated monthly amortizing payments for any term debt, debts with other than monthly payments and debts not in repayment (such as deferred student loans, interest-only loans); and
</P>
<P>(C) Any required monthly alimony, child support or court-ordered payments; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a commercial loan, the outstanding balance of all long-term debt (obligations that have a remaining maturity of more than one year) and the current portion of all debt that matures in one year or less.
</P>
<P><I>Total liabilities ratio</I> means the borrower's total liabilities divided by the sum of the borrower's total liabilities and equity, less the borrower's intangible assets, with each component determined in accordance with GAAP.
</P>
<P><I>Trade-in allowance</I> means the amount a vehicle purchaser is given as a credit at the purchase of a vehicle for the fair exchange of the borrower's existing vehicle to compensate the dealer for some portion of the vehicle purchase price, not to exceed the highest trade-in value of the existing vehicle, as determined by a nationally recognized automobile pricing agency and based on the manufacturer, year, model, features, mileage, and condition of the vehicle, less the payoff balance of any outstanding debt collateralized by the existing vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP)</I> means generally accepted standards for professional appraisal practice issued by the Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.15   Qualifying commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and automobile loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General exception for qualifying assets.</I> Commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and automobile loans that are securitized through a securitization transaction shall be subject to a 0 percent risk retention requirement under subpart B, provided that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The assets meet the underwriting standards set forth in §§ 246.16 (qualifying commercial loans), 246.17 (qualifying CRE loans), or 246.18 (qualifying automobile loans) of this part, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) The securitization transaction is collateralized solely by loans of the same asset class and by servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(3) The securitization transaction does not permit reinvestment periods; and
</P>
<P>(4) The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of asset-backed securities of the issuing entity, and, upon request, to the Commission, and to its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, in written form under the caption “Credit Risk Retention”, a description of the manner in which the sponsor determined the aggregate risk retention requirement for the securitization transaction after including qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, or qualifying automobile loans with 0 percent risk retention.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk retention requirement.</I> For any securitization transaction described in paragraph (a) of this section, the percentage of risk retention required under § 246.3(a) is reduced by the percentage evidenced by the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, or qualifying automobile loans (as applicable) to the total unpaid principal balance of commercial loans, CRE loans, or automobile loans (as applicable) that are included in the pool of assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction (the qualifying asset ratio); provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The qualifying asset ratio is measured as of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) If the qualifying asset ratio would exceed 50 percent, the qualifying asset ratio shall be deemed to be 50 percent; and
</P>
<P>(3) The disclosure required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section also includes descriptions of the qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, and qualifying automobile loans (qualifying assets) and descriptions of the assets that are not qualifying assets, and the material differences between the group of qualifying assets and the group of assets that are not qualifying assets with respect to the composition of each group's loan balances, loan terms, interest rates, borrower credit information, and characteristics of any loan collateral.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for securitizations of qualifying assets only.</I> Notwithstanding other provisions of this section, the risk retention requirements of subpart B of this part shall not apply to securitization transactions where the transaction is collateralized solely by servicing assets and either qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, or qualifying automobile loans.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record maintenance.</I> A sponsor must retain the disclosures required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the certifications required in §§ 246.16(a)(8), 246.17(a)(10), and 246.18(a)(8), as applicable, in its records until three years after all ABS interests issued in the securitization are no longer outstanding. The sponsor must provide the disclosures and certifications upon request to the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, if any.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.16   Underwriting standards for qualifying commercial loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriting, product and other standards.</I> (1) Prior to origination of the commercial loan, the originator:
</P>
<P>(i) Verified and documented the financial condition of the borrower:
</P>
<P>(A) As of the end of the borrower's two most recently completed fiscal years; and
</P>
<P>(B) During the period, if any, since the end of its most recently completed fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conducted an analysis of the borrower's ability to service its overall debt obligations during the next two years, based on reasonable projections;
</P>
<P>(iii) Determined that, based on the previous two years' actual performance, the borrower had:
</P>
<P>(A) A total liabilities ratio of 50 percent or less;
</P>
<P>(B) A leverage ratio of 3.0 or less; and
</P>
<P>(C) A DSC ratio of 1.5 or greater;
</P>
<P>(iv) Determined that, based on the two years of projections, which include the new debt obligation, following the closing date of the loan, the borrower will have:
</P>
<P>(A) A total liabilities ratio of 50 percent or less;
</P>
<P>(B) A leverage ratio of 3.0 or less; and
</P>
<P>(C) A DSC ratio of 1.5 or greater.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to, upon or promptly following the inception of the loan, the originator:
</P>
<P>(i) If the loan is originated on a secured basis, obtains a perfected security interest (by filing, title notation or otherwise) or, in the case of real property, a recorded lien, on all of the property pledged to collateralize the loan; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the loan documents indicate the purpose of the loan is to finance the purchase of tangible or intangible property, or to refinance such a loan, obtains a first lien on the property.
</P>
<P>(3) The loan documentation for the commercial loan includes covenants that:
</P>
<P>(i) Require the borrower to provide to the servicer of the commercial loan the borrower's financial statements and supporting schedules on an ongoing basis, but not less frequently than quarterly;
</P>
<P>(ii) Prohibit the borrower from retaining or entering into a debt arrangement that permits payments-in-kind;
</P>
<P>(iii) Impose limits on:
</P>
<P>(A) The creation or existence of any other security interest or lien with respect to any of the borrower's property that serves as collateral for the loan;
</P>
<P>(B) The transfer of any of the borrower's assets that serve as collateral for the loan; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any change to the name, location or organizational structure of the borrower, or any other party that pledges collateral for the loan;
</P>
<P>(iv) Require the borrower and any other party that pledges collateral for the loan to:
</P>
<P>(A) Maintain insurance that protects against loss on the collateral for the commercial loan at least up to the amount of the loan, and that names the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan as an additional insured or loss payee;
</P>
<P>(B) Pay taxes, charges, fees, and claims, where non-payment might give rise to a lien on any collateral;
</P>
<P>(C) Take any action required to perfect or protect the security interest and first lien (as applicable) of the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan in any collateral for the commercial loan or the priority thereof, and to defend any collateral against claims adverse to the lender's interest;
</P>
<P>(D) Permit the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan, and the servicer of the loan, to inspect any collateral for the commercial loan and the books and records of the borrower; and
</P>
<P>(E) Maintain the physical condition of any collateral for the commercial loan.
</P>
<P>(4) Loan payments required under the loan agreement are:
</P>
<P>(i) Based on level monthly payments of principal and interest (at the fully indexed rate) that fully amortize the debt over a term that does not exceed five years from the date of origination; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To be made no less frequently than quarterly over a term that does not exceed five years.
</P>
<P>(5) The primary source of repayment for the loan is revenue from the business operations of the borrower.
</P>
<P>(6) The loan was funded within the six (6) months prior to the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction.
</P>
<P>(7) At the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction, all payments due on the loan are contractually current.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) The depositor of the asset-backed security certifies that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls with respect to the process for ensuring that all qualifying commercial loans that collateralize the asset-backed security and that reduce the sponsor's risk retention requirement under § 246.15 meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section and has concluded that its internal supervisory controls are effective;
</P>
<P>(ii) The evaluation of the effectiveness of the depositor's internal supervisory controls referenced in paragraph (a)(8)(i) of this section shall be performed, for each issuance of an asset-backed security, as of a date within 60 days of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool collateralizing such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, a copy of the certification described in paragraph (a)(8)(i) of this section to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity, and, upon request, to its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cure or buy-back requirement.</I> If a sponsor has relied on the exception provided in § 246.15 with respect to a qualifying commercial loan and it is subsequently determined that the loan did not meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, the sponsor shall not lose the benefit of the exception with respect to the commercial loan if the depositor complied with the certification requirement set forth in paragraph (a)(8) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure of the loan to meet any of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section is not material; or
</P>
<P>(2) No later than 90 days after the determination that the loan does not meet one or more of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, the sponsor:
</P>
<P>(i) Effectuates cure, establishing conformity of the loan to the unmet requirements as of the date of cure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Repurchases the loan(s) from the issuing entity at a price at least equal to the remaining principal balance and accrued interest on the loan(s) as of the date of repurchase.
</P>
<P>(3) If the sponsor cures or repurchases pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the sponsor must promptly notify, or cause to be notified, the holders of the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction of any loan(s) included in such securitization transaction that is required to be cured or repurchased by the sponsor pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, including the principal amount of such loan(s) and the cause for such cure or repurchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.17" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.17   Underwriting standards for qualifying CRE loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriting, product and other standards.</I> (1) The CRE loan must be secured by the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An enforceable first lien, documented and recorded appropriately pursuant to applicable law, on the commercial real estate and improvements;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) An assignment of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Leases and rents and other occupancy agreements related to the commercial real estate or improvements or the operation thereof for which the borrower or an operating affiliate is a lessor or similar party and all payments under such leases and occupancy agreements; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) All franchise, license and concession agreements related to the commercial real estate or improvements or the operation thereof for which the borrower or an operating affiliate is a lessor, licensor, concession granter or similar party and all payments under such other agreements, whether the assignments described in this paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A)(<I>2</I>) are absolute or are stated to be made to the extent permitted by the agreements governing the applicable franchise, license or concession agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) An assignment of all other payments due to the borrower or due to any operating affiliate in connection with the operation of the property described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) The right to enforce the agreements described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section and the agreements under which payments under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section are due against, and collect amounts due from, each lessee, occupant or other obligor whose payments were assigned pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section upon a breach by the borrower of any of the terms of, or the occurrence of any other event of default (however denominated) under, the loan documents relating to such CRE loan; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A security interest:
</P>
<P>(A) In all interests of the borrower and any applicable operating affiliate in all tangible and intangible personal property of any kind, in or used in the operation of or in connection with, pertaining to, arising from, or constituting, any of the collateral described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) In the form of a perfected security interest if the security interest in such property can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement, fixture filing, or similar document pursuant to the law governing the perfection of such security interest;
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to origination of the CRE loan, the originator:
</P>
<P>(i) Verified and documented the current financial condition of the borrower and each operating affiliate;
</P>
<P>(ii) Obtained a written appraisal of the real property securing the loan that:
</P>
<P>(A) Had an effective date not more than six months prior to the origination date of the loan by a competent and appropriately State-certified or State-licensed appraiser;
</P>
<P>(B) Conforms to generally accepted appraisal standards as evidenced by the USPAP and the appraisal requirements 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> of the Federal banking agencies; and
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> 12 CFR part 34, subpart C (OCC); 12 CFR part 208, subpart E, and 12 CFR part 225, subpart G (Board); and 12 CFR part 323 (FDIC).</P></FTNT>
<P>(C) Provides an “as is” opinion of the market value of the real property, which includes an income approach; 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> See USPAP, Standard 1.</P></FTNT>
<P>(iii) Qualified the borrower for the CRE loan based on a monthly payment amount derived from level monthly payments consisting of both principal and interest (at the fully-indexed rate) over the term of the loan, not exceeding 25 years, or 30 years for a qualifying multi-family property;
</P>
<P>(iv) Conducted an environmental risk assessment to gain environmental information about the property securing the loan and took appropriate steps to mitigate any environmental liability determined to exist based on this assessment;
</P>
<P>(v) Conducted an analysis of the borrower's ability to service its overall debt obligations during the next two years, based on reasonable projections (including operating income projections for the property);
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) Determined that based on the two years' actual performance immediately preceding the origination of the loan, the borrower would have had:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A DSC ratio of 1.5 or greater, if the loan is a qualifying leased CRE loan, net of any income derived from a tenant(s) who is not a qualified tenant(s);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A DSC ratio of 1.25 or greater, if the loan is a qualifying multi-family property loan; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A DSC ratio of 1.7 or greater, if the loan is any other type of CRE loan;
</P>
<P>(B) If the borrower did not own the property for any part of the last two years prior to origination, the calculation of the DSC ratio, for purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(A) of this section, shall include the property's operating income for any portion of the two-year period during which the borrower did not own the property;
</P>
<P>(vii) Determined that, based on two years of projections, which include the new debt obligation, following the origination date of the loan, the borrower will have:
</P>
<P>(A) A DSC ratio of 1.5 or greater, if the loan is a qualifying leased CRE loan, net of any income derived from a tenant(s) who is not a qualified tenant(s);
</P>
<P>(B) A DSC ratio of 1.25 or greater, if the loan is a qualifying multi-family property loan; or
</P>
<P>(C) A DSC ratio of 1.7 or greater, if the loan is any other type of CRE loan.
</P>
<P>(3) The loan documentation for the CRE loan includes covenants that:
</P>
<P>(i) Require the borrower to provide the borrower's financial statements and supporting schedules to the servicer on an ongoing basis, but not less frequently than quarterly, including information on existing, maturing and new leasing or rent-roll activity for the property securing the loan, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Impose prohibitions on:
</P>
<P>(A) The creation or existence of any other security interest with respect to the collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The transfer of any collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section or of any other collateral consisting of fixtures, furniture, furnishings, machinery or equipment other than any such fixture, furniture, furnishings, machinery or equipment that is obsolete or surplus; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any change to the name, location or organizational structure of any borrower, operating affiliate or other pledgor unless such borrower, operating affiliate or other pledgor shall have given the holder of the loan at least 30 days advance notice and, pursuant to applicable law governing perfection and priority, the holder of the loan is able to take all steps necessary to continue its perfection and priority during such 30-day period.
</P>
<P>(iii) Require each borrower and each operating affiliate to:
</P>
<P>(A) Maintain insurance that protects against loss on collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section for an amount no less than the replacement cost of the property improvements, and names the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan as an additional insured or lender loss payee;
</P>
<P>(B) Pay taxes, charges, fees, and claims, where non-payment might give rise to a lien on collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Take any action required to:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Protect the security interest and the enforceability and priority thereof in the collateral described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section and defend such collateral against claims adverse to the originator's or any subsequent holder's interest; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Perfect the security interest of the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan in any other collateral for the CRE loan to the extent that such security interest is required by this section to be perfected;
</P>
<P>(D) Permit the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan, and the servicer, to inspect any collateral for the CRE loan and the books and records of the borrower or other party relating to any collateral for the CRE loan;
</P>
<P>(E) Maintain the physical condition of collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(F) Comply with all environmental, zoning, building code, licensing and other laws, regulations, agreements, covenants, use restrictions, and proffers applicable to collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(G) Comply with leases, franchise agreements, condominium declarations, and other documents and agreements relating to the operation of collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, and to not modify any material terms and conditions of such agreements over the term of the loan without the consent of the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan, or the servicer; and
</P>
<P>(H) Not materially alter collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section without the consent of the originator or any subsequent holder of the loan, or the servicer.
</P>
<P>(4) The loan documentation for the CRE loan prohibits the borrower and each operating affiliate from obtaining a loan secured by a junior lien on collateral for the CRE loan described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The sum of the principal amount of such junior lien loan, plus the principal amount of all other loans secured by collateral described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, does not exceed the applicable CLTV ratio in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, based on the appraisal at origination of such junior lien loan; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Such loan is a purchase money obligation that financed the acquisition of machinery or equipment and the borrower or operating affiliate (as applicable) pledges such machinery and equipment as additional collateral for the CRE loan.
</P>
<P>(5) At origination, the applicable loan-to-value ratios for the loan are:
</P>
<P>(i) LTV less than or equal to 65 percent and CLTV less than or equal to 70 percent; or
</P>
<P>(ii) LTV less than or equal to 60 percent and CLTV less than or equal to 65 percent, if an appraisal used to meet the requirements set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section used a direct capitalization rate, and that rate is less than or equal to the sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The 10-year swap rate, as reported in the Federal Reserve's H.15 Report (or any successor report) as of the date concurrent with the effective date of such appraisal; and
</P>
<P>(B) 300 basis points.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the appraisal required under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section included a direct capitalization method using an overall capitalization rate, that rate must be disclosed to potential investors in the securitization.
</P>
<P>(6) All loan payments required to be made under the loan agreement are:
</P>
<P>(i) Based on level monthly payments of principal and interest (at the fully indexed rate) to fully amortize the debt over a term that does not exceed 25 years, or 30 years for a qualifying multifamily loan; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To be made no less frequently than monthly over a term of at least ten years.
</P>
<P>(7) Under the terms of the loan agreement:
</P>
<P>(i) Any maturity of the note occurs no earlier than ten years following the date of origination;
</P>
<P>(ii) The borrower is not permitted to defer repayment of principal or payment of interest; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The interest rate on the loan is:
</P>
<P>(A) A fixed interest rate;
</P>
<P>(B) An adjustable interest rate and the borrower, prior to or concurrently with origination of the CRE loan, obtained a derivative that effectively results in a fixed interest rate; or
</P>
<P>(C) An adjustable interest rate and the borrower, prior to or concurrently with origination of the CRE loan, obtained a derivative that established a cap on the interest rate for the term of the loan, and the loan meets the underwriting criteria in paragraphs (a)(2)(vi) and (vii) of this section using the maximum interest rate allowable under the interest rate cap.
</P>
<P>(8) The originator does not establish an interest reserve at origination to fund all or part of a payment on the loan.
</P>
<P>(9) At the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction, all payments due on the loan are contractually current.
</P>
<P>(10)(i) The depositor of the asset-backed security certifies that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls with respect to the process for ensuring that all qualifying CRE loans that collateralize the asset-backed security and that reduce the sponsor's risk retention requirement under § 246.15 meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) of this section and has concluded that its internal supervisory controls are effective;
</P>
<P>(ii) The evaluation of the effectiveness of the depositor's internal supervisory controls referenced in paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section shall be performed, for each issuance of an asset-backed security, as of a date within 60 days of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool collateralizing such asset-backed security;
</P>
<P>(iii) The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, a copy of the certification described in paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity, and, upon request, to its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any; and
</P>
<P>(11) Within two weeks of the closing of the CRE loan by its originator or, if sooner, prior to the transfer of such CRE loan to the issuing entity, the originator shall have obtained a UCC lien search from the jurisdiction of organization of the borrower and each operating affiliate, that does not report, as of the time that the security interest of the originator in the property described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section was perfected, other higher priority liens of record on any property described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, other than purchase money security interests.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cure or buy-back requirement.</I> If a sponsor has relied on the exception provided in § 246.15 with respect to a qualifying CRE loan and it is subsequently determined that the CRE loan did not meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) and (a)(11) of this section, the sponsor shall not lose the benefit of the exception with respect to the CRE loan if the depositor complied with the certification requirement set forth in paragraph (a)(10) of this section, and:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure of the loan to meet any of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) and (a)(11) of this section is not material; or;
</P>
<P>(2) No later than 90 days after the determination that the loan does not meet one or more of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (9) or (a)(11) of this section, the sponsor:
</P>
<P>(i) Effectuates cure, restoring conformity of the loan to the unmet requirements as of the date of cure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Repurchases the loan(s) from the issuing entity at a price at least equal to the remaining principal balance and accrued interest on the loan(s) as of the date of repurchase.
</P>
<P>(3) If the sponsor cures or repurchases pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the sponsor must promptly notify, or cause to be notified, the holders of the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction of any loan(s) included in such securitization transaction that is required to be cured or repurchased by the sponsor pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, including the principal amount of such repurchased loan(s) and the cause for such cure or repurchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.18" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.18   Underwriting standards for qualifying automobile loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriting, product and other standards.</I> (1) Prior to origination of the automobile loan, the originator:
</P>
<P>(i) Verified and documented that within 30 days of the date of origination:
</P>
<P>(A) The borrower was not currently 30 days or more past due, in whole or in part, on any debt obligation;
</P>
<P>(B) Within the previous 24 months, the borrower has not been 60 days or more past due, in whole or in part, on any debt obligation;
</P>
<P>(C) Within the previous 36 months, the borrower has not:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Been a debtor in a proceeding commenced under Chapter 7 (Liquidation), Chapter 11 (Reorganization), Chapter 12 (Family Farmer or Family Fisherman plan), or Chapter 13 (Individual Debt Adjustment) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Been the subject of any federal or State judicial judgment for the collection of any unpaid debt;
</P>
<P>(D) Within the previous 36 months, no one-to-four family property owned by the borrower has been the subject of any foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or short sale; or
</P>
<P>(E) Within the previous 36 months, the borrower has not had any personal property repossessed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Determined and documented that the borrower has at least 24 months of credit history; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Determined and documented that, upon the origination of the loan, the borrower's DTI ratio is less than or equal to 36 percent.
</P>
<P>(A) For the purpose of making the determination under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the originator must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Verify and document all income of the borrower that the originator includes in the borrower's effective monthly income (using payroll stubs, tax returns, profit and loss statements, or other similar documentation); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) On or after the date of the borrower's written application and prior to origination, obtain a credit report regarding the borrower from a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintain files on consumers on a nationwide basis (within the meaning of 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p)) and verify that all outstanding debts reported in the borrower's credit report are incorporated into the calculation of the borrower's DTI ratio under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) An originator will be deemed to have met the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The originator, no more than 30 days before the closing of the loan, obtains a credit report regarding the borrower from a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis (within the meaning of 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p));
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on the information in such credit report, the borrower meets all of the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, and no information in a credit report subsequently obtained by the originator before the closing of the loan contains contrary information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The originator obtains electronic or hard copies of the credit report.
</P>
<P>(3) At closing of the automobile loan, the borrower makes a down payment from the borrower's personal funds and trade-in allowance, if any, that is at least equal to the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The full cost of the vehicle title, tax, and registration fees;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any dealer-imposed fees;
</P>
<P>(iii) The full cost of any additional warranties, insurance or other products purchased in connection with the purchase of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iv) 10 percent of the vehicle purchase price.
</P>
<P>(4) The originator records a first lien securing the loan on the purchased vehicle in accordance with State law.
</P>
<P>(5) The terms of the loan agreement provide a maturity date for the loan that does not exceed the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) Six years from the date of origination; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 10 years minus the difference between the current model year and the vehicle's model year.
</P>
<P>(6) The terms of the loan agreement:
</P>
<P>(i) Specify a fixed rate of interest for the life of the loan;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide for a level monthly payment amount that fully amortizes the amount financed over the loan term;
</P>
<P>(iii) Do not permit the borrower to defer repayment of principal or payment of interest; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Require the borrower to make the first payment on the automobile loan within 45 days of the loan's contract date.
</P>
<P>(7) At the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the securitized assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction, all payments due on the loan are contractually current; and
</P>
<P>(8)(i) The depositor of the asset-backed security certifies that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls with respect to the process for ensuring that all qualifying automobile loans that collateralize the asset-backed security and that reduce the sponsor's risk retention requirement under § 246.15 meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section and has concluded that its internal supervisory controls are effective;
</P>
<P>(ii) The evaluation of the effectiveness of the depositor's internal supervisory controls referenced in paragraph (a)(8)(i) of this section shall be performed, for each issuance of an asset-backed security, as of a date within 60 days of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the asset pool collateralizing such asset-backed security; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The sponsor provides, or causes to be provided, a copy of the certification described in paragraph (a)(8)(i) of this section to potential investors a reasonable period of time prior to the sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity, and, upon request, to its appropriate Federal banking agency, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cure or buy-back requirement.</I> If a sponsor has relied on the exception provided in § 246.15 with respect to a qualifying automobile loan and it is subsequently determined that the loan did not meet all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, the sponsor shall not lose the benefit of the exception with respect to the automobile loan if the depositor complied with the certification requirement set forth in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, and:
</P>
<P>(1) The failure of the loan to meet any of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section is not material; or
</P>
<P>(2) No later than ninety (90) days after the determination that the loan does not meet one or more of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, the sponsor:
</P>
<P>(i) Effectuates cure, establishing conformity of the loan to the unmet requirements as of the date of cure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Repurchases the loan(s) from the issuing entity at a price at least equal to the remaining principal balance and accrued interest on the loan(s) as of the date of repurchase.
</P>
<P>(3) If the sponsor cures or repurchases pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the sponsor must promptly notify, or cause to be notified, the holders of the asset-backed securities issued in the securitization transaction of any loan(s) included in such securitization transaction that is required to be cured or repurchased by the sponsor pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, including the principal amount of such loan(s) and the cause for such cure or repurchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.19" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.19   General exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>Community-focused residential mortgage</I> means a residential mortgage exempt from the definition of “covered transaction” under § 1026.43(a)(3)(iv) and (v) of the CFPB's Regulation Z (12 CFR 1026.43(a)).
</P>
<P><I>First pay class</I> means a class of ABS interests for which all interests in the class are entitled to the same priority of payment and that, at the time of closing of the transaction, is entitled to repayments of principal and payments of interest prior to or pro-rata with all other classes of securities collateralized by the same pool of first-lien residential mortgages, until such class has no principal or notional balance remaining.
</P>
<P><I>Inverse floater</I> means an ABS interest issued as part of a securitization transaction for which interest or other income is payable to the holder based on a rate or formula that varies inversely to a reference rate of interest.
</P>
<P><I>Qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loan</I> means a mortgage loan that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Secured by a dwelling (as defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(19)) that is owner occupied and contains three-to-four housing units;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is deemed to be for business purposes for purposes of Regulation Z under 12 CFR part 1026, Supplement I, paragraph 3(a)(5)(i); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Otherwise meets all of the requirements to qualify as a qualified mortgage under § 1026.43(e) and (f) of Regulation Z (12 CFR 1026.43(e) and (f)) as if the loan were a covered transaction under that section.
</P>
<P>(b) This part shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>U.S. Government-backed securitizations.</I> Any securitization transaction that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is collateralized solely by residential, multifamily, or health care facility mortgage loan assets that are insured or guaranteed (in whole or in part) as to the payment of principal and interest by the United States or an agency of the United States, and servicing assets; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Involves the issuance of asset-backed securities that:
</P>
<P>(A) Are insured or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the United States or an agency of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(B) Are collateralized solely by residential, multifamily, or health care facility mortgage loan assets or interests in such assets, and servicing assets.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain agricultural loan securitizations.</I> Any securitization transaction that is collateralized solely by loans or other assets made, insured, guaranteed, or purchased by any institution that is subject to the supervision of the Farm Credit Administration, including the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation, and servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>State and municipal securitizations.</I> Any asset-backed security that is a security issued or guaranteed by any State, or by any political subdivision of a State, or by any public instrumentality of a State that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 by reason of section 3(a)(2) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(2)); and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualified scholarship funding bonds.</I> Any asset-backed security that meets the definition of a qualified scholarship funding bond, as set forth in section 150(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 150(d)(2)).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Pass-through resecuritizations.</I> Any securitization transaction that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is collateralized solely by servicing assets, and by asset-backed securities:
</P>
<P>(A) For which credit risk was retained as required under subpart B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) That were exempted from the credit risk retention requirements of this part pursuant to subpart D of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is structured so that it involves the issuance of only a single class of ABS interests; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides for the pass-through of all principal and interest payments received on the underlying asset-backed securities (net of expenses of the issuing entity) to the holders of such class.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>First-pay-class securitizations.</I> Any securitization transaction that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is collateralized solely by servicing assets, and by first-pay classes of asset-backed securities collateralized by first-lien residential mortgages on properties located in any state:
</P>
<P>(A) For which credit risk was retained as required under subpart B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) That were exempted from the credit risk retention requirements of this part pursuant to subpart D of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not provide for any ABS interest issued in the securitization transaction to share in realized principal losses other than pro rata with all other ABS interests issued in the securitization transaction based on the current unpaid principal balance of such ABS interests at the time the loss is realized;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is structured to reallocate prepayment risk;
</P>
<P>(iv) Does not reallocate credit risk (other than as a consequence of reallocation of prepayment risk); and
</P>
<P>(v) Does not include any inverse floater or similarly structured ABS interest.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Seasoned loans.</I> (i) Any securitization transaction that is collateralized solely by servicing assets, and by seasoned loans that meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The loans have not been modified since origination; and
</P>
<P>(B) None of the loans have been delinquent for 30 days or more.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph, a <I>seasoned loan</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages, a loan that has been outstanding and performing for the longer of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A period of five years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Until the outstanding principal balance of the loan has been reduced to 25 percent of the original principal balance.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(7)(ii)(A)(<I>1</I>) and (<I>2</I>) of this section, any residential mortgage loan that has been outstanding and performing for a period of at least seven years shall be deemed a seasoned loan.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to all other classes of asset-backed securities, a loan that has been outstanding and performing for the longer of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A period of at least two years; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Until the outstanding principal balance of the loan has been reduced to 33 percent of the original principal balance.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Certain public utility securitizations.</I> (i) Any securitization transaction where the asset-back securities issued in the transaction are secured by the intangible property right to collect charges for the recovery of specified costs and such other assets, if any, of an issuing entity that is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by an investor owned utility company that is subject to the regulatory authority of a State public utility commission or other appropriate State agency.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Specified cost</I> means any cost identified by a State legislature as appropriate for recovery through securitization pursuant to specified cost recovery legislation; and
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Specified cost recovery legislation</I> means legislation enacted by a State that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Authorizes the investor owned utility company to apply for, and authorizes the public utility commission or other appropriate State agency to issue, a financing order determining the amount of specified costs the utility will be allowed to recover;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Provides that pursuant to a financing order, the utility acquires an intangible property right to charge, collect, and receive amounts necessary to provide for the full recovery of the specified costs determined to be recoverable, and assures that the charges are non-bypassable and will be paid by customers within the utility's historic service territory who receive utility goods or services through the utility's transmission and distribution system, even if those customers elect to purchase these goods or services from a third party; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Guarantees that neither the State nor any of its agencies has the authority to rescind or amend the financing order, to revise the amount of specified costs, or in any way to reduce or impair the value of the intangible property right, except as may be contemplated by periodic adjustments authorized by the specified cost recovery legislation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for securitizations of assets issued, insured or guaranteed by the United States.</I> This part shall not apply to any securitization transaction if the asset-backed securities issued in the transaction are:
</P>
<P>(1) Collateralized solely by obligations issued by the United States or an agency of the United States and servicing assets;
</P>
<P>(2) Collateralized solely by assets that are fully insured or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the United States or an agency of the United States (other than those referred to in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section) and servicing assets; or
</P>
<P>(3) Fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the United States or any agency of the United States;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation securitizations.</I> This part shall not apply to any securitization transaction that is sponsored by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting as conservator or receiver under any provision of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or of Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reduced requirement for certain student loan securitizations.</I> The 5 percent risk retention requirement set forth in § 246.4 shall be modified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a securitization transaction that is collateralized solely by student loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP loans”) that are guaranteed as to 100 percent of defaulted principal and accrued interest, and servicing assets, the risk retention requirement shall be 0 percent;
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a securitization transaction that is collateralized solely by FFELP loans that are guaranteed as to at least 98 percent but less than 100 percent of defaulted principal and accrued interest, and servicing assets, the risk retention requirement shall be 2 percent; and
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any other securitization transaction that is collateralized solely by FFELP loans, and servicing assets, the risk retention requirement shall be 3 percent.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Community-focused lending securitizations.</I> (1) This part shall not apply to any securitization transaction if the asset-backed securities issued in the transaction are collateralized solely by community-focused residential mortgages and servicing assets.
</P>
<P>(2) For any securitization transaction that includes both community-focused residential mortgages and residential mortgages that are not exempt from risk retention under this part, the percent of risk retention required under § 246.4(a) is reduced by the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the community-focused residential mortgages to the total unpaid principal balance of residential mortgages that are included in the pool of assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction (the community-focused residential mortgage asset ratio); provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The community-focused residential mortgage asset ratio is measured as of the cut-off date or similar date for establishing the composition of the pool assets collateralizing the asset-backed securities issued pursuant to the securitization transaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the community-focused residential mortgage asset ratio would exceed 50 percent, the community-focused residential mortgage asset ratio shall be deemed to be 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exemptions for securitizations of certain three-to-four unit mortgage loans.</I> A sponsor shall be exempt from the risk retention requirements in subpart B of this part with respect to any securitization transaction if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The asset-backed securities issued in the transaction are collateralized solely by qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loans and servicing assets; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The asset-backed securities issued in the transaction are collateralized solely by qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loans, qualified residential mortgages as defined in § 246.13, and servicing assets.
</P>
<P>(2) The depositor with respect to the securitization provides the certifications set forth in § 246.13(b)(4) with respect to the process for ensuring that all assets that collateralize the asset-backed securities issued in the transaction are qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loans, qualified residential mortgages, or servicing assets; and
</P>
<P>(3) The sponsor of the securitization complies with the repurchase requirements in § 246.13(c) with respect to a loan if, after closing, it is determined that the loan does not meet all of the criteria to be either a qualified residential mortgage or a qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loan, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rule of construction.</I> Securitization transactions involving the issuance of asset-backed securities that are either issued, insured, or guaranteed by, or are collateralized by obligations issued by, or loans that are issued, insured, or guaranteed by, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or a Federal home loan bank shall not on that basis qualify for exemption under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.20" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.20   Safe harbor for certain foreign-related transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definition shall apply:
</P>
<P><I>U.S. person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Any natural person resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other organization or entity organized or incorporated under the laws of any State or of the United States;
</P>
<P>(C) Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person (as defined under any other clause of this definition);
</P>
<P>(D) Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person (as defined under any other clause of this definition);
</P>
<P>(E) Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(F) Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person (as defined under any other clause of this definition);
</P>
<P>(G) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(H) Any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other organization or entity if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Formed by a U.S. person (as defined under any other clause of this definition) principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act; and
</P>
<P>(ii) “U.S. person(s)” does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a person not constituting a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section) by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section) if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section) has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The estate is governed by foreign law;
</P>
<P>(C) Any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section), if a trustee who is not a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section) has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section);
</P>
<P>(D) An employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country;
</P>
<P>(E) Any agency or branch of a U.S. person (as defined in paragraph (i) of this section) located outside the United States if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The agency or branch operates for valid business reasons; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located;
</P>
<P>(F) The International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> This part shall not apply to a securitization transaction if all the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The securitization transaction is not required to be and is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(2) No more than 10 percent of the dollar value (or equivalent amount in the currency in which the ABS interests are issued, as applicable) of all classes of ABS interests in the securitization transaction are sold or transferred to U.S. persons or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons;
</P>
<P>(3) Neither the sponsor of the securitization transaction nor the issuing entity is:
</P>
<P>(i) Chartered, incorporated, or organized under the laws of the United States or any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) An unincorporated branch or office (wherever located) of an entity chartered, incorporated, or organized under the laws of the United States or any State; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An unincorporated branch or office located in the United States or any State of an entity that is chartered, incorporated, or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the sponsor or issuing entity is chartered, incorporated, or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any State, no more than 25 percent (as determined based on unpaid principal balance) of the assets that collateralize the ABS interests sold in the securitization transaction were acquired by the sponsor or issuing entity, directly or indirectly, from:
</P>
<P>(i) A majority-owned affiliate of the sponsor or issuing entity that is chartered, incorporated, or organized under the laws of the United States or any State; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An unincorporated branch or office of the sponsor or issuing entity that is located in the United States or any State.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evasions prohibited.</I> In view of the objective of these rules and the policies underlying Section 15G of the Exchange Act, the safe harbor described in paragraph (b) of this section is not available with respect to any transaction or series of transactions that, although in technical compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the requirements of section 15G and this part. In such cases, compliance with section 15G and this part is required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.21" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.21   Additional exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Securitization transactions.</I> The federal agencies with rulewriting authority under section 15G(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11(b)) with respect to the type of assets involved may jointly provide a total or partial exemption of any securitization transaction as such agencies determine may be appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions, exemptions, and adjustments.</I> The Federal banking agencies and the Commission, in consultation with the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, may jointly adopt or issue exemptions, exceptions or adjustments to the requirements of this part, including exemptions, exceptions or adjustments for classes of institutions or assets in accordance with section 15G(e) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11(e)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.22" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.6.4.9.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.22   Periodic review of the QRM definition, exempted three-to-four unit residential mortgage loans, and community-focused residential mortgage exemption</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal banking agencies and the Commission, in consultation with the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, shall commence a review of the definition of qualified residential mortgage in § 246.13, a review of the community-focused residential mortgage exemption in § 246.19(f), and a review of the exemption for qualifying three-to-four unit residential mortgage loans in § 246.19(g):
</P>
<P>(1) No later than four years after the effective date of the rule (as it relates to securitizers and originators of asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages), five years following the completion of such initial review, and every five years thereafter; and
</P>
<P>(2) At any time, upon the request of any Federal banking agency, the Commission, the Federal Housing Finance Agency or the Department of Housing and Urban Development, specifying the reason for such request, including as a result of any amendment to the definition of qualified mortgage or changes in the residential housing market.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal banking agencies, the Commission, the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of the commencement of a review and, in the case of a review commenced under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the reason an agency is requesting such review. After completion of any review, but no later than six months after the publication of the notice announcing the review, unless extended by the agencies, the agencies shall jointly publish a notice disclosing the determination of their review. If the agencies determine to amend the definition of qualified residential mortgage, the agencies shall complete any required rulemaking within 12 months of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of such notice disclosing the determination of their review, unless extended by the agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="247" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 247—REGULATION R—EXEMPTIONS AND DEFINITIONS RELATED TO THE EXCEPTIONS FOR BANKS FROM THE DEFINITION OF BROKER
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78c, 78<I>o</I>, 78q, 78w, and 78mm.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 247.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.100   Definition.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part the following definition shall apply: <I>Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.700" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.700   Defined terms relating to the networking exception from the definition of “broker.”</HEAD>
<P>When used with respect to the Third Party Brokerage Arrangements (“Networking”) Exception from the definition of the term “broker” in section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i)) in the context of transactions with a customer, the following terms shall have the meaning provided:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Contingent on whether the referral results in a transaction</I> means dependent on whether the referral results in a purchase or sale of a security; whether an account is opened with a broker or dealer; whether the referral results in a transaction involving a particular type of security; or whether it results in multiple securities transactions; provided, however, that a referral fee may be contingent on whether a customer:
</P>
<P>(1) Contacts or keeps an appointment with a broker or dealer as a result of the referral; or
</P>
<P>(2) Meets any objective, base-line qualification criteria established by the bank or broker or dealer for customer referrals, including such criteria as minimum assets, net worth, income, or marginal federal or state income tax rate, or any requirement for citizenship or residency that the broker or dealer, or the bank, may have established generally for referrals for securities brokerage accounts.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Incentive compensation</I> means compensation that is intended to encourage a bank employee to refer customers to a broker or dealer or give a bank employee an interest in the success of a securities transaction at a broker or dealer. The term does not include compensation paid by a bank under a bonus or similar plan that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Paid on a discretionary basis; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on multiple factors or variables and:
</P>
<P>(A) Those factors or variables include multiple significant factors or variables that are not related to securities transactions at the broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(B) A referral made by the employee is not a factor or variable in determining the employee's compensation under the plan; and
</P>
<P>(C) The employee's compensation under the plan is not determined by reference to referrals made by any other person.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this paragraph (b) shall be construed to prevent a bank from compensating an officer, director or employee under a bonus or similar plan on the basis of any measure of the overall profitability or revenue of:
</P>
<P>(i) The bank, either on a stand-alone or consolidated basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any affiliate of the bank (other than a broker or dealer), or any operating unit of the bank or an affiliate (other than a broker or dealer), if the affiliate or operating unit does not over time predominately engage in the business of making referrals to a broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A broker or dealer if:
</P>
<P>(A) Such measure of overall profitability or revenue is only one of multiple factors or variables used to determine the compensation of the officer, director or employee;
</P>
<P>(B) The factors or variables used to determine the compensation of the officer, director or employee include multiple significant factors or variables that are not related to the profitability or revenue of the broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) A referral made by the employee is not a factor or variable in determining the employee's compensation under the plan; and
</P>
<P>(D) The employee's compensation under the plan is not determined by reference to referrals made by any other person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nominal one-time cash fee of a fixed dollar amount</I> means a cash payment for a referral, to a bank employee who was personally involved in referring the customer to the broker or dealer, in an amount that meets any of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) The payment does not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) Twice the average of the minimum and maximum hourly wage established by the bank for the current or prior year for the job family that includes the employee; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 1/1000th of the average of the minimum and maximum annual base salary established by the bank for the current or prior year for the job family that includes the employee; or
</P>
<P>(2) The payment does not exceed twice the employee's actual base hourly wage or 1/1000th of the employee's actual annual base salary; or
</P>
<P>(3) The payment does not exceed twenty-five dollars ($25), as adjusted in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Job family</I> means a group of jobs or positions involving similar responsibilities, or requiring similar skills, education or training, that a bank, or a separate unit, branch or department of a bank, has established and uses in the ordinary course of its business to distinguish among its employees for purposes of hiring, promotion, and compensation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Referral</I> means the action taken by one or more bank employees to direct a customer of the bank to a broker or dealer for the purchase or sale of securities for the customer's account.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Inflation adjustment</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> On April 1, 2012, and on the 1st day of each subsequent 5-year period, the dollar amount referred to in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall be adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(i) Dividing the annual value of the Employment Cost Index For Wages and Salaries, Private Industry Workers (or any successor index thereto), as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the adjustment is being made by the annual value of such index (or successor) for the calendar year ending December 31, 2006; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiplying the dollar amount by the quotient obtained in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rounding.</I> If the adjusted dollar amount determined under paragraph (f)(1) of this section for any period is not a multiple of $1, the amount so determined shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.701" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.701   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for certain institutional referrals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A bank that meets the requirements for the exception from the definition of “broker” under section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i)), other than section 3(a)(4)(B)(i)(VI) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i)(VI)), is exempt from the conditions of section 3(a)(4)(B)(i)(VI) of the Act solely to the extent that a bank employee receives a referral fee for referring a high net worth customer or institutional customer to a broker or dealer with which the bank has a contractual or other written arrangement of the type specified in section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) of the Act, if:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bank employee.</I> (i) The bank employee is:
</P>
<P>(A) Not registered or approved, or otherwise required to be registered or approved, in accordance with the qualification standards established by the rules of any self-regulatory organization;
</P>
<P>(B) Predominantly engaged in banking activities other than making referrals to a broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(C) Not subject to statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)), except subparagraph (E) of that section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The high net worth customer or institutional customer is encountered by the bank employee in the ordinary course of the employee's assigned duties for the bank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bank determinations and obligations</I>—(i) <I>Disclosures.</I> The bank provides the high net worth customer or institutional customer the information set forth in paragraph (b) of this section
</P>
<P>(A) In writing prior to or at the time of the referral; or
</P>
<P>(B) Orally prior to or at the time of the referral and
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The bank provides such information to the customer in writing within 3 business days of the date on which the bank employee refers the customer to the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The written agreement between the bank and the broker or dealer provides for the broker or dealer to provide such information to the customer in writing in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Customer qualification.</I> (A) In the case of a customer that is a not a natural person, the bank has a reasonable basis to believe that the customer is an institutional customer before the referral fee is paid to the bank employee.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a customer that is a natural person, the bank has a reasonable basis to believe that the customer is a high net worth customer prior to or at the time of the referral.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Employee qualification information.</I> Before a referral fee is paid to a bank employee under this section, the bank provides the broker or dealer the name of the employee and such other identifying information that may be necessary for the broker or dealer to determine whether the bank employee is registered or approved, or otherwise required to be registered or approved, in accordance with the qualification standards established by the rules of any self-regulatory organization or is subject to statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)), except subparagraph (E) of that section.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Good faith compliance and corrections.</I> A bank that acts in good faith and that has reasonable policies and procedures in place to comply with the requirements of this section shall not be considered a “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) solely because the bank fails to comply with the provisions of this paragraph (a)(2) with respect to a particular customer if the bank:
</P>
<P>(A) Takes reasonable and prompt steps to remedy the error (such as, for example, by promptly making the required determination or promptly providing the broker or dealer the required information); and
</P>
<P>(B) Makes reasonable efforts to reclaim the portion of the referral fee paid to the bank employee for the referral that does not, following any required remedial action, meet the requirements of this section and that exceeds the amount otherwise permitted under section 3(a)(4)(B)(i)(VI) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i)(VI)) and § 247.700.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Provisions of written agreement.</I> The written agreement between the bank and the broker or dealer shall require that:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Broker-dealer written disclosures.</I> If, pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section, the broker or dealer is to provide the customer in writing the disclosures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the broker or dealer provides such information to the customer in writing:
</P>
<P>(A) Prior to or at the time the customer begins the process of opening an account at the broker or dealer, if the customer does not have an account with the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(B) Prior to the time the customer places an order for a securities transaction with the broker or dealer as a result of the referral, if the customer already has an account at the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Customer and employee qualifications.</I> Before the referral fee is paid to the bank employee:
</P>
<P>(A) The broker or dealer determine that the bank employee is not subject to statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)), except subparagraph (E) of that section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The broker or dealer has a reasonable basis to believe that the customer is a high net worth customer or an institutional customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Suitability or sophistication determination by broker or dealer</I>—(A) <I>Contingent referral fees.</I> In any case in which payment of the referral fee is contingent on completion of a securities transaction at the broker or dealer, the broker or dealer, before such securities transaction is conducted, perform a suitability analysis of the securities transaction in accordance with the rules of the broker or dealer's applicable self-regulatory organization as if the broker or dealer had recommended the securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Non-contingent referral fees.</I> In any case in which payment of the referral fee is not contingent on the completion of a securities transaction at the broker or dealer, the broker or dealer, before the referral fee is paid, either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Determine that the customer:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Has the capability to evaluate investment risk and make independent decisions; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Is exercising independent judgment based on the customer's own independent assessment of the opportunities and risks presented by a potential investment, market factors and other investment considerations; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Perform a suitability analysis of all securities transactions requested by the customer contemporaneously with the referral in accordance with the rules of the broker or dealer's applicable self-regulatory organization as if the broker or dealer had recommended the securities transaction.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Notice to the customer.</I> The broker or dealer inform the customer if the broker or dealer determines that the customer or the securities transaction(s) to be conducted by the customer does not meet the applicable standard set forth in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Notice to the bank.</I> The broker or dealer promptly inform the bank if the broker or dealer determines that:
</P>
<P>(A) The customer is not a high net worth customer or institutional customer, as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(B) The bank employee is subject to statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(39) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(39)), except subparagraph (E) of that section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required disclosures.</I> The disclosures provided to the high net worth customer or institutional customer pursuant to paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section shall clearly and conspicuously disclose:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(2) That the bank employee participates in an incentive compensation program under which the bank employee may receive a fee of more than a nominal amount for referring the customer to the broker or dealer and payment of this fee may be contingent on whether the referral results in a transaction with the broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Receipt of other compensation.</I> Nothing in this section prevents or prohibits a bank from paying or a bank employee from receiving any type of compensation that would not be considered incentive compensation under § 247.700(b)(1) or that is described in § 247.700(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>High net worth customer</I>—(i) <I>General. High net worth customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) Any natural person who, either individually or jointly with his or her spouse, has at least $5 million in net worth excluding the primary residence and associated liabilities of the person and, if applicable, his or her spouse; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any revocable, inter vivos or living trust the settlor of which is a natural person who, either individually or jointly with his or her spouse, meets the net worth standard set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Individual and spousal assets.</I> In determining whether any person is a high net worth customer, there may be included in the assets of such person
</P>
<P>(A) Any assets held individually;
</P>
<P>(B) If the person is acting jointly with his or her spouse, any assets of the person's spouse (whether or not such assets are held jointly); and
</P>
<P>(C) If the person is not acting jointly with his or her spouse, fifty percent of any assets held jointly with such person's spouse and any assets in which such person shares with such person's spouse a community property or similar shared ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Institutional customer</I> means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other non-natural person that has, or is controlled by a non-natural person that has, at least:
</P>
<P>(i) $10 million in investments; or
</P>
<P>(ii) $20 million in revenues; or
</P>
<P>(iii) $15 million in revenues if the bank employee refers the customer to the broker or dealer for investment banking services.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Investment banking services</I> includes, without limitation, acting as an underwriter in an offering for an issuer; acting as a financial adviser in a merger, acquisition, tender offer or similar transaction; providing venture capital, equity lines of credit, private investment-private equity transactions or similar investments; serving as placement agent for an issuer; and engaging in similar activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Referral fee</I> means a fee (paid in one or more installments) for the referral of a customer to a broker or dealer that is:
</P>
<P>(i) A predetermined dollar amount, or a dollar amount determined in accordance with a predetermined formula (such as a fixed percentage of the dollar amount of total assets placed in an account with the broker or dealer), that does not vary based on:
</P>
<P>(A) The revenue generated by or the profitability of securities transactions conducted by the customer with the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(B) The quantity, price, or identity of securities transactions conducted over time by the customer with the broker or dealer; or
</P>
<P>(C) The number of customer referrals made; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A dollar amount based on a fixed percentage of the revenues received by the broker or dealer for investment banking services provided to the customer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inflation adjustments</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> On April 1, 2012, and on the 1st day of each subsequent 5-year period, each dollar amount in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section shall be adjusted by:
</P>
<P>(i) Dividing the annual value of the Personal Consumption Expenditures Chain-Type Price Index (or any successor index thereto), as published by the Department of Commerce, for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the adjustment is being made by the annual value of such index (or successor) for the calendar year ending December 31, 2006; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiplying the dollar amount by the quotient obtained in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rounding.</I> If the adjusted dollar amount determined under paragraph (e)(1) of this section for any period is not a multiple of $100,000, the amount so determined shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $100,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 20780, Apr. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.721" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.721   Defined terms relating to the trust and fiduciary activities exception from the definition of “broker.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Defined terms for chiefly compensated test.</I> For purposes of this part and section 3(a)(4)(B)(ii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii)), the following terms shall have the meaning provided:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Chiefly compensated—account-by-account test. Chiefly compensated</I> shall mean the <I>relationship-total compensation percentage</I> for each <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> of the bank is greater than 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) The <I>relationship-total compensation percentage</I> for a <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> shall be the mean of the <I>yearly compensation percentage</I> for the account for the immediately preceding year and the <I>yearly compensation percentage</I> for the account for the year immediately preceding that year.
</P>
<P>(3) The <I>yearly compensation percentage</I> for a <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> shall be
</P>
<P>(i) Equal to the relationship compensation attributable to the <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> during the year divided by the total compensation attributable to the <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> during that year, with the quotient expressed as a percentage; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculated within 60 days of the end of the year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Relationship compensation</I> means any compensation a bank receives attributable to a trust or fiduciary account that consists of:
</P>
<P>(i) An administration fee, including, without limitation, a fee paid—
</P>
<P>(A) For personal services, tax preparation, or real estate settlement services;
</P>
<P>(B) For disbursing funds from, or for recording receipt of payments to, a trust or fiduciary account;
</P>
<P>(C) In connection with securities lending or borrowing transactions;
</P>
<P>(D) For custody services; or
</P>
<P>(E) In connection with an investment in shares of an investment company for personal service, the maintenance of shareholder accounts or any service described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) An annual fee (payable on a monthly, quarterly or other basis), including, without limitation, a fee paid for assessing investment performance or for reviewing compliance with applicable investment guidelines or restrictions;
</P>
<P>(iii) A fee based on a percentage of assets under management, including, without limitation, a fee paid
</P>
<P>(A) Pursuant to a plan under § 270.12b-1;
</P>
<P>(B) In connection with an investment in shares of an investment company for personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts;
</P>
<P>(C) Based on a percentage of assets under management for any of the following services—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Providing transfer agent or sub-transfer agent services for beneficial owners of investment company shares;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders for investment company shares;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Providing beneficial owners with account statements showing their purchases, sales, and positions in the investment company;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Processing dividend payments for the investment company;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Providing sub-accounting services to the investment company for shares held beneficially;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Forwarding communications from the investment company to the beneficial owners, including proxies, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and updated prospectuses; or
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Receiving, tabulating, and transmitting proxies executed by beneficial owners of investment company shares;
</P>
<P>(D) Based on the financial performance of the assets in an account; or
</P>
<P>(E) For the types of services described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(C) or (D) of this section if paid based on a percentage of assets under management;
</P>
<P>(iv) A flat or capped per order processing fee, paid by or on behalf of a customer or beneficiary, that is equal to not more than the cost incurred by the bank in connection with executing securities transactions for trust or fiduciary accounts; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any combination of such fees.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Trust or fiduciary account</I> means an account for which the bank acts in a trustee or fiduciary capacity as defined in section 3(a)(4)(D) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(D)).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Year</I> means a calendar year, or fiscal year consistently used by the bank for recordkeeping and reporting purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Revenues derived from transactions conducted under other exceptions or exemptions.</I> For purposes of calculating the <I>yearly compensation percentage</I> for a <I>trust or fiduciary account</I>, a bank may at its election exclude the compensation associated with any securities transaction conducted in accordance with the exceptions in section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) or sections 3(a)(4)(B)(iii)-(xi) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i) or 78c(a)(4)(B)(iii)-(xi)) and the rules issued thereunder, including any exemption related to such exceptions jointly adopted by the Commission and the Board, <I>provided that</I> if the bank elects to exclude such compensation, the bank must exclude the compensation from both the relationship compensation (if applicable) and total compensation for the account.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Advertising restrictions</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A bank complies with the advertising restriction in section 3(a)(4)(B)(ii)(II) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii)(II)) if advertisements by or on behalf of the bank do not advertise—
</P>
<P>(i) That the bank provides securities brokerage services for trust or fiduciary accounts except as part of advertising the bank's broader trust or fiduciary services; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities brokerage services provided by the bank to trust or fiduciary accounts more prominently than the other aspects of the trust or fiduciary services provided to such accounts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Advertisement.</I> For purposes of this section, the term <I>advertisement</I> has the same meaning as in § 247.760(h)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 20780, Apr. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.722" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.722   Exemption allowing banks to calculate trust and fiduciary compensation on a bank-wide basis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A bank is exempt from meeting the “chiefly compensated” condition in section 3(a)(4)(B)(ii)(I) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii)(I)) to the extent that it effects transactions in securities for any account in a trustee or fiduciary capacity within the scope of section 3(a)(4)(D) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(D)) if:
</P>
<P>(1) The bank meets the other conditions for the exception from the definition of the term “broker” under sections 3(a)(4)(B)(ii) and 3(a)(4)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii) and 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(C)), including the advertising restrictions in section 3(a)(4)(B)(ii)(II) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii)(II) as implemented by § 247.721(c); and
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate relationship-total compensation percentage for the bank's trust and fiduciary business is at least 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aggregate relationship-total compensation percentage.</I> For purposes of this section, the <I>aggregate relationship-total compensation percentage</I> for a bank's trust and fiduciary business shall be the mean of the bank's <I>yearly bank-wide compensation percentage</I> for the immediately preceding year and the bank's <I>yearly bank-wide compensation percentage</I> for the year immediately preceding that year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Yearly bank-wide compensation percentage.</I> For purposes of this section, a bank's <I>yearly bank-wide compensation percentage</I> for a year shall be
</P>
<P>(1) Equal to the <I>relationship compensation</I> attributable to the bank's trust and fiduciary business as a whole during the year divided by the total compensation attributable to the bank's trust and fiduciary business as a whole during that year, with the quotient expressed as a percentage; and
</P>
<P>(2) Calculated within 60 days of the end of the year.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Revenues derived from transactions conducted under other exceptions or exemptions.</I> For purposes of calculating the <I>yearly compensation percentage</I> for a <I>trust or fiduciary account,</I> a bank may at its election exclude the compensation associated with any securities transaction conducted in accordance with the exceptions in section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) or sections 3(a)(4)(B)(iii)-(xi) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(i) or 78c(a)(4)(B)(iii)-(xi)) and the rules issued thereunder, including any exemption related to such sections jointly adopted by the Commission and the Board, <I>provided that</I> if the bank elects to exclude such compensation, the bank must exclude the compensation from both the relationship compensation (if applicable) and total compensation of the bank.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.723" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.723   Exemptions for special accounts, transferred accounts, foreign branches and a de minimis number of accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Short-term accounts.</I> A bank may, in determining its compliance with the chiefly compensated test in § 247.721(a)(1) or § 247.722(a)(2), exclude any trust or fiduciary account that had been open for a period of less than 3 months during the relevant year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounts acquired as part of a business combination or asset acquisition.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with the chiefly compensated test in § 247.721(a)(1) or § 247.722(a)(2), any <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> that a bank acquired from another person as part of a merger, consolidation, acquisition, purchase of assets or similar transaction may be excluded by the bank for 12 months after the date the bank acquired the account from the other person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-shell foreign branches</I>—(1) <I>Exemption.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with the chiefly compensated test in § 247.722(a)(2), a bank may exclude the trust or fiduciary accounts held at a non-shell foreign branch of the bank if the bank has reasonable cause to believe that trust or fiduciary accounts of the foreign branch held by or for the benefit of a U.S. person as defined in 17 CFR 230.902(k) constitute less than 10 percent of the total number of trust or fiduciary accounts of the foreign branch.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rules of construction.</I> Solely for purposes of this paragraph (c), a bank will be deemed to have reasonable cause to believe that a trust or fiduciary account of a foreign branch of the bank is not held by or for the benefit of a U.S. person if
</P>
<P>(i) The principal mailing address maintained and used by the foreign branch for the accountholder(s) and beneficiary(ies) of the account is not in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The records of the foreign branch indicate that the accountholder(s) and beneficiary(ies) of the account is not a U.S. person as defined in 17 CFR 230.902(k).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Non-shell foreign branch.</I> Solely for purposes of this paragraph (c), a non-shell foreign branch of a bank means a branch of the bank
</P>
<P>(i) That is located outside the United States and provides banking services to residents of the foreign jurisdiction in which the branch is located; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For which the decisions relating to day-to-day operations and business of the branch are made at that branch and are not made by an office of the bank located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Accounts transferred to a broker or dealer or other unaffiliated entity.</I> Notwithstanding section 3(a)(4)(B)(ii)(I) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(ii)(I)) and § 247.721(a)(1) of this part, a bank operating under § 247.721(a)(1) shall not be considered a broker for purposes of section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) solely because a <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> does not meet the chiefly compensated standard in § 247.721(a)(1) if, within 3 months of the end of the year in which the account fails to meet such standard, the bank transfers the account or the securities held by or on behalf of the account to a broker or dealer registered under section 15 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o) or another entity that is not an affiliate of the bank and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>De minimis exclusion.</I> A bank may, in determining its compliance with the chiefly compensated test in § 247.721(a)(1), exclude a <I>trust or fiduciary account</I> if:
</P>
<P>(1) The bank maintains records demonstrating that the securities transactions conducted by or on behalf of the account were undertaken by the bank in the exercise of its trust or fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the account;
</P>
<P>(2) The total number of accounts excluded by the bank under this paragraph (d) does not exceed the lesser of—
</P>
<P>(i) 1 percent of the total number of trust or fiduciary accounts held by the bank, <I>provided that</I> if the number so obtained is less than 1 the amount shall be rounded up to 1; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 500; and
</P>
<P>(3) The bank did not rely on this paragraph (e) with respect to such account during the immediately preceding year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 20780, Apr. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.740" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.740   Defined terms relating to the sweep accounts exception from the definition of “broker.”</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 3(a)(4)(B)(v) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(v)), the following terms shall have the meaning provided:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Deferred sales load</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 270.6c-10.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Money market fund</I> means an open-end company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) that is regulated as a money market fund pursuant to 17 CFR 270.2a-7.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>No-load</I>, in the context of an investment company or the securities issued by an investment company, means, for securities of the class or series in which a bank effects transactions, that:
</P>
<P>(i) That class or series is not subject to a sales load or a deferred sales load; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Total charges against net assets of that class or series of the investment company's securities for sales or sales promotion expenses, for personal service, or for the maintenance of shareholder accounts do not exceed 0.25 of 1% of average net assets annually.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this definition, charges for the following will not be considered charges against net assets of a class or series of an investment company's securities for sales or sales promotion expenses, for personal service, or for the maintenance of shareholder accounts:
</P>
<P>(i) Providing transfer agent or sub-transfer agent services for beneficial owners of investment company shares;
</P>
<P>(ii) Aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders for investment company shares;
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing beneficial owners with account statements showing their purchases, sales, and positions in the investment company;
</P>
<P>(iv) Processing dividend payments for the investment company;
</P>
<P>(v) Providing sub-accounting services to the investment company for shares held beneficially;
</P>
<P>(vi) Forwarding communications from the investment company to the beneficial owners, including proxies, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and updated prospectuses; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Receiving, tabulating, and transmitting proxies executed by beneficial owners of investment company shares.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Open-end company</I> has the same meaning as in section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sales load</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(35) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(35)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.741" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.741   Exemption for banks effecting transactions in money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) to the extent that it effects transactions on behalf of a customer in securities issued by a money market fund, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The bank either
</P>
<P>(i) Provides the customer, directly or indirectly, any other product or service, the provision of which would not, in and of itself, require the bank to register as a broker or dealer under section 15(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Effects the transactions on behalf of another bank as part of a program for the investment or reinvestment of deposit funds of, or collected by, the other bank; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The class or series of securities is no-load; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the class or series of securities is not no-load
</P>
<P>(A) The bank or, if applicable, the other bank described in paragraph (a)(1)(B) of this section provides the customer, not later than at the time the customer authorizes the securities transactions, a prospectus for the securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) The bank and, if applicable, the other bank described in paragraph (a)(1)(B) of this section do not characterize or refer to the class or series of securities as no-load.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Money market fund</I> has the same meaning as in § 247.740(b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No-load</I> has the same meaning as in § 247.740(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 20780, Apr. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.760" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.760   Exemption from definition of “broker” for banks accepting orders to effect transactions in securities from or on behalf of custody accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Employee benefit plan accounts and individual retirement accounts or similar accounts.</I> A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) to the extent that, as part of its customary banking activities, the bank accepts orders to effect transactions in securities for an employee benefit plan account or an individual retirement account or similar account for which the bank acts as a custodian if:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Employee compensation restriction and additional conditions.</I> The bank complies with the employee compensation restrictions in paragraph (c) of this section <I>and</I> the other conditions in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Advertisements.</I> Advertisements by or on behalf of the bank do not:
</P>
<P>(i) Advertise that the bank accepts orders for securities transactions for employee benefit plan accounts or individual retirement accounts or similar accounts, except as part of advertising the other custodial or safekeeping services the bank provides to these accounts; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Advertise that such accounts are securities brokerage accounts or that the bank's safekeeping and custody services substitute for a securities brokerage account; and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Advertisements and sales literature for individual retirement or similar accounts.</I> Advertisements and sales literature issued by or on behalf of the bank do not describe the securities order-taking services provided by the bank to individual retirement accounts or similar accounts more prominently than the other aspects of the custody or safekeeping services provided by the bank to these accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accommodation trades for other custodial accounts.</I> A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) to the extent that, as part of its customary banking activities, the bank accepts orders to effect transactions in securities for an account for which the bank acts as custodian other than an employee benefit plan account or an individual retirement account or similar account if:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Accommodation.</I> The bank accepts orders to effect transactions in securities for the account only as an accommodation to the customer;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employee compensation restriction and additional conditions.</I> The bank complies with the employee compensation restrictions in paragraph (c) of this section and the other conditions in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bank fees.</I> Any fee charged or received by the bank for effecting a securities transaction for the account does not vary based on:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the bank accepted the order for the transaction; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The quantity or price of the securities to be bought or sold;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Advertisements.</I> Advertisements by or on behalf of the bank do not state that the bank accepts orders for securities transactions for the account;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Sales literature.</I> Sales literature issued by or on behalf of the bank:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not state that the bank accepts orders for securities transactions for the account except as part of describing the other custodial or safekeeping services the bank provides to the account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not describe the securities order-taking services provided to the account more prominently than the other aspects of the custody or safekeeping services provided by the bank to the account; and
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Investment advice and recommendations.</I> The bank does not provide investment advice or research concerning securities to the account, make recommendations to the account concerning securities or otherwise solicit securities transactions from the account; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph (b)(6) shall prevent a bank from:
</P>
<P>(i) Publishing, using or disseminating advertisements and sales literature in accordance with paragraphs (b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Responding to customer inquiries regarding the bank's safekeeping and custody services by providing:
</P>
<P>(A) Advertisements or sales literature consistent with the provisions of paragraphs (b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section describing the safekeeping, custody and related services that the bank offers;
</P>
<P>(B) A prospectus prepared by a registered investment company, or sales literature prepared by a registered investment company or by the broker or dealer that is the principal underwriter of the registered investment company pertaining to the registered investment company's products;
</P>
<P>(C) Information based on the materials described in paragraphs (b)(6)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Responding to inquiries regarding the bank's safekeeping, custody or other services, such as inquiries concerning the customer's account or the availability of sweep or other services, so long as the bank does not provide investment advice or research concerning securities to the account or make a recommendation to the account concerning securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employee compensation restriction.</I> A bank may accept orders pursuant to this section for a securities transaction for an account described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section only if no bank employee receives compensation, including a fee paid pursuant to a plan under 17 CFR 270.12b-1, from the bank, the executing broker or dealer, or any other person that is based on whether a securities transaction is executed for the account or that is based on the quantity, price, or identity of securities purchased or sold by such account, provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit a bank employee from receiving compensation that would not be considered incentive compensation under § 247.700(b)(1) as if a referral had been made by the bank employee, or any compensation described in § 247.700(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other conditions.</I> A bank may accept orders for a securities transaction for an account for which the bank acts as a custodian under this section only if the bank:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not act in a trustee or fiduciary capacity (as defined in section 3(a)(4)(D) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(D)) with respect to the account, other than as a directed trustee;
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with section 3(a)(4)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(C)) in handling any order for a securities transaction for the account; and
</P>
<P>(3) Complies with section 3(a)(4)(B)(viii)(II) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(viii)(II)) regarding carrying broker activities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Non-fiduciary administrators and recordkeepers.</I> A bank that acts as a non-fiduciary and non-custodial administrator or recordkeeper for an employee benefit plan account for which another bank acts as custodian may rely on the exemption provided in this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) Both the custodian bank and the administrator or recordkeeper bank comply with paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The administrator or recordkeeper bank does not execute a cross-trade with or for the employee benefit plan account or net orders for securities for the employee benefit plan account, other than:
</P>
<P>(i) Crossing or netting orders for shares of open-end investment companies not traded on an exchange, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Crossing orders between or netting orders for accounts of the custodian bank that contracted with the administrator or recordkeeper bank for services.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Subcustodians.</I> A bank that acts as a subcustodian for an account for which another bank acts as custodian may rely on the exemptions provided in this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) For employee benefit plan accounts and individual retirement accounts or similar accounts, both the custodian bank and the subcustodian bank meet the requirements of paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) For other custodial accounts, both the custodian bank and the subcustodian bank meet the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) The subcustodian bank does not execute a cross-trade with or for the account or net orders for securities for the account, other than:
</P>
<P>(i) Crossing or netting orders for shares of open-end investment companies not traded on an exchange, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Crossing orders between or netting orders for accounts of the custodian bank.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Evasions.</I> In considering whether a bank meets the terms of this section, both the form and substance of the relevant account(s), transaction(s) and activities (including advertising activities) of the bank will be considered in order to prevent evasions of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Definitions.</I> When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Account for which the bank acts as a custodian</I> means an account that is:
</P>
<P>(i) An employee benefit plan account for which the bank acts as a custodian;
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual retirement account or similar account for which the bank acts as a custodian;
</P>
<P>(iii) An account established by a written agreement between the bank and the customer that sets forth the terms that will govern the fees payable to, and rights and obligations of, the bank regarding the safekeeping or custody of securities; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An account for which the bank acts as a directed trustee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Advertisement</I> means any material that is published or used in any electronic or other public media, including any Web site, newspaper, magazine or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or telephone directories (other than routine listings).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Directed trustee</I> means a trustee that does not exercise investment discretion with respect to the account.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Employee benefit plan account</I> means a pension plan, retirement plan, profit sharing plan, bonus plan, thrift savings plan, incentive plan, or other similar plan, including, without limitation, an employer-sponsored plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 401(a)), a governmental or other plan described in section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 457), a tax-deferred plan described in section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 403(b)), a church plan, governmental, multiemployer or other plan described in section 414(d), (e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 414(d), (e) or (f)), an incentive stock option plan described in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 422); a Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association Plan described in section 501(c)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(9)), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan (including a rabbi or secular trust), a supplemental or mirror plan, and a supplemental unemployment benefit plan.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Individual retirement account or similar account</I> means an individual retirement account as defined in section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 408), Roth IRA as defined in section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 408A), health savings account as defined in section 223(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 223(d)), Archer medical savings account as defined in section 220(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 220(d)), Coverdell education savings account as defined in section 530 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 530), or other similar account.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Sales literature</I> means any written or electronic communication, other than an advertisement, that is generally distributed or made generally available to customers of the bank or the public, including circulars, form letters, brochures, telemarketing scripts, seminar texts, published articles, and press releases concerning the bank's products or services.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Principal underwriter</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(29) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(29)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.771" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.771   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for banks effecting transactions in securities issued pursuant to Regulation S.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)), to the extent that, as agent, the bank:
</P>
<P>(1) Effects a sale in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903 of an eligible security to a purchaser who is not in the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Effects, by or on behalf of a person who is not a U.S. person under 17 CFR 230.902(k), a resale of an eligible security after its initial sale with a reasonable belief that the eligible security was initially sold outside of the United States within the meaning of and in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903 to a purchaser who is not in the United States or a registered broker or dealer, provided that if the resale is made prior to the expiration of any applicable distribution compliance period specified in 17 CFR 230.903(b)(2) or (b)(3), the resale is made in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.904; or
</P>
<P>(3) Effects, by or on behalf of a registered broker or dealer, a resale of an eligible security after its initial sale with a reasonable belief that the eligible security was initially sold outside of the United States within the meaning of and in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.903 to a purchaser who is not in the United States, provided that if the resale is made prior to the expiration of any applicable distribution compliance period specified in 17 CFR 230.903(b)(2) or (b)(3), the resale is made in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR 230.904.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Distributor</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 230.902(d).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligible security</I> means a security that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not being sold from the inventory of the bank or an affiliate of the bank; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not being underwritten by the bank or an affiliate of the bank on a firm-commitment basis, unless the bank acquired the security from an unaffiliated distributor that did not purchase the security from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Purchaser</I> means a person who purchases an eligible security and who is not a U.S. person under 17 CFR 230.902(k).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.772" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.772   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for banks engaging in securities lending transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)), to the extent that, as an agent, it engages in or effects securities lending transactions, and any securities lending services in connection with such transactions, with or on behalf of a person the bank reasonably believes to be:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified investor as defined in section 3(a)(54)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(54)(A)); or
</P>
<P>(2) Any employee benefit plan that owns and invests on a discretionary basis, not less than $ 25,000,000 in investments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securities lending transaction</I> means a transaction in which the owner of a security lends the security temporarily to another party pursuant to a written securities lending agreement under which the lender retains the economic interests of an owner of such securities, and has the right to terminate the transaction and to recall the loaned securities on terms agreed by the parties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securities lending services</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Selecting and negotiating with a borrower and executing, or directing the execution of the loan with the borrower;
</P>
<P>(2) Receiving, delivering, or directing the receipt or delivery of loaned securities;
</P>
<P>(3) Receiving, delivering, or directing the receipt or delivery of collateral;
</P>
<P>(4) Providing mark-to-market, corporate action, recordkeeping or other services incidental to the administration of the securities lending transaction;
</P>
<P>(5) Investing, or directing the investment of, cash collateral; or
</P>
<P>(6) Indemnifying the lender of securities with respect to various matters.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.775" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.775   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for banks effecting certain excepted or exempted transactions in investment company securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank that meets the conditions for an exception or exemption from the definition of the term “broker” except for the condition in section 3(a)(4)(C)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(C)(i)), is exempt from such condition to the extent that it effects a transaction in a <I>covered security,</I> if:
</P>
<P>(1) Any such security is neither traded on a national securities exchange nor through the facilities of a national securities association or an interdealer quotation system;
</P>
<P>(2) The security is distributed by a registered broker or dealer, or the sales charge is no more than the amount permissible for a security sold by a registered broker or dealer pursuant to any applicable rules adopted pursuant to section 22(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(b)(1)) by a securities association registered under section 15A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3); and
</P>
<P>(3) Any such transaction is effected:
</P>
<P>(i) Through the National Securities Clearing Corporation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Directly with a transfer agent or with an insurance company or separate account that is excluded from the definition of transfer agent in Section 3(a)(25) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Covered security</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any security issued by an open-end company, as defined by section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(1)), that is registered under that Act; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any variable insurance contract funded by a separate account, as defined by section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)), that is registered under that Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Interdealer quotation system</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 240.15c2-11.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Insurance company</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(13).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 56554, Oct. 3, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 20780, Apr. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.776" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.776   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for banks effecting certain excepted or exempted transactions in a company's securities for its employee benefit plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A bank that meets the conditions for an exception or exemption from the definition of the term “broker” except for the condition in section 3(a)(4)(C)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(C)(i)), is exempt from such condition to the extent that it effects a transaction in the securities of a company directly with a transfer agent acting for the company that issued the security, if:
</P>
<P>(1) No commission is charged with respect to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) The transaction is conducted by the bank solely for the benefit of an employee benefit plan account;
</P>
<P>(3) Any such security is obtained directly from:
</P>
<P>(i) The company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee benefit plan of the company; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any such security is transferred only to:
</P>
<P>(i) The company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee benefit plan of the company.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, the term <I>employee benefit plan account</I> has the same meaning as in § 247.760(h)(4).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.780" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.780   Exemption for banks from liability under section 29 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No contract entered into before March 31, 2009, shall be void or considered voidable by reason of section 29(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78cc(b)) because any bank that is a party to the contract violated the registration requirements of section 15(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)), any other applicable provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder based solely on the bank's status as a broker when the contract was created.
</P>
<P>(b) No contract shall be void or considered voidable by reason of section 29(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78cc(b)) because any bank that is a party to the contract violated the registration requirements of section 15(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)) or the rules and regulations thereunder based solely on the bank's status as a broker when the contract was created, if:
</P>
<P>(1) At the time the contract was created, the bank acted in good faith and had reasonable policies and procedures in place to comply with section 3(a)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)) and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
</P>
<P>(2) At the time the contract was created, any violation of the registration requirements of section 15(a) of the Act by the bank did not result in any significant harm or financial loss or cost to the person seeking to void the contract.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 247.781" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.7.0.9.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 247.781   Exemption from the definition of “broker” for banks for a limited period of time.</HEAD>
<P>A bank is exempt from the definition of the term “broker” under section 3(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) until the first day of its first fiscal year commencing after September 30, 2008.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="248" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 248—REGULATIONS S-P, S-AM, AND S-ID
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78q, 78q-1, 78<I>o-</I>4, 78<I>o-</I>5, 78w, 78mm, 80a-30, 80a-37, 80b-4, 80b-11, 1681m(e), 1681s(b), 1681s-3 and note, 1681w(a)(1), 6801-6809, and 6825; Pub. L. 111-203, secs. 1088(a)(8), (a)(10), and sec. 1088(b), 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 248 appear at 74 FR 40431, Aug. 11, 2009.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Regulation S-P: Privacy of Consumer Financial Information and Safeguarding Personal Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This subpart governs the treatment of nonpublic personal information about consumers by the financial institutions listed in paragraph (b) of this section. This subpart: 
</P>
<P>(1) Requires a financial institution to provide notice to customers about its privacy policies and practices; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describes the conditions under which a financial institution may disclose nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provides a method for consumers to prevent a financial institution from disclosing that information to most nonaffiliated third parties by “opting out” of that disclosure, subject to the exceptions in §§ 248.13, 248.14, and 248.15. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> Except with respect to § 248.30(b), this subpart applies only to nonpublic personal information about individuals who obtain financial products or services primarily for personal, family, or household purposes from the institutions listed below. This subpart does not apply to information about companies or about individuals who obtain financial products or services primarily for business, commercial, or agricultural purposes. This part applies to brokers, dealers, and investment companies, as well as to investment advisers that are registered with the Commission. It also applies to foreign (non-resident) brokers, dealers, investment companies and investment advisers that are registered with the Commission. These entities are referred to in this subpart as “you.” This subpart does not apply to foreign (non-resident) brokers, dealers, investment companies and investment advisers that are not registered with the Commission. Nothing in this subpart modifies, limits, or supersedes the standards governing individually identifiable health information promulgated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under the authority of sections 262 and 264 of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d-1320d-8). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 71329, Dec. 8, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.2   Model privacy form: rule of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Use of the model privacy form in appendix A to subpart A of this part, consistent with the instructions in appendix A to subpart A, constitutes compliance with the notice content requirements of §§ 248.6 and 248.7 of this part, although use of the model privacy form is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> The examples in this part provide guidance concerning the rule's application in ordinary circumstances. The facts and circumstances of each individual situation, however, will determine whether compliance with an example, to the extent practicable, constitutes compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Substituted compliance with CFTC financial privacy rules by futures commission merchants and introducing brokers.</I> Except with respect to § 248.30(b), any futures commission merchant or introducing broker (as those terms are defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1, <I>et seq.</I>)) registered by notice with the Commission for the purpose of conducting business in security futures products pursuant to section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) that is subject to and in compliance with the financial privacy rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (17 CFR part 160) will be deemed to be in compliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 62984, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart, unless the context requires otherwise: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> of a broker, dealer, or investment company, or an investment adviser registered with the Commission means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the broker, dealer, or investment company, or investment adviser registered with the Commission. In addition, a broker, dealer, or investment company, or an investment adviser registered with the Commission will be deemed an affiliate of a company for purposes of this subpart if: 
</P>
<P>(1) That company is regulated under Title V of the GLBA by the Federal Trade Commission or by a Federal functional regulator other than the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Rules adopted by the Federal Trade Commission or another federal functional regulator under Title V of the GLBA treat the broker, dealer, or investment company, or investment adviser registered with the Commission as an affiliate of that company. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Broker</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)). 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Clear and conspicuous</I> means that a notice is reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in the notice. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Reasonably understandable.</I> You make your notice reasonably understandable if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Present the information in the notice in clear, concise sentences, paragraphs, and sections; 
</P>
<P>(B) Use short explanatory sentences or bullet lists whenever possible; 
</P>
<P>(C) Use definite, concrete, everyday words and active voice whenever possible; 
</P>
<P>(D) Avoid multiple negatives; 
</P>
<P>(E) Avoid legal and highly technical business terminology whenever possible; and 
</P>
<P>(F) Avoid explanations that are imprecise and readily subject to different interpretations. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Designed to call attention.</I> You design your notice to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in it if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Use a plain-language heading to call attention to the notice; 
</P>
<P>(B) Use a typeface and type size that are easy to read; 
</P>
<P>(C) Provide wide margins and ample line spacing; 
</P>
<P>(D) Use boldface or italics for key words; and 
</P>
<P>(E) Use distinctive type size, style, and graphic devices, such as shading or sidebars when you combine your notice with other information. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Notices on web sites.</I> If you provide a notice on a web page, you design your notice to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in it if you use text or visual cues to encourage scrolling down the page if necessary to view the entire notice and ensure that other elements on the web site (such as text, graphics, hyperlinks, or sound) do not distract attention from the notice, and you either: 
</P>
<P>(A) Place the notice on a screen that consumers frequently access, such as a page on which transactions are conducted; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Place a link on a screen that consumers frequently access, such as a page on which transactions are conducted, that connects directly to the notice and is labeled appropriately to convey the importance, nature, and relevance of the notice. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Collect</I> means to obtain information that you organize or can retrieve by the name of an individual or by identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, irrespective of the source of the underlying information. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Company</I> means any corporation, limited liability company, business trust, general or limited partnership, association, or similar organization. 
</P>
<P>(g)(1) <I>Consumer</I> means an individual who obtains or has obtained a financial product or service from you that is to be used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, or that individual's legal representative. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples.</I> (i) An individual is your consumer if he or she provides nonpublic personal information to you in connection with obtaining or seeking to obtain brokerage services or investment advisory services, whether or not you provide brokerage services to the individual or establish a continuing relationship with the individual. 
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual is not your consumer if he or she provides you only with his or her name, address, and general areas of investment interest in connection with a request for a prospectus, an investment adviser brochure, or other information about financial products or services. 
</P>
<P>(iii) An individual is not your consumer if he or she has an account with another broker or dealer (the introducing broker-dealer) that carries securities for the individual in a special omnibus account with you (the clearing broker-dealer) in the name of the introducing broker-dealer, and when you receive only the account numbers and transaction information of the introducing broker-dealer's consumers in order to clear transactions. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If you are an investment company, an individual is not your consumer when the individual purchases an interest in shares you have issued only through a broker or dealer or investment adviser who is the record owner of those shares. 
</P>
<P>(v) An individual who is a consumer of another financial institution is not your consumer solely because you act as agent for, or provide processing or other services to, that financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(vi) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she has designated you as trustee for a trust. 
</P>
<P>(vii) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she is a beneficiary of a trust for which you are a trustee. 
</P>
<P>(viii) An individual is not your consumer solely because he or she is a participant or a beneficiary of an employee benefit plan that you sponsor or for which you act as a trustee or fiduciary. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Consumer reporting agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 603(f) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(f)). 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Control</I> of a company means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company is presumed to control the company. Any person who does not own more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company will be presumed not to control the company. Any presumption regarding control may be rebutted by evidence, but, in the case of an investment company, will continue until the Commission makes a decision to the contrary according to the procedures described in section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)). 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Customer</I> means a consumer who has a customer relationship with you. 
</P>
<P>(k)(1) <I>Customer relationship</I> means a continuing relationship between a consumer and you under which you provide one or more financial products or services to the consumer that are to be used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Continuing relationship.</I> A consumer has a continuing relationship with you if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The consumer has a brokerage account with you, or if a consumer's account is transferred to you from another broker-dealer; 
</P>
<P>(B) The consumer has an investment advisory contract with you (whether written or oral); 
</P>
<P>(C) The consumer is the record owner of securities you have issued if you are an investment company; 
</P>
<P>(D) The consumer holds an investment product through you, such as when you act as a custodian for securities or for assets in an Individual Retirement Arrangement; 
</P>
<P>(E) The consumer purchases a variable annuity from you; 
</P>
<P>(F) The consumer has an account with an introducing broker or dealer that clears transactions with and for its customers through you on a fully disclosed basis; 
</P>
<P>(G) You hold securities or other assets as collateral for a loan made to the consumer, even if you did not make the loan or do not effect any transactions on behalf of the consumer; or
</P>
<P>(H) You regularly effect or engage in securities transactions with or for a consumer even if you do not hold any assets of the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>No continuing relationship.</I> A consumer does not, however, have a continuing relationship with you if you open an account for the consumer solely for the purpose of liquidating or purchasing securities as an accommodation, i.e., on a one time basis, without the expectation of engaging in other transactions. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)). 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Federal functional regulator</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; 
</P>
<P>(3) The Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; 
</P>
<P>(4) The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; 
</P>
<P>(5) The National Credit Union Administration Board
</P>
<P>(6) The Securities and Exchange Commission; and
</P>
<P>(7) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(n)(1) <I>Financial institution</I> means any institution the business of which is engaging in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to such financial activities as described in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial institution</I> does not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation or any entity chartered and operating under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Institutions chartered by Congress specifically to engage in securitizations, secondary market sales (including sales of servicing rights), or similar transactions related to a transaction of a consumer, as long as such institutions do not sell or transfer nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. 
</P>
<P>(o)(1) <I>Financial product or service</I> means any product or service that a financial holding company could offer by engaging in an activity that is financial in nature or incidental to such a financial activity under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial service</I> includes your evaluation or brokerage of information that you collect in connection with a request or an application from a consumer for a financial product or service. 
</P>
<P>(p) <I>GLBA</I> means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999)). 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Investment adviser</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)). 
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Investment company</I> has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3), and includes a separate series of the investment company. 
</P>
<P>(s)(1) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> means any person except: 
</P>
<P>(i) Your affiliate; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A person employed jointly by you and any company that is not your affiliate (but <I>nonaffiliated third party</I> includes the other company that jointly employs the person). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonaffiliated third party</I> includes any company that is an affiliate solely by virtue of your or your affiliate's direct or indirect ownership or control of the company in conducting merchant banking or investment banking activities of the type described in section 4(k)(4)(H) or insurance company investment activities of the type described in section 4(k)(4)(I) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(4)(H) and (I)). 
</P>
<P>(t)(1) <I>Nonpublic personal information</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Personally identifiable financial information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any list, description, or other grouping of consumers (and publicly available information pertaining to them) that is derived using any personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonpublic personal information</I> does not include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Publicly available information, except as included on a list described in paragraph (t)(1)(ii) of this section or when the publicly available information is disclosed in a manner that indicates the individual is or has been your consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any list, description, or other grouping of consumers (and publicly available information pertaining to them) that is derived without using any personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of lists.</I> (i) Nonpublic personal information includes any list of individuals' names and street addresses that is derived in whole or in part using personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information, such as account numbers. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Nonpublic personal information does not include any list of individuals' names and addresses that contains only publicly available information, is not derived in whole or in part using personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available information, and is not disclosed in a manner that indicates that any of the individuals on the list is a consumer of a financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(u)(1) <I>Personally identifiable financial information</I> means any information: 
</P>
<P>(i) A consumer provides to you to obtain a financial product or service from you; 
</P>
<P>(ii) About a consumer resulting from any transaction involving a financial product or service between you and a consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) You otherwise obtain about a consumer in connection with providing a financial product or service to that consumer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Information included.</I> Personally identifiable financial information includes: 
</P>
<P>(A) Information a consumer provides to you on an application to obtain a loan, credit card, or other financial product or service; 
</P>
<P>(B) Account balance information, payment history, overdraft history, and credit or debit card purchase information; 
</P>
<P>(C) The fact that an individual is or has been one of your customers or has obtained a financial product or service from you; 
</P>
<P>(D) Any information about your consumer if it is disclosed in a manner that indicates that the individual is or has been your consumer; 
</P>
<P>(E) Any information that a consumer provides to you or that you or your agent otherwise obtain in connection with collecting on a loan or servicing a loan; 
</P>
<P>(F) Any information you collect through an Internet “cookie” (an information collecting device from a web server); and 
</P>
<P>(G) Information from a consumer report. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information not included.</I> Personally identifiable financial information does not include: 
</P>
<P>(A) A list of names and addresses of customers of an entity that is not a financial institution; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Information that does not identify a consumer, such as aggregate information or blind data that does not contain personal identifiers such as account numbers, names, or addresses. 
</P>
<P>(v)(1) <I>Publicly available information</I> means any information that you reasonably believe is lawfully made available to the general public from: 
</P>
<P>(i) Federal, State, or local government records; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Widely distributed media; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclosures to the general public that are required to be made by federal, State, or local law. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Reasonable belief.</I> (A) You have a reasonable belief that information about your consumer is made available to the general public if you have confirmed, or your consumer has represented to you, that the information is publicly available from a source described in paragraphs (v)(1)(i)-(iii) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(B) You have a reasonable belief that information about your consumer is made available to the general public if you have taken steps to submit the information, in accordance with your internal procedures and policies and with applicable law, to a keeper of federal, State, or local government records that is required by law to make the information publicly available. 
</P>
<P>(C) You have a reasonable belief that an individual's telephone number is lawfully made available to the general public if you have located the telephone number in the telephone book or the consumer has informed you that the telephone number is not unlisted. 
</P>
<P>(D) You do not have a reasonable belief that information about a consumer is publicly available solely because that information would normally be recorded with a keeper of federal, State, or local government records that is required by law to make the information publicly available, if the consumer has the ability in accordance with applicable law to keep that information nonpublic, such as where a consumer may record a deed in the name of a blind trust. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Government records.</I> Publicly available information in government records includes information in government real estate records and security interest filings. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Widely distributed media.</I> Publicly available information from widely distributed media includes information from a telephone book, a television or radio program, a newspaper, or a web site that is available to the general public on an unrestricted basis. A web site is not restricted merely because an Internet service provider or a site operator requires a fee or a password, so long as access is available to the general public. 
</P>
<P>(w) <I>You</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any investment adviser registered with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 45147, Aug. 27, 2001; 74 FR 40431, Aug. 11, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Privacy and Opt Out Notices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.4   Initial privacy notice to consumers required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial notice requirement.</I> You must provide a clear and conspicuous notice that accurately reflects your privacy policies and practices to: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Customer.</I> An individual who becomes your customer, not later than when you establish a customer relationship, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consumer.</I> A consumer, before you disclose any nonpublic personal information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third party, if you make such a disclosure other than as authorized by §§ 248.14 and 248.15. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When initial notice to a consumer is not required.</I> You are not required to provide an initial notice to a consumer under paragraph (a) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) You do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third party, other than as authorized by §§ 248.14 and 248.15; and 
</P>
<P>(2) You do not have a customer relationship with the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When you establish a customer relationship</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> You establish a customer relationship when you and the consumer enter into a continuing relationship. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special rule for loans.</I> You do not have a customer relationship with a consumer if you buy a loan made to the consumer but do not have the servicing rights for that loan. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of establishing customer relationship.</I> You establish a customer relationship when the consumer: 
</P>
<P>(i) Effects a securities transaction with you or opens a brokerage account with you under your procedures; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Opens a brokerage account with an introducing broker or dealer that clears transactions with and for its customers through you on a fully disclosed basis; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Enters into an advisory contract with you (whether in writing or orally); or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Purchases shares you have issued (and the consumer is the record owner of the shares), if you are an investment company. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Existing customers.</I> When an existing customer obtains a new financial product or service from you that is to be used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, you satisfy the initial notice requirements of paragraph (a) of this section as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) You may provide a revised privacy notice, under § 248.8, that covers the customer's new financial product or service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If the initial, revised, or annual notice that you most recently provided to that customer was accurate with respect to the new financial product or service, you do not need to provide a new privacy notice under paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions to allow subsequent delivery of notice.</I> (1) You may provide the initial notice required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within a reasonable time after you establish a customer relationship if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Establishing the customer relationship is not at the customer's election; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would substantially delay the customer's transaction and the customer agrees to receive the notice at a later time; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A nonaffiliated broker or dealer or investment adviser establishes a customer relationship between you and a consumer without your prior knowledge. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of exceptions</I>—(i) <I>Not at customer's election.</I> Establishing a customer relationship is not at the customer's election if the customer's account is transferred to you by a trustee selected by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) and appointed by a United States Court. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Substantial delay of customer's transaction.</I> Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would substantially delay the customer's transaction when you and the individual agree over the telephone to enter into a customer relationship involving prompt delivery of the financial product or service. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>No substantial delay of customer's transaction.</I> Providing notice not later than when you establish a customer relationship would not substantially delay the customer's transaction when the relationship is initiated in person at your office or through other means by which the customer may view the notice, such as on a web site. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required to deliver an initial privacy notice by this section, you must deliver it according to § 248.9. If you use a short-form initial notice for non-customers according to § 248.6(d), you may deliver your privacy notice according to § 248.6(d)(3). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.5   Annual privacy notice to customers required.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (e) of this section, you must provide a clear and conspicuous notice to customers that accurately reflects your privacy policies and practices not less than annually during the continuation of the customer relationship. <I>Annually</I> means at least once in any period of 12 consecutive months during which that relationship exists. You may define the 12-consecutive-month period, but you must apply it to the customer on a consistent basis.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> You provide a notice annually if you define the 12-consecutive-month period as a calendar year and provide the annual notice to the customer once in each calendar year following the calendar year in which you provided the initial notice. For example, if a customer opens an account on any day of year 1, you must provide an annual notice to that customer by December 31 of year 2. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Termination of customer relationship.</I> You are not required to provide an annual notice to a former customer. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples.</I> Your customer becomes a former customer when: 
</P>
<P>(i) The individual's brokerage account is closed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The individual's investment advisory contract is terminated; 
</P>
<P>(iii) You are an investment company and the individual is no longer the record owner of securities you have issued; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) You are an investment company and your customer has been determined to be a lost securityholder as defined in 17 CFR 240.17a-24(b). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special rule for loans.</I> If you do not have a customer relationship with a consumer under the special provision for loans in § 248.4(c)(2), then you need not provide an annual notice to that consumer under this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required to deliver an annual privacy notice by this section, you must deliver it according to § 248.9. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception to annual privacy notice requirement</I>—(1) <I>When exception available.</I> You are not required to deliver an annual privacy notice if you:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties only in accordance with § 248.13, § 248.14, or § 248.15; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have not changed your policies and practices with regard to disclosing nonpublic personal information from the policies and practices that were disclosed to the customer under § 248.6(a)(2) through (5) and (9) in the most recent privacy notice provided pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Delivery of annual privacy notice after financial institution no longer meets the requirements for exception.</I> If you have been excepted from delivering an annual privacy notice pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section and change your policies or practices in such a way that you no longer meet the requirements for that exception, you must comply with paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Changes preceded by a revised privacy notice.</I> If you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section because you change your policies or practices in such a way that § 248.8 requires you to provide a revised privacy notice, you must provide an annual privacy notice in accordance with the timing requirement in paragraph (a) of this section, treating the revised privacy notice as an initial privacy notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Changes not preceded by a revised privacy notice.</I> If you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section because you change your policies or practices in such a way that § 248.8 does not require you to provide a revised privacy notice, you must provide an annual privacy notice within 100 days of the change in your policies or practices that causes you to no longer meet the requirement of paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Examples.</I> (A) You change your policies and practices in such a way that you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section effective April 1 of year 1. Assuming you define the 12-consecutive-month period pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section as a calendar year, if you were required to provide a revised privacy notice under § 248.8 and you provided that notice on March 1 of year 1, you must provide an annual privacy notice by December 31 of year 2. If you were not required to provide a revised privacy notice under § 248.8, you must provide an annual privacy notice by July 9 of year 1.
</P>
<P>(B) You change your policies and practices in such a way that you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and so provide an annual notice to your customers. After providing the annual notice to your customers, you once again meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section for an exception to the annual notice requirement. You do not need to provide additional annual notice to your customers until such time as you no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 89 FR 47786, June 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.6   Information to be included in privacy notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The initial, annual, and revised privacy notices that you provide under §§ 248.4, 248.5, and 248.8 must include each of the following items of information that applies to you or to the consumers to whom you send your privacy notice, in addition to any other information you wish to provide: 
</P>
<P>(1) The categories of nonpublic personal information that you collect; 
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of nonpublic personal information that you disclose; 
</P>
<P>(3) The categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information, other than those parties to whom you disclose information under §§ 248.14 and 248.15; 
</P>
<P>(4) The categories of nonpublic personal information about your former customers that you disclose and the categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information about your former customers, other than those parties to whom you disclose information under §§ 248.14 and 248.15; 
</P>
<P>(5) If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party under § 248.13 (and no other exception applies to that disclosure), a separate statement of the categories of information you disclose and the categories of third parties with whom you have contracted; 
</P>
<P>(6) An explanation of the consumer's right under § 248.10(a) to opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties, including the method(s) by which the consumer may exercise that right at that time; 
</P>
<P>(7) Any disclosures that you make under section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(d)(2)(A)(iii)) (that is, notices regarding the ability to opt out of disclosures of information among affiliates); 
</P>
<P>(8) Your policies and practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Any disclosure that you make under paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of nonaffiliated third parties subject to exceptions.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to third parties as authorized under §§ 248.14 and 248.15, you are not required to list those exceptions in the initial or annual privacy notices required by §§ 248.4 and 248.5. When describing the categories with respect to those parties, it is sufficient to state that you make disclosures to other nonaffiliated companies:
</P>
<P>(1) For your everyday business purposes such as [<I>include all that apply</I>] to process transactions, maintain account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus; or
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examples</I>—(1) <I>Categories of nonpublic personal information that you collect.</I> You satisfy the requirement to categorize the nonpublic personal information that you collect if you list the following categories, as applicable: 
</P>
<P>(i) Information from the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Information about the consumer's transactions with you or your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about the consumer's transactions with nonaffiliated third parties; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Information from a consumer-reporting agency. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose.</I> (i) You satisfy the requirement to categorize the nonpublic personal information that you disclose if you list the categories described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, as applicable, and a few examples to illustrate the types of information in each category. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If you reserve the right to disclose all of the nonpublic personal information about consumers that you collect, you may simply state that fact without describing the categories or examples of the nonpublic personal information you disclose. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose.</I> You satisfy the requirement to categorize the affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom you disclose nonpublic personal information if you list the following categories, as applicable, and a few examples to illustrate the types of third parties in each category: 
</P>
<P>(i) Financial service providers; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-financial companies; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Others. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Disclosures under exception for service providers and joint marketers.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information under the exception in § 248.13 to a nonaffiliated third party to market products or services that you offer alone or jointly with another financial institution, you satisfy the disclosure requirement of paragraph (a)(5) of this section if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) List the categories of nonpublic personal information you disclose, using the same categories and examples you used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, as applicable; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the third party is: 
</P>
<P>(A) A service provider that performs marketing services on your behalf or on behalf of you and another financial institution; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A financial institution with which you have a joint marketing agreement. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Simplified notices.</I> If you do not disclose, and do not wish to reserve the right to disclose, nonpublic personal information to affiliates or nonaffiliated third parties except as authorized under §§ 248.14 and 248.15, you may simply state that fact, in addition to the information you must provide under paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(8), (a)(9), and (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Confidentiality and security.</I> You describe your policies and practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal information if you do both of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Describe in general terms who is authorized to have access to the information; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether you have security practices and procedures in place to ensure the confidentiality of the information in accordance with your policy. You are not required to describe technical information about the safeguards you use. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Short-form initial notice with opt out notice for non-customers.</I> (1) You may satisfy the initial notice requirements in §§ 248.4(a)(2), 248.7(b), and 248.7(c) for a consumer who is not a customer by providing a short-form initial notice at the same time as you deliver an opt out notice as required in § 248.7. 
</P>
<P>(2) A short-form initial notice must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Be clear and conspicuous; 
</P>
<P>(ii) State that your privacy notice is available upon request; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Explain a reasonable means by which the consumer may obtain the privacy notice. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must deliver your short-form initial notice according to § 248.9. You are not required to deliver your privacy notice with your short-form initial notice. You instead may simply provide the consumer a reasonable means to obtain your privacy notice. If a consumer who receives your short-form notice requests your privacy notice, you must deliver your privacy notice according to § 248.9. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Examples of obtaining privacy notice.</I> You provide a reasonable means by which a consumer may obtain a copy of your privacy notice if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provide a toll-free telephone number that the consumer may call to request the notice; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a consumer who conducts business in person at your office, maintain copies of the notice on hand that you provide to the consumer immediately upon request. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Future disclosures.</I> Your notice may include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Categories of nonpublic personal information that you reserve the right to disclose in the future, but do not currently disclose; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Categories of affiliates or nonaffiliated third parties to whom you reserve the right in the future to disclose, but to whom you do not currently disclose, nonpublic personal information. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Pursuant to § 248.2(a) and appendix A to subpart A of this part, Form S-P meets the notice content requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 74 FR 62985, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.7   Form of opt out notice to consumers; opt out methods.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Form of opt out notice.</I> If you are required to provide an opt out notice under § 248.10(a), you must provide a clear and conspicuous notice to each of your consumers that accurately explains the right to opt out under that section. The notice must state: 
</P>
<P>(i) That you disclose or reserve the right to disclose nonpublic personal information about your consumer to a nonaffiliated third party; 
</P>
<P>(ii) That the consumer has the right to opt out of that disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A reasonable means by which the consumer may exercise the opt out right. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples</I>—(i) <I>Adequate opt out notice.</I> You provide adequate notice that the consumer can opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Identify all of the categories of nonpublic personal information that you disclose or reserve the right to disclose, and all of the categories of nonaffiliated third parties to which you disclose the information, as described in § 248.6(a)(2) and (3) and state that the consumer can opt out of the disclosure of that information; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Identify the financial products or services that the consumer obtains from you, either singly or jointly, to which the opt out direction would apply. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Reasonable opt out means.</I> You provide a reasonable means to exercise an opt out right if you: 
</P>
<P>(A) Designate check-off boxes in a prominent position on the relevant forms with the opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(B) Include a reply form together with the opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(C) Provide an electronic means to opt out, such as a form that can be sent via electronic mail or a process at your web site, if the consumer agrees to the electronic delivery of information; or 
</P>
<P>(D) Provide a toll-free telephone number that consumers may call to opt out. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Unreasonable opt out means.</I> You <I>do not</I> provide a reasonable means of opting out if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The only means of opting out is for the consumer to write his or her own letter to exercise that opt out right; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The only means of opting out as described in any notice subsequent to the initial notice is to use a check-off box that you provided with the initial notice but did not include with the subsequent notice. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Specific opt out means.</I> You may require each consumer to opt out through a specific means, as long as that means is reasonable for that consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Same form as initial notice permitted.</I> You may provide the opt out notice together with or on the same written or electronic form as the initial notice you provide in accordance with § 248.4. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial notice required when opt out notice delivered subsequent to initial notice.</I> If you provide the opt out notice after the initial notice in accordance with § 248.4, you must also include a copy of the initial notice with the opt out notice in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Joint relationships.</I> (1) If two or more consumers jointly obtain a financial product or service from you, you may provide a single opt out notice. Your opt out notice must explain how you will treat an opt out direction by a joint consumer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any of the joint consumers may exercise the right to opt out. You may either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Treat an opt out direction by a joint consumer as applying to all of the associated joint consumers; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Permit each joint consumer to opt out separately. 
</P>
<P>(3) If you permit each joint consumer to opt out separately, you must permit one of the joint consumers to opt out on behalf of all of the joint consumers. 
</P>
<P>(4) You may not require <I>all</I> joint consumers to opt out before you implement <I>any</I> opt out direction. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Example.</I> If John and Mary have a joint brokerage account with you and arrange for you to send statements to John's address, you may do any of the following, but you must explain in your opt out notice which opt out policy you will follow: 
</P>
<P>(i) Send a single opt out notice to John's address, but you must accept an opt out direction from either John or Mary; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Treat an opt out direction by either John or Mary as applying to the entire account. If you do so, and John opts out, you may not require Mary to opt out as well before implementing John's opt out direction; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Permit John and Mary to make different opt out directions. If you do so: 
</P>
<P>(A) You must permit John and Mary to opt out for each other. 
</P>
<P>(B) If both opt out, you must permit both to notify you in a single response (such as on a form or through a telephone call). 
</P>
<P>(C) If John opts out and Mary does not, you may only disclose nonpublic personal information about Mary, but not about John and not about John and Mary jointly. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Time to comply with opt out.</I> You must comply with a consumer's opt out direction as soon as reasonably practicable after you receive it. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Continuing right to opt out.</I> A consumer may exercise the right to opt out at any time. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Duration of consumer's opt out direction.</I> (1) A consumer's direction to opt out under this section is effective until the consumer revokes it in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(2) When a customer relationship terminates, the customer's opt out direction continues to apply to the nonpublic personal information that you collected during or related to that relationship. If the individual subsequently establishes a new customer relationship with you, the opt out direction that applied to the former relationship does not apply to the new relationship. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required to deliver an opt out notice by this section, you must deliver it according to § 248.9. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Model privacy form.</I> Pursuant to § 248.2(a) and appendix A to subpart A of this part, Form S-P meets the notice content requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 74 FR 62985, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.8   Revised privacy notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Except as otherwise authorized in this subpart, you must not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer to a nonaffiliated third party other than as described in the initial notice that you provided to that consumer under § 248.4, unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) You have provided to the consumer a clear and conspicuous revised notice that accurately describes your policies and practices; 
</P>
<P>(2) You have provided to the consumer a new opt out notice; 
</P>
<P>(3) You have given the consumer a reasonable opportunity, before you disclose the information to the nonaffiliated third party, to opt out of the disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(4) The consumer does not opt out. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples.</I> (1) Except as otherwise permitted by §§ 248.13, 248.14, and 248.15, you must provide a revised notice before you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose a new category of nonpublic personal information to any nonaffiliated third party; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclose nonpublic personal information to a new category of nonaffiliated third party; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Disclose nonpublic personal information about a former customer to a nonaffiliated third party, if that former customer has not had the opportunity to exercise an opt out right regarding that disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(2) A revised notice is not required if you disclose nonpublic personal information to a new nonaffiliated third party that you adequately described in your prior notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery.</I> When you are required to deliver a revised privacy notice by this section, you must deliver it according to § 248.9. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.13.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.9   Delivering privacy and opt out notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How to provide notices.</I> You must provide any privacy notices and opt out notices, including short-form initial notices that this subpart requires so that each consumer can reasonably be expected to receive actual notice in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Examples of reasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> You may reasonably expect that a consumer will receive actual notice if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Hand-deliver a printed copy of the notice to the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Mail a printed copy of the notice to the last known address of the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(iii) For the consumer who conducts transactions electronically, post the notice on the electronic site and require the consumer to acknowledge receipt of the notice as a necessary step to obtaining a particular financial product or service; or
</P>
<P>(iv) For an isolated transaction with the consumer, such as an ATM transaction, post the notice on the ATM screen and require the consumer to acknowledge receipt of the notice as a necessary step to obtaining the particular financial product or service. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of unreasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> You may not, however, reasonably expect that a consumer will receive actual notice of your privacy policies and practices if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Only post a sign in your branch or office or generally publish advertisements of your privacy policies and practices; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Send the notice via electronic mail to a consumer who does not obtain a financial product or service from you electronically. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual notices only.</I> (1) You may reasonably expect that a customer will receive actual notice of your annual privacy notice if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The customer uses your web site to access financial products and services electronically and agrees to receive notices at the web site and you post your current privacy notice continuously in a clear and conspicuous manner on the web site; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The customer has requested that you refrain from sending any information regarding the customer relationship, and your current privacy notice remains available to the customer upon request. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example of reasonable expectation of receipt of annual privacy notice.</I> You may reasonably expect that consumers who share an address will receive actual notice of your annual privacy notice if you deliver the notice with or in a stockholder or shareholder report under the conditions in 17 CFR 270.30d-1(f) or 17 CFR 270.30d-2(b), or with or in a prospectus under the conditions in 17 CFR 230.154. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral description of notice insufficient.</I> You may not provide any notice required by this subpart solely by orally explaining the notice, either in person or over the telephone. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Retention or accessibility of notices for customers.</I> (1) For customers only, you must provide the initial notice required by § 248.4(a)(1), the annual notice required by § 248.5(a), and the revised notice required by § 248.8, so that the customer can retain them or obtain them later in writing or, if the customer agrees, electronically. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of retention or accessibility.</I> You provide a privacy notice to the customer so that the customer can retain it or obtain it later if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Hand-deliver a printed copy of the notice to the customer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Mail a printed copy of the notice to the last known address of the customer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Make your current privacy notice available on a web site (or a link to another web site) for the customer who obtains a financial product or service electronically and agrees to receive the notice at the web site. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Joint notice with other financial institutions.</I> You may provide a joint notice from you and one or more of your affiliates or other financial institutions, as identified in the notice, as long as the notice is accurate with respect to you and the other institutions. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Joint relationships.</I> If two or more consumers jointly obtain a financial product or service from you, you may satisfy the initial, annual, and revised notice requirements of paragraph (a) of this section by providing one notice to those consumers jointly. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Limits on Disclosures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.14.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.10   Limits on disclosure of nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Conditions for disclosure.</I> Except as otherwise authorized in this subpart, you may not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer to a nonaffiliated third party unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) You have provided to the consumer an initial notice as required under § 248.4; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You have provided to the consumer an opt out notice as required in § 248.7; 
</P>
<P>(iii) You have given the consumer a reasonable opportunity, before you disclose the information to the nonaffiliated third party, to opt out of the disclosure; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The consumer does not opt out. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Opt out definition.</I> Opt out means a direction by the consumer that you not disclose nonpublic personal information about that consumer to a nonaffiliated third party, other than as permitted by §§ 248.13, 248.14, and 248.15. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of reasonable opportunity to opt out.</I> You provide a consumer with a reasonable opportunity to opt out if: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>By mail.</I> You mail the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the consumer and allow the consumer to opt out by mailing a form, calling a toll-free telephone number, or any other reasonable means within 30 days after the date you mailed the notices. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>By electronic means.</I> A customer opens an on-line account with you and agrees to receive the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section electronically, and you allow the customer to opt out by any reasonable means within 30 days after the date that the customer acknowledges receipt of the notices in conjunction with opening the account. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Isolated transaction with consumer.</I> For an isolated transaction, such as the provision of brokerage services to a consumer as an accommodation, you provide the consumer with a reasonable opportunity to opt out if you provide the notices required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section at the time of the transaction and request that the consumer decide, as a necessary part of the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of opt out to all consumers and all nonpublic personal information.</I> (1) You must comply with this section, regardless of whether you and the consumer have established a customer relationship. 
</P>
<P>(2) Unless you comply with this section, you may not, directly or through any affiliate, disclose any nonpublic personal information about a consumer that you have collected, regardless of whether you collected it before or after receiving the direction to opt out from the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Partial opt out.</I> You may allow a consumer to select certain nonpublic personal information or certain nonaffiliated third parties with respect to which the consumer wishes to opt out. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.14.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.11   Limits on redisclosure and reuse of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Information you receive under an exception.</I> If you receive nonpublic personal information from a nonaffiliated financial institution under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15, your disclosure and use of that information is limited as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) You may disclose the information to the affiliates of the financial institution from which you received the information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You may disclose the information to your affiliates, but your affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use the information only to the extent that you may disclose and use the information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) You may disclose and use the information pursuant to an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under which you received the information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you receive a customer list from a nonaffiliated financial institution in order to provide account-processing services under the exception in § 248.14(a), you may disclose that information under any exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15 in the ordinary course of business in order to provide those services. You could also disclose that information in response to a properly authorized subpoena or in the ordinary course of business to your attorneys, accountants, and auditors. You could not disclose that information to a third party for marketing purposes or use that information for your own marketing purposes. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Information you receive outside of an exception.</I> If you receive nonpublic personal information from a nonaffiliated financial institution other than under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15, you may disclose the information only: 
</P>
<P>(i) To the affiliates of the financial institution from which you received the information; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To your affiliates, but your affiliates may, in turn, disclose the information only to the extent that you can disclose the information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) To any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if made directly to that person by the financial institution from which you received the information. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you obtain a customer list from a nonaffiliated financial institution outside of the exceptions in §§ 248.14 and 248.15: 
</P>
<P>(i) You may use that list for your own purposes; 
</P>
<P>(ii) You may disclose that list to another nonaffiliated third party only if the financial institution from which you purchased the list could have lawfully disclosed the list to that third party. That is, you may disclose the list in accordance with the privacy policy of the financial institution from which you received the list, as limited by the opt out direction of each consumer whose nonpublic personal information you intend to disclose, and you may disclose the list in accordance with an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15, such as in the ordinary course of business to your attorneys, accountants, or auditors. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information you disclose under an exception.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15, the third party may disclose and use that information only as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The third party may disclose the information to your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(2) The third party may disclose the information to its affiliates, but its affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use the information only to the extent that the third party may disclose and use the information; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The third party may disclose and use the information pursuant to an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under which it received the information. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information you disclose outside of an exception.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party other than under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15, the third party may disclose the information only: 
</P>
<P>(1) To your affiliates; 
</P>
<P>(2) To its affiliates, but its affiliates, in turn, may disclose the information only to the extent the third party can disclose the information; and 
</P>
<P>(3) To any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if you made it directly to that person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.14.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.12   Limits on sharing account number information for marketing purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General prohibition on disclosure of account numbers.</I> You must not, directly or through an affiliate, disclose, other than to a consumer reporting agency, an account number or similar form of access number or access code for a consumer's credit card account, deposit account, or transaction account to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing, or other marketing through electronic mail to the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if you disclose an account number or similar form of access number or access code: 
</P>
<P>(1) To your agent or service provider solely in order to perform marketing for your own products or services, as long as the agent or service provider is not authorized to directly initiate charges to the account; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To a participant in a private label credit card program or an affinity or similar program where the participants in the program are identified to the customer when the customer enters into the program. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Example—Account number.</I> An account number, or similar form of access number or access code, does not include a number or code in an encrypted form, as long as you do not provide the recipient with a means to decode the number or code. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.15" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exceptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.15.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.13   Exception to opt out requirements for service providers and joint marketing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) The opt out requirements in §§ 248.7 and 248.10 do not apply when you provide nonpublic personal information to a nonaffiliated third party to perform services for you or functions on your behalf, if you: 
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the initial notice in accordance with § 248.4; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Enter into a contractual agreement with the third party that prohibits the third party from disclosing or using the information other than to carry out the purposes for which you disclosed the information, including use under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out those purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> If you disclose nonpublic personal information under this section to a financial institution with which you perform joint marketing, your contractual agreement with that institution meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section if it prohibits the institution from disclosing or using the nonpublic personal information except as necessary to carry out the joint marketing or under an exception in § 248.14 or § 248.15 in the ordinary course of business to carry out that joint marketing. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service may include joint marketing.</I> The services a nonaffiliated third party performs for you under paragraph (a) of this section may include marketing of your own products or services or marketing of financial products or services offered pursuant to joint agreements between you and one or more financial institutions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of joint agreement.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>joint agreement</I> means a written contract pursuant to which you and one or more financial institutions jointly offer, endorse, or sponsor a financial product or service. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.15.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.14   Exceptions to notice and opt out requirements for processing and servicing transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions for processing and servicing transactions at consumer's request.</I> The requirements for initial notice in § 248.4(a)(2), for the opt out in §§ 248.7 and 248.10, and for initial notice in § 248.13 in connection with service providers and joint marketing, do not apply if you disclose nonpublic personal information as necessary to effect, administer, or enforce a transaction that a consumer requests or authorizes, or in connection with: 
</P>
<P>(1) Processing or servicing a financial product or service that a consumer requests or authorizes; 
</P>
<P>(2) Maintaining or servicing the consumer's account with you, or with another entity as part of a private label credit card program or other extension of credit on behalf of such entity; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A proposed or actual securitization, secondary market sale (including sales of servicing rights), or similar transaction related to a transaction of the consumer. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Necessary to effect, administer, or enforce a transaction</I> means that the disclosure is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Required, or is one of the lawful or appropriate methods, to enforce your rights or the rights of other persons engaged in carrying out the financial transaction or providing the product or service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Required, or is a usual, appropriate, or acceptable method: 
</P>
<P>(i) To carry out the transaction or the product or service business of which the transaction is a part, and record, service, or maintain the consumer's account in the ordinary course of providing the financial service or financial product; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To administer or service benefits or claims relating to the transaction or the product or service business of which it is a part; 
</P>
<P>(iii) To provide a confirmation, statement, or other record of the transaction, or information on the status or value of the financial service or financial product to the consumer or the consumer's agent or broker; 
</P>
<P>(iv) To accrue or recognize incentives or bonuses associated with the transaction that are provided by you or any other party; 
</P>
<P>(v) To underwrite insurance at the consumer's request or for reinsurance purposes, or for any of the following purposes as they relate to a consumer's insurance: Account administration, reporting, investigating, or preventing fraud or material misrepresentation, processing premium payments, processing insurance claims, administering insurance benefits (including utilization review activities), participating in research projects, or as otherwise required or specifically permitted by federal or State law; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) In connection with: 
</P>
<P>(A) The authorization, settlement, billing, processing, clearing, transferring, reconciling or collection of amounts charged, debited, or otherwise paid using a debit, credit, or other payment card, check, or account number, or by other payment means; 
</P>
<P>(B) The transfer of receivables, accounts, or interests therein; or 
</P>
<P>(C) The audit of debit, credit, or other payment information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.15.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.15   Other exceptions to notice and opt out requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions to notice and opt out requirements.</I> The requirements for initial notice in § 248.4(a)(2), for the opt out in §§ 248.7 and 248.10, and for initial notice in § 248.13 in connection with service providers and joint marketing do not apply when you disclose nonpublic personal information: 
</P>
<P>(1) With the consent or at the direction of the consumer, provided that the consumer has not revoked the consent or direction; 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) To protect the confidentiality or security of your records pertaining to the consumer, service, product, or transaction; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To protect against or prevent actual or potential fraud, unauthorized transactions, claims, or other liability; 
</P>
<P>(iii) For required institutional risk control or for resolving consumer disputes or inquiries; 
</P>
<P>(iv) To persons holding a legal or beneficial interest relating to the consumer; or 
</P>
<P>(v) To persons acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity on behalf of the consumer; 
</P>
<P>(3) To provide information to insurance rate advisory organizations, guaranty funds or agencies, agencies that are rating you, persons that are assessing your compliance with industry standards, and your attorneys, accountants, and auditors; 
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent specifically permitted or required under other provisions of law and in accordance with the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3401 <I>et seq.</I>), to law enforcement agencies (including a federal functional regulator, the Secretary of the Treasury, with respect to 31 U.S.C. Chapter 53, Subchapter II (Records and Reports on Monetary Instruments and Transactions) and 12 U.S.C. Chapter 21 (Financial Recordkeeping), a State insurance authority, with respect to any person domiciled in that insurance authority's State that is engaged in providing insurance, and the Federal Trade Commission), self-regulatory organizations, or for an investigation on a matter related to public safety; 
</P>
<P>(5)(i) To a consumer reporting agency in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.</I>), or 
</P>
<P>(ii) From a consumer report reported by a consumer reporting agency; 
</P>
<P>(6) In connection with a proposed or actual sale, merger, transfer, or exchange of all or a portion of a business or operating unit if the disclosure of nonpublic personal information concerns solely consumers of such business or unit; or 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) To comply with federal, State, or local laws, rules and other applicable legal requirements; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To comply with a properly authorized civil, criminal, or regulatory investigation, or subpoena or summons by federal, State, or local authorities; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) To respond to judicial process or government regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over you for examination, compliance, or other purposes as authorized by law. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples of consent and revocation of consent.</I> (1) A consumer may specifically consent to your disclosure to a nonaffiliated mortgage lender of the value of the assets in the consumer's brokerage or investment advisory account so that the lender can evaluate the consumer's application for a mortgage loan. 
</P>
<P>(2) A consumer may revoke consent by subsequently exercising the right to opt out of future disclosures of nonpublic personal information as permitted under § 248.7(f). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Relation to Other Laws; Effective Date</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.16   Protection of Fair Credit Reporting Act.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to modify, limit, or supersede the operation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.</I>), and no inference shall be drawn on the basis of the provisions of this subpart regarding whether information is transaction or experience information under section 603 of that Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.17" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.17   Relation to State laws.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> This subpart shall not be construed as superseding, altering, or affecting any statute, regulation, order, or interpretation in effect in any State, except to the extent that such State statute, regulation, order, or interpretation is inconsistent with the provisions of this subpart, and then only to the extent of the inconsistency. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Greater protection under State law.</I> For purposes of this section, a State statute, regulation, order, or interpretation is not inconsistent with the provisions of this subpart if the protection such statute, regulation, order, or interpretation affords any consumer is greater than the protection provided under this subpart, as determined by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, after consultation with the Commission, on theConsumer Financial Protection Bureau's own motion, or upon the petition of any interested party. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 40362, June 29, 2000, as amended at 89 FR 47786, June 3, 2024


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.18" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.18   Effective date; transition rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effective date.</I> This subpart is effective November 13, 2000. In order to provide sufficient time for you to establish policies and systems to comply with the requirements of this subpart, the compliance date for this subpart is July 1, 2001. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Notice requirement for consumers who are your customers on the compliance date.</I> By July 1, 2001, you must have provided an initial notice, as required by § 248.4, to consumers who are your customers on July 1, 2001. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> You provide an initial notice to consumers who are your customers on July 1, 2001, if, by that date, you have established a system for providing an initial notice to all new customers and have mailed the initial notice to all your existing customers. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Two-year grandfathering of service agreements.</I> Until July 1, 2002, a contract that you have entered into with a nonaffiliated third party to perform services for you or functions on your behalf satisfies the provisions of § 248.13(a)(2), even if the contract does not include a requirement that the third party maintain the confidentiality of nonpublic personal information, as long as you entered into the agreement on or before July 1, 2000. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 248.19-248.29" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 248.19-248.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.30" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.30   Procedures to safeguard customer information, including response programs for unauthorized access to customer information and customer notice; disposal of customer information and consumer information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policies and procedures to safeguard customer information</I>—(1) <I>General requirements.</I> Every covered institution must develop, implement, and maintain written policies and procedures that address administrative, technical, and physical safeguards for the protection of customer information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Objectives.</I> These written policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information;
</P>
<P>(ii) Protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of customer information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Protect against unauthorized access to or use of customer information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Response programs for unauthorized access to or use of customer information.</I> Written policies and procedures in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must include a program reasonably designed to detect, respond to, and recover from unauthorized access to or use of customer information, including customer notification procedures. This response program must include procedures for the covered institution to:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess the nature and scope of any incident involving unauthorized access to or use of customer information and identify the customer information systems and types of customer information that may have been accessed or used without authorization;
</P>
<P>(ii) Take appropriate steps to contain and control the incident to prevent further unauthorized access to or use of customer information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Notify each affected individual whose sensitive customer information was, or is reasonably likely to have been, accessed or used without authorization in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section unless the covered institution determines, after a reasonable investigation of the facts and circumstances of the incident of unauthorized access to or use of sensitive customer information, that the sensitive customer information has not been, and is not reasonably likely to be, used in a manner that would result in substantial harm or inconvenience.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notifying affected individuals of unauthorized access or use</I>—(i) <I>Notification obligation.</I> Unless a covered institution has determined, after a reasonable investigation of the facts and circumstances of the incident of unauthorized access to or use of sensitive customer information that occurred at the covered institution or one of its service providers that is not itself a covered institution, that sensitive customer information has not been, and is not reasonably likely to be, used in a manner that would result in substantial harm or inconvenience, the covered institution must provide a clear and conspicuous notice, or ensure that such notice is provided, to each affected individual whose sensitive customer information was, or is reasonably likely to have been, accessed or used without authorization. The notice must be transmitted by a means designed to ensure that each affected individual can reasonably be expected to receive actual notice in writing.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Affected individuals.</I> If an incident of unauthorized access to or use of customer information has occurred or is reasonably likely to have occurred, but the covered institution is unable to identify which specific individuals' sensitive customer information has been accessed or used without authorization, the covered institution must provide notice to all individuals whose sensitive customer information resides in the customer information system that was, or was reasonably likely to have been, accessed or used without authorization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the covered institution reasonably determines that a specific individual's sensitive customer information that resides in the customer information system was not accessed or used without authorization, the covered institution is not required to provide notice to that individual under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Timing.</I> A covered institution must provide the notice as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days, after becoming aware that unauthorized access to or use of customer information has occurred or is reasonably likely to have occurred unless the United States Attorney General determines that the notice required under this rule poses a substantial risk to national security or public safety, and notifies the Commission of such determination in writing, in which case the covered institution may delay providing such notice for a time period specified by the Attorney General, up to 30 days following the date when such notice was otherwise required to be provided. The notice may be delayed for an additional period of up to 30 days if the Attorney General determines that the notice continues to pose a substantial risk to national security or public safety and notifies the Commission of such determination in writing. In extraordinary circumstances, notice required under this section may be delayed for a final additional period of up to 60 days if the Attorney General determines that such notice continues to pose a substantial risk to national security and notifies the Commission of such determination in writing. Beyond the final 60-day delay under this paragraph (a)(4)(iii), if the Attorney General indicates that further delay is necessary, the Commission will consider additional requests for delay and may grant such delay through Commission exemptive order or other action.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Notice contents.</I> The notice must:
</P>
<P>(A) Describe in general terms the incident and the type of sensitive customer information that was or is reasonably believed to have been accessed or used without authorization;
</P>
<P>(B) Include, if the information is reasonably possible to determine at the time the notice is provided, any of the following: the date of the incident, the estimated date of the incident, or the date range within which the incident occurred;
</P>
<P>(C) Include contact information sufficient to permit an affected individual to contact the covered institution to inquire about the incident, including the following: a telephone number (which should be a toll-free number if available), an email address or equivalent method or means, a postal address, and the name of a specific office to contact for further information and assistance;
</P>
<P>(D) If the individual has an account with the covered institution, recommend that the customer review account statements and immediately report any suspicious activity to the covered institution;
</P>
<P>(E) Explain what a fraud alert is and how an individual may place a fraud alert in the individual's credit reports to put the individual's creditors on notice that the individual may be a victim of fraud, including identity theft;
</P>
<P>(F) Recommend that the individual periodically obtain credit reports from each nationwide credit reporting company and that the individual have information relating to fraudulent transactions deleted;
</P>
<P>(G) Explain how the individual may obtain a credit report free of charge; and
</P>
<P>(H) Include information about the availability of online guidance from the Federal Trade Commission and <I>usa.gov</I> regarding steps an individual can take to protect against identity theft, a statement encouraging the individual to report any incidents of identity theft to the Federal Trade Commission, and include the Federal Trade Commission's website address where individuals may obtain government information about identity theft and report suspected incidents of identity theft.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Service providers.</I> (i) A covered institution's response program prepared in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section must include the establishment, maintenance, and enforcement of written policies and procedures reasonably designed to require oversight, including through due diligence and monitoring, of service providers, including to ensure that the covered institution notifies affected individuals as set forth in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to ensure service providers take appropriate measures to:
</P>
<P>(A) Protect against unauthorized access to or use of customer information; and
</P>
<P>(B) Provide notification to the covered institution as soon as possible, but no later than 72 hours after becoming aware that a breach in security has occurred resulting in unauthorized access to a customer information system maintained by the service provider. Upon receipt of such notification, the covered institution must initiate its incident response program adopted pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of its incident response program, a covered institution may enter into a written agreement with its service provider to notify affected individuals on the covered institution's behalf in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding a covered institution's use of a service provider in accordance with paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section, the obligation to ensure that affected individuals are notified in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section rests with the covered institution.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disposal of consumer information and customer information</I>—(1) <I>Standard.</I> Every covered institution, other than notice-registered broker-dealers, must properly dispose of consumer information and customer information by taking reasonable measures to protect against unauthorized access to or use of the information in connection with its disposal.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Written policies, procedures, and records.</I> Every covered institution, other than notice-registered broker-dealers, must adopt and implement written policies and procedures that address the proper disposal of consumer information and customer information according to the standard identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Relation to other laws.</I> Nothing in this paragraph (b) shall be construed:
</P>
<P>(i) To require any covered institution to maintain or destroy any record pertaining to an individual that is not imposed under other law; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To alter or affect any requirement imposed under any other provision of law to maintain or destroy records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Every covered institution that is an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), but is not registered under section 8 thereof (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), must make and maintain:
</P>
<P>(i) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The written documentation of any detected unauthorized access to or use of customer information, as well as any response to, and recovery from such unauthorized access to or use of customer information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) The written documentation of any investigation and determination made regarding whether notification is required pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section, including the basis for any determination made, any written documentation from the United States Attorney General related to a delay in notice, as well as a copy of any notice transmitted following such determination;
</P>
<P>(iv) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The written documentation of any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of covered institutions described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, such records, apart from any policies and procedures, must be preserved for a time period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. In the case of policies and procedures required under paragraphs (a) and (b)(2) of this section, covered institutions described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section must maintain a copy of such policies and procedures in effect, or that at any time within the past six years were in effect, in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section, unless the context otherwise requires:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Consumer information</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any record about an individual, whether in paper, electronic or other form, that is a consumer report or is derived from a consumer report, or a compilation of such records, that a covered institution maintains or otherwise possesses for a business purpose regardless of whether such information pertains to:
</P>
<P>(A) Individuals with whom the covered institution has a customer relationship; or
</P>
<P>(B) To the customers of other financial institutions where such information has been provided to the covered institution.
</P>
<P>(ii) Consumer information does not include information that does not identify individuals, such as aggregate information or blind data.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consumer report</I> has the same meaning as in section 603(d) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered institution</I> means any broker or dealer, any investment company, and any investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission or another appropriate regulatory agency (“ARA”) as defined in section 3(a)(34)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Customer.</I> (i) Customer has the same meaning as in § 248.3(j) unless the covered institution is a transfer agent registered with the Commission or another ARA.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a transfer agent registered with the Commission or another ARA, for purposes of this section, <I>customer</I> means any natural person who is a securityholder of an issuer for which the transfer agent acts or has acted as a transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Customer information.</I> (i) Customer information for any covered institution other than a transfer agent registered with the Commission or another ARA means any record containing nonpublic personal information as defined in § 248.3(t) about a customer of a financial institution, whether in paper, electronic or other form, that is in the possession of a covered institution or that is handled or maintained by the covered institution or on its behalf regardless of whether such information pertains to:
</P>
<P>(A) Individuals with whom the covered institution has a customer relationship; or
</P>
<P>(B) To the customers of other financial institutions where such information has been provided to the covered institution.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a transfer agent registered with the Commission or another ARA, <I>customer information</I> means any record containing nonpublic personal information as defined in § 248.3(t) identified with any natural person, who is a securityholder of an issuer for which the transfer agent acts or has acted as transfer agent, that is in the possession of a transfer agent or that is handled or maintained by the transfer agent or on its behalf, regardless of whether such information pertains to individuals with whom the transfer agent has a customer relationship, or pertains to the customers of other financial institutions and has been provided to the transfer agent.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Customer information systems</I> means the information resources owned or used by a covered institution, including physical or virtual infrastructure controlled by such information resources, or components thereof, organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of customer information to maintain or support the covered institution's operations.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Disposal</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) The discarding or abandonment of consumer information or customer information; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The sale, donation, or transfer of any medium, including computer equipment, on which consumer information or customer information is stored.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Notice-registered broker-dealer</I> means a broker or dealer registered by notice with the Commission under section 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Sensitive customer information.</I> (i) Sensitive customer information means any component of customer information alone or in conjunction with any other information, the compromise of which could create a reasonably likely risk of substantial harm or inconvenience to an individual identified with the information.
</P>
<P>(ii) Examples of sensitive customer information include:
</P>
<P>(A) Customer information uniquely identified with an individual that has a reasonably likely use as a means of authenticating the individual's identity, including
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A Social Security number, official State- or government-issued driver's license or identification number, alien registration number, government passport number, employer or taxpayer identification number;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A biometric record;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) A unique electronic identification number, address, or routing code;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Telecommunication identifying information or access device (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1029(e)); or
</P>
<P>(B) Customer information identifying an individual or the individual's account, including the individual's account number, name or online user name, in combination with authenticating information such as information described in paragraph (d)(9)(ii)(A) of this section, or in combination with similar information that could be used to gain access to the customer's account such as an access code, a credit card expiration date, a partial Social Security number, a security code, a security question and answer identified with the individual or the individual's account, or the individual's date of birth, place of birth, or mother's maiden name.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Service provider</I> means any person or entity that receives, maintains, processes, or otherwise is permitted access to customer information through its provision of services directly to a covered institution.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Transfer agent</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(25) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(25)).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 47786, June 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 248.31-248.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.16.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 248.31-248.100   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.1.17.22.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 248—Forms
</HEAD>
<P>A. Any person may view and print this form at: <I>http://www.sec.gov/about/forms/secforms.htm.</I>
</P>
<P>B. Use of Form S-P by brokers, dealers, and investment companies, and investment advisers registered with the Commission constitutes compliance with the notice content requirements of §§ 248.6 and 248.7 of this part.
</P>
<HD1>FORM S-P—Model Privacy Form
</HD1>
<HD2>A. The Model Privacy Form
</HD2>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.049.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.050.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.051.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.052.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.053.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.054.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de09.055.gif"/>
<HD2>B. General Instructions
</HD2>
<HD3>1. How the Model Privacy Form is Used
</HD3>
<P>(a) The model form may be used, at the option of a financial institution, including a group of financial institutions that use a common privacy notice, to meet the content requirements of the privacy notice and opt-out notice set forth in §§ 248.6 and 248.7 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The model form is a standardized form, including page layout, content, format, style, pagination, and shading. Institutions seeking to obtain the safe harbor through use of the model form may modify it only as described in these instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) Note that disclosure of certain information, such as assets, income, and information from a consumer reporting agency, may give rise to obligations under the Fair Credit Reporting Act [15 U.S.C. 1681-1681x] (FCRA), such as a requirement to permit a consumer to opt out of disclosures to affiliates or designation as a consumer reporting agency if disclosures are made to nonaffiliated third parties.
</P>
<P>(d) The word “customer” may be replaced by the word “member” whenever it appears in the model form, as appropriate.
</P>
<HD3>2. The Contents of the Model Privacy Form
</HD3>
<P>The model form consists of two pages, which may be printed on both sides of a single sheet of paper, or may appear on two separate pages. Where an institution provides a long list of institutions at the end of the model form in accordance with Instruction C.3(a)(1), or provides additional information in accordance with Instruction C.3(c), and such list or additional information exceeds the space available on page two of the model form, such list or additional information may extend to a third page.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Page One.</I> The first page consists of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Date last revised (upper right-hand corner).
</P>
<P>(2) Title.
</P>
<P>(3) Key frame (Why?, What?, How?).
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosure table (“Reasons we can share your personal information”).
</P>
<P>(5) “To limit our sharing” box, as needed, for the financial institution's opt-out information.
</P>
<P>(6) “Questions” box, for customer service contact information.
</P>
<P>(7) Mail-in opt-out form, as needed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Page Two.</I> The second page consists of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) Heading (Page 2).
</P>
<P>(2) Frequently Asked Questions (“Who we are” and “What we do”).
</P>
<P>(3) Definitions.
</P>
<P>(4) “Other important information” box, as needed.
</P>
<HD3>3. The Format of the Model Privacy Form
</HD3>
<P>The format of the model form may be modified only as described below.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Easily readable type font.</I> Financial institutions that use the model form must use an easily readable type font. While a number of factors together produce easily readable type font, institutions are required to use a minimum of 10-point font (unless otherwise expressly permitted in these Instructions) and sufficient spacing between the lines of type.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Logo.</I> A financial institution may include a corporate logo on any page of the notice, so long as it does not interfere with the readability of the model form or the space constraints of each page.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Page size and orientation.</I> Each page of the model form must be printed on paper in portrait orientation, the size of which must be sufficient to meet the layout and minimum font size requirements, with sufficient white space on the top, bottom, and sides of the content.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Color.</I> The model form must be printed on white or light color paper (such as cream) with black or other contrasting ink color. Spot color may be used to achieve visual interest, so long as the color contrast is distinctive and the color does not detract from the readability of the model form. Logos may also be printed in color.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Languages.</I> The model form may be translated into languages other than English.
</P>
<HD2>C. Information Required in the Model Privacy Form
</HD2>
<P>The information in the model form may be modified only as described below:
</P>
<HD3>1. Name of the Institution or Group of Affiliated Institutions Providing the Notice
</HD3>
<P>Insert the name of the financial institution providing the notice or a common identity of affiliated institutions jointly providing the notice on the form wherever [name of financial institution] appears.
</P>
<HD3>2. Page One
</HD3>
<P>(a) <I>Last revised date.</I> The financial institution must insert in the upper right-hand corner the date on which the notice was last revised. The information shall appear in minimum 8-point font as “rev. [month/year]” using either the name or number of the month, such as “rev. July 2009” or “rev. 7/09”.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General instructions for the “What?” box.</I> (1) The bulleted list identifies the types of personal information that the institution collects and shares. All institutions must use the term “Social Security number” in the first bullet.
</P>
<P>(2) Institutions must use five (5) of the following terms to complete the bulleted list: income; account balances; payment history; transaction history; transaction or loss history; credit history; credit scores; assets; investment experience; credit-based insurance scores; insurance claim history; medical information; overdraft history; purchase history; account transactions; risk tolerance; medical-related debts; credit card or other debt; mortgage rates and payments; retirement assets; checking account information; employment information; wire transfer instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General instructions for the disclosure table.</I> The left column lists reasons for sharing or using personal information. Each reason correlates to a specific legal provision described in paragraph C.2(d) of this Instruction. In the middle column, each institution must provide a “Yes” or “No” response that accurately reflects its information sharing policies and practices with respect to the reason listed on the left. In the right column, each institution must provide in each box one of the following three (3) responses, as applicable, that reflects whether a consumer can limit such sharing: “Yes” if it is required to or voluntarily provides an opt-out; “No” if it does not provide an opt-out; or “We don't share” if it answers “No” in the middle column. Only the sixth row (“For our affiliates to market to you”) may be omitted at the option of the institution. <I>See</I> paragraph C.2(d)(6) of this Instruction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific disclosures and corresponding legal provisions.</I> (1) <I>For our everyday business purposes.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information under §§ 248.14 and 248.15 and with service providers pursuant to § 248.13 of this part other than the purposes specified in paragraphs C.2(d)(2) or C.2(d)(3) of these Instructions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For our marketing purposes.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information with service providers by an institution for its own marketing pursuant to § 248.13 of this part. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>For joint marketing with other financial companies.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information under joint marketing agreements between two or more financial institutions and with any service provider used in connection with such agreements pursuant to § 248.13 of this part. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>For our affiliates' everyday business purposes—information about transactions and experiences.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information specified in sections 603(d)(2)(A)(i) and (ii) of the FCRA. An institution that shares for this reason may choose to provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>For our affiliates' everyday business purposes—information about creditworthiness.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information pursuant to section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA. An institution that shares for this reason must provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>For our affiliates to market to you.</I> This reason incorporates sharing information specified in section 624 of the FCRA. This reason may be omitted from the disclosure table when: the institution does not have affiliates (or does not disclose personal information to its affiliates); the institution's affiliates do not use personal information in a manner that requires an opt-out; or the institution provides the affiliate marketing notice separately. Institutions that include this reason must provide an opt-out of indefinite duration. An institution that is required to provide an affiliate marketing opt-out, but does not include that opt-out in the model form under this part, must comply with section 624 of the FCRA and 17 CFR part 248, subpart B, with respect to the initial notice and opt-out and any subsequent renewal notice and opt-out. An institution not required to provide an opt-out under this subparagraph may elect to include this reason in the model form.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>For nonaffiliates to market to you.</I> This reason incorporates sharing described in §§ 248.7 and 248.10(a) of this part. An institution that shares personal information for this reason must provide an opt-out.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>To limit our sharing:</I> A financial institution must include this section of the model form <I>only</I> if it provides an opt-out. The word “choice” may be written in either the singular or plural, as appropriate. Institutions must select one or more of the applicable opt-out methods described: telephone, such as by a toll-free number; a Web site; or use of a mail-in opt-out form. Institutions may include the words “toll-free” before telephone, as appropriate. An institution that allows consumers to opt out online must provide either a specific Web address that takes consumers directly to the opt-out page or a general Web address that provides a clear and conspicuous direct link to the opt-out page. The opt-out choices made available to the consumer who contacts the institution through these methods must correspond accurately to the “Yes” responses in the third column of the disclosure table. In the part titled “Please note” institutions may insert a number that is 30 or greater in the space marked “[30].” Instructions on voluntary or state privacy law opt-out information are in paragraph C.2(g)(5) of these Instructions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Questions box.</I> Customer service contact information must be inserted as appropriate, where [phone number] or [Web site] appear. Institutions may elect to provide either a phone number, such as a toll-free number, or a Web address, or both. Institutions may include the words “toll-free” before the telephone number, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Mail-in opt-out form.</I> Financial institutions must include this mail-in form <I>only</I> if they state in the “To limit our sharing” box that consumers can opt out by mail. The mail-in form must provide opt-out options that correspond accurately to the “Yes” responses in the third column in the disclosure table. Institutions that require customers to provide only name and address may omit the section identified as “[account #].” Institutions that require additional or different information, such as a random opt-out number or a truncated account number, to implement an opt-out election should modify the “[account #]” reference accordingly. This includes institutions that require customers with multiple accounts to identify each account to which the opt-out should apply. An institution must enter its opt-out mailing address: in the far right of this form (<I>see</I> version 3); or below the form (<I>see</I> version 4). The reverse side of the mail-in opt-out form must not include any content of the model form.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Joint accountholder.</I> Only institutions that provide their joint accountholders the choice to opt out for only one accountholder, in accordance with paragraph C.3(a)(5) of these Instructions, must include in the far left column of the mail-in form the following statement: “If you have a joint account, your choice(s) will apply to everyone on your account unless you mark below. □ Apply my choice(s) only to me.” The word “choice” may be written in either the singular or plural, as appropriate. Financial institutions that provide insurance products or services, provide this option, and elect to use the model form may substitute the word “policy” for “account” in this statement. Institutions that do not provide this option may eliminate this left column from the mail-in form.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>FCRA Section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) opt-out.</I> If the institution shares personal information pursuant to section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “□ Do not share information about my creditworthiness with your affiliates for their everyday business purposes.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>FCRA Section 624 opt-out.</I> If the institution incorporates section 624 of the FCRA in accord with paragraph C.2(d)(6) of these Instructions, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “□ Do not allow your affiliates to use my personal information to market to me.”
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Nonaffiliate opt-out.</I> If the financial institution shares personal information pursuant to § 248.10(a) of this part, it must include in the mail-in opt-out form the following statement: “□ Do not share my personal information with nonaffiliates to market their products and services to me.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Additional opt-outs.</I> Financial institutions that use the disclosure table to provide opt-out options beyond those required by Federal law must provide those opt-outs in this section of the model form. A financial institution that chooses to offer an opt-out for its own marketing in the mail-in opt-out form must include one of the two following statements: “□ Do not share my personal information to market to me.” <I>or</I> “□ Do not use my personal information to market to me.” A financial institution that chooses to offer an opt-out for joint marketing must include the following statement: “□ Do not share my personal information with other financial institutions to jointly market to me.”
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Barcodes.</I> A financial institution may elect to include a barcode and/or “tagline” (an internal identifier) in 6-point font at the bottom of page one, as needed for information internal to the institution, so long as these do not interfere with the clarity or text of the form.
</P>
<HD3>3. Page Two
</HD3>
<P>(a) <I>General Instructions for the Questions.</I> Certain of the Questions may be customized as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>“Who is providing this notice?”</I> This question may be omitted where only one financial institution provides the model form and that institution is clearly identified in the title on page one. Two or more financial institutions that jointly provide the model form must use this question to identify themselves as required by § 248.9(f) of this part. Where the list of institutions exceeds four (4) lines, the institution must describe in the response to this question the general types of institutions jointly providing the notice and must separately identify those institutions, in minimum 8-point font, directly following the “Other important information” box, or, if that box is not included in the institution's form, directly following the “Definitions.” The list may appear in a multi-column format.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>“How does [name of financial institution] protect my personal information?”</I> The financial institution may only provide additional information pertaining to its safeguards practices following the designated response to this question. Such information may include information about the institution's use of cookies or other measures it uses to safeguard personal information. Institutions are limited to a maximum of 30 additional words.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>“How does [name of financial institution] collect my personal information?”</I> Institutions must use five (5) of the following terms to complete the bulleted list for this question: open an account; deposit money; pay your bills; apply for a loan; use your credit or debit card; seek financial or tax advice; apply for insurance; pay insurance premiums; file an insurance claim; seek advice about your investments; buy securities from us; sell securities to us; direct us to buy securities; direct us to sell your securities; make deposits or withdrawals from your account; enter into an investment advisory contract; give us your income information; provide employment information; give us your employment history; tell us about your investment or retirement portfolio; tell us about your investment or retirement earnings; apply for financing; apply for a lease; provide account information; give us your contact information; pay us by check; give us your wage statements; provide your mortgage information; make a wire transfer; tell us who receives the money; tell us where to send the money; show your government-issued ID; show your driver's license; order a commodity futures or option trade. Institutions that collect personal information from their affiliates and/or credit bureaus must include after the bulleted list the following statement: “We also collect your personal information from others, such as credit bureaus, affiliates, or other companies.” Institutions that do not collect personal information from their affiliates or credit bureaus but do collect information from other companies must include the following statement instead: “We also collect your personal information from other companies.” Only institutions that do not collect any personal information from affiliates, credit bureaus, or other companies can omit both statements.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>“Why can't I limit all sharing?”</I> Institutions that describe state privacy law provisions in the <I>“Other important information”</I> box must use the bracketed sentence: “See below for more on your rights under state law.” Other institutions must omit this sentence.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>“What happens when I limit sharing for an account I hold jointly with someone else?”</I> Only financial institutions that provide opt-out options must use this question. Other institutions must omit this question. Institutions must choose one of the following two statements to respond to this question: “Your choices will apply to everyone on your account.” or “Your choices will apply to everyone on your account—unless you tell us otherwise.” Financial institutions that provide insurance products or services and elect to use the model form may substitute the word “policy” for “account” in these statements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General Instructions for the Definitions.</I> The financial institution must customize the space below the responses to the three definitions in this section. This specific information must be in italicized lettering to set off the information from the standardized definitions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliates.</I> As required by § 248.6(a)(3) of this part, where [<I>affiliate information</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it has no affiliates, state: “[<I>name of financial institution</I>] has no affiliates;”
</P>
<P>(ii) If it has affiliates but does not share personal information, state: “[<I>name of financial institution</I>] does not share with our affiliates;” or
</P>
<P>(iii) If it shares with its affiliates, state, as applicable: “Our affiliates include companies with a [<I>common corporate identity of financial institution</I>] name; financial companies such as [<I>insert illustrative list of companies</I>]; nonfinancial companies, such as [<I>insert illustrative list of companies</I>] and others, such as [<I>insert illustrative list</I>].”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonaffiliates.</I> As required by § 248.6(c)(3) of this part, where [<I>nonaffiliate information</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it does not share with nonaffiliated third parties, state: “[<I>name of financial institution</I>] does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you;” or
</P>
<P>(ii) If it shares with nonaffiliated third parties, state, as applicable: “Nonaffiliates we share with can include [<I>list categories of companies such as mortgage companies, insurance companies, direct marketing companies, and nonprofit organizations</I>].”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Joint Marketing.</I> As required by § 248.13 of this part, where [<I>joint marketing</I>] appears, the financial institution must:
</P>
<P>(i) If it does not engage in joint marketing, state: “[<I>name of financial institution</I>] doesn't jointly market;” or
</P>
<P>(ii) If it shares personal information for joint marketing, state, as applicable: “Our joint marketing partners include [<I>list categories of companies such as credit card companies</I>].”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General instructions for the “Other important information” box.</I> This box is optional. The space provided for information in this box is not limited. Only the following types of information can appear in this box.
</P>
<P>(1) State and/or international privacy law information; and/or
</P>
<P>(2) Acknowledgment of receipt form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 62985, Dec. 1, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Regulation S-AM: Limitations on Affiliate Marketing</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 40431, Aug. 11, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 248.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this subpart is to implement section 624 of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681, <I>et seq.</I> (“FCRA”). Section 624, which was added to the FCRA by section 214 of the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, Public Law 108-159, 117 Stat. 1952 (2003) (“FACT Act” or “Act”), regulates the use of consumer information received from an affiliate to make marketing solicitations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This subpart applies to any broker or dealer other than a notice-registered broker or dealer, to any investment company, and to any investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission. These entities are referred to in this subpart as “you.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.102   Examples.</HEAD>
<P>The examples in this subpart are not exclusive. The examples in this subpart provide guidance concerning the rules' application in ordinary circumstances. The facts and circumstances of each individual situation, however, will determine whether compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this subpart. Examples in a paragraph illustrate only the issue described in the paragraph and do not illustrate any other issue that may arise under this subpart. Similarly, the examples do not illustrate any issues that may arise under other laws or regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 248.103-248.119" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 248.103-248.119   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.120" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.120   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart, unless the context requires otherwise:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> of a broker, dealer, or investment company, or an investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission means any person that is related by common ownership or common control with the broker, dealer, or investment company, or the investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission. In addition, a broker, dealer, or investment company, or an investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission will be deemed an affiliate of a company for purposes of this subpart if:
</P>
<P>(1) That company is regulated under section 214 of the FACT Act, Public Law 108-159, 117 Stat. 1952 (2003), by a government regulator other than the Commission; and
</P>
<P>(2) Rules adopted by the other government regulator under section 214 of the FACT Act treat the broker, dealer, or investment company, or investment adviser or transfer agent registered with the Commission as an affiliate of that company.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Broker</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)). A “broker” does not include a broker registered by notice with the Commission under section 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clear and conspicuous</I> means reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information presented.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Company</I> means any corporation, limited liability company, business trust, general or limited partnership, association, or similar organization.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Concise</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term “concise” means a reasonably brief expression or statement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Combination with other required disclosures.</I> A notice required by this subpart may be concise even if it is combined with other disclosures required or authorized by Federal or State law.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Consumer</I> means an individual.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Control</I> of a company means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company is presumed to control the company. Any person who does not own more than 25 percent of the voting securities of any company will be presumed not to control the company. Any presumption regarding control may be rebutted by evidence, but, in the case of an investment company, will continue until the Commission makes a decision to the contrary according to the procedures described in section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)). A “dealer” does not include a dealer registered by notice with the Commission under section 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Eligibility information</I> means any information the communication of which would be a consumer report if the exclusions from the definition of “consumer report” in section 603(d)(2)(A) of the FCRA did not apply. Eligibility information does not include aggregate or blind data that does not contain personal identifiers such as account numbers, names, or addresses.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>FCRA</I> means the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681, <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>GLBA</I> means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6801, <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Investment adviser</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Investment company</I> has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3) and includes a separate series of the investment company.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Marketing solicitation</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term “marketing solicitation” means the marketing of a product or service initiated by a person to a particular consumer that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Based on eligibility information communicated to that person by its affiliate as described in this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Intended to encourage the consumer to purchase or obtain such product or service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusion of marketing directed at the general public.</I> A marketing solicitation does not include marketing communications that are directed at the general public. For example, television, general circulation magazine, billboard advertisements and publicly available Web sites that are not directed to particular consumers would not constitute marketing solicitations, even if those communications are intended to encourage consumers to purchase products and services from the person initiating the communications.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of marketing solicitations.</I> A marketing solicitation would include, for example, a telemarketing call, direct mail, e-mail, or other form of marketing communication directed to a particular consumer that is based on eligibility information received from an affiliate.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, corporation, trust, estate, cooperative, association, government or governmental subdivision or agency, or other entity.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Pre-existing business relationship</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The term “pre-existing business relationship” means a relationship between a person, or a person's licensed agent, and a consumer based on:
</P>
<P>(i) A financial contract between the person and the consumer which is in force on the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation covered by this subpart;
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase, rental, or lease by the consumer of the person's goods or services, or a financial transaction (including holding an active account or a policy in force or having another continuing relationship) between the consumer and the person, during the 18-month period immediately preceding the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation covered by this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An inquiry or application by the consumer regarding a product or service offered by that person during the three-month period immediately preceding the date on which the consumer is sent a solicitation covered by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of pre-existing business relationships.</I> (i) If a consumer has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer that is currently in force, the broker-dealer has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a consumer has an investment advisory contract with a registered investment adviser, the investment adviser has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a consumer was the record owner of securities issued by an investment company, but the consumer redeems these securities, the investment company has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services for 18 months after the date the consumer redeemed the investment company's securities.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a consumer applies for a margin account offered by a broker-dealer, but does not obtain a product or service from or enter into a financial contract or transaction with the broker-dealer, the broker-dealer has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can therefore use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services for three months after the date of the application.
</P>
<P>(v) If a consumer makes a telephone inquiry to a broker-dealer about its products or services and provides contact information to the broker-dealer, but does not obtain a product or service from or enter into a financial contract or transaction with the institution, the broker-dealer has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can therefore use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services for three months after the date of the inquiry.
</P>
<P>(vi) If a consumer makes an inquiry by e-mail to a broker-dealer about one of its affiliated investment company's products or services but does not obtain a product or service from, or enter into a financial contract or transaction with the broker-dealer or the investment company, the broker-dealer and the investment company both have a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can therefore use eligibility information they receive from their affiliates to make solicitations to the consumer about their products or services for three months after the date of the inquiry.
</P>
<P>(vii) If a consumer who has a pre-existing business relationship with an investment company that is part of a group of affiliated companies makes a telephone call to the centralized call center for the affiliated companies to inquire about products or services offered by a broker-dealer affiliated with the investment company, and provides contact information to the call center, the call constitutes an inquiry to the broker-dealer. In these circumstances, the broker-dealer has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and can therefore use eligibility information it receives from the investment company to make solicitations to the consumer about its products or services for three months after the date of the inquiry.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples where no pre-existing business relationship is created.</I> (i) If a consumer makes a telephone call to a centralized call center for a group of affiliated companies to inquire about the consumer's existing account at a broker-dealer, the call does not constitute an inquiry to any affiliate other than the broker-dealer that holds the consumer's account and does not establish a pre-existing business relationship between the consumer and any affiliate of the account-holding broker-dealer.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a consumer who has an advisory contract with a registered investment adviser makes a telephone call to an affiliate of the investment adviser to ask about the affiliate's retail locations and hours, but does not make an inquiry about the affiliate's products or services, the call does not constitute an inquiry and does not establish a pre-existing business relationship between the consumer and the affiliate. Also, the affiliate's capture of the consumer's telephone number does not constitute an inquiry and does not establish a pre-existing business relationship between the consumer and the affiliate.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a consumer makes a telephone call to a broker-dealer in response to an advertisement offering a free promotional item to consumers who call a toll-free number, but the advertisement does not indicate that the broker-dealer's products or services will be marketed to consumers who call in response, the call does not create a pre-existing business relationship between the consumer and the broker-dealer because the consumer has not made an inquiry about a product or service offered by the institution, but has merely responded to an offer for a free promotional item.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Transfer agent</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(25) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(25)).
</P>
<P>(s) <I>You</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any broker or dealer other than a broker or dealer registered by notice with the Commission under section 15(b)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11));
</P>
<P>(2) Any investment company;
</P>
<P>(3) Any investment adviser registered with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1, <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(4) Any transfer agent registered with the Commission under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.121" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.121   Affiliate marketing opt out and exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial notice and opt out requirement</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> You may not use eligibility information about a consumer that you receive from an affiliate to make a marketing solicitation to the consumer, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) It is clearly and conspicuously disclosed to the consumer in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically, in a concise notice that you may use eligibility information about that consumer received from an affiliate to make marketing solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The consumer is provided a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to “opt out,” or the consumer prohibits you from using eligibility information to make marketing solicitations to the consumer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The consumer has not opted out.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Example.</I> A consumer has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer furnishes eligibility information about the consumer to its affiliated investment adviser. Based on that eligibility information, the investment adviser wants to make a marketing solicitation to the consumer about its discretionary advisory accounts. The investment adviser does not have a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and none of the other exceptions apply. The investment adviser is prohibited from using eligibility information received from its broker-dealer affiliate to make marketing solicitations to the consumer about its discretionary advisory accounts unless the consumer is given a notice and opportunity to opt out and the consumer does not opt out.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Affiliates who may provide the notice.</I> The notice required by this paragraph must be provided:
</P>
<P>(i) By an affiliate that has or has previously had a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of a joint notice from two or more members of an affiliated group of companies, provided that at least one of the affiliates on the joint notice has or has previously had a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Making marketing solicitations</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> For purposes of this subpart, you make a marketing solicitation if:
</P>
<P>(i) You receive eligibility information from an affiliate;
</P>
<P>(ii) You use that eligibility information to do one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the consumer or type of consumer to receive a marketing solicitation;
</P>
<P>(B) Establish criteria used to select the consumer to receive a marketing solicitation; or
</P>
<P>(C) Decide which of your products or services to market to the consumer or tailor your marketing solicitation to that consumer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) As a result of your use of the eligibility information, the consumer is provided a marketing solicitation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Receiving eligibility information from an affiliate, including through a common database.</I> You may receive eligibility information from an affiliate in various ways, including when the affiliate places that information into a common database that you may access.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Receipt or use of eligibility information by your service provider.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, you receive or use an affiliate's eligibility information if a service provider acting on your behalf (whether an affiliate or a nonaffiliated third party) receives or uses that information in the manner described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section. All relevant facts and circumstances will determine whether a person is acting as your service provider when it receives or uses an affiliate's eligibility information in connection with marketing your products and services.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use by an affiliate of its own eligibility information.</I> Unless you have used eligibility information that you receive from an affiliate in the manner described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, you do not make a marketing solicitation subject to this subpart if your affiliate:
</P>
<P>(i) Uses its own eligibility information that it obtained in connection with a pre-existing business relationship it has or had with the consumer to market your products or services to the affiliate's consumer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Directs its service provider to use the affiliate's own eligibility information that it obtained in connection with a pre-existing business relationship it has or had with the consumer to market your products or services to the consumer, and you do not communicate directly with the service provider regarding that use.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Use of eligibility information by a service provider</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> You do not make a marketing solicitation subject to this subpart if a service provider (including an affiliated or third-party service provider that maintains or accesses a common database that you may access) receives eligibility information from your affiliate that your affiliate obtained in connection with a pre-existing business relationship it has or had with the consumer and uses that eligibility information to market your products or services to that affiliate's consumer, so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) Your affiliate controls access to and use of its eligibility information by the service provider (including the right to establish the specific terms and conditions under which the service provider may use such information to market your products or services);
</P>
<P>(B) Your affiliate establishes specific terms and conditions under which the service provider may access and use your affiliate's eligibility information to market your products and services (or those of affiliates generally) to your affiliate's consumers, such as the identity of the affiliated companies whose products or services may be marketed to the affiliate's consumers by the service provider, the types of products or services of affiliated companies that may be marketed, and the number of times your affiliate's consumers may receive marketing materials, and periodically evaluates the service provider's compliance with those terms and conditions;
</P>
<P>(C) Your affiliate requires the service provider to implement reasonable policies and procedures designed to ensure that the service provider uses your affiliate's eligibility information in accordance with the terms and conditions established by your affiliate relating to the marketing of your products or services;
</P>
<P>(D) Your affiliate is identified on or with the marketing materials provided to the consumer; and
</P>
<P>(E) You do not directly use your affiliate's eligibility information in the manner described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Writing requirements.</I> (A) The requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) and (C) of this section must be set forth in a written agreement between your affiliate and the service provider; and
</P>
<P>(B) The specific terms and conditions established by your affiliate as provided in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section must be set forth in writing.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Examples of making marketing solicitations.</I> (i) A consumer has an investment advisory contract with a registered investment adviser that is affiliated with a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer receives eligibility information about the consumer from the investment adviser. The broker-dealer uses that eligibility information to identify the consumer to receive a marketing solicitation about brokerage products and services, and, as a result, the broker-dealer provides a marketing solicitation to the consumer about its brokerage services. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the broker-dealer has made a marketing solicitation to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(ii) The same facts as in the example in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, except that after using the eligibility information to identify the consumer to receive a marketing solicitation about brokerage products and services, the broker-dealer asks the registered investment adviser to send the marketing solicitation to the consumer and the investment adviser does so. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the broker-dealer has made a marketing solicitation to the consumer because it used eligibility information about the consumer that it received from an affiliate to identify the consumer to receive a marketing solicitation about its products or services, and, as a result, a marketing solicitation was provided to the consumer about the broker-dealer's products and services.
</P>
<P>(iii) The same facts as in the example in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, except that eligibility information about consumers who have an investment advisory contract with a registered investment adviser is placed into a common database that all members of the affiliated group of companies may independently access and use. Without using the investment adviser's eligibility information, the broker-dealer develops selection criteria and provides those criteria, marketing materials, and related instructions to the investment adviser. The investment adviser reviews eligibility information about its own consumers using the selection criteria provided by the broker-dealer to determine which consumers should receive the broker-dealer's marketing materials and sends the broker-dealer's marketing materials to those consumers. Even though the broker-dealer has received eligibility information through the common database as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, it did not use that information to identify consumers or establish selection criteria; instead, the investment adviser used its own eligibility information. Therefore, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, the broker-dealer has not made a marketing solicitation to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(iv) The same facts as in the example in paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of this section, except that the registered investment adviser provides the broker-dealer's criteria to the investment adviser's service provider and directs the service provider to use the investment adviser's eligibility information to identify investment adviser consumers who meet the criteria and to send the broker-dealer's marketing materials to those consumers. The broker-dealer does not communicate directly with the service provider regarding the use of the investment adviser's information to market its products or services to the investment adviser's consumers. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, the broker-dealer has not made a marketing solicitation to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(v) An affiliated group of companies includes an investment company, a principal underwriter for the investment company, a retail broker-dealer, and a transfer agent that also acts as a service provider. Each affiliate in the group places information about its consumers into a common database. The service provider has access to all information in the common database. The investment company controls access to and use of its eligibility information by the service provider. This control is set forth in a written agreement between the investment company and the service provider. The written agreement also requires the service provider to establish reasonable policies and procedures designed to ensure that the service provider uses the investment company's eligibility information in accordance with specific terms and conditions established by the investment company relating to the marketing of the products and services of all affiliates, including the principal underwriter and the retail broker-dealer. In a separate written communication, the investment company specifies the terms and conditions under which the service provider may use the investment company's eligibility information to market the retail broker-dealer's products and services to the investment company's consumers. The specific terms and conditions are: a list of affiliated companies (including the retail broker-dealer) whose products or services may be marketed to the investment company's consumers by the service provider; the specific products or services or types of products or services that may be marketed to the investment company's consumers by the service provider; the categories of eligibility information that may be used by the service provider in marketing products or services to the investment company's consumers; the types or categories of the investment company's consumers to whom the service provider may market products or services of investment company affiliates; the number and types of marketing communications that the service provider may send to the investment company's consumers; and the length of time during which the service provider may market the products or services of the investment company's affiliates to its consumers. The investment company periodically evaluates the service provider's compliance with these terms and conditions. The retail broker-dealer asks the service provider to market brokerage services to certain of the investment company's consumers. Without using the investment company's eligibility information, the retail broker-dealer develops selection criteria and provides those criteria, its marketing materials, and related instructions to the service provider. The service provider uses the investment company's eligibility information from the common database to identify the investment company's consumers to whom brokerage services will be marketed. When the retail broker-dealer's marketing materials are provided to the identified consumers, the name of the investment company is displayed on the retail broker-dealer's marketing materials, an introductory letter that accompanies the marketing materials, an account statement that accompanies the marketing materials, or the envelope containing the marketing materials. The requirements of paragraph (b)(5) of this section have been satisfied, and the retail broker-dealer has not made a marketing solicitation to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(vi) The same facts as in the example in paragraph (b)(6)(v) of this section, except that the terms and conditions permit the service provider to use the investment company's eligibility information to market the products and services of other affiliates to the investment company's consumers whenever the service provider deems it appropriate to do so. The service provider uses the investment company's eligibility information in accordance with the discretion afforded to it by the terms and conditions. Because the terms and conditions are not specific, the requirements of paragraph (b)(5) of this section have not been satisfied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> The provisions of this subpart do not apply to you if you use eligibility information that you receive from an affiliate:
</P>
<P>(1) To make a marketing solicitation to a consumer with whom you have a pre-existing business relationship;
</P>
<P>(2) To facilitate communications to an individual for whose benefit you provide employee benefit or other services pursuant to a contract with an employer related to and arising out of the current employment relationship or status of the individual as a participant or beneficiary of an employee benefit plan;
</P>
<P>(3) To perform services on behalf of an affiliate, except that this paragraph shall not be construed as permitting you to send marketing solicitations on behalf of an affiliate if the affiliate would not be permitted to send the marketing solicitation as a result of the election of the consumer to opt out under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(4) In response to a communication about your products or services initiated by the consumer;
</P>
<P>(5) In response to an authorization or request by the consumer to receive solicitations; or
</P>
<P>(6) If your compliance with this subpart would prevent you from complying with any provision of State insurance laws pertaining to unfair discrimination in any State in which you are lawfully doing business.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Examples of exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Example of the pre-existing business relationship exception.</I> A consumer has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer. The consumer also has a deposit account with the broker-dealer's affiliated depository institution. The broker-dealer receives eligibility information about the consumer from its depository institution affiliate and uses that information to make a marketing solicitation to the consumer about the broker-dealer's college savings accounts. The broker-dealer may make this marketing solicitation even if the consumer has not been given a notice and opportunity to opt out because the broker-dealer has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examples of service provider exception.</I> (i) A consumer has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer furnishes eligibility information about the consumer to its affiliate, a registered investment adviser. Based on that eligibility information, the investment adviser wants to make a marketing solicitation to the consumer about its advisory services. The investment adviser does not have a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and none of the other exceptions in paragraph (c) of this section apply. The consumer has been given an opt out notice and has elected to opt out of receiving such marketing solicitations. The investment adviser asks a service provider to send the marketing solicitation to the consumer on its behalf. The service provider may not send the marketing solicitation on behalf of the investment adviser because, as a result of the consumer's opt out election, the investment adviser is not permitted to make the marketing solicitation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The same facts as in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, except the consumer has been given an opt out notice, but has not elected to opt out. The investment adviser asks a service provider to send the solicitation to the consumer on its behalf. The service provider may send the marketing solicitation on behalf of the investment adviser because, as a result of the consumer's not opting out, the investment adviser is permitted to make the marketing solicitation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examples of consumer-initiated communications.</I> (i) A consumer who is the record owner of shares in an investment company initiates a communication with an affiliated registered investment adviser about advisory services. The affiliated investment adviser may use eligibility information about the consumer it obtains from the investment company or any other affiliate to make marketing solicitations regarding the affiliated investment adviser's services in response to the consumer-initiated communication.
</P>
<P>(ii) A consumer who has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer contacts the broker-dealer to request information about how to save and invest for a child's college education without specifying the type of savings or investment vehicle in which the consumer may be interested. Information about a range of different products or services offered by the broker-dealer and one or more of its affiliates may be responsive to that communication. Such products, services, and investments may include the following: investments in affiliated investment companies; investments in section 529 plans offered by the broker-dealer; or trust services offered by a different financial institution in the affiliated group. Any affiliate offering products or services that would be responsive to the consumer's request for information about saving and investing for a child's college education may use eligibility information to make marketing solicitations to the consumer in response to this communication.
</P>
<P>(iii) A registered investment adviser makes a marketing call to the consumer without using eligibility information received from an affiliate. The investment adviser leaves a voice-mail message that invites the consumer to call a toll-free number to receive information about services offered by the investment adviser. If the consumer calls the toll-free number to inquire about the investment advisory services, the call is a consumer-initiated communication about a product or service, and the investment adviser may now use eligibility information it receives from its affiliates to make marketing solicitations to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(iv) A consumer calls a broker-dealer to ask about retail locations and hours, but does not request information about its products or services. The broker-dealer may not use eligibility information it receives from an affiliate to make marketing solicitations to the consumer because the consumer-initiated communication does not relate to the broker-dealer's products or services. Thus, the use of eligibility information received from an affiliate would not be responsive to the communication and the exception does not apply.
</P>
<P>(v) A consumer calls a broker-dealer to ask about retail locations and hours. The customer service representative asks the consumer if there is a particular product or service about which the consumer is seeking information. The consumer responds that the consumer wants to stop in and find out about mutual funds (i.e., registered open-end investment companies). The customer service representative offers to provide that information by telephone and mail additional information to the consumer. The consumer agrees and provides or confirms contact information for receipt of the materials to be mailed. The broker-dealer may use eligibility information it receives from an affiliate to make marketing solicitations to the consumer about mutual funds because such marketing solicitations would respond to the consumer-initiated communication about mutual funds.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Examples of consumer authorization or request for marketing solicitations.</I> (i) A consumer who has a brokerage account with a broker-dealer authorizes or requests information about life insurance offered by the broker-dealer's insurance affiliate. The authorization or request, whether given to the broker-dealer or the insurance affiliate, would permit the insurance affiliate to use eligibility information about the consumer it obtains from the broker-dealer or any other affiliate to make marketing solicitations to the consumer about life insurance.
</P>
<P>(ii) A consumer completes an online application to open an online brokerage account with a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer's online application contains a blank check box that the consumer may check to authorize or request information from the broker-dealer's affiliates. The consumer checks the box. The consumer has authorized or requested marketing solicitations from the broker-dealer's affiliates.
</P>
<P>(iii) A consumer completes an online application to open an online brokerage account with a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer's online application contains a check box indicating that the consumer authorizes or requests information from the broker-dealer's affiliates. The consumer does not deselect the check box. The consumer has not authorized or requested marketing solicitations from the broker-dealer's affiliates.
</P>
<P>(iv) The terms and conditions of a brokerage account agreement contain preprinted boilerplate language stating that by applying to open an account the consumer authorizes or requests to receive solicitations from the broker-dealer's affiliates. The consumer has not authorized or requested marketing solicitations from the broker-dealer's affiliates.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Relation to affiliate-sharing notice and opt out.</I> Nothing in this subpart limits the responsibility of a person to comply with the notice and opt out provisions of Section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA (15 U.S.C. 1681a(d)(2)(A)(iii)) where applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.122" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.122   Scope and duration of opt out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of opt out</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, the consumer's election to opt out prohibits any affiliate covered by the opt out notice from using eligibility information received from another affiliate as described in the notice to make marketing solicitations to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Continuing relationship</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> If the consumer establishes a continuing relationship with you or your affiliate, an opt out notice may apply to eligibility information obtained in connection with:
</P>
<P>(A) A single continuing relationship or multiple continuing relationships that the consumer establishes with you or your affiliates, including continuing relationships established subsequent to delivery of the opt out notice, so long as the notice adequately describes the continuing relationships covered by the opt out; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any other transaction between the consumer and you or your affiliates as described in the notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Examples of continuing relationships.</I> A consumer has a continuing relationship with you or your affiliate if the consumer:
</P>
<P>(A) Opens a brokerage account or enters into an advisory contract with you or your affiliate;
</P>
<P>(B) Obtains a loan for which you or your affiliate owns the servicing rights;
</P>
<P>(C) Purchases investment company shares in his or her own name;
</P>
<P>(D) Holds an investment through you or your affiliate; such as when you act or your affiliate acts as a custodian for securities or for assets in an individual retirement arrangement;
</P>
<P>(E) Enters into an agreement or understanding with you or your affiliate whereby you or your affiliate undertakes to arrange or broker a home mortgage loan for the consumer;
</P>
<P>(F) Enters into a lease of personal property with you or your affiliate; or
</P>
<P>(G) Obtains financial, investment, or economic advisory services from you or your affiliate for a fee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>No continuing relationship</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> If there is no continuing relationship between a consumer and you or your affiliate, and you or your affiliate obtain eligibility information about a consumer in connection with a transaction with the consumer, such as an isolated transaction or an application that is denied, an opt out notice provided to the consumer only applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with that transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Examples of isolated transactions.</I> An isolated transaction occurs if:
</P>
<P>(A) The consumer uses your or your affiliate's ATM to withdraw cash from an account at another financial institution; or
</P>
<P>(B) A broker-dealer opens a brokerage account for the consumer solely for the purpose of liquidating or purchasing securities as an accommodation, i.e., on a one-time basis, without the expectation of engaging in other transactions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Menu of alternatives.</I> A consumer may be given the opportunity to choose from a menu of alternatives when electing to prohibit solicitations, such as by electing to prohibit solicitations from certain types of affiliates covered by the opt out notice but not other types of affiliates covered by the notice, electing to prohibit marketing solicitations based on certain types of eligibility information but not other types of eligibility information, or electing to prohibit marketing solicitations by certain methods of delivery but not other methods of delivery. However, one of the alternatives must allow the consumer to prohibit all marketing solicitations from all of the affiliates that are covered by the notice.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Special rule for a notice following termination of all continuing relationships</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> A consumer must be given a new opt out notice if, after all continuing relationships with you or your affiliate(s) are terminated, the consumer subsequently establishes another continuing relationship with you or your affiliate(s) and the consumer's eligibility information is to be used to make a marketing solicitation. The new opt out notice must apply, at a minimum, to eligibility information obtained in connection with the new continuing relationship. Consistent with paragraph (b) of this section, the consumer's decision not to opt out after receiving the new opt out notice would not override a prior opt out election by the consumer that applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with a terminated relationship, regardless of whether the new opt out notice applies to eligibility information obtained in connection with the terminated relationship.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Example.</I> A consumer has an advisory contract with a company that is registered with the Commission as both a broker-dealer and an investment adviser, and that is part of an affiliated group. The consumer terminates the advisory contract. One year after terminating the advisory contract, the consumer opens a brokerage account with the same company. The consumer must be given a new notice and opportunity to opt out before the company's affiliates may make marketing solicitations to the consumer using eligibility information obtained by the company in connection with the new brokerage account relationship, regardless of whether the consumer opted out in connection with the advisory contract.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of opt out.</I> The election of a consumer to opt out must be effective for a period of at least five years (the “opt out period”) beginning when the consumer's opt out election is received and implemented, unless the consumer subsequently revokes the opt out in writing or, if the consumer agrees, electronically. An opt out period of more than five years may be established, including an opt out period that does not expire unless revoked by the consumer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time of opt out.</I> A consumer may opt out at any time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.123" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.123   Contents of opt out notice; consolidated and equivalent notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of opt out notice</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A notice must be clear, conspicuous, and concise, and must accurately disclose:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>The name of the affiliate(s) providing the notice.</I> If the notice is provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name, such as “ABC,” then the notice may indicate that it is being provided by multiple companies with the ABC name or multiple companies in the ABC group or family of companies, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC companies,” “the ABC banking, credit card, insurance, and securities companies,” or by listing the name of each affiliate providing the notice. But if the affiliates providing the joint notice do not all share a common name, then the notice must either separately identify each affiliate by name or identify each of the common names used by those affiliates, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC and XYZ companies” or by “the ABC bank and securities companies and the XYZ insurance companies”;
</P>
<P>(ii) A list of the affiliates or types of affiliates whose use of eligibility information is covered by the notice, which may include companies that become affiliates after the notice is provided to the consumer. If each affiliate covered by the notice shares a common name, such as “ABC,” then the notice may indicate that it applies to multiple companies with the ABC name or multiple companies in the ABC group or family of companies, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC companies,” “the ABC banking, credit card, insurance, and securities companies,” or by listing the name of each affiliate providing the notice. But if the affiliates covered by the notice do not all share a common name, then the notice must either separately identify each covered affiliate by name or identify each of the common names used by those affiliates, for example, by stating that the notice applies to “all of the ABC and XYZ companies” or to “the ABC banking and securities companies and the XYZ insurance companies”;
</P>
<P>(iii) A general description of the types of eligibility information that may be used to make marketing solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(iv) That the consumer may elect to limit the use of eligibility information to make marketing solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(v) That the consumer's election will apply for the specified period of time stated in the notice and, if applicable, that the consumer will be allowed to renew the election once that period expires;
</P>
<P>(vi) If the notice is provided to consumers who may have previously opted out, such as if a notice is provided to consumers annually, that the consumer who has chosen to limit marketing solicitations does not need to act again until the consumer receives a renewal notice; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A reasonable and simple method for the consumer to opt out.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Joint relationships.</I> (i) If two or more consumers jointly obtain a product or service, a single opt out notice may be provided to the joint consumers. Any of the joint consumers may exercise the right to opt out.
</P>
<P>(ii) The opt out notice must explain how an opt out direction by a joint consumer will be treated. An opt out direction by a joint consumer may be treated as applying to all of the associated joint consumers, or each joint consumer may be permitted to opt out separately. If each joint consumer is permitted to opt out separately, one of the joint consumers must be permitted to opt out on behalf of all of the joint consumers and the joint consumers must be permitted to exercise their separate rights to opt out in a single response.
</P>
<P>(iii) It is impermissible to require all joint consumers to opt out before implementing any opt out direction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternative contents.</I> If the consumer is afforded a broader right to opt out of receiving marketing than is required by this subpart, the requirements of this section may be satisfied by providing the consumer with a clear, conspicuous, and concise notice that accurately discloses the consumer's opt out rights.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Model notices.</I> Model notices are provided in the Appendix to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coordinated and consolidated notices.</I> A notice required by this subpart may be coordinated and consolidated with any other notice or disclosure required to be issued under any other provision of law by the entity providing the notice, including but not limited to the notice described in section 603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the FCRA (15 U.S.C. 1681a(d)(2)(A)(iii)) and the GLBA privacy notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equivalent notices.</I> A notice or other disclosure that is equivalent to the notice required by this subpart, and that is provided to a consumer together with disclosures required by any other provision of law, satisfies the requirements of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.124" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.124   Reasonable opportunity to opt out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> You must not use eligibility information that you receive from an affiliate to make marketing solicitations to a consumer about your products or services unless the consumer is provided a reasonable opportunity to opt out, as required by § 248.121(a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples of a reasonable opportunity to opt out.</I> The consumer is given a reasonable opportunity to opt out if:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>By mail.</I> The opt out notice is mailed to the consumer. The consumer is given 30 days from the date the notice is mailed to elect to opt out by any reasonable means.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By electronic means.</I> (i) The opt out notice is provided electronically to the consumer, such as by posting the notice at an Internet Web site at which the consumer has obtained a product or service. The consumer acknowledges receipt of the electronic notice. The consumer is given 30 days after the date the consumer acknowledges receipt to elect to opt out by any reasonable means.
</P>
<P>(ii) The opt out notice is provided to the consumer by e-mail where the consumer has agreed to receive disclosures by e-mail from the person sending the notice. The consumer is given 30 days after the e-mail is sent to elect to opt out by any reasonable means.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>At the time of an electronic transaction.</I> The opt out notice is provided to the consumer at the time of an electronic transaction, such as a transaction conducted on an Internet Web site. The consumer is required to decide, as a necessary part of proceeding with the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the transaction. There is a simple process that the consumer may use to opt out at that time using the same mechanism through which the transaction is conducted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>At the time of an in-person transaction.</I> The opt out notice is provided to the consumer in writing at the time of an in-person transaction. The consumer is required to decide, as a necessary part of proceeding with the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the transaction, and is not permitted to complete the transaction without making a choice. There is a simple process that the consumer may use during the course of the in-person transaction to opt out, such as completing a form that requires consumers to write a “yes” or “no” to indicate their opt out preference or that requires the consumer to check one of two blank check boxes—one that allows consumers to indicate that they want to opt out and one that allows consumers to indicate that they do not want to opt out.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>By including in a privacy notice.</I> The opt out notice is included in a GLBA privacy notice. The consumer is allowed to exercise the opt out within a reasonable period of time and in the same manner as the opt out under that privacy notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.125" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.125   Reasonable and simple methods of opting out.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> You must not use eligibility information about a consumer that you receive from an affiliate to make a marketing solicitation to the consumer about your products or services, unless the consumer is provided a reasonable and simple method to opt out, as required by § 248.121(a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples</I>—(1) <I>Reasonable and simple opt out methods.</I> Reasonable and simple methods for exercising the opt out right include:
</P>
<P>(i) Designating a check-off box in a prominent position on the opt out form;
</P>
<P>(ii) Including a reply form and a self-addressed envelope together with the opt out notice;
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing an electronic means to opt out, such as a form that can be electronically mailed or processed at an Internet Web site, if the consumer agrees to the electronic delivery of information;
</P>
<P>(iv) Providing a toll-free telephone number that consumers may call to opt out; or
</P>
<P>(v) Allowing consumers to exercise all of their opt out rights described in a consolidated opt out notice that includes the GLBA privacy, FCRA affiliate sharing, and FCRA affiliate marketing opt outs, by a single method, such as by calling a single toll-free telephone number.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Opt out methods that are not reasonable and simple.</I> Reasonable and simple methods for exercising an opt out right <I>do not</I> include:
</P>
<P>(i) Requiring the consumer to write his or her own letter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requiring the consumer to call or write to obtain a form for opting out, rather than including the form with the opt out notice; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Requiring the consumer who receives the opt out notice in electronic form only, such as through posting at an Internet Web site, to opt out solely by paper mail or by visiting a different Web site without providing a link to that site.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specific opt out means.</I> Each consumer may be required to opt out through a specific means, as long as that means is reasonable and simple for that consumer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.126" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.126   Delivery of opt out notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> The opt out notice must be provided so that each consumer can reasonably be expected to receive actual notice. For opt out notices provided electronically, the notice may be provided in compliance with either the electronic disclosure provisions in this subpart or the provisions in section 101 of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, 15 U.S.C. 7001, <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examples of reasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> A consumer may reasonably be expected to receive actual notice if the affiliate providing the notice:
</P>
<P>(1) Hand-delivers a printed copy of the notice to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(2) Mails a printed copy of the notice to the last known mailing address of the consumer;
</P>
<P>(3) Provides a notice by e-mail to a consumer who has agreed to receive electronic disclosures by e-mail from the affiliate providing the notice; or
</P>
<P>(4) Posts the notice on the Internet Web site at which the consumer obtained a product or service electronically and requires the consumer to acknowledge receipt of the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examples of no reasonable expectation of actual notice.</I> A consumer may not reasonably be expected to receive actual notice if the affiliate providing the notice:
</P>
<P>(1) Only posts the notice on a sign in a branch or office or generally publishes the notice in a newspaper;
</P>
<P>(2) Sends the notice by e-mail to a consumer who has not agreed to receive electronic disclosures by e-mail from the affiliate providing the notice; or
</P>
<P>(3) Posts the notice on an Internet Web site without requiring the consumer to acknowledge receipt of the notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.127" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.127   Renewal of opt out elections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Renewal notice and opt out requirement</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> After the opt out period expires, you may not make marketing solicitations to a consumer who previously opted out, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The consumer has been given a renewal notice that complies with the requirements of this section and §§ 248.124 through 248.126, and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to renew the opt out, and the consumer does not renew the opt out; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An exception in § 248.121(c) applies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Renewal period.</I> Each opt out renewal must be effective for a period of at least five years as provided in § 248.122(b).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Affiliates who may provide the notice.</I> The notice required by this paragraph must be provided:
</P>
<P>(i) By the affiliate that provided the previous opt out notice, or its successor; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of a joint renewal notice from two or more members of an affiliated group of companies, or their successors, that jointly provided the previous opt out notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of renewal notice.</I> The renewal notice must be clear, conspicuous, and concise, and must accurately disclose:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the affiliate(s) providing the notice. If the notice is provided jointly by multiple affiliates and each affiliate shares a common name, such as “ABC,” then the notice may indicate it is being provided by multiple companies with the ABC name or multiple companies in the ABC group or family of companies, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC companies,” “the ABC banking, credit card, insurance, and securities companies,” or by listing the name of each affiliate providing the notice. But if the affiliates providing the joint notice do not all share a common name, then the notice must either separately identify each affiliate by name or identify each of the common names used by those affiliates, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC and XYZ companies” or by “the ABC banking and securities companies and the XYZ insurance companies”;
</P>
<P>(2) A list of the affiliates or types of affiliates whose use of eligibility information is covered by the notice, which may include companies that become affiliates after the notice is provided to the consumer. If each affiliate covered by the notice shares a common name, such as “ABC,” then the notice may indicate that it applies to multiple companies with the ABC name or multiple companies in the ABC group or family of companies, for example, by stating that the notice is provided by “all of the ABC companies,” “the ABC banking, credit card, insurance, and securities companies,” or by listing the name of each affiliate providing the notice. But if the affiliates covered by the notice do not all share a common name, then the notice must either separately identify each covered affiliate by name or identify each of the common names used by those affiliates, for example, by stating that the notice applies to “all of the ABC and XYZ companies” or to “the ABC banking and securities companies and the XYZ insurance companies”;
</P>
<P>(3) A general description of the types of eligibility information that may be used to make marketing solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(4) That the consumer previously elected to limit the use of certain information to make marketing solicitations to the consumer;
</P>
<P>(5) That the consumer's election has expired or is about to expire;
</P>
<P>(6) That the consumer may elect to renew the consumer's previous election;
</P>
<P>(7) If applicable, that the consumer's election to renew will apply for the specified period of time stated in the notice and that the consumer will be allowed to renew the election once that period expires; and
</P>
<P>(8) A reasonable and simple method for the consumer to opt out.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing of the renewal notice</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A renewal notice may be provided to the consumer either:
</P>
<P>(i) A reasonable period of time before the expiration of the opt out period; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any time after the expiration of the opt out period but before marketing solicitations that would have been prohibited by the expired opt out are made to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Combination with annual privacy notice.</I> If you provide an annual privacy notice under the GLBA, providing a renewal notice with the last annual privacy notice provided to the consumer before expiration of the opt out period is a reasonable period of time before expiration of the opt out in all cases.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No effect on opt out period.</I> An opt out period may not be shortened by sending a renewal notice to the consumer before expiration of the opt out period, even if the consumer does not renew the opt out.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.128" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.128   Effective date, compliance date, and prospective application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effective date.</I> This subpart is effective September 10, 2009.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mandatory compliance date.</I> Compliance with this subpart is required not later than January 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prospective application.</I> The provisions of this subpart do not prohibit you from using eligibility information that you receive from an affiliate to make a marketing solicitation to a consumer if you receive such information prior to January 1, 2010. For purposes of this section, you are deemed to receive eligibility information when such information is placed into a common database and is accessible by you.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.2.17.13.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Subpart B of Part 248—Model Forms
</HEAD>
<P>a. Although you and your affiliates are not required to use the model forms in this Appendix, use of a model form (if applicable to each person that uses it) complies with the requirement in section 624 of the FCRA for clear, conspicuous, and concise notices.
</P>
<P>b. Although you may need to change the language or format of a model form to reflect your actual policies and procedures, any such changes may not be so extensive as to affect the substance, clarity, or meaningful sequence of the language in the model forms. Acceptable changes include, for example:
</P>
<P>1. Rearranging the order of the references to “your income,” “your account history,” and “your credit score.”
</P>
<P>2. Substituting other types of information for “income,” “account history,” or “credit score” for accuracy, such as “payment history,” “credit history,” “payoff status,” or “claims history.”
</P>
<P>3. Substituting a clearer and more accurate description of the affiliates providing or covered by the notice for phrases such as “the [ABC] group of companies.”
</P>
<P>4. Substituting other types of affiliates covered by the notice for “credit card,” “insurance,” or “securities” affiliates.
</P>
<P>5. Omitting items that are not accurate or applicable. For example, if a person does not limit the duration of the opt out period, the notice may omit information about the renewal notice.
</P>
<P>6. Adding a statement informing the consumer how much time they have to opt out before shared eligibility information may be used to make solicitations to them.
</P>
<P>7. Adding a statement that the consumer may exercise the right to opt out at any time.
</P>
<P>8. Adding the following statement, if accurate: “If you previously opted out, you do not need to do so again.”
</P>
<P>9. Providing a place on the form for the consumer to fill in identifying information, such as his or her name and address.
</P>
<P>10. Adding disclosures regarding the treatment of opt-outs by joint consumers to comply with § 248.123(a)(2), if applicable.
</P>
<HD3>A-1—Model Form for Initial Opt Out Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</HD3>
<HD3>A-2—Model Form for Initial Opt Out Notice (Joint Notice)
</HD3>
<HD3>A-3—Model Form for Renewal Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)
</HD3>
<HD3>A-4—Model Form for Renewal Notice (Joint Notice)
</HD3>
<HD3>A-5—Model Form for Voluntary “No Marketing” Notice
</HD3>
<HD1>A-1—Model Form for Initial Opt Out Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)—[Your Choice to Limit Marketing]/[Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<P>• [Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</P>
<P>• [Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from our affiliates. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from our affiliates.]
</P>
<P>• You may limit our affiliates in the [ABC] group of companies, such as our [investment adviser, broker, transfer agent, and investment company] affiliates, from marketing their products or services to you based on your personal information that we collect and share with them. This information includes your [income], your [account history with us], and your [credit score].
</P>
<P>• Your choice to limit marketing offers from our affiliates will apply [until you tell us to change your choice]/[for x years from when you tell us your choice]/[for at least 5 years from when you tell us your choice]. [Include if the opt out period expires.] Once that period expires, you will receive a renewal notice that will allow you to continue to limit marketing offers from our affiliates for [another x years]/[at least another 5 years].
</P>
<P>• [Include, if applicable, in a subsequent notice, including an annual notice, for consumers who may have previously opted out.] If you have already made a choice to limit marketing offers from our affiliates, you do not need to act again until you receive the renewal notice.
</P>
<P>To limit marketing offers, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<P>• By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</P>
<P>• On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</P>
<P>• By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</P>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<P> Do not allow your affiliates to use my personal information to market to me.
</P>
<HD1>A-2—Model Form for Initial Opt Out Notice (Joint Notice)—[Your Choice to Limit Marketing]/[Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<P>• The [ABC group of companies] is providing this notice.
</P>
<P>• [Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from the [ABC] companies. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from the [ABC] companies.]
</P>
<P>• You may limit the [ABC] companies, such as the [ABC investment companies, investment advisers, transfer agents, and broker-dealers] affiliates, from marketing their products or services to you based on your personal information that they receive from other [ABC] companies. This information includes your [income], your [account history], and your [credit score].
</P>
<P>• Your choice to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies will apply [until you tell us to change your choice]/[for x years from when you tell us your choice]/[for at least 5 years from when you tell us your choice]. [Include if the opt out period expires.] Once that period expires, you will receive a renewal notice that will allow you to continue to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies for [another x years]/[at least another 5 years].
</P>
<P>• [Include, if applicable, in a subsequent notice, including an annual notice, for consumers who may have previously opted out.] If you have already made a choice to limit marketing offers from the [ABC] companies, you do not need to act again until you receive the renewal notice.
</P>
<P>To limit marketing offers, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<P>• By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</P>
<P>• On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</P>
<P>• By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</P>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<P> Do not allow any company [in the ABC group of companies] to use my personal information to market to me.
</P>
<HD1>A-3—Model Form for Renewal Notice (Single-Affiliate Notice)—[Renewing Your Choice to Limit Marketing]/[Renewing Your Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<P>• [Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</P>
<P>• [Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from our affiliates. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from our affiliates.]
</P>
<P>• You previously chose to limit our affiliates in the [ABC] group of companies, such as our [investment adviser, investment company, transfer agent, and broker-dealer] affiliates, from marketing their products or services to you based on your personal information that we share with them. This information includes your [income], your [account history with us], and your [credit score].
</P>
<P>• Your choice has expired or is about to expire.
</P>
<P>To renew your choice to limit marketing for [x] more years, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<P>• By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</P>
<P>• On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</P>
<P>• By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</P>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<P> Renew my choice to limit marketing for [x] more years.
</P>
<HD1>A-4—Model Form for Renewal Notice (Joint Notice)—[Renewing Your Choice to Limit Marketing]/[Renewing Your Marketing Opt Out]
</HD1>
<P>• The [ABC group of companies] is providing this notice.
</P>
<P>• [Optional: Federal law gives you the right to limit some but not all marketing from the [ABC] companies. Federal law also requires us to give you this notice to tell you about your choice to limit marketing from the [ABC] companies.]
</P>
<P>• You previously chose to limit the [ABC] companies, such as the [ABC investment adviser, investment company, transfer agent, and broker-dealer] affiliates, from marketing their products or services to you based on your personal information that they receive from other ABC companies. This information includes your [income], your [account history], and your [credit score].
</P>
<P>• Your choice has expired or is about to expire.
</P>
<P>To renew your choice to limit marketing for [x] more years, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<P>• By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</P>
<P>• On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</P>
<P>• By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</P>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<P> Renew my choice to limit marketing for [x] more years.
</P>
<HD1>A-5—Model Form for Voluntary “No Marketing” Notice—Your Choice to Stop Marketing
</HD1>
<P>• [Name of Affiliate] is providing this notice.
</P>
<P>• You may choose to stop all marketing from us and our affiliates.
</P>
<P>• [Your choice to stop marketing from us and our affiliates will apply until you tell us to change your choice.]
</P>
<P>To stop all marketing, contact us [include all that apply]:
</P>
<P>• By telephone: 1-877-###-####
</P>
<P>• On the Web: <I>www.—.com</I>
</P>
<P>• By mail: check the box and complete the form below, and send the form to:
</P>
<FP-1>[Company name]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[Company address]
</FP-1>
<P> Do not market to me.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Regulation S-ID: Identity Theft Red Flags</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 23663, Apr. 17, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 248.201" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.201   Duties regarding the detection, prevention, and mitigation of identity theft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to a <I>financial institution</I> or <I>creditor,</I> as defined in the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681), that is:
</P>
<P>(1) A broker, dealer or any other person that is registered or required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(2) An investment company that is registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under that Act, or that operates as an employees' securities company under that Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) An investment adviser that is registered or required to be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this subpart, and Appendix A of this subpart, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Account</I> means a continuing relationship established by a person with a financial institution or creditor to obtain a product or service for personal, family, household or business purposes. Account includes a brokerage account, a <I>mutual fund</I> account (<I>i.e.,</I> an account with an open-end investment company), and an investment advisory account.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>board of directors</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a branch or agency of a foreign financial institution or creditor, the managing official of that branch or agency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a financial institution or creditor that does not have a board of directors, a designated employee at the level of senior management.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered account</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An account that a financial institution or creditor offers or maintains, primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, that involves or is designed to permit multiple payments or transactions, such as a brokerage account with a broker-dealer or an account maintained by a mutual fund (or its agent) that permits wire transfers or other payments to third parties; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other account that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains for which there is a reasonably foreseeable risk to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft, including financial, operational, compliance, reputation, or litigation risks.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Credit</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1681a(r)(5).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Creditor</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1681m(e)(4).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Customer</I> means a person that has a covered account with a financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Financial institution</I> has the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 1681a(t).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Identifying information</I> means any name or number that may be used, alone or in conjunction with any other information, to identify a specific person, including any—
</P>
<P>(i) Name, Social Security number, date of birth, official State or government issued driver's license or identification number, alien registration number, government passport number, employer or taxpayer identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Unique biometric data, such as fingerprint, voice print, retina or iris image, or other unique physical representation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Unique electronic identification number, address, or routing code; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Telecommunication identifying information or access device (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1029(e)).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Identity theft</I> means a fraud committed or attempted using the identifying information of another person without authority.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Red Flag</I> means a pattern, practice, or specific activity that indicates the possible existence of identity theft.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Service provider</I> means a person that provides a service directly to the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Other definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Broker</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Investment adviser</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Investment company</I> has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3), and includes a separate series of the investment company.
</P>
<P>(vi) Other terms not defined in this subpart have the same meaning as in the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periodic identification of covered accounts.</I> Each financial institution or creditor must periodically determine whether it offers or maintains covered accounts. As a part of this determination, a financial institution or creditor must conduct a risk assessment to determine whether it offers or maintains covered accounts described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, taking into consideration:
</P>
<P>(1) The methods it provides to open its accounts;
</P>
<P>(2) The methods it provides to access its accounts; and
</P>
<P>(3) Its previous experiences with identity theft.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Establishment of an Identity Theft Prevention Program</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Program requirement.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that offers or maintains one or more covered accounts must develop and implement a written Identity Theft Prevention Program (Program) that is designed to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of a covered account or any existing covered account. The Program must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the financial institution or creditor and the nature and scope of its activities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elements of the Program.</I> The Program must include reasonable policies and procedures to:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify relevant Red Flags for the covered accounts that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains, and incorporate those Red Flags into its Program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Detect Red Flags that have been incorporated into the Program of the financial institution or creditor;
</P>
<P>(iii) Respond appropriately to any Red Flags that are detected pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section to prevent and mitigate identity theft; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure the Program (including the Red Flags determined to be relevant) is updated periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers and to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Administration of the Program.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that is required to implement a Program must provide for the continued administration of the Program and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Obtain approval of the initial written Program from either its board of directors or an appropriate committee of the board of directors;
</P>
<P>(2) Involve the board of directors, an appropriate committee thereof, or a designated employee at the level of senior management in the oversight, development, implementation and administration of the Program;
</P>
<P>(3) Train staff, as necessary, to effectively implement the Program; and
</P>
<P>(4) Exercise appropriate and effective oversight of service provider arrangements.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guidelines.</I> Each financial institution or creditor that is required to implement a Program must consider the guidelines in Appendix A to this subpart and include in its Program those guidelines that are appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 248.202" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 248.202   Duties of card issuers regarding changes of address.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to a person described in § 248.201(a) that issues a credit or debit card (card issuer).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cardholder</I> means a consumer who has been issued a <I>credit card</I> or <I>debit card</I> as defined in 15 U.S.C. 1681a(r).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Clear and conspicuous</I> means reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information presented.
</P>
<P>(3) Other terms not defined in this subpart have the same meaning as in the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Address validation requirements.</I> A card issuer must establish and implement reasonable written policies and procedures to assess the validity of a change of address if it receives notification of a change of address for a consumer's debit or credit card account and, within a short period of time afterwards (during at least the first 30 days after it receives such notification), the card issuer receives a request for an additional or replacement card for the same account. Under these circumstances, the card issuer may not issue an additional or replacement card, until, in accordance with its reasonable policies and procedures and for the purpose of assessing the validity of the change of address, the card issuer:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Notifies the cardholder of the request:
</P>
<P>(A) At the cardholder's former address; or
</P>
<P>(B) By any other means of communication that the card issuer and the cardholder have previously agreed to use; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides to the cardholder a reasonable means of promptly reporting incorrect address changes; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise assesses the validity of the change of address in accordance with the policies and procedures the card issuer has established pursuant to § 248.201.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative timing of address validation.</I> A card issuer may satisfy the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section if it validates an address pursuant to the methods in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section when it receives an address change notification, before it receives a request for an additional or replacement card.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form of notice.</I> Any written or electronic notice that the card issuer provides under this paragraph must be clear and conspicuous and be provided separately from its regular correspondence with the cardholder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.8.3.17.3.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 248—Interagency Guidelines on Identity Theft Detection, Prevention, and Mitigation
</HEAD>
<P>Section 248.201 requires each financial institution and creditor that offers or maintains one or more covered accounts, as defined in § 248.201(b)(3), to develop and provide for the continued administration of a written Program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of a covered account or any existing covered account. These guidelines are intended to assist financial institutions and creditors in the formulation and maintenance of a Program that satisfies the requirements of § 248.201.
</P>
<HD1>I. The Program
</HD1>
<P>In designing its Program, a financial institution or creditor may incorporate, as appropriate, its existing policies, procedures, and other arrangements that control reasonably foreseeable risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
</P>
<HD1>II. Identifying Relevant Red Flags
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Risk Factors.</I> A financial institution or creditor should consider the following factors in identifying relevant Red Flags for covered accounts, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The types of covered accounts it offers or maintains;
</P>
<P>(2) The methods it provides to open its covered accounts;
</P>
<P>(3) The methods it provides to access its covered accounts; and
</P>
<P>(4) Its previous experiences with identity theft.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sources of Red Flags.</I> Financial institutions and creditors should incorporate relevant Red Flags from sources such as:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents of identity theft that the financial institution or creditor has experienced;
</P>
<P>(2) Methods of identity theft that the financial institution or creditor has identified that reflect changes in identity theft risks; and
</P>
<P>(3) Applicable regulatory guidance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Categories of Red Flags.</I> The Program should include relevant Red Flags from the following categories, as appropriate. Examples of Red Flags from each of these categories are appended as Supplement A to this Appendix A.
</P>
<P>(1) Alerts, notifications, or other warnings received from consumer reporting agencies or service providers, such as fraud detection services;
</P>
<P>(2) The presentation of suspicious documents;
</P>
<P>(3) The presentation of suspicious personal identifying information, such as a suspicious address change;
</P>
<P>(4) The unusual use of, or other suspicious activity related to, a covered account; and
</P>
<P>(5) Notice from customers, victims of identity theft, law enforcement authorities, or other persons regarding possible identity theft in connection with covered accounts held by the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<HD1>III. Detecting Red Flags
</HD1>
<P>The Program's policies and procedures should address the detection of Red Flags in connection with the opening of covered accounts and existing covered accounts, such as by:
</P>
<P>(a) Obtaining identifying information about, and verifying the identity of, a person opening a covered account, for example, using the policies and procedures regarding identification and verification set forth in the Customer Identification Program rules implementing 31 U.S.C. 5318(<I>l</I>) (31 CFR 1023.220 (broker-dealers) and 1024.220 (mutual funds)); and
</P>
<P>(b) Authenticating customers, monitoring transactions, and verifying the validity of change of address requests, in the case of existing covered accounts.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Preventing and Mitigating Identity Theft
</HD1>
<P>The Program's policies and procedures should provide for appropriate responses to the Red Flags the financial institution or creditor has detected that are commensurate with the degree of risk posed. In determining an appropriate response, a financial institution or creditor should consider aggravating factors that may heighten the risk of identity theft, such as a data security incident that results in unauthorized access to a customer's account records held by the financial institution, creditor, or third party, or notice that a customer has provided information related to a covered account held by the financial institution or creditor to someone fraudulently claiming to represent the financial institution or creditor or to a fraudulent Web site. Appropriate responses may include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitoring a covered account for evidence of identity theft;
</P>
<P>(b) Contacting the customer;
</P>
<P>(c) Changing any passwords, security codes, or other security devices that permit access to a covered account;
</P>
<P>(d) Reopening a covered account with a new account number;
</P>
<P>(e) Not opening a new covered account;
</P>
<P>(f) Closing an existing covered account;
</P>
<P>(g) Not attempting to collect on a covered account or not selling a covered account to a debt collector;
</P>
<P>(h) Notifying law enforcement; or
</P>
<P>(i) Determining that no response is warranted under the particular circumstances.
</P>
<HD1>V. Updating the Program
</HD1>
<P>Financial institutions and creditors should update the Program (including the Red Flags determined to be relevant) periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft, based on factors such as:
</P>
<P>(a) The experiences of the financial institution or creditor with identity theft;
</P>
<P>(b) Changes in methods of identity theft;
</P>
<P>(c) Changes in methods to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft;
</P>
<P>(d) Changes in the types of accounts that the financial institution or creditor offers or maintains; and
</P>
<P>(e) Changes in the business arrangements of the financial institution or creditor, including mergers, acquisitions, alliances, joint ventures, and service provider arrangements.
</P>
<HD1>VI. Methods for Administering the Program
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Oversight of Program.</I> Oversight by the board of directors, an appropriate committee of the board, or a designated employee at the level of senior management should include:
</P>
<P>(1) Assigning specific responsibility for the Program's implementation;
</P>
<P>(2) Reviewing reports prepared by staff regarding compliance by the financial institution or creditor with § 248.201; and
</P>
<P>(3) Approving material changes to the Program as necessary to address changing identity theft risks.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reports.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> Staff of the financial institution or creditor responsible for development, implementation, and administration of its Program should report to the board of directors, an appropriate committee of the board, or a designated employee at the level of senior management, at least annually, on compliance by the financial institution or creditor with § 248.201.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents of report.</I> The report should address material matters related to the Program and evaluate issues such as: The effectiveness of the policies and procedures of the financial institution or creditor in addressing the risk of identity theft in connection with the opening of covered accounts and with respect to existing covered accounts; service provider arrangements; significant incidents involving identity theft and management's response; and recommendations for material changes to the Program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oversight of service provider arrangements.</I> Whenever a financial institution or creditor engages a service provider to perform an activity in connection with one or more covered accounts the financial institution or creditor should take steps to ensure that the activity of the service provider is conducted in accordance with reasonable policies and procedures designed to detect, prevent, and mitigate the risk of identity theft. For example, a financial institution or creditor could require the service provider by contract to have policies and procedures to detect relevant Red Flags that may arise in the performance of the service provider's activities, and either report the Red Flags to the financial institution or creditor, or to take appropriate steps to prevent or mitigate identity theft.
</P>
<HD1>VII. Other Applicable Legal Requirements
</HD1>
<P>Financial institutions and creditors should be mindful of other related legal requirements that may be applicable, such as:
</P>
<P>(a) For financial institutions and creditors that are subject to 31 U.S.C. 5318(g), filing a Suspicious Activity Report in accordance with applicable law and regulation;
</P>
<P>(b) Implementing any requirements under 15 U.S.C. 1681c-1(h) regarding the circumstances under which credit may be extended when the financial institution or creditor detects a fraud or active duty alert;
</P>
<P>(c) Implementing any requirements for furnishers of information to consumer reporting agencies under 15 U.S.C. 1681s-2, for example, to correct or update inaccurate or incomplete information, and to not report information that the furnisher has reasonable cause to believe is inaccurate; and
</P>
<P>(d) Complying with the prohibitions in 15 U.S.C. 1681m on the sale, transfer, and placement for collection of certain debts resulting from identity theft.
</P>
<HD2>Supplement A to Appendix A
</HD2>
<P>In addition to incorporating Red Flags from the sources recommended in section II.b. of the Guidelines in Appendix A to this subpart, each financial institution or creditor may consider incorporating into its Program, whether singly or in combination, Red Flags from the following illustrative examples in connection with covered accounts:
</P>
<HD3>Alerts, Notifications or Warnings From a Consumer Reporting Agency
</HD3>
<P>1. A fraud or active duty alert is included with a consumer report.
</P>
<P>2. A consumer reporting agency provides a notice of credit freeze in response to a request for a consumer report.
</P>
<P>3. A consumer reporting agency provides a notice of address discrepancy, as referenced in Sec. 605(h) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681c(h)).
</P>
<P>4. A consumer report indicates a pattern of activity that is inconsistent with the history and usual pattern of activity of an applicant or customer, such as:
</P>
<P>a. A recent and significant increase in the volume of inquiries;
</P>
<P>b. An unusual number of recently established credit relationships;
</P>
<P>c. A material change in the use of credit, especially with respect to recently established credit relationships; or
</P>
<P>d. An account that was closed for cause or identified for abuse of account privileges by a financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<HD3>Suspicious Documents
</HD3>
<P>5. Documents provided for identification appear to have been altered or forged.
</P>
<P>6. The photograph or physical description on the identification is not consistent with the appearance of the applicant or customer presenting the identification.
</P>
<P>7. Other information on the identification is not consistent with information provided by the person opening a new covered account or customer presenting the identification.
</P>
<P>8. Other information on the identification is not consistent with readily accessible information that is on file with the financial institution or creditor, such as a signature card or a recent check.
</P>
<P>9. An application appears to have been altered or forged, or gives the appearance of having been destroyed and reassembled.
</P>
<HD3>Suspicious Personal Identifying Information
</HD3>
<P>10. Personal identifying information provided is inconsistent when compared against external information sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address does not match any address in the consumer report; or
</P>
<P>b. The Social Security Number (SSN) has not been issued, or is listed on the Social Security Administration's Death Master File.
</P>
<P>11. Personal identifying information provided by the customer is not consistent with other personal identifying information provided by the customer. For example, there is a lack of correlation between the SSN range and date of birth.
</P>
<P>12. Personal identifying information provided is associated with known fraudulent activity as indicated by internal or third-party sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address on an application is the same as the address provided on a fraudulent application; or
</P>
<P>b. The phone number on an application is the same as the number provided on a fraudulent application.
</P>
<P>13. Personal identifying information provided is of a type commonly associated with fraudulent activity as indicated by internal or third-party sources used by the financial institution or creditor. For example:
</P>
<P>a. The address on an application is fictitious, a mail drop, or a prison; or
</P>
<P>b. The phone number is invalid, or is associated with a pager or answering service.
</P>
<P>14. The SSN provided is the same as that submitted by other persons opening an account or other customers.
</P>
<P>15. The address or telephone number provided is the same as or similar to the address or telephone number submitted by an unusually large number of other persons opening accounts or by other customers.
</P>
<P>16. The person opening the covered account or the customer fails to provide all required personal identifying information on an application or in response to notification that the application is incomplete.
</P>
<P>17. Personal identifying information provided is not consistent with personal identifying information that is on file with the financial institution or creditor.
</P>
<P>18. For financial institutions and creditors that use challenge questions, the person opening the covered account or the customer cannot provide authenticating information beyond that which generally would be available from a wallet or consumer report.
</P>
<HD3>Unusual Use of, or Suspicious Activity Related to, the Covered Account
</HD3>
<P>19. Shortly following the notice of a change of address for a covered account, the institution or creditor receives a request for a new, additional, or replacement means of accessing the account or for the addition of an authorized user on the account.
</P>
<P>20. A covered account is used in a manner that is not consistent with established patterns of activity on the account. There is, for example:
</P>
<P>a. Nonpayment when there is no history of late or missed payments;
</P>
<P>b. A material increase in the use of available credit;
</P>
<P>c. A material change in purchasing or spending patterns; or
</P>
<P>d. A material change in electronic fund transfer patterns in connection with a deposit account.
</P>
<P>21. A covered account that has been inactive for a reasonably lengthy period of time is used (taking into consideration the type of account, the expected pattern of usage and other relevant factors).
</P>
<P>22. Mail sent to the customer is returned repeatedly as undeliverable although transactions continue to be conducted in connection with the customer's covered account.
</P>
<P>23. The financial institution or creditor is notified that the customer is not receiving paper account statements.
</P>
<P>24. The financial institution or creditor is notified of unauthorized charges or transactions in connection with a customer's covered account.
</P>
<HD3>Notice From Customers, Victims of Identity Theft, Law Enforcement Authorities, or Other Persons Regarding Possible Identity Theft in Connection With Covered Accounts Held by the Financial Institution or Creditor
</HD3>
<P>25. The financial institution or creditor is notified by a customer, a victim of identity theft, a law enforcement authority, or any other person that it has opened a fraudulent account for a person engaged in identity theft.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="249" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 249—FORMS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I> and 7201 <I>et seq.;</I> 12 U.S.C. 5461 <I>et seq.;</I> 18 U.S.C. 1350; Sec. 953(b) Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1904; Sec. 102(a)(3) Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 309 (2012), Sec. 107 Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 313 (2012), Sec. 72001 Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015), and secs. 2 and 3 Pub. L. 116-222, 134 Stat. 1063 (2020), unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE><P>Section 249.220f is also issued under secs. 3(a), 202, 208, 302, 306(a), 401(a), 401(b), 406 and 407, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745, and secs. 2 and 3, Pub. L. 116-222, 134 Stat. 1063.
</P><P>Section 249.240f is also issued under secs. 3(a), 202, 208, 302, 306(a), 401(a), 406 and 407, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P><P>Section 249.308 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-29 and 80a-37.
</P><P>Section 249.308a is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P><P>Section 249.308b is also issued under secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P><P>Section 249.310 is also issued under secs. 3(a), 202, 208, 302, 406 and 407, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P><P>Section 249.326(T) also issued under section 13(f)(1) (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(1)).
</P><P>Section 249.330 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-29(a).
</P><P>Section 249.331 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78j-1, 7202, 7233, 7241, 7264, 7265; and 18 U.S.C. 1350.
</P><P>Section 249.617 is also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, § 939, 939A, 124. Stat. 1376 (2010) (15 U.S.C. 78c, 15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-7 note).
</P><P>Section 249.640 is also issued under Public Law 111-203, sec. 913, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
</P><P>Section 249.819 is also issued under 12 U.S.C. 5465(e).
</P><P>Section 249.1400 is also issued under sec. 943, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 249 appear at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992, and 57 FR 47409, Oct. 16, 1992.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms prescribed for use under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Any person may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (<I>See</I> § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of SEC regional offices).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17757, Mar. 20, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 26820, June 22, 1982; 59 FR 5946, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 979, Jan. 4, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Forms for Registration or Exemption of, and Notification of Action Taken by, National Securities Exchanges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1   Form 1, for application for, and amendments to applications for, registration as a national securities exchange or exemption from registration pursuant to Section 5 of the Exchange Act.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for application for, and amendments to applications for, registration as a national securities exchange or exemption from registration pursuant to Section 5 of the Act, (15 U.S.C. 78e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70925, Dec. 22, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.10   Form 1-N for notice registration as a national securities exchange.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for notice, and amendments to the notice, to permit an exchange to register as a national securities exchange solely for the purposes of trading security futures products pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43743, Aug. 20, 2001]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 1-10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.11   Form R31 for reporting covered sales and covered round turn transactions under section 31 of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by each national securities exchange to report to the Commission within ten business days after the end of every month the aggregate dollar amount of sales of securities that occurred on the exchange, had a charge date in the month of the report, and are subject to fees pursuant to section 31(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78ee) and § 240.31 of this chapter; and the total number of round turn transactions in security futures that occurred on the exchange, had a charge date in the month of the report, and are subject to assessments pursuant to section 31(d) of the Act and § 240.31 of this chapter. This form also shall be used by a national securities association to report to the Commission within ten business days after the end of every month the aggregate dollar amount of sales of securities that occurred by or through a member of the association otherwise than on a national securities exchange, had a charge date in the month of the report, and are subject to fees pursuant to section 31(c) of the Act and § 240.31 of this chapter; and the total number of round turn transactions in security futures that occurred by or through any member of the association otherwise than on a national securities exchange, had a charge date in the month of the report, and are subject to assessments pursuant to section 31(d) of the Act and § 240.31 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 41080, July 7, 2004]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form R31, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.25" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.25   Form 25, for notification of removal from listing and/or registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered national securities exchanges and issuers for notification of removal of a class of securities from listing on a national securities exchange and/or withdrawal of registration under section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(b)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 42469, July 22, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.26" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.26   Form 26, for notification of the admission to trading of a substituted or additional class of security under Rule 12a-5 (§ 240.12a-5 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by a registered national securities exchange for notification of the admission to trading of a substituted or additional class of security under Rule 12a-5. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 26, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Forms for Reports To Be Filed by Officers, Directors, and Security Holders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.103   Form 3, initial statement of beneficial ownership of securities.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 16a-3 (§ 240.16a-3 of this chapter) for initial statements of beneficial ownership of securities. The Commission is authorized to solicit the information required by this Form pursuant to sections 16(a) and 23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p(a) and 78w(a)); and sections 30(h) and 38 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h) and 80a-37), and the rules and regulations thereunder. Disclosure of information specified on this Form is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of disclosing the holdings of directors, officers and beneficial owners of registered companies. Information disclosed will be a matter of public record and available for inspection by members of the public. The Commission can use the information in investigations or litigation involving the federal securities laws or other civil, criminal, or regulatory statutes or provisions, as well as for referral to other governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Failure to disclose required information may result in civil or criminal action against persons involved for violations of the federal securities laws and rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7274, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 72 FR 45112, Aug. 10, 2007]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.104" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.104   Form 4, statement of changes in beneficial ownership of securities.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 16a-3 (§ 240.16a-3 of this chapter) for statements of changes in beneficial ownership of securities. The Commission is authorized to solicit the information required by this Form pursuant to sections 16(a) and 23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p(a) and 78w(a)); and sections 30(h) and 38 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h) and 80a-37), and the rules and regulations thereunder. Disclosure of information specified on this Form is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of disclosing the holdings of directors, officers and beneficial owners of registered companies. Information disclosed will be a matter of public record and available for inspection by members of the public. The Commission can use the information in investigations or litigation involving the federal securities laws or other civil, criminal, or regulatory statutes or provisions, as well as for referral to other governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Failure to disclose required information may result in civil or criminal action against persons involved for violations of the federal securities laws and rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7274, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 72 FR 45112, Aug. 10, 2007] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.105" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.105   Form 5, annual statement of beneficial ownership of securities.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 16a-3 (§ 240.16a-3 of this chapter) for annual statements of beneficial ownership of securities. The Commission is authorized to solicit the information required by this Form pursuant to sections 16(a) and 23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p(a) and 78w(a)); and sections 30(h) and 38 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h) and 80a-37), and the rules and regulations thereunder. Disclosure of information specified on this Form is mandatory. The information will be used for the primary purpose of disclosing the holdings of directors, officers and beneficial owners of registered companies. Information disclosed will be a matter of public record and available for inspection by members of the public. The Commission can use the information in investigations or litigation involving the federal securities laws or other civil, criminal, or regulatory statutes or provisions, as well as for referral to other governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Failure to disclose required information may result in civil or criminal action against persons involved for violations of the federal securities laws and rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 7274, Feb. 21, 1991, as amended at 72 FR 45112, Aug. 10, 2007]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Forms for Applications for Registration of Securities on National Securities Exchanges and Similar Matters</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.208" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.208   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.208a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.208a   Form 8-A, for registration of certain classes of securities pursuant to section 12 (b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, this form may be used for registration pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of any class of securities of any issuer which:
</P>
<P>(1) Is required to file reports pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of that Act;
</P>
<P>(2) Is concurrently qualifying a Tier 2 offering statement relating to that class of securities using the Form S-1 or Form S-11 disclosure models; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pursuant to an order exempting the exchange on which the issuer has securities listed from registration as a national securities exchange.
</P>
<P>(b) If the registrant would be required to file an annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act for its last fiscal year, except for the fact that the registration statement on this form will become effective before such report is required to be filed, an annual report for such fiscal year shall nevertheless be filed within the period specified in the appropriate annual report form.
</P>
<P>(c) If this form is used for the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b)), it shall become effective;
</P>
<P>(1) If a class of securities is not concurrently being registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>)(“Securities Act”), upon the later of receipt by the Commission of certification from the national securities exchange listed on the form or the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a class of securities is concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the later of the Filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission, receipt by the Commission of certification from the national securities exchange listed on the form, or the effectiveness of the Securities Act registration statement relating to the class of securities.
</P>
<P>(d) If this form is used for the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)), it shall become effective:
</P>
<P>(1) If a class of securities is not concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a class of securities is concurrently being registered under the Securities Act, upon the later of the filing of the Form 8-A with the Commission or the effectiveness of the Securities registration statement relating to the class of securities. 
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, if the form is used for registration of a class of securities being offered under Regulation A, it shall become effective:
</P>
<P>(1) For the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(b), upon the latest of the filing of the form with the Commission, the qualification of the Regulation A offering statement or the receipt by the Commission of certification from the national securities exchange listed on the form; or
</P>
<P>(2) For the registration of a class of securities under Section 12(g), upon the later of the filing of the form and qualification of that Regulation A offering statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 21663, May 19, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 8-A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 249.208b-249.208c" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 249.208b-249.208c   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Amended Form 8-A replaces former Form 8-C; see § 249.208a of this chapter.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.210" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.210   Form 10, general form for registration of securities pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for registration pursuant to section 12 (b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of classes of securities of issuers for which no other form is prescribed.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 7, 10, 19(a), 48 Stat. 78, 81, 85; secs. 205, 209, 48 Stat. 906, 908; sec. 8, 68 Stat. 685; 15 U.S.C. 77g, 77j, 77s(a); secs. 12, 13, 14, 15(d), 23, 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; secs. 1, 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1375, 1377, 1379; sec. 202, 68 Stat. 686; secs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574, 88a; secs. 1, 2, 3, 82 Stat. 454, 455; secs.1, 2, 3-5, 28(c), 84 Stat. 1435, 1479; sec. 105(b), 88 Stat. 1503; secs. 8, 9, 10, 18, 89 Stat. 117, 118, 119, 155 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78w)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 10 see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.210b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.210b   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.218" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.218   Form 18, for foreign governments and political subdivisions thereof.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for the registration of securities of any foreign government or political subdivision thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54781, Dec. 6, 1982] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 18, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.220f" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.220f   Form 20-F, registration of securities of foreign private issuers pursuant to section 12(b) or (g), annual and transition reports pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d), and shell company reports required under Rule 13a-19 or 15d-19 (§ 240.13a-19 or § 240.15d-19 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any foreign private issuer, other than an asset-backed issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this chapter), may use this form as a registration statement under section 12 (15 U.S.C. 78l) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>), as an annual or transition report filed under section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)), or as a shell company report required under Rule 13a-19 or Rule 15d-19 under the Exchange Act (§ 240.13a-19 or 240.15d-19 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) An annual report on this form shall be filed within six months after the end of the fiscal year covered by such report.
</P>
<P>(c) A transition report on this form shall be filed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 240.13a-10 or § 240.15d-10 applicable when the issuer changes its fiscal year end. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54781, Dec. 6, 1982, as amended at 70 FR 1625, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR 42248, July 21, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 20-F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.240f" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.240f   Form 40-F, for registration of securities of certain Canadian issuers pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) and for reports pursuant to section 15(d) and Rule 15d-4 (§ 240.15d-4 of this chapter).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form 40-F may be used to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 15d-4 (17 CFR 240.15d-4) thereunder by registrants that are subject to the reporting requirements of that section solely by reason of their having filed a registration statement on Form F-7, F-8, F-10 or F-80 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>):</HED>
<P>No reporting obligation arises under section 15(d) of the Securities Act from the registration of securities on Form F-7, F-8 or F-80 if the issuer, at the time of filing such Form, is exempt from the requirements of section 12(g) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b). See Rule 12h-4 under the Exchange Act.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Form 40-F may be used to register securities with the Commission pursuant to section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13a-3 (17 CFR 240.13a-3) thereunder, and to file reports with the Commission pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The registrant is incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada or any Canadian province or territory; 
</P>
<P>(2) The registrant is a foreign private issuer or a crown corporation; 
</P>
<P>(3) The registrant has been subject to the periodic reporting requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada for a period of at least 12 calendar months immediately preceding the filing of this Form and is currently in compliance with such obligations; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The aggregate market value of the public float of the registrant's outstanding equity shares is $75 million or more. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Instructions
</HD2>
<P>1. For purposes of this Form, “foreign private issuer” shall be construed in accordance with Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
</P>
<P>2. For purposes of this Form, the term “crown corporation” shall mean a corporation all of whose common shares or comparable equity is owned directly or indirectly by the Government of Canada or a Province or Territory of Canada.
</P>
<P>3. For purposes of this Form, the “public float” of specified securities shall mean only such securities held by persons other than affiliates of the issuer.
</P>
<P>4. For the purposes of this Form, an “affiliate” of a person is anyone who beneficially owns directly or indirectly, or exercises control or direction over, more than 10 percent of the outstanding equity shares of such person. The determination of a person's affiliates shall be made as of the end of such person's most recently completed fiscal year.
</P>
<P>5. For purposes of this Form, “equity shares” shall mean common shares, non-voting equity shares and subordinate or restricted voting equity shares, but shall not include preferred shares.
</P>
<P>6. For purposes of this Form, the market value of outstanding equity shares (whether or not held by affiliates) shall be computed by use of the price at which the shares were last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such shares, in the principal market for such shares as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of filing. If there is no market for any of such securities, the book value of such securities computed as of the latest practicable date prior to the filing of this Form shall be used for purposes of calculating the market value, unless the issuer of such securities is in bankruptcy or receivership or has an accumulated capital deficit, in which case one-third of the principal amount, par value or stated value of such securities shall be used.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) If the registrant is a successor registrant subsisting after a business combination, it shall be deemed to meet the 12-month reporting requirement of paragraph (b)(3) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The time the successor registrant has been subject to the continuous disclosure requirements of any securities commission or equivalent regulatory authority in Canada, when added separately to the time each predecessor had been subject to such requirements at the time of the business combination, in each case equals at least 12 calendar months, <I>provided, however,</I> that any predecessor need not be considered for purposes of the reporting history calculation if the reporting histories of predecessors whose assets and gross revenues, respectively, would contribute at least 80 percent of the total assets and gross revenues from continuing operations of the successor registrant, as measured based on pro forma combination of such participating companies' most recently completed fiscal years immediately prior to the business combination, when combined with the reporting history of the successor registrant in each case satisfy such 12-month reporting requirement; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The successor registrant has been subject to such continuous disclosure requirements since the business combination, and is currently in compliance with its obligations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) This Form shall not be used if the registrant is an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(e) Registrants registering securities on this Form, and registrants filing annual reports on this Form who have not previously filed a Form F-X (§ 249.250 of this chapter) in connection with the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file this report arises, shall file a Form F-X with the Commission together with this Form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30075, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 40-F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.250" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.3.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.250   Form F-X, for appointment of agent for service of process by issuers registering securities on Form F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 (§ 239.38, 239.39, 239.40 or 239.41 of this chapter), or registering securities or filing periodic reports on Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter), or by any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F or 14D-9F (§ 240.13e-102, 240.14d-102 or 240.14d-103 of this chapter), or by any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7 (§ 249.37 of this chapter), F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80.</HEAD>
<P>Form F-X shall be filed with the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(a) By any issuer registering securities on Form F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 under the Securities Act of 1933; 
</P>
<P>(b) By any issuer registering securities on Form 40-F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(c) By any issuer filing a periodic report on Form 40-F, if it has not previously filed a Form F-X in connection with the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file a report on Form 40-F arises; 
</P>
<P>(d) By any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F or 14D-9F; and
</P>
<P>(e) By any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30076, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-X, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Forms for Annual and Other Reports of Issuers and Other Persons Required Under Sections 13, 14A, and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.306" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.306   Form 6-K, report of foreign issuer pursuant to Rules 13a-16 (§ 240.13a-16 of this chapter) and 15d-16 (§ 240.15d-16 of this chapter) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by foreign issuers which are required to furnish reports pursuant to Rule 13a-16 (§ 240.13a-16 of this chapter) or 15d-16 (§ 240.15d-16 of this chapter) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 6-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.308" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.308   Form 8-K, for current reports.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for the current reports required by Rule 13a-11 or Rule 15d-11 (§ 240.13a-11 or § 240.15d-11 of this chapter) and for reports of nonpublic information required to be disclosed by Regulation FD (§§ 243.100 and 243.101 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 8-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.308a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.308a   Form 10-Q, for quarterly and transition reports under sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form 10-Q shall be used for quarterly reports under section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), required to be filed pursuant to § 240.13a-13 or § 240.15d-13 of this chapter. A quarterly report on this form pursuant to § 240.13a-13 or § 240.15d-13 of this chapter shall be filed within the following period after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, but no quarterly report need be filed for the fourth quarter of any fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(1) 40 days after the end of the fiscal quarter for large accelerated filers and accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter for all other registrants.
</P>
<P>(b) Form 10-Q also shall be used for transition and quarterly reports filed pursuant to § 240.13a-10 or § 240.15d-10 of this chapter. Such transition or quarterly reports shall be filed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 240.13a-10 or § 240.15d-10 of this chapter applicable when the registrant changes its fiscal year end.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 58506, Sept. 16, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 68236, Nov. 23, 2004; 70 FR 76642, Dec. 27, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 10-Q, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.310" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.310   Form 10-K, for annual and transition reports pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be used for annual reports pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) for which no other form is prescribed. This form also shall be used for transition reports filed pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(b) Annual reports on this form shall be filed within the following period:
</P>
<P>(1) 60 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report (75 days for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2006) for large accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(2) 75 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report for accelerated filers (as defined in § 240.12b-2 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(3) 90 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report for all other registrants.
</P>
<P>(c) Transition reports on this form shall be filed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 240.13a-10 or § 240.15d-10 of this chapter applicable when the registrant changes its fiscal year end.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, all schedules required by Article 12 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-01-210.12-29 of this chapter) may, at the option of the registrant, be filed as an amendment to the report not later than 30 days after the applicable due date of the report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 76642, Dec. 27, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 10-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 249.310b-249.310c" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 249.310b-249.310c   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.311" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.311   Form 11-K, for annual reports of employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for annual reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to employee stock purchase, savings and similar plans, interests in which constitute securities which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Such a report is required to be filed even though the issuer of the securities offered to employees pursuant to the plan also files annual reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. However, attention is directed to Rule 15d-21 (§ 240.15d-21 of this chapter) which provides that in certain cases the information required by this form may be furnished with respect to the plan as a part of the annual report of such issuer. Reports on this form shall be filed within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year of the plan, or, in the case of a plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, within 180 days after the plan's fiscal year end.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 21663, May 19, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 11-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.312" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.312   Form 10-D, periodic distribution reports by asset-backed issuers.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by asset-backed issuers to file periodic distribution reports pursuant to § 240.13a-17 or § 240.15d-17 of this chapter. A distribution report on this form pursuant to § 240.13a-17 or § 240.15d-17 of this chapter shall be filed within 15 days after each required distribution date on the asset-backed securities, as specified in the governing documents for such securities. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 1626, Jan. 7, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 10-D, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.318" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.318   Form 18-K, annual report for foreign governments and political subdivisions thereof.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for the annual reports of foreign governments or political subdivisions thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 54790, Dec. 6, 1982] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 18-K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.322" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.322   Form 12b-25—Notification of late filing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be filed pursuant to § 240.12b-25 of this chapter by issuers who are unable to file timely all or any required portion of an annual or transition report on Form 10-K and Form 10-KSB, 20-F, or 11-K (§ 249.310, 249.310b, 249.220f or 249.311), a quarterly or transition report on Form 10-Q and Form 10-QSB (§§ 249.308a and 249.308b), or a distribution report on Form 10-D (§ 249.312) pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) or an annual report on Form N-CEN (§§ 249.330; 274.101) or a semi-annual or annual report on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331; 274.128) pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Act or section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29). The filing shall consist of a signed original and three conformed copies, and shall be filed with the Commission at Washington, DC 20549, no later than one business day after the due date for the periodic report in question. Copies of this form may be obtained from “Publications,” Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 and at our Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov.</I> 
</P>
<P>(b) This form shall not be used by electronic filers unable to timely file a report solely due to electronic difficulties. Filers unable to submit a report within the time period prescribed due to electronic difficulties should comply with either Rule 201 or Rule 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 or § 232.202 of this chapter), or apply for an adjustment in filing date pursuant to Rule 13(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.13(b) of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interactive data submissions.</I> This form shall not be used by electronic filers with respect to the submission or posting of an Interactive Data File (§ 232.11 of this chapter). Electronic filers unable to submit or post an Interactive Data File within the time period prescribed should comply with either Rule 201 or 202 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.201 and 232.202 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 1449, Jan. 11, 1985, as amended at 70 FR 1630, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008; 74 FR 6821, Feb. 10, 2009; 81 FR 82020, June 1, 2018]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 12b-25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.323" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.323   Form 15, certification of termination of registration of a class of security under section 12(g) or notice of suspension of duty to file reports pursuant to sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be filed by each issuer to certify that the number of holders of record of a class of security registered under section 12(g) of the Act is reduced to less than 300 persons, or that the number of holders of record of a class of security registered under section 12(g) of the Act is reduced to less than 500 persons and the total assets of the issuer have not exceeded $10 million on the last day of each of the issuer's most recent three fiscal years. Registration terminates 90 days after the filing of the certificate or within such shorter time as the Commission may direct.
</P>
<P>(b) This form shall also be filed by each issuer required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act, as a notification that the duty to file such reports is suspended pursuant to section 15(d) of the Act because all securities of each class of such issuer registered under the Securities Act of 1933 are held of record by less than 300 persons at the beginning of its fiscal year, or otherwise pursuant to the provisions of Rule 12h-3 (17 CFR 240.12h-3).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 12(g)(4), 12(h), 13(a), 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704; secs. 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1377, 1379; secs. 3, 4, 6, 78 Stat. 565-568, 569, 570-574; sec. 18, 89 Stat. 155; sec. 204, 91 Stat. 1500; 15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(g)(4), 78<I>l</I>(h), 78m(a), 78o(d), 78w(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 12690, Mar. 30, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986; 61 FR 21356, May 9, 1996]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 15, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.324" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.324   Form 15F, certification by a foreign private issuer regarding the termination of registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) or the duty to file reports under section 13(a) or section 15(d).</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed by a foreign private issuer to disclose and certify the information on the basis of which it meets the requirements specified in Rule 12h-6 (§ 240.12h-6 of this chapter) to terminate the registration of a class of securities under section 12(g) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78l(g)) or the duty to file reports under section 13(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) or section 15(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78(o)(d)). In each instance, unless the Commission objects, termination occurs 90 days, or such shorter time as the Commission may direct, after the filing of Form 15F.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 16958, Apr. 5, 2007]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 15F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.325" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.325   Form 13F, report of institutional investment manager pursuant to section 13(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by institutional investment managers which are required to furnish reports pursuant to section 13(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)) and Rule 13f-1 thereunder (§ 240.13f-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 26705, June 22, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 13F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.326" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.326   Form N-PX, annual report of proxy voting record.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by institutional investment managers to file an annual report pursuant to § 240.14Ad-1 of this chapter containing the manager's proxy voting record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 78808, Dec. 22, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.327" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.327   Form 13H, Information required on large traders pursuant to Section 13(h) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by persons that are large traders required to furnish identifying information to the Commission pursuant to Section 13(h)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78m(h)(1)] and § 240.13h-1(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 47004, Aug. 3, 2011]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 13H, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.328T" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.328T   Form 17-H, Risk assessment report for brokers and dealers pursuant to section 17(h) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by brokers and dealers in reporting information to the Commission concerning certain of their associated persons pursuant to section 17(h) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78q(h)] and Rules 17h-1T and 17h-2T thereunder [§§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this chapter].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 32171, July 21, 1992]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 17-H, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.330" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.330   Form N-CEN, annual report of registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered unit investment trusts and small business investment companies for annual reports to be filed pursuant to § 270.30a-1 of this chapter in satisfaction of the requirement of section 30(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(a)) that every registered investment company must file annually with the Commission such information, documents, and reports as investment companies having securities registered on a national securities exchange are required to file annually pursuant to section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a)) and the rules and regulations thereunder.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The text of Form N-CEN will not appear in the <I>Code of Federal Regulations.</I></P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-CEN, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.331" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.331   Form N-CSR, certified shareholder report.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered management investment companies to file reports pursuant to § 270.30b2-1(a) of this chapter not later than 10 days after the transmission to stockholders of any report that is required to be transmitted to stockholders under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 5365, Feb. 3, 2003]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-CSR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.332" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.332   Form SHO, report of institutional investment managers pursuant to section 13(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by institutional investment managers that are required to furnish reports pursuant to section 13(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(2)) and 17 CFR 240.13f-2 (Rule 13f-2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 75185, Nov. 1, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.333" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.333   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.444" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.444   Form SE, form for submission of paper format exhibits by electronic filers.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by an electronic filer for the submission of any paper format document relating to an otherwise electronic filing, as provided in Rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14686, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.445" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.445   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.446" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.446   Form ID, application for EDGAR access.</HEAD>
<P>Form ID must be filed by electronic filers, or by their account administrators, to request EDGAR access and to authorize account administrators to manage the electronic filer's EDGAR account.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 106223, Dec. 27, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.447" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.4.17.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.447   Form TH—Notification of reliance on temporary hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Form TH shall be filed by any electronic filer who submits to the Commission, pursuant to a temporary hardship exemption, a document in paper format that otherwise would be required to be submitted electronically, as prescribed by Rule 201(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201(a) of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14686, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TH, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Forms for Statements Made in Connection With Exempt Tender Offers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 61406, Nov. 10, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.480" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.480   Form CB, tender offer statement in connection with a tender offer for a foreign private issuer.</HEAD>
<P>This form is used to report an issuer tender offer conducted in compliance with § 240.13e-4(h)(8) of this chapter and a third-party tender offer conducted in compliance with § 240.14d-1(c) of this chapter. This report also is used by a subject company pursuant to § 240.14e-2(d) of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61406, Nov. 10, 1999]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form CB, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Forms for Registration of Brokers and Dealers Transacting Business on Over-the-Counter Markets</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.501" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.501   Form BD, for application for registration as a broker and dealer or to amend or supplement such an application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be used for application for registration as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to amend such application. 
</P>
<P>(b) Interim Form BD shall be used for application for registration as broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to amend such application, only by order of the Commission. In the event broker-dealers are required to comply with their filing obligations on Interim Form BD, the form will be made available at the Commission's Publication Office at (202) 942-4040.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form BD, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.501a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.501a   Form BDW, notice of withdrawal from registration as broker-dealer pursuant to § 240.15b6-1, § 240.15Bc3-1, or § 240.15Cc1-1 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be used for filing a notice of withdrawal as broker-dealer pursuant to Rule 15b6-1 (§ 240.15b6-1 of this chapter), Rule 15Bc3-1 § 240.15B3-1 of this chapter), or Rule 15Cc1-1 (§ 240.15Cc1-1 of this chapter). Under sections 15(b), 15B, 15C, 17(a), and 23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR part 240), and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this form from registrants desiring to withdraw their registration as a broker-dealer. Disclosure of the information specified in this form is mandatory prior to processing of applications for withdrawal, except for social security account numbers, disclosure of which is voluntary. The information will be used for the primary purpose of determining whether it is in the public interest to permit a broker-dealer to withdraw his registration. This notice will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information, given will be available for inspection by any member of the public. Because of the public nature of the information the Commission can utilize it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the Federal securities laws and other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions. Social security account numbers, if furnished, will assist the Commission in identifying registrants and, therefore, in promptly processing applications for withdrawal. Failure to disclose the information requested by Form BDW, except for social security account numbers, may result in the registrant not being permitted to withdraw his registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Interim Form BDW shall be used for application for registration as broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to amend such application, only by order of the Commission. In the event broker-dealers are required to comply with their filing obligations on Interim Form BD, the form will be made available at the Commission's Publication Office at (202) 942-4040.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 16844, May 6, 1987]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form BDW, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.501b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.501b   Form BD-N for notice registration as a broker-dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for notice of registration as a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15(b)(11)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)(A)) for the limited purpose of trading security futures products, or to amend such notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 45147, Aug. 27, 2001]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form BD-N, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.507" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.507   Form 7-M, consent to service of process by an individual nonresident broker-dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 15b1-5 (§ 240.15b1-5 of this chapter) by each individual nonresident broker-dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 7-M, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.508" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.508   Form 8-M, consent to service of process by a corporation which is a nonresident broker-dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 15b1-5 (§ 240.15b1-5 of this chapter) by each corporate nonresident broker-dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 8-M, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.509" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.509   Form 9-M, consent to service of process by a partnership nonresident broker-dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 15b1-5 (§ 240.15b1-5 of this chapter) by each partnership nonresident broker-dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 9-M, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.510" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.6.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.510   Form 10-M, consent to service of process by a nonresident general partner of a broker-dealer firm.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 15b1-5 (§ 240.15b1-5 of this chapter) by each nonresident general partner of a broker-dealer firm registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 10-M, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Forms for Reports To Be Made by Certain Exchange Members, Brokers, Dealers, Security-Based Swap Dealers, and Major Security-Based Swap Participants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.617" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.617   Form X-17A-5, information required of certain brokers, dealers, security-based swap dealers, and major security-based swap participants pursuant to sections 15F and 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and §§ 240.17a-5, 240.17a-10, 240.17a-11, 240.17a-12, and 240.18a-79 of this chapter, as applicable.</HEAD>
<P>Appropriate parts of Form X-17A-5, as applicable, shall be used by brokers, dealers, security-based swap dealers, and major security-based swap participants required to file reports under §§ 240.17a-5, 240.17a-10, 240.17a-11, 240.17a-12, and 240.18a-7 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 68669, Dec. 16, 2019]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form X-17A-5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.618" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.618   Form BD-Y2K, information required of broker-dealers pursuant to section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.17a-5 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by every broker-dealer required to file reports under § 240.17a-5(e) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 37674, July 13, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form BD-Y2K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.619" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.619   Form TA-Y2K, information required of transfer agents pursuant to section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.17Ad-18 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by every registered transfer agent required to file reports under § 240.17Ad-18 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 37694, July 13, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TA-Y2K, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 249.620-249.634" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 249.620-249.634   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.635" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.635   Form X-17A-19, report by national securities exchanges and registered national securities associations of changes in the membership status of any of their members.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be completed and filed by each national securities exchange or registered national securities association as required by § 240.17a-19 of this chapter within 5 business days of the occurrence of the initiation of the membership of any person or the suspension or termination of the membership of any of its members.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 39841, June 12, 1980] 


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form X-17A-19, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.636" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.636   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.637" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.637   Form ATS, information required of alternative trading systems pursuant to § 242.301(b)(2) of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by every alternative trading system to file required notices, reports and amendments under § 242.301(b)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70933, Dec. 22, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ATS, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.638" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.638   Form ATS-R, information required of alternative trading systems pursuant to § 242.301(b)(8) of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by every alternative trading system to file required reports under § 242.301(b)(8) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70943, Dec. 22, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ATS-R, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.639" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.639   Form custody.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for reports of information required by § 240.17a-5 of this chapter.
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form Custody, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 51994, Aug. 21, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.640" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.640   Form ATS-N, information required of NMS Stock ATSs pursuant to § 242.304(a) of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by every NMS Stock ATS to file required 

reports under § 242.304(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 38913, Aug. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ATS-N, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.641" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.7.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.641   Form CRS, Relationship Summary for Brokers and Dealers Providing Services to Retail Investors, pursuant to § 240.17a-14 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be prepared and filed by brokers and dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 15 of the Act that offer services to a retail investor pursuant to § 240.17a-14 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 33630, July 12, 2019]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form CRS, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Forms For Reports as to Stabilization</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.709" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.8.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.709   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Forms for Self-Regulatory Organization Rule Changes and Forms for Registration of and Reporting by National Securities Associations and Affiliated Securities Associations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.801" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.801   Form 15A, for application for registration as a national securities association or affiliated securities association.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed as an application for registration as a national securities association or as an affiliated securities association pursuant to § 240.15aa-1 of this chapter (Rule 15aa-1).




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form X-15AA-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 249.802-249.803" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 249.802-249.803   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.819" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.819   Form 19b-4, for electronic filings with respect to proposed rule changes, advance notices and security-based swap submissions by all self-regulatory organizations.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by all self-regulatory organizations, as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), to file electronically proposed rule changes with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) and § 240.19b-4 of this chapter, advance notices with the Commission pursuant to Section 806(e) of the Payment, Clearing and Settlement Supervision Act (12 U.S.C. 5465(e)) and § 240.19b-4 of this chapter and security-based swap submissions with the Commission pursuant to Section 3C(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c-3(b)(2)) and § 240.19b-4 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 41650, July 13, 2012]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Copies of Form 19b-4 have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register and will be forwarded to the self-regulatory organizations. Copies may be requested from the Commission.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.820" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.820   Form 19b-4(e) for the listing and trading of new derivative securities products by self-regulatory organizations that are not deemed proposed rule changes pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e)(§ 240.19b-4(e)).</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by all self-regulatory organizations, as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Act, to notify the Commission of a self-regulatory organization's listing and trading of a new derivative securities product that is not deemed a proposed rule change, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act (17 CFR 240.19b-4(e)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70967, Dec. 22, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 19b-4(e), see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.821" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.821   Form PILOT, information required of self-regulatory organizations operating pilot trading systems pursuant to § 240.19b-5 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by all self-regulatory organizations, as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Act, (15 U.S.C 78c(a)(26)), to file required information and reports with regard to pilot trading systems pursuant to § 240.19b-5 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 70946, Dec. 22, 1998]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form PILOT, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.822" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.9.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.822   Form 19b-7, for electronic filing with respect to proposed rule changes by self-regulatory organizations under Section 19(b)(7)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by self-regulatory organizations, as defined in section 3(a)(25) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(25)), to file electronically proposed rule changes with the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(7)) and § 240.19b-7 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 16190, Mar. 27, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Form for Registration of, and Reporting by Securities Information Processors</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1001" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.11.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1001   Form SIP, for application for registration as a securities information processor or to amend such an application or registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration as a securities information processor, pursuant to section 11A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1(b)) and § 242.609 of this chapter, or to amend such an application or registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37632, June 29, 2005]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SIP, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1002" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.11.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1002   Form CC, for application for registration as a competing consolidator or to amend such an application or registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration as a competing consolidator, pursuant to section 11A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78k-1) and § 242.614 of this chapter, or to amend such an application or registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 18814, Apr. 9, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Forms for Registration of Municipal Securities Dealers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.12.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1100   Form MSD, application for registration as a municipal securities dealer pursuant to rule 15Ba2-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or amendment to such application.</HEAD>
<P>This Form is to be used by a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank (as defined by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board) to apply for registration as a municipal securities dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 15B(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”), or to amend such application. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Copies of Form MSD have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register as part of this document. Copies of Forms BD and MSD may be obtained from the Office of Reports and Information Services; Securities and Exchange Commission, 500 North Capitol Street, Washington, DC, 20549. Only printed copies of Form MSD should be used to apply for registration with the Commission.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 49777, Oct. 24, 1975; 40 FR 54425, Nov. 24, 1975] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MSD, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1110" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.12.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1110   Form MSDW, notice of withdrawal from registration as a municipal securities dealer pursuant to Rule 15Bc3-1 (17 CFR 240.15Bc3-1).</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank (as defined by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board) to withdraw from registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a municipal securities dealer pursuant to section 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Copies of Form MSDW have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register as part of this document. Copies of Form MSDW may be obtained from the Publications Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, 500 North Capitol Street, Washington, DC 20549.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 28949, July 14, 1976] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MSDW, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Forms for Reporting and Inquiry With Respect to Missing, Lost, Stolen, or Counterfeit Securities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1200" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.13.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1200   Form X-17F-1A—Report for missing, lost, stolen or counterfeit securities.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be filed with the Commission or its designee pursuant to paragraph (c) of § 240.17f-1 of this chapter by all reporting institutions subject to section 17(f)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31504, May 31, 1979] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form X-17F-1A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Forms for Registration of Municipal Advisors and for Providing Information Regarding Certain Natural Persons</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 67639, Nov. 12, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.1300" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1300   Form MA, for registration as a municipal advisor, and for amendments to registration.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for registration as a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4) and for amendments to registrations.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MA-T, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1300T" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1300T   Form MA-T, for temporary registration as a municipal advisor, and for amendments to, and withdrawals from, temporary registration.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for temporary registration as a municipal advisor, and for amendments to, and withdrawals from, temporary registration pursuant to Section 15B of the Exchange Act, (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4).


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MA-T, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1310" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1310   Form MA-I, for providing information regarding natural person municipal advisors, and for amendments to such information.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for providing information regarding natural person municipal advisors, and for amendments to such information.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MA-I, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1320" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1320   Form MA-W, for withdrawal from registration as a municipal advisor.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for filing a notice of withdrawal from registration as a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4).


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MA-W, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1330" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.14.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1330   Form MA-NR, for appointment of agent for service of process by non-resident municipal advisor, non-resident general partner or managing agent of a municipal advisor, and non-resident natural person associated with a municipal advisor.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used to furnish information pertaining to the appointment of agent for service of process by a non-resident municipal advisor and by registered municipal advisors to furnish the same for each of its non-resident general partner or managing agent, or non-resident natural person associated with a municipal advisor pursuant to section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-4).


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form MA-NR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Forms for Asset-Backed Securities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1400" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.15.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1400   Form ABS-15G, Asset-backed securitizer report pursuant to Section 15G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for reports of information required by Rule 15Ga-1 (§ 240.15Ga-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 4515, Jan. 26, 2011]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ABS-15G, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1401" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.15.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1401   Form ABS-EE, for submission of the asset-data file exhibits and related documents.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be used by an electronic filer for the submission of information required by Item 1111(h) (§ 229.1111(h) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 57346, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ABS-EE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Forms for Registration of Security-Based Swap Data Repositories</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1500" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.16.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1500   Form SDR, for application for registration as a security-based swap data repository, amendments thereto, or withdrawal from registration.</HEAD>
<P>The form shall be used for registration as a security-based swap data repository, and for the amendments to and withdrawal from such registration pursuant to section 13(n) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 14557, Mar. 19, 2015]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SDR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="Q" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart Q—Registration of Security-Based Swap Dealers and Major Security-Based Swap Participants</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 49017 Aug. 14, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.1600" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1600   Form SBSE, for application for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or to amend such an application for registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by firms that are not registered with the Commission as a broker or dealer and that are not registered or registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant, pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) and to amend such an application for registration.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SBSE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1600a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1600a   Form SBSE-A, for application for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or to amend such an application for registration by firms registered or registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant that are not also registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used instead of Form SBSE (§ 249.1600) to apply for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by firms that are not registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer but that are registered or registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant, pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) and to amend such an application for registration. An entity that is registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer and is also registered or registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant shall apply for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant on Form SBSE-BD (§ 249.1600b) and not on this Form SBSE-A.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SBSE-A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1600b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1600b   Form SBSE-BD, for application for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or to amend such an application for registration by firms registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used instead of either Form SBSE (§ 249.1600) or SBSE-A (§ 249.1600a) to apply for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant solely by firms registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer, pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)) and to amend such an application for registration. An entity that is registered or registering with the Commission as a broker or dealer and is also registered or registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer or major swap participant, shall apply for registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant on this Form SBSE-BD and not on Form SBSE-A.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SBSE-BD, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1600c" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1600c   Form SBSE-C, for certification by security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used to file required certifications on Form SBSE-C pursuant to § 240.15Fb2-1(a) of this chapter.


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SBSE-C, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1601" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.17.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1601   Form SBSE-W, for withdrawal from registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or to amend such an application for registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used to withdraw from registration as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, pursuant to Section 15F(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-10(b)).


</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SBSE-W, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="R" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.18" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart R—Forms for Registration of, and Filings by, Security-Based Swap Execution Facilities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>88 FR 87316, Dec. 15, 2023, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 249.1701" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.18.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1701   Form SBSEF, for application for registration as a security-based swap execution facility or to amend such application or registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration as a security-based swap execution facility, pursuant to section 3D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c-4) and § 242.803 of this chapter, or to amend such application or registration.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1702" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.18.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1702   Submission cover sheet, for rule and product submissions.</HEAD>
<P>This submission cover sheet shall be used by registered security-based swap execution facilities for making submissions pursuant to §§ 242.804 through 242.807, 242.809, and 242.816).






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="S" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.19" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart S [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="T" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.20" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart T—Form SCI, for filing notices and reports as required by Regulation SCI.</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.1900." NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.20.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.1900.   Form SCI, for filing notices and reports as required by Regulation SCI.</HEAD>
<P>Form SCI shall be used to file notices and reports as required by Regulation SCI (§§ 242.1000 through 242.1007).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 72440, Dec. 5, 2014]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SCI, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="U" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.21" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart U—Forms for Registration of Funding Portals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 249.2000" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.9.21.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249.2000   Form Funding Portal.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for filings by funding portals under Regulation Crowdfunding (part 227 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 71570, Nov. 16, 2015]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form Funding Portal, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="249a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 249a—FORMS, SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="249b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 249b—FURTHER FORMS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.,</I> unless otherwise noted;
</PSPACE><P>Sections 249b.100 and 249b.102 also issued under secs. 17, 17A and 23(a); 48 Stat. 897, as amended, 89 Stat. 137, 141 and 48 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 78q, 78q-1, 78w(a)).
</P><P>Section 249b.400 is also issued under secs. 1502 and 1504, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 2213 and 2220.


</P></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§§ 249b.1-249b.99" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 249b.1-249b.99   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.100   Form TA-1, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> uniform form for registration as a transfer agent pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Copies of the form may be obtained from the Publications Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 and from each of the Commission's regional offices.</P></FTNT>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration as a transfer agent and for amendment to registration as a transfer agent pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 51184, Nov. 4, 1975, as amended at 51 FR 12127, Apr. 9, 1986; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TA-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.101   Form TA-W, notice of withdrawal from registration as transfer agent.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for withdrawing, pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registration of transfer agents registered with the Commission.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 17, 17A and 23(a); (15 U.S.C. 78b, 78a, 78a-1 and 78w(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 44984, Sept. 8, 1977]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TA-W, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.102   Form TA-2, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> form to be used by transfer agents registered pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the annual report of transfer agent activities.</HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Copies of the form may be obtained from the Publication Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 and from each of the Commission's regional offices.</P></FTNT>
<P>This form shall be used on an annual basis for registered transfer agents for reporting their business activities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 12134, Apr. 9, 1986, as amended at 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TA-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.200" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.200   Form CA-1, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> form for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency and for amendment to registration as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Copies of the form may be obtained from the Publication Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549 and from each of the Commission's regional offices.</P></FTNT>
<P>This form shall be used for application for registration or for exemption from registration as a clearing agency and for amendment to registration as a clearing agency pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 52359, Nov. 10, 1975, as amended at 51 FR 12134, Apr. 9, 1986; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form CA-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.300" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.300   FORM NRSRO, application for registration as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization pursuant to section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 240.17g-1 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This Form shall be used for an initial application for and an application to add a class of credit ratings to, a supplement to an initial application for and an application to add a class of credit ratings to, an update and amendment to an application for, and a withdrawal from a registration as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization pursuant to section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-7) and § 240.17g-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 33624, June 18, 2007]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form NRSRO, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 249b.400" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.11.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 249b.400   Form SD, specialized disclosure report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This Form shall be filed pursuant to § 240.13p-1 of this chapter by registrants that file reports with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are required to disclose the information required by Section 13(p) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 13p-1 (§ 240.13p-1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This Form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 13q-1 (§ 240.13q-1) of this chapter by resource extraction issuers that are required to disclose the information required by Section 13(q) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(q)) and Rule 13q-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 56362, Sept. 12, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 56418, Sept. 12, 2012]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SD, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="250" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 250—CROSS-BORDER ANTIFRAUD LAW-ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s, 77v(c), 78w, 78aa(b), 80b-11, and 80b-14(b).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 47372, Aug. 12, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 250.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.12.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.1   Cross-border antifraud law-enforcement authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other Commission rule or regulation, the antifraud provisions of the securities laws apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct within the United States that constitutes significant steps in furtherance of the violation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct occurring outside the United States that has a foreseeable substantial effect within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The antifraud provisions of the securities laws apply to conduct described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section even if:
</P>
<P>(1) The violation relates to a securities transaction or securities transactions occurring outside the United States that involves only foreign investors; or
</P>
<P>(2) The violation is committed by a foreign adviser and involves only foreign investors.
</P>
<P>(c) Violations of the antifraud provisions of the securities laws described in this section may be pursued in judicial proceedings brought by the Commission or the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="251-254" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 251-254 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="255" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 255—PROPRIETARY TRADING AND CERTAIN INTERESTS IN AND RELATIONSHIPS WITH COVERED FUNDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 1851.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.1   Authority, purpose, scope, and relationship to other authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> This part is issued by the SEC under section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1851).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act establishes prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and investments in or relationships with covered funds by certain banking entities, including registered broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, and registered security-based swap dealers, among others identified in section 2(12)(B) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5301(12)(B)). This part implements section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act by defining terms used in the statute and related terms, establishing prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and investments in or relationships with covered funds, and explaining the statute's requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope.</I> This part implements section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act with respect to banking entities for which the SEC is the primary financial regulatory agency, as defined in this part, but does not include such entities to the extent they are not within the definition of banking entity in § 255.2(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relationship to other authorities.</I> Except as otherwise provided under section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, and notwithstanding any other provision of law, the prohibitions and restrictions under section 13 of Bank Holding Company Act shall apply to the activities and investments of a banking entity identified in paragraph (c) of this section, even if such activities and investments are authorized for the banking entity under other applicable provisions of law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Preservation of authority.</I> Nothing in this part limits in any way the authority of the SEC to impose on a banking entity identified in paragraph (c) of this section additional requirements or restrictions with respect to any activity, investment, or relationship covered under section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act or this part, or additional penalties for violation of this part provided under any other applicable provision of law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35022, July 22, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Affiliate</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(k)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bank holding company</I> has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Banking entity.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, <I>banking entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any insured depository institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any company that controls an insured depository institution;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any affiliate or subsidiary of any entity described in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Banking entity does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A covered fund that is not itself a banking entity under paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A portfolio company held under the authority contained in section 4(k)(4)(H) or (I) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(4)(H), (I)), or any portfolio concern, as defined under 13 CFR 107.50, that is controlled by a small business investment company, as defined in section 103(3) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662), so long as the portfolio company or portfolio concern is not itself a banking entity under paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The FDIC acting in its corporate capacity or as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Board</I> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>CFTC</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(5) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Depository institution</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Derivative.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, <I>derivative</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)), or security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68));
</P>
<P>(ii) Any purchase or sale of a commodity, that is not an excluded commodity, for deferred shipment or delivery that is intended to be physically settled;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any foreign exchange forward (as that term is defined in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24)) or foreign exchange swap (as that term is defined in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(25));
</P>
<P>(iv) Any agreement, contract, or transaction in foreign currency described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(C)(i));
</P>
<P>(v) Any agreement, contract, or transaction in a commodity other than foreign currency described in section 2(c)(2)(D)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(D)(i)); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any transaction authorized under section 19 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 23(a) or (b));
</P>
<P>(2) A derivative does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Any consumer, commercial, or other agreement, contract, or transaction that the CFTC and SEC have further defined by joint regulation, interpretation, or other action as not within the definition of swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)), or security-based swap, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(68) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any identified banking product, as defined in section 402(b) of the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C. 27(b)), that is subject to section 403(a) of that Act (7 U.S.C. 27a(a)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Employee</I> includes a member of the immediate family of the employee.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Exchange Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Excluded commodity</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(19) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(19)).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>FDIC</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Federal banking agencies</I> means the Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Foreign banking organization</I> has the same meaning as in § 211.21(o) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(o)), but does not include a foreign bank, as defined in section 1(b)(7) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101(7)), that is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Foreign insurance regulator</I> means the insurance commissioner, or a similar official or agency, of any country other than the United States that is engaged in the supervision of insurance companies under foreign insurance law.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>General account</I> means all of the assets of an insurance company except those allocated to one or more separate accounts.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Insurance company</I> means a company that is organized as an insurance company, primarily and predominantly engaged in writing insurance or reinsuring risks underwritten by insurance companies, subject to supervision as such by a state insurance regulator or a foreign insurance regulator, and not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of section 13 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1851).
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Insured depository institution</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)), but does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) An insured depository institution that is described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)); or
</P>
<P>(2) An insured depository institution if it has, and if every company that controls it has, total consolidated assets of $10 billion or less and total trading assets and trading liabilities, on a consolidated basis, that are 5 percent or less of total consolidated assets.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Limited trading assets and liabilities</I> means with respect to a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The banking entity has, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) the average gross sum of which over the previous consecutive four quarters, as measured as of the last day of each of the four previous calendar quarters, is less than $1 billion; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The SEC has not determined pursuant to § 255.20(g) or (h) of this part that the banking entity should not be treated as having limited trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a banking entity other than a banking entity described in paragraph (s)(3) of this section, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (s) means trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) on a worldwide consolidated basis.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization or a subsidiary of a foreign banking organization, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (s) means the trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) of the combined U.S. operations of the top-tier foreign banking organization (including all subsidiaries, affiliates, branches, and agencies of the foreign banking organization operating, located, or organized in the United States).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (s)(3)(i) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary. For purposes of paragraph (s)(3)(i) of this section, all foreign operations of a U.S. agency, branch, or subsidiary of a foreign banking organization are considered to be located in the United States, including branches outside the United States that are managed or controlled by a U.S. branch or agency of the foreign banking organization, for purposes of calculating the banking entity's U.S. trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Loan</I> means any loan, lease, extension of credit, or secured or unsecured receivable that is not a security or derivative.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Moderate trading assets and liabilities</I> means, with respect to a banking entity, that the banking entity does not have significant trading assets and liabilities or limited trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Primary financial regulatory agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(12) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5301(12)).
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Purchase</I> includes any contract to buy, purchase, or otherwise acquire. For security futures products, purchase includes any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a commodity future, purchase includes any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a derivative, purchase includes the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a derivative, as the context may require.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Qualifying foreign banking organization</I> means a foreign banking organization that qualifies as such under § 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c), or (e)).
</P>
<P>(y) <I>SEC</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>Sale</I> and <I>sell</I> each include any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of. For security futures products, such terms include any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a commodity future, such terms include any contract, agreement, or transaction for future delivery. With respect to a derivative, such terms include the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a derivative, as the context may require.
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Security</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10)).
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Security-based swap dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(71) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71)).
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Security future</I> has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(55) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(55)).
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>Separate account</I> means an account established and maintained by an insurance company in connection with one or more insurance contracts to hold assets that are legally segregated from the insurance company's other assets, under which income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such account, are, in accordance with the applicable contract, credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the insurance company.
</P>
<P>(ee) <I>Significant trading assets and liabilities</I> means with respect to a banking entity that: (1)(i) The banking entity has, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, trading assets and liabilities the average gross sum of which over the previous consecutive four quarters, as measured as of the last day of each of the four previous calendar quarters, equals or exceeds $20 billion; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The SEC has determined pursuant to § 255.20(h) of this part that the banking entity should be treated as having significant trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a banking entity, other than a banking entity described in paragraph (ee)(3) of this section, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (ee) means trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) on a worldwide consolidated basis.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization or a subsidiary of a foreign banking organization, trading assets and liabilities for purposes of this paragraph (ee) means the trading assets and liabilities (excluding trading assets and liabilities attributable to trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a)(1) and (2) of subpart B) of the combined U.S. operations of the top-tier foreign banking organization (including all subsidiaries, affiliates, branches, and agencies of the foreign banking organization operating, located, or organized in the United States as well as branches outside the United States that are managed or controlled by a branch or agency of the foreign banking entity operating, located or organized in the United States).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (ee)(3)(i) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary. For purposes of paragraph (ee)(3)(i) of this section, all foreign operations of a U.S. agency, branch, or subsidiary of a foreign banking organization are considered to be located in the United States for purposes of calculating the banking entity's U.S. trading assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(ff) <I>State</I> means any State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<P>(gg) <I>Subsidiary</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(d) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(d)).
</P>
<P>(hh) <I>State insurance regulator</I> means the insurance commissioner, or a similar official or agency, of a State that is engaged in the supervision of insurance companies under State insurance law.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Swap dealer</I> has the same meaning as in section 1(a)(49) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(49)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62237, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Proprietary Trading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.3   Prohibition on proprietary trading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, a banking entity may not engage in proprietary trading. <I>Proprietary trading</I> means engaging as principal for the trading account of the banking entity in any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of trading account.</I> (1) <I>Trading account.</I> Trading account means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments principally for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, realizing short-term arbitrage profits, or hedging one or more of the positions resulting from the purchases or sales of financial instruments described in this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments that are both market risk capital rule covered positions and trading positions (or hedges of other market risk capital rule covered positions), if the banking entity, or any affiliate with which the banking entity is consolidated for regulatory reporting purposes, calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any account that is used by a banking entity to purchase or sell one or more financial instruments, if the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Is licensed or registered, or is required to be licensed or registered, to engage in the business of a dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer, to the extent the instrument is purchased or sold in connection with the activities that require the banking entity to be licensed or registered as such; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is engaged in the business of a dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer outside of the United States, to the extent the instrument is purchased or sold in connection with the activities of such business.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trading account application for certain banking entities.</I> (i) A banking entity that is subject to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account is not subject to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that does not calculate risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule and is not a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes of a banking entity that calculates risk based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule may elect to apply paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account as if it were subject to that paragraph. A banking entity that elects under this section to apply paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section in determining the scope of its trading account as if it were subject to that paragraph is not required to apply paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consistency of account election for certain banking entities.</I> (i) Any election or change to an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section must apply to the electing banking entity and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. The primary financial regulatory agency of a banking entity that is affiliated with but is not a wholly owned subsidiary of such electing banking entity may require that the banking entity be subject to this uniform application requirement if the primary financial regulatory agency determines that it is necessary to prevent evasion of the requirements of this part after notice and opportunity for response as provided in subpart D.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that does not elect under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to be subject to the trading account definition in (b)(1)(ii) may continue to apply the trading account definition in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section for one year from the date on which it becomes, or becomes a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes with, a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rebuttable presumption for certain purchases and sales.</I> The purchase (or sale) of a financial instrument by a banking entity shall be presumed not to be for the trading account of the banking entity under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section if the banking entity holds the financial instrument for sixty days or longer and does not transfer substantially all of the risk of the financial instrument within sixty days of the purchase (or sale).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Financial instrument.</I> (1) <I>Financial instrument</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A security, including an option on a security;
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivative, including an option on a derivative; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, or option on a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) A financial instrument does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A loan;
</P>
<P>(ii) A commodity that is not:
</P>
<P>(A) An excluded commodity (other than foreign exchange or currency);
</P>
<P>(B) A derivative;
</P>
<P>(C) A contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery; or
</P>
<P>(D) An option on a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Foreign exchange or currency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Proprietary trading.</I> Proprietary trading does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that arises under a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement pursuant to which the banking entity has simultaneously agreed, in writing, to both purchase and sell a stated asset, at stated prices, and on stated dates or on demand with the same counterparty;
</P>
<P>(2) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that arises under a transaction in which the banking entity lends or borrows a security temporarily to or from another party pursuant to a written securities lending agreement under which the lender retains the economic interests of an owner of such security, and has the right to terminate the transaction and to recall the loaned security on terms agreed by the parties;
</P>
<P>(3) Any purchase or sale of a security, foreign exchange forward (as that term is defined in section 1a(24) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(24)), foreign exchange swap (as that term is defined in section 1a(25) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(25)), or cross-currency swap by a banking entity for the purpose of liquidity management in accordance with a documented liquidity management plan of the banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Specifically contemplates and authorizes the particular financial instruments to be used for liquidity management purposes, the amount, types, and risks of these financial instruments that are consistent with liquidity management, and the liquidity circumstances in which the particular financial instruments may or must be used;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requires that any purchase or sale of financial instruments contemplated and authorized by the plan be principally for the purpose of managing the liquidity of the banking entity, and not for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, realizing short-term arbitrage profits, or hedging a position taken for such short-term purposes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Requires that any financial instruments purchased or sold for liquidity management purposes be highly liquid and limited to financial instruments the market, credit, and other risks of which the banking entity does not reasonably expect to give rise to appreciable profits or losses as a result of short-term price movements;
</P>
<P>(iv) Limits any financial instruments purchased or sold for liquidity management purposes, together with any other financial instruments purchased or sold for such purposes, to an amount that is consistent with the banking entity's near-term funding needs, including deviations from normal operations of the banking entity or any affiliate thereof, as estimated and documented pursuant to methods specified in the plan;
</P>
<P>(v) Includes written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis, and independent testing to ensure that the purchase and sale of financial instruments that are not permitted under § 255.6(a) or (b) of this subpart are for the purpose of liquidity management and in accordance with the liquidity management plan described in this paragraph (d)(3); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Is consistent with the SEC's regulatory requirements regarding liquidity management;
</P>
<P>(4) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that is a derivatives clearing organization or a clearing agency in connection with clearing financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(5) Any excluded clearing activities by a banking entity that is a member of a clearing agency, a member of a derivatives clearing organization, or a member of a designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(6) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The purchase (or sale) satisfies an existing delivery obligation of the banking entity or its customers, including to prevent or close out a failure to deliver, in connection with delivery, clearing, or settlement activity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase (or sale) satisfies an obligation of the banking entity in connection with a judicial, administrative, self-regulatory organization, or arbitration proceeding;
</P>
<P>(7) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity that is acting solely as agent, broker, or custodian;
</P>
<P>(8) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity through a deferred compensation, stock-bonus, profit-sharing, or pension plan of the banking entity that is established and administered in accordance with the law of the United States or a foreign sovereign, if the purchase or sale is made directly or indirectly by the banking entity as trustee for the benefit of persons who are or were employees of the banking entity;
</P>
<P>(9) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments by a banking entity in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, provided that the banking entity divests the financial instrument as soon as practicable, and in no event may the banking entity retain such instrument for longer than such period permitted by the SEC;
</P>
<P>(10) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments that was made in error by a banking entity in the course of conducting a permitted or excluded activity or is a subsequent transaction to correct such an error;
</P>
<P>(11) Contemporaneously entering into a customer-driven swap or customer-driven security-based swap and a matched swap or security-based swap if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity retains no more than minimal price risk; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity is not a registered dealer, swap dealer, or security-based swap dealer;
</P>
<P>(12) Any purchase or sale of one or more financial instruments that the banking entity uses to hedge mortgage servicing rights or mortgage servicing assets in accordance with a documented hedging strategy; or
</P>
<P>(13) Any purchase or sale of a financial instrument that does not meet the definition of trading asset or trading liability under the applicable reporting form for a banking entity as of January 1, 2020.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definition of other terms related to proprietary trading.</I> For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Anonymous</I> means that each party to a purchase or sale is unaware of the identity of the other party(ies) to the purchase or sale.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Clearing agency</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(23) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(23)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commodity</I> has the same meaning as in section 1a(9) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(9)), except that a commodity does not include any security;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery</I> means a contract of sale (as that term is defined in section 1a(13) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(13)) for future delivery (as that term is defined in section 1a(27) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(27))).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cross-currency swap</I> means a swap in which one party exchanges with another party principal and interest rate payments in one currency for principal and interest rate payments in another currency, and the exchange of principal occurs on the date the swap is entered into, with a reversal of the exchange of principal at a later date that is agreed upon when the swap is entered into.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Derivatives clearing organization</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A derivatives clearing organization registered under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1);
</P>
<P>(ii) A derivatives clearing organization that, pursuant to CFTC regulation, is exempt from the registration requirements under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-1); or
</P>
<P>(iii) A foreign derivatives clearing organization that, pursuant to CFTC regulation, is permitted to clear for a foreign board of trade that is registered with the CFTC.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exchange,</I> unless the context otherwise requires, means any designated contract market, swap execution facility, or foreign board of trade registered with the CFTC, or, for purposes of securities or security-based swaps, an exchange, as defined under section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(1)), or security-based swap execution facility, as defined under section 3(a)(77) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(77)).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Excluded clearing activities</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to customer transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, a clearing agency, or a designated financial market utility, any purchase or sale necessary to correct trading errors made by or on behalf of a customer provided that such purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with, for transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, the Commodity Exchange Act, CFTC regulations, and the rules or procedures of the derivatives clearing organization, or, for transactions cleared on a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the clearing agency, or, for transactions cleared on a designated financial market utility that is neither a derivatives clearing organization nor a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of a default or threatened imminent default of a customer provided that such purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with, for transactions cleared on a derivatives clearing organization, the Commodity Exchange Act, CFTC regulations, and the rules or procedures of the derivatives clearing organization, or, for transactions cleared on a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the clearing agency, or, for transactions cleared on a designated financial market utility that is neither a derivatives clearing organization nor a clearing agency, the rules or procedures of the designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of a default or threatened imminent default of a member of a clearing agency, a member of a derivatives clearing organization, or a member of a designated financial market utility;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any purchase or sale in connection with and related to the management of the default or threatened default of a clearing agency, a derivatives clearing organization, or a designated financial market utility; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any purchase or sale that is required by the rules or procedures of a clearing agency, a derivatives clearing organization, or a designated financial market utility to mitigate the risk to the clearing agency, derivatives clearing organization, or designated financial market utility that would result from the clearing by a member of security-based swaps that reference the member or an affiliate of the member.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Designated financial market utility</I> has the same meaning as in section 803(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5462(4)).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Issuer</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(4) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Market risk capital rule covered position and trading position</I> means a financial instrument that meets the criteria to be a covered position and a trading position, as those terms are respectively defined, without regard to whether the financial instrument is reported as a covered position or trading position on any applicable regulatory reporting forms:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a banking entity that is a bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or insured depository institution, under the market risk capital rule that is applicable to the banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a banking entity that is affiliated with a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, other than a banking entity to which a market risk capital rule is applicable, under the market risk capital rule that is applicable to the affiliated bank holding company or savings and loan holding company.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Market risk capital rule</I> means the market risk capital rule that is contained in 12 CFR part 3, subpart F, with respect to a banking entity for which the OCC is the primary financial regulatory agency, 12 CFR part 217 with respect to a banking entity for which the Board is the primary financial regulatory agency, or 12 CFR part 324 with respect to a banking entity for which the FDIC is the primary financial regulatory agency.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Municipal security</I> means a security that is a direct obligation of or issued by, or an obligation guaranteed as to principal or interest by, a State or any political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or any political subdivision thereof, or any municipal corporate instrumentality of one or more States or political subdivisions thereof.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Trading desk</I> means a unit of organization of a banking entity that purchases or sells financial instruments for the trading account of the banking entity or an affiliate thereof that is:
</P>
<P>(i)(A) Structured by the banking entity to implement a well-defined business strategy;
</P>
<P>(B) Organized to ensure appropriate setting, monitoring, and management review of the desk's trading and hedging limits, current and potential future loss exposures, and strategies; and
</P>
<P>(C) Characterized by a clearly defined unit that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Engages in coordinated trading activity with a unified approach to its key elements;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Operates subject to a common and calibrated set of risk metrics, risk levels, and joint trading limits;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Submits compliance reports and other information as a unit for monitoring by management; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Books its trades together; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule, or a consolidated affiliate for regulatory reporting purposes of a banking entity that calculates risk-based capital ratios under the market risk capital rule, established by the banking entity or its affiliate for purposes of market risk capital calculations under the market risk capital rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62239, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.4   Permitted underwriting and market making-related activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Underwriting activities</I>—(1) <I>Permitted underwriting activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to a banking entity's underwriting activities conducted in accordance with this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The underwriting activities of a banking entity are permitted under paragraph (a)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is acting as an underwriter for a distribution of securities and the trading desk's underwriting position is related to such distribution;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The amount and type of the securities in the trading desk's underwriting position are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities; and
</P>
<P>(B) Reasonable efforts are made to sell or otherwise reduce the underwriting position within a reasonable period, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis and independent testing identifying and addressing:
</P>
<P>(A) The products, instruments or exposures each trading desk may purchase, sell, or manage as part of its underwriting activities;
</P>
<P>(B) Limits for each trading desk, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that would exceed a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval; and
</P>
<P>(D) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring and analysis of each trading desk's compliance with its limits.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section by complying with the requirements set forth below in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The compensation arrangements of persons performing the activities described in this paragraph (a) are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The banking entity is licensed or registered to engage in the activity described in this paragraph (a) in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definition of distribution.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), a distribution of securities means:
</P>
<P>(i) An offering of securities, whether or not subject to registration under the Securities Act of 1933, that is distinguished from ordinary trading transactions by the presence of special selling efforts and selling methods; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An offering of securities made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definition of underwriter.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), <I>underwriter</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A person who has agreed with an issuer or selling security holder to:
</P>
<P>(A) Purchase securities from the issuer or selling security holder for distribution;
</P>
<P>(B) Engage in a distribution of securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder; or
</P>
<P>(C) Manage a distribution of securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who has agreed to participate or is participating in a distribution of such securities for or on behalf of the issuer or selling security holder.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definition of selling security holder.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), <I>selling security holder</I> means any person, other than an issuer, on whose behalf a distribution is made.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Definition of underwriting position.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>underwriting position</I> means the long or short positions in one or more securities held by a banking entity or its affiliate, and managed by a particular trading desk, in connection with a particular distribution of securities for which such banking entity or affiliate is acting as an underwriter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Definition of client, customer, and counterparty.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (a), the terms <I>client, customer, and counterparty,</I> on a collective or individual basis, refer to market participants that may transact with the banking entity in connection with a particular distribution for which the banking entity is acting as underwriter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market making-related activities</I>—(1) <I>Permitted market making-related activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to a banking entity's market making-related activities conducted in accordance with this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements.</I> The market making-related activities of a banking entity are permitted under paragraph (b)(1) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The trading desk that establishes and manages the financial exposure, routinely stands ready to purchase and sell one or more types of financial instruments related to its financial exposure, and is willing and available to quote, purchase and sell, or otherwise enter into long and short positions in those types of financial instruments for its own account, in commercially reasonable amounts and throughout market cycles on a basis appropriate for the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) The trading desk's market-making related activities are designed not to exceed, on an ongoing basis, the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, including reasonably designed written policies and procedures, internal controls, analysis and independent testing identifying and addressing:
</P>
<P>(A) The financial instruments each trading desk stands ready to purchase and sell in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The actions the trading desk will take to demonstrably reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate promptly the risks of its financial exposure consistent with the limits required under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this section; the products, instruments, and exposures each trading desk may use for risk management purposes; the techniques and strategies each trading desk may use to manage the risks of its market making-related activities and positions; and the process, strategies, and personnel responsible for ensuring that the actions taken by the trading desk to mitigate these risks are and continue to be effective;
</P>
<P>(C) Limits for each trading desk, in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that would exceed a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval; and
</P>
<P>(E) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring and analysis of each trading desk's compliance with its limits.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section by complying with the requirements set forth below in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) The compensation arrangements of persons performing the activities described in this paragraph (b) are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The banking entity is licensed or registered to engage in activity described in this paragraph (b) in accordance with applicable law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definition of client, customer, and counterparty.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, the terms <I>client, customer, and counterparty,</I> on a collective or individual basis refer to market participants that make use of the banking entity's market making-related services by obtaining such services, responding to quotations, or entering into a continuing relationship with respect to such services, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) A trading desk or other organizational unit of another banking entity is not a client, customer, or counterparty of the trading desk if that other entity has trading assets and liabilities of $50 billion or more as measured in accordance with the methodology described in § 255.2(ee) of this part, unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The trading desk documents how and why a particular trading desk or other organizational unit of the entity should be treated as a client, customer, or counterparty of the trading desk for purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The purchase or sale by the trading desk is conducted anonymously on an exchange or similar trading facility that permits trading on behalf of a broad range of market participants.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Definition of financial exposure.</I> For purposes of this section, <I>financial exposure</I> means the aggregate risks of one or more financial instruments and any associated loans, commodities, or foreign exchange or currency, held by a banking entity or its affiliate and managed by a particular trading desk as part of the trading desk's market making-related activities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Definition of market-maker positions.</I> For the purposes of this section, <I>market-maker positions</I> means all of the positions in the financial instruments for which the trading desk stands ready to make a market in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, that are managed by the trading desk, including the trading desk's open positions or exposures arising from open transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rebuttable presumption of compliance</I>—(1) <I>Internal limits.</I> (i) A banking entity shall be presumed to meet the requirement in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section with respect to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument if the banking entity has established and implements, maintains, and enforces the internal limits for the relevant trading desk as described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to underwriting activities conducted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall be available to each trading desk that establishes, implements, maintains, and enforces internal limits that should take into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of securities and are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, based on the nature and amount of the trading desk's underwriting activities, on the:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Amount, types, and risk of its underwriting position;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Level of exposures to relevant risk factors arising from its underwriting position; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Period of time a security may be held.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to market making-related activities conducted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall be available to each trading desk that establishes, implements, maintains, and enforces internal limits that should take into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments and are designed not to exceed the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties, based on the nature and amount of the trading desk's market-making related activities, that address the:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Amount, types, and risks of its market-maker positions;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Amount, types, and risks of the products, instruments, and exposures the trading desk may use for risk management purposes;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Level of exposures to relevant risk factors arising from its financial exposure; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Period of time a financial instrument may be held.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Supervisory review and oversight.</I> The limits described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be subject to supervisory review and oversight by the SEC on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limit breaches and increases.</I> (i) With respect to any limit set pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, a banking entity shall maintain and make available to the SEC upon request records regarding any limit that is exceeded and any temporary or permanent increase to any limit(s), in each case in the form and manner as directed by the SEC.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of a breach or increase of any limit set pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, the presumption described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section shall continue to be available only if the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Takes action as promptly as possible after a breach to bring the trading desk into compliance; and
</P>
<P>(B) Follows established written authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that require review and approval of any trade that exceeds a trading desk's limit(s), demonstrable analysis of the basis for any temporary or permanent increase to a trading desk's limit(s), and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rebutting the presumption.</I> The presumption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section may be rebutted by the SEC if the SEC determines, taking into account the liquidity, maturity, and depth of the market for the relevant types of financial instruments and based on all relevant facts and circumstances, that a trading desk is engaging in activity that is not based on the reasonably expected near term demands of clients, customers, or counterparties. The SEC's rebuttal of the presumption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in subpart D of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62241, Nov. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.5   Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity in connection with and related to individual or aggregated positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity and designed to reduce the specific risks to the banking entity in connection with and related to such positions, contracts, or other holdings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities are permitted under paragraph (a) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has established and implements, maintains and enforces an internal compliance program required by subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of this section, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Reasonably designed written policies and procedures regarding the positions, techniques and strategies that may be used for hedging, including documentation indicating what positions, contracts or other holdings a particular trading desk may use in its risk-mitigating hedging activities, as well as position and aging limits with respect to such positions, contracts or other holdings;
</P>
<P>(B) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring, management, and authorization procedures, including relevant escalation procedures; and
</P>
<P>(C) The conduct of analysis and independent testing designed to ensure that the positions, techniques and strategies that may be used for hedging may reasonably be expected to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risk(s) being hedged;
</P>
<P>(ii) The risk-mitigating hedging activity:
</P>
<P>(A) Is conducted in accordance with the written policies, procedures, and internal controls required under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) At the inception of the hedging activity, including, without limitation, any adjustments to the hedging activity, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks, including market risk, counterparty or other credit risk, currency or foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, basis risk, or similar risks, arising in connection with and related to identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the identified underlying and hedging positions, contracts or other holdings and the risks and liquidity thereof;
</P>
<P>(C) Does not give rise, at the inception of the hedge, to any significant new or additional risk that is not itself hedged contemporaneously in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Is subject to continuing review, monitoring and management by the banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Is consistent with the written hedging policies and procedures required under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risks that develop over time from the risk-mitigating hedging activities undertaken under this section and the underlying positions, contracts, and other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the underlying and hedging positions, contracts and other holdings of the banking entity and the risks and liquidity thereof; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Requires ongoing recalibration of the hedging activity by the banking entity to ensure that the hedging activity satisfies the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section and is not prohibited proprietary trading; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The compensation arrangements of persons performing risk-mitigating hedging activities are designed not to reward or incentivize prohibited proprietary trading.
</P>
<P>(2) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity that does not have significant trading assets and liabilities are permitted under paragraph (a) of this section only if the risk-mitigating hedging activity:
</P>
<P>(i) At the inception of the hedging activity, including, without limitation, any adjustments to the hedging activity, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks, including market risk, counterparty or other credit risk, currency or foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, basis risk, or similar risks, arising in connection with and related to identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity, based upon the facts and circumstances of the identified underlying and hedging positions, contracts or other holdings and the risks and liquidity thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is subject, as appropriate, to ongoing recalibration by the banking entity to ensure that the hedging activity satisfies the requirements set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and is not prohibited proprietary trading.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documentation requirement.</I> (1) A banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section, unless the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section are met, with respect to any purchase or sale of financial instruments made in reliance on this section for risk-mitigating hedging purposes that is:


</P>
<P>(i) Not established by the specific trading desk establishing or responsible for the underlying positions, contracts, or other holdings the risks of which the hedging activity is designed to reduce;
</P>
<P>(ii) Established by the specific trading desk establishing or responsible for the underlying positions, contracts, or other holdings the risks of which the purchases or sales are designed to reduce, but that is effected through a financial instrument, exposure, technique, or strategy that is not specifically identified in the trading desk's written policies and procedures established under paragraph (b)(1) of this section or under § 255.4(b)(2)(iii)(B) of this subpart as a product, instrument, exposure, technique, or strategy such trading desk may use for hedging; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Established to hedge aggregated positions across two or more trading desks.
</P>
<P>(2) In connection with any purchase or sale identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a banking entity must, at a minimum, and contemporaneously with the purchase or sale, document:
</P>
<P>(i) The specific, identifiable risk(s) of the identified positions, contracts, or other holdings of the banking entity that the purchase or sale is designed to reduce;
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific risk-mitigating strategy that the purchase or sale is designed to fulfill; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The trading desk or other business unit that is establishing and responsible for the hedge.
</P>
<P>(3) A banking entity must create and retain records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (c) for a period that is no less than five years in a form that allows the banking entity to promptly produce such records to the SEC on request, or such longer period as required under other law or this part.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section do not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The financial instrument purchased or sold is identified on a written list of pre-approved financial instruments that are commonly used by the trading desk for the specific type of hedging activity for which the financial instrument is being purchased or sold; and
</P>
<P>(ii) At the time the financial instrument is purchased or sold, the hedging activity (including the purchase or sale of the financial instrument) complies with written, pre-approved limits for the trading desk purchasing or selling the financial instrument for hedging activities undertaken for one or more other trading desks. The limits shall be appropriate for the:
</P>
<P>(A) Size, types, and risks of the hedging activities commonly undertaken by the trading desk;
</P>
<P>(B) Financial instruments purchased and sold for hedging activities by the trading desk; and
</P>
<P>(C) Levels and duration of the risk exposures being hedged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62243, Nov. 14, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.6   Other permitted proprietary trading activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted trading in domestic government obligations.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale by a banking entity of a financial instrument that is:
</P>
<P>(1) An obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) An obligation, participation, or other instrument of, or issued or guaranteed by, an agency of the United States, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation or a Farm Credit System institution chartered under and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(3) An obligation of any State or any political subdivision thereof, including any municipal security; or
</P>
<P>(4) An obligation of the FDIC, or any entity formed by or on behalf of the FDIC for purpose of facilitating the disposal of assets acquired or held by the FDIC in its corporate capacity or as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permitted trading in foreign government obligations</I>—(1) <I>Affiliates of foreign banking entities in the United States.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument that is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, a foreign sovereign (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of such foreign sovereign, by a banking entity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is organized under or is directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of a foreign sovereign and is not directly or indirectly controlled by a top-tier banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial instrument is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the foreign sovereign under the laws of which the foreign banking entity referred to in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is organized (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale as principal is not made by an insured depository institution.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign affiliates of a U.S. banking entity.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument that is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, a foreign sovereign (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign, by a foreign entity that is owned or controlled by a banking entity organized or established under the laws of the United States or any State, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The foreign entity is a foreign bank, as defined in section 211.2(j) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.2(j)), or is regulated by the foreign sovereign as a securities dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial instrument is an obligation of, or issued or guaranteed by, the foreign sovereign under the laws of which the foreign entity is organized (including any multinational central bank of which the foreign sovereign is a member), or any agency or political subdivision of that foreign sovereign; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The financial instrument is owned by the foreign entity and is not financed by an affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permitted trading on behalf of customers</I>—(1) <I>Fiduciary transactions.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity acting as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, so long as:
</P>
<P>(i) The transaction is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, a customer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity does not have or retain beneficial ownership of the financial instruments.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Riskless principal transactions.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity acting as riskless principal in a transaction in which the banking entity, after receiving an order to purchase (or sell) a financial instrument from a customer, purchases (or sells) the financial instrument for its own account to offset a contemporaneous sale to (or purchase from) the customer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permitted trading by a regulated insurance company.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity that is an insurance company or an affiliate of an insurance company if:
</P>
<P>(1) The insurance company or its affiliate purchases or sells the financial instruments solely for:
</P>
<P>(i) The general account of the insurance company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A separate account established by the insurance company;
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase or sale is conducted in compliance with, and subject to, the insurance company investment laws, regulations, and written guidance of the State or jurisdiction in which such insurance company is domiciled; and
</P>
<P>(3) The appropriate Federal banking agencies, after consultation with the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the relevant insurance commissioners of the States and foreign jurisdictions, as appropriate, have not jointly determined, after notice and comment, that a particular law, regulation, or written guidance described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section is insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the covered banking entity, or the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permitted trading activities of foreign banking entities.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase or sale by the banking entity is made pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale meets the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A purchase or sale of financial instruments by a banking entity is made pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act for purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The purchase or sale is conducted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization, the banking entity meets the qualifying foreign banking organization requirements of section 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c) or (e)), as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a banking entity that is not a foreign banking organization, the banking entity is not organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and the banking entity, on a fully-consolidated basis, meets at least two of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Total assets of the banking entity held outside of the United States exceed total assets of the banking entity held in the United States;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceed total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Total net income derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceeds total net income derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) A purchase or sale by a banking entity is permitted for purposes of this paragraph (e) if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity engaging as principal in the purchase or sale (including relevant personnel) is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity (including relevant personnel) that makes the decision to purchase or sell as principal is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The purchase or sale, including any transaction arising from risk-mitigating hedging related to the instruments purchased or sold, is not accounted for as principal directly or on a consolidated basis by any branch or affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is considered to be located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Permitted trading activities of qualifying foreign excluded funds.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.3(a) does not apply to the purchase or sale of a financial instrument by a qualifying foreign excluded fund. For purposes of this paragraph (f), a qualifying foreign excluded fund means a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is organized or established outside the United States, and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Would be a covered fund if the entity were organized or established in the United States, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in financial instruments for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(3) Would not otherwise be a banking entity except by virtue of the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in, sponsorship of, or relationship with the entity, by another banking entity that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized, or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized, under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity's acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in or sponsorship of the fund meets the requirements for permitted covered fund activities and investments solely outside the United States, as provided in § 255.13(b);
</P>
<P>(4) Is established and operated as part of a bona fide asset management business; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not operated in a manner that enables the banking entity that sponsors or controls the qualifying foreign excluded fund, or any of its affiliates, to evade the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62244, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46522, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.7   Limitations on permitted proprietary trading activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No transaction, class of transactions, or activity may be deemed permissible under §§ 255.4 through 255.6 if the transaction, class of transactions, or activity would:
</P>
<P>(1) Involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to a high-risk asset or a high-risk trading strategy; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of material conflict of interest.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a material conflict of interest between a banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties exists if the banking entity engages in any transaction, class of transactions, or activity that would involve or result in the banking entity's interests being materially adverse to the interests of its client, customer, or counterparty with respect to such transaction, class of transactions, or activity, and the banking entity has not taken at least one of the actions in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to effecting the specific transaction or class or type of transactions, or engaging in the specific activity, the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timely and effective disclosure.</I> (A) Has made clear, timely, and effective disclosure of the conflict of interest, together with other necessary information, in reasonable detail and in a manner sufficient to permit a reasonable client, customer, or counterparty to meaningfully understand the conflict of interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is made in a manner that provides the client, customer, or counterparty the opportunity to negate, or substantially mitigate, any materially adverse effect on the client, customer, or counterparty created by the conflict of interest; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information barriers.</I> Has established, maintained, and enforced information barriers that are memorialized in written policies and procedures, such as physical separation of personnel, or functions, or limitations on types of activity, that are reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of the banking entity's business, to prevent the conflict of interest from involving or resulting in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty. A banking entity may not rely on such information barriers if, in the case of any specific transaction, class or type of transactions or activity, the banking entity knows or should reasonably know that, notwithstanding the banking entity's establishment of information barriers, the conflict of interest may involve or result in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of high-risk asset and high-risk trading strategy.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>High-risk asset</I> means an asset or group of related assets that would, if held by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High-risk trading strategy</I> means a trading strategy that would, if engaged in by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 255.8-255.9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 255.8-255.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Covered Funds Activities and Investments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.10   Prohibition on acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in and having certain relationships with a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, a banking entity may not, as principal, directly or indirectly, acquire or retain any ownership interest in or sponsor a covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not include acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in a covered fund by a banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) Acting solely as agent, broker, or custodian, so long as;
</P>
<P>(A) The activity is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, a customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity and its affiliates do not have or retain beneficial ownership of such ownership interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) Through a deferred compensation, stock-bonus, profit-sharing, or pension plan of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) that is established and administered in accordance with the law of the United States or a foreign sovereign, if the ownership interest is held or controlled directly or indirectly by the banking entity as trustee for the benefit of persons who are or were employees of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof);
</P>
<P>(iii) In the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, provided that the banking entity divests the ownership interest as soon as practicable, and in no event may the banking entity retain such ownership interest for longer than such period permitted by the SEC; or
</P>
<P>(iv) On behalf of customers as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity for a customer that is not a covered fund, so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) The activity is conducted for the account of, or on behalf of, the customer; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity and its affiliates do not have or retain beneficial ownership of such ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of covered fund.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, covered fund means:
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer that would be an investment company, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>), <I>but for</I> section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or (7));
</P>
<P>(ii) Any commodity pool under section 1a(10) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(10)) for which:
</P>
<P>(A) The commodity pool operator has claimed an exemption under 17 CFR 4.7; or
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) A commodity pool operator is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator in connection with the operation of the commodity pool;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Substantially all participation units of the commodity pool are owned by qualified eligible persons under 17 CFR 4.7(a)(2) and (3); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Participation units of the commodity pool have not been publicly offered to persons who are not qualified eligible persons under 17 CFR 4.7(a)(2) and (3); or
</P>
<P>(iii) For any banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, an entity that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is organized or established outside the United States and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(B) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities; and
</P>
<P>(C)(<I>1</I>) Has as its sponsor that banking entity (or an affiliate thereof); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Has issued an ownership interest that is owned directly or indirectly by that banking entity (or an affiliate thereof).
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer shall not be deemed to be a covered fund under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section if, were the issuer subject to U.S. securities laws, the issuer could rely on an exclusion or exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) other than the exclusions contained in section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of that Act.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, unless the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, and the CFTC jointly determine otherwise, a covered fund does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Foreign public funds.</I> (i) Subject to paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is organized or established outside of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(B) Is authorized to offer and sell ownership interests, and such interests are offered and sold, through one or more public offerings.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and any issuer for which such banking entity acts as sponsor, the sponsoring banking entity may not rely on the exemption in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for such issuer unless more than 75 percent of the ownership interests in the issuer are sold to persons other than:
</P>
<P>(A) Such sponsoring banking entity;
</P>
<P>(B) Such issuer;
</P>
<P>(C) Affiliates of such sponsoring banking entity or such issuer; and
</P>
<P>(D) Directors and senior executive officers as defined in § 225.71(c) of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.71(c)) of such entities.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section, the term “public offering” means a distribution (as defined in § 255.4(a)(3)) of securities in any jurisdiction outside the United States to investors, including retail investors, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The distribution is subject to substantive disclosure and retail investor protection laws or regulations;
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to an issuer for which the banking entity serves as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, or sponsor, the distribution complies with all applicable requirements in the jurisdiction in which such distribution is being made;
</P>
<P>(C) The distribution does not restrict availability to investors having a minimum level of net worth or net investment assets; and
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer has filed or submitted, with the appropriate regulatory authority in such jurisdiction, offering disclosure documents that are publicly available.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Wholly-owned subsidiaries.</I> An entity, all of the outstanding ownership interests of which are owned directly or indirectly by the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof), except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Up to five percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests, less any amounts outstanding under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, may be held by employees or directors of the banking entity or such affiliate (including former employees or directors if their ownership interest was acquired while employed by or in the service of the banking entity); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Up to 0.5 percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests may be held by a third party if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by the third party for the purpose of establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Joint ventures.</I> A joint venture between a banking entity or any of its affiliates and one or more unaffiliated persons, provided that the joint venture:
</P>
<P>(i) Is composed of no more than 10 unaffiliated co-venturers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is in the business of engaging in activities that are permissible for the banking entity or affiliate, other than investing in securities for resale or other disposition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not, and does not hold itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Acquisition vehicles.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) Formed solely for the purpose of engaging in a <I>bona fide</I> merger or acquisition transaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That exists only for such period as necessary to effectuate the transaction.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Foreign pension or retirement funds.</I> A plan, fund, or program providing pension, retirement, or similar benefits that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Organized and administered outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) A broad-based plan for employees or citizens that is subject to regulation as a pension, retirement, or similar plan under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the plan, fund, or program is organized and administered; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Established for the benefit of citizens or residents of one or more foreign sovereigns or any political subdivision thereof.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Insurance company separate accounts.</I> A separate account, provided that no banking entity other than the insurance company participates in the account's profits and losses.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Bank owned life insurance.</I> A separate account that is used solely for the purpose of allowing one or more banking entities to purchase a life insurance policy for which the banking entity or entities is beneficiary, provided that no banking entity that purchases the policy:
</P>
<P>(i) Controls the investment decisions regarding the underlying assets or holdings of the separate account; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Participates in the profits and losses of the separate account other than in compliance with applicable requirements regarding bank owned life insurance.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Loan securitizations.</I> (i) <I>Scope.</I> An issuing entity for asset-backed securities that satisfies all the conditions of this paragraph (c)(8) and the assets or holdings of which are composed solely of:
</P>
<P>(A) Loans as defined in § 255.2(t);
</P>
<P>(B) Rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities and rights or other assets that are related or incidental to purchasing or otherwise acquiring and holding the loans, provided that each asset that is a security (other than special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(v) of this section) meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives that meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(D) Special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates that meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(v) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(E) Debt securities, other than asset-backed securities and convertible securities, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The aggregate value of such debt securities does not exceed five percent of the aggregate value of loans held under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(A) of this section, cash and cash equivalents held under paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(A) of this section, and debt securities held under this paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The aggregate value of the loans, cash and cash equivalents, and debt securities for purposes of this paragraph is calculated at par value at the most recent time any such debt security is acquired, except that the issuing entity may instead determine the value of any such loan, cash equivalent, or debt security based on its fair market value if:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The issuing entity is required to use the fair market value of such assets for purposes of calculating compliance with concentration limitations or other similar calculations under its transaction agreements, and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The issuing entity's valuation methodology values similarly situated assets consistently.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Impermissible assets.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c)(8), except as permitted under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section, the assets or holdings of the issuing entity shall not include any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A security, including an asset-backed security, or an interest in an equity or debt security other than as permitted in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii), (iv), or (v) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) A derivative, other than a derivative that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(iv) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(C) A commodity forward contract.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Permitted securities.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(8)(ii)(A) of this section, the issuing entity may hold securities, other than debt securities permitted under paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section, if those securities are:
</P>
<P>(A) Cash equivalents—which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the securitization's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to either the underlying loans or the asset-backed securities—for purposes of the rights and assets in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) Securities received in lieu of debts previously contracted with respect to the loans supporting the asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Derivatives.</I> The holdings of derivatives by the issuing entity shall be limited to interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives that satisfy all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The written terms of the derivatives directly relate to the loans, the asset-backed securities, the contractual rights or other assets described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section, or the debt securities described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The derivatives reduce the interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks related to the loans, the asset-backed securities, the contractual rights or other assets described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of this section, or the debt securities described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Special units of beneficial interest and collateral certificates.</I> The assets or holdings of the issuing entity may include collateral certificates and special units of beneficial interest issued by a special purpose vehicle, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The special purpose vehicle that issues the special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate meets the requirements in this paragraph (c)(8);
</P>
<P>(B) The special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate is used for the sole purpose of transferring to the issuing entity for the loan securitization the economic risks and benefits of the assets that are permissible for loan securitizations under this paragraph (c)(8) and does not directly or indirectly transfer any interest in any other economic or financial exposure;
</P>
<P>(C) The special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate is created solely to satisfy legal requirements or otherwise facilitate the structuring of the loan securitization; and
</P>
<P>(D) The special purpose vehicle that issues the special unit of beneficial interest or collateral certificate and the issuing entity are established under the direction of the same entity that initiated the loan securitization.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Qualifying asset-backed commercial paper conduits.</I> (i) An issuing entity for asset-backed commercial paper that satisfies all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The asset-backed commercial paper conduit holds only:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Loans and other assets permissible for a loan securitization under paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Asset-backed securities supported solely by assets that are permissible for loan securitizations under paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section and acquired by the asset-backed commercial paper conduit as part of an initial issuance either directly from the issuing entity of the asset-backed securities or directly from an underwriter in the distribution of the asset-backed securities;
</P>
<P>(B) The asset-backed commercial paper conduit issues only asset-backed securities, comprised of a residual interest and securities with a legal maturity of 397 days or less; and
</P>
<P>(C) A regulated liquidity provider has entered into a legally binding commitment to provide full and unconditional liquidity coverage with respect to all of the outstanding asset-backed securities issued by the asset-backed commercial paper conduit (other than any residual interest) in the event that funds are required to redeem maturing asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (c)(9), a regulated liquidity provider means:
</P>
<P>(A) A depository institution, as defined in section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c));
</P>
<P>(B) A bank holding company, as defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)), or a subsidiary thereof;
</P>
<P>(C) A savings and loan holding company, as defined in section 10a of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a), provided all or substantially all of the holding company's activities are permissible for a financial holding company under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)), or a subsidiary thereof;
</P>
<P>(D) A foreign bank whose home country supervisor, as defined in § 211.21(q) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(q)), has adopted capital standards consistent with the Capital Accord for the Basel Committee on banking Supervision, as amended, and that is subject to such standards, or a subsidiary thereof; or
</P>
<P>(E) The United States or a foreign sovereign.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Qualifying covered bonds</I>—(i) <I>Scope.</I> An entity owning or holding a dynamic or fixed pool of loans or other assets as provided in paragraph (c)(8) of this section for the benefit of the holders of covered bonds, provided that the assets in the pool are composed solely of assets that meet the conditions in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Covered bond.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (c)(10), a covered bond means:
</P>
<P>(A) A debt obligation issued by an entity that meets the definition of foreign banking organization, the payment obligations of which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by an entity that meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) A debt obligation of an entity that meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section, provided that the payment obligations are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by an entity that meets the definition of foreign banking organization and the entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary, as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, of such foreign banking organization.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>SBICs and public welfare investment funds.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is a small business investment company, as defined in section 103(3) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662), or that has received from the Small Business Administration notice to proceed to qualify for a license as a small business investment company, which notice or license has not been revoked, or that has voluntarily surrendered its license to operate as a small business investment company in accordance with 13 CFR 107.1900 and does not make any new investments (other than investments in cash equivalents, which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to the issuer's assets) after such voluntary surrender;
</P>
<P>(ii) The business of which is to make investments that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Designed primarily to promote the public welfare, of the type permitted under paragraph (11) of section 5136 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 24), including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as providing housing, services, or jobs) and including investments that qualify for consideration under the regulations implementing the Community Reinvestment Act (12 U.S.C. 2901 <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(B) Qualified rehabilitation expenditures with respect to a qualified rehabilitated building or certified historic structure, as such terms are defined in section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or a similar State historic tax credit program;
</P>
<P>(iii) That has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a rural business investment company, as described in 15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(8)(A) or (B), or that has terminated its participation as a rural business investment company in accordance with 7 CFR 4290.1900 and does not make any new investments (other than investments in cash equivalents, which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to the issuer's assets) after such termination; or
</P>
<P>(iv) That is a qualified opportunity fund, as defined in 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(d).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Registered investment companies and excluded entities.</I> An issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) That is registered as an investment company under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or that is formed and operated pursuant to a written plan to become a registered investment company as described in § 255.20(e)(3) of subpart D and that complies with the requirements of section 18 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-18);
</P>
<P>(ii) That may rely on an exclusion or exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) other than the exclusions contained in section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of that Act; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That has elected to be regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54(a) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-53) and has not withdrawn its election, or that is formed and operated pursuant to a written plan to become a business development company as described in § 255.20(e)(3) of subpart D and that complies with the requirements of section 61 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-60).
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Issuers in conjunction with the FDIC's receivership or conservatorship operations.</I> An issuer that is an entity formed by or on behalf of the FDIC for the purpose of facilitating the disposal of assets acquired in the FDIC's capacity as conservator or receiver under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Other excluded issuers.</I> (i) Any issuer that the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, and the CFTC jointly determine the exclusion of which is consistent with the purposes of section 13 of the BHC Act.
</P>
<P>(ii) A determination made under paragraph (c)(14)(i) of this section will be promptly made public.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Credit funds.</I> Subject to paragraphs (c)(15)(iii), (iv), and (v) of this section, an issuer that satisfies the asset and activity requirements of paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Asset requirements.</I> The issuer's assets must be composed solely of:
</P>
<P>(A) Loans as defined in § 255.2(t);
</P>
<P>(B) Debt instruments, subject to paragraph (c)(15)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(C) Rights and other assets that are related or incidental to acquiring, holding, servicing, or selling such loans or debt instruments, provided that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Each right or asset held under this paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) that is a security is either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) A cash equivalent (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, means high quality, highly liquid investments whose maturity corresponds to the issuer's expected or potential need for funds and whose currency corresponds to either the underlying loans or the debt instruments);
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) A security received in lieu of debts previously contracted with respect to such loans or debt instruments; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) An equity security (or right to acquire an equity security) received on customary terms in connection with such loans or debt instruments; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Rights or other assets held under this paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section may not include commodity forward contracts or any derivative; and
</P>
<P>(D) Interest rate or foreign exchange derivatives, if:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The written terms of the derivative directly relate to the loans, debt instruments, or other rights or assets described in paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The derivative reduces the interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks related to the loans, debt instruments, or other rights or assets described in paragraph (c)(15)(i)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Activity requirements.</I> To be eligible for the exclusion of paragraph (c)(15) of this section, an issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Not engage in any activity that would constitute proprietary trading under § 255.3(b)(l)(i), as if the issuer were a banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Not issue asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Requirements for a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor.</I> A banking entity that acts as a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section may not rely on this exclusion unless the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Provides in writing to any prospective and actual investor in the issuer the disclosures required under § 255.11(a)(8) of this subpart, as if the issuer were a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(B) Ensures that the activities of the issuer are consistent with safety and soundness standards that are substantially similar to those that would apply if the banking entity engaged in the activities directly; and
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the limitations imposed in § 255.14, as if the issuer were a covered fund, except the banking entity may acquire and retain any ownership interest in the issuer.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Additional Banking Entity Requirements.</I> A banking entity may not rely on this exclusion with respect to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraphs (c)(15)(i) and (ii) of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the issuer or of any entity to which such issuer extends credit or in which such issuer invests; and
</P>
<P>(B) Any assets the issuer holds pursuant to paragraphs (c)(15)(i)(B) or (i)(C)(<I>1</I>)(<I>iii</I>) of this section would be permissible for the banking entity to acquire and hold directly under applicable federal banking laws and regulations.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Investment and Relationship Limits.</I> A banking entity's investment in, and relationship with, the issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with the limitations imposed in § 255.15, as if the issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) Be conducted in compliance with, and subject to, applicable banking laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Qualifying venture capital funds.</I> (i) Subject to paragraphs (c)(16)(ii) through (iv) of this section, an issuer that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is a venture capital fund as defined in 17 CFR 275.203(l)-1; and
</P>
<P>(B) Does not engage in any activity that would constitute proprietary trading under § 255.3(b)(1)(i), as if the issuer were a banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity that acts as a sponsor, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor to an issuer that meets the conditions in paragraph (c)(16)(i) of this section may not rely on this exclusion unless the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Provides in writing to any prospective and actual investor in the issuer the disclosures required under § 255.11(a)(8), as if the issuer were a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(B) Ensures that the activities of the issuer are consistent with safety and soundness standards that are substantially similar to those that would apply if the banking entity engaged in the activities directly; and
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the restrictions in § 255.14 as if the issuer were a covered fund (except the banking entity may acquire and retain any ownership interest in the issuer).
</P>
<P>(iii) The banking entity must not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(iv) A banking entity's ownership interest in or relationship with the issuer must:
</P>
<P>(A) Comply with the limitations imposed in § 255.15, as if the issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) Be conducted in compliance with, and subject to, applicable banking laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Family wealth management vehicles.</I> (i) Subject to paragraph (c)(17)(ii) of this section, any entity that is not, and does not hold itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in securities for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in securities, and:
</P>
<P>(A) If the entity is a trust, the grantor(s) of the entity are all family customers; and
</P>
<P>(B) If the entity is not a trust:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A majority of the voting interests in the entity are owned (directly or indirectly) by family customers;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A majority of the interests in the entity are owned (directly or indirectly) by family customers;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The entity is owned only by family customers and up to 5 closely related persons of the family customers; and
</P>
<P>(C) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(17)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, up to an aggregate 0.5 percent of the entity's outstanding ownership interests may be acquired or retained by one or more entities that are not family customers or closely related persons if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by such parties for the purpose of and to the extent necessary for establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity may rely on the exclusion in paragraph (c)(17)(i) of this section with respect to an entity provided that the banking entity (or an affiliate):
</P>
<P>(A) Provides bona fide trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services to the entity;
</P>
<P>(B) Does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of such entity;
</P>
<P>(C) Complies with the disclosure obligations under § 255.11(a)(8), as if such entity were a covered fund, provided that the content may be modified to prevent the disclosure from being misleading and the manner of disclosure may be modified to accommodate the specific circumstances of the entity;
</P>
<P>(D) Does not acquire or retain, as principal, an ownership interest in the entity, other than as described in paragraph (c)(17)(i)(C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(E) Complies with the requirements of §§ 255.14(b) and 255.15, as if such entity were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(F) Except for riskless principal transactions as defined in paragraph (d)(11) of this section, complies with the requirements of 12 CFR 223.15(a), as if such banking entity and its affiliates were a member bank and the entity were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (c)(17) of this section, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Closely related person</I> means a natural person (including the estate and estate planning vehicles of such person) who has longstanding business or personal relationships with any family customer.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Family customer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A family client, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1(d)(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1(d)(4)); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any natural person who is a father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law of a family client, or a spouse or a spousal equivalent of any of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Customer facilitation vehicles.</I> (i) Subject to paragraph (c)(18)(ii) of this section, an issuer that is formed by or at the request of a customer of the banking entity for the purpose of providing such customer (which may include one or more affiliates of such customer) with exposure to a transaction, investment strategy, or other service provided by the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity may rely on the exclusion in paragraph (c)(18)(i) of this section with respect to an issuer provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) All of the ownership interests of the issuer are owned by the customer (which may include one or more of its affiliates) for whom the issuer was created;
</P>
<P>(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(18)(ii)(A) of this section, up to an aggregate 0.5 percent of the issuer's outstanding ownership interests may be acquired or retained by one or more entities that are not customers if the ownership interest is acquired or retained by such parties for the purpose of and to the extent necessary for establishing corporate separateness or addressing bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar concerns; and
</P>
<P>(C) The banking entity and its affiliates:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Maintain documentation outlining how the banking entity intends to facilitate the customer's exposure to such transaction, investment strategy, or service;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Do not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of such issuer;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Comply with the disclosure obligations under § 255.11(a)(8), as if such issuer were a covered fund, provided that the content may be modified to prevent the disclosure from being misleading and the manner of disclosure may be modified to accommodate the specific circumstances of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Do not acquire or retain, as principal, an ownership interest in the issuer, other than as described in paragraph (c)(18)(ii)(B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Comply with the requirements of §§ 255.14(b) and 255.15, as if such issuer were a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Except for riskless principal transactions as defined in paragraph (d)(11) of this section, comply with the requirements of 12 CFR 223.15(a), as if such banking entity and its affiliates were a member bank and the issuer were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of other terms related to covered funds.</I> For purposes of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Applicable accounting standards</I> means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or such other accounting standards applicable to a banking entity that the SEC determines are appropriate and that the banking entity uses in the ordinary course of its business in preparing its consolidated financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Asset-backed security</I> has the meaning specified in Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(79).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Director</I> has the same meaning as provided in section 215.2(d)(1) of the Board's Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2(d)(1)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuer</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(22) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(22)).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Issuing entity</I> means with respect to asset-backed securities the special purpose vehicle that owns or holds the pool assets underlying asset-backed securities and in whose name the asset-backed securities supported or serviced by the pool assets are issued.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Ownership interest.</I> (i) <I>Ownership interest</I> means any equity, partnership, or other similar interest. An “other similar interest” means an interest that:
</P>
<P>(A) Has the right to participate in the selection or removal of a general partner, managing member, member of the board of directors or trustees, investment manager, investment adviser, or commodity trading advisor of the covered fund, excluding:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The right to participate in the removal of an investment manager for “cause” or participate in the selection of a replacement manager upon an investment manager's resignation or removal. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(6)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>), “cause” for removal of an investment manager means one or more of the following events:
</P>
<P><I>(i)</I> The bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(ii)</I> The breach by the investment manager of any material provision of the covered fund's transaction agreements applicable to the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(iii)</I> The breach by the investment manager of material representations or warranties;
</P>
<P><I>(iv)</I> The occurrence of an act that constitutes fraud or criminal activity in the performance of the investment manager's obligations under the covered fund's transaction agreements;
</P>
<P><I>(v)</I> The indictment of the investment manager for a criminal offense, or the indictment of any officer, member, partner or other principal of the investment manager for a criminal offense materially related to his or her investment management activities;
</P>
<P><I>(vi)</I> A change in control with respect to the investment manager;
</P>
<P><I>(vii)</I> The loss, separation or incapacitation of an individual critical to the operation of the investment manager or primarily responsible for the management of the covered fund's assets; or
</P>
<P><I>(viii)</I> Other similar events that constitute “cause” for removal of an investment manager, provided that such events are not solely related to the performance of the covered fund or the investment manager's exercise of investment discretion under the covered fund's transaction agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) Has the right under the terms of the interest to receive a share of the income, gains or profits of the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) Has the right to receive the underlying assets of the covered fund after all other interests have been redeemed and/or paid in full (excluding the rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event);
</P>
<P>(D) Has the right to receive all or a portion of excess spread (the positive difference, if any, between the aggregate interest payments received from the underlying assets of the covered fund and the aggregate interest paid to the holders of other outstanding interests);
</P>
<P>(E) Provides under the terms of the interest that the amounts payable by the covered fund with respect to the interest could be reduced based on losses arising from the underlying assets of the covered fund, such as allocation of losses, write-downs or charge-offs of the outstanding principal balance, or reductions in the amount of interest due and payable on the interest;
</P>
<P>(F) Receives income on a pass-through basis from the covered fund, or has a rate of return that is determined by reference to the performance of the underlying assets of the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(G) Any synthetic right to have, receive, or be allocated any of the rights in paragraphs (d)(6)(i)(A) through (F) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Ownership interest does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Restricted profit interest, which is an interest held by an entity (or an employee or former employee thereof) in a covered fund for which the entity (or employee thereof) serves as investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or other service provider, so long as:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The sole purpose and effect of the interest is to allow the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) to share in the profits of the covered fund as performance compensation for the investment management, investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services provided to the covered fund by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof), provided that the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) may be obligated under the terms of such interest to return profits previously received;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) All such profit, once allocated, is distributed to the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) promptly after being earned or, if not so distributed, is retained by the covered fund for the sole purpose of establishing a reserve amount to satisfy contractual obligations with respect to subsequent losses of the covered fund and such undistributed profit of the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) does not share in the subsequent investment gains of the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Any amounts invested in the covered fund, including any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining the restricted profit interest, are within the limits of § 255.12 of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The interest is not transferable by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) except to an affiliate thereof (or an employee of the banking entity or affiliate), to immediate family members, or through the intestacy, of the employee or former employee, or in connection with a sale of the business that gave rise to the restricted profit interest by the entity (or employee or former employee thereof) to an unaffiliated party that provides investment management, investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the fund.
</P>
<P>(B) Any senior loan or senior debt interest that has the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Under the terms of the interest the holders of such interest do not have the right to receive a share of the income, gains, or profits of the covered fund, but are entitled to receive only:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Interest at a stated interest rate, as well as commitment fees or other fees, which are not determined by reference to the performance of the underlying assets of the covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Repayment of a fixed principal amount, on or before a maturity date, in a contractually-determined manner (which may include prepayment premiums intended solely to reflect, and compensate holders of the interest for, forgone income resulting from an early prepayment);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The entitlement to payments under the terms of the interest are absolute and could not be reduced based on losses arising from the underlying assets of the covered fund, such as allocation of losses, write-downs or charge-offs of the outstanding principal balance, or reductions in the amount of interest due and payable on the interest; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The holders of the interest are not entitled to receive the underlying assets of the covered fund after all other interests have been redeemed or paid in full (excluding the rights of a creditor to exercise remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default or an acceleration event).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Prime brokerage transaction</I> means any transaction that would be a covered transaction, as defined in section 23A(b)(7) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c(b)(7)), that is provided in connection with custody, clearance and settlement, securities borrowing or lending services, trade execution, financing, or data, operational, and administrative support.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Resident of the United States</I> means a person that is a “U.S. person” as defined in rule 902(k) of the SEC's Regulation S (17 CFR 230.902(k)).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Sponsor</I> means, with respect to a covered fund:
</P>
<P>(i) To serve as a general partner, managing member, or trustee of a covered fund, or to serve as a commodity pool operator with respect to a covered fund as defined in (b)(1)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) In any manner to select or to control (or to have employees, officers, or directors, or agents who constitute) a majority of the directors, trustees, or management of a covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(iii) To share with a covered fund, for corporate, marketing, promotional, or other purposes, the same name or a variation of the same name, except as permitted under § 255.11(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Trustee.</I> (i) For purposes of paragraph (d)(9) of this section and § 255.11 of subpart C, a trustee does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) A trustee that does not exercise investment discretion with respect to a covered fund, including a trustee that is subject to the direction of an unaffiliated named fiduciary who is not a trustee pursuant to section 403(a)(1) of the Employee's Retirement Income Security Act (29 U.S.C. 1103(a)(1)); or
</P>
<P>(B) A trustee that is subject to fiduciary standards imposed under foreign law that are substantially equivalent to those described in paragraph (d)(10)(i)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any entity that directs a person described in paragraph (d)(10)(i) of this section, or that possesses authority and discretion to manage and control the investment decisions of a covered fund for which such person serves as trustee, shall be considered to be a trustee of such covered fund.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Riskless principal transaction.</I> Riskless principal transaction means a transaction in which a banking entity, after receiving an order from a customer to buy (or sell) a security, purchases (or sells) the security in the secondary market for its own account to offset a contemporaneous sale to (or purchase from) the customer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35022, July 22, 2019; 84 FR 62244, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46523, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.11   Permitted organizing and offering, underwriting, and market making with respect to a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Organizing and offering a covered fund in general.</I> Notwithstanding § 255.10(a) of this subpart, a banking entity is not prohibited from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, or acting as sponsor to, a covered fund in connection with, directly or indirectly, organizing and offering a covered fund, including serving as a general partner, managing member, trustee, or commodity pool operator of the covered fund and in any manner selecting or controlling (or having employees, officers, directors, or agents who constitute) a majority of the directors, trustees, or management of the covered fund, including any necessary expenses for the foregoing, only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) provides <I>bona fide</I> trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services;
</P>
<P>(2) The covered fund is organized and offered only in connection with the provision of <I>bona fide</I> trust, fiduciary, investment advisory, or commodity trading advisory services and only to persons that are customers of such services of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof), pursuant to a written plan or similar documentation outlining how the banking entity or such affiliate intends to provide advisory or similar services to its customers through organizing and offering such fund;
</P>
<P>(3) The banking entity and its affiliates do not acquire or retain an ownership interest in the covered fund except as permitted under § 255.12 of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(4) The banking entity and its affiliates comply with the requirements of § 255.14 of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(5) The banking entity and its affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the covered fund or of any covered fund in which such covered fund invests;
</P>
<P>(6) The covered fund, for corporate, marketing, promotional, or other purposes:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not share the same name or a variation of the same name with the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) except that a covered fund may share the same name or a variation of the same name with a banking entity that is an investment adviser to the covered fund if:
</P>
<P>(A) The investment adviser is not an insured depository institution, a company that controls an insured depository institution, or a company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(B) The investment adviser does not share the same name or a variation of the same name as an insured depository institution, a company that controls an insured depository institution, or a company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 8 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not use the word “bank” in its name;
</P>
<P>(7) No director or employee of the banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) takes or retains an ownership interest in the covered fund, except for any director or employee of the banking entity or such affiliate who is directly engaged in providing investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the covered fund at the time the director or employee takes the ownership interest; and
</P>
<P>(8) The banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearly and conspicuously discloses, in writing, to any prospective and actual investor in the covered fund (such as through disclosure in the covered fund's offering documents):
</P>
<P>(A) That “any losses in [such covered fund] will be borne solely by investors in [the covered fund] and not by [the banking entity] or its affiliates; therefore, [the banking entity's] losses in [such covered fund] will be limited to losses attributable to the ownership interests in the covered fund held by [the banking entity] and any affiliate in its capacity as investor in the [covered fund] or as beneficiary of a restricted profit interest held by [the banking entity] or any affiliate”;
</P>
<P>(B) That such investor should read the fund offering documents before investing in the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) That the “ownership interests in the covered fund are not insured by the FDIC, and are not deposits, obligations of, or endorsed or guaranteed in any way, by any banking entity” (unless that happens to be the case); and
</P>
<P>(D) The role of the banking entity and its affiliates and employees in sponsoring or providing any services to the covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Complies with any additional rules of the appropriate Federal banking agencies, the SEC, or the CFTC, as provided in section 13(b)(2) of the BHC Act, designed to ensure that losses in such covered fund are borne solely by investors in the covered fund and not by the covered banking entity and its affiliates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organizing and offering an issuing entity of asset-backed securities.</I> (1) Notwithstanding § 255.10(a) of this subpart, a banking entity is not prohibited from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, or acting as sponsor to, a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities in connection with, directly or indirectly, organizing and offering that issuing entity, so long as the banking entity and its affiliates comply with all of the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (b), organizing and offering a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities means acting as the securitizer, as that term is used in section 15G(a)(3) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11(a)(3)) of the issuing entity, or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in the issuing entity as required by section 15G of that Act (15 U.S.C.78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Underwriting and market making in ownership interests of a covered fund.</I> The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) of this subpart does not apply to a banking entity's underwriting activities or market making-related activities involving a covered fund so long as:
</P>
<P>(1) Those activities are conducted in accordance with the requirements of § 255.4(a) or § 255.4(b) of subpart B, respectively; and
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any banking entity (or any affiliate thereof) that: Acts as a sponsor, investment adviser or commodity trading advisor to a particular covered fund or otherwise acquires and retains an ownership interest in such covered fund in reliance on paragraph (a) of this section; or acquires and retains an ownership interest in such covered fund and is either a securitizer, as that term is used in section 15G(a)(3) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11(a)(3)), or is acquiring and retaining an ownership interest in such covered fund in compliance with section 15G of that Act (15 U.S.C.78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder each as permitted by paragraph (b) of this section, then in each such case any ownership interests acquired or retained by the banking entity and its affiliates in connection with underwriting and market making related activities for that particular covered fund are included in the calculation of ownership interests permitted to be held by the banking entity and its affiliates under the limitations of § 255.12(a)(2)(ii); § 255.12(a)(2)(iii), and § 255.12(d) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 35022, July 22, 2019; 84 FR 62244, Nov. 14, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.12   Permitted investment in a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority and limitations on permitted investments in covered funds.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) of this subpart, a banking entity may acquire and retain an ownership interest in a covered fund that the banking entity or an affiliate thereof organizes and offers pursuant to § 255.11, for the purposes of:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Establishment.</I> Establishing the fund and providing the fund with sufficient initial equity for investment to permit the fund to attract unaffiliated investors, subject to the limits contained in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (iii) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>De minimis investment.</I> Making and retaining an investment in the covered fund subject to the limits contained in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Investment limits</I>—(i) <I>Seeding period.</I> With respect to an investment in any covered fund made or held pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the banking entity and its affiliates:
</P>
<P>(A) Must actively seek unaffiliated investors to reduce, through redemption, sale, dilution, or other methods, the aggregate amount of all ownership interests of the banking entity in the covered fund to the amount permitted in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Must, no later than 1 year after the date of establishment of the fund (or such longer period as may be provided by the Board pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section), conform its ownership interest in the covered fund to the limits in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Per-fund limits.</I> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, an investment by a banking entity and its affiliates in any covered fund made or held pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section may not exceed 3 percent of the total number or value of the outstanding ownership interests of the fund.
</P>
<P>(B) An investment by a banking entity and its affiliates in a covered fund that is an issuing entity of asset-backed securities may not exceed 3 percent of the total fair market value of the ownership interests of the fund measured in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, unless a greater percentage is retained by the banking entity and its affiliates in compliance with the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder, in which case the investment by the banking entity and its affiliates in the covered fund may not exceed the amount, number, or value of ownership interests of the fund required under section 15G of the Exchange Act and the implementing regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Aggregate limit.</I> The aggregate value of all ownership interests of the banking entity and its affiliates in all covered funds acquired or retained under this section may not exceed 3 percent of the tier 1 capital of the banking entity, as provided under paragraph (c) of this section, and shall be calculated as of the last day of each calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Date of establishment.</I> For purposes of this section, the date of establishment of a covered fund shall be:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>In general.</I> The date on which the investment adviser or similar entity to the covered fund begins making investments pursuant to the written investment strategy for the fund;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Issuing entities of asset-backed securities.</I> In the case of an issuing entity of asset-backed securities, the date on which the assets are initially transferred into the issuing entity of asset-backed securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rules of construction</I>—(1) <I>Attribution of ownership interests to a covered banking entity.</I> (i) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the amount and value of a banking entity's permitted investment in any single covered fund shall include any ownership interest held under § 255.12 directly by the banking entity, including any affiliate of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Treatment of registered investment companies, SEC-regulated business development companies, and foreign public funds.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, a registered investment company, SEC-regulated business development companies, or foreign public fund as described in § 255.10(c)(1) will not be considered to be an affiliate of the banking entity so long as:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity, together with its affiliates, does not own, control, or hold with the power to vote 25 percent or more of the voting shares of the company or fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity, or an affiliate of the banking entity, provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, administrative, and other services to the company or fund in compliance with the limitations under applicable regulation, order, or other authority.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Covered funds.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, a covered fund will not be considered to be an affiliate of a banking entity so long as the covered fund is held in compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Treatment of employee and director investments financed by the banking entity.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires an ownership interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the ownership interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of permitted ownership interests in a single covered fund.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) or (4), for purposes of determining whether an investment in a single covered fund complies with the restrictions on ownership interests under paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate number of the outstanding ownership interests held by the banking entity shall be the total number of ownership interests held under this section by the banking entity in a covered fund divided by the total number of ownership interests held by all entities in that covered fund, as of the last day of each calendar quarter (both measured without regard to committed funds not yet called for investment);
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate value of the outstanding ownership interests held by the banking entity shall be the aggregate fair market value of all investments in and capital contributions made to the covered fund by the banking entity, divided by the value of all investments in and capital contributions made to that covered fund by all entities, as of the last day of each calendar quarter (all measured without regard to committed funds not yet called for investment). If fair market value cannot be determined, then the value shall be the historical cost basis of all investments in and contributions made by the banking entity to the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of the calculation under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, once a valuation methodology is chosen, the banking entity must calculate the value of its investment and the investments of all others in the covered fund in the same manner and according to the same standards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Issuing entities of asset-backed securities.</I> In the case of an ownership interest in an issuing entity of asset-backed securities, for purposes of determining whether an investment in a single covered fund complies with the restrictions on ownership interests under paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) For securitizations subject to the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11), the calculations shall be made as of the date and according to the valuation methodology applicable pursuant to the requirements of section 15G of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-11) and the implementing regulations issued thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For securitization transactions completed prior to the compliance date of such implementing regulations (or as to which such implementing regulations do not apply), the calculations shall be made as of the date of establishment as defined in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(B) of this section or such earlier date on which the transferred assets have been valued for purposes of transfer to the covered fund, and thereafter only upon the date on which additional securities of the issuing entity of asset-backed securities are priced for purposes of the sales of ownership interests to unaffiliated investors.
</P>
<P>(iii) For securitization transactions completed prior to the compliance date of such implementing regulations (or as to which such implementing regulations do not apply), the aggregate value of the outstanding ownership interests in the covered fund shall be the fair market value of the assets transferred to the issuing entity of the securitization and any other assets otherwise held by the issuing entity at such time, determined in a manner that is consistent with its determination of the fair market value of those assets for financial statement purposes.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of the calculation under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section, the valuation methodology used to calculate the fair market value of the ownership interests must be the same for both the ownership interests held by a banking entity and the ownership interests held by all others in the covered fund in the same manner and according to the same standards.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Multi-tier fund investments</I>—(i) <I>Master-feeder fund investments.</I> If the principal investment strategy of a covered fund (the “feeder fund”) is to invest substantially all of its assets in another single covered fund (the “master fund”), then for purposes of the investment limitations in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(B) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the banking entity's permitted investment in such funds shall be measured only by reference to the value of the master fund. The banking entity's permitted investment in the master fund shall include any investment by the banking entity in the master fund, as well as the banking entity's pro-rata share of any ownership interest in the master fund that is held through the feeder fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fund-of-funds investments.</I> If a banking entity organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 255.11 for the purpose of investing in other covered funds (a “fund of funds”) and that fund of funds itself invests in another covered fund that the banking entity is permitted to own, then the banking entity's permitted investment in that other fund shall include any investment by the banking entity in that other fund, as well as the banking entity's pro-rata share of any ownership interest in the fund that is held through the fund of funds. The investment of the banking entity may not represent more than 3 percent of the amount or value of any single covered fund.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Parallel Investments and Co-Investments.</I> (i) A banking entity shall not be required to include in the calculation of the investment limits under paragraph (a)(2) of this section any investment the banking entity makes alongside a covered fund as long as the investment is made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) A banking entity shall not be restricted under this section in the amount of any investment the banking entity makes alongside a covered fund as long as the investment is made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including applicable safety and soundness standards.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aggregate permitted investments in all covered funds.</I> (1)(i) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the aggregate value of all ownership interests held by a banking entity shall be the sum of all amounts paid or contributed by the banking entity in connection with acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in covered funds (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 255.10(d)(6)(ii)), on a historical cost basis;
</P>
<P>(ii) Treatment of employee and director restricted profit interests financed by the banking entity. For purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires a restricted profit interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the restricted profit interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation of tier 1 capital.</I> For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Entities that are required to hold and report tier 1 capital.</I> If a banking entity is required to calculate and report tier 1 capital, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital of the banking entity as of the last day of the most recent calendar quarter, as reported to its primary financial regulatory agency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If a banking entity is not required to calculate and report tier 1 capital, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be determined to be equal to:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of a banking entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a depository institution that calculates and reports tier 1 capital, be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital reported by such controlling depository institution in the manner described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a banking entity that is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by a depository institution that calculates and reports tier 1 capital:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Bank holding company subsidiaries.</I> If the banking entity is a subsidiary of a bank holding company or company that is treated as a bank holding company, be equal to the amount of tier 1 capital reported by the top-tier affiliate of such covered banking entity that calculates and reports tier 1 capital in the manner described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Other holding companies and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.</I> If the banking entity is not a subsidiary of a bank holding company or a company that is treated as a bank holding company, be equal to the total amount of shareholders' equity of the top-tier affiliate within such organization as of the last day of the most recent calendar quarter that has ended, as determined under applicable accounting standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Treatment of foreign banking entities</I>—(A) <I>Foreign banking entities.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B) of this section, with respect to a banking entity that is not itself, and is not controlled directly or indirectly by, a banking entity that is located or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, the tier 1 capital of the banking entity shall be the consolidated tier 1 capital of the entity as calculated under applicable home country standards.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>U.S. affiliates of foreign banking entities.</I> With respect to a banking entity that is located or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State and is controlled by a foreign banking entity identified under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, the banking entity's tier 1 capital shall be as calculated under paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Capital treatment for a permitted investment in a covered fund.</I> For purposes of calculating compliance with the applicable regulatory capital requirements, a banking entity shall deduct from the banking entity's tier 1 capital (as determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section) the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The sum of all amounts paid or contributed by the banking entity in connection with acquiring or retaining an ownership interest (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 255.10(d)(6)(ii) of subpart C of this part), on a historical cost basis, plus any earnings received; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The fair market value of the banking entity's ownership interests in the covered fund as determined under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) or (b)(3) of this section (together with any amounts paid by the entity in connection with obtaining a restricted profit interest under § 255.10(d)(6)(ii) of subpart C of this part), if the banking entity accounts for the profits (or losses) of the fund investment in its financial statements.
</P>
<P>(2) Treatment of employee and director restricted profit interests financed by the banking entity. For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, an investment by a director or employee of a banking entity who acquires a restricted profit interest in his or her personal capacity in a covered fund sponsored by the banking entity will be attributed to the banking entity if the banking entity, directly or indirectly, extends financing for the purpose of enabling the director or employee to acquire the restricted profit interest in the fund and the financing is used to acquire such ownership interest in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extension of time to divest an ownership interest.</I> (1) <I>Extension period.</I> Upon application by a banking entity, the Board may extend the period under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section for up to 2 additional years if the Board finds that an extension would be consistent with safety and soundness and not detrimental to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application requirements.</I> An application for extension must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to the Board at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the applicable time period;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the reasons for application, including information that addresses the factors in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Explain the banking entity's plan for reducing the permitted investment in a covered fund through redemption, sale, dilution or other methods as required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Factors governing the Board determinations.</I> In reviewing any application under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the Board may consider all the facts and circumstances related to the permitted investment in a covered fund, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the investment would result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contractual terms governing the banking entity's interest in the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date on which the covered fund is expected to have attracted sufficient investments from investors unaffiliated with the banking entity to enable the banking entity to comply with the limitations in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total exposure of the covered banking entity to the investment and the risks that disposing of, or maintaining, the investment in the covered fund may pose to the banking entity and the financial stability of the United States;
</P>
<P>(v) The cost to the banking entity of divesting or disposing of the investment within the applicable period;
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether the investment or the divestiture or conformance of the investment would involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and unaffiliated parties, including clients, customers, or counterparties to which it owes a duty;
</P>
<P>(vii) The banking entity's prior efforts to reduce through redemption, sale, dilution, or other methods its ownership interests in the covered fund, including activities related to the marketing of interests in such covered fund;
</P>
<P>(viii) Market conditions; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Any other factor that the Board believes appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Authority to impose restrictions on activities or investment during any extension period.</I> The Board may impose such conditions on any extension approved under paragraph (e)(1) of this section as the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to protect the safety and soundness of the banking entity or the financial stability of the United States, address material conflicts of interest or other unsound banking practices, or otherwise further the purposes of section 13 of the BHC Act and this part.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Consultation.</I> In the case of a banking entity that is primarily regulated by another Federal banking agency, the SEC, or the CFTC, the Board will consult with such agency prior to acting on an application by the banking entity for an extension under paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62244, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46527, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.13   Other permitted covered fund activities and investments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted risk-mitigating hedging activities.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) of this subpart does not apply with respect to an ownership interest in a covered fund acquired or retained by a banking entity that is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate the specific, identifiable risks to the banking entity in connection with:
</P>
<P>(i) A compensation arrangement with an employee of the banking entity or an affiliate thereof that directly provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory or other services to the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A position taken by the banking entity when acting as intermediary on behalf of a customer that is not itself a banking entity to facilitate the exposure by the customer to the profits and losses of the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(2) The risk-mitigating hedging activities of a banking entity are permitted under this paragraph (a) only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has established and implements, maintains and enforces an internal compliance program in accordance with subpart D of this part that is reasonably designed to ensure the banking entity's compliance with the requirements of this section, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Reasonably designed written policies and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(B) Internal controls and ongoing monitoring, management, and authorization procedures, including relevant escalation procedures; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition or retention of the ownership interest:
</P>
<P>(A) Is made in accordance with the written policies, procedures, and internal controls required under this section;
</P>
<P>(B) At the inception of the hedge, is designed to reduce or otherwise significantly mitigate one or more specific, identifiable risks arising:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Out of a transaction conducted solely to accommodate a specific customer request with respect to the covered fund; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In connection with the compensation arrangement with the employee that directly provides investment advisory, commodity trading advisory, or other services to the covered fund;
</P>
<P>(C) Does not give rise, at the inception of the hedge, to any significant new or additional risk that is not itself hedged contemporaneously in accordance with this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Is subject to continuing review, monitoring and management by the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to risk-mitigating hedging activity conducted pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the compensation arrangement relates solely to the covered fund in which the banking entity or any affiliate has acquired an ownership interest pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) and such compensation arrangement provides that any losses incurred by the banking entity on such ownership interest will be offset by corresponding decreases in amounts payable under such compensation arrangement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certain permitted covered fund activities and investments outside of the United States.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) of this subpart does not apply to the acquisition or retention of any ownership interest in, or the sponsorship of, a covered fund by a banking entity only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity is not organized or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized under the laws of the United States or of one or more States;
</P>
<P>(ii) The activity or investment by the banking entity is pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) No ownership interest in the covered fund is offered for sale or sold to a resident of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The activity or investment occurs solely outside of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) An activity or investment by the banking entity is pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the BHC Act for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The activity or investment is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) With respect to a banking entity that is a foreign banking organization, the banking entity meets the qualifying foreign banking organization requirements of section 211.23(a), (c) or (e) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.23(a), (c) or (e)), as applicable; or
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to a banking entity that is not a foreign banking organization, the banking entity is not organized under the laws of the United States or of one or more States and the banking entity, on a fully-consolidated basis, meets at least two of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Total assets of the banking entity held outside of the United States exceed total assets of the banking entity held in the United States;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceed total revenues derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Total net income derived from the business of the banking entity outside of the United States exceeds total net income derived from the business of the banking entity in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) An ownership interest in a covered fund is not offered for sale or sold to a resident of the United States for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section only if it is not sold and has not been sold pursuant to an offering that targets residents of the United States in which the banking entity or any affiliate of the banking entity participates. If the banking entity or an affiliate sponsors or serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor to a covered fund, then the banking entity or affiliate will be deemed for purposes of this paragraph (b)(3) to participate in any offer or sale by the covered fund of ownership interests in the covered fund.
</P>
<P>(4) An activity or investment occurs solely outside of the United States for purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity acting as sponsor, or engaging as principal in the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in the covered fund, is not itself, and is not controlled directly or indirectly by, a banking entity that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The banking entity (including relevant personnel) that makes the decision to acquire or retain the ownership interest or act as sponsor to the covered fund is not located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The investment or sponsorship, including any transaction arising from risk-mitigating hedging related to an ownership interest, is not accounted for as principal directly or indirectly on a consolidated basis by any branch or affiliate that is located in the United States or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign bank, or any subsidiary thereof, is located in the United States; however, a foreign bank of which that branch, agency, or subsidiary is a part is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operation of the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(c) Permitted covered fund interests and activities by a regulated insurance company. The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) of this subpart does not apply to the acquisition or retention by an insurance company, or an affiliate thereof, of any ownership interest in, or the sponsorship of, a covered fund only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The insurance company or its affiliate acquires and retains the ownership interest solely for the general account of the insurance company or for one or more separate accounts established by the insurance company;
</P>
<P>(2) The acquisition and retention of the ownership interest is conducted in compliance with, and subject to, the insurance company investment laws and regulations of the State or jurisdiction in which such insurance company is domiciled; and
</P>
<P>(3) The appropriate Federal banking agencies, after consultation with the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the relevant insurance commissioners of the States and foreign jurisdictions, as appropriate, have not jointly determined, after notice and comment, that a particular law or regulation described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the banking entity, or the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permitted covered fund activities and investments of qualifying foreign excluded funds.</I> (1) The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a) does not apply to a qualifying foreign excluded fund.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (d), a qualifying foreign excluded fund means a banking entity that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is organized or established outside the United States, and the ownership interests of which are offered and sold solely outside the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Would be a covered fund if the entity were organized or established in the United States, or
</P>
<P>(B) Is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in financial instruments for resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in financial instruments;
</P>
<P>(iii) Would not otherwise be a banking entity except by virtue of the acquisition or retention of an ownership interest in, sponsorship of, or relationship with the entity, by another banking entity that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity is not organized, or directly or indirectly controlled by a banking entity that is organized, under the laws of the United States or of any State; and
</P>
<P>(B) The banking entity's acquisition of an ownership interest in or sponsorship of the fund by the foreign banking entity meets the requirements for permitted covered fund activities and investments solely outside the United States, as provided in § 255.13(b);
</P>
<P>(iv) Is established and operated as part of a bona fide asset management business; and
</P>
<P>(v) Is not operated in a manner that enables the banking entity that sponsors or controls the qualifying foreign excluded fund, or any of its affiliates, to evade the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62244, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46528, July 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.14   Limitations on relationships with a covered fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relationships with a covered fund.</I> (1) Except as provided for in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, no banking entity that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or sponsor to a covered fund, that organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 255.11 of this subpart, or that continues to hold an ownership interest in accordance with § 255.11(b) of this subpart, and no affiliate of such entity, may enter into a transaction with the covered fund, or with any other covered fund that is controlled by such covered fund, that would be a covered transaction as defined in section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c(b)(7)), as if such banking entity and the affiliate thereof were a member bank and the covered fund were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a banking entity may:
</P>
<P>(i) Acquire and retain any ownership interest in a covered fund in accordance with the requirements of §§ 255.11, 255.12, or 255.13;
</P>
<P>(ii) Enter into any prime brokerage transaction with any covered fund in which a covered fund managed, sponsored, or advised by such banking entity (or an affiliate thereof) has taken an ownership interest, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The banking entity is in compliance with each of the limitations set forth in § 255.11 of this subpart with respect to a covered fund organized and offered by such banking entity (or an affiliate thereof);
</P>
<P>(B) The chief executive officer (or equivalent officer) of the banking entity certifies in writing annually no later than March 31 to the SEC (with a duty to update the certification if the information in the certification materially changes) that the banking entity does not, directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume, or otherwise insure the obligations or performance of the covered fund or of any covered fund in which such covered fund invests; and
</P>
<P>(C) The Board has not determined that such transaction is inconsistent with the safe and sound operation and condition of the banking entity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Enter into a transaction with a covered fund that would be an exempt covered transaction under 12 U.S.C. 371c(d) or § 223.42 of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42) subject to the limitations specified under 12 U.S.C. 371c(d) or § 223.42 of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42), as applicable,
</P>
<P>(iv) Enter into a riskless principal transaction with a covered fund; and
</P>
<P>(v) Extend credit to or purchase assets from a covered fund, provided:
</P>
<P>(A) Each extension of credit or purchase of assets is in the ordinary course of business in connection with payment transactions; settlement services; or futures, derivatives, and securities clearing;
</P>
<P>(B) Each extension of credit is repaid, sold, or terminated by the end of five business days; and
</P>
<P>(C) The banking entity making each extension of credit meets the requirements of § 223.42(l)(1)(i) and (ii) of the Board's Regulation W (12 CFR 223.42(l)(1)(i) and(ii)), as if the extension of credit was an intraday extension of credit, regardless of the duration of the extension of credit.
</P>
<P>(3) Any transaction or activity permitted under paragraphs (a)(2)(iii), (iv) or (v) must comply with the limitations in § 255.15.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrictions on transactions with covered funds.</I> A banking entity that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or sponsor to a covered fund, or that organizes and offers a covered fund pursuant to § 255.11 of this subpart, or that continues to hold an ownership interest in accordance with § 255.11(b) of this subpart, shall be subject to section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c-1), as if such banking entity were a member bank and such covered fund were an affiliate thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Restrictions on other permitted transactions.</I> Any transaction permitted under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section shall be subject to section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c-1) as if the counterparty were an affiliate of the banking entity under section 23B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62245, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46528, Oct. 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.15   Other limitations on permitted covered fund activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No transaction, class of transactions, or activity may be deemed permissible under §§ 255.11 through 255.13 of this subpart if the transaction, class of transactions, or activity would:
</P>
<P>(1) Involve or result in a material conflict of interest between the banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties;
</P>
<P>(2) Result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure by the banking entity to a high-risk asset or a high-risk trading strategy; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition of material conflict of interest.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a material conflict of interest between a banking entity and its clients, customers, or counterparties exists if the banking entity engages in any transaction, class of transactions, or activity that would involve or result in the banking entity's interests being materially adverse to the interests of its client, customer, or counterparty with respect to such transaction, class of transactions, or activity, and the banking entity has not taken at least one of the actions in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to effecting the specific transaction or class or type of transactions, or engaging in the specific activity, the banking entity:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Timely and effective disclosure.</I> (A) Has made clear, timely, and effective disclosure of the conflict of interest, together with other necessary information, in reasonable detail and in a manner sufficient to permit a reasonable client, customer, or counterparty to meaningfully understand the conflict of interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Such disclosure is made in a manner that provides the client, customer, or counterparty the opportunity to negate, or substantially mitigate, any materially adverse effect on the client, customer, or counterparty created by the conflict of interest; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Information barriers.</I> Has established, maintained, and enforced information barriers that are memorialized in written policies and procedures, such as physical separation of personnel, or functions, or limitations on types of activity, that are reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of the banking entity's business, to prevent the conflict of interest from involving or resulting in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty. A banking entity may not rely on such information barriers if, in the case of any specific transaction, class or type of transactions or activity, the banking entity knows or should reasonably know that, notwithstanding the banking entity's establishment of information barriers, the conflict of interest may involve or result in a materially adverse effect on a client, customer, or counterparty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of high-risk asset and high-risk trading strategy.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>High-risk asset</I> means an asset or group of related assets that would, if held by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High-risk trading strategy</I> means a trading strategy that would, if engaged in by a banking entity, significantly increase the likelihood that the banking entity would incur a substantial financial loss or would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.16   Ownership of interests in and sponsorship of issuers of certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition contained in § 255.10(a)(1) does not apply to the ownership by a banking entity of an interest in, or sponsorship of, any issuer if:
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer was established, and the interest was issued, before May 19, 2010;
</P>
<P>(2) The banking entity reasonably believes that the offering proceeds received by the issuer were invested primarily in Qualifying TruPS Collateral; and
</P>
<P>(3) The banking entity acquired such interest on or before December 10, 2013 (or acquired such interest in connection with a merger with or acquisition of a banking entity that acquired the interest on or before December 10, 2013).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this § 255.16, <I>Qualifying TruPS Collateral</I> shall mean any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a depository institution holding company that, as of the end of any reporting period within 12 months immediately preceding the issuance of such trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument, had total consolidated assets of less than $15,000,000,000 or issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a mutual holding company.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a banking entity may act as a market maker with respect to the interests of an issuer described in paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 255.4 and 255.11.
</P>
<P>(d) Without limiting the applicability of paragraph (a) of this section, the Board, the FDIC and the OCC will make public a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of paragraph (a). A banking entity may rely on the list published by the Board, the FDIC and the OCC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5228, Jan. 31, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 255.17-255.19" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 255.17-255.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Compliance Program Requirement; Violations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.20" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.20   Program for compliance; reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program requirement.</I> Each banking entity (other than a banking entity with limited trading assets and liabilities or a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 255.6(f) or 255.13(d)) shall develop and provide for the continued administration of a compliance program reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the prohibitions and restrictions on proprietary trading and covered fund activities and investments set forth in section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. The terms, scope, and detail of the compliance program shall be appropriate for the types, size, scope, and complexity of activities and business structure of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Banking entities with significant trading assets and liabilities.</I> With respect to a banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities, the compliance program required by paragraph (a) of this section, at a minimum, shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Written policies and procedures reasonably designed to document, describe, monitor and limit trading activities subject to subpart B (including those permitted under §§ 255.3 to 255.6 of subpart B), including setting, monitoring and managing required limits set out in § 2554 and § 2555, and activities and investments with respect to a covered fund subject to subpart C (including those permitted under §§ 255.11 through 255.14 of subpart C) conducted by the banking entity to ensure that all activities and investments conducted by the banking entity that are subject to section 13 of the BHC Act and this part comply with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part;
</P>
<P>(2) A system of internal controls reasonably designed to monitor compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and to prevent the occurrence of activities or investments that are prohibited by section 13 of the BHC Act and this part;
</P>
<P>(3) A management framework that clearly delineates responsibility and accountability for compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and includes appropriate management review of trading limits, strategies, hedging activities, investments, incentive compensation and other matters identified in this part or by management as requiring attention;
</P>
<P>(4) Independent testing and audit of the effectiveness of the compliance program conducted periodically by qualified personnel of the banking entity or by a qualified outside party;
</P>
<P>(5) Training for trading personnel and managers, as well as other appropriate personnel, to effectively implement and enforce the compliance program; and
</P>
<P>(6) Records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part, which a banking entity must promptly provide to the SEC upon request and retain for a period of no less than 5 years or such longer period as required by the SEC.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CEO attestation.</I> The CEO of a banking entity that has significant trading assets and liabilities must, based on a review by the CEO of the banking entity, attest in writing to the SEC, each year no later than March 31, that the banking entity has in place processes to establish, maintain, enforce, review, test and modify the compliance program required by paragraph (b) of this section in a manner reasonably designed to achieve compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. In the case of a U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking entity, the attestation may be provided for the entire U.S. operations of the foreign banking entity by the senior management officer of the U.S. operations of the foreign banking entity who is located in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting requirements under appendix A to this part.</I> (1) A banking entity (other than a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 255.6(f) or 255.13(d)) engaged in proprietary trading activity permitted under subpart B shall comply with the reporting requirements described in appendix A to this part, if:


</P>
<P>(i) The banking entity has significant trading assets and liabilities; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The SEC notifies the banking entity in writing that it must satisfy the reporting requirements contained in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Frequency of reporting: Unless the SEC notifies the banking entity in writing that it must report on a different basis, a banking entity subject to appendix A to this part shall report the information required by appendix A for each quarter within 30 days of the end of the quarter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional documentation for covered funds.</I> A banking entity with significant trading assets and liabilities (other than a qualifying foreign excluded fund under section 255.6(f) or 255.13(d)) shall maintain records that include:
</P>
<P>(1) Documentation of the exclusions or exemptions other than sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 relied on by each fund sponsored by the banking entity (including all subsidiaries and affiliates) in determining that such fund is not a covered fund;
</P>
<P>(2) For each fund sponsored by the banking entity (including all subsidiaries and affiliates) for which the banking entity relies on one or more of the exclusions from the definition of covered fund provided by §§ 255.10(c)(1),255.10(c)(5), 255.10(c)(8), 255.10(c)(9), or 255.10(c)(10) of subpart C, documentation supporting the banking entity's determination that the fund is not a covered fund pursuant to one or more of those exclusions;
</P>
<P>(3) For each seeding vehicle described in § 255.10(c)(12)(i) or (iii) of subpart C that will become a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company, a written plan documenting the banking entity's determination that the seeding vehicle will become a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company; the period of time during which the vehicle will operate as a seeding vehicle; and the banking entity's plan to market the vehicle to third-party investors and convert it into a registered investment company or SEC-regulated business development company within the time period specified in § 255.12(a)(2)(i)(B) of subpart C;
</P>
<P>(4) For any banking entity that is, or is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is, located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, if the aggregate amount of ownership interests in foreign public funds that are described in § 255.10(c)(1) of subpart C owned by such banking entity (including ownership interests owned by any affiliate that is controlled directly or indirectly by a banking entity that is located in or organized under the laws of the United States or of any State) exceeds $50 million at the end of two or more consecutive calendar quarters, beginning with the next succeeding calendar quarter, documentation of the value of the ownership interests owned by the banking entity (and such affiliates) in each foreign public fund and each jurisdiction in which any such foreign public fund is organized, calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter, which documentation must continue until the banking entity's aggregate amount of ownership interests in foreign public funds is below $50 million for two consecutive calendar quarters; and
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of paragraph (e)(4) of this section, a U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary of a foreign banking entity is located in the United States; however, the foreign bank that operates or controls that branch, agency, or subsidiary is not considered to be located in the United States solely by virtue of operating or controlling the U.S. branch, agency, or subsidiary.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Simplified programs for less active banking entities</I>—(1) <I>Banking entities with no covered activities.</I> A banking entity that does not engage in activities or investments pursuant to subpart B or subpart C (other than trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a) of subpart B) may satisfy the requirements of this section by establishing the required compliance program prior to becoming engaged in such activities or making such investments (other than trading activities permitted pursuant to § 255.6(a) of subpart B).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Banking entities with moderate trading assets and liabilities.</I> A banking entity with moderate trading assets and liabilities may satisfy the requirements of this section by including in its existing compliance policies and procedures appropriate references to the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and adjustments as appropriate given the activities, size, scope, and complexity of the banking entity.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rebuttable presumption of compliance for banking entities with limited trading assets and liabilities</I>—(1) <I>Rebuttable presumption.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, a banking entity with limited trading assets and liabilities shall be presumed to be compliant with subpart B and subpart C of this part and shall have no obligation to demonstrate compliance with this part on an ongoing basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rebuttal of presumption.</I> If upon examination or audit, the SEC determines that the banking entity has engaged in proprietary trading or covered fund activities that are otherwise prohibited under subpart B or subpart C of this part, the SEC may require the banking entity to be treated under this part as if it did not have limited trading assets and liabilities. The SEC's rebuttal of the presumption in this paragraph must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reservation of authority.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the SEC retains its authority to require a banking entity without significant trading assets and liabilities to apply any requirements of this part that would otherwise apply if the banking entity had significant or moderate trading assets and liabilities if the SEC determines that the size or complexity of the banking entity's trading or investment activities, or the risk of evasion of subpart B or subpart C of this part, does not warrant a presumption of compliance under paragraph (g) of this section or treatment as a banking entity with moderate trading assets and liabilities, as applicable. The SEC's exercise of this reservation of authority must be made in accordance with the notice and response procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice and response procedures</I>—(1) <I>Notice.</I> The SEC will notify the banking entity in writing of any determination requiring notice under this part and will provide an explanation of the determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response.</I> The banking entity may respond to any or all items in the notice described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section. The response should include any matters that the banking entity would have the SEC consider in deciding whether to make the determination. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated SEC official within 30 days after the date on which the banking entity received the notice. The SEC may shorten the time period when, in the opinion of the SEC, the activities or condition of the banking entity so requires, provided that the banking entity is informed of the time period at the time of notice, or with the consent of the banking entity. In its discretion, the SEC may extend the time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Waiver.</I> Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the SEC shall constitute a waiver of any objections to the SEC's determination.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Decision.</I> The SEC will notify the banking entity of the decision in writing. The notice will include an explanation of the decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 5779, 5805, Jan. 31, 2014, as amended at 84 FR 62245, Nov. 14, 2019; 85 FR 46529, July 31, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 255.21" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 255.21   Termination of activities or investments; penalties for violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any banking entity that engages in an activity or makes an investment in violation of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, or acts in a manner that functions as an evasion of the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, including through an abuse of any activity or investment permitted under subparts B or C, or otherwise violates the restrictions and requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, shall, upon discovery, promptly terminate the activity and, as relevant, dispose of the investment.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever the SEC finds reasonable cause to believe any banking entity has engaged in an activity or made an investment in violation of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, or engaged in any activity or made any investment that functions as an evasion of the requirements of section 13 of the BHC Act or this part, the SEC may take any action permitted by law to enforce compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part, including directing the banking entity to restrict, limit, or terminate any or all activities under this part and dispose of any investment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.14.6.17.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 255—Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements for Covered Trading Activities
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Purpose
</HD1>
<P>a. This appendix sets forth reporting and recordkeeping requirements that certain banking entities must satisfy in connection with the restrictions on proprietary trading set forth in subpart B (“proprietary trading restrictions”). Pursuant to § 255.20(d), this appendix applies to a banking entity that, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, has significant trading assets and liabilities. These entities are required to (i) furnish periodic reports to the SEC regarding a variety of quantitative measurements of their covered trading activities, which vary depending on the scope and size of covered trading activities, and (ii) create and maintain records documenting the preparation and content of these reports. The requirements of this appendix must be incorporated into the banking entity's internal compliance program under § 255.20.
</P>
<P>b. The purpose of this appendix is to assist banking entities and the SEC in:
</P>
<P>(1) Better understanding and evaluating the scope, type, and profile of the banking entity's covered trading activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitoring the banking entity's covered trading activities;
</P>
<P>(3) Identifying covered trading activities that warrant further review or examination by the banking entity to verify compliance with the proprietary trading restrictions;
</P>
<P>(4) Evaluating whether the covered trading activities of trading desks engaged in market making-related activities subject to § 255.4(b) are consistent with the requirements governing permitted market making-related activities;
</P>
<P>(5) Evaluating whether the covered trading activities of trading desks that are engaged in permitted trading activity subject to § 255.4, § 255.5, or § 255.6(a) and (b) (<I>i.e.,</I> underwriting and market making-related activity, risk-mitigating hedging, or trading in certain government obligations) are consistent with the requirement that such activity not result, directly or indirectly, in a material exposure to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies;
</P>
<P>(6) Identifying the profile of particular covered trading activities of the banking entity, and the individual trading desks of the banking entity, to help establish the appropriate frequency and scope of examination by SEC of such activities; and
</P>
<P>(7) Assessing and addressing the risks associated with the banking entity's covered trading activities.
</P>
<P>c. Information that must be furnished pursuant to this appendix is not intended to serve as a dispositive tool for the identification of permissible or impermissible activities.
</P>
<P>d. In addition to the quantitative measurements required in this appendix, a banking entity may need to develop and implement other quantitative measurements in order to effectively monitor its covered trading activities for compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part and to have an effective compliance program, as required by § 255.20. The effectiveness of particular quantitative measurements may differ based on the profile of the banking entity's businesses in general and, more specifically, of the particular trading desk, including types of instruments traded, trading activities and strategies, and history and experience (e.g., whether the trading desk is an established, successful market maker or a new entrant to a competitive market). In all cases, banking entities must ensure that they have robust measures in place to identify and monitor the risks taken in their trading activities, to ensure that the activities are within risk tolerances established by the banking entity, and to monitor and examine for compliance with the proprietary trading restrictions in this part.
</P>
<P>e. On an ongoing basis, banking entities must carefully monitor, review, and evaluate all furnished quantitative measurements, as well as any others that they choose to utilize in order to maintain compliance with section 13 of the BHC Act and this part. All measurement results that indicate a heightened risk of impermissible proprietary trading, including with respect to otherwise-permitted activities under §§ 255.4 through 255.6(a) and (b), or that result in a material exposure to high-risk assets or high-risk trading strategies, must be escalated within the banking entity for review, further analysis, explanation to SEC, and remediation, where appropriate. The quantitative measurements discussed in this appendix should be helpful to banking entities in identifying and managing the risks related to their covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD1>II. Definitions
</HD1>
<P>The terms used in this appendix have the same meanings as set forth in §§ 255.2 and 255.3. In addition, for purposes of this appendix, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Applicability</I> identifies the trading desks for which a banking entity is required to calculate and report a particular quantitative measurement based on the type of covered trading activity conducted by the trading desk.
</P>
<P><I>Calculation period</I> means the period of time for which a particular quantitative measurement must be calculated.
</P>
<P><I>Comprehensive profit</I> and loss means the net profit or loss of a trading desk's material sources of trading revenue over a specific period of time, including, for example, any increase or decrease in the market value of a trading desk's holdings, dividend income, and interest income and expense.
</P>
<P><I>Covered trading activity</I> means trading conducted by a trading desk under § 255.4, § 255.5, § 255.6(a), or § 255.6(b). A banking entity may include in its covered trading activity trading conducted under § 255.3(d), § 255.6(c), § 255.6(d), or § 255.6(e).
</P>
<P><I>Measurement frequency</I> means the frequency with which a particular quantitative metric must be calculated and recorded.
</P>
<P><I>Trading day</I> means a calendar day on which a trading desk is open for trading.
</P>
<HD1>III. Reporting and Recordkeeping
</HD1>
<HD2>a. Scope of Required Reporting
</HD2>
<P>1. Quantitative measurements. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 must furnish the following quantitative measurements, as applicable, for each trading desk of the banking entity engaged in covered trading activities and calculate these quantitative measurements in accordance with this appendix:
</P>
<P>i. Internal Limits and Usage;
</P>
<P>ii. Value-at-Risk;
</P>
<P>iii. Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution;
</P>
<P>iv. Positions; and
</P>
<P>v. Transaction Volumes.
</P>
<P>2. Trading desk information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 must provide certain descriptive information, as further described in this appendix, regarding each trading desk engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<P>3. Quantitative measurements identifying information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 must provide certain identifying and descriptive information, as further described in this appendix, regarding its quantitative measurements.
</P>
<P>4. Narrative statement. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 may provide an optional narrative statement, as further described in this appendix.
</P>
<P>5. File identifying information. Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 must provide file identifying information in each submission to the SEC pursuant to this appendix, including the name of the banking entity, the RSSD ID assigned to the top-tier banking entity by the Board, and identification of the reporting period and creation date and time.
</P>
<HD2>b. Trading Desk Information
</HD2>
<P>1. Each banking entity must provide descriptive information regarding each trading desk engaged in covered trading activities, including:
</P>
<P>i. Name of the trading desk used internally by the banking entity and a unique identification label for the trading desk;
</P>
<P>ii. Identification of each type of covered trading activity in which the trading desk is engaged;
</P>
<P>iii. Brief description of the general strategy of the trading desk;
</P>
<P>v. A list identifying each Agency receiving the submission of the trading desk;
</P>
<P>2. Indication of whether each calendar date is a trading day or not a trading day for the trading desk; and
</P>
<P>3. Currency reported and daily currency conversion rate.
</P>
<HD2>c. Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information
</HD2>
<P>Each banking entity must provide the following information regarding the quantitative measurements:
</P>
<P>1. An Internal Limits Information Schedule that provides identifying and descriptive information for each limit reported pursuant to the Internal Limits and Usage quantitative measurement, including the name of the limit, a unique identification label for the limit, a description of the limit, the unit of measurement for the limit, the type of limit, and identification of the corresponding risk factor attribution in the particular case that the limit type is a limit on a risk factor sensitivity and profit and loss attribution to the same risk factor is reported; and
</P>
<P>2. A Risk Factor Attribution Information Schedule that provides identifying and descriptive information for each risk factor attribution reported pursuant to the Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution quantitative measurement, including the name of the risk factor or other factor, a unique identification label for the risk factor or other factor, a description of the risk factor or other factor, and the risk factor or other factor's change unit.
</P>
<HD2>d. Narrative Statement
</HD2>
<P>Each banking entity made subject to this appendix by § 255.20 may submit in a separate electronic document a Narrative Statement to the SEC with any information the banking entity views as relevant for assessing the information reported. The Narrative Statement may include further description of or changes to calculation methods, identification of material events, description of and reasons for changes in the banking entity's trading desk structure or trading desk strategies, and when any such changes occurred.
</P>
<HD2>e. Frequency and Method of Required Calculation and Reporting
</HD2>
<P>A banking entity must calculate any applicable quantitative measurement for each trading day. A banking entity must report the Trading Desk Information, the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information, and each applicable quantitative measurement electronically to the SEC on the reporting schedule established in § 255.20 unless otherwise requested by the SEC. A banking entity must report the Trading Desk Information, the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information, and each applicable quantitative measurement to the SEC in accordance with the XML Schema specified and published on the SEC's website.
</P>
<HD2>f. Recordkeeping
</HD2>
<P>A banking entity must, for any quantitative measurement furnished to the SEC pursuant to this appendix and § 255.20(d), create and maintain records documenting the preparation and content of these reports, as well as such information as is necessary to permit the SEC to verify the accuracy of such reports, for a period of five years from the end of the calendar year for which the measurement was taken. A banking entity must retain the Narrative Statement, the Trading Desk Information, and the Quantitative Measurements Identifying Information for a period of five years from the end of the calendar year for which the information was reported to the SEC.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Quantitative Measurements
</HD1>
<HD2>a. Risk-Management Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Internal Limits and Usage
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Internal Limits are the constraints that define the amount of risk and the positions that a trading desk is permitted to take at a point in time, as defined by the banking entity for a specific trading desk. Usage represents the value of the trading desk's risk or positions that are accounted for by the current activity of the desk. Internal limits and their usage are key compliance and risk management tools used to control and monitor risk taking and include, but are not limited to, the limits set out in §§ 255.4 and 255.5. A trading desk's risk limits, commonly including a limit on “Value-at-Risk,” are useful in the broader context of the trading desk's overall activities, particularly for the market making activities under § 255.4(b) and hedging activity under § 255.5. Accordingly, the limits required under §§ 255.4(b)(2)(iii)(C) and 255.5(b)(1)(i)(A) must meet the applicable requirements under §§ 255.4(b)(2)(iii)(C) and 255.5(b)(1)(i)(A) and also must include appropriate metrics for the trading desk limits including, at a minimum, “Value-at-Risk” except to the extent the “Value-at-Risk” metric is demonstrably ineffective for measuring and monitoring the risks of a trading desk based on the types of positions traded by, and risk exposures of, that desk.
</P>
<P>A. A banking entity must provide the following information for each limit reported pursuant to this quantitative measurement: The unique identification label for the limit reported in the Internal Limits Information Schedule, the limit size (distinguishing between an upper and a lower limit), and the value of usage of the limit.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD3>2. Value-at-Risk
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) is the measurement of the risk of future financial loss in the value of a trading desk's aggregated positions at the ninety-nine percent confidence level over a one-day period, based on current market conditions.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD2>b. Source-of-Revenue Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Comprehensive Profit and Loss Attribution is an analysis that attributes the daily fluctuation in the value of a trading desk's positions to various sources. First, the daily profit and loss of the aggregated positions is divided into two categories: (i) Profit and loss attributable to a trading desk's existing positions that were also positions held by the trading desk as of the end of the prior day (“existing positions”); and (ii) profit and loss attributable to new positions resulting from the current day's trading activity (“new positions”).
</P>
<P>A. The comprehensive profit and loss associated with existing positions must reflect changes in the value of these positions on the applicable day. The comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions must be further attributed, as applicable, to (i) changes in the specific risk factors and other factors that are monitored and managed as part of the trading desk's overall risk management policies and procedures; and (ii) any other applicable elements, such as cash flows, carry, changes in reserves, and the correction, cancellation, or exercise of a trade.
</P>
<P>B. For the attribution of comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions to specific risk factors and other factors, a banking entity must provide the following information for the factors that explain the preponderance of the profit or loss changes due to risk factor changes: The unique identification label for the risk factor or other factor listed in the Risk Factor Attribution Information Schedule, and the profit or loss due to the risk factor or other factor change.
</P>
<P>C. The comprehensive profit and loss attributed to new positions must reflect commissions and fee income or expense and market gains or losses associated with transactions executed on the applicable day. New positions include purchases and sales of financial instruments and other assets/liabilities and negotiated amendments to existing positions. The comprehensive profit and loss from new positions may be reported in the aggregate and does not need to be further attributed to specific sources.
</P>
<P>D. The portion of comprehensive profit and loss from existing positions that is not attributed to changes in specific risk factors and other factors must be allocated to a residual category. Significant unexplained profit and loss must be escalated for further investigation and analysis.
</P>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks engaged in covered trading activities.
</P>
<HD2>c. Positions and Transaction Volumes Measurements
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Positions
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Positions is the value of securities and derivatives positions managed by the trading desk. For purposes of the Positions quantitative measurement, do not include in the Positions calculation for “securities” those securities that are also “derivatives,” as those terms are defined under subpart A; instead, report those securities that are also derivatives as “derivatives.” 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> A banking entity must separately report the trading desk's market value of long securities positions, short securities positions, derivatives receivables, and derivatives payables.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <I>See</I> § 255.2(h), (aa). For example, under this part, a security-based swap is both a “security” and a “derivative.” For purposes of the Positions quantitative measurement, security-based swaps are reported as derivatives rather than securities.</P></FTNT>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks that rely on § 255.4(a) or (b) to conduct underwriting activity or market-making-related activity, respectively.
</P>
<HD3>2. Transaction Volumes
</HD3>
<P>i. <I>Description:</I> For purposes of this appendix, Transaction Volumes measures three exclusive categories of covered trading activity conducted by a trading desk. A banking entity is required to report the value and number of security and derivative transactions conducted by the trading desk with: (i) Customers, excluding internal transactions; (ii) non-customers, excluding internal transactions; and (iii) trading desks and other organizational units where the transaction is booked into either the same banking entity or an affiliated banking entity. For securities, value means gross market value. For derivatives, value means gross notional value. For purposes of calculating the Transaction Volumes quantitative measurement, do not include in the Transaction Volumes calculation for “securities” those securities that are also “derivatives,” as those terms are defined under subpart A; instead, report those securities that are also derivatives as “derivatives.” 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> Further, for purposes of the Transaction Volumes quantitative measurement, a customer of a trading desk that relies on § 255.4(a) to conduct underwriting activity is a market participant identified in § 255.4(a)(7), and a customer of a trading desk that relies on § 255.4(b) to conduct market making-related activity is a market participant identified in § 255.4(b)(3).
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> <I>See</I> § 255.2(h), (aa).</P></FTNT>
<P>ii. <I>Calculation Period:</I> One trading day.
</P>
<P>iii. <I>Measurement Frequency:</I> Daily.
</P>
<P>iv. <I>Applicability:</I> All trading desks that rely on § 255.4(a) or (b) to conduct underwriting activity or market-making-related activity, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 62246, Nov. 14, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="256" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 256—XXX
</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260625" REFID="25">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 38270, June 25, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260625" REFID="26">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 38270, June 25, 2026.</XREF>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="257-259" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 257-259 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="260" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 260—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77c, 77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 78<I>ll</I> (d), 80b-3, 80b-4, and 80b-11, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>5 FR 293, Jan. 25, 1940, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 260 appear at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992, and 57 FR 47409, Oct. 16, 1992.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In §§ 260.0-1 to 260.14a-1 the numbers to the right of the decimal point correspond with the respective rule number of the general rules and regulations under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.</P></NOTE>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV7 N="17" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.17" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Terms Used in the Rules and Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-1   Application of definitions contained in the act.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in the act shall, when used in the rules and regulations, have the respective meanings given in the act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-2   Definitions of terms used in the rules and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, when used in this part, shall have the respective meanings indicated in this section: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act.</I> The term “act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. (53 Stat. 1149; 15 U.S.C. 77aaa) 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affiliate.</I> The term “affiliate” means a person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, another person. The terms “affiliated” and “affiliation” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Agent for service.</I> The term “agent for service” means the person authorized to receive notices and communications from the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amount.</I> The term “amount” when used in regard to securities, shall have the meaning given in § 260.10b-1(c). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Class.</I> The term “class”, when used in regard to securities, shall have the meaning given in § 260.10b-1(e). 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Control.</I> The term “control” means the power to direct the management and policies of a person, directly or through one or more intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. The terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. (See § 260.a-26.) 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Electronic filer.</I> The term <I>electronic filer</I> means a person or an entity that submits filings electronically pursuant to Rules 100 and 101 of Regulation S-T (§§ 232.100 and 232.101 of this chapter, respectively).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Electronic filing.</I> The term <I>electronic filing</I> means a document under the federal securities laws that is transmitted or delivered to the Commission in electronic format. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Outstanding.</I> The term “outstanding”, when used in regard to securities, shall have the meaning given in § 260.10b-1(d). 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Parent.</I> The term “parent” means a person controlling one or more other persons. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Rules and regulations.</I> The term “rules and regulations” means all rules and regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to the act, including the forms and instructions thereto. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Section.</I> The term “section” means a section of the act. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> References to “this section” or to section number preceded by a section symbol are to sections in the Code of Federal Regulations.</P></FTNT>
<P>(m) <I>Subsidiary.</I> The term “subsidiary” means a person controlled by another person. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[5 FR 293, Jan. 25, 1940, as amended at 58 FR 14686, Mar. 18, 1993; 62 FR 36459, July 8, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-3   Definition of “rules and regulations” as used in certain sections of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>rules and regulations</I> as used in section 305 of the Act shall include the forms for registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and the related instructions thereto, and the forms for information, documents and statements under section 305 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>rules and regulations</I> as used in section 307 of the Act shall include the forms for applications under section 307 of the Act and the related instructions thereto. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[21 FR 1046, Feb. 15, 1956] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-4   Sequential numbering of documents filed with the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>The manually signed original (or in the case of duplicate originals, one duplicate original) of all registrations, applications, statements, reports, or other documents filed under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall be numbered sequentially (in addition to any internal numbering which otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed, or other legible form of notation from the facing page of the document through the last page of that document and any exhibits or attachments thereto. Further, the total number of pages contained in a numbered original shall be set forth on the first page of the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4666, Jan. 23, 1979, as amended at 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="18" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.18" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Office of the Commission</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-5   Business hours of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The principal office of the Commission, at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, is open each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect, <I>provided that</I> the hours for the filing of documents with the Commission are as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submissions made in paper.</I> Paper documents filed with or otherwise furnished to the Commission may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic filings.</I> Filings made by direct transmission may be submitted to the Commission each day, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, whichever is currently in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14687, Mar. 18, 1993, as amended at 65 FR 24802, Apr. 27, 2000; 68 FR 25800, May 13, 2003; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008; 88 FR 12209, Feb. 27, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-6   Nondisclosure of information obtained in the course of examinations and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Information or documents obtained by officers or employees of the Commission in the course of any examination or investigation under section 8(e) of the Securities Act of 1933 (48 Stat. 79; 15 U.S.C. 77h), pursuant to section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (53 Stat. 1156; 15 U.S.C. 77ggg), or any examination or investigation under section 20(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (48 Stat. 86; 15 U.S.C. 77t), pursuant to section 321(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (53 Stat. 1174; 15 U.S.C. 77uuu), shall, unless made a matter of public record, be deemed confidential. Except as provided by 17 CFR 203.2, officers and employees are hereby prohibited from making such confidential information or documents or any other non-public records of the Commission available to anyone other than a member, officer or employee of the Commission, unless the Commission or the General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, authorizes the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents as not being contrary to the public interest. Any officer or employee who is served with a subpoena requiring the disclosure of such information or the production of such documents shall appear in court and, unless the authorization described in the preceding sentence shall have been given, shall respectfully decline to disclose the information or produce the documents called for, basing his or her refusal upon this section. Any officer or employee who is served with such a subpoena shall promptly advise the General Counsel of the service of such subpoena, the nature of the information or documents sought, and any circumstances which may bear upon the desirability of making available such information or documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 50836, Aug. 30, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 17459, May 17, 1988; 54 FR 33501, Aug. 15, 1989; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-7   Small entities for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of Commission rulemaking in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Six of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>), and unless otherwise defined for purposes of a particular rulemaking proceeding, the term “small business” or “small organization,” for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall mean an issuer whose total assets on the last day of its most recent fiscal year were $5 million or less that is engaged or proposing to engage in small business financing. An issuer is considered to be engaged or proposing to be engaged in small business financing under this section if it is conducting or proposing to conduct an offering of securities which does not exceed the dollar limitation prescribed by § 260.4a-2.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 5223, Feb. 4, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 25362, July 14, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.0-11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.0-11   Liability for certain statements by issuers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A statement within the coverage of paragraph (b) below which is made by or on behalf of an issuer or by an outside reviewer retained by the issuer shall be deemed not to be a fraudulent statement (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section), unless it is shown that such statement was made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or was disclosed other than in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) This rule applies to the following statements:
</P>
<P>(1) A forward-looking statement (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) made in a document filed with the Commission, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, § 249.308a of this chapter, or in an annual report to security holders meeting the requirements of Rules 14a-3(b) and (c) or 14c-3(a) and (b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or § 240.14c-3(a) and (b) of this chapter), a statement reaffirming such forward-looking statement after the date the document was filed or the annual report was made publicly available, or a forward-looking statement made before the date the document was filed or the date the annual report was made publicly available if such statement is reaffirmed in a filed document, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or in an annual report made publicly available within a reasonable time after the making of such forward-looking statement; <I>Provided, that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) At the time such statements are made or reaffirmed, either the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has complied with the requirements of Rule 13a-1 or 15d-1 (§ 240.13a-1 or § 240.15d-1 of this chapter) thereunder, if applicable, to file its most recent annual report on Form 10-K, Form 20-F, or Form 40-F; or if the issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the statements are made in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The statements are not made by or on behalf of an issuer that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
</P>
<P>(2) Information relating to the effects of changing prices on the business enterprise presented voluntarily or pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter), Item 5 of Form 20-F (§ 249.220f of this chapter), “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” Item 302 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.302 of this chapter), “Supplementary Financial Information,” or Rule 3-20(c) of Regulation S-X (§ 210.3-20(c) of this chapter), and disclosed in a document filed with the Commission, in Part I of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or in an annual report to shareholders meeting the requirements of Rules 14a-3(b) and (c) or 14c-3(a) and (b) (§ 240.14a-3(b) and (c) or § 240.14c-3(a) and (b)) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of this rule, the term <I>forward-looking statement</I> shall mean and shall be limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement containing a projection of revenues, income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of management's plans and objectives for future operations;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of future economic performance contained in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations included pursuant to Item 303 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.303 of this chapter) or Item 5 of Form 20-F; or
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosed statements of the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the statements described in paragraphs (c) (1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of this rule the term <I>fraudulent statement</I> shall mean a statement which is an untrue statement of a material fact, a statement false or misleading with respect to any material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a statement not misleading, or which constitutes the employment of a manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of business, or an artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and other acts referred to in section 323(b) thereof or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 19458, Mar. 31, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 54790, Dec. 26, 1982; 56 FR 30077, July 1, 1991; 64 FR 53925, Oct. 5, 1999; 73 FR 982, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="19" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.19" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 303</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.3(4)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.19.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.3(4)-1   Definition of “commission from an underwriter or dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commissions” in section 303(4), for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>commission</I> in section 303(4) shall include such remuneration, commonly known as a spread, as may be received by a distributor or dealer as a consequence of reselling securities bought from an underwriter or dealer at a price below the offering price of such securities, where such resales afford the distributor or dealer a margin of profit not in excess of what is usual and customary in such transactions. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>commission from an underwriter or dealer</I> in section 303(4) shall include commissions paid by an underwriter or dealer affiliated with the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>usual and customary distributors' or sellers' commission</I> in section 303(4) shall mean a commission or remuneration, commonly known as a spread, paid to or received by any person selling securities either for his own account or for the account of others, which is not in excess of the amount usual and customary in the distribution and sale of issues of similar type and size, and not in excess of the amount allowed to other persons, if any, for comparable service in the distribution of the particular issue; but such term shall not include amounts paid to any person whose function is the management of the distribution of all of a substantial part of the particular issue, or who performs the functions normally performed by an underwriter or underwriting syndicate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.3(4)-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.19.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.3(4)-2   Definition of “distribution” in section 303(4) for certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>A person, the chief part of the business of which consists in the purchase of the securities of any one issuer and/or its affiliate and in the sale of its own securities to furnish the proceeds with which to acquire the securities of such issuer and/or affiliate, is to be regarded as engaged in the distribution of the securities of such issuer and/or affiliate within the meaning of section 303(4). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.3(4)-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.19.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.3(4)-3   Definitions of “participates” and “participation” as used in section 303(4), in relation to certain transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The terms <I>participates</I> and <I>participation</I> in section 303(4) shall not include the interest of a person (1) who is neither in privity of contract with the issuer nor affiliated with the issuer, and (2) who has no association with any principal underwriter of the securities being distributed, and (3) whose function in the distribution is confined to an undertaking to purchase all or some specified proportion of the securities remaining unsold after the lapse of some specified period of time, and (4) who purchases such securities for investment and not with a view to distribution. 
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>association</I> shall include a relationship between two persons under which one (i) is affiliated with the other, or (ii) has, in common with the other, one or more partners, directors, officers, trustees, branch managers, or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions or (iii) has a participation, direct or indirect, in the profits of the other, or has a financial stake, by debtor-creditor relationship, stock ownership, contract or otherwise, in the income or business of the other. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>principal underwriter</I> means an underwriter in privity of contract with the issuer of the securities as to which he is underwriter. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="20" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 304</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4a-1   Exempted securities under section 304(a)(8).</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall not apply to any security that has been or will be issued otherwise than under an indenture. The same issuer may not claim this exemption within a period of twelve consecutive months for more than $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of any securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 21925, Apr. 20, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4a-2   Exempted securities under section 304(d).</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall not apply to any security that has been issued or will be issued in accordance with the provisions of Regulation A (17 CFR 230.251 <I>et seq.</I>) under the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4a-3   Exempted securities under section 304(a)(9).</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall not apply to any security which has been or is to be issued under an indenture which limits the aggregate principal amount of securities at any time outstanding thereunder to $10,000,000 or less, but this exemption shall not be applied within a period of thirty-six consecutive months to more than $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of securities of the same issuer.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 304(a)(8) and 304(a)(9) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, (sec. 302, Pub. L. 96-477; secs. 304(a)(8), 304(a)(9), 53 Stat. 1153; 15 U.S.C. 77ddd(a)(8), 77ddd(a)(9))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 63256, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated and amended at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4c-1   Form for applications under section 304(c).</HEAD>
<P>Form T-4 shall be used for applications for exemption filed pursuant to section 304(c) of the act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 981, Feb. 15, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4c-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4c-2   General requirements as to form and content of applications.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 260.7a-15 to 260.7a-38 shall be applicable to applications on Form T-4. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 981, Feb. 15, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4c-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4c-3   Number of copies; filing; signatures; binding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of every application and of every amendment thereto shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office. 
</P>
<P>(b) At least the original of each application or amendment filed with the Commission shall be signed in the manner prescribed by Form T-4 (§ 269.4 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) The application proper and the exhibits thereto shall be bound on the left side in one or more parts, but without stiff covers. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4c-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4c-4   Applications under section 304(c)(1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant under section 304(c)(1) may, if it so desires, waive a hearing and request the Commission to decide the application without a formal hearing on the basis of the application and such other information and documents as the Commission shall designate as a part of the record. However, a hearing may be called upon order of the Commission notwithstanding that the applicant shall have filed such a waiver and request whenever, in the judgment of the Commission, such a hearing is necessary or appropriate in the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the applicant waives a hearing and requests the Commission to decide the application without a hearing and if no hearing has been ordered by the Commission: 
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant shall, at the request of the Commission, furnish such additional information or documents as the Commission may deem necessary to decide the application. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Commission may, with the consent of the applicant, make a part of the record any pertinent information or documents filed with the Commission by the applicant or by any other person. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Commission shall, in its order deciding the application, designate and describe the information and documents comprising the record on which the decision is based. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 981, Feb. 15, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4c-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4c-5   Applications under section 304(c)(2).</HEAD>
<P>A hearing shall be held upon every application filed pursuant to section 304(c)(2). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 981, Feb. 15, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-7   Application for exemption from one or more provisions of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of every application for an order under section 304(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77ddd(d)) and of every amendment thereto shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office. 
</P>
<P>(b) One copy shall be manually signed by a duly authorized officer of the applicant (or individual customarily performing similar functions with respect to an organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated), or by a natural person seeking exemption under section 304(d) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) Such applications shall be on paper no larger 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. If reduction of large documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. The left margin shall be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and if the application is bound, it shall be bound on the left side. 
</P>
<P>(d) The application shall be typed, printed, copied, or prepared by a process which produces copies suitable for repeated photocopying and microfilming. All typewritten or printed matter shall be set forth in black ink to permit photocopying. If printed, the application shall be in type not smaller than 10-point, roman type, at least two points leaded. 
</P>
<P>(e) Rules 7a-28 through 7a-32 (§§ 260.7a-28 through 260.7a-32 of this chapter) relating to incorporation by reference shall be applicable to applications for exemption pursuant to section 304(d) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22319, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-8   Content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application for an order under section 304(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77ddd(d)) shall contain the name, address, and telephone number of each applicant and the name, address, and telephone number of any person to which such applicant wishes any questions regarding the application to be directed. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each application shall contain a statement of the relevant facts on which the request for relief is based, including a justification for the exemption(s) requested and a discussion of any benefit expected for security holders, trustees and/or obligors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22319, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-9   Exemption for Canadian Trust Indentures from Specified Provisions of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>Any trust indenture filed in connection with offerings on a registration statement on Form S-1, (§ 239.1 of this chapter) F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 (§§ 239.37 through 239.41 of this chapter) shall be exempt from the operation of sections 310(a)(3) and 310(a)(4), sections 310(b) through 316(a), and sections 316(c) through 318(a) of the Act; provided that the trust indenture is subject to:
</P>
<P>(a) The Canada Business Corporations Act, R. S. C. 1985; 
</P>
<P>(b) The Bank Act, R. S. C. 1985; 
</P>
<P>(c) The Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario), S. O. 1982; or 
</P>
<P>(d) The Company Act, R.S.B.C. 1979, C. 59.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30077, July 1, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992; 58 FR 33190, June 16, 1993; 73 FR 983, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-10   Exemption for securities issued pursuant to § 230.802 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>Any debt security, whether or not issued under an indenture, is exempt from the Act if made in compliance with § 230.802 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 61406, Nov. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-11   Exemption for security-based swaps offered and sold in reliance on Rule 239 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.239).</HEAD>
<P>Any security-based swap offered and sold in reliance on Rule 239 under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.239), whether or not issued under an indenture, is exempt from the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 20549, Apr. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.4d-12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.20.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.4d-12   Exemption for security-based swaps offered and sold in reliance on Securities Act of 1933 Rule 240 (§ 230.240).</HEAD>
<P>Any security-based swap offered and sold in reliance on § 230.240 of this chapter, whether or not issued under an indenture, is exempt from the Act. This section will expire on February 11, 2018.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 10707, Feb. 15, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="21" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 305</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5a-1   Forms for statements of eligibility and qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Form T-1 shall be used for statements of eligibility and qualification of corporations designated to act as trustees under trust indentures to be qualified pursuant to section 305 or 307 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Form T-2 shall be used for statements of eligibility and qualification of individuals designated to act as trustees under trust indentures to be qualified pursuant to section 305 or 307 of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5a-2   General requirements as to form and content of statements of eligibility and qualification.</HEAD>
<P>Rules 7a-15 through 7a-37 (§§ 260.7a-15 through 260.7a-37 of this chapter) under section 307 under the Trust Indenture Act shall be applicable to statements filed on Forms T-1, T-2, and T-6.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5a-3   Number of copies; filing; signatures; binding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of each statement of eligibility and qualification shall be filed with the registration statement or application for qualification. 
</P>
<P>(b) At least the original of each statement of eligibility and qualification filed with the Commission shall be signed in the manner prescribed by the particular form. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each statement of eligibility and qualification and the exhibits thereto shall be bound on the left-hand side in one or more parts, without stiff covers. The binding shall be made in such manner as to leave the reading matter legible. 
</P>
<P>(d) The statement or statements shall be filed by the obligor upon the indenture securities as a separate part of the registration statement or application for qualification, as the case may be. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 667, Jan. 30, 1941, as amended at 16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5b-1   Application pursuant to section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act for determining eligibility of a person designated as trustee for offerings on a delayed basis.</HEAD>
<P>Forms T-1 and T-2 (17 CFR 269.1 and 269.2) shall be used for applications filed for the purpose of determining the eligibility under section 310(a) of the Act of a person designated as trustee for debt securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 which are eligible to be issued, offered, or sold on a delayed basis by or on behalf of the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5b-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5b-2   General requirements as to form and content of applications.</HEAD>
<P>Rule 5a-2 (§ 260.5a-2 of this chapter) and rules 7a-15 through 7a-37 [§§ 260.7a-15 through 260.7a-37 of this chapter] shall be applicable to applications pursuant to rule 5b-1 (§ 260.56b-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5b-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.21.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5b-3   Number of copies—Filing—Signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of every application pursuant to rule 5b-1 (§ 260.5b-1 of this chapter) and of every amendment thereto shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office by the issuer upon the indenture securities. Such application shall be filed no later than the second business day following the initial date of public offering or sales after effectiveness of the registration statement with respect to such securities, or transmitted by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by that date.
</P>
<P>(b) One copy shall be manually signed by the applicant's duly authorized officer (or individual customarily performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated), or by the individual trustee, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="22" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.22" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 307</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="23" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Applications for Qualification of Indentures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-1   Form for application.</HEAD>
<P>Form T-3 shall be used for applications for qualification of indentures pursuant to section 307(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-2   Powers of agent for service named in application.</HEAD>
<P>Every applicant shall be deemed, in the absence of a statement to the contrary, to confer upon the agent for service the following powers: 
</P>
<P>(a) A power to amend the application for qualification by altering the date of the proposed offering of the indenture securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) A power to make application pursuant to § 260.7 for the Commission's consent to the filing of an amendment. 
</P>
<P>(c) A power to withdraw the application for qualification or any amendment thereto. 
</P>
<P>(d) A power to consent to the entry of an order under section 8(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (48 Stat. 79; 15 U.S.C. 77<I>l</I>), waiving notice and hearing, such order being entered without prejudice to the right of the applicant thereafter to have the order vacated upon a showing to the Commission that the application for qualification, as amended, is no longer incomplete or inaccurate on its face in any material respect. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-3   Number of copies; filing; signatures; binding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of the complete application shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office. 
</P>
<P>(b) At least the original of each application filed with the Commission shall be signed in the manner prescribed by Form T-3 (§ 269.3 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) The application proper and the exhibits thereto shall be bound on the left side in one or more parts, but without stiff covers. The binding shall be made in such manner as to leave the reading matter legible. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-4   Calculation of time.</HEAD>
<P>Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be counted in computing the effective date of applications for qualification filed under section 307(a) of the Act. The twentieth day shall be deemed to begin at the expiration of nineteen periods of twenty-four hours each from 5:30 p.m., eastern standard time or eastern daylight-saving time, whichever is in effect at the principal office of the Commission on the date of filing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[12 FR 2941, May 2, 1947] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-5   Filing of amendments; number of copies.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 260.7a-6, three copies of every amendment to an application shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-6   Telegraphic delaying amendments.</HEAD>
<P>An amendment altering the proposed date of the public offering may be made by the agent for service by telegram. In each case, such telegraphic amendment shall be confirmed within a reasonable time by the filing of three copies, one of which shall be signed by the agent for service. Such confirmation shall not be deemed an amendment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-7   Effective date of amendment filed under section 8(a) of the Securities Act with the consent of the Commission.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant desiring the Commission's consent to the filing of an amendment with the effect provided in section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 may apply for such consent at or before the time of filing the amendment. The application shall be signed by the applicant or the agent for service and shall state fully the grounds upon which made. The Commission's consent shall be deemed to be given and the amendment shall be treated as a part of the application for qualification upon the sending of written or telegraphic notice to that effect. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-8   Effective date of amendment filed under section 8(a) of the Securities Act pursuant to order of Commission.</HEAD>
<P>An amendment made prior to the effective date of the application of qualification shall be deemed to be made pursuant to an order of the Commission within the meaning of section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 so as to be treated as part of the application for qualification only when the Commission shall, after the filing of such amendment, find that it has been filed pursuant to its order. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.23.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-9   Delaying amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An amendment in the following form filed with an application for qualification, or as an amendment to such an application which has not become effective, shall be deemed to be filed on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay the effective date of such application for the period specified in such amendment: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The obligor hereby amends this application for qualification on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effectiveness until (i) the 20th day after the filing of a further amendment which specifically states that it shall supersede this amendment, or (ii) such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to section 307(c) of the Act, may determine upon the written request of the obligor.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) An amendment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section which is filed with an application for qualification shall be set forth on the facing page thereof. Any such amendment filed after the filing of the application may be made by letter or telegram and may be signed by the agent for service. Any amendment filed to supersede an amendment filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section may also be made by letter or telegram. Every such telegraphic amendment shall be confirmed in writing within a reasonable time by filing a signed copy of the amendment. Such confirmation shall not be deemed an amendment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 12387, Sept. 29, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Requirements as to Form and Content of Applications, Statements and Reports</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="25" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.25" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.25.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-15   Scope of §§ 260.7a-15 to 260.7a-37.</HEAD>
<P>The rules contained in §§ 260.7a-15 to 260.7a-37 shall govern applications for exemption filed pursuant to section 304(c) or 304(d) of the Act, applications for qualification of indentures filed pursuant to section 307, statements of eligibility and qualifications of trustees filed pursuant to section 305, 307, or 310(a) of the Act, applications for the stay of the trustee's duty to resign filed pursuant to section 310(b) of the Act, and reports filed pursuant to section 314(a) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="26" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Formal Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-16   Inclusion of items, differentiation between items and answers, omission of instructions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as expressly provided otherwise in the particular form, the application, statement, or report shall contain all of the items of the form as well as the answers thereto. The items shall be made to stand out from the answers by variation in margin or type or by other means. All instructions shall be omitted. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 981, Feb. 15, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-17" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-17   Quality, color and size of paper.</HEAD>
<P>The application, statement or report, including all amendments and, where practicable, all papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be on good quality, unglazed, white paper, no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 58239, Dec. 30, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-18" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-18   Legibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application, statement or report, including all amendments and, where practicable, all papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be clear, easily readable and shall be typewritten, mimeographed, printed or prepared by any similar process which, in the opinion of the Commission, produces copies suitable for repeated photocopying and microfilming.
</P>
<P>(b) If printed, the application, statement or report shall be in type not smaller than 10-point, roman type, at least two points leaded. 
</P>
<P>(c) All printing, mimeographing, typing or other markings shall be in black ink, except that debits in credit categories and credits in debit categories may be set forth in red or black ink, but shall in all cases be designated in such manner as to be clearly distinguishable as such on photocopies. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[5 FR 293, Jan. 25, 1940, as amended at 47 FR 58239, Dec. 30, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-19" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-19   Margin for binding.</HEAD>
<P>The application, statement or report, including all amendments and, where practicable, all papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall have a back or stitching margin of at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches for binding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-20" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.26.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-20   Riders; inserts.</HEAD>
<P>Riders shall not be used. If the application, statement or report is typed on a printed form, and the space provided for the answer to any given item is insufficient, reference shall be made in such space to a full insert page or pages on which the item number and item shall be restated and a complete answer given. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="27" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Requirements as to Contents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-21" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-21   Clarity.</HEAD>
<P>The answer to each item of the particular form shall be so worded as to be intelligible without the necessity of referring to the instructions or to this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-22" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-22   Information unknown or not reasonably available.</HEAD>
<P>Information required shall be given insofar as it is known or can be obtained by reasonable investigation. Responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information obtained from persons other than affiliates may be disclaimed. As to information which is unknown and is unavailable after reasonable investigation, there shall be included a statement as to the nature of the investigation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-23" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-23   Statements required where item is inapplicable or where answer is “none”.</HEAD>
<P>If any item is inapplicable or the answer is “none”, a statement to such effect shall be made. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-24" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-24   Words relating to periods of time in the past.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context clearly shows otherwise, wherever any fixed period of time in the past is indicated, such period shall be computed from the date of filing with the Commission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-25" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-25   Words relating to the future.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context clearly shows otherwise, whenever words relate to the future, they have reference solely to present intention. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-26" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-26   Disclaimer of control.</HEAD>
<P>If the existence of control is open to reasonable doubt in any instance, the applicant or the trustee, as the case may be, may disclaim the existence of control and any admission thereof; in such case, however, a statement shall be made of the material facts pertinent to the possible existence of control. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-27" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.27.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-27   Title of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Where the title of securities is required to be furnished in an application, statement or report, the following requirements shall be met: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of shares, there shall be given the full designation of the class of shares and, if not included therein, the par or stated value, if any, and the rate of dividends, if fixed, and whether cumulative or non-cumulative. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of funded debt, there shall be given the full designation of the issue and, if not included therein, the rate of interest and the date of maturity. If the issue matures serially, a brief indication shall be given of the serial maturities: For example, “maturing serially from 1950 to 1960”. If the payment of interest or principal is contingent, such contingency shall be appropriately indicated. The rate of interest, however, may be omitted from the title of indenture securities on the facing page of Form T-1 and Form T-2, if the rate of interest is not determined at the time these forms are filed. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of other securities, a similar designation shall be given. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[5 FR 293, Jan. 25, 1940, as amended at 9 FR 750, Jan. 20, 1944]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="28" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Incorporation by Reference</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-28" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-28   Incorporation of matter in application, statement or report, other than exhibits, as answer to item.</HEAD>
<P>Matter contained in any part of the application, statement or report, other than exhibits, may be incorporated by reference as answer, or partial answer, to any item in the same application, statement or report. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-29" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-29   Incorporation of exhibits as such.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any exhibit or part thereof previously or concurrently filed with the Commission pursuant to any Act administered by the Commission, may, subject to the limitations of § 228.10(f) and § 229.10(d) of this chapter, be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any application, statement or report filed with the Commission by the same or any other person. Any exhibit or part thereof so filed with a trustee pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any report filed with such trustee pursuant to section 314(a) of that Act by the same or any other person. 
</P>
<P>(b) If any modification has occurred in the text of any exhibit incorporated by reference since the filing thereof, there shall be filed with the reference a statement containing the text of any such modification and the date thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the number of copies of any exhibit previously or concurrently filed is less than the number required to be filed with the application, statement or report which incorporates such exhibit, there shall be filed with the application, statement or report as many additional copies of the exhibit as may be necessary to meet the requirements of such application, statement or report. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 667, Jan. 30, 1941, as amended at 29 FR 2421, Feb. 13, 1964; 60 FR 32825, June 23, 1995; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-30" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-30   Identification of material incorporated; form of incorporation.</HEAD>
<P>In each case of incorporation by reference, the matter incorporated shall be clearly identified in the reference. An express statement shall be made to the effect that the specified matter is incorporated in the application, statement or report at the particular place where the information is required. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-31" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-31   Incorporation by reference of contested material.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any particular provision permitting incorporation by reference, no application, statement or report shall incorporate by reference any matter which is subject, at the time of filing the application, statement or report, to pending proceedings under section 8(b) or 8(d) of the Securities Act of 1933 (whether pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or otherwise) or to an order entered under either of those sections. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-32" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.28.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-32   Incorporation by reference rendering document incomplete, unclear, or confusing.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any particular provision permitting incorporation by reference, the Commission may refuse to permit such incorporation in any case in which in its judgment such incorporation would render the application, statement or report incomplete, unclear or confusing. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="29" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.29" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Exhibits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-33" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.29.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-33   Additional exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>Any application, statement or report may include exhibits in addition to those required by the particular form. Such additional exhibits shall be so marked as to indicate clearly the items to which they refer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-34" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.29.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-34   Omission of substantially identical documents.</HEAD>
<P>In any case where two or more documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, dates of execution or other details, a copy of only one of such documents need be filed, with a schedule identifying the documents omitted and setting forth the material details in which such documents differ from the document, a copy of which is filed: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the Commission may at any time in its discretion require the filing of copies of any documents so omitted. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="30" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.30" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Amendments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-35" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.30.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-35   Formal requirements as to amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amendments to an application, statement or report shall comply with §§ 260.7a-17 to 260.7a-19. 
</P>
<P>(b) All amendments relating to a particular application, statements or report shall be numbered consecutively in the order in which they are filed with the Commission. Amendments shall be numbered separately for each separate application, statement or report. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every amendment to an item of an application, statement or report shall contain the item number, the caption and the text of the item being amended and the complete amended answer thereto. 
</P>
<P>(d) If at any time the application, statement or report becomes unclear or confusing because of the number of amendments filed or the length or complexity thereof, there may be filed, and at the written request of the Commission there shall be filed, a complete new application, statement or report, as amended, but no additional copies of exhibits need be filed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-36" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.30.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-36   Signatures to amendments.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 260.7a-2, at least the original of every amendment to an application, statement or report shall be signed in the manner prescribed by the particular form on which the application, statement or report was filed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="31" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.31" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Publication of Applications, Statements and Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7a-37" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.31.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7a-37   Inspection of applications, statements and reports.</HEAD>
<P>All applications, statements and reports are available for public inspection during business hours at the principal office of the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[16 FR 8737, Aug. 29, 1951] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="32" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rule Under Section 310</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10a-1   Application for determining eligibility of a foreign person to act as sole trustee pursuant to section 310(a)(1) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>Form T-6 (17 CFR 269.9 of this chapter) shall be used for an application filed to obtain authorization for a corporation or other person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government to act as sole trustee under an indenture qualified or to be qualified under the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10a-2   General requirements as to form and content of applications.</HEAD>
<P>Rule 5a-2 (§ 260.5a-2 of this chapter) and rules 7a-15 through 7a-37 [§§ 260.7a-15 through 260.7a-37 of this chapter] under section 307 of the Act shall be applicable to applications on Form T-6 pursuant to section 310(a)(1) of the Act and Rule 10a-1 (§ 260.10a-1 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10a-3   Number of copies—Filing—Signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of every application pursuant to rule 10a-1 (§ 260.10a-1 of this chapter) and of every amendment thereto shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office.
</P>
<P>(b) One copy shall be manually signed by the applicant's duly authorized officer (or individual customarily performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10a-4   Consent of trustee to service of process.</HEAD>
<P>At the time of filing an application pursuant to Rule 10a-1 (§ 260.10a-1 of this chapter) and at such time as it files a statement of eligibility to act as trustee under an indenture qualified under the Act, an indenture trustee organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government shall furnish to the Commission on Form F-X (§ 249.250 of this chapter) a written consent of the trustee and power of attorney designating a U. S. person with an address in the United States as agent upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, subpoenas or other papers in any Commission investigation or administrative proceeding and any civil suit or action brought against the trustee or to which the trustee has been joined as defendant or respondent, in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States, or of the District of Columbia or Puerto Rico, where the investigation, proceeding or cause of action arises out of or relates to or concerns the securities in relation to which the indenture trustee proposes to act as trustee pursuant to any rule or order under section 310(a) of the Act and stipulates and agrees that any such suit, action or proceeding may be commenced by the service of process upon said agent for service of process, and that such service shall be taken and held in all courts to be as valid and binding as if due personal service thereof had been made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30077, July 1, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10a-5   Eligibility of Canadian Trustees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, any trust company, acting as trustee under an indenture qualified or to be qualified under the Act and filed in connection with offerings on a registration statement on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 (§§ 239.37 through 239.41 of this chapter) that is incorporated and regulated as a trust company under the laws of Canada or any of its political subdivisions and that is subject to supervision or examination pursuant to the Trust Companies Act (Canada), R.S.C. 1985, or the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, R.S.C. 1985 shall not be subject to the requirement of domicile in the United States under section 310(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77jjj(a)).
</P>
<P>(b) Each trustee eligible for appointment under this section (17 CFR 260.10a-5) shall file as part of the registration statement for the securities to which the trusteeship relates a consent to service of process and power of attorney on Form F-X (§ 269.5 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30077, July 1, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 36501, Aug. 13, 1992; 58 FR 33191, June 16, 1993; 73 FR 983, Jan. 4, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-1   Calculation of percentages.</HEAD>
<P>The percentages of voting securities and other securities specified in section 310(b) of the Act shall be calculated in accordance with the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(a) A specified percentage of the voting securities of a person means such amount of the outstanding voting securities of such person as entitles the holder or holders thereof to cast such specified percentage of the aggregate votes which the holders of all the outstanding voting securities of such person are entitled to cast in the direction or management of the affairs of such person. 
</P>
<P>(b) A specified percentage of a class of securities of a person means such percentage of the aggregate amount of securities of the class outstanding. 
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>amount,</I> when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to capital shares, and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security. 
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>outstanding</I> means issued and not held by or for the account of the issuer. The following securities shall not be deemed outstanding within the meaning of this definition: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities of an issuer held in a sinking fund relating to securities of the issuer of the same class; 
</P>
<P>(2) Securities of an issuer held in a sinking fund relating to another class of securities of the issuer, if the obligation evidenced by such other class of securities is not in default as to principal or interest or otherwise; 
</P>
<P>(3) Securities pledged by the issuer thereof as security for an obligation of the issuer not in default as to principal or interest or otherwise; 
</P>
<P>(4) Securities held in escrow is placed in escrow by the issuer otherwise; 
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That any voting securities of an issuer shall be deemed outstanding if any person other than the issuer is entitled to exercise the voting rights thereof. 
</FP>
<P>(e) A security shall be deemed to be of the same class as another security if both securities confer upon the holder or holders thereof substantially the same rights and privileges: <I>Provided, however,</I> That, in the case of secured evidences of indebtedness, all of which are issued under a single indenture, differences in the interest rates or maturity dates of various series thereof shall not be deemed sufficient to constitute such series different classes: <I>And, provided further,</I> That, in the case of unsecured evidences of indebtedness, differences in the interest rates or maturity dates thereof shall not be deemed sufficient to constitute them securities of different classes, whether or not they are issued under a single indenture. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-2   Applications under section 310(b)(1)(ii).</HEAD>
<P>If an application filed with the Commission pursuant to clause (ii) of section 310(b)(1) (53 Stat. 1157; 15 U.S.C. 77jjj) of the Act is based upon the claim that no material conflict of interest will be involved because prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the securities to be issued under the indenture to be qualified all securities outstanding under the other indenture or indentures, under which the person designated to act as indenture trustee is also a trustee, will be discharged or: 
</P>
<P>(a) Funds sufficient to discharge the securities will be deposited in trust for that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(b) The securities, if not presently maturing, will be called for redemption or irrevocable power to make the call will be given to some third person. 
</P>
<P>(c) All liens securing the securities will be released or all steps necessary to effect the release at the maturity or redemption date will be taken. 
</P>
<FP>The application shall be deemed to have been granted unless, within 7 days after it is filed, the Commission orders a hearing thereon. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 808, Feb. 7, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-3   Applications relative to affiliations between trustees and underwriters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person proposing to act as trustee under indentures to be qualified under the act may make application for a finding by the Commission as to whether such person is or is not an affiliate of any specified person who may be named as an underwriter for an obligor in any registration statement or application for qualification subsequently filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b) Every application pursuant to this section shall be filed in triplicate and shall contain a statement of the material facts necessary to enable the Commission to make the finding request. The applicant may incorporate by reference in the application any information or documents contained in a statement of eligibility and qualification of the applicant filed with the Commission. The Commission may with the consent of the applicant or at the applicant's request, make a part of the record the record in any prior proceeding in which the same issues were involved. 
</P>
<P>(c) A hearing will be held, after confirmed telegraphic notice to the applicant, upon every application filed pursuant to this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every finding by the Commission pursuant to this section shall be limited to the facts disclosed in the application and in the hearing thereon, and shall be made solely for the purposes of sections 305(b) and 307(c) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[6 FR 2376, May 13, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-4   Application for stay of trustee's duty to resign pursuant to section 310(b) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three copies of every application for a stay of a trustee's duty to resign under section 310(b) of the Act and of every amendment thereto shall be filed with the Commission at its principal office.
</P>
<P>(b) One copy shall be manually signed by a duly authorized officer of the applicant (or individual customarily performing similar functions with respect to an organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated) or by a natural person seeking a stay under section 310(b) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Such applications shall be on paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. If reduction of large documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. The left margin shall be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and if the application is bound, it shall be bound on the left side.
</P>
<P>(d) The application shall be typed, printed, copied, or prepared by a process which produces copies suitable for repeated photocopying and microfilming. All typewritten or printed matter shall be set forth in black ink to permit photocopying. If printed, the application shall be in type not smaller than 10-point, roman type, at least two points leaded.
</P>
<P>(e) Rules 7a-28 through 7a-32 [§§ 260.7a-28 through 260.7a-32 of this chapter] relating to incorporation by reference shall be applicable to applications for stay pursuant to section 310(b) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22320, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-5   Content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application for a stay of a trustee's duty to resign under section 310(b) of the Act shall contain the name, address, and telephone number of each applicant and the name, address, and telephone number of any person to which such applicant wishes any questions regarding the application to be directed.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application shall contain a statement of the reasons why the applicant is deemed to be entitled to a stay of resignation with reference to the provisions of section 310(b) of the Act. The statement shall address the nature of the default, the reasonableness of the period before the default will be cured or waived, the procedures to be used to cure or obtain a waiver of the default, and the reasons why a stay will not be inconsistent with the interests of the holders of the indenture securities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22321, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.10b-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.32.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.10b-6   Notices—Exemptive Application Procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A proposed notice of the proceeding indicated by the filing of the application shall accompany each application for a stay of a trustee's duty to resign under section 310(b) as an exhibit thereto and if necessary shall be modified to reflect any amendments to such application.
</P>
<P>(b) Notice of the initiation of the proceeding will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and will indicate the earliest date upon which an order disposing of the matter may be entered. The notice will also provide that any interested person may, within the period specified therein, submit to the Commission in writing any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, and may request that a hearing be held stating the person's reasons therefore and the nature of his or her interest in the matter.
</P>
<P>(c) An order disposing of the matter will be issued following the expiration of the period of time referred to in paragraph (b) of this section, unless the Commission thereafter orders a hearing on the matter.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commission will order a hearing on the matter, if it appears that a hearing is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors: 
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the request of any interested person, or
</P>
<P>(2) Upon its own motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22321, May 15, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="33" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.33" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 311</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.11b-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.33.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.11b-4   Definition of “cash transaction” in section 311(b)(4).</HEAD>
<P>The term “cash transaction”, as used in section 311(b)(4), means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within 7 days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.11b-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.33.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.11b-6   Definition of “self-liquidating paper” in section 311(b)(6).</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>self-liquidating paper,</I> as used in section 311(b)(6) of the Act, means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred by the obligor for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacture, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of or a lien upon the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security: <I>Provided,</I> The security is received by the trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship with the obligor arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="34" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.34" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Under Section 314</HEAD>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="35" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.35" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Periodic Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.14a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.35.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.14a-1   Application of §§ 260.7a-15 to 260.7a-38.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 260.7a-15 to 260.7a-38 shall be applicable to annual reports under section 314(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.19a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.17.0.35.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.19a-1   Compliance with Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act for certain eligible indenture obligors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section is applicable only to an “eligible indenture obligor” as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, an “eligible indenture obligor” is any obligor that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange of 1934 (15 U.S.C. §§ 78m or 78o(d)) (the “Exchange Act”); and 
</P>
<P>(2) May rely on any of the provisions of Release No. 34-45589 (March 18, 2002) (which may be viewed on the Commission's website at <I>www.sec.gov</I>) with regard to the filing of reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (14 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)). 
</P>
<P>(c) An “eligible indenture obligor” that files with the indenture trustee those Exchange Act reports filed with the Commission in accordance with the Release referred to in paragraph (b)(2) of this section has met its duty under Section 314(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77nnn(a)(1)) to file with the indenture trustee all reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 13538, Mar. 22, 2002, as amended at 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="261" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 261—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 AND GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and Page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel relating to application of section 310(b) where trustee under one indenture is trustee under another indenture for securities of an affiliate of the obligor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 14, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10989. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Chief Counsel to the Corporation Finance Division relating to when-issued trading of securities the issuance of which is subject to approval by a Federal district court under Chapter X of the Bankruptcy Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 28, 1944</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Chief Counsel to the Corporation Finance Division relating to when-issued trading of securities the issuance of which has already been approved by a Federal district court under Chapter X of the Bankruptcy Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10990. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation with reference to the securities of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 25, 1947</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12 FR 4450. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to clarify the meaning of “beneficial ownership of securities” as relates to beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 1005. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting the date of May 1, 1966 after which filings must reflect beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 14, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 3175. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commissions statement re exemption of certain industrial revenue bonds from registration, etc. requirements in view of amendment of Securities Act of 1933 and of Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by “section 401” (Pub. L. 91-1037)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">284</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 6, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 17990.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's procedure to be followed if requests are to be met for no action or interpretative letters and responses thereto to be made available for public use</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">289</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2600. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Offerings of debt securities pursuant to trust indentures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">524</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 25, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 26739. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">No-action position respecting public offerings of debt securities registered on Form SB-2 without qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">542</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 16, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 61941.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Simplified form of trust indenture</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">605</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 8, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 3500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retail repurchase agreements by banks and Savings and Loan Associations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">658</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 25, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48637.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 to the offer and sale of securities by United States branches and agencies of foreign banks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 23, 1986</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 FR 34462.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="269" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 269—FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77ddd(c), 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj, 77sss, and 78ll(d), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19002, Dec. 20, 1968, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 269.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms prescribed for use under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. Any person may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (See § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of SEC regional offices.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17757, Mar. 20, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 26820, June 22, 1982; 59 FR 5946, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 983, Jan. 4, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.1   Form T-1, for statement of eligibility and qualification for corporate trustees.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 5a-1(a) (§ 260.5a-1(a) of this chapter) for statements of eligibility and qualification of corporations designated to act as trustees under thrust indentures to be qualified pursuant to section 305 or 307 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form T-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.2   Form T-2, for statement of eligibility and qualification for individual trustees.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 5a-1(b) (§ 260.5a-1(b) of this chapter) for statements of eligibility and qualification of individuals designated to act as trustees under trust indentures to be qualified pursuant to section 305 or 307 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Under sections 307, 308, 309, 310 and 319 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (17 CFR part 260), the Commission is authorized to solicit the information required to be supplied by this form for statements of eligibility and qualification of individuals designated to act as trustees. Disclosure of the information specified in this form is mandatory before processing statements of eligibility and qualification. The information will be used for the primary purpose of determining relationships of trustees and whether there are any conflicting interests. This statement will be made a matter of public record. Therefore, any information given will be available for inspection by any member of the public. Because of the public nature of the information, the Commission can utilize it for a variety of purposes, including referral to other governmental authorities or securities self-regulatory organizations for investigatory purposes or in connection with litigation involving the Federal securities laws or other civil, criminal or regulatory statutes or provisions. Failure to disclose the information requested by this form may result in enforcement action by the Commission to compel compliance with the Federal securities laws. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 55320, Nov. 28, 1975, as amended at 62 FR 35342, July 1, 1997] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form T-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.3   Form T-3, for application for qualification of trust indentures.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 7a-1 (§ 260.7a-1 of this chapter) for applications for qualification of indentures pursuant to section 307(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, but only when securities to be issued thereunder are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form T-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.4   Form T-4, for application for exemption pursuant to section 304(c) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 4c-1 (§ 260.4c-1 of this chapter) for applications for exemption filed pursuant to section 304(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form T-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.5   Form F-X, for appointment of agent for service of process by issuers registering securities on Form F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 (§§ 239.38, 239.39, 239.40 or 239.41 of this chapter) , or registering securities or filing periodic reports on Form 40-F (§ 249.240f of this chapter) , or by any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F or 14D-9F (§§ 240.13e-102, 240.14d-102 or 240.14d-103 of this chapter), or by any non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7 (§ 239.37 of this chapter) , F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80.</HEAD>
<P>Form F-X shall be filed with the Commission:
</P>
<P>(a) By any issuer registering securities on Form F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80 under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(b) By any issuer registering securities on Form 40-F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(c) By any issuer filing a periodic report on Form 40-F, if it has not previously filed a Form F-X in connection with the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file a report on Form 40-F arises;
</P>
<P>(d) By any issuer or other non-U.S. person filing tender offer documents on Schedule 13E-4F, 14D-1F or 14D-9F; and
</P>
<P>(e) By non-U.S. person acting as trustee with respect to securities registered on Form F-7, F-8, F-9, F-10 or F-80.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 30078, July 1, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form F-X, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.7   Form ID, application for EDGAR access.</HEAD>
<P>Form ID must be filed by electronic filers, or by their account administrators, to request EDGAR access and to authorize account administrators to manage the electronic filer's EDGAR account.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 106223, Dec. 27, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.8   Form SE, form for submission of paper format exhibits by electronic filers.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by an electronic filer for the submission of any paper format document relating to an otherwise electronic filing, as provided in Rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14687, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.9   Form T-6 for application under section 310(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act for determination of the eligibility of a foreign person to act as institutional trustee.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for the filing of an application pursuant to rule 10a-1 [§ 260.10a-1 of this chapter] to obtain authorization for a corporation or other person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government to act as sole trustee under an indenture qualified or to be qualified under the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 22321, May 15, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form T-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.19.0.36.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.10   Form TH—Notification of reliance on temporary hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Form TH shall be filed by any electronic filer who submits to the Commission, pursuant to a temporary hardship exemption, a document in paper format that otherwise would be required to be submitted electronically, as prescribed by Rule 201(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201(a) of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14687, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TH, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="270" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 270—RULES AND REGULATIONS, INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.,</I> 80a-34(d), 80a-37, 80a-39, 1681w(a)(1), 6801-6809, 6825, and Pub. L. 111-203, sec. 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise noted.








</PSPACE><P>Section 270.0-1 also issued under sec. 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a)); 
</P><P>Section 270.0-1(a)(7) is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-10(e);
</P><P>Section 270.0-11 also issued under secs. 8, 24, 30 and 38, Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-29 and 80a-37), secs. 6, 7, 8, 10 and 19(a), Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s(a)) and secs. 3(b), 12, 13, 14, 15(d) and 23(a), Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d) and 78w(a)); 
</P><P>Section 270.6a-5 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(a)(5)(A)(iv)(I).
</P><P>Section 270.6c-9 is also issued under secs. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)) and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a));
</P><P>Section 270.6c-10 is also issued under sec. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)); 
</P><P>Section 270.6c-11 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c) and 80a-37(a).
</P><P>Section 270.6e-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-5(e); 
</P><P>Section 270.8b-11 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77s, 80a-8, and 80a-37;
</P><P>Section 270.10e-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-10(e);
</P><P>Sections 270.12d1-1, 270.12d1-2, and 270.12d1-3 are also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-12(d)(1)(J), and 80a-37(a).
</P><P>Section 270.12d3-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c); 
</P><P>Section 270.17a-8 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c) and 80a-37(a); 
</P><P>Section 270.17d-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-17(d), and 80a-37(a); 
</P><P>Section 270.17e-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-30(a), and 80a-37(a); 
</P><P>Section 270.17f-5 also issued under sec. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c); 
</P><P>Section 270.17g-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-17(d), 80a-17(g), and 80a-37(a); 
</P><P>Section 270.17j-1 is also issued under secs. 206(4) and 211(a), Investment Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4) and 80b-11(a));
</P><P>Section 270.19b-1 is also issued under secs. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)), 19 (a) and (b) (15 U.S.C 80a-19 (a) and (b)), and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a));
</P><P>Section 270.22c-1 also issued under secs. 6(c), 22(c), and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-22(c), and 80a-37(a));
</P><P>Section 270.23c-3 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-23(c).
</P><P>Section 270.24f-2 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-24(f)(4).
</P><P>Section 270.30a-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, and 80a-29. 
</P><P>Section 270.30a-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, 80a-29, 7202, and 7241; and 18 U.S.C. 1350, unless otherwise noted.
</P><P>Section 270.30a-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, and 80a-29, and secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 270.30b1-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, and 80a-29. 
</P><P>Section 270.30b2-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, and 80a-29, and secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745. 
</P><P>Section 270.30d-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), 80a-8, and 80a-29, and secs. 3(a) and 302, Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745.
</P><P>Section 270.30e-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78w(a), 80a-8, 80a-29, and 80a-37; 
</P><P>Section 270.31a-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80a-30. 
</P></AUTH>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>ATTENTION ELECTRONIC FILERS 
</HD1>
<FP>THIS REGULATION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH REGULATION S-T (PART 232 OF THIS CHAPTER), WHICH GOVERNS THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT. MANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS IN PAPER FORMAT CONTAINED IN THIS REGULATION ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S-T FOR DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.</FP></EXTRACT>

<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-1   Definition of terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, unless the context otherwise requires: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>act</I> means the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>section</I> refers to a section of the act. 
</P>
<P>(4) The terms <I>rule</I> and <I>regulations</I> refer to the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to the Act, including the forms for registration and reports and the accompanying instructions thereto. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>administrator</I> means any person who provides significant administrative or business affairs management services to an investment company. 
</P>
<P>(6)(i) A person is an <I>independent legal counsel</I> with respect to the directors who are not interested persons of an investment company (“disinterested directors”) if: 
</P>
<P>(A) A majority of the disinterested directors reasonably determine in the exercise of their judgment (and record the basis for that determination in the minutes of their meeting) that any representation by the person of the company's investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator (“management organizations”), or any of their control persons, since the beginning of the fund's last two completed fiscal years, is or was sufficiently limited that it is unlikely to adversely affect the professional judgment of the person in providing legal representation to the disinterested directors; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The disinterested directors have obtained an undertaking from such person to provide them with information necessary to make their determination and to update promptly that information when the person begins to represent, or materially increases his representation of, a management organization or control person. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The disinterested directors are entitled to rely on the information obtained from the person, unless they know or have reason to believe that the information is materially false or incomplete. The disinterested directors must re-evaluate their determination no less frequently than annually (and record the basis accordingly), except as provided in paragraph (iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) After the disinterested directors obtain information that the person has begun to represent, or has materially increased his representation of, a management organization (or any of its control persons), the person may continue to be an independent legal counsel, for purposes of paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section, for no longer than three months unless during that period the disinterested directors make a new determination under that paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of paragraphs (a)(6)(i)-(iii) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(A) The term <I>person</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(28) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(28)) and, in addition, includes a partner, co-member, or employee of any person; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The term <I>control person</I> means any person (other than an investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with any of the investment company's management organizations.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Fund governance standards.</I> The board of directors of an investment company (“fund”) satisfies the <I>fund governance standards</I> if:
</P>
<P>(i) At least seventy-five percent of the directors of the fund are not interested persons of the fund (“disinterested directors”) or, if the fund has three directors, all but one are disinterested directors;
</P>
<P>(ii) The disinterested directors of the fund select and nominate any other disinterested director of the fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any person who acts as legal counsel for the disinterested directors of the fund is an independent legal counsel as defined in paragraph (a)(6) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) A disinterested director serves as chairman of the board of directors of the fund, presides over meetings of the board of directors and has substantially the same responsibilities as would a chairman of a board of directors;
</P>
<P>(v) The board of directors evaluates at least once annually the performance of the board of directors and the committees of the board of directors, which evaluation must include a consideration of the effectiveness of the committee structure of the fund board and the number of funds on whose boards each director serves;
</P>
<P>(vi) The disinterested directors meet at least once quarterly in a session at which no directors who are interested persons of the fund are present; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The disinterested directors have been authorized to hire employees and to retain advisers and experts necessary to carry out their duties.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided, the terms used in the rules and regulations in this part shall have the meaning defined in the Act. The terms “EDGAR,” “EDGAR Filer Manual,” “electronic filer,” “electronic filing,” “electronic format,” “electronic submission,” “paper format,” and “signature” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Regulation S-T—General Rules for Electronic Filings (Part 232 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) A rule or regulation which defines a term without express reference to the act or to the rules and regulations, or to a portion thereof, defines such terms for all purposes as used both in the act and in the rules and regulations in this part, unless the context otherwise requires. 
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the term “prospectus” means a prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended. 
</P>
<P>(e) Definition of separate account and conditions for availability of exemption under §§ 270.6c-6, 270.6c-7, 270.6c-8, 270.11a-2, 270.14a-2, 270.15a-3, 270.16a-1, 270.22c-1, 270.22d-2, 270.22e-1, 270.26a-1, 270.27i-1, and 270.32a-2 (Rules 6c-6, 6c-7, 6c-8, 11a-2, 14a-2, 15a-3, 16a-1, 22c-1, 22d-2, 22e-1, 26a-1, 27i-1, and 32a-2).
</P>
<P>(1) As used in the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the term “separate account” shall mean an account established and maintained by an insurance company pursuant to the laws of any state or territory of the United States, or of Canada or any province thereof, under which income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such account, are, in accordance with the applicable contract, credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains or losses of the insurance company and the term “variable annuity contract” shall mean any accumulation or annuity contract, any portion thereof, or any unit of interest or participation therein pursuant to which the value of the contract, either prior or subsequent to annuitization, or both, varies according to the investment experience of the separate account in which the contract participates.
</P>
<P>(2) As conditions to the availability of exemptive Rules 6c-6, 6c-7, 6c-8, 11a-2, 14a-2, 15a-3, 16a-1, 22c-1, 22d-2, 22e-1, 26a-1, 27i-1, and 32a-2, the separate account shall be legally segregated, the assets of the separate account shall, at the time during the year that adjustments in the reserves are made, have a value at least equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to such account, and at all other times, shall have a value approximately equal to or in excess of such reserves and liabilities; and that portion of such assets having a value equal to, or approximately equal to, such reserves and contract liabilities shall not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business which the insurance company may conduct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-1, 5 FR 4316, Oct. 31, 1940, as amended at 19 FR 6730, Oct. 20, 1954; 30 FR 829, Jan. 27, 1965; 48 FR 36098, Aug. 9, 1983; 50 FR 42682, Oct. 22, 1985; 58 FR 14859, Mar. 18, 1993; 66 FR 3757, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004; 85 FR 26101, May 1, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-2   General requirements of papers and applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of papers.</I> All papers required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder shall, unless otherwise provided by the rules and regulations in this part, be delivered through the mails or otherwise to the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549. Except as otherwise provided by the rules and regulations, the date on which papers are actually received by the Commission shall be the date of filing thereof. If the last day for the timely filing of such papers falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, such papers may be filed on the first business day following.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Formal specifications respecting applications.</I> Every application for an order under any provision of the Act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed, and every amendment to such application shall be filed in quintuplicate. One copy shall be signed by the applicant but the other four copies may have facsimile or typed signatures. Such applications should be on paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size. The left margin should be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and, if the application is bound, it should be bound on the left side. All typewritten or printed matter (including deficits in financial statements) should be set forth in black so as to permit photocopying.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorizations respecting applications.</I> (1) Every application for an order under any provision of the act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed and which is executed by a corporation, partnership, or other company and filed with the Commission, shall contain a concise statement of the applicable provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or similar documents, relating to the right of the person signing and filing such application to take such action on behalf of the applicant, and a statement that all such requirements have been complied with and that the person signing and filing the same is fully authorized to do so. If such authorization is dependent on resolutions of stockholders, directors, or other bodies, such resolutions shall be attached as an exhibit to, or the pertinent provisions thereof shall be quoted in, the application. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an amendment to any such application shall be filed, such amendment shall contain a similar statement or, in lieu thereof, shall state that the authorization described in the original application is applicable to the individual who signs such amendment and that such authorization still remains in effect. 
</P>
<P>(3) When any such application or amendment is signed by an agent or attorney, the power of attorney evidencing his authority to sign shall contain similar statements and shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Verification of applications and statements of fact.</I> Every application for an order under any provision of the Act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed and every amendment to such application, and every statement of fact formally filed in support of, or in opposition to, any application or declaration shall be verified by the person executing the same. An instrument executed on behalf of a corporation shall be verified in substantially the following form, but suitable changes may be made in such form for other kinds of companies and for individuals:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned states that he or she has duly executed the attached ____________ dated ____________, 20 ______ for and on behalf of (<I>name of company</I>); that he or she is (<I>title of officer</I>) of such company; and that all action by stockholders, directors, and other bodies necessary to authorize the undersigned to execute and file such instrument has been taken. The undersigned further states that he or she is familiar with such instrument, and the contents thereof, and that the facts therein set forth are true to the best of his or her knowledge, information and belief.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Statement of grounds for application.</I> Each application should contain a brief statement of the reasons why the applicant is deemed to be entitled to the action requested with a reference to the provisions of the act and of the rules and regulations under which application is made. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Name and address.</I> Every application shall contain the name and address of each applicant and the name and address of any person to whom any applicant wishes any question regarding the application to be directed.
</P>
<P>(g) The manually signed original (or in the case of duplicate originals, one duplicate original) of all registrations, applications, statements, reports, or other documents filed under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, shall be numbered sequentially (in addition to any internal numbering which otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed, or other legible form of notation from the facing page of the document through the last page of that document and any exhibits or attachments thereto. Further, the total number of pages contained in a numbered original shall be set forth on the first page of the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-2, 5 FR 4316, Oct. 31, 1940, as amended at 33 FR 9391, June 27, 1968; 33 FR 23325, Aug. 29, 1973; 44 FR 4666, Jan. 23, 1979; 47 FR 58239, Dec. 30, 1982; 48 FR 17065, Apr. 21, 1983; 58 FR 14859, Mar. 18, 1993; 73 FR 65525, Nov. 4, 2008; 87 FR 38976, June 30, 2022; 87 FR 41060, July 11, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-3   Amendments to registration statements and reports.</HEAD>
<P>Registration statements filed with the Commission pursuant to section 8 (54 Stat. 803; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8) and reports filed with the Commission pursuant to section 30 (54 Stat. 836; 15 U.S.C. 80a-35) may be amended in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(a) Each amendment shall conform to the requirements for the registration statement or report it amends with regard to filing, number of copies filed, size, paper, ink, margins, binding, and similar formal matters. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each amendment to a particular statement or report shall have a facing sheet as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Securities and Exchange Commission
</HD1>
<HD3>Washington, DC 20549
</HD3>
<P>Amendment No.__________
</P>
<HD3>to
</HD3>
<P>Form____________
</P>
<P>File No.____________
</P>
<FP-2>(Describe the nature of the statement or report)</FP-2>
<P>Dated ____________________, 19____, 
</P>
<P>Pursuant to Section __________ of the Investment Company Act of 1940 
</P>
<FP-DASH>    
</FP-DASH>
<FRP>  Name of Registrant 
</FRP>
<FP-DASH>    
</FP-DASH>
<P>Address of Principal Office of Registrant</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>The facing sheet shall contain in addition any other information required on the facing sheet of the form for the statement or report which is being amended. Amendments to a particular statement or report which is being consecutively in the order in which filed with the Commission. 
</FP>
<P>(c) Each amendment shall contain in the manner required in the original statement or report the text of every item to which it relates and shall set out a complete amended answer to each such item. However, amendments to financial statements may contain only the particular statements or schedules in fact amended. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each amendment shall have a signature sheet containing the form of signature required in the statement or report it amends. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 8, 30, 54 Stat. 803, 74 Stat. 201; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-29) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-3, 6 FR 3966, Aug. 8, 1941, as amended at 33 FR 3217, Feb. 21, 1968] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-4   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Registration statements and reports.</I> Except as provided by this section or in the appropriate form, information may be incorporated by reference in answer, or partial answer, to any item of a registration statement or report. Where an item requires a summary or outline of the provisions of any document, the summary or outline may incorporate by reference particular items, sections, or paragraphs of any exhibit and may be qualified in its entirety by such reference.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial information.</I> Except as provided in the Commission's rules, financial information required to be given in comparative form for two or more fiscal years or periods must not be incorporated by reference unless the information incorporated by reference includes the entire period for which the comparative data is given. In the financial statements, incorporating by reference, or cross-referencing to, information outside of the financial statements is not permitted unless otherwise specifically permitted or required by the Commission's rules or by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exhibits.</I> Any document or part thereof, including any financial statement or part thereof, filed with the Commission pursuant to any Act administered by the Commission may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any registration statement, application, or report filed with the Commission by the same or any other person. If any modification has occurred in the text of any document incorporated by reference since the filing thereof, the registrant must file with the reference a statement containing the text of any such modification and the date thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hyperlinks.</I> Include an active hyperlink to information incorporated into a registration statement, application, or report by reference if such information is publicly available on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) at the time the registration statement, application, or report is filed. For hyperlinking to exhibits, please refer to the appropriate form.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>General.</I> Include an express statement clearly describing the specific location of the information you are incorporating by reference. The statement must identify the document where the information was originally filed or submitted and the location of the information within that document. The statement must be made at the particular place where the information is required, if applicable. Information must not be incorporated by reference in any case where such incorporation would render the disclosure incomplete, unclear, or confusing. For example, unless expressly permitted or required, disclosure must not be incorporated by reference from a second document if that second document incorporates information pertinent to such disclosure by reference to a third document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12732, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-5   Procedure with respect to applications and other matters.</HEAD>
<P>The procedure herein below set forth will be followed with respect to any proceeding initiated by the filing of an application, or upon the Commission's own motion, pursuant to any section of the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder, unless in the particular case a different procedure is provided: 
</P>
<P>(a) Notice of the initiation of the proceeding will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and will indicate the earliest date upon which an order disposing of the matter may be entered. The notice will also provide that any interested person may, within the period of time specified therein, submit to the Commission in writing any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter and may request that a hearing be held, stating his reasons therefor and the nature of his interest in the matter. 
</P>
<P>(b) An order disposing of the matter will be issued as of course, following the expiration of the period of time referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, unless the Commission thereafter orders a hearing on the matter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission will order a hearing on the matter, if it appears that a hearing is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, (1) upon the request of an interested person or (2) upon its own motion. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) An applicant may request expedited review of an application if such application is substantially identical to two other applications for which an order granting the requested relief has been issued within three years of the date of the application's initial filing.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, “substantially identical” applications are applications requesting relief from the same sections of the Act and this part, containing identical terms and conditions, and differing only with respect to factual differences that are not material to the relief requested.
</P>
<P>(e) An application submitted for expedited review must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A notation on the cover page of the application that states prominently, “EXPEDITED REVIEW REQUESTED UNDER 17 CFR 270.0-5(d)”;
</P>
<P>(2) Exhibits with marked copies of the application showing changes from the final versions of the two applications identified as substantially identical under paragraph (e)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) An accompanying cover letter, signed, on behalf of the applicant, by the person executing the application:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying two substantially identical applications and explaining why the applicant chose those particular applications, and if more recent applications of the same type have been approved, why the applications chosen, rather than the more recent applications, are appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Certifying that the applicant believes the application meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section and that the marked copies required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section are complete and accurate.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) No later than 45 days from the date of filing of an application for which expedited review is requested:
</P>
<P>(i) Notice of an application will be issued in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant will be notified that the application is not eligible for expedited review because it does not meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (d) or (e) of this section or because additional time is necessary for appropriate consideration of the application.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (f)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The 45-day period will stop running upon:
</P>
<P>(A) Any request for modification of an application and will resume running on the 14th day after the applicant has filed an amended application responsive to such request, including a marked copy showing any changes made and a certification signed by the person executing the application that such marked copy is complete and accurate;
</P>
<P>(B) Any unsolicited amendment of the application and will resume running on the 30th day after such an amendment, provided that the amendment includes a marked copy showing changes made and a certification signed by the person executing the application that such marked copy is complete and accurate; and
</P>
<P>(C) Any irregular closure of the Commission's Washington, DC office to the public for normal business, including, but not limited to, closure due to a lapse in Federal appropriations, national emergency, inclement weather, or ad hoc Federal holiday, and will resume upon the reopening of the Commission's Washington, DC office to the public for normal business.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant does not file an amendment responsive to any request for modification within 30 days of receiving such request, including a marked copy showing any changes made and a certification signed by the person executing the application that such marked copy is complete and accurate, the application will be deemed withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(g) If an applicant has not responded in writing to any request for clarification or modification of an application filed under this section, other than an application that is under expedited review under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, within 120 days after the request, the application will be deemed withdrawn.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23325, Aug. 29, 1973, as amended at 61 FR 49961, Sept. 24, 1996; 86 FR 57107, Sept. 15, 2020] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-8   Payment of filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>All payment of filing fees shall be made by wire transfer, debit card, credit card, or via the Automated Clearing House Network. Payment of filing fees required by this section shall be made in accordance with the directions set forth in § 202.3a of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 70262, Dec. 9, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-10   Small entities under the Investment Company Act for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For purposes of Commission rulemaking in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Six of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>) and unless otherwise defined for purposes of a particular rulemaking, the term <I>small business</I> or <I>small organization</I> for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940 shall mean an investment company that, together with other investment companies in the same group of related investment companies, has net assets of $50 million or less as of the end of its most recent fiscal year. For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a management company, the term <I>group of related investment companies</I> shall mean two or more management companies (including series thereof) that:
</P>
<P>(i) Hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Either:
</P>
<P>(A) Have a common investment adviser or have investment advisers that are affiliated persons of each other; or
</P>
<P>(B) Have a common administrator; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a unit investment trust, the term <I>group of related investment companies</I> shall mean two or more unit investment trusts (including series thereof) that have a common sponsor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special rule for insurance company separate accounts.</I> In determining whether an insurance company separate account is a <I>small business</I> or <I>small entity</I> pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the assets of the separate account shall be cumulated with the assets of the general account and all other separate accounts of the insurance company.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determination of net assets.</I> The Commission may calculate its determination of the net assets of a group of related investment companies based on the net assets of each investment company in the group as of the end of such company's fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 35514, June 30, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.0-11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.0-11   Customer identification programs.</HEAD>
<P>Each registered open-end company is subject to the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 5318(<I>l</I>) and the implementing regulation at 31 CFR 1024.220, which requires a customer identification program to be implemented as part of the anti-money laundering program required under subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code and the implementing regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury at 31 CFR part 1024. Where 31 CFR 1024.220 and this chapter use different definitions for the same term, the definition in 31 CFR 1024.220 shall be used for the purpose of compliance with 31 CFR 1024.220. Where 31 CFR 1024.220 and this chapter require the same records to be preserved for different periods of time, such records shall be preserved for the longer period of time.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 59045, Dec. 18, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-1   Valuation of portfolio securities in special cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any investment company whose securities are qualified for sale, or for whose securities application for such qualification has been made, in any State in which the securities owned by such company are required by applicable State law or regulations to be valued at cost or on some other basis different from that prescribed by clause (A) of section 2(a)(41) of the Act for the purpose of determining the percentage of its assets invested in any particular type or classification of securities or in the securities of any one issuer, may, in valuing its securities for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act, use the same basis of valuation as that used in complying with such State law or regulations in lieu of the method of valuation prescribed by clause (A) of section 2(a)(41) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any open-end company which has heretofore valued its securities at cost for the purpose of qualifying as a “mutual investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code, prior to its amendment by the Revenue Act of 1942, shall henceforth, for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act, value its securities in accordance with the method prescribed in clause (A) of section 2(a)(41) of the Act unless such company is permitted under paragraph (a) of this section to use a different method of valuation. 
</P>
<P>(c) A registered investment company which has adopted for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act a method of valuation permitted by paragraph (a) of this section, shall state in its registration statement filed pursuant to section 8 (54 Stat. 803; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8) of the Act, or in a report filed pursuant to section 30 (54 Stat. 836; 15 U.S.C. 80a-30) of the Act, the method of valuation adopted and the facts which justify the adoption of such method. A registered investment company which has adopted for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act a method of valuation permitted by paragraph (a) of this section, unless it shall have adopted such method for the purpose or partly for the purpose of qualifying as a “mutual investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code, shall continue to use that method until it has notified the Commission of its desire to use a different method, and has received from the Commission permission for such change. Such permission may be made effective on a fixed date or within such reasonable time thereafter as may be deemed advisable under the circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(d) If at any time it appears that the method of valuation adopted by any company pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section is no longer justified by the facts, the Commission may require a change in the method of valuation within a reasonable period of time either to the method prescribed in clause (A) of section 2(a)(41) of the Act or to some other method permitted by paragraph (a) of this section which is justified by the existing facts. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-2A-1, 8 FR 3567, Mar. 24, 1943, as amended at 38 FR 8593, Apr. 4, 1973] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-2   Effect of eliminations upon valuation of portfolio securities.</HEAD>
<P>During any fiscal quarter in which elimination of securities from the portfolio of an investment company occur, the securities remaining in the portfolio shall, for the purpose of sections 5 and 12 of the Act (54 Stat. 800, 808; 15 U.S.C. 80a-5, 80a-12), be so valued as to give effect to the eliminations in accordance with one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(a) Specific certificate,
</P>
<P>(b) First in—first out,
</P>
<P>(c) Last in—first out, or
</P>
<P>(d) Average value.
</P>
<FP>For these purposes, a single method of elimination shall be used consistently with respect to all portfolio securities. In giving effect to eliminations pursuant to this section values shall be computed in accordance with section 2(a)(41)(A) of the Act (54 Stat. 790; 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)(A)). 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 8593, Apr. 4, 1973] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a3-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a3-1   Investment company limited partners not deemed affiliated persons.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 270.2<E T="01">a</E>3-1:</HED>
<P>This § 270.2a3-1 excepts from the definition of affiliated person in section 2(a)(3)) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)) those limited partners of investment companies organized in limited partnership form that are affiliated persons solely because they are partners under section 2(a)(3)(D) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)(D)). Reliance on this § 270.2a3-1 does not except a limited partner that is an affiliated person by virtue of any other provision.
</P>
<P>No limited partner of a registered management company or a business development company, organized as a limited partnership and relying on § 270.2a19-2, shall be deemed to be an affiliated person of such company, or any other partner of such company, solely by reason of being a limited partner of such company.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 45838, Aug. 31, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-4   Definition of “current net asset value” for use in computing periodically the current price of redeemable security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The current net asset value of any redeemable security issued by a registered investment company used in computing periodically the current price for the purpose of distribution, redemption, and repurchase means an amount which reflects calculations, whether or not recorded in the books of account, made substantially in accordance with the following, with estimates used where necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(1) Portfolio securities with respect to which market quotations are readily available shall be valued at current market value, and other securities and assets shall be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the registered company. 
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in holdings of portfolio securities shall be reflected no later than in the first calculation on the first business day following the trade date. 
</P>
<P>(3) Changes in the number of outstanding shares of the registered company resulting from distributions, redemptions, and repurchases shall be reflected no later than in the first calculation on the first business day following such change. 
</P>
<P>(4) Expenses, including any investment advisory fees, shall be included to date of calculation. Appropriate provision shall be made for Federal income taxes if required. Investment companies which retain realized capital gains designated as a distribution to shareholders shall comply with paragraph (h) of § 210.6-03 of Regulation S-X.
</P>
<P>(5) Dividends receivable shall be included to date of calculation either at ex-dividend dates or record dates, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(6) Interest income and other income shall be included to date of calculation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The items which would otherwise be required to be reflected by paragraphs (a) (4) and (6) of this section need not be so reflected if cumulatively, when netted, they do not amount to as much as one cent per outstanding share. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, any interim determination of current net asset value between calculations made as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the preceding business day and the current business day may be estimated so as to reflect any change in current net asset value since the closing calculation on the preceding business day. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 7, 19(a), 48 Stat. 78, 85, 908, 15 U.S.C. 77g, 77s(a); secs. 12, 13, 15(d), 23(a), 48 Stat. 892, 894, 895, 901; secs. 3, 8, 49 Stat. 1377, 1379, secs. 3, 4, 78 Stat. 569, 570, secs. 1, 2, 82 Stat. 454, 15 U.S.C. 78l, 78m, 78o(d), 78w(a); secs. 8, 22, 30, 31(c), 38(a), 54 Stat. 803, 823, 836, 838, 841, 15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-22, 80a-29, 80a-30(c)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 19101, Dec. 30, 1964, as amended at 35 FR 314, Jan. 8, 1970; 47 FR 56844, Dec. 21, 1982] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-5   Fair value determination and readily available market quotations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fair value determination.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(41) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)) and § 270.2a-4, determining fair value in good faith with respect to a fund requires:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assess and manage risks.</I> Periodically assessing any material risks associated with the determination of the fair value of fund investments (“valuation risks”), including material conflicts of interest, and managing those identified valuation risks;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Establish and apply fair value methodologies.</I> Performing each of the following, taking into account the fund's valuation risks:
</P>
<P>(i) Selecting and applying in a consistent manner an appropriate methodology or methodologies for determining (and calculating) the fair value of fund investments, provided that a selected methodology may be changed if a different methodology is equally or more representative of the fair value of fund investments, including specifying the key inputs and assumptions specific to each asset class or portfolio holding;
</P>
<P>(ii) Periodically reviewing the appropriateness and accuracy of the methodologies selected and making any necessary changes or adjustments thereto; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Monitoring for circumstances that may necessitate the use of fair value;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Test fair value methodologies.</I> Testing the appropriateness and accuracy of the fair value methodologies that have been selected, including identifying the testing methods to be used and the minimum frequency with which such testing methods are to be used; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Evaluate pricing services.</I> Overseeing pricing service providers, if used, including establishing the process for approving, monitoring, and evaluating each pricing service provider and initiating price challenges as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Performance of fair value determinations.</I> The board of the fund must determine fair value in good faith for any or all fund investments by carrying out the functions required in paragraph (a) of this section. The board may choose to designate the valuation designee to perform the fair value determination relating to any or all fund investments, which shall carry out all of the functions required in paragraph (a) of this section, subject to the requirements of this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Oversight and reporting.</I> The board oversees the valuation designee, and the valuation designee reports to the fund's board, in writing, including such information as may be reasonably necessary for the board to evaluate the matters covered in the report, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Periodic reporting.</I> (A) At least quarterly:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any reports or materials requested by the board related to the fair value of designated investments or the valuation designee's process for fair valuing fund investments; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A summary or description of material fair value matters that occurred in the prior quarter, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Any material changes in the assessment and management of valuation risks required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, including any material changes in conflicts of interest of the valuation designee (and any other service provider);
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Any material changes to, or material deviations from, the fair value methodologies established under paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Any material changes to the valuation designee's process for selecting and overseeing pricing services, as well as any material events related to the valuation designee's oversight of pricing services; and
</P>
<P>(B) At least annually, an assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the valuation designee's process for determining the fair value of the designated portfolio of investments, including, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) A summary of the results of the testing of fair value methodologies required under paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An assessment of the adequacy of resources allocated to the process for determining the fair value of designated investments, including any material changes to the roles or functions of the persons responsible for determining fair value under paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prompt board notification and reporting.</I> The valuation designee notifies the board of the occurrence of matters that materially affect the fair value of the designated portfolio of investments, including a significant deficiency or material weakness in the design or effectiveness of the valuation designee's fair value determination process, or material errors in the calculation of net asset value, (any such matter or error, a “material matter”) within a time period determined by the board (but in no event later than five business days after the valuation designee becomes aware of the material matter), with such timely follow-on reporting as the board may determine appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specify responsibilities.</I> The valuation designee specifies the titles of the persons responsible for determining the fair value of the designated investments, including by specifying the particular functions for which they are responsible, and reasonably segregates fair value determinations from the portfolio management of the fund such that the portfolio manager(s) may not determine, or effectively determine by exerting substantial influence on, the fair values ascribed to portfolio investments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Readily available market quotations.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(41) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)), a market quotation is readily available only when that quotation is a quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments that the fund can access at the measurement date, provided that a quotation will not be readily available if it is not reliable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unit investment trusts.</I> If the fund is a unit investment trust, and the initial deposit of portfolio securities into the unit investment trust occurs <I>after</I> March 8, 2021, the fund's trustee or depositor must carry out the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If the initial deposit of portfolio securities into the unit investment trust occurred <I>before</I> March 8, 2021, and an entity other than the fund's trustee or depositor has been designated to carry out the fair value determination, that entity must carry out the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fund</I> means a registered investment company or business development company.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fair value</I> means the value of a portfolio investment for which market quotations are not readily available under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Board</I> means either the fund's entire board of directors or a designated committee of such board composed of a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Valuation designee</I> means the investment adviser, other than a sub-adviser, of a fund or, if the fund does not have an investment adviser, an officer or officers of the fund.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 807, Jan. 6, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-6   Certain transactions not deemed assignments.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction which does not result in a change of actual control or management of the investment adviser to, or principal underwriter of, an investment company is not an assignment for purposes of section 15(a)(4) or section 15(b)(2) of the act, respectively. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c) and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c) and 80a-37(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 1861, Jan. 9, 1980] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-7   Money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Acquisition (or acquire)</I> means any purchase or subsequent rollover (but does not include the failure to exercise a demand feature).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Amortized cost method of valuation</I> means the method of calculating an investment company's net asset value whereby portfolio securities are valued at the fund's acquisition cost as adjusted for amortization of premium or accretion of discount rather than at their value based on current market factors.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Asset-backed security</I> means a fixed income security (other than a government security) issued by a special purpose entity (as defined in this paragraph (a)(3)), substantially all of the assets of which consist of qualifying assets (as defined in this paragraph (a)(3)). <I>Special purpose entity</I> means a trust, corporation, partnership or other entity organized for the sole purpose of issuing securities that entitle their holders to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from qualifying assets, but does not include a registered investment company. <I>Qualifying assets</I> means financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to security holders.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Business day</I> means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or any customary business holiday.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Collateralized fully</I> has the same meaning as defined in § 270.5b-3(c)(1) except that § 270.5b-3(c)(1)(iv)(C) shall not apply.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Conditional demand feature</I> means a demand feature that is not an unconditional demand feature. A conditional demand feature is not a guarantee.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Conduit security</I> means a security issued by a municipal issuer (as defined in this paragraph (a)(7)) involving an arrangement or agreement entered into, directly or indirectly, with a person other than a municipal issuer, which arrangement or agreement provides for or secures repayment of the security. <I>Municipal issuer</I> means a state or territory of the United States (including the District of Columbia), or any political subdivision or public instrumentality of a state or territory of the United States. A conduit security does not include a security that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Fully and unconditionally guaranteed by a municipal issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Payable from the general revenues of the municipal issuer or other municipal issuers (other than those revenues derived from an agreement or arrangement with a person who is not a municipal issuer that provides for or secures repayment of the security issued by the municipal issuer);
</P>
<P>(iii) Related to a project owned and operated by a municipal issuer; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Related to a facility leased to and under the control of an industrial or commercial enterprise that is part of a public project which, as a whole, is owned and under the control of a municipal issuer.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Daily liquid assets</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Cash;
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct obligations of the U.S. Government;
</P>
<P>(iii) Securities that will mature, as determined without reference to the exceptions in paragraph (i) of this section regarding interest rate readjustments, or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable, within one business day; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Amounts receivable and due unconditionally within one business day on pending sales of portfolio securities.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Demand feature</I> means a feature permitting the holder of a security to sell the security at an exercise price equal to the approximate amortized cost of the security plus accrued interest, if any, at the later of the time of exercise or the settlement of the transaction, paid within 397 calendar days of exercise.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Demand feature issued by a non-controlled person</I> means a demand feature issued by:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that, directly or indirectly, does not control, and is not controlled by or under common control with the issuer of the security subject to the demand feature (<I>control</I> means “control” as defined in section 2(a)(9) of the Act) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A sponsor of a special purpose entity with respect to an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Eligible security</I> means a security:
</P>
<P>(i) With a remaining maturity of 397 calendar days or less that the fund's board of directors determines presents minimal credit risks to the fund, which determination must include an analysis of the capacity of the security's issuer or guarantor (including for this paragraph (a)(11)(i) the provider of a conditional demand feature, when applicable) to meet its financial obligations, and such analysis must include, to the extent appropriate, consideration of the following factors with respect to the security's issuer or guarantor:
</P>
<P>(A) Financial condition;
</P>
<P>(B) Sources of liquidity;
</P>
<P>(C) Ability to react to future market-wide and issuer- or guarantor-specific events, including ability to repay debt in a highly adverse situation; and
</P>
<P>(D) Strength of the issuer or guarantor's industry within the economy and relative to economic trends, and issuer or guarantor's competitive position within its industry.
</P>
<P>(ii) That is issued by a registered investment company that is a money market fund; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That is a government security.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(11):</HED>
<P>For a discussion of additional factors that may be relevant in evaluating certain specific asset types see Investment Company Act Release No. IC-31828 (9/16/15).</P></NOTE>
<P>(12) <I>Event of insolvency</I> has the same meaning as defined in § 270.5b-3(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Floating rate security</I> means a security the terms of which provide for the adjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes and that, at any time until the final maturity of the instrument or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its amortized cost.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Government money market fund</I> means a money market fund that invests 99.5 percent or more of its total assets in cash, government securities, and/or repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Government security</I> has the same meaning as defined in section 2(a)(16) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(16)).
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Guarantee:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Means an unconditional obligation of a person other than the issuer of the security to undertake to pay, upon presentment by the holder of the guarantee (if required), the principal amount of the underlying security plus accrued interest when due or upon default, or, in the case of an unconditional demand feature, an obligation that entitles the holder to receive upon the later of exercise or the settlement of the transaction the approximate amortized cost of the underlying security or securities, plus accrued interest, if any. A guarantee includes a letter of credit, financial guaranty (bond) insurance, and an unconditional demand feature (other than an unconditional demand feature provided by the issuer of the security).
</P>
<P>(ii) The sponsor of a special purpose entity with respect to an asset-backed security shall be deemed to have provided a guarantee with respect to the entire principal amount of the asset-backed security for purposes of this section, except paragraphs (a)(11) (definition of eligible security), (d)(2)(ii) (credit substitution), (d)(3)(iv)(A) (fractional guarantees) and (e) (guarantees not relied on) of this section, unless the money market fund's board of directors has determined that the fund is not relying on the sponsor's financial strength or its ability or willingness to provide liquidity, credit or other support to determine the quality (pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section) or liquidity (pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section) of the asset-backed security, and maintains a record of this determination (pursuant to paragraphs (g)(7) and (h)(6) of this section).
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Guarantee issued by a non-controlled person</I> means a guarantee issued by:
</P>
<P>(i) A person that, directly or indirectly, does not control, and is not controlled by or under common control with the issuer of the security subject to the guarantee (<I>control</I> means “control” as defined in section 2(a)(9) of the Act) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9))); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A sponsor of a special purpose entity with respect to an asset-backed security.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Illiquid security</I> means a security that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to it by the fund.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Penny-rounding method</I> of pricing means the method of computing an investment company's price per share for purposes of distribution, redemption and repurchase whereby the current net asset value per share is rounded to the nearest one percent.
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Refunded security</I> has the same meaning as defined in § 270.5b-3(c)(4).
</P>
<P>(21) <I>Retail money market fund</I> means a money market fund that has policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit all beneficial owners of the fund to natural persons.
</P>
<P>(22) <I>Single state fund</I> means a tax exempt fund that holds itself out as seeking to maximize the amount of its distributed income that is exempt from the income taxes or other taxes on investments of a particular state and, where applicable, subdivisions thereof.
</P>
<P>(23) <I>Tax exempt fund</I> means any money market fund that holds itself out as distributing income exempt from regular federal income tax.
</P>
<P>(24) <I>Total assets</I> means, with respect to a money market fund using the Amortized Cost Method, the total amortized cost of its assets and, with respect to any other money market fund, means the total value of the money market fund's assets, as defined in section 2(a)(41) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)) and the rules thereunder.
</P>
<P>(25) <I>Unconditional demand feature</I> means a demand feature that by its terms would be readily exercisable in the event of a default in payment of principal or interest on the underlying security or securities.
</P>
<P>(26) <I>United States dollar-denominated</I> means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable to security holders in United States dollars under all circumstances and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of a foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than United States dollars.
</P>
<P>(27) <I>Variable rate security</I> means a security the terms of which provide for the adjustment of its interest rate on set dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter) and that, upon each adjustment until the final maturity of the instrument or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its amortized cost.
</P>
<P>(28) <I>Weekly liquid assets</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Cash;
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct obligations of the U.S. Government;
</P>
<P>(iii) Government securities that are issued by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the government of the United States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States that:
</P>
<P>(A) Are issued at a discount to the principal amount to be repaid at maturity without provision for the payment of interest; and
</P>
<P>(B) Have a remaining maturity date of 60 days or less.
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities that will mature, as determined without reference to the exceptions in paragraph (i) of this section regarding interest rate readjustments, or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable, within five business days; or
</P>
<P>(v) Amounts receivable and due unconditionally within five business days on pending sales of portfolio securities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Holding out and use of names and titles</I>—(1) <I>Holding out.</I> It shall be an untrue statement of material fact within the meaning of section 34(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-33(b)) for a registered investment company, in any registration statement, application, report, account, record, or other document filed or transmitted pursuant to the Act, including any advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter, or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors that is required to be filed with the Commission by section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)), to hold itself out to investors as a money market fund or the equivalent of a money market fund, unless such registered investment company complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Names.</I> It shall constitute the use of a materially deceptive or misleading name or title within the meaning of section 35(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-34(d)) for a registered investment company to adopt the term “money market” as part of its name or title or the name or title of any redeemable securities of which it is the issuer, or to adopt a name that suggests that it is a money market fund or the equivalent of a money market fund, unless such registered investment company complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Titles.</I> For purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a name that suggests that a registered investment company is a money market fund or the equivalent thereof includes one that uses such terms as “cash,” “liquid,” “money,” “ready assets” or similar terms.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pricing and Redeeming Shares</I>—(1) <I>Share price calculation.</I> (i) The current price per share, for purposes of distribution, redemption and repurchase, of any redeemable security issued by a government money market fund or retail money market fund, notwithstanding the requirements of section 2(a)(41) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)) and of §§ 270.2a-4 and 270.22c-1 thereunder, may be computed by use of the amortized cost method and/or the penny-rounding method. To use these methods, the board of directors of the government or retail money market fund must determine, in good faith, that it is in the best interests of the fund and its shareholders to maintain a stable net asset value per share or stable price per share, by virtue of either the amortized cost method and/or the penny-rounding method. The government or retail money market fund may continue to use such methods only so long as the board of directors believes that they fairly reflect the market-based net asset value per share and the fund complies with the other requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any money market fund that is not a government money market fund or a retail money market fund must compute its price per share for purposes of distribution, redemption and repurchase by rounding the fund's current net asset value per share to a minimum of the fourth decimal place in the case of a fund with a $1.0000 share price or an equivalent or more precise level of accuracy for money market funds with a different share price (e.g. $10.000 per share, or $100.00 per share).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liquidity fees.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section, and notwithstanding section 27(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-27(i)) and § 270.22c-1:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Discretionary liquidity fees.</I> If the fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, determines that a liquidity fee is in the best interests of the fund, the fund must institute a liquidity fee (not to exceed two percent of the value of the shares redeemed).
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Duration and application of discretionary liquidity fee.</I> Once imposed, a discretionary liquidity fee must be applied to all shares redeemed and must remain in effect until the money market fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, determines that imposing such liquidity fee is no longer in the best interests of the fund.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Government money market funds.</I> The requirements of this paragraph (c)(2)(i) do not apply to a government money market fund. A government money market fund may, however, choose to rely on the ability to impose discretionary liquidity fees consistent with the requirements of this paragraph (c)(2)(i) and any other requirements that apply to liquidity fees (<I>e.g.,</I> Item 4(b)(1)(ii) of Form N-1A (§ 274.11A of this chapter)).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Determination, duration, and application of mandatory liquidity fees.</I> If a money market fund that is not a government money market fund or a retail money market fund has total daily net redemptions that exceed five percent of the fund's net assets, or such smaller amount of net redemptions as the board determines, based on flow information available within a reasonable period after the last computation of the fund's net asset value on that day, the fund must apply a liquidity fee to all shares that are redeemed at a price computed on that day, in an amount determined pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Amount of mandatory liquidity fees.</I> The amount of a mandatory liquidity fee must be determined pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C) or (D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Good faith estimate of liquidity costs.</I> The fee amount must be based on a good faith estimate, supported by data, of the costs the fund would incur if it sold a pro rata amount of each security in its portfolio to satisfy the amount of net redemptions, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Spread costs, such that the fund is valuing each security at its bid price, and any other charges, fees, and taxes associated with portfolio security sales; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Market impacts for each security. The fund must determine market impacts by first establishing a market impact factor for each security, which is a good faith estimate of the percentage change in the value of the security if it were sold, per dollar of the amount of the security that would be sold if the fund sold a pro rata amount of each security in its portfolio to satisfy the amount of net redemptions under current market conditions and, second, multiplying the market impact factor by the dollar amount of the security that would be sold. A fund may assume a market impact of zero for its daily liquid assets and weekly liquid assets.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Cost estimates by type of security.</I> For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, a fund may estimate costs and market impacts for each type of security with the same or substantially similar characteristics and apply those estimates to all securities of that type rather than analyze each security separately.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Default fee amount.</I> If the costs of selling a pro rata amount of each portfolio security cannot be estimated in good faith and supported by data, the liquidity fee amount is one percent of the value of shares redeemed.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>De minimis exception.</I> A fund is not required to apply a liquidity fee if the amount of the fee determined under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section is less than 0.01% of the value of the shares redeemed.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Variable contracts.</I> Notwithstanding section 27(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-27(i)), a variable insurance contract issued by a registered separate account funding variable insurance contracts or the sponsoring insurance company of such separate account may apply a liquidity fee pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section to contract owners who allocate all or a portion of their contract value to a subaccount of the separate account that is either a money market fund or that invests all of its assets in shares of a money market fund.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Master feeder funds.</I> Any money market fund (“feeder fund”) that owns, pursuant to section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E)), shares of another money market fund (“master fund”) may not impose liquidity fees under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, provided however, that if a master fund, in which the feeder fund invests, imposes a liquidity fee pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, then the feeder fund shall pass through to its investors the fee on the same terms and conditions as imposed by the master fund.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Share cancellation.</I> A money market fund may not reduce the number of its shares outstanding to seek to maintain a stable net asset value per share or stable price per share unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The money market fund calculates its share price pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fund has negative gross yield as a result of negative interest rates (“negative interest rate event”);
</P>
<P>(iii) The board of directors determines that reducing the number of the fund's shares outstanding is in the best interests of the fund and its shareholders; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Timely, concise, and plain English disclosure is provided to investors about the fund's share cancellation practices and their effects on investors, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Advance notification to investors in the fund's prospectus that the fund plans to use share cancellation in a negative interest rate event and the potential effects on investors; and
</P>
<P>(B) When the fund is cancelling shares, information in each account statement or in a separate writing accompanying each account statement identifying that such practice is in use and explaining its effects on investors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Risk-limiting conditions</I>—(1) <I>Portfolio maturity.</I> The money market fund must maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity appropriate to its investment objective; provided, however, that the money market fund must not:
</P>
<P>(i) Acquire any instrument with a remaining maturity of greater than 397 calendar days;
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity (“WAM”) that exceeds 60 calendar days, with the dollar-weighted average based on the percentage of each security's market value in the portfolio; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity that exceeds 120 calendar days, determined without reference to the exceptions in paragraph (i) of this section regarding interest rate readjustments (“WAL”) and with the dollar-weighted average based on the percentage of each security's market value in the portfolio.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Portfolio quality</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> The money market fund must limit its portfolio investments to those United States dollar-denominated securities that at the time of acquisition are eligible securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Securities subject to guarantees.</I> A security that is subject to a guarantee may be determined to be an eligible security based solely on whether the guarantee is an eligible security, provided however, that the issuer of the guarantee, or another institution, has undertaken to promptly notify the holder of the security in the event the guarantee is substituted with another guarantee (if such substitution is permissible under the terms of the guarantee).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Securities subject to conditional demand features.</I> A security that is subject to a conditional demand feature (“underlying security”) may be determined to be an eligible security only if:
</P>
<P>(A) The conditional demand feature is an eligible security;
</P>
<P>(B) The underlying security or any guarantee of such security is an eligible security, except that the underlying security or guarantee may have a remaining maturity of more than 397 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(C) At the time of the acquisition of the underlying security, the money market fund's board of directors has determined that there is minimal risk that the circumstances that would result in the conditional demand feature not being exercisable will occur; and
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The conditions limiting exercise either can be monitored readily by the fund or relate to the taxability, under federal, state or local law, of the interest payments on the security; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The terms of the conditional demand feature require that the fund will receive notice of the occurrence of the condition and the opportunity to exercise the demand feature in accordance with its terms; and
</P>
<P>(D) The issuer of the conditional demand feature, or another institution, has undertaken to promptly notify the holder of the security in the event the conditional demand feature is substituted with another conditional demand feature (if such substitution is permissible under the terms of the conditional demand feature).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Portfolio diversification</I>—(i) <I>Issuer diversification.</I> The money market fund must be diversified with respect to issuers of securities acquired by the fund as provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, other than with respect to government securities.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Taxable and national funds.</I> Immediately after the acquisition of any security, a money market fund other than a single state fund must not have invested more than:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Five percent of its total assets in securities issued by the issuer of the security, provided, however, that with respect to paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of this section, such a fund may invest up to twenty-five percent of its total assets in the securities of a single issuer for a period of up to three business days after the acquisition thereof; provided, further, that the fund may not invest in the securities of more than one issuer in accordance with the foregoing proviso in this paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) at any time; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Ten percent of its total assets in securities issued by or subject to demand features or guarantees from the institution that issued the demand feature or guarantee, provided, however, that a tax exempt fund need only comply with this paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) with respect to eighty-five percent of its total assets, subject to paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Single state funds.</I> Immediately after the acquisition of any security, a single state fund must not have invested:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) With respect to seventy-five percent of its total assets, more than five percent of its total assets in securities issued by the issuer of the security; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to seventy-five percent of its total assets, more than ten percent of its total assets in securities issued by or subject to demand features or guarantees from the institution that issued the demand feature or guarantee, subject to paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Issuer diversification calculations.</I> For purposes of making calculations under paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Repurchase agreements.</I> The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities, provided the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities from the money market fund is collateralized fully and the fund's board of directors has evaluated the seller's creditworthiness.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Refunded securities.</I> The acquisition of a refunded security shall be deemed to be an acquisition of the escrowed government securities.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Conduit securities.</I> A conduit security shall be deemed to be issued by the person (other than the municipal issuer) ultimately responsible for payments of interest and principal on the security.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Asset-backed securities</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>General.</I> An asset-backed security acquired by a fund (“primary ABS”) shall be deemed to be issued by the special purpose entity that issued the asset-backed security, provided, however:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) <I>Holdings of primary ABS.</I> Any person whose obligations constitute ten percent or more of the principal amount of the qualifying assets of the primary ABS (“ten percent obligor”) shall be deemed to be an issuer of the portion of the primary ABS such obligations represent; and
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) <I>Holdings of secondary ABS.</I> If a ten percent obligor of a primary ABS is itself a special purpose entity issuing asset-backed securities (“secondary ABS”), any ten percent obligor of such secondary ABS also shall be deemed to be an issuer of the portion of the primary ABS that such ten percent obligor represents.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Restricted special purpose entities.</I> A ten percent obligor with respect to a primary or secondary ABS shall not be deemed to have issued any portion of the assets of a primary ABS as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D)(<I>1</I>) of this section if that ten percent obligor is itself a special purpose entity issuing asset-backed securities (“restricted special purpose entity”), and the securities that it issues (other than securities issued to a company that controls, or is controlled by or under common control with, the restricted special purpose entity and which is not itself a special purpose entity issuing asset-backed securities) are held by only one other special purpose entity.
</P>
<P>(<I>(3</I>) <I>Demand features and guarantees.</I> In the case of a ten percent obligor deemed to be an issuer, the fund must satisfy the diversification requirements of paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section with respect to any demand feature or guarantee to which the ten percent obligor's obligations are subject.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Shares of other money market funds.</I> A money market fund that acquires shares issued by another money market fund in an amount that would otherwise be prohibited by paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section shall nonetheless be deemed in compliance with this section if the board of directors of the acquiring money market fund reasonably believes that the fund in which it has invested is in compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Treatment of certain affiliated entities</I>—(<I>1</I>) <I>General.</I> The money market fund, when calculating the amount of its total assets invested in securities issued by any particular issuer for purposes of paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section, must treat as a single issuer two or more issuers of securities owned by the money market fund if one issuer controls the other, is controlled by the other issuer, or is under common control with the other issuer, provided that “control” for this purpose means ownership of more than 50 percent of the issuer's voting securities.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Equity owners of asset-backed commercial paper special purpose entities.</I> The money market fund is not required to aggregate an asset-backed commercial paper special purpose entity and its equity owners under paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(F)<I>(1)</I> of this section provided that a primary line of business of its equity owners is owning equity interests in special purpose entities and providing services to special purpose entities, the independent equity owners' activities with respect to the SPEs are limited to providing management or administrative services, and no qualifying assets of the special purpose entity were originated by the equity owners.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Ten percent obligors.</I> For purposes of determining ten percent obligors pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D)<I>(1)</I>(<I>i</I>) of this section, the money market fund must treat as a single person two or more persons whose obligations in the aggregate constitute ten percent or more of the principal amount of the qualifying assets of the primary ABS if one person controls the other, is controlled by the other person, or is under common control with the person, provided that “control” for this purpose means ownership of more than 50 percent of the person's voting securities.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Diversification rules for demand features and guarantees.</I> The money market fund must be diversified with respect to demand features and guarantees acquired by the fund as provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(i), (iii), and (iv) of this section, other than with respect to a demand feature issued by the same institution that issued the underlying security, or with respect to a guarantee or demand feature that is itself a government security.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>General.</I> Immediately after the acquisition of any demand feature or guarantee, any security subject to a demand feature or guarantee, or a security directly issued by the issuer of a demand feature or guarantee, a money market fund must not have invested more than ten percent of its total assets in securities issued by or subject to demand features or guarantees from the institution that issued the demand feature or guarantee, subject to paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (d)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Tax exempt funds.</I> Immediately after the acquisition of any demand feature or guarantee, any security subject to a demand feature or guarantee, or a security directly issued by the issuer of a demand feature or guarantee (any such acquisition, a “demand feature or guarantee acquisition”), a tax exempt fund, with respect to eighty-five percent of its total assets, must not have invested more than ten percent of its total assets in securities issued by or subject to demand features or guarantees from the institution that issued the demand feature or guarantee; provided that any demand feature or guarantee acquisition in excess of ten percent of the fund's total assets in accordance with this paragraph must be a demand feature or guarantee issued by a non-controlled person.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Demand feature and guarantee diversification calculations</I>—(A) <I>Fractional demand features or guarantees.</I> In the case of a security subject to a demand feature or guarantee from an institution by which the institution guarantees a specified portion of the value of the security, the institution shall be deemed to guarantee the specified portion thereof.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Layered demand features or guarantees.</I> In the case of a security subject to demand features or guarantees from multiple institutions that have not limited the extent of their obligations as described in paragraph (d)(3)(iv)(A) of this section, each institution shall be deemed to have provided the demand feature or guarantee with respect to the entire principal amount of the security.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Diversification safe harbor.</I> A money market fund that satisfies the applicable diversification requirements of paragraphs (d)(3) and (e) of this section shall be deemed to have satisfied the diversification requirements of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(b)(1)) and the rules adopted thereunder.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Portfolio liquidity.</I> The money market fund must hold securities that are sufficiently liquid to meet reasonably foreseeable shareholder redemptions in light of the fund's obligations under section 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)) and any commitments the fund has made to shareholders; provided, however, that:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Illiquid securities.</I> The money market fund may not acquire any illiquid security if, immediately after the acquisition, the money market fund would have invested more than five percent of its total assets in illiquid securities.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Minimum daily liquidity requirement.</I> The money market fund may not acquire any security other than a daily liquid asset if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested less than twenty-five percent of its total assets in daily liquid assets. This provision does not apply to tax exempt funds.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Minimum weekly liquidity requirement.</I> The money market fund may not acquire any security other than a weekly liquid asset if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested less than fifty percent of its total assets in weekly liquid assets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Demand features and guarantees not relied upon.</I> If the fund's board of directors has determined that the fund is not relying on a demand feature or guarantee to determine the quality (pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section), or maturity (pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section), or liquidity of a portfolio security (pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section), and maintains a record of this determination (pursuant to paragraphs (g)(3) and (h)(7) of this section), then the fund may disregard such demand feature or guarantee for all purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Defaults and other events</I>—(1) <I>Adverse events.</I> Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section with respect to a portfolio security, the money market fund shall dispose of such security as soon as practicable consistent with achieving an orderly disposition of the security, by sale, exercise of any demand feature or otherwise, absent a finding by the board of directors that disposal of the portfolio security would not be in the best interests of the money market fund (which determination may take into account, among other factors, market conditions that could affect the orderly disposition of the portfolio security):
</P>
<P>(i) The default with respect to a portfolio security (other than an immaterial default unrelated to the financial condition of the issuer);
</P>
<P>(ii) A portfolio security ceases to be an eligible security (e.g., no longer presents minimal credit risks); or
</P>
<P>(iii) An event of insolvency occurs with respect to the issuer of a portfolio security or the provider of any demand feature or guarantee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to the Commission.</I> The money market fund must notify the Commission of the occurrence of certain material events, as specified in Form N-CR (§ 274.222 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Defaults for purposes of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.</I> For purposes of paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section, an instrument subject to a demand feature or guarantee shall not be deemed to be in default (and an event of insolvency with respect to the security shall not be deemed to have occurred) if:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an instrument subject to a demand feature, the demand feature has been exercised and the fund has recovered either the principal amount or the amortized cost of the instrument, plus accrued interest;
</P>
<P>(ii) The provider of the guarantee is continuing, without protest, to make payments as due on the instrument; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The provider of a guarantee with respect to an asset-backed security pursuant to paragraph (a)(16)(ii) of this section is continuing, without protest, to provide credit, liquidity or other support as necessary to permit the asset-backed security to make payments as due.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notice to the board of directors.</I> (i) The money market fund must notify its board of directors within one business day following the occurrence of:
</P>
<P>(A) The money market fund investing less than twelve and a half percent of its total assets in daily liquid assets; or
</P>
<P>(B) The money market fund investing less than twenty-five percent of its total assets in weekly liquid assets.
</P>
<P>(ii) Following an event described in paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, the money market fund must provide its board of directors with a brief description of the facts and circumstances leading to such event within four business days after occurrence of the event.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Required procedures.</I> The money market fund's board of directors must adopt written procedures including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Funds using amortized cost.</I> In the case of a government or retail money market fund that uses the amortized cost method of valuation, in supervising the money market fund's operations and delegating special responsibilities involving portfolio management to the money market fund's investment adviser, the money market fund's board of directors, as a particular responsibility within the overall duty of care owed to its shareholders, shall establish written procedures reasonably designed, taking into account current market conditions and the money market fund's investment objectives, to stabilize the money market fund's net asset value per share, as computed for the purpose of distribution, redemption and repurchase, at a single value.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Specific procedures.</I> Included within the procedures adopted by the board of directors shall be the following:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Shadow pricing.</I> Written procedures shall provide:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That the extent of deviation, if any, of the current net asset value per share calculated using available market quotations (or an appropriate substitute that reflects current market conditions) from the money market fund's amortized cost price per share, shall be calculated at least daily, and at such other intervals that the board of directors determines appropriate and reasonable in light of current market conditions;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For the periodic review by the board of directors of the amount of the deviation as well as the methods used to calculate the deviation; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For the maintenance of records of the determination of deviation and the board's review thereof.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Prompt consideration of deviation.</I> In the event such deviation from the money market fund's amortized cost price per share exceeds 
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1 percent, the board of directors shall promptly consider what action, if any, should be initiated by the board of directors.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Material dilution or unfair results.</I> Where the board of directors believes the extent of any deviation from the money market fund's amortized cost price per share may result in material dilution or other unfair results to investors or existing shareholders, it shall cause the fund to take such action as it deems appropriate to eliminate or reduce to the extent reasonably practicable such dilution or unfair results.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Funds using penny rounding.</I> In the case of a government or retail money market fund that uses the penny rounding method of pricing, in supervising the money market fund's operations and delegating special responsibilities involving portfolio management to the money market fund's investment adviser, the money market fund's board of directors, as a particular responsibility within the overall duty of care owed to its shareholders, must establish written procedures reasonably designed, taking into account current market conditions and the money market fund's investment objectives, to assure to the extent reasonably practicable that the money market fund's price per share as computed for the purpose of distribution, redemption and repurchase, rounded to the nearest one percent, will not deviate from the single price established by the board of directors.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ongoing Review of Credit Risks.</I> The written procedures must require the adviser to provide ongoing review of whether each security (other than a government security) continues to present minimal credit risks. The review must:
</P>
<P>(i) Include an assessment of each security's credit quality, including the capacity of the issuer or guarantor (including conditional demand feature provider, when applicable) to meet its financial obligations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Be based on, among other things, financial data of the issuer of the portfolio security or provider of the guarantee or demand feature, as the case may be, and in the case of a security subject to a conditional demand feature, the issuer of the security whose financial condition must be monitored under paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, whether such data is publicly available or provided under the terms of the security's governing documents.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Securities subject to demand features or guarantees.</I> In the case of a security subject to one or more demand features or guarantees that the fund's board of directors has determined that the fund is not relying on to determine the quality (pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section), maturity (pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section) or liquidity (pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section) of the security subject to the demand feature or guarantee, written procedures must require periodic evaluation of such determination.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Adjustable rate securities without demand features.</I> In the case of a variable rate or floating rate security that is not subject to a demand feature and for which maturity is determined pursuant to paragraph (i)(1), (i)(2) or (i)(4) of this section, written procedures shall require periodic review of whether the interest rate formula, upon readjustment of its interest rate, can reasonably be expected to cause the security to have a market value that approximates its amortized cost value.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Ten percent obligors of asset-backed securities.</I> In the case of an asset-backed security, written procedures must require the fund to periodically determine the number of ten percent obligors (as that term is used in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section) deemed to be the issuers of all or a portion of the asset-backed security for purposes of paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section; provided, however, written procedures need not require periodic determinations with respect to any asset-backed security that a fund's board of directors has determined, at the time of acquisition, will not have, or is unlikely to have, ten percent obligors that are deemed to be issuers of all or a portion of that asset-backed security for purposes of paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section, and maintains a record of this determination.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Asset-backed securities not subject to guarantees.</I> In the case of an asset-backed security for which the fund's board of directors has determined that the fund is not relying on the sponsor's financial strength or its ability or willingness to provide liquidity, credit or other support in connection with the asset-backed security to determine the quality (pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section) or liquidity (pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section) of the asset-backed security, written procedures must require periodic evaluation of such determination.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Stress Testing.</I> Written procedures must provide for:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>General.</I> The periodic stress testing, at such intervals as the board of directors determines appropriate and reasonable in light of current market conditions, of the money market fund's ability to maintain the sufficient liquidity levels identified in its written procedures, and the fund's ability to minimize principal volatility (and, in the case of a money market fund using the amortized cost method of valuation or penny rounding method of pricing as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the fund's ability to maintain the stable price per share established by the board of directors for the purpose of distribution, redemption and repurchase), based upon specified hypothetical events that include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Increases in the general level of short-term interest rates, in combination with various levels of an increase in shareholder redemptions;
</P>
<P>(B) An event indicating or evidencing credit deterioration, such as a downgrade or default of particular portfolio security positions, each representing various portions of the fund's portfolio (with varying assumptions about the resulting loss in the value of the security), in combination with various levels of an increase in shareholder redemptions;
</P>
<P>(C) A widening of spreads compared to the indexes to which portfolio securities are tied in various sectors in the fund's portfolio (in which a sector is a logically related subset of portfolio securities, such as securities of issuers in similar or related industries or geographic region or securities of a similar security type), in combination with various levels of an increase in shareholder redemptions; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any additional combinations of events that the adviser deems relevant.
</P>
<P>(ii) A report on the results of such testing to be provided to the board of directors at its next regularly scheduled meeting (or sooner, if appropriate in light of the results), which report must include:
</P>
<P>(A) The date(s) on which the testing was performed and an assessment of the money market fund's ability to maintain the sufficient liquidity levels identified in its written procedures and to minimize principal volatility (and, in the case of a money market fund using the amortized cost method of valuation or penny rounding method of pricing as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section to maintain the stable price per share established by the board of directors); and
</P>
<P>(B) An assessment by the fund's adviser of the fund's ability to withstand the events (and concurrent occurrences of those events) that are reasonably likely to occur within the following year, including such information as may reasonably be necessary for the board of directors to evaluate the stress testing conducted by the adviser and the results of the testing. The fund adviser must include a summary of the significant assumptions made when performing the stress tests.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Recordkeeping and reporting</I>—(1) <I>Written procedures.</I> For a period of not less than six years following the replacement of existing procedures with new procedures (the first two years in an easily accessible place), a written copy of the procedures (and any modifications thereto) described in this section must be maintained and preserved.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board considerations and actions.</I> For a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) a written record must be maintained and preserved of the board of directors' considerations and actions taken in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities, as set forth in this section, to be included in the minutes of the board of directors' meetings.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Credit risk analysis.</I> For a period of not less than three years from the date that the credit risks of a portfolio security were most recently reviewed, a written record must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place of the determination that a portfolio security is an eligible security, including the determination that it presents minimal credit risks at the time the fund acquires the security, or at such later times (or upon such events) that the board of directors determines that the investment adviser must reassess whether the security presents minimal credit risks.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Determinations with respect to adjustable rate securities.</I> For a period of not less than three years from the date when the assessment was most recently made, a written record must be preserved and maintained, in an easily accessible place, of the determination required by paragraph (g)(5) of this section (that a variable rate or floating rate security that is not subject to a demand feature and for which maturity is determined pursuant to paragraph (i)(1), (i)(2) or (i)(4) of this section can reasonably be expected, upon readjustment of its interest rate at all times during the life of the instrument, to have a market value that approximates its amortized cost).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Determinations with respect to asset-backed securities.</I> For a period of not less than three years from the date when the determination was most recently made, a written record must be preserved and maintained, in an easily accessible place, of the determinations required by paragraph (g)(6) of this section (the number of ten percent obligors (as that term is used in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section) deemed to be the issuers of all or a portion of the asset-backed security for purposes of paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section). The written record must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The identities of the ten percent obligors (as that term is used in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section), the percentage of the qualifying assets constituted by the securities of each ten percent obligor and the percentage of the fund's total assets that are invested in securities of each ten percent obligor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any determination that an asset-backed security will not have, or is unlikely to have, ten percent obligors deemed to be issuers of all or a portion of that asset-backed security for purposes of paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Evaluations with respect to asset-backed securities not subject to guarantees.</I> For a period of not less than three years from the date when the evaluation was most recently made, a written record must be preserved and maintained, in an easily accessible place, of the evaluation required by paragraph (g)(7) of this section (regarding asset-backed securities not subject to guarantees).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Evaluations with respect to securities subject to demand features or guarantees.</I> For a period of not less than three years from the date when the evaluation was most recently made, a written record must be preserved and maintained, in an easily accessible place, of the evaluation required by paragraph (g)(4) of this section (regarding securities subject to one or more demand features or guarantees).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Reports with respect to stress testing.</I> For a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place), a written copy of the report required under paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this section must be maintained and preserved.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Inspection of records.</I> The documents preserved pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section are subject to inspection by the Commission in accordance with section 31(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-30(b)) as if such documents were records required to be maintained pursuant to rules adopted under section 31(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-30(a)).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Website disclosure of portfolio holdings and other fund information.</I> The money market fund must post prominently on its website the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) For a period of not less than six months, beginning no later than the fifth business day of the month, a schedule of its investments, as of the last business day or subsequent calendar day of the preceding month, that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to the money market fund and each class of redeemable shares thereof:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The WAM; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The WAL.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to each security held by the money market fund:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Name of the issuer;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Category of investment (indicate the category that identifies the instrument from among the following: U.S. Treasury Debt; U.S. Government Agency Debt, if categorized as coupon-paying notes; U.S. Government Agency Debt, if categorized as no-coupon discount notes; Non-U.S. Sovereign, Sub-Sovereign and Supra-National debt; Certificate of Deposit; Non-Negotiable Time Deposit; Variable Rate Demand Note; Other Municipal Security; Asset Backed Commercial Paper; Other Asset Backed Securities; U.S. Treasury Repurchase Agreement, if collateralized only by U.S. Treasuries (including Strips) and cash; U.S. Government Agency Repurchase Agreement, collateralized only by U.S. Government Agency securities, U.S. Treasuries, and cash; Other Repurchase Agreement, if any collateral falls outside Treasury, Government Agency and cash; Insurance Company Funding Agreement; Investment Company; Financial Company Commercial Paper; Non-Financial Company Commercial Paper; and Other Instrument. If Other Instrument, include a brief description);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) CUSIP number (if any);
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Principal amount;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The maturity date determined by taking into account the maturity shortening provisions in paragraph (i) of this section (<I>i.e.,</I> the maturity date used to calculate WAM under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section);
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The maturity date determined without reference to the exceptions in paragraph (i) of this section regarding interest rate readjustments (<I>i.e.,</I> the maturity used to calculate WAL under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section);
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Coupon or yield; and
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Value.
</P>
<P>(ii) A schedule, chart, graph, or other depiction, which must be updated each business day as of the end of the preceding business day, showing, as of the end of each business day during the preceding six months:
</P>
<P>(A) The percentage of the money market fund's total assets invested in daily liquid assets;
</P>
<P>(B) The percentage of the money market fund's total assets invested in weekly liquid assets; and
</P>
<P>(C) The money market fund's net inflows or outflows.
</P>
<P>(iii) A schedule, chart, graph, or other depiction showing the money market fund's net asset value per share (which the fund must calculate based on current market factors before applying the amortized cost or penny-rounding method, if used), rounded to the fourth decimal place in the case of funds with a $1.0000 share price or an equivalent level of accuracy for funds with a different share price (<I>e.g.,</I> $10.000 per share), as of the end of each business day during the preceding six months, which must be updated each business day as of the end of the preceding business day.
</P>
<P>(iv) A link to a website of the Securities and Exchange Commission where a user may obtain the most recent 12 months of publicly available information filed by the money market fund pursuant to § 270.30b1-7.
</P>
<P>(v) For a period of not less than one year, beginning no later than the same business day on which the money market fund files an initial report on Form N-CR (§ 274.222 of this chapter) in response to the occurrence of any event specified in Part C of Form N-CR, the same information that the money market fund is required to report to the Commission on Part C (Items C.1, C.2, C.3, C.4, C.5, C.6, and C.7) of Form N-CR concerning such event, along with the following statement: “The Fund was required to disclose additional information about this event on Form N-CR and to file this form with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any Form N-CR filing submitted by the Fund is available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission's internet site at <I>https://www.sec.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Processing of transactions.</I> A government money market fund and a retail money market fund (or its transfer agent) must have the capacity to redeem and sell securities issued by the fund at a price based on the current net asset value per share pursuant to § 270.22c-1. Such capacity must include the ability to redeem and sell securities at prices that do not correspond to a stable price per share.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Maturity of portfolio securities.</I> For purposes of this section, the maturity of a portfolio security shall be deemed to be the period remaining (calculated from the trade date or such other date on which the fund's interest in the security is subject to market action) until the date on which, in accordance with the terms of the security, the principal amount must unconditionally be paid, or in the case of a security called for redemption, the date on which the redemption payment must be made, except as provided in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(8) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Adjustable rate government securities.</I> A government security that is a variable rate security where the variable rate of interest is readjusted no less frequently than every 397 calendar days shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate. A government security that is a floating rate security shall be deemed to have a remaining maturity of one day.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Short-term variable rate securities.</I> A variable rate security, the principal amount of which, in accordance with the terms of the security, must unconditionally be paid in 397 calendar days or less shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the earlier of the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Long-term variable rate securities.</I> A variable rate security, the principal amount of which is scheduled to be paid in more than 397 calendar days, that is subject to a demand feature, shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Short-term floating rate securities.</I> A floating rate security, the principal amount of which, in accordance with the terms of the security, must unconditionally be paid in 397 calendar days or less shall be deemed to have a maturity of one day, except for purposes of determining WAL under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, in which case it shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Long-term floating rate securities.</I> A floating rate security, the principal amount of which is scheduled to be paid in more than 397 calendar days, that is subject to a demand feature, shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Repurchase agreements.</I> A repurchase agreement shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the date on which the repurchase of the underlying securities is scheduled to occur, or, where the agreement is subject to demand, the notice period applicable to a demand for the repurchase of the securities.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Portfolio lending agreements.</I> A portfolio lending agreement shall be treated as having a maturity equal to the period remaining until the date on which the loaned securities are scheduled to be returned, or where the agreement is subject to demand, the notice period applicable to a demand for the return of the loaned securities.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Money market fund securities.</I> An investment in a money market fund shall be treated as having a maturity equal to the period of time within which the acquired money market fund is required to make payment upon redemption, unless the acquired money market fund has agreed in writing to provide redemption proceeds to the investing money market fund within a shorter time period, in which case the maturity of such investment shall be deemed to be the shorter period.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Delegation.</I> The money market fund's board of directors may delegate to the fund's investment adviser or officers the responsibility to make any determination required to be made by the board of directors under this section other than the determinations required by paragraphs (c)(1) (board findings), (c)(3) (share cancellation), (f)(1) (adverse events), (g)(1) and (2) (amortized cost and penny rounding procedures), and (g)(8) (stress testing procedures) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Written guidelines.</I> The board of directors must establish and periodically review written guidelines (including guidelines for determining whether securities present minimal credit risks as required in paragraphs (d)(2) and (g)(3) of this section and guidelines for determining the application and size of liquidity fees as required in paragraph (c)(2) of this section) and procedures under which the delegate makes such determinations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Oversight.</I> The board of directors must take any measures reasonably necessary (through periodic reviews of fund investments and the delegate's procedures in connection with investment decisions, periodic review of the delegate's liquidity fee determinations under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and prompt review of the adviser's actions in the event of the default of a security or event of insolvency with respect to the issuer of the security or any guarantee or demand feature to which it is subject that requires notification of the Commission under paragraph (f)(2) of this section by reference to Form N-CR (§ 274.222 of this chapter) to assure that the guidelines and procedures are being followed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47958, Aug. 14, 2014, as amended at 80 FR 58153, Sept. 25, 2015; 88 FR 51521, Aug. 3, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a19-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a19-2   Investment company general partners not deemed interested persons.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Preliminary Note to § 270.2<E T="01">a</E>19-2:</HED>
<P>This § 270.2a19-2 conditionally excepts from the definition of interested person in section 2(a)(19) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)) general partners of investment companies organized in limited partnership form. Compliance with the conditions of this § 270.2a19-2 does not relieve an investment company of any other requirement of this Act, or except a general partner that is an interested person by virtue of any other provision.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Director General Partners Not Deemed Interested Persons.</I> A general partner serving as a director of a limited partnership investment company shall not be deemed to be an interested person of such company, or of any investment adviser of, or principal underwriter for, such company, solely by reason of being a partner of the limited partnership investment company, or a copartner in the limited partnership investment company with any investment adviser of, or principal underwriter for, the company, <I>provided</I> that the Limited Partnership Agreement contains in substance the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Only general partners who are natural persons shall serve as, and perform the functions of, directors of the limited partnership investment company, except that any general partner may act as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A general partner shall not have the authority to act individually on behalf of, or to bind, the Limited Partnership Investment Company, except:
</P>
<P>(i) In such person's capacity as investment adviser, principal underwriter, or administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the scope of such person's authority as delegated by the board of directors; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) In the event that no director of the company remains, to the extent necessary to continue the Limited Partnership Investment Company, for such limited periods as are permitted under the Act to fill director vacancies.
</P>
<P>(3) Limited partners shall have all of the rights afforded shareholders under the Act. If a limited partnership interest is transferred in a manner that is effective under the Partnership Agreement, the transferee shall have all of the rights afforded shareholders under the Act.
</P>
<P>(4) A general partner shall not withdraw from the Limited Partnership Investment Company or reduce its Federal Tax Status Contribution without giving at least one year's prior written notice to the Limited Partnership Investment Company, if such withdrawal or reduction is likely to cause the company to lose its partnership tax classification. This paragraph (a)(4) shall not apply to an investment adviser general partner if the company terminates its advisory agreement with such general partner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) “Federal Tax Status Contribution” shall mean the interest (including limited partnership interest) in each material item of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, and other contributions, required to be held or made by general partners, pursuant to section 4 of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 89-12, or any successor provisions thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) “Limited Partnership Investment Company” shall mean a registered management company or a business development company that is organized as a limited partnership under state law.
</P>
<P>(3) “Partnership Agreement” shall mean the agreement of the partners of the Limited Partnership Investment Company as to the affairs of the limited partnership and the conduct of its business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 45838, Aug. 31, 1993; 58 FR 64353, Dec. 6, 1993; 59 FR 15501, Apr. 1, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a19-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a19-3   Certain investment company directors not considered interested persons because of ownership of index fund securities.</HEAD>
<P>If a director of a registered investment company (“Fund”) owns shares of a registered investment company (including the Fund) with an investment objective to replicate the performance of one or more broad-based securities indices (“Index Fund”), ownership of the Index Fund shares will not cause the director to be considered an “interested person” of the Fund or of the Fund's investment adviser or principal underwriter (as defined by section 2(a)(19)(A)(iii) and (B)(iii) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)(A)(iii) and (B)(iii)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a41-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a41-1   Valuation of standby commitments by registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A standby commitment means a right to sell a specified underlying security or securities within a specified period of time and at an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security or securities plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise, that may be sold, transferred or assigned only with the underlying security or securities. A standby commitment entitles the holder to receive same day settlement, and will be considered to be from the party to whom the investment company will look for payment of the exercise price. A standby commitment may be assigned a fair value of zero, Provided, That:
</P>
<P>(1) The standby commitment is not used to affect the company's valuation of the security or securities underlying the standby commitment; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any consideration paid by the company for the standby commitment, whether paid in cash or by paying a premium for the underlying security or securities, is accounted for by the company as unrealized depreciation until the standby commitment is exercised or expires.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 9779, Mar. 21, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 8128, Feb. 27, 1991; 61 FR 13982, Mar. 28, 1996; 62 FR 64986, Dec. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a-46" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a-46   Certain issuers as eligible portfolio companies.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>eligible portfolio company</I> shall include any issuer that meets the requirements set forth in paragraphs (A) and (B) of section 2(a)(46) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(46)(A) and (B)) and that:
</P>
<P>(a) Does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or
</P>
<P>(b) Has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million. For purposes of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(1) The <I>aggregate market value</I> of an issuer's outstanding voting and non-voting common equity shall be computed by use of the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of such common equity, in the principal market for such common equity as of a date within 60 days prior to the date of acquisition of its securities by a business development company; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Common equity</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 230.405.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 29051, May 20, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a51-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a51-1   Definition of investments for purposes of section 2(a)(51) (definition of “qualified purchaser”); certain calculations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Commodity Interests</I> means commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, and options on physical commodities traded on or subject to the rules of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any contract market designated for trading such transactions under the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules thereunder; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any board of trade or exchange outside the United States, as contemplated in Part 30 of the rules under the Commodity Exchange Act [17 CFR 30.1 through 30.11]. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>Family Company</I> means a company described in paragraph (A)(ii) of section 2(a)(51) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)]. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Investment Vehicle</I> means an investment company, a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1) through 3(c)(9) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) through 3(c)(9)] or the exemptions provided by §§ 270.3a-6 or 270.3a-7, or a commodity pool. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>Investments</I> has the meaning set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>Physical Commodity</I> means any physical commodity with respect to which a Commodity Interest is traded on a market specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>Prospective Qualified Purchaser</I> means a person seeking to purchase a security of a Section 3(c)(7) Company. 
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>Public Company</I> means a company that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Files reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)]; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a class of securities that are listed on a “designated offshore securities market” as such term is defined by Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 [17 CFR 230.901 through 230.904]. 
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>Related Person</I> means a person who is related to a Prospective Qualified Purchaser as a sibling, spouse or former spouse, or is a direct lineal descendant or ancestor by birth or adoption of the Prospective Qualified Purchaser, or is a spouse of such descendant or ancestor, <I>provided that,</I> in the case of a Family Company, a Related Person includes any owner of the Family Company and any person who is a Related Person of such owner. 
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>Relying Person</I> means a Section 3(c)(7) Company or a person acting on its behalf. 
</P>
<P>(10) The term <I>Section 3(c)(7) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)]. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Types of Investments.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(51) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)], the term <I>Investments</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities (as defined by section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(1)]), other than securities of an issuer that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Prospective Qualified Purchaser that owns such securities, unless the issuer of such securities is: 
</P>
<P>(i) An Investment Vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A Public Company; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A company with shareholders' equity of not less than $50 million (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as reflected on the company's most recent financial statements, <I>provided that</I> such financial statements present the information as of a date within 16 months preceding the date on which the Prospective Qualified Purchaser acquires the securities of a Section 3(c)(7) Company; 
</P>
<P>(2) Real estate held for investment purposes; 
</P>
<P>(3) Commodity Interests held for investment purposes; 
</P>
<P>(4) Physical Commodities held for investment purposes; 
</P>
<P>(5) To the extent not securities, financial contracts (as such term is defined in section 3(c)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(2)(B)(ii)] entered into for investment purposes; 
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a Prospective Qualified Purchaser that is a Section 3(c)(7) Company, a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)], or a commodity pool, any amounts payable to such Prospective Qualified Purchaser pursuant to a firm agreement or similar binding commitment pursuant to which a person has agreed to acquire an interest in, or make capital contributions to, the Prospective Qualified Purchaser upon the demand of the Prospective Qualified Purchaser; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Cash and cash equivalents (including foreign currencies) held for investment purposes. For purposes of this section, cash and cash equivalents include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Bank deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and similar bank instruments held for investment purposes; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The net cash surrender value of an insurance policy. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investment Purposes.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Real estate shall not be considered to be held for investment purposes by a Prospective Qualified Purchaser if it is used by the Prospective Qualified Purchaser or a Related Person for personal purposes or as a place of business, or in connection with the conduct of the trade or business of the Prospective Qualified Purchaser or a Related Person, <I>provided that</I> real estate owned by a Prospective Qualified Purchaser who is engaged primarily in the business of investing, trading or developing real estate in connection with such business may de deemed to be held for investment purposes. Residential real estate shall not be deemed to be used for personal purposes if deductions with respect to such real estate are not disallowed by section 280A of the Internal Revenue Code [26 U.S.C. 280A]. 
</P>
<P>(2) A Commodity Interest or Physical Commodity owned, or a financial contract entered into, by the Prospective Qualified Purchaser who is engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in Commodity Interests, Physical Commodities or financial contracts in connection with such business may be deemed to be held for investment purposes. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valuation.</I> For purposes of determining whether a Prospective Qualified Purchaser is a qualified purchaser, the aggregate amount of Investments owned and invested on a discretionary basis by the Prospective Qualified Purchaser shall be the Investments' fair market value on the most recent practicable date or their cost, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of Commodity Interests, the amount of Investments shall be the value of the initial margin or option premium deposited in connection with such Commodity Interests; and 
</P>
<P>(2) In each case, there shall be deducted from the amount of Investments owned by the Prospective Qualified Purchaser the amounts specified in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, as applicable. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Deductions.</I> In determining whether any person is a qualified purchaser there shall be deducted from the amount of such person's Investments the amount of any outstanding indebtedness incurred to acquire or for the purpose of acquiring the Investments owned by such person. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Deductions: Family Companies.</I> In determining whether a Family Company is a qualified purchaser, in addition to the amounts specified in paragraph (e) of this section, there shall be deducted from the value of such Family Company's Investments any outstanding indebtedness incurred by an owner of the Family Company to acquire such Investments. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Special rules for certain Prospective Qualified Purchasers</I>—1) <I>Qualified institutional buyers.</I> Any Prospective Qualified Purchaser who is, or who a Relying Person reasonably believes is, a qualified institutional buyer as defined in paragraph (a) of § 230.144A of this chapter, acting for its own account, the account of another qualified institutional buyer, or the account of a qualified purchaser, shall be deemed to be a qualified purchaser <I>provided:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) That a dealer described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of § 230.144A of this chapter shall own and invest on a discretionary basis at least $25 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated persons of the dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) That a plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(D) or (a)(1)(i)(E) of § 230.144A of this chapter, or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(F) of § 230.144A of this chapter that holds the assets of such a plan, will not be deemed to be acting for its own account if investment decisions with respect to the plan are made by the beneficiaries of the plan, except with respect to investment decisions made solely by the fiduciary, trustee or sponsor of such plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Joint Investments.</I> In determining whether a natural person is a qualified purchaser, there may be included in the amount of such person's Investments any Investments held jointly with such person's spouse, or Investments in which such person shares with such person's spouse a community property or similar shared ownership interest. In determining whether spouses who are making a joint investment in a Section 3(c)(7) Company are qualified purchasers, there may be included in the amount of each spouse's Investments any Investments owned by the other spouse (whether or not such Investments are held jointly). In each case, there shall be deducted from the amount of any such Investments the amounts specified in paragraph (e) of this section incurred by each spouse. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Investments by Subsidiaries.</I> For purposes of determining the amount of Investments owned by a company under section 2(a)(51)(A)(iv) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(A)(iv)], there may be included Investments owned by majority-owned subsidiaries of the company and Investments owned by a company (“Parent Company”) of which the company is a majority-owned subsidiary, or by a majority-owned subsidiary of the company and other majority-owned subsidiaries of the Parent Company. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certain Retirement Plans and Trusts.</I> In determining whether a natural person is a qualified purchaser, there may be included in the amount of such person's Investments any Investments held in an individual retirement account or similar account the Investments of which are directed by and held for the benefit of such person. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reasonable Belief.</I> The term “qualified purchaser” as used in section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)] means any person that meets the definition of qualified purchaser in section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(A)]) and the rules thereunder, or that a Relying Person reasonably believes meets such definition. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17526, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a51-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a51-2   Definitions of beneficial owner for certain purposes under sections 2(a)(51) and 3(c)(7) and determining indirect ownership interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Beneficial ownership: General.</I> Except as set forth in this section, for purposes of sections 2(a)(51)(C) and 3(c)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(C) and -3(c)(7)(B)(ii)], the beneficial owners of securities of an excepted investment company (as defined in section 2(a)(51)(C) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(C)]) shall be determined in accordance with section 3(c)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)]. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Beneficial ownership: Grandfather provision.</I> For purposes of section 3(c)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)(B)(ii)], securities of an issuer beneficially owned by a company (without giving effect to section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)(A)]) (“owning company”) shall be deemed to be beneficially owned by one person unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) The owning company is an investment company or an excepted investment company; 
</P>
<P>(2) The owning company, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer; and 
</P>
<P>(3) On October 11, 1996, under section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act as then in effect, the voting securities of the issuer were deemed to be beneficially owned by the holders of the owning company's outstanding securities (other than short-term paper), in which case, such holders shall be deemed to be beneficial owners of the issuer's outstanding voting securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Beneficial ownership: Consent provision.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(51)(C) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(C)], securities of an excepted investment company beneficially owned by a company (without giving effect to section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)(A)]) (“owning company”) shall be deemed to be beneficially owned by one person unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) The owning company is an excepted investment company; 
</P>
<P>(2) The owning company directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the excepted investment company or the company with respect to which the excepted investment company is, or will be, a qualified purchaser; and 
</P>
<P>(3) On April 30, 1996, under section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act as then in effect, the voting securities of the excepted investment company were deemed to be beneficially owned by the holders of the owning company's outstanding securities (other than short-term paper), in which case the holders of such excepted company's securities shall be deemed to be beneficial owners of the excepted investment company's outstanding voting securities. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Indirect ownership: Consent provision.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(51)(C) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(C)], an excepted investment company shall not be deemed to indirectly own the securities of an excepted investment company seeking a consent to be treated as a qualified purchaser (“qualified purchaser company”) unless such excepted investment company, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the qualified purchaser company or a company with respect to which the qualified purchaser company is or will be a qualified purchaser. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Required consent: Consent provision.</I> For purposes of section 2(a)(51)(C) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(C)], the consent of the beneficial owners of an excepted investment company (“owning company”) that beneficially owns securities of an excepted investment company that is seeking the consents required by section 2(a)(51)(C) (“consent company”) shall not be required unless the owning company directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the consent company or the company with respect to which the consent company is, or will be, a qualified purchaser. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes to § 270.2<I>a</I>51-2:</HED>
<P>1. On both April 30, 1996 and October 11, 1996, section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act as then in effect provided that: (A) Beneficial ownership by a company shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by one person, except that, if the company owns 10 per centum or more of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, the beneficial ownership shall be deemed to be that of the holders of such company's outstanding securities (other than short-term paper) unless, as of the date of the most recent acquisition by such company of securities of that issuer, the value of all securities owned by such company of all issuers which are or would, but for the exception set forth in this subparagraph, be excluded from the definition of investment company solely by this paragraph, does not exceed 10 per centum of the value of the company's total assets. Such issuer nonetheless is deemed to be an investment company for purposes of section 12(d)(1). 
</P>
<P>2. Issuers seeking the consent required by section 2(a)(51)(C) of the Act should note that section 2(a)(51)(C) requires an issuer to obtain the consent of the beneficial owners of its securities and the beneficial owners of securities of any “excepted investment company” that directly or indirectly owns the securities of the issuer. Except as set forth in paragraphs (d) (with respect to indirect owners) and (e) (with respect to direct owners) of this section, nothing in this section is designed to limit this consent requirement.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17528, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.2a51-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.2a51-3   Certain companies as qualified purchasers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of section 2(a)(51)(A) (ii) and (iv) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(A) (ii) and (iv)], a company shall not be deemed to be a qualified purchaser if it was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered by a company excluded from the definition of investment company by section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)] unless each beneficial owner of the company's securities is a qualified purchaser.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of section 2(a)(51) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)], a company may be deemed to be a qualified purchaser if each beneficial owner of the company's securities is a qualified purchaser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17528, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-1   Certain prima facie investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(c)), an issuer will be deemed not to be an investment company under the Act; <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(a) No more than 45 percent of the value (as defined in section 2(a)(41) of the Act) of such issuer's total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) consists of, and no more than 45 percent of such issuer's net income after taxes (for the last four fiscal quarters combined) is derived from, securites other than:
</P>
<P>(1) Government securities;
</P>
<P>(2) Securities issued by employees' securities companies;
</P>
<P>(3) Securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer (other than subsidiaries relying on the exclusion from the definition of investment company in section 3(b)(3) or (c)(1) of the Act) which are not investment companies; and
</P>
<P>(4) Securities issued by companies:
</P>
<P>(i) Which are controlled primarily by such issuer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Through which such issuer engages in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Which are not investment companies;
</P>
<P>(b) The issuer is not an investment company as defined in section 3(a)(1)(A) or 3(a)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A) or 80a-3(a)(1)(B)) and is not a special situation investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(c) The percentages described in paragraph (a) of this section are determined on an unconsolidated basis, except that the issuer shall consolidate its financial statements with the financial statements of any wholly-owned subsidiaries.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 6881, Jan. 22, 1981, as amended at 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-2   Transient investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of sections 3(a)(1)(A) and 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A) and 80a-3(a)(1)(C)), an issuer is deemed not to be engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities during a period of time not to exceed one year; <I>Provided,</I> That the issuer has a <I>bona fide</I> intent to be engaged primarily, as soon as is reasonably possible (in any event by the termination of such period of time), in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities, such intent to be evidenced by: 
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer's business activities; and
</P>
<P>(2) An appropriate resolution of the issuer's board of directors, or by an appropriate action of the person or persons performing similar functions for any issuer not having a board of directors, which resolution or action has been recorded contemporaneously in its minute books or comparable documents.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, the period of time described in paragraph (a) shall commence on the earlier of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which an issuer owns securities and/or cash having a value exceeding 50 percent of the value of such issuer's total assets on either a consolidated or unconsolidated basis; or
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which an issuer owns or proposes to acquire investment securities (as defined in section 3(a) of the Act) having a value exceeding 40 per centum of the value of such issuer's total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.
</P>
<P>(c) No issuer may rely on this section more frequently than once during any three-year period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 6883, Jan. 22, 1981, as amended at 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-3   Certain investment companies owned by companies which are not investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding section 3(a)(1)(A) or section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A) or 80a-3(a)(1)(C)), an issuer will be deemed not to be an investment company for purposes of the Act; <I>Provided,</I> That all of the outstanding securities of the issuer (other than short-term paper, directors' qualifying shares, and debt securities owned by the Small Business Administration) are directly or indirectly owned by a company which satisfies the conditions of § 270.3a-1(a) and which is: 
</P>
<P>(a) A company that is not an investment company as defined in section 3(a) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(b) A company that is an investment company as defined in section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(C)), but which is excluded from the definition of the term “investment company” by section 3(b)(1) or 3(b)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(b)(1) or 80a-3(b)(2)); or
</P>
<P>(c) A company that is deemed not to be an investment company for purposes of the Act by rule 3a-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 6884, Jan. 22, 1981, as amended at 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-4   Status of investment advisory programs.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This section is a nonexclusive safe harbor from the definition of investment company for programs that provide discretionary investment advisory services to clients. There is no registration requirement under section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77e] with respect to programs that are organized and operated in the manner described in § 270.3a-4. The section is not intended, however, to create any presumption about a program that is not organized and operated in the manner contemplated by the section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Any program under which discretionary investment advisory services are provided to clients that has the following characteristics will not be deemed to be an investment company within the meaning of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a, <I>et seq.</I>]: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each client's account in the program is managed on the basis of the client's financial situation and investment objectives and in accordance with any reasonable restrictions imposed by the client on the management of the account. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) At the opening of the account, the sponsor or another person designated by the sponsor obtains information from the client regarding the client's financial situation and investment objectives, and gives the client the opportunity to impose reasonable restrictions on the management of the account; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least annually, the sponsor or another person designated by the sponsor contacts the client to determine whether there have been any changes in the client's financial situation or investment objectives, and whether the client wishes to impose any reasonable restrictions on the management of the account or reasonably modify existing restrictions; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least quarterly, the sponsor or another person designated by the sponsor notifies the client in writing to contact the sponsor or such other person if there have been any changes in the client's financial situation or investment objectives, or if the client wishes to impose any reasonable restrictions on the management of the client's account or reasonably modify existing restrictions, and provides the client with a means through which such contact may be made; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The sponsor and personnel of the manager of the client's account who are knowledgeable about the account and its management are reasonably available to the client for consultation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each client has the ability to impose reasonable restrictions on the management of the client's account, including the designation of particular securities or types of securities that should not be purchased for the account, or that should be sold if held in the account; <I>Provided, however,</I> that nothing in this section requires that a client have the ability to require that particular securities or types of securities be purchased for the account. 
</P>
<P>(4) The sponsor or person designated by the sponsor provides each client with a statement, at least quarterly, containing a description of all activity in the client's account during the preceding period, including all transactions made on behalf of the account, all contributions and withdrawals made by the client, all fees and expenses charged to the account, and the value of the account at the beginning and end of the period. 
</P>
<P>(5) Each client retains, with respect to all securities and funds in the account, to the same extent as if the client held the securities and funds outside the program, the right to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Withdraw securities or cash; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Vote securities, or delegate the authority to vote securities to another person; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Be provided in a timely manner with a written confirmation or other notification of each securities transaction, and all other documents required by law to be provided to security holders; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Proceed directly as a security holder against the issuer of any security in the client's account and not be obligated to join any person involved in the operation of the program, or any other client of the program, as a condition precedent to initiating such proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, the term sponsor refers to any person who receives compensation for sponsoring, organizing or administering the program, or for selecting, or providing advice to clients regarding the selection of, persons responsible for managing the client's account in the program. If a program has more than one sponsor, one person shall be designated the principal sponsor, and such person shall be considered the sponsor of the program under this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 15109, Mar. 31, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-5   Exemption for subsidiaries organized to finance the operations of domestic or foreign companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A finance subsidiary will not be considered an investment company under section 3(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)) and securities of a finance subsidiary held by the parent company or a company controlled by the parent company will not be considered “investment securities” under section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(C)); <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any debt securities of the finance subsidiary issued to or held by the public are unconditionally guaranteed by the parent company as to the payment of principal, interest, and premium, if any (except that the guarantee may be subordinated in right of payment to other debt of the parent company);
</P>
<P>(2) Any non-voting preferred stock of the finance subsidiary issued to or held by the public is unconditionally guaranteed by the parent company as to payment of dividends, payment of the liquidation preference in the event of liquidation, and payments to be made under a sinking fund, if a sinking fund is to be provided (except that the guarantee may be subordinated in right of payment to other debt of the parent company);
</P>
<P>(3) The parent company's guarantee provides that in the event of a default in payment of principal, interest, premium, dividends, liquidation preference or payments made under a sinking fund on any debt securities or non-voting preferred stock issued by the finance subsidiary, the holders of those securities may institute legal proceedings directly against the parent company (or, in the case of a partnership or joint venture, against the partners or participants in the joint venture) to enforce the guarantee without first proceeding against the finance subsidiary;
</P>
<P>(4) Any securities issued by the finance subsidiary which are convertible or exchangeable are convertible or exchangeable only for securities issued by the parent company (and, in the case of a partnership or joint venture, for securities issued by the partners or participants in the joint venture) or for debt securities or non-voting preferred stock issued by the finance subsidiary meeting the applicable requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3);
</P>
<P>(5) The finance subsidiary invests in or loans to its parent company or a company controlled by its parent company at least 85% of any cash or cash equivalents raised by the finance subsidiary through an offering of its debt securities or non-voting preferred stock or through other borrowings as soon as practicable, but in no event later than six months after the finance subsidiary's receipt of such cash or cash equivalents; 
</P>
<P>(6) The finance subsidiary does not invest in, reinvest in, own, hold or trade in securities other than Government securities, securities of its parent company or a company controlled by its parent company (or in the case of a partnership or joint venture, the securities of the partners or participants in the joint venture) or debt securities (including repurchase agreements) which are exempted from the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 by section 3(a)(3) of that Act; and
</P>
<P>(7) Where the parent company is a foreign bank as the term is used in rule 3a-6 (17 CFR 270.3a-6 of this chapter), the parent company may, in lieu of the guaranty required by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, issue, in favor of the holders of the finance subsidiary's debt securities or non-voting preferred stock, as the case may be, an irrevocable letter of credit in an amount sufficient to fund all of the amounts required to be guaranteed by paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, <I>provided,</I> that:
</P>
<P>(i) Payment on such letter of credit shall be conditional only upon the presentation of customary documentation, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The beneficiary of such letter of credit is not required by either the letter of credit or applicable law to institute proceedings against the finance subsidiary before enforcing its remedies under the letter of credit.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule,
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>finance subsidiary</I> shall mean any corporation—
</P>
<P>(i) All of whose securities other than debt securities or non-voting preferred stock meeting the applicable requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) or directors' qualifying shares are owned by its parent company or a company controlled by its parent company; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The primary purpose of which is to finance the business operations of its parent company or companies controlled by its parent company;
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>parent company</I> shall mean any corporation, partnership or joint venture:
</P>
<P>(i) That is not considered an investment company under section 3(a) or that is excepted or exempted by order from the definition of investment company by section 3(b) or by the rules or regulations under section 3(a);
</P>
<P>(ii) That is organized or formed under the laws of the United States or of a state or that is a foreign private issuer, or that is a foreign bank or foreign insurance company as those terms are used in rule 3a-6 (17 CFR 270.3a-6 of this chapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a partnership or joint venture, each partner or participant in the joint venture meets the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii).
</P>
<P>(3) A <I>company controlled by the parent company</I> shall mean any corporation, partnership or joint venture:
</P>
<P>(i) That is not considered an investment company under section 3(a) or that is excepted or exempted by order from the definition of investment company by section 3(b) or by the rules or regulations under section 3(a);
</P>
<P>(ii) That is either organized or formed under the laws of the United States or of a state or that is a foreign private issuer, or that is a foreign bank or foreign insurance company as those terms are used in rule 3a-6; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a corporation, more than 25 percent of whose outstanding voting securities are beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the parent company; or
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a partnership or joint venture, each partner or participant in the joint venture meets the requirements of paragraphs (b)(3) (i) and (ii), and the parent company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the partnership or joint venture.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>foreign private issuer</I> shall mean any issuer which is incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign country, but not a foreign government or political subdivision of a foreign government.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 49446, Dec. 20, 1984, as amended at 56 FR 56299, Nov. 4, 1991; 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-6   Foreign banks and foreign insurance companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding section 3(a)(1)(A) or section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A) or 80a-3(a)(1)(C)), a foreign bank or foreign insurance company shall not be considered an investment company for purposes of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) <I>Foreign bank</I> means a banking institution incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, or a political subdivision of a country other than the United States, that is:
</P>
<P>(A) Regulated as such by that country's or subdivision's government or any agency thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) Engaged substantially in commercial banking activity; and
</P>
<P>(C) Not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The term <I>foreign bank</I> shall also include:
</P>
<P>(A) A trust company or loan company that is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Organized or incorporated under the laws of Canada or a political subdivision thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Regulated as a trust company or a loan company by that country's or subdivision's government or any agency thereof; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Act; and
</P>
<P>(B) A building society that is:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Organized under the laws of the United Kingdom or a political subdivision thereof;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Regulated as a building society by the country's or subdivision's government or any agency thereof; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Act.
</P>
<P>(iii) Nothing in this section shall be construed to include within the definition of <I>foreign bank</I> a common or collective trust or other separate pool of assets organized in the form of a trust or otherwise in which interests are separately offered.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Engaged substantially in commercial banking activity</I> means engaged regularly in, and deriving a substantial portion of its business from, extending commercial and other types of credit, and accepting demand and other types of deposits, that are customary for commercial banks in the country in which the head office of the banking institution is located.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Foreign insurance company</I> means an insurance company incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, or a political subdivision of a country other than the United States, that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Regulated as such by that country's or subdivision's government or any agency thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engaged primarily and predominantly in:
</P>
<P>(A) The writing of insurance agreements of the type specified in section 3(a)(8) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(8)), except for the substitution of supervision by foreign government insurance regulators for the regulators referred to in that section; or
</P>
<P>(B) The reinsurance of risks on such agreements underwritten by insurance companies; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Act. Nothing in this section shall be construed to include within the definition of “foreign insurance company” a separate account or other pool of assets organized in the form of a trust or otherwise in which interests are separately offered.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Foreign banks and foreign insurance companies (and certain of their finance subsidiaries and holding companies) relying on rule 3a-6 for exemption from the Act may be required by rule 489 (17 CFR 230.489) under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) to file Form F-N with the Commission in connection with the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 56299, Nov. 4, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-7   Issuers of asset-backed securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding section 3(a) of the Act, any issuer who is engaged in the business of purchasing, or otherwise acquiring, and holding eligible assets (and in activities related or incidental thereto), and who does not issue redeemable securities will not be deemed to be an investment company; <I>Provided That:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The issuer issues fixed-income securities or other securities which entitle their holders to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from eligible assets;
</P>
<P>(2) Securities sold by the issuer or any underwriter thereof are fixed-income securities rated, at the time of initial sale, in one of the four highest categories assigned long-term debt or in an equivalent short-term category (within either of which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization that is not an affiliated person of the issuer or of any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Any fixed-income securities may be sold to accredited investors as defined in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (7) of rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR 230.501(a)) and any entity in which all of the equity owners come within such paragraphs; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any securities may be sold to qualified institutional buyers as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.144A) and to persons (other than any rating organization rating the issuer's securities) involved in the organization or operation of the issuer or an affiliate, as defined in rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), of such a person;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided,</I> That the issuer or any underwriter thereof effecting such sale exercises reasonable care to ensure that such securities are sold and will be resold to persons specified in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section;
</FP>
<P>(3) The issuer acquires additional eligible assets, or disposes of eligible assets, only if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The assets are acquired or disposed of in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements, indentures, or other instruments pursuant to which the issuer's securities are issued;
</P>
<P>(ii) The acquisition or disposition of the assets does not result in a downgrading in the rating of the issuer's outstanding fixed-income securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The assets are not acquired or disposed of for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes; and 
</P>
<P>(4) If the issuer issues any securities other than securities exempted from the Securities Act by section 3(a)(3) thereof (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(3)), the issuer:
</P>
<P>(i) Appoints a trustee that meets the requirements of section 26(a)(1) of the Act and that is not affiliated, as that term is defined in rule 405 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.405), with the issuer or with any person involved in the organization or operation of the issuer, which does not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the issuer, and that executes an agreement or instrument concerning the issuer's securities containing provisions to the effect set forth in section 26(a)(3) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Takes reasonable steps to cause the trustee to have a perfected security interest or ownership interest valid against third parties in those eligible assets that principally generate the cash flow needed to pay the fixed-income security holders, provided that such assets otherwise required to be held by the trustee may be released to the extent needed at the time for the operation of the issuer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Takes actions necessary for the cash flows derived from eligible assets for the benefit of the holders of fixed-income securities to be deposited periodically in a segregated account that is maintained or controlled by the trustee consistent with the rating of the outstanding fixed-income securities.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Eligible assets</I> means financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to security holders.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fixed-income securities</I> means any securities that entitle the holder to receive:
</P>
<P>(i) A stated principal amount; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Interest on a principal amount (which may be a notional principal amount) calculated by reference to a fixed rate or to a standard or formula which does not reference any change in the market value or fair value of eligible assets; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Interest on a principal amount (which may be a notional principal amount) calculated by reference to auctions among holders and prospective holders, or through remarketing of the security; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An amount equal to specified fixed or variable portions of the interest received on the assets held by the issuer; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any combination of amounts described in paragraphs (b)(2) (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided,</I> That substantially all of the payments to which the holders of such securities are entitled consist of the foregoing amounts.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 56256, Nov. 27, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-8   Certain research and development companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding sections 3(a)(1)(A) and 3(a)(1)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)(1)(A) and 80a-3(a)(1)(C)), an issuer will be deemed not to be an investment company if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Its research and development expenses, for the last four fiscal quarters combined, are a substantial percentage of its total expense for the same period; 
</P>
<P>(2) Its net income derived from investments in securities, for the last four fiscal quarters combined, does not exceed twice the amount of its research and development expenses for the same period; 
</P>
<P>(3) Its expenses for investment advisory and management activities, investment research and custody, for the last four fiscal quarters, combined, do not exceed five percent of its total expenses for the same period;
</P>
<P>(4) Its investments in securities are capital preservation investments, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) No more than 10 percent of the issuer's total assets may consist of other investments, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) No more than 25 percent of the issuer's total assets may consist of other investments, provided that at least 75 percent of such other investments are investments made pursuant to a collaborative research and development arrangement; 
</P>
<P>(5) It does not hold itself out as being engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities, and it is not a special situation investment company;
</P>
<P>(6) It is primarily engaged, directly, through majority-owned subsidiaries, or through companies which it controls primarily, in a business or businesses other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, as evidenced by: 
</P>
<P>(i) The activities of its officers, directors and employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) Its public representations of policies;
</P>
<P>(iii) Its historical development; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) An appropriate resolution of its board of directors, which resolution or action has been recorded contemporaneously in its minute books or comparable documents; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Its board of directors has adopted a written investment policy with respect to the issuer's capital preservation investments. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) All assets shall be valued in accordance with section 2(a)(41)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)(A));
</P>
<P>(2) The percentages described in this section are determined on an unconsolidated basis, except that the issuer shall consolidate its financial statements with the financial statements of any wholly-owned subsidiaries; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Board of directors</I> means the issuer's board of directors or an appropriate person or persons performing similar functions for any issuer not having a board of directors; 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capital preservation investment</I> means an investment that is made to conserve capital and liquidity until the funds are used in the issuer's primary business or businesses; 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Controlled primarily</I> means controlled within the meaning of section 2(a)(9) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)) with a degree of control that is greater than that of any other person; 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Investment made pursuant to a collaborative research and development arrangement</I> means an investment in an investee made pursuant to a business relationship which:
</P>
<P>(i) Is designed to achieve narrowly focused goals that are directly related to, and an integral part of, the issue's research and development activities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Calls for the issuer to conduct joint research and development activities with the investee or a company controlled primarily by, or which controls primarily, the investee; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not entered into for the purpose of avoiding regulation under the Act; 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Investments in securities</I> means all securities other than securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries and companies controlled primarily by the issuer that conduct similar types of businesses, through which the issuer is engaged primarily in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities; 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Other investment</I> means an investment in securities that is not a capital preservation investment; and 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Research and development expenses</I> means research and development costs as defined in FASB ASC Topic 730, <I>Research and Development</I>, as currently in effect or as it may be subsequently revised.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 37052, June 20, 2003, as amended at 76 FR 50123, Aug. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3a-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3a-9   Crowdfunding vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding section 3(a) of the Act, a crowdfunding vehicle will be deemed not to be an investment company if the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(1) Is organized and operated for the sole purpose of directly acquiring, holding, and disposing of securities issued by a single crowdfunding issuer and raising capital in one or more offerings made in compliance with §§ 227.100 through 227.504 (Regulation Crowdfunding);
</P>
<P>(2) Does not borrow money and uses the proceeds from the sale of its securities solely to purchase a single class of securities of a single crowdfunding issuer;
</P>
<P>(3) Issues only one class of securities in one or more offerings under Regulation Crowdfunding in which the crowdfunding vehicle and the crowdfunding issuer are deemed to be co-issuers under the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(4) Receives a written undertaking from the crowdfunding issuer to fund or reimburse the expenses associated with its formation, operation, or winding up, receives no other compensation, and any compensation paid to any person operating the vehicle is paid solely by the crowdfunding issuer;
</P>
<P>(5) Maintains the same fiscal year-end as the crowdfunding issuer;
</P>
<P>(6) Maintains a one-to-one relationship between the number, denomination, type and rights of crowdfunding issuer securities it owns and the number, denomination, type and rights of its securities outstanding;
</P>
<P>(7) Seeks instructions from the holders of its securities with regard to:
</P>
<P>(i) The voting of the crowdfunding issuer securities it holds and votes the crowdfunding issuer securities only in accordance with such instructions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Participating in tender or exchange offers or similar transactions conducted by the crowdfunding issuer and participates in such transactions only in accordance with such instructions;
</P>
<P>(8) Receives, from the crowdfunding issuer, all disclosures and other information required under Regulation Crowdfunding and the crowdfunding vehicle promptly provides such disclosures and other information to the investors and potential investors in the crowdfunding vehicle's securities and to the relevant intermediary; and
</P>
<P>(9) Provides to each investor the right to direct the crowdfunding vehicle to assert the rights under State and Federal law that the investor would have if he or she had invested directly in the crowdfunding issuer and provides to each investor any information that it receives from the crowdfunding issuer as a shareholder of record of the crowdfunding issuer.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Crowdfunding issuer</I> means a company that seeks to raise capital as a co-issuer with a crowdfunding vehicle in an offering that complies with all of the requirements under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) and Regulation Crowdfunding.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Crowdfunding vehicle</I> means an issuer formed by or on behalf of a crowdfunding issuer for the purpose of conducting an offering under section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(6)) as a co-issuer with the crowdfunding issuer, which offering is controlled by the crowdfunding issuer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulation Crowdfunding</I> means the regulations set forth in §§ 227.100 through 227.504 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 3602, Jan. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-1   Definition of beneficial ownership for certain 3(c)(1) funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Covered Company</I> means a company that is an investment company, a Section 3(c)(1) Company or a Section 3(c)(7) Company.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>Section 3(c)(1) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)].
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Section 3(c)(7) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)].
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of section 3(c)(1)(A) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)(A)], beneficial ownership by a Covered Company owning 10 percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of a Section 3(c)(1) Company shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by one person, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) On April 1, 1997, the Covered Company owned 10 percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Section 3(c)(1) Company or non-voting securities that, on such date and in accordance with the terms of such securities, were convertible into or exchangeable for voting securities that, if converted or exchanged on or after such date, would have constituted 10 percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Section 3(c)(1) Company; and 
</P>
<P>(2) On the date of any acquisition of securities of the Section 3(c)(1) Company by the Covered Company, the value of all securities owned by the Covered Company of all issuers that are Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) Companies does not exceed 10 percent of the Covered Company's total assets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17529, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-2   Definition of beneficial ownership in small business investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of section 3(c)(1) of the Act, beneficial ownership by a company owning 10 per centum or more of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer which is a small business investment company licensed to operate under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, or which has received from the Small Business Administration notice to proceed to qualify for a license, which notice or license has not been revoked, shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by one person (a) if and so long as the value of all securities of small business investments companies owned by such company does not exceed 5 per centum of the value of its total assets; or (b) if and so long as such stock of the small business investment company shall be owned by a state development corporation which has been created by or pursuant to an act of the State legislature to promote and assist the growth and development of the economy within such State on a state-wide basis: <I>Provided,</I> That such State development corporation is not, or as a result of its investment in the small business investment company (considering such investment as an investment security) would not be, an investment company as defined in section 3 of the Act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 6, 74 Stat. 412; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 11451, Aug. 13, 1968] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-3   Definition of certain terms used in section 3(c)(1) of the Act with respect to certain debt securities offered by small business investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>public offering</I> as used in section 3(c)(1) of the Act shall not be deemed to include the offer and sale by a small business investment company, licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, of any debt security issued by it which is (a) not convertible into, exchangeable for, or accompanied by any equity security, and (b) guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by the Small Business Administration and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The holders of any securities offered and sold as described in this section shall be counted, in the aggregate, as one person for purposes of section 3(c)(1) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 7590, Apr. 18, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-4   Definition of “common trust fund” as used in section 3(c)(3) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>common trust fund</I> as used in section 3(c)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(3)) shall include a common trust fund which is maintained by a bank which is a member of an affiliated group, as defined in section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1504(a)), and which is maintained exclusively for the collective investment and reinvestment of monies contributed thereto by one or more bank members of such affiliated group in the capacity of trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) The common trust fund is operated in compliance with the same State and Federal regulatory requirements as would apply if the bank maintaining such fund and any other contributing banks were the same entity; and 
</P>
<P>(b) The rights of persons for whose benefit a contributing bank acts as trustee, executor, administrator, or guardian would not be diminished by reason of the maintenance of such common trust fund by another bank member of the affiliated group.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-37(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2393, Jan. 17, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-5   Beneficial ownership by knowledgeable employees and certain other persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Affiliated Management Person</I> means an affiliated person, as such term is defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)], that manages the investment activities of a Covered Company. For purposes of this definition, the term “investment company” as used in section 2(a)(3) of the Act includes a Covered Company.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>Covered Company</I> means a Section 3(c)(1) Company or a Section 3(c)(7) Company.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Executive Officer</I> means the president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions, for a Covered Company or for an Affiliated Management Person of the Covered Company.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>Knowledgeable Employee</I> with respect to any Covered Company means any natural person who is:
</P>
<P>(i) An Executive Officer, director, trustee, general partner, advisory board member, or person serving in a similar capacity, of the Covered Company or an Affiliated Management Person of the Covered Company; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee of the Covered Company or an Affiliated Management Person of the Covered Company (other than an employee performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to such company or its investments) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, participates in the investment activities of such Covered Company, other Covered Companies, or investment companies the investment activities of which are managed by such Affiliated Management Person of the Covered Company, <I>provided that</I> such employee has been performing such functions and duties for or on behalf of the Covered Company or the Affiliated Management Person of the Covered Company, or substantially similar functions or duties for or on behalf of another company for at least 12 months.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>Section 3(c)(1) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)].
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>Section 3(c)(7) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)].
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of determining the number of beneficial owners of a Section 3(c)(1) Company, and whether the outstanding securities of a Section 3(c)(7) Company are owned exclusively by qualified purchasers, there shall be excluded securities beneficially owned by:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who at the time such securities were acquired was a Knowledgeable Employee of such Company;
</P>
<P>(2) A company owned exclusively by Knowledgeable Employees;
</P>
<P>(3) Any person who acquires securities originally acquired by a Knowledgeable Employee in accordance with this section, provided that such securities were acquired by such person in accordance with § 270.3c-6
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17529, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-6   Certain transfers of interests in section 3(c)(1) and section 3(c)(7) funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>Donee</I> means a person who acquires a security of a Covered Company (or a security or other interest in a company referred to in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) as a gift or bequest or pursuant to an agreement relating to a legal separation or divorce.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>Section 3(c)(1) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)].
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Section 3(c)(7) Company</I> means a company that would be an investment company but for the exclusion provided by section 3(c)(7) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)].
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>Transferee</I> means a Section 3(c)(1) Transferee or a Qualified Purchaser Transferee, in each case as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>Transferor</I> means a Section 3(c)(1) Transferor or a Qualified Purchaser Transferor, in each case as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Beneficial ownership by any person (“Section 3(c)(1) Transferee”) who acquires securities or interests in securities of a Section 3(c)(1) Company from a person other than the Section 3(c)(1) Company shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by the person from whom such transfer was made (“Section 3(c)(1) Transferor”), and securities of a Section 3(c)(7) Company that are owned by persons who received the securities from a qualified purchaser other than the Section 3(c)(7) Company (“Qualified Purchaser Transferor”) or a person deemed to be a qualified purchaser by this section shall be deemed to be acquired by a qualified purchaser (“Qualified Purchaser Transferee”), provided that the Transferee is:
</P>
<P>(1) The estate of the Transferor;
</P>
<P>(2) A Donee; or
</P>
<P>(3) A company established by the Transferor exclusively for the benefit of (or owned exclusively by) the Transferor and the persons specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 17529, Apr. 9, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3c-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3c-7   Inflation-adjusted definition of qualifying venture capital fund.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inflation-adjusted definition of qualifying venture capital fund.</I> For purposes of section 3(c)(1)(C)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)(C)(i)), the term <I>qualifying venture capital fund</I> means a venture capital fund (as that term is defined in 17 CFR 275.203(l)-1) that has not more than $12,000,000 in aggregate capital contributions and uncalled committed capital, or, following November 1, 2029, the dollar amount specified in the most recent order issued by the Commission in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section and as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Future inflation adjustments.</I> Pursuant to section 3(c)(1)(C)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)(C)(i)), the dollar amount specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be adjusted by order of the Commission, issued on or about November 1, 2029, and approximately every five years thereafter. The adjusted dollar amount established in such orders shall be computed by:
</P>
<P>(1) Dividing the year-end value of the Personal Consumption Expenditures Chain-Type Price Index (or any successor index thereto), as published by the United States Department of Commerce, for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the order is being issued, by the year-end value of such index (or successor) for the calendar year 2018; and
</P>
<P>(2) Multiplying $10,000,000 times the quotient obtained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and rounding the product to the nearest multiple of $1,000,000.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 70483, Aug. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.5b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.5b-1   Definition of “total assets.”</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>total assets,</I> when used in computing values for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 of the Act, shall mean the gross assets of the company with respect to which the computation is made, taken as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the company last preceding the date of computation. This section shall not apply to any company which has adopted either of the alternative methods of valuation permitted by § 270.2a-1. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-5B-1, 6 FR 5920, Nov. 22, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.5b-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.5b-2   Exclusion of certain guarantees as securities of the guarantor.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of section 5 of the act, a guarantee of a security shall not be deemed to be a security issued by the guarantor: <I>Provided,</I> That the value of all securities issued or guaranteed by the guarantor, and owned by the management company, does not exceed 10 percent of the value of the total assets of such management company. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, for the purposes of section 5 of the Act, a guarantee by a railroad company of a security issued by a terminal company, warehouse company, switching company, or bridge company, shall not be deemed to be a security issued by such railroad company: <I>Provided:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) The security is guaranteed jointly or severally by more than one railroad company; and 
</P>
<P>(2) No one of such guaranteeing railroad companies directly or indirectly controls all of its co-guarantors. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of section 5 of the Act, a lease or other arrangement whereby a railroad company is or becomes obligated to pay a stipulated annual sum of rental either to another railroad company or to the security holders of such other railroad company shall not be deemed in itself a guarantee. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-5B-2, 10 FR 581, Jan. 16, 1945] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.5b-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.5b-3   Acquisition of repurchase agreement or refunded security treated as acquisition of underlying securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Repurchase Agreements.</I> For purposes of sections 5 and 12(d)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-5 and 80a-12(d)(3)), the acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities, provided the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities from the investment company is Collateralized Fully. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refunded Securities.</I> For purposes of section 5 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-5), the acquisition of a Refunded Security is deemed to be an acquisition of the escrowed Government Securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Collateralized Fully</I> in the case of a repurchase agreement means that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The value of the securities collateralizing the repurchase agreement (reduced by the transaction costs (including loss of interest) that the investment company reasonably could expect to incur if the seller defaults) is, and during the entire term of the repurchase agreement remains, at least equal to the Resale Price provided in the agreement; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The investment company has perfected its security interest in the collateral; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The collateral is maintained in an account of the investment company with its custodian or a third party that qualifies as a custodian under the Act; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The collateral consists entirely of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Cash items; 
</P>
<P>(B) Government Securities; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Securities that the investment company's board of directors, or its delegate, determines at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Each issuer of which has an exceptionally strong capacity to meet its financial obligations; and
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>)(C)(<I>1</I>):</HED>
<P>For a discussion of the phrase “exceptionally strong capacity to meet its financial obligations” see Investment Company Act Release No. 30847, (December 27, 2013).</P></NOTE>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Are sufficiently liquid that they can be sold at approximately their carrying value in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days; and
</P>
<P>(v) Upon an Event of Insolvency with respect to the seller, the repurchase agreement would qualify under a provision of applicable insolvency law providing an exclusion from any automatic stay of creditors' rights against the seller. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Event of Insolvency</I> means, with respect to a person: 
</P>
<P>(i) An admission of insolvency, the application by the person for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, rehabilitator, or similar officer for all or substantially all of its assets, a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, the filing by the person of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or application for reorganization or an arrangement with creditors; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The institution of similar proceedings by another person which proceedings are not contested by the person; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The institution of similar proceedings by a government agency responsible for regulating the activities of the person, whether or not contested by the person. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Government Security</I> means any “Government Security” as defined in section 2(a)(16) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(16)). 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Issuer,</I> as used in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(C)(<I>1</I>) of this section, means the issuer of a collateral security or the issuer of an unconditional obligation of a person other than the issuer of the collateral security to undertake to pay, upon presentment by the holder of the obligation (if required), the principal amount of the underlying collateral security plus accrued interest when due or upon default.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Refunded Security</I> means a debt security the principal and interest payments of which are to be paid by Government Securities (“deposited securities”) that have been irrevocably placed in an escrow account pursuant to an agreement between the issuer of the debt security and an escrow agent that is not an “affiliated person,” as defined in section 2(a)(3)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)(C)), of the issuer of the debt security, and, in accordance with such escrow agreement, are pledged only to the payment of the debt security and, to the extent that excess proceeds are available after all payments of principal, interest, and applicable premiums on the Refunded Securities, the expenses of the escrow agent and, thereafter, to the issuer or another party; <I>provided</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The deposited securities are not redeemable prior to their final maturity; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The escrow agreement prohibits the substitution of the deposited securities unless the substituted securities are Government Securities; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) At the time the deposited securities are placed in the escrow account, or at the time a substitution of the deposited securities is made, an independent certified public accountant has certified to the escrow agent that the deposited securities will satisfy all scheduled payments of principal, interest and applicable premiums on the Refunded Securities.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Resale Price</I> means the acquisition price paid to the seller of the securities plus the accrued resale premium on such acquisition price. The accrued resale premium is the amount specified in the repurchase agreement or the daily amortization of the difference between the acquisition price and the resale price specified in the repurchase agreement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 36161, July 11, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 52373, Oct. 9, 2009; 79 FR 1329, Jan. 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6a-5   Purchase of certain debt securities by companies relying on section 6(a)(5) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of reliance on the exemption for certain companies under section 6(a)(5)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(a)(5)(A)), a company shall be deemed to have met the requirement for credit-worthiness of certain debt securities under section 6(a)(5)(A)(iv)(I) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(a)(5)(A)(iv)(I)) if, at the time of purchase, the board of directors (or its delegate) determines or members of the company (or their delegate) determine that the debt security is:
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to no greater than moderate credit risk; and
</P>
<P>(b) Sufficiently liquid that it can be sold at or near its carrying value within a reasonably short period of time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 70120, Nov. 23, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6b-1   Exemption of employees' securities company pending determination of application.</HEAD>
<P>Any employees' securities company which files an application for an order of exemption under section 6(b) of the Act (54 Stat. 801; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) shall be exempt, pending final determination of such application by the Commission, from all provisions of the Act applicable to investment companies as such. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-6B-1, 6 FR 6126, Dec. 2, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-3   Exemptions for certain registered variable life insurance separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>A separate account which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of Rule 6e-2 (17 CFR 270.6e-2) or paragraph (a) of Rule 6e-3(T) (17 CFR 270.6e-3(T)) and registers as an investment company under section 8(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8(a)), and the investment adviser, principal underwriter and depositor of such separate account, shall be exempt from the provisions of the Act specified in paragraph (b) of Rule 6e-2 or paragraph (b) of Rule 6e-3(T), except for sections 7 (15 U.S.C. 80a-7) and 8(a) of the Act, under the same terms and conditions as a separate account claiming exemption under Rule 6e-2 or Rule 6e-3(T).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c); 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(C) and 38(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 49228, Dec. 3, 1984] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-6   Exemption for certain registered separate accounts and other persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section,
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Revenue Ruling</I> shall mean Revenue Ruling 81-225, 1981-41 I.R.B. (October 13, 1981), issued by the Internal Revenue Service on September 25, 1981.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Existing separate account</I> shall mean a separate account which is, or is a part of, a unit investment trust registered under the Act, engaged in a continuous offering of its securities on September 25, 1981.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Existing portfolio company</I> shall mean a registered open-end management investment company, engaged in a continuous offering of its securities on September 25, 1981, all or part of whose securities were owned by an existing separate account on September 25, 1981.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>New portfolio company</I> shall mean any registered open-end management investment company the shares of which will be sold to one or more registered separate accounts for the purpose of minimizing the impact of the Revenue Ruling on the contractowners of an existing separate account, which new portfolio company has the same:
</P>
<P>(i) Investment objectives,
</P>
<P>(ii) Fundamental policies, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Voting rights as the existing portfolio company and has an advisory fee schedule, including expenses assumed by the adviser, that is at least as advantageous to the new portfolio company as was the fee schedule of the existing portfolio company.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>New separate account</I> shall mean a separate account which
</P>
<P>(i) Is, or is a part of, a unit investment trust registered under the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is intended to minimize the impact of the Revenue Ruling on the contractowners of an existing separate account;
</P>
<P>(iii) Invests solely in one or more new portfolio companies;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has the same
</P>
<P>(A) Sales loads,
</P>
<P>(B) Depositor, and
</P>
<P>(C) Custodial arrangements
</P>
<FP>As the existing separate account; and
</FP>
<P>(v) Has
</P>
<P>(A) Asset charges,
</P>
<P>(B) Administrative fees, and
</P>
<P>(C) Any other fees and charges (not including taxes) that correspond only to fees of the existing separate account and are no greater than those corresponding fees.
</P>
<P>(b) Any order of the Commission under the Act, granted to an existing separate account on or before September 25, 1981, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the existing separate account invests in one or more new portfolio companies in lieu of, or in addition to, investing in one or more existing portfolio companies; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) No material changes in the facts upon which the order was based have occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by the existing separate account, and any other person or persons, other than any existing portfolio company, in connection with the issuance of the order are, and continue to be, applicable to the existing separate account and any such other person or persons, unless modified in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(3) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by the existing portfolio company in connection with the issuance of the order are made or agreed to by the new portfolio company, unless modified in accordance with this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) Part II of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of the existing separate account
</P>
<P>(i) Indicates that the existing separate account is relying upon paragraph (b) of this section,
</P>
<P>(ii) Lists the Investment Company Act release numbers of any orders upon which the existing separate account intends to rely, and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Contains a representation that the provisions of this paragraph (b) have been complied with.
</P>
<P>(c) Any order of the Commission under the Act, granted to an existing separate account on or before September 25, 1981, shall apply with full force and effect to a new separate account and the depositor of and principal underwriter for the new separate account notwithstanding that the new separate account invests in one or more new portfolio companies; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) No material changes in the facts upon which the order was based have occurred;
</P>
<P>(2) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by the depositor, principal underwriter, and any other person or persons other than the existing separate account or any existing portfolio companies, in connection with the issuance of the order are, and continue to be, applicable to such depositor, principal underwriter, and other person or persons, unless modified in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(3) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by the existing separate account in connection with the issuance of the order are made or agreed to by the new separate account, unless modified in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(4) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by an existing portfolio company in connection with the issuance of the order are made or agreed to by the new portfolio company, unless modified in accordance with this section; and
</P>
<P>(5) Part II of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of the new separate account
</P>
<P>(i) Indicates that the new separate account is relying upon paragraph (c) of this section,
</P>
<P>(ii) Lists the Investment Company Act release numbers of any orders upon which the new separate account intends to rely, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Contains a representation that the provisions of this paragraph (c) have been complied with.
</P>
<P>(d) Any affiliated person or depositor of or principal underwriter for a new or existing separate account or any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a new or existing portfolio company, and any affiliated person of such persons, principal underwriters, or depositor shall be exempt from section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C 80a-17(d)) and rule 17d-1 thereunder (17 CFR 270.17d-1) to the extent necessary to permit the organization of one or more new portfolio companies; <I>Provided,</I> That, any expenses borne by the existing portfolio company or the new portfolio company in connection with such organization are necessary and appropriate and are allocated in a manner that is fair and reasonable to all of the shareholders of these companies.
</P>
<P>(e) Any affiliated person or depositor of or principal underwriter for a new or existing separate account and any affiliated persons of such a person, principal underwriter, or depositor shall be exempt from section 17(d) of the Act and Rule 17d-1 thereunder to the extent necessary to permit such person to bear any reasonable expenses arising out of the organization of one or more new portfolio companies or the new separate account. 
</P>
<P>(f) Any affiliated persons or depositor of or principal underwriter for a new or existing separate account or any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a new or existing portfolio company, and any affiliated person of such persons, principal underwriters, or depositor shall be exempt from section 17(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)), and any existing portfolio company which has made an election pursuant to Rule 18f-1 (17 CFR 270.18f-1) shall be permitted to revoke that election to the extent necessary to permit transactions involving the transfer of assets from the existing portfolio company to a new portfolio company; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) Such assets are transferred without the imposition of any fees or charges; 
</P>
<P>(2) The board of directors of the existing portfolio company, including a majority of the directors of the company who are not interested persons of such company, determines that the transfer of assets is fair and reasonable to all shareholders of the company and such determination, and the basis upon which it was made, is recorded in the minute book of the existing portfolio company;
</P>
<P>(3) Any securities involved are valued by the existing portfolio company for purposes of the transfer in accordance with its valuation practices for determining net asset value per share; and 
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to Rule 18f-1, the existing separate account requests that the existing portfolio company redeem in kind the shares of the portfolio company held by the separate account. 
</P>
<P>(g) The new portfolio company shall be exempt from section 2(a)(41) (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(41)) of the Act and rules 2a-4 (17 CFR 270.2a-4) and 22c-1 (17 CFR 270.22c-1) under the Act to the extent necessary to permit it to use the same method of valuation for the purpose of pricing its shares for sale, redemption, and repurchase, as the existing portfolio company; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) The existing portfolio company had on September 25, 1981, an order of the Commission exempting it, for the purposes of pricing its shares for sale, redemption, and repurchase, from:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 2(a)(41) of the Act and rules 2a-4 and 22c-1 under the Act to the extent necessary to permit it to use the amortized cost valuation method or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Rules 2a-4 and 22c-1 under the Act to the extent necessary to permit it to calculate its net asset value per share to the nearest one cent on share values of $1.00; 
</P>
<P>(2) All representations, undertakings, and conditions made or agreed to by the existing portfolio company in connection with the order are made or agreed to by the new portfolio company unless modified in accordance with this section; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Part II of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of the new portfolio company 
</P>
<P>(i) Indicates that the new portfolio company is relying upon paragraph (g) of this section, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Lists the Investment Company Act release numbers of any orders upon which the new portfolio company intends to rely, and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Contains a representation that the provisions of paragraph (g) have been complied with.
</P>
<P>(h) The depositor or trustee of an existing separate account shall be exempt from section 26(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-26(c)) to the extent necessary to permit the substitution of securities of the new portfolio company for securities of the existing portfolio company; <I>Provided;</I> That, within thirty days of such substitution: 
</P>
<P>(1) The existing separate account notifies all contractowners of the substitution of securities and any determinations of the board of directors of the new portfolio company required by paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The existing separate account delivers a copy of the prospectus of the new portfolio company to all contractowners; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The existing separate account, concurrently with the notification referred to in paragraph (h)(1) of this section or the delivery of the prospectus of the new portfolio company referred to in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, whichever is later, offers to those contractowners who would otherwise have surrender rights under their contracts the right, for a period of at least thirty days from the receipt of this offer, to surrender their contracts without the imposition of any withdrawal charge or contingent deferred sales load, and any surrendering contractowner receives the price next determined after the request for surrender is received by the insurance company.
</P>
<P>(i) The existing separate account shall be exempt from section 22(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(d)) to the extent necessary to permit it to comply with paragraph (h) of this section and the principal underwriter for or depositor of the existing separate account shall be exempt from section 26(a)(4)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-26(a)(4)(B)) to the extent necessary to permit them to rely on paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Notwithstanding section 11 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-11), the existing separate account or any principal underwriter for the existing separate account may make or cause to be made to the contractowners of the existing separate account an offer to exchange a security funded by an existing portfolio company for a security funded by a new portfolio company without the terms of that offer having first been submitted to and approved by the Commission; <I>Provided,</I> That the exchange is to be made on the basis of the relative net asset values of the securities to be exchanged without the imposition of any fees or charges.
</P>
<P>(k) Notwithstanding section 11 of the Act, the new separate account or any principal underwriter for the new separate account may make or cause to be made an offer to the contractowners of the existing separate account to exchange their securities for securities of the new separate account without the terms of that offer having first been submitted to and approved by the Commission;
</P>
<FP><I>Provided,</I> That:
</FP>
<P>(1) The exchange is to be made on the basis of the relative net asset values of the securities to be exchanged without the imposition of any fees or charges; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the new separate account imposes a contingent deferred sales load (“sales load”) on the securities to be acquired in the exchange
</P>
<P>(i) At the time this sales load is imposed, it is calculated as if 
</P>
<P>(A) The contractowner had been a contractowner of the new separate account from the date on which he became a contractowner of the existing separate account, in the case of a sales load based on the amount of time the contractowner has been invested in the new separate account, and
</P>
<P>(B) Amounts attributable to purchase payments made to the existing separate account had been made to the new separate account on the date on which they were made to the existing separate account, in the case of a sales load based on the amount of time purchase payments have been invested in the new separate account, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The total sales load imposed does not exceed 9 percent of the sum of the purchase payments made to the new separate account and that portion of purchase payments made to the existing separate account attributable to the securities exchanged.
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this section will be available to a new separate account or new portfolio company, or to any affiliated person or depositor of or principal underwriter for such a new separate account, to any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for such a new portfolio company, to any affiliated person of such persons, depositor, or principal underwriters, or to any substitution of securities effected in reliance on this section, only if such new separate account or new portfolio company is registered under the Act or such substitution is effected prior to September 21, 1983.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 42559, Sept. 28, 1982, as amended at 67 FR 43536, June 28, 2002] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-7   Exemptions from certain provisions of sections 22(e) and 27 for registered separate accounts offering variable annuity contracts to participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program.</HEAD>
<P>A registered separate account, and any depositor of or underwriter for such account, shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 22(e), 27(i)(2)(A), and 27(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e), 80a-27(i)(2)(A), and 80a-27(d), respectively) with respect to any variable annuity contract participating in such account to the extent necessary to permit compliance with the Texas Optional Retirement Program (“Program”), <I>Provided,</I> That the separate, account, depositor, or underwriter for such account:
</P>
<P>(a) Includes appropriate disclosure regarding the restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program in each registration statement, including the prospectus, used in connection with the Program; 
</P>
<P>(b) Includes appropriate disclosure regarding the restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program in any sales literature used in connection with the offer of annuity contracts to potential Program participants;
</P>
<P>(c) Instructs salespeople who solicit Program participants to purchase annuity contracts specifically to bring the restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program to the attention of potential Program participants;
</P>
<P>(d) Obtains from each Program participant who purchases an annuity contract in connection with the Program, prior to or at the time of such purchase, a signed statement acknowledging the restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program; and
</P>
<P>(e) Includes in Part II of the separate account's registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 a representation that this section is being relied upon and that the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section have been complied with.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 1479, Jan. 12, 1984, as amended at 85 FR 26102, May 1, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-8   Exemptions for registered separate accounts to impose a deferred sales load and to deduct certain administrative charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section <I>Deferred sales load</I> shall mean any sales load, including a contingent deferred sales load, that is deducted upon redemption or annuitization of amounts representing all or a portion of a securityholder's interest in a registered separate account.
</P>
<P>(b) A registered separate account, and any depositor of or principal underwriter for such account, shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 22(c) and 27(i)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(c) and 80a-27(i)(2)(A), respectively) and § 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1) to the extent necessary to permit them to impose a deferred sales load on any variable annuity contract participating in such account; provided that the terms of any offer to exchange another contract for the contract are in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of § 270.11a-2 (Rule 11a-2).
</P>
<P>(c) A registered separate account, and any depositor of or principal underwriter for such account, shall be exempt from sections 22(c) and 27(i)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(c) and 80a-27(i)(2)(A), respectively) and § 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1) to the extent necessary to permit them to deduct from the value of any variable annuity contract participating in such account, upon total redemption of the contract prior to the last day of the year, the full annual fee for administrative services that otherwise would have been deducted on that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 36098, Aug. 9, 1983, as amended at 85 FR 26102, May 1, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-10   Exemption for certain open-end management investment companies to impose deferred sales loads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A company and any exempted person shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 2(a)(32), 2(a)(35), and 22(d) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(32), 80a-2(a)(35), and 80a-22(d), respectively] and § 270.22c-1 to the extent necessary to permit a deferred sales load to be imposed on shares issued by the company, <I>Provided,</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of the deferred sales load does not exceed a specified percentage of the net asset value or the offering price at the time of purchase; 
</P>
<P>(2) The terms of the deferred sales load are covered by the provisions of Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The same deferred sales load is imposed on all shareholders, except that scheduled variations in or elimination of a deferred sales load may be offered to a particular class of shareholders or transactions, <I>Provided,</I> that the conditions in § 270.22d-1 are satisfied. Nothing in this paragraph (a) shall prevent a company from offering to existing shareholders a new scheduled variation that would waive or reduce the amount of a deferred sales load not yet paid. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Company</I> means a registered open-end management investment company, other than a registered separate account, and includes a separate series of the company; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exempted person</I> means any principal underwriter of, dealer in, and any other person authorized to consummate transactions in, securities issued by a company; and 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deferred sales load</I> means any amount properly chargeable to sales or promotional expenses that is paid by a shareholder after purchase but before or upon redemption. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 49016, Sept. 17, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6c-11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6c-11   Exchange-traded funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Authorized participant</I> means a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the Commission, which has a written agreement with the exchange-traded fund or one of its service providers that allows the authorized participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of creation units.
</P>
<P><I>Basket</I> means the securities, assets or other positions in exchange for which an exchange-traded fund issues (or in return for which it redeems) creation units.
</P>
<P><I>Business day</I> means any day the exchange-traded fund is open for business, including any day when it satisfies redemption requests as required by section 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)).
</P>
<P><I>Cash balancing amount</I> means an amount of cash to account for any difference between the value of the basket and the net asset value of a creation unit.
</P>
<P><I>Creation unit</I> means a specified number of exchange-traded fund shares that the exchange-traded fund will issue to (or redeem from) an authorized participant in exchange for the deposit (or delivery) of a basket and a cash balancing amount if any.
</P>
<P><I>Custom basket</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) A basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of the exchange-traded fund's portfolio holdings; or
</P>
<P>(B) A representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day.
</P>
<P><I>Exchange-traded fund</I> means a registered open-end management company:
</P>
<P>(A) That issues (and redeems) creation units to (and from) authorized participants in exchange for a basket and a cash balancing amount if any; and
</P>
<P>(B) Whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange and traded at market-determined prices.
</P>
<P><I>Exchange-traded fund share</I> means a share of stock issued by an exchange-traded fund.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign investment</I> means any security, asset or other position of the ETF issued by a foreign issuer as that term is defined in § 240.3b-4 of this title, and that is traded on a trading market outside of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Market price</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) The official closing price of an exchange-traded fund share; or
</P>
<P>(B) If it more accurately reflects the market value of an exchange-traded fund share at the time as of which the exchange-traded fund calculates current net asset value per share, the price that is the midpoint between the national best bid and national best offer as of that time.
</P>
<P><I>National securities exchange</I> means an exchange that is registered with the Commission under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
</P>
<P><I>Portfolio holdings</I> means the securities, assets or other positions held by the exchange-traded fund.
</P>
<P><I>Premium or discount</I> means the positive or negative difference between the market price of an exchange-traded fund share at the time as of which the current net asset value is calculated and the exchange-traded fund's current net asset value per share, expressed as a percentage of the exchange-traded fund share's current net asset value per share.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the definition of exchange-traded fund in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, an exchange-traded fund is not prohibited from selling (or redeeming) individual shares on the day of consummation of a reorganization, merger, conversion or liquidation, and is not limited to transactions with authorized participants under these circumstances.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of the Act to exchange-traded funds.</I> If the conditions of paragraph (c) of this section are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Redeemable security.</I> An exchange-traded fund share is considered a “redeemable security” within the meaning of section 2(a)(32) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(32)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pricing.</I> A dealer in exchange-traded fund shares is exempt from section 22(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(d)) and § 270.22c-1(a) with regard to purchases, sales and repurchases of exchange-traded fund shares at market-determined prices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Affiliated transactions.</I> A person who is an affiliated person of an exchange-traded fund (or who is an affiliated person of such a person) solely by reason of the circumstances described in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section is exempt from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)(1) and (a)(2)) with regard to the deposit and receipt of baskets:
</P>
<P>(i) Holding with the power to vote 5% or more of the exchange-traded fund's shares; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Holding with the power to vote 5% or more of any investment company that is an affiliated person of the exchange-traded fund.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Postponement of redemptions.</I> If an exchange-traded fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming authorized participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the exchange-traded fund is exempt, with respect to the delivery of the foreign investment, from the prohibition in section 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)) against postponing the date of satisfaction upon redemption for more than seven days after the tender of a redeemable security if the exchange-traded fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days after the tender of the exchange-traded fund shares.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions.</I> (1) Each business day, an exchange-traded fund must disclose prominently on its website, which is publicly available and free of charge:
</P>
<P>(i) Before the opening of regular trading on the primary listing exchange of the exchange-traded fund shares, the following information (as applicable) for each portfolio holding that will form the basis of the next calculation of current net asset value per share:
</P>
<P>(A) Ticker symbol;
</P>
<P>(B) CUSIP or other identifier;
</P>
<P>(C) Description of holding;
</P>
<P>(D) Quantity of each security or other asset held; and
</P>
<P>(E) Percentage weight of the holding in the portfolio;
</P>
<P>(ii) The exchange-traded fund's current net asset value per share, market price, and premium or discount, each as of the end of the prior business day;
</P>
<P>(iii) A table showing the number of days the exchange-traded fund's shares traded at a premium or discount during the most recently completed calendar year and the most recently completed calendar quarters since that year (or the life of the exchange-traded fund, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(iv) A line graph showing exchange-traded fund share premiums or discounts for the most recently completed calendar year and the most recently completed calendar quarters since that year (or the life of the exchange-traded fund, if shorter);
</P>
<P>(v) The exchange-traded fund's median bid-ask spread, expressed as a percentage rounded to the nearest hundredth, computed by:
</P>
<P>(A) Identifying the exchange-traded fund's national best bid and national best offer as of the end of each 10 second interval during each trading day of the last 30 calendar days;
</P>
<P>(B) Dividing the difference between each such bid and offer by the midpoint of the national best bid and national best offer; and
</P>
<P>(C) Identifying the median of those values; and
</P>
<P>(vi) If the exchange-traded fund's premium or discount is greater than 2% for more than seven consecutive trading days, a statement that the exchange-traded fund's premium or discount, as applicable, was greater than 2% and a discussion of the factors that are reasonably believed to have materially contributed to the premium or discount, which must be maintained on the website for at least one year thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) The portfolio holdings that form the basis for the exchange-traded fund's next calculation of current net asset value per share must be the ETF's portfolio holdings as of the close of business on the prior business day.
</P>
<P>(3) An exchange-traded fund must adopt and implement written policies and procedures that govern the construction of baskets and the process that will be used for the acceptance of baskets; <I>provided, however,</I> if the exchange-traded fund utilizes a custom basket, these written policies and procedures also must:
</P>
<P>(i) Set forth detailed parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of the exchange-traded fund and its shareholders, including the process for any revisions to, or deviations from, those parameters; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify the titles or roles of the employees of the exchange-traded fund's investment adviser who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters.
</P>
<P>(4) An exchange-traded fund that seeks, directly or indirectly, to provide investment returns that correspond to the performance of a market index by a specified multiple, or to provide investment returns that have an inverse relationship to the performance of a market index, over a predetermined period of time, must comply with all applicable provisions of § 270.18f-4.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The exchange-traded fund must maintain and preserve for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place:
</P>
<P>(1) All written agreements (or copies thereof) between an authorized participant and the exchange-traded fund or one of its service providers that allows the authorized participant to place orders for the purchase or redemption of creation units;
</P>
<P>(2) For each basket exchanged with an authorized participant, records setting forth:
</P>
<P>(i) The ticker symbol, CUSIP or other identifier, description of holding, quantity of each holding, and percentage weight of each holding composing the basket exchanged for creation units;
</P>
<P>(ii) If applicable, identification of the basket as a custom basket and a record stating that the custom basket complies with policies and procedures that the exchange-traded fund adopted pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cash balancing amount (if any); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Identity of authorized participant transacting with the exchange-traded fund.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 57234, Oct. 24, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 83291, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6d-1   Exemption for certain closed-end investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application under section 6(d) of the Act shall contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the character of the business and investment policy of the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(2) The information relied upon by the applicant to satisfy the conditions of paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 6(d) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(3) The number of holders of each class of the applicant's outstanding securities. 
</P>
<P>(4) An unconsolidated balance sheet as of a date not earlier than the end of the applicant's first fiscal year, together with a schedule specifying the title, the amount, the book value and, if determinable, the market value of each security in the applicant's portfolio. 
</P>
<P>(5) An unconsolidated profit and loss statement for the applicant's last fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of each provision of the act from which the applicant seeks exemption, together with a statement of the facts by reason of which, in the applicant's opinion, such exemption is not contrary to the public interest or inconsistent with the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(b) There shall be attached to each copy of the application a copy of Form N-8A. The form need not be executed, but it shall be clearly marked on its facing page as an exhibit to the application. The filing of Form N-8A in this manner shall not be construed as the filing of a notification of registration under section 8(a) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) The application may contain any additional information which the applicant desires to submit. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-6D-1, 5 FR 4346, Nov. 2, 1940] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6e-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6e-2   Exemptions for certain variable life insurance separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A separate account, and the investment adviser, principal underwriter and depositor of such separate account, shall, except for the exemptions provided in paragraph (b) of this section, be subject to all provisions of the Act and this part as though such separate account were a registered investment company issuing periodic payment plan certificates if:
</P>
<P>(1) Such separate account is established and maintained by a life insurance company pursuant to the insurance laws or code of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Canada or any province thereof, if it complies to the extent necessary with § 270.7d-1 (Rule 7d-1) under the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The assets of the separate account are derived solely from the sale of variable life insurance contracts as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, and advances made by the life insurance company which established and maintains the separate account (“life insurer”) in connection with the operation of such separate account;
</P>
<P>(3) The separate account is not used for variable annuity contracts or for funds corresponding to dividend accumulations or other contract liabilities not involving life contingencies;
</P>
<P>(4) The income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such separate account, are, in accordance with the applicable variable life insurance contract, credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains or losses of the life insurer;
</P>
<P>(5) The separate account is legally segregated, and that portion of its assets having a value equal to, or approximately equal to, the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to such separate account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that the life insurer may conduct;
</P>
<P>(6) The assets of the separate account have, at each time during the year that adjustments in the reserves are made, a value at least equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to such separate account, and at all other times, except pursuant to an order of the Commission, have a value approximately equal to or in excess of such reserves and liabilities; and
</P>
<P>(7) The investment adviser of the separate account is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) If a separate account meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, then such separate account and the other persons described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be exempt from the provisions of the Act as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 7 (15 U.S.C. 80a-7).
</P>
<P>(2) Section 8 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of paragraph (a) of section 8, the separate account shall file with the Commission a notification on § 274.301 of this chapter (Form N-6EI-1) which identifies such separate account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (b) of section 8, the separate account shall file with the Commission a form to be designated by the Commission within 90 days after filing the notification on Form N-6EI-1; provided, however, that if the fiscal year of the separate account ends within this 90 day period the form may be filed within ninety days after the end of such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 9 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) The eligibility restrictions of section 9(a) shall not be applicable to those persons who are officers, directors and employees of the life insurer or its affiliates who do not participate directly in the management or administration of the separate account or in the sale of variable life insurance contracts funded by such separate account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A life insurer shall be ineligible pursuant to paragraph (3) of section 9(a) to serve as investment adviser, depositor of or principal underwriter for a variable life insurance separate account only if an affiliated person of such life insurer, ineligible by reason of paragraph (1) or (2) of section 9(a), participates directly in the management or administration of the separate account or in the sale of variable life insurance contracts funded by such separate account.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 13(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-13(a)) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) An insurance regulatory authority may require pursuant to insurance law or regulation that the separate account make (or refrain from making) certain investments which would result in changes in the subclassification or investment policies of the separate account;
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes in the investment policy of the separate account initiated by contractholders or the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved by the life insurer, provided that such disapproval is reasonable and is based upon a determination by the life insurer in good faith that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such change would be contrary to state law; or
</P>
<P>(B) Such change would be inconsistent with the investment objectives of the separate account or would result in the purchase of securities for the separate account which vary from the general quality and nature of investments and investment techniques utilized by other separate accounts of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company, which separate accounts have investment objectives similar to the separate account; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any action taken in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section and the reasons therefor shall be disclosed in the proxy statement for the next meeting of variable life insurance contractholders of the separate account.
</P>
<P>(5) Section 14(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-14(a)).
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Section 15(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a)) to the extent this section requires that the initial written contract pursuant to which the investment adviser serves or acts shall have been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the registered company; provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such investment adviser is selected and a written contract is entered into before the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for variable life insurance contracts which are funded by the separate account, and that the terms of the contract are fully disclosed in such registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) A written contract is submitted to a vote of variable life insurance contractholders at their first meeting after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on condition that such meeting shall take place within one year after such effective date, unless the time for the holding of such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request for good cause shown; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Sections 15(a), (b) and (c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a), (b), and (c)) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(A) An insurance regulatory authority may disapprove pursuant to insurance law or regulation any contract between the separate account and an investment adviser or principal underwriter;
</P>
<P>(B) Changes in the principal underwriter for the separate account initiated by contractholders or the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved by the life insurer; provided that such disapproval is reasonable;
</P>
<P>(C) Changes in the investment adviser of the separate account initiated by contractholders or the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved by the life insurer; provided that such disapproval is reasonable and is based upon a determination by the life insurer in good faith that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The rate of the proposed investment advisory fee will exceed the maximum rate that is permitted to be charged against the assets of the separate account for such services as specified by any variable life insurance contract funded by such separate account; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The proposed investment adviser may be expected to employ investment techniques which vary from the general techniques utilized by the current investment adviser to the separate account, or advise the purchase or sale of securities which would be inconsistent with the investment objectives of the separate account, or which would vary from the quality and nature of investments made by other separate accounts of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company, which separate accounts have investment objectives similar to the separate account; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any action taken in accordance with paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section and the reasons therefor shall be disclosed in the proxy statement for the next meeting of variable life insurance contractholders of the separate account.
</P>
<P>(7) Section 16(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-16(a)) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) Persons serving as directors of the separate account prior to the first meeting of such account's variable life insurance contractholders are exempt from the requirement of section 16(a) that such persons be elected by the holders of outstanding voting securities of such account at an annual or special meeting called for that purpose; provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such persons have been appointed directors of such account by the life insurer before the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for variable life insurance contracts which are funded by the separate account and are identified in such registration statement (or are replacements appointed by the life insurer for any such persons who have become unable to serve as directors); and
</P>
<P>(B) An election of directors for such account shall be held at the first meeting of variable life insurance contractholders after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to contracts funded by such account, which meeting shall take place within one year after such effective date, unless the time for holding such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request for good cause shown; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A member of the board of directors of such separate account may be disapproved or removed by the appropriate insurance regulatory authority if such person is ineligible to serve as a director of the separate account pursuant to insurance law or regulation of the jurisdiction in which the life insurer is domiciled.
</P>
<P>(8) Section 17(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f)) to the extent that the securities and similar investments of the separate account may be maintained in the custody of the life insurer or an insurance company which is an affiliated person of such life insurer; provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The securities and similar investments allocated to such separate account are clearly identified as to ownership by such account, and such securities and similar investments are maintained in the vault of an insurance company which meets the qualifications set forth in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this section, and whose procedures and activities with respect to such safekeeping function are supervised by the insurance regulatory authorities of the jurisdiction in which the securities and similar investments will be held;
</P>
<P>(ii) The insurance company maintaining such investments must file with an insurance regulatory authority of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia an annual statement of its financial condition in the form prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, must be subject to supervision and inspection by such authority and must be examined periodically as to its financial condition and other affairs by such authority, must hold the securities and similar investments of the separate account in its vault, which vault must be equivalent to that of a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and must have a combined capital and surplus, if a stock company, or an unassigned surplus, if a mutual company, of not less than $1,000,000 as set forth in its most recent annual statement filed with such authority;
</P>
<P>(iii) Access to such securities and similar investments shall be limited to employees of or agents authorized by the Commission, representatives of insurance regulatory authorities, independent public accountants for the separate account, accountants for the life insurer and to no more than 20 persons authorized pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of the separate account, which persons shall be directors of the separate account, officers and responsible employees of the life insurer or officers and responsible employees of the affiliated insurance company in whose vault such investments are maintained (if applicable), and access to such securities and similar investments shall be had only by two or more such persons jointly, at least one of whom shall be a director of the separate account or officer of the life insurer;
</P>
<P>(iv) The requirement in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section that the securities and similar investments of the separate account be maintained in the vault of a qualified insurance company shall not apply to securities deposited with insurance regulatory authorities or deposited in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such person as may be permitted by the Commission, or to securities on loan which are collateralized to the extent of their full market value, or to securities hypothecated, pledged, or placed in escrow for the account of such separate account in connection with a loan or other transaction authorized by specific resolution of the board of directors of the separate account, or to securities in transit in connection with the sale, exchange, redemption, maturity or conversion, the exercise of warrants or rights, assents to changes in terms of the securities, or to other transactions necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of business relating to the management of securities;
</P>
<P>(v) Each person when depositing such securities or similar investments in or withdrawing them from the depository or when ordering their withdrawal and delivery from the custody of the life insurer or affiliated insurance company, shall sign a notation in respect of such deposit, withdrawal or order which shall show:
</P>
<P>(A) The date and time of the deposit, withdrawal, or order;
</P>
<P>(B) The title and amount of the securities or other investments deposited, withdrawn or ordered to be withdrawn, and an identification thereof by certificate numbers or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(C) The manner of acquisition of the securities or similar investments deposited or the purpose for which they have been withdrawn, or ordered to be withdrawn; and
</P>
<P>(D) If withdrawn and delivered to another person the name of such person. Such notation shall be transmitted promptly to an officer or director of the separate account or the life insurer designated by the board of directors of the separate account who shall not be a person designated for the purpose of paragraph (b)(8)(iii) of this section. Such notation shall be on serially numbered forms and shall be preserved for at least one year;
</P>
<P>(vi) Such securities and similar investments shall be verified by complete examination by an independent public accountant retained by the separate account at least three times during each fiscal year, at least two of which shall be chosen by such accountant without prior notice to such separate account. A certificate of such accountant stating that he has made an examination of such securities and investments and describing the nature and extent of the examination shall be transmitted to the Commission by the accountant promptly after each examination; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Securities and similar investments of a separate account maintained with a bank or other company whose functions and physical facilities are supervised by Federal or state authorities pursuant to any arrangement whereby the directors, officers, employees or agents of the separate account or the life insurer are authorized or permitted to withdraw such investments upon their mere receipt are deemed to be in the custody of the life insurer and shall be exempt from the requirements of section 17(f) so long as the arrangement complies with all provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this section, except that such securities will be maintained in the vault of a bank or other company rather than the vault of an insurance company.
</P>
<P>(9) Section 18(i) (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(i)) to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) For the purposes of any section of the Act which provides for the vote of securityholders on matters relating to the investment company:
</P>
<P>(A) Variable life insurance contractholders shall have one vote for each $100 of cash value funded by the separate account, with fractional votes allocated for amounts less than $100;
</P>
<P>(B) The life insurer shall have one vote for each $100 of assets of the separate account not otherwise attributable to contractholders pursuant to paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this section, with fractional votes allocated for amounts less than $100; provided that after the commencement of sales of variable life insurance contracts funded by the separate account, the life insurer shall cast its votes for and against each matter which may be voted upon by contractholders in the same proportion as the votes cast by contractholders; and
</P>
<P>(C) The number of votes to be allocated shall be determined as of a record date not more than 90 days prior to any meeting at which such vote is held; provided that if a quorum is not present at the meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for up to 60 days without fixing a new record date; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirement of this section that every share of stock issued by a registered management investment company (except a common-law trust of the character described in section 16(c)) shall be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock shall not be deemed to be violated by actions specifically permitted by any provision of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) Section 19 (15 U.S.C. 80a-19) to the extent that the provisions of this section shall not be applicable to any dividend or similar distribution paid or payable pursuant to provisions of participating variable life insurance contracts.
</P>
<P>(11) Sections 22(d), 22(e), and 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(d), 80a-22(e), and 80a-27(i)(2)(A), respectively) and § 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1) promulgated under section 22(c) to the extent:
</P>
<P>(i) That the amount payable on death and the cash surrender value of each variable life insurance contract shall be determined on each day during which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, not less frequently than once daily as of the time of the close of trading on such exchange; provided that the amount payable on death need not be determined more than once each contract month if such determination does not reduce the participation of the contract in the investment experience of the separate account; provided further, however, that if the net valuation premium for such contract is transferred at least annually, then the amount payable on death need be determined only when such net premium is transferred; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Necessary for compliance with this section or with insurance laws and regulations and established administrative procedures of the life insurer with respect to issuance, transfer and redemption procedures for variable life insurance contracts funded by the separate account including, but not limited to, premium rate structure and premium processing, insurance underwriting standards, and the particular benefit afforded by the contract; provided, however, that any procedure or action shall be reasonable, fair and not discriminatory to the interests of the affected contractholder and to all other holders of contracts of the same class or series funded by the separate account; and, further provided that any such action shall be disclosed in the form required to be filed by the separate account with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(12) Section 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a-27(i)(A)), to the extent that such sections require that the variable life insurance contract be redeemable or provide for a refund in cash; provided that such contract provides for election by the contractholder of a cash surrender value or certain non-forfeiture and settlement options which are required or permitted by the insurance law or regulation of the jurisdiction in which the contract is offered; and further provided that unless required by the insurance law or regulation of the jurisdiction in which the contract is offered or unless elected by the contractholder, such contract shall not provide for the automatic imposition of any option, including, but not limited to, an automatic premium loan, which would involve the accrual or payment of an interest or similar charge;
</P>
<P>(13) Section 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a-31(a)(2)); provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The independent public accountant is selected before the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for variable life insurance contracts which are funded by the separate account, and the identity of such accountant is disclosed in such registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The selection of such accountant is submitted for ratification or rejection to variable life insurance contractholders at their first meeting after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on condition that such meeting shall take place within one year after such effective date, unless the time for the holding of such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(14) If the separate account is organized as a unit investment trust, all the assets of which consist of the shares of one or more registered management investment companies which offer their shares exclusively to variable life insurance separate accounts of the life insurer or of any affiliated life insurance company:
</P>
<P>(i) The eligibility restrictions of section 9(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-9(a)) shall not be applicable to those persons who are officers, directors, and employees of the life insurer or its affiliates who do not participate directly in the management or administration of any registered management investment company described in paragraph (b)(14) introductory text;
</P>
<P>(ii) The life insurer shall be ineligible pursuant to paragraph (3) of section 9(a) to serve as investment adviser of or principal underwriter for any registered management investment company described in paragraph (b)(14) of this section only if an affiliated person of such life insurer, ineligible by reason of paragraph (1) or (2) of section 9(a), participates in the management or administration of such company;
</P>
<P>(iii) The life insurer may vote shares of the registered management investment companies held by the separate account without regard to instructions from contractholders of the separate account if such instructions would require such shares to be voted:
</P>
<P>(A) To cause such companies to make (or refrain from making) certain investments which would result in changes in the sub-classification or investment objectives of such companies or to approve or disapprove any contract between such companies and an investment adviser when required to do so by an insurance regulatory authority subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (b)(6)(ii)(A) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) In favor of changes in investment objectives, investment adviser of or principal underwriter for such companies subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(4)(ii) and (b)(6)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any action taken in accordance with paragraph (b)(14)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section and the reasons therefor shall be disclosed in the next report to contractholders made pursuant to section 30(e) (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(e)) and § 270.30e-2 (Rule 30e-2);
</P>
<P>(v) Any registered management investment company established by the insurer and described in paragraph (b)(14) of this section shall be exempt from section 14(a); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any registered management investment company established by the insurer and described in paragraph (b)(14) of this section shall be exempt from sections 15(a), 16(a), and 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a), 80-16(a), and 80-31(a)(2), respectively), to the extent prescribed by paragraphs (b)(6)(i), (b)(7)(i), and (b)(13) of this section, provided that such company complies with the conditions set forth in those paragraphs as if it were a separate account.
</P>
<P>(c) When used in this section, <I>variable life insurance contract</I> means a contract of life insurance, subject to regulation under the insurance laws or code of every jurisdiction in which it is offered, funded by a separate account of a life insurer, which contract, so long as premium payments are duly paid in accordance with its terms, provides for:
</P>
<P>(1) A death benefit and cash surrender value which vary to reflect the investment experience of the separate account;
</P>
<P>(2) An initial stated dollar amount of death benefit, and payment of a death benefit guaranteed by the life insurer to be at least equal to such stated amount; and
</P>
<P>(3) Assumption of the mortality and expense risks thereunder by the life insurer for which a charge against the assets of the separate account may be assessed. Such charge shall be disclosed in the prospectus and shall not be less than fifty per centum of the maximum charge for risk assumption as disclosed in the prospectus and as provided for in the contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26102, May 1, 2020]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.6e-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.6e-3   Exemptions for flexible premium variable life insurance separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A separate account, and its investment adviser, principal underwriter and depositor, shall, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, comply with all provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>) and this part that apply to a registered investment company issuing periodic payment plan certificates if:
</P>
<P>(1) It is a separate account within the meaning of section 2(a)(37) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)) and is established and maintained by a life insurance company pursuant to the insurance laws or code of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Canada or any province thereof, if it complies with § 270.7d-1 (Rule 7d-1) under the Act (the “life insurer”);
</P>
<P>(2) The assets of the separate account are derived solely from:
</P>
<P>(i) The sale of flexible premium variable life insurance contracts (“flexible contracts”) as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sale of scheduled premium variable life insurance contracts (“scheduled contracts”) as defined in paragraph (c) of § 270.6e-2 (Rule 6e-2) under the Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) Funds corresponding to dividend accumulations with respect to such contracts; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Advances made by the life insurer in connection with the operation of such separate account;
</P>
<P>(3) The separate account is not used for variable annuity contracts or other contract liabilities not involving life contingencies;
</P>
<P>(4) The separate account is legally segregated, and that part of its assets with a value approximately equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities for such separate account are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business of the life insurer;
</P>
<P>(5) The value of the assets of the separate account, each time adjustments in the reserves are made, is at least equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities of the separate account, and at all other times approximately equals or exceeds the reserves and liabilities; and
</P>
<P>(6) The investment adviser of the separate account is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) A separate account that meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, and its investment adviser, principal underwriter and depositor shall be exempt with respect to flexible contracts funded by the separate account from the following provisions of the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to section 26(f) of the Act, in connection with any sales charge deducted under the flexible contract, the separate account and other persons shall be exempt from sections 12(b), 22(c), and 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(b), 80-22(c), and 80a-27(i)(2)(A), respectively) of the Act, and §§ 270.12b-1 (Rule 12b-1) and 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1) under the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) Section 7 (15 U.S.C. 80a-7).
</P>
<P>(3) Section 8 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of paragraph (a) of section 8, the separate account filed with the Commission a notification on § 274.301 of this chapter (Form N-6EI-1) which identifies the separate account; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (b) of section 8, the separate account shall file with the Commission the form designated by the Commission within ninety days after filing the notification on Form N-6EI-1; provided, however, that if the fiscal year of the separate account end within this ninety day period, the form may be filed within ninety days after the end of such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 9 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) The eligibility restrictions of section 9(a) shall not apply to persons who are officers, directors or employees of the life insurer or its affiliates and who do not participate directly in the management or administration of the separate account or in the sale of flexible contracts; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A life insurer shall be ineligible under paragraph (3) of section 9(a) to serve as investment adviser, depositor of or principal underwriter for the separate account only if an affiliated person of such life insurer, ineligible by reason of paragraphs (1) or (2) of section 9(a), participates directly in the management or administration of the separate account or in the sale of flexible contracts.
</P>
<P>(5) Section 13(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-13(a)), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) An insurance regulatory authority may require pursuant to insurance law or regulation that the separate account make (or refrain from making) certain investments which would result in changes in the subclassification or investment policies of the separate account;
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes in the investment policy of the separate account initiated by its contractholders or board of directors may be disapproved by the life insurer, if the disapproval is reasonable and is based on a good faith determination by the life insurer that:
</P>
<P>(A) The change would violate state law; or
</P>
<P>(B) The change would not be consistent with the investment objectives of the separate account or would result in the purchase of securities for the separate account which vary from the general quality and nature of investments and investment techniques used by other separate accounts of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company with similar investment objectives; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any action described in paragraph (b)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section and the reasons for it shall be disclosed in the next communication to contractholders, but in no case, later than twelve months from the date of such action.
</P>
<P>(6) Section 14(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-14(a)).
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Section 15(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a)), to the extent it requires that the initial written contract with the investment adviser shall have been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the registered investment company; provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The investment adviser is selected and a written contract is entered into before the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement for flexible contracts, and that the terms of the contract are fully disclosed in the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(B) A written contract is submitted to a vote of contractholders at their first meeting and within one year after the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement, unless the Commission upon written request and for good cause shown extends the time for the holding of such meeting; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Sections 15(a), (b), and (c), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(A) An insurance regulatory authority may disapprove pursuant to insurance law or regulation any contract between the separate account and an investment adviser or principal underwriter;
</P>
<P>(B) Changes in the principal underwriter for the separate account initiated by contractholders or the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved by the life insurer; provided that such disapproval is reasonable;
</P>
<P>(C) Changes in the investment adviser of the separate account initiated by contractholders or the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved by the life insurer; provided that such disapproval is reasonable and is based on a good faith determination by the life insurer that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The proposed investment advisory fee will exceed the maximum rate specified in any flexible contract that may be charged against the assets of the separate account for such services; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The proposed investment adviser may be expected to employ investment techniques which vary from the general techniques used by the current investment adviser to the separate account, or advise the purchase or sale of securities which would not be consistent with the investment objectives of the separate account, or which would vary from the quality and nature of investments made by other separate accounts with similar investment objectives of the life insurer or an affiliated life insurance company; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any action described in paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section and the reasons for it shall be disclosed in the next communication to contractholders, but in no case, later than twelve months from the date of such action.
</P>
<P>(8) Section 16(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-16(a)), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) Directors of the separate account serving before the first meeting of the account's contractholders are exempt from the requirement of section 16(a) that they be elected by the holders of outstanding voting securities of the account at an annual or special meeting called for that purpose; provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such persons were appointed directors of the account by the life insurer before the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement for flexible contracts and are identified in the registration statement (or are replacements appointed by the life insurer for any such persons who have become unable to serve as directors); and
</P>
<P>(B) An election of directors for the account is held at the first meeting of contractholders and within one year after the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement for flexible contracts, unless the time for holding the meeting is extended by the Commission upon written request and for good cause shown; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A member of the board of directors of the separate account may be disapproved or removed by an insurance regulatory authority if the person is not eligible to be a director of the separate account under the law of the life insurer's domicile.
</P>
<P>(9) Section 17(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f)), to the extent that the securities and similar investments of a separate account organized as a management investment company may be maintained in the custody of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company; provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The securities and similar investments allocated to the separate account are clearly identified as owned by the account, and the securities and similar investments are kept in the vault of an insurance company which meets the qualifications in paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section, and whose safekeeping function is supervised by the insurance regulatory authorities of the jurisdiction in which the securities and similar investments will be held;
</P>
<P>(ii) The insurance company maintaining such investments must file with an insurance regulatory authority of a state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia an annual statement of its financial condition in the form prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, must be subject to supervision and inspection by such authority and must be examined periodically as to its financial condition and other affairs by such authority, must hold the securities and similar investments of the separate account in its vault, which vault must be equivalent to that of a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and must have a combined capital and surplus, if a stock company, or an unassigned surplus, if a mutual company, of not less than $1,000,000 as set forth in its most recent annual statement filed with such authority;
</P>
<P>(iii) Access to such securities and similar investments shall be limited to employees of the Commission, representatives of insurance regulatory authorities, independent public accountants retained by the separate account (or on its behalf by the life insurer), accountants for the life insurer, and to no more than 20 persons authorized by a resolution of the board of directors of the separate account, which persons shall be directors of the separate account, officers and responsible employees of the life insurer or officers and responsible employees of the affiliated life insurance company in whose vault the investments are kept (if applicable), and access to such securities and similar investments shall be had only by two or more such persons jointly, at least one of whom shall be a director of the separate account or officer of the life insurer;
</P>
<P>(iv) The requirement in paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this section that the securities and similar investments of the separate account be maintained in the vault of a qualified insurance company shall not apply to securities deposited with insurance regulatory authorities or deposited in accordance with any rule under section 17(f), or to securities on loan which are collateralized to the extent of their full market value, or to securities hypothecated, pledged, or placed in escrow for the account of such separate account in connection with a loan or other transaction authorized by specific resolution of the board of directors of the separate account, or to securities in transit in connection with the sale, exchange, redemption, maturity or conversion, the exercise of warrants or rights, assents to changes in terms of the securities, or to other transactions necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of business relating to the management of securities;
</P>
<P>(v) Each person when depositing such securities or similar investments in or withdrawing them from the depository or when ordering their withdrawal and delivery from the custody of the life insurer or affiliated life insurance company, shall sign a notation showing:
</P>
<P>(A) The date and time of the deposit, withdrawal or order;
</P>
<P>(B) The title and amount of the securities or other investments deposited, withdrawn or ordered to be withdrawn, and an identification thereof by certificate numbers or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(C) The manner of acquisition of the securities or similar investments deposited or the purpose for which they have been withdrawn, or ordered to be withdrawn; and
</P>
<P>(D) If withdrawn and delivered to another person, the name of such person. The notation shall be sent promptly to an officer or director of the separate account or the life insurer designated by the board of directors of the separate account who is not himself permitted to have access to the securities or investments under paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section. The notation shall be on serially numbered forms and shall be kept for at least one year;
</P>
<P>(vi) The securities and similar investments shall be verified by complete examination by an independent public accountant retained by the separate account (or on its behalf by the life insurer) at least three times each fiscal year, at least two of which shall be chosen by the accountant without prior notice to the separate account. A certificate of the accountant stating that he has made an examination of such securities and investments and describing the nature and extent of the examination shall be sent to the Commission by the accountant promptly after each examination; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Securities and similar investments of a separate account maintained with a bank or other company whose functions and physical facilities are supervised by Federal or state authorities under any arrangement whereby the directors, officers, employees or agents of the separate account or the life insurer are authorized or permitted to withdraw such investments upon their mere receipt are deemed to be in the custody of the life insurer and shall be exempt from the requirements of section 17(f) so long as the arrangement complies with all provisions of paragraph (b)(9) of this section, except that such securities will be maintained in the vault of a bank or other company rather than the vault of an insurance company.
</P>
<P>(10) Section 18(i) (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(i)), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) For the purposes of any section of the Act which provides for the vote of securityholders on matters relating to the investment company:
</P>
<P>(A) Flexible contractholders shall have one vote for each $100 of cash value funded by the separate account, with fractional votes allocated for amounts less than $100;
</P>
<P>(B) The life insurer shall have one vote for each $100 of assets of the separate account not otherwise attributable to contractholders under paragraph (b)(10)(i)(A) of this section, with fractional votes allocated for amounts less than $100; provided that after the commencement of sales of flexible contracts, the life insurer shall cast its votes for and against each matter which may be voted upon by contractholders in the same proportion as the votes cast by contractholders; and
</P>
<P>(C) The number of votes to be allocated shall be determined as of a record date not more than 90 days before any meeting at which such vote is held; provided that if a quorum is not present at the meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for up to 60 days without fixing a new record date; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirement of section 18(i) that every share of stock issued by a registered management investment company (except a common-law trust of the character described in section 16(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-16(c))) shall be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock shall not be deemed to be violated by actions specifically permitted by any provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) Section 19 (15 U.S.C. 80a-19), to the extent that the provisions of this section shall not apply to any dividend or similar distribution paid or payable under provisions of participating flexible contracts.
</P>
<P>(12) Sections 22(c), 22(d), 22(e) and 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(c)), 80a-22(d), 80a-22(e), and 80a-27(i)(2)(A), respectively) and § 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1) to the extent:
</P>
<P>(i) The cash value of each flexible contract shall be computed in accordance with Rule 22c-1(b); provided, however, that where actual computation is not necessary for the operation of a particular contract, then the cash value of that contract must only be capable of computation; and provided further that to the extent the calculation of the cash value reflects deductions for the cost of insurance and other insurance benefits or administrative expenses and fees or sales charges, such deductions need only be made at such times as specified in the contract or as necessary for compliance with insurance laws and regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The death benefit, unless required by insurance laws and regulations, shall be computed on any day that the investment experience of the separate account would affect the death benefit under the terms of the contract provided that such terms are reasonable, fair, and nondiscriminatory; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Necessary to comply with this section or with insurance laws and regulations and established administrative procedures of the life insurer for issuance, increases in or additions of insurance benefits, transfer and redemption of flexible contracts, including, but not limited to, premium rate structure and premium processing, insurance underwriting standards, and the particular benefit afforded by the contract; provided, however, that any procedure or action shall be reasonable, fair, and not discriminatory to the interests of the affected contractholders and to all other holders of contracts of the same class or series funded by the separate account; and provided further that any such action shall be disclosed in the form filed by the separate account with the Commission under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(13) Sections 27(i)(2)(A) and 22(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-27(i)(2)(A) and 80a-22(c)) and § 270.22c-1 (Rule 22c-1), to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(i) Such sections require that the flexible contract be redeemable or provide for a refund in cash; provided that the contract provides for election by the contractholder of a cash surrender value or certain non-forfeiture and settlement options which are required or permitted by the insurance law or regulation of the jurisdiction in which the contract is offered; and provided further that unless required by the insurance law or regulation of the jurisdiction in which the contract is offered or unless elected by the contractholder, the contract shall not provide for the automatic imposition of any option, including, but not limited to, an automatic premium loan, which would involve the accrual or payment of an interest or similar charge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(13)(i) of this section, if the amounts available under the contract to pay the charges due under the contract on any contract processing day are less than such charges due, the contract may provide that the cash surrender value shall be applied to purchase a non-forfeiture option specified by the life insurer in such contract; provided that the contract also provides that Contract processing days occur not less frequently than monthly.
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject to section 26(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a-26(f)), sales charges and administrative expenses or fees may be deducted upon redemption.
</P>
<P>(14) Section 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a-31(a)(2)); provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The independent public accountant is selected before the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement for flexible contracts, and the identity of the accountant is disclosed in the registration statement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The selection of the accountant is submitted for ratification or rejection to flexible contractholders at their first meeting and within one year after the effective date of the 1933 Act registration statement for flexible contracts, unless the time for holding the meeting is extended by order of the Commission.
</P>
<P>(15) If the separate account is organized as a unit investment trust, all the assets of which consist of the shares of one or more registered management investment companies which offer their shares exclusively to separate accounts of the life insurer, or of any affiliated life insurance company, offering either scheduled contracts or flexible contracts, or both; or which also offer their shares to variable annuity separate accounts of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company, or which offer their shares to any such life insurance company in consideration solely for advances made by the life insurer in connection with the operation of the separate account; provided that the board of directors of each investment company, constituted with a majority of disinterested directors, will monitor such company for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of variable annuity contractholders and scheduled or flexible contractholders investing in such company; the life insurer agrees that it will be responsible for reporting any potential or existing conflicts to the directors; and if a conflict arises, the life insurer will, at its own cost, remedy such conflict up to and including establishing a new registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying the variable annuity contracts and the scheduled or flexible contracts; then:
</P>
<P>(i) The eligibility restrictions of section 9(a) shall not apply to those persons who are officers, directors or employees of the life insurer or its affiliates who do not participate directly in the management or administration of any registered management investment company described in paragraph (b)(15) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The life insurer shall be ineligible under paragraph (3) of section 9(a) to serve as investment adviser of or principal underwriter for any registered management investment company described in paragraph (b)(15) of this section only if an affiliated person of such life insurer, ineligible by reason of paragraphs (1) or (2) of section 9(a), participates in the management or administration of such company;
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of any section of the Act which provides for the vote of securityholders on matters relating to the separate account or the underlying registered investment company, the voting provisions of paragraphs (b)(10)(i) and (ii) of this section apply; provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The life insurer may vote shares of the registered management investment companies held by the separate account without regard to instructions from contractholders of the separate account if such instructions would require such shares to be voted:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) To cause such companies to make (or refrain from making) certain investments which would result in changes in the sub-classification or investment objectives of such companies or to approve or disapprove any contract between such companies and an investment adviser when required to do so by an insurance regulatory authority subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(7)(ii)(A) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In favor of changes in investment objectives, investment adviser of or principal underwriter for such companies subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (b)(7)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Any action taken in accordance with paragraph (b)(15)(iii)(A)(<I>1</I>) or (<I>2</I>) of this section and the reasons therefor shall be disclosed in the next report contractholders made under section 30(e) (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(e)) and § 270.30e-2 (Rule 30e-2);
</P>
<P>(iv) Any registered management investment company established by the life insurer and described in paragraph (b)(15) of this section shall be exempt from section 14(a); and
</P>
<P>(v) Any registered management investment company established by the life insurer and described in paragraph (b)(14) of this section shall be exempt from sections 15(a), 16(a), and 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a), 80-16(a), and 80-31(a)(2), respectively), to the extent prescribed by paragraphs (b)(7)(i), (b)(8)(i), and (b)(14) of this section; provided that the company complies with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(7)(i), (b)(8)(i), and (b)(14) of this section as if it were a separate account.
</P>
<P>(c) When used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexible premium variable life insurance contract</I> means a contract of life insurance, subject to regulation under the insurance laws or code of every jurisdiction in which it is offered, funded by a separate account of a life insurer, which contract provides for:
</P>
<P>(i) Premium payments which are not fixed by the life insurer as to both timing and amount; provided, however, that the life insurer may fix the timing and minimum amount of premium payments for the first two contract periods following issuance of the contract or of an increase in or addition of insurance benefits, and may prescribe a reasonable minimum amount for any additional premium payment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A death benefit the amount or duration of which may vary to reflect the investment experience of the separate account;
</P>
<P>(iii) A cash value which varies to reflect the investment experience of the separate account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) There is a reasonable expectation that subsequent premium payments will be made.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contract period</I> means the period from a contract issue or anniversary date to the earlier of the next following anniversary date (or, if later, the last day of any grace period commencing before such next following anniversary date) or the termination date of the contract.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cash value</I> means the amount that would be available in cash upon voluntary termination of a contract by its owner before it becomes payable by death or maturity, without regard to any charges that may be assessed upon such termination and before deduction of any outstanding contract loan.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cash surrender value</I> means the amount available in cash upon voluntary termination of a contract by its owner before it becomes payable by death or maturity, after any charges assessed in connection with the termination have been deducted and before deduction of any outstanding contract loan.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Contract processing day</I> means any day on which charges under the contract are deducted from the separate account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26105, May 1, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.7d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.7d-1   Specification of conditions and arrangements for Canadian management investment companies requesting order permitting registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A management investment company organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof may obtain an order pursuant to section 7(d) permitting its registration under the act and the public offering of its securities, if otherwise appropriate, upon the filing of an application complying with paragraph (b) of this section. All such applications will be considered by the Commission pursuant to the procedure set forth in § 270.0-5 and other applicable rules. Conditions and arrangements proposed by investment companies organized under the laws of other countries will be considered by the Commission in the light of the special circumstances and local laws involved in each case. 
</P>
<P>(b) An application filed pursuant to this section shall contain, inter alia, the following undertakings and agreements of the applicant: 
</P>
<P>(1) Applicant will cause each present and future officer, director, investment adviser, principal underwriter and custodian of the applicant to enter into an agreement, to be filed by applicant with the Commission upon the filing of its registration statement or upon the assumption of such office by such person which will provide, among other things, that each such person agrees (i) to comply with the applicant's Letters Patent (Charter) and By Laws, the act and the rules thereunder, and the undertakings and agreements contained in said application insofar as applicable to such person; (ii) to do nothing inconsistent with the applicant's undertakings and agreements required by this section; (iii) that the undertakings enumerated as paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section constitute representations and inducements to the Commission to issue its order in the premises and continue the same in effect, as the case may be; (iv) that each such agreement constitutes a contract between such person and the applicant and its shareholders with the intent that applicant's shareholders shall be beneficiaries of and shall have the status of parties to such agreement so as to enable them to maintain actions at law or in equity within the United States and Canada for any violation thereof. In addition the agreement of each officer and director will contain provisions similar to those contained in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) That every agreement and undertaking of the applicant, its officers, directors, investment adviser, principal underwriter and custodian required by this section (i) constitute inducements to the Commission for the issuance and continuance in effect of, and conditions to, the Commission's order to be entered under this section; (ii) constitute a contract among applicant and applicant's shareholders with the same intent as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section; and (iii) failure by the applicant or any of the above enumerated persons to comply with any such agreement and undertaking, unless permitted by the Commission, shall constitute a violation of the order entered under this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) That the Commission, in its discretion, may revoke its order permitting registration of the applicant and the public offering of its securities if it shall find after notice and opportunity for hearing that there shall have been a violation of such order or the act and may determine whether distribution of applicant's assets is necessary or appropriate in the interests of investors and may so direct. 
</P>
<P>(4) That applicant will perform every action and thing necessary to cause and assist the custodian of its assets to distribute the same, or the proceeds thereof, if the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction, shall have so directed by a final order. 
</P>
<P>(5) That any shareholder of the applicant or the Commission on its own motion or on request of shareholders shall have the right to initiate a proceeding (i) before the Commission for the revocation of the order permitting registration of the applicant or (ii) before a court of competent jurisdiction for the liquidation of applicant and a distribution of its assets to its shareholders and creditors. Such court may enter such order in the event that it shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing that applicant, its officers, directors, investment adviser, principal underwriter or custodian shall have violated any provision of the act or the Commission's order of registration of the applicant. 
</P>
<FP>A court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this paragraph means the District Court of the United States of the district in which the assets of the applicant are maintained. 
</FP>
<P>(6) That any shareholder of the applicant shall have the right to bring suit at law or in equity, in any court of the United States or Canada having jurisdiction over applicant, its assets or any of its officers or directors to enforce compliance by applicant, its officers and directors with any provision of applicant's Charter or By Laws, the act and the rules thereunder, or undertakings and agreements required by this section, insofar as applicable to such persons. That such court may appoint a trustee or receiver of the applicant with all powers necessary to implement the purposes of such suit, including the administration of the estate, the collection of corporate property including choses-in-action, and distribution of applicant's assets to its creditors and shareholders. That applicant and its officers and directors waive any objection they may be entitled to raise and any right they may have to object to the power and right of any shareholder of the applicant to bring such suit, reserving, however, their right to maintain that they have complied with the aforesaid provisions, undertakings and agreements, and otherwise to dispute such suit on its merits. Applicant, its officers and directors also agree that any final judgment or decree of any United States court as aforesaid, may be granted full faith and credit by a court of competent jurisdiction of Canada and consent that such Canadian court may enter judgment or decree thereon at the instance of any shareholder, receiver or trustee of the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(7) Applicant will file, and will cause each of its present or future directors, officers, or investment advisers who is not a resident of the United States to file with the Commission irrevocable designation of the applicant's custodian as an agent in the United States to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding before the Commission or any appropriate court to enforce the provisions of the acts administered by the Commission, or to enforce any right or liability based upon applicant's Charter, By Laws, contracts, or the respective undertakings and agreements of any such person required by this section, or which alleges a liability on the part of any such persons arising out of their service, acts of transactions relating to the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(8) Applicant's Charter and By Laws, taken together, will contain, so long as applicant is registered under the act in substance the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The provisions of the Act as follows: Section 2(a): <I>Provided,</I> That the term “government securities” defined in section 2(a)(16) may include securities issued or guaranteed by Canada or any instrumentality of the government of Canada; the term “value” defined in section 2(a)(41) may be defined solely for the purposes of sections 5 and 12 in accordance with the provisions of § 270.2a-1 (Rule 2a-1) if the same shall be necessary or desirable to comply with Canadian regulatory or revenue laws or rules or regulations thereunder; the term “bank” defined in section 2(a)(5) shall be defined solely for the purposes of section 9 and 10, as any banking institution; section 4; section 5; section 6(c); section 9; section 10 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f) and (g): <I>Provided,</I> That the provisions of section 10(d) may be substituted for the provisions of section 10(a) and 10(b)(2) if applicable; section 11; section 12 (a), (b), (c), and (d); section 13(a); section 15 (a), (b), and (c); section 16(a); sections 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21; section 22(d); section 22(e): <I>Provided,</I> That the Toronto Stock Exchange or the Montreal Stock Exchange or both may be included in addition to the New York Stock Exchange; section 22(f); section 22(g); section 23; section 25 (a) and (b); section 30 (a), (b), (d), (e), and (f); section 31; section 32(a): <I>Provided,</I> That provision may be made for the selection and termination of employment of the accountant in compliance with The Companies Act of Canada; section 32(b). Where a provision of the act prohibits or directs action by an investment company, or its directors, officers or employees, the Charter or By Laws shall state that the applicant of its directors, officers or employees shall or shall not act, as the case may be, in conformity with the intent of the statute; where the provision applies to others, such as principal underwriters, investment advisers, controlled companies and affiliated persons, the Charter or By Laws shall also state that the applicant will not permit the prohibited conduct or will obtain the required action. Any of the provisions of sections 11, 12, 15, 18, 22, 23, 30, and 31 may be omitted if not applicable to a company of applicant's classification or sub-classification as defined in section 4 or 5 of the act or if not applicable because the subject matter of such provisions is prohibited by the Charter or By Laws. Other provisions of the act not specified above may be incorporated in the applicant's Charter or By Laws at its option. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of the Charter or By Laws having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the act shall be resolved by reference to interpretations, if any, of the corresponding term or provision of the act by the courts of the United States of America or, in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations, orders or interpretations of the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Applicant will maintain the original or duplicate copies of its books and records at the office of its custodian or other office located within the United States. 
</P>
<P>(iv) At least a majority of the directors and of the officers of the applicant will be United States citizens of whom a majority will be resident in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(v) Except as provided in § 270.17f-5 and § 270.17f-7, applicant will appoint, by contract, a bank, as defined in section 2(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(5)) and having the qualification described in section 26(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-26(a)(1)), to act as trustee of, and maintain in its sole custody in the United States, all of applicant's securities and cash, other than cash necessary to meet applicant's current administrative expenses. The contract will provide, <I>inter alia,</I> that the custodian will:
</P>
<P>(A) Consummate all purchases and sales of securities by applicant, other than purchases and sales on an established securities exchange, through the delivery of securities and receipt of cash, or <I>vice versa</I> as the case may be, within the United States, and (B) redeem in the United States such of applicant's shares as shall be surrendered therefor, and (C) distribute applicant's assets, or the proceeds thereof, to applicant's creditors and shareholders, upon service upon the custodian of an order of the Commission or court directing such distribution as provided in paragraphs (b) (3) and (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) Applicant's principal underwriter for the sale of its shares will be a citizen and resident of the United States or a corporation organized under the laws of a state of the United States, and having its principal place of business therein, and if redeemable shares are offered, also a member in good standing of a securities association registered under section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(vii) Applicant will appoint an accountant, qualified to act as an independent public accountant for the applicant under the act and the rules thereunder, who maintains a permanent office and place of business in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(viii) Any contract entered into between the applicant and its investment adviser and principal underwriter will contain provisions in compliance with the requirements of sections 15, 17(i) and 31 and the rules thereunder, and require that the investment adviser maintain in the United States its books and records or duplicate copies thereof relating to applicant. 
</P>
<P>(ix) Applicant's Charter and By Laws will not be changed in any manner inconsistent with this paragraph or the Act and the rules thereunder unless authorized by the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(9) Contracts of the applicant, other than those executed on an established securities exchange which do not involve affiliated persons, will provide that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such contracts, irrespective of the place of their execution or performance, will be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Act, the Securities Act of 1933, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the subject matter of such contracts is within the purview of such acts; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In effecting the purchase or sale of assets the parties thereto will utilize the United States mails or means of interstate commerce. 
</P>
<P>(10) Applicant will furnish to the Commission with its registration statement filed under the Act a list of persons affiliated with it and with its investment adviser and principal underwriter and will furnish revisions of such list, if any, concurrently with the filing of periodic reports required to be filed under the Act. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 7, 54 Stat. 802; 15 U.S.C. 80a-7; secs. 6(c); 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c); and 38(a); 15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a) of the Act) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 2585, May 5, 1954, as amended at 38 FR 8593, Apr. 4, 1973; 49 FR 36084, Sept. 14, 1984; 65 FR 25637, May 3, 2000] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.7d-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.7d-2   Definition of “public offering” as used in section 7(d) of the Act with respect to certain Canadian tax-deferred retirement savings accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Canadian law</I> means the federal laws of Canada, the laws of any province or territory of Canada, and the rules or regulations of any federal, provincial, or territorial regulatory authority, or any self-regulatory authority, of Canada. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Canadian Retirement Account</I> means a trust or other arrangement, including, but not limited to, a “Registered Retirement Savings Plan” or “Registered Retirement Income Fund” administered under Canadian law, that is managed by the Participant and: 
</P>
<P>(i) Operated to provide retirement benefits to a Participant; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Established in Canada, administered under Canadian law, and qualified for tax-deferred treatment under Canadian law. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Eligible Security</I> means a security issued by a Qualified Company that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is offered to a Participant, or sold to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, in reliance on this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) May also be purchased by Canadians other than Participants. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign Government</I> means the government of any foreign country or of any political subdivision of a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Foreign Issuer</I> means any issuer that is a Foreign Government, a national of any foreign country or a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country, except an issuer meeting the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) More than 50 percent of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer are held of record either directly or through voting trust certificates or depositary receipts by residents of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) The majority of the executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents; 
</P>
<P>(B) More than 50 percent of the assets of the issuer are located in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(C) The business of the issuer is administered principally in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of this definition, the term <I>resident,</I> as applied to security holders, means any person whose address appears on the records of the issuer, the voting trustee, or the depositary as being located in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Participant</I> means a natural person who is a resident of the United States, or is temporarily present in the United States, and who contributes to, or is or will be entitled to receive the income and assets from, a Canadian Retirement Account. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Qualified Company</I> means a Foreign Issuer whose securities are qualified for investment on a tax-deferred basis by a Canadian Retirement Account under Canadian law. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>United States</I> means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public Offering.</I> For purposes of section 7(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-7(d)), the term “public offering” does not include the offer to a Participant, or the sale to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, of Eligible Securities issued by a Qualified Company, if the Qualified Company: 
</P>
<P>(1) Includes in any written offering materials delivered to a Participant, or to his or her Canadian Retirement Account, a prominent statement that the Eligible Security, and the Qualified Company that issued the Eligible Security, are not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and that the Eligible Security and the Qualified Company are relying on exemptions from registration. 
</P>
<P>(2) Has not asserted that Canadian law, or the jurisdiction of the courts of Canada, does not apply in a proceeding involving an Eligible Security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 37677, June 15, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-1   Scope of §§ 270.8b-1 through 270.8b-31.</HEAD>
<P>The rules contained in §§ 270.8b-1 through 270.8b-31 shall govern all registration statements pursuant to section 8 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), including notifications of registration pursuant to section 8(a), and all reports pursuant to section 30(a) or (b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(a) or (b)), including all amendments to such statements and reports, except that any provision in a form covering the same subject matter as any such rule shall be controlling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 40880, Aug. 16, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 26109, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms in paragraphs (a) through (m) of this section, when used in the rules contained in §§ 270.8b-1 through 270.8b-32, in the rules under section 30(a) or (b) of the Act or in the forms for registration statements and reports pursuant to section 8 or 30(a) or (b) of the Act, shall have the respective meanings indicated in this section. The terms “EDGAR,” “EDGAR Filer Manual,” “electronic filer,” “electronic filing,” “electronic format,” “electronic submission,” “paper format,” and “signature” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in part 232 of this chapter (Regulation S-T—General Rules for Electronic Filings).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Amount.</I> The term “amount”, when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to shares, and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certified.</I> The term “certified”, when used in regard to financial statements, means certified by an independent public or independent certified public accountant or accountants. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Charter.</I> The term “charter” includes articles of incorporation, declaration of trust, articles of association or partnership, or any similar instrument, as amended, effecting (either with or without filing with any governmental agency) the organization or creation of an incorporated or unincorporated person. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Employee.</I> The term “employee” does not include a director, trustee, officer or member of the advisory board. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fiscal year.</I> The term “fiscal year” means the annual accounting period or, if no closing date has been adopted, the calendar year ending on December 31. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Investment income.</I> The term “investment income” means the aggregate of net operating income or loss from real estate and gross income from interest, dividends and all other sources, exclusive of profit or loss on sales of securities or other properties. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Material.</I> The term “material”, when used to qualify a requirement for the furnishing of information as to any subject, limits the information required to those matters as to which an average prudent investor ought reasonably to be informed before buying or selling any security of the particular company. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Parent.</I> A “parent” of a specified person is an affiliated person who controls the specified person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Previously filed or reported.</I> The terms “previously filed” and “previously reported” means previously filed with, or reported in, a registration statement filed under section 8 of the Act or under the Securities Act of 1933, a report filed under section 30 of the Act or section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a definitive proxy statement filed under section 20 of the Act or section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a prospectus filed under the Securities Act of 1933: <I>Provided,</I> That information contained in any such document shall be deemed to have been previously filed with, or reported to, an exchange only if such document is filed with such exchange. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Share.</I> The term “share” means a share of stock in a corporation or unit of interest in an unincorporated person. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Significant subsidiary.</I> The term “significant subsidiary” means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions, using amounts determined under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and, if applicable, section 2(a)(41) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Investment test.</I> The value of the registrant's and its other subsidiaries' investments in and advances to the tested subsidiary exceed 10 percent of the value of the total investments of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Income test.</I> The absolute value of the sum of combined investment income from dividends, interest, and other income, the net realized gains and losses on investments, and the net change in unrealized gains and losses on investments from the tested subsidiary, for the most recently completed fiscal year exceeds:
</P>
<P>(i) 80 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 10 percent of the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year and the investment test (paragraph (k)(1) of this section) condition exceeds 5 percent. However, if the absolute value of the change in net assets resulting from operations of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the absolute value of such amounts for each of its last five fiscal years, then the registrant may compute both conditions of the income test using the average of the absolute value of such amounts for the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated for each of its last five fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Subsidiary.</I> A “subsidiary” of a specified person is an affiliated person who is controlled by the specified person, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Totally-held subsidiary.</I> The term “totally-held subsidiary” means a subsidiary (1) substantially all of whose outstanding securities are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other totally-held subsidiaries, and (2) which is not indebted to any person other than its parent and/or the parent's other totally-held subsidiaries in an amount which is material in relation to the particular subsidiary, excepting indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not over-due and which matures within one year from the date of its creation, whether evidenced by securities or not. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8575, Dec. 19, 1953, as amended at 19 FR 2779, May 14, 1954; 58 FR 14860, Mar. 18, 1993; 65 FR 24802, Apr. 27, 2000; 70 FR 6572, Feb. 8, 2005; 83 FR 40878, Aug. 16, 2018; 85 FR 54073, Aug. 31, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-3   Title of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Wherever the title of securities is required to be stated, there shall be given such information as will indicate the type and general character of the securities, including the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of shares, the par or stated value, if any; the rate of dividends, if fixed, and whether cumulative or noncumulative; a brief indication of the preference, if any; and if convertible, a statement to that effect. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of funded debt, the rate of interest; the date of maturity, or if the issue matures serially, a brief indication of the serial maturities, such as “maturing serially from 1950 to 1960”; if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contingency; a brief indication of the priority of the issue; and if convertible, a statement to that effect. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of any other kind of security, appropriate information of comparable character. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8575, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-4   Interpretation of requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context clearly shows otherwise: 
</P>
<P>(a) The forms require information only as to the company filing the registration statement or report. 
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever any fixed period of time in the past is indicated, such period shall be computed from the date of filing. 
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever words relate to the future, they have reference solely to present intention. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any words indicating the holder of a position or office include persons, by whatever titles designated, whose duties are those ordinarily performed by holders of such positions or officers. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8575, Dec. 18, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-5   Time of filing original registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>An investment company shall file a registration statement with the Commission on the appropriate form within three months after the filing of notification of registration under section 8(a) of the Act, provided that if the fiscal year of the company ends within the three months period, its registration statement may be filed within three months after the end of such fiscal year. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[19 FR 2779, May 14, 1954] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-10   Requirements as to proper form.</HEAD>
<P>Every registration statement or report shall be prepared in accordance with the form prescribed therefor by the Commission, as in effect on the date of filing. Any such statement or report shall be deemed to be filed on the proper form unless objection to the form is made by the Commission within thirty days after the date of filing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-11   Number of copies; signatures; binding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Three complete copies of each registration statement or report, including exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§ 239.15A and § 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§ 239.14 and § 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§ 239.17a and § 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§ 239.17b and § 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§ 239.17c and § 274.11d of this chapter), three complete copies of each part of the registration statement (including, if applicable, exhibits and all other papers and documents filed as part of Part C of the registration statement) shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) At least one copy of the registration statement or report shall be signed in the manner prescribed by the appropriate form. Unsigned copies shall be conformed. If the signature of any person is affixed pursuant to a power of attorney or other similar authority, a copy of such power of attorney or other authority shall also be filed with the registration statement or report.
</P>
<P>(d) Each copy of a registration statement or report filed with the Commission shall be bound in one or more parts without stiff covers. The binding shall be made on the left-hand side and in such manner as to leave the reading matter legible.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signatures.</I> Where the Act or the rules thereunder, including paragraph (c) of this section, require a document filed with or furnished to the Commission to be signed, the document should be manually signed, or signed using either typed signatures or duplicated or facsimile versions of manual signatures. When typed, duplicated, or facsimile signatures are used, each signatory to the filing shall manually or electronically sign a signature page or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting his or her signature that appears in the filing (“authentication document”). Execute each such authentication document before or at the time the filing is made and retain for a period of five years. The requirements set forth in § 232.302(b) must be met with regards to the use of an electronically signed authentication document pursuant to this paragraph (e). Upon request, the registrant shall furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all documents retained pursuant to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 32059, Aug. 10, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 26160, June 25, 1985; 57 FR 56835, Dec. 1, 1992; 60 FR 26622, May 17, 1995; 63 FR 13944, Mar. 23, 1998; 67 FR 19870, Apr. 23, 2002; 85 FR 78320, Dec. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-12   Requirements as to paper, printing and language.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Registration statements and reports shall be filed on good quality, unglazed, white paper, no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size, insofar as practicable. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, such documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a registration statement filed on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter), Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a-1 of this chapter), Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter), Form N-4 (§§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this chapter), or Form N-6 (§ 239.17c and § 274.11d of this chapter), Part C of the registration statement shall be filed on good quality, unglazed, white paper, no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11 inches in size, insofar as practicable. The prospectus and, if applicable, the Statement of Additional Information, however, may be filed on smaller-sized paper provided that the size of paper used in each document is uniform. 
</P>
<P>(c) The registration statement or report and, insofar as practicable all papers and documents filed as a part thereof, shall be printed, lithographed, mimeographed or typewritten. However, the registration statement or report or any portion thereof may be prepared by any similar process which, in the opinion of the Commission, produces copies suitable for permanent record. Irrespective of the process used, all copies of any such material shall be clear, easily readable and suitable for repeated photocopying. Debits in credit categories and credits in debit categories shall be designated so as to be clearly distinguishable as such on photocopies.
</P>
<P>(d) The body of all printed registration statements and reports and all notes to financial statements and other tabular data included therein shall be in roman type at least as large as 10-point modern type. However, to the extent necessary for convenient presentation, financial statements and other statistical or tabular data, including tabular data in notes, may be set in type at least as large and as legible as 8-point modern type. All type shall be leaded at least 2-points.
</P>
<P>(e) Registration statements and reports shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with a registration statement or report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language.
</P>
<P>(f) Where a registration statement or report is distributed through an electronic medium, issuers may satisfy legibility requirements applicable to printed documents, such as paper size, type size and font, bold-face type, italics and red ink, by presenting all required information in a format readily communicated to investors, and where indicated, in a manner reasonably calculated to draw investor attention to specific information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 32060, Aug. 10, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 26160, June 25, 1985; 57 FR 56836, Dec. 1, 1992; 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 67 FR 19870, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-13   Preparation of registration statement or report.</HEAD>
<P>The registration statement or report shall contain the numbers and captions of all items of the appropriate form, but the text of the items may be omitted provided the answers thereto are so prepared as to indicate to the reader the coverage of the items without the necessity of his referring to the text of the items or instructions thereto. However, where any item requires information to be given in tabular form, it shall be given in substantially the tabular form specified in the item. All instructions, whether appearing under the items of the form or elsewhere therein, are to be omitted from the registration statement or report. Unless expressly provided otherwise, if any item is inapplicable or the answer thereto is in the negative, an appropriate statement to that effect shall be made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-14   Riders; inserts.</HEAD>
<P>Riders shall not be used. If the registration statement or report is typed on a printed form, and the space provided for the answer to any given item is insufficient, reference shall be made in such space to a full insert page or pages on which the item number and caption and the complete answer are given. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-15   Amendments.</HEAD>
<P>All amendments shall be filed under cover of the facing sheet of the appropriate form, shall be clearly identified as amendments, and shall comply with all pertinent requirements applicable to registration statements and reports. Amendments shall be filed separately for each separate registration or report amended. Except as permitted under rule 102(b) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.102(b) of this chapter), any amendment filed under this section shall state the complete text of each item amended. An amendment to any report required to include the certifications as specified in § 270.30a-2(a) must include new certifications by each principal executive and principal financial officer of the registrant, and an amendment to any report required to be accompanied by the certifications as specified in § 240.13a-14(b) or § 240.15d-14(b) and § 270.30a-2(b) must be accompanied by new certifications by each principal executive and principal financial officer of the registrant. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953, as amended at 58 FR 14860, Mar. 18, 1993; 68 FR 5365, Feb. 3, 2003; 68 FR 36671, June 18, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-16" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-16   Amendments to registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered management investment company which is required to file an annual report on Form N-CEN, as prescribed by § 270.30a-1 of this chaptershall amend the registration statement required pursuant to Section 8(b) by filing, not more than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year ending on or after the date upon which such registration statement was filed, the appropriate form prescribed for such amendments.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to a registered closed-end management investment company whose registration statement was filed on Form N-2; provided that the following information is transmitted to shareholders in its annual report to shareholders:
</P>
<P>(1) If the company offers a dividend reinvestment plan to shareholders, information about the plan required to be disclosed in the company's prospectus by Item 10.1.e of Form N-2 (17 CFR 274.11a-1); 
</P>
<P>(2) The company's investment objectives and policies (described in Item 8.2 of Form N-2), and any material changes to same that have not been approved by shareholders;
</P>
<P>(3) Any changes in the company's charter or by-laws that would delay or prevent a change of control of the company (described in Item 10.1.f of Form N-2) that have not been approved by shareholders; 
</P>
<P>(4) The principal risk factors associated with investment in the company (described in Item 8.3 of Form N-2), and any material changes to same; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any changes in the persons who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the company's portfolio (described in Item 9.1.c of Form N-2), including any new person's business experience during the past five years and the length of time he or she has been responsible for the management of the portfolio. 
</P>
<P>(c) In lieu of including a description of the dividend reinvestment plan in its annual report, a company may comply with the disclosure requirement of paragraph (b)(1) of this section concerning a company's dividend reinvestment plan by delivering to each shareholder annually a separate document containing the information about the plan required to be disclosed in the company's prospectus by Item 10.1.e of Form N-2. Any such document shall be deemed to be a record or document subject to the record-keeping requirements of section 31 (15 U.S.C. 80a-30) and the rules adopted thereunder (17 CFR 270.31a-1 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>(d) The changes required to be disclosed by paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5) of this section are those that occurred since the later of either the effective date of the company's registration statement relating to its initial offering of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto) or the close of the period covered by the previously transmitted annual shareholder report. 
</P>
<P>(e) The changes required to be disclosed by paragraphs (b)(2) through (5) of this section must be described in enough detail to allow investors to understand each change and how it may affect the fund. Such disclosures must be prefaced with the following legend: “The following information [in this annual report] is a summary of certain changes since [date]. This information may not reflect all of the changes that have occurred since you purchased [this fund].”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 10321, Mar. 13, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 56836, Dec. 1, 1992; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016; 85 FR 33360, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-20" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-20   Additional information.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the information expressly required to be included in a registration statement or report, there shall be added such further material information, if any, as may be necessary to make the required statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-21" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-21   Information unknown or not available.</HEAD>
<P>Information required need be given only insofar as it is known or reasonably available to the registrant. If any required information is unknown and not reasonably available to the registrant, either because the obtaining thereof would involve unreasonable effort or expense, or because it rests peculiarly within the knowledge of another person not affiliated with the registrant, the information may be omitted subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(a) The registrant shall give such information on the subject as it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense, together with the sources thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) The registrant shall include a statement either showing that unreasonable effort or expense would be involved or indicating the absence of any affiliation with the person within whose knowledge the information rests and stating the result of a request made to such person for the information. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-22" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-22   Disclaimer of control.</HEAD>
<P>If the existence of control is open to reasonable doubt in any instance, the registrant may disclaim the existence of control and any admission thereof; in such case, however, the registrant shall state the material facts pertinent to the possible existence of control. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 270.8b-23—270.8b-24" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 270.8b-23--270.8b-24   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-25" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-25   Extension of time for furnishing information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, if it is impractical to furnish any required information, document or report at the time it is required to be filed, there may be filed with the Commission as a separate document an application (a) identifying the information, document or report in question, (b) stating why the filing thereof at the time required is impracticable, and (c) requesting an extension of time for filing the information, document or report to a specified date not more than 60 days after the date it would otherwise have to be filed. The application shall be deemed granted unless the Commission, within 10 days after receipt thereof, shall enter an order denying the application. Section 270.0-5 (Rule N-5) shall not apply to such applications. 
</P>
<P>(b) If it is impracticable to furnish any document or report required to be filed in electronic format at the time it is required to be filed, the electronic filer may file under the temporary hardship provision of rule 201 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201 of this chapter) or may submit a written application for a continuing hardship exemption, in accordance with rule 202 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.202 of this chapter). Applications for such exemptions shall be considered in accordance with the provisions of those sections and paragraphs (h) and (i) of § 200.30-5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953, as amended at 58 FR 14860, Mar. 18, 1993; 60 FR 14630, Mar. 20, 1995] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-30" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-30   Additional exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>A company may file such exhibits as it may desire, in addition to those required by the appropriate form. Such exhibits shall be so marked as to indicate clearly the subject matters to which they refer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-31" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-31   Omission of substantially identical documents.</HEAD>
<P>In any case where two or more indentures, contracts, franchises, or other documents required to be filed as exhibits are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto, the dates of execution, or other details, copies of only one of such documents need be filed, with a schedule identifying the other documents omitted and setting forth the material details in which such documents differ from the documents filed. The Commission may at any time in its discretion require the filing of copies of any documents so omitted. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[18 FR 8576, Dec. 19, 1953] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8b-32" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8b-32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.8f-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.8f-1   Deregistration of certain registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>A registered investment company that seeks a Commission order declaring that it is no longer an investment company may file an application with the Commission on Form N-8F (17 CFR 274.218) if the investment company:
</P>
<P>(a) Has sold substantially all of its assets to another registered investment company or merged into or consolidated with another registered investment company;
</P>
<P>(b) Has distributed substantially all of its assets to its shareholders and has completed, or is in the process of, winding up its affairs;
</P>
<P>(c) Qualifies for an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under section 3(c)(1) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)) or section 3(c)(7) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)) of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(d) Has become a business development company. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 270.8<I>f</I>-1:</HED>
<P>Applicants who are not eligible to use Form N-8F to file an application to deregister may follow the general guidance for filing applications under rule 0-2 (17 CFR 270.0-2) of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 19471, Apr. 21, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.10b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.10b-1   Definition of regular broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>regular broker or dealer</I> of an investment company shall mean:
</P>
<P>(a) One of the ten brokers or dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participation in the company's portfolio transactions during the company's most recent fiscal year; 
</P>
<P>(b) One of the ten brokers or dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the investment company during the company's most recent fiscal year; or
</P>
<P>(c) One of the ten brokers or dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of securities of the investment company during the company's most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 40572, Oct. 17, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.10e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.10e-1   Death, disqualification, or bona fide resignation of directors.</HEAD>
<P>If a registered investment company, by reason of the death, disqualification, or bona fide resignation of any director, does not meet any requirement of the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder regarding the composition of the company's board of directors, the operation of the relevant subsection of the Act, rule, or regulation will be suspended as to the company: 
</P>
<P>(a) For 90 days if the vacancy may be filled by action of the board of directors; or 
</P>
<P>(b) For 150 days if a vote of stockholders is required to fill the vacancy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.10f-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.10f-1   Conditional exemption of certain underwriting transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Any purchase or other acquisition by a registered management company acting, pursuant to a written agreement, as an underwriter of securities of an issuer which is not an investment company shall be exempt from the provisions of section 10(f) (54 Stat. 806; 15 U.S.C. 80a-10) upon the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(a) The party to such agreement other than such registered company is a principal underwriter of such securities, which principal underwriter (1) is a person primarily engaged in the business of underwriting and distributing securities issued by other persons, selling securities to customers, or related activities, whose gross income normally is derived principally from such business or related activities, and (2) does not control or is not under common control with such registered company. 
</P>
<P>(b) No public offering of the securities underwritten by such agreement has been made prior to the execution thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) Such securities have been effectively registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (48 Stat. 74; 15 U.S.C. 77a-aa) prior to the execution of such agreement. 
</P>
<P>(d) In regard to any securities underwritten, whether or not purchased, by the registered company pursuant to such agreement, such company shall be allowed a rate of gross commission, spread, concession or other profit not less than the amount allowed to such principal underwriter, exclusive of any amounts received by such principal underwriter as a management fee from other principal underwriters. 
</P>
<P>(e) Such agreement is authorized by resolution adopted by a vote of not less than a majority of the board of directors of such registered company, none of which majority is an affiliated person of such principal underwriter, of the issuer of the securities underwritten pursuant to such agreement or of any person engaged in a business described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) The resolution required in paragraph (e) of this section shall state that it has been adopted pursuant to this section, and shall incorporate the terms of the proposed agreement by attaching a copy thereof as an exhibit or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(g) A copy of the resolution required in paragraph (e) of this section, signed by each member of the board of directors of the registered company who voted in favor of its adoption, shall be transmitted to the Commission not later than the fifth day succeeding the date on which such agreement is executed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-10F-1, 6 FR 1191, Feb. 28, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.10f-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.10f-2   Exercise of warrants or rights received on portfolio securities.</HEAD>
<P>Any purchase or other acquisition of securities by a registered investment company pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights to subscribe to or to purchase securities shall be exempt from the provisions of section 10(f) (section 10(f), 54 Stat. 807; 15 U.S.C. 80a-10) of the Act, <I>Provided,</I> That the warrants or rights so exercised (a) were offered or issued to such company as a security holder on the same basis as all other holders of the class or classes of securities to whom such warrants or rights were offered or issued, and (b) do not exceed 5 percent of the total amount of such warrants or rights so issued. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-10F-2, 9 FR 339, Jan. 8, 1944] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.10f-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.10f-3   Exemption for the acquisition of securities during the existence of an underwriting or selling syndicate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Domestic Issuer</I> means any issuer other than a foreign government, a national of any foreign country, or a corporation or other organization incorporated or organized under the laws of any foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligible Foreign Offering</I> means a public offering of securities, conducted under the laws of a country other than the United States, that meets the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The offering is subject to regulation by a “foreign financial regulatory authority,” as defined in section 2(a)(50) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(50)], in such country; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities are offered at a fixed price to all purchasers in the offering (except for any rights to purchase securities that are required by law to be granted to existing security holders of the issuer); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Financial statements, prepared and audited in accordance with standards required or permitted by the appropriate foreign financial regulatory authority in such country, for the two years prior to the offering, are made available to the public and prospective purchasers in connection with the offering; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the issuer is a Domestic Issuer, it meets the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(A) It has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78<I>l</I>(b) or 78<I>l</I>(g)] or is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78o(d)]; and 
</P>
<P>(B) It has filed all the material required to be filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)] for a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding the sale of securities made in reliance upon this (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such material). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Eligible Municipal Securities</I> means “municipal securities,” as defined in section 3(a)(29) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(29)), that are sufficiently liquid that they can be sold at or near their carrying value within a reasonably short period of time and either:
</P>
<P>(i) Are subject to no greater than moderate credit risk; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the issuer of the municipal securities, or the entity supplying the revenues or other payments from which the issue is to be paid, has been in continuous operation for less than three years, including the operation of any predecessors, the securities are subject to a minimal or low amount of credit risk.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Eligible Rule 144A Offering</I> means an offering of securities that meets the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The securities are offered or sold in transactions exempt from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77d(2)], rule 144A thereunder [§ 230.144A of this chapter], or rules 501-508 thereunder [§§ 230.501-230.508 of this chapter]; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The securities are sold to persons that the seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believe to include qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A(a)(1) of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The seller and any person acting on behalf of the seller reasonably believe that the securities are eligible for resale to other qualified institutional buyers pursuant to § 230.144A of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Managed portion</I> of a portfolio of a registered investment company means a discrete portion of a portfolio of a registered investment company for which a subadviser is responsible for providing investment advice, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The subadviser is not an affiliated person of any investment adviser, promoter, underwriter, officer, director, member of an advisory board, or employee of the registered investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The subadviser's advisory contract: 
</P>
<P>(A) Prohibits it from consulting with any subadviser of the investment company that is a principal underwriter or an affiliated person of a principal underwriter concerning transactions of the investment company in securities or other assets; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Limits its responsibility in providing advice to providing advice with respect to such portion. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Series of a series company</I> means any class or series of a registered investment company that issues two or more classes or series of preferred or special stock, each of which is preferred over all other classes or series with respect to assets specifically allocated to that class or series. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Subadviser</I> means an investment adviser as defined in section 2(a)(20)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)(B)). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption for purchases by series companies and investment companies with managed portions.</I> For purposes of this section and section 10(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-10(f)), each Series of a Series Company, and each Managed Portion of a registered investment company, is deemed to be a separate investment company. Therefore, a purchase or acquisition of a security by a registered investment company is exempt from the prohibitions of section 10(f) of the Act if section 10(f) of the Act would not prohibit such purchase if each Series and each Managed Portion of the company were a separately registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for other purchases.</I> Any purchase of securities by a registered investment company prohibited by section 10(f) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-10(f)] shall be exempt from the provisions of such section if the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Type of Security.</I> The securities to be purchased are: 
</P>
<P>(i) Part of an issue registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a—aa) that is being offered to the public; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Part of an issue of government securities, as defined in section 2(a)(16) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(16)); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Eligible Municipal Securities; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Securities sold in an Eligible Foreign Offering; or 
</P>
<P>(v) Securities sold in an Eligible Rule 144A Offering. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing and Price.</I> (i) The securities are purchased prior to the end of the first day on which any sales are made, at a price that is not more than the price paid by each other purchaser of securities in that offering or in any concurrent offering of the securities (except, in the case of an Eligible Foreign Offering, for any rights to purchase that are required by law to be granted to existing security holders of the issuer); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the securities are offered for subscription upon exercise of rights, the securities shall be purchased on or before the fourth day preceding the day on which the rights offering terminates. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reasonable reliance.</I> For purposes of determining compliance with paragraphs (c)(1)(v) and (c)(2)(i) of this section, an investment company may reasonably rely upon written statements made by the issuer or a syndicate manager, or by an underwriter or seller of the securities through which such investment company purchases the securities. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Continuous operation.</I> If the securities to be purchased are part of an issue registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a-aa) that is being offered to the public, are government securities (as defined in section 2(a)(16) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(16))), or are purchased pursuant to an Eligible Foreign Offering or an Eligible Rule 144A Offering, the issuer of the securities must have been in continuous operation for not less than three years, including the operations of any predecessors. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Firm Commitment Underwriting.</I> The securities are offered pursuant to an underwriting or similar agreement under which the underwriters are committed to purchase all of the securities being offered, except those purchased by others pursuant to a rights offering, if the underwriters purchase any of the securities. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Reasonable commission.</I> The commission, spread or profit received or to be received by the principal underwriters is reasonable and fair compared to the commission, spread or profit received by other such persons in connection with the underwriting of similar securities being sold during a comparable period of time. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Percentage limit</I>—(i) <I>Generally.</I> The amount of securities of any class of such issue to be purchased by the investment company, aggregated with purchases by any other investment company advised by the investment company's investment adviser, and any purchases by another account with respect to which the investment adviser has investment discretion if the investment adviser exercised such investment discretion with respect to the purchase, does not exceed the following limits: 
</P>
<P>(A) If purchased in an offering other than an Eligible Rule 144A Offering, 25 percent of the principal amount of the offering of such class; or 
</P>
<P>(B) If purchased in an Eligible Rule 144A Offering, 25 percent of the total of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The principal amount of the offering of such class sold by underwriters or members of the selling syndicate to qualified institutional buyers, as defined in § 230.144A(a)(1) of this chapter; plus 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The principal amount of the offering of such class in any concurrent public offering. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exemption from percentage limit.</I> The requirement in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section applies only if the investment adviser of the investment company is, or is an affiliated person of, a principal underwriter of the security; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Separate aggregation.</I> The requirement in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section applies independently with respect to each investment adviser of the investment company that is, or is an affiliated person of, a principal underwriter of the security. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Prohibition of Certain Affiliate Transactions.</I> Such investment company does not purchase the securities being offered directly or indirectly from an officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser or employee of such investment company or from a person of which any such officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser or employee is an affiliated person; <I>provided,</I> that a purchase from a syndicate manager shall not be deemed to be a purchase from a specific underwriter if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such underwriter does not benefit directly or indirectly from the transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) In respect to the purchase of Eligible Municipal Securities, such purchase is not designated as a group sale or otherwise allocated to the account of any person from whom this paragraph prohibits the purchase. 
</P>
<P>(9) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Board review.</I> The board of directors of the investment company, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the investment company: 
</P>
<P>(i) Has approved procedures, pursuant to which such purchases may be effected for the company, that are reasonably designed to provide that the purchases comply with all the conditions of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Approves such changes to the procedures as the board deems necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Determines no less frequently than quarterly that all purchases made during the preceding quarter were effected in compliance with such procedures. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Board composition.</I> The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Maintenance of records.</I> The investment company: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall maintain and preserve permanently in an easily accessible place a written copy of the procedures, and any modification thereto, described in paragraphs (c)(10)(i) and (c)(10)(ii) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall maintain and preserve for a period not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transactions occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, a written record of each such transaction, setting forth from whom the securities were acquired, the identity of the underwriting syndicate's members, the terms of the transaction, and the information or materials upon which the determination described in paragraph (c)(10)(iii) of this section was made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 42408, Aug. 7, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001; 67 FR 31079, May 8, 2002; 68 FR 3152, Jan. 22, 2003; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 7, 2004; 74 FR 52373, Oct. 9, 2009; 81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.11a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.11a-1   Definition of “exchange” for purposes of section 11 of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of section 11 of the Act, the term <I>exchange</I> as used therein shall include the issuance of any security by a registered investment company in an amount equal to the proceeds, or any portion of the proceeds, paid or payable—
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the repurchase, by or at the instance of such issuer, of an outstanding security the terms of which provide for its termination, retirement or cancellation, or 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon the termination, retirement or cancellation of an outstanding security of such issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) A security shall not be deemed to have been repurchased by or at the instance of the issuer, or terminated, retired or canceled in accordance with the terms of the security if—
</P>
<P>(1) The security was redeemed or repurchased at the instance of the holder; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A security holder's account was closed for failure to make payments as prescribed in the security or instruments pursuant to which the security was issued, and notice of intention to close the account was mailed to the security holder, and he had a reasonable time in which to meet the deficiency; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Sale of the security was restricted to a specified, limited group of persons and, in accordance with the terms of the security or the instruments pursuant to which the security was issued, upon its being transferred by the holder to a person not a member of the group eligible to purchase the security, the issuer required the surrender of the security and paid the redemption price thereof. 
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply if, following the repurchase of an outstanding security by or at the instance of the issuer or the termination, retirement or cancellation of an outstanding security in accordance with the terms thereof—
</P>
<P>(1) The proceeds are actually paid to the security holder by or on behalf of the issuer within 7 days, and 
</P>
<P>(2) No sale and no offer (other than by way of exchange) of any security of the issuer is made by or on behalf of the issuer to the person to whom such proceeds were paid, within 60 days after such payment. 
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to the repurchase, termination, retirement, or cancellation of a security outstanding on the effective date of this section or issued pursuant to a subscription agreement or other plan of acquisition in effect on such date. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 11, 54 Stat. 808; 15 U.S.C. 80a-11) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 10728, July 21, 1967] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.11a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.11a-2   Offers of exchange by certain registered separate accounts or others the terms of which do not require prior Commission approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Deferred sales load</I> shall mean any sales load, including a contingent deferred sales load, that is deducted upon redemption or annuitization of amounts representing all or a portion of a securityholder's interest in a separate account;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exchanged security</I> shall include not only the security or securities (or portion[s] thereof) of a securityholder actually exchanged pursuant to an exchange offer but also any security or securities (or portion[s] thereof) of the securityholder previously exchanged for the exchanged security or its predecessors;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Front-end sales load</I> shall mean any sales load that is deducted from one or more purchase payments made by a securityholder before they are invested in a separate account; and 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Purchase payments made for the acquired security,</I> as used in paragraphs (c)(2) and (d)(2) of this section, shall not include any purchase payments made for the exchanged security or any appreciation attributable to those purchase payments that are transferred to the offering account in connection with an exchange.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding section 11 of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-11], any registered separate account or any principal underwriter for such an account (collectively, the “offering account”) may make or cause to be made an offer to the holder of a security of the offering account, or of any other registered separate account having the same insurance company depositor or sponsor as the offering account or having an insurance company depositor or sponsor that is an affiliate of the offering account's depositor or sponsor, to exchange his security (or portion thereof) (the “exchanged security”) for a security (or portion thereof) of the offering account (the “acquired security”) without the terms of such exchange offer first having been submitted to and approved by the Commission, as provided below:
</P>
<P>(1) If the securities (or portions thereof) involved are variable annuity contracts, then
</P>
<P>(i) The exchange must be made on the basis of the relative net asset values of the securities to be exchanged, except that the offering account may deduct at the time of the exchange 
</P>
<P>(A) An administrative fee which is disclosed in the part of the offering account's registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the prospectus, and
</P>
<P>(B) Any front-end sales load permitted by paragraph (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any deferred sales load imposed on the acquired security by the offering account shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by paragraph (d) or (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the securities (or portions thereof) involved are variable life insurance contracts offered by a separate account registered under the Act as a unit investment trust, then the exchange must be made on the basis of the relative net asset values of the securities to be exchanged, except that the offering account may deduct at the time of the exchange an administrative fee which is disclosed in the part of the offering account's registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the prospectus.
</P>
<P>(c) If the offering account imposes a front-end sales load on the acquired security, then such sales load shall be a percentage that is no greater than the excess of the rate of the front-end sales load otherwise applicable to that security over the rate of any front-end sales load previously paid on the exchanged security.
</P>
<P>(d) If the offering account imposes a deferred sales load on the acquired security and the exchanged security was also subject to a deferred sales load, then any deferred sales load imposed on the acquired security shall be calculated as if:
</P>
<P>(1) The holder of the acquired security had been the holder of that security from the date on which he became the holder of the exchanged security; and
</P>
<P>(2) Purchase payments made for the exchanged security had been made for the acquired security on the date on which they were made for the exchanged security.
</P>
<P>(e) If the offering account imposes a deferred sales load on the acquired security and a front-end sales load was paid on the exchanged security, then any deferred sales load imposed on the acquired security may not be imposed on purchase payments made for the exchanged security or any appreciation attributable to purchase payments made for the exchanged security that are transferred in connection with the exchange.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no offer of exchange shall be made in reliance on this section if both a front-end sales load and a deferred sales load are to be imposed on the acquired security or if both such sales loads are imposed on the exchanged security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 36245, Aug. 10, 1983, as amended at 85 FR 26109, May 1, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.11a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.11a-3   Offers of exchange by open-end investment companies other than separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this rule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Acquired security</I> means the security held by a securityholder after completing an exchange pursuant to an exchange offer;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Administrative fee</I> means any fee, other than a sales load, deferred sales load or redemption fee, that is
</P>
<P>(i) Reasonably intended to cover the costs incurred in processing exchanges of the type for which the fee is charged, <I>Provided that:</I> the offering company will maintain and preserve records of any determination of the costs incurred in connection with exchanges for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. The records preserved under this provision shall be subject to inspection by the Commission in accordance with section 31(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-30(b)) as if such records were records required to be maintained under rules adopted under section 31(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-30a)); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A nominal fee as defined in paragraph (a)(8) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deferred sales load</I> means any amount properly chargeable to sales or promotional expenses that is paid by a shareholder after purchase but before or upon redemption; 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exchanged security</I> means
</P>
<P>(i) The security actually exchanged pursuant to an exchange offer, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any security previously exchanged for such security or for any of its predecessors;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Group of investment companies</I> means any two or more registered open-end investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services, and
</P>
<P>(i) That have a common investment adviser or principal underwriter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The investment adviser or principal underwriter of one of the companies is an affiliated person as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)) of the investment adviser or principal underwriter of each of the other companies;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Offering company</I> means a registered open-end investment company (other than a registered separate account) or any principal underwriter thereof that makes an offer (an “exchange offer”) to the holder of a security of that company, or of another open-end investment company within the same group of investment companies as the offering company, to exchange that security for a security of the offering company;
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Redemption fee</I> means a fee that is imposed by the fund pursuant to section 270.22c-2; and 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Nominal fee</I> means a slight or <I>de minimis</I> fee.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothwithstanding section 11(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-11(a)), and except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, in connection with an exchange offer an offering company may cause a securityholder to be charged a sales load on the acquired security, a redemption fee, an administrative fee, or any combination of the foregoing, <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any administrative fee or scheduled variation thereof is applied uniformly to all securityholders of the class specified;
</P>
<P>(2) Any redemption fee charged with respect to the exchanged security or any scheduled variation thereof
</P>
<P>(i) Is applied uniformly to all securityholders of the class specified, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not exceed the redemption fee applicable to a redemption of the exchanged security in the absence of an exchange.
</P>
<P>(3) No deferred sales load is imposed on the exchanged security at the time of an exchange;
</P>
<P>(4) Any sales load charged with respect to the acquired security is a percentage that is no greater than the excess, if any, of the rate of the sales load applicable to that security in the absence of an exchange over the sum of the rates of all sales loads previously paid on the exchanged security, <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The percentage rate of any sales load charged when the acquired security is redeemed, that is solely the result of a deferred sales load imposed on the exchanged security, may be no greater than the excess, if any, of the applicable rate of such sales load, calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(5) of this section, over the sum of the rates of all sales loads previously paid on the acquired security, and
</P>
<P>(ii) In no event may the sum of the rates of all sales loads imposed prior to and at the time the acquired security is redeemed, including any sales load paid or to be paid with respect to the exchanged security, exceed the maximum sales load rate, calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(5) of this section, that would be applicable in the absence of an exchange to the security (exchanged or acquired) with the highest such rate;
</P>
<P>(5) Any deferred sales load charged at the time the acquired security is redeemed is calculated as if the holder of the acquired security had held that security from the date on which he became the holder of the exchanged security, <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The time period during which the acquired security is held need not be included when the amount of the deferred sales load is calculated, if the deferred sales load is
</P>
<P>(A) reduced by the amount of any fees collected on the acquired security under the terms of any plan of distribution adopted in accordance with rule 12b-1 under the Act (17 CFR 270.12b-1) (a “12b-1 plan”), and
</P>
<P>(B) Solely the result of a sales load imposed on the exchanged security, and no other sales loads, including deferred sales loads, are imposed with respect to the acquired security, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The time period during which the exchanged security is held need not be included when the amount of the deferred sales load on the acquired security is calculated, if
</P>
<P>(A) The deferred sales load is reduced by the amount of any fees previously collected on the exchanged security under the terms of any 12b-1 plan, and
</P>
<P>(B) The exchanged security was not subject to any sales load, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The holding periods in this subsection may be computed as of the end of the calendar month in which a security was purchased or redeemed;
</P>
<P>(6) The prospectus of the offering company discloses
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of any administrative or redemption fee imposed on an exchange transaction for its securities, as well as the amount of any administrative or redemption fee imposed on its securityholders to acquire the securities of other investment companies in an exchange transaction, and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the offering company reserves the right to change the terms of or terminate an exchange offer, that the exchange offer is subject to termination and its terms are subject to change;
</P>
<P>(7) Any sales literature or advertising that mentions the existence of the exchange offer also discloses
</P>
<P>(i) The existence of any administrative fee or redemption fee that would be imposed at the time of an exchange; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the offering company reserves the right to change the terms of or terminate the exchange offer, that the exchange offer is subject to termination and its terms are subject to change;
</P>
<P>(8) Whenever an exchange offer is to be terminated or its terms are to be amended materially, any holder of a security subject to that offer shall be given prominent notice of the impending termination or amendment at least 60 days prior to the date of termination or the effective date of the amendment, <I>Provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) No such notice need be given if the only material effect of an amendment is to reduce or eliminate an administrative fee, sales load or redemption fee payable at the time of an exchange, and
</P>
<P>(ii) No notice need be given if, under extraordinary circumstances, either
</P>
<P>(A) There is a suspension of the redemption of the exchanged security under section 22(e) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)] and the rules and regulations thereunder, or
</P>
<P>(B) The offering company temporarily delays or ceases the sale of the acquired security because it is unable to invest amounts effectively in accordance with applicable investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and
</P>
<P>(9) In calculating any sales load charged with respect to the acquired security:
</P>
<P>(i) If a securityholder exchanges less than all of his securities, the security upon which the highest sales load rate was previously paid is deemed exchanged first; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the exchanged security was acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions, that security is deemed to have been sold with a sales load rate equal to the sales load rate previously paid on the security on which the dividend was paid or distribution made.
</P>
<P>(c) If either no sales load is imposed on the acquired security or the sales load imposed is less than the maximum allowed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the offering company may require the exchanging securityholder to have held the exchanged security for a minimum period of time previously established by the offering company and applied uniformly to all securityholders of the class specified.
</P>
<P>(d) Any offering company that has previously made an offer of exchange may continue to impose fees or sales loads permitted by an order under section 11(a) of the Act upon shares purchased before the earlier of (1) One year after the effective date of this section, or (2) When the offer has been brought into compliance with the terms of this section, and upon shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions based on such shares, until such shares are redeemed.
</P>
<P>(e) Any offering company that has previously made an offer of exchange cannot rely on this section to amend such prior offer unless
</P>
<P>(1) The offering company's prospectus disclosed, during at least the two year period prior to the amendment of the offer (or, if the fund is less than two years old, at all times the offer has been outstanding) that the terms of the offer were subject to change, or
</P>
<P>(2) The only effect of such change is to reduce or eliminate an administrative fee, sales load or redemption fee payable at the time of an exchange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 35185, Aug. 24, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 49016, Sept. 17, 1996; 70 FR 13341, Mar. 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12b-1   Distribution of shares by registered open-end management investment company.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in this section, it shall be unlawful for any registered open-end management investment company (other than a company complying with the provisions of section 10(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-10(d))) to act as a distributor of securities of which it is the issuer, except through an underwriter;
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, such a company will be deemed to be acting as a distributor of securities of which it is the issuer, other than through an underwriter, if it engages directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued by such company, including, but not necessarily limited to, advertising, compensation of underwriters, dealers, and sales personnel, the printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature;
</P>
<P>(b) A registered, open-end management investment company (“Company”) may act as a distributor of securities of which it is the issuer: <I>Provided,</I> That any payments made by such company in connection with such distribution are made pursuant to a written plan describing all material aspects of the proposed financing of distribution and that all agreements with any person relating to implementation of the plan are in writing: <I>And further provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(1) Such plan has been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such company, if adopted after any public offering of the company's voting securities or the sale of such securities to persons who are not affiliated persons of the company, affiliated persons of such persons, promoters of the company, or affiliated persons of such promoters; 
</P>
<P>(2) Such plan, together with any related agreements, has been approved by a vote of the board of directors of such company, and of the directors who are not interested persons of the company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the plan or in any agreements related to the plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such plan or agreements; 
</P>
<P>(3) Such plan or agreement provides, in substance:
</P>
<P>(i) That it shall continue in effect for a period of more than one year from the date of its execution or adoption only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) That any person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by such company pursuant to the plan or any related agreement shall provide to the company's board of directors, and the directors shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts so expended and the purposes for which such expenditures were made; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a plan, that it may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the members of the board of directors of the company who are not interested persons of the company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the plan or in any agreements related to the plan or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such company;
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of an agreement related to a plan:
</P>
<P>(A) That it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the members of the board of directors of such company who are not interested persons of the company and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the plan or in any agreements related to the plan or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such company on not more than sixty days' written notice to any other party to the agreement, and
</P>
<P>(B) For its automatic termination in the event of its assignment;
</P>
<P>(4) Such plan provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without shareholder approval and that all material amendments of the plan must be approved in the manner described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such plan is implemented and continued in a manner consistent with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(c) A registered open-end management investment company may rely on the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section only if its board of directors satisfies the fund governance standards as defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7);
</P>
<P>(d) In considering whether a registered open-end management investment company should implement or continue a plan in reliance on paragraph (b) of this section, the directors of such company shall have a duty to request and evaluate, and any person who is a party to any agreement with such company relating to such plan shall have a duty to furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to an informed determination of whether such plan should be implemented or continued; in fulfilling their duties under this paragraph the directors should consider and give appropriate weight to all pertinent factors, and minutes describing the factors considered and the basis for the decision to use company assets for distribution must be made and preserved in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For a discussion of factors which may be relevant to a decision to use company assets for distribution, see Investment Company Act Releases Nos. 10862, September 7, 1979, and 11414, October 28, 1980.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) A registered open-end management investment company may implement or continue a plan pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section only if the directors who vote to approve such implementation or continuation conclude, in the exercise of reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties under state law and under sections 36(a) and (b) (15 U.S.C. 80a-35 (a) and (b)) of the Act, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the plan will benefit the company and its shareholders;
</P>
<P>(f) A registered open-end management investment company must preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to this section for a period of not less than six years from the date of such plan, agreement or report, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
</P>
<P>(g) If a plan covers more than one series or class of shares, the provisions of the plan must be severable for each series or class, and whenever this rule provides for any action to be taken with respect to a plan, that action must be taken separately for each series or class affected by the matter. Nothing in this paragraph (g) shall affect the rights of any purchase class under § 270.18f-3(f)(2)(iii).
</P>
<P>(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a company may not:
</P>
<P>(1) Compensate a broker or dealer for any promotion or sale of shares issued by that company by directing to the broker or dealer:
</P>
<P>(i) The company's portfolio securities transactions; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any remuneration, including but not limited to any commission, mark-up, mark-down, or other fee (or portion thereof) received or to be received from the company's portfolio transactions effected through any other broker (including a government securities broker) or dealer (including a municipal securities dealer or a government securities dealer); and
</P>
<P>(2) Direct its portfolio securities transactions to a broker or dealer that promotes or sells shares issued by the company, unless the company (or its investment adviser):
</P>
<P>(i) Is in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (h)(1) of this section with respect to that broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has implemented, and the company's board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the company) has approved, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent:
</P>
<P>(A) The persons responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to effect the company's portfolio securities transactions from taking into account the brokers' and dealers' promotion or sale of shares issued by the company or any other registered investment company; and
</P>
<P>(B) The company, and any investment adviser and principal underwriter of the company, from entering into any agreement (whether oral or written) or other understanding under which the company directs, or is expected to direct, portfolio securities transactions, or any remuneration described in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section, to a broker (including a government securities broker) or dealer (including a municipal securities dealer or a government securities dealer) in consideration for the promotion or sale of shares issued by the company or any other registered investment company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 73905, Nov. 7, 1980, as amended at 60 FR 11885, Mar. 2, 1995; 61 FR 49011, Sept. 17, 1996; 62 FR 51765, Oct. 3, 1997; 66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004; 69 FR 54733, Sept. 9, 2004; 78 FR 79299, Dec. 30, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d1-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d1-1   Exemptions for investments in money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemptions for acquisition of money market fund shares.</I> If the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section are satisfied, notwithstanding sections 12(d)(1)(A), 12(d)(1)(B), 12(d)(1)(G), 17(a), and 57 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(A), 80a-12(d)(1)(B), 80a-12(d)(1)(G), 80a-17(a), and 80a-56)) and § 270.17d-1:
</P>
<P>(1) An investment company (<I>acquiring fund</I>) may purchase and redeem shares issued by a money market fund; and
</P>
<P>(2) A money market fund, any principal underwriter thereof, and a broker or a dealer may sell or otherwise dispose of shares issued by the money market fund to any acquiring fund.
</P>
<P>(b) Conditions—(1) <I>Fees.</I> The acquiring fund pays no sales charge, as defined in  FINRA Rule 2341(b)(8) (“sales charge”), or service fee, as defined in FINRA Rule 2341(b)(9), charged in connection with the purchase, sale, or redemption of securities issued by a money market fund (“service fee”); or the acquiring fund's investment adviser waives its advisory fee in an amount necessary to offset any sales charge or service fee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unregistered money market funds.</I> If the money market fund is not an investment company registered under the Act:
</P>
<P>(i) The acquiring fund reasonably believes that the money market fund satisfies the following conditions as if it were a registered open-end investment company:
</P>
<P>(A) Operates in compliance with § 270.2a-7;
</P>
<P>(B) Complies with sections 17(a), (d), (e), 18, and 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a), (d), (e), 80a-18, and 80a-22(e));
</P>
<P>(C) Has adopted procedures designed to ensure that it complies with sections 17(a), (d), (e), 18, and 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a), (d), (e), 80a-18, and 80a-22(e)), periodically reviews and updates those procedures, and maintains books and records describing those procedures;
</P>
<P>(D) Maintains the records required by §§ 270.31a-1(b)(1), 270.31a-1(b)(2)(ii), 270.31a-1(b)(2)(iv), and 270.31a-1(b)(9); and
</P>
<P>(E) Preserves permanently, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all books and records required to be made under paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(C) and (D) of this section, and makes those records available for examination on request by the Commission or its staff; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The adviser to the money market fund is registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption from certain monitoring and recordkeeping requirements under § 270.17e-1.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of §§ 270.17e-1(b)(3) and 270.17e-1(d)(2), the payment of a commission, fee, or other remuneration to a broker shall be deemed as not exceeding the usual and customary broker's commission for purposes of section 17(e)(2)(A) of the Act if:
</P>
<P>(1) The commission, fee, or other remuneration is paid in connection with the sale of securities to or by an acquiring fund;
</P>
<P>(2) The broker and the acquiring fund are affiliated persons because each is an affiliated person of the same money market fund; and
</P>
<P>(3) The acquiring fund is an affiliated person of the money market fund solely because the acquiring fund owns, controls, or holds with power to vote five percent or more of the outstanding securities of the money market fund.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Investment company</I> includes a company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)) but for the exceptions to that definition provided for in sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) and 80a-3(c)(7)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Money market fund</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An open-end management investment company registered under the Act that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)) but for the exceptions to that definition provided for in sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) and 80a-3(c)(7)) and that:
</P>
<P>(A) Is limited to investing in the types of securities and other investments in which a money market fund may invest under § 270.2a-7; and
</P>
<P>(B) Undertakes to comply with all the other requirements of § 270.2a-7, except that, if the company has no board of directors, the company's investment adviser performs the duties of the board of directors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36655, June 27, 2006, as amended at 85 FR 74005, Nov. 19, 2020; 88 FR 37987, June 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d1-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d1-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d1-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d1-3   Exemptions for investment companies relying on section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption from sales charge limits.</I> A registered investment company (“acquiring fund”) that relies on section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(F)) to acquire securities issued by an investment company (“acquired fund”) may offer or sell any security it issues through a principal underwriter or otherwise at a public offering price that includes a sales load of more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> percent if any sales charges and service fees charged with respect to the acquiring fund's securities do not exceed the limits set forth in FINRA Rule 2341 applicable to a fund of funds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the terms <I>fund of funds,</I> sales charge, and <I>service fee</I> have the same meanings as in FINRA Rule 2341(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36655, June 27, 2006, as amended at 88 FR 37987, June 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d1-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d1-4   Exemptions for investments in certain investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemptions for acquisition and sale of acquired fund shares.</I> If the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section are satisfied, notwithstanding sections 12(d)(1)(A), 12(d)(1)(B), 12(d)(1)(C), 17(a), 57(a)(1)-(2), and 57(d)(1)-(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(A), 80a-12(d)(1)(C), 80a-17(a), 80a-56(a)(1)-(2), and 80a-56(d)(1)-(2)):
</P>
<P>(1) A registered investment company (other than a face-amount certificate company) or business development company (an <I>acquiring fund</I>) may purchase or otherwise acquire the securities issued by another registered investment company (other than a face-amount certificate company) or business development company (an <I>acquired fund</I>);
</P>
<P>(2) An acquired fund, any principal underwriter thereof, and any broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may sell or otherwise dispose of the securities issued by the acquired fund to any acquiring fund and any acquired fund may redeem or repurchase any securities issued by the acquired fund from any acquiring fund; and
</P>
<P>(3) An acquiring fund that is an affiliated person of an exchange-traded fund (or who is an affiliated person of such a fund) solely by reason of the circumstances described in § 270.6c-11(b)(3)(i) and (ii), may deposit and receive the exchange-traded fund's baskets, provided that the acquired exchange-traded fund is not otherwise an affiliated person (or affiliated person of an affiliated person) of the acquiring fund.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions</I>—(1) <I>Control.</I> (i) The acquiring fund and its advisory group will not control (individually or in the aggregate) an acquired fund;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the acquiring fund and its advisory group, in the aggregate,
</P>
<P>(A) Hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered open-end management investment company or registered unit investment trust as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund, or
</P>
<P>(B) Hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company, each of those holders will vote its securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities; provided, however, that in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund are required by this section or otherwise under section 12(d)(1) to vote securities of the acquired fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities, the acquiring fund will seek instructions from its security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such acquired fund securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The conditions in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (ii) of this section do not apply if:
</P>
<P>(A) The acquiring fund is in the same group of investment companies as an acquired fund; or
</P>
<P>(B) The acquiring fund's investment sub-adviser or any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such investment sub-adviser acts as an acquired fund's investment adviser or depositor.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Findings and agreements.</I> (i) Management companies.
</P>
<P>(A) If the acquiring fund is a management company, prior to the initial acquisition of an acquired fund in excess of the limits in section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(A)(i)), the acquiring fund's investment adviser must evaluate the complexity of the structure and fees and expenses associated with the acquiring fund's investment in the acquired fund, and find that the acquiring fund's fees and expenses do not duplicate the fees and expenses of the acquired fund;
</P>
<P>(B) If the acquired fund is a management company, prior to the initial acquisition of an acquired fund in excess of the limits in section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(A)(i)), the acquired fund's investment adviser must find that any undue influence concerns associated with the acquiring fund's investment in the acquired fund are reasonably addressed and, as part of this finding, the investment adviser must consider at a minimum the following items:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The scale of contemplated investments by the acquiring fund and any maximum investment limits;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The anticipated timing of redemption requests by the acquiring fund;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Whether and under what circumstances the acquiring fund will provide advance notification of investments and redemptions; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The circumstances under which the acquired fund may elect to satisfy redemption requests in kind rather than in cash and the terms of any such redemptions in kind; and
</P>
<P>(C) The investment adviser to each acquiring or acquired management company must report its evaluation, finding, and the basis for its evaluations or findings required by paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, as applicable, to the fund's board of directors, no later than the next regularly scheduled board of directors meeting.
</P>
<P>(ii) Unit investment trusts. If the acquiring fund is a unit investment trust (<I>UIT</I>) and the date of initial deposit of portfolio securities into the UIT occurs after the effective date of this section, the UIT's principal underwriter or depositor must evaluate the complexity of the structure associated with the UIT's investment in acquired funds and, on or before such date of initial deposit, find that the UIT's fees and expenses do not duplicate the fees and expenses of the acquired funds that the UIT holds or will hold at the date of deposit.
</P>
<P>(iii) Separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. With respect to a separate account funding variable insurance contracts that invests in an acquiring fund, the acquiring fund must obtain a certification from the insurance company offering the separate account that the insurance company has determined that the fees and expenses borne by the separate account, acquiring fund, and acquired fund, in the aggregate, are consistent with the standard set forth in section 26(f)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-26(f)(2)(A)).
</P>
<P>(iv) Fund of funds investment agreement. Unless the acquiring fund's investment adviser acts as the acquired fund's investment adviser and such adviser is not acting as the sub-adviser to either fund, the acquiring fund must enter into an agreement with the acquired fund effective for the duration of the funds' reliance on this section, which must include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Any material terms regarding the acquiring fund's investment in the acquired fund necessary to make the finding required under paragraph (b)(2)(i) through (ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) A termination provision whereby either the acquiring fund or acquired fund may terminate the agreement subject to advance written notice no longer than 60 days; and
</P>
<P>(C) A requirement that the acquired fund provide the acquiring fund with information on the fees and expenses of the acquired fund reasonably requested by the acquiring fund.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Complex fund structures.</I> (i) No investment company may rely on section 12(d)(1)(G) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(G)) or this section to purchase or otherwise acquire, in excess of the limits in section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(A)), the outstanding voting securities of an investment company (a <I>second-tier fund</I>) that relies on this section to acquire the securities of an acquired fund, unless the second-tier fund makes investments permitted by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No acquired fund may purchase or otherwise acquire the securities of an investment company or private fund if immediately after such purchase or acquisition, the securities of investment companies and private funds owned by the acquired fund have an aggregate value in excess of 10 percent of the value of the total assets of the acquired fund; provided, however, that the 10 percent limitation of this paragraph shall not apply to investments by the acquired fund in:
</P>
<P>(A) Reliance on section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E));
</P>
<P>(B) Reliance on § 270.12d1-1;
</P>
<P>(C) A subsidiary that is wholly-owned and controlled by the acquired fund;
</P>
<P>(D) Securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of a company; or
</P>
<P>(E) Securities of another investment company received pursuant to exemptive relief from the Commission to engage in interfund borrowing and lending transactions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The acquiring and acquired funds relying upon this section must maintain and preserve for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of each fund of funds investment agreement that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect, and any amendments thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) A written record of the evaluations and findings required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and the basis therefor within the past five years;
</P>
<P>(3) A written record of the finding required by paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section and the basis for such finding; and
</P>
<P>(4) The certification from each insurance company required by paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Advisory group</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) An acquiring fund's investment adviser or depositor, and any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such investment adviser or depositor; or
</P>
<P>(2) An acquiring fund's investment sub-adviser and any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such investment sub-adviser.
</P>
<P><I>Baskets</I> has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 270.6c-11(a)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Exchange-traded fund</I> means a fund or class, the shares of which are listed and traded on a national securities exchange, and that has formed and operates in reliance on § 6c-11 or under an exemptive order granted by the Commission.
</P>
<P><I>Group of investment companies</I> means any two or more registered investment companies or business development companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.
</P>
<P><I>Private fund</I> means an issuer that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Act but for the exclusions from that definition provided for in section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or 80a-3(c)(7)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 74005, Nov. 19, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d2-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d2-1   Definition of insurance company for purposes of sections 12(d)(2) and 12(g) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of sections 12(d)(2) and 12(g) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(2) and 80a-12(g)], <I>insurance company</I> shall include a foreign insurance company as that term is used in rule 3a-6 under the Act (17 CFR 270.3a-6).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 56300, Nov. 4, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.12d3-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.12d3-1   Exemption of acquisitions of securities issued by persons engaged in securities related businesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding section 12(d)(3) of the Act, a registered investment company, or any company or companies controlled by such registered investment company (“acquiring company”) may acquire any security issued by any person that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived 15 percent or less of its gross revenues from securities related activities unless the acquiring company would control such person after the acquisition. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding section 12(d)(3) of the Act, an acquiring company may acquire any security issued by a person that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15 percent of its gross revenues from securities related activities, <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately after the acquisition of any equity security, the acquiring company owns not more than five percent of the outstanding securities of that class of the issuer's equity securities; 
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately after the acquisition of any debt security, the acquiring company owns not more than ten percent of the outstanding principal amount of the issuer's debt securities; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately after any such acquisition, the acquiring company has invested not more than five percent of the value of its total assets in the securities of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, this section does not exempt the acquisition of: 
</P>
<P>(1) A general partnership interest; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A security issued by the acquiring company's promoter, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of such promoter, or principal underwriter; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A security issued by the acquiring company's investment adviser, or an affiliated person of the acquiring company's investment adviser, other than a security issued by a subadviser or an affiliated person of a subadviser of the acquiring company provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Prohibited relationships.</I> The subadviser that is (or whose affiliated person is) the issuer is not, and is not an affiliated person of, an investment adviser responsible for providing advice with respect to the portion of the acquiring company that is acquiring the securities, or of any promoter, underwriter, officer, director, member of an advisory board, or employee of the acquiring company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Advisory contract.</I> The advisory contracts of the Subadviser that is (or whose affiliated person is) the issuer, and any Subadviser that is advising the portion of the acquiring company that is purchasing the securities: 
</P>
<P>(A) Prohibit them from consulting with each other concerning transactions of the acquiring company in securities or other assets, other than for purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Limit their responsibility in providing advice to providing advice with respect to a discrete portion of the acquiring company's portfolio. 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Securities related activities</I> are a person's activities as a broker, a dealer, an underwriter, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or as an investment adviser to a registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(2) An issuer's gross revenues from its own securities related activities and from its ratable share of the securities related activities of enterprises of which it owns 20 percent or more of the voting or equity interest should be considered in determining the degree to which an issuer is engaged in securities related activities. Such information may be obtained from the issuer's annual report to shareholders, the issuer's annual reports or registration statement filed with the Commission, or the issuer's chief financial officer. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Equity security</I> is as defined in § 240.3a-11 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Debt security</I> includes all securities other than equity securities. 
</P>
<P>(5) Determination of the percentage of an acquiring company's ownership of any class of outstanding equity securities of an issuer shall be made in accordance with the procedures described in the rules under § 240.16 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(6) Where an acquiring company is considering acquiring or has acquired options, warrants, rights, or convertible securities of a securities related business, the determination required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be made as though such options, warrants, rights, or conversion privileges had been exercised. 
</P>
<P>(7) The following transactions will not be deemed to be an acquisition of securities of a securities related business: 
</P>
<P>(i) Receipt of stock dividends on securities acquired in compliance with this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Receipt of securities arising from a stock-for-stock split on securities acquired in compliance with this section; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Exercise of options, warrants, or rights acquired in compliance with this section; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Conversion of convertible securities acquired in compliance with this section; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Acquisition of Demand Features or Guarantees, as these terms are defined in §§ 270.2a-7(a)(9) and 270.2a-7(a)(16) respectively, provided that, immediately after the acquisition of any Demand Feature or Guarantee, the company will not, with respect to 75 percent of the total value of its assets, have invested more than ten percent of the total value of its assets in securities underlying Demand Features or Guarantees from the same institution. For the purposes of this section, a Demand Feature or Guarantee will be considered to be from the party to whom the company will look for a payment of the exercise price. 
</P>
<P>(8) Any class or series of an investment company that issues two or more classes or series of preferred or special stock, each of which is preferred over all other classes or series with respect to assets specifically allocated to that class or series, shall be treated as if it is a registered investment company.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Subadviser</I> means an investment adviser as defined in section 2(a)(20)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)(B)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 49427, Sept. 23, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 13982, Mar. 28, 1996; 62 FR 64986, Dec. 9, 1997; 66 FR 36162, July 11, 2001; 68 FR 3152, Jan. 22, 2003; 79 FR 47967, Aug. 14, 2014; 80 FR 58155, Sept. 25, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.13a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.13a-1   Exemption for change of status by temporarily diversified company.</HEAD>
<P>A change of its subclassification by a registered management company from that of a diversified company to that of a nondiversified company shall be exempt from the provisions of section 13(a)(1) of the Act (54 Stat. 811; 15 U.S.C. 80a-13), if such change occurs under the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(a) Such company was a nondiversified company at the time of its registration pursuant to section 8(a) (54 Stat. 803; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or thereafter legally became a nondiversified company. 
</P>
<P>(b) After its registration and within 3 years prior to such change, such company became a diversified company. 
</P>
<P>(c) At the time such company became a diversified company, its registration statement filed pursuant to section 8(b) (54 Stat. 803; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8), as supplemented and modified by any amendments and reports theretofore filed, did not stated that the registrant proposed to become a diversified company. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-13A-1, 6 FR 3967, Aug. 8, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.14a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.14a-1   Use of notification pursuant to regulation E under the Securities Act of 1933.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of section 14(a)(3) of the Act, registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 by a small business investment company operating under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 shall be deemed to include the filing of a notification under Rule 604 of Regulation E promulgated under said Act if provision is made in connection with such notification which in the opinion of the Commission adequately insures (a) that after the effective date of such notification such company will not issue any security or receive any proceeds of any subscription for any security until firm agreements have been made with such company by not more than twenty-five responsible persons to purchase from it securities to be issued by it for an aggregate net amount which plus the then net worth of the company, if any, will equal at least $100,000; (b) that said aggregate net amount will be paid into such company before any subscriptions for such securities will be accepted from any persons in excess of twenty-five; (c) that arrangements will be made whereby any proceeds so paid in, as well as any sales load, will be refunded to any subscriber on demand without any deduction, in the event that the net proceeds so received by the company do not result in the company having a net worth of at least $100,000 within ninety days after such notification becomes effective. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 3512, Apr. 22, 1960] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.14a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.14a-2   Exemption from section 14(a) of the Act for certain registered separate accounts and their principal underwriters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered separate account, and any principal underwriter for such account, shall be exempt from section 14(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-14(a)) with respect to a public offering of variable annuity contracts participating in such account.
</P>
<P>(b) Any registered management investment company which has as a promoter an insurance company and which offers its securities to separate accounts of such insurance company that offer variable annuity contracts and are registered under the Act as unit investment trusts (“trust accounts”), and any principal underwriter for such investment company, shall be exempt from section 14(a) with respect to such offering and to the offering of such securities to trust accounts of other insurance companies.
</P>
<P>(c) Any registered management investment company exempt from section 14(a) of the Act pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be exempt from sections 15(a), 16(a), and 32(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a), 80a-16(a), and 80a-31(a)(2)), to the extent prescribed in §§ 270.15a-3, 270.16a-1, and 270.32a-2 (Rules 15a-3, 16a-1, and 32a-2 under the Act), provided that such investment company complies with the conditions set forth in Rules 15a-3, 16a-1, and 32a-2 as if it were a separate account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26109, May 1, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.14a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.14a-3   Exemption from section 14(a) of the Act for certain registered unit investment trusts and their principal underwriters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered unit investment trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust”) engaged exclusively in the business of investing in eligible trust securities, and any principal underwriter for the Trust, shall be exempt from section 14(a) of the Act with respect to a public offering of Trust units: <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) At the commencement of such offering the Trust holds at least $100,000 principal amount of eligible trust securities (or delivery statements relating to contracts for the purchase of any such securities which, together with cash or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank in the amount required for their purchase, are held by the Trust for purchase of the securities); 
</P>
<P>(2) If, within ninety days from the time that the Trust's registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) the net worth of the Trust declines to less than $100,000 or the Trust is terminated, the sponsor for the Trust shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Refund, on demand and without deduction, all sales charges to any unitholders who purchased Trust units from the sponsor (or from any underwriter or dealer participating in the distribution), and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquidate the eligible trust securities held by the Trust and distribute the proceeds thereof to the unitholders of the Trust; 
</P>
<P>(3) The sponsor instructs the trustee when the eligible trust securities are deposited in the Trust that, in the event that redemptions by the sponsor or any underwriter of units constituting a part of the unsold units results in the Trust having a net worth of less than 40 percent of the principal amount of the eligible trust securities (or delivery statements relating to contracts for the purchase of any such securities which, together with cash or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank in the amount required for their purchase, are held by the Trust for purchase of the securities) initially deposited in the Trust—
</P>
<P>(i) The trustee shall terminate the Trust and distribute the assets thereof to the unitholders of the Trust, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The sponsor for the Trust shall refund, on demand and without deduction, all sales charges to any unitholder who purchased Trust units from the sponsor or from any underwriter or dealer participating in the distribution. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of determining the availability of the exemption provided by the foregoing subsection, the term “eligible trust securities” shall mean: 
</P>
<P>(1) Securities (other than convertible securities) which are issued by a corporation and which have their interest or dividend rate fixed at the time they are issued; 
</P>
<P>(2) Interest bearing obligations issued by a state, or by any agency, instrumentality, authority or political subdivision thereof; 
</P>
<P>(3) Government securities; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Units of a previously issued series of the Trust: <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate principal amount of units of existing series so deposited shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio of the new series; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate principal amount of units of any particular existing series so deposited shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio of the new series; 
</P>
<P>(iii) No units shall be so deposited which do not substantially meet investment quality criteria at least as high as those applicable to the new series in which such units are deposited; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The value of the eligible trust securities underlying units of an existing series deposited in a new series shall not, by reason of maturity of such securities according to their terms within ten years following the date of deposit, be reduced sufficiently for such existing series to be voluntarily terminated; 
</P>
<P>(v) Units of existing series so deposited shall constitute units purchased by the sponsor as market maker and not remaining unsold units from the original distribution of such units; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) The sponsor shall deposit units of existing series in the new series without a sales charge. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c) and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c) and 15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 29646, May 22, 1979; 44 FR 40064, July 9, 1979] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.15a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.15a-1   Exemption from stockholders' approval of certain small investment advisory contracts.</HEAD>
<P>An investment adviser of a registered investment company shall be exempt from the requirement of sections 15(a) and 15(e) of the Act (54 Stat. 812; 15 U.S.C. 80a-15) that the written contract pursuant to which he acts shall have been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding votingsecurities of such company, if the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(a) Such investment adviser is not an affiliated person of such company (except as investment adviser) nor of any principal underwriter for such company. 
</P>
<P>(b) His compensation as investment adviser of such company in any fiscal year of the company during which any such contract is in effect either (1) is not more than $100 or (2) is not more than $2,500 and not more than 
<FR>1/40</FR> of 1 percent of the value of the company's net assets averaged over the year or taken as of a definite date or dates within the year. 
</P>
<P>(c) The aggregate compensation of all investment advisers of such company exempted pursuant to this section in any fiscal year of the company either (1) is not more than $200 or (2) is not more than 
<FR>1/20</FR> of 1 percent of the value of the company's net assets averaged over the year or taken as of a definite date or dates within the year. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-15A-1, 6 FR 2275, Jan. 8, 1944] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.15a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.98" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.15a-2   Annual continuance of contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of sections 15(a) and 15(b) of the Act, the continuance of a contract for a period more than two years after the date of its execution shall be deemed to have been specifically approved at least annually by the board of directors or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a registered investment company if such approval occurs: 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to the first continuance of a contract, during the 90 days prior to and including the earlier of (i) the date specified in such contract for its termination in the absence of such approval, or (ii) the second anniversary of the date upon which such contract was executed; or 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any subsequent continuance of a contract, during the 90 days prior to and including the first anniversary of the date upon which the most recent previous annual continuance of such contract became effective. 
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to any continuance of a contract which shall have been approved not later than 90 days after the date of adoption of this section, provided that such contract shall expire, by its terms, not later than 17 months from the date of adoption of this section. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This section does not establish the exclusive method of complying with the Act. It provides one procedure by which a registered investment company may comply with the applicable provisions of sections 15(a) and 15(b) of the Act; it does not preclude any other appropriate procedure. Any annual continuance of a contract approved in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of § 270.15a-2 will constitute a renewal of such contract for the purposes of section 15(c) of the Act, and therefore such renewal must be approved by the disinterested directors within the times specified in the section for a continuance.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 41911, Sept. 24, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.15a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.99" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.15a-3   Exemption for initial period of investment adviser of certain registered separate accounts from requirement of security holder approval of investment advisory contract.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An investment adviser of a registered separate account shall be exempt from the requirement under section 15(a) of the Act that the initial written contract pursuant to which the investment adviser serves or acts shall have been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such registered separate account, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such registered separate account qualifies for exemption from section 14(a) of the Act pursuant to § 270.14a-2, or is exempt therefrom by order of the Commission upon application; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Such written contract shall be submitted to a vote of variable annuity contract owners at their first meeting after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) relating to variable annuity contracts participating in such account: <I>Provided,</I> That such meeting shall take place within 1 year after such effective date, unless the time for the holding of such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request showing good cause therefor. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 6, 54 Stat. 800; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 12695, Aug. 5, 1969] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.15a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.100" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.15a-4   Temporary exemption for certain investment advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fund</I> means an investment company, and includes a separate series of the company.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Interim contract</I> means a written investment advisory contract: 
</P>
<P>(i) That has not been approved by a majority of the fund's outstanding voting securities; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That has a duration no greater than 150 days following the date on which the previous contract terminates.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Previous contract</I> means an investment advisory contract that has been approved by a majority of the fund's outstanding voting securities and has been terminated.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding section 15(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a)), a person may act as investment adviser for a fund under an interim contract after the termination of a previous contract as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a previous contract terminated by an event described in section 15(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(a)(3)), by the failure to renew the previous contract, or by an assignment (other than an assignment by an investment adviser or a controlling person of the investment adviser in connection with which assignment the investment adviser or a controlling person directly or indirectly receives money or other benefit):
</P>
<P>(i) The compensation to be received under the interim contract is no greater than the compensation the adviser would have received under the previous contract; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, has approved the interim contract within 10 business days after the termination, at a meeting in which directors may participate by any means of communication that allows all directors participating to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a previous contract terminated by an assignment by an investment adviser or a controlling person of the investment adviser in connection with which assignment the investment adviser or a controlling person directly or indirectly receives money or other benefit:
</P>
<P>(i) The compensation to be received under the interim contract is no greater than the compensation the adviser would have received under the previous contract;
</P>
<P>(ii) The board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, has voted in person to approve the interim contract before the previous contract is terminated;
</P>
<P>(iii) The board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, determines that the scope and quality of services to be provided to the fund under the interim contract will be at least equivalent to the scope and quality of services provided under the previous contract;
</P>
<P>(iv) The interim contract provides that the fund's board of directors or a majority of the fund's outstanding voting securities may terminate the contract at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 10 calendar days' written notice to the investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(v) The interim contract contains the same terms and conditions as the previous contract, with the exception of its effective and termination dates, provisions governed by paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(iv), and (b)(2)(vi) of this section, and any other differences in terms and conditions that the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, finds to be immaterial;
</P>
<P>(vi) The interim contract contains the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(A) The compensation earned under the contract will be held in an interest-bearing escrow account with the fund's custodian or a bank;
</P>
<P>(B) If a majority of the fund's outstanding voting securities approve a contract with the investment adviser by the end of the 150-day period, the amount in the escrow account (including interest earned) will be paid to the investment adviser; and
</P>
<P>(C) If a majority of the fund's outstanding voting securities do not approve a contract with the investment adviser, the investment adviser will be paid, out of the escrow account, the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any costs incurred in performing the interim contract (plus interest earned on that amount while in escrow); or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The total amount in the escrow account (plus interest earned); and
</P>
<P>(vii) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 68023, Dec. 6, 1999, as amended 66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.16a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.101" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.16a-1   Exemption for initial period of directors of certain registered accounts from requirements of election by security holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons serving as the directors of a registered separate account shall, prior to the first meeting of such account's variable annuity contract owners, be exempt from the requirement of section 16(a) of the Act that such persons be elected by the holders of outstanding voting securities of such account at an annual or special meeting called for that purpose, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such registered separate account qualifies for exemption from section 14(a) of the Act pursuant to § 270.14a-1 or is exempt therefrom by order of the Commission upon application; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Such persons have been appointed directors of such account by the establishing insurance company; and 
</P>
<P>(3) An election of directors for such account shall be held at the first meeting of variable annuity contract owners after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), relating to contracts participating in such account: <I>Provided,</I> That such meeting shall take place within 1 year after such effective date, unless the time for the holding of such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request showing good cause therefor.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 6, 54 Stat. 800; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 12695, Aug. 5, 1969] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.102" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-1   Exemption of certain underwriting transactions exempted by § 270.10f-1.</HEAD>
<P>Any transaction exempted pursuant to § 270.10f-1 shall be exempt from the provisions of section 17(a)(1) of the Act (54 Stat. 815; 15 U.S.C. 80a-17).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17A-1, 6 FR 1191, Feb. 28, 1941] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.103" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-2   Exemption of certain purchase, sale, or borrowing transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Purchase, sale or borrowing transactions occurring in the usual course of business between affiliated persons of registered investment companies shall be exempt from section 17(a) of the Act provided (a) the transactions involve notes, drafts, time payment contracts, bills of exchange, acceptance or other property of a commercial character rather than of an investment character; (b) the buyer or lender is a bank; and (c) the seller or borrower is a bank or is engaged principally in the business of installment financing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17A-2, 12 FR 5008, July 29, 1947] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.104" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-3   Exemption of transactions with fully owned subsidiaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following transactions shall be exempt from section 17(a) of the Act: 
</P>
<P>(1) Transactions solely between a registered investment company and one or more of its fully owned subsidiaries or solely between two or more fully owned subsidiaries of such company. 
</P>
<P>(2) Transactions solely between any subsidiary of a registered investment company and one or more fully owned subsidiaries of such subsidiary or solely between two or more fully owned subsidiaries of such subsidiary. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>fully owned subsidiary</I> as used in this section, means a subsidiary (1) all of whose outstanding securities, other than directors' qualifying shares, are owned by its parent and/or the parent's other fully owned subsidiaries, and (2) which is not indebted to any person other than its parent and/or the parent's other fully owned subsidiaries in an amount which is material in relation to the particular subsidiary, excepting (i) indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not overdue and which matures within one year from the date of its creation, whether evidenced by securities or not, and (ii) any other indebtedness to one or more banks or insurance companies. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17A-3, 12 FR 3442, May 28, 1947] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.105" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-4   Exemption of transactions pursuant to certain contracts.</HEAD>
<P>Transactions pursuant to a contract shall be exempt from section 17(a) of the Act if at the time of the making of the contract and for a period of at least six months prior thereto no affiliation or other relationship existed which would operate to make such contract or the subsequent performance thereof subject to the provisions of said section 17(a). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17A-4, 12 FR 5008, July 29, 1947] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.106" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-5   Pro rata distribution neither “sale” nor “purchase.”</HEAD>
<P>When a company makes a pro rata distribution in cash or in kind among its common stockholders without giving any election to any stockholder as to the specific assets which such stockholders shall receive, such distribution shall not be deemed to involve a sale to or a purchase from such distributing company as those terms are used in section 17(a) of the Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[20 FR 7447, Oct. 6, 1955] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.107" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-6   Exemption for transactions with portfolio affiliates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption for transactions with portfolio affiliates.</I> A transaction to which a fund, or a company controlled by a fund, and a portfolio affiliate of the fund are parties is exempt from the provisions of section 17(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)), provided that none of the following persons is a party to the transaction, or has a direct or indirect financial interest in a party to the transaction other than the fund: 
</P>
<P>(1) An officer, director, employee, investment adviser, member of an advisory board, depositor, promoter of or principal underwriter for the fund; 
</P>
<P>(2) A person directly or indirectly controlling the fund; 
</P>
<P>(3) A person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(4) A person directly or indirectly under common control with the fund, other than: 
</P>
<P>(i) A portfolio affiliate of the fund; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A fund whose sole interest in the transaction or a party to the transaction is an interest in the portfolio affiliate; or 
</P>
<P>(5) An affiliated person of any of the persons mentioned in paragraphs (a)(1)-(4) of this section, other than the fund or a portfolio affiliate of the fund. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions</I>—(1) <I>Financial interest.</I> (i) The term <I>financial interest</I> as used in this section does not include: 
</P>
<P>(A) Any interest through ownership of securities issued by the fund; 
</P>
<P>(B) Any interest of a wholly-owned subsidiary of a fund; 
</P>
<P>(C) Usual and ordinary fees for services as a director; 
</P>
<P>(D) An interest of a non-executive employee; 
</P>
<P>(E) An interest of an insurance company arising from a loan or policy made or issued by it in the ordinary course of business to a natural person; 
</P>
<P>(F) An interest of a bank arising from a loan or account made or maintained by it in the ordinary course of business to or with a natural person, unless it arises from a loan to a person who is an officer, director or executive of a company which is a party to the transaction, or from a loan to a person who directly or indirectly owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of a company which is a party to the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(G) An interest acquired in a transaction described in paragraph (d)(3) of § 270.17d-1; or 
</P>
<P>(H) Any other interest that the board of directors of the fund, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, finds to be not material, provided that the directors record the basis for that finding in the minutes of their meeting. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A person has a financial interest in any party in which it has a financial interest, in which it had a financial interest within six months prior to the transaction, or in which it will acquire a financial interest pursuant to an arrangement in existence at the time of the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fund</I> means a registered investment company or separate series of a registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Portfolio affiliate of a fund</I> means a person that is an affiliated person (or an affiliated person of an affiliated person) of a fund solely because the fund, a fund under common control with the fund, or both: 
</P>
<P>(i) Controls such person (or an affiliated person of such person); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Owns, controls, or holds with power to vote five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such person (or an affiliated person of such person).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 3153, Jan. 22, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.108" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-7   Exemption of certain purchase or sale transactions between an investment company and certain affiliated persons thereof.</HEAD>
<P>A purchase or sale transaction between registered investment companies or separate series of registered investment companies, which are affiliated persons, or affiliated persons of affiliated persons, of each other, between separate series of a registered investment company, or between a registered investment company or a separate series of a registered investment company and a person which is an affiliated person of such registered investment company (or affiliated person of such person) solely by reason of having a common investment adviser or investment advisers which are affiliated persons of each other, common directors, and/or common officers, is exempt from section 17(a) of the Act; <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) The transaction is a purchase or sale, for no consideration other than cash payment against prompt delivery of a security for which market quotations are readily available;
</P>
<P>(b) The transaction is effected at the independent current market price of the security. For purposes of this paragraph the “current market price” shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) If the security is an “NMS stock” as that term is defined in 17 CFR 242.600, the last sale price with respect to such security reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system (“consolidated system”) or the average of the highest current independent bid and lowest current independent offer for such security (reported pursuant to 17 CFR 242.602) if there are no reported transactions in the consolidated system that day; or 
</P>
<P>(2) If the security is not a reported security, and the principal market for such security is an exchange, then the last sale on such exchange or the average of the highest current independent bid and lowest current independent offer on such exchange if there are no reported transactions on such exchange that day; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the security is not a reported security and is quoted in the NASDAQ System, then the average of the highest current independent bid and lowest current independent offer reported on Level 1 of NASDAQ; or
</P>
<P>(4) For all other securities, the average of the highest current independent bid and lowest current independent offer determined on the basis of reasonable inquiry;
</P>
<P>(c) The transaction is consistent with the policy of each registered investment company and separate series of a registered investment company participating in the transaction, as recited in its registration statement and reports filed under the Act;
</P>
<P>(d) No brokerage commission, fee (except for customary transfer fees), or other remuneration is paid in connection with the transaction;
</P>
<P>(e) The board of directors of the investment company, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of such investment company, 
</P>
<P>(1) Adopts procedures pursuant to which such purchase or sale transactions may be effected for the company, which are reasonably designed to provide that all of the conditions of this section in paragraphs (a) through (d) have been complied with, 
</P>
<P>(2) Makes and approves such changes as the board deems necessary, and 
</P>
<P>(3) Determines no less frequently than quarterly that all such purchases or sales made during the preceding quarter were effected in compliance with such procedures;
</P>
<P>(f) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7); and
</P>
<P>(g) The investment company (1) maintains and preserves permanently in an easily accessible place a written copy of the procedures (and any modifications thereto) described in paragraph (e) of this section, and (2) maintains and preserves for a period not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transactions occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, a written record of each such transaction setting forth a description of the security purchased or sold, the identity of the person on the other side of the transaction, the terms of the purchase or sale transaction, and the information or materials upon which the determinations described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section were made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17013, Mar. 17, 1981, as amended at 58 FR 49921, Sept. 24, 1993; 66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004; 70 FR 37632, June 29, 2005] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.109" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-8   Mergers of affiliated companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption of affiliated mergers.</I> A Merger of a registered investment company (or a series thereof) and one or more other registered investment companies (or series thereof) or Eligible Unregistered Funds is exempt from sections 17(a)(1) and (2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)(1)-(2)) if: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Surviving company.</I> The Surviving Company is a registered investment company (or a series thereof). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board determinations.</I> As to any registered investment company (or series thereof) participating in the Merger (“Merging Company”): 
</P>
<P>(i) The board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the Merging Company or of any other company or series participating in the Merger, determines that: 
</P>
<P>(A) Participation in the Merger is in the best interests of the Merging Company; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The interests of the Merging Company's existing shareholders will not be diluted as a result of the Merger. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2)(<E T="01">i</E>):</HED>
<P>For a discussion of factors that may be relevant to the determinations in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, see Investment Company Act Release No. 25666, July 18, 2002.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) The directors have requested and evaluated such information as may reasonably be necessary to their determinations in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, and have considered and given appropriate weight to all pertinent factors. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The directors, in making the determination in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section, have approved procedures for the valuation of assets to be conveyed by each Eligible Unregistered Fund participating in the Merger. The approved procedures provide for the preparation of a report by an Independent Evaluator, to be considered in assessing the value of any securities (or other assets) for which market quotations are not readily available, that sets forth the fair value of each such asset as of the date of the Merger. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The determinations required in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and the bases thereof, including the factors considered by the directors pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, are recorded fully in the minute books of the Merging Company. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Shareholder approval.</I> Participation in the Merger is approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as provided in section 2(a)(42) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(42))) of any Merging Company that is not a Surviving Company, unless— 
</P>
<P>(i) No policy of the Merging Company that under section 13 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-13) could not be changed without a vote of a majority of its outstanding voting securities, is materially different from a policy of the Surviving Company; 
</P>
<P>(ii) No advisory contract between the Merging Company and any investment adviser thereof is materially different from an advisory contract between the Surviving Company and any investment adviser thereof, except for the identity of the investment companies as a party to the contract; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Directors of the Merging Company who are not interested persons of the Merging Company and who were elected by its shareholders, will comprise a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company who are not interested persons of the Surviving Company; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any distribution fees (as a percentage of the fund's average net assets) authorized to be paid by the Surviving Company pursuant to a plan adopted in accordance with § 270.12b-1 are no greater than the distribution fees (as a percentage of the fund's average net assets) authorized to be paid by the Merging Company pursuant to such a plan. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Board composition.</I> The board of directors of the Merging Company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Merger records.</I> Any Surviving Company preserves written records that describe the Merger and its terms for six years after the Merger (and for the first two years in an easily accessible place). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Merger</I> means the merger, consolidation, or purchase or sale of substantially all of the assets between a registered investment company (or a series thereof) and another company; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligible Unregistered Fund</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) A collective trust fund, as described in section 3(c)(11) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(11)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) A common trust fund or similar fund, as described in section 3(c)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(3)); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A separate account, as described in section 2(a)(37) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(37)), that is neither registered under section 8 of the Act, nor required to be so registered; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Independent Evaluator</I> means a person who has expertise in the valuation of securities and other financial assets and who is not an interested person, as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)), of the Eligible Unregistered Fund or any affiliate thereof except the Merging Company; and 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Surviving Company</I> means a company in which shareholders of a Merging Company will obtain an interest as a result of a Merger.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 48518, July 24, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.110" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-9   Purchase of certain securities from a money market fund by an affiliate, or an affiliate of an affiliate.</HEAD>
<P>The purchase of a security from the portfolio of an open-end investment company holding itself out as a money market fund by any affiliated person or promoter of or principal underwriter for the money market fund or any affiliated person of such person shall be exempt from section 17(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)); provided that:
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a portfolio security that has ceased to be an Eligible Security (as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(12)), or has defaulted (other than an immaterial default unrelated to the financial condition of the issuer):
</P>
<P>(1) The purchase price is paid in cash; and
</P>
<P>(2) The purchase price is equal to the greater of the amortized cost of the security or its market price (in each case, including accrued interest).
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of any other portfolio security:
</P>
<P>(1) The purchase price meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that the purchaser thereafter sells the security for a higher price than the purchase price paid to the money market fund, the purchaser shall promptly pay to the fund the amount by which the subsequent sale price exceeds the purchase price paid to the fund.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 10117, Mar. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17a-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.111" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17a-10   Exemption for transactions with certain subadvisory affiliates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> A person that is prohibited by section 17(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a)) from entering into a transaction with a fund solely because such person is, or is an affiliated person of, a subadviser of the fund, or a subadviser of a fund that is under common control with the fund, may nonetheless enter into such transaction, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Prohibited relationship.</I> The person is not, and is not an affiliated person of, an investment adviser responsible for providing advice with respect to the portion of the fund for which the transaction is entered into, or of any promoter, underwriter, officer, director, member of an advisory board, or employee of the fund. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prohibited conduct.</I> The advisory contracts of the subadviser that is (or whose affiliated person is) entering into the transaction, and any subadviser that is advising the fund (or portion of the fund) entering into the transaction:
</P>
<P>(i) Prohibit them from consulting with each other concerning transactions for the fund in securities or other assets; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) If both such subadvisers are responsible for providing investment advice to the fund, limit the subadvisers' responsibility in providing advice with respect to a discrete portion of the fund's portfolio. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Fund</I> means a registered investment company and includes a separate series of a registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subadviser</I> means an investment adviser as defined in section 2(a)(20)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)(B)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 3153, Jan. 22, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.112" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17d-1   Applications regarding joint enterprises or arrangements and certain profit-sharing plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No affiliated person of or principal underwriter for any registered investment company (other than a company of the character described in section 12(d)(3) (A) and (B) of the Act) and no affiliated person of such a person or principal underwriter, acting as principal, shall participate in, or effect any transaction in connection with, any joint enterprise or other joint arrangement or profit-sharing plan in which any such registered company, or a company controlled by such registered company, is a participant, and which is entered into, adopted or modified subsequent to the effective date of this rule, unless an application regarding such joint enterprise, arrangement or profit-sharing plan has been filed with the Commission and has been granted by an order entered prior to the submission of such plan or modification to security holders for approval, or prior to such adoption or modification if not so submitted, except that the provisions of this rule shall not preclude any affiliated person from acting as manager of any underwriting syndicate or other group in which such registered or controlled company is a participant and receiving compensation therefor. 
</P>
<P>(b) In passing upon such applications, the Commission will consider whether the participation of such registered or controlled company in such joint enterprise, joint arrangement or profit-sharing plan on the basis proposed is consistent with the provisions, policies and purposes of the Act and the extent to which such participation is on a basis different from or less advantageous than that of other participants. 
</P>
<P>(c) “Joint enterprise or other joint arrangement or profit-sharing plan” as used in this section shall mean any written or oral plan, contract, authorization or arrangement, or any practice or understanding concerning an enterprise or undertaking whereby a registered investment company or a controlled company thereof and any affiliated person of or a principal underwriter for such registered investment company, or any affiliated person of such a person or principal underwriter, have a joint or a joint and several participation, or share in the profits of such enterprise or undertaking, including, but not limited to, any stock option or stock purchase plan, but shall not include an investment advisory contract subject to section 15 of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, no application need be filed pursuant to this section with respect to any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any profit-sharing, stock option or stock purchase plan provided by any controlled company which is not an investment company for its officers, directors or employees, or the purchase of stock or the granting, modification or exercise of options pursuant to such a plan, provided: 
</P>
<P>(i) No individual participates therein who is either: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) An affiliated person of any investment company which is an affiliated person of such controlled company; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) An affiliated person of the investment adviser or principal underwriter of such investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) No participant has been an affiliated person of such investment company, its investment adviser or principal underwriter during the life of the plan and for six months prior to, as the case may be: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) Institution of the profit-sharing plan; 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) The purchase of stock pursuant to a stock purchase plan; or
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) The granting of any options pursuant to a stock option plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any plan provided by any registered investment company or any controlled company for its officers or employees if such plan has been qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and all contributions paid under said plan by the employer qualify as deductible under section 404 of said Code. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any loan or advance of credit to, or acquisition of securities or other property of, a small business concern, or any agreement to do any of the foregoing (“Investments”), made by a bank and a small business investment company (SBIC) licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, whether such transactions are contemporaneous or separated in time, where the bank is an affiliated person of either (i) the SBIC or (ii) an affiliated person of the SBIC; but reports containing pertinent details as to Investments and transactions relating thereto shall be made at such time, on such forms and by such persons as the Commission may from time to time prescribe. 
</P>
<P>(4) The issuance by a registered investment company which is licensed by the Small Business Administration pursuant to the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 of stock options which qualify under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and which conform to § 107.805(b) of Chapter I of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any joint enterprise or other joint arrangement or profit-sharing plan (“joint enterprise”) in which a registered investment company or a company controlled by such a company, is a participant, and in which a portfolio affiliate (as defined in § 270.17a-6(b)(3)) of such registered investment company is also a participant, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) None of the persons identified in § 270.17a-6(a) is a participant in the joint enterprise, or has a direct or indirect financial interest in a participant in the joint enterprise (other than the registered investment company); 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Financial interest.</I> (A) The term <I>financial interest</I> as used in this section does not include: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any interest through ownership of securities issued by the registered investment company; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Any interest of a wholly owned subsidiary of the registered investment company; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Usual and ordinary fees for services as a director; 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) An interest of a non-executive employee; 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) An interest of an insurance company arising from a loan or policy made or issued by it in the ordinary course of business to a natural person; 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) An interest of a bank arising from a loan to a person who is an officer, director, or executive of a company which is a participant in the joint transaction or from a loan to a person who directly or indirectly owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of a company which is a participant in the joint transaction; 
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) An interest acquired in a transaction described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Any other interest that the board of directors of the investment company, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the investment company, finds to be not material, provided that the directors record the basis for that finding in the minutes of their meeting. 
</P>
<P>(B) A person has a financial interest in any party in which it has a financial interest, in which it had a financial interest within six months prior to the investment company's participation in the enterprise, or in which it will acquire a financial interest pursuant to an arrangement in existence at the time of the investment company's participation in the enterprise. 
</P>
<P>(6) The receipt of securities and/or cash by an investment company or a controlled company thereof and an affiliated person of such investment company or an affiliated person of such person pursuant to a plan of reorganization: <I>Provided,</I> That no person identified in § 270.17a-6(a)(1) or any company in which such a person has a direct or indirect financial interest (as defined in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section):
</P>
<P>(i) Has a direct or indirect financial interest in the corporation under reorganization, except owning securities of each class or classes owned by such investment company or controlled company;
</P>
<P>(ii) Receives pursuant to such plan any securities or other property, except securities of the same class and subject to the same terms as the securities received by such investment company or controlled company, and/or cash in the same proportion as is received by the investment company or controlled company based on securities of the company under reorganization owned by such persons; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is, or has a direct or indirect financial interest in any person (other than such investment company or controlled company) who is:
</P>
<P>(A) Purchasing assets from the company under reorganization; or
</P>
<P>(B) Exchanging shares with such person in a transaction not in compliance with the standards described in this paragraph (d)(6).
</P>
<P>(7) Any arrangement regarding liability insurance policies (other than a bond required pursuant to rule 17g-1 (§ 270.17g-1) under the Act); <I>Provided,</I> That
</P>
<P>(i) The investment company's participation in the joint liability insurance policy is in the best interests of the investment company;
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed premium for the joint liability insurance policy to be allocated to the investment company, based upon its proportionate share of the sum of the premiums that would have been paid if such insurance coverage were purchased separately by the insured parties, is fair and reasonable to the investment company;
</P>
<P>(iii) The joint liability insurance policy does not exclude coverage for bona fide claims made against any director who is not an interested person of the investment company, or against the investment company if it is a co-defendant in the claim with the disinterested director, by another person insured under the joint liability insurance policy;
</P>
<P>(iv) The board of directors of the investment company, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons with respect thereto, determine no less frequently than annually that the standards described in paragraphs (d)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section have been satisfied; and
</P>
<P>(v) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(8) An investment adviser's bearing expenses in connection with a merger, consolidation or purchase or sale of substantially all of the assets of a company which involves a registered investment company of which it is an affiliated person. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[22 FR 426, Jan. 23, 1957, as amended at 26 FR 11240, Nov. 29, 1961; 35 FR 13123, Aug. 18, 1970; 39 FR 37973, Oct. 25, 1974; 44 FR 58503, Oct. 10, 1979; 44 FR 58908, Oct. 12, 1979; 45 FR 12409, Feb. 26, 1980; 66 FR 3758, Jan. 16, 2001; 68 FR 3153, Jan. 22, 2003; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004; 78 FR 79299, Dec. 30, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17d-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.113" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17d-2   Form for report by small business investment company and affiliated bank.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-17D-1 is hereby prescribed as the form for reports required by paragraph (d)(3) of § 270.17d-1. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[26 FR 11240, Nov. 29, 1961] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17d-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.114" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17d-3   Exemption relating to certain joint enterprises or arrangements concerning payment for distribution of shares of a registered open-end management investment company.</HEAD>
<P>An affiliated person of, or principal underwriter for, a registered open-end management investment company and an affiliated person of such a person or principal underwriter shall be exempt from section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(d)) and rule 17d-1 thereunder (17 CFR 270.17d-1), to the extent necessary to permit any such person or principal underwriter to enter into a written agreement with such company whereby the company will make payments in connection with the distribution of its shares, <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) Such agreement is made in compliance with the provisions of § 270.12b-1; and 
</P>
<P>(b) No other registered management investment company which is either an affiliated person of such company or an affiliated person of such a person is a party to such agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 73905, Nov. 7, 1980] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.115" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17e-1   Brokerage transactions on a securities exchange.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 17(e)(2)(A) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-17(e)(2)(A)], a commission, fee or other remuneration shall be deemed as not exceeding the usual and customary broker's commission, if: 
</P>
<P>(a) The commission, fee, or other remuneration received or to be received is reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time; 
</P>
<P>(b) The board of directors, including a majority of the directors of the investment company who are not interested persons thereof: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that such commission, fee, or other remuneration is consistent with the standard described in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Makes and approves such changes as the board deems necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Determines no less frequently than quarterly that all transactions effected pursuant to this section during the preceding quarter (other than transactions in which the person acting as broker is a person permitted to enter into a transaction with the investment company by § 270.17a-10) were effected in compliance with such procedures; 
</P>
<P>(c) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7); and
</P>
<P>(d) The investment company: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall maintain and preserve permanently in an easily accessible place a copy of the procedures (and any modification thereto) described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall maintain and preserve for a period not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transactions occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, a record of each such transaction (other than any transaction in which the person acting as broker is a person permitted to enter into a transaction with the investment company by § 270.17a-10) setting forth the amount and source of the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received, the identity of the person acting as broker, the terms of the transaction, and the information or materials upon which the findings described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section were made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 37203, June 26, 1979, as amended at 58 FR 49921, Sept. 24, 1993; 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 68 FR 3154, Jan. 22, 2003; 69 FR 46389, Aug. 2, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.116" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-1   Custody of securities with members of national securities exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No registered management investment company shall place or maintain any of its securities or similar investments in the custody of a company which is a member of a national securities exchange as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (whether or not such company trades in securities for its own account) except pursuant to a written contract which shall have been approved, or if executed before January 1, 1941, shall have been ratified not later than that date, by a majority of the board of directors of such investment company. 
</P>
<P>(b) The contract shall require, and the securities and investments shall be maintained in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The securities and similar investments held in such custody shall at all times be individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other person and marked in such manner as to clearly identify them as the property of such registered management company, both upon physical inspection thereof and upon examination of the books of the custodian. The physical segregation and marking of such securities and investments may be accomplished by putting them in separate containers bearing the name of such registered management investment company or by attaching tags or labels to such securities and investments. 
</P>
<P>(2) The custodian shall have no power or authority to assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise to dispose of any such securities and investments, except pursuant to the direction of such registered management company and only for the account of such registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(3) Such securities and investments shall be subject to no lien or charge of any kind in favor of the custodian or any persons claiming through the custodian. 
</P>
<P>(4) Such securities and investments shall be verified by actual examination at the end of each annual and semi-annual fiscal period by an independent public accountant retained by the investment company, and shall be examined by such accountant at least one other time, chosen by the accountant, during each fiscal year. A certificate of such accountant stating that an examination of such securities has been made, and describing the nature and extent of the examination, shall be attached to a completed Form N-17f-1 (17 CFR 274.219) and transmitted to the Commission promptly after each examination.
</P>
<P>(5) Such securities and investments shall, at all times, be subject to inspection by the Commission through its employees or agents. 
</P>
<P>(6) The provisions of paragraphs (b) (1), (2) and (3) of this section shall not apply to securities and similar investments bought for or sold to such investment company by the company which is custodian until the securities have been reduced to the physical possession of the custodian and have been paid for by such investment company: <I>Provided,</I> That the company which is custodian shall take possession of such securities at the earliest practicable time. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to relieve any company which is a member of a national securities exchange of any obligation under existing law or under the rules of any national securities exchange. 
</P>
<P>(c) A copy of any contract executed or ratified pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be transmitted to the Commission promptly after execution or ratification unless it has been previously transmitted. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any contract executed or ratified pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be ratified by the board of directors of the registered management investment company at least annually thereafter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17F-1, 5 FR 4317, Oct. 31, 1940, as amended at 54 FR 32049, Aug. 4, 1989] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.117" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-2   Custody of investments by registered management investment company.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The securities and similar investments of a registered management investment company may be maintained in the custody of such company only in accordance with the provisions of this section. Investments maintained by such a company with a bank or other company whose functions and physical facilities are supervised by Federal or State authority under any arrangement whereunder the directors, officers, employees or agents of such company are authorized or permitted to withdraw such investments upon their mere receipt, are deemed to be in the custody of such company and may be so maintained only upon compliance with the provisions of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, all such securities and similar investments shall be deposited in the safekeeping of, or in a vault or other depository maintained by, a bank or other company whose functions and physical facilities are supervised by Federal or State authority. Investments so deposited shall be physically segregated at all times from those of any other person and shall be withdrawn only in connection with transactions of the character described in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) The first sentence of paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply to securities on loan which are collateralized to the extent of their full market value, or to securities hypothecated, pledged, or placed in escrow for the account of such investment company in connection with a loan or other transaction authorized by specific resolution of its board of directors, or to securities in transit in connection with the sale, exchange, redemption, maturity or conversion, the exercise of warrants or rights, assents to changes in terms of the securities, or other transactions necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of business relating to the management of securities. 
</P>
<P>(d) Except as otherwise provided by law, no person shall be authorized or permitted to have access to the securities and similar investments deposited in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section except pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of such investment company. Each such resolution shall designate not more than five persons who shall be either officers or responsible employees of such company and shall provide that access to such investments shall be had only by two or more such persons jointly, at least one of whom shall be an officer; except that access to such investments shall be permitted (1) to properly authorized officers and employees of the bank or other company in whose safekeeping the investments are placed and (2) for the purpose of paragraph (f) of this section to the independent public accountant jointly with any two persons so designated or with such officer or employee of such bank or such other company. Such investments shall at all times be subject to inspection by the Commission through its authorized employees or agents accompanied, unless otherwise directed by order of the Commission, by one or more of the persons designated pursuant to this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each person when depositing such securities or similar investments in or withdrawing them from the depository or when ordering their withdrawal and delivery from the safekeeping of the bank or other company, shall sign a notation in respect of such deposit, withdrawal or order which shall show (1) the date and time of the deposit, withdrawal or order, (2) the title and amount of the securities or other investments deposited, withdrawn or ordered to be withdrawn, and an identification thereof by certificate numbers or otherwise, (3) the manner of acquisition of the securities or similar investments deposited or the purpose for which they have been withdrawn, or ordered to be withdrawn, and (4) if withdrawn and delivered to another person the name of such person. Such notation shall be transmitted promptly to an officer or director of the investment company designated by its board of directors who shall not be a person designated for the purpose of paragraph (d) of this section. Such notation shall be on serially numbered forms and shall be preserved for at least one year. 
</P>
<P>(f) Such securities and similar investments shall be verified by actual examination by an independent public accountant retained by the investment company at least three times during each fiscal year, at least two of which shall be chosen by such accountant without prior notice to such company. A certificate of such accountant stating that an examination of such securities and investments has been made, and describing the nature and extent of the examination, shall be attached to a completed Form N-17f-2 (17 CFR 274.220) and transmitted to the Commission promptly after each examination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-17F-2, 12 FR 6717, Oct. 11, 1947, as amended at 54 FR 32049, Aug. 4, 1989] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.118" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-3   Free cash accounts for investment companies with bank custodians.</HEAD>
<P>No registered investment company having a bank custodian shall hold free cash except, upon resolution of its board or directors, a petty cash account may be maintained in an amount not to exceed $500: <I>Provided,</I> That such account is operated under the imprest system and is maintained subject to adequate controls approved by the board of directors over disbursements and reimbursements including, but not limited to fidelity bond coverage of persons having access to such funds. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 17(f), 54 Stat. 815, 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f), sec. 9, Pub. L. 91-547, 84 Stat. 1420) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 9989, May 18, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.119" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-4   Custody of investment company assets with a securities depository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Custody arrangement with a securities depository.</I> A fund's custodian may place and maintain financial assets, corresponding to the fund's security entitlements, with a securities depository or intermediary custodian, if the custodian: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is at a minimum obligated to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such financial assets; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is required to provide, promptly upon request by the fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of the custodian; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Requires any intermediary custodian at a minimum to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain financial assets corresponding to the security entitlements of its entitlement holders. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Direct dealings with securities depository.</I> A fund may place and maintain financial assets, corresponding to the fund's security entitlements, directly with a securities depository, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The fund's contract with the securities depository or the securities depository's written rules for its participants: 
</P>
<P>(i) Obligate the securities depository at a minimum to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain financial assets corresponding to the fund's security entitlements; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Requires the securities depository to provide, promptly upon request by the fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of the securities depository; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The fund has implemented internal control systems reasonably designed to prevent unauthorized officer's instructions (by providing at least for the form, content and means of giving, recording and reviewing all officer's instructions). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section the terms: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Clearing corporation, financial asset, securities intermediary, and security entitlement</I> have the same meanings as is attributed to those terms in § 8-102, § 8-103, and §§ 8-501 through 8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code, 2002 Official Text and Comments, which are incorporated by reference in this section pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The Director of the Federal Register has approved this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the Uniform Commercial Code from the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, 211 East Ontario Street, Suite 1300, Chicago, Il 60611. You may inspect a copy at the following addresses: Louis Loss Library, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Custodian</I> means a bank or other person authorized to hold assets for the fund under section 17(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(f)) or Commission rules in this chapter, but does not include a fund itself, a foreign custodian whose use is governed by § 270.17f-5 or § 270.17f-7, or a vault, safe deposit box, or other repository for safekeeping maintained by a bank or other company whose functions and physical facilities are supervised by a federal or state authority if the fund maintains its own assets there in accordance with § 270.17f-2.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fund</I> means an investment company registered under the Act and, where the context so requires with respect to a fund that is a unit investment trust or a face-amount certificate company, includes the fund's trustee. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Intermediary custodian</I> means any subcustodian that is a securities intermediary and is qualified to act as a custodian.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Officer's instruction</I> means a request or direction to a securities depository or its operator, or to a registered transfer agent, in the name of the fund by one or more persons authorized by the fund's board of directors (or by the fund's trustee, if the fund is a unit investment trust or a face-amount certificate company) to give the request or direction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Securities depository</I> means a clearing corporation that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Registered with the Commission as a clearing agency under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A Federal Reserve Bank or other person authorized to operate the federal book entry system described in the regulations of the Department of Treasury codified at 31 CFR 357, Subpart B, or book-entry systems operated pursuant to comparable regulations of other federal agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 8442, Feb. 20, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.120" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-5   Custody of investment company assets outside the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Eligible Foreign Custodian</I> means an entity that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States and that is a Qualified Foreign Bank or a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank or bank-holding company. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Foreign Assets</I> means any investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund's transactions in those investments. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Foreign Custody Manager</I> means a Fund's or a Registered Canadian Fund's board of directors or any person serving as the board's delegate under paragraphs (b) or (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fund</I> means a management investment company registered under the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a) and incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States or of a state. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Qualified Foreign Bank</I> means a banking institution or trust company, incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, that is regulated as such by the country's government or an agency of the country's government. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Registered Canadian Fund</I> means a management investment company incorporated or organized under the laws of Canada and registered under the Act pursuant to the conditions of § 270.7d-1. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>U.S. Bank</I> means an entity that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) A banking institution organized under the laws of the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A member bank of the Federal Reserve System; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other banking institution or trust company organized under the laws of any state or of the United States, whether incorporated or not, doing business under the laws of any state or of the United States, a substantial portion of the business of which consists of receiving deposits or exercising fiduciary powers similar to those permitted to national banks under the authority of the Comptroller of the Currency, and which is supervised and examined by state or federal authority having supervision over banks, and which is not operated for the purpose of evading the provisions of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) A receiver, conservator, or other liquidating agent of any institution or firm included in paragraphs (a)(7)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation.</I> A Fund's board of directors may delegate to the Fund's investment adviser or officers or to a U.S. Bank or to a Qualified Foreign Bank the responsibilities set forth in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this section, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reasonable Reliance.</I> The board determines that it is reasonable to rely on the delegate to perform the delegated responsibilities; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reporting.</I> The board requires the delegate to provide written reports notifying the board of the placement of Foreign Assets with a particular custodian and of any material change in the Fund's foreign custody arrangements, with the reports to be provided to the board at such times as the board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund's arrangements; and 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exercise of Care.</I> The delegate agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund's Foreign Assets would exercise, or to adhere to a higher standard of care, in performing the delegated responsibilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintaining Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian.</I> A Fund or its Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Fund's Foreign Assets in the care of an Eligible Foreign Custodian, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General Standard.</I> The Foreign Custody Manager determines that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market, if maintained with the Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of the Foreign Assets, including, without limitation: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Eligible Foreign Custodian's practices, procedures, and internal controls, including, but not limited to, the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), the method of keeping custodial records, and the security and data protection practices; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the Eligible Foreign Custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Foreign Assets; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The Eligible Foreign Custodian's general reputation and standing; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the Fund will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Eligible Foreign Custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of offices in the United States or consent to service of process in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contract.</I> The arrangement with the Eligible Foreign Custodian is governed by a written contract that the Foreign Custody Manager has determined will provide reasonable care for Foreign Assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) The contract must provide: 
</P>
<P>(A) For indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination) that will adequately protect the Fund against the risk of loss of Foreign Assets held in accordance with the contract; 
</P>
<P>(B) That the Foreign Assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Eligible Foreign Custodian or its creditors, except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration or, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of the custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws; 
</P>
<P>(C) That beneficial ownership of the Foreign Assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration; 
</P>
<P>(D) That adequate records will be maintained identifying the Foreign Assets as belonging to the Fund or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Fund; 
</P>
<P>(E) That the Fund's independent public accountants will be given access to those records or confirmation of the contents of those records; and 
</P>
<P>(F) That the Fund will receive periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Foreign Assets, including, but not limited to, notification of any transfer to or from the Fund's account or a third party account containing assets held for the benefit of the Fund. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, other provisions that the Foreign Custody Manager determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the Foreign Assets as the specified provisions, in their entirety. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) <I>Monitoring the Foreign Custody Arrangements.</I> The Foreign Custody Manager has established a system to monitor the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with a particular custodian under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and to monitor performance of the contract under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If an arrangement with an Eligible Foreign Custodian no longer meets the requirements of this section, the Fund must withdraw the Foreign Assets from the Eligible Foreign Custodian as soon as reasonably practicable. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Registered Canadian Funds.</I> Any Registered Canadian Fund may place and maintain its Foreign Assets outside the United States in accordance with the requirements of this section, <I>provided</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The Foreign Assets are placed in the care of an overseas branch of a U.S. Bank that has aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits of a specified amount, which must not be less than $500,000; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The Foreign Custody Manager is the Fund's board of directors, its investment adviser or officers, or a U.S. Bank. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 270.17<I>f</I>-5:</HED>
<P>When a Fund's (or its custodian's) custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository (as defined in § 270.17f-7) involves one or more Eligible Foreign Custodians through which assets are maintained with the Eligible Securities Depository, § 270.17f-5 will govern the Fund's (or its custodian's) use of each Eligible Foreign Custodian, while § 270.17f-7 will govern an Eligible Foreign Custodian's use of the Eligible Securities Depository.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 25637, May 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.121" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-6   Custody of investment company assets with Futures Commission Merchants and Commodity Clearing Organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Fund may place and maintain cash, securities, and similar investments with a Futures Commission Merchant in amounts necessary to effect the Fund's transactions in Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts and Commodity Options, <I>Provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) The manner in which the Futures Commission Merchant maintains the Fund's assets shall be governed by a written contract, which provides that: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Futures Commission Merchant shall comply with the segregation requirements of section 4d(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d(2)) and the rules thereunder (17 CFR Chapter I) or, if applicable, the secured amount requirements of rule 30.7 under the Commodity Exchange Act (17 CFR 30.7); 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Futures Commission Merchant, as appropriate to the Fund's transactions and in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 through 25) and the rules and regulations thereunder (including 17 CFR part 30), may place and maintain the Fund's assets to effect the Fund's transactions with another Futures Commission Merchant, a Clearing Organization, a U.S. or Foreign Bank, or a member of a foreign board of trade, and shall obtain an acknowledgment, as required under rules 1.20(a) or 30.7(c) under the Commodity Exchange Act [17 CFR 1.20(a) or 30.7(c)], as applicable, that such assets are held on behalf of the Futures Commission Merchant's customers in accordance with the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The Futures Commission Merchant shall promptly furnish copies of or extracts from the Futures Commission Merchant's records or such other information pertaining to the Fund's assets as the Commission through its employees or agents may request.
</P>
<P>(2) Any gains on the Fund's transactions, other than de minimis amounts, may be maintained with the Futures Commission Merchant only until the next business day following receipt. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the custodial arrangement no longer meets the requirements of this section, the Fund shall withdraw its assets from the Futures Commission Merchant as soon as reasonably practicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Clearing Organization</I> means a clearing organization as defined in rule 1.3(d) under the Commodity Exchange Act (17 CFR 1.3(d)) and includes a clearing organization for a foreign board of trade. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts and Commodity Options</I> means commodity futures contracts, options on commodity futures contracts, and options on physical commodities traded on or subject to the rules of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any contract market designated for trading such transactions under the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules thereunder; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any board of trade or exchange outside the United States, as contemplated in Part 30 under the Commodity Exchange Act. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fund</I> means an investment company registered under the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Futures Commission Merchant</I> means any person that is registered as a futures commission merchant under the Commodity Exchange Act and that is not an affiliated person of the Fund or an affiliated person of such person. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>U.S. or Foreign Bank</I> means a bank, as defined in section 2(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(5)), or a banking institution or trust company that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States and that is regulated as such by the country's government or an agency thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 66212, Dec. 17, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17f-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.122" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17f-7   Custody of investment company assets with a foreign securities depository.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Custody arrangement with an eligible securities depository.</I> A Fund, including a Registered Canadian Fund, may place and maintain its Foreign Assets with an Eligible Securities Depository, <I>provided that:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Risk-limiting safeguards.</I> The custody arrangement provides reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depository, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Risk analysis and monitoring.</I> (A) The fund or its investment adviser has received from the Primary Custodian (or its agent) an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depository; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The contract between the Fund and the Primary Custodian requires the Primary Custodian (or its agent) to monitor the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depository on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund or its investment adviser of any material change in these risks. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exercise of care.</I> The contract between the Fund and the Primary Custodian states that the Primary Custodian will agree to exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence in performing the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, or adhere to a higher standard of care. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Withdrawal of assets from eligible securities depository.</I> If a custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository no longer meets the requirements of this section, the Fund's Foreign Assets must be withdrawn from the depository as soon as reasonably practicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The terms <I>Foreign Assets, Fund, Qualified Foreign Bank, Registered Canadian Fund,</I> and <I>U.S. Bank</I> have the same meanings as in § 270.17f-5. In addition: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Eligible Securities Depository</I> means a system for the central handling of securities as defined in § 270.17f-4 that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Acts as or operates a system for the central handling of securities or equivalent book-entries in the country where it is incorporated, or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or equivalent book-entries; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is regulated by a foreign financial regulatory authority as defined under section 2(a)(50) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(50)); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Holds assets for the custodian that participates in the system on behalf of the Fund under safekeeping conditions no less favorable than the conditions that apply to other participants; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintains records that identify the assets of each participant and segregate the system's own assets from the assets of participants; 
</P>
<P>(v) Provides periodic reports to its participants with respect to its safekeeping of assets, including notices of transfers to or from any participant's account; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Is subject to periodic examination by regulatory authorities or independent accountants. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Primary Custodian</I> means a U.S. Bank or Qualified Foreign Bank that contracts directly with a Fund to provide custodial services related to maintaining the Fund's assets outside the United States. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 270.17<I>f</I>-7:</HED>
<P>When a Fund's (or its custodian's) custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository involves one or more Eligible Foreign Custodians (as defined in § 270.17f-5) through which assets are maintained with the Eligible Securities Depository, § 270.17f-5 will govern the Fund's (or its custodian's) use of each Eligible Foreign Custodian, while § 270.17f-7 will govern an Eligible Foreign Custodian's use of the Eligible Securities Depository.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 25638, May 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17g-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.123" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17g-1   Bonding of officers and employees of registered management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registered management investment company shall provide and maintain a bond which shall be issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company, authorized to do business in the place where the bond is issued, against larceny and embezzlement, covering each officer and employee of the investment company, who may singly, or jointly with others, have access to securities or funds of the investment company, either directly or through authority to draw upon such funds or to direct generally the disposition of such securities, unless the officer or employee has such access solely through his position as an officer or employee of a bank (hereinafter referred to as “covered persons”). 
</P>
<P>(b) The bond may be in the form of (1) an individual bond for each covered person or a schedule or blanket bond covering such persons, (2) a blanket bond which names the registered management investment company as the only insured (hereinafter referred to as “single insured bond”) or (3) a bond which names the registered management investment company and one or more other parties as insureds (hereinafter referred to as a “joint insured bond”), such other insured parties being limited to (i) persons engaged in the management or distribution of the shares of the registered investment company, (ii) other registered investment companies which are managed and/or whose shares are distributed by the same persons (or affiliates of such persons), (iii) persons who are engaged in the management and/or distribution of shares of companies included in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, (iv) affiliated persons of any registered management investment company named in the bond or of any person included in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(iii) of this section who are engaged in the administration of any registered management investment company named as insured in the bond, and (v) any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for officers, directors or employees of persons named in the bond. 
</P>
<P>(c) A bond of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section shall provide that it shall not be cancelled, terminated or modified except after written notice shall have been given by the acting party to the affected party and to the Commission not less than sixty days prior to the effective date of cancellation, termination or modification. A joint insured bond described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section shall provide, that (1) it shall not be cancelled terminated or modified except after written notice shall have been given by the acting party to the affected party, and by the fidelity insurance company to all registered investment companies named as insureds and to the Commission, not less than sixty days prior to the effective date of cancellation, termination, or modification and (2) the fidelity insurance company shall furnish each registered management investment company named as an insured with (i) a copy of the bond and any amendment thereto promptly after the execution thereof, (ii) a copy of each formal filing of a claim under the bond by any other named insured promptly after the receipt thereof, and (iii) notification of the terms of the settlement of each such claim prior to the execution of the settlement. 
</P>
<P>(d) The bond shall be in such reasonable form and amount as a majority of the board of directors of the registered management investment company who are not “interested persons” of such investment company as defined by section 2(a)(19) of the Act shall approve as often as their fiduciary duties require, but not less than once every twelve months, with due consideration to all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the value of the aggregate assets of the registered management investment company to which any covered person may have access, the type and terms of the arrangements made for the custody and safekeeping of such assets, and the nature of the securities in the company's portfolio: <I>Provided, however,</I> That (1) the amount of a single insured bond shall be at least equal to an amount computed in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount of registered management
<br/>investment company gross assets—at the end of the most recent fiscal
<br/>quarter prior to date (in dollars)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum amount of bond (in dollars)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Up to 500,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500,000 to 1,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000,000 to 2,500,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,500,000 to 5,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000,000 to 7,500,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7,500,000 to 10,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10,000,000 to 15,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15,000,000 to 20,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20,000,000 to 25,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25,000,000 to 35,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35,000,000 to 50,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">350,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50,000,000 to 75,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">400,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75,000,000, to 100,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">450,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100,000,000 to 150,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">525,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150,000,000 to 250,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">600,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250,000,000 to 500,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">750,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500,000,000 to 750,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">750,000,000 to 1,000,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000,000,000 to 1,500,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,500,000,000 to 2,000,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 2,000,000,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000 plus 200,000 for each 500,000,000 of gross assets up to a maximum bond of 2,500,000.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) A joint insured bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) the total amount of coverage which each registered management investment company named as an insured would have been required to provide and maintain individually pursuant to the schedule hereinabove had each such registered management investment company not been named under a joint insured bond, plus (ii) the amount of each bond which each named insured other than a registered management investment company would have been required to provide and maintain pursuant to federal statutes or regulations had it not been named as an insured under a joint insured bond. 
</P>
<P>(e) No premium may be paid for any joint insured bond or any amendment thereto unless a majority of the board of directors of each registered management investment company named as an insured therein who are not “interested persons” of such company shall approve the portion of the premium to be paid by such company, taking all relevant factors into consideration including, but not limited to, the number of the other parties named as insured, the nature of the business activities of such other parties, the amount of the joint insured bond, and the amount of the premium for such bond, the ratable allocation of the premium among all parties named as insureds, and the extent to which the share of the premium allocated to the investment company is less than the premium such company would have had to pay if it had provided and maintained a single insured bond. 
</P>
<P>(f) Each registered management investment company named as an insured in a joint insured bond shall enter into an agreement with all of the other named insureds providing that in the event recovery is received under the bond as a result of a loss sustained by the registered management investment company and one or more other named insureds, the registered management investment company shall receive an equitable and proportionate share of the recovery, but at least equal to the amount which it would have received had it provided and maintained a single insured bond with the minimum coverage required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(g) Each registered management investment company shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) File with the Commission (i) within 10 days after receipt of an executed bond of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section or any amendment thereof, (<I>a</I>) a copy of the bond, (<I>b</I>) a copy of the resolution of a majority of the board of directors who are not “interested persons” of the registered management investment company approving the form and amount of the bond, and (<I>c</I>) a statement as to the period for which premiums have been paid; (ii) within 10 days after receipt of an executed joint insured bond, or any amendment thereof, (<I>a</I>) a copy of the bond, (<I>b</I>) a copy of the resolution of a majority of the board of directors who are not “interested persons” of the registered management investment company approving the amount, type, form and coverage of the bond and the portion of the premium to be paid by such company, (<I>c</I>) a statement showing the amount of the single insured bond which the investment company would have provided and maintained had it not been named as an insured under a joint insured bond, (<I>d</I>) a statement as to the period for which premiums have been paid, and (<I>e</I>) a copy of each agreement between the investment company and all of the other named insureds entered into pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section; and (iii) a copy of any amendment to the agreement entered into pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section within 10 days after the execution of such amendment, 
</P>
<P>(2) File with the Commission, in writing, within five days after the making of any claim under the bond by the investment company, a statement of the nature and amount of the claim, 
</P>
<P>(3) File with the Commission, within five days of the receipt thereof, a copy of the terms of the settlement of any claim made under the bond by the investment company, and 
</P>
<P>(4) Notify by registered mail each member of the board of directors of the investment company at his last known residence address of (i) any cancellation, termination or modification of the bond, not less than forty-five days prior to the effective date of the cancellation or termination or modification, (ii) the filing and of the settlement of any claim under the bond by the investment company, at the time the filings required by paragraph (g) (2) and (3) of this section are made with the Commission, and (iii) the filing and of the proposed terms of settlement of any claim under the bond by any other named insured, within five days of the receipt of a notice from the fidelity insurance company. 
</P>
<P>(h) Each registered management investment company shall designate an officer thereof who shall make the filings and give the notices required by paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) Where the registered management investment company is an unincorporated company managed by a depositor, trustee or investment adviser, the terms “officer” and “employee” shall include, for the purposes of this rule, the officers and employees of the depositor, trustee, or investment adviser. 
</P>
<P>(j) Any joint insured bond provided and maintained by a registered management investment company and one or more other parties shall be a transaction exempt from the provisions of section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-17(d)) and the rules thereunder, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The terms and provisions of the bond comply with the provisions of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) The terms and provisions of any agreement required by paragraph (f) of this section comply with the provisions of that paragraph; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(k) At the next anniversary date of an existing fidelity bond, but not later than one year from the effective date of this rule, arrangements between registered management investment companies and fidelity insurance companies and arrangements between registered management investment companies and other parties named as insureds under joint insured bonds which would not permit compliance with the provisions of this rule shall be modified by the parties so as to effect such compliance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 10579, Mar. 21, 1974, as amended at 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46390, Aug. 2, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.17j-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.124" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.17j-1   Personal investment activities of investment company personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Access person</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser. If an investment adviser's primary business is advising Funds or other advisory clients, all of the investment adviser's directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of a Fund's directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any director, officer or general partner of a principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which the principal underwriter acts, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Advisory person</I> of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser means: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Control</I> has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(9) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)].
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Covered security</I> means a security as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(36)], except that it does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Shares issued by open-end Funds.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fund</I> means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.
</P>
<P>(6) An <I>Initial public offering</I> means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a], the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)].
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Investment personnel</I> of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any natural person who controls the Fund or investment adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
</P>
<P>(8) A <I>Limited offering</I> means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(a)(2) or section 4(a)(5) [15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(2) or 77d(a)(5)] or pursuant to rule 504, or rule 506 [17 CFR 230.504 or 230.506] under the Securities Act of 1933.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Purchase or sale of a covered security</I> includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Security held or to be acquired</I> by a Fund means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:
</P>
<P>(A) Is or has been held by the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment adviser for purchase by the Fund; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Automatic investment plan</I> means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unlawful actions.</I> It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:
</P>
<P>(1) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;
</P>
<P>(2) To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>(3) To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or
</P>
<P>(4) To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Code of Ethics</I>—(1) <I>Adoption and approval of Code of Ethics.</I> (i) Every Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and each investment adviser of and principal underwriter for the Fund, must adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The board of directors of a Fund, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons, must approve the code of ethics of the Fund, the code of ethics of each investment adviser and principal underwriter of the Fund, and any material changes to these codes. The board must base its approval of a code and any material changes to the code on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section. Before approving a code of a Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter or any amendment to the code, the board of directors must receive a certification from the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Fund's, investment adviser's, or principal underwriter's code of ethics. The Fund's board must approve the code of an investment adviser or principal underwriter before initially retaining the services of the investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Fund's board must approve a material change to a code no later than six months after adoption of the material change.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a Fund is a unit investment trust, the Fund's principal underwriter or depositor must approve the Fund's code of ethics, as required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. If the Fund has more than one principal underwriter or depositor, the principal underwriters and depositors may designate, in writing, which principal underwriter or depositor must conduct the approval required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, if they obtain written consent from the designated principal underwriter or depositor.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Administration of Code of Ethics.</I> (i) The Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter must use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of its code of ethics.
</P>
<P>(ii) No less frequently than annually, every Fund (other than a unit investment trust) and its investment advisers and principal underwriters must furnish to the Fund's board of directors, and the board of directors must consider, a written report that:
</P>
<P>(A) Describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and
</P>
<P>(B) Certifies that the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the code.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception for principal underwriters.</I> The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do not apply to any principal underwriter unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The principal underwriter is an affiliated person of the Fund or of the Fund's investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An officer, director or general partner of the principal underwriter serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of the Fund's investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting requirements of access persons</I>—(1) <I>Reports required.</I> Unless excepted by paragraph (d)(2) of this section, every Access Person of a Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and every Access Person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for the Fund, must report to that Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Initial holdings reports.</I> No later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person): 
</P>
<P>(A) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
</P>
<P>(C) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Quarterly transaction reports.</I> No later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information: 
</P>
<P>(A) With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The date the account was established; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Annual Holdings Reports.</I> Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted): 
</P>
<P>(A) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
</P>
<P>(C) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions from reporting requirements.</I> (i) A person need not make a report under paragraph (d)(1) of this section with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
</P>
<P>(ii) A director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(19)], and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Fund director, need not make:
</P>
<P>(A) An initial holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and an annual holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) A quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, unless the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director's transaction in a Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.
</P>
<P>(iii) An Access Person to a Fund's principal underwriter need not make a report to the principal underwriter under paragraph (d)(1) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(A) The principal underwriter is not an affiliated person of the Fund (unless the Fund is a unit investment trust) or any investment adviser of the Fund; and
</P>
<P>(B) The principal underwriter has no officer, director or general partner who serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of any investment adviser of the Fund.
</P>
<P>(iv) An Access Person to an investment adviser need not make a separate report to the investment adviser under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the extent the information in the report would duplicate information required to be recorded under § 275.204-2(a)(13) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(v) An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter with respect to the Access Person in the time period required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii), if all of the information required by that paragraph is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements, or in the records of the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter.
</P>
<P>(vi) An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review of reports.</I> Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must institute procedures by which appropriate management or compliance personnel review these reports.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notification of reporting obligation.</I> Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must identify all Access Persons who are required to make these reports and must inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligation.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Beneficial ownership.</I> For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under § 240.16a-1(a)(2) of this chapter in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78p] and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any report required by paragraph (d) of this section may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pre-approval of investments in IPOs and limited offerings.</I> Investment Personnel of a Fund or its investment adviser must obtain approval from the Fund or the Fund's investment adviser before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recordkeeping Requirements.</I> (1) Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter that is required to adopt a code of ethics or to which reports are required to be made by Access Persons must, at its principal place of business, maintain records in the manner and to the extent set out in this paragraph (f), and must make these records available to the Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:
</P>
<P>(A) A copy of each code of ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;
</P>
<P>(B) A record of any violation of the code of ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, must be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;
</P>
<P>(C) A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this section, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
</P>
<P>(D) A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under paragraph (d) of this section, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; and
</P>
<P>(E) A copy of each report required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(2) A Fund or investment adviser must maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under paragraph (e), for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 46834, Aug. 27, 1999; 65 FR 12943, Mar. 10, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 41707, July 9, 2004; 76 FR 81806, Dec. 29, 2011; 81 FR 83554, Nov. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.125" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18c-1   Exemption of privately held indebtedness.</HEAD>
<P>The issuance or sale of more than one class of senior securities representing indebtedness by a small business investment company, licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, shall not be prohibited by section 18(c) so long as such small business investment company does not have outstanding any publicly held indebtedness, and all securities of any such class are (a) privately held by the Small Business Administration, or banks, insurance companies or other institutional investors, (b) not intended to be publicly distributed, and (c) not convertible into, exchangeable for, or accompanied by any option to acquire, any equity security. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[26 FR 11240, Nov. 29, 1961]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18c-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.126" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18c-2   Exemptions of certain debentures issued by small business investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The issuance or sale of any class of senior security representing indebtedness by a small business investment company licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 shall not be prohibited by section 18(c) of the Act provided such senior security representing indebtedness is (1) not convertible into, exchangeable for, or accompanied by an option to acquire any equity security; (2) fully guaranteed as to timely payment of all principal and interest by the Small Business Administration and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (3) subordinated to any other debt securities not issued pursuant to this section or, if such security is not so subordinated, that such security, according to its own terms, will not be preferred over any other unsecured debt securities in the payment of principal and interest: <I>And further provided,</I> That all other debt securities then outstanding issued by such small business investment company were issued as permitted by § 270.18c-1 or this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any security issued and sold as permitted by paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed for purposes of § 270.18c-1 to be privately held by the Small Business Administration and for purposes of § 270.18c-1 shall not be deemed to be publicly held outstanding indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(c) The issuance or sale of any security as permitted by paragraph (a) of this section shall not be deemed to be a sale to any person other than the Small Business Administration by any small business investment company licensed under the Small Business Investment Company Act of 1958 which is exempt from any provision of the Investment Company Act, if such exemption is conditioned on such company not offering or selling its securities to any person other than the Small Business Administration.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c), 38(a), 54 Stat. 800, 841, 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-37(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 7590, Apr. 18, 1972]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18f-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.127" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18f-1   Exemption from certain requirements of section 18(f)(1) (of the Act) for registered open-end investment companies which have the right to redeem in kind.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered open-end investment company which has the right to redeem securities of which it is the issuer in assets other than cash may file with the Commission at any time a notification of election on Form N-18F-1 (§ 274.51 of this chapter) committing itself to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in amount with respect to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of 
</P>
<P>(1) $250,000 or 
</P>
<P>(2) 1 percent of the net asset value of such company at the beginning of such period. 
</P>
<P>(b) An election pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall be described in either the prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information, at the discretion of the investment company, and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be irrevocable while this § 270.18f-1 is in effect unless the Commission by order upon application permits the withdrawal of such notification of election as being appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(c) Upon making the election described in paragraph (a) of this section, an investment company shall be exempt from the requirements of section 18(f)(1) (of the Act) to the extent necessary for such company to effectuate redemptions in the manner set forth in such paragraph. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 7, 10, and 19 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77g, 77j, and 77s) and secs. 8, 30 and 38 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8, 80a-29 and 80a-37)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 11919, June 23, 1971, as amended at 48 FR 37940, Aug. 22, 1983] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18f-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.128" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18f-2   Fair and equitable treatment for holders of each class or series of stock of series investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this § 270.18f-2 a series company is a registered open-end investment company which, in accordance with the provisions of section 18(f)(2) of the Act, issues two or more classes or series of preferred or special stock each of which is preferred over all other classes or series in respect of assets specifically allocated to that class or series. Any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of the Act or of applicable State law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of a series company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon less approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each class or series of stock affected by such matter. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this § 270.18f-2, a class or series of stock will be deemed to be affected by such a matter, unless (1) the interests of each class or series in the matter are substantially identical, or (2) the matter does not affect any interest of such class or series. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) With respect to the submission of an investment advisory contract to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of a series company for the approval required by section 15(a) of the Act, such matter shall be deemed to be effectively acted upon with respect to any class or series of securities of such company if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class or series vote for the approval of such matter, notwithstanding (i) that such matter has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other class or series affected by such matter, and (ii) that such matter has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such company, provided that if such a majority is required by State law or otherwise, such requirement shall apply. 
</P>
<P>(2) If any class or series of securities of a series company fails to approve an investment advisory contract in the manner required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the investment adviser of such company may continue to serve or act in such capacity for the period of time pending such required approval of such contract, of a new contract with the same or different adviser, or other definitive action: <I>Provided,</I> That the compensation received by such investment adviser during such period is equal to no more than its actual costs incurred in furnishing investment advisory services to such class or series or the amount it would have received under the advisory contract, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(d) With respect to the submission of a change in investment policy to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of a series company for the approval required by section 13 of the Act, such matter shall be deemed to have been effectively acted upon with respect to any class or series of such company if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class or series vote for the approval of such matter, notwithstanding (1) that such matter has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other class or series affected by such matter, and (2) that such matter has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such company: <I>Provided,</I> That if such a majority is required by State law or otherwise, such requirement shall apply. 
</P>
<P>(e) The submission to shareholders of the selection of the independent public accountant of a series company required by section 32(a) (of the Act) shall be exempt from the separate voting requirements of paragraph (a) of this § 270.18f-2. 
</P>
<P>(f) The submission to shareholders of a contract with a principal underwriter of a series company required by section 15(b) of the Act shall be exempt from the separate voting requirements of paragraph (a) of this § 270.18f-2. 
</P>
<P>(g) The submission to shareholders of nominees for election as directors required by section 16(a) of the Act shall be exempt from the separate voting requirements of paragraph (a) of this § 270.18f-2. 
</P>
<P>(h) For the purposes of this § 270.18f-2 a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a class or series, (1) when used with respect to a matter required by any provision of the Act to be submitted to the outstanding voting securities of a series company, shall have the same meaning as a “majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company” as defined in section 2(a)(42) of the Act; and (2) when used with respect to any other matter required to be submitted to the outstanding voting securities of a series company, shall mean the lesser of (i) the minimum vote of the outstanding voting securities of a company required by applicable State law or other applicable requirement, or (ii) the minimum vote specified by paragraph (1) of this paragraph (h), unless State law requires approval of such matters by a specified percentage of the outstanding voting securities of a particular class or series, in which case, State law shall apply. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c), 13, 15(a), 15(b), 16(a), 18(f)(2), 32(a), 54 Stat. 800, 811, 812, 813, 817, 838, 841, 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-13, 80a-15(b), 80a-16(a), 80a-18(f)(2), 80a-31(a), 80a-37(a), Pub. L. 91-547, 84 Stat. 1421) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 17386, Aug. 26, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18f-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.129" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18f-3   Multiple class companies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding sections 18(f)(1) and 18(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(f)(1) and (i), respectively), a registered open-end management investment company or series or class thereof established in accordance with section 18(f)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(f)(2)) whose shares are registered on Form N-1A [§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter] (“company”) may issue more than one class of voting stock, <I>provided</I> that:
</P>
<P>(a) Each class: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Shall have a different arrangement for shareholder services or the distribution of securities or both, and shall pay all of the expenses of that arrangement; 
</P>
<P>(ii) May pay a different share of other expenses, not including advisory or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of the company's assets, if these expenses are actually incurred in a different amount by that class, or if the class receives services of a different kind or to a different degree than other classes; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) May pay a different advisory fee to the extent that any difference in amount paid is the result of the application of the same performance fee provisions in the advisory contract of the company to the different investment performance of each class; 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement; 
</P>
<P>(3) Shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Shall have in all other respects the same rights and obligations as each other class. 
</P>
<P>(b) Expenses may be waived or reimbursed by the company's adviser, underwriter, or any other provider of services to the company. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Income, realized gains and losses, unrealized appreciation and depreciation, and Fundwide Expenses shall be allocated based on one of the following methods (which method shall be applied on a consistent basis):
</P>
<P>(i) To each class based on the net assets of that class in relation to the net assets of the company (“relative net assets”);
</P>
<P>(ii) To each class based on the Simultaneous Equations Method;
</P>
<P>(iii) To each class based on the Settled Shares Method, <I>provided that</I> the company is a Daily Dividend Fund (such a company may allocate income and Fundwide Expenses based on the Settled Shares Method and realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation based on relative net assets);
</P>
<P>(iv) To each share without regard to class, <I>provided that</I> the company is a Daily Dividend Fund that maintains the same net asset value per share in each class; that the company has received undertakings from its adviser, underwriter, or any other provider of services to the company, agreeing to waive or reimburse the company for payments to such service provider by one or more classes, as allocated under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, to the extent necessary to assure that all classes of the company maintain the same net asset value per share; and that payments waived or reimbursed under such an undertaking may not be carried forward or recouped at a future date; or 
</P>
<P>(v) To each class based on any other appropriate method, <I>provided that</I> a majority of the directors of the company, and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company, determine that the method is fair to the shareholders of each class and that the annualized rate of return of each class will generally differ from that of the other classes only by the expense differentials among the classes.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Daily Dividend Fund</I> means any company that has a policy of declaring distributions of net income daily, including any money market fund that operates in compliance with § 270.2a-7;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fundwide Expenses</I> means expenses of the company not allocated to a particular class under paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) The <I>Settled Shares Method</I> means allocating to each class based on relative net assets, excluding the value of subscriptions receivable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The <I>Simultaneous Equations Method</I> means the simultaneous allocation to each class of each day's income, realized gains and losses, unrealized appreciation and depreciation, and Fundwide Expenses and reallocation to each class of undistributed net investment income, undistributed realized gains or losses, and unrealized appreciation or depreciation, based on the operating results of the company, changes in ownership interests of each class, and expense differentials between the classes, so that the annualized rate of return of each class generally differs from that of the other classes only by the expense differentials among the classes. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any payments made under paragraph (a) of this section shall be made pursuant to a written plan setting forth the separate arrangement and expense allocation of each class, and any related conversion features or exchange privileges. Before the first issuance of a share of any class in reliance upon this section, and before any material amendment of a plan, a majority of the directors of the company, and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company, shall find that the plan as proposed to be adopted or amended, including the expense allocation, is in the best interests of each class individually and the company as a whole; initial board approval of a plan under this paragraph (d) is not required, however, if the plan does not make any change in the arrangements and expense allocations previously approved by the board under an existing order of exemption. Before any vote on the plan, the directors shall request and evaluate, and any agreement relating to a class arrangement shall require the parties thereto to furnish, such information as may be reasonably necessary to evaluate the plan. 
</P>
<P>(e) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section prohibits a company from offering any class with: 
</P>
<P>(1) An exchange privilege providing that securities of the class may be exchanged for certain securities of another company; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A conversion feature providing that shares of one class of the company (the “purchase class”) will be exchanged automatically for shares of another class of the company (the “target class”) after a specified period of time, <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) The conversion is effected on the basis of the relative net asset values of the two classes without the imposition of any sales load, fee, or other charge; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The expenses, including payments authorized under a plan adopted pursuant to § 270.12b-1 (“rule 12b-1 plan”), for the target class are not higher than the expenses, including payments authorized under a rule 12b-1 plan, for the purchase class; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the shareholders of the target class approve any increase in expenses allocated to the target class under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section, and the purchase class shareholders do not approve the increase, the company will establish a new target class for the purchase class on the same terms as applied to the target class before that increase.
</P>
<P>(3) A conversion feature providing that shares of a class in which an investor is no longer eligible to participate may be converted to shares of a class in which that investor is eligible to participate, <I>provided that:</I> 
</P>
<P>(i) The investor is given prior notice of the proposed conversion; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The conversion is effected on the basis of the relative net asset values of the two classes without the imposition of any sales load, fee, or other charge. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 11885, Mar. 2, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 51765, Oct. 3, 1997; 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46390, Aug. 2, 2004; 79 FR 47967, Aug. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.18f-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.130" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.18f-4   Exemption from the requirements of section 18 and section 61 for certain senior securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Absolute VaR test</I> means that the VaR of the fund's portfolio does not exceed 20% of the value of the fund's net assets, or in the case of a closed-end company that has issued to investors and has then outstanding shares of a class of senior security that is a stock, that the VaR of the fund's portfolio does not exceed 25% of the value of the fund's net assets.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives exposure</I> means the sum of the gross notional amounts of the fund's derivatives transactions described in paragraph (1) of the definition of the term “derivatives transaction” of this section, and in the case of short sale borrowings, the value of the assets sold short. If a fund's derivatives transactions include reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the fund's derivatives exposure also includes, for each transaction, the proceeds received but not yet repaid or returned, or for which the associated liability has not been extinguished, in connection with the transaction. In determining derivatives exposure a fund may convert the notional amount of interest rate derivatives to 10-year bond equivalents and delta adjust the notional amounts of options contracts and exclude any closed-out positions, if those positions were closed out with the same counterparty and result in no credit or market exposure to the fund.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives risk manager</I> means an officer or officers of the fund's investment adviser responsible for administering the program and policies and procedures required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, provided that the derivatives risk manager:
</P>
<P>(1) May not be a portfolio manager of the fund, or if multiple officers serve as derivatives risk manager, may not have a majority composed of portfolio managers of the fund; and
</P>
<P>(2) Must have relevant experience regarding the management of derivatives risk.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives risks</I> means the risks associated with a fund's derivatives transactions or its use of derivatives transactions, including leverage, market, counterparty, liquidity, operational, and legal risks and any other risks the derivatives risk manager (or, in the case of a fund that is a limited derivatives user as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, the fund's investment adviser) deems material.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives transaction</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option, any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument (“derivatives instrument”), under which a fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise;
</P>
<P>(2) Any short sale borrowing; and
</P>
<P>(3) If a fund relies on paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, any reverse repurchase agreement or similar financing transaction.
</P>
<P><I>Designated index</I> means an unleveraged index that is approved by the derivatives risk manager for purposes of the relative VaR test and that reflects the markets or asset classes in which the fund invests and is not administered by an organization that is an affiliated person of the fund, its investment adviser, or principal underwriter, or created at the request of the fund or its investment adviser, unless the index is widely recognized and used. In the case of a blended index, none of the indexes that compose the blended index may be administered by an organization that is an affiliated person of the fund, its investment adviser, or principal underwriter, or created at the request of the fund or its investment adviser, unless the index is widely recognized and used.
</P>
<P><I>Designated reference portfolio</I> means a designated index or the fund's securities portfolio. Notwithstanding the first sentence of the definition of <I>designated index</I> of this section, if the fund's investment objective is to track the performance (including a leverage multiple or inverse multiple) of an unleveraged index, the fund must use that index as its designated reference portfolio.
</P>
<P><I>Fund</I> means a registered open-end or closed-end company or a business development company, including any separate series thereof, but does not include a registered open-end company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7.
</P>
<P><I>Leveraged/inverse fund</I> means a fund that seeks, directly or indirectly, to provide investment returns that correspond to the performance of a market index by a specified multiple (“leverage multiple”), or to provide investment returns that have an inverse relationship to the performance of a market index (“inverse multiple”), over a predetermined period of time.
</P>
<P><I>Relative VaR test</I> means that the VaR of the fund's portfolio does not exceed 200% of the VaR of the designated reference portfolio, or in the case of a closed-end company that has issued to investors and has then outstanding shares of a class of senior security that is a stock, that the VaR of the fund's portfolio does not exceed 250% of the VaR of the designated reference portfolio.
</P>
<P><I>Securities portfolio</I> means the fund's portfolio of securities and other investments, excluding any derivatives transactions, that is approved by the derivatives risk manager for purposes of the relative VaR test, provided that the fund's securities portfolio reflects the markets or asset classes in which the fund invests (<I>i.e.,</I> the markets or asset classes in which the fund invests directly through securities and other investments and indirectly through derivatives transactions).
</P>
<P><I>Unfunded commitment agreement</I> means a contract that is not a derivatives transaction, under which a fund commits, conditionally or unconditionally, to make a loan to a company or to invest equity in a company in the future, including by making a capital commitment to a private fund that can be drawn at the discretion of the fund's general partner.
</P>
<P><I>Value-at-risk</I> or <I>VaR</I> means an estimate of potential losses on an instrument or portfolio, expressed as a percentage of the value of the portfolio's assets (or net assets when computing a fund's VaR), over a specified time horizon and at a given confidence level, provided that any VaR model used by a fund for purposes of determining the fund's compliance with the relative VaR test or the absolute VaR test must:
</P>
<P>(1) Take into account and incorporate all significant, identifiable market risk factors associated with a fund's investments, including, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Equity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk, foreign currency risk and commodity price risk;
</P>
<P>(ii) Material risks arising from the nonlinear price characteristics of a fund's investments, including options and positions with embedded optionality; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The sensitivity of the market value of the fund's investments to changes in volatility;
</P>
<P>(2) Use a 99% confidence level and a time horizon of 20 trading days; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be based on at least three years of historical market data.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Derivatives transactions.</I> If a fund satisfies the conditions of paragraph (c) of this section, the fund may enter into derivatives transactions, notwithstanding the requirements of sections 18(a)(1), 18(c), 18(f)(1), and 61 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(a)(1), 80a-18(c), 80a-18(f)(1), and 80a-60), and derivatives transactions entered into by the fund in compliance with this section will not be considered for purposes of computing asset coverage, as defined in section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(h)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions</I>—(1) <I>Derivatives risk management program.</I> The fund adopts and implements a written derivatives risk management program (“program”), which must include policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to manage the fund's derivatives risks and to reasonably segregate the functions associated with the program from the portfolio management of the fund. The program must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Risk identification and assessment.</I> The program must provide for the identification and assessment of the fund's derivatives risks. This assessment must take into account the fund's derivatives transactions and other investments.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Risk guidelines.</I> The program must provide for the establishment, maintenance, and enforcement of investment, risk management, or related guidelines that provide for quantitative or otherwise measurable criteria, metrics, or thresholds of the fund's derivatives risks. These guidelines must specify levels of the given criterion, metric, or threshold that the fund does not normally expect to exceed, and measures to be taken if they are exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Stress testing.</I> The program must provide for stress testing to evaluate potential losses to the fund's portfolio in response to extreme but plausible market changes or changes in market risk factors that would have a significant adverse effect on the fund's portfolio, taking into account correlations of market risk factors and resulting payments to derivatives counterparties. The frequency with which the stress testing under this paragraph is conducted must take into account the fund's strategy and investments and current market conditions, provided that these stress tests must be conducted no less frequently than weekly.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Backtesting.</I> The program must provide for backtesting to be conducted no less frequently than weekly, of the results of the VaR calculation model used by the fund in connection with the relative VaR test or the absolute VaR test by comparing the fund's gain or loss that occurred on each business day during the backtesting period with the corresponding VaR calculation for that day, estimated over a one-trading day time horizon, and identifying as an exception any instance in which the fund experiences a loss exceeding the corresponding VaR calculation's estimated loss.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Internal reporting and escalation</I>—(A) <I>Internal reporting.</I> The program must identify the circumstances under which persons responsible for portfolio management will be informed regarding the operation of the program, including exceedances of the guidelines specified in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section and the results of the stress tests specified in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Escalation of material risks.</I> The derivatives risk manager must inform in a timely manner persons responsible for portfolio management of the fund, and also directly inform the fund's board of directors as appropriate, of material risks arising from the fund's derivatives transactions, including risks identified by the fund's exceedance of a criterion, metric, or threshold provided for in the fund's risk guidelines established under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section or by the stress testing described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Periodic review of the program.</I> The derivatives risk manager must review the program at least annually to evaluate the program's effectiveness and to reflect changes in risk over time. The periodic review must include a review of the VaR calculation model used by the fund under paragraph (c)(2) of this section (including the backtesting required by paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section) and any designated reference portfolio to evaluate whether it remains appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limit on fund leverage risk.</I> (i) The fund must comply with the relative VaR test unless the derivatives risk manager reasonably determines that a designated reference portfolio would not provide an appropriate reference portfolio for purposes of the relative VaR test, taking into account the fund's investments, investment objectives, and strategy. A fund that does not apply the relative VaR test must comply with the absolute VaR test.
</P>
<P>(ii) The fund must determine its compliance with the applicable VaR test at least once each business day. If the fund determines that it is not in compliance with the applicable VaR test, the fund must come back into compliance promptly after such determination, in a manner that is in the best interests of the fund and its shareholders.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the fund is not in compliance with the applicable VaR test within five business days:
</P>
<P>(A) The derivatives risk manager must provide a written report to the fund's board of directors and explain how and by when (<I>i.e.,</I> number of business days) the derivatives risk manager reasonably expects that the fund will come back into compliance;
</P>
<P>(B) The derivatives risk manager must analyze the circumstances that caused the fund to be out of compliance for more than five business days and update any program elements as appropriate to address those circumstances; and
</P>
<P>(C) The derivatives risk manager must provide a written report within thirty calendar days of the exceedance to the fund's board of directors explaining how the fund came back into compliance and the results of the analysis and updates required under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B) of this section. If the fund remains out of compliance with the applicable VaR test at that time, the derivatives risk manager's written report must update the report previously provided under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section and the derivatives risk manager must update the board of directors on the fund's progress in coming back into compliance at regularly scheduled intervals at a frequency determined by the board.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Board oversight and reporting</I>—(i) <I>Approval of the derivatives risk manager.</I> A fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund, must approve the designation of the derivatives risk manager.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Reporting on program implementation and effectiveness.</I> On or before the implementation of the program, and at least annually thereafter, the derivatives risk manager must provide to the board of directors a written report providing a representation that the program is reasonably designed to manage the fund's derivatives risks and to incorporate the elements provided in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section. The representation may be based on the derivatives risk manager's reasonable belief after due inquiry. The written report must include the basis for the representation along with such information as may be reasonably necessary to evaluate the adequacy of the fund's program and, for reports following the program's initial implementation, the effectiveness of its implementation. The written report also must include, as applicable, the derivatives risk manager's basis for the approval of any designated reference portfolio or any change in the designated reference portfolio during the period covered by the report; or an explanation of the basis for the derivatives risk manager's determination that a designated reference portfolio would not provide an appropriate reference portfolio for purposes of the relative VaR test.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Regular board reporting.</I> The derivatives risk manager must provide to the board of directors, at a frequency determined by the board, a written report regarding the derivatives risk manager's analysis of exceedances described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the results of the stress testing conducted under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, and the results of the backtesting conducted under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section since the last report to the board. Each report under this paragraph must include such information as may be reasonably necessary for the board of directors to evaluate the fund's response to exceedances and the results of the fund's stress testing.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limited derivatives users.</I> (i) A fund is not required to adopt a program as prescribed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, comply with the limit on fund leverage risk in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, or comply with the board oversight and reporting requirements as prescribed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The fund adopts and implements written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the fund's derivatives risk; and
</P>
<P>(B) The fund's derivatives exposure does not exceed 10 percent of the fund's net assets, excluding, for this purpose, currency or interest rate derivatives that hedge currency or interest rate risks associated with one or more specific equity or fixed-income investments held by the fund (which must be foreign-currency-denominated in the case of currency derivatives), or the fund's borrowings, provided that the currency or interest rate derivatives are entered into and maintained by the fund for hedging purposes and that the notional amounts of such derivatives do not exceed the value of the hedged investments (or the par value thereof, in the case of fixed-income investments, or the principal amount, in the case of borrowing) by more than 10 percent.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a fund's derivatives exposure exceeds 10 percent of its net assets, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) of this section, and the fund is not in compliance with that paragraph within five business days, the fund's investment adviser must provide a written report to the fund's board of directors informing them whether the investment adviser intends either:
</P>
<P>(A) To reduce the fund's derivatives exposure to less than 10 percent of the fund's net assets promptly, but within no more than thirty calendar days of the exceedance, in a manner that is in the best interests of the fund and its shareholders; or
</P>
<P>(B) For the fund to establish a program as prescribed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, comply with the limit on fund leverage risk in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and comply with the board oversight and reporting requirements as prescribed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, as soon as reasonably practicable.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Leveraged/inverse funds.</I> A leveraged/inverse fund that cannot comply with the limit on fund leverage risk in paragraph (c) of this section is not required to comply with the limit on fund leverage risk if, in addition to complying with all other applicable requirements of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) As of October 28, 2020, the fund is in operation; has outstanding shares issued in one or more public offerings to investors; and discloses in its prospectus a leverage multiple or inverse multiple that exceeds 200% of the performance or the inverse of the performance of the underlying index;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fund does not change the underlying market index or increase the level of leveraged or inverse market exposure the fund seeks, directly or indirectly, to provide; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The fund discloses in its prospectus that it is not subject to the limit on fund leverage risk in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Recordkeeping</I>—(i) <I>Records to be maintained.</I> A fund must maintain a written record documenting, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) The fund's written policies and procedures required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, along with:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The results of the fund's stress tests under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The results of the backtesting conducted under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Records documenting any internal reporting or escalation of material risks under paragraph (c)(1)(v)(B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Records documenting the reviews conducted under paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Copies of any materials provided to the board of directors in connection with its approval of the designation of the derivatives risk manager, any written reports provided to the board of directors relating to the program, and any written reports provided to the board of directors under paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) Any determination and/or action the fund made under paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, including a fund's determination of: The VaR of its portfolio; the VaR of the fund's designated reference portfolio, as applicable; the fund's VaR ratio (the value of the VaR of the fund's portfolio divided by the VaR of the designated reference portfolio), as applicable; and any updates to any VaR calculation models used by the fund and the basis for any material changes thereto.
</P>
<P>(D) If applicable, the fund's written policies and procedures required by paragraph (c)(4) of this section, along with copies of any written reports provided to the board of directors under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Retention periods.</I> (A) A fund must maintain a copy of the written policies and procedures that the fund adopted under paragraph (c)(1) or (4) of this section that are in effect, or at any time within the past five years were in effect, in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(B) A fund must maintain all records and materials that paragraphs (c)(6)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>4</I>) and (c)(6)(i)(B) through (D) of this section describe for a period of not less than five years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) following each determination, action, or review that these paragraphs describe.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Current reports.</I> A fund that experiences an event specified in the parts of Form N-RN [referenced in 17 CFR 274.223] titled “Relative VaR Test Breaches,” “Absolute VaR Test Breaches,” or “Compliance with VaR Test” must file with the Commission a report on Form N-RN within the period and according to the instructions specified in that form.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reverse repurchase agreements.</I> (1) A fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, notwithstanding the requirements of sections 18(c) and 18(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act, if the fund:
</P>
<P>(i) Complies with the asset coverage requirements of section 18, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the asset coverage ratio; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A fund relying on paragraph (d) of this section must maintain a written record documenting whether the fund is relying on paragraph (d)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section for a period of not less than five years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) following the determination.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Unfunded commitment agreements.</I> (1) A fund may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, notwithstanding the requirements of sections 18(a), 18(c), 18(f)(1), and 61 of the Investment Company Act, if the fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as they come due. In forming a reasonable belief, the fund must take into account its reasonable expectations with respect to other obligations (including any obligation with respect to senior securities or redemptions), and may not take into account cash that may become available from the sale or disposition of any investment at a price that deviates significantly from the market value of those investments, or from issuing additional equity. Unfunded commitment agreements entered into by the fund in compliance with this section will not be considered for purposes of computing asset coverage, as defined in section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(h)).
</P>
<P>(2) For each unfunded commitment agreement that a fund enters into under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a fund must document the basis for its reasonable belief regarding the sufficiency of its cash and cash equivalents to meet its unfunded commitment agreement obligations, and maintain a record of this documentation for a period of not less than five years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) following the date that the fund entered into the agreement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>When issued, forward-settling, and non-standard settlement cycle securities transactions.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of sections 18(a)(1), 18(c), 18(f)(1), and 61 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-18(a)(1), 80a018(c), 80a-18(f)(1), and 80a-60), a fund or registered open-end company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 may invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security, provided that: The fund intends to physically settle the transaction; and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 83291, Dec. 21, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 22446, Apr. 15, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.19a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.131" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.19a-1   Written statement to accompany dividend payments by management companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every written statement made pursuant to section 19 by or on behalf of a management company shall be made on a separate paper and shall clearly indicate what portion of the payment per share is made from the following sources: 
</P>
<P>(1) Net income for the current or preceding fiscal year, or accumulated undistributed net income, or both, not including in either case profits or losses from the sale of securities or other properties. 
</P>
<P>(2) Accumulated undistributed net profits from the sale of securities or other properties (except that an open-end company may treat as a separate source its net profits from such sales during its current fiscal year). 
</P>
<P>(3) Paid-in surplus or other capital source.
</P>
<FP>To the extent that a payment is properly designated as being made from a source specified in paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, it need not be designated as having been made from a source specified in this paragraph. 
</FP>
<P>(b) If the payment is made in whole or in part from a source specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section the written statement shall indicate, after giving effect to the part of such payment so specified, the deficit, if any, in the aggregate of (1) accumulated undistributed realized profits less losses on the sale of securities or other properties and (2) the net unrealized appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities, all as of a date reasonably close to the end of the period as of which the dividend is paid. Any statement made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall specify the amount, if any, of such deficit which represents unrealized depreciation of portfolio securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) Accumulated undistributed net income and accumulated undistributed net profits from the sale of securities or other properties shall be determined, at the option of the company, either (1) from the date of the organization of the company, (2) from the date of a reorganization, as defined in clause (A) or (B) of section 2(a)(33) of the Act (54 Stat. 790; 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(33)), (3) from the date as of which a write-down of portfolio securities was made in connection with a corporate readjustment, approved by stockholders, of the type known as “quasi- reorganization,” or (4) from January 1, 1925, to the close of the period as of which the dividend is paid, without giving effect to such payment. 
</P>
<P>(d) For the purpose of this section, open-end companies which upon the sale of their shares allocate to undistributed income or other similar account that portion of the consideration received which represents the approximate per share amount of undistributed net income included in the sales price, and make a corresponding deduction from undistributed net income upon the purchase or redemption of shares, need not treat the amounts so allocated as paid-in surplus or other capital source. 
</P>
<P>(e) For the purpose of this section, the source or sources from which a dividend is paid shall be determined (or reasonably estimated) to the close of the period as of which it is paid without giving effect to such payment. If any such estimate is subsequently ascertained to be inaccurate in a significant amount, a correction thereof shall be made by a written statement pursuant to section 19(a) of the Act or in the first report to stockholders following discovery of the inaccuracy. 
</P>
<P>(f) Insofar as a written statement made pursuant to section 19(a) of the Act relates to a dividend on preferred stock paid for a period of less than a year, a company may elect to indicate only that portion of the payment which is made from sources specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and need not specify the sources from which the remainder was paid. Every company which in any fiscal year elects to make a statement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall transmit to the holders of such preferred stock, at a date reasonably near the end of the last dividend period in such fiscal year, a statement meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section on an annual basis. 
</P>
<P>(g) The purpose of this section, in the light of which it shall be construed, is to afford security holders adequate disclosure of the sources from which dividend payments are made. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the inclusion in any written statement of additional information in explanation of the information required by this section. Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit a dividend payment in violation of any State law or to prevent compliance with any requirement of State law regarding dividends consistent with this rule. 
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative release applicable to § 270.19a-1, see No. 71 in tabulation, part 271 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-19-1, 6 FR 1114, Feb. 25, 1941. Redesignated at 36 FR 22901, Dec. 2, 1971, and amended at 38 FR 8593, Apr. 4, 1973] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.19b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.132" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.19b-1   Frequency of distribution of capital gains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No registered investment company which is a “regulated investment company” as defined in section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”) shall distribute more than one capital gain dividend (“distribution”), as defined in section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Code, with respect to any one taxable year of the company, other than a distribution otherwise permitted by this rule or made pursuant to section 855 of the Code which is supplemental to the prior distribution with respect to the same taxable year of the company and which does not exceed 10% of the aggregate amount distributed for such taxable year. 
</P>
<P>(b) No registered investment company which is not a “regulated investment company” as defined in section 851 of the Code shall make more than one distribution of long-term capital gains, as defined in the Code, in any one taxable year of the company: <I>Provided,</I> That a unit investment trust may distribute capital gain dividends received from a “regulated investment company” within a reasonable time after receipt. 
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to a unit investment trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust”) engaged exclusively in the business of investing in eligible trust securities (as defined in Rule 14a-3(b) (17 CFR 270.14a-3(b)) under this Act); <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) The capital gain distribution is a result of—
</P>
<P>(i) An issuer's calling or redeeming an eligible trust security held by the Trust, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The sale of an eligible trust security by the Trust to provide funds for redemption of Trust units when the amount received by the Trust for such sale exceeds the amount required to satisfy the redemption distribution, 
</P>
<P>(iii) The sale of an eligible trust security to maintain qualification of the Trust as a “regulated investment company” under section 851 of the Code, 
</P>
<P>(iv) Regular distributions of principal and prepayment of principal on eligible trust securities, or 
</P>
<P>(v) The sale of an eligible trust security in order to maintain the investment stability of the Trust; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Capital gains distributions are clearly described as such in a report to the unitholder which accompanies each such distribution. 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, sales made to maintain the investment stability of the Trust means sales made to prevent deterioration of the value of the eligible trust securities held in the Trust portfolio when one or more of the following factors exist: 
</P>
<P>(1) A default in the payment of principal or interest on an eligible trust security; 
</P>
<P>(2) An action involving the issuer of an eligible trust security which adversely affects the ability of such issuer to continue payment of principal or interest on its eligible trust securities; or 
</P>
<P>(3) A change in market, revenue or credit factors which adversely affects the ability of such issuer to continue payment of principal or interest on its eligible trust securities. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a registered investment company because of unforeseen circumstances in a particular taxable year proposes to make a distribution which would be prohibited by the provisions of this section, it may file a request with the Commission for authorization to make such a distribution. Such request shall comply with the requirements of § 270.0-2 of this chapter and shall set forth the pertinent facts and explain the circumstances which the company believes justify such distribution. The request shall be deemed granted unless the Commission within 15 days after receipt thereof shall deny such request as not being necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors and notify the company in writing of such denial. 
</P>
<P>(f) A registered investment company may make one additional distribution of long-term capital gains, as defined in the Code, with respect to any one taxable year of the company, which distribution is made, in whole or in part, for the purpose of not incurring any tax under section 4982 of the Code. Such additional distribution may be made prior or subsequent to any distribution otherwise permitted by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c), 19(b) (15 U.S.C. 80a-19(b), and sec. 38(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22901, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 44 FR 29647, May 22, 1979; 44 FR 40064, July 9, 1979; 52 FR 42428, Nov. 5, 1987] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.20a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.133" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.20a-1   Solicitation of proxies, consents and authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person shall solicit or permit the use of his or her name to solicit any proxy, consent, or authorization with respect to any security issued by a registered fund, except upon compliance with Regulation 14A (§ 240.14a-1 of this chapter), Schedule 14A (§ 240.14a-101 of this chapter), and all other rules and regulations adopted pursuant to section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that would be applicable to such solicitation if it were made in respect of a security registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Unless the solicitation is made in respect of a security registered on a national securities exchange, none of the soliciting material need be filed with such exchange. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the solicitation is made by or on behalf of the management of the investment company, then the investment adviser or any prospective investment adviser and any affiliated person thereof as to whom information is required in the solicitation shall upon request of the investment company promptly transmit to the investment company all information necessary to enable the management of such company to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to such solicitation. If the solicitation is made by any person other than the management of the investment company, on behalf of and with the consent of the investment adviser or prospective investment adviser, then the investment adviser or prospective investment adviser and any affiliated person thereof as to whom information is required in the solicitation shall upon request of the person making the solicitation promptly transmit to such person all information necessary to enable such person to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to the solicitation. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Registrants that have made a public offering of securities and that hold security holder votes for which proxies, consents, or authorizations are not being solicited pursuant to the requirements of this section should refer to section 14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n(c)) and the information statement requirements set forth in the rules thereunder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[25 FR 1865, Mar. 3, 1960, as amended at 37 FR 1472, Jan. 29, 1972; 52 FR 48985, Dec. 29, 1987; 57 FR 1102, Jan. 10, 1992; 59 FR 52700, Oct. 19, 1994; 87 FR 22446, Apr. 15, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 270.20a-2—270.20a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.134" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 270.20a-2--270.20a-4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.135" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22c-1   Pricing of redeemable securities for distribution, redemption and repurchase.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No registered investment company issuing any redeemable security, no person designated in such issuer's prospectus as authorized to consummate transactions in any such security, and no principal underwriter of, or dealer in, any such security shall sell, redeem, or repurchase any such security except at a price based on the current net asset value of such security which is next computed after receipt of a tender of such security for redemption or of an order to purchase or sell such security: <I>Provided,</I> That: 
</P>
<P>(1) This paragraph shall not prevent a sponsor of a unit investment trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust”) engaged exclusively in the business of investing in eligible trust securities (as defined in Rule 14a-3(b) (17 CFR 270.14a-3(b))) from selling or repurchasing Trust units in a secondary market at a price based on the offering side evaluation of the eligible trust securities in the Trust's portfolio, determined at any time on the last business day of each week, effective for all sales made during the following week, if on the days that such sales or repurchases are made the sponsor receives a letter from a qualified evaluator stating, in its opinion, that: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of repurchases, the current bid price is not higher than the offering side evaluation, computed on the last business day of the previous week; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of resales, the offering side evaluation, computed as of the last business day of the previous week, is not more than one-half of one percent ($5.00 on a unit representing $1,000 principal amount of eligible trust securities) greater than the current offering price. 
</P>
<P>(2) This paragraph shall not prevent any registered investment company from adjusting the price of its redeemable securities sold pursuant to a merger, consolidation or purchase of substantially all of the assets of a company which meets the conditions specified in § 270.17a-8. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding this paragraph (a), a registered open-end management investment company (but not a registered open-end management investment company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 or an exchange-traded fund as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(v)(A) of this section) (a “fund”) may use swing pricing to adjust its current net asset value per share to mitigate dilution of the value of its outstanding redeemable securities as a result of shareholder purchase or redemption activity, provided that it has established and implemented swing pricing policies and procedures in compliance with the paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The fund's swing pricing policies and procedures must:
</P>
<P>(A) Provide that the fund must adjust its net asset value per share by a single swing factor or multiple factors that may vary based on the swing threshold(s) crossed once the level of net purchases into or net redemptions from such fund has exceeded the applicable swing threshold for the fund. In determining whether the fund's level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded the applicable swing threshold(s), the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing shall be permitted to make such determination based on receipt of sufficient information about the fund investors' daily purchase and redemption activity (“investor flow”) to allow the fund to reasonably estimate whether it has crossed the swing threshold(s) with high confidence, and shall exclude any purchases or redemptions that are made in kind and not in cash. This investor flow information may consist of individual, aggregated, or netted orders, and may include reasonable estimates where necessary.
</P>
<P>(B) Specify the process for how the fund's swing threshold(s) shall be determined, considering:
</P>
<P><I>(1)</I> The size, frequency, and volatility of historical net purchases or net redemptions of fund shares during normal and stressed periods;
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> The fund's investment strategy and the liquidity of the fund's portfolio investments;
</P>
<P><I>(3)</I> The fund's holdings of cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing arrangements and other funding sources; and
</P>
<P><I>(4)</I> The costs associated with transactions in the markets in which the fund invests.
</P>
<P>(C) Specify the process for how the swing factor(s) shall be determined, which must include: The establishment of an upper limit on the swing factor(s) used, which may not exceed two percent of net asset value per share; and the determination that the factor(s) used are reasonable in relationship to the costs discussed in this paragraph. In determining the swing factor(s) and the upper limit, the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing may take into account only the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor(s) is used, including spread costs, transaction fees and charges arising from asset purchases or asset sales resulting from those purchases or redemptions, and borrowing-related costs associated with satisfying redemptions.
</P>
<P>(ii) The fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund must:
</P>
<P>(A) Approve the fund's swing pricing policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(B) Approve the fund's swing threshold(s) and the upper limit on the swing factor(s) used, and any changes to the swing threshold(s) or the upper limit on the swing factor(s) used;
</P>
<P>(C) Designate the fund's investment adviser, officer, or officers responsible for administering the swing pricing policies and procedures (“person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing”). The administration of swing pricing must be reasonably segregated from portfolio management of the fund and may not include portfolio managers; and
</P>
<P>(D) Review, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing that describes:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Its review of the adequacy of the fund's swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution;
</P>
<P><I>(2)</I> Any material changes to the fund's swing pricing policies and procedures since the date of the last report; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Its review and assessment of the fund's swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(B) and (C) of this section, including the information and data supporting the determination of the swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit.
</P>
<P>(iii) The fund shall maintain the policies and procedures adopted by the fund under this paragraph (a)(3) that are in effect, or at any time within the past six years were in effect, in an easily accessible place, and shall maintain a written copy of the report provided to the board under paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(C) of this section for six years, the first two in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any fund (a “feeder fund”) that invests, pursuant to section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E)), in another fund (a “master fund”) may not use swing pricing to adjust the feeder fund's net asset value per share; however, a master fund may use swing pricing to adjust the master fund's net asset value per share, pursuant to the requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(3).
</P>
<P>(v) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(3):
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Exchange-traded fund</I> means an open-end management investment company (or series or class thereof), the shares of which are listed and traded on a national securities exchange, and that has formed and operates under an exemptive order under the Act granted by the Commission or in reliance on an exemptive rule adopted by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Swing factor</I> means the amount, expressed as a percentage of the fund's net asset value and determined pursuant to the fund's swing pricing policies and procedures, by which a fund adjusts its net asset value per share once a fund's applicable swing threshold has been exceeded.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Swing pricing</I> means the process of adjusting a fund's current net asset value per share to mitigate dilution of the value of its outstanding redeemable securities as a result of shareholder purchase and redemption activity, pursuant to the requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(3).
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Swing threshold</I> means an amount of net purchases or net redemptions, expressed as a percentage of the fund's net asset value, that triggers the application of swing pricing.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Transaction fees and charges</I> means brokerage commissions, custody fees, and any other charges, fees, and taxes associated with portfolio asset purchases and sales.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, 
</P>
<P>(1) The current net asset value of any such security shall be computed no less frequently than once daily, Monday through Friday, at the specific time or times during the day that the board of directors of the investment company sets, in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, except on: 
</P>
<P>(i) Days on which changes in the value of the investment company's portfolio securities will not materially affect the current net asset value of the investment company's redeemable securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Days during which no security is tendered for redemption and no order to purchase or sell such security is received by the investment company; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Customary national business holidays described or listed in the prospectus and local and regional business holidays listed in the prospectus; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A “qualified evaluator” shall mean any evaluator which represents it is in a position to determine, on the basis of an informal evaluation of the eligible trust securities held in the Trust's portfolio, whether—
</P>
<P>(i) The current bid price is higher than the offering side evaluation, computed on the last business day of the previous week, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The offering side evaluation, computed as of the last business day of the previous week, is more than one-half of one percent ($5.00 on a unit representing $1,000 principal amount of eligible trust securities) greater than the current offering price. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions above, any registered separate account offering variable annuity contracts, any person designated in such account's prospectus as authorized to consummate transactions in such contracts, and any principal underwriter of or dealer in such contracts shall be permitted to apply the initial purchase payment for any such contract at a price based on the current net asset value of such contract which is next computed:
</P>
<P>(1) Not later than two business days after receipt of the order to purchase by the insurance company sponsoring the separate account (“insurer”), if the contract application and other information necessary for processing the order to purchase (collectively, “application”) are complete upon receipt; or
</P>
<P>(2) Not later than two business days after an application which is incomplete upon receipt by the insurer is made complete, <I>Provided,</I> That, if an incomplete application is not made complete within five business days after receipt,
</P>
<P>(i) The prospective purchaser shall be informed of the reasons for the delay, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The initial purchase payment shall be returned immediately and in full, unless the prospective purchaser specifically consents to the insurer retaining the purchase payment until the application is made complete.
</P>
<P>(3) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Prospective Purchaser</I> shall mean either an individual contractowner or an individual participant in a group contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Initial Purchase Payment</I> shall refer to the first purchase payment submitted to the insurer by, or on behalf of, a prospective purchaser.
</P>
<P>(d) The board of directors shall initially set the time or times during the day that the current net asset value shall be computed, and shall make and approve such changes as the board deems necessary. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c), 22(c) and 38(a), 15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c), 80a-22(c) and 80a-37(a)) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 29647, May 22, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 48660, Aug. 20, 1979; 45 FR 12409, Feb. 26, 1980; 50 FR 7911, Feb. 27, 1985; 50 FR 24763, June 13, 1985; 50 FR 42682, Oct. 22, 1985; 58 FR 49922, Sept. 24, 1993; 81 FR 82137, Nov. 18, 2016; 87 FR 22446, Apr. 15, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22c-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.136" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22c-2   Redemption fees for redeemable securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Redemption fee.</I> It is unlawful for any fund issuing redeemable securities, its principal underwriter, or any dealer in such securities, to redeem a redeemable security issued by the fund within seven calendar days after the security was purchased, unless it complies with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Board determination.</I> The fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund, must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Approve a redemption fee, in an amount (but no more than two percent of the value of shares redeemed) and on shares redeemed within a time period (but no less than seven calendar days), that in its judgment is necessary or appropriate to recoup for the fund the costs it may incur as a result of those redemptions or to otherwise eliminate or reduce so far as practicable any dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by the fund, the proceeds of which fee will be retained by the fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine that imposition of a redemption fee is either not necessary or not appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Shareholder information.</I> With respect to each financial intermediary that submits orders, itself or through its agent, to purchase or redeem shares directly to the fund, its principal underwriter or transfer agent, or to a registered clearing agency, the fund (or on the fund's behalf, the principal underwriter or transfer agent) must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Enter into a shareholder information agreement with the financial intermediary (or its agent); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prohibit the financial intermediary from purchasing in nominee name on behalf of other persons, securities issued by the fund. For purposes of this paragraph, “purchasing” does not include the automatic reinvestment of dividends.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The fund must maintain a copy of the written agreement under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section that is in effect, or at any time within the past six years was in effect, in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted funds.</I> The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to the following funds, unless they elect to impose a redemption fee pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Money market funds;
</P>
<P>(2) Any fund that issues securities that are listed on a national securities exchange; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any fund that affirmatively permits short-term trading of its securities, if its prospectus clearly and prominently discloses that the fund permits short-term trading of its securities and that such trading may result in additional costs for the fund.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Financial intermediary</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any broker, dealer, bank, or other person that holds securities issued by the fund, in nominee name;
</P>
<P>(ii) A unit investment trust or fund that invests in the fund in reliance on section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a participant-directed employee benefit plan that owns the securities issued by the fund, a retirement plan's administrator under section 3(16)(A) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002(16)(A)) or any person that maintains the plan's participant records.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Financial intermediary</I> does not include any person that the fund treats as an individual investor with respect to the fund's policies established for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by the fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fund</I> means an open-end management investment company that is registered or required to register under section 8 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), and includes a separate series of such an investment company.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Money market fund</I> means an open-end management investment company that is registered under the Act and is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Shareholder</I> includes a beneficial owner of securities held in nominee name, a participant in a participant-directed employee benefit plan, and a holder of interests in a fund or unit investment trust that has invested in the fund in reliance on section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act. A shareholder does not include a fund investing pursuant to section 12(d)(1)(G) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(G)), a trust established pursuant to section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 529), or a holder of an interest in such a trust.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Shareholder information agreement</I> means a written agreement under which a financial intermediary agrees to:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide, promptly upon request by a fund, the Taxpayer Identification Number (or in the case of non U.S. shareholders, if the Taxpayer Identification Number is unavailable, the International Taxpayer Identification Number or other government issued identifier) of all shareholders who have purchased, redeemed, transferred, or exchanged fund shares held through an account with the financial intermediary, and the amount and dates of such shareholder purchases, redemptions, transfers, and exchanges;
</P>
<P>(ii) Execute any instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of fund shares by a shareholder who has been identified by the fund as having engaged in transactions of fund shares (directly or indirectly through the intermediary's account) that violate policies established by the fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by the fund; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use best efforts to determine, promptly upon request of the fund, whether any specific person about whom it has received the identification and transaction information set forth in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, is itself a financial intermediary (“indirect intermediary”) and, upon further request by the fund:
</P>
<P>(A) Provide (or arrange to have provided) the identification and transaction information set forth in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section regarding shareholders who hold an account with an indirect intermediary; or
</P>
<P>(B) Restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing, in nominee name on behalf of other persons, securities issued by the fund.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 58272, Oct. 3, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.137" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22d-1   Exemption from section 22(d) to permit sales of redeemable securities at prices which reflect sales loads set pursuant to a schedule.</HEAD>
<P>A registered investment company that is the issuer of redeemable securities, a principal underwriter of such securities or a dealer therein shall be exempt from the provisions of section 22(d) to the extent necessary to permit the sale of such securities at prices that reflect scheduled variations in, or elimination of, the sales load. These price schedules may offer such variations in or elimination of the sales load to particular classes of investors or transactions, <I>Provided,</I> That:
</P>
<P>(a) The company, the principal underwriter and dealers in the company's shares apply any scheduled variation uniformly to all offerees in the class specified;
</P>
<P>(b) The company furnishes to existing shareholders and prospective investors adequate information concerning any scheduled variation, as prescribed in applicable registration statement form requirements;
</P>
<P>(c) Before making any new sales load variation available to purchasers of the company's shares, the company revises its prospectus and statement of additional information to describe that new variation; and
</P>
<P>(d) The company advises existing shareholders of any new sales load variation within one year of the date when that variation is first made available to purchasers of the company's shares.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)) and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 7911, Feb. 27, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22d-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.138" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22d-2   Exemption from section 22(d) for certain registered separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>A registered separate account, any principal underwriter for such account, any dealer in contracts or units of interest or participations in such contracts issued by such account and any insurance company maintaining such account shall, with respect to any variable annuity contracts, units, or participations therein issued by such account, be exempted from section 22(d) to the extent necessary to permit the sale of such contracts, units or participations by such persons at prices which reflect variations in the sales load or in any administrative charge or other deductions from the purchase payments; <I>Provided, however,</I> That (a) the prospectus discloses as precisely as possible the amount of the variations and the circumstances, if any, in which such variations shall be available or describes the basis for such variations and the manner in which entitlement shall be determined, and (b) any such variations reflect differences in costs or services and are not unfairly discriminatory against any person. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)) and 38(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a))) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 33970, Aug. 13, 1975. Redesignated at 50 FR 7911, Feb. 27, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.139" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22e-1   Exemption from section 22(e) of the Act during annuity payment period of variable annuity contracts participating in certain registered separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered separate account, shall during the annuity payment period of variable annuity contracts participating in such account, be exempt from the provisions of section 22(e) of the Act prohibiting the suspension of the right of redemption or postponement of the date of payment or satisfaction upon redemption of any redeemable security, with respect to such contracts under which payments are being made based upon life contingencies. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 6, 54 Stat. 800; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 12696, Aug. 5, 1969] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22e-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.140" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22e-2   Pricing of redemption requests in accordance with Rule 22c-1.</HEAD>
<P>An investment company shall not be deemed to have suspended the right of redemption if it prices a redemption request by computing the net asset value of the investment company's redeemable securities in accordance with the provisions of Rule 22c-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 24764, June 13, 1985] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22e-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.141" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22e-3   Exemption for liquidation of money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> A registered open-end management investment company or series thereof (“fund”) that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 is exempt from the requirements of section 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)) if:
</P>
<P>(1) The fund, at the end of a business day, has invested less than ten percent of its total assets in weekly liquid assets or, in the case of a fund that is a government money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(14) or a retail money market fund, as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(21), the fund's price per share as computed for the purpose of distribution, redemption and repurchase, rounded to the nearest one percent, has deviated from the stable price established by the board of directors or the fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund, determines that such a deviation is likely to occur;
</P>
<P>(2) The fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund, irrevocably has approved the liquidation of the fund; and
</P>
<P>(3) The fund, prior to suspending redemptions, notifies the Commission of its decision to liquidate and suspend redemptions by electronic mail directed to the attention of the Director of the Division of Investment Management or the Director's designee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conduits.</I> Any registered investment company, or series thereof, that owns, pursuant to section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E)), shares of a money market fund that has suspended redemptions of shares pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section also is exempt from the requirements of section 22(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-22(e)). A registered investment company relying on the exemption provided in this paragraph must promptly notify the Commission that it has suspended redemptions in reliance on this section. Notification under this paragraph shall be made by electronic mail directed to the attention of the Director of the Division of Investment Management or the Director's designee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission Orders.</I> For the protection of shareholders, the Commission may issue an order to rescind or modify the exemption provided by this section, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing in accordance with section 40 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-39).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> Each of the terms <I>business day, total assets,</I> and <I>weekly liquid assets</I> has the same meaning as defined in § 270.2a-7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 10117, Mar. 4, 2010, as amended at 79 FR 47967, Aug. 14, 2014; 87 FR 22446, Apr. 15, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.22e-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.142" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.22e-4   Liquidity risk management programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Acquisition (or acquire)</I> means any purchase or subsequent rollover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Business day</I> means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or any customary business holiday.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Convertible to cash</I> means the ability to be sold, with the sale settled.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exchange-traded fund</I> or <I>ETF</I> means an open-end management investment company (or series or class thereof), the shares of which are listed and traded on a national securities exchange, and that has formed and operates under an exemptive order under the Act granted by the Commission or in reliance on an exemptive rule adopted by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fund</I> means an open-end management investment company that is registered or required to register under section 8 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8) and includes a separate series of such an investment company, but does not include a registered open-end management investment company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 or an In-Kind ETF.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Highly liquid investment</I> means any cash held by a fund and any investment that the fund reasonably expects to be convertible into cash in current market conditions in three business days or less without the conversion to cash significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Highly liquid investment minimum</I> means the percentage of the fund's net assets that the fund invests in highly liquid investments that are assets pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Illiquid investment</I> means any investment that the fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>In-Kind Exchange Traded Fund</I> or <I>In-Kind ETF</I> means an ETF that meets redemptions through in-kind transfers of securities, positions, and assets other than a <I>de minimis</I> amount of cash and that publishes its portfolio holdings daily.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Less liquid investment</I> means any investment that the fund reasonably expects to be able to sell or dispose of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, but where the sale or disposition is reasonably expected to settle in more than seven calendar days.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Liquidity risk</I> means the risk that the fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of remaining investors' interests in the fund.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Moderately liquid investment</I> means any investment that the fund reasonably expects to be convertible into cash in current market conditions in more than three calendar days but in seven calendar days or less, without the conversion to cash significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Person(s) designated to administer the program</I> means the fund or In-Kind ETF's investment adviser, officer, or officers (which may not be solely portfolio managers of the fund or In-Kind ETF) responsible for administering the program and its policies and procedures pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Unit Investment Trust</I> or <I>UIT</I> means a unit investment trust as defined in section 4(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-4).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liquidity Risk Management Program.</I> Each fund and In-Kind ETF must adopt and implement a written liquidity risk management program (“program”) that is reasonably designed to assess and manage its liquidity risk.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Required program elements.</I> The program must include policies and procedures reasonably designed to incorporate the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Assessment, management, and periodic review of liquidity risk.</I> Each fund and In-Kind ETF must assess, manage, and periodically review (with such review occurring no less frequently than annually) its liquidity risk, which must include consideration of the following factors, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) The fund or In-Kind ETF's investment strategy and liquidity of portfolio investments during both normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions, including whether the investment strategy is appropriate for an open-end fund, the extent to which the strategy involves a relatively concentrated portfolio or large positions in particular issuers, and the use of borrowings for investment purposes and derivatives;
</P>
<P>(B) Short-term and long-term cash flow projections during both normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions;
</P>
<P>(C) Holdings of cash and cash equivalents, as well as borrowing arrangements and other funding sources; and
</P>
<P>(D) For an ETF:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The relationship between the ETF's portfolio liquidity and the way in which, and the prices and spreads at which, ETF shares trade, including, the efficiency of the arbitrage function and the level of active participation by market participants (including authorized participants); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The effect of the composition of baskets on the overall liquidity of the ETF's portfolio.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Classification.</I> Each fund must, using information obtained after reasonable inquiry and taking into account relevant market, trading, and investment-specific considerations, classify each of the fund's portfolio investments (including each of the fund's derivatives transactions) as a highly liquid investment, moderately liquid investment, less liquid investment, or illiquid investment. A fund must review its portfolio investments' classifications, at least monthly in connection with reporting the liquidity classification for each portfolio investment on Form N-PORT in accordance with § 270.30b1-9, and more frequently if changes in relevant market, trading, and investment-specific considerations are reasonably expected to materially affect one or more of its investments' classifications.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>)introductory text:</HED>
<P> If an investment could be viewed as either a highly liquid investment or a moderately liquid investment, because the period to convert the investment to cash depends on the calendar or business day convention used, a fund should classify the investment as a highly liquid investment. For a discussion of considerations that may be relevant in classifying the liquidity of the fund's portfolio investments, see Investment Company Act Release No. IC-32315 (Oct. 13, 2016).</P></NOTE>
<P>(A) The fund may generally classify and review its portfolio investments (including the fund's derivatives transactions) according to their asset class, provided, however, that the fund must separately classify and review any investment within an asset class if the fund or its adviser has information about any market, trading, or investment-specific considerations that are reasonably expected to significantly affect the liquidity characteristics of that investment as compared to the fund's other portfolio holdings within that asset class.
</P>
<P>(B) In classifying and reviewing its portfolio investments or asset classes (as applicable), the fund must determine whether trading varying portions of a position in a particular portfolio investment or asset class, in sizes that the fund would reasonably anticipate trading, is reasonably expected to significantly affect its liquidity, and if so, the fund must take this determination into account when classifying the liquidity of that investment or asset class.
</P>
<P>(C) For derivatives transactions that the fund has classified as moderately liquid investments, less liquid investments, and illiquid investments, identify the percentage of the fund's highly liquid investments that it has pledged as margin or collateral in connection with derivatives transactions in each of these classification categories.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)(<E T="01">ii</E>)(C):</HED>
<P>For purposes of calculating these percentages, a fund that has pledged highly liquid investments and non-highly liquid investments as margin or collateral in connection with derivatives transactions classified as moderately liquid, less liquid, or illiquid investments first should apply pledged assets that are highly liquid investments in connection with these transactions, unless it has specifically identified non-highly liquid investments as margin or collateral in connection with such derivatives transactions.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) <I>Highly liquid investment minimum.</I> (A) Any fund that does not primarily hold assets that are highly liquid investments must:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Determine a highly liquid investment minimum, considering the factors specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) through (D) of this section, as applicable (but considering those factors specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (B) only as they apply during normal conditions, and during stressed conditions only to the extent they are reasonably foreseeable during the period until the next review of the highly liquid investment minimum). The highly liquid investment minimum determined pursuant to this paragraph may not be changed during any period of time that a fund's assets that are highly liquid investments are below the determined minimum without approval from the fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Periodically review, no less frequently than annually, the highly liquid investment minimum; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Adopt and implement policies and procedures for responding to a shortfall of the fund's highly liquid investments below its highly liquid investment minimum, which must include requiring the person(s) designated to administer the program to report to the fund's board of directors no later than its next regularly scheduled meeting with a brief explanation of the causes of the shortfall, the extent of the shortfall, and any actions taken in response, and if the shortfall lasts more than 7 consecutive calendar days, must include requiring the person(s) designated to administer the program to report to the board within one business day thereafter with an explanation of how the fund plans to restore its minimum within a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(B) For purposes of determining whether a fund primarily holds assets that are highly liquid investments, a fund must exclude from its calculations the percentage of the fund's assets that are highly liquid investments that it has pledged as margin or collateral in connection with derivatives transactions that the fund has classified as moderately liquid investments, less liquid investments, and illiquid investments, as determined pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Illiquid investments.</I> No fund or In-Kind ETF may acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund or In-Kind ETF would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. If a fund or In-Kind ETF holds more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets:
</P>
<P>(A) It must cause the person(s) designated to administer the program to report such an occurrence to the fund's or In-Kind ETF's board of directors within one business day of the occurrence, with an explanation of the extent and causes of the occurrence, and how the fund or In-Kind ETF plans to bring its illiquid investments that are assets to or below 15% of its net assets within a reasonable period of time; and
</P>
<P>(B) If the amount of the fund's or In-Kind ETF's illiquid investments that are assets is still above 15% of its net assets 30 days from the occurrence (and at each consecutive 30 day period thereafter), the fund or In-Kind ETF's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund or In-Kind ETF, must assess whether the plan presented to it pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) continues to be in the best interest of the fund or In-Kind ETF.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Redemptions in Kind.</I> A fund that engages in, or reserves the right to engage in, redemptions in kind and any In-Kind ETF must establish policies and procedures regarding how and when it will engage in such redemptions in kind.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board oversight.</I> A fund or In-Kind ETF's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund or In-Kind ETF, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Initially approve the liquidity risk management program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Approve the designation of the person(s) designated to administer the program; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Review, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the person(s) designated to administer the program that addresses the operation of the program and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation, including, if applicable, the operation of the highly liquid investment minimum, and any material changes to the program.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The fund or In-Kind ETF must maintain:
</P>
<P>(i) A written copy of the program and any associated policies and procedures adopted pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(2) of this section that are in effect, or at any time within the past five years were in effect, in an easily accessible place;
</P>
<P>(ii) Copies of any materials provided to the board of directors in connection with its approval under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and materials provided to the board of directors under paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the documents were provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, a written record of the policies and procedures related to how the highly liquid investment minimum, and any adjustments thereto, were determined, including assessment of the factors incorporated in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(A) through (B) of this section and any materials provided to the board pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A)(<I>3</I>) of this section, for a period of not less than five years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) following the determination of, and each change to, the highly liquid investment minimum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>UIT liquidity.</I> On or before the date of initial deposit of portfolio securities into a registered UIT, the UIT's principal underwriter or depositor must determine that the portion of the illiquid investments that the UIT holds or will hold at the date of deposit that are assets is consistent with the redeemable nature of the securities it issues, and must maintain a record of that determination for the life of the UIT and for five years thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82264, Nov. 18, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 83295, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.23c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.143" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.23c-1   Repurchase of securities by closed-end companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered closed-end company may purchase for cash a security of which it is the issuer, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the security is a stock entitled to cumulative dividends, such dividends are not in arrears. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the security is a stock not entitled to cumulative dividends, at least 90 percent of the net income of the issuer for the last preceding fiscal year, determined in accordance with good accounting practice and not including profits or losses realized from the sale of securities or other properties, was distributed to its shareholders during such fiscal year or within 60 days after the close of such fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the security to be purchased is junior to any class of outstanding security of the issuer representing indebtedness (except notes or other evidences of indebtedness held by a bank or other person, the issuance of which did not involve a public offering) all securities of such class shall have an asset coverage of at least 300 percent immediately after such purchase; and if the security to be purchased is junior to any class of outstanding senior security of the issuer which is a stock, all securities of such class shall have an asset coverage of at least 200 percent immediately after such purchase, and shall not be in arrears as to dividends. 
</P>
<P>(4) The seller of the security is not to the knowledge of the issuer an affiliated person of the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(5) Payment of the purchase price is accompanied or preceded by a written confirmation of the purchase. 
</P>
<P>(6) The purchase is made at a price not above the market value, if any, or the asset value of such security, whichever is lower, at the time of such purchase. 
</P>
<P>(7) The issuer discloses to the seller or, if the seller is acting through a broker, to the seller's broker, either prior to or at the time of purchase the approximate or estimated asset coverage per unit of the security to be purchased. 
</P>
<P>(8) No brokerage commission is paid by the issuer to any affiliated person of the issuer in connection with the purchase. 
</P>
<P>(9) The purchase is not made in a manner or on a basis which discriminates unfairly against any holders of the class of securities purchased. 
</P>
<P>(10) If the security is a stock, the issuer has, within the preceding six months, informed stockholders of its intention to purchase stock of such class by letter or report addressed to all the stockholders of such class. 
</P>
<P>(11) The issuer files with the Commission, as an exhibit to Form N-CSR (§ 249.331 and § 274.128), a copy of any written solicitation to purchase securities under this section sent or given during the period covered by the report by or on behalf of the issuer to 10 or more persons. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the conditions of paragraph (a) of this section, a closed-end company may purchase fractional interests in, or fractional rights to receive, any security of which it is the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(c) This rule does not apply to purchase of securities made pursuant to section 23(c)(1) or (2) of the Act (54 Stat. 825; 15 U.S.C. 80a-23). A registered closed-end company may file an application with the Commission for an order under section 23(c)(3) of the Act permitting the purchase of any security of which it is the issuer which does not meet the conditions of this rule and which is not to be made pursuant to section 23(c)(1) or (2) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(d) This rule relates exclusively to the requirements of section 23(c) of the Act, and the provisions hereof shall not be construed to authorize any action which contravenes any other applicable law, statutory or otherwise, or the provision of any indenture or other instrument pursuant to which securities of the issuer were issued. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-23C-1, 7 FR 10424, Dec. 15, 1942, as amended at 68 FR 64975, Nov. 17, 2003] 
</CITA>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>For interpretative release applicable to § 270.23c-1, see No. 78 in tabulation, part 271 of this chapter.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.23c-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.144" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.23c-2   Call and redemption of securities issued by registered closed-end companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 270.23c-1 (Rule N-23c-1), a registered closed-end investment company may call or redeem any securities of which it is the issuer, in accordance with the terms of such securities or the charter, indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such securities were issued: <I>Provided,</I> That, if less than all the outstanding securities of a class or series are to be called or redeemed the call or redemption shall be made by lot, on a pro rata basis, or in such other manner as will not discriminate unfairly against any holder of the securities of such class or series. 
</P>
<P>(b) A registered closed-end investment company which proposes to call or redeem any securities of which it is the issuer shall file with the Commission notice of its intention to call or redeem such securities at least 30 days prior to the date set for the call or redemption; <I>Provided, however,</I> That if notice of the call or the redemption is required to be published in a newspaper or otherwise, notice shall be given to the Commission at least 10 days in advance of the date of publication. Such notice shall be filed in triplicate and shall include (1) the title of the class of securities to be called or redeemed, (2) the date on which the securities are to be called or redeemed, (3) the applicable provisions of the governing instrument pursuant to which the securities are to be called or redeemed and, (4) if less than all the outstanding securities of a class or series are to be called or redeemed, the principal amount or number of shares and the basis upon which the securities to be called or redeemed are to be selected. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-23C-2, 7 FR 6669, Aug. 25, 1942] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.23c-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.145" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.23c-3   Repurchase offers by closed-end companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Periodic interval</I> shall mean an interval of three, six, or twelve months. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Repurchase offer</I> shall mean an offer pursuant to this section by an investment company to repurchase common stock of which it is the issuer. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Repurchase offer amount</I> shall mean the amount of common stock that is the subject of a repurchase offer, expressed as a percentage of such stock outstanding on the repurchase request deadline, that an investment company offers to repurchase in a repurchase offer. The repurchase offer amount shall not be less than five percent nor more than twenty-five percent of the common stock outstanding on a repurchase request deadline. Before each repurchase offer, the repurchase offer amount for that repurchase offer shall be determined by the directors of the company. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Repurchase payment deadline</I> with respect to a tender of common stock shall mean the date by which an investment company must pay securities holders for any stock repurchased. A repurchase payment deadline shall occur seven days after the repurchase pricing date applicable to such tender. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Repurchase pricing date</I> with respect to a tender of common stock shall mean the date on which an investment company determines the net asset value applicable to the repurchase of the securities. A repurchase pricing date shall occur no later than the fourteenth day after a repurchase request deadline, or the next business day if the fourteenth day is not a business day. In no event shall an investment company determine the net asset value applicable to the repurchase of the stock before the close of business on the repurchase request deadline. 
</P>
<P>(i) For an investment company making a repurchase offer pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the number of days between the repurchase request deadline and the repurchase pricing date for a repurchase offer shall be the maximum number specified by the company pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For an investment company making a repurchase offer pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the repurchase pricing date shall be such date as the company shall disclose to security holders in the notification pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section with respect to such offer. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a repurchase pricing date may be a date earlier than the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) (i) or (ii) of this section if, on or immediately following the repurchase request deadline, it appears that the use of an earlier repurchase pricing date is not likely to result in significant dilution of the net asset value of either stock that is tendered for repurchase or stock that is not tendered. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Repurchase request</I> shall mean the tender of common stock in response to a repurchase offer. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Repurchase request deadline</I> with respect to a repurchase offer shall mean the date by which an investment company must receive repurchase requests submitted by security holders in response to that offer or withdrawals or modifications of previously submitted repurchase requests. The first repurchase request deadline after the effective date of the registration statement for the common stock that is the subject of a repurchase offer, or after a shareholder vote adopting the fundamental policy specifying a company's periodic interval, whichever is later, shall occur no later than two periodic intervals thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Periodic repurchase offers.</I> A registered closed-end company or a business development company may repurchase common stock of which it is the issuer from the holders of the stock at periodic intervals, pursuant to repurchase offers made to all holders of the stock, <I>Provided</I> that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The company shall repurchase the stock for cash at the net asset value determined on the repurchase pricing date and shall pay the holders of the stock by the repurchase payment deadline except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The company may deduct from the repurchase proceeds only a repurchase fee, not to exceed two percent of the proceeds, that is paid to the company and is reasonably intended to compensate the company for expenses directly related to the repurchase. A company may not condition a repurchase offer upon the tender of any minimum amount of shares. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The company shall repurchase the security pursuant to a fundamental policy, changeable only by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the company, stating: 
</P>
<P>(A) That the company will make repurchase offers at periodic intervals pursuant to this section, as this section may be amended from time to time; 
</P>
<P>(B) The periodic intervals between repurchase request deadlines; 
</P>
<P>(C) The dates of repurchase request deadlines or the means of determining the repurchase request deadlines; and 
</P>
<P>(D) The maximum number of days between each repurchase request deadline and the next repurchase pricing date. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The company shall include a statement in its annual report to shareholders of the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) Its policy under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) With respect to repurchase offers by the company during the period covered by the annual report, the number of repurchase offers, the repurchase offer amount and the amount tendered in each repurchase offer, and the extent to which in any repurchase offer the company repurchased stock pursuant to the procedures in paragraph (b)(5) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A company shall be deemed to be making repurchase offers pursuant to a policy within paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The company makes repurchase offers to its security holders at periodic intervals and, before May 14, 1993, has disclosed in its registration statement its intention to make or consider making such repurchase offers; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The company's board of directors adopts a policy specifying the matters required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and the periodic interval specified therein conforms generally to the frequency of the company's prior repurchase offers. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The company shall not suspend or postpone a repurchase offer except pursuant to a vote of a majority of the directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company, and only: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the repurchase would cause the company to lose its status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code [26 U.S.C. 851-860]; 
</P>
<P>(B) If the repurchase would cause the stock that is the subject of the offer that is either listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association to be neither listed on any national securities exchange nor quoted on any inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association; 
</P>
<P>(C) For any period during which the New York Stock Exchange or any other market in which the securities owned by the company are principally traded is closed, other than customary week-end and holiday closings, or during which trading in such market is restricted; 
</P>
<P>(D) For any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the company of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable, or during which it is not reasonably practicable for the company fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or 
</P>
<P>(E) For such other periods as the Commission may by order permit for the protection of security holders of the company. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a repurchase offer is suspended or postponed, the company shall provide notice to security holders of such suspension or postponement. If the company renews the repurchase offer, the company shall send a new notification to security holders satisfying the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) No less than twenty-one and no more than forty-two days before each repurchase request deadline, the company shall send to each holder of record and to each beneficial owner of the stock that is the subject of the repurchase offer a notification providing the following information: 
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that the company is offering to repurchase its securities from security holders at net asset value; 
</P>
<P>(B) Any fees applicable to such repurchase; 
</P>
<P>(C) The repurchase offer amount; 
</P>
<P>(D) The dates of the repurchase request deadline, repurchase pricing date, and repurchase payment deadline, the risk of fluctuation in net asset value between the repurchase request deadline and the repurchase pricing date, and the possibility that the company may use an earlier repurchase pricing date pursuant to paragraph (a)(5)(iii) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(E) The procedures for security holders to tender their shares and the right of the security holders to withdraw or modify their tenders until the repurchase request deadline; 
</P>
<P>(F) The procedures under which the company may repurchase such shares on a pro rata basis pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(G) The circumstances in which the company may suspend or postpone a repurchase offer pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(H) The net asset value of the common stock computed no more than seven days before the date of the notification and the means by which security holders may ascertain the net asset value thereafter; and 
</P>
<P>(I) The market price, if any, of the common stock on the date on which such net asset value was computed, and the means by which security holders may ascertain the market price thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The company shall file three copies of the notification with the Commission within three business days after sending the notification to security holders. Those copies shall be accompanied by copies of Form N-23c-3 (§ 274.221 of this chapter) (“Notification of Repurchase Offer”). The format of the copies shall comply with the requirements for registration statements and reports under § 270.8b-12 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of sending a notification to a beneficial owner pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, where the company knows that shares of common stock that is the subject of a repurchase offer are held of record by a broker, dealer, voting trustee, bank, association or other entity that exercises fiduciary powers in nominee name or otherwise, the company shall follow the procedures for transmitting materials to beneficial owners of securities that are set forth in § 240.14a-13 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) If security holders tender more than the repurchase offer amount, the company may repurchase an additional amount of stock not to exceed two percent of the common stock outstanding on the repurchase request deadline. If the company determines not to repurchase more than the repurchase offer amount, or if security holders tender stock in an amount exceeding the repurchase offer amount plus two percent of the common stock outstanding on the repurchase request deadline, the company shall repurchase the shares tendered on a pro rata basis; <I>Provided, however,</I> That this provision shall not prohibit the company from: 
</P>
<P>(i) Accepting all stock tendered by persons who own, beneficially or of record, an aggregate of not more than a specified number which is less than one hundred shares and who tender all of their stock, before prorating stock tendered by others; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Accepting by lot stock tendered by security holders who tender all stock held by them and who, when tendering their stock, elect to have either all or none or at least a minimum amount or none accepted, if the company first accepts all stock tendered by security holders who do not so elect. 
</P>
<P>(6) The company shall permit tenders of stock for repurchase to be withdrawn or modified at any time until the repurchase request deadline but shall not permit tenders to be withdrawn or modified thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) The current net asset value of the company's common stock shall be computed no less frequently than weekly on such day and at such specific time or times during the day that the board of directors of the company shall set. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The current net asset value of the company's common stock shall be computed daily on the five business days preceding a repurchase request deadline at such specific time or times during the day that the board of directors of the company shall set. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of section 23(b) [15 U.S.C. 80a-23(b)], the current net asset value applicable to a sale of common stock by the company shall be the net asset value next determined after receipt of an order to purchase such stock. During any period when the company is offering its common stock, the current net asset value of the common stock shall be computed no less frequently than once daily, Monday through Friday, at the specific time or times during the day that the board of directors of the company shall set, except on: 
</P>
<P>(A) Days on which changes in the value of the company's portfolio securities will not materially affect the current net asset value of the common stock; 
</P>
<P>(B) Days during which no order to purchase its common stock is received, other than days when the net asset value would otherwise be computed pursuant to paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Customary national, local, and regional business holidays described or listed in the prospectus. 
</P>
<P>(8) The board of directors of the investment company satisfies the fund governance standards defined in § 270.0-1(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(9) Any senior security issued by the company or other indebtedness contracted by the company either shall mature by the next repurchase pricing date or shall provide for the redemption or call of such security or the repayment of such indebtedness by the company by the next repurchase pricing date, either in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, as necessary to permit the company to repurchase securities in such repurchase offer amount as the directors of the company shall determine in compliance with the asset coverage requirements of section 18 [15 U.S.C. 80a-18] or 61 [15 U.S.C. 80a-60], as applicable. 
</P>
<P>(10)(i) From the time a company sends a notification to shareholders pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section until the repurchase pricing date, a percentage of the company's assets equal to at least 100 percent of the repurchase offer amount shall consist of assets that can be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business, at approximately the price at which the company has valued the investment, within a period equal to the period between a repurchase request deadline and the repurchase payment deadline, or of assets that mature by the next repurchase payment deadline.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the company's assets fail to comply with the requirements in paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section, the board of directors shall cause the company to take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure compliance. 
</P>
<P>(iii) In supervising the company's operations and portfolio management by the investment adviser, the company's board of directors shall adopt written procedures reasonably designed, taking into account current market conditions and the company's investment objectives, to ensure that the company's portfolio assets are sufficiently liquid so that the company can comply with its fundamental policy on repurchases, and comply with the liquidity requirements of paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section. The board of directors shall review the overall composition of the portfolio and make and approve such changes to the procedures as the board deems necessary. 
</P>
<P>(11) The company, or any underwriter for the company, shall comply, as if the company were an open-end company, with the provisions of section 24(b) [15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)] and rules issued thereunder with respect to any advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter, or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discretionary repurchase offers.</I> A registered closed-end company or a business development company may repurchase common stock of which it is the issuer from the holders of the stock pursuant to a repurchase offer that is not made pursuant to a fundamental policy and that is made to all holders of the stock not earlier than two years after another offer pursuant to this paragraph (c) if the company complies with the requirements of paragraphs (b) (1), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7)(ii), (8), (10)(i), and (10)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemption from the definition of redeemable security.</I> A company that makes repurchase offers pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall not be deemed thereby to be an issuer of redeemable securities within section 2(a)(32) [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(32)]. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Registration of an indefinite amount of securities.</I> A company that makes repurchase offers pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be deemed to have registered an indefinite amount of securities pursuant to Section 24(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(f)) upon the effective date of its registration statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19343, Apr. 14, 1993; 58 FR 29695, May 21, 1993, as amended at 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 69 FR 46390, Aug. 2, 2004; 85 FR 33360, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.146" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24b-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>form letter</I> as used in section 24(b) of the Act includes (1) one of a series of identical sales letters, and (2) any sales letter a substantial portion of which consists of a statement which is in essence identical with similar statements in sales letters sent to 25 or more persons within any period of 90 consecutive days. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>distribution</I> as used in section 24(b) of the Act includes the distribution or redistribution to prospective investors of the content of any written sales literature, whether such distribution or redistribution is effected by means of written or oral representations or statements. 
</P>
<P>(c) The terms <I>rules and regulations</I> as used in section 24 (a) and (c) of the Act shall include the forms for registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and the related instructions thereto. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 19, 48 Stat. 85, as amended, sec. 319, 53 Stat. 1173; 15 U.S.C. 77s, 77sss) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-24B-1, 6 FR 3020, June 21, 1941, as amended by 21 FR 1046, Feb. 15, 1956] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24b-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.147" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24b-2   Filing copies of sales literature.</HEAD>
<P>Copies of material filed with the Commission for the sole purpose of complying with section 24(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)) either shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal which makes appropriate references to said section or shall make such appropriate reference on the face of the material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 43570, July 27, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24b-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.148" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24b-3   Sales literature deemed filed.</HEAD>
<P>Any advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors shall be deemed filed with the Commission for purposes of section 24(b) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)] upon filing with a national securities association registered under section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>] that has adopted rules providing standards for the investment company advertising practices of its members and has established and implemented procedures to review that advertising.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 3880, Feb. 10, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24b-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.149" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24b-4   Filing copies of covered investment fund research reports.</HEAD>
<P>A covered investment fund research report, as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of § 230.139b of this chapter under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), of a covered investment fund registered as an investment company under the Act, shall not be subject to section 24(b) of the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, except that such report shall be subject to such section and the rules and regulations thereunder to the extent that it is otherwise not subject to the content standards in the rules of any self-regulatory organization related to research reports, including those contained in the rules governing communications with the public regarding investment companies or substantially similar standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 64222, Dec. 13, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.150" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24e-1   Filing of certain prospectuses as post-effective amendments to registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933.</HEAD>
<P>Section 24(e) of the Act requires that when a prospectus is revised so that it may be available for use in compliance with section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 for a period extending beyond the time when the previous prospectus would have ceased to be available for such use, such revised prospectus, in order to meet the requirements of section 10 of said Act, must be filed as an amendment to the registration statement under said Act and such amendment must have become effective prior to the use of the revised prospectus. Except as hereinabove provided, section 24(e) of the Act shall not be deemed to govern the times and conditions under which post-effective amendments shall be filed to registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 24, 54 Stat. 825, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 80a-24) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[20 FR 2856, Apr. 28, 1955, as amended at 62 FR 47938, Sept. 12, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.24f-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.151" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.24f-2   Registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of certain investment company securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any face-amount certificate company, open-end management company, closed-end management company that makes periodic repurchase offers pursuant to § 270.23c-3(b), or unit investment trust (“issuer”) that is deemed to have registered an indefinite amount of securities pursuant to Section 24(f) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-24(f)) must not later than 90 days after the end of any fiscal year during which it has publicly offered such securities, file Form 24F-2 (17 CFR 274.24) with the Commission.  Form 24F-2 must be prepared in accordance with the requirements of that form, and must be accompanied by the payment of a registration fee with respect to the securities sold during the fiscal year in reliance upon registration pursuant to section 24(f) of the Act calculated in the manner specified in section 24(f) of the Act and in the Form. An issuer that pays the registration fee more than 90 days after the end of its fiscal year must pay interest in the manner specified in section 24(f) of the Act and in Form 24F-2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Issuer ceasing operations; mergers and other transactions.</I> For purposes of this section, if an issuer ceases operations, the date the issuer ceases operations will be deemed to be the end of its fiscal year. In the case of a liquidation, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets (“merger”) of the issuer, the issuer will be deemed to have ceased operations for the purposes of this section on the date the merger is consummated; <I>provided, however,</I> that in the case of a merger of an issuer or a series of an issuer (“Predecessor Issuer”) with another issuer or a series of an issuer (“Successor Issuer”), the Predecessor Issuer will not be deemed to have ceased operations and the Successor issuer will assume the obligations, fees, and redemption credits of the Predecessor Issuer incurred pursuant to section 24(f) of the Act and § 270.24e-2 (as in effect prior to October 11, 1997; see 17 CFR part 240 to end, revised as of April 1, 1997) if the Successor Issuer:
</P>
<P>(1) had no assets or liabilities, other than nominal assets or liabilities, and no operating history immediately prior to the merger;
</P>
<P>(2) Acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities and obligations of the Predecessor Issuer; and
</P>
<P>(3) The merger is not designed to result in the Predecessor Issuer merging with, or substantially all of its assets being acquired by, an issuer (or a series of an issuer) that would not meet the conditions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Counting days.</I> To determine the date on which Form 24F-2 must be filed with the Commission under paragraph (a) of this section, the first day of the 90-day period is the first calendar day of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the Form is to be filed. If the last day of the 90-day period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or federal holiday, the period ends on the first business day thereafter.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>For example, a Form 24F-2 for a fiscal year ending on June 30 must be filed no later than September 28. If September 28 falls on a Saturday, Sunday, the Form must be filed on the following Monday.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 47938, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended at 85 FR 33360, June 1, 2020] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.26a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.152" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.26a-1   Payment of administrative fees to the depositor or principal underwriter of a unit investment trust; exemptive relief for separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 26(a)(2)(C) of the Act, payment of a fee to the depositor of or a principal underwriter for a registered unit investment trust, or to any affiliated person or agent of such depositor or underwriter (collectively, “depositor”), for bookkeeping or other administrative services provided to the trust shall be allowed the custodian or trustee (“trustee”) as an expense, provided that such fee is an amount not greater than the expenses, without profit:
</P>
<P>(a) Actually paid by such depositor directly attributable to the services provided; and
</P>
<P>(b) Increased by the services provided directly by such depositor, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26110, May 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27c-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.153" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27c-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.154" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27d-1   Reserve requirements for principal underwriters and depositors to carry out the obligations to refund charges required by section 27(d) and section 27(f) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Every depositor of or principal underwriter for the issuer of a periodic payment plan certificate sold subject to section 27(d) or section 27(f) of the Act or both, shall deposit and maintain funds in a segregated trust account as a reserve and as security for the purpose of assuring the refund of charges required by sections 27(d) and 27(f) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) The assets of such trust account may be held as cash or invested only in one or more of (i) government securities as defined in section 2(a)(16) of the Act (except equity securities) or (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit issued by a bank, as defined in section 2(a)(5) of the Act and having capital and surplus of at least $10 million: <I>Provided,</I> That no such investment may have a maturity of more than 5 years, no more than 50 percent of the assets may be invested in obligations having a maturity of more than 1 year, and certificates of deposit of a single issuer may not constitute more than 10 percent of the value of the assets in the account. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any income, gains, or losses from assets allocated to such account, whether or not realized, shall be credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the depositor or principal underwriter. 
</P>
<P>(4) The assets of such trust account may be withdrawn only as permitted by paragraph (f) of this section and shall in no event be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any aspect of the business of the depositor or principal underwriter other than assuring the ability of the depositor or principal underwriter to refund the amounts required by such sections. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) “Excess sales load” on any payment is that portion of the sales load in excess of 15 percent of that payment. 
</P>
<P>(2) “Monthly payment” shall be the amount of the smallest monthly installment scheduled to be paid during the life of the plan. If payments are required or permitted to be made on a basis less frequently than monthly, an equivalent monthly payment shall be the amount determined by dividing the smallest minimum payment required or permitted in a payment period by the number of months included in such period. 
</P>
<P>(3) The assets in the segregated trust account shall be valued as follows: (i) With respect to securities for which market quotations are readily available, the market value of such securities; and (ii) with respect to other securities, fair value as determined in good faith by the depositor or principal underwriter. 
</P>
<P>(c) For every periodic payment plan certificate governed by section 27(d), the depositor or principal underwriter shall deposit into the segregated trust account not less than 45 percent of the excess sales load on each of the first six monthly payments or their equivalent. 
</P>
<P>(d) For all periodic payment plan certificates governed by section 27(d) which have not been surrendered in accordance with their terms, and for which the depositor or principal underwriter may be liable for the refund of any sales load, the depositor or principal underwriter shall maintain in the segregated trust account an amount equal to not less than 15% of the total refundable sales load on the payments made on those certificates. The depositor or principal underwriter shall also maintain in the segregated trust account such additional amounts as the Commission by order may require for the depositor or principal underwriter to carry out refund obligations pursuant to sections 27(d) and 27(f) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(e) For every periodic payment plan certificate governed by section 27(f) of the Act, and for which the depositor or principal underwriter has no obligation to refund any excess sales load pursuant to section 27(d) of the Act, the depositor or principal underwriter shall deposit and maintain during the refund period, at least the following amounts in the segregated trust account: 
</P>
<P>(1) For certificates that require monthly payments of $100 or less, 20 percent of the difference between the gross payments made and the net amount invested; 
</P>
<P>(2) For certificates that require monthly payments in excess of $100 and for single payment plan certificates, 30 percent of the difference between the gross payments made and the net amount invested; 
</P>
<P>(3) For certificates with respect to which the holder is entitled to receive the greater of the refund provided by section 27(f) (of the Act) or a refund of total payments and upon which a total of at least $1,000 has been paid, 100 percent of the difference between the gross payments made and net amount invested; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Such additional amounts as the Commission by order may require to carry out the obligation to refund charges pursuant to section 27(f) of the Act. 
</P>
<P>(f) Assets may be withdrawn from the segregated trust account by each depositor or principal underwriter: 
</P>
<P>(1) To refund excess sales load to a certificate holder exercising the right of surrender specified in section 27(d) of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To refund to a certificate holder exercising the right of withdrawal specified in section 27(f) of the Act the difference between the amount of his gross payments and the net amount invested; or 
</P>
<P>(3) For any other purpose: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such withdrawal shall not reduce the segregated trust account to an amount less than the sum of (i) 130 percent of the amount required to be maintained by paragraph (d) of this section, if any, and (ii) 100 percent of that amount required to be maintained by paragraph (e) of this section, if any. 
</P>
<P>(g) The minimum amounts required to be maintained by paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section shall be computed at least monthly. Any additional deposits required by paragraph (d) or (e) of this section shall be made immediately after such computation, and any withdrawals permitted by paragraph (f)(3) of this section may be made only at such time. 
</P>
<P>(h) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit a depositor or principal underwriter, acting as such for two or more registered investment companies issuing periodic payment plan certificates, from combining in a single segregated trust account the reserves for such companies required by this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) The refunds required to be made to certificate holders pursuant to sections 27(d) and 27(f) (of the Act) shall be paid in cash not more than 7 days from the date the certificate is received in proper form by the custodian bank or such other paying agent as may be designated under the periodic payment plan. 
</P>
<P>(j) Each depositor or principal underwriter shall file with the Commission, within the appropriate period of time specified, an Accounting of Segregated Trust Account. Form N-27D-1 (§ 274.127d-1 of this chapter) is hereby prescribed as such accounting form. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 13136, July 15, 1971, as amended at 40 FR 50712, Oct. 31, 1975] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27d-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.155" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27d-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.156" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27e-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27f-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.157" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27f-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27g-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.158" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27g-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27h-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.159" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27h-1   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.27i-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.160" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.27i-1   Exemption from Section 27(i)(2)(A) of the Act during annuity payment period of variable annuity contracts participating in certain registered separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>A registered separate account, and any depositor of or underwriter for such account, shall, during the annuity payment period of variable annuity contracts participating in such account, be exempt from the requirement of paragraph (1) of section 27(i)(2)(A) of the Act that a periodic payment plan certificate be a redeemable security with respect to such contracts under which payments are being made based upon life contingencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26110, May 1, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 37987, June 12, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.28b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.161" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.28b-1   Investment in loans partially or wholly guaranteed under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>qualified investments</I> as used in section 28(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any loan, any portion of which is guaranteed under Title III of the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, and which is secured by a first lien on real estate: <I>Provided,</I> The amount of the loan not so guaranteed does not exceed 66
<FR>2/3</FR> percent of the reasonable value of such real estate as determined by proper appraisal made by an appraiser designated by the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any secondary loan the full amount of which is guaranteed under section 505(a) of Title III of the above mentioned act and which is secured by a second lien on real estate: 
</P>
<FP><I>Provided, however,</I> That any such loan shall be deemed a qualified investment only so long as (i) insurance policies are required to be procured and maintained in an amount sufficient to protect the security against the risks or hazards to which it may be subjected to the extent customary in the locality, and (ii) the loan shall remain guaranteed under Title III of the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, to the extent specified in paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, as the case may be. 
</FP>
<P>(b) Loans made pursuant to this section shall be valued at the original principal amount of the loan less all payments made thereon which have been applied to the reduction of such principal amount. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 28(b), 38, 54 Stat. 832, 841; 15 U.S.C. 80a-28(b), 80a-38) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-28B-1, 11 FR 6483, June 13, 1946] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.162" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30a-1   Annual report for registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Every management investment company must file an annual report on Form N-CEN (§ 274.101 of this chapter) at least every twelve months and not more than seventy-five calendar days after the close of each fiscal year. Every unit investment trust must file an annual report on Form N-CEN (§ 274.101 of this chapter) at least every twelve months and not more than seventy-five calendar days after the close of each calendar year. A registered investment company that has filed a registration statement with the Commission registering its securities for the first time under the Securities Act of 1933 is relieved of this reporting obligation with respect to any reporting period or portion thereof prior to the date on which that registration statement becomes effective or is withdrawn.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82020, Nov. 18, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.163" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30a-2   Certification of Form N-CSR.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each report filed on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter) by a registered management investment company must include certifications in the form specified in Item 19(a)(3) of Form N-CSR, and such certifications must be filed as an exhibit to such report. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the investment company, or persons performing similar functions, at the time of filing of the report must sign a certification.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report on Form N-CSR filed by a registered management investment company under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) and that contains financial statements must be accompanied by the certifications required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350) and such certifications must be furnished as an exhibit to such report as specified in Item 19(b) of Form N-CSR. Each principal executive and principal financial officer of the investment company (or equivalent thereof) must sign a certification. This requirement may be satisfied by a single certification signed by an investment company's principal executive and principal financial officers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 73141, Nov. 27, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.164" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30a-3   Controls and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered management investment company, other than a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), must maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section). 
</P>
<P>(b) Each such registered management investment company's management must evaluate, with the participation of the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures, within the 90-day period prior to the filing date of each report on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures of a registered management investment company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the investment company on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an investment company in the reports that it files or submits on Form N-CSR is accumulated and communicated to the investment company's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>internal control over financial reporting</I> is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the registered management investment company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the investment company; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the investment company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the investment company; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the investment company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 36671, June 18, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 11264, Mar. 9, 2004; 81 FR 82021, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.165" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30a-4   Annual report for wholly-owned registered management investment company subsidiary of registered management investment company.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the provisions of § 270.30a-1, a registered management investment company that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a registered management investment company need not file an annual report on Form N-CEN if financial information with respect to that subsidiary is reported in the parent's annual report on Form N-CEN.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82021, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 270.30b1-1—270.b1-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.166" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 270.30b1-1--270.b1-3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.167" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-4   Report of proxy voting record.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered management investment company, other than a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), shall file an annual report on Form N-PX (§§ 249.326 and 274.129 of this chapter) not later than August 31 of each year, containing the registrant's proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 6581, Feb. 7, 2003, as amended at 87 FR 78809, Dec. 22, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.168" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-5   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.169" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-7   Monthly report for money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered open-end management investment company, or series thereof, that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 must file with the Commission a monthly report of portfolio holdings on Form N-MFP (§ 274.201 of this chapter), current as of the last business day or any subsequent calendar day of the preceding month, no later than the fifth business day of each month.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47967, Aug. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.170" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-8   Current report for money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered open-end management investment company, or series thereof, that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7, that experiences any of the events specified on Form N-CR (274.222 of this chapter), must file with the Commission a current report on Form N-CR within the period specified in that form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47967, Aug. 14, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.171" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-9   Monthly report.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240911" REFID="11">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 73797, Sept. 11, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20250422" REFID="1">This amendment was delayed until Nov. 17, 2027, at 90 FR 16812, Apr. 22, 2025.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20240911" REFID="12">Link to further amendment published at 89 FR 73797, Sept. 11, 2024.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20250422" REFID="2">This amendment was delayed until May 18, 2028, at 90 FR 16812, Apr. 22, 2025.</XREF>
<P>Each registered management investment company or exchange-traded fund organized as a unit investment trust, or series thereof, other than a registered open-end management investment company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 or a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), must file a monthly report of portfolio holdings on Form N-PORT (§ 274.150 of this chapter), current as of the last business day, or last calendar day, of the month. A registered investment company that has filed a registration statement with the Commission registering its securities for the first time under the Securities Act of 1933 is relieved of this reporting obligation with respect to any reporting period or portion thereof prior to the date on which that registration statement becomes effective or is withdrawn. Each registered investment company that is required to file reports on Form N-PORT must maintain in its records the information that is required to be included on Form N-PORT no later than 30 days after the end of each month. Such information shall be treated as a record under section 31(a)(1) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-30(a)(1)] and § 270.31a-1(b) of this chapter subject to the requirements of § 270.31a-2(a)(2) of this chapter. Reports on Form N-PORT for each month in each fiscal quarter of a registered investment company must be filed with the Commission no later than 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 7987, Mar. 6, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b1-10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.173" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b1-10   Current report for open-end and closed-end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered open-end management investment company, or series thereof, and every registered closed-end management investment company, but not a fund that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7, that experiences an event specified on Form N-RN, must file with the Commission a current report on Form N-RN within the period and according to the instructions specified in that form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 83295, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30b2-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.174" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30b2-1   Filing of reports to stockholders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered management investment company shall file a report on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter) not later than 10 days after the transmission to stockholders of any report that is required to be transmitted to stockholders under § 270.30e-1. 
</P>
<P>(b) A registered investment company shall file with the Commission a copy of every periodic or interim report or similar communication containing financial statements that is transmitted by or on behalf of such registered investment company to any class of such company's security holders and that is not required to be filed with the Commission under paragraph (a) of this section. The filing shall be made not later than 10 days after the transmission to security holders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 5366, Feb. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.175" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30d-1   Filing of copies of reports to shareholders.</HEAD>
<P>A registered management investment company, other than a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), that is required to file annual and quarterly reports pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) shall satisfy its requirement to file such reports by the filing, in accordance with the rules and procedures specified therefor, of reports on Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter). A registered unit investment trust or a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 that is required to file annual and quarterly reports pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall satisfy its requirement to file such reports by the filing, in accordance with the rules and procedures specified therefor, of reports on Form N-CEN (§§ 249.330 and 274.101 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 11264, Mar. 9, 2004, as amended at 81 FR 82021, Nov. 18, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30e-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.176" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30e-1   Reports to stockholders of management companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered management company shall transmit to each stockholder of record, at least semi-annually, a report containing the information required to be included in such reports by the company's registration statement form under the 1940 Act, except that the initial report of a newly registered company shall be made as of a date not later than the close of the fiscal year or half-year occurring on or after the date on which the company's notification of registration under the 1940 Act is filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) To satisfy its obligations under section 30(e) of the 1940 Act, an open-end management investment company registered on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter) also must:
</P>
<P>(i) Make certain materials available on a website, as described under paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Deliver certain materials upon request, as described under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The following website availability requirements are applicable to an open-end management investment company registered on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(i) The company must make the disclosures required by Items 7 through 11 of Form N-CSR (§§ 249.331 and 274.128 of this chapter) publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address specified at the beginning of the report to stockholders under paragraph (a) of this section, no later than 60 days after the end of the fiscal half-year or fiscal year of the company until 60 days after the end of the next fiscal half-year or fiscal year of the company, respectively. The company may satisfy the requirement in this paragraph (b)(2)(i) by making its most recent report on Form N-CSR publicly accessible, free of charge, at the specified website address for the time period that this paragraph (b)(2)(i) specifies.
</P>
<P>(ii) Unless the company is a money market fund under § 270.2a-7, the company must make the company's complete portfolio holdings, if any, as of the close of the company's most recent first and third fiscal quarters, after the date on which the company's registration statement became effective, presented in accordance with the schedules set forth in §§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of this chapter (Regulation S-X), which need not be audited. The complete portfolio holdings required by this paragraph (b)(2)(ii) must be made publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address specified at the beginning of the report to stockholders under paragraph (a) of this section, not later than 60 days after the close of the of the first and third fiscal quarters until 60 days after the end of the next first and third fiscal quarters of the company, respectively.
</P>
<P>(iii) The website address relied upon for compliance with this section may not be the address of the Commission's electronic filing system.
</P>
<P>(iv) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section must be presented on the website in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper.
</P>
<P>(v) Persons accessing the materials specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section must be able to permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) The requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section will be deemed to be met, notwithstanding the fact that the materials specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section are not available for a time in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The company has reasonable procedures in place to ensure that the specified materials are available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) The company takes prompt action to ensure that the specified materials become available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section, as soon as practicable following the earlier of the time at which it knows or reasonably should have known that the materials are not available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vii) The materials specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section may either be separately available for each series of a fund, or the materials may be grouped by the types of materials and/or by series, so long as the grouped information:
</P>
<P>(A) Is presented in a format designed to communicate the information effectively;
</P>
<P>(B) Clearly distinguishes the different types of materials and/or each series (as applicable); and
</P>
<P>(C) Provides a means of easily locating the relevant information (including, for example, a table of contents that includes hyperlinks to the specific materials and series).
</P>
<P>(3) The following requirements to deliver certain materials upon request are applicable to an open-end management investment company registered on Form N-1A (§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(i) The company (or a financial intermediary through which shares of the company may be purchased or sold) must send, at no cost to the requestor and by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt means, a paper copy of any of the materials specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, to any person requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for a paper copy.
</P>
<P>(ii) The company (or a financial intermediary through which shares of the company may be purchased or sold) must send, at no cost to the requestor, and by email or other reasonably prompt means, an electronic copy of any of the materials specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section, to any person requesting such a copy within three business days after receiving a request for an electronic copy. The requirement to send an electronic copy of the requested materials may be satisfied by sending a direct link to the online location of the materials; provided that a current version of the materials is directly accessible through the link from the time that the email is sent through the date that is six months after the date that the email is sent and the email explains both how long the link will remain useable and that, if recipients desire to retain a copy of the materials, they should access and save the materials.
</P>
<P>(c) For registered management companies other than open-end management investment companies registered on Form N-1A, if any matter was submitted during the period covered by the shareholder report to a vote of shareholders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of the meeting and whether it was an annual or special meeting.
</P>
<P>(2) If the meeting involved the election of directors, the name of each director elected at the meeting and the name of each other director whose term of office as a director continued after the meeting.
</P>
<P>(3) A brief description of each matter voted upon at the meeting and the number of votes cast for, against or withheld, as well as the number of abstentions and broker non-votes as to each such matter, including a separate tabulation with respect to each matter or nominee for office.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Instruction 1 to paragraph (c).</I> The solicitation of any authorization or consent (other than a proxy to vote at a shareholders' meeting) with respect to any matter shall be deemed a submission of such matter to a vote of shareholders within the meaning of this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Each report shall be transmitted within 60 days after the close of the period for which such report is being made.
</P>
<P>(e) The period of time within which any report prescribed by this rule shall be transmitted may be extended by the Commission upon written request showing good cause therefor. Section 270.0-5 shall not apply to such requests.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) A company will be considered to have transmitted a report to shareholders who share an address if:
</P>
<P>(i) The company transmits a report to the shared address;
</P>
<P>(ii) The company addresses the report to the shareholders as a group (for example, “ABC Fund [or Corporation] Shareholders,” “Jane Doe and Household,” “The Smith Family”) or to each of the shareholders individually (for example, “John Doe and Richard Jones”); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The shareholders consent in writing to delivery of one report.
</P>
<P>(2) The company need not obtain written consent from a shareholder under paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The shareholder has the same last name as the other shareholders, or the company reasonably believes that the shareholders are members of the same family;
</P>
<P>(ii) The company has transmitted a notice to the shareholder at least 60 days before the company begins to rely on this section concerning transmission of reports to that shareholder. The notice must be a separate written statement and:
</P>
<P>(A) State that only one report will be delivered to the shared address unless the company receives contrary instructions;
</P>
<P>(B) Include a toll-free telephone number or be accompanied by a reply form that is pre-addressed with postage provided, that the shareholder can use to notify the company that he or she wishes to receive a separate report;
</P>
<P>(C) State the duration of the consent;
</P>
<P>(D) Explain how a shareholder can revoke consent;
</P>
<P>(E) State that the company will begin sending individual copies to a shareholder within 30 days after the company receives revocation of the shareholder's consent; and
</P>
<P>(F) Contain the following prominent statement, or similar clear and understandable statement, in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Delivery of Shareholder Materials”. This statement also must appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered. Alternatively, if the notice is delivered separately from other communications to investors, this statement may appear either on the notice or on the envelope in which the notice is delivered;
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>):</HED>
<P>The notice should be written in plain English. See § 230.421(d)(2) of this chapter for a discussion of plain English principles.</P></NOTE>
<P>(iii) The company has not received the reply form or other notification indicating that the shareholder wishes to continue to receive an individual copy of the report, within 60 days after the company sent the notice; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The company transmits the report to a post office box or to a residential street address. The company can assume a street address is a residence unless it has information that indicates it is a business.
</P>
<P>(3) At least once a year, the company must explain to shareholders who have consented under paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or paragraph (f)(2) of this section how they can revoke their consent. The explanation must be reasonably designed to reach these investors. If a shareholder, orally or in writing, revokes consent to delivery of one report to a shared address, the company must begin sending individual copies to that shareholder within 30 days after the company receives the revocation.
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this section, <I>address</I> means a street address, a post office box number, an electronic mail address, a facsimile telephone number, or other similar destination to which paper or electronic documents are transmitted, unless otherwise provided in this section. If the company has reason to believe that the address is a street address of a multi-unit building, the address must include the unit number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 36126, July 14, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 37940, Aug. 22, 1983; 48 FR 44477, Sept. 29, 1983; 50 FR 26160, June 25, 1985; 57 FR 56836, Dec. 1, 1992; 59 FR 52700, Oct. 19, 1994; 61 FR 24657, May 15, 1996; 64 FR 62547, Nov. 16, 1999. Redesignated and amended at 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 87 FR 72847, Nov. 25, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30e-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.177" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30e-2   Reports to shareholders of unit investment trusts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At least semiannually every registered unit investment trust substantially all the assets of which consist of securities issued by a management company must transmit to each shareholder of record (including record holders of periodic payment plan certificates), a report containing all the applicable information and financial statements or their equivalent, required by § 270.30e-1 to be included in reports of the management company for the same fiscal period. Each of these reports must be transmitted within the period allowed the management company by § 270.30e-1 for transmitting reports to its shareholders.


</P>
<P>(b) Any report required by this section will be considered transmitted to a shareholder of record if the unit investment trust satisfies the conditions set forth in § 270.30e-1(f) with respect to that shareholder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62547, Nov. 16, 1999. Redesignated and amended at 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 90 FR 59045, Dec. 18, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30e-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.178" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30e-3   Internet availability of reports to shareholders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A Fund may satisfy its obligation to transmit a report required by § 270.30e-1 (“Report”) to a shareholder of record if all of the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability of report to shareholders and other materials.</I> (1) The following materials are publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address specified in the Notice from the date the Fund transmits the Report as required by § 270.30e-1 until the Fund next transmits a report required by § 270.30e-1 with respect to the Fund:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Current report to shareholders.</I> The Report.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Prior report to shareholders.</I> Any report with respect to the Fund for the prior reporting period that was transmitted to shareholders of record pursuant to § 270.30e-1.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Complete portfolio holdings from reports containing a summary schedule of investments.</I> If a report specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section includes a summary schedule of investments (§ 210.12-12B of this chapter) in lieu of Schedule I—Investments in securities of unaffiliated issuers (§ 210.12-12 of this chapter), the Fund's complete portfolio holdings as of the close of the period covered by the report, presented in accordance with the schedules set forth in §§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of Regulation S-X (§§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of this chapter), which need not be audited.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Portfolio holdings for most recent first and third fiscal quarters.</I> The Fund's complete portfolio holdings as of the close of the Fund's most recent first and third fiscal quarters, if any, after the date on which the Fund's registration statement became effective, presented in accordance with the schedules set forth in §§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of Regulation S-X [§§ 210.12-12 through 210.12-14 of this chapter], which need not be audited. The complete portfolio holdings required by this paragraph (b)(1)(iv) must be made publicly available not later than 60 days after the close of the fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(2) The website address relied upon for compliance with this section may not be the address of the Commission's electronic filing system.
</P>
<P>(3) The materials that are accessible in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be presented on the website in a format, or formats, that are convenient for both reading online and printing on paper.
</P>
<P>(4) Persons accessing the materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be able to retain permanently, free of charge, an electronic version of such materials in a format, or formats, that meet the conditions of paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section shall be deemed to be met, notwithstanding the fact that the materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are not available for a time in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Fund has reasonable procedures in place to ensure that the specified materials are available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Fund takes prompt action to ensure that the specified documents become available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section, as soon as practicable following the earlier of the time at which it knows or reasonably should have known that the documents are not available in the manner required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> A paper notice (“Notice”) meeting the conditions of this paragraph (c) must be sent to the shareholder within 70 days after the close of the period for which the Report is being made. The Notice may contain only the information specified by paragraphs (c)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, and may include pictures, logos, or similar design elements so long as the design is not misleading and the information is clear.
</P>
<P>(1) The Notice must be written using plain English principles pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain a prominent legend in bold-face type that states “[An] Important Report[s] to [Shareholders] of [Fund] [is/are] Now Available Online and In Print by Request.” The Notice may also include information identifying the Fund, the Fund's sponsor (including any investment adviser or sub-adviser to the Fund), a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract or insurance company issuer thereof, or a financial intermediary through which shares of the Fund are held.
</P>
<P>(ii) State that the Report contains important information about the Fund, including its portfolio holdings and financial statements. The statement may also include a brief listing of other types of information contained in the Report.
</P>
<P>(iii) State that the Report is available at the website address specified in the Notice or, upon request, by mail, and encourage the shareholder to access and review the Report.
</P>
<P>(iv) Include a website address where the Report and other materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are available. The website address must be specific enough to lead investors directly to the documents that are required to be accessible under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, rather than to the home page or a section of the website other than on which the documents are posted. The website may be a central site with prominent links to each document. In addition to the website address, the Notice may contain any other equivalent method or means to access the Report or other materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Provide a toll-free (or collect) telephone number to contact the Fund or the shareholder's financial intermediary, and:
</P>
<P>(A) Provide instructions describing how a shareholder may request a paper or email copy of the Report and other materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section at no charge, and an indication that the shareholder will not otherwise receive a paper or email copy;
</P>
<P>(B) Explain that the shareholder can at any time elect to receive print reports in the future and provide instructions describing how a shareholder may make that election (<I>e.g.,</I> by contacting the Fund or by contacting the shareholder's financial intermediary); and
</P>
<P>(C) If applicable, provide instructions describing how a shareholder can elect to receive shareholder reports or other documents and communications by electronic delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) The Notice may include additional methods by which a shareholder can contact the Fund or the shareholder's financial intermediary (<I>e.g.,</I> by email or through a website), which may include any information needed to identify the shareholder.
</P>
<P>(3) A Notice may include content from the Report if such content is set forth after the information required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The Notice may not be incorporated into, or combined with, another document, except that the Notice may incorporate or combine one or more other Notices.
</P>
<P>(5) The Notice must be sent separately from other types of shareholder communications and may not accompany any other document or materials; provided, however, that the Notice may accompany:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more other Notices;
</P>
<P>(ii) A current Statutory Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, or Notice of internet Availability of Proxy Materials under § 240.14a-16 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a Fund held in a separate account funding a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract, such contract or the Statutory Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information for such contract; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The shareholder's account statement.
</P>
<P>(6) A Notice required by this paragraph (c) will be considered transmitted to a shareholder of record if the conditions set forth in § 270.30e-1(f), § 240.14a-3(e), or § 240.14c-3(c) of this chapter are satisfied with respect to that shareholder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Plain English requirements.</I> (1) To enhance the readability of the Notice, plain English principles must be used in the organization, language, and design of the Notice.
</P>
<P>(2) The Notice must be drafted so that, at a minimum, it substantially complies with each of the following plain English writing principles:
</P>
<P>(i) Short sentences;
</P>
<P>(ii) Definite, concrete, everyday words;
</P>
<P>(iii) Active voice;
</P>
<P>(iv) Tabular presentation or bullet lists for complex material, whenever possible;
</P>
<P>(v) No legal jargon or highly technical business terms; and
</P>
<P>(vi) No multiple negatives.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Delivery of paper copy upon request.</I> A paper copy of any of the materials specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be transmitted to any person requesting such a copy, at no cost to the requestor and by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt means, within three business days after a request for a paper copy is received.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Investor elections to receive future reports in paper.</I> (1) This section may not be relied upon to transmit a Report to a shareholder if the shareholder has notified the Fund (or the shareholder's financial intermediary) that the shareholder wishes to receive paper copies of shareholder reports at any time after the Fund has first notified the shareholder of its intent to rely on the rule or provided a Notice to the shareholder.
</P>
<P>(2) A shareholder who has notified the Fund (or the shareholder's financial intermediary) that the shareholder wishes to receive paper copies of shareholder reports with respect to a Fund will be deemed to have requested paper copies of shareholder reports with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any and all current and future Funds held through an account or accounts with:
</P>
<P>(A) The Fund's transfer agent or principal underwriter or agent thereof for the same “group of related investment companies” as such term is defined in § 270.0-10; or
</P>
<P>(B) A financial intermediary; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any and all Funds held currently and in the future in a separate account funding a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Delivery of other documents.</I> This section may not be relied upon to transmit a copy of a Fund's currently effective Statutory Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information, or both, under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>) as otherwise permitted by paragraph (d) of § 270.30e-1.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Fund means a management company registered on Form N-2 (§§ 239.14 and 274.11a of this chapter) or Form N-3 (§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter) and any separate series of the management company that is required to transmit a report to shareholders pursuant to 270.30e-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Statement of Additional Information means the statement of additional information required by Part B of the applicable registration form.
</P>
<P>(3) Statutory Prospectus means a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77(j)(a)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 270.30.e-3:</HED>
<P>For a discussion of how the conditions and requirements of this rule may apply in the context of investors holding Fund shares through financial intermediaries, see Investment Company Release No. 33115 (June 5, 2018).</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 72848, Nov. 25, 2022]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.30h-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.179" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.30h-1   Applicability of section 16 of the Exchange Act to section 30(h).</HEAD>
<P>(a) The filing of any statement prescribed under section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p(a)) shall satisfy the corresponding requirements of section 30(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)). 
</P>
<P>(b) The rules under section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p) shall apply to any duty, liability or prohibition imposed with respect to a transaction involving any security of a registered closed-end company under section 30(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)). 
</P>
<P>(c) No statements need be filed pursuant to section 30(h) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)) by an affiliated person of an investment adviser in his or her capacity as such if such person is solely an employee, other than an officer, of such investment adviser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 43537, June 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.31a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.180" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.31a-1   Records to be maintained by registered investment companies, certain majority-owned subsidiaries thereof, and other persons having transactions with registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered investment company, and every underwriter, broker, dealer, or investment adviser which is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a company, shall maintain and keep current the accounts, books, and other documents relating to its business which constitute the record forming the basis for financial statements required to be filed pursuant to section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and of the auditor's certificates relating thereto. 
</P>
<P>(b) Every registered investment company shall maintain and keep current the following books, accounts, and other documents: 
</P>
<P>(1) Journals (or other records of original entry) containing an itemized daily record in detail of all purchases and sales of securities (including sales and redemptions of its own securities), all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers if such detail is not recorded by custodian or transfer agent), all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits. Such records shall show for each such transaction the name and quantity of securities, the unit and aggregate purchase or sale price, commission paid, the market on which effected, the trade date, the settlement date, and the name of the person through or from whom purchased or received or to whom sold or delivered. In the case of a money market fund, also identify the provider of any Demand Feature or Guarantee (as defined in § 270.2a-7(a)(9) or § 270.2a-7(a)(16) respectively) and give a brief description of the nature of the Demand Feature or Guarantee (e.g., unconditional demand feature, conditional demand feature, letter of credit, or bond insurance) and, in a subsidiary portfolio investment record, provide the complete legal name and accounting and other information (including sufficient information to calculate coupons, accruals, maturities, puts, and calls) necessary to identify, value, and account for each investment. 
</P>
<P>(2) General and auxiliary ledgers (or other records) reflecting all assets, liability, reserve, capital, income and expense accounts, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Separate ledger accounts (or other records) reflecting the following: 
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) Securities in transfer; 
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) Securities in physical possession; 
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) Securities borrowed and securities loaned; 
</P>
<P>(<I>d</I>) Monies borrowed and monies loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions in such collateral); 
</P>
<P>(<I>e</I>) Dividends and interest received; 
</P>
<P>(<I>f</I>) Dividends receivable and interest accrued. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Instruction.</HED>
<P>(a) and (b) of this subdivision shall be stated in terms of securities quantities only; (c) and (d) of this subdivision shall be stated in dollar amounts and securities quantities as appropriate; (e) and (f) of this subdivision shall be stated in dollar amounts only.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) Separate ledger accounts (or other records) for each portfolio security, showing (as of trade dates) (<I>a</I>) the quantity and unit and aggregate price for each purchase, sale, receipt, and delivery of securities and commodities for such accounts, and (<I>b</I>) all other debits and credits for such accounts. Securities positions and money balances in such ledger accounts (or other records) shall be brought forward periodically but not less frequently than at the end of fiscal quarters. Any portfolio security, the salability of which is conditioned, shall be so noted. A memorandum record shall be available setting forth, with respect to each portfolio security account, the amount and declaration ex-dividend, and payment dates of each dividend declared thereon. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Separate ledger accounts (or other records) for each broker-dealer bank or other person with or through which transactions in portfolio securities are effected, showing each purchase or sale of securities with or through such persons, including details as to the date of the purchase or sale, the quantity and unit and aggregate price of such securities, and the commissions or other compensation paid to such persons. Purchases or sales effected during the same day at the same price may be aggregated. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Separate ledger accounts (or other records), which may be maintained by a transfer agent or registrar, showing for each shareholder of record of the investment company the number of shares of capital stock of the company held. In respect of share accumulation accounts (arising from periodic investment plans, dividend reinvestment plans, deposit of issued shares by the owner thereof, etc.), details shall be available as to the dates and number of shares of each accumulation, and except with respect to already issued shares deposited by the owner thereof, prices of each such accumulation. 
</P>
<P>(3) A securities record or ledger reflecting separately for each portfolio security as of trade date all “long” and “short” positions carried by the investment company for its own account and showing the location of all securities long and the off-setting position to all securities short. The record called for by this paragraph shall not be required in circumstances under which all portfolio securities are maintained by a bank or banks or a member or members of a national securities exchange as custodian under a custody agreement or as agent for such custodian. 
</P>
<P>(4) Corporate charters, certificates of incorporation or trust agreements, and by-laws, and minute books of stockholders' and directors' or trustees' meetings; and minute books of directors' or trustees' committee and advisory board or advisory committee meetings. 
</P>
<P>(5) A record of each brokerage order given by or in behalf of the investment company for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such record shall include the name of the broker, the terms and conditions of the order and of any modification or cancellation thereof, the time of entry or cancellation, the price at which executed, and the time of receipt of report of execution. The record shall indicate the name of the person who placed the order in behalf of the investment company. 
</P>
<P>(6) A record of all other portfolio purchases or sales showing details comparable to those prescribed in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) A record of all puts, calls, spreads, straddles, and other options in which the investment company has any direct or indirect interest or which the investment company has granted or guaranteed; and a record of any contractual commitments to purchase, sell, receive or deliver securities or other property (but not including open orders placed with broker-dealers for the purchase or sale of securities, which may be cancelled by the company on notices without penalty or cost of any kind); containing, at least, an identification of the security, the number of units involved, the option price, the date of maturity, the date of issuance, and the person to whom issued. 
</P>
<P>(8) A record of the proof of money balances in all ledger accounts (except shareholder accounts), in the form of trial balances. Such trial balances shall be prepared currently at least once a month. 
</P>
<P>(9) A record for each fiscal quarter, which shall be completed within ten days after the end of such quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities to named brokers or dealers and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders among named persons were made during such quarter. The record shall indicate the consideration given to (i) sales of shares of the investment company by brokers or dealers, (ii) the supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to the investment company, its investment adviser or principal underwriter or any persons affiliated therewith, and (iii) any other considerations other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such. The record shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available, and shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. The record shall also include the identities of the persons responsible for the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. 
</P>
<P>(10) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees, or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. Where an authorization is made by a committee or group, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participated in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of the record required by this paragraph any memorandum, recommendation, or instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. The requirements of this paragraph are applicable to the extent they are not met by compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(11) Files of all advisory material received from the investment adviser, any advisory board or advisory committee, or any other persons from whom the investment company accepts investment advice, other than material which is furnished solely through uniform publications distributed generally. 
</P>
<P>(12) The term “other records” as used in the expressions “journals (or other records of original entry)” and “ledger accounts (or other records)” shall be construed to include, where appropriate, copies of voucher checks, confirmations, or similar documents which reflect the information required by the applicable rule or rules in appropriate sequence and in permanent form, including similar records developed by the use of automatic data processing systems. 
</P>
<P>(13)(i) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) The written documentation of any detected unauthorized access to or use of customer information, as well as any response to, and recovery from such unauthorized access to or use of customer information required by § 248.30(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(iii) The written documentation of any investigation and determination made regarding whether notification is required pursuant to § 248.30(a)(4), including the basis for any determination made, any written documentation from the United States Attorney General related to a delay in notice, as well as a copy of any notice transmitted following such determination;
</P>
<P>(iv) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5)(i);
</P>
<P>(v) The written documentation of any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5); and
</P>
<P>(vi) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) Every underwriter, broker, or dealer which is a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall maintain in the form prescribed therein such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by brokers and dealers by rule adopted under section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every depositer of any registered investment company, and every principal underwriter for any registered investment company other than a closed-end investment company, shall maintain such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by brokers and dealers by rule adopted under section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record such person's transactions with such registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(e) Every investment advisor which is a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall maintain in the form prescribed therein such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(f) Every investment adviser not a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall maintain such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record such person's transactions with such registered investment company. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 31, 54 Stat. 838; 15 U.S.C. 80a-30) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 11993, Dec. 5, 1962, as amended at 61 FR 13983, Mar. 28, 1996; 62 FR 64986, Dec. 9, 1997; 79 FR 47968, Aug. 14, 2014; 80 FR 58155, Sept. 25, 2015; 89 FR 47789, June 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.31a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.181" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.31a-2   Records to be preserved by registered investment companies, certain majority-owned subsidiaries thereof, and other persons having transactions with registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered investment company shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Preserve permanently, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all books and records required to be made pursuant to paragraphs (1) through (4) of § 270.31a-1(b); 
</P>
<P>(2) Preserve for a period not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transaction occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all books and records required to be made pursuant to § 270.31a-1(b)(5) through (12) and all vouchers, memoranda, correspondence, checkbooks, bank statements, cancelled checks, cash reconciliation, cancelled stock certificates, and all schedules evidencing and supporting each computation of net asset value of the investment company shares, including schedules evidencing and supporting each computation of an adjustment to net asset value of the investment company shares based on swing pricing policies and procedures established and implemented pursuant to § 270.22c-1(a)(3), all schedules evidencing and supporting each computation of a liquidity fee by a money market fund pursuant to § 270.2a-7(c)(2), and other documents required to be maintained by § 270.31a-1(a) and not enumerated in § 270.31a-1(b).
</P>
<P>(3) Preserve for a period not less than 6 years from the end of the fiscal year last used, the first 2 years in an easily accessible place, any advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors;
</P>
<P>(4) Preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, any record of the initial determination that a director is not an interested person of the investment company, and each subsequent determination that the director is not an interested person of the investment company. These records must include any questionnaire and any other document used to determine that a director is not an interested person of the company;
</P>
<P>(5) Preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, any materials used by the disinterested directors of an investment company to determine that a person who is acting as legal counsel to those directors is an independent legal counsel; 
</P>
<P>(6) Preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, any documents or other written information considered by the directors of the investment company pursuant to section 15(c) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-15(c)) in approving the terms or renewal of a contract or agreement between the company and an investment adviser; and
</P>
<P>(7) Preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, any shareholder report required by § 270.30e-1 (including any version posted on a website or otherwise provided electronically) that is not filed with the Commission in the exact form in which it was used; and
</P>
<P>(8) Preserve for a period not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the records required by § 270.31a-1(b)(13) apart from any policies and procedures thereunder and, in the case of policies and procedures required under § 270.31a-1(b)(13), preserve a copy of such policies and procedures in effect, or that at any time within the past six years were in effect, in an easily accessible place.


</P>
<P>(b) Every underwriter, broker, or dealer which is a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall preserve for the periods prescribed therein such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be preserved by brokers and dealers by rule adopted under section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every depositor of any registered investment company, and every principal underwriter for any registered investment company other than a closed-end company, shall preserve for a period of not less than six years such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by brokers and dealers by rule adopted under section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record such person's transactions with such registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every investment adviser which is a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall preserve for the periods prescribed therein such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be preserved by investment advisers by rule adopted under section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. 
</P>
<P>(e) Every investment adviser not a majority-owned subsidiary of a registered investment company shall preserve for a period of not less than six years such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record such person's transactions with such registered investment company. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Micrographic and electronic storage permitted</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The records required to be maintained and preserved under this part may be maintained and preserved for the required time by, or on behalf of, an investment company on:
</P>
<P>(i) Micrographic media, including microfilm, microfiche, or any similar medium; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronic storage media, including any digital storage medium or system that meets the terms of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General requirements.</I> The investment company, or person that maintains and preserves records on its behalf, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Arrange and index the records in a way that permits easy location, access, and retrieval of any particular record;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide promptly any of the following that the Commission (by its examiners or other representatives) or the directors of the company may request:
</P>
<P>(A) A legible, true, and complete copy of the record in the medium and format in which it is stored;
</P>
<P>(B) A legible, true, and complete printout of the record; and
</P>
<P>(C) Means to access, view, and print the records; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Separately store, for the time required for preservation of the original record, a duplicate copy of the record on any medium allowed by this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special requirements for electronic storage media.</I> In the case of records on electronic storage media, the investment company, or person that maintains and preserves records on its behalf, must establish and maintain procedures:
</P>
<P>(i) To maintain and preserve the records, so as to reasonably safeguard them from loss, alteration, or destruction;
</P>
<P>(ii) To limit access to the records to properly authorized personnel, the directors of the investment company, and the Commission (including its examiners and other representatives); and
</P>
<P>(iii) To reasonably ensure that any reproduction of a non-electronic original record on electronic storage media is complete, true, and legible when retrieved.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, any record, book or other document may be destroyed in accordance with a plan previously submitted to and approved by the Commission. A plan shall be deemed to have been approved by the Commission if notice to the contrary has not been received within 90 days after submission of the plan to the Commission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 11994, Dec. 5, 1962, as amended at 38 FR 7797, Mar. 26, 1973; 51 FR 42209, Nov. 24, 1986; 53 FR 3880, Feb. 10, 1988; 66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001; 66 FR 29228, May 30, 2001; 69 FR 46390, Aug. 2, 2004; 81 FR 82138, Nov. 18, 2016; 87 FR 72850, Nov. 25, 2022; 88 FR 51523, Aug. 3, 2023; 89 FR 47789, June 3, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.31a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.182" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.31a-3   Records prepared or maintained by other than person required to maintain and preserve them.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of §§ 270.31a-1 and 270.31a-2 are prepared or maintained by others on behalf of the person required to maintain and preserve such records, the person required to maintain and preserve such records shall obtain from such other person an agreement in writing to the effect that such records are the property of the person required to maintain and preserve such records and will be surrendered promptly on request. 
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where a bank or member of a national securities exchange acts as custodian, transfer agent, or dividend disbursing agent, compliance with this section shall be considered to have been met if such bank or exchange member agrees in writing to make any records relating to such service available upon request and to preserve for the periods prescribed in § 270.31a-2 any such records as are required to be maintained by § 270.31a-1. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 31, 54 Stat. 838; 15 U.S.C. 80a-30) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[27 FR 11994, Dec. 5, 1962] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.31a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.183" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.31a-4   Records to be maintained and preserved by registered investment companies relating to fair value determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appropriate documentation.</I> Every registered investment company shall maintain appropriate documentation to support fair value determinations made pursuant to § 270.2a-5 for at least six years from the time that the determination was made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records when designating.</I> If the board of a registered investment company has designated performance of fair value determinations to a valuation designee under § 270.2a-5(b), in addition to the records required in paragraph (a) of this section, the registered investment company must maintain copies of:
</P>
<P>(1) The reports and other information provided to the board as required under § 270.2a-5(b)(1) for at least six years after the end of the fiscal year in which the documents were provided to the board, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and
</P>
<P>(2) A specified list of the investments or investment types whose fair value determination has been designated to the valuation designee to perform pursuant to § 270.2a-5(b) for a period beginning with the designation and ending at least six years after the end of the fiscal year in which the designation was terminated, in an easily accessible place until two years after such termination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Party to maintain.</I> If the board of a registered investment company has designated performance of fair value determinations to its investment adviser under § 270.2a-5(b), such investment adviser shall maintain the records required by this section. If the investment adviser is not so designated, the fund shall maintain such records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 808, Jan. 6, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.32a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.184" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.32a-1   Exemption of certain companies from affiliation provisions of section 32(a).</HEAD>
<P>A registered investment company shall be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (1) of section 32(a) of the Act (54 Stat. 838; 15 U.S.C. 80a-31), insofar as said paragraph requires that independent public accountants for such company be selected by a majority of certain members of the board of directors, if: 
</P>
<P>(a) Such company meets the conditions of paragraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of section 10(d) of the Act (54 Stat. 807; 15 U.S.C. 80a-10); and 
</P>
<P>(b) Such accountants are selected by a majority of all the members of the board of directors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-32A-1, 6 FR 6631, Dec. 23, 1941, as amended at 87 FR 22446, Apr. 15, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.32a-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.185" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.32a-2   Exemption for initial period from vote of security holders on independent public accountant for certain registered separate accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered separate account shall be exempt from the requirement under paragraph (2) of section 32(a) of the Act that selection of an independent public accountant shall have been submitted for ratification or rejection at the next succeeding annual meeting of security owners, subject to the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Such registered separate account qualifies for exemption from section 14(a) of the Act pursuant to § 270.14a-2, or is exempt therefrom by order of the Commission upon application; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The selection of such accountant shall be submitted for ratification or rejection to variable annuity contract owners at their first meeting after the effective date of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), relating to contracts participating in such account: <I>Provided,</I> That such meeting shall take place within 1 year after such effective date, unless the time for the holding of such meeting shall be extended by the Commission upon written request showing good cause therefor. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 6, 54 Stat. 800; 15 U.S.C. 80a-6) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 12696, Aug. 5, 1969] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.32a-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.186" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.32a-3   Exemption from provision of section 32(a)(1) regarding the time period during which a registered management investment company must select an independent public accountant.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered management investment company (“company”) organized in a jurisdiction that does not require it to hold regular annual meetings of its stockholders, and which does not hold a regular annual stockholders' meeting in a given fiscal year, shall be exempt in that fiscal year from the requirement of section 32(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-31(a)(1)) that the independent public accountant (“accountant”) be selected at a board of directors meeting held within 30 days before or after the beginning of the fiscal year or before the annual meeting of stockholders in that year, <I>provided,</I> that such company is either: 
</P>
<P>(1) In a set of investment companies as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, if not all the members of such set have an identical fiscal year end and if such company selects an accountant at a board of directors meeting held within 90 days before or after the beginning of that fiscal year; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Not in a set of investment companies, or is in a set, each of whose members has the same fiscal year end, and if such company selects an accountant at a board of directors meeting held within 30 days before or 90 days after the beginning of that fiscal year. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, “set of investment companies” means any two or more registered management investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services, and 
</P>
<P>(1) That have a common investment adviser or principal underwriter, or 
</P>
<P>(2) If the investment adviser or principal underwriter of one of the companies is an affiliated person as defined in section 2(a)(3)(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3)(C)) of the investment adviser or principal underwriter of each of the other companies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 31332, July 28, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.32a-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.187" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.32a-4   Independent audit committees.</HEAD>
<P>A registered management investment company or a registered face-amount certificate company is exempt from the requirement of section 32(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-32(a)(2)) that the selection of the company's independent public accountant be submitted for ratification or rejection at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, if: 
</P>
<P>(a) The company's board of directors has established a committee, composed solely of directors who are not interested persons of the company, that has responsibility for overseeing the fund's accounting and auditing processes (“audit committee”); 
</P>
<P>(b) The company's board of directors has adopted a charter for the audit committee setting forth the committee's structure, duties, powers, and methods of operation or set forth such provisions in the fund's charter or bylaws; and 
</P>
<P>(c) The company maintains and preserves permanently in an easily accessible place a copy of the audit committee's charter and any modification to the charter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 3759, Jan. 16, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.34b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.188" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.34b-1   Sales literature deemed to be misleading.</HEAD>
<P>Any advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter, or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors that is required to be filed with the Commission by section 24(b) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-24(b)] (for purposes of paragraph (a) and (b) of this section, “sales literature”) will have omitted to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein not materially misleading unless the sales literature includes the information specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Any registered investment company or business development company advertisement, pamphlet, circular, form letter, or other sales literature addressed to or intended for distribution to prospective investors in connection with a public offering (for purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, “sales literature”) will have omitted to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not materially misleading unless the sales literature includes the information specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 270.34<E T="01">b</E>-1 Introductory Text:
</HED>
<P>The fact that the sales literature includes the information specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section does not relieve the investment company, underwriter, or dealer of any obligations with respect to the sales literature under the antifraud provisions of the Federal securities laws. For guidance about factors to be weighed in determining whether statements, representations, illustrations, and descriptions contained in investment company sales literature are misleading, <I>see</I> § 230.156 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Sales literature for a money market fund shall contain the information required by paragraph (b)(4) of § 230.482 of this chapter, presented in the manner required by paragraph (b)(5) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) In any sales literature that contains performance data for an investment company, include the disclosure required by paragraph (b)(3) of § 230.482 of this chapter, presented in the manner required by paragraph (b)(5) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) In any sales literature for a money market fund:
</P>
<P>(A) Accompany any quotation of yield or similar quotation purporting to demonstrate the income earned or distributions made by the money market fund with a quotation of current yield specified by paragraph (e)(1)(i) of § 230.482 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Accompany any quotation of the money market fund's tax equivalent yield or tax equivalent effective yield with a quotation of current yield as specified in § 230.482(d)(1)(iii) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(C) Accompany any quotation of the money market fund's total return with a quotation of the money market fund's current yield specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of § 230.482 of this chapter. Place the quotations of total return and current yield next to each other, in the same size print, and if there is a material difference between the quoted total return and the quoted current yield, include a statement that the yield quotation more closely reflects the current earnings of the money market fund than the total return quotation.
</P>
<P>(iii) In any sales literature for an investment company other than a money market fund that contains performance data:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the total return information required by paragraph (d)(3) of § 230.482 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Accompany any quotation of performance adjusted to reflect the effect of taxes (not including a quotation of tax equivalent yield or other similar quotation purporting to demonstrate the tax equivalent yield earned or distributions made by the company) with the quotations of total return specified by paragraph (d)(4) of § 230.482 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(C) If the sales literature (other than sales literature for a company that is permitted under § 270.35d-1(a)(4) to use a name suggesting that the company's distributions are exempt from federal income tax or from both federal and state income tax) represents or implies that the company is managed to limit or control the effect of taxes on company performance, include the quotations of total return specified by paragraph (d)(4) of § 230.482 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) Accompany any quotation of yield or similar quotation purporting to demonstrate the income earned or distributions made by the company with a quotation of current yield specified by paragraph (d)(1) of § 230.482 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(E) Accompany any quotation of tax equivalent yield or other similar quotation purporting to demonstrate the tax equivalent yield earned or distributions made by the company with a quotation of tax equivalent yield specified in paragraph (d)(2) and current yield specified by paragraph (d)(1) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Any performance data included in sales literature under paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this section must meet the currentness requirements of paragraph (g) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section do not apply to any quarterly, semi-annual, or annual report to shareholders under Section 30 of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-29] containing performance data for a period commencing no earlier than the first day of the period covered by the report; nor do the requirements of paragraphs (d)(3)(ii), (d)(4)(ii), and (g) of § 230.482 of this chapter apply to any such periodic report containing any other performance data.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) In any sales literature that contains fee and expense figures for a registered investment company or business development company, include the disclosure required by paragraph (i) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any fee and expense information included in sales literature must meet the timeliness requirements of paragraph (j) of § 230.482 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section do not apply to any quarterly, semi-annual, or annual report to shareholders under Section 30 of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-29] or to other reports pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 79m or 78o(d)) containing fee and expense information; nor do the requirements of paragraphs (i) and (j) of § 230.482 of this chapter or paragraph (c)(3) of § 230.433 of this chapter apply to any such report containing fee and expense information.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Sales literature (except that of a money market fund) containing a quotation of yield or tax equivalent yield must also contain the total return information. In the case of sales literature, the currentness provisions apply from the date of distribution and not the date of submission for publication.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19055, Apr. 12, 1993; 58 FR 21927, Apr. 26, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 64986, Dec. 9, 1997; 63 FR 13987, Mar. 23, 1998; 66 FR 9018, Feb. 5, 2001; 68 FR 57779, Oct. 6, 2003; 87 FR 72850, Nov. 25, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.35d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.189" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.35d-1   Investment company names.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Materially deceptive and misleading fund names.</I> For purposes of section 35(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-34(d)), a materially deceptive and misleading name of a fund includes:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Names suggesting guarantee or approval by the United States Government.</I> A name suggesting that the fund or the securities issued by it are guaranteed, sponsored, recommended, or approved by the United States Government or any United States Government agency or instrumentality, including any name that uses the words “guaranteed” or “insured” or similar terms in conjunction with the words “United States” or “U.S. Government.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Names suggesting an investment focus.</I> A name that includes terms suggesting that the fund focuses its investments in: a particular type of investment or investments; a particular industry or group of industries; particular countries or geographic regions; or investments that have, or whose issuers have, particular characteristics (<I>e.g.,</I> a name with terms such as “growth” or “value,” or terms indicating that the fund's investment decisions incorporate one or more environmental, social, or governance factors), unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The fund has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in investments in accordance with the investment focus that the fund's name suggests. For a name suggesting that the fund focuses its investments in a particular country or geographic region, investments that are in accordance with the investment focus that the fund's name suggests are investments that are tied economically to the particular country or geographic region suggested by its name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The policy described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section is a fundamental policy, or the fund has adopted a policy to provide the fund's shareholders with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in the policy described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, and any change in the fund's name that accompanies the change, that meets the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section; and


</P>
<P>(iii) Any terms used in the fund's name that suggest that the fund focuses its investments as described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section are consistent with those terms' plain English meaning or established industry use.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tax-exempt funds.</I> A name suggesting that the fund's distributions are exempt from Federal income tax or from both Federal and State income tax, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The fund has adopted a fundamental policy:
</P>
<P>(A) To invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in investments the income from which is exempt, as applicable, from Federal income tax or from both Federal and State income tax; or
</P>
<P>(B) To invest, under normal circumstances, its assets so that at least 80% of the income that it distributes will be exempt, as applicable, from Federal income tax or from both Federal and State income tax; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any terms used in the fund's name that suggest that the fund invests its assets as described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section are consistent with those terms' plain English meaning or established industry use.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operation of policies and related recordkeeping.</I> (1) The requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) and (a)(3)(i) of this section apply at the time a fund invests its assets, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The fund must review its portfolio investments' inclusion in the fund's 80% basket, as defined in paragraph (g) of this section, at least quarterly. If, subsequent to an investment, the fund identifies that the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, as applicable, are no longer met, the fund must make future investments in a manner that will bring the fund into compliance with those paragraphs as soon as reasonably practicable, and in all circumstances within 90 consecutive days of the fund's identification that those requirements are no longer met;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the fund departs from the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, as applicable, in other-than-normal circumstances, the fund must come back into compliance with the requirements of those paragraphs within 90 consecutive days, measured from the time of the initial departure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A fund may temporarily invest less than 80% of the value of its assets in accordance with the fund's investment focus as otherwise required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, as applicable, to reposition or liquidate the fund's assets in connection with a reorganization, to launch the fund, or when notice of a change in a fund's policy as described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section has been provided to fund shareholders.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of determining the fund's compliance with an investment policy adopted under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section, in addition to any derivatives instrument that the fund includes in its 80% basket because the derivatives instrument provides investment exposure to investments suggested by the fund's name, a fund may include in its 80% basket a derivatives instrument that provides investment exposure to one or more of the market risk factors associated with the investment focus that the fund's name suggests.
</P>
<P>(3) A fund must maintain written records documenting its compliance under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, as applicable. A fund must maintain written records, at the time a fund invests its assets, documenting: whether the investment the fund makes is included in the fund's 80% basket and, if so, the basis for including such investment in the fund's 80% basket; and the value of the fund's 80% basket, as a percentage of the value of the fund's assets. A fund must maintain written records documenting its review of its portfolio investments' inclusion in the fund's 80% basket, as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, including whether each investment is included in the fund's 80% basket and the basis for including such investment in the 80% basket. If during the review of portfolio investments' inclusion in the fund's 80% basket or otherwise, the fund identifies that the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, as applicable, are no longer met, the fund must maintain written records documenting: the date this was identified; and the reason for any departure from the policies described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(3)(i) of this section. If the fund departs from the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, as applicable, in other-than-normal circumstances as described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, or as described in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, the fund must keep records documenting: the date of any departure from the policies described in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(3)(i) of this section; and the reason for any such departure (including why the fund determined that circumstances are other-than-normal). A fund must maintain records of any notice sent to the fund's shareholders pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Written records documenting the fund's compliance under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be maintained for a period of not less than six years following the creation of each required record (or, in the case of notices, following the date the notice was sent), the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of compliance with policy adopted under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i).</I> A fund name may be materially deceptive or misleading under section 35(d) of the Act even if the fund adopts and implements a policy under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(i) of this section and otherwise complies with the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice.</I> A policy to provide a fund's shareholders with notice of a change in a fund's policy as described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section must provide that:
</P>
<P>(1) The notice will be provided in plain English separately from any other documents (provided, however, that if the notice is delivered in paper form, it may be provided in the same envelope as other written documents);
</P>
<P>(2) The notice will contain the following prominent statement, or similar clear and understandable statement, in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy [and Name]”, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) If the notice is provided in paper form, the statement also will appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the notice is provided electronically, the statement also will appear on the subject line of the email communication that includes the notice or an equivalent indication of the subject of the communication in other forms of electronic media; and
</P>
<P>(3) The notice must describe, as applicable, the fund's policy adopted under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the nature of the change to the policy, the fund's old and new names, and the effective date of any policy and/or name changes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Unit investment trusts.</I> The requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i), (a)(3)(i), and (b)(3) of this section shall apply to any unit investment trust (as defined in section 4(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-4(2)) only at the time of initial deposit of portfolio securities.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Unlisted registered closed-end funds and business development companies.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, if the fund is a closed-end company or business development company, and the fund does not have shares that are listed on a national securities exchange, any policy adopted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section can be changed only if authorized by the vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of such fund unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The fund conducts a tender or repurchase offer to allow shareholders to redeem shares, in accordance with all applicable Commission rules, in advance of any change in such policy;
</P>
<P>(2) The fund provides the fund's shareholders with at least 60 days' prior notice of any change in such policy in advance of the tender or repurchase offer described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The tender or repurchase offer described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section is not oversubscribed; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the event of a tender offer, the fund purchases shares at their net asset value.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Assets</I> means net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. In determining the value of a fund's assets for purposes of this section, a fund must value each derivatives instrument using the instrument's notional amount (which must be converted to 10-year bond equivalents for interest rate derivatives and delta adjusted for options contracts) and must value each physical short position using the value of the asset sold short. The fund may reduce the value of its assets by excluding any cash and cash equivalents, and U.S. Treasury securities with remaining maturities of one year or less, up to the notional amount of the derivatives instrument(s) and the value of asset(s) sold short, and also exclude any closed-out derivatives positions if those positions result in no credit or market exposure to the fund. A fund must exclude from this calculation derivatives instruments used to hedge currency risks associated with one or more specific foreign-currency-denominated equity or fixed-income investments held by the fund, provided that such currency derivatives are entered into and maintained by the fund for hedging purposes and that the notional amounts of such derivatives do not exceed the value of the hedged investments (or the par value thereof, in the case of fixed-income investments) by more than 10 percent.
</P>
<P><I>Derivatives instrument</I> means any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option, any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument.
</P>
<P><I>Eighty percent (80%) basket</I> means investments that are invested in accordance with the investment focus that the fund's name suggests (or as described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section).
</P>
<P><I>Fund</I> means a registered investment company or a business development company, including any separate series thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Fundamental policy</I> means a policy that a fund adopts under section 8(b)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-8(b)(3)) or, in the case of a business development company, a policy that is changeable only if authorized by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.
</P>
<P><I>Launch</I> means a period, not to exceed 180 consecutive days, starting from the date the fund commences operations.
</P>
<P><I>Oversubscribed</I> means shareholders have tendered or requested repurchase of a greater number of shares than the fund has offered to purchase in accordance with applicable Commission rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70509, Dec. 11, 2023, as amended at 90 FR 59045, Dec. 18, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.38a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.190" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.38a-1   Compliance procedures and practices of certain investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registered investment company and business development company (“fund”) must: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws by the fund, including policies and procedures that provide for the oversight of compliance by each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board approval.</I> Obtain the approval of the fund's board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons of the fund, of the fund's policies and procedures and those of each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the fund, which approval must be based on a finding by the board that the policies and procedures are reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws by the fund, and by each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Annual review.</I> Review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the policies and procedures of the fund and of each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent and the effectiveness of their implementation; 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Chief compliance officer.</I> Designate one individual responsible for administering the fund's policies and procedures adopted under paragraph (a)(1) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Whose designation and compensation must be approved by the fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Who may be removed from his or her responsibilities by action of (and only with the approval of) the fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Who must, no less frequently than annually, provide a written report to the board that, at a minimum, addresses: 
</P>
<P>(A) The operation of the policies and procedures of the fund and each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the fund, any material changes made to those policies and procedures since the date of the last report, and any material changes to the policies and procedures recommended as a result of the annual review conducted pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Each Material Compliance Matter that occurred since the date of the last report; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Who must, no less frequently than annually, meet separately with the fund's independent directors. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unit investment trusts.</I> If the fund is a unit investment trust, the fund's principal underwriter or depositor must approve the fund's policies and procedures and chief compliance officer, must receive all annual reports, and must approve the removal of the chief compliance officer from his or her responsibilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Undue influence prohibited.</I> No officer, director, or employee of the fund, its investment adviser, or principal underwriter, or any person acting under such person's direction may directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, or fraudulently influence the fund's chief compliance officer in the performance of his or her duties under this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The fund must maintain: 
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the policies and procedures adopted by the fund under paragraph (a)(1) that are in effect, or at any time within the past five years were in effect, in an easily accessible place; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of materials provided to the board of directors in connection with their approval under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and written reports provided to the board of directors pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section (or, if the fund is a unit investment trust, to the fund's principal underwriter or depositor, pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section) for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the documents were provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Any records documenting the fund's annual review pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the annual review was conducted, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Federal Securities Laws</I> means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury. 
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>Material Compliance Matter</I> means any compliance matter about which the fund's board of directors would reasonably need to know to oversee fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation: 
</P>
<P>(i) A violation of the Federal securities laws by the fund, its investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator or transfer agent (or officers, directors, employees or agents thereof),
</P>
<P>(ii) A violation of the policies and procedures of the fund, its investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator or transfer agent, or 
</P>
<P>(iii) A weakness in the design or implementation of the policies and procedures of the fund, its investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator or transfer agent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 74729, Dec. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.45a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.191" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.45a-1   Confidential treatment of names and addresses of dealers of registered investment company securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Exhibits calling for the names and addresses of dealers to or through whom principal underwriters of registered investment companies are currently offering securities and which are required to be furnished with registration statements filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Act (54 Stat. 804; 15 U.S.C. 80a-8), or periodic reports filed pursuant to section 30(a) or section 30(b)(1) of the Act (54 Stat. 836; 15 U.S.C. 80a-30), shall be the subject of confidential treatment and shall not be made available to the public, except that the Commission may by order make such exhibits available to the public if, after appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing, it finds that public disclosure of such material is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(b) The exhibits referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall be filed in quadruplicate with the Commission at the time the registration statement or periodic report is filed. Such exhibits shall be enclosed in a separate envelope marked “Confidential Treatment” and addressed to the Chairman, Securities and Executive Commission, Washington, DC. Confidential treatment requests shall be submitted in paper only, whether or not the registrant is required to file in electronic format. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Rule N-45A-1, 7 FR 197, Jan. 10, 1942, as amended at 20 FR 7036, Sept. 20, 1955; 58 FR 14860, Mar. 18, 1993] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.55a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.192" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.55a-1   Investment activities of business development companies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding section 55(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-54(a)), a business development company may acquire securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from an issuer, or from any person who is an officer or employee of the issuer, if the issuer meets the requirements of sections 2(a)(46)(A) and (B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(46)(A) and (B)), but the issuer is not an eligible portfolio company because it does not meet the requirements of § 270.2a-46, and the business development company meets the requirements of paragraphs (i) and (ii) of section 55(a)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-54(a)(1)(B)(i) and (ii)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 64092, Oct. 31, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.57b-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.193" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.57b-1   Exemption for downstream affiliates of business development companies.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding subsection (b)(2) of section 57 of the Act, the provisions of subsection (a) of that section shall not apply to any person (a) solely because that person is directly or indirectly controlled by a business development company or (b) solely because that person is, within the meaning of section 2(a)(3) (C) or (D) of the Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(3) (C) or (D)], an affiliated person of a person described in (a) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 16674, Mar. 13, 1981] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.60a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.20.0.36.194" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.60a-1   Exemption for certain business development companies.</HEAD>
<P>Section 12(d)(1) (A) and (C) of the Act shall not apply to the acquisition by a business development company of the securities of a small business investment company licensed to do business under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 which is operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the business development company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 16674, Mar. 13, 1981] 



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="271" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 271—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 AND GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 80a <I>et seq.</I>



</PSPACE></AUTH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and Page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission respecting distinctions between the reporting requirements of section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and section 30(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 16, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10991. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to sections(b) and 26(c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 19, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of the Director of the Investment Company Division relating to section 19 and Rule N-19-1 (17 CFR, 270.19a-1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 21, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission relating to section 23(c)(3) and Rule N-23C-1 (17 CFR, 270.23c-1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 4, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to section 22(d)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 14, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10992. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to section 22(d)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 13, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to section 24(b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 20, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to sections 8(b)(1) and 13(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 23, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10993. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of General Counsel relating to section 10(a)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 15, 1941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10994. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extract from letter of the Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to sections 20 and 34(b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excerpts from letters of the Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 14 and Schedule 14A under Regulation X-14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 17, 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of the Director of the Corporation Finance Division relating to section 20 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and to Rule X-14A-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR, 240.14a-7)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">735</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 3, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10995. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission on the offering of common stock to the public at a per share price substantially in excess of the net asset value of the stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 6, 1961</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 FR 1275. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the Commission that “Equity Funding,” “Secured Funding,” or “Life Funding” constitutes an investment contract and when publicly offered is required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 22, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 5190. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission advising all registered investment companies to divest themselves of interest and securities acquired in contravention of the provisions of section 12(d)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 within a reasonable period of time</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3542</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 21, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 9652. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission advising any closed-end investment company contemplating repurchase of its own shares to consult with the Division of Corporate re nature of disclosure to be made to security holders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3548</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 3, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 FR 9987. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion and statement of the Commission in regard to proper reporting of deferred income taxes arising from installment sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 7, 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 FR 15420. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to clarify the meaning of “beneficial ownership of securities” as relates to beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4483</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 19, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 1005. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting the date of May 1, 1966 after which filings must reflect beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 14, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 3175. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Staff interpretative and no-action positions relating to property rights of an investment company and its investment adviser in the company's name and to the status of arrangement funding qualified Self-Employed Individual's Retirement Plans with life insurance contracts and investment company securities. The staff's comments do not purport to be an official expression of the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 8, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 15650. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Director of the Commission's Division of Corporate Regulation re the filing of supplements to investment company prospectuses under the Securities Act of 1933 as a result of changes in stock exchange rules effective December 5, 1968 relating to “customer-directed give ups”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 3, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 FR 18576. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretative positions of the Division of Corporate Regulation on questions relating to Rule 22c-1 which was adopted Oct. 16, 1968; text of questions and answers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5569</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 27, 1968</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 382. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting forth emergency procedures adopted by the Division of Corporate Regulation to expedite processing of registration statements, amendments, and proxy statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5632</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 12, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 5547. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter by Philip A. Loomis, Jr., General Counsel for the Commission, explaining obligations of mutual fund managements and brokers with respect to commissions on portfolio brokerage of mutual funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nov. 10, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 FR 18543. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement discussing restricted securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5847</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 21, 1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 19989. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement that disclosure requirements set forth in release of October 21, 1969 will be applied to lists of portfolio securities set forth not only in registration statements but also in reports to the Commission and to shareholders, in sales literature and in proxy statements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 13, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 19991. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's guidelines re applicability of Federal securities law to offer and sale outside the U.S. of shares of registered open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6082</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 12103. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission reminding reporting companies of obligation re Commission's rules to file reports on a timely basis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 15, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 16733. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views relating to important questions re the accounting by registered investment companies for investment securities in their financial statements and in the periodic computations of net asset value for the purpose of pricing their shares</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6295</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 23, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 FR 19986. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's procedure to be followed if requests are to be met for no action or interpretative letters and responses thereto to be made available for public use</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2600. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First in a series of statements by the Commission alerting registered companies, their counsel, and other interested persons re certain changes made in the Investment Company Act of 1940 by Pub. L. 91-547 (1970 Act) such as approval of investment advisory contracts which should be considered in connection with 1971 annual meetings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6336</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2867. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The Commission's views on the purchase, redemption, or repurchase of fund shares</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 5, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 4978. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Second in a series of statements by the Commission calling attention to some important provisions of Pub. L. 91-547 (1970 Act) which in this case require companies that issue periodic payment plans and face-amount certificates to take certain actions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6392</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 19, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 5840. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Third in a series of statements by the Commission on problems arising under Pub. L. 91-547 (1970 Act) re registration and regulation of insurance company separate accounts used as funding vehicles for certain employee stock bonus, pension and profit sharing plans</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 2, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 7897. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication by the Commission of certain important amendments relating to the repeal and modification of certain exemptions by the Investment Company Amendments Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-547) and to the pyramiding of investment companies and the regulation of fund holding companies under the same act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 6, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 8729. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on amendments contained in Pub. L. 91-547 concerning policies of a registered investment company; ineligibility of certain persons to serve as employees of a registered company; legal standards for investment company reorganizations of unit investment trusts; and filing of certain legal documents with the Commission</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6506</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 5, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 9130.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretative position relating to judiciary duty of Directors of a Registered Investment Company</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 10, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 9627. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's issuance of guidelines for additional disclosures for contractual plan prospectuses concerning new refund and election provisions of the Investment Company Amendments Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-547)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6568</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 11, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 12164. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines relating to checking accounts established by investment companies having bank custodians</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6863</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 29, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 1474. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission endorses the establishment by all publicly held companies of audit committees composed of outside directors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7091</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 6850.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of factors to be considered in connection with investment company advisory contracts containing incentive arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 19, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 7690. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of Commission's policy statement on the future structure of securities markets to selection of brokers and payment of commissions by institutional managers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 9988. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement and policy on misleading pro rata stock distributions to shareholders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7204</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 11559. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines prepared by the Division of Corporate Regulation for use in preparing and filing registration statements for open-end and closed-end management investment companies on Forms S-4 and S-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 12790. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guidelines prepared by the Commission's Division of Corporate Regulation for use in preparation and filing of registration statements for both open-end and closed-end management investment companies on Form N-8B-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 9, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 12790. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines on independence of certifying accountants; example cases and Commission's conclusions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 14294. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's decisions on advisory committee recommendations regarding commencement of enforcement proceedings and termination of staff investigations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 5457. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's interpretation of risk-sharing in pooling-of-interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7395</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 5, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 20937. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amendment of previous interpretation (AS-130) of risk-sharing test in pooling-of-interest accounting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7606</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 18, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 1734. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission expresses concern with failure of issuers to timely file periodic and current reports</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7856</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 18366. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's conclusion as to certain problems relating to the effect of treasury stock transaction on accounting for business combinations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7955</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 10, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 24635. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission request for comments on Accounting Series Release No. 146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 17, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 28819. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on procedure to be followed upon issuance of a notice pursuant to Rule 0-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8236</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 7, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 8916. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of policy and interpretations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7955A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 12, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 14588. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's views on business combinations involving open-end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 3, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 26719. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for filings related to extractive reserves and natural gas supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8433</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 22, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 28520. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on two-tier real estate investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8456</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 5, 1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 FR 32129. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division of Investment Management Regulation Interpretive Position Relating to Rule 22c-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8752</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 24, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 17986. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines in Accounting Series Release No. 148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8819</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 13, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 27441. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's guidelines for filing of application for Order permitting registration of foreign investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 2, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 45424. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statements of investment policies of money market funds relating to industry concentration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 30, 1975</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 FR 54241. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Procedures for filing and processing registration statements and post-effective amendments filed by registered investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 13, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 FR 39012.
<br/>41 FR 46851.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Valuation of debt instruments by money market funds and certain other open end investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9786</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 31, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 28999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rescission of certain accounting series releases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9817</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 15, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 33282.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Withdrawal of undertaking required of investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9889</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 12, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 42196.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of management remuneration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 43058;
<br/>42 FR 46047.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bearing of distribution expenses by mutual funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9915</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 31, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 44810. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division of investment management interpretative position relating to rights offerings by closed-end investment companies below net asset value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9932</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 15, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 47553. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of management remuneration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 6, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 6060. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sales load variation in special offerings to permit mutual fund shareholders to purchase additional shares</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10419</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 4, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 FR 47492;
<br/>43 FR 52022.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of management remuneration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10597</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 22, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 16368. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General statement of policy regarding exemptive provisions relating to annuity and insurance contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10653</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 5, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 21629. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General statement of policy regarding securities trading practices of registered investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10666</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 18, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 25128. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shareholder communications, shareholder participation in the corporate electoral process and corporate governance generally</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10860</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 6, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 FR 53426. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of staff position on pooled income funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 3258. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effect of credit controls on the operations of certain registered investment companies including money market refunds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11088</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 14, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 17954.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effective of the termination of credit controls on the operations of certain registered investment companies including money market funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11263</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 21, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 49917.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indemnification by investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 4, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 62423;
<br/>45 FR 67082.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Issuance of “Retail Repurchase Agreements” by banks and savings and loan associations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11958</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 25, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48637.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effect of revenue ruling 81-225 on issuers and holders of certain variable annuity contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11960</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 28, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 48640.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disclosure of management remuneration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12070</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 3, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 60421.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of staff position on adoption of permanent notification forms for business development companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12274</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 5, 1982</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 FR 10518.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of staff position regarding securities trading practices of registered investment companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 2, 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 FR 5894.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public statements by corporate representatives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13718</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 13, 1984</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 FR 2469.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of position of Commission's Division of Investment Management</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14492</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 30, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 19339.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure Obligations of Companies Affected by the Government's Defense Contract Procurement Inquiry and Related Issues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16509</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 1, 1988</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 FR 29228.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; certain investment company disclosure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16961</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 FR 22427.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Status under the Investment Company Act of 1940 of United States Branches or Agencies of Foreign Banks Issuing Securities;Interpretive Release</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17681</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 17, 1990</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55 FR 34551.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ownership reports and trading by officers, directors and principal security holders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 26, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 FR 19928.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media for delivery purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21399</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 6, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 53467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media for delivery purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21945</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 9, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 FR 24651.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Use of Internet Web Sites to Offer Securities, Solicit Securities Transactions or Advertise Investment Services Offshore</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23071</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 23, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 14813
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues and Consequences by Public Companies, Investment Advisers, Investment Companies, and Municipal Securities Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 41404.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretive Matters Concerning Independent Directors of Investment Companies.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24083</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 14, 1999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64 FR 59877.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 28, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 25857.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on Mini-Tender Offers and Limited Partnership Tender Offers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24564</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 24, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 46588.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exemption From Section 101(c)(1) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act for Registered Investment Companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 27, 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65 FR 47284.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Application of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act to Record Retention Requirements Pertaining to Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 14, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66 FR 33176.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Prohibited Conduct in Connection with IPO Allocations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26828</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">April 7, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 19672.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement Into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27178</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">December 5, 2005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 FR 73345
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance on the Use of Company Web Sites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28351</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">August 1, 2008</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73 FR 45874
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Definition of the Terms “Spouse” and “Marriage” Following the Supreme Court's Decision in <E T="03">United States</E> v.<E T="03"> Windsor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC-31684</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80 FR 37537
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding Revenue Recognition for Bill-and-Hold Arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC-32784</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Updates to Commission Guidance Regarding Accounting for Sales of Vaccines and Bioterror Countermeasures to the Federal Government for Placement into the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile or the Strategic National Stockpile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC-32785</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 18, 2017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82 FR 41151
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IC-33605</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 21, 2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 47426</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="274" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 274—FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 78c(b), 78<I>l,</I> 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78<I>o</I>(d), 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-26, 80a-29, and sec. 939A, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376, unless otherwise noted.











 






</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19003, Dec. 20, 1968, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 274.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms prescribed for use under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. Any person may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (See § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of SEC regional offices)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17757, Mar. 20, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 26820, June 22, 1982; 59 FR 5946, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32228, June 5, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Registration Statements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.5   Form N-5, for registration statement of small business investment company under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for the registration statement under both sections 6 and 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g) and section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8(b)), by a small business investment company which is licensed as such under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or which has received preliminary approval of the Small Business Administration and has been notified by that Administration that it may submit a license application. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.10" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.10   Form N-8A, for notification of registration.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used as the notification of registration filed with the Commission pursuant to section 8(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-8A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11A" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11A   Form N-1A, registration statement of open-end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-1A shall be used as the registration statement to be filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by open-end management investment companies other than separate accounts of insurance companies or companies which issue periodic payment plan certificates or which are sponsors or depositors of companies issuing such certificates. This form shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities of all open-end management investment companies other than registered separate accounts of insurance companies. This form is not applicable for small business investment companies which register pursuant to §§ 293.24 and 274.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 37940, Aug. 22, 1983, as amended at 59 FR 52701, Oct. 19, 1994]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-1A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11a-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11a-1   Form N-2, registration statement of closed end management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used as the registration statement to be filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by closed end management investment companies other than companies which issue periodic payment plan certificates or which are sponsors or depositors of companies issuing such certificates. This form also shall be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities of all closed end management investment companies. This form is not applicable for small business investment companies which register pursuant to §§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 39553, Sept. 5, 1978, as amended at 59 FR 52701, Oct. 19, 1994]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11b   Form N-3, registration statement of separate accounts organized as management investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-3 shall be used as the registration statement to be filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by separate accounts that offer variable annuity contracts to register as management investment companies. This form shall also be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities of such separate accounts (§ 239.17a of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 26161, June 25, 1985] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11c" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11c   Form N-4, registration statement of separate accounts organized as unit investment trusts.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-4 shall be used as the registration statement to be filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by separate accounts that offer variable annuity contracts to register as unit investment trusts. This form shall also be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities of such separate accounts (§ 239.17b of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 26161, June 25, 1985] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.11d" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.11d   Form N-6, registration statement of separate accounts organized as unit investment trusts that offer variable life insurance policies.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-6 shall be used as the registration statement to be filed pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 by separate accounts that offer variable life insurance policies to register as unit investment trusts. This form shall also be used for registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the securities of such separate accounts (§ 239.17c of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19870, Apr. 23, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.12" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.12   Form N-8B-2, registration statement of unit investment trusts that are currently issuing securities.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used as the registration statement to be filed, pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, by unit investment trusts other than separate accounts that are currently issuing securities, including unit investment trusts that are issuers of periodic payment plan certificates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19870, Apr. 23, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-8B-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.13" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.13   Form N-8B-3, registration statement of unincorporated management investment companies currently issuing periodic payment plan certificates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be used for registration statement to be filed, pursuant to section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, by unincorporated management investment companies currently issuing periodic payment plan certificates. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-8B-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.14" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.14   Form N-8B-4, registration statements of face-amount certificate companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used for registration statements of face-amount certificate companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-8B-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.15" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.15   Form N-6F, notice of intent to elect to be subject to sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by a company that would be excluded from the definition of an investment company by section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)], except that at the time of filing it proposes to make a public offering of its securities as a business development company, to notify the Securities and Exchange Commission that the company intends in good faith to file, within 90 days, a notification of election to become subject to the provisions of sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-54 through 64].
</P>
<FP>The text of the form is set forth in the appendix to this release. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</FP>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> A copy of Form N-6F accompanied this release as originally filed in the Office of the Federal Register.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 10520, Mar. 11, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-6F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.24" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.24   Form 24F-2, annual filing of securities sold pursuant to registration of certain investment company securities and registered non-variable annuities.</HEAD>
<P>Form 24F-2 shall be used as the annual report filed by face amount certificate companies, open-end management companies, unit investment trusts, and registered non-variable annuities pursuant to §§ 230.456, 230.457, or 270.24f-2 of this chapter for reporting securities sold during the fiscal year.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 60092, July 24, 2024]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 24F-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.51" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.51   Form N-18F-1, for notification of election pursuant to § 270.18f-1 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This form shall be filed with the Commission in triplicate as the notification of election pursuant to § 270.18f-1 of this chapter by a registered open-end investment company to commit itself to pay in cash all redemptions requested by a shareholder of record as provided in said section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 11920, June 23, 1971 as amended at 36 FR 20504, Oct. 23, 1971; 39 FR 36003, Oct. 7, 1974; 59 FR 52701, Oct. 19, 1994] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-18F-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.53" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.53   Form N-54A, notification of election to be subject to sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 filed pursuant to section 54(a) of the Act.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used pursuant to section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-53(a)] by a company of the type defined in sections 2(a)(48) (A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(48) (A) and (B) to notify the Securities and Exchange Commission of its election to be subject to the provisions of sections 55 through 65 of said Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-54 through 64].
</P>
<FP>The text of the form is set forth in the appendix to this release. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</FP>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> A copy of Form N-54A accompanied this release as originally filed in the Office of the Federal Register.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 10520, Mar. 11, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-54A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.54" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.1.36.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.54   Form N-54C, notification of withdrawal of election to be subject to sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 filed pursuant to section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used pursuant to section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-53(c)] by a business development company to file a notice of withdrawal of its election under section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-53(a)].
</P>
<FP>The text of the form is set forth in the appendix to this release. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</FP>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> A copy of Form N-54C accompanied this release as originally filed in the Office of the Federal Register.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 10520, Mar. 11, 1982] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-54C, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Forms for Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.101   Form N-CEN, annual report of registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered investment companies for annual reports to be filed pursuant to 17 CFR 270.30a-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 82023, Nov. 18, 2016]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-CEN, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 274.102-274.126" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 274.102-274.126   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.127d-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.127d-1   Form N-27D-1 accounting of segregated trust account.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be completed and filed with the Commission as a report required by § 270.27d-1 of this chapter by each depositor or principal underwriter, within 15 days after the close of each quarter during the first 2 years after the effective date of § 270.27d-1 of this chapter, and thereafter this form shall be filed annually on or before January 31 of the following calendar year. Each investment company for which a segregated trust account is established shall be listed on the cover page. Two copies of the form, plus an additional copy for each registered investment company covered, shall be filed and the filing shall be signed by an authorized representative of the depositor or underwriter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 24056, Dec. 18, 1971] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-27D-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.128" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.128   Form N-CSR, certified shareholder report.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered management investment companies to file reports pursuant to § 270.30b2-1(a) of this chapter not later than 10 days after the transmission to stockholders of any report that is required to be transmitted to stockholders under § 270.30e-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 5368, Feb. 3, 2003]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-CSR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.129" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.129   Form N-PX, annual report of proxy voting record.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered management investment companies, other than small business investment companies registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), for annual reports to be filed not later than August 31 of each year, containing the company's proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30, pursuant to section 30 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and § 270.30b1-4 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 6584, Feb. 7, 2003]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-PX, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.130" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.130   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.150" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.150   Form N-PORT, Monthly portfolio holdings report.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20240911" REFID="14">Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 73797, Sept. 11, 2024.</XREF>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this form shall be used by registered management investment companies or exchange-traded funds organized as unit investment trusts, or series thereof, to file reports pursuant to § 270.30b1-9 of this chapter not later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.
</P>
<P>(b) Form N-PORT shall not be filed by a registered open-end management investment company that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 of this chapter or a small business investment company registered on Form N-5 (§§ 239.24 and 274.5 of this chapter), or series thereof.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The text of Form N-PORT will not appear in the <I>Code of Federal Regulations.</I></P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 7988, Mar. 6, 2019]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-PORT, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.200" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.2.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.200   Form N-17D-1, report filed by small business investment company (SBIC) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and an affiliated bank, with respect to investments by the SBIC and the bank, submitted pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of § 270.17d-1 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 17d-2 (§ 270.17d-2 of this chapter) as the report required, under subparagraph (d)(3) of Rule 17d-1 (§ 270.17d-1(d)(3) of this chapter), to be filed, either jointly or separately, by a small business investment company (SBIC) licensed as such under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and by a bank which is an affiliated person of either the SBIC or of an affiliated person of the SBIC, with respect to investments in a small business concern by the SBIC and the bank. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-17D-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Forms for Other Statements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.201" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.201   Form N-MFP, portfolio holdings of money market funds.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered open-end management investment companies that are regulated as money market funds under § 270.2a-7 of this chapter to file reports pursuant to § 270.30b1-7 of this chapter no later than the fifth business day of each month.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 10118, Mar. 4, 2010]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-MFP, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.202" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.202   Form 3, initial statement of beneficial ownership of securities.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to § 270.30h-1 for initial statements of beneficial ownership of securities required to be filed pursuant to section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)). (Same as § 249.103 of this chapter.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 43537, June 28, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.203" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.203   Form 4, statement of changes in beneficial ownership of securities.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to § 270.30h-1 for statements of changes in beneficial ownership of securities required to be filed pursuant to section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-29(h)). (Same as § 249.104 of this chapter.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 43537, June 28, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.218" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.218   Form N-8F, application for deregistration of certain registered investment companies.</HEAD>
<P>This form must be used as the application for an order of the Commission in cases in which the applicant is a registered investment company that:
</P>
<P>(a) Has sold substantially all of its assets to another registered investment company or merged into or consolidated with another registered investment company;
</P>
<P>(b) Has distributed substantially all of its assets to its shareholders and has completed, or is in the process of, winding up its affairs;
</P>
<P>(c) Qualifies for an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under section 3(c)(1) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)) or section 3(c)(7) (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)) of the Act; or 
</P>
<P>(d) Has become a business development company.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 19471, Apr. 21, 1999]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-8F, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.219" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.219   Form N-17f-1, cover page for each certificate of accounting of securities and similar investments of a management investment company in the custody of a member of a national securities exchange, filed pursuant to rule 17f-1.</HEAD>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 32049, Aug. 4, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-17f-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.220" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.220   Form N-17f-2, cover page for each certificate of accounting of securities and similar investments in the custody of a registered management investment company, filed pursuant to rule 17f-2.</HEAD>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 32049, Aug. 4, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-17f-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.221" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.221   Form N-23c-3, Notification of repurchase offer.</HEAD>
<P>Form N-23c-3 shall be filed with copies of notifications of repurchase offers submitted to the Commission as required under rule 23c-3 (§ 270.23c-3 of this chapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19345, Apr. 14, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-23c-3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.222" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.222   Form N-CR, Current report of money market fund material events.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered investment companies that are regulated as money market funds under § 270.2a-7 of this chapter to file current reports pursuant to § 270.30b1-8 of this chapter within the time periods specified in the form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 47973, Aug. 14, 2014]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-CR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.223" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.3.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.223   Form N-RN, Current report, open- and closed-end investment company reporting.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by registered open-end management investment companies, or series thereof, and closed-end management investment companies, to file reports pursuant to § 270.18f-4(c)(7) and § 270.30b1-10 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 83296, Dec. 21, 2020]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-RN, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Forms for Exemptions</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 6(c), (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)), 6(e), (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(e)), 38(a), 15 U.S.C. 80a-37(a) of the Act. 


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 274.301" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.4.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.301   Notification of claim of exemption pursuant to Rule 6e-2 or Rule 6e-3(T) under the Investment Company Act.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed with the Commission as required by § 270.6e-2 or § 270.6e-3(T) of this chapter by each insurance company with respect to each separate account for which exemption is claimed pursuant to § 270.6e-2 or § 270.6e-3(T).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 47228, Dec. 3, 1984]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form N-6EI-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Forms for Electronic Filing</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 40485, Oct. 4, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 274.401" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.5.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.401   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.402" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.5.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.402   Form ID, uniform application for access codes to file on EDGAR.</HEAD>
<P>Form ID must be filed by electronic filers, or by their account administrators, to request EDGAR access and to authorize account administrators to manage the electronic filer's EDGAR account.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 106223, Dec. 27, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.403" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.5.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.403   Form SE, form for submission of paper format exhibits by electronic filers.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be used by an electronic filer for the submission of any paper format document relating to an otherwise electronic filing, as provided in rule 311 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.311 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14861, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form SE, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 274.404" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.22.5.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 274.404   Form TH—Notification of reliance on temporary hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Form TH shall be filed by any electronic filer who submits to the Commission, pursuant to a temporary hardship exemption, a document in paper format that otherwise would be required to be submitted electronically, as prescribed by rule 201(a) of Regulation S-T (§ 232.201(a) of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 14861, Mar. 18, 1993]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form TH, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="275" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 275—RULES AND REGULATIONS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(11)(G), 80b-2(a)(11)(H), 80b-2(a)(17), 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-4a, 80b-6(4), 80b-6a, 80b-11, 1681w(a)(1), 6801-6809, and 6825, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE><P>Section 275.203A-1 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80b-3a.
</P><P>Section 275.203A-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80b-3a.
</P><P>Section 275.203A-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80b-3a.
</P><P>Section 275.204-1 is also issued under sec. 407 and 408, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 275.204-2 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80b-6.
</P><P>Section 275.205-3 is also issued under 15 U.S.C. 80b-5(e).
</P><P>Section 275.204-4 is also issued under sec. 407 and 408, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</P><P>Section 275.204-5 is also issued under sec. 913, Public Law 111-203, sec. 124 Stat. 1827-28 (2010).


</P></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-2   General procedures for serving non-residents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General procedures for serving process, pleadings, or other papers on non-resident investment advisers, general partners and managing agents.</I> Under Forms ADV and ADV-NR [17 CFR 279.1 and 279.4], a person may serve process, pleadings, or other papers on a non-resident investment adviser, or on a non-resident general partner or non-resident managing agent of an investment adviser by serving any or all of its appointed agents: 
</P>
<P>(1) A person may serve a non-resident investment adviser, non-resident general partner, or non-resident managing agent by furnishing the Commission with one copy of the process, pleadings, or papers, for each named party, and one additional copy for the Commission's records. 
</P>
<P>(2) If process, pleadings, or other papers are served on the Commission as described in this section, the Secretary of the Commission (Secretary) will promptly forward a copy to each named party by registered or certified mail at that party's last address filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the Secretary certifies that the Commission was served with process, pleadings, or other papers pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section and forwarded these documents to a named party pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, this certification constitutes evidence of service upon that party. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Managing agent</I> means any person, including a trustee, who directs or manages, or who participates in directing or managing, the affairs of any unincorporated organization or association other than a partnership. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-resident</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) An individual who resides in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A corporation that is incorporated in or that has its principal office and place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A partnership or other unincorporated organization or association that has its principal office and place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Principal office and place of business</I> has the same meaning as in § 275.203A-3(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57448, Sept. 22, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-3   References to rules and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The term <I>rules and regulations</I> refers to all rules and regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to the Act, including the forms for registration and reports and the accompanying instructions thereto. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[30 FR 4129, Mar. 30, 1965] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-4   General requirements of papers and applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filings.</I> (1) All papers required to be filed with the Commission shall, unless otherwise provided by the rules and regulations, be delivered through the mails or otherwise to the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC 20549. Except as otherwise provided by the rules and regulations, such papers shall be deemed to have been filed with the Commission on the date when they are actually received by it. 
</P>
<P>(2) All filings required to be made electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (“IARD”) shall, unless otherwise provided by the rules and regulations in this part, be deemed to have been filed with the Commission upon acceptance by the IARD. Filings required to be made through the IARD on a day that the IARD is closed shall be considered timely filed with the Commission if filed with the IARD no later than the following business day. 
</P>
<P>(3) Filings required to be made through the IARD during the period in December of each year that the IARD is not available for submission of filings shall be considered timely filed with the Commission if filed with the IARD no later than the following January 7. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>Each year the IARD shuts down to filers for several days during the end of December to process renewals of state notice filings and registrations. During this period, advisers are not able to submit filings through the IARD. Check the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov/iard</I> for the dates of the annual IARD shutdown.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Formal specifications respecting applications.</I> Every application for an order under any provision of the Act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed, and every amendment to such application, shall be filed electronically pursuant to 17 CFR part 232 (Regulation S-T). Any filings made in paper, including filings made pursuant to a hardship exemption under Regulation S-T, shall be filed in quintuplicate. One copy shall be signed by the applicant, but the other four copies may have facsimile or typed signatures. Such applications shall be on paper no larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> x 11 inches in size. To the extent that the reduction of larger documents would render them illegible, those documents may be filed on paper larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> x 11 inches in size. The left margin should be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and, if the application is bound, it should be bound on the left side. All typewritten or printed matter (including deficits in financial statements) should be set forth in black so as to permit photocopying.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorization respecting applications.</I> (1) Every application for an order under any provision of the Act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed and which is executed by a corporation, partnership, or other company and filed with the Commission, shall contain a concise statement of the applicable provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or similar documents, relating to the right of the person signing and filing such application to take such action on behalf of the applicant, and a statement that all such requirements have been complied with and that the person signing and filing the same is fully authorized to do so. If such authorization is dependent on resolutions of stockholders, directors, or other bodies, such resolutions shall be attached as an exhibit to, or the pertinent provisions thereof shall be quoted in, the application. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an amendment to any such application shall be filed, such amendment shall contain a similar statement or, in lieu thereof, shall state that the authorization described in the original application is applicable to the individual who signs such amendment and that such authorization still remains in effect. 
</P>
<P>(3) When any such application or amendment is signed by an agent or attorney, the power of attorney evidencing his authority to sign shall contain similar statements and shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Verification of applications and statements of fact.</I> Every application for an order under any provision of the Act, for which a form with instructions is not specifically prescribed, and every amendment to such application, and every statement of fact formally filed in support of, or in opposition to, any application or declaration shall be verified by the person executing the same. An instrument executed on behalf of a corporation shall be verified in substantially the following form, but suitable changes may be made in such form for other kinds of companies and for individuals:
</P>
<P>The undersigned states that he or she has duly executed the attached dated , 20__, for and on behalf of (Name of company); that he or she is the (Title of officer) of such company; and that all action by stockholders, directors, and other bodies necessary to authorize the undersigned to execute and file such instrument has been taken. The undersigned further states that he or she is familiar with such instrument, and the contents thereof, and that the facts therein set forth are true to the best of his or her knowledge, information and belief.
</P>
<P>(Signature)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Statement of grounds for application.</I> Each application should contain a brief statement of the reasons why the applicant is deemed to be entitled to the action requested with a reference to the provisions of the Act and of the rules and regulations under which application is made. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Name and address.</I> Every application shall contain the name and address of each applicant and the name and address of any person to whom any applicant wishes any question regarding the application to be directed. 
</P>
<P>(g) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(h) <I>Definition of application.</I> For purposes of this rule, an “application” means any application for an order of the Commission under the Act other than an application for registration as an investment adviser. 
</P>
<P>(i) The manually signed original (or in the case of duplicate originals, one duplicate original) of all registrations, applications, statements, reports, or other documents filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, shall be numbered sequentially (in addition to any internal numbering which otherwise may be present) by handwritten, typed, printed, or other legible form of notation from the facing page of the document through the last page of that document and any exhibits or attachments thereto. Further, the total number of pages contained in a numbered original shall be set forth on the first page of the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 39019, Sept. 14, 1976, as amended at 44 FR 4666, Jan. 23, 1979; 47 FR 58239, Dec. 30, 1982; 68 FR 42248, July 17, 2003; 76 FR 71877, Nov. 21, 2011; 87 FR 38976, June 30, 2022] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-5   Procedure with respect to applications and other matters.</HEAD>
<P>The procedure hereinbelow set forth will be followed with respect to any proceeding initiated by the filing of an application, or upon the Commission's own motion, pursuant to any section of the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder, unless in the particular case a different procedure is provided: 
</P>
<P>(a) Notice of the initiation of the proceeding will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and will indicate the earliest date upon which an order disposing of the matter may be entered. The notice will also provide that any interested person may, within the period of time specified therein, submit to the Commission in writing any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter and may request that a hearing be held, stating his reasons therefor and the nature of his interest in the matter. 
</P>
<P>(b) An order disposing of the matter will be issued as of course following the expiration of the period of time referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, unless the Commission thereafter orders a hearing on the matter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Commission will order a hearing on the matter, if it appears that a hearing is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, (1) upon the request of any interested person or (2) upon its own motion. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition of application.</I> For purposes of this rule, an “application” means any application for an order of the Commission under the Act other than an application for registration as an investment adviser. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 39020, Sept. 14, 1976, as amended at 61 FR 49962, Sept. 24, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-6   Incorporation by reference in applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exhibits.</I> Any document or part thereof, including any financial statement or part thereof, filed with the Commission pursuant to any Act administered by the Commission may be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to any application filed with the Commission by the same or any other person. If any modification has occurred in the text of any document incorporated by reference since the filing thereof, the registrant must file with the reference a statement containing the text of any such modification and the date thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> Include an express statement clearly describing the specific location of the information you are incorporating by reference. The statement must identify the document where the information was originally filed or submitted and the location of the information within that document. The statement must be made at the particular place where the information is required, if applicable. Information must not be incorporated by reference in any case where such incorporation would render the disclosure incomplete, unclear, or confusing. For example, unless expressly permitted or required, disclosure must not be incorporated by reference from a second document if that second document incorporates information pertinent to such disclosure by reference to a third document.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition of Application.</I> For purposes of this rule, an “application” means any application for an order of the Commission under the Act other than an application for registration as an investment adviser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12738, Apr. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.0-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.0-7   Small entities under the Investment Advisers Act for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of Commission rulemaking in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Six of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 601 <I>et seq.</I>) and unless otherwise defined for purposes of a particular rulemaking proceeding, the term <I>small business</I> or <I>small organization</I> for purposes of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 shall mean an investment adviser that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has assets under management, as defined under Section 203A(a)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)(2)) and reported on its annual updating amendment to Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1), of less than $25 million, or such higher amount as the Commission may by rule deem appropriate under Section 203A(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)(1)(A)); 
</P>
<P>(2) Did not have total assets of $5 million or more on the last day of the most recent fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(3) Does not control, is not controlled by, and is not under common control with another investment adviser that has assets under management of $25 million or more (or such higher amount as the Commission may deem appropriate), or any person (other than a natural person) that had total assets of $5 million or more on the last day of the most recent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Control</I> means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a person, whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(i) A person is presumed to control a corporation if the person: 
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of the corporation's voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of the corporation's voting securities. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A person is presumed to control a partnership if the person has the right to receive upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital of the partnership. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A person is presumed to control a limited liability company (LLC) if the person: 
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of the interests of the LLC; 
</P>
<P>(B) Has the right to receive upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital of the LLC; or
</P>
<P>(C) Is an elected manager of the LLC. 
</P>
<P>(iv) A person is presumed to control a trust if the person is a trustee or managing agent of the trust. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Total assets</I> means the total assets as shown on the balance sheet of the investment adviser or other person described above under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, or the balance sheet of the investment adviser or such other person with its subsidiaries consolidated, whichever is larger.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 35515, June 30, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 57448, Sept. 22, 2000; 76 FR 43011, July 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.202(a)(1)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.202(a)(1)-1   Certain transactions not deemed assignments.</HEAD>
<P>A transaction which does not result in a change of actual control or management of an investment adviser is not an assignment for purposes of section 205(a)(2) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 32907, Sept. 17, 1986; 64 FR 2567, Jan. 15, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1   Family offices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exclusion.</I> A family office, as defined in this section, shall not be considered to be an investment adviser for purpose of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Family office.</I> A family office is a company (including its directors, partners, members, managers, trustees, and employees acting within the scope of their position or employment) that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has no clients other than family clients; provided that if a person that is not a family client becomes a client of the family office as a result of the death of a family member or key employee or other involuntary transfer from a family member or key employee, that person shall be deemed to be a family client for purposes of this section for one year following the completion of the transfer of legal title to the assets resulting from the involuntary event;
</P>
<P>(2) Is wholly owned by family clients and is exclusively controlled (directly or indirectly) by one or more family members and/or family entities; and
</P>
<P>(3) Does not hold itself out to the public as an investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grandfathering.</I> A family office as defined in paragraph (a) of this section shall not exclude any person, who was not registered or required to be registered under the Act on January 1, 2010, solely because such person provides investment advice to, and was engaged before January 1, 2010 in providing investment advice to:
</P>
<P>(1) Natural persons who, at the time of their applicable investment, are officers, directors, or employees of the family office who have invested with the family office before January 1, 2010 and are accredited investors, as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933;
</P>
<P>(2) Any company owned exclusively and controlled by one or more family members; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any investment adviser registered under the Act that provides investment advice to the family office and who identifies investment opportunities to the family office, and invests in such transactions on substantially the same terms as the family office invests, but does not invest in other funds advised by the family office, and whose assets as to which the family office directly or indirectly provides investment advice represents, in the aggregate, not more than 5 percent of the value of the total assets as to which the family office provides investment advice; provided that a family office that would not be a family office but for this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to be an investment adviser for purposes of paragraphs (1), (2) and (4) of section 206 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Affiliated family office</I> means a family office wholly owned by family clients of another family office and that is controlled (directly or indirectly) by one or more family members of such other family office and/or family entities affiliated with such other family office and has no clients other than family clients of such other family office.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Control</I> means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of being an officer of such company.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Executive officer</I> means the president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions, for the family office.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Family client</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any family member;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any former family member;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any key employee;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any former key employee, provided that upon the end of such individual's employment by the family office, the former key employee shall not receive investment advice from the family office (or invest additional assets with a family office-advised trust, foundation or entity) other than with respect to assets advised (directly or indirectly) by the family office immediately prior to the end of such individual's employment, except that a former key employee shall be permitted to receive investment advice from the family office with respect to additional investments that the former key employee was contractually obligated to make, and that relate to a family-office advised investment existing, in each case prior to the time the person became a former key employee.
</P>
<P>(v) Any non-profit organization, charitable foundation, charitable trust (including charitable lead trusts and charitable remainder trusts whose only current beneficiaries are other family clients and charitable or non-profit organizations), or other charitable organization, in each case for which all the funding such foundation, trust or organization holds came exclusively from one or more other family clients;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any estate of a family member, former family member, key employee, or, subject to the condition contained in paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section, former key employee;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any irrevocable trust in which one or more other family clients are the only current beneficiaries;
</P>
<P>(viii) Any irrevocable trust funded exclusively by one or more other family clients in which other family clients and non-profit organizations, charitable foundations, charitable trusts, or other charitable organizations are the only current beneficiaries;
</P>
<P>(ix) Any revocable trust of which one or more other family clients are the sole grantor;
</P>
<P>(x) Any trust of which: Each trustee or other person authorized to make decisions with respect to the trust is a key employee; and each settlor or other person who has contributed assets to the trust is a key employee or the key employee's current and/or former spouse or spousal equivalent who, at the time of contribution, holds a joint, community property, or other similar shared ownership interest with the key employee; or
</P>
<P>(xi) Any company wholly owned (directly or indirectly) exclusively by, and operated for the sole benefit of, one or more other family clients; provided that if any such entity is a pooled investment vehicle, it is excepted from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Family entity</I> means any of the trusts, estates, companies or other entities set forth in paragraphs (d)(4)(v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), or (xi) of this section, but excluding key employees and their trusts from the definition of family client solely for purposes of this definition.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Family member</I> means all lineal descendants (including by adoption, stepchildren, foster children, and individuals that were a minor when another family member became a legal guardian of that individual) of a common ancestor (who may be living or deceased), and such lineal descendants' spouses or spousal equivalents; provided that the common ancestor is no more than 10 generations removed from the youngest generation of family members.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Former family member</I> means a spouse, spousal equivalent, or stepchild that was a family member but is no longer a family member due to a divorce or other similar event.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Key employee</I> means any natural person (including any key employee's spouse or spouse equivalent who holds a joint, community property, or other similar shared ownership interest with that key employee) who is an executive officer, director, trustee, general partner, or person serving in a similar capacity of the family office or its affiliated family office or any employee of the family office or its affiliated family office (other than an employee performing solely clerical, secretarial, or administrative functions with regard to the family office) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, participates in the investment activities of the family office or affiliated family office, provided that such employee has been performing such functions and duties for or on behalf of the family office or affiliated family office, or substantially similar functions or duties for or on behalf of another company, for at least 12 months.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Spousal equivalent</I> means a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 37994, June 29, 2011, as amended at 81 FR 60457, Sept. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.202(a)(30)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.202(a)(30)-1   Foreign private advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Client.</I> You may deem the following to be a single client for purposes of section 202(a)(30) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(30)):
</P>
<P>(1) A natural person, and:
</P>
<P>(i) Any minor child of the natural person;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any relative, spouse, spousal equivalent, or relative of the spouse or of the spousal equivalent of the natural person who has the same principal residence;
</P>
<P>(iii) All accounts of which the natural person and/or the persons referred to in this paragraph (a)(1) are the only primary beneficiaries; and
</P>
<P>(iv) All trusts of which the natural person and/or the persons referred to in this paragraph (a)(1) are the only primary beneficiaries;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust (other than a trust referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section), or other legal organization (any of which are referred to hereinafter as a “legal organization”) to which you provide investment advice based on its investment objectives rather than the individual investment objectives of its shareholders, partners, limited partners, members, or beneficiaries (any of which are referred to hereinafter as an “owner”); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Two or more legal organizations referred to in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section that have identical owners.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special rules regarding clients.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) You must count an owner as a client if you provide investment advisory services to the owner separate and apart from the investment advisory services you provide to the legal organization, provided, however, that the determination that an owner is a client will not affect the applicability of this section with regard to any other owner;
</P>
<P>(2) You are not required to count an owner as a client solely because you, on behalf of the legal organization, offer, promote, or sell interests in the legal organization to the owner, or report periodically to the owners as a group solely with respect to the performance of or plans for the legal organization's assets or similar matters;
</P>
<P>(3) A limited partnership or limited liability company is a client of any general partner, managing member or other person acting as investment adviser to the partnership or limited liability company;
</P>
<P>(4) You are not required to count a private fund as a client if you count any investor, as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, in that private fund as an investor in the United States in that private fund; and
</P>
<P>(5) You are not required to count a person as an investor, as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, in a private fund you advise if you count such person as a client in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraphs (<E T="01">a</E>) and (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>These paragraphs are a safe harbor and are not intended to specify the exclusive method for determining who may be deemed a single client for purposes of section 202(a)(30) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(30)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of section 202(a)(30) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(30)):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assets under management</I> means the regulatory assets under management as determined under Item 5.F of Form ADV (§ 279.1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Investor</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who would be included in determining the number of beneficial owners of the outstanding securities of a private fund under section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)), or whether the outstanding securities of a private fund are owned exclusively by qualified purchasers under section 3(c)(7) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any beneficial owner of any outstanding short-term paper, as defined in section 2(a)(38) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(38)), issued by the private fund.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>You may treat as a single investor any person who is an investor in two or more private funds you advise.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) <I>In the United States</I> means with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any client or investor, any person who is a U.S. person as defined in § 230.902(k) of this chapter, except that any discretionary account or similar account that is held for the benefit of a person in the United States by a dealer or other professional fiduciary is in the United States if the dealer or professional fiduciary is a related person, as defined in § 275.206(4)-2(d)(7), of the investment adviser relying on this section and is not organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(3)(<E T="01">i</E>):</HED>
<P>A person who is in the United States may be treated as not being in the United States if such person was not in the United States at the time of becoming a client or, in the case of an investor in a private fund, each time the investor acquires securities issued by the fund.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) Any place of business, <I>in the United States,</I> as that term is defined in § 230.902(l) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The public, <I>in the United States,</I> as that term is defined in § 230.902(l) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Place of business</I> has the same meaning as in § 275.222-1(a).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Spousal equivalent</I> has the same meaning as in § 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1(d)(9).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Holding out.</I> If you are relying on this section, you shall not be deemed to be holding yourself out generally to the public in the United States as an investment adviser, within the meaning of section 202(a)(30) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(30)), solely because you participate in a non-public offering in the United States of securities issued by a private fund under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 39701, July 6, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203-1   Application for investment adviser registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form ADV.</I> (1) To apply for registration with the Commission as an investment adviser, you must complete Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) by following the instructions in the form and you must file Part 1A of Form ADV, the firm brochure(s) required by Part 2A of Form ADV and Form CRS required by Part 3 of Form ADV electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD) unless you have received a hardship exemption under § 275.203-3. You are not required to file with the Commission the brochure supplements required by Part 2B of Form ADV.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>Information on how to file with the IARD is available on the Commission's website at <I>http://www.sec.gov/iard.</I> If you are not required to deliver a brochure or Form CRS to any clients, you are not required to prepare or file a brochure or Form CRS, as applicable, with the Commission. If you are not required to deliver a brochure supplement to any clients for any particular supervised person, you are not required to prepare a brochure supplement for that supervised person.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2)(i) On or after June 30, 2020, the Commission will not accept any initial application for registration as an investment adviser that does not include a Form CRS that satisfies the requirements of Part 3 of Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning on May 1, 2020, any initial application for registration as an investment adviser filed prior to June 30, 2020, must include a Form CRS that satisfies the requirements of Part 3 of Form ADV by no later than June 30, 2020.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When filed.</I> Each Form ADV is considered filed with the Commission upon acceptance by the IARD. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing fees.</I> You must pay FINRA (the operator of the IARD) a filing fee. The Commission has approved the amount of the filing fee. No portion of the filing fee is refundable. Your completed application for registration will not be accepted by FINRA, and thus will not be considered filed with the Commission, until you have paid the filing fee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form ADV-NR</I>—(1) <I>General Requirements.</I> Each non-resident, as defined in 17 CFR 275.0-2(b)(2) (Rule 0-2(b)(2)), general partner or a non-resident managing agent, as defined in 17 CFR 275.0-2(b)(2) (Rule 0-2(b)(1)), of any investment adviser registered, or applying for registration with, the Commission must submit Form ADV-NR (17 CFR 279.4). Form ADV-NR must be completed in connection with the adviser's initial registration with the Commission. If a person becomes a non-resident general partner or a non-resident managing agent after the date the adviser files its initial registration with the Commission, the person must file Form ADV-NR with the Commission within 30 days of becoming a non-resident general partner or a non-resident managing agent. If a person serves as a general partner or managing agent for multiple advisers, they must submit a separate Form ADV-NR for each adviser.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>When an amendment is required.</I> Each non-resident general partner or a non-resident managing agent of any investment adviser must amend its Form ADV-NR within 30 days whenever any information contained in the form becomes inaccurate by filing with the Commission a new Form ADV-NR.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Form ADV-NR (and any amendments to Form ADV-NR) must be filed electronically through the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD), unless a hardship exemption under 17 CFR 275.203-3 (Rule 203-3) has been granted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>When filed.</I> Each Form ADV-NR is considered filed with the Commission upon acceptance by the IARD.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Filing fees.</I> No fee shall be assessed for filing Form ADV-NR through IARD.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Form ADV-NR is a report.</I> Each Form ADV-NR (and any amendment to Form ADV-NR) required to be filed under this rule is a “report” within the meaning of sections 204 and 207 of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57448, Sept. 22, 2000; 65 FR 81737, Dec. 27, 2000 as amended at 84 FR 33630, July 12, 2019; 87 FR 38977, June 30, 2022] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203-2   Withdrawal from investment adviser registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form ADV-W.</I> You must file Form ADV-W (17 CFR 279.2) to withdraw from investment adviser registration with the Commission (or to withdraw a pending registration application). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing.</I> Once you have filed your Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) (or any amendments to Form ADV) electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD), any Form ADV-W you file must be filed with the IARD, unless you have received a hardship exemption under § 275.203-3. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date—upon filing.</I> Each Form ADV-W filed under this section is effective upon acceptance by the IARD, provided however that your investment adviser registration will continue for a period of sixty days after acceptance solely for the purpose of commencing a proceeding under section 203(e) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e)). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing fees.</I> You do not have to pay a fee to file Form ADV-W through the IARD. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form ADV-W is a report.</I> Each Form ADV-W required to be filed under this section is a “report” within the meaning of sections 204 and 207 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-4 and 80b-7).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57449, Sept. 22, 2000] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203-3   Hardship exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>This section provides two “hardship exemptions” from the requirement to make Advisers Act filings electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD). 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Temporary hardship exemption</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility for exemption.</I> If you are registered or are registering with the Commission as an investment adviser and submit electronic filings on the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD) system, but have unanticipated technical difficulties that prevent you from submitting a filing to the IARD system, you may request a temporary hardship exemption from the requirements of this chapter to file electronically. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application procedures.</I> To request a temporary hardship exemption, you must: 
</P>
<P>(i) File Form ADV-H (17 CFR 279.3) in paper format with no later than one business day after the filing that is the subject of the ADV-H was due; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submit the filing that is the subject of the Form ADV-H in electronic format with the IARD no later than seven business days after the filing was due. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective date—upon filing.</I> The temporary hardship exemption will be granted when you file a completed Form ADV-H. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuing hardship exemption</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility for exemption.</I> If you are a “small business” (as described in paragraph (b)(5) of this section), you may apply for a continuing hardship exemption. 
</P>
<P>The period of the exemption may be no longer than one year after the date on which you apply for the exemption. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application procedures.</I> To apply for a continuing hardship exemption, you must file Form ADV-H at least ten business days before a filing is due. The Commission will grant or deny your application within ten business days after you file Form ADV-H. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective date—upon approval.</I> You are not exempt from the electronic filing requirements until and unless the Commission approves your application. If the Commission approves your application, you may submit your filings to FINRA in paper format for the period of time for which the exemption is granted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Criteria for exemption.</I> Your application will be granted only if you are able to demonstrate that the electronic filing requirements of this chapter are prohibitively burdensome or expensive. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Small business.</I> You are a “small business” for purposes of this section if you are required to answer Item 12 of Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) and checked “no” to each question in Item 12 that you were required to answer. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>FINRA will charge you an additional fee covering its cost to convert to electronic format a filing made in reliance on a continuing hardship exemption.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57449, Sept. 22, 2000; 65 FR 81738, Dec. 27, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 42248, July 17, 2003; 73 FR 4694, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203(l)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203(l)-1   Venture capital fund defined.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Venture capital fund defined.</I> For purposes of section 203(<I>l</I>) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(<I>l</I>)), a venture capital fund is any entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 203(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(7)) (other than an entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53)) or any entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 203(b)(8) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(8)) (other than an entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53)) or any private fund that:
</P>
<P>(1) Represents to investors and potential investors that it pursues a venture capital strategy;
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately after the acquisition of any asset, other than qualifying investments or short-term holdings, holds no more than 20 percent of the amount of the fund's aggregate capital contributions and uncalled committed capital in assets (other than short-term holdings) that are not qualifying investments, valued at cost or fair value, consistently applied by the fund;
</P>
<P>(3) Does not borrow, issue debt obligations, provide guarantees or otherwise incur leverage, in excess of 15 percent of the private fund's aggregate capital contributions and uncalled committed capital, and any such borrowing, indebtedness, guarantee or leverage is for a non-renewable term of no longer than 120 calendar days, except that any guarantee by the private fund of a qualifying portfolio company's obligations up to the amount of the value of the private fund's investment in the qualifying portfolio company is not subject to the 120 calendar day limit;
</P>
<P>(4) Only issues securities the terms of which do not provide a holder with any right, except in extraordinary circumstances, to withdraw, redeem or require the repurchase of such securities but may entitle holders to receive distributions made to all holders pro rata; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8), and has not elected to be treated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-53).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certain pre-existing venture capital funds.</I> For purposes of section 203(l) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(l)) and in addition to any venture capital fund as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, a venture capital fund also includes any private fund that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has represented to investors and potential investors at the time of the offering of the private fund's securities that it pursues a venture capital strategy;
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to December 31, 2010, has sold securities to one or more investors that are not related persons, as defined in § 275.206(4)-2(d)(7), of any investment adviser of the private fund; and
</P>
<P>(3) Does not sell any securities to (including accepting any committed capital from) any person after July 21, 2011.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Committed capital</I> means any commitment pursuant to which a person is obligated to:
</P>
<P>(i) Acquire an interest in the private fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Make capital contributions to the private fund.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Equity security</I> has the same meaning as in section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(11)) and § 240.3a11-1 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Qualifying investment</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An equity security issued by a qualifying portfolio company that has been acquired directly by the private fund from the qualifying portfolio company;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any equity security issued by a qualifying portfolio company in exchange for an equity security issued by the qualifying portfolio company described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any equity security issued by a company of which a qualifying portfolio company is a majority-owned subsidiary, as defined in section 2(a)(24) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(24)), or a predecessor, and is acquired by the private fund in exchange for an <I>equity security</I> described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualifying portfolio company</I> means any company that:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time of any investment by the private fund, is not reporting or foreign traded and does not control, is not controlled by or under common control with another company, directly or indirectly, that is reporting or foreign traded;
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not borrow or issue debt obligations in connection with the private fund's investment in such company and distribute to the private fund the proceeds of such borrowing or issuance in exchange for the private fund's investment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not an investment company, a private fund, an issuer that would be an investment company but for the exemption provided by § 270.3a-7 of this chapter, or a commodity pool.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reporting or foreign traded</I> means, with respect to a company, being subject to the reporting requirements under section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)), or having a security listed or traded on any exchange or organized market operating in a foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Short-term holdings</I> means cash and cash equivalents, as defined in § 270.2a51-1(b)(7)(i) of this chapter, U.S. Treasuries with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less, and shares of an open-end management investment company registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8) that is regulated as a money market fund under § 270.2a-7 of this chapter.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For purposes of this section, an investment adviser may treat as a private fund any issuer formed under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States that has not offered or sold its securities in the United States or to U.S. persons in a manner inconsistent with being a private fund, provided that the adviser treats the issuer as a private fund under the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b) and the rules thereunder for all purposes.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 39702, July 6, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 1302, Jan. 11, 2018; 85 FR 13741, Mar. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203(m)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203(m)-1   Private fund adviser exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>United States investment advisers.</I> For purposes of section 203(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(m)), an investment adviser with its principal office and place of business in the United States is exempt from the requirement to register under section 203 of the Act if the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(1) Acts solely as an investment adviser to one or more qualifying private funds; and
</P>
<P>(2) Manages private fund assets of less than $150 million.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-United States investment advisers.</I> For purposes of section 203(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(m)), an investment adviser with its principal office and place of business outside of the United States is exempt from the requirement to register under section 203 of the Act if:
</P>
<P>(1) The investment adviser has no client that is a United States person except for one or more qualifying private funds; and
</P>
<P>(2) All assets managed by the investment adviser at a place of business in the United States are solely attributable to private fund assets, the total value of which is less than $150 million.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Frequency of Calculations.</I> For purposes of this section, calculate private fund assets annually, in accordance with General Instruction 15 to Form ADV (§ 279.1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assets under management</I> means the regulatory assets under management as determined under Item 5.F of Form ADV (§ 279.1 of this chapter), except the following shall be excluded from the definition of assets under management for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The regulatory assets under management attributable to a private fund that is an entity described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 203(b)(7) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b- 3(b)(7)) (other than an entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The regulatory assets under management attributable to a private fund that is an entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 203(b)(8) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(8)) (other than an entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-53).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Place of business</I> has the same meaning as in § 275.222-1(a).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Principal office and place of business</I> of an investment adviser means the executive office of the investment adviser from which the officers, partners, or managers of the investment adviser direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Private fund assets</I> means the investment adviser's assets under management attributable to a qualifying private fund.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Qualifying private fund</I> means any private fund that is not registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8) and has not elected to be treated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-53). For purposes of this section, an investment adviser may treat as a private fund an issuer that qualifies for an exclusion from the definition of an “investment company,” as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3), in addition to those provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or 15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(7)), provided that the investment adviser treats the issuer as a private fund under the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b) and the rules thereunder for all purposes.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Related person</I> has the same meaning as in § 275.206(4)-2(d)(7).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>United States</I> has the same meaning as in § 230.902(l) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>United States person</I> means any person that is a U.S. person as defined in § 230.902(k) of this chapter, except that any discretionary account or similar account that is held for the benefit of a United States person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary is a United States person if the dealer or professional fiduciary is a related person of the investment adviser relying on this section and is not organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(8):</HED>
<P>A client will not be considered a United States person if the client was not a United States person at the time of becoming a client.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 39703, July 6, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 1302, Jan. 11, 2018; 85 FR 13741, Mar. 10, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203A-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203A-1   Eligibility for SEC registration; Switching to or from SEC registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility for SEC registration of mid-sized investment advisers.</I> If you are an investment adviser described in section 203A(a)(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)(2)(B)):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Threshold for SEC registration and registration buffer.</I> You may, but are not required to register with the Commission if you have assets under management of at least $100,000,000 but less than $110,000,000, and you need not withdraw your registration unless you have less than $90,000,000 of assets under management.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions.</I> This paragraph (a) does not apply if:
</P>
<P>(i) You are an investment adviser to an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) or to a company which has elected to be a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-54), and has not withdrawn the election; or
</P>
<P>(ii) You are eligible for an exemption described in § 275.203A-2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Switching to or from SEC registration</I>—(1) <I>State-registered advisers—switching to SEC registration.</I> If you are registered with a state securities authority, you must apply for registration with the Commission within 90 days of filing an annual updating amendment to your Form ADV reporting that you are eligible for SEC registration and are not relying on an exemption from registration under sections 203(l) or 203(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(l), (m)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>SEC-registered advisers—switching to State registration.</I> If you are registered with the Commission and file an annual updating amendment to your Form ADV reporting that you are not eligible for SEC registration and are not relying on an exemption from registration under sections 203(l) or 203(m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(l), (m)), you must file Form ADV-W (17 CFR 279.2) to withdraw your SEC registration within 180 days of your fiscal year end (unless you then are eligible for SEC registration). During this period while you are registered with both the Commission and one or more state securities authorities, the Act and applicable State law will apply to your advisory activities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43011, July 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203A-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203A-2   Exemptions from prohibition on Commission registration.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibition of section 203A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)) does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pension consultants.</I> (1) An investment adviser that is a “pension consultant,” as defined in this section, with respect to assets of plans having an aggregate value of at least $200,000,000. 
</P>
<P>(2) An investment adviser is a pension consultant, for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, if the investment adviser provides investment advice to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any employee benefit plan described in section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) [29 U.S.C. 1002(3)];
</P>
<P>(ii) Any governmental plan described in section 3(32) of ERISA (29 U.S.C. 1002(32)); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any church plan described in section 3(33) of ERISA (29 U.S.C. 1002(33)).
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the aggregate value of assets of plans, include only that portion of a plan's assets for which the investment adviser provided investment advice (including any advice with respect to the selection of an investment adviser to manage such assets). Determine the aggregate value of assets by cumulating the value of assets of plans with respect to which the investment adviser was last employed or retained by contract to provide investment advice during a 12-month period ended within 90 days of filing an annual updating amendment to Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investment advisers controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser registered with the Commission.</I> An investment adviser that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, an investment adviser eligible to register, and registered with, the Commission (“registered adviser”), provided that the principal office and place of business of the investment adviser is the same as that of the registered adviser. For purposes of this paragraph, control means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an investment adviser, whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Any person that directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities, or is entitled to 25 percent or more of the profits, of an investment adviser is presumed to control that investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investment advisers expecting to be eligible for Commission registration within 120 Days.</I> An investment adviser that:
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately before it registers with the Commission, is not registered or required to be registered with the Commission or a state securities authority of any State and has a reasonable expectation that it would be eligible to register with the Commission within 120 days after the date the investment adviser's registration with the Commission becomes effective;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicates on Schedule D of its Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) that it will withdraw from registration with the Commission if, on the 120th day after the date the investment adviser's registration with the Commission becomes effective, the investment adviser would be prohibited by section 203A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)) from registering with the Commission; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding § 275.203A-1(b)(2) of this chapter, files a completed Form ADV-W (17 CFR 279.2) withdrawing from registration with the Commission within 120 days after the date the investment adviser's registration with the Commission becomes effective. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multi-state investment advisers.</I> An investment adviser that:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon submission of its application for registration with the Commission, is required by the laws of 15 or more States to register as an investment adviser with the state securities authority in the respective States, and thereafter would, but for this section, be required by the laws of at least 15 States to register as an investment adviser with the state securities authority in the respective States;
</P>
<P>(2) Elects to rely on paragraph (d) of this section by:
</P>
<P>(i) Indicating on Schedule D of its Form ADV that the investment adviser has reviewed the applicable State and federal laws and has concluded that, in the case of an application for registration with the Commission, it is required by the laws of 15 or more States to register as an investment adviser with the state securities authorities in the respective States or, in the case of an amendment to Form ADV, it would be required by the laws of at least 15 States to register as an investment adviser with the state securities authorities in the respective States, within 90 days prior to the date of filing Form ADV; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Undertaking on Schedule D of its Form ADV to withdraw from registration with the Commission if the adviser indicates on an annual updating amendment to Form ADV that the investment adviser would be required by the laws of fewer than 15 States to register as an investment adviser with the state securities authority in the respective States, and that the investment adviser would be prohibited by section 203A(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a(a)) from registering with the Commission, by filing a completed Form ADV-W within 180 days of the adviser's fiscal year end (unless the adviser then is eligible for SEC registration); and
</P>
<P>(3) Maintains in an easily accessible place a record of the States in which the investment adviser has determined it would, but for the exemption, be required to register for a period of not less than five years from the filing of a Form ADV that includes a representation that is based on such record.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Internet investment advisers.</I> (1) An investment adviser that:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides investment advice to all of its clients exclusively through an operational interactive website at all times during which the investment adviser relies on this paragraph (e);
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintains, in an easily accessible place, for a period of not less than five years from the filing of a Form ADV that includes a representation that the adviser is eligible to register with the Commission under this paragraph (e), a record demonstrating that it provides investment advice to its clients exclusively through an operational interactive website in accordance with the limits in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not control, is not controlled by, and is not under common control with, another investment adviser that registers with the Commission under paragraph (b) of this section solely in reliance on the adviser registered under this paragraph (e) as its registered adviser.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (e), “operational interactive website” means a website, mobile application, or similar digital platform through which the investment adviser provides digital investment advisory services on an ongoing basis to more than one client (except during temporary technological outages of a <I>de minimis</I> duration). For purposes of this rule, “digital investment advisory service” is investment advice to clients that is generated by the operational interactive website's software-based models, algorithms, or applications based on personal information each client supplies through the operational interactive website.
</P>
<P>(3) An investment adviser may rely on the definition of <I>client</I> in § 275.202(a)(30)-1 in determining whether it is eligible to rely on this paragraph (e).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 28133, May 22, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 39715, 39716, July 24, 1998; 65 FR 57450, Sept. 22, 2000; 67 FR 77625, Dec. 18, 2003; 76 FR 43012, July 19, 2011; 89 FR 24712, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.203A-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.203A-3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 203A of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3a) and the rules thereunder:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Investment adviser representative.</I> “Investment adviser representative” of an investment adviser means a supervised person of the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(i) Who has more than five clients who are natural persons (other than excepted persons described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(ii) More than ten percent of whose clients are natural persons (other than excepted persons described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a supervised person is not an investment adviser representative if the supervised person:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not on a regular basis solicit, meet with, or otherwise communicate with clients of the investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides only impersonal investment advice.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) “Excepted person” means a natural person who is a qualified client as described in § 275.205-3(d)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) “Impersonal investment advice” means investment advisory services provided by means of written material or oral statements that do not purport to meet the objectives or needs of specific individuals or accounts.
</P>
<P>(4) Supervised persons may rely on the definition of “client” in § 275.202(a)(30)-1 to identify clients for purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except that supervised persons need not count clients that are not residents of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Place of business.</I> “Place of business” of an investment adviser representative means:
</P>
<P>(1) An office at which the investment adviser representative regularly provides investment advisory services, solicits, meets with, or otherwise communicates with clients; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other location that is held out to the general public as a location at which the investment adviser representative provides investment advisory services, solicits, meets with, or otherwise communicates with clients.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Principal office and place of business.</I> “Principal office and place of business” of an investment adviser means the executive office of the investment adviser from which the officers, partners, or managers of the investment adviser direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Assets under management.</I> Determine “assets under management” by calculating the securities portfolios with respect to which an investment adviser provides continuous and regular supervisory or management services as reported on the investment adviser's Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>State securities authority.</I> “State securities authority” means the securities commissioner or commission (or any agency, office or officer performing like functions) of any State.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 28134, May 22, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 39715, July 24, 1998; 69 FR 72088, Dec. 10, 2004; 76 FR 43012, July 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 275.203A-4—275.203A-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 275.203A-4--275.203A-6   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204-1   Amendments to Form ADV.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When amendment is required.</I> You must amend your Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1):
</P>
<P>(1) Parts 1 and 2:
</P>
<P>(i) At least annually, within 90 days of the end of your fiscal year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) More frequently, if required by the instructions to Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 3 at the frequency required by the instructions to Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing of amendments.</I> (1) Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, you must file all amendments to Part 1A, Part 2A, and Part 3 of Form ADV electronically with the IARD, unless you have received a continuing hardship exemption under § 275.203-3. You are not required to file with the Commission amendments to brochure supplements required by Part 2B of Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(2) If you have received a continuing hardship exemption under § 275.203-3, you must, when you are required to amend your Form ADV, file a completed Part 1A, Part 2A and Part 3 of Form ADV on paper with the SEC by mailing it to FINRA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing fees.</I> You must pay FINRA (the operator of the IARD) an initial filing fee when you first electronically file Part 1A of Form ADV. After you pay the initial filing fee, you must pay an annual filing fee each time you file your annual updating amendment. No portion of either fee is refundable. The Commission has approved the filing fees. Your amended Form ADV will not be accepted by FINRA, and thus will not be considered filed with the Commission, until you have paid the filing fee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendments to Form ADV are reports.</I> Each amendment required to be filed under this section is a “report” within the meaning of sections 204 and 207 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-4 and 80b-7). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transition to Filing Form CRS.</I> If you are registered with the Commission or have an application for registration pending with the Commission prior to June 30, 2020, you must amend your Form ADV by electronically filing with IARD your initial Form CRS that satisfies the requirements of Part 3 of Form ADV (as amended effective September 30, 2019) beginning on May 1, 2020 and by no later than June 30, 2020.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraphs (<E T="01">e</E>):</HED>
<P>This note applies to paragraphs (a), (b), and (e) of this section. Information on how to file with the IARD is available on our website at <I>http://www.sec.gov/iard.</I> For the annual updating amendment: Summaries of material changes that are not included in the adviser's brochure must be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to Part 2A in the same electronic file; and if you are not required to prepare a brochure, a summary of material changes, an annual updating amendment to your brochure, or Form CRS you are not required to file them with the Commission. See the instructions for Part 2A and Part 3 of Form ADV.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57450, Sept. 22, 2000; 65 FR 81738, Dec. 27, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 42248, July 17, 2003; 73 FR 4694, Jan. 28, 2008; 75 FR 49267, Aug. 12, 2010; 76 FR 43013, July 19, 2011; 81 FR 60458, Sept. 1, 2016; 84 FR 33630, July 12, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204-2   Books and records to be maintained by investment advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) shall make and keep true, accurate and current the following books and records relating to its investment advisory business;
</P>
<P>(1) A journal or journals, including cash receipts and disbursements, records, and any other records of original entry forming the basis of entries in any ledger. 
</P>
<P>(2) General and auxiliary ledgers (or other comparable records) reflecting asset, liability, reserve, capital, income and expense accounts. 
</P>
<P>(3) A memorandum of each order given by the investment adviser for the purchase or sale of any security, of any instruction received by the investment adviser concerning the purchase, sale, receipt or delivery of a particular security, and of any modification or cancellation of any such order or instruction. Such memoranda shall show the terms and conditions of the order, instruction, modification or cancellation; shall identify the person connected with the investment adviser who recommended the transaction to the client and the person who placed such order; and shall show the account for which entered, the date of entry, and the bank, broker or dealer by or through whom executed where appropriate. Orders entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary power shall be so designated. 
</P>
<P>(4) All check books, bank statements, cancelled checks and cash reconciliations of the investment adviser. 
</P>
<P>(5) All bills or statements (or copies thereof), paid or unpaid, relating to the business of the investment adviser as such. 
</P>
<P>(6) All trial balances, financial statements, and internal audit working papers relating to the business of such investment adviser. 
</P>
<P>(7) Originals of all written communications received and copies of all written communications sent by such investment adviser relating to:
</P>
<P>(i) Any recommendation made or proposed to be made and any advice given or proposed to be given;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any receipt, disbursement or delivery of funds or securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The placing or execution of any order to purchase or sell any security; and, for any transaction that is subject to the requirements of § 240.15c6-2(a) of this chapter, each confirmation received, and any allocation and each affirmation sent or received, with a date and time stamp for each allocation and affirmation that indicates when the allocation and affirmation was sent or received;
</P>
<P>(iv) Predecessor performance (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(12) of this chapter) and the performance or rate of return of any or all managed accounts, portfolios (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(11) of this chapter), or securities recommendations; Provided, however:
</P>
<P>(A) That the investment adviser shall not be required to keep any unsolicited market letters and other similar communications of general public distribution not prepared by or for the investment adviser; and


</P>
<P>(B) That if the investment adviser sends any notice, circular, or other advertisement (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(1) of this chapter) offering any report, analysis, publication or other investment advisory service to more than ten persons, the investment adviser shall not be required to keep a record of the names and addresses of the persons to whom it was sent; except that if such notice, circular, or advertisement is distributed to persons named on any list, the investment adviser shall retain with the copy of such notice, circular, or advertisement a memorandum describing the list and the source thereof.




</P>
<P>(8) A list or other record of all accounts in which the investment adviser is vested with any discretionary power with respect to the funds, securities or transactions of any client. 
</P>
<P>(9) All powers of attorney and other evidences of the granting of any discretionary authority by any client to the investment adviser, or copies thereof. 
</P>
<P>(10) All written agreements (or copies thereof) entered into by the investment adviser with any client or otherwise relating to the business of such investment adviser as such. 
</P>
<P>(11)(i) A copy of each
</P>
<P>(A) Advertisement (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(1) of this chapter) that the investment adviser disseminates, directly or indirectly, except:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For oral advertisements, the adviser may instead retain a copy of any written or recorded materials used by the adviser in connection with the oral advertisement; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For compensated oral testimonials and endorsements (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(17) and (5) of this chapter), the adviser may instead make and keep a record of the disclosures provided to clients or investors pursuant to § 275.206(4)-1(b)(1) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(B) Notice, circular, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin, or other communication that the investment adviser disseminates, directly or indirectly, to ten or more persons (other than persons associated with such investment adviser); and
</P>
<P>(C) If such notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin, or other communication recommends the purchase or sale of a specific security and does not state the reasons for such recommendation, a memorandum of the investment adviser indicating the reasons therefor; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of any questionnaire or survey used in the preparation of a third-party rating included or appearing in any advertisement in the event the adviser obtains a copy of the questionnaire or survey.
</P>
<P>(12)(i) A copy of the investment adviser's code of ethics adopted and implemented pursuant to § 275.204A-1 that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect;
</P>
<P>(ii) A record of any violation of the code of ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of all written acknowledgments as required by § 275.204A-1(a)(5) for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a supervised person of the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(13)(i) A record of each report made by an access person as required by § 275.204A-1(b), including any information provided under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of that section in lieu of such reports;
</P>
<P>(ii) A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, access persons of the investment adviser; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities by access persons under § 275.204A-1(c), for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted. 
</P>
<P>(14)(i) A copy of each brochure, brochure supplement and Form CRS, and each amendment or revision to the brochure, brochure supplement and Form CRS, that satisfies the requirements of Part 2 or Part 3 of Form ADV, as applicable [17 CFR 279.1]; any summary of material changes that satisfies the requirements of Part 2 of Form ADV but is not contained in the brochure; and a record of the dates that each brochure, brochure supplement and Form CRS, each amendment or revision thereto, and each summary of material changes not contained in a brochure given to any client or to any prospective client who subsequently becomes a client.
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation describing the method used to compute managed assets for purposes of Item 4.E of Part 2A of Form ADV, if the method differs from the method used to compute regulatory assets under management in Item 5.F of Part 1A of Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(iii) A memorandum describing any legal or disciplinary event listed in Item 9 of Part 2A or Item 3 of Part 2B (Disciplinary Information) and presumed to be material, if the event involved the investment adviser or any of its supervised persons and is not disclosed in the brochure or brochure supplement described in paragraph (a)(14)(i) of this section. The memorandum must explain the investment adviser's determination that the presumption of materiality is overcome, and must discuss the factors described in Item 9 of Part 2A of Form ADV or Item 3 of Part 2B of Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(15)(i) If not included in the advertisement, a record of the disclosures provided to clients or investors pursuant to § 275.206(4)-1(b)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation substantiating the adviser's reasonable basis for believing that a testimonial or endorsement (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(17) and (5) of this chapter) complies with § 275.206(4)-1 and that the third-party rating (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(18) of this chapter) complies with § 275.206(4)-1(c)(1) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of the names of all persons who are an investment adviser's partners, officers, directors, or employees, or a person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the investment adviser, or is a partner, officer, director or employee of such a person pursuant to § 275.206(4)-1(b)(4)(ii) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(16) All accounts, books, internal working papers, and any other records or documents that are necessary to form the basis for or demonstrate the calculation of any performance or rate of return of any or all managed accounts, portfolios (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(11) of this chapter), or securities recommendations presented in any notice, circular, advertisement (as defined in § 275.206(4)-1(e)(1) of this chapter), newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin, or other communication that the investment adviser disseminates, directly or indirectly, to any person (other than persons associated with such investment adviser), including copies of all information provided or offered pursuant to § 275.206(4)-1(d)(6) of this chapter; provided, however, that, with respect to the performance of managed accounts, the retention of all account statements, if they reflect all debits, credits, and other transactions in a client's or investor's account for the period of the statement, and all worksheets necessary to demonstrate the calculation of the performance or rate of return of all managed accounts shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(17)(i) A copy of the investment adviser's policies and procedures formulated pursuant to § 275.206(4)-7(a) of this chapter that are in effect, or at any time within the past five years were in effect; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any records documenting the investment adviser's annual review of those policies and procedures conducted pursuant to § 275.206(4)-7(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) A copy of any internal control report obtained or received pursuant to § 275.206(4)-2(a)(6)(ii).
</P>
<P>(18)(i) Books and records that pertain to § 275.206(4)-5 containing a list or other record of:
</P>
<P>(A) The names, titles and business and residence addresses of all covered associates of the investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(B) All government entities to which the investment adviser provides or has provided investment advisory services, or which are or were investors in any covered investment pool to which the investment adviser provides or has provided investment advisory services, as applicable, in the past five years, but not prior to September 13, 2010;
</P>
<P>(C) All direct or indirect contributions made by the investment adviser or any of its covered associates to an official of a government entity, or direct or indirect payments to a political party of a State or political subdivision thereof, or to a political action committee; and
</P>
<P>(D) The name and business address of each regulated person to whom the investment adviser provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services on its behalf, in accordance with § 275.206(4)-5(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(ii) Records relating to the contributions and payments referred to in paragraph (a)(18)(i)(C) of this section must be listed in chronological order and indicate:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and title of each contributor;
</P>
<P>(B) The name and title (including any city/county/State or other political subdivision) of each recipient of a contribution or payment;
</P>
<P>(C) The amount and date of each contribution or payment; and
</P>
<P>(D) Whether any such contribution was the subject of the exception for certain returned contributions pursuant to § 275.206(4)-5(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(iii) An investment adviser is only required to make and keep current the records referred to in paragraphs (a)(18)(i)(A) and (C) of this section if it provides investment advisory services to a government entity or a government entity is an investor in any covered investment pool to which the investment adviser provides investment advisory services.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this section, the terms “contribution,” “covered associate,” “covered investment pool,” “government entity,” “official,” “payment,” “regulated person,” and “solicit” have the same meanings as set forth in § 275.206(4)-5.
</P>
<P>(19) A record of who the “intended audience” is pursuant to § 275.206(4)-1(d)(6) and(e)(10)(ii)(B) of this chapter.




</P>
<P>(20) - (24) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(25)(i) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) The written documentation of any detected unauthorized access to or use of customer information, as well as any response to, and recovery from such unauthorized access to or use of customer information required by § 248.30(a)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) The written documentation of any investigation and determination made regarding whether notification is required pursuant to § 248.30(a)(4) of this chapter, including the basis for any determination made, any written documentation from the United States Attorney General related to a delay in notice, as well as a copy of any notice transmitted following such determination;
</P>
<P>(iv) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5)(i) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(v) The written documentation of any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to § 248.30(a)(5) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The written policies and procedures required to be adopted and implemented pursuant to § 248.30(b)(2) of this chapter.


</P>
<P>(b) If an investment adviser subject to paragraph (a) of this section has custody or possession of securities or funds of any client, the records required to be made and kept under paragraph (a) of this section shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A journal or other record showing all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers) for such accounts and all other debits and credits to such accounts. 
</P>
<P>(2) A separate ledger account for each such client showing all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities, the date and price of each purchase and sale, and all debits and credits. 
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of confirmations of all transactions effected by or for the account of any such client. 
</P>
<P>(4) A record for each security in which any such client has a position, which record shall show the name of each such client having any interest in such security, the amount or interest of each such client, and the location of each such security. 
</P>
<P>(5) A memorandum describing the basis upon which you have determined that the presumption that any related person is not operationally independent under § 275.206(4)-2(d)(5) has been overcome.


</P>
<P>(c)(1) Every investment adviser subject to paragraph (a) of this section who renders any investment supervisory or management service to any client shall, with respect to the portfolio being supervised or managed and to the extent that the information is reasonably available to or obtainable by the investment adviser, make and keep true, accurate and current: 
</P>
<P>(i) Records showing separately for each such client the securities purchased and sold, and the date, amount and price of each such purchase and sale. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For each security in which any such client has a current position, information from which the investment adviser can promptly furnish the name of each such client, and the current amount or interest of such client. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every investment adviser subject to paragraph (a) of this section that exercises voting authority with respect to client securities shall, with respect to those clients, make and retain the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Copies of all policies and procedures required by § 275.206(4)-6. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of each proxy statement that the investment adviser receives regarding client securities. An investment adviser may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on the investment adviser's behalf, a copy of a proxy statement (provided that the adviser has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request) or may rely on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A record of each vote cast by the investment adviser on behalf of a client. An investment adviser may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on the investment adviser's behalf, a record of the vote cast (provided that the adviser has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request). 
</P>
<P>(iv) A copy of any document created by the adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision. 
</P>
<P>(v) A copy of each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the investment adviser to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.


</P>
<P>(d) Any books or records required by this section may be maintained by the investment adviser in such manner that the identity of any client to whom such investment adviser renders investment supervisory services is indicated by numerical or alphabetical code or some similar designation. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) All books and records required to be made under the provisions of paragraphs (a) to (c)(1)(i), inclusive, and (c)(2) of this section (except for books and records required to be made under the provisions of paragraphs (a)(11), (a)(12)(i), (a)(12)(iii), (a)(13)(ii), (a)(13)(iii), (a)(16), and (a)(17)(i) of this section), shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the investment adviser. 
</P>
<P>(2) Partnership articles and any amendments thereto, articles of incorporation, charters, minute books, and stock certificate books of the investment adviser and of any predecessor, shall be maintained in the principal office of the investment adviser and preserved until at least three years after termination of the enterprise. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Books and records required to be made under the provisions of paragraphs (a)(11) and (a)(16) of this rule shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years, the first two years in an appropriate office of the investment adviser, from the end of the fiscal year during which the investment adviser last published or otherwise disseminated, directly or indirectly, the notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin or other communication.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Transition rule.</I> If you are an investment adviser that was, prior to July 21, 2011, exempt from registration under section 203(b)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(3)), as in effect on July 20, 2011, paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section does not require you to maintain or preserve books and records that would otherwise be required to be maintained or preserved under the provisions of paragraph (a)(16) of this section to the extent those books and records pertain to the performance or rate of return of such private fund (as defined in section 202(a)(29) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(29)), or other account you advise for any period ended prior to your registration, provided that you continue to preserve any books and records in your possession that pertain to the performance or rate of return of such private fund or other account for such period.
</P>
<P>(f) An investment adviser subject to paragraph (a) of this section, before ceasing to conduct or discontinuing business as an investment adviser shall arrange for and be responsible for the preservation of the books and records required to be maintained and preserved under this section for the remainder of the period specified in this section, and shall notify the Commission in writing, at its principal office, Washington, D.C. 20549, of the exact address where such books and records will be maintained during such period. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Micrographic and electronic storage permitted</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to this part may be maintained and preserved for the required time by an investment adviser on:
</P>
<P>(i) Micrographic media, including microfilm, microfiche, or any similar medium; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronic storage media, including any digital storage medium or system that meets the terms of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General requirements.</I> The investment adviser must:
</P>
<P>(i) Arrange and index the records in a way that permits easy location, access, and retrieval of any particular record;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide promptly any of the following that the Commission (by its examiners or other representatives) may request:
</P>
<P>(A) A legible, true, and complete copy of the record in the medium and format in which it is stored;
</P>
<P>(B) A legible, true, and complete printout of the record; and
</P>
<P>(C) Means to access, view, and print the records; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Separately store, for the time required for preservation of the original record, a duplicate copy of the record on any medium allowed by this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Special requirements for electronic storage media.</I> In the case of records on electronic storage media, the investment adviser must establish and maintain procedures:
</P>
<P>(i) To maintain and preserve the records, so as to reasonably safeguard them from loss, alteration, or destruction;
</P>
<P>(ii) To limit access to the records to properly authorized personnel and the Commission (including its examiners and other representatives); and
</P>
<P>(iii) To reasonably ensure that any reproduction of a non-electronic original record on electronic storage media is complete, true, and legible when retrieved.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Any book or other record made, kept, maintained and preserved in compliance with §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4 of this chapter under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with rules adopted by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, which is substantially the same as the book or other record required to be made, kept, maintained and preserved under this section, shall be deemed to be made, kept, maintained and preserved in compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A record made and kept pursuant to any provision of paragraph (a) of this section, which contains all the information required under any other provision of paragraph (a) of this section, need not be maintained in duplicate in order to meet the requirements of the other provision of paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) As used in this section the term “discretionary power” shall not include discretion as to the price at which or the time when a transaction is or is to be effected, if, before the order is given by the investment adviser, the client has directed or approved the purchase or sale of a definite amount of the particular security. 


</P>
<P>(j)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(3) of this section, each non-resident investment adviser registered or applying for registration pursuant to section 203 of the Act shall keep, maintain and preserve, at a place within the United States designated in a notice from him as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section true, correct, complete and current copies of books and records which he is required to make, keep current, maintain or preserve pursuant to any provisions of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(3) of this section, each nonresident investment adviser subject to this paragraph (j) shall furnish to the Commission a written notice specifying the address of the place within the United States where the copies of the books and records required to be kept and preserved by him pursuant to paragraph (j)(1) of this section are located. Each non-resident investment adviser registered or applying for registration when this paragraph becomes effective shall file such notice within 30 days after such rule becomes effective. Each non-resident investment adviser who files an application for registration after this paragraph becomes effective shall file such notice with such application for registration. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section, a non-resident investment adviser need not keep or preserve within the United States copies of the books and records referred to in said paragraphs (j)(1) and (2), if: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such non-resident investment adviser files with the Commission, at the time or within the period provided by paragraph (j)(2) of this section, a written undertaking, in form acceptable to the Commission and signed by a duly authorized person, to furnish to the Commission, upon demand, at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission designated in such demand, true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all of the books and records which he is required to make, keep current, maintain or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in such demand. Such undertaking shall be in substantially the following form: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The undersigned hereby undertakes to furnish at its own expense to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC or at any Regional Office of said Commission specified in a demand for copies of books and records made by or on behalf of said Commission, true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all, or any part, of the books and records which the undersigned is required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. This undertaking shall be suspended during any period when the undersigned is making, keeping current, and preserving copies of all of said books and records at a place within the United States in compliance with Rule 204-2(j) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. This undertaking shall be binding upon the undersigned and the heirs, successors and assigns of the undersigned, and the written irrevocable consents and powers of attorney of the undersigned, its general partners and managing agents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall extend to and cover any action to enforce same.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>and 
</FP>
<P>(ii) Such non-resident investment adviser furnishes to the Commission, at his own expense 14 days after written demand therefor forwarded to him by registered mail at his last address of record filed with the Commission and signed by the Secretary of the Commission or such person as the Commission may authorize to act in its behalf, true, correct, complete and current copies of any or all books and records which such investment adviser is required to make, keep current or preserve pursuant to any provision of any rule or regulation of the Commission adopted under the Act, or any part of such books and records which may be specified in said written demand. Such copies shall be furnished to the Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any Regional Office of the Commission which may be specified in said written demand. 




</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (j) the term <I>non-resident investment adviser</I> shall have the same meaning set out in § 275.0-2(b)(2).




</P>
<P>(k) Every investment adviser that registers under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) after July 8, 1997 shall be required to preserve in accordance with this section the books and records the investment adviser had been required to maintain by the State in which the investment adviser had its principal office and place of business prior to registering with the Commission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[26 FR 5002, June 6, 1961]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 275.204-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204-3   Delivery of brochures and brochure supplements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> If you are registered under the Act as an investment adviser, you must deliver a brochure and one or more brochure supplements to each client or prospective client that contains all information required by Part 2 of Form ADV [17 CFR 279.1].
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delivery requirements.</I> You (or a supervised person acting on your behalf) must:
</P>
<P>(1) Deliver to a client or prospective client your current brochure before or at the time you enter into an investment advisory contract with that client.
</P>
<P>(2) Deliver to each client, annually within 120 days after the end of your fiscal year and without charge, if there are material changes in your brochure since your last annual updating amendment:
</P>
<P>(i) A current brochure, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The summary of material changes to the brochure as required by Item 2 of Form ADV, Part 2A that offers to provide your current brochure without charge, accompanied by the Web site address (if available) and an e-mail address (if available) and telephone number by which a client may obtain the current brochure from you, and the Web site address for obtaining information about you through the Investment Adviser Public Disclosure (IAPD) system.
</P>
<P>(3) Deliver to each client or prospective client a current brochure supplement for a supervised person before or at the time that supervised person begins to provide advisory services to the client; provided, however, that if investment advice for a client is provided by a team comprised of more than five supervised persons, a current brochure supplement need only be delivered to that client for the five supervised persons with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day advice provided to that client. For purposes of this section, a supervised person will provide advisory services to a client if that supervised person will:
</P>
<P>(i) Formulate investment advice for the client and have direct client contact; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Make discretionary investment decisions for the client, even if the supervised person will have no direct client contact.
</P>
<P>(4) Deliver the following to each client promptly after you create an amended brochure or brochure supplement, as applicable, if the amendment adds disclosure of an event, or materially revises information already disclosed about an event, in response to Item 9 of Part 2A of Form ADV or Item 3 of Part 2B of Form ADV (Disciplinary Information), respectively, (i) the amended brochure or brochure supplement, as applicable, along with a statement describing the material facts relating to the change in disciplinary information, or (ii) a statement describing the material facts relating to the change in disciplinary information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to delivery requirement.</I> (1) You are not required to deliver a brochure to a client:
</P>
<P>(i) That is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-1 to 80a-64] or a business development company as defined in that Act, provided that the advisory contract with that client meets the requirements of section 15(c) of that Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-15(c)]; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Who receives only impersonal investment advice for which you charge less than $500 per year.
</P>
<P>(2) You are not required to deliver a brochure supplement to a client:
</P>
<P>(i) To whom you are not required to deliver a brochure under subparagraph (c)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Who receives only impersonal investment advice; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Who is an officer, employee, or other person related to the adviser that would be a “qualified client” of your firm under § 275.205-3(d)(1)(iii).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Wrap fee program brochures.</I> (1) If you are a sponsor of a wrap fee program, then the brochure that paragraph (b) of this section requires you to deliver to a client or prospective client of the wrap fee program must be a wrap fee program brochure containing all the information required by Part 2A, Appendix 1 of Form ADV. Any additional information in a wrap fee program brochure must be limited to information applicable to wrap fee programs that you sponsor.
</P>
<P>(2) You do not have to deliver a wrap fee program brochure if another sponsor of the wrap fee program delivers, to the client or prospective client of the wrap fee program, a wrap fee program brochure containing all the information required by Part 2A, Appendix 1 of Form ADV.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>):</HED>
<P>A wrap fee program brochure does not take the place of any brochure supplements that you are required to deliver under paragraph (b) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(e) <I>Multiple brochures.</I> If you provide substantially different advisory services to different clients, you may provide them with different brochures, so long as each client receives all information about the services and fees that are applicable to that client. The brochure you deliver to a client may omit any information required by Part 2A of Form ADV if the information does not apply to the advisory services or fees that you will provide or charge, or that you propose to provide or charge, to that client.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other disclosure obligations.</I> Delivering a brochure or brochure supplement in compliance with this section does not relieve you of any other disclosure obligations you have to your advisory clients or prospective clients under any federal or state laws or regulations.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Impersonal investment advice</I> means investment advisory services that do not purport to meet the objectives or needs of specific individuals or accounts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Current brochure</I> and <I>current brochure supplement</I> mean the most recent revision of the brochure or brochure supplement, including all amendments to date.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Sponsor</I> of a wrap fee program means an investment adviser that is compensated under a wrap fee program for sponsoring, organizing, or administering the program, or for selecting, or providing advice to clients regarding the selection of, other investment advisers in the program.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Supervised person</I> means any of your officers, partners or directors (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employees, or any other person who provides investment advice on your behalf.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Wrap fee program</I> means an advisory program under which a specified fee or fees not based directly upon transactions in a client's account is charged for investment advisory services (which may include portfolio management or advice concerning the selection of other investment advisers) and the execution of client transactions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 49268, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 81 FR 60458, Oct. 31, 2016; 84 FR 33630, July 12, 2019; 87 FR 22447, Apr. 15, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204-4   Reporting by exempt reporting advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exempt reporting advisers.</I> If you are an investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the Commission under section 203(l) or (m) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(l) or 80b-3(m)), you must complete and file reports on Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) by following the instructions in the Form, which specify the information that an exempt reporting adviser must provide.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing.</I> You must file Form ADV electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD) unless you have received a hardship exemption under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>Information on how to file with the IARD is available on the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov/iard.</I></P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>When filed.</I> Each Form ADV is considered filed with the Commission upon acceptance by the IARD.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing fees.</I> You must pay FINRA (the operator of the IARD) a filing fee. The Commission has approved the amount of the filing fee. No portion of the filing fee is refundable. Your completed Form ADV will not be accepted by FINRA, and thus will not be considered filed with the Commission, until you have paid the filing fee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Temporary hardship exemption</I>—(1) <I>Eligibility for exemption.</I> If you have unanticipated technical difficulties that prevent submission of a filing to the IARD, you may request a temporary hardship exemption from the requirements of this chapter to file electronically.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application procedures.</I> To request a temporary hardship exemption, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) File Form ADV-H (17 CFR 279.3) in paper format no later than one business day after the filing that is the subject of the ADV-H was due; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submit the filing that is the subject of the Form ADV-H in electronic format with the IARD no later than seven business days after the filing was due.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effective date—upon filing.</I> The temporary hardship exemption will be granted when you file a completed Form ADV-H.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Final report.</I> You must file a final report in accordance with instructions in Form ADV when:
</P>
<P>(1) You cease operation as an investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(2) You no longer meet the definition of exempt reporting adviser under paragraph (a); or
</P>
<P>(3) You apply for registration with the Commission.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>):</HED>
<P>You do not have to pay a filing fee to file a final report on Form ADV through the IARD.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43013, July 19, 2011]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204-5   Delivery of Form CRS.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> If you are registered under the Act as an investment adviser, you must deliver Form CRS, required by Part 3 of Form ADV [17 CFR 279.1], to each retail investor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delivery requirements.</I> You (or a supervised person acting on your behalf) must:
</P>
<P>(1) Deliver to each retail investor your current Form CRS before or at the time you enter into an investment advisory contract with that retail investor.
</P>
<P>(2) Deliver to each retail investor who is an existing client your current Form CRS before or at the time you:
</P>
<P>(i) Open a new account that is different from the retail investor's existing account(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommend that the retail investor roll over assets from a retirement account into a new or existing account or investment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Recommend or provide a new investment advisory service or investment that does not necessarily involve the opening of a new account and would not be held in an existing account.
</P>
<P>(3) Post the current Form CRS prominently on your website, if you have one, in a location and format that is easily accessible for retail investors.
</P>
<P>(4) Communicate any changes made to Form CRS to each retail investor who is an existing client within 60 days after the amendments are required to be made and without charge. The communication can be made by delivering the amended Form CRS or by communicating the information through another disclosure that is delivered to the retail investor.
</P>
<P>(5) Deliver a current Form CRS to each retail investor within 30 days upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other disclosure obligations.</I> Delivering Form CRS in compliance with this section does not relieve you of any other disclosure obligations you have to your retail investors under any Federal or State laws or regulations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Current Form CRS</I> means the most recent version of the Form CRS.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retail investor</I> means a natural person, or the legal representative of such natural person, who seeks to receive or receives services primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Supervised person</I> means any of your officers, partners or directors (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employees, or any other person who provides investment advice on your behalf.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transition rule.</I> (1) Within 30 days after the date by which you are first required by § 275.204-1(b) to electronically file your Form CRS with the Commission, you must deliver to each of your existing clients who is a retail investor your current Form CRS as required by Part 3 of Form ADV.
</P>
<P>(2) As of the date by which you are first required to electronically file your Form CRS with the Commission, you must begin using your Form CRS as required by Part 3 of Form ADV to comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 33631, July 12, 2019, as amended at 87 FR 22447, Apr. 15, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204(b)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204(b)-1   Reporting by investment advisers to private funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting by investment advisers to private funds on Form PF.</I> If you are an investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), you act as an investment adviser to one or more private funds and, as of the end of your most recently completed fiscal year, you managed private fund assets of at least $150 million, you must complete and file a report on Form PF (17 CFR 279.9) by following the instructions in the Form, which specify the information that an investment adviser must provide. Your initial report on Form PF is due no later than the last day on which your next update would be timely in accordance with paragraph (e) if you had previously filed the Form; provided that you are not required to file Form PF with respect to any fiscal quarter or fiscal year ending prior to the date on which your registration becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing.</I> You must file Form PF electronically with the Form PF filing system on the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (IARD).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>Information on how to file Form PF is available on the Commission's Web site at <I>http://www.sec.gov/iard.</I></P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>When filed.</I> Each Form PF is considered filed with the Commission upon acceptance by the Form PF filing system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing fees.</I> You must pay the operator of the Form PF filing system a filing fee as required by the instructions to Form PF. The Commission has approved the amount of the filing fee. No portion of the filing fee is refundable. Your completed Form PF will not be accepted by the operator of the Form PF filing system, and thus will not be considered filed with the Commission, until you have paid the filing fee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Updates to Form PF.</I> You must file an updated Form PF:
</P>
<P>(1) At least annually, no later than the date specified in the instructions to Form PF; and
</P>
<P>(2) More frequently, if required by the instructions to Form PF. You must file all updated reports electronically with the Form PF filing system.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Temporary hardship exemption.</I> (1) If you have unanticipated technical difficulties that prevent you from submitting Form PF on a timely basis through the Form PF filing system, you may request a temporary hardship exemption from the requirements of this section to file electronically.
</P>
<P>(2) To request a temporary hardship exemption, you must:


</P>
<P>(i) Complete and file in accordance with the instructions to Form PF no later than one business day after the electronic Form PF filing was due; and




</P>
<P>(ii) Submit the filing that is the subject of the Form PF paper filing in electronic format with the Form PF filing system no later than seven business days after the filing was due.


</P>
<P>(3) The temporary hardship exemption will be granted when you file Item A of Section 1a and Section 7 of Form PF, checking the box in Section 1a indicating that you are requesting a temporary hardship exemption.


</P>
<P>(4) A request for a temporary hardship exemption is considered filed upon the earlier of the date the request is postmarked or the date it is received by the Commission.


</P>
<P>(5) The hardship exemptions available under § 275.203-3 do not apply to Form PF.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assets under management</I> means the regulatory assets under management as determined under Item 5.F of Form ADV (§ 279.1 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Private fund assets</I> means the investment adviser's assets under management attributable to private funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 71174, Nov. 16, 2011, as amended at 88 FR 38202, June 12, 2023; 89 FR 18060, Mar. 12, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.204A-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.204A-1   Investment adviser codes of ethics.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Adoption of code of ethics.</I> If you are an investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), you must establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum, includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A standard (or standards) of business conduct that you require of your supervised persons, which standard must reflect your fiduciary obligations and those of your supervised persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Provisions requiring your supervised persons to comply with applicable Federal securities laws;
</P>
<P>(3) Provisions that require all of your access persons to report, and you to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically as provided below;
</P>
<P>(4) Provisions requiring supervised persons to report any violations of your code of ethics promptly to your chief compliance officer or, provided your chief compliance officer also receives reports of all violations, to other persons you designate in your code of ethics; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provisions requiring you to provide each of your supervised persons with a copy of your code of ethics and any amendments, and requiring your supervised persons to provide you with a written acknowledgment of their receipt of the code and any amendments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting requirements</I>—(1) <I>Holdings reports.</I> The code of ethics must require your access persons to submit to your chief compliance officer or other persons you designate in your code of ethics a report of the access person's current securities holdings that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Content of holdings reports.</I> Each holdings report must contain, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security in which the access person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the access person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the access person's direct or indirect benefit; and
</P>
<P>(C) The date the access person submits the report.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Timing of holdings reports.</I> Your access persons must each submit a holdings report:
</P>
<P>(A) No later than 10 days after the person becomes an access person, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an access person.
</P>
<P>(B) At least once each 12-month period thereafter on a date you select, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transaction reports.</I> The code of ethics must require access persons to submit to your chief compliance officer or other persons you designate in your code of ethics quarterly securities transactions reports that meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Content of transaction reports.</I> Each transaction report must contain, at a minimum, the following information about each transaction involving a reportable security in which the access person had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security involved;
</P>
<P>(B) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
</P>
<P>(C) The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;
</P>
<P>(D) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
</P>
<P>(E) The date the access person submits the report.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Timing of transaction reports.</I> Each access person must submit a transaction report no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, which report must cover, at a minimum, all transactions during the quarter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exceptions from reporting requirements.</I> Your code of ethics need not require an access person to submit:
</P>
<P>(i) Any report with respect to securities held in accounts over which the access person had no direct or indirect influence or control;
</P>
<P>(ii) A transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) A transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements that you hold in your records so long as you receive the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pre-approval of certain investments.</I> Your code of ethics must require your access persons to obtain your approval before they directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any security in an initial public offering or in a limited offering.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Small advisers.</I> If you have only one access person (i.e., yourself), you are not required to submit reports to yourself or to obtain your own approval for investments in any security in an initial public offering or in a limited offering, if you maintain records of all of your holdings and transactions that this section would otherwise require you to report.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Access person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any of your supervised persons:
</P>
<P>(A) Who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients' purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, or
</P>
<P>(B) Who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
</P>
<P>(ii) If providing investment advice is your primary business, all of your directors, officers and partners are presumed to be access persons.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Automatic investment plan</I> means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Beneficial ownership</I> is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under § 240.16a-1(a)(2) of this chapter in determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78p) and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any report required by paragraph (b) of this section may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Federal securities laws</I> means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fund</I> means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Initial public offering</I> means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Limited offering</I> means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(a)(2) or section 4(a)(5) (15 U.S.C. 77d(a)(2) or 77d(a)(5)) or pursuant to §§ 230.504 or 230.506 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Purchase or sale of a security</I> includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Reportable fund</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any fund for which you serve as an investment adviser as defined in section 2(a)(20) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)) (i.e., in most cases you must be approved by the fund's board of directors before you can serve); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls you, is controlled by you, or is under common control with you. For purposes of this section, <I>control</I> has the same meaning as it does in section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Reportable security</I> means a security as defined in section 202(a)(18) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(18)), except that it does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(iii) Shares issued by money market funds;
</P>
<P>(iv) Shares issued by open-end funds other than reportable funds; and
</P>
<P>(v) Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are reportable funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 41708, July 9, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 81806, Dec. 29, 2011; 81 FR 83554, Nov. 21, 2016]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.205-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.205-1   Definition of “investment performance” of an investment company and “investment record” of an appropriate index of securities prices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Investment performance</I> of an investment company for any period shall mean the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The change in its net asset value per share during such period; 
</P>
<P>(2) The value of its cash distributions per share accumulated to the end of such period; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The value of capital gains taxes per share paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of its net asset value per share at the beginning of such period. For this purpose, the value of distributions per share of realized capital gains, of dividends per share paid from investment income and of capital gains taxes per share paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains shall be treated as reinvested in shares of the investment company at the net asset value per share in effect at the close of business on the record date for the payment of such distributions and dividends and the date on which provision is made for such taxes, after giving effect to such distributions, dividends and taxes. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investment record</I> of an appropriate index of securities prices for any period shall mean the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The change in the level of the index during such period; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The value, computed consistently with the index, of cash distributions made by companies whose securities comprise the index accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of the index level at the beginning of such period. For this purpose cash distributions on the securities which comprise the index shall be treated as reinvested in the index at least as frequently as the end of each calendar quarter following the payment of the dividend. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit I
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[<E T="04">Method of computing the investment record of the standard</E> &amp; <E T="04">poor's</E> 500 <E T="04">stock composite index for calendar</E> 1971]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Quarterly ending—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Index value 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Quarterly dividend yield-composite index
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Annual percent 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Quarterly percent 
<sup>3</sup> (
<fr>1/4</fr> of annual)&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.75
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Source: Standard &amp; Poor's Trade and Securities Statistics, Jan. 1972, p. 33.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> <E T="03">Id.</E> See Standard &amp; Poor's Trade and Securities Statistics Security and Price Index Record—1970 Edition, p. 133 for explanation of quarterly dividend yield.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Quarterly percentages have been founded to two decimal places.</P></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Change in index value for 1971: 102.09 − 92.15 = 9.94. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Accumulated value of dividends for 1971:

</FP-1>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.094.gif"/></MATH>
<P>Aggregate value of dividends paid, assuming quarterly reinvestment and computed consistently with the index: 
</P>
<P>(Percent yield as computed above) × (ending index value) = Aggregate value of dividends paid 
</P>
<P>For 1971: 
</P>
<FP-1>.0314 × 102.09 = 3.21
</FP-1>
<P>Investment record of Standard &amp; Poor's 500 stock composite index assuming quarterly reinvestment dividends: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.095.gif"/></MATH>
<P>The same method can be extended to cases where an investment company's fiscal quarters do not coincide with the fiscal quarters of the S &amp; P dividend record or to instances where a “rolling period” is used for performance comparisons as indicated by the following example of the calculation of the investment record of the Standard &amp; Poor's 500 Stock Composite Index for the 12 months ended November 1971: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index value Nov. 30, 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index value Nov. 30, 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Change in index value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.79</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Quarter ending—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Dividend yield
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Rate for each month of quarter (
<fr>1/12</fr> of annual)&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Annual rate
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/4</fr> of annual
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.25</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Accumulated value of dividends reinvested:
</P>
<P>December = 1.0028
</P>
<P>January-March = 1.0078
</P>
<P>April-June = 1.0078
</P>
<P>July-September = 1.0079 
</P>
<P>October-November = 1.0053 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> The rate for October and November would be two-thirds of the yield for the quarter ended Sept. 30 (i.e. .667 × .79 = 5269) since the yield for the quarter ended Dec. 31 would not be available as of Nov. 30.</P></FTNT>
<P>Dividend yield: 
</P>
<HD1>(1.0028 × 1.0078 × 1.0078 × 1.0079 × 1.0053) − 1.00 = .0320
</HD1>
<P>Aggregate value of dividends paid computed consistently with the index: 
</P>
<FP-1>.0320 × 93.99 = 3.01
</FP-1>
<P>Investment record of the Standard &amp; Poor's 500 Stock Composite Index for the 12 months ended November 30, 1971: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.096.gif"/></MATH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Exhibit II
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[<E T="04">Method of Computing the Investment Record of the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index for Calendar</E> 1971]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Quarter ending
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Index value 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Aggregate market value of shares listed on the NYSE as of end of quarter (billions of dollars) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)—Quarterly value of estimated cash payments of shares listed on the NYSE (millions of dollars) 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5)—Estimated yield 
<sup>4</sup> (quarterly percent)&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.23
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$709</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.72 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,961</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.70 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.71 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">742</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.70
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Source: New York Stock Exchange Composite Index as reported daily by the New York Stock Exchange.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Source: Monthly Review, New York Stock Exchange.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Source: The Exchange, New York Stock Exchange magazine, May, Aug., Nov. 1971 and Feb. 1972 editions. Upon request the Statistics Division of the Research Department of the NYSE will make this figure available within 10 days of the end of each quarter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> The ratio of column 4 to column 3.</P></DIV></DIV>
<FP-1>Change in NYSE Composite Index value for 1971: 56.43 − 50.23 = 6.20.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Accumulated Value of Dividends of NYSE Composite Index for 1971: 

</FP-1>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.097.gif"/></MATH>
<P>Aggregate value of dividends paid on NYSE Composite Index assuming quarterly reinvestment: 
</P>
<P>For 1971:
</P>
<FP-1>.0286 × 56.43 = 1.61
</FP-1>
<P>Investment record of the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index assuming quarterly reinvestment of dividends: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.098.gif"/></MATH>
<P>The same method can be extended to cases where an investment company's fiscal quarters do not coincide with the fiscal quarters of the NYSE dividend record or to instances where a “rolling period” is used for performance comparisons as indicated by the following example of the calculation of the investment record of the NYSE Composite Index for the 12 months ended November 1971:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index value Nov. 30, 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.84
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Index value Nov. 30, 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Change in index value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.43</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Quarter ending
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dividend yield quarterly percent
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rate for each month of quarter (
<fr>1/12</fr> of annual)&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mar. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">June 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sept. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dec. 1971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.23</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Accumulated value of dividends reinvested: 
</P>
<P>December = 1.0026 
</P>
<P>January-March = 1.0072 
</P>
<P>April-June = 1.0070 
</P>
<P>July-September = 1.0071 
</P>
<P>October-November = 1.0047 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> The rate for October and November would be two thirds of the yield for the quarter ended September 30 (i.e. .667 × .71 = 4736), since the yield for the quarter ended December 31 would not be available as of November 30.</P></FTNT>
<P>Dividend yield:
</P>
<HD1>(1.0026 × 1.0072 × 1.0070 × 1.0071 × 1.0047) − 1.00 = .0289
</HD1>
<P>Aggregate value of dividends paid computed consistently with the index:</P></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>.0289 × 51.84 = 1.50
</FP-1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Investment record of the NYSE Composite Index for the 12 months ended November 30, 1971:</P></EXTRACT>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec14no91.099.gif"/></MATH>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 205, 211, 54 Stat. 852, 74 Stat. 887, 15 U.S.C. 80b-205, 80b-211; sec. 25, 84 Stat. 1432, 1433, Pub. L. 91-547) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 17468, Aug. 29, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.205-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.205-2   Definition of “specified period” over which the asset value of the company or fund under management is averaged.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this rule: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fulcrum fee</I> shall mean the fee which is paid or earned when the investment company's performance is equivalent to that of the index or other measure of performance. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rolling period</I> shall mean a period consisting of a specified number of subperiods of definite length in which the most recent subperiod is substituted for the earliest subperiod as time passes. 
</P>
<P>(b) The specified period over which the asset value of the company or fund under management is averaged shall mean the period over which the investment performance of the company or fund and the investment record of an appropriate index of securities prices or such other measure of investment performance are computed. 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, the specified period over which the asset value of the company or fund is averaged for the purpose of computing the fulcrum fee may differ from the period over which the asset value is averaged for computing the performance related portion of the fee, only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The performance related portion of the fee is computed over a rolling period and the total fee is payable at the end of each subperiod of the rolling period; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The fulcrum fee is computed on the basis of the asset value averaged over the most recent subperiod or subperiods of the rolling period. 
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 205, 106A, 211; 54 Stat. 852, 855; 84 Stat. 1433, 15 U.S.C. 80b-5, 80b-6a, 80b-11) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 24896, Nov. 22, 1972] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.205-3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.205-3   Exemption from the compensation prohibition of section 205(a)(1) for investment advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The provisions of section 205(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-5(a)(1)) will not be deemed to prohibit an investment adviser from entering into, performing, renewing or extending an investment advisory contract that provides for compensation to the investment adviser on the basis of a share of the capital gains upon, or the capital appreciation of, the funds, or any portion of the funds, of a client, <I>Provided,</I> That the client entering into the contract subject to this section is a qualified client, as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification of the client.</I> In the case of a private investment company, as defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a business development company, as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(22)), each equity owner of any such company (except for the investment adviser entering into the contract and any other equity owners not charged a fee on the basis of a share of capital gains or capital appreciation) will be considered a client for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transition rules</I>—(1) <I>Registered investment advisers.</I> If a registered investment adviser entered into a contract and satisfied the conditions of this section that were in effect when the contract was entered into, the adviser will be considered to satisfy the conditions of this section; <I>Provided,</I> however, that if a natural person or company who was not a party to the contract becomes a party (including an equity owner of a private investment company advised by the adviser), the conditions of this section in effect at that time will apply with regard to that person or company.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Registered investment advisers that were previously not registered.</I> If an investment adviser was not required to register with the Commission pursuant to section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) and was not registered, section 205(a)(1) of the Act will not apply to an advisory contract entered into when the adviser was not required to register and was not registered, or to an account of an equity owner of a private investment company advised by the adviser if the account was established when the adviser was not required to register and was not registered; <I>Provided,</I> however, that section 205(a)(1) of the Act will apply with regard to a natural person or company who was not a party to the contract and becomes a party (including an equity owner of a private investment company advised by the adviser) when the adviser is required to register.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certain transfers of interests.</I> Solely for purposes of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, a transfer of an equity ownership interest in a private investment company by gift or bequest, or pursuant to an agreement related to a legal separation or divorce, will not cause the transferee to “become a party” to the contract and will not cause section 205(a)(1) of the Act to apply to such transferee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>qualified client</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A natural person who, or a company that, immediately after entering into the contract has, under the management of the investment adviser, at least the applicable dollar amount specified in the most recent order;
</P>
<P>(ii) A natural person who, or a company that, the investment adviser entering into the contract (and any person acting on his behalf) reasonably believes, immediately prior to entering into the contract, either:
</P>
<P>(A) Has a net worth (together, in the case of a natural person, with assets held jointly with a spouse) of more than the applicable dollar amount specified in the most recent order. For purposes of calculating a natural person's net worth:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The person's primary residence must not be included as an asset;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Indebtedness secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time the investment advisory contract is entered into may not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of calculation exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess must be included as a liability); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the residence must be included as a liability; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is a qualified purchaser as defined in section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(51)(A)) at the time the contract is entered into; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A natural person who immediately prior to entering into the contract is:
</P>
<P>(A) An executive officer, director, trustee, general partner, or person serving in a similar capacity, of the investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(B) An employee of the investment adviser (other than an employee performing solely clerical, secretarial or administrative functions with regard to the investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, participates in the investment activities of such investment adviser, provided that such employee has been performing such functions and duties for or on behalf of the investment adviser, or substantially similar functions or duties for or on behalf of another company for at least 12 months.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>company</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(5)), but does not include a company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 but is not registered.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>private investment company</I> means a company that would be defined as an investment company under section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)) but for the exception provided from that definition by section 3(c)(1) of such Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1)).
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>executive officer</I> means the president, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions, for the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>most recent order</I> means the most recently issued Commission order in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section and as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inflation adjustments.</I> Pursuant to section 205(e) of the Act, the dollar amounts referenced in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section shall be adjusted, by order of the Commission, issued on or about May 1, 2026, and approximately every five years thereafter. The adjusted dollar amounts established in such orders shall be computed by:
</P>
<P>(1) Dividing the year-end value of the Personal Consumption Expenditures Chain-Type Price Index (or any successor index thereto), as published by the United States Department of Commerce, for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the order is being issued, by the year-end value of such index (or successor) for the calendar year 1997;
</P>
<P>(2) For the dollar amount in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, multiplying $750,000 times the quotient obtained in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and rounding the product to the nearest multiple of $100,000; and
</P>
<P>(3) For the dollar amount in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, multiplying $1,500,000 times the quotient obtained in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and rounding the product to the nearest multiple of $100,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 39027, July 21, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 72088, Dec. 10, 2004; 77 FR 10368, Feb. 22, 2012; 86 FR 62475, Nov. 10, 2021


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(3)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(3)-1   Exemption of investment advisers registered as broker-dealers in connection with the provision of certain investment advisory services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An investment adviser which is a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be exempt from section 206(3) in connection with any transaction in relation to which such broker or dealer is acting as an investment adviser solely (1) by means of publicly distributed written materials or publicly made oral statements; (2) by means of written materials or oral statements which do not purport to meet the objectives or needs of specific individuals or accounts; (3) through the issuance of statistical information containing no expressions of opinion as to the investment merits of a particular security; or (4) any combination of the foregoing services: <I>Provided, however,</I> That such materials and oral statements include a statement that if the purchaser of the advisory communication uses the services of the adviser in connection with a sale or purchase of a security which is a subject of such communication, the adviser may act as principal for its own account or as agent for another person.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this Rule, publicly distributed written materials are those which are distributed to 35 or more persons who pay for such materials, and publicly made oral statements are those made simultaneously to 35 or more persons who pay for access to such statements.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The requirement that the investment adviser disclose that it may act as principal or agent for another person in the sale or purchase of a security that is the subject of investment advice does not relieve the investment adviser of any disclosure obligation which, depending upon the nature of the relationship between the investment adviser and the client, may be imposed by subparagraphs (1) or (2) of section 206 or the other provisions of the federal securities laws.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 38159, Aug. 27, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(3)-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(3)-2   Agency cross transactions for advisory clients.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An investment adviser, or a person registered as a broker-dealer under section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o) and controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser, shall be deemed in compliance with the provisions of sections 206(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(3)) in effecting an agency cross transaction for an advisory client, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The advisory client has executed a written consent prospectively authorizing the investment adviser, or any other person relying on this rule, to effect agency cross transactions for such advisory client, provided that such written consent is obtained after full written disclosure that with respect to agency cross transactions the investment adviser or such other person will act as broker for, receive commissions from, and have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to such transactions;
</P>
<P>(2) The investment adviser, or any other person relying on this rule, sends to each such client a written confirmation at or before the completion of each such transaction, which confirmation includes (i) a statement of the nature of such transaction, (ii) the date such transaction took place, (iii) an offer to furnish upon request, the time when such transaction took place, and (iv) the source and amount of any other remuneration received or to be received by the investment adviser and any other person relying on this rule in connection with the transaction, <I>Provided, however,</I> That if, in the case of a purchase, neither the investment adviser nor any other person relying on this rule was participating in a distribution, or in the case of a sale, neither the investment adviser nor any other person relying on this rule was participating in a tender offer, the written confirmation may state whether any other remuneration has been or will be received and that the source and amount of such other remuneration will be furnished upon written request of such customer;
</P>
<P>(3) The investment adviser, or any other person relying in this rule, sends to each such client, at least annually, and with or as part of any written statement or summary of such account from the investment adviser or such other person, a written disclosure statement identifying the total number of such transactions during the period since the date of the last such statement or summary, and the total amount of all commissions or other remuneration received or to be received by the investment adviser or any other person relying on this rule in connection with such transactions during such period;
</P>
<P>(4) Each written disclosure statement and confirmation required by this rule includes a conspicuous statement that the written consent referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be revoked at any time by written notice to the investment adviser, or to any other person relying on this rule, from the advisory client; and
</P>
<P>(5) No such transaction is effected in which the same investment adviser or an investment adviser and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such investment adviser recommended the transaction to both any seller and any purchaser.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule the term <I>agency cross transaction for an advisory client</I> shall mean a transaction in which a person acts as an investment adviser in relation to a transaction in which such investment adviser, or any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such investment adviser, acts as broker for both such advisory client and for another person on the other side of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(c) This rule shall not be construed as relieving in any way the investment adviser or another person relying on this rule from acting in the best interests of the advisory client, including fulfilling the duty with respect to the best price and execution for the particular transaction for the advisory client; nor shall it relieve such person or persons from any disclosure obligation which may be imposed by subparagraphs (1) or (2) of section 206 of the Act or by other applicable provisions of the federal securities laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 29301 June 8, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 41379, Sept. 15, 1983; 62 FR 28135, May 22, 1997]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-1   Investment adviser marketing.</HEAD>
<P>As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative acts, practices, or courses of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4)), it is unlawful for any investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), directly or indirectly, to disseminate any advertisement that violates any of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General prohibitions.</I> An advertisement may not:
</P>
<P>(1) Include any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in the light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading;
</P>
<P>(2) Include a material statement of fact that the adviser does not have a reasonable basis for believing it will be able to substantiate upon demand by the Commission;
</P>
<P>(3) Include information that would reasonably be likely to cause an untrue or misleading implication or inference to be drawn concerning a material fact relating to the investment adviser;
</P>
<P>(4) Discuss any potential benefits to clients or investors connected with or resulting from the investment adviser's services or methods of operation without providing fair and balanced treatment of any material risks or material limitations associated with the potential benefits;
</P>
<P>(5) Include a reference to specific investment advice provided by the investment adviser where such investment advice is not presented in a manner that is fair and balanced;
</P>
<P>(6) Include or exclude performance results, or present performance time periods, in a manner that is not fair and balanced; or
</P>
<P>(7) Otherwise be materially misleading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Testimonials and endorsements.</I> An advertisement may not include any testimonial or endorsement, and an adviser may not provide compensation, directly or indirectly, for a testimonial or endorsement, unless the investment adviser complies with the conditions in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, subject to the exemptions in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Required disclosures.</I> The investment adviser discloses, or reasonably believes that the person giving the testimonial or endorsement discloses, the following at the time the testimonial or endorsement is disseminated:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearly and prominently:
</P>
<P>(A) That the testimonial was given by a current client or investor, and the <I>endorsement</I> was given by a person other than a current client or investor, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(B) That cash or non-cash compensation was provided for the <I>testimonial</I> or <I>endorsement,</I> if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(C) A brief statement of any material conflicts of interest on the part of the person giving the testimonial or endorsement resulting from the investment adviser's relationship with such person;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material terms of any compensation arrangement, including a description of the compensation provided or to be provided, directly or indirectly, to the person for the <I>testimonial</I> or <I>endorsement;</I> and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of any material conflicts of interest on the part of the person giving the <I>testimonial</I> or <I>endorsement</I> resulting from the investment adviser's relationship with such person and/or any compensation arrangement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adviser oversight and compliance.</I> The investment adviser must have:
</P>
<P>(i) A reasonable basis for believing that the testimonial or endorsement complies with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A written agreement with any person giving a testimonial or endorsement that describes the scope of the agreed-upon activities and the terms of compensation for those activities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disqualification.</I> An investment adviser may not compensate a person, directly or indirectly, for a testimonial or endorsement if the adviser knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the person giving the testimonial or endorsement is an ineligible person at the time the testimonial or endorsement is disseminated. This paragraph shall not disqualify any person for any matter(s) that occurred prior to May 4, 2021, if such matter(s) would not have disqualified such person under § 275.206(4)-3(a)(1)(ii) of this chapter, as in effect prior to May 4, 2021.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exemptions.</I> (i) A testimonial or endorsement disseminated for no compensation or <I>de minimis compensation</I> is not required to comply with paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A testimonial or endorsement by the investment adviser's partners, officers, directors, or employees, or a person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the investment adviser, or is a partner, officer, director or employee of such a person is not required to comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2)(ii) of this section, provided that the affiliation between the investment adviser and such person is readily apparent to or is disclosed to the client or investor at the time the testimonial or endorsement is disseminated and the investment adviser documents such person's status at the time the testimonial or endorsement is disseminated;
</P>
<P>(iii) A testimonial or endorsement by a broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)) is not required to comply with:
</P>
<P>(A) Paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the testimonial or endorsement is a recommendation subject to § 240.15l-1 of this chapter (Regulation Best Interest) under that Act;
</P>
<P>(B) Paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section if the testimonial or endorsement is provided to a person that is not a retail customer (as that term is defined in § 240.15l-1 of this chapter (Regulation Best Interest) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(a)); and
</P>
<P>(C) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section if the broker or dealer is not subject to statutory disqualification, as defined under section 3(a)(39) of that Act; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A testimonial or endorsement by a person that is covered by rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.506(d) of this chapter) with respect to a rule 506 securities offering under the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.506 of this chapter) and whose involvement would not disqualify the offering under that rule is not required to comply with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Third-party ratings.</I> An advertisement may not include any third-party rating, unless the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a reasonable basis for believing that any questionnaire or survey used in the preparation of the third-party rating is structured to make it equally easy for a participant to provide favorable and unfavorable responses, and is not designed or prepared to produce any predetermined result; and
</P>
<P>(2) Clearly and prominently discloses, or the investment adviser reasonably believes that the third-party rating clearly and prominently discloses:
</P>
<P>(i) The date on which the rating was given and the period of time upon which the rating was based;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identity of the third party that created and tabulated the rating; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, that compensation has been provided directly or indirectly by the adviser in connection with obtaining or using the third-party rating.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Performance.</I> An investment adviser may not include in any advertisement:
</P>
<P>(1) Any presentation of gross performance, unless the advertisement also presents net performance:
</P>
<P>(i) With at least equal prominence to, and in a format designed to facilitate comparison with, the gross performance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculated over the same time period, and using the same type of return and methodology, as the gross performance.
</P>
<P>(2) Any performance results, of any portfolio or any composite aggregation of related portfolios, in each case other than any private fund, unless the advertisement includes performance results of the same portfolio or composite aggregation for one-, five-, and ten-year periods, each presented with equal prominence and ending on a date that is no less recent than the most recent calendar year-end; except that if the relevant portfolio did not exist for a particular prescribed period, then the life of the portfolio must be substituted for that period.
</P>
<P>(3) Any statement, express or implied, that the calculation or presentation of performance results in the advertisement has been approved or reviewed by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(4) Any related performance, unless it includes all related portfolios; provided that related performance may exclude any related portfolios if:
</P>
<P>(i) The advertised performance results are not materially higher than if all related portfolios had been included; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The exclusion of any related portfolio does not alter the presentation of any applicable time periods prescribed by paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Any extracted performance, unless the advertisement provides, or offers to provide promptly, the performance results of the total portfolio from which the performance was extracted.
</P>
<P>(6) Any hypothetical performance unless the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopts and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the hypothetical performance is relevant to the likely financial situation and investment objectives of the intended audience of the advertisement;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides sufficient information to enable the intended audience to understand the criteria used and assumptions made in calculating such hypothetical performance; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides (or, if the intended audience is an investor in a private fund, provides, or offers to provide promptly) sufficient information to enable the intended audience to understand the risks and limitations of using such hypothetical performance in making investment decisions; Provided that the investment adviser need not comply with the other conditions on performance in paragraphs (d)(2), (4), and (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Any predecessor performance unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The person or persons who were primarily responsible for achieving the prior performance results manage accounts at the advertising adviser;
</P>
<P>(ii) The accounts managed at the predecessor investment adviser are sufficiently similar to the accounts managed at the advertising investment adviser that the performance results would provide relevant information to clients or investors;
</P>
<P>(iii) All accounts that were managed in a substantially similar manner are advertised unless the exclusion of any such account would not result in materially higher performance and the exclusion of any account does not alter the presentation of any applicable time periods prescribed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The advertisement clearly and prominently includes all relevant disclosures, including that the performance results were from accounts managed at another entity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Advertisement</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any direct or indirect communication an investment adviser makes to more than one person, or to one or more persons if the communication includes hypothetical performance, that offers the investment adviser's investment advisory services with regard to securities to prospective clients or investors in a private fund advised by the investment adviser or offers new investment advisory services with regard to securities to current clients or investors in a private fund advised by the investment adviser, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) Extemporaneous, live, oral communications;
</P>
<P>(B) Information contained in a statutory or regulatory notice, filing, or other required communication, provided that such information is reasonably designed to satisfy the requirements of such notice, filing, or other required communication; or
</P>
<P>(C) A communication that includes hypothetical performance that is provided:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) In response to an unsolicited request for such information from a prospective or current client or investor in a private fund advised by the investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) To a prospective or current investor in a private fund advised by the investment adviser in a one-on-one communication; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any endorsement or testimonial for which an investment adviser provides compensation, directly or indirectly, but does not include any information contained in a statutory or regulatory notice, filing, or other required communication, provided that such information is reasonably designed to satisfy the requirements of such notice, filing, or other required communication.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>De minimis compensation</I> means compensation paid to a person for providing a <I>testimonial</I> or <I>endorsement</I> of a total of $1,000 or less (or the equivalent value in non-cash compensation) during the preceding 12 months.
</P>
<P>(3) A <I>disqualifying Commission action</I> means a Commission opinion or order barring, suspending, or prohibiting the person from acting in any capacity under the Federal securities laws.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>disqualifying event</I> is any of the following events that occurred within ten years prior to the person disseminating an endorsement or testimonial:
</P>
<P>(i) A conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States of any felony or misdemeanor involving conduct described in paragraph (2)(A) through (D) of section 203(e) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) A conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States of engaging in, any of the conduct specified in paragraphs (1), (5), or (6) of section 203(e) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(iii) The entry of any final order by any entity described in paragraph (9) of section 203(e) of the Act, or by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in the Form ADV Glossary of Terms)), of the type described in paragraph (9) of section 203(e) of the Act;
</P>
<P>(iv) The entry of an order, judgment or decree described in paragraph (4) of section 203(e) of the Act, and still in effect, by any court of competent jurisdiction within the United States; and
</P>
<P>(v) A Commission order that a person cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:
</P>
<P>(A) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the Federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and § 240.10b-5 of this chapter, section 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(c)(1)), and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)), or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(B) Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e);
</P>
<P>(vi) A disqualifying event does not include an event described in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) through (v) of this section with respect to a person that is also subject to:
</P>
<P>(A) An order pursuant to section 9(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-9) with respect to such event; or
</P>
<P>(B) A Commission opinion or order with respect to such event that is not a disqualifying Commission action; provided that for each applicable type of order or opinion described in paragraphs (e)(4)(vi)(A) and (B) of this section:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The person is in compliance with the terms of the order or opinion, including, but not limited to, the payment of disgorgement, prejudgment interest, civil or administrative penalties, and fines; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For a period of ten years following the date of each order or opinion, the advertisement containing the testimonial or endorsement must include a statement that the person providing the testimonial or endorsement is subject to a Commission order or opinion regarding one or more disciplinary action(s), and include the order or opinion or a link to the order or opinion on the Commission's website.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Endorsement</I> means any statement by a person other than a current client or investor in a private fund advised by the investment adviser that:
</P>
<P>(i) Indicates approval, support, or recommendation of the investment adviser or its supervised persons or describes that person's experience with the investment adviser or its supervised persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) Directly or indirectly solicits any current or prospective client or investor to be a client of, or an investor in a private fund advised by, the investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Refers any current or prospective client or investor to be a client of, or an investor in a private fund advised by, the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Extracted performance</I> means the performance results of a subset of investments extracted from a portfolio.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Gross performance</I> means the performance results of a portfolio (or portions of a <I>portfolio</I> that are included in extracted performance, if applicable) before the deduction of all fees and expenses that a client or investor has paid or would have paid in connection with the investment adviser's investment advisory services to the relevant portfolio.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Hypothetical performance</I> means performance results that were not actually achieved by any portfolio of the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(i) Hypothetical performance includes, but is not limited to;
</P>
<P>(A) Performance derived from model portfolios;
</P>
<P>(B) Performance that is backtested by the application of a strategy to data from prior time periods when the strategy was not actually used during those time periods; and
</P>
<P>(C) Targeted or projected performance returns with respect to any portfolio or to the investment advisory services with regard to securities offered in the advertisement, however:
</P>
<P>(ii) Hypothetical performance does not include:
</P>
<P>(A) An interactive analysis tool where a client or investor, or prospective client, or investor, uses the tool to produce simulations and statistical analyses that present the likelihood of various investment outcomes if certain investments are made or certain investment strategies or styles are undertaken, thereby serving as an additional resource to investors in the evaluation of the potential risks and returns of investment choices; provided that the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Provides a description of the criteria and methodology used, including the investment analysis tool's limitations and key assumptions;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Explains that the results may vary with each use and over time;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If applicable, describes the universe of investments considered in the analysis, explains how the tool determines which investments to select, discloses if the tool favors certain investments and, if so, explains the reason for the selectivity, and states that other investments not considered may have characteristics similar or superior to those being analyzed; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Discloses that the tool generates outcomes that are hypothetical in nature; or
</P>
<P>(B) Predecessor performance that is displayed in compliance with paragraph (d)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Ineligible person</I> means a person who is subject to a disqualifying Commission action or is subject to any disqualifying event, and the following persons with respect to the ineligible person:
</P>
<P>(i) Any employee, officer, or director of the ineligible person and any other individuals with similar status or functions within the scope of association with the ineligible person;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the ineligible person is a partnership, all general partners; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the ineligible person is a limited liability company managed by elected managers, all elected managers.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Net performance</I> means the performance results of a portfolio (or portions of a portfolio that are included in extracted performance, if applicable) after the deduction of all fees and expenses that a client or investor has paid or would have paid in connection with the investment adviser's investment advisory services to the relevant portfolio, including, if applicable, advisory fees, advisory fees paid to underlying investment vehicles, and payments by the investment adviser for which the client or investor reimburses the investment adviser. For purposes of this rule, net performance:
</P>
<P>(i) May reflect the exclusion of custodian fees paid to a bank or other third-party organization for safekeeping funds and securities; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) If using a model fee, must reflect one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The deduction of a model fee when doing so would result in performance figures that are no higher than if the actual fee had been deducted; or
</P>
<P>(B) The deduction of a model fee that is equal to the highest fee charged to the intended audience to whom the advertisement is disseminated.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Portfolio</I> means a group of investments managed by the investment adviser. A portfolio may be an account or a private fund and includes, but is not limited to, a portfolio for the account of the investment adviser or its advisory affiliate (as defined in the Form ADV Glossary of Terms).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Predecessor performance</I> means investment performance achieved by a group of investments consisting of an account or a private fund that was not advised at all times during the period shown by the investment adviser advertising the performance.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Private fund</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(29) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Related performance</I> means the performance results of one or more related portfolios, either on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis or as a composite aggregation of all portfolios falling within stated criteria.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Related portfolio</I> means a portfolio with substantially similar investment policies, objectives, and strategies as those of the services being offered in the advertisement.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Supervised person</I> has the same meaning as in section 202(a)(25) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Testimonial</I> means any statement by a current client or investor in a private fund advised by the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(i) About the client or investor's experience with the investment adviser or its supervised persons;
</P>
<P>(ii) That directly or indirectly solicits any current or prospective client or investor to be a client of, or an investor in a private fund advised by, the investment adviser; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That refers any current or prospective client or investor to be a client of, or an investor in a private fund advised by, the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Third-party rating</I> means a rating or ranking of an investment adviser provided by a person who is not a related person (as defined in the Form ADV Glossary of Terms), and such person provides such ratings or rankings in the ordinary course of its business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 13024, Mar. 5, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 22447, Apr. 15, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-2   Custody of funds or securities of clients by investment advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safekeeping required.</I> If you are an investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), it is a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of the <I>Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4))</I> for you to have custody of client funds or securities unless:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualified custodian.</I> A qualified custodian maintains those funds and securities:
</P>
<P>(i) In a separate account for each client under that client's name; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In accounts that contain only your clients' funds and securities, under your name as agent or trustee for the clients.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to clients.</I> If you open an account with a qualified custodian on your client's behalf, either under the client's name or under your name as agent, you notify the client in writing of the qualified custodian's name, address, and the manner in which the funds or securities are maintained, promptly when the account is opened and following any changes to this information. If you send account statements to a client to which you are required to provide this notice, include in the notification provided to that client and in any subsequent account statement you send that client a statement urging the client to compare the account statements from the custodian with those from the adviser.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Account statements to clients.</I> You have a reasonable basis, after due inquiry, for believing that the qualified custodian sends an account statement, at least quarterly, to each of your clients for which it maintains funds or securities, identifying the amount of funds and of each security in the account at the end of the period and setting forth all transactions in the account during that period.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Independent verification.</I> The client funds and securities of which you have custody are verified by actual examination at least once during each calendar year, except as provided below, by an independent public accountant, pursuant to a written agreement between you and the accountant, at a time that is chosen by the accountant without prior notice or announcement to you and that is irregular from year to year. The written agreement must provide for the first examination to occur within six months of becoming subject to this paragraph, except that, if you maintain client funds or securities pursuant to this section as a qualified custodian, the agreement must provide for the first examination to occur no later than six months after obtaining the internal control report. The written agreement must require the accountant to:
</P>
<P>(i) File a certificate on Form ADV-E (17 CFR 279.8) with the Commission within 120 days of the time chosen by the accountant in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, stating that it has examined the funds and securities and describing the nature and extent of the examination;
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon finding any material discrepancies during the course of the examination, notify the Commission within one business day of the finding, by means of a facsimile transmission or electronic mail, followed by first class mail, directed to the attention of the Director of the Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon resignation or dismissal from, or other termination of, the engagement, or upon removing itself or being removed from consideration for being reappointed, file within four business days Form ADV-E accompanied by a statement that includes:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of such resignation, dismissal, removal, or other termination, and the name, address, and contact information of the accountant; and
</P>
<P>(B) An explanation of any problems relating to examination scope or procedure that contributed to such resignation, dismissal, removal, or other termination.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Special rule for limited partnerships and limited liability companies.</I> If you or a related person is a general partner of a limited partnership (or managing member of a limited liability company, or hold a comparable position for another type of pooled investment vehicle), the account statements required under paragraph (a)(3) of this section must be sent to each limited partner (or member or other beneficial owner).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Investment advisers acting as qualified custodians.</I> If you maintain, or if you have custody because a related person maintains, client funds or securities pursuant to this section as a qualified custodian in connection with advisory services you provide to clients:
</P>
<P>(i) The independent public accountant you retain to perform the independent verification required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section must be registered with, and subject to regular inspection as of the commencement of the professional engagement period, and as of each calendar year-end, by, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in accordance with its rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) You must obtain, or receive from your related person, within six months of becoming subject to this paragraph and thereafter no less frequently than once each calendar year a written internal control report prepared by an independent public accountant:
</P>
<P>(A) The internal control report must include an opinion of an independent public accountant as to whether controls have been placed in operation as of a specific date, and are suitably designed and are operating effectively to meet control objectives relating to custodial services, including the safeguarding of funds and securities held by either you or a related person on behalf of your advisory clients, during the year;
</P>
<P>(B) The independent public accountant must verify that the funds and securities are reconciled to a custodian other than you or your related person; and
</P>
<P>(C) The independent public accountant must be registered with, and subject to regular inspection as of the commencement of the professional engagement period, and as of each calendar year-end, by, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in accordance with its rules.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Independent representatives.</I> A client may designate an independent representative to receive, on his behalf, notices and account statements as required under paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) <I>Shares of mutual funds.</I> With respect to shares of an open-end company as defined in section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-5(a)(1)) (“mutual fund”), you may use the mutual fund's transfer agent in lieu of a qualified custodian for purposes of complying with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain privately offered securities.</I> (i) You are not required to comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this section with respect to securities that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Acquired from the issuer in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving any public offering;
</P>
<P>(B) Uncertificated, and ownership thereof is recorded only on the books of the issuer or its transfer agent in the name of the client; and
</P>
<P>(C) Transferable only with prior consent of the issuer or holders of the outstanding securities of the issuer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2) are available with respect to securities held for the account of a limited partnership (or a limited liability company, or other type of pooled investment vehicle) only if the limited partnership is audited, and the audited financial statements are distributed, as described in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fee deduction.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4) of this section, you are not required to obtain an independent verification of client funds and securities maintained by a qualified custodian if:
</P>
<P>(i) you have custody of the funds and securities solely as a consequence of your authority to make withdrawals from client accounts to pay your advisory fee; and
</P>
<P>(ii) if the qualified custodian is a related person, you can rely on paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Limited partnerships subject to annual audit.</I> You are not required to comply with paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section and you shall be deemed to have complied with paragraph (a)(4) of this section with respect to the account of a limited partnership (or limited liability company, or another type of pooled investment vehicle) that is subject to audit (as defined in rule 1-02(d) of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.1-02(d))):
</P>
<P>(i) At least annually and distributes its audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to all limited partners (or members or other beneficial owners) within 120 days of the end of its fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(ii) By an independent public accountant that is registered with, and subject to regular inspection as of the commencement of the professional engagement period, and as of each calendar year-end, by, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in accordance with its rules; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon liquidation and distributes its audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to all limited partners (or members or other beneficial owners) promptly after the completion of such audit.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Registered investment companies.</I> You are not required to comply with this section (17 CFR 275.206(4)-2) with respect to the account of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 to 80a-64).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Certain Related Persons.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4) of this section, you are not required to obtain an independent verification of client funds and securities if:
</P>
<P>(i) you have custody under this rule solely because a related person holds, directly or indirectly, client funds or securities, or has any authority to obtain possession of them, in connection with advisory services you provide to clients; and
</P>
<P>(ii) your related person is operationally independent of you.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delivery to Related Person.</I> Sending an account statement under paragraph (a)(5) of this section or distributing audited financial statements under paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not satisfy the requirements of this section if such account statements or financial statements are sent solely to limited partners (or members or other beneficial owners) that themselves are limited partnerships (or limited liability companies, or another type of pooled investment vehicle) and are your related persons.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Control</I> means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a person, whether through ownership of securities, by contract, or otherwise. Control includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Each of your firm's officers, partners, or directors exercising executive responsibility (or persons having similar status or functions) is presumed to control your firm;
</P>
<P>(ii) A person is presumed to control a corporation if the person:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of the corporation's voting securities; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has the power to sell or direct the sale of 25 percent or more of a class of the corporation's voting securities;
</P>
<P>(iii) A person is presumed to control a partnership if the person has the right to receive upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital of the partnership;
</P>
<P>(iv) A person is presumed to control a limited liability company if the person:
</P>
<P>(A) Directly or indirectly has the right to vote 25 percent or more of a class of the interests of the limited liability company;
</P>
<P>(B) Has the right to receive upon dissolution, or has contributed, 25 percent or more of the capital of the limited liability company; or
</P>
<P>(C) Is an elected manager of the limited liability company; or
</P>
<P>(v) A person is presumed to control a trust if the person is a trustee or managing agent of the trust.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Custody</I> means holding, directly or indirectly, client funds or securities, or having any authority to obtain possession of them. You have custody if a related person holds, directly or indirectly, client funds or securities, or has any authority to obtain possession of them, in connection with advisory services you provide to clients. Custody includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Possession of client funds or securities (but not of checks drawn by clients and made payable to third parties) unless you receive them inadvertently and you return them to the sender promptly but in any case within three business days of receiving them;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any arrangement (including a general power of attorney) under which you are authorized or permitted to withdraw client funds or securities maintained with a custodian upon your instruction to the custodian; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any capacity (such as general partner of a limited partnership, managing member of a limited liability company or a comparable position for another type of pooled investment vehicle, or trustee of a trust) that gives you or your supervised person legal ownership of or access to client funds or securities.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Independent public accountant</I> means a public accountant that meets the standards of independence described in rule 2-01(b) and (c) of Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210.2-01(b) and (c)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Independent representative</I> means a person that:
</P>
<P>(i) Acts as agent for an advisory client, including in the case of a pooled investment vehicle, for limited partners of a limited partnership (or members of a limited liability company, or other beneficial owners of another type of pooled investment vehicle) and by law or contract is obliged to act in the best interest of the advisory client or the limited partners (or members, or other beneficial owners);
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not control, is not controlled by, and is not under common control with you; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not have, and has not had within the past two years, a material business relationship with you.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Operationally independent:</I> for purposes of paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a related person is presumed not to be operationally independent unless each of the following conditions is met and no other circumstances can reasonably be expected to compromise the operational independence of the related person: (i) Client assets in the custody of the related person are not subject to claims of the adviser's creditors; (ii) advisory personnel do not have custody or possession of, or direct or indirect access to client assets of which the related person has custody, or the power to control the disposition of such client assets to third parties for the benefit of the adviser or its related persons, or otherwise have the opportunity to misappropriate such client assets; (iii) advisory personnel and personnel of the related person who have access to advisory client assets are not under common supervision; and (iv) advisory personnel do not hold any position with the related person or share premises with the related person.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Qualified custodian</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A bank as defined in section 202(a)(2) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(2)) or a savings association as defined in section 3(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(b)(1)) that has deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811);
</P>
<P>(ii) A broker-dealer registered under section 15(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(1)), holding the client assets in customer accounts;
</P>
<P>(iii) A futures commission merchant registered under section 4f(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6f(a)), holding the client assets in customer accounts, but only with respect to clients' funds and security futures, or other securities incidental to transactions in contracts for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery and options thereon; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A foreign financial institution that customarily holds financial assets for its customers, provided that the foreign financial institution keeps the advisory clients' assets in customer accounts segregated from its proprietary assets.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Related person</I> means any person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by you, and any person that is under common control with you.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1484, Jan. 11, 2010]



 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 275.206(4)-(3)—275.206(4)-4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 275.206(4)-(3)--275.206(4)-4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-5" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-5   Political contributions by certain investment advisers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitions.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts, practices, or courses of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4)), it shall be unlawful:
</P>
<P>(1) For any investment adviser registered (or required to be registered) with the Commission, or unregistered in reliance on the exemption available under section 203(b)(3) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(3)), or that is an exempt reporting adviser, as defined in section 275.204-4(a), to provide investment advisory services for compensation to a government entity within two years after a contribution to an official of the government entity is made by the investment adviser or any covered associate of the investment adviser (including a person who becomes a covered associate within two years after the contribution is made); and
</P>
<P>(2) For any investment adviser registered (or required to be registered) with the Commission, or unregistered in reliance on the exemption available under section 203(b)(3) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(3)), or that is an exempt reporting adviser, or any of the investment adviser's covered associates:
</P>
<P>(i) To provide or agree to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any person to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services on behalf of such investment adviser unless such person is:
</P>
<P>(A) A regulated person; or
</P>
<P>(B) An executive officer, general partner, managing member (or, in each case, a person with a similar status or function), or employee of the investment adviser; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To coordinate, or to solicit any person or political action committee to make, any:
</P>
<P>(A) Contribution to an official of a government entity to which the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services; or
</P>
<P>(B) Payment to a political party of a State or locality where the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>De minimis exception.</I> Paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply to contributions made by a covered associate, if a natural person, to officials for whom the covered associate <I>was</I> entitled to vote at the time of the contributions and which in the aggregate do not exceed $350 to any one official, per election, or to officials for whom the covered associate was not entitled to vote at the time of the contributions and which in the aggregate do not exceed $150 to any one official, per election.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception for certain new covered associates.</I> The prohibitions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply to an investment adviser as a result of a contribution made by a natural person more than six months prior to becoming a covered associate of the investment adviser unless such person, after becoming a covered associate, solicits clients on behalf of the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception for certain returned contributions.</I> (i) An investment adviser that is prohibited from providing investment advisory services for compensation pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section as a result of a contribution made by a covered associate of the investment adviser is excepted from such prohibition, subject to paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (b)(3)(iii) of this section, upon satisfaction of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The investment adviser must have discovered the contribution which resulted in the prohibition within four months of the date of such contribution;
</P>
<P>(B) Such contribution must not have exceeded $350; and
</P>
<P>(C) The contributor must obtain a return of the contribution within 60 calendar days of the date of discovery of such contribution by the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(ii) In any calendar year, an investment adviser that has reported on its annual updating amendment to Form ADV (17 CFR 279.1) that it has more than 50 employees is entitled to no more than three exceptions pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, and an investment adviser that has reported on its annual updating amendment to Form ADV that it has 50 or fewer employees is entitled to no more than two exceptions pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) An investment adviser may not rely on the exception provided in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section more than once with respect to contributions by the same covered associate of the investment adviser regardless of the time period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibitions as applied to covered investment pools.</I> For purposes of this section, an investment adviser to a covered investment pool in which a government entity invests or is solicited to invest shall be treated as though that investment adviser were providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services directly to the government entity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Further prohibition.</I> As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts, practices, or courses of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4)), it shall be unlawful for any investment adviser registered (or required to be registered) with the Commission, or unregistered in reliance on the exemption available under section 203(b)(3) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(b)(3)), or that is an exempt reporting adviser, or any of the investment adviser's covered associates to do anything indirectly which, if done directly, would result in a violation of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemptions.</I> The Commission, upon application, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt an investment adviser from the prohibition under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. In determining whether to grant an exemption, the Commission will consider, among other factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b);
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the investment adviser:
</P>
<P>(i) Before the contribution resulting in the prohibition was made, adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to or at the time the contribution which resulted in such prohibition was made, had no actual knowledge of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After learning of the contribution:
</P>
<P>(A) Has taken all available steps to cause the contributor involved in making the contribution which resulted in such prohibition to obtain a return of the contribution; and
</P>
<P>(B) Has taken such other remedial or preventive measures as may be appropriate under the circumstances;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether, at the time of the contribution, the contributor was a covered associate or otherwise an employee of the investment adviser, or was seeking such employment;
</P>
<P>(4) The timing and amount of the contribution which resulted in the prohibition;
</P>
<P>(5) The nature of the election (<I>e.g,</I> Federal, State or local); and
</P>
<P>(6) The contributor's apparent intent or motive in making the contribution which resulted in the prohibition, as evidenced by the facts and circumstances surrounding such contribution.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contribution</I> means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made for:
</P>
<P>(i) The purpose of influencing any election for Federal, State or local office;
</P>
<P>(ii) Payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for State or local office.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Covered associate</I> of an investment adviser means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any general partner, managing member or executive officer, or other individual with a similar status or function;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any employee who solicits a government entity for the investment adviser and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any political action committee controlled by the investment adviser or by any person described in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Covered investment pool</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) that is an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)), but for the exclusion provided from that definition by either section 3(c)(1), section 3(c)(7) or section 3(c)(11) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1), (c)(7) or (c)(11)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Executive officer</I> of an investment adviser means:
</P>
<P>(i) The president;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance);
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other officer of the investment adviser who performs a policy-making function; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the investment adviser.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Government entity</I> means any State or political subdivision of a State, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the State or political subdivision;
</P>
<P>(ii) A pool of assets sponsored or established by the State or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to a “defined benefit plan” as defined in section 414(j) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 414(j)), or a State general fund;
</P>
<P>(iii) A plan or program of a government entity; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Officers, agents, or employees of the State or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, acting in their official capacity.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Official</I> means any person (including any election committee for the person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity, if the office:
</P>
<P>(i) Is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser by a government entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser by a government entity.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Payment</I> means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Plan or program of a government entity</I> means any participant-directed investment program or plan sponsored or established by a State or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to, a “qualified tuition plan” authorized by section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 529), a retirement plan authorized by section 403(b) or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 403(b) or 457), or any similar program or plan.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Regulated person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) An investment adviser registered with the Commission that has not, and whose covered associates have not, within two years of soliciting a government entity:
</P>
<P>(A) Made a contribution to an official of that government entity, other than as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Coordinated or solicited any person or political action committee to make any contribution or payment described in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) A “broker,” as defined in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)) or a “dealer,” as defined in section 3(a)(5) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5)), that is registered with the Commission, and is a member of a national securities association registered under 15A of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-3), provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) The rules of the association prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made; and
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission, by order, finds that such rules impose substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on broker-dealers than this section imposes on investment advisers and that such rules are consistent with the objectives of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A “municipal advisor” registered with the Commission under section 15B of the Exchange Act and subject to rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) Such rules prohibit municipal advisors from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made; and
</P>
<P>(B) The Commission, by order, finds that such rules impose substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on municipal advisors than this section imposes on investment advisers and that such rules are consistent with the objectives of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Solicit</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to investment advisory services, to communicate, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining a client for, or referring a client to, an investment adviser; and
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a contribution or payment, to communicate, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a contribution or payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 41069, July 14, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 43013, July 19, 2011; 77 FR 28477, May 15, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-6" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-6   Proxy voting.</HEAD>
<P>If you are an investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), it is a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4)), for you to exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, unless you: 
</P>
<P>(a) Adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that you vote client securities in the best interest of clients, which procedures must include how you address material conflicts that may arise between your interests and those of your clients; 
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from you about how you voted with respect to their securities; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe to clients your proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures to the requesting client.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 6593, Feb. 7, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-7   Compliance procedures and practices.</HEAD>
<P>If you are an investment adviser registered or required to be registered under section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3), it shall be unlawful within the meaning of section 206 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6) for you to provide investment advice to clients unless you: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Policies and procedures.</I> Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation, by you and your supervised persons, of the Act and the rules that the Commission has adopted under the Act; 


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual review.</I> Review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the policies and procedures established pursuant to this section and the effectiveness of their implementation; and






</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chief compliance officer.</I> Designate an individual (who is a supervised person) responsible for administering the policies and procedures that you adopt under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 74730, Dec. 24, 2003, as amended at 88 FR 63386, Sept. 14, 2023; 89 FR 91253, Nov. 19, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.206(4)-8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.206(4)-8   Pooled investment vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> It shall constitute a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice, or course of business within the meaning of section 206(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(4)) for any investment adviser to a pooled investment vehicle to:
</P>
<P>(1) Make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, to any investor or prospective investor in the pooled investment vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise engage in any act, practice, or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative with respect to any investor or prospective investor in the pooled investment vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section “pooled investment vehicle” means any investment company as defined in section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(a)) or any company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of that Act but for the exclusion provided from that definition by either section 3(c)(1) or section 3(c)(7) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or (7)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 44761, Aug. 9, 2007]




































</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.222-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.222-1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 222 (15 U.S.C. 80b-18a) of the Act:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Place of business.</I> “Place of business” of an investment adviser means:
</P>
<P>(1) An office at which the investment adviser regularly provides investment advisory services, solicits, meets with, or otherwise communicates with clients; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any other location that is held out to the general public as a location at which the investment adviser provides investment advisory services, solicits, meets with, or otherwise communicates with clients.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Principal office and place of business.</I> “Principal office and place of business” of an investment adviser means the executive office of the investment adviser from which the officers, partners, or managers of the investment adviser direct, control, and coordinate the activities of the investment adviser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 28135, May 22, 1997, as amended at 76 FR 43014, July 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 275.222-2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.23.0.36.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 275.222-2   Definition of “client” for purposes of the national de minimis standard.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of section 222(d)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-18a(d)(2)), an investment adviser may rely upon the definition of “client” provided by § 275.202(a)(30)-1, without giving regard to paragraph (b)(4) of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43014, July 19, 2011]





</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="276" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 276—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940 AND GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 80b <I>et seq.</I>



</PSPACE></AUTH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and Page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of General Counsel relating to section 202(a)(11)(C) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 28, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10996.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel relating to the use of the name “investment counsel” under section 208(c) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 12, 1940</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of Director of Trading and Exchange Division, relating to section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, and sections 10(b) and 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 5, 1945</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10997.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Opinion of the General Counsel relating to the use of “hedge clauses” by brokers, dealers, investment advisers, and others</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 10, 1951</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16 FR 3387.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission to clarify the meaning of “beneficial ownership of securities” as relates to beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 1005.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission setting the date of May 1, 1966 after which filings must reflect beneficial ownership of securities held by family members</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Feb. 14, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 3175.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission describing nature of examination required to be made of all funds and securities held by an investment adviser and the content of related accountant's certificate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 1, 1966</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 FR 7821.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Publication of the Commission's procedure to be followed if requests are to be met for no action or interpretative letters and responses thereto to be made available for public use</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 25, 1971</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 FR 2600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement of factors to be considered in connection with investment company advisory contracts containing incentive arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 19, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 7690.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of Commission's policy statement on the future structure of securities markets to selection of brokers and payment of commissions by institutional managers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 18, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 FR 9988.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's decisions on advisory committee recommendations regarding commencement of enforcement proceedings and termination of staff investigations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">336</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 1, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 5457.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission's statement on obligations of underwriters with respect to discretionary accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">377</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 29, 1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 FR 17201.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of investment advisers act to certain publications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">563</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 10, 1977</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 FR 2953;
<br/>42 FR 8140.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contingent advisory compensation arrangements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 FR 34876.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of investment advisers act to financial planners, pension consultants, and other persons who provide investment advisory services as an integral component of other financially related services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 13, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 FR 41771.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of position of Commission's Division of Investment Management</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Apr. 30, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 19341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of staff interpretive position regarding certain rules and forms; uniform registration, disclolsure, and reporting requirements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 3, 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 FR 49835. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Applicability of the investment Advisers Act to financial planners, pension consultants, and other persons who provide investment advisory services as a component of other financial services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Oct. 8, 1987</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 FR 38400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Registration of Successors to Broker-Dealers and Investment Advisors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1357</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Jan. 4, 1993</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 FR 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Use of electronic media for delivery purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1562</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">May 9, 1996</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 FR 24651.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Use of Internet Web Sites to Offer Securities, Solicit Securities Transactions or Advertise Investment Services Offshore</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Mar. 23, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 14814
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interpretation of Section 206(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1732</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 17, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 39508
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement of the Commission Regarding Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues and Consequences by Public Companies, Investment Advisers, Investment Companies, and Municipal Securities Issuers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1738</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 29, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63 FR 41404
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Release No. IA-2969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Dec. 30, 2009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 FR 1494
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Definition of the Terms “Spouse” and “Marriage” Following the Supreme Court's Decision in <E T="03">United States</E> v.<E T="03"> Windsor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-4122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 19, 2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80 FR 37537
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Interpretation Regarding Standard of Conduct for Investment Advisers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-5248</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 5, 2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 33681
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Interpretation Regarding the Solely Incidental Prong of the Broker-Dealer Exclusion from the Definition of Investment Adviser</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-5249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">June 5, 2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 33689
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commission Guidance Regarding the Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-5325</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Aug. 21, 2019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 FR 47427
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Supplement to Commission Guidance Regarding the Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-5547</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 3, 2020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85 FR 55157 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Supplement to Commission Guidance Regarding the Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IA-6068</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">July 19, 2022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">87 FR 43197 </TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="279" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 279—FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80b-1, <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19005, Dec. 20, 1968, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 279.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part identifies and describes the forms prescribed for use under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may obtain a copy of any form prescribed for use in this part by written request to the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549. Any person may inspect the forms at this address and at the Commission's regional offices. (See § 200.11 of this chapter for the addresses of SEC regional offices.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 17757, Mar. 20, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 26820, June 22, 1982; 59 FR 5946, Feb. 9, 1994; 73 FR 32229, June 5, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.1   Form ADV, for application for registration of investment adviser and for amendments to such registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 203-1 (§ 275.203-1 of this chapter) as an application for registration of an investment adviser pursuant to sections 203(c) or 203(g) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and also as an amendment to registration pursuant to Rule 204-1 (§ 275.204-1 of this chapter). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 21008, Apr. 9, 1979] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.2   Form ADV-W, notice of withdrawal from registration as investment adviser.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 203-2 (§ 275.203-2 of this chapter) by a registered investment adviser as a notice of withdrawal from registration as such under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV-W, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.3   Form ADV-H, application for a temporary or continuing hardship exemption.</HEAD>
<P>An investment adviser must file this form under § 275.203-3 of this chapter to request a temporary hardship exemption or apply for a continuing hardship exemption. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57451, Sept. 22, 2000]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV-H, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.4   Form ADV-NR, appointment of agent for service of process by non-resident general partner and non-resident managing agent of an investment adviser.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed and amended pursuant to § 275.203-1 of this chapter (Rule 203-1) as an appointment of agent for service of process by non-resident general partners and non-resident managing agents of an investment adviser pursuant to section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 38978, June 30, 2022]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV-NR, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 279.5-279.7" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 279.5-279.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.8" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.8   Form ADV-E, cover page for certificate of accounting of securities and funds in possession or custody of an investment adviser.</HEAD>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 32049, Aug. 4, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form ADV-E, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 279.9" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.25.0.36.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 279.9   Form PF, reporting by investment advisers to private funds.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed pursuant to Rule 204(b)-1 (§ 275.204(b)-1 of this chapter) by certain investment advisers registered or required to register under section 203 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-3) that act as an investment adviser to one or more private funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 71175, Nov. 16, 2011]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form PF, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="281" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 281—INTERPRETATIVE RELEASES RELATING TO CORPORATE REORGANIZATIONS UNDER CHAPTER X OF THE BANKRUPTCY ACT

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Release No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fed. Reg. Vol. and Page
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Letter of the Commission with respect to transmission to the Commission of all petitions, answers, orders, applications, reports and other papers filed under Chapter X of the Bankruptcy Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 26, 1938</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10997.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Statement by the Commission summarizing Chapter X of the Bankruptcy Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 FR 10998.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="285" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 285—RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(a) OF THE BRETTON WOODS AGREEMENTS ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 19, 23, 48 Stat. 85, as amended, 901, as amended, sec. 15, 63 Stat. 298; 15 U.S.C. 77s, 78w 22 U.S.C. 286k-1. 


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 285.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27.0.36.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.1   Applicability of part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation BW), prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development pursuant to section 15(a) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. BW, 15 FR 281, Jan. 17, 1950]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27.0.36.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 45 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters, the Bank shall file with the Commission the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information as to any purchases or sales by the Bank of its primary obligations during such quarter. 
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of the Bank's regular quarterly financial statements. 
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than (i) constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the Bank and (ii) loan and guaranty agreements to which the Bank is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of each annual report of the Bank to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[20 FR 588, Jan. 27, 1955] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27.0.36.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of primary obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The Bank shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A below. The term “sell” as used in this section and in Schedule A means the making of a completed sale or a firm commitment to sell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48179, Oct. 1, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 285.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27.0.36.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 285.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this part shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the Bank by a duly authorized officer thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language. 
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to § 285.3 (Rule 3) may be filed in the form of a prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. BW, 15 FR 281, Jan. 17, 1950] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="36" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.27.0.36" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Schedule A to Part 285</HEAD>

</DIV7>

<EXTRACT>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to § 285.3 (Rule 3) with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the Bank. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 1. <I>Description of obligations.</I> As to each issue of primary obligations of the Bank which is to be distributed, furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue. 
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payment dates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated. 
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of (1) any redemption provisions and (2) any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the Bank will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions. 
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens. 
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the Bank will, as to the payment of interest or principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority. 
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holders thereof or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the Bank with respect thereto. 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the fiscal or paying agent of the Bank, if any. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 2. <I>Distribution of obligations.</I> (a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of the obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any. 
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the Bank or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the account of the Bank or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 3. <I>Distribution spread.</I> The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all obligations which are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts and commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the Bank
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 4. <I>Discounts and commissions to subunderwriters and dealers.</I> State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts so paid or to be so paid. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 5. <I>Other expenses of distribution.</I> Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the Bank in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions. 
</P>
<P><I>Instructions:</I> Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 6. <I>Application of proceeds.</I> Make a reasonably itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the Bank from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose. 
</P>
<P><E T="04">Item</E> 7. <I>Exhibits to be furnished.</I> The following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report: 
</P>
<P>(a) Copies of the constituent instruments defining the rights evidenced by the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of an opinion of counsel, in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all material contracts pertaining to the issuance or distribution of the obligations to which the Bank or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be a party, except selling group agreements. 
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of any prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the Bank or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Reg. BW, 15 FR 281, Jan. 17, 1950, as amended at 20 FR 588, Jan. 27, 1955] 


</CITA>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="286" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 286—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 11(a) OF THE INTER-AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 3-9, 11, 12, 73 Stat. 299-301; 22 U.S.C. 283a-283i. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>25 FR 10452, Nov. 1, 1960, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 286.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 286.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation IA) prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Inter-American Development Bank pursuant to section 11(a) of the Inter-American Development Bank Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 286.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 286.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 45 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters, the Bank shall file with the Commission the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information as to any purchases or sales by the Bank of its primary obligations during such quarter. 
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of the Bank's regular quarterly financial statement. 
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than (i) constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the Bank, and (ii) loans and guaranty agreements to which the Bank is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of each annual report of the Bank to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 286.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 286.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of primary obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The Bank shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A below. The term “sell” as used in this section and in Schedule A means the making of a completed sale or a firm commitment to sell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48179, Oct. 2, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 286.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 286.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this part shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the Bank by a duly authorized officer thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language. 
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to § 286.3 may be filed in the form of a prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.28.0.37.5.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Schedule A to Part 286
</HEAD>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to § 286.3 with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the Bank. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 1. Description of obligations
</HD2>
<P>As to each issue of primary obligations of the Bank which is to be distributed, furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue. 
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payment dates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or, if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated. 
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of (1) any redemption provisions and (2) any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the Bank will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions. 
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens. 
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the Bank will, as the payment of interest or principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority. 
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holders thereof or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the Bank with respect thereto. 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address4 of the fiscal or paying agent of the Bank, if any. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Distribution of obligations
</HD2>
<P>(a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of the obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any. 
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the Bank or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the account of the Bank or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Distribution spread
</HD2>
<P>The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all obligations which are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts and commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the bank
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per unit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Item 4. Discounts and commissions to sub-underwriters and dealers
</HD2>
<P>State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts to be so paid. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Other expenses of distribution
</HD2>
<P>Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the Bank in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Application of proceeds
</HD2>
<P>Make a reasonably itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the Bank from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose. 
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Exhibits to be furnished
</HD2>
<P>The following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report: 
</P>
<P>(a) Copies of the constituent instruments defining the rights evidenced by the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of an opinion of counsel, in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all material contracts pertaining to the issuance or distributions of the obligations, to which the Bank or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be a party, except selling group agreements. 
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of any prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the Bank or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="287" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 287—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 11(a) OF THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 11, 80 Stat. 73; 22 U.S.C. 285h. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>AD1, 33 FR 259, Jan. 9, 1968, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 287.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 287.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation AD) prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Asian Development Bank pursuant to section 11(a) of the Asian Development Bank Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 287.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 287.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 60 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters, the Bank shall file with the Commission the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information as to any purchases or sales by the Bank of its primary obligations during such quarter. 
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of the Bank's regular quarterly financial statement. 
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than (i) constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the Bank, and (ii) loans and guaranty agreements to which the Bank is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of each annual report of the Bank to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 287.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 287.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of primary obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The Bank shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A below. The term “sell” as used in this section and in Schedule A means the making of a completed sale or a firm commitment to sell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48179, Oct. 1, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 287.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 287.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this regulation shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the Bank by a duly authorized officer thereof. 
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission. 
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language. 
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to Rule 3 (17 CFR 287.3) may be filed in the form of a prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A (17 CFR 287.101). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 287.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.29.0.37.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 287.101   Schedule A—Information required in reports pursuant to § 287.3.</HEAD>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to Rule 3 (17 CFR 287.3) with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the Bank. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Item 1. Description of obligations.</I> As to each issue of primary obligations of the Bank which is to be distributed, furnish the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue. 
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payment dates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or, if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated. 
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of (1) any redemption provisions and (2) any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the Bank will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions. 
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens. 
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the Bank will, as to the payment of interest or principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority. 
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holders thereof or otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the Bank with respect thereto. 
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the fiscal or paying agent of the Bank, if any. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 2. Distribution of obligations.</I> (a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of the obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any. 
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the Bank or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the account of the Bank or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 3. Distribution spread.</I> The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all obligations which are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts and commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the bank
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per unit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Item 4. Discounts and commissions to subunderwriters and dealers.</I> State briefly the discounts and commission to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of subunderwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for action in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts to be so paid. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 5. Other expenses of distribution.</I> Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the Bank in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions. 
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 6. Application of proceeds.</I> Make a reasonably itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the Bank from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose. 
</P>
<P><I>Item 7. Exhibits to be furnished.</I> The following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report: 
</P>
<P>(a) Copies of the constituent instruments defining the rights evidenced by the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of an opinion of counsel, in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations. 
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all material contracts pertaining to the issuance or distributions of the obligations, to which the Bank or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be a party, except selling group agreements. 
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of any prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the Bank or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="288" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 288—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 9(a) OF THE AFRICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 9(a), 95 Stat. 743, 22 U.S.C. 290i-9a; sec. 19(a), 48 Stat. 85, 15 U.S.C. 77s(a). 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 26191, June 25, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 288.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 288.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation AFDB) prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the African Development Bank pursuant to section 9(a) of the African Development Bank Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 288.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 288.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 60 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters, the Bank shall file with the Commission the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Information as to any purchases or sales by the Bank of its primary obligations during such quarter; 
</P>
<P>(2) Two copies of the Bank's regular quarterly financial statement; and
</P>
<P>(3) Two copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than (i) constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the Bank, and (ii) loans and guaranty agreements to which the Bank is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute. 
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of each annual report of the Bank to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 288.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 288.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of primary obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The Bank shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A (17 CFR 288.101). The term “sell' as used in this section and in Schedule A means the making of a completed sale or a firm commitment to sell.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 288.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 288.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this regulation shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the Bank by a duly authorized officer thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language.
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to Rule 3 (17 CFR 288.3) may be filed in the form of prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A (17 CFR 288.101).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 288.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.30.0.37.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 288.101   Schedule A. Information required in reports pursuant to § 288.3.</HEAD>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to Rule 3 (17 CFR 288.3) with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the Bank. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Item 1: Description of obligations.
</HD2>
<P>As to each issue of primary obligations of the Bank which is to be distributed, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue.
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payment dates.
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or, if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated. 
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of (i) any redemption provisions and (ii) any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the Bank will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions.
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens.
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the Bank will, as to the payment of interest or principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority.
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holders thereof or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the Bank with respect thereto.
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the fiscal or paying agent of the Bank, if any.
</P>
<HD2>Item 2. Distribution of obligations.
</HD2>
<P>(a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of the obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the Bank or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the acount of the Bank or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation.
</P>
<HD2>Item 3. Distribution spread.
</HD2>
<P>The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all obligations which are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary): 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts and commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the bank
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per Unit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Item 4. Discounts and commissions to sub-underwriters and dealers.
</HD2>
<P>State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts to be so paid.
</P>
<HD2>Item 5. Other expenses of the distribution.
</HD2>
<P>Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the Bank in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions.
</P>
<P><I>Instruction.</I> Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given.
</P>
<HD2>Item 6. Application of proceeds.
</HD2>
<P>Make a reasonable itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the Bank from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose.
</P>
<HD2>Item 7. Exhibits to be furnished.
</HD2>
<P>The following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report:
</P>
<P>(a) Copies of the constituent instruments defining the rights evidenced by the obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of an opinion of counsel, in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all material contracts pertaining to the issuance or distributions of the obligations, to which the Bank or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be a party, except selling group agreements.
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of any prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the Bank or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="289" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 289—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OF THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s(a); 22 U.S.C. 282m.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 32079, July 15, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 289.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 289.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation IFC) prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) pursuant to section 13(a) of the International Finance Corporation Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 289.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 289.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 45 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters the IFC shall file with the Commission the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Two copies of information as to any purchases or sales by the IFC of its primary obligations during such quarter;
</P>
<P>(2) Two copies of the IFC's regular quarterly financial statement; and
</P>
<P>(3) Two copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the IFC, and loan and guaranty agreements to which the IFC is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute.
</P>
<P>(b) Each annual report of the IFC to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 289.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 289.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of primary obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The IFC shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A of this part. The term “sell” as used in this section and in Schedule A of this Part means a completed sale, or a firm commitment to sell to an underwriter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 289.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 289.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this regulation shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the IFC by a duly authorized officer thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language.
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to § 289.3 may be filed in the form of a prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A of this Part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 289.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.31.0.37.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 289.101   Schedule A. Information required in reports pursuant to § 289.3.</HEAD>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to § 289.3 with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the IFC. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible.
</P>
<P><I>Item 1: Description of obligations.</I>
</P>
<P>As to each issue of primary obligations of the IFC that is to be distributed, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue.
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payments dates.
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or, if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated.
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any redemption provisions, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the IFC will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions.
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens.
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the IFC will, as to the payment of interest and principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority, to the extent known.
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holder thereof or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the IFC with respect thereto.
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the fiscal or paying agent of the IFC, if any.
</P>
<P><I>Item 2: Distribution of obligations.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of the obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the IFC or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the account of the IFC or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation.
</P>
<P><I>Item 3: Distribution spread.</I>
</P>
<P>The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all primary obligations that are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts &amp; commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the IFC&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per Unit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Item 4: Discounts and commissions to sub-underwriters and dealers.</I>
</P>
<P>State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts to be so paid.
</P>
<P><I>Item 5: Other expenses of the distribution.</I>
</P>
<P>Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the IFC in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions that are provided in Items 2, 3 and 4.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Instruction
</HD2>
<P>Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject to future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given.</P></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Item 6: Application of proceeds.</I>
</P>
<P>Make a reasonably itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the IFC from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Item 7: Exhibits to be furnished.</I>
</P>
<P>A copy of each of the following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report:
</P>
<P>(a) Each constituent instrument defining the rights evidenced by the obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) An opinion of counsel, written in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations.
</P>
<P>(c) Each material contract pertaining to the issuance or distribution of the obligations, to which the IFC or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be party, except selling group agreements.
</P>
<P>(d) Each prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the IFC or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="290" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 290—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 9(a) OF THE EUROPEAN BANK FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 77s(a); 22 U.S.C. 290<I>1</I>-9.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 32082, July 15, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 290.1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 290.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part (Regulation EBRD) prescribes the reports to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (“EBRD”) pursuant to section 9(a) of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 290.2" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 290.2   Periodic reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 45 days after the end of each of its fiscal quarters the EBRD shall file with the Commission the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Two copies of information as to any purchases or sales by the EBRD of its primary obligations during such quarter;
</P>
<P>(2) Two copies of the EBRD's regular quarterly financial statement; and
</P>
<P>(3) Two copies of any material modifications or amendments during such quarter of any exhibits (other than constituent documents defining the rights of holders of securities of other issuers guaranteed by the EBRD, and loan guaranty agreements to which the EBRD is a party) previously filed with the Commission under any statute.
</P>
<P>(b) Each annual report of the EBRD to its Board of Governors shall be filed with the Commission within 10 days after the submission of such report to the Board of Governors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 290.3" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 290.3   Reports with respect to proposed distribution of obligations.</HEAD>
<P>The EBRD shall file with the Commission, on or prior to the date on which it sells any of its primary obligations in connection with a distribution of such obligations in the United States, a report containing the information and documents specified in Schedule A of this part. The term “sell” as used in this section and in Schedule A of this part means a completed sale, or a firm committment to sell to an underwriter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 290.4" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 290.4   Preparation and filing of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every report required by this regulation shall be filed under cover of a letter of transmittal which shall state the nature of the report and indicate the particular rule and subdivision thereof pursuant to which the report is filed. At least the original of every such letter shall be signed on behalf of the EBRD by a duly authorized officer thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) Two copies of every report, including the letter of transmittal, exhibits and other papers and documents comprising a part of the report, shall be filed with the Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) The report shall be in the English language. If any exhibit or other paper or document filed with the report is in a foreign language, it shall be accompanied by a translation into the English language.
</P>
<P>(d) Reports pursuant to § 290.3 may be filed in the form of a prospectus to the extent that such prospectus contains the information specified in Schedule A of this Part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 290.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.32.0.37.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 290.101   Schedule A. Information required in reports pursuant to § 290.3.</HEAD>
<P>This schedule specifies the information and documents to be furnished in a report pursuant to § 290.3 with respect to a proposed distribution of primary obligations of the EBRD. Information not available at the time of filing the report shall be filed as promptly thereafter as possible.
</P>
<P><I>Item 1: Description of obligations.</I>
</P>
<P>As to each issue of primary obligations of the EBRD that is to be distributed, furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The title and date of the issue.
</P>
<P>(b) The interest rate and interest payment dates.
</P>
<P>(c) The maturity date or, if serial, the plan of serial maturities. If the maturity of the obligation may be accelerated, state the circumstances under which it may be so accelerated.
</P>
<P>(d) A brief outline of:
</P>
<P>(i) Any redemption provisions and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any amortization, sinking fund or retirement provisions, stating the annual amount, if any, which the EBRD will be under obligation to apply for the satisfaction of such provisions.
</P>
<P>(e) If secured by any lien, the kind and priority thereof, and the nature of the property subject to the lien; if any other indebtedness is secured by an equal or prior lien on the same property, state the nature of such other liens.
</P>
<P>(f) If any obligations issued or to be issued by the EBRD will, as to the payment of interest and principal, rank prior to the obligations to be distributed, describe the nature and extent of such priority, to the extent known.
</P>
<P>(g) Outline briefly any provisions of the governing instruments under which the terms of the obligations to be distributed may be amended or modified by the holders thereof or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) Outline briefly any other material provisions of the governing instruments pertaining to the rights of the holders of the obligations to be distributed or pertaining to the duties of the EBRD with respect thereto.
</P>
<P>(i) The name and address of the fiscal or paying agent of the EBRD, if any.
</P>
<P><I>Item 2: Distribution of obligations.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Outline briefly the plan of distribution of obligations and state the amount of the participation of each principal underwriter, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) Describe any arrangements known to the EBRD or to any principal underwriter named above designed to stabilize the market for the obligations for the account of the EBRD or the principal underwriters as a group and indicate whether any transactions have already been effected to accomplish that purpose.
</P>
<P>(c) Describe any arrangements for withholding commissions, or otherwise, to hold each underwriter or dealer responsible for the distribution of his participation.
</P>
<P><I>Item 3: Distribution spread.</I>
</P>
<P>The following information shall be given, in substantially the tabular form indicated, as to all primary obligations that are to be offered for cash (estimate, if necessary):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Price to the public
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Selling discounts &amp; commissions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proceeds to the EBRD&gt;
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Per Unit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Item 4: Discounts and commissions to sub-underwriters and dealers.</I>
</P>
<P>State briefly the discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers. If any dealers are to act in the capacity of sub-underwriters and are to be allowed or paid any additional discounts or commissions for acting in such capacity, a general statement to that effect will suffice, without giving the additional amounts to be so paid.
</P>
<P><I>Item 5: Other expenses of the distribution.</I>
</P>
<P>Furnish a reasonably itemized statement of all expenses of the EBRD in connection with the issuance and distribution of the obligations, except underwriters' or dealers' discounts and commissions that are provided in Items 2, 3 and 4.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Instruction
</HD2>
<P>Insofar as practicable, the itemization shall include transfer agents' fees, cost of printing and engraving, and legal and accounting fees. The information may be given as subject future contingencies. If the amounts of any items are not known, estimates, designated as such, shall be given.</P></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Item 6: Application of proceeds.</I>
</P>
<P>Make a reasonably itemized statement of the purposes, so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds to the EBRD from the obligations are to be used, and state the approximate amount to be used for each such purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Item 7: Exhibits to be furnished.</I>
</P>
<P>A copy of each of the following documents shall be attached to or otherwise furnished as a part of the report:
</P>
<P>(a) Each constituent instrument defining the rights evidenced by the obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) An opinion of counsel, written in the English language, as to the legality of the obligations.
</P>
<P>(c) Each material contract pertaining to the issuance or distribution of the obligations, to which the EBRD or any principal underwriter of the obligations is or is to be a party, except selling group agreements.
</P>
<P>(d) Any prospectus or other sales literature to be provided by the EBRD or any of the principal underwriters for general use in connection with the initial distribution of the obligations to the public.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="300" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 300—RULES OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION CORPORATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78ccc.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 5077, Jan. 25, 1979, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The numbers to the right of the decimal points correspond with the respective rule numbers of the rules of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “SIPC”).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Explanatory Note:</HED>
<P>Pursuant to section 3(e)(2)(D) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (hereinafter referred to as “the Commission”) shall approve a proposed rule change submitted by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation if it finds that such proposed rule change is in the public interest and is consistent with the purposes of the Act, and any proposed rule change so approved shall be given force and effect as if promulgated by the Commission. The rules of this part 300 have been so approved.</P></NOTE>

<DIV7 N="37" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Accounts of “Separate” Customers of SIPC Members</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.100   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of sections 9(a)(2) and 16(12) of the Securities Investor Protection Act (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”), these rules will be applied in determining what accounts held by a person with a member of SIPC (hereinafter called a “member”) are to be deemed accounts held in a capacity other than his individual capacity. 
</P>
<P>(b) Accounts held by a customer in different capacities, as specified by these rules, shall be deemed to be accounts of “separate” customers. 
</P>
<P>(c) A “person” as used in these rules includes, but is not limited to, an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d) The burden shall be upon the customer to establish each capacity in which he claims to hold accounts separate from his individual capacity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.101   Individual accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in these rules, all accounts held with a member by a person in his own name, and those which under these rules are deemed his individual accounts, shall be combined so as to constitute a single account of a separate customer. 
</P>
<P>(b) An account held with a member by an agent or nominee for another person as a principal or beneficial owner shall, except as otherwise provided in these rules, be deemed to be an individual account of such principal or beneficial owner. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.102   Accounts held by executors, administrators, guardians, etc.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Accounts held with a member in the name of a decedent or in the name of his estate or in the name of the executor or administrator of the estate of the decedent shall be combined so as to constitute a single account of a separate customer.
</P>
<P>(b) An account held with a member by a guardian, custodian, or conservator for the benefit of a ward or for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or in a similar capacity shall be deemed to be held by such guardian, custodian, or conservator in a different capacity from any account or accounts maintained by such person in his individual capacity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.103   Accounts held by a corporation, partnership or unincorporated association.</HEAD>
<P>A corporation, partnership or unincorporated association holding an account with a member shall be deemed to be a separate customer distinct from the person or persons owning such corporation or comprising such partnership or unincorporated association if on the filing date it existed for a purpose other than primarily to obtain or increase protection under the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.104" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.104   Trust accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A trust account held with a member shall be deemed a “qualifying trust account” if it is held on behalf of a valid and subsisting express trust created by a written instrument. No account held on behalf of a trust that on the filing date existed primarily to obtain or increase protection under the Act shall be deemed to be a qualifying trust account.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualifying trust account held with a member shall be deemed held by a separate customer of the member, distinct from the trustee, the testator or his estate, the settlor, or any beneficiary of the trust.
</P>
<P>(c) Any account held with a member on behalf of a trust which does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this rule shall be deemed to be an individual account of the settlor of the trust on behalf of which the account is held.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.105" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.37.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.105   Joint accounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A joint account shall be deemed to be a “qualifying joint account” if it is owned jointly, whether by the owners thereof as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, as tenants by the entirety or as tenants in common, or by husband and wife as community property, but only if each co-owner possesses authority to act with respect to the entire account. 
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to paragraph (c) of this rule, each qualifying joint account with a member shall be deemed held by one separate customer of the member. 
</P>
<P>(c) All qualifying joint accounts with a member owned by the same persons shall be deemed held by the same customer so that the maximum protection afforded to such accounts in the aggregate shall be the protection afforded to one separate customer of the member
</P>
<P>(d) A joint account with a member which does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this rule shall be deemed to be an individual or qualifying joint account of the co-owner or co-owners having the exclusive power to act with respect to it.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="38" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.38" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Accounts Introduced by Other Brokers or Dealers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.200" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.38.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.200   General.</HEAD>
<P>A person having one or more accounts cleared by the member on a fully disclosed basis for one or more introducing brokers or dealers is a customer of the member and shall be protected with respect to such account or accounts without regard to the protection available for any other account or accounts he may have with the member.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.201" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.38.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.201   Accounts introduced by same or different broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>All accounts of a person which are introduced by the same broker or dealer shall be combined and protected as the single account of a separate customer, unless such accounts are maintained in different capacities as specified in §§ 300.100 through 300.105; accounts introduced by different brokers or dealers shall be protected separately. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="39" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Closeout or Completion of Open Contractual Commitments</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3, 6(d), Pub. L. 91-598, 84 Stat. 1636 (15 U.S.C. 78ccc, 78fff(d)), as amended by secs. 3, 5, 9, Pub. L. 95-283, 92 Stat. 249.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 300.300 through 300.307 appear at 44 FR 21211, Apr. 9, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 300.300" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.300   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of these rules, adopted pursuant to section 8(e) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”):
</P>
<P>(a) The term <I>failed to receive</I> shall mean a contractual commitment of the debtor made in the ordinary course of business to pay to another broker or dealer the contract price in cash upon receipt from such broker or dealer of securities purchased: <I>Provided,</I> That the respective obligations of the parties remained outstanding until the close of business on the filing date as defined in section 16(7) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as the “filing date”).
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>failed to deliver</I> shall mean a contractual commitment of the debtor, made in the ordinary course of business, to deliver securities to another broker or dealer against receipt from such broker or dealer of the contract price in cash: <I>Provided,</I> That the respective obligations of the parties remained outstanding until the close of business on the filing date.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>open contractual commitment</I> shall mean a failed to receive or a failed to deliver which had a settlement date prior to the filing date and the respective obligations of the parties remained outstanding on the filing date or had a settlement date which occurs on or within three business days subsequent to the filing date: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the term “open contractual commitment” shall not include any contractual commitment for which the security which is the subject of the trade had not been issued by the issuer as of the trade date.
</P>
<P>(d) The term <I>customer</I> shall mean a person (other than a broker or dealer) in whose behalf a broker or dealer has executed a transaction out of which arose an open contractual commitment with the debtor, but shall not include any person to the extent that such person at the filing date (1) had a claim for property which by contract, agreement of understanding, or by operation of law, was a part of the capital of the broker or dealer who executed such transaction or was subordinated to the claims of creditors of such broker or dealer, or (2) had a relationship with the debtor which is specified in section 9(a)(4) of the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 21211, Apr. 9, 1979, as amended at 62 FR 10451, Mar. 7, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.301" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.301   Contracts to be closed out or completed.</HEAD>
<P>An open contractual commitment shall be closed out or completed if:
</P>
<P>(a) The open contractual commitment:
</P>
<P>(1) Arises from a transaction in which a customer (as defined in § 300.300) of the other broker or dealer had an interest. For the purposes of this rule a customer is deemed to have an interest in a transaction if (i) the other broker was acting as agent for the customer or (ii) the other dealer was not a market maker in the security involved, to the extent such other dealer held a firm order from the customer and in connection therewith: In the case of a buy order, prior to executing such customer's order purchased as principal the same number of shares or purchased shares to accumulate the number of shares necessary to complete the order; or in the case of a sell order, prior to executing such customer's order sold the same number of shares or a portion thereof; and 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Had a settlement date on or within 30 calendar days prior to the filing date and the respective obligations of the parties remained outstanding on the filing date or had a settlement date which occurs on or within three business days subsequent to the filing date; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Had a trade date on or within three business days prior to such settlement date; and 
</P>
<P>(b) The other broker or dealer can establish to the satisfaction of the trustee through appropriate documentation that: 
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a broker or dealer who maintains his records on a specific identification basis: 
</P>
<P>(i) The open contractual commitment arose out of a transaction in which his customer had such an interest, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a failed to deliver of the debtor, as of the filing date such broker's or dealer's customer's interest had not been sold to such broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a broker or dealer who maintains his records other than on a specific identification basis, he has determined that a customer had such an interest in a manner consistent with that used by such broker or dealer prior to the filing date to allocate fails to receive and fails to deliver in computing the special reserve bank account requirement pursuant to the provisions of Rule 15c3-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR 240.15c3-3); or 
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a broker or dealer not described in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section, he has made the determination in a manner which the trustee finds to be fair and equitable. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 21211, Apr. 9, 1979, as amended at 62 FR 10451, Mar. 7, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.302" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.302   Mechanics of closeout or completion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The closeout or completion of an open contractual commitment meeting the requirements of § 300.301 shall be effected only: 
</P>
<P>(1) By the buy-in or sell-out of the commitment by the other broker or dealer in accordance with the usual trade practices initiated by the other broker or dealer within or promptly upon the expiration of a period of 30 calendar days after settlement date; or 
</P>
<P>(2) At the option of the trustee by the delivery of securities against receipt of the contract price or payment of the contract price against the receipt of the securities at any time within 30 calendar days after settlement date unless the commitment previously has been bought-in or sold-out in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(3) In the event of the refusal of the other broker or dealer to accept completion of an open contractual commitment in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or the failure of the other broker or dealer to promptly buy-in or sell-out a commitment in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or in the event of the failure of the other broker or dealer to provide the trustee with appropriate documentation as required by § 300.303, by delivery of securities against receipt of the contract price or payment of the contract price against receipt of securities, or the buy-in or sell-out of the commitment or cancellation of the commitment or otherwise, as may be appropriate, as the trustee in his discretion will most benefit the estate of the debtor. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the event of a close-out of an open contractual commitment pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the money differences resulting from such close-out shall be payable by the other broker or dealer to the trustee or by the trustee to the other broker or dealer, whichever would be entitled to receive such difference under the usual trade practices: <I>Provided, however,</I> (1) That prior to the payment of any such money difference by the trustee to such other broker or dealer with respect to transactions executed by such other broker or dealer for any separate customer account, all open contractual commitments with respect to such account which meet the requirements of § 300.301 must have been completed by delivery of securities against receipt of the contract price or by payment of the contract price against receipt of the securities in conformity with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or by buy-in or sell-out in conformity with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and (2) that the net amount so payable by the trustee to the other broker or dealer shall not exceed $40,000 with respect to any separate customer account.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.303" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.303   Report to trustee.</HEAD>
<P>Promptly upon the expiration of 30 calendar days after the filing date, or if by the expiration of such 30-day period notice pursuant to section 8(a) of the Act of the commencement of proceedings has not been published, then as soon as practicable after publication of such notice, a broker or dealer who had executed transactions in securities out of which arose open contractual commitments with the debtor shall furnish to the trustee such information with respect to the buy-in, sell-out or other status of open contractual commitments as called for by Forms 300-A, B and C (§§ 301.300a-301.300c of this chapter) including appropriate supporting documentation and schedules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.304" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.304   Retained rights of brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing stated in these rules shall be construed to prejudice the right of a broker or dealer to any claim against the debtor's estate, or the right of the trustee to make any claim against a broker or dealer, with respect to a commitment of the debtor which was outstanding on the filing date, but (1) which is not described in § 300.300(c), or (2) which, although described in § 300.300(c), does not meet the requirements specified in § 300.301 or was not closed out of completed in accordance with § 300.302 or was not reported to the trustee in conformity with § 300.303 or was not supported by appropriate documentation.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing stated in these rules shall be construed to prejudice the right of a broker or dealer to a claim against the debtor's estate for the amount by which the money difference due the broker or dealer upon a buy-in or sell-out may exceed the amount paid by the trustee to such broker or dealer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.305" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.305   Excluded contracts.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the fact that an open contractual commitment described in § 300.300(c) meets the requirements of § 300.301 and the other requirements of these rules, a court shall not be precluded from canceling such commitment, awarding damages, or granting such other remedy as it shall deem fair and equitable if, on application of the trustee or SIPC, it determines that such commitment was not entered into in the ordinary course of business or was entered into by the debtor, or the broker or dealer or his customer, for the purposes of creating a commitment in contemplation of a liquidation proceeding under the Act. Such a determination shall be made after notice and opportunity for hearing by the debtor, such broker or dealer, or such customer, and may be made before or after the delivery of securities or payment of the contract price or before or after any buy-in or sell-out of the open contractual commitment, or otherwise. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.306" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.306   Completion or closeout pursuant to SIPC direction.</HEAD>
<P>In its discretion SIPC may, in order to prevent a substantial detrimental impact upon the finanical condition of one or more brokers or dealers, direct the closeout or completion of an open contractual commitment, irrespective of whether it is described in § 300.300(c) or meets the requirements of § 300.301 or has been reported in conformity with § 300.303 or is supported by appropriate documentation. SIPC shall consult with the Securities and Exchange Commission before SIPC makes any determinations under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.307" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.307   Completion with cash or securities of customer.</HEAD>
<P>The trustee may, if authorized by the court, complete an open contractual commitment of the debtor, regardless of whether it is described in § 300.300(c) or meets the requirements of § 300.301 or has been reported to the trustee in conformity with § 300.303, to the extent that such commitment is completed with customer name securities of the customer of the debtor for whose account the commitment was made, or with cash or securities paid or delivered by or for the account of such customer to the debtor or trustee after the filing date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.400" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.39.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.400   Satisfaction of customer claims for standardized options.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of sections 7(b)(1), 8 (b) and (d), and 16(11) of the Securities Investor Protection Act (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”), this rule will be applied in determining what a customer will receive in either (1) a liquidation proceeding pursuant to the Act or (2) a direct payment procedure pursuant to section 10 of the Act, in satisfaction of a claim based upon Standardized Options positions.
</P>
<P>(b) As promptly as practicable after the initiation of a liquidation proceeding or a direct payment procedure under the Act, the trustee in a liquidation proceeding, or SIPC in a direct payment procedure, shall liquidate or cause to be liquidated, by sale or purchase, all Standardized Options positions held for the accounts of customers except to the extent that the trustee, with SIPC's consent, or SIPC as trustee, as the case may be, has arranged or is able promptly to arrange, a transfer of some or all of such positions to another SIPC member.
</P>
<P>(c) A trustee in a liquidation proceeding, or SIPC in a direct payment procedure, shall calculate the dollar amount of all Standardized Options positions held for the account of a customer in accordance with section 16(11) of the Act, and credit or debit, as appropriate, the dollar amount so calculated to the account of such customer.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, neither the trustee in a liquidation proceeding nor SIPC in a direct payment procedure shall be required under this rule to liquidate any short position in Standardized Options covered by the deposit of (1) the underlying securities, in the case of a call option, or (2) treasury bills, in the case of a put option, by or on behalf of a customer with a bank or other depository. Any such positions that are not liquidated shall be excluded from the calculation provided for in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) In no event will Standardized Options positions be delivered to or on behalf of customers in satisfaction of claims pursuant to section 7(b)(1) of the Act except to the extent that such positions have been transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) In no event will Standardized Options be purchased for delivery to customers pursuant to section 8(d) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(g) This rule shall not be construed as limiting or restricting in any way the exercise of any right of a broker or registered clearing agency to liquidate or cause the liquidation of Standardized Options Positions.
</P>
<P>(h) As used in this rule the term <I>Standardized Options</I> means options traded on a national securities exchange, an automated quotation system of a registered securities association, or a foreign securities exchange, and any other option that is a security under section 16(14) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78lll(14), and is issued by a securities clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78q-1, or a foreign securities clearing agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 49840, Oct. 28, 1983, as amended at 79 FR 2781, Jan. 16, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="40" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.40" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Relating to Satisfaction of a “Claim for Cash” or a “Claim for Securities”</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 300.500 through 300.503 appear at 53 FR 10369, Mar. 31, 1988, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 300.500" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.40.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.500   General.</HEAD>
<P>These rules will be applied in determining whether a securities transaction gives rise to a “claim for cash” or a “claim for securities” on the filing date of either a liquidation proceeding pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”) or a direct payment procedure pursuant to section 10 of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.501" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.40.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.501   Claim for cash.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a SIPC member (“Debtor”) held securities in an account for a customer, the customer has a “claim for cash” with respect to any authorized securities sale: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the Debtor has sent written confirmation to the customer that the securities in question have been sold for or purchased from the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether or not such a written confirmation has been sent, if the securities in question have become the subject of a completed or executory contract for sale for or purchase from the account. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where the Debtor held cash in an account for a customer, the customer has a “claim for cash”, notwithstanding the fact that the customer has ordered securities purchased for the account, unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Debtor has sent written confirmation to the customer that the securities in question have been purchased for or sold to the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether or not such a written confirmation has been sent, if the securities in question have become the subject of a completed or executory contract for purchase for or sale to the account. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.502" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.40.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.502   Claim for securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where the Debtor held cash in an account for a customer, the customer has a “claim for securities” with respect to any authorized securities purchase: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the Debtor has sent written confirmation to the customer that the securities in question have been purchased for or sold to the customer's account; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether or not such a written confirmation has been sent, if the securities in question have become the subject of completed or executory contract for sale for or purchase from the account.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the Debtor held securities in an account for a customer, the customer has a “claim for securities”, notwithstanding the fact that the customer has ordered the securities sold for the account, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The Debtor has sent written confirmation to the customer that the securities in question have been sold for or purchased from the customer's account; or
</P>
<P>(2) Whether or not written confirmation of the purchase has been sent, if the securities in question have become the subject of completed or executory contract for sale for or purchase form the account. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.503" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.40.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.503   Voidable securities transactions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing in these Series 500 Rules shall be construed as limiting the rights of a trustee in a liquidation proceeding under the Act to avoid any securities transaction as fraudulent, preferential, or otherwise voidable under applicable law. 
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in these Series 500 Rules shall be construed as limiting the right of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, in a direct payment procedure under section 10 of the Act, to reject a claim for cash or a claim for securities if such claim arose out of a securities transaction which could have been avoided in a liquidation proceeding under the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="41" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.41" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules Relating to Supplemental Report on SIPC Membership</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 300.600" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.33.0.41.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 300.600   Rules relating to supplemental report on SIPC membership.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Who must file the supplemental report.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a broker or dealer must file with SIPC, within 60 days after the end of its fiscal year, a supplemental report on the status of its membership in SIPC (commonly referred to as the “Independent Accountants' Report on Applying Agreed-Upon Procedures”) if a rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires the broker or dealer to file audited financial statements annually.
</P>
<P>(2) If the broker or dealer is a member of SIPC, the broker or dealer is not required to file the supplemental report for any year in which it reports $500,000 or less in total revenues in its annual audited statement of income filed with the SEC.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements of the supplemental report.</I> The supplemental report must cover the SIPC Annual General Assessment Reconciliation Form (Form SIPC-7) or the Certification of Exclusion From Membership Form (Form SIPC-3) for each year for which an SEC Rule requires audited financial statements to be filed. The supplemental report must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the form filed or a schedule of assessment payments showing any overpayments applied and overpayments carried forward, including payment dates, amounts, and name of SIPC collection agent to whom mailed; or
</P>
<P>(2) If exclusion from membership was claimed, a statement that the broker or dealer qualified for exclusion from membership under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, and the date the Form SIPC-3 was filed with SIPC; and
</P>
<P>(3) An independent public accountant's report. The independent public accountant, who must be independent in accordance with the provisions of 17 CFR 210.2-01, must be engaged to perform the following agreed-upon procedures in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB):
</P>
<P>(i) Compare assessment payments made in accordance with the General Assessment Payment Form (Form SIPC-6) and applied to the General Assessment calculation on the Form SIPC-7 with respective cash disbursements record entries;
</P>
<P>(ii) For all or any portion of a fiscal year, compare amounts reflected in the audited financial statements required by an SEC rule with amounts reported in the Form SIPC-7;
</P>
<P>(iii) Compare adjustments reported in the Form SIPC-7 with supporting schedules and working papers supporting the adjustments;
</P>
<P>(iv) Verify the arithmetical accuracy of the calculations reflected in the Form SIPC-7 and in the schedules and working papers supporting any adjustments; and
</P>
<P>(v) Compare the amount of any overpayment applied with the Form SIPC-7 on which it was computed; or
</P>
<P>(vi) If exclusion from membership is claimed, compare the income or loss reported in the audited financial statements required by an SEC rule with the Form SIPC-3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 14374, Mar. 17, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="301" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 301—FORMS, SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION CORPORATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3, 84 Stat. 1636 (15 U.S.C. 78ccc), as amended by sec. 3, Pub. L. 95-283, 92 Stat. 249. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 21213, Apr. 9, 1979, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Pursuant to section 3(e)(2)(D) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (the “Act”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) shall approve a proposed rule change submitted by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) if the Commission finds the rule change is in the public interest and is consistent with the purposes of the Act. Any rule change so approved shall be given force and effect as if promulgated by the Commission. The forms described in this part have been so approved.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 301.0-1" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34.0.42.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 301.0-1   Availability of forms.</HEAD>
<P>The forms prescribed for use under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, (the “Act”) and under part 300 of this chapter are identified and described in this part. Copies of these forms may be obtained upon request to, as appropriate, the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) at 900 Seventeenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20006, or the trustee appointed in a liquidation proceeding under section 5 of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="42" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34.0.42" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Forms for Closeout or Completion of Open Contractual Commitments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 301.300a" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34.0.42.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 301.300a   Form 300-A, for summary of buy-ins or sell-outs of all open contractual commitments.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed as required by § 300.303 of this chapter with the trustee in a proceeding under section 5 of the Act by a broker-dealer who executed transactions out of which arose open contractual commitments, as defined by § 300.300(c) of this chapter, with the debtor in the proceeding. The form shall be used to summarize the buy-ins and sell-outs of those open contractual commitments and shall be accompanied by the forms described in §§ 301.300b and 301.300c. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 300-A, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 301.300b" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34.0.42.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 301.300b   Form 300-B, for report of all fails to deliver.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed as required by § 300.303 of this chapter with the trustee in a proceeding under section 5 of the Act by a broker-dealer who executed transactions out of which arose open contractual commitments, as defined by § 300.300(c) of this chapter, with the debtor in the proceeding. The form shall be used to report all the fails to deliver, as defined by § 300.300(b) of this chapter, that were open on the filing date, as well as any subsequent closeouts. This form shall accompany the form described in § 300.300a. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 300-B, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 301.300c" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.34.0.42.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 301.300c   Form 300-C, for report of all fails to receive.</HEAD>
<P>This form shall be filed as required by § 300.303 of this chapter with the trustee in a proceeding under section 5 of the Act by a broker-dealer who executed transactions out of which arose open contractual commitments, as defined by § 300.300(c) of this chapter, with the debtor in the proceeding. The form shall be used to report all the fails to receive, as defied by § 300.300(a) of this chapter, that were open on the filing date, as well as any subsequent closeouts. This form shall accompany the form described in § 300.300a. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form 300-C, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="302" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 302—ORDERLY LIQUIDATION OF COVERED BROKERS OR DEALERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>12 U.S.C. 5385(h).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 53668, Oct. 30, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 302.100" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.100   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of §§ 302.100 through 302.107, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment date.</I> The term <I>appointment date</I> means the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company that is a covered broker or dealer. This date shall constitute the <I>filing date</I> as that term is used in SIPA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bridge broker or dealer.</I> The term <I>bridge broker or dealer</I> means a new financial company organized by the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 5390(h) for the purpose of resolving a covered broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Commission.</I> The term <I>Commission</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Covered broker or dealer.</I> The term <I>covered broker or dealer</I> means a covered financial company that is a qualified broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Customer.</I> The term <I>customer</I> of a covered broker or dealer shall have the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 78<I>lll</I>(2) <I>provided that</I> the references therein to <I>debtor</I> shall mean the covered broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Customer name securities.</I> The term <I>customer name securities</I> shall have the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 78<I>lll</I>(3) <I>provided that</I> the references therein to <I>debtor</I> shall mean the covered broker or dealer and the references therein to <I>filing date</I> shall mean the appointment date.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Customer property.</I> The term <I>customer property</I> shall have the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 78<I>lll</I>(4) <I>provided that</I> the references therein to <I>debtor</I> shall mean the covered broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Net equity.</I> The term <I>net equity</I> shall have the same meaning as in 15 U.S.C. 78<I>lll</I>(11) <I>provided that</I> the references therein to <I>debtor</I> shall mean the covered broker or dealer and the references therein to <I>filing date</I> shall mean the appointment date.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Qualified broker or dealer.</I> The term <I>qualified broker or dealer</I> means a broker or dealer that (A) is registered with the Commission under Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)); and (B) is a member of SIPC.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>SIPA.</I> The term <I>SIPA</I> means the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. 78aaa-<I>lll.</I>
</P>
<P>(k) <I>SIPC.</I> The term <I>SIPC</I> means the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Corporation.</I> The term <I>Corporation</I> means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Dodd-Frank Act.</I> The term <I>Dodd-Frank Act</I> means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376, enacted July 21, 2010.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.101" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.101   Appointment of receiver and trustee for covered broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>Upon the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered broker or dealer, the Corporation shall appoint SIPC to act as trustee for the covered broker or dealer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.102" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.102   Notice and application for protective decree for covered broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) SIPC and the Corporation, upon consultation with the Commission, shall jointly determine the terms of a notice and application for a protective decree that will be filed promptly with the Federal district court for the district within which the principal place of business of the covered broker or dealer is located; <I>provided that</I> if a case or proceeding under SIPA with respect to such covered broker or dealer is then pending, then such notice and application for a protective decree will be filed promptly with the Federal district court in which such case or proceeding under SIPA is pending. If such notice and application for a protective decree is filed on a date other than the appointment date, such filing shall be deemed to have occurred on the appointment date for the purposes of §§ 302.100 through 302.107.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice and application for a protective decree may, among other things, provide for notice—
</P>
<P>(1) Of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver and the appointment of SIPC as trustee for the covered broker or dealer; and
</P>
<P>(2) That the provisions of Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder may apply, including without limitation the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Any existing case or proceeding with respect to a covered broker or dealer under the Bankruptcy Code or SIPA shall be dismissed effective as of the appointment date and no such case or proceeding may be commenced with respect to a covered broker or dealer at any time while the Corporation is receiver for such covered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The revesting of assets in a covered broker or dealer to the extent that they have vested in any entity other than the covered broker or dealer as a result of any case or proceeding commenced with respect to the covered broker or dealer under the Bankruptcy Code, SIPA, or any similar provision of State liquidation or insolvency law applicable to the covered broker or dealer; <I>provided that</I> any such revesting shall not apply to assets held by the covered broker or dealer, including customer property, transferred prior to the appointment date pursuant to an order entered by the bankruptcy court presiding over the case or proceeding with respect to the covered broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(iii) The request of the Corporation as receiver for a stay in any judicial action or proceeding (other than actions dismissed in accordance with paragraph (b)(i) of this section) in which the covered broker or dealer is or becomes a party for a period of up to 90 days from the appointment date;
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(v) of this section with respect to qualified financial contracts, no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare a default under any contract to which the covered broker or dealer is a party (and no provision in any such contract providing for such default, termination or acceleration shall be enforceable), or to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of the covered broker or dealer or affect any contractual rights of the covered broker or dealer without the consent of the Corporation as receiver of the covered broker or dealer upon consultation with SIPC during the 90-day period beginning from the appointment date; and
</P>
<P>(v) The exercise of rights and the performance of obligations by parties to qualified financial contracts with the covered broker or dealer may be affected, stayed, or delayed pursuant to the provisions of Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act (including 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.103" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.103   Bridge broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P><I>(a)</I> The Corporation, as receiver for one or more covered brokers or dealers or in anticipation of being appointed receiver for one or more covered broker or dealers, may organize one or more bridge brokers or dealers with respect to a covered broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Corporation establishes one or more bridge brokers or dealers with respect to a covered broker or dealer, then, subject to paragraph (d) of this section, the Corporation as receiver for such covered broker or dealer shall transfer all customer accounts and all associated customer name securities and customer property to such bridge brokers or dealers unless the Corporation determines, after consultation with the Commission and SIPC, that:
</P>
<P>(1) The customer accounts, customer name securities, and customer property are likely to be promptly transferred to one or more qualified brokers or dealers such that the use of a bridge broker or dealer would not facilitate such transfer to one or more qualified brokers or dealers; or
</P>
<P>(2) The transfer of such customer accounts to a bridge broker or dealer would materially interfere with the ability of the Corporation to avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on financial stability or economic conditions in the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) The Corporation, as receiver for such covered broker or dealer, also may transfer any other assets and liabilities of the covered broker or dealer (including non-customer accounts and any associated property and any assets and liabilities associated with any trust or custody business) to such bridge brokers or dealers as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be appropriate in accordance with, and subject to the requirements of, 12 U.S.C. 5390(h), including 12 U.S.C. 5390(h)(1) and 5390(h)(5), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) In connection with customer accounts transferred to the bridge broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, claims for net equity shall not be transferred but shall remain with the covered broker or dealer. Customer property transferred from the covered broker or dealer, along with advances from SIPC, shall be allocated to customer accounts at the bridge broker or dealer in accordance with § 302.104(a)(3). Such allocations initially may be based upon estimates, and such estimates may be based upon the books and records of the covered broker or dealer or any other information deemed relevant in the discretion of the Corporation, as receiver, in consultation with SIPC, as trustee. Such estimates may be adjusted from time to time as additional information becomes available. With respect to each account transferred to the bridge broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, the bridge broker or dealer shall undertake the obligations of a broker or dealer only with respect to property transferred to and held by the bridge broker or dealer, and allocated to the account as provided in § 302.104(a)(3), including any customer property and any advances from SIPC. The bridge broker or dealer shall have no obligations with respect to any customer property or other property that is not transferred from the covered broker or dealer to the bridge broker or dealer. The transfer of customer property to such an account shall have no effect on calculation of the amount of the affected accountholder's net equity, but the value, as of the appointment date, of the customer property and advances from SIPC so transferred shall be deemed to satisfy any such claim, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(e) The transfer of assets or liabilities held by a covered broker or dealer, including customer accounts and all associated customer name securities and customer property, assets and liabilities held by a covered broker or dealer for any non-customer creditor, and assets and liabilities associated with any trust or custody business, to a bridge broker or dealer, shall be effective without any consent, authorization, or approval of any person or entity, including but not limited to, any customer, contract party, governmental authority, or court.
</P>
<P>(f) Any succession to or assumption by a bridge broker or dealer of rights, powers, authorities, or privileges of a covered broker or dealer shall be effective without any consent, authorization, or approval of any person or entity, including but not limited to, any customer, contract party, governmental authority, or court, and any such bridge broker or dealer shall upon its organization by the Corporation immediately and by operation of law—
</P>
<P>(1) Be established and deemed registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
</P>
<P>(2) Be deemed to be a member of SIPC; and
</P>
<P>(3) Succeed to any and all registrations and memberships of the covered broker or dealer with or in any self-regulatory organizations.
</P>
<P>(g) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the bridge broker or dealer shall be subject to applicable Federal securities laws and all requirements with respect to being a member of a self-regulatory organization and shall operate in accordance with all such laws and requirements and in accordance with its articles of association; provided, however, that the Commission may, in its discretion, exempt the bridge broker or dealer from any such requirements if the Commission deems such exemption to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
</P>
<P>(h) At the end of the term of existence of a bridge broker or dealer, any proceeds that remain after payment of all administrative expenses of such bridge broker or dealer and all other claims against such bridge broker or dealer shall be distributed to the receiver for the related covered broker or dealer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.104" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.104   Claims of customers and other creditors of a covered broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trustee's role.</I> (1) SIPC, as trustee for a covered broker or dealer, shall determine customer status, claims for net equity, claims for customer name securities, and whether property of the covered broker or dealer qualifies as customer property. SIPC, as trustee for a covered broker or dealer, shall make claims determinations in accordance with SIPA and with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, but such determinations, and any claims related thereto, shall be governed by the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) SIPC shall make advances in accordance with, and subject to the limitations imposed by, 15 U.S.C. 78fff-3. Where appropriate, SIPC shall make such advances by delivering cash or securities to the customer accounts established at the bridge broker or dealer.
</P>
<P>(3) Customer property held by a covered broker or dealer shall be allocated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) First, to SIPC in repayment of advances made by SIPC pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5385(f) and 15 U.S.C. 78fff-3(c)(1), to the extent such advances effected the release of securities which then were apportioned to customer property pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78fff(d);
</P>
<P>(ii) Second, to customers of such covered broker or dealer, or in the case that customer accounts are transferred to a bridge broker or dealer, then to such customer accounts at a bridge broker or dealer, who shall share ratably in such customer property on the basis and to the extent of their respective net equities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Third, to SIPC as subrogee for the claims of customers; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Fourth, to SIPC in repayment of advances made by SIPC pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78fff-3(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(4) The determinations and advances made by SIPC as trustee for a covered broker or dealer under §§ 302.100 through 302.107 shall be made in a manner consistent with SIPC's customary practices under SIPA. The allocation of customer property, advances from SIPC, and delivery of customer name securities to each customer or to its customer account at a bridge broker or dealer, in partial or complete satisfaction of such customer's net equity claims as of the close of business on the appointment date, shall be in a manner, including form and timing, and in an amount at least as beneficial to such customer as would have been the case had the covered broker or dealer been liquidated under SIPA. Any claims related to determinations made by SIPC as trustee for a covered broker or dealer shall be governed by the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Receiver's role.</I> Any claim shall be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(2)-(5) and the regulations promulgated by the Corporation thereunder, provided however, that—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notice requirements.</I> The notice of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered broker or dealer shall also include notice of the appointment of SIPC as trustee. The Corporation as receiver shall coordinate with SIPC as trustee to post the notice on SIPC's public website in addition to the publication procedures set forth in 12 CFR 380.33.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedures for filing a claim.</I> The Corporation as receiver shall consult with SIPC, as trustee, regarding a claim form and filing instructions with respect to claims against the Corporation as receiver for a covered broker or dealer, and such information shall be provided on SIPC's public website in addition to the Corporation's public website. Any such claim form shall contain a provision permitting a claimant to claim status as a customer of the broker or dealer, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Claims bar date.</I> The Corporation as receiver shall establish a claims bar date in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(2)(B)(i) and any regulations promulgated thereunder by which date creditors of a covered broker or dealer, including all customers of the covered broker or dealer, shall present their claims, together with proof. The claims bar date for a covered broker or dealer shall be the date following the expiration of the six-month period beginning on the date a notice to creditors to file their claims is first published in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(2)(B)(i) and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Any claim filed after the claims bar date shall be disallowed, and such disallowance shall be final, as provided by 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(3)(C)(i) and any regulations promulgated thereunder, except that a claim filed after the claims bar date shall be considered by the receiver as provided by 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(3)(C)(ii) and any regulations promulgated thereunder. In accordance with section 8(a)(3) of SIPA, 15 U.S.C. 78fff-2(a)(3), any claim for net equity filed more than sixty days after the date the notice to creditors to file claims is first published need not be paid or satisfied in whole or in part out of customer property and, to the extent such claim is paid by funds advanced by SIPC, it shall be satisfied in cash or securities, or both, as SIPC, as trustee, determines is most economical to the receivership estate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decision period.</I> The Corporation as receiver of a covered broker or dealer shall notify a claimant whether it allows or disallows the claim, or any portion of a claim or any claim of a security, preference, set-off, or priority, within the 180-day period set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(3)(A) and any regulations promulgated thereunder (as such 180-day period may be extended by written agreement as provided therein) or within the 90-day period set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(5)(B) and any regulations promulgated thereunder, whichever is applicable. In accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the Corporation, as receiver, shall issue the notice required by this paragraph (c), which shall utilize the determination made by SIPC, as trustee, in a manner consistent with SIPC's customary practices in a liquidation under SIPA, with respect to any claim for net equity or customer name securities. The process established herein for the determination, within the 180-day period set forth in 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(3)(A) and any regulations promulgated thereunder (as such 180-day period may be extended by written agreement as provided therein), of claims by customers of a covered broker or dealer for customer property or customer name securities shall constitute the exclusive process for the determination of such claims, and any procedure for expedited relief established pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(5) and any regulations promulgated thereunder shall be inapplicable to such claims.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Judicial review.</I> The claimant may seek a judicial determination of any claim disallowed, in whole or in part, by the Corporation as receiver, including any claim disallowed based upon any determination(s) of SIPC as trustee made pursuant to § 302.104(a), by the appropriate district or territorial court of the United States in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 5390(a)(4) or (5), whichever is applicable, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.105" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.105   Priorities for unsecured claims against a covered broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>Allowed claims not satisfied pursuant to § 302.103(d), including allowed claims for net equity to the extent not satisfied after final allocation of customer property in accordance with § 302.104(a)(3), shall be paid in accordance with the order of priority set forth in 12 CFR 380.21 subject to the following adjustments:
</P>
<P>(a) Administrative expenses of SIPC incurred in performing its responsibilities as trustee for a covered broker or dealer shall be included as administrative expenses of the receiver as defined in 12 CFR 380.22 and shall be paid <I>pro rata</I> with such expenses in accordance with 12 CFR 380.21(c).
</P>
<P>(b) Amounts paid by the Corporation to customers or SIPC shall be included as amounts owed to the United States as defined in 12 CFR 380.23 and shall be paid <I>pro rata</I> with such amounts in accordance with 12 CFR 380.21(c).
</P>
<P>(c) Amounts advanced by SIPC for the purpose of satisfying customer claims for net equity shall be paid following the payment of all amounts owed to the United States pursuant to 12 CFR 380.21(a)(3) but prior to the payment of any other class or priority of claims described in 12 CFR 380.21(a)(4) through (11).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.106" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.106   Administrative expenses of SIPC.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In carrying out its responsibilities, SIPC, as trustee for a covered broker or dealer, may utilize the services of third parties, including private attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors, outside experts, and other third party professionals. SIPC shall have an allowed claim for administrative expenses for any amounts paid by SIPC for such services to the extent that such services are available in the private sector, and utilization of such services is practicable, efficient, and cost effective. The term <I>administrative expenses of SIPC</I> includes the costs and expenses of such attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors, outside experts, and other third party professionals, and other expenses that would be allowable to a third party trustee under 15 U.S.C. 78eee(b)(5)(A), including the costs and expenses of SIPC employees that would be allowable pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78fff(e).
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>administrative expenses of SIPC</I> shall not include advances from SIPC to satisfy customer claims for net equity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 302.107" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.35.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 302.107   Qualified Financial Contracts.</HEAD>
<P>The rights and obligations of any party to a qualified financial contract to which a covered broker or dealer is a party shall be governed exclusively by 12 U.S.C. 5390, including the limitations and restrictions contained in 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="303-399" NODE="17:5.0.1.1.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 303-399 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="IV" NODE="17:5.0.2" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER IV—DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="17:5.0.2.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—REGULATIONS UNDER SECTION 15C OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="400" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 400—RULES OF GENERAL APPLICATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-5.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 400.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.1   Scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Title I of the Government Securities Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3208) amends the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 881-905; 15 U.S.C. chapter 2B) (“Act”) by adding section 15C, authorizing the Secretary of the Treasury to promulgate regulations concerning the financial responsibility, protection of customer securities and balances, recordkeeping and reporting of brokers and dealers in government securities. Those regulations constitute subchapter A of this chapter. Unless otherwise explicitly provided, all regulations in this subchapter apply to all government securities brokers or dealers, including registered brokers or dealers and financial institutions. Registered brokers or dealers include OTC derivatives dealers.
</P>
<P>(b) Section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(A)) requires all government securities brokers and government securities dealers, except those who are brokers or dealers registered pursuant to section 15 or section 15B of the Act or financial institutions, to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”). Regulations concerning registration are at § 240.15Ca2-1 <I>et seq.</I> of this title. The Commission is responsible for the interpretation of the definitions of government securities broker and government securities dealer and of the regulations at § 240.15Ca2-1 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<P>(c) Section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(B)(i)) requires all government securities brokers or dealers that are also registered brokers or dealers to notify the Commission of their status as government securities brokers or dealers. Regulations concerning notice are at § 240.15Ca1-1 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(d) Section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Act also requires all government securities brokers or dealers that are financial institutions to notify the appropriate regulatory agency, as defined in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)(G)), of their status as government securities brokers or dealers. The form of notice, Form G-FIN, is at § 449.1 of this chapter. Forms are available from the appropriate regulatory agency. 
</P>
<P>(e) Section 104 of the Government Securities Act Amendments of 1993 (Pub. L. 103-202, 107 Stat. 2344) amended Section 15C of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78<I>o</I>-5) by adding a new subsection (f), authorizing the Secretary of the Treasury to adopt rules to require specified persons holding, maintaining or controlling a large position in to-be-issued or recently-issued Treasury securities to report such a position and make and keep records related to such a position. Part 420 of this subchapter contains the rules governing large position reporting. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 61 FR 48348, Sept. 12, 1996; 71 FR 54410, Sept. 15, 2006] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 400.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.2   Office responsible for regulations; filing of requests for exemptions, for interpretations and of other materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Office responsible.</I> The regulations in this chapter are promulgated by the Assistant Secretary (Domestic Finance) pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Secretary of the Treasury. The office responsible for implementing the regulations, including interpretations and action on requests for exemption, classification, or modification, is the Office of the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Exemptions and classifications.</I> Section 15C(a)(4) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(4)) authorizes the Secretary to exempt any government securities broker or dealer or class thereof, conditionally or unconditionally, from the requirements of registration or regulations promulgated under section 15C. In addition, section 15C(b)(3) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(b)(3)) provides for classification, by the Secretary, of government securities brokers or dealers and authorizes the whole or partial exemption of classes from rules under section 15C or the application of different standards to different classes.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Interpretations.</I> Although the appropriate regulatory agencies, as defined in § 400.3, and the self-regulatory organizations, as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), have enforcement responsibility under section 15C of the Act, Treasury is responsible for interpretation of section 15C(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(b)) and related sections and for interpretation and amendment of the regulations under this chapter (with the exception of Forms G-FIN and G-FINW, §§ 449.1 and 449.2 of this chapter, which are the responsibility of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System [“Board”]). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for interpretations, exemptions, classifications.</I> (1) Interpretations under this chapter may be provided, at the discretion of the Department, to firms or individuals actually or potentially affected by the Act or regulations, or to their representatives.
</P>
<P>(2) Exemptions and classifications under sections 15C (a), (b) and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), and (d)) and related sections and Treasury regulations thereunder may be provided at the discretion of the Department and after consultation with the SEC and the Board, to firms or individuals actually or potentially affected by the Act or regulations, or to their representatives. 
</P>
<P>(3) All requests for exemptions and classifications, and all requests for binding interpretations, shall be in writing, and shall conform to the following procedures. 
</P>
<P>(i) The names of the company or companies and all other persons involved shall be stated. Letters pertaining to unnamed companies or persons or hypothetical situations will not be answered. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The letter must contain a concise but complete statement of all material facts, a complete and accurate description of the entire transaction if the request is transactional (even though a request may apply to only a portion of a transaction), and a concise and unambiguous statement of the request, including precise statutory and regulatory citations. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The letter shall indicate why the writer believes a problem exists or interpretation is needed, the writer's opinion on the matter, and the basis for such opinion. 
</P>
<P>(iv) In addition to requests for confidential treatment under paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this section, a person may request confidential treatment of information that is submitted as part of, or in support of, a request for interpretation, exemption, or classification. A separate request for confidential treatment and the basis for such request shall be submitted at the time the information for which confidential treatment is requested is submitted. The request for confidential treatment must specifically identify the information for which such confidential treatment is requested. To the extent practicable, the information should be segregated from information for which confidential treatment is not requested and should be clearly marked as confidential.
</P>
<P>(v) Information designated as confidential in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section shall not be disclosed to a person requesting such information other than in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Department's regulations published at 31 CFR 1.6.
</P>
<P>(vi) An original and two copies of each request letter shall be submitted to the Office of the Commissioner, Government Securities Regulations Staff, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 5th Floor, 401 14th Street SW., Washington, DC 20227. The envelope shall be marked “Government Securities Act Request.” The letter shall indicate in the upper right hand corner of the first page the particular sections of the Act and of the regulations at issue.
</P>
<P>(4) A written response by the Department to a request filed as stated in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall be binding, with respect to the requester, on the Department, but shall cease to be binding if the facts are not as stated in the request or, prospectively, if the Department issues a superseding interpretation. In responding to such a request, the Department will, where appropriate, consult with and may obtain the formal concurrence of the appropriate regulatory agencies or their staffs. The Department understands that even if formal concurrence is not received the appropriate regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations will give appropriate deference to binding interpretations of the Department. The Department also expects the SEC staff to reflect such interpretations in responding, pursuant to the established procedures of the Commission, to no-action requests concerning rules the SEC enforces. 
</P>
<P>(5) The Department may decline to issue an interpretation for any reason and, in particular, may require that a requester make inquiry of its appropriate regulatory agency, the Commission or designated examining authority before the Department responds to a request. 
</P>
<P>(6) The Department will also provide informal oral and written advice, but such advice is not binding on the Department or on any other agency or organization. 
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3)(iv) and (c)(7)(ii) of this section, every letter or other written communication requesting the Department to provide interpretive legal advice under the Act or to grant, deny or modify an exemption, classification or modification of the regulations, together with any written response thereto, shall be made available for inspection and copying as soon as practicable after the response has been sent or given to the person requesting it. These documents will be made available at the following location: Treasury Department Library, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Annex, Room 1020, Washington, DC 20220.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any person submitting a letter or communication may also simultaneously submit a request that the letter or communication and the Department's response be accorded confidential treatment for a specified period of time not to exceed 120 days from the date the response has been made or given to such person. The request shall state the basis upon which the request for confidential treatment has been made. If the Department determines that the request for confidential treatment should be denied, the requester will be given 30 days to withdraw either the request for confidential treatment or the letter or communication requesting an interpretation, classification, or exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of Commission interpretations.</I> Interpretations of the Commission and its staff (including no-action positions) and of the designated examining authorities, of any Commission regulation expressly adopted by reference in these regulations shall be of the same effect as if the regulation being interpreted were solely the Commission's regulation. However, in the event the Treasury has issued a formal interpretation on the subject, the Treasury understands that the Commission will give that interpretation appropriate deference, particularly with respect to both subsequent no-action positions and the continued validity of prior no-action positions. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28984, Aug. 1, 1988; 72 FR 54410, Sept. 15, 2006; 79 FR 38454, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 400.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise explicitly provided, in this subchapter and for the purposes of these regulations: 
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 881, 15 U.S.C. chapter 2B, as amended); 
</P>
<P><I>Appropriate regulatory agency</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)(G)), and, with respect to a financial institution for which an appropriate regulatory agency is not explicitly designated, the appropriate regulatory agency is the SEC;
</P>
<P><I>Associated person</I> means a person other than a person whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial: 
</P>
<P>(1) Directly engaged in any of the following activities in either a supervisory or non-supervisory capacity: 
</P>
<P>(i) Underwriting, trading or sales of government securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Financial advisory or consultant services for issuers in connection with the issuance of government securities; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Research or investment advice, other than general economic information or advice, with respect to government securities in connection with the activities described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Activities other than those specifically mentioned which involve communication, directly or indirectly, with public investors in government securities in connection with the activities described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Directly engaged in the following activities in a supervisory capacity: 
</P>
<P>(i) Processing and clearance activities with respect to government securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintenance of records involving any of the activities described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
</P>
<HD2>Provided, however, 
</HD2>
<P>(3) That in the case of a financial institution, 
</P>
<P>(i) Persons whose government securities functions: (A) Consist solely of carrying out the financial institution's activities in a fiduciary capacity and (B) are subject to examination by the appropriate regulatory agency for compliance with requirements applicable to activities by the financial institution in a fiduciary capacity, shall not be considered “associated persons”; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Persons whose sole government securities activities are, without exercising any investment discretion and solely at the direction of customers, to receive and/or transmit customer orders to purchase or sell government securities, but who do not give investment advice or receive transaction-based compensation shall not be considered “associated persons”; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Directors and senior officers of the financial institution who may from time to time set broad policy guidelines affecting the financial institution as a whole that are not directly related to the conduct of the financial institution's government securities business are not considered to be “directly engaged” in the activities described in this paragraph (c); 
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; 
</P>
<P><I>Branch or agency of a foreign bank</I> means a Federal branch or Federal agency of a foreign bank or a State branch or State agency of a foreign bank as such terms are used in the International Banking Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-369, 92 Stat. 607; 
</P>
<P><I>CFTC</I> means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; 
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> or <I>SEC</I> means the Securities and Exchange Commission; 
</P>
<P><I>Designated examining authority</I> and <I>Examining Authority</I> mean (1) in the case of a registered government securities broker or dealer that belongs to only one self-regulatory organization, such self-regulatory organization, and (2) in the case of a registered government securities broker or dealer that belongs to more than one self-regulatory organization, the self-regulatory organization designated by the Commission pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(d)) as the entity with responsibility for examining such registered government securities broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P><I>Fiduciary capacity</I> includes trustee, executor, administrator, registrar, transfer agent, guardian, assignee, receiver, managing agent, and any other similar capacity involving the sole or shared exercise of discretion by a financial institution having fiduciary powers that is supervised by a Federal or state financial institution regulatory agency; 
</P>
<P><I>Financial institution</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(46) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(46)), and such term explicitly does not include a subsidiary or affiliate of an institution described in such section unless such subsidiary or affiliate is itself described in such section; 
</P>
<P><I>Government securities broker</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(43) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(43)), and explicitly includes not only registered government securities brokers, but also registered brokers and financial institutions; 
</P>
<P><I>Government securities dealer</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(44) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(44)), and explicitly includes not only registered government securities dealers, but also registered dealers and financial institutions; 
</P>
<P><I>Government securities</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(42) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)); 
</P>
<P><I>OTC derivatives dealer</I> has the same meaning set out in 17 CFR 240.3b-12.
</P>
<P><I>Registered broker or dealer</I> means a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 or section 15B of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-4)) but does not include a municipal securities dealer that is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank; 
</P>
<P><I>Registered government securities broker or dealer</I> means a government securities broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(A)); 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the Treasury; and 
</P>
<P><I>Treasury</I> or <I>Department</I> means the Department of the Treasury, including in particular the Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 55 FR 6604, Feb. 26, 1990; 71 FR 54410, Sept. 15, 2006; 79 FR 38455, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 400.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.4   Information concerning associated persons of financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every associated person of a financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer that is not exempt pursuant to Part 401 of this chapter shall file with such financial institution a completed Form G-FIN-4 (§ 449.4 of this chapter) unless such person has on file with such financial institution a completed and current Form U-4 (promulgated by a self-regulatory organization) or Form MSD-4 (as required for associated persons of bank municipal securities dealers). 
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent any information furnished by an associated person pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section (including information on a Form U-4 or Form MSD-4) is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, such associated person shall promptly furnish in writing to such financial institution, in a form acceptable to the appropriate regulatory agency for such financial institution, a statement correcting such information. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of verifying the information furnished by an associated person pursuant to paragraph (a) of this rule, every government securities broker or dealer that is a financial institution shall make inquiry of all other employers of such associated person during the immediately preceding three years concerning the accuracy and completeness of such information. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every government securities broker or dealer that is a financial institution not exempt from this section pursuant to Part 401 of this chapter shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly obtain and, within 10 days thereafter, file with the appropriate regulatory agency, in a form acceptable to such appropriate regulatory agency, the information required by paragraph (a) of this section (which shall consist of all Forms G-FIN-4 filed and a list of all associated persons who have filed Forms MSD-4 or U-4 with the financial institution since the last such filing, designating whether the associated person is serving in a supervisory or non-supervisory capacity) and by paragraph (b) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) File with the appropriate regulatory agency within 30 days after the termination of the status of an individual as an associated person a Form G-FIN-5 (§ 449.4 of this chapter), unless— 
</P>
<P>(i) The financial institution is required to and has filed a Form U-5 or Form MSD-5 with respect to such person; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial institution notifies the appropriate regulatory agency that the individual will remain in the financial institution's employment and the financial institution will continue to update the information about such individual as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and will file a Form G-FIN-5 within 30 days after the termination of such individual's employment with the financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(e) Every notice and form filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 15, 15C and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-5, 78ff(a)).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 400.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.5   Amendments to application for registration and to notice of status as a government securities broker or dealer.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) If the information contained in any application for registration as a government securities broker or dealer (other than the statements required by § 240.15Ca2-2 of this title) or in any amendment thereto, becomes inaccurate for any reason, the registered government securities broker or dealer shall file within 30 days thereafter an amendment on Form BD (§ 249.501 of this title) correcting such information, in accordance with the instructions provided therein. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the information contained in any notice of status as a government securities broker or dealer filed by a registered broker or dealer, or in any amendment thereto, becomes inaccurate for any reason, the registered broker or dealer shall file within 30 days an amendment on Form BD (§ 249.501 of this title) correcting such information, in accordance with the instructions provided therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the information contained in any notice of status as a government securities broker or dealer filed by a financial institution, or any amendment thereto, becomes inaccurate for any reason, the financial institution shall file within 30 days an amendment on Form G-FIN (§ 449.1 of this chapter) correcting such information, in accordance with the instructions provided therein. 
</P>
<P>(c) Every amendment filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 15, 15C and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-5, 78ff(a)).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 400.6" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.1.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 400.6   Notice of withdrawal from business as a government securities broker or dealer by a financial institution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer that is not exempt from the notice requirements of section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(B)(i)) and of § 400.5 pursuant to part 401 of this chapter, ceases to act as a government securities broker or dealer, it shall file with the appropriate regulatory agency notice of such cessation on Form G-FINW (§ 449.2 of this chapter) in accordance with the instructions contained therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a notice that a financial institution has ceased to act as a government securities broker or dealer shall become effective for all purposes on the 60th day after the filing thereof with the appropriate regulatory agency or within such shorter period of time as the appropriate regulatory agency determines. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the notice described in paragraph (a) of this section is filed with the appropriate regulatory agency any time after the date of the issuance of a notice or order by the appropriate regulatory agency instituting proceedings pursuant to section 15C(c)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(c)(2)(A)) to censure, suspend, limit, or bar from acting as a government securities broker or government securities dealer the entity filing such notice, or if the appropriate regulatory agency has instituted any action against the entity filing such notice pursuant to section 15C(2)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. § 78o-5(c)(2)(B)), the notice shall become effective pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the appropriate regulatory agency deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest for the protection of investors. 
</P>
<P>(d) Every notice filed pursuant to this section shall constitute a “report” within the meaning of sections 15, 15C and 32(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-5, 78ff(a)).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27926, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 18734, Apr. 13, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="401" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 401—EXEMPTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 101, Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3209 (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(4)). 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27930, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 401.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.1   Exemption for organizations handling transactions in United States Savings Bonds.</HEAD>
<P>An organization that handles United States Savings Bond transactions, including a qualified issuing or paying agent or an organization that accommodates customers or employees by forwarding requested transactions to qualified issuing or paying agents or the Treasury and whose transactions in government securities are limited to these transactions and such other activities that are exempted by the regulations under this subchapter, shall be exempt from the provisions of section 15C (a), (b) and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter. For the purposes of this section, the term “United States Savings Bond” means any savings-type security offered by the Treasury, including all series of United States Savings Bonds, United States Savings Notes and United States Savings Stamps. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.2   Exemption for depository institutions that submit tenders for the account of customers for purchase on original issue of United States Treasury securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, a depository institution that submits tenders or subscriptions for purchase on original issue of United States Treasury securities for the account of customers on a fully disclosed basis, whose transactions in government securities are limited to such transactions and such other activities as have been exempted by regulation under this subchapter shall be exempt from the provisions of section 15C (a), (b) and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) A depository institution that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is required to comply with the regulations of part 450 of this chapter concerning custodial holdings of government securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section, “depository institution” has the meaning stated in clauses (i) through (vi) of section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi)) and also includes a foreign bank, an agency or branch of a foreign bank and a commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank (as such terms are used in the International Banking Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-369, 92 Stat. 607). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.3   Exemption for financial institutions that are engaged in limited government securities brokerage activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, a financial institution shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 15C (a), (b), and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter, unless it acts as a government securities broker by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Holding itself out as a government securities broker or interdealer broker; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Actively soliciting purchases or sales of government securities on an agency basis; 
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a financial institution shall not be regarded as acting as a government securities broker within the meaning of this section if it: 
</P>
<P>(i) Effects fewer than 500 government securities brokerage transactions (other than transactions described in §§ 401.1 or 401.2) per year; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Effects all such transactions (other than transactions described in §§ 401.1 or 401.2) pursuant to a contractual or other arrangement with one or more government securities brokers or dealers each of which has registered or filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)) (each referred to as the “transacting government securities broker or dealer”) under which the transacting government securities broker or dealer will offer securities services on or off the premises of the financial institution, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(A) The transacting government securities broker or dealer is clearly identified to customers as the person performing the securities services; 
</P>
<P>(B) Financial institution employees perform only clerical and ministerial or order-taking functions in connection with government securities transactions unless such employees are associated persons (as defined in § 400.3 of this chapter) or registered representatives of the transacting government securities broker or dealer;
</P>
<P>(C) Financial institution employees do not receive compensation for government securities activities other than clerical or ministerial functions unless such employees are associated persons (as defined in § 400.3 of this chapter) or registered representatives of the transacting government securities broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Such services are provided on a fully disclosed basis by the transacting government securities broker or dealer, i.e., the transacting government securities broker or dealer receives and maintains all required information concerning each customer, its trading and account. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A financial institution that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is required to comply with the regulations of part 450 of this chapter concerning custodial holdings of government securities for customers. 
</P>
<P>(2) A branch or agency of a foreign bank that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is in addition required to comply with § 403.5(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section “financial institution” includes an insured credit union, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(7). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27930, July 24, 1987, as amended at 71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.4   Exemption for financial institutions engaged in limited government securities dealer activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, a financial institution shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 15C (a), (b), and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter if its government securities dealer activities are limited to one or more of the following activities: 
</P>
<P>(1) Sales or purchases in a fiduciary capacity; 
</P>
<P>(2) The sale and subsequent repurchase and the purchase and subsequent resale of government securities pursuant to a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Such other activities as have been exempted by regulation under this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A financial institution that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is required to comply with: 
</P>
<P>(i) The regulations of part 450 of this chapter concerning custodial holdings of government securities for customers; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 403.5(d) of this chapter concerning certain repurchase transactions with customers. 
</P>
<P>(2) A branch or agency of a foreign bank that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is in addition required to comply with § 403.5(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this section “financial institution” includes an insured credit union, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(7). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.5   Exemption for corporate credit unions transacting limited government securities business with other credit unions.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, a corporate credit union shall be exempt from the provisions of section 15C (a), (b) and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations thereunder if its government securities dealer activities are limited to the sale and subsequent repurchase and the purchase and subsequent resale, each pursuant to a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement, of government securities to other credit unions and such other activities as have been exempted by regulation under this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this section, “corporate credit union” means a credit union whose membership consists primarily of other credit unions and that is (i) a Federal credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(1), (ii) an insured credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(7), or (iii) a member of the National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility. 
</P>
<P>(b) A credit union that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is required to comply with: 
</P>
<P>(1) The regulations of part 450 of this chapter concerning custodial holdings of government securities; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Section 403.5(d) concerning certain repurchase transactions with customers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.6" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.6   Exemption for branches and agencies of foreign banks that deal solely with non-United States citizens resident offshore.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, a branch or agency of a foreign bank shall be exempt from the provisions of section 15C (a), (b), and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a), (b), (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter, if all the customers with or on behalf of whom it engages in government securities transactions are limited to foreign governments, agencies of foreign governments and other persons and entities who are not citizens of the United States and who reside or, in the case of a corporation, partnership or other entity, have their principal place of business, outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) A branch or agency that relies on the exemption contained in paragraph (a) of this section is required to comply with the regulations of part 450 of this chapter concerning custodial holdings of government securities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 401.7" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.2.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 401.7   Exemption for certain foreign government securities brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>A government securities broker or dealer (excluding a branch or agency of a foreign bank) that is a non-U.S. resident shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 15C(a), (b), and (d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a), (b) and (d)) and the regulations of this subchapter provided it complies with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15a-6 (SEC Rule 15a-6) as modified in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, <I>non-U.S. resident</I> means any person (including any U.S. person) engaged in business as a government securities broker or dealer entirely outside the U.S. that is not an office or branch of, or a natural person associated with, a registered broker or dealer, a registered government securities broker or dealer or a financial institution that has provided notice pursuant to § 400.1(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Within § 240.15a-6 of this title, references to “security” and “securities” shall mean “government securities” as defined in § 400.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Section 240.15a-6(a) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(a) A foreign broker or dealer shall be exempt from the registration or notice requirements of section 15C(a)(1) of the Act to the extent that the foreign broker or dealer:”
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(2)(iii) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(iii) If the foreign broker or dealer has established a relationship with a registered broker or dealer for the purpose of compliance with paragraph (a)(3) of this rule, this relationship is disclosed in all research reports and all transactions with the foreign broker or dealer in securities discussed in the research reports are effected only through that registered broker or dealer, pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a)(3); and”
</P>
<P>(e) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(3)(i)(B) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(B) Provides its appropriate regulatory agency (upon request or pursuant to agreements reached between any foreign securities authority, including any foreign government as specified in section 3(a)(50) of the Act, and the Commission or the U.S. Government) with any information, documents, or records within the possession, custody, or control of the foreign broker or dealer, any testimony of foreign associated persons, and any assistance in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, that the appropriate regulatory agency requests and that relates to transactions under paragraph (a)(3) of this rule, except that if, after the foreign broker or dealer has exercised its best efforts to provide this information, including requesting the appropriate governmental body and, if legally necessary, its customers (with respect to customer information) to permit the foreign broker or dealer to provide this information to its appropriate regulatory agency, the foreign broker or dealer is prohibited from providing this information by applicable foreign law or regulations, then this paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) shall not apply and the foreign broker or dealer will be subject to paragraph (c) of this rule;”
</P>
<P>(f) Paragraphs 240.15a-6(a)(3)(iii)(A) (<I>4</I>), (<I>5</I>) and (<I>6</I>) of this title are modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(<I>4</I>) Maintaining required books and records relating to the transactions, including those required by § 404.1 of this title for registered brokers and dealers (excluding registered government securities brokers and dealers and noticed financial institutions), §§ 404.2 and 404.3 of this title for registered government securities brokers or dealers, and § 404.4 of this title for noticed financial institutions;
</P>
<P>“(<I>5</I>) Complying with part 402 of this title with respect to the transactions; and 
</P>
<P>“(<I>6</I>) Receiving, delivering, and safeguarding funds and securities in connection with the transactions on behalf of the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor in compliance with § 403.1 of this title for registered brokers and dealers (excluding registered government securities brokers and dealers and noticed financial institutions); §§ 403.2, 403.3, 403.4 and 403.6 of this title for registered government securities brokers and dealers, and § 403.5 of this title for noticed financial institutions.”
</P>
<P>(g) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(3)(iii)(C) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(C) Has obtained from the foreign broker or dealer, with respect to each foreign associated person, the types of information specified in Rule 17a-3(a)(12) under the Act (17 CFR 240.17a-3(a)(12)), provided that the information required by paragraph (a)(12)(d) of that Rule shall include sanctions imposed by foreign securities authorities, exchanges, or associations, including, without limitation, those described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this rule. Notwithstanding the above, a registered broker or dealer that is a noticed financial institution shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs 404.4(a)(3)(i) (B) and (C) of this title, in lieu of Rule 17a-3(a)(12), provided that the information required by paragraphs 404.4(a)(3)(i) (B) and (C) of this title shall include sanctions imposed by foreign securities authorities, exchanges, or associations, including, without limitation, those described in (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this rule;”
</P>
<P>(h) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(3)(iii)(D) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(D) Has obtained from the foreign broker or dealer and each foreign associated person written consent to service of process for any civil action brought by or proceeding before its appropriate regulatory agency or a self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Act), providing that process may be served on them by service on the registered broker or dealer in the manner set forth on the registered broker's or dealer's current Form BD or other appropriate procedure as specified by the appropriate regulatory agency; and”
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(3)(iii)(E) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(E) Maintains a written record of the information and consents required by paragraphs (a)(3)(iii) (C) and (D) of this rule, and all records in connection with trading activities of the U.S. institutional investor or the major U.S. institutional investor involving the foreign broker or dealer conducted under paragraph (a)(3) of this rule, in an office of the registered broker or dealer located in the United States (with respect to nonresident registered brokers or dealers, pursuant to Rule 17a-7(a) under the Act (17 CFR 240.17a-7(a)), provided that in Rule 17a-7(a) references to broker or dealer shall include government securities brokers or dealers, as those terms are defined in §§ 400.3 of this title), and makes these records available to the appropriate regulatory agency upon request; or”
</P>
<P>(j) Paragraph 240.15a-6(a)(4)(i) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(i) A registered broker or dealer, whether the registered broker or dealer is acting as principal for its own account or as agent for others, or a financial institution acting pursuant to §§ 401.3(a)(2)(ii) or 401.4(a)(1) of this title;”
</P>
<P>(k) Paragraph 240.15a-6(b)(2) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(2) The term <I>foreign associated person</I> shall mean any natural person domiciled outside the United States who is an associated person (a person associated with a government securities broker or a government securities dealer as defined in section 3(a)(45) of the Act) of the foreign broker or dealer and who participates in the solicitation of a U.S. institutional investor or a major U.S. institutional investor under paragraph (a)(3) of this rule.”
</P>
<P>(l) Paragraph 240.15a-6(b)(3) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(3) The term “foreign broker or dealer” shall mean any non-U.S. resident person (including any U.S. person engaged in business as a broker or dealer entirely outside the United States, except as otherwise permitted by this rule) that is not an office or branch of, or a natural person associated with, a registered broker or dealer, whose securities activities, if conducted in the United States, would be described by the definition of “government securities broker” or “government securities dealer” in sections 3(a)(43) and 3(a)(44) of the Act.”
</P>
<P>(m) Paragraph 240.15a-6(b)(5) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(5) Only for the purposes of this rule, the term “registered broker or dealer” shall mean a person that is registered with the Commission under section 15C(a)(2) of the Act or a broker or dealer or a financial institution who has provided notice to its appropriate regulatory agency under section 15C(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Act.”
</P>
<P>(n) For the purposes of this section, § 240.15a-6(b) of this title shall include a new paragraph (8) to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(8) The term <I>registered government securities broker or dealer</I> has the meaning set out in § 400.3 of this title.”
</P>
<P>(o) For the purposes of this section, 240.15a-6(b) of this title shall include a new paragraph (9) to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(9) The term <I>noticed financial institution</I> means a financial institution as defined at § 400.3 of this title that has provided notice to its appropriate regulatory agency pursuant to § 400.1(d) of this title.”
</P>
<P>(p) For the purposes of this section, § 240.15a-6(b) of this title shall include a new paragraph (10) to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(10) The term <I>appropriate regulatory agency</I> has the meaning set out in § 400.3 of this title.”
</P>
<P>(q) Section 240.15a-6(c) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(c) The Secretary of the Treasury, upon receiving notification from an appropriate regulatory agency that the laws or regulations of a foreign country have prohibited a foreign broker or dealer, or a class of foreign brokers or dealers, engaging in activities exempted by paragraph (a)(3) of this rule, from providing, in response to a request from an appropriate regulatory agency, information, documents, or records within its possession, custody, or control, testimony of foreign associated persons, or assistance in taking the evidence of other persons, wherever located, related to activities exempted by paragraph (a)(3) of this rule, may consider to be no longer applicable the exemption provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this rule with respect to the subsequent activities of the foreign broker or dealer or class of foreign brokers or dealers if the Secretary finds that continuation of the exemption is inconsistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the purposes of the Government Securities Act.”
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 27462, July 3, 1990; 55 FR 29293, July 18, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995; 71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006. Redesignated at 79 FR 38455, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="402" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 402—FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78o-5(b)(1)(A), (b)(4), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27931, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 402.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.1   Application of part to registered brokers and dealers and financial institutions; special rules for futures commission merchants and government securities interdealer brokers; effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of part.</I> This part applies to all government securities brokers and dealers, except as otherwise provided herein. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Registered brokers or dealers.</I> This part does not apply to a registered broker or dealer (including an OTC derivatives dealer) that is subject to § 240.15c3-1 of this title (SEC Rule 15c3-1).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Financial institutions.</I> This part does not apply to a government securities broker or dealer that is a financial institution and that is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to the rules and regulations of its appropriate regulatory agency concerning capital requirements, or 
</P>
<P>(2) A branch or agency of a foreign bank subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by state or Federal authorities having regulatory or supervisory authority over commercial bank and trust companies. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Futures commission merchants.</I> A futures commission merchant subject to § 1.17 of this title that is a government securities broker or dealer but is not a registered broker or dealer shall not be subject to the limitations of § 402.2 but rather to the capital requirement of § 1.17 or § 240.15c3-1, except paragraph (e)(3) thereof, of this title, whichever is greater. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Government securities interdealer broker.</I> (1) A government securities interdealer broker, as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, may, with the prior written consent of the Secretary, elect not to be subject to the limitations of § 402.2 but rather to be subject to the requirements of § 240.15c3-1 of this title (SEC Rule 15c3-1), except paragraphs (c)(2)(ix) and (e)(3) thereof, and paragraphs (e)(3) through (8) of this section by filing such election in writing with its designated examining authority. A government securities interdealer broker may not revoke such election without the written consent of its designated examining authority. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) <I>Government securities interdealer broker</I> means an entity engaged exclusively in business as a broker that effects, on an initially fully disclosed or identified group basis, transactions in government securities for counterparties that are government securities brokers or dealers who have registered or given notice pursuant to section 15C(a)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)), and that promptly transmits all funds and delivers all securities received in connection with its activities as a government securities interdealer broker and does not otherwise hold funds or securities for or owe money or securities to its counterparties and, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, does not have or maintain any government securities in its proprietary or other accounts. For the purpose of this paragraph (e)(2)(i), “identified group basis” means that a counterparty has consented to the identity of the specific group of entities from which the other counterparty is chosen. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A government securities interdealer broker may have or maintain government securities in its proprietary or other accounts only as a result of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Engaging in overnight reverse repurchase or securities borrowed transactions solely for the purpose of facilitating the process of clearing government securities transactions; 
</P>
<P>(B) Engaging in overnight repurchase or securities loaned transactions solely for the purpose of reducing its financing expense in connection with the clearance of government securities transactions; 
</P>
<P>(C) Subordinated loans subject to satisfactory subordination agreements pursuant to § 240.l5c3-1(d) of this title; 
</P>
<P>(D) Collateral or depository requirements of a clearing corporation or association with which it participates in the clearance of government securities transactions; or 
</P>
<P>(E) The investment of its excess cash.
</P>
<FP>The maturities of any government securities held or maintained under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) (C), (D), or (E) of this section may not exceed one year. 
</FP>
<P>(3) In order to qualify to operate under this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker shall at all times have and maintain net capital, as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2) of this title with the modifications of this paragraph (e), of not less than $1,000,000. 
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker need not deduct loans to commercial banks for one business day of immediately available funds (commonly referred to as “sales of federal funds”) held by the government securities interdealer broker in connection with the clearance of securities on the day the loan is made. 
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker need not deduct net pair-off receivables and money differences until the close of business of the third business day following the day the funds are due and give-up receivables outstanding no more than 30 days from the billing date, which shall be no later than the last day of the month in which they arise, as otherwise would be required under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(B) of this title. 
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker shall deduct from net worth 
<FR>1/4</FR> of 1 percent of the contract value of each government securities failed-to-deliver contract which is outstanding 5 business days or longer. Such deduction shall be increased by any excess of the contract price of the failed-to-deliver contract over the market value of the underlying security. 
</P>
<P>(7) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker may exclude from its aggregate indebtedness computation indebtedness adequately collateralized by government securities outstanding for not more than one business day and offset by government securities failed to deliver of the same issue and quantity. In no event may a government securities interdealer broker exclude any overnight bank loan attributable to the same government securities failed-to-deliver contract for more than one business day. A government securities interdealer broker need not deduct from net worth the amount by which the market value of securities failed to receive outstanding longer than thirty (30) calendar days exceeds the contract value of those failed to receive as required by § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(E) of this title. 
</P>
<P>(8)(i) For purposes of this paragraph (e), a government securities interdealer broker shall deduct from net worth 5 percent of its net exposure to each counterparty. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Net exposure.</I> For purposes of this paragraph (e), net exposure shall equal:
</P>
<P>(A) The sum of the dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk, in the first instance, to the government securities interdealer broker in the event of the counterparty's default, 
</P>
<P>(B) Reduced, but not to less than zero, by the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk, in the first instance, to the counterparty in the event of the government securities interdealer broker's default; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The deductions taken from net worth for unsecured receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase deficits, aged fails to deliver, and aged fails to receive arising from transactions with the counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Demand deposits in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Loans for one business day of immediately available funds (commonly referred to as “sales of federal funds”) held by the government securities interdealer broker in connection with the clearance of securities on the day the loan is made in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Custodial holdings of securities in the case where the counterparty is a clearing bank or clearing broker of the government securities interdealer broker; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Exposure to a counterparty due to holding marketable instruments subject to market risk haircuts under appendix A to this section (§ 402.2a) for which the counterparty is the obligor. 
</P>
<P>(9) On the application of the government securities interdealer broker, the designated examining authority may extend the periods of time in this paragraph (e) if it determines that the extension is warranted because of exceptional circumstances and that the government securities interdealer broker is acting in good faith. 
</P>
<P>(f) This part shall be effective July 25, 1987.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27931, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11024, Mar. 1, 1995; 71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006; 79 FR 38455, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 402.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.2   Capital requirements for registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> No government securities broker or dealer shall permit its liquid capital to be below an amount equal to 120 percent of total haircuts as defined in paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Minimum liquid capital for brokers or dealers that carry customer accounts.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, a government securities broker or dealer that carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and receives or holds funds or securities for those persons within the meaning of § 240.15c3-1(a)(2)(i) of this title, shall have and maintain liquid capital in an amount not less than $250,000, after deducting total haircuts as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minimum liquid capital for brokers or dealers that carry customer accounts, but do not generally hold customer funds or securities.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) of this section, a government securities broker or dealer that carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and is exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, as made applicable to government securities brokers and dealers by § 403.4 of this part, pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) thereof (17 CFR 240.15c3-3(k)(2)(i)), shall have and maintain liquid capital in an amount not less than $100,000, after deducting total haircuts as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Minimum liquid capital for introducing brokers that receive securities.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a government securities broker or dealer that introduces on a fully disclosed basis transactions and accounts of customers to another registered or noticed government securities broker or dealer but does not receive, directly or indirectly, funds from or for, or owe funds to, customers, and does not carry the accounts of, or for, customers shall have and maintain liquid capital in an amount not less than $50,000, after deducting total haircuts as defined in paragraph (g) of this section. A government securities broker or dealer operating pursuant to this paragraph (c)(1) may receive, but shall not hold customer or other broker or dealer securities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minimum liquid capital for introducing brokers that do not receive or handle customer funds or securities.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)(1) of this section, a government securities broker or dealer that does not receive, directly or indirectly, or hold funds or securities for, or owe funds or securities to, customers, and does not carry accounts of, or for, customers and that effects ten or fewer transactions in securities in any one calendar year for its own investment account shall have and maintain liquid capital in an amount not less than $25,000, after deducting total haircuts as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquid capital.</I> “Liquid capital” means net capital as defined in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2) of this title with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) The percentages used to calculate the deductions for failed to deliver contracts required by § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(ix) of this title when the underlying instrument is a Treasury market risk instrument as defined in paragraph (e) of this section are the appropriate net position haircut factors specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) The percentages used to calculate deductions required by § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(B) of this title for securities that are Treasury market risk instruments are the appropriate net position haircut factors specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) The deduction required by § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this title relating to repurchase agreement deficits shall be determined without reference to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>)(<I>B</I>) or § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(F)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>)(<I>C</I>); 
</P>
<P>(4) The deductions from net worth required by §§ 240.15c3-1 (c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(viii) of this title and the adjustments to net worth set forth in § 240.15c3-1a and § 240.15c3-1b of this title (Appendices A and B to SEC Rule 15c3-1) are omitted; 
</P>
<P>(5) Net pair-off receivables and money differences need not be deducted as otherwise would be required under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(B) of this title until the close of business of the third business day following the day the funds are due; 
</P>
<P>(6) Give-up receivables outstanding no more than 30 days from the billing date, which shall be no later than the last day of the month in which they arise, need not be deducted as otherwise would be required under § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(iv)(B) of this title; 
</P>
<P>(7) Loans to commercial banks for one business day of immediately available funds (commonly referred to as “sales of federal funds”) held by the government securities broker or dealer in connection with the clearance of securities on the day the loan is made need not be deducted; and 
</P>
<P>(8) In determining net worth, all long and short positions in unlisted options that are Treasury market risk instruments shall be evaluated in the manner set forth in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(i)(B)(<I>1</I>) and not in the manner set forth in § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this title. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Treasury market risk instruments.</I> (1) For purposes of this part, the term “Treasury market risk instrument” means the following dollar-denominated securities, debt instruments, and derivative instruments: 
</P>
<P>(i) Government securities, except equity securities and those mortgage-backed securities described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Zero-coupon receipts or certificates based on marketable Treasury notes or bonds; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Marketable certificates of deposit of no more than one year to maturity; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Bankers acceptances; 
</P>
<P>(v) Commercial paper of no more than one year to maturity and which has only a minimal amount of credit risk as determined by the government securities broker or dealer pursuant to reasonably designed written policies and procedures the government securities broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces to assess and monitor creditworthiness. These policies and procedures should result in creditworthiness assessments that typically are consistent with market data;
</P>
<P>(vi) Securities, other than equity securities, issued by international organizations that have a statutory exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provided their changes in yield are closely correlated to the changes in yield of similar Treasury securities, including STRIPS;
</P>
<P>(vii) Futures, forwards, and listed options on Treasury market risk instruments described in paragraphs (e)(1)(i)-(vi) of this section or on time deposits whose changes in yield are closely correlated with the Treasury market risk instruments described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, settled on a cash or delivery basis;
</P>
<P>(viii) Options on those futures contracts described in paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of this section, settled on a cash or delivery basis; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Unlisted options on marketable Treasury bills, notes or bonds.
</P>
<P>(2) “Treasury market risk instrument” does not include mortgage-backed securities that do not pass through to each security holder on a pro rata basis a distribution based on the monthly payments and prepayments of principal and interest on the underlying pool of mortgage collateral less fees and expenses.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) <I>Haircut categories.</I> For purposes of this part, the applicable categories within which non-zero-coupon and zero-coupon Treasury market risk instruments are classified are: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Term or type for non-zero-coupon instruments 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Term for zero-coupon instruments
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than 45 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than 45 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 45 days but less than 135 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 45 days but less than 135 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 135 days but less than 9 months</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 135 days but less than 9 months. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 9 months but less than 1 year, 6 months</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 9 months but less than 1 year, 6 months. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 1 year, 6 months but less than 3 years, 6 months</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 1 year, 6 months but less than 3 years. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 years, 6 months but less than 7 years, 6 months</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 years but less than 5 years, 6 months. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 7 years, 6 months but less than 15 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 5 years, 6 months but less than 9 years. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 years and over</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 9 years but less than 12 years. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 12 years but less than 21 years 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21 years and over. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All fixed rate mortgage-backed securities that are Treasury market risk instruments. 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities that are Treasury market risk instruments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Haircut factors.</I> For purposes of this part, the applicable net position and offset haircut factors to be used in the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut are as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Haircut factors 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Net position haircuts (percent) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Offsets (percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">None 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.07 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.22 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.44 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.90 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.55 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.38 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.66 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.22</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Category pair hedging disallowance haircut factors.</I> For purposes of this part, the applicable category pair hedging disallowance haircut factors to be used in the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut are as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Category 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="9" scope="col">Percent disallowed 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">I 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) <I>Total haircuts.</I> “Total haircuts” equals the sum of the credit risk haircut and the market risk haircut. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Credit risk haircut.</I> The “credit risk haircut” equals the sum of the total counterparty exposure haircut, the total concentration of credit haircut and the credit volatility haircut. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Net credit exposure.</I> For purposes of this part, net credit exposure shall equal: 
</P>
<P>(A) The sum of the dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk to the government securities broker or dealer in the event of the counterparty's default and the market value of purchased unlisted options written by the counterparty that are Treasury market risk instruments, 
</P>
<P>(B) Reduced, but not to less than zero, by the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk to the counterparty in the event of the government securities broker's or dealer's default and the market value of unlisted options written by the government securities broker or dealer and held by the counterparty that are Treasury market risk instruments; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The deductions taken from net worth for unsecured receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreement deficits, aged fails to deliver, and aged fails to receive arising from transactions with the counterparty; 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Demand deposits in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Loans for one business day of immediately available funds (commonly referred to as “sales of federal funds”) held by the government securities broker or dealer in connection with the clearance of securities on the day the loan is made in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Custodial holdings of securities in the case where the counterparty is a clearing bank or clearing broker of the government securities broker or dealer; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Exposure to a counterparty due to holding marketable instruments subject to market risk haircuts under appendix A to this section (§ 402.2a) for which the counterparty is the obligor. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Total counterparty exposure haircut.</I> The “total counterparty exposure haircut” equals the sum of the counterparty exposure haircuts taken for all counterparties except a Federal Reserve Bank, of the government securities broker or dealer. The “counterparty exposure haircut” equals the product of a counterparty exposure haircut factor of 5 percent and the net credit exposure to a single counterparty not in excess of 15 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Total concentration of credit haircut.</I> The “total concentration of credit haircut” equals the sum of the concentration of credit haircuts taken for all counterparties of the government securities broker or dealer. The “concentration of credit haircut” equals the product of a concentration of credit haircut factor of 25 percent and the amount by which the net credit exposure to a single counterparty is in excess of 15 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Credit volatility haircut.</I> The “credit volatility haircut” equals the product of a credit volatility haircut factor of 0.15 percent and the dollar amount of the larger of the gross long position or gross short position in those Treasury market risk instruments described in paragraphs (e)(1)(iii), (iv) and (v) of this section that have a term to maturity greater than 44 days, including futures and forwards thereon, settled on a cash or delivery basis, and futures and forwards on time deposits described in paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of this section, that have a term to maturity greater than 44 days, settled on a cash or delivery basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Market risk haircut.</I> The “market risk haircut” equals the sum of the Treasury market risk haircut and the other securities haircut, calculated in accordance with the provisions of appendix A of this section, § 402.2a. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Debt-equity requirements.</I> No government securities broker or dealer shall permit the total of outstanding principal amounts of its satisfactory subordination agreements as defined in § 240.15c3-1d of this title (appendix D to SEC Rule 15c3-1) modified as provided in appendix D to this section, § 402.2d, to exceed the allowable levels set forth in § 240.15c3-1(d) of this title. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Provisions relating to the withdrawal of equity capital</I>—(1) <I>Notice provisions.</I> No equity capital of the government securities broker or dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to appendix C to this section, § 402.2c, may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or partner, or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate without providing written notice, given in accordance with paragraph (i)(1)(iv) of this section, when specified in paragraphs (i)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Two business days prior to any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 30 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's excess liquid capital. A government securities broker or dealer, in an emergency situation, may make withdrawals, advances or loans that on a net basis exceed 30 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's excess liquid capital in any 30 calendar day period without giving the advance notice required by this paragraph, with the prior approval of its designated examining authority. When a government securities broker or dealer makes a withdrawal with the consent of its designated examining authority, it shall in any event comply with paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Two business days after any withdrawals, advances or loans if those withdrawals, advances or loans on a net basis exceed in the aggregate in any 30 calendar day period, 20 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's excess liquid capital. 
</P>
<P>(iii) This paragraph (i)(1) of this section does not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(A) Securities or commodities transactions in the ordinary course of business between a government securities broker or dealer and an affiliate where the government securities broker or dealer makes payment to or on behalf of such affiliate for such transaction and then receives payment from such affiliate for the securities or commodities transaction within two business days from the date of the transaction; or 
</P>
<P>(B) Withdrawals, advances or loans which in the aggregate in any such 30 calendar day period, on a net basis, equal $500,000 or less. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Each required notice shall be effective when received by the Commission in Washington, DC, the regional or district office of the Commission for the area in which the government securities broker or dealer has its principal place of business, and the government securities broker's or dealer's designated examining authority. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Withdrawal limitations.</I> No equity capital of the government securities broker or dealer or a subsidiary or affiliate consolidated pursuant to appendix C to this section, § 402.2c, may be withdrawn by action of a stockholder or a partner, or by redemption or repurchase of shares of stock by any of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any similar distribution, nor may any unsecured advance or loan be made to a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate if, after giving effect thereto and to any other such withdrawals, advances or loans and any Payments of Payment Obligations (as defined in § 240.15c3-1d of this title, appendix D to SEC Rule 15c3-1, modified as provided in appendix D to this section, § 402.2d) under satisfactory subordination agreements which are scheduled to occur within 180 calendar days following such withdrawal, advance or loan, either: 
</P>
<P>(i) The ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts, determined as provided in § 402.2, would be less than 150 percent; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquid capital minus total haircuts would be less than 120 percent of the minimum capital required by § 402.2(b) or § 402.2(c) as applicable; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of any government securities broker or dealer included in such consolidation, the total outstanding principal amounts of satisfactory subordination agreements of the government securities broker or dealer (other than such agreements which qualify as equity under § 240.15c3-1(d) of this title) would exceed 70% of the debt-equity total as defined in § 240.15c3-1(d). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Miscellaneous provisions.</I> (i) Excess liquid capital is that amount in excess of the amount required by the greater of § 402.2(a) or, §§ 402.2 (b) or (c), as applicable. For the purposes of paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section, a government securities broker or dealer may use the amount of excess liquid capital, liquid capital and total haircuts reported in its most recently required filed Form G-405 for the purposes of calculating the effect of a projected withdrawal, advance or loan relative to excess liquid capital or total haircuts. The government securities broker or dealer must assure itself that the excess liquid capital, liquid capital or the total haircuts reported on the most recently required filed Form G-405 have not materially changed since the time such report was filed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The term equity capital includes capital contributions by partners, par or stated value of capital stock, paid-in capital in excess of par, retained earnings or other capital accounts. The term equity capital does not include securities in the securities accounts of partners and balances in limited partners' capital accounts in excess of their stated capital contributions. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section shall not preclude a government securities broker or dealer from making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners of reasonable compensation, and such payments shall not be included in the calculation of withdrawals, advances or loans for purposes of paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iv) For the purposes of this subsection (i), any transaction between a government securities broker or dealer and a stockholder, partner, sole proprietor, employee or affiliate that results in a diminution of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital shall be deemed to be an advance or loan of liquid capital. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Modification of appendices to § 240.15c3-1 of this title.</I> For purposes of this section, appendix C to this section (§ 402.2c) is substituted for appendix C to Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1c of this title), and appendix D to Rule 15c3-1 (§ 240.15c3-1d of this title), relating to Satisfactory Subordination Agreements, is modified as provided in appendix D to this section (§ 402.2d).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27931, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28984, Aug. 1, 1988; 60 FR 11024, Mar. 1, 1995; 79 FR 38455, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 402.2a" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.2a   Appendix A—Calculation of market risk haircut for purposes of § 402.2(g)(2).</HEAD>
<P>The market risk haircut is the sum of the Treasury market risk haircut and the other securities haircut, calculated as follows. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Treasury market risk haircut.</I> The “Treasury market risk haircut” equals the sum of the total governments offset portion haircut, the total futures and options offset haircut, the total hedging disallowance haircut, and the residual net position haircut, calculated with respect to financings and positions in Treasury market risk instruments, except to the extent that a permissible election is made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section to include qualified positions in the calculation of the other securities haircut. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Total governments offset portion haircut.</I> The “total governments offset portion haircut” equals the sum of the governments offset portion haircuts calculated for each category in § 402.2(f)(1). The “governments offset portion haircuts” equal, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the product of the offset haircut factor for that category set out in § 402.2(f)(2) and the smaller of the absolute values of the gross long immediate position or gross short immediate position for that category. Schedules B and C in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation. 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) The “gross long immediate position” for purposes of this part equals, for each category except categories MB and AR in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the market values of each long immediate position in Treasury market risk instruments with a term to maturity (or, in the case of a floating rate note, the time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment or the term to maturity, whichever is less) corresponding to such category, the contract values of each reverse repurchase agreement with a term to maturity or time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment, whichever is less, corresponding to that category, and the values of the cash collateral of each security borrowing with a term to maturity or time to next scheduled interest rate adjustment, whichever is less, corresponding to such category. 
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of category MB, the “gross long immediate position” equals the sum of the market values of all long immediate positions in fixed rate mortgage-backed securities which are Treasury market risk instruments. 
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of category AR, the “gross long immediate position” equals the sum of the market values of all long immediate positions in adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which are Treasury market risk instruments. 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) The “gross short immediate position” for purposes of this section equals, for each category except categories MB and AR in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the market values of each short immediate position in Treasury market risk instruments with a term to maturity (or, in the case of a floating rate note, the time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment or the term to maturity, whichever is less) corresponding to such category, and the values of funds received from each financing transaction (including repurchase agreements, securities lending secured by cash collateral, and term financings, but excluding subordinated debt which meets the requirements of § 240.15c3-1d of this title modified as provided in § 402.2d) with a term to maturity or time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment, whichever is less, corresponding to that category. 
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of category MB, the “gross short immediate position” equals the sum of the market values of all short immediate positions in fixed rate mortgage-backed securities which are Treasury market risk instruments. 
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of category AR, the “gross short immediate position” equals the sum of the market values of all short immediate positions in adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which are Treasury market risk instruments. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>long immediate position</I> in a Treasury market risk instrument means, for purposes of this part: 
</P>
<P>(A) The net long position in a Treasury market risk instrument as of the trade date, except when the settlement date, in the case of a Treasury market risk instrument except a mortgage-backed security, is scheduled more than five business days in the future, and, in the case of a mortgage-backed security, more than thirty calendar days in the future; 
</P>
<P>(B) The net long when-issued position in a marketable U.S. Treasury security between announcement and issue date;
</P>
<P>(C) The net long when-issued position in a government agency or a government-sponsored agency debt security between release date and issue date; and
</P>
<P>(D) The net long when-issued position in a security described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vi) between announcement date and issue date.
</P>
<P>(iv) The term <I>short immediate position</I> on a Treasury market risk instrument means, for purposes of this part: 
</P>
<P>(A) The net short position in a Treasury market risk instrument as of the trade date, except when the settlement date, in the case of a Treasury market risk instrument except a mortgage-backed security, is scheduled more than five business days in the future, and, in the case of a mortgage-backed security, more than thirty calendar days in the future; 
</P>
<P>(B) The net short when-issued position in a marketable U.S. Treasury security between announcement and issue date;
</P>
<P>(C) The net short when-issued position in a government agency or a government-sponsored agency debt security between release date and issue date; and 
</P>
<P>(D) The net short when-issued position in a security described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vi) between announcement date and issue date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Net immediate position interim haircut.</I> The “net immediate position interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the product of the net position haircut factor for that category and the sum of the gross long immediate position and the gross short immediate position for that category. For purposes of this part, a gross long immediate position shall be a positive number and a gross short immediate position shall be a negative number. Schedules B and C in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Total futures and options offset haircut.</I> The “total futures and options offset haircut” equals the sum of the futures and options offset haircuts calculated for each category in § 402.2(f)(1). The “futures and options offset haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the product of a futures and options offset factor of 20 percent and the smaller of the absolute values of the positive and negative aggregate interim haircuts for that category. Schedule D in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Positive aggregate interim haircut.</I> The “positive aggregate interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the positive net immediate position interim haircut (see paragraph (a)(2) of this section), the gross long futures and forward interim haircut, and the positive gross options interim haircut for that category. Schedule D in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Gross long futures and forward interim haircut.</I> The “gross long futures and forward interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the interim haircuts on each long futures position and long forward position placed, in the case of a futures or forward contract which is a Treasury market risk instrument except those on mortgage-backed securities, in the category corresponding to the sum of the term to maturity of the contract and the term to maturity of the underlying instrument at the time of the maturity of the contract or, in the case of a futures or forward contract on Treasury market risk mortgage-backed securities, in the category corresponding to the type of Treasury market risk mortgage-backed security.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this part, the <I>interim haircut on each long futures position and each long forward position</I> is the product of the net position haircut factor for the category corresponding to, in the case of a futures or forward contract which is a Treasury market risk instrument except those on mortgage-backed securities, the maturity of the underlying instrument at the time of the maturity of the contract or, in the case of a futures or forward contract on Treasury market risk mortgage-backed securities, the type of Treasury market risk mortgage-backed security and the value of the long futures position or long forward position evaluated at the current market price for such contract. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this part, the gross long futures and forward interim haircut shall be a positive number. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Positive gross options interim haircut.</I> The “positive gross options interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the interim haircuts on each purchased call and sold put placed in the category in which the underlying instrument would be placed. 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this part, the “interim haircut on each purchased call and sold put” equals the lesser of the market value of the option or, (<I>i</I>) in the case of an option on a cash instrument, the product of the net position haircut factor for the category to which the underlying cash instrument corresponds and the market value of the underlying cash instrument or, (<I>ii</I>) in the case of an option on a futures contract, the interim haircut on the underlying futures contract. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this part, the positive gross options interim haircut is a positive number. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Negative aggregate interim haircut.</I> The “negative aggregate interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the negative net immediate position interim haircut (see paragraph (a)(2) of this section), the gross short futures and forward interim haircut, and the negative gross options interim haircut for that category. Schedule D in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation. 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Gross short futures and forward interim haircut.</I> The “gross short futures and forward interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the interim haircuts on each short futures position and short forward position placed, in the case of a futures or forward contract which is a Treasury market risk instrument except those on mortgage-backed securities, in the category corresponding to the sum of the term to maturity of the contract and the term to maturity of the underlying instrument at the time of the maturity of the contract or, in the case of a futures or forward contract on Treasury market risk mortgage-backed securities, in the category corresponding to the type of Treasury market risk mortgage-backed security. 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this part, the “interim haircut on each short futures position and each short forward position” is the product of the net position haircut factor for the category corresponding to, in the case of a futures or forward contract which is a Treasury market risk instrument except those on mortgage-backed securities, the maturity of the underlying instrument at the time of the maturity of the contract or, in the case of a futures or forward contract on Treasury market risk mortgage-backed securities, the type of Treasury market risk mortgage-backed security and the value of the short futures position or short forward position evaluated at the current market price for such contract. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this part, the gross short futures and forward interim haircut is a negative number. 
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Negative gross options interim haircut.</I> The “negative gross options interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the interim haircuts on each sold call and purchased put placed in the category in which the underlying instrument would be placed. 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For purposes of this part, the “interim haircut on each sold call and purchased put” equals the lesser of the market value of the option or, (<I>i</I>) in the case of an option on a cash instrument, the product of the net position haircut factor for the category to which the underlying cash instrument corresponds and the market value of the underlying cash instrument or, (<I>ii</I>) in the case of an option on a futures contract, the interim haircut on the underlying futures contract. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this part, the negative gross options interim haircut is a negative number. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Total hedging disallowance haircut.</I> The “total hedging disallowance haircut” equals the sum of the hedging disallowance haircuts calculated pursuant to each netting of qualified netting interim haircuts. The “hedging disallowance haircut” equals the absolute value of the product of the applicable category pair hedging disallowance haircut factor specified in § 402.2(f)(3) and the smaller in absolute value of any two qualified netting interim haircuts, netted in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. Schedule E in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Qualified netting interim haircut.</I> The term “qualified netting interim haircut” means a residual position interim haircut or a net residual position interim haircut. 
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Residual position interim haircut.</I> The “residual position interim haircut” equals, for each category in § 402.2(f)(1), the sum of the positive aggregate interim haircut and the negative aggregate interim haircut corresponding to the category, calculated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) <I>Net residual position interim haircut.</I> The “net residual position interim haircut” equals, for any two categories between which netting is permitted, the sum of (<I>i</I>) the residual position interim haircuts calculated for those categories, in the case of the category of the larger in absolute value of the two residual position interim haircuts being netted, and (<I>ii</I>) zero, in the case of the category of the smaller in absolute value of the two residual position interim haircuts being netted. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For the purposes of this paragraph (a)(4), netting is permitted only between categories for which a category pair hedging disallowance haircut factor has been specified in paragraph § 402.2(f)(3). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Net residual position interim haircuts shall be substituted for the residual position interim haircuts in the respective categories in which they have been placed and shall be considered as if they were residual position interim haircuts. New net residual position interim haircuts may continue to be calculated until for each category pair for which netting is permitted at least one of the two qualified netting interim haircuts is zero or both qualified netting interim haircuts are of the same sign. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Residual net position haircut.</I> The “residual net position haircut” equals the sum of the absolute values of all qualified netting interim haircuts remaining in each category after the completion of the calculation of permissible nettings described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. Schedule E in paragraph (c) of this section can be used to make this calculation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other securities haircut.</I> The “other securities haircut” equals the sum of all deductions specified in § 240.15c3-1 (c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(viii) of this title and §§ 240.15c3-1a and 240.l5c3-1b of this title for long and short positions in securities, futures contracts, forward contracts, options, and other inventory which are not Treasury market risk instruments as defined in § 402.2(e). 
</P>
<P>(1) A registered government securities broker or dealer may elect to exclude from its calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut and include in its calculation of the other securities haircut long and short positions in Treasury market risk instruments if such positions form part of a hedge against long and short positions in securities, futures contracts, forward contracts, or options which are not Treasury market risk instruments. Only the portion of the total position in a Treasury market risk instrument that forms part of such hedge may be excluded from the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut and included in the calculation of the other securities haircut. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (b), a gross long or short position in Treasury market risk instruments shall be considered part of a hedge if the inclusion of such position in the calculation of the other securities haircut would serve to reduce said haircut. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph (b) as it relates to § 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(M) (“undue concentration”), references to “10 percent of the “net capital'” shall be understood to refer to 10 percent of the liquid capital and references to “Appendix (D) (17 CFR 240.15c3-1d)” shall be understood to refer to such section as modified by § 402.2d. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Schedules.</I> This paragraph sets forth schedules which may be used by government securities brokers or dealers in the calculation of total haircuts as required by this part 402. The appropriate regulatory agency or designated examining authority may specify other substantially similar forms required to be used by government securities brokers or dealers in the calculation of such haircuts.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Schedule A—Liquid Capital Requirement, Summary Computation
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[In thousands of dollars]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Liquid capital 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Haircuts on security and financing positions including contractual commitments: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">a. Total governments offset portion haircut (Schedule C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">b. Total futures and options offset haircut (Schedule D)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">c. Total hedging disallowance haircut (Schedule E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">d. Residual net position haircut (Schedule E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">e. Other securities haircut (use SEC factors)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Haircuts on credit exposure: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">a. Total counterparty exposure haircut</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">b. Total concentration of credit haircut</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">c. Credit volatility haircut</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Total haircuts (sum of lines 2 a through e, 3 a, b, and c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Capital-to-risk ratio (line 1 divided by line 4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">______ 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Identical to the amount reported on line 3640 of the Report on Finances and Operations of Government Securities Brokers and Dealers, Form G-405.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/ec11oc91.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec11oc91.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec11oc91.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec11oc91.011.gif"/>
<HD1>Instructions to Schedules A through E
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Schedules A through E may be used by government securities brokers or dealers subject to 17 CFR 402 to determine the firm's capital-to-risk ratio. Section 402.2 provides that a government securities broker or dealer must meet the applicable minimum dollar liquid capital requirement and that the firm's ratio of liquid capital to risk (total haircuts) must be at least 1.2:1; liquid capital must exceed risk by at least 20 percent. Total haircuts is the risk measure used in the ratio; it is made up of measures of market risk and measures of credit risk. The market risk of a government securities broker's or dealer's positions is accounted for through the Treasury market risk haircut and the other securities haircut. Credit risk is accounted for in the counterparty exposure, concentration of credit, and credit volatility haircuts and in the computation of liquid capital through the various deductions and charges. 
</P>
<P>Only positions in Treasury market risk instruments and financings may be used in the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut. Treasury market risk instruments and financings are described in 17 CFR 402.2 and in the instructions to the schedule where they are to be first entered. All other types of financial instruments are to be included in the calculation of the other securities haircut. Calculation of the other securities haircut is based on the SEC's Rule 15c3-1 (17 CFR 240.15c3-1). 
</P>
<P>Treasury market risk instruments may be excluded from the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut if they are included in the calculation of the other securities haircut as part of a hedge against long and short positions in securities, futures contracts, forward contracts, or options that are not Treasury market risk instruments. Only the portion of the total position in a Treasury market risk instrument that forms part of such a hedge may be excluded, and the result of this transfer of the Treasury market risk instruments must be a reduction in the other securities haircut. 
</P>
<P>The categories for classifying Treasury market risk instruments are designated in 17 CFR 402.2(f)(1). The categories, which are designated by a maturity range, contain all securities with remaining terms to maturity greater than or equal to the lower end of the range but less than the higher. A half year is always considered to be 6 months. In categories A through D, zero-coupon instruments are to be treated in the same manner as all other instruments. In categories E through J, the maturity designations in parentheses give the maturities of the zero-coupon instruments to be placed in that category. All mortgage-backed securities that are Treasury market risk instruments are to be placed in category MB or category AR, depending on whether they are backed by conventional or adjustable-rate mortgages. 
</P>
<P>All haircuts may be calculated to the nearest hundred dollars, unless such rounding would materially affect the liquid capital calculation. 
</P>
<P>Appendix A to the Preamble published with the temporary regulations for 17 CFR part 402 (52 FR 19669, May 26, 1987) contains an example of the capital calculation. It may also be used as an aid in completing these schedules. 
</P>
<HD2>Schedule A—Liquid Capital Requirement Summary Computation
</HD2>
<P>Schedule A is used to determine the capital-to-risk ratio by comparing liquid capital to total haircuts. Schedule A will be the last schedule completed as many of the haircuts entered on Schedule A are calculated on Schedules B through E. 
</P>
<P>Line 1—Enter liquid capital, which is identical to the amount reported on line 3640 of the Report on Finances and Operations of Government Securities Brokers and Dealers, Form G-405.
</P>
<P>Line 2—Haircuts on “Security and Financing Positions” including contractual commitments: 
</P>
<P>a. Enter the Total Governments Offset Portion Haircut from column 10 of Schedule C. 
</P>
<P>b. Enter the Total Futures and Options Offset Haircut from column 19 of Schedule D. 
</P>
<P>c. Enter the Total Hedging Disallowance Haircut as calculated in Schedule E, column 27. 
</P>
<P>d. Enter the Residual Net Position Haircut as given in column 28 of Schedule E. 
</P>
<P>e. Enter the other securities haircut as determined by applying the SEC haircut factors to securities, futures contracts, forward contracts, options and other inventory that are not Treasury market risk instruments as defined in 17 CFR 402.2(e). The other securities haircut is the sum of all applicable deductions as specified in 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 (c)(2)(vi) and (c)(2)(viii) and in 17 CFR 240.15c3-1a and 240.15c3-1b. Any position(s) in Treasury market risk instruments that have been excluded from the calculation of the Treasury market risk haircut because they are part of a hedge with these other instruments are to be included in the calculation of this haircut. 
</P>
<P>Line 3—Haircuts on credit exposure: 
</P>
<P>a. Enter the total counterparty exposure haircut which is the sum of the counterparty exposure haircut with each counterparty, except a Federal Reserve Bank. A counterparty exposure haircut is equal to 5 percent of the net credit exposure to a single counterparty which is not in excess of 15 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital. If the net credit exposure to a counterparty does exceed 15 percent of liquid capital, the excess will be used in calculating the total concentration of credit haircut on line 3b. 
</P>
<P>Net credit exposure equals the difference between the government securities broker's or dealer's credit exposure to a single counterparty and that counterparty's credit exposure to the government securities broker or dealer. The government securities broker's or dealer's credit exposure to a counterparty is equal to the sum of the dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk to the government securities broker or dealer in the event of the counterparty's default and the market value of purchased unlisted options that are Treasury market risk instruments and were written by the counterparty. It does not include, however, (1) the deduction taken from net worth for unsecured receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreement deficits, aged fails to deliver, and aged fails to receive arising from transactions with the counterparty; (2) demand deposits in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; (3) loans of immediately available funds (commonly referred to as “sales of federal funds”) held by the government securities broker or dealer in connection with the clearance of securities on the day the loan is made in the case where the counterparty is a commercial bank; (4) custodial holdings of securities in the case where the counterparty is a clearing bank or clearing broker of the government securities broker or dealer; or (5) credit exposure to the counterparty due to holding marketable instruments for which the counterparty is the obligor. 
</P>
<P>The counterparty's credit exposure to the government securities broker or dealer equals the dollar amount of funds, debt instruments, other securities, and other inventory at risk to the counterparty in the event of the government security broker's or dealer's default and any unlisted options written by the government securities broker or dealer and held by the counterparty. 
</P>
<P>b. Enter the total concentration of credit haircut which is the sum of all concentration of credit haircuts applied in cases where the net credit exposure (as defined above) to a single counterparty is in excess of 15 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital. The concentration of credit haircut is 25 percent of the amount of net credit exposure in excess of 15 percent of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital. 
</P>
<P>c. Enter the credit volatility haircut which equals a factor of 0.15 percent applied to the larger of the gross long or gross short position in money market instruments qualifying as Treasury market risk instruments which mature in 45 days or more, in futures and forwards on these instruments that are settled on a cash or delivery basis, and in futures and forwards on time deposits described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vii), that mature in 45 days or more, settled on a cash or delivery basis. Money market instruments qualifying as Treasury market risk instruments are (1) marketable certificates of deposit with no more than one year to maturity, (2) bankers acceptances, and (3) commercial paper of no more than one year to maturity and which has only a minimal amount of credit risk as determined by the government securities broker or dealer pursuant to reasonably designed written policies and procedures the government securities broker or government securities dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces to assess and monitor creditworthiness. These policies and procedures should result in creditworthiness assessments that typically are consistent with market data.
</P>
<P>Line 4—Enter total haircuts which is the sum of lines 2 a through e, and 3 a, b, and c. 
</P>
<P>Line 5—Enter the capital-to-risk ratio which is found by dividing line 1, “Liquid capital,” by line 4, “Total haircuts.” The capital-to-risk ratio must be at least equal to 1.2:1. 
</P>
<HD2>Schedule B—Calculation of Net Immediate Position in Securities and Financings
</HD2>
<P>Schedule B is used to calculate the net immediate position in and offset portion of securities and financings. The results are then carried over to Schedule C for initial haircut calculations. Futures, forwards, and options which are Treasury market risk instruments are to be entered on Schedule D. 
</P>
<P>Positions in and financings on debt instruments other than mortgage-backed or adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities should be placed in the category corresponding to their remaining term to maturity. In the case of a floating rate note, however, the note should be placed in the category corresponding to the time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment or remaining term to maturity, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>Column 1—Under “Financings-Long” report in the appropriate category the contract value of reverse repurchase agreements and the value(s) of cash collateral on security borrowings. Financings so reported should be placed in the category corresponding to the remaining term to maturity or time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>Column 2—Under “Financings-Short” report in the appropriate category as a negative number the values of funds received from financing transactions. Include repurchase agreements, securities lending secured by cash collateral, and term financings, but exclude subordinated debt which meets the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d as modified by 17 CFR 402.2d. Financings so reported should be placed in the category corresponding to the remaining term to maturity or time to the next scheduled interest rate adjustment, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>Columns 3 and 4—Report in the appropriate column by maturity or type of mortgage-backed security under “Securities Positions” the sum of the market values of immediate positions in Treasury market risk instruments. The net position in each individual Treasury market risk instrument is to be appropriately reported as a long (+) or short (−) position in summation with all other positions of the same category (long/short). Short positions are assigned a negative value. Treasury market risk instruments are defined in 17 CFR 402.2(e). Those to be reported in Schedule B are:
</P>
<P>(1) Government securities as defined in 17 CFR 400.3 except equity securities and mortgage-backed securities which do not pass through to the security holder on a pro rata basis a distribution based on the monthly payments and prepayments of principal and interest on the underlying pool of mortgage collateral less fees and expenses; 
</P>
<P>(2) Zero-coupon receipts or certificates based on marketable Treasury notes or bonds; 
</P>
<P>(3) Marketable certificates of deposit of no more than one year to maturity; 
</P>
<P>(4) Bankers acceptances; 
</P>
<P>(5) Commercial paper of no more than one year to maturity and which has only a minimal amount of credit risk as determined by the government securities broker or dealer pursuant to reasonably designed written policies and procedures the government securities broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces to assess and monitor creditworthiness. These policies and procedures should result in creditworthiness assessments that typically are consistent with market data; and
</P>
<P>(6) Securities described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vi). 
</P>
<P>Report all positions as of the trade date. If the settlement date is scheduled for more than five business days in the future (or, in the case of a mortgage-backed security, more than thirty calendar days in the future), then report the position as a forward contract on Schedule D. Also, under “Securities Positions” in the appropriate column and category, report any when-issued position in a marketable Treasury security between announcement and issue date, any when-issued position in a government agency or a government-sponsored agency debt security between release date and issue date, and any when-issued position in a security described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vi) between announcement date and issue date. 
</P>
<P>Exclude positions in Treasury market risk instruments which form part of a hedge against long and short positions in securities, futures contracts, forward contracts, or options that are not Treasury market risk instruments and are to be included in the calculation of the other securities haircut. Only that portion of the total position in a Treasury market risk instrument that forms part of such a hedge may be excluded, and the inclusion of the Treasury market risk instruments must reduce the other securities haircut. 
</P>
<P>Column 5—Under “Total Securities and Financing Positions (+)” report in the appropriate category the sum of the long financings (column 1) and long securities positions (column 3). 
</P>
<P>Column 6—Under “Total Securities and Financing Positions (−)” report in the appropriate category the sum of the short financings (column 2) and short securities positions (column 4). 
</P>
<P>Column 7—Under “Offset Portions” report in the appropriate category the lesser of the absolute values of the positive (column 5) or negative (column 6) total securities and financing positions. 
</P>
<P>Column 8—Under “Net Immediate Positions” report in the appropriate category the sum, or net value, of the positive (column 5) and negative (column 6) total securities and financing positions. 
</P>
<P>Columns 7, “Offset Portions,” and 8, “Net Immediate Positions,” are to be carried to Schedule C. 
</P>
<HD2>Schedule C—Governments Offset Portion and Net Immediate Position Interim Haircuts Calculation
</HD2>
<P>Schedule C is used to calculate the total governments offset portion haircut and net immediate position interim haircuts by applying offset and net position haircut factors to the offset portions and net immediate positions in Treasury market risk instruments and financings. The total governments offset portion haircut is then carried to Schedule A, and the net immediate position interim haircuts are carried to Schedule D or E. 
</P>
<P>Column 7—Transfer to column 7, “Governments Offset Portion—$ Amounts,” column seven from Schedule B, “Offset Portions.” 
</P>
<P>Column 9—These are the governments offset portion haircut factors given at 17 CFR 402.2(f)(2). They may be updated from time to time. 
</P>
<P>Column 10—Under “Governments Offset Portion—Haircuts” report in the appropriate category the product of the corresponding values in column 7, “$ Amounts,” and in column 9, “Factors.” 
</P>
<P>To determine the total governments offset portion haircut, sum the values under “Governments Offset Portion—Haircuts” in column 10, and enter this number in the appropriate space. Carry this value to Schedule A, line 2a, converting, if necessary, to thousands of dollars. 
</P>
<P>Column 8—Transfer to column 8, “Net Immediate Positions—$ Amounts,” column eight from Schedule B, “Net Immediate Positions.” 
</P>
<P>Column 11—These are the net immediate position haircut factors given at 17 CFR 402.2(f)(2). They may be updated from time to time. 
</P>
<P>Column 12—Under “Net Immediate Positions—Interim Haircuts” place in the appropriate category the product of the corresponding values in column 8, “$ Amounts,” and in column 11, “Factors.” A haircut on a short position remains negative. 
</P>
<P>Carry column 12 to Schedule D, or, if there are no futures, forwards, or options positions, to Schedule E. 
</P>
<HD2>Schedule D—Consolidation of Net Immediate Position Interim Haircuts with Gross Futures and Options Interim Haircuts
</HD2>
<P>Schedule D is used to enter haircuts on futures, forwards and options positions and to calculate the total futures and options offset haircut and the residual position interim haircuts as needed for Schedules A and E respectively. If there are no futures and options positions, it is not necessary to fill out Schedule D. 
</P>
<P>Report on Schedule D futures, forwards, and options which are Treasury market risk instruments as defined in § 402.2(e). These futures, forwards, and listed option contracts may be based on any of the Treasury market risk instruments described in the instructions to columns 3 and 4 on Schedule B or on time deposits whose changes in yield are closely correlated with marketable certificates of deposit which are Treasury market risk instruments, as described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vii). Options on Treasury market risk futures contracts and unlisted options on marketable Treasury bills, notes, and bonds are also to be included. Futures contracts may settle on a cash or delivery basis. Any of these contracts which are being included as part of a hedge in the calculation of the other securities haircut must be excluded from Schedule D. 
</P>
<P>Report as a forward contract any position for which the time between trade date and settlement date is more than five business days (30 calendar days for a mortgage-backed security). Any when-issued position in a marketable Treasury security established between announcement and issue date, any when-issued position in a government agency or a government-sponsored agency debt security established between release date and issue date, and any when-issued position in a security described in § 402.2(e)(1)(vi) between announcement date and issue date is reported in the appropriate category on Schedule B under “Securities Positions.” 
</P>
<P>Column 12—Transfer to column 12, “Net Immediate Position Interim Haircuts,” column 12 from Schedule C, “Net Immediate Positions—Interim Haircuts,” converting, if necessary, to thousands of dollars. 
</P>
<P>Columns 13 and 14—Under “Gross Interim Haircuts—Futures and Forward” enter in the appropriate category the sum of the interim haircuts on the futures or forward positions belonging to that category. The interim haircut on a futures or forward position equals the product of the value of the position evaluated at the current market price for such contract and the net position haircut factor that corresponds to either the term to maturity of the underlying instrument or, for mortgage-backed securities, the type of security. The term to maturity of the underlying instrument is the term to maturity of the deliverable security at the time of the maturity of the futures or forward contract. The haircut on a futures or forward position on a non-mortgaged-backed instrument is to be entered in the category corresponding to the sum of the remaining time to maturity of the futures or forward contract and the maturity of the underlying instrument. Haircuts on futures and forwards on mortgage-backed securities are to be entered in the appropriate mortgage-backed securities category. The interim haircuts on long futures and forwards are positive (column 13), and on short futures and forwards, negative (column 14). 
</P>
<P>Columns 15 and 16—Under “Gross Interim Haircuts—Options” enter, in the category in which the instrument directly underlying the contract would be entered, the lesser of (1) the market value of the option or (2) the net immediate position interim haircut on the underlying cash instrument or gross futures interim haircut on the underlying futures contract. Note that in the case of an option on a futures contract the category in which the option contract is to be entered is the sum of the remaining time to maturity of the futures or forward contract and the maturity of the instrument underlying the futures or forward contract. The haircut factor used to determine the gross futures interim haircut is that factor corresponding to the term to maturity of the deliverable security at the time of the maturity of the futures or forward contract. Gross option haircuts on purchased calls and sold puts are positive, those on sold calls and purchased puts are negative. 
</P>
<P>Column 17—Under “Aggregate Interim Haircuts (+)” enter in the appropriate category, the sum of any positive net immediate position interim haircut (column 12) and the positive gross option (column 15) and gross futures and forward (column 13) interim haircuts for that category. 
</P>
<P>Column 18—Under “Aggregate Interim Haircuts (−)” enter in the appropriate category, the sum of any negative net immediate position interim haircut (column 12) and the negative gross option (column 16) and gross futures and forward (column 14) interim haircuts for that category. 
</P>
<P>Column 19—Under “Futures and Options Offset Portions” enter, in the appropriate category, the lesser of the absolute values of the positive and negative aggregate interim haircuts (columns 17 and 18) for that category. 
</P>
<P>The total futures and options offset portion is the sum of the values in column 19 under “Futures and Options Offset Portions.”
</P>
<P>The total futures and options offset haircut is the total futures and options offset portion multiplied by a factor of 20 percent and is carried to line 2b, Schedule A. 
</P>
<P>Column 20—Enter in the appropriate category under “Residual Position Interim Haircuts” the sum, or net value, of the positive and negative aggregate interim haircuts. Carry this to column 20 on Schedule E. 
</P>
<HD2>Schedule E—Calculation of Hedging Disallowance Haircuts When Netting Haircuts Across Categories
</HD2>
<P>Schedule E is used to calculate the hedging disallowance and residual net position haircuts which are then carried to Schedule A. The purpose of Schedule E is to hedge positions in different categories in order to reduce total haircuts. Netting the residual position interim haircuts reflects the risk reduction inherent in hedges between positions in different categories where the price volatility is reasonably well correlated. 
</P>
<P>Section 402.2(f)(3) of the rule specifies the hedging disallowance haircut factors for the category pairs. Netting of residual position interim haircuts is permitted only between any two categories for which a hedging disallowance haircut factor is specified. Hedging disallowance haircuts are similar to offset haircuts in that they are applied to the smaller of the two residual position interim haircuts and represent the portion of the hedge being “disallowed.” A hedging disallowance haircut is determined each time two residual position interim haircuts are netted. 
</P>
<P>There are three levels of permissible netting corresponding to the three hedging disallowance haircut factors: The 20 percent, 30 percent, and 40 percent levels. It is not necessary to net all possible pairs at any one level. A greater reduction in total haircuts can sometimes be obtained by choosing not to net a pair at one level (e.g., the 20 percent level) so that one element of the pair can be netted against a third category at another level (e.g., the 30 percent level). 
</P>
<P>Column 20—Transfer column 20, “Residual Position Interim Haircuts,” from Schedule D. If there are no futures or options positions, transfer instead column 12, “Net Immediate Positions—Interim Haircuts,” from Schedule C. 
</P>
<P>Column 21—Use the matrix at 17 CFR 402.2(f)(3) to determine the categories from which the residual position interim haircuts may be paired at the 20 percent level. For each pair multiply the smaller of the absolute values of the two residual position interim haircuts by the hedging disallowance haircut factor of 20 percent, and, in the category of the smaller, enter the resulting hedging disallowance haircut. 
</P>
<P>Column 22—For each pair being netted at this level, enter under “Net Residual Position Interim Haircuts” (1) the sum, or net value, of the two residual position interim haircuts (and/or net residual position interim haircuts) in the category of the larger (in absolute value) of the two interim haircuts that were netted, and (2) a zero in the category of the smaller. 
</P>
<P>These net residual position interim haircuts replace the residual position interim haircuts (or net residual position interim haircuts) from which they were derived. Net residual position interim haircuts can in turn be used in any other allowable netting exactly as residual position interim haircuts would be. If further netting of that category at the same level is permissible and possible, it will be necessary to replace the net residual position interim haircut involved with a new (and smaller) net residual position interim haircut in column 22. 
</P>
<P>Since the net residual position interim haircut in any category containing a hedging disallowance haircut is zero, further netting with any such category is impossible. 
</P>
<P>After all netting has been completed for category pairs with a 20 percent hedging disallowance haircut factor, move on to column 23. 
</P>
<P>Column 23—Use the matrix at 17 CFR 402.2(f)(3) to determine the categories from which the residual position interim haircuts and/or net residual position interim haircuts may be paired at the 30 percent level. In each category, the newest (and smallest) net residual position interim haircut determined by netting at the 20 percent level replaces the old value and must be used in hedging in that category at higher levels. For each pair being netted, multiply the smaller of the absolute values of the two (net) residual position interim haircuts by the hedging disallowance haircut factor of 30 percent, and in the category of the smaller, enter the resulting hedging disallowance haircut. 
</P>
<P>Column 24—For each pair being netted at this level, enter under “Net Residual Position Interim Haircuts” (1) the sum, or net value, of the two residual position interim haircuts and/or net residual position interim haircuts in the category of the larger (in absolute value) of the two interim haircuts that were netted, and (2) a zero in the category of the smaller. 
</P>
<P>These net residual position interim haircuts replace the residual position interim haircuts (or net residual position interim haircuts) from which they were derived. Net residual position interim haircuts can in turn be used in any other allowable netting exactly as residual position interim haircuts would be. If further netting of that category at the same level is permissible and possible, it will be necessary to replace the net residual position interim haircut involved with a new (and smaller) net residual position interim haircut. 
</P>
<P>After all netting has been completed for category pairs with a 30 percent hedging disallowance haircut factor, continue to column 25. 
</P>
<P>Column 25—Use the matrix at 17 CFR 402.2(f)(3) to determine the categories from which the residual position interim haircuts and/or net residual position interim haircuts may be paired at the 40 percent level. In each category, any new net residual position interim haircut determined by netting at the 20 or 30 percent level replaces the old value and must be used in hedging with that category at the 40 percent level. For each pair being netted, multiply the smaller of the absolute values of the two (net) residual position interim haircuts by the hedging disallowance haircut factor of 40 percent and, in the category of the smaller, enter the resulting hedging disallowance haircut. 
</P>
<P>Column 26—For each pair being netted at this level, enter under “Net Residual Position Interim Haircuts” (1) the sum, or net value, of the two (net) residual position interim haircuts in the category of the larger (in absolute value) of the two interim haircuts that were netted, and (2) a zero in the category of the smaller. If further netting of that category at the same level is permissible and possible, it will be necessary to replace the net residual position interim haircut involved with a new (and smaller) net residua1 position interim haircut. 
</P>
<P>Column 27—When all possible (net) residual position interim haircuts have been netted, enter under “Hedging Disallowance Haircuts” all hedging disallowance haircuts calculated in the netting procedures, each in its appropriate category. 
</P>
<P>Enter under “Total Hedging Disallowance Haircut” the sum of all the hedging disallowance haircuts entered in column 27. Carry to Schedule A, line 2c. 
</P>
<P>Column 28—Under “Qualified Netting Interim Haircuts” enter in the appropriate category the absolute value of the haircut given under “Net Residual Position Interim Haircut” at the highest hedging disallowance factor used for that category (columns 26, 24, or 22). This value will also be the smallest of the net residual position interim haircuts in that category. If the position in a given category was not used in hedging then enter the absolute value of the residual position interim haircut from column 20. 
</P>
<P>Sum the qualified netting interim haircuts, enter this value under “Residual Net Position Haircut,” and carry to Schedule A, line 2d.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27931, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28985, Aug. 1, 1988; 71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006; 79 FR 38455, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 402.2b" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.2b   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 402.2c" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.2c   Appendix C—Consolidated computations of liquid capital and total haircuts for certain subsidiaries and affiliates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consolidation.</I> (1) A government securities broker or dealer (the “parent broker or dealer”), in computing its liquid capital and total haircuts pursuant to § 402.2: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall consolidate in a single computation of liquid capital the assets and liabilities of any subsidiary or affiliate for which the parent broker or dealer guarantees, endorses, or assumes directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities if the parent broker or dealer has obtained the opinion of counsel described in paragraph (b) of this section with respect to such subsidiary or affiliate; 
</P>
<P>(ii) May not consolidate in a single computation of liquid capital the assets and liabilities of any subsidiary or affiliate for which the parent broker or dealer guarantees, endorses, or assumes directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities if the parent broker or dealer has not obtained the opinion of counsel described in paragraph (b) of this section with respect to such subsidiary or affiliate, but in that event, the parent broker or dealer shall compute its total haircuts by adding the total haircuts of each such subsidiary or affiliate computed in accordance with the provisions of § 402.2 to the haircuts of the parent broker or dealer computed separately in accordance with the provisions of § 402.2; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) May consolidate in its computation of liquid capital the assets and liabilities of any majority owned and controlled subsidiary or affiliate for which the parent broker or dealer does not guarantee, endorse or assume directly or indirectly the obligations or liabilities if the parent broker or dealer has obtained the opinion of counsel described in paragraph (b) of this section with respect to such subsidiary or affiliate. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any subsidiary or affiliate whose assets and liabilities are consolidated in the parent broker's or dealer's computation of liquid capital according to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the parent broker or dealer shall compute its haircuts in accordance with the provisions of § 402.2 as if the consolidated entity were one firm, or, in the alternative, shall add the total haircuts of each consolidated subsidiary or affiliate computed in accordance with the provisions of § 402.2 to the haircuts of the parent broker or dealer computed separately in accordance with the provisions of § 402.2. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required counsel opinion.</I> The opinion of counsel referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission, through the Designated Examining Authority, that net asset values, or the portion thereof related to the parent broker's or dealer's ownership interest in a majority owned and controlled subsidiary or affiliate, may be caused by the parent broker or dealer or an appointed trustee to be distributed to the parent broker or dealer within 30 calendar days. Such opinion shall also set forth the actions necessary to cause such a distribution to be made, identify the parties having the authority to take such actions, identify and describe the rights of other parties or classes of parties, including but not limited to customers, general creditors, subordinated lenders, minority shareholder employees, litigants and governmental or regulatory authorities, who may delay or prevent such a distribution and such other assurances as the Commission or the Designated Examining Authority by rule or interpretation may require. Such opinion shall be current and periodically renewed in connection with the parent broker's or dealer's annual audit pursuant to § 240.17a-5 of this title, as made applicable to government securities brokers or dealers by § 405.2 of this chapter, or upon any material change in circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Principles of consolidation.</I> The following minimum and non-exclusive requirements shall govern the consolidation of a subsidiary or affiliate in the computation of total liquid capital and total haircuts of a government securities broker or dealer pursuant to this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total liquid capital of the government securities broker or dealer shall be reduced by the estimated amount of any taxes reasonably anticipated to be incurred upon distribution of the assets of the subsidiary or affiliate. 
</P>
<P>(2) Liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate that are subordinated to the claims of present and future creditors pursuant to a satisfactory subordination agreement shall not be added to consolidated net worth unless such subordination extends also to the claims of present or future creditors of the parent broker or dealer and all consolidated subsidiaries. 
</P>
<P>(3) Subordinated liabilities of a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate that are consolidated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section may not be prepaid, repaid or accelerated if any of the entities included in such consolidation would otherwise be unable to comply with the provision of § 240.15c3-1d of this title, as modified by § 402.2d. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each government securities broker or dealer included within the consolidation shall at all times be in compliance with the liquid capital or net capital requirement to which it is subject. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certain Precluded Acts.</I> Even if consolidation is not required or allowed under paragraph (a) of this section, no parent broker or dealer shall guarantee, endorse or assume directly or indirectly any obligation or liability of a subsidiary or affiliate unless the obligation or liability is reflected in the parent broker's or dealer's computation of liquid capital. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 402.2d" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.3.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 402.2d   Appendix D—Modification of § 240.15c3-1d of this title, relating to satisfactory subordination agreements, for purposes of § 402.2.</HEAD>
<P>Section 240.15c3-1d of this title shall apply to government securities brokers and dealers subject to the requirements of § 402.2 with the following modifications. 
</P>
<P>(a) References to “broker or dealer” include government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(b) References to “17 CFR 240.15c3-1” mean § 402.2.
</P>
<P>(c) Section 240.15c3-1d(a)(2)(iii) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(iii) The term “Collateral Value” of any securities pledged to secure a secured demand note shall mean the market value of such securities after giving effect to the haircuts specified in § 402.2a of this title.”
</P>
<P>(d) References to “17 CFR 240.15c3-1d” mean that section as modified by this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) Section 240.15c3-1d(b)(6)(iii) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(iii) The secured demand note agreement may also provide that, in lieu of the procedures specified in the provisions required by paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, the lender, with the prior written consent of the government securities broker or dealer and the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer, may reduce the unpaid principal amount of the secured demand note. After giving effect to such reduction, the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of the government securities broker or dealer may not be less than 150% of the government securities broker's or dealer's total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title. No single secured demand note shall be permitted to be reduced by more than 15% of its original principal amount and after such reduction no excess collateral may be withdrawn. No Examining Authority shall consent to a reduction of the principal amount of a secured demand note if, after giving effect to such reduction, liquid capital after deducting total haircuts would be less than 120% of the minimum dollar amount required by § 402.2(b) or § 402.2(c) of this title as applicable.”
</P>
<P>(f) Section 240.15c3-1d(b)(7) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(7) A government securities broker or dealer at its option but not at the option of the lender may, if the subordination agreement so provides, make a Payment of all or any portion of the Payment Obligation thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date of such Payment Obligation (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”), but in no event may any Prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date such subordination agreement became effective. This restriction shall not apply to temporary subordination agreements which comply with the provisions of paragraph (c)(5) of this section. No Prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated agreements then outstanding the maturities or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the government securities broker or dealer, the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of the government securities broker or dealer would be less than 150% of the government securities broker's or dealer's total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title. Notwithstanding the above, no Prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Examining Authority for such government securities broker or dealer.”.
</P>
<P>(g) Section 240.15c3-1d(b)(8) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(i) The Payment Obligation of the government securities broker or dealer in respect of any subordination agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to Payment of such Payment Obligation (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations of such broker or dealer under any other subordination agreement(s) then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such Payment Obligation), either the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of the government securities broker or dealer would be less than 150% of the government securities broker's or dealer's total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title, or the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital after deducting total haircuts would be less than 120% of the minimum dollar amount required by § 402.2(b) or § 402.2(c) of this title, as applicable. The subordination agreement may provide that if the Payment Obligation of the government securities broker or dealer thereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirement of this paragraph (b)(8) for a period of not less than six months, the government securities broker or dealer shall thereupon commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its business but the right of the lender to receive Payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d.”.
</P>
<P>(h) Section 240.15c3-1d(b)(10)(ii)(B) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(B) The liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of the government securities broker or dealer being less than 120% of total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business days, commencing on the day the broker or dealer first determines and notifies the Examining Authority for the government securities broker or dealer, or the Examining Authority or the Commission first determines and notifies the government securities broker or dealer of such fact;”.
</P>
<P>(i) Section 240.15c3-1d(c)(2) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(2) <I>Notice of Maturity or Accelerated Maturity.</I> Every government securities broker or dealer shall immediately notify the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer if, after giving effect to all Payments of Payment Obligations subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer, the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of such government securities broker or dealer, would be less than 150% of total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title.”.
</P>
<P>(j) Section 240.15c3-1d(c)(5)(i) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(i) For the purpose of enabling a government securities broker or dealer to participate as an underwriter of securities or other extraordinary activities in compliance with the capital requirements of § 402.2 of this title, a government securities broker or dealer shall be permitted, on no more than three occasions in any 12 month period, to enter into a subordination agreement on a temporary basis which has a stated term of no more than 45 days from the date such subordination agreement became effective. This temporary relief shall not apply to a government securities broker or dealer if, within the preceding thirty calendar days, it has given notice pursuant to § 405.3, or if immediately prior to entering into such subordination agreement, the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of such broker or dealer would be less than 150% of total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title, or the amount of its then outstanding subordination agreements exceeds the limits specified in § 240.15c3-1(d). Such temporary subordination agreement shall be subject to all other provisions of this appendix D.”.
</P>
<P>(k) Section 240.15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii)(A) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(A) After giving effect thereto (and to all Payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordinated agreements then outstanding the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation in respect of such prepayment is schedu1ed to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the government securities broker or dealer, the liquid capital, as defined in § 402.2(d) of this title, of such broker or dealer, would be less than 180% of total haircuts, as defined in § 402.2(g) of this title.”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27931, July 24, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 53731, Oct. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="403" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 403—PROTECTION OF CUSTOMER SECURITIES AND BALANCES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 101, Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3209; sec. 4(b), Pub. L. 101-432, 104 Stat. 963; sec. 102, sec. 106, Pub. L. 103-202, 107 Stat. 2344 (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(5), (b)(1)(A), (b)(4)).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27947, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 403.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.1   Application of part to registered brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to their activities in government securities, compliance by registered brokers or dealers with § 240.8c-1 of this title (SEC Rule 8c-1), as modified by § 403.2 (a), (b) and (c), with § 240.15c2-1 of this title (SEC Rule 15c2-1), with § 240.15c3-2 of this title (SEC Rule 15c3-2), as modified by § 403.3, and with § 240.15c3-3 of this title (SEC Rule 15c3-3), as modified by § 403.4 (a) through (d), (f)(2) through (3), (g) through (j), and (m), including provisions in those rules relating to OTC derivatives dealers, constitutes compliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.2   Hypothecation of customer securities.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of § 240.8c-1 of this title concerning hypothecation of customer securities with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(a) In § 240.8c-1(a), the words “no government securities broker or dealer” shall be substituted for the words “no member of a national securities exchange, and no broker or dealer who transacts a business in securities through the medium of such member.” 
</P>
<P>(b) Section 240.8c-1(d) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(d) <I>Exemption for clearing liens.</I> The provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3) and (f) of this section shall not apply to any lien or claim of a clearing bank, or the clearing corporation (or similar department or association) of a national securities exchange or a registered national securities association, for a loan made to acquire any securities subject to said lien and to be repaid on the same calendar day, which loan is incidental to the clearing of transactions in securities or loans through such bank, corporation, department or association; <I>provided, however,</I> that for the purpose of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, ‘aggregate indebtedness of all customers in respect of securities carried for their accounts’ shall not include indebtedness in respect of any securities subject to any lien or claim exempted by this paragraph.”
</P>
<P>(c) References to “member, broker or dealer” mean “government securities broker or dealer.” 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.3   Use of customers' free credit balances.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirement of § 240.15c3-2 of this title concerning the use of customer free credit balances. For purposes of this section, all references to “broker or dealer” in § 240.15c3-2 shall include government securities brokers and dealers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.4   Customer protection—reserves and custody of securities.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of §§ 240.15c3-3 and 240.15c3-3a of this title (SEC Rule 15c3-3 and Exhibit A thereto), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(a) References to “broker or dealer” include government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(b) “Fully paid securities,” as defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(3) of this title, includes all securities held by a government securities broker or a government securities dealer for the account of a customer who has made full payment for such securities. 
</P>
<P>(c) “Margin securities,” as defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(4) of this title, includes any securities for which a customer has not made full payment and for which the customer has received an extension of credit by a government securities broker or government securities dealer for a portion of the purchase price. 
</P>
<P>(d) “Excess margin securities,” as defined in § 240.15c3-3(a)(5) of this title, includes margin securities carried for the account of a customer having a market value in excess of 140 percent of the total of the debit balances in the customer's account or accounts with the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(b)(3)(iii)(A) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) Must provide to the lender upon the execution of the agreement, or by the close of the business day of the loan if the loan occurs subsequent to the execution of the agreement, collateral that fully secures the loan of securities, consisting exclusively of cash or United States Treasury bills or Treasury notes or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank as defined in § 3(a)(6)(A)-(C) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)(A)-(C)) or such other collateral as the Secretary designates as permissible by order as consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, and the purposes of the Act, after giving consideration to the collateral's liquidity, 
</P>
<P>(f)(1) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(b)(4)(i)(C) is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(C) Advise the counterparty in the repurchase agreement that the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 will not provide protection to the counterparty with respect to the repurchase agreement.” 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(b)(4)(ii) is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (4), securities are in the broker's or dealer's control only if they are in the control of the broker or dealer within the meaning of § 240.15c3-3(c)(1), (c)(3), (c)(5), (c)(6), or § 403.4(f) of this title.” 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(b)(4)(iv) is redesignated § 240.15c3-3(b)(4)(iv)(A) and paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(B) is added to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(B) A person that is a non-U.S. citizen residing outside of the United States or a foreign corporation, partnership, or trust may waive, but only in writing, the right to receive the confirmation required by paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of this section.” 
</P>
<P>(g)(1) Securities under the control of a broker or dealer, as described in § 240.15c3-3(c) of this title, shall include securities maintained by a broker or dealer in an account at a depository institution, as defined in section 19(b)(A)(i)-(vi) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(i)-(vi)), which depository institution has a book-entry securities account at a Federal Reserve Bank through which it provides clearing services (“clearing bank”), provided the securities are maintained in a Segregated Account of the government securities broker or dealer. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(1) and paragraph (h) of this section, a Segregated Account is an account (other than a clearing account) of the government securities broker or dealer maintained on the books of a clearing bank pursuant to a written clearing agreement with such clearing bank which provides that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Such account is established for the purpose of segregating securities of counterparties or customers of such broker or dealer from proprietary securities of the broker or dealer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The broker or dealer is entitled to direct the disposition of the securities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The clearing bank does not have, and will not assert, any claim or lien against such securities nor will the clearing bank grant any third party, including any Federal Reserve Bank, any interest in such securities so long as they are maintained in the segregated account. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(c)(2) of this title is redesignated as paragraph (c)(2)(i) and new paragraph (c)(2)(ii) is added to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(ii) Are carried for the account of any customer by a government securities broker or dealer in an account designated exclusively for customers of the government securities broker or dealer with a registered broker or dealer or another registered government securities broker or dealer (the “carrying broker or dealer”) in compliance with instructions of the registered government securities broker or dealer to the carrying broker or dealer that the securities are to be maintained free of any charge, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the carrying broker or dealer or any persons claiming through such carrying broker or dealer; or”.
</P>
<P>(h) For the purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(d)(2) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(2) Securities included on its books or records as failed to receive more than 30 calendar days, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, more than 60 calendar days, then the government securities broker or government securities dealer shall, not later than the business day following the day on which such determination is made, take prompt steps to obtain possession or control of securities so failed to receive through a buy-in procedure or otherwise; or” 
</P>
<P>(i) In addition to the notification required by § 240.15c3-3(i) of this title, whenever any government securities broker or dealer instructs its clearing bank to place securities in a Segregated Account (as defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this section), and the clearing bank refuses to do so as of the close of business on that day, the broker or dealer shall, in accordance with § 240.17a-11(f) of this title, give telegraphic notice of the notification by the clearing bank within 24 hours and within 48 hours of the telegraphic notice, file a report stating what steps are being taken to correct the situation. 
</P>
<P>(j) For purposes of this section, § 240.15c3-3(l) of this title is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(l) <I>Delivery or disposition of securities.</I> Nothing stated in this section shall be construed as affecting the absolute right of a customer of a government securities broker or dealer, unless otherwise agreed in writing, in the normal course of business operations following demand made on the broker or dealer, to receive the physical delivery of certificates if the securities are issued in certificated form, or to direct a transfer of or otherwise to exercise control over any securities if they are: 
</P>
<P>“(1) Fully-paid securities to which the customer is entitled; 
</P>
<P>“(2) Margin securities upon full payment by such customer to the broker or dealer of the customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>“(3) Excess margin securities not reasonably required to collateralize such customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer.”.
</P>
<P>(k) Except with respect to a government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) and a registered government securities broker or dealer that is a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, § 240.15c3-3(e)(3) is modified for purposes of this section to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(3) Computations necessary to determine the amount required to be deposited as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be made weekly, as of the close of the last business day of the week, and the deposit so computed shall be made no later than 1 hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day; provided, however, a government securities broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (a)(1)(A)) which has a ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts (calculated in accordance with part 402 of this chapter) of 1.8 or greater and which carries aggregate customer funds (as defined in paragraph (a)(10) of this section), as computed at the last required computation pursuant to this section, not exceeding $1 million, may in the alternative make the computation monthly, as of the close of the last business day of the month, and, in such event, shall deposit not less than 105 percent of the amount so computed no later than 1 hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. If a registered government securities broker or dealer, computing on a monthly basis, has, at the time of any required computation, a ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts of less than 1.8, such broker or dealer shall thereafter compute weekly as aforesaid until four successive weekly computations are made, none of which were made at a time when its ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts was less than 1.8. Computations in addition to the computation required in this paragraph (3), may be made as of the close of any other business day, and the deposits so computed shall be made no later than 1 hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. The registered government securities broker or dealer shall make and maintain a record of each such computation made pursuant to this paragraph (3) or otherwise and preserve such record in accordance with § 240.17a-4.”.
</P>
<P>(l) Except with respect to a government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) and a registered government securities broker or dealer that is a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, Note E(5) of § 240.15c3-3a of this title is modified for purposes of this section to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(5) Debit balances in margin accounts (other than omnibus accounts) shall be reduced by the amount by which any single customer's debit balance exceeds 25% (to the extent such amount is greater than $50,000) of the government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital unless such broker or dealer can demonstrate that the debit balance is directly related to credit items in the Reserve Formula. Related accounts (e.g., the separate accounts of an individual, accounts under common control or subject to cross guarantees) shall be deemed to be a single customer's accounts for purposes of this provision.”. 
</P>
<P>(m) For purposes of this section, the suspension of § 240.15c3-3(m) of this title (38 FR 12103, May 9, 1973) is no longer effective and the paragraph is modified to read as follows: “(m) If a government securities broker or government securities dealer executes a sell order of a customer (other than an order to execute a sale of securities which the seller does not own, which for the purposes of this paragraph shall mean that the customer placing the sell order has identified the sale as a short sale to the government securities broker or dealer) and if for any reason whatever the government securities broker or government securities dealer has not obtained possession of the government securities, other than mortgage-backed securities, from the customer within 30 calendar days, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities within 60 calendar days, after the settlement date, the government securities broker or government securities dealer shall immediately thereafter close the transaction with the customer by purchasing, or otherwise obtaining, securities of like kind and quantity. For purposes of this paragraph (m), the term “customer” shall not include a broker or dealer who maintains a special omnibus account with another broker or dealer in compliance with section 4(b) of Regulation T (12 CFR 220.4(b)). 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27947, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28986, Aug. 1, 1988; 59 FR 9406, Feb. 28, 1994; 60 FR 18734, Apr. 13, 1995; 69 FR 33259, June 14, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.5   Custody of securities held by financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A government securities broker or dealer that is a financial institution shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with part 450 with respect to all government securities held for the account of customers of the financial institution in its capacity as a fiduciary or custodian (unless otherwise exempt pursuant to § 450.3); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with part 450 and with paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section with respect to all fully paid and excess margin government securities held for customers of the financial institution in its capacity as government securities broker or dealer, and government securities that are the subject of a repurchase agreement between the financial institution and certain counterparties as described in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) A financial institution shall not be in violation of the possession or control requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section if, solely as the result of normal business operations, temporary lags occur between the time when a security is first required to be in the financial institution's possession or control and the time when it is actually placed in possession or control, provided that the financial institution takes timely steps in good faith to establish prompt possession or control. In the event that a financial institution has accepted funds from a customer for the purchase of securities and the financial institution does not initiate the purchase of the specified securities by the close of the next business day after receipt of such customer's funds, the financial institution shall immediately deposit or redeposit the funds in an account belonging to such customer and send the customer notice of such deposit or redeposit.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) On each business day a financial institution shall determine the quantity and issue of such securities, if any, that are required to be but are not in the financial institution's possession or control. As appropriate to bring such securities into possession or control, the financial institution shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Promptly obtain the release of any lien, charge, or other encumbrance against such securities; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Promptly obtain the return of any securities loaned; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Take prompt steps to obtain possession or control of securities failed to receive for more than 30 calendar days, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, for more than 60 calendar days; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Take prompt steps to buy in securities as necessary to the extent any shortage of securities in possession or control cannot be resolved as required by any of the above procedures. 
</P>
<P>(2) The financial institution shall prepare and maintain a current and detailed description of the procedures and internal controls that it utilizes to comply with the possession or control requirements of this paragraph (c), which shall be made available upon request to its appropriate regulatory agency. 
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing stated in this section shall be construed as affecting the absolute right of a customer of a government securities broker or dealer, unless otherwise agreed in writing, in the normal course of business operations following demand made on the broker or dealer, to receive the physical delivery of certificates if the securities are issued in certificated form, or to direct a transfer of or otherwise to exercise control over any securities if they are: 
</P>
<P>(i) Fully-paid securities to which the customer is entitled; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Margin securities upon full payment by such customer to the broker or dealer of the customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Excess margin securities not reasonably required to collateralize such customer's indebtedness to the broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) A financial institution that retains custody of securities that are the subject of a repurchase agreement between the financial institution and a counterparty shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Obtain the repurchase agreement in writing; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Confirm in writing the specific securities that are the subject of a repurchase transaction pursuant to such agreement at the end of the day of initiation of the transaction and at the end of any other day during which other securities are substituted if the substitution results in a change to issuer, maturity date, par amount or coupon rate specified in the previous confirmation; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Advise the counterparty in the repurchase agreement that the funds held by the financial institution pursuant to a repurchase transaction are not a deposit and therefore are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the counterparty agrees to grant the financial institution the right to substitute securities, include in the written repurchase agreement the provision by which the financial institution retains the right to substitute securities; 
</P>
<P>(v) If the counterparty agrees to grant the financial institution the right to substitute securities, include in the written repurchase agreement the following disclosure statement, which must be prominently displayed in the written repurchase agreement immediately preceding the provision governing the right to substitution: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>“Required Disclosure
</HD1>
<P>The [seller] is not permitted to substitute other securities for those subject to this agreement and therefore must keep the [buyer's] securities segregated at all times, unless in this agreement the [buyer] grants the [seller] the right to substitute other securities. If the [buyer] grants the right to substitute, this means that the [buyer's] securities will likely be commingled with the [seller's] own securities during the trading day. The [buyer] is advised that, during any trading day that the [buyer's] securities are commingled with the [seller's] securities, they may be subject to liens granted by the [seller] to third parties and may be used by the [seller] for deliveries on other securities transactions. Whenever the securities are commingled, the [seller's] ability to resegregate substitute securities for the [buyer] will be subject to the [seller's] ability to satisfy any lien or to obtain substitute securities.”; and</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(vi) Maintain possession or control of securities that are the subject of the agreement in accordance with § 450.4(a) of this chapter, except when exercising its right of substitution in accordance with the provisions of the agreement and paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A confirmation issued in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section shall specify the issuer, maturity date, coupon rate, par amount and market value of the security and shall further identify a CUSIP or mortgage-backed security pool number, as appropriate, except that a CUSIP or a pool number is not required on the confirmation if it is identified in internal records of the broker or dealer that designate the specific security of the counterparty. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(2), the market value of any security that is the subject of the repurchase transaction shall be the most recently available bid price plus accrued interest, obtained by any reasonable and consistent methodology. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A person that is a non-U.S. citizen residing outside of the United States or a foreign corporation, partnership, or trust may waive, but only in writing, the right to receive the confirmation required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) This paragraph (d) shall not apply to a repurchase agreement between the financial institution and a broker or dealer (including a government securities broker or dealer), a registered municipal securities dealer, or a director or principal officer of the financial institution or any person to the extent that his claim is explicitly subordinated to the claims of creditors of the financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) A government securities broker or dealer that is a branch or agency of a foreign bank shall keep on deposit with an insured bank (as that term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(h)) an amount equal to the amount that would be required to be set aside pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e)(1) of this title with respect to government securities of customers of such branch or agency that are citizens or residents of the United States. The amount required to be deposited pursuant to this § 403.5(e)(1) may be reduced by the amount of assets pledged or deposited by the branch or agency pursuant to regulations promulgated by a Federal or State banking regulatory agency that are attributable to liabilities to customers which are included both in the calculation of the required pledge or deposit of assets and in the calculation of the amount to be set aside pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e)(1) of this title. 
</P>
<P>(2) The amount deposited in accordance with this section shall be pledged to the appropriate regulatory agency of the branch or agency making the deposit for the exclusive benefit of the customers to whom the credit balances are owed. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of making the calculation pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e)(1) of this title, the terms “free credit balances,” “other credit balances” and “credit balances” shall not include any funds placed in deposits or accounts enumerated at 12 CFR 204.2. 
</P>
<P>(4) For purposes of making the calculation pursuant to § 240.15c3-3(e)(1) of this title, the formula set forth at § 240.15c3-3a of this title shall be modified as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of this section, references to “securities account,” “cash account,” “margin account”, or other customer accounts for purposes of this section shall not include any deposits or accounts enumerated at 12 CFR 204.2;
</P>
<P>(ii) References to “security or “securities shall mean U.S. government securities; 
</P>
<P>(iii) References to net capital shall be inapplicable; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Item 2 is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“2. Monies borrowed by the branch or agency collateralized by securities carried for the account of customers. (See Note B.)”;
</P>
<P>(v) Item 4 is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“4. Customers' securities failed to receive only with respect to transactions for which payment has been received by and is under the control of the branch or agency. (See Note D.)”;
</P>
<P>(vi) Note B is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“<E T="04">Note B.</E> Item 2 shall include the principal amount of Restricted Letters of Credit obtained by members of Options Clearing Corporation which are collateralized by customers' securities. Item 2 shall not include bank loans to customers in the ordinary course collateralized by the customers' U.S. government securities.”; and</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(vii) Note C is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“<E T="04">Note C.</E> Item 3 shall include in addition to monies payable against customers' securities loaned the amount by which the market value of securities loaned exceeds the collateral value received from the lending of such securities. Item 3 shall exclude cash collateral received pursuant to a written securities lending agreement that complies fully with the supervisory guidelines of its appropriate regulatory agency that expressly govern securities lending practices.”.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) Computations necessary to determine the amount required to be deposited as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be made weekly, as of the close of the last business day of this week, and the deposit so computed shall be made no later than one hour after the opening of banking business on the second following business day. 
</P>
<P>(6) A government securities broker or dealer that is a branch or agency of a foreign bank shall make and maintain a record of each computation made pursuant to paragraph (e)(5) of this section and preserve each such record for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(f)(1) For purposes of this section, the terms “fully paid securities,” “margin securities,” and “excess margin securities” shall have the meanings described in § 403.4 (b), (c) and (d). 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the term “customer” shall include any person from whom or on whose behalf a financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer has received or acquired or holds securities for the account of that person or funds resulting from transactions in securities for or with such person or that represent principal, interest, or other proceeds of such securities. The term shall not include a broker or dealer that is registered pursuant to section 15, 15B or 15C (a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-4, 78o-5(a)(1)(A)) or that has filed notice of its status as a government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(B)) except with respect to securities maintained by such broker or dealer in a Segregated Account as defined in § 403.4(f)(1) and with respect to securities otherwise identified by such broker or dealer as customer securities for purposes of maintaining possession or control of such securities as required by this part. The term “customer” shall not include a director or principal officer of the financial institution or any other person to the extent that that person has a claim for property or funds, which by contract, agreement or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the financial institution or is subordinated to the claims of creditors of the financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(g) If a financial institution executes a sell order of a customer (other than an order to execute a sale of securities which the seller does not own, which for the purposes of this paragraph shall mean that the customer placing the sell order has identified the sale as a short sale to the financial institution) and if for any reason whatever the financial institution has not obtained possession of the government securities, except mortgage-backed securities, from the customer within 30 calendar days, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities within 60 calendar days, after the settlement date, the financial institution shall immediately thereafter close the transaction with the customer by purchasing, or otherwise obtaining, securities of like kind and quantity. 
</P>
<P>(h) The appropriate regulatory agency of a financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer may extend the period specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (g) of this section on application of the financial institution for one or more limited periods commensurate with the circumstances, provided the appropriate regulatory agency is satisfied that the financial institution is acting in good faith in making the application and that exceptional circumstances warrant such action. Each appropriate regulatory agency should make and preserve for a period of not less than three years a record of each extension granted pursuant to this paragraph, which contains a summary of the justification for the granting of the extension.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27947, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28986, Aug. 1, 1988; 55 FR 6604, Feb. 26, 1990; 59 FR 9406, Feb. 28, 1994; 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.6" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.6   Compliance with part by futures commission merchants.</HEAD>
<P>A registered government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC shall comply with the provisions of this part with respect to all customer funds and securities except those that are incidental to the broker's or dealer's futures-related business, as defined in § 240.3a43-1(b) of this title. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “customer” shall have the meaning set forth in § 240.15c3-3(a)(1) of this title. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 403.7" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.4.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 403.7   Effective dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, this part shall be effective on the last business day in October 1987. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confirmations.</I> The requirements of §§ 403.4 and 403.5(d) to describe the specific securities that are the subject of a repurchase transaction, including the market value of such securities, on a confirmation at the initiation of a repurchase transaction or on substitution of other securities shall be effective January 31, 1988. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written repurchase agreements.</I> The requirement to obtain a repurchase agreement in writing with the provisions described in §§ 403.4 and 403.5(d) shall be effective October 31, 1987, in the case of new customers of a government securities broker or dealer and shall be effective January 31, 1988, in the case of existing customers of a government securities broker or dealer. For purposes of this paragraph, an “existing customer” of a government securities broker or dealer is any counterparty with whom the government securities broker or dealer has entered into a repurchase transaction on or after January 1, 1986, but before July 25, 1987. For purposes of this paragraph, a “new customer” of a government securities broker or dealer is any counterparty other than an existing customer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27947, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28986, Aug. 1, 1988; 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="404" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 404—RECORDKEEPING AND PRESERVATION OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (b)(1)(B), (b)(1)(C), (b)(2), (b)(4).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27952, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 404.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 404.1   Application of part to registered brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Compliance by a registered broker or dealer with § 240.17a-3 of this title (pertaining to records to be made), § 240.17a-4 of this title (pertaining to preservation of records), § 240.17a-13 of this title (pertaining to quarterly securities counts) and § 240.17a-7 of this title (pertaining to records of non-resident brokers or dealers), including provisions in those rules relating to OTC derivatives dealers, constitutes compliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 404.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 404.2   Records to be made and kept current by registered government securities brokers and dealers; records of non-resident registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-3 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-3), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” and “broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” include registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to §§ 240.17a-3, 240.17a-4, 240.17a-5, and 240.17a-13 mean such sections as modified by this part and part 405 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) (i) Except in the case of a government securities interdealer broker who is subject to the financial responsibility rules of § 402.1(e) of this chapter and a registered government securities broker or dealer that is a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, paragraph 240.17a-3(a)(1l) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(11) A record of the proof of money balances of all ledger accounts in the form of trial balances, and a record of the computation of liquid capital and total haircuts, as of the trial date, determined as provided in § 402.2 of this title; <I>provided however,</I> that such computation need not be made by any registered government securities broker or dealer unconditionally exempt from part 402 of this title. Such trial balances and computations shall be prepared current1y at least once a month.”.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) For a government securities interdealer broker who is subject to the financial responsibility rules of § 402.1(e) of this chapter, references to § 240.15c3-1 include modifications contained in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) Paragraph 240.17a-3(b)(1) is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(1) This section shall not be deemed to require a government securities broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(A)) to make or keep such records of transactions cleared for such government securities broker or dealer as are customarily made and kept by a clearing broker or dealer pursuant to the requirements of §§ 240.17a-3 and 240.17a-4: <I>Provided,</I> that the clearing broker or dealer has and maintains net capital of not less than $250,000 (or, in the case of a clearing broker or dealer that is a registered government securities broker or dealer, liquid capital less total haircuts, determined as provided in § 402.2 of this title, of not less than $250,000) and is otherwise in compliance with § 240.15c3-1, § 402.2 of this title, or the capital rules of the exchange of which such clearing broker or dealer is a member if the members of such exchange are exempt from § 240.15c3-1 by paragraph (b)(2) thereof.” </P></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) The undertaking in § 240.17a-3(b)(2) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“The undersigned hereby undertakes to maintain and preserve on behalf of [registered government securities broker or dealer] the books and records required to be maintained by [registered government securities broker or dealer] pursuant to 17 CFR 404.2 and 404.3 and Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and to permit examination of such books and records at any time or from time to time during business hours by examiners or other representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to furnish to said Commission at its principal office in Washington, DC, or at any regional office of said Commission specified in a demand made by or on behalf of said Commission for copies of books and records, true, correct, complete, and current copies of any or all, or any part, of such books and records. This undertaking shall be binding upon the undersigned, and the successors and assigns of the undersigned.”.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) Section 240.17a-3(c) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(c) This section shall not be deemed to require a government securities broker or dealer to make or keep such records as are required by paragraph (a) reflecting the sale and redemption of United States Savings Bonds, United States Savings Notes and United States Savings Stamps.”.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17h-1T of this title (SEC Rule 17h-1T), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) For the purposes of this section, references to “broker or dealer” and “broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” mean registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this section, references to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title mean those sections as modified by §§ 404.2(b) and 405.5, respectively. 
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of this section, “associated person” has the meaning set out in Section 3(a)(18) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(18)), except that natural persons are excluded. 
</P>
<P>(4) Paragraphs 240.17h-1T(a)(1)(iii) through (vi) of this title are modified to read as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(iii) A description of all material pending legal or arbitration proceedings involving a Material Associated Person or the registered government securities broker or dealer that are required to be disclosed, under generally accepted accounting principles on a consolidated basis, by the highest level holding company that is a Material Associated Person. 
</P>
<P>“(iv) Consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which may be unaudited and which shall include the notes to the financial statements, as of quarter-end for the registered government securities broker or dealer and its highest level holding company that is a Material Associated Person; 
</P>
<P>“(v) Quarterly consolidated and consolidating income statements and consolidated cash flow statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which may be unaudited and which shall include the notes to the financial statements, for the registered government securities broker or dealer and its highest level holding company that is a Material Associated Person; 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph <E T="01">240.17h-1T(a)(1)(v)</E>. </HED>
<P>Statements of comprehensive income (as defined in 17 CFR 210.1-02) must be included in place of income statements, if required by the applicable generally accepted accounting principles.</P></NOTE>
<P>“(vi) The amount as of quarter-end, and at month-end if greater than quarter-end, of the aggregate long and short securities and commodities positions held by each Material Associated Person, including a separate listing of each single unhedged securities or commodities position, other than U.S. Treasury securities, that exceeds the Materiality Threshold at any month-end;”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) Paragraphs 240.17h-1T(a)(3) and (a)(4) of this title are modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(3) The information, reports and records required by the provisions of this section shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the provisions of § 404.3 of this title and shall be kept for a period of not less than three years in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>“(4) For the purposes of this section and § 405.5 of this title, the term “Materiality Threshold” shall mean the greater of: 
</P>
<P>“(i) $100 million; or 
</P>
<P>“(ii) 10 percent of the registered government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital based on the most recently filed Form G-405 (or, in the case of futures commission merchants and interdealer brokers subject to the capital rules in §§ 402.1(d) and 402.1(e), respectively, tentative net capital based on the most recently filed Form X-17A-5) or 10 percent of the Material Associated Person's tangible net worth, whichever is greater.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) Paragraph 240.17h-1T(b) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(b) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Associated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A registered government securities broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iii) through (x) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if: * * * ”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(7) Paragraph 240.17h-1T(c) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Associated Persons subject to the supervision of a foreign financial regulatory authority.</I> A registered government securities broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iii) through (x) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if such registered government securities broker or dealer maintains in accordance with the provisions of this section copies of the reports filed by such Material Associated Person with a Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority. The registered government securities broker or dealer shall maintain a copy of the original report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority shall have the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(52) of the Act.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(8) Paragraph 240.17h-1T(d) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(d) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>“(i) Which is exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, as made applicable by § 403.4, pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of § 240.15c3-3 of this title; or 
</P>
<P>“(ii) If the registered government securities broker or dealer does not qualify for an exemption from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, as made applicable by § 403.4, and such registered government securities broker or dealer does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and does not carry the accounts of, or for, customers; unless 
</P>
<P>“(iii) In the case of paragraphs (d)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, the registered government securities broker or dealer maintains capital of at least $20,000,000, including debt subordinated in accordance with Appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 of this title, as modified by Appendix D of § 402.2. 
</P>
<P>“(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer which maintains capital of less than $250,000, including debt subordinated in accordance with Appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 of this title, as modified by Appendix D of § 402.2, even if the registered government securities broker or dealer holds funds or securities for, or owes money or securities to, customers or carries the accounts of, or for, customers. 
</P>
<P>“(3) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer which has an associated person that is a registered broker or dealer, provided that: 
</P>
<P>“(i) The registered broker or dealer is subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of § 240.17h-1T and § 240.17h-2T of this title, and 
</P>
<P>“(ii) All of the Material Associated Persons of the registered government securities broker or dealer are Material Associated Persons of the registered broker or dealer subject to § 240.17h-1T and § 240.17h-2T of this title. 
</P>
<P>“(4) In calculating capital for the purposes of this paragraph, a registered government securities broker or dealer shall include with its equity capital and subordinated debt the equity capital and subordinated debt of any other registered government securities brokers or dealers or registered brokers or dealers that are associated persons of such registered government securities broker or dealer, except that the equity capital and subordinated debt of registered brokers and dealers that are exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of § 240.15c3-3, shall not be included in the capital computation. 
</P>
<P>“(5) The Secretary may, upon written application by a Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any registered government securities brokers or dealers that are associated persons of such Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer. The term “Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer” shall mean any registered government securities broker or dealer that submits such application to the Secretary on behalf of its associated registered government securities brokers or dealers.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(9) Paragraph 240.17h-1T(g) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“(g) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Every registered government securities broker or dealer subject to the requirements of this section shall maintain and preserve the information required by paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section commencing June 30, 1995. Commencing September 30, 1995, the provisions of this section shall apply in their entirety.”</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c)(1) Every non-resident government securities broker or dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to Section 15C of the Act shall comply with § 240.17a-7 of this title, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(i) For the purposes of this section, references to “broker or dealer” and “broker or dealer registered or applying for registration pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” mean registered government securities brokers or dealers; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purposes of this section, references to “any rule or regulation of the Commission” and “any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission” mean any rule or regulation of the Secretary. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this section, the term “non-resident government securities broker or dealer” means: 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an individual, one who resides in or has his principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a corporation, one incorporated in or having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a partnership or other unincorporated organization or association, one having its principal place of business in any place not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effective date.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section shall be effective on October 31, 1987, <I>except that</I> registered government securities brokers and dealers are required to maintain the records specified in § 240.17a-3(a) (12), (13), (14) and (15) beginning July 25, 1987.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27952, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995; 60 FR 20399, Apr. 26, 1995; 83 FR 66616, Dec. 27, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 404.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 404.3   Records to be preserved by registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered government securities broker or dealer, except a government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility rules of § 402.1(e) and a registered government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-4 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-4), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” and “broker and dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” include registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to §§ 240.17a-3, .17a-4, and .17a-5 mean such sections as modified by this part and part 405 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, and “Computation for Net Capital” thereunder mean § 402.2 of this chapter and the computation of the ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts required thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.15c3-3, relating to possession or control of customer securities and balances, mean § 403.4 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) References to Form X-17A-5 mean Form G-405 (§ 449.5 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(6) The computation described in § 240.17a-4(b)(8)(x) is not required. 
</P>
<P>(b) A government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility rules of § 402.1(e) and a registered government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-4 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-4), with the following modifications:
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” and “broker and dealer” include registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to §§ 240.17a-3, 240.17a-4, and 240.17a-5 mean such sections as modified by this part and part 405 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to a government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility rules of § 402.1(e) of this chapter, references to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, and “Computation for Net Capital” thereunder include the modifications contained in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.15c3-3, relating to possession or control of customer securities and balances, mean § 403.4 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall be effective on July 25, 1987.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27952, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 404.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 404.4   Records to be made and preserved by government securities brokers and dealers that are financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Records to be made and kept.</I> Every financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer and that is not exempt from this part pursuant to part 401 of this chapter shall comply with the requirements of §§ 404.2 and 404.3 unless such financial institution: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is subject to 12 CFR part 12 (relating to national banks), 12 CFR part 208 (relating to state member banks of the Federal Reserve System) or 12 CFR part 344 (relating to state banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System), or is a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank and complies with 12 CFR part 12 (for federally licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks) or 12 CFR part 208 (for uninsured state-licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks) or 12 CFR part 344 (for insured state licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks);
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with the recordkeeping requirements of § 450.4(c), (d) and (f) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Makes and keeps current: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A securities record or ledger reflecting separately for each government security as of the settlement dates all “long” or “short” positions (including government securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements) carried by such financial institution for its own account or for the account of its customers or others (except securities held in a fiduciary capacity) and showing the location of all government securities long and the offsetting position to all government securities short, including long security count differences and short security count differences classified by the date of the count and verification in which they were discovered, and in all cases the name or designation of the account in which each position is carried; 
</P>
<P>(B) A complete and current Form G-FIN-4 (§ 449.3 of this chapter) or Form U-4 (promulgated by a self-regulatory organization) or Form MSD-4 (as required for associated persons of bank municipal securities dealers) for each associated person as defined in § 400.3 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(C) A Form G-FIN-5 (§ 449.4 of this chapter) or Form U-5 (promulgated by a self-regulatory organization) or Form MSD-5 (as required for associated persons of bank municipal securities dealers) for each associated person whose association has been terminated as provided in § 400.4(d)(2) of this chapter; and 
</P>
<P>(D) A complete and current Form G-FIN (§ 449.1 of this chapter) and, if applicable, a Form G-FINW (§ 449.2 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section, “safekeeping” may be shown as a location of any securities long as long as the financial institution complies with the requirements of part 450 of this chapter with respect to such securities. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preservation of records.</I> (1) The records required by paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section shall be preserved for not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. 
</P>
<P>(2) The records required by paragraphs (a)(3)(i) (B) and (C) of this section shall be preserved for at least three years after the person who is the subject of the record has terminated his employment and any other association with the government securities broker or dealer function of the financial institution. 
</P>
<P>(3) The records required by paragraph (a)(3)(i)(D) of this section shall be preserved for at least three years after the financial institution has notified the appropriate regulatory agency that it has ceased to function as a government securities broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date.</I> This section shall be effective on July 25, 1987, <I>except that</I> until October 31, 1987, a financial institution government securities broker or dealer is not required to make and keep current the securities position record required by paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27952, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28987, Aug. 1, 1988; 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995; 62 FR 7155, Feb. 18, 1997; 72 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 404.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.5.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 404.5   Securities counts by registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Securities counts.</I> Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-13 of this title (Commission Rule 17a-13), with the modification that references to “broker or dealer” and “broker and dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” include registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective date.</I> This section shall be effective on October 31, 1987.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27952, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="405" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 405—REPORTS AND AUDIT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78o-5 (b)(1)(B), (b)(1)(C), (b)(2), (b)(4).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27954, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 405.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.1   Application of part to registered brokers and dealers and to financial institutions; transition rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compliance by registered brokers or dealers with §§ 240.17a-5, 240.17a-8, and 240.17a-11 of this title (Commission Rules 17a-5, 17a-8 and 17a-11), including provisions of those rules relating to OTC derivatives dealers, constitutes compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A government securities broker or dealer that is a financial institution and is subject to financial reporting rules of its appropriate regulatory agency is exempt from the provisions of §§ 405.2 and 405.3. 
</P>
<P>(c) This part shall be effective July 25, 1987, <I>Provided however,</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) That registered government securities brokers or dealers shall first be required to file the reports required by § 240.17a-5(a), by virtue of § 405.2, for the month and the quarter during which they were first required to comply with part 402 of this chapter other than the interim liquid capital requirements of § 402.1(f); but that 
</P>
<P>(2) For any quarter ending prior to the quarter during which they were first required to comply with part 402 of this chapter other than the interim liquid capital requirements of § 402.1(f), registered government securities brokers or dealers shall file with the designated examining authority for such registered broker or dealer, within 17 business days after the close of the quarter, an unaudited balance sheet (with appropriate notes) for such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27954, July 24, 1987, as amended at 71 FR 54411, Sept. 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 405.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.2   Reports to be made by registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered government securities broker or dealer, except a government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) of this chapter and a government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-5 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-5), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include registered government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to “rules of the Commission” or words of similar import include, where appropriate, the regulations contained in this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to Form X-17A-5 mean Form G-405 (§ 449.5 of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(4) For the purposes of § 240.17a-5(a)(4) of this title, the Commission may, on the terms and conditions stated in that subparagraph, declare effective a plan with respect to Form G-405, in which case, that plan shall be treated the same as a plan approved with respect to Form X-17A-5. 
</P>
<P>(5) References to “net capital” mean “liquid capital” as defined in § 402.2(d) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(6) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, mean § 402.2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(7) Paragraph 240.17a-5(c)(2)(ii) is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(ii) A footnote containing a statement of the registered government securities broker's or dealer's liquid capital, total haircuts, and ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts, determined in accordance with § 402.2 of this title. Such statement shall include summary financial statements of subsidiaries consolidated pursuant to § 402.2c of this title, where material, and the effect thereof on the liquid capital, total haircuts and ratio of liquid capital to total haircuts of the registered government securities broker or dealer.”.
</P>
<P>(8) References to § 240.15c3-3 and the exhibits thereto, relating to possession or control of customer securities and reserve requirements, mean § 403.4 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(9) The reference to § 240.15b1-2 of this title, relating to financial statements to be filed upon registration, means § 240.15Ca2-2. 
</P>
<P>(10) The supplemental report described in § 240.17a-5(e)(4) of this title, concerning the Securities Investor Protection Act, is not required. 
</P>
<P>(11) The statement described in § 240.17a-5(f)(2) of this title shall be headed “Notice Pursuant to Section 405.2,” and shall be filed within 30 days following the effective date of registration as a government securities broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(12) References in § 240.17a-5(h)(2) of this title to § 240.17a-11 mean § 405.3(a) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) A government securities interdealer broker subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) of this chapter shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-5 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-5), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include government securities interdealer brokers; 
</P>
<P>(2) References to “rules of the Commission” or words of similar import include, where appropriate, the regulations contained in this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to “net capital” mean net capital calculated as provided in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, include the modifications contained in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) References to § 240.15c3-3 and the exhibits thereto, relating to possession or control of customer securities and reserve requirements, mean § 403.4 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(6) The reference to § 240.15b1-2 of this title, relating to financial statements to be filed upon registration, means § 240.15Ca2-2. 
</P>
<P>(7) The supplemental report described in § 240.17a-5(e)(4) of this title, concerning the Securities Investor Protection Act, is not required. 
</P>
<P>(8) The statement described in § 240.17a-5(f)(2) of this title shall be headed “Notice Pursuant to Section 405.2” and shall be filed within 30 days following the effective date of registration as a government securities broker. 
</P>
<P>(9) References in § 240.17a-5(h)(2) of this title to § 240.17a-11 mean § 405.3(b) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) A registered government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-5 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-5), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include registered government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to “rules of the Commission” or words of similar import include, where appropriate, the regulations contained in this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to § 240.15c3-3 and the exhibits thereto, relating to possession or control of customer securities and reserve requirements, mean § 403.4 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) The reference to § 240.15b1-2 of this title, relating to financial statements to be filed upon registration, means § 240.15Ca2-2. 
</P>
<P>(5) The supplemental report described in § 240.17a-5(e)(4) of this title, concerning the Securities Investor Protection Act, is not required. 
</P>
<P>(6) The statement described in § 240.17a-5(f)(2) of this title shall be headed “Notice Pursuant to § 405.2,” and shall be filed within 30 days following the effective date of registration as a government securities broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(7) References in § 240.17a-5(h)(2) of this title to § 240.17a-11 mean § 405.3(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27954, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995; 64 FR 1737, Jan. 12, 1999; 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 405.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.3   Notification provisions for certain registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered government securities broker or dealer, other than a government securities interdealer broker that is subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) and a government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-11 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-11), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include registered government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, mean § 402.2 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) References to “net capital” mean “liquid capital” as defined in § 402.2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.17a-5, relating to reports and audit, mean § 405.2(a) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) Section 240.17a-11(c), for the purposes of this section, is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(c) Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section if a computation made pursuant to the requirements of § 402.2 of this title shows, at any time during the month, that its liquid capital is less than 150 percent of total haircuts, determined in accordance with § 402.2 of this title, or that its capital after deducting total haircuts from liquid capital is less than 120 percent of the registered government securities broker or dealer's minimum capital requirement specified in § 402.2 (b) or (c) of this title as applicable.”
</P>
<P>(6) References to § 240.17a-3, relating to records, mean § 404.2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) A government securities interdealer broker that is subject to the financial responsibility requirements of § 402.1(e) of this chapter shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-11 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-11), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include government securities interdealer brokers; 
</P>
<P>(2) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, include the modifications contained in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to “net capital” mean net capital calculated as provided in § 402.1(e) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.17a-5, relating to reports and audit, mean § 405.2(b) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) References to § 240.17a-3, relating to records, mean § 404.2 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) A registered government securities broker or dealer that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17a-11 of this title (SEC Rule 17a-11), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) References to “broker or dealer” include government securities brokers and dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) References to § 240.15c3-1, relating to net capital, mean either § 240.15c3-1 or § 1.17 of this title, depending on which computation results in the higher net capital requirement. 
</P>
<P>(3) References to “net capital” mean the higher of net capital calculated under § 240.15c3-1 or § 1.17 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(4) References to § 240.17a-5, relating to reports and audit, mean § 405.2(c) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) Section 240.17a-11(c) for the purposes of this section is modified to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(c) Every broker or dealer shall send notice promptly (but within 24 hours) after the occurrence of the events specified in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), or (c)(4) of this section in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section:”
</P>
<P>(6) A new paragraph 240.17a-11(c)(4) is added to read as follows:
</P>
<P>“(4) If a computation made by a government securities broker or dealer that is not a registered broker or dealer but that is also a futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shows that:
</P>
<P>“(i) The adjusted net capital of such entity is less than the greater of:
</P>
<P>“(A) 150 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by § 1.17(a)(1)(i), or
</P>
<P>“(B) 6 percent of the following amount: The customer funds required to be segregated pursuant to § 4d(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act and § 1.17 of this title, less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer's account; or
</P>
<P>“(ii) At any point during the month, aggregate indebtedness is in excess of 1200 percent of net capital or total net capital is less than 120 percent of the minimum net capital required.”
</P>
<P>(7) References to § 240.17a-3, relating to records, mean § 404.2 of this chapter.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27954, July 24, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 53731, Oct. 26, 1994; 59 FR 55910, Nov. 9, 1994; 60 FR 18734, Apr. 13, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 405.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.4   Financial recordkeeping and reporting of currency and foreign transactions by registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>Every registered government securities broker or dealer who is subject to the requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 shall comply with the reporting, recordkeeping and record retention requirements of 31 CFR part 103. Where 31 CFR part 103 and § 404.3 of this chapter require the same records to be preserved for different periods of time, such records or reports shall be preserved for the longer period of time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 405.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.6.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 405.5   Risk assessment reporting requirements for registered government securities brokers and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every registered government securities broker or dealer shall comply with the requirements of § 240.17h-2T of this title (SEC Rule 17h-2T), with the following modifications: 
</P>
<P>(1) For the purposes of this section, references to “broker or dealer” and “broker or dealer registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 15 of the Act” mean registered government securities brokers or dealers. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of this section, references to §§ 240.17h-1T and 240.17h-2T of this title mean those sections as modified by §§ 404.2(b) and 405.5, respectively. 
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of this section, “associated person” has the meaning set out in Section 3(a)(18) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(18)), except that natural persons are excluded. 
</P>
<P>(4) Paragraph 240.17h-2T(b) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(b) <I>Exemptions.</I> (1) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer: 
</P>
<P>“(i) Which is exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, as made applicable by § 403.4, pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of § 240.15c3-3 of this title; or 
</P>
<P>“(ii) If the registered government securities broker or dealer does not qualify for exemption from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, as made applicable by § 403.4, and such registered government securities broker or dealer does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and does not carry the accounts of, or for, customers; unless 
</P>
<P>“(iii) In the case of paragraphs (b)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section, the registered government securities broker or dealer maintains capital of at least $20,000,000, including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 of this title, as modified by appendix D of § 402.2. 
</P>
<P>“(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer which maintains capital of less than $250,000, including debt subordinated in accordance with appendix D of § 240.15c3-1 of this title, as modified by appendix D of § 402.2, even if the registered government securities broker or dealer holds funds or securities for, or owes money or securities to, customers or carries the accounts of, or for, customers. 
</P>
<P>“(3) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any registered government securities broker or dealer which has an associated person that is a registered broker or dealer, provided that: 
</P>
<P>“(i) The registered broker or dealer is subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of § 240.17h-1T and § 240.17h-2T of this title, and 
</P>
<P>“(ii) All of the Material Associated Persons of the registered government securities broker or dealer are Material Associated Persons of the registered broker or dealer subject to § 240.17h-1T and § 240.17h-2T of this title. 
</P>
<P>“(4) In calculating capital for the purposes of this paragraph, a registered government securities broker or dealer shall include with its equity capital and subordinated debt the equity capital and subordinated debt of any other registered government securities brokers or dealers or registered brokers or dealers that are associated persons of such registered government securities broker or dealer, except that the equity capital and subordinated debt of registered brokers and dealers that are exempt from the provisions of § 240.15c3-3 of this title, pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of § 240.15c3-3, shall not be included in the capital computation. 
</P>
<P>“(5) The Secretary may, upon written application by a Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer, exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any registered government securities brokers or dealers that are associated persons of such Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer. The term “Reporting Registered Government Securities Broker or Dealer” shall mean any registered government securities broker or dealer that submits such application to the Secretary on behalf of its associated registered government securities brokers or dealers.” 
</P>
<P>(5) Paragraph 240.17h-2T(c) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(c) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Associated Persons subject to the supervision of certain domestic regulators.</I> A registered government securities broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if such registered government securities broker or dealer files Items 1, 2, and 3 (in Part I) of Form 17-H in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, provided that: 
</P>
<P>“(1) Such Material Associated Person is subject to examination by or the reporting requirements of a Federal banking agency and the registered government securities broker or dealer or such Material Associated Person furnishes in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section copies of reports filed by the Material Associated Person with the Federal banking agency pursuant to section 5211 of the Revised Statutes, section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, section 7(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, or section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956; or * * * ” 
</P>
<P>(6) Paragraph 240.17h-2T(d) of this title is modified to read as follows: 
</P>
<P>“(d) <I>Special provisions with respect to Material Associated Persons subject to the supervision of a foreign financial regulatory authority.</I> A registered government securities broker or dealer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the reporting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with respect to a Material Associated Person if such registered government securities broker or dealer furnishes, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, Items 1, 2, and 3 (in Part I) of Form 17-H and copies of the reports filed by such Material Associated Person with a Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority. The registered government securities broker or dealer shall file a copy of the original Foreign Financial Regulatory report and a copy translated into the English language. For the purposes of this section, the term Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority shall have the meaning set forth in section 3(a)(52) of the Act.” 
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 20401, Apr. 26, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="420" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 420—LARGE POSITION REPORTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78o-5(f).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 73414, Dec. 10, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 420.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 420.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part is applicable to all persons that participate in the government securities market, including, but not limited to: Government securities brokers and dealers, depository institutions that exercise investment discretion, registered investment companies, registered investment advisers, pension funds, hedge funds, and insurance companies that may control a position in a recently-issued marketable Treasury bill, note, or bond as those terms are defined in § 420.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, Treasury requests that central banks (including U.S. Federal Reserve Banks for their own account), foreign governments, and international monetary authorities voluntarily submit large position reports when they meet or exceed a reporting threshold.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 420.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 420.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Aggregating entity</I> means a single entity (<I>e.g.,</I> a parent company, affiliate, or organizational component) that is combined with other entities, as specified in the definition of “reporting entity” of this section, to form a reporting entity. In those cases where an entity has no affiliates, the aggregating entity is the same as the reporting entity.
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> means having the authority to exercise investment discretion over the purchase, sale, retention, or financing of specific Treasury securities.
</P>
<P><I>Large position threshold</I> means the minimum dollar par amount of the specified Treasury security that a reporting entity must control in order for the entity to be required to submit a large position report. It also means the minimum number of futures, options on futures, and exchange-traded options contracts for which the specified Treasury security is deliverable that the reporting entity must control in order for the entity to be required to submit a large position report. Treasury will announce the large position thresholds, which may vary with each notice of request to report large position information and with each specified Treasury security. Treasury may announce different thresholds for certain reporting criteria. Under no circumstances will a large position threshold be less than 10 percent of the amount outstanding of the specified Treasury security.
</P>
<P><I>Recently-issued</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to Treasury securities that are issued quarterly or more frequently, the three most recent issues of the security.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to Treasury securities that are issued less frequently than quarterly, the two most recent issues of the security.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to a reopened security, the entire issue of a reopened security (older and newer portions) based on the date the new portion of the reopened security is issued by Treasury (or for when-issued securities, the scheduled issue date).
</P>
<P>(4) For all Treasury securities, a security announced to be issued or auctioned but unissued (when-issued), starting from the date of the issuance announcement. The most recent issue of the security is the one most recently announced.
</P>
<P>(5) Treasury security issues other than those specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition, provided that such large position information is necessary and appropriate for monitoring the impact of concentrations of positions in Treasury securities.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting entity</I> means any corporation, partnership, person, or other entity and its affiliates, as further provided herein. For the purposes of this definition, an affiliate is any: Entity that is more than 50% owned, directly or indirectly, by the aggregating entity or by any other affiliate of the aggregating entity; person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the aggregating entity; person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of any other affiliate of the aggregating entity; or entity, a majority of whose board of directors or a majority of whose general partners are directors or officers of the aggregating entity or any affiliate of the aggregating entity.
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to the conditions prescribed in appendix A to this part, one aggregating entity, or a combination of aggregating entities, may be recognized as a separate reporting entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding this definition, any persons or entities that intentionally act together with respect to the investing in, retention of, or financing of Treasury securities are considered, collectively, to be one reporting entity.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting requirement</I> means that an entity must file a large position report when it meets any one of eight criteria contained in appendix B to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 420.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 420.3   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A reporting entity must file a large position report if it meets the reporting requirement as defined in § 420.2. Treasury will provide notice of the large position thresholds by issuing a public announcement and subsequently publishing the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Such notice will identify the Treasury security issue(s) to be reported (including, where applicable, identifying the related STRIPS principal component); the date or dates for which the large position information must be reported; and the large position thresholds for that issue. A reporting entity is responsible for taking reasonable actions to be aware of such a notice.
</P>
<P>(b) A reporting entity shall select one entity from among its aggregating entities (<I>i.e.,</I> the designated filing entity) as the entity designated to compile and file a report on behalf of the reporting entity. The designated filing entity shall be responsible for filing any large position reports in response to a notice issued by Treasury and for maintaining the additional records prescribed in § 420.4.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) In response to a notice issued under paragraph (a) of this section requesting large position information, a reporting entity that controls an amount of the specified Treasury security that equals or exceeds one of the specified large position thresholds stated in the notice shall compile and report the amounts of the reporting entity's positions in the order specified, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Part I.</I> Positions in the Security Being Reported as of the Opening of Business on the Report Date, including positions:
</P>
<P>(A) In book-entry accounts of the reporting entity;
</P>
<P>(B) As collateral against borrowings of funds on general collateral finance repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(C) As collateral against borrowings of funds on tri-party repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(D) As collateral or margin to secure other contractual obligations of the reporting entity; and
</P>
<P>(E) Otherwise available to the reporting entity.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Part II.</I> Settlement Obligations Attributable to Outright Purchase and Sale Contracts Negotiated Prior to or on the Report Date (excluding settlement fails), including:
</P>
<P>(A) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported attributable to contracts for cash settlement (T + 0);
</P>
<P>(B) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported attributable to contracts for regular settlement (T + 1);
</P>
<P>(C) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported attributable to contracts, including when-issued contracts, for forward settlement (T + n, n&gt;1);
</P>
<P>(D) Obligations to receive, on the report date, the security being reported attributable to Treasury auction awards; and
</P>
<P>(E) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported attributable to contracts for cash settlement, regular settlement, when-issued settlement, and forward settlement.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Part III.</I> Settlement Obligations Attributable to Delivery-versus-Payment Financing Contracts (including repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements) Negotiated Prior to or on the Report Date (excluding settlement fails), including:
</P>
<P>(A) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported, and principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported, attributable to overnight agreements;
</P>
<P>(B) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported, and principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported, attributable to term agreements due to open on, or due to close on, the report date; and
</P>
<P>(C) Obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported, and principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported, attributable to open agreements due to open on, or due to close on, the report date.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Part IV.</I> Settlement Fails from Days Prior to the Report Date (Legacy Obligations), including obligations to receive or deliver, on the report date, the security being reported, and principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported, arising out of settlement fails on days prior to the report date.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Part V.</I> Settlement Fails as of the Close of Business on the Report Date, including obligations to receive or deliver, on the business day following the report date, the security being reported, and principal STRIPS derived from the security being reported, arising out of settlement fails on the report date.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Part VI.</I> Positions in the Security Being Reported as of the Close of Business on the Report Date, including positions:
</P>
<P>(A) In book-entry accounts of the reporting entity;
</P>
<P>(B) As collateral against borrowings of funds on general collateral finance repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(C) As collateral against borrowings of funds on tri-party repurchase agreements;
</P>
<P>(D) As collateral or margin to secure other contractual obligations of the reporting entity; and
</P>
<P>(E) Otherwise available to the reporting entity.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Part VII.</I> Quantity of Continuing Delivery-versus-Payment Financing Contracts for the Security Being Reported, including the gross amount of security being reported borrowed or lent out on term delivery-versus-payment repurchase agreements opened before the report date and not due to close until after the report date, and on open delivery-versus-payment repurchase agreements opened before the report date and not closed on the report date.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Part VIII.</I> Futures and Options Contracts, including:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Net position, as of the close of market on the business day prior to the report date, in futures, options on futures, and exchange-traded options contracts on which the security being reported is deliverable (report number of contracts); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Net position, as of the close of market on the report date, in futures, options on futures, and exchange-traded options contracts on which the security being reported is deliverable (report number of contracts).
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Net position, as of the close of market on the business day prior to the report date, in over-the-counter options contracts on which the security being reported is deliverable (report notional amount of contracts regardless of option delta); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Net position, as of the close of market on the report date, in over-the-counter options contracts on which the security being reported is deliverable (report notional amount of contracts regardless of option delta).
</P>
<P>(d) An illustration of a sample report is contained in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Each of the components of Part I-Part VIII of paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be reported as a positive number or zero. All reportable amounts should be reported in the order specified above and at par in millions of dollars, except futures, options on futures, and exchange-traded options contracts, which should be reported as the number of contracts. Over-the-counter options contracts should be reported as the notional dollar amount of contracts regardless of option delta.
</P>
<P>(f) Each submitted large position report must include the following administrative information: Name of the reporting entity; address of the principal place of business; name and address of the designated filing entity; the Treasury security that is being reported; the CUSIP number for the security being reported; the report date or dates for which information is being reported; the date the report was submitted; name and telephone number of the person to contact regarding information reported; and name and position of the authorized individual submitting this report.
</P>
<P>(1) Reporting entities have the option to identify the type(s) of business engaged in by the reporting entity and its aggregating entities with positions in the specified Treasury security by checking the appropriate box. The types of businesses include: Broker or dealer, government securities broker or dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer, futures commission merchant, bank holding company, non-bank holding company, bank, investment adviser, commodity pool operator, pension trustee, non-pension trustee, and insurance company. Reporting entities may select as many business types as applicable. If the reporting entity is engaged in a business that is not listed, it could select “other” and provide a description of its business with respect to positions in the specified Treasury security.
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting entities also have the option to identify their overall investment strategy with respect to positions in the specified Treasury security by checking the appropriate box. Active investment strategies include those that involve purchasing, selling, borrowing, lending, and financing positions in the security prior to maturity. Passive investment strategies include those that involve holding the security until maturity. A combination of active and passive strategies would involve applying the aforementioned active and passive strategies to all or a portion of a reporting entity's positions in the specified Treasury security. Reporting entities may select the most applicable investment strategy.
</P>
<P>(g) The large position report must be signed by one of the following: The chief compliance officer; chief legal officer; chief financial officer; chief operating officer; chief executive officer; or managing partner or equivalent of the designated filing entity. The designated filing entity must also include in the report, immediately preceding the signature, a statement of certification as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>By signing below, I certify that the information contained in this report with regard to the designated filing entity is accurate and complete. Further, after reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that: (i) The information contained in this report with regard to any other aggregating entities is accurate and complete; and (ii) the reporting entity, including all aggregating entities, is in compliance with the requirements of 17 CFR part 420.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) The report must be filed before noon Eastern Time on the fourth business day following issuance of a public announcement.
</P>
<P>(i) A report to be filed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section will be considered filed when received by Treasury or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York according to the instructions provided in the public announcement.
</P>
<P>(j) A reporting entity that has filed a report pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section shall, at the request of Treasury, or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at the direction of Treasury, timely provide any supplemental information pertaining to such report.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 73414, Dec. 10, 2014, as amended at 83 FR 52768, Oct. 18, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 420.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 420.4   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordkeeping responsibility of aggregating entities.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an aggregating entity that controls a portion of its reporting entity's position in a recently-issued Treasury security, when such position of the reporting entity equals or exceeds $2 billion, shall be responsible for making and maintaining the records prescribed in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records to be made and preserved by entities that are subject to the recordkeeping provisions of the SEC, Treasury, or the appropriate regulatory agencies for financial institutions.</I> As an aggregating entity, compliance by a registered broker or dealer, registered government securities broker or dealer, noticed financial institution, depository institution that exercises investment discretion, registered investment adviser, or registered investment company with the applicable recordkeeping provisions of the SEC, Treasury, or the appropriate regulatory agencies for financial institutions shall constitute compliance with this section, provided that, if such entity is also the designated filing entity, it:
</P>
<P>(1) Makes and keeps copies of all large position reports filed pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Makes and keeps supporting documents or schedules used to compute data for the large position reports filed pursuant to this part, including any certifications or schedules it receives from aggregating entities pertaining to their holdings of the reporting entity's position;
</P>
<P>(3) Makes and keeps a chart showing the organizational entities that are aggregated (if applicable) in determining the reporting entity's position; and
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to recordkeeping preservation requirements that contain more than one retention period, preserves records required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section for the longest record retention period of applicable recordkeeping provisions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records to be made and preserved by other entities.</I> (1) An aggregating entity that is not subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section shall make and preserve a journal, blotter, or other record of original entry containing an itemized record of all transactions that contribute to a reporting entity's position, including information showing the account for which such transactions were effected and the following information pertaining to the identification of each instrument: The type of security, the par amount, the CUSIP number, the trade date, the maturity date, the type of transaction (<I>e.g.</I>, a reverse repurchase agreement), and the name or other designation of the person from whom sold or purchased.
</P>
<P>(2) If such aggregating entity is also the designated filing entity, then in addition it shall make and preserve the following records:
</P>
<P>(i) Copies of all large position reports filed pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Supporting documents or schedules used to compute data for the large position reports filed pursuant to this part, including any certifications or schedules it receives from aggregating entities pertaining to their holdings of the reporting entity's position; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A chart showing the organizational entities that are aggregated (if applicable) in determining the reporting entity's position.
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to the records required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, each such aggregating entity shall preserve such records for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. If an aggregating entity maintains its records at a location other than its principal place of business, the aggregating entity must maintain an index that states the location of the records, and such index must be easily accessible at all times.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 420.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 420.5   Applicability date.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall be first applicable beginning March 31, 1997.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.6.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 420—Separate Reporting Entity
</HEAD>
<P>Subject to the following conditions, one or more aggregating entity(ies) (<I>e.g.,</I> parent, subsidiary, or organizational component) in a reporting entity, either separately or together with one or more other aggregating entity(ies), may be recognized as a separate reporting entity. All of the following conditions must be met for such entity(ies) to qualify for recognition as a separate reporting entity:
</P>
<P>(1) Such entity(ies) must be prohibited by law or regulation from exchanging, or must have established written internal procedures designed to prevent the exchange of information related to transactions in Treasury securities with any other aggregating entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Such entity(ies) must not be created for the purpose of circumventing these large position reporting rules;
</P>
<P>(3) Decisions related to the purchase, sale or retention of Treasury securities must be made by employees of such entity(ies). Employees of such entity(ies) who make decisions to purchase or dispose of Treasury securities must not perform the same function for other aggregating entities; and
</P>
<P>(4) The records of such entity(ies) related to the ownership, financing, purchase and sale of Treasury securities must be maintained by such entity(ies). Those records must be identifiable—separate and apart from similar records for other aggregating entities.
</P>
<P>To obtain recognition as a separate reporting entity, each aggregating entity or group of aggregating entities must request such recognition from Treasury pursuant to the procedures outlined in § 400.2(c) of this chapter. Such request must provide a description of the entity or group and its position within the reporting entity, and provide the following certification:
</P>
<P>[Name of the entity(ies)] hereby certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief it meets the conditions for a separate reporting entity as described in appendix A to 17 CFR part 420. The above named entity also certifies that it has established written policies or procedures, including ongoing compliance monitoring processes, that are designed to prevent the entity or group of entities from:
</P>
<P>(1) Exchanging any of the following information with any other aggregating entity (a) positions that it holds or plans to trade in a Treasury security; (b) investment strategies that it plans to follow regarding Treasury securities; and (c) financing strategies that it plans to follow regarding Treasury securities, or
</P>
<P>(2) In any way intentionally acting together with any other aggregating entity with respect to the purchase, sale, retention or financing of Treasury securities.
</P>
<P>The above-named entity agrees that it will promptly notify Treasury in writing when any of the information provided to obtain separate reporting entity status changes or when this certification is no longer valid.
</P>
<P>Any entity, including any organizational component thereof, that previously has received recognition as a separate bidder in Treasury auctions from Treasury pursuant to 31 CFR part 356 is also recognized as a separate reporting entity without the need to request such status, provided such entity continues to be in compliance with the conditions set forth in appendix A to 31 CFR part 356.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.7.0.43.6.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 420—Sample Large Position Report
</HEAD>
<HD1>Formula for Determining Whether To Submit a Large Position Report
</HD1>
<FP>(Report all components as a positive number or zero in millions of dollars at par value)


</FP>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10de14.008.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="449" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 449—FORMS, SECTION 15C OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a), (b)(1)(B), (b)(4).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27956, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 449.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 449.1   Form G-FIN, notification by financial institutions of status as government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers not exempt under part 401 of this chapter to notify their appropriate regulatory agency of their status. The form is promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is available from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the SEC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27956, July 24, 1987, as amended at 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 449.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 449.2   Form G-FINW, notification by financial institutions of cessation of status as government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 400.6 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers to notify their appropriate regulatory agency that they have ceased to function as a government securities broker or dealer. The form is promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is available from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the SEC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27956, July 24, 1987, as amended at 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 449.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 449.3   Form G-FIN-4, notification by persons associated with financial institutions that are government securities brokers and dealers pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 400.4 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by associated persons of financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers to provide certain information to the financial institution and the appropriate regulatory agency concerning employment, residence, and statutory disqualification. The form is promulgated by the Department of the Treasury and is available from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the SEC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27956, July 24, 1987, as amended at 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form G-FIN-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 449.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 449.4   Form G-FIN-5, notification of termination of association with a financial institution that is a government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and § 400.4 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by financial institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers to notify the appropriate regulatory agency of the fact that an associated person is no longer associated with the government securities broker or dealer function of the financial institution. The form is promulgated by the Department of the Treasury and is available from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the SEC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27956, July 24, 1987, as amended at 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 449.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.1.8.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 449.5   Form G-405, information required of registered government securities brokers and dealers pursuant to section 15C of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and §§ 405.2 and 405.3 of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>This form is to be used by registered government securities brokers and dealers to make the monthly, quarterly and annual financial reports required by part 405 of this chapter. The form is promulgated by the Department of the Treasury and is available from the SEC and the designated examining authorities. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Form G-405, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="17:5.0.2.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—REGULATIONS UNDER TITLE II OF THE GOVERNMENT SECURITIES ACT OF 1986


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="450" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 450—CUSTODIAL HOLDINGS OF GOVERNMENT SECURITIES BY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 201, Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3222-23 (31 U.S.C. 3121, 9110); Sec. 101, Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3208 (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(b)(1)(A), (b)(4), (b)(5)(B)).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 27957, July 24, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 450.1" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.1   Scope of regulations; office responsible.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to depository institutions that hold government securities as fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for the account of a customer, and that are not government securities brokers or dealers, as defined in sections 3(a)(43) and 3(a)(44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(43)-(44)). Depository institutions exempt under part 401 of this chapter from the requirements of Subchapter A of this chapter must comply with this part. Certain depository institutions that are government securities brokers or dealers must also comply with this part, as well as with additional requirements set forth in § 403.5. 
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations in this subchapter are promulgated by the Assistant Secretary (Domestic Finance) pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Secretary of the Treasury. The office responsible for the regulations is the Office of the Commissioner, Bureau of the Fiscal Service. Procedures for obtaining interpretations of the regulations are set forth at § 400.2.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27957, July 24, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 28987, Aug. 1, 1988; 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.2" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subchapter: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Appropriate regulatory agency</I> has the meaning set out in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)(G)), except that the appropriate regulatory agency for— 
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(1) and an insured credit union as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752(7) is the National Credit Union Administration; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any depository institution for whom an appropriate regulatory agency is not explicitly specified by either section 3(a)(34)(G) or this paragraph, is the SEC; 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Customer</I> includes, but is not limited to, the counterparty to a transaction pursuant to a repurchase agreement for whom the depository institution retains possession of the security sold subject to repurchase, but does not include a broker or dealer that is registered pursuant to section 15, 15B or 15C(a)(1)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o, 78o-4, 78o-5(a)(l)(A)) or that has filed notice of its status as a government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C(a)(1)(B) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5(a)(1)(B)) except as provided in § 450.4. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Depository institution</I> has the meaning stated in clauses (i) through (vi) of section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A) (i)-(vi)) and also includes a foreign bank, an agency or branch of a foreign bank and a commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank (as such terms are defined in the International Banking Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-369, 92 Stat. 607);
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fiduciary capacity</I> includes trustee, executor, administrator, registrar, transfer agent, guardian, assignee, receiver, managing agent, and any other similar capacity involving the sole or shared exercise of discretion by a depository institution having fiduciary powers that is supervised by a Federal or state financial institution regulatory agency; and 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Government securities</I> means:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1)(i) A depository institution is a government securities broker or dealer as defined in sections 3(a)(43) and 3(a)(44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(43)-(44))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Government securities” means those obligations described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), or (E) of section 3(a)(42) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)(A)-(C), (E)) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) A depository institution is exempt under Part 401 of this chapter from the requirements of Subchapter A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Government securities” means those obligations described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), or (E) of section 3(a)(42) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)(A)-(C), (E)) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) A depository institution is not a government securities broker or dealer as defined in sections 3(a)(43) and 3(a)(44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(43)-(44))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Government securities” means those obligations described in subparagraphs (A), (B), or (C) of section 3(a)(42) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)(A)-(C))</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27957, July 24, 1987, as amended at 55 FR 6604, Feb. 26, 1990; 66 FR 28655, May 24, 2001; 66 FR 29888, June 1, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.3" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.3   Exemption for holdings subject to fiduciary standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary has determined that the rules and standards of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation governing the holding of government securities in a fiduciary capacity by depository institutions subject thereto are adequate. Accordingly, such depository institutions are exempt from this part with respect to their holdings of government securities in a fiduciary capacity and their holdings of government securities in a custodial capacity provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Such institution has adopted policies and procedures that would apply to such custodial holdings all the requirements imposed by its appropriate regulatory agency that are applicable to government securities held in a fiduciary capacity, and
</P>
<P>(2) Such custodial holdings are subject to examination by the appropriate regulatory agency for compliance with such fiduciary requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary expects that each appropriate regulatory agency will notify the Department if it materially revises its rules and standards governing the holding of government securities in a fiduciary capacity. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27957, July 24, 1987, as amended at 70 FR 29446, May 23, 2005; 79 FR 38456, July 8, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.4" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.4   Custodial holdings of government securities.</HEAD>
<P>Depository institutions that are subject to this part shall observe the following requirements with respect to their holdings of government securities for customer accounts: 
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a depository institution shall maintain possession or control of all government securities held for the account of customers by segregating such securities from the assets of the depository institution and keeping them free of any lien, charge or claim of any third party granted or created by such depository institution. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Where customer securities are maintained by a depository institution at another depository institution, including but not limited to a correspondent bank or a trust company (“custodian institution”), the depository institution shall be in compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section if: 
</P>
<P>(A) The depository institution notifies the custodian institution that such securities are customer securities; 
</P>
<P>(B) The custodian institution maintains such securities in an account that is designated for customers of the depository institution and that does not contain proprietary securities of the depository institution; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The depository institution instructs the custodian institution to maintain such securities free of any lien, charge, or claim of any kind in favor of such custodian institution or any persons claiming through it. 
</P>
<P>(ii) To the extent that a custodian institution holds securities that have been identified as customer securities by a depository institution in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the custodian institution shall treat such securities as customer securities separate from any other securities held for the account of the depository institution. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Where securities that a depository institution is required, pursuant to this part 450, to keep free of all liens, charges, or other claims (“customer securities”) are maintained by a depository institution at a Federal Reserve Bank, the depository institution shall be in compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section if any lien, charge or other claim of such Federal Reserve Bank or any person claiming through it against securities of the depository institution expressly excludes customer securities. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, a depository institution described in that paragraph shall be in compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section if a Federal Reserve Bank retains a lien on securities received during the day that are subsequently determined to be customer securities, <I>provided that,</I> 
</P>
<P>(A) On that day, the depository institution: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Because of extraordinary circumstances, at the end of that day either requests a discount window advance or is unable to eliminate an overdraft with its Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank extends credit to the depository institution in order to assure the safety and soundness or liquidity of the depository institution; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) After reasonable efforts, is unable to provide the Federal Reserve Bank with an adequate security interest in other collateral that is clearly identifiable as pledgeable by the depository institution sufficient to fully collateralize such extension of credit; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The depository institution diligently pursues with the Federal Reserve Bank the substitution of other collateral for securities determined to be customer securities; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The Federal Reserve Bank agrees that to the extent the lien extends to collateral of a value greater than the outstanding balance on the loan, customer securities will be the first collateral released from the lien. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) To the extent that a depository institution holds securities that have been identified to such depository institution as customer securities by a government securities broker or dealer, or that the government securities broker or dealer has instructed the depository institution to place in a segregated account, in accordance with part 403 of subchapter A of this chapter, the depository institution shall treat such securities as customer securities separate from any other securities held for the account of the government securities broker or dealer and shall comply with all of the provisions of this section with respect to such customer securities, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A clearing bank that provides clearing services for a government securities broker or dealer and that maintains a segregated account as described in § 403.4 of this chapter shall not be required to transfer securities to such account upon the instruction of the broker or dealer for whom such account is maintained if the clearing bank determines that such securities continue to be required as collateral for an extension of clearing credit to such dealer. Whenever a clearing bank does not segregate securities as of the close of business upon the instruction of such broker or dealer, it shall send a notification to the appropriate regulatory agency of the broker or dealer for whom such account is maintained. Such securities shall thereafter be segregated pursuant to the instruction of the broker or dealer as soon as they are no longer required by the clearing bank as collateral for the extension of clearing credit. 
</P>
<P>(5) A depository institution that is subject to part 403 is not required to maintain possession or control of margin securities as that term is defined in § 403.5(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(6) Notwithstanding the requirement of paragraph (a)(1) to maintain possession or control of customer securities, a depository institution may lend such securities to a third party pursuant to the written agreement of the customer, if such loan of securities is carried out in full compliance with supervisory guidelines of its appropriate regulatory agency that expressly govern securities lending practices. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a depository institution shall issue a confirmation or a safekeeping receipt for each security held for a customer in accordance with this section with the exception of securities that are the subject of repurchase transactions which are subject to the requirements of § 403.5(d) of this chapter. The confirmation or safekeeping receipt shall identify the issuer, maturity date, par amount and coupon rate of the security being confirmed. The confirmation may be supplied to the customer in any manner that complies with applicable Federal banking regulations. 
</P>
<P>(2) A depository institution shall not be required to send the confirmation or safekeeping receipt required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section to a customer that is a non-U.S. citizen residing outside the United States or a foreign corporation, partnership, or trust, if such customer expressly waives in writing the right to receive such confirmation or safekeeping receipt. 
</P>
<P>(c) Records of government securities held for customers shall be maintained and shall be kept separate and distinct from other records of the depository institution. Such records shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a system for identifying each customer, and each government security (or the amount of each issue of a government security issued in book-entry form) held for the customer; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the customer's interest in the government security; 
</P>
<P>(3) Indicate all receipts and deliveries of government securities and all receipts and disbursements of cash by the depository institution in connection with such securities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Include a copy of the safekeeping receipt or a confirmation issued for each government security held; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Provide an adequate basis for audit of such information. 
</P>
<P>(d) Counts of government securities held for customers in both definitive and book-entry form shall be conducted at least annually and such counts shall be reconciled with customer account records. 
</P>
<P>(1) Counts of book-entry securities and of definitive securities held outside the possession of the depository institution shall be made by reconciliation of the records of the depository institution with those of any depository, depository institution, or Federal Reserve Bank on whose books the depository institution has securities accounts. 
</P>
<P>(2) The depository institution conducting the count shall also verify any such securities in transfer, in transit, pledged, loaned, borrowed, deposited, failed to receive, failed to deliver, subject to repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise subject to the depository institution's control or direction that are not in its physical possession, where the securities have been in such status for longer than thirty days. 
</P>
<P>(3) The dates and results of such counts and reconciliations shall be documented with differences noted in a security count difference account not later than seven business days after the date of each required count and verification as provided in this paragraph (d). 
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this section, a depository institution shall treat a government securities broker or dealer as a customer with respect to securities maintained by such government securities broker or dealer in a Segregated Account as defined in § 403.4(f)(1) of this chapter and with respect to securities otherwise identified to the depository institution as customer securities for purposes of maintaining possession or control of such securities as required by part 403 of this chapter. The recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (c) of this section require the depository institution to treat such securities as customer securities separate from any other securities held for the account of the government securities broker or dealer, but do not require the depository institution to keep records identifying individual customers of the government securities broker or dealer. 
</P>
<P>(f) The records required by paragraphs (c) and (d)(3) of this section shall be preserved for not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1535-0089)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27957, July 24, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 11026, Mar. 1, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.5" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.9.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.5   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>This part shall be effective October 31, 1987. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="451-499" NODE="17:5.0.2.2.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 451-499 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
</DLPSTEXTCLASS>
